Title page missing PREFACE TO THE EIGHTEENTH EDITION. 
The first edition of the United States Dispensatory appeared in 1833, the present edition 
being the eighteenth; a little less than four years has, therefore, on the average elapsed 
between the successive revisions of the work. It is now five years siroe the publication of 
the seventeenth edition, and at no period in the history of the world has there been so much 
activity in the field of Materia Medica and Therapeutics as during these five years. The 
time has, therefore, been for many months fully ripe for the appearance of a new edition of 
the United States Dispensatory, the urgency of the need being emphasized by the extraor- 
dinary discoveries in the field of synthetic remedies, but the work was delayed at least a 
year, waiting for the publication of the British Pharmacopoeia, comments upon this standard 
having always been a feature of the Dispensatory. 
The most laborious work of the editors has been in the consideration of synthetic remedies, 
and, excepting in regard to the British Pharmacctpceia, the greatest amount of change will 
be found in Section II., Part II., of the present volume, which treats of new drugs, nearly 
two hundred articles having been written for this portion of the book. The text of the 
work has everywhere been gone over very carefully for the purpose of condensation. Much 
matter rendered efl’ete by the lapse of time has been altogether elided or greatly condensed, 
especially in the second part of the book. The botany has been thoroughly revised by 
Professor Henry Kraemer, of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, whose knowledge and 
reputation must bring increased authority to this very important division. Professor Busby 
has revised his article on cinchona, so that it retains its original freshness, and remains, we 
believe, the best consideration of the subject extant. 
No material change has taken place either in the nomenclature, in the use of weights and 
measures, molecular formulae, or atomic weights since the last revision. The feature of the 
double indices has been preserved, and the preparation of both is the work of Dr. Horatio 
C. Wood, Jr. 
The partitioning of the labor of the preparation of the book among the editors has been 
as heretofore. The typographical arrangement of the work has undergone no alteration. 
As in the last edition, when a remedy is official in both the United States and the British 
Pharmacopoeias under one name, the letters ££ U. S., Br.” follow the Latin title ; but when drugs 
or preparations substantially the same are official under different names, the Br. is put in 
parentheses—thus, “ U. S. (Br.)”—following the Latin title, whilst the British name is given 
in black letters first among the synonymes. 
Finally, the editors lay before their professional brethren the eighteenth edition of the 
United States Dispensatory, knowing that no labor has been spared to make it worthy of 
its predecessors, and trusting that it will receive from the professions of Medicine and 
Pharmacy throughout the world that generous appreciation which has in the past been to 
the editors at once the highest reward for their labors and the strongest incentive to 
continuous effort. 
Philadelphia, August, 1899. 
iii PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 
The objects of a Dispensatory are to present an account of medicinal substances in the state 
in which they are brought into the shops, and to teach the modes in which they are prepared 
for use. The importance of these objects, and the general value and even necessity of a work 
of this nature, will not be disputed. It may, however, be a question, how far the wants of the 
medical and pharmaceutical community in this country are supplied by the Dispensatories 
already in circulation; and whether such a deficiency exists as to justify the offer of a new 
one to the public attention. The great merits of the works severally entitled “ The Edinburgh 
New Dispensatory” and “ The London Dispensatory,” the former edited by the late Andrew 
Duncan, M.D., the latter by Anthony Todd Thomson, M.D., are well known wherever the Eng- 
lish language is spoken. Founded, as they both are, upon the excellent basis laid by Lewis, they 
are nevertheless entitled, from the great addition of valuable materials, and the distinctive char- 
acter exhibited in the arrangement of these materials, to be considered as original works; while 
the style in which they have been executed speaks strongly in favor of the skill and industry of 
their authors. But they were calculated especially for the sphere of Great Britain, and are 
too deficient in all that relates exclusively to this country, to admit of being received as stand- 
ards here. In the history of our commerce in drugs, and of the nature, growth, and collec- 
tion of our indigenous medical plants ; in the chemical operations of our extensive laboratories ; 
and in the modes of preparing, dispensing, and applying medicines, which have gradually grown 
into use among us; there is much that is peculiar, a knowledge of which is not to be gained 
from foreign books, and is yet necessary to the character of an accomplished American pharma- 
ceutist. We have, moreover, a National Pharmacopoeia, which requires an explanatory com- 
mentary, in order that its precepts may be fully appreciated, and advantageously put into 
practice. On these accounts, it is desirable that there should be a Dispensatory of the United 
States, which, while it embraces whatever is useful in European pharmacy, may accurately 
represent the art as it exists in this country, and give instruction adapted to our peculiar wants. 
It appears due to our national character that such a work should be in good faith an American 
work, newly prepared in all its parts, and not a mere edition of one of the European Dispen- 
satories, with here and there additions and alterations, which, though they may be useful in 
themselves, cannot be made to harmonize with the other materials so as to give to the whole an 
appearance of unity, and certainly would not justify the assumption of a new national title 
for the book. Whether, in the Dispensatories which have been published in the United States, 
these requisites have been satisfactorily fulfilled, it rests with the public to determine. That 
valuable treatises on Materia Medica and Pharmacy have been issued in this country, no can- 
did person, acquainted with our medical literature, will be disposed to deny. In offering a new 
work to the medical and pharmaceutical professions, the authors do not wish to be considered 
as undervaluing the labors of their predecessors. They simply conceive that the field has not 
been so fully occupied as to exclude all competition. The Pharmacy of continental Europe is 
ground which has been almost untouched; and much information in relation to the natural 
history, commerce, and management of our own drugs, has lain ungathered in the possession 
of individuals, or scattered in separate treatises and periodicals not generally known and read. 
Since the publication of the last edition of our National Pharmacopoeia, no general explana- Preface to the First Edition. 
non of its processes bas appeared, though required in justice both to that work and to the 
public. The hope of being able to supply these deficiencies may , perhaps, oe considered a 
sufficient justification for the present undertaking. 
The Pharmacopoeia of the United States hat been adopted as the basis of thi J d.q>- story, 
It is followed both in it general ox Ision of medico:- , end . i: t ■ ph;d -ai arrn.v.g-m- m ■ 
them under each division. Precedence is, in every instance, given to the names which it 
recognizes, while the explanations by which it fix-* the significance of these names are inserted 
in immediate connection with the titles to which they severally belong. Every article which 
it designates is more or less fully described; and all us processes, after be eg literally copied, 
are commented on and explained wherever comment and explanation appeared necessary. 
Nothing, in fine, bas been omitted which, in the estimation of the authors could serve to 
illustrate its meaning, or promote the ends which it was intended to subserve.. This course of 
proceeding appeared to be due to the national character of the Pharmacopoeia, and to the im- 
portant object of establishing, as far as possible, throughout the United States, uniformity, 
both in the nomenclature and preparation of medicines. In one particular, convenience re 
quired that the plan of the Pharmacopoeia should be departed from. The medicines belonging 
to the department of Materia Medica, instead of being arranged in two divisions corre- 
sponding with the Primary and Secondary Catalogues of that work,.have been treated of in- 
discriminately in alphabetical succession: and the place which they respectively hold in the 
Pharmacopoeia is indicated by the employment of the term Secondary, in connection with the 
name of each of the medicine included in the latter catalogue. 
But, Trough precedence ha* thus been given th the Pharmacopoeia of th United States, 
those of Great Britain have not been neglected. The nomenclature adopted by the different 
British Colleges, and their form las for the preparation of medir no- hr. v been so exte weiy 
followed throughout the United States, that a work intended to represent the present state of 
pharmacy in this country would be imperfect without them; and the fact that the writings 
of British physicians and surgeons, in which their own official terms and preparations ere ex- 
clusively employed and referred to, have an extensive circulation among us, renders s me 
commentary necessary in order to prevent seta ms mistakes. The Pharmacopoeias of London, 
Idinbur: h, and Dublin have, therefore, been incorporated, in ill their essential parts, in- the 
-.reset . ' oriel Their official titles are uniformly given, always in subordination to tho.-e of 
the United States Pharmacopoeia, when they express the same object; but in chief, when, as 
often happens, no corresponding medicine or preparation is recognized by our national stand 
.vd. In the latter case, if different names are applied by different British Colleges to the 
kci-.-c object, that one is generally preferred which is most in accordance with our -own system 
of nomenclature, and the others are given as synouymes. The medicines directed by the 
British Colleges are all described, and their processes either copied at length, or so far explained 
as to be intelligible in all essential particulars. 
Besides the medicinal substances recognized as official by the Pharmacopoeias alluded to, 
sou* others have been described, which, f it er from the lingering rem» ns of former reputation, 
from recent reports u their favor, or from t heir important relation to medicines in general use, 
appear to have claims upon the attention of the physician ami. apothec. ry. Oiqrortnnity has, 
moreover, been ken to introduce incidentally brief accounts of substances u. d in fiber 
countries or in former times, and occasionally noth: d ii medical books; and, tint the re J. r 
iHH-r be able to refer to them when desirous of information, their names have been placed with 
those of the standard remedies in the Index. 
In the description of each medicine, if derived immediately from the animal, vegetable, or 
non oral k lug lom, the attention of the authors has been directed k- U x.urni history, th. place 
of'its growth or production, the method ol collecting and preparing it for market, : com- Preface to the First Edition. 
vii 
mercial history, the state in which it reaches us, its sensible properties, its chemical composi- 
tion and relations, the changes which it undergoes by time and exposure, its accidental or 
fraudulent adulterations, its medical properties and application, its economical uses, and the 
pharmaceutical treatment to which it is subjected. If a chemical preparation, the mode and 
principles of its manufacture are indicated in addition to the other particulars. If a poison, 
and likely to be accidentally taken, or purposely employed as such, its peculiar toxicological 
effects, together with the mode of counteracting them, are indicated; and the best means of 
detecting its presence by reagents are explained. 
The authors have followed the example of Dr. A. T. Thomson, in giving botanical descrip- 
tions of the plants from which the medicines treated of are derived. In relation to all 
indigenous medicinal plants, and those naturalized or cultivated in this country, the advantages 
of such descriptions are obvious. The physician may often be placed in situations, in which it 
may be highly important that he should be able to recognize the vegetable which yields a 
particular medicine; and the apothecary is constantly liable to imposition from the collectors 
of herbs, unless possessed of the means of distinguishing, by infallible marks, the various 
products presented to him. A knowledge of foreign medicinal plants, though of less impor- 
tance, will be found useful in various ways, independently of the gratification afforded by the 
indulgence of a liberal curiosity in relation to objects so closely connected with our daily pur- 
suits. The introduction of these botanical notices into a Dispensatory appears to be peculiarly 
appropriate; as they are to be considered rather as objects for occasional reference than for 
regular study or continuous perusal, and therefore coincide with the general design of the 
work, which is to collect into a convenient form for consultation all that is practically important 
in relation to medicines. The authors have endeavored to preserve a due proportion between 
the minuteness of the descriptions, and their value as means of information to the student; 
and, in pursuance of this plan, have generally dwelt more at length upon our native plants 
than upon those of foreign growth ; but, in all instances in which they have deemed a botanical 
description necessary, they have taken care to include in it the essential scientific character of 
the genus and species, with a reference to the position of the plant in the artificial and natural 
systems of classification ; so that a person acquainted with the elements of botany may be able 
to recognize it when it comes under his observation. 
In preparing the Dispensatory, the authors have consulted, in addition to many of the older 
works of authority, the greater number of the treatises and dissertations which have recently 
appeared upon the various subjects connected with Pharmacy, and especially those of the 
French writers, who stand at present at the head of this department of medical science. They 
have also endeavored to collect such detached facts, scattered through the various scientific, 
medical, and pharmaceutical journals, as they conceive to be important in themselves, and appli- 
cable to the subjects under consideration ; and have had frequent recourse to the reports of 
travellers in relation to the natural and commercial history of foreign drugs. The occasional 
references in the body of the work will indicate the sources from which they have most largely 
drawn, and the authorities upon which they have most relied. In relation to our own commerce 
in drugs, and to the operations of our chemical laboratories, they are indebted for information 
chiefly to the kindness of gentlemen engaged in these branches of business, who have always 
evinced, in answering their numerous inquiries, a promptitude and politeness which merit their 
warm thanks, and which they are pleased to have this opportunity of acknowledging* 
* The authors deem it proper to state that they are peculiarly indebted for assistance to Mr. Daniel B. Smith, 
president of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, to whom, besides much important information in relation to the 
various branches of the apothecary’s business, they owe the prefatory remarks on Pharmacy, which are placed at 
the commencement of the second part of the work, and the several articles, in the Materia Medica, upon Leeches, 
Carbonate of Magnesia, and Sulphate of Magnesia. Preface to the Fir; '. Jri •< >/.. 
It has not been deemed necessary to follow the example of the British Dispensatories, by 
inserting into the work a treatise upon chemistry, under the name of Elem< nts of T‘! sumacy. 
Such a treatise must necessarily he very meagre and it perfect, and, •• systems of chemistry 
are in the hands of every physician and apothecary, would uselessly occupy the place of valu- 
able matter of less easy access. 
The authors may, perhaps, be permitted to observe, in relation to themselves, that they 
have expended much time and labor in the preparation of the work ; have sought diligently fur 
facts from every readily accessible source; have endeavored, by a comparison of authorities, 
and a close scrutiny of evidence, to ascertain the ruth whenever practicable; and have ••sorted 
themselves to the extent of their abilities to render the Dispensatory worthy of public appro- 
bation, both for the quality and quantity of its contents, and the general accuracy of i's 
. statements. They arc conscious, nevertheless, that in so great a multiplicity details, 
numerous errors and deficiencies may exist, and that the faults, of undue brevity in mia- 
cases, and prolixity in others, may not have been entirely a aided; but the venture to hope 
that a candid public will make all due allowances; and they take the liberty to invite, from 
all those who may feel intere sted in the diffusion of sound pharmaceutical knowledge, the com- 
munication of friendly suggestions or criticisms in relation to the objects and execution of the 
work. 
Philadelphia, January, 1833, PREFACE TO THE FIFTEENTH EDITION. 
Just fifty years have gone by since Dr. Geo. B. Wood penned the preface to the first edition 
of the United States Dispensatory. Written from a sense of duty, and in the earnest belief 
that to obtain the acceptance of the newly born United States Pharmacopoeia by the Ameri- 
can professions of Medicine and Pharmacy a standard commentary was necessary, the book 
achieved a success which, to its authors, was as unexpected as it was gratifying. During the 
half-century that has elapsed, the work has passed through fourteen editions ; revolutions have 
swept over science, the fate that awaits all men has come to the authors; and yet, with a 
steadiness that is unrivalled in medical literature, the United States Dispensatory has main- 
tained its supremacy, until the copies of it which have been sold are to be numbered by the 
hundreds of thousands, and wherever the English language leads, it follows. Even in the 
last years, when it was sorely in need of revision, the demand for it has not perceptibly dimin- 
ished. Such success as this must depend upon extraordinary qualities in the book. Thorough- 
ness, accuracy, and completeness undoubtedly have had much to do with the result, but we 
conceive that the pre-eminent usefulness of the Dispensatory has rested largely upon the 
peculiar ability of its authors to perceive what facts are useful and essential to a subject, and 
upon their judgment and skill in utilizing and setting forth these facts. 
In attempting the revision of a book which has become so necessary to the American pro- 
fessions, the editors have fully comprehended the difficulties and the importance of their task. 
They all have had the experience and the peculiar growth in the power of appreciating the 
proportionate fitness and importance of facts, which come with successive years of active life 
as teachers. One of them has had the good fortune to have worked through the revisions 
of three editions under the rigid discipline of Dr. Geo. B. Wood, and to have become thor- 
oughly familiar with his methods, not only of work, but also of thought, and with the prin- 
ciples which in his mind were essential to the building up of the Dispensatory. The editors 
come, therefore, to the work not without some especial preparation. Moreover, for the first 
time in the history of the volume, the original plan of Dr. Geo. B. Wood of having three 
editors, one for each branch of the subject-matter, has been realized. 
It is evident that in the revision of a book with a history like that of the present the 
changes should be as few as possible. The editors have constantly borne this principle in 
mind, but circumstances have forced them, whilst strenuously endeavoring to retain the char- 
acteristics and essential features of the work, in great part to remodel it. The alteration in 
the plan of the Pharmacopoeia has necessitated a parallel change in the Dispensatory. The 
first and second parts have therefore been alphabetically collated and formed into Part I. of 
the present edition. Part III. of former editions has been kept isolated as Part II.; because 
were it not for the great gain of space achieved by the use of the small type, two volumes 
would be required to contain the material now compressed between a single pair of covers. 
The amount of new matter added at this revision may be judged of from the fact that whilst 
in the index of the fourteenth edition there were about eleven thousand references, in the 
present index there are more than sixteen thousand titles, including in these, however, German 
ix Pi ■ efacej to ■1 e F{ ft& > i th Ed 4 Ion 
and French synonymes, never before indexed. Paht III. of t'he present volume contains a 
f revision of the Appendix of former editions, with v<b-:-s miscellaneous new matter 
When tbe fourteenth edition of the Dispensatory was published, Dr. G o. B. Wood was 
sub d in putting tL»r;.peut|c< u i thefrm foundation ■■ logical rationalism, b-■■ odd 
not fully apprehend the changes which had occurred in therapeutical m '.hods huing t be 
previous decade. Consequently, in most of the more important articles the sections tre. . - 
of Medical Properties and Uses have had to be rewritten. Tbe revision of these secs ions, is 
well as of tin Botany and Vegetable Materia Mediea, ha,: fallen to the senior editor, Prof. 
H. F. Wood. 
The progress t‘ the last decade has necessitated important chang • in th >s? s<- ;h.ns of be 
Dispensatory which treat of Pharmaceutical Cbemistr , whilst the Pharma- y of the present 
edition is almost entirely new. This part of the revision has been y rmed bj Prof. Jos. P. 
Remington, by whose calculations the official formulas have been adapted to :he use of those 
pharmacists who prefer the system of measuring liquids. The alternative formulas have hee-« 
car fully tested in practice, a:.d w« believe that- they will serve a useful pur post*, d ring the 
transition stage, caused by the adoption of the principle of pwti by weight. 
‘ r. Franklin Bache died in 1864, at the time when the agitation was •commencing in chemical 
science which has ended in the received nomenclature and theory Since the death of its 
chemical author the portions of the Dispensatory especially-Within his province have had no 
pre per revision and adaptation to the needs of t! o day All of the Theoretical mist-ry of 
tbe volume has, therefore, had to be reproduced. T! G part of the work, with tb T- ecology, 
lias been allotted to Prof. S. P. Sadder; and we beli vo that in all points the Dispensatory i: v 
represents the latest solid achievements of chemical science. 
It seems proper to call attention, as novel featu; s of the fifteoi th edition, to the indication 
of the pronunciation of the official titles by diacrhica) marks ; to the complete Hst oi analyst - 
of American Mineral Springs, as far as they have been published, with a number of anal; ses 
of European Springs of note; and to the illustrate . Th» ‘d ug illustrations sie, with three 
minor exceptions, original; and the very accurate representations of microscopical sections 
will, we believe, be. of service to students of structural characteristics. 
L ; conclusion, it sc< bu rtght to state that the revision has been performed slowly and 
with great care, occupying, most of the spare moments of the filters du *ing the last throe 
years. The,present volume may very justly be looked upon as a new book, founded upon the 
old United States Dispensatory Th lave no overw eening sense of their ability: they 
recognise profoundly the immense responsibility that has been laid upon them rut they tsk 
a favorable consideration for their work, because with all patience and toil, and with the lo ve 
of their labor, they have honestly st riven, so far as in them lay. to make the new United States 
Dispensatory worthy of the time when it was universally recognized as the supreme treasure- 
house of pharmacological lore. 
Philadelphia, January, 1883. Pages XI-XII missing GLOSSARY. 
Iff the following Glossary will be found short definitions of many of the terms employed in the Dispensatory to 
designate the medical properties of the remedies: most of the words are commonly employed as nouns, and some- 
times as adjectives. 
Absorbents.—Drugs used to produce absorption of exudates or diseased tissues. 
Abstergents.—Detergents. 
Alteratives.—Medicines used to so modify nutrition as to overcome morbid processes. 
Anesthetics.—Medicines used to produce anaesthesia or unconsciousness. 
Analeptics.—Restorative medicines, or food. 
Analgesics.—Medicines used to allay pain. 
Anaphrodisiacs.—Medicines used to allay sexual feeling. 
Anodynes.—Medicines used to allay pain. 
Antacids.—Medicines used to neutralize acid in the stomach and intestines. 
Anthelmintics.—Medicines used to destroy intestinal worms. 
Antiarthritics.—Medicines used for the relief of gout. 
Antihydropics.—Medicines used for the relief of dropsy. 
Antilithics.—Medicines used for the relief of calculous affections. 
Antiperiodics.—Medicines used for the relief of malarial fevers. 
Antipyretics.—Medicines used for the reduction of bodily temperature in fevers. 
Antiseptics.—Substances which have the power of preventing putrefaction. 
Antispasmodics.—Medicines used for the relief of nervous irritability and minor spasms. 
Antisyphilitics.—Medicines used for the relief of syphilis. 
Antizymotics.—Substances which have the power of killing disease-germs. 
Aperients.—Mild purgatives. 
Aphrodisiacs.—Substances used to increase sexual power or excitement. 
Aromatics.—Medicines characterized by a fragrant or spicy taste and odor, and stimulant to the gastro-intestinal 
mucous membrane. 
Aromatic Bitters.—Medicines which unite the properties of the aromatics and the simple bitters. 
Astringents.—Medicines which have the power of influencing vital contractility and thereby condensing tissues. 
Bitters—Simple.—Medicines which have a bitter taste and have the power of stimulating the gastro-intestinal 
mucous membrane, without affecting the general system. 
Blisters.—Medicines which when locally applied cause inflammatory exudation of serum from the skin, and are 
used as revulsants. 
Calefacients.—Medicines used externally to cause a sense of warmth. 
Cardiac Depressants.—Medicines used to lower the heart’s action. 
Cardiac Stimulants.—Medicines used to increase the heart’s action. 
Carminatives.—Medicines containing a volatile oil used to excite intestinal peristalsis and provoke an expulsion of 
flatus. 
Cathartics.—Purgatives. 
Caustics.—Medicines used to destroy living tissues. 
Cholagogues.—Medicines which provoke a flow of bile. 
Constringents.—Astringents. 
Convulsants.—Medicines which cause convulsions. 
Correctives.—Medicines used to correct or render more pleasant the action of other remedies, especially purgatives. 
Corrigents.—Correctives. 
Demulcents.—Mucilaginous principles which are used in solution to soothe and protect irritated mucous membranes 
or other tissues. 
Deobstruents.—(Term obsolete and not very definite.) Medicines which overcome obstruction; aperients. 
Deodorants.—Substances which destroy or hide foul odors. 
XIII XIV 
Glossary. 
Depilatories.—Substances used to remove hair. 
Depressants.—Sedatives. 
Defresso-Motors.—Medicines which lessen motor activity. 
Depurants.—Medicines which act upon the emunctories so as to cause excretion and thereby purify the system. 
Detergents.—Medicines which cleanse wounds, ulcers, etc. 
Diaphoretics.—Medicines which produce sweating. 
Digestants.—Ferments and acids which have the power of aiding in the solution of food. 
Diluents.—Medicines which dilute secretions and excretions. 
Disinfectants.—Substances which have the power of destroying disease-germs or the noxious properties of decaying 
organic matter. 
Diuretics.—Medicines which increase the secretion of urine. 
Drastics.—Purgatives which cause much irritation. 
Ecbolics.—Medicines which produce abortion. 
Eccoprotics, or Ectoprotics.—Laxatives. 
Emetics.—Medicines which cause vomiting. 
Emmenagogues.—Medicines which stimulate menstruation. 
Emollients.—Substances used to mechanically soften and protect tissues. 
Epispastics.—Blisters. 
Errhines.—Medicines which increase the nasal secretions. 
Escharotics.—Caustics. 
Evacuants.—Medicines which evacuate: chiefly applied to purgatives. 
Excitants.—Stimulants. 
Excito-Motors.—Medicines which increase motor activity. 
Expectorants.—Medicines which act upon the pulmonic mucous membrane and increase or alter its secretions. 
Febrifuges.—Medicines which dissipate fever. 
Galactagogues.—Medicines which increase the secretion of milk. 
Haemostatics.—Medicines which arrest hemorrhages. 
Hydragogues.—Purgatives which cause large watery discharges. 
Hypnotics.—Medicines which cause sleep. 
Laxatives.—Mild purgatives. 
Local Anaesthetics.—Medicines which when applied locally destroy sensation. 
Mydriatics.—Medicines which cause mydriasis, or dilatation of the pupil. 
Myotics.—Medicines which cause myosis, or contraction of the pupil. 
Narcotics.—Powerful anodyne hypnotics. 
Neurotics.—Medicines which act upon the nervous system. 
Nutriants.—Medicines which modify the nutritive processes. 
Nutrients—Substances which nourish. 
Oxytocics.—Medicines which stimulate uterine contractions. 
Peristaltics.—Medicines which increase peristalsis. 
Prophylactics.—Medicines which prevent the taking or development of disease. 
Protectives.—Medicines which protect a part when applied to it. 
Ptyalagogues.—Sialagogues. 
Purgatives.—Medicines which produce copious discharges from the bowels. 
Refrigerants.—Medicines which lessen the bodily temperature. 
Revulsants.—Medicines which by causing irritation draw nervous force and blood from a distant diseased part. 
Rubefacients.—Medicines which cause irritation and redness, and are used as revulsants. 
Sedatives.—Medicines which lower functional activity. 
Sialagogues.—Medicines which e«cite the salivary glands to secretion. 
Somnifacients.—Soporifics. 
Soporifics.—Medicines which cause sleep. 
Sorbefacients.—Medicines which cause absorption. 
Specifics.—Medicines which have a direct curative influence on certain individual diseases. 
Stimulants.—Medicines which increase functional activity. 
Stomachics.—Stimulants to the stomach. 
Styptics.—Haemostatics. 
Sudorifics.—Medicines which produce sweating. 
T.ENICIDES.—Medicines which kill the tape-worm. 
Tonics.—Medicines which permanently increase the systemic tone by stimulating nutrition. 
Vermicides.—Medicines which kill intestinal worms. 
Vermifuges.—Medicines which cause the expulsion of intestinal worms. 
Vesicatories.—Blisters. INDEX OF DISEASES. 
Abortion. 
Black haw, 1451 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Cotton root bark, 668 
Ergot, 517 
European pennyroyal, 1721 
Oil of savine, 964 
Ruta, 1782 
Abrasion. 
Iodoform, 742 
Magnesia, 837 
Abscess. 
Airol, 1554 
Alumnol, 1558 
Borax, 1240 
Chlorine water, 211 
Germander, 1812 
Iodine, 750 
Iodoform, 742 
Oleate of mercury, 912 
Orthoform, 1751 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Acne. 
Euresol, 1669 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Lappa, 775 
Mercuric nitrate, 808 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Sulphurated lime, 303 
Addison’s Disease. 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Adenitis. 
Carbon disulphide, 332 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Ferrous iodide, 1658 
Gold oxide, 1673 
H y drargy rum sozoj odoli- 
cum, 1724 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodol, 1696 
Albuminuria. 
Gallic acid, 50 
Koumys, 1701 
Naphtol, 895 
Strontium lactate, 1295 
Tannalbin, 1807 
See also Bright’s Disease. 
Alcoholism. 
Capsicum, 324 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
253 
Alopecia. 
Dupuytren’s ointment, 1424 
Oil of savine, 964 
Amaurosis. 
Anemone pratensis, (note) 
1117 
Arnica root, 232 
Euphorbium, 1652 
Santonin, 1193 
Amenorrhcea. 
Achillea, 1549 
Aloes, 141 
Aloes and iron, pills of, 1042 
Aloes and myrrh, pills of, 
1042 
Aloes and myrrh, tincture 
of, 1371 
Aloes, compound decoction 
of, 478 
Ammoniated iron, 1560 
Ammoniated tincture of 
guaiac, 1387 
Ammonium chloraurate, 
1674 
Apiol, 1570 
Arnica root, 233 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Bastard dittany, 1639 
Black hellebore, 1681 
Blessed thistle, 1607 
Bromine, 277 
Calendula, 294 
Cantharides, 321 
Caper bush, 1601 
Carduus marianus, 1607 
Castor, 1605 
Catnep, 1605 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Croton oil, 979 
Ferric phosphate, 626 
Ferrous iodide, 1658 
Galbanum, 645 
Gentian, 653 
Germander, 1812 
Ground pine, 1554 
Guaiac, ammoniated tinc- 
ture of, 1387 
Guaiac, tincture of, 1386 
Amenorrhcea. 
Hedeoina, 680 
Indigo, 1693 
Inula, 740 
Leonurus cardiaca, 1707 
Marrubium, 854 
Mug wort, 1 
Myrrh, 892 
Oil of amber, 1802 
Oil of hedeoma, 939 
Oil of savine, 964 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Oxalic acid, 1752 
Parsley, 1570 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Rubia, 1781 
Ruta, 1782 
Sagapenum, 1784 
Santonin, 1193 
Savine, 1174 
Saxifrage, 1768 
Senecio, 1791 
Senega, 1214 
Shepherd’s purse, 1601 
Solanum paniculatum, 488 
Storax, 1306 
Sumbul, 1317 
Tansy, 1353 
Water-pepper, 1589 
Anaemia. 
Bland’s pills, 1046 
Cactus, 1594 
Ferro - manganic prepara- 
tions, 1718 
Ferrous carbonate, 857 
Iron, 634 
Kefir, 1700 
Manganese sulphate, 850 
Manganous iodide, 1718 
Myrrh, 892 
Nuclein, 1744 
Solanum paniculatum, 488 
Strychnine, 1302 
Sumbul, 1317 
See also Chlorosis. 
Anaesthesia, Accidents of. 
Strychnine, 1302 
Aneurism. 
Ferric chloride, 608 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 Index of Diseases. 
Aneurism. 
Lead acetate, 1062 
Nitrated alcohols, 1741 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Zinc chloride, 1474 
Angina. 
See Sore Throat. 
Angina Pectoris. 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Cactus, 1565, 1594 
Chloroform, 382 
Nitrated alcohols, 1741 
Nitroglycerin, 1283 
Pellote, 1565 
Potato, 488 
Salicylbromalidin, 1786 
Anthrax. 
Creolin, 1631 
Cresol, 1630 
Anus, Fissure of. 
Airol, 1554 
Belladonna, 262 
Benzoin, 266 
Cocaine, 428 
Orthoform new, 1751 
Rhatany, 772 
Anus, Prolapsed. 
Balsam-apple, 1731 
Krameria, 772 
Nutgall ointment, 1426 
Oak bark, 1133 
Rye, 1791 
Tannic acid, ointment of, 
1422 
Aphthae. 
Borax honey, 864 
Geranium, 654 
Goldthread, 1623 
Myrrh, 892 
Myrrh, tincture of, 1395 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Sodium sulphite, 1264 
Tannic acid, 102 
See also Stomatitis. 
Apoplexy. 
Ergot, 517 
Ardor Urinae. 
Camphor, 311 
Arsenical Poisoning. 
Antidote, 624, 625 
Arthritis. 
Cadmium sulphate, 1595 
Calcium chloride, 290 
Cantharides, 321 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Mercury, oleate of, 912 
Pyrosal, 1778 
Veratrine, 1447 
Ascaris Lumbricoides. 
Azedarach, 1580 
Cabbage-tree bark, 1593 
Chenopodium, 367 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Cowhage, 1733 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Ruta, 1782 
Santonin, 1193 
Savine, 1174 
Ascaris Vermicularis. 
Aloes, 141 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Naphtalin, 893 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Vinegar, 1548 
Ascites. 
Iodine, 750 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Mercury, 710 
Asphyxia. 
Acetic acid, 19 
Asthma. 
Allyl hydrobromate, (note) 
968 
Allyl tribromide, 1557 
Ammoniac, 153 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Arum, 1577 
Asafetida, 237 
Asclepias syriaca, 239 
Aspidosperma, 244 
Atropine, 247 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Bear’s foot, 1680 
Belladonna, 262 
Bitter candytuft, 1689 
Camphor, 311 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Caruba di guiden, 1603 
Catalpa-tree, 1605 
Chloral, 375 
Chloroform, 381 
Cobweb, 1618 
Colchicum, 437 
Cuckoo flower, 1601 
Delphinium, 1639 
Dracontium, 1641 
Eriodictyon, 519 
Ether, 122 
Eucalyptus, 521 
Euphorbia pilulifera, 1651 
Evening primrose, 1745 
Grindelia, 673 
Honeysuckle, 1712 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Ipecacuanha, 756 
Jerusalem oak, 368 
Laburnum, 1638 
Lobelia, 835 
Lobelia, vinegar of, (note) 
£35 
Menthol, 946 
Nitrated alcohols, 1741 
Nitroglycerin, 1283 
Opium, 1003 
Asthma. 
Opopanax, 1749 
Oxymel of squill, 1005 
Pellote, 1565 
Petroleum, 1763 
Polypodium, 1771 
Potassium cobalto-nitrite, 
1773 
Potassium nitrate, 1108 
Potassium nitrate paper, 
365 
Primrose, 1745 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Pyridine, 1778 
Pyridine tricarboxylic acid, 
1778 
Saxifrage, 1768 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Spider’s web, 1618 
Storax, 1306 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Sumbul, 1317 
Tobacco, 1351 
Tribromallyl, 1818 
Water hemlock, 1745 
Bed-Sores. 
Lead tannate, 1706 
Tannoform. 1808 
Bites, Animal. 
Chromic acid, 44 
Bites, Snake. 
Aeerates decumbens, 1545 
Alcohol, 132 
Ammonia water, 205 
Asclepias verticillata, 238 
Cahinca, 1598 
Cedron, 1606 
Chromic acid, 44 
Euphorbia, 1651 
Goat’s rue, 1668 
Gollindrinera, 1651 
Guaco, 1675 
Liatris spicata, 1707 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Rattlesnake root, 1737 
Senega, 1214 
Simaruba, 1792 
Bladder, Catarrh of. 
See Cystitis. 
Bladder, Irritable. 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 543 
Lupulin, 687 
Peach leaves, 1759 
Triticum, 1411 
Bladder, Spasm of. 
Belladonna root, 262 
Bladder, Ulcer of. 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Uva ursi, 1439 Index of Diseases. 
Blepharitis. 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Red mercuric oxide, oint- 
ment of, 1432 
Blisters. 
Lead carbonate, ointment 
of, 1434 
Lead subacetate, solution 
of, 815 
Boils. 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Lead subacetate, solution 
of, 815 
Menthol, 868 
Mercuric nitrate, solution 
of, 808 
Sulphurated lime, 303 
Yeast, 1608 
Bones, Delayed Union of. 
Calcium phosphate, 293 
Bones, Diseases of. 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Mercurial plaster, 502 
Red mercuric iodide, 702 
Sodium hypophosphite, 
1251 
Brain, Concussion of. 
Arnica root, 232 
Brain, Congestion of. 
Chloral, 375 
Ergot, 517 
Brain, Inflammation of. 
Chloral, 375 
Brain, Softening of. 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Breasts, Inflammation of. 
Anthriscus, 1568 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Stramonium, 1291 
Bright’s Disease. 
Ammonium benzoate, 153 
Arnica root, 233 
Basham’s mixture, 802 
Caffeine, 284 
Chondrus, 384 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Fuchsine, 1666 
Gallic acid, 50 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Horsetail, 1645 
Plyoscine hydrobromate, 
720 
Iron and ammonium ace- 
tate, solution of, 802 
Linseed meal, 787 
Lycopodium, 837 
Bright’s Disease. 
Mallow, 1717 
Oil of theobroma, 975 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Parsley, 1570 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Speedwell, 1826 
Strontium lactate, 1295 
Symphorol, 1806 
Theobromine, 975 
Uva ursi, 1439 
Viola, 1827 
Wild carrot, 1602 
Bi'omidrosis. 
Chromic acid, 44 
Bronchitis. 
Ammonium carbonate, 157 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Antimony and potassium 
nitrate, 181 
Arbor vitae, 1815 
Aspidosperma, 244 
Bitter candytuft, 1689 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Cane juice, 1181 
Caruba di guiden, 1603 
Cheken, 1650 
Chlorphenol, 1615 
Chlorsalol, 1615 
Cocaine, 428 
Cocillana bark, 1619 
Coltsfoot, 1821 
Creosote, 459 
Creosote carbonate, 1629 
Delphinium, 1639 
Ethyl iodide, 1649 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Eucalyptus, 521 
Euphorbia pilulifera, 1651 
European myrtle, 1737 
Garlic, 134 
Garlic, syrup of, 1327 
Grindelia, 673 
Hedge mustard, 1793 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Hydrogen sulphide, 1688 
Iodine, 750 
Ipecacuanha, 758 
Laburnum, 1638 
Larch bark, 1705 
Liverwort, 1682 
Mercury, 710 
Naregamia, 1738 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of santal, 965 
Olibanum, 1748 
Onion, 1748 
Peronin, 1761 
Physostigma, 1028 
Potassium citrate, 1092 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Quebracho, 244 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Saw palmetto, 1790 
Senega, 1214 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Squill, syrup of, 1344 
Sugar, 1181 
XVII 
Bronchitis. 
Tar, glycerite of, 1057 
Terebene, 1356 
Terpin hydrate, 1364 
Thiocol, 1814 
Water hemlock, 1745 
Bronchitis, Chronic. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Chlorine water, 211 
Copaiba, 455 
Cubebs, 468 
Eriodictyon, 519 
Ether, 122 
Eucalvptol, 520 
Eugenia chequen, 1650 
Garlic, 134 
Garlic, syrup of, 1327 
Ipecac and squill, pill of, 
1047 . 
Menthol, 946 
Naphtalin, 893 
Petrolatum, 1018 
Sanguinaria, 1188 
Squill, compound pill of, 
1050 
Strychnine, 1302 
Sumbul, 1317 
Tar, 1057 
Terebene, 1356 
Terpin hydrate, 1364 
Thiocol, 1814 
Tolu, tincture of, 1407 
Bronchocele. 
Bromine, 277 
Iodine, 750 
Potassium bromide, 1084 
Bronchorrh oea. 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Bruises. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Anthriscus, 1568 
Arnica flowers, tincture of, 
1372 
Arnica plaster, 500 
Arnica root, 233 
Calendula, tincture of, 295 
Camphor liniment, 781 
Camphor, spirit of, 1279 
Chaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Hamamelis bark, 680 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Lead subacetate, solution 
of, 815 
Life-everlasting, 1673 
Oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Opium, liniment of, 783 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Soap, 1197 
Soap liniment, 784 
Sodium chloride, 1249 
Solomon’s seal, 1621 
Thiol, 1815 
Vinegar, 1548 Index of Diseases. 
Bubo. 
Aromatic wine, 1827 
Chlorine water, 211 
Collodion, 438 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Mercurial plaster, 502 
Burns. 
Airol, 1554 
Balsam-apple, 1731 
Calcined magnesia, 840 
Carbolic acid, 41 
Carron oil, 781 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Cocaine, 428 
Creosote, 460 
Europhen, 1653 
Grindelia, 673 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Houseleek, 1791 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodoform, (note) 742 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lead carbonate, ointment 
of, 1434 
Lead subacetate, cerate of, 
359 
Lead subacetate, solution 
of, 815. 
Lime liniment, 781 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Oleite, 1747 
Orthoform, 1751 
Orthoform new, 1751 
Picric acid, 1767 
Prepared chalk, 461 
Resin cerate, 359 
Resorcin, (note) 742 
Sodium carbonate, 1246 
Tribromplienol-bismuth, 
1818 
Turpentine liniment, 785 
Calculi. 
Ammonium borate, 1560 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Hydrangea, 1686 
Lead saccharate, 1706 
Linseed meal, 787 
Lithium carbonate, 831 
Lvcetol, 1713 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Pichi, 1655 
Piperazine, 1768 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Sodium bicarbonate, 1235 
Sodium carbonate, dried, 
1246 
Sulphuric acid, 96 
Urotropine, 1823 
Wild potato, 1622 
Calculi, Biliary. 
See Gall-Stones. 
Cancer. 
Acid, arsenous, 22 
Acid, glacial acetic, 19 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Cancer. 
Aniline, 1567 
Belladonna, 262 
Bromine chloride, 278,1592 
Calendula, 294 
Canquoin’s paste, 1474 
Clielidonium, 366 
Chian turpentine, 1363 
Chlorine water, 211 
Chloroform, 381 
Condurango, 1620 
Conium, 449 
Dulcamara, 488 
Eudoxine, 1743 
Febure’s remedy, 23 
Ferro-manganous prepara- 
tions, 1719 
Frere Corne’s paste, 22 
Manganous iodide, 1718 
Mercuric nitrate, solution 
of, 808 
Nosophen, 1743 
Opium, 1003 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Plunket’s caustic, 22 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Potato, 488 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Wild carrot, 1602 
Zinc chloride, 1474 
Cancrum Oris. 
Nitric acid, 73. 
Carbuncle. 
Aniline, 1567 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Menthol, 868 
Oil of aleurites triloba, 1556 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Cardialgia. 
Silver oxide, 230 
Caruncle, Urethral. 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Catarrh. 
Acacia, 10 
Ammonia liniment, 781 
Ammoniac, 153 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Apomorphine hydrochlo- 
rate, 190 
Arnica root, 232 
Arum, 1577 
Asafetida, 237 
Asclepias, 239 
Aster, 1579 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Balsam of sulphur, 1581 
Balsam of tolu, 257 
Benne leaves, 967 
Benzoin, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1374 
Borage, 1590 
Catarrh. 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Cetraria, 364 
Cheken, 1650 
Chlorine water, 211 
Comfrey, 1806 
Dracontium, 1641 
Dulcamara, 400 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Eugenia chequen, 1650 
Eupatorium, 524 
Holly, 1691 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Hyssop, 1689 
Iceland moss, 364 
Ipecacuanha, 758 
Ipecacuanha, troches of, 
1417 
Iron mixture, compound, 
873 
Jerusalem oak, 368 
Labdanum, 1702 
Linseed meal, 787 
Lobelia, 835 
Lungwort, 1776 
Mallow, 1717 
Marrubium, 854 
Menthol, 946 
Monesia, 1731 
Mullein, 1826 
Myrrh, 892 
Naphtalin, 893 
Oil of santal, 965 
Onion, 1748 
Opium, 1003 
Oxvmel of squill, 1005 
Pitch plaster, 504 
Pleurisy root, 239 
Podophyllum, 1070 
Polypodium, 1771 
Potentilla, 1775 
Purging flax, 1709 
Saxifrage, 1768 
Senega, 1214 
Storax, 1306 
Strontium bromide, 1293 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Sugar, 1181 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Tannosal, 1808 
Tar, 1056 
Terpinol, 1812 
Turpentine, 1363 
Watermelon, 1633 
Wood-sorrel, 1755 
Catarrh, Gastro-intestinal. 
Hydrastis, 717 
Catarrh, Nasal. 
Euphorbia officinalis, 1652 
Menthol, 868 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Yerba reuma, 1663 
Chancre. 
Airol, 1554 
Argentol, 1573 
Aromatic wine, 1827 Index of Diseases. 
Chancre. 
Copper sulphate, 470 
Europhen, 1653 
Ferric subsulphate, solution 
of, 805 
Hydrogen dioxide, 217 
Iodocrol, 1603 
Iodol, 1696 
Mercuric nitrate, solution 
of, 808 
Prickly poppy, 1572 
Red mercuric oxide, 705 
Resorcin, 1157 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 228 
Tannoform, 1808 
Chancroids. 
Idocrol, 1603 
Chapped Hands. 
Balsam-apple, 1731 
Glycerin, 660 
Glycerin ointment, (note) 
660 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Rose water, ointment of, 
1423 
Chilblains. 
Camphor, spirit of, 1279 
Capsicum, 325 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Collodion, 438 
Copaiba, 455 
Creosote, 460 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodine ointment, 1432 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Lead subacetate, cerate of, 
359 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Petroleum, 1763 
Resin cerate, 359 
Tannic acid, 102 
Chloral Poisoning. 
Strychnine, 1302 
Chlorosis. 
Aloes and myrrh, tincture 
of, 1371 
Arnica root, 233 
Blaud’s pill, 1046 
Catnep, 1605 
Cetrarin, 364 
Ferripyrine, 1660 
Ferrous carbonate, 857 
Ferrous iodide, 1658 
Ferrous lactate, 622 
Galbanum, compound pills 
of, 1047 
Glycerin phosphoric acid, 
1549 
Iron, 634 
Iron mixture, compound, 
873 
Iron, pills of carbonate of, 
1046 
Iron, tannate of, 1659 
Ketir, 1700 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Chlorosis. 
Mass of ferrous carbonate, 
857 
Myrrh, 892 
Sumbul, 1317 
Zinc valerianate, 1483 
Cholera. 
Cowhage, 1733 
Creosote, 460 
Cresol, 1630 
Germander, 1812 
Guaco, 1675 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Mastic, 860 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of camphor, (note, 311 
Opium, 1003 
Petroleum, 1763 
Phenyloboric acid, 1550 
Sulphuric acid, 96 
Tribromphenol-bismuth, 
1818 
Cholera Infantum. 
Benne leaves, 967 
Columbo, 298 
Creosote, 460 
Geranium, 654 
Hsematoxylon, 679 
Mastic, 860 
Oak bark, 1133 
Peppermint, 867 
Resorcin, 1157 
Rhubarb, 1166 
Cholera Morbus. 
Calomel, 696 
Columbo, 298 
Copper arsenite, 1634 
Creolin, 1631 
Creosote, 460 
Chordee. 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 543 
Camphor, 311 
Chorea. 
Ammoniated copper, 1634 
Ammonium valerianate, 163 
Aniline, 1567 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Asaprol, 1577 
Bromide of iron, 1657 
Cerium oxalate, 361 
Chenopodium, 368 
Chloral, 375 
Chloroform, 382 
Cimicifuga, 387 
Conium, 450 
Cuckoo-flower, 1601 
Dracontium, 1641 
Exalgin, 1654 
Ferrous bromide, 1657 
Gelsemium, 651 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Indigo, 1693 
Iron, bromide of, syrup of, 
1806 
Chorea. 
Mugwort, 1 
Potassium arsenite, solu- 
tion of, 819 
Picrotoxin, 1033 
Sanicle, 1787 
Scutellaria, 1212 
Silver ammonio-chloride, 
1573 
Simulo, 1793 
Syrup of bromide of iron, 
1806 
Zinc chloride, 1474 
Zinc cyanide, 1834 
Zinc iodide, 1476 
Zinc oxide, 1478 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Cold. 
Opium, 1003 
Colic. 
Alum, 147 
Angelica, 1563 
Anise, 175 
Aralia spinosa, 1571 
Asafetida, 237 
California laurel, 1822 
Camphor, 311 
Castor oil, 961 
Chloroform, 382 
Codeine, 434 
Ether, 121 
Horsemint, 1731 
Magnesium sulphate, 846 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Oil of cinnamon, 933 
Oil of hedeoma, 939 
Opium, 1003 
Peppermint, 867 
Pleurisy root, 239 
Prickly poppy, 1572 
Ruta, 1782 
Star grass, 1556 
Wild yam, 1640 
Zinc cyanide, 1834 
Colic, Biliary. 
Calomel, 696 
Chloroform, 382 
Ether, 121 
Opium, 1003 
Colic, Flatulent. 
Agave americana, 1553 
Ammonia, spirit of, 1276 
Anise, 175 
Asafetida, 237 
Caraway, 336 
Cascarilla, 341 
Catnep, 1605 
Ether, 121 
Ginger, 1485 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Oil of cinnamon, 933 
Oil of hedeoma, 939 
Oil of peppermint, 945 
Pennyroyal, 681 
Peppermint, 867 Index of Diseases. 
Colic, Flatulent. 
Prickly poppy, 1572 
Ruta, 1782 
Star wort, 1682 
Colic, Lead. 
Alum, 147 
Calomel, 696 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Colic, Nephritic. 
Ammonium borate, 1560 
Chloroform, 382 
Ether, 121 
Opium, 1003 
Orthosiphon stamineus, 
1751 
Collapse. 
Ammonia water, 205 
Caffeine, 284 
Camphorated oil, 312 
Musk, 885 
Nitroglycerin, spirit of, 1283 
Oil of thyme, 976 
Warburg’s tincture, 1828 
Colon, Inflammation of. 
Hydrastis, 717 
Colon, Ulcer of. 
Iodine, 748 
Coma. 
Croton oil, 979 
Condyloma. 
Chromic acid, 44 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Conj uncti vitis. 
Abrus precatorius, 1545 
Aniline, 1567 
Boric acid, 35 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1615 
Fungus sambuci, (note) 
1186 
Moulded silver nitrate, 229 
Naphtol, 895 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Red mercuric oxide, oint- 
ment of, 1432 
Sassafras pith, mucilage of, 
886 
Silver nitrate, 225 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Sodium tetraborate, 1796 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Zinc chloride, 1475 
Conjunctivitis, G-onor- 
rhoeal. 
Moulded silver nitrate, 229 
Constipation. 
Aloes, 141 
Aloes and asafetida, pills 
of, 1041 
Aloes and myrrh, pills of, 
1042 
Constipation. 
Aloes, compound decoction 
of, 478 
Aloes, pills of, 1041 
Aloin, 142 
Asafetida, 237 
Butternut, 764 
Cascara sagrada, 1159 
Cassia, 342 
Castor oil, 960 
Charcoal, 330 
Cheltenham salt, 1609 
Croton oil, 979 
Figs, 640 
Glycerin, 660 
Glycerin, suppositories of, 
1.320 
Hydrastis, 717 
Leptandra, 777 
Magnesia, 840 
Magnesium sulphate, 846 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Physostigma, 1028 
Prunes, 1114 
Quassin, 1131 
Rhubarb, 1166 
Rhubarb, compound pills 
of, 1049 
Rye, 1791 
Senna, compound tincture 
of, 1405 
Senna, confection of, 446 
Soap, 1197 
Consumption. 
See Phthisis. 
Convulsions. 
Allyl hydrobromate, (note) 
968 
Ammonia water, stronger, 
206 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Asafetida, 237 
Belladonna, 262 
Chloral, 375 
Curare, 1830 
Emplastrum asafoetidse, 
(note) 238 
Ether, 122 
Garlic, 134 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Indigo, 1693 
Musk, 885 
Nitroglycerin, 1283 
Oil of amber, 1802 
Phosphoric acid, diluted, 
82 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Scutellaria, 1212 
Veratrum viride, 1450 
Cornea, Opacity of. 
Cadmium sulphate, 1595 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Sodium sulphate, 1262 
Thiosinamin, 1815 
Cornea, Ulcer of. 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1614 
Corns. 
Acetic acid, 19 
Carbolic acid, 41 
Cashew juice, 1562 
Celandine, 366 
Coryza. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Camphor, 311 
Cocaine, 428 
Iodine, tincture of, 1391 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Salipyrin, 1786 
Tannic acid, 102 
Cough. 
Arbor vitrn, 1815 
Asafetida, 237 
Camphor, 311 
Catechu, 348 
Chloroform, 381 
Codeine, 434 
Coltsfoot, 1821 
Cubeb, troches of, 1415 
Glycyrrhiza, compound 
mixture of, 874 
Glycyrrhiza, extract of, 
567 
Hepatica, 1682 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Hyoscyamus, 723 
Ipecacuanha, 758 
Lactucarium, 774 
Morphine and ipecac, tro- 
ches of, 1418 
Morphine lozenges, 1417 
Opium, 1003 
Opium, camphorated tinc- 
ture of, 1400 
Potato, 488 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Troches of glycyrrhiza and 
opium, 1416 
Wistar’s cough lozenges, 
1416 
Cramp. 
Antispasmin, 1569 
Atropine, 247 
Belladonna, 262 
Chloral, 375 
Lobelia, 835 
Opium, 1003 
Tribromsalol, 1818 
Croup. 
Alum, 147 
Asafetida, 237 
Chloral, 375 
Ipecacuanha, 758 
Lactic acid, 68 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Lobelia, 835 
Mutisia vicisefolia, 1735 
Senega, 1214 
Sodium bicarbonate, 1235 
Squill, 1210 
Squill, compound svrup of, 
1344 Index of Diseases. 
XXI 
Croup. 
Squill, oxyinel of, 1005 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Yellow mercuric subsul- 
phate, 706 
Cystirrhcea. 
Cubebs, 468 
Cystitis. 
Ammonium borate, 1560 
Benne leaves, 967 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Benzosol, 1585 
Betol, 1587 
Boric acid, 35 
Buchu, 280 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Chlorsalol, 1615 
Chondrus, 384 
Copaiba, 455 
Creolin, 1631 
Diabetes weed, 1550 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Eucalyptus, 521 
European myrtle, 1737 
Gravel wreed, 1550 
Grindelia, 673 
Herniaria glabra, 1683 
Home-balm, 1620 
Irish moss, 384 
Lvcetol, 1713 
Matico, 861 
Naphtionic acid, 1549 
Nosophen, 1743 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oxalic acid, 1752 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Pareira brava, infusion of, 
(note) 730 
Pichi, 1655 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Pyrosal, 1778 
Resorcin, 1157 
Silver citrate, 1573 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Slippery elm, 1420 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Solanum paniculatum, 488 
Tar, 1056 
Tar, infusion of, (note) 730 
Terpin hydrate, 1364 
Triticum, 1411 
Turpentine, 1363 
Urotropine, 1823 
Urotropine salicylate, (note) 
1823 
Uva ursi, 1439 
Water plantain, 1556 
Zea, 1468 
Deafness. 
Euphorbium, 1652 
Glycerin, 660 
Debility. 
Absinthium, 2 
Alcohol, 132 
Aloes and myrrh, pills of, 
1042 
Debility. 
Anthemis, 176 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Cetraria, 364 
Chirata, 370 
Coca, 428 
Columbo, 298 
Eupatorium, 524 
Gentian, 653 
Gentian, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1386 
Germander, 1812 
Inula, 740 
Iron, 634 
Malambo, 1716 
Myrrh, 892 
Nuclein, 1744 
Quinine valerianate, 1150 
Tapioca, 1808 
Wild cherry bark, 1116 
Wine, 1461 
Wort, 1685 
See also Neurasthenia. 
Delirium Tremens. 
Ammonium succinate, 1802 
Camphor, monobromated, 
312 
Capsicum, 324 
Chloral, 375 
Gelsemium, 651 
Hops, 687 
Hops, tincture of, 1388 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Opium, 1003 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Scutellaria, 1212 
Dermatitis. 
Tumenol, 1820 
Vinegar, 1548 
See Skin, Diseases of. 
Diabetes Insipidus. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Ergot, 517 
Ferric valerianate, 632 
Strontium bromide, 1293 
Zinc valerianate, 1483 
Diabetes Mellitus. 
Almonds, swreet, 166 
Amidophenol, 1559 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Benzosol, 1585 
Clemens’s solution, (note) 
791 
Codeine, 434 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
253 
Hydrogen dioxide, 217 
Iodol, 1696 
Jambul, 1650 
Kino, 769 
Lactic acid, 68 
Levulose, 1181 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Opium, 1003 
Phosphoric acid, dilute, 82 
Saccharin, 655 
Strontium bromide, 1293 
Uranium, 1822 
Diarrhoea. 
Ailantus glandulosa, 1554 
Alum, 147 
Alum root, 1683 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Arctostaphylos glauca, 1437 
Arnica root, 233 
Bael, 1584 
Barberry, 1586 
Bayberry, 1736 
Benne leaves, 967 
Benzo-naphtol, 1585 
Benzosol, 1585 
Berberis, 1586 
Bismal, 1587 
Bismuth benzoate, 1587 
Bismuth-cerium salicylate, 
1587 
Bismuth dithiosalicylate, 
1588 
Bismuth phosphate, 1589 
Bismuth salicylate, 271 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Bismuth subsalicylate, 1588 
Bismuth tannate, 1589 
Black alder, 1775 
Blackberry, 1172 
Blue mass, 859 
Bole, Armenian, 1590 
Calcium borate, 1598 
Calcium permanganate, 
1599 
Calcium salicylate, 1599 
California laurel, 1822 
Camphor, 311 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Carbon disulphide, 332 
Cascarilla, 341 
Castor oil, 961 
Catechu, 348 
Catechu, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1378 
Cetraria, 364 
Chalk and opium, aromatic 
powder of, 1121 
Chalk, aromatic powder of, 
1121 
Chalk mixture, 872 
Chalk, troches of, 1415 
Charcoal, 330 
Chlorsalol, 1615 
Chondrus, 384 
Cinnamon, 423 
Citrate of bismuth and am- 
monium, solution of, 793 
Cocaine, 428 
Columbo, 298 
Compound lead supposito- 
ries, 1322 
Congo root, 1775 
Contrayerva, 1621 
Copaiba, 455 
Copper arsenite, 1634 
Copper sulphate, 469 
Coto bark, 1627 
Cotoin, 1628 
Creosote, 459 
Currie, 1636 
Cusparia bark, 473 
Decoction of logwood, 480 Index of Diseases. 
Diarrhoea. 
Dermatol, 1588 
Erigeron, 1646 
Eucalyptus gum, 519 
Eudoxine, 1743 
Euphorbia hypericifolia, 
1651 
Ferric nitrate, solution of, 
853 
Ferripyrine, 1660 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Frost wort, 1680 
Geranium, 654 
Grass-tree gum, 1674 
Guaco, 1675 
Guaiacol salol, 1676 
Guarana, 678 
Hsematoxylon, 679 
Heal-all, 1775 
Helenin, (note) 739 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Iceland moss, 364 
Iodine, 750 
Ipecac and opium, powder 
of, 1124 
Irish moss, 384 
Jarnbul, 1650 
Judas-tree, 1608 
Kino, 769 
Kino, compound powder 
of, 1124 
Kino, tincture of, 1393 
Lactic acid, 68 
Lady’s mantle, 1555 
Laurel, 1700 
Lead acetate, 1062 
Leopard-tree, 1661 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Lime, syrup of, 1331 
Loosestrife, 1714 
Madar, 1599 
Mangosteen, 1719 
Mastic, 860 
Matico, 861 
Meat, raw, 1721 
Menthol, 946 
Mercury witli chalk, 710 
Methylic alcohol, 1727 
Milk, 1730 
Monesia, 1731 
Myrobalans, 1736 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Naphtol, 895 
Oak bark, 1133 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Opium, 1003 
Opium, camphorated tinc- 
ture of, 1400 
Oroxylum indicum, 1750 
Oyster-shell, prepared, 1812 
Papaverine, 990 
Passion-flower, 1759 
Pepsin, 1015 
Persimmon, 1640 
Pomegranate, 671 
Potentilla, 1775 
Prepared chalk, 461 
Propolis, (note) 862 
Psoralea, 1775 
Diarrhoea. 
Resorcin, 1157 
Rhatany, 772 
Rhubarb, 1166 
Rhubarb, aromatic syrup 
of, 1341 
Rhubarb, compound pow- 
der of, 1125 
Rice, 1751 
Rubus, syrup of, 1342 
Self-heal, 1775 
Silver chloride, 1573 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Silver oxide, 230 
Slippery elm, 1420 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Sodium paracresotate, 1795 
Sodium phosphate, 1258 
Spiraea, 1799 
Sulphuric acid, diluted, 96 
Sumbul, 1317 
Sweet fern, 1620 
Sweet gum, 1709 
Tannalbin, 1807 
Tannic acid, 102 
Tannigen, 1807 
Tannoform, 1808 
Tannon, 1808 
Tea, 1811 
Ulmus, 1420 
Valonia, 1825 
Water avens, 1670 
Water-pepper, 1589 
Wax, 353 
AV i nter- berry, 1775 
Wrightia antidysenterica, 
1832 
Yerba mansa, 1685 
Zapote bianco, 1603 
Diarrhoea, Tuberculous. 
Helenin, (note) 739 
Lactic acid, 68 
Diphtheria. 
Alcohol, 132 
Boric acid, 35 
Borol, 1591 
Bromine, 277 
Bromol, 1592 
Chlorine water, 211 
Creosote, 460 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Helenin, (note) 739 
Hydrogen dioxide, 217 
Lactic acid, 68 
Lemon juice, 780 
Mercuric cyanide, 698 
Moulded silver nitrate, 229 
Nuclein, 1744 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium iodate, 1774 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Resorcin, 1157 
Silver nitrate, 225 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Soluble silver, 1573 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Sulphoricinic acid, 1804 
Diphtheria. 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Tannic acid, 102 
Dislocations. 
Chloroform, 382 
Ether, 122 
Dropsy. 
Anthriscus, 1568 
Apocynum, 189 
Aralia, 1571 
Arnica root, 233 
Artichoke, 1637 
Bacher’s pills, 1682 
Balsam apple, 1731 
Birch leaves, 1587 
Black hellebore, 1681 
Bryonia, 279 
Buckbean, 1722 
Cactus grandiflorus, 1593 
Caffeine, 284 
Cahinca, 1598 
Cantliarides, 321 
Cashew nut, 1562 
Cimicifuga, 387 
Cleavers, 1668 
Cloudberry, 1782 
Cockroach, 1569 
Colchicum, 437 
Colocynth, 443 
Convallaria, 452 
Copaiba, 455 
Cucurbita lagenaria, 1633 
Delphinium, 1639 
Diabetes weed, 1550 
Digitalis, 485 
Diuretin, (note) 975 
Dracontium, 1641 
Dwarf elder, 1571 
Dyers’ broom, 1670 
Elaterium, 496 
Elder, 1187 
Erigeron, 1646 
Euonymus, 523 
European birch, 1587 
Frangula, (note) 642 
Gourd, 1633 
Gravel weed, 1550 
Haircap moss, 1772 
Hedge hyssop, 1674 
Horse-balm, 1620 
Horse-radish, compound 
spirit of, 1278 
Horse-radish root, 231 
Horsetail, 1645 
Ice-plant, 1725 
Indian cucumber, 1721 
Inula, 740 
Iodine, 748 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Jalap, 762 
Jalap, compound powder 
of, 1124 
Java tea, 1751 
Juniper, compound spirit 
of, 1283 
Mercury, 710 
Milk sugar, 1182 
Nasrol, 1738 
Oil of juniper, 940 Index of Diseases. 
Dropsy. 
Orris root, 1751 
Orthosiphon, 1751 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Parsley, 1570 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Piperazine, 1768 
Potassium acetate, 1076 
Potassium bitartrate, 1081 
Potassium carbonate, 1085 
Purging flax, 1709 
Rubia, 1781 
Sambucus, 1187 
Saxifrage, 1768 
Scarlet pimpernel, 1562 
Scoparius, 1211 
Senega, 1214 
Shepherd’s purse, 1601 
Sour-wood, 1755 
Sow thistle, 1797 
Spanish broom, 1798 
Squill, 1209 
Star grass, 1556 
Stork’s bill, 1646 
Strophanthus, 1298 
Sugar, 1181 
Theobromine, 975 
Toadflax, 1569 
Ulex, 1821 
Urea, 1822 
Virginia creeper, 1827 
Wall pellitory, 1759 
Water star wort, 1599 
Watermelon honey, 1633 
White lily, 1707 
Wild carrot, 1602 
Zea, 1468 
Dysentery. 
Ailantus glandulosa, 1554 
Aristol, 1574 
Arnica root, 232 
Bael, 1584 
Baobab, 1550 
Benne leaves, 967 
Benzoin, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1374 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Bismuth-cerium salicylate, 
1587 
Biting stone-crop, 1791 
Calomel, 696 
Calotropis gigantea, 1599 
Cascariila, 341 
Castor oil, 961 
Cetraria, 364 
Chestnut bark, 343 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chondrus, 384 
Columbo, 298 
Compound lead supposi- 
tories, 1322 
Contrayerva, 1621 
Copaiba, 455 
Copper arsenite, 1634 
Creolin, 1631 
Creosote, 460 
Currie, 1636 
Cusparia bark, 473 
Dysentery. 
Dita bark, 1641 
Dover’s powder, 1124 
Euphorbia hypericifolia, 
1651 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Fireweed, 1645 
Gelsemium, 651 
Geranium, 654 
Guaiacol salol, 1676 
Heematoxylon, 679 
Haplopappus baylahuen, 
1679 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Iodine, 750 
Ipecacuanha, 756 
Irish moss, 384 
Jambosa root, 1697 
Judas-tree, 1608 
Juglans, 764 
Kino, 769 
Labdanum, 1702 
Lead acetate, 1062 
Linseed meal, 787 
Loosestrife, 1714 
Mallow, 1717 
Marsh tea, 1706 
Matico, 861 
Mercury, 710 
Methylic alcohol, 1727 
Milk, 1730 
Myrobalans, 1736 
Myrtle wax, 354 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Naphtol, 895 
Naregamia, 1738 
Nirmali, 1801 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Passion-flower, 1759 
Persimmon, 1640 
Powder of ipecac and 
opium, 1124 
Propolis, (note) 862 
Rattlesnake root, 1737 
Rhubarb, 1166 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Saxifraga, 1790 
Silver chloride, 1573 
Silver oxide, 230 
Slippery elm, 1420 
Sodium nitrate, 1255 
Strychnos potatorum, 
1801 
Sumbul, 1317 
Sweet gum, 1709 
Toddalia, 1817 
Ulmus, 1420 
Water avens, 1670 
Water-pepper, 1589 
Wax, 353 
Wild indigo, 1581 
Wrightia antidysenterica, 
1832 
Yerba mansa, 1685 
Dysmenorrhoea. 
Abroma augustum, 1545 
Ammonium acetate, solu- 
tion of, 790 
Dysmenorrhcea. 
Ammonium chloraurate, 
1674 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Apiol, 1570 
Atropine, 247 
Belladonna plaster, 501 
Black haw, 1451 
Borax, 1240 
Camphor, 311 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1614 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Ether, 122 
Gelsemium, 651 
Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
rate, 715 
Nectandrse, 1739 
Parsley, 1570 
Passion-flower, 1759 
Phenalgin, 1764 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Silver oxide, 230 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Stypticin, 1627 
White ash, 1664 
Zinc cyanide, 1834 
Dyspepsia. 
Aloes, compound decoction 
of, 478 
Ammonia water, 205 
Anthemis, 176 
Aromatic powder, 1121 
Benzosol, 1585 
Benzoyl-naphtol, 1585 
Berberis, 1586 
Bran bread, 1656 
Cactus, 1594 
Calumba, 298 
Capsicum, 324 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Cascarilla, 341 
Centaury, 1607 
Cerium nitrate, 361 
Cerium oxalate, 361 
Cetraria, 364 
Chamomile, 176 
Charcoal, 330 
Chirata, 370 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Cloves, 338 
Compound iron mixture, 
873 
Copalchi bark, (note) 339 
Creosote carbonate, 1630 
Currie, 1636 
Cusparia bark, 473 
Eupatorium, 524 
Ferric phosphate, 626 
Gentian, 653 
Gentian, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1386 
Ginger, 1485 
Gizzards, (note) 1015 
Haplopappus baylahuen, 
1679 
Hickory, 1603 
Hops, 687 
Hydrastis, 717 Index of Diseases. 
Dyspepsia. 
Hydrochloric acid, 56 
Ipecacuanha, 756 
Iron and bismuth citrate, 
1657 
Kefir, 1700 
Lactic acid, 68 
Leptandra, 777 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Liriodendron, 1710 
Magnesia, 840 
Malambo, 1716 
Mastic, 860 
Meat, raw, 1721 
Monesia, 1731 
Mustard, 1227 
Myrrh, 892 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Naphtol, 895 
Nitric acid, 73 
Nitrohydrochloric acid, 75 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Pancreatin, 1006 
Papain, 1759 
Papaw, 1758 
Pepsin, 1015 
Phenol-bismuth, 1764 
Phosphoric acid, 82 
Pichi, 1655 
Pitcher-plant, 1789 
Potassium carbonate, 1085 
Prepared chalk, 461 
Quassia, 1131 
Rhubarb, 1166 
Sage, 1185 
Salol, 1183 
Serpentaria, 1224 
Soap, 1197 
Sulphites, 1803 
Taka-diastase, 1807 
Terebene, 1356 
Wafer ash, 1775 
Water avens, 1670 
Water-hemlock, 1745 
Dyspnoea. 
Hydrocyanic acid, diluted, 
62 
Quebracho, 244 
Sassy bark, 1789 
Earache. 
Baume tranquille, 1581 
Ether, 121 
Ecthyma. 
Guano, 1676 
Eczema. 
Aloes, glycerole of, (note) 
539 
Ammonium urate, 1560 
Aristol, 1574 
Arsenate of iron, 605 
Baume caledonien, 1700 
Cantharides, 321 
Carbolic acid, 42 
Chelidonium, 366 
Chrysarobin, 385 
Chrysarobin oxide, (note) 
385, 1616 
Eczema. 
Cipo suma, 1563 
Coal tar, solution of, 813 
Cresol iodide, 1632 
Dermatol, 1588 
Diachylon ointment, 1425 
Dithio-calcium carbonate, 
1641 
European birch, 1587 
Europhen, 1653 
Ferrous arsenate, 605 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Flowering ash, syrup of, 
(note) 851 
Gallinol, 1668 
Glycerin, 660 
Glycerole of aloes, (note) 
539 
Guaco, 1674 
Guano, 1676 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Inula, 740 
Iodocrol, 1603 
Ivy, 1679 
Kresamin, 1631 
Larch bark, 1705 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lenigallol, 1669 
Loretin bismuth, 1589 
Losophan, 1712 
Madar, 1599 
Menthol, 868 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Naphtalan, 1737 
Naphtol, 895 
Oil of cade, 927 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Oleate of mercury, 912 
Oleate of zinc, ointment of, 
1435 
Oleum rusci, 1587 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Potassium acetate, 1076 
Potassium soziodol, 1798 
Resorcin, 1157 
Soft soap, 1199 
Soziodol, 1798 
Staphisagria, 1287 
Sulphur iodide ointment, 
1435 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Tannoform, 1808 
Tar, 1057 
Thilanin, 1814 
Thiol, 1815 
Thiophene, 1815 
Tumenol, 1820 
Zinc oxide ointment, 1436 
Elephantiasis. 
Calotropis gigantea, 1599 
Cashew juice, 1562 
Cuichunchulli, (note) 753 
Hura brasiliensis, 1685 
Indian pennywort, 1655 
Ionidium marcucci, 1697 
Madar, 1599 
Emissions, Seminal. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Emphysema. 
Aspidosperma, 244 
Peronin, 1761 
Empyema. 
Creosote, 460 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Iodoform, 742 
Endometritis. 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
252 
Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
rate, 715 
Enteric Fever. 
See Fever, Typhoid. 
Enteritis. 
Acacia, 10 
Bismutan, 1587 
Bismuth and ammonium 
citrate, 270 
Bismuth salicylate, 271 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Bismuth-cerium salicylate, 
1587 
Calcium salicylate, 1599 
Castor ceil, 961 
Copper arsenite, 1634 
Coptis anemomefolia, 1623 
Creosote carbonate, 1629 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Eudoxine, 1743 
Goldthread, 1623 
Hydrastis, 717 
Indian pennywort, 1688 
Myrobalans, 1736 
Naphtalin, 893 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Opium, i003 
Quinine valerianate, 1152 
Resin, 1152 
Rhubarb, compound pow- 
der of, 1125 
Tannoform, 1808 
Thiocol, 1814 
Tribromphenol-bismuth, 
1818 
Turpentine, 1363 
Watermelon honey, 1633 
Zinc oxide, 1478 
Enuresis. 
See Urine, Incontinence of. 
Epididymitis. 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Epilepsy. 
Ammoniated copper, 1635 
Ammoniated iron, 1560 
Ammonium bromide, 155 
Ammonium valerianate, 
163 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Bastard dittany, 1639 
Black hellebore, 1681 Index of Diseases. 
Epilepsy. 
Borax, 1240 
Box, 1593 
Bromal, 1592 
Calcium bromide, 288 
Castor, 1605 
Chloral, 375 
Convallaria, 452 
Copper sulphate, 469 
Cotyledon umbilicus, 1629 
Elder, 1187 
Ethylene bromide, 1649 
Fluorides, 1661 
Gallobromol, 1669 
Gelsemium, 651 
Gold bromide, 1673 
Hydrobromic acid, 52 
Indigo, 1693 
Marsh parsley, 1791 
Master wort, 1682 
Mugwort, 1 
Nickel bromide, 1740 
Osmic acid, 1752 
Pennywort, 1629 
Peony, 1756 
Picrotoxin, 1033 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Salvia, 1185 
Silver ammonio-chloride, 
1573 
Silver chloride, 1573 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Simulo, 1793 
Solanum, 1796 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Strontium bromide, 1293 
Veratrine, 1447 
Yellow ladies’ bedstraw, 
1668 
Zinc bromide, 1472 
Zinc chloride, 1474 
Zinc cyanide, 1834 
Zinc lactate, 1834 
Zinc oxide, 1478 
Zinc phosphate, 1834 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Zinc valerianate, 1483 
Epistaxis. 
Alum, 147 
Catechu, 348 
Kino, 770 
Mastic, 860 
Matico, 861 
Ragweed, 1559 
Epithelioma. 
Aniline, 1567 
Loretin bismuth, 1589 
Papaw, 1758 
Erysipelas. 
Bromide of iron, 1657 
Cipo suma, 1563 
Creosote, 460 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Ferrous bromide, 1657 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Glycerin of borax, 662 
Erysipelas. 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lobelia, tincture of, 1394 
Matrimony vine, 1713 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Rye, 1791 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Thiol, 1815 
Turpentine liniment, 785 
Wheat flour, 1656 
Exanthematous Diseases. 
Carthamus, 1603 
Rocky Mountain sage, 
(note) 1185 
Saffron, 465 
Serpentaria, 1224 
Wild marjoram, 1749 
Excoriations. 
Calamine, 1598 
Carbonate of zinc, cerate 
of, (note) 1436 
Diachylon, 507 
Glycerin, 660 
Glycerin ointment, (note) 
660 
Lead acetate, ointment of, 
1433 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lead carbonate, ointment 
of, 1434 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Lead plaster, 507 
Lead subacetate, cerate of, 
359 
Lead tannate, 1706 
Lycopodium, 837 
Olive oil, 955 
Spermaceti, ointment of, 
1424 
Zinc oxide, ointment of, 
1436 
Exhaustion, Nervous. 
Ammonia, spirit of, 1276 
Cactus, 1594 
Ferric valerianate, 632 
Germander, 1812 
Glycerin phosphoric acid, 
1549 
Hypophosphorous acid, 65 
Musk, 885 
Sodium hypophosphite, 
1257 
See Neurasthenia. 
Exuberant Granulations. 
Alum, dried, 147 
Copper sulphate, 469 
Eyes, Diseases of. 
Anemone pulsatilla, (note) 
1117 
Black hellebore, 1681 
Cadmium sulphate, 1595 
Eserine salicylate, 1029 
Eyes, Diseases of. 
Euonymus, 522 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Prickly poppy, 1572 
Yellow mercuric oxide, 704 
Eyes, Lime in. 
Vinegar, 1548 
Faucitis. 
Acacia, 10 
Catechu, 348 
Catechu, troches of, 1415 
Cubeb, troches of, 1415 
Monesia, 1731 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Tannic acid, 102 
Favus. 
Naphtol, 895 
Oil of cade, 927 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Feet, Sweating. 
See Hyperidrosis. 
Felon. 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 
229 
Fever. 
Acetanilid, 11 
Aconite, 112 
Alcohol, 132 
Ambrosia trifida, 1559 
Antifebrin, 11 
Antimony, 181 
Antimony and potassium 
tartrate, 181 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Arbor vitae, 1815 
Barberry, 1586 
Brandy, 1287 
Cactus, 1594 
Calendula, 294 
Carbonic acid water, 202 
Castor, 1605 
Celastrus, 1606 
Chloral, 375 
Cold bath, 201 
Compound effervescing 
powder, 1122 
Contrayerva, 1621 
Coral root, 1624 
Hydrochloric acid, 56 
Hydrogen dioxide, 211 
Indian pennywort, 1688 
Ipecac and opium, powder 
of, 1124 
Lemon juice, 779 
Lemon, syrup of, 1339 
Magnesium sulphate, 846 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Phenacetin, 1019 
Phosphoric acid, dilute, 82 
Potassium bitartrate, 1079 
Potassium citrate, 1092 
Potassium citrate, solution 
of, 819 
XXV XXVI 
Index of Diseases. 
Fever. 
Potassium tartrate, 1113 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Salicylic acid, 87 
Salipyrin, 1786 
Savannah flower, 1822 
Senna, 1221 
Serpentaria, infusion of, 
737 
Soda water, 202 
Sodium citro-tartrate, effer- 
vescent, 1250 
Sucupira, 1591 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Valerian, 1441 
Wine, 1461 
Fever, Bilious. 
Calomel, 696 
Jalap, 762 
Pills, compound cathartic, 
1044 
Podophyllum, 1070 
Rhubarb, 1166 
Fever, Hay. 
Cocaine, 428 
Menthol, 946 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Resorcin, 1157 
Fever, Hectic. 
Acetylphenylhydrazin, 
1549 
Cobweb, 1618 
Phenocoll hydrochloride, 
1764 
Wild cherry bark, 1116 
Yeast, 1608 
Fever, Intermittent. 
Gentian, 653 
Juglans, 764 
Pomegranate, 671 
Potassium arsenite, solution 
of, 819 
Potassium citrate, solution 
of, 820 
Water avens, 1670 
See also Malaria. 
Fever, Puerperal. 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Sodium benzoate, 1233 
Fever, Remittent. 
Anthemis, 176 
Berberis, 1586 
Calumba, 298 
Cascarilla, 341 
Chirata, 370 
Gelsemium, 651 
Juglans, 764 
Mercury, 710 
Potassium citrate, solution 
of, 820 
Warburg’s tincture, 1828 
See also Malaria. 
Fever, Scarlet. 
Belladonna, 262 
Capsicum, 324 
Fever, Scarlet. 
Capsicum, tincture of, 1376 
Carthamus, 1603 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chlorine water, 211 
Chloroform, 381 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Frost wort, 1680 
Hydrogen dioxide, 217 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Sanguinaria, vinegar of, 
(note) 1189 
Fever, Typhoid. 
Alcohol, 132 
Ambergris, 1559 
Benzosol, 1585 
Berberis, 1586 
Bismuth subsalicylate, 1588 
Chinaphtol, 1609 
Contrayerva, 1621 
Cotoin, 1628 
Creolin, 1631 
Creosote, 460 
Cresol, 1630 
Gelsemium, 651 
Guaiacol, 1675 
Lactophenin, 1704 
Magnesium salicylate, 1714 
Mercury, 710 
Methacetin, 1725 
Musk, 885 
Naphtalin, 893 
Naphtol, 895 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Opium, 1002 
Pyridine tricarboxylic acid, 
1778 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Salicylic acid, 87 
Salol, 1183 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Sulphuric acid, diluted, 96 
Triphenin, 1820 
Wine, 1461 
Yeast, 1608 
Fever, Typhus. 
Alcohol, 132 
Capsicum, tincture of, 1376 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chlorine water, 211 
Musk, 885 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Wine, 1461 
Fever, Urethral. 
Potassium bromide, 1084 
Fever, Yellow. 
Calomel, 696 
Gelsemium, 651 
Fibroids, Uterine. 
Cotton root bark, 668 
Fissure. 
Airol, 1554 
Belladonna, 262 
Benzoin, 266 
Cocaine, 428 
Orthoform new, 1751 
Fistulse. 
Lactic acid sticks, (note) 
68 
Lugol’s iodine solution, 
749 
Slippery elm, 1420 
Flatulence. 
Aromatic powder, 1121 
Asafetida, 237 
Calamus, 287 
Calamus, fluid extract of, 
546 
Camphor, 311 
Cinnamon, 423 
Cloves, 338 
Colombo, 298 
Ether, 121 
Ginger, troches of, 1419 
Lavender, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1394 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of peppermint, 945 
Oleoresin of capsicum, 913 
Pepper, 1052 
Peppermint, 867 
Peppermint, troches of, 
1417 
Pimenta, 1051 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 
1274 
See also Colic, Flatulent. 
Fractures. 
Calcium phosphate, 293 
Chloroform, 382 
Furuncles. 
See Boils. 
Galactorrhoea. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Belladonna, 262 
Gall-Ducts, Catarrh of. 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Gall-Stones. 
Nitrohydrochloric acid, 75 
Olive oil, 955 
Sodii oleas, 1793 
Sodium carbonate, 1246 
Gangrene. 
Alliaria officinalis, 1557 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Bromine, 277 
Bromol, 1592 
Charcoal, 330 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 Index of Diseases. 
Gangrene. 
Chromic acid, 44 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Pyroligneous acid, 18 
Savine, 1174 
Wine, 1461 
Gastralgia. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Charcoal, 330 
Silver oxide, 230 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Gastric Diseases. 
See Stomach. 
Gastric Insensibility. 
Capsicum, oleoresin of, 913 
Capsicum, tincture of, 1376 
Gastritis. 
Acacia, 10 
Bismuth and ammonium 
citrate, 270 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Calcium salicylate, 1599 
Carbonic acid water, 202 
Eudoxine, 1743 
Geum, 1670 
Koumys, 1701 
Milk, 1730 
Nosophen, 1743 
Papain, 1758 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Silver oxide, 230 
Taka-diastase, 1807 
Tannalbin, 1807 
Tribromsalol, 1818 
Zinc cyanide, 1834 
Zinc oxide, 1478 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Gastrodynia. 
Bismuth valerianate, 1589 
Cantharides, 321 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1615 
Ether, 121 
Ginger, troches of, 1419 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Oil of cinnamon, 933 
Orthoform, 1751 
Peppermint troches, 1417 
Genito-Urinary Inflamma- 
tion. 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Boldo, 1590 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Grindelia, 673 
Ulmus, 1420 
Glanders. 
Sulphur iodide, 1310 
Glands, Enlarged. 
Ammoniac plaster with 
mercury, 500 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Glands, Enlarged. 
Antimony sulphide, 184 
Black oxide of copper, 1623 
Camphor liniment, 782 
Carbon disulphide, 332 
Cheltenham salt, 1609 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Croton oil, 979 
Ferrous iodide, 1658 
Gold oxide, 1673 
Hydrargyrum sozojodoli- 
cum, 1724 
Iodine, 748 
Iodine ointment, 1432 
Iodine, tincture of, 1391 
Iodoform, 742 
Iodol, 1696 
Jalap, compound powder 
of, 1124 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Mercury, liniment of, 782 
Glands, Tubercular En- 
largement of. 
Iodine, 748 
Iodoform, 742 
Glaucoma. 
Eserine salicylate, 1029 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Gleet. 
Alum, 148 
Cantharides, 321 
Catechu, 348 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
rine, 690 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Geranium, 654 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Tannic acid, 102 
Trichloracetic acid, (note) 
17 
Turpentine, 1363 
Uva ursi, 1439 
Glottis, Spasm of. 
Artificial musk, 1735 
Chloral, 375 
Glycosuria. 
See Diabetes Mellitus. 
Goitre. 
Bromine, 277 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Fluorides, 1661 
Iodine, 748 
Iodine ointment, 1432 
Iodized glycerin, 749 
Iodoform, 742 
Potassium bromide, 1084 
Potassium iodide, ointment 
of, 1434 
Thyroid gland, 1367 
Vegetable ethiops, 1666 
G-oitre, Exophthalmic. 
Cactus, 1594 
Splenic extract, 1799 
Thymus gland, 1816 
Gonorrhoea. 
Aluminum tannate, 1558 
Alumnol, 1557 
Aniline, 1567 
Arctostaphylos glauca, 1437 
Argentol, 1573 
Argonin, 1574 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Basil, 1745 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Bismuthol, 1589 
Boldus, 1590 
Borol, 1591 
Cadmium sulphate, 1595 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Catechu, 348 
Chlorphenol, 1615 
Chromic acid, 44 
Copaiba, 455 
Creolin, 1631 
Cubebs, 468 
Ephedra antisyphilitica, 
1645 
Formaldehyde, 1662 
Formanilid, 1662 
Hydrastin, 717 
Hydrastis, 717 
Hydrogen dioxide, 217 
Iodic acid, 1696 
Iodol, 1696 
Jambosa root, 1697 
Jurubeba, 1699 
Kava, 1580 
Kino, 770 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Liatris spicata, 1707 
Matico, 861 
Mercuric benzoate, 1723 
Moulded silver nitrate, 229 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Neetandne, 1739 
Nosophen, 1743 
Oil of santal, 965 
Opium, 1003 
Pepper-tree, 1790 
Pichi, 1655 
Piper novfe-hollandae, 1768 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Pyridine tricarboxylic acid, 
1778 
Besorcin, 1157 
Retinol, 1778 
Silver citrate, 1573 
Silver nitrate, 229 
Silver oxide, 230 
Soapwort, 1788 
Sodium and silver hyposul- 
phite, 1794 
Sodium silicate, 1795 
Storax, 1306 
Tannic acid, 102 
Terpin hydrate, 1364 
Thallin, 1812 
Urotropine, 1823 Index of Diseases. 
Gonorrhoea. 
Wood oil. 1830 
Wood sorrel, 1755 
Yerba mansa, 1685 
Zea, 1468 
Zinc acetate, 1471 
Zinc chloride, 1475 
Zinc chloride, solution of, 
827 
Zinc iodide, 1476 
Zinc oxide, 1478 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Gout. 
Aconitine, 108 
Ammonia, water of, 206 
Ammonium benzoate, 153 
Ammonium phosphate, 163 
Arnica root, 233 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Birch leaves, 1587 
Bitter candytuft, 1689 
Camphor, 311 
Camphor liniment, 781 
Camphor, spirit of, 1279 
Capsicum, 324 
Celastrus, 1606 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Colchicine, 1620 
Colchicum, 437 
Colchicum root, wine of, 
1463 
Croton oil, 979 
Ephedra, 1645 
European ash, 1664 
European birch, 1587 
Frangula, (note) 642 
Gentian, 653 
Germander, 1812 
Ginger, 1485 
Ground pine, 1554 
Guaco, 1674 
Guaiac, 676 
Guaiacum wood, 674 
Hermodactyls, 1683 
Holly, 1691 
Hydrogen sulphide, 1688 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Iodoform collodion, (note) 
439 
Lappa, 775 
Lithium benzoate, 828 
Lithium carbonate, 831 
Lithium citrate, 832 
Lithium salicylate, 833 
Magnesia, 840 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Opium, 1003 
Opium, liniment of, 783 
Pellote, 1565 
Piehurim beans, 1766 
Piperazine, 1768 
Portland powder, 1812 
Potassium silicate, 1774 
Prasoid, 1775 
Prepared chalk, 461 
Rhododendron, 1780 
Salicylic acid, 87 
Sassafras nuts, 1766 
Savine, 1174 
Gout. 
Senna, tincture of, 1400 
Soap liniment, 784 
Sodium benzoate, 1233 
Strontium lactate, 1295 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Symphorol, 1806 
Uricedin, 1823 
Vera trine, 1447 
Winter cherry, 1766 
Gout, Rheumatic. 
See Rheumatic Gout. 
Granulations, Excessive. 
Alum, dried, 148 
Copper sulphate, 469 
Iodine solution, Lugol’s, 748 
Mel yEgyptiacum, (note) 
1634 
Moulded silver nitrate, 228 
Gravel. 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Buch u, 280 
Erigeron, 1646 
Horse-balm, 1620 
Java tea, 1751 
Lactic acid, 68 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Magnesia, 840 
Nitric acid, 73 
Orthosiphon, 1751 
Pichi, 1655 
Piperazine, 1768 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Potassium carbonate, 1085 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Sodium benzoate, 1233 
Sodium bicarbonate, tro- 
ches of, 1419 
Urotropine, 1823 
Uva ursi, 1439 
Water-pepper, 1589 
Water plantain, 1557 
Winter cherry, 1766 
Zea, 1468 
Grippe. 
See Influenza. 
Gums, Spongy. 
Catechu, 348 
Monesia, 1731 
Myrrh, 892 
Myrrh, tincture of, 1395 
Rhatany, 772 
Gums, Ulcerated. 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Hsematemesis. 
Ferric sulphate, solution of, 
805 
Hamamelis, 680 
Matico, 861 
Hsematuria. 
Gallic acid, 50 
Matico, 861 
Hsematuria. 
Pichi, 1655 
Senecio, 1791 
Shepherd’s purse, 1601 
Haemophilia. 
Calcium chloride, 290 
Haemoptysis. 
Alum, 147 
Biting stone-crop, 1791 
Cetraria, 364 
Erigeron, 1646 
Ferric subsulphate, solution 
of, 805 
Gallic acid, 50 
Hamamelis, 680 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Larch bark, 1705 
Liverwort, 1682 
Lungwort, 1776 
Mastic, 860 
Matico, 861 
Monesia, 1731 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Podophyllum, 1070 
Senecio, 1791 
Sodium chloride, 1249 
Hay Fever. 
See Fever, Hay. 
Headache. 
Acetic acid, 19 
Ammonia, aromatic spirit 
of, 1277 
Ammonia water, 205 
Analgen, 1563 
Asarabacca, 1578 
Bay rum, 1285 
Caffeine, 284 
California laurel, 1822 
Camphor, 311 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1614 
Cobweb, 1618 
Ethoxyeaffeine, 1647 
Geum, 1670 
Guarana, 678 
Hyoscyamus, 724 
Magnesia, 840 
Menthol, 868 
Nitrated alcohols, 1741 
Oil of lavender, 940 
Opium, 1002 
Pellote, 1565 
Phenacetin, 1019 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Tea, 1811 
Water hemlock, American, 
1616 
See also Neuralgia. 
Heart-burn. 
Ammonia water, 205 
Liquor magnesii bisulphitis, 
1710 
Sodium bicarbonate, tro- 
ches of, 1419 Index of Diseases. 
Heart, Dilatation of. 
Convallaria, 452 
Digitalis, 485 
Potassium cobalto-nitrite, 
1773 
Scoparius, 1211 
Sparteine, 1211 
Heart, Disease of. 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Belladonna root, 262 
Digitalis, 485 
Oleander, 1740 
Heart, Exhaustion of. 
Ammonia water, 205 
Caffeine, 284 
Digitalis, 485 
Heart-Failure. 
See Syncope. 
Heart, Hypertrophy of. 
Bitter candytuft, 1689 
Bromine, 277 
Veratrum viride, 1450 
Heart, Palpitation of. 
Belladonna, 262 
Digitalis, 485 
Hemicrania. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Malambo, 1716 
Quinine valerianate, 1150 
Valerian, 1441 
Hemorrhage. 
Acid infusion of rose, 736 
Agaric, 1553 
Alum, 147 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Arnica root, 233 
Benzoin alumina cotton, 
(note) 266 
Birth-root, 1818 
Blessed thistle, 1607 
Carduus marianus, 1607 
Catechu, 348 
Cold water, 201 
Commelina, 1620 
Compound lead supposito- 
ries, 1322 
Cornutine citrate, 1626 
Creosote, 460 
Ergot, 517 
Erigeron, 1646 
Ferric chloride, 608 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Ferric subsulphate, solution 
of, 805 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Gallic acid, 50 
Geranium, 654 
Greater periwinkle, 1826 
Hemorrhage. 
Hamamelis bark, 680 
Harts-tongue, 1790 
Heal-all, 1775 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Iodic acid, 1696 
Kino, 769 
Larch bark, 1705 
Lead acetate, 1062 
Lycopus, 1713 
Mastic, 860 
Matico, 861 
Oil of Canada erigeron, 
,1646 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Opium, 1003 
Ragweed, 1559 
Rattlesnake weed, 1684 
Rhatany, 772 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Self-heal, 1775 
Senecio, 1791 
Shepherd’s purse, 1601 
Speedwell, 1826 
Sulphate of aluminum and 
iron, 1660 
Sulphuric acid, diluted, 96 
Tannic acid, 102 
Water avens, 1670 
Wood sorrel, 1755 
Hemorrhage, Intestinal. 
Lead acetate, 1062 
Monsel’s solution, 805 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Hemorrhage, Post-partum. 
Brein, (note) 279 
Ergot, 517 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Lemon juice, 779 
Hemorrhoids. 
Aloes, 141 
Balsam-apple, 1731 
Capsicum, 324 
Cheltenham salts, 1609 
Chrysarobin, 385 
Cocaine, 428 
Compound lead supposito- 
ries, 1322 
Confection of pepper, 444 
Confection of senna, 446 
Copaiba, 455 
Cubebs, 468 
Ergot, 518 
Figwort, 1790 
Gall and opium, ointment 
of, 1426 
Hamamelis bark, 680 
Hemlock, 1745 
Horsechestnut, 1552 
Hydrastis, 717 
Hyoscyamus, 724 
Linseed oil, 943 
Matico, 861 
Mountain ash, 1797 
Mullein, 1826 
Nutgalls, ointment of, 1426 
Hemorrhoids. 
Oak bark, 1133 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Rye, 1791 
Stramonium ointment, 1435 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Tannic acid, 102 
Tannic acid, ointment of, 
1422 
Tannic acid suppositories, 
1320 
Thevetia, 1814 
Toadflax, 1569 
Tobacco, 1351 
Turpentine, 1363 
Hepatitis. 
Ammoniac plaster with 
mercury, 500 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Boldo, 1590 
Calomel, 696 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Chicory, 1616 
Chlorine water, 211 
Compound cathartic pills, 
1044 
Marrubium, 854 
Mercurial plaster, 502 
Nitric acid, 73 
Nitrohydrochloric acid, 75 
Oregon grape root, 1586 
Pitch plaster, 504 
Stillingia, 1289 
Taraxacum, 1356 
Hernia. 
Iodine, 750 
Hernia, Strangulated. 
Belladonna, 262 
Chloral, 375 
Chloroform, 382 
Ether, 122 
Herpes. 
Ammoniated mercury, 
ointment of, 1429 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Cantharides, 321 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Cresol iodide, 1632 
Glycerin, 660 
Hydroxylamine hydrochlo- 
ride, 1688 
Kamala, 765 
Naphtol, 895 
Soziodol, 1798 
Hiccough. 
Chloral, 375 
Chloroform, 382 
Musk, 885 
Mustard, 1227 
Hoarseness. 
Horse-radish root, 231 
Sisymbrium, 1793 XXX 
Index of Diseases. 
Hordeolum. 
Oleate of mercury, 912 
Hospital Gangrene. 
See Phagedsena. 
Hydrocele. 
Chloroform, 383 
Iodine, 750 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Silver nitrate, 229 
Hydrocephalus. 
Iodine, 750 
Mercury, 710 
Hydropericardium. 
Iodine, 750 
Hydrophobia. 
Cedron, 1606 
Chloroform, 382 
Curare, 1830 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Scutellaria, 1212 
Trompatila, 1820 
Hydrothorax. 
Mercury, 710 
Hyperidrosis. 
JBismuthol, 1589 
Chromic acid, 44 
Lead plaster, 507 
Tannoform, 1808 
Hypochondriasis. 
Asafetida, 237 
Bear’s foot, 1680 
Cypripedium, 476 
Opopanax, 1749 
Pellote, 1565 
Sumbul, 1318 
Valerian, 1441 
Hysteria. 
Allyl hydrobromate, (note) 
968 
Allyl tribromide, 1557 
Ammonia, fetid spirit of, 
1277 
Ammonia, spirit of, 1276 
Ammoniated copper, 1634 
Ammonium carbonate, 157 
Ammonium valerianate, 
164 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Asafetida, 237 
Bastard dittany, 1639 
Bear’s foot, 1680 
Calcium bromide, 288 
Camphor, 311 
Camphor, monobromated, 
312 
Cannabis indica, 316 
Castor, 1605 
Catnep, 1605 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Cerium oxalate, 361 
Chloral, 375 
Hysteria. 
Chloralamide, 1612 
Chloroform, 382 
Cimicifuga, 387 
Cobweb, 1618 
Coca, 428 
Compound iron mixture, 
873 
Cotula, 1628 
Creosote, 460 
Di-ethyl-ketone, 1639 
Dracontium, 1641 
Emplastrum asafoetidse, 
(note) 238 
Ferric valerianate, 632 
Galbanum, compound pills 
of, 1047 
Galium verum, 1668 
Gelsemium, 651 
Gentian, 651 
Germander, 1812 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
252 
Hyoscyamus, 723 
Indigo, 1693 
Iron mixture, compound, 
873 
Leonurus eardiaca, 1707 
Mutisia vicisefolia, 1735 
Oil of amber, 1802 
Opopanax, 1749 
Pellote, 1565 
Phosphoric acid, 82 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Ruta, 1782 
Sagapenum, 1784 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Sumbul, 1317 
Tansy, 1353 
Tribromallyl, 1818 
Valerian, 1441 
Valerian, ammoniated tinc- 
ture of, 1408 
Valeridin, 1825 
Validol, 1825 
Vanilla, 1444 
Zinc iodide, 1476 
Hy stero - Epilepsy. 
Picrotoxin, 1033 
Ichthyosis. 
Chaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Naphtol, 895 
Impetigo. 
Arsenic and mercuric io- 
dide, solution of, 791 
Ferri arsenas, 605 
Flowering ash, syrup of, 
(note) 851 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Laurus nobilis, 1705 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Soziodol, 1798 
Sulphur iodide ointment, 
1435 
Impotence. 
Cactus, 1594 
Damiana, 1638 
Helonias dioica, 1682 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Saw palmetto, 1790 
Incontinence of Urine. 
See Urine, Incontinence of. 
Indigestion. 
See Dyspepsia. 
Indolent Swellings. 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Croton oil, 979 
Galbanum, 645 
Potassium iodide, ointment 
of, 1434 
Inflammation. 
Ammonia water, stronger, 
206 
Arnica plaster, 500 
Cold water, 201 
Iodine paint, 749 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lemon juice, 779 
Magnesium sulphate, 846 
Mercury, 710 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Soap cerate, (note) 509 
Subacetate of lead, glyce- 
rine of, 664 
Influenza. 
Eupatorium, 524 
Naphtol, 895 
Opium, 1003 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Pyrosal, 1778 
Salipyrin, 1786 
Insanity. 
Acetophenone, 1546 
Boldo, 1590 
Di-etliyl-ketone, 1639 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Pellotine, 1565 
Splenic extract, 1799 
Zinc phosphate, 1834 
Insomnia. 
Camphor, monobromated, 
312 
Chloral, 375 
Chloralamide, 1612 
Hops, 687 
Hops, tincture of, 1388 
Hyoseine hydrobromate, 
720 
Hyoscyamus, 722 
Jamaica dogwood, 1769 
Opium, 1003 
Opium, camphorated tinc- 
ture of, 1400 
Paraldehyde, 1009 
Passion-flower, 1759 
Pellote, 1565 Index of Diseases. 
Insomnia. 
Sulphonal, 1308 
Trional, 1820 
Intermittent Fever. 
See Malaria. 
Intertrigo. 
Cresol iodide, 1632 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Intestinal Catarrh. 
See Enteritis. 
Intestinal Inflammation. 
See Enteritis. 
Itch. 
See Scabies. 
Jaundice. 
Aloes, 141 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Barberry, 1586 
Bayberry, 1736 
Buckbean, 1722 
Calendula, 294 
Calomel, 696 
Celandine, 366 
Compound cathartic pills, 
1044 
Curcuma, 1636 
Ferric succinate, 1659 
Hedge hyssop, 1674 
Henna, 1706 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Marrubium, 854 
Oxgall, 604 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Piebi, 1655 
Pilocarpine hydrochlorate, 
1034 
Potassium carbonate, 1085 
Saint John's wort, 1689 
Sodium phosphate, 1258 
Toadflax, 1569 
Joints, Diseases of. 
Cantharides, 321 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Iodoform, 742 
Jalap, compound powder 
of, 1124 
Thiol, 1815 
Veratrine, 1447 
See also White Swelling. 
Joints, Effusion into. 
Iodine, 750. 
Joints, Inflammation of. 
See Arthritis. 
Keratitis. 
Aniline, 1567 
Orthoform, 1751 
Sodium tetraborate, 1796 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Kidney Disease. 
See Bright's Disease. 
Labor. 
Belladonna, 262 
Birth-root, 1818 
Corn-smut, 1824 
Cotton root bark, 668 
Ergot, 517 
Ergot, wine of, 1464 
Ether, 122 
Ustilago, 1824 
Laryngeal Tuberculosis. 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Europlien, 1653 
Laryngismus Stridulus. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Musk, 885 
Laryngitis. 
Alumnol, 1558 
Ammonia liniment, 781 
Ammonium chloride, tro- 
ches of, 1415 
Benzoin, 265 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Chlorphenol, 1615 
Cocaine, 428 
Croton oil, 979 
Honey of rose, 865 
Iodol, 1696 
Naphtol, 895 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Olibanum, 1748 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Tannigen, 1807 
Lead Poisoning. 
Iodine, 748 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Sulphurated potassium, 
1075 
Treatment of, 1060 
Lepra. 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Arsenate of iron, 605 
Arsenic and mercuric io- 
dide, solution of, 791 
Arsenic iodide, 233 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Cleavers, 1668 
Dulcamara, 490 
Glycerin, 660 
Ichthyol, 1690 
Iron arsenate, 605 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Potassium acetate, 1076 
Sulphur iodide, 1310 
Sulphur iodide ointment, 
1435 
Tar ointment, 1433 
Leprosy. 
Bdellium, 1583 
Chaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Chinosol, 1611 
Henna, 1706 
Hura brasiliensis, 1685 
Madar, 1599 
XXXI 
Leprosy. 
Marsh tea, 1706 
Siegesbeckia orientalis, 
1792 
Leu coderma. 
Psoralea, 1775 
Leucorrhcea. 
Alum, 148 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Bay berry, 1736 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Cantharides, 321 
Catechu, 348 
Charcoal, 330 
Chromic acid, 44 
Collinsonia canadensis, 
1620 
Copaiba, 455 
Creosote, 460 
Cubebs, 468 
Euphorbia hypericifolia, 
1651 
Ferric alum, 612 
Ferric nitrate, solution of, 
804 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Ferrous iodide, 1658 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Geranium, 654 
Helonias dioica, 1682 
Jambosa root, 1697 
Kava, 1580 
Kino, 769 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Mangosteen, 1719 
Mastic, 860 
Matico, 861 
Monesia, 1731 
Nectandra, 1739 
Oak bark, 1133 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Phosphoric acid, 82 
Pomegranate, 671 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Resorcin, 1157 
Rliatany, 772 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Silver oxide, 230 
Storax, 1306 
Sumbul, 1317 
Tannic acid, 102 
Turpentine, 1363 
Turpentine, oil of, 972 
Uva ursi, 1439 
Water avens, 1670 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Lichen. 
Glycerin, 660 
Lichen Agrius. 
Glycerole of aloes, (note) 
539 Index of Diseases. 
Lipoma. 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Lips, Cracked. 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Lithaemia. 
Calcium benzoate, 1598 
Hippuric acid, 1684 
Java tea, 1751 
Lithium carbonate, 831 
Orthosiphon, 1751 
Piperazine, 1768 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Potassium citrate, 1092 
Rattlesnake weed, 1684 
Soap, 1197 
Sodium benzoate, 1233 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Urotropine, 1823 
Liver, Congestion of. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Horsechestnut, 1552 
Hydrastis, 717 
Jalap, 762 
Podophyllum, 1070 
Taraxacum, 1356 
Watermelon honey, 1633 
Liver, Diseases of. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Calcium benzoate, 1598 
Celastrus, 1606 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Hedge-hyssop, 1674 
Hepatica, 1682 
Purging flax, 1709 
Nitrohydrocliloric acid, 75 
Solanum paniculatum, 488 
Stillingia, 1289 
See also Hepatitis. 
Liver, Torpor of. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Boldo, 1590 
Calomel, 696 
Casearia esculenta, 1603 
Colocynth, 443 
Soap, 1197 
Sodii oleas, 1793 
Locomotor Ataxia. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Silver nitrate, 226 
See also Pains, Ataxic. 
Lumbago. 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Turpentine, 1363 
See also Rheumatism. 
Lungs, Congestion of. 
Cantharides, 321 
Lungs, Diseases of. 
See Pectoral Diseases. 
Lungs, CEdema of. 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Lupus. 
Arsenic and mercuric io- 
dide, solution of, 791 
Caustic iodine solution, 749 
Cinnamic acid, (note) 1306 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Ditliio-calcium carbonate, 
1641 
Eugallol, 1669 
Europhen, 1653 
Ferri arsenas, 605 
Glycerin, 660 
Gold chloride, 1673 
Guaiacol, 1675 
Hydroxylamine hydrochlo- 
ride, 1688 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodized glycerin, 749 
Kresamin, 1631, 1702 
Mercuric iodide, 702 
Mercuric nitrate, solution 
of, 808 
Pyrogallol, 1127 
Sodium, ethylate of, 1794 
Sulphur iodide, 1310 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Malaria. 
Aniline, 1567 
Apiol, 1570 
Arbor vitae, 1815 
Arnica root, 232 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Asaprol, 1577 
Bastard dittany, 1639 
Bear’s foot, 1771 
Berberis, 1586 
Bitter bark, 1557 
Buckbean, 1722 
Butternut, 764 
Capsicum, 324 
Cascarilla, 341 
Centaurea benedicta, 1607 
Chamomile, 176 
Chinoidin, 1610 
Chinoline, 1610 
Chinquapin, 1604 
Chirata, 370 
Columbo, 298 
Dogwood, 1625 
Euquinine, 1653 
European alder, 1557 
European aspen, 1772 
European birch, 1587 
Ferro-manganic prepara- 
tions, 1719 
Gelsemium, 651 
Gentian, 653 
Germander, 1812 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Hickory, 1603 
Holly, 1691 
Horsecliestnut, 1552 
Iron-wood, 1697 
Juglans, 764 
Magnolia, 1715 
Malambo, 1716 
Nectandra, 1739 
Oak bark, 1133 
Oregon grape root, 1586 
Parsley, 1570 
Malaria. 
Pepper, 1052 
Phenocoll hydrochloride, 
1764 
Phenylchinaldin, 1765 
Picric acid, 1767 
Pinckneya pubens, 1768 
Piperin, 1052 
Pomegranate, 671 
Potassium arsenite, solu- 
tion of, 819 
Potassium citrate, solution 
of, 820 
Potassium perchlorate, 1774 
Pyridine tricarboxylic acid, 
1778 
Quinidine sulphate, 1136 
Quinine bisulphate, 1140 
Quinine hydrobromate, 
1140 
Quinine hydrochlorate, 
1142 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Quinine sulphovinate, 
(note) 1139 
Rocky Mountain sage, 
(note) 1185 
Rohun-bark, 1806 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Salicin, 1183 
Sanicle, 1787 
Savannah flower, 1822 
Serpentaria, 1224 
Sodium chloride, 1249 
Spice-wood, 1584 
Strychnine arsenite, (note) 
1304 
Sunflower, 1680 
Tansy, 1353 
Warburg’s tincture, 1828 
Water avens, 1670 
Water hemlock, 1745 
Yerba mansa, 1685 
Mania. 
Black hellebore, 1681 
Chloral, 375 
Conium, 450 
Croton oil, 979 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Hyoscine hydrobromate, 
720 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
White hellebore, 1681 
Marasmus. 
Oak bark, 1133 
Measles. 
Asafetida, 237 
Carthamus, 1603 
Wild marjoram, 1749 
Melancholia. 
Black hellebore, 1681 
Coca, 428 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Phosphorus, 1024 Index of Diseases. 
Membranous Croup. 
See Croup. 
Meningitis. 
Mercury, 710 
Menorrhagia. 
American mistletoe, 1827 
Black haw, 1451 
Blessed thistle, 1607 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Cinnamon, 423 
Creosote, 460 
Ergotinol, 1645 
Euphorbia hypericifolia, 
1651 
Greater periwinkle, 1826 
Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
rate, 715 
Matico, 861 
Monesia, 1731 
Nectandra, 1739 
Oil of savine, 964 
Persimmon, 1640 
Rhatany, 772 
Savine, 1174 
Silver oxide, 230 
Solution of ferric nitrate, 
803 
Stypticin, 1627 
Symplocos racemosa, 1806 
Uva ursi, 1439 
See also Uterus, Hemor- 
rhage from. 
Menses, Suppression of. 
See Amenorrhcea. 
Mercurial Cachexia. 
Iodine, 748 
Mercurial Tremors. 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Metritis. 
See Uterus, Diseases of. 
Metrorrhagia. 
Brein, (note) 279 
Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
rate, 715 
Silver oxide, 230 
Migraine. 
Anilipyrin, 1567 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Benzacetin, 1584 
Catha, 1605 
Citrophen, 1617 
Ethoxycaffeine, 1647 
Eucalyptus, 521 
Guarana, 678 
Malambo, 1716 
Migrainine, 1728 
Nickel sulphate, 1740 
Opium, 1002 
Phenacetin, 1019 
Phenosal, 1764 
Pyrosal, 1778 
Salipyrin, 1786 
Valeridin, 1825 
Miscarriage. 
See Abortion. 
Mouth, Ulcer of. 
Nitric acid, 73 
See also Stomatitis. 
Myxcedema. 
Thyroid gland, 1366 
Nsevi. 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Caustic collodion, 439 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 691 
Croton oil, 979 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Iodine paint, 749 
Sodium ethylate, 1795 
Trichloracetic acid, (note) 
17 
Zinc chloride, 1475 
Narcotism. 
Apomorphine hydrochlo- 
rate, 190 
Atropine, 248 
Caffeine, 284 
Mustard, 1227 
Strychnine, 1302 
Nausea. 
Calendula, 294 
Carbonic acid water, 202 
Charcoal, 330 
Cinnamon, 423 
Cloves, 338 
Creosote, 459 
Effervescent sodium citro- 
tartrate, 1250 
Ether, 121 
Horsemint, 1731 
Lavender, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1394 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Magnesium carbonate, 843 
Milk, 1730 
Oil of hedeoma, 939 
Oil of peppermint, 945 
Opium, 1003 
Opium, camphorated tinc- 
ture of, 1400 
Pennyroyal, 681 
Peppermint, 867 
Peppermint, troches of, 
1417 
Silver oxide, 230 
Spirit of ether, compound, 
1269 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 1274 
Nephritis. 
See Bright’s Disease. 
Nervous Diseases. 
Arnica root, 232 
Barium chloride, 1582 
Potassium arsenite, 819 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
xxx in 
Nervous Diseases. 
Valerian, ammoniated tinc- 
ture of, 1408 
Valerianic acid, 1824 
Veratrine, 1447 
Zinc phosphate, 1834 
Nervous Irritation. 
Bromine, 277 
Cobweb, 1618 
Hoffmann’s anodyne, 1269 
Hyoscyamus, 723 
Lactucarium, 774 
Nervousness. 
Bay-rum, 1285 
Bromine, 277 
Cactus, 1594 
Camphor, 311 
Garlic, 134 
Hyoscyamus, 723 
Oil of lavender, 940 
Neuralgia. 
Aconite, 112 
Aconitine, 108 
Agathin, 1553 
Alcohol, 132 
Alcoholic extract of bella- 
donna leaves, 544 
Ammonia water, 206 
Ammonium valerianate, 163 
Amygdophenin, 1561 
Aniline, 1567 
Anilipyrin, 1567 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Belladonna plaster, 501 
Benzacetin, 1584 
Bismuth valerianate, 1589 
Butyl-chloral hydrate, 281 
California laurel, 1822 
Camphor, oil of, (note) 311 
Cantharides, 321 
Carbon disulphide, 332 
Chloral-camphor, 1611 
Chloral-menthol, 1611 
Chloroform, 381 
Citrophen, 1617 
Cochineal, 433 
Colchicum root, wine of, 
1463 
Croton oil, 979 
Cypripedium, 476 
Doegling oil, 1747 
Ether, 121 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Eucalyptus, 521 
Gelsemium, 651 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
252 
Guaiacol ethyl, 1676 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Iron subcarbonate, (note) 
624 
Jamaica dogwood, 1769 
Menthiodol, 1721 
Menthol, 868, 946 
Menthol plaster, 503 
Methacetin, 1725 Index of Diseases. 
Nipples, Sore. 
Benzoin, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1374 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Lead tannate, 1706 
Tannic acid, 102 
Tannic acid, glycerite of, 
661 
Zinc oxide, ointment of, 
1436 
Nocturnal Incontinence. 
See Incontinence, Noctur- 
nal. 
Nodes. 
Ammoniac plaster with 
mercury, 500 
Arsenical bath, 1232 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Cadmium iodide, 1595 
Mercurial plaster, 502 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Nose, Bleeding from. 
See Epistaxis. 
Nymphomania. 
Camphor, 311 
Hvoscine hydrobromate, 
720 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Obesity. 
Pellote, 1565 
Saccharin, (555 
Odontalgia. 
Gelsemium, 651 
(Edema. 
See Dropsy. 
(Esophagus, Foreign Body 
in. 
Apomorphine hydrochlo- 
rate, 190 
Onychia Maligna. 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 690 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Ophthalmia. 
Alum curd, 1643 
Ammonium acetate, solu- 
tion of, 790 
Berberis, 1585 
Coniine, 450 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 690 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Iodine, 749 
Lugol’s iodine lotion, 749 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Opium, 1003 
Opium, wine of, 1466 
Ophthalmia. 
Red mercuric oxide, oint- 
ment of, 1432 
Zinc acetate, 1471 
Zinc oxide, ointment of, 
1436 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Opium Poisoning. 
Atropine, 248 
Strychnine, 1302 
Treatment of, 1004 
Optic Nerve, Atrophy of. 
Strychnine, 1302 
Orchitis. 
Iodoform collodion, (note) 
439 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Otitis. 
Naphtol, 895 
Nosoplien, 1743 
Resorcin, 1157 
Retinol, 1780 
Soziodol, 1798 
Otorrhoea. 
Creosote, 460 
Hydrastis, 717 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Sodium tetraborate, 1796 
Ovaralgia. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
252 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Ovaries, Irritation of. 
Black haw, 1451 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
252 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Ovary, Dropsy of. 
Iodine, 750 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Oxaluria. 
Nitrohydrochlorie acid, 75 
Oxyuris Vermicularis. 
See A scar is Vermicularis. 
Ozaena. 
Borol, 1591 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chlorphenol, 1615 
Chromic acid, 44 
Iodine, 749 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Sulplioricinic acid, 1804 
Pain. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Atropine, 247 
Neuralgia. 
Migrainine, 1728 
Oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Oil of peppermint, 945 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Opium, 1002 
Parthenium hysteropliorus, 
1759 
Passion-flower, 1759 
Pellote, 1565 
Phenacetin, 1019 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Potassium cyanide, 1095 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Scutellaria, 1212 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Spurge laurel, tincture of, 
870 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Tonga, 1817 
Valeridin, 1825 
Veratrine, 1447 
Zinc cyanide, 1834 
Zinc valerianate, 1483 
Neurasthenia. 
Ammonia, spirit of, 1276 
Cactus, 1594 
Catha, 1605 
Coca, 428 
Gallobromol, 1669 
Hypophosphorous acid, 65 
Nuclein, 1744 
Pellote, 1565 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Validol, 1825 
Neuritis. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Guaiacol ethyl, 1676 
Scutellaria, 1212 
Sodium hypophosphite, 
1251 
Night-Pains. 
Solution of arsenic and 
mercuric iodide, 791 
Night-Sweats. 
Acid infusion of rose, 736 
Agaric,. 1552 
Alum, 147 
Atropine, 248 
Camphoric acid, (note) 308 
Dionine, 1640 
Ergot, 517 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Ferrous-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Gallic acid, 50 
Picrotoxin, 1034 
Pomegranate, 671 
Potassium ferrocyanide, 
1098 
Potentilla, 1775 
Sage, 1185 
Silver oxide, 230 
Sulphuric acid, 96 
Thallium acetate, 1813 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 Index of Diseases. 
XXXV 
Pain. 
Camphor, ammoniated lini- 
ment of, 782 
Camphor liniment, 781 
Camphor, oil of, (note) 311 
Carbon disulphide, 332 
Chloroform, 381 
Codeine, 434 
Exalgin, 1654 
Hyoscyamus, 723 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Menthol, 868 
Menthol plaster, 503 
Oil of peppermint, 945 
Opium, 1002 
Opium plaster, 503 
Plienacetin, 1019 
Potassium cyanide, 1095 
Stramonium, 1291 
Pains, Ataxic. 
Aniline, 1765 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Opium, 1002 
Phenacetin, 1019 
Pains, Rheumatic. 
Acetic ether, 117 
Ammonia liniment, 781 
Ammonium phosphate, 163 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Arnica flowers, tincture of, 
1372 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 544 
Belladonna plaster, 501 
Burgundy pitch, 1055 
Camphor, ammoniated lini- 
ment of, 782 
Camphor, spirit of, 1279 
Menthol plaster, 504 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Opium, liniment of, 783 
Opium plaster, 503 
Pitch plaster, 504 
Soap liniment, 784 
Pannus. 
Abrus precatorius, 1545 
Papilloma. 
Resorcin, 1157 
Sodii sulphoricinicum, 1794 
Trichloracetic acid, (note) 17 
See also Warts. 
Paralysis. 
Arnica root, 232 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Capsicum, 324 
Ground pine, 1554 
Horse-radish root, 231 
Petroleum, 1763 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Rhododendron, 1780 
Paralysis, Infantile. 
Strychnine, 1302 
Paralysis, Lead. 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Paraphimosis. 
Belladonna, 262 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 544 
Paraplegia, Spastic. 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Parasitic Affections. 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Sodium hyposulphite, 1253 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Pectoral Diseases. 
Almonds, bitter, 166 
Ammonia liniment, 781 
Ammoniac, 153 
Asafetida, 237 
Asclepias, 239 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Balsam of sulphur, 1581 
Chondrus, 384 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Coltsfoot, 1821 
Comfrey, 1806 
Harts-tongue, 1791 
Hyoscyamus, 723 
Lobelia, 835 
Lycopodium, 837 
Marrubium, 854 
Myrrh, 892 
Opium, 1003 
Pitch plaster, 504 
Speedwell, 1826 
Viola, 1827 
Zizyphus vulgaris, 1834 
Pediculosis. 
Staphisagria, 1287 
Staphisagria ointment, 1435 
Pericarditis. 
Iodoform collodion, (note) 
439 
Peritonitis. 
Cantharides, 321 
Iodoform, 742 
Opium, 1003 
Pertussis. 
See Wliooping-Cougli. 
Phagedaena. 
Bromine, 277 
Chromic acid, 44 
Nitric acid, 73 
Potassium permanganate, 
1108 
Tannic acid, 102 
Pharyngitis. 
Ammonium chloride, tro- 
ches of, 1415 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Rose, honey of, 865 
Tannic acid, 102 
Phimosis. 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 544 
Phosphatic Gravel. 
See Gravel. 
Phosphorus Poisoning. 
Antidote, 1025 
Photophobia. 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1615 
Phthisis. 
Acetylphenylhydrazin, 
1549 
Ammonium carbonate, 157 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Anacahuite wood, 1562 
Anthriscus, 1568 
Aristol, 1574 
Asafetida, 237 
Asclepias, 239 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Balsam of sulphur, 1581 
Belladonna, 263 
Benzosol, 1585 
Calcium hypophosphite, 
291 
Calcium phosphate, 293 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Cantharidin, 322 
Cerium oxalate, 362 
Cetraria, 364 
Chicory, 1616 
Chinosol, 1611 
Chlorine water, 211 
Chlorsalol, 1615 
Cimicifuga, 387 
Cinnamic acid, (note) 1306 
Cocillana bark, 1619 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Coltsfoot, 1821 
Columbo, 298 
Comfrey, 1806 
Creosote, 459 
Creosotum carbonicum, 
1629 
Dionine, 1640 
Drosera, 1642 
Ethyl iodide, 1649 
Glycerin, 660 
Guaiacol, 1675 
Guaiacol salol, 1676 
Guaiperol, 1676 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Hydrochloric acid, 56 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Hydrogen sulphide, 1688 
Hypophosphites, 1251 
Iodine, 750 
Iodoform, 742 
Iron mixtui-e, compound, 
873 
Kefir, 1700 
Koumys, 1701 
Lungwort, 1776 
Manganous iodide, 1718 
Marrubium, 854 
Methacetin, 1725 
Methylic alcohol, 1727 
Myrrh, 892 
Opium, 1003 Index of Diseases. 
XXXVI 
Phthisis. 
Peronin, 1761 
Petrolatum, 1018 
Phenocoll hydrochloride, 
1764 
Pilocarpine hydrochlorate, 
1034 
Piperidine guaiacolate, 1769 
Pleurisy root, 239 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium liypophospliite, 
1099 
Potassium phosphate, 1774 
Saw palmetto, 1790 
Scarlet pimpernel, 1562 
Sodium hypophosphite, 
1251 
Soziodol, 1798 
Storax, 1306 
Styracol, 1676 
Sugar, 1181 
Sugar of milk, 1182 
Tannigen, 1807 
Tar, 1056 
Water avens, 1670 
Water hemlock, 1745 
Wild cherry, 1116 
Pityriasis. 
Arsenic and mercuric io- 
dide, solution of, 791 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Dulcamara, 490 
Glycerin, 660 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Oil of eajuput, 929 
Pongamia oil, 1772 
Sulphites, 1803 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Pleurisy. 
Antimony and potassium 
tartrate, 181 
Asclepias, 239 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Cantharides, 321 
Gelsemium, 651 
Holly, 1691 
Iodine, 748 
Mercury, 710 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Pleurisy root, 239 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Pleuritic Effusions. 
Iodine, 750 
Plica Polonica. 
Lycopodium, 837 
Pneumonia. 
Ammonium carbonate, 157 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Antimony and potassium 
tartrate, 181 
Asclepias, 239 
Aspidosperma, 244 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Pneumonia. 
Cantharides, 321 
Cocillana bark, 1619 
Emplastrum asafoetidse, 
(note) 238 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Garlic, 134 
Gelsemium, 651 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Ipecac and opium, powder 
of, 1124 
Lactophenin, 1704 
Mercury, 710 
Musk, 885 
Naphtol, 895 
Onion, 1748 
Opium, 1003 
Pleurisy root, 239 
Quebracho, 244 
Sodium bicarbonate, 1235 
Strychnine, 1302 
Sumbul, 1317 
Triphenin, 1820 
Veratrum viride, 1450 
Polypus. 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Polyuria. 
Exalgin, 1654 
Porrigo. 
Ammoniated mercury, oint- 
ment of, 1429 
Ammonium acetate, solu- 
tion of, 790 
Arsenic and mercuric io- 
dide, solution of, 791 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Primrose, 1745 
Red mercuric oxide, oint- 
ment of, 1432 
Sulphites, 1803 
Sulphur iodide ointment, 
1435 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Tar ointment, 1433 
Pott’s Disease. 
See Spine, Diseases of. 
Prostate, Diseases of. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Buchu, 280 
Cubebs, 468 
Iodoform, suppositories of, 
743 
Pichi, 1655 
Prurigo. 
Colchicum, 437 
Frostwort, 1680 
Glycerin, 660 
Guaco, 1674 
Lappa, 775 
Prurigo. 
Losophan, 1712 
Naphtol, 895 
Oil of bitter almond, 921 
Petroleum, 1763 
Stavesacre, ointment of, 
1435 
Sulphites, 1803 
Thiophene, 1815 
Tumenol, 1820 
Pruritus. 
Brucine, 899 
Coal tar, solution of, 813 
Dcegling oil, 1747 
IodocroT, 1603 
Lemon juice, 780 
Menthol, 868, 946 
Oil of bitter almond, 921 
Salophen, 1787 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Tannoform, 1808 
Prussic Acid Poisoning. 
Treatment, 63 
Psora. 
Inula, 740 
Psoriasis. 
Acetylphenylhvdrazin, 
1549 
Ammoniated mercury oint- 
ment, 1429 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Aristol, 1574 
Arsenic and mercuric 
iodide, solution of, 791 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Borol, 1591 
Carbolic acid, 42 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chroatol, 1615 
Chrysarobin, 385 
Chrysarobin, ointment of, 
1424 
Cleavers, 1668 
Coal tar, solution of, 813 
Copaiba, 455 
Dithio-calcium carbonate, 
1641 
Dulcamara, 490 
Eugallol, 1669 
Europhen, 1653 
Formaldehyde, 1662 
Gallacetophenol, 1668 
Gallinol, 1668 
Glycerin, 660 
Hydracetin, 1686 
Iiydroxylamine hydrochlo- 
ride, 1688 
Iron arsenate, 605 
Lappa, 775 
Larch bark, 1705 
Lenigallol, 1669 
Loretin bismuth, 1589 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Oil of cade, 927 
Oil of eajuput, 929 Index of Diseases. 
Psoriasis. 
Oleate of mercury, 912 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Potassium acetate, 1076 
Pyrogallol, 1127 
Resorcin, 1157 
Savine, 1174 
Sodium ethylate, 1794 
Sulphur iodide, ointment 
of, 1435 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Tar, 1057 
Tar ointment, 1433 
Ptyalism. 
Atropine, 248 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium iodate, 1774 
Tannic acid, 102 
Puerperal Fever. 
Sodium benzoate, 1233 
Pulmonary Affections. 
Chloroform, 381 
Croton oil, 979 
Iceland moss, 364 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
See also Pectoral Diseases. 
Pulmonary CEdema. 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Purpura. 
Larch bark, 1705 
Putrefaction. 
Salicylic acid, 85 
Pyaemia. 
Sodium hypophosphite, 
1253 
Pyelitis. 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
European myrtle, 1737 
Urotropine, 1823 
Pyrosis. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Cerium oxalate, 361 
Charcoal, 330 
Gallic acid, 50 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Silver oxide, 230 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Quinsy. 
Chloroform, 381 
Rachitis. 
Ammoniated iron, 1560 
Calcium chloride, 290 
Calcium phosphate, 293 
Rachitis. 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Iodoform, 742 
Kefir, 1700 
Rubia, 1781 
Thymus gland, 1816 
Rectum, Inflamed. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 275 
Hydrastis, 717 
Morphine suppositories, 
1322 
Tannic acid, 102 
Rectum, Prolapsus of. 
Tannic acid suppositories, 
102, 1320 
Rectum, Spasm of. 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 543 
Rectum, Ulcers of. 
Iodine, 748 
Ward’s paste, 444 
Rheumatic G-out. 
Arsenical bath, 1232 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Rheumatism. 
Acetic ether, 117 
Acidum orthoamidosalicyl- 
icum, 1549 
Aconite, 112 
Aconitine, 108 
Agaric, 1552 
Agathin, 1553 
Ammonium phosphate, 163 
Anilipyrin, 1567 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Aralia, 1571 
Arnica flowers, tincture of, 
1372 
Arnica root, 233 
Arsenical bath, 1232 
Artichoke, 1637 
Arum, 1577 
Asaprol, 1577 
Aster, 1578 
Bdellium, 1584 
Betol, 1587 
Birch leaves, 1587 
Bitter candytuft, 1689 
Box, 1593 
Buckbean, 1722 
Cabinca, 1598 
Calotropis gigantea, 1599 
Camphor, spirit of, 1279 
Cannabis indica, 316 
Celastrus, 1606 
Chaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Chimaphila, 369 
Chinaphtol, 1609 
Cobalt blue, 1618 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Colchicine, 1620 
Colchicum, 437 
Colchicum root, wine of, 
1463 
Coto bark, 1627 
Rheumatism. 
Croton oil, 979 
Dithio-salicylic acid, 1641 
Elder, 1187 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Eupatorium, 524 
European ash, 1664 
European birch, 1587 
Fluorides, 1661 
Gelsemium, 651 
Ground pine, 1554 
Guaco, 1675 
Guaiacol salol, 1676 
Hermodactyls, 1683 
Horsecliestnut, 1552 
Hydrochinone, 1688 
Hyoscyamus, 724 
Icnthyol, 1690 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Lactic acid, 68 
Lactophenin, 1704 
Liriodendron, 1710 
Lithium salicylate, 833 
Lycopodium, 837 
Magnolia, 1715 
Manaca, 1717 
Murer6 juice, 1587 
Oil of gaultlieria, 936 
Oil of peppermint, 945 
Opium, 1003 
Pareira brava, 1011 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Potassium citrate, 1091 
Prasoid, 1775 
Purging flax, 1709 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Rhododendron, 1780 
Salicin, 1183 
Salicylic acid, 87 
Salipyrin, 1786 
$alol, 1184 
Salophen, 1787 
Salvia, 1185 
Senega, 1214 
Sodium benzoate, 1237 
Staphisagria, 1287 
Stramonium, 1291 
Strontium lactate, 1295 
Sucupira, 1591 
Symphorol, 1806 
Turpentine, 1363 
Uricedin, 1823 
Urotropine salicylate, (note) 
1823 
Yeratrine, 1447 
White tulip bark, 1710 
Wild yam, 1640 
Rheumatism, Acute. 
Ammonia water, stronger, 
206 
Antimonial powder, 1120 
Antimony and potassium 
tartrate, 181 
Arbor vitse, 1815 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Camphor, 311 
Camphor liniment, 781 
Cimicifuga, 387 xxx vm 
Index of Diseases. 
Rheumatism, Acute. 
Cinchonidine salicylate, 
1617 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Cotton batting, 669 
Cresotinic acid, 1632 
Dover’s powder, 1124 
Elder, 1187 
Frangula, (note) 642 
Germander, 1812 
Hydrochinone, 1687 
Ipecac and opium, powder 
of, 1124 
Lemon juice, 779 
Lime, syrup of, 1331 
Malakin, 1716 
Melaleuca paraguayensis, 
928 
Methacetin, 1725 
Oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Opium, 1003 
Pearson’s arsenical solu- 
tion, 1232 
Pellote, 1565 
Phenocoll hydrochloride, 
1764 
Phenosal, 1764 
Piperazine, 1768 
Poplar, 1772 
Potassium acetate, 1076 
Potassium nitrate, 1108 
Potassium silicate, 1774 
Pyrantin, 1777 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Rhus toxicodendron, 1170 
Rocky Mountain sage, 
(note) 1185 
Sassafras nut, 1766 
Thiol, 1815 
Trinietliylamine, 1819 
Rheumatism, Chronic. 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Amygdophenin, 1561 
Antimony, compound pills 
of, 1043 
Antimony sulphide, 184 
Arnica plaster, 500 
Arsenic and mercuric 
iodide, solution of, 791 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Asarabaeca, 1578 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Borage, 1590 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Cantharides, 321 
Caper bush, 1601 
Cinchonidine salicylate, 
1617 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 690 
Dracontium, 1641 
Dulcamara, 490 
Fir-wool, 957 
Fir-wool extract, 957 
Galbanum, 645 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
253 
Rheumatism, Chronic. 
Guaiac, 676 
Guaiac, ammoniated tinc- 
ture of, 1387 
Guaiacum wood, 674 
Horse-radish root, 231 
Hydrogen sulphide, 1688 
Iodine, 748 
Iron, 635 
Iron plaster, 501 
Kefir, 1700 
Magnolia, 1715 
Mercury, 710 
Mezereum, 871 
Oil of amber, 1802 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of pine, 957 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Pellote, 1565 
Petroleum, 1763 
Phenocoll hydrochloride, 
1764 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Potato, 488 
Rhus toxicodendron, 1170 
Sarsaparilla, 1203 
Savine, 1174 
Scurvy grass, 1619 
Star grass, 1556 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Turpentine, vapor of, 1363 
Xanthoxylum, 1468 
Yerba mansa, 1685 
Rhinitis. 
Airol, 1554 
Europhen, 1653 
Retinol, 1778 
Soziodol, 1798 
Tannigen, 1807 
Rhus Poisoning. 
Lobelia, tincture of, 1394 
Rickets. 
See Rachitis. 
Ringworm. 
Cashew juice, 1562 
Cassia alata, 1604 
Chrysarobin, ointment of, 
1424 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 691 
Ink, 1660 
Kamala, 765 
Sanguinaria, vinegar of, 
(note) 1189 
Sulphites, 1803 
Salivation. 
See Ptyalism. 
Sarcinae Ventriculi. 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Satyriasis. 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Scabies. 
Alkaline sulphur ointment, 
(note) 1435 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Clematis, 1617 
Creolin, 1631 
Hydroxylamine hydrochlo- 
ride, 1688 
Ivy, 1679 
Kamala, 765 
Lead wort, 1770 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Marsh tea, 1706 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Oxynaphthoic acid, 1755 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Rumex, 1173 
Savine, 1174 
Soap, 1197 
Soziodol, 1798 
Stavesacre, 1287 
Stavesacre, ointment of, 
1435 
Storax, 1306 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Sulphites, 1803 
Sulphur ointment, 1435 
Sulphurated lime, 303 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Sulphurous acid, 97 
Tacamahac, 1807 
Scalds. 
Carbolic acid, 41 
Carron oil, 781 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lead subacetate, cerate of, 
359 
Lime liniment, 781 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Resin cerate, 359 
Turpentine liniment, 785 
Scarlatina. 
See Fever, Scarlet. 
Sciatica. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Coniine bromhydrate, 451 
Glycerin phosphoric acid, 
1549 
Menthol, 868 
Methyl chloride, 1726 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Orthoform, 1751 
Osmic acid, 1752 
Phenosal, 1764 
Pyrosal, 1778 
Solanine, (note) 489 
Sublimed sulphur, 1316 
Turpentine, 1363 
Scirrhus. 
See Cancer. 
Sclerosis, Lateral. 
Solanine, (note) 489 Index of Diseases. 
Scrofula. 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Ammoniated iron, 1560 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Anthriseus, 1568 
Antimony sulphide, 184 
Asclepias tuberosa, 239 
Barium iodide, 1583 
Bayberry, 1736 
Black nightshade, 487 
Bromide of iron, 1657 
Bromine, 277 
Buckbean, 1722 
Cadmium sulphate, 1595 
Calcium benzoate, 1598 
Calcium hypophosphite, 
292 
Calcium phosphate, 293 
Calendula, 294 
Chelidonium, 366 
Cheltenham salts, 1609 
Chimaphila, 369 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chondrus, 384 
Cipo suma, 1563 
Cleavers, 1668 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Coltsfoot, 1821 
Corydalis, 1627 
Cynanchum, 1637 
Ferro-manganous prepara- 
tions, 1719 
Ferrous bromide, 1658 
Ferrous iodide, 1658 
Figwort, 1791 
Frost wort, 1680 
Gentian, 653 
Germander, 1812 
Gold, 1672 
Gold cyanide, 1674 
Gold oxide, 1673 
Guaiac, 676 
Guaiacum wood, 674 
Hedge hyssop, 1674 
Hydriodic acid, syrup of, 
1327 
Hypophosphites, 1251 
Ichthyol albuminate, 1690 
Indian pennywort, 1688 
Iodine, 748 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Iodipin, 1696 
Iodoform, 742 
Iodol, 1696 
Jalap, compound powder 
of, 1124 
Lappa, 775 
Lead iodide, 1065 
Manganous iodide, 1718 
Menispermum, 866 
Mercuric iodide, 702 
Mercuric iodide, ointment 
of, 1429 
Mezereum, 871 
Monesia, 1731 
Neat’s-foot oil, 1738 
Oak bark, 1133 
Oregon grape root, 1586 
Pipsissewa, 369 
Scrofula. 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Potassium bromide, 1084 
Potassium hypophosphite, 
1099 
Potassium iodide, ointment 
of, 1434 
Potassium phosphate, 1774 
Rumex, 1173 
Sarsaparilla, 1203 
Sisymbrium mural is, 1793 
Sodium hypophosphite, 
1251 
Stillingia, 1289 
Vegetable ethiops, 1666 
Veratrine, 1447 
Wild cherry, 1116 
Zinc chloride, 1474 
Zinc iodide, 1476 
Scurvy. 
Agave americana, 1553 
Anthriseus, 1568 
Arbor vibe, 1815 
Black nightshade, 487 
Buckbean, 1722 
Citric acid, 48 
Cleavers, 1668 
Horse-radish root, 231 
Lappa, 775 
Lemon juice, 779 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Monesia, 1731 
Mountain ash, 1797 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Purslane, 1772 
Rumex, 1173 
Scurvy-grass, 1619 
Sisymbrium muralis, 1793 
Speedwell, 1826 
Sumbul, 1317 
Water-cress, 1738 
Winter’s bark, 1829 
Wood sorrel, 1754 
Sea-Sickness. 
Capsicum, 324 
Seborrhcea. 
Captol, 1601 
Euresol, 1669 
Septicaemia. 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Soluble silver, 1573 
Shock. 
Atropine, 247 
Sick Stomach. 
See Nausea. 
Singultus. 
See Hiccough. 
Skin Diseases. 
Acetylphenylhydrazin, 1549 
Airol, 1554 
Alkaline sulphur ointment, 
1435 
Skin Diseases. 
Ammonium arsenate, 1560 
Anemone pulsatilla, (note) 
1117 
Anthrarobin, 1568 
Anthriseus, 1568 
Antimonial powder, 1120 
Antimony, compound pills 
of, 1043 
Antimony sulphide, 184 
Antimony sulphide, pre- 
cipitated, 188 
Antimony, sulphurated, 188 
Aralia, 1571 
Aristol, 1574 
Arsenic iodide, 233 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Beth-root, 1818 
Borage, 1590 
Brassica, 1591 
Bromine, 277 
Cantharides, 321 
Cebur, 1606 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chrysarobin, 385 
Chrysarobin, ointment of 
1424 
Cocculus, 1618 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Corydalis, 1627 
Cucumber ointment, 1632 
Cynanchum, 1637 
Diachylon ointment, 1425 
Ditliio-calcium carbonate, 
1641 
Elm, mucilage of, 887 
Eucalyptus, 521 
European birch, 1587 
Europhen, 1653 
Ferrous sulphate, 630 
Glycerin, 660 
Guaiac, 676 
Guaiacum wood, 674 
Guano, 1676 
Henna, 1706 
Hoang-nan, 1684 
Hydrargyrum sozojodoli- 
cum, 1724 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Inula, 740 
Iodine, 748 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Ivy, 1679 
Lappa, 775 
Lead subacetate, cerate of, 
359 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Mezereum, 871 
Oil of aleurites cordata, 155(5 
Oil of cade, 927 
Opium, 1003 
Orcin, 1749 
Oregon grape root, 1586 
Ozokerite, 1755 
Petroleum, 1763 
Phosphorus, 1024 
Potassium arsenite, solution 
of, 819 
Potassium carbonate, 1085 
Prickly poppy, 1572 Index of Diseases. 
Skin Diseases. 
Pyrogallol, 1127 
Rhus toxicodendron, 1170 
Rumex, 1173 
Sanguinaria, vinegar of, 
(note) 1189 
Sarsaparilla, 1203 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Sodium hyposulphite, 1253 
Solomon’s seal, 1621 
Soot, 1797 
Speedwell, 1826 
Stavesacre, ointment of, 
1435 
Stillingia, 1289 
Sulphoricinic acid, 1804 
Sulphur iodide ointment, 
1435 
Sulphurated potassa, 1075 
Tar, 1057 
Tar, infusion of, (note) 730 
Thilanin, 1814 
Thiophene, 1815 
Toadflax, 1569 
Tumenol, 1820 
Viola, 1827 
Yellow ladies’ bedstraw, 
1668 
Zinc oleate ointment, 1435 
Zinc oxide ointment, 1435 
Zinc subgallate, 1834 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Skin, Tuberculosis of. 
Arsenic iodide, 233 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Small-Pox. 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chlorine water, 211 
Holly, 1691 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 229 
Xylene, 1833 
Snake-Bite. 
See Bites. 
Somnolence. 
Caffeine, 284 
Sore Throat. 
Alum, 147 
Bismuth lozenge, 1415 
Camphoric acid, (note) 309 
Capsicum, 324 
Carbolic acid , 41 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chlorine water, 211 
Cocaine, 428 
Creosote, 460 
Ervthrol tetranitrate, 1(546 
Gallic acid, 50 
Heal-all, 1775 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Honey of rose, 865 
Krameria, troches of, 1417 
Sore Throat. 
Liatris spicata, 1707 
Menthol, 868 
Pomegranate, 671 
Potassium chlorate, troches 
of, 1418 
Potassium nitrate, 1108 
Sanguinaria, vinegar of, 
(note) 1189 
Self-heal, 1775 
Silver nitrate, 225 
Sodium bicarbonate, 1235 
Tannic acid, troches of, 
1414 
Vinegar, 1548 
Spasm, Local. 
Atropine, 247 
Chloral, 375 
Spasms. 
See Convulsions. 
Spastic Paraplegia. 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Spermatorrhoea. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Burra gookeroo, 1593 
Camphor, monobromated, 
312 
Coroutine citrate, 1626 
Ilyoscine hydrobromate; 
720 
Spina Bifida. 
Iodine, 750 
Spinal Congestion. 
Ergot, 517 
Spine, Diseases of. 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Spleen, Enlarged. 
Bear’s foot, 1771 
Cleavers, 1668 
Iodine, 748 
Manganous iodide, 1718 
Solanum paniculatum, 488 
Taraxacum, 1356 
Splenitis. 
Mercurial plaster, 502 
Sprains. 
Arnica flowers, tincture of, 
1372 
Arnica plaster, 500 
Arnica root, 233 
Calendula, 295 
Camphor liniment, 781 
Camphor, spirit of, 1279 
Cliaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Hamamelis bark, 680 
Hamamelis, ointment of, 
1426 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodine, colorless tincture of, 
(note) 1391 
Sprains. 
Lead subacetate, solutior 
of, 815 
Oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Opium, liniment of, 783 
Soap, 1197 
Soap liniment, 784 
Sodium chloride, 1249 
Thiol, 1815 
Veratrine, 1447 
Vinegar, 1548 
Stomach, Acidity of. 
Ammonium bicarbonate, 
1560 
Bole, Armenian, 1590 
Chalk mixture, 872 
Magnesia, 840 
Magnesia, troches of, (note 
840 
Magnesium carbonate, 84c 
Soap, 1197 
Sodium carbonate, 1246 
Stomach, Catarrh of. 
See Gastritis. 
Stomach, Debility of. 
Iron mixture, compound 
873 
Mastic, 860 
Oil of cinnamon, 933 
Wild cherry, 1116 
Stomach, Dilatation of. 
Naphtol, 895 
Strontium bromide, 1293 
Stomach, Irritable. 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Wine, 1461 
Stomach, Ulcer of. 
Bismuth oxyiodide, 1588 
Mastic, 860 
Resorcin, 1157 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Stomatitis. 
Menthol, 868 
Nosophen, 1743 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium iodate, 1774 
Potassium nitrate, 1108 
Stomatitis, Aphthous. 
Boric acid, 35 
Myrrh, tincture of, 1395 
Sodium boras, 1240 
Sodium sulphite, 1264 
Stomatitis, G-angrenous. 
Monesia, 1731 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Strangury. 
Benne leaves, 967 
Linseed meal, 787 
Morphine suppositories 
1322 
Mountain ash, 1797 Index of Diseases. 
Strangury. 
Opium, 1003 
Uva ursi, (note) 357 
Wild carrot, 1602 
Wild potato, 1622 
Strychnine Poisoning. 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Chloral, 375 
Chloroform, 382 
Physostigma, 1028 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Sunburn. 
Lemon juice, 780 
Suppuration. 
Alliaria officinalis, 1557 
Ferro-manganous prepara- 
tions, 1719 
Sweats, Colliquative. 
See Night-Sweats. 
Sycosis. 
Hydroxylamine hydrochlo- 
ride, 1688 
Kresamin, 1631 
Mercury, oleate of, 912 
Naplitalan, 1737 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Syncope. 
Acetic acid, 19 
Ammonia water, 205 
Ammonium carbonate, 157 
Caffeine, 284 
Oxysparteine, (note) 1210 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Syphilis. 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Anemone pulsatilla, (note) 
1117 
Antimony, sulphurated, 
188 
Aralia, 1571 
Arsenic and mercuric 
iodide, solution of, 791 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Bdellium, 1584 
Bismuthol, 1589 
Box, 1593 
Bromine, 277 
Calomel vapor-baths, 697 
Calotropis gigantea, 1599 
Ceanothus americanus, 
1606 
Celastrus, 1606 
Chaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Cinnabar, 1723 
Condurango, 1620 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 690 
Corydalis, 1627 
Cresol iodide, 1632 
Syphilis. 
Dithio-calcium carbonate, 
1041 
Elder, 1187 
Ephedra, 1045 
Europhen, 1053 
Ferro-manganic prepara- 
tions, 1719 
Ferrous iodide, 1058 
Frostwort, 1080 
Gold and sodium chloride, 
253 
Gold chloride, 1073 
Gold cyanide, 1074 
Hydrargyrum sozojodoli- 
cum, 1724 
Hydrochloric acid, 50 
Ichthyol albuminate, 1090 
Indian pennywort, 1088 
Indian sarsaparilla, 081 
Iodine, 748 
Iodine, compound solution 
of, 808 
Iodipin, 1090 
Iodoform, 742 
Iodol, 1090 
Jacaranda, 1097 
Jurubeba, 1099 
Lappa, 775 
Laurel, 1700 
Loretin bismuth, 1589 
Manaca, 1717 
Manganese dioxide, 848 
Manganous iodide, 1718 
Mercuric iodide, 702 
Mercurous iodide, 700 
Mercury, 710 
Mercury, tannate of, 1724 
Mezereum, 871 
Murere juice, 1587 
Nitric acid, 73 
Nitrohydrochloric acid, 75 
Oleate of mercury, 912 
Oregon grape root, 1580 
Platinum, 1770 
Potassium bichromate, 1079 
Potassium bromide, 1084 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Red-root, 1000 
Rhododendron, 1780 
Rumex, 1173 
Salicylate of mercury, 1724 
Salvia, 1185 
Sarsaparilla, 1203 
Sarsaparilla, compound de- 
coction of, 481 
Siegesbeckia orientalis,1792 
Silver ammonio-chloride, 
1573 
Silver chloride, 1573 
Simaruba, 1792 
Sodium iodide, 1254 
Soluble mercury of Hahne- 
mann, 1797 
Stillingia, 1289 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Tayuya, 1809 
Thiol, 1815 
Syphilitic Nodes. 
See Nodes. 
Syphilitic Tumors. 
Gold chloride, 1073 
Mercury, liniment of, 782 
Potassium bichromate, 1079 
Syphilitic Ulcers. 
Mercuric iodide, ointment 
of, 1420 
Nitric acid, 73 
Silver oxide, 230 
Tabes Dorsalis. 
See Locomotor Ataxia. 
Tabes Mesenterica. 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Tabes, Spasmodic. 
Silver nitrate, 220 
Taenia. 
Ailantus glandulosa, 1554 
Ammonium embelicum, 
1501 
Arecoline hydrobromate, 
1572 
Aspidium, 242 
Asplenium, 1579 
Bear’s foot, 1080 
Cortex musenae, (note) 704 
Cusparia bark, 475 
Eupatorium, 524 
Gamboge, 300 
Hedge-hyssop, 1074 
Kamala, 705 
Koosso, 475 
Kossala, 1701 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Pelletierine, 071 
Petroleum, 1703 
Pomegranate, 071 
Pumpkin seed, 1012 
Savine, 1174 
Silver oxide, 230 
Simaruba, 1792 
Sodium santoninate, (note) 
1192 
Ulmus, 1420 
Tapeworm. 
See Taenia. 
Teeth, Carious. 
Carbolic acid, 41 
Creosote, 400 
Mastic, 800 
Monesia, 1731 
Oil of cloves, 931 
Pyrethrum, 1120 
Soft sulphur, 1310 
Teething, Irritation of. 
Camphor, monobromated, 
312 
Tenesmus. 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 543 
Camphor, 311 
Chloroform, 383 Index of Diseases. 
Tenesmus. 
Morphine suppositories, 
1322 
Opium, 1003 
Tetanus. 
Amyl nitrite, 169 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Chloral, 375 
Chloroform, 382 
Curare, 1830 
Ether, 122 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Manzanillo, 1719 
Opium, 1003 
Physostigma, 1028 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Urethane, 1822 
Wine, 1461 
Tetter. 
See Eczema. 
Throat, Ulcers of. 
Honey of rose, 865 
Thrush. 
Borax honey, 864 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Glycerin of borax, 662 
Sulphites, 1803 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Tic Douloureux. 
Butyl-chloral hydrate, 281 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1614 
Chloroform, 382 
Tinea Capitis. 
Anemone nemorosa, 1117 
Cantharides, 321 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Coceulus, 1618 
Guano, 1676 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Mercuric nitrate, ointment 
of, 1431 
Mercury, oleate of, 912 
Phytolacca, 1031 
Savine, 1174 
Sulphur iodide, 1310 
Tar, 1057 
Tar ointment, 1433 
Tobacco, 1351 
Tinnitus Aurium. 
Hydrobromic acid, 52 
Tongue, Paralyzed. 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Tonsillitis. 
Menthol, 868 
Tonsils, Enlarged. 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Ammonium iodide, 161 
Zinc, iodide of, 1476 
Toothache. 
Aralia, 1571 
Atropine sulphate, 249 
Carbon tetrachloride, 1614 
Carvacrol, 929 
Eyebright, 1652 
Ivy gum, 1680 
Leadwort, 1770 
Menthol, 868 
Monesia (extract), 1731 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of cloves, 931 
Para cress, 1798 
Prickly ash, 1468 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Tannic acid, 102 
Torticollis. 
Atropine, 247 
Trachoma. 
Abrus precatorius, 1545 
Trichinosis. 
Benzol, 267 
Picric acid, 1767 
Trichosis. 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Trismus Nascentium. 
Gelsemium, 651 
Tuberculosis. 
Aristol, 1574 
Benzoyl-eugenol, 1585 
Chinosol, 1611 
Cinnamic acid, (note) 1306 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Creosote carbonate, 1629 
Europhen, 1653 
Guaiacol, 1675 
Guaiacol iodoform, 1676 
Hydrogen sulphide, 1688 
Iodine, 748 
Lead iodide, 1065 
Nuclein, 1744 
Sodium benzoate, 1233 
Sodium cinnamate, 1794 
Soluble silver, 1573 
Sulphoricinic acid, 1804 
Tannosal, 1808 
Thiocol, 1814 
Tliiosinamin, 1815 
See also Phthisis. 
Tumors. 
Ammoniac, 153 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Arnica flowers, tincture of, 
1372 
Herb Robert, 1670 
Hyoscyamus, 724 
Iodine, tincture of, 1390 
Iodoform, 742 
Lead iodide, 1065 
Soap plaster, 509 
Solomon’s seal, 1621 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Veratrine, 1447 
Tumors. 
Zinc chloride, 1475 
Zinc iodide, 1476 
Tumors, Erectile. 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Tumors, Indolent. 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Potassium iodide, ointment 
of, 1434 
Tumors, Phantom. 
Physostigma, 1028 
Tympanites. 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Typhoid Fever. 
See Fever, Typhoid. 
Ulceration of Os Uteri. 
Aluminum sulphate, 151 
Mercuric nitrate, solution 
of, 808 
Ulcers. 
Adhesive plaster, 508 
Airol, 1554 
Alum, 148 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Ammonium chloride, 159 
Amyloform, 1662 
Aniline, 1567 
Anthemis, 176 
Aralia, 1571 
Aristol, 1574 
Aromatic wine, 1827 
Arsenous acid, 22 
Balsam of Peru, 256 
Balsam of sulphur, 1581 
Balsamito, 254 
Baume caledonien, 1700 
Bayberry, 1736 
Belladonna, 262 
Benzoin, compound tinc- 
ture of, 1374 
Berberin-tree, 1619 
Bismuthol, 1589 
Black alder, 1775 
Borax, 1240 
Bromine, 277 
Bromol, 1592 
Calamine, 1598 
Calendula, 294 
Cancer-root, 1750 
Carbolic acid, 41 
Cashew juice, 1562 
Catechu, 348 
Cetraria, 364 
Charcoal, 330 
Chaulmoogra oil, 1679 
Chloral, 375 
Chlorinated lime, 301 
Chlorinated soda, solution 
of, 824 
Chlorine water, 211 
Chlorplienol, 1615 
Chromic acid, 44 
Clematis, 1617 
Tetter. Index of Diseases. 
Ulcers. 
Cocaine, 428 
Cod-liver oil, 950 
Coelocline polycarpa, 1619 
Collodion, 438 
Conium, 449 
Copaiba, 455 
Copper sulphate, 469 
Corrosive mercuric chlo- 
ride, 690 
Creosote, 460 
Creosote carbonate, 1630 
Cresol iodide, 1632 
Dermatol, 1588 
Eucalyptol, 520 
Eucalyptus, ointment of, 
1425 
Euphorbia, 1651 
European alder, 1557 
Europhen, 1653 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Flaxweed, 1793 
Geranium, 654 
Gold chloride, 1673 
Honey, 864 
Hyoscyamus, 724 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Iodic acid, 1696 
Iodine, 749 
Iodine vapor, (note) 750 
Iodized glycerin, 749 
Iodoform, 742 
Iodol, 1696 
Iron, ferrocyanide of, (note) 
1098 
Ivy, 1679 
Kino, 770 
Lac, 1702 
Lead carbonate, 1064 
Lead iodide, 1065 
Lead nitrate, 1066 
Lead plaster, 507 
Lead tannate, 1706 
Lime, 299 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Linimentum aeruginis, 
(note) 1634 
Loretin bismuth, 1589 
Lugol’s iodine lotion, 749 
Lupin, 1713 
Magnesia, 837 
Matico, 861 
Mel vEgyptiacum, (note) 
1634 
Mercurial ointment, 1428 
Mercury, ointment of red 
iodide of, 1429 
Mezereum, 871 
Monesia, 1731 
Moulded silver nitrate, 228 
Myrrh, 892 
Myrrh, tincture of, 1395 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
Nitric acid, 73 
Nutgall ointment, 1426 
Oak bark, 1133 
Orthoform, 1751 
Phenylo-boric acid, 1550 
Ulcers. 
Phenylurethane, 1765 
Platinum, 1770 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Prepared chalk, 461 
Primrose, 1745 
Pyroligneous acid, 18 
Quino-quino, 253 
Red mercuric oxide, 705 
Red mercuric oxide, oint- 
ment of, 1432 
Resin cerate, 359 
Resorcin, 1157 
Rhubai'b, 1166 
Rubefacient iodine solu- 
tion, 749 
Rumex, 1173 
Savine, 1174 
Scarlet pimpernel, 1562 
Sedum acre, 1791 
Silver nitrate, 225 
Sodii sulphoricinicum, 1794 
Stramonium, ointment of, 
1435 
Stramonium seed, 1291 
Styptic collodion, 441 
Sulphate of aluminum and 
iron, 1660 
Tannic acid, 102 
Tannic acid, ointment of, 
1422 
Thiol, 1815 
Tribromphenol-bismuth, 
1818 
Water hemlock, 1745 
Water-pepper, 1589 
Wild carrot, 1602 
Wine, 1461 
Zinc carbonate, cerate of, 
(note) 1436 
Zinc chloride, solution of, 
827 
Zinc oxide, ointment of, 
1437 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Zinc sulphocarbolate, 1482 
Ulcers, Gastric. 
Bismuth subiodide, 1588 
Resorcin, 1157 
Silver nitrate, 226 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
Ulcers of Bowels. 
Turpentine, 1363 
Ulcers, Rectal. 
Iodine, 749 
Pepper, confection of, 444 
Ward’s paste, 444 
Uraemia. 
Pilocarpus, 1038 
Quebracho, 244 
Urethra, Irritable. 
Buchu, 280 
Urethra, Spasm of. 
Alcoholic extract of bella- 
donna leaves, 543 
Urethra, Stricture of. 
Belladonna, 262 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 544 
Moulded silver nitrate, 228 
Slippery elm, 1420 
Urethritis. 
Acetanilid, 12 
Argonin, 1574 
Borax, 1240 
Cubebs, 468 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Silver nitrate, 225 
Sodium silicate, 1795 
See also Gonorrhoea. 
Uric Acid Diathesis. 
See Lithsemia. 
Uric Acid Gravel. 
See Gravel. 
Urine, Incontinence of. 
Ava, 1579 
Benzoic acid, 33 
Buchu, 280 
Cantharides, 321 
Chloral, 375 
Oil qf turpentine, 972 
Rhus aromatica, 1781 
Rhus toxicodendron, 1170 
Uva ursi, 1439 
Urine, Retention of. 
Buchu, 280 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Urine, Suppression of. 
Winter cherry, 1766 
Urticaria. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Calcium chloride, 290 
Celandine, 366 
Colchicum, 437 
Ichthyol, 1689 
Menthol, 868 
Wheat flour, 1656 
Uterus, Diseases of. 
Airol, 1554 
Aluminum sulphate, 150 
Belladonna, 262 
Cashew nut, 1562 
Cerium oxalate, 362 
Cornutine citrate, 1626 
Creosote, 460 
Germander, 1812 
Iodine, 748 
Opium, 1003 
Oregon grape root, 1586 
Potassium iodide, 1104 
Resorcin, 1157 
Silver oxide, 230 
Tannic acid, 102 Index of Diseases. 
Uterus, Diseases of. 
Water-pepper, 1589 
Zinc phosphate, 1834 
See also Endometritis. 
Uterus, Hemorrhage from. 
American mistletoe, 1827 
Creosote, 460 
Ergot, 517 
Erigeron, 1646 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
801 
Ferric chloride, tincture of, 
1385 
Greater periwinkle, 1826 
Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
rate, 715 
Hydrastis, 717 
Indian cannabis, 316 
Kino, 769 
Lemon juice, 780 
Oil of erigeron, 935 
Persimmon, 1640 
Ruta, 1783 
Stypticin, 1627 
Urtiea, 1823 
Uterus, Inertia of. 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Ergot, 517 
Uterus, Rigid Os of. 
Belladonna leaves, alco- 
holic extract of, 543 
Slippery-elm bark, 1420 
Uterus, Subinvolution. 
Caulophyllum, 349 
Uterus, Tumors of. 
Cotton root bark, 668 
Iodine, 749 
Uterus, Ulcers of Cervix. 
Aluminum sulphate, 151 
Mercuric nitrate, solution 
of, 808 
Uvula, Relaxed. 
Capsicum, 325 
Capsicum, tincture of, 1376 
Catechu, 348 
Catechu, troches of, 1415 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 
1660 
Geranium, 654 
Oak bark, 1133 
Pyrethrum, 1126 
Tannic acid, 102 
Tannic acid, troches of, 
1414 
Vaginitis. 
Acetanilid, 12 
Airol, 1554 
Chinosol, 1611 
Formaldehyde, 1662 
Grindelia, 673 
Hydrastis, 717 
Iodol, 1696 
Kava, 1580 
Vaginitis. 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Retinol, 1778 
Sodium borate, 1240 
Sodium silicate, 1795 
Varices. 
Ferric chloride, 800 
Veins, Varicose. 
Ergot, 518 
Ferric chloride, solution of, 
800 
Hamamelis bark, 680 
Vomiting. 
Belladonna root, 262 
Calendula, 294 
Calomel, 696 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Cerium nitrate, 361 
Cerium oxalate, 361 
Cinnamon, 423 
Cloves, 338 
Cocaine, 428 
Columbo, 298 
Creosote, 459 
Effervescent citro-tartrate 
of soda, 1250 
Hydrocyanic acid, diluted, 
62 
Laburnum, 1638 
Lime, solution of, 794 
Lime, syrup of, 1331 
Magnesium carbonate, 843 
Menthol, 946 
Milk, 1730 
Morphine suppositories, 
1322 
Opium, 1003 
Peppermint, 867 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Resorcin, 1157 
Sodium hyposulphite, 1253 
Sodium sulphite, 1264 
Vomiting of Pregnancy. 
Aconite, 112 
Belladonna, 262 
Cerium oxalate, 361 
Charcoal, 330 
Creosote, 460 
Hydrastis, 717 
Potassium bromide, 1083 
Warts. 
Acetic acid, 19 
Biting stone-crop, 1791 
Carbolic acid, 41 
Cashew juice, 1562 
Celandine, 366 
Copper sulphate, 469 
Glacial acetic acid, 19 
Houseleek, 1791 
Papaw, 1758 
Potassium bichromate, 1079 
Prickly poppy, 1572 
Rattlesnake weed, 1684 
Savine, 1174 
Silver nitrate, moulded, 228 
Warts. 
Trichloracetic acid, (note) 
17 
Zinc sulphate, 1481 
White Swelling. 
Ammoniac, 153 
Lead tannate, 1706 
See also Joints, Diseases of. 
Whooping-Cough. 
Antipyrin, 1021 
Arum, 1577 
Asafetida, 237 
Asaprol, 1577 
Atropine, 247 
Benzol, 267 
Bromoform, 1592 
Cantharidal pitch plaster, 
505 
Chestnut leaves, 344 
Chloroform, 382 
Cochineal, 433 
Coniine bromhydrate, 450 
Conium, 450 
Cypress oil, 1637 
Grindelia, 673 
Horsechestnut, 1552 
Hydrocyanic acid, 62 
Hydrogen dioxide, 217 
Jamaica dogwood, 1769 
Laburnum, 1638 
Lobelia, 835 
Oil of amber, 1802 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Oxymel of squill, 1005 
Peach leaves, 1760 
Peronin, 1761 
Primrose, 1745 
Pulsatilla, 1118 
Quinine sulphate, 1149 
Resorcin, 1157 
Sulphurous acid, 98 
Tonka bean, 1817 
Tussol, 1821 
Zinc oxide, 1478 
Worms. 
Bastard dittany, 1639 
Bear’s foot, 1680 
Black hellebore, 1681 
Calomel, 696 
Convallaria, 452 
Goat’s rue, 1668 
Hedge-hyssop, 1674 
Oil of cajuput, 929 
Oil of turpentine, 972 
Olive oil, 955 
Ruta, 1783 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Savine, 1174 
Sodium santoninate, (note) 
1192 
Spigelia, 1267 
Worms, Round. 
See Ascaris Lumbricoides. 
Worms, Seat-. 
See Ascaris Vermicularis. Index of Diseases. 
xlv 
Wounds. 
Adhesive plaster, 508 
Baurne caledonien, 1700 
Bismuth salicylate, 271 
Bismuth subnitrate, 
275 
Bismuthol, 1589 
Borax, 1240 
Carbolic acid, 40 
Cebur, 1606 
Cerate, 355 
Charcoal, 330 
Chaulmoogra, 1678 
Chromic acid, 44 
Collodion, 438 
Corrosive mercuric chlo 
ride, 690 
Cotton, 669 
Creosote, 459 
Dermatol, 1588 
Diachylon, 507 
European alder, 1557 
Iodoform, 742 
Lead plaster, 507 
Lint, 1708 
Wounds. 
Oil of aleurites triloba, 
1556 
Oleite, 1747 
Orthoform new, 1751 
Petroleum, 1763 
Potassium bichromate, 1079 
Potassium chlorate, 1091 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Quino-quino, 253 
Saint John’s wort, 1689 
Salicylic acid, 85 
Salicylic acid wadding, 
85 
Solomon’s seal, 1621 
Speedwell, 1826 
Spermaceti, ointment of, 
1424 
Styptic collodion, 441 
Tagulaway balsam, 1606 
Thymol, 1365 
Tow, 1708 
Tribromphenol-bismuth, 
1818 
Wounds, Poisoned. 
Chromic acid, 44 
Potassa, solution of, 817 
Wounds, Sloughing. 
Chromic acid, 44 
Potassium bichromate, 1079 
Wry Neck. 
Atropine, 247 
Yaws. 
Arsenical paste of Frere 
Come, 22 
Zona. 
Ethoxycaffeine, 1647 
Zymotic Diseases. 
Carbon disulphide, 332 
Potassium permanganate, 
1110 
Sodium hyposulphite, 1253 
Sulphites, 1803 THE DISPENSATORY 
OF 
The United States. 
PART I. 
The United States Dispensatory may very properly be considered as a commentary upon the 
United States and British Pharmacopoeias, whilst such preparations of the German Pharma- 
copoeia and French Codex as are used generally in the United States are also commented upon. 
As was explained in the fifteenth edition, the changes in the arrangement of the 1880 edition 
of the United States Pharmacopoeia necessitated corresponding alterations in the United States 
Dispensatory. Part I. of the present volume contains the discussion of all the remedies 
recognized by either of the two Pharmacopoeias used by English-speaking people. In Part 
II. the National Formulary is introduced; this is designated as Section I., whilst non-official 
drugs and preparations are treated, as heretofore, by themselves; they are classed now in Sec- 
tion II., and are printed in smaller type than that used for official substances, it being deemed 
judicious to adhere to a plan which has given so much satisfaction in the previous editions. 
In Part III. are considered the Tests and Test-Solutions of the two Pharmacopoeias, Weights 
and Measures, the Art of Prescribing Medicines, and cognate miscellaneous matters. 
There can be no question as to the superiority of the alphabetical arrangement of drugs in 
a book of reference of an encyclopedic character. Their scientific classification belongs to 
works which treat of them rather in their relations than their essential properties; and differ- 
ent systems have been adopted, according to the set of relations towards which the mind of 
the author has been especially directed. Thus, the naturalist classifies them according to the 
affinities of the several objects in nature from which they are derived; the chemist, according 
to their composition; the practitioner of medicine, according to their effects upon the system 
in a state of health and disease. 
ABSINTHIUM. U.S. Absinthium. [Wormwood.] 
(AB-SIN'THI-UM.) 
“ The leaves and tops of Artemisia Absinthium, Linn6 (nat. ord. Composite).” U. S. 
. Wormwood; Absinthe commune, Grande Absinthe, Armoise amere, Fr.; Gemeiner Wermuth, G.; Assenzio, It.; 
Artemisio Axenjo, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Receptacle sub-villous, or nearly naked. Seed-down none. Calyx imbricate, with 
roundish converging scales. Corollas, of the ray none. Willd. 
Several species of Artemisia have enjoyed some reputation as medicines. The leaves of A. 
abrotanum, or southernwood, are reported by Craveri to contain a crystallizable alkaloid, abro- 
tine; they have a fragrant odor, and a warm, bitter, nauseous taste, and were formerly employed 
as a tonic, deobstruent, and anthelmintic. Similar virtues have been ascribed to A. santonica. 
A. pontica has been occasionally substituted for common wormwood, but is weaker. A. vul- 
garis, or mugwort, formerly enjoyed considerable reputation as an emmenagogue, and has been 
used in Germany in epilepsy. Along with asafetida it is also sometimes given in chorea and 
in amenorrhoea. A. ludoviciana, a native of the southwestern regions of the United States, is 
thought, when applied to the head in the state of infusion, to favor the growth of the hair. 
1 Absinthium. 
2 
PART I. 
(Maisch, A. J. P., 1872, p. 106.) In China, moxa is said to be prepared from the leaves of 
A. chinensis and A. indica. The medicine known in Europe by the name of wormseed is the 
product of different species. 
Artemisia absinthium. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1844; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 54, t. 22. Worm- 
wood is a perennial plant, with branching, round, and striated or furrowed stems, which rise 
two or three feet in height, and are panicled at their summit. The lower portion of the stem 
lives several years, and annually sends up herbaceous shoots, which perish in the winter. The 
radical leaves are triply pinnatifid, with lanceolate, obtuse, dentate divisions ; those of the stem, 
doubly or simply pinnatifid, with lanceolate, somewhat acute divisions; the floral leaves are lan- 
ceolate ; all are hoary. The flowers are of a brownish-yellow color, hemispherical, pedicelled, 
nodding, and in erect racemes. The florets of the disk are numerous, those of the ray few. 
The plant is a native of Europe, where it is also cultivated. It is among our garden herbs, and 
has been naturalized in the mountainous districts of New England. The leaves and flowering 
summits are employed ; the larger parts of the stalk being rejected. They should be gathered 
in July or August, during flowering. They long preserve their sensible properties when dried. 
“ Leaves about 5 Cm. long, hoary, silky-pubescent, petiolate, roundish-triangular in outline; 
pinnately two- or three-cleft, with the segments lanceolate, the terminal one spatulate; bracts 
three-cleft or entire ; heads numerous, about 3 Mm. long, subglobose, with numerous small, pale- 
yellow florets, all tubular and without pappus ; odor aromatic ; taste persistently bitter.” US. 
Wormwood yields by distillation a volatile oil (oleum absinthii), usually dark green, sometimes 
yellow or brownish, having a strong odor of the plant, an acrid peculiar taste, and the sp. gr. 
0-925 to 0-950. It is sometimes adulterated with alcohol, oil of turpentine, etc., which lessen 
its specific gravity. The oil is composed of a terpene boiling at 150° C., and thujone (ab- 
sinthol), which has a specific gravity 0-926, composition C10II160, boiling point of 200° C. 
(392° F.) to 205° C., and when heated with phosphorus pentasulphide or zinc chloride is 
split into cymene (C1QH1.) and a resinous substance. The portion of thujone which does not 
distil over at about 200° C. consists chiefly of the coloring principles azulene of Piesse and 
ccerulein of Gladstone (Journ. Chem. JSoc., Jan. 1874). The dried herb yields much more oil 
than the fresh. The other constituents, according to Braconnot, are a very bitter and an almost 
insipid nitrogenous matter, an excessively bitter resinous substance, chlorophyll, albumen, starch, 
saline matters, and lignin ; malic and acetic acids are also said to be present. The cold infusion 
becomes olive-green and turbid on the addition of ferric chloride, indicating the probable exist- 
ence of a little tannic acid. (Pereira.) The absinthic acid found by Braconnot is said to be 
succinic acid. Caventou obtained the bitter principle absinthin in an impure condition. (See 
U. S. D., 14th ed., p. 5.) Dr. E. Luck prepared pure absinthin in 1851. (A. J. P., xxiii. 358.) 
A. Kromayer (Arch. Pharm. (2), cviii. 129) considers absinthin an aldehyde, and assigns to it 
the formula C40H6e08 -f- H20. He prepared it by exhausting the dry herb with hot water, 
evaporating the decoction, absorbing the bitter principle with animal charcoal, extracting with 
alcohol, partially purifying with lead acetate, precipitating with tannin, dissolving the precipi- 
tate in alcohol, mixing with lead oxide, treating the dry residue with alcohol, filtering, and evap- 
orating to dryness. Duquesnel obtained absinthin in prismatic, odorless crystals of an intensely 
bitter taste. The old salt of wormwood (sal absinthii) was impure potassium carbonate, made 
from the ashes of the plant. E. Classen found potassium chloride in distinctly-formed cubic 
and octohedral crystals in extract of wormwood. (Amer. Journ. of Science, 1882, p. 323.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Wormwood was known to the ancients as a stomachic 
tonic, especially useful in gastric debility. It was also employed as an antiperiodic and as an 
anthelmintic. At present it is little used in regular practice on this side of the Atlantic. In 
dogs and rabbits from thirty to fifty drops (1-5-2-5 C.c.) of the volatile oil will cause trem- 
bling, stupor, hebetude, and it may be insensibility; one to two drachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.) of it, 
violent epileptiform convulsions, with involuntary evacuations, unconsciousness, and stertorous 
breathing, which may or may not end in death. (Marce, Bull. Therap., Mai, 1864 ; Magnan, 
L' Union Med., Aout, 1864; Amory, Post. Med. and Surg. Journ., March, 1868, p. 83.) In 
man the oil acts similarly; a half-ounce (15 C.c.) of it caused, in a male adult, insensibility, 
convulsions, foaming at the mouth, and a tendency to vomit; though the patient recovered 
under the use of emetics, with stimulants and demulcents. (Lancet, Dec. 6, 1862.) Accord- 
ing to Dr. J. L. Corning, the volatile oil is a powerful local anaesthetic, and has some general 
analgesic properties, being useful when applied locally in rheumatic pains and especially valu- 
able given in the form of a liqueur as a narcotic stimulant in cerebral exhaustion. Bohm and 
Robert affirm that the oil escapes through the kidneys unchanged. The dose in substance is Acacia. 
3 
PART i. 
from one to two scruples (1-3-2-6 Gm.) ; of the infusion (one ounce in a pint of boiling water), 
from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.) ; of the oil, one to two drops.* 
ACACIA. U. S. (Br.) Acacia. [Gum Arabic.] 
“ A gummy exudation from Acacia Senegal, Willdenow (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. 
“ A gummy exudation from the stem and branches of Acacia Senegal, Willd., and of other 
species of Acacia, Willd.” Br. 
Acaciae Gummi, Br.; Gum Acacia; Gummi Arabicum, Gummi Mimosse; Gomme Arabique, Fr.; Arabisches 
Gummi, G.; Gomma Arabica, It.; Goma Arabiga, Sp.; Samagh Arabee, Arab. 
This genus is one of those into which the old genus Mimosa of Linnaeus was divided by Will- 
denow. The name Acacia was employed by the ancient Greeks to designate the gum-tree of 
Egypt, and has been appropriately applied to the new genus in which that plant is included. 
Gen. Ch. Hermaphrodite. Calyx five-toothed. Corolla five-cleft, or formed of five petals. 
Stamens 4—100. Pistil one. Legume bivalve. Male. Calyx five-toothed. Corolla five-cleft, 
or formed of five petals. Stamens 4—100. Willd. 
The most important of the gum-yielding Acacias are A. vera and the official A. Senegal. A. 
vera and A. Arabica were considered by Willdenow to be distinct species, but are now esteemed 
as one. 
(A-CA'CI-A.) 
Acacia vera. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 1805; Hayne, Darstel. und Beschreib. x. 34. Syn. A. 
Arabica. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 1805 ; Hayne, Darstel. und Beschreib. x. 32; Carson, Illust. of 
Med. Bot. i. 31.—Acacia Nilotica, Delille, Illust. Flor. de V Egypte, p. 79. This is a tree of 
middle size, with numerous scattered branches, of which the younger are much bent, and 
covered with a reddish-brown bark. The leaves are alternate and bipinnate, with two pairs of 
pinnae, of which the lower are usually furnished with ten pairs of leaflets, the upper with eight. 
The leaflets are very small, oblong-linear, smooth, and supported upon very short footstalks. 
On the common petiole is a gland between each pair of pinnae. Both the common and partial 
petiole are smooth in typical specimens of A. vera, but downy in the variety A. arabica. Two 
sharp spines, from a quarter to half an inch long, of the color of the smaller branches, and 
joined together at their base, are found at the insertion of each leaf. The flowers are yellow, 
inodorous, small, and collected in globular heads supported upon slender peduncles which rise 
from the axils of the leaves, in number from two to five together. The fruit is a smooth, flat, 
two-valved legume, divided, by contractions occurring at regular intervals, into several roundish 
portions, each containing one seed. This species flourishes in Southern Nubia, Egypt, and 
Senegal, and is probably scattered over the whole intervening portions of Africa; it is also 
abundant in Hindostan. 
A. Senegal, Willdenow ; A. verek, Guillemin and Perottet, Flore de Senigambie, 1830, 246, B. 
& T., 1877. Mimosa Senegal, L. This is a small tree with a grayish hark, the inner layers 
of which are strongly fibrous, bipinnate leaves, dense spikes of small yellow flowers longer 
than the leaves, and broad pods 3 to 4 inches long, containing 5 or 6 seeds. It rarely exceeds 
20 feet in height, forms large forests in Western Africa, north of the river Senegal, and is 
abundant in Eastern Africa, Kordofan, and Southern Nubia. It is known by the natives 
as Verek or Hasliab. 
Besides the species above described, the following afford considerable quantities of gum :— 
A. karroo of the Cape of Good Hope, formerly considered by some as identical with A. vera ; 
A. gummi/era, seen by Broussonet in Morocco near Mogador; A. ehrenbergiana, a shrub six 
or eight feet high, named in honor of the German traveller Ehrenberg, who observed it in the 
* Absinthe. Under this name, a liqueur is much used in France, consisting essentially of an alcoholic solution 
of oil of wormwood containing some alcoholic extract of angelica, anise, and marjoram. According to Baudrimont 
(Chevallier, Dictionnaire des Falsifications, 6me ed.) the absinthe ordinaire contains 47*66 per cent, of alcohol, the 
demi-fine 50 per cent., the fine 68 per cent, and the absinthe suisse 80*66 per cent. The preparation, if manipulated 
properly, possesses naturally a bright-green color, brought to an olive-green by slight addition of caramel-coloring, 
but artificial coloring is often resorted to, and indigo, turmeric, cupric acetate, and aniline green have been used to 
produce the proper shade. According to the" French law of 1872, the oil and other concentrated preparations of 
absinthe can be sold only by pharmacists, and by them only on prescription. It has for some time been noticed that 
the effects of this liqueur differ essentially from those of pure alcoholic drinks, constituting a series of symptoms 
which has been designated as absinthism. A case recorded by M. Magnan, in which the patient, having habituated 
himself to the use of brandy, and afterwards substituted absinthe, gave an opportunity of comparing the effects of 
the two kinds of drink; it appears that the characteristic symptoms of the latter, taken in excess, are restlessness at 
night, with disturbing dreams, nausea and vomiting in the morning, with great trembling of the hands and tongue, 
vertigo, and a tendency to epileptiform convulsions, in which the patient loses consciousness, falls, bites his tongue, 
foams at the mouth, makes facial grimaces, throws about his limbs, etc., but from which he usually recovers. See 
also A. J. P., 1889, p. 612. 4 
Acacia. 
PART I. 
deserts of Libya, Nubia, and Dongola ; A. seyal, growing in the same region, and also in Upper 
Egypt and Senegambia ; A. adansonii and A. verek, said to contribute a portion of the Senegal 
gum; and A. tor tills, which attains the height of sixty feet, and inhabits Arabia Felix, Nubia, 
Dongola, and the Libyan Desert. According to Schweinfurth, A. stenocarpa yields the brownish 
gum of the Soudan sometimes known as the “ taleh" gum, whilst gum from Gedaref and from 
Southern Nubia is yielded by the A. fistula. Brownish or reddish gums are also yielded by 
A. nilotica, and probably by various undescribed species.* A. decurrens and A. fiombunda yield 
gum in Australia. Gum is also yielded by various trees not belonging to the genus Acacia. 
The gum-bearing Acacias are all thorny or prickly trees or shrubs, calculated by nature for 
a dry and sandy soil, and flourishing in deserts where few other trees will grow. We are told 
that camels, attached to the caravans, derive from them their chief sustenance in many parts 
of those desolate regions in which Africa abounds. In such localities, they have a stunted 
growth, and present a bare, withered, and uninviting aspect; but in favorable situations, as on 
the banks of rivers, they are often luxuriant and beautiful. 
Their bark and unripe fruit contain tannic and gallic acids, and are sometimes used in tan- 
ning. An extract was formerly obtained from the immature pods of A. arabica and A. vera, 
by expression and inspissation. It was known to the ancients by the name of acacise verse, 
succus, and was highly praised by some of the Greek medical writers, but is at present little 
used. It is a solid, heavy, shining, reddish-brown substance, of a sweetish, acidulous, styptic 
taste, and soluble in water. Its virtues are probably those of a mild astringent. On the con- 
tinent of Europe, a preparation is said to be substituted for it called acacia nostras, obtained by 
expression and inspissation from the unripe fruit of Primus spinosa, or the wild plum-tree. 
The gum of the Acacias exudes spontaneously from the bark, and hardens on exposure; but 
incisions are sometimes made in order to facilitate the exudation. The gum is said also to be 
found immediately under the bark, where it is sometimes collected in regular cavities. (Journ. 
de Pharm., t. xxiv. p. 321.) It is probably produced by a process of degeneration from the 
cellulose, and is incapable of serving further in plant-growth, f It is stated by Jackson that, 
in Morocco, the greatest product is obtained in the driest and hottest weather, and from the 
most sickly trees. An elevated temperature appears to be essential; for in cooler climates, 
though the tree may flourish, it yields no gum. According to Ehrenberg, the varieties in the 
characters of the gum do not depend upon difference in the species of the plant. Thus, from 
the same tree it will exude frothy or thick, and clear or dark-colored, and will assume, upon 
hardening, different shapes and sizes; so that the pieces, when collected, require to be assorted 
before being delivered into commerce. Schweinfurth and other observers state, however, that 
the finest gum is obtained only from the A. vera, and perhaps one or two other species. 
Commercial History and Varieties. The most common varieties of this drug are 
the Turkey or Egyptian, the Barbary, the Senegal, and the India gum. 
1. Turkey Gum. (Egyptian Gum.) Gum arabic formerly entered commerce almost ex- 
clusively through Egypt, being collected in Upper Egypt, Nubia, Kordofan, Darfur, and other 
regions of the Upper Nile, and carried to Alexandria, from whence it passed directly into the 
world’s commerce or entered the latter through Smyrna, Trieste, or some other Mediterranean 
entrepdt. At one time the more or less colored varieties were known as gum gedda, whilst the 
white and fine drug was known as gum turic; names derived from Jidda and Tor, Red Sea 
ports, through which the varieties were erroneously supposed to be respectively exported. More 
recently three chief commercial varieties of Turkish or Egyptian gums were recognized. 
Hasliabi or Kordofian gum, the finest of these varieties, was collected in the country westward 
of the White Nile; at one time it constituted the bulk of the superior gum arabic of com- 
* For further information in regard to gum-bearing trees of Northern Africa, see P. J. Tr., Aug. 1873; Compt.- 
Rendus, t. lxxix. p. 1175. 
f In the lower orders of life the inner cell contents or protoplasm is often set free by the rapid conversion of the 
cellulose wall into a substance soluble in water, and it is asserted that very frequently in the higher plants cells can 
be seen with one-half of their walls still cellulose, the other gum. According to Wigand, arabin is a result of a fur- 
ther change in bassorin, but Mr. F. von Ilflhnel (Rerichte, 1888) believes that whilst tragacanth is formed out of the 
cell-wall, arabin is formed from the cell contents. According to the independent researches of Dr. Beijerinck and 
of Dr. Wiesner (P. J. Tr., xvi. p. 284), the change of the cell-wall is provoked by a peculiar ferment. Kraus found 
that the formation of gum in Acacia melanoxylon takes place only in the bark and not in the wood, that it flows 
from the sieve-tubes and the cells of the soft bast, and he asserts that it is not a product of the degeneration of the 
cellulose, but a true cell-content passing out through unchanged cell-walls. (P. J. Tr., 1886, p. 840.) For further 
information see Hofmeister, Handbuch der physiolog. Botanik, Bd. iv. p. 368, 1865; also Muller, Sitzb. Alcad. Wiss. 
Wien, ii., Juni, 1875; Mercadante, Gaz. Chim.; Ber. Cliem. Gesell., 1876, p. 581; Giraud, A. J. P., 1878, p. 127;. 
also, denying explanation, Prillieux, Compt.-Rcnd., t. Ixxviii. p. 135. PART i. 
Acacia. 
5 
merce. Sennari or Gehzirah gum was an inferior variety, yielding a mucilage which turned 
sour more quickly than that produced by Kordofan gum. It was collected in a country east- 
ward of the White Nile, and in the region of the Blue Nile. Still farther to the eastward was 
collected the Suakin or Talca gum. 
Egyptian gums consisted chiefly of small irregular fragments, interspersed with roundish 
pieces of various size, and containing much of that form of gum arabic which is characterized 
by innumerable minute fissures, pervading its substance and impairing its transparency. 
The difference in the varieties mentioned is chiefly in regard to color, the inferior gums 
being more yellow or reddish, and usually containing also more impurities. Since the capture 
of Khartoum and the closure of the Soudan by the Mahdi, Egyptian gum has scarcely entered 
commerce as such, although a portion of the product probably gets into commerce through 
Morocco as Mogador gum. Geddah gum of the present time, sometimes spoken of as an 
Egyptian gum, enters commerce through Geddah, or Jidda, on the Arabian side of the Red 
Sea. It seems to be the same as Mecca or El Wisch or Aden gums, which are sometimes spoken 
of as Egyptian gums, but are probably produced in the triangular peninsula which forms the 
eastern extremity of Africa. These gums used to be exclusively collected at the Red Sea ports 
by Bombay merchants and carried to Bombay, where they were distributed, and hence have 
been known as Bombay or India gum. The finest specimens yield a useful mucilage, not quite 
so bland as that made from the best Egyptian gum. (See India Gum.') 
Suakin Gum, Talca or Talba Gum, from A. stenocarpa and A. seyal, is exceedingly brittle, 
and usually semi-pulverulent. It is a mixture of nearly colorless and brownish gum, is exported 
at Alexandria, and is sometimes termed gum savalcin. 
2. Barbary Gum. {[Mogador Gum, Morocco Gum.) Mogador, a port of Morocco, is the 
chief entrepot of the trade. The gum is probably derived, in part at least, from A. nilotica. 
According to Jackson, the natives call the tree which affords it attalch. They gather it in 
July and August, when the weather is hot and very dry. Two kinds are brought to Mogador, 
one from the neighboring provinces, the other by caravans from Timbuctoo. This may ac- 
count for the fact that Barbary gum in part resembles the Turkey, in part the Senegal. When 
first deposited in the warehouses, it has a faint smell, and makes a crackling noise, occasioned 
by the rupture of the small masses as they become more dry. Barbary gum is usually in 
tears, somewhat brownish, roundish or vermiform, wholly soluble in water. It reaches the 
United States in casks through English commerce. 
3. Senegal Gum. This variety was introduced into Europe by the Dutch. The French 
afterwards planted a colony on the western coast of Africa, and took possession of the trade. 
St. Louis, at the mouth of the Senegal, and Portendic, considerably farther north, are the ports 
in which the commerce in gum chiefly centres. Immense forests exist in the interior, contain- 
ing many species of the genus Acacia, all of which are said to yield gum; as is aflirmed do 
also various trees belonging to other genera. (Journ. de Pharm., xxiv. 318.) The chief harvest 
begins in October and ends in December, although gum is also collected in March. The dry 
winds, which prevail after the rainy season, cause the bark to crack; the juice flows out and 
hardens in masses, which are often as large as a pigeon’s egg, and sometimes as that of an 
ostrich. It is affirmed that the exudation is also largely caused by a parasitic plant, Loran- 
thus senegalensis, the gummy exudation freely oozing out at the point where the parasite 
penetrates the bark. (Pharm. Centralh., Aug. 1895.) Senegal gum is usually in roundish or 
oval unbroken pieces, or in straight or curled cylindrical pieces of various sizes, in the finest 
grades whitish or colorless, but generally yellowish, reddish, or brownish red. The pieces are 
larger than those of Turkey gum, less brittle and pulverizable, and breaking with a more 
conchoidal fracture.* According to L. Liebermann, gum Senegal can be distinguished from 
* Dr. A. Corre divides the gum Senegal into the hard gums, which are of firm consistence, with a large, clear, 
shining fracture, and the soft or friable gums. For an account of the grades and varieties of these the reader is 
referred to the Journ. de Pharm., xxiv. 318. Galam gum (Gornmes haut-du-fleuve) is that coming from Galam, Podor, 
Bakel, and Medina; it is sometimes hard, sometimes soft. For an abstract of Soubeiran’s paper on Galam gums, 
which is scarcely applicable to the present time, see 14th ed XT. S. D. Gornmes bas-du-Jleuve are from the deserts of 
Bounou and the country of the Braknas. 
Brittle gtim, Salabreda, or Sadra-beida, is supposed to he obtained from A. albida of the Flora of Senegambia, 
which is much smaller than A. verek, and characterized by its white bark. The gum is usually in small, irregular 
pieces, like coarse salt, probably the fragments of larger lumps, but sometimes in vermicular pieces about as thick 
as a goose-quill, and of variable length. It is dull and often wrinkled externally, of a vitreous fracture, and of dif- 
ferent tints of color, white, green, yellow, or orange. It is always somewhat bitter. Very easily soluble in its weight 
of water, it affords a mucilage of little consistence, which has but a slight effect on the tincture of litmus. When the 
solution is evaporated to the consistence of a paste, it absorbs moisture so as to become viscid; this property detracts 
much from its value. It is much less esteemed than the Galam gum. 6 
Acacia, 
PART I 
Turkey gum arabic by beating the solutions for some time with potassium hydroxide. The 
gum Senegal does not alter in color, or becomes only very faintly yellow, while the Turkey gum 
arabic solution changes to an amber-yellow color (as do solutions of dextrin). (A. J. P., 1891.) 
4. India Gum.* Most of this gum is taken to Bombay in Arab vessels from Cape Garda- 
fui and Berbera on the northeastern coast of Africa, where it is collected, or from the ports of 
the Bed Sea. It is in pieces varying in size, color, and quality, some resembling the broken 
fragments of Turkey gum, though much less chinky; others large, roundish, and tenacious, 
like Senegal. It is often contaminated, containing, besides genuine gum arabic, portions of a 
different product, having the characteristic properties of Bassora gum. This is distinguished 
by its insolubility in water, with which, however, it unites, swelling up, and forming a soft 
viscid mass. It owes its properties to the presence of bassorin. Besides this impurity in the 
India gum, there are often others more readily detected. Among these we have observed a 
yellowish-white resinous substance, which has the sensible properties of the turpentines. If 
care be used in assorting this commercial variety, it may be employed for all the purposes of 
good gum arabic. India gum is brought to this country partly from Calcutta or Bombay, and 
partly by way of England. It usually comes in large cases. We have seen a parcel said to 
have come directly from the Red Sea, enclosed in large sacks made of a kind of matting, and 
bearing a close resemblance to the gum from Calcutta, except that it was more impure, and 
contained numerous large, irregular, very brittle masses, not much less than the fist in size.f 
* Persian gum, which is said to be sent from Persia to Assowan to be packed as genuine gum arabic, can be dis- 
tinguished from the latter, which it closely resembles, by its not dissolving in water. Professor Sickenberger thinks 
that it is the product of Prunus Boleharemis or of P. Puddum. 
f In the Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. (Oct. 1867, p. 270), a variety of the India gum, imported into France by 
way of London, in boxes containing about 400 pounds, is described as follows. It is a mixture of tears of various 
tints with impurities. In assorting it for use, the lightest-colored tears are selected. These are less perfectly trans- 
parent than gum arabic, less fissured on the surface, which is brilliant and often mammillated, and are also much 
less friable. But the most important distinctive character of this gum consists in its relations to water. If agitated 
with twice or thrice its weight of cold water, instead of forming, like ordinary gum arabic, a homogeneous, slightly 
mucilaginous solution, it forms a thick, transparent, very tenacious magma, which cannot be diluted with a larger 
quantity of water, but may, after a long time, be coarsely divided, still, however, retaining its viscid, ropy aspect, 
which never entirely disappears, whatever may be the quantity of water added. It imparts to syrup a very thick 
and very viscid consistence. It is important that the apothecary should be able to distinguish it, as it is unfit for 
ordinary pharmaceutic use, being employed exclusively by manufacturers in the preparation of cloths. All that is 
necessary is to add a few pieces to twice their weight of cold water, and allow the mixture to stand. After some 
hours, the peculiar, viscid mucilage above described betrays the character of the gum. 
Substitutes foe Gum Arabic.—The variety of true gum arabic which has received the name of India gum be- 
cause it enters commerce through Bombay must be distinguished from the Indian gums which have been thrown 
into commerce as substitutes for true gum arabic. According to A. Mander, the East India gums appearing in the 
London market are: 
(1) Glassy Amrad Gum.—A dark gum consisting of more or less rounded and some stalactitic pieces, with smooth 
shining surface and free from internal cracks. Color varying from dark brown to pale yellow. Viscosity of muci- 
lage (acacia being 1), 2. 
(2) East India Amrad Gum.—A dark brittle gum of a reddish tint, composed chiefly of transparent angular frag- 
ments with a few rounded masses having a conchoidal fracture. Viscosity of mucilage, 0-l5. 
(3) Pale Amrad Gum.—This somewhat resembles “gum acacia sorts,” being in broken angular pieces or small 
tears, and these more or less cracked internally; some pieces may be noticed having an opaline surface. Viscosity 
of mucilage, 0’156. 
(4) Amra or Oomra Whatti Gum.—A dark gum, in irregularly-shaped and stalactiform pieces, clear internally, but 
dull surface; color from reddish to pale yellow. Viscosity of mucilage, 1.8. 
(5) Ghatti Gum.—A pale gum consisting of rounded or vermiform pieces varying in size, clear internally, but dull 
and roughened on the surface, apparently caused by shrinkage in drying; from brownish-yellow to perfectly color- 
less and transparent. Mucilage a pale yellowish-brown semi-solid mass. 
Of these gums, India gums of the London market, the first four varieties yield mucilages which are so dark-colored 
that they cannot be used in practical pharmacy. One part of ghatti gum rubbed up with three parts of distilled 
water and strained, yields a mucilage which is tasteless, odorless, colorless, and which is superior to the emulsion of 
gum arabic in its adhesive power, and even in its emulsive power, the emulsion made with it being almost of snowy 
whiteness. Ghatti gum would therefore seem to be thoroughly adapted for the purposes of pharmacy, and its extreme 
cheapness will undoubtedly give it vogue. 
The studies of J. G. Prebble, of Bombay, throw much light upon the gums just spoken of. Through Oomrawuttee, 
or Amravti, the chief town of the Hyderabad assigned districts known as the Beras, two gums enter the world’s 
commerce, which are respectively known in India as Amrad or Babool gum, and Ghatti gum. The babool gum is 
apt to be dark, and is said to be a product of the Acacia arabica. It is without much doubt the amra whatti gum 
of Mander. Amra is the native name for a gum derived from Spondias mangi/era, which gum, however, is said to 
resemble tragacanth rather than gum arabic. The Arabic word hamrd means red, and possibly the term amrad 
is derived from it. The amrad gums of London appear to be made in Bombay by mixing babool gum with other 
gums collected in various parts of India or imported into Bombay from the Red Sea coast. 
Ghatti gum is said to be obtained from Anogeissus lati/olia in enormous quantities, to be much used in India, and 
to be exported from Bombay in the pure state. 
Besides the India gum, numerous gums have entered commerce from South America, Cape of Good Hope, and 
Australia. PART I. 
Acacia. 
7 
General Properties. Gum arabic is in roundish or amorphous pieces, or irregular frag- 
ments, of various sizes, more or less transparent, hard, brittle, pulverizable, and breaking with 
a shining fracture. It is usually white, or yellowish white, but frequently presents different 
shades of red, and is sometimes of a deep-orange or brownish color. It is bleached by exposure 
to the sun. In powder it is always white. It is inodorous, has a feeble, slightly sweetish taste, 
and when pure dissolves wholly in the mouth. The sp. gr. varies from 1-31 to 1-48 or 1-525 
for the dried gum. “ Acacia should be slowly but completely soluble in 2 parts of water. This 
solution shows an acid reaction with litmus paper, yields a gelatinous precipitate with basic lead 
acetate test-solution or ferric chloride test-solution, or concentrated solution of sodium borate, 
and does not reduce alkaline cupric tartrate volumetric solution. The powder is not colored blue 
(absence of starch), or red (absence of dextrin), by iodine test-solution.” U. S. “ When dis- 
solved in an equal weight of water, the solution should neither form a glairy mucilage nor, 
after admixture with more water, should it yield a gummy deposit on standing. The aqueous 
solution forms with solution of lead subacetate an opaque, and with solution of borax a more or 
less translucent, white jelly; it gives no precipitate with solution of lead acetate ; is not colored 
blue or brown by a small quantity of solution of iodine (absence of starch or of ordinary 
‘ dextrin’ of commerce) nor bluish-black by test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of tannic 
Cape gums are imported into London in large quantities. Two varieties are recognized. The glassy hard Cape gum, 
the product of Acacia Korrida, occurs in amber-b'rown-colored, irregular pieces, occasionally fissured, usually hard; sol- 
uble in water, giving a dark-colored viscid mucilage free from odor but with an unusual flavor. This gum is said to be 
bleached and mixed with a pale gum. The soft Cape gum is believed to be derived from Acacia giraffas. Its infe- 
rior grades are dark brown and yield a bitter mucilage; the finest samples, however, so closely resemble, in their phys- 
ical properties and the mucilage which they yield, the Kordofan gums, that some authorities believe that they are 
true gum arabic which has been deflected southward by the closure of the Soudan. 
Australian gum, or Wattle gum, is the product of A. pycnantha, Benth.; A. decurrens, Willd.; A. homalophylla 
(A. Cunn), and probably other species of acacia. It is said that gums obtained near the coast and those pro- 
cured in the interior do not contain metarabin. It occurs in hard pieces, elongated or globular; rough, varying in 
color from dark amber to pale yellow; entirely soluble in water, and yielding a very adhesive mucilage, which, when 
dry, is said not to crack. It sometimes contains tannin, and appears not to be suitable for pharmaceutical purposes. 
The wood of A. homalophylla is known as violet wood, on account of its pleasant odor. (Amer. Drug., 1884.) 
Under the name of Brazilian gum, Para gum, and gum angico, large quantities of a gum occurring in large dark- 
amber or dark-brown glossy drops, soluble in water, are yearly thrown into commerce. It is said to be the product of 
Acacia angico. Its mucilage is very adhesive, but usually too dark in color for pharmaceutical purposes. It must 
be distinguished from the gum resin often known as Brazilian gum, which is said to be obtained from Hymenia cour- 
haril, and is used in making varnishes. 
Chagual or Maguey gum of Chili occurs in hollow cylindrical pieces from 0-2 to 1*5 Cm. in thickness, occasionally 
having the form of stalactites or irregular tubers, but in nearly all cases showing the impression of the epidermis to 
which they have been attached. On their inner surface they are longitudinally streaked, while their outer surface 
is usually numerously fissured, the fissures penetrating deeply toward the interior. In the absence of these the 
pieces are of glassy brightness, transparent, and of very dense structure internally. The color varies from colorless, 
through yellowish and brownish to a tolerably deep brown, isolated pieces being almost black. Maceration in water 
is said to reduce the dark pieces to a granular mass, whilst the transparent pieces dissolve almost entirely; the 
whole of the commercial sample yielding about five or six per cent, to cold water. The amount dissolved is greatly 
increased by the use of boiling water. According to the experiments made by Guehm, the commercial drug is 
scarcely fitted for technical use as a gum, but the clear pieces when made into a concentrated mucilage by prolonged 
heating answer the purposes of the calico printer well. Puya chilensis, P. lanuginosa, and P. lanata are commonly 
said to be the sources of the gum, though the researches of Hartwich make this uncertain. The exudation is 
asserted to be the result of the bite of a caterpillar, Kastina elegans. (Zeitschr. Oest. Apoth. Ver., Aug. 1, 1896.) 
Thos. Maben gives the following method of testing mucilage obtained from various gums sold for gum arabic as 
the best that he has been able to devise after much experimentation. Two or three drops of the mucilage prepared 
from the gum are placed on a glass or porcelain slab, and one or two drops of the following reagents added; these 
are then stirred together with a glass rod and the results compared. In the case of borax, acacia mucilage at once 
agglutinates or hardens into a gummy mass, similarly with basic lead acetate and ferric chloride, whilst it gelatinizes 
or forms a softer mass with potassic silicate. Similar reactions are given by the Senegal gums, the Indian amrad 
gums, white Barbary, white and brown Cape, and Geddah gum. Barbary brown and amrad give only a jelly with 
borax, otherwise they react as acacia. Australian gum agglutinates with borax, but only gelatinizes with basic lead 
acetate, and has no reaction with ferric chloride and potassic silicate. Brazilian gum has no reaction with potassic 
silicate, but gelatinizes with borax and ferric chloride and slightly with basic lead acetate. Ghatti gum gelatinizes 
with all four reagents, but in a slight degree only with potassic silicate. Oomra gum reacts similarly to acacia, ex- 
cept that it is entirely unaffected by basic lead acetate, and forms a softer jelly with ferric chloride. There are, of 
course, shades of difference in the various reactions which cannot be indicated by these terms, but, generally speak- 
ing, a fair idea is given of the nature of the gum. (Pharm. Journ. and Trans., March 1, 1890, 717-721.) 
Schuhmann prepares dextrin by a registered process so as to replace gum arabic. The milk of starch is treated 
with one one-hundredth part of its weight in starch, of hydrochloric, nitric, or sulphuric acid. In twenty-four hours 
the mixture is washed until the waters give no acid reaction. The starch paste thus prepared is diluted to a thick 
pap, and heated in a digester to 160-170° C.; or it may be treated in a closed vessel under ordinary pressure, with 
a current of superheated air or vapor, until the product ceases to color with iodine. The soluble product thus ob- 
tained is diluted to 20-26° Baume, and—a little albumen being added—is heated to the boiling point and passed 
into a Taylor apparatus, or into a press-filter, in which it is clarified and made colorless with bone-black. Thus puri- 
fied it is evaporated to a proper consistence, or may be reduced to dryness. A small quantity of vegetable gum may 
be added with advantage. The mass obtained by this process is entirely soluble in warm or cold water; it is odor- 
less and tasteless, and greatly resembles gum arabic in aspect and properties. (Moniteur Scientifique, 1888.) 8 
Acacia. 
PAET I. 
acid) ; and does not give a red precipitate when boiled with solution of pot assio-cupric tartrate 
(absence of certain sugars). Gum Acacia should not yield more than 4 per cent, of ash.” Br. 
The commercial gum arabic contains 17 per cent, of water and 3 per cent, of ash, consisting 
almost entirely of calcium, potassium, and magnesium carbonates. 
The gum dissolves at ordinary temperature slowly, in an equal weight of water, forming a 
thick glutinous liquid of distinctly acid reaction. It is insoluble in alcohol, ether, and the 
oils. 100 parts of diluted alcohol containing 22 per cent, of alcohol by volume dissolve 57 
parts of gum, diluted alcohol containing 40 per cent, alcohol takes up 10 parts, and 50 per 
cent, alcohol only 4 parts (Fliickiger). On adding hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution 
and precipitating with alcohol, a colorless amorphous substance is obtained. This is arabic 
add. On hydrolysis, it yields galactose, arabinose, and a pentabiose named arabinon. The arabin 
(or arabic acid) may also be prepared by placing a solution of gum, acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid, on a dialyzer, when calcium chloride will diffuse out, leaving behind solution of arabin. 
Arabic acid dried at 100° C. (212° F.) has the composition 2C6H1006 -f H20, and gives up 
H20 when it unites with bases. It has a decided tendency to form acid salts. Concentrated 
nitric acid forms with it nitro-compounds; dilute nitric acid, on the other hand, gives rise to 
mucic and saccharic acids, together with oxalic and a little tartaric acid. Dilute sulphuric 
acid on prolonged boiling gives rise to arabinose, or arabin sugar (pectinose, or pectin sugar), 
C5H1005, which reduces alkaline copper solution and turns the plane of polarization 121° to 
the right. Kiliani (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 1887, p. 339) first established the formula as given 
above, and it is now recognized as belonging to the newly-established class of pentoses. They 
are not fermentable, and on prolonged boiling with dilute hydrochloric acid, lose the elements 
of water and yield furfurol, C6H402. 
Neutral lead acetate does not precipitate an aqueous solution of gum arabic, but the basic 
acetate forms even in a very dilute solution a precipitate. 
Prolonged heating of the dry gum causes it to change readily into metarabic (metagummic) 
acid, which is identical with the cerasin found in the beet and in cherry-gum. Sulphuric acid 
will also change arabic into metarabic acid. 25 Gm. pure gum arabic are covered with 50 C.c. 
strong alcohol, 10 C.c. water, and 5 C.c. sulphuric acid, and allowed to stand 24 hours. On 
pouring off the fluid, and washing the residue with alcohol and with water, metarabic acid re- 
mains behind as a voluminous mass, which dries to a white, tasteless, and odorless powder of 
acid reaction. ( Graeger, Jahresbericht der Chem., 1872, p. 781.) The metapectic acid prepared 
by Scheibler from the sugar beet is identical with this. 
The principle separated by cold water from the soluble arabin proves to be the same as the 
metarabic (metagummic) acid prepared direct from the pure gum arabic by heating, or by the 
action of sulphuric acid. It is also identical with gum extracted from the sugar beet by 
Scheibler. In the normal and sound beet this gum is insoluble in water, and merely swells up 
like the metarabic acid, while in altered beets there is found a portion (arabin) soluble in water. 
(Scheibler, Ber. Chem. Ges., 1873, p. 612.) 
The similarity of the reactions and composition of arabinose and galactose (from sugar of 
milk by inversion) led Kiliani to assert the identity of these two varieties of sugar, but later 
studies by himself, Claesson, and Scheibler have shown that they are distinct. Thus, galactose 
is fermentable, while arabinose is not; galactose yields mucic acid when oxidized with nitric 
acid, and dulcite when reduced with sodium amalgam, while arabinose does not yield either; 
the fusing-point of the crystallized galactose is given at 142—144° C., while that of arabinose 
is 160° C.; galactose yields with phenylhydrazin a light-yellow compound, fusing at 170-171° 
C., while arabinose forms a brownish-yellow compound, fusing at 157—158° C. (Scheibler, Ber. 
d. Chem. Ges., 17, p. 1731.) Arabinose is said to be obtainable only from those varieties of 
gum arabic that yield no mucic acid when treated with nitric acid. (Claesson, Ber. d. Chem. 
'Ges., 14, p. 1271.) 
Gum arabic undergoes no change by age, when kept in a dry place. Its concentrated aque- 
ous solution remains for a considerable time unaltered, but ultimately becomes sour, from the 
production of acetic acid. The disposition to sour is increased by employing hot water in 
making the solution. The tendency of a weak solution to become mouldy is said to be obviated 
by adding a few drops of sulphuric acid, and decanting from the calcium sulphate deposited. 
(A. J. P., 1872, p. 353.) Solution of gum arabic does not ferment upon the addition of yeast, 
saliva, or gastric juice; the addition of chalk and cheese, however, starts a fermentation which 
gives rise to lactic acid and alcohol, but not to mannite or glycerin. The addition of a solution 
of gum to an acidified albumen solution causes a precipitate, which disappears on further addi- paht I. 
Acacia. 
tion of gum, but the solution will then curdle and become flocculent on application of heat. 
Gum may be distinguished from dextrin by the following tests: 1. Gum contains no dextro- 
glucose, which, however, is present in dextrin, and may be recognized by the copper test* 2. 
Gum contains a lime compound; hence its solution is rendered milky by oxalic acid, while a 
solution of dextrin remains almost clear. 3. Gum gives a shiny, yellow deposit when its solu- 
tion is mixed with a neutral ferric salt. (Hager, Chem. Central., 1873, pp. 408 and 584.) 
The properties above enumerated belong to gum arabic generally. There are, however, 
pharmaceutic varieties with differences which deserve notice. 1. Gum that is transparent and 
readily soluble. This constitutes by far the greater portion of the commercial varieties distin- 
guished by the names of Turkey and Senegal gum. It is characterized by its transparency, 
ready solubility, and the comparatively slight degree of thickness and viscidity of its solution. 
Under this head may be included the gomme blanche fendillee of Guibourt. It is distinguished 
by the whiteness and deficient transparency of the pieces, attributable to the minute cracks or 
fissures with which they abound, and which render them very brittle and easily pulverizable. 
This peculiar structure is generally ascribed to the influence of solar heat and light, but is 
conjectured by Hayne to arise from the exudation of the juice in the frothy state noticed by 
Ehrenberg. Though the unbroken pieces are somewhat opaque, each minute fragment is per- 
fectly transparent and homogeneous. This variety, in consequence of its prompt and entire 
solubility, is usually preferred for medical use, and for most purposes in pharmacy. 2. Gum 
less transparent and less soluble. Guibourt has proposed for portions of this gum the name of 
gomme pelliculee, from the circumstance that the masses are always apparently covered, on 
some part of their surface, by a yellowish opaque pellicle. Other portions of it have a mam- 
millary appearance on the surface. It is less transparent than the former variety, is less freely 
and completely dissolved oy water, and forms a more viscid solution. It dissolves with diffi- 
culty in the mouth, and adheres tenaciously to the teeth. It is found in all the commercial 
varieties of gum, but least in that from Egypt. Its peculiarities have been ascribed to variable 
proportions of bassorin or cerasin associated with the soluble arabin. Between these two varie- 
ties of gum there are insensible gradations, so that it is not always easy to classify specimens. 
Specimens of gum arabic are sometimes found in commerce which are soluble in water with 
difficulty. According to Kochlin. if ten parts of such gum, fifty parts of water, and three parts 
of a 12 per cent, solution of hydrogen peroxide be heated together for two or three hours, 
the gum is rendered easily soluble. (Nat. Drug., 1894, 176.) Related to the acacia gums are 
wood-gum, from the wood of foliage trees, yielding xylose on hydrolysis; cherry-gum, the gum 
of cherry and almond trees, yielding 6-arabinose on hydrolysis ; peach-gum, from the peach tree, 
yielding arabinose and galactose on hydrolysis; barley-gum, obtained in the nitrogen-free 
extractive material of cereals, yielding galactose and xylose. Martina examined twenty-seven 
varieties of gum, and the composition of some of the principal ones is given in the table: 
Origin. 
Source. 
Ash. 
Lime. 
Mucic 
Acid. 
Galactose. 
Furfural. 
Penta- 
glucose. 
Total 
Glucoses. 
Gum Arabic .... 
Arabia .... 
3-60 
1-84 
22-98 
30-66 
13-57 
27-14 
58-3 
Senegal . . . 
3-25 
0-90 
19-72 
26-29 
12-97 
25-94 
57-58 
Gezireh . . . 
2-75 
0-94 
12-42 
17-89 
19-32 
36-62 
60-66 
Aden .... 
3-70 
1-33 
18-68 
24-90 
15-26 
30-52 
56-90 
Mogador . . . 
3-50 
0-78 
18-10 
24-13 
13-90 
27-80 
50-31 
N. Holland . . 
0-50 
45-82 
61-09 
10-85 
21-70 
43-75 
Indies .... 
4-16 
0-97 
14-75 
19-66 
17-98 
35-96 
56-52 
Mimosa nilotica . 
Egypt .... 
2-80 
1-36 
5-91 
7-88 
21-44 
42-88 
49-13 
Acacia dealbata . 
Van Diemen . 
0-65 
39-09 
52-12 
8-89 
17-68 
73-93 
Acacia angico . . . 
Brazil .... 
2-89 
1-23 
1-63 
40-35 
80-70 
74-22 
Gum of Apricot . . 
4-20 
1-85 
9-16 
12-21 
17-27 
34-52 
43-48 
Gum of Plum . 
2-15 
1-07 
5-19 
6-92 
31-03 
62-06 
66-47 
Gum of Cherry . . . 
2-50 
1-00 
6-13 
8-17 
23-07 
46-14 
56-38 
* See Volumetric Solution Alkaline Cupric Tartrate (Part III.). J. Henry Schroeder examined twelve specimens 
of powdered acacia, and states that dextrin is not frequently used as an adulterant, and that if in using the alkaline 
cupric tartrate test the heat be prolonged during twenty minutes, a well-defined reduction was produced even when 
pure Senegal gum was used. This fact should be remembered in testing gums by the official method. {A. J. P., 
1897, 195.) The following test is given in the Pharm. Post, 1894, 563. Add 3 C.c. of a solution consisting of 15 
drops Liquor Ferri Chloridi, 15 drops of a saturated solution of potassium ferrocyanide, 5 drops of IIC1 (1*125), and 
60 C.c of water to 20 per cent, solution of the gum. If the gum arabic is pure, it will remain a clear yellow for 
from eight to ten hours. If there is dextrin present, the color changes to a blue. 10 
Acacia.—A cetanilidum. 
PART I. 
Impurities and Adulterations. In parcels of gum arabic there are sometimes pieces 
of a dark color, opaque, and incorporated with ligneous, earthy, or other impurities. The 
inferior are often mixed with, or substituted for, the better kinds, especially in powder; and 
portions of insoluble gum, bdellium, and other concrete juices of unknown origin, are found 
among the genuine. Flour or starch is sometimes fraudulently added to the powder, but is 
easily detected by the blue color which it produces with tincture of iodine. In consequence 
of the impurities and difference in quality, gum arabic should generally be assorted for phar- 
maceutic use. A foreign substance sometimes adheres to its surface, giving it a bitter taste, 
from which it may be freed by washing in water. Various adulterations of gum arabic have 
been practised, and substitutes offered for sale either honestly or with false labels. The high 
price of the genuine gum of late years has greatly stimulated the exploiting of these products. 
Starch, especially rice-starch, which is difficult of detection on account of the small size of its 
granules, dextrin, and inferior gums are often added to powdered gum arabic. These foreign 
substances can usually be detected by the microscope or by appropriate tests for starch or dex- 
trin even in powdered gum. It has been proposed to change the arabinic acid of the sugar 
beet, by the method of Scheibler, into metarabinic acid, as the foundation of a true artificial 
gum arabic, but the artificial gums of the market have no such close chemical relation with 
the natural gum ; many of them arq mixtures of various substances, others are produced from 
starch by the action of sulphuric acid or by other means. Universal gum, a patented product 
obtained from potato starch, has been highly commended for the permanency and adhesiveness 
of its mucilage, but is said not to act well as an emulsifier. A substitute has also been made 
from Irish moss. (See Chondrus.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Acacia is used in medicine chiefly as a demulcent. By 
the viscidity of its solution, it serves to cover and sheathe inflamed surfaces, and, by blending 
with and diluting irritating matters, blunts their acrimony. Hence it is advantageously em- 
ployed in catarrhal affections and irritation of the fauces, by being held in the mouth and 
allowed slowly to dissolve. Internally administered, it has been found useful in inflammations 
of the gastric and intestinal mucous membrane ; and its employment has even been extended to 
similar affections of the lungs and urinary organs. Whether it is beneficial, in the latter cases, 
in any other manner than by the dilution resulting from its watery vehicle, is doubtful. It 
has been used as a food, but has very little if any nutritive value. In pharmacy, gum arabic 
is extensively used for the suspension of insoluble substances in water, and for the formation of 
pills and troches. Two kinds of powdered gum arabic are used, one a coarse powder called 
granulated, the other finely dusted. The granulated dissolves more readily in water, according 
to Hager, because it has lost during desiccation only two per cent, of moisture, whilst in pre- 
paring the “finely dusted” powder the high heat necessarily used to thoroughly dry it, drives 
off ten per cent, of water. Its easy solubility and absence of tendency to form “ lumps” cause 
the coarse powder to be preferred for solutions, emulsions, etc. 
ACETANILIDUM. U. S., Br. Aeetanilid. [Phenylacetamide.] 
C6 H5 NH. C2 Hs O ; 134*73. (Xg-E-TXN-I-LI'DUM.) C6II5 NH. C2 H3 0; 135. 
“ An acetyl derivative of aniline.” U. S. “ Acetanilide, CH3.C0.NH.C6H6, may be obtained 
by the interaction of glacial acetic acid and aniline.” Br. 
Acetanilide; Antifebrin. 
Aeetanilid is a new official compound of the Pharmacopoeia of 1890 ; its extensive use as 
an antipyretic under the name of antifebrin justifying its promotion to this position. Unlike 
many of the antipyretics and synthetical compounds introduced into the materia medica of 
late years, the process for its manufacture is not patented. 
Preparation. Aeetanilid is made, according to Yvon, as follows. 372 grammes of pure 
aniline and 240 grammes of glacial acetic acid are heated for four hours to the boiling point 
in a flask provided with a reversed condenser; the excess of both ingredients is then distilled 
off on a sand-bath, this being completed when the temperature reaches 260° C. The cooled, 
congealed residue is crude aeetanilid, which may be purified by sublimation, or better by 
repeated crystallization from water. The yield is about 400 Gm. It may also be prepared by 
acting on aniline with acetyl chloride (Gerhardt) or by heating aniline with acetamide (Kelbe). 
The sublimed salt is whiter and lighter than that obtained by crystallization, which has the 
appearance of boric acid. 
Properties. Aeetanilid is described by the IT. S. Pharmacopoeia as in “ White, shining, 
micaceous, crystalline laminae, or a crystalline powder, odorless, having a faintly burning taste, 
and permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 194 parts of water, and in 5 parts PAET I. 
Acetanilidum. 
11 
of alcohol; in 18 parts of boiling water, and in 0-4 part of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 18 
parts of ether, and easily soluble in chloroform. When heated to 113° CT. (235-4° F.), A'ce- 
tanilid melts. Upon ignition, it is consumed without leaving a residue. Acetanilid is neutral 
to litmus paper. When agitated with colorless, concentrated sulphuric acid, in a clean test- 
tube, Acetanilid dissolves without imparting color to the liquid. On heating about 0-1 Grm. 
of Acetanilid with a few C.c. of concentrated solution (1 in 4) of potassium or sodium hydrate, 
the characteristic odor of aniline becomes noticeable. On now adding chloroform, and again, 
heating, the disagreeable odor of phenyl isocyanide (which is poisonous) is evolved. On 
boiling 0-1 Glm. of Acetanilid for several minutes with 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, a clear 
solution results which, when mixed with 3 C.c. of a 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of carbolic 
acid, and afterwards with 5 C.c. of a filtered, saturated solution of chlorinated lime (Calx 
chlorata), acquires a brownish-red color, becoming blue upon supersaturation with ammonia. 
A cold saturated, aqueous solution of Acetanilid, added to ferric chloride test-solution, should 
not affect the color of the latter (absence of aniline salts and various allied substances').'’ U. S. 
“Melting point, when dry, 236-5° F. (113-5° C.). It is soluble in 200 parts of cold or 18 
parts of boiling water, and in 4 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), freely soluble in ether, benzol, 
and chloroform. On boiling with test-solution of ferric chloride a reddish-brown color is pro- 
duced, and this is almost entirely discharged by hydrochloric acid. If Acetanilid be heated 
with solution of potassium hydroxide until the odor of aniline is given off, and the liquid be 
then warmed with a few drops of chloroform, the unpleasant and penetrating odor of phenyl- 
isonitrile (isocyanide) is developed; and an aqueous solution mixed with solution of bromine 
gives a yellowish-white precipitate (distinctions from phenacetin). Heated with free access 
of air it burns, leaving no residue. With sulphuric acid or with cold nitric acid it forms a 
colorless solution. A cold saturated aqueous solution does not affect solution of litmus (absence 
of free acid), and is not affected by test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of acetone, phena- 
zone, and salts of aniline).” Br. Additional tests for acetanilid have been proposed by Charles 
Platt, for which see Amer. Drug., 1896, 122. 
Ritsert (Pharm. Zeitung, 1890, p. 306) believes that the difference in melting point of ace- 
tanilid given by various writers is due to the almost constant presence of toluidine in aniline, 
and the production of acettoluids which have the following melting points: ortho, 107° ; metay 
65-5°; and para, 147° C. A very important reaction, by which acettoluid may be detected 
in acetanilid, is in the use of a boiling solution of potassium permanganate; acetanilid, if pure, 
is not altered, and does not reduce the permanganate, while acettoluid is oxidized to acetamido- 
benzoic acid with reduction of the permanganate; of a number of samples of acetanilid exam- 
ined, only one showed a slight reduction, all the others a decided reduction. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The effects of antifebrin upon man are very similar to 
those produced by antipyrin,—namely, after small doses, quietness; after very large doses, 
malaise, a little headache, singing in the ears, weakness, and a peculiar cyanosis, with some 
tendency to somnolence, mydriasis, and, if there has been fever, marked fall of temperature 
usually accompanied by, but not dependent upon, a profuse sweat. After enormous doses com- 
plete coma and collapse have been noted. It has in rare instances caused collapse and cardiac 
failure, and a peculiar measles-like eruption is not very uncommon. Large toxic doses have 
caused in animals and in man anaesthesia, loss of reflex activity, tremors, irregular failing 
respiration, convulsions, coma, and general paralysis. The cyanosis is due to the formation of 
methsemoglobin in the blood. In the animal system the antifebrin appears to break up into 
acetic acid and aniline, the aniline in turn undergoing oxidation into paramidophenol, which 
unites with sulphuric acid to be eliminated as paramidophenol sulphate. 
Sembritzki is said to have seen collapse after five grains (0-323 Grin.) of acetanilid, and Hr. W. 
H. Thomas (.Indiana Med. Journ., Sept. 1890) details a case in which he attributes death from 
heart-failure to five grains (0-323 Glm.). In a number of cases a drachm (3-88 Grm.) has been 
followed by serious collapse; but J. Wolf reports recovery after about one ounce (31-1 Glm.). 
There is a wide-spread but perhaps not well-grounded belief in the profession that accidents 
are more rare after antifebrin than after antipyrin, but the medical application of antifebrin 
seems to be identical with that of antipyrin, save only as it is modified by the insolubility of 
antifebrin. Antifebrin is also somewhat more powerful than antipyrin, its full dose being ten 
grains (0-647 Grin.), repeated if necessary; preferably administered in capsules or wafers. For 
details of medical use, see Phenazonum. Acetanilid is germicidal, and seems to be especially 
active in inhibiting the growth of pathogenetic organisms. It is also analgesic, and affords a 
very useful dressing for wounds and ulcers. The drug itself may be freely used in the form 
of a fine powder, or an ointment may be employed in the strength of from 10 to 50 per cent. 12 
Acetum Cantharidis.—Acetum Ipecacuanhse. 
PART I. 
In certain mucous inflammations, as vaginitis and urethritis, a local application (20 to 40 grains 
to the fluidounce) has been found very effective. Poisoning has resulted from the too free 
external use of acetanilid. (See Philada. Polyclinic, 1897 ; Atlantic Med. Weekly, 1898.) Ace- 
tanilid may be given suspended in mucilage of acacia and syrup, or in capsule. Dose, from 
five to fifteen grains (0-323 to 0-97 Gm.). 
ACETUM CANTHARIDIS. Br. Vinegar of Cantharides. 
(A-CE'TUM CAN-THAR'I-DIS.) 
Vinaigre cantharide, Fr.; Canthariden-Essig, G. 
“ Cantharides, bruised, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Glacial Acetic Acid and Dis- 
tilled Water, mixed in equal volumes, a sufficient quantity. Macerate the Cantharides in 
eighteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or nine hundred cubic centimetres of the mixture of Glacial 
Acetic Acid and Distilled Water for twenty-four hours; transfer to a percolator; when the 
liquid ceases to pass, pour sufficient of the menstruum in successive portions over the contents 
of the percolator to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the 
Vinegar of Cantharides.” Br. 
This preparation was formerly official in all the Pharmacopoeias of the British Islands; but 
it was omitted in the first British Pharmacopoeia, to be resumed in the last two revisions. The 
mode of preparation differs mainly in the partial substitution of percolation for maceration 
and expression. Glacial acetic acid is now directed to be mixed with an equal volume of dis- 
tilled water as the menstruum. This is an improvement over the former method of mixing 
two kinds of acetic acid of different strengths. 
This preparation is intended exclusively for external use, as a speedy epispastic. It is said, 
when lightly applied by a brush, to act as a rubefacient; and, when rubbed freely upon the 
skin for three minutes, to be followed in two or three hours by full vesication. The pain pro- 
duced by the application, though more severe, is also more transient than that occasioned by 
the blistering cerate. From experiments made by Mr. Redwood, it may be inferred that the 
old Acetum Cantharidis of the London Pharmacopoeia, which was prepared by maceration 
without heat, proved epispastic chiefly if not exclusively in consequence of its acetic acid, and 
that it contained little of the active principle of the flies. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1841.) Prof. 
Procter found that, by digestion at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), the active principle 
of the flies is readily taken up by official acetic acid, though a portion of the cantharidin is 
deposited upon cooling. (A. J. P., xxiv. 299.) It would seem, therefore, that the vinegar of 
Spanish flies would be best prepared with the aid of heat; and, to a certain extent, this advan- 
tage is enjoyed in the present process.* 
ACETUM IPECACUANHA. Br. Vinegar of Ipecacuanha. 
(A-CE'TUM IP-E-CXC-U-XN'HuE—ip-e-c&c-u-an'e.) 
Vinaigre d’lpecacuanha, Fr.; Brechwurzel-Essig, G. 
“ Liquid Extract of Ipecacuanha, 1 fl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; 
Alcohol (90 per cent.), 2 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Diluted Acetic 
Acid, 17 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 850 cubic centimetres. Mix; filter, and if necessary add 
sufficient Diluted Acetic Acid to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres of the Vinegar of Ipecacuanha.” Br. 
The process for this vinegar was changed materially in the last revision of the British 
Pharmacopoeia, liquid extract of ipecacuanha diluted with a mixture of alcohol and diluted 
acetic acid replacing the old method of percolating the drug with diluted acetic acid. It will 
be found, however, that after the vinegar has been made a few months the odor of acetic 
ether will be developed; this is sometimes objectionable. The words in the process “ if neces- 
sary” might have been omitted, as slight loss in filtration always occurs. Diluted Acetic Acid 
* The vinegar of colchicum (acetum colchici) was omitted in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870, although a very active 
preparation. The following is the article on it in the 14th edition of the U. S. Dispensatory. “ Take of Colchicum 
Root, in fine powder, two troyounces ; Diluted Acetic Acid a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with a fluid- 
ounce of Diluted Acetic Acid, allow it to stand for half an hour, pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and 
gradually pour upon it Diluted Acetic Acid until the filtered liquid measures two pints. Vinegar of Colchicum 
may also be prepared by macerating the Colchicum Root, in moderately fine powder, with two pints of Diluted 
Acetic Acid, in a close glass vessel, for seven days; then expressing the liquid, and filtering through paper.” 
Vinegar is an excellent solvent of the active principle of colchicum; and the alkaloid of the latter loses none 
of its efficacy by combination with the acetic acid of the former. Of the two formulas above given, the first, direct- 
ing percolation, is much preferable to the second, permitting maceration, if performed by competent hands; and the 
same remark will apply to all the medicated vinegars in which an alternative formula is given. 
Medical Uses. This preparation is effective in doses of from thirty drops to two fluidrachms (l'9-7'5 C.c.). Aceturn Opii.—Aeetum Scillse. 
13 
PART I. 
is a good menstruum for ipecacuanha, and this vinegar will doubtless prove effective as an 
expectorant. The dose is from five to forty minims (0-31 to 2-46 C.c.). 
ACETUM OPII. U.S. Vinegar of Opium. 
Black Drop; Vinaigre d’Opium, Fr.; Opium-Essig, G. 
“ Powdered Opium, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Nutmeg, in No. 30 
powder, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25-5 grains] ; Sugar, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces 
av., 24 grains] ; Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 2 pints, 14-5 fluidrachms]. Macerate the Opium and Nutmeg in jive hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 1 pint] of Diluted Acetic Acid during seven days, frequently stirring; then 
strain through muslin of close texture, and express the liquid. Mix the residue with two 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 7 fluidounces] of Diluted Acetic Acid to a uniform magma, and 
strain and express again. Mix and filter the strained liquids, dissolve the Sugar in the filtrate, 
and pass enough Diluted Acetic Acid through the filter to make the product measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 2 pints, 14-5 fluidrachms].” U.S. 
The U. S. P. 1890 now directs this vinegar to be tested to show its alkaloidal value as 
follows: “ To assay this preparation, transfer 100 C.c. of it to a small capsule, add 4 Gm. of 
precipitated calcium carbonate, or such a quantity as will be sufficient to neutralize the free 
acid, and then proceed further as directed under Tinctura Opii. It should yield from 1*3 to 
1-5 Gm. of crystallized morphine.” 
Many will doubtless prefer to make this preparation entirely by maceration. This may be 
done by placing the powder in a suitable bottle and pouring on the diluted acetic acid, agitating 
frequently, after allowing the maceration to proceed seven days, expressing, and filtering. The 
vinegar of opium was introduced into the Pharmacopoeias as an imitation of Lancaster or Quaker 
black drop, or simply black drop. The formula of the first edition of the U. S. P. was so 
deficient in precision, and so uncertain in its results, that it was abandoned in the second 
edition; but, as these objections were obviated in a process by Mr. Charles Ellis (A. J. P., vol. 
ii. p. 202), it was deemed proper to restore it to its official rank at the subsequent revision of 
the Pharmacopoeia. The advantages of the black drop over laudanum are, probably, that 
disturbing principles contained in opium and soluble in alcohol are left behind by the aqueous 
menstruum employed, while the morphine meconate is converted by the acetic acid into the 
acetate. In the original process, published by Dr. Armstrong, who found it among the papers 
of a relative of the proprietor in England, verjuice, or the juice of the wild crab, was employed 
instead of vinegar. Other vegetable acids also favorably modify the narcotic operation of 
opium ; and lemon-juice has been employed in a similar manner with vinegar. For the process 
official in the first ed. U. S. Pharm., see 14th edition U. S. Dispensatory. 
The vinegar of opium may sometimes be advantageously used when opium itself, or the 
tincture, occasions headache, nausea, or nervous disorder. Formerly black drop was double 
the strength of laudanum ; now it has the same strength. The smallness of the dose was one 
of its great advantages, but since the weakening, first authorized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 
1880, this preparation has almost entirely gone out of use. The dose of vinegar of opium 
may be stated at from ten to fifteen drops (060 to 1 C.c.). 
(A-CE'TUM o'pI-T.) 
ACETUM SCILL.®. U.S., Br. Vinegar of Squill. 
(A-CE'TUH SQIL'LyE.) 
Vinaigre scillitique, Fr. ; Meerzwiebel-Essig, G. 
“ Squill, in No. 30 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Diluted 
Acetic Acid, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 2 pints, 14-5 
fluid rack ms]. Macerate the Squill with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces] of 
Diluted Acetic Acid during seven days, frequently stirring; then strain through muslin, and 
wash the mass on the strainer with enough Diluted Acetic Acid, until the strained liquid 
measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 2 pints, 14-5 fluidrachmsj. Finally filter.” U. S. 
“Squill, bruised, 2£ ounces (Imperial) or 125 grammes; Diluted Acetic Acid, 1 pint (Imp. 
meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Exhaust the Squill by the process 
of maceration as directed for Tinctures. The resulting Vinegar of Squill should measure 
one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
Vinegar of Squill may also be prepared by percolating the Squill with the Diluted Acetic 
Acid after previous maceration with an equal hulk of the Diluted Acetic Acid (this precaution 
being necessary in order to satisfy thoroughly its tendency to swell) and filtering through paper. 14 
Acetum Scillse.—Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. 
PART I. 
The process now official differs from that of the Pharmacopoeia of 1880 in directing macer- 
ation instead of percolation. 
This was formerly an official of the Lond., Ed., and Dub. Colleges, but was omitted as a dis- 
tinct preparation in the first British Pharmacopoeia, to be reintroduced into the present edition. 
As vinegar of squill is apt to be injured by keeping, it should be prepared in small quanti- 
ties, as wanted for use. The British preparation is a trifle stronger than that of the U. S. P. 
1890. As was shown by Mr. E. Gregory (Canad. Pharm. Joum., Oct. 1875), the spirit added 
to it in the former British formula was of no use as a preservative. In the German Pharma- 
copoeia one part of squill is macerated in a mixture of nine parts of pure vinegar and one part 
of alcohol for three days, with frequent shaking, expressed, and filtered. In the Codex twelve 
parts of white vinegar are used to macerate one part of squill for eight days. Vinegar of 
squill is employed chiefly in preparing the syrup. Upon standing, it deposits a precipitate, 
consisting, according to Vogel, of calcium citrate and tannic acid. 
Medical Uses. This preparation has all the properties of the squill in substance, and is 
occasionally prescribed, but the syrup is usually and very properly preferred. The dose is from 
fifteen minims to a fluidrachm (0-92-3-69 C.c.) ; but the latter quantity would be apt to nau- 
seate. It should be given in cinnamon-water, mint-water, or other aromatic liquid. 
ACIDUM ACETICUM. U.S., Br. Acetic Acid. 
“ A liquid composed of 36 per cent., by weight, of absolute Acetic Acid [HCaH,Oa = 59-86], 
and 64 per cent, of water.” U. B. “ Acetic acid is a product of the destructive distillation 
of wood, and of the oxidation of ethylic alcohol. 100 parts by weight should contain 33 
parts of hydrogen acetate, CHg.COOH, and 67 parts of water.” Br. 
Acidum Aceticum Dilutum, P. G.; Acetum Concentratum; Acide acStique, Fr.; Essigsaure, G. 
(Xq'i-dum a-cet'i-cum.) 
ACIDUM ACETICUM DILUTUM. U. S., Br. Diluted Acetic Acid. 
(XQ'T-DTJM A-OBT'I-CUM DI-LU'TUM.) 
“ Diluted Acetic Acid contains 6 per cent., by weight, of absolute Acetic Acid.” U. S. 
u 100 parts by weight should contain 4-27 parts of hydrogen acetate, CH3.C00H.” Br. 
Acetum, P. G.; Acetum Destillatum; Acide acetique dilue, Fr.; Reiner Essig, G. 
HCj H3 02; 59*86. 
ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACIALE. U. S., Br. Glacial Acetic Acid. 
(XQ'I-DUM A-CfiT'I-CUM GLA-Cl-A'LE.) 
HC2 Hs 02; 60. 
“ Nearly or quite absolute Acetic Acid.” U. S. 11100 parts by weight should contain 99 
parts of hydrogen acetate, CHg.COOH.” Br. 
Acidum Aceticum, P. G.; Acidum Aceticum Concentratum; Acetum Acide acetique concentre, Yinaigre 
glacial, Fr.; Essigsaure, Eisessig, G. 
Three strengths of acetic acid are now official in the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias. These 
are Acidum Aceticum Glaciale, of sp. gr. 1-058, U. S. and Br., Acidum Aceticum, of sp. gr. 
1 048, U. S., and 1 044, Br., and Acidum Aceticum Dilutum, sp. gr. 1-008, IT. S., and 1-006, Br. 
We shall consider these grades separately, in the order of their strength. 
Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. A process for this preparation was given in the British 
Pharmacopoeia of 1864, which consisted in first heating sodium acetate so as to drive off all 
its water of crystallization, then, after cooling, distilling it with concentrated sulphuric acid, 
and, finally, if the resulting acetic acid, upon being tested with a mixture of solution of potas- 
sium iodate and a little mucilage of starch, was found to contain sulphurous acid, agitating 
the distilled acid with perfectly dry black manganese oxide, and again distilling. The ob- 
ject of the process was to furnish an acid of the maximum strength. But, on trial, it was not 
found to be satisfactory, as the resulting acid was not truly glacial, and always contained sul- 
phurous acid. (C. H. Wood, P. J. Tr., July, 1867, p. 17.) The following modification of the 
process does, however, yield a pure product. After the crystallized salt has been fused in an 
iron dish in its own water of crystallization, and has dried out, by increased heat it is again 
brought to fusion, whereby, if the heat applied be not too strong, no acid is decomposed or 
vaporized. The anhydrous salt is then treated with half a molecule of sulphuric acid (for 32 
parts anhydrous acetate 49 parts of strongest sulphuric acid), which according to Mohr, N. 
Pep. Phar., 22, p. 28 (1873), and Buchner, IV. Pep. Phar., 22, p. 32 (1873), suffices, instead 
of twice the amount, usually employed. No sulphurous acid is liberated in this case. A 
process to be followed on a large scale, practically the counterpart of this, is given in a foot- 
note, page 18, 14th ed. U. S. Dispensatory. Acidum Aceticum Gladale. 
15 
PART I. 
Acetic acid of maximum strength may also be obtained by distilling acid potassium acetate 
at a heat between 199° C. (390° F.) and 299° C. (570° F.) One molecule of monohydrated 
acetic acid distils over, and neutral potassium acetate is left. The acid acetate may be 
formed by evaporating a mixture of the neutral acetate with an excess of watery acetic acid. 
In this process, the same potassium acetate serves repeatedly for conversion into acid acetate, 
and subsequent decomposition. This process is said to be employed by manufacturers on a 
large scale in some parts of the continent of Europe. It originated with M. Melsens. 
Acidum Aceticum, P.S., Br. (sp. gr. 1-048, U.S., 1-044, Bri). Acetic Acid. This is the 
acid resulting from the purification of the crude acetic acid obtained by the destructive distil- 
lation of wood. It is the acid most useful to the apothecary. As this grade of acid has its 
source in the impure acetic acid obtained by the destructive distillation of wood, it will be 
proper to premise some account of the crude acid, called crude pyroligneous add. 
Wood, when charred, yields many volatile products, among which are an acid liquor, an 
empyreumatic oil, and tar containing creosote and some other proximate principles. Wnen the 
carbonization is performed in close vessels, these products, which are lost in the ordinary process 
of charring, may be collected, and, at the same time, a large amount of charcoal be obtained. 
Senff has furnished some comparative results in respect to the dry distillation of wood. 
The points worked out are a comparison of the products of distillation under similar condi- 
tions yielded by wood from various parts of the same trees, and from the same wood in a 
healthy and in an unsound state; also a comparison of the products from one and the same 
wood distilled slowly and distilled rapidly. It has been found that when similarly distilled the 
yield by weight of crude acid, tar, charcoal, and gas from the most diverse species of wood 
does not essentially differ, but that the percentage of real acid in the crude acid obtained varies 
considerably, and in this respect the wood from ordinary foliage trees compares favorably with 
that from needle-leaved trees; also that stem-wood yields more acid than branch-wood, that 
wood yields more acid than bark, and that sound wood yields more acid than unsound wood. 
(.Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., xviii. p. 60; P. J. Tr., 1885, p. 696.) These results are readily 
seen in the accompanying table: 
Charcoal. 
Tar. 
Crude Pyro- 
ligneous Acid. 
Containing 
Actual Acid. 
Gases. 
Red Beech 
slowly heated ....... 
26-7 
5-9 
45-8 
5-2 
21-7 
rapidly heated 
21-9 
4-9 
39-5 
3-9 
33-8 
Birch . . 
slowly heated 
29-2 
5-5 
45-6 
5-6 
19-7 
rapidly heated 
21-5 
3-2 
39-7 
4-4 
35-6 
Oak . . . 
slowly heated 
34-7 
3-7 
44-5 
4-1 
17*2 
rapidly heated 
27-7 
3-2 
42-0 
3-4 
27-0 
Pine . . . 
slowly heated 
30-3 
4-4 
41-0 
2-7 
24-4 
rapidly heated 
24-2 
9-8 
42-0 
2-4 
24-1 
This is the crude pyroligneous acid, sometimes called pyroligneous vinegar. It is a dark- 
brown liquid, having a strong smoky smell, and consists of acetic acid, diluted with more 
or less water, and holding in solution some creosote and empyreumatic oil, with pyroxylic 
spirit. It is from this crude acid that the U. S. and British acetic acid, corresponding 
to the acetic acid of commerce, is obtained. The purification is effected as follows. The 
acid is saturated with milk of lime, whereby calcium acetate is formed in solution, and thus 
most of the tarry matter is precipitated. The solution of calcium acetate is then mixed with 
a concentrated solution of sodium sulphate, and, by double decomposition, sodium acetate 
is formed in solution, and calcium sulphate precipitated. The solution of sodium acetate is 
next subjected to evaporation, during which further impurities that separate on the surface 
are skimmed off. The solution, being duly concentrated, is set aside to crystallize; and the 
impure salt thus obtained, after having been partially purified by solution and recrystallization, 
is fused in an iron vessel, stirred until it dries, and, the heat being carefully raised, subjected 
to incipient carbonization, whereby remaining empyreumatic matters are carbonized, with little 
damage to the salt. The mass is then dissolved in water, and the solution, being strained and 
recrystallized, furnishes pure sodium acetate. (See Sodii Acetas.) Finally, this salt, distilled 
with from 34 to 35 per cent, of its weight of sulphuric acid, yields the acetic acid of com- 
merce, the residue being sodium sulphate, which is reserved for decomposing fresh portions 
of calcium acetate. The acid has still an empyreumatic flavor, which is removed by filtering 
it through animal charcoal or rectifying with potassium bichromate. The odor is due to fur- 16 
Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. 
PART I. 
furol, C6H402, which, as Victor Meyer has shown, can be detected even in glacial acetic acid 
by the red coloration it gives with aniline. It may be removed from pyroligneous acid by 
agitating the liquid with 2 or 3 per cent, of benzene. The aqueous layer, after separation from 
the benzene, is stated to give by a single distillation a palatable table vinegar. 
Acetic acid, according to Dr. Squibb, improves very much by age, and a sample examined 
for odor when freshly distilled would not be recognized as the same three months afterward. 
An excellent quality of acetic acid is made by Dr. E. R. Squibb by an improvement on the 
process of Schwartz, the principal feature being the careful regulation of the heat, whereby 
the excessive charring of the wood is prevented and the formation of the tarry substances so 
reduced as to leave the acetic acid almost entirely free from empyreuma. The retorts, which 
are rectangular in shape, are supported by wheels secured to shafts, rotating in bearings con- 
nected with the sides, and are run upon car-tracks into the ovens, after they have been loaded 
with some billets of oak wood from the transfer car, in an ingenious and simple manner. In 
the construction of the ovens, care is taken to economize the fuel and to secure control of the 
temperature by the use of corrugated bottoms to the retorts and dampers in the flues; when 
necessary, the vapors are condensed in earthenware air condensers. Experience has shown that 
the production and liberation of acetic acid take place at a considerably lower temperature 
than that sufficient to convert the wood into charcoal, Dr. Squibb having proved that wood 
begins to char at 218-3° C. (425° F.) ; indeed, the wood which is removed from the retorts after 
the operation is over is sold as kindling-wood, and has the color of black walnut. The crude 
acetic acid does not require the tedious method of purification usually employed, but is treated 
with soda ash, forming sodium acetate, which is decomposed by sulphuric acid, and the acetic 
acid recovered in a purified condition by distillation. 
The sp. gr. of the different acetic acids increases with their strength up to the density of 
1-0748 (maximum), after which it decreases until it reaches 1-0553, the density of the 
strongest acid (glacial acid). 
But it will be noticed upon an examination of the following table of Oudemans* that the 
specific gravity of the glacial (100 per cent.) and the 43 per cent, acid is practically the same, 
and that the 80, 79, 78, and 77 per cent, acids have exactly the same density, the variations 
between 67 and 89 per cent, being very slight. It will thus be seen that specific gravity cannot 
be relied upon as a criterion for strength. The glacial acid may, however, be distinguished 
from the 43 per cent, acid by adding 10 per cent, of water, when, if the density increases, 
the specimen is the stronger acid. 
Percentage of Absolute Acetic Acid in Acetic Acid of Different Densities, 
Temperature 15° C. (59° F.). 
PerCt. 
Sp. Gr. 
Per Ct. 
Sp. Gr. 
Per Ct. 
Sp. Gr. 
PerCt. 
Sp. Gr. 
Per a. 
Sp. Gr. 
100 
1-0553 
80 
1-0748 
60 
1-0685 
40 
1-0523 
20 
1-0284 
99 
1-0580 
79 
1-0748 
59 
1-0679 
39 
1-0513 
19 
1-0270 
98 
1-0604 
78 
1-0748 
58 
1-0673 
38 
1-0502 
18 
1-0256 
97 
1-0625 
77 
1-0748 
57 
1-0666 
37 
1-0492 
17 
1-0242 
96 
1-0644 
76 
1-0747 
56 
1-0660 
36 
1-0481 
16 
1-0228 
95 
1-0660 
75 
1-0746 
55 
1-0653 
35 
1-0470 
15 
1-0214 
94 
1-0674 
74 
1-0744 
54 
1-0646 
34 
1-0459 
14 
1-0200 
93 
1-0686 
73 
1-0742 
53 
1-0638 
33 
1-0447 
13 
1-0185 
92 
1-0696 
72 
1-0740 
52 
1-0631 
32 
1-0436 
12 
1-0171 
91 
1-0705 
71 
1-0737 
51 
1-0623 
31 
1-0424 
11 
1-0157 
90 
1-0713 
70 
1-0733 
50 
1-0615 
30 
1-0412 
10 
1-0142 
89 
1-0720 
69 
1-0729 
49 
1-0607 
29 
1-0400 
9 
1-0127 
88 
1-0726 
68 
1-0725 
48 
1-0598 
28 
1-0388 
8 
1-0113 
87 
1-0731 
67 
1-0721 
47 
1-0589 
27 
1-0375 
7 
1-0098 
86 
1-0736 
66 
1-0717 
46 
1-0580 
26 
1-0363 
6 
1-0083 
85 
1-0739 
65 
1-0712 
45 
1-0571 
25 
1-0350 
5 
1-0067 
84 
1-0742 
64 
1-0707 
44 
1-0562 
24 
1-0337 
4 
1-0052 
83 
1-0744 
63 
1-0702 
43 
1-0552 
23 
1-0324 
3 
1-0037 
82 
1-0746 
62 
1-0697 
42 
1-0543 
22 
1-0311 
2 
1-0022 
81 
1-0747 
61 
1-0691 
41 
1-0533 
21 
1-0298 
1 
1-0007 
* Oudemans’ more recent researches upon the specific gravities of acetic acid of varying strength are given in 
preference to Mohr’s tables, used in previous editions of the U. S. Dispensatory, as it is believed that Mohr’s experi- 
ments were conducted with an acid containing 5 per cent, of water. (Hoffmann, Sammlung aller wichtigen Tabellen, 
Zahlen und Formeln, p. 114.) Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. 
part 1. 
17 
Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. U.S., Br. Glacial Acetic Acid. This acid, sometimes called 
radical vinegar, is a colorless, volatile, inflammable liquid, possessing a corrosive taste, and an 
acetous, pungent, and refreshing smell. It boils at 117° to 118° C. (242-6° to 244-4° F.). It 
crystallizes when cooled to 15-5° C. (60° F.), and remains crystalline until heated above 48° C. 
(.Br.). It possesses the property of dissolving a number of substances, such as volatile and 
fixed oils (JP. J. Tr., Sept. 11, 1875), camphor, resins and gum resins, fibrin, albumen, etc. As 
it attracts humidity from the atmosphere, it should be preserved in well-stoppered bottles. Its 
combinations with salifiable bases are called acetates. “ When the Acid is cooled to a tempera- 
ture as near as possible to 15° C. (59° F.), but yet in a liquid form, its specific gravity should 
not be higher than 1-058, corresponding to at least 99 per cent, of absolute acid. At a 
temperature somewhat below 15° C. (59° F.), the Acid becomes a crystalline solid. When 
crystallized by cold, it becomes liquid again at about 15° C. (59° F.). Glacial Acetic Acid 
corresponds in properties to Acetic Acid (see Acidum Aceticum), and should respond to the 
same tests of purity; but the tint produced by the addition of 2 drops of potassium perman- 
ganate decinormal volumetric solution to 2 C.c. of the Acid diluted with 10 C.c. of water, con- 
tained in a clean, glass-stoppered vial, should not be changed to brown within two hours. To 
neutralize 3 Gm. of Glacial Acetic Acid should require not less than 49-5 C.c. of potassium 
hydrate volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 2 per cent, of the absolute acid), 
phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” TJ. S. “ It crystallizes when sufficiently cooled, and 
remains crystalline until the temperature rises above 60° F. (15-5° C.). Specific gravity 
1-058, and this is increased by the addition of 10 per cent, of water (distinction from a diluted 
acid of 46 per cent., which has the same specific gravity). Each gramme diluted with 50 
cubic centimetres of water should require for neutralization 16-6 cubic centimetres of the volu- 
metric solution of sodium hydroxide. It must be free from the impurities indicated under 
‘Acidum Aceticum.’” Br. The anhydride has been isolated by C. Gerhardt, who finds it to 
be a limpid liquid, heavier than water, and having the constant boiling point of 138° C. 
(279° F.).* 
Properties of the Acid of Commerce (Acidum Aceticum, U. S'., Br.). “ A clear, 
colorless liquid, having a strong, vinegar-like odor, a purely acid taste, and a strongly acid 
reaction. Specific gravity, about 1-048 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible with water or alcohol 
in all proportions. When heated, the acid is volatilized without leaving a residue.” U. S. 
“ On adding to Acetic Acid enough ammonia water to neutralize it or to leave the Acid in 
slight excess, and then adding ferric chloride test-solution, the liquid will acquire a blood-red 
color, which is discharged by strongly acidulating with sulphuric acid. When the Acid is 
slightly supersaturated with ammonia, the liquid should not have a bluish tint (absence of 
copper), nor should any residue be left after evaporating the alkaline liquid on the water-bath 
(absence of other fixed impurities). Acetic Acid diluted with 20 volumes of water should 
neither become colored nor yield a precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of 
lead, copper, etc.). Acetic Acid diluted with 10 volumes of water should not yield a precipitate 
or turbidity with barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphuric acid), or with silver nitrate 
test-solution (absence of hydrochloric acid). If a portion of the Acid be just neutralized by 
ammonia, then mixed with some silver nitrate test-solution, and warmed, the liquid should not 
turn dark-colored or deposit a dark-colored precipitate (absence of formic or sulphurous acid). 
When the Acid is slightly supersaturated by sodium or potassium hydrate test-solution, the 
liquid should not have a smoky odor or taste. And if 5 drops of potassium permanganate 
decinormal volumetric solution be mixed with 2 C.c. of the Acid previously diluted with 10 
f * Acidum Chlor aceticum, Chloracetic Acid. Three forms of this acid are known, mono-, di-, and tri-chloracetic 
acids, having the following formulas respectively, C2H3CIO2, C2H2CI2O2, and C2HCI3O2. Monochloracetic Acid may 
be prepared by acting upon glacial acetic acid containing 10 per cent, of iodine with dry chlorine, reserving the 
portion distilling over between 180° C. and 188° C. Dichloracetic Acid distils over between 189° C. and 191° C. 
Trichloracetic Acid, discovered by Dumas in 1838, may be most conveniently prepared by treating chloral hydrate 
with three times its volume of fuming nitric acid, and placing the whole mixture in the sunlight until the red fumes 
have disappeared; the liquid is then distilled, and the portion coming over at 195° C. is pure trichloracetic acid. 
All the chloracetic acids are powerful caustics, destroying the epidermis. They form various salts, most of which 
are easily soluble in water. The mono- and tri- acids are solid, crystalline, deliquescent bodies; dichloracetic acid 
is a colorless liquid having a suffocating odor, and crystallizing at 0° C. Trichloracetic acid has been used as a 
caustic in practical medicine by Dumas, by Urner, by Sigmund, by Von Stein, and by Lanz. A small crystal placed 
on a papilloma is said to produce immediately a white, smooth, dry, adherent scurf, which falls off in a few days, 
leaving a rapidly-healing ulcer. The pain is said to be quite trifling, and may be entirely prevented by the previous 
use of a cocaine solution. Vascular ncevi have also been destroyed; and Lanz affirms that in obstinate gleet cau- 
terization with a 20-per-cent, solution is often most advantageous (London Med. Bee., March, 1891). The acid has 
also been proposed as a test for albumen. £ 18 
Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. 
PART I. 
C.c. of water, and contained in a clean, glass-stoppered vial, the pink tint should not change 
at once to brown, but should change only gradually, and not become entirely brown, or free 
from pinkish brown, in less than half a minute (limit of empyreumatic substances'). To neu- 
tralize 6 6m. of Acetic Acid should require 36 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric 
solution (each C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, of the absolute acid), jdienolphtalein being 
used as indicator.” TJ. S. The British Pharmacopoeia requires that “ Each gramme should 
require for neutralization 5-5 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. 
It should yield no residue on evaporation, and no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, 
copper, arsenium, chlorides, nitrates, sulphates, and sulphites. It should not darken in color 
when exactly neutralized with solution of ammonia and warmed with solution of silver nitrate 
(absence of formates). 2 cubic centimetres of Acetic Acid diluted with 10 cubic centimetres 
of water should not immediately discharge the color of one drop of solution of potassium per- 
manganate, but at the end of half a minute the mixture should retain a shade of crimson (limit 
of empyreumatic matter).” 
Of the British acid (sp. gr. 1-044) the strength in hydrogen acetate is 33 per cent. The 
U. S. official acid is somewhat stronger than the British. In the arts Acetic Acid No. 8 (sp. 
gr. 1-040) has long been used; it derives its name from the fact that one part added to suffi- 
cient water to make eight parts, by measure, constitutes so-called distilled vinegar used in 
pickling ; the latter is not equal to the official diluted acetic acid in strength (one-fifth weaker). 
See Acidum Aceticum Dilutum, below. Calcium phosphate has been largely detected in acetic 
acid sold as pure, and was copiously precipitated by ammonia added in excess. (Bruckner, 
A. J. P., Sept. 1870, p. 389.) Victor Meyer has met with glacial acetic acid contaminated with 
0-108 6m. furfurol in a litre. (Ber. Chem. Ges., 1878, p. 1870.) 
It is difficult to ascertain the strength of acetic acid by saturating it with the carbonated 
alkalies, when the operator depends upon test-paper for ascertaining the point of its neutraliza- 
tion. The difficulty is caused by the fact that the potassium and sodium acetates, though 
neutral in composition, are alkaline to test-paper. Hence the liquid begins to be alkaline to 
test-paper while some free acid yet remains, but insufficient to overcome the alkaline reaction 
of the salt formed. It follows, therefore, that by the use of test-paper the strength of the 
acetic acid will be underrated. The degree of inaccuracy, where test-paper is used, is much 
diminished by saturating the acetic acid with a solution of calcium saccharate of a known 
strength, as proposed by Mr. C. Gr. Williams. (P. J. Tr., May, 1854, p. 594.) A still better 
way is to add to the acid a weighed excess of barium carbonate, and to calculate its strength 
by the amount of the carbonate decomposed, ascertained by deducting the undissolved from 
the total used. (Redwood.) Equally accurate results may be obtained by the use of calcium 
carbonate in a similar manner. (E. C. Nicholson and D. S. Price, Chem. Gaz., Jan. 15,1856.) 
Charles F. Squibb has made numerous experiments proving the value of many strengths 
of acetic acid as menstrua for exhausting the valuable organic principles of drugs by percola- 
tion ; he found even diluted acetic acid a reliable menstruum. J. P. Remington preferred a 
10 per cent, acetic acid, and suggested a class of preparations termed “ acetracts" to replace 
solid extracts. Acetic acid is a powerful solvent and can frequently be made to take the place 
of the more expensive alcoholic menstrua. (A. J. P., 1897, p. 121.) 
Uses of Crude Pyroligneous Acid. This acid having been incidentally described as 
the source of the acetic acid of commerce, it may be proper in this place to notice its uses. It 
has been employed as an application to gangrene and ill-conditioned ulcers. It acts on the 
principle of an antiseptic and stimulant; the former property being in part due to the presence 
of creosote. 
The crude acid is advantageously applied to the preservation of animal food. Mr. William 
Ramsey made some interesting experiments with it for that purpose. Herrings and other fish, 
simply dipped in the acid and afterwards dried in the shade, were effectually preserved, and 
when eaten were found very agreeable to the taste. Herrings, slightly cured with salt by being 
sprinkled with it for six hours, then drained, next immersed in pyroligneous acid for a few 
seconds, and afterwards dried in the shade for two months, were found by Mr. Ramsey to be 
of fine quality and flavor. Fresh beef, dipped in the acid in summer for a minute, was perfectly 
sweet in the following spring. Professor Silliman states that one quart of the acid, added to 
the common pickle for a barrel of hams, at the time they are laid down, will impart to them 
the smoked flavor as perfectly as if they had been smoked in the ordinary way. 
Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. TJ. S., Br. Diluted Acetic Acid, “ Acetic Acid one hundred 
grammes [or 3 fluidounces, 108 minims] ; Distilled Water five hundred grammes [or 16 fluidounces, PART I. 
Acidum Aceticum Glaciate.—Acidum Arsenomm. 
19 
435 minims]. To make six hundred grammes [or about 20 fluidounces]. Mix them. Specific 
gravity, about 1-008 at 15° C. (59° F.). It corresponds, in properties, to Acetic Acid (see 
Acidum Aceticum), and should respond to the same tests of purity. To neutralize 24 Gm. of 
Diluted Acetic Acid should require 24 C.c. of potassium hydrate volumetric solution (each 
C.c. corresponding to 0-25 per cent, of the absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as indi- 
cator.” U. S. ' 
“ Acetic Acid, 2\ fl. ounces (more exactly, 2-49, Imperial measure) or 1137 grains, or 124-7 
cubic centimetres or 130-2 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dilute the Acetic 
Acid with sufficient Distilled Water to form one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres of Diluted Acetic Acid.” Br. “Specific gravity, 1-006. Each gramme should require 
for neutralization 7-1 cubic centimetres of a decinormal volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. 
It must be free from the impurities indicated under ‘ Acidum Aceticum.’ ” Br. 
The object of having this preparation is to possess a weak solution of pure acetic acid which 
may he substituted for distilled vinegar in all formulas in which nicety is required. For a long 
period diluted acetic acid has been made by mixing one part of acetic acid with seven parts of 
water by measure. The official diluted acid was made considerably stronger in the U. S. P. 
1880, and the strength has not been altered in the U. S. P. 1890. Distilled vinegar contains a 
little organic matter, which is always darkened or precipitated when its acid is saturated with 
an alkali, a change which does not take place when the diluted acetic acid is employed. 
Medical Properties of Acetic Acid of Commerce (Acidum Aceticum, U. S., Br.). 
Acetic acid is very rarely used internally, but is refrigerant and astringent when sufficiently 
diluted. Owing to its volatility and pungency, its vapor is frequently applied to the nostrils 
as an excitant in syncope, asphyxia, and headache. When employed for this purpose, it is gener- 
ally added to a small portion of potassium sulphate, so as to moisten the salt, and the mixture 
is put into small glass bottles with ground stoppers* 
It is a mild caustic, and has been used in cancer, by injection into the diseased tissue, but 
the general result has not been favorable. Two or three ounces of it taken internally undiluted 
very nearly caused death in an adult. (Lancet, July, 1867.) The prominent symptoms were, 
at first, slight collapse, and asphyxia from closure of the glottis. Recovery was secured by 
tracheotomy; after the reaction, great thirst, salivation, pain in the fauces, and inability to 
swallow, but without serious gastric, pulmonary, or cardiac disturbance, were present. 
Medical Properties of the Glacial Acid. This acid is used only externally, and acts 
as a rubefacient, a vesicant, or a caustic, according to the length of time it is applied. Its ap- 
plication requires caution. It is sometimes employed as a substitute for cantharides, when a 
speedy blister is desired. It may be applied by means of blotting-paper or cambric moistened 
with the acid. It is a good corrosive for destroying warts and corns. 
ACIDUM ARSENOSUM. U. S. (Br.) Arsenous Acid. [Arsenic Trioxide. 
White Arsenic.! 
As203; 197*68. 
(Xq'i-dum ak-se-no'sum.) 
As2 03; 197.8. 
“ Arsenious Anhydride, or arsenious oxide, As40e, is obtained by roasting certain arsenical 
ores.” Br. 
Acidum Arseniosum, Dr.; Arsenious Acid, Arsenicum Album, Ed.; Acidum Arsenicosum (P.G.); Arsenious 
Oxide, Arsenic, Arsenious Anhydride, White Arsenic; Acide arsenieux, Arsenic blanc, Fleurs d’Arsenic, Fr. ; Arsenige 
Saure, Arsenichte Saure, Weisser Arsenik, G.; Arsenik, Dan., Swed., Pol.; Acido arsenioso, Arsenico, It.; Arsenico 
bianco, Sp. 
Arsenous acid is prepared in Bohemia and Saxony, where it is procured on a large scale, as 
a collateral product, during the smelting of cobalt ores, which are almost invariably accom- 
panied by arsenic, and in England from the mineral arsenopyrite, also called mispicJcel or arseni- 
cal iron, which is associated with the ores of tin and copper. The German process is that 
* Acidum Aceticum Camphoratum (Ed., Dub.). Camphorated Acetic Acid. This is an old official remedy. It 
was prepared as follows. “Take of Camphor one ounce [av.] ; Rectified Spirit one fluidrachm ; Strong Acetic Acid 
ten fluidounces. Reduce the camphor to powder by means of the Spirit; then add the Acid, and dissolve.” Dub. 
Pharm. 
The use of the alcohol is simply to facilitate the pulverization of the camphor, and a few drops are sufficient. 
Acetic acid in its concentrated state readily dissolves camphor. In this preparation, the whole of the camphor is 
taken up by the acid. In consequence of the powerful chemical agency of the solution, and its extreme volatility, 
it should be kept in glass bottles accurately fitted with ground stoppers. Camphorated acetic acid is an exceedingly 
pungent perfume, which when snuffed up the nostrils produces a strongly excitant impression, and may be resorted 
to in fainting or nervous debility. It was an official substitute for Henry’s aromatic spirit of vinegar. 
A better aromatic vinegar is prepared by adding one and a half fluidrachms of best oil of rose geranium, and 
fifteen minims of oil of cloves, to four fluidounces of glacial acetic acid. 20 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
PART I. 
usually quoted as the older and better known. According to this, the ores are roasted in re- 
verberatory furnaces with long horizontal flues. The arsenic is converted by combustion into 
arsenous acid, which rises in vapor and condenses on the sides of the flues. In this state it is 
impure, and requires a second sublimation, which is performed in cast-iron vessels, fitted with 
conical heads of the same material, having an opening at the summit. The vessels are placed 
over a furnace, and brought to a red heat, when a portion of the impure arsenous acid is 
thrown in through the opening, which is immediately stopped. This portion being sublimed, 
a second portion is introduced in a similar manner. Finally, the vessels are allowed to cool; 
and upon removing the heads the purified acid is found attached to them in vitreous layers, 
at first as transparent as glass, but gradually becoming, by contact with the air, opaque at their 
surface. These are broken into fragments of a convenient size, and thrown into commerce. 
The arsenous acid so obtained is generally packed in casks, containing from two to five hun- 
dred pounds, and is shipped principally from the ports of Hamburg and Bremen. The Eng- 
lish process differs somewhat in its details, and essentially in its final product, which is fine and 
crystalline rather than amorphous. In this process the crude arsenic of the first sublimation 
is refined by introducing it into another furnace or series of furnaces, where it is again volatil- 
ized by the heat. When it condenses in the long series of chambers through which the vapors 
are carried, it is, if the process be fully successful, in the form of a perfectly white crystalline 
solid, which needs only to be ground and packed into kegs to be made ready for the market. 
The unground arsenic is, as stated, all in the crystalline condition, the temperature of the 
chambers being too low to allow of the formation of the glassy variety. 
Properties. Arsenous acid is entirely volatilized by heat. As the German make of 
arsenic occurs in commerce, it is in masses, with a vitreous fracture, and of a milk-white color 
externally, but, internally, often perfectly transparent. As first sublimed, the whole mass is 
transparent; but it gradually becomes white and opaque, the change proceeding progressively 
from the surface inwards. This change has not been well explained, but probably depends 
upon the absorption of moisture, causing a gradual passage of the acid from the amorphous 
to the crystalline state. (Pereira.) Hence the masses “ usually present a stratified appearance, 
caused by the presence, in separate layers, of the crystalline and opaque and of the amorphous 
and vitreous allotropic modifications of arsenious anhydride.” Br. The U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia, 1890, describes arsenous acid as follows: “ Frequently the same piece has an opaque, 
white, outer crust enclosing the glassy variety within. Contact with moist air gradually changes 
the glassy into the white, opaque variety. Both are odorless and tasteless.” According to 
Guibourt, the sp. gr. of the transparent variety is 3-73, of the opaque 3-69. The experiments, 
however, of Dr. J. K. Mitchell and Mr. Durand make the density of the former variety from 
3-208 to 3-333. The English make of arsenic is always powdered, and, under a lens, is seen 
to consist of small crystals perfect in form, or of small fragments of larger crystals. In a 
poisoning case in 1880 (State of Conn. vs. Hayden) much was made to hinge upon the dif- 
ferences observed between this crystalline English arsenic and the commoner amorphous or 
German arsenic. (Microscop. Exam, of Samples of Commercial Arsenic, E. S. Dana. F. D. 
Linn & Co., Publishers, Jersey City, 1880.) As it occurs in the shops for medical use, it is 
often in the form of a white powder, almost as fine as flour. In this state it is sometimes 
adulterated writh powdered lime or chalk, or calcium sulphate or arsenite, a fraud which is very 
easily detected by exposing the powder to a heat sufficient to evaporate the arsenous acid, when 
these impurities will be left behind. In consequence of the liability of the acid to contain 
impurities when in powder, it was directed in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 to be kept 
in masses, so that the apothecary may powder it for himself as it is wanted. It has been 
erroneously stated to have an acrid taste. Dr. Christison asserts that it possesses hardly any 
taste; inasmuch as it produces merely a faint sweetish impression on the palate. In strong, 
hot solution, it has an austere taste, most nearly resembling that of zinc sulphate. (Mitchell 
and Durand.) It has no smell, even in vapor; but when thrown on ignited charcoal it emits 
a garlicky odor, in consequence of its deoxidation, and the volatilization of the reduced metal. 
Its point of sublimation, according to Berzelius, is at an incipient red heat; but, according to 
Mitchell and Durand, it is lower than that of metallic arsenic, being only 218° C. (425° F.). 
In the British Pharmacopoeia it is said to be entirely volatilized at a temperature not exceeding 
204.4° C. (400° F.). Taylor gives the subliming point at 188° C. (370° F.) ; Wm. A. Guy 
states that arsenous acid rises in vapor at about 138° C. (280° F.). (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1868.) 
When slowly sublimed, it condenses in regular octohedral crystals of a sparkling lustre. PART I. 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
21 
It may also be obtained crystallized in fine oetobedrals by the slow cooling of a solution 
of the acid in boiling diluted hydrochloric acid. (Journ. de Pharm., 1873, p. 246.) “ 0-25 
gramme, dissolved quickly in boiling water with five times its weight of sodium bicarbonate, 
should, after the cooled solution is well shaken with three successive drops of hydrochloric 
acid, discharge the color of 50-8 to 50’9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of 
iodine.” Br. 
“ In cold water both varieties dissolve very slowly, the glassy variety requiring about 30, the 
porcelain-like about 80 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.). Both are slowly but completely 
soluble in 15 parts of boiling water. In alcohol, Arsenous Acid is but sparingly soluble, but 
it is soluble in about 5 parts of glycerin. Oil of turpentine dissolves only the glassy variety. 
Both varieties are freely soluble in hydrochloric acid, and in solutions of alkali hydrates and 
carbonates.” U. S. “ It is soluble in 100 parts of cold water, in 10 parts of boiling water, 
and in 5 parts of glycerin; it is moderately soluble in solutions of alkaline hydroxides and 
carbonates, in hydrochloric add, and in mixtures of that acid and water.'1' Br. The follow- 
ing is given on the authority of Bussy. The transparent acid dissolves much more 
rapidly than the opaque. By prolonged ebullition with water, the opaque variety attains 
the same solubility as the transparent, and may be supposed to be converted into the lat- 
ter. Thus, at the boiling temperature, a pint of water dissolves 807 grains of either variety. 
The transparent variety, in cold saturated solution, gradually lessens in solubility, until it 
reaches the solubility of the opaque, no doubt in consequence of being changed into the latter. 
Pulverization lessens the solubility of the transparent variety, without affecting that of the 
opaque. The mixture of the two varieties of the acid in the same solution serves to explain 
the anomalies heretofore observed in its solubility. (Joum. de Pharm., Nov. 1847.)* “ When 
heated to 204-4° C. (400° F.), Arsenous Acid is completely volatilized without melting. When 
thrown on ignited charcoal, it emits an alliaceous odor. When its vapor is passed through 
red-hot charcoal, in an arsenic-tube, it is deoxidized, and metallic arsenic is deposited on the 
cooler portion of the tube as a mirror having a metallic lustre. An aqueous solution of 
Arsenous Acid has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus paper. Silver ammonium nitrate test- 
solution produces in the solution a lemon-yellow precipitate, which dissolves on addition of 
ammonia water; when this solution is heated, metallic silver is deposited (distinction from 
arsenic acid). Copper ammonium sulphate test-solution produces a bright green precipitate, 
which dissolves in ammonia water with a deep blue color. Hydrogen sulphide test-solution 
colors the solution of Arsenous Acid yellow; if a few drops of hydrochloric acid are added, 
it precipitates lemon-yellow arsenic trisulphide, which should be completely soluble in ammo- 
nium carbonate test-solution (absence of antimony, tin, and cadmium). When Arsenous Acid 
is carefully heated in a dry test-tube of hard glass, it should sublime without leaving a residue, 
and the sublimate should not at first show a yellow color (absence of non-volatile matter and 
of arsenic sidphide). If 1 part of Arsenous Acid be dissolved in 10 parts of ammonia water, 
with the aid of a gentle heat, the solution should neither leave an insoluble residue, nor show 
a yellow or other color; nor should the addition of a slight excess of hydrochloric acid pro- 
duce a precipitate (absence of metallic impurities, sulphides, etc.). If 0T Gm. of Arsenous 
Acid be dissolved, together with 1 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate, in 20 C.c. of water by the aid 
of a gentle heat, it should decolorize not less than 20 C.c. of iodine decinormal volumetric 
solution (corresponding to at least 98-8 per cent, of Arsenic Trioxide).” TJ. S. “ Its aqueous 
solution, which is odorless, tasteless, and faintly acid to litmus, gives with solution of silver 
amnwnio-nitrate a canary-yellow precipitate readily dissolved by solution of ammonia and by 
nitric add. Sprinkled on ignited charcoal, it emits an alliaceous odor. It is volatilized at 
400° F. (204-4° C.). It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, cad- 
mium, antimony, tin, or sulphides. It should dissolve completely in solution of ammonia, and 
the resulting liquid when diluted with an equal volume of water and acidulated with hydro- 
chloric add should not have a yellow color (absence of arsenious sulphide).” Br. 
Medical Properties. The official preparations of arsenic are all of them, when in suffi- 
cient concentration, violent irritants or escharotics.f Taken internally in sufficient dose they 
* Experiments of M. L. A. Buchner on the solubility of arsenous acid in its various forms gave the following 
results. A liter of water saturated at 15° C. with crystallized arsenous acid contains gr. 2-821; with the amorphous 
and vitreous acid, gr. 9-.306; while the same solutions, made by boiling and then allowed to cool for 24 hours, down 
to 15° C., contain of the crystallized acid gr. 27"839 per liter, and of the amorphous and vitreous, gr. 34-056 per 
liter. These results serve to confirm those of M. Bussy referred to in the text. (Journ. de Pharm. 1873, p. 247.) 
f Kakodylic acid, a compound of arsenic, having the formula As0(CHs)20H, containing 54-35 per cent, of the 
■netal, equivalent to 71"4 per cent, of the arsenous oxide, has been stated by various investigators to be free from 22 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
PART I. 
are exceedingly poisonous to both man and the lower animals. When properly administered 
they are alteratives, affecting in some unknown way the nutrition, especially of the nervous 
system. They are often of service in simple nervous debility, but are especially useful in chorea 
and in chronic malaria. When given for their tonic effect only, they should be used in doses 
so small as not to cause any general symptoms; but when a specific action, as in chorea, is 
desired, it is proper to begin with small doses and rapidly increase them until the limit of 
tolerance is reached. Not rarely, such doses produce gastro-intestinal irritation, especially pain 
and diarrhoea. To avoid this as much as possible, the remedy should be given after meals. 
When either gastro-intestinal irritation or the more peculiar effects of arsenic are caused, the 
dose should at once be lessened. The specific symptoms of arsenicalism are a general dispo- 
sition to oedema, especially of the face and eyelids, a feeling of stiffness in these parts, itching 
of the skin, tenderness of the mouth, loss of appetite, and uneasiness and sickness of the 
stomach. The peculiar swelling produced is called oedema arsenicalis. In some instances the 
internal use of arsenic causes a rash not unlike that of measles, and, as in that affection, at- 
tended with catarrhal symptoms. (Tilbury Fox, Med. T. and, Gaz., March, 1868.) Sometimes 
salivation is produced, and occasionally the hair and nails fall off. It is stated by M. Charcot 
that he has seen, in two cases, decided anaphrodisiac effects from the prolonged use of 
arsenic, which disappeared several months after its discontinuance, and in one instance returned 
upon its resumption. (Ann. de Therap., 1865, p. 267.) 
Arsenous acid has been exhibited in a great variety of diseases, the principal of which are 
scirrhus and cancer, especially cancer of the lip ; anomalous ulcers ; various cutaneous diseases ; 
intermittent fever; chorea; chronic rheumatism, particularly those forms of it attended with 
pains in the bones ; rheumatic gout; diseases of the bones, especially nodes, and firm swellings 
with deformity of the small joints of the hands; chronic syphilitic affections; frontal neural- 
gia; hemicrania; intermittent neuralgic pains of the stomach and bowels. In intermittent 
fever it is inferior only to Peruvian bark and its alkaloids; and probably no remedy surpasses 
or even equals it in rheumatic gout. In cutaneous affections, especially those of a scaly char- 
acter, as lepra and psoriasis, it is an invaluable remedy. There would seem to be no objection 
against the very protracted use of this remedy in disease. Many years since, Tschudi drew 
attention to the so-called “ arsenic-eaters" of Styria and the Tyrol. The habits of these people 
have been grossly exaggerated by some, whilst by others their existence has been denied, but 
the truth is that among the lower orders in the countries mentioned, there are many persons 
who habitually take small amounts of the poison. According to the report of a government 
commission, the dose of 0-62 grain is rarely exceeded. The “ ratsbane-eaters” are said not to 
suffer in their health, and to be unusually strong and vigorous people. 
The external application of arsenic has been principally restricted to cancer, and anomalous 
and malignant ulcers, especially of the kind denominated noli me tangere. Dupuytren used with 
advantage a powder composed of one part of arsenous acid and twenty-four parts of calomel, 
as a topical application to herpes exedens, and to the foul ulcers occurring after mercury. 
Arsenic is the chief ingredient in nearly all the empirical remedies for the cure of cancer 
by external application. Plunket's caustic, a remedy of this kind of great celebrity, consisted 
of the Rammculus acris and Ranunculus flammula, each an ounce, bruised and mixed with a 
drachm of arsenous acid and five scruples of sulphur. The whole was beaten into a paste, 
formed into balls, and dried in the sun. When used, these balls were rubbed up with yolk 
of egg, and spread on pig’s bladder. The use of the vegetable matter is to destroy the cuticle; 
for, unless this is done, the arsenic will not act. In onychia maligna, Mr. Luke, of London, 
regarded an ointment composed of two grains of arsenous acid and an ounce of spermaceti 
ointment as almost a specific. (Pereira, Mat. Med.) 
In/Paris, an arsenical paste of the following composition has been used as an application to 
malignant ulcers:—red sulphide of mercury 70 parts; dragon’s blood 22 parts; arsenous 
acid 8 parts. It is applied, made up into a paste with saliva. The pain produced by this 
composition is very severe, and its application dangerous. The arsenical paste of Frlre Come 
poisonous properties, whilst in the hands of others it has appeared to be an active toxic agent. A very elaborate 
research made by Drs. John Marshall and Howard Green {Amer. Chem. Journ., May, 1886) appears to have settled 
the question. It was first found that kakodylic acid of American commerce produces in rabbits symptoms similar 
to those caused by arsenous acid, although in a very mild degree. Analysis, however, showed that this kakodylic 
acid contains free arsenous acid. Chemically pure kakodylic acid was then used. When introduced into the 
stomach in repeated doses of seven grains it caused in the lower animals vomiting and diarrhoea, profuse salivation, 
staggering, weakness, and death in one instance. Kakodylic acid may be looked upon as a very mild arsenical prep- 
aration. It has been highly recommended by Danlos in psoriasis, four grains three times a day. Balzer and Griffon 
have recorded cases in which eight grains a day caused extensive desquamative erythema. PART I. 
Acidum Arsmosum. 
23 
has been applied advantageously by M. Biett to the ulcerated surfaces in yaws. The precau- 
tion was used of not applying it, at one time, over a surface larger than that of half a dollar. 
This paste is made by mixing water with a powder consisting of ten grains of arsenous acid, 
two scruples of red sulphide of mercury, and ten grains of powdered animal charcoal. The 
practice of sprinkling unmixed arsenous acid on ulcers is fraught with the greatest danger. 
Mr. S. Cooper characterizes it as a murderous practice. 
Febure's remedy for cancer consisted of ten grains of arsenous acid, dissolved in a pint of 
distilled water, to which were added an ounce of extract of conium, three fluidounces of solu- 
tion of lead subacetate, and a fluidrachm of tincture of opium. With this the cancer was 
washed every morning. Febure’s formula for internal exhibition was, arsenous acid two 
grains, rhubarb half an ounce, syrup of chicory q. s., distilled water sufficient to make a pint. 
Of this mixture, a tablespoonful, containing about the sixteenth of a grain of the acid, was 
given every night and morning. The dose was gradually increased to six tablespoonfuls. 
Arsenous acid may be given in doses of from one-thirtieth to one-twentieth of a grain (0-002 
to 0-003 Gm.), three times a day, in the form of pill. It is usually combined with opium, which 
enables the stomach to bear the medicine better. The Asiatic pills, so called, consist of arsenous 
acid and black pepper, in the proportion of 1 part of the former to 80 parts of the latter. 
A preparation much used on the continent of Europe is Boudin's solution, which is simply an 
aqueous solution of arsenous acid with the addition of wine, and is made by boiling one 
gramme (15-4 grains) of the acid with one liter (2-1 pints) of distilled water till entirely dis- 
solved, then cooling, filtering, adding enough distilled water to supply the loss, and finally 
mixing with one liter of white wine. Of this solution a fluidounce contains about one-quarter 
of a grain of arsenous acid. 
Properties of Arsenous Acid as a Poison. Arsenous acid, in an overdose, whether inter- 
nally or externally, acts with very great energy, and generally destroys life in a short time; 
but in rare instances no well-marked symptoms have been developed until eight or nine hours 
after the ingestion of the poison. Dr. Edward Hartshorne relates a case of recovery in which 
at least a drachm of arsenous acid had been swallowed, and where the symptoms of poisoning 
were delayed'for sixteen hours. {Med. Examiner, 1855, p. 707.) The symptoms produced by 
the poison are—an austere taste ; fetid state of the mouth ; frequent ptyalism ; continual hawk- 
ing ; constriction of the pharynx and oesophagus; the sensation of the teeth being on edge, 
hiccough ; nausea ; anxiety ; frequent sinkings ; burning pain at the praecordia ; inflammation 
of the lips, tongue, palate, throat, bronchi, and oesophagus; irritable stomach, so as not to be 
able to support the blandest drinks; vomiting of matters, sometimes brown, at other times 
bloody; profuse serous or bloody stools; small, frequent, and irregular pulse, but occasion- 
ally slow and unequal; palpitations; syncope; insatiable thirst; burning heat over the whole 
body, or a sensation of icy coldness; difficult respiration; cold sweats; suppression of urine, 
or scanty, red, bloody, and sometimes albuminous urine; change in the countenance; a livid 
circle round the eyelids; swelling and itching of the body; livid spots over the surface, and 
occasionally a miliary eruption; prostration of strength; loss of feeling, especially in the feet 
and hands; delirium ; convulsions, often accompanied with insupportable priapism ; falling off 
of the hair, detachment of the cuticle, etc. In some cases there is inflammation with burn- 
ing pain in the urino-genital organs. It is very rare to observe all these symptoms in the 
same individual. Sometimes, indeed, they are nearly all wanting, death taking place without 
any pain or prominent symptom. Occasionally the phenomena have a perfect resemblance to 
those of Asiatic cholera in the stage of collapse. In rare cases stupor is a very prominent 
symptom; and the diarrhoea may not be pronounced. After death, the morbid appearances 
are various. In some instances no vestige of lesion can be discovered. The appearances, 
however, in the generality of cases, are the following. The mouth, stomach, and intestines 
are inflamed; the stomach and duodenum exhibit spots resembling eschars, and perforations 
of all tlieir coats; and the villous coat of the former is in a manner destroyed, and reduced to 
the consistence of a reddish-brown pulp. Wide-spread fatty degeneration has also been noted. 
In cases of recovery, it has been a question how long it takes for the poison to be eliminated 
from the system. In an instance, reported by Dr. D. Maclagan, in which about two drachms 
of the poison had been swallowed, and in which magnesia was used successfully as an antidote, 
arsenic was detected in the urine by Marsh’s test as late as the twentieth day. 
A milder grade of arsenical poisoning, yet sometimes serious in its consequences, has resulted 
in many instances from the inhalation of the air of apartments lined with green wall-paper, 
which owes its color to copper arsenite, and from which a fine poisonous dust sometimes 24 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
PART I. 
escapes when the paper has not been well prepared. (See Chem. News, March 24, 1860.) 
The burning of green tapers is sometimes attended with an arsenical odor; and chemical ex- 
amination has shown that, though in relatively rare instances, they do contain arsenous acid 
in injurious quantities. (Lancet, 1873, p. 715.) Death has also resulted, in more than one 
instance, from working in the manufacture of green artificial leaves. (Chem. News, Nov. 30, 
1861.) Ulceration of the anus has resulted from the habitual use of green paper. 
In view of the numerous accidents and crimes caused by the use of arsenous acid, its sale 
should be regulated by law in all the States of the Union. In 1851 an act for this purpose 
was passed by the British Parliament. 
There can be no doubt that, when applied to any ulcerated surface, arsenic may be absorbed 
with fatal result; death has indeed occurred in a number of cases from the use of arsenic as 
an escharotic to tumors, cancerous ulcers, etc. As indicated by Mr. Blackader, absorption is 
less apt to follow the use of large than of small quantities; the larger amount probably killing 
the part to which it is applied, and thereby preventing absorption. If this dangerous caustic 
be used at all, it should be in accordance with these facts. Harles’s observations also seem to 
show that when the surface is that of a chronic ulcer, either simple or malignant, absorption 
is less prone to occur than from a fresh wound. 
Treatment of Poisoning by Arsenous Acid. If the antidote be not directly at hand, free 
vomiting should be induced by the finger, the feather part of a quill, and the administration 
of an emetic. The same object is promoted by the use of the stomach-pump. Demulcent 
drinks should be freely given, such as milk, white of eggs and water, or flour and water, which 
serve to encourage the vomiting and to envelop the poison. 
The antidote having been faithfully applied, the subsequent treatment consists in the admin- 
istration of mucilaginous drinks, and the treatment of symptoms as they arise. Convalescence 
is generally long and distressing: usually dyspeptic symptoms mark the presence of gastro-in- 
testinal inflammation or even ulceration, whilst not rarely violent neuralgic pains, with loss of 
power, wasting of the muscle, and other trophic changes, show that a peripheral neuritis has 
been produced; and hence it is of the greatest importance to attend to the diet, which should 
consist exclusively of milk, gruel, cream, rice, and similar bland articles. 
The antidote above referred to is ferric hydrate, in the moist or pulpy state. As soon as it 
is ready, it must be given in doses of a tablespoonful to an adult, of a dessertspoonful to a 
child, every five or ten minutes, until the urgent symptoms are relieved. It is calculated that 
the quantity taken should be at least twelve times the supposed amount of the poison swal- 
lowed ; but, as the antidote is perfectly innocent, it is prudent to give it in larger quantities. 
According to the experiments of E. Biegel, one part of arsenous acid in solution is so fully 
precipitated by ten parts of the dry oxide, that, after its action, not a trace of the poison can be 
detected, even by Marsh’s test. Its efficacy is of course greater the sooner it is administered 
after the ingestion of the poison; but even after delay its use will prove advantageous, so 
long as any portion of the poison still remains in the stomach. The antidote acts by producing 
with the poison, by a transfer of oxygen from the oxide to the acid, an insoluble, and there- 
fore inert, ferrous arsenate 2(Fe2(OH)6)-f- As203 = Fe3(As04)2 -J- 5II20 -f- Fe(OII)a. This 
antidote for arsenous acid was discovered by Drs. Bunsen and Berthold, of Gottingen, in 
1834; and its efficacy has been abundantly confirmed by experiments on inferior animals, and 
by its successful application to numerous cases of poisoning in the human subject. Various 
observations have been made as to the best forms of the oxide for use, but as long ago as 
1842 Prof. William Procter (A. J. P., xiv. 29) proved that the hydrate gradually decreases in 
its power of neutralizing arsenous acid the longer it is kept, and that this decrease in power 
is more rapid when it is mixed with much water than when in the form of a thick magma. 
The cause of this diminution of neutralizing power, by being kept, is explained by the experi- 
ments of Gr. C. Wittstein. This chemist finds that ferric hydrate, recently precipitated, dis- 
solves readily in acetic and other vegetable acids in the cold, but becomes nearly insoluble 
when kept for some time under water. It should be an invariable mle to prepare the antidote 
at the time it is wanted from materials always kept at hand. A very efficient antidote may be 
made by precipitating the tincture of the chloride of iron with sodium bicarbonate. 
Dialyzed iron has been frequently suggested as an antidote for arsenic (Phila. Med. Times, 
Dec. 8, 1877 ; A. J. P., Jan. 1878), especially if its administration be followed by a dose of 
common salt, which precipitates the ferric hydrate in the stomach ; but Edward Hirschsohn 
(Dorpat, llussia) cautions against the use of dialyzed iron, because his experiments show that 
the resulting combination parts with its arsenic in the presence of acids much more readily r*ART I. 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
25 
than does the Antidotum Arsenici of the Russian Pharmacopoeia—made by diluting one ounce 
of solution of ferric sulphate (Monsel’s solution) with four fluidounces of water, then adding 
a mixture of three drachms of calcined magnesia with four fluidounces of water. (See Ferri 
Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia.') 
Dr. Kohler, of Hallo, believes that saccharine oxide of iron in solution is preferable to all 
other preparations, in poisoning by arsenous acid. This forms, like the hydrated powder, an 
insoluble compound with the acid. He bases his opinion upon experiments with the lower 
animals, and gives the details of a case in which it proved successful in the human subject 
after the swallowing of more than half a drachm of the acid in powder. He gave a large 
teaspoonful of the saccharine oxide with a drachm of water immediately afterwards, which 
.was repeated every 15 minutes for two hours, followed by an emetic dose of ipecacuanha, and 
then repeated every half-hour. The patient recovered. (Br. and F. Med.-Chir. Rev., 1870.) 
Bussy has proposed light magnesia, or the kind which has not been too strongly calcined, as 
well as recently precipitated gelatinous magnesia, as an antidote for arsenous acid ; and a case is 
given by him in which it appeared to prove efficacious. (Journ. de Pharm., x. 81.) The dense kind 
has very little efficacy. Dr. Christison saw a case in which this antidote seemed very service- 
able. A successful case is also reported by Cadet de Gassicourt (Journ. de Pharm., Mars, 
1848), and another by Dr. E. Bissell, of Norwalk, Conn. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., July, 
1848). For the full precipitation of arsenous acid, eighteen times its weight of anhydrous 
magnesia are required. (E. Riegel.) Like the ferric hydrate, the magnesian antidote is most 
conveniently kept, in a pulpy state, under water in stopped bottles. M. Schroff has made some 
experiments on rabbits, to determine the comparative efficacy, as antidotes, of the ferric hy- 
drate and magnesia, and gives the preference to the latter. The hydrated magnesia is best 
prepared extemporaneously by quickly forming a solution of magnesium sulphate, and precipi- 
tating this by ammonia water, which is preferable to potassa, as any portion of the latter, remain- 
ing in the preparation, might act injuriously by favoring the solubility of the arsenous acid. 
Notwithstanding these statements, however, it is asserted by T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh, 
on the basis of experiment, that magnesia is incapable of neutralizing arsenous acid, and is 
utterly useless as an antidote (Pharm. Journ., 1865, p. 144), and that it would be unwarrantable 
to rely on it when the ferruginous antidote is attainable. Probably the best antidote known is 
the combination of ferric hydrate with magnesia, now recognized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
Reagents for detecting Arsenous Add. As arsenic is so frequently employed for criminal 
purposes, it becomes important to detect its presence in medico-legal investigations. The tests 
for it may be divided into those which indicate indirectly its presence, and those which demon- 
strate its presence incontestably, by bringing it to the metallic state. The former embrace all 
the liquid regents so called; the latter, the processes for metallization. It is necessary, how- 
ever, to be aware of the fact that many of the substances employed as tests for arsenic are 
themselves often contaminated with arsenic, and unless great care be exercised to select reagents 
perfectly free from this impurity, there will be danger that the results may be fallacious. 
The most characteristic reagents are hydrogen sulphide, ammoniacal silver nitrate, and am- 
mmiacal copper sulphate. In the opinion of Dr. Christison, the concurrent indications of 
these three tests are all-sufficient for detecting arsenous acid; but we think that in questions 
involving life the metallization of the poison should never be omitted. 
In using hydrogen sulphide, the solution must be neutral or slightly acid. An excess of 
alkali may be neutralized with acetic acid, and an excess of nitric or sulphuric acid by potassa. 
A slight excess of acetic acid is not hurtful, but rather favors the subsidence of the precipi- 
tate, which is the arsenic tersulphide, and is soluble in ammonia, ammonium carbonate, and 
potassium bisulphate, and gives, moreover, a metallic sublimate when heated in a tube with 
reducing agents, as described below. According to Dr. Christison, this test is so exceedingly 
delicate that it detects the poison when dissolved in one hundred thousand parts of water. 
The color it produces is lemon- or sulphur-yellow; but the presence of vegetable or animal 
matter commonly gives it a whitish or brownish tint. If yellow, it might be mistaken for 
tin sulphide or cadmium sulphide, which are also yellow, but the latter is quite insoluble 
in ammonia, while the former gives no metallic sublimate when heated with reducing agents. 
If it be brownish, it may still contain arsenic, but must first be freed from organic matter. 
The ammoniacal silver nitrate gives a yellow precipitate of silver arsenite, readily soluble to 
a clear solution in ammonia and in nitric or acetic acid. 
The ammoniacal copper sulphate is a test of very great delicacy. The precipitate occasioned 
by it is the copper arsenite, of an apple-green or grass-green color. Its operation is prevented 26 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
PART I. 
by hydrochloric, nitric, sulphuric, acetic, citric, and tartaric acids in excess ; as also by am- 
monia. 
Of the three tests mentioned, perhaps hydrogen sulphide is the most delicate; and it has 
the advantage of yielding a precipitate eligible for subsequent reduction. But they are all 
liable to the objection of being obscured in their indications, where the amount of poison is 
small, by the presence of organic matter; a complication constituting the most difficult prob- 
lem for the medical jurist. As this case includes all others of more easy solution, we shall 
suppose it to occur, and shall indicate the steps to be pursued. 
Having obtained general indications of the presence of arsenic, the first step will be to 
separate the organic matters ; the second, to throw down the arsenic by means of the hydrogen 
sulphide; and the third, to reduce the precipitate obtained to the metallic state. It is proper 
to state here that, in a communication to the Paris Academy, Dr. Blondlot, of Nancy, asserts, 
as the result of numerous experiments, that the smallest quantity of oily or fatty matter has 
the eflect of diminishing, even to one-twentieth, the solubility of arsenous acid, and conse- 
quently of very much increasing the difficulty of detecting it. (See A. J. P., 1860, p. 220.) 
The following are the directions given by Prof. Wormley (Micro-Chemistry of Poisons, 2d 
ed., p. 299) for separating the organic principles. After the addition of water, if necessary, 
the mass is intimately mixed with about one-eighth of its volume of pure hydrochloric acid, 
and maintained at near the boiling temperature until the organic solids are entirely disinte- 
grated. The mixture is then allowed to cool, transferred to a clean muslin strainer, and the 
matters retained by the strainer washed with water; the strainer with its contents may be 
reserved for future examination. The strained liquid is concentrated at a moderate heat if 
necessary, allowed to cool, and again filtered. 
A given portion of the filtrate thus obtained is examined by the method of Reinsch (see 
page 29), successive slips of the copper being added as long as they receive a deposit. Any 
pieces of the metal that have thus become coated, after being thoroughly washed and dried, 
are heated in a suitable reduction tube, and the result examined in the usual manner. Another 
portion, or the whole, of the remaining filtrate may be exposed for several hours to a slow 
stream of the hydrogen sulphide gas, then gently warmed, and allowed to stand until the 
supernatant liquid has become perfectly clear. The precipitate thus produced is collected upon 
a small filter, washed, and, while still moist, digested with pure water of ammonia; this liquid 
will readily dissolve any arsenic sulphide present, whilst the organic matter may remain undis- 
solved. The ammoniacal solution is filtered, and the filtrate carefully evaporated at a moderate 
heat to dryness. Should the residue contain organic matter and only a minute quantity of 
the sulphide, it may require further purification before its arsenical nature can be determined. 
If, however, it be moderately pure arsenic sulphide, it may be at once reduced to the metallic 
state, which can be accomplished by the method of Fresenius. The sulphide is mixed with 
sodium carbonate and potassium cyanide, and the mixture placed in the wide part of a tube 
of hard German glass drawn out at one end to capillary fineness. Carbonic anhydride properly 
dried is then passed through the tube, and the portion containing the mixture heated to red- 
ness ; in this way the arsenical sulphide is reduced and the metal condensed in the capillary 
portion, where the smallest quantity can be recognized. 
Dr. E. Davy, of Dublin, has recommended (Chem. News., vol. iii. p. 288) potassium ferro- 
cyanide previously dried at 100° C. (212° F.) as a substitute for the potassium cyanide. It 
has the advantage over the latter that it does not readily absorb moisture from the atmosphere. 
In order to facilitate the detection of arsenic in the solid tissues, as the liver, spleen, stomach, 
etc., it is necessary first to destroy the animal matter, and then to dissolve out the poison. 
Various agencies have been resorted to for this purpose, but the method of Fresenius and Babo 
is generally accepted as the best. According to this, the finely divided fragments of solid 
matter are heated with pure hydrochloric acid, and potassium chlorate is added from time to 
time until the mass becomes homogeneous and of a light yellow color. It is then heated until 
the odor of chlorine has disappeared. After filtration any arsenic present will exist in the 
filtrate as arsenic acid. This is reduced by sulphurous acid gas or a solution of sodium bisul- 
phite, so that the arsenic is brought to the condition of arsenous acid, in which condition it is 
more readily acted upon by hydrogen sulphide gas. 
After thorough precipitation of the sulphide and purification of this precipitate by treatment 
with ammonia as already described, if the residue from the evaporation of the ammonia still 
contain organic matter mixed with the arsenous sulphide, it is best purified as follows. Treat 
the residue with a small quantity of concentrated nitric acid, and evaporate the mixture again PART I. 
Acid urn A rsenos um. 
27 
to dryness, this operation with nitric acid being repeated, if necessary, until the moist residue 
has a yellow color. The residue is then moistened with a few drops of a concentrated solution 
of caustic soda, a small quantity of pure powdered sodium carbonate and sodium nitrate 
added, and the well-mixeu mass cautiously evaporated to dryness; the heat is then very grad- 
ually increased until the mass becomes colorless, when the organic matter will have been 
entirely destroyed. The nitric acid and the soda compounds employed should be free from 
chlorine, or a portion of the arsenic may be volatilized as chloride. (Wormley, Micro-Chemistry 
of Poisons, 2d ed., p. 303.) 
Another method of separating arsenic in solution from organic matters, now frequently 
employed, is by the process of dialysis, invented by Prof. Graham. (See Dialysis.') By means 
of an instrument called the dialyser, watery solutions of saline and other crystallizable sub- 
stances may be separated from those not crystallizable, such as gelatinous, albuminous, muci- 
laginous, and amylaceous liquids, the latter refusing to pass through a diaphragm of some 
porous substance, which is readily permeable by the former. Thus, a circular piece of parch- 
ment paper, folded in the form of a common filter, is placed in a vessel containing distilled 
water; the suspected liquid, having been heated so as to effect a more complete solution of the 
arsenic, is poured into the filter, and the vessel set aside for twenty-four hours. At the end of 
this time, the crystallizable matter, including the arsenic, will have, to a great extent, passed 
through into the distilled water, leaving the organic matters behind, and a solution will have 
been obtained in a condition fit for the application of the different tests. 
The passage of the arsenic through the membrane is, however, rarely a complete one, and 
the test cannot allow us to dispense with more thorough methods of examination. 
Following up a suggestion of Dr. Clarke, of Aberdeen, that arsenic might be separated by 
taking advantage of the volatility of its chloride, Dr. Andrew Fyfe, of the same place, applied 
the principle to the detection of the metal when mixed with organic matter. For this purpose, 
he heated the arsenical liquid with sulphuric acid, free from arsenous acid, in a flask to which 
a bent tube and cooled receiver were adapted. When the mixture was brought to the boiling 
point, a little dried sea-salt was added, the receiver was connected, and the distillation con- 
tinued for some time. Hydrochloric acid was evolved, which, by reacting with the arsenous 
acid, produced arsenic terchloride, which distilled over free from organic matter. The arsenic 
terchloride was then precipitated by a stream of hydrogen sulphide gas to obtain the yellow 
arsenic tersulphide, or subjected to the action of Marsh’s test. (Philos. Mag., 4th series, ii. 
487.) By keeping present a larger amount of salt than can be decomposed by the sulphuric 
acid, the formation of sulphurous acid is avoided, and no danger is run of converting arsenous 
acid into ti~ ,enic compound, as is the case in the presence of free chlorine. Arsenic 
acid is not converted into a volatile chloride, and would therefore escape detection in this 
process. Indeed, it is proposed to distinguish between arsenous and arsenic acids in mixtures 
by this reaction. After all the arsenous acid has been distilled off as arsenous chloride, the 
arsenic acid can be reduced by sulphurous acid and then distilled for itself. (Handworterbuch 
der Chem., i. 746.) The reduction of arsenic acid to arsenous acid is very conveniently 
effected, according to E. Fischer, by ferrous chloride used in connection with hydrochloric 
acid. (Ber. der Chem Gesellschaft, xiii. 1778.) Dr. Penny and Mr. W. Wallace bear testi- 
mony to the value of the plan of converting the arsenic into terchloride, as a means of sepa- 
rating the metal from organic matter, but think it will be found more convenient to produce 
the terchloride by the direct agency of hydrochloric acid than by sulphuric acid and sodium 
chloride as recommended by Dr. Fyfe. 
One formula for reduction, that of Fresenius, has been given. Still another method, and 
one in which the whole process from beginning to end may take place in a single tube, is the 
following. The sulphide is mixed with sodium oxalate (a salt which contains no water of 
crystallization), and the dry mixture is transferred to a suitable tube sealed at one end. An 
arsenical mirror is readily obtained, and if the heat is continued long enough no arsenic re- 
mains behind—an excellent and easy method, in which the reducing gas is carbonic oxide, 
in an atmosphere of carbonic anhydride. (Blyth, Poisons, Effects and Detection, p. 542.) If 
any doubt be felt as to the nature of the crust, it may be driven up and down the tube, so as 
to convert it into sparkling octohedral crystals of arsenous acid, the triangular facets of which 
may be seen with a magnifying glass. Finally, the crystals may be dissolved in a drop or two 
of distilled water, and the solution will react characteristically with the liquid tests. 
Another method of testing for arsenic was proposed by Mr. Marsh, and is perhaps the best 
known of the arsenic tests. It consists in taking advantage of the power, which nascent 28 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
PART I. 
hydrogen possesses, of decomposing the acids of arsenic, with the result of forming water and 
arsenuretted hydrogen, as illustrated by the subjoined reaction: 
As203 -f- (H2)e — (H3As)2 -f- (HaO),. 
The liquid from the stomach, or obtained from its contents by boiling water, is added to the 
materials for generating hydrogen (pure dilute sulphuric acid and zinc), contained in a self- 
regulating generator of hydrogen. Dr. Canudas y Salva prevents the possible explosion of the 
apparatus, resulting from the ignition of the hydrogen before all the air has been expelled, by 
placing in the lateral exit tube two metallic meshes, enclosing between them very loose cotton. 
(jV. /?., April, 1878.) Fresenius proposed the same years ago. If the liquid from the stomach 
contain arsenic, the nascent hydrogen will combine with the metal, and the nature of the com- 
pound gas formed may be ascertained by burning a jet of it from a fine jet-pipe connected 
with the generator. The flame will have a characteristic blue color; and, by holding a porce- 
lain plate against it, a thin film of metallic arsenic,* forming a black stain, will be deposited. 
Liebig and Mohr bear testimony to the delicacy of this test; but to remove every source of 
fallacy it is necessary to be sure of the purity of the materials for generating the hydrogen 
by a preliminary trial of the gas before the suspected liquid is added; as zinc and sulphuric 
acid are both liable to contain arsenic. This trial is made by holding a plate against the 
burning hydrogen, which, if pure, will produce no stain. The pieces of zinc employed should 
be changed after every experiment. Magnesium or aluminum may be advantageously substi- 
tuted for zinc, as they contain no arsenic, or, still better, sodium amalgam (made by adding 
about 5 per cent, of metallic sodium to some warmed mercury), as proposed by E. W. Davy. 
This can be used then in a neutral solution, the evolution of nascent hydrogen being due to 
the decomposition of the water by the sodium. 
If the sulphuric acid used to act upon the zinc contains nitrous compounds, the libera- 
tion of arsine may be prevented. To obviate this difficulty a solution of stannous chloride 
in hydrochloric acid should be added towards the end of the operation. This liberates any 
arsenic present because of its reducing action, and arsine will be formed from it. 
Still another modification is Fleitmann’s test, in which the use of zinc, magnesium, or alu- 
minum is retained, but the development of nascent hydrogen is brought about by the addition 
of caustic potassa or soda. Under these circumstances arseniuretted hydrogen is produced, 
but antimoniuretted hydrogen cannot be formed. A modification of Marsh’s apparatus consists 
in having the tube which delivers the hydrogen arsenide narrowed in several places. If, then, 
while the gas is passing, heat be applied a little this side of the narrowed place, the compound 
is decomposed and a bright mirror of metallic arsenic is deposited in the contraction. As ever 
so small a deposit can be changed subsequently into oxide or sulphide, both of which are 
characteristic, this test is quite delicate. 
It has been objected to Marsh’s test, that antimony forms a compound with hydrogen, very 
similar to arseniuretted hydrogen, both in the color of its flame, and in the metallic spot which 
it deposits during combustion on cold surfaces. Still, the two metals may be distinguished by 
acting on the metallic spot with a drop or two of fuming nitric acid, with the aid of heat. 
Arsenic will thus be converted into soluble arsenic acid, precipitable brick-red by nitrate of 
silver; antimony, on the other hand, into insoluble antimonic acid. Another way of distin- 
guishing them is to apply to the stain a solution of sodium hypochlorite, which instantly 
dissolves the arsenical spot, without affecting that of antimony, or solution of stannous chlo- 
ride, which has no action on metallic arsenic, while it dissolves slowly but completely the an- 
timony stain. (Blyth, Poisons, Effects and Detection, p. 526.) Sodium nitroprusside also, 
while it has no effect upon arsenic spots, will dissolve those of antimony completely and easily. 
(Handworterbuch der Chem., i. 757.) In case the metallic mirror is obtained in the tube by 
Berzelius’s modification of Marsh’s test, a stream of hydrogen sulphide may be passed, whilst 
immediately behind the stain a gentle heat is applied. Arsenic is changed thereby to yellow 
sulphide, while antimony produces an orange or black sulphide; if dry hydrochloric acid gas 
is now transmitted, the arsenical sulphide is unchanged, while antimony sulphide is converted 
into chloride of antimony, which volatilizes without the application of heat. (Blyth, loc. cit.) 
Ammonium sulphide dissolves the arsenical spot with difficulty, leaving on evaporation a 
yellow stain ; it readily dissolves the antimonial, and yields an orange-red spot. Marsh’s test 
may be still further modified as proposed by Lassaigne. The current of hydrogen arsenide 
* Retgers (Pharm. Centralh., 1894, 445) believes that the spots on the porcelain are not metallic arsenic, but 
arseniuretted hydrogen in the solid state, of the formula Asll. PART I. 
Acidum Arsenosum. 
29 
is conducted into solution of silver nitrate, when it is decomposed according to the reaction 
AsH3 + (AgN0g)6 + (H20)g = HgAsOg + (HN03)6 + (Ag2)3. 
Here arsenous acid is tor ued, which goes into solution, and metallic silver separates out. 
Hydrogen antimonide passed into silver nitrate solution gives a black precipitate of silver 
antimonide, in which all the antimony is contained. 
Grutzeit’s modification of this test is to carry out the reaction in a test-tube, which is then 
oovered by paper moistened with silver nitrate. A black stain indicates the presence of arsenic. 
Ritsert (Pharm. Zeit., 1889, 368) has increased the delicacy of this by using ammoniacal silver 
nitrate. It is asserted that 0’0005 milligramme of arsenous oxide will cause a brown stain. 
Professor Reinsch has proposed a method for detecting arsenic in organic liquids, which is 
extremely delicate and at the same time has the merits of facility and celerity. It consists in 
acidulating the suspected liquid with hydrochloric acid, which converts the arsenous acid into 
the terchloride, and boiling in it, for ten minutes? a slip of copper foil, on which the arsenic is 
deposited as an alloy consisting of one part arsenic to five parts copper; and then separating it 
in the state of arsenous acid, by subjecting the copper, cut into small pieces, to a low red heat 
in the bottom of a small glass tube. The peculiar crystalline appearance of arsenous acid, 
mentioned in the preceding page, is conclusive of its presence; and, besides, if collected and 
dissolved in water it will answer to tne ordinary tests for the poison. The merit of Reinsch’s 
procedure is not so much that it gives a characteristic deposit on the copper—for bismuth, tin, 
zinc, and antimony also give deposits—as that the copper collects all the arsenic from the or- 
ganic liquid, and presents it in a convenient form for applying the liquid and subliming tests. 
But Reinsch’s method is not without its fallacies. Thus, it has been ascertained that the 
presence of a nitrate or chlorate in the suspected material prevents the characteristic action 
of the arsenic on the copper until the whole of these substances have been consumed by reac- 
tion with the metal. Besides, both hydrochloric acid and copper are liable to contain arsenic, 
and therefore to afford fallacious results. This, however, is less true of the hydrochloric acid 
prepared in this country than of the European, as the sulphuric acid employed in its preparation 
is obtained generally from native sulphur, instead of from pyrites as abroad. Nevertheless, no 
conclusion from Reinsch’s test can be certainly relied on unless the hydrochloric acid has been 
ascertained to be free from arsenic. With the copper there is less risk, as the arsenic in it can 
act only by solution of the copper itself, and this is known by the green color imparted to the 
liquid; so that, if the arsenical deposit should be produced without discoloration of the liquid, 
the indication of the presence of the poison may be considered as satisfactory. (Odling and 
Taylor.) 
If the process of Reinsch is to be applied to the arsenic sulphide, it will be necessary to 
bring this into the liquid form. For this purpose Prof. J. C. Draper, of New York, makes use 
of ammonia, which dissolves the sulphide, and is also capable of attacking copper. The sub- 
stance supposed to contain the sulphide, having been covered, in a suitable vessel, with water of 
ammonia, is set aside in a warm place, and permitted to stand for a few hours. The solution 
of the sulphide is then separated by filtration, strips of clean, bright copper are introduced into 
it, and the whole is gently heated. The copper gradually becomes coated with a deposit like 
that which is formed in Reinsch’s process. (W. Y. Med. Joum., 1865, p. 13.) 
The power of hypophosphites to reduce arsenical solutions, precipitating metallic arsenic, has 
also been proposed as the basis of a test. In sensitiveness it is said to rank between the tests 
of Gutzeit and Bettendorff. (Apotheker Zeit., 1890, p. 263.) 
Still another method of detecting arsenic is the electrolytic, consisting in exposing the sus- 
pected liquid, in connection with diluted sulphuric acid, to a voltaic current, through the 
influence of which, if arsenic be present, even though associated with large quantities of 
organic matter, arseniuretted hydrogen (hydrogen arsenide) is evolved. It is, however, only the 
arsenous acid that will respond to this test, so that if the arsenic be present as arsenic acid it 
must first be reduced to the arsenous condition by some reducing agent like sulphurous oxide 
or hydrogen sulphide. For an account of the process, and of the method of rendering arsenic 
acid sensible to the test, and of counteracting the influence of antimony and mercury, see papers 
by Mr. C. L. Bloxam in P. J. Tr. (1860, p. 376, and 1861, p. 528). 
It has been shown by MM. Malaguti and Sarzeau that for the detection of minute quantities 
of arsenic in exhumed bodies the best method of proceeding is to distil the viscera with aqua 
regia, made by mixing one part of nitric with three of hydrochloric acid. The animal matter 
(the liver, for example), cut into small pieces, is dried by a gentle heat, and mixed with a quan- 
tity of the aqua regia equal to the weight of the matter before it was dried. The mixture is Acidum Arsenosum.—Acidum Benzoicum. 
PART I. 
distilled, and the arsenic, if present, comes over in the form of the volatile terchloride, which 
may be converted into the tersulpliide in the usual manner. 
Arsenic may be detected in exhumed bodies long after death. M. Blondlot found it in the 
brain of a body that had been buried twenty years. In this case it was ascertained that no 
arsenic existed in the earth of the cemetery. (See Brit, and For. Med.-Chir. Rev., 1855, p. 222.) 
It is necessary also to be guarded against the possible presence, about the body, of metals which 
may contain arsenic ; as, for example, brass and copper. L. A. Buchner has found, in the intes- 
tines of persons who had been poisoned with arsenous acid, examined some months after death, 
the poison in the state of yellow arsenic sulphide, into which it had been converted by the 
hydrogen sulphide developed by the putrefactive process that had taken place in the bowels, 
showing that even in poisonous doses arsenic has not always the property of preserving the body 
from corruption. (Neues Repertorium, xvii. 21.) 
HC7H5O2; 121*71. 
ACIDUM BENZOICUM. U.S., Br. Benzoic Acid. 
(Xg'l-DUM BEN-ZO'l-gUM.) 
HCt H5 02; 122. 
“ An organic acid, usually obtained from benzoin by sublimation, or prepared artificially, 
chiefly from toluol. It should be kept in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place.” U. S. “ Benzoic Acid, CeH6.C00H, is obtained from benzoin by sublimation. It 
may also be obtained from toluene, from hippuric acid, and from other organic compounds.” Br. 
Acidum Benzoicum Sublimatum, Flores Benzoes (Flowers of Benzoin); Acide benzoique, Fleurs de Benjoin, Fr.; 
Benzoesaure, Benzoeblumen, 6. 
Both the U. S * and Br. Pharmacopoeias have omitted processes for the preparation of ben- 
zoic acid: the British defines it to be an “ acid obtained from benzoin, and prepared by sub- 
limation, not chemically pure.” 
Formerly the benzoin before sublimation was mixed with sand; but this is now usually 
omitted, as not only useless, but probably injurious by favoring the production of empyreu- 
matic substances. The acid, which exists in the benzoin combined with resin, is volatilized by 
the heat, and condensed in the upper part of the apparatus. Unless the temperature be very 
carefully regulated, a portion of the resin is decomposed, and an oily substance generated, 
which rises with the acid, and gives it a brown color, from which it cannot be entirely freed by 
bibulous paper; and this result, even with the greatest caution, sometimes takes place. The 
process for subliming benzoic acid may be conducted in a glazed earthen vessel, surmounted by 
a cone of paper, or by another vessel with a small opening at the top, and a band of paper 
pasted round the place of junction. After the heat has been applied for an hour, the process 
should be suspended till the condensed acid is removed from the upper vessel or paper cone, 
when it may be renewed, and the acid again removed, and thus alternately till colored vapors 
rise. Mohr, after many experiments, recommends the following plan as unobjectionable. In a 
round cast-iron vessel, eight or nine inches in diameter and two inches deep, a pound or less of 
coarsely powdered benzoin is placed, and uniformly strewed over the bottom. The top of the 
vessel is closed by a sheet of bibulous paper, which is secured to the sides by paste. A cylinder 
of thick paper in the form of a hat, just large enough to fit closely around the sides of the 
pot, is then placed over it, and in like manner secured by paste. A moderate heat is now 
applied by means of a sand-bath, and continued for three or four hours. The vapors pass 
through the bibulous paper, which absorbs the empyreumatic oil, and are condensed within the 
hat in brilliant white flowers, having an agreeable odor of benzoin. (Anna!, der Pharm., xxix. 
178.) The process official in U. S. P. 1870 was based upon Mohr’s, but it frequently happens 
that the sublimed crystals, after they have formed in the cap, and whilst the sublimation is 
still going on, fall upon the bibulous paper, and if this paper should happen to be heated to 
only 120° C. (248° F.) the crystals will melt, and soon stop up the pores of the paper. If 
coarse muslin be substituted for the bibulous paper, it serves the purpose of retaining any em- 
pyreumatic substances, and yet permitting the vapors to pass through without becoming glazed 
by a deposit of melted acid. Strips of paper passed at irregular intervals across the cap prevent 
the falling back of crystals. The remaining acid of the benzoin may be extracted, if deemed 
* The following is the process official in 1870 : “ Take of Benzoin, in coarse powder, twelve troyounces. Spread the 
Benzoin evenly over the bottom of an iron dish eight inches in diameter; cover the dish with a piece of filtering 
paper, and, by means of paste, attach it closely to the rim. Then, having prepared a conical receiver or cap of 
thick, well-sized paper, of rather larger diameter than the dish, invert it over the latter, so as to fit closely around 
the rim. Next apply heat by means of a sand-bath, or of the iron plate of a stove, until, without much empyreuma, 
vapors of Benzoic Acid cease to rise. Lastly, separate the receiver from time to time, and remove the Benzoic Acid 
from it and the paper diaphragm, as long as the Acid continues to be deposited.” U. S. 1870. PART i. 
Addum Benzoicum. 
31 
advisable, by treating the residue of the balsam with lime or sodium carbonate. From the 
mode of preparing benzoic acid by sublimation, it was formerly called flowers of benzoin. 
Another mode of separs ing the acid from benzoin is by combining it with a salifiable base 
and precipitating with an acid. Such is the process of Scheele. It consists in boiling the pow- 
dered benzoin with lime hydrate and water, filtering the solution of calcium benzoate thus 
obtained, and precipitating the benzoic acid with hydrochloric acid. In order to get the benzoic 
acid in the ordinary form, it has been proposed to sublime the acid after its precipitation. 
Several other modes of extracting the acid have been recommended. The following is the 
process of Stolze. One part of the benzoin is dissolved in three parts of alcohol, the solution 
filtered and introduced into a retort, and the acid saturated by sodium carbonate dissolved 
in a mixture of eight parts of water and three of alcohol. The alcohol is distilled off; and 
the sodium benzoate contained in the residuary liquid is decomposed by sulphuric acid, which 
precipitates the benzoic acid. This is purified by solution in boiling water, which lets fall the 
acid when it cools. By this process Stolze obtained 18 per cent, of acid from benzoin contain- 
ing 19-425 per cent. By the process of Scheele he obtained 13-5 per cent.; by the agency of 
sodium carbonate, 12 per cent.; by sublimation, only 7-6 per cent. Professor Scharling has 
prepared benzoic acid by means of heated steam, and obtained 8 per cent. (A. J. P., xxiv. 236.) 
The acid is manufactured very cheaply by.synthetic methods. The two most commonly 
employed are those which start either with toluene, C6H6CH3, or naphtalin, C10H8. In the first 
method the toluene is changed to benzotrichloride, 06H6.C013, and this heated with water to 
150° C. (302° F.) in closed vessels generates benzoic acid. By the second method naphta- 
lin is changed first into naphtalin tetrachloride, and this by the action of nitric acid into 
phthalic acid, CeH4(C00H)2. This is converted into a calcium phthalate and strongly heated 
with lime hydrate, whereby the phthalate is converted into calcium carbonate and benzoate; 
this latter salt is then treated with hydrochloric acid, and the benzoic acid thus set free. This 
acid is frequently resublimed in contact with benzoin, in order to give it the vanilla-like odor 
of the acid sublimed from the gum. A method of making benzoic acid from tannin or gallic 
acid is described in Pharm. Era, 1892, 172 P. Schulze produced benzoic acid by heating 
benzal chloride or benzotrichloride in the presence of ferric benzoate or metallic iron. The 
process is patented. {Pharm. Centralh., 1896, 221.) 
Under the name of German benzoic add, there has been largely imported into the United 
States benzoic acid prepared from the urine of cattle and horses by boiling the calcium hip- 
purate with hydrochloric acid. By boiling the hippuric acid thus separated with hydro- 
chloric acid, it is split into benzoic acid and glycocoll,* according to the reaction C9H9N03 -f- 
II20 — C2H6N02 -f- C7HeOa. It is white, has a fine lustre, and is said to be very pure, but 
sometimes has a slight urinous odor indicative of its origin. {A. J. P., xxvii. 23; P. J. Tr., 
July, 1875.) Owing to the scarcity in the market of benzoin yielding paying quantities of 
benzoic acid, it is asserted that the English manufacturers employ certain varieties of Botany 
Bay gum {Gum acroides), and obtain a larger yield of an acid which was at one time regarded 
as cinnamic, but has been shown to be benzoic acid. (W. i?., Feb. 1879.) 
Properties. Sublimed benzoic acid is in “ white, or yellowish-white, lustrous scales or 
friable needles, odorless, or having a slight, characteristic odor resembling that of benzoin, and 
of a warm, acid taste; somewhat volatile at a moderately warm temperature, and rendered 
darker by exposure to light.” From solution the acid crystallizes in transparent prisms. 
When quite pure it is inodorous; but prepared by sublimation from the balsam it has a pe- 
culiar, agreeable, aromatic odor, dependent on the presence of an oil, which may be separated 
by dissolving the acid in alcohol and precipitating it with water. Its taste is warm, acrid, and 
acidulous. It is unalterable in the air, but at 121-5° C. (250° F.) melts, and at a somewhat 
higher temperature rises in suffocating vapors. Sp. gr. 1-29. The Br. Pharmacopoeia gives 
as its melting point 121-4° C. (250-5° F.); “ but when obtained from benzoin, it melts at about 
248° F. (120° C.), forming a yellowish liquid which becomes brownish but not red as the 
temperature rises (absence of hippuric acid), and boils at about 462° F. (238-9° C.). When 
heated to the last-named temperature, it passes off in vapor which burns with a bright-yellow 
flame, and leaves only a slight residue.” Br. It is inflammable, burning without residue. 
One hundred parts of 90 per cent, alcohol dissolve about forty parts, whilst the same quantity 
of pure ether will dissolve about thirty parts. {Bourgoin.') The addition of borax or sodium 
* Cazeneuve recommends the precipitation of the acid from urine by the use of zinc sulphate, as zinc hippurate, 
decomposing with hydrochloric acid. (Zeitschr. Oest. Ap. Ver., 1879, p. 2.) 32 
Acidum Benzoicum. 
PART I. 
phosphate increases its solubility. It is readily dissolved by 'alcohol, and by concentrated 
sulphuric and nitric acids, from which it is precipitated by water. “ Soluble, when pure, in 
about 500 parts of water, and in 2 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.) ; in 15 parts of boiling 
water, and in 1 part of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 3 parts of ether, 7 parts of chloroform, 
and readily soluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, fixed and volatile oils, but sparingly soluble 
in benzin.” U. S. “ It is soluble in 400 parts of cold or 17 parts of boiling water, in its own 
weight of absolute alcohol, in 3 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), in 2-5 of ether, in 7 of chloroform, 
and in the fixed and volatile oils; also in solutions of the alkalies and of calcium hydroxide, 
forming benzoates, and it is precipitated from these on the addition of hydrochloric acid unless 
the solutions are very dilute.” Br. It is entirely soluble in solutions of potassa, soda, or am- 
monia, from which it is precipitated by hydrochloric acid. On carefully neutralizing any of 
these solutions and adding solution of ferric sulphate previously diluted with water, a flesh- 
colored precipitate is produced. Its solution reddens litmus paper, and it forms salts with 
salifiable bases called benzoates. 
“ Benzoic Acid volatilizes freely with the vapor of water. On heating it to 100° C. (212° F.), 
it begins to sublime. At 121-4° C. (250 5° F.) it melts, and at a higher temperature it is con- 
sumed without leaving a residue. The acid sublimed from benzoin has a lower melting point, 
and a greater solubility in water. Benzoic Acid has an acid reaction. On heating Benzoic 
Acid gradually, with 3 parts of freshly slaked lime, in a retort, benzol is evolved. The Acid 
is freely soluble in solutions of alkali hydrates. On carefully neutralizing such a solution, and 
adding ferric chloride test-solution, previously diluted with 2 volumes of water, and neutral- 
ized, if necessary, by ammonia, a flesh-colored precipitate of ferric benzoate is produced. A 
solution of Benzoic Acid in pure, cold sulphuric acid, when gently warmed, should not turn 
darker than light brown; if it is then poured into water, the Benzoic Acid should separate as 
a white precipitate, and the liquid should be colorless (absence of readily carbonizable, organic 
matters). If 0-5 Gm. of the Acid and 0-8 Gm. of calcium carbonate be mixed with a little 
water in a crucible, the mixture dried, gently ignited, and then dissolved in water, with the aid 
of nitric acid in slight excess, so as to obtain 20 C.c. of filtrate, the addition of silver nitrate 
test-solution to the latter should not produce much more opalescence (if at all) than is pro- 
duced by the same reagent in a solution measuring 20 C.c. prepared by dissolving 0-8 Gm. of 
the same calcium carbonate in water with the aid of nitric acid (absence of more than traces 
of chlorine'). On warming 0-5 Gm. of the Acid with 5 C.c. of water and 0-5 Gm. of potas- 
sium permanganate in a test-tube loosely stoppered and placed in a water-bath heated to about 
45° C. (113° F.), then tightly stoppering, and cooling the test-tube with cold water, upon re- 
moving the stopper, no odor of oil of bitter almond should be discernible (absence of cinnamic 
acid)." U. S. “ When 0-5 gramme is heated in a closed crucible with twice its weight of 
calcium carbonate, the mass dissolved in diluted nitric acid, and solution of silver nitrate added, 
only the slightest cloudiness should result (absence of chlorobenzoic acid). It should yield no 
characteristic reaction with the tests for oxalates. It should not develop the odor of benzal- 
dehyde when warmed with its own weight of potassium permanganate and ten times its weight 
of diluted sulphuric acid (absence of cinnamic acid). 0-2 gramme suspended in 10 cubic 
centimetres of water should not immediately discharge the color of two drops of solution of 
potassium permanganate (absence of liippuric and cinnamic acids).” Br. 
Benzoic acid is a characteristic constituent of the balsams, and has been found in various 
other vegetable and some animal products. When heated, it should sublime without residue; 
but the Br. Pharmacopoeia allows a slight residue for impurities. 
Potassium permanganate has been depended upon more than any other reagent to dis- 
tinguish between benzoic acids as obtained from different sources. Schacht proposes the fol- 
lowing modification of the German Pharmacopoeia test: if 3 grains of benzoic acid be dissolved 
in 96 minims of solution of potassa, sp. gr. 1-777, diluted with 96 minims of distilled water, 
and 10 drops of a solution made by dissolving 1 grain of potassium permanganate in 200 
grains of water be added to it and the whole heated to boiling, dark green liquids (in which 
brown precipitates gradually appear) are produced if the benzoic acid be obtained from urine, 
from toluol, or from commercial benzoin, whilst if the benzoic acid be from Siam benzoin 
(sublimed or made by wet process) decoloration of the liquids and brown precipitates are 
produced, due to the presence of cinnamic acid. (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1881, 565.) The odor 
of bitter almonds confirms the presence of cinnamic acid. It is claimed that benzoic acid 
from benzoin can be distinguished from that from other sources by adding resorcin and sul- 
phuric acid to the alcoholic solution of the acid. The benzoic acid gives a beautiful red color, PART I. 
Acidum Benzoicum.—Acidum Boricum. 
33 
due probably to a trace of vanillin or other aldehyde in the natural product. (Gbldner, Pharm. 
Zeit., 1892, p. 697.) 
Medical Propertie and Uses. Benzoic acid is irritant to the alimentary mucous 
membrane, and as a stimulant expectorant is of some value in chronic bronchitis and the later 
stages of the acute disorder. Led by his belief that it has the power of converting uric acid 
into hippuric acid, Dr. Alexander Ure many years ago proposed benzoic acid as a remedy for 
the dissolving of deposits of the urates, but it is now proved that the hippuric acid which 
appears in the urine of those taking benzoic acid is formed out of the benzoic acid itself. This 
conversion would appear to take place in the kidneys, since, after the exhibition of large doses, 
benzoic and not hippuric acid can be detected in the blood; whilst even small amounts of 
hippuric acid injected into the blood produce violent poisoning. Moreover, Bunge and 
Schmiedeberg have succeeded in converting benzoic acid into hippuric acid by passing blood 
containing benzoic acid slowly through kidneys immediately after their removal from the body. 
In rare cases, according to Meissner and Shepard, the benzoic acid is converted into succinic 
instead of hippuric acid. When it is given very freely a portion of the benzoic acid escapes 
unchanged. Where the nitrogen necessary for the conversion of the benzoic into hippuric 
acid comes from is at present unknown. A priori it would seem probable that the source of 
this nitrogen was the urea, but the testimony as to the effect of the injection of benzoic acid 
upon the urea and uric acid of the urine is entirely contradictory. Investigators are about 
equally divided in their findings that the uric acid is very much diminished, and that it 
remains normal; a fact which is also true of’ urea. In our own experience benzoic acid has 
seemed to be a very useful remedy in uric acid gravel, though without specific influence on the 
uric acid diathesis. 
The urine is always strongly acidified by the free administration of benzoic acid, so that the 
remedy is useful in phosphatic gravel and in ammoniacal cystitis with a tendency to a deposit of 
the phosphates. Its beneficial influence, of course, continues only during its administration, and 
it is necessary to give it in very large doses—up to a dracbm a day. It has been strongly 
recommended in nocturnal incontinence, and has also sometimes been given with advantage 
in various forms of cystitis and even in acute gonorrhoea. As first pointed out by Dougall 
in 1872, benzoic acid is a powerful antiseptic. Bucholz found that 0-2 per cent, of it has 
a decided influence upon the development of the organisms of putrefaction ; and F. Baden 
Benger (P. J. Tr., 1875, p. 211) states that one-fourth of a grain of it added to a fluidounce 
of infusion of orange, buchu, or gentian will cause the infusion to keep unchanged for at least 
one month. 
Benzoic acid may be readily dissolved in water by the addition to it of four parts of 
sodium phosphate, or one part and a half of sodium biborate. The dose is from 10 to 30 
grains (0 648—1-9 Gm.). It may be administered in pill, using soap as an excipient. It is an 
ingredient in some cosmetic washes, and has been employed by way of fumigation as a remedy 
in affections of the skin. It has also been employed as a local hsemostatic, in connection with 
alum, with considerable asserted success; but there can be little doubt that alum is the more 
efficient ingredient. 
ACIDUM BORICUM. U.S., Br. Boric Acid. [BoracicAcid.] 
H3 B03; 61*78. 
(Xg'l-DUM BO'KI-OUM.) 
H3B03; 62. 
Acidum Boracicum; BoracicAcid; Hydrogen Borate; Acide borique, Fr.; Borsaure, G. 
“ A weak acid having the formula H3B03. Obtained by the interaction of sulphuric acid 
and borax, and by the purification of native boric acid.” Br. 
Boric acid occurs in small amount, most probably in combination as a magnesium salt, in 
sea-water and in certain mineral waters, as the hot springs of Wiesbaden, Aix-la-Chapelle, and 
Vichy; in certain mineral substances, such as the borocalcite which occurs in considerable 
quantities in the nitre-beds of Chili; in the natural borax or tincal, first found in the basins 
of dried-up lagoons in Central Asia, and afterwards in large amount in Clear Lake, California \ 
in ulexite (sodium and calcium borate) and colemanite (calcium borate). The last of these 
minerals now yields by far the largest amount of the boric acid obtained on the Pacific coast. 
It is found in a large vein deposit in San Bernardino County, California, where it is mined 
and shipped to the works of the Pacific Coast Borax Company at Alameda, California. Boric 
acid itself is extracted, under the name of sassolin, from the lagoons of the volcanic districts 
of Tuscany, and from the crater of Vulcano, one of the Lipari Islands. 34 
Acidurn Boricum. 
PART T. 
Preparation. In the neighborhood of Monte Rotondo, Lago Zolforeo, Sasso, and Larde- 
rello are found numerous hillocks and fissures, the latter of which emit hot aqueous vapor con- 
taining boric acid and certain gases. Around one or several of these fissures, called sujjloni, a 
circular basin of masonry is built, which is filled with water and called a lagoon. By the jets 
of vapor constantly breaking through it, the water becomes gradually impregnated with boric 
acid and heated. A series of such lagoons are made to communicate with each other on the 
declivity of a hill, and the lowest to discharge itself into a reservoir, where the solution is 
allowed to rest and deposit mechanical impurities. From this reservoir the solution is made to 
pass into leaden evaporating pans, heated by the natural vapor, where it receives sufficient con- 
centration to fit it for being conducted into wooden tubs, where it is allowed to cool and crystal- 
lize. The crude acid thus obtained contains from 74 to 84 per cent, of boric acid ; the impuri- 
ties consisting chiefly of alum, the double ammonium and magnesium sulphate, and calcium 
sulphate. The production of Tuscan boric acid for the year 1887 was stated to be 8500 tons, 
in addition to 500 tons of borax made direct at the works, while that for 1891 was 8831 metric 
tons. 
The native borax minerals of California supply, at present, the entire American demand for 
boric acid. The American production of refined borax, including boric acid, was 13,506,356 
pounds in 1895, 15,258,014 pounds in 1896, and 21,422,300 pounds in 1897. The free acid 
is obtained by decomposing the salt in aqueous solution with strong hydrochloric acid. 
Properties. Boric acid forms “ Transparent, colorless scales, of a somewhat pearly lustre, 
or, when in perfect crystals, six-sided, triclinic plates, slightly unctuous to the touch, odorless, 
having a faintly bitterish taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 25-6 
parts of water, and in 15 parts of alcohol; also soluble in 10 parts of glycerin. Addition of 
hydrochloric acid increases its solubility in water.” U. S. “ Soluble in 30 parts of cold water, in 
4 of glycerin, in 30 of alcohol (90 per cent.), and in 3 of boiling water." Br. Boric acid has a 
sp. gr. of 1-434, dissolves in three parts of boiling water and in volatile oils, but is insoluble in 
ether. On evaporation of the alcoholic solution, the boric acid volatilizes even more readily than 
from the aqueous solution. Glycerin, when heated, dissolves a very large quantity of boric acid. 
(See Glyceritum Boroglycerini; also Boroglyceride, Part II.*) Its aqueous solution tastes some- 
what acid, colors litmus paper a wine red, and changes turmeric paper to a brown color, analo- 
gous to that produced by alkalies, even when hydrochloric acid is present. On moistening the 
paper so browned and then dried with caustic alkali solution, it turns first blue and then a dirty 
gray color. “ When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), Boric Acid loses water, forming metaboric acid 
(HBOa), which slowly volatilizes at that temperature. Heated to 160° C. (320° F.), it fuses 
to a glassy mass of tetraboric (or pyroboric) acid (H2B407) ; at a higher temperature the fused 
mass swells up, loses all of its water, and becomes boron trioxide (B203), which fuses into a 
transparent, non-volatile mass. From a boiling solution, Boric Acid readily volatilizes. The 
solution in alcohol or glycerin burns with a flame enveloped with a green-colored mantle. An 
aqueous solution (1 in 50) of Boric Acid colors blue litmus paper red, but yellow turmeric paper 
brownish-red after drying, even when the solution had been acidulated with hydrochloric acid ; 
this brownish-red color is changed to bluish-black by ammonia water.” U. S. “ It changes 
the color of litmus to wine-red in the cold, a hot saturated solution giving a bright red color; 
turmeric paper moistened with an aqueous solution, even when slightly acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid, becomes brownish-red on gently drying, and this color changes to a greenish-black 
if solution of potassium hydroxide be added. The solution in alcohol burns with a flame tinged 
with green, especially when the solution is acidulated nvith sulphuric acid. Boric Acid liquefies 
when warmed, and on careful heating loses 43-6 per cent, of its weight, the product solidifying, 
on cooling, to a brittle glass-like mass. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests 
for lead or copper, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for iron, calcium, magnesium, 
potassium, sodium, ammonium, chlorides, and sulphates.” Br. 
Boric acid is a weak acid, or may even act as a base. Thus, with sulphuric and phosphoric 
acids it forms compounds which may be considered as salts. Its compounds with bases, when 
in solution, are readily decomposed by other acids, but at red heat boric oxide will displace 
many of the stronger but more volatile acids. “ A 2-per-cent, aqueous solution of the Acid 
should not be precipitated by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sxdphatc) ; silver nitrate 
test-solution with nitric acid (absence of chloride) ; ammonium sulphide test-solution (lead, 
copper, iron, etc.) ; ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium) ; or sodium phosphate test-solution 
* Antibacteride. For an account of this substance see U. S. D., 16th ed. Acidum Boricum.—Acidum Carbolicum. 
35 
PART I. 
and ammonia water (magnesium,). No odor of ammonia should be evolved by heating the 
Acid with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution. In a solution of 1 Gm. of Boric Acid 
in a mixture of 1 C.c. of hydrochloric acid and 49 C.c. of water, 0-5 C.c. of potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution should not at once produce a blue color (limit of iron). A fragment 
heated on a platinum wire (thoroughly cleansed by washing and heating, until it no longer 
colors the flame) should not impart to the non-luminous flame a persistent yellow color (absence 
of sodium)." U. S. M. Schauftele, of Paris, has drawn attention to a commercial boric acid 
containing lead. (JSf. /?., July, 1877.) 
Boric acid requires thirty parts of water to dissolve it, and this fact has led to many attempts 
to increase its solubility without interfering with its usefulness. The use of glycerin has been 
officially sanctioned. Scholz and Mansier recommend the use of magnesium carbonate (11 per 
cent.), but such an addition is not always permissible. When equal parts of boric acid and 
borax are dissolved in boiling water a crystalline mass separates on cooling, which has been 
termed boro-borax. Its advantages are increased solubility and neutral reaction. The remark- 
able volatility of boric acid when in alcoholic solution has been observed by Dr. Schneider 
and the fact utilized in its quantitative determination. (Zeitschr. Oest. Apoth. Per., 1896, 791.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. The physiological action of boric acid and its salts 
is a very feeble one, yet severe and even fatal cases of poisoning from it have been reported. 
The symptoms have been great depression of spirits, fall of bodily temperature, a pulse which 
is either rapid or slow but always very feeble, nausea, violent vomiting, hiccough, sometimes an 
erythematous eruption accompanied with much oedematous swelling, ecchymoses, disturbance 
of respiration, and, very late in the poisoning, coma followed by death. The acid escapes 
rapidly from the system, and to some extent through all the secretions, but especially by the 
urine. It has been demonstrated by E. T. Stewart and H. C. Wood to act as a depressant 
upon the spinal centres, and also to have a depressant influence upon the heart itself. 
Boric acid and its salts are usually poisonous to the lower forms of life, and have consider- 
able antiseptic power, but the experiments of Sternberg and of Andrews have shown that this 
influence is too feeble to be depended upon against pathogenetic germs. The acid acts upon 
mucous membranes as a soothing detergent, is nearly free from irritating properties, and is 
much used as a local application in mucous membrane inflammations, such as conjunctivitis, 
aphthous ulceration of the mouth, and even diphtheria. 
In antiseptic surgery the remedy has been tried, but has failed to take rank with more 
powerful agents. A lint made by saturating ordinary patent lint, or an ointment produced by 
melting one part each of spermaceti and white wax with six parts of vaseline and adding 
while hot two to four parts of a saturated glycerite of boric acid, may be used. In treating 
wounds, it is often desirable to use a solution containing more than 4 per cent, of boric acid 
(the extent of its solubility in water). Jaenicke proposes for this purpose a mixture of equal 
parts of boric acid and borax, of which 16 per cent, is soluble in water at ordinary tempera- 
ture. It is said to be non-irritating, non-poisonous, and efficacious: being soluble to the extent 
of 30 per cent, in water at the temperature of the blood, the solution can be applied to the 
interior of organs, and on cooling the crystals of the compound separate. (A. J. P., 1892, 97.) 
In ammoniacal cystitis boric acid may be given internally, and the washing out of the bladder 
with a saturated solution of the acid or of borax often acts most happily. Dose of the acid, 
ten grains (0-647 Gm.) three to six times a day ; strength of the solution for use on the con- 
junctiva or other mucous membrane, from five grains to the ounce up to saturation. 
Fatal cases of boric acid poisoning have been produced by the immoderate use of its solu- 
tion in washing out internal cavities. Two ounces of boric acid in the vagina produced violent 
poisoning, but were recovered from. 
The tendency of the crystals'of boric acid to slip from under the pestle renders the process 
of pulverization very tedious. It is essential that the acid be in an impalpable powder when it 
is desired to make an ointment. The gradual addition of ether to the acid has been suggested 
as a valuable aid to trituration. Boric acid ointment (Lister’s) is made from one part each of 
boric acid and white wax, and two parts each of oil of sweet almonds and paraffin. 
ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. U. S., Br. Carbolic Acid. (Phenol.) 
C«H5OH; 93*78. 
“ A constituent ot coal-tar, obtained by iractional distillation, and subsequently purmed. 
Carbolic Acid should be kept in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered vials.” U. S. “ Phenol, 
(AQ'I-DUM CAR-BOL'I-CUM.) 
C6H5HO; 94. 36 
Acidum Carbolicum. 
PART I. 
CeH60H, commonly termed carbolic acid, is obtained from coal-tar oil by fractional distilla- 
tion/’ Br. 
Acidum Phenicum s. Phenylicum Crystallisatum; Phenie Acid; Phenylic Acid; Phenol; Phenylic Alcohol; 
Acide carbolique, Hydrate de Phenyle, Acide phenique, Fr.; Carbolsaure, Phenylstlure, Phenylalkohol, G. 
This important medicine was discovered in 1834, in the tar of coal, by Runge, who gave it 
the name of carbolic acid. When on the subject of its composition, we shall have occasion to 
show that, although more closely related chemically with the alcohols than the acids, it belongs 
to a peculiar class known in common as phenols. The British Pharmacopoeia no longer officially 
recognizes the name of carbolic acid, but uses “ phenol” as the English name for this substance. 
Preparation. For the commercial preparation of carbolic acid the light oil fraction is 
collected until a sample of the oil that runs from the still sinks in water. This fraction, with 
a sp. gr. of from 0-94 to 0-99, boils between 90° and 250° C. and contains from 4 to 10 per 
cent, of acids, and therefore nearly all the carbolic acid or true phenol which boils at 182° C. 
The oil from which the phenol is to be extracted is agitated with a weak solution of caustic 
soda, 10 per cent, strength being strong enough. If a stronger solution is used many im- 
purities, like naphtalene, are dissolved and contaminate the finished acid. After agitation, 
the mixture, on standing, separates into two layers, the upper consisting of the extracted oil 
and the lower the solution of sodium carbolate. To this solution, after separation from the 
oily layer, an amount of hydrochloric or dilute sulphuric acid calculated from a special test 
with a small portion, as just sufficient, is then added in order to set the carbolic acid free. It 
separates as an oily layer upon the surface, and, after being washed with a saturated solution 
of common salt, is dried over calcium chloride and again distilled. The product thus obtained 
crystallizes out largely on a cooled surface, and, after removing the crystals from adhering 
liquid, and drying them by pressure, they are again submitted to the same process of distil- 
lation. Only by such a detailed procedure can carbolic acid be separated from its homologues, 
like cresol (cresylic acid), C6H4(CH3)OH, which accompany it, smell exactly like it, and boil 
between 185° C. (365° F.) and 200° C. (392° F.). 
Prof. Church (JOliem. News, Oct. 13,1871) proposes to prepare pure carbolic acid by agitating 
the best commercial product with 20 parts of water, siphoning off the clear solution from the 
undissolved portion which retains the impurities, and adding to the solution pure common salt 
to saturation, when the purified acid rises to the top, and may afterwards be dehydrated by 
distillation with lime. 
Within recent years German manufacturers have put upon the market “ synthetical carbolic 
acid,” for which is claimed a greater purity than that extracted from coal-tar. It may be made 
synthetically in one of two ways,—either from benzene, which is converted into benzene-sul- 
phonic acid, the sodium salt of which is then fused with an excess of caustic soda, producing 
sodium carbolate and sodium sulphite, from which, on the addition of sulphuric or hydrochloric 
acid, the phenol separates and may be distilled off; or a pure aniline oil is taken, neutralized 
with sulphuric acid, and to the acid solution sodium nitrite is added. The nitrous acid liberated 
forms at first diazobenzene sulphate; but this at once decomposes into phenol, sulphuric acid, 
and nitrogen, the reactions being as follows : 
(C6H6NH ) H S04 + 2HNOa = (CeH N==N) S04 + 4HaO; 
(CeH6N==N)2S04 4- 2HaO = 2CeH Oil + II2S04 + 4N. 
The synthetic acid melts at41°-42° C., and boils at 178° C. (352*4° F.). It is as yet considerably 
dearer than the coal-tar carbolic acid. 
Commercial Forms. In one of his publications in reference to carbolic acid, Dr. F. 
Crace Calvert, to whom probably more than to any other person is owing the introduction of this 
substance into use in Great Britain and the United States, informed us that the carbolic acid 
obtained by Laurent, melting at 34° C. (93° F.), and boiling at 186° C. (367° F.), was not 
quite pure. By successive steps of improvement in the process employed by the manufacturing 
house at Manchester with which he is connected, they had at length succeeded in preparing 
the pure crystallized acid, without color or sulphurous odor; but, unfortunately, this statement 
is not accompanied with an account of the means by which the end had been attained. As 
the products of this factory are those now generally used, a brief notice, derived from the 
same source, of the forms of the drug prepared by them, and now circulating in the market, 
is desirable. 1. A pure acid is prepared, crystallizing in white prismatic crystals, but, as usu- 
ally sold, in a white, hard, fused mass, which differs from Laurent’s in being soluble in 20 parts 
of water instead of 33 parts, fusible at 41° C. (106° F.) instead of 34° C. (93° F.), and boil- 
ing at 182° C. (359° F.) instead of 186° C. (367° F.). This should be preferred for internal PART I. 
Acidum Carbolicum. 
37 
use. 2. The second form is less pure. Like Laurent’s, it is white, solid, and fusible at 34° C. 
(93° F.), and may be employed for external purposes, whether in medicine or surgery. 3. A 
third quality is known in commerce as solution No. 4, which is not crystallizable at ordinary 
temperatures, and contains at least 10 per cent, of water, with varying quantities of homolo- 
gous acids. 4. The fourth and cheapest form is that of a nearly colorless liquid, which is a 
mixture of carbolic and cresylic acids. Diluted with 100 parts of water or more, it may be 
used for the coarser antiseptic and disinfecting purposes out of doors, as in cess-pools and 
sewers. Besides these forms of carbolic acid, which issue from the manufacturing establish- 
ment of the Messrs. Calvert, there are others from different sources, generally in the liquid 
state, which are usually of a brownish color, and consist of mixtures of carbolic acid with 
cresylic acid, coloring matter, etc., and of which carbolic acid often constitutes but a small 
proportion. These are often imported from Germany. They should not be used internally; 
but for disinfectant and antiseptic purposes they are probably equal to solutions of the pure 
acid, as the cresylic acid is said to be quite as powerfully disinfectant as the carbolic, if not 
more so. 
These impure liquors are sold sometimes under the improper name of coal-tar creosote. They 
are recognized in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia under the name of “ Acidum Carbolicum Crudum.” 
Properties. Carbolic acid, in its pure state, is a solid at ordinary temperatures, crystal- 
lizing in minute plates or long rhomboidal needles, white or colorless, of a peculiar odor recall- 
ing that of creosote, and an acrid burning taste. Its sp. gr. is 1-065. (Lemaire.) It is apt to 
be colored pinkish or brown under the influence of light and air. This reddening has been 
ascribed to various causes, such as ammonia and ammonium nitrite in the air, rust-spots in 
tinned iron vessels, alkali in glass vessels, organic matter, etc. It is said to be due to oxida- 
tion ; stannous chloride solution acquires a green color when shaken with the red-colored acid. 
Demant recommends the removal of the red color by adding to 89 parts of the melted acid 11 
parts of alcohol, subjecting the mixture to freezing, and then draining off the portion remain- 
ing liquid. Perfectly white crystals can be thus obtained. A slight discoloration does not 
interfere with any of the medical uses of the acid. Carbolic acid deliquesces on exposure, 
and becomes liquid; and the presence of water in the smallest proportion causes it to liquefy. 
It is customary to add 10 per cent, of water or glycerin to carbolic acid for dispensing, as it is 
more convenient to use in a liquid form. (See p. 41.) When diluted it has a sweetish taste 
with a slightly burning after-taste, and a faintly acid reaction. When quite pure it melts at 
41° C. (106° F.), forming an oily looking, colorless liquid, and boils at 182° C. (359° F.). 
(Calvert.) But, as often met with, its point of fusion is lower, and that of volatilization 
higher, than those named. “ When gently heated, Carbolic Acid melts, forming a highly re- 
fractive liquid. It is also liquefied by the addition of about 8 per cent, of water. If the Acid 
be liquefied by a gentle heat, and then slowly cooled, under constant stirring, until it is partly 
recrystallized, the semi-liquid mass should show a temperature (remaining stationary for a 
short time) not lower than 35° C. (95° F.). The Acid should have a boiling point not higher 
than 188° C. (370-4° F.). A lower boiling point, or a higher melting point, indicates a purer 
or less hydrated acid. When heated upon a water-bath, the Acid should be volatilized with- 
out leaving a residue. The vapor of the Acid is inflammable.” U. S. The Br. Ph. gives its 
melting point at not lower than 102° F. (38-8° C.), and its boiling point not higher than 
359.6° F. (182° C.). Specific gravity at the melting point from 1-060 to 1-066. It is “ soluble, 
at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 15 parts of water, the solubility varying according to the degree 
of hydration of the acid. Very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, carbon disul- 
phide, glycerin, fixed and volatile oils. Almost insoluble in benzin.” U. S. “ Freely soluble 
in alcohol (90 per cent.), benzol, chloroform, carbon bisulphide, glycerin, in the fixed and 
volatile oils, and in solutions of alkalies. Exposed to moist air it may acquire a pinkish tinge. 
At 60° F. (15-5° C.), 100 parts of Phenol should be liquefied by the addition of 10 parts of 
water, should form a clear liquid with 30 to 40 of water, and should be completely dissolved 
by 1200 of water. The aqueous solution should be clear and colorless.” Br. Its solubility in 
water increases on heating the water; at 84° C. (183-2° F.) both liquids are miscible in all 
proportions. Its solution is, if pure, colorless, and remains so; but, if impure, is colored 
brownish by exposure. It is but slightly soluble in cold petroleum benzin, but dissolves largely 
on heating. Sodium sulphoricinate has been used to increase the solubility of phenol, the 
advantage being that it will retain 40 per cent, of phenol in solution without destroying its 
antiseptic power, making a solution without causticity. 
“ The aqueous solution of the Acid yields, with bromine water, a white precipitate which at 38 
Acidum Carbolicum. 
PART I. 
first redissolves, but becomes permanent as more of the reagent is added, and appears crystal- 
line when viewed under the microscope. On adding to 10 C.c. of a 1-per-cent, aqueous solution 
of the Acid, 1 drop of ferric chloride test-solution, the liquid acquires a violet-blue color which 
is permanent; and on adding Carbolic Acid either to albumen or to collodion, coagulation takes 
place (difference from creosote). One volume of cold, liquefied Carbolic Acid (rendered liquid 
by the addition of 8 per cent, of water) forms, with 1 volume of glycerin, a clear liquid which 
is not rendered turbid by the addition of 3 volumes of water (absence of creosote or of cresylic 
acid). If 0-039 Gm. of Carbolic Acid be tested by the method immediately following, there 
should be required for its complete conversion into tribromophenol not less than 24 C.c. of 
bromine decinormal volumetric solution (each C.c. of the volumetric solution corresponding to 
4 per cent, of absolute Phenol).” U. S. “ Phenol does not immediately redden blue litmus 
paper. It does not rotate the plane of a ray of polarized light. It coagulates solution of albu- 
men and collodion, and liquefies Camphor. Test-solution of ferric chloride strikes a deep purple 
color, and excess of solution of bromine gives a white precipitate, with a cold aqueous solution 
of Phenol. An aqueous solution of Phenol mixed with one-fourth of its volume of solution of 
ammonia, and then with a few drops of solution of chlorinated soda, becomes blue after a time 
or immediately on gently heating. One volume of Phenol, liquefied by the addition of 10 per 
cent, of water, forms with 1 volume of glycerin a clear liquid which is not rendered turbid by 
the addition of 3 volumes of water (absence of cresol).” Br. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 gives a method of valuing carbolic acid as follows: 
“ Valuation of Carbolic Acid. Dissolve 1-563 Gm. of the Carbolic Acid to be valued, 
in a sufficient quantity of water to make 1000 C.c. Transfer 25 C.c. of this solution (con- 
taining 0-039 Gm. of the acid) to a glass-stoppered bottle having a capacity of about 200 C.c., 
add 30 C.c. of bromine decinormal volumetric solution (which is 5 C.c. more than would be 
required if the carbolic acid in the solution were absolute phenol, the excess being added to 
promote the formation and separation of tribromophenol), then 5 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, 
and immediately insert the stopper. Shake the bottle repeatedly in the course of half an hour, 
then remove the stopper just sufficiently to introduce quickly 5 C.c. of a 20-per-cent, aqueous 
solution of potassium iodide, being careful that no bromine vapor escapes, and immediately 
stopper the bottle. Shake the latter thoroughly, remove the stopper and rinse it and the neck 
of the bottle with a little water, so that the washings may flow into the bottle, and then add, 
from a burette, sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution, until the iodine tint is 
exactly discharged, using towards the end a few drops of starch test-solution as indicator. 
Note the number of C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution consumed. 
Deduct this from 30 (the number of C.c. of bromine volumetric solution originally added), 
and multiply the remainder by 4. The product will, approximately, represent the percentage 
of absolute Phenol in the Carbolic Acid tested.” U. S. 
Though nearly neutral to test-paper, it combines feebly with some bases ; its salts being decom- 
posed by carbonic acid, and those with the alkalies having an alkaline reaction. The potassium 
carbolate is said to be decomposed even by water. Nitric acid converts it into picric acid, 
for the manufacture of which it is largely used. It reduces many metallic salts, especially 
those of silver and copper, and coagulates collodion. Bromine water, added in excess to a 
weak solution, produces a flocculent white precipitate. This precipitate, which consists of 
tribromophenol, is so insoluble that it separates even in the most dilute solutions, and affords an 
extremely delicate test. In 24 hours a solution containing but of phenol gives the 
reaction. (Allen, Com. Org. Analysis, 2d ed., vol. ii. p. 540.) If an aqueous solution of phenol 
be gently warmed with ammonium aud solution of sodium hypoclilorate (avoiding excess), a 
deep blue color is obtained, which is lasting, but turns to red on the addition of acids. Solu- 
tions containing 1 part of phenol in 5000 parts of water react well when 20 C.c. are employed. 
Much smaller quantities give the reaction after a time. (Ibid., p. 539.) Ferric chloride (avoid- 
ing excess) gives a fine violet color, by which 1 part of phenol in 3000 parts of water can be 
detected. The presence even of neutral salts often interferes with this reaction. 
Carbolic acid in solution coagulates albumen and collodion, arrests fermentation, instantly 
destroys the lower forms of vegetable and animal life, and, in very small proportion, prevents 
mouldiness in vegetable juices, and protects animal substances against putrefaction. 
The substances with which carbolic acid is most likely to be confounded are cresylic acid 
and creosote, the former, like it, extracted from coal-tar, the latter from wood-tar exclusively. 
As cresylic acid is incapable of crystallizing at ordinary temperatures, the two cannot be con- 
founded in the solid state, and, as before observed, its presence in the liquid state is of little PART I. 
Acidum Carbolicwn. 
39 
consequence, as its virtues are of the same kind, and at least equal. Its boiling point, how- 
ever, is considerably higher than that of carbolic acid, being about 400° ; and it may, there- 
fore, be supposed to be present in any suspected liquid which will not crystallize at any common 
temperature, or boil under 202° C. (395° F.) to 204° C. (400° F.). It is also distinguished 
by being less soluble in water, ammonia, glycerin, and solution of soda than is the case with 
carbolic acid, but it is more soluble in petroleum benzin. (Allen.) (A. J. P., Jan. 1879.) 
Creosote is distinguished by its lower density, its liquid form, and its higher boiling point; by 
its insolubility in strong ammonia, or in 6-per-cent, soda solution, as well as its insolubility 
in pure glycerin (see Creosotum) ; by not coagulating collodion and albumen ; and by the dif- 
ferent effects on it of strong nitric acid, which with carbolic acid produces pure picric or tri- 
nitrophenic acid, and with creosote, oxalic acid, resinous matter, and but a small proportion 
of picric acid. (Calvert, Lancet, 1863, p. 523.) Carbolic acid differs also in having no effect 
on polarized light. 
The commercial carbolic acid powders and liquids all contain not only cresylic acid, but also 
nearly inactive and valueless neutral tar oils, and it is important to be able to determine the 
percentage of the tar adds and that of simple tar oils in a commercial sample. Prof. John 
Muter (A. J. P., Nov. 1887, p. 581) has worked out a simple method for this, based upon the 
following four observed facts: 1st, phenol, cresol, and their homologues are completely soluble 
when shaken up with a 5-per-cent, solution of sodium hydrate; 2d, liquefied phenol and the 
corresponding cresol are insoluble in a saturated solution of sodium chloride; 3d, in the pres- 
ence of a sufficient excess of alkali even a largely diluted solution may be boiled down without 
the slightest appreciable loss of phenol or cresol; 4th, tar oils and naphtalin are only very 
slightly dissolved by alkali, and may be perfectly removed from the solution by agitating it 
with benzol. 
Prof. E. W. Davy proposes, as a test for carbolic acid, sulpho-molybdic acid, made by dis- 
solving 1 part of molybdic acid in 10 or even 100 parts of pure concentrated sulphuric acid ; 
3 or 4 drops of this solution are added to the carbolic acid placed on white porcelain: a beau- 
tiful blue coloration will be produced upon standing, particularly if the liquid be gently heated ; 
if this reagent is applied to wood creosote in aqueous solution, a brownish-red color is produced. 
Carbolic acid in creosote may be detected by distilling an aqueous solution of the mixture: 
the first portion of the distillate will give the reaction for creosote, the last portion that for 
carbolic acid. (P. J. Tr., June 22, 1878.) 
Composition. The view of the composition of carbolic acid now universally accepted 
is that it is the hydroxyl (OH) derivative of benzene, CeHe, and its formula would therefore 
be C6H5,0H. This would ally it to the alcohols, and it may be compared in fact to what are 
known as tertiary alcohols. The primary alcohols, like ethyl alcohol, C2II60H, yield corre- 
sponding aldehydes and acids on oxidation. The counterpart of these in the aromatic series are 
the aromatic alcohols, like CeH5.CH20H, which yield benzoic acid, C6H5C00H, on oxidation. 
The name phenols has therefore been given to these derivatives in which H of the benzene 
group is replaced by Oil. It is commonly called carbolic acid, but its claims to be considered 
as an acid are very feeble; as, though it combines with salifiable bases, it is incapable of neu- 
tralizing the alkalies, does not affect the color of litmus, and may be separated from its com- 
binations with great facility, sometimes, it is asserted, even by water. Shaken in the liquid 
form with one-fourth of water, and cooled to 40° F., it crystallizes in the form of a hydrate, 
C6H5,OH -f- II20, which fuses at 17° C. (62 6° F.). 
Medical Properties and Uses. Carbolic acid, in the liquid form, is locally, powerfully 
irritant and anaesthetic, and, applied undiluted to the skin, causes a sharp pain followed by 
numbness, and accompanied with a whiteness of the surface, due to the coagulation of albumen. 
In contact with mucous.surfaces it acts in the same way, and if continued long enough may 
produce a superficial caustic effect. When applied externally or taken internally with sufficient 
freedom it is a most fatal, rapidly-acting poison. The symptoms are usually developed very 
rapidly; indeed, death has occurred in two or three minutes, the patient dying in immediate 
coma and collapse. After small amounts the symptoms, which may be delayed for several 
minutes, are nausea, cold sweats, marked pallor of the skin, stupor rapidly deepening into 
complete insensibility, a feeble pulse, which is usually rapid, but has been in some cases much 
slower than normal, and great disturbance of the breathing. The respirations are usually 
hurried and shallow, often very irregular, sometimes paroxysmally arrested. There is usually 
paralysis both of sensation and motion, but in some cases violent epileptiform convulsions have 
occurred. An almost diagnostic symptom is a blackish coloration of the urine. In severe 40 
Acid urn Carbolicum. 
PART I. 
poisoning the latter fluid is apt to contain both albumen and tube-casts. Half an ounce of 
carbolic acid has caused death, and one and a half ounces have been recovered from. When 
carbolic acid is employed externally the symptoms develop slowly: the dark discoloration of 
the urine is especially marked, and its presence should be the signal for disuse of the remedy. 
Death is generally due to paralysis of the respiratory centres; although the heart is power- 
fully depressed and death may happen by syncope: indeed, carbolic acid is an overpowering, 
paralyzing poison to all higher tissues. The lesions found after death have been whitish or 
blackish corrugated spots on the gastric mucous membrane, imperfect coagulability of the blood, 
and in some instances fatty degeneration of the hepatic cell and of the renal epithelium. 
In therapeutic doses carbolic acid has no appreciable effect upon the general system. It is 
eliminated by all the emunctories, having been found by Lemaire in the breath of animals, but 
especially escapes through the kidneys, chiefly as a sulphocarbolic and glyco-uronic acid ; but, 
after toxic doses, to some extent unchanged, and probably also in some part oxidized in hydro- 
chinon, oxalic acid, and other educts. As an internal medicament carbolic acid is, at present, 
used almost solely for its sedative influence upon the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane and 
its antifermentative action upon the contents of the primae viae. It is especially useful in 
vomiting or diarrhoea when dependent upon excessive irritability of the gastric or intestinal 
mucous membrane. In yeasty vomiting, in flatulence, in diarrhoea with offensive passages, in 
flatulent dyspepsia, and in the fermentative diarrhoea connected with intestinal dyspepsia, it is 
very valuable in doses of from one to three drops, not oftener than once in two hours. 
By far the most important property of carbolic acid, both as a therapeutic and as a sanative 
agent, is its destructive influence over the lower grades of organic life, whether vegetable or ani- 
mal. In a solution containing only one part of the acid in 500 parts of water, it instantly destroys 
vegetable mould, both plant and spores, and operates with equal destructiveness upon minute or 
microscopic animalcules. Hoppe-Seyler gives as the result of his observation that all inferior 
organisms perish in a liquid containing 1 per cent, of the acid. (Arch. Gin., 1873, p. 633.) 
Rosenbach injected dogs and rabbits with unhealthy pus with and without admixture of carbolic 
acid, and found that death generally followed in the former case, while with the addition of 
5 per cent, of carbolic acid no permanent injury resulted. (Med. Record, 1873, p. 427.) Through 
this power it checks the different proper fermentations, including the putrefactive, and thus 
acts powerfully as an antiseptic or disinfecting agent. In sufficient concentration it is undoubt- 
edly capable of destroying germs of various diseases. Experiments have determined that, mixed 
with vaccine matter in the proportion of 2 per cent., it entirely destroys its efficacy, while in a 
much smaller proportion it has no effect. (Arch. Gen., 1873, p. 632.) 
But it is more as a topical than as an internal and systemic remedy that carbolic acid has 
been used; and its employment in this way has reference in general to its antiseptic and anti- 
zymotic property. As regards the mere correction of offensive odor by decomposition or neu- 
tralization of the effluvia on which the odor depends, there are other medicines much more 
energetic than carbolic acid, as chlorine, bromine, and potassium permanganate. Indeed, 
the probability is that it exercises no deodorizing influence beyond that of merely disguising 
the smell of the offensive exhalations by its own bad odor. Its real action is upon the cause 
of the exhalations. Most of these offensive odors depend upon a species of fermentation, the 
putrefactive for example, and carbolic acid, even in very dilute solution, is powerfully destruc- 
tive of the organisms which cause fermentations, and consequently acts much more by prevent- 
ing putrefactive exhalations than by destroying them. A piece of offensive animal matter is 
less speedily deodorized by carbolic acid than by potassium permanganate; but the former in 
a short time entirely suppresses the putrefaction, and the matter consequently ceases to smell 
because it ceases to putrefy; whereas under the mere chemical agent it is only by its constant 
presence that the odor is prevented, and the putrefaction goes on unchecked. 
Through its parasiticidal influence, carbolic acid is highly useful, as a local application, in all 
the diseases which are connected with or dependent on the presence of microscopic plants or 
animals. Hence its use in scabies, in which it destroys the itch insect, in the different forms 
of porrigo and trichosis, in pityriasis versicolor, in the thrush of infants, and in all cases of 
minute vermin affecting the human body. In these cases it is applied to the parts affected in 
weak solution, or in the form of ointment, but care must be taken to avoid poisoning by it. 
Offensive diphtheritic exudations, putrid ulcers wherever they can be reached, and suppuration 
with a similar offensive odor, whether on the outer surface, or from the mucous passages, as of 
the nose, bronchial tubes, external meatus, urinary outlets, the rectum, and, in females, the vagina, 
afford similar indications for its use. Its use as a vermicide is too dangerous to be justifiable. PART i. 
Acidum Carbolicum. 
41 
It is a very valuable remedy in the treatment of compound fractures, and other surgical or 
accidental wounds. As success in the so-called antiseptic surgery is dependent upon close atten- 
tion to numerous details, the reader is referred to works upon antiseptic surgery for further 
information upon the subject. It has been highly recommended as a dentifrice in carious teeth 
with offensive breath, and to keep the teeth and gums clean from tartar or other morbid deposit 
consequent upon, or at least connected with, the presence of minute parasitic organisms in these 
parts. Introduced on cotton, in a concentrated liquid state, into the cavity of a carious tooth, 
it quickly relieves pain by its local anaesthetic action ; but care must he taken to prevent it from 
touching the lips or the internal surface of the mouth. In cases, too, of morbidly offensive 
secretion in the axilla and groin, between the toes, etc., it may be used in the form of solution 
or ointment with hope of benefit. 
Independently of its disinfectant properties, it may be employed locally, in weak solution, 
as a gentle irritant or alterative, or concentrated, as a mild escharotic* in chronic indolent or 
flabby ulcers, or in those of a specific character, as the syphilitic, in cutaneous eruptions inde- 
pendent of cryptogamic cause, and in non-suppurative chronic or even acute inflammation of 
the mucous membranes, as in common angina. In scalds and burns it is said to have proved 
very useful. In concentrated form carbolic acid is a mild caustic, which may be used with 
advantage in the treatment of marts, corns, and other epidermal growths. 
The stomach pump or the india-rubber tube siphon should be employed in carbolic acid 
poisoning, after the administration of the antidote, the benumbing of the stomach being such 
that emetics usually will not act. M. Husemann recommended as an antidote the saccharate 
of lime, prepared by dissolving 16 parts of sugar in 40 parts of distilled water, adding 5 parts 
of caustic lime, digesting it three days with occasional agitation, then filtering and evaporating 
to dryness. The resulting saccharate should be given in solution. (Joum. de Pharm., 1873, p. 
222.) The discovery, however, of Baumann and Hueter that the soluble sulphates, especially 
the sodium sidphate, form with carbolic acid harmless sulpho-carbolates, and are capable of 
neutralizing the poison even after its absorption into the blood, has been abundantly confirmed 
by Dr. David Cerna and others, and in sulphuric acid and the innocuous soluble sulphates we 
have very certain antidotes, which should be given freely, promptly, and continuously. 
Of the tests for carbolic acid in cases of suspected poisoning by this substance, the three 
most characteristic are: the ammonia and hypochlorite test, the test with ferric chloride, and 
the bromine test. One part of carbolic acid in 5000 of water may be shown by adding to the 
solution first about one-quarter its volume of ammonium hydrate and then a small quantity of 
sodium hypochlorite solution, when a blue color will appear. One part of phenol in 3000 of 
water can be detected by the addition of a solution of ferric chloride, when a fine violet color 
will develop, although the color is often interfered with in complex liquid mixtures. The 
most satisfactory test is that with bromine water. A whitish precipitate of tribromphenol 
will form even in very dilute solutions on standing. One part in 60,000 can be detected in this 
way. The precipitate is insoluble in water and acid liquids, but soluble in alkalies, ether, and 
absolute alcohol. 
The dose of carbolic acid is one to three grains (0-064-0T9 Gm.), or of the acid in its con- 
centrated liquid form one to three drops (0-06-0T8 C.c.), which may be given in half a fluid- 
ounce or a fluidounce of sweetened water. An excellent menstruum is glycerin, which dissolves 
it in all proportions; and a preparation is at present official in the British Ph., consisting of an 
ounce of carbolic acid dissolved in four fluidounces of glycerin, of which about four minims 
represent a grain of the acid. From this solution formulas may be readily prepared, either for 
internal or for external use, by diluting it with water. (See Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici.) 
For external use the strength varies greatly according to the object desired. When applied 
with a view to its superficial escharotic action, as in gangrenous or specific ulcers, it may be 
used in the solid state properly comminuted, or in the strongest liquid form. In this condition 
it may be readily obtained by placing the bottle containing it in hot water. Bufalini recom- 
mends its combination with camphor, under the name of Camphorated Phenol, asserting that 
the camphor moderates the caustic and disorganizing action of the phenol without destroy- 
ing its useful effects; he prepares it by mixing one part of carbolic acid with two parts of 
* Dr. Robert Battey, of Rome, Ga., in the Amer. Pract., Feb. 1877, suggests a combination with iodine, as a 
uterine escharotic and alterative, under the name of Iodized Phenol, prepared by “gently warming one ounce of 
erystallized carbolic acid with half an ounce of iodine.” This may be diluted, if necessary, with an equal bulk of 
glycerin. Under the name of Iodated Phenol a weaker preparation has been used, made by dissolving 4 grains 
each of iodine and carbolic acid in 10 drachms of glycerin. A. J. P., 1886, p. 14. 42 
Acidum Carbolicum.—Acidum Carbolicum Liquefciclum. 
PART I. 
camphor, allowing the mixture to stand some hours, and purifying by washing with water; it 
is a liquid of reddish-yellow color, having the smell of camphor, insoluble in water, and soluble 
in alcohol and ether. For the skin affections one part of the acid may be dissolved in one 
hundred or two hundred parts of water; or the impure liquid acid may be used, diluted in the 
same proportion. M. Bazin uses a solution of one part in forty parts of acetic acid of 8° B. 
and 100 of water, in tetter and psora, and states that a single application will destroy the itch 
insect. A solution containing a grain to the fluidounce of water may be used for application, 
in the form of spray, to the fauces, larynx, and bronchial tubes, by means of the atomizer; 
and the strength may be increased up to four or five grains or moi’e to the fluidounce. 
Various fabrics are impregnated with carbolic acid for surgical use.* Prof. Lister s gauze may 
be made by soaking a loose cotton cloth with a mixture of 5 parts resin, 7 parts paraffin, and 
1 part carbolic acid. Prof. Bruns improves upon this, making a more flexible dressing, by dis- 
solving 400 grammes of powdered resin in 2 litres of alcohol, adding 40 grammes of castor oil 
and 100 grammes of carbolic acid; this will impregnate 2 pounds of the gauze, which is to be 
dried by spreading it out in the air. (See also Lund’s process, A. J. P., Feb. 1874.) Carbolized 
jute may be made by Bosenwasser’s process by soaking in a percolator 1 pound of jute with a 
solution of crystallized carbolic acid 700 grains, paraffin 700 grains, resin 2800 grains, benzin 
3 pints. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., 1879, p. 458. See also N. R., April, 1879, and April, 1880.) 
For burns and scalds 1 part of carbolic acid in 6 parts of olive oil may be applied on lint. 
For the dressing of cancerous and other foul ulcers, a cerate (five grains to the ounce) may 
be used. There is an official ointment. A carbolic acid paper, used in packing fresh meats, 
in order to preserve them, may be prepared by melting 5 parts of stearin with a gentle heat, 
stirring in thoroughly 2 parts of carbolic acid, adding 5 parts of melted paraffin, stirring the 
mixture till it cools, and finally melting, and applying in the usual manner to the paper in 
quires. ( Chemist and Druggist, Dec. 1871.) 
The impure liquid acid sold in the shops usually contains from 70 to 90 per cent, of carbolic 
and cresylic acids jointly (Squibb), and, as the latter acid is quite equal to the former in disin- 
fecting power, yields, if dissolved in water in the proportion of 1 to 80 parts, a solution equiva- 
lent on the average to that produced by dissolving 1 part of the pure acid in 100 parts of water. 
ACIDUM CARBOLICUM CRUDUM. U. S. Crude Carbolic Acid. 
(AQ'I-DUM CAR-BOL'l-CUM CRU'DUM.) 
“ A liquid consisting of various constituents of coal-tar, chiefly cresol and phenol, obtained 
by fractional distillation.” U. S. 
Acide phenique cru, Fr. ; Rohe Carbosaure, G. 
With great propriety, we think, the revisers of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1880, gave a dis- 
tinct heading to this form of carbolic acid, and directed it to be used only externally; for, 
while its impurity, and its more or less uncertain composition and strength, unfit it for internal 
employment, it is equally efficacious with the purer acid as a local remedy and disinfectant. 
Crude carbolic acid is officially described as “ a nearly colorless, or reddish, or brownish-red 
liquid, of a strongly empyreumatic and creosote-like odor; having a benumbing, blanching, 
and caustic effect upon the skin or mucous membrane; and gradually turning darker on ex- 
posure to air and light. The aqueous solution of Crude Carbolic Acid has a slightly acid re- 
action on litmus paper. In an aqueous solution of the Acid, bromiue water produces a white 
precipitate. Crude Carbolic Acid should not be soluble in less than 15 parts of water at 15° 
C. (59° F.), and the aqueous solution should not have an alkaline reaction (absence of alkalies). 
If 50 volumes of the Acid be thoroughly agitated with 950 volumes of water, in a capacious 
vessel, on allowing the mixture to separate, the undissolved portion should not exceed 5 volumes, 
or 10 per cent, by volume of the acid (limit of other less soluble constituents of coal-tar).” U. S. 
ACIDUM CARBOLICUM LIQUEFACTUM. Br. Liquefied Phenol. 
“ Phenol to which distilled water has been added in the proportion of ten parts by weight 
of the water to one hundred parts by weight of the Phenol. It is commonly termed liquefied 
carbolic acid.” Br. 
This official of the British Pharmacopoeia (practically a 90 per cent, phenol) is a valuable 
liquid. Its introduction was doubtless due to the habitual use of the same preparation in dis- 
pensing, so as to avoid weighing the acid. 
(Xg'l-DUM CAR-BOL'I-CUM LIQ-UE-FAO'TUM.) 
* See Carbnsus C’trbolata, N. F Acidwn Chromicum. 
43 
PART I. 
It is described as “ a liquid at first colorless, but usually acquiring a pinkish hue. It forms 
a clear solution on the addition of 18 to 27 per cent, of water at 60° F. (15-5° C.). Specific 
gravity 1-064 to 1-069 at 60° F. (15-5° C.). Boiling point gradually rising to a temperature 
not higher than 359-6° F. (182° C.).” Br. Peter Boa prefers to replace a portion of the 
water used for liquefying the phenol with alcohol, and he found the following mixture to re- 
main fluid even at a temperature of 40° F.: 100 parts of phenol, 7s parts of water, and 2} 
parts of alcohol. Dose, two minims (0-12 C.c.), practically equivalent to one grain of the acid. 
ACIDUM CHROMICUM. U. S., Br. Chromic Acid. 
(A.g'1-DUM fJHRO'MI-CtJM.) 
Cr 03; 99*88. 
“ Chromic Acid should be kept in glass stoppered bottles, and great caution should be observed 
to avoid bringing it in contact with organic substances, such as cork, tannic acid, sugar, alcohol, 
etc., as dangerous accidents are liable to result.” U. S. “ Chromic Anhydride, Cr03, com- 
monly termed chromic acid, is produced by the interaction of sulphuric acid and potassium 
bichromate.” Br. 
Chromic Anhydride, Chromium Trioxide', Anhydrous Chromic Acid; Acide chromique, Fr.; Chromsaure, G. 
This is not a true acid, but an acid anhydride. It may be obtained by the process official in 
the former British Pharmacopoeia : “ Bichromate of Potassium, 30 ounces (av.); Sulphuric Acid, 
57 fluidounces (Imp. meas.) ; Distilled Water, a sufficiency. Dissolve the bichromate of potas- 
sium in a mixture of 50 fluidounces (Imp. meas.) of the water and 42 fluidounces (Imp. meas.) 
of the acid. Set aside for twelve hours, and decant the liquor from the crystals of acid sulphate 
of potassium that have separated. Heat the liquor to about 185° F. (85° C.), and add the 
remainder of the acid, and water sufficient to just redissolve any crystals of chromic acid that 
may have been formed. Allow to cool, collect and drain the crystals, and dry them on porous 
tiles at a temperature not exceeding 100° F. (37°-8 C.) in an air-bath. From the mother liquor 
more crystals may be obtained on evaporation.” Br. 
This process yields crystals which are more or less contaminated with sulphuric acid. Dr. 
Vulpius (Archiv d. Pharm., 1886, p. 964) shows that commercial chromic acid sometimes con- 
tains as much as 7 per cent, of sulphuric acid, and that pure chromic acid is not scarlet in color, 
but dark brown-red and steel-glistening, and not deliquescent in ordinary air. 
The best yield of pure crystals is said to be according to the method of Zettnow (Pogg. Ann., 
cxliii. 471), in which 300 Gm. of potassium bichromate are mixed with 500 C.c. of water, and 
420 C.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid added, and the mixture allowed to stand for twelve 
hours in order that the acid potassium sulphate may crystallize out. The mother-liquor is then 
heated to from 80° to 90°, and 150 C.c. of sulphuric acid added, together with enough water 
to dissolve the crystals of trioxide which at first separate out. After standing for twelve hours 
the liquid is poured off’ from the crystals which have separated, and a second and a third crop 
may be obtained by concentration. The crystals having been drained upon a porous plate and 
washed with pure nitric acid, 1-46 gravity, are dried in a current of warm air. For a method 
by M. Duviller, in which barium chromate is treated by nitric acid, and chromic acid crystal- 
lized out of the mother-liquor, see A. J. P., 1873, p. 23. 
Properties. Chromic acid, as ordinarily seen in commerce, is in the form of anhydrous, 
acicular crystals, of a brilliant crimson red color and an acid metallic taste, deliquescent, and 
very soluble in water, forming an orange-red solution. The requirements of the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1890 are that even traces of sulphuric acid shall be absent, and that the color of the 
crystals be not scarlet. “ Small, needle-shaped crystals, or rhombic prisms, of a dark purplish- 
red color and metallic lustre ; odorless; destructive to animal and vegetable tissues ; deliquescent 
in moist air. Very soluble in water, forming an orange-red solution. When brought in contact 
with alcohol, ether, glycerin, and other organic solvents, decomposition takes place, sometimes 
with dangerous violence. -When Chromic Acid is heated, its color darkens, and finally becomes 
black, but is restored on cooling. At 192° to 193° C. (377-6° to 379-4° F.) it fuses to a red- 
dish-brown liquid, which, on cooling, forms a dark red, brittle mass (often enclosing cavities 
filled with crystals), furnishing a scarlet powder. Above 250° C. (482° F.) it begins to decom- 
pose into green chromic oxide and free oxygen, and, after protracted heating, leaves a residue 
of pure chromic oxide, which should yield nothing soluble to water.” U. S. “ It is very soluble 
in water and in ether. Warmed with hydrochloric acid, chlorine is evolved. Mixed with cold 
alcohol (90 per cent.), aldehyde is produced, and a green residue remains. If placed in con- 
tact with relatively small proportions of either alcohol (90 per cent.), ether, glycerin, or some 
other organic matters, sudden combustion or explosion may ensue. 1 gramme dissolved in 50 
Cr03; 100-4. 44 
Acidum, Chromicum.—Acidum Citncurn. 
PART I, 
cubic centimetres of water and acidulated with hydrochloric acid should afford only a slight 
opalescence with solution of barium chloride (absence of more than traces of sulphates).” Br. 
Chromic acid is a teroxide of the metal chromium, having the formula Cr03. At a heat 
above the melting point it gives off’ half its oxygen, and is converted into the green sesquioxide, 
Cr203. It is a powerful oxidizing and bleaching material, and gives up its oxygen with great 
facility to organic matter. The oxidation of weaker alcohol is attended with the production 
of aldehyde, recognized by the odor ; that of stronger alcohol, by inflaming. “ A solution of 
1 Glm. of Chromic Acid in 100 C.c. of water previously acidulated with a few C.c. of hydro- 
chloric acid should not be rendered turbid on the addition of 1 C.c. of barium chloride test- 
solution (absence of sulphuric acid).” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. As an antiseptic and disinfectant, chromic acid is 
asserted by Dr. John Dougal (Lancet, Dec. 16, 1871), who founds his conclusions on experi- 
ment, to be second to none, and in some respects to surpass even carbolic acid. A piece of 
fresh beef immersed in a solution of chromic acid containing only 1 part in 2000 of water 
became in two days quite black, in six as hard as wood, and at the end of three months 
remained perfectly free from mould or taint. It is a powerful coagulant of albumen, being, 
according to Dougal, 10 times stronger than carbolic acid, 15 times stronger than nitric acid, 
and 20 times stronger than corrosive sublimate. It is, therefore, one of the best tests for 
albumen. Besides coagulating albuminous substances, it oxidizes decaying organic matter, 
combines with and neutralizes the escaping ammonia, and decomposes the hydrogen sulphide, 
reducing it to water and free sulphur. It is also one of the most powerfully destructive agents 
to inferior organic life, greatly exceeding carbolic acid in this respect. Chromic acid has been 
used medically only as an escharotic, in which capacity it acts by rapidly oxidizing and thus de- 
composing the tissues, while by the loss of one-half its oxygen it is itself converted into the inert 
sesquioxide. It was first employed as a caustic by Prof. Sigmund, of Vienna, on the recommenda- 
tion of Dr. Heller. Used in substance, made into a paste with water, its action is exceedingly 
slow and gradual, but deeply penetrating. In saturated solution its action is less penetrating and 
less gradual. By using a solution more or less dilute, the effect may be graduated according to 
the degree desired. Prof. Sigmund commends concentrated solution for the destruction of con- 
dylomata. But caution is necessary, as it may give rise to a deep slough if too largely applied ; 
and, according to M. Gubler, patients have been poisoned, through absorption, by its too exten- 
sive application. (Ed. Med. Journ., Sept. 1871, p. 281.) It has been recommended to destro}’ 
growths in the mouth and larynx, and, from its combined escharotic and disinfecting prop- 
erties, in hospital gangrene, scorbutic or gangrenous ulcers of the mouth, phagedsenic ulcers, bites 
of rabid animals, poisoned wounds, etc.; as a wash to arrest fetid discharges; as an injection 
in ozsena, leucorrhoea, and gonorrhoea ; to prevent suppuration and putrefaction in wounds, etc.; 
and for the disinfection of cholera and fever stools, as well as for correcting fetid odors from 
all sources. The occasional application of a five per cent, solution of chromic acid has been 
found in Prussia very useful in the treatment of sweating or tender feet, amongst the soldiery. 
Care should be taken not to prescribe chromic acid in combination with glycerin, or any substance 
which will cause it to part rapidly with its oxygen : a compounded prescription containing 8 
grains of chromic acid and 1 drachm of glycerin exploded violently. (Zeitschr. Oester. Apoth. 
Verein, June 1, 1875.) It is best to use a simple aqueous solution. The solution, or even 
the pure acid, is used by gynaecologists to destroy intra-uterine growths; but great care is 
requisite. 
Chromic acid is very rarely, if ever, used internally ; if employed, the dose should not exceed 
one-quarter of a grain (0-016 Gm.). 
ACIDUM CITRICUM. U. S., Br. Citric Acid. 
“An organic acid, usually prepared from lemon-juice.” U. S. “Citric Acid, or hydrogen 
citrate, C3ll4.0H.(C00H)g,H20, may be obtained from the juice of the fruit of various 
species of Citrus.” Br. 
Acidum Citri, s. Limonis, s. Liraonum, s. Limonorum; Acide citrique, Acide du Citron, Fr.; Citronensaure, Ci- 
tronsaure, GAcido citrico, It., Sp. 
Citric acid is the peculiar acid to which limes and lemons owe their sourness. It is present 
also in the juice of other fruits, such as the cranberry, the red whortleberry, the berry of the 
bittersweet, the red gooseberry, the currant, the strawberry, the raspberry, the tamarind, and 
the red elderberry (fruit of Sambucus racemosa rubra). The latter berry contains citric acid 
so abundantly that it has been proposed as a source of the acid by M. Thibierge, of Versailles. 
H3C6H5O7 + H2O; 209-50. 
(AQ'l-DUM Cl'TRI-CUM.) 
HsC6H50t, H2O; 210. PART I. 
Acidam Citncum. 
45 
It is contained also largely in the fruit of Cyphomandra botacea, a solanaceous plant, indigenous 
in Mexico, Peru, and other parts of South America, where it is called tomato de la paz. (Journ. 
de Pharra., Oct. 1869, p. 305.) The commercial source of citric acid is lime-, lemon-, and ber- 
gamot-juice; large quantities of lime-juice are made in Sicily, concentrated, and exported to 
England and the United States.* 
The acid is extracted from lemon- or lime-juice by a very simple process, for which we 
are indebted to Scheele; it is one requiring some careful manipulation. The boiling juice 
is first completely saturated with calcium carbonate (chalk or whiting) in fine powder, and 
the calcium citrate thus formed is allowed to subside. This is then washed repeatedly with 
water, and decomposed by dilute sulphuric acid. An insoluble calcium sulphate is precip- 
itated, and the disengaged citric acid remains in solution. This is carefully concentrated in 
leaden boilers until a pellicle begins to form, when it is transferred to other vessels to cool 
and crystallize. 
The commercial lemon-juices contain free citric acid; free acids other than citric; citrates, 
salts of organic acids other than citric ; salts of inorganic acids ; and albuminous, mucilaginous, 
saccharine, and other indifferent bodies. Spirit is frequently added as a preservative, and mineral 
acids are not uncommonly employed as adulterants. Verjuice has also been used for the 
purpose (Allen). See also Montserrat lime-juice, P. J. Tr., 1883, p. 606, and notes on manu- 
facture, etc., N. P., 1883, p. 47. In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, very properly, no process is given 
for making citric acid, as it is always purchased from the manufacturing chemist. The British 
Pharmacopoeia gives the following process for preparing it: 
“ Take of Lemon Juice four pints [Imperial measure] ; Prepared Chalk four ounces and a 
half [avoirdupois] ; Sulphuric Acid two fluidounces and a half; Distilled Water a sufficiency. 
Heat the Lemon Juice to its boiling point, and add the Chalk by degrees till there is no more 
effervescence. Collect the deposit on a calico filter, and wash it with hot water till the filtered 
liquor passes from it colorless. Mix the deposit with a pint [Imp. meas.] of Distilled Water, 
and gradually add the Sulphuric Acid previously diluted with a pint and a half [Imp. meas.] 
of Distilled Water. Boil gently for half an hour, keeping the mixture constantly stirred. 
Separate the acid solution by filtration, wash the insoluble matter with a little Distilled Water, 
and add the washings to the solution. Concentrate this solution to the density of 1-21, then 
allow it to cool, and after twenty-four hours decant the liquor from the crystals of sulphate of 
calcium which will have formed ; further concentrate the liquor until a film forms on its surface, 
and set it aside to cool and crystallize. Purify the crystals, if necessary, by recrystallization.” Br. 
Preparation on the Large Scale. The juice is placed in a large vat, closed at top, 
and is saturated with whiting (calcium carbonate). Carbonic acid gas is thus evolved, which 
passes out by an exit-pipe, and may be used in the manufacture of sodium bicarbonate; while 
calcium citrate precipitates. The supernatant liquor, containing much extractive matter, is 
drawn off; and the calcium citrate is decomposed by dilute sulphuric acid, liberating the citric 
acid, and precipitating the lime as a sulphate. The mixture of citric acid and calcium sulphate 
is run off into a wooden filter-back, lined with lead, furnished with a perforated false bottom, 
and lined throughout with stout twilled flannel. The solution of citric acid passes off through 
a pipe leading from the bottom of the back to suitable reservoirs. 
The sulphate is washed until it becomes tasteless, and the washings are run off into the same 
reservoirs. The filtered acid solution is then concentrated by evaporation in wooden vessels 
* The composition of some of these commercial lime-juices is given by Allen {Com. Org. Analysis, 2d ed., vol. i. p. 
459), as follows: 
Density. 
Oz. Free Acid per 
gallon. 
Oz. Combined Org. 
Acid per gallon. 
Lime-juice: 
Raw Sicilian 
6 to 9 
0-85 
Raw English 
1-04 to 1-05 
11 to 13 
0-3 
Concentrated 
1-20 to 1-25 
56 to 72 
6 to 8 
Bergamot-juice: 
Concentrated 
1-22 to 1-25 
47 to 55 
7 to 8 
Lemon-juice: 
Raw 
1-035 to 1-04 
10-6 to 13-5 
0-4 to 0-7 
Concentrated 
1-28 to 1-38 
82 to 112 
8-6 
See also paper by D. II. Hassler, A. J. P., 1886, p. 14. 46 
Acidum Citricum. 
PART I. 
lined with lead, through which steam is made to pass by means of coiled lead pipes. As citric 
acid is liable to decomposition if subjected to too high a temperature, the use of the vacuum 
pan is highly advantageous in concentrating the solution. When the liquor is sufficiently con- 
centrated, it is transferred to cylindrical sheet-lead vessels, placed in a warm situation, to crys- 
tallize. The crystals at first obtained are colored. In order to purify them, they are redis- 
solved in a small quantity of water, with the assistance of heat, and the solution is digested 
with purified animal charcoal, filtered, and recrystallized. The crystals, after having been 
washed and drained, are dried on wooden trays lined with sheet-lead, in a room heated by 
steam. 
The calcium citrate of the above process should be decomposed without any delay; for, if 
kept, it will undergo fermentation, with the effect of destroying the citric acid. According to 
Personne, the products of this fermentation are acetic and butyric acids; carbonic acid and 
hydrogen being evolved. It is desirable to have a slight excess of sulphuric acid, as this rather 
favors than otherwise the crystallization of the citric acid. It is found necessary, also, to add 
occasionally a small proportion of sulphuric acid to the citric acid liquor, during the progress 
of its concentration. According to J. Carter Bell (iVi R., 1880, p. 274), the concentrated 
juice contains from sixty-four to ninety-six ounces of citric acid to the imperial gallon. The 
more recent the juice the better the quality. That which is stale will sometimes be quite 
sour, without containing any citric acid, in consequence of having undergone the acetous fer- 
mentation. 
Citric acid by fermentation of carbohydrates is claimed by German patent No. 72,957 of 
1893, and species of citromyces are especially mentioned as bringing about this fermentation. 
This patent is now supplemented by a new claim (German patent 91,891 of 1897), based upon 
the discovery that the same result may be obtained by means of Mucor pyroformis. The latter 
fungus is found on putrefying fruit, especially on pears and apples ; its spore carriers grow only 
in a moist atmosphere and form long white filaments, terminated by brownish-black heads. It 
can be readily obtained in pure culture by sowing the spores in a suitable medium, such as 
sugar solutions, beer-wort, steamed rice, starch-paste, etc., the ordinary room temperature 
being favorable for its growth. The solution becomes acid from the formation of citric acid. 
(Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., June 30,1897 ; see also P. J. Tr., 1893,182, and P. J. Tr., 1894, 893.) 
Properties. “ Colorless, translucent, right-rhombic prisms; odorless ; having an agreeable, 
purely acid taste; efflorescent in warm air, and deliquescent when exposed to moist air.” U. S. 
Its sp. gr. is 1-6. When heated, it dissolves in its water of crystallization, and at a higher 
temperature undergoes decomposition, becoming yellow or brown, and forming a very sour 
syrupy liquid, which is uncrystallizable. By destructive distillation it gives rise at first to 
water and aconitic acid, CeHeOe, and on further heating it is decomposed into carbon dioxide, 
acetone, and itaconic and citraconic acids, both of the formula C6He04. “ When heated to about 
75° C. (167° F.), the acid begins to lose its water of crystallization ; at about 135° C. (275° 
F.) it becomes anhydrous, and melts between 135° and 152° C. (275° and 305-6° F.). When 
slowly ignited, it is gradually decomposed without emitting the odor of burning sugar (differ- 
ence from tartaric acid), and is finally consumed without leaving more than 0-05 per cent, of 
residue.” U. S. 
Citric acid is “ soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-63 part of water, and in 1-61 parts of alco- 
hol; in about 0-4 part of boiling water, and in 1-43 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 
18 parts of ether.” U. S. “ Soluble in three-fourths of its weight of cold or in half its weight 
of boiling water, somewhat less soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), and soluble to a slight extent 
in ether. The aqueous solution made by dissolving 35 grains of the Acid in 1 ounce (or 1 
gramme in 121 cubic centimetres) of water resembles, in acidity, an average specimen of 
Lemon Juice,” Br.; but is nearly insoluble in chloroform, benzol, and benzin. A weak 
solution of it has an agreeable taste, but cannot be kept, as it undergoes spontaneous decompo- 
sition. It is incompatible with alkaline solutions, whether pure or carbonated, converting them 
into citrates ; also with the earthy and metallic carbonates, most acetates, the alkaline sulphides, 
and soaps. It is characterized by its taste, by the of its crystals, and by forming an 
insoluble salt with lime-water when heated, and a delicf'iescent one with potassa. If sulphuric 
acid be present the acid will be hygroscopic, and the precipitate by lead acetate will not be 
entirely soluble in nitric acid; the insoluble portion being lead sulphate. Sometimes crystals 
of tartaric acid are substituted for or mixed with the citric, or the two acids may be mixed in 
powder, a fraud which is readily detected by adding a solution of potash to that of the sus- 
pected acids, when, if tartaric acid be present, a crystalline precipitate of potassium bitar- PART I. 
Acid am Citricum. 
47 
trate (cream of tartar) will be formed: “ On adding 1 C.c. of an aqueous solution (1 in 10) of 
the Acid to 50 C.c. of calcium hydrate test-solution (or so much more of the latter that the 
mixture has an alkaline reaction), the liquid remains clear. Upon boiling this for about one 
minute, it becomes opaque through the precipitation of calcium citrate, which redissolves on 
cooling. If 1 Gm. of the powdered Acid be dissolved in 5 C.c. of a cold solution (1 in 3) of 
potassium acetate, the liquid should remain clear, even after the addition of an equal volume 
of alcohol (absence of tartaric or oxalic add')." * U. S. See Spiller, Journal Chemical Sodety, 
x. 110. A still more delicate method of detecting tartaric acid is to digest the suspected acid 
with ferric hydrate in a test-tube, afterwards to raise the heat slowly to the boiling point, and, 
having allowed the excess of hydrate to subside, to decant the clear liquid, and evaporate it to 
a syrupy consistence. If the acid be pure, the liquid remains limpid, and of a fine red color; 
if contaminated with tartaric acid, even to the extent of only one per cent., it becomes cloudy, 
and deposits tartrate. Another test is potassium permanganate, of which an alkaline solution 
is without action on citric acid; while under the influence of tartaric acid the manganese 
peroxide is deposited. “ On mixing 10 C.c. of a 10-per-cent, aqueous solution of the Acid with 
a quantity of ammonia water insufficient to neutralize it completely, and adding to one-half 
of this liquid 1 C.c. of ammonium oxalate test-solution, it should remain clear (absence of 
calcium). The other half, mixed with a few C.c. of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, should 
not deposit a colored precipitate, nor acquire more than a faintly brownish-yellow tint (limit 
of metallic impurities). On treating 10 C.c. of a 1-per-cent, aqueous solution of the Acid with 
1 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution and a few drops of hydrochloric acid, the liquid should 
not show any turbidity within five minutes (limit of sulphuric add). To neutralize 3-5 Gm. of 
Citric Acid should require 50 C.c. of potassium hydrate volumetric solution (each C.c. corre- 
sponding to 2 per cent, of the pure acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. 
“ Each gramme dissolved in water should require for neutralization 14-3 cubic centimetres of 
the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. It should yield no characteristic reaction with 
the tests for copper or iron, and only very slight reactions with those for calcium or sulphates. 
Its solutions should not contain any metallic particles. 10 grammes dissolved in 20 cubic 
centimetres of water, neutralized with solution of ammonia, and sufficient of a saturated aqueous 
solution of hydrogen sulphide added to produce 100 cubic centimetres of liquid, no darkening 
of color should result after 5 minutes (absence of lead). One drop of solution of ferrous sul- 
phate, then a few drops of solution of hydrogen peroxide, and finally an excess of solution of 
potassium hydroxide, added to an aqueous solution of the Acid, no purple or even light violet 
coloration should result (absence of tartaric acid). Or 1 gramme placed in a test-tube with 
5 cubic centimetres of solution of ammonium molybdate, 2 or 3 drops of solution of hydrogen 
peroxide being added, should not afford a bluish coloration after the tube has been shaken 
and placed in boiling water for ten minutes (absence of tartaric acid ; but the presence of any 
metallic particles gives rise to a similar coloration). On incineration with free access of air, 
it should not yield more than 0-05 per cent, of ash.” Br. Lead is frequently found in the 
metallic state in citric acid in small quantity, and this arises from small portions being rubbed 
off in breaking off the crystals from the crystallizing-vats. The presence of lead or copper 
may be detected as above, or by igniting in a porcelain crucible a small quantity of the acid, 
dissolving the ash in a few drops of nitric acid, diluting largely, and passing hydrogen sulphide 
through it; a black precipitate indicating the impurity. Some interesting observations about 
the presence of lead in citric acid and citrates are recorded by F. W. Haussmann in A. J. P., 
1894, 173. 
Composition. The formula of the anhydrous acid is CeH507H3. It is a tribasic acid, 
and may therefore yield three classes of citrates according as one, two, or three atoms of hydro- 
gen are replaced by metal, the first two classes being acid citrates, and the third class neutral 
citrates. When crystallized from its solution by cooling, it contains one molecule of water. 
Crystals of the formula (C6II807)2 -f H20 have also been formed. (Fliickiger, Pharm. Chem., 
1879, p. 157.) H. Witter (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1892, 1003) has obtained anhydrous citric 
acid by heating aqueous solutions of the hydrated acid to 130° C. If citric acid be heated 
until all its water of crystallization has been driven off, there will be produced aconitic add, 
* Pusch’s Method of Determining the Presence of Tartaric Acid in Citric Acid. 1 gramme of powdered citric 
acid is added to 10 grammes of strong, pure, colorless, sulphuric acid in a dry test-tube, and the tube is then im- 
mersed in boiling water for an hour. The citric acid dissolves with frothing and evolution of gas, and a lemon- 
colored liquid is formed, which undergoes no change within half an hour if the sample be pure; but if as much as 
one-half per cent, of tartaric acid be present, the color is brownish and reddish-brown an hour afterward. (Archiv 
d. Pharm., xxii. 316.) 48 
Acidum Citricum—Acidum Gallicum. 
PART I. 
(C6H30eH3), which also exists naturally in aconite, larkspur, black hellebore, equisetum, 
yarrow, and other plants* 
Medical Properties, etc. Citric acid acts as a poison chiefly if not solely by irritating 
the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. It is, however, much less irritant than tartaric acid, 
and, so far as we know, no death has been caused by it. The action of therapeutic doses upon 
the system is not decided. In scurvy, citric acid is probably of some value, but is very inferior 
to lemon-juice. It is eliminated by the kidneys, and, as first stated by Bence Jones, when given 
in suflicient quantities renders the urine acid. In a free state it is very rarely, if ever, used 
internally, except as an imperfect substitute for lemon-juice. When added in the quantity of 
nine drachms and a half to a pint of distilled water, it forms a solution of the average strength 
of lemon-juice. Of this solution, or of lemon-juice, a scruple of potassium bicarbonate satu- 
rates three fluidrachms and a half; a scruple of potassium carbonate, four fluidrachms; and a 
scruple of ammonium carbonate, six fluidrachms. Half a fluidounce of lemon-juice, or of an 
equivalent solution of citric acid, when saturated, is considered a dose. An agreeable substitute 
for lemonade may be made by dissolving from two to four parts of the acid, mixed with sugar 
and a little oil of lemon, in nine hundred parts of water; or a scruple of the acid may be 
dissolved in a pint of water, and sweetened with sugar which has been rubbed on fresh’ lemon- 
peel. The dose of the acid may be stated at from five to thirty grains (0-32-1-94 Gm.). 
HCtH505 + H20; 187*55. (AQ'I-DUM gAl'LI-CUM.) HC7H5O5, H20 ; 188. 
“An organic acid, usually prepared from tannic acid.” U. S. “A trihydroxybenzoie acid, 
C6H2(0H)3C00H,II20. It may be prepared by the action of diluted sulphuric acid on tannic 
acid.” Br. 
Acide gallique, Fr.; Gallussaure, G.; Trioxybenzoic Acid, Dioxysalicylic Acid, Trihydroxybenzoie Acid. 
The former British Pharmacopoeia process for making gallic acid is as follows: “ Boil one 
part of coarsely powdered galls with four fluid parts of diluted sulphuric acid for half an hour, 
then strain through calico while hot; collect the crystals that are deposited on cooling, and 
purify these with animal charcoal and repeated crystallization.” 
The process based on the influence of sulphuric acid in favoring the change of tannic into 
gallic acid has the merit of requiring less time than former processes. 
The U. S. 1870 processf is founded upon the fact that when galls in infusion, or in the state 
of moistened powder, are exposed to the air, their tannic acid is gradually converted into gallic 
acid. The gallic acid, being freely soluble in boiling but very sparingly in cold water, is extracted 
from the altered galls by decoction, and is deposited as the water cools. A repetition of the 
solution and deposition renders the acid more pure ; but it cannot be obtained wholly colorless 
unless by the aid of animal charcoal. There are few processes in which it is more necessary 
that the animal charcoal should be purified. The presence of the slightest quantity of ferric 
salt interferes with the bleaching of the acid; and it is even advisable to examine the filtering 
paper, lest it may contain sufficient of this substance to vitiate the results of the process. The 
first crop of crystals in the process retains a very large proportion of water ; and it will be found 
convenient to subject them to strong expression between folds of bibulous paper. 
The elder Robiquet first suggested that galls contained a principle capable of converting 
tannic into gallic acid, with the presence of water, and in the absence of atmospheric air. M. 
Laroque proved that this principle acts as a ferment, and that the change referred to is the 
result of a gallic acid fermentation in the galls. M. Edmond Robiquet showed that galls con- 
tain pectose and pectase, the former of which, according to the experiments of M. Fremy, is 
the principle out of which pectin is formed in plants, and the latter a peculiar ferment which 
effects the transformation. He believed that in galls the pectase, aided by a proper tempera- 
ture and the presence of water, changed not only pectose into pectin, but also tannic into gallic 
acid. Strecker previously advanced the opinion that tannic acid was a combination of gallic 
acid and sugar, the latter of which is destroyed in the process for procuring gallic acid, which 
is thus simply set free from the combination. M. E. Robiquet admitted the occasional trans- 
formation of tannic acid into gallic acid and sugar, but did not believe that the sugar pre- 
existed as such in the tannin. (Jonrn. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxiii. 241.) Wittstein, in endeav- 
ACIDUM GALLICUM. U. S., Br. Gallic Acid. 
* According to Hentschel, aconitic acid is best obtained by boiling for six hours 100 Gm. of citric acid with 50 Gm. 
of water mixed with 100 Gm. of pure sulphuric acid in a flask provided with a reverse condenser. Upon cooling 
the flask a solid cake of aconitic acid is found, which may be purified by mixing with strong hydrochloric acid, and 
washing until free from sulphuric acid; colorless, shining crystals are obtained. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 357.) 
f See U. S. Dispensatory, 15th ed., p. 60. PART I. 
Acidum Gallicum. 
49 
oring to obtain gallic acid from Chinese galls by forming them into a paste with water, found 
that but a very small proportion of the acid was generated at the end of six weeks. Thinking 
that this might have resulted from the want of the ferment in the Chinese galls, he added 
to these one-eighth of their weight of common galls, and at the end of three weeks obtained 
an amount of gallic acid nearly equal to one-half the weight of the galls employed. The same 
result, though more slowly, followed the addition of yeast to the Chinese galls. Wittstein 
obtained both carbonic acid and alcohol as products of this operation, thus favoring the views 
of Strecker as to the constitution of tannic acid. And the idea that tannin was a glucoside 
convertible through exposure of galls to the air, or more rapidly by sulphuric acid, into glucose 
and gallic acid, was accepted without qualification, until Schiff (Deut. Chem. Ges. Ber., iv. 
231, 967, and Bull. Soc. Chem. [2], xviii. 23) proved that although crude tannic acid contains 
glucose, it is possible to separate a large quantity of the glucose without destroying the tannic 
acid. He proposes that pure tannic acid be called digallic acid, and that the term tannin be 
applied to natural tannin, i.e., the glucoside of digallic or pure tannic acid, for when natural 
tannin is boiled with dilute mineral acids, or subjected to the influence of a nitrogenous fer- 
ment, it splits into digallic acid and glucose, C34H 8022 -f- 4H20 — 4CLHe06 -f- CeH1JSOe. 
Digallic acid is the first anhydride of gallic acid—C1414i + H20 = 2C7HeOB. Gallic acid 
is a phenol acid, or combination of these two classes of organic compounds, its formula being 
C6H2(0H)3.C00H. It may be termed, therefore, a trioxybenzoic acid. It is monobasic. 
Properties. Gallic acid is in delicate, silky, acicular crystals, which, as ordinarily found 
in the shops, are slightly brownish, but when quite pure are colorless. It is inodorous, and of 
a sourish, astringent taste and an acid reaction. “ Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 100 parts of 
water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in 3 parts of boiling water, and in 1 part of boiling alcohol. 
Also soluble in 40 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of glycerin.” U. S. It is even less soluble 
in chloroform, benzol, and benzin. Mr. Thomas Weaver, of Philadelphia, has found that it is 
soluble in glycerin in the proportion of 40 grains to the ounce, and that the solution may be 
diluted to any extent with water without affecting its transparency. (A. J. P., xxix. 82.) It 
produces a deep bluish-black color with solutions of ferric salts, which disappears when the 
solution is heated; a result which Dr. Mahla has shown to depend on the conversion of the 
gallic into pyrogallic or metagallic acid, by the loss of the constituents of carbonic acid and 
water. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, Nov. 1859.) It does not precipitate gelatin, or a solution 
of ferrous sulphate. “When heated at 100° C. (212° F.), the Acid loses its water of crystal- 
lization (nearly 9-6 per cent.). At about 222° C. (431-6° F.) it begins to melt, and at a higher 
temperature it is gradually decomposed. At a low red heat it is consumed without leaving a 
residue.” U. S. It should leave no residue when burned, and be entirely dissipated when thrown 
on red-hot iron. On exposure to the air, its solution undergoes spontaneous decomposition ; but 
it is said that by the addition of a drop of oil of cloves it may be kept for a long time without 
change, the absence of tannin and microscopic fungi being proved. “ Gallic Acid neither colors 
nor precipitates pure ferrous salts, but forms a bluish-black precipitate with ferric salts. On 
adding to a cold, saturated, aqueous solution of Gallic Acid some calcium hydrate test-solution, 
a bluish-white precipitate will form, where the test-solution is temporarily in excess, and will 
disappear on shaking. When the test-solution has been added in excess, the precipitate no 
longer dissolves, and the liquid acquires a tint which is blue by reflected and green by trans- 
mitted light, and becomes pink on the addition of a large excess of calcium hydrate test-solution 
(distinction from tannic acid). An aqueous solution of the Acid should not precipitate alka- 
loids, gelatin, albumen, or starch test-solution (difference from and absence of tannic acid)." U. S. 
“ It yields a bluish-black precipitate with test-solution of ferric chloride. The crystalline Acid 
loses 9-5 per cent, of its weight when dried at 212° F. (100° C.). It should yield no char- 
acteristic reaction with the tests for sulphates. Its aqueous solution is not precipitated by 
solutions of isinglass, albumen, alkaloids, or tartarated antimony (absence of tannic acid). It 
leaves no residue when burned with free access of air (freedom from mineral matter).” Br. 
By the action of arsenic it is converted almost entirely into tannic acid without the production 
of arsenous acid. (Schiff, Chem. News, xxix. 73.) Young’s test, potassium cyanide, gives a 
reddish color with gallic acid and none with tannic acid. A mixture of ammonium chloride 
and ammonia produces a red coloration but no precipitate in gallic acid solution, while in tannic 
acid solution it produces a whitish precipitate rapidly turning reddish-brown. (A. J. P., April 
1889.) A test proposed by Fltickiger consists in adding to the solution of gallic acid a dilute 
(1 to 100) solution of pure ferrous sulphate. To the colorless solution a little sodium acetate 
is to be added, when a deep violet color will appear, due to the formation of ferrous gallate. 50 
Acidum Gallicum.—Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum. 
PART I. 
The Pharmacopoeia test is: “ If 5 C.c. of a cold saturated aqueous solution of the Acid be 
treated, in a watch-glass, with 6 drops of sodium hydrate test-solution, the liquid will grad- 
ually acquire a deep green color, which is changed to reddish or brownish-red by acids.” 
Heated to 216° C. (420° F.), gallic acid gives off carbon dioxide, and is changed into pyro- 
gallic acid. 
Medical Properties. Gallic acid is astringent, but less powerfully so than tannic acid. 
As it does not coagulate albumen, it is readily absorbed when ingested, and is rapidly eliminated 
by the kidneys. Its presence in the urine is under these circumstances very readily demon- 
strated by the addition of a soluble ferric salt. Owing to its being more readily transported 
by the blood, it is more effective than tannic acid in all cases of hemorrhage ([hsemoptysis, hsema- 
turia, etc.) in which the bleeding vessels must be reached through the route of the circulation. 
But in hemorrhage from the alimentary mucous membrane, or from any other part with which 
tannic acid can be brought into direct contact, the latter astringent is by far the more effectual. 
Tannic acid is also much more efficient in anginose or other relaxations in which a decided 
astringent action is desired and in which a direct application can be made. Gallic acid has 
been employed with advantage in pyrosis, and in the night-sweats of phthisis or exhaustion. In 
albuminuria, when there is a very large amount of albumen excreted, gallic acid may be em- 
ployed with service to diminish the flow, and the drug has even been used in acute Bright's 
disease following scarlatina, with asserted great advantage. (Ar. R., Oct. 1875.) It is said not 
to constipate the bowels. The dose is from five to fifteen grains (0-32-0-97 Gm.) three or four 
times a day, and may be given in the form of pill or powder. Ointment of Gallic Acid, ten 
parts of the acid to ninety of benzoinated lard, was official in the Pharmacopoeia of 1880. 
ACIDUM HYDROBROMICUM DILUTUM. U. S., Br. Diluted Hydro- 
bromic Acid. 
“ A liquid composed of 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydrobromic Acid [HBr = 80-70], 
and 90 per cent, of Water. Diluted Hydrobromic Acid should be kept in glass-stopper< d 
bottles, protected from light.” TJ. S. “ An aqueous solution containing 10 per cent, by weight 
of hydrogen bromide, HBr. It may be obtained by the distillation of potassium bromide 
with concentrated phosphoric acid.” Br. 
Aeidum Bromhydrieum Dilutum, Acidum Bromohydricum; Acide hydrobromique, Fr.; Hydrobromsaure, Brom- 
wasserstoffsaure, G. 
The U. S and Br. Pharmacopoeias do not give processes for this acid. Both acids are iden- 
tical in strength; the former British process is as follows: “ Bromine, 1 fluidounce [Imp. 
meas.] ; Distilled Water, Sulphuretted Hydrogen, of each a sufficiency. Place the bromine 
in a glass cylinder and pour over it 15 ounces [Imp. meas.] of the water. Pass a current of 
sulphuretted hydrogen gas into the bromine until the red color of the aqueous liquid has 
disappeared. Filter the fluid and distil the filtrate. Beject the distillate until it is free from 
odor of sulphuretted compounds, and then collect it until sulphuric acid begins to distil. 
Dilute the distilled acid with water until it has a specific gravity at 60° F. (15-5° C.) of 1.077. 
Preserve in glass-stoppered bottles. From the rejected distillate more hydrobromic acid may 
be obtained by redistillation.” * 
(AQ'I-DUM HY-DRO-BRO'MI-CUM OI-LC'tCm.) 
* The following process is based upon that of Dr. E. R. Squibb : _ . 
Take of Potassium Bromide and Sulphuric Acid, each, one hundred and fifty parts, Distilled Vi ater, a sufficient 
quantity. Add the Sulphuric Acid to twenty-five parts of Distilled Water, and cool the mixture. Then dissolve 
the Potassium Bromide in one hundred and fifty parts of water by the aid of heat, supplying the loss of water by 
evaporation during the heating. Carefully pour the diluted Sulphuric Acid into the hot solution with constant stir- 
ring, and set the mixture aside for twenty-four hours, in order that the Potassium Sulphate may crystallize. Pour 
off the liquid into a retort, break up the crystalline mass, transfer it to a funnel, and having drained the crystals, 
drop slowly upon them fifty parts of cold Distilled Water so as to wash out the acid liquid. Add this liquid to that 
in the retort, and distil nearly to dryness at a moderate heat. If red fumes of bromine are given off during any 
stage of the distillation, change the receiver as soon as such fumes cease to appear. Finally determine in the dis- 
tillate the amount of actual Hydrobromic Acid (16-2 Gms. should require 20C.c.of the volumetric solution of soda), 
and add to the remaining weighed distillate such an amount of cold Distilled Water as shall cause the finished acid 
to contain 10 per cent, of actual hydrobromic acid. If the bromide used contains bromate, the distillate will probably 
be tinged with the red color of bromine; should such contamination be produced, the acid may be rendered fit for 
use by carefully adding solution of sodium sulphite until the acid is deprived of color, and then rectifying it by 
distillation. 
This process for making solution of hydrobromic acid does not differ essentially from that of Dr. E. R. Squibb 
(A. J. P.t 1878, p. llfi), except in the improvement of the rather smaller proportion of sulphuric acid used, and in 
the fact of the difference in strength of the two hydrobromic acids, Dr. Squibb’s being 34 percent.,the above 10 per 
cent. The advantages possessed by both methods over those frequently used are greater purity of product and more 
definite strength. PART i. 
Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum. 
51 
The most convenient process is undoubtedly that of Dr. Dewitt C. Wade (Peninsular Medical 
Journal, Feb. 1875), modelled after Buchanan’s method of making hydriodic acid, which 
directs that 120 grains of potassium bromide be dissolved in one fluidounce of water, and 153 
grains of tartaric acid be added to the solution ; acid potassium tartrate is produced, the greater 
part of which crystallizes out on standing 12 hours at a low temperature, and a solution of 
hydrobromic acid is formed, sp. gr. 1-228, containing about 80 grains real hydrobromic acid to 
the fluidounce, equivalent to nearly 15 per cent. Fothergill’s acid, although based upon Wade’s 
formula, is weaker, the quantity of potassium bromide being 811 grains and that of tartaric 
acid 99 grains to the fluidounce, the manipulation being the same; each fluidounce of Fother- 
gill’s acid contains about 55 grains real hydrobromic acid, or about 10 per cent. Diluted 
hydrobromic acid made in this way is open to the objection of containing cream of tartar, and 
probably some undecomposed potassium bromide in solution, and thus is not strictly pure. To 
lessen this, Charles Rice proposes the addition of a double quantity of alcohol to facilitate the 
precipitation, recovering the alcohol by distillation subsequently. (N'. R., 1877, p. 107.) Other 
processes have been suggested for preparing hydrobromic acid. Edward Goebel (W. R., Sept. 
1880) proposes a method based on Glover’s process, which is to decompose 148 grains barium 
bromide, dissolved in half an ounce of water, with 50-6 grains sulphuric acid, diluted with two 
drachms of distilled water; the precipitated barium sulphate is washed with distilled water 
until the filtrate weighs 810 grains to make the 10-per-cent, acid solution. Winckler proposes 
a plan for making hydriodic acid, which has been adapted by Charles Rice to making hydro- 
bromic acid. (See W. R., Jan. 1880.) Bromine is dissolved in carbon disulphide and hydro- 
gen sulphide passed through the solution. The processes of Balard, Millon, and Loewig are 
commented upon by John M. Maisch (Proc. A. P. A., 1860), who proposes some useful modi- 
fications. Prof. Markoe (Ibid., 1875, p. 686) recommends an economical process, which, how- 
ever, must be followed with care, and is better adapted for making the acid on a large scale* 
He pours a pint of water into a gallon stoneware jar, and then adds one pound or more of 
phosphorus, distributing it over the bottom; ice is now added until the jar is half"full, a 
gallon glass funnel is inserted in the throat of the jar, and a funnel tube adjusted, so that the 
end will be a short distance above the surface of the phosphorus; the funnel is about one- 
third filled with broken ice, and the jar placed in a larger vessel, and broken ice packed be- 
tween. Three or four pounds of bromine after being chilled are slowly added, in order that 
the fumes of hydrobromic acid and bromine that may arise may be fully condensed by the ice 
in the funnel, and an accumulation of bromine avoided, which might produce an explosion 
from too sudden reaction. The excess of phosphorus is removed after all the bromine has 
been added, the liquid distilled, hydrobromic acid condensed, and the strength adjusted, whilst 
to the residue in the retort water may be added to make diluted phosphoric acid. For other 
processes see Wene (Comptes-Rend., 1849), Bruylants (Journ. de Pharm. d’Anvers, 1879, p. 
343, and A. J. P., Jan., 1880), Hager (Handbuch d. Pharm. Praxis, i. 628), Griming (A. R., 
1883, p. 240), Stas (Zeitsch.f. Anal. Chem., 1886, p. 213). 
Properties. Diluted hydrobromic acid is a colorless, transparent liquid, entirely vaporized 
by heat, inodorous, strongly acid to the taste, sp. gr. 1-077* (U. S. and Br.) at 15° C. (59° F.), 
containing 10 per cent, absolute hydrobromic acid. “ Miscible, in all proportions, with wrater 
and alcohol. By heat it is completely volatilized. On distilling it, water and weak acid first 
pass over. When the temperature of 126° C. (258-8° F.) is reached, an acid of 47 8 per 
cent, remains, which may be distilled unchanged. With litmus paper it shows a strongly acid 
reaction.” TJ. S. Although of a pungent and irritating odor, and fuming when in contact 
with the atmosphere when concentrated, in its diluted state it is odorless. On adding chlorine 
or nitric acid to diluted hydrobromic acid, there is liberated bromine, which is soluble in 
chloroform or disulphide of carbon, imparting to these liquids a yellow color. 
Tests. “ Silver nitrate test-solution causes a yellowish-white precipitate, somewhat soluble 
in hydrobromic acid, insoluble in diluted nitric acid, very slightly soluble in ammonia water, 
but more soluble in stronger ammonia water. Copper sulphate test-solution produces a deep- 
red color upon addition of sulphuric acid. On being kept for some time, the Acid should not 
become colored. Barium chloride test-solution should not produce a turbidity or precipitate 
(absence of sulphuric acid ). If 1 C.c. of the Acid be mixed with 1 C.c. of stannous chloride 
test-solution (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff’s Test for Arsenic), and a small piece of pure 
tin-foil added, no brown coloration should appear within half an hour (limit of arsenic). To 
* Dr. E. R. Squibb takes exception to the sp. gr. 1*077 given for the official acid, and states that Biel’s table is not 
accurate, the proper sp. gr. for a 10-per-cent, acid at 15° C. (59° F.) being 1*0698. (Ephemeria, vol. i. p. 366.) Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum.—Acidum Hydrochloricum. 
PART I. 
52 
neutralize 8-08 Gm. of Diluted Hydrobromic Acid should require 10 C.c. of potassium hydrate 
normal volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, of the absolute acid), phe- 
nolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. “4 grammes should require for neutralization 5 
(more exactly 4 98) cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide, or, for com- 
plete precipitation, 50 (more exactly 49-8) cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of silver 
nitrate. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for arsenium, barium, chlo- 
rides, phosphates, sulphates, or sulphites. It should yield no residue on evaporation to dryness.” 
Br. Concentrated hydrobromic acid has been furnished by manufacturing chemists containing 
from 20 to 50 per cent, of absolute hydrobromic acid ; Charles T. Tyrer states that the 
stronger acids are prone to show discoloration in a few days after being made, but that even 
the highly colored acids, when diluted to the official strength, become colorless; the concen- 
trated acid attacks glass rapidly and the silica is not thrown out on dilution ; he recommends 
acid of the sp. gr. 1250 as having the most suitable limit of concentration for pharmaceutical 
purposes. ( Yearbook of Pharmacy, 1896, 296.). 
The following table by Biel will be found useful in showing from the specific gravities of 
solutions the percentage of absolute hydrobromic acid: 
Biel's table of Percentage and Specific Gravity of Hydrobromic Acid. 
Per Ct. 
HBr. 
Specific Gravity 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
Per Ct. 
HBr. 
Specific Gravity 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
Per Ct. 
HBr. 
Specific Gravity 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
Per Ct. 
HBr. 
Specific Gravity 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
1 
1-0082 
14 
1-110 
27 
1-229 
40 
1-375 
2 
1-0155 
15 
1-119 
28 
1-239 
41 
1-388 
3 
1-0230 
16 
1-127 
29 
1-249 
42 
1-401 
4 
1-0305 
17 
1-136 
30 
1-260 
43 
1-415 
5 
1-038 
18 
1-145 
31 
1-270 
44 
1-429 
6 
1-046 
19 
1-154 
32 
1-281 
45 
1-444 
7 • 
1-053 
20 
1-163 
33 
1-292 
46 
1-459 
8 
1-061 
21 
1-172 
34 
1-303 
47 
1-474 
9 
1-069 
22 
1-181 
35 
1-314 
48 
1-490 
10 
1-077 
23 
1-190 
36 
1-326 
49 
1-496 
11 
1-085 
24 
1-200 
37 
1*338 
50 
1.513 
12 
1-093 
25 
1-209 
38 
1-350 
13 
1-102 
26 
1-219 
39 
1-362 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dilute hydrobromic acid is very nearly identical with 
potassium bromide in its action, but is too irritant to the stomach to be used freely in epilepsy 
and other serious affections. In an experimental study made by Dr. Beichert, of the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, it was found to act upon animals precisely as do the bromides in general. 
It has been especially commended in tinnitus aurium. Two fluidrachms contain 12 grains 
of bromine, equivalent in this to 18 grains of potassium bromide, and may be given at once, 
well diluted with syrup. The addition of a trace of spirit of lemon to the syrup renders the 
resemblance of this dose to lemonade a very close one. 
ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM. U. S., Br. Hydrochloric Acid. 
[Muriatic Acid.] 
(Xg'l-DUM HY-DR()-(3HLO'RI-CUM.) 
“A liquid composed of 31-9 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydrochloric Acid [HC1 = 
36-37], and 68-1 per cent, of water. Hydrochloric Acid should be kept in dark amber-colored, 
glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ A liquid containing 31-79 per cent, by weight of hydrogen 
chloride, HC1, and 68-21 per cent, of water. Obtained by dissolving in water the gas pro- 
duced by the interaction of sulphuric acid and sodium chloride.” Br. 
Aoidum Muriatieum, Pharm. 1870 ; Acidum Hydrochloratum, s. Chlorhydricum; Spirit of Sea-Salt, Marine Acid, 
Muriatic Acid, Chlorhydric Acid; Acide hydrochlorique, Acide chlorhydrique, ou muriatique, Fr.; Salzsaure, 
Chlorwasserstoffsaure, G.; Acido muriatico, It., Sp. 
The hydrochloric acid of pharmacy and the arts is a solution of hydrochloric acid gas in 
water. The former British Pharmacopoeia gives the following process for preparing it: 
“ Take of Chloride of Sodium, dried, forty-eight ounces [avoirdupois] ; Sulphuric Acid forty- 
four Jluidounces ; Water thirty-six Jixddounces; Distilled Water fifty fluidounces. Pour the 
Sulphuric Acid slowly into thirty-two [fluid]ounces of the Water, and when the mixture has 
cooled, add it to the Chloride of Sodium previously introduced into a flask having the capacity PART I. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum. 
53 
of at least one gallon [Imp. meas.]. Connect the flask by corks and a bent glass tube with a 
three-necked wash-bottle, furnished with a safety tube, and containing the remaining four 
[fluidjounces of the Water; then, applying heat to the flask, conduct the disengaged gas 
through the wash-bottle, into a second bottle containing the Distilled Water, by means of a 
bent tube dipping about half an inch below the surface; and let the process be continued until 
the product measures sixty-six [fluidjounces, or the liquid has acquired a sp. gr. of 1-16. The 
bottle containing the distilled water must be kept cool during the whole operation.” Br. 
Preparation. Hydrochloric acid is obtained mainly by the action of sulphuric acid on 
sodium chloride or common salt. In England it is produced in enormous quantities during the 
decomposition of common salt for the purpose of making sodium sulphate, from which soda-ash 
and sodium carbonate are afterwards manufactured in immense quantities. The decomposition 
of the sea-salt is performed in semi-cylindrical vessels, the curved part, next the fire, being made 
of iron, and the upper or flat surface, of stone. The acid gas is conveyed by a pipe to a 
double-necked stoneware receiver, half filled with water, and connected with a row of similar 
receivers, likewise containing water. As carried out on a larger scale, the decomposition of 
the salt takes place in hemispherical iron pans, 9 feet in diameter, covered by a brick-work 
dome; upon the mass of salt the requisite quantity of sulphuric acid is allowed to run from a 
leaden cistern placed above the decomposing-pan. Torrents of hydrochloric acid gas are 
evolved, which collect in the space between the pan and the brick-work dome, whence they 
pass by a brick-work or earthenware flue into upright towers or condensers. These towers are 
filled with bricks or coke, down which a small stream of water is allowed to trickle. The gas, 
passing upward, meets the water, and is dissolved by it; and as the acid liquor approaches the 
bottom of the tower, it becomes more and more nearly saturated with the gas. 
Hydrochloric acid is also made on a commercial scale from magnesium chloride, which is 
such an abundant waste product at the rock-salt mines of Stassfurt. The process used is that 
of Weldon as developed by Pechiney, of Salindres, in France. 
The acid, when required to be pure, is generally prepared by saturating distilled water with 
the gas in a Woulfe’s apparatus. A quantity of pure fused common salt is introduced into a 
retort or matrass, placed on a sand-bath. The vessel is then furnished with an S-tube, and 
connected with a series of bottles, each two-thirds full of water. A quantity of sulphuric 
acid is then gradually added, equal in weight to the common salt employed, and diluted with 
one-third of its weight of water. The materials ought not to occupy more than half the body 
of the retort. When the extrication of the gas slackens, heat is applied, and gradually in- 
creased until the water in the bottles refuses to absorb any more, or until no more gas is found 
to come over. As soon as the process is completed, boiling water should be added to the con- 
tents of the retort or matrass, in order to facilitate the removal of the residue. During the 
progress of the saturation, the water in the several bottles increases in temperature, which 
lessens its power of absorption. It is, therefore, expedient, in order to obtain a strong acid, to 
keep the bottles cool by means of water or ice. The connecting tubes need not plunge deeply 
into the acid. 
The process of the former British Pharmacopoeia is substantially the same as the one here de- 
scribed, with the exception of the proportion of the acid and salt employed. In the process for 
hydrochloric acid, theory calls for a little less than 82 parts of liquid sulphuric acid to 100 of 
common salt. A moderate excess of the former may be useful to insure the complete decom- 
position of the salt; but the quantity of acid directed in the British process is sufficient to 
decompose twice the quantity of common salt taken. The intention obviously is to use enough 
of the acid to form the acid sulphate instead of the neutral sodium sulphate ; the former being 
more soluble and readily removed from the retort, and the reaction requiring less heat for its 
completion than when one mol. of sulphuric acid is taken to two mols. of salt. The reaction for 
its formation is NaCl -j- H2S04 = HC1 -f- HNaS04. If only half the amount of sulphuric acid 
be used, the reaction is (Na(5l)2 -j- H2S04 = (HC1)2 -j-Na2S04. In the first of these reactions 
(that of the British Pharmacopoeia process), as only one mol. of salt is taken, it is obvious 
that there is not enough sodium furnished to neutralize the sulphuric acid completely and 
make the normal sulphate Na2S04, so the result is the acid sulphate (bisulphate) HNaS04. On 
the other hand, in the second reaction, the two mols. of salt furnish just the sodium necessary 
to neutralize the one mol. of sulphuric acid and make the neutral sulphate Na2S04. 
As hydrochloric acid, prepared in the ordinary mode, often contains arsenic, so as to obscure 
its indications when employed in testing for that poison, it is of interest to the practical toxi- 
cologist to know that it may be obtained free from that impurity by distilling sodium or 
potassium chloride with oxalic acid in equivalent proportions. 54 
Acidum Hydrochloricum. 
PART I. 
The following method of freeing hydrochloric acid from arsenous acid is recommended by 
M. Engel as easy and entirely efficacious. It is founded on the fact that arsenous acid is held 
in solution by hypophosphorous acid. Into a litre (about 2 pints) of arsenical hydrochloric 
acid introduce 4 to 5 grammes (about 60 or 70 grains) of potassium hypophosphite, dissolved 
in a little water. At the end of an hour or two, the liquid becomes yellow and then brown; 
and a precipitate soon forms, more or less copious according to the amount of impurity. After 
the liquid becomes clear, which usually happens in 45 minutes, decant the hydrochloric acid 
and distil it. The acid thus obtained is entirely free from arsenic. This process should be 
conducted in a place where the direct rays of the sun may fall on the vessels; or, where this 
is impossible, the vessels should be subjected, by means of a water-bath, from 4 to 6 hours, to 
a heat little short of the boiling point of the acid. (Journ. de Pharm., 1873, p. 10.) Traces 
of arsenic may also be removed by adding solution of stannous chloride, and after the precipi- 
tate of impure arsenic has settled, the clear liquid is re-distilled. (Bettendorff, Zeit.fiir Chem. 
[2], 5, p. 492.) 
Properties of the Pure Acid. Hydrochloric acid, when pure, is a transparent colorless 
liquid, of a suffocating odor and corrosive taste. Exposed to the air it emits white fumes, 
owing to the escape of the acid gas and its union with the moisture of the atmosphere. 
When concentrated, it blackens organic substances, like sulphuric acid. Its sp. gr. varies with 
its strength. When as highly concentrated as possible, its density is 1-21. The U. S. acid, as 
well as that of the present British Pharmacopoeia, has the sp. gr. 1*16. (IT! S. 1-163.) “ 3-64 
Gm. should require for complete neutralization 31-9 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volu- 
metric solution.” U. S. When exposed to heat, it continues to give off hydrochloric acid gas, 
with the appearance of ebullition, until its sp. gr. falls to 1-094, when it properly boils, and 
may be distilled unchanged, or entirely volatilized. 
Hydrochloric acid is characterized by forming, on the addition of silver nitrate, a white 
precipitate (silver chloride), insoluble in nitric acid, but readily soluble in ammonia. It is 
incompatible with alkalies and most earths, with oxides and their carbonates, and with potas- 
sium sulphide, potassium tartrate, tartar emetic, iron and potassium tartrates, silver nitrate, and 
solution of lead subacetate. 
“ On heating it, at first a stronger acid passes off, until, at 110° C. (230° F.), a liquid con- 
taining 20-18 per cent, of the absolute acid remains (specific gravity about 1-102 at 15° C.), 
which distils unchanged, leaving no residue, if the Acid was pure.” JJ. S. 
As it is desirable to know, on many occasions, in chemical and pharmaceutical operations, 
the quantity of absolute acid contained in samples of acid of different densities, we subjoin 
the table of Lunge and Marchlewski, with additions from the U. S. P. 1890: 
Table of Percentage and Specific Gravity of Hydrochloric Acid. 
Lunge and Marchlewski. 
Specific Gravity 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
in air. 
100 Parts by 
weight contain 
... Parts of HC1. 
Specific Gravity 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
in air. 
100 Parts by 
weight contain 
... Parts of HC1. 
Specific Gravitv 
at 15° C. (59° F.) 
in air. 
100 Parts by 
weight contain 
... Parts of HC1. 
1-0008 
0-16 
1-0752 
15-00 
1-146 
28-61 
1-00059 
1-15 
1-076 
15-16 
1-151 
29-57 
1-00109 
2-14 
1-081 
16-15 
1-1532 
30-00 
1-0159 
3-12 
1-086 
17-13 
1-156 
30-55 
1-021 
4-13 
1-091 
18-11 
1-160 
31-326 
1-0253 
5-00 
1-096 
19-06 
1-161 
31-52 
1-026 
5-15 
1-1005 
20-00 
1-163 
31-90 
1-031 
6-15 
1-101 
20-01 
1-166 
32-49 
1-036 
7-15 
1-106 
20-97 
1-171 
33-46 
1-041 
8-16 
1-111 
21-92 
1-176 
34-42 
1-046 
9-16 
1-116 
22-86 
1-179 
35-00 
1-0502 
10-00 
1-121 
23-82 
1-181 
35-39 
1-051 
10-17 
1-126 
24-78 
1-186 
36.31 
1-056 
11-18 
1-1271 
25-00 
1-191 
37-23 
1-061 
12-19 
1-131 
25-75 
1-196 
38-16 
1-066 
13-19 
1-136 
26-70 
1-201 
39-11 
1-071 
14-17 
1-141 
27-66 
It is to be understood that the values given in this table refer only to chemically pure acids. The percentage of 
real acid in the commercial acids, particularly when they are concentrated, is always less than that given in these 
tables. [Lunge.] PART I. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum. 
55 
Impurities. This acid, when pure, will evaporate without residue in a platinum spoon. 
On heating it with black manganese oxide an abundance of chlorine gas is given off. If 
sulphuric acid be present, a solution of barium chloride will cause a precipitate of barium 
sulphate in the acid, previously diluted with distilled water. Iron may be detected by satu- 
rating the diluted acid with sodium carbonate, and then adding potassium ferrocyanide, which 
will strike a blue color if that metal be present, or by the simple addition of potassium sul- 
phocyanate, when a blood-red coloration is produced. The absence of arsenic may be inferred 
if it does not tarnish bright copper foil when boiled with it. “If 10 C.c. of the Acid be 
evaporated from a platinum or porcelain capsule, not more than a bare trace of residue should 
be left (limit of non-volatile impurities'). A few drops of chloroform, added to 1 C.c. of Hydro- 
chloric Acid diluted with 2 C.c. of water, should not become colored, either at once, or after 
the addition of a few drops of freshly prepared chlorine water, or of a granule of potassium 
chlorate (absence of iodine or bromine). If 1 C.c. of the acid be diluted with 5 C.c. of water 
and 0-5 C.c. of zinc-iodide-starch test-solution added, no blue color should appear (absence of 
chlorine or bromine). On adding 1 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, 
BettendorflTs Test for Arsenic), together with a small piece of pure tin-foil, to 1 C.c. of the 
Acid, no coloration should occur within one hour (limit of arsenic). If 1 C.c. of the Acid be 
diluted with 5 C.c. of water, and a few drops of barium chloride test-solution added, no pre- 
cipitate or turbidity should appear within one hour (absence of sulphuric acid), nor should the 
addition to this mixture of a few drops of iodine decinormal volumetric solution produce any 
turbidity (absence of sulphurous acid). When a few C.c. of freshly saturated hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution are poured carefully on top of an equal volume of Hydrochloric Acid, no 
color should develop at the zone of contact (absence of thallium, arsenic, lead, etc.). If 1 C.c. 
of Hydrochloric Acid be slightly supersaturated with ammonia water, and 1 C.c. of ammonium 
sulphide test-solution added, neither a color nor a turbidity should appear (absence of iron, 
aluminum, etc.).” U. S. “ Each gramme, diluted with water, should require for neutralization 
8 7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide, and 0-1 gramme should 
require, for complete precipitation, 8-7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of silver 
nitrate. It leaves no residue on evaporation, and when diluted with water should yield no char- 
acteristic reaction with the tests for arsenium, lead, copper, iron, aluminium, bromides, iodides, 
sulphates, or sulphites. Diluted with much water and solution of potassium iodide added, no 
blue color is produced on the addition of mucilage of starch (absence of free chlorine).” Br. 
Ammonia in excess shows the absence of iron, if it produces no precipitate. 
If another portion of the diluted acid be treated with test zinc, the evolved gas should 
not blacken paper wet with silver nitrate test-solution (arsenous or sulphurous acid). Free 
chlorine or nitric acid may be discovered by its having the power to dissolve gold-leaf. Any 
minute portion of the leaf which may be dissolved is detected by adding a solution of stannous 
chloride, which will give rise to a purplish tint. The free chlorine is derived from the reaction 
of nitric or nitrous acid on a small portion of the hydrochloric acid, which is thus deprived of 
its hydrogen. Hence it is that, when free chlorine is present, nitrous acid or some other oxide 
of nitrogen is also present as an impurity. The nitric and nitrous acids are derived from 
nitrates in the common salt and from nitrous acid in the commercial sulphuric acid employed 
in the preparation of the hydrochloric acid. 
Hydrochloric Acid of Commerce. This acid has the general properties of the pure aqueous 
acid. It has a yellowish color, owing to the presence of iron sesquichloride, or of a minute 
proportion of organic matter, such as cork, wood, etc. It usually contains sulphuric acid, and 
sometimes free chlorine and nitrous acid. But the most injurious impurity, to those who con- 
sume it in the arts, is sulphurous acid. T. H. Savory analyzed three samples of commercial 
hydrochloric acid, each having a sp. gr. of between 1-16 and 1*17, and found them to contain 
from 7 to nearly 11 per cent, of sulphurous acid. To detect this acid, M. Girardin has pro- 
posed a very delicate test, namely, stannous chloride. The mode of using the test is to take 
about half an ounce of the acid to be tested, and to add to it two or three drachms of the 
stannous chloride. The mixture having been stirred two or three times, as much of distilled 
water as of the stannous salt is to be added. If sulphurous acidjbe present, the hydrochloric 
acid becomes turbid and yellow immediately upon the addition of the stannous chloride; and 
upon the subsequent addition of the water a slight evolution of hydrogen sulphide takes place, 
perceptible to the smell, and the liquid assumes a brownish hue, depositing a powder of the 
same color. The manner in which the test acts is as follows. By a transfer of chlorine, the 
test is converted into stannic chloride and metallic tin, the latter of which, by reacting with 56 
Acidum Hgdrochloncum. 
PART I. 
the sulphurous acid, gives rise to a precipitate of stannic and stannous sulphides. In case the 
sulphurous acid forms but one-half of one per cent, of the commercial acid, the precipitate 
may not be perceptible. Under these circumstances, a solution of copper sulphate must be 
added to the liquid previously warmed, when a brown precipitate of copper sulphide will be 
immediately formed. (Heintz.) Or, if a weak solution of iodine be decolorized by the hydrochloric 
acid, sulphurous or arsenous acid may be suspected. M. Lembert has proposed the following, 
which he considers as a more delicate test of sulphurous acid. Saturate the suspected hydro- 
chloric acid with potassium carbonate, and add successively a little weak solution of starch, 
one or two drops of solution of potassium iodate, and sulphuric acid, drop by drop. Sulphur- 
ous acid, if present, will be set free with iodic acid, and these, by reacting on each other, will 
develop iodine, which will cause a blue color with the starch. Or the addition of pure zinc 
will liberate nascent hydrogen, which will cause the evolution of hydrogen sulphide gas detected 
with lead acetate paper. 
Another impurity occasionally present in the commercial acid, as shown by Dupasquier, is 
arsenic. (See U. S. P. tests above.) The immediate source of this impurity is the sulphuric 
acid used to prepare the hydrochloric acid. The sulphuric acid derives the arsenic from the 
sulphur used in its manufacture, and this last from pyrites containing a little of the poisonous 
metal. The arsenic, when present, is in the form of a terchloride, and, from its volatility in 
this state of combination, is transferred to the hydrochloric acid, distilled from the commercial 
acid. This impurity is separated by diluting the acid with an equal volume of water, and 
passing through it hydrogen sulphide, which thus throws down the arsenic as a tersulphide. 
According to Wittstein, hydrochloric acid is freed from arsenic by mercury, according to 
Reinsch, by copper, and in either case it may be deprived of metallic impregnation by careful 
distillation. (A. J. P., 1851, p. 408.) M. Auguste Houzeau asserts that to deprive commercial 
arseniferous hydrochloric acid of arsenic it is sufficient simply to boil it, in a flat-bottomed 
vessel, to two-thirds of its original volume; all the arsenic escaping in the form of the ter- 
chloride. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chirn., 4e ser., i. 97.) Bettendorf! separates arsenous and 
arsenic acids from hydrochloric acid, sufficiently concentrated, by precipitating with stannous 
chloride, and then distilling the acid: when it is so treated, it is perfectly free from arsenic. 
(A. J. P., 1870, p. 219.) When leaden vessels are used in preparing hydrochloric acid, it is 
apt to contain lead chloride, which falls as a white precipitate on neutralizing the acid. The 
nature of the precipitate is verified by dissolving it in nitric acid and adding potassium iodide, 
when the yellow lead iodide will fall. (Hainav.lt.) Prof. E. Scheffer proved the presence of 
lead in a sample used for making solution of iron perchloride. (A. J. P., Nov. 1875.) Another 
instance was noted by F. Reppert. (A. J. P., Dec. 1875.) This impurity, being fixed, may 
be separated by distilling the acid. A small proportion of thallium has been detected in com- 
mercial hydrochloric acid by Mr. Wm, Crookes, being derived from sulphuric acid, in the manu- 
facture of which pyrites were employed. (Cliem. News, 1863, p. 194.) Selenium has been 
found in French hydrochloric acid, causing it to have a characteristic bad odor. 
Properties of Hydrochloric Acid Gas. Hydrochloric acid gas is a colorless elastic 
fluid, possessing a pungent odor, and the property of irritating the organs of respiration. It 
destroys life and extinguishes flame. It reddens litmus powerfully, and has the other proper- 
ties of a strong acid. Its sp. gr. is 1-278 (Gay-Lussac and Biot). Subjected to a pressure of 
40 atmospheres, at the temperature of 10° C. (50° F.), it is condensed into a transparent 
liquid, to which alone the name of liquid hydrochloric acid properly belongs. It is absorbed 
by water with the greatest avidity. 
Composition. Hydrochloric acid gas consists of one atom of chlorine and one of hy- 
drogen, or of one volume of chlorine and one of hydrogen, united without condensation. 
Medical Properties. Hydrochloric acid is tonic, refrigerant, and antiseptic. It is ex- 
hibited, largely diluted with water, in loro fevers, phthisis, some forms of syphilis, and to coun- 
teract phosphatic deposits iu the urine. It is especially valuable in gastro-intestinal indigestion 
when there is no tendency to diarrhoea, and may often be added with advantage to liquid 
preparations of columbo, gentian, and cinchona. It is also frequently given in dyspepsia along 
with pepsin, to aid its solvent powers. The dose for internal exhibition is from five to ten 
minims (0-3—0-6 C.c.), well diluted. (See Acidum Ilydrochloricum Dilutum.') It is a decided 
caustic when applied in concentrated form, although less powerful than nitric acid, and is fre- 
quently used to destroy small dermal growths. 
Toxicological Properties. Hydrochloric acid, when swallowed, is highly irritating and 
corrosive, but less so than sulphuric or nitric acid. It produces hiccough, violent efforts to PART I. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum.—Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
57 
vomit, and agonizing pain in the stomach. There is much thirst, with great restlessness, a dry 
and burning skin, ana a small concentrated pulse. If the acid have been recently swallowed, 
white vapors of a pungent smell will be emitted from the mouth. The best antidote is mag- 
nesia, but soap or sufficiently dilute alkaline solutions are almost equally efficient. In the 
course of the treatment, bland and mucilaginous drinks must be freely given. When inflam- 
mation supervenes, it must be treated on general principles. 
ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM. U. S., Br. Diluted Hydro- 
chloric Acid. [Diluted Muriatic Acid.] 
(Xg'l-DUM HY-DRO-fJHLO'RI-CUM DI-LU'TUM.) 
“ 100 parts by weight should contain 10-58 parts of hydrogen chloride, HC1.” Br. 
Acidum Muriaticum Dilutum, Pharm. 1870; Acide chlorhydrique dilue, Fr.; Verdiinnte Salzsaure, G. 
“ Hydrochloric Acid, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Distilled Water, 
two hundred and nineteen grammes [or 7 ounces av., 317 grains], To make three hundred and. 
nineteen grammes [or 11 ounces av., 110 grains]. Mix them. Keep the product in glass- 
stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Hydrochloric Acid, 6 Jl. ounces (more exactly, 6-035, Imperial measure) or 3063 grains, 
or 301-8 cubic centimetres or 350-1 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Intro- 
duce the Hydrochloric Acid into a glass flask, the capacity of which to a mark on the neck is 
one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres; add Distilled Water until the mix- 
ture, at 60° F. (15-5° C.), after it has been shaken, measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one 
thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The existing U. S. formula differs from that of 1870 in yielding a diluted hydrochloric acid, 
which contains about twelve per cent, more official acid than did the older preparation. The 
change was made in order that the diluted mineral acids might have a uniform strength (ten 
per cent, of absolute acid). It is important to bear this fact in mind in prescribing, although 
the difference is not sufficient to render the present strength dangerous. “ Diluted Hydro- 
chloric Acid contains 10 per cent, of absolute Hydrochloric Acid. Specific gravity, about 
1-050 at 15° C. (59° F.). It does not fume in the air, and is without odor, but otherwise it 
corresponds in properties to Hydrochloric Acid (see Acidum Hydrochloricum), and should con- 
form to the same reactions and tests. To neutralize 3-64 Grm. of Diluted Hydrochloric Acid 
should require 10 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (each C.c. correspond- 
ing to 1 per cent, of the absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. B. 
The British diluted acid is slightly stronger than the U. S. preparation. “ Sp. gr. 1-052, con- 
taining 10-58 per cent, by weight of absolute acid. Each gramme should require for neutraliza- 
tion 2-9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. It should be free 
from the impurities mentioned under ‘ Acidum Hydrochloricum.’ ” Br. The extreme precision 
of both formulas, though no doubt useful when the diluted acid is used as a test, is unnecessary 
from the point of view of the practical physician. 
For medical properties and uses, see Acidum Hydrochloricum. The dose of the diluted acid 
is from fifteen to thirty minims (0-92-1-85 C.c.), to be taken in water. 
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM DILUTUM. U.S., Br. Diluted Hydro- 
cyanic Acid. [Prussic Acid.] 
(Xq'i-dum hy-dbo-cy-Xn'i-cOm di-lu'tum.) 
“ A liquid composed of 2 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydrocyanic Acid [HCN = 
26-98], and 98 per cent, of water.” U. S. “An aqueous solution containing 2 per cent, by 
weight of hydrogen cyanide, HCN. It may be prepared by the interaction of diluted sul- 
phuric acid and potassium ferrocyanide. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid should be stored in a 
dark place, in small stoppered bottles of amber-colored glass ; the stoppers being tied over with 
impervious tissue and the bottles inverted.” Br. 
Cyanhydric Acid; Acidum Hydrocyanatum s. Borussicum; Acide cyanhydrique, ou hydrocyanique, Fr.; Cyan- 
wasserstoff-Saure, Blausaure, G. 
“ Potassium Ferrocyanide, in coarse powder, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Sulphuric 
Acid, eight cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidrachm, 11 minims] ; Water, sixty-five cubic centimeters 
[or 2 fluidounces, 95 minims]; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Place the Potassium 
Ferrocyanide in a tubulated retort, and add to it forty cubic centimeters [1 fluidounce, 3 fluid- 
drachms] of Water. Connect the neck of the retort (which is to be directed upward), by 58 
Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
PART I. 
means of a bent tube, with a well-cooled condenser, the delivery tube of which terminates in a 
receiver surrounded with ice-cold water, and containing sixty-jive cubic centimeters [or 2 fluid- 
ounces, 95 minims] of Distilled Water. All the joints of the apparatus, except the neck of 
the receiver, having been made air-tight by means of well-fitting corks, pour into the retort, 
through the tubulure, the Sulphuric Acid, previously diluted with twenty-jive cubic centimeteri 
[6 fluidrachms, 45 minims] of Water. Gently mix the contents of the retort, and then heat 
it, in a sand-bath, so as to keep the liquid in brisk ebullition, until about one-half of its volume 
has passed over into the receiver. Detach the receiver, and assay a small portion of the con* 
tents by the method given below. Then add to the remainder so much Distilled Water as may 
be required to bring the product to the strength of two per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydro- 
cyanic Acid. 
“ Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid may also be prepared, extemporaneously, in the following man- 
ner : Silver Cyanide, six grammes [or 92-5 grains] ; Hydrochloric Acid, jive cubic centimeters 
[or 1 fluidrachm, 21 minims] ; Distilled Water, jiffy-jive cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 6 
fluidrachms, 52 minims]. Mix the Hydrochloric Acid with the Distilled Water, add the Sil- 
ver Cyanide, and shake the whole together in a glass-stoppered bottle. When the precipitate 
has subsided, pour off" the clear liquid. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid should be kept in small, 
dark amber-colored, cork-stoppered vials, in a cool place.” U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia does not give a detailed process for preparing this acid. It de- 
scribes it as “ A colorless liquid writh a peculiar odor. Specific gravity 0997. It only slightly 
reddens litmus. It yields, when neutralized, the reactions characteristic of cyanides.” Br. It 
will be seen that both official acids recognize the same standard (2 per cent, of hydrogen 
cyanide). 
When potassium ferrocyanide is decomposed by sulphuric acid, the residue in the retort is 
potassium sulphate, mixed with an insoluble compound of iron cyanide and potassium cyanide 
(.Everitt's Salt). The reaction is expressed by the following equation: 
2(K4FeCeNe) + 3H2S04 = 3K2S04 + 2(KFeC8N8) + 6HCN. 
Half of the cyanogen present in the potassium ferrocyanide goes to form the hydrocyanic 
acid, while the other half remains in the white residue. Everitt’s salt, so named from its dis- 
coverer, is a yellowish-white powder. Like potassium ferrocyanide, it is a double salt (iron and 
potassium cyanide), but of different molecular ratio. As it appears in practice, it is apt to be 
greenish, owing probably to the presence of a little Prussian blue. 
In the U. S. process for obtaining hydrocyanic acid extemporaneously, the reacting materials 
are single molecules respectively of silver cyanide and hydrochloric acid. These, by double 
decomposition, generate hydrocyanic acid, which dissolves in the water, and silver chloride, 
which subsides, and from which the acid is poured off when clear. (See Argenti Cyanidum.) 
The extemporaneous process is useful to country practitioners, because the acid will not generally 
keep. A portion of hydrocyanic acid, if purchased by a practitioner, may spoil on his hands 
before he has occasion to use it; but if he supply himself with silver cyanide, he may readily 
at any moment prepare a small portion of the acid, by following the directions of the formula. 
On the other hand, it is questionable whether all of the silver cyanide will be decomposed, 
except under much more careful treatment than the process is likely to receive. 
The change which was made in the process of the Pharmacopoeia of 1880, in the substitution 
of diluted alcohol for the distilled water formerly used as the solvent for the hydrocyanic acid, 
was in accordance with the views of Gault and others, wrho asserted that greater stability was 
thus secured. It has not proved of sufficient value to retain in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1890), 
and the use of diluted alcohol has been abandoned. (See F. T. Drake, Proceedings A. P. A. 
1891, p. 147.) 
Another process for obtaining medicinal hydrocyanic acid, proposed by Dr. Clark, and adopted 
by Mr. Laming, is by the reaction of tartaric acid on potassium cyanide in solution. Laming’s 
formula has been modified as follows. Potassium cyanide, pure, 65 parts; tartaric acid, 150 
parts; alcohol, 675 parts; water sufficient to make 1538 parts. Mix the potassium cyanide 
and tartaric acid with 500 parts of water in a well-stoppered bottle, or dissolve each separately 
in 250 parts of water, and mix the solutions; then add the alcohol and sufficient water to 
make 1538 parts. After the acid potassium tartrate has subsided as a heavy crystalline powder, 
the clear supernatant liquid is decanted. 
The yield of official acid is 1350 parts, but the generated cream of tartar weighs 188 parts, 
thus making the 1538 parts as above directed. The solution contains mere traces of the acid 
tartrate. (A. J. P., 1883, p. 559, from Fownes's Chemistry.) PART I. 
Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
59 
Great care must be observed in using this process to procure pure potassium cyanide, the 
commercial article usually being adulterated. 
Recent investigations show that potassium ferrocyanide is decomposable not only by the 
weakest acids but also by numerous non-acid organic substances, hydrocyanic acid being liber- 
ated. The dilute mineral acids, containing even less than 0.1 per cent., formic, acetic, butyric, 
lactic, tartaric, benzoic acids, even carbonic acid and hydrogen sulphide, phenols, peptones, 
casein, etc., will decompose potassium ferrocyanide more or less quickly at temperatures below 
100° C., liberating a portion of the hydrocyanic acid. (A. J. P., 1893, p. 283.) 
The processes thus far given are intended to furnish a dilute hydrocyanic acid for medicinal 
purposes. The methods of obtaining the anhydrous acid are different. Yauquelin’s process 
for the anhydrous acid is to pass a current of hydrogen sulphide gas over mercury cyanide 
contained in a glass tube, connected with a receiver kept cold by a freezing mixture of ice and 
salt. The first third only of the tube is filled with cyanide; the remaining two-thirds being 
occupied, half with lead carbonate, and half with calcium chloride; the carbonate being 
intended to detain the hydrogen sulphide gas, the chloride to separate water. 
The process of Wohler for the anhydrous acid is the following. The potassium cyanide 
selected is a black cyanide, formed by fusing together, in a covered crucible, 8 parts of dry 
ferrocyanide, 3 of ignited cream of tartar, and 1 of charcoal in fine powder. The cyanide, 
while still warm, is exhausted by 6 parts of water; and the clear solution, placed in a retort, 
is decomposed by cold diluted sulphuric acid, gradually added. The hydrocyanic acid is 
condensed first in a U-tube containing calcium chloride and surrounded with ice-cold water, 
and afterwards in a small bottle, connected with the U-tube by a narrow tube, and immersed 
up to the neck in a mixture of ice and salt. After the acid has been condensed and dehy- 
drated in the U-tube, the cold water surrounding it is withdrawn by a siphon, and replaced by 
water at a temperature between 29-4° and 32-2° C. (85°-90° F.), whereby the anhydrous acid is 
made to distil over into the small bottle. 
M. Berthelot has made hydrocyanic acid synthetically. lie first prepares, by a direct syn- 
thesis of its elements, acetylene (C2H2). He then mixes vapors of acetylene with pure nitrogen, 
passes a series of electric discharges from a Ruhmkorff coil through the mixture, and, when 
the odor of prussic acid is perceptible, agitates with a solution of potassa to get the fixed 
cyanide. It has also been made by heating chloroform with ammonia and caustic potash 
solution. (Hofmann, Ann., 144, 116.) 
Properties of the Medicinal Acid. Diluted hydrocyanic acid, of the proper medicinal 
strength, is a transparent, colorless, volatile liquid, possessing a smell resembling that of 
peach kernels, and a taste at first cooling and afterwards somewhat irritating. As it is 
very poisonous, great care should be taken in tasting it. “ If to 1 C.c. of the Acid, ren- 
dered alkaline by potassium hydrate test-solution, a few drops, each, of ferrous sulphate test- 
solution and ferric chloride test-solution be added, and the mixture then acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, a blue precipitate will be formed.” U. S. It imparts a slight and evanescent 
red color to litmus. If it reddens litmus strongly and permanently, some acid impurity is 
present. It loses strength rapidly in open vessels. It is not reddened by potassium and 
mercury iodo-cyanide. The non-action of this test shows the absence of contaminating acids, 
which, if present, would decompose the test and give rise to red mercuric iodide. The red 
color produced when ammonium picrate is added to a solution of an alkaline cyanide and 
heated has been proposed as a test for prussic acid. (P. Guyot, JV. R., May, 1877.) It is liable 
to undergo decomposition if exposed to the light, but it may be kept for a longer time in a 
bottle covered with black paint or black paper. From experiments carefully conducted by 
MM. Bussy and Buignet, it appears that, when the alteration in the acid under the influence 
of light has begun, it will afterwards go on very rapidly in the dark; and that after exposure 
for a certain time to the light, though no alteration may be apparent, an influence has never- 
theless been exerted which disposes to change, and promotes decomposition even in the absence 
of light. Hence the necessity of immediately enclosing the acid in bottles from which the 
light is excluded. (Journ. de Pharm., 1863, p. 475.)* Experience has shown that it is best 
* Anhydrous hydrocyanic acid sometimes undergoes an apparently spontaneous molecular change by which it is 
converted into a black solid body, which was supposed to be paracyanogen (C3N3), or its compounds. This change 
takes place more slowly in watery solutions of the acid, which are converted into a black liquid; and it is only in a 
state of extreme dilution, when, for example, water contains not more than one per cent, of the acid, that it is alto- 
gether prevented. It sometimes takes place in the official diluted acid; and Prof. Procter exhibited a bottle, which 
had been most carefully closed, and kept excluded from the light, and in which, nevertheless, the acid had become 
as black as ink. The cause of this phenomenon remained long unknown: some years ago M. E. Millon satisfied 60 
Acidum Hydi'ocyanicum Dilutum. 
PART I. 
preserved in cork-stoppered bottles of amber glass ; when glass and rubber stoppers were used, 
decomposition frequently took place rapidly, its most usual impurities are sulphuric and hydro- 
chloric acids ; the former of which may be detected by barium chloride, which will produce a 
precipitate of barium sulphate, and the latter by precipitating with silver nitrate, when so much 
of the precipitate as may be silver chloride will be insoluble in boiling nitric acid, while the 
silver cyanide is readily soluble. The presence of these acids in slight amount is injurious 
only by rendering uncertain the strength of the medicinal acid, as ascertained by its saturating 
power. It is now generally acknowledged that mineral acids prevent the deterioration of the 
dilute prussic acid. But the presence of a mineral acid is not necessary for its preservation ; 
for Dr. Christison has known the medicinal acid from potassium ferrocyanide to keep perfectly 
well, although barium nitrate did not produce the slightest muddiness. Nevertheless it has 
been recently shown that much of the acid as kept in the drug-stores is often below the official 
strength. Various remedies have been proposed. (P. J. Tr., July, 1871; Feb. 1,1874; Sept. 
1874.) One of these is to reduce the strength to one-tenth per cent., this weak solution being 
said not to undergo change. In our experience a one-per-cent, acid retained its properties 
through very severe tests of exposure. Mr. John Williams has found in a series of experi- 
ments that the addition of 20 per cent, of glycerin has a very pronounced influence in prevent- 
ing deterioration. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 1874; Sept. 1875.) 
Formerly the medicinal acid was of different strengths, as ordered by the different pharma- 
ceutical authorities ; but happily the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias conform in this important 
point. At one time its strength was indicated by its specific gravity, which is lower in pro- 
portion as it is stronger ; but this unprecise mode of estimate is not now relied on ; and, though 
the British Pharmacopoeia gives the sp. gr. of its dilute acid at 0-997, both Pharmacopoeias 
give quantitative tests as indices of the strength. 
Assay. “ To ascertain the percentage strength, mix in a flask (of the capacity of about 100 
C.c.) 0-27 Gm. of Hydrocyanic Acid (obtained by distillation as above directed) with sufficient 
water and magnesia to make an opaque mixture of about 10 C.c. Add to this 2 or 3 drops 
of potassium chromate test-solution, and then, from a burette, silver nitrate decinormal volu- 
metric solution, until a red tint is produced which does not again disappear by shaking. Each 
C.c. of silver nitrate volumetric solution used indicates 1 per cent, of absolute Hydrocyanic Acid. 
After ascertaining the strength of the distillate, dilute it with Distilled Water so as to bring 
it to the strength of 2 per cent, of absolute acid. Lastly, test the finished product again, 
when 1-35 Gm. of it should require, for complete precipitation, 10 C.c. of silver nitrate deci- 
normal volumetric solution.” U.S. This method of assay is based upon Pappenheim’s pro- 
cess for the determination of hydrocyanic acid in bitter almond water, as described by Veilhaber 
in Archiv d. Pharm., 1878, p. 408 ; the addition of an alkali to a solution of hydrocyanic acid, 
previous to titration, not only prevents the volatilization of the acid, but, as has been shown by 
Siebold, the double cyanides of silver with the alkali metals are very permanent. The use of 
potassium chromate as an indicator, whereby a red color, due to a combination of the chromic 
acid with the silver, is produced, is highly recommended. The Br. Pharmacopoeia directs 
that “ Each gramme of Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid, rendered alkaline by the addition of solu- 
tion of sodium hydroxide, and maintained faintly alkaline throughout the operation, should 
require the addition of 3-7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of silver nitrate before 
a permanent precipitate begins to form. 5 cubic centimetres evaporated in a platinum dish 
should leave no residue. It should yield only the slightest reactions with the tests for sul- 
phates or chlorides.” To explain this test it is necessary to notice that silver cyanide, 
though itself insoluble, is rendered soluble by combining with sodium cyanide, in the propor- 
himself, by experiment, that the real agency was the presence of ammonia, which may sometimes operate even 
through the air. It has also been asserted that the cause of the decomposition is the presence of a microscopic plant. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 1862, p. 48.) The preservative influence of a little sulphuric acid in the diluted hydrocyanic 
acid would be thus explained; and it is not impossible that the greater resistance offered to the change by the prep- 
aration made by the original process, in which sulphuric acid is used, than by the others, may be owing to the 
influence of this acid, either passing over with its vapor, or acting on the acid vapor before it leaves the retort. An 
important practical inference from all this is the necessity of providing, as far as possible, that ammonia should in 
no manner have access to the acid, during or after its preparation. The effect of ammonia in inducing changes in 
dilute hydrocyanic acid is denied by Pettit. (A. J. P., 1873.) Mr. Rimmington asserts that hydrocyanic acid acts 
upon the alkali of some varieties of glass. Mr. Siebold, who has confirmed this, declares that the addition of hydro- 
chloric acid is perfectly useless as a preservative, except when the prussic acid is kept in bottles which yield the 
alkali. (Pharm. Journ., Sept. 1874.) MM. Lescolm and Rigaut (Gomptes-Rendua, Aug. 4, 1879) state that pure 
hydrocyanic acid can he preserved fora long time; that the presence of potassium cyanide brings about this decom- 
position even in the absence of water. Acidum Mydrocyanicum Dilidum. 
61 
PART I. 
tion of one molecule of each. When, therefore, the diluted hydrocyanic acid is converted, 
by the addition of soda, into sodium cyanide, no permanent precipitate will begin to appear, 
upon the addition of silver nitrate, until more than sufficient silver cyanide is produced to 
form the soluble compound referred to, which happens when one-half of the sodium cyanide 
has been converted into silver cyanide. An acid of the strength indicated by either of these 
methods contains two per cent, of anhydrous acid. The test of entire solubility in boiling 
nitric acid, applied to the precipitate obtained by silver nitrate, is intended to verify its nature ; 
for, if the hydrocyanic acid contained hydrochloric acid, part of this precipitate would be silver 
chloride, not soluble in the boiling acid. Scheele’s medicinal hydrocyanic acid contains about 
5 per cent, of anhydrous acid; and therefore two minims of it are equal to five of the U. S. 
acid. The use of Scheele’s acid should be discouraged as unnecessary and very dangerous. 
In view of the deterioration of hydrocyanic acid upon keeping through loss by volatilization, 
the following approximate practical test is recommended by Dr. Squibb. If one drop of diluted 
hydrocyanic acid be added to 15 C.c. of distilled water in one vessel, and one drop of silver 
nitrate test-solution (U. S. P.) be added to 7 C.c. of distilled water in a test-tube, and the first 
solution be dropped into the second from a pipette, and the contents be closely observed for 
a few seconds between the drops, a distinct opalescence should be observed before the fourth 
drop is added, and should become very marked as the fourth and fifth drops are added. 
MM. Fordos and Gelis have proposed, as a test of the strength of the compounds containing 
cyanogen, an alcoholic solution of iodine of known strength; as, for example, three grains to 
the fluidounce. The test-solution is added, drop by drop, to the cyanogen compound, until a 
permanent yellowish tinge is produced. The iodine unites with the cyanogen, and with the 
substance in combination with the cyanogen, in the ratio of their several equivalents; and 
hence the cyanogen present is easily calculated from the proportion of iodine expended in 
uniting with it. This test is commended for its accuracy by Mr. James Roberton, of Man- 
chester, Eng. (See A. J. P., 1853, p. 551.) A. Link and R. Moeckel (Zeitsch. f. Analyt. 
Chem., 1878, p. 455) made a series of experiments, and showed that the most delicate test for 
hydrocyanic acid was that of iron sulphocyanate. (A. J. P., 1879, p. 86.) 
Properties of the Anhydrous Acid. Hydrocyanic acid, perfectly free from water, is 
a colorless, transparent, inflammable liquid, of extreme volatility, boiling at 27° C. (80° F.), 
and congealing at —15° C. (5° F.). Its sp. gr. as a liquid is 0 6969, at the temperature of 
18° C. (64° F.) ; and as a vapor 0-9423. Its taste is at first cooling, then burning, with an 
after-taste in the throat like that of bitter almonds; but, from its extremely poisonous nature, 
it must be tasted with the utmost caution. Its odor is so strong as to produce immediate head- 
ache and giddiness, and its vapor so deleterious that the smallest portion of it cannot be inhaled 
without the greatest danger. Both water and alcohol dissolve it readily. It is much more 
prone to undergo decomposition than the dilute acid. In the course of a few hours it some- 
times begins to assume a reddish-brown color, which becomes gradually deeper, till at length 
the acid is converted into a black liquid, which exhales a strong smell of ammonia. It is a 
very weak acid in its chemical relations, and reddens litmus but slightly. It does not form 
solid compounds with metallic oxides, but cyanides of metals, the elements of water being 
eliminated. According to Sobero, hydrocyanic acid is generated, in sensible quantities, by the 
action of weak nitric acid on the volatile oils and resins. Wohler affirmed in 1828 that picric 
acid when treated with baryta water yields it; and Julius Post and H. Iliibner have found that 
nitrobenzene and dinitrobeuzene do also when treated, the former with fusing potassa, the latter 
with boiling dilute solution of potassa. It has also been formed by the slow action of potas- 
sium carbonate on tincture of hyoscyamus, given together as a medicine. (Dr. J. T. Plummer, 
of Indiana, A. J. P, xxv. 513.) Though a product of art, it exists in some plants, and is 
generated by reaction between the constituents of many vegetable products upon contact with 
water. These principles are usually amygdalin and emulsin, but according to Peckhoit the root 
of Maniliot utilissima copiously generates hydrocyanic acid with water, although he was unable 
in 15 analyses to find amygdalin in it. (A. J. P., Oct. 1872.) (See Amygdala Amara.)* 
Composition. Hydrocyanic acid consists of the atomic group cyanogen and one atom 
of hydrogen; or, in volumes, of one volume of cyanogen and one of hydrogen without con- 
* It has been proposed to employ solutions of these vegetable products for the extemporaneous preparation of 
hydrocyanic acid, and in the Swedish Pharmacopoeia the Emulsio Hydrocyanata has replaced entirely the dilute 
prussic acid. An emulsion is first made of 3 parts of sweet almonds, 2 of sugar, and 24 of water. To 80 parts of 
this emulsion is added one part of amygdalin. In an hour the mixture is ready for use; one ounce of it contains 
one-third of a grain of anhydrous acid. Dose, one to two teaspoonfuls. {Nat. Med. Journ., July, 1871.) Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
62 
PART I. 
densation, its formula being HCN or HCy. Cyanogen, (CN)a, is a colorless gas, of a strong and 
penetrating smell, inflammable, and burning with a beautiful bluish-purple flame. Its sp. gr. 
is 1-8157. It was discovered in 1815 by Gay-Lussac, who viewed it as a compound radical 
which when combined with hydrogen becomes hydrocyanic acid. Hydrocyanic acid, in a 
dilute state, was discovered in 1780 by Scheele, who correctly stated its elements to be carbon, 
nitrogen, and hydrogen; but the peculiar way in which they are combined was first pointed 
out by Gay-Lussac, by whom also the anhydrous acid was first obtained. 
Medical and Toxical Properties. Hydrocyanic acid is one of the most deadly poisons 
known, and frequently exceedingly rapid in its action. According to Dr. Christison, a grain 
and a half of the anhydrous acid are capable of producing death in the human subject. One 
or two drops of the pure acid are sufficient to kill a vigorous dog in a few seconds. Sometimes 
death occurs almost instantaneously. Usually, however, three stages of the poisoning are 
manifest: a first, very brief one, of difficult respiration, slow cardiac action, and disturbed 
nervous action; a second, violent convulsive stage, with dilated pupils, vomiting, often loud 
cries, unconsciousness, etc.; and a third, closing period, of asphyxia, collapse, and paralysis, 
sometimes interrupted by convulsions. When smaller doses are ingested, the symptoms come 
on more slowly, but are similar to those just described, and when paralysis is developed it affects 
both motility and sensation. A peculiar bloated look of the deeply-suffused face and neck, 
with frothing at the mouth, occurring along with the symptoms previously described, is almost 
pathognomonic of the poisoning. The odor of hydrocyanic acid is sometimes very strong, and 
should always be searched for about the mouth. It is very important as an aid in the diag- 
nosis, but is certainly not always present. Death is usually the result of asphyxia, produced 
by a direct paralyzing action of the poison upon the respiratory centres. The poison appears 
also to have a direct paralyzing action upon the heart, and sometimes to produce fatal syncope. 
The post-mortem appearances are glistening and staring expression of the eyes, gorged state 
of the venous system with fluid, dark, or bluish-black blood, especially of the veins of the 
brain and spinal marrow, and sometimes redness of the internal coat of the stomach. The 
lungs are sometimes natural, at other times turgid with blood. When the death has been very 
rapid, all of the blood may be found of a bright arterial hue. After a slow death the blood 
is cyanotic. It is rarely true that all the muscles are insensible to the galvanic current. If 
the autopsy be not too long deferred, the odor of the acid is generally perceptible when the 
cadaver is opened. The odor after nitrobenzene poisoning resembles very closely that of the 
acid, but it is affirmed that the diagnosis can be made by leaving the opened body exposed, when 
the smell of the acid will disappear, and that of the nitrobenzene remain. Notwithstanding the 
tremendous energy of this acid as a poison, it has been ventured upon in a dilute state as a 
sedative, anodyne, and antispasmodic. Though occasionally applied as a remedy prior to 1817, 
it did not attract very much attention until that year, when Magendie published his observa- 
tions on its use in diseases of the chest and recommended it to the profession. When given 
in medicinal doses gradually increased, it produces the following symptoms in different cases: 
peculiar bitter taste; increased secretion of saliva; irritation of the throat; nausea; dis- 
ordered respiration ; pain in the head ; giddiness ; faintness ; obscure vision ; and tendency to 
sleep. It appears to have a special action on the larynx and trachea. (Dr. Cogswell.) The 
pulse is sometimes quickened, at other times reduced in frequency. It has been extensively 
used in complaints of the respiratory organs, but later experience has shown that it has but 
little virtue, except in the quieting of cough. Its influence upon the circulation is not suffi- 
ciently pronounced to render the drug of any value as an arterial sedative in acute pulmonary 
or other inflammations. In phthisis it may be resorted to with advantage as a palliative for 
the cough. In various other affections of the chest attended with dyspnoea or cough, such as 
asthma, whooping-cough, and chronic catarrh, it has often been decidedly beneficial, by allaying 
irritation or relaxing spasm. In certain gastric affections characterized by pain and spasm 
(gastrodynia), and sometimes attended with vomiting, but unconnected with inflammation, and 
in similar painful affections of the bowels, it has proved beneficial in the hands of several prac- 
titioners. In these cases it probably acts locally upon the nerve-endings in the stomach and 
intestines. It has been used with asserted good results in the paroxysmal excitement of mania. 
(Ann. de Therapy 1865, p. 111.) Sometimes it is used externally, diluted with water, as a 
wash in cutaneous diseases. The late Dr. A. T. Thomson insisted particularly on its efficacy 
in allaying the itching of impetiginous affections. 
The dose of the diluted hydrocyanic acid is from two to four drops (0-12-0-24 C.c.), dissolved 
in distilled water, or mixed with gum-water or syrup. It should be administered with the Acid inn Hydrocyanicum Dilution. 
PART I. 
63 
greatest caution, on account of its minute dose, and its variable strength as usually found. 
The proper plan, therefore, is to begin with a small dose, two drops, for example, and gradually 
to increase the quantity until some obvious impression is produced. On account of the rapidity 
and fugaciousness of its action, it should be given at intervals of not more than two hours; 
indeed, it is very improbable that the largest therapeutic dose of the substance exerts any in- 
fluence whatever upon the system one hour after its ingestion. If giddiness, weight at the top 
of the head, sense of tightness at the stomach, or faintness come on, its use should be discon- 
tinued. In all cases in which a fresh portion of medicine is used, the dose should be lowered 
to the minimum quantity, lest the new sample should prove stronger than that previously em- 
ployed. When resorted to as a lotion, from thirty minims to a fluidrachm may be dissolved in 
a fluidounce of distilled water. 
Toxicology. Hydrocyanic acid is so rapidly fatal as a poison that physicians have seldom 
an opportunity to treat its effects. Death, if it occur at all, usually takes place in from one 
to forty minutes. One case has, however, been reported in which it was delayed one hour and 
a quarter. When recovery is brought about, the symptoms in most cases abate very rapidly. 
The antidotes and remedies most to be relied on are chlorine, ammonia, cold affusion, and arti- 
ficial respiration. Chlorine in the form of chlorine water, or weak solutions of chlorinated 
lime or soda, may be exhibited internally, or applied externally. When chlorine is not at hand, 
water of ammonia, largely diluted, may be given, and the vapor arising from it cautiously 
inhaled. Cold affusion was first proposed in 1828, by Herbst, of Gottingen, and its utility was 
subsequently confirmed by Orfila. Its efficacy is strongly supported by experiments performed 
in 1839 by Dr. Robinson and M. Lonyet upon poisoned rabbits. In a case of poisoning reported 
by Dr. Christison in 1850, the patient recovered under a stream of cold water poured upon 
the head from a moderate height. In another case, reported in the Lancet in 1854, in which 
the largest reported quantity was taken to be followed by recovery (2-4 grains of anhydrous 
acid), the cold-water douche was the principal remedy. (See Am. Journ. Med. Sci., July, 
1854, p. 276.) Messrs. T. & H. Smith, of Edinburgh, have recommended especially as an 
antidote for the medicinal acid a mixture of the ferric salts, swallowed after a solution of 
potassium carbonate. So soon as the antidote comes in contact with hydrocyanic acid, po- 
tassium sulphate is formed, and the poison is converted into Prussian blue. It may be pre- 
pared extemporaneously, by adding ten grains of iron sulphate, and a drachm of the tinc- 
ture of iron chloride, to a fluidounce of water contained in one vial, and twenty grains of 
potassium carbonate to a fluidounce of water in another vial. The patient is made to swallow 
the solution of potassium carbonate, and immediately afterwards the mixed ferruginous solu- 
tion. This quantity is estimated to be sufficient to render insoluble nearly two grains of the 
anhydrous acid* In one instance this antidote is said to have proved very effectual. (P. J. Tr., 
1865, p. 139.) Hydrogen peroxide (see Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi) has been found by Kobert 
to be antidotal, acting by changing the acid into oxamide. (Pharm. Central., 1891.) Johann 
Antal {Pharm,. Zeitschr. f. Rusal., 33, 518) recommends cobaltous nitrate as an antidote, and, 
according to the experiments of Spenzer, it is effective. The action of the poison is, however, 
so rapid that there is rarely time for any antidote to be of value. Atropine, which has been 
suggested as physiologically antagonistic to prussic acid, is of no value. 
Tests. After suspected death from poison, it is sometimes necessary to ascertain whether 
the event was caused by this acid. At a period long after death it would be needless to search 
for so volatile a poison ; but it has been recognized three weeks after death, in a case reported 
by M. Brame, in which about six drachms of acid, containing between 8 and 9 per cent, of 
anhydrous acid, had been swallowed. The best test is that proposed by Liebig in 1847, con- 
sisting in the change of the hydrocyanic acid into ammonium sulphocyanate, which salt is 
then tested with a ferric salt. Two drops of the acid, so dilute as not to afford the least blue 
tint with the salts of iron, upon being mixed with a drop of ammonium sulphydrate (yellow 
* In a subsequent communication the Messrs. Smith recommend the following proportions. Mix of solution of 
perchloride of iron (Br.) 37 minims, ferrous sulphate, as pure as possible and in fine crystals, 25 grains, and about half 
a fluidounce of water. Dissolve 77 grains of crystallized sodium carbonate in the same measure of water. These 
quantities will neutralize between 150 and 200 minims of the medicinal hydrocyanic acid. (P. J. Tr., 1865, p. 147.) 
Still more recently the authors propose to substitute magnesia for sodium carbonate, as better fitted to neutralize 
any considerable quantity of gastric acid that might be present. The following is the formula now recommended. 
From one to two drachms of magnesia, made into a smooth cream with water, are to be first administered, and then 
16 minims of solution of perchloride of iron (Br.) and 124 grains of ferrous sulphate are dissolved in water. These 
quantities are calculated for 100 minims of medicinal hydrocyanic acid. Should more than this be supposed to 
have been taken, the ferruginous ingredients must be increased in proportion, but not the magnesia. (Ibid,., 1865, 
p. 276.) 64 
Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
PART I. 
from dissolved sulphur), and heated upon a watch-glass until the mixture is colorless, yield 
a solution of ammonium sulphocyanate which becomes of a deep blood-red color upon the 
addition of ferric sulphate, in consequence of the formation of iron sulphocyanate. (Chem. 
Gaz., April 1, 1847 ; from Liebig’s Annalen.) This test is praised by Mr. A. S. Taylor, who 
found it to act characteristically on two grains of dilute hydrocyanic acid, containing only 
l-3930th of a grain of anhydrous acid. To render the test thus delicate, Mr. Taylor deems 
it necessary to evaporate the liquid gently to dryness, after the addition of the ammonium 
sulphydrate, in order to bring the sulphocyanate to the solid state before adding the iron test, 
a fractional part of a drop of which will commonly suffice to produce the characteristic color. 
The red color is instantly discharged by solution of corrosive sublimate or mercuric nitrate, 
and is thus distinguished from that which might possibly be produced under similar circum- 
stances by acetic acid. Should the acid be mixed with organic matters, Mr. Taylor proposes a 
modification of Liebig’s test, as follows. . Place it in a watch-glass, and invert over it another, 
holding in the centre a drop of ammonium sulphydrate. In from half a minute to ten minutes, 
without heat, the ammonium sulphydrate will be converted into ammonium sulphocyanate, and 
upon removing the upper glass, and evaporating its contents to dryness, the iron test will produce 
the blood-red color. MM. 0. Henry and E. Humbert have proposed, as a test of hydrocyanic 
acid, first to convert it into silver cyanide by distilling the suspected matters into a dilute 
solution of silver nitrate, and then to decompose the cyanide by iodine, so as to form cyanogen 
iodide. The dried cyanide is added to half its estimated weight of pure iodine, contained 
in a test-tube. Upon the application of a gentle heat, cyanogen iodide is formed, and charac- 
teristic crystals of it are deposited on the cool surface of the tube. (Journ. de Pharm., 1857, 
p. 173.) Prof. Wormley (Micro-Chemistry of Poisons, 2d ed., p. 186) considers the silver 
nitrate test as the most delicate of all when the hydrocyanic acid vapor is distilled from a 
mixture and received in a drop of silver nitrate solution placed in a watch-glass above it. 
An extremely sensitive test of hydrocyanic acid in the state of vapor has been offered by 
Schonbein. It consists of white filtering paper imbued with the resin of guaiacum by dip- 
ping it in a solution of 3 parts of the resin in 150 of alcohol, and then drying. At the 
moment of use it is to be moistened with a solution of copper sulphate containing 1 part in 
500 parts of water. If now brought into contact with hydrocyanic acid, whether dissolved in 
water or diffused in the air in the form of vapor, it instantly becomes blue. According to 
Schonbein, it will change color in air containing only a forty-millionth part of hydrocyanic 
acid. (See A. J. P., 1869, p. 174.) The test cannot, however, be relied on, since a similar 
reaction is yielded by numerous other substances, such as nitrous, nitric, and hydrochloric acids, 
chlorine, bromine, iodine, ammonia, dilute sulphuric acid, chromic acid, potassium bichromate, 
etc. The paper should be exposed to a current of air drawn through the suspected liquid, 
and, if indications be yielded, distillation practised to get the volatile acid in a state of suffi- 
cient purity to be submitted to the sulphur-iron test. This, as performed by Almen and Strieve, 
consists in adding ammonium sulphide, to form the sulphocyanate; converting this into the 
non-volatile potassium sulphocyanate by the addition of a few drops of liquor potassse; then 
evaporating nearly or quite to dryness; adding a few drops of water acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid, and finally adding a drop or two of iron sesquichloride, when the blood red of the 
sulphocyanate will be developed. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., July, 1873.) Another test, 
which was proposed by Schonbein, and which was found to be exceedingly delicate by M. 
Buchner, is dependent upon the power prussic acid has of preventing the catalytic action of 
the red blood-corpuscles. Normally, when these are brought into contact with hydrogen per- 
oxide, the latter is decomposed and oxygen liberated; if prussic acid be present, no oxygen is 
set free, but the mixture becomes of a deep brown color. In this way Buchner recognized 5 
milligrammes of the anhydrous acid in 600 grammes of blood and water. This test is not 
applicable to old blood. (A. J. P., Sept. 1869.) 
A very delicate test proposed for hydrocyanic acid is as follows. About one-half centigramme 
(tV grain) °fi ammonio-ferrous sulphate (or other pure ferrous salt) and the same quantity of 
uranic nitrate are dissolved in 50 C.c. of water, and 1 C.c. of this test-liquid is placed in a 
porcelain dish. On now adding a drop of a liquid containing the smallest quantity of prussic 
acid, a gray purple color or a distinct purple precipitate is produced. (M. Carey Lea, Amer. 
Journ. of Sci. [3], ix. 121-123.) PART I. 
Acidum Hypophosphorosum Dilutum.—Acidum Lacticum. 
65 
ACIDUM HYPOPHOSPHOROSUM DILUTUM, U. S. Diluted Hypophos- 
phorous Acid. 
“A liquid composed of about 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hypophosphorous Acid 
[HPH202 = 65-88], and about 90 per cent, of water.” U. S. 
This acid has been introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890, mainly because of its 
value as an addition to pharmaceutical preparations containing iodides liable to decomposition 
through exposure to light and air. It has proved to be the most satisfactory preservative to 
these easily decomposed salts. It may be added directly, or, as in the case of syrup of hydri- 
odic acid, a hypophosphite can be employed, and the salt decomposed by an acid during the 
manipulation. The National Formulary has given a very excellent process for its preparation 
(see Part II.). It may be made on a large scale, however, by decomposing barium hypophos- 
phite with sulphuric acid, or by boiling phosphorus with milk of lime and subsequently decom- 
posing the calcium hypophosphite with a strong acid, oxalic acid being frequently used. The 
following process of Prof. Procter’s (A. J. P'., 1858, p. 121) is based on this principle. Take 
of hypophosphite of lime 480 grains, crystallized oxalic acid 350 grains, distilled water 9 fluid- 
ounces. Dissolve the hypophosphite of lime in 6 fluidounces of the water, and the acid in the 
remainder with the aid of heat; mix the solutions, pour the mixture on a white paper filter, 
and when the liquid has passed add distilled water carefully till it measures 10 fluidounces; 
evaporate this to 81 fluidounces. Charles T. Tyrer prefers to make this acid by decomposing 
barium hypophosphite carefully with diluted sulphuric acid. It can be made to contain 30 
per cent, of real acid; such an acid has the sp. gr. 1-137 and does not deposit on long stand- 
ing. ( Yearbook of Pharmacy, 1896, 298.) 
Properties. Diluted hypophosphorous acid is a colorless, odorless liquid, having a sour 
taste and acid reaction ; its specific gravity is 1-046 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is miscible in all 
proportions with water or alcohol. The following official tests are appended : 
“ When heated in a porcelain capsule, it evaporates, losing at first principally water and 
becoming more concentrated. On further heating it decomposes, forming hydrogen phosphide 
which ignites, and phosphoric acid. The pasty residue finally reddens, ignites, and the last 
portions of phosphorus burn out at higher heat. From silver nitrate test-solution it reduces 
black metallic silver. When the Acid is gently heated with copper sulphate test-solution, a 
yellow precipitate of copper hydride falls, which rapidly assumes a reddish-brown color. The 
addition of hydrogen sulphide test-solution to the Acid should produce neither a precipitate 
nor a coloration (absence of lead, etc.). If some of the Acid be neutralized with ammonia 
water, separate portions of the liquid should not yield a precipitate with ammonium sulphide test- 
solution (absence of iron, etc)., nor with ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium) ; 
nor should more than a slight turbidity be produced by barium chloride test-solution (limit of 
phosphoric, sulphuric, oxalic, and tartaric acids). Neither platinic chloride test-solution nor 
sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution should produce more than a slight yellow turbidity in the 
diluted acid (limit of potassium). If 0-5 Gm. of Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid be mixed 
with 7 C.c. of sulphuric acid and 35 C.c. of potassium permanganate deeinormal volumetric 
solution, and the mixture boiled for fifteen minutes, it should require about 4-7 C.c. of oxalic 
acid deeinormal volumetric solution to discharge the red color, corresponding to about 10 per 
cent, of absolute Hypophosphorous Acid. To neutralize 6-6 Gm. of Diluted Hypophosphorous 
Acid should require about 10 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (each C.c. 
corresponding to 1 per cent, of the absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This acid is believed by many clinicians to have tonic 
properties, but is very rarely if ever used except in combinations with strychnine, quinine, or 
iron, which are thought by many to be especially valuable in nervous debility. The dose is 
from ten to thirty minims (0-62-1-85 C.c.). 
(Xg'l-DtJM HY-PO-PHOS-PHO-RO'SUM dI-lu'tum.) 
ACIDUM LACTICUM. U. S., Br. Lactic Acid. 
“ An organic acid, usually obtained by subjecting milk-sugar or grape-sugar to lactic fermen- 
tation ; composed of 75 per cent., by weight, of absolute Lactic Acid [HC3H603 = 89-79], 
and 25 per cent, of water.” IT. S. “ A liquid containing 75 per cent, of hydrogen lactate, 
CHg.CHOH.COOH, with 25 per cent, of water. It may be produced by the fermentation of 
lactose.” Br. 
Oxypropionic Acid, Etliidene-lactic Acid; Acide lactique, Fr.; Milchsaure, 0. 
(Xg'i-DUM iAc'ti-cum.) Acid am Lacticum. 
PART I. 
Lactic acid was discovered by Scheele. It exists in sour milk, and lias been found in a 
number of the secretions, including the healthy gastric juice, in which its presence has been 
incontestably proved by Bernard and Barreswil. It has been detected by Prof. Wittstein in the 
vegetable kingdom, especially in the peduncles of Solatium dulcamara, and the liquid which 
oozes from freshly-cut vine branches. It is a product of the viscous or lactic fermentation of 
rice-water, or of the juices of the beet, turnip, and carrot. Indeed, it is formed whenever 
sugar in solution, of whatever kind, is placed in contact with an alkaline or earthy carbonate 
in presence of a special ferment, as, for example, the casein of milk, or cheese which contains 
it. Pasteur has demonstrated that the lactic acid fermentation, like the vinous, is caused by 
a peculiar microscopic plant or mycoderm. It is attended with the production not only of 
lactic acid, but of other substances also, and among them a peculiar gum-like substance in abun- 
dance, wrhich, first noticed by Kirchof, has been isolated in a pure state by Briining. Though 
similar to arabin and dextrin, with the formula C6II1006, it is not exactly identical with either. 
(See Chem. Gaz., 1858, p. 197.) The lactic acid of fermentation is one of four isomeric acids 
possessing the formula C3H603. The first of these is the official lactic acid, and is inactive 
optically. The second is identical chemically with this, but physically different, being dextro- 
rotatory, and is found in the juice of flesh. It is called paralactic acid. The third or ethylene 
lactic acid is found mixed with the second in the so-called “ sarcolactic" acid extracted from 
meat. The fourth acid has only been obtained synthetically, and is known as hydracrylic acid. 
Preparation. Lactic acid may be obtained by the following process, which was recom- 
mended by M. Louradour as the first step in preparing ferrous lactate. Ferment whey by keep- 
ing it at a temperature between 211° C. (70° F.) and 26-6° C. (80° F.), whereby it becomes 
charged with a considerable quantity of lactic acid. Evaporate the liquor to one-third of its 
bulk, decant and filter, and then saturate with milk of lime. This converts the lactic acid into 
calcium lactate, which remains in solution, and throws down a precipitate, consisting princi- 
pally of calcium phosphate. The liquor is filtered again, and precipitated by oxalic acid, 
which throws down the lime as calcium oxalate, and sets free the lactic acid. By a new filtration 
a solution of lactic acid is obtained, containing lactose (sugar of milk) and certain salts. 
From these it may be purified by concentrating it to a syrupy consistence and treating it with 
alcohol, which dissolves the acid, and precipitates the lactose and foreign salts. The solution 
is filtered, and the lactic acid is obtained pure by distilling off the alcohol. Wackenroder’s 
method is to mix 10 parts of skimmed milk, 2-5 of milk sugar, 2 of chalk, and 20 of water, 
to digest at about 23-8° C. (75° F.) for a month, or till the chalk is dissolved, then to express, 
clarify, and evaporate so as to crystallize the calcium lactate, and, having recrystallized this 
salt, to decompose it with sulphuric or oxalic acid in exact saturating proportions. 
Alan A. Claflin thus describes the manufacture of lactic acid as carried out at the present 
time on a large scale under the patent of Charles E. Avery (Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., June 30, 
1897). A saccharine solution varying in density from 1-05 to 1 075 is taken. This will contain 
from 7 5 to 11 per cent, of saccharine matter. It is advantageous to have from 10 to 15 per 
cent, of this cane sugar, the rest being grape sugar. The saccharine solution, having been 
made up and boiled for an hour to insure sterilization, is conveyed into the fermentation-tank 
and cooled to from 55° to 45° C., and then impregnated with nitrogenous matter (such as 
is extracted from bran by the action of boiling water and dilute acid) in amount equal to 
about 8 per cent, of the saccharine matter, and the Bacillus acidi lactici. In continuous 
manufacture the ferment solutions are impregnated from a preceding ferment liquor in which 
a lively fermentation is in progress. 20 per cent, of such impregnating liquor may be added. 
The impregnation having taken place at 45° C. or over, the temperature is allowed to decrease 
somewhat as the fermentation grows older. The glucose is practically all decomposed, and the 
yield of lactic acid is over 98 per cent. As the fermentation progresses the solution must be 
neutralized with milk of lime, as the limits of acidity in which lactic acid bacteria are healthy 
are rigidly confined between 0-02 and 0 5 per cent. If the fermenting solution is overneutral- 
ized, the butyric ferment will immediately begin to act, and once active is difficult to control. 
The lactic fermentation is best completed in from three to six days ; and when the fermentation 
is ended, the liquor must be heated sharply to kill all bacteria and spores and prevent subse- 
quent fermentation. The solution is now filtered and evaporated, when the calcium lactate 
may be crystallized out; or if commercial syrupy acid only is required, the solution may be at 
once decomposed by sulphuric acid. 
Kiliani (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., xv. 136 and 699) has found that lactic acid may be readily pre- 
pared by the action of potassium or sodium hydrate upon both grape sugar and invert sugar Acidum Laeticum. 
PART i 
67 
(or cane sugar after treatment with dilute acids). He considers invert sugar to be the best 
material for the preparation of the acid, as it gives a better yield than ordinary glucose, and 
recommends caustic soda in preference to caustic potash. His procedure is the following: 
500 grammes of cane sugar are placed with 150 grammes of water and 10 C.c. of the sul- 
phuric acid, to be used later, in a stoppered flask of 2 litres’ capacity and heated for 3 hours 
to about 50° C. (122° F.). The solution of invert sugar so obtained is colorless, or at most 
faintly yellow. After cooling there is to be added to it in portions of 50 C.c. at a time 400 
C.c. Of a caustic soda solution made by dissolving 1 part of caustic soda in 1 part of water. 
The strong alkali settles at first as a slimy mass on the bottom, and a new portion is only to 
be added when the mixture has become perfectly homogeneous by shaking. The flask should 
also be cooled with water while the alkali is being added. The mixture nevertheless becomes 
colored and greatly heated. Finally the mixture is heated to 60° or 70° C. (140° F.—158° F.) 
until a test heated over a boiling water-bath does not separate cuprous oxide from Fehling’s 
solution, but gives it only a slight greenish tinge. Into the cooled mixture the calculated 
amount of sulphuric acid (made by mixing 3 parts of sulphuric acid with 4 of water) is then 
run. As soon as the acid liquid has cooled to the temperature of the room, a crystal of Glau- 
ber’s salt is dropped in and the flask dipped in cold water until a thin crystalline crust forms on 
the sides, which is removed by a rapid shaking of the flask. Cooling and shaking are continued 
until a crust no longer forms, when the mixture is allowed to stand at rest for 12 to 24 hours. 
At the end of this time the contents of the flask appear to consist of a crystalline cake soaked 
with a reddish liquid. There is then added alcohol of 93 per cent., and the whole is shaken 
up until on further addition no precipitate separates out. The separated Glauber’s salt is freed 
from the alcoholic solution by a vacuum filter, and can be washed with relatively very little 
alcohol. The half of the alcoholic solution is neutralized over the water-bath with zinc car- 
bonate, filtered boiling hot, and united with the other half. The crystallization begins imme- 
diately upon cooling, and is complete after standing 36 hours. The zinc lactate so obtained 
can be pressed free from mother-liquor and crystallized once, when it is perfectly pure. The 
weight of this first crystallization amounts to from 30 to 40 per cent, of the sugar used.. The 
concentrated mother-liquor yields yet another portion of nearly pure, although slightly yellow- 
ish, crystals. For a method of making lactic acid from corn meal, see New Remedies, 1882, 
p. 235. 
George Jacquemin adds the pure lactic ferment, prepared by Pasteur’s method, with a quan- 
tity of pure sterilized calcium carbonate, to a wort at 45° C. Fermentation is conducted at 
that temperature, care being taken to exclude dust, to admit filtered air at the bottom of the 
vessel, and to allow the carbonic acid to escape. Fermentation is complete in five or six days, 
and the solution of calcium lactate is freed from nitrogenous matters by the addition of tannic 
acid. The calcium lactate crystallizes out on evaporation of the filtrate. This may be 
decomposed with an exact quantity of sulphuric or oxalic acid. ( Chem. News, 1891, lxiv. 62.) 
Properties. Lactic acid is a syrupy liquid, nearly colorless, of a slight not unpleasant 
odor, and a very sour taste. Its sp. gr. is 1-213 at 15° C. (1-21 Br.), but acid of this strength 
is considered as containing only 75 per cent, of absolute lactic acid, tbe specific gravity of which 
is 1-248. (Allen, Commercial Org. Anal., 2d ed., i. p. 419.) It is not solidified by evaporation, 
and not vaporized by a heat not exceeding 160° C. (320° F.). At a higher temperature it 
emits inflammable vapors. “ 5 Gm., after combustion, should not leave more than 0.05 Gm. 
of fixed residue.” U. S. It unites in all proportions with water, alcohol, and ether, but is 
nearly insoluble in chloroform. Exposed to a heat of 150° C. (302° F.), it is for the most 
part converted into a new body, called concrete lactic acid or lactide, an anhydride of the for- 
mula CsH402. It coagulates albumen and dissolves a large quantity of freshly precipitated 
calcium phosphate; a property which doubtless renders it important in the animal economy. 
“ On adding some potassium permanganate to a mixture of equal volumes of Lactic and 
sulphuric acids, and gently heating, the odor of aldehyde will become perceptible. 10 C.c. 
of a 1-per-cent, aqueous solution of the Acid should not be rendered opalescent by the 
addition of 1 C.c. of silver nitrate test-solution (limit of chloride'). 10 C.c. of a 10-per-cent, 
aqueous solution should remain unaffected by the addition of 1 C.c. of barium chloride test- 
solution (absence of sidphate), or by 1 C.c. of copper sulphate test-solution (absence of sarco- 
lactic acid), or, after supersaturation with ammonia, by 1 C.c. of ammonium sulphide test- 
solution (absence of iron, lead, etc.). On adding a few drops of Lactic Acid to 10 C.c. of hot 
alkaline cupric tartrate volumetric solution, no red cuprous oxide should be separated (absence 
of sugars). If a small portion of the Acid be heated with an excess of zinc carbonate, the mix- 68 
Acidum Lacticum.—Acidum Nitricum. 
PART I. 
ture dried at 100° C. (212° F.), and then extracted with absolute alcohol, upon evaporation 
of the latter no sweet residue should remain (absence of glycerin). On mixing equal volumes 
of Lactic and colorless, concentrated sulphuric acids in a small, clean, glass-stoppered vial, the 
mixture should not acquire a tint deeper than a pale straw color (absence of more than traces of 
organic impurities). To neutralize 4 5 Gm. of Lactic Acid should require 37 5 C.c. of potassium 
hydrate volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 2 per cent, of absolute acid), phe- 
nolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. “ Warmed with potassium permanganate it gives 
the odor of aldehyde. Each gramme should require for neutralization 8-3 cubic centimetres 
of the volumetric solution of sodium, hydroxide. Gently warmed, there should be no rancid 
odor (absence of fatty acids). No turbidity, either permanent or transient, should be produced 
when the Acid is added drop by drop to twice its volume of ether (absence of gum, sugar, man- 
nite, calcium phosphate). It should give no precipitate with solution of lead subacetate (ab- 
sence of malic and sulphuric acids).” Br. At the late revision, diluted lactic acid {Acidum 
Lacticum Dilutum, Br., 1885) was dropped from the British Pharmacopoeia; the old prepara- 
tion was of the strength of three fluidounces to the pint (Imp. meas.) and had a specific gravity 
of 1-040. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Lactic acid was proposed by Magendie, on account 
of its being a normal constituent of gastric juice, as a remedy in dyspepsia, and for the removal 
of phosphatic deposits in the urine. It is also used in tuberculous diarrhoea, and in the green 
diarrhoea of children. The remedy should be taken at the time of meals, in solution sweet- 
ened with sugar, prepared like lemonade. From one to three drachms (3-75-11-25 C.c.) may 
be taken in the course of the day. Professor Cantani, of Naples, was induced by theoretical 
considerations to employ lactic acid in diabetes, in connection with an exclusively meat diet, and 
reported very remarkable success. {Ed. Med. Journ., 1871, p. 533.) Certain other practitioners 
have achieved similar results, but the remedy has not answered the expectations formed of it, 
and is at present not very frequently employed. If used, half a fluidounce in a pint of water 
should be administered daily. Hypnotic properties have also been ascribed to lactic acid, but 
the claim has not been verified. In solution the acid has been found very efficacious, locally 
applied, in dissolving false membrane, and it has consequently been employed, with much ap- 
parent advantage, in diphtheritic affections and croup* the solution employed containing one 
part of the acid to five parts of the menstruum. {Ann. de Therap., 1869, p. 220.) Half a 
drachm to half an ounce (1-85 C.c. to 14-78 C.c.) may be given to an adult in divided doses 
during the twenty-four hours. 
Lactic acid is a useful addition to medicinal pepsin, increasing the solvent power of that 
agent upon the food, when taken into the stomach. Some importance has also been attached to 
it from the supposition that it might be the materies morbi in rheumatism, as uric acid has been 
supposed to be in gout; but in either case the acid is probably the effect rather than the cause 
of the disease. 
ACIDUM NITRICUM. U. S., Br. Nitric Acid. 
“ A liquid composed of 68 per cent., by weight, of absolute Nitric Acid [HN03 = 62-89], 
and 32 per cent, of water. Nitric Acid should be kept in dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered 
bottles.” U. S. “A liquid containing 70 per cent, by weight of hydrogen nitrate, HN03, and 
30 per cent, of water, prepared by the interaction of sulphuric acid and potassium or sodium 
nitrate.” Br. 
Acidum Nitri s. Azoticum, Spiritus Nitri Acidus; Spirit of Nitre; Aqua Fortis; Acide nitrique, Acide azotlque, 
Fr.; Salpetersaure, G.; Zaltpeterzuur, Sterkwater, Dutch ; Shedwater, Sw.; Acido nitrico, It., Sp. 
Nitric oxide is one of the five compounds formed by nitrogen and oxygen. These are 
nitrogen protoxide or hyponitrous oxide (laughing gas), N20 ; nitrogen dioxide, N202 or (N0)2 ; 
nitrous oxide, N203; nitrogen tetroxide or peroxide, N204; and nitric oxide, N206. From 
this latter by the addition of water is formed nitric acid : N206 -j- H20 == (HN03)„. 
Nitric acid is now official in two forms; the pure acid of the sp. gr. 1-42, and the diluted. 
The strong acid, of the sp. gr. 1-5, has long been abandoned. 
(Xq'i-dum ni'tri-cum.) 
* Lactic Acid Sticks. Zippel proposes to use lactic acid in the form of sticks for tuberculous fistulas, etc. 50 Gnu 
each of gelatin, lactic acid, and water are melted at a gentle heat, 30 Gm. of menthol added, and poured into moulds. 
After allowing the moulds to remain in the ice-box for 24 hours, the sticks are taken out, and dried over calcium 
chloride. The sticks are afterwards coated with collodion, or kept under oil, to prevent deliquescence. (Zeits. Oester. 
Apoth. Ver., 1892, 222.) Acidum Nitncum. 
69 
PART I. 
Preparation. The usual practice adopted in the laboratory for obtaining nitric acid is to 
add to potassium nitrate in coarse powder, contained in a retort, an equal weight of strong 
sulphuric acid, poured in by means of a tube or funnel, so as not to soil the neck. The ma- 
terials should not occupy more than two-thirds of the capacity of the retort. A receiver being 
adapted, heat is applied by means of a spirit- or gas-lamp, the naked fire, or a sand-bath, 
moderately at first, but afterwards more strongly when the materials begin to thicken, in order 
to bring the whole into a state of perfect fusion. Red vapors will at first arise, and afterwards 
disappear in the course of the distillation. Towards its close they will be reproduced, and 
their reappearance will indicate that the process is completed. 
The proportion of equal weights, as above given, corresponding nearly to one mol. of potassium 
nitrate and one of sulphuric acid, is the best for operations on a small scale in the laboratory. 
A practical disadvantage in this method of obtaining very strong nitric acid is that, owing 
to the high heat and the presence of the crystals, the retort is frequently fractured. Prof. 
Trimble recommends adding one part of commercial nitric acid to two parts of strong sul- 
phuric acid in a retort and distilling slowly until the nitric acid is all collected.* 
Monohydrated Nitric Acid. Hydrogen Nitrate. This is the strongest liquid nitric acid 
that can be procured, and may be supposed to be obtained by distilling one molecule of pure 
and dry nitre with one molecule of monohydrated sulphuric acid. One molecule of mono- 
hydrated nitric acid distils over, and one molecule of potassium bisulphate remains behind: 
KNOg -j- H2S04 = HN03 -f- HKS04. Acid of this strength is very difficult to make, and 
requires for its preparation the most elaborate attention to separate the superabundant water. 
According to Mr. Arthur Smith, of London, acid dehydrated as far as possible is perfectly 
colorless, boils at 84° C. (184° F.), has the sp. gr. 1-517 at 15-4° C. (60° F.), and nearly ap- 
proaches, in composition, to a monohydrate. Acid of this strength, even at the boiling tem- 
perature, has not the slightest action on tin or iron. (Phil. Mag., Dec. 1847.) According to 
Kolb (Ann. Chem. Phys. [4], x. 140), the true HNOa has a sp. gr. at 15° C. (59° F.) as high 
as 1-530. 
The acid of the former Br. Pharmacopoeia, having the sp. gr. 1-5, is of a yellowish color, 
and strongly corrosive. Strictly speaking, it is hydrogen nitrate diluted with half a molecule 
of water (HN03 -f- An acid of this strength is inconveniently strong, is constantly 
undergoing decomposition under the influence of light, and was consequently replaced by a 
pure acid of the density 1-42. This substitution was made in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 
1850, and in the British of 1867. 
Nitric Acid (sp. gr. 1-42 and 1-414). This is the acid now official in both the U. S. and 
Br. Pharmacopoeias. Acid of the density 1-5 was not usually found in commerce, and much 
pains was required to get it of that strength. Besides, acid of this density was not necessary 
for any process of the Pharmacopoeia. Considerations of this kind induced the revisers of 
our national standard of 1850 to lower the strength of official nitric acid to 1-42, its purity 
in other respects remaining the same. In the Pharmacopoeia of 1890 the strength has again 
been very slightly reduced from 1-42 to 1-414, since it has been shown that 68-per-cent, acid 
has this specific gravity, the acid of U. S. P. 1880, of the specific gravity 1-42, having an 
inconvenient fraction in its percentage (69-4 per cent.). 
“ If 1 C.c. of Nitric Acid be slightly supersaturated with ammonia water, no precipitate 
should be formed (absence of iron, or much lead); nor should the liquid assume a blue tint 
(copper) ; nor should the further addition of a few drops of colorless ammonium sulphide test- 
solution produce any coloration or precipitate (lead, iron, copper, etc.). On diluting some of 
the Acid with 5 times its volume of water, a portion of this liquid, when gently heated and 
treated with freshly prepared hydrogen sulphide test-solution, should not show a colored pre- 
cipitate (absence of lead, arsenic, copper) ; nor should any precipitate be produced in other 
portions of the diluted Acid by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphuric acid), or by 
silver nitrate test-solution (absence of hydrochloric acid). If the diluted Acid be shaken with 
* Pure Concentrated Nitric Acid—Preparation. Lunge and Rey obtain pure, colorless, concentrated nitric acid 
by the following method. A quantity of nitric acid, prepared and deprived of coloring impurities in the usual 
manner, and containing 98’7 per cent, of absolute nitric acid, was put into a retort together with twice its volume 
of absolute sulphuric acid (H2SO4), and distilled in vacuo, the pressure being reduced to 20 Mm. by means of a 
water-jet pump. This was found to be the only way to prevent the acid from becoming yellow. The connection 
between the neck of the retort and the receiver was effected by wrapping with asbestos-paper and an external coat 
of moulder’s clay. Great care was taken to insure the absence of organic matter. The distillation took place at a 
temperature of 35° C. (95° F.), and the distillate was completely colorless. It contained 99'7 per cent, of HNOg. 
{Amer. Drug., June 1, 1891, 170; from Ztechr.f. Analyt. Chem.) Acidum Nitricum. 
70 
PART I. 
a few drops of chloroform, the latter should remain colorless (absence of iodine or bromine), 
even after introduction of a small piece of metallic zinc (absence of iodic or bromic acid). 
To neutralize 3T45 Gm. of Nitric Acid should require 34 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal 
volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 2 per cent, of absolute acid), phenolphtalein 
being used as indicator.” U. S. “ Each gramme diluted with water should require for neu- 
tralization 11*1 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. It should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, chlorides, bro- 
mates, iodates, or sulphates. It should yield no residue or not more than 0 005 per cent, on 
evaporation to dryness.” Br. 
To correspond with the tests given in the U. S. P., it must be colorless, and entirely volatil- 
izable by heat; must dissolve copper, silver, and other metals with evolution of red vapors, 
and stain woollen fabrics and animal tissues a bright yellow. Acid of the density 1-42 is the 
most stable of the hydrated compounds of nitric acid, and boils at 121° C. (250° F.), T414 
acid boiling at 120-5° C. (248-9° F.). When either stronger or weaker than this, it distils 
over at a lower temperature, and, by losing more acid than water in the first case, and more 
water than acid in the second, constantly approaches to the sp. gr. 1-42, when its boiling point 
becomes stationary. These facts in relation to nitric acid of this strength were first observed 
by Dalton, and have since been confirmed by Mr. Arthur Smith, of London. This acid may 
be assumed to have the composition HNOa -\- l^H^O. 
Nitric Acid of the Arts. Two strengths of this acid occur in the arts: double aqua 
fortis (sp. gr. 1-36), which is of half the strength of concentrated nitric acid, and single aqua 
fortis (sp. gr. 1*22), which is half as strong as the double. Aqua fortis is sometimes obtained 
by distilling a mixture of nitre and calcined ferric sulphate. By an interchange of ingredients, 
potassium sulphate and ferric nitrate are formed, the latter of which, at the distilling heat, 
readily abandons its nitric acid. The potassium sulphate is washed out of the residue, and 
the iron sesquioxide which is left is sold, under the name of colcothar, to the polishers of 
metals. The distillation is performed in large cast-iron retorts, lined on the inside with a thick 
layer of red ferric oxide, to protect them from the action of the acid. The acid is received in 
large glass vessels containing water. A considerable portion of the acid is decomposed by the 
heat into reddish vapors, which subsequently dissolve in the water and absorb the oxygen 
which had been disengaged. The acid thus obtained is red and tolerably strong, but is diluted 
with water before being sold. 
The reddish acid called nitrous acid is nitric acid containing more or less nitrogen tetroxide 
(N204). The same acid may be formed by impregnating, to a limited extent, nitric acid with 
nitrogen dioxide (N202). If the saturation be complete, every two molecules of nitric oxide 
become three molecules of nitrogen tetroxide by the aid of one molecule of nitrogen dioxide 
(2N206 -f- N202 = 3N204). The commercial nitrous acid maybe converted into nitric acid 
by exposing it to a gentle heat. As nitrogen tetroxide (N204) forms, in contact with bases, a 
nitrate and nitrite, there being no hyponitrates, some chemists consider it as a compound of 
nitric and nitrous oxides (2N204 — N206 -f- N203). 
In making nitric acid on the commercial scale, sodium nitrate is substituted for nitre, as it 
is much cheaper, and the salt is decomposed with sulphuric acid as before. The proportions 
of these two substances employed are not the same in all works. If one molecule of sulphuric 
acid and two of sodium nitrate be taken, the following are the reactions: H2S04 -f- NaNOa = 
NaHS04 -f- HN03. When the heat is raised, the acid sodium sulphate acts upon a second 
molecule of sodium nitrate, thus: NaHS04 -j- NaN03 == Na2S04 -j- HN03. In this case a 
part of the acid is decomposed, owing to the high temperature, and nitrogen peroxide is evolved 
in the form of red fumes, which dissolve in the concentrated acid, giving it the red appearance 
usually noted in the strong commercial product. When a large excess of sulphuric acid is 
employed, some acid sodium sulphate is formed, which lowers the melting point of the residua! 
mass so that it can be withdrawn from the retorts in a fused state, whereas in the other case 
the residue can only be removed in the solid state after the cylinder has cooled. 
The ordinary commercial acid has a specific gravity of from 1-30 to 1-41, and is usually pre- 
pared by means of chamber (sulphuric) acid; but if a more concentrated acid is required, a 
stronger sulphuric acid must be employed. The strongest nitric acid occurring in commerce 
lias a sp. gr. of 1-43, and this is obtained by distilling well-dried Chili saltpetre with sulphuric 
acid having a sp. gr. of 1-85. 
The retorts in which nitric acid is usually prepared in England consist of cast-iron cylinders, 
built in a furnace in such a way that they may be heated as uniformly as possible. Some PART I. 
Acid am Nitncum. 
71 
manufacturers cover the upper half of the cylinder with fire-bricks, in order to protect the iron 
from the action of the nitric acid vapors. This is unnecessary, however, if the retorts are so 
thoroughly heated that no nitric acid condenses on the surface of the iron. 
M. Mallet, of Paris, has proposed to obtain nitric acid by distilling sodium nitrate with well- 
dried boric acid, sodium biborate or borax being the residue. Another method, employed by 
Kuhlmann, is to expose a mixture of sodium nitrate and manganese chloride to a heat of about 
232° C. (450° F.), and to pass the mixed gases which escape through water. Hyponitric acid 
and oxygen are disengaged, which become nitric acid when they enter the water. CP. J. Tr.. 
1862.) 
General Properties of Nitric Acid. Nitric acid, so called from nitre, is an extremely 
sour and corrosive liquid. It was discovered by Raymond Lully, in the thirteenth century, and 
its constituents by Cavendish, in 1784. When perfectly pure it is colorless; but, as usually 
obtained, it has a straw color, owing to the presence of hyponitric acid. The concentrated 
acid, when exposed to the air, emits wrhite fumes, possessing a disagreeable odor. By the action 
of light it undergoes a slight decomposition, and becomes yellow. It acts powerfully on ani- 
mal matter, causing its decomposition. On the living fibre it operates as a strong caustic. It 
stains the skin and most animal substances of an indelible yellow color. On vegetable fibre it 
acts peculiarly, abstracting hydrogen or water, and combining with the remaining elements. 
When diluted, nitric acid converts most animal and vegetable substances into oxalic, malic, and 
carbonic acids. The general character of its action is to impart oxygen to other bodies, which 
it is enabled to do, as oxygen in the nascent state is liberated in its decomposition. If this 
liberation take place while in contact with bodies capable of oxidation, the oxygen goes to effect 
this oxidation. Free nitric acid, however, will evolve oxygen at a red heat, according to the 
following reaction: 
4HN03 = (N204)2 -f 02 + (H20)2. 
It oxidizes sulphur and phosphorus, giving rise to sulphuric and phosphoric acids, and all 
the metals, except chromium, tungsten, columbium, cerium, titanium, osmium, rhodium, gold, 
platinum, and iridium. It combines with salifiable bases and forms nitrates. When mixed 
with hydrochloric acid, mutual decomposition takes place, according to the reaction HN03 -j- 
3II Cl — NOC1 -j- Cl2 -|- 2H20, and nitrohydrochloric acid is formed. 
Great care must be used in transporting nitric acid, for if the strong acid come in contact 
in quantity with vegetable substances like hay, tow, excelsior, paper, etc., fire will be apt to 
occur. The occurrence of such accidents was proved by the official inquiry of Prof. R. Haas. 
(Per. d. Chem. Ges., 1881, 597.) A trace of nitric acid has been detected in the atmosphere. 
It is said to be always present in the air in summer. (Kletsinsky.) 
Tests. Nitric acid, when uncombined, is recognized by its dissolving copper with the pro- 
duction of red vapors, and by its forming nitre when saturated with potassa. When in the 
form of a nitrate, it is known by its action on gold-leaf, after the addition of hydrochloric acid, 
in consequence of the evolution of chlorine; or it may be discovered, according to Dr. 
O'Shaughnessy, by heating the supposed nitrate in a test-tube with a drop of sulphuric acid, 
and then adding a crystal of morphine. If nitric acid be present, it will be set free by the 
sulphuric acid, and reddened by the morphine. The same effect is produced by brucine, by 
commercial strychnine, on account of its containing brucine, and still more strongly, accord- 
ing to M. Braun, by aniline sulphate, which affords an exceedingly delicate test. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1867, p. 157.) To prevent all ambiguity arising from the accidental presence of 
nitric acid in the sulphuric acid employed, the operator should satisfy himself, by a separate 
experiment, that the latter acid has no power to produce the characteristic color with mor- 
phine. Another test for nitric acid is to add pure sulphuric acid to the concentrated liquid 
suspected to contain it, together with a little concentrated solution of ferrous sulphate. The 
smallest trace of nitric acid-affords, when the mixture is warmed, a pink red color; and if it 
be present in considerable amount, the liquid becomes almost black* Rosa recommends the 
use of ammonio-ferrous sulphate, in place of ferrous sulphate, as a test for nitric acid. It is 
* A quantitative text for nitric acid in water, first proposed by M. Boussingault, in 1857, was simplified by M. 
Marx, and finally perfected by M. Fischer, who substituted indigotin for indigo, on account of its solution being 
permanent. His method is first to prepare a test-solution by mixing 5 cubic centimeters of solution of indigotin 
with 30 cubic centimeters of pure sulphuric acid, and then adding a titrated solution of potassium nitrate (5 
decigrammes to the litre) until the blue color is changed to a faint green. Then the solution of indigotin is diluted 
until one cubic centimeter is decolorized by 0'2525 milligramme of potassium nitrate. In using this test-solution 
the temperature should always be at least 110° C. (230° F.), and the amount of sulphuric acid should always be at 
least double the joint volume of the indigotin solution and the water. {Journ. de Pharm., Nov. 1874.) Acidum Nitricum. 
72 
PART I. 
more stable than the latter, either in crystals or in solution. Equal measures of the liquid to 
be tested for nitric acid and of concentrated sulphuric acid are mixed, the mixture cooled, and 
then a layer of solution of ammonio-ferrous sulphate poured slowly on top; if even a trace of 
nitric acid be present, a brown zone will form at the line of contact of the liquids. (Am. Drug., 
1886, p. 13.) For official tests of purity, etc., see pages 69 and 70. 
A method particularly useful in the determination of the nitrates contained in drinking- 
water depends upon the fact that a thin zinc plate, which has been covered with a deposit of 
spongy metallic copper by dipping it in a solution of copper sulphate, on being heated with 
water containing nitrates reduces them to ammonia, zinc hydroxide and free hydrogen also 
being formed (Gladstone and Tribe), thus : KN03 -j- 4H2 = NH3 -f- KOH -f- 2HaO. 
The nitric acid of commerce sometimes contains iodine, probably derived from the native sodium 
nitrate, in which iodate frequently occurs. This may be reduced by passing hydrogen sulphide 
into the diluted acid, taking care not to use an excess. A few drops of chloroform or carbon 
disulphide shaken up with the liquid will then show the iodine color. Still better is the test 
proposed by Mr. Stein, which is to introduce a stick of tin into the suspected acid, and, after 
red vapors have begun to escape, to withdraw the metal, add a few drops of carbon disulphide, 
and agitate. If iodine be present, the drops of the sulphide which soon separate will be col- 
ored more or less deeply red, according to the amount of impurity. These impurities, however, 
do not affect the medical properties of the acid. 
The following table of Lunge and Hey is the recognized standard at present: 
Table showing percentage of absolute Nitric Acid in Nitric Acid of different densities, at 15° C. 
(59° F.f 
Per Cent. 
Specific 
Gravity. 
Per Cent. 
Specific 
Gravity. 
Per Cent. 
Specific 
Gravity. 
Per Cent. 
Specific 
Gravity. 
n2o5. 
hno3. 
NA, 
hno3. 
NA- 
hno3. 
n2o5. 
HNOj. 
0-08 
0-10 
1-0001 
25-00 
1-152 
42-06 
49-07 
1-311 
66-24 
77-28 
1-452 
0-85 
1-00 
1-0059 
21*94 
25-60 
1-156 
42-76 
49-89 
1-316 
67-38 
78-60 
1-457 
1-62 
1-90 
1-0109 
22-60 
26-36 
1-161 
50-00 
1-317 
68-56 
79-98 
1-462 
2-89 
2-80 
1-0159 
23-25 
27-12 
1-166 
43-47 
50-71 
1-3215 
80-00 
1-4655 
3-17 
3*70 
1-021 
23-90 
27-88 
1-171 
44-67 
51-53 
1-327 
69-79 
81-42 
1-467 
3-94 
4-60 
1-026 
25-54 
28-63 
1-176 
44-89 
52-37 
1-332 
71-06 
82-90 
1-472 
5-00 
1-028 
25-00 
1-180 
45-00 
1-333 
72-39 
84-45 
1-477 
4-71 
5-50 
1-031 
25-18 
29-38 
1-181 
45-62 
53-22 
1-337 
85-00 
1-479 
5-00 
1-033 
30-00 
1-185 
46-35 
54-07 
1-342 
73-76 
86-05 
1-482 
5-47 
6-38 
1-036 
25-83 
30-13 
1-186 
47-08 
54-93 
1-347 
75-18 
87-70 
1-487 
, 6-22 
7-26 
1-041 
26-47 
30-88 
1-191 
55-00 
1-3474 
76-80 
89-60 
1-492 
fi-97 
8-13 
1-046 
27-10 
31-62 
1-196 
47-82 
55-79 
1-352 
90-00 
1-493 
7-71 
8-99 
1-051 
27-74 
32-36 
1-201 
48-57 
56-66 
1-357 
78-52 
91-60 
1-497 
• 8-43 
9-84 
1-056 
28-36 
33-09 
1-206 
49-35 
57-57 
1-362 
80-00 
1-5005 
10-00 
1-057 
28-99 
33-82 
1-211 
50-00 
1-366 
80-65 
94-09 
1-502 
9-15 
10-68 
1-061 
29-61 
34-55 
1-216 
50-13 
58-48 
1-367 
81-09 
94-60 
1-503 
• 9-87 
11-51 
1-066 
30-00 
35-00 
1-219 
50-91 
59-39 
1-372 
95-00 
1-5038 
10-00 
1-067 
30-24 
35-28 
1-221 
60-00 
1-375 
8P50 
95-08 
1-504 
JO-57 
12-33 
1-071 
30-88 
36-03 
1-226 
5P69 
60-30 
1-377 
81-91 
95-55 
1-505 
11-27 
13-15 
1-076 
31-53 
36-78 
1-231 
52-52 
61-27 
1-382 
82-29 
96-00 
1-506 
11-96 
13-95 
1-081 
32-17 
37-53 
1-236 
53-35 
62-24 
1-387 
82-63 
96-39 
1-507 
12-64 
14-74 
1-086 
32-82 
38-29 
1-241 
54-20 
63-23 
1-392 
82-94 
96-76 
1-508 
15-00 
1-088 
33-47 
39-05 
1-246 
55-00 
1-3966 
83-26 
97-13 
1-509 
13-31 
15-53 
1-091 
34-13 
39-82 
1-251 
55-07 
64-25 
1-397 
83-58 
97-50 
1-510 
13-99 
16-32 
1-096 
40-00 
1-252 
65-00 
1-401 
83-87 
97-84 
1-511 
14-67 
17-11 
1-101 
34-78 
40-58 
1-256 
55 97 
65-30 
1-402 
84-09 
98-10 
1-512 
15-00 
1-103 
35-00 
1-258 
56-92 
66-40 
1-407 
84-21 
98-32 
1-513 
15-34 
17-89 
1-106 
35-44 
41-34 
1-261 
57-86 
67-50 
1-412 
84-46 
98-53 
1-514 
16-00 
18-69 
1-111 
36-09 
42-10 
1-266 
68-00 
1-414 
84-63 
98-73 
1-515 
16-67 
19-45 
1-116 
36-75 
42-87 
1-271 
58-83 
68-63 
1-417 
84-78 
98-90 
1-516 
20-00 
1-1195 
37-41 
43-64 
1-276 
59-83 
69-80 
1-422 
84-92 
99-07 
1-517 
17-34 
20-23 
1-121 
38-07 
44-41 
1-281 
60-00 
70-00 
1-4228 
85-00 
1-5177 
18-00 
21-00 
1-126 
45-00 
1-285 
60-84 
70-98 
1-427 
85-04 
99-21 
1-518 
18-66 
21-77 
1-131 
38-73 
45-18 
1-286 
61-86 
72-17 
1-432 
85-15 
99-34 
1-519 
19-32 
22-54 
1-136 
39-39 
45-95 
1-291 
62-91 
73-39 
1-437 
85-26 
99-46 
1-520 
19-98 
23-31 
1-141 
40-00 
1-2957 
64-01 
74-68 
1-442 
85-35 
99-57 
1-521 
20-00 
. . 
1-1412 
40-05 
46-72 
1-296 
75-00 
1-443 
85-44 
99-67 
1-522 
20-64 
24-08 
1-146 
40-71 
47-49 
1-301 
65-00 
1-446 
21-29 
24-84 
1-151 
41-37 
48-26 
1-306 
65-13 
75-98 
1-447 PART I. 
Acidum Nitricum.—Acidum Nitricimi Dilutum. 
73 
Composition. The composition of the official acid of the density D414 has already been 
given. It contains about 75 per cent, of nitric acid of the sp. gr. 1’5. Nitric oxide or anhy- 
dride consists of two atoms of nitrogen and five atoms of oxygen ; or, in volumes, of two vol- 
umes of nitrogen and five volumes of oxygen, supposed to be condensed, to form nitric oxide 
vapor, into two volumes. In 1849 the interesting discovery was made by M. Deville, of Be- 
sangon, of the means of isolating nitric oxide or anhydride. The method pursued was to pass 
perfectly dry chlorine over silver nitrate. The oxide is in the form of colorless, brilliant, 
limpid crystals, which melt at 29-5° C. (85° F.) and boil at 45° C. (113° F.). In contact 
with water they form a colorless solution with evolution of heat, without the disengagement 
of gas. (Joum de Pharm., 1849, p. 207.) 
Medical Properties. Nitric acid is tonic, antiseptic, astringent, and appears to act upon 
the intestinal glands in some way so as to modify their function. It is a very useful remedy 
in cases of intestinal indigestion : in this it resembles hydrochloric acid : the choice between the 
two acids in any individual case should be guided by the existence or non-existence of diarrhoea, 
the nitric acid being given when there is looseness of the bowels. In syphilis, and in the chronic 
hepatitis of India, this acid was highly extolled by Dr. Scott, formerly of Bombay. It has oc- 
casionally excited ptyalism. It cannot be depended upon as a remedy in syphilis, but, in worn- 
out constitutions, is often an excellent adjuvant. In hepatic troubles it is markedly inferior 
to the nitrohydrochloric acid, unless, it may be, when there is much diarrhoea. As nitric acid 
dissolves both uric add and the phosphates, it was supposed to be applicable to cases of gravel 
in which the uric acid and the phosphates are mixed; but experience has not confirmed the 
opinion. Nevertheless, when the sabulous deposit depends upon disordered digestion, this acid 
may prove serviceable by restoring the tone of the stomach. The dose is from five to ten 
minims (0-3—0-6 C.e.), in three fluidounces or more of water, three or four times a day. 
Externally, nitric acid has been used with advantage as a lotion to ulcers, in the strength of 
about twelve minims to the pint of water. This practice originated with Sir Everard Home, 
and is particularly applicable to those ulcers which are superficial and not disposed to cicatrize. 
In sloughing phagedsena, strong nitric acid is one of the best remedies, applied by means of a 
piece of lint tied round a small stick, or by the use of a glass brush. Sometimes a piece of 
lint is soaked with the strong acid, and pressed into the sore, being allowed to remain for sev- 
eral hours. In cancrum oris, concentrated nitric acid, freely applied, is one of the best local 
remedies that can be employed for arresting the phagedaenic ulceration and disposing the sore 
to heal, but great care must be exercised to protect the teeth. The strong acid is also used as 
an escharotic in venereal ulcers and other affections. Nitric acid vapors were formerly used as 
a disinfectant. Half an ounce of powdered nitre was put into a saucer, placed in an earthen 
dish containing heated sand, and two drachms of sulphuric acid were then poured over it. 
Properties as a Poison. The swallowing of concentrated nitric acid is at once followed 
by burning heat in the mouth, oesophagus, and stomach, acute pain, disengagement of gas, 
abundant eructations, nausea, and hiccough. These effects are soon followed by repeated and 
excessive vomiting of matter having a peculiar odor and taste, tumefaction of the abdomen 
with exquisite tenderness, a feeling of coldness on the surface, horripilation, icy coldness of 
the extremities, small depressed pulse, great anxiety, continual tossings and contortions, and 
extreme thirst. The cases are almost always fatal. Sometimes the collapse has been imme- 
diate and has masked all the other symptoms. The best remedies are repeated large doses 
of alkaline solutions, soap, magnesia, chalk, as antidotes, mucilaginous drinks in large quan- 
tities, olive or almond oil in very large doses, emollient fomentations, etc. 
ACIDUM NITRICUM DILUTUM. U.S., Br. Diluted Nitric Acid. 
(Xg'l-DUM NI'TRI-CUM DI-LU'TUM.) 
“ 100 parts by weight should contain 1744 parts of hydrogen nitrate, HN03.” Br. 
Acide azotique dilu6, Fr.; Yerdiinnte Salpetersaure, G. 
“ Nitric Acid, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Distilled Water, five 
hundred and eighty grammes [or 20 ounces av., 201 grains], To make six hundred and eighty 
grammes [or 23 ounces av., 431 grains]. Mix them. Keep the product in dark amber- 
colored, glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Nitric Acid, 3 fl. ounces and 7 fit. drachms (more exactly, 3-86 ft. ounces, Imperial measure) 
or 2400 grains, or 193’2 cubic centimetres or 2743 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient 
quantity. Introduce the Nitric Acid into a glass flask, the capacity of which to a mark on 
the neck is one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres; add Distilled Water 74 
Acidum Nitricum Dilutum.—Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. 
PART I. 
until the mixture, at 60° F. (15-5° C.), measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres).” Br. 
The U. S. acid, as now directed, does not vary appreciably from that formerly official. “ Di- 
luted Nitric Acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Nitric Acid. Specific gravity, 
about 1-057 at 15° C. (59° F.). It corresponds in properties to Nitric Acid (see Acidum Ni- 
tricum), and should conform to the same reactions and tests. To neutralize 6-29 Gm. of 
Diluted Nitric Acid should require 10 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution 
(each C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, of absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as 
indicator.” U S. 
The British diluted acid is considerably stronger than our own in the same measure. It has 
the sp. gr. 1-101 ; and “ Each gramme should require for neutralization 2-7 cubic centimetres 
of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. ” Br. In making the U. S. diluted acid, 
pharmacists should be careful to use acid of the sp. gr. 1-414; or, if the acid be weaker, to 
add proportionally less water; otherwise the diluted acid would be weaker than is directed in 
the Pharmacopoeia. 
The medicinal properties of the diluted acid are the same as those of the strong acid. (See 
Acidum Nitricum.) Dose of U. S. diluted acid, from twenty to forty drops or minims (1-25- 
2-5 C.c.), that of the British, from fifteen to thirty drops (0-9-1-9 C.c.), properly diluted. 
ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM. U. S. Nitrohydrochloric Acid. 
[Nitromuriatic Acid.] 
Aeidum Chloro-nitrosum, G.; Acidum Niiromuriaticum, Pharm. 1870; Acide chlorazotique, Eau regale, Fr.; 
Salpetersalzsaure, Konigswasser, G. 
“ Nitric Acid, one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 41 minims] ; Hydro- 
chloric Acid, eight hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 5 drachms, 48 
minims]. Mix the acids in a capacious glass vessel, and, when effervescence has ceased, pour 
the product into dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, which should not be more than 
half filled, and keep them in a cool place.”* U. S. 
Nitroliydrochloric acid is the aqua regia of the earlier chemists, so called from its property 
of dissolving gold. Nitric and hydrochloric acids, when mixed together, are mutually decom- 
posed. According to the researches of Gay-Lussac, the reaction gives rise to two compounds, 
NOjjCl (nitroxyl chloride) and NOC1 (nitrosyl chloride), mixed wflth free chlorine. Later 
researches seem, however, to show that the latter of the two chlorides exclusively is produced, 
the reaction for the decomposition of aqua regia being HN03 -f- 3IIC1 = 2HaO -j- NOC1 -j- Cla. 
The power of nitroliydrochloric acid to dissolve gold, and similar metals having a weak 
affinity for oxygen, is owing exclusively to the free chlorine present, and is in no wise depend- 
ent on the compound above referred to, which remains entirely passive during the solution of 
the metal. When nitroliydrochloric acid is made from strong acids, there is always a loss 
of the nitrosyl chloride and of free chlorine by effervescence, in consequence of the acids not 
containing sufficient water to hold the gaseous products in solution. Hence the substitution, 
in the former Pharmacopoeia, of nitric acid of 142 for the acid of 1-5 was an improvement. 
Properties. A golden-yellow, fuming, and very corrosive liquid, having a strong odor of 
chlorine and a strongly acid reaction. By heat it is wholly volatilized. It readily dissolves 
gold-leaf, and a drop added to potassium iodide test-solution liberates iodine 
Nitrohydrocliloric acid has an orange color, soon changing to a golden yellow, and the odor of 
chlorine. It possesses the power of dissolving gold and platinum. It should be kept in a cool 
dark place, on account of its liability to lose chlorine by beat, and to have its chlorine con- 
verted into hydrochloric acid by the action of light and the decomposition of water. On 
account of its tendency to decomposition, it should not be made in large quantities, nor be 
kept very long by the apothecary; and care should be taken not to transfer it to the bottle in 
which it is to be dispensed, until effervescence has ceased, lest the pressure within should drive 
out the stopper. Nitric and hydrochloric acids, as found in commerce, are sometimes so weak 
that when mixed they will not readily act on gold-leaf. In this case their solvent power may 
be rendered effective by the addition of a little sulphuric acid, w hich, by its superior affinity 
for water, concentrates the other acids, and causes immediate action. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Nitrohydrocliloric acid was brought to the notice of 
the profession in consequence of the favorable report of its efficacy as an external remedy 
( Xq' i-du m n i-tko-hy-dko-chlo'ri-cum .) 
* For an apparatus for making nitrohydrocliloric acid upon a large scale, see P. ./. Tr., si. 422. PART I. 
A cidum Nitrohydrochloricum.—Acidum Oleicum. 
75 
in hepatitis, made by Dr. Scott, formerly of Bombay. When thus employed, it produces a 
tingling sensation of the skin, thirst, a peculiar taste in the mouth, and occasional soreness of 
the gums and plentiful ptyalism, and at the same time stimulates the liver, as is evinced by an 
increased flow of bile. It is used either by sponging or in the form of a local or general bath. 
When applied by sponging, the acid is first diluted so as to have the sourness of strong vine- 
gar. When used as a foot-bath, three gallons of water, contained in a deep narrow wooden 
tub, may be acidulated with six fluidounces of the acid. In this the feet and legs are to be 
immersed for twenty minutes or half an hour. The bath may be employed at first daily, and 
afterwards twice or thrice a week ; and the sponging may be used at the same time. The bath 
is said to be effective in promoting the passage of biliary calculi. The solution, prepared for 
a bath as above mentioned, may be used for a week, adding to it daily a pint of water acidu- 
lated with two fluidrachms of the acid, to make up for the waste by evaporation. The bath 
should have a temperature of about 97° F., which may be attained by heating part of the 
acid solution and throwing it back into the remainder. 
Nitrohydrochloric acid is much used internally, and it is an excellent remedy in chronic 
hepatic affections, in oxaluria, and in dyspepsia with a tendency to constipation. It is sometimes 
given also in syphilitic diseases. The strong fresh acid is preferable to the dilute, and may be 
given in doses of from three to six drops (0-18—0-36 C.c.), well diluted, after meals, care being 
exercised to prevent its injuring the teeth. It should never be prescribed in combination with 
strong alcoholic liquids undiluted, as gases may be generated in sufficient volume to cause 
explosion. (See A. J. P., 1878, p. 67.) 
ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM. U. S., Br. Diluted 
Nitrohydrochloric Acid. [Diluted Nitromuriatic Acid.] 
(XQ'I-DUM NI-TRO-HY-DRO-CHLO'RI-CUM DI-LU'TUM.) 
“ An aqueous solution of free chlorine, hydrochloric, nitric, and nitrous acids.” Br. 
Aeidum Nitromuriaticum Dilutum, Pharm. 1870; Acide chlorazotique dilu<3, Fr.; Verdiinnte Salpetersalzsaure, G. 
“ Nitric Acid, forty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 2 fluidrachms, 49 minims] ; Hydro- 
chloric Acid, one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 41 minims] ; Distilled 
Water, seven hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 26 fluidounces, 3 fluidrachms]. Mix the 
Acids in a capacious glass vessel, and, when effervescence has ceased, add the Distilled Water. 
Keep the product in dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
“ Nitric Acid, 3 Ji. ounces (Imperial measure) or 60 cubic centimetres; Hydrochloric Acid, 
4 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 80 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 25 Jt. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 500 cubic centimetres. Mix the Acids with the Distilled Water, and keep the mixture in 
a glass-stoppered bottle for fourteen days before it is used. Colorless, with a pungent acid 
taste and odor. Specific gravity 1-07. 4 grammes should require for neutralization about 10 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. Br. 
“ A colorless, or pale yellowish liquid, having a faint odor of chlorine, a very acid taste 
and reaction. By heat it is wholly volatilized. On adding a few drops to potassium iodide 
test-solution, iodine is liberated.” U. S. 
Between diluted nitric and hydrochloric acids no reaction occurs ; and therefore the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia directs that the acids shall be mixed before dilution. But according to the researches 
of Mr. Tilden, confirmed by Mr. Redwood (P. J. Tr., x. 508), water determines a decomposi- 
tion of the products resulting from the reaction between nitric and hydrochloric acids, and the 
reformation of hydrochloric and nitric acids, with a little nitrous acid. It would seem, there- 
fore, that diluted nitrohydrochloric acid is not an eligible preparation, a conclusion confirmed 
by clinical experience. The dose is from ten to twenty drops or minims (0-6-1-25 C.c.). 
HCigHssCh; 281*38. (Xg'I-DUM 0-LE'l-CUM.) HC18H33 02; 282. 
“ An organic acid, prepared in a sufficiently pure condition by cooling commercial Oleic Acid 
to about 5° C. (41° F.), then separating and preserving the liquid portion.” U. S. “ Oleic 
Acid, CH3(CH2)7CH : OH(CH2)7COOH, or hydrogen oleate, is obtained by the saponifying 
action of alkalies and subsequent action of acids, or by the action of superheated steam, upon 
the olein of fats. Usually not quite pure.” Br. 
Acide olSique, Fr.; Oleinsaure, G. 
This acid, although known for many years, was not used medicinally until 1872 (London 
Lancet, 1872, p. 709), when Prof. John Marshall introduced the oleates to the profession as 
ACIDU*M OLEICUM. U. S., Br. Oleic Acid. 76 
Acidum Oleicum. 
PAET I. 
substitutes for some of the older ointments, stating that they are not only cleaner and more 
elegant, but also much more efficacious. (See Oleata.') 
Preparation. The difficulty in preparing oleates of good quality arises usually from the 
use of the commercial oleic acid, which, being obtained as a by-product in the manufacture 
of glycerin and candles, has a reddish-brown color and a disagreeable fatty odor. It is almost 
always contaminated with stearic and palmitic acids with undecomposed glycerides when ob- 
tained by the autoclave process, and hydrocarbons when obtained by the distillation of the fat 
acids. Various processes have been suggested for the purification of oleic acid. Charles Rice 
(A. J. P., xlv. 2) exposes the commercial acid to a temperature of 4° C. (39° F.), and expresses 
the liquid portion, which is oleic acid deprived of the greater part of the contaminating sub- 
stances. The odorous and coloring principles are not removed by this process. A writer in 
A. J. P. (xlv. 97) prepares oleic add for making oleates by saponifying almond oil with potassa ; 
decomposing by tartaric acid, separating the precipitated bitartrate; heating for several hours 
on a water-bath with half its weight of finely powdered lead oxide ; after cooling, mixing with 
three times its volume of ether, settling, decanting, and treating the residue with ether as be- 
fore ; agitating the mixed ethereal solutions with dilute hydrochloric acid; skimming off the 
ethereal solution of oleic acid, washing it with water, reskimming, and recovering the ether by 
distillation. L. Wolff (A. J. P., 1879) saponifies oil of sweet almond with lead oxide, agi- 
tates the lead soap in benzin, which retains lead oleate in solution, the lead palmitate being 
deposited. The benzin solution of lead oleate is shaken repeatedly with diluted hydrochloric 
acid (1 to 7), when lead chloride separates, and a benzin solution of purified oleic acid is left; 
finally the benzin is driven off by evaporation. The objection to this process is the difficulty 
of freeing the oleic acid from traces of a disagreeable benzin odor. Ernest C. Saunders (W. 
P., June, 1880) makes a solution of 5 pounds of white castile soap in 20 pounds of boiling 
water, adds 10 ounces of sulphuric acid, and boils with stirring, until two clear layers are 
formed. The upper layer is decanted, shaken with 5 pounds of hot water, and the oily layer 
again decanted; 4 ounces of lead oxide are dissolved in it with a gentle heat, and while hot 
5 pounds of alcohol, previously heated to 65-5° C. (150° F.), are added. It is filtered after 
standing 24 hours, and 1 ounce of hydrochloric acid shaken with the filtrate; 10 pounds of 
water are added, the acid decanted, again washed with 10 pounds of water, and finally recov- 
ered ; the yield is about 2£ pounds. See also process by Charles T. George, 1881 (A. J. P., p. 
379). Low grade oleic acids, obtained by the distillation of wool-grease, etc., may contain 
cholesterin and other unsaponifiable materials from this source (Allen). Commercial oleic acid 
is often adulterated with linoleic acid. Hazura claims to be able to show the presence of one 
per cent, of this by saponifying the mixture and then adding potassium permanganate. (For 
details see A. J. P., 1889, p. 356). Grandval and Valser (Chem. News, 1890, p. 85) give 
the following tests for linoleic acid: If a thin layer of the fraudulent oleic acid be placed 
upon a slip of lead scraped quite clean, and some pure oleic acid be put upon a similar slip of 
lead for comparison, the next day the impure acid will be more or less resinified, whilst the 
pure acid will be scarcely altered. If some drops of oleic acid adulterated with linoleic acid 
be mixed with an equal volume of soda-lye, an intense yellow color will be produced; pure 
oleic acid, if similarly treated, will merely take a grayish tint. 
Properties. “ A yellowish or brownish-yellow, oily liquid, having a peculiar, lard-like 
odor and taste ; becoming darker and absorbing oxygen on exposure to air. Specific gravity: 
about 0-900 at 15° C. (59° F.).” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia gives the specific gravity 
as 0 890 to 0-910. Oleic Acid is “insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, 
benzin, oil of turpentine, and fixed and volatile oils. When cooled to about 4° C. (39.2° F.), 
Oleic Acid becomes semi-solid, and, on further cooling, congeals to a whitish, solid mass. 
When heated to a temperature of about 95° C. (203° F.), the Acid begins to be decomposed, 
giving ofi' acrid vapors.. At a higher temperature it is completely dissipated. An alcoholic* 
solution of Oleic Acid has a feebly acid reaction upon litmus paper. Equal volumes of Oleic 
Acid and of alcohol, mixed at the ordinary temperature, should give a clear solution without 
separating any oily drops upon the surface (absence of fixed oils). If 1 Gm. of Oleic Acid 
be heated with 20 C.c. of alcohol, 2 drops of phenolphtalein test-solution added, and then a 
strong solution (1 in 4) of sodium hydrate, drop by drop, until the liquid has acquired a per- 
manent red tint and the Acid is saponified; next acetic acid added until the red color of the 
liquid is just discharged, and the liquid filtered,—10 C.c. of the filtrate mixed with 10 C.c. of 
ether should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by the addition of 1 C.c. of lead acetate 
test-solution (absence of notable quantities of palmitic and stearic acids)." U. S. PART I. 
Acidurn Oleicum.—Acidum Phosphoricum Concentratum. 
77 
“ At 40° to 41° F. (4-5° to 5° C.) it becomes semi-solid, melting again at 56° to 60° F. 
(13-3° to 15-5° C.). Dissolve about 1 gramme of the Acid in 15 to 20 times its volume of 
alcohol (90 per cent.); add two drops of solution of phenol-phthalein and, drop by drop, a 25 
per cent, aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide until the liquid after shaking remains slightly 
red and the acid is completely neutralized ; then drop in diluted acetic acid until, after shaking, 
the red tint just disappears; filter the liquid, and mix about 10 cubic centimetres of it with an 
equal volume of Purified Ether and 1 cubic centimetre of a 10 per cent, aqueous solution of 
lead acetate; only a slight turbidity should result (absence of more than traces of stearic or 
palmitic acid).” Br. 
Chemical Constitution. Oleic acid, does not belong to the “ fatty acid” 
series, but differs from the corresponding acid of that series, stearic acid, C18H3602, by 
having two atoms less of hydrogen. It belongs to a series derived by oxidation from alco- 
hols, which, like allyl alcohol, C3H60H, have two atoms of hydrogen less than the normal 
monatomic alcohols, like propyl alcohol, C3H7OH. The alcohol from which oleic acid is in 
theory derivable is not, however, known. Oleic acid is monobasic, as shown in the formula 
hc18h3302. 
Medical Properties. Oleic acid is not itself used in medicine, but is official for the 
preparation of oleates, which act as corresponding ointments, but are more elegant. 
ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM. U. S. Phosphoric Acid. 
(XQ'I-DCm PHOS-PHOR'I-CUM.) 
“ A liquid composed of not less than 85 per cent., by weight, of absolute Orthophosphoric 
Acid [H3P04 = 97-8], and not more than 15 per cent, of water. The above-mentioned per- 
centage (85) is that assumed for Phosphoric Acid in the formulas of pharmacopceial prepara- 
tions. Phosphoric Acid should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM CONCENTRATUM. Br. Concentrated 
Phosphoric Acid. 
“ A liquid containing 66-3 per cent, of hydrogen orthophosphate, H3P04, with 33-7 per 
cent, of water. It may be prepared by treating, with water and nitric acid, the residue left 
after burning phosphorus in air.” Br. 
The U. S. P. 1890 phosphoric acid is much stronger than that of the U. S. P. 1880 ; it is now 
85 per cent., instead of 50 per cent. The United States Pharmacopoeia has very properly 
abandoned the former official process for this acid ; it is more profitably and conveniently 
made on a large scale, and with such precautions and safeguards as cannot he easily used by 
the apothecary; the process of the U. S. P. 1880, however, will be found in the foot-note.* 
This preparation is recommended on account of its small bulk and its great convenience to 
the apothecary for preparing the diluted acid. The glacial phosphoric acid is no longer official, 
it having been shown that it is practically impossible to obtain it of sufficient purity to be 
reliable. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1875, pp. 666, 672.) The present syrupy acid is a great im- 
provement in every way, as it can be obtained of undoubted purity and strength, and by 
(Xg'l-DUM PHOS-PHOR'I-CUM CON-CEN-TRA'TUM.) 
* “ Phosphorus, sixteen parts ; Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred parts. 
Mix one hundred parts of Nitric Acid with one hundred parts of Distilled Water, in a glass retort having the ca- 
pacity of four hundred parts. Having placed the retort upon a sand-bath or wire-gauze support, connect it loosely 
with a well-cooled receiver and add to the acid in the retort the Phosphorus previously cut into fine pieces. Insert 
a funnel through the tubulure of the retort, and then gradually apply heat until the reaction is seen to commence. 
Regulate the heat carefully so as to prevent the reaction from becoming too violent, or, if necessary, check it by 
the addition of a little Distilled Water through the funnel. From time to time return the acid liquid, which col- 
lects in the receiver, into the retort, until all the Phosphorus is dissolved. Then transfer the liquid to a weighed 
porcelain capsule, and continue th6 heat, at a temperature not exceeding 190° C. (374? F.), until the excess of Nitric 
Acid is driven off, and an odorless syrupy liquid remains. Cool the dish and contents, and add enough Distilled 
Water to make the liquid weigh one hundred parts. Test small portions for Nitric, Phosphorous, and Arsenic Acids 
by the following methods. If Nitric Acid should be present, evaporate the liquid until no reaction for Nitric Acid 
can be obtained. Then cool the Acid and add enough Distilled Water to make the product weigh one hundred parts. 
If Phosphorous Acid be present, add to the liquid a mixture of six parts of Nitric Acid and six parts of Distilled 
Water, and again evaporate until no reaction for Phosphorous or Nitric Acid can be obtained. Then, having 
cooled the Acid, add sufficient Distilled Water to make the product weigh one hundred parts. If Arsenic Acid be 
present, dilute the Acid with one hundred and fifty parts of Distilled Water, heat to about 70° C. (158° F.), and 
pass through the liquid a stream of Hydrosulphuric Acid Gas for half an hour, then remove the heat and continue 
passing the gas until the liquid is cold. Close the vessel tightly, set it aside for 24 hours, filter the liquid, heat it 
until all the odor of the gas has been driven off, again filter, and evaporate until the residue weighs one hundred 
parts. Preserve the precinct in glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 1880. 78 
Acidum Phosphoricum Concentratum. 
PART I. 
the addition of water diluted phosphoric acid of any desired strength can easily be produced 
from it * The process for its preparation is the well-known one of oxidizing phosphorus 
by the use of nitric acid, the former British method not differing materially from that of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, except in the absence of the use of hydrogen sulphide for pre- 
cipitating the arsenical compounds usually found in phosphorus, and in the greater strength 
of the finished product. The British concentrated phosphoric acid contains 66'3 per cent, of 
orthophosphoric acid, whilst the U. S. phosphoric acid now contains 85 per cent. Phosphorus 
is oxidized at the expense of the nitric acid, any excess of nitric acid and all the lower oxides 
of nitrogen being driven off by heat. Strong nitric acid acts too energetically on phosphorus, 
producing explosion and rapid combustion ; but when diluted, as in the processes above given, 
it parts with its oxygen slowly, and it is even desirable to aid the operation with a gentle heat. 
Along with the nitrous fumes, a portion of the undecomposed nitric acid also rises in vapor, 
which, in the British process, to prevent loss, is collected by means of a distillatory apparatus 
and returned to the retort. In the U. S. process of 1870 the same result wTas effected by 
placing over the liquid in the capsule a. glass funnel, upon the inner surface of which the acid 
was condensed, and returned of itself into the capsule so as considerably to simplify the oper- 
ation. This modification was originally suggested by Mr. Geo. W. Andrews, of Baltimore, 
who, however, inverted a dish over the materials; the suggestion of the funnel being due to 
Prof. Procter. The operation was continued till the whole of the phosphorus was converted 
into phosphoric acid and dissolved: the liquid having been deprived of any remaining acid, 
and reduced to a certain weight by concentration, the process was completed by adding a cer- 
tain measure of water, so that an acid of definite strength was obtained. Prof. Diehl found, 
in carrying this process into effect, that the glass funnel covering the capsule almost always 
breaks through the violence of the reaction, thus causing loss of phosphorus, besides annoy- 
ance to the operator. He therefore prefers using a French tubulated glass retort, and this 
suggestion was adopted in the process for Phosphoric Acid (£Z S. P. 1880). (A. J. P., 18G7, 
p. i38.) Prof. G. F. H. Markoe (Proc. A. P. A., 1875, p. 677) proposed a method for 
making phosphoric acid which is particularly adapted for making large quantities, yet works 
well in a smaller way. Into a flask (or stone jar) having double the capacity of the materials 
used, 12 troy ounces of water, 2 troy ounces of phosphorus, and 10 grains of iodine are placed, 
then 40 grains of bromine are cautiously dropped in; f when the reaction has ceased, 12 troy- 
ounces of nitric acid are added; a glass funnel is adjusted in the neck of the flask, and a 
smaller inverted funnel set inside of it; the apparatus is placed in a stoneware dish, and sur- 
rounded with cold water or ice; the reaction takes place slowly and regularly. In about 24 
hours, if all the phosphorus be not acted upon, heat may be applied until it disappears, and 
the excess of bromine, iodine, and nitric acid is driven off. The acid may then be diluted to 
the desired specific gravity. Prof. J. U. Lloyd (N. B., July, 1880) suggests the use of pure 
alcohol to unite with the nitric acid to form nitrous ether, which is more volatile and thus 
easier to drive off. Prof. Markoe adds a small quantity of pure oxalic acid, and heats the 
mixture to 300° F.; at this temperature it is asserted that all the oxalic acid splits into carbon 
monoxide and carbon dioxide. 
Nicolas prepares a pure phosphoric acid by adding a known quantity of pure calcium phos- 
phate gradually to a slight excess of pure dilute hydrofluoric acid contained in a lead or 
platinum vessel, the mixture being well stirred after each addition. An energetic action 
takes place. When all the calcium phosphate has been added, the temperature is still main- 
tained for a time to complete the reaction. The calcium fluoride is then filtered off and the 
solution evaporated. As the solution becomes viscid, the excess of hydrofluoric acid all passes 
oft' by evaporation. A syrup containing from 60 to 70 per cent, of phosphoric anhydride can 
be thus obtained. H. N. Warren suggests a method for preparing phosphoric acid in a pure 
state, which consists in introducing sodium or other soluble phosphate into a solution of 
copper sulphate; washing the insoluble copper phosphate formed, and dissolving in solution 
of phosphoric acid; then electrolyzing the mixture. A pure and very dense copper is said 
* James T. Shinn (A. J. P., Oct., 1880) proposes a formula for Liquor Acidi Phosphorici and Liquor Acidi Phos- 
phorici Oompositus. A similar preparation, under the name of Horsford’s Acid Phosphates, has a large use in this 
country. The formula is as follows. Liquor Acidi Phosphorici (without Iron) : Calcii Phosphat. 884 gr.; Magnesii 
Phosphat. 256 gr.; Potassii Phosphat. 192 gr.; Acidi Phosphorici (60 per cent.) 640 minims; Aquae, q. s. ft. 1 pint. 
Liquor Acidi Phosphorici Compositus (with Iron): Calc. Phosphat. 384 gr.; Magnes. Phosphat. 64 gr.; Potassii 
Phosphat. 32 gr.; Ferri Phosphat. 64 gr.; Acidi Phosphorici (60 per cent.) 816 minims; Aquae, q. s. ft. 1 pint. 
f Dr. W. H. Pile, of Philadelphia, met with a serious accident in preparing diluted phosphoric acid by this process, 
by adding the bromine too rapidly. (A. ./. P., 1875, p. 525.) PART I. 
Acidum Phosphoricum Concentratum. 
79 
to be thrown down, and a large quantity of phosphoric acid of sp. gr. 1-75 is obtained. 
(Clievi. News, lxviii. 66.) 
Much dissatisfaction has been caused among pharmacists by the fact that diluted phosphoric 
acid frequently produces a white precipitate in solutions of ferric salts. An examination 
proved that this occurred when the glacial acid is used, or when high heat had been employed in 
the concentration. Experiments conducted by Louis Dohrne and Prof. Remington seemed to 
indicate that the precipitation resulted from the presence of pyrophosphoric acid. (Proc. A. 
P. A., 1874, pp. 431, 511 ; 1875, pp. 663, 670, 677.) Considerable difficulty was experienced 
in driving off all the nitric acid, and in the attempt to do so the temperature became so ele- 
vated as to reconvert some of the tribasic acid to the bibasic form. This occurred slightly at 
148-8° C. (300° F.), but to a much greater extent between 176-6° C. (350° F.) and 204-4° C. 
(400° F.). The diluted acid, made from phosphorus, can be brought to the boiling-point of 
232-2° C. (450° F.), and will then only produce a slight cloud with tincture of ferric chloride, 
but if diluted, when cool, with about half its bulk of cold water, which causes considerable ele- 
vation of temperature, it forms a clear solution. The same acid evaporated, heated to redness, 
allowed to congeal, and then dissolved in water, precipitated the iron solution. The addition of 
twenty per cent, of sodium pyrophosphate to the same dilute acid made a preparation which in 
all respects resembled that made from the glacial acid; thus giving evidence that the presence 
of this contamination was the cause of the difference in the two preparations. 
It has been suggested that red phosphorus might be substituted for common phosphorus, as 
producing the same results, with less danger of explosion ; but the official process, when care- 
fully followed in reference to due dilution and a moderate heat, is not dangerous. 
The following is Lyon’s table exhibiting the quantity of orthophosphoric acid and phos- 
phoric anhydride contained in solutions of different densities at 15° C. (59° F.). 
Specific 
Gravity 
15° 0. 
at 
Percentage 
of 
Specific 
Gravity 
15° C. 
at 
Percentage 
of 
Specific 
Gravity 
15° C. 
at 
Percentage 
of 
59° F. 
in air. 
h3po4. 
P206. 
59° F. 
in air. 
h3po4. 
Pa06. 
59° F. 
in air. 
h3po4. 
PS05 
1*0000 
0 
o-o 
1-1816 
29 
21-011 
1-4215 
58 
42-021 
1-0056 
1 
0-725 
1-1889 
30 
21-735 
1-4312 
59 
42-745 
1-0113 
2 
1-449 
1-1962 
31 
22-460 
1-4409 
60 
43-470 
1-0170 
3 
2-174 
1-2035 
32 
23-184 
1-4508 
61 
44-194 
1-0226 
4 
2-808 
1-2110 
33 
23-909 
1-4607 
62 
44-919 
1-0283 
5 
3-623 
1-2184 
34 
24-633 
1-4706 
63 
45-643 
1-0340 
6 
4-347 
1-2260 
35 
25-358 
1-4807 
64 
46-368 
1-0398 
7 
5-072 
1-2336 
36 
26-082 
1-4908 
65 
47-092 
1-0457 
8 
5-796 
1-2412 
37 
26-807 
1-5010 
66 
47-817 
1-0517 
9 
6-521 
1-2489 
38 
27-531 
1-5113 
67 
48-541 
1-0577 
10 
7-245 
1-2567 
39 
28-256 
1-5216 
68 
49-266 
1-0637 
11 
7-970 
1-2645 
40 
28-980 
1-5321 
69 
49-990 
1-0698 
12 
8-094 
1-2724 
41 
29-704 
1-5426 
70 
50-714 
1-0759 
13 
9-419 
1-2804 
42 
30-429 
1-5532 
71 
51-439 
1-0821 
14 
10-143 
1-2885 
43 
31-153 
1-5638 
72 
52-163 
1-0882 
15 
10-868 
1-2967 
44 
31-878 
1-5746 
73 
52-888 
1-0945 
16 
11-592 
1-3050 
45 
32-602 
1-5854 
74 
53-612 
1-1008 
17 
12-317 
1-3134 
46 
33-327 
1-5963 
75 
54-337 
1-1072 
18 
13-041 
1-3219 
47 
34-051 
1-6073 
76 
55-061 
1-1136 
19 
13-766 
1-3304 
48 
34-776 
1-6193 
77 
55-786 
1-1201 
20 
14-490 
1-3391 
49 
35-500 
1-6304 
78 
56-510 
1-1266 
21 
15-215 
1-3479 
50 
36-225 
1-6416 
79 
57-235 
1-1332 
22 
15-939 
1-3568 
51 
36-949 
1-6529 
80 
57-959 
1-1399 
23 
16-664 
1-3657 
52 
37-674 
1-6642 
81 
58-684 
1-1467 
24 
17-388 , 
1-3748 
53 
38-398 
1-6756 
82 
59-408 
1-1535 
25 
18-113 
1-3840 
54 
39-123 
1-6871 
83 
60-133 
1-1604 
26 
18-837 
1-3932 
55 
39-847 
1-6986 
84 
60-857 
1-1674 
27 
19-562 
1-4026 
56 
40-562 
1-7102 
85 
61-582 
1-1745 
28 
20*286 
i 
1-4120 
57 
41-286 
Properties. “ A colorless liquid, without odor, but having a strongly acid taste. Specific 
gravity, not below 1-710 at 15° C. (59° F.) [1-5 BrJ\ Miscible, in all proportions, with 
water or alcohol. When heated, the liquid loses water; at 200° C. (392° F.) it gradually 
begins to change to pyrophosphoric acid. At a still higher temperature it is converted into 80 
Acidum Phosphoricum Concentratum. 
PART I. 
metaphosphoric acid, which volatilizes in dense fumes, or forms, on cooling, a transparent mass 
of glacial Phosphoric Acid. The Acid, even when largely diluted, has an intensely acid re- 
action upon litmus paper. If a small portion of Phosphoric Acid be supersaturated with 
ammonia water, the addition of magnesium sulphate test-solution (or of magnesia mixture) pro- 
duces a white, crystalline precipitate. If this precipitate be dissolved in diluted acetic acid, 
the solution yields a yellow precipitate with silver nitrate test-solution. If a crystal of ferrous 
sulphate be dropped into a cooled mixture of 1 C.c., each, of Phosphoric and sulphuric acids, 
no brown or brownish-black color should appear around the crystal (absence of nitric acid). 
If 1 C.c. of Phosphoric Acid be diluted with 5 C.c. of water, and the liquid gently warmed, it 
should not be blackened upon the addition of a small amount of silver nitrate test-solution, or 
rendered turbid by mercuric chloride test-solution (absence of phosphrjrous acid). If 1 C.c. of 
Phosphoric Acid (in which nitric and phosphorous acids have previously been shown to be 
absent) be mixed with 1 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, Betten- 
dorff’s Test for Arsenic), and a small piece of pure tin-foil added, no coloration should appear 
within one hour (limit of arsenic). Upon adding to 1 C.c. of Phosphoric Acid a mixture of 
3 C.c. of alcohol and 1 C.c. of ether, no turbidity should appear (absence of phosphate). After 
neutralizing a portion of the Acid with ammonia water, the addition of ammonium sulphide 
test-solution should produce neither a color nor a precipitate (absence of iron, etc.). After 
diluting a portion of the Acid with 5 volumes of water, no precipitate should be produced, in 
separate portions of the liquid, by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sidphuric acid), 
or by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of hydrochloric acid) ; nor should any precipitate be 
formed, even after several hours, by the addition of an equal volume of tincture of ferric 
chloride (absence of pyrophosphoric and metaphosphoric acids). 0978 Gm. of Phosphoric 
Acid, diluted with water, should require, for neutralization, not less than 17 C.c. of potassium 
hydrate normal volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 5 per cent, of the absolute 
acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” IT. S. 
“ Evaporated, it leaves a residue which melts at a low red heat, and when cold forms a 
glass-like mass. The Acid yields, when neutralized, the reactions characteristic of phosphates. 
Specific gravity 1-5. Each gramme of it mixed with 2-5 grammes of Lead Oxide in fine 
powder should leave on evaporation a residue which, after it has been heated to dull redness, 
weighs 2-98 grammes. It should yield, when diluted with water, no characteristic reaction 
with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, calcium, potassium, sodium, ammonium, chlorides, or 
nitrates, and only slight traces of iron or sulphates. Diluted, with five or six times its bulk 
of water, it is not precipitated by solution of albumen (absence of metaphosphoric acid), nor 
on adding Tincture of Ferric Chloride and setting the mixture aside for several hours (absence 
of metaphosphoric and pyrophosphoric acids). Diluted with water and the mixture set aside, 
no precipitate occurs (absence of silica). Diluted and mixed with an equal volume of test- 
solution of mercuric chloride and heated, no precipitate is formed (absence of phosphorous 
acid).” Br. 
Medical Properties. This acid is rarely used medicinally. It has the same properties 
and uses as the diluted Phosphoric Acid (see p. 82). The dose is 2 to 5 minims (0-12—0.3 C.c.), 
about one-eighth that of the diluted acid. 
AciDUM PnosPHORICUM GLACIALE. (Glacial Phosphoric Acid; Metaphosphoric Acid, 
Monobasic Phosphoric Acid ; Monohydrated Phosphoric Acid ; Acidc phosphorique glacial, Fr. ; 
Glasige Phosphorsdure, G.) Formula HP03 ; mol. wt., 80. Phosphoric oxide consists of two 
atoms of phosphorus and five atoms of oxygen, P206, and can be obtained only by the direct 
union of its constituents, which takes place when phosphorus is burned in perfectly dry oxygen 
gas. Thus procured, it is in the form of a white amorphous powder, extremely deliquescent, 
volatilizable at a red heat, and assuming, when it cools after fusion, a vitreous appearance. The 
classic researches of Prof. Graham first established clearly the character of the several varieties 
of phosphoric acid, which may be considered as derived from this oxide. When amorphous phos- 
phorus is boiled with nitric acid, or when phosphoric oxide is boiled with water, the oxide takes up 
three molecules of water, and yields tribasic or ordinary phosphoric acid, according to the reac- 
tion : P206 -f- 3II20 = HeP20g or (H3P04)2. If this acid be heated for a considerable time to 
215° C. (419° F.), the two molecules lose one molecule of water and yield pyrophosphoric acid, 
a tetrabasic variety, according to the reaction: H6P208 — H20 = H4P207. Lastly, at a red 
heat the ordinary phosphoric acid is converted into metaphosphoric acid, a monobasic variety, 
according to the reaction : II3P04 — H20 = HP03. This last variety may also be obtained 
direct from the oxide by dissolving it in cold water, when it takes up one molecule of water: PAET I. 
Acidum Phosphoricum Concentratum. 
81 
PaO0 -j- H20 = Hap206 or (HPOg)2. (SeeChem. News, Jan. 7,1876 ; or A. J. P., 1876, p. 109.) 
An aqueous solution of either of the three acids, heated so long as water escapes, yields the 
monobasic or metaphosphoric acid ; and as, upon cooling, it becomes a transparent ice-like solid, 
it has received in this state the name of glacial phosphoric acid. Conversely, this monobasic 
acid is slowly transformed, in aqueous solution, and more rapidly if the solution is heated, 
into the tribasic form. Prof. Maisch has ascertained that nitric acid, added to the solution of 
the monobasic acid, with the aid of heat, causes the change from the monobasic to the tri- 
basic form, viz., to the common phosphoric acid, without the intermediate production of the 
tetrabasic variety. 
Tests. The three acids are distinguishable by peculiar reactions. Thus, the monobasic is 
characterized by coagulating albumen, and giving white, gelatinous, uncrystallizable precipi- 
tates with the soluble salts of barium, lime, and silver; the tetrabasic does not coagulate 
albumen, and, though it causes a %vhite precipitate with silver nitrate, must first be neutralized ; 
the tribasic does not coagulate albumen, and, until neutralized, does not precipitate silver 
nitrate, but after neutralization throws down a yellow precipitate of silver phosphate. 
Glacial phosphoric acid is most advantageously obtained from calcined bones, by first treat- 
ing them with sulphuric acid, which produces an insoluble calcium sulphate and soluble acid 
phosphate; then dissolving out the latter salt, and saturating it with ammonium carbonate, 
which generates ammonium phosphate in solution ; and, finally, obtaining the ammonium phos- 
phate by evaporation to dryness, and then igniting it in a platinum crucible. The ammonia 
and all the water except the one molecule needed for the formation of metaphosphoric acid are 
driven off, and the glacial acid remains. 
Properties. Thus procured, glacial phosphoric acid is in the form of a white, uncrystal- 
lizable, fusible solid, inodorous, very sour to the taste, slowly deliquescent, slowly soluble in 
water, and soluble also in alcohol. Its formula is HP03, and it is made up of 11-2 per cent, 
of water in combination with 88-8 per cent, of phosphoric oxide. As already stated, it is 
characterized by producing white gelatinous precipitates with albumen, and with the soluble 
salts of lime, barium, and silver; and the precipitate produced with the barium chloride is 
readily redissolved by an excess of the acid. This is the form of the acid which results when 
the oxide, produced by burning phosphorus in dry oxygen gas, is introduced into cold water. 
Impurities. Glacial phosphoric acid is seldom prepared in this country. That found in 
commerce is almost all imported, and chiefly from Germany. It is often more or less impure, 
containing, as shown by the experiments of Prof. Maisch, silica, and calcium and magne- 
sium phosphates, which are precipitated from a neutralized solution of the acid by ammonia. 
In one instance 8 per cent, of these impurities was found, but in some others little or none. 
Prof. Maisch never found nitric or hydrochloric acid, and sulphuric acid rarely; and, though 
the presence of ammonia might be suspected from the source whence the acid is obtained, he 
did not detect it. (A. J. P., 1860, p. 194.) The chief impurity, however, is soda, as has been 
pointed out by Brescius, Remington, Dohrne, Prescott, and others (see Proc. A. P. A., 1875, 
666, 672) ; the acid has been found to contain occasionally as much as 60 per cent, of sodium 
metaphosphate, and rarely less than 55 per cent. (N P., Feb. 1879.) Hodgkin (P. J. Tr., 
1891, p. 217) examined eight samples of German and English glacial phosphoric acid, and 
found in them, respectively, the following proportions ol absolute orthophosphoric acid: 92-8, 
91-5, 90-8, 85-4, 84-4, 83-8, 80-1, and 78-1 per cent. In consequence of its deliquescence 
upon exposure to the air, a portion of the monobasic acid passes into the tribasic state. This 
may be detected, if in considerable quantity, by its giving a yellowish color to the precipitate 
with silver nitrate. The U. S. P. 1870 directed that the acid, in aqueous solution, should 
yield no precipitate with hydrogen sulphide, showing the absence of metals; should cause a 
white precipitate with barium chloride soluble in an excess of acid; with an excess of am- 
monia should cause only a slight turbidity, proving the almost total absence of earthy salts; 
and should yield no ammonia when treated with potassa in excess. Should the presence of 
arsenic be ascertained by the tests for that metal, it may be separated by boiling with hydro- 
chloric acid, so as to convert the arsenic into its very volatile chloride, which would escape 
with the vapors of the hydrochloric acid. 
Glacial phosphoric acid was introduced into the Pharmacopoeia of 1860 as affording a conve- 
nient method of preparing the medicinal acid, but, owing to its unreliability, was very properly 
dismissed from the Pharmacopoeia. Thirty-eight and a half grains, dissolved in a fluidounce 
of water, form a solution about equal in strength to the U. S. diluted acid of Pharmacopoeia 
1860. 82 
Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum. 
PART I. 
ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM DILUTUM. U. S., Br. Diluted Phosphoric 
Acid. 
(AQ'I-DUM PHOS-PHOR'l-CUM DI-LU'TUM.) 
“ A liquid containing, by weight, 13-8 parts of hydrogen orthophosphate, H3P04, and 86-2 
parts of water.” Br. 
Acide phosphorique medicinal, Fr.; Yerdiinnte Phosphorsaure, G. 
“ Phosphoric Acid, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Distilled Water, 
seven hundred and fifty grammes [or 26 ounces av., 199 grains], To make eight hundred and 
fifty grammes [or 29 ounces av., 430 grains]. Mix them. Keep the product in well-stoppered 
bottles. Diluted Phosphoric Acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Orthophos- 
phoric Acid. Specific gravity, about 1-057 at 15° C. (59° F.). It corresponds in properties 
to Phosphoric Acid (see Acidum Phosphoricum), and should conform to the same reactions 
and tests. 4-89 Gm. of Diluted Phosphoric Acid should require for neutralization 10 C.c. of 
potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, of the 
absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. 
“ Concentrated Phosphoric Acid, 3 fi. ounces (Imperial measure) or 4-5 ounces, or 150 cubic 
centimetres or 225 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dilute the Concentrated 
Phosphoric Acid with sufficient Distilled Water to form, at 60° F. (15-5° C.), one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of Diluted Phosphoric Acid.” Br. 
It will be observed that in both Pharmacopoeias diluted phosphoric acid is made by simple 
dilution of the stronger acid, and that the older method of dissolving the glacial acid has been, 
very properly, abandoned. (See Acidum Phosphoricum Glaciale.) The official diluted acid is 
weaker than the British, the U. S. P. acid containing 10 per cent, of orthophosphoric acid, 
whilst the British contains 10 per cent, of phosphoric anhydride, P20„, which corresponds to 
about 14 per cent, of orthophosphoric acid. The specific gravity of the British acid is 1-08, 
and “ Each gramme of it mixed with 0-5 gramme of Lead Oxide in fine powder should leave 
on evaporation a residue which after it has been heated to dull redness weighs 0-6 gramme.” Br. 
Properties. Diluted phosphoric acid is a colorless, inodorous, sour liquid, acting strongly 
on litmus, and possessing powerful acid properties. Although evaporated so as to become 
dense, it is not corrosive like the other mineral acids. Dr. Neubauer found that the strong- 
acid, when pure and warm, was capable of dissolving calcium oxalate. The official acid is not 
precipitated by barium chloride or silver nitrate. If precipitates are produced, barium chloride 
indicates sulphuric ac-id or a sulphate; silver nitrate, hydrochloric acid or a chloride. Strips 
of copper or silver are not affected by the acid, showing the absence of nitric acid; it is not 
colored by hydrogen sulphide, proving the general absence of metals; and albumen produces 
no precipitate with it, indicating the non-existence of metaphosplioric acid. If sodium car- 
bonate cause a precipitate, calcium phosphate, or some other phosphate insoluble in water, is 
probably held in solution. It has been supposed that one-tenth of phosphorous acid would 
render the diluted acid dangerous to life; but experiments go far to show that this was an 
erroneous opinion, as half a drachm of that acid given to a dog produced no obvious poisonous 
effect. (See A. J. P., 1858, p. 359.) Phosphorous acid maybe detected by testing the medici- 
nal acid with a solution of corrosive sublimate, which will be converted into calomel if this 
impurity be present. (Pagels, Chem. Gaz., Jan. 15, 1857.) 
Old diluted phosphoric acid is very apt to contain microscopic plants. The presence of traces 
of hydrochloric acid is said to prevent their formation. (Bother, Drug. Circ., 1886, p. 99 ; Prof. 
L. E. Sayre, Proc. A. P. A., 1885 ; Samuel G. Ade, Proc. A. P. A., 1884.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Diluted phosphoric acid is deemed tonic and refrigerant. 
It is free from astringency, and is certainly a valuable remedy in many cases of dyspepsia. 
Various properties have been ascribed to it, such as allaying pain and spasm, strengthening the 
sexual organs, preventing the morbid secretion of bony matter, and correcting phosphatic de- 
posits in the urine. The last two properties are supposed to depend upon its power of dissolving 
calcium phosphate. It has been recommended in hysteria, in diabetes, and in leucorrhcea when 
the secreted fluid is thin and acrid; it has also been used with asserted good results in low 
fevers, but probably has no action upon the system other than that upon the digestive organs, 
although Dr. A. Judson (Ann. de Thirap., 1871 and 1872, p. 152) asserts that in doses of 
from one to three drachms it acts as a stimulant, increasing the force and frequency of the 
pulse, and causing headache and cerebral confusion,—effects which may be the result of gas- 
tric irritation. The dose is from twenty drops to a teaspoonful (1-25—3-75 C.c.), largely diluted. Acidum Salicylicum. 
83 
PAET I. 
HC7H5O3; 137*67. (Xg'l-DUM SiL-I-gYL'l-CUM.) HC7H5O3; 138. 
ACIDUM SALICYLICUM. U. S., Br. Salicylic Acid. 
“ An organic acid, existing naturally, in combination, in various plants, but most largely pre- 
pared synthetically from carbolic acid.” U. S. “A crystalline acid, CeH4.0H.C00H, obtained 
from natural salicylates such as the oils of wintergreen (Gault!)eria procumbens, Linn.) and 
sweet-birch (Betula lenta, Linn.), or by the interaction of sodium carbolate and carbonic 
anhydride.” Br. 
Ortho-Oxybenzoic Acid, E.; Acide salicylique, Fr.; Salicylsaure, G. 
In 1834 salicyl aldehyde (salicylous acid) was discovered by Pagenstecher in the flowers of 
Spirsea ulmaria. In 1837, Piria and Ettling found that by oxidizing agents salicyl aldehyde 
was converted into a new body, salicylic acid, and in 1839, Lbwig and Weidmann derived the 
latter principle directly from the flowers of the Spirsea ulmaria. Shortly afterwards Prof. 
Procter (A. J. P., 1843; Aug. 1875) discovered that the acid could be procured from the 
oil of wintergreen (Gaultheria procumbens'), which is now known to contain fully 90 per cent, 
of methyl salicylate. Methyl salicylate is indeed obtainable by distillation from very many 
plants, but the probabilities are that it never exists already formed in the plant, but is 
produced during the process of distillation. (See Betula lenta, Part II.) When potassa is 
added to methyl salicylate, a new salt is formed, from which the acid is readily obtained by 
means of hydrochloric acid. Notwithstanding the discovery of this fact, and also the inven- 
tion of still another process of manufacture by Ettling in 1845, salicylic acid remained so 
expensive as to be of no value in the arts until Kolbe and Lautemann discovered that it could 
be prepared by uniting phenol with carbonic acid through the instrumentality of sodium. 
The article now began to attract some attention, but remained beyond the reach of general 
use until Prof. Kolbe, continuing his researches, succeeded, in 1874 (Joum.fiir Prakt. Chemie, 
July, 1874), in producing it at a moderate cost. 
Preparation. While salicylic acid may be prepared from salicin by fusion with potassium 
hydrate, or from oil of wintergreen by saponification with potassium hydrate solution, practi- 
cally it is now obtained, according to Kolbe’s patent, by treating sodium phenol (or carbolate) 
with carbon dioxide gas. For this purpose, the most concentrated caustic soda solution is 
evaporated with the corresponding amount of phenol to a dry powder, which is then heated to 
100° C. (212° F.), while a stream of dry carbon dioxide gas is passed over it. The tempera- 
ture is gradually raised to 180° C. (356° F.), increased to 220° C. (428° F.) as soon as phenol 
distils over, and finally raised to 250° C. (482° F.), until no more phenol distils. In the retort, 
the half of the phenol used remains as sodium salicylate, while the other half has distilled over un- 
changed. The reaction is as follows : 2CeH6ONa -(- C02 = C6H60H -f- C6H4(0Na),C00,Na. 
The sodium salt thus obtained is dissolved in water, decomposed by hydrochloric acid, the 
salicylic acid filtered off, washed, and crystallized out of hot water, or purified by sublimation 
in a current of superheated steam. P. W. Hofmann subsequently patented a process whereby 
distillation with superheated steam, with its attendant loss, is obviated; to the crude solution 
is added stannous chloride, which precipitates a dark mass containing the impurities, the clear 
supernatant liquid is then decomposed -with hydrochloric acid and the crystals of salicylic acid 
purified by washing and the use of centrifugals. (Pharm. Centralh., 1892, 412.) An im- 
portant improvement was subsequently made in Kolbe’s process whereby all, instead of only 
half, of the phenol-sodium is converted into salicylate. 11. Schmitt has found (Wagner's 
Jahresbericht fur Chem. Tech., 1885, p. 490) that if dry sodium phenolate and dry carbon 
dioxide are allowed to act on each other at ordinary temperatures, as long as absorption takes 
place a phenyl-sodium carbonate, CO j j is formed. If this is now heated for several 
hours in a closed vessel to 140° C., a molecular rearrangement takes place, and simple sodium 
salicylate, CgIT4(0H)C00Na, is formed without any separation whatever of phenol. Schmitt's 
process has been purchased by the owners of Kolbe’s patent.* Salicylic acid has also been 
* Professor J. U. Lloyd gives the following process for preparing salicylic acid from oil of wintergreen. Pure 
wintergreen oil, 3 parts; white caustic potash, 3 parts; hydrochloric acid, 8 parts ; water, q. s. Dissolve the caustic 
potassa in two parts of water in a glass or porcelain vessel, and heat to the temperature of 180° F. Stir into this 
gradually the oil, using a glass or porcelain spatula. Into another vessel place 64 parts of cold distilled water, and 
add the hydrochloric acid. Then with constant stirring add the solution of the potassium salicylate. The magma 
of minute crystals of salicylic acid must be separated with a thin muslin strainer (previously moistened) and pressed, 
then dried by exposure to a temperature of 150°. The yield of this crude acid will be slightly over two parts. 
Dissolve this in six parts of cold alcohol, and filter through a funnel stopped with cotton. Then with constant stir- 
ring pour the filtrate into 32 parts of cold water. The magma of minute crystals must be separated with a thin 
muslin strainer, and dried by exposure to a heat of 150° F. The yield is a trifle less than 2 parts. Acidum Salicylicum. 
PART I. 
84 
obtained synthetically from copper benzoate and water, which, when heated together in sealed 
tubes, yield cuprous oxide, free benzoic acid, and salicylic acid. (E. F. Smith, Am. Chem. 
Journ., 2, p. 338.) Dr. A. Rautert has found that the acid volatilizes with steam of 170° C. 
(338° F.), and has devised a process of purification based upon this, which yields at very little 
cost a beautiful product. Biel (Pharm. Zeitscli. f. Russl., 1876) reports that the sublimed 
acid is liable to decompose spontaneously. Dialyzed salicylic acid of beautiful appearance 
has been in the market since 1876. All traces of tarry matter can be removed by dialysis, 
and this acid is unexceptionable. Kolbe also obtained salicylic acid from the barium and 
calcium carbolates, but the yield was less than when the sodium salt was employed. The 
potassium phenol yielded only a trace of the salicylic acid, but an abundance of paraoxybenzoic 
acid. 
Properties. Salicylic acid, when pure, occurs as a snow-white crystalline powder, free 
from odor, and also from taste, but leaving a sense of astringency on the tongue and of irrita- 
tion in the fauces, with an increased flow of saliva. “ Light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or 
a light, white, crystalline powder ; odorless, having a sweetish, afterwards acrid taste, and per- 
manent in the air.” U. S. To the mucous membrane of the nose it is irritating, and it will 
sometimes produce sneezing. It crystallizes out of its hot aqueous solution on cooling in 
slender, often very long needles, and on the spontaneous evaporation of its alcoholic solution in 
large four-sided prisms. It is strongly acid, acting decisively on blue litmus, and forming salts 
not only with alkalies, but also with metallic oxides. Salicylic acid is “ soluble, at 15° C. (59° 
F.), in about 450 parts of water, and in 2-4 parts of alcohol; in 14 parts of boiling water, and 
very soluble in boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 2 parts of ether, 2 parts of absolute alcohol, 
and 80 parts of chloroform. When heated to 156° C. (312-8° F.), the Acid begins to melt, 
and is completely melted at 157° C. (314-6° F.) ; at a higher temperature it is gradually dissi- 
pated without leaving more than 0-6 per cent, of fixed residue. The saturated, aqueous solu- 
tion has an acid reaction, and is colored intensely bluish-violet (in high dilution violet-red) by 
ferric chloride test-solution.” U. S. “ Soluble in 3 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), in 2 of ether, 
or in 200 of glycerin. Dissolves in solutions of ammonium citrate, ammonium acetate, sodium 
phosphate, and in solution of borax, also in solutions of alkaline hydroxides and carbonates, 
salicylates being produced; such solutions of salicylates, if not weaker than 1 per cent., afford 
a yellowish-brown precipitate with solution of uranium nitrate (distinction from carbolates and 
sulphoearbolates). The crystals melt at 312-8° to 314-6° F. (156° to 157° C.), and below 
392° F. (200 C.) volatilize without decomposition. Test-solution of ferric chloride gives with 
the aqueous solution a violet color, or, if the solution be largely diluted, a reddish-violet 
color.” Br. When heated rapidly it is converted into carbolic and carbonic acids. It is stated 
that, by careful heating, glycerin can be made to dissolve 1 part in 50, and that the solution 
not only remains clear on cooling, but also may be diluted with water without separating. (A. 
J. P., 1875, p. 212.) Dr. Goldsborough affirms that a mixture of the acid with alcohol, 1 to 
10, may be diluted with 150 parts of water without crystallizing. By the presence of various 
neutral salts its solubility is increased without its antiseptic value being interfered with. Thus : 
Mixed with 1 part potassium nitrate, it dissolves in 50 parts cold water. 
“ “ II parts ammonium citrate, “ 60 “ “ “ 
“ “ 2 “ sodium sulphite, “ 50 “ “ “ 
“ “ 2 “ sodium phosphate, “ 50 “ “ “ 
“ “ 2\ “ sodium phosphate, “ 121 “ “ “ 
(Allen, Commerc. Org. Analysis, 1879, p. 344 ; see, also, R. Rother, A. J. P., 1886, p. 420.) 
On distilling salicylic acid or one of its salts with wood-spirit and sulphuric acid, acid methyl 
salicylate is formed, having an agreeable aromatic odor. The reaction with ferric salts is much 
more delicate (1 in 100,000) than that of phenol with the same reagent (1 in 3000). Com- 
mercial salicylic acid is often very impure. Sodium chloride, carbolic acid, cresotic acid, and 
oxybenzoic and para-oxybenzoic acids are the usual impurities. The first of these substances 
remains on igniting the acid. Carbolic acid may be detected by nearly neutralizing the sample 
with soda and agitating the liquid with ether. On evaporating, the ethereal liquid leaves the 
carbolic acid recognizable by its smell and taste. (Allen, Commerc. Org. Anal., p. 347.) 
The most sensitive test for it is a ferric salt, with which it develops a beautiful violet color. 
Goldsborough states that to insure the delicacy of this reaction it is necessary that the iron 
salt be perfectly neutral; also that with this precaution he has clearly detected 1 part of the 
acid in 400,000 parts of water. On the addition of ammonia the violet color is changed to a 
reddish brown, then to an orange, then to a permanent greenish yellow. Sulphuric and nitric PART i. 
Acidum Salicylicum. 
85 
acids change the violet to a light brown ( Goldsborough). It must be remembered that salicyl- 
ous acid reacts similarly with ferric salts. Salicylous acid, however, precipitates the silver 
potassio- or ammonio-nitrate white, the salicylic acid yellow. Dr. A. Fagans (A. J. P., 1893, 
p. 133) points out that salicylic acid cannot be colorimetrically estimated in aqueous solutions 
in presence of phenols, but that in alcoholic solution only the former reacts with ferric chloride. 
Kolbe recommends a simple test to detect impurities. A little of the acid is dissolved in 10 
times its weight of strong alcohol, and the solution allowed to evaporate spontaneously from a 
watch crystal. If the salicylic acid which remains in the dish be perfectly colorless, the acid 
is strictly pure; it should not be of a brown color, although a slight yellowish color would not 
indicate sufficient impurity to affect its medicinal value. Hager states that pure salicylic acid 
equal in volume to the size of a bean produced, after agitation with about 5 C.c. of pure sul- 
phuric acid, a colorless solution, while others which yielded a white residue from the alcoholic 
solution produced yellowish to brown-yellow solutions. (A. J. P., June, 1877.) 
By distilling with alcohol and strong sulphuric acid, salicylic acid forms methyl- and ethyl- 
salicylic acids. 
Tests. “On adding to a small portion of Salicylic Acid, in a test-tube, about 1 C.c. of 
concentrated sulphuric acid, then, cautiously, about 1 C.c. of methylic alcohol, in drops, and 
heating the mixture to boiling, the odor of methyl salicylate will be evolved. On allowing a 
saturated, alcoholic solution of the Acid to evaporate spontaneously in a glass or porcelain 
capsule, in a place protected from dust, a perfectly white, crystalline residue sheuld remain 
(absence of iron, carbolic acid, or coloring matter). If 1 Gm. of the Acid be dissolved in an 
excess of cold sodium carbonate test-solution, the liquid agitated with an equal volume of 
ether, and the ethereal solution allowed to evaporate spontaneously, the residue, if any, should 
be free from the odor of carbolic acid. On treating about 0-5 Gm. of the Acid, in a clean 
test-tube, with 10 C.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid, no color should be imparted to the latter 
within fifteen minutes (absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities'). A solution of 0\5 
Gm. of the Acid in 10 C.c. of alcohol, mixed with a few drops of nitric acid, should remain 
unaffected upon the addition of a few drops of silver nitrate test-solution (absence of hydro- 
chloric acid)." U. 8. “ Shaken up with a small proportion of water, the mixture filtered, and 
the solution evaporated, there remains a white residue, having no buff-tinted fringe (absence 
of iron, organic impurities, and coloring matter). Salicylic Acid dissolves in cold sulphuric 
add, imparting to the liquid no color in 15 minutes (absence of organic impurities). When 
1 gramme of the Acid is dissolved in an excess of cold solution of sodium carbonate, the liquid 
agitated with an equal volume of ether, and the ethereal solution allowed to evaporate spon- 
taneously, the residue, if any, should be free from the odor of phenol (absence of phenol).” Br. 
Traces of salol are found in salicylic acid. (Hoffmann, Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 232.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Salicylic acid was originally brought to the notice of 
the profession on account of its inhibitory influence on putrefaction. Kolbe found that 0-04 
per cent, had great influence in preventing souring of milk. Bucholz found that 0*15 per cent, 
of the acid is sufficient to prevent the development of bacteria in ordinary organic mixtures, 
and that the influence of 0-005 per cent, is plainly visible; 0-3 to 0-4 per cent, of the acid 
killed bacteria in vigorous growth. (Arch. Exper. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. iv.) The sodium sali- 
cylate was about equal to the pure acid, 0-4 per cent, destroying the bacteria. In the preser- 
vation of urine, Meyer and Kolbe found that one part of salicylic acid to two thousand of 
urine was sufficient to prevent putrefaction. (Journ. fur Prakt. Chem., Bd. xii.) According to 
Kolbe and others, salicylic acid arrests or prevents the action of the non-organized organic fer- 
ments. Thus, it will prevent the development of the hydrocyanic acid by the action of emulsin 
upon amygdalin in the presence of water, and will also inhibit the formation of the volatile oil 
of mustard. Dr. Miller found that one per cent, of salicylic acid was sufficient to check the 
action of ptyaline upon stareh, thus equalling in power ten per cent, of carbolic acid. He 
also found that 0-2 per cent, of salicylic acid distinctly affected outside of the body the diges- 
tive action of pepsin. The test of clinical experience has shown that salicylic acid is capable 
of accomplishing much in antiseptic surgery; but, in spite of certain advantages which the 
remedy has, it has failed to maintain itself against carbolic acid and other more recent drugs 
of the antiseptics, so that it is at present but little used by the surgeon. Nevertheless, as it 
is still employed to some extent, we give the following methods of use. 
Thiersch’s salicylic acid wadding for hermetically sealing wounds is made by dissolving two 
ounces of the acid in two pints of alcohol (sp. gr. 0 83), diluting with twenty pints of water at 
from 158° to 178° F., saturating with this six pounds and eight ounces of cotton batting deprived 86 
A cidurn Salicylicum. 
PART I. 
of oily matter, and afterwards drying. This wadding contains 3 per cent, of the acid ; for 
some purposes a stronger batting, containing 10 per cent., is prepared. When the wound or 
abscess is discharging profusely, jute is substituted for the cotton batting, because it is much 
more permeable to pus. An efficient ointment may be prepared by dissolving one and a half 
parts of the acid in two parts of alcohol and adding lard, or the solubility of the drug in 
glycerin may be taken advantage of. The following solutions are used in St. Bartholomew’s 
Hospital. Sodium phosphate three parts ; salicylic acid one part; water fifty parts.—Salicylic 
acid one part; olive oil forty-nine parts.—Salicylic acid one part; sodium bicarbonate half 
part; water one hundred parts.—Salicylic acid ten parts ; borax eighteen parts ; water one hun- 
dred parts. A 25-per-cent, solution, which will bear dilution with water or alcohol, may be 
prepared according to the following formula. R Acid, salicyl. 3ii; Sodii biborat. 3i; Glycerini 
q. s. Mix the acid and borax with four fluidrachms of glycerin ; heat gently until dissolved ; 
then add enough glycerin to make one fluidounce.* Prof. Thiersch has found that the drug 
cannot be employed for cleaning surgical instruments, because it corrodes the steel. 
When salicylic acid is given to man in doses just sufficient to manifest its presence, symptoms 
closely resembling those of cinchonism result. These are fulness of the head, with roaring 
and buzzing in the ears. After larger doses, to these symptoms are added distress in the head, 
or positive headache, disturbances of hearing and vision (deafness, amblyopia, partial blind- 
ness), and excessive sweating. In some cases there is a decided fall of temperature without 
alteration of the pulse; but probably more commonly the bodily temperature remains unal- 
tered. The actions upon the system of the acid and of its sodium, ammonium, potassium, and 
methyl (oil of gaultheria) salts appear to be identical, and, as several cases of poisoning with 
one or other of these agents have occurred, we are able to trace the toxic manifestations. Along 
with an intensification of the symptoms already mentioned, there are ptosis, deafness, strabis- 
mus, mydriasis, disturbance of respiration, excessive restlessness passing into delirium, slow 
laboring pulse, olive-green urine, and involuntary evacuations. In some cases the temperature 
has remained about normal, but in others has approached that of collapse. The respiration 
seems to be characteristic, it being both quickened and deepened, often sighing. Sweating 
usually is very free, and the urine early becomes albuminous. Various local evidences of vaso- 
motor weakness may supervene, such as rapidly appearing bed-sores at points subjected to 
pressure, and transitory dark-colored maculae on various parts of the body. In several cases 
death was probably produced by the acid, although there is scarcely one instance which is 
beyond doubt. In certain cases the mental disturbance has been strangely prolonged, last- 
ing for eight days. In some instances it is cheerful, in others melancholic in type. It is 
stated that upon drunkards the acid acts very unfavorably, violent delirium being an early 
symptom. 
Upon the lower mammals salicylic acid acts very much as it does upon man, causing mydri- 
asis, marked disturbance of respiration, great nervous prostration, delirium, dyspnoea, and, if 
the dose has been large enough, death by respiratory paralysis. Moderate therapeutic doses 
appear to have no powerful influence upon the circulation, such physiological evidence as we 
have indicating that they increase arterial pressure somewhat by exciting the vaso-motor centre 
and directly increasing the cardiac force. In overdoses salicylic acid causes fall of the arterial 
pressure, partly by a direct action upon the heart. Our knowledge of the action of the acid 
upon the nervous system is very imperfect, but it seems to be a depressant of the motor 
centres. Moderate doses increase the frequency of the respiration, probably in part by an 
action upon the peripheral pneumogastrics, but chiefly by a direct influence upon the respira- 
tory centres. Toxic doses paralyze the respiratory centres. The action of salicylic acid upon 
the temperature of normal man is slight and inconstant, unless toxic doses be given ; in fever 
its antipyretic influence is pronounced, but we have no exact knowledge as to the method 
of its action. It is absorbed arid circulates in the blood probably as sodium salicylate, and is 
eliminated partly unchanged as a salicylate and partly as salicyluric acid, the green discolora- 
tion of the urine being due to indican, or perhaps to pyrocatechin, which may be an educt 
from the acid. The elimination both of urea and uric acid is increased by the salicylates, 
which appear in some way to profoundly affect the general protoplasmic chemical activities. 
When given in very large doses the salicylates irritate the kidneys. 
The first effect of a single antipyretic dose in fever is usually a profuse sweat, which may 
* Mixture of Salicylic Acid and Iron is largely used in hospital practice. The following is the formula of the 
New York Hospital. Salicylic acid, 20 gr.; pyrophosphate of iron, 5 gr.; phosphate of sodium, 60 gr.; water, suf- 
ficient to make II fluidounces. Filter. (Pharm. Bee., 1886, p. 115.) PART I. 
Acidum Salicylicum.—Acidum Steancum. 
87 
appear fifteen minutes after the ingestion of the remedy. Very shortly after this the tempera- 
ture begins to fall, the depression reaching its maximum in from five to six hours. The sweating 
is profuse and exhausting, amounting, according to Ewald, not rarely to seven hundred and fifty 
grammes. The perspiration cannot be the chief factor in the reduction of temperature, as there 
appears to be no relation between its amount and the degree of the fall, and it usually ceases 
before the latter reaches its maximum. The antipyretic dose employed varies somewhat. 
Ewald gives as a minimum to the adult seventy-five grains, repeated in five hours if necessary; 
Justi, from ninety to one hundred and twenty-five grains. The question as to whether good 
is achieved in fevers by its administration is, of course, entirely separate from that as to its 
power of reducing temperature. It is certainly possible for a drug to lower the fever-heat 
and yet to do far more harm than good, and the evidence at hand appears to show that in 
typhoid and other allied febrile affections salicylic acid is not an eligible remedy. It is, indeed, 
no longer used, having been replaced by antipyrin. The possession of very marked antiperi- 
odic powers has been claimed for salicylic acid, but experience has not substantiated this claim. 
In rheumatism the remedy is the most valuable one known. Although some cases do not seem 
to yield to the drug, in the great majority of instances improvement sets in within twenty- 
four hours, and is rapidly followed by disappearance of the pain and fever. The dangers of 
cardiac and cerebral complications are certainly lessened, but not altogether done away with. 
In excessive rheumatic hyperpyrexia it cannot be depended upon to the exclusion of the cold 
bath. In chronic rheumatism and in gout, indeed in all the various forms of the uric acid 
diathesis, salicylic acid is an extremely valuable remedy, in many cases bringing relief when 
all other known remedies fail. To gouty patients it is often administered with great advantage 
in combination with preparations of colehicum. In all of these cases, however, salicylic acid 
must be considered as essentially palliative rather than curative. Most of the symptoms of 
gouty or rheumatic affections are due to an excess of uric acid, locally deposited or circu- 
lating in the blood or other fluids of the system. The salicylates bring relief by causing the 
elimination of this accumulated uric acid, but, so far as we know, they do not in any way 
affect the fundamental lesions or conditions which cause the excessive production of uric 
acid. The dose of salicylic acid in acute rheumatism may be set down as a drachm (3-88 Gm.) 
in the twenty-four hours, although it is employed by some practitioners in much larger doses. 
It may be given in powder, but is best administered in the form of ammonium or sodium 
salicylate (fifteen grains (0-971 Gm.) five times in twenty-four hours), which are equally 
efficacious and much less irritant to the stomach than is the acid. If ringing in the ears or 
other evidences of intoxication appear, the remedy should at once be partially or entirely 
withdrawn. 
Although Kolbe took fifteen grains of salicylic acid daily for nine months without sensible 
effect, and Lehmann (Archiv f. Hygiene, v.) carried similar experiments even to a greater length 
with similar results, yet the practice of using salicylic acid for a preservative of beer and of 
articles of food is to be condemned. A commission appointed by the French government re- 
ported that the prolonged use even of very small amounts of salicylic acid is dangerous, espe- 
cially to very aged persons* 
ACIDUM STEARICUM. U. S. Stearic Acid. 
HC18H35O2; 283-38. (XQ'I-DUM STB-AR'I-CUM.) HC,S H35 O2; 284. 
“ An organic acid, in its commercial, more or less impure form, usually obtained from the 
more solid fats, chiefly tallow.” XJ. S. 
This acid has been introduced into the Pharmacopoeia of 1890 solely because of its use in 
making glycerin suppositories. It is officially described as “ a hard, white, somewhat glossy 
solid, odorless and tasteless, #nd permanent in the air. Insoluble in water; soluble in about 45 
parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.) ; readily soluble in boiling alcohol, and in ether. Stearic 
Acid, when pure, melts at 69*2° C. (156-6° F.). The commercial acid should have a melting 
* The question of the comparative medical value of the artificial and the natural salicylic acid is one of great prac- 
tical importance. It is seemingly established that the commercial artificial acid is distinctly more poisonous than 
the natural acid. According to the researches of Prof. Dunstan, the poisonous properties of the artificial acid are 
due to the presence of three impurities,—-namely, meta-, ortho-, and para-cresotic acid, of which acid the ortho- 
and para- are centric poisons. (See Part II.) Salicylic acid produced from synthetic carbolic acid does not contain 
these poisons. According to the researches of M. Charteris, any artificial salicylic acid which does not closely re- 
semble in crystalline forms the natural acid, and also have a melting point of almost 157° C., should be rejected 
as probably poisonous. 88 
Acidum Sulphuricum. 
PAET I. 
point not lower than 56° C. (132 8° F.), and the melted acid should not become opaque and 
begin to congeal at a temperature lower than 54° C. (1292° F.). If 1 Gm. of Stearic Acid 
and 1 Gm. of sodium carbonate be boiled with 30 C.c. of water, in a capacious flask, the result- 
ing solution, while hot, should not be more than opalescent (limit of undecomposed fat)." 
Medical Properties. Stearic acid probably has no general action upon man. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM. U. S., Br. Sulphuric Acid. 
H2SO4; 97*82. (XQ'I-DUM SUL-PHU'BI-CUM.) H2SO4; 98. 
“ A liquid composed of not less than 92-5 per cent., by weight, of absolute Sulphuric Acid 
[H2S04 — 97’82], and not more than 7’5 per cent, of water. The above-named percentage 
(92-5) is that assumed for Sulphuric Acid in the formulas of pharmacopoeial preparations. 
Sulphuric Acid should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles.” U: IS. “ An acid produced by the 
combustion of sulphur or pyrites and the oxidation and hydration of the resulting sulphurous 
anhydride by means of nitrous and aqueous vapors. It should contain about 98 per cent, by 
weight of hydrogen sulphate, II„S04.” Br. 
Acidum Sulfuricum, P.G.; Oil of vitriol, Vitriolic Acid; Acide sulfurique, Huile de Vitriol, Fr.; Vitriolol, 
Schwefelsaure, G.; Acido solforico, It.; Acido sulfurico, Sp. 
Preparation. Sulphuric acid is obtained by burning sulphur or iron pyrites, FeS2, and 
allowing the product of combustion, S02, to mix with nitrous fumes obtained from the decom- 
position of nitre, which change S02 into S03, and this uniting with steam yields H2S04. If 
the sulphur were burned by itself, the product would be sulphurous oxide, which contains only 
two-thirds as much oxygen as sulphuric oxide. The object of the nitre is to furnish, by its 
decomposition, the requisite additional quantity of oxygen. To understand the process, it is 
necessary to remember that several of the oxides of nitrogen have oxidizing power. Thus, 
the main reactions of the sulphuric acid process are universally conceded to be 2S02 +N204 
= 2S03 + N202, S03 -p H20 = H2S04, N202 02 = N204 ; in which the sulphurous oxide 
from the burning pyrites or sulphur is oxidized to sulphuric oxide by the nitrogen tetroxide, 
which readily parts with two atoms of oxygen to such bodies as sulphurous oxide, and then 
takes two atoms of oxygen again from the atmosphere, regenerating the original tetroxide. 
The nitrogen tetroxide thus acts simply as a carrier of atmospheric oxygen, whereby the S02 
is changed into S03. This latter compound then unites with steam to form H2S04, the final 
product. If the supply of steam be insufficient, at the same time white crystals (lead chamber 
crystals) will form, which have the composition HS03(N02), and whose formation is explained 
by the following reactions : 2S02 -J- II20 -j- N203 -|-02 = 2HS03(N02) ; when steam enters in 
larger amount they disappear, with formation of sulphuric acid, while red fumes are given off, 
thus: 2HS03(N02) -f H20 = 2H2S04 -f- N203. In this case, therefore, nitrous oxide, N203, 
assists in the oxidation. 
Preparation on the Large Scale. The manufacture of this most important chemical 
has grown to enormous proportions. In England, where it is very largely manufactured, 
the present annual production is over 1,000,000 tons, six-sevenths of which are from Spanish 
pyrites and one-seventh from crude sulphur (Lunge). In this country Sicilian sulphur is 
mainly used, although American pyrites, which is practically free from arsenic, is being em- 
ployed in increasing amount. The American production of sulphuric acid for the year 1896 was 
1,019,501 short tons, valued at $17,331,517, and in 1897 1,128,741 tons, valued at $21,446,079. 
The production of Germany for 1896 was 577,942 metric tons, valued at $3,536,455. Of the 
American production in 1897, 591,401 tons were made from pyrites, and the balance from 
native sulphur. As carried out in England, the process is as follows. Beginning with the 
pyrites-kilns, or burners, the broken mineral is placed in moderate-sized lumps on the bars of the 
burners, which have previously been heated to redness, and when the burning is once started, 
the fire is kept up by placing a new charge on the top of that nearly burned out. The ordi- 
nary charge for each burner of pyrites, containing about 48 per cent, of sulphur, is from 5 to 
6 cwt., which is burnt out in twenty-four hours. The hot sulphur dioxide and air are drawn 
from the pyrites-burners through the whole system of tubes, towers, and chambers by help of 
the powerful draught from a large chimney which is placed in connection with the apparatus. 
These gases then pass either into a tall tower (called the Glover or denitrating tower), where 
they meet a descending stream of strong sulphuric acid charged with nitrous fumes, which at 
this moment of descent is mixed with a weaker sulphuric acid, thereby liberating the nitrous 
fumes, and these then mix with the sulphur dioxide and air, or they are charged with nitrous 
fumes direct from the nitre-pots, where a mixture of Chili saltpetre and sulphuric acid liber- PART I. 
Acidurn Sulphuricum. 
89 
ates them. The mixed gases are then delivered at a temperature of about 75° C. (167° F.) 
into the first of the leaden chambers. These chambers, of which there are three, are now 
made of much larger size than was formerly the case, having often a capacity of 38,000 cubic 
feet. Here the gases meet jets of steam and deposit liquid sulphuric acid, as also in the 
second chamber. In the third or exhaust chamber all the sulphur dioxide should have 
been converted into sulphuric acid, and red nitrous fumes must always be visible. These must 
not be lost, but are drawn into a so-called Gay-Lussac tower filled with coke, over which a 
finely-divided shower of strong acid is allowed to fall. The nitrous fumes are absorbed by 
this, and give the so-called nitrated acid used as before mentioned in the Glover tower. The 
acid obtained in the leaden chamber has a sp. gr. of 1-55, or contains 64 per cent, of H2S04. 
The acid which comes from the Glover tower (or, in case this is not used, is obtained by fur- 
ther concentration of chamber acid in leaden pans) has a sp. gr. of 171, and contains 78 per 
cent. H2S04. The strongest acid must be procured by still further concentration in glass or 
platinum vessels, and will contain 98 per cent. H2S04. (Roscoe and Schorlemmer, Chem., vol. 
i. pp. 321—338.) Within recent years it has been found that to continue the concentration to 
the limit of 98 per cent, acid in platinum vessels is very destructive to these. Therefore it 
has been proposed, after a strength of 65° B. or about 90 per cent, acid has been reached, to 
finish in vessels of cast iron. It is found that the concentrated acid does not attack this, and 
therefore it can be substituted for platinum to advantage. 
According to theory, 100 parts of sulphur burnt should yield 305-9 parts of pure sulphuric 
acid. In practice the yield is 290—294. The amount of sodium nitrate used varies very 
much. Manufacturers who employ Glover and Gay-Lussac towers require from 3-5 to 6-5 
parts of nitrate for every 100 of sulphur burnt, while works unprovided with these appliances 
may take from 12 to 13 parts. (Roscoe and Schorlemmer, vol. i. p. 337.) 
The only way to obtain pure sulphuric acid is by distillation. Owing to the high boiling 
point of this acid, the operation is rather precarious, in consequence of the danger of the 
fracture of the retort from the sudden concussions to which the boiling acid gives rise. Dr. 
Ure recommends that a retort of the capacity of from two to four quarts be used in distilling 
a pint of acid. This is connected, by means of a wide glass tube three or four feet long, with 
a receiver surrounded with cold water. All the vessels must be perfectly clean, and no luting 
employed. The retort is then gradually heated by a small furnace of charcoal, or, what is 
better, by means of a sand-bath, the retort being buried in the sand up to the neck. It is 
useful to put into the retort a few sharp-pointed pieces of glass, slips of platinum foil, or clay 
tobacco-pipe tubes, with the view of diminishing the shocks produced by the acid vapor. The 
distilled product ought not to be collected until a dense grayish-white vapor is generated, the 
appearance of which is a sign that the pure concentrated acid is coming over. If this vapor 
should not immediately appear, it shows that the acid subjected to distillation is not of full 
strength; and the distilled product, until this point is attained, will be an acid water. In the 
distillation of sulphuric acid, M. Lembert uses, instead of pieces of glass or platinum foil, 
fragments of the mineral called quartzite; these after a time get worn and must be changed. 
What is said above relates to the mode of preparing common sulphuric acid; but there is 
another kind, known on the continent of Europe by the name of the fuming sulphuric acid of 
Nordhausen, so called from its properties, and a place in Saxony where it is largely manufac- 
tured. This acid is obtained by distilling dried sulphate of iron in large stoneware retorts, 
heated to redness, and connected with receivers of glass or stoneware. The fuming acid distils 
over, and ferric oxide is left in the form of colcothar or polishing rouge, a material used for 
polishing metals, particularly gold and silver. The formula usually given to this product is 
h2s2o7 or H2S04-|- S03. This would demand about 45 per cent, of sulphuric oxide or S03. 
In fact, the so-called Nordhausen acid seldom contains more than 10 per cent, of SOg, and to 
obtain that demanded by the formula a re-distillation is necessary. This product is semi-solid, 
and is now obtainable in commerce put up in sealed glass flasks. Its sale has been largely cur- 
tailed lately, owing to the introduction into commerce of the anhydride under the name of Solid 
Sulphuric Acid. When moisture is rigidly excluded, the acid has little action on metals, and 
it is put up in soldered boxes of tinned sheet-iron; it is used largely in the arts in the manu- 
facture of artificial alizarin. Persulphuric acid, and the persulphates are among the newest 
products of electrolysis. The ammonium persulphate, (NH4)„S208, and potassium persulphate, 
K2S208, both form white crystalline salts. The former has already found a considerable tech- 
nical application as an energetic oxidizing agent in connection with the manufacture of organic 
dyestuffs and the cyanide extraction of gold. 90 
Acidurn Sidphuricum. 
PART I. 
Properties. Sulphuric acid (hydrogen sulphate), commonly called oil of vitriol, is a dense, 
colorless, inodorous liquid, of an oily appearance, and strongly corrosive. On living tissues it 
acts as a powerful caustic. It unites with water in all proportions, and much heat is evolved 
on the mixture of the two fluids. When pure, and as highly concentrated as possible, as manu- 
factured in leaden chambers, its sp. gr. is 1-840 (1-8485, Ure), a fluidounee weighing a small 
fraction over 14 drachms. If its density exceed this, the presence of lead sulphate or other 
impurity may be inferred. Kohlrausch (Pogg. Ann. Erganzungs, Bd. viii. p. 675, Lunge) found 
the sp. gr. of pure sulphuric acid, real hydrate, to be 1-8342, and believes that a higher sp. gr. 
than this is due to impurities (probably lead sulphate). The commercial acid is seldom of 
this strength. According to Mr. Phillips, it has generally the sp. gr. 1-8433, and this is about 
the strength of the Br. acid, of which the sp. gr. is stated to be 1-843. The sp. gr. of the 
official acid is 1-835. Mendelejeff, after a careful determination, found that pure mono- 
hydrated sulphuric acid had the specific gravity 1-8371 at 15° C. (59° F.) compared with water 
at its maximum density, 4° C. (Amer. Drug., 1885, p. 16.) The strong acid boils at 338° C. 
(640-4° F.), and freezes at—26° C. (—15° F.). When diluted, its boiling point is lowered. 
When of the sp. gr. 1-78, it deposits crystals of the formula II2S04-|- H20 at about 0° C. 
(32° F.), and hence it is hazardous for manufacturers to keep an acid of that strength in glass 
vessels in cold weather, as they are liable to burst. With salifiable bases it forms a numerous 
class of salts, called sulphates. It acts powerfully on organic bodies, whether vegetable or ani- 
mal, depriving them of the elements of water, developing charcoal, and turning them black. 
A small piece of cork or wood dropped into the acid will for this reason render it of a dark 
color. It absorbs water with avidity, and is used as a desiccating agent. It has been ascer- 
tained by Professors W. B. and B. E. Rogers to be capable of absorbing 94 per cent, of car- 
bonic acid gas, a fact having an important bearing on analytical operations. When diluted 
with distilled water, it ought to remain limpid; and, when heated sufficiently in a platinum 
spoon, the fixed residue should not exceed one part in 400 of the acid employed. When 
present in small quantity in solution, it is detected unerringly by barium chloride, which causes 
a precipitate of barium sulphate. The most usual impurities in it are arsenous acid and lead 
sulphate; the former derived from the presence of arsenides in the pyrites, where that has 
been used iu the production of the sulphurous oxide; the latter from the leaden boilers in 
which the acid is concentrated. Sodium or magnesium sulphate is said to have been added to 
increase its specific gravity. “ If Sulphuric Acid be dropped upon sugar or wood, it blackens 
them. Diluted with 5 volumes of water, it yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white 
precipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid.” TJ. S. Occasionally nitre is added to render dark 
samples of acid colorless. This addition gives rise to the impurity of potassium sulphate. 
These impurities often amount to 3 or 4 per cent. The commercial acid cannot be expected to 
be absolutely pure ; but when properly manufactured it should not contain more than one- 
fourth of 1 per cent, of impurity. The fixed impurities are discoverable by evaporating a por- 
tion of the acid, when they will remain. If lead sulphate be present, the acid will become 
turbid on dilution with an equal bulk of water. This impurity is not detected by hydrogen 
sulphide unless the sulphuric acid be saturated with an alkali. If only a scanty muddiness 
arise, the acid is of good commercial quality. 
Other impurities occur in the commercial sulphuric acid. The several oxides of nitrogen 
are always present in greater or less amount. They may be detected by gently pouring a solu- 
tion of ferrous sulphate over the commercial acid in a tube, when the solution, at the line of 
contact, will acquire a deep red color, due to the liberation of nitrogen tetroxide. Another 
method is to pass into tincture of guaiac the gases proceeding from the suspected acid heated 
with iron filings. If nitrogen tetroxide be present, the tincture becomes blue. The commer- 
cial acid, however, is not to be rejected unless the test shows the presence of nitrogen tetroxide 
in unusual quantity. Nitrogen tetroxide is an injurious impurity when the sulphuric acid is 
employed iu the manufacture of hydrochloric acid, which is decomposed by the nitrogen 
tetroxide with evolution of chlorine. To remove this impurity it was recommended by Wack- 
enroder, before distilling it, to heat the acid with a little sugar. This and the N204 mutually 
decompose each other, and the products are dissipated by heat. For the removal of the nitro- 
gen acids generally, I)r. J. Lowe recommends the addition to the heated sulphuric acid of 
small portions of dry oxalic acid, so long as it exhibits a yellow tinge. The oxalic acid is de- 
composed into carbonic acid and oxide, the latter of which, in becoming carbonic acid, deoxi- 
dizes and destroys the nitrogen acids. A slight excess of oxalic acid produces no harm, as it 
is immediately decomposed. Perhaps a better method of getting rid of these acids is to distil Acidum Sulphuricum. 
91 
PART I. 
with a little ammonium sulphate. Potassium sulphate, fraudulently introduced into the acid 
to increase its density, may be detected by saturating the acid with ammonia and heating to 
redness in a crucible, when ammonium sulphate will be expelled, and the potassium sulphate 
left. 
Arsenic is sometimes present in sulphuric acid. In consequence of tlie high price of Sicilian 
sulphur, most English manufacturers have employed iron pyrites for the purpose of furnishing 
the necessary sulphurous acid in the manufacture of oil of vitriol. As the pyrites usually 
contains arsenic, it happens that the sulphurous acid fumes are accompanied by arsenous 
oxide, and thus the sulphuric acid becomes contaminated. From 22 to 35 grains of arsenous 
acid have been found in 20 fluidounces of oil of vitriol, of English manufacture, by Dr. G. 0. 
Rees and Mr. Watson, and a still larger proportion by Mr. J. Cameron, of South Wales. To 
detect this impurity, the acid, previously diluted with five or six measures of distilled water, 
must be examined by Marsh’s test. (See Acidum Arsenosum.') But a more easy method, said 
to be nearly as delicate, is that of Bettendorff. A little stannous chloride is treated, in a shal- 
low dish, with pure hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1-12) until dissolved. The suspected sulphuric 
acid is then added, drop by drop, to the solution, the vessel being shaken on each addition. 
Considerable heat will be produced, and the liquid, if no arsenic be present, will remain clear; 
but if the acid be in the slightest degree contaminated with the poison, first a yellow, then 
a brown, and finally a dark grayish brown color will appear, and the liquid become turbid. 
(W. R., April, 1873, p. 367.) To separate the arsenous acid, Dr. J. Lowe recommends that the 
concentrated sulphuric acid should be gently heated in a flat dish, in a place where the fumes 
may be carried off, and then treated with small quantities of finely powdered sodium chloride, 
constantly stirred in with a glass rod. By the reaction between the arsenous acid and disen- 
gaged hydrochloric acid arsenic terchloride is formed, which, being volatile, is separated by 
the heat. The heat is afterwards continued, to expel the excess of hydrochloric acid. This 
mode of purification introduces into the oil of vitriol a little sodium sulphate. Buchner pro- 
poses a similar process; instead of sodium chloride employing hydrochloric acid, or a stream 
of the acid gas. This plan does not introduce sodium sulphate into the acid, but is less con- 
venient than that of Lowe, and, when the aqueous hydrochloric acid is used, tends to weaken 
the oil of vitriol by introducing water. Experience, however, has shown that neither plan can 
be entirely relied on. An excess of sulphuric acid is said to prevent the formation of the 
arsenic chloride. (See A. J. P'., 1860, p. 88.) For other methods of detecting arsenic in sul- 
phuric acid, see N. R., 1876, p. 297 ; 1880, p. 101. Until within recent years all the sul- 
phuric acid produced in the United States was made from sulphur. At the present time (1893) 
nearly half of the sulphuric acid works are using pyrites. Most of the American pyrites ore 
is entirely free from arsenic. Dupasquier states that tin is sometimes present in commercial 
sulphuric acid, derived from the solderings of the leaden chambers; but this could scarcely 
happen now, as care is taken to avoid soldering, and to effect the union of the metal by fusion 
by means of the blow-pipe. It may be discovered by hydrogen sulphide, which precipitates 
sulphide of tin, convertible by nitric acid into the white insoluble stannic oxide. Should the 
precipitate be the mixed sulphides of arsenic and tin, the former would be converted by nitric 
acid into arsenic acid and dissolved, and the latter into insoluble stannic oxide and left. An- 
other impurity occasionally existing in French sulphuric acid is selenium, supposed to be de- 
rived from copper pyrites sometimes substituted for sulphur in the manufacture of the acid. 
For the mode of detecting and separating this impurity, see the Journal de Pharmacie (1872, 
p. 42). “ To neutralize 0-489 Gm. of Sulphuric Acid, diluted with about 10 C.c. of water, should 
require not less than 9-25 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (each 0-1 C.c. 
corresponding to 1 per cent, of the absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. 
Tests. “ On mixing the Acid carefully with 4 or 5 volumes of alcohol, no precipitate 
should be formed within one hour (absence of lead). If there be carefully poured upon it, in 
a test-tube, a layer of ferrous sulphate test-solution, the zone of contact should not assume a 
brown or reddish color (limit of nitric or nitrous acid). In Sulphuric Acid, diluted with 20 
volumes of water, no precipitate should be formed by the addition of silver nitrate test-solution 
(absence of hydrochloric acid), or of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of lead, arsenic, 
copper) ; nor by supersaturation with ammonia water {iron) ; nor should the acid thus super- 
saturated leave any fixed residue on evaporation and ignition (absence of non-volatile impurities), 
nor yield any precipitate on addition of ammonium sulphide test-solution {iron, thallium, etc.). 
1 C.c. of Sulphuric Acid, diluted with 5 C.c. of water, and cooled, should not at once discharge 
the color of 0-1 C.c. of potassium permanganate decinormal volumetric solution (limit of sul- 92 
Acidum Sulphuricum. 
PART I. 
phurous or nitrous acid). If 1 C.c. of a mixture of 1 volume of Sulphuric Acid with 2 vol- 
umes of water be mixed with 1 C.c. of stauuous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, 
BettendorfFs Test for Arsenic), no coloration should appear within one hour (limit of arsenic)." 
U S. “ Each gramme diluted with 20 or 30 cubic centimetres of water should require for 
neutralization 20-1 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. It should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, ammonium, 
chlorides, nitrates, nitrites, or sulphites. It should yield no appreciable residue on evaporation. 
Hydrochloric acid containing sodium sulphite, when poured carefully upon an equal volume of 
Sulphuric Acid contained in a test-tube, should not cause a red coloration at the junction of 
the two liquids, and no red precipitate should form on warming the tube (absence of sele- 
nium).” Br. Deniges proposes to detect arsenic in sulphuric acid by the use of a liquid con- 
taining equal volumes of a solution of ammonium molybdate (1 to 10) and sulphuric acid. 
(Drug. Circ., 1894, 12.) 
The following table by Lunge and Isler shows how much hydrated sulphuric acid and how 
much sulphuric oxide (S03) are contained in acid of a given density. 
Table of Percentage and Specific Gravity of Sulphuric Acid. 
Specifia 
Gravity. 
100 Parts contain at 
15° C. (59° P.) 
Specific 
Gravity. 
100 Parts contain at 
15° C. (59° F.) 
Specific 
Gravity. 
100 Parts contain at 
15° C. (59° F.) 
so3. 
H2SO4. 
S03. 
h2so4. 
S03. 
H2SO4. 
1-0008 
0-07 
0-09 
1-1829 
25-00 
1*372 
38*32 
46-94 
1-0059 
0-68 
0-83 
1-186 
20*73 
25-40 
1*377 
38*75 
47-47 
1-0109 
1-28 
1-57 
1-191 
21*26 
26*04 
1*382 
39-18 
48-00 
1-0159 
1-88 
2-30 
1-196 
21-78 
26*68 
1*387 
39*62 
48-53 
1-021 
2-47 
3-03 
1-201 
22-30 
27*32 
1-3914 
40-00 
1-026 
3-07 
3-76 
1-206 
22-82 
27-95 
1-392 
40-05 
49-06 
1-031 
3-67 
4-49 
1-211 
23-33 
28-58 
1-397 
40-48 
49-59 
1-0345 
5 00 
1-216 
23-84 
29-21 
1-401 
50-00 
1-036 
4-27 
5-23 
1-221 
24*36 
29-84 
1-402 
40-91 
50-11 
1-041 
4-87 
5-96 
1-222 
30-00 
1-407 
41-33 
50-63 
1-042 
5-00 
1-226 
24-88 
30-48 
1-412 
41-76 
51-15 
1-046 
5-45 
6-67 
1-227 
25-00 
1-417 
42-17 
51-66 
1-051 
6-02 
7-37 
1-231 
25-39 
31-11 
1-422 
42-57 
52-15 
1-056 
6-59 
8-07 
1-236 
25-88 
31-70 
1*427 
42-96 
52-63 
1-061 
7-16 
8-77 
1-241 
26*35 
32-28 
1-432 
43-36 
53*11 
1-066 
7-73 
9-47 
1-246 
26-83 
32-86 
1-437 
43-75 
53-59 
1-0697 
10-00 
1-251 
27-29 
33-43 
1-442 
44-14 
54-07 
1-071 
8-32 
10-19 
1-256 
27-76 
34*00 
1*447 
44-53 
54-55 
1-076 
8-90 
10-90 
1-261 
28-22 
34-57 
1-4517 
55-00 
1-081 
9-47 
11-60 
1-265 
35-00 
1-452 
44-92 
55-03 
1-0856 
10-00 
• • • 
1-266 
28-69 
35-14 
1-453 
45-00 
1 086 
10-04 
12-30 
1-271 
29-15 
35-70 
1-457 
45-31 
55-50 
1-091 
10-60 
12-99 
1-276 
29-62 
36-29 
1-462 
45*69 
55-97 
1-096 
11-16 
13-67 
1-280 
30-00 
1*467 
46-07 
56-43 
1-101 
11-71 
14-35 
1-281 
30*10 
36-87 
1*472 
46-45 
56-90 
1-1058 
15-00 
1-286 
30*57 
37-45 
1-477 
46-83 
57-37 
1-106 
12-27 
15-03 
1-291 
31-04 
38-03 
1-482 
47-21 
57-83 
1-111 
12-82 
15-71 
1-296 
31-52 
38-61 
1-487 
47-57 
58-28 
1-116 
13-36 
16-36 
1-301 
31-99 
39-19 
1-492 
47-95 
58-74 
1-121 
13-89 
17-01 
1-306 
32-46 
39-77 
1-497 
48-34 
59-22 
1-126 
14-42 
17-66 
1-308 
40-00 
1-502 
48-73 
59-70 
1-131 
14-95 
18-31 
1-311 
32-94 
40-35 
1*505 
60-00 
1-1315 
15-00 
1*316 
33*41 
40-93 
1-507 
49-12 
60-18 
1-136 
15-48 
18-96 
1-3215 
33-88 
41-50 
1*512 
49-51 
60-65 
1-141 
16-01 
19-61 
1*327 
34-35 
42-08 
1-517 
49-89 
61-12 
1-144 
20-00 
1-332 
34-80 
42-66 
1-5184 
50-00 
1-146 
16-54 
20-26 
1-334 
35-00 
1-522 
50-28 
61-59 
1-151 
17-07 
20-91 
1-337 
35T27 
43*20 
1-527 
50-66 
62-06 
1-156 
17-59 
21-55 
1-342 
35-71 
43*74 
1-532 
51-04 
62-53 
1-161 
18-11 
22-19 
1-347 
36-14 
44-28 
1-537 
51-43 
63-00 
1-166 
18-64 
22-83 
1-352 
36-58 
44-82 
1*542 
51-78 
63*43 
1-171 
19-16 
23-47 
1-354 
45*00 
1*547 
52-12 
63-85 
1-176 
19-69 
24-12 
1-357 
37-02 
45-35 
1-552 
52-46 
64-26 
1-179 
20-00 
1-362 
37-45 
45*88 
1-557 
52-79 
64-67 
1-181 
20-21 
24-76 
1-367 
37-89 
46-61 
1-561 
65-00 PART I. 
Acidurn Sulphuricum. 
93 
Table of Percentage and Specific Gravity of Sulphuric Acid. ( Continued.) 
Specific 
Gravity. 
100 Parts contain at 
15° C. (59° F.) 
Specific 
Gravity. 
100 Parts contain at 
15° C. (59° F.) 
Specific 
Gravity. 
100 Parts contain at 
15° C. (59° F.) 
so3. 
h2so4. 
so3. 
h2so4. 
so3. 
H*S04. 
1*562 
53-12 
65*01 
1-702 
63-00 
77-17 
1-826 
73-96 
90-60 
1*567 
53-46 
65-49 
1*707 
63-35 
77-60 
1-827 
74-12 
90-80 
1-572 
53*80 
65-90 
1-712 
63-70 
78-04 
1-828 
74-29 
91-00 
1-577 
54-13 
66-30 
1-717 
64-07 
78-48 
1*829 
74-49 
91-25 
1-582 
54-46 
66-71 
1*722 
64-43 
78-92 
1-830 
74-69 
91-50 
1-587 
54-80 
67-13 
1-727 
64-78 
79-36 
1-831 
74-86 
91-70 
1*5896 
55-00 
1-730 
65-00 
1-8318 
75-00 
1-592 
55-18 
67-59 
1-732 
65-14 
79*80 
1-832 
75-03 
91-90 
1-597 
55-55 
68-05 
1-734 
80-00 
1-833 
75-19 
92-10 
1-602 
55-93 
68-51 
1-737 
65-50 
80-24 
1-834 
75-35 
92-30 
1-607 
56-30 
68-97 
1-742 
65-86 
80-68 
1-835 
75-53 
92-52 
1*612 
56-68 
69-43 
1-747 
66-22 
81-12 
1-836 
75-72 
92-75 
1-617 
57*05 
69-89 
1-752 
66-58 
81-56 
1-837 
75-96 
93-05 
1-618 
70-00 
1-757 
66-94 
82-00 
1-838 
76-27 
93-43 
1-622 
57-40 
70-32 
1-762 
67-30 
82-44 
1-839 
76-57 
93-80 
1-627 
57-75 
70-74 
1-767 
67-65 
82-88 
1-8396 
76-90 
94-20 
1-632 
58-09 
71-16 
1-772 
68-02 
83-32 
1-840 
76-99 
94-31 
1-637 
58-43 
71-57 
1-777 
68-49 
83-90 
1-841 
77-23 
94-60 
1-642 
58-77 
71-99 
1-782 
68-98 
84-50 
1-842 
95-00 
1-647 
59-10 
72-40 
1-786 
85-00 
1-842 
77-55 
95-00 
1-652 
59-45 
72-82 
1*787 
69-47 
85-10 
1-843 
78-04 
95-60 
1-657 
59-79 
73-23 
1-792 
69-96 
85-70 
1-8431 
78-33 
95-95 
1-661 
60-00 
1-7924 
70-00 
1-8436 
79-19 
97-00 
1-662 
60-11 
73-64 
1-797 
70-45 
86-30 
1-8441 
79-76 
97-70 
1-667 
60-46 
74-07 
1-802 
70-94 
86-90 
1-8438 
80-00 
1-672 
60-82 
74-51 
1-8075 
71-50 
87-60 
1-8436 
80-16 
98-20 
1-677 
61-20 
74-97 
1-813 
72-08 
88-30 
1-8431 
80-57 
98-70 
1-6773 
75-00 
1-818 
72-69 
89-05 
1-8426 
80-98 
99-20 
1-682 
61*57 
75-42 
1*8227 
. . • 
90-00 
1-8421 
81-18 
99-45 
1-687 
61-93 
75-86 
1-823 
73-51 
90-05 
1-8416 
81-39 
99-70 
1-692 
62-29 
76-30 
1-824 
73-63 
90-20 
1-8411 
81-59 
99-95 
1-697 
62-64 
76-73 
1-825 
73-80 
90-40 
Composition. The normal acid of the sp. gr. l-842 (l-8485, Ure) consists of one mol. 
of oxide and one mol. of water. As the hydrogen acts the part of a metal in the compound, 
the systematic name would be hydrogen sulphate. The oxide consists of one atom of sulphur 
and three atoms of oxygen. The ordinary commercial acid consists, according to Phillips, of 
one mol. of oxide and one and a quarter mol. of water. The hydrated acid of Nordhausen 
has a density as high as 1-89 or 1*9, and consists of two mols. of oxide and one mol. of water 
(2S03 + H20). This acid is particularly adapted to the purpose of dissolving indigo for dye- 
ing the Saxon blue. When heated gently in a retort, connected with a dry and refrigerated 
receiver, sulphuric oxide or anhydride distils over, and the common monohydrated acid remains 
behind. In performing this operation, much difficulty from concussion is avoided, and the 
product of oxide increased, by introducing a coil of platinum wire into the retort. The oxide 
may also be obtained by the action of phosphoric oxide on concentrated sulphuric acid, accord- 
ing to the method of Ch. Barreswil. The mixture must be made in a refrigerated retort, and 
afterwards distilled by a gentle heat into a refrigerated receiver. Sulphuric oxide (solid sulphuric 
add) under 18° C. (64°"F.) is in small colorless crystals, resembling asbestos. It is tenacious, 
difficult to cut, and may be paoulded in the fingers like wax, without acting on them. Exposed 
to the air, it emits a thick opaque vapor of an acid smell. Above 18° C. (64° F.) it is a liquid, 
very nearly of the density 2. 
Medical Properties. For the therapeutic powers and uses of sulphuric acid when ad- 
ministered internally, see Addum Sulphuricum Dilutum. Externally it is sometimes employed 
as a caustic; but, from its liquid form, it is very inconvenient for that purpose, and should be 
applied with caution. A plan, however, has been proposed by Professor Simpson by which it 
becomes very manageable. This consists in mixing it with dried and powdered zinc sulphate 
sufficient to give it a pasty consistence. Michel’s Paste consists of strong sulphuric acid three 
parts, and finely powdered asbestos one part, thoroughly rubbed together. When mixed with 94 
Acidum Sulphuricum.—Acidum Sulphuncum Aromaticum. 
PART I. 
saffron to the consistence of a ductile paste, Velpeau found it a convenient caustic, not liable 
to spread or be absorbed, and producing an eschar which is promptly detached. 
Toxicological Properties. The symptoms of poisoning by this acid are the following. 
Burning heat in the throat and stomach, extreme fetidness of the breath, nausea and excessive 
vomitings of black or reddish matter, excruciating pains in the bowels, difficulty of breathing, 
extreme anguish, a feeling of cold on the skin, great prostration, constant tossing, convulsions, 
and death. Sometimes there is no pain whatever in the stomach, sensibility being apparently 
destroyed by the violence of the caustic action. The intellectual faculties remain unimpaired. 
Frequently the uvula, palate, tonsils, and other parts of the fauces are covered with black or 
white sloughs. The treatment consists in the administration of large quantities of magnesia, 
or, if this be not at hand, of solution of soap. The safety of the patient depends upon the 
greatest promptitude in the application of the antidotes. After the poison has been neutral- 
ized, mucilaginous and other bland drinks must be taken freely. 
Upon the skin sulphuric acid acts as a very rapid and powerful corrosive. When it has 
been spilt or thrown upon the person the part should be immediately washed with a weak solu- 
tion of sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, or soap may be well rubbed into the surface. After 
the removal and neutralization of the acid, Carron oil or similar protective may be applied. 
The further treatment is that of a burn. 
The holes burnt in linen by sulphuric acid, so long as the texture is undisturbed, are dis- 
tinguished from those produced by red-hot coals, by the paste-like characters of their edges. 
Uses in the Arts. Sulphuric acid is more used in the arts than any other acid. It is 
employed to obtain many of the other acids; to extract soda from common salt; to make alum 
and ferric sulphate; to refine petroleum and paraffin ; to decompose the neutral fats; to dissolve 
indigo; to prepare skins for tanning; to prepare phosphorus, chlorinated lime, magnesium 
sulphate, etc. The arts of bleaching and dyeing cause its principal consumption. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM. U. S., Br. Aromatic Sul- 
phuric Acid. 
(Xg'l-DUM SUL-PHU'RI-CUM AK-O-MXT'I-CTTM.) 
Tinctura Aromatica Acida, P. G.; Elixir Vitrioli Mynsichti, G.; Elixir of Vitriol; Elixir vitriolique, Teinture 
(alcooI6) aromatique sulphurique, Fr.; Saure Aromatische Tinctur, Mynsicht’s Elixir, G. 
“ Sulphuric Acid, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 3 fluidrachms, 3 minims] ; 
Tincture of Ginger, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 5J fluidrachms] ; Oil of Cinnamon, 
one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Add the Sulphuric Acid gradually, and with 
great caution, to seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 24 fluidounces] of Alcohol, and allow the 
mixture to cool. Then add to it the Tincture of Ginger and the Oil of Cinnamon, and after- 
wards enough Alcohol to make the whole measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6J fluidrachms]. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Tincture of Ginger, 10 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 250 cubic centimetres; Spirit of 
Cinnamon, £ Ji. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 12-5 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 29 \ ji. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 737 5 cubic centimetres ; Sulphuric Acid, 3 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas>) or 
2419 grains, or 75 cubic centimetres or 138 2 grammes. Mix the Sulphuric Acid gradually 
with the Alcohol; add the Spirit of Cinnamon and Tincture of Ginger.” Br. 
u It should be preserved in glass-stoppered bottles. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid has the sp. gr. 
about 0-939, and contains about 20 per cent., by weight, of official Sulphuric Acid, partly in 
the form of Ethyl-sulphuric Acid. If 4-89 Gm. of Aromatic Sulphuric Acid be mixed, in a 
small flask, with 15 C.c. of water and boiled for several minutes (so as to decompose the ethyl- 
sulphuric acid), and the liquid be then allowed to cool, it should require, for complete neutral- 
ization, about 18-5 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (each C.c. correspond- 
ing to 1 per cent, of absolute or about T08 per cent, of official Sulphuric Acid), phenolphtalein 
being used as indicator.” U. S. 
The specific gravity of the British preparation is “ 0-922 to 0-926. The neutralizing power of 
100 grammes should be equivalent to that of 13-8 grammes of hydrogen sulphate, II2S04.” 
The formula adopted at the 1880 revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia was that recommended 
by Thomas N. Jamieson, A. J. P., 1867, p. 201. The change in the appearance and properties 
from the preparation of the U. S. P. 1870 was so marked that the wisdom of making so 
radical a change was doubted. Experience has proved, however, that the new preparation lias part I. Acidum Sulphuncum Aromaticum.—Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. 
95 
not the same tendency to precipitate, and the lightness in color has been offset by more sub- 
stantial advantages. The British formula has been remodelled to accord with the U. S. P. 
Properties. Aromatic sulphuric acid of the older Pharmacopoeias was of a deep reddish 
brown, but it is a straw-colored liquid when freshly prepared according to the direction of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, of a peculiar aromatic odor, and, when sufficiently diluted, of a 
grateful acid taste. It has been supposed by some to contain ethylic ether or sulphovinic acid, 
its main ingredients justifying such a suspicion; but the late Dr. Duncan, of Edinburgh, who 
originally held this opinion, satisfied himself that the alcohol and sulphuric acid, in the pro- 
portions here employed, do not generate a single particle of ethylic ether; and Prof. Attfield 
has shown that there is no ethyl-sulphuric acid in the official preparation. (P. J. Tr., 1869, p. 
471.) It cannot, however, be viewed merely as a sulphuric acid diluted with alcohol and con- 
taining the essential oils of ginger and cinnamon, for the difference in odor between fresh and 
old preparations is quite marked, and a peculiar and agreeable ethereal odor is developed by 
age. Samples of fresh aromatic sulphuric acid as well as older specimens have been assayed 
by E. AV. Clark, and all were found to be more or less deficient in sulphuric acid ; the infer- 
ence is quite clear that there is some decomposition of sulphuric acid in the preparation upon 
keeping. (Pharm. Era, 1887, p. 69.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This valuable preparation is tonic and astringent. It 
acts precisely as does the Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. The dose is from ten to thirty drops 
(0-6-1-9 C.c.), in a wineglassful of water, repeated two or three times a day. Care must be 
taken that the teeth are not injured. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DILUTUM. U. S., Br. Diluted Sulphuric Acid. 
Acide sulphurique dilu6, F>\; Verdiinnto Schwefelsaure, Cr. 
“ 100 parts by weight should contain 13-65 parts of hydrogen sulphate, H2S04.” Br. 
“ Sulphuric Acid, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Distilled Water, 
eight hundred and twenty-five grammes [or 29 ounces av., 44 grains], To make nine hundred 
and twenty-five grammes [or 32 ounces av., 274 grains]. Pour the Acid gradually, under 
constant stirring, into the Distilled Water. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bottles. 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Sulphuric Acid. Specific 
gravity, about 1-070 at 15° C. (59° F.). It should respond to the reactions and tests given 
under Sulphuric Acid (see Acidum Sulphuricum'). To neutralize 4-89 Gm. of Diluted Sul- 
phuric Acid should require 10 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (each 
C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, of the absolute acid), phenolphtalein being used as indi- 
cator.” 17. S. 
“ Sulphuric Acid, 1 fl. ounce and 51 /?. drachms (more exactly, 1-65 Jl. ounces, Imperial 
measure) or 1333 grains, or 82-7 cubic centimetres or 152-4 grammes; Distilled Water, a suf- 
ficient quantity. Half fill with Distilled Water a glass flask the capacity of which to a mark 
on the neck is one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres. Then introduce the 
Sulphuric Acid, and add very gradually Distilled Water until the mixture, after it has been 
shaken and cooled to 60° F. (15-5° C.), measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres.” Br. 
This preparation is sulphuric acid diluted to such an extent as to make it convenient for 
prescription. It is not exactly coincident in strength as directed in the two Pharmacopoeias, 
the U. S. acid (sp. gr. 1-070) being weaker than the British (sp. gr. 1-094), but slightly stronger 
than that formerly official ; but the difference is not so great as to be of practical importance. 
The British Pharmacopoeia requires that “ Each gramme should require for neutralization 2-8 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide.” The strong acid is added 
gradually to the water, to guard against the too sudden production of heat, which might cause 
the fracture of the vessel. During the dilution, when commercial sulphuric acid is used, the 
liquid becomes slightly turbid, and in the course of a few days deposits a grayish-white powder, 
which is lead sulphate, and from which the diluted acid should be poured off. This noxious 
salt is thus disposed of; but potassium sulphate, another impurity in the strong acid, still re- 
mains. The presence of a little potassium sulphate will do no harm; but, if it should be 
fraudulently introduced into the strong acid to increase its specific gravity, its amount may be 
ascertained by saturating the acid, after dilution, with ammonia, and expelling by a red heat 
the ammonium sulphate formed. Whatever potassium sulphate is present will remain behind. 
If the directions of the Pharmacopoeias are strictly carried out, and the kind of sulphuric 
(AQ'I-DUM StJL-PHU'RI-CUM DI-LC'TUM.) 96 
Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum.—Acidum Sulphurosum. 
PART I. 
acid is used which is known in commerce as chemically pure, responding to the tests given 
under the head of Acidum Sulphuricum, the official manipulations will be all-sufficient. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Diluted sulphuric acid is tonic, refrigerant, and 
astringent. It is given in typhoid fevers, and often with advantage. In the convalescence from 
protracted fevers it acts beneficially as a tonic, exciting the appetite and promoting digestion. 
As an astringent, it is employed in colliquative sweats, passive hemorrhages, and diarrhoeas de- 
pendent on a relaxed state of the mucous membrane of the intestines, i.e., in serous diar- 
rhoeas. In 1851, Mr. Buxton, of London, called attention to its great value in choleraic diar- 
rhoeas : his assertions have received abundant confirmation both in this country and in England. 
(See Med. Times and Gaz., Oct. 1853; Med. and Surg. Rep., ix. 199 ; Phila. Med. Times, iii. 
649.) In incipient cholera it is an efficient remedy; diluted with water, it may be given every 
twenty minutes in ordinary cases, every quarter of an hour in severe cases. For bilious diar- 
rhoea the acid is not a suitable remedy. In calculous affections attended with phosphatic 
sediments it is the proper remedy, being preferable to hydrochloric acid, as less apt, by con- 
tinued use, to disorder the stomach. The dose is from ten to thirty drops (0-6—1-9 C.c.), three 
times a day, in a wineglassful of plain or sweetened water. It is added with advantage to 
infusions of cinchona, the organic alkalies of which it tends to hold in solution. As it is apt 
to injure the teeth, it is best taken by sucking it through a glass tube or quill. It is much 
less used in the United States than is the elixir of vitriol. An elegant form of administration 
is the Compound Infusion of Bose, U S. 1870. 
SUL-PHU-RO'SUM.) 
“ A liquid composed of not less than 6-4 per cent., by weight, of Sulphurous Acid Gas [Sul- 
phur Dioxide, S02 — 63-9], and not more than 93-6 per cent, of water.” U. S. “ An aqueous 
solution containing 6 4 per cent, of hydrogen sulphite, H2S03, corresponding to 5 per cent, by 
weight of sulphurous anhydride, S02. The sulphurous anhydride may be prepared by burning 
sulphur in air or oxygen, or by boiling sulphuric acid with carbon, mercury, or copper.” Br. 
Acide sulfureux, Fr.; Schweflige Saure, G. 
“ Sulphuric Acid, eighty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms, 38 minims] ; Char- 
coal, in coarse powder, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Distilled Water, one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms]. Introduce the Charcoal into a glass flask 
having a capacity of about five hundred cubic centimeters [or 17 fluidounces], add the Acid, and 
mix them well. Connect the flask, by means of suitable glass tubing, with a wash-bottle having 
a capacity of about two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces], which is filled to about 
one-third of its height with water. Through the stopper of the wash-bottle pass a safety-tube, 
which should reach nearly to the bottom of the bottle, and connect the latter, by means of 
glass tubing, with a bottle having a capacity of about fifteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 
about 4 pints] and containing one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms] 
of Distilled Water deprived of air by being boiled shortly before use. The tube should dip 
about twenty-five millimeters [or 1 inch] below the surface of the Distilled Water. By 
means of a second tube connect this bottle with another containing a dilute solution of 
sodium carbonate, to absorb any gas which may not be retained by the Distilled Water. 
Having ascertained that all the connections are air-tight, apply a moderate heat to the flask 
containing the Sulphuric Acid and Charcoal, until the evolution of gas has nearly ceased, 
and, during the passage of the gas, keep the bottle containing the Distilled Water at or below 
10° C. (50° F.), by surrounding it with cold water or ice. Finally pour the Sulphurous Acid 
into dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, and keep them in a cool place, protected from 
light.” U.S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia no longer gives a detailed process. The process of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia is essentially that of Wittstein. The sp. gr. of the U. S. preparation is about 
1-022, of the British, 1-025, the latter being slightly stronger. 
The rationale of the process is simple. When the sulphuric acid (H2S04) and charcoal are 
heated together, two molecules of the former give up each an atom of oxygen to the latter, 
and there are thus produced sulphurous and carbonic acid gases, which, having been first 
passed through a wash-bottle containing a little water to absorb impurities, are received into 
the distilled water, where the sulphurous acid is absorbed, whilst the greater part of the 
carbonic acid escapes, 4H2S04 -f- C2 = 2COa+ 4HaO -(- 4S02. The excess of sulphurous 
acid gas which escapes absorption is in the U. S. process received into a solution of sodium 
ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM. U. S., Br. Sulphurous Acid. PART It 
Acidum Sulphuromm. 
97 
carbonate, and condensed. In the Br. process the point of saturation is roughly indicated by 
the bubbles formed by the escape of the gas from the distilled water being equal in size to 
those formed in the wash-bottle. If there be any difficulty in getting the solution up to the 
official strength, the proportionate amount of sulphuric acid and of charcoal should be in- 
creased, and care exercised that the gas pass through the water in an abundant stream. The 
direction to keep the acid in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, is necessary in consequence 
of the strong tendency of the gas to escape and to undergo oxidation. An incidental advan- 
tage of the U. S. process is the production of sodium sulphite. Old sulphurous acid often 
contains sulphuric acid, which may be nearly all removed by the cautious addition of barium 
sulphite and the removal by filtration of the precipitated sulphate. 
According to Mr. W. L. Scott (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1869, p. 217), the best results are obtained 
when sulphuric acid containing 75 per cent, of anhydrous acid is employed; when a too con- 
centrated acid is used, a part of it is entirely reduced and sulphur deposited, while a too dilute 
acid causes the evolution of hydrogen sulphide. He also affirms that a purer gas is obtained 
by placing a little lead sulphite and a few pieces of charcoal in the wash-bottles. 
.Prof. F. C. Calvert gives a process for preparing this acid on a large scale by which he avoids 
all the inconveniences usually attendant on its manufacture, and has prepared thousands of 
gallons daily of a saturated solution. It consists in burning sulphur in a small furnace, and 
conducting the acid gas through earthenware tubes surrounded with water so as to cool them. 
The gas is then made to ascend through a wooden tube 40 feet high and about 4 feet wide, 
sometimes called a coke scrubber, filled with pumice stone previously washed first with hydro- 
chloric acid and then with water. A certain amount of water is introduced into the tube from 
above, which, in its descent, meets and dissolves the gas, and runs out saturated from the 
bottom of the tube into an air-tight reservoir. (P. J. Tr., xvii. 512.) Where sulphurous acid 
is to be used as a disinfectant, carbon disulphide, either pure or mixed with petroleum, may 
be burned in the room to be disinfected. Keates (Chem. News, Dec. 8, 1876) suggests the 
use of a suitable lamp. Stevenson uses an open copper dish or porcelain capsule, and simply 
ignites the liquid: care should be used, however, as the disulphide is very inflammable and 
volatile. A purer sulphurous acid than the official may be made by John Kennedy’s process, 
that of reducing sulphuric acid with metallic copper and passing the gas through a cylinder 
containing lumps of moist charcoal and then through a wash-bottle. The by-product is 
available as copper sulphate. (A. J. P, 1886, p. 226.) 
Properties. The official sulphurous acid is a strong solution of sulphurous oxide gas. 
The oxide is an irrespirable gas, of a suffocating odor familiar to every one as that of burning 
sulphur, which is converted into it by combustion. If inhaled in the concentrated state, it 
proves fatal. Cold reduces it to a colorless liquid, which boils at—10-5° C. (13-1° F.). It 
has the sp. gr. 2-21, liquefies at—10° C. (14° F.), has a strong acid reaction, extinguishes 
burning bodies, has the power of bleaching many colored substances, and has a strong affinity 
for oxygen, with which it combines in the presence of water, forming sulphuric acid. Water 
at 18° C. (65° F.) takes up about 50 volumes of gas, and the solution has the sp. gr. 1-04. 
(Braude and Taylor.) Liquefied sulphurous acid gas (oxide) is now manufactured by Pictet 
in Geneva, and is sent into commerce in copper cylinders. It also forms the basis of the 
Pictet ice-making process. The Pictet machines are constructed to use either the pure S02 or 
the “ Pictet fluid,” a mixture of compressed carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide.* 
Sulphurous acid sometimes exists as an impurity in hydrochloric, acetic, and other acids; 
according to P. Schweitzer, the minutest quantity may be detected by dissolving zinc in the 
suspected acid, when, if sulphurous acid be present, the odor of hydrogen sulphide will be at 
once perceived. (Chem. News, xxiii. 293.) 
Official sulphurous acid is a colorless liquid, having a smell of burning sulphur, and a sul- 
phurous somewhat astringent taste. When exposed to the air it slowly absorbs oxygen, with 
the formation of sulphuric acid, and acquires a sour taste, and the property of changing vege- 
* T hiocamph. Under this name Dr. J. E. Reynolds has introduced a disinfectant, which is prepared by acting on 
camphor with sulphur dioxide. At ordinary temperatures SO2 requires a pressure of more than two atmospheres to 
liquefy it; but eamphor, owing to chemical attraction, can liquefy it without any pressure whatever. In the liquid 
thus prepared several known bactericides are dissolved. Thiocamph can be preserved without pressure in bottles at 
mean temperature; mere exposure of the liquid in a thin layer to the air determines the steady evolution of sulphur 
dioxide. The contents of a six-ounce bottle will yield over 20,000 C.c. of SO2. One ounce of thiocamph shaken up 
with a quart of water forms a powerful disinfectant for ordinary purposes, while a more dilute solution (1 oz. to the 
gallon) can be used for soaking clothes which have been in contact with infected persons. (Chem. News, June 22, 
1890, p. 29,1.) Acidum Sulphurosum.—Acidum Tannicum. 
98 
PART I. 
table blues to red. When kept in closed vessels exposed to the sunlight, a portion of it is 
decomposed, sulphur being deposited and sulphuric acid formed by the union of the liberated 
oxygen with other portions of the acid. (A. J. P., xlii. 352.) It should be entirely volatilized 
by heat. It decolorizes iodine by producing hydriodic acid, and on this fact is based the Br. 
test before given. It decomposes bone calcium phosphate. 
“ A colorless liquid, of the characteristic odor of burning sulphur, and of a very acid, sul- 
phurous taste. Specific gravity, not less than 1-035 at 15° C. (59° F.). By heat it is com- 
pletely volatilized. Litmus paper moistened with the Acid is first reddened and afterwards 
bleached. On gently heating a few C.c. of the Acid in a test-tube, the gas evolved will blacken 
a strip of paper moistened with mercurous nitrate test-solution, but will not affect one moist- 
ened with lead acetate test-solution. On mixing, in a test-tube, 1 C.c. of Sulphurous Acid with 
5 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, and adding a small piece of pure zinc, hydrogen sulphide 
gas will be evolved, which will blacken a strip of paper moistened with lead acetate test-solu- 
tion. If to 10 C.c. of Sulphurous Acid there be added 1 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, and 
afterwards 1 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution, not more than a very slight turbidity should 
be produced (limit of sulphuric acid'). If 0-7 Gm. of Sulphurous Acid be diluted with 25 C.c. 
of distilled water and a little starch test-solution be added, at least 14 C.c. of iodine decinormal 
volumetric solution should be required, before a permanent blue tint is developed (each C.c. 
corresponding to 0-16 per cent, of Sulphur Dioxide).” U. S. “ It gives but a slight precipi- 
tate with solution of barium chloride (absence of excess of sulphates), but a copious precipitate 
if solution of chlorine also be added. When evaporated it leaves no residue. Specific gravity 
1-025. Mixed with 100 times its volume of recently boiled and cooled water, and a little 
mucilage of starch, it should not acquire a permanent blue color with the volumetric solution 
of iodine until, for each gramme of the acid, 15-7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution 
of iodine have been added.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sulphurous acid is a powerful antiseptic and germi- 
cide, arresting putrefaction and other fermentations by killing the organisms which produce 
them. It is supposed to be thus destructive by its anti-oxygenizing or reducing influence, 
suffocating organic beings by denying them the oxygen necessary to their existence; but it 
probably acts also by a physiological property independently of its mere chemical effect. Ac- 
cording to the experiments of Dr. L. Pfeiffer (Arch. f. Exper. Path., xxvii.), the sulphites are 
capable of causing death by paralyzing the heart and also the respiratory and other motor 
nerve-centres, but are so rapidly and completely changed into the sulphates that unless given 
in enormous amount they exert very little influence upon the system: 96-5 per cent, of the 
sulphite was regained from the urine as a sulphate, and 86 per cent, passed out in five hours 
after ingestion. Although Dr. Robert. Bird affirms that sulphurous acid and its salts are pow- 
erful antipyretics (Amer. Journ. Med. Sci., lviii. 236), and the acid in the form of the fumes 
of burning sulphur has been used by inhalation in low fevers, diphtheria, and whooping-cough with 
alleged advantage, yet the sulphites are at present employed in medicine almost solely as ger- 
micides and parasiticides. In pyrosis and in cases of sarcinse ventriculi sulphurous acid may be 
taken internally ; but one of the sulphites, as sodium sulphite, is perhaps preferable for the pur- 
pose, as it yields the acid always by decomposition in the stomach. As an external application, 
it is used in psora, the different forms of porrigo, trichosis of the scalp, pityriasis versicolor, and 
the thrush of children, all parasitic affections, either animalcular or cryptogamous, generally 
yielding to it, if proper care be taken, by previous removal of scabs or scales, to bring it into 
contact with the morbific cause. The dose for internal use is a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.), largely 
diluted with water. When locally used it should be diluted with two or three measures of water 
or of glycerin, and applied as a lotion, or by cloths wet with it. Sulphurous acid constitutes the 
active principle of the fumes of burning sulphur, so much used for disinfecting purposes. 
ACIDUM TANNICUM. U. S., Br. Tannic Acid. [Gallotannic Acid, Digallic Acid.] 
HC14H9O9; 321*22. (Xg'l-DUM TlN'NI-CUM.) C14H10O9 (chiefly); 322. 
“ An organic acid obtained from nut-gall.” U. S. “ Tannic acid, C14H1009,2H?0, may be 
extracted by water-saturated ether from Galls which have been subjected to a special fermen- 
tation.” Br. 
Tannin, Acidum Gallo-tannicum, Tanninum; Acide tannique, Tannin, Fr.; Gerbsaure, Tannin, G. 
The present British Pharmacopoeia does not give a detailed process for preparing tannic 
acid, the former British Pharmacopoeia adopted a process which was almost identical with 
that of the U. S. P. (1870), both being essentially the process of Leconnet, modified by Dornine, Acidum Tannicum. 
PART I. 
99 
which had been substituted for that of Pelouze previously employed in both Pharmacopoeias. 
The process of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) is as follows. “ Galls in powder, Ether, of 
each a sufficient quantity. Expose the powdered galls to a damp atmosphere for two or three 
days, and afterwards add sufficient ether to form a soft paste. Let this stand in a well-closed 
vessel for twenty-four hours, then, having quickly enveloped it in a linen cloth, submit it to 
strong pressure in a suitable press, so as to separate the liquid portion. Reduce the pressed 
cake to powder, mix it with sufficient ether, to which one-sixteenth of its bulk of water has been 
added, to form again a soft paste, and press this as before. Mix the expressed liquids, and 
expose the mixture to spontaneous evaporation until, by the aid subsequently of a little heat, 
it has acquired the consistence of a soft extract; then place it on earthen plates or dishes, and 
dry it in a hot-air chamber at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).”* 
While the Pelouze process yields the tannic acid probably in a somewhat purer state than 
Leconnet’s, it is less easy of performance, and much less productive; and the product of the 
existing formula is sufficiently pure for all practical purposes. The addition of a little alcohol— 
8 per cent., for example—to the ethereal menstruum still further increases the product. The 
exposure of the powdered galls to a damp atmosphere for two or three days is for the purpose 
of inducing a special fermentation, whereby the yield of tannin is materially increased. There 
appear to be two coloring principles in galls, one soluble in ether and not in alcohol, the other 
in alcohol and not in ether. Hence, while the tannic acid, in whichever way procured, is 
yellowish, that obtained by ether has a greenish tint, while that obtained by the addition of 
alcohol is slightly brownish. In consequence of the mode in which the acid is dried, in thin 
layers, on tinned or glass plates, and equally exposed to the heat above and below, it froths 
up on the escape of the ether, and concretes in a soft, cellular, friable form, which is strikingly 
characteristic of the preparation made in strict accordance with the formula. 
From a superficial examination of this process, it might appear that the result can be noth- 
ing more than an ethereal extract; but it is necessary that the ether employed should contain 
water, as it is directed to be washed; and yet the quantity of water is so small that it can 
hardly operate by its mere solvent power. The circumstances attendant upon the process of 
Pelouze afford the means of a satisfactory explanation, which was first suggested by M. Beral. 
In this, the powdered galls are submitted to percolation by watered ether, and the liquid which 
passes separates into two layers, a heavier which sinks to the bottom and a lighter which floats 
upon the surface. It is the heavier which contains the tannic acid, and from which the acid is 
obtained by evaporation. The most probable explanation is that ether, water, and tannic acid 
unite to form a definite compound, in which the affinities are too feeble to resist the tendency 
of the ether to rise in vapor, and which is, therefore, decomposed by its evaporation. The 
proportion of the menstruum to the galls is very small, much smaller than would be employed 
to obtain an extract; and the whole or nearly the whole of both liquids is probably occupied 
in the formation of the definite compound referred to, thus leaving little or none to act merely 
as solvents. Hence the exclusion from the resulting acid, in great measure, of the other solu- 
ble constituents of the galls; and the slight amount of impurity really present in the acid is 
probably owing to the action of that small quantity of the menstruum not occupied in forming 
the liquid compound. Opinion is not altogether united in this explanation, but it is that 
which appears to us the best to account for the phenomena of the case. It has been stated 
that the tannic acid obtained by either process has a more or less yellowish tint. From this, 
according to F. Kummel, it may be freed by the percolation, through recently ignited animal 
charcoal, of its solution in a mixture of ether and alcohol. It has, too, a slight odor, which, 
according to Prof. Procter, is derived from a volatile odorous principle existing in galls, which 
he succeeded in separating from the acid by the action of benzol. From 30 to 35 per cent, of 
tannic acid is obtained from galls by Pelouze’s method; 60 per cent, by that of Leconnet. 
Prof. Henry Trimble and J. C. Peacock recommend acetone as a valuable solvent for ex- 
tracting tannin from oak bark (.Proc. A. P. A., 1893, p. 110). B. L. DeGraffe (A. J. P 
1896, 313) recorded investigations upon the plants of the Ericaceae to determine the character 
of their tannins; acetone and acetic ether were used as solvents. For Sisley’s method of pre- 
paring pure tannin, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 1087. 
* For the preparation of tannin from Chinese galls, Oscar Rothe proposes the following as a superior process. 
Macerate eight parts of the powdered galls with twelve of ether and three of strong alcohol for two days, decant, 
renew the menstruum, and finally express. Mix the liquids, and after standing decant from the sediment, add 
twelve parts of water, recover the alcohol and ether by distillation, rapidly filter the aqueous solution, and quickly 
evaporate by means of a steam bath; dry, and pulverize the residue. (A. J. P., xlii. 403.) Acidum Tannicum. 
PAET I. 
100 
The terra tannin is applied to a class of vegetable principles the aqueous solutions of which 
give blue or green colors or precipitates with ferric salts, and precipitate solutions of gelatin 
and albumen. They are mainly glucosides. Chemists have recognized two kinds, one distin- 
guished by producing a bluish-black precipitate with ferric salts, and the other characterized 
by producing a greenish-black or dark olive precipitate with the same salts. The former is 
the one which has received most attention, and from an examination of which the characters 
of tannin have generally been given. It is the substance described in this article. It is called, 
for the sake of distinction, gallotannic acid. According to Pettenkofer, it is found only in 
perennial plants, indicating some relation to the production of woody fibre. (Buchner's Neues 
Report., iii. 74—76.) Prof. Henry Trimble (The Tannins, vol. ii. p. 132, Phila., 1894) 
classifies the tannins into two main groups: Group a. Gallotannic acid, chestnut wood tannin, 
chestnut bark tannin, pomegranate bark tannin, and sumac tannin. Group b. Oak bark tan- 
nin, mangrove tannin, canaigre tannin, rhatany tannin, kino tannin, catechu tannin, and tor- 
mentil tannin. 11. Wagner (Bull. Soc. Chim., 1866, ii. 461) divides tannin into two great 
classes: pathological, found only in diseased vegetable tissue, as gallotannic acid, etc.; and 
physiological, occurring in leaves, bark, wood, etc., in a natural state, as quercitannic acid, etc. 
For another scheme of classification of the tannins, based on the products they yield when 
heated alone, when heated with dilute acid, and when fused with caustic alkali, see Allen, 
Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed., vol. iii., part i., p. 77. 
Properties. Pure tannic acid is solid, uncrystallizable, white, or slightly yellowish, in- 
odorous* without bitterness, very soluble in water, much less soluble in alcohol and ether, 
especially when anhydrous, insoluble in the fixed and volatile oils. 
The Pharmacopoeia thus describes Tannic Acid: “ A light yellowish, amorphous powder, 
usually cohering in form of glistening scales or spongy masses, odorless, or having a faint, 
characteristic odor, and a strongly astringent taste; gradually turning darker when exposed to 
air and light. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 1 part of water, and in 0-6 part of alco- 
hol ; very soluble in boiling water, and in boiling alcohol; also in about 1 part of glycerin, 
with the intervention of a moderate heat; freely soluble in diluted alcohol, sparingly in abso- 
lute alcohol; almost insoluble in absolute ether, chloroform, benzol, or benzin. When heated 
on platinum foil, the Acid is gradually consumed without leaving more than 0-2 per cent, of 
ash. Tannic Acid has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. The addition of a small quantity of 
ferric chloride test-solution to an aqueous solution of the Acid produces a bluish-black color or 
precipitate. On adding to an aqueous solution (1 in 100) of Tannic Acid a small quantity of 
calcium hydrate test-solution, a pale bluish-wliite, flocculent precipitate is produced which is 
not dissolved on shaking (difference from gallic acid), and which becomes more copious and of 
a deeper blue by the addition of a moderate excess of calcium hydrate test-solution, while a 
large excess of the latter imparts a pale pinkish tint to the solution. The aqueous solution of 
the Acid produces precipitates with most alkaloids and bitter principles, and with test-solutions 
of gelatin, albumen, and starch (distinction from gallic acid). On dissolving 2 Gm. of Tannic 
Acid in 10 C.c. of boiling water, and allowing the liquid to cool, no turbidity should be pro- 
duced on diluting 5 C.c. of the solution with 10 C.c. of alcohol (absence of gum or dextrin), 
or with 10 C.c. of water (absence of resin).” TJ. S. “ It is precipitated from its aqueous solu- 
tion and loses its astringency in the presence of many mineral salts and acids. The aqueous 
solution precipitates solutions of isinglass, albumen, alkaloids, and tartarated antimony, and gives 
with test-solution of ferric chloride a bluish-black color. It should leave no appreciable residue 
when incinerated with free access of air.” Br. 
Exposed to heat, tannic acid partly melts, swells up, blackens, takes fire, and burns with a 
brilliant flame. Thrown on red-hot iron, it is entirely dissipated. Its solution reddens litmus, 
and it combines with most of the salifiable bases. It forms with potassa a compound but 
slightly soluble, and is, therefore, precipitated by this alkali or its carbonates from a solution 
which is not too dilute, though a certain excess of alkali will cause the precipitate to be redis- 
solved. Its combination with soda is much more soluble ; and this alkali affords no precipitate, 
unless with a very concentrated solution of tannic acid. With ammonia its relations are simi- 
* Commercial tannic acid often has a decided odor, which Prof. Procter, after a practical investigation, believed 
to he owing chiefly to the presence of the odorous principle of the galls, though sometimes to matter derived from 
the ether with which it is prepared. (A. J. P., 1865, p. 53.) According to M. Heinz, the odor is due to a greenish 
resinous principle, which may be separated by dissolving the acid in twice its weight of hot water, adding one- 
fourth part of ether, agitating slowly, allowing the coagulated coloring matter to precipitate, filtering, and evapo- 
rating. (Journ. de Pharm., xv. 308.) Commercial tannic acid is often impure; in 9 samples tested by T. Mabea 
{P. J. Tr., xv. 851) the percentage of pure tannio acid varied from 54 to 86 per cent. PART I. 
Acidum Tcinnicum. 
101 
lar to those with potassa. Lime and magnesia, added in the state of hydrates, form with it 
compounds of little solubility. The same is the case with most of the metallic oxides, when 
presented in the state of salts to a solution of potassium tannate. Tannic acid even when 
in the uncombined state precipitates many of the metallic salts, especially those of lead, 
copper, silver, uranium, chromium, mercury, antimony teroxide, and stannous oxide. With 
ferric salts it forms a black precipitate, which is a compound of tannic acid and the iron, and 
is the basis of ink. It does not disturb the solutions of the pure salts of ferrous oxide. Sev- 
eral of the alkaline salts precipitate it from its aqueous solution, either by the formation of 
insoluble compounds or by simply abstracting the solvent. Potassium chlorate when rubbed 
up with it explodes with great violence, and several serious accidents have occurred during the 
attempt to dispense such a mixture. 
Tannic acid unites with all the vegetable alkaloids, forming compounds which are for the 
most part of a whitish color, and but very slightly soluble in water; though they are soluble 
in the vegetable acids, especially acetic, and in alcohol. In this latter respect they differ from 
most of the compounds which tannic acid forms with other vegetable principles. On account 
of this property of tannic acid, it has been employed as a test of the vegetable alkaloids; and 
it is so delicate that it will throw down a precipitate from their solution, even when too feeble 
to be disturbed by ammonia. 
It has an affinity for several acids, and when in solution affords precipitates with sulphuric, 
nitric, hydrochloric, phosphoric, and arsenic acids, but not with oxalic, tartaric, lactic, acetic, or 
citric. The precipitates are considered as compounds of tannic acid with the respective acids, 
and are soluble in pure water, but insoluble in water with an excess of acid. Hence, in order 
to insure precipitation, it is necessary to add the acid in excess to the solution of tannic acid. 
Strecker, however, denies that the precipitates are compounds of the tannin with the acid, and 
maintains that they are tannin imbued with free acid. (Chem. Gaz., No. 287, p. 370.) 
When tannic acid, iodine, and water are mixed, a reaction takes place, by which the water is 
decomposed ; its hydrogen forming with the iodine hydriodic acid, which combines with a por- 
tion of the tannic acid and remains in solution; while the oxygen of the water combines with 
another portion of the tannic acid, to form a compound, which, being insoluble, is precipitated. 
The iodized solution thus obtained is capable of dissolving more iodine, and holding it in per- 
manent solution, however much diluted. (Socquet and G-uilliermond, Journ. de Pharm., xxvi. 
280.) Iodine in a liquid containing tannic acid cannot be detected by starch; but if the 
liquid is placed in a watch-glass, ferrous sulphate added, and the glass covered with a starched 
paper, ferric tannate being precipitated, the blue color soon appears. (A. J. P., xlvii. 398.) 
Griessmayer (Zeitschr. f. Chemie, 1873) proposes a test for tannin and free alkalies. On 
mixing a drop of a solution of tannin with 1 C.c. of normal solution of iodine, the red- 
dish color of the iodine solution instantly disappears; if one drop of solution of ammonia be 
now added (previously diluted with ten times its bulk of water), a brilliant red color is pro- 
duced which is quite permanent. Tannic acid precipitates solutions of starch, albumen, and 
gluten, and forms with gelatin an insoluble compound, which is the basis of leather. J. Napier 
Spence (Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., 1891, p. 1114) has reviewed all the current tests for distin- 
guishing between tannic acid and gallic acid ; for an abstract see Proc. A. P. A., 1892, p. 1032. 
Liebig first gave it the formula C,8H8013. Mulder, however, considered it isomeric with 
gallic acid, and gave for its formula C14H1009; and both Julius Lowe and Hugo Schiff con- 
firmed the correctness of this formula. (A. J. P., xxv. 223 ; xlvii. 208.) Strecker looked upon 
it as a compound of gallic acid and glucose, the latter of which is destroyed in the spontaneous 
change that moistened galls undergo by time. (See Acidum Gallicum.) Hugo Schiff, how- 
ever, asserts that it is not a glucoside; that glucose exists in commercial tannic acid as an im- 
purity, and is not a necessary part of it, and that it is a “ first anhydride,” formed from two 
molecules of gallic acid by the abstraction of water, according to the reaction 2C7H0O6 — 
H20 = C14H10Og, and is consequently digallic acid, and this view at present prevails. (See 
Acidum Gallicum.') (Chem. News, xxix. 73; also A. J. P., xlvi. 234.)* 
* Various plans have been proposed of estimating the quantity of tannic acid, which is an object of importance 
to tanners, as enabling them to judge of the value of their tanning materials; but on this point we must content 
ourselves, from want of space, with referring to A. J. P. (1859, p. 427; 1861, p. 164; 1863, p. 519; 1864, p. 314); 
also a paper by Mr. John Watts in the P. J. Tr. (1867, p. 515); also one by H. R. Procter, in the Chem. News (1874, 
p. 51), and one by MM. A. Muntz and Ramspacher (Journ. de Pharm., xx. 287); also Journ. de Pharm., 1874, pp. 
445-447; A. J. P., March, 1874, and Aug. 1877 ; N. R., Aug. 1878; N. R., 1882, pp. 150, 185 ; P. J. Tr.y 1885, pp. 
121, 850. See also paper by S. J. Hinsdale in Western Druggist, 1891, p. 445, and a monograph on “ The Tannins,” by 
Prof. Henry Trimble (J. B. Lippincott Company, 1892). John H. Yocum, after reviewing various methods of estimating 
tannin, concludes that the “ hide-powder” method is the most practical and useful. (Amer. Chem. Soc., Jan. 9, 1897.) 102 
Acidum Tannicum.—Acidum Tartaricum. 
PART I. 
Commercial tannin from galls is an indefinite mixture of digallic acid (see Acidum Gallicum) 
and the glucoside. That this view is correct is evident from the fact that it yields from 0 to 
22 per cent, of glucose when acted upon by dilute acids. The glucoside C34H28022 would yield 
23 per cent. (Allen, Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed., i. 283.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Tannic acid is the chief principle of vegetable astrin- 
gents, and has an advantage over the astringent extracts in the comparative smallness of its 
dose, which renders it less apt to offend an irritable stomach. In most of the vegetable as- 
tringents it is associated with more or less bitter extractive, or other principle which modifies 
its operation and renders the medicine less applicable than it otherwise would be to certain 
cases in which there is an indication for pure astringency without any tonic power. Such is 
particularly the case in the active hemorrhages ; and tannic acid, in its separate state, is here 
preferable to the native combinations in which it ordinarily exists. In diarrhoea it is probably 
more beneficial than ordinary astringents, as less liable to irritate the stomach and bowels. 
Owing to its very powerful coagulant action upon albumen, it is, however, absorbed only after 
conversion into gallic acid, and consequently has been superseded by the latter agent in all cases 
in which it must reach the diseased surface through the blood, or in which a general astringent 
action is desired. Locally applied, it is much more powerful than gallic acid, and is very 
largely employed (see Collodium Stypticum), as in hemorrhages from external surfaces or from 
mucous membranes which can be reached from without, relaxation of the. uvula, coryza, chronic 
inflammation of the fauces, diphtheria, toothache, aphthse, excessive salivation, leucorrhoea, chapped 
nipples, gleet, gonorrhoea, flabby and phagedsenic ulcers, piles, chilblains, etc. It may be applied 
in solution of varying concentration according to the necessities of the case. When a very 
powerful influence is desired, the solution in glycerin may be used. (See Glyceritum Acidi 
Tannici.) In affections of the rectum it may be used in the form of a suppository. In diseases 
of the uterus it has been recommended in the form of a cylindrical pencil about an inch long 
and two lines thick, made with 4 parts of the acid to 1 part of tragacanth, with a little crumb 
of bread to give the mixture due flexibility. Dose, from three to ten grains (0'20-0-67 6m.). 
As already stated, tannic acid is probably converted into gallic acid before absorption: it 
is eliminated through the kidneys in the form of gallic and pyrogallic acids. (Cliem. Gaz., 
No. 136, p. 231.) In the largest amounts it produces only a mild gastro-intestinal irritation. 
ACIDUM TARTARICUM. U.S., Br. Tartaric Acid. 
H2 Ci Hi Os; 149-64. (Xg'i-DUM tar-tXr'i-cum.) H2C4H4 0«; 150. 
“ An organic acid usually prepared from argols.” U. S. “ Tartaric Acid, or dextro-rotatory 
hydrogen tartrate, C4II606, prepared from acid potassium tartrate. In constitution it may be 
regarded as dioxysuccinic acid, or dihydroxysuccinic acid, 
CH.OH.COOH 
I 
CH.OH.COOH.” Br. 
Sal Essentiale Tartari; Acide du Tartre, Acide tartrique, Fr.; Weinsteinsaure, Weinsaure, G.; Aoido tartarico, 
It., Sp. 
No formula for the preparation of tartaric acid is given in either Pharmacopoeia. It is ex- 
tracted from tartar, or argol, a peculiar substance which is deposited on the inside of wine-casks 
during the fermentation. Tartar, when purified and reduced to powder, is the cream of tartar 
of the shops, and consists of acid potassium tartrate. (See Potassii Bitartras.) The following 
is the former British process: 
“ Take of Acid Tartrate of Potassium forty-five ounces [av.] ; Distilled Water a sufficiency ; 
Prepared Chalk twelve ounces and a half [av.] ; Chloride of Calcium thirteen ounces and a half 
[av.] ; Sulphuric Acid thirteen fluidounces. Boil the Acid Tartrate of Potassium with two 
gallons [Imp. measure] of the Water, and add gradually the Chalk, constantly stirring. When 
the effervescence has ceased, add the Chloride of Calcium dissolved in two pints [Imp. meas.] 
of the Water. When the tartrate of calcium has subsided, pour off the liquid, and wash the 
tartrate with Distilled Water until it is rendered tasteless. Pour the Sulphuric Acid, first 
diluted with three pints [Imp. meas.] of the Water, on the tartrate of calcium, mix thoroughly, 
boil for half an hour with repeated stirring, and filter through calico. Evaporate the filtrate 
at a low temperature until it acquires the sp. gr. of 1-21, allow it to cool, and then separate 
and reject the crystals of sulphate of calcium which have formed. Again evaporate the clear PART I. 
Acidum Tartaricum. 
103 
liquor till a film forms on its surface, and allow it to cool and crystallize. Lastly, purify the 
crystals by solution, filtration (if necessary), and recrystallization.” Br. (1885). 
Tartaric acid was first obtained in a separate state by Scheele in 1770. The process con- 
sists in saturating the excess of acid in potassium bitartrate or cream of tartar with calcium 
carbonate, and decomposing the resulting insoluble calcium tartrate by sulphuric acid, which 
precipitates in combination with the lime, and liberates the tartaric acid. The equivalent 
quantities are two mols. of the acid tartrate and one mol. of calcium carbonate. The process, 
when thus conducted, furnishes one half only of the tartaric acid. The other half may be pro- 
cured, as in the British process, by decomposing the neutral potassium tartrate, remaining in 
the solution after the precipitation of the calcium tartrate, by calcium chloride in excess. By 
double decomposition, potassium chloride will be formed in solution, and a second portion of 
calcium tartrate will precipitate, which may be decomposed by sulphuric acid together with 
the first portion. The process, when thus conducted, will, of course, furnish twice as much 
tartaric acid as when the acid salt only is decomposed. 
The reactions are as follows : 2 KHC4H40e + CaC03 — K2C4H 0 -f- CaC4H 0 -f H O -(- 
CO„, then CaC4H4O0 + H2S04 = CaS04 + H2C4H406, and K2C4H406 + CaCl2 = (KC1). + 
Cad.H.o thei&(!4H4q.+fifso4=Lso4*-f-V,(f4H,o.. " 
Formerly all the tartaric acid used in America was imported from England and France, 
the amount in some years being as much as 500,000 lbs. annually; but it is now made in the 
United States not only of better quality, but actually cheaper than the imported acid costs in 
bond. The importations of argol, or crude tartar, are, however, considerable. In 1895 they 
amounted to 27,911,122 lbs., valued at $1,893,730 ; in 1896, 28,481,665 lbs., valued at $2,724,- 
700 ; in 1897, 23,457,576 lbs., valued at $1,967,042. 
Preparation on the Large Scale. To obtain the tartaric acid from the crude materials 
(argol and wine lees), the only method suitable for technical purposes is the precipitation of 
the acid potassium tartrate as calcium tartrate and subsequent preparation of the tartaric acid 
from the latter. The methods of obtaining the calcium tartrate vary according to the nature 
of the crude material. A suitable method of producing it from argol is to mix the argol, pref- 
erably in the form of a powder, with water, and boil, after the addition of some hydrochloric 
acid; the best proportions are 4 to 5 cubic millimetres of water with 110 to 120 kilos of crude 
hydrochloric acid (20° to 22° B.) to about 500 kilos of argol. Milk of' lime is then added to 
the boiling mass until this is nearly neutral, when calcium tartrate is precipitated and neutral 
potassium tartrate and calcium chloride left in solution. The neutral potassium tartrate is 
decomposed either by boiling with a sufficient amount of calcium sulphate or by adding calcium 
chloride solution, an excess of the precipitant being avoided in either case. The small amount 
of acid potassium tartrate purposely left in the liquid, when treating the latter with milk of lime, 
is decomposed with pure precipitated calcium carbonate. The object of not adding the milk 
of lime to the neutral point or in excess is to avoid the precipitation of iron oxide or alumina. 
The solution must still remain perceptibly acid after the addition of the calcium carbonate. 
When cooled to about 40° C., the liquid is filtered with the aid of a suction-pump, and the 
residue washed with water. The dark brown filtrate was formerly treated to recover the cal- 
cium chloride and potassium sulphate, but, owing to the expense of the recovery and purifica- 
tion, it is now a waste product. 
In the oldest methods of obtaining calcium tartrate from wine lees the latter were boiled 
with water and hydrochloric acid, the clear solution removed, and the residue treated with more 
water. As the extraction was very incomplete, these methods have not been employed for the 
last thirty years. When filtration of the lees was first attempted it was found that the pores 
of the filter became clogged, and that even under a pressure of four or five atmospheres no 
liquid would pass through. This difficulty was overcome by the process of Dietrich and 
Schnitzer, in which the albuminoid substances are coagulated by heating for about six hours 
under a pressure of four or'five atmospheres. This method has been in general use for about 
thirty years. Wet lees, when thus treated, can be readily filtered. Dried lees are crushed, 
stirred in a tank with water, and heated by steam for some time, until air is completely expelled, 
before being heated in the pressure-boiler. According to the author’s experience, preliminary 
boiling for more than half an hour is superfluous. 
During the process of heating the lees the steam passing from the apparatus carries with it 
volatile empyreumatic products derived from the decomposed albuminoids. These have a 
very offensive odor, and should be conveyed into a factory chimney of sufficient height, so that 
the evil-smelling vapors are drawn up and decomposed by the furnace gases. 104 
Acidum Tartancum. 
PART I. 
When the heating is finished, the steam outlet-pipe is opened and the pressure allowed to fall 
to from one to one-half atmosphere, this pressure being required to force the lees from the boiler 
into a tank, which may be suitably constructed of wood. Here they are mixed with water, 
which has previously been put into the tank, and the requisite quantity of crude hydrochloric 
acid (21° to 22° B.). Experience has shown that for every 100 parts by weight of argol in the 
lees 100 parts of acid are required. Too little acid causes decomposition of argol in the cloths 
of the filter-press, while too much destroys the cloths, and more lime is needed to neutralize 
the filtrate. If the conditions are right, the filtered liquid should have a specific gravity of 
about 6° B. 
The acidified lees are pressed and washed, the washings being used instead of clear water for 
mixing with the next charge of lees from the pressure-boiler. The tartaric acid in the filtrate 
is precipitated with lime and calcium carbonate, and the remainder of the process is the same 
as in the case of the argols, with the exception that there is no necessity to add calcium chlo- 
ride or calcium sulphate. 
The calcium tartrate obtained from wine lees is of a clear gray color, and considerably purer 
than the dark gray or dark brown product from argol. (Joum. JSoc. Chem. Ind.') 
Oscar Ficinus, of Bensheim, proposes the following process to procure a pure tartaric acid. 
Saturate the crude tartar with calcium carbonate, and decompose the resulting calcium tartrate 
with solution of zinc chloride, whereby calcium chloride and zinc tartrate are produced. The 
latter is almost insoluble, and is completely decomposed by hydrogen sulphide. The residuary 
zinc sulphide may again be converted by means of hydrochloric acid into zinc chloride and 
hydrogen sulphide, so that the expense of the process is very small. The liquid filtered from 
the precipitated zinc sulphide, containing tartaric and sulphydric acids in solution, is heated 
for some time to 60°—80° C. (140°-176° F.), in order to dissipate the latter acid, filtered from 
the precipitated sulphur, and concentrated to the point of crystallization. (Arch. d. Pharm., 
April, 1879, p. 810.) It is asserted that in Hungary and Southern Italy tartaric acid of ex- 
treme purity is prepared ; that occurring in flat, crystalline crusts being chemically pure, that 
in pointed crystals containing a little sulphuric acid. 
Properties. “ Colorless, translucent, monoclinic prisms, or crystalline crusts, or a white 
powder, odorless, having a purely acid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° 
F.), in about 0*8 part of water, and in 2-5 parts of alcohol; in about 0-5 part of boiling water, 
arid in about 0*2 part of boiling alcohol; also in 250 parts of ether; nearly insoluble in 
chloroform, benzol, or benzin. When heated for some time at 100° C. (212° F.), the pow- 
dered crystals do not suffer a sensible loss of weight. At 135° C. (275° F.) the Acid melts* 
At higher temperatures it is gradually decomposed, emitting the odor of burning sugar, and is 
finally consumed without leaving more than 0-05 per cent, of ash.” U. S. “ Readily soluble 
in less than its own weight of water and in less than three times its weight of alcohol (90 per 
cent.). An aqueous solution rotates the plane of a ray of polarized light to the right.” Br. 
The powder is sometimes directed to be kept in well-stoppered vials; but Prof. Otto has shown 
that this direction tends to spoil rather than to preserve it. A better plan is to keep the powder 
in ordinary boxes. 
As found in the shops, it is in the form of a fine white powder, prepared by pulverizing the 
crystals. A weak solution undergoes spontaneous decomposition by keeping, becoming covered 
with a mouldy pellicle; but, if boiled and filtered, it is said to lose this tendency. (W. H. 
Wood, Chem. News, 1871, p. 246.) It is asserted that the addition of °f salicylic acid 
will effectually preserve solutions of tartaric acid. In uniting with bases it has a remarkable 
tendency to form double salts, several of which constitute important medicines. It combines 
with several of the vegetable organic alkalies, so as to form salts. It is distinguished from all 
other acids by forming a crystalline precipitate, consisting of potassium bitartrate, when added 
to a neutral salt of that alkali. When associated with an excess of boric acid, it is detected 
with difficulty; potassa not precipitating it, even with the addition of acetic or hydrochloric 
acid. Its separation, however, may be effected, according to Barfoed, by means of potassium 
fluoride, which detaches the boric acid, to form potassium fluoborate, and renders free the 
tartaric acid, which then responds to the ordinary test. (Joum. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e s£r., 
ii. 70.) Its most usual impurity is sulphuric acid, which may be detected by the solution 
* Tartaric Acid—Melting Point of Commercial Samples. Fred. H. Smith observes that the melting point of 
tartaric acid is variously given at 135° C. and 170° to 180° C. He has determined the melting point of seven dif- 
ferent commercial samples, using a corrected Yale thermometer, and obtained the following results : 162-8° : 163-5°; 
159-1°; 163-5°; 163'5°; 167-5°; 162°. {A.J.P., 1890, pp. 164, 165.) PART I. 
Acidum Tartancum. 
105 
affording with lead acetate a precipitate only partially soluble in nitric acid. When inciner- 
ated with mercuric oxide, it leaves no residuum, or a mere trace. The British Pharma- 
copoeia directs that “ Each gramme of tartaric acid dissolved in water should require for neutrali- 
zation 13 3 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide. It should yield no 
characteristic reaction with the tests for copper, arsenium, iron, potassium, sodium, or oxalates, 
only the slightest reactions with the tests for calcium or sulphates, and no reaction for lead by the 
test described under ‘ Acidum Citricum.’ On incineration with free access of air, it should not 
yield more than 0-05 per cent, of ash.” “ An aqueous solution (1 in 2) of the Acid mixed with a 
strong solution (1 in 3) of potassium acetate yields a white, crystalline precipitate which is soluble 
in solutions of alkalies and in mineral acids, but insoluble in acetic acid. The aqueous solu- 
tion (1 in 10) of the Acid, acidulated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, should remain un- 
affected by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphuric acid). Another portion of the 
aqueous solution (1 in 10), in which the free acid has been nearly but not entirely neutralized 
by ammonia, should not be affected by calcium sulphate test-solution (absence of, and differ- 
ence from, oxalic and uvic acids). On supersaturating 10 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 
10) with ammonia water, no turbidity should be produced in the liquid by ammonium oxalate 
test-solution (absence of calcium), nor should the further addition of 1 drop of ammonium 
sulphide test-solution produce any dark coloration or precipitate (absence of iron, lead, copper, 
etc.). To neutralize 3-75 Gin. of Tartaric Acid should require 50 C.c. of potassium hydrate 
volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 2 per cent, of the pure acid), phenolphtalein 
being used as indicator.” U S. Deniges gives the following modification of Mohler’s test for 
tartaric acid. A solution of 2 Gm. of resorcinol in 1 per cent, dilute sulphuric acid is added 
to 20 times its volume of strong sulphuric acid. In the presence of tartaric acid this liquid 
gives with a few drops of the fluid to be tested a characteristic violet-red color when the mix- 
ture is heated to 115°-140°. (Amer. Drug., 1896, 182.) 
Tartaric acid is incompatible with salifiable bases and their carbonates; with salts of potas- 
sium, with which it produces a crystalline precipitate of bitartrate; and with the salts of cal- 
cium and lead, with which it also forms precipitates. It consists of four atoms of carbon, six of 
hydrogen, and six of oxygen. Of the six hydrogen atoms, however, only two are replaceable by 
metal, so that it is dibasic, and can form both acid and neutral salts with monad elements like 
potassium and sodium. Thus, cream of tartar is the acid potassium tartrate, potassium bitar- 
trate, and so-called “ soluble tartar,” the neutral potassium tartrate. 
Modifications of Tartaric Acid. Five distinct modifications of tartaric acid exist. 
Their chief physical and chemical differences are as follows: 
a. Dextro-tartaric acid, or ordinary tartaric acid, forms anhydrous, hemihedral, rhombic crys- 
tals, the aqueous solution of which turns the plane of polarization of a luminous ray to the right. 
The crystals fuse at 135° C. (275° F.),—later authorities give 170° C. (338° F.),—have a sp. 
gr. of 1-74 to l’75,and are readily soluble in absolute and in aqueous alcohol. 
h. Lsevo-tartaric acid forms anhydrous, hemihedral, rhombic crystals, the aqueous solution 
of which turns the plane of polarization of a luminous ray to the left. 
c. Racemic or para-tartaric acid forms hydrated, holohedral, triclinic crystals of H2C4H40e + 
HaO, which are optically inactive. The crystals have a sp. gr. of 1'69, and are soluble in five 
parts of cold water and with difficulty in cold alcohol. The calcium racemate is less soluble 
in water than calcium dextro-tartrate, and is also distinguished by its insolubility in acetic 
acid and in ammonium chloride solution. Racemic acid can be prepared by mixing a and b 
tartaric acids, and can be resolved into them by appropriate methods. Racemic acid exists 
naturally in small proportion in the juice of grapes growing in particular localities, and was 
first obtained artificially in 1853 by M. Pasteur. 
d. Inactive or meso-tartaric acid, optically inactive, but not resolvable into a and b acids. 
e. Meta-tartaric acid, produced by fusing the ordinary variety. It is deliquescent and un- 
crystallizable. Its solution and the solutions of its salts are converted by boiling into those of 
the ordinary modification. 
Medical Properties. Tartaric acid, being cheaper than citric acid, forms, when dis- 
solved in water and sweetened, an available substitute for lemonade. It may be improved by 
adding a drop of fresh volatile oil or a few drops of essence of lemon. Dried by a gentle 
heat, and then mixed with sodium bicarbonate, in the proportion of thirty-five grains of the 
acid to forty of the bicarbonate, it forms a good effervescing powder, the dose of which is a 
teaspoonful (3-75 C.c.) stirred in a tumbler of water. Tartaric acid resembles citric acid in 
its medical properties., but is more irritant, and taken in large amount and concentrated form 106 
Aconitina. 
PART I. 
has caused fatal gastro-intestinal inflammation. It is chiefly used in medicine in the prepara- 
tion of effervescing draughts* Dose, from five to thirty grains (0-32-1-94 Gin.). 
ACONITINA. Br. Aconitine. 
“An alkaloid obtained from Aconite Root, and having the formula C3gH46N012.” Br. 
Aconitia, Aconitina, Aconitinum, Aconitin; Aconitine, Fr.; Aconitin, G. 
Formerly a process for the manufacture of aconitine was given in the U. S. and Br. Phar- 
macopoeias, but in the 1880 revision the so-called alkaloid was dropped from the U. S. P., whilst 
in the late revision of the Br. Ph. the process of manufacture was omitted.f 
Pure aconitine may exist in an amorphous or in a crystalline form. The official product is 
always crystalline, but of amorphous aconitine there are two varieties, the hydrated and the 
anhydrous. When the alkaloid is dried at ordinary temperature, it retains 20 (Hager) or 25 
(Hottot) per cent, of water; hut when dried at the temperature of the water-bath, it is an- 
hydrous, and is then not soluble in 50 parts of boiling water. (Hager, A. J. P., xlvii. 210.) 
For Hottot’s process of preparing aconitine, see 15th ed. U. S. D. 
Aconitine as defined by the Br. Pharmacopoeia is “ in colorless hexagonal prisms of the 
rhombic system. Melting point 372-2° to 374° F. (189° to 190° C.). Slightly above this 
temperature it yields acetic acid. Readily soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.) or chloroform, less 
readily in ether. Nearly insoluble in water and in petroleum, spirit. An alcoholic solution of 
the alkaloid turns the plane of a ray of polarized light to the right. A drop of even an 
extremely dilute solution (not more than one-tenth per cent.) when placed on the tongue pro- 
duces a persistent tingling sensation. The salts of Aconitine are crystalline. The hydro- 
chloride melts at 300-2° F. (149° C.) and the hydrobromide at 327-2° F. (164° C.). A dilute 
solution of the alkaloid, even 1 part in 4000 parts of water, faintly acidulated with acetic acid, 
deposits a red crystalline precipitate on the addition of a few drops of solution of potassium 
permanganate." It restores the blue color of litmus reddened by acids, and neutralizes the 
acids, forming crystallizable salts. The solution of these salts produces a white precipitate 
with platinic chloride, a yellowish with auric chloride, and a yellowish brown with free iodine. 
Aconitine is precipitated from the solution by caustic alkalies, but not by ammonium carbonate 
or potassium and sodium bicarbonates. A spurious substance has sometimes been sold under 
the same name, which is nearly or quite inert; and at best the alkaloid is apt to be of uncer- 
tain strength as found in commerce. 
Crystallized aconitine was first made known by the researches of Mr. Groves (P. J. Tr., 2d 
ser., viii. 121), but it was elaborately studied by Duquesnel. The methods of obtaining 
it differ, but, according to Patrouillard (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser, xix. 151), that of Du- 
quesnel gives much the larger yield.J It occurs in regular rhombic tables, sometimes having 
(a-con-i-t!'na.) 
Solution of Magnesium Tartrate as a Purgative. Owing to the relatively high price of citric acid, attempts 
have been made to substitute for that acid, in the solution of magnesium citrate, a cheaper acid, which might 
yield with magnesia an equally acceptable solution. M. E. Leger thinks he has accomplished this object by means 
of tartaric acid. The ordinary tartaric acid, however, will not answer, as the solution of the magnesian tartrate 
made with it, though at first limpid, soon becomes turbid, and most of the salt is deposited. But by employing a 
metatartaric acid he prepared a solution having all the desired properties. He prepares the metatartaric acid in 
the following manner. 
Heating over a gentle fire, in a porcelain or preferably silver capsule, a little tartaric acid until it melts, stirring 
carefully from time to time, he adds successively small portions of fresh acid, taking care not to use so much as to 
cause the liquid to cool and solidify, and continuing to add until the vessel is two-thirds full. The heat is main- 
tained until the mass, at first pasty and puffed up, becomes completely liquid. When bubbles are formed on the 
surface, the acid assumes a slight amber hue, and the desired modification has been effected. The vessel is now 
removed from the fire, and the contents .allowed to cool until the acid can be handled without adhering to the fingers, 
when it is pressed into cakes, quickly cooled, and put into well-stoppered bottles. 
In the preparation of the magnesian solution, three-fourths of the water to be used is poured, cold, on a mixture 
of the acid and magnesium carbonate (two parts of the former and one of the latter); a very brisk reaction takes 
place, and in less than ten minutes the solution is complete. Heat must be avoided ; as otherwise the acid returns 
to the former state, and the salt is precipitated. When the acid has been completely modified, the solution will 
keep unchanged for several weeks. The cathartic action of the magnesium tartrate is, according to M. Leger, 
much more certain than that of the citrate, and nearly equal to that of the sulphate. The solution is without 
unpleasant taste. < P. J. Tr., 12, 1873, p. 29; from Repertoire de Pkarm., Juin 25, 1873.) 
I See U. S. Dispensatory, 15th and 17th editions. 
The method of Duquesnel is as follows. 100 parts of the powdered roots having been mixed with one part of 
tartaric acid, and the whole exhausted by repeated percolation with cold alcohol, the liquid is evaporated at a low 
temperature on a water-bath to the consistence of a fluid extract. To this distilled water is added, and the precipi- 
tated resinous and oily matters removed by filtration. The solution of aconitine tartrate is then precipitated 
with a slight excess of potassium bicarbonate, agitated with washed ether, and the two fluids separated with the 
siphon. The ethereal solution is shaken four or five times with a 10 per cent, solution of hydrochloric acid, which part 1. 
Aconitina. 
107 
the angles modified so as to look like hexagons, or else in small, short, four-sided prisms; it is 
anhydrous, nearly insoluble in water, insoluble in glycerin, but soluble in alcohol, ether, acetic 
acid, and benzin, and freely so in chloroform, inodorous, of an intensely bitter taste, followed 
by the characteristic tingling, not volatile at 100° C. (212° F.), and forms with most acids 
crystallizable salts. Juergens states that aconitine is soluble in (14 parts of absolute ether, 37 
parts of absolute alcohol, 2800 parts of light petroleum of 0-670 sp. gr., 5-5 parts of chloro- 
form or benzin, and 750 parts of water. (See Journ. Chem. Soc., June, 1886.) For Dr. Squibb’s 
physiological tests for aconitine and aconite preparations, see page 111. Its only peculiar color 
reaction is obtained with difficulty by dissolving in dilute phosphoric acid and evaporating; 
when at a certain degree of concentration a violet coloration appears. 
The investigations of Dr. C. R. A. Wright upon Aconitum napellus, which were fully 
stated in the previous edition (16th ed., p. 125), have been corrected in part by later studies 
by Prof. Wyndham Dunstan (Journ. Chem. Soc., May, 1891, April and May, 1892.) He 
has shown that the roots of true Aconitum napellus contain four alkaloids, of which one is 
crystallized and three are amorphous: aconitine, to which he gives the formula 
instead of the formula C33H43N012 proposed by Wright; aconine, C2eH41N011 instead of the 
formula proposed by Wright; napelline, or isoaconitine, was shown by Dunstan 
(P. J. Tr., 1893, 625) to have the composition C33H46NOia, and is thus isomeric with aconitine. 
Aconitine melts at 188-6° C. (371-5° F.), “ 189°-190° C. (372-2°-374° F.),” Br.; and aconine 
when purified melts at 132° C. (269-6° F.). Dunstan was able by heating aconine together 
with ethyl benzoate in a sealed tube to effect the synthesis of the anhydride of aconitine. The 
picraconitine of Wright is considered by Dunstan to have been a mixture. In a later com- 
munication (P. J. Tr., 1893, p. 1045) Dunstan shows that the roots of Aconitum napellus con- 
tain, besides the highly poisonous aconitine, an almost non-poisonous isomeride, isaconitine. 
Both furnish the same hydrolytic products,—viz., aconine and benzoic acid. Aconitine hydro- 
bromide (melting point 163° C.), when heated in aqueous solution, is very gradually changed into 
the isomeric isaconitine hydrobromide (melting point 282° C.). The change is facilitated by the 
presence of a small quantity (1-2 per cent.) of free hydrobromic acid, but is not assisted if suffi- 
cient is present to induce hydrolysis of a large proportion of the aconitine. The hydrolysis of 
napelline, or aconitine, into aconine and benzoic acid is represented by the following equation : 
C33H45NO + h2o - c26h41no + c7h6o2. 
Aconitum ferox was examined by Dr. Wright. In it he found chiefly the alkaloid pseud- 
aconitine, C30H49NO12. It crystallizes in transparent needles and sandy crystals, but is apt to 
separate as a varnish if not evaporated extremely slowly. It forms crystallized salts with diffi- 
culty. It can be dehydrated, forming apo-pseudaconitine, C36H47N011, and when saponified 
yields dimethyl-protocatechuic acid instead of benzoic, and a new base, pseudaconine, C36H49- 
N012 -j- H20 = C9H1004 -f- C27H41N09. Pseudaconitine crystallizes with H20 and melts at 
104°-105° C. (220° F.). Dunstan and Carr (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1897, 350) give a process for 
making the very poisonous alkaloid pseudaconitine, which they obtained in crystals; it dis- 
solves in hot water, very slightly in cold water, readily in alcohol, chloroform, and acetone, less 
readily in ether. The products of hydrolysis, which occurs in two stages, result in the separation 
of veratryl-pseudaconine, C34H47N011, and pseudaconine, C25H3908; veratric acid is eliminated. 
Pyropseudaconitine, C34H45N010, an anhydride of veratryl-pseudaconine, did not appear to be 
poisonous. In Japanese aconite roots (species not certainly known) Wright found a larger 
percentage of active alkaloids than in either of the other varieties. He also considers that he 
has obtained here a new base, japaconitine, CeeH8aN„02r This base on saponification splits 
up into benzoic acid and a base, japaconine, C26H41NO10. 
Aconitine exists in the root in combination with aconitic add, CeH606. Dragendorff and 
Spohn (Journ. Pharm. (5), 10, 361—368) find in Aconitum lycoctonum two alkaloids ; lycaconitine, 
7H34No06 + 2H20, which, is not crystalline, nor does it yield a crystalline aurochloride or 
platinochloride, and myoctonine, -f- 5H20, which is amorphous. The former alka- 
takes up the alkaloids from the ethereal solution. The acid liquids are treated with calcium carbonate to saturation 
in order to prevent the prolonged and injurious action of the acid upon the crystallizable aconitine, the mixture is 
evaporated at a very gentle heat, filtered, and while still warm mixed with a solution of sodium nitrate (2 of salt to 
3 of water) having the same temperature. The whole is allowed to cool slowly during several hours, and set away 
for several days’ rest, when the crystals separate out as a crust on the bottom. (N. R., 1883, p. 265 ; see also a paper 
by Williams, Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1886, p. 428.) 
* Freund and Beck state that after making fourteen determinations of crystallized aconitine they have adopted 
the formula of C34H47NO11 (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 1894, 433), and they defend this formula in a subsequent communi- 
cation (Ber. d. Chem. Gee., 1895, 192). 108 
Aconitina.—Aconitum. 
PART I. 
loid, heated with water under pressure, gives rise to two acids, a volatile one and a crystalline 
one, lycoctonic acid, C17H18N207, while two alkaloids remain dissolved, one, lycaconine, soluble 
in ether, the other soluble in chloroform, and apparently Hiibschmann’s acolytine.* 
Medical Properties and Uses. It is practically true that the various products which 
are sold under the name of aconitine represent the activity of aconite, but it is well known 
that commercial aconitine is a very improper remedy for internal use, varying immensely in its 
purity, its composition, and its powers.f Two and a half grains have been taken almost with 
impunity, and l-50th of a grain has nearly proved fatal; indeed, a fatal case of poisoning by 
half a milligramme (l-128th gr.) of pure aconitines reported (Journ. de Pharm. d' Anvers, Feb. 
1890). One-tenth of a milligramme (l-640th gr.) should be considered the maximum dose 
of the alkaloid. Tison (Atti Bell xi. Cong. Med. Intern., iii., 1894) considers this the ordi- 
nary dose of the crystallized aconitine nitrate, and repeats it at such intervals that one milli- 
gramme is taken in the twenty-four hours. As aconitine possesses no obvious advantage 
over the other preparations of aconite, and is so uncertain and powerful in its action, its in- 
ternal use is rarely called for. Even as an external remedy, as first recommended by Dr. 
Turnbull, aconitine is of very limited value. It produces in the skin a sensation of heat and 
prickling, followed by numbness, lasting, according to the quantity applied, from two to twelve 
hours or more. Applied much diluted and in a minute quantity to the eye, or even to the 
upper eyelid, it causes contraction of the pupil, with an almost intolerable sense of heat and 
tingling. Dr. Turnbull employed it with benefit in neuralgia, gout, and rheumatism. If the 
alkaloid be pure, the ointment should not exceed ten grains to the ounce, and even then must 
be used with great caution by friction over the part affected, to be continued till the peculiar 
sensation above described is produced, and to be repeated three or four times, or more fre- 
quently, during the day. No good can be expected unless the sensation alluded to be ex- 
perienced in a greater or less degree. Care should be taken not to apply the medicine to an 
abraded surface, or to a mucous membrane, for fear of poisoning. 
ACONITUM. U. S. (Br.) Aconite. • 
(ac-o-nI'tCm.) 
“ The tuber of Aconitum Napellus, Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculaceae).” U. S. “ The root of 
Aconitum Napellus, Linn., collected in the autumn from plants cultivated in Britain, and 
dried.” Br. 
Aconiti Radix, Br.; Aconite Root, Monkshood, Wolfsbane; Tubera Aconiti, P. G.; Racine d’Aconit, Aconit, 
Coqueluchon, Fr.; Eisenhut, Eisenhutknollen, Sturmhut, Monchskappe, Akonitknollen, G.; Aconito Napello, It.; 
Aconito, Sp. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized the aconite leaves under the name of Aconiti Folia. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx none. Petals five, the highest arched. Nectaries two, peduncled, recurved. 
Pods three or five. Willd. 
The plants belonging to this genus are herbaceous, with divided leaves, and violet, yellow, or 
white flowers, in spikes, racemes, or panicles. In the Paris Codex three species were recog- 
* M. Hubschmann is said to have extracted two alkaloids from A. lycoctonum ; one in the form of a white powder, 
insoluble in ether, but soluble in water and alcohol, which he names acolytine ; the other crystallizable, very soluble 
in alcohol, and but slightly so in ether or water, and named by him lycoctonine. (A.J. P., 1866, p. 376.) According 
to Prof. Fliickiger, lycoctonine is in white acicular crystals, melting like aconitine in boiling water, though at a some- 
what higher heat. On cooling it crystallizes only when moistened with water, when the amorphous mass is con- 
verted into tufted crystals. It leaves no water upon melting, and combines with none on crystallizing. It readily 
dissolves in chloroform, and upon evaporation is left as an amorphous varnish, which on the addition of a little 
water becomes strikingly crystalline. It is largely dissolved by sulphide of carbon, ether, alcohol, the fixed and vola- 
tile oils, amylic alcohol, and petroleum spirit; but requires 600 parts of boiling water for solution. The solution is bitter 
and has an alkaline reaction, and with bromine water produces fine yellow crystals ; and this effect results though the 
solution contain only one part of the alkaloid in 30,000. Lycoctonine is an alkaloid quite distinct from aconitine and 
pseudaconitine, and is much less poisonous than either. (Fliickiger, P. J. Tr., 1870, p. 122.) Drs. Wright and Luff 
concluded that lycoctonine and acolytine are identical with aconine and pseudaconine, decomposition-products re- 
spectively of aconitine and pseudaconitine, but according to Dragendorff and Spohn they are really decomposition- 
products of two previously unnoticed alkaloids of A. lycoctonum, namely, lycnconitine and myoctonine. (See p. 107, 
also P. J. Tr., viii. 169, and xv. 104.) Jacobowsky found lycaconitine to resemble curare in its physiological action, 
but to be of no value in practical medicine. 
| Even different specimens of apparently pure crystallized aconitine made by the same chemist in the same man- 
ner vary greatly in toxic property. See K. F. Mandelin, Archiv d. Pharm., 1885, xxiii.; abstracted, P. J. Tr., xvi.; 
Bunzen and Madsen, Trans. Internat. Congress, Copenhagen, 1884. Lepine states that the crystallized alkaloid made 
from plants gathered in Switzerland is much more active than that from plants of the Vosges or of the Pyrenees. 
(La Sent. Mid., March 30, 1892.) For method of assaying aconitine, see Dr. Dohme’s paper (Proc. A. P. A 1895 
206); also P. J. Tr., 1895, 860. Aconitum. 
109 
PART I. 
nized as official, A. anthora, A. cammarum, and A. napellus; but the French authorities 
unite at present with our own and the British in acknowledging only A. napellus. There has 
been much difference of opinion as to the plant originally employed by Storck. Formerly 
thought to be A. napellus, it was afterwards generally believed to be A. neomontanum of Will- 
denow, and by De Candolle was determined to be a variety of his A. paniculatum, designated 
as storckianum. It is probable that this species, which is not infrequent in the Alps, yields 
much of the aconite of commerce, as probably does also A. lycoctonum. But, according to 
Geiger, A. neomontanum is possessed of little acrimony; and Dr. Christison states that A. 
paniculatum, raised at Edinburgh from seeds sent by De Candolle himself, was quite destitute 
of that property. Neither of these, therefore, could have been Storck’s plant, which is repre- 
sented as extraordinarily acrid. A. septentrionale (Koelle), which is generally considered by 
botanists to be a variety of A. lycoctonum, although it differs somewhat in the shape of its 
leaves and is a native of Finland, Sweden, and other northern portions of Europe, has been 
elaborately studied by H. V. Rosendahl (Arbeiten des Pharmakol. Institutes zu Dorpat, 1895), 
who believes it to be a distinct species.* There are five American species of the genus, each 
of which is probably active, although none of them are commercial sources of the drug. 
Aconites used in medicine appear to be indiscriminately called by English writers wolfsbane or 
monlcshood. Under the name of Bish or Bikh, Nepaul aconite is largely sold in the bazaars 
in India. It is probably often a mixed product of a number of Indian species, such as 
A. lucidum, A. napellus, and A. palmatum, but is chiefly derived from A. ferox, which grows 
in the Himalayas, attaining a height of from 3 to 6 feet, and having large dull-blue flowers. 
The tuberous roots of A. heterophyllumf are also met with in the bazaars. This native of the 
Himalayas has dull-yellow flowers veined with blue or purple. 
Aconitum napellus. Linn., Flor. iSuec., ed. 1755, p. 168.—A. neubergense. De Candolle, 
Prodrom., i. 62.—A. variabile neubergense. Hayne, Darstel. u. Beschreib., etc., xii. 14. This is 
a perennial herbaceous plant, with a spindle-shaped, tapering root, seldom exceeding at top the 
thickness of the finger, three or four inches or more in length, brownish externally, whitish 
* Rosendahl found in A. septentrionale three alkaloids, to which he gave the names of Lappaconitine, Septentri- 
onaline, and Cynoetonine. 
Lappaconitine, C34H48N2O8, occurs in crystals belonging to the hexagonal system, bitter in taste, melting point 
205° C.; soluble in 126 parts of alcohol, 330 of ether, 1472 of water. Its alcoholic or ethereal solution shows a 
reddish-violet fluorescence. It is colored yellowish red by sulphovanadic acid, afterwards becoming green. It is a 
convulsant, which finally paralyzes the respiratory muscles; at the same time it lowers blood-pressure by a direct 
action upon the heart, and also by an influence on the vaso-motors. During the convulsion the pupils are contracted; 
during the paralysis they are dilated. Upon muscles, blood, lower organisms, and general protoplasm the alkaloid 
has no influence. It is rapidly eliminated by the urine. 
Septentrionaline, C31H48N2O9, occurs in a white or yellowish powder of a bitter taste with a pronounced local 
anaesthetic influence; melting point 128-9° C. It is very soluble in alcohol and ether, and in 58 parts of water; its 
solutions are without fluorescence. It is colored cherry-red by fresh furfurol sulphuric acid. When given by the 
mouth, septentrionaline, according to Rosendahl, produces no poisonous effects; its subcutaneous or intravenous 
injection is followed by increased salivation, nausea, and wide-spread anaesthesia, due to an action upon the periph- 
eral sensory nerves. If the dose has been sufficient, after the paralysis of sensibility a motor peripheral paralysis 
comes on, which finally invades the muscles of respiration so that the function ceases, although the heart is still 
working, and if artificial respiration be employed recovery occurs. The heart is said to be almost completely unaf- 
fected, excepting that the force of its contractions is augmented. Intestinal peristalsis is arrested; the pupils are 
not affected. Elimination is very rapid. Rosendahl asserts that the alkaloid is of great value as a substitute to 
curare in the physiological laboratory. The dose for curarization is per kilogramme of bodily weight: frogs, 
0-000174 to 0-0005 ; dogs, 0-0070; cats, 0-0100; rabbits, 0-003000 to 0-0050; fowls, 0-0090 grammes. 
Cynoetonine, C36H55N2O13, is an amorphous hygroscopic grayish powder, having a feebly bitter taste, melting at 
137° C.; easily soluble in alcohol and water, soluble in 1373 parts of ether without fluorescence. If evaporated to 
dryness with fuming nitric acid, the residue becomes blood-red on the addition of an alcoholic solution of potash, 
afterwards changing to reddish brown. It is a very violent convulsant, producing also vomiting, temporary loss of 
superficial sensibility, followed by heightened reflexes, violent convulsions, and respiratory death. Upon the heart 
and blood-pressure it has very little influence. The pupils are in the advanced poisoning dilated. On the lower 
organisms it does not act as a poison. 
f Under the name of Utees, Ateks, or A tie, the root of Aconitum heterophyllum is said to be largely used in India as 
an antiperiodic. It is stated that it is free from poisonous properties and is given in doses of 20 grains. The plant 
grows in the western Himalayas, at an elevation of from 8000 to 13,000 feet. The roots are ovoid, oblong, or coni- 
cal, i to H inches in length, to of an inch in diameter, bitter without acridity, of a light ash color. Their 
transverse section shows a white, farinaceous, homogeneous tunic, traversed by from 4 to 7 yellowish vascular bundles. 
According to Wasowicz, the root yielded of 1 per cent, of ateeine, an amorphous, very slightly poisonous alkaloid 
(the same alkaloid was previously pointed out by Broughton), aconitic acid, an acid similar to tannic acid, a soft fat, 
cane sugar, mucilage, and pectinous substances. Wakhma, another Indian drug, appears to be a variety of Atis. 
(See P. J. Tr., xvi. 86.) Jowett studied atiaine, C22H33NO3, as he prefers to name the alkaloid; his results show that 
it does not present any close analogy to the other aconite alkaloids. Prof. Cash reports that it is not toxic in small 
doses, and its physiological action resembles that of aeonine. (Journ. Ghent. Soc., 1896, 1518, 1526.) He also con- 
firms the presence of aconitic acid. 110 
Aconitum. 
PART I. 
and fleshy within, and sending forth numerous long, thick, fleshy fibres. When the plant is in 
full growth, there are usually two roots joined together, of which the older is dark brown and 
supports the stem, while the younger is of a light yellowish brown, and is destined to furnish 
the stem of the following year, the old root decaying. The stem is erect, round, smooth, leafy, 
usually simple, and from two to six or even eight feet high. The leaves are alternate, petio- 
late, divided almost to the base, from two to four inches in diameter, deep green upon their 
upper surface, light green beneath, somewhat rigid, and more or less smooth and shining on 
both sides. Those on the lower part of the stem have long footstalks and five or seven 
divisions ; the upper, short footstalks and three or five divisions. The divisions are wedge-form, 
with two or three lobes, which extend nearly or quite to the middle. The lobes are cleft or 
toothed, and the laciniae or teeth are linear or linear-lanceolate and pointed. The flowers are 
of a dark violet-blue color, large and beautiful, and are borne at the summit of the stem upon 
a thick, simple, straight, erect, spike-like raceme, beneath which, in the cultivated plant, sev- 
eral smaller racemes arise from the axils of the upper leaves. Though without calyx, they 
have two small calycinal stipules, situated on the peduncle within a few lines of the flower. 
The petals are five, the upper helmet-shaped and beaked, nearly hemispherical, open or closed, 
the two lateral roundish and internally hairy, the two lower oblong-oval. They enclose two 
pediceled nectaries, of which the spur is capitate, and the lip bifid and revolute. The fruit 
consists of three, four, or five pod-like capsules. 
The plant is abundant in the mountain forests of France, Switzerland, and Germany. It is 
also cultivated in the gardens of Europe, and has been introduced into this country as an or- 
namental flower. All parts of the plant are acrid and poisonous. The leaves and root are 
used. The leaves should be collected when the flowers begin to appear, or shortly before. 
After the fruit has formed, they are less efficacious. The root is much more active than 
the leaves; and an extract from the latter is said to have only one-twentieth of the strength 
of one made from the former. It should be gathered in autumn or winter after the leaves 
have fallen, and is not perfect until the second year. It has been mistakenly substituted for 
horseradish root, as a condiment, with fatal effect. The wild plant is said to be more active 
than the cultivated. (Schroff.) Prof. Wm. Procter found the roots of the plant cultivated in 
this country richer in the active alkaline principle than the imported roots, having obtained 
as much as 0-85 per cent, from the former. (AVoc. A. P. A., I860.)* 
The aconite root is brought into market in packages or bales, originally, in general, either 
from the continent of Europe or from India. It is of variable quality; some parcels being 
unobjectionable, while others contain a considerable proportion of inert or defective roots 
Among these roots that of Imperatoria ostruthium has been expressly noted. (A*. J. Tr., vii. 749.) 
The best test is the taste; roots should be rejected which have not in a fair degree the 
characteristic properties in this respect described below, especially the sensation of numbness 
and tingling on the tongue, lips, and fauces. 
Nepaul aconite is composed of elongated, conical, tuberous, or nearly cylindrical roots, 3 to 
4 inches long, £ to If inches in diameter at the base; unbranched; often abruptly broken off 
below; more or less flattened; shrivelled chiefly in a longitudinal direction, and sparsely 
marked with the scars of rootlets. Japanese aconite has also been largely sold in London.f 
It consists of plump, oblong or ovoid, dark grayish or blackish tubers, from half an inch to 
an inch in length, and to J- of an inch in diameter. 
Properties. The fresh leaves have a faint narcotic odor, most sensible when they are 
rubbed. Their taste is at first bitterish and herbaceous, afterwards burning and acrid, with a 
* The recent studies of P. W. Squire seem to show that at this period the root is the most active. So far how- 
ever, as concerns the whole plant, the practical difficulty is that the root of A. paniculatum cannot be distinguished 
from that of A. napellus, except by taste: so that the custom which seems to prevail of gathering the root about the 
flowering period is probably well founded. The plant is being cultivated to some extent for medicinal purposes in 
England, but much of the stock is of doubtful nature, owing to the extraordinary tendency of A. napellus to hybrid- 
ize with other species and to alter under cultivation. (See P. J. Tr., xix.) For C. C. Keller’s tests for aconite root 
and leaves, see Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 539. 
t Japanese Aconite.—Seven varieties of aconite tubers are said by Dr. Langaard to be found in the Japanese 
drug-stores, usually preserved in vinegar or child’s urine, or by drying. The botanical source of these aconite roots 
is not accurately determined, but they are probably, at least in part, yielded by A. japonicum, Thunb., and A. jis- 
cheri, Reich., believed by many botanists to be respectively identical with A. lycoctonum, Linn., and' A. chinense 
Sieb. Several alkaloids have been separated; of these, japaconitine is said to be the most poisonous of the known 
aconite alkaloids. (See P. J. Tr., 3 ser., xi. 149, 1021.) Dr. 0. Lezius (Inaug. Biss., Dorpat, 1890) asserts that the 
active principle of Japanese aconite is true crystallizable aconitine, and in an elaborate physiological study Alfred 
E. Bradley found the physiological activity of A. fischeri very similar to that of A. napellus. ( Weekly Med Rev 
April, 1888.) * * PART I. 
Aconitum. 
111 
feeling of numbness and tingling on the inside of the lips, tongue, and fauces, which is very 
durable, lasting sometimes many hours. When long chewed, they inflame the tongue. The 
dried leaves have a similar taste, but the acrid impression commences later. Their sensible 
properties and medicinal activity are impaired by long keeping. They should be of a green 
color, and free from mustiness. The root has a feeble earthy smell. Though sweetish at first, 
it has afterwards the same effect as the leaves upon the mouth and fauces. It shrinks much 
in drying, and becomes darker, but does not lose its acrimony. Those parcels, whether of 
leaves or roots, should always be rejected which are destitute of this property. As found in 
commerce, the aconite root is described as being “from 10 to 20 Mm. (three-eighths to three- 
quarters of an inch) thick at the crown; conically contracted below; from 50 to 75 Mm. 
(two to three inches) long, with scars or fragments of radicles ; dark brown externally ; whitish 
internally; with a rather thick bark, the central axis about seven-rayed; without odor; taste 
at first sweetish, soon becoming acrid, and producing a sensation of tingling and numbness, 
which lasts for some time.” U. S. “ The transverse section exhibits a thick parenchymatous 
cortex and a large stellate pith with about seven projecting angles; the groups of vessels are 
small and few in number.” Br. The seeds also are acrid. The British Pharmacopoeia 
formerly recognized the flowering tops of the Aconite (Aconiti Folia). To be effective they 
should be collected just as the flowers are beginning to expand, at which time they are richest 
in alkaloid. The dried leaves are stated to contain about 0-3 per cent, and the flower-buds 
about 0-4 per cent, of aconitine. For an account of the chemistry of aconite, see Aconitina, 
page 106. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Aconite was well known to the ancients as a powerful 
poison, but was first employed as a medicine by Baron Storck, of Vienna, whose experiments 
with it were published in the year 1762. In moderate doses, it produces warmth in the stomach 
and sometimes nausea, general warmth of the body, numbness and tingling in the lips and 
fingers, muscular weakness, diminished force and frequency of the pulse, and diminished fre- 
quency of respiration. From larger doses all these effects are experienced in an increased 
degree. The stomach is more nauseated; the numbness and tingling extend over the body; 
headache, vertigo, and dimness of vision occur; the patient complains occasionally of severe 
neuralgic pains; the pulse, respiration, and muscular strength are greatly reduced ; and a state 
of general prostration may be induced, from which the patient may not quite recover in less 
than two or three days. The effects of remedial doses are felt in twenty or thirty minutes, are 
at their height in an hour or two, and continue with little abatement from three to five hours. 
In poisonous doses, besides the characteristic tingling in the mouth and elsewhere, aconite 
occasions burning heat of the oesophagus and stomach, thirst, violent nausea, vomiting and 
purging, severe gastric and intestinal spasms, headache, dimness of vision, with contracted or 
expanded pupils, numbness or paralysis of the limbs, diminished sensibility in general, stiffness 
or spasm of the muscles, great prostration, pallid countenance, cold extremities, an extremely 
feeble pulse, and death in a few hours, sometimes preceded by delirium, stupor, or convulsions. 
All these effects are not experienced in every case; but there is no one of them which has not 
been recorded as having occurred in one or more instances. The proper treatment of aconite 
poisoning consists in the maintenance of absolute rest in a position horizontal, or with the head 
lower than the feet; the evacuation of the stomach by the siphon tube or stomach-pump, if 
free vomiting do not occur; the administration of stimulus, and the use of external heat to 
keep up the bodily temperature. Whiskey or brandy should be given freely in a concentrated 
form by the mouth and rectum ; when the symptoms are very urgent, it may be injected under 
the skin. The chief reliance in any case, however, must be on the tincture of digitalis aided 
by strychnine, the two remedies being given hypodermically, but separately, in large doses. 
Ammonia may be employed carefully. We have known life to be apparently saved by lauda- 
num given in drachm doses. 0 Fall of the bodily temperature must be met by external heat. 
The symptoms produced by aconite are chiefly due to its action upon the circulation and the 
nervous system. It _is a direct and powerful depressant of the heart, if in sufficient amount 
completely paralyzing the cardiac muscle. The lowering of the force of the circulation is 
certainly in large part due to this action ; but it is probable, although not proved, that it also 
paralyzes the vaso-motor system. Upon the cerebrum the drug exerts very little if any direct 
influence. Upon the peripheral sensory nerves it acts as a powerful depressant, thereby causing 
the characteristic tingling and numbness of aconite poisoning. The influence upon the spinal 
marrow seems to be less pronounced than that upon the sensory nerves; but, if in sufficient 
amount, the poison depresses the motor centres of the cord. To this, and not to any effect 112 
A conitum.—Adeps. 
PART I. 
upon the motor trunks or the muscles, is due the loss of reflex activity and of*voluntary power 
caused by toxic doses. 
As an internal remedy, aconite is very valuable in sthenic fever from any cause ; when the 
condition is asthenic it should never be administered. It is also useful in some cases for the 
purpose of benumbing sensitive nerves: thus, it will sometimes arrest the vomiting of pregnancy, 
and has often been used with excellent results in rheumatic neuralgia. To obtain such effects 
it must be given boldly. Applied locally to a sensitive or painful part, it is very efficient, owing 
to its being brought in a concentrated state into contact with the irritated nerves. It is a 
favorite application in neuralgias, and will probably achieve good more often than any other 
narcotic local remedy. Applied to the skin, aconite occasions heat and prickling or tingling, 
followed by numbness, and, if in contact with a wound, produces its peculiar constitutional 
effects. Applied to the eye, it causes decided contraction of the pupil.* The dose of the 
extract of the leaves is from half a grain to a grain (0-03-0-065 Gm.), of the tincture of 
leaves twenty or thirty drops (1-25-1-9 C.e.), to be repeated twice or three times a day, 
and gradually increased till the effects of the medicine are experienced. The preparation 
now almost exclusively employed is the tincture of the root, Tinctura Aconiti. U. S. Of this, 
from 2 to 5 drops (0-12-0-3 C.c) may be given every two to four hours until its effects become 
obvious. It is very important to distinguish between the tincture of the leaves formerly 
official and still used and the much stronger tincture of the root just referred to. Few 
patients will bear at first more than four minims of the latter. Very properly, we think, the 
tincture of the leaves was abandoned at the revision of the U. S. P. 1860. Aconite may be 
used externally in the form of the saturated tincture of the root, of extract mixed with lard, 
of a plaster or liniment, or of aconitine ointment. The tincture may be applied by means of 
a soft piece of sponge on the end of a stick. 
ADEPS. U. S., Br. Lard. 
(A'DEPS.) 
“ The prepared internal fat of the abdomen of Sus Scrofa, Linn6 (class, Mammalia; order, 
Pachydermata), purified by washing with water, melting, and straining. Lard should be kept 
in well-closed vessels impervious to fat, and in a cool place.” U. S. “ The purified fat of the 
hog, Sus scrofa, Linn.” Br. 
Adeps Suillus, P. G.; Axungia Porci, s. Porcina, Axungia, Lai.; Prepared Lard, Hog’s Lard, Eng.; Axonge, 
Graisse, Graisse de Pore, Saindoux, Fr.; Schweineschmalz, G.; Grasso di Porco, Lardo, It.; Manteca de Puerco, 
Lardo, Sp. 
Preparation. Lard is the prepared fat of the hog. The Br. Pharmacopoeia gives a pro- 
cess for its preparation; but in this country it is generally purchased by the druggists already 
prepared. The adipose matter of the omentum and mesentery, and that around the kidneys, 
are usually employed; though the subcutaneous fat is said to afford lard of a firmer consist- 
ence. In the crude state it contains membranes and vessels, and is more or less contaminated 
with blood, from all which it must be freed before it can be fit for use. For this purpose, the 
fat, having been deprived of membranous matter as far as possible by the hand, is cut into 
pieces, washed with water till the liquor ceases to be colored, and then, after carefully sepa- 
rating the water, it is melted in a copper or iron vessel, over a slow fire.f The heat is continued 
till all the moisture is evaporated, which may be known by the transparency of the melted fat 
and the absence of crepitation when a small portion of it is thrown into the fire. Care should 
* Squibb’s Test for Aconite and its Preparations.—In the absence of any reliable chemical tests for aconitine, Dr. 
Squibb suggests that a fluidrachm of a solution of the various preparations be taken into the anterior part of the 
mouth (after the latter has been thoroughly rinsed) and held there for one minute by the watch, and then dis- 
charged. The peculiar numbing sensation should be experienced within fifteen minutes, and it should continue for 
fifteen or thirty minutes. Tested in this way, he found the commercial aconitines, in solution of the strength of 
£j0- grain in 1 fluidrachm of water, to have the following relative strengths : 1 grain of good powdered aconite root is 
equal to 1 grain of ordinary commercial aconitine, | grain of Merck’s ordinary aconitine, grain of Merck’s pseud- 
aconitine, grain of Duquesnel’s aconitine crystallized (really aconitine nitrate). He also found by this approxi- 
mate method that 1 grain of powdered aconite root was equivalent to 1 minim of fluid extract, £ grain of alcoholic 
extract of aconite root, 2-66 minims of U. S. P. tincture of aconite root, 8-43 minims of British tincture of the root, 
11’8 minims of German tincture of the root, 1*5 minims of Fleming’s tincture, 9 grains of powdered aconite leaf, 1*5 
grains of alcoholic extract of dried aconite leaf, 1 grain of Allen’s English extract of fresh plant, and 72 minims of 
tincture of aconite leaf. 
■j- Prof. Procter recommends the following method of operating. After careful removal of the membranes and 
adhering flesh, the crude lard is to be cut into small pieces, malaxated with successive portions of cold water until 
this remains clear, and then heated moderately, in a tinned vessel, until the melted fat becomes perfectly clear and 
anhydrous. Lastly, it is to be strained into earthen pots, being occasionally stirred as it cools; and the pots 
should be securely covered with waxed or varnished paper, and kept in a cool, dry cellar. (A. J. P., xxxv. 114.) PART I. 
Adeps. 
113 
be taken that the heat be not too great, as otherwise the lard might be partially decomposed, 
acquire a yellow color, and become acrid. This may be guarded against by using a water-bath 
in melting the lard. The process is completed by straining the liquid through linen, and pour- 
ing it into suitable vessels, in which it concretes upon cooling. To render it, however, per- 
fectly free from particles of membrane and tissue, which are often the cause of rancidity and 
unfit lard for its finer and more permanent uses, Mr. Ed. Smith, of Torquay, insists on the 
necessity of filtering the lard through paper, after freeing it from its coarser impurities by 
straining through linen. By this author it is recommended that the process of purification 
should be completed by remelting the lard, by means of a water-bath, and then carefully filter- 
ing it through paper in a warm closet. Lard may be rendered quite inodorous by melting it, 
when fresh, by means of a salt-water bath, adding a little alum or common salt, continuing 
the heat till a scum rises which is to be skimmed oif, and, after the lard has concreted, sepa- 
rating the saline matter by washing it thoroughly with water. For a particular account of 
the process, see A. J. P., xxviii. 176. 
The following is the process of the British Pharmacopoeia for preparing lard. “ From the 
perfectly fresh fat of the abdomen of the hog remove as much of the external membranes as 
possible; suspend the fat so that it shall be freely exposed to the air for some hours; cut it 
into small pieces; reduce these to a uniform mass in which the membranous vesicles are com- 
pletely broken, by beating in a mortar or by some similar process; put the mass thus produced 
into a vessel surrounded by warm water; heat to a temperature not exceeding 135° F. 
(57-2° C.) until the fat has melted and separated from the membranous matter; strain.” The 
process of the British Pharmacopoeia differs from that formerly used, and is modelled upon 
the suggestions of Prof. Redwood, that the use of water be especially avoided, and that the 
selected fat be exposed freely to air and light before rendering. (P. J. Tr., 1883, p. 364; also 
Pphemeris, 1884, p. 504.) 
Lard, as offered for sale, often contains common salt, which renders it unfit for pharma- 
ceutical purposes. This may be detected, when the quantity is insufficient to be sensible to the 
taste, by means of silver nitrate, which will produce a precipitate of silver chloride with water 
in which the salted lard has been boiled, after cooling and filtration. To free it from this im- 
purity, it may be melted with twice its weight of boiling water, the mixture well agitated and 
set aside to cool, and the fat then separated. Lard is sometimes adulterated with water, starch, 
and a small proportion of alum and quicklime, which render it whiter, but unfit for medical 
use. But by far the most common adulteration of lard in recent years is through the use 
of cotton-seed oil. Indeed, some specimens of lard consist almost wholly of mixtures of 
stearin and cotton-seed oil. Lard of this kind can easily be detected by the disagreeable and 
characteristic odor of cotton-seed oil which is evolved when it is heated. For Taylor’s method 
of differentiation, see Nat. Drug., 1892, p. 103. Crookes (Analyst, 1893, p. 221) gives the fol- 
lowing very delicate modification of Milliau’s test. Pure white filtering paper is first moistened 
with 12 per cent, solution of silver nitrate and held over a small sample of the lard, which is 
gradually heated in an oil-bath to 115-5° C. (240° F.), when, if even less than 1 per cent, of 
cotton-seed oil is present, the paper will turn light brown to nearly black. Pure fresh lard 
does not affect the paper. Schweitzer and Lungwitz propose as a test phosphomolybdic acid, 
which gives no coloration with a solution of pure lard in chloroform or ether, but a blue color 
with cotton-seed oil. Jean states that vegetable oils added to lard increase the density, raise 
the iodine number, lower the melting point, the standard of fatty acids, and Koettsdorffer’s 
number, and diminish the optical deviation. (Chem. News, 1896, p. 83.) 
Properties. Lard is “ a soft, white, unctuous solid, having a faint odor free from ram 
cidity, and a bland taste. Insoluble in water; very slightly soluble in alcohol; readily soluble 
in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, or benzin. Specific gravity, about 0-932 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). It melts at 38° to 40° C. (100-4° to 104° F.) to a perfectly clear liquid, which is 
colorless in thin layers, and which should not separate an aqueous layer. At or below 30° C. 
(86° F.), it is a soft solid. Distilled Water boiled with Lard should not acquire an alkaline re- 
action (absence of alkalies), nor should another portion be colored blue by iodine test-solution 
(absence of starch). A portion of the water, when filtered, acidulated with nitric acid, and 
treated with silver nitrate test-solution, should not yield a white precipitate soluble in ammonia 
(absence of chlorides). If 10 Gm. of Lard be dissolved in chloroform, and the solution mixed 
with 10 C.c. of alcohol and 1 drop of phenolphtalein test-solution, it should not require more 
than 0-2 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution to produce a pink tint after 
strong shaking (limit of free fatty acids). If 5 C.c. of melted and filtered Lard be, while 
8 114 
Adeps.—Adeps Benzoinatus. 
PART I. 
warm, intimately mixed, by agitation, in a test-tube, with 5 C.c. of an alcoholic solution of 
silver nitrate (made by dissolving 0T Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 C.c. of deodorized alcohol and 
adding 2 drops of nitric acid), and the mixture then heated for five minutes in a water-bath, 
the liquid fat should not acquire a reddish or brown color, nor should any dark color be pro- 
duced at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more than about 5 per cent, of 
cottonseed fats')!' U. 8. “ Is neutral to litmus; dissolves entirely in ether. It should yield no 
reaction with the tests for sodium, chlorides, or starch. If a solution of 0-05 gramme of 
silver nitrate in 5 cubic centimetres of alcohol (90 per cent.), to which a drop of nitric acid 
has been added, be heated with 5 cubic centimetres of melted Lard on a water-bath for 5 
minutes and then vigorously shaken, the fatty layer which separates on standing should not 
darken in color (absence of cotton-seed oil). 10 grammes of Lard dissolved in a mixture of 
equal volumes of chloroform and alcohol (90 per cent.), two drops of solution of phenol-phthalein 
being added, should not require more than 0-2 cubic centimetre of the volumetric solution of 
sodium hydroxide to produce a permanent red color (limit of acidity).” Br. When melted, it 
readily unites with wax and resins. Like most animal fats and oils, it consists of stearin, 
palmitin, and olein; its consistence, when pure, depending largely upon the relative propor- 
tions of these principles; olein, being the liquid principle, can readily be separated from the 
other two by subjecting lard in cold weather to strong pressure, when the olein (lard oil) is 
pressed out, the solid residue (stearin) being used for various purposes, more particularly the 
manufacture of candles. Olein may also be separated by means of boiling alcohol, which, 
on cooling, deposits the concrete principles of the lard. Lard oil (see Oleum Adipis) is exten- 
sively employed for burning in lamps, as a lubricant, and for greasing wool. Vast quantities 
of it are prepared in Cincinnati, Chicago, and other centres of the pork-slaughtering industry. 
It is a very large article of export, the amount exported in 1896 having been 509,534,256 lbs., 
valued at $33,589,856, and in 1897, 568,315,640 lbs., valued at $29,126,485. 
Exposed to the air, lard absorbs oxygen and becomes rancid. It should, therefore, be kept 
in well-closed vessels, or procured fresh when wanted for use. In the rancid state, it irritates 
the skin, and sometimes exercises an injurious reaction on substances mixed with it. Ban- 
cidity in lard and other fats is prevented by digesting them with benzoin or poplar buds, and 
rancid lard may often be greatly improved by washing it with lime water. (See Unguenta.) 
Lard even when fresh is slightly acid, as was proved by Dieterich, Arch, de Pharm., 1887. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Lard is emollient, and is occasionally employed by 
itself in frictions, or in connection with poultices to preserve their soft consistence; but its 
chief use is in pharmacy as an ingredient of ointments and cerates. 
ADEPS BENZOINATUS. U. S. (Br.) Benzoinated Lard 
(A'DfiPS BKN-ZO-I-NA'TftS.) 
Adeps Benzoatus, Br.; Benzoated Lard; Unguentum Benzoini, U. S. 1870; Axungia Balsamica, s. Benzoinata, 
s. Benzoata; Ointment of Benzoin, E.; Axonge (Graisse) benzoinle (balsamique), Fr.; Benzoinirtes Schmalz, G. 
Preparation. “ Lard, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Benzoin, in 
coarse powder, twenty grammes [or 308 grains]. Melt the Lard by means of a water-bath. 
Tie the Benzoin loosely in a piece of coarse muslin, suspend it in the melted Lard, and, stir- 
ring frequently, continue the heat for two hours, covering the vessel and not allowing the tem- 
perature to rise above 60° C. (140° F.). Lastly, having removed the Benzoin, strain the Lard, 
and stir occasionally while it cools. When Benzoinated Lard is to be kept or used during 
warm weather, 5 per cent, (or more, if necessary) of the Lard should be replaced by White 
Wax.” U.S. 
“ Lard, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Benzoin, in powder, 210 grains (Imperial) or 
15 grammes. Melt the Lard on a water-bath ; add the Benzoin ; continue the application of heat 
for two hours, frequently stirring; remove the residue of the Benzoin by straining; stir the 
Benzoated Lard until cold.” Br. That the balsamic or resinous principles in certain substances 
like benzoin exercise a valuable function in preserving fats has been proved by abundant ex- 
perience. It has been shown that when made, as originally suggested by Doliber and directed 
in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870, by incorporating the tincture with lard, ointment of ben- 
zoin was irritating to the skin in certain diseases: hence the return to the old process of digest- 
ing the benzoin in lard, kept at a temperature of 60° C. (140° F.). The present U. S. formula 
does not differ materially from the British, except in the directions to enclose the benzoin in a 
muslin bag and the regulation of the temperature ; the first improvement has for its object the 
prevention of the hard cake of benzoin, which otherwise collects at the bottom of the water- FART I. 
Adeps Lanse.—Adeps Lanse Hydrosus. 
115 
bath, and is apt to be imperfectly acted upon. A much pleasanter and more agreeable product 
is insured by heeding the U. S. directions as to limiting the temperature, a high heat volatil- 
izing the odorous principles and communicating an empyreumatic odor. 
ADEPS LAN®. Br. Wool-Fat. 
(A'DEPS LA'ILE.) 
“ The purified cholesterin-fat of sheep’s wool.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia recognizes both wool-fat and hydrous wool-fat. Wool-fat is 
“ A yellowish, tenacious, unctuous substance; almost inodorous; melting point varies from 
104° to 112° F. (40° to 44-4° C.) ; readily soluble in ether or in chloroform, sparingly soluble 
in alcohol (90 per cent.). 1 gramme should dissolve almost completely in 75 cubic centimetres 
of boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), the greater part separating in flocks on cooling. When in- 
cinerated with free access of air, it leaves not more than 0-3 per cent, of ash, which should 
not be alkaline to litmus. 10 grammes dissolved in 25 cubic centimetres of ether, two drops 
of solution of phenol-phthalein being added, should not require more than 0-1 cubic centimetre 
of volumetmc solution of sodium hydroxide to produce a permanent red coloration (limit of 
acidity). The solution in chloroform poured gently over the surface of sulphuric acid acquires 
a purple-red color. Heated with solution of sodium hydroxide, no ammoniacal odor should be 
evolved (absence of nitrogenous animal matter).” Br. (See next article.) 
ADEPS LAN.® HYDROSUS. U. S., Br. Hydrous Wool-Fat. 
(A'DEPS LA'NjE HY DRO'SUS.) 
“ The purified fat of the wool of sheep (Ovis Aries, Linne; class, Mammalia; order, Rumi- 
nantia), mixed with not more than 30 per cent, of water.” U. S. 
Lanoline; Lanolin, G. 
“Wool-Fat, 7 ounces (Imperial) or 140 grammes; Distilled Water, 3fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 60 cubic centimetres. Place the Wool-Fat in a warm mortar; add the Distilled Water 
gradually and with constant trituration.” Br. 
The two Pharmacopoeias differ in that whilst the U. S. P. recognizes only hydrous wool-fat 
and gives no formula for its preparation, the Br. P. recognizes wool-fat and gives the preceding 
directions for preparing hydrous wool-fat. Both the anhydrous and hydrous should be official 
in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
Preparation. The wool of sheep contains on the average about 45 per cent, of its 
weight of fat, which must be removed before the wool can be used in the manufacture of 
woollen tissues. The crude fat has been termed oesipus and cesipum. This fat, to which the 
name of lanolin has been given, is a mixture of ethers of cholesterin, C26H43(0H), with the 
several fatty acids contained in ordinary fats. Darmstaedter and Lifscheitz obtained from 
the alkaline washings of partially saponified lanolin two unsaturated alcohols, C10H200 and 
both being colorless, odorless, and tasteless powders; lanolin alcohol, C12H240, also a 
colorless, odorless powder, was isolated by G. Marchetti (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 1895, No. 19) ; by 
the action of chromic acid the latter is converted into lanolinic acid, C12H2203, a white, crystal- 
line powder (P. J. Tr., 1895, p. 75). Lanolin was originally recommended by Dr. Oscar Liebreich, 
and may be readily procured from the washings of the wool by a process which has been pat- 
ented by him, or it may be obtained by treating the wool with petroleum benzin and distilling 
off the benzin. The objection to the latter process is the difficulty of getting rid of the benzin 
odor. Liebreich’s patented process is as follows. The fresh undecomposed waste liquor or 
lye is passed through a centrifugal machine, in which the dirt and the fat are separated from 
each other, while the cleansed soap liquor is continually drawn off by means of a pipe and led 
directly into the vat which serves for the acidulation. The raw lanolin thus obtained is thor- 
oughly kneaded by suitable machinery, in cold flowing water until the water which flows off is 
as clear as the water which flows in. The raw lanolin is then heated with water, whereby it is 
split up into water and fat. The latter is skimmed off from the surface and cooled, and for 
further purification it can be treated in the centrifugal machine in a melted condition, or it can 
be dissolved in ether, ethylated or methylated spirits, or other solvents, and the solution can be 
separated from the residue by filtration or other means. The solvents can be recovered by 
treatment in suitable stills. After the fat has been cleaned as above stated, it is thoroughly 
kneaded with water for a long time, and a perfectly white neutral colorless ointment is ob- 
tained. From the deposit in the lowest part of the centrifugal machine a further portion of 116 
Adeps Lanse Hydrosus.—fEther Aceticus. 
PART I. 
lanolin can be obtained by stirring the same up with clean or salt water and again treating it 
in the centrifugal machine, or extracting it, either in a wet or a dry condition, by means of a 
solvent, after which it is treated as above. 
Instead of producing lanolin from wool-washing water it may be obtained from commercial 
wool-fat by stirring this wool-fat together with water containing sodium carbonate, caustic 
soda, or an alkali, or a mixture of these to form a thin milky solution, which is treated in the 
manner above described. 
“ A yellowish-white or nearly white, ointment-like mass, having a faint, peculiar odor. In- 
soluble in water, but miscible with twice its weight of the latter, without losing its ointment- 
like character. With ether or chloroform it yields turbid solutions which are neutral to litmus 
paper. Hydrous Wool-Fat melts at about 40° C. (104° F.). When heated on a water-bath, 
it finally leaves a residue amounting to not less than 70 per cent., which is transparent while 
melted, and, when cold, appears as a yellow, tough, unctuous mass, completely soluble in ether 
or chloroform, and only partially soluble in alcohol. A solution (1 in 50) of a portion of this 
mass in chloroform, when poured on the surface of concentrated sulphuric acid, gradually de- 
velops a deep brown color at the line of contact of the two layers. When a portion of this 
mass is ignited, it should leave not more than 0-3 per cent, of ash, which should not have an 
alkaline reaction on litmus (absence of alkalies). If 2 Gm. of the same mass are dissolved in 
10 C.c. of ether, and mixed with 2 drops of phenolphtalein test-solution, a colorless liquid 
results (absence of free alkalies), which should be decidedly reddened by 1 drop of potassium 
hydrate normal volumetric solution (absence of free fatty acids). If 10 Gm. of Hydrous 
Wool-Fat be heated, together with 50 C.c. of water, on a water-bath, until the fat is melted, 
there should result an upper, translucent and light yellow, fatty layer, and a lower, clear, aque- 
ous layer, which latter should not yield glycerin upon evaporation, and when a portion of it is 
heated with some potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, it should not emit vapors of 
ammonia.” IT. S. “ 10 grammes heated on a water-bath, with stirring, until the weight is 
constant, should yield not less than 7 grammes of residue, which should answer to the tests 
for Wool-Fat.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. It has been claimed for lanolin that it passes through 
the skin much more readily than do ordinary fatty substances. According to Patschkowski, 
half an hour after inunction of a mixture of lanolin and potassium iodide, iodine can be 
recovered from the urine, whilst the official ointment yields a negative result. This has been 
confirmed by Kaspar; but Ritter and Pfeiffer in a long series of experiments were unable to 
perceive that lanolin had any superiority over other fats in promoting absorption. Further, 
when it is remembered that lanolin is a sebaceous secretion, largely composed of cholesterin 
and allied substances, and not intended by nature to be absorbed, but to grease and soften the 
fibres of the wool, the possession by it of the property of aiding absorption through the skin 
becomes very doubtful. On the other hand, it is undoubtedly soothing to the skin, and often 
makes an excellent basis for ointments expected to act especially upon the skin. Lanolin has 
been used as a basis for suppositories and bougies. (Amer. Drug., 1898, 35.) 
See page 118. 
/ETHER. U.S., Br. Ether. 
./ETHER ACETICUS. U. S., Br. Acetic Ether. [Acetate of Ethyl.] 
C2H5, C2H3O2; 87*8. (AETHER A-QET'I-CUS.) C2H5C2H3O2; 88. 
Naphtha Acete; Ethyl Acetate; Ether ac6tique, Naphte acfitique, Fr.; Essigaethcr, Essignaphtha, G. 
“ A liquid composed of about 98-5 per cent., by weight, of Ethyl Acetate [C2H6C2H302 = 
87’8], and about 1-5 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little water. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place, remote from lights or fire.” U. S. “ An ethereal 
liquid consisting of ethyl acetate, CH3.C00(C2II5), together with unimportant amounts of 
ethylic alcohol or other substances, obtained by distillation from a mixture of ethylic alcohol, 
sulphuric acid, and dried sodium acetate, digestion of the distillate with dried potassium car- 
bonate, and subsequent separation, by distillation, of the portion boiling between 165° and 
172° F. (73-9° and 77-8° C.).” Br. 
Preparation. A process for preparing this ether will be found in a former British 
Pharmacopoeia (1885). It is a modification of the process recommended by W. I. Clark (B. 
J. lb'., 1883, p. 777), and is as follows: “Take of Rectified Spirit, 321 fluidounces [Imp. 
meas.] ; Sulphuric Acid, 321 fluidounces [Imp. meas.] ; Acetate of Sodium, 40 ounces [av.] \ PART I. 
JEther Aceticus. 
117 
Carbonate of Potassium, freshly dried, 6 ounces [av.]. To the spirit slowly add the acid, keep- 
ing the fluid cool, and, the product being cold, add the acetate, mixing thoroughly. Distil 
forty-five fluidounces [Imp. meas.J. Digest the distillate with the carbonate of potassium for 
three days in a stoppered bottle. Separate the ethereal fluid, and again distil until all but about 
four fluidounces have passed over. Preserve the resulting acetic ether in a well-closed bottle 
and in a cool place.” Br. In addition to this method, acetic ether may be made by several 
processes, the chief of which are the following. 1. Mix 100 parts of alcohol (sp. gr. 0-83) 
with 63 parts of concentrated acetic acid, and 17 parts of strong sulphuric acid, and distil 125 
parts into a receiver, kept cold with wet cloths. 2. Distil to dryness a mixture of three parts 
of sodium acetate, three of alcohol, and two of sulphuric acid, mix the distilled product 
with one-fifth of sulphuric acid, and distil a second time an amount of ether equal to the al- 
cohol employed. 3. Distil two parts of effloresced lead acetate -with one part of alcohol, and 
a little more than one part of sulphuric acid. In the last two processes, the acetic acid is set 
free by the action of the sulphuric acid on the acetate employed. J. A. Pabst has devised a 
process for acetic ether in imitation of that for the preparation of common ether. 50 C.c. of 
sulphuric acid and the same quantity of alcohol are heated together in a retort to 140° C. 
(284° F.), and then a mixture of one liter of 96 per cent, alcohol and one liter of acetic acid 
(93 per cent.) is allowed to flow in slowly. At first some ethyl ether goes over, and then a liquid 
which contains, with considerable uniformity, 85 per cent, acetic ether. The reaction takes place 
between 130° C. (266° F.) and 135° C. (275° F.) ; at 145° C. (293° F.) some sulphurous 
acid is produced. The yield is about 1350 grammes, or 78 per cent., which is 90 per cent, of 
the theoretical amount. With reference to the solubility of acetic ether in saturated calcium 
chloride solution, it is to be remarked that pure acetic ether is not dissolved, although it is if 
mixed with 90 per cent, alcohol. One volume acetic ether, one volume alcohol, and two vol- 
umes calcium chloride solution give a homogeneous liquid. The methyl acetic ether can be 
prepared exactly as the ethyl compound, but in the attempt to prepare the amyl acetic ether 
in an analogous manner side reactions were found to interfere. In order to study the propor- 
tional power of combination possessed by the two alcohols, Mr. Pabst allowed a mixture of 
100 C.c. methyl alcohol and 100 C.c. acetic acid to flow into a mixture of 50 C.c. sulphuric 
acid and 50 C.c. ethyl alcohol. The first distillates contained essentially methyl acetate and the 
latter pure ethyl acetate. In the flask were found remaining nearly equal amounts of sulphuric 
and ethyl sulphuric acids, and in addition alcohol, acetic acid, and some residual ethyl acetate. 
(Bull. Soc. Chim., vol. xxxiii. pp. 350, 351 ; A. J. P., 1880.) 
The United States Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ a transparent, colorless liquid, of a fra- 
grant and refreshing, slightly acetous odor, and a peculiar acetous and burning taste. Specific 
gravity, 0-893 to 0-895 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, about 76° C. (168-8° F.). Solu- 
ble in about 8 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.) ; miscible, in all proportions, with alcohol, 
ether, fixed and volatile oils. Acetic Ether is readily volatilized, even at a low temperature. 
It is inflammable, burning with a yellowish flame and an acetous odor. It is neutral to litmus 
paper. When evaporated in a capsule, Acetic Ether should leave no residue. If a portion be 
allowed to evaporate spontaneously from clean, odorless blotting paper, the final odor should 
not resemble that of pine-apples (absence of butylic and amylic derivatives). When 25 C.c. 
of Acetic Ether are shaken, in a graduated tube, with 25 C.c. of water just previously sat- 
urated with the Ether, upon separation, the ethereal layer should not measure less than 
24-5 C.c. (absence of an undue proportion of alcohol or water). When a small portion of 
the Ether is carefully poured upon some concentrated sulphuric acid, no dark ring should be 
developed at the point of contact of the two layers (absence of readily carbonizable, organic 
impurities).” U. S. “ 1 part by weight dissolves in not less than 10 parts of cold water. Spe- 
cific gravity 0 900 to 0-905. If should have no action on solution of litmus. It is not colored 
when mixed with an equal volume of sulphuric acid (absence of organic impurities). Filter- 
paper moistened with Acetic Ether should remain odorless when the liquid has evaporated.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Acetic ether is occasionally used in medicine as a 
stimulant and antispasmodic. Its action upon the system is probably very similar to that of 
ether; but as it is less volatile it is less rapidly absorbed and eliminated, and consequently is 
much less prompt and fugacious in its influence than is ether. It is locally irritating. It has 
been found by Dr. H. C. Wood to be capable of being used as an anaesthetic, but to be too 
slow in its action for practical purposes. The dose by the mouth is from fifteen to fifty drops 
(0-9-3-08 C.c.), sufficiently diluted with water. It is sometimes employed externally, by friction, 
as a resolvent, and for rheumatic pains. 118 
JEther.—sEther Purificatus. 
PART I. 
/ETHER. U. S., Br. Ether. 
“ A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, of absolute Ether or Ethyl Oxide 
[(C2H6)20 = 73-84], and about 4 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little Water. Ether should 
be kept in well-stoppered containers, preferably in tin cans, in a cool place, remote from lights 
or fire.” IT. S. “A volatile liquid prepared from ethylic alcohol by interaction with sulphuric 
acid. It contains not less than 92 per cent, by volume of ethyl oxide, (C2H6)20.” Br. 
iEther Sulphuricus, Ed., Dub.; Ether, Ilydric Ether, Sulphuric Ether, Naphtha Vitrioli, Hydrate of Ethylen, 
Oxide of Ethyl; Ether hydrique, ou vinique, ou sulfurique, Fr.; Aether, Sehwefelather, G. 
(AS'THER—e'ther.) 
/ETHER PURIFICATUS. Br. Purified Ether. 
(AS'THER PU-RI-FI-CA'TUS.) 
“ Ether from which most of the ethylic alcohol has been removed by washing with distilled 
water, and most of the water by subsequent distillation in the presence of calcium chloride 
and recently prepared lime.” Br. 
Ether hydrique, Fr.; Reiner Aether, G. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 recognized /Ether and /Ether Fortior, giving the definitions 
appended in the foot-note* The present /Ether of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia replaces the /Ether 
Fortior of the U. S. P. 1880, the /Ether of the U. S. P. 1880 being dropped, as its deficient 
strength rendered it of little use. The /Ether Purificatus of the British Pharmacopoeia is 
somewhat stronger than the /Ether of the present U. S. Pharmacopoeia, the latter permitting 
the presence of 4 per cent, of alcohol. The British purified ether, on account of its having 
the alcohol removed by washing with water, is sometimes termed jEther Lotum. or washed 
ether. 
The preparation of ether embraces two stages: its generation,f and its subsequent rectifica- 
tion | to remove impurities. All formulas agree in obtaining it by the action of sulphuric acid 
on alcohol. In the former United States process, which was adopted, with modifications, from 
the French Codex, one-third of the alcohol taken is mixed with the acid, and while still hot 
from the reaction, distilled from a glass retort, by a heat quickly applied, into a refrigerated 
receiver. When the heat of the mixture has risen to between 130° C. (266° F.) and lBT'T0 
C. (280° F.), the remainder of the alcohol is allowed to enter the retort in a continuous 
stream, the supply being so regulated that the heat shall be maintained between the degrees 
mentioned. By a complicated reaction which is explained on page 121, the acid converts the 
alcohol into ether; and, were it not that the acid becomes more and more dilute as the process 
proceeds, it would be able to etherize an unlimited quantity of alcohol. Although the acid, 
* jEther, U. S. 1880. “A liquid composed of about 74 per cent, of Ethyl Oxide [(CjHrHO; 74_C4H50; 37] 
and about 26 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little Water. Sp. gr. about 0-750 at 15° C. (50° F.).” 
JEther Fortior, U. S. 1880. “ A liquid composed of about 91 per cent, of Ethyl Oxide ; 74—C4II5O; 
37] and about 6 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little Water. Sp. gr. not higher than 0-725 at 15° C. (59° F.l, or 
0-716 at 25° C. (77° F.).” r o o v ” 
t The U. S. Pharmacopoeia has abandoned all processes for preparing or purifying ether. (See U. S. D., 16th ed., 
p. 133.) The British process for making ether is appended : 
“Take of Rectified Spirit fifty fluidounces [Imp. meas.] ; Sulphuric Acid ten fluidounces [Imp. meas.] ; Chloride 
of Calcium ten ounces [avoird.] ; Slaked Lime half an ounce [avoird.] ; Distilled Water thirteen fluidounces [Imp. 
meas.]. Mix the Sulphuric Acid with twelve fluidounces of the Spirit in a glass flask having a wide neck and capa- 
ble of containing at least two pints [Imp. meas.], and not allowing the mixture to cool, connect the flask by means 
of a bent glass tube with a Liebig’s condenser, and distil at a temperature sufficient to maintain the liquid in brisk 
ebullition. As soon as the ethereal fluid begins to pass over, supply fresh Spirit through a tube into the flask in a 
continuous stream, and in such quantity as to equal the volume of the fluid which distils over. For this purpose 
use a tube furnished with a stop-cock to regulate the supply, connecting one end of the tube with a vessel contain- 
ing the Spirit raised above the level of the flask, and passing the other end into the acid fluid through a cork fitted 
into the flask. When the whole of the Spirit has been added, and forty-two fluidounces have distilled over, the pro- 
cess may be stopped. Dissolve the Chloride of Calcium in the Water, add the Lime, and agitate the mixture in a 
bottle with the impure ether. Leave the mixture at rest for ten minutes, pour off the light supernatant fluid, and 
distil it until a glass bead of specific gravity 0-735 placed in the receiver begins to float. The ether and spirit re- 
tained by the chloride of calcium, and by the residue of each rectification, may be recovered by distillation and used 
in a subsequent operation.” Br. 
t Pure Ether (ASther Purus) of the British Pharmacopoeia is made by the following process: 
“Take of Ether, Distilled Water, of each, two pints [Imperial measure]; Lime, recently burned, one ounce 
[avoirdupois] ; Chloride of Calcium, four ounces [av.]. Put the Ether with one pint [Imp. meas.] of the Water into 
a bottle, and shake them together; allow them to remain at rest for a few minutes, and when the two liquids have 
separated, decant off the supernatant ether. Mix this with the remainder of the Water, and again, after separation, 
decant as before. Put now the washed ether, together with the Lime and Chloride of Calcium, into a retort to which 
a receiver is closely attached, let them stand for 24 hours, then distil with the aid of a gentle heat. Sp. gr. not 
exceeding 0-720.” Br. PART I. 
jEther Purificatus. 
119 
before it becomes too dilute, is capable of determining the decomposition of a certain amount 
of alcohol, yet it is not expedient to add this amount of alcohol at once; as a considerable 
portion of it would distil over undecomposed with the ether. The proper way, therefore, is 
that indicated in the formulas; namely, to commence the process with the use of part of the 
alcohol, and, when the decomposition is fully established, and a portion of ether has distilled, 
to add the remainder in a gradual manner, so as to replace that which, every moment of the 
progress of the distillation, is disappearing by its conversion into ether. 
The modifications of the old process were made in conformity with suggestions by Dr. 
Squibb, contained in a paper published in the Proc. A. P. A., 1858, p. 390. The direction in 
the 1850 process to reserve a small portion of acid, to be added gradually with the reserved 
alcohol, upon the supposition that the acid in the retort might be too much weakened to per-, 
form its part duly, has been found upon trial to result in no practical advantage. As the 
proper proportion between the acid and the alcohol is that which requires for ebullition a term 
perature somewhat above 130° C. (266° F.), or that at which the ether is formed, there is an 
obvious propriety in supplying the alcohol just so rapidly as may be sufficient to maintain this 
temperature in the liquid of the retort. If the alcohol be supplied so rapidly as to reduce the 
temperature below the point mentioned, alcohol will distil over in undue proportion; if too 
slowly supplied, the temperature will rise so high as to produce other reactions in the materials 
than that required for etherification, and various other products will result. The rising of the 
temperature to 141-1° C. (286° F.), after all the alcohol has been added, is, therefore, an 
indication that the process should be suspended. Nevertheless, the caution to check the pro- 
cess when white vapors appear in the retort is not amiss, as affording an additional security 
that it shall not be carried too far. At the temperature of 160° C. (320° F.), there will be 
generated sulphurous acid, heavy oil of wine, olefiant gas, and a large quantity of resino-car- 
bonaceous matter, blackening and rendering thick the residuary liquid; all of them products 
arising from the decomposition of a portion of sulphuric acid, alcohol, and ether. 
The British process is that of the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia slightly modified. The prin- 
ciples are the same as those of the U. S. 1870 process; but the directions about temperature 
are wanting; and the regulation of the supply of alcohol, and the cessation of the operation, 
are made to depend on the less reliable method of determining the measure of liquid, in the 
first place in the retort, and in the second place in the receiver. 
In both processes, whatever care may be taken in conducting them, and to stop them in due 
time, the ether obtained is apt to be contaminated with sulphurous acid, heavy oil of wine, 
alcohol, and water; and hence its purification becomes necessary. For this purpose the crude 
ether is agitated with purifying agents and submitted to a new distillation at a gentle heat, 
called the rectification. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 employed an aqueous solution of 
potassa; the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) used a saturated solution of calcium chloride to which 
had been added lime. The British method of purification as embodied in the formula for iEther 
Purificatus (see page 118) is preferable to the old United States method, as more thoroughly 
removing the water. In either case the lime and the potash are equally efficacious in neutral- 
izing any sulphurous acid which may be present in the crude material. The calcium chloride 
solution, after having been used, yields on distillation a further portion of ether of the official 
density; and, by concentrating it, filtering while hot, and separating the crystals of calcium 
sulphite which form on cooling, the chloride may be recovered for future operations. 
In the apparatus employed by Dr. Squibb the ether is made in one operation; the vapors of 
ether and unchanged alcohol are first washed by a solution of caustic potash maintained at a 
temperature above the boiling point of alcohol, the alcoholic vapor is then condensed in a worm 
kept at a suitable temperature and runs back into the still, while the ether vapor, retaining 
about 4 per cent, of alcohol, is condensed in a well-cooled apparatus. 360 lbs. of concen- 
trated sulphuric acid are sufficient to etherify 120 barrels of clean spirit; the acid has then to 
be changed, chiefly because the impurities of the spirit render the mixture dark and tarry and 
liable to froth in the still. (Ephemeris, ii. p. 590.) Krafft proposes to manufacture ether by 
heating alcohol in contact with the alkyl esters of sulphonic acid. He states that benzene- 
sulphonic acid under favorable conditions is capable of converting several thousand times its 
weight of alcohol into ether. The advantage claimed for this method is greater purity of the 
resulting ether. ( Chem. Ztg., 1893, 1876.) Ekenberg purifies ether by mixing it with 5 or 10 
per cent, of liquid paraffin, which has a boiling point of about 300° C., and distilling at a 
temperature of from 40° to 50° C. The liquid paraffin holds the impurities and permits the 
pure ether to distil over. (Chem. Ztg., 1894, 1240.) 120 
jEther Purificatus. 
PART I. 
Properties of Kther. In considering the properties of ether it is necessary to draw a sharp 
distinction between the official ethers of the two Pharmacopoeias. The term Ether (Either) is 
used now (1899) for the second grade ether (sp. gr. 0-735) of the British Pharmacopoeia as 
well as for the only ether now recognized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (sp. gr. 0 725 to 0 728) ; 
this latter corresponds with the Purified Ether (.ZEther Purificatus) of the British Pharma- 
copoeia, which has the sp. gr. 0-720. Ether of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia 1890 is described as 
follows. “ A transparent, colorless, mobile liquid, having a characteristic odor, and a burning 
and sweetish taste. Specific gravity, 0-725 to 0-728 at 15° C. (59° F.) ; or 0-714 to 0-717 at 
25° C. (77° F.). Soluble in about 10 times its volume of water at 15° C. (59° F.), with slight 
contraction of volume. Miscible, in all proportions, with alcohol, chloroform, benzin, benzol, 
fixed and volatile oils. Ether boils at about 37° C. (98-6° F.), and it should, therefore, boil 
when a test-tube, containing some broken glass and half filled with it, is held for some time in 
the hand. Ether is highly volatile and inflammable. Its vapor, when mixed with air and 
ignited, explodes violently. The color of light blue litmus paper moistened with water should 
not be changed when the paper is immersed in Ether for ten minutes. Upon evaporation, 
Ether should leave no residue. If 10 C.c. of it be poured, in portions, upon clean, odorless 
blotting paper, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, no foreign odor should become percep- 
tible when the last traces of Ether leave the paper. When 20 C.c. of Ether are shaken, in a 
graduated tube, with 20 C.c. of water, just previously saturated with Ether, the ethereal layer, 
upon separation, should not measure less than 19-8 C.c. (absence of an undue amount of alco- 
hol or water). If 10 C.c. of Ether be shaken occasionally, within one hour, with 1 C.c. of 
potassium hydrate test-solution, no color should be developed in either liquid (absence of 
aldehyde, etc.).” U, S. The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following tests for purified ether. 
“ Specific gravity not exceeding 0-722 and not below 0-720. 5 cubic centimetres on spon- 
taneous evaporation should not afford any abnormal odor and should not leave any residue. 
Its vapor is heavy and highly inflammable. It should dissolve in an equal volume of carbon 
bisulphide (absence of excess of water). Heated, it begins to distil at a temperature not under 
94-1° F. (34-5° C.) (absence of methylic ether). No effect should be produced by the addition 
of potassium hydroxide (absence of aldehyde). No alteration in color is produced on moistened 
blue litmus paper after twenty-four hours’ contact (absence of acid). On shaking with half its 
bulk of a dilute solution of potassium bichromate acidulated with sulphuric acid, and setting 
aside, the supernatant Ether should have no blue color (absence of hydrogen peroxide). Filter- 
paper moistened with Purified Ether should remain odorless when the liquid has evaporated.” 
Commercial ether, which is sometimes used as a solvent, varies in sp. gr. from 0-733 to 
0 765. The impurities found in it are excess of alcohol, water, sulphurous and other acids, 
heavy oil of wine, and various fixed substances. 
The ether of U. S. P. 1880 should have the sp. gr. 0-750 : if heavier than this, it must contain 
too much alcohol or water. The statement that water takes up only one-tenth of ether, when 
equal volumes of ether (sp. gr. 0-750) and water are shaken together in a graduated tube, has 
been shown by Dr. Squibb to be erroneous. If it take up more than one-fourth, the ether must 
contain an excess of alcohol or water, or of both. If the alcohol be in excess, it may be removed 
by agitating the liquid with twice its bulk of water, which unites with the alcohol, forming a 
heavier stratum, from which the ether may be poured off. The ether, however, takes up about 
one-tenth of water, which may be removed by agitation with freshly-burned lime, and subse- 
quent distillation. An easy method for detecting and measuring any alcohol present in ether 
was given by the Edinburgh College; namely, to agitate it, in a minim measure, with half its 
volume of a concentrated solution of calcium chloride. This will remove the alcohol; and the 
reduction of the volume of the ether, when it rises to the surface, will indicate the amount. 
Heavy oil of wine may be discovered by the ether becoming milky upon being mixed with water. 
If the ether be pure, it wholly evaporates in the air, leaving no solid residue. All non-volatile im- 
purities are thus detected. It should not redden litmus, showing the absence of acids. The 
point of ebullition is also an indication of the strength of the ether. When evaporating from 
bibulous paper, it should offer only a slight degree of foreign odor, aromatic and free from pun- 
gency, and should leave the paper, when dry, nearly or quite odorless. This test proves the 
absence of volatile impurities, except a slight and not inadmissible proportion of light oil of wine. 
The British ether should have the sp. gr. 0 735. “ 100 volumes agitated with an equal 
volume of water should not be reduced to less than 90 (absence of excess of ethylic alcohol). 
It should boil below 105° F. (40-5° C.). Specific gravity 0-735. It evaporates without residue. 
It should have no action on solution of litmus. It should dissolve without coloration when PART I. 
AEther Puriflcatas. 
121 
introduced drop by drop into sulphuric acid kept cool during the test (absence of organic 
impurities).” Br. This commercial ether may answer for external application, and may even 
be given by the mouth, yet for purposes of inhalation it is entirely unfitted without further 
purification. 
The extreme volatility of ether causes it to evaporate speedily in the open air, with the pro- 
duction of considerable cold. Its inflammability is very great, and the products of its combus- 
tion are water and carbonic acid. In consequence of this property the greatest care should be 
used not to bring it in the vicinity of flame, as, for example, a lighted candle. One of the 
great advantages of using steam as the source of heat is that it obviates, in a great measure, 
the danger of its accidental inflammation. When too long kept it undergoes decomposition, 
and is converted in part into acetic acid. It dissolves iodine and bromine freely, and sulphur 
and phosphorus sparingly. Its power to dissolve corrosive sublimate makes it a useful agent 
in the manipulations for detecting that poison. It is also a solvent of volatile and fixed oils, 
many resins and balsams, tannic acid, caoutchouc, and most of the organic vegetable alkaloids. 
It does not dissolve potassa and soda, in which respect it differs from alcohol. Ether unites in 
all proportions with alcohol. According to Prof. R. Boettger, water may be detected in ether 
by agitating the suspected liquid with carbon disulphide; if water be present the mixture 
becomes milky and turbid, otherwise it remains clear. Stefanelli (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 8, 439) 
proposes to shake ether with a small fragment of aniline-violet, which does not impart color to 
ether free from alcohol. One per cent, of alcohol may be thus detected. 
The most delicate test for the presence of alcohol in ether is that of Lieben, founded on the 
formation of iodoform by alcohol but not by ether. (See p. 126.) The mere keeping of ether 
in presence of moisture is said to generate traces of alcohol sufficient to produce the reaction. 
(Allen, Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed., i. p. 125.) 
On filtering an ethereal liquid with free access of air, a frost-like congelation is observed on 
the upper part of the filter, its appearance and quantity depending upon the temperature and 
the hygrometric state of the atmosphere. Tanret has collected some of this ether hydrate, 
and found that after it had been completely freed from ether by strongly blowing upon it, it 
had the temperature 3-5° C. (25-7° F.), and on fusion yielded 17 to 18 parts of water for 37 of 
ether; the formula (C„H6)20,2H20 requires 18 parts. (A. J. P., 1878.) 
Composition ana Theory of its Production. The empirical formula of ether is 
C4Hi00, and this is the result both of analysis and of a determination of its vapor density, 
whereby the molecular weight is established. This formula, however, is better understood 
when we examine the conditions of its formation. Ether is then found to be the oxide of 
ethyl (C2H6). This is the group which gives character to common alcohol and all its salts, 
whether with organic or inorganic acids. The group C2H6 acts as a monad radical, and com- 
mon alcohol is its hydrate, C2H6.0H. Its oxide then would be (C2H6)20, and all the reactions 
by which ether is produced show it to be this oxide. It is commonly formed from common 
alcohol (ethyl hydrate) by the action of sulphuric acid, according to the following reactions: 
C2H6,0II + SOa,OH,OH == S02,0H,0C2H6 + H,OH; 
that is, alcohol reacting with sulphuric acid yields ethyl-sulphuric acid (sulphovinic acid) and 
water. In the presence of an excess of alcohol and at the proper temperature the ethyl-sul- 
phuric acid then reacts with another molecule of alcohol, as follows: 
c2h6,oh + S02,0H,0C2H6=C2H6,0C2H6 + S02,0H,0H, 
whereby ethyl oxide (ether) is formed, and sulphuric acid is regenerated. These reactions take 
place best at a temperature of about 140° C. (284° F.), and if the mixture in the flask is kept 
at this temperature a steady stream of alcohol can be converted into ether, whence the process 
has been called “ the continuous etherification process.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. The chief use of ether in medicine is as an anaes- 
thetic ; although when taken into the stomach it is absorbed and exerts its narcotic powers. 
Locally applied it acts at first as a stimulant and afterwards as a narcotic. If it be on an 
exposed surface its evaporation occurs so rapidly as to mask by refrigeration the direct action 
of ether. It was at one time employed for freezing parts about to be operated upon, but has 
been superseded by the more volatile and cheaper petroleum products. It is frequently em- 
ployed in nausea dependent upon gastric depression, and also in flatulent or even biliary colic ; 
it is sometimes effective in gastrodynia, in neuralgia of the gums, earache, etc. When applied 
locally its evaporation should be prevented if possible. When ether is taken into the general 
system it produces an increase of the force and frequency of the pulse, which appears to be 
due to a stimulant action both upon the heart and vaso-motor system. The augmentation of 122 
JEther Purificatus. 
PART I. 
the force of the circulation is remarkably well maintained even during profound etherization, 
and after death from ether poisoning the heart is usually, if not always, found to be beating. 
When the drug causes a fatal result, it is almost always by paralyzing the centres of respira- 
tion. In sufficient amount ether acts powerfully as a narcotic, suspending consciousness and 
also lessening reflex activity. In some subjects there is a stage of etherization in which sensi- 
bility is destroyed, although consciousness is preserved. The influence of ether upon the ner- 
vous system is a direct one, and the usual order of the involvement of the nerve-centres as 
shown by Flourens is: first the cerebrum, next the sensory centres of the cord, next the motor 
centres of the cord, next the sensory centres of the medulla, and finally the motor centres (in- 
cluding that of respiration) of the medulla. 
For external use, the unrectified ether is sufficiently pure. The internal dose of ether is 
from fifty drops to a teaspoonful, to be repeated frequently when the full effect of the remedy 
is desired. It may be given in capsules, or simply floating upon the surface of ice-cold water, 
or incorporated in an aqueous mixture, to be made by first rubbing it up with spermaceti, em- 
ployed in the proportion of two grains for each fluidrachm of the ether. 
A syrup of ether is directed by the French Codex. MM. J. Regnault and Adrian, after a 
thorough investigation of the solubility of ether in solutions of sugar, offer the following 
formula. Take of sugar 440 parts, distilled water 490 parts, alcohol at 90° 50 parts, pure 
ether 20 parts. Put into a bottle, shake, and preserve. The whole of this might be given at 
a dose, if the parts taken are represented by grains. 
Capsules of ether, also called pearls of ether, are inodorous, will keep for a year at least with- 
out loss, and furnish the means of introducing ether into the stomach without irritating the 
mouth and throat. In a few seconds after they arrive in the stomach, they burst and diffuse 
their effects with singular rapidity. Analogous effects are produced when they are introduced 
into the rectum or vagina. Ether may be gelatinized by the process of M. Grimault. This 
consists in briskly shaking, in a stoppered bottle, four measures of ether, free from alcohol and 
acid, with one measure of white of egg. Gelatinized ether is an opaline trembling jelly, which 
may be spread with the greatest facility. It may be used as a local anaesthetic, applied to the 
seat of pain, spread on linen, and covered with a piece of cloth or of sheet caoutchouc. Gela- 
tinized ether will not keep, but must be prepared at the time it is wanted. 
Etherization. Ether may be exhibited by inhalation. Many years ago, its use in this 
way was proposed by Drs. Beddoes, Pearson, and Thornton, of England, in certain diseases of 
the lungs. As early as 1805, the late Dr. Warren, of Boston, employed ethereal inhalation to 
relieve the distress attending the last stage of pulmonary inflammation. About the year 1812, 
in Philadelphia, at the time when the nitrous oxide was the subject of popular lectures, the 
vapor of ether was frequently breathed from a bladder for experiment or diversion ; and its 
effects in producing transient intoxication, analogous to that caused by the nitrous oxide, were 
observed. It was not, however, until October, 1846, that attention was particularly drawn to 
ethereal inhalation as a remedy for pain. In that month, Dr. Warren, of Boston, was applied 
to by Dr. W. T. G. Morton, dentist, of that city, to ascertain by trial whether an agent which 
he had successfully employed to render painless the extracting of teeth would be equally suc- 
cessful in preventing the pain of surgical operations. This agent was the vapor of ether. 
Dr. Warren acceded to this request, and shortly afterwards, at the Massachusetts General Hos- 
pital, performed a severe operation, without pain to the patient, under the influence of ether, 
administered by Dr. Morton. A few days subsequently, Dr. C. T. Jackson, of Boston, in con- 
versation with Dr. Warren, claimed to have first made known to Dr. Morton the use of ethereal 
vapor for the prevention of pain in dental operations. 
From this beginning, the employment of ether by inhalation for the prevention and removal 
of pain has spread throughout the civilized world. The effect produced, called etherization, is 
usefully resorted to in all severe operations, not merely for the prevention of pain, but also of 
the shock which the system would otherwise suffer as a consequence of the pain, and also as a 
means of producing muscular relaxation in dislocation, strangulated hernias, etc. It has been 
employed for the detection of feigned diseases, by suspending the operation of the will; in 
neuralgia, biliary or renal colic, dysmenorrhcea, etc., as a palliative; in tetanus, and in the 
spasms produced by an overdose of strychnine, as an antispasmodic ; and in asthma and chronic 
bronchitis, as an antispasmodic expectorant. In midwifery it is extensively employed. In 
vivisections, humanity calls for the use of it as an anaesthetic. 
When ether is inhaled, at first a short faucial irritation is generally produced, but this soon 
disappears; and, after the lapse of from two to five minutes, and the expenditure of about PART 1. 
JEther Purificatus.—Alcohol Dilutum. 
123 
two fluidounees of ether, the quantity being very variable in different cases, the patient becomes 
insensible, and appears as if in a deep, almost apoplectic sleep. The usual signs of the full 
effect of the ether are the closure of the eyelids, muscular relaxation, and inability to answer 
questions. During the whole process of etherization, the fingers should be kept on the pulse; 
and if it become feeble, or very slow, or very rapid, the sponge should be removed until the 
circulation improves. At first there is redness, afterwards paleness, of the face and neck, suc- 
ceeded by cold perspirations. The danger in etherization is rarely through failure of the cir- 
culation, but by arrest of the respiration, and the state of the latter function should be closely 
watched; should it become very slow, or shallow, or irregular, the anaesthetic should be with- 
drawn, and, if necessary, appropriate measures of relief adopted. This is the mode of pro- 
ceeding in surgical operations ; in midwifery cases, partial etherization is often sufficient. One 
of the drawbacks to the use of ether is that vomiting is very apt to occur and be severe during 
the recovery from the narcosis. To lessen the gastric disturbance as much as possible, no food 
should be allowed for some hours before etherization, and a moderate dose of brandy or whiskey 
should be administered at the beginning of the latter process. In a few instances etherization 
has produced alarming remote effects. Dr. F. D. Lente has reported three cases of this kind. 
{New York Journ. of Med., Nov. 1856.) It. cannot be gainsaid that ether used for surgical 
purposes has caused death in a considerable number of cases. It appears to be distinctly 
proved by an enormous mass of statistics that the ratio of deaths from chloroform is about 
four times greater than from ether; so that under ordinary circumstances the surgeon should 
always select ether rather than chloroform, especially as most of the so-called “ disadvantages” 
of ether can be overcome by a little care. When in any case of disease of the heart anaesthesia is 
necessary, ether is a much safer anaesthetic than is chloroform. On the other hand, in phthisis, 
chronic bronchitis, in emphysema, pneumonia, and even pleurisy, and especially in laryngitis or 
obstructive diseases of the larynx, chloroform is distinctly preferable to ether. The question 
which of the anaesthetics is the safer when there is disease of the kidneys cannot be positively 
answered at this time, but what statistics there are indicate that ether is less dangerous than is 
chloroform, although the contrary statement has been made by various surgeons. 
ALCOHOL. U. S. (Br.) Alcohol. 
(Xl'co-hol.) 
“ A liquid composed of about 91 per cent., by weight, or 94 per cent., by volume, of Ethyl 
Alcohol [C„H60H = 45*9], and about 9 per cent., by weight, of Water. Alcohol should be 
kept in well-closed vessels, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire.” U. S. “A liquid con- 
taining 90 parts by volume of ethyl hydroxide, C2H6OH, and 10 parts by volume of water; 
obtained by the distillation of fermented saccharine liquids.” Br. 
Spiritus Rectificatus, Br., Rectified Spirit; Spiritus, P. G.; Spiritus Vini Rectificatissimus, Alcohol Vini; 
Spirit of Wine; Alcool, Esprit de Vin, Fr.j Rectificirter Weingeist, G.; Alcoole, Acquavite rectificata, It.; Alcohol, 
Espiritu rectificado de Vino, Sp. 
ALCOHOL ABSOLUTUM. U. S., Br. Absolute Alcohol. 
C2H5OH; 45*9. (Xl'co-hol Ab-so-lu'tum.) 
“ Ethyl Alcohol, containing not more than 1 per cent., by weight, of Water. Absolute Al- 
cohol should be kept in well-stoppered bottles or tin cans, in a cool place, remote from lights 
or fire.” U. S. “ Ethyl hydroxide, C2Hg0H, with not more than 1 per cent., by weight, of 
water; obtained by the removal of water from less strong ethylic alcohol, and subsequent dis- 
tillation.” Br. 
ALCOHOL DEODORATUM. U. S. Deodorized Alcohol. 
(AL'CO-HOL DE-O-DO-RA'TUM.) 
“ A liquid composed of about 92-5 per cent., by weight, or 95-1 per cent., by volume, of 
Ethyl Alcohol [C2H60H = 45-9], and about 7-5 per cent., by weight, of Water. Deodorized 
Alcohol should be kept in well-closed vessels, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire.” U. S. 
ALCOHOL DILUTUM. U. S. Diluted Alcohol. 
(Al'co-hol DI-LU'TUM.) 
“ A liquid composed of about 41 per cent., by weight, or about 48-6 per cent., by volume, 
of absolute.Ethyl Alcohol [C2H60H = 45\9J, and about 59 per cent., by weight, of Water. It 124 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
PART I. 
should be kept in well-closed vessels, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire.” U. S. “ The 
four official liquids obtained by diluting Alcohol (90 per cent.) with Distilled Water contain re- 
spectively 70, 60, 45, and 20 per cent, of ethyl hydroxide by volume.” Br. 
Spiritus Tenuior, Br., 1885, Proof Spirit; Spiritus Dilutus, P. G.; Spiritus Vini Rectificatus; Alcool dilue, Fr.; 
Verdiinnter Spiritus, G. 
From the titles and definitions above given, which include all the forms of alcohol recognized 
by the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias, it will be perceived that there are four official Alcohols, 
those being considered the same which approach nearly in specific gravity and are employed 
for similar purposes. 
The very extended use of alcohol in pharmacy renders it desirable not only to group the 
official kinds together here, but to consider each in detail in the subsequent pages. In the 
U. S. P. (1890) two new kinds of alcohol were made official, “Alcohol Absolutum” and “ Alcohol 
Beodoratum.” The former, which had been made official in the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) 
under the title “Alcohol Ethylicum,” is in the Br. P. (1898) termed “Alcohol Absolutum,” so 
that the two Pharmacopoeias are now in accord. 
Alcohol, in the chemical sense, is a peculiar liquid, generated for the most part in vegetable 
juices and infusions by a fermentation, called th£ vinous or alcoholic. The liquids which have 
undergone it are called vinous liquors, and are of various kinds. Thus, the fermented juice 
of the grape is called wine; of the apple, cider; and the fermented infusion of malt, beer. 
With regard to the nature of the liquids susceptible of the vinous fermentation, however 
various they may be in other respects, one general character prevails; that, namely, of con- 
taining sugar in some form or other. It is found, further, that after they have undergone the 
vinous fermentation the sugar they contain has either wholly or in part disappeared; and it 
was long believed that the only new products are alcohol which remains in the liquid, and car- 
bonic acid which escapes during the process, and that these, when taken together, are equal in 
weight to the sugar lost. It was hence inferred that sugar is the subject-matter of the changes 
that occur during the vinous fermentation, and that it is resolved into alcohol and carbonic 
acid. More recently, however, it has been shown by M. Pasteur that, along with alcohol and 
carbonic acid, glycerin and succinic acid are generated in small amount, and that the process 
is not so simple as at first supposed. 
Sugar will not undergo the vinous fermentation by itself, but requires to be dissolved in 
water, subjected to the influence of a ferment, and kept at a certain temperature. Accordingly, 
sugar, water, the presence of a ferment, and the maintenance of an adequate temperature may 
be deemed the prerequisites of the vinous fermentation. The water acts by giving fluidity, 
and the ferment and temperature by commencing and maintaining the chemical changes. 
The precise manner in which the ferment operates has not been positively determined; but 
the fermentative change seems to be intimately connected with the multiplication of a micro- 
scopic vegetable, torula cerevisire. Pasteur has shown that the yeast plant lives and grows at 
the expense of the sugar, which is converted partly into the tissue of the plant, partly into 
alcohol and other products. The proper temperature for conducting the vinous fermentation 
ranges from 15-5° C. to 32-2° C. (60° to 90° F.). 
Certain vegetable infusions, as those of potatoes and rice, readily undergo vinous fermenta- 
tion, on account of the ease with which their starch is changed into sugar under the influence 
of certain ferments. Taking the formula of starch as (C6H1006)3 for illustration, it is first 
changed under the influence of dilute acids or ferments according to the two reactions 
(CeH1006)3 + H20 = (C6H O,), + CeH1206 
Dextrin. Dextrose. 
(C,H10O„)s + 2Ha0 = C..H!!20ll + C6H130e. 
Maltose. Dextrose. 
The two compounds, dextrin and maltose, then go over gradually into dextrose, according to the 
reactions 
(CeH 0 ), + 2H 0 - 2CeH Oe 
C12H2aO„ + HQ0 = 2CaH1A- 
-Neither dextrin nor maltose is directly fermentable. M. Arnoult has succeeded in obtaining 
alcohol by fermenting sugar (glucose), formed by the action of sulphuric acid on poplar wood 
sawdust, which yielded from 70 to 80 per cent, of this kind of sugar. 
Alcohol, being the product of the vinous fermentation, necessarily exists in all vinous 
liquors, and may be obtained from them by distillation. Formerly it was supposed that these 
liquors did not contain alcohol, but were merely capable of furnishing it, in consequence of a 
new arrangement of their ultimate constituents, the result of the heat applied. Brande, how- PART I. 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
125 
ever, disproved this idea, by showing that alcohol may be obtained from all vinous liquors 
without the application of neat, and therefore must pre-exist in them. His method of sep- 
arating it consists in precipitating the acid and coloring matter from each vinous liquor by 
lead subacetate, and removing the water by potassium carbonate. According to Gay-Lussac, 
litharge, in fine powder, is the best agent for precipitating the coloring matter. 
In vinous liquors, the alcohol is largely diluted with water, and associated with coloring 
matter, volatile oil, extractive, ethereal substances, and various acids and salts. In purifying 
it, we take advantage of its volatility, which enables us to separate it by distillation, combined 
with some of the principles of the vinous liquor employed, and more or less water. The dis- 
tilled product of vinous liquors forms the different ardent spirits of commerce. When obtained 
from wine, it is called brandy; from fermented molasses, rum ; from cider, malted barley, or 
rye, whiskey; from malted barley and rye-meal with hops, and rectified from juniper berries, 
Holland gin ; from malted barley, rye, or potatoes, and rectified from turpentine, common gin ; 
and from fermented rice, arrack* These spirits are of different strengths, that is, contain 
different proportions of alcohol, and have various peculiarities by which they are distinguished 
by the taste. Their strength is accurately judged of by the specific gravity, which is always 
less in proportion as their concentration is greater.j* When they have the sp. gr. 0-920 
(0-91984, Drinkwater), they are designated in commerce by the term proof spirit. If lighter 
than this, they are said to be above proof; if heavier, below proof; and the percentage of 
water, or of spirit of 0-825, necessary to be added to any sample of spirit to bring it to the 
standard of proof spirit, indicates the number of degrees the given sample is above or below 
proof. Thus, if 100 volumes of a spirit require 10 volumes of water to reduce it to proof spirit, 
it is said to be <l 10 over proof.” On the other hand, if 100 volumes of a spirit require 10 vol- 
umes of spirit of 0-825 to raise it to proof, it is said to be “ 10 under proof.” 
Proof spirit is still very far from being pure; being a dilute alcohol, containing about half 
its weight of water, together with a peculiar oil and other foreign matters. It may be further 
purified and strengthened by redistillation, or rectification as it is called. Whiskey is the spirit 
usually employed for this purpose; and from every hundred gallons, between fifty-seven and 
fifty-eight may be obtained, of the average strength of rectified spirit (sp. gr. 0-835), corre- 
sponding very nearly with the Spiritus Rectificatus of the British. When this is once more 
cautiously distilled, it will be further purified from water, and the sp. gr. attained will be about 
0-820, which is the lightest spirit that can be obtained by ordinary distillation, and is practi- 
cally the pure spirit of the British system of excise. It still, however, contains 11 per cent, 
of water. In the mean while, the spirit, by these repeated distillations, becomes more and 
more freed from the contaminating oil, called grain oil or fusel oil. (See Alcohol Amylicum.) 
The synthesis of alcohol from ethylene through the intervention of ethyl-sulphuric acid has 
long been known as a scientific possibility. Recently, with the production of acetylene in- 
dustrially from calcium carbide, this synthesis has been taken up as a commercial possibility. 
Acetylene, made as stated from calcium carbide and water, is generated in the same flask in 
which nascent hydrogen is being formed, the result being the formation of ethylene gas. This 
is brought in contact with concentrated sulphuric acid at 80° C., when the two unite to form 
ethyl-sulphuric acid, which is then condensed and redistilled, when it breaks up into alcohol 
and sulphuric acid, which later can be used over again. The reactions for this synthesis are: 
C2H2 (acetylene) -j- H2 (hydrogen) — C2H4 (ethylene), 
C2H (ethylene) -j- H2S0. = (C2H )HS04 (ethyl-sulphuric acid), 
C2H6HS04 + HOH = C2H6.0H (alcohol) + H2S0.. 
We shall first consider the general properties of alcohol, and afterwards the different official 
forms. 
* It is stated that in Eastern commerce, under the name of toddy, arrack, saki, and tain, is sold a liquid which 
has only once been distilled; whilst sam-shn is a thrice distilled rice spirit, and contains from 33 to 52 per cent, of 
absolute alcohol. (Journ. Am. Chem. Soc., 1885.) 
| H. Grouven ( Vortr. iiber AgriSulturchemie, i. 425; N. R., May, 1879) gives the following average percentages 
of alcohol, as contained in the ordinary liquors: 
Vol. 
Weight 
per cent. 
per cent. 
Scotch Whiskey 
Irish “ 
42'8 
.... 49-9 
42-3 
American “ (old) 
. . . (WO 
52-2 
English “ 
. . . .49-4 
41-9 
French Cognac (Brandy) . . . 
47-3 
Vol. 
Weight 
per cent. 
per cent 
Rum 
.... 49-7 
42"2 
Gin 
40-3 
German “Schnapps” 
Russian “ Dobry Wutky” . . 
. . . .45-0 
. . . .62-0 
37-9 
54-2 
The percentage of alcohol in American whiskey is usually lower than that given above. 126 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
TART I. 
Properties. Alcohol, using this term in a generic sense, is a colorless, transparent, vola- 
tile liquid, of a penetrating, agreeable odor, and burning taste. It should be free from foreign 
odor, which, when present, is owing to fusel oil. When free from water, it is called anhydrous 
or absolute alcohol. It is inflammable, and burns without smoke or residue, forming water and 
carbonic acid. Its flame is bluish when strong, but yellowish when weak. It combines in all 
proportions with water and ether; and, when diluted with distilled water, preserves its trans- 
parency. Its density varies with the proportion of water it contains. (See table on p. 127.) 
Its value depends upon the quantity of absolute alcohol contained in it; and, as this is greater 
in proportion as the sp. gr. is less, it is found convenient to take the density of a sample in 
estimating its strength. This is done by instruments called hydrometers, which, when allowed 
to float in the spirit, sink deeper into it in proportion as it is lighter. Each hydrometer 
strength has a corresponding specific gravity; and, by referring to tables constructed for the 
purpose, the percentage of absolute alcohol is at once shown. Dr. W. H. Pile & Son, makers 
of hydrometers in Philadelphia, graduate instruments showing specific gravity and Baume’s 
degrees upon the same scale in parallel columns, with a thermometer taking the place of the 
bulb ; these are exceedingly convenient. 
Alcohol is used enormously in the arts as a solvent and for other purposes, and govern- 
ments have long sought for suitable regulations which would permit the proper use of alcohol 
in manufacturing and control its use as a beverage. The substitution of methylated spirit 
(alcohol with 10 per cent, of methyl alcohol) has not proved effective. (See Methylic Alcohol, 
Part II.) The French excise directs that alcohol should be denatured or deprived of its 
natural properties by the addition of 500 C.c. of benzin and 1 6m. of malachite green to each 
hectolitre ; it has been found, however, that the color can be destroyed by calcium hypochlorite. 
Alcohol is capable of dissolving a great number of substances ; as, for example, sulphur and 
phosphorus in small quantity, iodine and ammonia freely, and the hydrates of potassium, 
sodium, and lithium, but not the carbonates of these metals. Among organic substances, it is 
a solvent of the organic vegetable alkalies, urea, tannic, citric, and tartaric acids, sugar, man- 
nite, camphor, resins, balsams, volatile oils, and soap. It dissolves the fixed oils sparingly, 
except castor oil, which is abundantly soluble in it. It reacts chemically with some acids, 
forming the ethyl ethers, but with others acts only as a solvent. All deliquescent salts are 
soluble in alcohol, except potassium carbonate; while the efflorescent salts, and those either 
insoluble or sparingly soluble in water, are mostly insoluble in it. It dissolves ammonium 
chloride, and most of the chlorides readily soluble in water; also some nitrates, but none of the 
metallic sulphates. 
A method of detecting alcohol in small proportions has been proposed by M. Carstanjin. 
The liquid supposed to contain it, having been mixed with platinum black in a small flask, is 
heated to 51*1° C. (124° F.), well shaken, and filtered. To the filtrate a few drops of solution 
of potassa are added, and the liquor evaporated to dryness on a water-bath. The residue is 
then heated with a little arsenous acid; when, if alcohol be present, a garlicky odor will be 
perceived, owing to the production of cacodyl. According to M. Nickles, however, propylic 
alcohol will produce the same result. (A. J. A*., 1865, p. 334.) A very delicate test for small 
quantities of alcohol is that of Lieben as modified by Hager. (Zeitsch. Anal. Chem., ix. 492.) 
It depends on the fact that alcohol under the influence of iodine and an alkali yields iodoform, 
CHI3, the properties of which are very characteristic. To 10 C.c. of the clear suspected 
liquid five or six drops of a 10-per-cent, solution of caustic potash or soda are added, and the 
liquid is warmed to about 50° C. (122° F.). A solution of potassium iodide fully saturated 
with free iodine is next added drop by drop, with agitation, until the liquid becomes perma- 
nently yellowish brown, when it is carefully decolorized by a further cautious addition of the 
caustic alkali solution. If alcohol be present, iodoform is gradually deposited at the bottom 
of the tube in yellow crystals, which, after standing, may be examined with a lens. Spirit 
diluted with 2000 parts of water, when treated as above and allowed to stand twelve hours, 
gives a distinct dust-like deposit of iodoform. Unfortunately, the above delicate reaction is 
not peculiar to alcohol, being produced by acetone, aldehyde, propylic and butyric alcohols, 
various ethers, etc. On the other hand, it is not given by pure methyl or amyl alcohol, chloro- 
form, chloral, glycerin, or ether, nor by acetic, formic, or oxalic acid. (Allen, Commercial Org. 
Anal., 2d cd., i. p. 59; see, also, A. J. P.t Feb. 1877, Feb. 1879, Nov. 1879; N. R., Aug. 
1876.) Prof. Barfoed, of Copenhagen, recommends for an approximate simple test, to moisten 
small slips of filtering paper thoroughly with the alcohol, and set fire to them. If, when the 
alcohol has burned out, the paper slip catches fire readily, the latter must be stronger than 80 PART I. 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
127 
per cent.; if the paper barely catches fire, the strength may be presumed to be between 75 and 
80 per cent.; if it does not catch fire at all, the alcohol cannot be stronger than 73 to 75 per 
cent. (A. J. P., Jan. 1875.) 
The following table, compiled from that of Dr. A. B. Lyons, will be found useful, because it 
gives the specific gravities and proportions of official alcohol and water required to make 100 
measures at the temperature of 15-5° C. (60° F.). Condensation is taken into account in these 
figures. Corresponding specific gravities and percentages of mixtures of absolute alcohol and 
water may be found by referring to the alcoholmetrical tables in the Appendix. 
For 100 Measures 
use 
Sp. Gr. 
of Mix- 
ture. 
For 100 Measures 
use 
Sp. Gr. 
of Mix- 
ture. 
For 100 Measures 
use 
Sp. Gr. 
of Mix- 
ture. 
For 100 Measures 
use 
Sp. Gr. 
of Mix- 
ture. 
Ale. 
U. S. P. 
0-820. 
Water. 
Ale. 
U. S. P. 
0-820. 
Water. 
Ale. 
U. S. P. 
0'820. 
Water. 
Ale. 
IT. S. P. 
0-820. 
Water. 
1 
99-04 
•9986 
26 
75-83 
•9717 
51 
52-02 
•9387 
76 
26-34 
•8871 
2 
98-08 
•9972 
27 
74-91 
•9707 
52 
51-02 
•9369 
77 
25-28 
•8847 
3 
97-12 
•9958 
28 
73-99 
•9697 
53 
50*02 
•9351 
78 
24-21 
•8822 
4 
96-17 
•9945 
29 
73-07 
•9687 
54 
49-02 
•9333 
79 
23-18 
•8799 
5 
95-23 
•9933 
30 
72-15 
•9677 
55 
48-02 
•9315 
80 
22-09 
•8774 
6 
94-28 
•9920 
31 
71-22 
•9666 
56 
47-01 
•9296 
81 
21-02 
•8749 
r 
93-34 
•9908 
32 
70-30 
•9656 
57 
46-00 
•9277 
82 
19-95 
•8724 
8 
92-41 
•9897 
33 
69-37 
•9645 
58 
44-99 
•9258 
83 
1S-88 
•8699 
9 
91-46 
•9884 
34 
68-44 
•9634 
59 
43-97 
•9239 
84 
17-79 
•8673 
10 
90-54 
•9874 
35 
67-51 
•9623 
60 
42-95 
•9219 
85 
16-73 
•8648 
11 
89-61 
•9863 
36 
66-56 
•9610 
61 
41-93 
•9199 
86 
15-65 
•8622 
12 
88-67 
•9852 
37 
65-61 
•9597 
62 
40-91 
•9179 
87 
14-58 
•8597 
13 
87-75 
•9842 
38 
64-67 
•9585 
63 
39-88 
•9158 
88 
13-49 
•8570 
14 
86-82 
•9832 
39 
63-72 
•9572 
64 
38-86 
•9138 
89 
12-39 
•8542 
15 
85-90 
•9821 
40 
62-77 
•9559 
65 
37-83 
•9117 
90 
11-28 
•8513 
16 
84-98 
•9811 
41 
61-81 
•9545 
66 
36-79 
•9095 
91 
10-19 
•8486 
17 
84-05 
•9802 
42 
60-84 
•9531 
67 
35-75 
•9073 
92 
9-05 
•8455 
18 
83-16 
•9793 
43 
59-87 
•9516 
68 
34-72 
•9052 
93 
7-97 
•8429 
19 
82-25 
•9784 
44 
58-90 
•9501 
69 
33-68 
•9030 
94 
6-86 
•8400 
20 
81-34 
•9775 
45 
57-93 
•9486 
70 
32-65 
•9009 
95 
5-72 
•8368 
21 
80-43 
•9766 
46 
56-95 
•9470 
71 
31-60 
•8986 
96 
4-60 
•8338 
22 
79-51 
•9756 
47 
55-97 
•9454 
72 
30-55 
•8963 
97 
3-46 
•8306 
23 
78-59 
•9746 
48 
54-99 
•9438 
73 
29-51 
•8941 
98 
2-32 
•8274 
24 
77-67 
•9736 
49 
54-00 
•9421 
74 
28-46 
•8818 
99 
1-16 
•8240 
25 
76-74 
•9726 
50 
53-01 
•9404 
75 
27-40 
•8895 
100 
o-oo 
•8206 
1. Alcohol Absolutum. Absolute Alcohol, Anhydrous Alcohol, Ethylic Alcohol. No process 
is given in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for the preparation of absolute alcohol; the definition given, 
however, is “ Ethyl Alcohol, containing not more than 1 per cent., by weight, of water the fol- 
lowing is the process of the Br. Pharmacopoeia (1885) : “ Rectified Spirit, 1 pint [Imp. meas.] ; 
Carbonate of Potassium, anhydrous, 2 ounces [av.] ; Chloride of Calcium, fused, a sufficiency. 
Add the carbonate of potassium to the spirit in a stoppered bottle, and macerate for twenty- 
four hours with frequent agitation. Put the chloride of calcium into a covered crucible, and 
subject it to a red heat for half an hour; then pour the fused salt on to a clean stone slab, 
cover it quickly with an inverted porcelain dish, and when it has congealed, break it up into 
small fragments and enclose in a dry stoppered bottle. Put one pound [av.] of this fused 
chloride of calcium into a flask, pour over it the spirit decanted from the carbonate of potas- 
sium, and, closing the mouth of the flask with a cork, shake them together and allow them to 
stand for twenty-four hours with repeated agitation. Then attaching a dry condenser closely 
connected with a receiver from which free access of air is excluded, and applying the flame of 
a lamp to the flask, distil about two fluidounces [Imp. meas.], which should be returned to the 
flask, after which the distillation is to be continued until fifteen fluidounces [Imp. meas.] have 
been recovered.” Br. By the term absolute alcohol is meant pure alcohol, entirely free from 
water. In this state it cannot be obtained by ordinary distillation alone; the purest alcohol 
thus procured still containing 11 per cent, of water. To separate this it is customary to have 
recourse to substances having a very strong affinity for water, sufficient not only to abstract it 
from the alcohol, but to retain it at a temperature at wThich alcohol will distil over. Soubeiran 
recommends the following method for obtaining it, and the British process is largely based 128 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
PART I. 
upon this plan. 1st. Rectify alcohol marking 86° of the centesimal alcoholmeter of Gay- 
Lussac (rectified spirit), by distilling it from potassium carbonate. This operation should raise 
its strength to 94° or 95°. 2d. Raise this alcohol to 97° by distilling it with fused calcium 
chloride, or by digesting it with quicklime (from which it must be afterwards poured off), in 
the proportion of a pint of the alcohol to 1£ ounces of the chloride, or 2\ ounces of the lime. 
3d. Distil the product of this operation slowly with quicklime, in the proportion of 3£ ounces 
to the pint. The product will be absolute alcohol. The operation may be shortened to two 
steps by distilling the alcohol of 94° or 95° with an excess of quicklime (71 ounces to the 
pint). In all cases, before decanting or distilling, the alcohol must be digested for two or three 
days with the lime, at a temperature between 95° and 100° F. Lime will not answer as a 
substance to be distilled from, unless it be in sufficient excess; for otherwise, towards the end 
of the distillation, the calcium hydrate formed will yield up its water to the alcohol, and 
weaken the distilled product. Prof. J. Lawrence Smith (Amer. Chemist, Oct. 1874) procures 
an alcohol of 98 to 100 per cent, by macerating 3 pints of alcohol, 94 per cent., in a four-pint 
bottle with about six troyounces of well-burned lime; well corked and agitated at intervals for 
ten days, the strengthened alcohol, at the end of this time, is drawn off by a siphon, and may 
be freed, if desired, of the small trace of lime by redistillation. 
Properties. Absolute alcohol is a colorless, volatile liquid, of an agreeable odor and 
burning taste. It boils at 78-4° C. (173-1° F.), and is congealed at—130-5° C. Its sp. gr. is 
0-7978 at 68°, according to Regnault; 0-79381 at 60°, according to Drinkwater ; 0-794 (equiva- 
lent to 99-95 per cent, of eth}Tl hydroxide by volume and by weight) to 0-7969 (equivalent to 
99-4 per cent, of ethyl hydroxide by volume or 99 per cent, by weight), by the British Phar- 
macopoeia ; while Dr. Squibb has shown that pure alcohol is obtainable of as low a density as 
0-7935, and possibly lower. (Ephemeris, ii. p. 522.) The sp. gr. of its vapor is 1-59. Absolute 
alcohol is officially described as “ a transparent, colorless, mobile, and volatile liquid, of a char- 
acteristic, rather agreeable, odor, and a burning taste. Very hygroscopic. Specific gravity, 
not higher than 0-797 at 15-6° C. (60° F.) ; or 0-789 at 25° C. (77° F.). In other respects, 
Absolute Alcohol has the properties, and should respond to the reactions and tests, of Deodor- 
ized Alcohol (see Alcohol Deodoratum').” U. S. “ Mixed with 1 to 2 per cent, of anhydrous 
copper sulphate in a well-closed bottle, and the mixture set aside for two or three hours and 
occasionally well shaken, the salt does not become of a decidedly blue color (absence of excess of 
water). Absolute Alcohol should be free from the impurities mentioned under ‘ Alcohol (90 
per cent.),’ and in other general characters should resemble it.” Br. The tests usually given 
to prove the absence of water by dropping into the absolute alcohol anhydrous baryta or an- 
hydrous copper sulphate are not reliable, as Dr. Squibb has demonstrated that when half of 
one per cent, of water was added to absolute alcohol no change in either the baryta or the 
anhydrous copper sulphate took place. Gbrgeu’s test of forming a clear solution when mixed 
with an equal bulk of pure benzol is more delicate, but a test for determining the presence of 
at least one per cent, of water is badly needed. Absolute alcohol should be free from fusel oil. 
Absolute alcohol burns with a pale flame without residue, the products being carbonic acid 
and water. Its vapor, passed through a porcelain tube filled with pumice-stone and heated to red- 
ness, yields carbon, gaseous hydrocarbons, aldehyde, naphthalene, benzene, phenol, and various 
other substances. (Berthelot.) It unites in all proportions with ether and water. Its union 
with water is attended by condensation and a rise of temperature. When 52-6 volumes of 
alcohol are mixed with 47*4 of water, corresponding with one molecule of the former to three 
of the latter, the decrease of volume is at the maximum, amounting to 3-4 per cent. Berthelot 
has announced the formation of alcohol synthetically, by the union of olefiant gas with water. 
In this discovery he was anticipated by the late Mr. Hennel, who published it in 1828. 
Composition. Absolute alcohol consists of two atoms of carbon, six of hydrogen, and 
one of oxygen. Its empirical formula is, therefore, C2H0O. It is, however, recognized, as the 
hydrate of the radical ethyl (C2H6), so that its rational formula wrould be C2H6,OH. 
During the vinous fermentation sugar disappears, and the sole products were supposed to be 
alcohol and carbonic acid, which, taken together, were believed to equal in weight the lost 
sugar. Now, the comparative composition of the substances concerned supports the opinion 
that these are the sole derivatives of a portion of the sugar lost. Preparatory to the fer- 
mentation, the cane sugar is changed into grape sugar, or into a mixture of equal molecules 
of dextrose and levulose, called invert sugar, according to the reaction given on page 123. 
These two sugars, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), consist of C6H120e. Supposing one mol. of 
this fermentable sugar to be the subject of the change, it will be found to have a composition PART I. 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
129 
which admits of its being broken up into two mols. of alcohol and two of carbonic acid; for 
CeHi206 = 2(C„HeO) + 2(COa). But it does not follow that all the sugar has been converted 
into alcohol and carbonic acid; and Pasteur, as before stated, has shown that a portion lost 
has not been thus converted, but has been partly appropriated to the growth of the yeast plant 
of the ferment, and partly changed into glycerin and succinic acid. 
2. Alcohol. U. S. Alcohol, sp. gr. 0-820. This is the so-called “ 95 per cent, alcohol” of 
commerce (or 94 per cent, by volume) ; it was an official preparation of the Dublin College, 
which gave a formula for its preparation, and stated its sp. gr. at 0-818. The Stronger Alcohol 
introduced into the U. S. P. (1860), though of the sp. gr. 0 817, and therefore a little stronger 
than the old Dublin preparation, may for all practical purposes be considered as identical with 
it. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898), under the title “ Spiritus Rectificatus,” recognizes 
alcohol of 90 per cent. This is slightly stronger (1 -35 per cent, by volume) than the alcohol 
of the same name in the Br. Pharm. (1885). To prepare it on a small scale, potassium car- 
bonate, previously ignited in a heated mortar, may be mixed with ordinary alcohol in a bottle, 
and shaken occasionally for about four hours; the mixture being, in the mean time, main- 
tained at the temperature of about 100° F. tjpon resting, the liquid divides into two strata, 
the lower consisting of an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate, the upper of the stronger 
alcohol, which is to be separated, and distilled so as to obtain the measure of about nine- 
tenths of the original alcohol employed. 
It is described as “ a transparent, colorless, mobile, and volatile liquid, of a characteristic, 
rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. Specific gravity, about 0-820 at 15-6° C. (60° F.) \ 
or 0-812 at 25° C. (77° F.). Miscible with water in all proportions, and without any trace of 
cloudiness; also miscible with ether or chloroform. It is readily volatilized even at low tem- 
peratures, and boils at 78° C. (172-4° F.). It is inflammable, and burns with a blue flame. It 
should not affect the color of blue or red litmus paper previously moistened with water. If 
50 C.c. of Alcohol be evaporated in a clean glass vessel, no color or weighable residue should 
remain. On allowing Alcohol, mixed with one-third of its volume of water, to evaporate spon- 
taneously from clean, odorless blotting-paper saturated with it, no odor of fusel oil, nor other 
foreign odor, should become perceptible. If 10 C.c. of Alcohol be mixed in a test-tube with 
5 C.c. of potassium hydrate test-solution, the liquid should not at once become dark-colored 
(absence of aldehyde, methyl alcohol, or oak tannin). If 20 C.c. of Alcohol be shaken in a 
clean, glass-stoppered vial with 1 C.c. of silver nitrate test-solution, the mixture should not be- 
come more than faintly opalescent, or acquire more than a faint brownish tint, when standing 
during six hours in diffused daylight (limit of organic impurities, amylic alcohol, etc.).” TJ. S. 
“ Specific gravity 0-8340. It contains 85-65 per cent, by weight of ethyl hydroxide, C2H6OII, 
and 14-35 per cent, by weight of water. It burns with a blue smokeless flame. It leaves no 
residue when evaporated (absence of fixed matter). It remains clear when mixed with water 
(absence of oily or resinous substances). A little exposed on clean white filter-paper leaves no 
unpleasant smell after the alcohol has evaporated (absence of fusel oil and allied impurities). 
100 cubic centimetres, with 2 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solutioii of silver nitrate, ex- 
posed for 24 hours to bright light and then decanted from the black powder which has formed, 
undergo no further change when again exposed to light with more of the volumetric solution 
(absence of more than traces of amylic alcohol and of other organic impurities). When mixed 
with half its volume of solution of potassium hydroxide, the liquid should not immediately 
darken in color (absence of more than traces of aldehyde). The addition of solution of ammonia 
should not cause an immediate darkening in color (absence of tannic acid, excess of aldehyde, 
and other organic impurities).” Br. 
On a Targe scale, we are informed that alcohol of this strength is now prepared in the 
United States, very abundantly, by simple distillation by means of a modified distillatory ap- 
paratus. The modification consists in substituting for a single refrigerated receiver a series 
of receivers, kept at such temperatures that, in tbe first of them, the watery vapor shall con- 
dense with comparatively little of the alcoholic, which, as it passes through the successive re- 
cipients, is more and more deprived of water, until, when condensed in the last, it yields a 
spirit at least as strong as the official Alcohol of the sp. gr. 0-820. At the same time that the 
spirit is thus strengthened, it becomes, on the same principle, more and more freed from fusel 
oil, until at length almost wholly deprived of it. 
The British preparation contains 14-35, the U. S. only 9 per cent, of water. Official alcohol, 
though of standard strength, may still be impregnated with a volatile principle, called fusel oil. 
This is usually separated by digesting the alcohol with charcoal. It, as well as other impuri- 130 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
PART I. 
ties, may also be removed by passing the impure spirit through a filtering bed, composed of sand, 
wood-charcoal, boiled wheat, and broken oyster-shells, arranged in layers. If 5 C.c. of alcohol 
he mixed with 6 times its volume of water and then agitated with about 20 drops of chloroform, 
the latter will, if separated and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, leave the fusel oil, which 
will be perceptible by its odor; and by treating with a little sulphuric acid and potassium acetate, 
its peculiar ether may he recognized by its odor. (Ber. Chem. Ges., viii.; A. J. P., 1875, p. 304.) 
If a little of the solution of silver nitrate be added to alcohol, and the mixture exposed to a 
bright light, a black powder will be precipitated, if fusel oil be present. Official alcohol will 
not withstand this test, as the best contains a little of the foreign oil. According to Mr. E. 
N. Kent, of New York, silver nitrate will not detect fusel oil, but affords its indications by 
reacting with other organic substances. For detecting fusel oil, Mr. Kent finds pure sulphuric 
acid the best test. To apply it he half fills a test-tube with the spirit to be tested, and 
then fills it up very slowly with pure concentrated sulphuric acid. If the spirit be pure, 
it will remain colorless, otherwise it will become colored, the tint being deeper in propor- 
tion to the amount of the impurity. This test admits the presence of a small proportion of 
fusel oil. 
Alcohol Deodoratum. Deodorized Alcohol. “ A liquid composed of about 92-5 per cent., 
by weight, or 95-1 per cent., by volume, of Ethyl Alcohol [C2H6OH =45-9], and about 7-5 per 
cent., by weight, of water.” U. S. This is a new official liquid of the U. S. P. 1890. Deodor- 
ized alcohol is, as its name implies, alcohol deprived of foreign odor ; there are certain uses in 
pharmacy for which any other alcohol would be unsuited, such as the solution of volatile oils 
and essences having delicate odors, the manufacture of compound spirits, etc. 
The properties of deodorized alcohol are those of purified alcohol, its specific gravity, 0816 
at 15-6° C. (60° F.), being slightly less than that of alcohol. It is officially tested as follows. 
“ If 25 C.c. of Deodorized Alcohol be mixed with an equal volume of water and 5 C.c. of 
glycerin, and the mixture allowed to evaporate spontaneously from a piece of clean, odorless 
blotting-paper, no foreign odor should become perceptible when the last traces of the Alcohol 
leave the paper (absence of fusel oil constituents). If 25 C.c. be allowed to evaporate spon- 
taneously in a porcelain capsule carefully protected from dust, until only a moisture is left, no 
red or brown color should be produced upon tbe addition of a few drops of colorless, concen- 
trated sulphuric acid (absence of amylic alcohol, or non-volatile, carhonizable, organic impurities, 
etc.). In other respects, Deodorized Alcohol has the properties, and should respond to the re- 
actions and tests, of Alcohol." U. S. 
The best alcohol is that manufactured under Atwood’s patent process, in which manganic 
acid or potassium or sodium permanganate is used to destroy the fusel oil and other foreign 
substances. This alcohol withstands the tests of silver nitrate and sulphuric acid remarkably 
well. Pure fused sodium acetate has been proposed as a substance particularly adapted to 
retain fusel oil, and has been used by adding it to the alcohol to be rectified in the proportion 
of about 10 pounds to the barrel of forty-five gallons, and redistilling. The purification of 
alcohol is best accomplished, according to Schmitt, by taking crude alcohol containing 30 per 
cent, by volume, adding potassium carbonate (not enough to cause two layers to form), and 
agitating with pure benzin; this solvent removes completely the fusel oil from the alcohol. 
After separating the light layer, potassium carbonate is added to the alcohol in sufficient quan- 
tity to form two layers, the lower one consisting of a saturated solution of potassium carbon- 
ate, the upper one of 94-per-cent, alcohol containing a small quantity of potassium carbonate. 
The alcohol layer is siphoned off and mixed with just sufficient strong sulphuric acid to pre- 
cipitate the potassium salt as sulphate, which is insoluble in alcohol of 94 per cent., and 
which can then be removed. Alcohol purified in this manner, without distillation, it is stated, 
cannot be distinguished from that purified by the usual method. (See Pharm. Centralb., 1889, 
p. 722.) F. Gr. Earl recommends the following method, which has the advantage of requiring 
no especial apparatus. “ Hub four drachms of powdered unslaked lime with two drachms of 
powdered alum intimately ; add one gallon (95 per cent.) alcohol and shake well, then add one 
fluidrachm of spirit of nitrous ether, set aside for seven days, and filter through animal char- 
coal.” (Chem. and. Drug., 1895, 35.) Perfumers' alcohol can now be bad, which is very much 
cleaner than cologne spirit, as the purest alcohol attainable was formerly called. It is termed 
perfumers’ alcohol because it was found necessary to prepare a very high grade of alcohol for 
those who need a solvent for fine odors, on the score of economy and to insure greater excel- 
lence of product. 
3. Alcohol Dilutum. U. S. “A liquid composed of about 41 per cent., by weight, or PART I. 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
131 
about 48-6 per cent., by volume, of absolute Ethyl Alcohol, and about 59 per cent., by 
weight, of Water.” Specific gravity about 0-938 at 15° C. (59° F.) and about 0-930 at 25° C. 
(77° F.). The strength of diluted alcohol has been somewhat altered by the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1890. 
Diluted alcohol is now officially made hy mixing equal measures of alcohol and water together.* 
11 Alcohol,Jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 7 fluidrachms, 15 minims] ; Distilled 
Water, five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 7 fluidrachms, 15 minims]. Mix them. 
If the two liquids be measured at the temperature of 15-6° C. (60° F.), the mixture, when 
cooled to the same temperature, will measure about 971 C.c. [or 32 fluidounces, 6 fluidrachms, 
40 minims]. Diluted Alcohol may also be prepared in the following manner: Alcohol, four 
hundred and ten grammes [or 14 ounces av., 202 grains] ; Distilled Water, five hundred grammes 
[or 17 ounces av., 279 grains]. Mix them.” U S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) no longer uses the titles “ Spiritus Tenuior” or “ Proof 
Spirit” for diluted alcohol, but admits four official liquids under the name of diluted alcohol, 
as follows : 
1. Alcohol (70 per cent.).—With one hundred, fluid ounces of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix 
thirty-one (more accurately 31-05) fluid ounces of Distilled Water. Or, with one thousand cubic 
centimetres of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix three hundred and ten and a half (310-5) cubic centi- 
metres of Distilled Water. Specific gravity 0-8900. 
2. Alcohol (60 per cent.).—With one hundred fluid ounces of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix 
fifty-three and two-thirds (more accurately 53-65) fluid ounces of Distilled Water. Or, with 
one thousand cubic centimetres of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix five hundred and thirty-six and a 
half (536 5) cubic centimetres of Distilled Water. Specific gravity 0-9135. 
3. Alcohol (45 per cent.).—With one hundred fluid ounces of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix one 
hundred and five and one-third (more accurately 105-34) fluid ounces of Distilled Water. Or, 
with one thousand cubic centimetres of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix one thousand and fifty-three 
and a half (more accurately 1053-4) cubic centimetres of Distilled Water. Specific gravity 
0-9436. 
4. Alcohol (20 per cent.).—With one hundred fluid, ounces of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix 
three hundred and fifty-five and three-quarters (more accurately 355-8) fluid ounces of Distilled 
Water. Or, with one thousand cubic centimetres of Alcohol (90 per cent.) mix three thousand 
five hundred and fifty-eight (3558 0) cubic centimetres of Distilled Water. Specific gravity 
0-9760. 
This is a convenient pharmaceutical method of providing suitable menstrua for making 
tinctures, fluid extracts, and other galenical preparations. 
The U. S. preparation consists of equal measures of official alcohol and water. “ Diluted 
Alcohol has a specific gravity of about 0-938 at 15° C. (59° F.), about 0-937 at 15-6° C. (60° F.), 
and about 0-930 at 25° C. (77° F.). It should respond to the reactions and tests given under 
alcohol.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Probably all the soft tissues of the body are capable 
of being impressed by alcohol, if it be in sufficient amount and concentration. Locally ap- 
plied it is irritant even to the skin, and much more so to the more delicate organs: hence the 
various abdominal inflammations which are so frequent in habitual drunkards. When it is 
taken internally in proper quantity, it causes a feeling of exhilaration, with distinct increase 
in the force and frequency of the pulse. When larger amounts are ingested, the well-known 
phenomena of drunkenness follow. A single dose of it, if large enough, may produce death, 
preceded by loss of consciousness, profound muscular relaxation, and diminished respiration. 
The temperature of the body may be elevated slightly by small doses of the drug, the rise 
* Official Rules for making an Aicohol of any required lower Percentage, from an Alcohol of any given higher 
Percentage. “ I. By Volume.—Designate the volume-percentage of the stronger alcohol by V, and that of the 
weaker alcohol by v. 
“ Rule.—Mix v volumes of the stronger alcohol with pure water to make V volumes of product. Allow the mix- 
ture to stand until full contraction has taken place, and until it has cooled, then make up any deficiency in the V 
volumes by adding more water. 
“ Example.—An alcohol of 30 per cent, by volume is to be made from an alcohol of 94 per cent, by volume.—Take 
30 volumes of the 94 per cent, alcohol, and add enough pure water to produce 94 volumes. 
“ II. By Weight.—Designate the weight-percentage of the stronger alcohol by W, and that of the weaker by to. 
“ Rule.—Mix w parts by weight of the stronger alcohol with pure water to make W parts by weight of product. 
“Example.—An alcohol of 50 per cent, by weight is to be made from an alcohol of 91 per cent, by weight.— 
Take 50 parts by weight of the 91 per cent, alcohol, and add enough pure water to produce 91 parts by weight.” 
U. S. 132 
Alcohol Dilutum. 
PART I. 
being due to the excitement of the circulation and not to any direct action. After toxic 
amounts the temperature is usually lowered, and the fall may be very marked. The action of 
the drug upon the bodily temperature of those who use it habitually is very slight. 
Alcohol in small doses acts as a stimulant to the ganglionic cells of the cerebrum, and per- 
haps also to the motor tract of the spinal cord. In large amount it certainly is a depressant 
to the cerebral and spinal ganglionic cells, as well as the nerve-trunks. The action of small 
doses upon the respiratory centres is not thoroughly established, but large doses depress the 
respiratory centres, and finally may cause death by centric paralytic asphyxia. Upon the 
heart the small dose of alcohol acts as a direct stimulant, the large dose as a depressant or 
paralyzant. The influence of minute doses upon the vaso-motor system is not thoroughly 
worked out, but there appears to be a widening of the blood-paths at a time when the heart is 
still stimulated, so that there is a marked quickening of the blood-movement. The toxic dose 
of alcohol paralyzes the blood-vessels, probably both centrally and peripherally. The peripheral 
temperature is often increased by small amounts of alcohol, and there may be even a slight 
increase in the central temperature, probably caused by quickening of the circulation ; the 
large dose of alcohol depresses the animal temperature, probably by causing vaso-motor paralysis, 
and thereby increasing heat-dissipation. 
In regard to the effect of alcohol upon the nutrition there is much contradictory evidence, 
but the present probabilities are that the drug has no specific influence upon the production 
of heat or of carbonic acid, or upon nitrogenous elimination, and that therefore it has little 
or no direct effect upon the nutrition, unless it be in poisonous doses, when it certainly dis- 
turbs all nutritive processes. After absorption into the blood, alcohol is in part eliminated 
through the lungs, the skin, and the kidneys unchanged, but is largely burnt up in the 
system, probably yielding force for the working needs of the organism. Whether as a food 
it is in health of as much or more value than other hydrocarbons is not at present positively 
known. 
In acute diseases associated with debility, alcohol is often an invaluable remedy. Of all 
medicines it is the one most frequently employed as a stimulant. Taken along with food in 
small quantity, it favors digestion by its local effect upon the stomach, and possibly also by stimu- 
lating the nerve and arterial centres. It does not directly elevate temperature, and hence is 
not contra-indicated by fever ; in typhoid and other low fevers it is of great value. In all con- 
ditions of depression the system tolerates much more of it than in health: hence in snake-bite, 
typhoid and typhus fever, diphtheria, etc., enormous quantities are often exhibited with great 
benefit. So long as it is not perceptible in the breath, and does not cause nervous or circula- 
tory excitement, alcohol in these cases is probably not in excess. In chronic diseases great 
care is necessary in the exhibition of the remedy, for fear of begetting intemperate habits. 
This is especially the case in neuralgia and other painful affections in which the narcotic in- 
fluence of alcohol may be very soothing; under these circumstances there is a constant ten- 
dency to an increase of the frequency and size of the dose. Taken habitually in excess, alco- 
hol produces the most deplorable results, and is a very common cause of fatal maladies. In 
acute poisoning, the stomach should be at once emptied, the respiration be maintained by the 
use of atropine and other methods (see Opium Poisoning), and the bodily heat sustained by ex- 
ternal warmth. In some cases it may be well to employ ammonia or digitalis to act upon the 
nearly paralyzed heart. Locally, alcohol is sometimes used for the purpose of hardening the 
skin and as an antiseptic dressing for wounds, the wound being washed out with it until all 
bleeding has ceased, the edges then united, and the whole surrounded by an alcoholic 
ing. As an internal remedy alcohol is very rarely employed in the pure state, but only in the 
form of spirits, wines, or fermented liquors, which are described elsewhere. 
The purer forms of alcohol, whether strong or diluted, are employed almost exclusively in 
pharmacy; as in the preparation of medicines, such as ether, into the composition of which 
they enter; for the preservation of organic substances; in the extraction of the active prin- 
ciples of vegetables, as in the tinctures; for dissolving bodies soluble in alcohol much more 
readily than in water, or insoluble in the latter fluid; and for other pharmaceutical purposes. 
Diluted alcohol is employed as an addition to some infusions and decoctions, and to some of 
the distilled waters and preparations of vinegar, in order to preserve them from decomposition ; 
as a menstruum for extracting the virtues of plants, preparatory to the formation of extracts 
and syrups; and in preparing many of the spirits, and a few of the medicated wines. But it 
is in forming the tinctures that diluted alcohol is chiefly used. Some of these are made with 
official alcohol (rectified spirit), but the majority with mixtures of alcohol and water of differ- PART I. 
Allium. 
133 
ent percentages. As diluted alcohol contains more than half its weight of water, it is well fitted 
for acting on organic substances the virtues of which are partly soluble in water and partly in 
alcohol. The apothecary, however, should never substitute the commercial proof spirit for 
diluted alcohol, on account of the impurities in the former, even though it may be of the same 
strength ; but when it is recollected how variable the so-called proof spirits are in strength, the 
objection to their use in pharmacy becomes still stronger. 
ALLIUM. U.S. Garlic. 
(Al'LI-UM.) 
“ The bulb of Allium sativum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Liliaceae).” U. S. 
Bulbus Allii; Ail, Fr.; Knoblauch, G.; Aglio, It.; Ajo, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla six-parted, spreading. Spathe many-flowered. Umbel crowded. Capsule 
superior. Willd. 
This is a very extensive genus, including more than sixty species, most of which are Euro- 
pean. Of the nine or ten indigenous in this country, none are official. Dr. Griffith states 
that the bulb of A. canadense has been substituted for the cultivated garlic, and found equally 
efficient. (Med. Bot., p. 653.) Of the European species several have been used from a very 
early period, both as food and as medicine. A. sativum, or garlic, is the only one now official; 
and to this we shall here confine our observation, simply stating that there are few genera of 
which the several species resemble one another more closely in sensible and medical properties 
than the present. For an account of A. cepa, or onion, and A. porrum, or leek, see Part II. 
Allium sativum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 68 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 749, t. 256. This is a 
perennial plant, and, like all its congeners, bulbous. The bulbs are numerous, and enclosed in 
a common membranous covering, from the base of which the fibres that constitute the proper 
root descend. The stem is simple, and rises about two feet. The leaves are long, flat, and 
grass-like, and sheathe the lower half of the stem. At the termination of the stem is a clus- 
ter of flowers and bulbs mingled together, and enclosed in a pointed spathe, which opens on 
one side and withers. The flowers are small and white, and make their appearance in July. 
This species of garlic grows wild in Sicily, Italy, and the south of France. 
The part employed, as well for culinary purposes as in medicine, is the bulb, which is de- 
scribed in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia as follows. “ Bulb subglobular, compound, consisting of 
about eight compressed, wedge-shaped bulblets, which are arranged in a circle around the base 
of the stem, and covered by several dry, membranous scales. Odor pungent and disagreeable ; 
taste warm and acrid. Garlic should be used without having been dried.” U. S. The bulbs 
are dug up with a portion of the stem attached, and, having been dried in the sun, are tied to- 
gether in bunches, and thus brought to market. They are said to lose, by drying, nine parts 
of their weight out of fifteen, with little diminution of their sensible properties. This species 
of Allium is commonly called English garlic, to distinguish it from those which grow wild in 
our fields and meadows. Garlic bulbs are apt to germinate and thus to undergo serious injury. 
Mr. A. P. Sharp preserves them by placing them in a bottle, pouring on them a little alcohol, 
about two fluidounces to a quart, and securely closing the bottle by a stopper of glass or cork. 
All tendency to germinate is thus destroyed, and the bulbs will retain their peculiar smell and 
taste unchanged for years. (Proc. A. P. A., 1864.) 
Properties. Garlic, as found in the shops, is somewhat spherical, flattened at the bottom, 
and drawn towards a point at the summit, where a portion of the stem several inches in length 
projects. It is covered with a white, dry, membranous envelope, consisting of several delicate 
laminae, within which the small bulbs are arranged around the stem, having each a distinct 
coat. These small bulbs, commonly called cloves of garlic, are usually five or six in number, 
of an oblong shape, somewhat curved, and in their interior are whitish, moist, and fleshy.* 
They have a disagreeable pufigent odor, so peculiar as to have received the name of alliaceous. 
Their taste is bitter and acrid. The peculiar smell and taste, though strongest in the bulb, 
are found to a greater or less extent in all parts of the plant. They depend on an essential oil, 
which is very volatile, and may be obtained by distillation, passing over with the first portions 
of water. As first obtained, the oil is of a dark brownish-yellow color, heavier than water, 
and decomposed at its boiling temperature. It may be purified by repeated distillation in a 
* A variety of garlic, sometimes seen in the market, having larger and fewer cloves or small bulbs than the offi- 
cial, has been shown by Prof. Robert P. Thomas to be the product of a hybrid, probably between A. sativum and 
A. porrum. (Proc. A. P. A., 1860.) 134 
Allium.—A loes. 
PART I. 
salt-water bath, and is then lighter than water, of a pale yellow color, and not decomposed by 
boiling. According to Wertheim, it consists of a peculiar organic radical, called allyl, (C3H6), 
combined with sulphur, and is therefore allyl sulphide, (C3H6)2S. From one hundred-weight 
of garlic Wertheim obtained from three to four ounces of the impure oil, and about two-thirds 
as much of the rectified. (Chem. Gaz., iii. 177.) Semmler obtained from garlic bulbs 0-09 
per cent, of the volatile oil, sp. gr. (at 14-5° C.) 1*0525 ; it was yellow, having an intense odor 
and optically inactive. By fractional distillation he obtained four products, C6H12S2, CeH10S2, 
CeH10S3, and CeII10S4, which decomposed during distillation. The oil, according to Semmler, 
is free from allyl sulphide, the latter having the sp. gr. 0-8991. (Arch. d. Pharm., 1892, p. 434.) 
The impure oil has an exceedingly pungent odor, and a strong acrid taste, and, when applied 
to the skin, produces much irritation and sometimes even blisters. The pure oil combines with 
silver nitrate, forming a precipitate soluble in heated alcohol and afterwards separating in 
crystals. Besides this oil, fresh garlic, according to Cadet de Gassicourt, contains, in 1406 
parts, 520 of mucilage, 37 of albumen, 48 of fibrous matter, and 801 of water. Bouillon- 
Lagrange mentions among its constituents sulphur, a saccharine matter, and a small quantity 
of fecula. The fresh bulbs yield upon pressure nearly a fourth part of juice, which is highly 
viscid, and so tenacious as to require dilution with water before it can be easily filtered. When 
dried, it serves as a lute for porcelain. It has the medical properties of the bulbs. Water, 
alcohol, and vinegar extract the virtues of garlic. Protracted boiling renders it inert. Accord- 
ing to F. W. Semmler (Arch. d. Pharm., 1887, p. 9271, Allium ursinum contains a volatile oil 
which consists mainly of vinyl-sulphide, or (C„II3)oS. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The use of garlic as a medicine and as a condiment 
ascends to the highest antiquity. When taken internally, and even when applied externally, 
the oil is absorbed, and imparts its odor to the breath, urine, perspiration, etc. The oil of 
garlic has some influence upon the human system as a general mild stimulant. Its chief value 
in medicine is for its local action upon the stomach and as a stimulant expectorant. The garlic 
itself is sometimes employed as a rubefacient, which by yielding its volatile oil in absorption 
stimulates the nervous system, especially in the case of young children. The oil may often be 
given with great advantage in chronic bronchitis and in the advanced stages of obstinate acute 
bronchitis. It is especially valuable in the treatment of children when there is a distinct ner- 
vous element. In catarrhal pneumonia of young children the bruised garlic cloves are often 
applied as a poultice to the lungs; and similar applications were formerly used to the feet for 
the nervous restlessness or even the convulsions of young children. Garlic clove may be swallowed 
either whole or cut into pieces of a convenient size, but the official syrup has replaced most 
other methods of administration. The dose in substance is from half a drachm to two drachms 
(1-95-7-8 Gm.) of the fresh bulb. That of the juice is half a fluidrachm (1-9 C.c.). 
ALOE BARBADENSIS. U. S., Br. Barbadoes Aloes. [Curasao Aloes.] 
(XL'O-E BAlt-BA-DEN'SIS.) 
“ The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe vera (Linne), Webb (nat. ord. Liliaceae).” U. S. 
“ The juice that flows from the transversely cut leaves of Aloe vera, Linn., Aloe chinensis, 
Bak., and probably other species, evaporated to dryness. Imported from the West Indian 
Islands, and known in commerce as Barbados and Curayao aloes.” Br. 
Aloes hcpatique des Barbades, Fr.; Barbadoes Aloe, G. 
ALOE SOCOTRINA. U. S., Br. Socotrine Aloes. 
(XL'O-E SOC-O-TRI'NA.) 
“ The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi, Baker (nat. ord. Liliaceae).” U. S. 
“ The juice that flows from the transversely cut leaves of Aloe Perryi, Baker, and probably 
other species of Aloe, evaporated to dryness. Imported principally by wTay of Bombay, and 
known in commerce as Socotrine and Zanzibar aloes.” Br. 
Aloes socotrin, ou sucotrin, Fr.; Soeotora. oder Socotrinischc Aloe, G.; Mnsebber, Ar. 
Most of the species belonging to the genus Aloe are said to yield a bitter juice which has 
all the properties of the official aloes. It is impossible, from the various and sometimes con- 
flicting accounts of writers, to determine exactly from which of the species the drug is in all 
instances actually derived. Mr. J. Medley Wood states, as the result of personal research in PART I. 
Aloes. 
135 
Natal, that the Natal aloes is yielded chiefly by the aloe described in the Gardener's Chroni- 
cle, vol. 5, p. 113, as A. ferox. (P. J. Tr., Dec. 1890.) Doubts are, however, thrown upon the 
conclusions of Mr. Wood by Mr. E. M. Holmes, who thinks that the plant seen was probably 
A. platylepis. (See P. J. Tr., April, 1891.) In Lindley’s Flora Medica, A. purpurascens, A. 
arhorescens, A. commelyni, and A. multiformis, of the Cape of Good Hope, are enumerated as 
yielding aloes; A. leptocaulon and A. sahnudra, found in Madagascar (P. J. Tr., July, 1881), 
and other species, are, without doubt, occasionally resorted to. We shall confine ourselves to a 
description of the three species which probably yield most of the aloes of commerce. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla erect, mouth spreading, bottom nectariferous. Filaments inserted into the 
receptacle. Willd. 
Aloe spicata. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 185. This species of Aloe was first described by Thun- 
berg. The stem is round, three or four feet high, about four inches in diameter, and leafy at 
the summit. The leaves are spreading, subverticillate, about two feet long, broad at the base, 
gradually narrowing to the point, channelled upon their upper surface, and with remote teeth 
upon their edges. The flowers are bell-shaped, and spread horizontally in very close spikes. 
Beneath each flower is a broad, ovate, acute bract, white, with three green streaks, and nearly 
as long as the corolla. Of the six petals, the three inner are ovate, obtuse, white, with three 
green lines, and broader than the outer, which otherwise resemble them. The stamens are 
much longer than the corolla. The spiked aloe is a native of Southern Africa, growing near the 
Cape of Good Hope, and, like all the other species, preferring a sandy soil. In some districts 
of the colony it is found in great abundance, particularly at Zwellendam, near Mossel Bay, 
where it almost covers the surface of the country. Much of the Cape aloes is said to be de- 
rived from this species. 
A. socotrina. Lamarck, Encycl. i. 85 ; De Cand. Plantes Grasses, Jig. 85 ; Curtis’s Pot. Mag. 
pi. 472 ; Carson’s Illust. of Med. Pot. ii. 48, pi. 92.—A. vera. Miller, Diet., ed. 8, No. 55. The 
stem of this species is erect, eighteen inches or more in height, woody, and leafless below, 
where it is very rough from the remains of former leaves. At top it is embraced by green, 
sword-shaped, ascending leaves, somewhat concave on their upper surface, convex beneath, 
curved inward at the point, with numerous small white serratures at their edges. The flowers, 
which are in a cylindrical, simple raceme, are scarlet near the base, pale in the centre, and 
greenish at the summit, and have unequal stamens, of which three are longer than the corolla. 
This plant was supposed to be a native of Socotra and the source of the Socotrine aloes, but 
was shown by Mr. Bolus to be indigenous to the Cape of Good Hope. 
A. vidgaris. Lamarck, Encycl. i. 86 ; Carson’s Illust. of Med. Pot. ii. 46, pi. 90.—A. vera. 
Linn.—A. barbadensis, Miller. This species has a very short, woody stem, and lanceolate em- 
bracing leaves, which are first spreading, then ascending, of a glaucous green color, somewhat 
mottled with darker spots, flat on the upper surface, convex beneath, and armed with hard 
reddish spines, distant from each other, and perpendicular to the margin. The flower-stem is 
axillary, of a glaucous reddish color, and branched, with a cylindrical-ovate spike of yellow 
flowers, which are at first erect, then spreading, and finally pendulous, and do not exceed the 
stamens in length. A. vulgaris is a native of southeastern Europe, the north of Africa, and 
Madagascar. It is cultivated in Italy, Sicily, Malta, and especially in the West Indies, where 
it contributes largely to furnish the Barbadoes aloes. 
A. perryi. J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc., xxviii. The true Socotrine aloes plant was first 
described from specimens sent to Kew Gardens by Mr. Wykeham Perry, and was subsequently 
found by Prof. Balfour, of Edinburgh, growing abundantly upon the island of Socotra, 
especially in the limestone tracts, from the sea-level to an altitude of 3000 feet; along with it, 
but much less abundant, was a dwarf species with spotted leaves. A. perryi resembles in its 
general habit the Barbadoes aloe, but differs in its shorter leaves, and especially in its flowers, 
which are arranged in loose* racemes on longer pedicels and have the tube much longer than 
the segments. 
The proper aloetic juice was formerly thought to exist in longitudinal vessels beneath the epi- 
dermis of the leaves, and readily flows out when these are cut transversely; but, according to M. 
Edmond Robiquet, who has made elaborate researches in relation to this drug, these vessels 
are air-ducts, and the juice flows in the intercellular passages between them. The liquid 
obtained by expression from the parenchyma is mucilaginous, and possessed of little medicinal 
virtue. The quality of the drug depends much upon the mode of preparing it. The finest 
kind is that obtained by exudation, and subsequent inspissation in the sun. Most of the 
better sorts, however, are prepared by artificially heating the juice which has spontaneously 136 
Aloes. 
PART I. 
exuded from the cut leaves. The chief disadvantage of this process is the conversion of a 
portion of the soluble active principle into an insoluble and comparatively inert substance, 
through the influence of an elevated temperature. The plan of bruising and expressing the 
leaves, and boiling down the resulting liquor, yields a much inferior product, as a large por- 
tion of it must be derived from the mucilaginous juice of the parenchyma. The worst plan 
of all is to boil the leaves themselves in water, and evaporate the decoction. The quality of 
the drug is also affected by the careless or fraudulent mixture of foreign matters with the 
juice, and the unskilful management of the inspissation. 
Commercial History and Varieties. Three chief varieties of aloes are known in 
commerce: Barbadoes or Curagao, Socotrine, and Cape. 
1. Barbadoes Aloes. CURA9A0 Aloes. The aloe plants are largely cultivated in the 
poorer soils of Jamaica and Barbadoes, especially of the latter island. The species from which 
most of the drug is procured is A. vulgaris; but A. socotrina, A. purpurascens, and A. arbo- 
rescens are also said to be cultivated. The process employed appears to be somewhat different 
in different places, or at least as described by different authors. A fine kind was formerly 
prepared by the spontaneous inspissation of the juice placed in bladders or shallow vessels 
and exposed to the sun. The common Barbadoes aloes, however, is now made either by 
boiling the juice to a proper consistence, or by first forming a decoction of the leaves, chopped 
and suspended in water in nets or baskets, and then evaporating the decoction. In either 
case, when the liquor has attained such a consistence that it will harden on cooling, it is poured 
into calabashes and allowed to concrete. A gentleman from Barbadoes, who had seen the 
aloes prepared, informed Mr. Squire that the leaves are cut transversely, and so placed that 
the juice flows from the incised surfaces into a trough which inclines to the boiler. (Med. T. 
and Gaz., Jan. 1868, p. 75.) It is imported into England in gourds weighing from 60 to 70 
pounds, or even more, or sometimes in boxes. A variety known as “Capey Barbadoes,” having 
a smooth glassy fracture, occurs in the London markets. In consequence of the great demand 
for it in veterinary practice, it commands a high price in Great Britain. Curasao aloes, 
resembling Barbadoes aloes but having a different odor, comes into European commerce 
through Holland from the Dutch West Indies. It is apparently produced by the three species 
A. vulgaris, A. spicata, and A. socotrina, all of which have been introduced into the islands 
(see P. J. Tr., Jan., Sept., 1890), although Prof. E. R. Holmes believes it to be at least in 
part the product of A. chinensis. This aloe was formerly largely used in making the dye 
known as Bismarck brown, but at present is chiefly employed in medicine. 
The color of Barbadoes aloes is not uniform. Sometimes it is dark brown or almost black, 
sometimes of a reddish brown or liver color, often orange-brown, and again of some intermedi- 
ate shade. “ Fracture either dull and waxy, in which case small splinters are opaque; or 
smooth and glassy, in which case the splinters are transparent; the opaque variety examined 
under the microscope exhibits numerous minute crystals embedded in a transparent mass.” Br. 
It is also distinguishable by its odor, which is disagreeable and even nauseous. The powder 
is of a dull olive-yellow. According to Mr. Giles, it yields 80 per cent, of aqueous ex- 
tract, and is even more active than is the Socotrine. (P. J. Tr., Dec. 1860, p. 301.) Ac- 
cording to M. Marais, Barbadoes aloes, from whatever part of the West Indies derived, and 
however differing in color, when dissolved in distilled water in the proportion of 1 part to 
100,000 parts, has in a high degree the property of giving rise to a fine rose color on the addi- 
tion of gold chloride or tincture of iodine ; while all other varieties, whether African or Indian, 
writh the exception of the hepatic, produce with these reagents either a feeble color, slow in 
developing, or no change of color whatever. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., v. 336.) “ Mixed with 
nitric acid, it acquires a red color. Barbadoes Aloes is not colored, or acquires only a light 
bluish-green tint, on being mixed with sulphuric acid and blowing the vapor of nitric acid 
over the mixture (difference from Natal aloes).” U. S. “ Barbados Aloes is almost entirely 
soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.) diluted with half its volume of water. Not more than 30 
per cent, should be insoluble in cold water'' Br. Kremel gives a method to distinguish Curasao 
aloes from other kinds by adding to it a little cupric sulphate solution, then some saturated 
solution of common salt, which makes the color an intense carmine. The reaction is due to 
cupro-alvin. (Chem and Drug., 1895, 759.) 
2. Socotrine Aloes. This aloes, which has been very long known and highly esteemed 
under its present name, is nominally produced in the island of Socotra, which lies in the Strait 
of Babelmandeb, about forty leagues to the east of Cape Guardafui; but we are told by Ainslie 
that the greater part of what is sold under that name is prepared in the kingdom of Melinda, PAKT I. 
Aloes. 
137 
upon the eastern coast of Africa; and Wellsted' states that the aloes of the neighboring parts 
of Arabia is the same as that of Socotra. The commerce in this variety of aloes is carried on 
chiefly by the maritime Arabs, who convey it either to India, or up the Red Sea by the same 
channel through which it reached Europe before the discovery of the southern passage into 
the Indian Ocean. Mr. Vaughan states that nearly the whole product of the island is carried 
to Maculla, on the southern coast of Arabia, and thence transshipped to Bombay. (P. J. Tr., 
xii. 268.) The whole produce was formerly monopolized by the Arabian Sultan of Kisseen; 
but at present the business of collecting the drug is entirely free to the inhabitants. The 
leaves are plucked at any period of the year, and are placed in skins, into which the juice is 
allowed to exude. In what way the inspissation is effected we are not informed by Wellsted; 
but, according to Hermann, it is by exposure to the heat of the sun. The aloes is exported in 
skins, or in kegs or tin-lined boxes. Its quality differs much according to the care taken in 
its preparation. 
Socotrine aloes is in pieces of a yellowish or reddish-brown or even a dark ruby-red color, 
wholly different from that of the former variety. Sometimes the color is very light, especially 
in the fresh and not fully hardened parcels; sometimes it is a deep brownish red like that of 
garnets. It is rendered much darker by exposure to the air; and the interior of the masses is 
consequently much lighter-colored than the exterior. Its surface is somewhat glossy, and its 
fracture smooth or ragged, but not conchoidal. The color of its powder is a bright golden 
yellow. It has a peculiar, almost fragrant, saffron-like odor, which is especially developed by 
breathing upon it, and a taste which, though bitter and disagreeable, is accompanied by an 
aromatic flavor. Though hard and pulverulent in cold weather, it is somewhat tenacious in 
summer, and softens by the heat of the hand. The variety known as Zanzibar aloes is usually 
imported in liver-brown masses. It has a dull and waxy, but nearly smooth and even, frac- 
ture, a characteristic odor, and a nauseous, bitter taste. “ Almost entirely soluble in alcohol 
and in 4 parts of boiling water. The aqueous solution becomes turbid on cooling and yields 
a deposit. The powder, on being thoroughly dried on a water-bath and then heated to 100° C., 
should not cake. Mixed with nitric acid, it acquires a reddish-brown color. Socotrine Aloes 
is not colored blue on being mixed with sulphuric acid and blowing the vapor of nitric acid 
over the mixture (difference from Natal aloes')." U. S. Both Zanzibar and true Socotrine 
Aloes “ are opaque even in small splinters, exhibit when examined under the microscope 
numerous minute crystals embedded in a transparent mass, and impart to nitric acid a reddish 
or yellowish-brown color.” Br. 
Under the name of Socotrine aloes are occasionally to be met with in the market small par- 
cels beautifully semi-transparent, shining, and of a yellowish, reddish, or brownish-red color. 
These, however, are very rare, and do not deserve to be considered as a distinct variety. They 
are probably portions of the juice carefully inspissated in the sun, and may accompany the 
packages brought from any of the commercial sources of aloes. When in mass, as imported 
from the East, Socotrine aloes is usually soft and plastic, and of a very light yellowish-brown 
color in the interior. At present it reaches the United States in casks, tubs, or boxes, and not 
rarely in a semi-liquid state, forming, when dried, hard dark-brown, or nearly black masses 
which break with a dull and waxy, uneven fracture. Very liquid specimens are sometimes of 
the consistence of molasses, of an orange or yellowish color, and of a strong fragrant odor. 
It separates, upon standing, into a transparent liquid, and an opaque, lighter-colored, granular 
portion which subsides. Pereira found the latter portion to consist of innumerable minute 
prismatic crystals, which he believed to be identical with or closely analogous to aloin. When 
the juice is heated, the deposit dissolves, and the whole being evaporated yields a solid, trans- 
parent product having the properties of fine Socotrine aloes. (P. J. Tr., xi. 439.) 
Much of the aloes sold as Socotrine consists simply of superior specimens of other varieties 
falsely labelled to enhance their value. 
Much confusion and uncertainty have prevailed in relation to the term Hepatic Aloes. 
The name was originally applied to a product from the East Indies of a reddish-brown or liver 
color, and has been extended to similar aloes from the West Indies. The hepatic aloes of the 
present London markets is simply a dark, opaque, liver-colored Socotrine aloes. 
The Barbadoes aloes reaches the United States in gourds, the Curasao aloes in old boxes 
and various forms of packages, whilst the Socotrine aloes comes chiefly in monkey-skins. 
3. Cape Aloes (Shining Aloes) was dropped from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the revision 
of 1880. It is imported from the Cape of Good Hope, either directly or through the medium 
of English commerce. It is collected by the Hottentots and Dutch boers indiscriminately 138 
Aloes. 
PART I. 
from A. spicata and other species, which grow wild in great abundance. Mr. Backhouse (1838), 
Dr. L. Pappe, of Cape Town, and Mr. P. MacOwan (1871), all state that the best aloes is 
derived from Aloe ferox (Lam.), and, according to Dr. L. Pappe, a weaker product is obtained 
from A. africana and A. plicatilis of Miller. (Flor. Capens. 28.) The process is very simple. 
As stated by Hallbeck, a Moravian missionary who resided at the Cape, a hole is made in the 
ground, in which a sheep-skin is spread with the smooth side upward. The leaves are then cut 
off near the stem, and arranged around the hole, so that the juice which runs out may be 
received into the skin. The juice flows most freely in hot weather. (United Breth. Mission. 
Intelligencer, N. U.,vi. 436.) When a sufficient quantity of the liquor has been collected, it is 
inspissated in iron caldrons, and, when sufficiently concentrated, is poured into boxes or skins, 
where it concretes upon cooling. The finest kind is collected at the Missionary Institution at 
Bethelsdorp, and is hence called Bethclsdorp aloes. Its superiority is owing exclusively to the 
greater care observed in its preparation. 
According to Pliarmacographia, the process just described is still followed in its essential 
details throughout the Cape. Cape aloes differs from Socotrine aloes especially in its brilliant 
conchoidal fracture and peculiar odor, which is strong, but neither nauseous nor aromatic. 
When freshly broken, it has a very dark olive or greenish color approaching to black, presents 
a smooth bright almost glassy surface, and, if held up to the light, appears translucent at its 
edges. The small fragments also are semi-transparent, and have a tinge of yellow or red 
mixed with the deep olive of the opaque mass. The same tinge is sometimes observable in 
the larger pieces. The powder is of a fine greenish-yellow color, and, being generally more or 
less sprinkled over the surface of the pieces as they are kept in the shops, gives them a some- 
what yellowish appearance. Cape aloes, when quite hard, is very brittle, and readily powdered ; 
but in very hot weather it is apt to become somewhat soft and tenacious, and the interior of 
the pieces is occasionally more or less so even in winter. It is usually imported in casks or 
boxes. Dr. Pereira says that a variety is sometimes imported into England from the Cape of a 
reddish-brown color like hepatic aloes. The use of Cape aloes has greatly lessened ; the variety 
has, in fact, almost disappeared from the American market, the Curasao aloe having largely 
taken its place as a cheap aloe. Natal aloes is a variety coming from Natal, on the southeast 
coast of Africa, which occurs in irregular pieces, with a fracture much less shining than that 
of Cape aloes and a totally different color, having a greenish slate hue. It yields a greenish- 
brown powder, which has the odor of Cape aloes. It is less soluble than Cape aloes, and has a 
peculiar composition, which will be adverted to under the chemistry of the drug. 
Besides these varieties of aloes, others are mentioned by authors. A very inferior kind, 
supposed to consist of the dregs of the juice which furnished the better sorts, almost black, 
quite opaque, hard, of a rough fracture and very fetid odor, and full of various impurities, 
was formerly sold under the name of fetid, caballine, or horse aloes. It was used exclusively 
for horses; but, in consequence of the cheapness of better kinds, it has been banished from 
veterinary practice, and is not now found in the market. Aloes has been imported from Mus- 
cat, and a considerable quantity came over in a vessel sent by the Sultan to the United States. 
Some of a similar origin has been called Mocha aloes in London. Jafferabad aloes, supposed 
to be the same as Mocha aloes (A. J. P., 1881, p. 175), has been shown to be the product of 
A. abyssinica, and is said by Shenstone to contain /9-barbaloin. (A. J. P., 1883, p. 92.) Aloes 
made in India from the A. vulgaris is known as Musambra aloes. It appears to be a very 
inferior variety, and rarely, if ever, reaches Europe. (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1889.) 
General Properties. The odor of aloes is different in the different varieties. The taste 
is in all of them intensely bitter and very tenacious. The color and other sensible proper- 
ties have been sufficiently described.* Several distinguished chemists have investigated the 
* Hugo Borntrager asserts that one part of aloes in 5000 can be detected in the following manner. A little of the 
suspected liquid is shaken with about twice its bulk of benziu, which is allowed to separate, decanted, and shaken 
with a few drops of strongest water of ammonia. On separation the ammonia will be of a clear red color. With 
solids a tincture should first be made. According to Mr. R. H. Groves (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., xi. 1045), this test will 
never succeed with a less concentration than 1 part in 250, and with some aloes 1 in 100, and is due to the tannin- 
like substance of aloes; he also states that extreme care i* necessary to have the benzin solution perfectly clear. 
(P. J. Tr., 1885, p. 633. For Hager’s quantitative method for determining the percentage of aloin in aloes, see 
A. J. P.t 1885, p. 237.) 
R. A. Cripps and f. h. Hyrnond have given the testing of aloes a lengthy investigation, and they recommend the 
following method. Place 1 grain of the substance in a glass mortar standing on white paper, now add 16 drops of 
strong sulphuric acid and triturate until dissolved, then add 4 drops of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1*42, and then 1 ounce of 
distilled water. If aloes be present, a color varying from deep orange to crimson will be produced, according to the 
kind of aloes that has been used; the color is deepened by the addition of ammonia. The following table is taken PART I. 
Aloes. 
139 
nature and composition of* aloes. Braconnot found a bitter principle, which he named resino- 
amer (resinous bitter'), and another substance in smaller proportion, which he designated by 
the name of flea-colored principle. These results were essentially confirmed by Trommsdorff, 
Bouillon-Lagrange, and Vogel. Berzelius considers aloes to be made up of a bitter extractive 
and products from this by the alterations in the air. Kobiquet obtained a product which he 
called aloetin. (For details, see 14th ed. U. S. D.) 
Aloins. The bitter substances noticed above, viz., the resino-amer of Braconnot, the bitter 
extractive of Berzelius and others, and the aloetin of Bobiquet, probably contain the active 
principle of aloes, but combined with impurities which render it insusceptible of crystalliza- 
tion. It is probable that there exists not one compound, but a set of three closely-related 
compounds, to which the general name of aloins is now given. The first of these, found ex- 
clusively in Barbadoes aloes, and discovered by T. and H. Smith, is called barbaloin; the 
second, discovered by Fliickiger in Natal aloes, is called nataldin; the third, found by Ilisted 
and Fliickiger in Socotrine aloes, is called socaloin. 
Barbaldin. This is a neutral substance crystallizing in tufts of small yellow prisms. These 
crystals represent hydrated aloin, and part with one mol. of water (= 2-69 per cent.) by desic- 
cation in vacuo, or by the prolonged heat of a water-bath. Barbaloin, C17tI1B07 -(- £HaO, 
dissolves sparingly in water or alcohol, but very freely if either liquid be even slightly warmed ; 
it is insoluble in ether. 
By oxidation with nitric acid, barbaloin yields, as Tilden has shown, about one-third of its 
weight of chrysammic acid, besides aloetic, oxalic, and picric acids. It combines easily with 
bromine to form yellow needles of tnbromaldin, C17H15Br307; trichloraloin, C17H15C1307, has 
also been obtained. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. (587.) According to Tilden, from 20 to 25 
per cent, of barbaloin can be extracted from good qualities of the drug by agitating with 
seven or eight parts of boiling water slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, allowing to 
stand for twenty-four hours, filtering, setting aside for a day or two, putting the resulting mass 
in a calico bag, and squeezing out the liquid. The barbaloin thus obtained is purified by 
solution in alcohol and crystallization. Tilden gives it the formula C16H1807. 
Nataldin. This exists naturally in Natal aloes, from which it can be easily prepared in the 
from the paper of Bainbridge & Morrow (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1890). Under the heading of Kew Specimens are given 
the results obtained with juice of aloe plants grown in Kew Gardens. 
Commercial 
Specimens. 
HN03. 
H2SO4 and vapor 
of HNO3. 
Cripps and 
Dymond. 
C. and D. with 
NH4HO. 
Bromine 
Test. 
FesCl*. 
Hepatic aloes . . 
Reddish-brown. 
Nil. 
Orange-red. 
Intense brown- 
Nil. 
ish-red. 
True Socotrine . 
Reddish-brown. 
Nil. 
Orange-red. 
Intense brown- 
Nil. 
ish-red. 
Commercial 
xi 
Socotrine . . . 
Faint crimson. 
Nil. 
Crimson. 
Deep claret. 
Nil. 
Cape 
Permanent green af- 
Nil. 
Orange-red. 
Pale claret. 
Nil. 
ter standing a few 
O 
minutes. 
Curagao .... 
Evanescent crimson. 
Nil. 
Crimson. 
Intense claret. 
Nil. 
0 
Natal 
Permanent crimson. 
Deep blue. 
Deep crim- 
Intense brown- 
Nil. 
0 
son. 
ish-red. 
a 
Barbadoes . . . 
Crimson soon fading. 
Slight bluish-green 
Crimson. 
Deep claret. 
Nil. 
© 
occasionally. 
Kew Specimens. 
0 © 
> to 
Aloe ferox . . . 
Evanescent crimson. 
Green. 
Pale yellow. 
Red. 
Violet. 
*3 ® 
—socotrina. . . 
Permanent crimson. 
Deep blue. 
Crimson. 
Intense brown- 
Deep pur- 
ish-red. 
plish-red. 
ci > 
—vera 
Nil. 
Slight green. 
Nil. 
bO 
—perryi .... 
Nil. ' 
Nii. 
Nil. 
© 
—purpurascem . 
Crimson fading to 
Nil. 
Violet. 
light red. 
—platylepis . . 
Nil. 
Nil. 
Nil. 
© 
—arboreacens, 
© 
var. fruteacena 
Nil. 
Nil. 
Nil. 
© 
—a/ricana . . . 
Evanescent red, 
Nil. 
Orange-red. 
Pale claret. 
Nil. 
u 
c8 
changing after a 
> 
few minutes to 
<5 
green. 
—chinenais. . . 
Nil. 
Nil. 
Nil. 140 
Aloes. 
PART I. 
crude state if the drug be triturated with an equal weight of alcohol at a temperature not ex- 
ceeding 48° C. This will dissolve the amorphous portion, from which the crystals should be 
separated by a filter and washed with a small quantity of cold spirit. From 16 to 25 per 
cent, of crude nataloin in pale yellow crystals may be thus extracted. Its formula is C26H28Oir 
It is scarcely more soluble in warm than in cold spirit of wine, so that to obtain crystals it is 
best to allow the solution to evaporate spontaneously. Water, hot or cold, dissolves it very 
sparingly. Nataloin gives off no water when exposed over oil of vitriol or to a temperature 
of 100° C. By the action of nitric acid it affords both oxalic and picric acids, but no chry- 
sammic acid. 
Socalo'in. In the Socotrine or Zanzibar aloes the crystals are of comparatively large size, 
such as are not seen in Natal aloes. They cannot, however, be so easily separated as the nata- 
loin, since they are nearly as soluble as the amorphous matter surrounding them. Histed 
recommends treating the powdered crude drug with a little alcohol, sp. gr. 0960, and strongly 
pressing the pasty mass between several thicknesses of calico, then dissolving the yellow crys- 
talline cake in warm weak alcohol, and collecting the crystals which are formed by cooling 
and repose. Socalo'in forms tufted acicular prisms, which by solution in methylic alcohol may 
be obtained 2 to 3 millimetres in length. It is much more soluble than nataloin. Socaloin is 
a hydrate, losing, when dried over oil of vitriol, 11 to 12 per cent, of water, but slowly regaining 
it if afterwards exposed to the air. Sommaruga gives its composition as C16H10Or 
The three aloins, Barbaloin, Nataloin, and Socalo'in, are easily distinguished by the follow- 
ing beautiful reaction, first noticed by Histed. A drop of nitric acid on a porcelain slab gives, 
with a few particles of barbaloin or nataloin, a vivid crimson (rapidly fading in the case of 
barbaloin, but permanent with nataloin unless heat be applied), but produces little effect with 
socaloin. To distinguish barbaloin from nataloin, test each by adding a minute quantity to a 
drop or two of oil of vitriol, then allowing the vapor from a rod touched with nitric acid to 
pass over the surface. Barbaloin (and socaloin) will undergo no change, but nataloin will 
assume a fine blue. (Pliarmacograpliia, 2d ed., p. 688.) E. von Sommaruga and Egger con- 
sider that the three aloins form a homologous series possessing the formulas: barbaloin, 
C17Hso07 ; nataloin, C16H1807 ; socaloin, C15H10O7, and that they are all derived from anthra- 
cene, C14H10. Tilden subsequently assigned a different composition to the aloins: barbaloin 
and socaloin, each C10H18O7; for nataloin, the formula C25H280ir He further states that 
barbaloin and socaloin differ in physical and chemical properties on account of the variation 
in the molecules of water which are associated with them. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) 
assigns to barbaloin the formula C10H10O7,3H2O. Professor Tschirch, of Berne, Switzerland, 
published in the Journal of the German Pharmaceutical Society (viii., 1898, Heft 6) an im- 
portant communication, in which he showed that emodin, C16H1006, or trioxymethylanthraqui- 
none, is the purgative principle of the aloins. He succeeded in obtaining emodin in orange red 
crystals which melt at 216° C. Emodin was found in the aloins obtained from Cape, Barba- 
does, and Socotrine Aloes ; it is extracted by treating barbaloin with ether, which dissolves out 
the emodin. Tschirch found that if a liquid extract of aloes be deprived of its resin and 
aloin, an additional quantity of emodin could be obtained by boiling the liquid extract with 
diluted sulphuric acid; thus pointing to the fact that emodin may be produced through hy- 
drolysis. He also showed that emodin could be obtained from purgative drugs of the same 
class as aloes: rhubarb, rumex, frangula, cascara, senna, rhamnus catharticus, morinda bark, 
and parmelia. (See Emodin, Part II.) 
Aloes yields its active matter to cold water, and when good is almost wholly dissolved by 
boiling water; but the inert portion, or apotheme of Berzelius, is deposited as the solution 
cools. It is also soluble in alcohol, rectified or diluted. Long boiling impairs its purgative 
properties by oxidizing the aloin and rendering it insoluble. The alkalies, their carbonates, 
and soap alter in some measure its chemical nature, and render it of easier solution. It is in- 
flammable, swelling up and decrepitating when it burns, and giving out a thick smoke which 
has the odor of the drug. 
Those substances only are incompatible with aloes which alter or precipitate the soluble 
matter; as the insoluble portion is without action upon the system. Among these is the in- 
fusion of galls, which we have found, probably through its tannic acid, to afford a copious 
precipitate with an aqueous solution of aloes. It is said that such a solution will keep a long 
time, even for several months, without mouldiness or putrescence, though it becomes ropy. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Aloes was known to the ancients. It is mentioned 
in the works of Dioscorides and Celsus, the former of whom speaks of two kinds. The PART I. 
Aloes. 
141 
varieties are similar in their mode of action. They are all cathartic, operating very slowly but 
certainly, and having a peculiar affinity for the large intestine, and especially its pelvic portion. 
Their action, moreover, appears to be directed rather to the muscular coat than to the exhalant 
vessels; and the discharges which they produce are, therefore, seldom very thin or watery. 
In a full dose they quicken the circulation, and produce general warmth. When frequently 
repeated, they are apt to irritate the rectum. Aloes has a decided tendency to the uterine 
system. Its emmenagogue effect, which is often very considerable, is generally attributed to a 
sympathetic extension of irritation from the rectum to the uterus; but we can see no reason 
why the medicine should not act specifically upon this organ; and its influence in promoting 
menstruation is by no means confined to cases in which its action upon the neighboring intes- 
tines is most conspicuous. A peculiarity in the action of this cathartic is, that an increase of 
the quantity administered, beyond the medium dose, is not attended by a corresponding in- 
crease of effect. Its tendency to irritate the rectum may be obviated, in some measure, by 
combining with it soap or an alkaline carbonate; but it does not follow, as supposed by some, 
that this modification of its operation is the result of increased solubility; for aloes given in a 
liquid state produces the same effect as when taken in pill or powder, except that it acts some- 
what more speedily. Besides, when externally applied to a blistered surface, it operates ex- 
actly in the same manner as when internally administered, thus proving that its peculiarities 
are not dependent upon the particular form in which it may be given, but on specific ten- 
dencies to particular parts. (Gerhard, N~. Am. Med. and Surg. Journ., x. 155.) With its other 
powers, aloes combines the property of slightly stimulating the stomach. It is, therefore, in 
minute doses, an excellent remedy in habitual costiveness attended with torpor of the digestive 
organs. It has been supposed to stimulate the hepatic secretion, and certainly acts sometimes 
very happily in jaundice, producing bilious stools even after calomel has failed. From its 
special direction to the rectum, it has been found peculiarly useful in the treatment of 
ascarides, and is useful in hemorrhoids without inflammation. In amenorrhcea it is perhaps 
more frequently employed than any other remedy, entering into almost all the numerous em- 
pirical preparations habitually resorted to by females in that complaint. It is much used in 
regular practice, and is frequently combined with more irritating cathartics, in order to regu- 
late their liability to excessive action. In amenorrhcea it is said to be peculiarly efficacious, 
when given, in the form of enema, about the period when the menses should appear. Aloes 
is unsuitable, unless modified by combination, to the treatment of inflammatory diseases. 
The medium dose is 10 grains (0-65 Gm.) ; but as a laxative it will often operate in the 
quantity of 2 or 3 grains (0-13-0-20 Gm.) ; and when a decided impression is required, the 
dose may be augmented to 20 grains (1-3 Gm.). In consequence of its excessively bitter and 
somewhat nauseous taste, it is most conveniently administered in pills. 
ALOE PURIFICATA. U. S. Purified Aloes. 
Aloes depurl, Fr.; Gereinigte Aloe, G. 
“ Socotrine Aloes, one thousand grammes [35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, two hundred 
cubic centimeters [about 6£ fluidounces]. Heat the Aloes, by means of a water-bath, until it is 
completely melted. Then add the Alcohol, and, having stirred the mixture thoroughly, strain it 
through a No. 60 sieve, which has just been dipped into boiling water. Evaporate the strained 
mixture by means of a water-bath, constantly stirring, until a thread of the mass becomes 
brittle on cooling. Lastly, break the product, when cold, into pieces of a convenient size, and 
keep it in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. Purified aloes occurs in irregular, brittle pieces of a 
dull-brown or reddish-brown color, and having the peculiar, aromatic odor of Socotrine Aloes. 
It is almost entirely soluble in alcohol. 
Aloes, even of good qualify, is so often mixed as found in the market with various acci- 
dental impurities, such as fragments of wood, vegetable remains, pieces of leather, and earthy 
matter, that it has been thought advisable to have an official process by which it may be 
freed from these, should its purification be found necessary in any particular instance. The 
use of alcohol in the formula is simply to render the melted aloes more liquid, and thus facili- 
tate the straining; and it is subsequently got rid of by evaporation; but care should be taken 
not to use too great a heat, or to continue it too long, for fear of impairing the virtues of the 
drug. Thus prepared, purified aloes is in irregular, brittle pieces of a dull brown or reddish- 
brown color, and having the peculiar aromatic odor of Socotrine aloes. It is almost entirely 
soluble in alcohol. 
(AL'O-E PU-RI-FI-CA-TA.) 142 
Aloinum. 
PART I. 
Ci« His Ot. (XL-O-i'NOM.) 
“ A neutral principle obtained from several varieties of Aloes, chiefly Barbadoes Aloes 
(yielding Barbaloin) ; and Socotra or Zanzibar Aloes (yielding Socaloin), differing more or 
less in chemical composition and physical properties according to the source from which it is 
derived.” U. S. “ Aloin is extracted from Barbados or Socotrine Aloes by solvents and puri- 
fied by recrystallization. The products from the different varieties of Aloes possess similar 
properties. The Aloin extracted from Barbados Aloes has the formula CieHieO,,3HjC).” Br. 
Although aloin has been used for many years, it was not recognized by the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia until the revision of 1890. (See Alains, p. 139.) 
Preparation. Aloin may be prepared by W. A. Tilden’s process as follows. 1 part of 
aloes is dissolved in 10 parts of boiling water, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and allowed 
to cool. The liquid is then decanted from resinous matter, evaporated to about 2 parts, and 
set aside two weeks for crystals to form; the liquid portion is poured off, the crystals pressed, 
and the adherent resinous matter separated by shaking with acetic ether, wdiich dissolves the 
resin. This process answers fairly well for obtaining aloin from Barbadoes, Curagoa, or 
Bonaire aloes. Aloin from Socotrine aloes is best obtained by digesting the aloes in 3 parts 
of alcohol for 24 hours, then transferring to a water-bath, and boiling for 2 hours. After 
cooling, the liquid is filtered and set aside to crystallize. The crystals are washed with a little 
alcohol and dried. The yield is about 10 per cent. (H. C. Plenge, A. J. P., 1884, p. 507.) 
Schafer obtains from 15 to 30 per cent, of crystallized aloin from commercial aloes by the fol- 
lowing process. 50 Gm. of aloes dissolved in 300 C.c. of hot water is slightly acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid. The solution, after standing (for the resins to separate), is decanted, mixed 
with 50 C.c. of 20 per cent, ammonia water, followed by a solution of 15 (Gm. of calcium chlo- 
ride in 30 C.c. of water. The liquid is agitated and the aloin-calcium compound which separates 
is collected, drained, and mixed in a mortar with a slight excess of hydrochloric acid ; the mix- 
ture of aloin and calcium chloride is dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of boiling water, 
filtered, and the filtrate cooled by means of ice; the aloin crystallizes. (P. J. Tr., 1897, p. 287.) 
Aloin is officially described as in “ minute, acicular crystals, or a microcrystalline powder, vary- 
ing in color from yellow to yellowish-brown, odorless or possessing a slight odor of aloes, of a 
characteristic, bitter taste, and permanent in the air. Barbaloin is soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), 
in about 60 parts of water, 20 parts of alcohol, or 470 parts of ether. Socaloin is soluble in 
about 60 parts of water, 30 parts of absolute alcohol, 380 parts of ether, or 9 parts of acetic 
ether. When heated, Aloin melts, and, on ignition, it is consumed without leaving a residue. 
An alcoholic solution of Aloin is neutral to litmus paper. An aqueous solution of Aloin is 
colored greenish-black by ferric chloride test-solution, and slowly precipitated by basic lead 
acetate test-solution. On adding a minute portion of Barbaloin to a drop of cold nitric acid 
of specific gravity T200, on a white porcelain surface, a crimson color will be developed. Soca- 
loin will produce scarcely any color when thus treated. In alkaline solutions, Aloin is rapidly 
decomposed ; in neutral or acid solutions, only slowly.” U. S. Aloin of commerce is frequently 
contaminated with resin from aloes, indicating want of care in manufacturing. According to 
Serre (Drug. Giro., 1895, 8), this may be detected by finely powdering 1 grain of the sample, 
shaking it in a test-tube with 20 C.c. of water, and allowing it to stand one minute. The solution 
should be perfectly clear. See also paper by C. H. Lawall (Proc. Penn. Pharm. Assoc., 1895, 92). 
Medical Properties and Uses. Socaloin and barbaloin are active purgatives in doses 
of 2 to 4 grains. Barbaloin is affirmed to be the more powerful, and, according to the re- 
searches of Hans Moyer (Arch. Exper. Path. u. Pharm., xxviii.), when given hypodermically in 
dose of four-fifths of a grain (0-05 Gm.), it produces repeated moderate purging in from seven 
to twenty-two hours. Moyer found that Natal aloin, though acting energetically upon dogs, 
usually fails to affect the alvine discharges in man, except when the person has for some days 
been fed exclusively upon animal food. In combination with belladonna and strychnine, aloin 
is one of the most serviceable and pleasantly active laxatives that we have. The ordinary lax- 
ative dose may be set down as one-fourth of a grain (0 016 Gm.); the full purgative dose, one 
grain (0 065 Gm.). Fronmiiller (Bond. Med. Rec., 1879, p. 70) affirms that aloin dissolved in 
25 times its weight of water acts as an efficient though slow purgative, wdien given hypoder- 
mically, without causing any local irritation; Moyer found that formamide is an apt vehicle 
for the hypodermic administration of barbaloin; in making it, the solution may be warmed, 
but not heated, for fear of producing ammonia. 
ALOINUM. U. S., Br. Aloin. PART I. 
Althaea. 
143 
ALTH/EA. U. S. Althaea. [Marshmallow.] 
(XL-TH^'A.) 
“ The root of Althaea officinalis, Linne (nat. ord. Malvaceae). U. S. 
Radix Althaese, P. G.; Racine de Guimauve, Guimauve, Fr.; Althiewurzel, Eibischwurzel, Eibisch, G.; Altea, It.f 
Altea, Malvavisco, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx double, the exterior six- or nine-cleft. Capsules numerous, one-seeded. 
Wllld. 
Althaea officinalis. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 770 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 552,1.198. Marshmallow 
is an herbaceous perennial, with a perpendicular branching root, and erect woolly stems, from 
two to four feet or more in height, branched and leafy towards the summit. The leaves are 
alternate, petiolate, nearly cordate on the lower part of the stem, oblong-ovate and obscurely 
three-lobed above, somewhat angular, irregularly serrate, pointed, and covered on both sides 
with a soft down. The flowers are terminal and axillary, with short peduncles, each bearing 
one, two, or three flowers. The corolla has five spreading, obcordate petals, of a pale purplish 
color. The fruit consists of numerous capsules united in a compact circular form, each con- 
taining a single seed. The plant grows throughout Europe, inhabiting salt marshes, the banks 
of rivers, and other moist places. It is found also in this country on the borders of salt 
marshes. In some parts of the continent of Europe it is largely cultivated for medical use, par- 
ticularly in Germany, where, in the neighborhood of Nuremberg and Schweinfurt, about 15 
tons are harvested annually. The whole plant abounds in mucilage. The flowers, leaves, and 
root are mucilaginous, and were formerly official; but the last only if 
employed to any considerable extent in this country. 
The roots should be collected in autumn from plants at least two years 
old. They are usually prepared for the market by removing the epider- 
mis : commerce is supplied from Europe. 
Properties.—Althaea occurs “ in cylindrical or somewhat conica’ 
pieces, from 10 to 15 Cm. long, 10 to 15 Mm. in diameter, deeply 
wrinkled ; deprived of the brown, corky layer and small roots ; externally 
white, marked with a number of circular spots, and of a somewhat 
hairy appearance from the loosened bast-fibres; internally whitish and 
fleshy. It breaks with a short, granular, and mealy fracture, has a 
faint, aromatic odor, and a sweetish mucilaginous taste.” IT. S. Sections 
of the root assume a bright yellow tint when an alkali is added tc 
them. Those pieces are to be preferred which are plump and but slightly 
fibrous. The woody part, on examination with the microscope, is seen 
to consist of scalariform or pitted vessels, and a few ligneous cells em- 
bedded in a loose parenchymatous tissue. The bark is composed of 
numerous branched liber cells, in bundles of 3 to 30 fibres separated by 
parenchymatous tissue. The abundant mucilage is situated chiefly in 
the parenchymatous cells, and can be seen to be in layers when alcohol 
is added. It, with starch and saccharine matter, is taken out by boiling 
water. The mucilage, without the starch, is extracted by cold water, 
which thus becomes ropy. Marshmallow is said to become somewhat acid 
by decoction. Pieces should be rejected which are woody, discolored, 
mouldy, of a sour or musty smell, or of a sourish taste. A principle 
was discovered in the root by M. Bacon, which has been ascertained to 
be identical with asparagin, C4HsN203 -f- H20. MM. Boutron-Charland 
and Pelouze found it to belong to that class of organic principles which 
are convertible by strong acids, and other agencies, into ammonia and 
organic acids, and which are designated by the termination amide, being 
compounds of acid radicals with the group NH2 derived from ammonia 
by the withdrawal of an atom of hydrogen. When such an amide is 
acted upon by acids, it is decomposed, the acid radical taking OH to 
form the free acid and the amide group taking H to form ammonia. 
Thus asparagin, which in this view should be called asparamide, is con- 
verted into ammonia and aspartic acid, C4H7N04, and one mol. of the 
resulting ammonium aspartate corresponds with one mol. of asparamide and one of water. 
(Journ. de Pharm., xix. 208.) Asparagin, being now recognized as a derivative of succinic 
acid, is called aniido-succinamide. and the asnartie acid is called tvmid.rt smooinir. aci d It, 
A segment of althsea-root 
after removal of the starch 
(after Berg), w, cambium 
layer: x, wood ; r, medul- 
lary rays;_<7, bast tissues; 
o, middle bark. 144 
Althaea.—Alumen. 
PART I. 
found in various other plants besides the marshmallow, as in the shoots of asparagus, in 
vetches grown in the dark, in all the varieties of the potato, and in the roots of the comfrey 
and liquorice plant. According to Professor Pira, asparagin has acid properties. It has no 
therapeutic value. Betaine (trimethyl-glycocoll) has been obtained from althaea by Orlow. 
(Pharm. Zeit. fur Russland, 1898.) 
The roots of other Malvaceae are sometimes substituted for that of marshmallow, without 
disadvantage, as they possess similar properties. Such are those of Althaea rosea, or hollyhock, 
and Malva alcea. The dark purple flowers of a variety of A. rosea have been proposed as a 
test for acids and alkalies. A strong infusion of these flowers imparts to slips of white filtering 
paper a permanent purplish-blue color, which is reddened by acids, and rendered bluish green 
by alkalies. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The virtues of marshmallow are exclusively those of a 
demulcent. The decoction of the root is much used in Europe in irritation and inflammation 
of the mucous membranes. A syrup of* althaea is official in the German Pharmacopoeia, and 
was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880. The roots themselves, as well as the leaves 
and flowers, boiled and bruised, are sometimes employed as a poultice. In France the powdered 
root is much used in the preparation of pills and electuaries. 
ALUMEN. U. S., Br. Alum. [Potassium Alum, Aluminum and Potassium Sulphate.] 
AI2 K2 (S04)4 + 24H2 O ; 946-46. (A-LU'MEN.) Al2 K2 (SO*)* + 24II2 O; 948. 
“ Aluminium and potassium sulphate (Potassium Alum), A12(S04)3,K2S04,24H20, or alu- 
minium and ammonium sulphate (Ammonium Alum), Al2(S04)3,(Nil4)2S04,24H20, produced 
by the combination of aluminium sulphate with potassium sulphate or with ammonium sul- 
phate.” Br. 
Aluminii et Potassii Sulphas, U. S. 1870, Potassa Alum; Sulphas Aluininico-potassicus; Alun, Fr., Dan., Swed.; 
Sulfate d’Alumine et Potasse, Fr.; Alaun, G.; Allume, It.; Allumbre, Sp. 
Aluminii et Ammonii Sulphas, Sulphas Aluminioo-Ammonicus; Alumen, U. S. 1870; Ammonia Alum; Alum, 
U. S. 1870; Alun ammoniacal, Fr.; Ammoniak Alaun, G. 
The name alum has been applied indifferently to two salts, one consisting of aluminum ter- 
sulphate combined with ammonium sulphate, the other of the same salt of aluminum com- 
bined with potassium sulphate, and distinguished as ammonium-alum and potassium-alum. The 
former was official in the U. S. P. 1870, but has been replaced by potassium-alum. Ammonium- 
alum is still retained with potassium-alum under the title Alumen in the British Pharmacopoeia. 
Alum (Aluminum and Potassium Sulphate. U. S. 1890). Potassium-alum is manu- 
factured occasionally from earths which contain it ready formed, but most generally from min- 
erals which, from the fact of their containing most or all of its constituents, are called alum 
ores. The principal alum ores are the alum stone, which is a native mixture of aluminum sul- 
phate and potassium sulphate, found in large quantities at Tolfa and Piombino in Italy; cer- 
tain natural mixtures of iron disulphide with alumina, silica, and bituminous matter, called 
aluminous schist or alum-slate ; and cryolite. (See Sodii Carbonas.) 
At the Solfatara, and other places iu Southern Italy, alum was formerly extracted from 
earths containing it ready formed. The ground being of volcanic origin, and having a tem- 
perature of about 104°, an efflorescence of pure alum formed upon its surface. This was col- 
lected and lixiviated, and the solution crystallized by slow evaporation in leaden vessels sunk 
in the ground. The alum stone is manufactured into alum by calcination, and subsequent ex- 
posure to the air for three months ; the mineral being frequently sprinkled with water, in order 
that it may be brought to a soft mass. This is lixiviated, and the solution obtained crystal- 
lized by evaporation. The alum stone may be considered as consisting of alum united with a 
certain quantity of aluminum hydrate. The latter, by the calcination, loses its water, and be- 
comes incapable of remaining united with the alum of the mineral, which is consequently set 
free. Alum of the greatest purity is obtained from this ore. 
Alum-slate, when compact, is first exposed to the air for a month. It is then stratified with 
wood, which is set on fire. The combustion which ensues is slow and protracted. The sul- 
phur is in part converted into sulphuric acid, which unites with the alumina; and the alumi- 
num sulphate thus formed generates a portion of alum with the potassa derived from the 
ashes of the wood. The iron, in the mean time, is almost wholly converted into sesquioxide, 
and thus becomes insoluble. The matter is lixiviated, and the solution crystallized into alum 
by evaporation. The mother-waters, containing aluminum sulphate, are then drawn off, and Alumen. 
145 
PART I. 
made to yield a further portion of alum by the addition of potassium sulphate or potassium 
chloride, the latter being obtained from the soap-boilers, or from native potassium chloride of 
the Stassfurt deposits. When alum-slate is easily disintegrated, it is not calcined, but merely 
placed in heaps and occasionally sprinkled with water. The iron disulphide gradually absorbs 
oxygen, and passes into ferrous sulphate, which effloresces on the surface of the heap. Part 
of the sulphuric acid formed unites with the alumina; so that, after the chemical changes 
are completed, the heap contains both ferrous sulphate and aluminum sulphate. At the end 
of about a year, the matter is lixiviated, and the solution of the two sulphates produced is con- 
centrated to the proper degree in leaden boilers. The ferrous sulphate crystallizes, while the 
aluminum sulphate, being a deliquescent salt, remains in the mother-waters. These are 
drawn off, and treated with potassium sulphate in powder, heat being at the same time applied. 
The whole is then allowed to cool, that the alum may crystallize. The crystals are then sepa- 
rated from the solution, and purified by a second solution and crystallization. They are next 
treated with water just sufficient to dissolve them at the boiling temperature, and the satu- 
rated solution is run into casks or tubs so constructed as to be easily taken to pieces and set 
up again. In the course of ten or fifteen days the alum concretes into a crystalline mass, 
from which the mother-liquor is let off. The vessel is then taken to pieces, and the salt, having 
been broken up, is packed in barrels for sale. This process for forming the alum in large 
masses is called rocking. 
Alum is now largely manufactured by the direct combination of its constituents. With this 
view, clays are selected as free from iron and calcium carbonate as possible, and calcined to 
sesquioxidize the iron and render them more easily pulverizable; after which they are dis- 
solved, by the assistance of heat, in weak sulphuric acid. Advantage has been found from 
mixing the clay, previous to calcination, with powdered charcoal, coke, or other carbonaceous 
matter, in the proportion of about one to six of the clay, and then applying heat by a re- 
verberatory furnace till all the carbon is consumed. It is asserted that the alumina is thus 
rendered more soluble in the acid. (jP. J. Tv., Dec. 1857, p. 328.) The aluminum sulphate, 
thus generated, is next crystallized into alum by the addition of potassium sulphate in the 
usual manner. Alum is made in this way from the ashes of the Boghead cannel-coal, which 
occurs near Edinburgh. These ashes, which form the residue of the combustion of the coke 
derived from the coal used for making gas, contain a considerable quantity of alumina in 
a state readily soluble in acids. For an account of the manufacture of alum in India, see 
Cliem. and Drug., 1892, 636. Bauxite, a hydrated oxide of aluminum, containing from 56 
to 60 per cent, of aluminum oxide, has within recent years become one of the most important 
raw materials for the alum manufacture. It is found in very rich deposits in Georgia and 
Alabama. 
The elements rubidium and csesium are found in lepidolite, and, as much of the alum in con- 
tinental Europe is made from this mineral, Salzer found samples of commercial potassium-alum 
which contained a considerable quantity of rubidium-alum ; this contaminated potassium-alum 
is less soluble in water than ordinary alum. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 217.) 
The production of alum in the United States in 1896 amounted to 14,090 short tons, valued 
at $422,700 ; in 1897, to 15,456 tons, valued at $463,680. The greater part of this was made 
from American bauxite. 
Alumen, Br. Aluminii et Ammonii Sulphas. Sulphate of Aluminium and Ammonium. 
Ammonia-alum. Besides the potassium-alum, which is now the only U. S. official variety of 
this salt, there are several others, in which the potassium is replaced by some other base, as, for 
example, ammonium or sodium. Of these, ammonium-alum, or aluminum and ammonium sul- 
phate, was introduced in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the revision of 1860 ; and in the Phar- 
macopoeia of 1870 and Br. Pharmacopoeia it was adopted under the name of alumen. It is 
made by adding ammonium sulphate to the solution of aluminum sulphate. This kind of 
alum came into very general use, owing to the comparative cheapness of ammonia, obtained 
in the process for potassium ferrocyanide, or derived from the liquor of gas-works. Ammo- 
nium-alum was extensively manufactured by Powers & Weightman, of Philadelphia. Scotch 
alum, made near Paisley, generally contains both potassium and ammonium. Ammonium-alum 
resembles potassium-alum so exactly that it cannot be distinguished by simple inspection ; and 
in composition it is perfectly analogous to the potassium salt. It may be distinguished by sub- 
jecting it to a strong calcining heat, after which alumina will be the sole residue ; or by rubbing 
it with potassa or lime and a little water, when the smell of ammonia will be perceived. 146 
Alumen. 
PART I. 
Properties. Alum, as usually seen, is iu “ large, colorless, octohedral crystals, sometimes 
modified by cubes, or in crystalline fragments, without odor, but having a sweetish and strongly 
astringent taste. On exposure to the air, the crystals are liable to absorb ammonia, and acquire 
a whitish coating. Soluble in 9 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-3 part of boiling 
water; it is also freely soluble in warm glycerin, but is insoluble in alcohol. When gradually 
heated, it loses water; at 92° C. (lfiT’G0 F.) it melts, and if the heat be gradually increased 
to 200° C. (392° F.), it loses all its water of crystallization (45'52 per cent, of its weight), 
leaving a voluminous, white residue. The salt has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. The 
aqueous solution of the salt affords, with ammonia water, a white, gelatinous precipitate, 
which is nearly insoluble in an excess of ammonia. Another portion of the aqueous solution 
yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white precipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid. 
When a saturated solution of the salt is actively shaken with tartaric acid test-solution, it 
affords, within half an hour, a white, crystalline precipitate. The aqueous solution of Alum 
affords, with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, a white, gelatinous precipitate, which 
is completely soluble in an excess of the alkali, and this alkaline solution should not evolve 
the odor of ammonia, even when heated (distinction from, and absence of, ammonium alum). 
A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test- 
solution (absence of copper, lead, or zinc), and 20 C.c. of this solution should not at once 
assume a blue color on the addition of 5 drops of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (limit 
of iron)." U. S. “ It is soluble in ten times its weight of cold and in one-third' of its weight 
of boiling water, the solution having an acid reaction. It is freely soluble in glycerin, insoluble 
in alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords the reactions characteristic of aluminium, of potassium or 
ammonium, and of sulphates. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for 
copper, lead, zinc, calcium, or sodium, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for iron.” 
Br. Its sp. gr. is 171. It reddens litmus, but changes the blue tinctures of the petals 
of plants to green. When heated a little above 100° C. (212° F.), it undergoes the aqueous 
fusion; and, if the heat be continued, it loses its water, swells up, becomes a white, opaque, 
porous mass, and is converted into the official dried alum. (See Alumen Exsiccatum.) Ex- 
posed to a red heat, it gives off oxygen, together with sulphurous and sulphuric oxides, and 
the residue consists of alumina and potassium sulphate. When calcined with finely divided 
charcoal, it forms a spontaneously inflammable substance, called Homherg's pyrophorus, which 
consists of a mixture of potassium sulphide, alumina, and charcoal. 
The characters of ammonium-alum, as stated in the Br. Pharm. (1885), are that its solution 
gives with caustic potassa or soda a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of the reagent and 
an immediate precipitate with barium chloride; and does not acquire a blue color from the 
addition of potassium ferrocyanide or ferricyanide, proving the absence of iron. 
Several varieties of alum are known in commerce. Roche alum, so called from its having 
come originally from Roeca, in Syria, is a sort which occurs in fragments about the size of an 
almond, and of a pale rose color, which is given to it, according to Pereira, by bole or rose- 
pink. Roman alum, which is the purest variety found in commerce, also occurs in small frag- 
ments, covered with a reddish-brown powder, resembling ochre, which is put on by the manu- 
facturers. It has been supposed that the powder contains iron ; but this is probably a mistake. 
Roman alum crystallizes in cubes, from the fact that the crystals are deposited from a solution 
always containing an excess of alumina, which decomposes any iron salt that may be present. 
This crystalline form of alum is, therefore, an index of its freedom from iron. 
All the alums of commerce contain more or less ferrous sulphate, varying from five to seven 
parts in the thousand. The iron is readily detected by adding to a solution of the suspected 
alum a few drops of potassium ferrocyanide, which will cause a greenish-blue tint, if iron 
be present. It may be detected also by precipitating the alumina as a subsulphate with a 
solution of potassa, and afterwards adding the alkali in excess. This will redissolve the pre- 
cipitate, with the exception of any iron, which will be left in the state of sesquioxide. The 
proportion of iron usually present, though small, is injurious when the salt is used in dyeing. 
Alum may, however, be purified, either by dissolving it in the smallest quantity of boiling 
water, and stirring the solution as it cools, or by repeated solutions and crystallizations. 
Incompatibles. Alum is incompatible with the alkalies and their carbonates, lime and 
lime water, magnesia and its carbonate, potassium tartrate, and lead acetate. 
Composition. Alum was regarded as an aluminum sulphate, until it was proved by Des- 
croizilles, Vauquelin, and Chaptal to contain also potassium sulphate, ammonium sulphate, or 
both these salts. When its second base is potassium, it consists of one mol. of aluminum sul- PART I. 
Alumen. 
147 
phate 343, one of potassium sulphate 174-2, and twenty-four of water 432 = 949-2. In the 
ammonium-alum, the molecule of potassium sulphate is replaced by one of ammonium sul- 
phate. Alumina is classed as an earth, and may be obtained by subjecting ammonium-alum 
to a strong calcining heat. It consists of two atoms of a metal called aluminum 55, and three 
of oxygen 48 = 103. It is, therefore, a sesquioxide. The existence of this metal was ren- 
dered probable by Sir H. Davy in 1808; but it was not fairly obtained until 1828, when 
Wohler procured it in an impure state, in globules of the size of a pin’s head, by the action 
of potassium on aluminum chloride. In 1854, Deville succeeded in obtaining the pure metal 
in ingots by decomposing the same chloride with sodium. The process of Deville remained the 
only practical process for its manufacture until 1886, when the Messrs. Cowles, of Cleveland, 
Ohio, succeeded in effecting the reduction of corundum, the native oxide, by charcoal with the 
aid of a powerful electric current from a Brush dynamo-electric machine, using large carbon 
electrodes. They manufactured the pure aluminum and the alloys of copper known as alumi- 
num bronzes. This process in turn has been practically displaced by the Hall process, as 
operated by the Pittsburg Reduction Company at Niagara Falls and elsewhere. This is to 
electrolyze pure alumina dissolved in a bath of melted cryolite. The cryolite (a double fluo- 
ride of sodium and aluminum) is continuously regenerated, so that by feeding in the pure 
alumina the process can be made continuous A German process, that of Graetzel, for electro- 
lizing the fused chloride, is also in successful use. Aluminum is silver-white, sonorous, un- 
alterable in the air, and lighter than glass, having only the sp. gr. 2-56. Its fusing point is 
somewhat lower than that of silver. It is not attacked by sulphuric or nitric acid, nor tarnished 
by hydrogen sulphide. Its proper solvent is hydrochloric acid. After silver, gold, and plati- 
num, it is the least alterable of the metals. 
The production of aluminum in the United States in 1895 was 900,000 lbs., valued at 
$495,000 ; in 1896, 1,300,000 lbs., valued at $540,000 ; and in 1897, 4,000,000 lbs., valued at 
$1,400,000. 
Medical Properties, etc. Alum is a powerful astringent, with very decided irritant 
qualities, owing to which, when taken internally in sufficient quantity, it is emetic and purga- 
tive, and may even cause fatal gastro-intestinal inflammation. It may be employed in passive 
relaxations of the mucous membranes or skin, hemorrhages, serous diarrhoea, colliquative sweats, 
etc., but is not much used internally, except in colica pictonum. The latter employment of it 
was introduced by Grashuis, a Dutch physician, in 1752, was imitated by Dr. Percival with 
great success, and has been revived in recent times with the happiest results. It allays nausea 
and vomiting, relieves flatulence, mitigates the pain, and opens the bowels with more certainty 
than any other medicine. Sometimes it is advantageously conjoined with opium and camphor. 
It is also efficacious in nervous colic. Sir James Murray found it a useful remedy in gastror- 
rhoea. He gave it in doses of ten or twelve grains (0-65-0-775 Gm.) three or four times a 
day, mixed with an equal quantity of cream of tartar to prevent constipation, and a little 
ginger to obviate flatulence. By Dr. C. D. Meigs alum has been strongly recommended, in 
doses of a teaspoonful (3-9 Gm.), in pseudo-membranous croup as a mechanical emetic, but it is 
not as certain or powerful as is zinc sulphate. 
Alum is a powerful astringent when topically applied, and has been largely used as such. 
In various anginas it has been a favorite remedy, but on account of its destructive influence 
upon the teeth it should never be used in gargles, but be applied in powder or concentrated 
solution with the brush. Bretonneau, Yulpian, etc., strongly recommended it in pseudo-mem- 
branous angina, applied by insufflation in the case of children. When used in the latter way, 
a drachm of finely powdered alum may be placed in one end of a tube, and then blown by 
means of the breath into the throat of the child. Alum coagulates blood very rapidly and 
firmly, and is frequently used as a local styptic in external hemorrhages and in epistaxis and 
other bleedings from mucous membranes to which it can be applied directly. In haemoptysis 
its saturated solution may be used by atomization. It is sometimes applied locally in the form 
of cataplasm, made by coagulating the whites of two eggs with a drachm of alum. In colica 
pictonum from 20 to 30 grains of alum in molasses (or thick syrup) may be given three or 
four times a day. The emetic dose is one to two teaspoonfuls, repeated, if necessary, in fifteen 
minutes. An elegant mode of giving alum in solution is in the form of alum-whey, made by 
boiling two drachms of alum with a pint of milk, and then straining to separate the curd. 
The dose is a wineglassful (60 C.c.), containing about 15 grains (1 Gm.) of alum. As a colly- 
rium, the solution is made of various strengths; as 4, 6, or 8 grains to the fluidounce of water. 
A solution containing from half an ounce to an ounce in a pint of water, and sweetened with PART I. 
148 
Alumen.—Alumen Exsiccatum. 
honey, is a convenient gargle. Solutions for gleet, leucorrhoea, ulcers, etc., must vary in strength 
according to the state of the parts to which they are applied* 
In a case recorded by Dr. Ricquet, of Liege, death resulted from about an ounce of alum 
taken in solution by mistake for Epsom salt. A sensation of burning in the mouth, throat, 
and stomach occurred immediately upon the swallowing of the poison, followed by bloody 
vomiting, and death in the midst of inexpressible suffering. Upon post-mortem examination 
there was found a grayish-yellow coating covering the mucous membrane of the mouth, 
pharynx, and oesophagus; the tongue and uvula were swollen ; and the stomach, bowels, and 
kidneys were injected. (Journ. de Pharm., Oct. 1873, p. 333.) 
Alum is sometimes used to adulterate bread, with the view to increase its whiteness and to 
conceal the defects of the flour. If the quantity used be sufficient, the alum acts as an irri- 
tant to the gastro-intestinal tract, and, according to the experiments of Bigelow and Hamilton, 
it actively checks peptic digestion. 
ALUMEN EXSICCATUM. U. S., Br. Dried Alum. 
K.2 Al2 (SOth; 515*42. (A-LU'MEN EX-SIC-CA'TUM.) K2 Al2 (SO*)*; 516. 
Alumen Ustum, Burnt Alum; Alun calcine, dess6ch<j, br&le, Fr.; Gebrannter Alaun, G. 
“ Alum, in small pieces, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. To make fifty- 
jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 10 grains]. Place the Alum in a shallow porcelain capsule so as 
to form a thin layer, and heat it on a sand-bath until it liquefies. Then continue the appli- 
cation of a moderate heat, with constant stirring, until aqueous vapor ceases to be disengaged, 
and a dry, white, porous mass is obtained, weighing fifty-five grammes [or 2 ounces av., 10 
grains]. When cold, reduce the product to a fine powder, and preserve it in well-stoppered 
bottles.” U. S. 
“ Potassium Alum, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes. Heat the Potassium Alum in a 
porcelain dish or other suitable vessel till it liquefies, then increase and continue the applica- 
tion of heat until aqueous vapor ceases to be disengaged, and the salt has lost between 45 and 
46 per cent, of its weight.” Br. 
The object of these processes is to obtain the alum free from its water of crystallization, with- 
out otherwise in the least decomposing it. For this purpose a certain degree of heat is neces- 
sary ; and yet if the heat be too great the salt itself is decomposed, and the desired end is 
not attained. If the alum employed be the potassium-alum, the old indefinite directions will 
generally be sufficient to secure the requisite result, as this salt will resist a heat short of red- 
ness ; but this is not the case with the ammonium salt, which is official in the Br. P. To guard 
against failure from this cause, the Pharmacopoeias prescribe about 205° C. (400° F.) as the 
highest heat to be employed, and check the operation when nearly all the water has been 
driven off, as indicated by the weight of the residue. Prof. John M. Maisch has satisfactorily 
determined by experiment that, whichever alum may be used, this temperature is quite high 
enough ; and the direction of the Pharmacopoeias, as to the weight of the residue, insures that 
a sufficient heat will be employed. By the official process there is left behind about 4 per cent, 
of the water of crystallization, when potassium-alum is used. 
Properties. Dried alum is officially described as “ a white, granular powder, without odor, 
possessing a sweetish, astringent taste, and attracting moisture on exposure to the air. It is 
very slowly but completely soluble in 20 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and quickly solu- 
ble in 0-7 part of boiling water. Its aqueous solution should respond to the reactions and 
tests of Alum (see Alumen).” U. S. Before pulverization, it is a light, white, opaque, porous 
mass. During the exsiccation, alum loses from 41 to 46 per cent, of its weight in dissipated 
water. Dried alum resists the action of cold water for a long time, showing its altered aggre- 
gation. In composition it differs from crystallized alum merely in the absence of water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dried alum has the same medical properties as ordi- 
nary alum, excepting that it is more powerful and irritant. It is used as a mild escharotic to 
destroy exuberant granulations, on which it should be freely dusted. 
* Alum enters as an ingredient into the famous Wickersheimer Preserving Liquid. The formula, as purchased by 
the German government from the originator, is as follows. Alum 100 grammes, sodium chloride 25 grammes, potas- 
sium nitrate 12 grammes, potassium carbonate 60 grammes, arsenous acid 10 grammes; these are to be dissolved in 
3000 grammes (3 liters) of boiling water, the solution allowed to cool, filtered, and to every 10 liters of the liquid 4 
liters of glycerin and 1 liter of wood naphtha added. Owing to the precipitation of the alumina in this preparation, 
it is frequently the practice to substitute for the alum the same quantity of potassium sulphate. PART I. 
Alumini Hydras.—Alumini Sulphas. 
149 
ALUMINI HYDRAS. U. S. Aluminum Hydrate. [Aluminum Hydroxide. Hy- 
drated Alumina.] 
Hydrate de l’Alumine, Fr.; Thonerdehydrat, G.; Argilla Para, s. Hydrata, P. G. 
“ Alum, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Sodium Carbonate, one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve each salt 
separately in one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fluidrachms] of Distilled 
Water, filter each solution, and heat it to boiling. Then having poured the hot solution of 
Sodium Carbonate into a capacious vessel, gradually pour in the hot solution of Alum with 
constant stirring, and add an equal volume of boiling Distilled Water. Let the precipitate sub- 
side, decant the clear liquid, and pour upon the precipitate two thousand cubic centimeters [or 
67 fluidounces, fluidrachms] of hot Distilled Water. Again decant, transfer the precipitate 
to a strainer, and wash it with hot Distilled Water, until the washings produce not more than 
a faint cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Then allow it to drain, dry it at a tem- 
perature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and reduce it to a uniformly fine powder.” U. S. 
This preparation is identical with the “ Alumina Hydrata” of the German Pharmacopoeia, 
and has been introduced probably out of respect to the large number of German practitioners 
in this country who may use it. 
Properties. It is “ a white, light, amorphous powder, odorless and tasteless, and permanent 
in dry air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but completely soluble in hydrochloric or sulphuric 
acid, and also in potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution. When heated to redness, it loses 
about 34-6 per cent, of its weight (water of hydration).” U. S. 
Tests. “A solution of 1 Gm. of Aluminum Hydrate in 20 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric 
acid should not at once assume a blue color on the addition of 1 drop of potassium ferrocyanide 
test-solution (limit of iron), and should not give more than a faint cloudiness with barium 
chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). When dissolved in potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution, it should yield no precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of 
zinc or lead) ; and when boiled with 20 parts of water, and filtered, the filtrate should not 
leave more than a slight residue on evaporation (limit of alkali salts)." U. S. 
Medical Properties. This is a very feebly astringent and desiccant powder, sometimes 
used externally as an application in inflammatory affections of the skin. So far as our 
experience goes, it is very rarely employed in this country. 
Al2(HO)6; 155*184. (A-LU'MI-NI HY'DRXs.) Al2 (HO)6; 166. 
ALUMINI SULPHAS. U. S. Aluminum Sulphate. 
Al2 (S04)s. 16H2 O ; 628*9. (A-LU'MI-Nl SUL'PHAS.) Al2 (S04)3.16H20; 630. 
Sulfate d’Alumine, Fr.; Schwefelsaure Thonerde, G. 
A process was given in the U. S. P. 1870 for the preparation of this salt* hut the 1880 
Committee of Revision very properly omitted the process, merely giving a description and 
tests for the salt. In the process of 1870, the sodium of the carbonate unites with the sul- 
phuric acid of the aluminum sulphate, with the escape of the carbonic acid, and the precipita- 
tion of the aluminum in the form of a hydrate; while the undecomposed ammonium sulphate 
of the alum, and the newly-formed sodium sulphate, remain in solution. The aluminum hy- 
drate is then washed in order to separate any portion of the sulphates adhering to it, the 
absence of which is shown by the non-action of barium chloride on the washings. It now 
remains to unite the aluminum hydrate and sulphuric acid, which is effected by heating 
them with water; and the salt, which is formed in solution, is obtained by evaporating the 
solution to dryness. It may also be obtained from the solution by the addition of alcohol, 
which precipitates it. In the process the several substances are used in very nearly saturating 
proportions. (See paper on Aluminum Sulphate by Prof. J. U. Lloyd, N. R., Aug. 1879, 
p. 237.) Aluminum sulphate may be prepared also by the process of MM. Huria and 
Brunei, which consists in exposing, in an iron cylinder, aluminum and ammonium sulphate 
(ammonium-alum), first dried to separate its water of crystallization, to a cherry-red heat. 
* “Take of Alum, Carbonate of Sodium, each, four troyouncea ; Sulphuric Acid a troyounce and one hundred and 
fifty grains ; Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the salts separately, each in six fluidounces of boiling water, 
and pour the solution of the Alum gradually into that of the Carbonate of Sodium ; then digest with a gentle heat 
until the evolution of carbonic acid ceases. Collect upon a filter the precipitate formed, and wash it with water, 
until the washings are no longer affected by chloride of barium. Next, with the aid of heat, dissolve the precipi- 
tate in the Sulphuric Acid, previously diluted with half a pint of Water, and, having filtered the solution, evaporate 
it until a pellicle begins to form. Then remove it to a water-bath, and continue the evaporation, with constant 
stirring, until a dry salt remains. Lastly, preserve this in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. Alumini Sulphas. 
PART I. 
150 
Aluminum sulphate remains in the cylinder, and the volatilized products are collected in 
water. The chief of these is ammonium sulphite, which serves for the preparation of a fresh 
portion of alum, after having been changed into the sulphate by oxidation in the air. (Client. 
Gaz., Sept. 15, 1852, p. 359.) It is now also obtained in enormous quantities, for use in the 
place of alum as a mordant in dyeing, as one of the by-products in the manufacture of soda 
from cryolite. 
The American production, chiefly from bauxite, in 1896 amounted to 42,240 short tons, 
valued at $1,056,000; in 1897 it was 46,355 tons, valued at $1,158,875. 
Sometimes free sulphuric acid exists in aluminum sulphate. It may be recognized by the 
salt imparting a strongly acid reaction to alcohol, also by the fact that the dark violet color im- 
parted to decoction of logwood by aluminum sulphate changes to brown in the presence of 
free acid. (A. J. P., Nov. 1873.) Prof. Wittstein treats the finely powdered salt with abso- 
lute alcohol; if the latter does not become acid, no free acid is present. (See also Proc. A. P. A., 
1887, p. 216.) Egger recommends Pettenkofer’s bile reaction for the detection of free sul- 
phuric acid in aluminum sulphate and alum. (Cliem. News, 1889, p. 169.) 
Properties. As procured by the process of 1870, aluminum sulphate is in the form of a 
white powder. It may, however, be obtained in lamellar crystals. As seen in commerce, it is 
usually in flattened crystalline cakes, which appear as though formed by the cooling of soft 
masses of minute crystals. It has a sour as well as sweet and very astringent taste, is soluble 
in twice its weight of water, and has an acid reaction. 
The salt is “ soluble in 1-2 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and much more freely in boil- 
ing water, but insoluble in alcohol. When gradually heated to about 200° C. (392° F.), it 
loses its water of crystallization (45-7 per cent, of its weight). The salt has an acid reaction 
upon litmus paper. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, 
a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid; and with potassium or sodium hydrate test- 
solution, a white, gelatinous precipitate which is soluble in an excess of the alkali, hut is again 
separated on the addition of a sufficient amount of ammonium chloride test-solution.” U. S. 
It is formed by the union of one mol. of alumina, which is an aluminum sesquioxide, and 
three mols. of sulphuric acid, A12(S04)3, and, when crystallized, contains sixteen mols. of 
water. The salt is, therefore, an aluminum tersulphate. It is known to be a sulphate by 
giving a precipitate with barium chloride insoluble in nitric acid, and a salt of aluminum by 
forming octohedral crystals of alum when its solution is evaporated with potassium or ammo- 
nium sulphate. In consequence of its strong affinity for potassa, it is coming into use in the 
arts as a means of separating that alkali. 
Tests. “A filtered, 10-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected by 
hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of copper, lead, or zinc), and should not become more 
than faintly opalescent within five minutes after the addition of an equal volume of sodium hy- 
posulphite decinormal volumetric solution (limit of free acid). 20 C.c. of a 5-per-cent, aqueous 
solution of the salt should not at once assume a blue color on the addition of 5 drops of potassium 
ferrocyanide test-solution (limit of iron). If 1 Gm. of the salt be gently heated with 5 C.c. of 
potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, the liquid should not evolve the odor of ammonia." 
U.S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The soluble simple salts of aluminum have the prop- 
erty of opposing animal putrefaction, but the sulphate is probably the most powerful and cer- 
tainly is the most used. It is often employed in solution (3iiss— up to saturation pro re nata) 
as an antiseptic, detergent application to foul ulcers, and as an injection in fetid discharges 
from the vagina. M. Homolle employs a saturated solution with much advantage as a mild 
caustic in enlarged tonsils, nasal polypi, nsevi, scrofulous and cancerous ulcers, diseases of the os 
uteri, and various chronic enlargements. He applies it daily by means of a hair pencil, lie 
has sometimes found the solution to answer still better after the addition of zinc oxide. Solu- 
tion of aluminum sulphate is capable of dissolving a considerable quantity of recently pre- 
cipitated gelatinous alumina. Such a solution, impregnated with benzoin, has been proposed 
by M. Mentel as a haemostatic, under the name of henzoinated solution of alumina. It resem- 
bles the styptic liquid of Pagliari. It is prepared by saturating with gelatinous alumina a 
solution made of eight ounces of aluminum sulphate dissolved in a pint of water. To the 
saturated solution six drachms of bruised amygdaloid benzoin are added, and the whole is kept 
at a temperature of about 150° F. for six hours, with occasional agitation ; so that the liquid, 
after filtration, may have about the density 1-26. This liquid, put in a cool place for sev- 
eral days, so as to deposit some crystals of alum, forms the benzoinated solution, remarkable PART I. 
Ammoniacum. 
151 
for its very sweet odor and astringent balsamic taste. Benzoinated solution of alumina, diluted 
in the proportion of from two to five fluidrachms to the pint of water, has been found useful as 
an injection in leucorrhcea, and in ulcerations of the neck of the uterus, accompanied by fetid dis- 
charges. (See A. J. P., 1857, p. 128.) Aluminum sulphate has been used to preserve cadavers 
for dissection, but is much inferior to zinc chloride. The solution for injection should be a 
pound to the quart. 
AMMONIACUM. U. S., Br. Ammoniac. 
“A gum resin obtained from Dorema Ammoniacum, Don (nat. ord. Umbelliferae).” U. S. 
“ A gum-resin exuded from the flowering and fruiting stem of Dorema Ammoniacum, D. Don ; 
and probably other species.” Br. 
Gummi-resina Ammoniacum; Ammoniacum; Ammoniaque, Gomme-r6sine ammoniaque, Gomme ammoniaque, 
Fr.; Ammoniak, Ammoniakgummi, G.; Gomma ammoniaco, It.; Goma amoniaco, Sp.; Ushek, Ar.; Semugh 
belsheren, Pers. 
Much uncertainty long existed as to the ammoniac plant. It was generally believed to be a 
Ferula, till Willdenow raised, from some seeds mixed with the gum-resin found in the shops, a 
plant which he ascertained to be a Heracleum, and named H. gummiferum, under the impres- 
sion that it must be the source of the medicine. On this authority the plant was adopted by 
the British Colleges, and recognized in former editions of our national Pharmacopoeia. Willde- 
now expressly acknowledged that he could not procure from it any gum-resin, but ascribed the 
result to the influence of climate. The Heracleum, however, did not correspond exactly with 
the representations given of the ammoniac plant by travellers; and Sprengel ascertained that 
it was a native of the Pyrenees and never produced gum. Mr. Jackson, in his account of 
Morocco, imperfectly described a plant of that country, supposed to be a Ferula, from which 
gum-ammoniac is procured by the natives. This plant was ascertained by Dr. Falconer to be 
Ferula tingitana (Royle’s Mat. Med.), and its product is thought to be the ammoniacum of the 
ancients, which was obtained from Africa; but this is not the drug now used under that name, 
which comes exclusively from Persia.* M. Fontanier, who resided many years in Persia, saw 
the ammoniac plant growing in the province of Fars, and sent a drawing of it with specimens 
to Paris. From these it was inferred to be a species of Ferula; and Merat and De Lens pro- 
posed for it the name, originally given to it by Lemery, of F. ammonifera. It was subsequently, 
however, ascertained, from specimens obtained in Persia by Col. Wright, and examined by Dr. 
David Don, that it belonged to a genus allied to Ferula, but essentially different, which was 
named by Dr. Don dorema. It is described in the 16th vol. of the Linn. Transactions, under 
the name of Dorema ammoniacum. This is now acknowledged by the official authorities. 
The same plant was described and figured by Jaubert and Spack, in their “Illustrations of 
Oriental Plants” (Paris, 1842, t. 40, p. 78), by the name of Diserneston gummiferum, under 
the erroneous impression that it belonged to a previously undescribed genus. 
The ammoniac plant grows spontaneously in Farsistan, Irak, Khorassan, and other Persian 
provinces. Dr. Grant found it abundantly in Syghan near Bamian, on the northwest slope 
of the Hindoo-Koosh Mountains. It attains the height of six or seven feet, and in the spring 
and early part of summer abounds in a milky juice, which flows out upon the slightest punc- 
ture. From the accounts of travellers, it appears that in the month of May the plant is 
pierced in innumerable places by an insect of the beetle kind. The juice, exuding through the 
punctures, concretes upon the stem, and when quite dry is collected by the natives. M. Fontanier 
states that the juice exudes spontaneously, and that the harvest is about the middle of June. 
According to Dr. Grant, the drug is collected in Syghan, like asafetida, from the root of the 
plant. The gum-resin is sent to Bushire, whence it is transmitted to India, chiefly to Bombay. 
A small portion is said to be taken to the ports of the Levant, and thence distributed. The 
name of the drug is thought Jo have been derived from the temple of Jupiter Ammon in the 
Libyan desert, where the ammoniac of the ancients is said to have been collected; but Dr. 
(am-mo-nI'a-cum.) 
* The African Ammoniac, which is said to have appeared in the London market only in the years 1857 and 1871, 
has been described by Mr. Daniel Hanbury as follows. It is “ in large, compact, dark, heavy masses, formed of ag- 
glutinated tears of a gum-resin of hard, waxy consistence. The tears are opaque, white or of a pale greenish yellow, 
mixed with others of a blackish brown, which, with vegetable and earthy impurities, constitute a large portion of 
the mass.” The odor of the drug is feeble, and quite different from that of the Persian gum-resin; its taste slightly 
acrid and very persistent. (P. J. Tr., March, 1873, p. 741.) Examined by Mr. John Moss, it was found to consist 
of 67‘76 per cent, of resin, 9'014 of gum, 4-29 of water and volatile oil, and 18‘85 of bassorin and insoluble matters. 
{Ibid., p. 742.) It is used chiefly for incense in Mohammedan countries, and sent eastward by the caravans, or in 
vessels from the ports of Morocco to Alexandria. 152 
Ammoniacum. 
PART I. 
Don considers it a corruption of Armeniacum, originating in the circumstance that the gum- 
resin was formerly imported into Europe through Armenia. 
Properties. Ammoniac comes either in the state of tears, or in aggregate masses, and in 
both forms is frequently mixed with impurities. That of the tears, however, is preferable, as 
the purest may be conveniently picked out and kept for use. These are of an irregular shape, 
usually more or less globular, from two to eight lines in diameter, opaque, yellowish on the 
outside, whitish within, compact, homogeneous, brittle when cold, and breaking with a con- 
choidal, shining, waxy fracture. The masses are often of a darker color and less uniform 
structure, appearing, when broken, as if composed of numerous white or whitish tears, em- 
bedded in a dirty-gray or brownish substance, and frequently mingled with foreign matters, 
such as seeds, fragments of vegetables, and sand or other earth. According to the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, only such masses should be considered up to the standard as are composed 
entirely of tears “ without any intervening dark-colored substance.” 
The smell of ammoniac is peculiar, and stronger in the mass than in the tears. The taste 
is slightly sweetish, bitter, and somewhat acrid. The sp. gr. is l-207. When heated, the 
gum-resin softens and becomes adhesive, but does not melt. It burns with a white flame, 
swelling up, and emitting a smoke of a strong, resinous, slightly alliaceous odor. It is partly 
soluble in water, alcohol, ether, vinegar, and alkaline solutions. Triturated with water it forms 
an opaque milky emulsion, which becomes clear upon standing. The alcoholic solution is 
transparent, but is rendered milky by the addition of water. “ The freshly fractured surface 
is colored yellow by solution of potassium hydroxide, and dark red or orange by solution of 
chlorinated soda. If a small fragment be strongly heated in a dry test-tube, the contents of 
the tube, after cooling, yield with boiling water a solution which when largely diluted with 
xoater, and made alkaline with solution of ammonia, does not exhibit a blue fluorescence (dis- 
tinction from asafetida and galbanum).” Br. Martius found 0-4 per cent, of ethereal oil, 
Fliickiger 033 per cent. (Pflanzenstojfe, 2d ed., p. 962.) Plugge’s analysis gives 1-27 per cent, 
of volatile oil, 540 per cent, of water, 2 per cent, of ash, 65 53 per cent, of resin, and 2640 
per cent, of gum. Hager succeeded in procuring the volatile oil in a separate state by repeated 
distillation with water. It has a penetrating disagreeable odor, and a taste at first mild, but 
afterwards bitter and nauseous. Fliickiger says that the oil contains no sulphur. The resin in 
ammoniacum usually amounts to about 70 per cent. Unlike the gum-resin of allied plants, 
ammoniacum yields no umbelliferone. When melted with caustic potash it affords protocate- 
chuic acid and resorcin. The resin of ammoniac is dissolved by alcohol, and by the fixed and 
volatile oils ; but it is divided by ether into two resins, of which one is soluble and the other 
insoluble in ether. P. C. Plugge states that sodium hypobromite, made by dissolving 30 
grammes of pure caustic soda in water, adding 20 grammes of bromine, cooling the mixture, 
and adding distilled water until the whole measures 1 litre, is a sensitive reagent for ammoniac 
resin. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1883.) 
Tschirch and Luz have made an elaborate research of the chemistry of ammoniac, and 
state the following conclusions. Ammoniac contains resin, gum, and ethereal oil, together with 
about 3.5 per cent, of a residue insoluble in water and alcohol. The portion soluble in alcohol 
and ether is a mixture of a so-called acid resin and a neutral resin, and amounts to G9 percent. 
Both resins are free from sulphur, despite the statement of Prciszewski, who considered the latter 
of them to contain sulphur. The saponification of the so-called acid resin yielded salicylic 
acid of the formulas C6H40HC00I1 and CeH40HC00TI -f- £H„0. Along with this were 
volatile acids, consisting of valeric and butyric acids, and an alcohol which belongs to the class 
of resinotannols, and has the same formula as galbaresinotannol, CeH100, or C18H3003. The 
resin is, therefore, a salicylic ester of resinotannol. From this resinotannol both the acetyl and 
the benzoyl derivatives were made, and the formula C181I3003 thus established. On oxidizing 
the resinotannol with nitric acid, styphnic add was obtained, and on fusing it with caustic 
potash, resorcin. Ethereal oil was found in small amount only. It contains no umbelliferone, 
and is free from sulphur. The crude ammoniac showed traces of a free acid which was recog- 
nized as salicylic both by its fusing point and the ferric chloride reaction. The gum contained 
3-5 per cent, of ash, of which 1-2 per cent, was calcium oxide, so that the gum is probably 
related to gum arabic, and is an acid calcium arabinate. (Archiv d Pharm., 1895, p. 571.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This gum-resin is stimulant and expectorant, in large 
doses cathartic, and, like many other stimulants, may be so given as occasionally to prove 
diaphoretic, diuretic, or cmmenagogue. It has been employed in medicine from the highest 
antiquity, being mentioned in the writings of Hippocrates, but is now seldom administered. PART I. 
Ammonii Benzoas. 
153 
The complaints in which it was most frequently used were chronic catarrh, asthma, and other 
pectoral affections attended with deficient expectoration without acute inflammation, or with a 
too copious secretion from the bronchial mucous membrane, dependent upon debility of the 
vessels. It is usually administered in combination with other expectorants, with tonics, or 
with emmenagogues. Externally applied, in the shape of a plaster, it is thought to be useful 
as a discutient or resolvent in white swellings of the joints, and other indolent tumors. (See 
Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro.) It is given in substance, in pill or emulsion. The 
latter form is preferable. (See Emulsum Ammoniaci.) Dose, ten to thirty grains (0-65—1*95 Gm.). 
NH4, C7H5O2; 138*72. (AM-MO'NI-I BEN'ZO-IS.) NH4, C7 H5 02; 139. 
AMMONII BENZOAS. U. S., Br. Ammonium Benzoate. 
Ammonia} Benzoas, Ammonium Benzoicum, Benzoas Ammonicus; Benzoate of Ammonia; Benzoate d’Ammo- 
niaque, Fr.j Benzoesaures Ammonium, G. 
The process for the preparation of this salt was omitted in the 1880 U. S. revision. The 
process of U. S. 1870 is appended. “ Take of Benzoic Acid two troyounces ; Water of Ammonia 
three fluidounces and a half, or a sufficient quantity ; Distilled Water four fluidounces. Dissolve 
the Acid in three fluidounces and a half of the Water of Ammonia, previously mixed with 
Distilled Water; evaporate with a gentle heat, occasionally adding Water of Ammonia, if 
necessary, to maintain a slight excess of the alkali; then set aside to crystallize, and dry the 
crystals without heat.” £‘ This salt, C0II6.COONH4, is produced by neutralizing benzoic acid 
with solution of ammonia.” Br. 
Although the quantity of ammonia ordered in the formula is in excess, yet, from the feeble 
affinity between the constituents, and the consequent escape of ammonia during the evapora- 
tion, a portion of the acid benzoate would be formed, if it were not that a little solution of 
ammonia is from time to time added during or near the close of the evaporation, so as to 
maintain the alkali in slight excess. The crystals, for the same reason, should be dried with- 
out heat. If slightly evaporated, and then allowed to cool, the solution becomes a mass of 
crystals, retaining so much water as to render it necessary to dry them by bibulous paper. 
“ Ammonium Benzoate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Properties. “ Thin, white, four-sided, laminar crystals, odorless or having a slight odor 
of benzoic acid, a saline, bitter, afterwards slightly acrid taste, and gradually losing ammonia 
on exposure to the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 5 parts of water, and in 28 parts of 
alcohol; in 1-2 parts of boiling water, and in 7'6 parts of boiling alcohol. When strongly 
heated, the salt melts, emits vapors having the odor of ammonia and benzoic acid, and is finally 
completely dissipated. The salt is neutral, or has a very slightly acid reaction upon litmus 
paper. A saturated aqueous solution of the salt affords, with ferric chloride test-solution, a 
flesh-colored precipitate, and, when it is gently heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test- 
solution, the odor of ammonia is evolved. If diluted nitric acid be added to a 10-per-cent, 
aqueous solution of the salt, a precipitate of benzoic acid is produced, which, when thoroughly 
washed, should respond to the tests of purity mentioned under Acidum Benzoicum, and the 
filtrate from this precipitate should not be affected by barium chloride test-solution (absence 
of sulphate), or by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride)." U. S. “ Soluble in 6 parts 
of cold water, in 30 of alcohol (90 per cent.), and in 8 of glycerin. It affords the reactions 
characteristic of ammonium salts. An aqueous solution yields a yellowish or flesh-colored 
precipitate when mixed with test-solution of ferric chloride. A strong aqueous solution to which 
a little sulphuric acid is added affords a crystalline precipitate of benzoic acid. It should yield 
ho residue on heating to redness, and no characteristic reaction with the tests for chlorides or 
sulphates. Its cold aqueous solution does not at once redden solution of litmus (absence of 
acid) ; on boiling the solution it slowly dissociates into benzoic acid and ammonia, and affords 
an acid reaction.” Br. Gmelfn states that by boiling its solution the salt is converted into 
the acid benzoate, which crystallizes in feathery tufts of needles. (Handbook, xii. 38.) Accord- 
ing to Lichtenstein, it deliquesces in the air. It gives a copious yellow precipitate with ferric 
salts, and is known to contain benzoic acid and ammonia, by depositing the former when the 
solution is acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and giving off the latter when it is heated with 
potassa. According to Mr. Squire, the acid salt which is commonly met with in commerce is 
less soluble than the official salt, requiring 60 parts of water and 12 of alcohol for solution. 
This is a decided objection to it. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ammonium benzoate is a slightly stimulant diuretic, 
which acts chiefly through its benzoic acid ; it being decomposed by the gastric acids, which 154 
Ammonii Bromidum. 
PART I. 
combine with the ammonia, while the benzoic acid is absorbed, and passes out through the 
kidneys in the form of hippuric acid. (See Benzoic Acid.) The salt has been found useful as 
a diuretic in defective action of the kidneys, as an alterative to the mucous membrane of the urinary 
passages in chronic inflammation of that tissue, and as a solvent of the phosphatic deposits, 
through the hippuric acid into which it is converted. It has been employed in gouty affections 
with a view to the removal of the deposits of sodium urate about the joints; but it has been 
shown to have no effect on the elimination of uric acid. The salt does not appear to produce 
injurious effects even in considerable quantities. (Garrod, Med. Times and Gaz., Feb. 1864.) 
The dose is from ten to thirty grains (065-1-95 Gm.), which may be taken dissolved in water. 
NHtBr; 97*77. (AM-MO'NI-I BRO'MI-DUM.) NH4 Br; 97’8. 
AMMONII BROMIDUM. U. S., Br. Ammonium Bromide. 
“ This salt, NH4Br, is formed by neutralizing hydrobromic acid with a solution of am- 
monia.” Br. 
Ammonium Bromatum ; Bromure d’Ammonium, Fr.; Brom-Ammonium, G. 
Ammonium bromide may be made by dissolving bromine in ammonia water; but the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870* preferred the method of first forming ferrous bromide, precipi- 
tating with water of ammonia, separating by filtration the ferric oxide, and obtaining by 
evaporation the ammonium bromide from the solution. This process, it will be seen, is com- 
pletely parallel with that by which potassium bromide is prepared. According to Prof. Proc- 
ter, a still better method consists in adding to bromine and water sufficient solution of am- 
monium sulphide to discharge the color, filtering to separate the sulphur, and then evaporating 
to dryness. Charles Rice (A. J. P., 1873, p. 249) recommends making ammonium bromide 
by double decomposition between hot solutions of potassium bromide and ammonium sulphate, 
assisting the precipitation of potassium sulphate by alcohol. Dr. W. H. Pile (Proc. A. P. A., 
1874, p. 434) published a simple process for this salt. Pour the bromine (one pound) carefully 
into four times its weight of distilled water in a stone jar, add very gradually about one quart 
of solution of ammonia, cover the top of the jar with a glass plate when vapors arise, and 
when all the ammonia has been added, and the solution is free from the smell of bromine, it 
is evaporated and the salt granulated; the yield is about twenty ounces. 
Properties. Ammonium bromide may be obtained in colorless crystals, but the official 
salt is a white, crystalline powder. Whether in crystal or in powder, on exposure to the air it 
gradually becomes yellowish, in consequence of a partial decomposition, by which hydrobromic 
acid appears to be liberated, as it now changes litmus red. The salt has a saline, pungent 
taste. Exposed to heat, it sublimes unchanged. It is “soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-5 
parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol; in 0-7 part of boiling water, and in 15 parts of 
boiling alcohol. When heated, the salt volatilizes completely without melting. The aqueous 
solution of the salt has a slightly acid reaction upon litmus paper.” IT. S. It is sparingly 
soluble in ether, and is incompatible with acids, acid salts, and spirit of nitrous ether. 
“ When the aqueous solution is gently heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, 
the odor of ammonia is evolved. If to another portion of the solution a little chloroform be 
added, and subsequently a few drops of chlorine water, and the whole agitated, the chloroform 
will acquire a yellowish or yellowisli-brown color without a violet tint. If a few drops of 
diluted sulphuric acid be brought into contact with a little of the powdered salt on a porcelain 
plate, the salt should not at once assume a yellowish color (absence of br ornate). A 10-per- 
cent. aqueous solution should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of 
metals), nor by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). 20 C.c. of a 5-per-cent, 
aqueous solution of the salt should not at once assume a blue color on the addition of 5 drops 
of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (limit of iron). If 3 Gm. of the salt, dried at 100° C. 
(212° F.), be dissolved in water to the measure of 100 C.c., 10 C.c. of this solution, after the 
addition of a few drops of potassium chromate test-solution, should require not more than 
30-9 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red coloration 
“Take of Bromine two troyounces ; Iron, in the form of wire and cut in pieces, a troyounce ; Water of Am- 
monia four Jluidounces and a half; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Add the Iron and then the Bromine to 
half a pint of Distilled Water, contained in a glass flask having the capacity of two pints; loosely cork the flask, 
and agitate the mixture until the odor of Bromine can no longer be perceived, and the liquid assumes a greenish 
color. Mix the Water of Ammonia with half a pint of Distilled Water, and add it to the mixture in the flask; 
agitate the mixture, and heat it by means of a water-bath for half an hour; then filter, and, when the liquor ceases 
to pass, wash the precipitate on the filter with boiling distilled water. Evaporate the solution, in a porcelain cap- 
sule, until a pellicle begins to form, then stir it constantly with a glass rod, at a moderate heat, until it granulates.” 
U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Ammonii Bromidum.—Ammonii Carbonas. 
155 
(absence of more than 1 per cent, of ammonium chloride).” U. S. 11 0-5 gramme of the dry 
salt dissolved in water should require not more than 51-8 and not less than 51-1 cubic centi- 
metres of the volumetric solution of silver nitrate for complete precipitation (limit of impurities). 
It should yield no residue on being heated to redness, no characteristic reaction with the tests 
for lead, iron, bromates, iodides, or nitrates, and not more than the slightest reactions with the 
tests for sulphates or chlorides.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This bromide resembles potassium bromide in its 
physiological powers, but has a less depressing effect upon the arterial and muscular systems. 
It is certainly superior to potassium bromide in most cases of epilepsy and even of minor neu- 
roses. The dose is from one to two drachms a day (3-9-7'8 Gin.) in dilute solution. 
NH4HCO3.NH4NH2CO2 5 156*77. (AM-MO'NI-I CAR'BO-NXs.) NII4HCO3.NH4NH2CO2; 157. 
AMMONII CARBONAS. U. S., Br. Ammonium Carbonate. 
“ A variable mixture of ammonium hydrogen carbonate, NH4HC03, with ammonium car- 
bamate, NH4NH2C02, produced on heating ammonium sulphate or chloride with calcium car- 
bonate.” Br. “ Ammonium Carbonate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place.” U. S. 
Ammonias Carbonas, Br., 1867; Ammoniae Sesquicarbonas, Lond.; Dub.; Ammonium Carbonicum, P.G.; Carbonas 
Ammonicus, Sal Volatile Siccum; Volatile Salt, Sal Volatile; Carbonate d’Ammoniaque, Alkali volatil coneret, Sal 
volatil d’Angleterre, Fr.; Kohlensaures Ammonium, Fliiehtiges Langensalz, Reines Hirschhornsalz, G. 
There have been many methods of obtaining ammonium carbonate, in all of which the 
ammonia originated in organic decomposition. It was probably originally prepared from putrid 
urine, and it is sometimes made in Scotland now from this source. A patent was taken out in 
England for manufacturing it from guano, and another for making it by the direct combina- 
tion of its constituents; the carbonic acid and ammoniacal gases being introduced simultane- 
ously into leaden chambers. (67iem. News, Dec. 29,1865.) But at present the salt is manufac- 
tured by subliming a mixture of either the chloride or the sulphate with chalk. Ammonium 
chloride and chalk (calcium carbonate) are heated together in iron pots or retorts, and sublimed 
into large earthen or leaden receivers. By the reciprocal action of the salts employed, the 
carbonic acid of the chalk unites with the ammonia of the chloride, generating ammonium 
carbonate, and the hydrochloric acid with the lime, forming water and calcium chloride. The 
carbonate and water sublime together as hydrated ammonium carbonate, and the residue is 
calcium chloride. The relative quantities of chalk and ammonium chloride, for mutual de- 
composition, are 50 of the former and 53-5 of the latter, or one mol. of each. But a great 
excess of chalk is usually taken, in order to insure the perfect decomposition of the ammonium 
chloride, any redundancy of which would sublime with the carbonate and render it impure. 
Ammonium sulphate may be substituted for the chloride with much economy, as was shown 
by Payen. This double decomposition between ammonium sulphate and calcium carbonate 
takes place in the dry way only,—that is, by sublimation. In the wet way, the double decom- 
position is reversed; ammonium carbonate and calcium sulphate reacting so as to form ammo- 
nium sulphate and calcium carbonate. Large quantities of this carbonate are manufactured 
indirectly from coal-gas liquor and bone-spirit; the ammoniacal products in these liquors being 
converted successively into ammonium sulphate, chloride, and carbonate. (See Ammonii Clilori- 
dum.') The salt as first obtained has a slight odor of tar, and leaves a blackish carbonaceous 
matter when dissolved in acids. Hence it requires to be purified, which is effected in iron pots 
surmounted with leaden heads. The American carbonate has almost supplanted the English 
article, formerly exclusively used. 
Properties. Commercial ammonium carbonate, recently prepared, is in white, trans- 
lucent masses, consisting of Ammonium Bicarbonate (Acid Carbonate) and Carbamate, losing 
both ammonia and carbonic acid gas on exposure to air, becoming opaque and finally converted 
into friable porous lumps, or a white powder (Acid Ammonium Carbonate). The salt has a 
pungent ammoniacal odor, free from empyreuma, a sharp, saline taste, and an alkaline reaction. 
“ Slowly but completely soluble in about 5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.) ; decomposed by 
hot water with the elimination of carbonic acid and ammonia. By prolonged boiling with 
water the salt is completely dissipated. Alcohol dissolves the Carbamate [NH4NHaC02], and 
leaves the acid carbonate (ammonium bicarbonate). When heated, the salt is completely vol- 
atilized, without charring. The aqueous solution possesses a strongly alkaline reaction, and 
effervesces with acids. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt, slightly supersaturated with 
acetic acid, should not be affected by the hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of metals), 156 
Ammonii Carbonas. 
PART I. 
nor by barium chloride test-solution (sulphate), or ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium). 
A 5 per cent, aqueous solution, on the addition of a slight excess of silver nitrate test-solution, 
and subsequent supersaturation with nitric acid, should neither assume a brown color (absence 
of hyposulphite), nor become more than slightly opalescent within two minutes (limit of 
chloride). If 1 Gm. of the salt be slightly supersaturated with nitric acid, and the solu- 
tion evaporated to dryness on a water-bath, it should afford a colorless and odorless residue, 
w'hich, upon gentle ignition, should be completely volatilized (absence of empyreumatic or 
non-volatile matters). If 7’84 Gm. of unaltered Ammonium Carbonate be dissolved in water 
to the volume of 90 C.c., 30 C.c. of this solution (containing 2-613 Gm. of the salt) should 
require, for exact neutralization, fifty (50) cubic centimeters of normal sulphuric acid (each 
C.c. corresponding to 2 per cent, of the pure salt), rosolic acid being used as indicator.” U. S. 
“ Exposed to the air it becomes covered with a white efflorescence which should be only 
superficial; this should be scraped off before the salt is used for dispensing purposes. It 
affords the reactions characteristic of ammonium salts and of carbonates. Each gramme 
dissolved in 40 cubic centimetres of water should require for neutralization at least 18-7 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. It should yield no residue 
on being heated to redness, and not more than the slightest reactions with the tests for 
chlorides or sulphates. When its aqueous solution is neutralized with an acid and evapo- 
rated to dryness, the residue should be colorless and odorless (absence of tarry matters).” Br. 
If' commercial ammonium carbonate be treated with 90 or 91 per cent, alcohol, it is decom- 
posed into the two salts of which it is composed, ammonium carbamate going into solution 
while the acid ammonium carbonate remains undissolved. This latter compound also remains 
undissolved when the commercial carbonate is treated with an amount of water insufficient 
for complete solution. The result of the complete solution of the commercial salt in water is 
a mixture of acid and neutral carbonates, the carbamate having been decomposed according to 
the reaction (NH4)HC03 + CO j + HaO = (NH4)HC03 + (NH4)2C03. When long 
or insecurely kept, it gradually passes into the state of bicarbonate, becoming opaque and 
friable, and falling into powder. When heated on a piece of glass, the commercial carbonate 
should evaporate without residue, and, if turmeric paper held over it undergoes no change, it 
has passed into bicarbonate. As prepared from coal-gas liquor, it sometimes contains traces 
of tarry matter, which give a dark color to its solution in acids, but a refined carbonate, made 
by resubliming the commercial article, is now in the market, and this alone should be dispensed 
in preparations for internal use. When it is saturated with nitric acid, neither barium chloride 
nor silver nitrate causes a precipitate. The non-action of these tests shows the absence of 
ammonium sulphate and chloride. It is decomposed by acids, the fixed alkalies and their 
carbonates, lime water and magnesia, solution of calcium chloride, alum, acid salts such as 
potassium bitartrate and bisulphate, solutions of iron (except the iron and potassium tartrate 
and analogous preparations), corrosive sublimate, lead acetate and subacetate, and ferrous and 
zinc sulphates. Traces of chlorine have been noticed in some samples of commercial car- 
bonate, and a sublimed salt which had been sold as carbonate, was devoid of odor, hard, crys- 
talline, yet having the external appearance of carbonate, and was proved by Prof. Bridges to 
be anhydrous ammonium bicarbonate. (A. J. P., Nov. 1874). Although much inferior to the 
official compound, this salt is frequently found in the market. For a paper by G. INI. Beringer 
on testing commercial ammonium carbonate, see A. J. P., 1890, p. 500 ; see one also by Charles 
C. Abbey, Pharm. Era, 1889, p. 417. 
Composition. This salt, which used to be considered an ammonium sesquicarbonate of 
the formula 2(C03(NH4)II) -j- C03(NH4)2 -j- H20, is now generally recognized as a mixture 
of either one or two mols. of acid ammonium carbonate, (NII4)HC03, with one mol. of am- 
monium carbamate, CO | j^4- When the salt is dissolved in water, the reaction given above 
converts it into a mixture of acid and neutral carbonates, and when water of ammonia is 
added in sufficient amount it converts the acid carbonate into neutral carbonate, which is used 
frequently as a laboratory reagent, or by passing carbonic acid gas into a solution of the 
commercial salt the whole may be converted into acid carbonate or bicarbonate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Locally applied ammonium carbonate is an irritant, 
and when taken internally in sufficient amount it acts as an irritant poison. When adminis- 
tered in therapeutic doses it is a powerful cardiac stimulant, acting not so rapidly and fuga- 
ciously as the solutions of ammonia, but still in a very prompt and temporary manner. It is PART I. 
Ammonii Carbonas.—Ammonii Chloridum. 
157 
employed in low conditions of the system as a stimulant, but it should always be remembered 
that its influence lasts for only a short time, and that there is reason for believing that when 
continuously given it is apt to impair the crasis of the blood. It is probably eliminated in 
part by the lungs, and certainly is a stimulant to the respiratory centres. It seems also to 
exert some influence upon the pulmonary mucous membrane, and is largely employed in 
adynamic pneumonias and bronchitis, in the last stages of phthisis, etc. In some of these cases 
it does good by increasing muscular power and aiding in the expulsion of the sputa. 
Coarsely bruised with the addition of half its bulk of strongest water of ammonia, and 
scented with oil of lavender, it constitutes the common smelling-salts, so much used as a nasal 
stimulant in syncope and hysteria* The ordinary dose is five grains (0-33 Grn.), given in mix- 
ture, and repeated at not longer intervals than two hours. It should never be given in powder 
or in pill, on account of its volatile nature and its irritant action on mucous membranes. 
Ammonium carbonate is sometimes employed to make effervescing draughts, 20 grains of the 
salt requiring for this purpose 6 fluidrachms of lemon-juice, 24 grains of citric acid, or 251 
grains of tartaric acid. 
AMMONII CHLORIDUM. U. S., Br. Ammonium Chloride. 
“ This salt, NH4C1, may be formed by neutralizing crude solution of ammonia or ammo- 
nium carbonate with hydrochloric acid, and purifying the product.” Br. 
Muriate of Ammonia, Ammonia Muriaticum s. Hydrochloratum, Chloruretum Ammonicum, Sal Ammoniacum, 
Ammonia; Hydrochloras s. Murias; Sal Ammoniac, Hydrochlorate of Ammonia; Hydrochlorate d’Ammoniaque, 
Muriate d’Ammoniaque, Sel Ammoniac, Chlorure d’Ammonium, Chlorure d’Ammonium pur; Ammonium Muriati- 
cum Depuratum, Sal Ammoniacum Depuratum, Fr.; Ammonium Chloratum, P. G.; Salmiak Chlorammonium; 
Reiner (gereinigter) Salmiak, G.; Sale Ammoniaco, It.; Sal Amoniaco, Sp. 
In the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 both the crude and the purified ammonium chloride were 
official, under the names Ammonii Chloridum and Ammonii Chloridum Purificatum. The 
Pharm. 1890 recognizes but one, Ammonii Chloridum, but it transfers this title, which for- 
merly was given to the crude sal ammoniac, to the purified salt, without giving a process for 
preparing it.f It originally came from Egypt, where it was obtained by sublimation from the 
soot resulting from the burning of camels’ dung, which is used in that country for fuel, and it 
is still to be found in the Indian bazaars in an impure state as it has been obtained from the 
unburnt extremity in the interior of brick-kilns in which camels’ manure is used for fuel. It 
has long been known in China, where it is obtained from the water of certain volcanic springs, 
and exists in commerce in various states of purity. It is found in the fumeroles of Vesuvius, 
Etna, Hecla, and other volcanoes, as well as in the cracks and fissures in recent lava-streams. 
Preparation. At present ammonium chloride is derived from two principal sources, the 
ammoniacal liquor, called gas liquor, found in the condensing vessels of coal-gas works, and the 
brown, fetid ammoniacal liquor, known under the name of hone-spirit, which is a secondary 
product, obtained from the destructive distillation of bones, in the manufacture of bone-black. 
These two liquors are the chief sources of ammoniacal compounds; for they are both used to 
procure ammonium chloride, and this salt is employed directly or indirectly for obtaining all 
the other salts of ammonia. Other sources are stale urine, coal soot, guano, peat, and bitu- 
minous schist. 
Gas liquor contains ammonium carbonate, cyanide, sulphide, and sulphate, but principally 
the carbonate. It is saturated with sulphuric acid, and the solution obtained, after due evap- 
oration, furnishes brown crystals of ammonium sulphate. These are then sublimed with 
sodium chloride in iron pots lined with clay and furnished with a leaden dome or head. By 
the mutual action of the sulphate, water, and chloride, there are formed ammonium chloride 
which sublimes, and sodium sulphate which remains behind. Thus (NH4)2S04 and (NaCl)^ 
NH4CI; 53*38. (AM-MO'NI-i 0HLO'ItI-DUM.) NH4C1; 53‘4. 
* In Mounsey’s recipe for the English Preston salts, the essence to be added to- the carbonate is made as follows. 
Take oil of cloves gss; oil of lavender 3j 5 oil of bergamot giiss; stronger water of ammonia (sp. gr. 0-880) 
Mix. The bottles are to be filled with ammonium carbonate, half with the salt coarsely bruised, and the re- 
mainder with it in fine powder; and then as much of the above essence as the salt will absorb is to be added. 
(P. J. Tr., xiii. 628.) 
f The process (Pharm. 1870) for purifying sal ammoniac is here given as found in 14th ed. U. S. D. 
“ Take of Chloride of Ammonium, in small pieces, twenty troyounces ; Water of Ammonia jive jluidrachms ; Water 
two pints. Dissolve the Chloride of Ammonium in the water, in a porcelain dish, with the aid of heat; add the Water 
of Ammonia, and continue the heat for a short time; filter the solution while hot, and evaporate to dryness, with 
constant stirring at a moderate heat, until it granulates.” U. S. 1870. 
The object of this process is to free the drug from ferric chloride, which is a frequent impurity of the crude salt, 
derived from the subliming vessels. 158 
Ammonii Chloridum. 
PART I. 
become (NH4C1)2 and Na2S04. Gas liquor is at present usually distilled with lime with the 
aid of column stills, whereby a relatively pure and strong ammonia is obtained. This may he 
further purified, however, from empyreumatic matter by treatment with potassium permanga- 
nate and then driven over by heat and absorbed in hydrochloric acid. In this way, as the solu- 
tion becomes concentrated, the sal ammoniac crystallizes out in the bottom of the leaden 
tanks in which the absorption takes place. Impure sal ammoniac may be purified either by 
crystallization or by sublimation. In the latter case the sal ammoniac is placed in an iron 
subliming pot coated with a composition of clay, sand, and charcoal and covered with a dome 
of lead. These pots are sometimes sufficiently large to hold five hundred pounds. “ A gentle 
fire is kept up under the subliming pot for seven or eight days, when, the dome having 
cooled down, and the sal ammoniac somewhat contracted, so as to loosen from the sides, the 
dome is thrown off from the iron pot, and about two or three hundred-weight of white, semi- 
transparent sal ammoniac are knocked off in cakes.” (Pereira, Mat. Med., 3d ed., p. 446.) 
In the destructive distillation of bones for making bone-black, the distilled products are the 
bone-spirit already mentioned, being chiefly an aqueous solution of ammonium carbonate, 
and an empyreumatic oil, called animal oil. Ammonium chloride may be obtained from the 
bone-spirit in the manner just described for procuring it from gas liquor. Sometimes, however, 
the ammonium sulphate is not made by direct combination, but by digesting the bone-spirit 
with ground plaster of Paris. By double decomposition, ammonium sulphate and calcium 
carbonate are formed. The ammonium sulphate is then converted into the chloride by subli- 
mation with common salt. The chloride “ may be formed by neutralizing hydrochloric acid 
with ammonia or carbonate of ammonium, and evaporating to dryness.” Br. 
Other processes have been proposed or practised for obtaining ammonium chloride. For 
an account of the manufacture of ammoniacal salts, and for a list of the patents issued in 
Great Britain, since 1827, for their preparation, the reader is referred to the P. J. Tr., xii. 
20, 63, 113. 
Commercial History. Nearly all the ammonium chloride used in the United States is 
obtained from abroad. Its commercial varieties are known under the names of the crude and 
the refined. The crude is imported from Calcutta in chests containing from 350 to 400 pounds, 
and is consumed almost exclusively by coppersmiths and other artisans in brass and copper, 
for the purpose of keeping metallic surfaces bright, preparatory to brazing. The refined comes 
to us exclusively from England, packed in casks containing from 5 to 10 cwt. 
Properties. Commercial ammonium chloride is a white, translucent, tough, fibrous salt, 
occurring in large cakes about two inches thick, convex on one side and concave on the other, 
due to the shape of the dome of the subliming apparatus: the pieces frequently are tinged on 
the surface with iron stains, owing to the contact with the iron dome. It has a pungent, 
saline taste, but no smell. Its sp. gr. is 1-45. This salt is very difficult to powder in the ordi- 
nary way. Its pulverization, however, may be readily effected by making a boiling saturated 
solution of the salt and stirring it as it cools. The salt is thus made to granulate, and in this 
state, after having been drained from the remaining solution and dried, may be easily pow- 
dered. At a red heat it sublimes without decomposition, and without residue. Exposed to a 
damp atmosphere it becomes slightly moist. It has the property of increasing the solubility 
of corrosive sublimate in water. It is decomposed by the strong mineral acids, and by the 
alkalies and alkaline earths,—the former disengaging hydrochloric acid, the latter ammonia, 
both sensible to the smell. Ammonium chloride is usually employed for obtaining gaseous 
ammonia, which is conveniently disengaged by lime. It is incompatible with lead acetate and 
silver nitrate, producing precipitates respectively of lead and silver chlorides. 
Ammonium chloride is little subject to adulteration. If not entirely volatilized by heat, and if 
insoluble in water, it contains impurity. Still, as ordinarily prepared, it contains ferrous chloride. 
This metal may be detected by boiling a small portion of a saturated solution of the salt with 
a drop or two of nitric acid, and then adding potassium ferrocyanide, when the characteristic 
blue color occasioned by iron will be produced. If the salt is entirely volatilized by heat, and 
yet produces a precipitate with barium chloride, the presence of ammonium sulphate is 
indicated. The description and tests of the official salt are as follows: 
“ A white, crystalline powder, without odor, having a cooling, saline taste, and permanent in 
air. Soluble in three parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1 part of boiling water, but 
almost insoluble in alcohol. On ignition, the salt is completely volatilized, without charring. 
The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and affords, with silver nitrate test- 
solution, a white, curdy precipitate, which is soluble in ammonia water. Another portion of PART I. 
Ammonii Chloridum.—Ammonii Iodidum. 
159 
the aqueous solution, when gently heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, 
evolves the odor of ammonia. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected 
by hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of metals), barium chloride test-solution (sulphate'), 
diluted sulphuric acid (barium), or ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium). When acidu- 
lated with hydrochloric acid, the solution should not assume a red color on the addition of a 
few drops of ferric chloride test-solution (absence of sidphocyanate). 20 C.c. of a 5-per-cent, 
aqueous solution of the salt should not at once assume a blue color on the addition of 5 drops 
of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (limit of iron). If to 1 Gm. of the salt a little nitric 
acid he added, and the mixture evaporated to dryness in a porcelain capsule on a water-bath, 
a white residue should be obtained which, when more strongly heated, should be completely 
volatilized (absence of empyreumatic or non-volatile matters)." U. 8. “It should yield no 
residue on being heated to redness, and no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, 
copper, arsenium, calcium, carbonates, or nitrates, and only the slightest reactions with the 
tests for iron, or for sulphates. Its aqueous solution should not give a blood-red coloration 
with test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of thiocyanates).” Br. 
Composition. Ammonium chloride consists of one atom of chlorine and one of ammo- 
nium, (NH4) = NH4C1. Viewed as hydrochlorate of ammonia or muriate of ammonium, it is 
composed of one mol. of hydrochloric acid and one of ammonia. 
Medical Properties. Ammonium chloride has the stimulant properties of ammonia, 
and probably differs little in its physiological powers from the carbonate, but it is believed by 
many to be less fugacious in its action and to be less stimulant to the circulation than is the 
latter salt. Clinical experience has also led to a somewhat particular use of it in diseases. It 
is one of the most employed of the stimulant expectorants in the advanced stages of acute 
bronchitis and in chronic bronchitis, also in catarrhal pneumonia. It has been very highly 
recommended of late years in chronic hepatic torpor and engorgement, and even in acute hepa- 
titis, by Dr. W. Stewart, who gives 20 grains of it three times a day and continues its use for 
weeks. We have seen catarrhal jaundice apparently very much benefited by it. Many years 
ago it was a favorite remedy as a resolvent in chronic glandxdar enlargements, but at present it 
is rarely so employed. There is much testimony as to the value of ammonium chloride in cer- 
tain obscure nervous affections, especially hemicrania, ovaralgia, dysmenorrhcea, sciatica, and 
various other neuralgic disorders. The usual expectorant dose of the chloride is 5 to 10 grains 
(0-33-0-65 Gm.) every two hours, administered in sweetened mucilage; but formerly in pros- 
tatic and other glandular enlargements it was recommended to increase the dose until half an 
ounce a day was ingested. When such amounts are given, the remedy is prone to produce 
disordered digestion, a miliary eruption, profuse sweats, and scorbutic symptoms. 
Externally, ammonium chloride is used in solution, as a stimulant and resolvent, in con- 
tusions, indolent tumors, etc. An ounce of the salt dissolved in nine fluidounces of water and 
one of alcohol forms a solution of convenient strength. When the solution is to be used as 
a wash for ulcers, or as an injection in leucorrhcea, it should not contain more than from one to 
four drachms of the salt to a pint of water. A pediluvium consisting of half a pound of am- 
monium chloride dissolved in water, followed by fomentations with the same solution, is said 
to have cured senile gangrene. (Annuaire de Therap., 1868.) 
The vapor of ammonium chloride has been administered by inhalation, employed several 
times a day, in chronic catarrh, with marked advantage, by Dr. Gieseler, of Germany. Dr. 
Hermann Beigel, of London, strongly recommends its inhalation in the nascent state, resulting 
from a mixture of the two gases composing it. Three bottles are used, one containing ammo- 
nia water, the second an equivalent quantity of liquid hydrochloric acid, and the third half 
filled with water, connected with the first two by tubes, and supplied itself with a tube for 
inhalation. By inhalation the patient draws the two gases from their respective bottles into 
the third, where they combine'to form ammonium chloride, which is freed from any excess of 
either gas by the water. Another mode of inhaling ammonium chloride is in spray, by means 
of the atomizer; from 10 to 20 grains are dissolved for the purpose in a fiuidounce of water. 
AMMONII IODIDUM. U. S. Ammonium Iodide. 
NH4I; 144*54. (AM-MO'NI-I !-5d'I-DUH.) NH4I; 144-6. 
Iodure d’Ammonium, Fr.; Ammonium jodatum, Ioduretum Ammonicum, Jodammonium, G. 
“ Ammonium Iodide should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials, protected from light. 
When deeply colored, the salt should not he dispensed, but it may be deprived of free iodine 160 
Ammonii Iodidum. 
PART I. 
by adding to its concentrated aqueous solution sufficient ammonium sulphide test-solution to 
render it colorless, then filtering, and evaporating on a water-bath to dryness.” U. S. 
No process is given in the Pharm. 1890 for this salt; that of the Pharrn. 1870 will be found 
below.* 
This salt was formerly prepared according to the method of Mr. John A. Spencer, of Lon- 
don, the formula for which is as follows. Add to a portion of iodine, placed in a flask with a 
little water, a solution of ammonium sulphydrate, until the mixture loses its red color, and is 
turbid from the separation of sulphur only. Shake the flask, which causes the sulphur, for 
the most part, to agglomerate; and, having poured off the liquid, boil it until all odor of 
hydrogen sulphide and of ammonia is lost. Then filter the liquid, and, constantly stirring, evapo- 
rate it, first with a naked flame until it becomes pasty, and then in a water-bath until it forms 
a dry salt. In 1864 (A. J. P.f May, 1864), Dr. Jacobson proposed a plan in which double 
decomposition between the ammonium sulphate and the potassium iodide was brought about. 
Mr. James F. Babcock (Proc. A. P. A., 1866) stated that on trial of the first of the above 
processes, and of all others in which hydrogen sulphide or an alkaline sulphide was employed, 
the resulting ammonium iodide retained a portion of sulphur, which caused its color to change 
with time to yellow and ultimately to brown, and rendered it unfit for the accurate prepara- 
tions required in photography. Having tried also other formulas, which he found objection- 
able, he at length satisfied himself that the process of Dr. Jacobson above described was the 
best in use, and with slight modifications would yield an absolutely pure product. 
In a former edition of the Dispensatory may be found the exact process finally adopted by 
Mr. Babcock. It is substantially that which was official in Pharm. 1870, and is in close accord 
with that of Dr. Jacobson. The object of the first step of the process is sufficiently evident. 
After the double decomposition has occurred, the alcohol is added to complete the precipita- 
tion of the potassium sulphate; the pouring of alcohol upon the cotton filter is to remove com- 
pletely from the sulphate all of the iodide. As made by this process, ammonium iodide 
always contains a minute proportion of potassium sulphate. Charles Rice (A. J. P., 1873, p. 
249) calls attention to the fact that the process official in U. S. Pharm. 1870 is deficient in the 
amount of ammonium sulphate required, and therefore wasteful of the more expensive iodide ; 
instead of one ounce of ammonium sulphate the quantity should be 867 grains. The view 
taken by Mr. Rice, however, is that the reaction takes place between single molecules of the 
respective salts, which is no doubt correct, whereas the view of the Pharmacopoeia committee 
was that two mols. of the iodide reacted with one of ammonium sulphate, 2KI -(- (NH4)„S04 
= K2S04-f-2NH4I. 
Properties. Ammonium iodide is in “ minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white granu- 
lar powder, without odor when colorless, but emitting a slight odor of iodine when colored, and 
having a sharp, saline taste. The salt is very hygroscopic, and soon becomes yellow or yellow- 
ish-brown on exposure to the air and light, owing to the loss of ammonia and the elimination 
of iodine. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1 part of water, and in 9 parts of alcohol; in 0-5 
part of boiling water, and in 3j parts of boiling alcohol. When heated on platinum foil, it 
evolves vapor of iodine, and volatilizes completely without melting. The aqueous solution of 
the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and, when gently heated with potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution, evolves the odor of ammonia. If a little chloroform be added to 10 C.c. of the 
aqueous solution, then a few drops of chlorine water, and the whole agitated, the chloroform 
will acquire a violet color. A solution of 1 Gm. of the salt in 20 C.c. of water, acidulated 
with a few drops of diluted hydrochloric acid, should not afford an immediate cloudiness or 
precipitate with 5 drops of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). A 1-per-cent, 
aqueous solution of the salt should not at once assume a blue color with potassium ferrocya- 
nide test-solution (limit of iron), nor, after being mixed with a little starch test-solution, should 
it assume a deep blue color (limit of free iodine). If 0 25 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 
C.c. of ammonia water, the solution then shaken with 19 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal 
volumetric solution, and the filtrate supersaturated with 5 C.c. of nitric acid, no cloudiness 
* “ Take of Iodide of Potassium, in coarse powder, four troyounces ; Sulphate of Ammonium, in coarse powder, 
a troyounce [this should be 867 grains] ; Boiling Distilled Water two fluid ounces ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the salts, add them to the Boiling Water, stir well, and allow the mixture to cool; then add a fluid- 
ounce of Alcohol, mix well, and reduce the temperature, by a bath of iced water, to about 40° ; throw the mixture 
into a cool glass funnel, stopped with moistened cotton, and, when the clear solution has passed, pour upon the salt 
a fluidounce of a mixture containing two parts of Water and one part of Alcohol. Lastly, evaporate the solution 
rapidly to dryness, stirring constantly; and preserve the residue in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Ammonii Iodidum.—Ammonii Nitras. 
161 
should make its appearance within ten minutes (absence of more than about 0-5 per cent, of 
chloride or bromide).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. Ammonium iodide is employed, both externally and internally, as 
a resolvent, and resembles closely, in its action, iodine and potassium iodide. Dr. B. W. Rich- 
ardson, of London, has prescribed it, in the dose of from one to three grains, with considerable 
success, in secondary syphilis, chronic rheumatism, incipient phthisis, and in a variety of forms 
of scrofulous disorder, attended with glandular enlargements. Dr. Richardson found a liniment, 
made by dissolving half a drachm of the iodide in an ounce of glycerin, very efficacious in 
enlarged tonsils, applied every night with a large camel’s-hair brush, and his practice has been 
followed to some extent by other members of the profession* Externally, this salt has been 
used as a substitute for potassium iodide. By Dr. Pennock it is considered a good remedy 
in certain cases of lepra and psoriasis, in the form of ointment, applied by friction in the 
quantity of half an ounce, morning and evening. The proportions employed are from a 
scruple to a drachm of the salt to an ounce of lard; the weaker preparation being used when 
the disease is recent, the stronger when it is chronic. As the iodide is decomposed by the air, 
the ointment should be kept in well-stopped bottles. For internal use the dose of ammonium 
iodide is from three to five grains (0-20-0-33 6m,). 
NH4NO3; 79*9. (AM-MO'NI-I NI'TBXS.) NH4NO3; 80. 
AMMONII NITRAS. U. S. Ammonium Nitrate. 
Ammoniae Nitras, Br., 1867; Nitrate of Ammonia; Ammonium Nitricum, Nitrum Flammans; Azotate d’Am- 
moniaque, Nitre inflammable, Nitre ammoniacal, Sal ammoniacal nitreux, Fr.; Salpetersaures Ammon, Ammonium, 
Ammoniak, G. 
An extraordinary property possessed by this salt of absorbing ammoniacal gas, and giving 
it out again at a moderate heat unchanged, renders it capable of useful pharmaceutical appli- 
cation ; but the chief cause of its introduction into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia was its being the 
source whence nitrogen monoxide is produced. 
Ammonium nitrate may be prepared by treating commercial ammonium carbonate by nitric 
acid so long as effervescence takes place, or to saturation, filtering, and evaporating the solution. 
By careful evaporation and slow refrigeration the salt may be obtained in well-defined crystals. 
If crystallized after rapid concentration by boiling and sudden cooling, it forms long flexible 
and elastic threads. If the solution be heated till all the water is driven off and the fused 
mass kept at a temperature not exceeding 320° F. (160° C.), the commercial fused salt is pro- 
duced. It may also be made by double decomposition between solutions of ammonium sulphate 
and potassium nitrate. 
Properties. “ Colorless crystals, generally in the form of long, thin, rhombic prisms, or 
in fused masses, without odor, having a sharp, bitter taste, and somewhat deliquescent. Solu- 
ble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-5 part of water, and in 20 parts of alcohol; very soluble in boil- 
ing water, and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol. When gradually heated, it melts at 165°-166° 
C. (329°—330-8° F.) ; at a temperature between 230° and 250° C. (446°—482° F.) it is decom- 
posed into nitrogen monoxide gas and water, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution of the 
salt is neutral to litmus paper, and, when gently heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test- 
solution, it evolves the odor of ammonia. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, it emits 
nitrous vapors.” U. S. 
At all temperatures between—15° C. (5° F.) and 25° C. (77° F.), if exposed to a current 
of dry ammoniacal gas, its crystals absorb the gas and melt, yielding a colorless liquid, which, 
if the absorption has taken place at—10° C. (14° F.), contains two mols. of the gas for each 
mol. of the salt, and would be represented by the formula NH4N03 -f- 2NH3. It is not frozen 
by a mixture of salt and snow. Its sp. gr. is 1-05. Heated moderately it boils, with loss of 
ammonia, and is changed intcf a crystalline mass, containing 21-25 parts of the gas in 100 of 
the salt by weight, and corresponds with the formula NH4N03 -j- NH3, thus retaining one- 
half the gas absorbed. By exposure to increased heat, this loses ammonia, and at 80° C. 
(176° F.) has been reconverted to pure ammonium nitrate. This preparation may be used for 
obtaining small quantities of pure ammonia, when wanted, by exposing it to a gentle heat in 
* Theodore G. Davis (A. J. P., 1877, p. 305) gives a formula for Liniment of Iodide of Ammonium which he says 
closely corresponds with a proprietary liniment largely sold at one time; but it cannot be regarded as correctly 
named, for it contains a small quantity of iodide in a pint of liniment. Water of Ammonia 10 per cent, Soap 
Liniment Tinet. Iodine Alcohol f3jiv. Mix the soap liniment with the tincture of iodine, and add the 
alcohol and ammonia; shake, and add alcohol to make 1 pint. Let it stand two or three days before using. 
11 162 
Ammonii Phosphas. 
PART I. 
a small retort. To be fit for this purpose, it must be kept at a low temperature. (P. J. Tr., 
June, 1872.) 
Tests. “ A 10-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt, when acidulated with nitric acid, 
should not be affected by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride), nor by barium 
chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate)." U. S. 
For the mode of preparing nitrogen monoxide (hyponitrous oxide), or nitrous oxide gas, from 
ammonium nitrate, the reader is referred to the article on Nitrogen Monoxide in Part II. of 
this work. 
AMMONII PHOSPHAS. Br. Phosphate of Ammonium. 
(NHiJjHPOi; 132. (am-mo'ni-i ph5s'phXs.) 
“ A salt, (NII4)2HP04, which may be obtained by neutralizing phosphoric acid with solu- 
tion of ammonia.” Br. 
Ammoniaa Phosphas; Phosphate of Ammonia; Ammonium Phosphoricum, P.G.; Phosphas Ammonicus; Phos- 
phate d’Ammoniaque, Fr.; Phosphorsaures Ammoniak, fir. 
This salt was introduced into the 1880 U. S. Pliarm., but was dropped at the late revision. 
The variety of phosphoric acid employed in this formula is the tribasic, which forms three 
salts with ammonia, one containing three atoms of ammonium without basic hydrogen, which 
is called the neutral phosphate, the second, two mols. of ammonium and one of basic hydrogen, 
forming an acid phosphate, and the third, one mol. of ammonium and two of basic hydrogen, 
forming also an acid phosphate. The second of these is the one intended by the U. S. and 
British Pharmacopoeias, and is represented by the formula (NH4)2HP04. To prepare it, a 
constant excess of ammonia must be maintained, and this is done by compliance with the 
process, if the materials are of due strength. Without such a precaution, more or less of the 
more acid phosphate would be generated, in consequence of the escape of the alkali. 
Properties. Hydrogen di-ammonium phosphate, which is the official salt, occurs in “ col- 
orless, translucent, monoclinic prisms, losing ammonia on exposure to dry air, without odor, 
having a cooling, saline taste and a neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble in 4 parts of 
water at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-5 part of boiling water, but insoluble in alcohol. When strongly 
heated, the salt fuses, afterwards evolves ammonia, and at a bright red heat is wholly dissi- 
pated.” U. S. 1880. The salt commonly found in commerce is either this acid phosphate, or 
a mixture of the two acid salts. The official salt may be made by saturating the excess of 
acid in acid calcium phosphate by means of ammonium carbonate. Calcium phosphate is pre- 
cipitated and ammonium phosphate obtained in solution, which, being duly concentrated by a 
gentle heat, affords the salt in crystals upon cooling. The method of obtaining the acid cal- 
cium phosphate is given under the head of sodium phosphate. (See Sodii Phosphas.') Ammo- 
nium phosphate prepared in this way is a white salt, crystallizing in six-sided tables, derived 
from oblique quadrangular prisms, efflorescent, insoluble in alcohol, and soluble in 4 parts 
of cold water. The solution has an alkaline somewhat saline taste, and an alkaline reaction, 
and gives out ammonia when heated. 
The other acid phosphate, NH4II2P04, is obtained by boiling a solution of either of the 
other salts so long as ammonia escapes, and then crystallizing. Its crystals are four-sided 
prisms, permanent in the air, of an acid taste and reaction, and soluble in 5 parts of cold 
water. (Bridges.) In a specimen of the common ammonium phosphate of commerce which 
came under our notice, we recognized both the tabular crystals of the phosphate with two 
mols. of ammonium, having a saline slightly acrid taste, and neutral in reaction, and the 
prisms of the acid salt, with a sour and saline taste and a decidedly acid reaction. 
Tests. “The aqueous solution of the salt, when heated with potassa, evolves vapor of 
ammonia. Addition of test-solution of nitrate of silver to the aqueous solution produces a 
canary-yellow precipitate, soluble in nitric acid and in ammonia. The aqueous solution should 
remain unaffected by sulphide of ammonium, or, after being acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 
by hydrosulphuric acid (abs. of metals), or by test-solution of chloride of barium (sulphate). 
When acidulated with nitric acid, it should not be rendered turbid by test-solution of nitrate 
of silver (chloride). 2 Grm. of the salt dissolved in water and precipitated with test-mixture 
of magnesium, yields a crystalline precipitate, which, when washed with diluted water of am- 
monia, dried, and ignited, should weigh 1-68 Gm.” U. S. 1880. This quantitative test is in- 
tended as a means of identifying the hydrogen di-ammonium salts. The British Pharmacopoeia 
gives the following quantitative test. “ When 2 grammes are dissolved in water, and solution 
of 'magnesium ammonio-sulphate is added in excess, a crystalline precipitate should be formed, 
which, after being well washed upon a filter with solution of ammonia diluted with an equal PART I. 
Ammonii Valenanas. 
163 
volume of water, and then dried and heated to redness, weighs 1-68 grammes. Its aqueous 
solution should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, or arsenium, 
and only the slightest reactions with the tests for iron, chlorides, or sulphates.” The amount 
of the residue, which is magnesium pyrophosphate, indicates the quantity of phosphoric acid 
contained in the salt. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This salt was first brought to the notice of the pro- 
fession, as a remedy for gout and rheumatism, by Dr. T. II. Buckler (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., 
1846), and has since been so employed with apparently useful results. The dose is from ten to 
forty grains (0-65-2-6 6m.), three or four times a day, dissolved in a tablespoonful of water. 
NH4C5H9O2; 118.78. (AM-MO'NI-I VA-LE-RI-A'NAS.) NH4C5H9O2; 119. 
AMMONII VALE RIAN AS. U. S. Ammonium Valerianate. 
Valerianate d’Ammoniaque, Fr.; Baldriansaures (Valeriansaures) Ammonium, G. 
A process for preparing this salt is no longer official; that of the Pharm. 1870 is found 
below * 
Ammonium valerianate was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860; much diffi- 
culty was experienced by manufacturing chemists in procuring a crystallized ammonium 
valerianate, until, after a series of experiments, Mr. B. J. Crew, of Philadelphia, ascertained 
that it was necessary to employ the monohydrated valerianic acid, as the ordinary acid with 
three mols. of water could not be successfully used for the purpose. The official formula of 
1870 was based upon that of Mr. Crew, published in the A. J. P. (1860, p. 109). In this for- 
mula the monohydrated valerianic acid, procured by a special process (see Acidum Valeriani- 
cum), is saturated with gaseous ammonia obtained in the usual manner from a mixture of 
ammonium chloride and lime. The saturation is known to have been effected when litmus 
paper is no longer acted on. During the operation heat is developed sufficient to prevent pre- 
mature crystallization, and, when the saturation is completed, nothing more is necessary than 
to allow the solution to cool. Crystallization soon begins, and in a few hours the contents of 
the vessel become a nearly solid mass of crystals; these should be thoroughly drained, and, 
without unnecessary exposure, at once transferred to well-stoppered bottles. 
Properties. Thus prepared, ammonium valerianate is in snow-white, pearly, four-sided, 
tabular crystals, perfectly dry, of an offensive odor like that of valerianic acid, and a sharp 
sweetish taste. Instead of liquefying whenever exposed to the air, as happened to the salt 
formerly procured, it undergoes this change only in a moist atmosphere, and effloresces when 
the air is dry. It is very soluble in water, ether, and alcohol. Exposed to heat it is in great 
measure volatilized unchanged; but a small portion, by giving off a part of its ammonia, is 
converted into the acid valerianate. Hager (Pharm. Centralb., 1879, p. 465) states that com- 
mercial ammonium valerianate is always the acid salt, as is proved by the acid reaction and 
the strong rotation of the crystals when placed upon cold water; the neutral salt is obtained 
only with difficulty, is in prismatic crystals, and is easily liquefied by moderate temperatures. 
Its formula is NH4C5H0O2. “ The aqueous solution has an acid reaction, and, when gently 
heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, it evolves the odor of ammonia. If a 
concentrated aqueous solution of the salt be slightly supersaturated with sulphuric acid, an 
oily layer of valerianic acid will separate on the surface. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution, 
when acidulated with nitric acid, should not be affected by barium nitrate test-solution (absence 
of sulphate), nor by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride). If a neutral solution of 
the salt be completely precipitated with ferric chloride test-solution, the filtrate should not 
possess a deep red color (absence of acetate)." TJ. S. 
Medical Properties. Ammonium valerianate is not poisonous. Given to dogs in the 
dose of 150 grains, it produced'no inconvenience. As a therapeutic agent it was first brought 
to the notice of the profession, in 1856, by M. Declat, of Paris. The preparation which he 
used was a solution of ammonium valerianate of uniform strength, made according to the recipe 
of M. Pierlot, an apothecary of Paris. Since then it has been used in various diseases, princi- 
* “Take of Valerianic Acid four fluid ounce* ; Chloride of Ammonium, Lime, each, a sufficient quantity. From a 
mixture of Chloride of Ammonium, in coarse powder, and an equal weight of Lime, previously slaked and in powder, 
contained in a suitable vessel, obtain gaseous ammonia, and cause it to pass, first through a bottle filled with pieces 
of Lime, and afterwards into the Valerianic Acid, in a tall, narrow, glass vessel, until the Acid is neutralized. 
Then discontinue the process, and set the vessel aside that the Valerianate of Ammonium may crystallize. Lastly, 
break the salt into pieces, drain it in a glass funnel, dry it on bibulous paper, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle.” 
U.S. 164 
Ammonii Valerianas.—Amygdala Amara. 
PART I. 
pally of the nervous system, such as hysteria, epilepsy, chorea, neuralgia, and is certainly useful in 
various mild functional nervous affections, but in such grave maladies as epilepsy it is powerless. 
The dose of the salt is from two to eight grains (0-13-0-52 Gm.), dissolved in water. As now 
prepared, it may be made into pills without inconvenience; and, properly coated so as to con- 
ceal their disagreeable odor, they are probably the best form for the administration of the salt. 
Pierlot's solution, mentioned above, should be made by dissolving a drachm of valerianic acid 
in thirty-two drachms of distilled water, saturating the solution with ammonium carbonate, 
and adding to the salt formed two scruples of the alcoholic extract of valerian. According to 
M. Pierlot, the latter addition is necessary in order to preserve the preparation from change ; 
for a simple solution of the ammoniacal salt is rapidly decomposed. It will keep still better if 
the extract, when added to the solution, be mixed with a fluidounce of diluted alcohol, while 
but 24 drachms of distilled water are used, so as to preserve the measure. The solution of M. 
Pierlot is neutral, of a brown color, and a strong odor of valerian. It contains l-25th of its 
weight of the pure salt. The dose is from six to thirty drops (0-36-1-9 C.c.), given in water 
or on a lump of sugar. (Ann. de BMrap., 1857, p. 55.) 
AMYGDALA AMARA. U. SM Br. Bitter Almond. 
(A-MYG'DA-LA A-MA'RA.) 
“ The seed of Prunus Amygdalus, var. amara, De Candolle (nat. ord. Rosacea}).” U. S. 
“ The ripe seed of Prunus Stokes, var. amara, Baillon.” Br. 
Amygdalae Amarae, P. G.; Semen Amygdali Amarum; Amande amere, Fr.; Bittere Mandeln, G.; Mandorle 
amare, It.; Almendra amarga, Sp. 
Bitter Almonds. These are smaller than the sweet almonds, and are thus described in 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. “ About 25 Mm. long, oblong-lanceolate, flattish, covered with a 
cinnamon-brown, scurfy testa, marked by about sixteen lines emanating from a broad scar at 
the blunt end. The embryo has the shape of the seed, is white, oily, consists of two plano- 
convex cotyledons, and a short radicle at the pointed end, and has a bitter taste. When trit- 
urated with water, Bitter Almond yields a milk-white emulsion, which emits an odor of 
hydrocyanic acid.” U. S. They have the bitter taste of the peach kernel, and, though when 
dry inodorous or nearly so, have, when triturated with water, the fragrance of the peach 
blossom. They contain the same ingredients as sweet almonds, and like them form a milky 
emulsion with water. It was formerly supposed that they also contained hydrocyanic acid and 
volatile oil, to which their peculiar taste and smell and their peculiar operation upon the 
system were ascribed. It was, however, ascertained by MM. Robiquet and Boutron that these 
principles do not pre-exist in the almond, but result from the reaction of water; and Wohler 
and Liebig proved, what was suspected by Robiquet, that they are formed out of a peculiar 
substance denominated amygdalin, which is the characteristic constituent of bitter almonds. 
This substance, which was discovered by Robiquet and Boutron in 1830, is white, crystallizable, 
inodorous, of a sweetish bitter taste, unalterable in the air, freely soluble in water and hot 
alcohol, very slightly soluble in cold alcohol, and insoluble in ether. It is decomposed by the 
action of dilute acids or in the presence of water by the nitrogenous ferments, like emulsin, 
which accompany it in the bitter almond. The reaction is as follows: 
Crystallized 
amygdalin. 
C»H,,NOn + 3H20 = 2(CeH1206) +HCN + C.HeO + HaO. 
Dextro- 
glucose. 
Hydrocyanic 
acid. 
Oil of bitter 
almonds. 
It is recognized as belonging to the glucoside class, compounds which, when decomposed by 
dilute acids, alkalies, or ferments, yield glucose and some other characteristic decomposition 
product. They may be considered as compound ethers of glucose analogous to the compound 
ethers of glycerin which exist in the fats under the name of glycerides. Liebig and Wohler 
give the following process for obtaining amygdalin, in which the object of the fermentation is 
to destroy the sugar with which it is associated. Bitter almonds, previously deprived of their 
fixed oil by pressure, are to be boiled in successive portions of alcohol till exhausted. From 
the liquors thus obtained all the alcohol is to be drawn off by distillation; care being taken, 
near the end of the process, not to expose the syrupy residue to too great a heat. This residue 
is then to be diluted with water, mixed with good yeast, and placed in a warm situation. 
After the fermentation which ensues has ceased, the liquor is to be filtered, evaporated to the 
consistence of syrup, and mixed with alcohol. The amygdalin is thus precipitated in connec- 
tion with a portion of gum, from which it may be separated by solution in boiling alcohol,, 
which will deposit it upon cooling. If pure, it will form a perfectly transparent solution with. PART I. 
Amygdala Amara.—Amygdala Dulcis. 
165 
water. Any oil which it may contain may be separated by washing with ether. One pound 
of almonds yields at least 120 grains of amygdalin. (Anna!. der Pharm., xxii. 329.)* 
Amygdalin, mixed with emulsion of sweet almonds, gives rise, among other products, to the 
volatile oil of bitter almonds and hydrocyanic acid,—the emulsion of the sweet almonds acting 
the part of a ferment, by causing a reaction between the amygdaliD and water; and the same 
result is obtained when pure emulsin is added to a solution of amygdalin. It appears, then, 
that the volatile oil and hydrocyanic acid developed in bitter almonds when moistened result 
from the mutual reaction of amygdalin, water, and emulsin. Certain substances have the 
effect of preventing this reaction, as, for example, alcohol and acetic acid. It is asserted that 
emulsin procured from other seeds, as those of the poppy, hemp, and mustard, is capable of 
producing the same reaction between water and amygdalin, though in a less degree. (Anna!. der 
Pharm., xxviii. 290.) Amygdalin appears not to be poisonous when taken pure in the stomach, 
unless there he emulsin in the food in the stomach. 
Bitter almonds yield their fixed oil by pressure, and at the present time this oil is an article 
of commerce, and is frequently sold as oil of sweet almonds, being produced in England from 
North African bitter almonds ; the volatile oil, impregnated with hydrocyanic acid, may be 
obtained from the residue by distillation with water. (See Oleum Amygdalse Amarse.) 
Confectioners employ bitter almonds for communicating flavor to orgeat syrup. (See Syrupus 
Amygdalse.) The kernel of the peach possesses similar properties, and is frequently used as a 
substitute. It has been ascertained that bitter almond paste, and other substances which yield 
the same volatile oil, such as bruised cherry-laurel leaves, peach leaves, etc., have the property 
of destroying the odor of musk, camphor, most of the volatile oils, creosote, cod-liver oil, the 
balsams, etc.; and M. Mahier, a French pharmacist, has employed them successfully to free 
mortars and bottles from the odor of asafetida and other substances of disagreeable smell. All 
that is necessary is first to remove any oily substance by means of an alkali, and then to apply 
the paste or bruised leaves. 
Medical Properties and Uses. (See Amygdala Dulcis.) 
AMYGDALA DULCIS. U.S., Br. Sweet Almond. 
(A-MYG'DA-LA DUL'CIS.) 
11 The seed of Prunus Amygdalus, var. dulcis, De Candolle (nat. ord. Rosacese).” U. S. 
“ The ripe seed of Prunus Amygdalus, Stokes, var. dulcis, Baillon. It is known in commerce 
as the Jordan almond.” Br. 
Amygdala Dulces, P. G.; Semen Amygdali Dulce ; Amande douce, Ft.; Siisse Mandeln, G.; Mandorle dolci, It.; 
Almendra dulce, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-cleft, inferior. Petals five. Drupe with a nut perforated with pores. 
wind. 
Amygdalus communis. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 982 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 507, t. 183. The 
almond tree rises usually from fifteen to twenty feet in height, and divides into numerous 
spreading branches. The leaves stand upon short footstalks, are about three inches long 
and three-quarters of an inch broad, elliptical, pointed at both ends, veined, minutely serrated, 
with the lower serratures and petioles glandular, and are of a bright green color. The flowers 
are large, of a pale red color varying to white, with very short peduncles, and petals longer 
than the calyx, and usually stand in pairs upon the branches. The fruit is of the peach kind, 
with the outer covering thin, tough, dry, and marked with a longitudinal furrow, where it 
opens when fully ripe. Within this covering is a rough shell, containing the kernel or almond. 
There are several varieties of this species of Amygdalus, differing chiefly in the size and 
shape of the fruit, the thickness of the shell, and the taste of the kernel. The two most im- 
portant are Amygdalus (communis) dulcis and Amygdalus (communis) amara, the former bear- 
ing sweet, the latter bitter alnjonds. Another variety is the fragilis of De Candolle, which 
yields the paper-shelled almonds. The almond-tree is a native of Persia, Syria, and Barbary, 
and is extensively cultivated in the south of Europe. It has been introduced into the United 
States; but in the northern and middle sections the fruit does not come to perfection. We are 
* Amygdalin appears to be extensively diffused in plants, having been noticed not only in the different genera of 
the Amygdaleae, as Amygdala*, Cerasus, and Prunim, but also by Wicke in various Pomacese, as Pyrus mains, Sor- 
bus aucuparia, Sorbus hybrida, Sorbus torminalis, Amelanchier vulgaris, Cotoneaster vulgaris, and Cratcegus oxy- 
acantha. (Ann. d. Chem. und Pharm., Ixxix. 79.) It may be advantageously procured from peach kernels, which 
have been found to yield 80 grains for each avoirdupois pound, or more than 1 per cent. (A. J. P., xxvii. 227.) Ac- 
cording to the researches of Johannen, the emulsin is contained in the radicle and plumule, and in the vascular 
bundles of the cotyledons, while the parenchyma of the cotyledons contains the amygdalin. (P. J. Tr., March, 1888.) 166 
Amygdala Dulds. 
PART I. 
supplied with sweet almonds chiefly from Spain and the south of France. They are separated 
into the soft-shelled and hard-shelled, the former of which come from Marseilles and Bordeaux, 
the latter from Malaga. From the latter port they are sometimes brought to us without the 
shell. In British commerce, the two chief varieties are the Jordan and Valencia almonds, the 
former imported from Malaga, the latter from Valencia.* The former are longer, narrower, 
more pointed, and more highly esteemed than the latter. The bitter almonds are obtained 
chiefly from Morocco, and are exported from Mogador. 
Properties. The shape and appearance of almonds are too well known to require descrip- 
tion. Each kernel consists of two white cotyledons, enclosed in a thin, yellowish-brown, bitter 
skin, which is easily separable after immersion in boiling water. Deprived of this covering, 
they are called blanched almonds. On exposure to the air they are apt to become rancid; 
but, if thoroughly dried and kept in well-closed glass vessels, they may be preserved unaltered 
for many years. Each of the two varieties requires a separate notice. 
Sweet almonds are without smell when blanched, and have a sweet, very pleasant taste, 
which has rendered them a favorite article of diet in all countries where they are readily 
attainable. They are, however, generally considered difficult of digestion. The Pharmacopoeia 
thus describes them. “ Closely resembling the bitter almond (see Amygdala Amara), but 
having a bland, sweetish taste, free from rancidity. When triturated with water, it yields a 
milk-white emulsion, free from the odor of hydrocyanic acid.” U. S. By the analysis of M. 
Boullay, it appears that they contain, in 100 parts, 5 parts of pellicle, 54 of fixed oil, 24 of 
albumen, 6 of uncrystallizable sugar, 3 of gum, 4 of fibrous matter, 3-5 of water, and 0-5 of 
acetic acid, comprising loss. The albumen is somewhat peculiar, and is called emulsin. It 
may be obtained separate by treating the emulsion of almonds with ether, allowing the mix- 
ture, after frequent agitation, to stand until a clear fluid separates at the bottom of the vessel, 
drawing this off by a siphon, adding alcohol to it so as to precipitate the emulsin, then washing 
the precipitate with fresh alcohol, and drying it under the receiver of an air-pump. In this 
state it is a white powder, inodorous and tasteless, soluble in water, and insoluble in ether and 
alcohol. Its solution has an acid reaction, and, if heated to 100° C. (212° F.), becomes 
opaque and milky, and gradually deposits a snow-white precipitate, amounting to about 10 per 
cent of the emulsin employed. (JL J. P., xxi. 354.) Its distinguishing characteristic is that 
of producing certain changes, noticed previously, in amygdalin, which property it loses when 
its solution is boiled, though not by exposure in the solid state to a heat of 100° C. (212° F.). 
(.Ibid., 357.) It consists of nitrogen, carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, with a minute proportion 
of sulphur, and is probably identical with the synaptase of Robiquet. Mr. L. Fortes an- 
nounced the discovery of asparagin in sweet almonds. (TV. R., January, 1877.) The fixed oil 
is described under the head of Oleum Amygdalae, to which the reader is referred. Sweet- 
almonds, when rubbed with water, form a milky emulsion, free from the odor of hydrocyanic 
acid, the insoluble matters being suspended by the agency of the albuminous, mucilaginous, 
and saccharine principles. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sweet almonds have no other influence on the system 
than that of a nutrient and demulcent. The emulsion formed by triturating them with water 
is a pleasant vehicle. From their nutritive properties, and the absence of starch in their com- 
position, they are much used in the diet of diabetics, as originally recommended by Dr. Pavy. 
(Guy's Hosp. Pep., 1862, p. 213.) Bitter almonds are more active, and might be employed 
with advantage in pectoral and other complaints to which hydrocyanic acid is applicable. In 
some persons almonds produce urticaria, in the smallest quantities. Largely taken, they have 
sometimes proved deleterious. Landerer mentions the case of a lady who was alarmingly 
affected by a bath made from the residue of bitter almonds after expression of the fixed oil 
(M. J. P., xxviii.) Wohler and Liebig propose as a substitute for cherry-laurel water, which 
owes its effects to the hydrocyanic acid it contains, but is objectionable from its unequal 
strength, an extemporaneous mixture, of seventeen grains of amygdalin, and one fluidounce 
of an emulsion made with two drachms of sweet almonds and a sufficient quantity of water. 
This mixture contains, according to the above-named chemists, one grain of anhydrous hydro- 
cyanic acid, and is equivalent to two fluidounces of fresh cherry-laurel water. If found to 
answer in practice, it will have the advantage of certainty in relation to the dose ; as amygdalin 
* In 1861, Dr. Geo. B. Wood was informed, when at Valencia, that the thin, paper-shelled almonds were produced, 
not in the immediate neighborhood, but chiefly in the Balearic Islands, and the province of Alicante, whence they 
are sent to Valencia; and in a journey through the interior from Valencia to Alicante he noticed that the almond- 
tree was very abundant in the region back of the latter city, while there were comparatively few near the former. PART I. 
Amyl Nitris. 
167 
may be kept any length of time unaltered. If the calculation of Wohler and Liebig be correct 
as to the quantity of acid it contains, not more than a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.) should be given 
as a commencing dose. 
AMYL NITRIS. U.S., Br. Amyl Nitrite. 
C5Hii,N02; 116*78. (A'MYL NI'TRIS.) C5Hn,N02; 117. 
“ A liquid containing about 80 per cent, of Amyl (principally Iso-amyl) Nitrite [C6HuN02 
— 116.78], together with variable quantities of undetermined compounds. It should be kept 
in small, dark amber-colored and glass-stoppered vials, in a cool and dark place, remote from 
lights or fire.” U S. “A liquid produced by the interaction of amylic alcohol which has 
been distilled between 262° and 270° F. (127-7° to 132-2° C.) and nitrous acid. It con- 
sists chiefly of iso-amyl nitrite, C6H1:1N02, but contains also other nitrites of the homologous 
series.” Br. 
Amylium Nitrosum, Amylsether Nitrosus; Azotite d’Amyl, Fr.; Amyl Nitrite, G.; Amylo-nitrous Ether. 
This substance, which was discovered by M. Balard in 1844, should not be confounded with 
amyl nitrate, C6HnN03, which is not used as a medicine. 
Preparation. Amyl nitrite may be prepared by passing a stream of nitrous acid (hypo' 
nitric acid) gas through purified amylic alcohol at a temperature of 132° C. (269-6° F.), or by 
acting upon amylic alcohol with nitric acid, as originally suggested by Balard. The alcohol 
should always first be purified according to the method of Hirsch (A. J. P., 1862, pp. 139, 
328), by agitating with an equal bulk of strong solution of common salt, then distilling in a 
retort with a thermometer, collecting what comes over between 125° C. (257° F.) and 140° C. 
(284° F.), and redistilling this until it has a boiling point near 132° C. (269-6° F.). The 
purified alcohol should be mixed with about an equal bulk of nitric acid in a capacious glass 
retort, being gradually heated until it approaches boiling, when the fire is to be removed. As 
soon as a thermometer inserted into the tubulures rises above 100° C. (212° F.) the receiver 
is changed, because both ethyl-amylic ether and amyl nitrate at such temperatures come over 
freely and would contaminate the product. The distillate obtained below 100° C. (212° F.) is 
agitated with a solution of potassium carbonate, and the oily liquid which separates is very 
slowly heated in a clean retort to 96° C. (204-8° F.), then the receiver is changed and the dis- 
tillate collected as before, until the thermometer reaches 100° C. (212° F.). That which comes 
over between the two temperatures is pure amyl nitrite. It is essential to this process that in 
every case the heating be very gradual. (A. J. P'., 1871, p. 148.) Allen states (Commerc. 
Org. Anal., 2d ed., i. 159) that the use of nitric acid is certain to result in the formation of 
much valeric aldehyde and more or less amyl nitrate, and the boiling point of the former of 
these bodies precludes the possibility of subsequently separating it by fractioning the crude 
product. He therefore prefers the passing of nitrous acid gas into purified amyl alcohol. 
Prof. Maisch attempted to produce amyl nitrite by Redwood’s process (A. J. P., 1867, p. 330) 
for the production of nitrous ether, substituting amylic for ethylic alcohol. He found that the 
reactions occurred with such excessive violence as to render the preparation of the nitrite in 
this way impracticable. Subsequently, however, Mr. Alfred Tanner pointed out (P. J. Tr., Nov. 
1871, also A. J. P., 1872, p. 21) that Prof. Maisch used a nearly anhydrous amylic alcohol, and 
that the reactions are equally violent with ethylic alcohol of similar strength. He finds no 
difficulty when the fused oil is diluted with water, and prefers the process, especially for the 
production of the drug upon a small scale. Having introduced the purified amylic alcohol 
into a tubulated retort containing copper wire, he adds one-tenth of its bulk of strong sul- 
phuric acid, and then the same quantity of nitric acid, previously diluted with an equal bulk 
of water, and heats gently to 63° C. (145-4° F.). At this temperature the reaction commences, 
and goes on very manageably, until a bulk about equal to double the quantity of nitric acid 
collects in the receiver. The chemical movement now ceases, and the temperature, which has 
risen to near 100° C. (212° F.), begins to fall. More dilute nitric acid is added, and the pro- 
cess carried out as before. These additions are repeated until the amylic alcohol is exhausted, 
which is known by the appearance of red fumes in the retort. The whole product is washed 
with caustic soda, to remove hydrocyanic and other acids, and rectified over potassium 
carbonate, to get rid of moisture. The portion which distils over between 95° C. (203° F.) 
and 100° C. (212° F.) is medicinally pure amyl nitrite. John Williams ( Year-Book of Phar- 
macy, 1885) recommends the method of passing nitrous acid, obtained by acting upon lump 
arsenous acid with nitric acid, sp. gr. 1-350, into purified amylic alcohol until the latter has 168 
Amyl Nitris. 
PART I. 
assumed a brownish-green color ; the product is then washed and distilled fractionally; the dis- 
tillate under 100° C. and 105° C. amounted to nearly 95 per cent. Mr. D. B. Dott (P.J'. Tr., 
Aug. 31, 1878) called attention to the difficulties in the way of fixing a standard boiling point 
for amyl nitrite, and Dr. W. H. Greene (A. J. P., 1879, p. 65) shows that nitropentane (an 
isomer of amyl nitrite) is almost invariably a constituent of amyl nitrite, and he believes 
that commercial amyl nitrite is frequently put upon the market unrectified, specimens exam- 
ined having boiling points varying from 70° C. (158° F.) to 180° C. (356° F.). 
Prof. Dunstan and W. Lloyd Williams (Pharm. Journ. and Trans., Dec. 22, 1888, p. 487) 
have shown that the supposed pure amyl nitrite is a mixture of a-amyl nitrite and /?-amyl nitrite, 
arising from the fact that the amyl alcohol used is always a mixture of a-amyl alcohol and 
/3-amyi alcohol in varying proportions. They find the a-amyl nitrite to be optically inactive and 
to boil at 97° C., while the /3-amyl nitrite has dextro-rotatory power and boils at about 94° C. 
Much of the commercial amyl nitrite contains also iso-butyl nitrite, boiling at 67° C.* 
Properties. “A clear, yellow or pale yellow liquid, of a peculiar, ethereal, fruity odor, 
and a pungent, aromatic taste. Specific gravity, 0-870-0-880 at 15° C. (59° F.). Almost in- 
soluble in water; miscible, in all proportions, with alcohol or ether. In alcoholic solution it 
gradually decomposes with formation of ethyl nitrite and amylic alcohol. It is very volatile, 
even at a low temperature, and is inflammable, burning with a fawn-colored flame. At about 
96°-99° C. (204-8°-210-2° F.), it boils, yielding an orange-colored vapor. If 1 C.c. of potassium 
hydrate normal volumetric solution and 10 C.c. of water be mixed with a drop of phenolplita- 
lein test-solution, then 5 C.c. of Amyl Nitrite added, and the tube inverted a few times, the 
red tint of the alkaline layer should still be perceptible (limit of free acid'). On shaking to- 
gether equal volumes of Amyl Nitrite and potassium hydrate test-solution, the aqueous layer 
should not acquire a deeper tint than pale yellow (limit of aldehyde). Amyl Nitrite should 
remain transparent, or nearly so, when exposed to the temperature of melting ice (absence of 
water). If 0-26 Gm. of Amyl Nitrite, diluted with about 5 C.c. of alcohol, be introduced into 
a nitrometer, followed by 10 C.c. of potassium iodide test-solution, and afterwards by 10 C.c. 
of sulphuric acid normal volumetric solution, the volume of nitric oxide generated, measured 
at the ordinary in-door temperature (assumed to be at or near 25° C., or 77° F.), should be 
about 40 C.c. (each C.c. indicating about 2 per cent, of pure Amyl Nitrite).” U. S. “ Almost 
insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.) in all proportions. If it be added drop 
by drop to fused potassium hydroxide, potassium iso-valerianate will be formed. Specific gravity 
0-870 to 0-880. Submitted to distillation, about 70 per cent, passes over between 194° and 
212° F. (90° and 100° C.), the bulb of the thermometer not dipping below the surface of the 
residual fluid. A mixture of 5 volumes with sufficient alcohol (90 per cent.) to form 100 
volumes affords a liquid of which a portion tested in a nitrometer as described under ‘ Spiritus 
AEtheris Nitrosi’ should yield not less than 6 times its bulk of nitric oxide gas. On shaking 
with an equal volume of solution of potassium hydroxide the aqueous portion should have only 
a pale yellow color (limit of aldehyde). A small quantity in a test-tube placed in melting ice 
remains transparent (absence of water). It deteriorates unless kept in well-stoppered bottles.” 
Br. According to Carl E. Smith (A. J. P., 1898, p. 273), the official method of assay (Allen’s) 
is not accurate, owing to the nitric oxide instantly changing to nitrogen tetroxide on contact 
with air, and this continuing to set free the iodine in the solution of hydriodic acid, thus regis- 
tering too high a result. He proposes the use of a solution of potassium chlorate, nitric acid, 
silver nitrate, ferric ammonium sulphate, and potassium sulpliocyanate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Owing to its excessive volatility and the ease with 
which it is absorbed, amyl nitrite acts with great quickness upon the organism. As early as 
1859, Guthrie investigated, to some extent, its physiological action ; but the attention of the 
profession was really first directed to the drug by the researches of Dr. Richardson, of London, 
in 1865. Since that time elaborate studies of its physiological action have been made by 
various investigators. Want of space forbids more than a summarizing of them in this book: 
for a full account the reader is referred to Dr. H. C. Wood’s Treatise on Therapeutics. When 
inhaled in doses of from 5 to 10 drops, amyl nitrite produces in man violent flushing of the 
face, accompanied with a feeling as though the head wTould burst, and a very excessive action 
* It is a question whether the physiological action of commercial amyl nitrite is really due to the amyl nitrite 
or to impurities, especially to the iso-butyl-nitrite, but the experiments of Brunton and Bokenham (P. J. Tr., xix. 
490) indicate that the commercial, impure nitrite is stronger than either pure a- or /3-amyl nitrite. According to 
Bals and Broglio, the tertian amyl nitrite (CjHnNOa) differs from amyl nitrite in not giving rise to toxic symptoms, 
and in being slightly hypnotic. PA El' I. 
Amyl Nitris. 
169 
of the heart. Along with these symptoms, after a larger quantity, there is a sense of suffoca- 
tion, and more or less marked muscular weakness. As no case of serious poisoning from amyl’ 
nitrite has occurred in man, for a further knowledge of its action we are dependent upon 
studies made on the lower animals. In dogs, rabbits, cats, etc., it induces effects similar to those 
occurring in man, followed, after toxic doses, by violently hurried, panting respiration, progres- 
sive loss of muscular power and of reflex activity, and finally death from failure of respiration, 
sensation and consciousness being preserved to the last. Although the frequency of the pulse 
may be increased, the force of the circulation is always diminished. This decrease of the 
arterial pressure is in a great measure due to a dilatation of the capillaries. The vaso-motor 
palsy appears to be chiefly produced by a direct action upon the coats of the capillaries, but 
may in part be caused by an influence exerted upon the vaso-motor centres. The cause of the 
acceleration of the pulse has not been positively made out, but there is evidence for the belief 
that the rise is due to a depressing action upon the inhibitory cardiac nerves, and it is also 
probable that small quantities of the drug are primarily stimulant to the cardiac muscle. 
The diminution of voluntary movements and of reflex action is chiefly owing to a powerful 
■depressing influence exerted upon the spinal centres, although the drug does act to some extent 
upon both motor nerve and muscle, lowering their functional activity. Upon the perceptive 
and conscious portions of the nervous system amyl nitrite has almost no influence, so that, as 
already stated, both consciousness and sensation are preserved in poisoning by it almost to the 
■close. After toxic doses the animal temperature falls in a remarkable degree. Very small 
doses produce in man a slight ($° F.) temporary increase of the bodily heat, probably caused 
by the vascular dilatation. The vapors of amyl nitrite outside of the body have a very ex- 
traordinary power of checking oxidation, and the results of numerous experiments seem to 
show that in the body the drug lessens decidedly the chemical interchanges. With the pos- 
sible exception of the decrease of temperature, the general symptoms produced by the poison 
do not seem to be due to this lowered oxidation, but to a direct influence exerted upon the vari- 
ous tissues. Locally applied, amyl nitrite causes a progressive loss of power in every highly 
organized tissue; this may end in a total cessation of function, but, even after this, recovery is 
possible, provided the poison be withdrawn sufficiently early. 
The chief indication for the employment of amyl nitrite is to relax spasm, either of the 
vaso-motor muscular fibres or of the voluntary or involuntary muscles. A disease, probably 
associated with vaso-motor spasm, but whose pathology is not established, in which experience 
has demonstrated the extreme value of amyl nitrite, is angina pectoris. Immediate and great 
relief is nearly always afforded, whether the heart-pain be or be not connected with organic car- 
diac disease. So far as experience goes, the cautious use of the remedy is safe, even when 
there is severe organic cardiac disease. In these cases it should always be administered by 
inhalation. Experience has also justified the use of the drug in many spasmodic diseases. 
In asthma the relief is often immediate; in convulsions occurring after labor the nitrite affords 
■quiet, but its employment is dangerous on account of its tendency to produce uterine relax- 
ation and consequent flooding. In spasmodic dysmenorrhcea good may be expected from its 
use; in tetanus it will frequently temporarily arrest the spasm and aid other remedies in ob- 
taining recovery; in strychnine poisoning, in hysterical convulsions, indeed, in almost any con- 
vulsive disorder, much is to be expected from its employment. The convulsive stage of the 
ordinary epileptic paroxysm is so short that the nitrite is usually not available; when, how- 
ever, there is a marked epileptic stasis and the patient passes from one convulsion to another, 
the drug may be used with benefit. In those cases in which there is an aura of sufficient 
length, the epileptic attacks may be arrested by the patient carrying in the pocket pearls of 
the nitrite or a tightly-corked homoeopathic vial containing five or ten drops of the remedy, 
and, as soon as the aura commences, inhaling deeply. 
Amyl nitrite is generally by inhalation, usually in doses of from three to five 
drops, although much larger quantities have been given without bad results. The rule is to 
commence with three drops on a handkerchief held close to the nose, and then gradually to 
increase pro re nata. The handkerchief should always be withdrawn so soon as the face 
flushes or the heart begins to become excited, as the effects always increase for some time, 
even if no more be inhaled. The best method, however, of administering the very volatile 
liquid is by the use of the glass pearls,—small flask-shaped vessels containing 2, 5, or 10 
minims of the nitrite; these are crushed in a handkerchief or towel when wanted for inhala- 
tion, the very thin and friable glass causing no inconvenience. The drug may also be given 
by the mouth, in doses of three to five drops (0T8-0-3 C.c.) on sugar or dissolved in alcohol. 170 
Amylum. 
PART I. 
AMYLUM. U. S., Br. Starch. 
u The fecula of the seed of Zea Mays, Linne (nat. ord. Gramineae).” U. S. “ The starch 
procured from the grains of common wheat, Triticum sativum, Lam.; maize, Zea Mays, Linn.; 
and rice, Oryza sativa, Linn.” Br. 
Amylum Tritici; Corn Starch, Wheat Starch, E.; Fecule (Amidon) de Froment, de Ble, Amidon, Fr.; Stark- 
mehl, Starke, Kraftmehl, Weizenstarke, G.; Amido, It.; Almidon, Sp. 
Starch is a proximate vegetable principle contained in most plants, and especially abundant 
in the various grains, such as wheat, rye, barley, oats, rice, maize, etc.; in other seeds, as peas, 
beans, chestnuts, acorns, etc.; and in numerous rhizomes and tuberous roots, as those of 
the potato (Solarium tuberosum), the sweet potato (Convolvulus batatas), the arrow-root, etc. 
The starch is always in the form of grains, which are contained within the parenchymatous 
cells, and is procured by reducing the substances in which it exists to a state of minute 
division, agitating or washing them with cold water, straining or pouring off the liquid, and 
allowing it to stand till the fine fecula which it holds in suspension has subsided. This, when 
dried, is starch, more or less pure, according to the care taken in conducting the process. 
Electricity has been used to bleach starch and thus raise its commercial value. (Drug. Circ. 
1893, 203.) In the U. S. P. of 1880 the official starch was that derived from wheat, but in 
the revision of 1890 corn starch was substituted. The starch of commerce is sometimes 
obtained from the potato. For a description of the differences, see page 172. 
Starch is white, inodorous and tasteless, pulverulent, opaque, and, as found in commerce, 
is usually in columnar or irregular angular masses which are easily reduced to powder, and 
produces a peculiar sound when pressed between the fingers. Its specific gravity is 1.505 at 
67° F. (Payen.) It is composed of minute microscopic granules, in starch from the same 
plant nearly uniform in size, more or less plainly striate, and having a distinct liilum. In 
the different species of plants the starch granules differ in their characteristic forms. When 
exposed to a moist air, it absorbs a considerable quantity of water, which may be driven off 
by a gentle heat. It is insoluble in alcohol, ether, and cold water, but unites with boiling 
water, which, on cooling, forms with it a soft semi-transparent paste, or a gelatinous opaline 
solution, according to the proportion of starch employed. The paste placed on folds of blot- 
ting-paper, renewed as they become wet, abandons its water, contracts, and assumes the appear- 
ance of horn. If the proportion of starch be very small, the solution, after slowly depositing 
a very minute quantity of insoluble matter, continues permanent, and upon being evaporated 
yields a semi-transparent mass, which is partially soluble in cold water. The starch has, there- 
fore, been modified by the combined agency of water and heat; nor can it be restored to its 
original condition. Heating with glacial acetic acid to 100° C., or with glycerin to 190° C., will 
also make starch soluble. “ Triturated with cold water it gives neither an acid nor an alkaline 
reaction with litmus-paper. When boiled with water, it yields a white jelly having a bluish 
tinge, which, when cool, acquires a deep blue color on the addition of iodine test-solution. 
When completely incinerated, starch should leave not more than 1 per cent, of ash.” U. S. 
At a temperature of 160° C. (320° F.) for air-dried starch, and 200° C. (392° F.) for starch 
previously dried at 100° C., it is changed into dextrin (British gum), and at 200° C. (392° F.) 
to 215° C. (419° F.) forms a transparent fused mass, which consists exclusively of dextrin 
{Payen) ; at 220° C. (428° F.) to 230° C. (446° F.) it undergoes further change and yields 
yields chiefly pyrodextrin, a brown, tasteless, and odorless compound, readily soluble in water, 
insoluble in alcohol and ether. (Gelis, Ann. Chim. Phys., (3) lii. 388.) 
Composition and Nature. The formula of starch is generally taken as CeH1006, or a 
multiple of this. Musculus, in 1861, showed that by the action of dilute acids or of diastase 
starch is resolved into dextrin, C12H20010, and dextrose, CeH1206, so that its formula, in simplest 
terms, would be (C6H1006)3. Recent determinations of its molecular weight by Brown and 
Morris make it as high as 5(C12H20010)20. Iodine forms with starch, whether in its original 
state or in solution, a blue compound; and the tincture of iodine is the most delicate test of 
its presence. The color varies somewhat according to the proportions employed. When the 
two substances are about equal, the compound is of a beautiful indigo blue; if the iodine be 
in excess, it is blackish blue; if the starch, violet blue. A singular property of starch iodide 
is that its solution becomes colorless if heated to about 93-5° C. (200° F.), and afterwards 
recovers its blue color upon cooling. By boiling, the color is permanently lost, whilst Puchot 
states that certain nitrogenized organic bodies, as albumen, prevent the reaction of iodine on 
(Xm'y-lum.) PART I. 
Amylum. 
171 
starch or destroy it. (iV. R., Nov. 1876.) Alkalies unite with starch, forming soluble com- 
pounds, which are decomposed by acids, the starch being precipitated. It is thrown down 
from its solution by lime water and baryta water, forming insoluble compounds with these 
earths. The solution of lead subacetate precipitates it in combination with the oxide of the 
metal. Starch may be made to unite with tannin by boiling their solutions together; and a 
compound results, which, though retained by the water while hot, is deposited when it cools. 
By long boiling with diluted sulphuric, hydrochloric, or oxalic acid, it is converted into dextrin* 
and glucose or grape sugar. A similar conversion into dextrin and glucose is effected by 
means of a principle called diastase, discovered by MM. Payen and Persoz in the seeds ox 
barley, oats, and wheat, after germination. (See Hordeum.') Strong hydrochloric and nitric 
acids dissolve starch; and the latter, by the aid of heat, converts it into oxalic and malic acids. 
By the action of strong nitric, sulphuric, or crystallizable acetic acid, used with certain pre- 
cautions, the starch is rendered soluble, and may be obtained in this state by separating the 
acid by means of alcohol. (Chem. Gaz., Dec. 1, 1854, p. 450.) By the continued action of 
concentrated sulphuric acid it is decomposed. When it is dissolved in strong nitric acid, and 
precipitated by water, a white powder is thrown down, called xyloidin, C6H9(N02)06 (Bracon- 
not), in which one atom of the hydrogen of the starch is replaced by one group, NOa, fur- 
nished by the nitric acid. Mixed with hot water and exposed to a temperature of 27° C. (80° 
F.), it undergoes chemical changes, which result in the formation of several distinct principles, 
among which are sugar, a gummy substance (perhaps dextrin), and a soluble modification of 
starch. With yeast, starch undergoes the vinous fermentation, being, however, first converted 
into sugar. Mixed with cheese and chalk it is said to yield alcohol without the previous 
saccharine conversion. (Berthelot, Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxxii. 260.) All plants which 
contain chlorophyll have the power of using the chemical rays of sunlight in producing from 
inorganic compounds and elements a substance which is organic. There is first formed in the 
centre of the chlorophyll granule a minute speck, which is believed to be starch; this new 
starch granule is incapable of solution, but by conversion into sugar or dextrin is rendered 
soluble, and in this form is carried in the juices of the plant. One of two destinies there 
awaits it. It may be converted into the permanent compound cellulose which constitutes the 
woody tissue, or it may be reconverted to its original form and be deposited in some part of 
the plant. These stores of starch are usually accumulated for future growth, and are especially 
seen in plants which flower in the spring before the leaves are put forth, or which reproduce 
the species without seeding. When the potato is planted by the farmer, the starch is converted 
into a soluble form, passes into the growing “ eye” or bud, and, as cellulose, forms the new 
shoot. Different opinions have been held as to the precise structure of the starch granules. 
The one first adopted is that they consist of a thin exterior coating, and of an interior sub- 
stance ; the former wholly insoluble, the latter soluble in water. The former constitutes, ac- 
cording to M. Payen, only 4 or 5 thousandths of the weight of starch. In relation to the 
interior portion there is not an exact coincidence of opinion. M. Guerin supposed that it 
consisted of two distinct substances, one soluble in cold water, the other soluble at first in boil- 
ing water, but becoming insoluble by evaporation. Thus, when. one part of starch is boiled 
* Dextrin is a substance resembling gum in appearance and properties, but differing from it in not affording 
mucic acid by the action of nitric acid. It is largely dissolved by water, hot or cold, and forms a mucilaginous 
solution, from which it is precipitated by alcohol. Large quantities of dextrin are now made both here and abroad, 
and employed for various purposes in the arts, under the name of artificial gum. It is found in the market usually 
in the form of a yellowish or brilliant white powder, and in small masses or fragments resembling natural gum. 
According to M. Emil Thomas, it may be distinguished from gum arabic by the taste and smell of potato oil which 
it always possesses. It is made by the action either of acids or of diastase on starch, or by heating starch slightly 
moistened with nitric acid to a temperature of from 100° to 140° C. For particulars as to the manufacture, the reader 
is referred to a paper by M. Thomas, republished in A. J. P. (vol. xix. p. 284). Researches of Nagili and Musculus 
seem to show that the change of starch into dextrin takes place in several phases, and they name the several products 
amylodextrin, erythrodextrin, achrofiextrin a and /3. For a fuller account of these products, see Husemann, Pfian- 
zenstoffe, 2d ed., 1882. 
Dextrin, according to Payen, is converted into glucose, through the action of diastase; but the glucose impedes 
the action unless removed; as, however, during the alcoholic fermentation the glucose is consumed, no obstacle pre- 
vents the influence of diastase. Hence dextrin by conversion into sugar may contribute to the alcoholic product. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., i. 363.) 
Adulteration and purification of dextrin.—Commercial dextrin is said to be occasionally very impure. Several 
parcels analyzed by Dr. II. Hayes were found to contain an average of about 45 per cent, of impurities, consisting 
mainly of insoluble matter with sugar and water. He recommends, as the best method of purifying it, to dissolve1 
10 parts of the impure dextrin, with agitation, in 18 parts of distilled water, in a cylindrical vessel; to decant the 
solution when it has become clear on standing, and mix it with 1*5 or 2 per cent, of alcohol of 95 per cent. The 
liquid is then decanted from the doughy precipitate formed, which is dissolved in a little distilled water, and the 
solution spread on glass or porcelain plates to dry, in a warm place. (A. J. P., 1870, p. 327.) 172 
Amylum. 
PART I. 
for fifteen minutes in one hundred parts of water, and the liquid is allowed to stand, a small 
portion, consisting of the broken teguments, is gradually deposited. If the solution be now 
filtered and evaporated, another portion is deposited which cannot afterwards be dissolved. 
When wholly deprived of this portion, and evaporated to dryness, the solution yields the part 
soluble in cold water. According to MM. Payen and Persoz, the interior portion of the glob- 
ules consists only of a single substance, which is converted into the two just mentioned by the 
agency of water; and Thenard is inclined to the same opinion. An appropriate name for the 
interior soluble portion of starch is amidin, which has been adopted by some chemists. Starch, 
in its perfect state, is not affected by cold water, because the exterior insoluble teguments 
prevent the access of the liquid to the interior portion ; but when the pellicle is broken by 
heat, or by mechanical means, the fluid is admitted, and the starch partially dissolved. 
Another view of the structure of the starch granule, founded on microscopic observation, 
was advanced by Schleiden. According to this observer, it consists of concentric layers, all 
of which have the same chemical composition; but the outer layers, having been first formed, 
have more cohesion than the inner, and are consequently of more difficult solubility. The 
rings observed upon the surface of the granules, in some varieties, are merely the edges of 
these layers; and the point or hilum about which the rings are concentrically placed is a 
minute hole, through which probably the substance of the interior layers was introduced. 
{Pharm. Centralb., 1844, p. 401.) 
Mr. J. J. Field thinks he has demonstrated that the granule consists, as at first supposed, 
of an interior matter surrounded by a distinct membranous envelope. Having saturated some 
canna starch with glycerin, and then added a little water, an endosmose of the thinner outer 
liquid took place into the granules, distending them so as to rupture their investing membrane, 
which was distinctly visible, under the microscope, in longitudinal wrinkles. The concentric 
rings he thinks nothing more than folds of the membrane, produced probably by the contrac- 
tion of the granules. (A*. J. Tr., xiv. 253.) 
The tegumentary portion of starch, for which the name of amylin has been proposed, is, 
when entirely freed from the interior soluble matter, wholly insoluble in water even by pro- 
longed boiling, insoluble in alcohol, and said to suffer no change by the action of diastase. 
The acids, however, act upon it as they do upon starch. It is thought to approach nearer in 
properties to lignin than to any other principle. Musculus ( Comptes-Rendus ; Journal Franklin 
Institute, June, 1879) believes that starch may exist in either an amorphous or a crystallizable 
form. In its amorphous state it is soluble in water, capable of being acted on by diastase, 
soluble in diluted mineral acids, but easily rendered insoluble by undergoing modifications. 
In its crystalline condition it can be obtained in isolated crystals, which can be readily dissolved 
in cold water, but when these crystals are united they become less soluble, and then it largely 
has the properties of the amorphous variety. Sulkowsky (.Ber. d. Chem. Ges., xiii. 1395) 
states that starch may be rendered soluble by heating with glycerin to 190° C. (374° F.), and 
pouring whilst hot into water, filtering and adding alcohol to the filtrate, which causes precipi- 
tation of the soluble starch. 
The view that is held in most esteem at the present time is that the granules of starch con- 
sist of two substances, granulose and amylo-cellulose. The latter occurs in largest proportion 
in the outer layers of the granule, and probably so envelops and protects the granule as to 
prevent the action of cold water upon it, the granulose or inner portion being slightly soluble. 
When the granules are ruptured by being triturated with sand, water acts upon them, and the 
liquid will yield a blue color with iodine. The insoluble amylo-cellulose may be obtained pure 
by treating starch paste with extract of malt; it gives then a brownish-yellow color (not a 
blue) with iodine. Granulose is acted on by ptyalin (the ferment from saliva), pepsin, organic 
acids, diluted hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, whilst amylo-cellulose is unaffected. The solid 
starch granules become blue when touched by tincture of iodine, because the liquid penetrates 
through the fissures of the amylo-cellulose to the granulose. 
Varieties. Starch, as obtained from different substances, is somewhat different in its 
characters. Wheat starch, when examined with a microscope, is found to consist of granules 
varying from about of an inch in diameter to a mere point, the smaller being spheroidal, 
the larger rounded and flattened, with the hilum in the centre of the flattened surface, and 
surrounded by concentric rings, which often extend to the edge. The granules are mixed with 
loose integuments, resulting from the process of grinding. This variety of starch has a certain 
degree of hardness and adhesiveness, owing, according to Guibourt, to the escape of a portion of 
the interior substance of the broken granules, which attracts some moisture from the air, and, 173 
PART I. 
Amylum.—Anethi Fructus. 
thus becoming glutinous, acts as a bond between those which remain unbroken. Another 
opinion attributes this peculiar consistence to the retention of a portion of the gluten of the 
wheat flour, which causes the granules to cohere. Under the name of corn starch, a variety 
of fecula obtained from the meal of maize or Indian corn is much used for nutritive purposes 
in the United States. It is now the official starch. The granules of maize starch are very 
small, with a diameter not exceeding, according to Payen, one-sixth of that of the potato, and 
little more than one-half of that of the wheat granules. They have a very distinct hilum 
but no evident concentric striae. Rice starch has extremely minute granules, nearly uniform 
in size, polygonal, without evident hilum or striae. Potato starch is employed in various 
forms, being prepared so as to imitate more costly amylaceous substances, such as arrow-root 
and sago. In its ordinary state it is more pulverulent than is wheat starch, has a somewhat 
glistening appearance, and may be distinguished, with the aid of the microscope, by the size 
of its granules, which are larger than those of any other known fecula except canna, or tous 
les mois* They are exceedingly diversified in size and shape, though their regular form is 
thought to be ovate. The characters of other kinds of fecula will be given under the heads 
of the several official substances of which they constitute the whole or a part. According to 
Chevallier, starch is sometimes adulterated with calcium carbonate and calcium sulphate; and 
the fraud is also practised of saturating it with moisture, of which it will absorb 12 per cent, 
without any obvious change. 
Medical Properties, etc. Starch is nutritive and demulcent, but in its ordinary form 
is seldom administered internally. Powdered and dusted upon the skin, it is sometimes used 
to absorb irritating secretions and prevent excoriation. Dissolved in hot water and allowed to 
cool, it is often employed in enemata, either as a vehicle, or as a demulcent application in irri- 
tated states of the rectum. It may be used as an antidote to iodine. 
ANETHI FRUCTUS. Br. Dill Fruit. 
(A-NE'THI FRUC'TUS.) 
11 The dried fruit of Peucedanum graveolens, Benth. and Hook.” Br. 
Aneth, Fenouil puant, Fr.; Dill, G. 
Gen. Ch. Fruit nearly ovate, compressed, striated. Petals involuted, entire. Willd. 
Anethum graveolens. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1469 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 125, t. 48. Dill is an 
annual plant, three or four feet high, with a long spindle-shaped root; an erect, striated, 
jointed branching stem; and bipinnate or tripinnate, glaucous leaves, which stand on sheath- 
ing footstalks and have linear and pointed leaflets. The flowers are yellow, and in large, flat, 
terminal umbels, destitute of involucre. The plant is a native of Spain, Portugal, and the 
south of France, and is found growing wild in various parts of Africa and Asia. It is culti- 
vated in all the countries of Europe, and has been introduced into our gardens. The seeds, as 
the fruit is commonly called, are the only part used. They are usually rather more than a 
line in length, and less than a line in breadth, of an oval shape, thin, concave on one side, 
convex and striated on the other, of a brown color, and surrounded by a yellowish membra- 
nous expansion. The dorsally compressed mericarps are usually separate and freed from the 
pedicel; each of them is broadly oval, about one-sixth of an inch long, flat, and furnished with 
three sharply keeled dorsal ridges, besides two marginal thin membranous projections or wings. 
* Cann'A (Amylum Cannes ; Tons leg Mois, Amidon de Canne, Fecule dc Tolomane, Fr.; Cannastarke, G.). It is 
somewhat uncertain from what species of Canna the fecula is derived, though it is generally believed to be C. edulis. 
The tubers of Canna achiraa (Gillies), growing in Central and South America, are said to be used as food in Peru and 
Chili (Lindley, Med. and Econom. Bot., p. 50); and a root or rhizome closely resembling turmeric, and used by the 
native Africans at Sierra Leone for dyeing yellow, was found by Dr. Wm, F. Daniell to be the product of a species 
of Canna, believed to be the C. specioea of Roscoe. (P. J. T>\, Nov. 1859, p. 258.) 
Canna edulis is a tuberous plant, with erect, smooth, purplish stems, from four to six feet high, and invested with 
sheathing leaves, which are ovate-oblong, tapering towards each end, smooth, and of a deep glaucous green, with 
purplish edges. The flowers are few, and in compact racemes, of a red and yellow color. The plant is a native of 
the West Indies, and is cultivated in the islands of St. Kitts and Trinidad, and perhaps others. The tubers are first 
rasped, by means of a machine, into a pulp, from which the starch is extracted in the usual manner, by washing 
and straining, and, after the washings have been allowed to stand, so as to deposit the fecula, decanting the clear 
liquid. (Pereira.) Canna starch is in the form of a light, beautifully white powder, of a shining appearance, very 
unlike the ordinary forms of fecula. Its granules are said to be larger than those of any other variety of starch in 
use, being from the 300th to the 200th of an inch in length. Under the microscope they appear ovate or oblong, 
with numerous regular unequally distant rings; and the circular hilum, which is sometimes double, is usually situ- 
ated at the smaller extremity. (Pereira.) This fecula has the ordinary chemical properties of starch, and forms, 
when prepared with boiling water, a nutritious and wholesome food for infants and invalids. It may be prepared 
in the same manner as arroio-root, and is said to form even a stiffer jelly with boiling water. (See Maranta.) PART I. 
174 
Anisum. 
The vittae, or oil-tubes, are six in number, two upon the face and one in each furrow between 
the ridges. The odor is strong and aromatic, but less agreeable than that of fennel seed ; the 
taste, moderately warm and pungent. These properties depend on a volatile oil. (See Oleum 
Anethi.) The bruised seeds impart their virtues to alcohol and to boiling water. 
Medical Properties. Dill seeds have the properties common to the aromatics, but are 
very seldom used in this country. They may be given in powder or infusion. The dose of 
the fruit is from fifteen grains to a drachm (1-3-9 Gm.), of the oil three or four drops 
(0-18-0-24 C.c.). 
ANISUM. U. S. (Br.) Anise. 
(A-NI'SUM.) 
“ The fruit of Pimpinella Anisum, Linne (nat. ord. Umbelliferae).” U. S. “ The dried 
ripe fruit of Pimpinella Anisum. Linn.” Br. 
Anisi Fructus, Br.; Fructus (Semen) Anisi, s. Anisi vulgaris; Aniseed, E.; Anis, Anis vert, Graines d’Anis, Fr.s 
Anissame, Anis, G.; Semi d’Aniso, It.; Simiente de Anis, Sp.; Anison, Ar. 
Gen. Ch. Fruit ovate-oblong. Petals inferior. Stigma nearly globular. Willd. 
Pimpinella anisum. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1473; B. and T. 122. This is an annual plant, 
about a foot in height, with an erect, smooth, and branching stem. The leaves are petiolate, 
the lower roundish-cordate, lobed, incised-serrate, the middle pinnate-lobed with cuneate or 
lanceolate lobes, the upper trifid, undivided, linear. The flowers are white, and in terminal 
compound umbels, destitute of involucres. 
The anise plant is a native of Egypt and the Levant, but has been introduced into the south 
of Europe and is cultivated in various parts of that continent. It is also cultivated occasionally 
in the gardens of this country. The fruit is abundantly produced in Malta and Spain; in 
Romagna, in Italy, whence it is largely exported through Leghorn ; and in Central and 
Southern Russia. The Spanish is smaller than the German or French, and is usually preferred ; 
the Russian fruit is very short. It is said also to be extensively cultivated in India and South 
America, although we are not aware that the product ever conies into American commerce. 
It is one of the oldest aromatics, having been spoken of by Theophrastus and cultivated in 
the imperial German farms of Charlemagne. In 1305 Edward I. granted a patent giving the 
right to levy tolls upon it at the Bridge of London for the purpose of repairing the bridge. 
Anise seeds (botanically, fruit) are about a line in length, oval, striated, somewhat downy, 
attached to their footstalks, and of a light greenish-brown color, with a shade of yellow. 
“ About 4 or 5 Mm. long, ovate, compressed at the sides, grayish, finely hairy, and consisting 
of two mericarps, each with a flat face, and five light brownish, filiform ridges, and about 
fifteen thin oil-tubes, which can be seen in a transverse section by the microscope.” U. S. Their 
odor is fragrant, and increased by friction; their taste, warm, sweet, and aromatic. These 
properties, which depend upon a peculiar volatile oil, are imparted sparingly to boiling water, 
freely to alcohol. The volatile oil exists in the envelope of the seeds, and is obtained separate 
by distillation. (See Oleum Anisi.) Their internal substance contains a bland fixed oil. By 
expression, a greenish oil is obtained, which is a mixture of the two. The seeds are sometimes 
adulterated with small fragments of argillaceous earth, which resembles them in color; and 
their aromatic qualities are occasionally impaired by a slight fermentation, which they are apt 
to undergo in the mass, when collected before maturity. When examined by the microscope, 
anise is seen to contain a very great but variable number of small oil-tubes, which are well 
represented in the accompanying figure,—from fifteen to thirty to each 
mericarp. The epidermis is supplied with short, simple hairs, easily 
detached in making a section, and not represented in the cut. 
A case of poisoning is on record from the accidental admixture of 
the fruits of Conium maculatum, which bear some resemblance to those 
of anise, but may be distinguished by their crenate or notched ridges 
and the absence of oil-tubes ; by their mericarps being smooth, grooved 
upon the face, and having crenate or notched ridges with wrinkles be- 
tween them ; and especially by the absence of oil-tubes. The conium 
fruits are, moreover, broader in proportion to their length, and are 
generally separated into half fruits (or single mericarps), while those 
of anise are whole (double mericarps). 
Star aniseed, the Cardamomum Siberiense or Annis de Sibcrie of the seventeenth century 
and the badiane of the French writers, is the product of the Illicium anisatum, and is fully 
described under the heading Illicium. They contain about 4 per cent, of a volatile oil very Anisum.—Anthemis. 
175 
PART i. 
closely resembling that of anise. There are no known chemical differences between these oils, 
although dealers distinguish them by their smell and taste. 
Dr. Ruschenberger, U.S.N., has shown that oil of anise has a remarkable power of deodor- 
izing potassium sulphide ; a drop of the oil having entirely deprived of offensive odor a drachm 
of lard with which five grains of the sulphide had been incorporated. (Am. Jom-n. of Med. 
Sci., N. S., xlviii. 419.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Anise is a grateful aromatic carminative, and is 
supposed to have the property of increasing the secretion of milk. It has been in use from 
the earliest times. In Europe it is much employed in flatulent colic, and as a corrigent of 
griping or unpleasant medicines ; but in this country fennel seed is preferred. Anise may be 
given bruised, or in powder, in the dose of twenty or thirty grains (1-3—1-95 Gm.) or more. 
The infusion is less efficient. The volatile oil may be substituted for the seeds in substance. 
Much use is made of this aromatic for imparting flavors to liquors. 
ANTHEMIS. U. S. (Br.) Anthemis. [Chamomile.] 
(An'tii e-mis.) 
The flower-heads of Anthemis nobilis, Linne (nat. ord. Compositae), collected from cultivated 
plants.” XJ. S. “ The dried expanded flower-heads of Anthemis nobilis, Linn., collected from 
cultivated plants.” Br. 
Anthemidis Flores, Br.; Flores Chamomillae Romanae, P. G.; Roman or English Chamomile, E.; Camomille 
Romaine, Fr.; Romische Kamille, G.; Camomilla Romana, It.; Manzanilla Romana, Sp.; Chamomile Flowers. 
Gen. Ch. Receptacle chaffy. Seed-down none or a membranaceous margin. Calyx hemi- 
spherical, nearly equal. Florets of the ray more than five. Willd. 
Several species of Anthemis have been employed in medicine. A. nobilis, which is the sub- 
ject of the present article, is by far the most important. A. cotula, or mayweed, was formerly 
recognized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. A. pyrethrum, which affords the pellitory root, is 
among the official plants. (See Pyrethrum.) A. arvensis, a native of this country and of 
Europe, bears flowers which have an acrid bitter taste and possess medical properties analo- 
gous though much inferior to those of common chamomile. They may be distinguished by 
their want of smell. A. tinctoria is occasionally employed as a tonic and vermifuge in Europe. 
Matricaria suaveolens is said to yield the chamomile of the Indian bazaars. 
Anthemis nobilis. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 2180 ; B. and T. 154. This is an herbaceous plant 
with a perennial root. The stems are from six inches to a foot long, round, slender, downy, 
trailing, and divided into branches, which turn upward at their extremities. The leaves are 
bipinnate, the leaflets small, threadlike, somewhat pubescent, acute, and generally divided into 
three segments. The flowers are solitary, with a yellow convex disk, and white rays. The 
calyx is common to all the florets, of a hemispherical form, and composed of several small 
imbricated hairy scales. The receptacle is convex, prominent, and furnished with rigid bristle- 
like paleae. The florets of the ray are numerous, narrow, and terminated with three small 
teeth. The whole herb has a peculiar fragrant odor, and a bitter aromatic taste. 
This plant is a native of Europe, and grows wild in all the temperate parts of that continent. 
It is also largely cultivated for medicinal purposes* In France, Germany, and Italy, it is 
generally known by the name of Roman chamomile. By cultivation the yellow disk florets are 
often converted into the white ray florets. Thus altered, the flowers are said to be double, 
while those which remain unchanged are called single ; but, as the conversion may be more or 
less complete, it generally happens that with each of the varieties there are intermingled some 
flowers of the other kind, or in different stages of the change. The double flowers are gener- 
ally preferred; though, as the sensible properties are found in the greatest degree in the disk, 
the single are the most powerful. It is rather, however, in aromatic flavor than in bitterness 
that the radical florets are surpassed by those of the disk. If not well and quickly dried, the 
flowers lose their beautiful white color, and are less efficient. The flowers which are largest, 
* Mr. Jacob Bell, of Mitcham, in Surrey, England, stated that the plant is usually propagated by dividing the 
root, though the seeds are employed when it is desired to introduce new varieties. Each root will serve as the 
source of thirty or forty plants. They are set in rows a yard apart, at intervals of about eighteen inches. The 
proper period for planting is in March; and the flowers are in perfection in July, but continue to appear through- 
out the season. Extremely wet or extremely dry weather is injurious to the crop. It is more productive in a rather 
heavy loam than either in light sandy soil or in stiff clay. It requires little manure, but attention to weeding is 
necessary. Over-manuring increases the leaves at the expense of the flowers. When gathered, the flowers are 
dried upon canvas trays in a drying-room, artificially warmed, where they remain about a day. The crop varies 
from three to ten hundred-weight per acre. The single flowers are more productive than the double by weight; but, 
as they command a less price, the value of the crop is about the same. (P. J. T., x. 118.) 176 
Anthemis. 
PART I, 
most double, and whitest should be preferred. They are thus described officially. “ Heads 
subglobular, about 2 Cm. broad, consisting of an imbricated involucre, and numerous white, 
strap-shaped, three-toothed florets, and few or no yellow tubular disk florets, inserted upon a 
chaffy, conical, solid receptacle. It has a strong, agreeable odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste.” 
U. S. The seeds yield by expression a fixed oil, which is said to be applied in Europe to various 
economical uses. 
Though not a native of America, chamomile growrs wild in some parts of this country, and 
is occasionally cultivated in our gardens for family use, the whole herb being employed. The 
medicine, as found in commerce, consists chiefly of the double flowers, and is imported from 
Germany and England. From the former country the flowers of Matricaria chamomiUa are 
also occasionally imported, under the name of chamomile. (See Matricaria.') In France, the 
flowers of two other plants are sold in commerce indiscriminately with those of Anthemis no- 
hilis,—viz., those of Pyrethrum parthenium (the Chrysanthemum parthenium of Persoon), or 
feverfew, and those of Anthemis parthenoides, De Cand., or the Matricaria parthenoides, Desf. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1859, p. 347.) For the peculiar character by which these two flowers 
may be distinguished from the chamomile, see Pyrethrum parthenium in Part II. 
Properties. Chamomile flowers, as usually found in commerce, are large, almost spherical, 
of a dull white color, a fragrant odor, and a warmish, bitter, aromatic taste. When fresh, 
their smell is much stronger, and was fancied by the ancients to resemble that of the apple. 
Hence the name chamsemelum (jrayai, on the ground, and yrjhov, an apple) ; and it is somewhat 
singular that the Spanish name manzanilla (a little apple) has a similar derivation. The 
flowers impart their odor and taste to water and alcohol, the former of which, at the boiling 
temperature, extracts only one-fourth of their weight. The investigations of several chemists 
performed in 1878-1879, in Fittig’s laboratory at Strassburg, have shown the oil of chamo- 
mile to contain the following constituents:—a fraction distilling at 147°-148° C. (296°—298° 
F.) consisting of isobutylic ethers and hydrocarbons; isobutyl angelicate at 177° C. (350-5° F.) ; 
isoamyl angelicate at 200°—201° C. (392°—394° F.) ; isoamyl tiglinate at 204°—205° C. (399°— 
401° F.) (both of these compound ethers answering to the formula C6II11,C6H702). In the 
residual portion, hexylic alcohol, CeH13,OH, and an alcohol of the formula C10I1160 are met 
with, both probably occurring in the form of compound ethers. By decomposing the angeli- 
cates and the tiglinate above mentioned with potash, angelic acid, C5H802, and tiglmic acid (or 
methyl-crotonic) isomeric with the former are obtained to the extent of about 30 or more per 
cent, of the crude oil. In the oil examined by Fittig, angelic acid prevailed; from another 
specimen E. Schmitt (1879) obtained but very little of it, tiglinic acid prevailing. Umney 
states that pure oil of chamomile has the sp. gr. 0-905 to 0-912 at 15° C. (P. J. Tr., 1895, p. 949). 
For an examination of the oil from Anthemis cotula, which closely resembles that from A. nobilis, 
see A. J. P., 1885, pp. 376, 381. E. Amerman (A. J. P., 1889, p. 69) obtained a wax which was 
nearly white, bitter, and crystalline, melting at about 130° C., and a crystalline substance dis- 
tinctly acid and of a glucosidal nature. There was no evidence of the presence of an alkaloid. 
Fliickiger performed some experiments in order to isolate the bitter principle, but did not 
succeed in obtaining it in a satisfactory state of purity; it formed a brown extract, apparently 
a glucoside. He also confirms the absence of alkaloid. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Chamomile is a mild tonic, in small doses acceptable 
and corroborant to the stomach, in large doses capable of acting as an emetic. In cold infusion 
it is often advantageously used in cases of enfeebled digestion, whether occurring as an original 
affection or consequent upon some acute disease. It is especially applicable to that condition 
of general debility, with languid appetite, which often attends convalescence from idiopathic 
fevers. As a febrifuge it formerly enjoyed much reputation, and was employed in intermittents 
and remittents ; but we have remedies so much more efficient that it is now seldom used in this 
capacity. The tepid infusion is very often given to promote the operation of emetics, or to 
assist the stomach in relieving itself when oppressed by its contents. The flowers are some- 
times applied externally in the form of fomentation, in cases of irritation or inflammation of 
the abdominal viscera, and as a gentle incitant in flabby, ill-conditioned ulcers. The dose of 
the powder as a tonic is from half a drachm to a drachm (1-95-3-9 6m.) three or four times 
a day, or more frequently. The infusion is usually preferred. The decoction and extract 
cannot exert the full influence of the medicine, as the volatile oil is driven off. PART I. 
Antimonium. 
177 
Sb; 120. (IN-TI-MO'NI-UM.) Sb; 120. 
ANTIMONIUM. Antimony. 
Stibium, Lat.; Antimoine, Fr.; Antimon, Spiessglanz Metall, G.; Antimonia, Sp., It. 
Metallic antimony, sometimes called regulus of antimony, is not official in the British or 
United States Pharmacopoeias; but, as it enters into the composition of a number of impor- 
tant pharmaceutical preparations, we have thought it proper to notice it under a distinct head. 
Antimony exists in nature—1, uncombined; 2, as an oxide; 3, as antimonous sulphide 
(tersulphide), and 4, as an oxysulphide. It is found principally in France and Germany, but 
has been discovered also in the provinces of New Brunswick and Ontario, Canada, the latter 
locality yielding a large portion of that consumed in the United States. 
Extraction. All the antimony of commerce is extracted from the native sulphide. The 
ore is first separated from its gangue by fusion. It is then reduced to powder, and placed on 
the floor of a reverberatory furnace, where it is subjected to a gentle heat, being constantly 
stirred with an iron rake. This process of roasting is known to be completed when the matter 
is brought to the state of a dull grayish-white powder, called antimony ash. By this treat- 
ment the antimony is partly teroxidized, and partly converted into antimonious acid; while 
nearly all the sulphur is dissipated in the form of sulphurous acid gas; a portion of tersul- 
phide, however, remains undecomposed. The matter is then mixed with charcoal impregnated 
with a concentrated solution of sodium carbonate, and the mixture heated in crucibles, in a 
melting-furnace. The charcoal reduces the antimony teroxide, while the alkali unites with the 
undecomposed tersulphide, and forms melted scoriae, which cover the reduced metal and 
diminish its loss from volatilization. Antimony is more generally obtained by the reduction 
of the native iron sulphide. The reduction of the antimony sulphide by iron takes place at a 
red heat, but as iron sulphide needs a higher temperature for its fusion, and its specific gravity 
is not much less than that of the metallic antimony, the mass must be heated to a white heat 
to effect a perfect separation, and this occasions a loss of the antimony. In order to avoid 
this, sodium sulphide is added in practice, which unites with the iron sulphide to form a more 
fusifde and lighter slag of double sodium and iron sulphide. To 100 parts of antimony sul- 
phide are taken 42 parts of iron, 10 parts of anhydrous sodium sulphate, and 2£ to 3£ parts 
of carbon. 
The purest commercial antimony is not entirely free from foreign metals, chiefly iron, lead, 
and arsenic. M. Lefort purifies it for the purposes of pharmacy by gradually adding twenty- 
five parts of the metal, in fine powder, to fifty parts of nitric acid, by the action of which 
the antimony is precipitated as antimonious acid, while the foreign metals remain in solution. 
The precipitate is then thoroughly washed with water containing a hundredth part of nitric 
acid, drained completely, mixed with three or four parts of powdered sugar, and reduced to 
the metallic state by being heated to redness in a Hessian crucible, \journ. de Pharm., 
Aout, 1855.) Antimony is imported into the United States from France, packed in casks. It 
is also shipped from Trieste, from Holland, and occasionally from Cadiz. The Spanish anti- 
mony is generally in the form of pigs; the French, in circular cakes about ten inches in 
diameter, flat on one side and convex on the other; the English, in cones. Both native anti- 
mony and stibnite, or antimonous sulphide, are also brought from Southham, Canada. The 
production of metallic antimony in the United States in 1896 was 1,226,000 lbs., valued at 
$84,717, and in 1897, 1,500,000 lbs., valued at $107,250. In this latter year the ore used 
was about two-thirds American ore and the remainder Canadian ore. The importations of 
ore and regulus (or metal) during the same years were 4,087,425 lbs. and 4,464,608 lbs. 
respectively. 
Properties, etc. The time of the discovery of antimony is not known; but Basil Valen- 
tine was the first to describe the method of obtaining it, in his work entitled Currus Triumpha- 
lis Antimonii, published the end of the fifteenth century. It is a brittle, brilliant 
metal, ordinarily of a lamellated texture, of a silver-white color when pure, but bluish white 
as it occurs in commerce. Its atomic weight is 120 (or, according to some authorities, 122), 
symbol Sb, sp. gr. 6-7, and fusing point 425° C. (797° F.), or about a red heat. On cooling, 
after fusion, antimony assumes an appearance on the surface bearing some resemblance to a 
fern leaf. When strongly heated, it burns with the emission of white vapors, consisting of 
teroxide, formerly called argentine flowers of antimony. A small portion being fused and 
then thrown upon a flat surface divides into numerous globules, which burn rapidly as they 
move along. It forms three combinations with oxygen, antimony trioxide (antimonous oxide), 
3baOg, antimony tetroxide, Sba04 (by some considered to be an antimonate of the tetroxide of 178 
Antimonium.—Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. 
PART I. 
antimony, Sb408), and antimony pentoxide (antimonic oxide), Sb206. The first of these unites 
with water to form antimonous acid, the salts of which are called antimonites, the third unites 
with water to form antimonic acid, the salts of which are called antimonates. The trioxide 
will be noticed under the head of Antimonii Oxidum. The tetroxide is a white powder, 
yellowish when hot, and difficultly soluble in acids. It forms when either of the other two 
oxides is strongly heated in air. Antimony ash, described above, is also an impure tetroxide. 
Antimonic acid is a lemon-colored powder, which may be prepared by oxidizing the metal by 
digestion in nitric acid, and then driving off the excess of the acid by a heat not exceeding 
315-5° C. (600° F.). When exposed to a red heat, it parts with oxygen, and is converted into 
the antimony tetroxide just described. This, though medicinally inert, frequently forms a 
large proportion of the preparation called antimonial powder. (See Pulvis Antimonialis.') 
The antimonial preparations are active in proportion to their solubility in the gastric juice. 
According to Mialhe, those antimonials which contain the hydrated teroxide, or are easily con- 
verted into it, are most active. Hence metallic antimony in fine powder, and tartar emetic, 
act with energy. The teroxide is much more active when prepared in the moist than in the 
dry way. According to S6rullas, all the antimonial preparations except tartar emetic and 
butter of antimony (or terchloride) contain a minute proportion of arsenic. Tartar emetic is an 
exception, because it separates entirely, in the act of crystallizing, from any minute portion of 
arsenic in the materials from which it is prepared, the poisonous metal being left behind in 
the mother-water of the process. 
ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS. U. S. (Br.) Antimony and Potas- 
sium Tartrate. [Tartar Emetic ; Tartarated Antimony.] 
2KSbO C4 Hi Oe. H2 O ; 662*42. 2KSbO C4 H4 06. H2 0; 664. 
“ Tartarated Antimony, [K(Sb0)C4H406]2H20, is prepared by setting aside a mixture of 
antimonious oxide and acid potassium tartrate, made into a paste with a little water, until 
combination has taken place, and then purifying by crystallization from water.” Br. 
Antimonium Tartaratum, Br.; Antimonium Tartarizatum, Tartarized Antimony, Tartrated Antimony; 
Potassio-Tartrate of Antimony, Antimonii Potassio-Tartras, Tartarus Stibiatus, P. G.; Tartarus Emeticus, Stibio- 
Kali Tartaricum ; Tartrate d’Antimoine et de Potasse, Emdtique, Tartre stibi6, Fr.; Brechweinstein, G. 
A process for Tartar Emetic not being given in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, that of 1870 is 
inserted below.* This compound is a normal tartrate. Tartaric acid is dibasic. In acid 
potassium tartrate (cream of tartar) one of the two hydrogen atoms is replaced by potassium, 
while the other is unreplaced; in neutral potassium tartrate (soluble tartar) both are replaced 
by potassium; in tartar emetic one is replaced by potassium, while the other is replaced by 
the group (SbO) antimonyl, which is a univalent group, exactly replacing one hydrogen atom. 
In the preparation of tartar emetic the cream of tartar should not be in excess; as in that 
case it is apt to crystallize, upon cooling, with the tartar emetic. To avoid such a result it is 
better to have a slight excess of antimonial oxide. No rule is applicable to the determination 
of the proper proportion of water, except that it should be sufficient to dissolve the tartar 
emetic formed. The hot filtration, directed in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870, may be con- 
veniently performed by a jacketed funnel filled with hot water. In all cases the salt should 
be obtained in well-defined crystals, unmixed with those of cream of tartar, as the best index 
of its purity. The practice of some manufacturing chemists of boiling the filtered liquor to 
dryness, whereby an impure mass is obtained, consisting in part only of the antimonial salt, is 
very reprehensible.f 
It is not easy to decide as to the relative eligibility of the different forms of antimonial 
oxide used for preparing tartar emetic. The preference, however, was given to the oxychloride 
(powder of Algarotli) by Berzelius; and M. Henry, an eminent pharmaceutist of Paris, after 
a careful comparison of the different processes, declared also in its favor; his process will be 
found in detail in the U. S. D., 17th ed., p. 175. 
(Xn-ti-mo'ni-i £t po-tXs'si-i tab'tbXs.) 
* “ Take of Oxide of Antimony, in very fine powder, two troyounces; Bitartrate of Potassium, in very fine 
powder, two troyounces and a half; Distilled Water eighteen fluidounces. To the Water, heated to the boiling point 
in a glass vessel, add the powders, previously mixed, and boil for an hour ; then filter the liquid while hot, and set 
it aside that crystals may form. Lastly, dry the crystals, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle. By further 
evaporation the mother-water may be made to yield more crystals, which should be purified by a second crystallisa- 
tion.” U. S. 1870. 
f For still another method of preparing tartar emetic, which we omit from want of space, see Jonrn. de Pharm., 
4e s6r., xi. 404. TART I. 
Antimonii et Potassii Tartrcis. 
179 
Tartar emetic is not usually prepared by the apothecary, but made on a large scale by the 
manufacturing chemist. Different processes are pursued in different manufactories ; and it is 
not material what plan is adopted, provided the crystals of the antimonial salt be carefully 
purified. In an extensive manufactory in London, antimony ash is employed for boiling with 
the cream of tartar, and it is stated to form the cheapest material for making tartar emetic. 
(Pereira's Mat. Med.) Mohr prefers the use of a moist oxide, prepared by adding gradually an 
intimate mixture of one part, each, of antimony tersulphide and potassium nitrate to a boiling 
mixture of one part of sulphuric acid and two of water. The liquid is boiled down nearly to 
dryness and allowed to cool. The grayish-white mass thus formed is then washed thoroughly 
with water. The details of this process are given by Soubeiran, by whom it is praised, in the 
Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., iii. 327.* 
Properties, etc. It is in the form of “ colorless, transparent crystals of the rhombic 
system, becoming opaque and white on exposure to air; or a white, granular powder, without 
odor, and having a sweet, afterwards disagreeable, metallic taste. Soluble in 17 parts of water, 
at 15° C. (59° F.), and in three parts of boiling water, but insoluble in alcohol, which pre- 
cipitates it from its aqueous solution in the form of a crystalline powder. When heated to 
110° C. (230° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (2’71 per cent.). When heated to 
redness, it chars, emits an odor resembling that of burning sugar, and leaves a blackened resi- 
due having an alkaline reaction. The aqueous solution of the salt possesses a slightly acid 
reaction, and yields, with hydrochloric acid, a white precipitate soluble in an excess of the acid ; 
but no precipitate occurs if tartaric acid had previously been added.” U. S. Antimony and 
potassium tartrate was discovered in 1631 by Adrian de Mynsicht. When prepared from the 
oxychloride it crystallizes in tetrahedrons. As it occurs in commerce, it is often in the form 
of a white powder, resulting from the pulverization of the crystals. They are insoluble in 
alcohol, but dissolve in proof spirit or wine.t (See Vinum Antimonii.') Its aqueous solution 
slightly reddens litmus, and undergoes decomposition by keeping. If one-fifth of its bulk of 
alcohol be added to the water, the decomposition is prevented. It is incompatible with acids, 
alkalies and their carbonates, some of the earths and metals, calcium chloride, and lead acetate 
and subacetate. It is incompatible also with astringent infusions and decoctions, as of rhu- 
barb, cinchona, catechu, galls, etc.; but these substances, unless galls be an exception, do not 
render it inert, though they lessen its activity to a greater or less extent. 
Characteristics and Tests of Purity. “ In a solution of the salt, acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, hydrogen sulphide test-solution produces an orange-red precipitate. The 
aqueous solution, even when largely diluted, at once becomes permanently turbid on the addi- 
tion of a small quantity of potassium carbonate or calcium hydrate test-solution. A 1-per 
cent, aqueous solution of the salt, acidulated with acetic acid, should not be affected by the 
addition of a few drops of barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate), silver nitrate 
test-solution (chloride), ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium), or potassium ferrocyanide 
test-solution (iron and other metals). On adding sodium carbonate test-solution to crushed 
crystals of the salt, effervescence should not ensue (absence of potassium bitartrate). If 1 
G-m. of the salt be dissolved, with the aid of heat, in hydrochloric acid, and to this solution 
1 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution be added (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff’s Test for 
Arsenic), no turbidity or coloration should ensue within one hour (limit of arsenic). If 0.331 
Gm. of the crystallized salt, or 0-322 Gm. of the salt dried at 110° C. (230° F.), be dissolved 
in 10 C.c. of water, and about 20 C.c. of a cold, saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate and 
a little starch test-solution added, it should require not less than 20 C.c. of iodine decinormal 
volumetric solution to produce a permanent blue color (corresponding to 100 per cent, of the 
pure salt).” U. S. “ Each gramme dissolved in water with 2 or 3 grammes of sodium bicar- 
bonate should discharge the color of not less than 60-2 nor more than 60*7 cubic centimetres of 
the volumetric solution of iodine Quickly introduced from a burette. It should yield no charac- 
teristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, calcium, sodium, ammonium, 
chlorides, or sulphates. It should not effervesce with solution of sodium bicarbonate (absence 
of acid potassium tartrate). 1-66 grammes should dissolve slowly but without residue in 25 
* Antimony Tartrate (Sb0)06,CiH5. Yuntz (Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 641) communicates the following process 
for this salt. An excess of antimony oxide is boiled with solution of tartaric acid, the clear solution evaporated to a 
syrupy consistence, allowed to cool, and the crystalline precipitate which forms washed with absolute alcohol to free 
t from any excess of tartaric acid. 
f Alcohol precipitates it from its aqueous solution, and Mr. T. S. Wiegand proposes as a method of obtaining it 
n fine powder, to boil an ounce in four times its weight of water, and to pour the solution into a pint and a half of 
15-per-eent. alcohol. (A. J. P., 1858, p. 407.) Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. 
PART I. 
180 
cubic centimetres of water at 60° F. (155° C.).” Br. Tartar emetic, when pure, exhibits its- 
appropriate crystalline form. A crystal or two, dropped into a solution of hydrogen sulphide,, 
will be covered with an orange-colored deposit of antimony tersulphide. Entire solubility iu 
water is not a character belonging exclusively to the pure salt, for, according to the late Mr. 
Hennell, tartar emetic may contain 10 per cent, of uncombined cream of tartar and yet be 
wholly soluble in the proper proportion of water. Hennell’s method of detecting uncombined 
bitartrate is to add a few drops of a solution of sodium carbonate to a boiling solution of the 
antimonial salt. If the precipitate formed be not redissolved, no bitartrate is present. 
The impurities found in tartar emetic are uncombined cream of tartar from faulty prepara- 
tion or fraudulent admixture, calcium tartrate, iron, sulphates, and chlorides. The mode of 
detecting cream of tartar has been indicated above. Calcium tartrate is derived from the 
cream of tartar, which always contains this impurity. It is apt to form on the surface of the 
crystals of tartar emetic in crystalline tufts, which are easily brushed off. Iron is sometimes 
present, especially when the antimonial salt has been prepared from glass of antimony. It is 
detected by a blue color being immediately produced by potassium ferrocyanide, added after a 
little acetic acid. If the blue color be slowly produced, it may arise from reactions on the iron 
of the ferrocyanide itself. If much iron be present, the solution of the tartar emetic will be 
yellow instead of colorless. According to Serullas, tartar emetic, except when well crystallized, 
and all the other antimonial preparations usually contain a minute proportion of arsenic, 
derived from the native antimony tersulphide, which almost always contains this dangerous 
metal. Subsequently, however, Mr. Thos. Williams (P. J. Tr., July, 1874, p. 63) examined a 
number of samples of various antimonial preparations and found them remarkably free from 
arsenic. Tartar emetic should always be bought by the apothecary in good crystals, in which 
state the salt is pure, or very nearly so, and entirely free from arsenic. Its powder is perfectly 
white; and, when it is yellowish white, iron is probably present. A. H. Jackson found some 
samples of commercial tartar emetic to contain from 40 to 70 per cent, of potassium sulphate. 
( Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1885, p. 459.) 
It has been already stated in general terms that tartar emetic in solution is incompatible 
with acids and alkalies, and with some of the earths; but this salt is so important that some 
details in regard to the effects of particular reagents, included under these titles, seem to be 
necessary. Hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, added to a solution of the antimonial salt, not too 
dilute, throw down a white precipitate of antimony terchloride or subsulphate, mixed with cream 
of tartar, which is redissolved by an excess of the precipitant. Nitric acid throws down a sub- 
nitrate, which is taken up by an excess of acid. When caustic potassa is added to a tolerably 
concentrated solution, it produces at first no effect, then a precipitate of teroxide, and after- 
wards the solution of this precipitate, if the addition of the alkali be continued. Lime water 
acts in a weaker solution, and throws down a white precipitate, consisting of the mixed calcium 
and antimony tartrates. Potassium carbonate affects still weaker solutions, throwing down a 
white precipitate of teroxide; but this test does not act in solutions containing less than a 
quarter of a grain to the fluidounce. Ammonia, both pure and carbonated, precipitates a 
solution of tartar emetic, throwing down the pure teroxide. To these reagents may be added 
infusion of galls, which, when fresh and strong, causes a dirty-yellowish-white precipitate of 
antimony tannate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. When tartar emetic is given in minute doses to the- 
healthy man (gr. y or 0-005 Gin.) it produces only a slight lessening of the force of the 
pulse and a tendency to increased secretion from the skin. After somewhat larger amounts 
these symptoms are more pronounced, and have nausea added to them. If a grain be ingested,, 
the nausea and vomiting will be severe and persistent, and accompanied by marked prostra- 
tion, both of the circulation and of the muscular strength. Symptoms of acute poisoning 
by the drug are an austere metallic taste; excessive nausea; copious vomiting; frequent hic- 
cough ; burning pain in the stomach; colic; frequent stools and tenesmus; fainting; small, 
contracted, and accelerated pulse; coldness of the skin, and even of the internal organs; diffi- 
cult and irregular respiration ; cutaneous anaesthesia ; loss of sense; convulsive movements; 
very painful cramps in the legs; prostration, and death. Ten grains is the smallest dose 
reported to have proved fatal. In the lower animals antimony causes symptoms similar to 
those which it produces in man. It has been experimentally proved that the fall of the 
arterial pressure is produced, at least iu part, by a direct action upon the heart. The loss of 
muscular power, of reflex activity, and of sensibility is believed to be due to depression of 
the spinal centres, and the disturbance of respiration to a direct influence upon the qerve- PART I. 
Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. 
181 
centres which preside over that function. The purging and vomiting are connected with an 
effort at elimination, the poison escaping through the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, as 
well as through the kidneys. After death from antimony, fatty degeneration of the liver, 
kidneys, and other organs has been found, indicating that the poison has a powerful influence 
upon nutrition. It i$ evident that in small doses tartar emetic is powerfully depressant to the 
circulation and stimulant to the secretion of the skin. It has been very largely used as a 
sedative, antiphlogistic, diaphoretic, and expectorant. It is, however, at present much less 
frequently administered than formerly; in small doses (gr. y to 4, or 0-005 to 0-008 Gm.), 
mostly associated with saline, alkaline, or diaphoretic remedies, and assisted by copious dilu- 
tion, it is still resorted to in febrile complaints, for the purpose of producing perspiration, which 
is often freely induced, especially if the remedy gives rise to nausea. It also proves useful, 
on many occasions, in the first stages of bronchitis; and with a view to its action in this way, 
it is conjoined with expectorant remedies. In full doses it acts as an emetic, and is character- 
ized by certainty, strength, and permanency of operation. It remains longer in the stomach 
than ipecacuanha, produces more frequent and longer-continued efforts to vomit, and exerts a 
more powerful impression on the system. The nausea and attendant prostration are often very 
considerable. Its employment is contra-indicated by debility or gastro-intestinal irritability, 
and it is very badly borne by children. 
The so-called contra-stimulant use of large doses of antimony originated with Dr. Rasori, 
professor of clinical medicine at Milan, who published his views in 1800, but has gone entirely 
out of vogue. The principal diseases in which it was practised were pneumonia, pleurisy, 
bronchitis, and acute rheumatism. The medicine was directed in doses varying from a grain to 
two grains (0-064 to 0-129 Gm.) or more every two hours, dissolved in a small quantity of 
water ; the patient being restricted in the use of drinks whilst under its operation. It is stated 
that when the remedy is thus given in diseases of high action it seldom produces vomiting, 
an effect which the author of the practice wished to avoid. The power of the system to bear 
large doses of tartar emetic during the existence of acute diseases was considered by Ilasori 
to depend upon the coexisting morbid excitement, and the capability of bearing them was 
expressed by the term tolerance. 
Externally, tartar emetic is employed as a counter-irritant, mixed with lard, or cerate, or in 
the form of a plaster. It causes, after a longer or shorter interval, a burning sensation, accom- 
panied by a peculiar and painful pustular eruption. This mode of producing counter-irritation 
is serviceable when a very powerful and persistent effect is desirable. Care must be taken 
that the pustular inflammation does not proceed too far; deep and very painful ulcerations, 
difficult to heal, may be produced. 
Tartar emetic is generally given in solution, and in an amount which varies with the object 
in view in its administration. Its dose as an alterative is from the thirty-second to the six- 
teenth of a grain (0-002-0-004 Gm.) ; as a diaphoretic or expectorant, from the twelfth to the 
sixth of a grain (0-005—0-01 Gm.) ; and as a nauseating sudorific, from a sixth to a quarter 
of a grain (0-01-0-016 Gm.) ; repeated, according to circumstances, every hour, two, or four 
hours; as an emetic half a grain (0-03 Gm.), repeated every twenty minutes till it vomits; 
the operation being aided by warm water or chamomile tea. 
Poisoning. The general symptoms of acute tartar emetic poisoning have been sufficiently 
described. In rare cases vomiting and purging do not take place; and when they are absent, 
the other symptoms are aggravated. Sometimes a pustular eruption is produced, like that 
caused by the external application of the antimonial. 
- When given in repeated small doses, tartar emetic produces both in man and in the lower 
animals a chronic poisoning, in which the chief symptoms are nausea, vomiting, watery 
purging, often followed by constipation, failing circulation, and a general asthenia, deepening 
into death from exhaustion. After death from antimonial preparations, decided evidences of 
gastro-intestinal irritation are apt to be present, but they have been in some cases wanting. The 
blood is often markedly fluid. Intense venous congestion, especially of the lungs, is usually 
present, and in some cases pulmonary apoplexy, atelectasis, or other structural lesion of the 
lungs has been found. A wide-spread fatty degeneration has been noted as constant in 
chronic poisoning in animals, and probably occurs also in man. 
The treatment of tartar emetic poisoning consists, first, in washing out the stomach with a 
solution of tannic acid ; second, in meeting the symptoms as they arise, especially by the use 
of opiates, which should be administered hypodermically and by rectal suppositories; external 
warmth, stimulants, etc., should be used pro re nata. In all cases of suspected poisoning, the 182 
Antimonii et Potassii Tartras.—Antimonii Oxidum. 
PART I. 
vomit, the passages from the bowels, and especially the urine, should be saved. The metal has 
been found in all the tissues of the body, but in the experiments of Dr. B. W. Richardson it 
was most abundant in the liver. 
In examining the contents of the stomach or intestines for tartar emetic, they should be 
digested in water acidulated with hydrochloric and tartaric acids. The former acid will serve 
to coagulate organic matter; the latter to give complete solubility to the antimony. The solu- 
tion obtained, after having been filtered, should be subjected to a stream of hydrogen sulphide, 
which, if tartar emetic be present, will throw down the orange-red antimony tersulphide, dis- 
tinguished from arsenic tersulphide and all other precipitates by forming with hot hydrochloric 
acid a solution, from which a white curdy precipitate of antimony oxychloride (powder of 
Algaroth) is thrown down upon the addition of water. Hydrogen sulphide is by far the most 
delicate test for tartar emetic. 
The mode of extracting the antimony from the solid tissues, recommended by Orfila, is to 
carbonize the dried viscera with pure concentrated nitric acid in a porcelain capsule, to boil the 
charred mass obtained for half an hour with hydrochloric acid, assisted with a little nitric 
acid, to filter the liquor, and introduce it into Marsh’s apparatus. Hydrogen antimonide will 
be formed, which, being inflamed, will deposit the antimony on a cold surface of porcelain 
as a black stain, distinguishable from the similar stain produced by arsenic by its slighter vola- 
tility, by its forming with hot hydrochloric acid a solution which affords a white precipitate of 
antimony oxychloride when added to water, by its insolubility in solution of bleaching powder or 
chlorinated soda, and by its solubility in solution of stannous chloride. (See Acidum Arsenosum.) 
Reinsch’s process is a good one for separating antimony from the tissues, and was first used 
for that purpose by Dr. Alfred Taylor, of London. The tissues are boiled in hydrochloric acid, 
and a bright slip of copper is immersed in the hot solution. The metallic film deposited on 
the copper must be proved to be antimony. This is done by Dr. Odling by first boiling the 
coated copper in a solution of potassium permanganate, with a little excess of potassa, for a 
few minutes, whereby the antimony becomes oxidized and dissolved, and then passing hydrogen 
sulphide through the filtered and acidulated solution. The characteristic orange-red precipi- 
tate of antimony tersulphide is produced, which may be tested for antimony as above men- 
tioned. Mr. H. H. Watson has simplified Dr. Odling’s process by dispensing with the use of 
the potassium permanganate. He subjects the coated copper slip, in a tube, to a boiling very 
dilute solution of caustic potassa, the metal being alternately drawn out of and immersed in 
the solution, by the aid of a copper wire, until the whole of the coating is oxidized and dis- 
solved. The solution is then treated as directed by Dr. Odling. (Med. Times and Gaz., July, 
1857, p. 613.) Hydrogen antimonide (evolved either by galvanic processes or from zinc and 
sulphuric acid), when passed over sulphur, is decomposed, slowly in diffused daylight, very 
rapidly in sunlight, antimony sulphide forming, with liberation of hydrogen sulphide. The 
orange-red sulphide can be freed from excess of sulphur by exhaustion with carbon disulphide. 
(Jones, Journ. Chem. Soc., i., 1876.) 
ANTIMONII OXIDUM. U. S., Br. Antimony Oxide. [Antimony Trioxide.] 
Sb203; 287*08. (XN-TI-MO'NI-i 5x'I-PUM.) Sb203; 288. 
“ Antimonious Oxide, Sb4Oe, may be prepared by pouring solution of antimonious chloride 
into water, and decomposing the precipitated antimony oxychloride with sodium carbonate." Br. 
Oxide of Antimony; Stibium Oxydatum, Oxydum Antimonicum s. Stibicum; Oxyde d’Antimoine, Fr.; Anti- 
monoxyd, G. 
A process for this salt is no longer official in the U. S. P. 1890. Below is that of the 
Pharm. 1870.* 
♦“Take of Sulphuret of Antimony, in very fine powder, four troyounces; Muriatic Acid eighteen troyounces ; 
Nitric Acid a troyounce and, one hundred and twenty grains ; Water of Ammonia a fluidounce and a half; Water, 
Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Introduce the Sulphuret into a flask, of the capacity of two pints, and, 
having added the Muriatic Acid, digest, by means of a sand-bath, until effervescence ceases. Then, having removed 
the flask from the sand-bath, add the Nitric Acid gradually; and, when nitrous acid vapors cease to be given off, 
and the liquid has grown cold, add to it half a pint of Water, and filter. Pour the filtered liquid gradually into 
twelve pints of Water, constantly stirring, and allow the precipitate to subside. Decant the supernatant liquid, and 
wash the precipitate twice by decantation, using, each time, eight pints of Water. Then transfer it to a muslin 
filter to drain, and, after the draining is completed, wash it with Water until the washings cease to have an acid 
reaction. Next introduce it into a suitable vessel, and subject it to the action of the Water of Ammonia for two 
hours; at the end of which time transfer it to a moistened muslin filter, and wash it with Distilled Water as long as 
the washings produce a precipitate with nitrate of silver. Lastly, dry the precipitate upon bibulous paper with the 
aid of a gentle heat.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Antimonii Oxidum. 
183 
When antimony tersulphide is digested with hydrochloric acid, a chemical reaction takes place 
as follows: SbaS3 -j- 6HC1 = (SbCl3)2 -|- (H2S)3; the hydrogen of the acid uniting with the 
sulphur of the antimonial, and escaping as hydrogen sulphide, while the chlorine and antimony 
combine to form antimony terchloride, which is held in solution. The effect of the nitric acid 
is supposed to be to render the oxide whiter, by decomposing any remaining hydrogen sulphide, 
and thus preventing it from contaminating the product. Though the result thus far is an 
aqueous solution of the terchloride, this cannot be diluted beyond a certain degree without de- 
composition. Hence, if largely diluted, as when poured into an excess of water, decomposition 
takes place, and a white powder is precipitated, formerly called powder of Algaroth, which is 
mainly an oxychloride. The decomposition of the powder, however, is not uniform, as it con- 
tains more teroxide the greater the proportion of water used in the decomposition. The pure 
oxychloride, SbOCl, is formed when the proportion of 4 mols. of water to 1 mol. of antimony 
chloride exists, but with a relatively larger proportion of water the average composition of the 
powder is Sb406Cl2, which may be considered as made up of (SbOCl)„ -f Sb203. The oxy- 
chloride is first washed with abundance of water to separate adhering hydrochloric acid, and 
then acted upon by a solution of alkali (Ammonia, U. S., Carbonate of Sodium, Br.) to 
decompose the oxychloride, with the effect of adding to the amount of teroxide; after which 
the teroxide requires only to be washed with water in order to render it pure. The last wash- 
ing separates the ammonium or sodium chloride resulting from the decomposition of the oxy- 
chloride ; and the water of this washing is tested, in both formulas, by silver nitrate, until the 
presence of chlorine ceases to be indicated. 
Properties. Antimony teroxide is a heavy, grayish-white powder, permanent in the air, 
almost insoluble in water, insoluble in alcohol and nitric acid, readily soluble in hydrochloric 
or tartaric acid, or in boiling solution of potassium bitartrate. Heated in close vessels it be- 
comes yellow, fuses at a full red heat, and finally sublimes in crystalline needles. When 
cooled from a state of fusion, it forms a fibrous crystalline mass, of pearl color. Heated in 
open vessels it suddenly becomes red hot, and, by the absorption of oxygen, changes into 
Sb204 (antimony antimonate), which differs from the teroxide in being insoluble in hydro- 
chloric acid, less fusible, and not volatile. This oxide is the active ingredient of all the 
medicinal preparations of antimony. “ On dropping its solution in hydrochloric acid into 
water, a white precipitate is produced, which is at once changed to orange by hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution. If 1 Gm. of the Oxide be dissolved with the aid of 5 Gm. of tartaric 
acid in a little water, and the solution diluted with water to the measure of 100 C.c., portions 
of this solution should not be affected by test-solutions of silver nitrate (absence of chloride'), 
barium chloride (sulphate), or potassium ferrocyanide (iron and other metals). If a solution 
of the Oxide in hydrochloric acid be diluted with water, until it just begins to become perma- 
nently turbid, and then precipitated with hydrogen sulphide, this precipitate, when collected 
and thoroughly washed, should be completely soluble in ammonium sulphide test-solution (ab- 
sence of copper and lead). If 1 Gm. of the Oxide be dissolved in hydrochloric acid, and to 
this solution 1 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff’s Test 
for Arsenic) be added, no turbidity or coloration should ensue within one hour (limit of 
arsenic)." U. S. “ If 0 5 gramme be dissolved in a hot solution of 1 gramme of Acid Potas- 
sium Tartrate and the solution then made alkaline with 3 grammes of sodium bicarbonate, the 
cooled liquid should discharge the color of 70 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of 
iodine. Antimonious Oxide should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, 
copper, arsenium, calcium, sodium, or potassium, only slight reactions with the tests for iron, 
-and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides or sulphates. It should dissolve 
entirely when boiled with an excess of Acid Potassium Tartrate.” Br. It is frequently impure 
from the presence of the before-mentioned antimony antimonate, in which case it is not 
entirely soluble in hydrochloric acid. If it contain oxychloride, which it is apt to do from the 
imperfect action of the alkaline solutions employed in its purification, its solution in tartaric 
acid will be precipitated by silver nitrate. When antimony antimonate is substituted for it, 
the fraud may be detected by the spurious preparation being entirely insoluble in hydrochloric 
acid. 
Medical Properties. This oxide, which must not be confounded with the powder 
of Algaroth, has the general therapeutic properties of the antimonials. Like antimonial 
powder, it is unequal in its effects, and ought not to be used in practical medicine. The in- 
equality of action is plausibly explained by the state of the stomach as to acidity, the pres- 
ence of acids giving the medicine activity ; and this explanation is confirmed by the experi- Antimonii Sulphidum. 
PART I. 
184 
ments of Br. Osburn, of Dublin, with the Dublin oxide. As to the French Codex oxide, 
prepared by boiling the oxychloride with a solution of potassium bicarbonate, the inequality is 
attributed by M. Durand, of Caen, to the presence of more or less terchloride, which is sep- 
arated with difficulty. Objecting to the Codex oxide, M. Durand proposes to prepare the 
teroxide by precipitating tartar emetic with ammonia in excess. Thus obtained it contains no 
terchloride, and does not vomit. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., ii. 364.) The dose of antimony 
teroxide is set down as three grains (0'20 Gm.) every two or three hours, but the drug should 
not be employed as a medicine. It was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia to be used 
in the preparation of tartar emetic, and as an ingredient in Pulvis Antimonialis. 
ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM. U. S. Antimony Sulphide. [Antimony Trisulphide.] 
Sb2S3; 335*14. (AN-TI-MO'NI-i SUL'PHI-dOm.) Sb2S3; 336. 
“ Native antimony sulphide, purified by fusion and as nearly free from arsenic as possible.” 
P.S. 
Antimonium Nigrum, Br. 1864; Black Antimony. (Prepared Sulphuret of Antimony, Br.) Stibium Sulfuratum 
Crudum et Laevigatum, P. G.; Antimonium Crudum, Stibium Sulfuratum Nigrum, Sulfuretum Stibicum; Artificial 
Sulphuret of Antimony; Antimoine sulfure, Sulfure d’Antimoine, Antimoine cru, Fr.; Schwefelantimon, Schwefel- 
spiessglanz, G.; Solfuro d’Antimonio, It.; Antimonio crudo, Sp. 
Preparation, etc. The antimony sulphide of the Pharmacopoeias is obtained from the 
native sulphide, called antimony ore, by different processes of purification ; the following being 
an outline of that generally pursued. The ore is placed in melting-pots in a circular reverbera- 
tory furnace, and these are made to connect, by means of curved earthen tubes, with the 
receiving-pots, situated outside the furnace. This arrangement affords facilities for removing 
the residue of the operation, and allows of the collection of the melted sulphide without inter- 
rupting the fire, and, consequently, without loss of time or fuel. In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia 
it is directed to be melted in order to purify it from infusible substances; in the British, to be 
reduced to fine powder, to fit it for pharmaceutic use. In order to bring it to this state, it 
should be submitted to the process of levigation. (See Antimonii Sulphidum Purificatum.') 
Much of the “Black Antimony” of commerce has been shown by Prof. Warder to contain no 
antimony whatever, but to be simply powdered coal and marble, and such can be easily distin- 
guished by a rough test, as follows. Fill a dry, tared one-ounce bottle with the powder: after 
shaking it down it will be found that it will hold two and a quarter ounces of powdered black 
antimony, but only one and a quarter ounces of powdered coal. (Proc. A. P. A., 1885, p. 479 ; 
see, also, S. W. McKeown’s paper, Proc. Ohio State Pharm. Assoc., 1885.) 
Properties. Antimony sulphide is mostly prepared in France and Germany. It is called, 
in commerce, antimony, or crude antimony, and occurs in fused conical masses, denominated 
loaves. “ Steel-gray masses of a metallic lustre and a striated crystalline fracture, forming a 
black or grayish-black, lustreless powder, without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. In- 
soluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid with the evolution of hydrogen 
sulphide. At a temperature below a red heat, the Sulphide fuses to a dark brown liquid. If 
1 Gm. of the powdered Sulphide be digested and finally boiled with 10 C.c. of hydrochloric 
acid, it should dissolve without leaving more than 1 per cent, of residue. This acid solution, 
completely deprived of hydrogen sulphide by boiling, yields, when added to water, a white 
precipitate, which is soluble in a solution of tartaric acid. After the separation of the pre- 
cipitate by filtration, the filtrate yields an orange-red precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test- 
solution.” U. S. The quality of the sulphide cannot well be judged of, except in mass ; hence 
it ought never to be bought in powder. Arsenic, which is often present in considerable quan- 
tities, may be detected by the usual tests for that metal. (See Acidum Arsenosum, p. 19.) 
The official antimony sulphide is a tersulphide consisting of two atoms of antimony and 
three of sulphur. When prepared by pulverization and levigation, it is in the form of an 
insoluble powder, without taste or smell, usually of a dull blackish color, but reddish brown 
when perfectly pure. By exposure to the air, it absorbs, according to Buchner, a portion of 
oxygen, and becomes partially converted into teroxide. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This preparation is very uncertain in its operation, 
and ought not to be used in practical medicine. It has, however, been employed as a dia- 
phoretic and alterative in scrofula, glandular obstructions, cutaneous diseases, and chronic rheu- 
matism. It is used in the United States solely in veterinary practice. The dose is from ten 
to thirty grains (0-65—1-95 Gm.), in powder or bolus. PART I. 
Antimonii Sulphidum Purijicatum.—Antimonium Sulphuratum. 
185 
ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM PURIFICATUM. U. S. (Br.) Purified Anti- 
mony Sulphide. [Purified Antimony Trisulphide.] 
Sb2S3; 335*14. (Xn-ti-mo'ni-! sul'pht-dum pu-ri-fi-ca'tum.) Sb2S3; 336. 
“ Native antimonious sulphide, Sb2S3, from which siliceous matter has been removed by 
fusion, reduced to fine powder, and, if any salt of arsenium be present, purified by digesting 
with half its weight of solution of ammonia for several days, washing and drying.’ Br. 
Antimonium Nigrum Purificatum, Br.; Antimonious Sulphide; Purified Black Antimony. 
“ Antimony Sulphide, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Ammonia Water, 
fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 5£ fluidrachms] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. Reduce 
the Antimony Sulphide to a very fine powder. Separate the coarser particles by elutriation, 
and, when the finely-divided sulphide has been deposited, pour off the water, add the Ammonia 
Water, and macerate for five days in a well-closed vessel, agitating the mixture frequently. 
Then let the powder settle, pour off the Ammonia Water, and wash the residue by repeated 
affusion and decantation of Water. Finally dry the product by the aid of a gentle heat.” U. S. 
The test for arsenum is as follows. “ If one grain be dissolved in hydrochloric acid, and 
the solution, slightly diluted, be gently warmed with a piece of bright copper foil, the copper 
being washed, dried, and heated in a dry, narrow test-tube, no crystalline sublimate (of arse- 
nous anhydride) should form on the upper cool part of the tube.” Br. (1885). 
These are new official processes, which are intended to furnish a black antimony sulphide 
better fitted for the manufacture of the official preparations of antimony and for internal ad- 
ministration. Copper, a common impurity in the crude sulphide, is rendered soluble by the 
water of ammonia, whilst the subsequent washing and decantation effectually remove all 
soluble impurities. (See Antimonii Sutyhidum.) 
Properties. “ A heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder, without odor or taste, and per- 
manent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid with the 
evolution of hydrogen sulphide. At a temperature below a red heat it fuses to a dark brown 
liquid.” US. 
Tests. “ If 1 Cm. of the Sulphide be digested, and finally boiled, with 10 C.c. of hydro- 
chloric acid, it should dissolve without leaving more than 1 per cent, of residue. This acid 
solution, completely deprived of hydrogen sulphide by boiling, yields, when added to water, a 
white precipitate, which is soluble in a solution of tartaric acid. After the separation of the 
precipitate by filtration, the filtrate yields an orange-red precipitate with hydrogen sulphide 
test-solution. If 2 Gm. of the Sulphide be mixed and cautiously ignited, in a porcelain cruci- 
ble, with 8 Gm. of pure sodium nitrate, and, after cooling, the fused mass be boiled with 25 
C.c. of water, there will remain a residue which should be white or nearly so, and not yellowish 
nor brownish (absence of other metallic sulphides'). On boiling the filtrate separated from the 
last-mentioned residue with a slight excess of nitric acid, until no more nitrous vapors are 
evolved, then dissolving in it 0-1 Gm. of silver nitrate, filtering again if necessary, and cau- 
tiously pouring a few drops of ammonia water on top, not more than a white cloud, but no red 
or reddish precipitate, should appear at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more 
than about 0-l per cent, of arsenic)." U. S. “A grayish-black crystalline powder decomposed 
on boiling with hydrochloric acid, an almost clear solution being formed and hydrogen sulphide 
escaping. The solution affords the reactions characteristic of antimony. It should not yield 
more than slight characteristic reactions with the tests for arsenium.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This preparation, introduced into the Pharmacopoeias 
for pharmaceutical purposes, should not be used in medical practice. 
ANTIMONIUM SULPHURATUM. U. S., Br. Sulphurated Antimony. 
[Kermes Mineral.] 
4XN-TI-M0'NI-UH SUL-PHU-RA'TUM.) 
“ Chiefly Antimony Trisulphide [Sb2S3 = 335-14], with a very small amount of Antimony 
Trioxide.” U. S. “ A mixture containing antimony sulphides and oxides, Sb2S6,Sb206,Sb2S3,- 
Sb,06, and sulphur.” Br. 
Antimonii Oxysulphuretum, Lond.; Antimonii Sulphuretum Aureutn, Ed.; Precipitated Sulphide of Antimony; 
Stibium Sulfuratum Aurantiacum, P.G.; Sulphur Stibiatum Aurantiacum, Sulphur Auratum Antimonii; Golden 
Sulphuret of Antimony, Golden Sulphur; Soufre dor6 d’Antimoine, Fr.; Goldschwefel, G. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 added the synonyme “ Kermes Mineral” to this prepara- 
tion, intending that this should be used when that was ordered in prescriptions. 
“ Purified Antimony Sulphide, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Solution 
of Soda, twelve hundred cubic centimeters [or 40 fluidounces, 4 fluidrachms, 37 minims] ; Dis- Antimonium Sulphuratum. 
PART I. 
186 
tilled Water, Diluted Sulphuric Acid, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Purified Antimony 
Sulphide with the Solution of Soda and three thousand cubic centimeters [or about 61 pints] of 
Distilled Water, and boil the mixture over a gentle fire for two hours, with frequent stirring, 
and occasionally adding Distilled Water so as to preserve the same volume. Strain the liquid 
immediately through a double muslin strainer, and drop into it, while yet hot, Diluted Sul- 
phuric Acid so long as it produces a precipitate. Wash the precipitate with hot Distilled Water 
until the washings are at most but very slightly clouded by barium chloride test-solution ; then 
dry the precipitate at a temperature not exceeding 25° C. (77° F.), and rub it to a fine 
powder. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
“ Antimonious Sulphide, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Sublimed Sulphur, 10 
ounces (Imp.) or 200 grammes; Caustic Soda, of commerce, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Distilled Water, of each a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the caustic 
soda in Jive pints (Imp. meas.) or two thousand cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; with 
this solution mix the Antimonious Sulphide and the Sublimed Sulphur; boil for two hours 
with frequent stirring, adding Distilled Water occasionally to maintain the same volume ; then, 
while the whole is still hot, add nine pints (Imp. meas.) or three thousand six hundred cubic 
centimetres of boiling Distilled Water; strain the product through calico ; before the strained 
liquid cools add to it by degrees the Diluted Sulphuric Acid till the latter is in slight excess; 
collect the precipitate on a calico filter; wash with Distilled Water till the washings are free 
from sulphates; dry at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. 
There are three preparations containing antimony and sulphur,—viz., the amorphous precipi- 
tated antimony sulphide, Sb2S3, which while orange-red in color corresponds to the black 
native sulphide; a reddish-brown mixture known as “ kermes mineral,” which contains both 
antimony sulphide and oxide, and has an average composition (Sb2S3)2 -f- Sb203; * and the 
* Antimonii Oxysulphuretum:. U. tS'. 1870. Oxyvulphuret of Antimony. Kermes Mineral. Kermes mineral was 
official in 1870. The following is the process. “Take of Sulphuret of Antimony, in very fine powder, a tr oy ounce ; 
Carbonate of Sodium twenty-three troy ounces ; Water sixteen pints. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in the Water 
previously heated to the boiling point, and, having added the Sulphuret of Antimony, boil for an hour. Then filter 
rapidly into a warm earthen vessel, cover this closely, and allow the liquid to cool slowly. At the end of twenty- 
four hours, decant the supernatant liquid, drain the precipitate on a filter, wash it with boiled water previously 
allowed to become cold, and dry it without heat. Lastly, preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle, protected 
from the light.” U. S. A useless preparation, on account of its uncertainty of action. 
Kermes mineral, according to ThSnard, may be obtained by treating antimony tersulphide in three ways: 1st, 
with a boiling solution of the carbonated alkalies, 2d, with a boiling solution of the caustic alkalies, and, 3d, with the 
carbonated alkalies at a red heat. These several processes give brown powders, which vary in their shade of color, 
and which, though usually considered as identical, differ in composition. The kermes obtained by means of the 
carbonated alkalies in solution is an oxysulphide, that is, a compound of hydrated antimony tersulphide with the 
teroxide; while the product when either the caustic alkalies in solution or the carbonated alkalies at a red heat 
are used is essentially a hydrated tersulphide, though containing occasionally a little oxysulphide. It is the first 
of these methods that was adopted in the U. S. process of 1870. It is, in fact, the formula of Cluzel (see IT. S. D., 
11th ed., p. 926), and is substantially that of the French Codex of 1837. 
The rationale of the formation of kermes by this process is as follows. A portion of the sodium carbonate is 
converted, by a transfer of carbonic acid, into caustic soda and sesquicarbonate. By a double decomposition taking 
place between a part of the antimony tersulphide and the caustic soda, sodium sulphide and antimony teroxide are 
formed. The undecomposed portion of the tersulphide then dissolves in the solution of sodium sulphide, and the 
teroxide in that of the remaining sodium carbonate. The tersulphide and teroxide, being both more soluble in these 
menstrua hot than cold, precipitate together as the liquid cools, and constitute this variety of kermes. Thus ob- 
tained it is light, velvety, of a dark reddish-purple color, brilliant in the sun, and of a crystalline appearance. It 
consists, according to M. Henry, jun., of antimony tersulphide 62*5, teroxide 27*4, water 10, and soda a trace; pro- 
portions which correspond most nearly with two mols. of tersulphide, one of teroxide, and six of water. From the 
presence of so large a proportion of antimony teroxide in this variety of kermes, it must be far more active than 
the other kinds, and ought, therefore, to be preferred for medical use. 
Kermes, when obtained by means of the caustic alkalies, may be formed by the use of either potassa or soda. 
When the former alkali is selected, it may be prepared by boiling, for a quarter of an hour, two parts of antimony 
tersulphide with one part of caustic potassa dissolved in twenty-five or thirty parts of water, filtering the liquor, 
and allowing it to cool; whereupon the kermes precipitates. In this process one portion of the tersulphide, by 
reacting with a part of the potassa, gives rise to antimony teroxide and potassium sulphide. A second portion 
dissolves in the solution of potassium sulphide formed, and a third forms an insoluble compound with a part of the 
teroxide. The remainder of the teroxide unites with the undecomposed potassa, forming a compound which, being 
but sparingly soluble, is only in part dissolved. The hot filtered liquor, therefore, contains this compound dissolved 
in water, and antimony tersulphide dissolved in the solution of potassium sulphide. By refrigeration, the tersul- 
phide in a hydrated state falls down, free or nearly free from teroxide, this latter being still held in solution by 
means of the caustic alkali. 
Kermes may be obtained by the third method, that is, in the dry way, by the use of the carbonated alkalies at a 
red heat. If potassium carbonate’*' be selected, the process is as follows. Rub together two parts of antimony ter- 
sulphide and one of potassium carbonate, fuse the mixture in a crucible by a red heat, reduce the fused mass to 
* According to the researches of M. A. Terreil (Journ. de Pharm., 4e s6r., xix. 131), potassium carbonate if absolutely 
pure will not yield kermes by the moist way, but by the dry way will give a larger yield than will sodium carbonate. PART I. 
Antimonium Sulphuratum. 
187 
golden sulphide, which is antimonic sulphide, Sb2S6, and is obtained by decomposing sulph- 
antimonates like Schlippes salt (SbS4Na3) by the addition of a strong mineral acid. 
The first of these may be obtained by dissolving the powdered native sulphide in caustic 
potash solution with the aid of heat, and then adding to this solution, which contains the 
antimony combined as potassium antimonite and sulph-antimonite, sulphuric acid, when a 
reddish precipitate is formed which dries to a reddish-brown powder. 
The second may be obtained by boiling the native sulphide or the red amorphous sulphide 
just described with sodium carbonate, and then allowing the compound to settle out from the 
hot filtered liquid as it cools. 
The third may be obtained by first forming a sulph-antimonate by boiling finely-powdered 
antimony sulphide and caustic soda with sulphur (or sodium carbonate and chalk instead of 
the caustic soda), and then adding the solution of this to dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, 
when yellow Sb„S6 separates, according to the reaction 
2(SbS4Na + 9HaO) + 3HaS04 = 3Na2S04 + Sb2S6 + 3H2S + 18H20. 
Ten parts of Schlippe’s salt yield in theory 4-17 parts of antimony pentasulphide. The 
U. S. sulphurated antimony belongs to the first kind above mentioned, the British (1898) to 
the third variety. E. G-. Eberhardt recommends the more direct preparation of sulphurated 
antimony by treating the native sulphide with hydrochloric acid and precipitating the solution 
with hydrogen sulphide. The objection that arsenic might be found in the product was met 
by an examination which showed that traces of arsenic present were not more than when the 
official process had been employed. (J.. J. P., 1886, p. 229.) The color of sulphurated anti- 
mony or kermes mineral is influenced by porphyrization, with the admixture of a little sugar 
or gum ; if hastily porphyrized, the mixture has a violet tint; if carefully and slowly, it has 
a russet color. 
Properties of the Precipitated Antimony Sulphide. (Sulphurated Antimony, U.S., 
Br.) “ An amorphous, reddish-brown powder, becoming lighter in color on exposure to light, 
and having neither odor nor taste. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric 
acid with the evolution of hydrogen sulphide. When heated in a dry test-tube, it emits 
moisture and leaves a black residue. If 1 Gm. of Sulphurated Antimony be gently heated 
with 10 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, it should dissolve, with the exception of a slight residue, 
which, when washed and dried, should burn on the application of a flame with the character- 
istic odor of sulphur, leaving not more than a scanty ash. The acid solution, completely de- 
prived of hydrogen sulphide by boiling, yields, when added to water, a white precipitate, 
which, after being washed and dried, should weigh not less than 85 per cent, of the original 
weight of the sulphide. The liquid filtered from this precipitate yields an orange-red precipi- 
tate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution. If 1 Gm. of Sulphurated Antimony be shaken with 
20 C.c. of hot water, the filtrate should be neutral to test-paper, should not be rendered more 
than slightly opalescent by barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate), or silver nitrate 
test-solution (limit of chloride), and should not be affected by ammonium oxalate test-solution 
(absence of calcium). When tested for arsenic, as described under Purified Antimony Sul- 
phide, it should afford no reaction beyond the limit prescribed for the latter.” U. S. “A dufi- 
red powder, readily dissolved by solution of sodium hydroxide, also by hot hydrochloric acid with 
the evolution of hydrogen sulphide and the separation of sulphur. 3 grammes moistened and 
warmed with successive portions of nitric acid until red fumes cease to be evolved, and then 
dried and heated to redness, should leave a white residue weighing about 2 grammes. Sul- 
phurated Antimony should not yield more than the slightest characteristic reactions with the 
tests for arsenium.” Br. Water in which this preparation has been boiled should not yield a 
white precipitate with ammonium oxalate. The non-action of this test shows the absence of 
powder, boil it with water, and straip. As the strained liquor cools, the kermes is deposited. The rationale of its 
formation is nearly the same with that of the formation of the second variety of kermes. An inferior kermes, pre- 
pared in the dry way, and intended for use in veterinary medicine, is directed in the French Codex of 1837 to be 
prepared by fusing together, well mixed, 500 parts of antimony tersulphide, 1000 of potassium carbonate, and 30 of 
washed sulphur, reducing the fused mass to powder, and boiling it with 10,000 parts of water. The liquor, upon 
cooling, lets fall the kermes, which must be washed with care and dried. 
Kermes mineral, as usually found in commerce, is an insipid, inodorous powder, of a purplish-brown color, and 
soft and velvety to the touch. By the action of air and light it gradually becomes lighter colored, and at last yellow- 
ish white. It is readily and wholly dissolved by hydrochloric acid, with escape of hydrogen sulphide gas, and is 
partly soluble in a hot solution of potassa, leaving a residue soluble in tartaric acid. It is sometimes adulterated with 
ferric oxide. In Paris, in 1849, a number of the shops contained a spurious kermes of very handsome appearance 
which was little else than this oxide. Kermes mineral first came into use as a remedy in France about the beginning 
of the last century. Its mode of preparation was possessed as a secret by a French surgeon named La Ligerie. In 
1720 the recipe was purchased by the French government and made public. Antimonium Sulphuratum.—Apocynum. 
188 
PART I. 
lime. When pure, precipitated antimony sulphide is completely soluble in a hot solution of 
potassa ; but, as it is found in commerce, a white matter is usually left undissolved. When 
boiled with a solution of cream of tartar, about 12 per cent, of teroxide is dissolved; but, 
according to II. llose, this method of determining the proportion of the teroxide cannot be 
relied on. Exposed to heat it takes fire, and burns with a greenish-blue flame, giving off 
sulphurous acid, while the metal remains behind in the state of a grayish oxide. 
The London precipitated antimony sulphide, as analyzed by Mr. Phillips, consisted, in the 
100 parts, of tersulphide 76-5, teroxide 12, and water 11*5; proportions corresponding nearly 
with five mols. of tersulphide, one of teroxide, and fifteen of water. It usually contained a 
portion of pentasulphide, as shown by the action of hydrochloric acid, which, when heated 
with this antimonial, forms the terchloride with disengagement of sulphur. (Gmelins Hand- 
book, iv. 989.) Its active ingredient is the teroxide ; and in reference to its presence the 
London College called the preparation oxysulphuret of antimony. The Edinburgh College 
named it incorrectly golden sulplmret of antimony ; this name being properly applicable to the 
precipitate produced by the sole action of acids, and not to that obtained by the action of acids 
and refrigeration conjointly. 
Mr. John Moss asserted before the London Pharmaceutical Society that the British process 
always yields a dark reddish or reddish-brown powder, but that the kermes mineral in English 
commerce is golden yellow or yellowish red, and must be prepared by some other method. He 
was confirmed by Profs. Bedwood and Attfield ; the latter explaining that the official kermes 
contains antimony tersulphide, the commercial, antimony pentasulphide. 
Medical Properties. Precipitated antimony sulphide (sulphurated antimony) is alterative, 
diaphoretic, and emetic. It is, however, an uncertain medicine, and is very little used. In 
combination with calomel and guaiac (Plummer s pill), it was formerly employed in secondary 
syphilis and cutaneous eruptions. (See Pilulse Antimonii Compositse.) During its use the patient 
should abstain from acidulous drinks. Its dose as an alterative is from one to two grains 
(0-064 to 0-129 Gm.), given twice a day, in the form of pill; as an emetic, from five grains to 
a scruple (0-323 to 1-29 Gin.). 
Golden sulphide acts like kermes mineral, but is much weaker, and must be given in a larger 
dose. 
APOCYNUM. U.S. Apocynum. [Canadian Hemp.] 
(A-POQ'Y-NUM.) 
“ The root of Apocynum cannabinum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Apocynaceae).” U. S. 
Chanvre du Canada, Fr.; Canadische Ilanfwurzel, G. 
Gen. Gh. Calyx five-parted, the lobes acute. Corolla bell-shaped, five-cleft, bearing five tri- 
angular appendages in the throat opposite the lobes. Stamens five, inserted on the very base 
of the corolla. Filaments flat, shorter than the arrow-shaped anthers, which converge round 
the ovoid, obscurely two-lobed stigma, and are slightly adherent to it by their inner face. Style 
none. Stigma large, ovoid, slightly two-lobed. Fruit two long slender follicles. Gray's Manual. 
There are two indigenous species of this genus, A. cannabinum, L., and A. androssemifolium, 
L., of very similar general aspect. Both plants abound in a milky juice, and have a tough 
fibrous bark, which, by maceration, affords a substitute for hemp; hence the common name. 
In the official species the stems and branches are upright or ascending, terminated by erect 
and close, many-flowered cymes, which are usually shorter than the leaves, and the corolla 
has nearly erect lobes, with the tube not longer than the lanceolate divisions of the calyx. 
In A. androssemifolium the branches are divergently forked, the cymes loose and spreading, 
the open bell-shaped corolla with revolute lobes and a tube much longer than the ovate- 
pointed divisions of the calyx. The two plants grow together, although A. cannabinum seems 
to be proportionately more common in the West. A. androssemifolium was formerly included 
in the U. S. secondary list, but seems to have almost disappeared from the market. According 
to Mr. Edward A. Manheimer, its root can be distinguished from that of A. cannabinum on 
microscopic examination by the thick-walled bast-cells, which are arranged somewhat in a circle 
near the middle of the bark. (A. J. P., Nov. 1881. See also A. J. P., 1888.) Prof. C. B. 
Lowe (A. J. P., 1896) asserts that dogsbane (A. androssemifolium') is subject to frequent 
substitution by A. cannabinum, the latter being very abundant. 
The root of A. cannabinum is horizontal, five or six feet in length, about one-third of an 
inch thick, dividing near the end into branches which terminate abruptly, of a yellowish-brown 
color when young, but dark chestnut when old, of a strong odor, and a nauseous, somewhat 
acrid, permanently bitter taste. The internal or ligneous portion is yellowish white, and less PAET I. 
Apocynum.—Apomorphinse Hydrochloras. 
189 
bitter than the exterior or cortical part. “ Long, cylindrical, somewhat branched, 5 to 10 Mm. 
thick, gray or brownish-gray, longitudinally wrinkled and transversely fissured; brittle, frac- 
ture short, white; the bark rather thick; the wood porous, spongy, with delicate, medullary 
rays; inodorous; taste bitter, disagreeable.” U. S. The fresh root, when wounded, emits a 
milky juice, which concretes into a substance resembling caoutchouc. In the dried state, it is 
brittle and readily pulverized, affording a powder like that of ipecacuanha. Schmiedeberg 
and te Water (.Pjianzenstoffe, 2d ed., p. 1332) found two principles acting like digitalin: 
one, an amorphous resinous substance, not a glucoside, easily soluble in alcohol and ether, 
almost insoluble in water, which is called apocynin, and the other, a glucoside, easily 
soluble in water, which is known as apocynein. Neither of the principles gives any color 
reaction with sulphuric acid and bromine. The root yields its virtues to water and alcohol, 
but, according to Dr. G-riscom, more readily to the former. Prof. J. U. Lloyd noticed a white, 
tasteless, crystalline, waxy precipitate formed in a fluid extract of A. cannabinum. Von Oefele 
(Joum. Pharm. Elsass-Lothr., 1891, 325) describes apocynteine, an alkaloid obtained from A. 
venetum ; it is said to be a cardiac sedative. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Apocynum (or, as it is frequently improperly called, 
Indian Hemp) is powerfully emetic and cathartic, sometimes diuretic, and promotes diaphoresis 
and expectoration. It produces much nausea, diminishes the frequency of the pulse, and 
appears to induce drowsiness independently of the exhaustion consequent upon vomiting. 
According to D. A. Sokoloff (Medical Chronicle, Sept. 1888), apocynum, in sufficient dose, first 
stimulates the heart and the vaso-motor centres, causing a pronounced rise of the arterial 
pressure, and then acts as a paralyzant, producing a gradual fall of the pressure to zero. The 
disease in which apocynum has been found most beneficial is dropsy. From fifteen to thirty 
grains (1—1-95 dm.) of the powdered root will generally produce copious vomiting and purging. 
The decoction is a more convenient form for administration. It may be prepared by boiling 
half an ounce of the dried root in a pint and a half of water to a pint, of which from one to 
two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.) may be given twice or thrice daily, or more frequently. The 
watery extract, in doses of three or four grains (0-20-0-26 Gm.), three times a day, will 
generally act on the bowels. 
APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. (Br.) Apomorphine Hydro- 
chlorate. 
C17H17NO2, HC1; 302*79. (Xp-o-mor-phi'na: hy-dro-chloras.) Cn Hn N02, HC1; 303-4. 
“ The hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid prepared from morphine or codeine. It should 
be kept in small, dark amber-colored vials.” U. S. “ The hydrochloride, C17H17N02,HC1, of 
an alkaloid obtained by heating morphine hydrochloride or codeine hydrochloride in sealed 
tubes with hydrochloric acid.” Br. 
Apomorphinae Hydrochloridum, Br., Apomorphine Hydrochloride; Chlorhydrate d’Apomorphine, Fr.; Apo- 
morphinum llydrochloricuin, G.; Hydrochlorate of Apomorphine. 
Apomorphine was discovered by Dr. Matthiessen and Mr. C. A. Wright. It is prepared by 
heating morphine in a closed tube with a great excess of hydrochloric acid for two or three 
hours to the temperature of 140° to 150° C. The contents of the tube are then dissolved 
in water, an excess of sodium bicarbonate added, and the precipitate exhausted with ether or 
chloroform. On the addition to a solution of a very small quantity of hydrochloric acid, 
crystals of apomorphine chloride form. The process is one of dehydration; the morphine 
parting with one molecule of water, the formula of apomorphine being C17H17N02. Apomor- 
phine may also be made by the action of hydrochloric acid upon codeine, and it is affirmed 
that the best method in practice is that of E. Mayer, in which morphine is treated with a 
solution of zinc chloride, at 120° C. (Berichte d. Deutsch. Chem. Gesell., Berlin, 1871, iv. 121.) 
Codeine, C18H21N03, when treated with hydrochloric acid, yields first C18H20C1N02, and then 
splits off methyl chloride, CH3C1, and leaves apomorphine, C17H17N02. 
Properties. Apomorphine Hydrochlorate is usually in “ minute, grayish-white, shining, 
acicular crystals, without odor, having a faintly bitter taste, and acquiring a greenish tint upon 
exposure to light and air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 45 parts of water, and about 
45 parts of alcohol; very little soluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to near 100° C. 
(212° F.), the salt is decomposed, rapidly if in solution, slowly when dry. At 270° C. (518° F.) 
it fuses to a black mass, and, when ignited, it is consumed without leaving a residue. The salt 
is neutral to litmus paper. The crystals are colored blood-red to orange by nitric acid, tran- 190 
Apoinorphinse Hydrochloras.—Aquse. 
PART I. 
siently violet to light brown by sulphuric acid, dark purple to orange by a mixture of these acids. 
On shaking a few C.c. of the saturated, aqueous solution of the salt with a few small particles of 
manganese dioxide, the liquid acquires a green color, which is turned reddish-brown by adding 
some crystals of oxalic acid. If the oxalic acid be added to the solution first, and then a few 
small particles of manganese dioxide, the liquid will, upon agitation, assume a deep brownish-red 
color. Silver nitrate test-solution added to the aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white 
precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid, soon turning black by reduction to metallic silver, or instantly 
reduced by addition of ammonia water. Addition of sodium bicarbonate solution to the aqueous 
solution throws down the white amorphous alkaloid, which soon turns green on exposure to air, 
and imparts a violet or blue color to chloroform, in which it is very soluble (difference from 
morphine). If the salt impart, at once, an emerald-green color to 100 parts of water on being 
shaken with it a few times in a test-tube, it should be rejected.” U. S. “ Small, grayish-white, 
shining, acicular crystals, turning green on exposure to light and air, inodorous. Soluble in 
50 parts of water and more soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), the solutions being decomposed 
with production of a green color when they are boiled. Neutral or very feebly acid to solution 
of litmus. From solutions, solution of sodium bicarbonate throws down a precipitate which 
becomes green on standing and then forms a solution which is purple with ether, violet with 
chloroform, and bluish green with alcohol (90 per cent.). With dilute test-solution of ferric 
chloride it gives a deep red, and with nitric acid a blood-red coloration. If the salt impart an 
emerald-green color to 100 parts of water, after shaking the mixture, it should be rejected.” 
Br. The alkaloid is colored dark red by nitric acid and rose-red by ferric chloride, changing 
to violet, and finally black, on exposure. The aqueous and alcoholic solutions are at first color- 
less, but change rapidly to greenish, finally becoming deep emerald-green in color. This change 
in color has been attributed to oxidation, and it has been noticed that the solution on standing 
loses its power: for this reason it is best not to keep the solution, but to make it as wanted. 
Mr. C. Bernbeck affirms that the change in the solution to a green color may be prevented 
by the addition of a small quantity of hydrochloric acid, the green coloration being due to 
ammonia. {Pharm. Zeitung, 1885.) According to Max Quehl and II. Koehler, apomorphine 
is precipitated from its solutions greenish by tannic acid, lemon-yellow by picric acid, bluish 
white, and turning to sap-green on boiling, by copper sulphate, purplish hy gold chloride, 
white, turning to blackish violet on boiling, by potassium ferricyanide, blood-red by iodine in 
solution of potassium iodide, the precipitate disappearing on boiling, white and curdy by 
potassium sulphocyanate. (A. J. P., 1873, p. 166.) With potassium bichromate and concen- 
trated sulphuric acid it turns a dark red ; with the potassium salt alone, a deep yellow-orange; 
with neutral iron chloride, an amethyst color. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Apomorphine hydrochlorate was first brought forward 
as a prompt and safe emetic by Dr. Glee. It has the great advantages of smallness of dose and 
freedom from irritating properties, so that it can he used hypodermically. When from to 
y of a grain (0-004-0-006 6m.) of it is injected under the skin of a man, in from 5 to 20 
minutes free emesis usually occurs; the dose may be repeated at intervals if necessary. The 
effects upon the general system are usually not marked; but in some cases very alarming syn- 
copal symptoms have been produced, and death is said to have resulted from -Jy of a grain (0-004 
Gm.) in a feeble adult worn out with chronic bronchitis and emphysema. {Med. Rec., 1877, p. 
664.) According to Harnack, young children bear the remedy very badly. Apomorphine 
hydrochlorate is a valuable sedative expectorant, useful whenever it is desired to produce re- 
laxation and increase of secretion. As an emetic, it has been employed in narcotic poisoning, 
to dislodge foreign bodies from the oesophagus, in suffocative catarrh, etc. Very alarming symp- 
toms have followed the use of a solution which has undergone change, and fresh solutions only 
should be administered. Under no circumstances should more than 1 of a grain (0.016 Gm.) 
be given at a dose ; the expectorant dose is from -A- to of a grain (0-004 to 0-005 Gm.), 
administered every two or three hours, by the mouth. 
AQUiE. Medicated Waters. 
(A'QUjE—a'kwe.) 
Aquae Destillatae; Distilled Waters, E.; Eaux distillees, Hydrolats, Fr.; Destillirte Wasser, 0. 
Under this head are included, in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, all preparations consisting of 
water holding volatile or gaseous substances in solution, many of which were formerly obtained 
by distillation, and some of which still continue to he so. They include the preparations for- PART i. 
Aquse. 
191 
merly specially designated as “ Distilled Waters,” having been made by distilling water from 
plants or parts of plants containing volatile oil. 
The Distilled Waters, as thus defined, hold a much more prominent position in the pharmacy 
of Europe, particularly of continental Europe, than in that of the United States; and a great 
deal of thought and elaborate investigation has been bestowed there upon the various condi- 
tions calculated to furnish the best products in the most convenient method. It would be 
doing injustice to the subject not to give it a distinct consideration in a work like the present. 
Many vegetables impart to water distilled from them their peculiar flavor, and more or less 
of their medical properties. The Distilled Waters chiefly used are those prepared from aro- 
matic plants, the volatile oils of which rise with the aqueous vapor and are condensed with it 
in the receiver. But as water is capable of holding but a small proportion of the oil in 
•solution, these preparations are generally feeble, and are employed chiefly as pleasant vehicles 
or corrigents of other medicines. 
In the preparation of the Distilled Waters, dried plants are sometimes used, because the 
fresh are not to be had at all seasons; but the latter, at least in the instance of herbs and 
flowers, should be preferred if attainable. Flowers which lose their odor by desiccation may 
be preserved by incorporating them intimately with one-third of their weight of common salt, 
and in this state afford Distilled Waters of delicate flavor. Some pharmacists prefer to em- 
ploy the salted flowers in certain instances, believing that the waters distilled from them keep 
better than when prepared from the fresh flowers. Mr. C. R. Tichborne has discovered a 
method of preserving flowers which is said to answer even better than the use of salt. It 
consists simply in immersing the fresh flowers in glycerin, which preserves them with all their 
aromatic properties wholly unimpaired. The flowers, as of the elder, rose, and orange, should 
be gathered after full expansion, and packed firmly in wide-mouthed bottles or jars, but without 
crushing them. The glycerin is then to be poured on until it covers them, and the vessel 
closed. Mr. Tichborne has kept flowers in this way for two years, and at the end of that time 
procured from them distilled waters, of which the perfume has equalled that of the waters 
prepared from recent flowers. It is not necessary that the glycerin should be perfectly pure; 
but it should be without smell. (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., vii. 135.) 
The idea at one time prevailed, to a considerable extent, that Waters kept better distilled 
from dried herbs than from fresh; and the opinion was true in regard to those prepared with 
the defective alembics of former times and by a naked fire; but experiment has sufficiently 
established the fact that, with a suitable apparatus, and a regular heat, the fresh herbs yield 
products which, while they have a more agreeable odor of the plant, keep quite as well as 
those from dried herbs. 
It is necessary to observe certain practical rules in conducting the process of distillation. 
When the substance employed is dry, hard, and fibrous, it should be mechanically divided, and 
macerated in water for a short time previous to the operation. The quantity of materials 
should not bear too large a proportion to the capacity of the alembic, as the water might other- 
wise boil over into the receiver. The water should be brought quickly to the state of ebulli- 
tion, and continued in that state till the end of the process. Care should be taken to leave 
sufficient water undistilled to cover the whole of the vegetable matter; lest a portion of the 
latter, coming in contact with the sides of the vessel, might be decomposed by the heat, and 
yield empyreumatic products. Besides, when the operation is urged too vigorously, or carried 
too far, a slimy matter is apt to form, which adheres to the sides of the still above the water, 
and is thus exposed to igneous decomposition. To obviate these disadvantages, the heat may 
be applied by means of an oil-bath, regulated by a thermometer, or of a bath of solution of 
calcium chloride, by which any temperature may be obtained between 100° C. (212° F.) and 
132-2° C. (270° F.), according to the strength of the solution; or, when the process is con- 
ducted upon a large scale, by njeans of steam introduced under pressure into 
a space around the still. To prevent the disagreeable effects of charring, and 
the excessive empyreumatic odor frequently noticed in distilled waters, caused 
by the solid contents of the still coming into direct contact with the heated 
bottom, we have devised an expedient which prevents the herb from touching 
the bottom and yet permits the water and steam to have free access to all parts 
of it. (See Pharmaceutical Still, under Extracta.') A hemispherical No. 12 
sieve of copper with a handle and loosely-fitting lid is filled with the herb and 
placed in the water in the still. If the bottom of the still be flat or nearly so, the rounded 
bottom of the cage must have a very slight point of contact, and thus charring will be pre- 192 
Aquae. 
PART I. 
vented. A convenient mode of applying heat by steam is by means of a coil of leaden tube 
placed in the bottom of the still, having one end connected with a boiler, and the other passing 
out beneath or at the side, and furnished with a stop cock, by which the pressure may be 
increased or the condensed water drawn off at will. If any volatile oil float upon the surface 
of the Distilled Water, it may be separated.* 
From a series of experiments made in Paris in reference to the best mode of applying heat, 
it was concluded that as regards the great majority of aromatics the direct application of 
steam was preferable, because the Distilled Waters prepared by means of it have a freshness 
of aroma that is wanting in the others, are always free from the odor of the still, are much 
more limpid, are less apt to deposit mucilaginous matter, and keep better; but that exceptions 
to the general rule are afforded by bitter almonds, cherry-laurel leaves, mustard, and horse- 
radish, in all of which the oil does not pre-exist in the plant, but is formed upon contact with 
water; by woods, barks, and roots, the tissue of which cannot be sufficiently penetrated by 
steam; and by roses. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1861, p. 364.) Later experiments have led to 
the conclusion that even these substances are most advantageously treated by distillation with 
steam, and that, in fact, there is no exception to the rule. 
But, however carefully the process may be conducted, the Distilled Waters prepared from 
plants always have at first an unpleasant smoky odor. They may be freed from this by ex- 
posure for a short time to the air before being enclosed in well-stopped bottles, in which they 
should be preserved. When long kept, a viscid ropy matter is apt to form in them, and they 
become sour. This result has been ascribed to other principles, which rise with the oil in dis- 
tillation and promote its decomposition. To prevent this decomposition, rectified spirit is 
sometimes added to the water employed in its distillation. But this addition is inadequate, 
and is in fact injurious, as the alcohol by long exposure to the air undergoes the acetous fer- 
mentation. A better plan is to redistil the Waters. When thus purified, it is said that they 
may be kept for several years unchanged. 
Robiquet considered the mucosi'ty which forms in Distilled Waters to be the result of a 
vegetative process, for which the presence of air is essential. He has found that so long as 
the water is covered with a layer of essential oil it undergoes no change, but that the oil is 
gradually altered by exposure to the air, and, as soon as it disappears, the water begins to be 
decomposed. He states that camphor exercises the same preservative influence over the Dis- 
tilled Waters by resisting the vegetation, and that those in which the odor of camphor is 
developed keep better on that account. Finally, he has observed that the more Distilled 
Water is charged with volatile oil, the more abundant is the mucosity when it has begun to 
form. Robiquet unites with Henry and Guibourt, and with Virey, in recommending that all 
these waters, when intended to be kept for a considerable time, should be introduced, immedi- 
ately after distillation, into bottles of a size proportionate to the probable consumption of the 
water when brought into use; and that the bottles should be quite filled, and then sealed or 
otherwise well stopped, so as entirely to exclude the air. It is best that they should be small, 
and be closed with well-fitting glass stoppers. Thus treated, the Waters may be preserved 
without change for many years. (Journ. de Pharm., xxi. 402.) This view is opposed to the 
experience of large producers of Distilled Waters ; we have seen at Grasse hundreds of carboys 
stored away, containing distilled rose and orange flower waters, not only uncorked, but having 
only a thin piece of muslin laid over the lips to exclude dust. We were informed by the dis- 
tillers that the waters retained their qualities unimpaired for years far better when treated in 
this way than if stoppered tightly. We have frequently noticed microscopic plants belonging 
to the Confervoidese in the Distilled Waters contained in shop bottles standing on the shelves 
in the dispensing room, and if it be desired to keep Distilled Waters, the only sure way is to 
destroy the spores and prevent the admission of fresh ones by placing the bottles filled to the 
lip with the Distilled Water into a bath of boiling water, and, when thoroughly sterilized by 
heating, corking and sealing.f 
* This direction is generally given; but, in a communication to the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, 
Haselden recommends the excess of oil to be well shaken with the water, and the whole to be transferred to the 
stock vessel, where it may be allowed to rest, and the oil to separate. He thinks the water keeps better when thus 
treated; and the full strength is always insured. The stock vessel he prefers made of stoneware, and furnished 
with a tap placed two inches from the bottom, whereby the water may be drawn off clear when wanted for the 
ordinary shop bottles; the oil rising to the top, or sinking to the bottom, according to its sp. gr. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 
14, 15.) 
f It is of some importance to know the proportion which the aromatic submitted to distillation ought to bear to 
the amount of Distilled Water obtained. The following statement upon this point, based upon experiments, is con- 
tained in the Journ. de Pharm. (Mai, 1861, p. 367). Fresh aromatic plants requiring one part of the plant for one PART I. 
Aquae. 
193 
Another mode of preparing the Distilled Waters is to substitute the volatile oil, previously 
separated from the plant, for the plant itself in the process. This mode is directed in the 
British Pharmacopoeia in several instances. It is said to afford a more permanent product 
than the preceding, but does not always preserve the flavor of the plant. 
In relation to most of the aromatic waters, the U. S. Pharmacopoeia formerly directed that 
water should be impregnated with the volatile oil by trituration with magnesium carbonate, 
and subsequently filtered. This was by far the most simple and easy process. The resulting 
solution is nearly pure and permanent, and is perfectly transparent, the magnesium carbonate 
being separated by the filtration. Magnesium carbonate is preferable to the pure earth, as the 
latter sometimes gives a brownish color to the liquid, and requires to be used in larger propor- 
tion. But both these substances are dissolved in minute quantities, and are apt to occasion a 
slight flocculent precipitate. They may also possibly prove injurious by decomposing certain 
substances given in very small doses, as salts of the alkaloids, mercury bichloride, and silver 
nitrate. The object of the magnesia or its carbonate is simply to enable the oil to be brought 
to a state of minute division, and thus presented with a larger surface to the action of the 
solvent. Precipitated calcium phosphate has been used as a substitute for magnesium carbon- 
ate, but this has been shown to be slightly soluble in water; notwithstanding this objection, 
its use is sanctioned by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890. W. S. Thompson, of Washington, 
D.C., suggested the use of absorbent cotton as being free from all of these objections, and his 
views were substantially adopted by the Committee of Bevision of the Pharmacopoeia of 
1880. Mr. E. V. Zoeller proposes to use a hand cotton-card to aid in pulling the filaments of 
cotton apart when a large quantity of medicated water is needed. (New Rem., 1883, p. 56.) 
Experience has shown, however, that the use of an insoluble powder to effect the minute 
division of the particles of oil, so as to present a large surface to the solvent, is a more prac- 
tical and convenient method of making medicated waters. According to Mr. Bobert Waring- 
ton, this object maybe better accomplished by porcelain clay, finely-powdered glass or pumice- 
stone, which are wholly insoluble; and the London College employed finely-powdered silica for 
the purpose. Talcum or soapstone in powder, purified by washing with diluted hydrochloric 
acid, has been adopted by the Committee on National Formulary (1888). (See Talcum Puriji- 
catum, Part II.; also paper recommending it by Prof. Curtman, Proc. A. P. A., 1887.) A 
very good way to make medicated waters when a volatile oil is directed, is that proposed by 
Percival, which is to heat the water required, pour it in a bottle and add the oil, cork tightly, 
shake occasionally until cool, then pour off and filter; this secures a medicated water free from 
foreign substances, and a saturated solution ; most oils being more soluble in hot than in cold 
water. The Dublin College prepared its Waters by agitating an alcoholic solution of the oil 
with distilled water, and filtering. They consequently contained alcohol, and were liable to 
the objection, already mentioned, against the medicated waters thus impregnated. They were, 
besides, feeble in the properties of their respective oils. In the preparation of the aromatic 
waters by these processes, it is very important that the waters should be pure. The presence 
of a sulphate causes a decomposition of the oil, resulting in the production of hydrogen sul- 
phide and a carbonate; and the aromatic properties are quite lost. (See A. J. P., xix. 303.) 
Hence the propriety of the official direction to employ distilled water* 
The Distilled Waters are liable to contain various metallic impurities, derived from the 
vessels in which they are prepared or preserved. The metallic salts which have been found in 
them are those of iron, zinc, copper, and lead. With potassium ferrocyanide, iron will give a 
blue color, zinc and lead white precipitates, and copper a rose color followed by chestnut 
brown. Sodium sulphide causes with the salts of iron, copper, and lead, a brown discoloration 
more or less deep, followed by precipitates varying from brown to black ; with those of zinc a 
white precipitate. The Distilled Waters may be freed from these impurities by animal char- 
coal, previously well purified. The charcoal should be strongly shaken, eight or ten times in 
the course of a day, with the impure Water, which should then be allowed to rest, and the 
of product, wormwood, black cherry, scurvy-grass, hyssop, cherry-laurel, lavender, balm, mint, peach-leaves, roses, 
and sage;—fresh and dry aromatic plants requiring one part of the plant for two of product, bitter almonds, orange- 
flowers, melilot, horseradish, elder, and tansy ;—dry and very aromatic plants requiring one part of the plant for four 
of product, angelica, green anise, juniper berries, chamomile, canella, cascarilla, fennel, sassafras, linden flowers, and 
valerian. 
* Mr. Haselden prefers the process of distillation from the aromatic itself in the instances of dill, caraway, 
fennel, cinnamon, and pimento, which are not apt to afford to the distilled water such matter as may cause it to 
become sour; but he prefers trituration for peppermint, spearmint, and pennyroyal waters. He advises, however, 
that these waters should not be filtered, but prepared in quantity, allowed to settle, and drawn off as wanted. (P. J. 
Tr., xvi. 14, 15.) 194 
Aqua. 
PART I. 
next day be filtered. Five grains of the charcoal will be sufficient for a gallon of the Distilled 
Water. (Journ. de Pharm., Nov. 1862, p. 416.) The volatile oils may be recovered from the 
Waters containing them, or at least may be transferred to a spirituous menstruum, by mixing 
olive oil with the water, adding a little solution of potassa so as to form a soap, and a conse- 
quent emulsion with the liquid, and then neutralizing by an acid. The fixed oil will rise to the 
surface, bringing the volatile oil along with it. The latter may then be separated from the 
former by agitation with alcohol. (T. P. Groves, P. J. Tr., Feb. 1864.) 
AQUA. U.S. Water. 
“ Natural water in its purest attainable state.” U. S. 
Aqua communis, P. G.; *Y5<op, Gr.; Eau, Fr.; Wasser, G.; Acqua, It.; Agua, Sp. 
Water has always been included in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, on account of its great im- 
portance as a medical and pharmaceutical agent. It was not admitted into the official lists of 
the British Pharmacopoeias until 1839, when it was first recognized by the Edinburgh College, 
but it was dropped at the last revision of the British Pharmacopoeia. It is more or less con- 
cerned in almost all the changes which take place in inorganic matter, and is essential to the 
growth and existence of living beings, whether animal or vegetable. In treating of a sub- 
stance of such diversified agency, our limits will allow of a sketch only of its properties and 
modifications. We shall speak of it under the several heads of pure water, common water, and 
mineral waters. 
Pure Water. Water, in a pure state, is a transparent liquid, without color, taste, or 
smell. Its sp. gr. is assumed to be unity, and forms the term of comparison for that of solids 
and liquids. A cubic inch of it, at the temp, of 15-5° C. (60° F.), weighs very nearly 252-5 
grains. In the metric system the weight of 1 C.c. of distilled water taken at 4° C. (39-2° F.) 
is made equal to 1 gramme, the unit of weight in this system. It is compressible to a small 
extent, as was proved first by Canton, and afterwards, in an incontestable manner, by Perkins. 
Reduced in temp, to 0° C. (32° F.), it becomes a solid or ice, with the sp. gr. 0-9175 (Dufour, 
Comptes-Rendus, Juin, 1860) ; and raised to 100° C. (212° F.), an elastic fluid called steam. 
In the latter state its bulk is increased nearly 1700-fold, and its sp. gr. so far lessened as not 
to be much more than half that of atmospheric air. At the temp, of 4° C., or 39.2° F., its 
density is at the maximum; and consequently, setting out from that point, it is increased in 
bulk by being either heated or cooled. It has the power of dissolving more or less of all 
gases, including common air, the constituents of which are always present in natural water. 
It uniformly exists in the atmosphere, in the form of invisible vapor. 
Water consists of two atoms of hydrogen and one of oxygen ; or, in volumes, of two vol- 
umes of hydrogen and one volume of oxygen condensed into two volumes of aqueous vapor or 
steam. On these data, it is easy to calculate the sp. gr. of steam; which will be 0-0693 (sp. 
gr. of hydrogen)-j-0-5528 (half the sp. gr. of oxygen) = 0-6221. 
Common Water. By reason of its extensive solvent powers, water, in its natural state, 
must be more or less contaminated with foreign matter. Thus, it becomes variously impreg- 
nated, according to the nature of the strata through which it percolates. When the foreign 
substances present are in so small an amount as not materially to alter its taste and other 
sensible qualities, it constitutes the different varieties of common water. 
There are almost innumerable shades of difference in common water, as obtained from dif- 
ferent localities and sources; but all its varieties may be conveniently arranged under the two 
heads of soft and hard. A soft water is one which contains but inconsiderable impurities, and 
which, when used in washing, forms a lather with soap. By a hard water is understood a 
variety of water which contains calcareous or magnesian salts, or other impurities, through 
which it curdles soap, and is unfit for domestic purposes. Tincture of soap is a convenient 
test for ascertaining the quality of water. In distilled water it produces no effect; in soft 
water, only a slight opalescence ; but in hard water, a milky appearance. The milkiness is 
due to the formation of an insoluble compound between the fatty acids of the soap and the 
lime or magnesia of the foreign salt. 
The most usual foreign substances in common water, besides oxygen and nitrogen, and mat- 
ters held in a state of mechanical suspension, are carbonic acid, calcium sulphate and car- 
bonate, and sodium chloride (common salt). Carbonic acid is detected by lime water, which 
produces a precipitate before the water is boiled, but not afterwards, as ebullition drives off 
Hi O ; 17*96. (A'QUA—a'kw».) HjO; 18. PART I. 
Aqua. 
195 
this acid. The presence of calcium sulphate is shown by precipitates being produced by barium 
nitrate, and, after ebullition, by ammonium oxalate. The former test snows the presence of 
sulphuric acid, and the latter, after boiling the water, indicates lime not held in solution by 
carbonic acid. Calcium carbonate, when held in solution by an excess of carbonic acid, may 
be detected by boiling the water, which causes it to precipitate; but even after ebullition and 
filtration the water will retain enough calcium carbonate to give a precipitate with lead acetate, 
calcium carbonate being itself to a minute extent soluble in water. Silver nitrate will produce 
a precipitate, if any soluble chloride be present; and, ordinarily, the one present may be 
assumed to be common salt. Arsenic in minute quantity has been found in water used as 
drink. At Whitbeck, in Cumberland, England, the inhabitants employ, both as drink and for 
culinary purposes, a water holding enough arsenic in solution to be quite sensible to tests, 
without any known injurious consequence. (C/tem. News, 1860, p. 128.) 
Dr. Clark has proposed to purify hard water, when the hardness arises from calcium bicar- 
bonate, by a process which he calls liming. This consists in adding to the water sufficient 
lime water to convert the bicarbonate into the very sparingly soluble carbonate. This proce- 
dure renders the water soft, and gets rid of all the lime, except that in the minute portion of 
carbonate dissolved. The merit of this process consists chiefly, not in the removal of lime, 
but in preventing the formation of organic matters, principally confervae, the decomposition 
of which renders the water offensive and unwholesome. Dr. Clark’s process has been for some 
time in successful operation on the water obtained by boring, at the Plumstead water-works, 
near Woolwich. (P. J. Tr., June, 1856.) River water containing the usual amount of calcareous 
matter, if allowed to stagnate in open reservoirs, in the summer, will become contaminated 
with myriads of microscopic plants and animals. This change is prevented, according to 
Dr. Clark, by his peculiar treatment, which deprives the living organisms of the nutriment 
derived from loosely combined carbonic acid. 
The oxygen and nitrogen present in natural waters are not usually in the same proportion 
as in atmospheric air; the oxygen in atmospheric air amounting to about 20 per cent, in vol- 
ume, while the usual gaseous mixture expelled from fresh water by boiling contains 32 per 
cent. (See table on page 196.) 
Common water is also divided into varieties according to its source. Thus, we have rain, 
snow, spring, river, well, lake, and marsh water. 
Rain and snow water are the purest kinds of natural water. Rain water, to be obtained as 
pure as possible, must be collected in large vessels in the open fields, at a distance from houses, 
and some time after the rain has commenced falling; otherwise it will be contaminated with 
the dust which floats in the atmosphere, and with other impurities derived from roofs. The 
rain water of large cities contains nitrogenized organic matter, as shown by the odor produced 
by burning the residue left after the water has been evaporated. 
Rain water ordinarily contains atmospheric air, and, according to Liebig, a little nitric acid, 
the amount of which is increased when the rain descends during a storm. M. Chabrier states 
as the result of his observations that rain water contains either nitrous or nitric acid, the one 
or the other predominating according to the condition of the weather; the nitrous acid being 
relatively in excess in mild weather, but the nitric when the rain is attended with tempestuous 
winds. (Journ. de Pharm., Janv. 1872, p. 42.) According to an analysis, made by M. Martin, 
of rain water which fell at Marseilles during a violent storm, 1000 parts by weight contained 
0-004 of chlorine and 0-003 of ammonia. Not a trace of iodine or of nitric acid was discov- 
ered. Boussingault has ascertained that the rain which falls in towns contains considerably 
more ammonia than that which falls in the country. Thus the rain of Paris was found by 
him to contain three or four parts of ammonia per million; while that collected in a moun- 
tainous region contained about four-fifths of one part only in a million. The average results 
of Mr. J. B. Lawes and Dr. J. H. Gilbert give one part of ammonia to the million of rain 
water. Snow water has a peculiar taste, which was supposed to depend on the presence of air 
more oxygenated than that of the atmosphere; but in point of fact it contains no air, and 
this accounts for its vapid taste. Rain and snow water are sufficiently pure for most chemical 
operations. 
Spring water (aqua fontana) depends entirely for its quality on the strata through which it 
flows; being purest when it passes through sand or gravel, or where the prevailing rock for- 
mation is granitic. On the contrary, where the formation is limestone, the water will, because 
of the carbonic acid gas dissolved in it, take up the lime carbonate and become what is called 196 
Aqua. 
PART I. 
a hard water. It almost always contains a trace of common salt, and generally other im- 
purities, which vary according to the locality of the spring. 
River water (aqua fluvialis) is, generally speaking, less impregnated with saline matter than 
spring water, because made up in considerable part of rains; while its volume hears a larger 
proportion to the surface of its bed. It is, however, much more apt to have mechanically 
suspended in it insoluble matters, of an earthy nature, like clay and silt, which impair its 
transparency. It is frequently rendered more sightly by being run through porous stone, 
carbon, or sand filter. The coarse particles are by this filtration removed; but any sewage or 
other very finely divided organic material is not removed, so that such clean filtered water may 
be a very deadly poison. Water may be purified for manufacturing purposes by what is 
termed the alum process,—i.e., by adding 2 grains of alum to a gallon of water, and permit- 
ting the impurities to subside for 48 hours. (Chem. News, July 23, 1886.) 
Well water, like that from springs, is liable to contain various impurities. As a rule, the 
purity of the water of a well will be in proportion to its depth and the constancy with which 
it is used. Well water in large cities always contains a large amount of impurity, both organic 
and inorganic, the result of sewage contamination. Dr. R. D. Thomson found 147-6 grs., per 
Imperial gallon, of impurity in a well in London. (P. J. Tr., 1856, p. 27.) The presence of 
nitrates in water prevents the formation of organic beings, even after it has been long kept. 
Artesian or overflowing wells, from their great depth, generally afford a pure water. 
Lake water cannot be characterized as having any invariable qualities. The water of most 
of the lakes in the United States is pure and wholesome. 
Marsh water is generally stagnant, and contains vegetable remains undergoing decomposition. 
It is unwholesome, and ought never to he used internally. 
All water which is exposed to the air dissolves a quantity of oxygen, nitrogen, and carbon 
dioxide, in obedience to the laws of gaseous absorption. It is indeed upon this dissolved 
oxygen that the life of water-breathing animals depends. In every pure water the pro- 
portion between the dissolved nitrogen and oxygen is found to be constant, and it is repre- 
sented by the following numbers:—oxygen 34 91, and nitrogen 65-09 per cent.: 1000 C.c. of 
pure water, such as rain water, when saturated dissolves 17‘95 C.c. of air. If the water be 
rendered impure by the introduction of organic matter undergoing oxidation, the proportion 
between the dissolved oxygen and nitrogen becomes different, owing to the oxygen having 
been partly or wholly used for the oxidation of this material. This is clearly shown in the 
following analysis made by Miller of the dissolved gases contained in Thames water collected 
at various points above and below London. 
Thames water taken at 
Kingston. 
Hammer- 
smith. 
Somerset 
House. 
Greenwich. 
Woolwich. 
Erith. 
C.c. 
C.c. 
C.c. 
C.c. 
C.c. 
C.c. 
Total volume of gas per liter 
52-7 
62-9 
71-25 
63-05 
74-3 
Carbon dioxide 
30-3 
45-2 
55-6 
48-3 
57-0 
Oxygen 
7-4 
4-1 
1*5 
0-25 
0-25 
1-8 
Nitrogen 
15-0 
15-1 
16-2 
15-4 
14-5 
15-5 
Ratio of oxygen to nitrogen 
1:2 
1:3-7 
1:10-5 
1:60 
1:52 
1:8*1 
This table shows that whereas the pure water at Kingston contains the normal quantity of 
dissolved oxygen, the ratio of nitrogen to oxygen increases at a very rapid rate as the river 
water becomes contaminated with London sewage, but that this ratio again shows signs of a 
return to the normal at Erith. Moreover, carbon dioxide should not constitute more than 
from 8 to 10 per cent, of the dissolved gases in a pure water, but in these cases it has become 
60 per cent, or over of the gases as obtained from the water for analysis. 
Hence it is clear that an analysis of the gases dissolved in water may prove of much help 
in ascertaining whether the water is pure or whether it has been contaminated with putrescent 
organic matter. Indeed, Miller concludes that whenever the proportion between dissolved 
oxygen and nitrogen falls to less than 1 to 2 the water is unfit for drinking purposes. (Roscoe 
and Schorlemmer, Treatise on Cliem., i. 245.) 
The second class of dissolved impurities are inorganic salts, even rain water washing some PART I. 
Aqua. 
197 
of these out of the atmosphere. It invariably contains ammoniacal salts, sodium chloride, 
and various organic germs. In towns the rain water also contains a larger proportion of nitrates 
than that falling in the country. It is, however, the spring waters especially which contain 
the largest amount of mineral matter in solution. The salts which most commonly occur in 
solution in spring water are: (1) The calcium, magnesium, iron, and manganese carbonates, 
dissolved in an excess of carbonic acid. (2) The calcium and magnesium sulphates. (3) 
Alkaline carbonates, chlorides, sulphates, nitrates, or silicates. 
Spring waters which issue from considerable depths, or which originate in volcanic districts, are 
always hotter than the mean annual temperature of the locality where they come to the surface. 
The term Aqua, in the United States Pharmacopoeia, may be considered as designating any 
natural water of good quality which answers well for cooking and does not curdle soap. “ A 
colorless, limpid liquid, without odor or taste at ordinary temperatures, and remaining odorless 
while being heated to boiling. Water should be perfectly neutral to litmus paper, and its 
transparency should not be affected, nor should any color be imparted to it, by hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution, or ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impurities). It. 
should also remain unaffected by mercuric chloride test-solution (limit of ammonia). On 
evaporating 1000 C.c. of Water on a water-bath, it should not leave a residue weighing more 
than 0-5 Gm. (limit of soluble salts'), and this residue, when ignited, should not carbonize, nor 
evolve ammoniacal or acid vapors. If 200 C.c. of water be acidulated with hydrochloric acid 
and heated to boiling, and 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution added, the liquid, cooled and 
filtered, should give no further precipitate on the addition of a few drops of barium chloride 
test-solution, even on standing (limit of sidphates). If 200 C.c. of Water be acidulated with 
nitric acid, and 0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution be added, the filtered 
liquid should not be affected by the subsequent addition of a few drops of silver nitrate test- 
solution (limit of chlorides). If 5 C.c. of Water mixed with a few drops of diphenylamine 
test-solution be carefully poured upon about 2 C.c. of sulphuric acid, free from nitrose, con- 
tained in a test-tube, so as to form a separate layer, no blue color should be formed at the line 
of contact of the two liquids (limit of nitrates). If 100 C.c. of Water be acidulated with 
diluted sulphuric acid free from nitrose, and a few drops of zinc-iodide-starch test-solution, 
subsequently added, the liquid should not at once assume a blue or violet color (absence of 
nitrites). On heating 100 C.c. of Water, acidulated with 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, to 
boiling, and subsequently adding 0-5 C.c. of potassium permanganate decinormal volumetric 
solution, the color of the liquid should not be completely destroyed by boiling it for ten minutes 
(limit of organic or other oxidizable matters)." U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia no longer includes “ Aquait recognizes “ Aqua Destillata,” 
and gives appropriate tests. (See page 212.) 
Water should never be kept in leaden cisterns, on account of the risk of its dissolving a 
small portion of lead. This risk is greater in proportion to the softness and purity of the 
water; for it is found that the presence of a minute proportion of saline matter, as for exam- 
ple of calcium sulphate, protects the water from the slightest metallic impregnation. The 
chlorides are not protective, as they give rise to lead chloride, which is slightly soluble. The 
protection has been ascribed to an insoluble film on the surface of the lead, formed by the 
decomposition of the saline matter. Upon this principle is based a plan of protection by Dr. 
Schwartz, of Breslau, who proposes to fill leaden pipes through which water is conducted with 
a strong solution of an alkaline sulphide, which forms a perfectly insoluble coating of lead 
sulphide (sulphuret), said to be quite impermeable by the water afterwards introduced. ( Chem. 
News, Sept. 26, 1863, p. 157.) A coating of zinc has been employed for protecting the sur- 
face of iron pipes and reservoirs against the action of water, but has failed. Experiment has 
shown that the water becomes impregnated with the salts of both metals. (Ibid., April 5, 
1862, p. 188.)* Mr. A. Wynter Blyth proposes a new and simple test for lead in drinking- 
water. A solution of cochineal is made by boiling cochineal in water, filtering, and adding a 
little alcohol to preserve it. A few drops of this solution are added to the water, which, if 
* Experiments by M. Roux, pharmaceutist of the marine at Rochefort, made by order of the naval authorities, 
have satisfactorily shown that reservoirs of iron coated with zinc are attacked with great facility by water contained 
in them, which becomes more or less impregnated with both metals in the state of oxides and salts, and especially 
with those of zinc to such a degree as to render such vessels improper as recipients of water for drinking. Of the 
different kinds of water tried, distilled water deprived as far as possible of atmospheric air produced least effect; 
next in degree of action was spring water; still more energetic was distilled water containing carbonic acid fur- 
nished by the earthy bicarbonates of the water submitted to distillation; and more powerful than all was river water 
containing common salt. (Journ. de Pharm. et Ghim., 4e ser., i. 99.) 198 
Aqua. 
PART I. 
acid, must be rendered neutral by a trace of alkali; if lead be present, even in the propor- 
tion of one-tenth of a grain in a gallon of water, a mauve-blue color will develop, its depth 
depending upon the quantity of lead in the water. (Amer. Drug., 1884, p. 93, from The 
Analyst.) 
A very important class of dissolved impurities is made up of organic compounds. This or- 
ganic matter may be derived from a vegetable source, such as leaf-mould and the decomposi- 
tion products of wood, in which case it is practically harmless, or it may be derived from 
animal sources, in which case it almost always proves a serious impurity. 
The careful observations of students of public health leave no doubt that a number of 
epidemic diseases, especially cholera and typhoid fever, are often contracted and spread by 
means of drinking-water contaminated with germs of disease from excreta and general sewage. 
This impure water may be clear and may have filtered through considerable distances of soil, 
and yet may contain these poisonous germs. Now, nitrogen is one of the characteristic con- 
stituents of animal matter as contrasted with vegetable matter, relatively few forms of which 
contain it, and those are of a character not likely to be found in natural waters. Hence, if 
water should be impregnated with animal matter, this would be indicated by the presence of 
nitrogen in solution, either in the form of albumen or albuminous matter, if the animal matter 
in the water is still unchanged, or, if the animal matter has undergone oxidation, in the form 
of ammonia or nitrous or nitric acid. 
There are, therefore, to be determined in the examination of a water with reference to this 
presence of organic nitrogenous matter, (1) the ammonia, (2) the unchanged albuminous 
matter, which, as it is changed into and determined as ammonia, is called “ albuminoid 
ammonia,” and (3) the nitrates and nitrites present. 
The ammonia is first determined by distilling the water made alkaline with sodium carbon- 
ate as long as the distillate carries enough ammonia to be recognized by Nessler s solution* 
For this purpose the distillate is collected successively in volumes of 50 C.c. and the amount 
of ammonia in each of these separate distillates determined. The smallest quantity of am- 
monia will produce a yellow color, the tint of which is to be compared with that obtained 
from the Nessler solution treated with a standard sal ammoniac solution. 
After the free ammonia has been distilled off, a solution of caustic soda and potassium per- 
manganate is added and the distillation is continued. Another portion of ammonia now comes 
off, owing to the action of the permanganate on the nitrogenous organic matter. The amount 
of ammonia thus obtained is determined, and is tabulated as “ albuminoid ammonia,” because 
albumen is one of the bodies which is decomposed in this way. L. de Konnick found that 
the Nessler test in ammoniacal liquids does not produce the usual yellowish-brown precipitate, 
nor even a coloration, in the presence of alcohol. (Amer. Drug., 1893, p. 386.) 
Instead of this method, proposed by Wanklyn and Chapman, another process, described by 
Frankland and Armstrong, is often used. In this case, the water having been evaporated, the 
dry residue is submitted to an organic combustion analysis, which gives the “ organic nitrogen” 
and the “ organic carbon,” and the ratio of these gives an indication as to the presence of 
albuminous matter rich in nitrogen. If the amount of albuminoid nitrogen indicated by either 
of these processes exceed 0-15 part for one million of water, the latter should be rejected as 
a drinking-water. In some large towns, however, the surface well waters have shown albu- 
minoid nitrogen to the amount of 0-3 to 0-8 part per million. Such waters are little better 
than sewage. The free ammonia, moreover, should not exceed 0-08 part per million, or the 
water must be considered as containing sewage contamination. 
The nitrates and nitrites present can be estimated in another portion of the water by reducing 
these acids to ammonia by means of the hydrogen evolved from aluminum or zinc-dust in 
presence of caustic alkalies. 
The determination of chlorine is also frequently of great importance, for although mineral 
waters may be rich in chlorides, ordinary well waters or river waters, which are the chief sources 
of supply, will not contain much chlorine unless they have been contaminated. Both urine and 
sewage may contribute this chlorine, as they are highly charged with common salt. As a rule, 
it may be said that water containing more than two grains of chlorine per gallon must be looked 
upon with suspicion, unless some good reason for the presence of common salt can be assigned. 
* This solution is prepared as follows. 35 6m. of potassium iodide and 13 6m. of mercuric chloride (corrosive 
sublimate) are dissolved in about 800 C.c. of hot water, and then a saturated solution of mercuric chloride is gradu- 
ally added until the precipitate formed ceases to redissolve. 100 6m. of caustic potash are then dissolved in the 
liquid, and the cold solution is diluted to one liter and is allowed to deposit any undissolved matter. PART I. 
Aqua. 
199 
The following table shows the relative purity of the water-supply of several American cities, 
as determined by Pro£ A. R. Leeds in 1881: 
Parts in 100,000. 
New 
York. 
Brook- 
lyn. 
Jersey 
City. 
Phila- 
delphia. 
Boston. 
Wash- 
ington. 
Roch- 
ester. 
Cincin- 
nati. 
Free ammonia 
0-0027 
0-00075 
0-00475 
o-ooi 
0-01325 
0-006 
0-0114 
0-0115 
Albuminoid ammonia 
0-027 
0-00825 
0-0427 
0-018 
0-0605 
0-027 
0-023 
0-024 
Oxygen required 
0-81 
0-413 
0-95 
0-46 
1-77 
0-600 
0-790 
0-860 
Nitrites 
None. 
None. 
None. 
None. 
None. 
None. 
None. 
None. 
Nitrates 
0-8325 
1-2025 
0-9065 
0-6845 
1-2395 
0-8325 
0-629 
0-740 
Colorine 
0-350 
0-550 
0-235 
0-300 
0-315 
0-270 
0-195 
0-805 
Total hardness 
3-300 
2-270 
3-200 
4-400 
2-100 
4-800 
5-500 
6-400 
Total solids 
11-800 
6-000 
9300 
14-300 
8-500 
11-500 
10-000 
16-000 
Mineral matter 
5-000 
5-000 
3-400 
6-00 
2-000 
5-500 
4-000 
9-000 
Organic and volatile matter 
6-800 
1-000 
5-900 
8-300 
6-500 
6-000 
6-000 
7-200 
Mineral Waters. When natural spring waters are so far impregnated with foreign 
substances as to have a decided taste, and to operate in a peculiar manner upon the econ- 
omy, they are called mineral waters. These are conveniently arranged under the heads of 
carbonated, alkaline, sulphuretted, saline (including magnesian, chalybeate, and chlorinated), and 
silicious. 
1. Carbonated waters are cold, and are characterized by containing an excess of carbonic 
acid, which gives them a sparkling appearance, and the power of reddening litmus paper. 
These waters frequently contain calcium, magnesium, and iron carbonates, which are held in 
solution by the excess of carbonic acid. The waters of Selters, Spa, Apollinaris, and Pyrmont 
in Europe, and of the sweet springs in Virginia, belong to this class. For Artificial Carbonic 
Acid Water, see page 201. 
2. Alkaline waters contain a large quantity of sodium bicarbonate, as well as common salt 
and Glauber’s salt. These are sometimes warm, such as the springs at Ems and Vichy, but 
generally cold. Gettysburg spring water is of this class. 
3. Sulphuretted waters are such as contain hydrogen sulphide, and are distinguished by the 
peculiar fetid smell of that gas, and by yielding a brown precipitate with the salts of lead or 
silver. Examples of this kind are the waters of Aix-la-Chapelle and Harrogate in Europe, and 
those of the white, red, and salt sulphur springs in Virginia. 
4. Saline waters are those the predominant properties of which depend upon saline impreg- 
nation. The salts most usually present are sodium, calcium, and magnesium sulphates and 
carbonates, in which latter case the name magnesian is given to them; the presence of the 
chlorides of these alkalies giving the class chlorinated waters, which reach their maximum 
concentration in sea waters; whilst the presence of ferrous salts makes another class, the 
chalybeate. Among magnesian waters may be mentioned those of Friedrichshall, Hunyadi 
Janos, and Epsom ; among chalybeate waters, those of Tunbridge and Brighton in England, 
of Pyrmont, Wiesbaden, and Spa on the continent, and of Bedford, Pittsburg, and Brandy- 
wine in the United States. Potassa is occasionally present, and lithia has been detected by 
Berzelius in Carlsbad and other salt springs of Germany, and is also found in some American 
spring waters. Caesia and rubidia have also been detected in certain mineral waters, such as 
die Durkheim and Baden-Baden waters, in the former of which these elements were first dis- 
:overed by Bunsen. Bromine is found in the saline at Theodorshalle, in Germany, as also in 
he salt wells of Western Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia. The mineral springs at 
laratoga contain a small proportion of iodine and bromine. The principal saline waters are 
hose of Seidlitz in Bohemia, Cheltenham and Bath in England, and Harrodsburg and Saratoga 
l the United States. 
5. Silicious waters are those in which the contents consist chiefly of alkaline silicates, such 
a the hot spring waters of Iceland and the geysers of Fire-hole Basin and Gardiner’s River, 
Yellowstone National Park, U.S. 
Sea Water. English Channel. In a thousand grains. Water 964-744 grs.; sodium chloride 
2-059; potassium chloride 0-765; magnesium chloride 3-667; magnesium bromide 0-029; 
iagnesium sulphate 2-296; calcium sulphate 1-407; calcium carbonate 0-033. Total 1000 
gs. (Schweitzer.) The proportion of sodium chloride is from 36 to 37 parts in 1000 in the 
oean, at a distance from land. Its amount is small in the interior of the Baltic. It is per- 
cived that bromine is present in very minute amount; 100 pounds of sea water yielding only 
3 grs. of this element. According to Balard, iodine exists in the water of the Mediterranean ; 200 
Aqua. 
PART I. 
but it has not been detected in the water of the ocean, the bromine being supposed to mask its 
presence. Besides these ingredients, others are alleged to exist in minute proportion in sea 
water; as fluorine by Dr. G. Wilson; lead, copper, and silver by MM. Malaguti, Durocher, 
and Sarzeau; and iron and manganese by M. Uziglio. Anterior to Wilson’s researches, Mr. 
Middleton and Prof. Silliman, jun., had inferred the existence of fluorine in sea water, from 
its presence in marine animals. The lead and copper above mentioned were found in certain 
fuci only; the silver in the sea water itself. The presence of silver in sea water has been 
rendered probable by Mr. F. Field, by a comparative analysis of the same copper sheathing, 
when new, and after having been on a vessel for many years. The old sheathing was always 
found to contain more silver than the new (6TAem. Gaz., March 2, 1857); and the observa- 
tions of Mr. Field have been subsequently confirmed by others. Schweitzer’s analysis gives a 
small proportion of calcium carbonate, but Bibra could not detect any. Dr. John Davy’s ex- 
aminations of sea water show that calcium carbonate does not exist at a great distance from 
land, except in very minute proportion, but becomes quite evident at a distance of from fifty 
to a hundred miles from coasts. Boric acid has been found by Mr. Veatch in the sea water 
on the coast of California. (See A. J. P, 1860, p. 330.)* 
Sea water, filtered, and charged with five times its volume of carbonic acid, forms, according 
to Pasquier, a gentle purgative, which keeps very well, and is not disagreeable to take. The 
dose is from half a pint to a pint. 
By freezing, sea water is almost entirely freed from saline matter, the ice being nearly pure 
water. It is obvious that the unfrozen water contains much more than its ordinary proportion 
of salts; and this is one of the methods of concentrating this and other saline solutions. 
Medical Properties of Water. Water is a remedy of great importance. When taken 
into the stomach, it acts by its temperature, by its bulk, and by being absorbed. When of the 
temperature of about 15-5° C. (60° F.), it gives no positive sensation either of heat or cold; 
between 15-5° C. (60° F.) and 7-2° C. (45° F.), it creates a cool sensation; and below 7,2° C. 
(45° F.), a decidedly cold one. Between 15-5° C. (60° F.) and 37,7° C. (100° F.), it relaxes 
the fibres of the stomach, and is apt to produce nausea, particularly if the effect of bulk be 
added to that of temperature. By its bulk and solvent powers, it allays irritation by diluting 
the acrid contents of the stomach and bowels, and favoring their final expulsion; and by its 
absorption, it promotes the secretion of urine and cutaneous transpiration. 
Water externally applied as a bath is also an important remedy. It may act by its own 
specific effect as a liquid, or as a means of modifying the heat of the body. It acts in the 
latter way differently, according to the temperature at which it may be applied. When this is 
above 36-1° C. (97° F.), it constitutes the vapor or hot bath; when between 36T° C. (97° F.) 
and 29-4° C. (85° F.), the warm bath; between 29'40 C. (85° F.) and 18-3° C. (65° F.), the 
tepid bath; and between 18-3° C. (65° F.) and 0° C. (32° F.), the cold bath. 
The general action of the vapor bath is to accelerate the circulation, and produce profuse 
sweating. It acts locally on the skin, by softening and relaxing its texture. In stiffness of 
the joints, and in various diseases of the skin, it has often proved beneficial. 
The hot bath, like the vapor bath, is decidedly stimulant. By its use the pulse becomes full 
and frequent, the veins turgid, the face flushed, the skin red, and the respiration quickened. 
If the temperature be high, and the constitution peculiar, its use is not without danger, as it 
is apt to produce a feeling of suffocation, violent throbbing in the temples, and vertigo with 
tendency to apoplexy. When it acts favorably, it produces profuse perspiration. 
* The following analysis of sea water, taken at two leagues from F6camp, on the coast of France, merits specia 
notice from the care with which it was made, and the large quantity operated on. The sp. gr. was 1'026, at 57° F. 
Gaseous Contents, 
In one kilog. 
In one liter. 
Solid Contents. 
In one kilog. 
In one life 
liters. 
liters. 
Atmospheric air 
0-0123 
Sodium sulphate 
2-640: 
Free carbonic acid 
traces 
Magnesium sulphate 
0-335' 
“ sulphydric acid 
traces 
Magnesium phosphate 
. 0-00046 
o-ooor 
Solid Contents. 
Potassium chloride 
grs. 
grs. 
0*10019 
(Aramoniaco-magnesian) phosphate . 
Calcium carbonate 
. signs 
. 0*13600 
sigr 
0-139 
Sodium “ 
26-78913 
Magnesium “ 
trace 
Lithium “ 
0-00043 
Iron “ 
o-ooa 
Ammonium “ 
0-00183 
Manganese “ 
sigi 
Magnesium “ 
3-27700 
Silicic acid 
. 0-01420 
o-oi# 
Sodium iodide 
0-00944 
Organic matter 
sigj 
“ bromide 
. . 0-10605 
0-10882 
Pure water 
991-91.7 
Magnesium bromide 
0-03163 
Calcium sulphate 
Potassium “ 
0-92540 
Total 
1000 00000 
1026.300 
. . 0-00919 
0-00943 
(Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. 
4e ser., i. 381 
1865.) PAET I. 
Aqua. 
201 
The warm bath, though below the animal heat, nevertheless produces a sensation of warmth, 
as its temperature is above that of the surface. It diminishes the frequency of the pulse, 
renders the respiration slower, lessens the heat of the body, and relaxes the skin. It cannot, 
therefore, be deemed a stimulant. By relieving certain diseased actions and states, accom- 
panied by morbid irritability, it often acts as a soothing remedy, producing a disposition to 
sleep. 
The tepid bath is not calculated to have much modifying influence on the heat of the body. 
Its peculiar effects are to soften and cleanse the skin, and to promote insensible perspiration. 
The cold bath acts differently according to its temperature and manner of application, and 
the condition of the system to which it is applied. When of low temperature and suddenly 
applied, it acts primarily as a stimulant, by the sudden and rapid manner in which the heat is 
abstracted ; next as a tonic, by condensing the living fibres; and finally as a sedative. It is 
often useful in diseases of relaxation and debility, when practised by affusion or plunging. 
But it is essential to its efficacy and safety that the stock of vitality should be sufficient to 
create, immediately after its use, those feelings of warmth and invigoration included under 
the term reaction. In febmle diseases with high bodily temperature the use of the cold bath 
is a very important therapeutic measure. For details as to method of use, see 10th edition of 
H. C. Wood’s Treatise on Therapeutics. 
Cold water is frequently applied as a sedative in local inflammations, and as a means of 
restraining hemorrhage. Its use, however, is scarcely admissible in inflammations of the chest. 
Aqua Acidi Carbonici, Carbonic Acid Water, or Soda Water (so called), {Aqua acidula 
simplicior, F. P.; Eau gazeuse simple, Fr.; Kohlensdure- Wasser, G_), which was formerly official 
in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, consists of water highly charged with carbonic acid. Water is 
found to take up its volume of this gas under the pressure of the atmosphere ; and Dr. Henry 
ascertained that precisely the same volume of the compressed gas is absorbed under a higher 
pressure. From this law, the bulk taken up is constant, the quantity being different in pro- 
portion as there is more or less driven into a given space. As the space occupied by a gas is 
inversely as the compressing force, it follows that the quantity of the acid forced into the 
water will be directly as the pressure. From the principles above laid down it follows that, 
to saturate water with five times its volume of carbonic acid, as directed in the formula, it 
must be subjected to a pressure of five atmospheres. Carbonic acid gas compressed into the 
liquid state is now supplied by the “American Carbonate Co.” of New York, and its agencies, 
in wrought-iron cylinders, which contain either 10 or 20 pounds of compressed gas, equal to 
600 or 1200 gallons of gas at normal pressure. This allows of convenient transportation, and 
guarantees the purity of the gas. 
Carbonic acid water is familiarly called in this country “ mineral water” and 11 soda water f" 
the latter name, originally applied to the preparation when it contained sodium carbonate, being 
from habit continued since the alkali has been omitted. 
Carbonic acid water is dispensed in most of the pharmacies in this country. The fountain 
is usually placed in the cellar, and the tube proceeding from the fountain is made to pass through 
the floor and counter of the store, and to terminate in a draught tube, by means of which the 
carbonic acid water may be drawn off at pleasure. In order to have the liquid cool, the tube 
from the cellar generally terminates in a strong metallic vessel of convenient shape, or a series 
of block tin pipes called coolers, placed inside the counter apparatus, and surrounded with ice. 
For some practical suggestions upon the making of carbonic acid water and use of apparatus, 
see N. R., June, July, August, 1877. 
Properties. Carbonic acid water is a sparkling liquid, possessing an agreeable pungent, 
acidulous taste. It reddens litmus deeply from its state of concentration, and is precipitated by 
lime water. Being impregnated with a large quantity of the acid gas under the influence of 
pressure, it effervesces strongly when freed from restraint. Hence, to preserve its briskness, it 
should be kept in strong well-corked bottles placed inverted in a cool place. Several natural 
waters are of a similar nature, such as those of Selters, Spa, Pyrmont, Apollinaris, etc. ; 
but the artificial water has the advantage of a stronger impregnation with the acid gas. Car- 
bonic acid water should he made with every precaution to avoid metallic impurity. Hence the 
necessity of having the fountain well tinned on the inner surface. Even with this precaution, 
a slight metallic impregnation is not always avoided, especially in the winter season, when the 
water is less consumed as a drink, and, therefore, allowed to remain longer in the tubes and 
stop-cocks. Iron fountains lined with a hard enamel are greatly to be preferred, but the best 
fountains are now made of cast steel, lined with block tin. When leaden tubes are employed 202 
Aqua.—Ammonia. 
PART I. 
to convey the water, it is liable to be contaminated with this metal, which renders it deleterious. 
Tubes of pure tin are free from objection, and should be exclusively used. 
Copper fountains, well tinned, are liable to the objections that the tin lining wears away by 
use, and that there is no convenient means of inspecting the interior, owing to the solder joint 
which permanently unites the two sections of the fountain. To remove the latter objection, 
the improvement has been proposed by Dr. R. 0. Doremus, of New York, of having the two 
sections with flanges, securely bolted together, with intervening gutta-percha packing, in order 
to furnish facilities for examining the interior, to determine whether re-tinning is necessary. 
Sometimes drops of solder and chips of copper are carelessly left in the fountain, and form an 
additional source of danger. There can be no doubt that carbonic acid water is not unfre- 
quently rendered poisonous by metallic impregnation. Dr. Doremus has proved by a chemical 
examination that lead and copper are sometimes present. (A. J. P., 1854, p. 422 ; from the 
Am. Med. Monthly.) Dr. John T. Plummer, of Richmond, Ind., has found lead. The latter 
metal is detected by hydrogen sulphide, which gives with it a black precipitate, and copper 
by potassium ferrocyanide, which causes a brown precipitate. In testing for copper, a few 
drops of the reagent should be added to a glass of the suspected water, placed on a sheet of 
white paper, when, if even a minute proportion of copper be present, a brownish discoloration 
will be seen, upon looking down through the liquid. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Carbonic acid water is a grateful drink to febrile 
patients, allaying thirst, lessening nausea and gastric distress, and promoting the secretion of 
urine. The quantity taken need only be regulated by the reasonable wishes of the patient. 
It also forms a very convenient vehicle for the administration of magnesia, the carbonated 
alkalies, magnesium sulphate, and the saline cathartics generally; rendering these medicines 
less unpleasant to the palate, and, in irritable states of the stomach, increasing the chances of 
their being retained. When used for this purpose, six or eight fluidounces (178-236 C.c.) 
will be sufficient. 
AMMONIA. Ammonia. 
NH3; 17*1. (AM-MO'NI-A.) NHS; 17. 
All the ammoniacal compounds owe their distinctive properties to the presence of a peculiar 
gaseous substance, composed of nitrogen and hydrogen, called ammonia. This is most easily 
obtained by the action of lime on ammonium chloride, or sal ammoniac,—when the lime 
unites with the hydrochloric acid, so as to form calcium chloride and water, and expels the 
ammonia. It is transparent and colorless, like common air, but possesses an acrid taste and 
an exceedingly pungent smell. It has a powerful alkaline reaction, and, from this property and 
its gaseous nature, was called the volatile alkali by the earlier chemists. Itssp. gr. is 059. It 
is irrespirable, the glottis closing spasmodically when the attempt is made to breathe it. It 
consists of one atom of nitrogen and three of hydrogen; or, in volumes, of one volume of 
nitrogen and three volumes of hydrogen, condensed into two. Its formula is NH3. The 
sources of ammonia have been mentioned elsewhere (see Ammonii Chloridum, p. 157), but a 
synthesis of ammonia from simple elements may be noted here. Hydrogen, nitrogen, and aque- 
ous vapor in the presence of porous contact substances like pumice, charcoal, etc., unite to form 
ammonia, and this, in the presence of CO and C02, gives rise to ammonium formate or carbonate. 
As the gas ammonia exists in the free state, the molecule NH3 is a definite saturated com- 
pound under ordinary conditions. When, however, ammonia gas is mixed with hydrochloric 
acid gas or its aqueous solution with hydrochloric acid in solution, the two unite to form a new 
compound, NII4C1, which proves to be a definite compound, analogous to potassium or sodium 
chlorides. Berzelius, therefore, proposed to call this ammonium chloride, assuming that the 
monad group (NHj)1 acted like the monad metal K‘ in forming compounds. And in fact 
we find that when sulphuric, nitric, carbonic, and other acids are neutralized by ammonia 
gas or solution we get crystallizable salts like (NH4)2S04,NH4N03 and (NH4)2C03, which we 
therefore call ammonium sulphate, nitrate, and carbonate respectively. These are very similar 
to the corresponding potassium and sodium salts. 
The atmosphere contains a minute proportion of ammonia, probably in the state of carbon- 
ate. The alkali is sometimes also found in snow. (A. Vogel, Neues Repert. fur Pharm., 1872.) 
Ozonized oxygen oxidizes the elements of ammonia, producing water and nitric acid, which 
latter, by uniting with undecomposed ammonia, generates ammonium nitrate. Ordinary oxy- 
gen, under the influence of platinum-black, or finely-divided copper, likewise oxidizes the ele- 
ments of ammonia, the nitrogen to the extent only of forming nitrous acid, with the result of 
producing ammonium nitrite. PAET I. 
Aqua Ammonise. 
203 
AQUA AMMONITE. U. S. (Br.) Ammonia Water. 
(A'QUA AM-MO'NI-^E.) 
“An aqueous solution of Ammonia [NH?= 1701] containing 10 per cent., by weight, of 
the gas. Ammonia Water should be kept m glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
“ An aqueous solution containing 10 per cent, by weight of ammonia, NH3.” Br. 
Liquor Ammonias, Br.; Solution of Ammonia; Water of Ammonia; Liquor Ammonii Caustici, P.G.; Spiritus 
Salis Ammoniaci Causticus, Ammonia Aqua Soluta; Ammoniaque liquide, Eau (Solution, Liqueur) d’Ammoniaque, 
Fr.; Salmiakgeist, Aetzammoniak, Ammoniak-Fliissigkeit, G. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 omits a process of preparing Ammonia Water. The 
U. S. P. 1870 contains an excellent process, which is appended.* 
“ Strong Solution of Ammonia, 1 pint (Imperial measure) or 500 cubic centimetres; Dis- 
tilled Water, 2 pints (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
The title of this preparation was changed, at the revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in 
1860, from Liquor Ammoniae to Aqua Ammoniae, that it might conform in name as well as 
character with the Waters, among which all the official preparations consisting of aqueous solu- 
tions of gaseous bodies are included. In the revision of 1890 the English name was changed 
from Water of Ammonia to Ammonia Water. 
In the U. S. P. 1870 process, the ammonium chloride is decomposed by the superior affinity 
of the lime for its acid, ammonia is disengaged, and the lime, combining with the acid, forms 
calcium chloride and water, 2NH4C1 -(- Ca2HO — CaCl2 -f- 2HaO -|- 2NH3. The process 
differs from that of 1850 in introducing the materials into the retort with a large quantity of 
water, instead of in the dry state. In both cases the gas is driven over by heat, but in the 
moist plan is accompanied with more watery vapor than in the dry. If the object were to 
obtain ammonia water in the highest possible state of concentration, there might be some 
advantage in the dry method; but, as a weak solution is contemplated, the wet method is 
equally efficient, while in all respects it is more convenient, and productive of better results) 
for, according to Dr. Squibb, the ammonia water made by the older official process has in- 
variably an empyreumatic odor, from which that made by the present process is free. (Proc. 
A. P. A., 1858, p. 407.) The receiver is intended to retain any water holding in solution 
undecomposed chloride, or the oily matter sometimes contained in the salt, as well as other 
impurities, which may be driven over by the heat while the pure gas passes forward into the 
bottle containing the distilled water, which should not fill it, on account of the increase in the 
bulk of the water during the absorption of the gas. The tube should extend to near the 
bottom of the bottle, and pass through a cork loosely fitting its mouth. To prevent the 
regurgitation of the water from the bottle into the intermediate vessel, the latter should be 
furnished with a Welter's safety tube. Very large bottles are improper for keeping the am- 
monia water; as, when they are partially empty, the atmospheric air within them may furnish 
a little carbonic acid to the ammonia. 
In preparing solution of ammonia, equal weights of ammonium chloride and lime are used 
for generating the gaseous ammonia. This proportion gives a great excess of lime, compared 
with the quantity required if determined by the molecular weights ; but in practice it is found 
advantageous to have an excess, as well to insure the full decomposition of the ammonium 
chloride, as to make up for accidental impurities in the lime. 
The British Pharmacopoeia gives directions for diluting Liquor Ammoniae Fortior so as to 
reduce it to the strength of Liquor Ammoniae. This is effected by mixing one measure of 
their stronger preparation with two measures of distilled water. The ammonia water of com- 
merce is known as “ Aqua Ammoniae F. F. F.,” or “ 20° ammonia;” it may be diluted by 
adding 2 parts of water to 3 parts of 20° ammonia water to make official ammonia water. 
Ammonia water of other strengths may be diluted by consulting the table given on page 204, 
and applying the rules given in Remingtons Practice of Pharmacy, p. 91. 
Properties. Ammonia water is “ a colorless, transparent liquid, having a very pungent 
* “ Take of Chloride of Ammonium, in small pieces, Lime, each, twelve troyounces ; Water six pints ; Distilled 
Water a sufficient quantity. Pour a pint of the Water upon the Lime, in a convenient vessel; and, after it has 
slaked, stir the mixture so as to bring it to the consistence of a smooth paste. Then add the remainder of the Water, 
and mix the whole thoroughly together. Decant the milky liquid from the gritty sediment into a glass retort, of 
the capacity of sixteen pints, and add the Chloride of Ammonium. Place the retort on a sand-bath, and adapt to 
it a receiver purposely connected with a two-pint bottle, by means of a glass tube, reaching nearly to the bottom of 
the bottle, and containing a pint of Distilled Water. Surround the bottle with ice-cold water; and apply heat, 
gradually increased, until ammonia ceases to come over. Remove the liquid from the bottle, and add to it sufficient 
Distilled Water to raise its specific gravity to 0'960. Lastly, keep the liquid in small bottles, well stopped.” U. S■ 204 
Aqua Ammoniae. 
PART I. 
odor, an acrid, alkaline taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, 0-960 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). It is completely volatilized by the heat of a water-bath. On bringing a glass rod 
dipped into hydrochloric acid near the liquid, dense, white fumes are evolved. On slightly 
supersaturating 10 C.c. of Ammonia Water with diluted sulphuric acid, no empyreumatic odor 
or red color should be developed, and if to this liquid 1 C.c. of potassium permanganate centi- 
normal volumetric solution be added, the pink color should not be completely destroyed within 
ten minutes (absence of readily oxidizable matters). If Ammonia Water be mixed with 4 
times its volume of calcium hydrate test-solution, it should not afford an immediate turbidity 
(only minute traces of carbonic acid) ; and if it be diluted with twice its volume of water, it 
should not be affected by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium), nor should it 
be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either before or after neutralization with hydro- 
chloric acid (absence of metallic impurities). If Ammonia Water be slightly supersaturated 
with nitric acid, it should not be affected by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sul- 
phates), nor by silver nitrate test-solution (chlorides) ; and if a third portion of the acidulated 
liquid be evaporated on a water-bath to dryness, it should afford a colorless residue, which, on 
ignition, should be completely volatilized (absence of coal-tar bases, and of fixed impurities). 
To neutralize 3-4 Grm. (3 54 C.c.) of Ammonia Water should require 20 C.c. of normal sul- 
phuric acid (each C.c. corresponding to 0-5 per cent, of Ammonia), rosolic acid being used as 
indicator.” U. S. Of the British preparation, “Each gramme should require for neutraliza- 
tion 5-9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. It should respond, 
qualitatively, to the characters and tests described under ‘ Liquor Ammoniae Fortis.’ Specific 
gravity 0-959.” Br. 
Ammonia Water is incompatible with acids, and with acidulous and many earthy and 
metallic salts; but it does not decompose the salts of lime, baryta, or strontia, and only par- 
tially decomposes those of magnesia. Commercial solution of ammonia sometimes contains 
pyrrol, naphtalin, aniline, and pyridine. These may be detected by the solution being red- 
dened by nitric acid, and, after having been supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, by its tinge- 
ing a slip of fir wood of a rich purple color, characteristic of pyrrol. (Maclagan.) The source 
of these impurities is coal-gas liquor, from which the ammoniacal compounds are largely 
obtained. Donath (Dingier's Polytechnisches Journal, vol. iv. p. 229) tested some ammonia 
prepared from gas liquor by neutralizing with diluted sulphuric acid, when the liquid assumed 
a rose-color, and a solution of the sulphate emitted the characteristic odor of naphtalin. 
Composition. Water is capable of absorbing 670 times its volume of ammoniacal gas 
at 10° C. (50° F.), and increases in bulk about two-thirds. But the official solution of am- 
monia is by no means a saturated one. Thus, the ammonia contained in the U. S. preparation 
is about 10 per cent. The following table gives the percentage of ammoniacal gas in aqueous 
solutions of different densities at the temperature of 15° C. (Lunge.) 
Per cent, 
of 
Ammonia. 
Specific Gravity 
. 15° .C. 
at 4& 
in air. 
Per cent, 
of 
Ammonia. 
Specific Gravity 
. 15° C. 
at -jFa 
in air. 
Per cent, 
of 
Ammonia. 
Specific Gravity 
. 15° C. 
a* 4° C. 
in air. 
Per cent, 
of 
Ammonia. 
Specific Gravity 
. 15° C. 
at 4° C. 
in air. 
o-oo 
1-000 
7-82 
0-968 
16-22 
0-938 
25-65 
0-908 
0-45 
0-998 
8-33 
0-966 
16-82 
0-936 
26-31 
0-906 
0-91 
0-996 
8-84 
0-964 
17-42 
0-934 
26-98 
0-904 
1-37 
0-994 
9-35 
0-962 
18-03 
0-932 
27-65 
0-902 
1-84 
0-992 
9-91 
0-960 
18-64 
0-930 
28-00 
0-9009 
2-31 
0-990 
10-00 
0-9597 
19-25 
0-928 
28-33 
0-900 
2-80 
0-988 
10-47 
0-958 
19-87 
0-926 
29-01 
0-898 
3-30 
0-986 
11-03 
0-956 
20-00 
0-9256 
29.69 
0-896 
3*80 
0-984 
11-60 
0-954 
20-49 
0-924 
30-00 
0-8951 
4-30 
0-982 
12-17 
0-952 
21-12 
0-922 
30-37 
0-894 
4-80 
0-980 
12-74 
0-950 
21-75 
0-920 
31-05 
0-892 
5-00 
0-9792 
13-31 
0-948 
22-39 
0-918 
31-75 
0-890 
5-30 
0-978 
13-88 
0-946 
23-03 
0-916 
32-50 
0-888 
5-80 
0-976 
14-46 
0-944 
23-68 
0-914 
33-25 
0-886 
6*30 
0-974 
15-00 
0-9421 
24-33 
0-912 
34-10 
0-884 
6-80 
0-972 
15-04 
0-942 
24-99 
0-910 
34-95 
0-882 
7-31 
0-970 
15-63 
0-940 
25-00 
0-9099 
Medical Properties and Uses. When brought into contact with living tissue, am- 
monia acts as a stimulant, irritant, or caustic, according to the strength of its solution. When PART I. 
Aqua Ammonise.—Aqua Ammoniae Fortior. 
205 
applied to the skin, it may excite simply burning pain and redness, but in the form even of the 
present preparation, if the contact be sufficiently maintained, it is capable of destroying the 
whole dermal tissue; taken internally in a concentrated form, it acts as a violent corrosive 
poison, and may cause rapidly fatal gastro-enteritis, with the destruction of the visceral coats. 
In some cases it has produced death in a few minutes by entering the larynx and causing 
oedema, with consequent suffocation. When taken internally in therapeutic doses its action 
is immediate, and continues but for a few moments. In the stomach it acts as a stimulant 
antacid, and is often useful in heartburn, sick headache, etc. After absorption it stimulates most 
powerfully the circulation and respiration, affecting especially the heart and respiratory centres. 
By full doses the respiratory rate and the arterial pressure are for a few moments enormously 
increased. Toxic doses are directly paralyzant to the heart muscle, and may cause, if injected 
into a vein, immediate diastolic arrest of the heart. According to Bence Jones, ammonia is 
oxidized in the system, with the formation of nitric acid, which is eliminated by the kidneys. 
Ammonia water is a valuable remedy in all forms of sudden syncope. The injection of 
ammonia into a vein was brought forward by Prof. G. B. Halford, of Melbourne, as a specific 
against the poison of serpents, and some evidence has been adduced as to its value. As long 
ago, however, as 1782, Fontana published at Florence a series of experiments showing the use- 
lessness of such injections as a remedy for snake-bite, and more recently the subject has been 
investigated in India by Sir Joseph Fayrer (.Indian Annals Med. Sci., 1872), and by a Royal 
Commission (Lancet, Sept. 1874), with the result of completely establishing the truth of the 
experiments and conclusions of Fontana. In collapse following severe accident, or in sudden 
cardiac failure from other acute cause, the intravenous injection of aqua ammoniae has been 
of the greatest service in arousing the action of the heart. Half a drachm to a drachm 
diluted with half an ounce to an ounce of water may be slowly thrown directly into a vein. In 
some cases the drug has been simply used hypodermically, but is almost certain to cause severe 
local symptoms. On account of its cheapness, ammonia water is much used as an ingredient 
in liniments, especially combined with olive or other oil. The internal dose is from ten to 
thirty drops (0-6-1-9 C.c.), largely diluted. 
AQUA AMMONITE FORTIOR. U. S. (Br.) Stronger Ammonia Water. 
(A'QUA am-mo'ni-a: for'ti-or.) 
“An aqueous solution of Ammonia [NH3 = 17-01] containing 28 per cent., by weight, of 
the gas. Stronger Ammonia Water should be kept in strong, glass-stoppered bottles, not com- 
pletely filled, in a cool place.” U. S. “ An aqueous solution containing 32-5 per cent, by weight 
of ammonia, NH3. It may be obtained by heating a mixture of ammonium chloride and 
slaked lime, and passing the resulting ammonia into distilled water.” Br. 
Liquor Ammouiae Fortis, Br., Strong Solution of Ammonia; Eau d’Ammoniaque forte, Fr.; Starker Sal- 
miakgeist, G. 
This preparation is too strong for internal exhibition, but forms a convenient ammoniacal 
solution for reduction, by dilution with two measures of distilled water, to the strength of 
ordinary Ammonia Water (Aqua Ammoniae), or for preparing strong rubefacient liniments. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia does not give a process. The process of the British Pharmacopoeia 
(1885) will be found in detail in the U. S. D., 17th ed., p. 202. 
Ammonia Water is seldom made by the formula of the Pharmacopoeia, but is prepared on a 
large scale, from one of the products of the coal-gas manufacture, by the following more eco- 
nomical process. Gas liquor is distilled, and the distillate, which is principally ammonium 
sulphide, is converted into ammonium sulphate by sulphuric acid. The rough sulphate is then 
gently distilled with milk of lime, the still being connected with a series of glass carboys, 
arranged like Woulf’s bottles, and three-fourths filled with distilled water. In this way solu- 
tion of ammonia may be obtained of maximum strength. 
Properties of Aqueous Ammonia of Maximum Strength. This is a colorless 
liquid, of an acrid taste and very pungent smell. It is strongly alkaline, and immediately 
changes turmeric, when held over its fumes, to reddish brown. Cooled to 40° F. below zero, 
it concretes into a gelatinous mass, and at 54° C. (130° F.) boils, owing to the rapid disen- 
gagement of the gas. Its sp. gr. is 0-875 at 10° C. (50° F.). Anhydrous ammonia is said to 
dissolve metallic sodium, and the solution is intensely blue. ( Chem. News, Nov. 4,1870, p. 217.) 
Properties of the Official Stronger Ammonia Water. This has similar properties 
to those above mentioned. Its sp.gr. is 0-901, TJ. S., 0-§91 ,Br. When of the former density, 206 
Aqua Ammoniae Fortior. 
PART I. 
it contains 28 per cent, of the gas ; when of the latter, 32*5 per cent.* “ To neutralize 1-7 Gm. 
(1-88 C.c.) of Stronger Ammonia Water should require 28 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (each 
C.c. corresponding with 1 per cent, of ammonia), rosolic acid being used as indicator.” U. S. 
The stronger ammonia water of commerce usually ranges in density from 0-900 to 0-920. 
Even when of proper official strength at first, it generally becomes weaker by the escape of 
ammonia. To prevent its deterioration, it should be kept in closely-stoppered bottles in a cool 
place. If precipitated by lime water it contains carbonic acid. After having been saturated 
with nitric acid, a precipitate by ammonium carbonate indicates earthy impurity, by silver 
nitrate, a chloride, and by barium chloride, a sulphate. “ When mixed with an equal volume 
of water, with the addition of a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, no color or odor should be 
developed (absence of tarry matters). It should not yield any characteristic reaction with the 
tests for arsenium, lead, iron, aluminium, zinc, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, car- 
bonates, sulphates, or sulphides, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides. 
Specific gravity 0-891. Each gramme should require for neutralization 19-1 cubic centimetres 
of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid." Br. 
When purchasing the Stronger Solution of Ammonia, the apothecary should not trust to its 
being of the official strength, but should ascertain the point by taking its density, either by 
the specific gravity bottle or the hydrometer. Another method of ascertaining its density is 
by the ammonia-meter of Mr. J. J. Griffin, of London, described and figured in P. J. Tr. (x. 
413). Although the U. S. Pharmacopoeia states that “ if stronger ammonia water be diluted 
with twice its volume of water it should respond to the reactions and tests described under 
Ammonia Water,” it will be usually found in practice that two volumes of water will be too 
much ; in any event it would be safer to use a smaller quantity of water (one and a half 
volumes), and, if the mixture should not have the sp. gr. 0-960, it should be brought to that 
density by the addition either of the stronger solution or of distilled water, as the case may 
require. “ Stronger Ammonia Water should be kept in strong glass-stoppered bottles, not 
completely filled, in a cool place.” U. S. Great care should he exercised in opening these bottles. 
It is safer, if the ammonia water has been kept in a warm room, to cool it with ice before 
attempting to withdraw the stopper, as the liberated gas, when warm, oftentimes is forced out 
with extreme violence, and accidents resulting in injury to the sight of the operator are recorded. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This solution is too strong for medical use in its 
unmixed state. Sufficiently diluted with spirit of camphor and rosemary, it has been much 
employed as a prompt and powerful rubefacient, vesicatory, or escharotic, in various neuralgic, 
gouty, rheumatic, spasmodic, and inflammatory affections in which strong and speedy 
irritation is indicated. When mere rubefaction is desired, a mixture may be used composed of 
five fluidounces of the ammoniacal liquid and eight of the diluent liquid ; and this will answer 
even for blistering or cauterizing, unless a very prompt effect be necessary. In the latter case 
a lotion may be resorted to consisting of five measures of the ammoniacal to three of the 
diluent liquid. These mixtures are applied by means of linen folded several times, or a thick 
piece of flannel saturated with the liniment. A convenient mode is to fill the wooden cover 
of a large pill- or ointment-box, an inch or two in diameter, with patent lint, saturate this with 
the liquid, and press it upon the part. The ammonia is thus prevented from escaping, and a 
definite boundary given to the inflammation. The application will generally produce rubefac- 
tion in from one to eight minutes, vesication in from three to ten minutes, and a caustic effect 
in a somewhat longer time. 
When a solution of ammonia of 25° (sp. gr. 0-905) is mixed with fatty matter, the mixture 
forms the vesicating ammoniacal ointment of Dr. Gondret. The revised formula of this oint- 
ment is as follows. Take of lard 32 parts, oil of sweet almond 2 parts. Melt them together 
by the gentle heat of a candle or lamp, and pour the melted mixture into a bottle with a wide 
mouth. Then add 17 parts of solution of ammonia of 25°, and mix with continued agitation 
until the whole is cold. The ointment must be preserved in a bottle with a ground stopper, 
and kept in a cool place. When well prepared, it vesicates in ten minutes. There may be 
danger of excessive irritation and inflammation of the nostrils, mouth, and air-passages, from 
the inadvertent inhalation of the gas escaping from a bottle of the stronger water of ammonia, 
when freshly opened; and serious consequences have occurred from this cause, or from the 
accidental breaking of the bottle. The best antidote, under these circumstances, would be the 
inhalation of the vapors of vinegar or acetic acid. 
* This percentage (32-5) corresponds, according to Lunge, with ammonia water of sp. gr. 0-888 instead of 0-891. Aqua Amygdalae Amarae.—Aqua Anisi. 
207 
part i. 
AQUA AMYGDALA AMARJE. U. S. Bitter Almond Water. 
(A'QUA A-MYG'DA-L2E A-MA'R.E.) 
Aqua Amygdalarum Amararum, P.G.; Eau d’Amandes ameres, Fr.; Bittermandelwasser, G. 
“ Oil of Bitter Almond, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; Distilled Water, nine hundred 
and ninety-nine cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 fluidrachms, 14 minims], To make one 
thotisand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms]. Dissolve the Oil in the Distilled 
Water by agitation, and filter through a well-wetted filter.” U. S. 
Owing to the almost universal employment at this time (1898) of artificial oil of bitter 
almond (or benzaldehyde), which is free from hydrocyanic acid (such oil being much cheaper 
than that made from bitter almond), the bitter almond water of pharmacy cannot be relied 
upon as a medicinal agent, but is used exclusively as a pleasant vehicle. This must be regarded 
as a fortunate circumstance, because the proportion of hydrocyanic acid was very variable in 
the former bitter almond water, and doubt and uncertainty about its action always prevailed. 
Notwithstanding these facts, care must he exercised not to prescribe a larger dose to begin 
with than two teaspoonfuls (7'5 C.c.), lest the water should have been made from the 
poisonous oil of bitter almond* Its principal use in this country is as a vehicle, many phy- 
sicians prescribing it not for its medicinal virtues, but on account of its agreeable taste and 
powers of masking the taste of saline substances. Under the same name, a preparation has 
been much used on the continent of Europe, prepared by distilling bitter almonds with water.f 
This when fresh is much stronger than the preparation of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, containing, 
according to an analysis of Geiger, in 1000 parts, 1-2 parts of anhydrous hydrocyanic acid. 
But, in consequence either of circumstances in the manner of its preparation, or of changes 
upon being kept, it is of variable and uncertain strength, and cannot be relied on.| It has been 
prescribed with fatal effects; and the greatest caution, therefore, should be observed by the 
apothecary not to dispense the distilled bitter almond water instead of the official. 
AQUA ANETHI. Br. Dill Water. 
(A'QUA A-NE'THI.) 
Eau d’Aneth, Fr.; Dillwasser, G. 
“ Dill Fruit, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes : Water, 2 gallons (Imp. meas.) or 10 
litres. Distil one-half.” Br. 
This water, which is frequently prescribed in Great Britain, is occasionally used here; it 
closely resembles caraway water, over which it has no advantages. 
AQUA ANISI. U. S., Br. Anise Water. 
(A'QUA A-NI'Sl.) 
Eau d’Anis, Fr.; Aniswasser, G. 
“ Oil of Anise, two cubic centimetres [or 32 minims] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, four 
grammes [or 62 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic cen- 
* Under the name of chloral hydrocyanate a substance has been introduced for making cherry-laurel and bitter 
almond water extemporaneously. It occurs in white, translucent, rhombic prisms, soluble in water, alcohol, and 
ether. It has the odor of hydrocyanic acid and chloral, and is said to be a very stable compound. A solution of 
6‘5 grains of the salt in 1000 grains of distilled water corresponds with the official bitter almond water of the Ger- 
man Pharmacopoeia, which is 1 to 1000. (Merck’s Bulletin.) 
f Preparation of Bitter Almond Water (Distilled). H. C. Vielhaber powders ten pounds of bitter almonds as 
finely as possible, separates the fatty oil, which usually amounts to 36 to 38 per cent., by strong pressure, and 
reduces the almond press-cake to a very fine powder; a quantity of this corresponding to two pounds of almonds is 
then distilled with water (without alcohol) until about 500 grammes of distillate have been obtained, when the 
receiver is disconnected, and another receiver attached, and the distillation continued as long as the presence of 
hydrocyanic acid can be recognized by its odor and taste in the distillate; this second distillate is then used in the 
place of distilled water for distilling another two-pound lot of the almonds, and the operation continued thus, always 
collecting the first and second distillates separately and utilizing the latter for distilling the next lot, until all tbe 
press-cake has been subjected to distillation; the first distillates are mixed, and also the second. The author thus 
obtained from 10 pounds of almonds about 5 pounds of first and 9 to 10 pounds of second distillate, the former con- 
taining a large percentage of volatile almond oil, which is dissolved by adding the official (Ph. Germ.) percentage 
of alcohol (about £ of its weight) to the distillate. The percentage of hydrocyanic acid is then determined in tbe 
first and second distillates, and sufficient of the latter added to the former to reduce it to the official strength (one- 
tenth of one per cent.). (Archiv d. Pharm., May, 1879, p. 409; A. J. P., July, 1879.) G. A. Zwick prepares distilled 
bitter almond water by breaking up 12 pounds of peach kernels in a mill, then powdering finely, expressing 25 per 
cent, of fixed oil, powdering the press-cake, introducing this into a still, with water, reserving the first forty fluid- 
ounces of distillate, this having been shown by assay to contain the proper amount of hydrocyanic acid, one per 
mille. (A. J. P., 1881. See also Pharm. Post, 1894, 193; Zeitschr. fur Anal. Chem., 1894, 193.) 
J For a method of determining the amount of hydrocyanic acid in bitter almond water, see Archiv d. Pharm., 
Nov. 1878, 408; A. J. P., Feb. 1879; Zeitschr. Oest. Apoth. Ver., 1893, 45, 344, 387, 391. Aqua Aurantii Florum. 
208 
PART I. 
timeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6$ fluidrachms]. Triturate the Oil of Anise with the precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate, add the Water gradually, under constant trituration, and filter.” U. S. 
“Anise Fruit, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Water, 2 gallons (Imp. meas.) or 10 
litres. Distil one-half.” Br. 
Anise water is rarely made by distillation, although the product thus secured has a more 
delicate flavor than the U. S. preparation. It is used solely as a vehicle. 
AQUA AURANTII FLORUM. U. S. (Br.) Orange Flower Water. 
(A'QUA AU-RXn'TI-I FLO'RUM—au-ran'sh§-i.) 
“ The orange-flower water of commerce, prepared by distillation from the flowers of the 
Bitter Orange tree, Citrus Aurantium, var. Bigaradia, diluted, immediately before use, with 
twice its volume of Distilled Water.” Br. 
Aqua Aurantii Floris, Br., Orange Flower Water; Aqua Florum Naphae; Eau (Hydrolat) distillee de Fleurs 
d’Oranger, Eau de Naphe, Fr.; Orangenbliithenwasser, G. 
“ Stronger Orange Flower Water, Distilled Water, of each, one volume. Mix them imme- 
diately before use.” U. S. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1890, has introduced “ Stronger Orange Flower Water,” providing 
for its dilution with an equal volume of distilled water to make “ orange flower water.” This 
plan enables American pharmacists to employ the imported “ triple” water, as it is known in 
commerce. This retains its fragrance longer than a weaker water; moreover, economy is 
effected through saving customs duty and freight, and a fresh, delicate water can be dispensed. 
This preparation is also considered by the British Pharmacopoeia as an object of importation. 
According to this authority, it is obtained from the flowers of the bitter orange tree; this is 
concurred in by our own official standard. In Italy and France, where it is largely made, 
the flowers of the bitter orange have long been preferred, as yielding the most fragrant 
product. It may be prepared in the most southern districts of our country from the fresh 
flowers ; and these might be brought to the North for the same purpose, if previously incor- 
porated with one-third or one-quarter of their weight of common salt. The proper method is 
to arrange the flowers and salt in successive layers in jars of stoneware or glass. They may 
also be preserved by means of glycerin. Notwithstanding, however, the facility of preparing 
this Water here, it is generally imported from the south of France, whence it usually comes 
in cans of tinned copper. 
Orange flower water is nearly colorless, though often of a pale yellowish tint. “ Stronger 
Orange Flower Water should be neutral to litmus paper, and possess a strong odor of fresh 
orange flowers. It should be colorless and clear, or only faintly opalescent, not mucilaginous, 
and give no reaction with hydrogen sulphide test-solution or ammonium sulphide test-solution 
(absence of metallic impurities).” U. S. From being kept in tinned copper cans, it sometimes 
contains metallic impurity, which is said to be chiefly carbonate of lead, derived from the lead 
used as a solder in making the cans. The means of detecting metallic impurity are mentioned 
under the general observations on distilled water. Much color, offensive odor, or mouldiness 
indicates impurity derived from the flowers in distillation. 
L. Malenfant observed that fresh orange flowers, mixed with cold water,ryield, on distillation 
over the naked fire, a milky water, possessing a somewhat empyreumatic odor and a strong, 
somewhat acrid taste. Kept for twelve or eighteen months in glass vessels covered with 
parchment, it loses its empyreuma, and after filtering has an agreeable odor and taste. If the 
flowers be mixed with boiling water and immediately distilled, the water is limpid, and gradu- 
ally separates some thick oil of a brownish color; the water has the odor and taste of the 
flowers, but complicated with a smell of the still, which it loses after long keeping; it 
seems to alter less rapidly than that obtained by the former process. Distilled by steam, a 
limpid water of a pure odor and taste is at once obtained, free from empyreuma; it may be at 
once used, and keeps better in the light than when obtained by the two former processes. (A. 
J. P., June, 1874.) A distilled water of the leaves is also prepared ; and sometimes a mixture 
of the leaves and flowers is employed. But this is a fraud, as the distilled water of the leaves 
never has the sweet perfume of that of the flowers. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e s6r., iii. 249.) 
Orange flower water is used exclusively on account of its agreeable odor. 
Orange flower water is stored in large glass vessels or carboys in cool cellars by the manu- 
facturers in Grasse, care being taken not to stopper them tightly, but simply to cover the orifice 
with a piece of paper. Aqua Aurantii Florurn Fortior.—Aqua Camphorse. 
209 
PART I. 
Nitric, sulphuric, or hydrochloric acid produces a red coloration with orange flower water; 
particularly if the water be shaken with ether to take up the oil, and the acid added to the 
ethereal solution. (P. J. Tr., 1878, 248.) 
AQUA AURANTII FLORUM FORTIOR. U. S. Stronger Orange Flower 
Water. [Triple Orange Flower Water.] 
(A'QUA AU-RXN'TI-! FLO'RUM FOR'TI-OR.) 
“ Water saturated with the volatile oil of fresh Orange Flowers, obtained as a by-product in 
the distillation of the Oil of Orange Flowers. It should be kept in loosely-stoppered bottles, 
in a dark place.” U. S. The orange flower water of commerce is a saturated solution of the 
essential oil of the fresh flowers. (See Aqua Aurantii Florum, p. 208.) 
Aqua Aurantii Florum, U. S. 1880. 
AQUA CAMPHORiE. U. S., Br. Camphor Water. 
(A'QUA cXm'pho-r^:.) 
Mistura Camphor*, Br.; Aqua Camphorata; Eau camphree, Fr.; Kampferwasser, G. 
“ Camphor, eight grammes [or 123£ grains] ; Alcohol, Jive cubic centimeters [or 81 minims] ; 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, Jive grammes [or 77 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Trit- 
urate the Camphor with the Alcohol and Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, then with the 
Water, gradually added, and filter.” U. S. 
“ Camphor, 70 grains (Imperial) or 5 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity ; 
Distilled Water, 1 gallon (Imp. meas.) or 5 litres. Dissolve the Camphor in a sufficient quantity 
of the Alcohol to form half a fluid ounce (or fifteen cubic centimetres) of the solution; add 
this in successive portions to the Distilled Water, shaking after each addition ; finally agitate 
occasionally until all the Camphor is dissolved.” Br. 
In both of these processes the sole object is to effect a solution; water is capable of dis- 
solving but a very small proportion of camphor; but the quantity varies with the method 
employed. The present official process is an improvement on former methods, for it undoubt- 
edly secures a transparent saturated solution easily and rapidly; the mere trace of calcium 
phosphate which dissolves in the water may he disregarded. The present British process is 
more efficient than the old formula, a definite quantity of camphor being dissolved in a small 
quantity of alcohol and this solution gradually added to the proper quantity of water; it is 
questionable, however, whether it would not be advantageous to use an insoluble powder 
to aid in the solution and thus obtain quickly a clear liquid, as the water made by the 
British process is sometimes cloudy. In the former British process no trouble was taken even 
to comminute the camphor, or to shake it with the water, which was thus allowed to take up 
what it might be disposed to do by contact with the camphor contained in a bag. The solu- 
tion thus effected was extremely feeble, containing probably less than one part in a thousand ; 
this proportion, according to Berzelius, is taken up by water when triturated with camphor. 
It was, besides, of uncertain strength, varying with the size of the fragments of camphor. 
Mr. J. C. Pooley found that 120 grains of camphor, treated according to the official direc- 
tions, gave, when cut into 4 pieces, 6 grains to half a gallon of water, but in 20 pieces gave 
20 grains, or about one part to 1750 of* water. (JP. J. Tr., 2d ser., vii. 162.) Mr. Wm. B. 
Addington proposed to add to the camphor just enough alcohol to dissolve it, and triturate the 
liquor with magnesia, during which process he affirmed that the alcohol evaporated (A. J. P., 
xlv. 209) ; and Mr. F. T. Hartzell substituted for alcohol, ether, a few drops of which enabled 
him to bring the camphor to an impalpable powder. (Ibid., xlvi. 233.) The camphor is 
separated from its aqueous solution by a solution of pure potassa, and, according to Dr. Paris, 
by magnesium sulphate and several other salts. Sir J. Murray proposes a solution of cam- 
phor and magnesium bicarbonate, which contains three grains of* the former and six grains 
of the latter in each fluidounce. 
Camphor water has this advantage over camphor in substance, that the latter is with dif- 
ficulty dissolved hy the liquors of the stomach ; but it is too feeble a preparation for use when 
a decided effect is desired; it is, however, an excellent vehicle for the administration of more 
active substances. It is usually given in the dose of one or two tablespoonfuls (15-30 C.c.), 
repeated every hour or two hours. 210 
Aqua Carui.—Aqua Chlori. 
PART i. 
AQUA CARUI. Br. Caraway Water. 
(a'qua cXr'u-J.) 
Aqua Carvi; Eau distilNse de Carvi, Fr.; Kiimmelwasser, G. 
“ Caraway Fruit, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes: Water, 2 qallons (Imp. meas.) or 
10 litres. Distil one-half.” Br. 
Distilled Caraway Water has the flavor of the fruit or seeds, but is seldom used in the United 
States. The water made from the volatile oil (15 minims in a pint), in the same manner as 
is cinnamon water, is largely employed. 
AQUA CHLORI. U. S. (Br.) Chlorine Water. 
(A'QUA CHLO'KI.) 
“ An aqueous solution of Chlorine [Cl—35-37], containing at least 0-4 per cent, of the gas.” 
TJ. S. “ Produced by saturating Distilled Water with chlorine. The chlorine may be obtained 
by the interaction of Hydrochloric Acid and Manganese Peroxide, and should be purified by 
passing through a small quantity of water contained in a wash-bottle.” Br. Appendix. 
Solution of Chlorine, Br.; Aqua Chlorata, P.G.; Aqua Chlori, Chlorum Solutum, Aqua Oxymuriatica; Eau 
chloree, Chlore liquide, Fr.; Chlorwasser, G.; Aqua Chlorini, Phar. 1870. 
“ Manganese Dioxide, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Hydrochloric Acid, thirty-five cubic cen- 
timeters [or 1 fluidounce, 88 minims] ; Water, seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 2£ fluidounces] ; 
Distilled Water, four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13£ fluidounces]. Place the Dioxide in a 
flask connected by a suitable tube with a small wash-bottle containing fifty cubic centimeters [or 
1h fluidounces] of Water, and connect this with a bottle having a capacity of one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms], and containing four hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 13£ fluidounces] of Distilled Water which has previously been boiled and allowed 
to cool. Add to the Dioxide in the generating flask the Hydrochloric Acid, previously diluted 
with twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce] of Water, and, by means of a sand-bath, 
apply a gentle heat. Conduct the generated Chlorine through the Water contained in the 
wash-bottle into the bottle containing the Distilled Water, which should be loosely stopped with 
cotton and kept, during the operation, at a temperature of about 10° C. (50° F.). When the 
air has been entirely displaced by the gas, disconnect the bottle from the apparatus, and, 
having inserted the stopper, shake the bottle, loosening the stopper from time to time, until 
the gas ceases to be absorbed. If necessary, reconnect the bottle with the apparatus, and con- 
tinue passing the gas and agitating, until the Distilled Water is saturated. Finally, pour the 
Chlorine Water into small, dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, which should be com- 
pletely filled therewith, and keep them in a dark and cool place. Chlorine Water, even when 
kept from light and air, is apt to deteriorate. When it is required of full strength, it should 
be freshly prepared.” U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia of 1898 transferred solution of chlorine to the Appendix and 
omitted a detailed process. 
In both processes, the chlorine gas is extricated from the hydrochloric acid by the manganese 
dioxide,* whilst the manganous chloride and water produced remain in the flask, and the chlorine 
is passed, through an intermediate vessel containing a little water for purifying it, into the 
bottle containing the distilled water, loosely stopped, until the vacant part of the bottle is filled 
with it to the exclusion of the atmospheric air. MnOa -f 4HC1 — MnCl2 -f- Cl2 -(- 2H20. 
The bottle, being then corked, is shaken so as to cause the absorption of the gas by the water. 
Of course the stopper must be from time to time loosened, in order to allow the entrance of 
air to supply the partial vacuum created by the absorption of the chlorine. The chlorine 
water is directed to be kept secluded from the light, because otherwise it would be apt to be 
converted partially into hydrochloric acid, through the union of the chlorine with the hydrogen 
of the water.f 
An extemporaneous chlorine water, which has the objection of not being pure, containing 
* The manganese oxide is of course deoxidized. In manufacturing chlorine on the large scale, it is of great 
importance to reoxidize the manganese, so that it can be used over again. This was first accomplished by Mr. 
Walter Weldon in 1870, and his “manganese regeneration” process has been universally adopted. It is said that 
a few years ago there were only two chlorine works in the world that did not regenerate their manganese. For 
details, see Roscoe and Schorlemmer’s Chemistry, vol. ii. part ii. p. 15. 
f Deacon’s process. Mr. Henry Deacon has discovered that chlorine may be made by passing hydrochloric acid 
vapor and oxygen over copper sulphate at a temperature of from 400° to 700° F., the copper salt coming out 
unchanged. For details of this process the reader is referred to Roscoe and Schorlemmer’s Chemistry, vol. i. p. 114. PAET I. 
Aqua Chlori.—Aqua Chloroformi. 
211 
potassium chloride and free hydrochloric acid, not more than twenty-four and twelve grains 
respectively to the pint, may be made as follows. Put in a bottle forty grains of potassium 
chlorate, add one-half troyounce of hydrochloric acid. When the bottle begins to be filled 
with chlorine vapors, add one fluidounce of distilled water. Stopper the bottle, and, when the 
crystals have dissolved, add distilled water to make a pint. (A J. P., xlii. 208.) The reaction 
liberates, however, at the same time, the somewhat explosive gas C1204, and may be dangerous 
at times. 
Properties. “ A clear, greenish-yellow liquid, having the suffocating odor and disagree- 
able taste of Chlorine, and leaving no residue on evaporation. It instantly decolorizes dilute 
solutions of litmus, indigo, and other vegetable coloring matters. When shaken with an ex- 
cess of mercury until the odor of Chlorine has disappeared, the remaining liquid should be at 
most but faintly acid (limit of hydrochloric acidf On adding 17‘7 Gm. of Chlorine Water to 
a solution of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide in 10 C.c. of water, the resulting deep-red liquid should 
require for complete decoloration not less than 20 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal vol- 
umetric solution (corresponding to at least 0-4 per cent, of Chlorine).” U. S. Like gaseous 
chlorine, it destroys vegetable colors. When cooled to about the freezing point, it forms deep 
yellow crystalline plates, consisting of chlorine hydrate. It is intended to contain at least twice 
its volume of the gas. According to MM. Biegel and Walz, chlorine water containing two 
and a half volumes of the gas at 12-2° C. (54° F.) keeps best. The official test indicates the 
quantity of chlorine in the solution, by the amount of the hyposulphite required to decolorize 
an equivalent quantity of iodine, liberated from the potassium iodide. Chlorine water decom- 
poses on keeping, and the British Pharmacopoeia directs that “ it should be recently prepared.” 
In view of the unstable properties of chlorine water, liquid chlorine in sealed glass tubes 
(each containing five grammes) can be procured in commerce, the contents of one tube being 
sufficient to prepare a litre of the water. 
Chlorine is an elementary gaseous fluid of a greenish-yellow color and characteristic smelT 
and taste. It is a supporter of combustion. Its specific gravity is 2-47, and its atomic weight 
35-37. When the attempt is made to breathe it, even much diluted, it excites cough and a 
sense of suffocation, and causes a discharge from the mucous membrane of the nostrils and 
bronchial tubes. Breathed in considerable quantities, it produces spitting of blood, violent 
pains, and sometimes death. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Chlorine water is stimulant and antiseptic. Inter- 
nally it has been used in typhus, and in chronic affections of the liver; but the diseases in 
which it has been most extolled are scarlatina, malignant sore throat, and diphtheria. Exter- 
nally it is employed, duly diluted, as a gargle in small-pox, scarlatina, and putrid sore throat, 
as a wash for ill-conditioned ulcers and cancerous sores, and as a local bath in diseases of the 
liver. It has been used with advantage as an application to buboes and large abscesses, to pro- 
mote the absorption of the matter. As it depends upon chlorine for its activity, its medical 
properties coincide with those of chlorinated lime and chlorinated soda, under which heads 
they are more particularly given. The dose of chlorine water is from one to four fluidrachms 
(3-75-15 C.c.), properly diluted. It should not be prescribed in mixtures, almost all organic 
substances causing a rapid disappearance of the chlorine. Even sugar has this action, and 
glycerin still more markedly. (A. J. P., xliv. 163.) 
Gaseous chlorine has been recommended by Gannal in chronic bronchitis and pulmonary 
consumption, exhibited by inhalation, in minute quantities, four or six times a day. Its first 
effect is to produce some dryness of the fauces, with increased expectoration for a time, fol- 
lowed ultimately by diminution of the sputa and by amendment. Dr. Christison states that he 
has repeatedly observed these results in chronic catarrh ; and both he and Dr. Elliotson have 
obtained, in consumption, a decided improvement of the symptoms. The liquid in the inhaler 
may be formed either of water containing from ten to thirty drops (0-6-1-9 C.c.) of chlorine 
water, or of chlorinated lime dissolved in forty parts of water, to which a drop or two of sul- 
phuric acid must be added, each time the inhalation is practised. The inhaler should be placed 
in water heated to about 37-7° C. (100° F.). 
AQUA CHLOROFORMI. U. S., Br. Chloroform Water. 
(A/QUA (3HLO-EO-F5k'M!,) 
Eau de Chloroforme, Fr.; Chloroformwasser, G. 
“ Chloroform, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Add enough Chloroform to a 
convenient quantity of Distilled Water, contained in a dark amber-colored bottlej to maintain 212 
Aqua Chloroformi.—Aqua Destillata. 
PART I. 
a slight excess of the former, after the contents have been repeatedly and thoroughly agitated. 
When Chloroform Water is required for use, pour off the needed quantity of the solution, 
refill the bottle with Distilled Water and saturate it by thorough agitation, taking care that 
there be always an excess of Chloroform present.” U. S. 
“ Chloroform, 30 minims (Imperial measure) or 2*5 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, suffi- 
cient to produce 25 fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Shake them together 
until the Chloroform is dissolved.” Br. 
This water contains one-half per cent, of chloroform, and is probably fully saturated. The 
British preparation contains half the proportion of Chloroform present in the corresponding 
preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885). Chloroform water has been proved to be an 
excellent vehicle for administering active remedies, and, owing to its antiseptic properties, 
mixtures having it for a basis resist decomposition longer than those made with ordinary 
water. The dose is from one-half to two fluidounces (15—60 C.c.). 
AQUA CINNAMOMI. U. S., Br. Cinnamon Water. 
(A'QUA ClN-NA-MO'MI.) 
Eau de Cannelle, Fr.; Einfaches Zimmtwasser, G. 
“ Oil of Cinnamon, two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 
four grammes [or 61 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Triturate the Oil of Cinnamon with the Pre- 
cipitated Calcium Phosphate, add the Distilled Water gradually, under continued trituration, 
and filter.” U. S. 
“Cinnamon Bark, bruised, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Water, 2 gallons (Imp. 
meas.) or 10 litres. Distil one-half.” Br. 
Of these processes, that of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is the easier, though the second, the 
British, may yield a sweeter product. On standing, cinnamon water is apt to precipitate, owing 
to the gradual oxidation and formation of cinnamic acid, which is comparatively insoluble in 
water; this can be prevented, according to E. Backhaus, by passing a stream of carbonic acid 
through the fresh water for a few minutes. We have never seen the precipitation successfully 
prevented, notwithstanding the application of numerous so-called preventives ; these usually 
delay the precipitation, but in a few weeks’ time the cloudiness due to the formation of minute 
crystals of cinnamic acid invariably appears. Cinnamon water is much used as a vehicle for 
other less agreeable medicines, but should be given cautiously in inflammatory affections. For 
ordinary purposes the U. S. preparation is sufficiently strong when diluted with an equal measure 
of water. Dr. E. Holmes recommends glycerin as an excellent intermedium between the oil 
of cinnamon and water. Ten drops of glycerin will effect the solution of a drop of the oil in 
a fluidounce of water. 
AQUA CREOSOTI. U. S. Creosote Water. 
(A'QUA CRE-O-SO'TI.) 
Creasote; Eau crfjosotee, Fr.; Kreosotwasser, G. 
“ Creosote, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Distilled Water, nine hundred and ninety 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 228 minims]. To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Agitate the Creosote vigorously with the Distilled Water, 
and filter through a well-wetted filter.” U. S. 
This preparation contains 1 per cent., or about 4-8 minims, of creosote in each fluidounce, 
and affords a convenient method of administering that medicine. It is about the same 
strength as that formerly official. The dose is from one to four fluidrachms (3-69-15 C.c.). 
It may also be used with advantage as a gargle, a lotion, or mixed with cataplasms, to correct 
fetor, and gently stimulate indolent surfaces. 
H2O; 17*96. (A'QUA DES-TIL-LA'TA.) HjO; 18. 
AQUA DESTILLATA. U. S., Br. Distilled Water. 
“ Prepared by distillation from good natural potable water.” Br. 
Eau distill6e, Hydrolat simple, Fr.; Destillirtes Wasser, G. 
“ Water, one thousand volumes [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms], To make eight hundred 
volumes [or about 27 fluidounces]. Distil the Water from a suitable apparatus provided with 
a block-tin or glass condenser. Collect the first one hundred volumes [or 31 fluidounces], and PART I. 
Aqua Destillata. 
213 
throw this portion away. Then collect eight hundred volumes [or 27 fluidounces], and keep the 
Distilled Water in glass-stoppered bottles, rinsed with hot distilled water immediately before 
being filled.” U. S. 
No natural water is sufficiently pure for certain pharmaceutical purposes; and hence the 
necessity of the above processes for its distillation. It is best to reject the first portion 
which comes over, as this may contain carbonic acid and other volatile impurities; and the 
last portion of the water ought not to be distilled, lest it should pass over with an empyreu- 
matic taste. The distillation is usually performed with the ordinary still and worm; but, to 
avoid any impurity from the worm or the receiver, the condenser is directed in the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia to be of block tin or glass. Mr. Brande states that distilled water often derives from 
the still a foreign flavor, which it is difficult to avoid. He therefore recommends that a still 
and condenser he kept exclusively for distilling water ; or, where this cannot he done, that steam 
he driven through the worm for half an hour, for the purpose of steaming it out, before it is 
used, the worm-tub having been previously emptied. J. N. Hurty prefers well water as the 
source of distilled water, and that it be boiled before collecting the distillate, to get rid of am- 
monia, and, to prevent access and growth of spores, that the water be heated to boiling before 
introducing it into the container, and that it be drawn off by a siphon-tube reaching to the 
bottom of the vessel, the mouth of which is loosely stopped with cotton. ( Western Druggist, 
1887, p. 4.) Even the use of pure tin, which is generally considered unexceptionable, does 
not give perfect security against impurity, as water distilled from metallic alembics with the 
head and worm of this metal has a peculiar odor which it retains for some time. Ordinary 
distilled water invariably contains ammonia, as may be proved by adding a few drops of Ness- 
ler’s reagent. (See p. 198.) In order to free distilled water from volatile nitrogenous bodies, 
it is necessary to redistil it after it has been placed in contact with potassium permanganate 
and caustic potash. After about one-twentieth of the water has come over, the distillate is 
usually free from ammonia, and leaves no residue on evaporation. If traces of ammonia 
remain, acid potassium sulphate is added, and it is redistilled. (Stas.) 
Properties, etc. Distilled water, as usually obtained, has a vapid and disagreeable taste, 
and is not perfectly pure; water, to be rendered so, requiring to be distilled in silver vessels. 
The properties of pure water have already been given under the head of Aqua. Distilled 
water should undergo no change by hydrogen sulphide, or on the addition of tincture of soap, 
lead subacetate, barium chloride, ammonium oxalate, silver nitrate, or lime water. “ The 
transparency of Distilled Water should not be affected, nor should any color be imparted to it, 
by test-solutions of hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide (absence of metallic impurities), 
or by those of barium chloride (sulphates), silver nitrate (chlorides), ammonium oxalate (cal- 
cium), or mercuric chloride (ammonia) ; nor should its transparency be affected when mixed 
with twice its volume of calcium hydrate test-solution (absence of carbonic add). It should 
give no reaction for nitrates or nitrites when tested as described under Water (see Aqua). 
When 1000 C.c. of Distilled Water are evaporated on a water-bath to dryness, no residue 
should remain. On heating 100 C.c. of Distilled Water, acidulated with 10 C.c. of diluted 
sulphuric acid, to boiling, and subsequently adding 1 C.c. of potassium permanganate centinor- 
mal volumetric solution, the color of the liquid should not be completely destroyed by boiling 
for ten minutes, nor by afterwards setting the vessel aside, well covered, for ten hours (absence 
of organic or other oxidizable matters)." U. S. It is uselessly employed in some formulas, but 
is essential in others. The British Pharmacopoeia requires distilled water to be “ Colorless, 
tasteless, and odorless. 25 cubic centimetres evaporated in a platinum capsule should leave at 
most a scarcely visible residue (absence of dissolved solids). It should yield no reaction with 
the tests for the various metals, chlorides, nitrates, nitrites, or sulphates. It should not affect 
litmus paper (absence of acid or alkaline matter). The liquid obtained on boiling 100 cubic 
centimetres for three minutes with 1-0 cubic centimetre of diluted sulphuric acid and 0*1 cubic 
centimetre of a mixture of one part of solution of potassium permanganate and two parts of 
water, should retain its color for one hour (absence of more than traces of organic matter). 
100 cubic centimetres mixed with 2 cubic centimetres of solution of potassio-mercurie iodide, 
should not afford a yellow tint more intense than that given by 0-25 cubic centimetre of solu- 
tion of ammonium chloride (Nesslers) diluted with 50,000 cubic centimetres of ammonia-free 
water when viewed, under similar conditions, in a glass tube having a diameter of one inch 
(25 millimetres) (absence of more than 0-005 part of ammonia per million parts).” As a 
rule, when small quantities of active medicines are to be given in solution, and in the prepa- 
ration of collyria, distilled water should be directed. The following list contains the chief 214 
Aqua Fcmiculi.—Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 
PART I. 
substances which require distilled water as a solvent: tartar emetic, corrosive sublimate, silver 
nitrate, barium and calcium chlorides, lead acetate and subacetate, potassium permanganate, 
iron and zinc sulphates, quinine sulphate, morphine sulphate, hydrochlorate, and acetate, and, 
in general terms, all the alkaloids and their salts. Distilled water is used in preparing the 
official diluted acids, for absorbing gaseous ammonia, and for forming nearly all the official 
aqueous solutions. 
AQUA FCENICULI. U. S., Br. Fennel Water. 
(A'QUA F(E-NlC'U-Ll.) 
Eau de Fenouil, Fr.; Fenchelwasser, G. 
u Oil of Fennel, two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, four 
grammes [or 62 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 6$ fluidrachms]. Triturate the Oil of Fennel with the Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate, add the Distilled Water gradually, under continued trituration, and filter.” 
u. s. 
“ Fennel Fruit, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Water, 2 gallons (Imp. meas.) or 10 
litres. Distil one-half.” Br. 
Fennel water is a pleasant vehicle for other medicines, and useful when a mild aromatic is 
indicated. The process of the British Pharmacopoeia, although more troublesome, furnishes a 
more delicate and agreeable water than does that of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
AQUA HYDROGENII DIOXIDI. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Hydrogen 
Dioxide. [Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide.] 
“A slightly acid, aqueous solution of Hydrogen Dioxide [H20„ — 33-92], containing, when 
freshly prepared, about 3 per cent., by weight, of the pure Dioxide, corresponding to about 10 
Volumes of available oxygen.” U. S. “ An aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide, H202, pre- 
pared by the interaction of water, barium peroxide, and a dilute mineral acid, at a tempera- 
ture below 50° F. (10° C.).” Br. 
Liquor Hydrogenii Peroxidi, Br., Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide; Oxygenized Water, Oxygen Hydrate; 
Peroxide d’hydrogene, Fr.; Wasserstoff Hyperoxyd, G. 
11 Barium Dioxide, three hundred grammes [or 10'ounces av., 255 grains] ; Phosphoric Acid, 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Pour yt’we hundred cubic cen- 
timeters [or 16 fluidounces] of cold Distilled Water into a suitable bottle, add to it the Barium 
Dioxide in such a way that it shall not form lumps, and shake vigorously so that a uniform 
mixture may result. Provide suitable means of refrigeration, so that the bottle and contents 
may be kept at a temperature below 10° C. (50° F.), and shake it thoroughly every few min- 
utes during half an hour. Afterwards, continuing the refrigeration, shake it occasionally, but 
vigorously, until the Dioxide has become fully hydrated, which may be recognized from the 
fact that only a small portion of the water separates from it on standing, and that it may be 
mixed with the separated water without great effort by shaking. Having introduced ninety-six 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 118 minims] of Phosphoric Acid into a bottle having the 
capacity of about two thousand cubic centimeters [or 4 pints], add to it three hundred and twenty 
cubic centimeters [or 10J fluidounces] of Distilled Water, cool the mixture, and remove fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidouuce, 331 minims] as a reserved portion. Now add the well-mixed 
magma, in about four portions, to the acid liquid, and mix them intimately by vigorous and 
continuous shaking, cooling the bottle after each addition of magma. From time to time test 
the reaction of the liquid, and, when it becomes alkaline, add to it, cautiously, a little of the 
reserved Phosphoric Acid, until the liquid has again acquired an acid character. Repeat the 
agitation from time to time, and also the cautious addition of Phosphoric Acid, as long as the 
liquid becomes alkaline on prolonged, vigorous shaking. If necessary, a further quantity of 
Phosphoric Acid should be diluted with Distilled Water, in the proportion above given, and a 
portion of this liquid used for saturation. Having finally shaken the bottle again very thor- 
oughly, and until the liquid part is neutral to litmus paper, set it aside until the precipitate 
occupies only about one-third of the volume of the contents, and pour the supernatant liquid 
upon a wetted, double, rapidly-acting, white filter, of a diameter of thirty centimeters [or 12 
inches]. Then transfer the semi-liquid precipitate to the filter, rinse the bottle with one hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Distilled Water, transfer this to the 
filter, and when the liquid has drained off, wash the barium phosphate on the filter with Dis- 
(A'QUA HY-DRO-GE'NI-I DI-bX'l-Dl.) PART I. 
Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 
215 
tilled Water, until the filtrate measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 
fluidrachms]. Now add to it, first, twenty drops, and afterwards, if necessary, further, smaller 
quantities of Diluted Sulphuric Acid, until a small portion of the liquid, after filtration 
(which may be assisted by a little starch), is no longer rendered cloudy by Diluted Sulphuric 
Acid. Mix the cloudy liquid with about ten grammes [or 154 grains] of starch by agitation, 
so that the starch may be thoroughly distributed throughout the liquid, and then filter it 
through a well-wetted, white filter of a diameter of twenty-five centimeters [or ten inches], 
returning the first portions until it runs through clear. When all the liquid has passed, ascer- 
tain the percentage of Hydrogen Dioxide contained in it by the method of assay given below, 
and dilute the remaining liquid if necessary, so that it will contain 3 per cent, of absolute 
Hydrogen Dioxide. Keep the product in loosely-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 
Since Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide will gradually diminish in strength, even when care- 
fully kept, it should either be freshly made when wanted, or be kept on hand only in such 
quantity as will probably be consumed within a short time. Any Solution which has become 
weaker need not, for this reason, be thrown away, but may be reserved for an occasion when 
a weaker or diluted solution is prescribed or demanded. Or it may be employed, when making 
a fresh supply, as a diluent of the stronger solution.” U. S. 
The extended use of this preparation, which was discovered by Thenard in 1818, has 
earned for it a place in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890. It consists of water in which, by 
the presenting to it of oxygen in a nascent state, an additional atom of this element has com- 
bined with the hydrogen, forming the dioxide, (I10)2, or H202. 
The official process consists in the decomposition of barium dioxide by phosphoric acid, 
barium phosphate being thrown down as a precipitate, hydrogen dioxide being found dis- 
solved in the supernatant aqueous liquid; the barium phosphate is filtered out, and any trace 
of barium salt is finally removed by the cautious addition of sulphuric acid, which precipitates 
as insoluble barium sulphate; the very fine precipitate which usually passes through the pores 
of filter-paper is caught and held on the filter by the starch, and the clear solution is adjusted 
to contain 3 per cent., by weight, of absolute hydrogen dioxide by the official assay, which 
follows. 
Valuation of Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. Dilute 10 C.c. of the Solution with 
water to make 100 C.c. Transfer 17 C.c. of this liquid (containing 1-7 C.c. of the Solution) 
to a beaker, add 5 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, and then, from a burette, potassium perman- 
ganate decinormal volumetric solution, until the liquid just retains a faint pink tint after being 
stirred. Each C.c. of the potassium permanganate decinormal volumetric solution corresponds 
to 0-0017 Gm. of absolute Hydrogen Dioxide. To express the strength of any Solution of Hy- 
drogen Dioxide approximately in volumes of available oxygen (that is, in volumes of oxygen, given 
off by 1 volume of the Solution upon decomposition), multiply the number of C.c. of permanga- 
nate decinormal volumetric solution decolorized by 1 C.c. of the Solution, by 0-56 (0-5594) ; 
or those decolorized by 1-7 C.c. of the Solution, by 0-33. (It is assumed that 1000 C.c. of 
oxygen, at 0° C. (32° F.) and 760 Mm. pressure, weigh 1-43 Grin.) To express the strength in 
percentage (by weight:) of absolute Hydrogen Dioxide, multiply the number of C.c. of perman- 
ganate decinormal volumetric solution decolorized by 1 C.c. of it, by 0-17 ; or divide the number 
of C.c. of permanganate volumetric solution decolorized by 1-7 C.c. of it, by 10. 
For another method of preparing this Solution, see U. S. D., sixteenth edition, page 1887. 
According to Crismer, a pure solution may be made by dissolving barium peroxide in a slight 
excess of diluted hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1*10), and shaking the solution with an equal 
volume of ether. The ethereal layer is separated and shaken with a little water, which will 
take up most of the hydrogen peroxide, after the separation of which the ether is again shaken 
with the above separated solution of barium peroxide, and then with water as before. These 
operations are repeated five or six times. It is possible in this way to obtain solutions con- 
taining from 0-8 to 0-9 per cent, of the peroxide, which are perfectly neutral and free from 
foreign substances. (Bull. Soc. Chim., 1891, 24.) The official Solution is strong enough for 
most practical uses, for, although it can readily be made stronger, the difficulties of preserving 
it largely increase with its increased strength, and hence the Committee of Revision wisely 
fixed the standard at ten volumes of available oxygen. The British Pharmacopoeia requires 
that the Solution shall indicate a yield of from nine to eleven volumes of oxygen when tested by 
the nitrometer test. (See page 216.) 
Properties. Solution of hydrogen dioxide was prepared by Regnault in a nearly pure 
state. As thus procured, it is a colorless liquid of a fluid consistence, of the sp. gr. 1-452, 216 
Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 
PART I. 
remaining liquid at zero, beginning to give out oxygen when heated above 15-5° C. (60° F.), 
and at a higher heat rapidly and sometimes explosively resolved into water and oxygen. But 
when diluted with water, with which it unites in all proportions,* it is not decomposed under 
37‘7f C. (100° F.). It may be evaporated in vacuo at a gradually increasing temperature, a 
nearly pure hydrogen dioxide coming over at about 84° C. Wolffenstein states that he has 
prepared, after repeated fractioning, hydrogen peroxide (99*1 per cent.). (See Ber. d. Ghent. 
Ges., 1894, 3307. See also Schiloff’s process, Chem. News, 1896, 38.) The great facility with 
which it parts with oxygen renders it a powerful oxidizer; and the simple contact with various 
substances, as platinum, gold, and silver, causes it to be resolved into oxygen and water. On 
the contrary, certain other substances, even though ordinarily evincing a strong affinity for 
oxygen, as phosphorus, for example, are unaffected by it, and there are a number of bodies 
which have the property not only of being unaffected by it, but of restraining its oxidizing 
influence on other bodies, whilst some salts, like silver oxide, are actually reduced by it. Traces 
of impurities modify the stability of hydrogen dioxide; acids increase, alkalies decrease, its 
stability. 
The official Solution is described as “ a colorless liquid, without odor, slightly acidulous 
to the taste, and producing a peculiar sensation and soapy froth in the mouth; liable to 
deteriorate by age, exposure to heat, or protracted agitation. Specific gravity, about 1-006 
to 1-012 at 15° C. (59° F.). When exposed to the air at the ordinary temperature, or when 
heated on a water-bath at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), the solution loses 
chiefly water. When rapidly heated, it is liable to decompose suddenly. Solution of Hydro- 
gen Dioxide has an acid reaction due to a small amount of free acid purposely allowed to 
remain in it for preservation. On adding to 10 C.c. of water, in a test-tube, 1 drop of potassium 
chromate test-solution, then 10 drops of diluted sulphuric acid, and pouring a few C.c. of ether 
on top, the subsequent addition of a few drops of Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide, even when 
considerably diluted, will cause a blue color to appear at the zone of contact of the two 
liquids. After shaking, the ethereal layer will separate with a blue color. Upon evaporating 
50 C.c. of the Solution to dryness, on a water-bath, not more than 0-25 Gm. of residue should 
remain. Upon evaporating 50 C.c. of the Solution, previously rendered alkaline by sodium 
hydrate test-solution, to dryness, transferring the dry residue to a watch-glass, moistening it 
with sulphuric acid, and setting the glass in a moderately warm place for a few hours, the 
surface of the glass, after being washed, should exhibit no sign of corrosion (absence of hydro- 
fluoric acid). 50 C.c. of the Solution should not require more than 0-5 C.c. of potassium 
hydrate volumetric solution to render the liquid alkaline, phenolphtalein being used as indi- 
cator (limit of free acid). The addition of a few drops of diluted sulphuric acid to 10 C.c. 
of the Solution should produce no turbidity or precipitate (absence of barium.)" U. S. “ On 
adding a few drops to 8 or 10 cubic centimetres of water containing a drop of solution of 
potassium chromate, 10 drops of diluted sulphuric acid, and 2 or 3 cubic centimetres of ether, 
a blue layer will appear between the ethereal and aqueous liquids, and, after agitation, the 
ether will also become blue. 1 volume, treated in a brine-charged nitrometer with 10 or 12 
times its bulk of a mixture of 1 volume of sulphuric acid, 2 volumes of a 5 per cent, solution 
of potassium permanganate, and 7 volumes of water, should afford, at normal temperature and 
pressure, not less than 18 and not more than 22 volumes of oxygen, indicating a yield of 9 to 
11 volumes from the Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide. It should give no characteristic reaction 
with the tests for barium. Evaporated to dryness on a water-bath, not more than 0.5 per cent, of 
solid residue should remain.” Br. Charles llice suggests improvements in the method of assay 
which are practical (see Amer. Drug., 1892, 30). F. X. Moerk has proposed a rapid and 
effective method of assaying this solution (see A. J. P., 1893, 65) ; J. F. Brown confirmed the 
value of Moerk’s method (P. J. Tr., 1896, 271). Solution of hydrogen dioxide should be kept 
in a cool place, and not too tightly stoppered. Neglect of these precautions, particularly in hot 
weather, will be likely to result in an explosion and fracture of the bottle containing it, due to 
a brisk evolution of oxygen in a confined space, on account of the increased temperature. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Many years ago, Dr. B. W. Bichardson, of London, 
pointed out that hydrogen peroxide is a powerful physiological agent, which when brought 
in contact with most animal tissues, or with sugar or starch, acts as an oxidizant. He stated 
* Ozonic ether is a name proposed for a solution of hydrogen peroxide in ether, which was first noticed by 
Dr. Richardson. Ether will take a portion of the peroxide from its watery solution, forming a compound of con- 
siderable stability, as it has borne a voyage to Australia without change. Care, however, must be taken to guard 
against the consequences of its extreme inflammability. (See A. J. P., 1869, p. 156.) Aqua Hydrogenii JJioxidi. 
217 
PART I. 
that when injected into the left cavity of the heart of an animal it restores recently-lost 
irritability, but that it has an opposite effect in the right cavity; also, that when thrown 
into the artery immediately after death it restores for a time the contractile power of the 
muscles, and suspends cadaveric rigidity. It does not, however, seem to he of value for 
affecting the general system, as it was found in the experiments of Dr. H. C. Wood to co- 
agulate blood so rapidly when put into the blood-vessel that it does not seem possible for it to 
find entrance into the blood. Nevertheless it has been used internally in low fevers and whoop- 
ing-cough, and various other diseases, and has been strongly lauded by Dr. John Day (London 
Lancet, Jan. 1868) and others as a positive cure in diabetes. Further experience has demon- 
strated, however, its inutility in glycosuria. It is extremely improbable that any of the per- 
oxide can find its way into the system when its solutions are given by the mouth, as it would 
certainly destroy itself by acting upon the organic contents and secretions of the gastro- 
intestinal tract. 
When hydrogen peroxide is brought in contact with mucous membranes or ulcerated sur- 
faces, albuminous coagulation is immediate, with the formation of a white coating and a 
rapid evolution of gas. It is a very powerful antiseptic, which has been found by various 
experimenters, especially Dr. Pane {Land. Med. Rec., Jan. 1891) to be extremely poisonous 
to pathogenic germs. The conclusions of Dr. Pane were that (1) Hydrogen peroxide in a 
solution of 1 to 100 has an energetic disinfecting power. (2) The solution 1 to 1000 is a 
weak antiseptic, and inferior to the corresponding solution of corrosive sublimate. The solution 
of H20„, in nutritive substances, 1 to 352. not only impedes the development but after some 
days kills the spores of the bacillus of charbon. (3) The solution of H202, in nutritive sub- 
stances, from 1 to 352 to 5052, impedes the development of the spores of the bacilli of char- 
bon, but does not deprive them of their germinative power when they are transferred to 
another nutritive substance. Thus, oxygenated water in nutritive substances has a more 
powerful action on the spores of the bacillus of charbon than has corrosive sublimate, since 
the spores can develop freely in a solution of gelatin of 1 to 1000 of the mercurial. 
On account of its oxidizing properties, it is a powerful deodorant, rapidly destroying hydro- 
gen sulphide and similar gases. When hydrogen peroxide is brought in contact with pus, 
rapid change occurs, with evolution of oxygen gas, and Dr. Pane found under the microscope 
that so soon as charged with gas the corpuscles become granular, lose their form, and break up 
into detritus. 
Its liquid form makes it especially adapted for putrid cavities and abscesses, which it will thor- 
oughly cleanse. It cannot, however, take the place of such antiseptics as mercuric chloride, 
because its influence is so immediate and fugacious. As a preventive antiseptic it is of little 
value. For disinfecting the hands and instruments of the surgeon it has the great advan- 
tage of immediate and powerful action, and of not staining the hands or clothing. By some 
surgeons it is said not to affect the instruments. 
As a local application in specific inflammations of mucous membranes hydrogen peroxide is 
of greatest value. In scarlet fever and diphtheria the official solution may he applied by mop 
to the pharynx, often with extraordinarily good results. Diluted one-half, it may be injected 
into the nasal cavities when they are affected. Injection of a solution of from 20 per cent, to 
full strength has received commendation in the treatment of gonorrhoea and chana'e. The 
official solution has also been used with alleged great success as a local styptic. It is probably 
for practical purposes free from poisonous properties. The fatal results which Dr. Pane pro- 
duced by injecting the strong solution directly into the peritoneal cavity of the rabbit being, in 
all probability, due to the shock produced by the intense local irritation of the peritoneum. 
Death from shock also affords the most plausible explanation of the case reported by Dr. 
Laach (Lancet, Oct. 1886), in which six injections into the pleural cavity, each containing 
0-8 cubic centimeter of a 3-per-cent, solution of hydrogen peroxide, were administered, but at 
the seventh the patient complained of faintness, the pulse failed, respiration became oppressed, 
and death occurred in ten minutes. As a local application to mucous membranes, the official 
solution should be used; the stronger solutions are sometimes too irritating. 
Solution of hydrogen dioxide has come to be a common commercial preparation in 10- or 
15-per-cent, aqueous solutions. It is used for the purpose of cleaning and bleaching old and 
stained engravings and oil paintings. The dioxide has also been used as an auricome for 
bleaching dark-colored hair. It is employed, moreover, in increasing degree in the textile indus- 
tries for bleaching. Lunge has proposed its use in the ready valuation of chlorinated lime or 
bleaching powder, which is decomposed by it with the simultaneous liberation of oxygen from 218 
Aqua Lauro-Cerasi. 
PART I. 
both substances in equal amount. It has been detected by M. Struv£, of St. Petersburg, in 
minute proportion, in the air of the atmosphere in Southern Russia. (Chem. News, July 2, 
1869, p. 23.) Sehonbein has made the same discovery in the vicinity of Basel, in Switzerland. 
In both instances it was found in the rain water. (Neues Repertorium, 1869, xviii. 364.) 
AQUA LAURO-CERASI. Br. Cherry-Laurel Water. 
(A'QUA LAu'RO-gEB'A-SI.) 
Eau distillee de Laurier-cerise, Fr.; Kirschlorbeerwasser, G. 
“Fresh Cherry-Laurel Leaves, 1 pound (Imperial) or 320 grammes; Water, 2J pints 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Place the crushed Cherry-Laurel Leaves with the water 
in a retort; distil one pint (or four hundred cubic centimetres) of liquid ; shake the product; 
filter, if necessary; adjust the strength of the finished product either by adding hydrocyanic 
acid or by diluting the distillate with Distilled Water, so that, when tested as described under 
‘ Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum,’ it shall contain one-tenth per cent, of hydrocyanic acid, 
HCN.” Br. 
It is greatly to be regretted that this uncertain, dangerous, and troublesome preparation 
should retain its place in European pharmacopoeias, inasmuch as it could easily be replaced 
by a flavored water containing a definite amount of a soluble cyanide. 
As the cherry-laurel is little cultivated in the United States, the Water is not official; but 
from experiments by the late Prof. Procter there is little or no room to doubt that a prepa- 
ration identical in its effects might be made from the leaves of our common wild cherry, 
Cerasus serotina. The imported cherry-laurel water, as found in commerce, is generally impaired 
by age, and not to be relied on. 
A. Ripping, of Rotterdam, proposes to make an artificial cherry-laurel water by adding 6 
grammes of oil of cherry-laurel and 4-5 grammes of potassium cyanide to a half-liter of water, 
and distilling the mixture in a tubulated retort, a current of carbonic acid gas being passed 
through it at the same time. The distillate is afterwards diluted with distilled water so as to 
contain one-tentli per cent, of hydrocyanic acid. (Arckiv d. Pharm., 1876, pp. 526-531.) 
Cherry-laurel leaves contain 65 per cent, of water, sufficient to provoke the reactions which 
result in the formation of a volatile oil and hydrocyanic acid. Water is very prone to hasten 
the conversion of the volatile oil into benzoic acid by oxidation, and it has been found by Mr. 
C. Umney (P. J. Tr., x. 467) and by Dr. Moore (Ibid., 604) that the water distilled without 
previous maceration is somewhat stronger in hydrocyanic acid and decidedly stronger in oil 
(Umney) than the official product. The strength of official cherry-laurel water is so uncertain 
as to render it ineligible. It ought to be a powerful preparation, about one-twentieth the 
strength of the official hydrocyanic acid (Br. Ph.), and yet in commerce it varies as 53 to 100 
(Umney). The difference depends upon the age of the preparation, the mode of preparing, and 
the time of year at which the leaves are gathered. M. Garot (Annuaire de Therap., 1843, 
45) has found that the leaves yield only half as much in July as in April. Mr. C. Umney 
obtained 1*26 grains of acid in 1000 grains in March, in July 1-08 grains, and in November 
0 64 grains. (P. J. Tr., x. 468.) Dr. Moore, in an elaborate series of experiments, obtained the 
largest product in July of'one year and in October of the next. Mr. Leger (Ibid., June, 
1873) has found the maximum percentage in July, and also that different leaves taken from 
the same bush on the same day vary enormously, young leaves being much richer than old ones. 
The proportion of hydrocyanic acid in the Water diminishes with time. It has been ascer- 
tained by M. Deschamps that if a drop of sulphuric acid be added to a pint of the prepara- 
tion it will keep unchanged for at least a year. It is best preserved by the entire exclusion 
of air and light. M. Lepage found that, preserved in full and perfectly air-tight bottles, both 
this and bitter-almond water remained unchanged at the end of a year ; while if freely exposed 
to the air, they lost all their hydrocyanic acid and essential oil in two or three months. (Journ. 
de Pharm., xvi. 346.) In view of the uncertain strength of the Water as obtained from the 
leaves, it was proposed in France, in reference to the Codex then in preparation, to fix upon a 
definite proportion of hydrocyanic acid ; and the percentage generally adopted was from 0-04 
to 0-05.* For Deniges’s method of assaying the water, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 556. Dr. 
* The following conclusions in reference to cherry-laurel water were arrived at by a committee of pharma- 
ceutists in Paris, appointed to examine the subject of the distilled waters with a view to the revision of the Codex. 
1. The whole of the volatile oil and hydrocyanic acid furnished by cherry-laurel leaves results from a reaction 
between two substances analogous to the emulsin and amygdalin of bitter almonds, which can take place only in the PART i. 
Aqua Menthse Pipe nine.—Aqua Menthse Vindis. 
219 
W. H. Pile proposed an easy volumetric method for estimating the hydrocyanic acid strength 
of cherry-laurel and bitter-almond waters, as well as of other liquids containing; this acid (See 
A. J. P., 1862, 130.) H e 
Medical Properties. Cherry-laurel water is employed in Europe as a sedative narcotic, 
identical in its properties with a dilute solution of hydrocyanic acid; but it is of uncertain 
strength, and should not be allowed to supersede the more definite preparation of the acid now 
in use. Its fraudulent use in Paris in the preparation of a cordial, in imitation of the genuine 
cherry cordial, made by fermentation and distillation, and like it called “ kirsch,” has been the 
subject of no little reprobation. {Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e s6r., i. 33, 1865.) The 
dose is from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-7 C.c.) 
AQUA MENTHA PIPERITA2. U. S., Br. Peppermint Water. 
(A'QUA MEVTH2E Pi-PMI'T/E.) 
Eau de Menthe poivree, Fr.; Pfefferminzwasser, G. 
“ Oil of Peppermint, two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 
four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Triturate the Oil of Peppermint with the 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, add the Distilled Water gradually, under constant trituration, 
and filter.” U. S. 
“ Oil of Peppermint, 77 minims (Imperial measure) or 10 cubic centimetres ; Water, 1J gallons 
(Imp. meas.) or 15 litres. Distil two-thirds.” Br. 
AQUA MENTHA VIRIDIS. U. S., Br. Spearmint Water. 
Eau de Menthe verte, Fr. 
“ Oil of Spearmint, two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 
four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Triturate the Oil of Spearmint with the 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, add the Distilled Water gradually, under constant trituration, 
and filter.” U.S. 
“ Oil of Spearmint, 77 minims (Imperial measure) or 10 cubic centimetres ; Water, 1£ gallons 
(Imp. meas.) or 15 litres. Distil two thirds.” Br. 
There would seem to be no good reason for distilling the mint waters from their respective 
volatile oils, as directed in the British processes. If the fresh plants were available, a good 
source for a distilled water could be provided ; but if a volatile oil must be used, with its uncer- 
tainty of freshness always present, the quicker process of the U. S. Pharm. is greatly preferable. 
The two mint waters are among the most grateful and most employed of this class of prepa- 
rations. Together with cinnamon water, they are used in this country, almost to the exclusion 
of all others, as the vehicle of medicines given in the form of mixture. They serve not only 
to conceal or qualify the taste of other medicines, but also to counteract their nauseating prop- 
erties. Peppermint water is generally thought to have a more agreeable flavor than that of 
spearmint, but some prefer the latter. Their effects are the same. 
(A'QUA MKN'THiE YIK'I-DIS.) 
presence of water. 2. The quantity of volatile oil furnished by the leaves is always in direct relation to that of 
hydrocyanic acid. 3. The leaves furnish, by mere contact for twenty-four hours with cold water, only one-third of 
tbe quantity which they can be made to yield. 4. The fermentable matter of the leaves is liable to change, so that 
the leaves, after being picked, afford less and less of the acid the longer they are kept; and a moist heat favors 
change, so that complete decomposition takes place in a few hours. 5. Difference in climate, soil, exposure to the 
sun, and age of the tree, have but a secondary influence on the productiveness of the leaves. 6. The season of the 
year, however, has a great influence. The younger the leaf, the greater is its yield; so that, while 0'150 per cent, 
of the acid was obtained from the forming leaves in spring, those of the autumn yielded only 0’132, those of the 
winter 0’120, and leaves two years old gave only 0'112. 7. Different plants, under apparently the same circum- 
stances, differ greatly in productiveness, so that 0'176 per cent, was obtained from the most productive, and only 
0'092 from the least so. 8. The distillation by steam yields the greatest possible product. The committee, there- 
fore, propose the adoption of this method, the bruised leaves having been previously mixed with at least three 
times their weight of water, and exposed to a gradually increasing heat, not to exceed 140° F., when all reaction 
ceases. 9. Bruising is the best method of comminuting the leaves. 10. As it is impossible to obtain a Water always 
identical from the leaves, the committee propose to fix a definite strength, and state that the proportion generally 
adopted is from 0'040 per cent, of acid as the minimum to 0'050 or one-twentieth of one per cent, as the maximum, 
which is only one-half the strength proposed for bitter-almond water. 11. Though a change rapidly takes place in this 
and bitter-almond water exposed to the air, yet in bottles full, and perfectly closed by glass stoppers, the change at 
the end of a year is scarcely perceptible; and this observation applies to the distilled waters in general. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1864, p. 520.) 220 
Aqua Pimentse.—Aqua Rosse. 
PART I. 
AQUA PIMENTVE. Br. Pimento Water. 
(A'QUA Pi-MEN'T2E.) 
“Pimento, bruised, 8 ounces (Imperial) or 250 grammes; Water, 2 gallons (Imp. meas.) 
or 10 litres. Distil one-half.” Br. 
Pimento water is an agreeable aromatic water, used as a vehicle. 
AQUA ROSJE. U. S., Br. Rose Water. 
(A'QUA RO'§.E.) 
Eau distillee de Rose, Fr.; Rosenwasser, G. 
“ Stronger Rose Water, Distilled Water, of each, one volume [or 1 pint]. Mix them imme- 
diately before use.” U. S. “ The rose water of commerce,* prepared by distillation from the 
flowers of Rosa damascena, Linn., diluted, immediately before use, with twice its volume of 
Distilled Water.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia of 1898 abandoned the former process of distilling the leaves and 
followed the method adopted by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of diluting the so-called triple rose 
water of commerce with distilled water. This, however, does not make rose water identical 
in strength in these authorities, the U. S. preparation being about 17 per cent, the stronger. 
Although domestic rose water of fair quality may be made by distilling fresh rose petals, it 
does not possess the strength or delicacy of the by-product obtained from abroad, as officially 
described under Aqua Rosse Fortior; hence the above process of diluting this stronger rose 
water. The process of distilling the fresh petals of the hundred-leaved rose is sometimes prac- 
tised. These are usually preferred in the recent state ; but it is said that, when preserved by 
being incorporated with one-third of their weight of common salt, they retain their odor, and 
afford a water equally fragrant with that prepared from the fresh flowers. Indeed, Mr. Haselden 
prefers the salted roses, believing that the water prepared from them is less mucilaginous, less 
apt to become sour, and keeps its odor better than that prepared from the fresh flowers. (P. J. 
Tr., xvi. 15.) It is not uncommon to employ the whole flower, including the calyx; but the 
product is less fragrant than when the petals only are used, as officially directed.f Rose water 
is sometimes made by distilling together water and the oil of rose. This is best performed by 
dropping 10 drops of oil of rose on a sponge and adjusting it in the upper part of a still in the 
body of which a gallon of water is placed: the steam from the boiling water will carry over 
portions of the oil, and the distillate will thus be impregnated. 
When properly prepared, it has the delightful perfume of the rose in great perfection. It 
is most successfully made on a large scale. Like the other distilled waters, it is liable to spoil 
when kept; and the alcohol which is sometimes added to preserve it is incompatible with some 
of the purposes to which the water is applied, and is even said to render it sour through ace- 
tous fermentation. It is best, therefore, to avoid this addition, and to substitute a second dis- 
* “The rose water of commerce ig a saturated solution of the essential oil of the rose flowers.” Br. 
f A. Monthus states that the petals of the hundred-leaved rose are more odorous the nearer they are to the centre 
of the flower, and, contrary to what is said in the text, thinks that the calyx should not be rejected in preparing the 
distilled water. He maintains that so far from injuring the product it in fact contributes to its preservation, and 
that the water obtained from the whole flower is less liable to that mucosity which is the commencement of decom- 
position. This effect he ascribes to the astringent matter of the calyx, coagulating the mucilaginous matter of the 
petals, and preventing it from passing over in the distillation. (Journ. de Pharm., 1863, p. 497.) 
Milk of Roses. In making this cosmetic it is essential to produce an emulsion which, if it separates after long 
repose, may be restored by slight agitation. Although other perfumes may be, and are, commonly added to it, the 
scent of roses should predominate and form its characteristic odor. There are three varieties, the English, French, 
and German. The latter variety should never be employed as a cosmetic, on account of its containing lead. 
English. Almonds (blanched) 1J ounces; Oil of Almonds and AVhite Windsor Soap, of each, 1 drachm; Rose 
W ater 3 pint. Make an emulsion ; to the strained emulsion add a mixture of Essence or Spirit of Roses i fluidrachm ; 
Alcohol 2£ fluidounces; and subsequently of Rose Water q. s. to make the whole measure one pint; more alcohol 
is apt to cause the separation of the ingredients. Some makers add a few drops of oil of bergamot, with two or 
three drops each of oil of lavender and otto of roses, dissolved in the alcohol. 
Or, Oil of Almonds and AVhite AVindsor Soap, of each, 1 ounce; Salts of Tartar £ drachm; Boiling AVater 3 pint. 
Triturate, and subsequently agitate until perfectly united. AVhen cold, further add Alcohol 2 fluidounces; Spirit of 
Roses a few drops; Rose AVater q. s. to make the whole measure a pint. 
French. Tincture of Benzoin (simple) J) fluidounce; Tincture of Styrax J fluidounce; Spirit of Roses 1 to 2 
fluidrachms; Alcohol 2J fluidounces. Mix, and add gradually, with agitation, Rose Water 16} fluidounces. Au- 
gustin recommends the addition of a little potassium carbonate (say 1 drachm to the pint) when it is intended to be 
used as a lotion in acne. 
Or, Tincture of Benzoin (simple) 1 fluidrachm; Tincture of Balsam of Peru 20 drops; Rose AVater i pint. The 
addition of an ounce of alcohol, in lieu of a like quantity of rose water, improves it. 
German. Dilute solution of Lead Diacetate, fluidounce; Lavender Water 2 fluidrachms; Alcohol fluid- 
ounces; Rose Water 3 of a pint. Mix and agitate. Aqua Rosse Foiiioi'.—Argentum. 
PART I. 
221 
tillation. This distilled water is chiefly employed, on account of its agreeable odor, in collyria 
and other lotions. It is wholly destitute of irritating properties, unless it contain alcohol. 
AQUA ROSi*E FORTIOR. U. S. Stronger Rose Water. [Triple Rose Water.] 
(A'QUA RO'§iE FOR'TI-OR.) 
Aqua Rosae, U. S. 1880. 
“ Water saturated with the volatile oil of Rose petals, obtained as a by-product in the distil- 
lation of Oil of Rose. Stronger Rose Water should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
dark place.” U. S. 
This has been introduced for the purpose of making rose water. (See article next above.) 
“Stronger Rose Water should be colorless and clear, not mucilaginous, and give no reaction 
with hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impurities).” 
AQUA SAMBUCI. Br. Elder-Flower Water. 
(A'QUA SXM-BU'Cl.) 
“ Fresh Elder Flowers, 10 pounds (Imperial) or 5000 grammes (or an equivalent quantity 
of the flowers preserved, while fresh, with common salt) ; Water, 5 gallons (Imp. meas.) or 25 
litres. Distil one-fifth.” Br. 
Elder flowers yield very little oil upon distillation ; and, if the water be needed, it may be 
best prepared from the flowers. Mr. Haselden prefers the salted flowers to the fresh, for the 
reason stated under Rose Water. The preparation is little used in this country. 
ARAROBA. Br. 
(Xr-a-ro'ba.) 
“ A substance found in cavities in the trunk of Andira Araroba, Aguiar, freed as much as 
possible from fragments of wood, dried, and powdered.” Br. 
Crude Chrysarobin, Goa Powder, Poh di Bahia; Poudre de Goa, Fr.; Goa-Pulver, G. 
Under the name of Chrysarobin, or Araroba, there has long been used a medicine in Brazil, 
and exported in considerable quantities to Portugal, whence it found its way through the Portu- 
guese colonies into Eastern commerce. In the East Iudies it is usually known as Goa Powder. 
Indeed, the identity of the two powders was first proved in 1875 by Dr. J. F. Dasilva Lima. 
(P. J. Tr., v.) It has been supposed to be yielded by certain lichens, but was shown by Dr. 
It. A. Monteiro to be obtained from a leguminous tree abundant in the forests of the Brazilian 
province of Bahia, which was referred by Mr. E. M. Holmes to the genus Caesalpiuia, but 
which was determined by studies made in its native forests by Dr. J. M. de Aguiar to be an 
undescribed Andira. 
Andira araroba, Aguiar, is a large tree, attaining a height of 100 feet, with a smooth trunk, 
and a spheroidal, not very bushy head. The wood is yellowish, with numerous longitudinal 
canals, besides abundant irregular interspaces or lacunae, in which the chrysarobin is deposited. 
(See P. J. Tr., ix. 755 ; x. 42, 814.) The oldest trees yield the largest amount of the powder; 
the parts containing it are finely chipped or scraped off1. The workmen who procure it often 
suffer severely from irritation of the eyes and face. As first obtained, chrysarobin is stated 
to be of a pale primrose yellow, but it rapidly darkens with age, so that in commerce it 
varies from a dull ochre to a dark chocolate or maroon-brown. It is sometimes a rather fine 
powder, but is usually more or less agglomerated, and not rarely contains fragments of woody 
tissue. Its taste is bitter. It is insoluble in water and most menstrua, but yields as much as 
80 per cent, of its weight to solutions of caustic alkalies and to benzol. The British Pharma- 
copoeia requires that it should yield to hot chloroform, not less than 50 per cent, of pure chrysa- 
robin. Attfield analyzed Goa powder, and found, along with 2 per cent, of resin, 5-5 per cent, 
of woody fibre, and 7 per cent, of bitter extractive, from 80 to 84 per cent, of what he considered 
to be chrysophanic acid; but Liebermann and Siedler showed that this was not chrysophanic 
acid at all, but a substance easily convertible into the acid, which substance they called chrysa- 
robin, and gave to it the formula C30H26Or (See Chrysarobinum, p. 385.) 
ARGENTUM. 
Ag; 108. Ag; 108. 
Argent raffine, Argent, Fr.; Silber, Raffinirtes Silber, G.; Argento, It.; Plata, Sp. 
Silver is occasionally found in the metallic state, sometimes crystallized, at other times com- 
bined with gold, antimony, arsenic, or mercury ; but usually it occurs in the state of sulphide, 222 
Argentum. 
PART I. 
either pure or mixed with other sulphides, as those of copper, lead, and antimony. It is 
sometimes found as a chloride. 
The most productive mines of silver are found on this continent, being those of Mexico 
and Peru and our own llocky Mountain States and Territories ; the richest in Europe are those 
of Norway, Hungary, and Transylvania. Mines have been opened and profitably worked in 
California and Nevada, but at present it is chiefly Colorado and Montana which furnish the 
great bulk of the American silver production. Idaho, Utah, and Arizona also contain very 
rich silver deposits. The principal ore is the sulphide. The mineral containing silver which 
is most disseminated is argentiferous galena, which is lead sulphide containing a little silver 
sulphide. Argentiferous galena exists in several localities in the United States. Native silver 
is associated, in small quantities, with the native copper of the Lake Superior region, and a 
little of it has come into the market. The two metals, though more or less mixed, are yet 
quite distinct, never being alloyed to any considerable extent, showing conclusively that the de- 
posits have not undergone igneous fusion at any time, but that the metals have deposited from 
solution. The production of silver in the United States for 1896 was 58,488,810 troyounces, 
valued at $39,245,992, and for 1897, 56,457,292 ounces, valued at $33,755,815. The world’s 
production, however, grew from 176,706,718 ounces in 1896, to 179,290,820 ounces in 1897. 
Extraction. Silver is extracted from its ores by two principal processes, amalgamation and 
cupeUation. At Freiberg, in Saxony, the ore, which is principally the sulphide, is mixed with 
a tenth of sodium chloride and roasted in a reverberatory furnace. As fast as the sulphide is 
oxidized to sulphate, this reacts with the sodium chloride, forming silver chloride and sodium 
sulphate. The roasted mass is then reduced to very fine powder, mixed with half its weight 
of mercury, one-third of its weight of water, and about a seventeenth of iron in flat pieces, 
and subjected for sixteen or eighteen hours to constant agitation in barrels turned by ma- 
chinery. The chlorine combines with the iron, and remains in solution as iron chloride; while 
the reduced silver forms an amalgam with the mercury. The amalgam is then subjected to 
pressure in leathern bags, through the pores of which the excess of mercury passes, a solid 
amalgam being left behind. This is then subjected to heat in a distillatory apparatus, by 
means of which the mercury is separated from the silver, which is left in a porous mass. In 
Peru and Mexico the process is similar to that above given, common salt and mercury being 
used ; but slaked lime and iron sulphide are also employed, with an effect which is not very 
obvious. 
When argentiferous galenas are worked for the silver they contain, they are at first reduced, 
and the argentiferous lead obtained is fused on a large, oval, shallow vessel called a test, and 
exposed to the blast of a bellows, whereby the lead is oxidized, half vitrified, and driven off 
the test in scales, in the form of litharge. The operation being continued on successive por- 
tions of argentiferous lead, the whole of the lead is separated, and the silver, not being oxi- 
dizable, accumulates on the test as a brilliant fused mass, until its amount is sufficient to be 
removed. The time required for the separation is much abridged by the process of Mr. Pat- 
tinson, of Newcastle, England. This consists in allowing the melted alloy to cool slowly, and 
separating the crystals which first form, consisting mainly of lead, by means of a perforated 
ladle. The residue is a very fusible alloy of lead and silver, in which the latter metal is in 
large proportion, and from which it can be easily separated by cupellation or other means. 
Properties. Silver is a white metal, very brilliant, tenacious, malleable, and ductile. In 
malleability and ductility it is inferior only to gold. It is harder than gold, but softer than 
copper. Its atomic weight is 108, symbol Ag, and sp. gr. from 10*4 to 10-5. It forms but one 
well-characterized oxide. Exposed to a full red heat, it enters into fusion, and exhibits a 
brilliant appearance. It is not oxidized in the air, but contracts a superficial tarnish of silver 
sulphide by the action of hydrogen sulphide in the atmosphere ; from which it may be freed 
by washing it with a strong solution of potassium cyanide, and, as soon as it becomes bright, 
washing it with water and drying it. (Chem. News, 1866, p. 12.) It is entirely soluble in 
diluted nitric acid. If any gold be present, it will remain undissolved as a dark-colored 
powder. From the nitric solution the whole of the silver may be thrown down by sodium 
chloride, as a white precipitate of silver chloride, characterized by being completely soluble in 
ammonia. If the remaining solution contain copper or lead, it will be precipitated or discol- 
ored by hydrogen sulphide. “ The solution, deprived of silver by means of sodium chloride, 
and filtered, is not colored, or but slightly so, and is not precipitated by hydrosulphurie acid.” 
U. S. 1870. “ If ammonia be added in excess to a solution of the metal in nitric acid, the 
resulting fluid exhibits neither color nor turbidity” (i?r. 1885) ; proving the absence of copper, PART I. 
Argenti Cyanidum.—Argenti Iodidum. 
223 
lead, and other metals. “ 10 grains dissolved in a little nitric acid, the solution diluted with 
water, and diluted hydrochloric acid added in slight excess, yields a white precipitate which, 
when thoroughly washed, dried, and heated, weighs 13*25 grains.” Br. 1885. 
ARGENTI CYANIDUM. U. S. Silver Cyanide. 
AgCN; 133*64. (AR-<JEN'Tl CY-Xn'I-DUM.) AgCN; 133*7. 
Cyanuret of Silver; Argentum Cyanatum; Cyanure d’Argent, Fr.; Cyansilber, G. 
A process for preparing this salt is no longer official. Below may be found that of the 
U. S. P. 1870* 
In the process of 1870 all the silver contained in a given weight of silver nitrate, placed in 
a receiver in solution, is converted into cyanide by hydrocyanic acid, produced from potassium 
ferrocyanide by the action of sulphuric acid, AgN03 -f- HCN = HN03 -f- AgCN. The mate- 
rials in the retort are sufficient to produce a little more hydrocyanic acid than is necessary to 
convert the whole of the silver in the receiver into cyanide ; so that the complete decomposition 
of the silver nitrate is insured. Silver cyanide should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, 
protected from light. 
According to Messrs. G-lassford and Napier, the best way of obtaining silver cyanide is to 
add potassium cyanide to a solution of silver nitrate so long as a precipitate is formed. 
Properties. Silver cyanide is “ a white powder, without odor or taste, permanent in dry 
air, but gradually turning brown on exposure to light. Insoluble in water, alcohol, or cold 
nitric acid, but soluble in boiling nitric acid with evolution of hydrocyanic acid; also soluble 
in ammonia water and in solution of sodium hyposulphite or of potassium cyanide. When 
heated, the salt fuses, gives off cyanogen gas, and, on ignition, leaves a residue of metallic 
silver, amounting to 80-56 per cent, of its original weight.” U. S. 
Its best solvent is potassium cyanide. It has no medical uses, but is official solely for the 
purpose of making Hydrocyanic Acid. 
ARGENTI IODIDUM. U. S. Silver Iodide. 
Ag I; 234*19. (ar-<?en't! !-£>D'I-DUM.) Ag I; 234*3. 
This official salt may be readily prepared by adding a solution of potassium iodide to one of 
silver nitrate, and washing and drying the precipitate, which should be kept in dark amber- 
colored vials, protected from light. 
According to the experiments of M. Fizeau, it has the remarkable property of contracting 
with heat and expanding with cold, differing in this respect from the chlorides and bromides 
of the same metal, and the iodides of other metals. (Journ. de Pharrn., 1867, p. 435.) This 
appears, however, to be only a partial truth, the iodide having three allotropic forms and a point 
of maximum density at about 116° C. (240-8° F.). See paper by Gr. F. Rodwell, in Chem. 
Neivs, xx. 288; xxi. 14. The Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ a heavy, amorphous, light yel- 
lowish powder, unaltered by light, if pure, but generally becoming somewhat greenish-yellow, 
and having neither odor nor taste. Insoluble in water, alcohol, diluted acids, or in solution of 
ammonium carbonate, but soluble in about 2500 parts of stronger ammonia water. It is' also 
dissolved by an aqueous solution of potassium cyanide, and by a concentrated solution of 
potassium iodide, and the resulting solutions yield a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide 
test-solution or ammonium sulphide test-solution. When heated to about 400° C. (752° F.), 
the salt melts to a dark-red liquid, which, on cooling, congeals to a soft, yellow, slightly trans- 
parent mass. When mixed with ammonia water, it turns white, but regains its yellowish color 
upon being washed with water. If a small quantity of chlorine water be agitated with an 
excess of the salt, the filtrate acquires a dark-blue color on the addition of starch test-solution. 
If 0-5 6m. of the salt be digested for five minutes with 10 C.c. of a cold 15-per-cent, solution 
of ammonium carbonate, the filtrate, when supersaturated with nitric acid, should not be ren- 
dered more than faintly opalescent (absence of chloride). On digesting a portion of the salt— 
which has been found to be free from chloride, or from which the latter has been completely 
removed by repeated digestion with ammonium carbonate—for five minutes with 10 C.c. of 
* “Take of Nitrate of Silver, Ferrocyanide of Potassium, each, two troyouncea ; Sulphuric Acid a troyounce and 
a half; -Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Nitrate of Silver in a pint of Distilled Water, and pour 
the solution into a tubulated glass receiver. Dissolve the Ferrocyanide of Potassium in ten fluidounces of Distilled 
Water, and pour the solution into a tubulated retort, previously adapted to the receiver. Having mixed the Sul- 
phuric Acid with four fluidounces of Distilled Water, add the mixture to the solution in the retort, and distil, by 
means of a sand-bath, with a moderate heat, until six fluidounces have passed over, or until the distillate no longer 
produces a precipitate in the receiver. Lastly, wash the precipitate with Distilled Water, and dry it.” U. S. 1870. 224 
Argenti Nitras. 
PART I. 
ammonia water, and supersaturating the filtrate with nitric acid, only a slight opalescence, but 
no yellowish-white precipitate, should be produced (absence of bromide')." U. S. 
Medical Properties. Dr. Chas. Patterson, of Dublin, states that this salt possesses the 
general medical properties of silver nitrate, and may be used without any danger of producing 
discoloration of the skin, but in the latter assertion he is probably incorrect. The dose is one 
or two grains (0 065-0 13 6m.), three times a day, given in the form of pill. 
ARGENTI NITRAS. U. S., Br. Silver Nitrate. 
Ag NOs ; 169-55. NI'TRXs.) AgN03; 169-7. 
“ A salt, AgN03, prepared by the interaction of nitric acid and silver.” Br. 
Nitrate of Silver, Lunar Caustic; Argentum Nitricum Crystallisatum, P. G.; Azotas (Nitras) Argenticus; Azotate 
d’Argent, Nitre lunaire, Fr.; Salpetersaures Silberoxyd, Silbersalpeter, G. 
The U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias do not give processes for making this salt. The U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, 1870, gave the following. “Take of Silver, in small pieces, two troy ounces; 
Nitric Acid two troy ounces and a half; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acid 
with a fluidounce of Distilled Water in a porcelain capsule, add the Silver to the mixture, cover 
it with an inverted glass funnel, resting within the edge of the capsule, and apply a gentle 
heat until the metal is dissolved, and red vapors cease to be produced ; then remove the funnel, 
and, increasing the heat, evaporate the solution to dryness. Melt the dry mass, and continue 
the heat, stirring constantly with a glass rod, until free nitric acid is entirely dissipated. 
Dissolve the melted salt, when cold, in six fluidounces of Distilled Water, allow the insoluble 
matter to subside, and decant the clear solution. Mix the residue with a fluidounce of Dis- 
tilled Water, filter through paper, and, having added the filtrate to the decanted solution, 
evaporate the liquid until a pellicle begins to form, and set it aside in a warm place to crystal- 
lize. Lastly, drain the crystals in a glass funnel until dry, and preserve them in a well-stopped 
bottle. By evaporating the mother-water, more crystals may be obtained.” 
In the above process two peculiarities deserve notice. One of these is the direction to cover 
the materials in the capsule, during the continuance of the reaction, with a glass funnel. This 
is in order to prevent the escape of fumes and to economize the nitric acid, a portion of which 
rises in vapor, and, being condensed on the inner surface of the funnel, falls again into the 
capsule. The second peculiarity is the fusion of the salt before being dissolved; the effect 
is to decompose any copper nitrate that might have been derived from the silver, which, 
if coin be employed, always contains copper. The heat decomposes the copper nitrate, and 
the comparatively insoluble oxide is formed, which remains on the filter when the mass is 
subsequently dissolved in water and filtered, the silver nitrate not being decomposed by the 
heat used. 
A practical method for separating the copper nitrate used in Calcutta depends upon the fact 
that strong nitric acid only slightly dissolves silver nitrate in the presence of copper nitrate. 
The silver nitrate is crystallized out from the first solution as long as it can be obtained pure, 
and the bluish-green mother-liquor is evaporated to dryness; the powdered salt, placed in a 
funnel stopped with asbestos, is percolated with nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-42). This washes out all 
of the copper nitrate, and the silver nitrate can be freed from the adhering nitric acid by 
heat. (P. J. Tr., 1897, 61.) 
During the solution of silver in nitric acid, part of the acid is decomposed and nitric oxide 
is given off, which becomes red by contact with the atmosphere, and the oxygen oxidizes the 
silver. This is taken up by the remainder of the acid, and produces silver nitrate in solution, 
which, by due evaporation, furnishes crystals of the salt. The silver should be pure, and the 
acid diluted for the purpose of promoting its action. If the silver contain copper, the solution 
will have a greenish tint, not disappearing on the application of heat; and if a minute portion 
of gold be present, it will be left undissolved as a black powder. The acid also should be pure. 
The commercial nitric acid, as it frequently contains both hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, 
should never be used. The hydrochloric acid gives rise to an insoluble chloride, and the sul- 
phuric, to the sparingly soluble silver sulphate.* For an account of the manufacture of silver 
nitrate on a large scale, see Druggists' Circular, 1887, p. 3. 
* It is desirable that pure silver, free from copper, should be used in this process. As silver coin always contains 
copper, it should be purified before being employed. For this purpose, according to the method of M. Lienau, it 
should be dissolved in nitric acid, and the solution precipitated by chlorine water, which throws down the silver only 
in the form of chloride. The precipitate is to be well washed with chlorine water, then dissolved in solution of 
ammonia, and precipitated by clean copper wire. The silver is deposited as a black powder, which, when washed 
with solution of ammonia, is perfectly pure. (See A. J. P., 1862, p. 368.) PART I. 
Argenii Nitras. 
225 
Properties. Silver nitrate is in “ colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, be- 
coming gray or grayish black on exposure to light in presence of organic matter, odorless, 
having a bitter, caustic, and strongly metallic taste and a neutral reaction. Soluble, at 15° C. 
(59° F.), in 06 part of water, and in 26 parts of alcohol; in 0-1 part of boiling water, and in 
5 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated to about 200° C. (392° F.), the salt melts, forming a 
faintly yellow liquid, which, on cooling, congeals to a pure white, crystalline mass. At a higher 
temperature it is gradually decomposed with evolution of nitrous vapors.” U. S. “ Soluble in 
ether and glycerin.” Br. The solution stains the skin an indelible black color, and is itself 
discolored by the most minute portion of organic matter, for which it forms a delicate test. The 
affinity of this salt for animal matter is evinced by its forming definite compounds with albumen 
and fibrin. The solution also stains linen and muslin in a similar manner ; and hence its use in 
making the so-called indelible ink. To remove these stains, Mr. W. B. Herapath advises to let 
fall on the moistened spots a few drops of tincture of iodine, which converts the silver into sil- 
ver iodide. The iodide is then dissolved by a solution of sodium hyposulphite, made with from 
half a drachm to a fluidounce of water, or by a moderately dilute solution of caustic potassa, 
and the spots are washed out with warm water. Silver stains may also be taken out by a solu- 
tion of two and a half drachms of potassium cyanide, and fifteen grains of iodine, in three 
fluidounces of water. Dr. H. Kraetzer recommends, instead of potassium cyanide, a solution 
of 10 parts sal ammoniac and 10 parts corrosive sublimate in 100 parts of water, with which 
the stains are said to be removed readily from the hands, and from linen, wool, and cotton 
without injuring the fabric. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1880, 52.) Silver nitrate is incompatible 
with most spring and river waters, on account of a little common salt usually contained in them ; 
with soluble chlorides; with hydrogen sulphide, sulphuric, hydrochloric, and tartaric acids, 
and their salts; with the alkalies and their carbonates ; with lime water; and with astringent 
infusions. It is sometimes improperly prescribed in pill with tannic acid, by which it is de- 
composed. Silver nitrate is an anhydrous salt, consisting of one atom of silver, combined with 
the monatomic group characteristic of nitric acid. 
Impurities and Tests. Hydrochloric acid or a solution of sodium chloride, added in 
excess to one of silver nitrate, should throw down the whole of the silver as a white curdy 
precipitate darkening on exposure to light, and nothing besides. This precipitate should be 
entirely soluble in ammonia. If not so, the insoluble part is probably lead chloride. If the 
supernatant liquid, after the removal of the precipitate, be discolored or precipitated by hydro- 
gen sulphide, the fact shows the presence of metallic matter, which is probably copper or some 
remains of lead, or both. The solution, after precipitation by hydrochloric acid and filtration, 
should leave no residue when evaporated. A piece of the salt, heated on charcoal by the 
blow-pipe, melts, deflagrates, and leaves behind a whitish metallic coating. After all, the 
best sign of the purity of silver nitrate is the characteristic appearance of the crystals. “ An 
aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and yields, with hydrochloric acid, a 
white precipitate, which is readily dissolved, without color (absence of copper), by ammonia 
water. If 5 C.c. of a 10-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt be mixed with 20 C.c. of diluted 
sulphuric acid, and heated to boiling, no turbidity should be perceptible (absence of lead'). 
If another portion of the aqueous solution be completely precipitated by hydrochloric acid, 
and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, no residue should be left (absence of foreign salts). 
0-34 (0-3391) Gm. of Silver Nitrate, dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, should require, for complete 
precipitation, 20 C.c. of sodium chloride decinormal volumetric solution (corresponding to 100 
per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. “ 1 gramme dissolved in 15 cubic centimetres of water 
affords with hydrochloric acid a precipitate, which, when thoroughly washed and dried, should 
weigh 0-843 gramme. The filtrate, when evaporated to dryness on a water-bath, should leave 
no residue.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. When silver nitrate in a pure state is brought in con- 
tact with a living tissue, it acts as an escharotic. Owing to the formation of a dense film of 
coagulated albumen, the depth of its action is very limited; the albuminous coating is at first 
white, but soon becomes blackish, owing to the reduction of the silver. The solution of the 
salt is, if not too strong, a local stimulant and astringent, and is very largely employed (grs. 
xx to fgi) in ordinary angina, or more concentrated (grs. xxx to fgi) in diphtheria, and is also 
used in inflammations of the urethral and conjunctival mucous membranes; for the latter pur- 
pose the strength should usually not exceed one or two grains to the ounce. As a counter- 
irritant, stimulant, and alterative, or an escharotic in various external ulcerations, morbid 
growths, etc., silver nitrate finds a very wide use. It is largely employed, also, internally in 226 
Argenti Nitras.—Argenti Nitras Dilutus. 
PART I. 
injlammations and ulcerations of the alimentary tract, such as subacute gastritis, pyrosis, ulcer of 
the stomach, chronic diarrhoea, catarrh of the gall-ducts, etc. In all stomachic diseases it should 
be given half an hour before eating, so as to reach as thoroughly as possible the gastric mucous 
membrane. Dr. Boudin, of Marseilles, employed it in typhoid fever, and Prof. Wm. Pepper 
has followed the practice with asserted brilliant results. As it has been found in all the tissues 
of the body, it is undoubtedly absorbed. It is soluble in peptones, and is probably so taken 
up, although some believe that it is converted in the stomach into a soluble double chloride 
with sodium or potassium. It is never used in practical medicine to produce an acute impres- 
sion on the general system, but was at one time much employed as a slowly acting alterative 
in certain nervous affections, especially epilepsy and chronic spinal inflammation, such as loco- 
motor ataxia, spasmodic tabes, tabes dorsalis, etc., but this method of treatment has about passed 
out of vogue. The occasional production of a slate-colored discoloration of the skin is a great 
drawback to the long-continued use of the nitrate, but it probably never occurs under a course 
of the remedy of less than two months. It affects also the mucous membrane, and, according 
to Dr. Branson (confirmed by Dr. Wm. Pepper), an indication of the approach of discoloration 
is furnished by the occurrence of a dark-blue line on the edges of the gums, very similar to 
that produced by lead, but somewhat darker. When once produced, the discoloration seems 
to be permanent, although Dr. L. P. Yandell has reported two cases in which the discoloration 
of the skin disappeared during a course of potassium iodide. (W. R., July, 1873.) 
The dose of silver nitrate (crystals) is the fourth of a grain (0-016 Gm.), gradually in- 
creased to half a grain (0-03 Gm.), three times a day. For internal exhibition, the physician 
should always prescribe the crystals, and never direct the fused nitrate, which may not be pure. 
Silver nitrate should always be given in pill, as the solution is decomposed by the liquids of 
the mouth. It should not be made up into pill with crumb of bread, as this contains common 
salt, but with some vegetable powder and mucilage, preferably powdered sugar of milk with 
an excipient of glucose. But, as all organic substances decompose it more or less, M. Vee 
proposes the use of inorganic matter, such as nitre, or preferably pure silica obtained by pre- 
cipitating one of the silicates by an acid, and washing it. The least possible proportion of 
tragacanth may be used to give adhesiveness to the mass. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1864, p. 
408.) 
When ingested in sufficient dose, silver nitrate is a violent poison, and has several times 
caused death. The symptoms are those of toxic gastro-enteritis, with marked constitutional 
disturbance, especially coma, convulsions, paralysis, and profound alteration of the respiration. 
The treatment of the poisoning resolves itself into the use of the ordinary antidotes (common 
salt, soap, alkalies, etc.). 
ARGENTI NITRAS DILUTUS. U. S. (Br.) Diluted Silver Nitrate 
[Mitigated Caustic.] 
(ar-<j£n't! ni'tkas di-lu'tds.) 
Argenti Nitras Mitigatus, Br., Mitigated Caustic; Silver and Potassium Nitrate. 
“ Silver Nitrate, thirty grammes [or 463 grains] ; Potassium Nitrate, sixty grammes [or 2 
ounces av., 51 grains]. Melt the salts together in a porcelain crucible, at as low a temperature 
as possible, stirring the melted mass well until it flows smoothly. Then cast it into suitable 
moulds. Keep the product in dark amber-colored vials.” TJ. S. 
“ Silver Nitrate, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Potassium Nitrate, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 
40 grammes. Fuse and mix thoroughly in a capsule of platinum or thin porcelain, and pour 
the melted mass into proper moulds.” Br. 
The introduction of these preparations grew out of the frequent demand for a fused silver 
nitrate which would not be so severe in its action as the pure article. The manufacturers 
have been furnishing for many years a “ No. 2 Lunar Caustic,” which contains 67 per cent, 
of pure silver nitrate; the diluted nitrate of the U. S. P. 1880 contained 50 per cent, of lunar 
caustic, but the present Pharmacopoeia has further reduced the strength to 33 per cent., and 
it is now identical with the British preparation. 
Properties. Diluted silver nitrate is officially described as “ a white, hard solid, generally 
in the form of pencils or cones of a finely granular fracture, becoming gray or grayish-black 
on exposure to light in presence of organic matter; odorless, having a caustic, metallic taste, 
and neutral to litmus paper. Each of its constituents retains the solubility in water and in 
alcohol mentioned, respectively, under Argenti Nitras and Potassii Nitras. An aqueous solu- 
tion of Diluted Silver Nitrate yields, with a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, a white pre- PART I. 
Argenti Nitras Dilutus.—Argenti Nitras Fusus. 
227 
cipitate, which is readily soluble in ammonia water. The filtrate from this precipitate, when 
evaporated to dryness, yields a white residue which is completely soluble in water, and this 
solution affords a yellow, crystalline precipitate with platinic chloride test-solution, and a white, 
crystalline precipitate with sodium bitartrate test-solution. If to an aqueous solution of 
Diluted Silver Nitrate a slight excess of ammonia water be added, it should neither assume a 
blue color (absence of copper), nor show any turbidity (absence of lead and bismuth). If 1 
Gm. of Diluted Silver Nitrate, dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, be mixed with 20 C.c. of sodium 
chloride decinormal volumetric solution and a few drops of potassium chromate test-solution, 
not more than 0'5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution should be required to 
impart to the liquid a permanent red color (corresponding to at least 33 per cent, of pure 
silver nitrate).” U. S. “ White or grayish-white cylindrical rods or cones; freely soluble in 
water, but only sparingly so in alcohol (90 per cent.). 3 grammes dissolved in 15 cubic centi- 
metres of water should afford with hydrochloric acid a precipitate, which, after washing with 
hot water and drying, weighs 0-843 gramme.” Br. 
Medical Properties. This preparation is used only externally. It is similar in its 
action to the fused nitrate, but less energetic. 
ARGENTI NITRAS FUSUS. U. S. (Br.) Moulded Silver Nitrate. [Lunar 
Caustic.] 
Argenti Nitras Induratus, Br., Toughened Caustic; Lunar Caustic; Lapis Infernalis, Argentum Nitricum 
Fusum, P.G.; Azotas (Nitras) Argenticus Fusus; Azotate d’Argent fondu, Pierre infernale, Fr.j Hollenstein, 
Geschmolzenes Salpetersaures Silberoxyd, G.; Fused Nitrate of Silver. 
“ Silver Nitrate, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Hydrochloric Acid, 
four grammes [or 62 grains]. To the Silver Nitrate, contained in a porcelain capsule, add the 
Hydrochloric Acid, and ruelt the mixture at as low a temperature as possible. Stir well, and 
pour the melted mass into suitable moulds. Keep the product in dark amber-colored vials, 
protected from light.” U. S. 
“ Silver Nitrate, 475 grains (Imperial) or 95 grammes; Potassium Nitrate, 25 grains (Imp.) 
or 5 grammes. Fuse and mix thoroughly, in a capsule of platinum or thin porcelain, and pour 
the melted mass into proper moulds.” Br. 
For most purposes it is desirable to have the silver nitrate less brittle than in its pure state. 
Prof. J. L. Smith, of Louisville, Ky., found that this could be effected by adding a little silver 
chloride, which rendered the stick tough, without materially impairing its efficiency. Dr. 
Squibb proposed to accomplish the object by adding 40 grains of hydrochloric acid, with half 
a fluidounce of distilled water, to two ounces of silver nitrate, heating the mixture by means 
of a sand-bath to dryness, and then melting and casting into moulds. (Proc. A. P. A., 1858.) 
This process has been practically adopted in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. In order to keep the 
sticks from becoming discolored during the casting process, it is advisable to add a diluted 
nitric acid (1 in 5) occasionally to the melted nitrate, and carefully prevent the mass from 
becoming overheated. In the British process the “ toughening” is effected by the addition of 
5 per cent, of potassium nitrate. In our opinion, this is not as efficient as is the use of hydro- 
chloric acid. As the salt while melting penetrates a common crucible, the fusion is performed 
in one of porcelain or platinum, the size of which should be sufficient to hold five or six times 
the quantity of the salt operated on, in order to prevent its boiling over. Sometimes small 
portions of the liquid are spurted out, and the operator should be on his guard against this 
occurrence. When the mass flows like oil, it is completely fused, and ready to be poured into 
the moulds. These should be warmed, but not greased, as the organic matter would partially 
decompose the fused salt. 
Properties. Moulded silver nitrate, as prepared by the above process, is in the form of hard 
brittle sticks of the size of a goose-quill, at first translucent, but quickly becoming gray or more 
or less dark under the influence of light, owing to the reduction of the silver, effected probably 
by organic matter or hydrogen sulphide contained in the atmosphere. That the change does 
not depend on the sole action of light has been proved by Mr. Scanlan, who finds that silver 
nitrate in a clean glass tube hermetically sealed undergoes no change by exposure to light. 
The sticks often become dark-colored and nearly black on the surface, and when broken across, 
exhibit a crystalline fracture with a radiated surface. Moulded silver nitrate, when pure, is 
wholly soluble in distilled water; but even fair samples of the moulded salt will not totally dis- 
solve, a very scanty black powder being left of reduced silver, arising probably from the salt 
(AR-<JSn'tT NI'TIiXS FU'SUS.) 228 
Argenti Nitras Fusus. 
PART I. 
having been exposed to too high a heat in fusion. Stein (Schweiz. Wochenschrift fur Phar- 
macies 6, 10,1877) recommends a plan for obtaining sticks of lunar caustic of special diameter 
or length by taking a glass tube or rod of the required outside diameter and wrapping around it 
moistened parchment paper, pasting the edges, tying the lower end, and drying. The melted 
lunar caustic is poured into the paper mould, held upright in a test-tube, and allowed to cool 
by standing. Elastic crayons of silver nitrate may be made by taking a laminaria tent of 
an inch (0-002 mm.) in diameter, dipping it into thick mucilage, rolling it in finely-powdered 
lunar caustic, and drying it. (Pajot.) Entirely black lunar gaustic is sometimes seen in 
France, which contains about 2 per cent, of potassium nitrate and the same quantity of black 
manganese oxide. Heller’s caustic pencils look like ordinary lead-pencils, and consist of long, 
thin sticks of lunar caustic, encased in wood; they may be sharpened' like lead-pencils, and 
the point protected by a cap to prevent injury when not in use. “ A white, hard solid, gener- 
ally in the form of pencils or cones of a fibrous fracture, becoming gray or grayish-black on 
exposure to light in the presence of organic matter, odorless, and having a bitter, caustic, and 
strongly metallic taste. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), with the exception of about 5 per cent, 
of silver chloride, in 0-6 part of water, and in 26 parts of alcohol; in 0-1 part of boiling 
water, and in 5 parts of boiling alcohol. The portion left undissolved by water should be 
completely soluble in ammonia water.” U. S. 
Impurities and Tests. Moulded silver nitrate is liable to contain free silver from having 
been exposed to too high a heat, lead and copper nitrates from the impurity of the silver 
dissolved in the acid, and potassium nitrate from fraudulent admixture or otherwise. Free 
silver will be left undissolved as a black powder, after the action of distilled water. A very 
slight residue of this kind is hardly avoidable; but if there be much free silver it will be 
shown by the surface of a fresh fracture of one of the sticks presenting an unusually dark 
gray color. (Christison.) The mode of detecting lead and copper is explained under silver 
nitrate. (See Argenti Nitras.) “ A clear, aqueous solution of the salt, decanted from the in- 
soluble portion, should be neutral to litmus paper, and should respond to the tests of identity 
and purity mentioned under Argenti Nitras. If 0-34 6m. of Moulded Silver Nitrate, dissolved 
as completely as possible in 10 C.c. of water, be mixed with 20 C.c. of sodium chloride deci- 
normal volumetric solution and a few drops of potassium chromate test-solution, not more than 
1 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution should be required to impart to the 
liquid a permanent red color (corresponding to 95 per cent, of pure silver nitrate).” U. S. In 
order to detect potassium nitrate, a solution of the suspected salt should be treated with hydro- 
chloric acid in excess, to remove silver, and with hydrogen sulphide, to throw down other 
metals if they happen to be present. The filtered liquid, if the salt be pure, will entirely 
evaporate by heat; if it contain potassium nitrate, this will be left, easily known by its prop- 
erties as a nitrate. This impurity sometimes exists in moulded silver nitrate in large amount, 
varying, according to different statements, from 10 to 75 per cent. According to Dr. Christi- 
son, it may be suspected if the sticks present a colorless fracture. Prof. Pollacci (Joum. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., xvii. 160) states that if silver nitrate, after having been heated in a porcelain 
capsule to redness and cooled, imparts an alkaline reaction to water, it contains nitre. In the Br. 
Pharmacopoeia the following method is given for testing toughened silver nitrate for impurity; 
the British preparation contains no hydrochloric acid. “ 1 gramme, dissolved in 15 cubic 
centimetres of waters should yield with hydrochloric acid a precipitate, which, when washed and 
dried, should weigh 0 8 gramme, and the filtrate when evaporated should leave a white resi- 
due.” If the weight of the precipitate be greater or less than here stated, there must be some 
impurity in the nitrate; and any non-precipitable matter, if solid at the temperature of the 
water-bath, will be left behind when the filtrate is evaporated. 
Medical Properties. Moulded silver nitrate should be restricted to external use. Exter- 
nally applied, the moulded nitrate acts variously as a stimulant, vesicant, and escliarotic, and 
may be employed either dissolved in water or in the solid state. A drachm of the moulded 
salt, dissolved in a fluidounce of water, forms an escharotic solution, which may often be resorted 
to with advantage. But moulded silver nitrate is most frequently employed in the solid state; 
and, as it is not deliquescent nor apt to spread, it forms the most manageable caustic that can 
be used. If the moulded nitrate be rubbed gently over the moistened skin until this becomes 
gray, it generally vesicates, causing usually less pain than is produced by cantharides. The 
fused nitrate is also employed to destroy strictures of the urethra, warts and excrescences, fungous 
flesh, incipient chancres, and the surface of other ulcers. 
It is often of service lightly applied, either in concentrated solution or in stick, to ulcers in PART I. 
Argenti Nitras Fusus.—Argenti Oxidum. 
229 
expediting their cicatrization. It is very largely employed in the local treatment of inflam- 
mations of the mucous membranes, as in cystitis, leucorrhoea, gonorrhoea, conjunctivitis, faucitis, 
laryngitis, etc. In these cases the strength of the solution must be adapted to the suscepti- 
bility and the exact condition of the membrane. In cases of intense and especially of specific 
inflammations, the solution may be a saturated one, the object being to destroy the specific 
granulations: thus, in gonorrhoeal conjunctivitis, and in virulent diphtheritic faucitis, even the 
solid stick is used by some practitioners, whereas in ordinary conjunctivitis the strength should 
rarely be above one or two grains to the ounce, and in faucitis twenty to forty grains to the 
ounce. Strong solutions of silver nitrate are sometimes used for the aborting of a gonorrhoea, 
but the treatment is usually considered dangerous, as liable to increase the intensity of the in- 
flammation if unsuccessful. In the advanced stages of gonorrhoea a solution of three to five 
grains to the ounce may be injected. 
Lunar caustic is also frequently used as a topical remedy in various superficial inflammations. 
The method originated in 1820 by Mr. John Higginbottom of treating erysipelas by silver 
nitrate still finds favor with some of the profession. After thorough washing of the skin 
with soap and water, and afterwards with pure water, and subsequent drying, a concentrated 
solution of twenty grains of silver nitrate to a drachm of distilled water is applied freely on 
the inflamed surface and beyond it on the healthy skin by means of a linen mop. In vari- 
ous inflammations of the subcellular tissues silver nitrate often acts advantageously: thus, 
applied to the skin in sufficient concentration to blacken the surface, it will sometimes avert a 
felon or an epididymitis. It has been employed by injection for the radical cure of hydrocele, 
and in solid stick applied as a fine point to each pustule of small-pox upon the face for the 
prevention of pitting. 
ARGENTI OXIDUM. U. S., Br. Silver Oxide. 
Ag* O ; 231*28. (AK-£EN'Tl OX'I-DUM.) AgjO; 231*4. 
“ Silver Oxide should be kept in dark amber-colored vials. It should not be triturated with 
readily oxidizable or combustible substances, and should not be brought in contact with 
ammonia.” U. S. “ Silver Oxide, Ag20, is prepared by mixing solutions of silver nitrate and 
calcium hydroxide.” Br. 
Argentum Oxydatum, Argentic Oxide; Oxyde d’Argent, Fr.; Silberoxyd, G. 
A process for preparing silver oxide has not been adopted in either of the present U. S. or 
Br. Pharmacopoeias; that of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 is given below.* 
Silver oxide was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1850, and was adopted in the 
Br. Pharmacopoeia from the Dublin. In the processes for making it, silver nitrate is decom- 
posed by potassa or lime, the oxide being precipitated, and potassium nitrate or calcium nitrate, 
as the case may be, remaining in solution. When thus obtained, the oxide is an olive-brown 
powder. If the potassa used be not wholly free from carbonic acid, the precipitated oxide 
will be contaminated with some silver carbonate. According to Mr. Borland, of London, the 
carbonate is sometimes sold for the oxide. A third process for obtaining this oxide is that of 
Gregory, which consists in boiling the moist, recently-prepared silver chloride with a very 
strong solution of caustic potassa (sp. gr. 1-25 to 1-30), when, by double decomposition, silver 
oxide and potassium chloride are formed. 
Properties and Tests. “ A heavy, dark brownish-black powder, liable to reduction by 
exposure to light, odorless, and having a metallic taste. Very slightly soluble in water, to which 
it imparts an alkaline reaction, and insoluble in alcohol, but readily and completely soluble in 
nitric acid without effervescence (absence of carbonate). When heated to about 250° to 300° C. 
(482° to 572° F.), it is rapidly decomposed, with the evolution of oxygen, and leaving a resi- 
due of metallic silver. The solution of the oxide in nitric acid should be colorless, and should 
respond to the reactions and tests mentioned under Silver Nitrate (see Argenti Nitras). If 
0-5 Gm. of the Oxide be ignited in a porcelain crucible, it should yield 0-465 Gm. (or 93-1 
per cent.) of metallic silver.” U. S. “A brown powder, which at a low red heat gives off 
oxygen and yields metallic silver. It dissolves in nitric acid without the evolution of any 
reddish fumes (absence of metallic silver). Each gramme, dissolved in nitric acid, should 
yield with hydrochloric acid a precipitate, which, when thoroughly washed and dried, weighs 
* “Take of Nitrate of Silver four troyounces ; Distilled Water half a pint; Solution of Potassa a pint and a 
half, or a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Nitrate of Silver in the Water, and to the solution add Solution of Po- 
tassa so long as it produces a precipitate. Wash this repeatedly with water until the washings are nearly tasteless. 
Lastly, dry the precipitate and keep it in a well-stopped bottle, protected from the light.” U.S. 1870. 230 
Argenti Oxidum.—Armor arise Radix. 
PART I. 
1-237 grammes. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, or 
iron. Silver Oxide is liable to decompose with violence when mixed with creosote, phenol, 
potassium permanganate, and many other substances.” Br. When its solution in nitric acid 
is precipitated by sodium chloride in excess, the supernatant liquid is not discolored by am- 
monium sulphide. The non-action of this test shows the absence of most foreign metals, 
especially copper and lead. It parts with its oxygen with great facility, being decomposed by 
many organic substances; in this way it causes sulphur, amorphous phosphorus, or tannin to 
take fire when rubbed together with it quite dry, in a mortar. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This oxide has been proposed as a substitute for 
silver nitrate, as having the general therapeutic virtues of the latter, without its escharotic 
effect and its objectionable property of discoloring the skin. Experience, however, has shown 
that it will tint the skin. (New York Med. Journ., June, 1869; Phila. Med. Times, vi.) It 
was first tried as a medicine by Van Mons and Sementini. In 1840 it was employed by Dr. 
Butler Lane, who considered it to act as a sedative. In 1845 the late Sir James Eyre strongly 
recommended it in his work on exhausting diseases. Dr. Lane used it with more or less suc- 
cess in nausea, cardialgia, pyrosis, various painful affections of the stomach without organic 
lesion, dysentery, diarrhoea, night-sweats without other obvious affection, dysmemrrhoea, menor- 
rhagia,, leucorrhoea, chronic enlargements of the uterus attended with flooding, etc. The oxide 
appeared to exert a peculiar control over uterine fluxes. Some of the cases treated required 
the use of tonics after the curative influence of the oxide had been exerted. The late Dr. 
Golding Bird also obtained favorable effects from the use of silver oxide, and confirmed to a 
certain extent the results of Dr. Lane, especially as to its valuable powers in menorrhagia. In 
stomach disease characterized by a glairy instead of a watery discharge, Dr. Bird derived not 
the slightest benefit from the oxide, though he used it in thirty cases. In taenia it has been used 
successfully in two cases by Mr. Whittel. The dose of silver oxide is a grain (0-065 Gm.) twice 
or thrice a day. If pills are ordered, they should not be made with honey, conserve of roses, or 
other excipient containing glucose; and, indeed, most organic substances, especially in a moist 
state, deoxidize the oxide, reviving the silver. There would seem to be need-of great caution 
in making these pills. Dr. Jackson has recorded a case in which pills of silver oxide, morphine 
muriate, and extract of gentian exploded violently in the pocket of the patient. (P. J. Tr., xi. 
552.) Pills may be made with gum arabic, but it is better to dispense the dry powder in 
capsules. An ointment, from five to ten grains to the drachm, has been used as an application 
to venereal sores, and to the urethral membrane in gonorrhoea, smeared on a bougie. 
ARMORACIA RADIX. Br. Horse-radish Root. 
(AR-MO-RA'CI-iE RA'DIX.) 
“ The fresh root of Cochlearia Armoracia, Linn., collected from cultivated plants.” Br. 
Armoracia, Br. 1864; Raifort sauvage, Moutarde des Moines, Radis de Cheval, Fr.; Meerrettig, G.; Rafano rus- 
ticano, It.; Rabano rusticano, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Silicida emarginate, turgid, scabrous with gibbous, obtuse valves. Willd. 
Cochlearia Armoracia. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 451 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 400, t. 145. The 
root of this plant is perennial, sending up numerous very large leaves from the midst of which 
a round, smooth, erect, branching stem rises two or three feet in height. The radical leaves 
are lance-shaped, waved, scolloped on the edges, sometimes pinnatifid, and stand upon strong 
footstalks. Those of the stem are much smaller, without footstalks, sometimes divided at the 
edges, sometimes almost entire. The flowers are numerous, white, peduncled, and form thick 
terminal clusters. The calyx has four ovate, deciduous leaves, and the corolla an equal num- 
ber of obovate petals, twice as long as the calyx, and inserted by narrow claws. The pod is 
small, elliptical, crowned with the persistent stigma, and divided into two cells, each containing 
from four to six seeds. 
The horse-radish is a native of western Europe, growing wild on the sides of ditches, and 
in other moist situations. It is cultivated for culinary purposes in most civilized countries, 
and is naturalized in some parts of the United States. Its flowers appear in June. 
The root, which is official in its fresh state, is long, conical at top, then nearly cylindrical for 
some inches, at last tapering, whitish externally, very white within, fleshy, of a strong pungent 
odor when scraped or bruised, and of a hot, biting, somewhat sweetish, and sometimes bitter- 
ish taste. Its virtues are imparted to water and alcohol. They depend upon a volatile oil, 
which is dissipated by drying ; the root becoming at first sweetish, and ultimately insipid and PART I. 
Armoracise Radix.—Arnicae Radix. 
231 
quite inert. Its acrimony is also destroyed by boiling. The oil may be obtained by distilla- 
tion with water. It is colorless or pale yellow, heavier than water, very volatile, excessively 
pungent, acrid, and corrosive, exciting inflammation and even vesication when applied to the 
skin. Hubatka considers it as identical with the volatile oil of mustard. He combined it 
with ammonia and obtained crystals of thiosinamin, NH2.CS.N(C3H6)H, which agreed with 
that produced from mustard oil. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., v. 42.) According to Gutret, 
only six parts of it are obtained from 10,000 of the root. Besides this principle, the fresh 
root contains, according to the same chemist, a bitter resin in minute quantity, sugar, extract- 
ive, gum, starch, albumen, acetic acid, calcium sulphate and acetate, water, and lignin. A. 
Hilger found in the ashes of the root of horse-radish, lime, magnesia, potassa, a trace of soda 
and iron oxide, with sulphuric, hydrochloric, carbonic, phosphoric, and silicic acids in combi- 
nation. ( Chem. Centralblp. 597,1878 ; A. J. P., 1879, p. 21.) From observations made by 
F. L. Winckler, it may be inferred that myronic acid exists in the root combined with potassa, 
and that it is from the reaction between this acid, myrosine, also existing in the root, and 
water, that the volatile oil is produced, in the same manner as oil of mustard from mustard 
seed. (See Sinapis.) Horse-radish when distilled with alcohol yields none of the oil. (Journ. 
fur Pralct. Pharm., xviii. 89.) The root may be kept for some time without material injury, 
if buried in sand in a cool place. 
It is said that if to the powder of the dried root, which has become apparently inert, 
the emulsion of white mustard seed containing myrosine be added, it reacquires its original 
irritant properties ; so that it is the myrosine and not the potassium myronate which is injured 
by drying. Hence the powdered root may be added with advantage to mustard in preparing 
cataplasms, pediluvia, etc. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., xxvii. 268.)* 
Medical Properties and Uses. Horse-radish is highly stimulant, exciting the stomach 
when swallowed, and promoting the secretions, especially that of urine. Externally it is rube- 
facient. Its chief use is as a condiment to promote appetite and invigorate digestion ; but it is 
also occasionally employed as a medicine, particularly in dropsy attended with enfeebled diges- 
tion and general debility. It has, moreover, been recommended in palsy and chronic rheuma- 
tism, both as an internal and an external remedy, and in scorbutic affections is highly esteemed. 
Cullen found advantage in cases of hoarseriess, from the use of a syrup prepared from an 
infusion of horse-radish and sugar, and slowly swallowed in the quantity of one or two tea- 
spoonfuls, repeated occasionally. The root may be given in the dose of half a drachm (1-95 
Gm.) or more, grated or cut into small pieces. 
ARNICiE FLORES. U. S. Arnica Flowers. 
(AR'NT-qAS FLO'RE§.) 
“ The flower heads of Arnica montana, Linne (nat. ord. Composite).” U. S. 
Leopard’s Bane; Flores Arnicte, P. G.; Fleurs d’Arnique, Fr.; Wohlverleichbliithen, Arnicabliitben, G. 
ARNICA RADIX. U. S. (Br.) Arnica Root. 
(AR'NI-QjE ra'dix.) 
“ The rhizome and roots of Arnica montana, Linne (nat. ord. Composite).” U. S. “ The 
dried rhizome and roots of Arnica montana, Linn.” Br. 
Arnicse Rhizoma, Br., Arnica Rhizome; Racine d’Arnique, Fr.; Arnikawurzel, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx with equal leaflets in a double row. Seed-down hairy, sessile. Seeds of the 
disk and ray furnished with seed-down. Receptacle hairy. Hayne. 
Arnica montana. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 2106 ; B. & T. 158. This is a perennial, herbaceous 
plant, having a woody, brownish, horizontal root, from one to three inches long, and two or 
three lines thick, ending abruptly, and sending forth numerous slender fibres of the same 
color. The stem is about a foot high, cylindrical, striated, hairy, and terminating in one, two, 
* The French Codex contains a formula for a Compound Syrup of Horse-radish (Strop Antis cor butique), as fol- 
lows. Scurvy-grass, water-cress, horse-radish (root), all fresh, of each, 100 parts, buckbean (marsh trefoil), fresh, 
10 parts, bitter orange peel 20 parts, canella 5 parts, white wine 400 parts, sugar 500 parts. Thoroughly contuse 
and comminute the solid ingredients, macerate for 48 hours with the wine, and distil off 100 parts. Express and 
strain the residue from the distillation, clarify the liquid with white of egg, and strain; add 300 parts sugar, and 
make into a syrup of sp. gr. 1’270 whilst boiling; with the rest of the sugar and sufficient water make a thick 
syrup, mix this with the other syrup, allow to cool, then add the distilled essence. Iodized Syrup of Horse-radish 
may be made by adding one part of tincture of iodine to ninety-nine parts of the compound syrup above. 232 
Arnicas Radix. 
PART I. 
or three peduncles, each bearing a flower. The radical leaves are ovate, entire, ciliated, and 
obtuse ; those of the stem, which usually consist of two opposite pairs, are lance-shaped. Both 
are bright green, and somewhat pubescent on their upper surface. The flowers are yellow. 
This plant is a native of the mountainous districts of Europe and Siberia, and is found, 
according to Nuttall, in the northern regions of this continent, west of the Mississippi. It has 
been introduced into England, and might no doubt be cultivated in this country. The flowers, 
leaves, and root are employed; but the flowers are usually preferred. 
Properties. The whole plant, when fresh, has a strong, disagreeable odor, which is apt to 
excite sneezing, and is diminished by drying. The taste is acrid, bitterish, and durable. The 
dried root is cylindrical, contorted, and marked by scars from the insertion of the leaves. 
Water extracts its virtues. The Pharmacopoeia thus describes the flowers and the root: 
“ Heads about 3 Cm. [one and one-fifth inch] broad, depressed-roundish, consisting of a 
scaly involucre in two rows, and a small, nearly flat, hairy receptacle, bearing about sixteen 
yellow, strap-shaped, ten-nerved ray-florets, and numerous yellow, five-toothed, tubular disk- 
florets, having slender, spindle-shaped achenes, 
crowned by a hairy pappus. Odor feeble, aro- 
matic ; taste bitter and acrid.” U. S. 
“ Rhizome about 5 Cm. [two inches] long, and 
3 or 4 Mm. [one-eighth to one-sixth inch] thick; 
externally brown, rough from leaf-scars ; internally 
whitish, with a rather thick bark, containing a 
circle of resin-cells, surrounding the short, yellow- 
ish wood-wedges, and large, spongy pith. The 
roots numerous, thin, fragile, grayish-brown, with 
a thick bark containing a circle of resin-cells. 
Odor somewhat aromatic ; taste pungently aro- 
matic and bitter.” U. S. 
Bastick (P. J. Tr., x. 389) separated an alka- 
loid from the flowers, to which he gave the name 
of arnicine. The arnicine of Walz (JSf. Jahrb. 
Pharm., xiii.), extracted from both the root and 
the flowers, is a different substance ; it is an amor- 
phous yellow mass of acrid taste, slightly soluble 
in water, freely in alcohol or ether, and dissolving also in alkaline solutions. It is precipitable 
from its alcoholic solution by tannic acid or by water. Walz assigns to arnicine the formula 
C20Hao04 ; other chemists that of C35H64Or Arnicine has not been proved to be a glucoside, 
although it is decomposed by dilute acids. Sigel (1873) obtained from dried arnica root about 
£ per cent, of essential oil, and 1 per cent, from the fresh; the oil of the latter had a sp. gr. 
of 0-999 at 18° C. (64-4° F.). The oil was found to be a mixture of various bodies, the prin- 
( OCH 
cipal being the dimethyl ether of thymohydroquinone, C10H12 j Q(jjj3 boiling at about 235° C. 
(455° F.), and with this, phloryl isobutyrate to the extent of one-fifth of the oil, and the methyl 
ether of a phlorol. (Pflanzenstoffe, 2d ed., p. 1530.) The water from which the oil separates 
contains isobutyric acid; probably also a little angelic and formic acids ; but neither capronic 
nor caprylic acid, which had been pointed out by Walz. Arnica root contains inulin, which 
Dragendorff extracted from it to the extent of about 10 per cent. (Pharmacographia, 2d 
edition, p. 391.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. When taken internally in sufficient dose, arnica acts 
as an irritant to the stomach and bowels, often producing an emetic and cathartic effect, and 
is said by Bergius to be diuretic, diaphoretic, and emmenagogue. It is capable of acting as a 
poison in overdoses, causing burning in the stomach, violent abdominal pains, intense headache, 
and great nervous disturbance, with, in some cases, marked reduction of the pulse-rate, and 
finally collapse. A case of tetanic spasm of one side, and ultimate death, under its use, is on 
record; but there is reason to doubt whether arnica was the real cause of the fatal issue. 
(Ann. de Thirap., 1854, p. 46.) It is much used by the Germans, who prescribe the flowers 
and root with advantage in amaurosis, paralysis, and other nervous affections. It is said to 
prove useful in that disordered condition which succeeds concussion of the brain from falls, 
blows, etc., and from this circumstance has received the title of panacea lapsorum. It has also 
been recommended in chronic catarrh of the old, intermittent fever and its sequelae, dysentery, 
Arnica root, c, pith, marrow; h, outer bark ; o, middle 
bark ; p, resin-tubes; y, woody bundles. PART I. 
Arnicse Radix.—Arseni Iodidum. 
233 
diarrhoea, nephritis, gout, rheumatism, passive hemorrhages, dropsy, chlorosis, amenorrhcea, and 
various other complaints, in most of which it seems to have been empirically prescribed; but 
the exact value of the remedy has not been determined. The powdered flowers and leaves are 
employed as a sternutatory; and the inhabitants of Savoy and the Vosges are said to substi- 
tute them for tobacco. They may be given in substance or infusion. The dose of the powder 
is from five to twenty grains (0-33—1-3 Gm.) frequently repeated. The infusion may be pre- 
pared by digesting an ounce of the flowers in a pint of water, of which from half a fluidounce 
to a fluidounce (15—30 C.c.) may be given every three hours. It should always be strained 
through linen, in order to separate the fine fibres, which might irritate the throat. A tincture 
prepared from the flowers is largely used in this country as a domestic remedy in sprains, 
bruises, etc. It is employed externally. A tincture of the root is now official: this would be 
preferable for internal use. (See Tinctura Arnicse Radio is i) 
ARSENI IODIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Arsenic Iodide. 
As I3; 454*49. (AR'SE-NI !-5d'I-DUM.) Asia; 454-7. 
“ Arsenious Iodide, Asl3, may be obtained by the direct combination of iodine and ar- 
senium.” Br. 
Arsenii Iodidum, Br.; Arsenici Iodidum, U.S. 1870; Iodide of Arsenic, Arsenious Iodide; Arsenicum jodatum, 
Arsenik Jodiir, G.; Iodure d’Arsenic, Fr. 
“ Arsenic Iodide should be kept in glass-stoppered vials, in a cool place, protected from 
light.” This iodide was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for the purpose of being 
used in preparing the solution of arsenic and mercury iodide. It is made by the direct combi- 
nation of its constituents, with the aid of a gentle heat. 
For U. S. process of 1870 see foot-note* J. F. Babcock (Proc. A. P. A., 1875, p. 693) 
proposes to make it by placing a troy ounce of iodine in a suitable vessel with 10 or 12 fluid- 
ounces of water, and passing hydrogen sulphide through until the iodine color is entirely gone; 
then filtering, heating the filtrate until the odor of hydrogen sulphide has been dissipated ; then 
adding a quarter of a troyounce of arsenous acid, heating until dissolved, filtering, and evapo- 
rating to dryness. As203 -f- 6HI = 2AsI3 -f- 3H20. Nickle’s process enables the operator to 
obtain the salt in a crystalline condition. Arsenic and iodine in equivalent proportions are 
heated together with carbon disulphide in a flask, to which an upright condenser is attached, 
until the iodine color disappears. The solution is then evaporated to the crystallizing point. 
In the Berichte d. Deutsch. Ghent. Ges., 2643,1881, may be found a process for obtaining this 
salt chemically pure, by making a hot solution of arsenous acid in hydrochloric acid, and mixing 
it with a concentrated solution of potassium iodide, whereupon the teriodide separates as a 
crystalline powder; this may be washed with hydrochloric acid, sp. gr. 1-120, until a portion 
of the washings on evaporation ceases to leave a residue of potassium chloride. 
Properties, etc. Arsenic iodide is in “glossy, orange-red, crystalline masses, or shining, 
orange-red, crystalline scales, having an iodine-like odor and taste, and gradually losing iodine 
on exposure to air and light. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 7 parts of water, and in about 30 
parts of alcohol; also soluble in ether, and in carbon disulphide. The salt is gradually de- 
composed by boiling water, and by boiling alcohol. By heat it is completely volatilized ; and 
if it be heated with diluted nitric acid, vapor of iodine will be evolved. The aqueous solution 
of the salt has a yellow color, is neutral to litmus paper, and, on standing, gradually decomposes 
into arsenous and hydriodic acids. On adding hydrogen sulphide test-solution to the solution 
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, a lemon-yellow precipitate is produced.” U. S. It has a great 
tendency to decompose even at ordinary temperatures, iodine separating and volatilizing, oxygen 
being absorbed and arsenous acid formed. Arsenic iodide as found in commerce varies greatly 
in composition, being usually deficient in arsenic. (See Ephemeris, vol. ii. p. 772.) It has been 
used by Biett as an external application in corroding tubercular shin diseases. By the late Dr. 
A. T. Thomson it was given internally with alleged advantage in lepra. The ointment used 
by Biett was composed of three grains of the iodide to an ounce of lard. The dose is an 
eighth of a grain (0 008 Gm.) three times a day, in pill or solution. 
* “ Take of Arsenic sixty grains ; Iodine three hundred grains. Rub the Arsenic in a mortar until reduced to a 
fine powder; then add the Iodine, and rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. Put the mixture into a 
small flask or a test-tube, loosely stopped, and heat it very gently until liquefaction occurs. Then incline the vessel 
in different directions, in order that any portion of the iodine, which may have condensed on its surface, may be 
returned into the melted mass. Lastly, pour the melted iodide on a porcelain slab, and, when it is cold, break it 
into pieces, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. Arsenum. 
PART I. 
234 
As; 74*9. , (AR'SE-nCm.) As; 75. 
ARSENUM. Arsenic. 
Arsenicum, U.S. 1870; Arsenum, Arsenium; Arsenic, Fr.; Arsenik, G.; Arsenico, It., Sp. 
This metal was introduced into the U. S. and Dublin Pharmacopoeias in 1850, for the pur- 
pose of being used to form arsenic iodide, and the solution of arsenic and mercury iodide, at 
that time two new salts of those works. It has been rejected by the compilers of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia and the British. The Dublin College gave the following formula : 
“ Take of White Oxide of Arsenic of Commerce two drachms [Dub. weight]. Place the 
Oxide at the sealed end of a hard Gierman glass tube, of about half an inch in diameter and 
eighteen inches long, and, having covered it with about eight inches of dry and coarsely pul- 
verized charcoal, and raised the portion of the tube containing the charcoal to a red heat, let 
a few ignited coals be placed beneath the Oxide, so as to effect its slow sublimation. When 
this has been accomplished, the metallic arsenic will be found attached to the interior of the 
tube at its distant or cool extremity. 
“ In conducting this process, the furnace used in the performance of an organic analysis 
should be employed, and the fuel should be ignited charcoal. It will be proper also to connect 
the open extremity of the tube with a flue, for the purpose of preventing the possible escape 
into the apartment of arsenical vapors; and, with the view of keeping it from being plugged 
by the metal, to introduce occasionally into it, as the sublimation proceeds, an iron wire through 
a cork, fixed (but not air-tight) in its open extremity.” 
In the above process, the white oxide (arsenous oxide) is reduced by the agency of ignited 
charcoal, which attracts the oxygen of the oxide, and revives the metal. On the large scale, 
metallic arsenic is generally obtained by heating arsenical pyrites (FeAs,FcS2) in earthen 
tubes; when the metal sublimes, and two mols. of ferrous sulphide, FeS, are left. 
Properties. Arsenic is a brittle, crystalline metal, of a steel-gray color, and possessing 
much brilliancy when recently broken or sublimed. Exposed to the air, its surface becomes 
dull and blackish. Its texture is granular, and sometimes a little scaly. Bubbed on the hands, 
it communicates a peculiar odor; but it is devoid of taste. Its sp. gr. is about 5-73 (5-88, 
U. S.). When heated to about 180° C. (356° F.) it sublimes, giving rise to white vapors 
having a garlicky odor.* Its atomic weight is 74'9. It forms two combinations with oxygen, 
arsenous and arsenic oxides, As203 and As206 respectively, to each of which the correspond- 
ing acid is known, and three with sulphur, namely, the disulphide, or realgar, As2S2; the tri- 
sulphide, or orpiment, As2S3, corresponding in composition to arsenous oxide; and the penta- 
sulphide, As2S6, corresponding to arsenic oxide. (See Acidum Arsenosum; also Realgar and 
Orpiment in Part II. of this work.) Arsenic oxide is obtained by distilling off a mixture of 
twelve parts of nitric and one of hydrochloric acid from four parts of arsenous acid, until the 
whole acquires the consistence of a thin syrup. The liquid is then poured into a porcelain 
dish, and evaporated at a moderate heat. Suddenly the arsenic oxide concretes into an opaque 
white mass, which should be transferred, while warm, to a well-stopped bottle. Arsenic oxide 
is white, solid, deliquescent, and soluble in six parts of cold and two of boiling water. It 
forms several acids, corresponding to the several varieties of phosphorie acid, to which it bears 
a close analogy. With silver nitrate it gives a brick-red precipitate of silver arsenate. As a 
poison it is even more virulent than arsenous oxide. It consists of two atoms of arsenic and 
five of oxygen (As206). 
The world’s supply of arsenic and arsenic compounds at the present time is obtained from 
Germany and England. The German production of crude arsenic (including arsenous oxide) 
for 1895 amounted to 3005 metric tons, valued at 0207,189 ; for England, in the same year, 
4875 metric tons, valued at 0260,990. 
Arsenic is much diffused. Besides being present in a great many minerals, it has been de- 
tected, in minute proportion, in the earth of graveyards by Orfila; in certain soils and mineral 
waters by M. Walchner; in the ashes of various plants b}r M. Stein ; in various mineral coals; 
also in the incrustation formed in the boiler of a sea-going steamer, by M. Daubree. 
* The statement that arsenic on being heated sufficiently passes at once into the state of vapor without fusing 
was disproved by experiments of Dunnington and Odger, made under the direction of Prof. Mallet, of the University 
of Virginia. They succeeded in fusing arsenic without great difficulty. (Chem. News, Aug. 30, 1872.) PAET 1. 
Ascifcetida. 
235 
ASAFCETIDA. U. S. (Br.) Asafetida. 
(iS-A-F(ET' I-DA—as-?-f6t' J-da.) 
“ A gum-resin obtained from the root of Ferula foetida (Bunge), Kegel (nat. ord. Umbel- 
liferaa).” US. “A gum-resin obtained by incision from the root of Ferula foetida, Regel; 
and probably other species.” Br. 
Asafetida, Br.; Cibus Deorum; Gummi-resina Asafoetida; Asse-fetide, Assafoetida, Fr.; Stinkasant, Teufels- 
dreck, G.; Assafetida, It.; Asafetida, Sp.; Ungoozeh, Pers.; Hilteet, Arab.; Stercus Diaboli, L. 
Concerning the genus Ferula there has been much dispute by botanists, but at present a 
much wider range is given to it than formerly. H. Falconer ( Trans. Linn. Soc., xx. 285) sep- 
arated from it the genus Narthex, relying chiefly upon the distinctness of the vittae as charac- 
teristic, whilst Bunge separated the genus Scorodosma on account of the absence of vittae. 
According, however, to Bentham and Hooker, the vittae in Bunge’s type specimens are no more 
inconspicuous than in various other species of the genus ; and, further, the vittae vary so much 
that no generic character can be drawn from them. The genus Ferula is a very difficult one 
to characterize briefly, and for its description the reader is referred to Bentham and Hooker, 
Genera Plantarum, i. 917. 
Ferula foetida. Kegel. F. scorodosma. Bentham and Hooker. Scorodosma foetidum. Bunge. 
Ferula assafoetida, L., of Boissier, Flora Orientalis, ii. 994, is a coarse umbelliferous plant, 
growing from five to seven feet high, with a large fleshy root, the crown of which is covered 
with coarse bristly fibres, and gives origin to large bipinnate radicle leaves and a nearly naked 
stem which has only a few bipinnate leaves without wide sheathing petioles, and ends at the 
top in very numerous umbels. The flat-winged fruit have the vittae almost obsolete. This 
plant was first discovered in the sandy desert near the sea of Aral, by Lehmann, in 1844. 
Bunge found it in Persia about twenty years later. It would seem to be native all through 
Afghanistan. 
Ferula assafoetida. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1413. B. & T. Ferula narthex. Bois. Narthex assa- 
foetida. Falconer. This plant, which was formerly recognized officially as a source of asafetida, 
was first described from actual observation by H. Falconer, who found it near Kashmir, and 
has long been successfully cultivated in the Edinburgh Botanical Gardens. It is distinguished 
from the true asafetida plant by the greater height of the stem (6 to 10 feet), and by the 
numerous stem leaves furnished with wide sheathing petioles. The flowers are pale yellow, 
and the oval fruit thin, flat, foliaceous, and reddish brown, with pronounced vittae. It yields 
a milky juice having a powerful smell of asafetida. 
It is possible that asafetida is obtained from several species of umbelliferous plants, although 
it seems to be determined that the official plant yields the bulk of it. This plant does not 
agree with the figures given by Engelbert Kaempfer of the plant which he observed in 1687, 
and to which he gave the name of Assafoetida disgunensis, although Falconer considers the 
latter plant as identical with his Narthex assafoetida, and Borszczon, who studied F. scoro- 
dosma, growing wild in the neighborhood of the Caspian Sea, believes this plant the same as 
that of Kaempfer. It is very likely that the difficulty of identification is due to inaccuracies 
in the original figure of Kaempfer. F. persica is also said to produce an asafetida-like gum- 
resin, and was recognized by the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. Ferula Jseschkeana, Vatke, which 
has been believed to be the source of asafetida, according to E. M. Holmes, has, at least in its 
dried state, not the slightest odor of asafetida, and indeed yields a strongly celery-scented 
juice. (Ph. Jr., 1894, xxv.) 
The oldest plants are most productive, and those under four years old are not considered 
worth cutting, according to the statement of Kaempfer in 1687. At the season when the 
leaves begin to fade, the earth is removed from about the top of the root, and the leaves and 
stem, being twisted off near their base, are thrown with other vegetable matters over the root, 
in order to protect it from the sun. After some time the summit of the root is cut off trans- 
versely, and, the juice which exudes having been scraped off, another thin slice is removed, in 
order to obtain a fresh surface for exudation. This process is repeated at intervals till the 
root ceases to afford juice, and perishes. During the whole period of collection, which occu- 
pies nearly six weeks, the solar heat is as much as possible excluded. The juice collected from 
numerous plants is put together, and allowed to harden in the sun. Dr. H. W. Bellew visited 
Kandahar in 1872, and witnessed the collection of the drug; he describes the process essentially 
as did Kaempfer. The roots varied in size from that of a carrot to the thickness of a man’s 
leg, and their yield from half an ounce to two pounds. The drug, he states, is very much 236 
Asafcetida. 
PART I. 
adulterated. The fruit is said to be sent to India, where it is highly esteemed as a medicine. 
In 1884 Afghanistan was visited by Dr. J. E. T. Aitchison, who found the plains having an 
altitude of 2000 to 4000 feet, arid and bare in winter, but in the early summer covered with a 
thick growth of Ferula foetida, Dorema ammoniacum, and Ferula galbanijlua. The great 
cabbage-like heads of the asafetida plant, representing the primary stage of the flower-heads 
covered over by the stipules of its leaves, are eaten raw by the natives as a sort of green. In 
June the asafetida is obtained. The root-stock is first laid bare to the depth of a couple of 
inches, those plants only which have not reached their flower-bearing stage being selected. A 
slice is then taken from the top of the root-stock, which is immediately covered with twigs and 
clay, forming a sort of dome, with an opening towards the north, so that the sun cannot get 
at the exposed root. About five or six weeks later, a thick, gummy, not milky, reddish sub- 
stance found upon the exposed surface of the root in more or less irregular lumps is scraped 
off with a piece of iron hoop or removed with a slice of the root and at once placed in a leather 
bag. The asafetida is conveyed to Herat, where it is adulterated with red clay before being 
sent into commerce. It is brought to this country either from India, whither it is conveyed 
from Bushire and down the Indus, or by the route of Great Britain. It sometimes comes in 
mats, but more frequently in cases, the former containing eighty or ninety pounds, the latter 
from two hundred to four hundred pounds. It is sometimes also imported in casks. 
Properties. As found in commerce, asafetida is in irregular masses, softish when not 
long exposed, of a yellowish or reddish-brown color externally, exhibiting when broken an 
irregular, whitish, somewhat shining surface, which soon becomes red on exposure, and ulti- 
mately passes into a dull yellowish brown. This change of color is characteristic of asafetida, 
and is ascribed to the influence of air and light upon its resinous ingredient. The masses 
appear as if composed of distinct portions agglutinated together, sometimes of white, almost 
pearly tears, embedded in a darker, softer, and more fetid paste. Occasionally the tears are 
separate, though rarely in the commerce of this country. They are roundish, oval, or irregu- 
lar, and generally flattened, from the size of a pea to that of a large almond, sometimes larger, 
yellowish or brownish externally and white within, and not unlike ammoniac tears, for which 
they might be mistaken except for their odor, which, however, is weaker than that of the 
masses. A very fine variety of asafetida is spoken of by Bellew as being procured from the 
leaf-bud in the centre of the root. It does not come into European commerce, but is the Kan- 
daharee Iling of the Indian bazaars. (P. J. Tr., viii. 103.) It occurs in moist flaky pieces and 
tears, yielding a reddish-yellow oil on pressure, and mostly mixed with the remains of leaf- 
buds. The odor of asafetida is alliaceous, fetid, and tenacious; the taste, bitter, acrid, 
and durable. The effect of time and exposure is to render it more hard and brittle, and to 
diminish the intensity of its smell and taste, particularly the former. Kaempfer assures us 
that one drachm of the fresh juice diffuses a more powerful odor, through a close room, than 
one hundred pounds of the drug as usually kept in the stores. The color, which is at first 
white, becomes pink, and finally the well-known brown, on exposure. Asafetida softens by 
heat without melting, and is of difficult pulverization. Its sp. gr. is 1-327. (Berzelius.) It is 
inflammable, burning with a clear, lively flame. It yields all its virtues to alcohol, and forms 
a clear tincture, which becomes milky on the addition of water. “ When triturated with water, 
it yields a milk-white emulsion, which becomes yellow on the addition of ammonia water. It 
is partly soluble in ether, and at least 60 per cent, of it should dissolve in alcohol.” U. S. 
Macerated in water it produces a turbid red solution, and triturated with that fluid it gives a 
white or pink-colored milky emulsion of considerable permanence. Touched with nitric acid 
(sp. gr. 1-2) the tear becomes of an evanescent green color. “ If a small fragment be strongly 
heated in a dry test-tube, the contents of the tube, after cooling, yield with boiling water a 
solution which when largely diluted and made alkaline with solution of ammonia exhibits a 
blue fluorescence.” Br. In 100 parts, Pelletier found 65 parts of resin, 19-44 of gum, 11-66 of 
bassorin, 3-60 of volatile oil, with traces of acid calcium malate.* “ Asafetida should contain 
* J. Pohlsek examined the pure tears of Asafcetida amygdaloides, finding the following constituents : 61-40 per 
cent, of resin soluble in ether, which is regarded by him to be the ferulaic acid ester of asaresino-tannol; 0.60 per 
cent, of resin insoluble in ether, regarded to be free asaresino-tannol; 25-10 per cent, of gum; 6-70 per cent, of vola- 
tile oil; 0-06 per cent, of vanillin; 1-28 per cent, of free ferulaic acid; 2-36 per cent, moisture; 2’50 per cent, impu- 
rities. Asaresino-tannol has the composition corresponding to the formula €2*113505. The author has prepared a 
benzoyl derivative, C24H33O5.C6H5CO, and an acetyl derivative, C24H33O5.CH3CO, which prove it to contain a hydroxyl 
group,—viz., C24II33O4.OH. Uinbelliferone was obtained as a secondary product of hydrolysis with sulphuric acid 
from asaresino-tannol, and was also obtained from ferulaic acid synthetically, guaiacol being produced at the same 
time. By nitrification of asaresino-tannol, picric acid is produced. {Arch. d. Pharm., 235 (March, 18117), 125-132.) Asafcetida. 
237 
PART I. 
not less than 65 per cent, of matter soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), and should yield not more 
than 10 per cent, of ash when incinerated.” Br. The odor of the gum-resin depends on the 
volatile oil, which may be procured by distillation with water or alcohol, and amounts to from 6 
to 9 per cent., according to Fliickiger. It is lighter than water, colorless when first distilled, but 
becoming yellow with age, of an exceedingly offensive odor, and of a taste at first flat, but 
afterwards bitter and acrid. It contains, according to Stenhouse, from 15 75 to 23 per cent, 
of sulphur; but, according to Fliickiger, it may contain as much as 25 per cent. Hlasiwetz 
(Ann. Ghem. und Pharm., 71, 23) considers it a mixture, in variable proportions, of the 
sulphide and bisulphide of a compound radical consisting of carbon and hydrogen 
Allyl persulphide, which is sublimed when oil of mustard is heated with potassium persulphide, 
is said by Wertheim to have an extremely intense odor of asafetida; a fact which justifies the 
supposition that it may be identical with the oil of that gum-resin. (Gmelin, ix. 377.) The 
oil boils at about 138° C. (280° F.), but suffers decomposition, yielding hydrogen sulphide. 
When long exposed to the air it becomes slightly acid, and acquires a somewhat different odor. 
(Chem. Gaz., No. 178.) 
The resin is, according to Hlasiwetz and Barth (Ann. Chem. und Pharm., 138, 61), a 
mixture containing ferulaic acid, C10H1004, crystallizing in iridescent needles, and obtained by 
precipitating the alcoholic solution with lead acetate, washing the precipitate, and decomposing 
it with diluted sulphuric acid. Submitted to dry distillation, the resin yields umbelliferone, 
C9H608, and blue-colored oils. Fused with caustic potash, ferulaic acid yields oxalic acid and 
carbonic acid, several acids of the fatty series, and protocatechuic acid. The resin itself 
treated in like manner, after it has been freed from gum, yields resorcin. 
Impurities and Adulterations. Asafetida is often purposely adulterated ; it frequently 
comes of inferior quality, and mixed with various impurities, such as sand and stones. Por- 
tions which are very soft, dark brown, or blackish, with few or no tears, and indisposed to 
assume a red color when freshly broken, should be rejected. We have been informed that a 
case seldom comes without more or less of this inferior asafetida, and of many it forms the 
larger portion. It is sold chiefly for horses. A factitious substance, made of garlic juice and 
white pitch with a little asafetida, has occurred in commerce. Asafetida is said to be usually 
mixed with wheat or barley flour or with earthy matters at the place of its production, the 
impurities sometimes exceeding 30 per cent. Hingra of the Bombay bazaars is a very stony 
variety, composed largely of earthy matter. 
Prof. J. U. Lloyd, after examining a large number of samples of commercial asafetida, was 
convinced that it is impracticable to obtain the crude drug of the official standard; gypsum, 
carbonates, and other insoluble matters being present in large amounts. He did not find white 
turpentine or rosin in any of the samples; exhausting asafetida with alcohol and evaporating 
the alcohol carefully, he obtained an extract for which he proposed the name of Purified Asa- 
fetida. (Pharm. Rev., 1896.) 
Asafetida is sometimes kept in a powdered state; but this is objectionable, as the drug is 
thus necessarily weakened by the loss of volatile oil, and is more liable to adulteration. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Asafetida acts as a stimulant antispasmodic, efficient 
expectorant, and feeble laxative. Some consider it also emmenagogue and anthelmintic. Its 
volatile oil is undoubtedly absorbed, as its peculiar odor may be detected in the breath and the 
secretions. As an antispasmodic, it is employed in the treatment of hysteria, hypochondriasis, 
convidsions of various kinds, spasm of the stomach and bowels unconnected with inflammation, 
and in numerous other nervous disorders of a merely functional character. From the union 
of expectorant with antispasmodic powers, it is highly useful in spasmodic pectoral affections, 
such as whooping-cough and asthma, and in certain infantile coughs and catarrhs, complicated 
with nervous disorder, or with a disposition of the system to sink. In catarrhus senilis; in 
the secondary stages of peripneumonia notha, croup, measles, and catarrh; in pulmonary con- 
sumption; in fact, in all cases of subacute or chronic disease of the chest in which there is want 
of due nervous energy, asafetida may be occasionally prescribed with advantage. In the form 
of enema, it is useful in cases of inordinate accumulation of air in the bowels, and also in the 
hysteric paroxysm and other functional convulsions. Its laxative tendency is often advanta- 
geous, and it may be usefully combined with cathartics in flatident constipation. 
It appears to have been known in the East from very early ages, and, notwithstanding its repul- 
sive odor, is at present much used in India and Persia as a condiment. Persons soon habituate 
themselves to its smell, which they even learn to associate pleasantly with the agreeable effects 
experienced from its internal use. Children with whooping-cough sometimes become fond of it. PART I. 
238 
Asclepias. 
The medium dose is ten grains (0-65 Gm.), which may be given in pill or emulsion. The 
tincture is official, and is much used. When given by injection, the gum-resin should’ be 
triturated with warm water. From half a drachm to two drachms (l-95-7-8 Gm.) may be 
administered at once in this way. It may also sometimes be conveniently given in the form 
of a suppository.* A syrup has been recommended in which the fetid odor of the drug is 
obviated by the use of the infusion of wild cherry bark. (See A. J. P., 1871, p. 397.) f 
ASCLEPIAS. U. S. Asclepias. [Pleurisy Root.] 
(AS-CLE'PI-AS.) 
“ The root of Asclepias tuberosa, Linne (nat. ord. Asclepiadeae).” U. S. 
Butterfly-Weed; Racine d’AsclSpiade tubereuse, Fr.; Knollige Sehwalbenwurzel, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx small, five-parted. Corolla rotate, five-parted, mostly reflexed. Staminal 
crown (or nectary) simple, five-leaved; leaflets opposite the anthers, with a subulate averted 
process at the base. Stigmas with the five angles (corpuscles) opening by longitudinal chinks. 
Pollinia five distinct pairs. Torrey. 
Several species of Asclepias besides A. tuberosa have been employed medicinally: A. syriaca 
and A. incarnata were recognized in the Secondary Catalogue U. S. Pharm. 1870. 
A. incarnata, or Flesh-colored Asclepias, has an erect, downy stem, branched above, two or three 
feet high, and furnished with opposite, nearly sessile, lanceolate, somewhat downy leaves. The 
flowers are red, sweet-scented, and disposed in numerous crowded erect umbels, which are gen- 
erally in pairs. The nectary is entire, with its horn exserted. In one variety the flowers are 
white. The plant grows in all parts of the United States, preferring a wet soil, and flowering 
from June to August. Upon being wounded it emits a milky juice. Dr. Griffith states that 
the root is a useful emetic and cathartic. (Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., iv. 283.) Dr. 
Gram has found in the Asclepias curassavica, A. incarnata, A. vincetoxicum, A. officinale, a glu- 
coside, asclepiadin, which he believes to be a pure form of the asclepiadin of Harnack and 
the asclepin of Feneulle, and closely to resemble emetine in its physiological action, but to be so 
unstable as to be of no practical value. From A. vincetoxicum M. Tanret (Compt -Rend., c. 
277) has isolated two glucosides, soluble and insoluble vincetoxin, with the formula C16H12Oe. 
The soluble vincetoxin is a clear yellow amorphous powder, easily soluble in water, alcohol, and 
chloroform, insoluble in ether. It begins to decompose at 130° C. The insoluble vincetoxin 
dissolves readily in alcohol, chloroform, and ether, but in water only in the presence of the 
soluble vincetoxin. It fuses at 59° C. Decomposed by dilute acids, they each yield an un- 
crystallizable, inactive, unfermentable sugar. An indigenous species, A. verticillata, is used in 
the Southern States as a remedy in snake-bites and the bites of venomous insects. Three gills of 
a saturated decoction are said to cause an anodyne and sudorific effect, followed by a gentle sleep. 
( Va. Med. Journ., Dec. 1858.) 
A. syriaca. Willd. A. cornuti (Decaisne, Grays Manual). Common Silk-weed, or Com- 
mon Milk-weed, has simple stems, from three to five feet high, with opposite, lanceolate-oblong, 
petiolate leaves, downy on their under surface. The flowers are large, of a pale-purple color, 
sweet-scented, and arranged in two or three nodding umbels. The nectary is bidentate. The 
pod or follicle is covered with sharp prickles, and contains a large quantity of silky seed-down. 
It is very common in the Middle United States. It flowers in July and August. Its milky 
juice has a faint smell, a sub-acrid taste, and an acid reaction. According to Schultz, 80 parts 
of it contain 69 of water, 3-5 of a wax-like fatty matter, 5 of caoutchouc, 0-5 of gum, 1 of 
sugar with salts of acetic acid, and 1 of other salts. (Pharm. Centralblatt, 1844, p. 302.) Dr. 
C. List found the chief solid ingredient of the juice to be a peculiar resinous crystalline sub- 
stance (asclepion, C20H3403) allied to lactucon. To obtain it, the juice is coagulated by heat, 
filtered, and the filtrate digested with ether, which dissolves the asclepion, and yields it by 
* Emplastrum Asafoetidce. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized a plaster of asafetida, which is some- 
times used locally in hysteria, pneumonia, convulsions in children, etc. It was prepared as follows. “ Asafetida, 
thirty-five parts [or thirteen ounces ay.] ; Lead Plaster, thirty-five parts [or thirteen ounces av.] ; Galbanum, fifteen 
parts [or five and a half ounces av.] ; Yellow Wax, fifteen parts [or five and a half ounces av.] ; Alcohol, one hun- 
dred and twenty parts [or three pints]. Digest the Asafetida and Galbanum with the Alcohol on a water-bath, sep- 
arate the liquid portion, while hot, from the coarser impurities by straining, and evaporate it to the consistence of 
honey; then add the Lead Plaster and the Wax, previously melted together, stir the mixture well, and evaporate to 
the proper consistence.” U. S. 1880. 
f J. W. Wood prepares syrup of asafetida by dissolving 256 grains of asafetida in two fluidounces of glycerin by 
the aid of a gentle heat, and straining. lie then dissolves 15 drops oil of wintergreen, 5 drops oil of cinnamon, and 
1 drop oil of bitter almond, in three fluidraclnns of 95 per cent, alcohol, and adds to it the above, together with 
enough simple syrup to make one pint. Each fluidrachm represents two grains of asafetida. (A. J. P., 1874.) PART I. 
A sclepias.—Aspidium. 
239 
evaporation. To purify it, the residue must be treated repeatedly with anhydrous ether, which 
leaves another substance uudissolved. It is white, crystalline, tasteless, inodorous, fusible, in- 
soluble in water and alcohol, soluble in ether, oil of turpentine, and concentrated acetic acid. 
A strong hot solution of potassa does not affect it. (Liebig's Annalen, Jan. 1849.) Hinchman 
examined A. cornuti in 1881, and found asclepion, caoutchouc, fixed oil, tannin, glucose, a 
bitter principle, gum, starch, volatile oil, and ash. (A. J. P., liii. p. 435.) Anodyne, cathartic, 
and alterative properties have been claimed for the root of this plant, and it has been especially 
commended in asthma and in scrofula, but probably is of very little medical value. A drachm 
of it in decoction may be given two or three times a day. 
Asclepias tuberosa. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1273; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. ii. 59; Barton, Med. 
Bot. i. 239. The root of the butterfly-weed, or pleurisy root, is perennial, and gives origin to 
numerous stems, which are erect, ascending, or procumbent, round, hairy, of a green or reddish 
color, branching at the top, and about three feet in height. The leaves are scattered, oblong- 
lanceolate, very hairy, of a rich deep-green color on their upper surface, paler beneath, and 
supported usually on short footstalks. They differ, however, somewhat in shape according to 
the variety of the plant. In the variety with decumbent stems they are almost linear, and in 
another variety cordate. The beautiful reddish-orange-colored flowers occur in terminal or 
lateral corymbose umbels. The fruit is an erect lanceolate follicle, with flat ovate seeds con- 
nected to a longitudinal receptacle by long silky hairs. 
This plant differs from other species of Asclepias in not emitting a milky juice when 
wounded. It is indigenous, growing throughout the United States from Massachusetts to 
Georgia, and as far west as Texas, and when in full bloom, in June and July, having a splen- 
did appearance. It is most abundant in the Southern States. The root is the only part used 
in medicine. It is “ large and fusiform, dried in longitudinal or transverse sections, from 2 to 
15 Cm. long, and about 2 Cm. or more in thickness; the head knotty, and slightly but dis- 
tinctly annulate, the remainder longitudinally wrinkled, externally orange-brown, internally 
whitish; tough, and having an uneven fracture; bark thin, and in two distinct layers, the 
inner one whitish; wood yellowish, with large, white, medullary rays. It is inodorous, and 
has a bitterish, somewhat acrid taste. When long kept it acquires a gray color.” U. S. 
When dried, it is easily pulverized ; and its taste is bitter, but not otherwise unpleasant. Mr. 
E. Rhoads discovered in it a peculiar principle, which he obtained by treating the cold infusion 
with tannic acid, mixing the precipitate, previously washed and expressed, with litharge, dry- 
ing the mixture and exhausting it with hot alcohol, and finally decolorizing and evaporating 
the alcoholic liquor. The product was a yellowish-white powder, having the taste of the root, 
soluble in ether, and much less readily so in water, from which it was precipitated by tannic 
acid. Mr. Rhoads also found evidence of the existence in the root of tannic and gallic acids, 
albumen, pectin, gum, starch, a resin soluble and another insoluble in ether, fixed oil, a volatile 
odorous fatty matter, and various salts, besides from 30 to 35 per cent, of lignin. (A. J. P., 
xxxiii.) Quackenbush (A. J. P., 1889) found in it and also in A. cornuti a crystalline glucoside. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The root of Asclepias tuberosa is diaphoretic and ex- 
pectorant, and in sufficient dose cathartic. In the Southern States it has long been employed 
by regular practitioners in catarrh, pneumonia, pleurisy, consumption, and other pectoral affec- 
tions. It is said to be gently tonic, and has been popularly used in pains of the stomach from 
flatulence and indigestion. From twenty grains to a drachm (1 -3-3-9 Gm.) of the root in 
powder may be given several times a day ; but as a diaphoretic it is best administered in de- 
coction, an ounce to a quart; dose, a teacupful every two or three hours till it operates. 
ASPIDIUM. U. S. (Br.) Aspidium. [Male Fern.] 
(AS-PID'l-UM.) 
“ The rhizome of Dryopteris Filix-mas, Schott, and of Dryopteris marginalis, Asa Gray 
(nat. ord. Filices).” TJ. S. “ The rhizome of Aspidium Filix mas, Swartz. Collected late in 
the autumn, divested of its roots, leaves, and dead portions, and carefully dried. Should not 
be used if more than a year old.” Br. 
Filix Mas, Br. and U. S. 1870; Rhizoma Filicis, P. G.; Radix Filicis maris, Male Shield Fern; FougSre male, 
Fr.; Wurmfarnwurzel, Woldfarnwurzel, Johanniswurzel, G.; Felce maschia, It.; Helecho, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Fruit dots roundish or round, borne on the backs or extremities of free pinnate 
veins; indusium flat, scarious, orbicular, or round kidney-shaped, covering the sporangia, 
attached to the receptacle at the centre, or at the sinus opening all round the margin. 
As the term Dryopteris was first used by Amman in 1739, and was again applied by Adan- 240 
Aspidium. 
PART I. 
son in 1763, as the name of the genus which has been commonly known as Aspidium by bot- 
anists, the revisers of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia are at least theoretically correct in using the 
term; although some may doubt the wisdom of disturbing a name so thoroughly established 
as Aspidium, especially in view of the fact that the word “ Dryopteris” has been used for the 
sub-genus of Aspidium, to which the official species belongs,—namely, that in which the 
indusium is fixed at the narrow sinus, and the fronds are membranous or thin. * 
The male fern has a perennial, horizontal root or rhizome, from which numerous annual 
fronds or leaves arise, forming tufts from a foot to four feet in height. The 6tipe, or footstalk, 
and midrib are thickly beset with brown, tough, transparent scales; the frond itself is oval- 
lanceolate, acute, pinnate, and of a bright-green color. The pinnae or leaflets are remote be- 
low, approach more nearly as they ascend, and run together at the summit of the leaf. They 
are deeply divided into lobes, which are of an oval shape, crenate at the edges, and gradually 
diminish from the base of the pinna to the apex. The fructification is in small dots on the 
back of each lobe, placed in two rows near the base, and distant from the edges. The plant 
is a native of Europe, Asia, and the north of Africa. It is also said to have been found in 
some of the Polynesian islands, and grows in Canada, following the Rocky Mountain chain 
through Mexico, Venezuela, etc., as far south as Peru. In the Eastern United States it is 
replaced by A. marginale, Sw., and A. goldianum, Hook. 
A. marginale. Swartz. (Grays Manual.') Frond ovate-oblong in outline (one to two feet 
long), pale green; pinnae lanceolate, from a broad almost sessile base; pinnules oblong, obtuse, 
crowded. This species differs from A. Jilix mas chiefly in having its fruit dots upon the 
margins of its evergreen fronds.f 
The revisers of our Pharmacopoeia have perhaps acted prematurely in admitting Dryopteris 
marginale, but it is probable that most species of the genus, if not of the natural order, are 
medicinally active. Mr. J. L. Patterson (A. J. P., 1875) found that the newly-recognized A. 
marginale contained all of the active principle of A. Jilix mas, and Mr. Chas. H. Cressler has 
demonstrated the activity of its oleoresin. (Ibid., 1878.) On the Pacific slope the indigenous 
A. rigidum is locally used against the tape-worm, and Mr. W. J. Bowman has found in it 
filicic acid and resin. Popular belief has long ascribed tasnicidal virtues to our native Asple- 
nium Jilix foemina; and the Kaffirs of South Africa use the rhizome of Aspidium athaman- 
ticum under the name of inkomankomo, or uncomocomo. It is the pannum of European com- 
merce. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 447.) According to R. Kiirsten (P. J. Tr., xxii., 1891), the active prin- 
ciple of pannum is closely allied to filicic acid, from which it differs in being especially soluble 
in strong alcohol, in subliming at 80° C., and in not yielding isobutyric acid when heated in 
a sealed tube with water. Pannic acid crystallizes in thin, shining, light yellow, rectangular 
prisms, melting at 187° C. (368-6° F.). 
* The synonymes of the male fern are extraordinarily numerous. We append some of them: Aspidium filix 
mas, of many authors ; Polypodium filix mas, Linn.; Polystichum filix mas, Roth.: Nephrodium filix mas, Rich.; 
Lastrea filix mas, Presl.; Tectarea filix-mas, Cavan; Dryopteris filix-mas, Schott; Lophodium filix-mas, Newm.; 
Polypodium nemorale, Salisb.; Polystichum durum et induratum, Schur.; Polystichum ahbreviatum, De Candolle; 
Aspidium mildeanum, Gdppert; Dryopteris ajfinis ; Polypodium heleopteris. 
t Botanical Nomenclature. We think the botanical nomenclature in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 has some- 
what unfortunately been adopted to suit the views of certain botanists who have been recently attempting to radi- 
cally revise botanical nomenclature. In accordance with the rules adopted by an international congress held 
in Paris in 1867, the first name applied to any plant, species, or genus must be adopted for the genus and species, 
provided that the generic name has been given previous to 1737, and the specific name previous to 1753. It is 
plain, however, that these rules are arbitrary and involve certain absurdities, and that the attempt to carry them 
out strictly must introduce great confusion into botanical nomenclature, involving the rearrangement or renaming 
of the herbaria of the world, and much use of printer’s ink and confusion of thought. The rules would require us 
to call the fennel plant Fneniculum foeniculum ; the sassafras plant, Sassafras sassafras ; and so on. The confusion 
which results from these rules, and the absurdity of the rules, are further shown by the genus Calceolaria. Ac- 
cording to Fifer’s Nomenclator Botanicus, the name Calceolaria was given in 1725 to a Scrophularaceous genus, 
and was adopted as the name of that genus by Linnaeus in 1771. It would seem, however, that in 1758, Loefling 
gave the name Calceolaria to a genus of Violacea. It is plain that Calceolaria was first applied to the Scrophulara- 
ceous genus ; but, because the first application was made previous to 1737, the name must, according to the rules, be 
applied to the genus of violets, and it is so applied by the school of botanists already spoken of. (See Annals of New 
York Academy, 1893, p. 51.) It so happens that the world over the name Calceolaria has for one hundred and 
twenty-five years been used for the Scrophularaceous group, and for one hundred years or so fonidium has been em- 
ployed for the group of violets. Now, forsooth, the rights of priority are to be thrown aside, the universal custom 
of over a century overthrown, all the world’s herbaria rearranged, books rewritten, and confusion in general to 
reign, because gentlemen in 1867, in the city of Paris assembled, chose to say, We will make a set of arbitrary rules! 
In our opinion so long as the authoritative botanical works, like Gray’s Manual, adopt a certain botanical nomen- 
clature, the Pharmacopoeia should cling to general custom, and not be led into the disputed and barren territory of 
botanical revision in nomenclature. Of course, in drug definitions the Pharmacopoeial botanical nomenclature 
must be adhered to; but we can see no sufficient reason for changing the nomenclature in the U. S. Dispensatory. Aspidium. 
241 
PART I. 
Heffter (Archiv f Exp. Path. u. Pharm., 1897, 458) finds three well-characterized and 
crystallized principles in pannum : flavopannin, C21II2607, crystallizing in citron-yellow prisms, 
melting at 151° C., and soluble in ether, benzene, acetic ether, acetone, and boiling methyl 
and ethyl alcohols, insoluble in petroleum ether and water; albopannin, C21H2407, crystallizing 
in silky-white needles, which melt at 147° C.; and pannol (panuic acid of Kiirsten), CuH1404, 
fusing at 192° C., which is easily soluble in hot glacial acetic acid and acetone, more difficultly 
soluble in alcohol and ether, and very slightly soluble in petroleum ether, benzene, and water. 
The alcoholic solution is colored intensely dark green with ferric chloride. Heffter compares 
these three compounds with the three obtained from A. Jilix, and finds a close chemical and 
therapeutic correspondence between aspidin and flavopannin, between albaspidin and albo- 
pannin, and between aspidinol and pannol. According to the experiments of A. Heffter, both 
flavopannin and albopannin are powerful muscle poisons, directly affecting the heart. (Arch, 
f. Exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. xxxviii ) 
According to M. Peschier, of Geneva, aspidium deteriorates rapidly when kept, and in about 
two years becomes entirely inert. The rhizomes of other species of fern are frequently sub- 
stituted for the official; and in the dried state it is difficult to distinguish them. The chaff, 
together with the dead portions of the rhizome and stipes, should be removed, and only such 
portions as have retained their green color should be used. 
Properties, etc. As taken from the ground, the rhizome consists of a long cylindrical 
caudex, around which are closely arranged, overlapping each other like the shingles of a roof, 
the remains of the leafstalks or stipes, which are an inch or two in length, from two to four 
lines thick, somewhat curved and directed upwards, angular, brown, shining, and surrounded 
near their origin from the rhizome with thin 
silky scales of a light brown color. From be- 
tween these remains of the footstalks emerge 
numerous small radical fibres. The whole 
rhizome, thus constituted, presents a some- 
what flexible, cylindrical mass, one or two 
inches thick, and from three inches to a foot 
or more in length. In this form, however, it 
is not usually found in commerce. The whole 
is ordinarily broken up into fragments, con- 
sisting of the separated remains of the leaf- 
stalks before described, with a small portion 
of the substance of the rhizome attached to 
their base, where they are surrounded by the 
silky scales. These fragments, as seen in 
commerce, often appear as if long kept, and 
are probably, in general, much deteriorated 
by time. The following observations are made 
by Geiger in relation to the collection and 
preservation of the rhizome. The inner parts 
of the fresh rhizome, and of the portions of 
stalk attached to it, are fleshy and of a light 
yellowish-green color. In collecting them, all 
the black discolored portions should be cut 
away, the fibres and scales separated, and 
only the sound green parts preserved. These 
should be immediately but carefully dried, 
and then pulverized; and the powder should 
be kept in small well-stopped glass bottles. 
The powder thus prepared has a pale yellow- 
ish color with a greenish tinge. 
The dried rhizome is “ from 5 to 15 Cm. 
long, 10 to 25 Mm. in thickness, and, together with the closely imbricated, dark brown, round- 
ish, and slightly curved stipe-remnants, 50 to 75 Mm. in diameter ; densely covered with brown, 
glossy, transparent, and soft, chaffy scales ; internally pale green, rather spongy.” U. S. Micro- 
scopic examination shows that it is composed of polyhedral, porous-walled cells and vascular 
bundles containing scalariform ducts: in A. jilix mas ten of these bundles are larger than the 
Rhizome of Aspidium. Ic, open interspace; pr, prosenchyma; 
i, parenchyma. 
16 242 
Aspidium.—A spidosperma. 
PART I. 
others, and are arranged in an attempted circle near to the surface ; whilst in A. marginale there 
are only six bundles in the circle. It has been analyzed by H. Bock, who gives as its constit- 
uents volatile oil, fixed oil, resin, starch, vegetable jelly, albumen, gum, sugar, tannic and gallic 
acids, pectin, lignin, and various salts. (See A. J. P., xxiv. 64.) Peschier ascertained that its 
active properties reside in the ethereal extract, which is the fixed oil in an impure state, con- 
taining volatile oil, resin, coloring matter, etc. It is a thick dark liquid, wTith the odor of the 
fern, and a nauseous, bitterish, somewhat acrid taste. Dr. E. Luck has found in it a peculiar 
acid, which he denominates Jilicic acid, and has extracted from the root two others, named 
tannaspidic and pteritannic adds. ( Cliem. Gaz., ix. 407 and 452.) Luck gave to the filicic acid 
the formula C13H1404, but Grabowsky claimed that it should be C14H1806, and that the acid 
was in reality dibutyrylphlorogludn, C6H4(C4H70)203. Daccomo found in male fern (A. J. P., 
1889) JHide add, to which he gives the formula C14li1606, a white waxy substance, melting at 
80° C., with the formula (C13H260)n, glucose, tannin, a red coloring matter (filix red), a green 
oil which he separated into several fractions, and two resins, one brick-red, melting at 85°-93° C., 
and the other black and plastic. He considers that filicic acid is probably an isobutyric acid 
derivative of hydroxynaphthaquinone. Poulson (Archiv f Exp. Path. u. Pharm., 1891) states 
that, when pure, crystalline, inactive filicic acid is dissolved in alkalies and reprecipitated by an 
acid, the amorphous precipitate possesses the active properties of the extract. He thinks that 
the inactive crystalline body is an anhydride or lactone of the amorphous filicic acid, and should 
be called jilidn. Robert believes that the activity of male fern is due partly to volatile oil, one 
reason being that pure filicic acid given in very large doses was not as effective as a smaller 
dose of the acid mixed with a portion of the fixed and volatile oils from the male fern. (Pharm. 
Post, 1892, 1325.) For an assay method for male fern extract, see Am. Drug., 1897, 73. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Male fern was used by the ancients, and is mentioned 
as a vermifuge in the works of Dioscorides, Theophrastus, Galen, and Pliny, and by some of 
the earlier modern writers. But it does not appear to have been generally known till about 
the year 1775, when the King of France purchased from Madame Nouffer, the widow of a 
Swiss surgeon, a secret remedy for tape-icorm, which proved to be the powdered root of the male 
fern. The oleoresin of male fern is a very efficient taenicide, and is also much used against the 
anchylostoma. It is, however, in overdose a distinct poison, Drs. Katayama and Okamoto 
(Sei-i-kwai, July, 1892) having collected from literature twenty-two cases of poisoning by it, 
of which five proved fatal. Six drachms have caused death. (Lancet, 1882.) The symptoms 
have been vomiting, diarrhoea, vertigo, headache, tremor, cold sweat, dyspnoea, cyanosis, mania, 
coma, convulsions. In nearly half of the cases there was amblyopia, or even amaurosis, with 
dilated, fixed pupils ; the loss of sight is usually temporary, but has proved permanent. Kata- 
yama and Okamoto succeeded in producing blindness in the lower animals. They believe that 
the use of castor oil with the male fern notably increases the absorption of the extract. 
Prevost and Binet have found that in the lower animals, given hypodermically, the oleoresin 
produces violent dyspnoea and death from arrest of the heart in systole, and Frohner has found 
parenchymatous nephritis in animals fatally poisoned by it. For the expulsion of tape-worm, 
the patient should live upon milk and a little bread for one day, and the following morning 
take a full dose (f3ss to f3i) of the oleoresin, fasting, and repeating it in two or three hours. 
At noon the patient may resume the use of food, and in the evening a brisk cathartic should 
be given. Male fern is said (with doubtful accuracy) to prove more effectual against the 
tape-worm of the Swiss (Bothriocephalus latus) than against the Taenia solium, which is more 
frequent in France and England. (Bremser.) 
ASPIDOSPERMA. U. S. Aspidosperma. [Quebracho.] 
(AS-PI-DO-SPER'MA.) 
“ The bark of Aspidosperma Quebracho-bianco, Schlechtendal (nat. ord. Apocynaceae).” U S. 
Quebracho Bark, Quebracho Blanco. 
The technical characters of the genus Aspidosperma, in which are included a number of 
South American trees, may be found in De Candolle’s Prodromus, vol. viii. p. 396, or in 
Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, vol. ii. p. 702. 
Quebracho is an evergreen tree, which sometimes reaches the height of one hundred feet, 
and is remarkable for its erect stem and its wide-spreading crown reaching out over the cacti 
and lower bushes among which it grows. The smooth grayish or yellowish branches at the 
top are more or less erect, whilst below they are horizontal or descending, like those of the PART I. 
Aspidospei'ma. 
243 
weeping willow. The opposite or ternately verticillate leaves are short petiolate or subsessile, 
coriaceous, rigid, glaucescent, elliptical-lanceolate. The flower occurs in axillary or terminal 
sub-cymose panicles ; the five-parted, glaucous, campanulate calyx has its segments ovate, acute, 
whilst the yellowish, five-divided, hypocrateriform corolla has its oblong-linear lobes extended 
or subinvolute, with an auriculate, sinistrorsely contorted base. The oval, four-angled pollen- 
grains are smooth and yellowish. The capsules, with the ovule solitary for abortion, are dehis- 
cent into two valves, which are usually medianly subcarinate. The pericarp is thick and 
woody. The wood of the quebracho tree is not met with in commerce, but is said to be very 
hard, distinctly marked with rings of growth, and of a bright chocolate-brown color, except 
the very young wood, which is yellowish or reddish. According to the experiments of Hesse 
and Penzoldt, the wood is inactive, and contains no alka- 
loids ; it is used for tanning purposes in South America* 
Properties. Quebracho bark is remarkable for the 
extreme thickness of the corky layer which often consti- 
tutes more than half of its entire substance, and is sepa- 
rated from the lower layer by more or less sharply defined 
outline. The corky layer is usually externally dirty gray, 
or where it has been rubbed appears yellowish red. As 
seen with the magnifying glass it is traversed by nearly 
parallel yellowish lines having numerous whitish points 
between them. The inner portion of the bark is uniform, 
except for whitish points. These characteristics of the 
bark are more plainly observed after moistening the sur- 
face. In different specimens the color of the inner bark 
varies up to light yellow. When examined with high 
powers the outer layer is seen to be composed of superim- 
posed parenchymatous cells, traversed by bands of small, 
thick-walled cork cells, constituting the parallel lines be- 
fore spoken of. The whitish points spoken of are groups 
of sclerenchymatous cells whose membrane has been so 
thickened by secondary deposits that the cavity is nearly 
obliterated. The inner portion of the bark is composed 
of parenchymatous cells, usually of cinnamon-brown 
color, rich in starch, and containing a light-brown granu- 
lar substance, with groups of sclerenchymatous cells similar to those already spoken of, but 
containing a dark-yellow substance, which seems to be in drops. These sclerenchymatous cells 
are more abundant in the inner part of the bark, and are arranged in spindle-shaped fibres, 
which can be readily separated by scraping the inner surface of the bast. The fibres are 
surrounded by angular bodies, which on careful examination will be seen to be really a mul- 
titude of small cells, each containing a crystal of calcium oxalate. The U. S. P. description 
of quebracho bark is as follows. “ In nearly flat pieces, about 1 to 3 Cm. thick; the outer 
surface yellowish-gray or brownish, deeply fissured ; inner surface yellowish-brown or reddish- 
brown, distinctly striate; fracture displaying two sharply defined strata, of about equal thick- 
ness, and both marked with numerous whitish dots and striae arranged in tangential lines; 
the fracture of the outer, lighter colored layer rather coarsely granular, and that of the 
darker colored, inner layer short-splintery ; inodorous ; taste very bitter and slightly aromatic.” 
Chemical Constituents. In 1878, Fraude (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1878, p. 2189; 1879, 
p. 1560) discovered in the quebracho bianco an alkaloid, aspidospermine, C22H30N202; but a 
series of experiments have led Dr. F. Penzoldt to the conclusion that it does not represent the 
whole medical activity of the bark, and 0. Hesse is said to have found five other alkaloids, 
Section from the inner bark of Quebracho, 
showing isolated bast cells and a group of 
sclerenchymatous cells. 
* Quebracho Colorado and Quebracho Gum are respectively the wood and the dried juice or watery extract of the 
Loxopterygium lorentzii, a large tree growing in the Argentine Republic. The wood is very heavy, hard, and of a 
reddish-brown color. (See A. J. P., 1879, p. 152; also Penzoldt, loc. cit.; P. J. Tr., xii.) Quebracho Colorado has 
been used as a substitute for the true quebracho, but is essentially different from it, and probably is a simple astrin- 
gent and gastro-intestinal stimulant, although Dr. Penzoldt claims that it is similar in its action, but much weaker 
than quebracho bianco. Perkin and Gunnel have determined tho yellow coloring matter of the wood of quebracho 
Colorado to be identical with fisetin, CisIIioOe, the coloring matter of young fustic (Rhus cotinus). It occurs in 
glistening yellow needles, dyeing similarly to quercetin, and yields compounds with mineral acids. Its benzoyl and 
acetyl derivatives have also been prepared. Fused with alkalies it yields protocatechuic acid and probably resor- 
cinol. Ellagic and gallic acids have also been obtained from the wood, these being probably formed during the 
isolation of the fisetin. (A.J.P., Nov. 1896, 626.) 244 
Aspidosperma. 
PART I. 
aspidospermatine, C22H28N20„, and isomeric with it aspidosamine, C22H28N202, quebrachine, 
C2iH2„N202, and isomeric with this hypoquebrachine, C21H26N202, and quebrachamine. (Ber. 
der Chem. Ges., xiii. 2308.) Aspidospermine fuses at 205°-206° C., is soluble in about 
6000 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and the solution has a decidedly bitter taste, soluble 
in about 48 parts of absolute alcohol, in 106 parts of ether, insoluble in glycerin; it dissolves 
readily in fats and fixed oils, cod-liver oil dissolving a larger proportion than it does of qui- 
nine. Its sulphate and hydrochlorate are very soluble. The citrate is crystallizable, and very 
soluble. The yield of aspidospermine is very small, 0-33 per cent, of the bark. Aspidosper- 
matine is crystalline, and fuses at 162° C.; aspidosamine is amorphous, and fuses at 100° C.; 
quebrachine in colorless crystals fuses at 214°—216° C.; hypoquebrachine is a yellowish mass 
resembling albumen, and fuses at 80° C.; quebrachamine forms colorless silky needles, only 
slightly soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzin, and fuses at 142° C. Two new 
varieties of sugars have also been extracted by Tanret, quebrachite and Isevogyre inosite. 
Tannin and starch have also been found in the bark. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Quebracho bark is said to be employed as an anti- 
periodic in Chili, but in Europe and America it has been used solely as a remedy in cardiac 
and asthmatic dyspnoea. (Die Wirlcungen Quebrachodrogin, Dr. F. Penzoldt, Erlangen, 1881.) 
In the lower animals large doses of the bark produce motor palsy, with dyspnoea, and finally 
death, apparently from asphyxia. The breathing early becomes slower in rate, but deeper; 
the blood-pressure is not much affected until late. Our knowledge of the action of the alkaloids 
of quebracho is very imperfect, and we give a synopsis of the important researches in a foot- 
note* A notable phenomenon observed with all the alkaloids was that, although death appar- 
ently took place from asphyxia, the venous blood was red or reddish. It would seem to be 
proved that the active principles of quebracho have a very notable influence upon the respira- 
tory centres; and the curious coloration of the blood seen after death has given rise to the 
belief that the alkaloid directly affects the blood in its relations to oxygen. Indeed, Dr. F. 
Penzoldt (loc. cit.) believes that the relief of dyspnoea obtained clinically by the use of the 
drug is caused by its increasing the power of the blood to take oxygen, and the dyspnoea 
caused by poisonous doses he attributes to its preventing the blood yielding the oxjgen to the 
tissues, but he does not prove his theory. There would seem to be a physiological basis for 
the results obtained by various clinicians, who have found that quebracho is a valuable remedy 
when the respiration is embarrassed by emphysema, bronchitis, chronic pneumonia, and other 
complaints mechanically influencing pulmonary functions. Even in uraemic dyspnoea the remedy 
has been found useful. Aspidospermine of commerce is a more or less impure mixture of 
all alkaloids of the bark, and hence may be considered to represent its activity. The dose 
of the commercial aspidospermine is from a quarter to half a grain (0-016 to 0*03 Gm.). 
The fluid extract may be given in doses of from a quarter to one fluidrachm (1 to 4 C.c.) ; the 
solid extract is said to be ten times the strength of the crude bark, and may be given in 
doses of from one to three grains (0-065 to 0194 Gm.). 
* Several experimenters have studied more or less completely the physiological action of the alkaloids of que- 
bracho bianco. Harnack and Hoffmann (Zeit.filr Klin. Med., 1884, vol. viii.) find that aspidospermatine causes in 
the frog respiratory paralysis, with palsy of all the striated muscular fibre of the body, including the heart-muscle. 
Upon mammals it acts very feebly, its most marked influence being upon the respiration. Quebrachine acted upon 
the frog precisely as did aspidospermatine. Its influence upon the mammal was at least twenty times as great as 
that of aspidospermatine, comparatively small doses producing death by respiratory paralysis. Quebrachamine 
acted very much as did aspidospermatine upon the breathing and upon the muscular fibre. Aspidosamine acted 
upon the breathing and upon the muscular fibre like aspidospermatine, but also paralyzed the motor nerve-endings. 
Its influence upon mammals was quite feeble. According to this research, the combined alkaloids have especial 
influence upon the respiration and the respirator}7 centres, and at the same time affect the muscular fibres directly 
and the peripheral nerve-endings. Schiffer (Archiv f. Physiol., 1883, p. 249) has found that the extract of a com- 
mercial quebracho bianco produces in the rabbit general muscular weakness, followed by paralysis with greatly 
diminished reflexes and an appearance of the deepest narcosis, with increased frequency of breathing, unaltered 
cardiac activity, and unchanged pupils. After very large doses death occurs in a very short time, preceded by 
convulsions. The motor nerve-trunks were found even during life almost devoid of functional activity. The exact 
nature of the bark used for the making of the extract is not stated. Eloy and Huchard (Archives de Phys. et 
Path., April 1, 1886) found that the extract of quebracho bianco has some effect on sensibility after the taking 
out of the quebrachine, hypoquebrachine, aspidospermine, and aspidospermatine, but that these alkaloids them- 
selves have no effect on general sensibility. The four alkaloids named produced paralysis, with, if in excessive 
doses, tonic convulsions, and all of them had the power of reducing the temperature, quebrachine being in this 
respect the most active. Aspidospermine increased the amplitude of the respiratory movements to a very marked 
degree, but in overdose produced irregularity and failure of respiration. The three other alkaloids had much less 
effect upon respiration. Atropina. 
PART I. 
245 
ATROPINA. U. S., Br. Atropine. 
On H23 NOs; 288*38. (Xt-RO-PI'NA.) Cn II23 N03; 289. 
“ An alkaloid obtained from Belladonna. As it occurs in commerce, it is always accom- 
panied by a small proportion of hyoscyamine extracted along with it, from which it cannot 
be readily separated.” U. S. “ An alkaloid, C17H23NOa, obtained from Belladonna Leaves or 
Boot.” Br. 
Atropia; Atropinum, P. G.; Atropine, Fr.; Atropin, G. 
Because atropine cannot profitably be manufactured on a small scale, both Pharmacopoeias 
have omitted the processes of preparation, and furnish only qualitative tests. For the U. S. 
process of 1870, see foot-note* For discussion, see U. S. D., 14th edition. 
Properties and Tests. Atropine is in “white, acicular crystals, or a more or less 
amorphous, white powder, without odor, having a bitter, acrid taste, and gradually assuming a 
yellowish tint on exposure to air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 130 parts of water, 3 parts 
of alcohol, 16 parts of ether, 4 parts of chloroform, and about 50 parts of glycerin. At about 
115° C. (239° F.) it melts, forming a colorless liquid; at about 140° C. (284° F.) it begins 
to give off white, acrid fumes, and, when ignited, it is consumed without leaving a residue. 
It has a markedly alkaline reaction ; its saturated aqueous solution acquires a pink color upon 
the addition of a drop of phenolphtalein test-solution. If a small quantity of atropine, or of 
one of its salts, be heated with a few C.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid, a peculiar odor, 
recalling that of a mixture of rose, orange-flower, and melilot, will become noticeable. On now 
gradually adding minute fragments of potassium dichromate, the odor will change to that of 
oil of bitter almond, the rose odor disappearing as more dichromate is added. Atropine and 
its salts are decomposed by prolonged contact with sodium or potassium hydrate, and if heated 
with either of them, evolve ammonia. On dissolving a small quantity (about 0-1 6m.) of 
atropine in 2 C.c. of alcohol, and adding an equal volume of mercuric chloride test-solution, a 
yellow precipitate, which soon turns red, is produced. On adding concentrated sulphuric acid 
to atropine, no color should be produced (absence of readily carhonizable, organic impurities), 
nor should any color be developed by the subsequent addition of nitric acid (absence of and 
difference from morphine'). The aqueous solution of atropine, or of any of its salts, is not 
precipitated by platinic chloride test-solution (difference from most other alkaloids). With 
gold chloride test-solution it gives a precipitate which, when recrystallized from boiling water 
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, is deposited, on cooling, in minute crystals forming a yellow, 
lustreless powder on drying (difference from, and absence of more than a small proportion of, 
hyoscyamine)." U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia states that atropine is “ soluble in 300 parts 
of water, readily soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), in chloroform, and in ether. Melting point 
239° to 240° F. (115° to 115-5° C.). When moistened with fuming nitric add and evaporated 
to dryness on a water-bath, the residue gives with freshly prepared alcoholic solution of potas- 
sium hydroxide a fugitive reddish-violet coloration. It leaves no ash when burned with free 
access of air (absence of mineral matter).” For further information, see Belladonna; f also 
A. J. R, 1884, 206. 
It is inflammable, giving off an odor like that of benzoic acid, and, when burned in the open 
air, leaving no residue. By distilling it with potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid, Dr. E. 
Pfeiffer succeeded in obtaining crystals of benzoic acid and propylamine. (A. J. P., 1864, 
226.) Dr. Kraut, by heating it with baryta water, succeeded in obtaining a peculiar acid and 
* “Take of Belladonna Root, in fine powder, forty-eight troyouncee ; Purified Chloroform four troyouncee and a 
half; Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Solution of Potassa, Alcohol, Water, each, a eufficient quantity. Mix the powder 
with a pint of Alcohol, and having introduced the mixture into a cylindrical percolator, pour alcohol gradually upon 
it until sixteen pints have passed. From the liquid thus obtained distil off twelve pints of Alcohol. To the residue 
add sufficient Diluted Sulphuric Acid to give it an acid reaction, and, having evaporated the liquid to half a pint, 
add an equal bulk of Water, and filter through paper. To the filtered liquid add, first a troyounce and a half of 
the Chloroform, and then Solution of Potassa in slight excess, and shake the whole together at intervals for half an 
hour. When the heavier liquid has subsided, separate it, and, having added a troyounce and a half of the Chloro- 
form to the lighter liquid, again shake them together, and separate the heavier from the lighter liquid as before. 
Add to this lighter liquid the remainder of the Chloroform, and, after agitation, separate the heavier liquid for the 
third time. Mix the heavier liquids in a capsule, and set the mixture aside until, by spontaneous evaporation, the 
Atropia is left dry.” 17. S. 1870. 
f For the behavior of atropine under the influence of an electric current, see P. J. Tr., 1870, i. 244. 
It is stated by H. Bullot that if to an aqueous solution of atropine acidulated with sulphuric acid an aqueous 
solution of picric acid be added, a precipitate will not form with good English atropine; with that obtained by the 
method of Simon, there will be a very slight precipitate; with the German alkaloid, an abundant yellow precipitate. 246 
Atropina. 
PART I. 
peculiar base, the former of which he calls tropic acid, C9H1003, melting at 117° C., and oxi- 
dizable by dilute potassium permanganate to bitter almond oil and benzoic acid, and the latter 
tropine,* C8H16N0, melting at 62° C. (Ibid., 232.) Ladenburg (Bcr. Chem. Ges., 12, 942, 
and 13, 104) has succeeded in effecting the synthesis of atropine from these two constituents, 
which, when heated over a water-bath in the presence of dilute hydrochloric acid, unite to 
form the alkaloid. Ladenburg has also succeeded in forming a series of compound esters of 
tropine with other organic acids to which the general name of tropeines has been given. 
Some of these have pronounced toxic effects, and one (homatropine) has found use as a valu- 
able substitute for atropine. The list of artificial tropeines thus prepared includes: 
Benzoyl-tropeine, C16H19N02 + 2HaO. 
Salicyl-tropeine, C16li19N03. Strong base, weak poisonous action. 
m-oxybenzoyl-tropeine, C15H19N03. 
p-oxybenzoyl-tropeine, C16I110NO3. -f- 2IIaO. 
Phenyl-acet-tropeine, CielI21N02 -f- H20. 
Oxytoluyl-tropeine (homatropine), C10II21NO3. Has mydriatic action ; less poisonous than 
atropine. 
Cinnamyl-tropeine, C17H21N02. Strong base, but without mydriatic action. 
Atropyl-tropeine, C17II2JN02. 
Atrolactyl-tropeine, C17H23N03. Has similar action to atropine. 
Phthalyl tropeine, C24lI32N204. 
Hinterberger states that an alcoholic solution of atropine, when cyanogen is passed through 
it, assumes a blood-red color, and, on spontaneous evaporation, deposits a red, syrupy liquid 
insoluble in water. (Gmelin.) The detection of atropine in small quantity is a matter of 
great difficulty ; the best test is the physiological, which consists in placing the suspected liquid 
in the eye of a cat, or other animal, when, if the alkaloid be present, dilatation of the pupil 
will occur. According to Brunner, the best chemical test is the aromatic smell which is pro- 
duced by adding the alkaloid and a little water to a hot mixture of sulphuric acid and potas- 
sium bichromate or ammonium molybdate. (P. J. Tr., iv. 385.) Fabris believes that strych- 
nine in the presence of atropine interferes writh the toxicological identification of the latter by 
chemical tests, but a physiological test reveals the presence of both alkaloids. (Bui. rfe la 
Soctiti Royale de Pharm., 1894.) Prof. Wormley made comparative examinations of various 
tests for atropine, hyoscyamine, and hyoscine. (See A. J. P., 1894, 513.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. The local and general effects of atropine on the sys- 
tem are precisely those of belladonna. It is, however, more speedy in its operation, probably 
in consequence of its easier absorption. Thus, the poisonous action of belladonna is seldom 
experienced in less than half an hour, while that of atropine shows itself violently in fifteen 
or twenty minutes. The most prominent effects from small remedial doses are dryness and 
stricture of the throat, and slight uneasiness of the head, with confusion or giddiness ; from 
somewhat larger doses, dilatation of the pupil, some dimness of vision, frontal headache, hur- 
ried respiration, slight delirium, flushed face, and sometimes a scarlet rash. After poisonous 
doses the above symptoms occur in a more aggravated form. Two distinct stages of the poi- 
soning can usually be noted. At first there is great dimness or total temporary loss of vision, 
excessive dilatation of the pupil, headache, delirium, which is always talkative and may be 
violent, an enormous increase in the frequency of the pulse, which is also small and hard, 
an elevation of the bodily temperature, and decided increase of the rate of respiration. Sub- 
sequently the second stage develops, and paralytic symptoms set in : the delirium gives way 
to stupor, restlessness to paralytic weakness, the pulse becomes very feeble, the surface cold, 
the respirations grow more and more shallow, and death from failure of both respiration and 
circulation occurs. 
* The physiological action of tropine hydrochlorate has been partially investigated by Dr. H. G. Beyer. {Med. 
News, Aug. 27, 1887.) He concludes that it gives rise to vaso-motor constriction by exciting the vaso-motor con- 
strictors, and that it sometimes causes vaso-motor dilatation by exciting vaso-motor dilator nervous elements. As 
the result of an elaborate series of experiments, Gottlieb (Archiv f. Exp. Path. u. Pliarm., Bd. xxxii., 1896) has 
reached the conclusion. First, that some of the tropeines not only differ quantitatively in their action from atropine, 
but are wanting in the peripheral action of that alkaloid ; such are Acetyltropine and Succitiyltropine. Second, as far 
as our knowledge goes, there seems to be a complete parallelism in the action of the tropines and the tropeines on the 
ends of the vagi in the heart and the pupils. (This influence can be seen in certain Fettsaure-Estern, and may be 
wanting in some aromatic tropeines.) Third, the tropines and the less poisonous tropeines arc cardiac stimulants, 
an influence not shared by atropine. [This latter assertion is probably incorrect.] The influence upon the heart 
probably consists in an increasing of the excitability of the motor heart ganglia. PART I. 
Atrophia. 
247 
In some instances violent convulsions have occurred ; nausea and vomiting, and even diar- 
rhoea, are occasionally produced. The atropine is eliminated by the kidneys, and may produce 
increased diuresis, but usually there is, in cases of poisoning, retention of urine from vesical 
paralysis. The increase of the heart’s action by atropine is chiefly due to its paralyzing the 
peripheral vagi, the inhibitory nerves of the heart; the final cardiac failure which takes place 
when poisonous doses have been taken is apparently the result of a direct depressant action on 
the heart-muscle. Upon the vaso-motor centres atropine in a moderate dose acts as a stimu- 
lant, thereby causing a great rise of the arterial pressure. After poisonous doses the primary 
vaso-motor spasm is followed by dilatation of the vessels and great fall of the arterial pressure. 
Paralysis of the motor nerves is one of the most marked effects of the poison ; upon the afferent 
nerves the poison seems to have but little influence. On all non-striated muscle atropine exerts 
a very powerful influence, and it is probable, although not certain, that whilst in poisonous 
amount it lessens and finally paralyzes intestinal movements by a direct action upon the mus- 
cular coats, in small doses it increases peristalsis by paralyzing the inhibitory nerves which control 
this intestinal function. The action of the drug upon the respiratory centres is a very important 
one, atropine being in moderate doses one of the most powerful persistent stimulants to the 
respiratory centre known. The asphyxia of belladonna poisoning is certainly in large measure 
due to the paralysis of the nerve-trunks which the poison produces, although it is also probable 
that the first period of excitation of the respiratory centres is followed by one of depression. 
Atropine chiefly depends for its therapeutic powers upon—1st, its sedative action upon the 
peripheral nerves; 2d, its stimulant action on the respiratory centres; 3d, its influence upon 
the heart and vaso-motor centres. By virtue of its first-mentioned power it is useful in spas- 
modic diseases, such as whooping-cough, dysmenorrhcea,, local spasm, etc. As the action is upon 
the nerve-trunks, the remedy is much more effective when it can be applied locally, as by 
atomization in whooping-cough and asthma, or by hypodermic injection in wry neck. As atropine 
has some influence upon the afferent nerve, it has some power of relieving pain ; but for this 
action to be marked, direct application is necessary. On account of its influence upon respira- 
tion, it is invaluable in narcotic poisonings and other bodily conditions with failure of the func- 
tion. In shock and other similar states in which vaso-motor paralysis is an important part of 
the morbid condition, it is a very useful stimulant. On account of the paralyzing influence 
which it has upon the inhibitory intestinal nerves, atropine may be used as an adjuvant to 
more decided laxatives. 
On the glandular system atropine exerts a decided influence; its effect upon the salivary 
and perspiratory glands being at present best understood. The remarkable action which it has 
in checking the functional activity of these glands is probably exerted through the nervous 
system, for in Keuchel’s experiments it was distinctly proved that the chorda tympani nerve, 
excitation of which normally provokes salivation in atropine poisoning, is paralyzed. In a 
case recorded by Dr. James Andrew two-thirds of a grain of atropine occasioned the most 
alarming symptoms, which continued for several days (Ed. Month. Journ. of Med. Sci., xiv. 34) ; 
and a lady under the care of M. Roux, of Brignolles, took somewhat more than a grain, with 
the same alarming symptoms (Ann. de Thfaap., 1861, p. 14) ; though in both cases recovery 
took place under treatment. In a child three years old less than half a grain was followed by 
similar dangerous symptoms and the same favorable result. (Med. Times and Gaz., Dec. 1850, 
p. 601.) A solution of atropine dropped into the eye produces dilatation of the pupil after ten 
or fifteen minutes, without causing congestion or inflammation ; and the dilatation will usually 
continue for three or four days. It is said that the dilatation is sometimes followed by con- 
traction of the pupil, especially when the dose is large. The alkaloid also produces its char- 
acteristic constitutional effects when applied to the skin denuded of the epidermis, or to a 
mucous membrane, as of the rectum, vagina, etc., and especially when injected into the subcu- 
taneous areolar tissue. The remedies for its poisonous operation are the same as those for 
belladonna; the most prominent being evacuation of the stomach, cold applications to the 
head, the preparations of opium internally, and stimulants when the strength is failing. As 
the value of atropine in opium poisoning, which seems unquestionable, is due to its influence 
on the respiratory centres, it is far from certain that opium is of at all proportionate advan- 
tage in poisoning by belladonna, etc. The official compound solution of iodine has been given 
as a chemical antidote to atropine, and with asserted advantage. It acts by forming an insolu- 
ble compound with the alkaloid. (See Belladonna.) 
Atropine may be administered internally for all the purposes for which belladonna is given ; 
and it is very largely used as a local remedy, for application to the eye, or to the surface of 248 
A tropina.—A it ■opinse Sulphas. 
PART I. 
the body, or for subcutaneous injection ; and for these purposes it has the advantage over the 
ordinary preparations of belladonna of greater precision of dose, quickness of action, and neatness 
and cleanness. In ptyalism and in colliquative sweats the most prompt effects can be obtained 
from the hypodermic use of atropine. The hypodermic dose of atropine may be set down as 
the one-hundredth of a grain, the dose by the mouth as the one-seventy-fifth of a grain, although 
in serious cases these amounts may he much exceeded. Thus, in some cases of opium poison- 
ing one-twentieth of a grain (0-003 Gm.) may be exhibited at once. On the other hand, in 
susceptible persons, one-hundredth of a grain (0-0006 Gm.) will produce decided dryness of the 
throat, and one-fiftieth of a grain (0-0012 Gm.) is alleged to have caused toxic symptoms. 
As the atropine itself is insoluble, the sulphate should always be preferred. For application 
to the sound skin, the form of ointment is most convenient. This may be made by rubbing a 
grain of the alkaloid first with four minims of alcohol, and then with a drachm of lard. 
Glycerin and olein also have been recommended as vehicles of atropine for external use, and 
may be incorporated with it in the same proportion. 
When solution of atropine sulphate is used for dilating the pupil, it may be either dropped 
into the eye within the lower lid, or introduced on small slips of paper previously saturated 
with the solution and dried, or, what is still more convenient, by means of minute circular 
disks of gelatin, made by mixing the solution with gelatin and evaporating so as to procure 
a thin film, which is to be cut into circular pieces. These have the advantage over paper 
that they do not require to be subsequently removed from the eye. 
The external use of atropine is not without danger, unless great caution be observed. A 
case is on record in which an ointment composed of three grains of the sulphate and two 
drachms of lard, applied upon a vesicated surface on the neck, produced in a few minutes the 
most violent symptoms of belladonna poisoning, ending in death in two hours. {Ann. de Thtrap., 
1867, p. 9.) The solution of atropine or its salts* is very apt to have developed in it a fungous 
growth with consequent decomposition of the alkaloid. 
ATROPINE SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Atropine Sulphate. 
(CiT H23 N03)2, H2 SO*; 674*58* (XT-RO-Pi'NTE SUL'PHiS.) (Cn H23 N03)2, II2 SO*; 676. 
“Atropine Sulphate, (C17H23N03)2H2S04, may be obtained by neutralizing Atropine with 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid.” Br. 
Sulphate of Atropia; Atropinum Sulfuricum, P. G.; Sulfate d’Atropine, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Atropin, G. 
Neither the U. S. nor Br. Pharmacopoeias give a process for preparing this salt. The official 
formula of 1870 is essentially the process of M. Ch. Maitre.f Atropine being soluble in ether, 
while its sulphate is insoluble in that fluid, a convenient method is afforded for preparing the 
sulphate with little evaporation. By adding the mixed acid and alcohol to the ethereal solu- 
tion, the sulphate is formed, and, being insoluble in the ether, is deposited; while the little 
left dissolved in the alcohol is obtained by spontaneous evaporation. The quantity of acid 
added is intended to be just sufficient to saturate the alkaloid ; but if the saturation should 
not be exact, it would be easy to render it so by the addition of a little more alkaloid or a 
little more acid, as required. 
From the great facility with which atropine undergoes change, much caution is necessary in 
preparing its salts, and the process was arranged in reference to this caution. Upon the addi- 
tion of the mixed acid and alcohol to the ethereal solution, the liquid becomes milky, and de- 
posits on the sides of the vessel a copious precipitate of a viscid appearance, which soon dries 
upon the decantation of the ether and the placing of the vessel in a drying-room. To succeed 
* Atropine Salicylate. This salt is alleged to have advantages over the sulphate, mainly because of its more 
rapid and efficient action, provided it be pure and perfectly neutral. It may be prepared by Frederici’s process, 
which is to dissolve 23 parts of atropine in pure alcohol by a gentle heat, and to add enough salicylic acid (about 
18 parts) to render the solution neutral, which is determined by the use of litmus paper. The solution is carefully 
evaporated, and finally dried in a drying-oven. It is deliquescent, and should be kept in securely-stopped vials. 
The dose is the same as that of the sulphate. 
Atropinum Santonicum, a compound of atropine and santonic acid, is described by Herr Bombelon (Pharm. 
Zeitung, April, 1886) as an amorphous non-hygroscopic powder, readily soluble in water, which presents advantages 
over all other atropine salts in being non-irritating, and also in affording a solution which is stable if kept in yellow 
glass bottles to avoid the formation of photo-santonic acid. One drop of a solution of 0• 01 Gm. in 20 Gm. of water 
is sufficient to dilate the pupil, the dilatation disappearing in from twelve to twenty-four hours. 
f “ Take of Atropia sixty grains; Stronger Ether four Jluidounces and a half; Sulphuric Acid six grains; 
Stronger Alcohol a flnidrachm. Dissolve the Atropia in the Ether; then mix the Acid and Alcohol, and add the mix- 
ture, drop by drop, to the ethereal solution until the Atropia is saturated. Allow the liquid to stand until the precipi- 
tate formed is deposited. Then decant the ether, and expose the residue to spontaneous evaporation until the salt is 
dry.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Atropinse Sulphas.—Aurantii Dulcis Cortex. 
249 
with this process it is necessary that the liquids employed should be carefully freed from water, 
the sulphuric acid being monoliydrated, and that the temperature should be kept as low as pos- 
sible. There should be no excess of acid ; and, if such an excess should be found upon apply- 
ing the test of litmus paper, the solution should be neutralized by a portion of reserved solu- 
tion of atropine. (A. J. P., xxviii. 361 ; from Rtpert. de Pharm.') In the British process the 
same object of avoiding decomposition by heat is attained by the low temperature at which the 
evaporation is effected. 
Properties. A white, indistinctly crystalline powder, permanent in the air, odorless, having 
a very bitter, nauseating taste, and a neutral reaction. “ Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-4 
part of water, 6-2 parts of alcohol, 2270 parts of ether, or 694 parts of chloroform. At 187° 
C. (309° F.) the salt melts, forming a brownish-yellow liquid. When ignited, it chars, emits 
acrid vapors, and is completely consumed. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. On adding 
sodium carbonate test-solution to a concentrated aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate 
is obtained which should respond to the reactions and tests given under atropine (see Atropina). 
The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white precipitate 
insoluble in hydrochloric acid.” U. S. “ Soluble in 10 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.) and in 1 
part of cold water, forming solutions which are neutral to litmus, and which, even when con- 
siderably diluted, if applied to the eye will dilate the pupil. It is insoluble in ether and in 
chloroform. It yields the characteristic reactions with the tests for sulphates. Melting point 
361-4° F. (183° C.).” Br. 
If it be required to procure the sulphate in the form of crystals, which may sometimes be 
desirable, to avoid adulteration, the process of M. Laneau may be employed. A solution of 
crystallized atropine in absolute alcohol, in the proportion of 2-89 parts of the former to 4 parts 
of the latter by weight, having been made with the assistance of a gentle heat, 0-4 part of sul- 
phuric acid of the sp. gr. 1-85, diluted with 3 parts of absolute alcohol, is to be gradually added, 
and stirred with a glass rod, until saturation, as shown by test-paper, is effected. The solution 
is then allowed to evaporate spontaneously, and the thinner the stratum the sooner will the 
process be completed. The crystals are in colorless needles more or less interlaced. (See A. J. P., 
1863, p. 315.) 
The effects of the salt on the system are precisely the same as those of atropine, and it may 
be used in the same dose. Its great advantage over the alkaloid is its solubility in water. A 
one-per-cent, solution is said to be instantaneously efficacious in toothache, applied to the denuded 
dental pulp; and also to produce complete insensibility of the dental nerves, in cases in which 
an artificial tooth is inserted in a living root. (Ann. de Therap., 1861, p. 19.) 
AURANTII AMARI CORTEX. U. S. (Br.) Bitter Orange Peel. 
(AU-RAN'TI-I A-MA'Kf COR'TEX—au-rAn'shg-I.) 
“ The rind of the fruit of Citrus vulgaris, Risso (nat. ord. Rutaceae).” U. S. “ The fresh 
outer part of the pericarp of Citrus Aurantium, var. Bigaradia also “ The dried outer part of 
the pericarp of Citrus Aurantium, var. Bigaradia.” Br. 
Aurantii Cortex Recens, Aurantii Cortex Siccatus, Br.; Aurantii pericarpium; Cortex Fructus Aurantii, 
P. G.; Cortex Aurantiorum, Cortex Pomorum Aurantii; Ecorce (Zestes) d’Oranges ameres, Ecorce de Bigarade, Fr.; 
Pomeranzenschale, G. 
AURANTII DULCIS CORTEX. U. S. Sweet Orange Peel. 
(Au-eXn'ti-I dul'cis cor'tex.) 
“ The rind of the fresh fruit of Citrus Aurantium, Linne (nat. ord. Rutaceae).” U. S. 
Cortex Aurantiorum Dulcium; Ecorce (Zestes) d’Oranges douces, Fr.; Apfelsinenschalen, G.; Seorze del Frutto 
deli’ Arancio, It.; Corteza de Naranja, Sp. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia includes two kinds of orange peel, hitter and sweet, the former 
obtained from Citrus vulgaris, the latter from Citrus Aurantium ; on the other hand, the 
British Pharmacopoeia recognizes bitter orange peel in two forms, the fresh and the dried, 
under the respective names of Aurantii Cortex Recens, fresh hitter orange peel, and Aurantii 
Cortex Siccatus, dried bitter orange peel; but the orange peel which is called sweet by the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia—i.e., Citrus Aurantium—is termed bitter orange peel by the British authority. 
This very interesting genus is composed of small evergreen trees, with ovate or oval-lanceo- 
late and shining leaves, odoriferous flowers, and fruits which usually combine beauty of color 
with a fragrant odor and grateful taste. They are all natives of warm climates. Though the 
species are not numerous, great diversity exists in the character of the fruit; and many va- 
rieties, founded upon this circumstance, are noticed by waiters. In the splendid work on the 250 
Aurantii Dulcis Cortex. 
PART I. 
natural history of the Citrus by Risso and Poiteau, 169 varieties are described under the eight 
following heads: 1, sweet oranges, 2, bitter and sour oranges, 3, bergamots, 4, limes, 5, shad- 
docks, 6, lumes, 7, lemons, and 8, citrons. Of these it is difficult to decide which have just claims 
to the rank of distinct species and which must be considered merely as varieties. Those em- 
ployed in medicine may be arranged in two sets, of which the orange, C. aurantium, and the 
lemon, C. medica, are respectively the types; the former characterized by a winged, the latter 
by a naked or nearly naked petiole. The form and character of the fruit, though not entirely 
constant, serve as the basis of subdivisions. C. decumana, which yields the shaddock, agrees 
with C. aurantium in the form of its petiole. 
Citrus aurantium. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1427 ; B. & T. 51. The orange-tree grows to the 
height of about fifteen feet. Its stem is rounded, much branched, and covered with a smooth, 
shining, greenish-brown bark. In the wild state, and before inoculation, it is often furnished 
with axillary spines. The leaves are ovate, pointed, entire, smooth, and of a shining pale green 
color. When held between the eye and the light, they exhibit numerous small transparent 
vesicles, filled with volatile oil; and, when rubbed between the fingers, are highly fragrant. 
Their footstalks are about an inch long, and have wings or lateral appendages. The flowers, 
which have a delightful odor, are large, white, and attached by short peduncles, singly, or in 
clusters, to the smallest branches. The calyx is saucer-shaped, with pointed teeth. The petals 
are oblong, concave, white, and beset with numerous small glands. The filaments are united 
at their base in three or more distinct portions, and support yellow anthers. The germen is 
roundish, and bears a cylindrical style, terminated by a globular stigma. The fruit is a spheri- 
cal berry, often somewhat flattened at its base and apex, rough, of a yellow or orange color, and 
divided internally into nine vertical cells, each containing from two to four seeds, surrounded 
by a pulpy matter. The rind of the fruit consists of a thin exterior layer, abounding in 
A'esicles filled with a fragrant volatile oil, and of an interior one, which is thick, white, fungous, 
insipid, and inodorous. There are two varieties of C. aurantium, considered by some as distinct 
species. They differ chiefly in the fruit, which in one is sweet, in the other is sour and bitterish 
and has a darker and rougher rind. The first retains the original title, the second (the Seville 
orange) is called Citrus vulgaris by De Candolle, and C. bigaradia by Risso.* 
This beautiful evergreen, in Avhich the fruit is mingled, in every stage of its growth, with 
the blossoms and foliage, has been applied to numerous purposes of utility and ornament. A 
native of China and India, it was introduced into Europe at a very early period, was trans- 
planted to America soon after its first settlement, and is now found in every civilized country 
Avhere the climate is favorable. The fruit is brought to us chiefly from Florida, the south of 
Europe, and the West Indies. The Florida and Havana oranges are the sweetest. 
Various parts of the plant are used in medicine. The leaves, which are bitter and aromatic, 
are employed in some places in the form of infusion as a gently stimulant diaphoretic. They 
yield by distillation with water a volatile oil, which is said to be often mixed by the distillers 
with the oils obtained from the flowers and unripe fruit. In regard to polarized light it has a 
rotatory power to the left, which is considerably weakened by the prolonged action of heat. 
(Chautard, Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xliv. 28.) The fresh floAvers may be kept for some time 
by mixing them well Avith half their weight of sodium chloride, pressing the mixture in a 
suitable jar, and keeping it well closed in a cool place. They were formerly recognized by the 
U. S. P. under the name of Aurantii Flores, and were officially described as “ about half an 
inch (12 mm.) long; calyx small, cup-shaped, five-toothed; petals five, oblong, obtuse, rather 
fleshy, Avhite and glandular-punctate; stamens numerous, in about three sets; ovary globular, 
upon a small disk, with a cylindrical style, and a globular stigma; odor very fragrant; taste 
aromatic and somewhat bitter.” U. S. 1880. The dried flowers are used on the continent of 
Europe as a gentle nervous stimulant, in the form of infusion, two drachms to the pint of 
boiling water, taken in the dose of a teacupful. The floAvers should be dried in the shade, at 
a temperature between 24° C. (75° F.) and 35° C. (95° F.). 
An oil is obtained also from the floAvers by distillation, which is called neroli in France, and is 
much used in perfumery, and in the composition of liqueurs. (See Oleum Aurantii Florum.) 
* A variety of the orange, called the Mandarin Orange (Citrus bigaradia sinensis or C. bigaradia myrtifolia), 
which is probably a native of China, but cultivated in Sicily, the south of Italy, and Florida, bears a fruit much 
smaller than the common orange, round, but flattened above and below, with a smooth, thin, delicate rind, and a very 
sweet delicious pulp. A volatile oil is obtained from the rind by expression, of a yellow color, a very bland agreeable 
odor, different from that of the orange or lemon, and a not unpleasant taste, like that of the rind. When freed from 
coloring matter by distillation, it was found by M. S. de Luca to be a pure hydrocarbon, with the formula CioHis. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., xxxiii. 52.) Aurantii Duleis Cortex. 
251 
PART I. 
It is an ingredient of the famous Cologne water. That obtained from the flowers of the Seville 
or bitter orange (C. vulgaris) is deemed the sweetest. It was introduced into the Edinburgh 
Pharmacopoeia, with the title of Aurantii Oleum, to serve for the preparation of orange-flower 
water. Soubeiran considers this oil rather as a product of the distillation than as pre-existing 
in the flowers. The fact may thus be explained that orange-flower water made by dissolving 
even the finest neroli in water has not the precise odor of that procured by distillation from 
the flowers. Pure neroli has a rotating power to the right, in this respect differing from the oil 
of the leaves. ( Chautard.) 
The fruit is applied to several purposes. Small unripe oranges, about the size of a cherry or 
less, previously dried, and rendered smooth by a turning-lathe, are sometimes employed to 
maintain the discharge from issues. They are preferred to peas on account of their agreeable 
odor, and by some are thought to swell less with the moisture; but this is denied by others, 
and it is asserted that they require to be renewed at the end of twenty-four hours. These 
fruits are sometimes found in commerce under the name of orange berries. They are of a 
grayish or greenish brown color, fragrant odor, and bitter taste, and are said to be used for 
flavoring cordials. A volatile oil is obtained from them by distillation, known to the French 
by the name of essence de petit grain, and employed for similar purposes with that of the flowers. 
The oil, however, which now goes by this name is said to be distilled from the leaves, and those 
of the bitter orange yield the best. The oils from the unripe and the ripe fruit have a rotating 
power to the right, the latter much greater than the former; and this property might serve to 
distinguish them from the oil of the leaves. Several of the oils from the Aurantiaceae deposit 
a crystalline substance, differing from camphor. ( Chautard.) The juice of the Seville orange 
is sour and bitterish, and forms with water a refreshing and grateful drink in febrile diseases. 
It is employed in the same manner as lemon-juice, which it resembles in containing citric acid, 
though in much smaller proportion. The sweet orange is more pleasant to the taste, and is 
extensively used as a light refrigerant article of diet in inflammatory diseases, care being taken 
to reject the membranous portion. The best mode of separating the outer rind, when its 
desiccation arid preservation are desired, is to pare it from the orange in narrow strips with 
a sharp knife, as we pare an apple. When the object is to use the fresh rind for certain 
pharmaceutical purposes, as for the preparation of the confection of orange peel, it is best 
separated by a grater. The dried peel sold in the shops is usually that of the Seville orange, 
and is brought chiefly from countries adjacent to the Mediterranean. 
Properties. Orange peel has a grateful aromatic odor, and a warm bitter taste, which 
depend upon the volatile oil contained in its vesicles. “ In narrow, thin bands, or in quarters; 
epidermis of a dark brownish-green color, glandular, and with very little of the spongy, white, 
inner layer adhering to it; it has a fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste.” U. S. The 
Br. Pharmacopoeia requires that the outer surface both of the fresh and of the dried bitter 
orange peel shall be of a deep orange-red color, and rough and glandular. As lemon peel is 
sometimes substituted for orange peel, a means of distinguishing between them has been devised 
by E. G. Clayton (Analyst, xix. 134), which is to touch small fragments of peel with a glass 
rod dipped in hydrochloric acid. Orange peel is colored a rich, dark green ; the color of lemon 
peel is unaffected. The sweet peel is orange yellow and has a sweetish, fragrant odor, and an aro- 
matic, slightly bitter taste. Both orange peels yield their sensible properties to water and alcohol. 
The bitter principle, hesperidin, C22H20O12, was discovered by Lebreton in 1828, but its char- 
acter as a glucoside was first established by Hilger and Hoffmann. (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 9, 26, 
685.) Treated with dilute acids it yields hesperetin, C16H1406, and glucose. It is crystalline 
(fusing point 250°-251° C.), and may be prepared by Paterno and Briosi’s process, as follows. 
The cut and bruised oranges are covered with diluted alcohol, potassa solution added in excess, 
the liquor filtered after two days, and impure hesperidin precipitated by hydrochloric acid ; the 
precipitate is boiled with acetic acid for ten minutes, and, after cooling, filtered from the resin- 
ous mass left. The hesperidin gradually separates from the filtrate upon standing, in white 
fine needles. From 4000 oranges about 6 ounces av. of the principle were obtained. (Ber. 
d. Chem. Ges., 1876, 250-252.) Tanret found in the rind of the bitter orange, 1, a crys- 
talline acid, C44H28014; 2, a noncrystalline resinous body; 3, hesperidin; 4, isohesperidin, a 
crystalline glucoside isomeric with hesperidin; 5, aurantianarin, a new glucoside, to which the 
bitterness of the peel is due. (Pi J. Tr., 1886, 839.) Orange peel contains also albumen, 
gum, resin, a trace of fixed oil, volatile oil, and a principle resembling tannin in its action on 
salts of iron. The bitter principles are said to be much more abundant in the white spongy 
inner portion of the peel than in the outer yellowish layer. The volatile oil may be obtained 252 
Aurantii Dulcis Cortex.—Auri et Sodii Chloridum. 
PART I. 
by expression from the fresh grated rind, or by distillation with water. It is imported into 
the United States in tinned copper cans. It has properties resembling those of the oil of 
lemons, but spoils more rapidly on exposure to the air, acquiring a terebinthinate odor. The 
perfumers use it in the preparation of Cologne water, and for other purposes; and it is also 
employed by the confectioners. According to Dr. Imbert-Gourbeyre, persons who are much 
exposed to the inhalation of the oil of bitter oranges are apt to be affected with cutaneous 
eruptions, and various nervous disorders, as headache, tinnitus aurium, oppression of the chest, 
gastralgia, want of sleep, and even muscular spasm. (Pharm. Gentralblatt, Feb. 1854, 128.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Bitter orange peel is a mild tonic, carminative, and 
stomachic; the sweet is simply aromatic; but neither is much used alone. They are chiefly 
employed to communicate a pleasant flavor to other medicines, to correct their nauseating prop- 
erties, and to assist their stimulant impression upon the stomach. They are a frequent and 
useful addition to bitter infusions and decoctions, such as those of gentian, quassia, columbo, 
and Peruvian bark. It is obviously improper to subject orange peel to long boiling, as the 
volatile oil is thus driven off. The dose in substance is from half a drachm to a drachm 
(1-95—3-9 Gm.). Violent colic, convulsions, and even death have been caused in children by 
eating large quantities of the rind. When orange peel is used simply for its agreeable flavor, 
the rind of the sweet orange is preferable; as a tonic, that of the Seville orange. 
AURUM. Gold. 
(AU'RUM.) 
The preparations of gold were introduced into medical practice in 1810 by Chrestein, of 
Montpellier. They have been especially recommended in various chronic diseases of the 
nervous system and skin, also in inveterate constitutional syphilis and allied disorders. The 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia recognizes one preparation (see below). For a discussion of the various 
non-official preparations which have been used in medicine, see Gold, Part II. 
AURI ET SODII CHLORIDUM. U. S. Gold and Sodium Chloride. 
(Au'R! KT SO'DI-i eHLO'RI-DDM.) 
“ A mixture of equal parts, by weight, of dry Gold Chloride [AuC13 = 302-81] and Sodium 
Chloride [NaCl = 58-37]. It should be kept in well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
Gold and sodium chloride may be prepared by dissolving gold in nitrohydrochloric acid, 
evaporating the solution to dryness, weighing, and dissolving the dry mass in eight times its 
weight of distilled water. To this solution a weight of pure decrepitated common salt equal- 
ling that of the dry gold chloride is added, previously dissolved in four parts of water. The 
mixed solution is then evaporated to dryness, being in the mean time constantly stirred with a 
glass rod. A process for making this salt from gold coin without requiring the preliminary 
purification necessary in the above process may be found in Proc. A. P. A., 1882, p. 311. 
Properties. The salt is of a golden-yellow color, and, when crystallized, is in the form of 
long prismatic crystals, unalterable in the air. The Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ an orange- 
yellow powder, odorless, having a saline and metallic taste, and slightly deliquescent in damp 
air. The compound is very soluble in water, and at least one-half of it should be soluble in 
cold alcohol. When exposed to a red heat, it is decomposed, and metallic gold is separated. 
A fragment of the compound imparts a persistent, intensely-yellow color to a non-luminous 
flame. Its aqueous solution has a slightly acid reaction, and yields, with silver nitrate test- 
solution, a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid. On bringing a glass rod, dipped into am- 
monia water, close to a portion of the compound, no white fumes should make their appearance 
(absence of free acid). If 0-5 Gm. of Gold and Sodium Chloride be dissolved in 50 C.c. of 
water, in a porcelain capsule, the solution acidulated with 5 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, and 
after the addition of 1 Gm. of pure oxalic acid, heated for about two hours, on a water-bath, 
a precipitate of metallic gold will be obtained, which, when washed, dried, and ignited, should 
weigh not less than 0-15 Gm. (corresponding to at least 30 per cent, of metallic gold). The 
filtrate from the precipitated gold should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, 
nor, after being supersaturated with ammonia water, by ammonium sulphide test-solution 
(absence of metallic impurities).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. The precise action of this salt upon the system is not known, but 
it is thought to affect the general nutrition, and to be therefore alterative. By many gynaecolo- 
gists it is believed to have a specific direction to the genital organs, and it is used in hysteria, 
ovarian irritation and neuralgia, chronic ovaritis, and even chronic uterine inflammation. It PART I. 
Balsamum Peruvianum. 
253 
has also been commended in syphilis, chronic rheumatism, diabetes mellitus, and other chronic 
disorders affecting nutrition. The double salt of gold and sodium chloride has recently been 
very largely used in the treatment of the alcoholic habit. It is believed to be the basis of 
the notorious “Keeley cure," which, according to the best information obtainable, seemingly 
reliable, consists in chief part of the administration of ascending doses of the double chloride, 
with hypodermic injections in the interim (one every three hours) of very minute doses of 
atropine and strychnine. It would seem certain that no medication can suffice for moral 
reformation, but there is considerable evidence to show that the treatment just spoken of, by 
toning up the nervous system and bringing about a general increase of nutritive tone, may aid 
those who are determined upon reform. Dose, one-quarter to one-twelfth of a grain (0-015 
to 0-005 Gm.). 
BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM. U. S., Br. Balsam of Peru. 
(BiL'SA-MUM pe-ru-vi-a'num.) 
“ A balsam obtained from Toluifera Pereirae (Royle), Baillon (nat. ord. Leguminosse).” U. S. 
“ A balsam exuded from the trunk of Myroxylon Pereirae, Klotzsch, after the bark has been 
beaten and scorched.” Br. 
Balsamum Peruvianum Nigrum, Balsamum Indicum; Baume des Indes, Baume de P6rou, Fr.; Peruvianischer 
Balsam, G.; Balsamo del Peru, It.; Balsamo negro, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx subincurved, irregularly dentate. Vexillum broadly orbiculate; four in- 
ferior petals sub-equal, free, narrow. Stamens deciduous with the petals, free or at their ex- 
treme base very shortly connate. Ovaries long, stipitate, near the apex two ovulate. Styles 
short incurved, with a minute terminal stigma. Legume stipitate, compressed, indehiscent, 
with the apex indurated, and one-seeded. Seed one, subreniform, with a thin testa. Cotyle- 
dons plano-convex. Radicle very short, incurved. (Bentham and Hooker, Genera Plan- 
tarum.) 
De Candolle and other botanists considered that the genera Myroxylon and Toluifera of Lin- 
naeus are not distinct from Myrospermum of Jacquin, but it is now generally recognized that 
the two Linnaean genera are, taken together, entitled to rank as a single genus. To this the 
title of Myroxylon has been generally applied by botanists following Bentham and Hooker, but 
Baillon (Natural History of Plants, vol. ii. 366) seems to be in accord with the generally 
accepted rules of botanical nomenclature in preferring the name Toluifera. In regard to the 
species now under consideration there has been much discussion, and although the plant is now 
well known botanically, botanists are not agreed as to its specific distinctness ; Ruiz (Flora Pe- 
ruviana), Carson (A. J. P., 1860, p. 297), Baillon, and others believing it to be identical with 
the tree which yields balsam of Tolu. Fliickiger and Hanbury (Pliarmacographia, 2d ed., 205) 
give the following points of difference: in M. pereirse the branches come oft' near the ground, 
the calyx is widely cup-shaped, and shallow, the racemes loose, 6 to 8 inches long, and the 
legume much narrowed at its base; whilst in M. toluifera the trunk does not branch for 30 or 
40 feet, the calyx is rather tubular, the racemes dense and 3 to 4£ inches long, the legume 
scarcely narrowed at the base. Besides the official species, there are others of the genus which 
possess medical virtues, and have been more or less employed* The pod of M. frutescens (Jacq.), 
growing in Trinidad, is popularly used in that island as a carminative, and externally, in the 
form of a tincture, as a lotion in rheumatic pains; and by incisions in the stem a small quan- 
tity of balsamic juice is obtained not distinguishable from balsam of Tolu. {P. J. Tr., Sept. 
1862, p. 108.) Another species is known in Paraguay under the name of quino-quino, the bark 
of which is used, in powder and decoction, as a remedy in wounds and ulcers, and from the 
trunk of which a juice is obtained which in its concrete state closely resembles dried balsam 
of Peru. {Ibid., Oct. 1862, p. 183.)f 
* For an account of the various imperfectly described species related to this plant, see 14th Ed. U. S. D. 
f A product of T. peruiferum, sometimes known as Brazilian balsam or as Oleo-Balsam, has been offered for sale 
as genuine Peru balsam. In bulk it is of a dark brown color, but in thin layers it is dark red. Its odor is smoky, 
feebly fragrant; its taste slightly pungent, leaving a choking, disagreeable, persistent feeling. It is entirely soluble 
in ether and in rectified spirits. It also mixes with castor oil in all proportions, forming with carbon disulphide 
a clear light brown solution with residue, and in the deposit, by its chloroform solution, of a powdery precipitate 
upon standing. At 17° C. its specific gravity is 1-031. Its general constitution is very similar to that of Balsam 
of Peru, containing volatile oil, myroxylin, cinnamic and tannic acids, and resin. (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., xi. 818.) It 
is especially to be distinguished from Peru Balsam by its behavior with sulphuric acid. When Peru Balsam is 
treated with sulphuric acid, and cold water poured upon it, a beautiful violet is imparted to the surface, and the 
whole mass has a bright shade. The same procedure yields with the Oleo-Balsam a gray mass. For further infor- 
mation see P. J. Tr., xv. 771. 254 
Balaamum Peruvianum. 
PART I. 
Toluifera, pereirse. ; Myrotiylon pereirse, Klotzsch ; Myrospermum pereirse, Royle et Auctores ; 
u Myrospermum of Sonsonate,” Pereira ; is a handsome tree, with a straight, round, lofty stem, 
a smooth ash-colored bark, and spreading branches at the top. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, 
and unequally pinnate. The leaflets are from five to eleven, shortly petiolate, oblong, oval- 
oblong, or ovate, about three inches long by somewhat less than an inch and a half in breadth, 
rounded at the base, and contracting abruptly at top into an emarginate point. When held up 
to the light they exhibit, in lines parallel with the primary veins, beautiful rounded and linear 
pellucid spots. The common and partial petioles and midribs are smooth to the naked eye, but 
when examined with a microscope are found to be furnished with short hairs. The fruit, 
including the winged footstalks, varies from two to four inches in length. At its peduncular 
extremity it is rounded or slightly tapering ; at the top enlarged, rounded, and swollen, with a small 
point at the side. The mesocarp, or main investment of the fruit, is fibrous, and contains in 
distinct receptacles a balsamic juice, which is most abundant in two long receptacles or vittas, 
one upon each side. The yellowish-white beans yielded to Mr. Rother (-P. J. Tr., xv. 244) two 
per cent, of coumarin ; the husks, a brown, extremely bitter, somewhat acrid resin. A gum- 
resin exudes in small quantities from the trunk of the tree, which, though containing, besides 
gum and resin, a small proportion of volatile oil, is distinct from the proper balsam, and yields 
no cinnamic acid. (Attfield, P. J. Tr., Dec. 1863.) 
This tree grows in Central America, in the State of San Salvador, upon the Pacific coast. It 
is found in the wild forests, singly or in groups, but the trees are owned by individuals. Dr. 
Charles Dorat states that it is never found at a greater height on the mountains than one thou- 
sand feet, that it begins to be productive after five years, and continues to yield for thirty years 
or more, and that the aroma of its flower is perceived at the distance of one hundred yards. 
(A. J. P., xxxii.) The balsam is collected by the aborigines, on lands reserved to them, within a 
small district denominated the Balsam Coast, extending from Acajutlato Port Libertad. Early 
in November or December the bark is beaten on four sides of the trunk, so as to separate it 
from the wood without breaking it; intermediate strips being left sound, in order not to destroy 
the life of the tree. The bruised bark soon splits, or cuts are made in it. Five or six days 
after the beating the injured surface is set on fire, and about a week later the bark, if it has 
not fallen off spontaneously, is removed. The juice now begins to exude freely from the ex- 
posed wood, which the natives cover with rags. The latter, when saturated, are boiled in water 
in large jars, and the liquid allowed to stand; whereupon the water rises to the top, and is 
poured off, leaving the balsam, which is put into calabashes or bladders. It is then taken for 
sale to the neighboring towns, where it is purified by subsidence and straining and put into jars 
or metallic drums for exportation. The destroyed bark is said to renew itself in two years, so 
that by care a tree can be long worked ; two pounds is stated to be the average yearly yield. 
In 1861 the tree was introduced in Ceylon with complete success. 
A substance called white balsam (Balsamo bianco') is procured from the fruit by expression. 
This has been confounded with the balsam of Tolu, but is wholly distinct. It is of a semi-fluid 
or soft-solid consistence, somewhat granular, and, on standing, separates into a white resinous 
crystalline deposit, and a superior translucent more fluid portion. The smell, though quite dis- 
tinct from that of the balsam of Tolu and Peru, is not disagreeable. Dr. Stenhouse has obtained 
from it a peculiar resinous body, readily crystallizable, and remarkably indifferent in its chemi- 
cal affinities, which he denominates myroxocarpin. {P. J. Tr., x. 290.) Dr. Dorat, however, 
denies that the white balsam is produced by the same tree, or in the same vicinity. 
Another substance obtained from the same tree, and much used in Central America, is a 
tincture of the fruit made by digesting it in rum. It is called balsamito by the inhabitants, 
and is said to be stimulant, anthelmintic, and diuretic. It is also used as an external applica- 
tion to gangrenous or indolent ulcers, and as a wash to the face to remove freckles. According 
to Dr. Dorat, the balsamito is not the tincture, but an alcoholic extract of the young fruit. 
Neither this nor the white balsam reaches the markets of this country. 
The balsam of Peru was named from its place of exportation; and it was long thought to 
be a product of Peru. It is now shipped partly from the Pacific coast, and partly from the 
Balize or other Atlantic ports, whither it is brought across the country. It was Guibourt who 
first made known the fact of its exclusive production in Central America. As imported, it is 
usually in tin canisters, with a whitish scum on its surface, and more or less deposit, which is 
dissolved with the aid of heat. 
Properties. Balsam of Peru is viscid like syrup or honey, of a dark reddish-brown color, 
a fragrant odor, and a warm bitterish taste, leaving when swallowed a burning or prickling sen- PART I. 
Balsamum Peruvianum. 
255 
sation in the throat. When exposed to flame it takes fire, diffusing a white smoke and fragrant 
odor. Containing resin, volatile oil, and both benzoic and cinnamic acids, it is properly con- 
sidered a balsam, though probably somewhat altered by heat. “ A liquid having a syrupy 
consistence, free from stringiness or stickiness, of a brownish-black color in bulk, reddish-brown 
and transparent in thin layers, of an agreeable vanilla-like, somewhat smoky odor, and a bitter 
taste, leaving a persistent after-taste. On exposure to air it does not become hard. Specific 
gravity, 1-135 to 1-150 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible, in all proportions, with absolute alcohol, 
chloroform, or glacial acetic acid ; only partially soluble in ether or benzin. It is completely 
soluble in 5 parts of alcohol.” U. S. Boiling water extracts the acid. The oily liquid which 
separates on agitating Peru balsam with caustic potash or soda, called Peru balsam oil by Stolze, 
cinnamein by Fremy, may be separated by fractional distillation into three portions,—viz., 
benzyl alcohol, C7H80, passing over at about 200° C. (392° F.) ; benzylic benzoate, C7H602,C7H7, 
the principal portion, boiling at 303°-304° C. (577-5°-579° F.) ; and benzylic cinnamate, 
C0H7O2,C7H7, passing over at about the boiling point of mercury. The crude oil likewise 
contains small quantities of free cinnamic and benzoic acids, resulting from the decomposition 
of the benzylic ether by the alkali used in separating it, and equivalent to the free benzylic 
alcohol also contained in it. According to Kraut {Ann. Ch. Pharm., 153, p. 129), the benzylic 
cinnamate constitutes nearly 60 per cent, of the balsam; but Trog (Archiv d. Pharm., 1894, 
70-98) states that it is the benzyl benzoate which makes up the bulk of the oily portion and 
amounts to from 63 to 64 per cent. 
Peru balsam appears to contain only a single resin, yielding, by analysis, 66-3 to 67-25 per 
cent, of carbon, and 6-22 to 6-32 per cent, of hydrogen (Kraut, loc. cit.). This resin separated 
from the alkaline solution of the balsam by hydrochloric acid is brown, has a faint odor of 
vanilla, and when fused with potash yields protocatechuic acid, together with a little benzoic 
acid. The resin yielded about two-thirds its weight of protocatechuic acid. (Kachler, Zeitsch. 
fur Ch., [2] 6, 59.) The tree also exudes a gum-resin, which, according to AttfieM (P. J. 
Tr., 1864, p. 248), contains 77-4 per cent, of a resin, and is non-aromatic, devoid of cinnamic 
acid, and entirely distinct from Balsam of Peru. The leaves of the tree contain a fragrant 
oil. Trog found the fluid portion of the balsam to consist almost entirely of benzyl benzoate, 
with small quantities of cinnamic acid, vanillin, and benzyl cinnamate. The resin, he states, is 
an ester. Like benzoin, balsam of Peru appears to be a pathological product. 
The balsam is said to be adulterated in Europe (especially at Bremen) with castor oil, copaiba, 
Canada turpentine, etc. (P. J. Tr., xii. 549) ; and a factitious substance has been sold in this 
country for the genuine Balsam, prepared by dissolving balsam of Tolu in alcohol. This may 
be distinguished by its taking fire readily and burning with a blue flame. (W. Y. Journ. of 
Pharm., i. 133.) The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following tests. “ 1 volume is soluble 
in 1 volume of alcohol (90 per cent.), but on the further addition of 2 or more volumes of the 
alcohol, the mixture becomes turbid. Specific gravity between 1-137 and 1-150. 10 drops 
triturated with 0 4 gramme of lime produce a permanently soft mixture (absence of copaiBa 
and resins) ; and this, on being warmed until all volatile matter is given off and until charring 
commences, gives no fatty odor (absence of castor oil and other fatty oils). It should not 
diminish in volume when shaken with an equal bulk of water (absence of ethylic alcohol). 
About 40 per cent, of resin should separate when one part of the Balsam is treated with three 
parts of carbon bisulphide; and the clear supernatant liquid should be of a pale brown color 
with only a slight fluorescence (absence of gurjun balsam). If 5 grammes of the Balsam be 
shaken with 5 cubic centimetres of a solution of sodium hydroxide of specific gravity 1-16, and 
then washed with three successive quantities, each of 15 cubic centimetres, of Purified Ether, 
and the Ether removed, the residue (after cautious drying until the loss, in two weighings at 5 
minutes’ interval, does not exceed one centigramme) should weigh between 2-85 and 3 
grammes. To this weighed residue 20 cubic centimetres of normal volumetric alcoholic solution 
of potassium hydroxide and 40 cubic centimetres of alcohol (90 per cent.) are to be added and 
the whole saponified under a reflux condenser for one hour. Thus treated, the residue above 
specified should combine with from 11-9 to 12 8 cubic centimetres of the normal volumetric 
alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide (presence of a sufficient proportion of cinnamein). 
The amount of uncombined alkali may be determined in the usual way by means of titra- 
tion with the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid." For additional tests, see Proc. A. P. A., 
1894. 903; also 1895, 866, and Drug. Circ., 1898, 60. A method of detecting castor oil, 
proposed by Dr. Wagner, is to expose a small portion of the suspected balsam to distillation 
until somewhat more than one-half has passed, to shake the distillate with baryta water, to Balsamum Peruvianum.—Balsamum Tolutanum. 
256 
PAET I. 
remove by means of a pipette the layer of oil floating on the surface, and to shake this with a 
concentrated solution of sodium bisulphite. If castor oil be present, the liquid will immediately 
become a crystalline mass. (A. J. P., xxx. 570.) The official tests of purity are as follows. 
“ Water agitated with a portion of the Balsam reddens blue litmus paper. If 1 C.c. of carbon 
disulphide be mixed with 3 C.c. of the Balsam, contained in a dry test-tube, a clear liquid will 
result. On now adding 8 more C.c. of carbon disulphide and agitating, the resinous constituent 
of the Balsam (amounting to about 15 per cent.) will adhere to the walls of the tube, and the 
liquid portion will be clear, of a tint not deeper than light brownish, and not more than faintly 
fluorescent (absence of gurjun balsam). If 2 C.c. of the Balsam be vigorously shaken, in a 
dry test-tube, with 8 C.c. of benzin, so that the Balsam may be spread over the walls of the 
tube, and the liquid then immediately poured off, the Balsam should remain adherent to the 
walls for some minutes and subside slowly, while the liquid (which should be filtered, if turbid) 
should be colorless or only faintly yellow, and should deposit no sediment on standing (absence 
of appreciable quantities of storax, turpentine, copaiba, etc.). If 10 drops of the Balsam be 
triturated, in a small mortar, with 20 drops of sulphuric acid, a tough, homogeneous, brownish- 
red mass will result, which, when washed with cold water, should, after a few minutes, be con- 
verted into a brittle, resinous mass (absence of fixed oils). On distilling water with a portion 
of the Balsam, no essential oil should pass over.” U. S. Prof. Fliickiger relies upon the specific 
gravity, which should be between 1-140 and 1-145, and the lime test, in which 10 drops of the 
balsam are shaken with 6 grains (0-4 Gm.) of slaked lime, forming, if there be no adulteration, 
a soft mixture, which does not harden. Grote's test consists in shaking 3 drops of balsam with 
2 C.c. of official ammonia water; if, after standing, the mixture solidifies, colophony or other 
adulterant is present: benzoin, storax, and certain other substances cannot be detected by this 
test. (A. J. P., 1881, 302, 361.) 
As stated by Trog and others, the percentage of cinnamein should approximate 60. The 
saponification number should be between 235 and 238. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This balsam is a warm stimulating stomachic and 
expectorant, and has been recommended in chronic catarrhs, certain forms of asthma, phthisis, 
and other pectoral complaints attended with debility. It has also been used in gonorrhoea, 
leucorrhoea, amenorrhoea, chronic rheumatism, and palsy. At present, however, it is little 
employed by American physicians. As an external application it has been found beneficial in 
chronic indolent idcers and in local tubermlosis of skin, bone, larynx, etc. The dose is half a 
fluidrachm (1-9 C.c.). It is best administered diffused in water with sugar and the yolk of 
egg or gum arabic, or in smaller doses dropped on a lump of sugar. When prescribed as an 
addition to expectorant mixtures, sufficient mucilage of acacia should be ordered with it to 
suspend it properly* 
BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM. U. S., Br. Balsam of Tolu. 
(BiL'SA-MUM TO-LU-TA'NUM.) 
“A balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum, Linne (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U.S. “ A 
balsam obtained by making incisions in the trunk of Myroxylon Toluifera.” Br. 
Baume de Tolu, Baume de Carthagene, Fr.; Tolubalsam, G.; Balsamo del Tolu, It.; Balsamo de Tolu, Sp. 
Although Linnaeus described this tree as a distinct species, Ruiz, one of the authors of the 
Flora Peruviana, considered it identical with Myroxylon peruiferum ; but M. Achille Richard 
determined that it was distinct, and gave it the specific name of toluiferum, which was formerly 
adopted in both the Br. and U. S. Pharmacopoeias. Very properly, however, the revisers of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia have returned to the Linnaean name. 
The balsam is procured by making V-shaped incisions in the trunk quite through the bark. 
The juice is received in small calabash cups, which are inserted in slight excavations beneath 
the point of the two vertical incisions meeting at the lower end; and Mr. Weir has seen as 
many as twenty cups at a time on one tree. The collectors go from tree to tree, emptying the 
cups into flasks of raw hide. In these skin vessels the juice is taken to the different ports on 
the river, where it is transferred to tin cans. It is brought from Carthagena in calabashes or 
baked earthen jars, or in tin or glass vessels. 
Properties. As first imported, balsam of Tolu has a soft tenacious consistence, which 
varies considerably with the temperature. By age it becomes hard and brittle like resin. It 
is shining, translucent, of a reddish or yellowish brown color, a highly fragrant odor, and a 
* In the case of alleged fatal poisoning in a child six days old, reported by Dr. Lohaus (Therap. Monatsch., March, 
1892), it does not seem probable that the Peru balsam was the cause of the symptoms. PART I. 
Balsamuun Tolutanum. 
257 
warm, somewhat sweetish and pungent, but not disagreeable taste. Exposed to heat, it melts, 
inflames, and diffuses an agreeable odor while burning. It is entirely soluble in volatile oils. 
The official description of it is as follows. “ A yellowish-brown, semi-fluid or nearly solid mass, 
becoming more brittle when exposed to cold, transparent in thin layers, having an agreeable 
odor recalling that of vanilla, but distinct from it, and a mild, aromatic taste.” “ When 
pressed between pieces of glass with the aid of heat, it exhibits, when examined with a lens, 
an abundance of crystals.” Br. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia gives the following tests of' purity. 
“ Readily and completely soluble in alcohol, the solution showing an acid reaction with litmus 
paper. Also completely soluble in chloroform, and in solutions of the fixed alkalies; almost 
completely soluble in ether, but nearly insoluble in water, benzin, or carbon disulphide. Car- 
bon disulphide, aided by a gentle heat, removes from the Balsam scarcely anything but some 
of its cinnamic and benzoic acids. On decanting and evaporating the disulphide, no sub- 
stance having the properties of resin should remain.” “ It is soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.) 
and the solution has an acid reaction. If 5 grammes are gently warmed with two successive 
portions of 25 and 10 cubic centimetres of carbon bisulphide, the solution should yield, when 
evaporated to dryness, a distinctly crystalline residue which should require not less than one- 
third of its weight of potassium hydroxide for its saponification (presence of a sufficient pro- 
portion of benzoates and cinnamates).” Br. The latter test is based upon Braithwaite’s 
researches upon spurious balsams of Tolu. (See P. J. Tr., 1895, 145; also 1897, 307.) 
Boiling water extracts its acid. Distilled with water it affords a small proportion of volatile 
oil; and, if the heat be continued, an acid matter sublimes. Mr. Hatchett states that when 
dissolved in the smallest quantity of solution of potassa it loses its own characteristic odor and 
acquires that of the clove pink. G. L. Ulex gives as a test of the purity of the balsam, that 
if heated in sulphuric acid it dissolves without disengagement of sulphurous acid, and yields 
a cherry-red liquid. (Archiv der Pharm., Jan. 1853.) A modification of this test is that of 
R. A. Cripps (P. J. Tr., xix. 1888), who states that by a comparative test of the suspected 
balsam with a pure specimen 1 per cent, of storax or other resinous adulterant can be detected. 
Thirty grammes of the sample are digested in carbon disulphide for fifteen minutes with 
general warmth, the clear liquid decanted, evaporated to dryness, and dissolved in sulphuric 
acid. A bright-red rose color is produced, remaining rose for a length of time if the balsam 
be pure, rapidly becoming brown if the balsam have been adulterated. The balsam is a mixture 
of volatile oil, free acid, and resin. The volatile oil is obtained by distilling the balsam with 
water, and may amount to a little over 1 per cent. This oil is chiefly tolene, C10Hie, boiling at 
170° C. (338° F.), and rapidly hardening by absorption of oxygen from the air. The free 
acid, according to Deville and Scharling, consists of benzoic and cinnamic acids, which state- 
ment has been confirmed by Fliickiger. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., 204.) Busse (Ber. Chem. 
Ges., 1876, 833) has shown, moreover, that the benzylic ethers of both cinnamic and benzoic 
acids are present in the balsam, the benzyl cinnamate in larger amount. 
According to Kopp, there are two resins in Tolu balsam, one easily soluble in alcohol, 
C18H1904, and another sparingly soluble, C18H2005. According to Deville, however, there is 
only one resin, that to which the second formula belongs. Trommsdorff obtained 88 per cent, 
of resin, 12 of acid, and only 0-2 of volatile oil. According to Mr. Heaver, the balsam yields 
by distillation about one-eighth of its weight of pure cinnamic acid. The acid distils over in 
the form of a heavy oil, which condenses into a white crystalline mass. It may be freed from 
empyreumatic oil by pressure in bibulous paper, and subsequent solution in boiling water, which 
deposits it in minute colorless crystals upon cooling. (A. J. P., xv. 77.) A later investigation 
by Oberlander shows that the resinous portion of the balsam consists of tolu-resino-tannol in 
combination with cinnamic and benzoic acids, the latter in small proportion only. The balsam 
contains, in addition, 7-5 per cent, of an aromatic, acid, oily liquid, composed mainly of benzyl 
benzoate, with a little benzyl cinnamate and a trace of vanillin. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1894, 599.) 
A factitious balsam described by Dr. R. Y. Mattison (A. J. P., 1876, 51) contained 63 per 
cent, of storax. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Balsam of Tolu is a feeble stimulant expectorant; the 
syrup of Tolu is much used, on account of its agreeable flavor, as the basis of cough-mixtures. 
Old and obstinate catarrhs are said to be sometimes greatly relieved by the inhalation of the 
vapor proceeding from an ethereal solution of this balsam. Dose, from ten to thirty grains 
(0-65-1-95 Gm.), frequently repeated. The best form of administration is that of emulsion, 
made by triturating the balsam with mucilage and loaf-sugar, and afterwards with water. 258 
Barii Dioxidum.—Barium. 
PART I. 
BARII DIOXIDUM. U. S. Barium Dioxide. [Barium Peroxide.] 
Ba 02; 168*82. (BA'BI-I Di-5x'l-DUM.) 
“ Commercial, anhydrous Barium Dioxide. It should be kept in well-closed vessels.” U S. 
This compound of barium is introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 for the first 
time. It is used solely for making hydrogen dioxide. Barium forms two oxides, BaO and 
Ba02: the former is produced by the action of oxygen or dry air on barium. Barium Dioxide, 
Ba02, is made by heating barium oxide to about 450° C., when it takes up another atom of 
oxygen. It is “ a heavy, grayish-white, or pale yellowish-white, amorphous, coarse powder, 
odorless and tasteless. When exposed to the air, it slowly attracts moisture and carbon dioxide, 
and is gradually decomposed. Almost insoluble in cold water, with which, however, it forms a 
definite hydrate, and to which it imparts a decidedly alkaline reaction. Hydrochloric, phos- 
phoric, and most other mineral acids decompose it, producing the corresponding barium salts, 
and hydrogen dioxide, which remains in solution for a considerable time, if the reaction have 
taken place in the cold, and an excess of the acid be present. When heated to a bright red 
heat, Barium Dioxide fuses, loses oxygen, and is reduced to barium oxide. Barium Dioxide 
should be dissolved by diluted hydrochloric or phosphoric acid without leaving more than a 
trace of residue. If 2*11 Gm. of Barium Dioxide be dissolved, as completely as possible, in 
ice-cold water to the volume of 25 C.c., with the aid of 7-5 C.c. of phosphoric acid, and 5 C.c. 
of this solution (corresponding to 0-422 Gm. of the Dioxide) be measured off for assay, it should 
require not less than 40 C.c. of potassium permanganate decinormal volumetric solution to impart 
to the liquid a permanent pink tint, corresponding to not less than 80 per cent, of pure Barium 
Dioxide (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 2 per cent, of the latter).” U. S. 
Barium Dioxide is not used medicinally. 
BARIUM. Barium. 
Ba; 136*8. (BA'KI-UM.) Ba; 136-8. 
This is the metal present in the earth baryta. It was first obtained in 1808 by Sir H. Davy, 
who described it as a difficultly fusible metal, of a silvery-gray color, decomposing water 
readily, and considerably heavier than sulphuric acid. When exposed to the air, it instantly 
becomes covered with a crust of baryta. Barium chloride and barium carbonate were formerly 
official. 
Baryta (or barium oxide) may be obtained from the native carbonate by intense ignition 
with carbonaceous matter, or from the native sulphate by ignition with charcoal, which con- 
verts it into barium sulphide, subsequent solution of the sulphide in nitric acid, and strong 
ignition of the nitrate formed, to dissipate the acid. As thus obtained, it is an anhydrous 
solid, caustic, alkaline, difficultly fusible, and of a grayish-white color. Its sp. gr. is about 4. 
It acts on the animal economy as a poison. When sprinkled with water it slakes like lime, 
becomes hot, and is reduced to the state of a white pulverulent hydrate. The same hydrate 
is formed in mass when the anhydrous earth is made into a paste with water and exposed to 
a red heat in a platinum crucible. The excess of water is expelled, and the hydrate, under- 
going fusion, may be poured out and allowed to congeal. Barium hydrate dissolves in water, 
and forms the reagent called baryta water. A boiling saturated solution, as it cools, yields 
crystals of barium hydrate containing eight molecules of water of crystallization. 
Baryta consists of one atom of barium and one of oxygen. Its chemical formula is, therefore. 
BaO. When barium oxide is heated in a current of oxygen or air, it takes up an atom of oxygen 
and is changed into barium dioxide, Ba02. When this is heated somewhat higher, it gives 
off" the extra atom of oxygen and becomes BaO again. This power of taking up oxygen from 
the air and giving it up at a somewhat higher heat is now utilized on a commercial scale in the 
Brin process for making oxygen, and it is found that this change from BaO to Ba02 and back 
again can be effected at one and the same temperature by simply heating first under pressure 
and then by exhausting and reducing below the normal atmospheric pressure. Barium dioxide 
is also of growing importance as the material from which hydrogen dioxide, H202, is made, and 
has been introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890. Barium carbonate, BaC03, is the 
native carbonate, a rare mineral, discovered in 1783 by Dr. Withering, in honor of whom it is 
called witherite. It is found in Sweden and Scotland, but most abundantly in the lead-mines 
of the north of England. It occurs usually in grayish, or pale yellowish-gray, fibrous masses, 
but sometimes crystallized. Its sp. gr. varies from 4-2 to 4-4. It is generally translucent, but 
sometimes opaque. It effervesces with acids, and, before the blow-pipe, melts into a white PART I. 
Barium.—Belladonnae Radix. 
259 
enamel without losing its carbonic acid. It is distinguished from strontium carbonate, with 
which it is most liable to be confounded, by its greater specific gravity, and by its yielding a 
light greenish rather than a reddish flame upon the burning of alcohol impregnated with its 
solution in hydrochloric acid. The presence of strontium is indicated by a reddish flame. 
When pure, barium carbonate is entirely soluble in hydrochloric acid. Any barium sulphate 
present is left undissolved. If neither ammonia nor hydrogen sulphide produces discoloration 
or a precipitate in the hydrochloric acid solution, the absence of aluminum, iron, copper, and 
lead is shown. Lime may be detected by adding an excess of sulphuric acid, which will throw 
down the baryta as a sulphate, and afterwards testing the clear liquid with sodium carbonate, 
which, if lime be present, will produce a precipitate of calcium carbonate. 
Barium carbonate acts as a poison on the animal economy. Its only pharmaceutical use is 
to prepare barium chloride. (For Barium Chloride and Barium Sulphate, see Part II.) 
BELLADONNA FOLIA. U. S., Br. Belladonna Leaves. 
(BEL-LA-DON'NiE FO'LI-A.) 
“ The leaves of Atropa Belladonna, Linn6 (nat. ord. Solanaceae).” U. S. “ The fresh leaves 
and branches of Atropa Belladonna, Linn., collected when the plant is in flower.” Br. 
Folia (s. Herba) Belladonnae; Feuilles de Belladone, Fr.j Tollkirschen-Blatter, Wolfskirschen-Blatter, Toll- 
kraut, G. 
BELLADONNA RADIX, U. S., Br. Belladonna Root. 
ra'dix.) 
“ The root of Atropa Belladonna, Linne (nat. ord. Solanaceae.)” U. S. “ The root of Atropa 
Belladonna, Linn., collected in the autumn, and dried.” Br. 
Kacine de Belladone, Belladone, Fr.; Gemeine Tollkirsche, Wolfskirsche, 
lollkirschen-Wurzel, Wolfskirschsn-Wurzel, G.; Belladonna, It.; Belladona, Bella- 
Jama, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla bell-shaped. Stamens distant. Berry globular, 
two-celled. WiUd. 
Atropa Belladonna. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1017 ; Carson, Illust. of 
Med. Bot. ii. 19, pi. lxv.; B. & T. 193. The belladonna, or deadly 
nightshade, is an herbaceous perennial, with a fleshy, creeping root, 
from which rise several erect, round, purplish, branching stems, to 
the height of about three feet. The leaves, which are attached by 
short footstalks to the stem, are in pairs of unequal size, oval, 
pointed, entire, of a dusky green on their upper surface, and paler 
beneath. The flowers are large, bell-shaped, pendent, of a dull 
reddish color, with solitary peduncles, rising from the axils of the 
leaves. The fruit is a roundish berry with a longitudinal furrow on 
each side, at first green, afterwards red, ultimately deep purple, 
slightly resembling a cherry, and containing, in two distinct cells, 
numerous seeds, and a sweetish violet-colored juice. The calyx 
adheres to the base of the fruit. 
The plant is a native of Europe, where it grows in shady places, along walls, and amidst 
rubbish, flowering in June and July, and ripening its fruit in September. It grows vigorously 
under cultivation in this country, and retains all its activity, as shown by the observations of 
Mr. Alfred Jones. (A. J. P., xxiv. 106.) All parts of it are active. The leaves and roots are 
directed by the United States and British Pharmacopoeias, the latter including the young 
branches, which are probably not less efficient. The leaves should be collected in June or July, 
when the plant is in flower, the roots in the autumn or early in the spring, and from plants 
three years old or more. Leaves which have been kept long should not be used, as they undergo 
change through absorption of atmospheric moisture, emitting ammonia, and probably losing a 
portion of their active nitrogenous matter. It has been affirmed that the finest-looking leaves 
are to be rejected, as probably being those of cultivated plants, and inferior in strength to the 
smaller and less sightly leaves of the wild plant. (A. J. P., xxvii. 455.) This is, however, 
probably an error, as the analyses made by Mr. A. W. Gerrard (P. J. Tr., xv. 153) show that 
while the wild belladonna plant contains a little more alkaloid than the cultivated, the differ- 
ence is not sufficient to be of material consequence. The same investigator found that the 
Belladonna Leaf. 1, epider- 
mis of the under side, with 
stomata and hair; 2, piece of 
a bundle of wood vessel; 3, 
parenchymatous tissue of leaf, 
showing raphides. Belladonnse Radix. 
260 
PART I. 
leaf yields the alkaloid most abundantly, the root, fruit, and stem being the next in order, and 
that the period of flowering, between two and four years of age, is the best time for collecting 
the plant. The dried leaves as they occur in the American market appear to vary remarkably 
in the percentage of alkaloid ; the best are fully equal to the finest English leaves. Specimens 
which contain much stem or are musty should always be rejected, as weak in active principle. 
Mr. Holmes has found in the English market the root of Medicago sativa used as an adulterant. 
(P. J. Tr., 1882.) 
Transverse section of Belladonna Root. 
Properties. “Leaves from 10 to 15 Cm. long, from 5 to 10 Cm. broad, broadly ovate, 
equilaterally narrowed into a petiole, tapering at the apex, entire on the margin, smooth, thin, 
the upper surface brownish-green, the lower surface grayish-green, both surfaces whitish punc- 
tate ; odor slight; taste bitterish, disagreeable.” U. S. 11 The transverse section of the leaf 
exhibits bi-collateral vascular bundles; the mesopliyll contains numerous cells filled with very 
minute crystals of calcium oxalate.” Br. The roots occur “ in cylindrical, somewhat taper- 
ing, longitudinally wrinkled pieces, 10 to 25 Mm. or more in thickness ; externally brownish 
gray, internally whitish; fracture nearly smooth and mealy, not radiating or showing medul- 
lary rays in the thicker roots, only in the layer near the bark ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish, 
afterwards bitterish and strongly acrid. Roots which are tough and woody, breaking with 
a splintery fracture, should be rejected; likewise the hollow stem-bases which are sometimes 
present.”* U. S. The bark of the belladonna root is thick, presenting immediately under 
* Scopolia. In 1771, Dr. John Anthony Scopoli, of the University of Pavia, described in the Flora Carniolica an 
Atropa from Idria. Three years later, Jacquin made this plant the type of the new genus Scopolia, and gave it the 
specific name of carniolica. Of this plant Koch made two species, one with green and the other with purple flowers, 
but the more recent botanists are in accord in believing that the green-flowered plant, the Scopolia hladnikiana of 
Koch, the Scopolia viridiflora of Rabenhorst, is not specifically distinct, there being, indeed, three varieties of S. 
carniolica, one with purple, one with green, and one with yellow flowers, the latter being the S. concolor of De Can- 
dolle : indeed, E. M. Holmes has shown that the root examined by Schmidt was probably from a plant with yellow 
’ flowers, and therefore the concolor of De Candolle. Scopolia atropoides has also been described by Nevinny. 
(Pharm. Post, 1894, 333, 349, 357.) 
The genus Scopolia (often spelled Scopola) is the connecting link between Atropa and Hyoscyamus, resembling 
Atropa in leaf and flower and in the microscopical charactor of its rhizome, but differing in that its fruit is not a 
berry and in the inflation of its calyx. The Japanese plant, S. japonica, is so closely allied to S. carniolica that its 
specific distinctness is very doubtful; it has been separated upon the characters of the style being curved, the calyx- 
teeth unequal, and the leaves less obovate and having much longer petioles than S. carniolica ; but Holmes has 
shown that the curved style occurs in S. carniolica. Scopolia carniolica is a common plant in Bavaria, Austro- 
Hungary, and southwestern Russia, usually in the hilly districts, where it grows in damp, stony places. Its 
general appearance is that of the belladonna, but it is much shorter, rarely growing above a foot in height, has 
thinner leaves, and is especially distinguished by its fruit being a transversely dehiscent capsule and by the presence 
of a distinct rhizome. The latter occurs in commerce either entire or longitudinally split in half, in pieces from 
two to five inches in length and from one-third to three-fourths or even one inch in diameter; of a grayish-brown 
color, very irregular in shape, often much bent or twisted, the whole surface usually covered thickly with the 
broad, subcircular, deeply-hollowed-out, projecting scars of the stems of successive seasons, and finely and coarsely 
wrinkled longitudinally and transversely. The section is whitish and distinctly starchy in appearance. The texture 
is hard, but somewhat brittle. The taste is slightly bitter, and disagreeable. PART I. 
Belladonnse Radix. 
261 
the epidermis a dark line composed of from six to eight layers of tabular cells. The bark 
itself is composed entirely of parenchymatous cells, more or less filled with muller-shaped 
starch grains, which are often united in the cells into compound grains. Bundles of raphides, 
probably of calcium oxalate, are usually very evident. As to the relative strength of these two 
parts, M. Hirtz, of Strasburg, inferred from his experiments that the root yields an extract 
five times stronger than that obtained from the leaves, but did not determine the relative yield 
of extract; whilst Lefort obtained from young roots 0-6, from old roots 0-25, and from dried 
leaves 0-44 per cent, of atropine; and DragendorfF obtained 0-66 from dried leaves, and 0-4 
per cent, from the roots. (Jahresb., 1874, p. 96.) Both the leaves and root, as well as all other 
parts of the plant, impart their active properties to water and alcohol. Brandes rendered it 
probable that these properties reside in a peculiar alkaline principle which he supposed to exist 
in the plant combined with an excess of malic acid and appropriately named atropine. Besides 
atropine malate, Brandes found in the dried herb two principles, a green resin (chlorophyll), 
wax, gum, starch, albumen, lignin, and various salts. The alkaloid principle was first, however, 
procured in a state of purity by Mein, a German apothecary, who extracted it from the root* 
Ladenburg (1879—1884) exhaustively studied the several sources of atropine and the allied 
alkaloids that exert a mydriatic action, and found that there are three alkaloids, atropine, hyos- 
cyamine, and hyoscine, which possess the common formula C17H23N03, and in belladonna root, 
belladonine, C17H23N04. Of these, atropine occurs in the Atropa belladonna and in Datura 
stramonium, hyoscyamine in these plants and also in Hyoscyamus niger and Duboisia myopo- 
roides ; hyoscine is found in Hyoscyamus niger alone, and belladonine in belladonna root alone. 
The first of the alkaloids of the formula C17H23N03, atropine, fuses at 114° C.-1150 C. 
(237-2° F.-239° F.), and forms a double gold chloride, fusing at 135° C.-137° C. (275° F.- 
278-6° F.); the second, the alkaloid known under the several names of hyoscyamine, daturine, 
and duboisine, fuses at 108-5° C. (227-5° F.), and yields a gold salt, fusing at 160° C.-162° C. 
(320° F.-323-6° F.) ; and the third, hyoscine, obtained as yet only in the form of a syrup, but 
forming a crystalline gold salt, which fuses at 198° 0.-200° C. (388-4° F.-392° F.), and is less 
soluble than the hyoscyamine gold salt. In Duboisia myoporoides (see Part II.) the only alka- 
loid present seems to be the second of these, and the complete identity of it with the purified 
alkaloid of hyoscyamus has been established by Ladenburg, both by analysis of the free alkaloid 
and its salts, and by study of the action of different reagents upon it.f Hyoscyamine is more 
soluble in water and dilute alcohol than atropine, and, as already stated, forms a gold salt of 
different fusing point. Its decomposition products under the influence of caustic baryta or 
hydrochloric acid are the same as those of atropine,—viz., tropine and tropic acid. Begnauld 
The Japanese rhizome is from two to six inches long, about one-half inch in diameter, rarely branched, cylin- 
drical or slightly compressed, knotty, bent, with circular disk-like scars, of a pale brown color, not whitish when 
abraded, with a slightly mousy, narcotic odor, and a taste nearly free from bitterness. According to Mr. Thos. 
Greenish, the microscopical characteristics of the rhizome of Scopolia carniolica are very similar to those of bella- 
donna root, the chief differences being that the bark is less thick, the dark line under the epidermis narrower, the 
vascular bundles neither so large nor so numerous, and the bundles of raphides less pronounced; the starch grains 
are also smaller and their shape less distinct. The structure of the rhizome of S. japonica was found to he the same 
as that of the European species. 
Chemistry. The alkaloid scopolamine (or scopoleine), C17H21NO4, has been found to be the characteristic constitu- 
ent of the root, but is also found in small quantities in belladonna root, stramonium seeds, and Duboisia myoporoides. 
Prof. E. Schmidt considers scopolamine to be identical with hyoscine. (Archie d. Charm., 1892, 206-232.) Scopo- 
lamine forms permanent transparent crystals of the formula C17H21NO4 -f- H2O, melting at 59° C. to a colorless liquid. 
The double gold chloride melts at from 212°-214° C. Scopolamine is decomposed by baryta into scopoline, C8II13NO2, 
a crystalline base, melting at 110° C., and atropic acid, C9H8O2. Commercial hyoscine hydrobromide is said by 
E. Schmidt often to consist almost entirely of scopolamine hydrobromide, and Hesse has considered the two bases as 
identical. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1894, 409.) Dr. 0. Hesse examined commercial scopolamine hydrochloride, and found 
it to consist of salts of two bases, hyoscine and atroscine. (P. J. Tr., 1896, 289.) Schmidt, continuing his investi- 
gations, proves that hyoscine is a mixture of scopolamine and some other body, and believes Hesse’s atroscine to be 
optically inactive scopolamine. He doubts the existence of hyoscine as a distinct body. (Apoth. Zeit., 1896.) Mr. 
Seward W. Williams states, as the result of the assay of many tons of the root of Atropa belladonna and of the 
rhizome of Scopolia, each of the best qualities occurring in the American market, that whilst the belladonna root 
yields on an average 0-50 per cent, of alkaloid, the scopolia yields 0‘58 per cent. 
Medical Properties. The physiological and medical properties of the scopolia rhizome are undoubtedly very 
similar to those of belladonna. If, as seems scarcely probable, the observation of Sir Dyce Duckworth, that sco- 
polia is less apt than belladonna to dry the mouth and dilate the pupils when given internally, be confirmed, the 
drug may be more useful than the belladonna itself. At present scopolia rhizome is used very largely in America 
for the making of belladonna plasters, and probably also for the manufacture of atropine. 
* It is probable that the state of growth affects the alkaloidal contents of belladonna roots, for, according to the 
researches of Prof. Schmidt (Pharm,. Zeit., Sept. 1889), roots one year old contained free atropin', with hyoscyamine, 
but in fresh old roots only hyoscyamine was present. 
t Ladenburg collected additional facts and embodied them in a valuable historical sketch of these researches in 
the Annalen. (See A. J. P., 1883, 463; 1884, 206.) 262 
Belladonnse Radix. 
PART I. 
and Valmont have confirmed Ladenburg’s results as far as atropine and hyoscyamine are con- 
cerned. (A. J. P., Dec. 1881, 610.) Hiibschmann (Schweiz. Zeits. Pharm., 1858, 123) and 
Kraut (Ann. der Ch. und Pharm., 148, 236) both described, under the name of belladonine, 
a second alkaloid extracted from belladonna. This belladonine and another alkaloid, atropa- 
mine, found at times in belladonna root, and obtained from the by-products of the manufacture 
of atropine, possess the formula C17H21N02, and are considered as anhydro-atropines. Both 
bases form varnish-like masses. Merck has isolated a base isomeric with Hesse’s atropamine, 
which has been termed apoatropine, the salts of which are easily crystallizable. He asserts 
that atropamine and apoatropine are identical. Hesse, on the other hand, denies this assertion. 
(Ann. d. Chem., 271, 10.) For the mode of preparing atropine, and its properties, see the 
article Atrophia. Dunstan and Ransom have devised processes for isolating the alkaloids from 
the root and leaves which they assert are simple and accurate. (See A. J. P., 1884, 277 ; 
Proc. A. P. A., 1886, 392.) A. W. Adams states that only 53 per cent, of the atropine in 
belladonna leaves can be separated by these processes. (Am. Drug., 1891, 328.) For other 
assays of belladonna leaves and root, see Schwickerath. (Pharm. Rund., 1893, 282.) The 
British Pharmacopoeia has adopted a process of assay for these alkaloids. (See Extractum 
Belladonnas Liquidum.) 
The imported belladonna, especially that from Germany, is occasionally adulterated. (See 
15th edition U. S. D., page 284.) W. Will published (Archiv f. Physiolog.) in 1888 the results 
of an investigation undertaken at the request of the Schering manufactory to determine why 
the proportion of hyoscyamine and atropine in a root seems to vary with the method of working, 
and reached the surprising conclusion that hyoscyamine can be changed into atropine under a 
variety of circumstances, such as fusion, action of weak soda solution (even at ordinary tem- 
peratures), and of ammonia. The change of the optical activity of the hyoscyamine into the 
inactive atropine, the alteration of fusing point in the two alkaloids, and of their double gold 
chloride salts, all confirm the results of the investigation. (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1888, p. 1717.) 
These results were also confirmed by Schmidt. They were at first doubted by Ladenburg, but 
seem now to be admitted, the two alkaloids being stereo-isomeric, and capable of such change. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The action of belladonna upon the system is that of 
atropine. (See page 246.) All parts of the plant are poisonous. It is not uncommon, in 
countries where it grows wild, for children to pick and eat the berries, allured by their fine 
color and sweet taste. Soon after the poison has been swallowed, its peculiar influence is ex- 
perienced in dryness of the mouth and fauces, burning in the throat and stomach, great thirst, 
difficult deglutition, nausea and ineffectual retching, loss of vision, vertigo, and intoxication 
or delirium, with violent gestures and sometimes fits of laughter, followed by coma. A feeble 
pulse, cold extremities, subsultus tendinum, deep coma or delirium, and sometimes convul- 
sions, precede death. To obviate the poisonous influence of the belladonna the most effect- 
ual method is to evacuate the stomach as speedily as possible, by means of emetics or the 
stomach-pump, and afterwards to cleanse the bowels by purgatives and enemata. The infusion 
of galls may be serviceable as an antidote. Both morphine and pilocarpine are to some extent 
physiologically antagonistic to atropine, and have been found very useful in belladonna poison- 
ing. (See Brit. Med. Journ., Feb. 1890.) They should be given hypodermically. 
Belladonna has been used as a medicine from early times. The leaves were first employed 
externally to discuss scirrhous tumors and heal cancerous and other ill-conditioned ulcers, and 
were afterwards administered internally for the same purpose. Belladonna has acquired con- 
siderable credit as a preventive of scarlatina,—an application of the remedy first suggested by 
the author of the homoeopathic doctrine,—but it is absolutely devoid of any such power. For 
further information, see Atropine. 
The extract is much used locally. Rubbed upon the areola of the breast, it has been found 
to arrest the secretion of milk; and upon the abdomen, to relieve the vomiting of pregnancy, 
and other irritations sympathetic with the gravid uterus. In cardiac diseases the plaster is 
often applied with advantage over the heart. The decoction or extract, applied to the neck 
of the uterus, is asserted to have hastened tedious labor dependent on rigidity of the os tincae; 
and spasmodic stricture of the urethra, neck of the bladder, and sphincter ani, anal fissures, and 
painful uterine affections, have been relieved by the local use of the extract, either smeared 
upon bougies or administered by injection. In the latter mode it lias relieved strangulated 
hernia. It is asserted also to be useful in paraphimosis. The inhalation of the vapor from a 
decoction of the leaves or extract has been recommended in spasmodic asthma. For this pur- 
pose, two drachms of the leaves, or fifteen grains of the aqueous extract, are employed to the PART I. 
Benzinum.—Benzoinum. 
263 
pint of water. A much better plan is to smoke the dried leaves, either in the form of a cigar- 
ette or in a pipe. Belief is said to have been obtained in phthisis by smoking the leaves, 
infused when fresh in a strong solution of opium, and then dried. 
Belladonna should never be given in substance, but in the form of extract or tincture, or, 
when accuracy or quickness of action is desired, of atropine. (See Atropine.) 
BENZINUM. U.S. Benzin. [Petroleum Benzin. Petroleum Ether.] 
(BEN-ZI'NUM.) 
“ A purified distillate from American petroleum, consisting of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the 
marsh-gas series [C6H12, CeH14, and homologous compounds]. Benzin should be carefully 
kept in well-stoppered bottles or tin cans, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire.” U. S. 
This useful product of petroleum was first introduced in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 ; 
it is obtained in the process of purifying petroleum by fractional distillation (see Petroleum, 
Part II.), and it is defined in the Pharmacopoeia as “ a transparent, colorless, diffusive liquid, 
of a strong, characteristic odor, slightly resembling that of petroleum, but much less disagree- 
able, and having a neutral reaction. Specific gravity, 0-670 to 0-675 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
Boiling point, 50° to 60° C. (122° to 140° F.). Insoluble in water; soluble in about 6 parts 
of alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, and fixed and volatile oils. Benzin 
is highly inflammable, and its vapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently. On 
evaporating Benzin from the hand, it should leave no odor, and on evaporating it from a warmed 
dish, it should leave no residue (absence of heavy hydrocarbons). When it is boiled for a few 
minutes with one-fourth its volume of spirit of ammonia, and a few drops of silver nitrate 
test-solution, the ammoniacal liquid should not turn brown (absence of pyrogenous products and 
sidphur compounds). If 5 drops of Benzin be added to a mixture of 40 drops of sulphuric 
and 10 drops of nitric acid, in a test-tube, the liquid warmed for about ten minutes, and then 
set aside for half an hour, on diluting it, in a shallow dish, with water, it should not evolve 
the bitter-almond-like odor of nitro-benzol (difference from, and absence of, benzol)." U. S. 
Petroleum benzin must be carefully distinguished from benzol (now generally called benzene 
by chemists, and official in the British Pharmacopoeia), a product derived from coal tar (see 
Benzol). Although the Pharmacopoeia gives a test to distinguish an admixture with benzol, 
this adulteration of benzin is hardly likely to take place here in the near future, because of the 
great difference in price. The principal consumption of benzin at present is in the arts as a 
solvent, especially as a substitute for oil of turpentine, which it resembles very much in its solvent 
properties. In pharmacy it has been used: to deprive powdered drugs of their fixed oil by 
percolation (see Charta Sinapis) ; to obtain volatile oils by percolating the oily drug with the 
benzin and subsequently evaporating the mixture spontaneously; as a substitute for ether in 
making oleoresins ; and for many other purposes to which it is adapted on account of its powers 
as a solvent. Benzin is a good solvent for fats, resins, rubber, and some of the alkaloids. 
Dragendorff recommends the rectification of benzin by fractional distillation from lard, col- 
lecting the portion which distils below 45° C. We have found petrolatum to be efficient in 
retaining the impurities in the still.* Other methods of deodorizing benzin have been used, 
such as agitating it with fresh portions of mercury, allowing it to stand for two days, de- 
canting and rectifying; agitating the benzin with sodium plumbate and rectifying; digesting 
litharge in a strong solution of soda and shaking the benzin with the mixture; agitation with 
animal charcoal and decantation. 
BENZOINUM. U. S., Br. Benzoin. 
(BEN-ZO-I'NUM.) 
“ A balsamic resin obtained from Styrax Benzoin, Dryander (nat. ord. Styraceae).” U. S. 
“ A balsamic resin obtained from Styrax Benzoin, Dryand., and probably from other species of 
Styrax, Linn. Known in commerce as Siam and Sumatra benzoin.” Br. 
Benzoe, P.G.; Resina Benzoe, Asa Dulcis; Gum Benjamin; Benjoin, Fr.j Benzoe, G.; Belzoino, It.; Benjui, Sp. 
* Geo. M. Beringer {A. J. P., 1890, p. 6) has found the following process useful for rapidly purifying benzin. 
Take of Potassium Permanganate, 1 ounce av.; Sulphuric Acid, J pint; Water, 3£ pints. Mix the acid and water, 
and when the mixture has become cold, pour it into a two-gallon bottle. Add the permanganate and agitate until 
it is dissolved. Then add Benzin, 1 gallon, and thoroughly agitate. Allow the liquids to remain in contact for 24 
hours, frequently agitating the mixture. Separate the benzin and wash in a similar bottle with a mixture of Potas- 
sium Permanganate, J ounce av.; Soda, ounce av.; Water, 2 pints. Agitate the mixture frequently during several 
hours. Then separate the benzin and wash it thoroughly with water. The quantity of permanganate necessary is 
in direct proportion to the impurities existing in the benzin. 264 
Benzoinum. 
PART I. 
The botanical source of benzoin was long uncertain. At one time it was generally supposed 
in Europe to be derived from the Lauras benzoin of this country. This error was corrected 
by Linnaeus, who, however, committed another in ascribing the drug to Groton benzoe, a shrub 
which he afterwards described under the name of Terminalia benzoin. Mr. Dryander was the 
first who ascertained the true benzoin-tree to be a Styrax. (Lond. Phil. Trans., lxxvii.) 
Gen. Ch. Calyx inferior. Corolla funnel-shaped. Drupe two-seeded. Willd. 
Styrax benzoin. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 623; B. & T. 169. This is a tall tree of quick 
growth, sending off many strong round branches, covered with a whitish downy bark. Its 
leaves are alternate, entire, oblong, pointed, smooth above, and downy beneath. The flowers 
are in compound, axillary clusters, nearly as long as the leaves, and usually hang, all on the 
same side, upon short slender pedicels. 
The benzoin- or benjamin-tree is a native of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Laos, and Siam. By 
wounding the bark near the origin of the lower branches, a juice exudes, which hardens upon 
exposure and forms the benzoin of commerce. According to the researches of A. Tschirch 
(Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc., 1890), the exudation is purely the result of pathological processes, 
the plant containing no resin-receptacles. The trees, which are either wild or cultivated, are 
deemed of a proper age to be wounded at six years, when the trunks are usually about seven 
or eight inches in diameter. The operation is performed annually, and the product on each 
occasion from one tree never exceeds three pounds. The juice which first flows is the purest, 
and affords the whitest and most fragrant benzoin. It is exported chiefly from Bangkok in 
Siam, and Acheen in Sumatra. Siam benzoin is usually imported in cubical blocks, which take 
their form from the wooden boxes in which the soft resin has been packed. It is brittle, with 
a peculiar, vanilla-like fragrance, but bitter taste. It may be a compact mass, containing more 
or less numerous opaque white tears embedded in a rich amber-colored translucent resin, mixed 
to a greater or less extent with bits of bark, wood, etc. In some specimens these tears are 
exceedingly small, in others almost wanting. The finest variety is composed almost entirely of 
these tears, loosely agglutinated together. The tree which yields the Siam benzoin is stated to 
grow in an extremely circumscribed locality, on the bank of the river Mek-hong, occurring on 
high ground in clusters of from fifty to sixty trees. According to E. M. Holmes, its leaves 
are thinner and less distinctly venated than are those of the true Styrax Benzoin. In July and 
August the Siam trees are notched, and from, these notches three months later the hardened 
benzoin is picked out. (See Kew Bulletin, 1895.) Sumatra benzoin differs from the Siam in 
having a much grayer color; the resin is grayish brown, the tears are usually fewer than in 
the finer variety, and the bits of wood, etc., more abundant. The odor differs from, and is 
less agreeable than, that of Siam benzoin. Palcmbang benzoin resembles Sumatra benzoin, 
but is somewhat more transparent, and is stated to yield a larger percentage of benzoic acid. 
It is also asserted that it can be distinguished by its tincture when dropped into water, not 
producing milkiness, but a flocculent deposit.* Penang benzoin also resembles Sumatra benzoin, 
but has an odor which is more like that of storax, and it is probably not yielded by the Styrax 
benzoin; possibly it is the product of one of the Sumatran species, S. subdenticulata. and S. 
porterianum. For an account of the cultivation and collection of benzoin in Sumatra, by Mr. L. 
M. Vonck, see Cliem. and Drug., 1891, 486-488 ; also Drug. Circ. and Chem. Gaz., 1891, 258. 
Liidy made an investigation of the bark and wood of a benzoin tree brought from Java by 
Prof. Tschirch. He reached the conclusion that benzoin balsam was produced from the 
tannin of the bark. (Arch. d. Pharm., 1893, 43, 95.) 
Properties. Benzoin has a fragrant odor, with very little taste, but when chewed for 
some time leaves a sense of irritation in the mouth and fauces. It breaks with a resinous 
fracture, and presents a mottled surface of white and brown or reddish brown ; the white spots 
being smooth and shining, while the remainder, though sometimes shining and even translucent, 
is usually more or less rough and porous, and often exhibits impurities. In the inferior kinds 
the white spots are very few, or entirely wanting. Benzoin is easily pulverized, and, in the 
process of being powdered, is apt to excite sneezing. Its sp. gr. is from 1-063 to 1-092. “ In 
lumps consisting of agglutinated, yellowish-brown tears, which are internally milk-white, or in 
the form of a reddish-brown mass, more or less mottled from whitish tears embedded in it. It 
is almost wholly soluble in 5 parts of moderately warm alcohol, and in solutions of the fixed 
alkalies. When heated, it gives off fumes of benzoic acid. It has an agreeable, balsamic 
* A factitious substance has been sold in our markets for benzoin, consisting of chips of wood agglutinated 
by a resinous substance, with no benzoic acid, and with only a trace of cinnamic acid. (J. M Maisch A J P 
xxxv. 494.) a PAET I. 
Benzoinum. 
265 
odor, and a slight, aromatic taste.” U. S. “ It is almost entirely soluble in alcohol ( 90 per 
cent.) and in solution of potassium hydroxide." Br. When heated it melts, and emits thick, 
white, pungent fumes which excite cough when inhaled, and consist chiefly of benzoic acid. 
It is wholly soluble, with the exception of impurities, in alcohol, and is precipitated by water 
from the solution, rendering the liquor milky. It imparts to boiling water a notable propor- 
tion of benzoic acid. Lime water and the alkaline solutions partially dissolve it, forming 
benzoates, from which the acid may be precipitated by the addition of other acids. Its chief 
constituents are resin and benzoic acid ; and it therefore belongs to the balsams. The white 
tears and the brownish connecting medium are said by Stolze to contain nearly the same pro- 
portion of acid, which, according to Bucholz, is 12-5 per cent., to Stolze, 19-8 per cent. In a 
more recent examination by Kopp, the white tears were found to contain from 8 to 10 per cent, 
of acid, and the brown 15 per cent. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s£r., iv. 46.) The resin is of three 
kinds, one extracted with the benzoic acid by a boiling solution of potassium carbonate in 
excess, another dissolved by ether from the residue, and the third affected by neither of these 
solvents. Besides benzoic acid and resin, the balsam contains a little extractive and traces of 
volatile oil. Benzoin retards the oxidation of fatty matters, and thus tends to prevent rancidity. 
It appears from recent researches that benzoin, besides its own characteristic acid, often con- 
tains also cinnamic acid, which is found more especially in the white tears. Indeed, Hermann 
Aschoff obtained from some benzoin of Sumatra a pure cinnamic acid, without any benzoic ; 
and Messrs. Kolbe and Lautermann, upon examining a specimen of the tears, discovered what 
they at first supposed to be a peculiar acid, but which on further investigation proved to be 
a mixture of cinnamic and benzoic acids. H. Beckurts and W. Brueche confirm the state- 
ment that Siam benzoin contains no cinnamic acid, which is usually present in Sumatra benzoin. 
They found the specific gravity from 1-120 to 1-171; ash from 0-05 to 2-38 per cent.; portion 
insoluble in alcohol from 2-1 to 9 per cent. On the other hand, Liidy (Archiv d. Pharm., 
1893, 500) extracted benzoic acid from Siam benzoin by the wet process. He found Sumatra 
benzoin to contain esters which yielded by saponification 32-9 per cent, of cinnamic acid, the 
proportion of esters being benzoresiuol cinnamate, 7-4 per cent., and resinotannol cinnamate, 92-6 
per cent.; at least 75 per cent, of Sumatra benzoin consisting of cinnamates yielding from 20 to 
24 per cent, of cinnamic acid. (See also Archied. Pharm., 1893, 461 ; A. J. P., 1893, 223 ; and 
Journ. de Pharm. et de Oliim , 1894, 172.) Benzoin may be rapidly tested for cinnamic acid by 
heating a small quantity with a little soda and water and warming the filtrate with potassium 
permanganate, when the odor of bitter almonds will be developed. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1892, 
ccxxx.) Aschoff recommends the following method of detecting cinnamic add. Boil the ben- 
zoin with milk of lime, filter, decompose with hydrochloric acid, and add either potassium bi- 
chromate with sulphuric acid, or potassium permanganate, when, if cinnamic acid be present, the 
odor of oil of bitter almond will be perceived. The two acids, which when they occur together 
in benzoin are said to be always mixed in equal proportion, may be at least partially separated 
by simple crystallization ; their melting points being very different, that of benzoic acid 121° C. 
(249° F.), and that of the mixed acid, consisting of one part of the cinnamic and two of the 
benzoic, only 25-5° C. (78° F.). (P'. J. Tr., 1863, p. 77.) According to Mr. A. C. Curtis, cinna- 
mein may be obtained by boiling benzoin with twice its bulk of lime in forty parts of water for 
fifteen or twenty minutes, filtering, cooling, adding hydrochloric acid, washing the precipitate, 
and recrystallizing from water acidulated with hydrochloric acid. (A. J. P., 1872, p. 486.) 
Rump (1878) treated Siam benzoin with caustic lime, precipitated the benzoic acid with 
hydrochloric acid, and agitated the liquid with ether. The latter on evaporating afforded a 
mixture of benzoic acid and vanillin, C8H80a. Subjected to dry distillation, benzoin affords as 
chief product benzoic acid, together with empyreumatic products, among which Berthelot has 
proved the presence (in Siam benzoin) of styrol, C8H8. The latter was also obtained in 1874 
by Theegarten from Sumatra benzoin by distilling it with water. (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 1874, 
p. 727.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Benzoin is stimulant and expectorant, and was for- 
merly employed in pectoral affections; but, except as an ingredient of the compound tincture 
of benzoin, it has fallen into disuse. Trousseau and Pidoux recommend strongly its inhalation 
in chronic laryngitis. Either the air of the chamber may be impregnated with its vapor by 
placing a small portion upon some live coals, or the patient may inhale the vapor of boiling 
water to which the balsam has been added. It is employed in pharmacy for the preparation 
of benzoic acid (see Acidum Benzoicum) ; and the milky liquor resulting from the addition of 
water to its alcoholic solution is sometimes used as a cosmetic, under the impression that it 266 
Benzol. 
PART I. 
renders the skin soft. A tincture has been strongly recommended in anal fissure. In the East 
Indies, the balsam is burnt by the Hindoos as a perfume in their temples.* 
BENZOL. Br. Benzol. 
(ben'zOl.) 
C6H6; 77-82. 
11 A mixture of homologous hydrocarbons obtained from light coal-tar oil. It contains about 
70 per cent, of benzene, CeIIe, and 20 to 30 per cent, of toluene, CeH6,CH3.” Br. 
Benzene, Benzole, Phenyl Hydride, Benzen. 
This substance must not be confounded with the commercial article sold as benzin, which is 
a mixture of various hydrocarbons of light specific gravity, obtained in the distillation of 
petroleum. (See Benzinum.) Originally the two names benzol and benzin were applied to the 
same substance, but after the discovery of petroleum it was found that the liquid obtained 
by distillation from coal tar was quite different from that obtained from petroleum. Little 
by little in the United States it has become the custom to call the liquid obtained by the 
fractional distillation of petroleum having the specific gravity 0*724 to 0*735 benzin. It is 
unfortunate that in Europe, and on the Continent especially, the term benzin is used for both 
liquids. The two substances are essentially different, although resembling each other in their 
solvent powers. Benzol is a definite hydrocarbon of fixed constitution; benzin a complex 
body of varying constitution. Benzol can be frozen; benzin has never yet been congealed. 
Benzin boils at from 54° C. (129*2° F.) to 56° C. (132*8° F.). Benzol can be converted into 
nitro-benzol, and by further treatment into aniline colors; benzin cannot. When benzin is 
shaken in the cold with one-third of its volume of fused crystals of absolute carbolic acid, the 
latter remains undissolved, whilst benzol is miscible with absolute carbolic acid in all propor- 
tions. (Allen.) According to Pusch, benzol can be distinguished from benzin by the fact that 
benzol forms a violet-red and benzin a raspberry-colored solution with iodine. (A. J. P., xlvii. 
268.) Although the term Benzene is given above as one of the synonymes of Benzol, its use 
abroad is gradually becoming limited to the pure hydrocarbon, C6II6, whilst Benzol is applied 
to the mixture of benzene with its homologues Totuene, Paraxylene, Metaxylene, Mesitylene, 
Pseudo-cumene, etc. 
Benzol was discovered by Faraday in the condensed liquid from oil gas, and was next 
obtained by Mitscherlich by distilling benzoic acid with lime. It was afterwards discovered by 
Hofmann as a constituent of coal-gas tar. This tar, when distilled, furnishes coal-naphtha or 
light oil of tar, a complex substance, containing a number of hydrocarbons, among which is 
benzol. Upon distilling this naphtha from a metallic still, surmounted by an open vessel filled 
with water, and containing a worm terminating in a refrigerated receiver, the benzol will pass 
over and condense in the receiver; while the other substances associated with it, having higher 
boiling points, will condense in the worm and fall back into the still. The benzol is then 
purified by distillation at a heat between 80° C. (176° F.) and 90° C. (194° F.), and by sub- 
jecting the product to a new distillation from one-fourth of its volume of sulphuric acid. M. 
E. Kopp purifies benzol by taking advantage of its high congealing point. He exposes the 
impure mixture containing it to a degree of cold sufficient to solidify it (—15° C. or 5° F.), 
presses the congealed mass to separate the liquid hydrocarbons, allows it to become fluid, then 
again freezes and presses it, and thus obtains it almost entirely pure. He obtains the impure 
mixture containing the benzol by decomposing the heavier tar oils by a high degree of heat. 
(Chem. Mews, May 14, 1864, p. 229.) 
Prof. Calvert, of Manchester, purifies coal-naphtha, so as to render it a sufficiently pure 
* A styptic liquid, prepared by a Roman pharmaceutist named Pagliari, and kept secret for a time, has acquired 
some reputation among the French army surgeons. It is made by boiling, for six hours, eight ounces of tincture of 
benzoin (containing about two ounces of the balsam), a pound of alum, and ten pounds of water, in a glazed earthen 
vessel, stirring constantly, and supplying the loss with hot water. The liquor is then strained and kept in stopped 
bottles. It is limpid, styptic, of an aromatic smell, and said to have the property of causing an instantaneous 
coagulation of the blood. (See Am. Journ. Med. Set., N. S., xxv. 199.) M. Meyer, believing that the long boiling 
is injurious, if in no other way, by dissipating the benzoic acid, proposes to dispense with it, and has substituted 
the following formula, which furnishes a product always identical. Take tears of benzoin, 6 grammes (about 3iss)> 
alcohol at 90° C. 15 grammes; dissolve, and add of water 300 grammes, alum 30 grammes; mix, and boil till the 
liquid becomes clear. The liquid should mark 6° on the hydrometer. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., v. 123.) 
Benzoin Alumina Cotton is recommended by Giulio Morpurgo as an efficient haemostatic which does not stain the 
clothing. It is made by boiling solution of aluminum acetate with benzoin, straining, and at once impregnating the 
cotton. The prepared cotton is white and has a very pleasant odor; a considerable quantity of finely divided benzoin 
is separated upon the fibres, assisting by a mechanical action the astringent properties of the alumina. (Pharm. Post, 
1893.) PART I. 
Benzol. 
267 
benzol to be usefully applied to the purpose of removing fatty and oily matters from animal 
and vegetable substances, by subjecting it to the action of sulphuric acid, added in small 
quantities, so long as coloration is produced, then washing it with pure water, and afterwards 
subjecting it to distillation in an ordinary still. The sulphuric acid combines with the less 
volatile hydrocarbons present, which interfere with the solvent power of the benzol. 
Prolonged treatment with sulphuric acid is also necessary to free the benzol from thiophene, 
C4H4S, an impurity which to the extent of about 0-6 per cent, is always present in commercial 
benzol. Its complete removal from the benzol is to be tested for by the indophenin reaction 
(blue coloration in presence of concentrated sulphuric acid and a small quantity of isatine). 
In consequence of the great volatility and extreme inflammability of benzol and its attend- 
ant hydrocarbons, much care is necessary both in their preparation and in their subsequent 
use to avoid any possible exposure to flame. Very serious results have taken place from want 
of caution in this respect. 
Properties. Benzol is a colorless limpid liquid, possessing an agreeable odor. Its sp. gr. 
is 0-85, congealing point 0° C. (32° F.), and boiling point 80° C. (176° F.). The British 
Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ A colorless volatile liquid free from opalescence, with a strong 
characteristic odor. Specific gravity from 0-880 to 0-888. It should begin to distil at 176° 
F. (80° C.), and about 90 per cent, of the whole should pass over at a temperature below 212° 
F. (100° C.). It should wholly distil below 248° F. (120° C.).” Its powers as a solvent are 
very extensive. Among the substances soluble in it are sulphur, phosphorus, and iodine, 
and most resins and fats. It dissolves quinine, but not cinchonine, with which it forms a 
bulky gelatinous mass. Morphine and strychnine are sparingly soluble. Its solvent power 
over some of the organic alkaloids led Mr. John Williams, of London, to employ it in extract- 
ing them. Dragendorff has corroborated and extended this use of benzol for obtaining the 
alkaloids, whose salts are, however, not usually soluble in the menstruum. Benzol is also a 
solvent of many of the resins, of mastic, camphor, wax, fatty and oily substances, essential 
oils, caoutchouc, and gutta-percha. It often becomes a matter of great importance com- 
mercially to test the purity of commercial benzol, and a very thorough method of assay based 
on fractional distillation is proposed by A. H. Allen, in his Commercial Organic Analysis, 
1882. The following method, originating with Schorlemmer, is based on the conversion of 
this hydrocarbon into aniline, and of that into one of the characteristic colors derived from it. 
That part of the mixture which volatilizes at 150° C. (302° F.) is operated on. This is treated 
wTith fuming nitric acid, which, if benzol be present, gives rise to a nitrobenzol with its bitter- 
almond odor. The nitrobenzol is then converted by the action of granulated tin and hydro- 
chloric acid into aniline, which is isolated by distilling the product with potassa. The aniline 
floats on the top of the liquid that passes. A little of this gives with sodium hypochlorite a 
fine purple color; and a drop of it, if heated with a little corrosive sublimate, will yield the 
beautiful color of rosaniline. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., ii. 177.) According to Balls, magne- 
sium ribbon, with the addition of a few drops of solution of platinic chloride, rapidly and 
completely reduces nitrobenzene in alcoholic solution to aniline, giving a solution which can be 
at once decanted and tested with bleaching powder. (Allen.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. It has been asserted by Naunyn, Wiederhold, and 
Possoz that benzol is an active germicide; but A. Chassevant found that it has no power of 
destroying the vitality of spores. (Archiv. d. Pharmacodyn., vol. ii., 1896.) In Chassevant’s 
experiments it rapidly produced complete coma in the lower animals, with muscular relaxation 
and greatly lowered temperature (10° C. without death). In the early stages of the poisoning 
tetanus and very rapid breathing were noticed. From one to two fluidounces of it are stated 
to have caused in man exhilaration and vertigo, followed by sleep and delirium (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1861) ; but it is probably of no value in practical medicine. In the attempt to use it 
as an anaesthetic, Simpson, of Edinburgh, found that it caused violent constrictive headache 
and was scarcely capable of producing insensibility. According to Chassevant, it depresses 
arterial pressure by dilating the vessels, and acts most unfavorably on persons suffering from 
arterio-sclerosis or heart disease. According to M. lleynal, a mixture of ten parts of benzol, 
five of soap, and eighty-five of water is very destructive to human parasites, and does not affect 
the skin or the general system. Gruyot states (Brit. Med. Journ., 1897) that the habitual exposure 
to the fumes of benzol during its manufacture produces a chronic poisoning, characterized by 
uncertainty of gait, mental disturbance, wandering delirium, loss of sexual power, and epilepti- 
form convulsions. Dose, from ten minims (0-62 C.c.) to half a fluidrachm (1-86 C.c.). According 
to Chassevant, toluene acts like benzene, but xylene is much more toxic, rapidly producing coma. 268 
Bismuthum.—Bismuthi Citras. 
PART I. 
Bi; 208‘9. (Bl§-MU'THUM.) Bi; 210. 
BISMUTHUM. Bismuth. 
Etain de Glace, Bismuth, Fr.; Wismuth, G.; Bismutte, It.; Bismut, Sp. 
Bismuth occurs usually in the metallic state, occasionally as a sulphide or a telluride, and 
rarely as an oxide. It is found principally in Saxony, Schneeberg being the chief point of 
production. It has been found at Monroe, in Connecticut, in Archer County, Texas (A. J. P., 
1871, 228), and in Colorado with gold and silver ores. Small quantities have been found 
in Utah and Wyoming. It has also been discovered largely in South Australia, whence a 
quantity of it has been sent into commerce. It is obtained almost entirely from native bis- 
muth, which is heated by means of wood or charcoal, whereby the metal is fused and sepa- 
rated from its gangue. Most of the bismuth of commerce comes from Saxony, although it is 
now also largely obtained from Bolivia. The bismuth from South America is said to be natu- 
rally free from arsenic, and to be therefore preferable for pharmaceutical purposes. 
Bismuth was first recognized as a metal by Agricola in 1520. Before that period it was 
confounded with lead. It is a brittle, pulverizable, brilliant metal, of a crystalline texture, 
and of a white color with a slight reddish tint. Its crystals are rhombohedral, but with an 
angle of 87° 40', which makes it difficult to distinguish them from cubes, in which the angle 
would be 90°. Indeed, many books still speak of it as cubical in form. It undergoes but a 
slight tarnish in the air. Its sp. gr. is 9-8, 9-83, Br. (purified), melting point 264° C. (507° 
F.). When impure bismuth solidifies after fusion, globules of the metal, nearly pure, are thrown 
up from the mass. This takes place when the metal contains as much as 50 per cent, of im- 
purity. The same phenomenon does not occur when pure bismuth is melted. (R. Schneider.') 
At a high temperature, in close vessels, bismuth volatilizes, and may be distilled over. When 
heated in the open air to a full red heat, it takes fire, and burns with a faint blue flame, 
forming an oxide of a yellow color. This is the teroxide, and consists of two atoms of bis- 
muth and three of oxygen. There is another compound of bismuth and oxygen, consisting 
of two atoms of the former and five atoms of the latter, which is called bismuthic oxide, 
Bi206. It is obtained in the form of a hydrate by boiling bismuth nitrate in solution of 
potassa, washing the precipitate, and mixing it while moist with solution of potassa into 
which chlorine is passed. A mixture of bismuthous and bismuthic oxides is precipitated, from 
which the former is separated by digestion with nitric acid. The hydrated oxide remaining, 
when washed and dried, is in the form of a red powder, which gives up its water at 130° C. 
(266° F.), and at a higher heat loses oxygen. Bismuth is acted on freely by hydrochloric 
acid, but violently by nitric acid, which dissolves it with a copious liberation of red fumes. 
Sulphuric acid, when cold, has no action on it, but at a boiling heat effects its solution with 
the liberation of sulphurous acid. As it occurs in commerce, it is generally contaminated with 
other metals, among which are arsenic in minute quantity, traces of silver, cadmium, nickel, 
lead, and iron, and sometimes a very small proportion of thallium. Classen has found in so- 
called “ purissimus” bismuth, lead, copper, and iron, and in one sample of bismuth, sold as 
suitable for scientific purposes, he obtained from 500 grammes 10 grammes of lead chloride. 
(Apoth. Zeitung, 1891, p. 121 ; see, also, Chem. Mews, 1892, lxv. 28.) It may be purified 
from all contaminating metals by dissolving the bismuth of commerce in diluted nitric acid, 
precipitating the clear solution by adding it to water, and reducing the white powder thus 
obtained with black flux. The same precipitate is obtained by adding ammonia to the nitric 
solution ; if the supernatant liquor is blue, the presence of copper is indicated ; if the precipi- 
tate is yellowish, iron is present. The British Pharmacopoeia (1885) contained a process for 
purifying bismuth which was not introduced in the (1898) edition of the same authority. 
(See U. S. D., 17th ed., p. 270.) 
Pharm. Uses, etc. Bismuth is not used in medicine in an uncombined state, but is employed 
pharmaceutically to obtain bismuth subcarbonate and subnitrate, the only medicinal prep- 
arations formed from this metal. In the arts its oxide is used to form a cosmetic for the 
complexion, called pearl white, and as an ingredient of the best pewter. 
BISMUTHI CITRAS. U. S. Bismuth Citrate. 
Bi C6 H5 07 ; 397*44. (BI§-MU'THI CI'TRXs.) Bi C6 H5 07; 399. 
Citrate of Bismuth ; Bismuthum Citricum ; Citrate de Bismuth, F>\; Citronensaures Wismuth, G. 
“ Bismuth Subnitrate, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Citric Acid, seventy 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 205 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Bismuth PAET I. 
Bismuthi Citras.—Bismuthi el Ammonii Citras. 
269 
Subnitrate and the Citric Acid with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13£ fluidounces] of 
Distilled Water for about fifteen minutes, or until a drop of the mixture yields a clear solution 
with ammonia water. Then add Jive thousand cubic centimeters [about 11 pints] of Distilled 
Water, allow the suspended matter to deposit, wash the precipitate, first by decantation, and 
afterwards on a strainer, with Distilled Water, until the washings are tasteless, and dry the 
residue at a gentle heat.” U. S. 
As citric acid (H3C6H507) is tribasic, one atom of bismuth, being trivalent, will exactly 
replace the three hydrogen atoms of the citric acid and form a neutral bismuth citrate. When 
bismuth subnitrate is boiled with a solution of citric acid it is decomposed, the nitric acid is 
replaced by the citric acid, and the insoluble bismuth citrate is formed; the completion of the 
process is known by the mixture yielding a clear solution with ammonia water. 
Properties. “ A white, amorphous or micro-crystalline powder, odorless and tasteless, and 
permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in ammonia water, and in solu- 
tions of the citrates of the alkalies. When strongly heated, the salt chars, and, on ignition, 
leaves a more or less blackened residue having a yellow surface, and soluble in warm nitric acid. 
This solution, when dropped into water, occasions a white turbidity. A solution of the salt in 
ammonia water, when treated with hydrogen sulphide in excess, yields a black precipitate. If 
the filtrate from the latter be deprived by heat of the excess of hydrogen sulphide and cooled, 
a portion of it, boiled with lime water, yields a white precipitate. If another portion of the 
cooled filtrate be mixed with an equal volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, and again cooled, 
no brown or brownish-black color should appear around a crystal of ferrous sulphate dropped 
into the liquid (limit of nitrate)." U. S. 
Medical Properties. This salt is used solely for pharmaceutical purposes. It is no 
longer recognized by the British Pharmacopoeia. 
BISMUTHI ET AMMONII CITRAS. U. S. Bismuth and Ammonium 
Citrate. 
(bT§-mu'thI £t am-mo'ni-i cI'trXs.) 
Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonium; Citrate de Bismuth et d’Ammoniaque, Fr.; Citronensaures Wismuthoxyd- 
Ammonium, G. 
“ Bismuth Citrate, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Ammonia Water, 
Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Bismuth Citrate with two hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 6J fluidounces] of Distilled Water to a smooth paste, heat the mixture on a 
water-bath, and gradually add Ammonia Water, until the salt is dissolved, and the liquid is 
neutral or has only a faintly alkaline reaction. Then filter the solution, evaporate it on a water- 
bath to a syrupy consistence, and spread it upon plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may 
be obtained in scales. Keep the product in small, well-stoppered bottles, protected from 
light.” U S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) does not recognize this salt, which has been used quite 
extensively during the last twenty years, principally for preparing extemporaneously the London 
Liquor Bismuthi originally suggested by Schacht. (See Liquor Bismuthi et Ammonise Citratis.) 
Properties. “ Small, shining, pearly or translucent scales, odorless, having a slightly 
acidulous and metallic taste, and becoming opaque on exposure to the air. Very soluble in 
water, and but sparingly soluble in alcohol. When strongly heated, the salt fuses, and finally 
leaves a more or less blackened residue, having a yellow surface, and soluble in warm nitric 
acid. This solution, when dropped into water, occasions a white turbidity. The aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. When boiled with potassium or 
sodium hydrate test-solution, it evolves the vapor of ammonia, and when treated with hydrogen 
sulphide, it yields a black precipitate. If the filtrate from the latter be deprived by heat of 
the excess of hydrogen sulphide and cooled, a portion of it, boiled with lime water, yields a 
white precipitate. If another portion of the cooled filtrate be mixed with an equal volume of 
concentrated sulphuric acid, and again cooled, no brown or brownish-black color should appear 
around a crystal of ferrous sulphate dropped into the liquid (absence of nitrate).” U. S. As 
frequently seen in commerce it is not entirely soluble in water : this is due to the loss of ammonia 
through exposure, and a few drops of ammonia water added to the turbid solution are gener- 
ally sufficient to restore its transparency. The Committee of Bevision very properly omitted 
to give its chemical formula, as it is by no means proved that it has a definite composition. It 
is believed by some to be a true double citrate, BiC6H607(NH4)3C6H607. On the other hand, 
Bartlett (Zeitsch. fur Chem., 1865, p. 350) obtained on evaporation of the ammoniacal solution 
BiCeH607,NH3-)-3H20, and Rother (Jahresbericht, 1876, p. 564) obtained on crystallizing 270 
Bismuthi Oxidum.—Bismuthi Salicylas. 
PART I. 
from warm ammonia BiCeH607,3NH3 -f- 3HaO. “ Ten grains dissolved in water, and treated 
with sulphuretted hydrogen in excess, yield a precipitate which, when washed and dried, weighs 
about six and a half grains.” Br. (1885). 
Medical Properties. This salt differs from the older preparations of bismuth in its solu- 
bility, and probably is for this reason more rapid, more astringent, and more irritant in its 
action. In cases of irritation or inflammation of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane it is 
very much inferior to the insoluble preparations, but when there is relaxation with excessive 
discharges it may usefully be employed. The dose is from one to three grains ((H)65-0-20 Gm.). 
BISMUTHI OXIDUM. Br. Oxide of Bismuth. 
Bi2 03; 465*68. (BI§-MU'THf OX'I-DUM.) Bis Os; 468. 
“ Bismuth Oxide, Bi203, may be prepared by boiling bismuth oxynitrate with solution of 
sodium hydroxide.” Br. 
Oxyde de Bismuth, Fr.; Bismuthum Oxydatum, Oxydum Bismuthicum; Wismuthoxyd, G. 
The bismuth subnitrate is decomposed by the solution of soda in this process, bismuth hydrate 
being formed, which is precipitated, whilst sodium nitrate remains in solution. 2(BiN04,H20) -j- 
2NallO = Bi26HO (or Bi203,3H20) -f 2NaN03. At the temperature of 100° C. (212° F.) 
the bismuth hydrate is decomposed, water is liberated, and the anhydrous oxide is left. 
Properties. Bismuth oxide is a powder of a dull lemon-yellow color, insoluble in water, 
but soluble in nitric acid mixed with half its volume of water without effervescence. The 
British Pharmacopoeia (1898) describes it as “A slightly brownish-yellow powder. It should 
answer to the general characters and tests enumerated under ‘ Bismuth Oxycarhonate.’ Each 
gramme should yield 1*1 grammes of bismuth sulphide. Heated to incipient redness it is 
scarcely diminished in weight (absence of bismuth oxycarbonate, bismuth oxynitrate, and 
moisture).” 
Medical Properties. Bismuth oxide resembles bismuth subnitrate in its medical proper- 
ties, and may be administered in similar doses. 
BISMUTHI SALICYLAS. Br. Bismuth Salicylate. 
(bI§-mu'th! sXl-i-cy'lXs.) 
“ Bismuth Salicylate, or oxysalicylate, C6H4.0H.C00.Bi0, may be prepared by the inter- 
action of bismuth nitrate and sodium salicylate.” Br. 
This salt is a bismuthyl salicylate of definite composition, the bismuth oxide resulting from 
its ignition being about 64 per cent. Samples which show a higher percentage than this either 
contain bismuth subnitrate or hydrate. It may be made by Wolff’s process, by diluting a 
glycerin solution of crystallized bismuthous nitrate with one or two parts of water, and decom- 
posing this with a concentrated aqueous solution of sodium salicylate, then washing the precipi- 
tate well with hot water and carefully drying. Another method for its preparation will be found 
in A. J. P., 1891, 401. Fischer and Griitzner (Arcldv d. Pharm., 1894, 680) object to the 
variable composition of commercial bismuth salicylate, and recommend the following process 
for making a basic salt of constant composition. Crystallized bismuth nitrate is dissolved in 
four times its weight of diluted acetic acid, the solution diluted with about forty times its 
weight of water, and the bismuth precipitated as hydroxide by ammonia water. The precipi- 
tate is washed and mixed with the molecular proportion of salicylic acid. After heating on a 
water-bath, a magma of crystals of basic bismuth salicylate is formed; these are drained and 
dried. 
The British Pharmacopoeia describes this salt as “ A white or nearly white amorphous 
powder, insoluble in water. It affords the reactions characteristic of bismuth. Diluted teat- 
solution of ferric chloride is colored violet when Bismuth Salicylate is introduced. It should 
yield only the faintest characteristic reaction with the copper test for nitrates. Alcohol (90 
per cent.), with which Bismuth Salicylate has been shaken, should not give a violet color with 
test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of free salicylic acid). Decomposed by heating with 
solution of sodium carbonate, the liquid portion of the resulting mixture, if containing not less 
than 1 per cent, of salicylate, affords a yellowish-brown precipitate on the addition of solution 
of uranium nitrate (distinction from carbolates and sulphocarbolates). Each gramme of Bis- 
muth Salicylate should yield 0-7 gramme of bismuth sulphide. When heated, salicylic acid 
volatilizes and 62 to 64 per cent, of bismuth oxide remains. It should be free from the im- 
purities indicated under ‘ Bismuth Oxycarbonate.’ ” PART I. 
Bismuthi Subcarbonas. 
271 
Medical Properties. Bismuth salicylate was originally proposed as an intestinal anti- 
septic and feeble astringent, and has been used to a considerable extent in the treatment of 
chronic intestinal catarrhs and subacute diarrhoeas with marked tendency to intestinal fermen- 
tation ; also as a local antiseptic remedy for wounds and various inflammations of mucous 
membranes. We have never been able to perceive that it is more effective or different in its 
action from the older preparations of the metal. It may be given in doses of from ten to 
twenty grains (0-648 to 1*3 Gm.) every four to eight hours. 
BISMUTHI SUBCARBONAS. U. S. (Br.) Bismuth Subcarbonate. 
(Blij-MU'THI SUB-CAR'BO-NAS.) 
“ Bismuth Oxycarbonate, (Bi202C03)2,II20, may be prepared by the interaction of bismuth 
nitrate and ammonium carbonate.” Br. 
Bismuthi Carbonas, Br., Carbonate of Bismuth; Oxycarbonate of Bismuth; Bismuthum S u be arbonic urn, Sub- 
carbonas Bismuthicus; Souscarbonate de Bismuth, Fr.; Basisches Kohlensaures Wismuthoxyd, G. 
A process for this salt is no longer official; that of the Pharm. 1870 will be found in the 
foot-note below.* 
This preparation was first made official in the 1860 edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
As metallic bismuth generally contains arsenic, it is very important to provide that this should 
be left behind, in the processes for making its medicinal preparations. It is on this account 
that the formula of the U. S. Pharm. 1870 was so elaborate. The bismuth is first dissolved 
in nitric acid, a portion of which oxidizes the metal, with the evolution of nitrous vapors, 
while another portion combines with the oxide produced to form bismuth nitrate. At the same 
time the arsenic is also oxidized at the expense of the nitric acid, and unites with a portion 
of the oxidized metal so as to produce bismuth arsenate. Both of these salts, therefore, are 
contained in the solution, which is very concentrated. Both have the property, when their 
solution is diluted with water, of separating into two salts, one an insoluble subsalt which is 
deposited, and the other a soluble acid salt which is held in solution. But the arsenate is more 
disposed to the change than the nitrate, and requires for the purpose a smaller amount of 
water of dilution. Hence the first direction, after the metal has been dissolved, is to add a 
moderate quantity of distilled water, insufficient to cause the decomposition of the nitrate. 
From this diluted solution the insoluble subarsenate is slowly deposited, so as, in the course of 
twenty-four hours, to free it almost if not entirely from the poisonous metal. This is separated 
by filtration, and the solution is now diluted with a much larger quantity of distilled water, 
which causes a copious deposition of bismuth subnitrate. But, in order not to waste the acid 
nitrate remaining in solution, this is decomposed by ammonia, which takes most of the nitric 
acid, and precipitates the bismuth combined with the remainder, in the form of subnitrate. 
The whole of the precipitated subnitrate, thus freed from arsenic, is redissolved in nitric acid, 
and the solution of the nitrate now obtained, being diluted with just so much water as to 
produce a commencing precipitation of subnitrate, is freed by filtering from the small quantity 
formed, and slowly added to a solution of sodium carbonate. An interchange takes place; 
sodium nitrate and bismuth carbonate are formed, the former of which remains in solution, 
and the latter is deposited. This part of the process tends still further to get rid of the arsenic; 
for if any of the arsenic acid or bismuth arsenate existed in the solution the poisonous acid 
would combine with the soda, and, thus forming a soluble salt, would be retained by the water. 
Nothing now remains but to wash, dry, and powder the precipitate. 
The British (1885) process (see U. S. JD., 17th ed., p. 265) is more simple, because, using 
bismuth already purified, it is without the preliminary measures taken in the U. S. process to 
separate the arsenic. 
*“ Take of Bismuth, in pieces, two troyounces ; Nitric Acid eight troyouncea and a half; Water of Ammonia 
five fluidounce8 ; Carbonate of Sodium ten troyounces ; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Mix four troyounces 
and a half of the Nitric Acid with four fluidounces of Distilled Water in a capacious glass vessel, and, having added 
the Bismuth, set the whole aside for twenty-four hours. Dilute the resulting solution with ten fluidounces of Distilled 
Water, stir it thoroughly, and, after twenty-four hours, filter through paper. To the filtered liquid, previously diluted 
with an equal measure of Distilled Water, slowly add the Water of Ammonia, constantly stirring. Transfer the 
whole to a strainer, and after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with two pints of Distilled Water, and drain 
it again. Then place the precipitate in a proper vessel, add the remainder of the Nitric Acid, and afterwards four 
fluidounces of Distilled Water, and set the solution aside. At the end of twenty-four hours, filter through paper. 
Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in twelve fluidounces of Distilled Water, with the aid of heat, and filter the solu- 
tion through paper. To this, when cold, slowly add the solution of nitrate of bismuth, with constant stirring. 
Transfer the whole to a strainer, and after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with Distilled Water until the 
washings pass tasteless. Lastly, press, dry it on bibulous paper with a gentle heat, and rub it into powder.” U. S. 
1870. 272 
Bismuthi Subcarbonas.—Bismuthi Subnitras. 
PART I. 
Properties. Bismuth subcarbonate is “ a white or pale yellowish-white powder, of some- 
what varying chemical composition* odorless and tasteless, and permanent in the air. Insolu- 
ble in water or alcohol, but completely soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid, with copious effer- 
vescence. When heated to redness, the salt loses water and carbon dioxide, and leaves from 
87 to 91 per cent, of a yellow residue which is soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid, and black- 
ened by hydrogen sulphide.” U. S. Its sp. gr. is about 4. It effervesces with acids, and, when 
exposed to heat, loses 9-5 per cent, of its weight (U. S. 1870) in consequence of the escape of 
carbonic acid, and is converted into the anhydrous teroxide, of a light yellow color. When 
mixed with sulphuric acid, and subjected to Marsh’s test, it should yield no arsenic, or merely 
a trace. 
Tests. “ If 3 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in just a sufficient quantity (about 4 C.c.) 
of warm nitric acid, and the solution poured into 100 C.c. of water, a white precipitate is 
produced. After filtering, and evaporating the filtrate on a water-bath to 30 C.c., again filter- 
ing, and dividing this filtrate into portions of 5 C.c., these should respond to the following 
tests: On mixing one portion with an equal volume of diluted sulphuric acid, it should not 
become cloudy (absence of lead.) If another portion be precipitated with a slight excess of 
ammonia water, the supernatant liquid should not exhibit a bluish tint (absence of copper). 
Other portions should not be affected by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride), or 
barium nitrate test-solution (sulphate), nor yield, with hydrochloric acid, a precipitate which is 
insoluble in a slight excess of the latter (silver). If 1 Gm. of the salt be boiled with 10 C.c. 
of a mixture of equal parts of acetic acid and water, the solution cooled and filtered, and the 
filtrate freed from bismuth by hydrogen sulphide and again filtered, the last filtrate should leave 
no residue on evaporation (absence of alkalies and alkaline earths). On boiling 1 Gm. of the 
salt with 10 C.c. of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, it should not evolve the odor 
of ammonia. If 1 Gm. of the salt be added to 10 C.c. of a mixture of equal parts of con- 
centrated sulphuric acid and water, tinged slightly blue with indigo test-solution, on heating, 
the bluish tint should not be discharged (absence of nitrate). If 1 Gm. of the salt be ignited 
in a porcelain crucible, the residue, when cold, dissolved in 5 C.c. of stannous chloride test>so- 
lution (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff’s Test for Arsenic), no dark coloration or precipitate 
should be produced within fifteen minutes (limit of arsenic)." U. S. The British Pharma- 
copoeia describes it as follows: “ A whitish powder, the general chemical characters and re- 
actions of which are similar to those of Bismuth Oxide and Bismuth Oxynitrate. All three 
compounds are heavy powders insoluble in water, but soluble in nitric acid diluted with half its 
bulk of water. Each yields the reactions characteristic of bismuth. When either is dissolved 
in a little hydrochloric acid, the solution diluted with water slightly acidulated with the same 
acid, and then excess of hydrogen sulphide passed through the liquid, a brownish-black pre- 
cipitate of bismuth sulphide falls. This precipitate, when rapidly washed on a counterpoised 
filter with water, and quickly dried at 212° F. (100° C.), serves for the estimation of the 
amount of bismuth present in the compound. These bismuth salts, when suitably treated, 
should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for silver, lead, copper, arsenium, iron, 
zinc, calcium, magnesium, chlorides, or sulphates, nor with the tests for selenium or tellurium. 
Bismuth Oxycarbonate affords the reactions characteristic of carbonates, but not more than 
the slightest reactions with the tests for nitrates. Each gramme of it should yield 0 99 
gramme of bismuth sulphide when treated as described above.” If arsenic were present, a 
precipitate would take place with a much smaller proportion of water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This salt was brought into notice by M. Hanndn, of 
Brussels (Ann. de Therap., 1857, 214), on the ground that it was more tonic than the sub- 
nitrate ; it is, however, exactly equivalent to the latter salt in therapeutic action and dose. 
BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS. U. S., Br. Bismuth Subnitrate. Bismuth 
Oxynitrate. 
(Bl§-MD'THI SUB-NI'TRAS.) 
“ Bismuth Oxynitrate, Bi0N03,H20, is prepared by the interaction of bismuth nitrate and 
water.” Br. 
Subnitrate of Bismuth ; Bismuthum Album, Br. 1864; White Bismuth ; Bismuthum subnitricum, P.G.; Bisniu- 
thum Hydrioo-nitricum, Magisterium Bismuthi, Subazotas (s. Subnitras) Bismuthicus; Sous-azotate de Bismuth, 
Fr.; Basisches Salpetersaures Wismuthoxyd, G.; Oxynitrate of Bismuth. 
* The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following chemical formula : (B^C^COs^HjO. PART I. 
Bis'/nuthi Subnitras. 
273 
A process for bismuth subnitrate is no Longer official in the U. S. or Br. Pharmacopoeia. 
The process of the U. S. P. (1870) is given in the foot-note.* 
The alterations from the old process in the U. S. P. formula of 1870 were based upon the 
wish to get rid of any arsenic that might be present in the bismuth used. This is accomplished 
by first preparing the carbonate, by adding the nitric acid solution of bismuth to a solution of 
sodium carbonate in excess, whereby most of the arsenic is retained in the solution, probably 
as sodium arsenate, while the insoluble carbonate is precipitated. This is dissolved, with the 
aid of heat, in nitric acid, so as to make a very concentrated solution of the nitrate, to which, 
when cold, just so much water is added as to begin to produce a permanent turbidity. The 
object of this is to allow any arsenic that may be still present to be deposited, which happens 
for reasons stated in explaining the process for procuring the subcarbonate. (See page 271.) 
The deposited matter having been precipitated, only the pure nitrate remains in solution, which 
is made to yield the subnitrate by large dilution with water, and still more completely by the 
addition of ammonia. 
In the British formula, the old method is pursued of simply dissolving the bismuth, which 
has been previously purified, in nitric acid somewhat diluted, concentrating the solution, and 
precipitating by adding it to a large quantity of water. When bismuth is added to dilute 
nitric acid, red fumes are copiously given off, and the metal, oxidized by the decomposition of 
part of the nitric acid, is dissolved by the remainder so as to form a solution of bismuth ter- 
nitrate. It is unnecessary to have the metal in powder, as it dissolves with great facility when 
added to the acid in fragments. When the solution is completed, the liquor should be added 
to the water, and not the water to the solution. In order to have a smooth light powder, which 
is most esteemed, the precipitate should be well washed to remove every trace of free nitric 
acid, and dried as speedily as possible. In the use of this formula it is taken for granted that 
the bismuth has been ascertained to be free from arsenic; and if it prove upon the appli- 
cation of Marsh’s test to be otherwise, means should certainly be employed to purify it be- 
fore using it. Measures for this purpose are mentioned under Bismuthum. Should the sub- 
nitrate or subcarbonate be ascertained to contain arsenic, it may, as suggested by Dr. Herapath, 
be purified by boiling it with solution of caustic soda or potassa twice successively, then thor- 
oughly washing the residue, which will be yellow oxide of bismuth, dissolving it again in nitric 
acid, and precipitating by water as before. (Chem. News, 1863, p. 77.) In the washing of 
bismuth subnitrate, the salt is asserted to lose a portion of its nitric acid ; and the change may 
be considerable, if the washing be continued so long as the liquid comes away in any degree 
acidulous. It has been ascertained by Julius Lowe that this effect may be avoided by washing 
with a very dilute solution of ammonium nitrate, containing one part in 500 parts of water. 
(CVtem. (r<xz., March 15, 1859, 119.)f Bismuthous nitrate, a crystalline salt (Bi3N03,5H20), 
is deposited from a solution of bismuth in nitric acid. This has been used by Dr. Balmanno 
* Take of Bismuth, in pieces, two troyounces ; Nitric Acid eight troyounces and a half; Carbonate of Sodium ten 
troyounces ; Water of Ammonia five fiuidouncs ; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Mix four troyounces and a 
half of the Nitric Acid with four fluidounces of Distilled Water, in a capacious glass vessel, and, having added the 
Bismuth, set the whole aside for twenty-four hours. Dilute the resulting solution with ten fluidounces of Distilled 
Water, stir it thoroughly, and, after twenty-four hours, filter through paper. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in 
twenty fluidounces of Distilled Water with the aid of heat, and filter the solution through paper. To this, when 
cold, slowly add the solution of nitrate of bismuth, with constant stirring. Transfer the whole to a strainer, and, 
after the precipitate has been drained, wash it with Distilled Water until the washings pass tasteless, and drain 
again as completely as possible. Then place the moist precipitate in a capacious vessel, gradually add the remain- 
der of the Nitric Acid, and afterwards four fluidounces of Distilled Water, and set the solution aside. At the end 
of twenty-four hours, filter through paper, and to the filtered liquid, previously diluted with four pints of Distilled 
Water, slowly add the Water of Ammonia, with constant stirring. Transfer the whole to a strainer, and, after the 
precipitate has been drained, wash it with two pints of Distilled Water, drain it again, and press out as much of the 
liquid as possible. Lastly, dry it upon bibulous paper with a gentle heat, and mb into powder.” U. S. 1870. 
| In order to avoid the handling of large volumes of liquid, as well as the loss of bismuth by the production of 
soluble salts, A. Lalieu proposes the following process, which, he says, yields a much larger, purer, and denser product: 
200 grammes of bismuth are dissolved in a sufficient quantity of nitric acid; the clear solution is decanted and 
poured into about 8 liters of water containing 500 grammes of water of ammonia. The precipitate is washed, trans- 
ferred to a capsule, and 50 to 60 grammes of caustic soda, dissolved in a little water, are added to it. The capsule 
is then exposed for 15 to 20 minutes to the heat of a water-bath, and the contents stirred up several times. After 
having again become cold, the supernatant liquor is poured off, the precipitate is thoroughly washed, and a quantity 
of nitric acid, representing 48-5 grammes of anhydrous nitric acid (to be determined from the sp. gr., etc.), is added 
to it in small portions at a time, and under constant stirring. If, during this addition, the mass should become too 
thick, a little water may be added, but not enough to destroy the pasty consistence of the mass. The capsule is then 
replaced for a few minutes on the water-bath, and the mass well stirred. The latter, which had been yellow, becomes 
soon perfectly white, and somewhat more liquid. It is then diluted with a little water, the precipitate collected on 
a filter placed on a muslin strainer, washed, drained, pressed, and dried. The product amounts to about 265 grammes. 
(L’ Union Pharmaceutique, No. 8; N. R., Nov. 1878.) 274 
Bismuthi Subnitras. 
PART I. 
Squire dissolved in glycerin, under the name of Glycerole of Nitrate of Bismuth. (P. J. Tr., 
Nov. 11,1876.) W. W. Moorhead prepares it by taking two troyounces of crystalline bismuth 
nitrate and dissolving in sufficient glycerin to make eight fluidounces. No heat should he used. 
This preparation can be diluted with an equal bulk or less of water, or one part can be added 
to forty-eight of water without ready precipitation, but one part to twelve, eight, or six of 
water soon precipitates. (A. J. P., 1877, p. 98; also pp. 23 and 89.) 
Properties. Bismuth subnitrate is “ a heavy, white powder, of somewhat varying chemi- 
cal composition,* odorless and almost tasteless, and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in 
water, and insoluble in alcohol; but readily soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid. When 
heated to 120° C. (248° F.), the salt loses water (between 3 and 5 per cent, of its weight) ; 
and when subsequently heated to redness, it evolves nitrous vapors, leaving from 79 to 82 per 
cent, of its weight of a yellow residue which is soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid, and black- 
ened by hydrogen sulphide. When brought upon moistened blue litmus paper, the salt shows 
a slightly acid reaction. On dissolving 3 Gm. of the salt in 3 C.c. of warm nitric acid, no 
effervescence should occur (absence of carbonate), and no residue should be left (absence of 
insoluble foreign salts'). If this solution be poured into 100 C.c. of water, a white precipitate 
is produced. If the filtrate separated from this precipitate be evaporated on a water-bath to 
30 C.c., the liquid again filtered, and the new filtrate divided into portions of 5 C.c. each, these 
should respond to the tests for purity described under Bismuthi Subcarbonas. When further 
tested as described under Bismuthi Subcarbonas, the salt should be found free from alka- 
lies and alkaline earths, and should give no reaction for ammonia. If 1 Gm. of the salt be 
heated, in a porcelain crucible, until nitrous vapors cease to be evolved, the residue, when cold, 
dissolved in 5 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff’s Test 
for Arsenic), no dark coloration or precipitate should be produced within fifteen minutes (limit 
of arsenic)." U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ A heavy white inodorous 
powder consisting of minute crystalline scales, with not more than a slight action on litmus. 
It should answer to the general characters and tests enumerated under ‘ Bismuth Oxycarbon- 
ate.’ Each gramme should yield 0-84 gramme of bismuth sulphide. It should afford only 
the slightest reactions with the tests for carbonates. If 1 gramme be dissolved in nitric acid 
and the liquid mixed with a solution of about 2 grammes of citric acid and sufficient solution 
of ammonia to give decided alkalinity, no precipitate or opalescence should be produced by 
boiling the mixture while still faintly alkaline (absence of calcium phosphate).” It is readily 
soluble in the strong acids, from which it is precipitated by water. The fixed alkalies dissolve 
it sparingly, and ammonia more readily. It is darkened by hydrogen sulphide gas, but not 
by exposure to light, unless it contains a little silver, or is subjected to the influence of organic 
matter. If the nitric solution is not precipitated by dilute sulphuric acid, it is free from lead. It 
sometimes contains arsenic, which may be detected by acting on it with pure sulphuric acid, evapo- 
rating to dryness, dissolving in hot distilled water, and testing a part of the solution by Marsh’s 
apparatus. By this method M. Lassaigne detected one-sixth of 1 per cent, of arsenic in a sample 
of subnitrate sold in Paris. M. Glenard proposes two new methods of searching for arsenic in the 
subnitrate; one merely qualitative, the other quantitative. The first consists in strongly heat- 
ing a mixture of the suspected salt with potassium acetate. The least trace of arsenic will be 
detected by the strong and offensive odor produced, owing to the formation of cacodyl. In the 
second, the bismuth subnitrate is heated with pure hydrochloric acid. If arsenic be present 
it will rise in vapors in the form of chloride. These should be carefully collected and con- 
densed, and then treated with an excess of hydrogen sulphide. The arsenic sulphide pre- 
cipitated will be the measure of the metal. (Ann. de Therap., 1868, p. 176.) M. Lassaigne 
has found as much as 27 per cent, of bismuth chloride in this preparation, when obtained by 
precipitating, with water, a solution of bismuth in a mixture of nitric and hydrochloric acids. 
The same impurity is introduced, to a small extent, by using common water containing chlo- 
rides ; and bismuth subsulphate renders the preparation impure, when the water used contains 
calcium sulphate. (Journ. de Chim. et Med., 1855, p. 276.) These facts show the necessity of 
using distilled water. As regards the origin of the chlorine sometimes existing in commer- 
cial bismuth subnitrate, it is asserted by Mr. II. C. Tichborne to be a common practice with 
the manufacturer, in order to save the bismuth existing in the mother-liquor, after the deposi- 
tion of the subnitrate, to precipitate it with sodium chloride, thus obtaining an insoluble bis- 
muth oxychloride, which is then added to the previous product. (P. J. Tr., 1860, 413.) For 
* The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following chemical composition: Bi0N03,H20. PART I. 
Bismuthi Subnitras.—Bromum. 
275 
the modes of detecting and separating it, the reader is referred to the Chemical News (1863, 
p. 109). The metal thallium is said to be present in most specimens of the pharmaceutical 
preparations of bismuth, whilst the fetid odor of the breath so often produced when the sub- 
nitrate is administered is believed to be due to traces of tellurium. (Brownen, P. J. Tr., Oct. 
16, 1875.) It has also been said that the arsenic usually present in minute quantities is the 
cause of the garlicky odor of the breath. Dr. E. R. Squibb (Ephemeris, Sept. 1882) states, 
however, that the “ bismuth breath” has been noticed in patients who were taking a prepara- 
tion of bismuth in which the absence of both tellurium and arsenic was conclusively shown. 
The cause of the peculiar odor is, therefore, at present doubtful. Calcium phosphate has been 
ascertained to be an occasional adulteration of the subnitrate. A ready method of detecting 
it suggested by M. Roussin has proved to be fallacious, and may lead to false decisions as to 
the presence of the phosphate. There can be no difficulty in detecting the adulteration by the 
U. S. P. tests. Bismuth subnitrate was called by the earlier chemists magistery of bismuth. 
It is incompatible with potassium iodide (slowly forming a brick-red bismuth iodide) and with 
alkaline bicarbonates. For examination of commercial bismuth subnitrate by Prof. Curtman, 
see A. J. P, 1896, 422, and Pharm. Era, 1896, 43. 
Medical Properties. The great insolubility of bismuth subnitrate has led to the be- 
lief that it is not absorbed in the gastro-intestinal tract, but the finding of it by Orfila in 
the spleen and liver, by Lewald in the milk, by Bergeret and Mayengon and other chemists in 
the urine, proves that the slow absorption of the drug does take place. The largest doses, 
however, given internally, never produce any general sensible effect upon the system, the rem- 
edy being employed solely for its soothing, sedative, feeble astringent influence upon mucous 
membranes. It is very useful in subacute gastritis, gastralgia, pyrosis, and allied stomachic dis- 
ease, in which affections it should be given before or just after meals; when given one to two 
hours after meals, the subnitrate escapes with the contents of the stomach into the intestines, 
and is very useful in conditions of irritation of the intestinal mucous membranes. It may be 
employed in diarrhoeas of irritation, and even in dysentery, but in diarrhoeas of relaxation it is 
of little service. Its use produces dark-green or blackish discoloration of the stools. Bis- 
muth subnitrate is also a very useful topical application in various mucous inflammations, other 
than gastro-intestinal; thus, it is used with advantage by injection (gr. v-xx to f gi of muci- 
lage) in the first stage of gonorrhoea, in leucorrhoea, in dysentery, and in rectal irritation, and by 
snuffing in coryza, etc. The dose of bismuth subnitrate is from five to forty grains (0-324 
to 2-6 Gm.), three or more times a day; the large dose being employed in diarrhoea. Even in 
much larger amounts than those mentioned the medicine is practically safe; the symptoms 
described by Orfila and other early toxicologists as produced by it having been undoubtedly 
due to irritant impurities which formerly existed in the drug. 
As has been shown by Theodore Kocher, even the insoluble preparations of bismuth are 
active antiseptics, and they were for a time much used in Germany in the treatment of wounds. 
It was claimed for them that they acted like iodoform and were not capable of producing 
poisonous symptoms. Further experience has shown, however, that this is incorrect; that 
when applied in large quantities to extensive wounded surfaces they are capable of yielding 
so much bismuth to absorption as to produce a poisoning, which is characterized by acute 
stomatitis, with a peculiar black discoloration of the mucous membrane, usually beginning 
upon the borders of the teeth, but spreading over the whole mouth, followed by an intestinal 
catarrh, with pain and diarrhoea: in severe cases desquamative nephritis, as shown by albumi- 
nous urine and epithelial tube-casts, may also occur. 
Br; 79*76. (BRO'MUM.) Br; 79‘8. 
BROMUM. U. S. Bromine. 
Bromine is an elementary body, possessing many analogies to chlorine and iodine. It was 
discovered in 1826 by M. Balard, of Montpellier, in the bittern of sea-salt works, in which it 
exists as a magnesium bromide. Since then it has been found in the waters of the ocean, 
in certain marine animals and vegetables, in various aquatic plants, as the water-cress, in 
numerous salt springs, and in the mineral kingdom. It has also been detected by M. M&ne in 
the coal-gas liquor of the Paris gas works. In the United States it was first obtained by 
Professor Silliman, who found it in the bittern of the salt works at Salina, in the State of New 
York. It was discovered in the salt wells near Freeport, Pa., by Dr. David Alter, and is now 
obtained in largest amount from the brines of Ohio, Pennsylvania, and West Virginia. The 
Brominium, U. S. 1870; Bromum, P. G.; Brome, Fr.; Brom, Q.j Brorno, It. 276 
Bromum. 
PART I. 
chief works are located at Parkersburg and Mason City, W. Va., Pomeroy, Ohio, and Midland 
County, Mich. The annual production of bromine in the United States for the last few years 
has been as follows: 1895, 394,854 lbs., valued at $102,662; 1896, 550,285 lbs., \alued at 
$143,074; and 1897, 487,149 lbs., valued at $136,402. Of the output in the last-mentioned 
year, 132,200 lbs. were in the form of potassium bromide. The bromides contained in the 
mother-liquors of the salt wells are oxidized by manganese dioxide in AN est \ irginia and 
Ohio, while potassium chlorate is the favorite oxidizing agent in Michigan, because of the large 
proportion of calcium chloride in the liquor. 
Preparation. The original salt-liquor or brine is pumped out of the ground at 9° B., 
evaporated to about 15° in large iron pans, then allowed to settle, and is further evaporated in 
wooden tanks heated by steam pipes to the point of crystallization. These tanks, five in num- 
ber, are placed at different elevations, one above the other. Each day the liquor is run off 
from No. 1, the highest, to No. 2, next day to No. 3, and so on until it reaches No. 5, the 
crystallized salt being removed from each tank after draining off the liquor. The brine which 
reaches No. 5 is bittern, and consists chiefly of calcium, magnesium, sodium, and some alu- 
minum chlorides, with varying percentages of sodium and calcium bromides. 
The bittern marking 30° to 38° B. is evaporated to about 45° B. By this further evapo- 
ration an additional percentage of impure salt is removed, the liquor is then run into stone 
stills, materials for generation of chlorine added, and heat applied by means of steam until the 
bromine has been all eliminated and vaporized. It is condensed and collected in cooled receivers. 
(Proc. A. P. A., 1877, p. 448.) An improved bromine still is figured in AT. R., April, 1877 ; 
see also AT. R., 1883, 108; Amer. Drug., 1884, 121. The chief source of the bromine abroad 
is at Stassfurt in Germany, where the magnesium bromide remains as a residue in the 
working of the potassium salts. The bromine is extracted from the solution of bromide in a 
continuous process by the joint action of chlorine gas and steam. 
Bromine has also been obtained from sea-weeds by carbonizing them, lixiviating the carbo- 
naceous residue, and then separating the ingredients, among which are iodine and bromine. For 
details, see Chem. News (July 6, 1866, p. 2). More than two-thirds of the bromine of com- 
merce is used for the manufacture of bromides for medicinal use, and for photography; the 
remainder is used for aniline colors. 
Properties. Bromine is a volatile liquid, of a dark red color when viewed in mass, but 
hyacinth-red in thin layers. Its taste is very caustic, and its smell intensely strong and dis- 
agreeable, having some resemblance to that of chlorine* Its sp. gr. is very nearly 3 (2-99, 
U. S., 2-97 to 3-14, Br. (1885). At —24-5° C. (—12° F., Baumhauer,f —7-2° C., Philipp) 
it becomes a hard, brittle, crystalline solid, having a dark leaden color, and a lustre nearly 
metallic. It boils at about 63° C. (145-4° F.), forming a reddish vapor resembling that of 
nitrous acid, and of the sp. gr. 5-54. It evaporates readily, a single drop being sufficient to 
fill a large flask with its peculiar vapor. 
Bromine is sparingly soluble in water (in 30 parts at 15° C. (59° F.), U. S.), to which it 
communicates an orange color, more soluble in alcohol, and still more so in ether, chloroform, 
and carbon disulphide. By the aid, however, of potassium bromide, it may be dissolved to 
any desirable extent in water. Its alcoholic and ethereal solutions lose their color in a few 
days, and become acid from the generation of hydrobromic acid. It bleaches vegetable sub- 
stances like chlorine, destroys the color of indigo sulphate, and decomposes organic matters. 
Its combination with starch has a yellow color. It corrodes the skin and gives it a deep yellow 
stain. Bromine is intermediate in its affinities between chlorine and iodine, since its combi- 
nations are decomposed by chlorine, while, in its turn, it decomposes those of iodine. It forms 
acids which are analogous in properties and composition to the corresponding acids of chlorine 
and iodine. It combines also with chlorine, forming bromine chloride, which probably has the 
formula BrCl6. This is prepared by passing chlorine through bromine, and condensing the 
vapors at a low temperature. It is a reddish-yellow liquid, very volatile, soluble in water, with 
a penetrating odor and disagreeable taste. 
Commercial bromine sometimes contains as much as 6 or 8 per cent, of carbon tetrabromide, 
as ascertained by M. Poselger. He discovered the impurity by submitting some bromine to 
distillation, during the progress of which the boiling point rose to 120° C. (248° F.). The 
* Inhaled in the form of vapor it produces great irritation, and endangers asphyxia through spasm of the glottis. 
A case which had nearly proved fatal was apparently saved by throwing steam sufficiently cooled into the larynx. 
(G. P. Duffield, A. ./. P.\ 1868, p. 288.) 
f See A. J. P., Oct. 1872, p. 452. The higher degree usually given in chemical works is ascribed by Baumhauer 
to the presence of water in the bromine examined. Bromum. 
part r. 
277 
residuary liquid at this temperature was colorless, and when freed from a little bromine, proved 
to he carbon bromide, as an oily, aromatic liquid * Chlorine and iodine are frequently found 
in bromine, the former being more common in American and the latter in German bromine. 
The U. S. P. gives the following tests for determining the purity of bromine. “ If Bromine 
be added to an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, it should combine to form 
a permanently clear liquid, without the separation of oily drops, or the development of an odor 
resembling that of chloroform (absence of bromoform or other organic bromine compounds'). 
If an aqueous solution of Bromine be shaken with a slight excess of reduced iron until it be- 
comes nearly colorless, the filtered liquid, on the addition of a small amount of ferric chloride 
and of starch test-solution, should not assume a blue color (absence of iodine). If 1 C.c. of a 
saturated aqueous solution of Bromine be diluted with 9 C.c. of water, then mixed with 3 C.c. 
of ammonium carbonate test-solution, and 5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solu- 
tion, and the whole actively shaken, the filtered liquid, when supersaturated with nitric acid, 
should not become more than opalescent, nor separate a flocculent precipitate within three min- 
utes (absence of more than 3 per cent, of chlorine) ; on exposure to air or heat it is completely 
volatilized.” U. S. 
In testing for bromine in mineral or saline waters, the water is evaporated in order to crys- 
tallize most of the salts. The solution, after having been filtered, is placed in a narrow tube, 
and a few drops of strong chlorine water are added. If this addition produce an orange 
color, bromine is present. The water examined, in order that the test may succeed, must be 
free from organic matter, and the chlorine not be added in excess. Bromine may be detected 
in marine vegetables by carbonizing them in a covered crucible, exhausting the charcoal, pre- 
viously pulverized, with boiling distilled water, precipitating any alkaline sulphide present in 
the solution by zinc sulphate, and then adding successively a few drops of nitric acid and a 
portion of ether, shaking the whole together. If bromine be present it will be set free and 
dissolve in the ether, to which it will communicate an orange color. (Dupasquier.) According 
to Reynoso, a more delicate test is furnished by hydrogen peroxide, which liberates bromine 
from its compounds without reacting on it when free. The mode of proceeding is as follows. 
Put a piece of barium peroxide in a test-tube, and add successively distilled water, pure hydro- 
chloric acid, and ether. The materials are here present for generating hydrogen peroxide ; and 
so soon as bubbles are seen to rise to the silrface, the substance suspected to contain bromine 
is added, and the whole shaken together. If a bromide be present, the hydrochloric acid will 
give rise to hydrobromic acid; and the hydrogen peroxide, acting on this, will set free the 
bromine, which will dissolve in the ether, and give it a yellow tint and the odor of bromine. 
Medical Properties. Bromine, from its analogy to iodine, was early tried as a remedy. 
It has been asserted that it acts like iodine as an alterative, and as a stimulant to the lymphatic 
system. It has been employed in bronchocele, scrofulous tumors and ulcers, secondary and ter- 
tiary syphilis, amenorrhvea, diphtheritic affections, chronic diseases of the skin, and hypertrophy of 
the ventricles. Magendie recommends it in cases in which iodine does not operate with suffi- 
cient activity or has lost its effect by habit, but at present it is very rarely used. About six drops 
(0-36 C.c.) of an aqueous solution containing one part of bromine to forty of distilled water 
may be taken several times a day in water. Locally in its concentrated state it is a very pow- 
erful and deep caustic. When used as a wash for ulcers, from ten to forty minims may be 
added to a pint of water. The use of bromine as a caustic in hospital gangrene was proposed 
by Dr. Goldsmith during the war of the rebellion, and became universal in the army hospitals. 
Applied pure by means of a glass rod, it destroyed the diseased tissues more rapidly and thor- 
oughly than did even strong nitric acid. Of the compounds of bromine, the potassium, am- 
monium, iron, and mercury bromides have been chiefly used. Some of them have been found 
to exercise a remarkable influence in allaying nervous irritation, and are now much employed 
for that purpose. See these titles respectively in the different parts of this work.f Bro- 
* It is stated by T. L. Phipson that he has found in commercial bromine, accounted pure, a notable amount of 
cyanogen, and that it may be detected as follows. Take of iron filings and bromine, of each, half an ounce ; add to 
the filings 2 or 2-5 ounces of water; introduce the bromine very gradually, stirring steadily ; filter rapidly while 
warm from the reaction ; and put the filtered liquid in a partially closed bottle. In the course of some hours a de- 
posit of iron ferricyanide (Berlin blue) will have formed, and may be collected on a filter. In the course of two 
days the whole of the cyanogen will be deposited. In the samples of bromine thus examined he had found from 
0'5 to 1 per cent, of cyanogen. (Chem. New*, 1873, p. 51.) 
f Iodine bromide in aqueous solution is sometimes employed, which is made by rubbing 10 parts of iodine with' 
40 parts of distilled water, introducing into a flask, adding 20 parts of bromine, and shaking until the iodine is dis- 
solved. 530 parts of distilled water are added, and the whole filtered. 20 parts contain 1 part of iodine terbromide. 
A solution containing 15 per cent, is sometimes found in commerce. 278 
Bromum.—Bi yonia. 
PART I. 
mine chloride has been used in cancer by Landolfi, of Naples, both externally as a caustic and 
internally. But a committee of the French Academy reported decidedly against it. 
Dr. J. Lawrence Smith, of Louisville, Ky., proposes the following as a convenient formula 
for a solution of bromine. Dissolve 160 grains of potassium bromide in two fluidounces of 
water, add one troyounce of bromine, and, stirring diligently, pour in sufficient water to make 
the solution measure four fluidounces. The solution should be kept in accurately stopped 
bottles. This is a suitable preparation for application to hospital gangrene, and may be diluted 
to any desirable extent with water. (A. J. P., 1863, p. 202.) 
Bromine, in an overdose, acts as a corrosive poison. A case of poisoning by this substance, 
which proved fatal in seven hours and a half, is related by Dr. J. R. Snell. The amount swal- 
lowed was about an ounce, and the symptoms generally were those produced by the irritant 
poisons: such as violent inflammation of the lips, mouth, tongue, and oesophagus, with inces- 
sant burning pain, followed, in two hours and a half, by prostration, ending in death. (New 
York Journ. of Med., Sept. 1850.) The best antidote, according to Mr. Alfred Smee, is 
ammonia, given largely diluted and mixed with sweet oil. 
Bromine is extensively used in tho manufacture of bromides, in photography, and in the 
manufacture of coal-tar colors. 
BRYONIA. U.S. Bryonia. [Bryony.] 
(BBY-O'NI-A.) 
“ The root of Bryonia alba, and of Bryonia dioica Linn6 (nat. ord. Cucurbitaceae).” XJ. S. 
Bryone couleuvree, Fr.g Zaunriibe, Gichtriibe, O. 
Bryonia alba, or white bryony, is a perennial, climbing, herbaceous plant, growing in thickets 
and hedges in different parts of Europe. It bears rough, heart-shaped, five-lobed leaves, small 
yellow monoecious flowers, arranged in racemes, and roundish black berries about the size of a 
pea. Another species, called B. dioica, with dioecious flowers and red berries, bears so close a 
resemblance in character and properties to the preceding that it is considered by some botanists 
merely a variety. The roots of both plants are gathered for use. When fresh they are 
spindle-shaped, sometimes branched, a foot or two in length, as thick as the arm, or even 
thicker, externally yellowish gray and circularly wrinkled, within white, succulent, and fleshy, 
of a nauseous odor, which is lost in great measure by drying, and of a bitter, acrid, very dis- 
agreeable taste. The peasants are said sometimes to hollow out the top of the root, and to 
employ the juice which collects in the cavity as a drastic purge. (Merat and De Lens.) The 
berries are also purgative, and are used in dyeing. B. americana, Lam., and B. africana, 
Thunb., are respectively used in the West Indies ana Africa as liydragogue cathartics in dropsy. 
The berries of the European Black Bryony, Tamus communis, are said to be an irritant poison, 
and M. Coutagne has found that their tincture causes in animals paralysis and convulsions. 
(Rep. de Pharm., Nov. 1884.) 
Properties. As kept in the shops, the root is in circular transverse slices, externally 
yellowish gray and longitudinally wrinkled, internally of a whitish color, becoming darker by 
age, concentrically striated, light, brittle, and readily pulverizable, yielding a whitish powder. 
It is officially described as follows. “ In transverse sections about 5 Cm. in diameter, the 
bark gray-brown, rough, thin, the central portion whitish or grayish, with numerous, small, 
projecting wood-bundles arranged in circles and radiating lines; fracture short; inodorous; 
taste disagreeably bitter.” U. S. Besides a peculiar glucoside called bryonin, the root contains 
a resin, to which the name of bryoresin has been given. It yields its active properties to 
water. Bryonin, C34H48O0, may be obtained by exhausting the coarsely pulverized root in 
the cold with water containing 3 per cent, of hydrochloric acid. This acid aqueous liquid 
is then treated with tannin until no further precipitate occurs, the precipitate treated first 
with water containing HC1 and then with distilled water, dried, pulverized, and dissolved 
in 90 per cent, alcohol; the solution is filtered, decomposed with zinc oxide, and the result- 
ing mass exhausted with cold distilled water. This on evaporation yields impure bryonin, 
which is purified by dissolving it in water containing hydrochloric acid and dialyzing it. 
It is white, amorphous, very bitter, soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether and 
chloroform. It is dextrogyre and precipitates tannin and ammoniacal lead acetate. The root 
thus exhausted with water and dried, when treated with 90 per cent, alcohol, yields the bryo- 
resin. This is soft at 15° C., red, amorphous, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, glacial 
acetic acid, and alkalies. Bryonin, boiled with dilute sulphuric acid, yields a glucose and a 
yellowish, amorphous resin, bryogenin. This latter is soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether. PART I. 
Bryonia. —Buchu. 
279 
(Masson, Joum. de Pharm. et de Chim., 1893, 300 ; see also report of investigation by C. F. 
Heller, A. J. P., 1887, 68.) 
Medical Properties. Bryony is an active hydragogue cathartic, in large doses sometimes 
emetic, and disposed, if too largely administered, to occasion inflammation of the alimentary 
mucous membrane. It appears also to have direct relations with the nervous system, and it 
has in a number of cases produced serious or even fatal poisoning. Vomiting and purging 
have been commonly present, but in some cases there has been no diarrhoea. Giddiness, de- 
lirium, and dilated pupils, coupled with fall of the bodily temperature, imperceptible pulse, 
cold perspiration, and other manifestations of collapse, are the usual symptoms. Eighty minims 
of the homoeopathic tincture caused very serious but not fatal poisoning. (For cases see P. J. 
Tr., 1858, p. 542 ; Lancet, May 9,1868 ; Brit. Med. Joum., 1883, ii. 1067 ; Ther. Gaz., ii. 35 ; 
also Woodman and Tidy.') The recent root is highly irritant, and is said, when bruised and 
applied to the skin, to be capable of producing vesication. The medicine was well known to the 
ancients, and has been employed by modern physicians as a hydragogue cathartic in dropsy, but 
is now superseded by jalap. Dose of powdered root, from a scruple to a drachm (1-3-3-9 6m.).* 
(See Tinctura Bryonise.') 
BUCHU. U.S. (Br.) Buchu. 
(Bb'£HU.) 
“ The leaves of Barosma betulina (Thunberg), Bartling et Wendland, and Barosma crenulata 
(Linne), Hooker (nat. ord. Rutaceae).” XJ. S. “ The dried leaves of Barosma betulina, Bart, 
and Wendl.” Br. 
Buchu Folia, Br.; Folia Bucco, Folia Diosmae, s. Barosmae; Feuilles de Bucco (Booko, Buchu), Fr.; Bucku- 
blatter, Buccoblatter, G. 
The leaves of the official and other Barosmas (so named from fiapus, heavy, and oaprj, odor), 
and of some Agathosmas, are collected by the Hottentots, who value them on account of their 
odor, and, under the name of boolcoo or buchu, rub them, in the state of powder, upon their 
greasy bodies. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-cleft or five-parted. Disk lining the bottom of the calyx, generally with 
a short scarcely prominent rim. Petals five, with short claws. Filaments ten ; the five opposite 
the petals sterile, petaloid ; the other five longer, subulate. Style as long as the petals. Stigma 
minute, five-lobed. Fruit composed of five cocci, covered with granular dots at the back. 
These plants are small shrubs, with opposite leaves and peduncled flowers. Lindley. 
The official species are all erect, slender shrubs with opposite leaves, dotted with conspicuous 
pellucid oil glands, smooth, angular, purplish branches, often of a purplish color, white flowers, 
and a fruit of five erect carpels. They are chiefly distinguished by their leaves. 
Barosma crenata. Lindley, Flor. Med. p. 213.—Diosma crenata. De Cand. Prodrom. i. 
714.—Barosma crenulata. Hooker. B. & T. 46. The leaves are opposite, ovate or obovate, 
acute, serrated and glandular at the edge, coriaceous, and full of small pellucid dots on the 
under surface. The flowers are white or of a reddish tint, and stand solitarily at the end of 
short, lateral leafy shoots.f 
B. serratifolia. Willd. Sp. Plant, p. 257 ; Lind. Flor. Med. p. 213 ; B. & T. 47. The leaves 
are linear lanceolate, equally narrowed towards either end, three-nerved, with a truncate apex, 
which is always furnished with an oil-cell, and a sharply serrulate margin. Their length is 
from an inch to an inch and a half; their width one-fifth of an inch. 
B. betxdina. Bartling. The leaves of this species are cuneate-obovate, apex recurved, with 
their margin sharply denticulate by spreading teeth. They are from one-half to three-quarters 
of an inch long, by three-tenths to five-tenths of an inch wide. 
Properties. Buchu leaves are officially described as follows. “About 15 Mm. long, 
roundish-obovate with a rather wedge-shaped base, or varying between oval and obovate, obtuse, 
crenate or serrate, with a gland at the base of each tooth, dull yellowish-green, thickish, 
pellucid-punctate ; odor and taste strongly aromatic, somewhat mint-like, pungent and bitterish.” 
* Prof. Petresco asserts that Bryonia alba is physiologically different from Bryonia dioica; that it contains a 
glucoside, brein, which is a powerful stimulant to the arterioles, rendering the drug a valuable remedy in the treat- 
ment of po8t-parttim hemorrhage and other metrorrhagias. 
t C. J. S. Thompson has found that the leaves of B. serratifolia yield only 3’45 per cent, of resin and 1 per cent, of 
volatile oil, whilst those of B. crenulata yield 3-75 per cent, of resin and 1*6 per cent, of volatile oil, and those of 
B. betulina give 4'25 per cent, of resin and 1'45 per cent, of volatile oil: so that B. serratifolia would seem to bo 
the least active of the official species. (P. J. Tr., xxi. 1890.) 280 
Buchu. 
PAET I. 
XT. S. “ The transverse section exhibits an epidermis whose cells contain yellow sphero-crys- 
tals ; the inner walls of these cells are thick and rich in mucilage. Odor and taste strong and 
characteristic.” Br. The leaves of B. crenata constitute the short buchu or round buchu, whilst 
those of B. serratifolia are the long buchu of commerce. The leaves of B. crenulata are at 
present comparatively infrequent in commerce, the parcels usually consisting of those of one of 
the other species almost unmixed. The species can be recognized by the characters already 
given The leaves of the Empleurum serrulatum sometimes occur mixed with buchu leaves, 
occasionally constituting the bulk of the parcel. They are to be distinguished by their acrid 
taste and peculiar odor and by being longer and narrower than any buchu leaf, with a sharp- 
pointed apex, parallel sides, and coarse denticulation. Further, according to Holmes, when 
the leaf of a Barosma is held up to the light the lateral veins appear straighter, longer, and 
more strongly developed than in the leaves of the Empleurum * 
Fliickiger obtained from B. betulina 1*56 per cent, of volatile oil, which had the odor of 
peppermint rather than of buchu, and deviated the plane of polarization considerably to the 
left. On exposure to cold it furnished a camphor, which, after re-solution in alcohol, crys- 
tallized in needle-shaped forms. After repeated purification in this manner, the crystals of 
Barosma camphor, or diosphenol, have a peppermint odor ; they fuse at 85° C. and begin to 
sublime at 110° C. After fusion they again solidify only at 50° C. Submitted to elementary 
analysis, the crystals yielded 74-08 per cent, of carbon and from 9 to 10 per cent, of hydrogen. 
Barosma camphor is abundantly soluble in carbon disulphide. The crude oil from which the 
camphor had been separated had a boiling point of about 200° C., quickly rising to 210° C. or 
even higher. The oil which distilled between these temperatures, rectified over sodium, gave 
approximately the formula C10HleO. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. 109.) Prof. Spica ex- 
amined B. crenata and found the volatile oil to differ from that obtained by Prof. Fliickiger 
from B. betulina,; the stearopten was similar to diosphenol, but upon analysis gave the figures 
Ci0HieO2, and hence is regarded by Prof. Spica as an oxycamphor. The elaeopten was a 
greenish-yellow oil, having a pleasant odor and a pungent, peppermint-like taste ; by fractioning, 
it was separated into a portion isomeric with borneol, resembling thymol in smell and taste, 
and having the composition C8H120, to which the name of dioscamphor was given. A sub- 
stance extracted by alcohol from the residue after the removal of the oil Prof. Spica named 
diosmin. (P. J. Tr., 1885, p. 106.) The results of Spica were confirmed by Shimoyama 
(Amer. Joum. Phar., 1888, p. 624), who made several simple derivatives of diosphenol, and then 
prepared from it, by prolonged digestion with alcoholic potash, diolic acid, -f- H20, 
forming white crystalline needles, melting at 96°-97° C., and a compound to which ne gives the 
name diolalcohol. Wayne’s experiments (A. J. P., 1876, p. 19) appear to indicate that the 
oil also contains a substance capable of being converted into salicylic acid. Prof. J. M. 
Maisch believes that buchu leaves do not contain salicylic acid, although the stearopten of the 
oil gives a blackish color with ferric chloride. (A. J. P., July, 1881.) The yield of ash varies, 
according to the researches of H. W. Jones (P. J. Tr., ix. 673), from 4-69 to 4-40 in B. betu- 
lina, 4-32 to 5-39 in B. crenulata, 5-03 to 5.22 in B. serratifolia; the ash itself was remark- 
able as containing a great deal of manganese. The short-leaved buchu was found by Mr. P. W. 
Bedford to yield an average of 1-21 per cent, of volatile oil; while the long-leaved, though 
more highly valued in the market, gave only 0-66 per cent., showing its great inferiority in 
strength. (Proc. A. P. A., 1863, p. 211.) 
Medical Properties. The Hottentots have long used buchu in a variety of diseases. 
From these rude practitioners the remedy was borrowed by the resident English and Dutch 
physicians, by whose recommendation it was employed in Europe, and has come into general 
use. Its activity depends upon the volatile oil, which is eliminated by the kidneys. Under its 
action there is no marked increase in the amount of the urine, hence the remedy is of no value 
in dropsies ; but the oil affects very decidedly the mucous membrane of the genito-urinary tract. 
The remedy is very useful in diseases of the urinary organs, such as gravel, chronic catarrh of the 
bladder, morbid irritation of the bladder and urethra, diseases of the prostate, and retention or 
incontinence of urine from a loss of tone in the parts concerned in its evacuation. It should 
be given when the inflammation is not severe, but not when it is in that condition of chronicity 
requiring oil of turpentine, tincture of cantharides, or other more stimulant diuretics. The best 
preparation is the fluid extract; dose, a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.) three or four times a day. 
* John C. Umney (P. J. Tr., March, 1895) finds that these leaves contain 0-64 per cent, of a peculiar volatile oil. 
There is no reason to believe that they possess the therapeutical properties of buchu. Butyl-Chloral Hydras.—Caffeina. 
281 
PAET I. 
BUTYL-CHLORAL HYDRAS. Br. Butyl-Chloral Hydrate. 
C4 H5 Ch o, H2 O. (BU'TYL-eHLO'RAL HY'DRXS.) 
“ Butyl-Chloral Hydrate, or trichlorbutylidene glycol, CIIg.CHCl.CCl2.CH(0H)2, is a crys- 
talline hydrate obtained by the addition of water to the liquid butyl-chloral produced by the 
action of chlorine gas on aldehyde.” Br. 
Hydrous Butyl Chloral; Croton Chloral Hydrate, wrongly so called, Br.; Chloral butylicum; Butyl chloralhydrate; 
Hydrate de chloral butylique, Fr.; Butylchloralhydrat, G. 
This substance was discovered by Kramer and Pinner, of Berlin, during an examination of 
the accumulated by-products of the chloral factory of Schering. It was named croton-chloral 
hydrate because it was believed to bear a relationship to crotonic acid, the peculiar acid of 
croton oil; this was subsequently disproved by Pinner, who showed that it belonged to the 
butyl series. (Ber. d. Chern. Ges., vii. 1321,1561.) It is made by passing dry chlorine through 
aldehyde cooled to —10° C. (14° F.), in an apparatus similar to that used in making chloral. 
Fractional distillation is resorted to, and the product boiling between 163° C. (325-4° F.) and 
165° C. (329° F.) is reserved; this is butyl-chloral, a colorless oily liquid. The necessary 
amount of water is added, and butyl-chloral hydrate is obtained. 
Properties. Butyl-chloral hydrate occurs in the form of crystalline, micaceous scales of 
a pungent odor, sparingly soluble in water, freely soluble in alcohol, hot water, and glycerin, 
but insoluble, or nearly so, in chloroform, a property which may be employed to separate it from 
ordinary chloral hydrate. When treated with caustic alkalies it is converted into formic acid, 
potassium chloride, and allylene dichloride, C3H4C12. The British Pharmacopoeia describes it 
as “ In pearly white, trimetric laminae, having a pungent but not acrid odor, and an acrid nau- 
seous taste. It fuses at about 172° F. (77-8° C.) to a transparent liquid, which, in cooling, 
commences to solidify at about 160° F. (71-1° C.). Soluble in about 50 parts of water, and in 
its own weight of glycerin or of alcohol (90 per cent.) ; it slowly dissolves in 20 parts of chlo- 
roform. The aqueous solution is neutral or but slightly acid to litmus. It does not yield 
chloroform when heated with solution of potassium hydroxide or with milk of lime (absence of 
chloral hydrate.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Butyl-chloral was proposed by Liebreich, in 1870, as a 
remedy for the treatment of trigeminal neuralgia. He states that a drachm (3-88 Gm.) of it 
causes deep sleep, accompanied by anaesthesia of the head, with complete loss of irritability of 
the eyeball and of the trigeminal nerve, the circulation being kept up with great tenacity, and 
death, if the dose have been large enough, resulting from the arrest of respiration. These state- 
ments of Liebreich were contradicted by the research of J. von Mering and of H. W. Schmidt, 
who found that no anaesthesia was produced unless sufficient doses were given to cause complete 
narcosis, and that the general course of the symptoms caused by the croton-chloral was exactly 
parallel to that of those produced by the chloral hydrate. Nevertheless a number of observers 
have used croton-chloral with asserted good results in the treatment of tic-douloureux. The relief 
obtained is, unfortunately, only temporary and palliative. The drug has been commonly ad- 
ministered in doses of from 5 to 20 grains (0-324 to 1-29 Gm.) in syrup. The safer plan is to 
give 5 grains (0-324 Gm.) every half-hour until 30 grains (1-94 Gm.) have been taken or 
relief afforded. The original formula of Liebreich was—Butyl Chloral 5 to 10 parts ; Glycerin 
20 parts; Distilled Water 130 parts. Dose, half a fluidounce, followed in five minutes by a 
second dose, ten minutes later by a third dose, unless relief is afforded. It is not sure that such 
medication would be safe. Dose of British Pharmacopoeia, from five to twenty grains (0-324 to 
1-3 Gm.). For experiments in making dispensing solutions of butyl-chloral, see Proc. A. P. A., 
1894, 578. 
CAFFEINA. U. S., Br. Caffeine. [Theine.] 
C8 Hio N4 02. H2 O ; 211*68. (CXF-FE-I'NA.) C8 Hi0 N4 02. H20; 212. 
“ A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the dried leaves of Thea sinensis, Linne 
(nat. ord. Ternstroemiaceae), or from the dried seeds of CofFea arabica, Linne (nat. ord. Bubi- 
aceae), and found also in other plants.” * U. S.. “ An alkaloid, C8H10N402,HaO, usually 
* The United States Pharmacopoeia allows caffeine to be prepared from either one of the ordinary commercial 
sources, but because tea-leaves contain a much larger percentage of the alkaloid than does the coffee berry, and are 
frequently thrown into commerce in a damaged condition, unlit for use as a beverage, commercial caffeine is almost 
always prepared from them. If the assertion of Dr. Thomas J. Mays, that theine, though chemically identical with 
caffeine, is physiologically different, be confirmed, it will become necessary to recognize theine as an official alka- 
loid, and direct that caffeine be prepared from coffee. The argument that tea and coffee differ in their gross effects 
on the human body, and that therefore the alkaloids cannot be identical, has no force, because coffee contains an 
active empyreumatic oil, developed during the process of roasting. How far the conclusions arrived at by Dr. Mays 282 
Caffeina. 
PART r. 
obtained from the dried leaves of Camellia Thea, Link, or the dried seeds of Coffea arabica, 
Linn. Crystallized from aqueous solution, it contains one molecule of water.” Br. 
Caffeia, Theina, Guaranina. 
Caffeine ( Caffeia) was first discovered by Runge, and afterwards by Pelletier and Caventou 
and Robiquet. Strecker first proved it to be methyl-theobromine by making it from theo- 
bromine synthetically.* (Ann. Chem. Pharm., 118, 170.) It may be obtained in the following 
manner. Exhaust bruised coffee by two successive portions of boiling water, unite the infu- 
sions, add lead acetate in order to precipitate various principles accompanying the caffeine, 
filter, decompose the excess of lead acetate in the filtered liquor by hydrogen sulphide, con- 
centrate by evaporation, and neutralize with ammonia. The caffeine is deposited in crystals 
upon cooling, and may be purified by redissolving in water, treating with animal charcoal, and 
evaporating. H. Leuchsenring obtains caffeine by availing himself of its property of sub- 
liming unchanged by heat. He precipitates a concentrated decoction of coffee by a weak 
solution of lead acetate, filters, evaporates to dryness, mixes the residue with sand, and sub- 
limes as in Mohr’s process for procuring benzoic acid. (A. J. P., xxxii. 25.) Still another 
method, proposed by Vogel, is to treat coffee, ground to powder, with benzin, which dissolves 
the caffeine, and an oily substance, to separate the benzin by distillation, to treat the residue with 
boiling water, which dissolves the caffeine, and deposits it in a crystalline form, after filtration 
and concentration. (Journ. de Pharm,., 3e ser., xxxv. 436.) Paul and Cownley’s process for 
estimating the caffeine in coffee is to mix finely powdered coffee with moist lime, and exhaust 
with alcohol by hot repercolation. The alcohol is evaporated off, and the residue mixed with 
water and a few drops of diluted sulphuric acid ; the mixture is filtered, and the filtrate and 
washings, when cool, treated with chloroform to wash out the alkaloid ; the chloroformic solution 
is evaporated in a tared capsule, and the residue weighed as caffeine. (P. J. Tr., 1887, p. 565. 
For another method, by E. D. Smith, see Pharm. Era, 1887, 17 ; see also A. J. P., 1892, 
468, and 1893, 338 ; Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 1893, 545 ; Apoth. Zeit., 1893, 132 ; Chem. 
and Drug., 1893, 210 ; Pharm. Era, 1897, 391.) 
Caffeine is prepared on a considerable scale from damaged tea. The tea is exhausted with 
boiling water, the decoction boiled with litharge or lead acetate, and the filtered solution 
evaporated until the alkaloid crystallizes out on cooling. The product can be purified by re- 
sublimation or by crystallization from hot water. (Allen, Commerc. Org. Anal., 2d ed., vol. iii., 
part ii., 474.) 
Properties. Caffeine is a feeble base, capable of forming definite compounds with mineral 
acids but not with organic acids ; the latter, however, increase its solubility in water and other 
liquids. (See Caffeina Citrata.') Caffeine is in “ fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crystals, pos- 
sessing a silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble, at 
15° C. (59° F.), in 80 parts of water, 33 parts of alcohol, 555 parts of ether, or 7 parts of chloro- 
form. Also soluble in about 2 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. When 
heated to 100° C. (212° F.), Caffeine loses its water of crystallization, and at 229° C. (444-2° 
F.) it melts, forming a colorless liquid. When ignited, Caffeine is completely volatilized with- 
out charring or leaving a residue. Caffeine is neutral to litmus paper. On dissolving a small 
quantity of Caffeine in concentrated sulphuric acid, and adding a minute fragment of potas- 
sium dichromate to the liquid, the latter will acquire a yellowish-green color, which gradually 
becomes green. If a small quantity of Caffeine be dissolved in about 1 C.c. of hydrochloric 
acid, a little potassium chlorate added, the whole evaporated to dryness on a water-bath, and 
the capsule then inverted over a vessel containing a few drops of ammonia water, the residue 
by experiments upon frogs must be accepted still remains a matter of opinion. We think, however, that further phys- 
iological studies of the three alkaloids theme, caffeine, and guaranine are necessary before their physiological diver- 
sity can be considered established. Dunston and Shepheard (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1893, 195) reviewed the question of 
the identity of caffeine and theine with great care, and established the complete chemical identity of the two by a 
study of a number of derivatives. The clinical results obtained by Dr. Mays (Med. News, vol. xlviii.) are sufficient 
to warrant the trial of theine as a local anaesthetic injected in a dose of a third of a grain over painful nerves. 
* In an examination of 25 varieties of coffee, Prof. Dragendorff found a variation in the amount of caffeine of 
from 0'6 to 2'2 per cent. The most important varieties were as follows: 
Brown Preang 
Finest Mocha 
First native Ceylon 
Second “ “ 
1-54 
per cent 
ft 
Yellow Menado 
Third “ “ 
1-59 
u 
Finest plantation Jamaica . . , 
Costa Rica 
ft 
First Surinam 
AVost Indian 
u 
Pear! plantation Ceylon 
Rio 
u 
Yellow Java 
Jamaica 
ft 
Gray Java 
Santos 
u Caffeina. 
PART I. 
283 
will acquire a rich purple color, which is destroyed by alkalies. Caffeine should dissolve in 
strong sulphuric or nitric acid without producing a color (absence of organic impurities). Its 
aqueous solution should not be precipitated by mercuric potassium iodide test-solution (absence 
of other alkaloids).” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ Soluble in 80 parts of 
cold water, the solution having a faintly bitter taste and being neutral to litmus. Easily soluble 
in boiling water, alcohol (90 per cent.), or chloroform ; sparingly soluble in ether. It dissolves 
without color in sulphuric and nitric acids. At 212° F. (100° C.) the crystals lose 8-49 per 
cent, of their weight, and at a higher temperature melt and volatilize without decomposition. 
Treated with a crystal of potassium chlorate and a few drops of hydrochloric acid, and the mix- 
ture evaporated to dryness in a porcelain dish, a reddish residue results, which becomes purple 
when moistened with solution of ammonia. In an aqueous solution of the alkaloid, tannic acid 
gives a white precipitate soluble in excess of the reagent, but no precipitate is caused by 
solution of potassium iodide containing mercuric iodide (distinction from other official alka- 
loids).” It is precipitated from its aqueous solution by no reagent except tannic acid and 
solution of potassio-mercuric iodide. When this solution, made by saturating potassium iodide 
with mercuric oxide, is added to a solution of caffeine, a precipitate is produced, which soon 
takes the form of white, shining, acicular crystals. This reaction is proposed as a test of 
caffeine by Prof. Dellfs; for though the same solution will precipitate the other alkaloids, the 
product is always amorphous. (Chem Gaz., Feb. 15, 1855.) Tanret proposes to increase the 
solubility of caffeine by adding definite proportions of sodium benzoate, cinnamate, or salicylate, 
which form with it double salts rich in alkaloid (45‘8, 58-9, and 61 per cent, respectively). 
These are well adapted for hypodermic administration, as they are all freely soluble in water. 
The proportions recommended are as follows: caffeine-sodium benzoate (caffeine, 244, sodium ben- 
zoate, 288); caffeine-sodium cinnamate (caffeine, 244, sodium cinnamate, 170); caffeine-sodium 
salicylate (caffeine, 244, sodium salicylate, 160). {U Union Pharm., xxxvii. 394.) Caffeine is 
remarkable for containing a larger proportion of nitrogen than does almost any other proxi- 
mate vegetable principle, in this respect equalling some of the highly animalized products. 
Medical Properties and Uses. There have been a few cases of poisoning by caffeine; 
a drachm of citrated caffeine swallowed by an adult was followed by burning at the throat, 
giddiness, faintness, nausea, tremor of the extremities, abdominal pain, mental distress, great 
cardiac oppression, and finally collapse. Consciousness was not impaired, and there was no 
headache until the patient began to recover. A decoction of 8 ounces of freshly roasted coffee, 
taken for the purpose of producing abortion, caused pronounced choreic tremors, great rest- 
lessness, quickened respiration, and rapid pulse, with very strong, even violent, heart-beats. In 
doses of 3 to 5 grains caffeine produces in the healthy individual a peculiar wakefulness, with 
stimulation of the cerebrum, and some increase of the urinary secretion and force of the pulse. 
There is usually marked increase of the mental activity and of the capability for sustaining 
mental work. Abont two hours after the ingestion of 12 grains by Dr. Pratt, there were intense 
physical restlessness and mental anxiety, with obstinate sleeplessness, active and persistent think- 
ing, general muscular tremulousness, and frequent urination. 
Given in large dose to the lower animals, caffeine * produces hurried respiration, restlessness, 
slightly lowered followed by markedly elevated temperature, tetanic and clonic convulsions, 
progressive paralysis, and finally death from paralytic arrest of respiration. The cause of the 
convulsions in mammals is not determined, but in the frog they are of spinal origin, for both 
Pratt and Le Blond have found that section of the cord does not arrest them below the point 
of section, whilst destruction of the cord (Pratt and Leven) prevents their development. It 
would appear, therefore, that caffeine acts upon the frog as a stimulant to the motor side of 
the spinal cord, and it is probable that the physical restlessness and tremulousness produced in 
man are largely of spinal origin. Upon the motor nerves caffeine has no effect, but there is 
some reason for suspecting that it exerts a very feeble influence upon the sensory nerves. Upon 
the muscles caffeine acts as a powerful poison; when an isolated piece of the gastrocnemius of 
the frog is thrown into a one-per-cent., or even weaker, solution of the citrate of caffeine, it 
becomes contracted and stiff, and unable to respond to the galvanic current in from two to 
* Caffeine Derivatives. Professor W. Filehne (Archiv f. Anat. und Physiol. (Physiolog. Ahtheil.), 1886, abstract 
Therap. Gaz., 1886) has made an investigation of the physiological action of certain derivatives and decomposition 
products of caffeine,—namely, hydroxy-caffeine, diethoxy-hydroxy-caffeine, ethoxy-caffeine, caffeidine, caffuric acid, 
nypo-caffeine, caffoline, guarineine, uric acid. Believing that the introduction into the caffeine molecule of an atom 
which is depressing to the heart would modify physiologically the action of the molecule, J. W. Pickering has made 
studies with chloro-caffeine (chlorotrirnethylxanthine), and finds that, whilst it is a powerful diuretic and a cerebral 
stimulant, it has very little influence upon the heart itself. (Journ. f. Physiol., 1895; Journ. Chem. Soc., 1895.) 284 
Caffeina.—Caffeina Citrata. 
PART I. 
three minutes. It has been abundantly proved that it is the muscle-fibre which is affected, 
and it seems to be established that the paralysis is preceded by a period of excitement, during 
which the contractility of the muscle is increased both in its sensitiveness to stimuli and in its 
power. The action of caffeine upon the circulation is distinct, as has been shown by Leven, 
Binz, and other observers. The alkaloid produces in the mammal elevation of the arterial 
pressure, which is at least in part due to a direct action upon the heart; caffeine in small dose 
reinforcing the isolated frog’s heart, and giving to its contractions more amplitude and more 
energy. Prof. Reichert found that even after destruction of the vaso-motor centres in the 
medulla oblongata, caffeine still elevates the arterial pressure. He believes that this rise of the 
arterial pressure, which must be independent of the vaso-motor centres, is due to a direct action 
of the caffeine upon the muscle-fibres in the vessel-walls. Direct proof of this, however, 
seems to be wanting, and it remains uncertain whether the rise of pressure is due entirely or 
only in part to the cardiac stimulation. In advanced stages of caffeine poisoning the arterial 
pressure falls, both the heart and the vaso-motor system being depressed or paralyzed. The 
pulse-rate is usually but not always increased by caffeine ; sometimes it is distinctly slowed ; 
these results are probably due to some influence exerted upon the pneumogastric system. 
One of the most constant symptoms produced in man by overdoses of caffeine is excessive 
diuresis, and experiments made upon the lower animals show that caffeine acts as a diuretic not 
only by influencing the circulation, but also by directly affecting the secreting cells of the kid- 
ney or the nerves which dominate those cells, the probabilities being in favor of the first of 
these theories of action. According to Prof. Schroeder, not only the water but also the solids 
of the urine are increased. 
The question whether caffeine has an influence upon tissue-changes and the consequent 
nitrogenous elimination cannot be considered as distinctly answered, though the most probable 
conclusion is that the action of caffeine upon urea elimination and upon general nutrition is 
not direct or pronounced. Whilst the therapeutic dose of caffeine is broken up in the body 
with the formation of methylxanthine, which escapes with the urine, the toxic dose is at least 
in part eliminated by the kidney unchanged. 
Caffeine is a valuable remedy in practical medicine as a cerebral and cardiac stimulant and 
as a diuretic. In undue somnolence, in nervous headache, in narcotism, also, at times, when the 
exigencies of life require excessively prolonged wakefulness, caffeine may be used as the most 
powerful agent known for producing wakefulness. In a series of experiments, Dr. J. Hughes 
Bennett found that within narrow limits there is a direct physical antagonism between caffeine 
and morphine. Coffee and caffeine in narcotic poisoning are of value as a means of keeping the 
patient awake, and of stimulating the respiratory centres. 
As a cardiac stimulant, caffeine may be used in any form of heart-failure; the indications 
for its use are those which call for the employment of digitalis. It is superior to digitalis in 
never disagreeing with the stomach, in having no distinctive cumulative tendency, and in the 
promptness of its action. It is pronouncedly inferior to digitalis in the power and certainty of 
its action, and in the permanence of its influence once asserted. As a diuretic it is superior; 
it is very valuable in the treatment of cardiac dropsies, and is often useful in chronic Bright's 
disease when there is no irritation of the kidneys. 
On account of its tendency to produce wakefulness, it is usually better to mass the doses early 
in the day, at least six hours being left between the last dose and the ordinary time for sleep. 
From eight to fifteen grains may be given in the course of a day in severe cases. If tried, it 
would probably prove a useful drug in cases of sudden collapse from various causes. The or- 
dinary salts of it are, however, not available for hypodermic use, because they are decomposed 
in the presence of water. The double benzoate of sodium and caffeine has been proposed as 
moderately stable and free from irritant properties: the following formula has also been com- 
mended by M. Tanret for hypodermic use : Sodii salicyl., 31 gr.; Caffeinse, 40 gr. ; Aquae des- 
tillatae, 60 gr. For internal administration the soluble preparation known as citrated caffeine 
is usually preferred. Dose, from 3 to 8 grains (0-194 to 0-51 6m.). 
CAFFEINA CITRATA. U. S. (Br.) Citrated Caffeine. 
(CXF-FE-I'NA CI-TRA'TA.) 
“ An unstable compound, C8H10N402,C6H807, prepared from Caffeine and Citric Acid.” Br. 
Caffeines Citras, Br., Caffeine Citrate. 
“ Caffeine, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Citric Acid, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce 
av., 334 grains] ; Distilled Water, hot, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 PART I. 
Caffeina Citrata.—Caffeina Citrata Effervescens. 
285 
minims]. Dissolve the Citric Acid in the hot Distilled Water, add the Caffeine, and evaporate 
the resulting solution, on a water-bath, to dryness, constantly stirring towards the end of the 
operation. Reduce the product to a fine powder, and transfer it to well-closed bottles.” U. S. 
“ Caffeine, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Citric Acid, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; 
Distilled Water, 2 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 40 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Citric Acid 
in the Distilled Water; stir the Caffeine into the heated solution; evaporate to dryness on a 
water-bath, constantly stirring towards the end of the operation ; reduce to a fine powder.” Br. 
This is a new preparation of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ; although defined as a weak com- 
pound of caffeine and citric acid, it is not regarded by chemists as a chemical salt, but as a 
mechanical mixture of the two substances composing it. The British Pharmacopoeia gives 
the following as its chemical formula : C8H,0N402,H3C6H607. It is officially described as “ a 
white powder, odorless, having a purely acid taste and an acid reaction. One part of Citrated 
Caffeine forms a clear, syrupy solution with about 3 parts of water.* Upon dilution with water, 
this yields a white precipitate (caffeine), which redissolves when about 25 parts of water have 
been added. It is also soluble in a mixture of 2 volumes of chloroform and 1 volume of 
alcohol.” U. S. The Br. Pharm. describes it as “ A white inodorous powder with an acid and 
faintly bitter taste and an acid reaction on litmus. It is soluble in 32 parts of water, and also 
in a mixture of 2 parts of chloroform with one part of alcohol (90 per cent.). With 3 parts 
of water it forms a clear syrupy solution, but more water dissociates the salt and affords a white 
precipitate of caffeine which redissolves when excess of water is added. Heated in the air, 
the salt is charred and then burnt, leaving a mere trace of ash. It affords the reactions men- 
tioned under ‘ Caffeina,’ and also those characteristic of citrates.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Citrated caffeine is possessed of the physiological and 
therapeutical properties of caffeine. The dose is from three to eight grains (0-194 to 0-51 Gm.). 
CAFFEINA CITRATA EFFERVESCENS. U. S. (Br.) Effervescent 
Citrated Caffeine. 
(CXF-FE-I'NA CI-TRA'TA EF-FER-VES'CEN§.) 
Caffe in 93 Citras Effervescens, Br, Effervescent Caffeine Citrate. 
“ Caffeine, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Citric Acid, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Sodium 
Bicarbonate, three hundred and thirty grammes [or 11 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Tartaric Acid, 
three hundred grammes [or 10 ounces av., 254-7 grains] ; Sugar, in very fine powder, three hun- 
dred and fifty grammes [or 12 ounces av., 151 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. To make 
one thousand grammes [or about 35 ounces av.]. Triturate the solid ingredients, separately 
well dried, to a fine, uniform powder. Mix this with Alcohol to a soft paste and rub it through 
a No. 6 tinned-iron sieve or enamelled colander. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse, gran- 
ular powder. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles.” U S. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, in powder, 51 ounces (Imperial) or 510 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in 
powder, 27 ounces (Imp.) or 270 grammes; Citric Acid, in powder, 18 ounces (Imp.) or 180 
grammes; Refined Sugar, in powder, 14 ounces (Imp.) or 140 grammes; Caffeine Citrate, 4 
ounces (Imp.) or 40 grammes. Mix the Caffeine Citrate, Tartaric Acid, and Citric Acid ; with 
this product thoroughly incorporate the mixed Sodium Bicarbonate and Refined Sugar; place 
in a dish or pan of suitable form heated to between 200° and 220° F. (93-3° and i04-4° C.). 
When the mixture, by aid of careful manipulation, has assumed a granular character, separate 
it into granules of uniform and convenient size by means of suitable sieves. Dry the granules 
at a temperature not exceeding 130° F. (54-4° C.). The product should weigh about 100 
ounces (or 1000 grammes).” Br. 
This effervescent granulated salt contains 1 per cent, of caffeine. The methods of granula- 
tion are not identical in the above processes ; alcohol is used in the U. S. P. to give a pasty con- 
sistence to the ingredients before granulating. In the British process no alcohol is used ; this 
effects a saving in the expense of manufacturing, while the use of heat with skilful manipula- 
tion has been found to produce equally good results. Samples of effervescent citrated caffeine 
have been found in the market very deficient in caffeine ; the sweetening is sometimes effected 
by the use of saccharin instead of sugar. The powder affords an agreeable method of admin- 
istering citrated caffeine. The dose is a teaspoonful in water, to be taken during effervescence. 
* M. A. Harper examined a number of commercial samples of citrated caffeine, and found them all fairly to 
represent the official preparation. He reports, however, that the official test for solubility in water should be altered 
slightly, and the words “ when gently warmed” be inserted, because a sample made strictly according to the U. S. P. 
would not conform to the test without warming. ( West. Drug., 1897, 253.) 286 
Calamus. 
PART I. 
CALAMUS. U. S. Calamus. [Sweet Flag.] 
(cXl'a-mus.) 
*•' The rhizome of Acorus Calamus, Linne (nat. ord. Aroideae).” U. IS. 
Rhizoma Calami, P.G.; Radix Calami Aromatici, Radix Acori; Acore vrai, Acore odorant, Fr.; Kalmuswurzel, 
G.; Calamo aromatico, It., Sp. 
Gen. Gh. Spadix cylindrical, covered with florets. Corolla six-petalled, naked. Style none. 
Capsule three-celled. Willd. 
Acorus Calamus. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 199 ; Barton, Med. Bot. ii. 63; B. & T. 279. The 
sweet flag, or calamus, has a perennial, horizontal, jointed, somewhat compressed root (rhizome), 
from half an inch to an inch thick, sometimes several feet in length, sending off numerous 
round and yellowish or whitish radicles from its base, and bunches of brown fibres resembling 
coarse hair from its joints, internally white and spongy, externally whitish with a tinge of 
green, variegated with triangular stains of light brown and rose color. The leaves are all 
radical, sheathing at the base, long, sword-shaped, smooth, green above, but, near their origin 
from the root, of a red color, variegated with green and white. The scape or flower-stem 
resembles the leaves, but is longer, and from one side, near the middle of its length, sends out 
a cylindrical spadix, tapering at each end, about two inches in length, and crowded with green- 
ish-yellow flowers. These are without calyx, and have six small, concave, membranous, trun- 
cated petals. The fruit is an oblong capsule, divided into three cells, and containing numerous 
oval seeds* 
This is an indigenous plant, growing throughout the United States, in low, wet, swampy 
places, and along the sides of ditches and streams, and flowering in May and June. It is also 
a native of Europe and Western Asia; and a variety is found in India. The European plant 
differs slightly from the American. The leaves as well as the root have an aromatic odor; but 
the latter only is employed. It should be collected late in the autumn, or in the spring. After 
removal from the ground, the rhizomes are washed, freed from their fibres, and dried with a 
moderate heat. By drying they lose nearly one-half their diameter, but are improved in odor 
and taste. 
Properties. The roots, as found in commerce, are “ in sections of various lengths, unpeeled, 
about 2 Cm. broad, subcylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled; on the upper surface marked with 
leaf-scars forming triangles, and on the lower surface with the circular scars of the rootlets in 
wavy lines; externally reddish-brown, somewhat annulate from remnants of leaf-sheaths ; in- 
ternally whitish, of a spongy texture, breaking with a short, corky fracture, showing numerous 
oil-cells and scattered wood-bundles, the latter crowded within the subcircular endoderm. It 
has an aromatic odor, and a strongly bitter taste.” U. S. Their texture is light and spongy, 
their color internally whitish or yellowish white, and their fracture short and rough. A variety 
imported from Germany consists exclusively of the interior portion of the root. The pieces 
are usually long, slender, irregularly quadrangular, and of a grayish-white color. 
The odor of calamus is strong and fragrant; its taste warm, bitterish, pungent, and aromatic. 
Its active principles are taken up by boiling water. From 100 parts of the fresh root of the 
European plant, Trommsdorff obtained 0-1 of volatile oil, 2-3 of soft resin, 3-3 of extractive 
with a little potassium chloride, 5-5 of gum with some potassium phosphate, 1-6 of starch 
analogous to inulin, 21-5 of lignin, and 65-7 of water. Sixteen ounces of the dried root afforded 
to Neumann about two scruples of volatile oil. The oil is at first yellow, but ultimately becomes 
red, and has the smell and taste of calamus. Kurbatow (Annal. d. Chemie, vol. 173, p. 4) 
examined oil of calamus, and found that the portion boiling below 170° C. (338° F.) yielded 
after treatment with sodium a terpene, C1OII10, having sp. gr. -8793 at 0° C. (32° F.), and 
having a boiling point of 158° C. (316-4° F.). According to Schimmel’s Report (April, 1895), 
all oils of calamus having a lower rotary power than -f- 10° and those which do not yield 
clear solutions with any proportion of 90 per cent, alcohol should be rejected. The extractive 
matter has an acrid and sweetish taste. H. Thomas obtained from calamus rhizomes a bitter 
principle, which he named acorin, in the form of a clear, thick, yellow liquid, having a neutral 
reaction, aromatic odor, and bitter, aromatic taste. It is a glucoside, having the formula 
C36HeoOe, splitting into oil of calamus and sugar; insoluble in water, but readily soluble in 
absolute alcohol, methylic alcohol, and chloroform. By oxidation acoretin, a neutral resin, is 
* Japanese Calamus. A root not to be distinguished from European calamus root has entered commerce from 
Japan. It yields five per cent, of a highly aromatic essential oil, having a specific gravity of 0-991 at 16° C.; one 
part dissolving in 500 parts of fifty per cent, spirit. It boils at 210° to 290° C., yielding at the lower temperature 
an oil with a characteristic calamus odor, and at the higher temperature one with a peculiar sesquiterpene odor. PART I. 
Calamus.—Calcii Bromidum. 
287 
formed, and from the extract remaining after the acorin is removed Thomas obtained an 
alkaloid which he named calamine; this is crystalline, insoluble in water and ether, but solu- 
ble in alcohol, chloroform, and acetone. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1886, 465 ; P. J. Tr., 1886,1085.) 
Calamus is sometimes attacked by worms, and deteriorates by keeping. The India variety is 
more slender than the European, and has a stronger and more pleasant flavor. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Calamus is a feeble aromatic, which may be used with 
advantage in pain or uneasiness of the stomach or bowels arising from flatulence, and as an 
adjuvant to tonic or purgative medicines. It was probably known to the ancients, and is sup- 
posed to have been the axopov of the Greeks; but the calamus aromaticus of Dioscorides was 
a different product, having been derived, according to Dr. Royle, from a species of Andropogon. 
The medicine is at present not much used. The dose in substance is from a scruple to a drachm 
(1-3—3-9 Gm.). An infusion, made in the proportion of an ounce of the root to a pint of 
boiling water, is sometimes given in the dose of a wineglassful (60 C.c.) or more. (See Ex- 
traction Calami Fluidum.') 
CALCIUM. Calcium. 
Ca; 39.91. (CiL'CI-UM.) Ca; 40. 
This is the metal characteristic of lime, and, consequently, of all calcareous substances. It 
was obtained by Dr. Matthiessen, in 1855, in masses of the size of a pea, by the electrolysis 
of calcium chloride with a Bunsen battery. It is a pale yellow metal, remarkably glittering 
when freshly filed. Its fracture is jagged, becoming granular. It is malleable and very 
ductile. In a dry air it remains unaltered, but it soon tarnishes in a moist one. It melts at 
a red heat, and afterwards burns with splendor, forming lime, or calcium oxide. (Chem. Gaz., 
June 15, 1855.) 
Calcium is a very abundant element in nature, existing in the mineral kingdom chiefly as a 
carbonate, in the form of limestone, marble, chalk, and calcareous spar; and as a phosphate 
and carbonate in the bones and shells of animals. 
CALCII BROMIDUM. U. S. Calcium Bromide. 
CaBrq 199*43. (CXL'CI-I BRO'MI-DUM.) CaBr2; 199-6. 
Calcium Bromatum, Bromure de Calcium, Bromure de Chaux, Fr.; Brom Calcium,"6*. 
“ Calcium Bromide should be preserved in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. It is prepared by 
M. Boedecker by first forming a sulphur bromide, by the addition of 20 parts of the flowers 
of sulphur to 240 parts of bromine; this is added to a milk of lime containing 140 parts of 
fresh lime. Calcium bromide and sulphate are formed and are readily separated. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., viii. 463.) Mr. Jas. R. Mercein puts five ounces of bromine and two and a 
half pints of water in a half-gallon specie jar, passes a stream of hydrogen sulphide through 
the bromine until it is all taken up, filters, drives off excess of hydrogen sulphide by heat, distils 
the solution of hydrobromic acid thus obtained until four-fifths have passed over, saturates 
this with excess of precipitated calcium carbonate, filters, and evaporates. (A. J. P., xliv. 100.) 
Mr. Macdonald (ibid., 1873) employs the following method. Dissolve 4 ounces of ammonium 
bromide in a pint of water. Put into a flask and bring to the boiling point. Keep boiling, and 
add milk of lime (made from pure calcined lime) in small quantities, until ammoniacal vapors 
cease to be evolved. The operator can easily tell when this point has been reached, by the 
sense of smell. Filter the solution, evaporate to a syrupy consistency, remove from the fire, 
and stir until cold. Tasilly prepares calcium oxybromide by adding three parts of calcium oxide 
in small portions to a solution of one hundred parts of calcium bromide in seventy-five parts 
of hot water; acicular crystals of calcium oxybromide, CaBr23CaO,16H20, are deposited on 
cooling the filtered solution. 
Properties. “ A white, granular salt, odorless, of a sharp, saline taste, and very deliques- 
cent. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0 7 part of water, and in 1 part of alcohol; much more 
soluble at a boiling temperature. At 680° C. (1256° F.) the salt fuses, and at a higher tem- 
perature it is partly decomposed, with loss of bromine. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. 
The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt yields, with ammonium oxalate test-solution, a white 
precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in hydrochloric acid. If to 5 C.c. of the aque- 
ous solution a few drops of chloroform he added and then 1 C.c. of chlorine water, bromine 
will be liberated, and, on agitating the mixture, will dissolve in the chloroform with a yellow 
or brownish-yellow color.” U S. 
Tests. “If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, it should form a clear, 288 
Calcii Bromidum.—Calcii Carbonas Praecipitatus. 
PART I. 
colorless solution, leaving no residue (absence of insoluble impurities). If to 5 C.c. of this 
aqueous solution, slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, an equal volume of hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution be added, neither coloration nor turbidity should be perceptible (absence of 
arsenic, lead, etc.). The addition of ammonium sulphide test-solution to the aqueous solution 
should not produce any color or turbidity (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). If 5 C.c. of the 
aqueous solution (1 in 20), slightly acidulated with acetic acid, be completely precipitated with 
ammonium oxalate test-solution, the filtrate should, on evaporation, leave not more than a trace 
of fixed residue (limit of magnesium and alkalies). If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon 
the salt, the latter should not at once assume a yellow color (absence of bromate). If to 5 C.c. 
of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) a few drops of starch test-solution be added, and then chlo- 
rine water, drop by drop, no blue color should appear (absence of iodide). No turbidity should 
be produced, if 0-2 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution be added to 5 C.c. of the aqueous so- 
lution (absence of sulphate). If 1 Gm. of the salt be mixed with 0-5 Gm. of iron filings and 
0-5 Gm. of powdered zinc, and heated in a test-tube with 5 C.c. of sodium hydrate test-solu- 
tion, no ammoniacal vapors should be evolved (absence of nitrate or nitrite). If 0‘25 Gm. of 
the well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water and 2 drops of potassium chromate test- 
solution added, it should require 25 C.c. of silver, nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to pro- 
duce a permanent red color (corresponding to 99-7 per cent, of the pure salt, a greater amount 
indicating presence of chloride, a smaller amount other impurities).” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Calcium bromide was proposed by Dr. Hammond, in 
1871, as a substitute for the corresponding salt of potash. It has failed to gain much sup- 
port from the medical profession, but is sometimes employed as an adjuvant in epilepsy and 
hysteria. Its action upon the lower animals has been partially investigated by Guttmann 
(.Phila. Med. Times, iv. 361), who finds that it is a sedative to the nerve-centres, but lacks the 
depressant cardiac action of potassium bromide. Dose, from fifteen to thirty grains (0-97—1.95 
Gm.). 
CALCII CARBONAS PRiECIPITATUS. U.S., Br. Precipitated Calcium 
Carbonate. Precipitated Chalk. 
CaCOs; 99*76. (cAl'CI-I CAR'BO-NXs Ca CO3; 100. 
“ The precipitate, CaC03, obtained by the interaction of calcium chloride and sodium car- 
bonate.” Br. 
Calcaria Carbonica Praecipitata, P.G.; Carbonas Calcicus Praecipitatus, Creta Praecipitata; Carbonate de Chaux 
pr6cipit6, Craie precipitee, F>\; Pracipitirter kohlensauer Kalk, G. 
A formula for this preparation is found in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870.* 
The processes do not essentially differ. In each a mutual interchange of principles takes 
place, resulting in the production of sodium chloride which remains in solution, and calcium 
carbonate which is deposited, CaCl2 -f- Na2C03 = CaC03 -f- 2NaCl. Any peculiar advantage of 
the preparation must depend on the minute division of its particles. According to Dr. Bridges, 
this effect is best obtained by employing the solutions at the boiling temperature, a precaution 
which is observed in most processes now. (A. J. P., xvi. 163.) When properly made, it is “ a 
fine, white powder, without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Nearly insoluble in water ; 
the solubility is increased by the presence of ammonium salts, and especially by carbonic acid ; 
alkaline hydrates diminish it. Insoluble in alcohol. In diluted acetic, hydrochloric, or nitric 
acid, it is completely soluble, with effervescence. When heated to redness with access of air, 
the salt loses carbon dioxide, and a residue of calcium oxide remains. For applying tests 
of identity and of purity, boil 6 Gm. of Calcium Carbonate with a mixture of 50 C.c. of di- 
luted acetic acid and 50 C.c. of water, allow the liquid to cool, and filter. In this solution, 
ammonium oxalate test-solution produces a white precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but solu- 
ble in hydrochloric acid. If from 20 C.c. of this solution the calcium be completely precipi- 
tated by a slight excess of ammonium oxalate test-solution, the filtrate should, on evaporation, 
leave only a trace of fixed residue (limit of magnesium and alkalies). If 10 C.c. of the solu- 
tion be slightly acidulated with acetic acid, no immediate turbidity should be produced by the 
addition of 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If to 10 C.c. of the 
* “Take of Solution of Chloride of Calcium five, pints and a half; Carbonate of Sodium seventy-two troyounces; 
Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in six pints of Distilled Water. Heat this 
solution and the Solution of Chloride of Calcium, separately, to the boiling point, and mix them. After the precipi- 
tate has subsided, separate it from the supernatant liquid by decantation, and wash it with boiling Distilled Water 
until the washings cease to be affected by a solution of nitrate of silver. Lastly, dry the precipitate on bibulous 
paper." 17. & 1870. 289 
PART I. 
Calcii Carbonas Prsecipitatus.—Calcii Chloridum. 
solution, slightly acidulated with nitric acid, 0-1 C.c. of silver nitrate volumetric solution be 
added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the filtrate should remain perfectly 
clear upon addition of more silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). Addition of 
ammonia water should not produce any turbidity in the solution (absence of iron, aluminum, 
phosphate, etc.). If to the solution, slightly acidulated with acetic acid, an equal volume of 
hydrogen sulphide test-solution be added, neither color nor turbidity should be produced (ab- 
sence of arsenic, lead, etc.). If 1 Gm. of the salt be agitated with 50 C.c. of water, the filtrate 
should not show an alkaline reaction with litmus paper, and, on evaporation, should not leave 
more than a trace of residue (limit of soluble impurities)." U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. For ordinary use, it probably has no such superiority 
over prepared chalk as to counterbalance its greater expensiveness, but it is preferred by some 
in the preparation of tooth-powders. Dose, from 10 to 40 grains (0-65-2-6 Gm.) or more. 
CALCII CHLORIDUM. U. S., Br. Calcium Chloride. 
CaCI2; 110*65. (CAL'CI-i CHLO'BI-DUM.) Ca Cl2; 110-8. 
“ Calcium Chloride, rendered anhydrous by .fusion at the lowest possible temperature. It 
should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ The salt, CaCl2,2H20, formed by neutral- 
izing hydrochloric acid with calcium carbonate, carefully desiccated at a temperature not 
exceeding 392° F. (200° C.).” Br. 
Calcaria Muriatica, Chloridum Calcicum; Muriate of Lime, Hydrochlorate of Lime; Chlorure de Calcium, 
Hydrochlorate de Chaux, Fr.; Chlorcalcium, Salzsaures Kalk, G. 
Calcium chloride consists of chlorine united with calcium, the metallic radical of lime. It 
may he readily formed by saturating hydrochloric acid with chalk or marble, evaporating to 
dryness, and heating to redness. The hydrochloric acid, by reacting with the lime, forms cal- 
cium chloride and water, the latter of which is dissipated at a red heat, CaC03 -J- 2HC1 = 
CaCl2 -j- C02 -j- H20. The Br. Pharm. (1885), after neutralizing the acid with calcium car- 
bonate, adds a little solution of chlorinated lime and slaked lime, filters, evaporates till the 
chloride becomes solid, and, instead of igniting the residue, dries it at about 204-4° C. (400° 
F.). Its composition, according to the Br. Pharm., is CaCl2,2HaO. 
Properties. Calcium chloride is in “ white, slightly translucent, hard fragments, odorless, 
having a sharp, saline taste, and very deliquescent. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-5 parts 
of water, and in 8 parts of alcohol; in 1-5 parts of boiling alcohol, and very freely in boiling 
water; insoluble in ether. Below a red heat the salt fuses, and, on cooling, solidifies without 
change in composition ; but at a higher temperature, especially if kept in fusion for some time, 
a portion is decomposed and calcium oxide formed. When perfectly pure, the salt dissolves 
in water without residue, and the solution is strictly neutral to litmus paper. When the salt 
is overheated in fusing, the solution has an alkaline reaction, and a small residue is left, which 
is soluble in hydrochloric acid. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) yields, with ammonium oxalate 
test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in hydrochloric acid. 
With silver nitrate test-solution it yields a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid. The 
aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain clear upon addition of ammonia water (absence of 
iron, aluminum, etc.), or of barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). If from 20 
C.c. of the solution the calcium be completely precipitated by ammonium oxalate test-solution, 
the filtrate should, on evaporation, leave not more than a trace of fixed residue (limit of mag- 
nesium and alkalies'). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, be 
mixed with an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, neither color nor turbidity 
should appear (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.). No turbidity should be produced by the addi- 
tion of 0-5 C.c. of potassium dichromate test-solution to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (ab- 
sence of barium)." U. S. “ In dry, white, very deliquescent masses, soluble in an equal 
weight of water and in 3 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords the reactions characteristic 
of calcium and of chlorides. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for iron, 
aluminium, or carbonates, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for magnesium. It 
evolves no chlorine or hypochlorous acid on the addition of hydrochloric acid (absence of 
hypochlorite).” Br. On account of its avidity for water, the fused salt is used for drying 
gases. The crystallized salt is also very deliquescent, and has the form of colorless, trans- 
parent, striated, six-sided prisms. The crystals, on exposure to heat, first dissolve in their 
water of crystallization, and, after this has evaporated, undergo igneous fusion. With ice or 
snow they form a powerful frigorific mixture. Calcium chloride exists in the water of the 
ocean and of many springs. It is usually associated with common salt and magnesium chlo- 290 
Calcii Hydras.—Calcii Hypophosphis. 
PART I. 
ride, from which it is separated with difficulty. When crystallized it contains six molecules 
of water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. According to A. E. Wright (Brit. Med. Journ., 1891), 
calcium chloride when given internally increases the coagulability of the blood, and is probably 
a useful remedy in hsemophilia. Good results have been also claimed from it in urticaria, in 
arthritis, and in rachitis. According to Stefani (Archiv. Ital. de Biolog., xxii., 1894), it has 
the property of conserving and re-establishing nervous excitability, and should be useful in 
conditions of mental depression. It may be given in doses of five grains (0-32 Gm.) three 
times a day, increasing if necessary to twenty grains (1-3 Gm.), in dilute solution.* 
CALCII HYDRAS. Br. Calcium Hydroxide. Slaked Lime. 
(cXl'ci-I hy'drXs.) 
“ Calcium Hydroxide, Ca(HO)a, recently prepared by the interaction of water and calcium 
oxide.” Br. 
Calcis Hydras; Hydrate of Lime. 
The British Pharmacopoeia no longer gives a detailed process for slaked lime. The process 
of the Br. Pharm. (1885) is as follows: “Take of Lime two pounds [avoirdupois]; Distilled 
Water one pint [Imperial measure]. Place the Lime in a metal pot, pour the water upon it, 
and when vapor ceases to be disengaged cover the pot with its lid and set it aside to cool. 
When the temperature has fallen to that of the atmosphere, put the slaked lime on an iron- 
wire sieve, and by gentle agitation cause the fine powder to pass through the sieve, rejecting 
what is left. Put the powder into a well-stoppered bottle, and keep it excluded as much 
as possible from the air. Slaked lime should be recently prepared.” Calcium hydroxide 
“affords the reactions characteristic of calcium. Strongly heated it loses nearly one-fourth of 
its weight of water. It should yield only the slightest characteristic reactions with the tests 
for iron, aluminium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, carbonates, chlorides, phosphates, sul- 
phates, or silica.” Br. 
For an account of the physical and medical properties of slaked lime, see Calx. 
CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS. U. S., Br. Calcium Hypophosphite. 
Ca (PH2 02)2? 169*67. (ClL'Cl-i hy-po-phOs'phis.) Ca H* (P02)2; 1T0. 
Calcis Hypophosphis; Hypophosphite of Lime; Calcaria Hypophosphorosa, Hypophosphis Calcicus; Hypophos- 
phite de Chaux, Fr.; Unterphosphorigsaurer Kalk, G. 
“ Calcium Hypophosphite, Ca(PH202)2, is obtained by the interaction of phosphorus, cal- 
cium hydroxide, and water.” Br. 
Attention has been called to the hypophosphites as a class of salts, in consequence of their 
recommendation by Dr. Churchill, of Paris, in the treatment of phthisis, in which they are 
thought to be useful by furnishing phosphorus to the tissues. One of the first papers on their 
mode of preparation and qualities was communicated by Prof. Procter. (See A. J. P, xxx. 118.) 
Hypophosphorous acid consists of one atom of phosphorus, two of oxygen, and three of 
hydrogen, of which latter, however, only one is replaceable by metal. It is, therefore, a mono- 
basic acid. It has a strong affinity for oxygen, and acts as a powerful deoxidizing or reducing 
agent, which property it is supposed to owe to the presence of the unreplaceable hydrogen 
atoms, sometimes termed “ aldeliydic” hydrogen. When heated, it is resolved into hydrogen 
phosphide and phosphoric acid. Its salts are generally soluble in water and deliquescent, and 
many of them are soluble in alcohol. They are converted into phosphates by heat, with the 
escape of hydrogen phosphide; and some of them are explosive. 
Calcium, hypophosphite has attracted most attention, and would meet the views of those who 
wish to supply calcium phosphate to the system, as the hypophosphorous acid is converted into 
the phosphoric by its deoxidizing power. To prepare it Prof. Procter gave the following 
formula. Slake 4 pounds (avoirdupois) of lime with a gallon of water, add it, in a deep boiler, 
to 4 gallons of boiling water, and mix thoroughly. To the mixture add a pound (av.) of 
phosphorus, and continue the boiling, adding hot water from time to time to keep up the 
measure, until the combination is complete, and phosphuretted hydrogen is no longer evolved. 
It is necessary that provision should be made for the escape of the gas, which takes fire spon- 
taneously in contact with the air. There are formed in the liquid calcium phosphate and 
hypophosphite, the phosphorus having become oxidized at the expense of the water, the 
* Liquor Calcii Cliloridi was official in U. S. Pharm. 1870. A convenient method of making this preparation 
is to dissolve 228 grains of fused calcium chloride in l fluidounce of distilled water, and filter if necessary. Calcii Hypophosphis. 
PART 1. 
291 
hydrogen of which has escaped in combination with another portion of phosphorus, which is 
therefore lost. The liquid is filtered to separate the insoluble phosphate and residuary lime, 
then concentrated, and refiltered to separate the calcium carbonate formed by the action of the 
air on a little lime held in solution, and lastly evaporated till a pellicle appears; after which the 
salt may be allowed to crystallize by setting the liquid aside, or may be obtained in the granular 
form by continuing the heat, and stirring. The salt should be introduced into bottles. The 
British Pharmacopoeia has practically adopted this process, but any uncombined lime remaining 
in the solution is separated by passing carbonic acid gas through it. 
Calcium hypophosphite is in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or small, lustrous scales, 
or a white, crystalline powder, odorless, having a nauseous, bitter taste, and permanent in the 
air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 6-8 parts of water, and in 6 parts of boiling water; insol- 
uble in alcohol. When heated in a test-tube, the salt decrepitates, and above 300° C. (572° F.) 
it begins to decompose, giving off- water, and emitting inflammable gases (hydrogen and hydro- 
gen phosphide), and leaving a residue of calcium pyrophosphate and metaphosphate, with some 
red phosphorus. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is neutral to litmus paper, and yields, with 
ammonium oxalate test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in 
hydrochloric acid. The aqueous solution, slightly acidulated with sulphuric acid, yields, with 
silver nitrate test-solution, a precipitate which is white at first, but rapidly turns brown and 
black by separation of metallic silver. With copper sulphate test-solution, on gentle heating, 
a reddish-brown precipitate of copper hydride is formed. When the aqueous solution is added, 
drop by drop, to mercuric chloride test-solution, at first a white precipitate of mercurous chlo- 
ride is formed, which, as soon as the hypophosphite solution is added in excess, turns gray from 
reduction to metallic mercury. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, no insol- 
uble residue should be left (absence of phosphate, sulphate, and other insoluble impurities'). In 
this solution no precipitate should be produced by the addition of lead acetate test-solution 
(absence of soluble phosphate) ; nor, after acidulating with hydrochloric acid, by barium chlo- 
ride test-solution (absence of soluble sulphate) ; nor by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide 
test-solution (absence of arsenic, etc.). On adding to 5 C.c. of the solution (1 in 20) 1 C.c., 
each, of ammonium chloride test-solution and ammonia water, and 3 C.c. of ammonium car- 
bonate test-solution, applying a gentle heat for a few minutes, and then filtering, not more than 
a very slight turbidity should be produced upon adding to the filtrate a few drops of sodium 
phosphate test-solution (limit of magnesium). If 0-1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. 
of water, then mixed with 10 C.c. of sulphuric acid and 50 C.c. of potassium permanganate 
decinormal volumetric solution, and the mixture boiled for fifteen minutes, it should require 
not more than 3 C.c. of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the red color 
(corresponding to at least 99-G8 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. “Soluble in 8 parts of 
cold water; insoluble in cold alcohol (90 per cent.). Heated to redness the crystals ignite, 
evolving spontaneously inflammable hydrogen phosphide and hydrogen, and leave a reddish- 
colored residue. It affords the reactions characteristic of calcium. Its aqueous solution 
yields with test-solution of mercuric chloride a white precipitate turning gray. 0-25 gramme 
boiled for ten minutes with a solution of 06 gramme of potassium permanganate should yield, 
on filtration, a nearly colorless solution. The salt should yield no characteristic reaction with 
the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, aluminium, magnesium, sodium, or potassium, and 
only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides or sulphates. It should afford little or 
no precipitate with solution of lead acetate (limit of phosphates and phosphites).” Br. The 
solubility of calcium hypophosphite is increased by the addition of hypophosphorous acid. 
For a method of purifying alkaline hypophosphites, see Journ. de Pharm. d' Anvers, 1879, 57 ; 
N. R., 1879, 142. 
As the soluble salts of mercury, copper, and silver are reduced by the hypophosphites, they 
are of course incompatible with it in prescriptions. With calcium hypophosphite all the solu- 
ble sulphates and carbonates produce precipitates. As the hypophosphites are insoluble in 
cod-liver oil, they should be dissolved in syrup before being added to the oil. (See Syrupus 
Calcii Hypophosphitis.) W. A. H. Naylor considers the presence of sulphites in commercial 
hypophosphites to be the source of the disagreeable odor of sulphuretted hydrogen sometimes 
found in the compound syrup of hypophosphites. (P. J. Tr., 1895, 144.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Calcium hypophosphite has been with the other hypo- 
phosphites strongly recommended in chronic phthisis, and is still much used ; but the weight 
of testimony appears to be opposed to the first favorable impressions ; and, though some cases 
may have seemed to be benefited, yet great care must be taken not to allow a reliance on the 292 
Calcii Phosphas Prsecipitatus. 
PART I. 
hypophosphites to interfere with the use of remedies known to be efficient, as cod-liver oil, and 
supporting measures generally. The remedy has also been highly recommended in scrofulous 
diseases and in cases of defective nutrition of the nerve-centres ; but in most of these latter 
cases some direct preparation of phosphorus is probably superior, as it is not proved and not 
probable that the hypophosphites can yield up their phosphorus to the nerve-centres. Dose, 
from ten to thirty grains (065—1-95 Gm.), three times a day. (See Syrupus Hypophosphitum.) 
CALCII PHOSPHAS PR.ECIPITATUS. U. S. (Br.) Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate. 
Caj (POi)j; 309*33. (CXL'CI-I PHOS'PHXs Ca3(P04)2; 310. 
“ Calcium Phosphate may be prepared by dissolving bone ash in dilute hydrochloric acid, 
adding the liquid to dilute solution of ammonia, washing the precipitate with cold water, and 
drying the washed precipitate at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.); or by the 
interaction of calcium chloride and sodium phosphate.” Br. 
Caloii Phosphas, Dr., Calcis Phosphas (1885), Calcium Phosphate; Phosphate of Calcium; Calcaria Phos- 
phorica, P. G.; Phosphas Calcicus Prmcipitatus; Precipitated Phosphate of Lime; Phosphate de Chaux hydrate, 
Fr.; Phosphorsaure Kalkerde, G. 
A formula for this preparation was given in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870.* It has 
been very properly retained in the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias. There is, however, no 
necessity of retaining the word “ prascipitatus” in the U. S. title, as it is never seen in com- 
merce except as a precipitate. One of its more recent uses is to replace magnesium carbonate 
and absorbent cotton in the process for medicated waters. 
The hydrochloric acid dissolves the calcium phosphate of the bones, and lets it fall, on the, 
addition of ammonia, in a state of minute division. The ablution is intended to free it from 
adhering ammonium chloride. The salt thus obtained is, for the sake of distinction, called 
bone calcium phosphate. It is “ a light, white, amorphous powder, odorless and tasteless, and 
permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in cold water; partly decomposed by boiling water, 
which dissolves out an acid salt; almost insoluble in acetic acid, except when freshly pre- 
cipitated ; easily soluble in hydrochloric or nitric acid; insoluble in alcohol. At an intense, 
white heat the salt fuses without decomposition. When moistened with silver nitrate test- 
solution, a yellow color is assumed by the salt either before or after ignition (distinction from 
add caldum phosphate, which, after ignition, when moistened with silver nitrate, remains 
white). For applying tests of identity and purity, shake 2 Grin, of the salt with 20 C.c. of 
water and add nitric acid, drop by drop, until solution is effected; then add water to make the 
liquid measure 40 C.c. No effervescence should occur on adding the acid (absence of car- 
bonate). From a portion of this solution the salt is precipitated unchanged by a slight excess 
of ammonia water. From another portion ammonium molybdate test-solution precipitates 
yellow ammonium phosphomolybdate ; the reaction is accelerated by a gentle heat. If to 5 
C.c. of the solution, acidulated with nitric acid, 0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate test-solution be added, 
not more than a slight turbidity should result (limit of chloride). The clear solution should 
not be rendered turbid by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate) ; nor by potassium 
sulphate test-solution (barium) ; nor by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution 
(arsenic, lead, etc.) ; nor should it be colored blue by potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (iron). 
If 5 C.c. of the solution be mixed with 1 C.c. of sodium acetate test-solution, and then with 
ammonium oxalate test-solution, until the calcium is completely precipitated, the filtrate should 
not be rendered very turbid by adding ammonia water in slight excess (limit of magnesium).'' 
U. S. “Soluble in diluted hydrochloric acid or diluted nitric acid; such a solution continues 
clear when a dilute solution of sodium acetate is added in excess (absence of calcium oxalate). 
It affords the reactions characteristic of calcium and of phosphates. Of the recently dried 
powder, 1 gramme dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid yields, when added to a very slight 
excess of diluted solution of ammonia, a white precipitate weighing when washed with cold 
* “Take of Bone, calcined to whiteness, and in fine powder, four troy ounces ; Muriatic Acid eight troyounces ; 
Water of Ammonia twelve fluid ounces, or a sufficient quantity ; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Macerate the 
Bone in the Acid, diluted with a pint of Distilled Water, until it is dissolved, and filter the solution. Add another 
Sint of Distilled Water, and then, gradually, Water of Ammonia, until the liquid acquires an alkaline reaction. 
lix the precipitate obtained, while yet in the state of magma, with twice its bulk of boiling Distilled Water, and 
pour the whole upon a strainer. Wash the precipitate with boiling Distilled Water until the washings cease to be 
affected by a solution of nitrate of silver, acidulated with nitric acid. Lastly, dry the precipitate with a gentle 
heat.” U. S. For description of an apparatus for preparing calcium phosphate on a large scale, see Journ. dc 
Phartn., Sept. 1, 1875, 193. PART I. 
Calcii Phosphas Prsecipitatus.—Calcii Sulphas Exsiccatus. 
293 
water and dried at 212° F. (100° C.) not less than 0-95 gramme. It should yield no charac- 
teristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, aluminium, magnesium, carbon- 
ates, or silica, and only the slightest reactions with those for chlorides.” Br. Joly and Sorel 
record ( Compt.-Rend., 1894, 738) the precipitation of tricalcium phosphate by adding crystals 
of hydrated bicalcium phosphate to boiling water; the acid liquid remaining contains mono- 
calcium phosphate. 
Medical Uses. In the form of burnt hartshorn, calcium phosphate formerly enjoyed a 
brief popularity in the treatment of rickets and mollities ossium, in which its use seemed to be 
indicated upon obvious chemical grounds. In 1851, Benecke suggested that, as it is essential 
in animals as well as plants to the formation of cells, it might be found useful in certain path- 
ological states of the system characterized by defective nutrition, such as the scrofulous affec- 
tions, and from that time its use has gradually become more frequent, and, in connection with 
other phosphates, as those of iron, sodium, and potassium, it has acquired no little reputation 
in different forms of scrofula, mollities ossium, rickets, and even chronic phthisis. It is also 
thought to have proved useful by hastening the union of fractured bones ; and M. Alphonse 
Milne-Edwards is said to have shown, by experiments upon dogs and rabbits, that in these ani- 
mals the callus in fractured bones forms more quickly under its use than without it. (Med. 
Times and Gaz., May, 1856, p. 489.) Though insoluble in water, it is probably in general dis- 
solved by the gastric liquids, in consequence of the acid present in them ; but it is best admin- 
istered in acid solution, and is at present very extensively used dissolved in lactic acid and 
emulsified with cod-liver oil. The dose is from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.). (See 
Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis ; also Pulvis Antimonialis.') 
CALCII SULPHAS EXSICCATUS. U. S. Dried Calcium Sulphate. 
[Dried Gypsum. Plaster of Paris.] 
(cXl'ci-I sul'phXs £x-sic-ca'tus.) 
“ A powder containing about 95 per cent., by weight, of Calcium Sulphate [CaS04 = 135-73], 
and about 5 per cent, of Water; prepared from the purer varieties of Native Gypsum [CaS04 
-f-2HaO = 171-65], by carefully heating until about three-fourths of the water has been 
expelled. Dried Calcium Sulphate should be kept in well-closed vessels, carefully protected 
from moisture.” U. S. 
Sulphate of Calcium; Calcis Sulphas; Sulphate of Lime; Gypsum. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) dismissed calcium sulphate (dried), hut inserted calcium 
sulphate in the articles employed in chemical testing in the Appendix. The native sulphate 
is best known as gypsum, and in its massive variety as alabaster. Gypsum is an abun- 
dant natural product, the quantity mined in the United- States in 1896 having been 195,553 
short tons, valued at $583,136; and in 1897, 223,061 short tons, valued at $711,952. It 
is officially described “ as a fine white powder, without odor or taste. From moist air it 
attracts water, becomes granular, and then loses the property of hardening with water. When 
mixed with half of its weight of water, Dried Calcium Sulphate forms a smooth, cohesive 
paste, which rapidly hardens. It is soluble in about 410 parts of water, at 15° C. (59° F.) ; 
in 388 parts, at 38° C. (100-4° F.) ; and in 476 parts, at 100° C. (212° F.). In alcohol it is 
insoluble. It readily dissolves in diluted nitric or hydrochloric acid, also in saturated solutions 
of potassium nitrate, sodium hyposulphite, and of various ammonium salts. When heated 
above 204° C. (399-2° F.), Dried Calcium Sulphate becomes anhydrous and loses the property 
of forming a paste with water and hardening rapidly. Its saturated solution in water should 
be neutral to litmus ]5aper. It forms white precipitates with barium chloride test-solution, 
with ammonium oxalate test-solution, and with alcohol. No effervescence should occur on the 
addition of diluted acids to Dried Calcium Sulphate (absence of carbonate')." U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Gypsum is used by surgeons for mechanical purposes, 
and not at all in internal medicine. It is so slightly soluble in water that it may be considered 
for ordinary purposes insoluble. The solubility of the crystallized sulphate with 2 molecules 
of water (native gypsum) is, according to Curtman, at 15° C., 1 to 390 ; at 38° C., 1 to 368; 
and at 100° C., 1 to 451. The fact has been well established that its solubility varies with 
the temperature, but, like that of sodium sulphate, very unequally. Thus, according to M. 
Poggiale, it is greatest at 35° C. (95° F.), and above or below that temperature gradually 
diminishes, so that at 100° C. (212° F.), or the boiling point of water, it is very nearly the 
same as at 5° C. (41° F.), not far from the freezing point. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., v. 86.) 294 
Calcii Sulphas Kxsiccaius.—Calendula. 
PART I. 
The other point is that, when deprived of its water by heat, and reduced to the state of a white 
powder, it rapidly absorbs water added to it, and, from the state of semi-liquid paste into which 
it is brought with that fluid, hardens without great change of bulk. It is this property 
which fits plaster of Paris so well for all kinds of moulding; and to this also it owes its pecu- 
liar adaptability to the purpose of a splint. To prepare it for use, the gypsum must first be 
deprived of the greater part of its water by exposure to a heat of 100° C. (212° F.), or from 
that to 121-1° C. (250° F.). It loses both its molecules of water of crystallization at a 
temperature of about 170° C. (338° F.), and is then known as burnt gypsum. If heated 
above 204° C. (399-2° F.) it becomes dead-burnt, and does not take up water readily and 
does not harden. When dehydrated, it is reduced to fine powder, and kept in air-tight ves- 
sels for use. As thus prepared, if mixed with two parts of water, it forms a semi-liquid 
cream-like mass, which becomes solid and hard in fifteen or twenty minutes, the temperature 
rising during the process, as in the slaking of lime. The hydrated gypsum expands in solidi- 
fying, hence its advantages in preparing casts,—the expansion causes it to fill accurately all 
interstices. According to Mr. T. E. Stark, a medical officer in the British army, flannel is the 
best material for bandages to be used with gypsum. It should be cut into strips an inch and 
a half broad and two or three yards long, which should first be spread on a table and rubbed 
well with the powdered gypsum on both sides, and always in the direction of the thread. 
The bandages should then be rolled up loosely, and kept for use in air-tight cases. Thus 
applied, the bandages, first thoroughly wetted, should be rolled round the limb, overlapping at 
the edges, so as to make a uniform covering. After application, it should be left to harden, 
which generally happens in fifteen or twenty minutes. A simpler method of using the gypsum 
for this purpose is, after the application of the bandages, to paint the whole thoroughly and 
carefully with the milk of gypsum, which will solidify, and enclose the part in a firm case. 
CALENDULA. U. S. Calendula. [Marigold.] 
(CA-LEN'DU-LA.) 
“ The florets of Calendula officinalis, Linne (nat. ord. Composite).” U. S. 
Fleurs de Tous les mois, Souci, Fr.; Ringelblume, G. 
Gen. Ch. Flower-head heterogamous, rayed, with the female flowers of the ray fertile, in 
one or two rows, the hermaphrodite of the disk sterile. Involucre broad, with linear, acumi- 
nate, subequal, often scarious bracts in one or two rows. Receptacle flat, naked. Corolla of 
female flowers ligulate, with the lamina entire or three-dentate. Hermaphrodite flowers, regu- 
lar, tubular, with an enlarged limb shortly five-cut at the apex. Anthers sagittate, with the 
auricles setaceous-mucronate or caudate. Style of the hermaphrodite flower undivided. Ache- 
nia hare; those of the ray incurved, 2-3-serrate, heteromorphous usually upon the back, or 
everywhere muricate; the outer often elongate, linear, sometimes empty; the intermediate 
broader, often alate; the interior shorter, more incurved; those of the disk thin, smooth, 
empty. (Bentham and Hooker, Genera Plantarum, ii. 454.) 
Calendula officinalis. L. The common marigold of the gardens is too well known to need 
description, other than that of the Pharmacopoeia. 
Properties. “ Florets about 12 Mm. long, linear and strap-shaped, delicately veined in a 
longitudinal direction, yellow or orange-colored, three-toothed above, the short hairy tube en- 
closing the remnants of a filiform style terminating in two elongated branches; odor slight 
and somewhat heavy; taste somewhat bitter and faintly saline.” TJ. S. The odor is much 
stronger in the fresh than in the dry herb, and on exposure to the sun the yellow color fades 
into whitish. Among its constituents is a peculiar principle, called calendulin, discovered by 
Geiger most abundantly in the flowers, and considered by Berzelius a£ analogous to bassorin, 
though soluble in alcohol. French or African Marigold, so called, is very frequently substi- 
tuted for the official drug. It is the Tagetes patula L. and T. erecta Lin., both of Mexico. 
The flowers are readily distinguished by the scales of the involucre being united to form a tube, 
and by the slender, flattish achenes being crowned with a few chaffy or awned scales. The 
broadly strap-shaped ray-florets are toothed, and of a light or deep orange color sometimes 
striped with red. 
Medical Properties and Uses. In the days of therapeutic darkness calendula was 
thought to be antispasmodic, sudorific, deobstruent, and emmenagogue, and was given in low 
forms of fever, scrofula, jaundice, amenorrhoea, etc. Both the leaves and the flowers were used; 
but the latter were preferred, and were usually administered in the recent state in the form of 
tea. An extract was also prepared, and employed in cancerous and other ulcers, sick stomach, PART I. 
Calumba. 
295 
etc. The tincture has been used to a considerable extent as an embrocation in sprains, bruises, 
etc., and probably is of as much value as simple alcohol. 
CALUMBA. U. S. (Br.) Calumba. [Columbo] 
(CA-LUM'BA.) 
u The root of Jateorhiza palmata (Lamarck), Miers (nat. ord. Menispermaceae).” U. S. 
“ The dried transversely cut slices of the root of Jateorhiza Columba, Miers.” Br. 
Calumbas Radix, Br., Calumba Root; Radix Colombo, P. G.; Radix Columbo'; Colomba, U. S. 1850 ; Colombo, 
Fr.: Columbowurzel, G.; Columba, It.; Raiz de Columbo, Sp.; Kalumbo, Port.; Calumb, Mozambique. 
The columbo plant was long but imperfectly known. Flowering specimens of a plant gath- 
ered by Commerson, about the year 1770, in the garden of M. Poivre in the Isle of France, 
and sent to Europe with that botanist’s collection, were examined by Lamarck, and described 
under the name of Menispermum palmatum. But its original locality was unknown, and it 
was only conjectured to be the source of columbo. In the year 1805, M. Forten, while engaged 
in purchasing the drug in Mozambique, obtained possession of a living offset of the root, which, 
being taken to Madras and planted in the garden of Dr. Anderson, produced a male plant, 
which was figured and described by Dr. Berry. From the drawing thus made, the plant was 
referred to the natural family of the Menispermaceae; but, as the female flowers were want- 
ing, some difficulty was experienced in fixing its precise botanical position. De Candolle, who 
probably had the opportunity of examining Commerson’s specimens, gave its generic and spe- 
cific character, but confessed that he was not acquainted with the structure of the female 
flower and fruit. This desideratum, however, was supplied by ample drawings sent to Eng- 
land by Mr. Telfair, of Mauritius, made from plants which were propagated from roots ob- 
tained by Captain Owen in 1825, while prosecuting his survey of the eastern coast of Africa, 
The plant was first placed in the genus Cocculus, which was separated by De Candolle from 
Menispermum. Subsequently, J. Miers established a new genus, which has been received by 
botanists, giving to it the name of Jateorhiza. Miers also separated his plant specifically from 
C. palmatus of De Candolle, describing it under the name of Jateorhiza columba. This species 
is now recognized by the Br. Pharmacopoeia, and was formerly also acknowledged by the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia. But the very careful researches of Mr. Hanbury (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., 
p. 23) led him to consider the specific differences as unimportant and inconstant, with which 
view the botanists of the U. S. 1890 revision coincided. The differences are that in J. palmata 
“ the lobes at the base of the leaf overlap, and the male inflorescence is nearly glabrous; while 
in J. columba the basal lobes are rounded, but do not overlap, and the male inflorescence is 
setose-hispid.” The plants are probably only varieties of one species, and it is almost certain 
that columbo is derived from each of them. 
Gen. Ch. Sepals 6, in two rows, somewhat unequal, thin. Petals 6, shorter than the sepals. 
Male flowers: Stamens 6, free, with the apex recurved-clavate. Anthers unilocular, with the 
apex extrorse, dehiscent by a transverse cleft. Female flowers: Carpels 3, with lacerate, reflex 
stigmata. Drupe ovoid, with a subterminal cicatrix of the style. Putamen somewhat concave 
in its inner face. Seed meniscoid ; albumen fleshy, ruminate ; embryo somewhat curved. 
Cotyledons laterally bivaricate.” (Bentham and Hooker, Genera Plantarum, i. 34.) 
“ The plants of this genus, natives of intertropical Africa, are all climbers, distinguished by 
a very peculiar habit, having very large deeply-lobed leaves, upon very long petioles, and clothed 
with long strigose hairs ; their inflorescence is in long slender racemes ; the fruit is a drupe con- 
taining a putamen covered with a dense hairy coating embedded in the fleshy mesoderm.” 
Cocculus palmatus. De Cand. Syst. Veg. i. 523; Woodv. Med. Bot., 3d ed., v. 21; Hooker, 
Curtis's Bot. Mag., Nos. 2970, 2971.—Jateorhiza palmata. Miers, Annals and Mag. of Nat. 
Hist., Feb. 1864, p. 183. B. & T. 13. This is a climbing plant, with a perennial root con- 
sisting of several fasciculated, fusiform, somewhat curved, and descending tubers, as thick as 
an infant’s arm. The stems, of which one or two proceed from the same root, are twining, 
simple in the male plant, branched in the female, round, hairy, and about as thick as the little 
finger. The leaves, which stand on rounded, glandular, hairy footstalks, are alternate, distant, 
cordate, with three, five, or seven entire, acuminate, wavy, somewhat hairy lobes, and as many 
nerves, each running into one of the lobes. The flowers are small and inconspicuous, and 
arranged in solitary axillary racemes, which in the male plant are compound, in the female 
simple, and in both shorter than the leaves. 
Jateorhiza columba. Miers. Br. Pharm.— Cocculus palmatus. Wallich, non De Cand.— 
Menispermum calumba. Boxb. Flor. Ind. This species is characterized by “ rounded, angularly 
striate, roughly pilose branches; broadly orbicular, sinuously lobed leaves, with rounded sinuses; 296 
Calumba. 
PART I. 
the lobes being 5 in number, broadly ovate, acute, mucronately acuminate ; the basal deeply 
divaricate and hence broadly cordate; 7 to 9 nerved, opaque above, on both sides furnished 
with short, adpressed, somewhat curved, reddish hairs, beneath, pale, strongly reticulate with 
prominent nerves and veins; the petiole somewhat slender, striate, tortuous, and roughly glan- 
dular ; the racemes axillary, solitary or many; the rachis greatly elongated, striate, bristly, 
with elongated, smooth, divaricate, almost capillary, subflexuous, few-flowered branches; the 
flowers sessile, and almost without bracts.” (Miers.) 
Both of these so-called species are natives of Mozambique, on the southeastern coast of 
Africa, where they grow wild in great abundance in the thick forests extending from the sea 
many miles into the interior. They are not cultivated. The root 
is dug up in March, when dry weather prevails. From the base 
of the root numerous fusiform offsets proceed, less fibrous and 
woody than the parent stock. These offsets are separated and 
cut into transverse slices, which are dried in the shade. The old 
root is rejected. 
Columbo is a staple export of the Portuguese from their do- 
minions in the southeast of Africa. It is taken to India, and 
thence distributed. It was formerly supposed to be a product 
of Ceylon, and to have derived its name from Colombo, a city of that island, from which it 
was thought to be exported. It is possible that, when the Portuguese were in possession of 
Ceylon, Colombo may have been the entrepot for the drug brought from Africa, and thus have 
given origin to its name. Some, however, consider a more probable derivation to be from the 
word calumb, which is said to be the Mozambique name for the root. 
Properties. “ In nearly circular disks, 3 to 6 Cm. in diameter, externally greenish-brown 
and wrinkled, internally yellowish or grayish-yellow, depressed in the centre, with a few inter- 
rupted circles of projecting wood-bundles, distinctly radiate in the outer portion; fracture 
short, mealy; odor slight; taste mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very bitter.” V. S. Along 
with the disks are sometimes a few cylindrical pieces an inch or two in length. The cortical 
portion is thick, of a bright yellow, slightly greenish color internally, but covered with a 
brownish, wrinkled epidermis. The interior or medullary portion, which is readily distinguish- 
able from the cortical, is light, spongy, yellowish, usually more or less shrunk, so that the pieces 
are thinnest in the centre; and is often marked with concentric circles and radiating lines. 
Those pieces are to be preferred which have the brightest color, are most compact and uniform, 
and least worm-eaten. “ The cork is brownish and wrinkled, the cortex thick, marked with 
radiating lines, and separated by a dark line from the wood, in which the vessels are arranged 
in narrow radially elongated groups. The parenchymatous tissue is largely developed, and 
contains numerous starch grains, mostly simple with eccentric hilum.” Br. The odor of 
columbo is slightly aromatic. The taste is very bitter, that of the cortical much more so than 
that of the central portion, which is somewhat mucilaginous. The root is easily pulverized. 
The powder is greenish, becoming browner with age, and deepening when moistened. As it 
attracts moisture from the air, and is apt to undergo decomposition, it should be prepared in 
small quantities. 
M. Blanche analyzed columbo in 1811, and found it to contain a nitrogenous substance, 
probably albumen, in large quantity, a bitter yellow substance not precipitated by metallic 
salts, and one-third of its weight of starch. He obtained also a small proportion of volatile 
oil, salts of lime and potassa, ferric oxide, and silica. Wittstock, of Berlin, afterwards isolated 
a principle, which he called columbin. This crystallizes in beautiful transparent quadrilateral 
prisms of the formula C21H2207, is without smell, and is extremely bitter. It is but very 
slightly soluble in water, more soluble in alcohol, ether,' or chloroform, and imparts to these 
fluids a strongly bitter taste. It is more soluble in boiling alcohol, which deposits it upon 
cooling. The best solvent is dilute acetic acid. It is taken up by alkaline solutions, from 
which it is precipitated by acids. It has neither acid nor alkaline properties, and its alcoholic 
and acetic solutions are not affected by the metallic salts, or by the infusion of galls. It is 
obtained by exhausting columbo by means of alcohol of the sp. gr. 0-835, distilling off three- 
quarters of the alcohol, allowing the residue to stand for some days till crystals are deposited, 
and lastly treating these crystals with alcohol and animal charcoal. The mother-waters still 
contain a considerable quantity of columbin, which may be separated by evaporating with 
coarsely-powdered glass to dryness, exhausting the residue with ether, distilling off the ether, 
treating the residue with boiling acetic acid, and evaporating the solution to crystallization. 
Magnified starch granules of co- 
lumbo root. PART 1. 
Calumba. 
297 
From the researches of Dr. Bodeeker it appears that another bitter principle exists in co- 
lumbo, which corresponds in composition and chemical relations with berbedne, the active 
principle of Berberis vulgaris, and is assumed to be identical with that substance. It was ob- 
tained by exhausting columbo with alcohol of 0-889, distilling off the alcohol, allowing the 
residual liquor to stand for three days so as to deposit the columbin, evaporating the super- 
natant liquid together with the aqueous washings of the columbin to dryness, exhausting the 
residue with boiling alcohol of 0-863, treating the solution thus obtained as the former one, 
submitting the residue to the action of the boiling water, filtering, and adding hydrochloric 
acid, collecting the precipitate thus formed on a filter, drying it with bibulous paper, and finally, 
in order to separate adhering acid, dissolving it in alcohol, and precipitating with ether. The 
result was an imperfectly crystalline, bright yellow powder, of a disagreeable, bitter taste, sup- 
posed to be berberine hydrochlorate. It is stated that berberine is present in columbo in much 
larger proportion than columbin, and, being freely soluble in hot water and alcohol, while co- 
lumbin is but slightly so, is probably more largely extracted in the ordinary liquid preparations 
of the root. (A. J. P., xx. 322.) A third constituent, columbic add, was also discovered by 
Bodeeker. It is yellow, amorphous, nearly insoluble in cold water, but dissolving in alcohol 
and in alkaline solutions. It tastes somewhat less bitter than columbin. Bodeeker surmises 
that it may exist in combination with the berberine, and has pointed out a connection between 
the three bitter principles of columbo. If we suppose a molecule of ammonia, NH3, to be 
added to two molecules of columbin, C21H2207, the complex molecule thus resulting will con- 
tain the elements of berberine, C20H17N04, columbic add, C22H2407, and water, 3HaO. (Phar- 
macographia, p. 25.) 
P. E. Alessandri isolated columbine, which he considers an alkaloid, by the following process. 
An infusion of columbo is made with a 3 per cent, solution of oxalic acid; the yellow bitter 
liquid is neutralized with ammonia and evaporated to one-third its bulk; it is, when cooled, 
treated with ether, separated, and the ethereal solution on evaporation yields pure white calum- 
bine. (L’ Orosi, v. 1 ; P. J. Tr., 1882, p. 995.) Alessandri obtains berberine from columbo by 
neutralizing a cold infusion, made with diluted oxalic acid (3 per cent.), with baryta; the pre- 
cipitate which is produced is separated. The liquid is heated, allowed to stand for twenty-four 
hours to allow the barium oxalate to deposit, filtered, and then a current of carbonic acid is 
passed through to remove baryta. It is then treated by shaking the ammoniacal liquid with 
ether as in Alessandri’s process for calumbine (see above), and, after the ethereal layer is sep- 
arated, the aqueous liquid is evaporated to dryness. Berberine is obtained from the extract 
by treating the latter with alcohol, the berberine being purified by washing with ether. Ca- 
lumbic acid may be obtained from the precipitate produced by the addition of baryta to the 
oxalic acid infusion. (L’ Orosi, v. 1; P. J. Tr., 1882, p. 995.) Bocchiola ( Year-Book of Phar- 
macy, 1891, p. 162) states that the older roots contain more of the active principles than the 
younger ones. He found that the inner and the outer portions of columbo also vary in their con- 
stituents ; thus, in the woody or inner part he found the following percentages : calumbine 1.90, 
berberine 0-72, ether extract 0-80, alcoholic extract 3-86, diluted alcoholic extract 17-80, ash 
6. In the cortical or outer part be found calumbine 1-42, berberine 1-43, ether extract 0-70, 
alcoholic extract 3-89, diluted alcoholic extract 17-96, ash 5. Hilger obtained from columbo 
columbin, columbic acid, and berberine in a pure condition. He assigns to columbin the 
formula C21H2407, and to columbic acid C31H2206. (Zeitschr. Oest. Apoth. Ver., 1896, No. 1, 
8-14.) 
There can be little doubt that both columbin and berberine contribute to the remedial effects 
of columbo. The virtues of the root are extracted by boiling water and by alcohol. Precipi- 
tates are produced with the infusion and tincture by infusion of galls, and by solutions of lead 
acetate and subacetate, but the bitterness is not affected. 
Adulterations. It is said that the root of white bryony, tinged yellow with the tincture 
of columbo, has sometimes been fraudulently substituted for the genuine root; but the adul- 
teration is too gross to deceive those acquainted with the characters of either of these drugs. 
American columbo, which is the root of Frasera waited, is said to have been sold in some 
parts of Europe for the genuine. Independently of the sensible differences between the two 
roots (see Frasera), M. Stolze, of Halle, states that, while the tincture of columbo remains 
unaffected by ferric sulphate or sesquichloride, and gives a dirty-gray precipitate with tinc- 
ture of galls, the tincture of frasera acquires a dark green color with the former reagent, and 
is not affected by the latter. (Duncan.) Under the name of columbo wood, or false columbo, 
the wood of Cosdnium fenestratum, a plant of the family of Menispermaceae, growing in Ceylon, 298 
Calumba.—Calx. 
PART I. 
has been imported into England and offered for sale in the drug market. (P. J. Tr., x. 321, 
xii. 185.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Columbo is among the most useful of the mild tonics. 
Without astringency, with very little stimulating power, and generally acceptable to the stomach, 
it answers admirably as a remedy in simple dyspepsia, and in the debility of convalescence, es- 
pecially when the alimentary canal is left enfeebled. Hence it is often prescribed in the de- 
clining stages of remittent fever, dysentery, diarrhoea, cholera morbus, and cholera infantum. 
The absence of irritating properties renders it also an appropriate tonic in the hectic fever of 
phthisis and kindred affections. It has been highly recommended in vomiting unconnected 
with inflammation of the stomach, as in the sickness of pregnant women. It is frequently 
administered in combination with other tonics, aromatics, mild cathartics, and antacids. A 
favorite remedy of Dr. Geo. B. Wood for the permanent cure of a disposition to the accumu- 
lation of flatus in the bowels was an infusion made with half an ounce of columbo, half an 
ounce of ginger, a drachm of senna, and a pint of boiling water, and given in the dose of a 
wineglassful three times a day. Columbo is much used by the natives of Mozambique in dys- 
entery and other diseases. {Berry.) It was first introduced to the notice of the profession in 
Europe by Frangois Redi, in the year 1685. It is most commonly prescribed in the state of 
infusion. (See Infusum Calumbse ; also Extractum Calumbse Fluidum, and Tinctura Calumbse.') 
The dose of the powder is from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.), and may be repeated 
three or four times a day. 
CALX. U. S., Br. Lime. 
CaO; 55*87. (CALX.) Ca, 0; 56. 
“ Lime prepared by burning white marble, oyster-shells, or the purest varieties of natural cal- 
cium carbonate. It should be kept in well-closed vessels, in a dry place.” U. S. “ Calcium 
oxide, CaO; obtained by calcining chalk, limestone, or marble.” Br. 
Calcaria Usta, P.O.; Calcaria, Calx Viva, Calx Usta, Oxydum Calcicum; Burned Lime; Quicklime; Chaux, 
Chaux vive, Fr.; Kalk, Gebrannter Kalk, G.; Calce, It.; Cal viva, Sp. 
Lime, which is ranked among the alkaline earths, is a very important pharmaceutical agent, 
and forms the principal ingredient in several standard preparations. It is a very abundant 
natural production. It is never found free, but mostly combined with acids; as with carbonic 
acid in chalk, marble, calcareous spar, limestone, and shells ; with sulphuric acid in the differ- 
ent kinds of gypsum ; with phosphoric acid in the bones of animals ; and with silica in a great 
variety of minerals. 
Preparation. Lime is prepared by calcining, by a strong heat, some form of the native 
carbonate. The carbonic acid is thus expelled, and the lime remains. When the lime is in- 
tended for nice chemical operations, it should be obtained from pure white marble or oyster- 
shells. For the purpose of the arts it is procured from common limestone, by calcining it in 
kilns of peculiar construction. When obtained in this way it is generally impure, being of a 
grayish color, and containing alumina, silica, ferric oxide, and occasionally a little magnesia and 
manganese oxide. 
The official lime of the United States and British Pharmacopoeias is the lime of commerce, 
and therefore impure. It may be obtained purer by exposing pure white marble, broken into 
small fragments, in a covered crucible, to a full red heat for three hours, or till the residuum, 
when slaked and suspended in water, no longer effervesces on the addition of hydrochloric acid. 
Properties. Lime is in “ hard, white, or grayish-white masses, which, in contact with air, 
gradually attract moisture and carbon dioxide, and fall to a white powder ; odorless ; of a sharp, 
caustic taste. Soluble in about 750 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in about 1300 parts 
of boiling water ; insoluble in alcohol. Soluble in diluted acetic, hydrochloric, or nitric acid. 
When sprinkled with about half its weight of water, lime becomes heated, and is gradually 
converted into a white powder (calcium hydrate or slaked lime). When this is mixed with 
about 3 or 4 parts of water, it forms a uniform smooth magma (milk of lime). Even at .the 
highest degree of heat, lime remains unaltered and does not fuse. Its aqueous solution gives 
an intensely alkaline reaction with litmus paper. Its solution in diluted acetic acid gives, with 
ammonium oxalate test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in 
hydrochloric acid. If 1 part of lime be slaked and then thoroughly mixed with 50 parts of 
water, and the greater portion of the milky liquid decanted, no hard, gritty particles should be 
found in the residue, nor should the addition of hydrochloric acid to this residue cause much 
effervescence (limit of carbonate), nor leave more than a slight, insoluble residue. If the 
decanted portion be dissolved in acetic acid and filtered, if necessary, a portion of the filtrate PART I. 
Calx.—Calx Chlorata. 
299 
should not be rendered turbid by potassium dichromate test-solution (absence of barium'). In 
another portion of the filtrate, the addition of ammonia water should not produce more than a 
slight turbidity (limit of aluminum, etc.).” U. S. 
Lime is calcium oxide, and consists of one atom of calcium 40, and one of oxygen 16. Its 
sp. gr. is 3-08, whilst the hydrate has the sp. gr. 2-078. (Filhol.) Its solubility in water is 
greatly increased by the addition of sugar or glycerin. (See Syrupus Calcis.) It is distinguished 
from the other alkaline earths by forming a very deliquescent salt (calcium chloride) by reaction 
with hydrochloric acid, and a sparingly soluble one with sulphuric acid. All acids, acidulous, 
ammoniacal, and metallic salts, borates, alkaline carbonates, and astringent vegetable infusions 
are incompatible with it. 
Medical Properties. Lime acts externally as an escharotic, and was formerly applied 
to ill-conditioned ulcers. The lime ointment of Spender is made by incorporating four parts of 
washed slaked lime with one part of fresh lard and three parts of olive oil, previously warmed 
together. Mixed with potassa, lime forms Potassa cum Calce. As an internal remedy, it is 
always administered in solution. (See Idquor Calcis; also Syrupus Calcis.) 
CALX CHLORATA. U. S. (Br.) Chlorinated Lime. 
(CiLX jshlo-ra'ta.) 
“ A compound resulting from the action of chlorine upon calcium hydrate, and containing 
not less than 35 per cent, of available chlorine. This preparation is often improperly called 
1 Chloride of Lime.’ Chlorinated Lime should be kept in well-closed vessels, in a cool and dry 
place.” U. S. “ A product obtained by exposing slaked lime to the action of chlorine gas 
until absorption ceases.” Br. 
Calx Chlorinata, Br.; Chlorinated Lime; Hypochlorite of Lime or Calcium, Oxymuriate of Lime or Calcium, 
Bleaching Powder; Calcaria Chlorata, P.G.; Chloris Calcicus, Chloruretum Calcis, Calcis Chloridum, Calcii Hypo- 
chloris, Lat.; Chlorure de Chaux, Poudre de Tennant ou de Knox, Fr.; Chlorkalk, Bleichkalk, G.; Cloruro di Calce, It. 
This compound, originally prepared as a bleaching agent in 1798 by Tennant, of Glasgow, 
is now enormously used both in the arts and in medicine. 
The following is an outline of the process for making chlorinated lime on the large scale. 
A rectangular chamber is constructed, generally of silicious sandstone, the joints being secured 
by a cement of pitch, rosin, and dry gypsum. At one end it is furnished with an air-tight 
door, and on each side with a glass window, to enable the operator to inspect the process during 
its progress. The slaked or hydrated lime is sifted, and placed on wooden trays eight or ten feet 
long, two feet broad, and one inch deep. These are piled within the chamber to a height of 
five or six feet on cross-bars, by which they are kept about an inch asunder, in order to favor 
the circulation of the gas over the lime. The chlorine is generated in a leaden vessel nearly 
spherical, the lower portion of which is surrounded with an iron case, leaving an interstice two 
inches wide, intended to receive the steam for the purpose of producing the requisite heat. In 
the leaden vessel are five apertures. The first is in the centre of the top, and receives a tube 
which descends nearly to the bottom, and through which a vertical stirrer passes, intended to 
mix the materials, and furnished at the lower end with horizontal cross-bars of iron, or of 
wood sheathed with lead. The second is for the introduction of the common salt and man- 
ganese. The third admits a siphon-shaped funnel, through which the sulphuric acid is intro- 
duced. The fourth is connected with a pipe to lead off the chlorine. The fifth, which is near 
the bottom, receives a discharge-pipe passing through the iron case and intended for drawing 
off the residuum of the operation. The pipe leading off the chlorine terminates, under water, 
in a leaden chest or cylinder, where the gas is washed from hydrochloric acid. From this inter- 
mediate vessel the chlorine finally passes, by means of a pretty large leaden pipe, through the 
ceiling of the chamber containing the lime. The process of impregnation generally lasts four 
days, this time being necessary to form a good bleaching powder. If it be hastened, heat will 
be generated, which will favor the production of calcium chloride, with a proportional dimi- 
nution of chlorinated lime. 
The proportions of the materials generally adopted are 10 cwt. of common salt, mixed with 
from 10 to 14 cwt. of manganese dioxide: to which are added, in successive portions, from 12 
to 14 cwt. of strong sulphuric acid, diluted before being used until its sp. gr. is about 1-65, 
which is accomplished by adding about one-third of its weight of water. In factories in which 
sulphuric acid is also made, the acid intended for this process is brought to the sp. gr. 1-65 
only, whereby the expense of further concentration is saved. 
Several electrolytic processes for the decomposition of sodium and potassium chlorides have Calx Chlorata. 
PART I. 
300 
been brought to public attention within the last year or two, whereby caustic alkali on the one 
hand and chlorine on the other hand are produced. Of course the chlorine, if produced on a 
large scale, would be converted into bleaching powder for convenience of handling. 
The importation of “bleaching powder” into the United States for the year 1895 was 
100,456,774 lbs., valued at $1,644,835; in 1896, 104,053,877 lbs., valued at $1,579,358; for 
1897, 99,274,138 lbs., valued at $1,375,560. 
Properties. Chlorinated lime is “ a white, or grayish-white, granular powder, exhaling 
the odor of hypochlorous acid, having a repulsive, saline taste, and becoming moist and grad- 
ually decomposing on exposure to air. In water or in alcohol it is only partially soluble. The 
aqueous solution first colors red litmus paper blue, and then bleaches it. If the salt be dis- 
solved in diluted acetic acid, an abundance of chlorine gas is evolved, and only a trifling resi- 
due left undissolved. From this solution ammonium oxalate test-solution throws down a white 
precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in hydrochloric acid.” U. S. When perfectly 
saturated with chlorine it dissolves almost entirely in water. When exposed to heat, it gives 
off- oxygen and some chlorine, and is converted into calcium chloride. It is incompatible with 
the mineral acids, carbonic acids, and the alkaline carbonates. The acids evolve chlorine copi- 
ously, and the alkaline carbonates cause a precipitate of calcium carbonate. (See Liquor Sodse 
Chloratse.y* 
Chlorinated lime is an oxidizing agent, the oxygen being derived from water, the hydrogen 
of which unites with the chlorine to form hydrochloric acid. It has a powerful action on 
organic matter, converting sugar, starch, cotton, linen, and similar substances into formic 
acid, which unites with the lime. ( W. Bastick.) It also acts energetically on the volatile oils, 
including oil of turpentine, producing chloroform. (Joum. de Pharm., Mars, 1855.) 
Composition. The composition of bleaching powder is represented by the formula CaOCla, 
and it was formerly supposed to be a direct compound of lime with chlorine. This view, 
however, is not consistent with its reactions, for when distilled with dilute nitric acid it readily 
yields a distillate of aqueous hypochlorous acid, and when treated with water it is resolved into 
calcium chloride and hypochlorite, the latter of which may be separated in crystals by exposing 
the filtered solution to a freezing mixture, or by evaporating it in a vacuum over oil of vitriol 
and leaving the dense frozen mass to thaw upon a filter. A solution of calcium chloride mixed 
with hypochlorite then passes through, and feathery crystals remain on the filter, very unstable, 
but consisting, when recently prepared, of hydrated calcium hypochlorite, Ca(OCl)24H20. 
These results seem at first sight to show that the bleaching powder is a mixture of calcium 
chloride and hypochlorite, formed according to the equation 2CaO -f- Cl4 = CaCl2 -f- Ca(C10)2; 
but if this were its true constitution, the powder when digested with alcohol ought to yield a 
solution of calcium chloride containing half the chlorine of the original compound, which is 
not the case. Its constitution is, therefore, better represented by the formula Ca j sug- 
gested by Dr. Odling, this molecule being decomposed by water into chloride and hypochlorite 
in the manner just explained, and yielding with dilute nitric acid or sulphuric acid a distillate 
containing hydrochloric and hypochlorous acids, CaCl(OCl) -(- 2HNOs = Ca(N03)2 -f- HC1 -j- 
HCIO. (Lunge and Schaeppi, A. J. R, 1881; Lunge and Naef, Ber. d. Chem.. (res., 1883.)f 
Lunge and Bachofen (Zeitschr. f. Angew. Chem., 1893, 326) have determined the specific gravi- 
ties of chlorinated lime solutions at 15° C. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 579.) 
Impurities and Tests. Chlorinated lime may contain a great excess of lime, from 
imperfect impregnation with the gas. This defect will be shown by the large proportion insol- 
uble in water. If it contain much calcium chloride, it will be quite moist, which is always a 
sign of inferior quality. When long and insecurely kept, it deteriorates from the gradual 
formation of calcium chloride and calcium carbonate. Several methods have been proposed 
* Chlorinated lime is constantly becoming weaker on exposure, giving off chlorine or hypochlorous acid, probably 
through the influence of the atmospheric carbonic acid, which sets them free by combining with the lime. But it 
would seem that, even when closely confined, it sometimes at least gives off gaseous matter, as we have an account 
of a well-stopped bottle containing it having been broken by a violent explosion, without any peculiar exposure to 
heat. (See A. /. P., 1861, p. 72.) JV1. Barreswil has found that the subjection of chlorinated "lime to strong pressure 
greatly diminishes the tendency to decomposition. It is rendered in this way as hard as a stone, and may be kept 
long without undergoing change. (Chem. News, No. 58, p. 33.) 
f According to Lunge’s investigations, the best temperature for the absorption of chlorine by calcium hydrate 
is 40°-45° C.; from pure calcium hydrate a bleaching powder of 43 per cent, active chlorine can be produced, in 
which case allowance for 4 per cent, of moisture in the hydrate is made; strong mineral acids, when not used in 
excess, liberate only hypochlorous acid; dry carbon dioxide at normal temperature does not set free any chlorine, 
but at moderately elevated temperature drives off almost all the chlorine. PART I. 
Calx Chlorata. 
301 
for determining its bleaching power, which depends solely on the proportion of loosely-com- 
bined chlorine. Walter proposed to add a solution of the bleaching powder to a standard 
solution of indigo sulphate, in order to ascertain its decolorizing power; but the objection to 
this test is that the indigo of commerce is very variable in its amount of coloring matter. The 
oxidation of an arsenous acid solution is largely used in practice. Lunge (Ber. der Chem. Ges.t 
1886, p. 869) has also proposed to use hydrogen peroxide (H202) solution for the valuation of 
bleaching powder. The two solutions both liberate oxygen in exactly equal amount. This is 
measured in a nitrometer. According to Wittstein and Claude, the test of ferrous sulphate 
which was formerly official is not reliable. The U. S. P. volumetric method, which is based 
upon that of the British Pharmacopoeia, is preferred. “ If 0-35 (0-354) Gm. of Chlorinated 
Lime be thoroughly triturated with 50 C.c. of water and carefully transferred, together with 
the washings, into a flask, and then 0-8 Gm. of potassium iodide and 5 C.c. of diluted hydro- 
chloric acid added, the reddish-brown liquid, mixed towards the end of the titration with a 
few drops of starch test-solution, should require, for complete decoloration, not less than 35 C.c. 
of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution (each C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, 
of available chlorine).” TJ. S. 
The following is the test given in the British Pharmacopoeia : “ 0-5 gramme of Chlorinated 
Lime, mixed with 1-5 grammes of potassium iodide dissolved in 200 cubic centimetres of water, 
produces, when acidulated with 6 cubic centimetres of hydrochloric add, a reddish solution, 
which requires for the discharge of its color at least 46-8 cubic centimetres of the volumetric 
solution of sodium thiosulphate, corresponding to 33 per cent, of available chlorine.” In this 
process iodine is separated by the chlorine in equivalent quantity, and imparts color to the 
liquid, which is removed by the sodium hyposulphite, by forming colorless compounds with the 
iodine; and the quantity required for this purpose measures the quantity of iodine, and conse- 
quently that of the chlorine, present in the chlorinated solution. (See Sodii Hyposulphis.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Chlorinated lime, externally applied, is a desiccant 
and disinfectant, and has been used with advantage in solution, as an application to ill-condi- 
tioned ulcers, burns, chilblains, and cutaneous eruptions, especially itch; as a gargle in putrid 
sore throat; and as a wash for the mouth to disinfect the breath, and for ulcerated gums. In- 
ternally, it is stimulant and alterative. It has been used to some extent internally, in ady- 
namic dysentery, typhus fever, and various other low diseases: it may be considered as thera- 
peutically equivalent to chlorine. The dose internally is from three to six grains (0-2-0-4 Gm.), 
dissolved in one or two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.) of water, filtered and sweetened with syrup. 
It should never be given in pills. As it occurs of variable quality, and must be used in solution 
more or less dilute, according to the particular purpose to which it is to be applied, it is impos- 
sible to give any very precise directions for its strength as an external remedy. From one 
to four drachms of the powder added to a pint of water, and the solution filtered, will form a 
liquid within the limits of strength ordinarily required. For the cure of itch, M. Derheims 
has recommended a much stronger solution—three ounces of the chloride to a pint of water, 
the solution being filtered, and applied several times a day as a lotion, or constantly by wet 
cloths. When applied to ulcers, their surface may be covered with lint dipped in the solution. 
When used as an ointment to be rubbed upon scrofulous enlargements of the lymphatic glands, 
this may be made of a drachm of the chloride to an ounce of lard. Chlorinated lime is less 
eligible for some purposes than the solution of chlorinated soda. (See Liquor Sodse Ghloratse.) 
Chlorine gas is a very active germicide, and, as chlorinated lime affords the best practical 
method of using it for ordinary disinfecting purposes, it seems proper to discuss the subject at 
this place. It has been proved by the concurrent results of numerous experimenters that 
chlorine, if present in the proportion of one part in one hundred in the atmosphere of a room, 
is able to destroy disease-germs, provided that the air and the objects are moist, and that the 
exposure continues for upwards of one hour. In the case of any infected room or confined 
space, as the hold of a ship, it seems to us, however, that the endeavor should be to have a 
larger proportion of the chlorine gas present for several hours, and, if it can be readily accom- 
plished, steam should also be allowed to enter with the gas, so as to make sure that all parts 
shall be thoroughly moistened. The importance of this is shown by the experiments of Fischer 
and Proskauer, who found that dry anthrax spores maintained their integrity for one hour when 
exposed to the action of a dry chlorine atmosphere containing about forty-five per cent, of 
chlorine, whereas moistened spores were killed by an hour’s exposure to a moist atmosphere 
containing four per cent, of chlorine. Dr. Sternberg found that six hours’ exposure of vaccine 
lint upon ivory points to a moist atmosphere containing one ,part of chlorine in one hundred 302 
Calx Chlorata.—Calx Sulphurata. 
PART I. 
was sufficient to destroy the infective power of the lint. Chlorine is not only germicidal, but 
it also has the power of decomposing sulphuretted hydrogen compounds, and thereby deodor- 
izing. In all these employments of chlorine it must be remembered that it is not possible for 
human beings to breathe a chlorinated air, and that the apartment must be, therefore, empty, 
and also as hermetically sealed as possible to prevent the escape of the gas. The experiments 
of Dr. Duggan show that the hypochlorites as derived from chlorinated lime are very active 
germicides, one part to four hundred being capable of destroying moist germs in two minutes, 
and six parts to ten thousand killing the spores of the anthrax-bacillus in six hours. A half 
of one per cent, of the hypochlorites in solution is said to be sufficient to destroy spores 
almost instantly. Ordinary bleaching powder contains from twenty-five to forty per cent, of 
available chlorine ; one part of the powder to one hundred of water is strong enough for 
ordinary purposes. The odor and taste of this solution are such that it can scarcely be con- 
sidered a dangerous poison, and it has been affirmed, although with doubtful correctness, that 
such solution will not injure clothing, bedding, etc. The cost of bleaching powder for use in 
small quantities is so small that even a saturated solution may be prepared for use in the sick- 
room at a nominal cost. For the destruction of disease-germs in urine, fecal discharges, sputa, 
etc., a saturated solution of bleaching powder appears to be in all respects the best disinfectant 
known. As it is important to destroy the germs as soon as possible, this solution should be 
put into the receptacle to be used by the patient before the discharges are ejected into them. 
As the chlorinated solution attacks metals, the spit-cups, etc., should be of china or glass. 
In consequence of its powers as a disinfectant, chlorinated lime is a very important com- 
pound in its application to medical police. It may be used with advantage for preserving 
bodies from exhaling an unpleasant odor, before interment, in the summer season. In juridical 
exhumations its use is indispensable, as it effectually removes the disgusting and insupportable 
fetor of the corpse. The mode in which it is applied, in these cases, is to envelop the body 
with a sheet completely wet with a solution made by adding about a pound of the powder to 
a bucketful of water. This solution may also be employed for disinfecting dissecting-rooms, 
privies, common sewers, docks, and other places with offensive effluvia. 
Chlorinated lime acts exclusively by its chlorine, which, being loosely combined, is disengaged 
by the slightest affinities. It should, therefore, be carefully kept from contact with the air and 
organic substances, which cause rapid loss of chlorine, and the modern method of putting it 
up for ordinary use in hermetically sealed pasteboard boxes is a great convenience. Mr. R. C. 
Bicknell examined commercial chlorinated lime put up in these boxes for available chlorine; 
he found the top layers usually deficient in strength, but in the interior from 30 to 35 per cent, 
of chlorine. Some of the packages assaying 30 per cent, of chlorine were more than a year 
old. (A. J. P., 1886, p. 593.) All acids, even carbonic, disengage it; and, as this acid is a 
product of animal and vegetable decomposition, noxious effluvia furnish the means, to a certain 
extent, of their own disinfection. But the stronger acids disengage the chlorine far more 
readily, and among these sulphuric acid is the most convenient. Accordingly, the powder 
may be dissolved in a very dilute solution of this acid; or a small quantity of the acid may 
be added to an aqueous solution ready formed, if a more copious evolution of chlorine be de- 
sired than that which takes place from the mere action of the carbonic acid of the atmosphere. 
Chlorinated lime may be advantageously applied to the purpose of purifying offensive water, 
a property which makes it invaluable on long voyages. When used for this purpose, from one 
to two ounces of the chloride may be mixed with about sixty-five gallons of the water. The 
water must afterwards be exposed for some time to the air, and allowed to settle, before it is fit 
to drink. 
CALX SULPHURATA. U. S., Br. Sulphurated Lime. 
[Crude Calcium Sulphide.] 
(CALX SUL-PHU-KA'TA.) 
“ A mixture containing at least 60 per cent, of Calcium Monosulphide [CaS = 71,69], 
together with unchanged Calcium Sulphate [CaSCh = 135-73], and Carbon, in varying pro- 
portions.” US. “A mixture containing not much less than 50 per cent, of calcium sul- 
phide, CaS, with calcium sulphate and carbon. It may be prepared by reducing native calcium 
sulphate by means of carbon.” Br. 
Calcii Sulphidum; Sulphide of Calcium. 
“ Dried Calcium Sulphate, in fine powder, seventy grammes [or 2 oz. av., 205 grains] ; Char- 
coal, in fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Starch, two grammes [or 31 grains]. Mix 
them thoroughly, pack the mixture lightly into a crucible, cover this loosely, and heat it to PART I. 
Calx Sulphur ata.— Cam hogia. 
303 
bright redness, until the contents have lost their black color. Allow the crucible to cool, reduce 
the product to powder, and at once transfer it to small, glass-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 abandoned the former process of preparing this substance, 
and adopted the British process (1885) with some modifications. The present British Pharma- 
copoeia (1898) does not give a detailed process. 
By decomposing a mixture of seven parts of calcium sulphate and one part of charcoal, 
heated in a crucible to a red heat, carbonic oxide is formed, which combines with the oxy- 
gen of calcium sulphate, and calcium sulphide is produced, CaS04 -f- 4CO = CaS -f- 4C02. 
A less convenient method is to pass hydrogen sulphide over red-hot lime, although if the lime 
be pure a better product is insured. This preparation, which was introduced into both Phar- 
macopoeias, is of doubtful utility, particularly in the form in which it is produced. The amount 
of calcium sulphide present must vary considerably according to circumstances. The medicinal 
activity is alone measured by the quantity of sulphide in the finished preparation, calcium sul- 
phate, the other constituent, being inert. It is to be regretted that a method of purification 
was not appended. 
Properties. Sulphurated lime is “ a pale gray powder, exhaling a faint odor of hydrogen 
sulphide, having a nauseous, alkaline taste, and gradually decomposed by exposure to air. Very 
slightly soluble in cold water, more readily in boiling water, which partially decomposes it; in- 
soluble in alcohol. Sulphurated lime is decomposed by diluted acetic acid, and converted into 
calcium acetate and hydrogen sulphide gas which escapes, while a residue of calcium sulphate 
remains. The filtrate from this yields, with ammonium oxalate test-solution, a white precipi- 
tate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in hydrochloric acid.” IT. S. 
Test. “ If 1 Gm. of Sulphurated Lime be gradually added to a boiling solution of 2-08 
Gm. of cupric sulphate in 50 C.c. of water, the mixture digested on a water-bath for fifteen 
minutes, and filtered when cold, no color should be imparted to the filtrate by 1 drop of potas- 
sium ferrocyanide test-solution (presence of at least 60 per cent, of pure Calcium Monosul- 
phide).” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia describes it as “A grayish-white powder with a 
smell of hydrogen sulphide. If 0*8 gramme be mixed with a cold solution of 1-4 grammes of 
copper sulphate in 50 cubic centimetres of water, and, after the addition of a little hydrochloric 
acid, the mixture be well stirred and heated to a temperature approaching that of ebullition 
until all action has ceased, and then filtered, the filtrate should give no red color with solution 
of potassium ferrocyanide (presence of a due proportion of sulphide).” 
Calcium sulphydrate, or calcium hydrosulphide, Ca(SH2), is formed when hydrogen sulphide 
is passed into milk of lime as long as it is absorbed. It is in the form of a paste of a greenish- 
gray color, and exhales a strong odor of hydrogen sulphide. 
Medical Properties. It is used as a depilatory, and is applied in a layer on the part which 
is to be deprived of hair. At the end of fifteen minutes it is removed with a wet sponge, 
which at the same time detaches the hairs. On account of this preparation giving out hydro- 
gen sulphide, it should not be applied near the mouth or nose. An impure aqueous solu- 
tion of calcium sulphide, necessarily containing calcium hyposulphite from the manner of 
its preparation, is used with great success, in Belgium, in itch, the cure of which it effects in 
a few hours. It is made by boiling together one part of sublimed sulphur, two of lime, and 
ten of water. The liquid is allowed to cool, and the clear part poured off and kept in well- 
stopped bottles. For an explanation of the reaction which takes place, see Sulphur Prsecipita- 
tum. The patient, after having been well washed with soap and tepid water in a bath, is rubbed 
over with the liquid, which is allowed to dry on the skin for a quarter of an hour. A second 
bath is then taken, which completes the cure. The preparation, when it dries, leaves on the skin 
a thin layer of the sulphur compound, which destroys the itch insect and its eggs. 
Calcium sulphide has been strongly recommended by Ringer, Duhring, and other authorities 
as a remedy for furuncular eruptions, and it has also been used successfully in acne. It is given 
in doses of from one-tenth to one-half grain (0-00648—0-0324 Gm.). 
CAMBOGIA. U. S., Br. Gamboge. 
(ClM-BO'gi-A.) 
“ A gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii, Hooker Alius (nat. ord. Guttiferse).”' U. S. 
“ A gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii, Hook, f.” Br. 
Gambogia, Pharm. 1870; Gomme gutte, Fr.; Giumnigutt, G.; Gumma-gotta, It.; Gutta gamba, Sp. 
Several plants belonging to the natural family of Guttiferse, growing in the equatorial re- 
gions, yield on incision a yellow opaque juice, which hardens on exposure and bears a close 304 
Cambogia. 
PART I. 
resemblance to gamboge; but it is only from a particular tree, growing in Siam, that the offi- 
cial gum-resin is procured.* Formerly the United States and all the British Pharmacopoeias 
ascribed it to Stalagmitis cambogioides. Both the genus and the species were established by 
Murray, of Gottingen, in 1788, from dried specimens belonging to Konig, procured in Ceylon; 
and, from information derived from the same source, it was conjectured by Murray that the tree 
yielded not only the gamboge of Ceylon, but also that collected in Siam. On this authority 
the British Colleges made the references alluded to. But it was ascertained by Dr. Graham, 
of Edinburgh, that there is no such plant as Stalagmitis cambogioides; the description of 
Murray having been drawn up from accidentally conjoined specimens of two trees belonging 
to different genera, one being the Xanthochymus ovalifolius of Roxburgh, and the other the 
Hebradendron cambogioides of Graham. By several botanists the gum-resin has been ascribed 
to Garcinia cambogia, also a tree of Ceylon belonging to the Guttiferae and yielding a yel- 
lowish concrete juice; but a specimen of this juice, sent to Edinburgh, was found by Dr. 
Christison to differ from gamboge both in composition and appearance, being of a pale lemon- 
yellow color. Thus it appears that neither of these references is correct; and, besides, the fact 
seems to have been overlooked that commercial gamboge is never obtained from Ceylon, but 
exclusively from Siam and Cochin-China. A gum-resin from Ceylon having been found similar 
in composition to the gamboge of commerce, and the tree which produced it having been re- 
ferred by Dr. Graham to a new genus and named by him Hebradendron cambogioides, the 
Edinburgh College, in the last edition of its Pharmacopoeia, was induced to adopt this Ceylon 
gamboge as official, and to recognize the name proposed by Dr. Graham for the tree producing 
it. But, as this variety is never found in western commerce, and exists only in cabinets, or in 
the bazaars of India, it scarcely merited a place in an official catalogue; moreover, the genus 
Hebradendron is not acknowledged by botanists. The II. cambogioides is the Garcinia picto- 
ria of Roxburgh (Flor. Ind., ii. 627), which Sir Joseph Hooker considers to be a variety of 
the G. morella (Desrous.) ; though Beddome keeps it distinct on account of its having the 
fertile flower bearing “ the staminodes in bundles, and the stigma very small and 4-lobed.” 
Several years since, Dr. Christison received from Singapore specimens of the gamboge plant cul- 
tivated in that island, and derived from Siam, which proved to be a Garcinia, differing from 
the G. elliptica of Wallich chiefly in having its male flower upon pedicels. Subsequently 
Mr. Hanbury obtained from the same source numerous specimens of the same plant, and 
was enabled to confirm the statement of Dr. Christison; but he also found that the plant ap- 
proached very near to the Garcinia morella of Desrousseaux, from which it could be distin- 
guished only by its pedicellate flowers. These specimens were afterwards submitted to the 
inspection of Mr. Thwaites iu Ceylon, who is perfectly familiar with the Garcinias of that 
island, and were pronounced by him to belong to a variety of G. morella, scarcely differing 
from the Ceylon plant, except in having pedicelled instead of sessile flowers; for these two 
varieties the names of G. morella, var. sessile, and G. morella, var. pedicellata, were proposed. 
Sir Joseph Hooker, however, determined (Journ. Linn. Soc., xiv. 485) that the var. pedicellata 
is a distinct species, differing from G. morella in having not only its flowers pedicellate, but 
also its leaves more ovate and much larger, and its fruit larger: he very properly gave it the 
specific name of Hanburii to commemorate the contributions of the late Mr. Hanbury to 
pharmaceutical science, and his connection with the history of the present plant. According 
to the researches of Beckett, G. Hanburii is confined to the islands and sea-coast of the Gulf 
of Siam, where it is known as “ Ton Rong,” and where it grows to the height of fifty feet, 
with a diameter of twelve inches. 
Gamboge is said to be procured in Siam by breaking off the leaves and shoots of the tree; 
the juice, which is contained in ducts or latex vessels in the bark, issues in drops, and, being 
received in suitable vessels, gradually thickens, and at length becomes solid. Dr. Jamie, of 
Singapore, states that incising the trunk and larger branches is often practised. The juice is 
frequently received into the hollow joints of the bamboo, and the water expelled by mild con- 
tinuous heat. In this way the so-called pipe gamboge is formed, the contraction during drying 
causing the cylinders to be hollow. According to Beckett, Siam gamboge is obtained only 
from trees of not less than ten years of age and during the rainy months, from June to Octo- 
ber, by cutting long, spiral grooves into the bark and collecting in hollow bamboos the sap 
which trickles down in a viscous stream. (Kew Bulletin, 1895.) 
The name gummi gutta, by which gamboge is generally known on the continent of Europe, 
* According to observations of Messrs. Baildon and Jamie, gamboge is obtained exclusively from the province of 
Cambodia, the plant not being found in any other part of Siam nor in Cochin-China. (Journ. de Ph., Juillet, 1874.) PART I. 
Cambogia. 
305 
probably originated from the circumstance that the juice escapes from the plant by drops. 
The official title was undoubtedly derived from the province of Cambodia, in which the gum- 
resin is collected. Gamboge was first brought to Europe by the Dutch, about the middle of the 
seventeenth century. We import it from Canton and Calcutta, whither it is carried by the native 
or resident merchants. There is no difference in the appearance or character of the drug as 
brought from these two ports,—an evidence that it is originally derived from the same place. 
Varieties. The best gamboge is in cylindrical rolls, from one to three inches in diameter, 
sometimes hollow in the centre, sometimes flattened, often folded double, or agglutinated in 
masses so that the original form is not always easily distinguishable. The pieces sometimes 
appear as if rolled, but are in general striated longitudinally from the impression made by the 
inner surface of the bamboo. They are externally of a dull orange color, which is occasionally 
displaced by greenish stains, or concealed by the bright yellow powder of the drug, slightly 
adhering to the surface. In this form the drug is sometimes called pipe gamboge. Another 
variety is imported under the name of cake or lump gamboge. It is in irregular masses of two 
or three pounds or more, often mixed with sticks and other impurities, containing many air- 
cells, less dense, less uniform in texture, and less brittle than thevformer variety, and breaking 
with a dull and splintery instead of a shining and conchoidal fracture. The worst specimens 
of this variety, as well as of the cylindrical, are sometimes called by the druggists coarse gam- 
boge. They differ, however, from the preceding only in containing a greater amount of im- 
purities. Indeed, it would appear from the experiments of Christison tbat all the commercial 
varieties of this drug have a common origin, and that cake or lump gamboge differs from the 
cylindrical only in the circumstance that the latter is the pure concrete juice, while to the 
former farinaceous matter and other impurities have been added for the purpose of adultera- 
tion. The inferior kinds of gamboge may be known by their greater hardness and coarser 
fracture; by the brownish or grayish color of their broken surface, which is often marked with 
black spots ; by their obvious impurities; and by the green color which their decoction, after 
having been cooled, gives with tincture of iodine (starch). When pure, the gum-resin is com- 
pletely dissolved by the successive action of ether and water,* so that the amount of residue 
left by any specimen treated in the manner just spoken of indicates approximately the measure 
of the adulteration. 
Properties. The official description is as follows. “ In cylindrical pieces, sometimes hol- 
low in the centre, 2 to 5 Cm. in diameter, longitudinally striate on the surface ; fracture flattish- 
conchoidal, of a waxy lustre, orange-red ; in powder bright yellow ; inodorous ; taste very 
acrid; the powder sternutatory. Gamboge is partly soluble in alcohol and in ether. When 
triturated with water, it yields a yellow emulsion, and forms with solution of potassium or 
sodium hydrate an orange-red solution, from which, on the addition of hydrochloric acid, a 
yellow resin is precipitated. Boiled with water, Gamboge yields a liquid which, after cooling, 
does not become green with iodine test-solution (absence of starch').” U. S. From the bril- 
liancy of its color, gamboge is highly esteemed as a pigment. It has no smell, and little taste, 
but, after remaining a short time in the mouth, produces an acrid sensation in the fauces. Its 
sp. gr. is 1*221, and its chemical formula is given as C20H2404. “ When solution of iodine is 
added to a cooled aqueous decoction, the color should not become distinctly green (absence of 
more than a trace of starch). When incinerated it should not yield more than 3 per cent, of 
ash.” Br. It is a gum-resin, without volatile oil. Christison has shown that the proportion 
of gum and resin varies in different specimens even of the purest drug. In one experiment, 
out of 100-8 parts he obtained 74-2 of resin, 21-8 of gum, and 4-8 of water. The gum is quite 
soluble in water, and of the variety denominated arabin. Fliickiger, however, says that the 
gum is not identical with gum arabic, as its solution does not redden litmus, and is not precipi- 
tated by neutral lead acetate, nor by ferric chloride, nor by sodium silicate or biborate. By 
fusing purified gamboge resin with potash, Hlasiwetz and Barth (4«u. Ch. und Pharm., 138, 
61) obtained acetic and other acids of the same series, together with phloroglucin, C6H3(0H)3, 
* Ceylon gamboge, derived from the Hebradendron cambogioides of Graham (Cambogia gutta, Linn., Garcinia 
morella, De Cand., G. pictoria, Roxb.), is procured by incisions, or by cutting away a portion of the bark, and 
scraping off the juice which exudes. The specimens sent to Dr. Christison were in flattish or round masses, eight 
or nine inches in diameter, apparently composed of aggregated irregular tears, with cavities which are lined with a 
grayish and brownish powdery incrustation. It resembled coarse gamboge, and was identical in composition. In 
Ceylon it is used as a pigment and purgative. (Christison.) New Caledonian Gamboge, derived from Garcinia Col- 
lina (Vieil), is described by Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen as very similar in its appearance and reactions to ordinary 
gamboge; its color is, however, deep orange. A white crystalline compound, which when heated beyond 235° C. 
produced pyrocatechin, was found in it, and marked the point of difference between it and other varieties of gam- 
boge. (Rep. de Pharm., 1893, 193.) 306 
Cambogia.—Camphora. 
PART I. 
pyrotartaric acid, C6II804, and isovitinic acid, C6H3,CH3(C00H)2. Sassarini found gamboge 
to contain the following constituents. 1. Gum analogous to arabin. 2. Volatile oil, consisting 
of terpene and a camphor. 3. Isovitinic and acetic acids. 4. A phenol ester. 5. Itesin. 6. 
Methyl alcohol and some higher homologues. 7. A liquid having a fruity odor resembling 
aldehyde or acetone. He believes phlorogluein found by others to be a decomposition product. 
(Ann. di Chim. Farm., 1897.) Gamboge is readily and entirely diffusible in water, form- 
ing a yellow opaque emulsion, from which the resin is very slowly deposited. It yields its 
resinous ingredient to alcohol, forming a golden-yellow tincture, which is rendered opaque and 
bright yellow by the addition of water. Its solution in ammoniated alcohol is not disturbed 
by water. Ether dissolves about four-fifths of it, taking up only the resin. It is wholly taken 
up by alkaline solutions, from which it is partially precipitated by the acids. The strong acids 
dissolve it; the solution when diluted deposits a yellow sediment. The color, acrimony, and 
medicinal power of gamboge are thought to reside in the resin. Prof. Ilirschsohn gives a 
method for detecting gamboge in mixtures in Pharm. Zeit. f. Russl., xxiv. (A. J. P., 1885.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Gamboge is a powerful, drastic, hydragogue cathartic, 
so very apt to produce nausea and vomiting and much griping when given in the full dose that 
it is almost never employed except in combination with other cathartics. In large quantities 
it is capable of causing fatal effects, and death has resulted from a drachm. The full dose is 
from two to six grains Gm.), which in cases of taenia has been raised to ten or fifteen 
grains. It may be given in pill or emulsion, or dissolved in an alkaline solution. In the dose 
of five grains the resin is said to produce copious watery stools, with little or no uneasiness. 
If this be the case, it is probable that, as it exists in the gum-resin, its purgative property is 
somewhat modified by the other ingredients. 
CAMPHORA. U. S., Br. Camphor. 
CioHieO; 151*66. (CiM'PHO-RA.) Ci0Hi6O; 152. 
“ A stearopten (having the nature of a ketone) obtained from Cinnamomum Camphora 
(Linne), Nees et Ebermaier (nat. ord. Laurineae), and purified by sublimation. Camphor 
should be kept in well-closed vessels, in a cool place.” U. S. “ A white crystalline substance 
obtained from Cinnamomum Camphora, Nees and Eberrn., purified by sublimation.” Br. 
Camphre, Fr.; Kamplier, Kampfer, G.; Canfora, It.; Alcaofor, Sp. 
The name of camphor has been applied to various concrete, white, odorous, volatile products, 
found in different aromatic plants, and resulting probably from chemical change in their volatile 
oil. But commercial camphor is derived exclusively from two plants, the Camphora ojficinarum 
of Nees or Laurus camphora of Linnaeus, and the Dryobalanops camphora; the former of 
which yields our official camphor, the latter a product much valued in the East, but unknown 
in the commerce of this country and of Europe. 
Gen. Ch. For characters of genus Cinnamon, see Cinnamomum. The genus Camphora as 
separated by Nees departs from the characters there given, in the segments of the perianth 
being completely deciduous, and falling off completely, leaving the berry resting upon the some- 
what enlarged cup-shaped or disk-shaped, entire, or slightly serrate base or tube. 
Camphora offtcinarum. Nees, Laurin. 88 ; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. ii. 29, pi. xxiv.—Laurus 
camphora. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 478.— Cinnamomum camphora, B. & T. 222. The camphor- 
tree is an evergreen which sometimes attains great size* having the aspect of the linden, with 
a trunk straight below, but divided above into many branches, which are covered with a smooth, 
greenish bark. Its leaves, which stand alternately upon long footstalks, are ovate-lanceolate, 
entire, smooth and shining, ribbed, of a bright yellowish-green color on their upper surface, 
paler on the under, and two or three inches in length. The flowers are small, white, pedicelled, 
and collected in clusters, which are supported by long axillary peduncles. The fruit is a red 
berry, resembling that of the cinnamon. The camphor-tree is a native of China, Japan, and 
adjacent portions of eastern Asia, but grows very well in India, and is capable of cultivation 
in California, Florida, and other portions of the United States not subject to severe frosts. 
(See circular of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, prepared by Lyster H. Dewey.) Its 
growth is, however, so extremely slow that it is hardly probable that American capitalists will 
undertake its cultivation.f 
* A tree seen by Kampfer, in Japan, in 1691, with a trunk 36 feet in circumference, was in the year 1826 described 
by Siebold as having a circumference of 50 feet. 
f Within a few years the price of camphor has enormously risen. This has been stated to be due to the fact that, 
whilst in the government forests of southern Japan a certain amount of discretion is employed in the cutting of Camphora. 
PART I. 
307 
The leaves have when bruised the odor of camphor, which is diffused through all parts of 
the plant, and is obtained from the root, trunk, and branches by sublimation. The process is 
not precisely the same in all places. The following is said to be the one pursued in Japan.* 
The parts mentioned, particularly the roots and smaller branches, are cut into chips, which are 
placed with a little water in large iron vessels, surmounted by earthen capitals furnished with 
a lining of rice-straw. A moderate heat is then applied, and the camphor, volatilized by the 
steam, rises into the capital, where it is condensed upon the straw. In China the comminuted 
plant is said to be first boiled with water until the camphor adheres to the stick used in stirring, 
when the strained liquor is allowed to cool, and the camphor which concretes, being alternated 
with layers of earth, is submitted to sublimation. In the island of Formosa, where the cam- 
phor-tree abounds, the chips are heated in a rough still. This is usually composed of a furnace 
surmounted with a trough or similar rude vessel, which is protected by clay. In this reservoir 
the chips are placed, with water upon them, and a perforated board luted upon the top ; on this 
are set earthen pots. A fire having been lighted, steam rises through the chips and carries the 
camphor with it to deposit it in the pots. The crude camphor is taken to the towns in baskets 
and then put into large vats, with holes in the bottom; through which an oil escapes called 
camphor-oil, much used by the Chinese for medical purposes. It is said that of recent years 
hydraulic pressure is largely substituted for drainage, and that the camphor, thus drained, is 
packed in bags and exported. (P. J. Tr., Dec. 1863, p. 280.) 
Commercial History. Camphor, in the crude state, is brought to this country chiefly 
from Canton. It comes also from Batavia, Singapore, Calcutta, and frequently from London. 
All of it is probably derived originally from China and Japan. Two commercial varieties are 
found in the market. The cheapest and most abundant is the Chinese camphor, most of which 
is produced in the island of Formosa and thence taken to Canton. It comes in chests lined 
with lead, each containing about 130 pounds. It is in small grains or granular masses, of a 
dirty-white color, and frequently mixed with impurities. It has occurred in commerce adul- 
terated with ammonium chloride. The other variety is variously called Japan, Dutch, or 
tub camphor, the first name being derived from the place of its origin, the second from the 
people through whom it was introduced into commerce, and the third from the recipient in 
which it is often contained. It has usually come from Batavia, to which port it was taken 
from Japan. Like the former variety, it is in grains or granular masses ; but the grains are 
larger and of a pinkish color, and there are fewer impurities, so that it yields a larger product 
when refined. Within the last few years camphor has been increasingly produced on the 
Chinese mainland, the tree being, it is said, extensively cultivated in Kwang-Si. In Fukien 
the camphor is stated to be obtained to a trifling extent from wild trees. 
Crude camphor, as brought from the East, is never found in the shop of the apothecary. 
It must be refined before it can be used for medicinal purposes. The process for refining 
camphor was first practised in Europe by the Venetians, who probably derived it from the 
Chinese. It was afterwards transferred to the Dutch, who long enjoyed a monopoly of this 
business; and it is only within a few years that the process has been generally known. It is 
now practised largely in this country, and the camphor refined in our domestic establishments 
is equal to any formerly imported. Crude camphor is mixed with about one-fiftieth of quick- 
lime, and exposed, in an iron vessel placed in a sand-bath, to a gradually increasing heat, by 
which it is melted, and ultimately converted into vapor, which condenses in a suitable recipient.f 
plants, the private forests, which yield four-fifths of the national product, are becoming exhausted by wanton de- 
struction. In Formosa camphor distilling has been carried on in the most recklessly extravagant and wasteful manner. 
It would seem, however, that the increase of price is not due so much to decrease of supply as to increase of demand, 
through the growing use of camphor in the arts (especially in the manufacture of celluloid), as is shown by the fol- 
lowing official report of the total Japanese export during twelve years. 1880, 20,220 piculs; 1881, 21,344 piculs; 1882, 
31,610 piculs; 1883, 35.660 piculs; 1884, 29,900 piculs; 1885, 22,207 piculs; 1886, 34,952 piculs; 1887, 48,164 piculs; 
1888, 28,394 piculs; 1889, 41,115 piculs; 1890, 37,161 piculs; 1891, 38,504 piculs. 
* For detailed description, see P. J. Tr., xv. 167; also Proc. A. P. A., 1884, 132. 
fWe are informed that the process is conducted in the following manner in some of the laboratories of Philadelphia. 
The vessels in which the camphor is put are of cast iron, circular, from 12 to 15 inches or more in diameter, and 
4 inches deep, with perpendicular sides, and a ledge at top, on which the cover rests. This consists of sheet iron, 
with a hole through the centre about an inch in diameter, over which a small hollow cone of sheet iron is placed 
loosely. The crude camphor mixed with the lime, the object of which is said to be to combine with the moisture 
present, which interferes with the due solidification of the camphor vapor, is placed in the iron vessels described, of 
which from 20 to 50 are arranged in a long sand-bath. Heat is then applied until the camphor melts, after which it 
is kept as nearly uniform as possible, so that the vaporation may take place regularly, without violent ebullition. 
The vapor condenses on the lower surface of the lid; and care is taken, by the occasional removal of the iron cone, 
and clearing of the opening by means of a knife, to allow the escape of any accidental excess of the vapor. 308 
Camphora. 
PART I. 
Refined in this manner, it is usually in the form of large circular cakes, one or two inches 
thick, slightly convex on one side and concave on the other, and perforated in the centre. 
Camphor can also be made artificially by the oxidation of camphene, C10H16, with chromic acid 
mixture. Camphene is obtained from either pinenehydrochloride (so-called artificial camphor) 
or from bornyl chloride by treatment with alcoholic potash, and is a solid crystalline mass, 
fusing at 49° C. The importations of camphor for the past few years have been: for 1895, 
1,500,739 lbs., valued at $284,968; for 1896, 945,629 lbs., valued at $328,457; for 1897, 
1,469,601 lbs., valued at $332,748. 
Properties. “ White, translucent masses, of a tough consistence and a crystalline struc- 
ture, readily pulverizable in the presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform ; having a 
penetrating, characteristic odor, and a pungently aromatic taste. Specific gravity, 0-995 at 
15° C. (59° F.). Very sparingly soluble in water, but readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloro- 
form, carbon disulphide, benzin, and in fixed and volatile oils. When Camphor is triturated, 
in about molecular proportions, with menthol, thymol, phenol, or chloral hydrate, liquefaction 
ensues. It melts at 175° C. (347° F.), boils at 204° C. (399-2° F.), and is inflammable, 
burning with a luminous, smoky flame. On exposure to the air it evaporates more or less 
rapidly at ordinary temperatures, and, when moderately heated, it sublimes without leaving a 
residue.” U. S. Camphor has a peculiar, strong, penetrating, fragrant odor, and a bitter, 
pungent taste, with a slight sense of coolness. It is beautifully white and pellucid, somewhat 
unctuous to the touch, brittle, and yet possessed of a tenacity which renders its reduction to 
a fine powder very difficult, unless its cohesion be overcome by the addition of a minute pro- 
portion of alcohol, ether, chloroform, glycerin, essential or fatty oil, or other volatile liquid for 
which it has an affinity. It may be obtained in powder by pulverizing with an equal weight of 
sugar, by precipitating the tincture with water, or by grating and afterwards sifting it,* or, better 
yet, by sublimation. The fracture of camphor is shining, and its texture crystalline. Its sp. 
gr. varies from 0-9857 to 0-996. When thrown in small fragments upon water, it assumes 
singular circulatory movements, which cease upon the addition of a drop of oil; and this property 
has been applied to the detection of grease in liquids, a very small proportion of which is suf- 
ficient to prevent the movements. Its volatility is so great that, even at ordinary temperatures, 
it is wholly dissipated if left exposed to the air. When it is confined in bottles, the vapor 
condenses on the inner surface, and, in large bottles partially filled, sometimes forms, after 
long standing, large and beautiful crystals. It melts at 175° C. (347° F.), boils at 204° C. 
(399-2° F.), and, in close vessels, sublimes unchanged. When allowed to concrete slowly from 
the state of vapor, it assumes the form of hexagonal plates. It is not altered by air and light. 
It readily takes fire, burning with a brilliant flame, with much smoke, and without residue. 
Water triturated with camphor dissolves, according to Berzelius, not more than 1000th part; 
which, however, is sufficient to impart a decided odor and taste to the solvent. By the inter- 
vention of sugar or magnesia a much larger proportion is dissolved. (See Aqua Camphor as.) 
Carbonic acid increases the solvent power of water, as also does the spirit of nitrous ether. 
Ordinary alcohol will take up 75 per cent, of its weight of camphor, which is precipitated 
upon the addition of water. Berzelius states that 100 parts of alcohol, of the sp. gr. 0-806, 
dissolve 120 parts at 10° C. (50° F.). It is soluble without change in ether, the volatile and 
fixed oils, strong acetic acid, and diluted mineral acids, and is extremely soluble in chloroform. 
“ It is soluble in about 700 parts of water, in about 1 part of alcohol (90 per cent.), in one- 
quarter part of chloroform, and in 4 parts of olive oil; very soluble in ether." Br. Nitric 
acid on prolonged boiling with camphor oxidizes it into camphoric acid, C10H1604,f and cam- 
* But the powder thus formed is apt to aggregate on keeping. To obviate this it is recommended to rub it up 
with a minute proportion of magnesium carbonate, from 10 to 20 grains to the ounce; or, as suggested by the late 
Mr. Henry F. Fish, of New York, to pour an alcoholic solution of camphor into water in which magnesium carbonate 
is suspended, the proportion employed being 16 ounces of camphor to a drachm of the carbonate suspended in 
a gallon of water. The powder is allowed to settle on a filter. (A. J. P., Nov. 1870, 506.) Another method of 
accomplishing the same object, proposed by Mr. John C. Lowd, is to sublime camphor from a retort into a large 
chamber, and collect the powder. (Ibid., March, 1872, 112.) 
A still better plan is to dissolve camphor in one and a half parts of alcohol, and pour this solution with stirring 
into four parts of water. Collect the precipitate, wash with water, and dry. By noting the quantity of camphor 
used, the amount left dissolved in the diluted alcohol can be calculated, and this solution used in making tincture. 
f Camphoric acid occurs in small, white, acicular or scaly crystals, free from odor, of a feebly acid taste, sparingly 
soluble in cold, freely in hot, water, also in alcohol, ether, and fatty oils, and having a melting point of about 176° F. 
It is made by boiling camphor or campholic acid with concentrated nitric acid, and Maissen states that the best 
results are obtained by using a mixture of camphor and borneol, produced by the action of sodium on camphor. 
Camphoric acid appears to be a valuable remedy, of distinct power in checking the colliquative sweats of phthisis 
and perhaps of other diseases, and having a special relation with the mucous membranes. It has been highly com- PART I. 
Camphora. 
309 
phoronic add, C9H1206. Schwanert’s camphresinic add, C10H14012, is, according to Kachler, 
a mixture of these two. Sulphuric acid in the proportion of ten parts to one gives, when 
heated with camphor, an oil isomeric with camphor, boiling at 200° C. (392° F.), and yielding 
a solid camphor when distilled repeatedly over solid caustic potash. Sulphuric acid in the pro- 
portion of four to one gives with camphor, according to Chautard, a volatile product which he 
calls camphrene, and to which Schwanert gives the formula C9H140. Kachler (Ann. Ch. und 
Pharm., 164, p. 90) considers, however, that camphrene is only phorone (a condensation product 
of acetone) with slight impurities. Alcoholic potash solution heated with camphor gives a 
derivative called campholic add, C10H18Oa, a white solid, fusing at 95° C. (203° F.), and boiling 
at 250° C. (482° F.). Resins unite with it, forming a soft tenacious mass, in which the odor 
of the camphor is sometimes almost extinguished, and frequently diminished ; and a similar 
softening effect results when it is triturated with the concrete oils* Exposed to a strong heat, 
in close vessels, camphor is resolved into carbonic acid gas and hydrocarbons, among which 
cymol is especially to be recognized. 
Camphor, C10HleO, and borneol, C10H180,f are classified together as belonging to the group 
mended both internally and locally in bronchitis and phthisis. As a local application, the 1 percent, solution is said 
to act most happily in ordinary sore throat and in laryngitis ; but in the clinic of Professor Mosler, inhalations of 
camphoric acid solution tailed to achieve good in bronchitis and in pulmonary tuberculosis. In chronic cystitis the 
bladder may be washed out twice a day with a half of 1 per cent, solution, an ounce or so of the solution being left 
in the bladder, and the strength of the solution increased as necessary. In pyelitis, as well as in cystitis, the drug 
should be given by the mouth. Warman claims great value for the remedy in chronic gonorrhoea. Fiirbringer found 
it to be useful as an intestinal disinfectant, and it would seem to be a valuable remedy in the treatment of diarrhoea. 
It appears to be rapidly absorbed and as rapidly eliminated, as it may be found in the urine from two to five hours 
after its ingestion. (Bohland.) When used locally it can generally be given internally with advantage at the same 
time. Dose, 10 to 30 grains (0*650 to l-95 Gin.), three times a day, in capsule. In the case of night-sweats the large 
dose may be given at bedtime, or, when the sweats come on towards morning, in the middle of the night, 
y CHOH 
Oxycamphor, CsHu \ | , is a white crystalline powder, slightly soluble in cold water (2 per cent.), but freely 
\ CO 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and oils. It has been used as a remedy in dyspnoea in doses of from eight to 
sixteen grains (0*5 to 1 6m.). (Deutsch Med. Woch., 1897, No. 27.) 
* As this property of camphor may have a bearing, injuriously or otherwise, on pharmaceutical processes, it is 
desirable that the operator, as well as the prescribe!-, should be aware of the degree of effect produced by different 
resinous substances which may be mixed with it. M. Planche has found that mixtures formed by triturating pow- 
dered camphor with powdered dragon’s blood, guaiac, asafetida, and galbanum assume, and preserve indefinitely, the 
pilular consistence; with benzoin, tolu, ammoniac, and mastic, though at first of a pilular consistence, afterwards 
become soft by exposure to the air; with sagapenum and anime, assume a permanently semi-liquid form; with oli- 
banum, opopanax, gamboge, euphorbium, bdellium, myrrh, and amber, remain pulverulent, though somewhat grumous; 
and with tacamahac, resin of jalap, sandarac, and resinoid matter of cinchona, preserve the form of powder in- 
definitely. The same experimenter observed that camphor loses its odor entirely when mixed with asafetida, gal- 
banum, sagapenum, anim.6, and tolu ; retains a feeble odor with dragon’s blood, olibanum, mastic, benzoin, opopanax, 
tacamahac, guaiac, and ammoniac ; while with the other resinous substances above mentioned, it either has its odor 
increased, or retains it without material change. (Journ. de Pharm., xxiv. 226.) 
In mixing camphor with other substances in the form of powder, it is best to first pulverize the camphor with the 
aid of a little alcohol, then to pulverize the other substances together, and lastly to mix the two powders gently; 
much rubbing with the pestle having the effect of consolidating the granules of the camphor. {Procter.) 
f Sumatra Camphor. Borneo Camphor. Dryobalanops Camphor. Baros Camphor. Borneol. This camphor 
is produced in the islands of Sumatra and Borneo, by Dryobalanops camphora, or D. aromatica. This tree is very 
large, often exceeding one hundred feet in height, with a trunk six or seven feet in diameter, and ranks among the 
tallest and largest trees in India.* It is found in Sumatra and Borneo, and is abundant on the northwest coast 
of the former island. The camphor exists in concrete masses, which occupy longitudinal cavities or fissures in the 
heart of the tree, from a foot to a foot and a half long, at certain distances apart. The younger trees are generally 
less productive than the old. The only method of ascertaining whether a tree contains camphor is by incision. A 
party proceed through the forest, wounding the trees, till they find one which will answer their purpose; and hun- 
dreds may be examined before this object is attained. When discovered, the tree is felled and cut into logs, which 
are then split, and the camphor removed by means of sharp-pointed instruments. It is stated that the masses are 
sometimes as thick as a man’s arm; and that the product of a middling-sized tree is nearly eleven pounds; of a 
large one, double that quantity. The trees which have been wounded and left standing often produce camphor seven 
or eight years afterwards. Mrs. Ida Pfeiffer states, in her Second Journey round the World (Am. ed., p. 183), that 
the camphor is also found in a concrete state under the bark, and is swept down with long brooms. The whole tree 
is pervaded more or less by the camphor or the oil. The wood retains a fragrant smell, and, being on this account 
less liable to the attacks of insects, is highly esteemed for carpenter-work. 
Borneo camphor resembles in appearance ordinary camphor, but has, according to Christison, a specific gravity 
of 1*009, and sinks in water. Its odor is also distinctly different from that of camphor. It usually pulverizes with- 
out the addition of alcohol, is less volatile than ordinary camphor, and does not crystallize in the interior of the 
bottles in which it is kept. It fuses at 206° C. and boils at 212° C.; is dextrogyrate; has a formula of CioHn(OH); 
* For a particular description of this tree, see a paper by Dr. W. H. De Vriese, of Leyden, in the A. J. P. (xxiv. 329) 
taken from Hooker’s Journal of Botany. In this paper it is stated on the authority of Dr. Junghuhn, who witnessed the 
process of collection, that the camphor is deposited in very small quantities in minute fissures between the fibres, from 
which it is scraped off by small splinters of wood, or by the nail; and the thickest and oldest trees seldom yield more than 
two ounces. This account as to the productiveness of the tree differs greatly from that of Colebrook, as stated in the note 
above. Camphora. 
PART I. 
310 
called in general camphors, which occur with the terpenes or essential oils, C10Hie, and are to 
be considered as oxidation products of these latter. 
Borneol is an alcohol, yielding compound ethers when heated to about 200° C. (392° F.) 
with organic acids. It is a secondary alcohol, and therefore contains the group CH.OH linked 
to a more complex group. Secondary alcohols by oxidation yield ketones, by the change of the 
CH.OII group to CO. Common camphor bears this relation to borneol, and is therefore con- 
sidered as a ketone, although not capable of being formed directly from borneol. The action 
of metallic sodium, however, upon common camphor, C10HleO, yields borheol, C,0H180. 
Genuine camphor is said to be sometimes adulterated with the artificial, which may be de- 
tected by the action of ammonia upon its alcoholic solution, causing a flocculent precipitate, 
which does not redissolve, and the quantity of which is proportionate to that of the artificial 
product in any mixture of the two. (A. J. P., xxxiv. 189.) As a means of distinguishing 
from the artificial camphor resulting from the reaction between the oil of turpentine and hy- 
drochloric acid, Mr. J. W. Bailey recommends that a drop of alcohol, holding a little of the 
camphor to be tested in solution, be allowed to evaporate on the slide of a microscope. The 
crystals then formed produce with polarized light beautiful colors, if of natural camphor, but 
not if of the artificial. (Neues Repertorium, xvi. 763, 1867.)* 
and by the action of boiling nitric acid is converted into common camphor. It does not reach European commerce, 
being largely consumed in the Batta provinces, especially in funeral rites; and any that is exported is bought up at 
enormous prices for China, where it is especially preferred for embalming purposes on account of its being less vola- 
tile than the ordinary drug. 
Borneo camphor is also produced in Johore, a province of the Malay peninsula, where it is sold in four qualities. 
The first is composed of transparent crystals, generally a quarter of an inch and upwards in length; the second of 
brown crystals, inferior in size; the third of powdery coherent and slightly colored grayish crystals, which resemble 
Japanese camphor; the fourth quality is brownish, pulverulent, and looks like sea-shore sand. (See P.J. Tr., xvii.) 
Ngai camphor is yielded by the Blamea balsamifera, which occurs in India, China, Formosa, etc. The crude 
drug is known to the Chinese as ngai-fiu, and when refined in Canton as ngai-p’ien. About ten thousand pounds 
annually are exported from Canton. The refined camphor in appearance, odor, hardness, specific gravity, and vola- 
tility agrees almost precisely with Borneo camphor. According to Plowman, it has the chemical composition of Bor- 
neo camphor, but differs from it in its alcoholic solution being lsevogyrate, and in being converted by boiling nitric 
acid into a substance thought to be identical with the stearopten of Chrysanthemum parthenium Pers. 
The physiological action of Borneo and Ngai camphor and of artificial horneol has been studied by R. Stock- 
man (Journ. of Physiol., 1888), who finds that the action of the three substances is practically identical and closely 
resembles that of true camphor. He finds that these substances act as stimulants to the heart, but that when the 
dose is sufficiently large there occurs a fall of blood-pressure, apparently due to dilatation of the vessels; that in 
poisoning the respiration is always very much slowed, apparently by a centric action; that the convulsions which 
the drug produces are due to an influence upon the cerebral cortex; and that there is a lessening of the functional 
activity of the spinal cord and of the motor nerves. 
* Oil op Camphor. Two substances occur in commerce under the name of oil of camphor: the one derived from 
the Camphora officinarum, known as the Formosa or Japanese Oil of Camphor, and formerly official under the name 
of Oleum camphorce in the U. S. P.; the other the product of Bryobalanops camphora, the East India oil of cam- 
phor, not occurring in American and European commerce. The commercial oil of camphor, as found in our markets, 
is a colorless fluid or of a light yellowish-brown color, having a strong odor precisely like that of camphor, a 
bitterish camphorous taste, and a specific gravity, according to Prof. Procter, of 0'940. As described by M. Lal- 
lemand, the oil of the Camphora officinarum is very fluid, scarcely colored, and of a strong smell of camphor. It acts 
strongly on polarized light, and is dextrogyrate. It has been considered to be simply a mixture of camphor, CioHieO, 
and a hydrocarbon, CtoHj6, but is in reality much more complex. Yoshida (A. J. P., 1886, p. 99) separated it into 
five portions, as follows: 0-2 per cent, boiling below 145° C.; 7 per cent, of a hydrocarbon boiling at 166° C.; 20 
per cent, of a hydrocarbon boiling at 172°-173° C.; 22’8 per cent, of camphor, boiling point 205° C.; 50 per cent, 
of an oxygenated oil boiling at 212°-213° C. The hydrocarbon boiling at 156° C., Yoshida determined to be tere- 
binthene, CioHje, which differs in physical respects, however, from the terebinthene of oil of turpentine. The hydro- 
carbon boiling at 172°-173° C. he found to have a pleasant lemon odor, and, he thinks, is identical with the citrene 
of lemon oil. To the oxygenated oil, which constitutes half of the crude oil, he gives the formula CioHieO,H2O, and 
calls it camphorogenol. Schimmel & Co., of Leipsic, have, since 1885, extracted safrol commercially from the 
Japanese oil of camphor, and they give a different account of its composition. They state (Bericht von Schimmel 
& Co., April, 1888) that it contains camphor, safrol, eugenol, a sesquiterpene, C15II24, and possibly terpinol. They do 
not consider Yoshida’s camphorogenol to be a distinct substance. 
Within the last few years there has appeared in the American and English markets in considerable quantity an 
oil of camphor produced in Japan. It is imported in tin cans, and varies in tint from the colorless transparency 
of water, through pale straw, and yellow, to deep black. The specific gravity varies from 0-898 in the colorless oil to 
0'990 in the very dark. The oil seems to vary greatly in the amount of camphor it contains, much of it having 
nearly all the solid principle removed before exportation. The odor is distinctly camphoraceous, with a pecu- 
liarity that suggests the odor of sassafras. It is said by Mr. Peter MacEwan to differ from the Formosa oil in its 
behavior towards nitric acid. If half a drachm of the acid be allowed to act upon half a drachm of Japanese oil, 
and then diluted with half a drachm of water, a crimson color will be produced. The Formosa oil so treated yields a 
milky color with a scarcely perceptible green shade; hydrochloric acid gives with each oil a salmon color, more 
marked, however, with the Japanese oil. For further details, see P. J. Tr., vols. xv., xvi., and Journ. Chem. Soc., 
Oct. 1885. The oil is said to be used in Japan for the preparation of Chinese ink and varnishes, and for burning. 
As a diluent for artists’ colors it is useful because its capacity for dissolving resins is greater than that of oil of 
turpentine and similar liquids. 
The Formosa camphor oil industry, owing to onerous trade restrictions, has decreased greatly (Journ. Soc. Chem. Camphorci. 
PAET I. 
311 
Medical Properties and Uses. Camphor does not seem to have been known to the 
ancient Greeks and Romans. Europe probably derived it from the Arabians, by whom it was 
employed as a refrigerant. The local action of camphor is that of an irritant, with probably 
a benumbing influence upon the peripheral nerves of the mucous membrane. It is readily 
absorbed, and is finally eliminated from the kidneys, chiefly in the form of campho-glycuronic 
acid. When taken in moderate dose it produces in health a feeling of warmth in the stomach, 
some increase in the frequency, the force, and the fulness of the pulse, and a slight mental 
exhilaration. According to the older authorities, it may also cause distinct sexual excitement 
with voluptuous dreams, but such observation can rarely be corroborated, and in clinical medi- 
cine the drug has been used in full dose to a considerable extent as an antaphrodisiac and 
sexual sedative. After larger doses there are lassitude, decrease in the frequency of the pulse, 
and giddiness, preceded it may be by a short period of excitement. The symptoms produced 
by poisonous doses are: faintness, headache, vertigo, confusion of ideas, burning pain in the 
stomach, delirium, violent convulsions, insensibility, general paralysis; a pulse generally small, 
but sometimes accelerated and sometimes lowered in number; a skin cool, pale, or livid, 
generally bedewed with sweat. Sudden unconsciousness, with or without convulsions, has been 
in some instances the first manifestation of the action of the poison, and of course in any 
individual case many of the symptoms detailed above may be wanting. So far as we know, 
there are on record only three fatal cases of poisoning. 
The chief influences of the therapeutic dose of camphor are exerted upon the nervous sys- 
tem, and the drug has been largely used as an antispasmodic and stimulant in various diseases 
of a typhoid character, when there is a frequent irritated pulse, a dry skin, and much nervous 
derangement, indicated by restlessness, watchfulness, tremors, subsultus, and low muttering 
delirium. In the United States, however, it is at present not much used in serious disease, 
but is very extensively employed in various functional nervous disorders, such as hysteria, dys- 
menorrhcea, general nervousness, and even in nymphomania. It is much used in serous diarrhoea, 
in flatulence, spasmodic colic, etc., as a local stimulant to the alimentary canal. In some of 
these cases much advantage may be derived from combining it with opium. 
In Germany camphor is used to a considerable extent as a cardiac and general stimulant, 
not only in adynamic fevers but also when there is acute cardiac failure, and recent experi- 
ments show that the drug has a decided influence upon the circulation, indicating that in small 
doses it directly stimulates the heart and also widens the blood-paths by acting upon the vaso- 
motor centre, and that in toxic doses it depresses both the heart and the arteries. 
Camphor is much used locally as an anodyne, dissolved in alcohol, oil, or acetic acid, and 
frequently combined with laudanum. In rheumatic and gouty affections, and various internal 
spasmodic and inflammatory complaints, it often yields relief in this way. It is stated that 
the ardor urinse of gonorrhoea may be alleviated by injecting an oleaginous solution of 
camphor into the urethra, and the tenesmus from ascarides and dysentery by enemata of 
the same solution. Twenty or thirty grains of camphor, added to a poultice, and applied 
to the perineum, allay the chordee which is a painful attendant upon gonorrhoea. Its vapor 
has been inhaled into the lungs with benefit in asthma and spasmodic cough ; and a lump of it 
held to the nose is said to relieve coryza. It has been employed for the same purpose, and for 
nervous headache, in the form of powder snuffed up the nostrils. It enters into the composition 
of certain tooth-powders. 
Camphor is frequently given in the form of pill, and when the dose is not large, in spite of 
its slow solubility and irritant properties, the drug is well tolerated. When, however, it is 
desired to give very large doses or to have a prompt effect, a liquid preparation is preferable. 
Ind., 1887, 391), while that of Japan has increased enormously. In 1885 the exportation from Japan was 225,200 
kilos, in 1886, 537,700 kilos, and in 1887 much more; but on account of the failure of price the Japanese have con- 
sumed most of the oil they produce, the importation into the United States in 1892 having decreased to but a little 
more than one-fourth of what it formerly was. 
The oil of camphor has properties similar to those of camphor, but more stimulant, and is especially applicable to 
affections of the stomach and bowels in which an anodyne and stimulant impression is indicated, as flatulent colic 
and spasmodic cholera. It may also be used externally, as a rubefacient and anodyne liniment, diluted with soap 
liniment, or olive oil, in local rheumatism and neuralgic pains, bruises, sprains, etc. The dose is two or three drops 
(0-12 to 0-18 C.c.). 
The Dryobalanops oil of camphor is said to be found in trees too young to produce camphor, and is supposed to 
constitute the first stage in the development of this substance, as it occupies the cavities in the trunk which are 
afterwards filled with the camphor. The chief constituent of it is a peculiar volatile oil, which is termed borneene, 
is isomeric with oil of turpentine, C10H16, and holds in solution borneol and resin. By fractional distillation this oil 
may be separated into two portions, the one more volatile than the other, but not differing in composition. 312 
Camphor a.—Camphor a Monobromata. 
PAET I. 
The Aqua Camphorse of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is an excellent but feeble preparation. The 
Spiritus Camphorae may be given in milk or even in water, although under the latter circum- 
stances it is apt to adhere to the sides of the vessel or of the spoon. An excellent method of 
administration is afforded by an emulsion made by rubbing up the camphor with mucilage of 
acacia and water. As camphor is freely soluble in chloroform, when it is desired to give the 
two remedies together the camphor may be dissolved in the chloroform and administered in 
milk or in emulsion. Oleum camphoratum of the German Pharmacopoeia is made by dis- 
solving one part of camphor in nine parts of olive oil, and is much used in Germany hypoder- 
mically as a cardiac stimulant in collapse. According to Schilling, as much as thirty grains of 
the camphor may be thus administered without disagreeable results. The medium dose of 
camphor is from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.) ; but, to meet various indications, it may 
be diminished to a single grain (0-065 Gm.) or increased to a scruple (1-3 Gm.). There is 
no known antidote to camphor, and in poisoning by it, after evacuation of the stomach and 
bowels, the symptoms must be met as they arise. 
CAMPHORA MONOBROMATA. U. S. Monobromated Camphor. 
CioHisBrO; 230*42. (CiM'PHO-RA MON-O-BRd-MA'TA.) Ci0 Hi5 Br O; 2.30-8. 
Bromated Camphor, Brominated Camphor, Brom-camphor; Cainphre monobromfi, Fr.; Monobrom Camphor, G. 
This substance was discovered in 1861 by Th. Swarts, who prepared it by heating bi- 
bromide of camphor in a sealed tube to 100° C. It may also be made by heating for three 
hours in a sealed tube, with the water-bath, bromine and camphor in the proper chemical 
proportions. The crystalline mass is washed with water, recrystallized from alcohol after 
treatment with animal charcoal, washed with an alcoholic solution of potassa, then with much 
water, and finally recrystallized from a mixture of alcohol and ether. It is very easy to pre- 
pare the monobromide on a small scale in this way. There is, however, at all times a very 
great pressure upon the inside of the tube, and the attempt to practise the method upon a 
large scale is very apt to result in shattering the tubes. This has led to numerous experiments 
as to the best method of preparing it. For methods of preparing bromocamphor and allied 
products, see Chem. News, 1896, 208. Prof. Maisch (A. J. P., 1872, 339) introduces 4 oz. 
of bromine gradually into a retort in which 13 oz. of camphor have been previously placed. In 
15 or 20 minutes a brisk reaction will commence. When this subsides, 8 or 9 oz. more of bro- 
mine are to be poured in, in four portions, waiting after each addition until the reaction ceases. 
The liquid in the retort is now to be heated to about 132° C. (270° F.), then cooled, and suffi- 
cient petroleum benzin added to dissolve the crystalline mass. The crystals which are formed 
on cooling may be purified by recrystallization from benzin or hot alcohol. Various modifica- 
tions of this process have been proposed. Prof. J. U. Lloyd (A. J. P., April, 1875) directs 
the addition of water to the camphor and bromine in the retort, and boils the mixture for two 
hours, or until all the water is evaporated. Then the contents are poured into a dish and 
treated with warm alcohol, and allowed to crystallize, the mother-liquor being drained off and 
recrystallized from hot alcohol. C. C. Keller (Schweiz. Wochensch. f. Pharm., 1880, p. 50) uses 
chloroform (instead of water, as proposed by Prof. Lloyd) with the camphor and bromine, and 
washes the crystals with absolute alcohol, crystallizing them finally from an ethereal solution. 
300 parts of camphor yield 340 parts of monobromated camphor* 
Properties. “ Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, having a mild, camphoraceous odor 
and taste, permanent in the air, unaffected by light, and neutral to litmus paper. Almost in- 
soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, hot benzin, and fixed and volatile 
oils ; slightly soluble in glycerin. It is also soluble, without decomposition, in cold, concen- 
trated sulplmric acid, from which it separates again unaltered, when the solution is poured into 
water. It melts at 76° C. (168-8° F.), and sublimes at a slightly higher temperature. At 
274° C. (525-2° F.) it boils without decomposition, and is finally volatilized without leaving a 
residue.” XJ. S. 
Medical Properties. Monobromated camphor was first proposed as a medicine by Pro- 
fessor Deneffe, and has been used as a nervous sedative in delirium tremens, hysteria, convulsive 
irritation of teething, sleeplessness, etc. According to the experiments of Dr. Bourneville (Le 
Progres Medical, 1874) and of Dr. Lawson (The Practitioner, Aug. 1874), it produces in 
* Chlorinated Camphor (C10H15CI.O), the counterpart of monobromated camphor, has been studied physiologically 
by F. Perrenot under the name of Chlorure de Camphre {These, Lyon, 1886). He finds that it is not poisonous, but 
has distinct antiseptic properties, and recommends it as a substitute for iodoform and other antiseptics when ulcer- 
ated surfaces need a stimulant dressing. Cannabis Indica. 
PART I. 
313 
mammals muscular weakness, passing into paralysis, very decided progressive reduction of 
temperature, decrease in the respiration rate, sleep passing into stupor, and finally death. Dr. 
Bourneville states that the vessels of the ear and eyelids in the rabbit are contracted. Its 
therapeutic action resembles, but is not identical with, that of other bromides; in the experi- 
ence of Dr. H. C. Wood, it has seemed to be of especial value in spermatorrhoea. It is not 
safe to give it too freely, as in some cases its ingestiop has been followed by epileptiform con- 
vulsions. The dose of it is 5 grains (0-33 Gm.),* given in pill or emulsion, and repeated every 
hour for 2 or 3 doses if necessary. The emulsion may be made by dissolving it in six times 
its weight of expressed oil of almonds, and then forming an emulsion with gum and water in 
the usual manner. 
CANNABIS INDICA. U. S., Br. Indian Cannabis. [Indian Hemp.] 
(cXn'na-bis in'di ca.) 
“ The flowering tops of the female plant of Cannabis sativa, Linne (nat. ord. Urticaceae), 
grown in the East Indies.” U S. “ The dried flowering or fruiting tops of the female plant 
of Cannabis sativa, Linn., grown in India; from which the resin has not been removed.” Br. 
Hemp, Indian Hemp; Herba Cannabis Indicae; Chanvre Indien, Fr.; Indischer Hanf, G. 
Gen. Ch. Male. Calyx five-parted. Stamens five. Female. Calyx one-leaved, rolled up. 
Styles two. Bindley. 
Cannabis sativa. Linn. Sp. Plant. 1457 ; Griffith, Med. Bot. p. 572; B. & T. 231. Hemp 
is an annual plant, from four to eight feet or more in height, with an erect, branching, angular 
stem. The leaves are alternate or opposite, on long, lax footstalks, roughish, and digitate, with 
linear-lanceolate, serrated segments. The stipules are subulate. The flowers are axillary ; the 
male in long, branched, drooping racemes ; the female in erect, simple spikes. The stamens 
are five, with long pendulous anthers; the pistils two, with long, filiform, glandular stigmas. 
The fruit is ovate and one-seeded. The whole plant is covered with a fine pubescence, scarcely 
visible to the naked eye, and somewhat viscid to the touch. The hemp plant of India, from 
which the drug is derived, has been considered by some as a distinct species, and named Can- 
nabis indica; hut the most observant botanists, upon comparing it with our cultivated plant, 
have been unable to discover any specific difference. It is now, therefore, regarded merely as 
a variety, and is distinguished by the epithet indica. Dr. Pereira states that in the female plant 
the flowers are somewhat more crowded than in the common hemp, but that the male plants 
in the two varieties are in all respects the same. 
C. sativa is a native of the Caucasus, Persia, and the hilly regions in the north of India. It 
is cultivated in many parts of Europe and Asia, and largely in our Western States. It is from 
the Indian variety exclusively that the medicine was formerly obtained; the heat of the cli- 
mate in Hindostan apparently favoring the development of its active principle.f Dr. H. C. 
Wood, having obtained a parcel of the male plant of C. americana from Kentucky, made an 
alcoholic extract of the leaves and tops, and, upon trying it on the system, found it effective in 
less than a grain, and, having inadvertently taken too large a dose, experienced effects which 
left no doubt of the powers of the medicine, and of the identity of its influence with that of 
the Indian plant. How far the female tops might have the same effect is left uncertain ; but, 
if we are to judge from analogy with the Indian plant, they would be preferable to the male. 
(Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. xi. p.226.) The results obtained by Dr. Wood were so decisive 
that at the 1880 revision of our Pharmacopoeia the American plant was recognized ; but in 
1890 it was dropped. 
* Elixir of Monobromated Camphor is proposed by Munday (P.J. Tr., March 3,1877). Monobromated camphor 
3 parts, alcohol (90 per cent.) 120 parts, orange-flower water 80 parts, glycerin 100 parts. Mix the alcohol and 
glycerin; dissolve the monobromated camphor by the use of a gentle heat, and add the orange-flower water. It 
contains 1 per cent, of monobromated camphor. 
| On a visit to the botanical garden of Edinburgh, in the autumn of 1860, Dr. George B. Wood saw a full-grown 
specimen of Cannabis sativa, and was surprised to find that it was only about four feet high, had little or no odor, 
and was scarcely adhesive when handled. If this is the general character of the hemp plant in the north of Europe, 
it is not surprising that it should be destitute of the medicinal properties of the Indian plant. In Philadelphia the 
plant attains a height usually of six or eight feet, has a decided narcotic odor, and exudes so much of its peculiar 
resin as to be very adhesive to the fingers. On this occasion Dr. Christison informed Dr. Geo. B. Wood, from infor- 
mation he had received from India, that the plant there cultivated in the hot plains does not yield hashish satisfac- 
torily, but that this product is chiefly if not exclusively obtained from it in the hilly regions. He said, moreover, 
that the story of the natives running through the hemp-fields and collecting the resin on their clothing, from which 
it is afterwards scraped, is, if not quite untrue, at least apocryphal. He had been informed that the real mode of 
gathering it is to rub the hemp-tops between the hands, and, when the palms and fingers are sufficiently loaded with 
the resin, to scrape it oil'. It is possible, however, that different methods may be followed in different localities. 314 
Cannabvs Indica. 
PART I. 
The seeds, though not now official have been used in medicine. They are about the eighth 
of an inch long, roundish-ovate, somewhat compressed, of a shining ash-gray color, and of a 
disagreeable, oily, sweetish taste. They yield by expression about 20 per cent, of a fixed oil, 
which has the drying property, and is used in the arts. They contain also uncrystallizable 
sugar and albumen, and when rubbed with water form an emulsion, which may be used ad- 
vantageously in inflammations of the mucous membranes, though without narcotic properties. 
The seeds are much used as food for birds, as they are fond of them. They are generally be- 
lieved to be in no degree poisonous; but M. Michaud relates the case of a child in whom 
serious symptoms of narcotic poisoning occurred after taking a certain quantity of them. It 
is probable that some of the fruit eaten by the child was unripe, as in this state it would be 
more likely to partake of the peculiar qualities of the plant. (Annuaire de Therap., 1860.) 
In Hindostan, Persia, and other parts of the East, hemp has long been habitually employed 
as an intoxicating agent. The parts used are the tops of the plant, and a resinous product 
obtained from it. Ganja or gunjah is the tops of cultivated female plants, cut whilst unfertil- 
ized directly after flowering, and formed into bundles from two to four feet long by three 
inches in diameter. The utmost care is taken to prevent fertilization, it being affirmed that 
a single male plant will spoil a whole field. When hemp is cultivated in India for its fibre or 
seed, male and female plants are grown together. The hashish of the Arabs is essentially the 
same as gunjah. For a description of the method employed in India for the preparation of 
hasheesh or majoom, see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 417. The name bang is given to a mixture 
of the larger leaves and capsules, without the stems, of wild plants, male and female. There 
is on the surface of the plant a resinous exudation, to which it owes its clammy feel. Men 
clothed in leather run through the hemp-fields, brushing forcibly against the plants, and thus 
separating the resin, which is subsequently scraped from their dress and formed into balls. 
These balls and also masses formed out of resin mechanically separated from gunjah bundles 
are called churrus. In these different states of preparation the hemp is smoked like tobacco, 
with which it is said to be frequently mixed. Momea or mimea is a hemp preparation said to 
be made in Thibet with human fat. An infusion or decoction of the plant is also sometimes 
used as an exhilarating drink. From gunjah the Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh, obtained a 
purer resin by the following process. Bruised gunjah is digested, first in successive portions of 
warm water, till the expressed liquid comes away colorless; and afterwards for two days, with 
a moderate heat, in a solution of sodium carbonate, containing one part of the salt for two of 
the dried herb. It is then expressed, washed, dried, and exhausted by percolation with alcohol. 
The tincture, after being agitated with milk of lime containing one part of the earth for twelve 
of the gunjah used, is filtered ; the lime is precipitated by sulphuric acid ; the filtered liquor 
is agitated with animal charcoal, and again filtered; most of the alcohol is distilled off, and to 
the residue twice its weight of water is added; the liquor is then allowed to evaporate grad- 
ually ; and, finally, the resin is washed with fresh water until it ceases to impart a sour or 
bitter taste to the liquid, and is then dried in thin layers. Thus obtained, it retains the odor 
and taste of the gunjah, which yields from 6 to 7 per cent, of it. 
Properties. Fresh hemp has a peculiar narcotic odor, which is said to be capable of pro- 
ducing vertigo, headache, and a species of intoxication. It is much less in the dried tops, which 
have a feeble bitterish taste. According to Dr. Royle, churrus is when pure of a blackish-gray, 
blackish-green, or dirty olive color, of a fragrant and narcotic odor, and a slightly warm, 
bitterish, and acrid taste. The Indian hemp is officially described as “ branching, compressed, 
brittle, about 5 Cm. or more long, with a few digitate leaves, having linear-lanceolate leaflets, 
and numerous, sheathing, pointed bracts, each containing two small, pistillate flowers, some- 
times with the nearly ripe fruit, the whole more or less agglutinated with a resinous exuda- 
tion. It has a brownish-green color, a peculiar, narcotic odor, and a slightly acrid taste.” 
U. S. “ The fruit is one-seeded and supported by an ovate-lanceolate bract. Both leaves and 
bracts bear external oleo-resin glands and one-celled curved hairs, the bases of which are en- 
larged and contain cystoliths.” Br. For a histological description of the leaf by Dr. A. R. 
L. Dohme, see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 569. Schlesinger found in the leaves a bitter substance, 
chlorophyll, green resinous extractive, coloring matter, gummy extract, extractive, albumen, 
lignin, and salts. The plant also contains volatile oil in very small proportion, which probably 
has narcotic properties. The resin obtained by T. & H. Smith, of Edinburgh, in 1846, has 
been thought to be the active principle, and has received the name of cannabin. It is neutral, 
soluble in alcohol and ether, and separable from the alcoholic solution by water as a white 
precipitate. Martino (Ar. Rep. Pharm., 4, 529) obtained a resin fusing at 68° C. (154-4° PART I. 
Oannabis Indica. 
315 
F.), easily soluble in alcohol, ether, and volatile oils, difficultly soluble in aqueous alkalies and 
acids. By oxidation with nitric acid a product is formed, oxycannabin, C20H20tI207, which, 
after purification, is white and crystalline. Preobraschensky (Pharm. Zeit. f. Russl., 1876, 
7U5) believes that cannabis indica contains the alkaloid nicotine; and this may sometimes be 
found in some samples of hasheesh intended for smoking, which contain tobacco as an ad- 
mixture. From the effects on the system of the exhalations from fresh hemp, it was a very 
probable supposition that the plant owed its medical properties, in part at least, to a volatile 
principle. By repeated distillation of the same portion of water from relatively large quanti- 
ties of hemp renewed at each distillation, M. J. Personne obtained a volatile oil, of a stupefying 
odor, and an action on the system such as to dispose him to think that it was the active principle 
of the plant. As the water distilled was strongly alkaline, he supposed that this volatile prin- 
ciple might be a new alkaloid; but the alkaline reaction was found to depend on ammonia; 
and the liquid obtained proved to be a volatile oil, lighter than water, of a deep amber color, a 
strong smell of hemp, and composed of two distinct oils, one colorless, with the formula C18H20, 
the other a hydride of the first, C18H22, which was solid, and separates from alcohol in plate- 
like crystals. For the former M. Personne proposes the name of cannabene. It is affirmed 
that when this is inhaled, or taken into the stomach, a singular excitement is felt throughout 
the system, followed by a depression, sometimes amounting to syncope, with hallucinations 
which are generally disagreeable, but an action on the whole slighter and more fugitive than 
that of the resin. Siebold and Bradbury (Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1881), by the process 
for nicotine, obtained cannabinine in the form of a varnish-like dry mass, which they assert 
is an alkaloid. Dr. Matthew Hay believes that there are several alkaloids in cannabis indica, 
and he has obtained one, tetano-cannabene, whose existence is made very doubtful by the 
researches of Warden and Waddell (Indian Med. Gazette, xix.) and of Jahns (P. J. Tr., 1883). 
Henry F. Smith has also found an alkaloid corresponding to that described by Siebold and 
Bradbury. He obtained a yellowish-green, transparent, varnish-like mass, which had a strong, 
peculiar odor, resembling that of coniine, and formed a crystalline sulphate. (A. J. P., 1891, 
387.)* Cannabine tannate is now an article of commerce and made by Merck ; it is asserted 
by Dr. Dornmiiller to have soporific effects, but Dr. H. C. Wood has found it to be physiologi- 
cally inert. Bombelon prepares pure cannabine by decomposing the tannate with zinc oxide 
and extracting the cannabine as a greenish-brown, non-adhesive powder, which he asserts is 
more reliable than the tannate. (Amer. Drug., 1884, 132.) Cannabindon, C8H120, is a dark 
red syrupy liquid obtained by Robert (Chem. Zeit., 1894, 741) from Cannabis Indica; it is 
soluble in alcohol, ether, and oils; it is affirmed to be narcotic in doses of from half a grain 
to two grains (0-03 to 0-1 Gm.). Marino-Zuco and Yignolo (Gazetta Clinica Italiana, 1895, 
Part I., 262) have obtained an alkaloidal substance which forms a colorless deliquescent 
crystalline hydrochloride, having a powerful cardiac depressant effect. It is supposed, how- 
ever, to represent a decomposition product of the original plant principle. As a result of a 
reinvestigation of charas (churrus) from Indian hemp, Wood, Spivey, and Easterfield (Journ. 
Chem. Soc., vol. lxix. 539) have found the following principles: 1, a terpene, boiling between 
150° and 180° C.; 2, a sesqui-terpene, boiling at 258°-259° C. ; 3, a crystalline paraffin of 
probable formula C29H0O, melting at 63-5° C. ; and 4, a red oil, boiling at 265°-270° C. under 
a pressure of 20 Mm., to which they give the name cannabinol, and the formula C18H2402. 
This latter constituent they consider the only active ingredient. It is probably the same 
substance as the dark red syrup of Robert, mentioned above under the name cannabindon. 
The authors found that cannabinol readily underwent superficial oxidation, at the same time 
losing its toxic activity. 
Medical Properties. Extract of hemp is a powerful narcotic, causing exhilaration, in- 
toxication, delirious hallucinations, and, in its subsequent action, drowsiness and stupor, with 
little effect upon the circulation. It is asserted also to act as a decided aphrodisiac, to increase 
the appetite, and occasionally to induce the cataleptic state. In overdoses it may produce 
poisonous effects. In morbid states of the system it has been found to cause sleep, to allay 
spasm, to compose nervous disquietude, and to relieve pain. In these respects it resembles 
opium ; but it differs from that narcotic in not diminishing the appetite, checking the secre- 
tions, or constipating the bowels. It is much less certain in its effects, but may sometimes be 
preferably employed, when opium is contra-indicated by its nauseating or constipating effects, 
* Dr. I. Roux (Arch. d. Pharm., 1887) has experimented upon extracts made by treating purified extract of hemp 
with petroleum benzin and ether. The ether extract produced insignificant results. The petroleum extract was 
excitant and convulsivant. The alcoholic extract was a feeble narcotic. 316 
Cannabis Indica.— Cantharis. 
PART I. 
or its disposition to produce headache, and to check the bronchial secretion. The complaints 
in which it has been specially recommended are neuralgia, gout, rheumatism, tetanus, hydro- 
phobia, epidemic cholera, convulsions, chorea, hysteria, mental depression, delirium tremens, in- 
sanity, and uterine hemorrhage. Dr. Alexander Christison, of Edinburgh, affirms that it has 
the property of hastening and increasing the contractions of the uterus in delivery, and has 
employed it with advantage for this purpose. It acts very quickly, and without anaesthetic 
effect. It appears, however, to exert this influence only in a certain proportion of cases. (Ed. 
Month. Journ. of Med. Sci., xiii. 117 ; xv. 124.) The strength of the extract varies much as 
found in commerce, and therefore no definite dose can be fixed. When it is of good quality, 
half a grain or a grain (0-03-0-065 Gm.) will affect the system, whilst some apparently good 
extracts are practically inert. The proper plan is to begin with one-quarter grain (0-016 Gm.), 
repeated at intervals of two, three, or four hours, and gradually increased until its influence is 
felt, and the strength of the parcel employed is thus ascertained. Afterwards the dose should 
be regulated by the ascertained strength; but, should a new parcel be employed, the same 
caution must be observed as to the commencing dose. A tincture is prepared by dissolving an 
ounce of the extract in a pint (Imp. meas.) of alcohol. A dose of this, equivalent to a grain 
of the extract, is about twenty minims (1-25 C.c.), or forty drops. According to Mr. C. R. 
Marshall (London Lancet, i., 1897 ; also Journ. Amer. Med. Assoc., Oct. 1898), upon dogs and 
cats cannabinol acts as a powerful hypnotic, producing also ataxia and other evidences of action 
upon the nerve-centres. Its influence upon the circulation was found to be very feeble, though 
excessive doses reduced the pulse-rate. In man, doses of from one and a half to two grains 
of cannabinol produced very active intoxication, with symptoms similar to those caused by can- 
nabis indica. The inertness of much of the commercial extract Marshall believes to be due 
to the proneness of cannabinol to undergo oxidation. Of the terpenes of cannabis indica, 
Marshall took as high as eight minims without effect. 
CANTHARIS. U. S., Br. Cantharides. [Spanish Flies.] 
(cAn'tha-ris.) 
“ Cantharis vesicatoria, De Geer (class, Insecta; order, Coleoptera). Cantharides should 
be thoroughly dried at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and kept in well-closed 
vessels.” U. S. “ The dried beetle, Cantharis vesicatoria, Latr.” Br. 
Cantharides, P.G.; Museae Hispanic®; Cantharides, Cantharide, Fr.; Spanische Fliege, Kantharide, Cantha- 
riden, G.; Cantarelie, It.; Cantaridas, Sp. 
The term Cantharis was employed by the ancient Greek writers to designate many coleop- 
terous insects or beetles. Linnaeus gave the title to a genus not including the official blistering 
insect, and placed this in the genus Meloe, which, however, has been since divided into several 
genera. Geoffrey made the Spanish fly (beetle) the prototype of a new genus, Cantharis, 
substituting Cicindela as the title of the Linnaean genus. Fabricius altered the arrangement 
of Geoffrey, and substituted Lytta for Cantharis as the generic name. The former was 
adopted by the London College, and at one time was in extensive use; but the latter, having 
been restored by Latreille, is now recognized in the British and U. S. Pharmacopoeias, and 
is universally employed. By this naturalist the vesicating insects were grouped in a small 
tribe, corresponding very nearly with the Linnaean genus Meloe, and distinguished by the title 
Cantharidae. This tribe he divided into eleven genera, among which is Cantharis. Two others 
of these genera, Meloe properly so called, and Mylabris, have been employed as vesicatories. 
Mylabris cichorii is thought to be one of the insects described by Pliny and Dioscorides under 
the name of cantharides, and is to this day employed in Italy, Greece, the Levant, and Egypt; 
and another species, M. pustulata, is used for the same purpose in China. Mr. W. R. Warner 
has found 500 parts of M. cichorii to yield 2-13 parts of cantharidin, which somewhat exceeds 
the yield of Spanish flies (A. J. P., xxviii. 195) ; and R. Wolff has obtained by ethereal ex- 
traction more than 4 parts of cantharidin in 500 of the Lytta aspersa of Buenos Avres. The 
M. cichorii has been recently imported to some extent under the name of Chinese blistering fly. 
It is black, with the powder blackish gray and free from shining particles; it yielded to Prof. 
Maisch (Proc. Amer. Pharm., 1872) 1-016 per cent., and to L. Fahnestock 1-25 per cent., of 
cantharidin (A. J. P., 1879). For further account of non-official blistering flies, see page 312. 
Cantharis. Class Insecta. Order Coleoptera. Linn.—Family Trachelides. Tribe Cantha- 
ridrn. Latreille. 
Gen. Ch. Tarsi entire ; nails bifid ; head not produced into a rostrum ; elytra flexible, cover- 
ing the whole abdomen, linear, semicylindric; wings perfect; maxillae with two membranous 
lacinise, the external one acute within, subuncinate; antennae longer than the head and thorax, PART I. 
Cantharis. 
317 
rectilinear; first joint largest, the second transverse, very short; maxillary palpi larger at tip. 
(Say.) 
Cantharis vesicatoria. Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Insect., ii. p. 220. This beetle is from six to 
ten lines in length, by two or three in breadth, and of a beautiful, shining, golden-green color. 
The head is large and heart-shaped, bearing two thread-like, black, jointed feelers; the thorax 
short and quadrilateral; the wing-sheaths long and flexible, covering brownish membranous 
wings. When alive, the Spanish flies have a strong, penetrating, fetid odor, compared to that 
of mice, by which swarms of them may be detected at a considerable distance. They attach 
themselves preferably to certain trees and shrubs, such as the white poplar, privet, ash, elder, 
and lilac, upon the leaves of which they feed. They abound most in Spain, Italy, and the 
south of France, but are found also in all the temperate parts of Europe, and in the west of 
Asia. According to the researches of Lichtenstein, the eggs are laid by the female in the 
latter part of June in small cylindrical holes made in the ground. A week later the larvae 
hatch out. They are a millimeter long, with two long caudal threads, and of a brown color. 
After many efforts, M. Lichtenstein succeeded in getting them to feed on the honey contained 
in the stomach of bees. In a few days they changed into milk-white larvae, and about a month 
after this buried themselves in the ground, to assume the chrysalis stage and to hatch out the 
following spring as perfected beetles. In the wild state the larvae are said to mount up flowers 
and attach themselves to bees or other hymenopterous insects; carried by the bee to the hive, 
the larvae feed upon the young bees and the honey and bee-bread stored up for use. The 
beetles usually make their appearance in swarms upon the trees in May and June, when they 
are collected. The time preferred for the purpose is in the morning, at sunrise, when they are 
torpid from the cold of the night, and easily let go their hold. Persons with their faces pro- 
tected by masks, and their hands with gloves, shake the trees, or beat them with poles; and 
the insects are received as they fall upon linen cloths spread underneath. They are then 
plunged into vinegar diluted with water, or exposed in sieves to the vapor of boiling vinegar, 
and, having been thus deprived of life, are dried either in the sun, or in apartments heated by 
stoves. This mode of killing the flies by the steam of vinegar is as ancient as the times of 
Dioscorides and Pliny. In some places they are gathered by smoking the trees with burning 
brimstone. It has been proposed by M. Lutrand to destroy them by the vapor of chloroform. 
When perfectly dry, they are introduced into casks or boxes lined with paper and carefully 
closed, so as to exclude as much as possible the atmospheric moisture. According to M. Neut- 
wich, the young fly has no vesicating power (A*. J. Tr., Nov. and Dec., 1870, p. 355) ; but this 
is denied by H. Beauregard. (Ibid., xv. 873.) 
Cantharides come chiefly from Spain, Italy, Sicily, and other parts of the Mediterranean. 
Considerable quantities are also brought from St. Petersburg, derived originally, in all proba- 
bility, from the southern provinces of Russia, where the insect is very abundant. The Rus- 
sian flies are most esteemed. They may be distinguished by their greater size, and their color 
approaching to that of copper. 
In the United States are several species of Cantharis, which have been employed as substi- 
tutes for C. vesicatoria and found equally efficient; but none of them are now recognized by 
our national Pharmacopoeia; even C. vittata, which was at one time official, having been dis- 
carded * 
* Blistering Flies not official. 1. Cantkaris vittata. Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Insect. ; Durand, Journ. of the Phila. 
Coll, of Pharm., ii. 274, fig. 4. The potato fly * is rather smaller than C. vesicatoria, which it resembles in shape. 
Its length is about six lines. The head is light red, with dark spots upon the top; the feelers are black; the elytra 
or wing-cases are black, with a yellow longitudinal stripe in the centre, and with a yellow margin; the thorax is 
also black, with three yellow lines; and the abdomen and legs, which have the same color, are covered with a cinere- 
ous down. It inhabits chiefly the potato vine, and appears about the end of July or beginning of August, in some 
seasons very abundantly. It is found on the plant in the morning and evening, but during the heat of the day de- 
scends into the soil. The insects are collected by shaking them from the plant into hot water, and. are afterwards 
carefully dried in the sun. They are natives of the Middle and Southern States. This species of Cantharis was 
first described by Fabricius in the year 1781, and was introduced to the notice of the profession by Dr. Isaac Chap- 
man, of Bucks County, Pennsylvania, who found it equal if not superior to the Spanish fly as a vesicatory. The 
testimony of Dr. Chapman has been corroborated by that of many other practitioners. It may be applied to the 
same purposes, treated in the same manner, and given in the same dose as the foreign insect. Mr. W. R. Warner 
obtained 1*99 parts of cantharidin from 500 parts of this beetle, but by improved methods Mr. Fahnestock procured 
1J per cent, of the active principle. {A. J. P., xxviii. 195 ; li. 298.) According to the researches of Prof. Jos. Leidy, 
the vesicating principle resides in the blood, the eggs, and a peculiar fatty matter of certain accessory glands of the 
generative apparatus {Am. Jour, of Med. Sci., Jan. 1860, p. 60); whilst H. Beauregard {P. J. Tr., xv. 873) found 
* According to the researches of L. Dembinski, the Colorado potato-beetle, or “potato bug” (Doryphora decemlineata), 
contains no cantharidin. (A. J. P., 1877, p. 550.) 318 
Cantharis. 
PART I. 
Properties. “ About 25 Mm. long and 6 Mm. broad; flattish-cylindrical, with filiform 
antennae, black in the upper part, and with long wing-cases and ample membranous, trans- 
parent, brownish wings; elsewhere of a shining, coppery-green color. The powder is grayish- 
brown, and contains green, shining particles. Odor strong and disagreeable; taste slight, 
afterwards acrid.” U. S. Dried Spanish flies preserve the form and color, and, to a certain ex- 
tent, the disagreeable odor, of the living insect. They have an acrid, burning, and urinous taste. 
Their powder is of a grayish-brown color, interspersed with shining green particles, which are 
the fragments of the feet, head, and wing-cases. If kept perfectly dry, in well-stopped glass 
bottles, they retain their activity for a great length of time. A portion which had been pre- 
served by Van Swieten for thirty years, in a glass vessel, was found still to possess vesicating 
properties. But exposed to a damp air they quickly undergo putrefaction; and this change 
takes place more speedily in the powder. Hence the insects should either be kept whole, and 
powdered as they are wanted for use, or, if kept in powder, should be well dried immediately 
after pulverization, and preserved in air-tight vessels. They should never be purchased in 
powder, as, independently of the consideration just mentioned, they may in this state be more 
easily adulterated. But, however carefully managed, cantharides are apt to be attacked by 
mites, which feed on the interior soft parts of the body, reducing them to powder, while the 
hard exterior parts are not affected. An idea was at one time prevalent that the vesicating 
that the blood, the seminal vesieules of the male, the eggs, and all parts of the generative organs of the female are 
active. 
2. Cantharis cinerea. Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Insect.; Durand, Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., ii. 274, fig. 5. 
The ash-color cantharis closely resembles the preceding species in figure and size, but differs from it in color. The 
elytra and body are black, without the yellow stripes that characterize C. vittata, and are entirely covered with a 
short and dense ash-colored down, which conceals the proper color of the insect. The feelers are black, and the 
first and second joints are very large in the male. This species also inhabits the potato plant, and is occasionally 
found on other plants, as the English bean and wild indigo. It is a native of the Northern and Middle States. II- 
liger in 1801 discovered its vesicating properties; but Dr. Gorham was first to call public attention particularly to 
the subject, and to the fact of its equality in all respects with the potato fly, in a communication addressed, in the 
year 1808, to the Medical Society of Massachusetts. 
3. Cantharis marginata. Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Insect.; Durand, Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., ii. 274, fig. 
6. This is somewhat larger than C. vittata, and of a different shape. The elytra are black, with the suture and 
margin ash-colored. The head, thorax, and abdomen are black, but nearly covered with an ash-colored down; and 
on the upper part of the abdomen, under the wings, are two longitudinal lines of a bright clay color. The insect is 
usually found, in the latter part of summer, upon different species of Clematis, and frequents especially the lower 
branches which trail along the ground. Professor Woodhouse, of Philadelphia, first ascertained its vesicating prop- 
erties ; but it had previously been described by Fabricius as a native of the Cape of Good Hope. Dr. Harris, of 
Massachusetts, found it as efficient as any other species. 
4. Cantharis atrata. Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Insect.; Durand, Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., ii. 274, fig. 7. 
The black cantharis is smaller than the indigenous species already described, but resembles C. marginata in figure. 
Its length is only four or five lines. It is distinguished by its size, and its uniform black color. It frequents more 
especially the different species of Aster and Solidago, though it is found also on Prunella vulgaris, Ambrosia trifida, 
and some other plants. Mr. Durand met with considerable numbers of this insect near Philadelphia, in the month 
of September; and they continued to appear till the middle of October. They are common in the Northern and 
Middle States, but are not confined exclusively to this country, being found also in Barbary. Drs. Oswood and 
Harris, of New England, satisfactorily ascertained their vesicating powers. They are probably identical with the 
insect noticed as vesicatory by Prof. Woodhouse, under the name of Meloe niger. 
5. Cantharis vulnerata. Harrison Allen, Medical Zoology, 1st ed., p. 150. Dr. Geo. H. Horn states that this is 
so abundant upon the Pacific coast that he has often seen bushels of it covering the ground. It has a black body, an 
orange-colored head, sometimes with a broad black stripe down the middle, and black wing-cases. Dr. Horn found 
it medicinally very active, as was also the less plentiful C. melcena. 
Several other species have been discovered in the United States, but not yet practically employed. Among these 
are G. ceneas, a native of Pennsylvania, discovered by Mr. Say; C. politus and C. aszeliamis, inhabiting the Southern 
States; C. nuttalli, a large and beautiful insect of Missouri, first noticed by Mr. Nuttall, and said to surpass the 
Spanish fly in magnitude and splendor; and C. albida, another large species, found by Mr. Say near the Rocky 
Mountains. Of these, C. nuttalli (Lytta nuttalli, Say, Am. Entomol., i. 9) bids fair, at some future period, to be an 
object of importance in the western section of this country. The head is of a deep greenish color, with a red spot 
in front; the thorax is of a golden green; the elytra red or golden purple and somewhat rugose on their outer surface, 
green and polished beneath; the feet black; the thighs blue or purplish. The exploring party under Colonel Long 
ascertained the vesicating powers of this insect. It was found in the plains of the Missouri, feeding on a scanty 
grass. In one spot it was so numerous as to be swept a way by bushels, in order that a place might be cleared for 
encamping. There are also a number of beetles found in the United States which are plentiful enough to be capable 
of affording a commercial article, and which are so closely allied to the genus Cantharis as to render it probable that 
they possess blistering properties. For an account of the more important, see Proc. A. P. A., 1876, p. 506. 
Mylabris bifasciata and M. lunata, said to be common South African beetles used by the natives for producing 
vesication, have appeared in the London market. They yielded to J. Oldham Braithwaite from D09 to D02 per cent, 
of cantharides. Meloe proscarabceus and M. majalis have been occasionally substituted for cantharides in Europe, 
and M. trianthemce is used in the upper provinces of Hindostan. Mr. J. 0. Braithwaite found the Mylabris bifasciata 
of the Cape of Good Hope extremely rich in cantharidin, whilst its co-dweller, M. lineata, contained but little. 
(P. J. Tr., xviii. 246.) Huechys sanguinea, or “ Chinese cantharides” of the London market, does not contain can- 
tharidin. (J. Moss, P. J. Tr., xvii. 845.) Epicauta gorhami is said to be used in Japan as a cantharidal beetle. 
(Pharm. Zcit., March, 1891.) PART i. 
Cantharis. 
319 
property of the insect was not injured by the worm, which was supposed to devour only the 
inactive portion. But this has been proved to be a mistake. M. Farines, an apothecary of 
Perpignan, has satisfactorily shown that, though the hard parts left by these mites possess some 
vesicating power, and the powder produced by them still more, yet the sound flies are much 
stronger than either. Camphor, which has been recommended as a preservative, does not 
prevent the destructive agency of the worm* It is stated by M. Farines that when the flies 
are destroyed by the vapor of pyroligneous acid, instead of common vinegar, they acquire an 
odor which contributes to their preservation. Cantharides will bear a very considerable heat 
without losing the brilliant color of their elytra; nor is this color extracted by water, alcohol, 
ether, or the oils; so that the powder might be deprived of all its active principle and yet 
retain the exterior characters unaltered. The wing-cases resist putrefaction for a long time, 
and the shining particles have been detected in the human stomach months after interment. 
So early as 1778, Thouvenel attempted to analyze cantharides, and the attempt was repeated 
by Dr. Beaupoil in 1803; but no very interesting or valuable result was obtained till 1810, 
when Bobiquet discovered in them a crystalline substance, which proved to be the vesicating 
principle of the insect and received the name of cantharidin. The constituents, according to 
Robiquet, are—1, a green oil, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, and inert as a vesicatory; 
2, a black matter, soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, and inert; 3, a yellow viscid matter, 
soluble in water and alcohol, and without vesicating powers ; 4, cantharidin ; 5, a fatty matter, 
insoluble in alcohol; 6, calcium and magnesium phosphates, acetic acid, and, in the fresh insect, 
a small quantity of uric acid. Orfila afterwards discovered a volatile principle, upon which 
the fetid odor of the fly depends. It is separable by distillation with water. Prof. Dragen- 
dorff has found a volatile principle which acts on the system in the same manner as canthari- 
din. When powdered flies are moistened with water and distilled, the part which passes over, 
at or below 100° C. (212° F.), contains this principle. ( Chem. News, May 31,1867.) That the 
green coloring matter is chlorophyll seems to be shown by the experiments of Pocklington, who 
(P. J. Tr., [3] iii. p. 681) found that when cantharides was treated with alcohol, ether, and 
carbon disulphide, the solutions yielded absorption spectra agreeing with that of chlorophyll. 
Cantharidin exists in commercial cantharides to the extent of from 0-7 to 0-9 per cent. E. 
Dieterich prepares cantharidin by macerating 1000 parts of coarsely powdered cantharides in 
1500 parts of acetic ether mixed with 20 parts of sulphuric acid; after adding 40 parts of 
barium carbonate to neutralize the excess of sulphuric acid, the mixture is exhausted with 
acetic ether in an extraction apparatus, the liquid is distilled, and (he residue, consisting of 
cantharidin, resin, fat, etc., is set aside for eight days to allow the cantharidin to crystallize; 
200 parts of benzin (sp. gr. 0.740) are then added, gently heated in order to dissolve the fatty 
matter, the liquid filtered, and the cantharidin washed with benzin and recrystallized from its 
solution in 90 per cent, alcohol. If perfectly pure cantharidin is needed, the cantharidin may 
be dissolved in acetic ether and the solution passed through animal charcoal, filtered, and 
allowed to crystallize. (Journ. de Pliarm. et de Chim., 1893, 375.) 
Cantharidin is a white substance, in the form of crystalline scales, of a shining micaceous 
appearance, inodorous, tasteless, almost insoluble in water and in cold alcohol, but soluble in 
ether, chloroform, benzol, the oils, and in hot alcohol and acetic acid, which deposit it upon 
cooling.f It fuses at 210° C. (410° F.), is volatilizable by heat without decomposition, and 
* It appears from the experiments of M. Nivet that, though camphor does not preserve the entire fly from the 
attacks of the larvae of the Anthrenus, it actually destroys the mites of the Cantharis so often found in the powder, 
and may, therefore, be introduced with advantage, in small lumps, into bottles containing powdered cantharides. 
(Journ. de Pharm., xix. 604.) Ammonium carbonate has also been recommended as a preservative. Pereira has 
found that a few drops of strong acetic acid, added to the flies, are very effectual. Among the best means of pre- 
serving them, whether whole or in powder, is the application of the process of Apert, which consists in exposing 
them for half an hour, confined in glass bottles, to the heat of boiling water, which destroys the eggs of the insect, 
without impairing the virtues of the flies. (Ibid., xxii. 246.) Of course the access of water to the flies should be 
carefully avoided. Lutrand recommends chloroform as the best preservative that he has tried. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xviii. 214.) We have little doubt that exposure, in a confined vessel, to the vapor of carbolic acid, would be a perfect 
protection against all forms of insect life. 
f Cantharidin (solubility). The solubilities of cantharidin were examined with great care by Professor Procter, 
with the following results. It is insoluble in water. Cold alcohol dissolves it slightly, hot alcohol freely. It is 
more soluble in ether, which also dissolves it more freely hot than cold. Chloroform, cold or hot, is its best solvent; 
and acetone ranks next to it in this respect. Olive oil, at 250° F., dissolves one-twentieth of its weight, and oil of 
turpentine, boiling hot, one-seventieth; and both deposit the greater portion on cooling. The olive oil solution after 
deposition vesicates, the terebinthinate does not. Strong acetic, sulphuric, and nitric acids dissolve it, with the aid 
of heat, and deposit it unchanged on cooling. It is also dissolved by solutions of potassa and soda, and to a small 
extent by a strong solution of ammonia. (A. J. P., xxiv. 296.) Formic acid is said to be the best solvent. Some- 
what different results in relation to the solubility of cantharidin have been obtained by M. E. Rowan. Careful ex- 320 
Canthairis. 
PART I. 
its vapor condenses in acicular crystals. As determined by the experiments of Mr. Wm. A. 
Guy, the subliming heat of isolated cantharidin is 100° C. (212° F.), or the temperature of 
boiling water. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1868, 373.) According to MM. Masing and Dragendorff, can- 
tharidin, with the composition C10H1204, is capable of combining with water, and thus becomes 
cantharidic acid, C10H140§, and in this state forms definite compounds with bases, such as 
K2CioH1205 and N«,C10HuO„ which are crystallizable. These may be obtained by heat- 
ing cantharidin with an alkaline solution. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Janv. 1868, 79.) 
Cantharidin itself has been found to combine like an acid with the salifiable and earthy bases, 
forming soluble compounds with potassium, sodium, and lithium hydrates, salts of very sparing 
solubility with baryta, strontia, and lime, and with magnesia a salt which, though feebly soluble 
in water (100 parts of water dissolving only 0-24 of the salt) (see P. J. Tr., March 13, 1880), 
is much more largely dissolved in cold than in hot water, and in cold than in hot alcohol. 
Cantharidin is therefore recognized as the lactone or inner anhydride of cantharidic acid. The 
potassium salt crystallizes with 3 molecules of water, and is soluble in 25 parts of water. 
On the addition of strong acids to this solution, cantharidic acid is not precipitated, as might 
be expected, but the lactone cantharidin. This potassium salt has been recommended by Lie- 
breich for use in subcutaneous injections in cases of phthisis, but is of very doubtful value. 
The most satisfactory test of cantharidin is its vesicating property. Notwithstanding the 
insolubility of this principle in water and cold alcohol, the decoction and tincture of cantha- 
rides have the medicinal properties of the insect; and Lewis ascertained that both the aqueous 
and alcoholic extracts act as effectually in exciting vesication as do the flies themselves, while 
the residue is in each case inert. Cantharidin consequently exists in the insect so combined 
with the yellow matter as to be rendered soluble in water and cold alcohol. If, as stated by 
E. Dieterich (1883), formic acid is present in the Spanish fly, it is probable that the solution 
of’ the cantharidin is due to its presence. H. G. Greenish calls attention to the fact that much 
loss of cantharidin takes place in making the various pharmaceutical preparations, through 
insufficient exhaustion by the use of the ordinary solvents. He obtained 0-822 per cent, of 
cantharidin from exhausted residues. Homolka records in Ber. d. Chem. Ges., xix. 1082, the 
results of an investigation of the'chemical decompositions of cantharidin. 
Adulterations. These are not common. Occasionally other insects, or even beads, are 
added, purposely, or through carelessness. These may be readily distinguished by their ap- 
pearance. Flies exhausted of their cantharidin are sometimes substituted for the genuine 
drug. They are worthless, and are to be distinguished by their lack of substance and their 
yielding a nearly colorless ethereal tincture. Pereira states that powdered flies are sometimes 
adulterated with euphorbium. According to the researches of Mr. Fahnestock (A. J. P., 
1879, p. 298), age destroys the activity of the drug without of necessity impairing its physical 
appearance. 
The percentage of cantharidin found in cantharides furnishes the best test of their virtues. 
Professor Procter succeeded, by means of chloroform, in isolating cantharidin with great facility. 
He treated the flies with chloroform by percolation, displacing the last portion by means of 
alcohol, and allowing the resulting solution to evaporate spontaneously. Cantharidin is thus 
obtained in crystals mixed with the green oil, the greater portion of which may be removed by 
bibulous paper. The residuary crystals are dissolved in a mixture of ether and alcohol, which, 
by the spontaneous evaporation of the ether, yields the cantharidin nearly pure. M. Mortreux, 
having ascertained that the cantharidin is insoluble in carbon disulphide, proposed to use this 
fluid for removing the fatty matter associated with the cantharidin crystals obtained by the 
use of chloroform. He employed the same liquid in estimating the proportion of cantharidin, 
which he found to be about 20 centigrammes for 40 grammes of the flies, or half of one per 
cent. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 3e ser., xlvi. 33, 1864.) Wittstein obtains it by digesting 
coarsely-powdered flies repeatedly with water, straining through linen and expressing, allowing 
the liquid to settle for a day, separating the supernatant oil, adding a little wood charcoal, 
evaporating to dryness, treating the residue with ether so long as the solution affords a lami- 
nated substance on evaporation, evaporating the ethereal solution, treating the residue with 
cold alcohol of 80 per cent, for one day with frequent shaking, and finally drying the scales. 
(See A. J. P., xxviii.) Mr. Williams has obtained it by means of benzol. (Ibid., xxvi.) For 
a method of assaying cantharides and its official preparations by Prof. H. G. Greenish and 
Harold Wilson, see P. J. Tr., 1898, 255, or Amer. Drug., 1898, 224. 
amination with distilled water showed that, when agitated for eight days at ordinary temperatures with pure can- 
tharidin, it was capable of dissolving 0*0266 per cent, of that principle; boiling water dissolves 0*297 per cent.; 
boiling alcohol (99 Tralles) 2‘168 per cent. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1873, 409.) PART I. 
Cantharis. 
321 
Medical Properties and Uses. Internally administered, cantharides is a powerful 
irritant, with a peculiar direction to the urinary and genital organs. Genito-urinary irritation 
is ordinarily the first symptom produced by small doses of cantharides, and, if the dose have 
been large enough, it may amount to violent strangury, attended with excruciating pain, and 
the discharge of bloody urine. Toxic doses of Spanish fly produce obstinate and painful pria- 
pism, vomiting, bloody stools, severe pains in the whole abdominal region, excessive salivation 
with a fetid cadaverous breath, hurried respiration, a hard and frequent pulse, burning thirst, 
exceeding difficulty of deglutition, sometimes a dread of liquids, frightful convulsions, tetanus, 
delirium, and death. Orfila has known twenty-four grains of the powder to prove fatal. Dis- 
section reveals inflammation and ulceration of the mucous coat of the whole intestinal canal. 
According to M. Poumet, if the intestines be inflated, dried, cut into pieces, and examined in 
the sun between two pieces of glass, they will exhibit small shining yellow or green points, 
strongly contrasting with the matter around them. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., iii. 167.) * The 
poisonous effects are to be counteracted by emetics, cathartics, and opiates by the stomach and 
rectum. From the experiments of Schroff it seems that oils somewhat accelerate the poisonous 
action, probably by dissolving the cantliaridin. (See A. J. P., xxviii. 365.) By experiments 
upon dogs, M. Thouery, a French apothecary, has satisfied himself that animal charcoal pos- 
sesses a real antidotal power. (Journ. de Pliarm., 1858, p. 65.) Cantharides have been long 
and beneficially used in medicine. Either these or other vesicating insects appear to have 
been given by Hippocrates in dropsy and amenorrhcea, in the latter of which complaints, when 
properly prescribed, they are a highly valuable remedy. They are also useful in obstinate 
gleet, leucorrhcea, and seminal weakness, and in paralytic incontinence of urine. They are used 
also in certain cutaneous eruptions, especially those of a scaly character, and in chronic eczema. 
Their unpleasant effects upon the urinary passages are best obviated by the free use of diluent 
drinks, and, when not consequent upon great abuse of the medicine, may almost always be 
relieved by an anodyne injection, composed of laudanum with a small quantity of mucilaginous 
fluid. The dose of Spanish flies is one or two grains (0-065-0T3 6m.) of the powder, which 
may be given twice a day, in the form of pill. The tincture, however, is more frequently 
employed. 
Externally applied, cantharides excites inflammation in the skin, which terminates in a co- 
pious secretion of serum under the cuticle. It may be employed either as a rubefacient, or to 
blister. In the former capacity it is seldom used, but as an epispastic it is preferred to all other 
substances. When blisters are allowed to stay on only long enough to irritate the skin, but 
not to blister, they are known as flying blisters. Used in this way, they are sometimes of 
service in neuralgias, applied directly over the seat of pain. Their chief value is, however, 
found in cases of severe internal irritation. It is of great importance that the practitioner 
clearly comprehend the distinct uses of the rubefacient and the blister. The rubefacient is 
to be employed as a revulsive when the internal irritation is severe but is not connected with 
pronounced organic change. The immediate impression of a rubefacient, acting as it does 
upon a much larger surface than does the blister, is greater than that of the blister, but the 
permanent revulsive action is much less. The blister is, therefore, to be used when the inter- 
nal disease is connected with inflammatory structural change. Thus, in a case of gastrodynia, 
a rubefacient is of much more service than a blister, whilst the blister is decidedly more effec- 
tive in peritonitis. In a general wide-spread congestion of the lung the rubefacient is to be pre- 
ferred to the blister, but in pneumonia the blister to the rubefacient. As, however, congestion 
of neighboring parts usually accompanies a localized inflammation, a rubefacient is sometimes 
to be employed as a temporary substitute for or adjuvant to a blister. The amount of serous 
discharge produced by blisters appears to be sometimes of service in almost directly evacuating 
local serous exudations. Thus, not rarely, repeated blistering affords the best treatment of 
a serous pleurisy. Possibly, however, even in these cases, the mister acts purely as a counter- 
irritant, as it certainly does in chronic rheumatism and other diseases of the joints. In all chronic 
joint inflammations the best results may often be obtained by a reblistering, extending, if neces- 
sary, over weeks and months. In some cases of skin disease blisters are capable of substi- 
tuting their own action for the original morbid disease, and they are still occasionally used for 
this purpose in tinea capitis, obstinate herpes, and other affections. The length of time that a 
blister should be applied varies with the individual and with the position of the disease. In 
* Cantharidin may be detected in the body after death from poisoning. M. Dragendorfif states that he has suc- 
ceeded in finding it in the dead body of a cat three months after it had been taken, and is convinced that it might 
be discovered in the human corpse six months after burial. (Journ. de Pharm., 1873, p. 443.) Cantharis.— Capsicum. 
PART I. 
322 
some constitutions they produce a poisonous impression, attended with frequent pulse, dryness 
of the mouth, subsultus tendinum, and even convulsion. Such symptoms are probably the re- 
sults of an intense peripheral nervous irritation acting upon very susceptible centres. Such is 
not, however, the case with the strangury which may follow absorption of the cantharidin, and 
which is always the result of the direct action of the cantharidin upon the genito-urinaiy tract. 
In order to avoid such genito-urinary irritation, and also as much as possible the pain at the 
seat of application, the blister should be left on only until it distinctly reddens the skin, when 
a flaxseed poultice may be applied, and in the course of two or three hours the blister is formed. 
The time necessary for such reddening of the skin is usually from four to six hours, if the 
cantharidin be active. (See Ceratum Cantharidis.) 
Prof. Liebreich strongly recommends hypodermic injections of cantharidin in the treatment 
of phthisis, but general clinical experience has not confirmed the value of the remedy. Lieb- 
reiclis cantharidal solution was made by heating 20 C.c. of water with 2 decigrammes of 
cantharidin and 4 of potassium hydrate until solution was obtained, then adding enough 
water to make one thousand cubic centimeters. The dose of the cantharidate was 0-0001 
increased to 0-0002 Gm., or even beyond. 
CAPSICUM. U. S. (Br.) Capsicum. [Cayenne Pepper. African Pepper.] 
(C&P'SI-OUM.) 
“The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum, Blume (nat. ord. Solanacese).” U. S. “The dried 
ripe fruit of Capsicum minimum, Roxb.” Br. 
Capsici Fructus, Br., Capsicum Fruit; Cayenne Pepper, African Pepper; Fructus Capsici, P.G.; Piper His- 
panicum; Pod Pepper, E.; Capsique, Piment des Jardins, Piment rouge, Poivre de Cayenne, Poivre de GuinSe, 
Poivre d’Inde, Fr.; Spanischer Pfeifer, G.; Pepperone, It.; Pimiento, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla wheel-shaped. Berry without juice. Willd. 
Owing probably to its wide-spread cultivation, the genus Capsicum contains a large number 
of plant forms whose specific relations aflbrd a very difficult problem to the systematic botanist. 
The probability is that the entire genus was originally confined to the American tropics, al- 
though it has been cultivated since the time of Columbus in the temperate and tropical zones 
of almost the whole world. Its first appearance in literature seems to be in an epistle by Peter 
Martyn, dated September, 1493, speaking of its having been brought by Columbus. Neither 
in ancient Sanscrit, or Chinese, or Greek, or Latin, or Hebrew is there a name for it. In 1887 
Prof. Asa Gray expressed his belief that there are only two species in the genus, although in 
the last previous revision of the genus, in 1852, Dunal had recorded fifty species. After a 
very wide-spread and careful study of the subject, including the cultivation of every procurable 
variety and species for four years in the Missouri Botanical Garden, H. C. Irish has reached 
the conclusion that the dictum of Gray was correct, and that there are really only two species 
of the genus; one which is herbaceous and annual or biennial, one which is shrubby and 
perennial. 
The first of these is the one most extensively cultivated in Europe and in this country; it 
is the C. annuum, L. The second is in its varieties very largely grown in the tropical and 
subtropical latitudes, its fruit not ripening at all or only to a slight degree in the temperate 
zone. It is the species which was described under the name of C. frutescens, by Linnaeus, 
in 1737. By Irish it is divided into two varieties,— C. frutescens proper, which is characterized 
by its fruit being oblong, acuminate, and usually embraced by the calyx, and C. frutescens 
baccatum, which is characterized by its ovate or subround fruit, usually seated on the calyx. 
This variety is the C. baccatum of Linnaeus, 1767. In the first of these varieties are comprised 
the C. fastigiatum (Blume) and the C. minimum of Miller, which yield most of the Cayenne 
pepper produced in the tropics, although, especially in the West Indies and South America, 
C. baccatum is largely cultivated. It is even doubtful whether C. annuum should be con- 
sidered as a distinct species from C. frutescens, as in tropical climates varieties have been pro- 
duced which are perennial and somewhat woody. 
The British Pharmacopoeia seems to be in error in ascribing the original description of the 
Capsicum minimum to Roxbury, since his Flora Indica did not appear until 1832, whereas 
the species was described by Miller, in the Garden Dictionary, in 1771. 
Capsicum annuum. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1052; B. & T. 189. The stem of the annual cap- 
sicum is thick, roundish, smooth, and branching ; rises two or three feet in height; and supports 
ovate, pointed, smooth, entire leaves, which are placed without regular order on long footstalks. 
The flowers are solitary, white, and stand on long peduncles at the axils of the leaves. The PAET I. 
Capsicum. 
323 
calyx is persistent, tubular, and five-cleft; the corolla, monopetalous and wheel-shaped, with the 
limb divided into five spreading, pointed, and plaited segments; the filaments, short, tapering, 
and furnished with oblong anthers; the germen, ovate, supporting a slender style which is 
longer than the filaments and terminates in a blunt stigma. The fruit is a pendulous, pod-like 
berry, of varying shape and size, light, smooth, and shining, of a bright scarlet, orange, or 
sometimes yellow color, with two or three cells, containing a dry, loose pulp, and numerous flat, 
kidney-shaped, whitish seeds. 
The following are the characteristics of the two varieties of the shrubby or perennial capsi- 
cum, as given by Irish : 
C. frutescens, Linn. “ Plants shrubby, perennial, two and a half to six feet high. Branches 
angular, often channelled, puberulent or pubescent, especially on the younger portions; usually 
greatly enlarged at the nodes, green or sometimes purplish striate, slightly purple at the nodes. 
Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, three to six inches long, two or three and one-half inches wide, 
usually puffed or wrinkled, more or less pubescent, especially around the veins. Petioles 
medium, usually subciliate; peduncles slender, one to two inches long, often in pairs, usually 
longer than the fruit. Calyx usually cup-shaped, embracing base of the fruit; teeth short, 
corolla white or greenish white, spreading three-eighths to three-quarters inch, often with 
ocherous markings in the throat. Fruit red, ovate, obtuse or oblong acuminate, three-quarters 
to one and one-quarter inches long, one-quarter to three-quarters inch diameter.” 
C. frutescens baccatum, Linn. “ Plauts one to three feet high, under cultivation often six 
feet. Branches numerous, slender, fastigiate flexuose, usually quite densely purple, striate, 
scabrous, pubescent. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rather abruptly uarrowing into the petioles, 
solitary or in twos, more or less pubescent along the veins and sometimes on the surface. 
Petioles short, usually hairy, broadened at base. Peduncles solitary or in twos, extreme ax- 
illary vertical (giving a peculiar character to the fruit), slender. One to one and one-quarter 
inches long, smooth, or on young specimens subhairy. Calyx short, cyathiform, subhairy, 
subciliate. Corolla small, spreading about one-half inch, greenish white. Fruit ovate or 
subround, about one-quarter inch diameter. Unripe fruit sometimes changing from green to 
blackish spotted, finally ripening into a red or yellow.” 
C. annuum is chiefly grown in this country; its flowers appear in July and August, and the 
fruit ripens in October. The several varieties of it differ in the shape of the fruit. The most 
abundant is probably that with a large irregularly ovate berry, depressed at the extremity, which 
is much used in the green state for pickling. The variety most used in making Cayenne pepper 
is that with long, conical, generally pointed, recurved fruit, usually not thicker than the finger. 
Sometimes small, spherical, slightly compressed berries, not greatly exceeding a large cherry in 
size, are met with. The red or Cayenne pepper of commerce is obtained by grinding the pods 
of several so-called varieties of capsicum, and is of variable strength. A variety of capsicum, 
consisting of very small, conical, pointed, exceedingly pungent berries, less than an inch in 
length, is imported from Liberia. In England the fruit of C. annuum is frequently called 
chillies. The U. S. Pharm. describes the fruit of C. fastigiatum as follows: “ Oblong-conical, 
from 10 to 20 Mm. long, supported by a flattish, cup-shaped, five-toothed calyx, with a red, 
shining, membranous, and translucent pericarp, enclosing two cells, and containing flat, reni- 
form, yellowish seeds attached to a thick, central placenta. It has a peculiar odor, and an 
intensely hot taste.” The Br. Pharm. gives the characteristics of the fruit of C. minimum 
as “ Bull orange-red, oblong-conical, obtuse, two-celled fruits, from about one-half to three- 
quarters of an inch (twelve to twenty millimetres) in length and a quarter of an inch (six 
millimetres) in diameter; sometimes attached to a five-toothed inferior calyx, and a long, 
straight, slender peduncle. The pericarp is somewhat shrivelled, glabrous, translucent, and 
leathery, and contains from ten to twenty small flat seeds, either loose or attached to a thin 
reddish dissepiment.” 
Powdered capsicum is usually of a more or less bright red color, which fades upon exposure 
to light and ultimately disappears. The color of the Liberia or African pepper, in powder, is 
a light brownish yellow. The odor is peculiar and somewhat aromatic, stronger in the recent 
than in the dried fruit. The taste is bitterish, acrid, and burning, producing a fiery sensation 
in the mouth, which continues for a long time. The pungency appears to depend on a peculiar 
principle, which was obtained, though not in a perfectly isolated state, by Braconnot, and named 
capsicin. It is obtained as a thick yellowish-red liquid, but slightly soluble in water. When 
gently heated it becomes very fluid, and at a higher temperature is dissipated in fumes which 
are extremely irritating to the respiration. It is a mixed substance, consisting of resinous and 324 
Capsicum. 
PART I. 
fatty matters. In 1876, Thresh isolated a well-defined active principle, capsaicin, from the 
extract, which he obtained by exhausting Cayenne pepper with petroleum. From the red 
liquor dilute caustic alkali removes capsaicin, which is to be precipitated in minute crystals 
by passing carbonic acid through the alkaline solution. The crystals may be purified by re- 
crystallizing them from either alcohol, ether, benzin, glacial acetic acid, or hot carbon disulphide ; 
in petroleum capsaicin is but sparingly soluble, yet dissolves abundantly on addition of fatty 
oil. The latter being present in the pericarp is the reason 
capsaicin can be extracted by the above process. The 
crystals of capsaicin are colorless, and answer to the 
formula C8H1402; they melt at 59° C. (138-2° F.), and 
begin to volatilize at 115° C. (239° F.),but decomposition 
can be avoided only with great care. The vapors of cap- 
saicin are of the most dreadful acridity, and even the 
ordinary manipulation of that substance requires much 
precaution. Felletar (Joum. de Pharrn., Avril, 1870, p. 
347) first obtained from capsicum fruits a volatile alka- 
loid, which resembles coniine in odor, but is distinguished 
by the different shape of its hydrochlorate crystals. H. 
Pabst (1892) made a thorough investigation of the fruit 
of C. annuum. He does not think that an alkaloid exists 
originally in the fruit, but believes that the alkaloidal reactions are due to a decomposition 
product. He finds, besides capsaicin, a red coloring matter, and oleic, palmitic, and stearic 
acids. The red coloring matter, by saponification, was shown to be a cholesterin ester of the 
fatty acids. (A. J. P., 1892, 370.) Moerbitz (1898) isolated a pungent principle having a 
bitter taste, which he states is neither capsicin nor capsicol, and names capsicvtin. Red lead 
oxide is sometimes added to the powdered capsicum sold in Europe. It may be detected by 
digesting in diluted nitric acid, and precipitating the lead by sodium sulphate. Capsicum is 
said to be sometimes adulterated with colored sawdust; to be recognized by the microscope. 
It is often adulterated with inert vegetable substances. The British Pharmacopoeia requires 
that capsicum should yield on incineration not more than 6 per cent, of ash ; this test would 
detect the presence of most adulterants. The cut represents the characteristic cells of ground 
capsicum. It is occasionally attacked by insects. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cayenne pepper is a powerful local stimulant, pro- 
ducing when swallowed a sense of heat in the stomach, and a general glow over the body with- 
out any narcotic effect. It is much employed as a condiment, and proves highly useful in cor- 
recting the flatulent tendency of certain vegetables and aiding their digestion. Hence the 
advantage derived from it by the natives of tropical climates, who live chiefly on vegetable 
food. In the East Indies it has been used from time immemorial. From a passage in the 
works of Pliny, it appears to have been known to the Romans. As a medicine it is useful in 
cases of enfee led and languid stomach, and is occasionally prescribed in dyspepsia and atonic 
gout, particularly when attended with much flatulence, or occurring in persons of intemperate 
habits. It has also been given as a stimulant in palsy and certain lethargic affections. To 
quinine sulphate it forms an excellent addition in some cases of intermittents in which there 
is a great want of gastric susceptibility. Upon the same principle of rousing the suscepti- 
bility of the stomach, it may prove useful in low forms of fever, as an adjuvant to tonic or 
stimulant medicines. Its most important application, however, is to the treatment of malig- 
nant sore throat and scarlet fever, in which it is used both internally and as a gargle. The 
following formula was employed in malignant scarlatina, with great advantage, in the West 
Indies, where this application of the remedy originated. Two tablespoonfuls (31-1 Gm.) of the 
powdered pepper, with a teaspoonful (3-9 Gm.) of common salt, are infused for an hour in a 
pint of boiling liquid composed of equal parts of water and vinegar. This is strained, when 
cool, through a fine linen cloth, and given in the dose of a tablespoonful (15 C.c.) every half- 
hour. The same preparation is also used as a gargle. It is, however, only to the worst cases 
that the remedy is applied so energetically. In milder cases of scarlatina, with inflamed or 
ulcerated throat, much relief and positive advantage often follow the employment of the pep- 
per in a more diluted state. Capsicum has been advantageously used in sea-sickness, in the dose 
of a teaspoonful (3-9 Gm.), given in some convenient vehicle on the first occurrence of nausea. 
It is thought also to have been beneficial in hemorrhoidal affections. It has long been used as 
a stomachic stimulant in the enfeebled digestion of drunkards, and in delirium tremens. 
Fragments of tissue from powdered capsicum. PART I. 
Carbo. 
325 
Applied externally, Cayenne pepper is a powerful rubefacient, which has the advantage of 
acting speedily without endangering vesication. It may be applied in the form of cataplasm, 
or more conveniently and efficiently as a lotion, mixed with heated spirit. The powder or tinc- 
ture brought into contact with a relaxed uvula often acts very beneficially. The tincture has 
also been used advantageously in chilblain. The fluid extract and the ethereal extract (Ofeo- 
resina Capsid, U Si) are powerfully rubefacient. 
The dose of the powder is from five to ten grains (0-33—0-65 Gm.), which is most conve- 
niently given in the form of pill. Of an infusion prepared by adding two drachms to half a 
pint of boiling water, the dose is half a fluidounce (15 C.c.). A gargle may be prepared by 
infusing half a drachm of the powder in a pint of boiling water, or by adding half a fluid- 
ounce of the tincture to eight fluidounces of rose-water. 
CARBO. Carbon. 
C; 11*97. (CAR'BO.) C; 12. 
Pure Charcoal; Carbone, Fr.; Carbonio, It.; Kohlenstoff, G.; Carbon, Sp. 
Carbon is an element of great importance, and very extensively diffused in nature. It exists 
in large quantity in the mineral kingdom, and is the most abundant constituent of animal and 
vegetable matter. In the crystallized state it constitutes the diamond; and, more or less pure, 
it forms the substances called graphite, or black lead, plumbago, anthracite and bituminous 
coal, coke, animal charcoal, and vegetable charcoal. Combined with oxygen it forms carbon 
dioxide, or carbonic acid gas, which is a constituent of the atmosphere, and present in many 
natural waters, especially those which have an effervescing quality. United with oxygen and a 
base it forms the carbonates, among others calcium carbonate, which is one of the most abun- 
dant minerals. There are three allotropic conditions of carbon, represented respectively by the 
diamond, graphite, and charcoal. 
The diamond is found principally in India, in Brazil, and in South Africa. Several dia- 
monds have been found in the gold regions of Georgia and North Carolina. This gem is 
perfectly transparent, and the hardest and most brilliant substance in nature. Its sp. gr. is 
about 3-5. It is fixed and unalterable in the fire, provided air be excluded, but is combustible 
in air or oxygen, the product being the same as when charcoal is burned, namely, carbon dioxide. 
It has been made artificially at the temperature of the electric arc (2500° to 3000° C.) by 
Moissan. 
Next to diamond, graphite or plumbago is the purest natural form of carbon. Graphite is 
the substance of which black-lead crucibles and pencils are made. It is found in greatest 
purity in the mine of Borrowdale, in England, and in Ceylon, from which latter place most of 
the graphite of commerce is now obtained, but it also occurs very pure in this country, and 
in extensive deposits at Ticonderoga, N.Y., at Stourbridge, Mass., and in Canada. In physical 
characters it is utterly different from the diamond ; it crystallizes in hexagonal plates, is very 
soft and unctuous, of 2 to 2'5 sp. gr., and generally contains a little ash. It was formerly 
supposed to be a carbide of iron; but in very pure specimens it is nearly free from iron, which 
must, therefore, be deemed an accidental impurity. Anthracite, the purest variety of natural 
coal, occurs in different parts of the world, but particularly in the State of Pennsylvania. It 
contains from 90 to 95 per cent, of carbon, and several per cent, of ash. Bituminous coal is 
another variety, containing, besides the fixed or free carbon, some 10 to 15 per cent, of volatile 
hydrocarbons or gas-making material. When this is driven off by the process of charring, as 
in the manufacture of coal-gas, a kind of mineral charcoal, called coke, is obtained, very useful 
in the arts as a fuel. When peat is charred, it is converted into 'peat charcoal, which forms a 
cheap disinfectant and deodorizer, applicable to the purification of hospitals, dissecting-rooms, 
factories, privies, etc. 
Carbon may be obtained in a state approaching to purity by several processes. One method 
is to expose lamp-black to a full red heat in a close vessel. It may also be obtained, in a very 
pure state, by passing the vapor of volatile oils through an ignited porcelain tube, whereby 
the hydrogen and oxygen of the oil will be dissipated, and the charcoal left in the tube. The 
purest lamp-black is now made from natural gas in western Pennsylvania and in Ohio. This 
lamp-black is miscible with water, does not color ether, and is free from oily matter. 
Properties. Carbon, in its uncrystallized state, is an insoluble, infusible solid, generally 
of a black color, and without taste or smell. It burns when sufficiently heated, uniting with 
the oxygen of the air, and generating carbonic acid gas. Its sp. gr. in the solid state, apart 
from its pores when in mass, is 3-5; but with the air of the pores included, it is only 0-44. 326 
Carbo Aninialis. 
PART I. 
It is a very unalterable and indestructible substance, and has great power in resisting and cor- 
recting putrefaction in other bodies. When properly prepared, it possesses the property of 
absorbing the coloring and odorous principles of most liquids. (See Carbo Animalis.) Its 
other physical properties differ according to its source and peculiar state of aggregation. As 
a chemical element it enjoys a very extensive range of combination. It forms two compounds 
with oxygen, carbon dioxide (carbonic acid gas) and carbon monoxide (carbonous oxide). With 
hydrogen it forms a number of compounds, called hydrocarbons, of which the most interesting, 
excluding hypothetical radicals, are light carburetted hydrogen or marsh-gas, olefiant gas, the 
light and concrete oils of wine, the hydrocarbons constituting petroleum, and the various es- 
sential oils. With nitrogen it constitutes cyanogen, the compound radical of hydrocyanic or 
prussic acid; and united in minute proportion with iron it forms steel. 
CARBO ANIMALIS. U. S. Animal Charcoal. 
(CAR'BO XN-I-MA'lIs.) 
“ Charcoal prepared from bone.” U. S. 
Bone Black, Ivory Black; Charbon animal, Noir d’Os, Fr.; Thierische Kohle, Knochenkohle, Beinschwarz, 
Thierkohle, G.; Carbone animale, It.; Carbon animal, Sp. 
Animal charcoal was not retained in the British Pharmacopoeia (1898). 
The animal charcoal employed in pharmacy and the arts is usually obtained from bones, by 
subjecting them to a red heat in close vessels. The residue of the ignition is a black matter, 
which when reduced to powder forms bone-black, sometimes incorrectly called ivory-black. 
Ivory by carbonization will furnish a black which, on account of its fineness and intensely 
black color, is more esteemed than the ordinary bone-black; but it is much more expensive. 
In manufacturing bone-black, the bones, first boiled in water to separate the fat, are sub- 
jected to destructive distillation in iron cylinders connected with vessels which receive the 
ammoniacal liquor, called bone-spirit, together with a dark tarry liquid (bone-oil), this being a 
secondary product of the operation. When the distillate ceases to come over, the residue is 
charred bone, or bone-black. Bone consists of animal matter with calcium phosphate and car- 
bonate. In consequence of the decomposition of the animal matter involved in this destruc- 
tive distillation, the nitrogen and hydrogen, united as ammonia, and a part of the charcoal, in 
the form of carbonic acid gas, distil over; while the remainder of the charcoal is left in the 
cylinder, intermingled with the calcareous salts. M. Deiss, of Paris, proposes carbon disulphide 
as a solvent for the fat of bones, as it furnishes a larger and better product of fat, and renders 
the bones fitter for producing a good bone-black. This form of animal charcoal necessarily 
contains calcium phosphate and carbonate. 
Properties. “ Bull black, granular fragments, or a dull black powder, odorless, nearly 
tasteless, and insoluble in water or alcohol. When ignited, it leaves a grayish or yellowish- 
white ash, amounting to about 85 per cent, of the original weight of the portion taken, which 
should have been previously dried at 120°-125° C. (248°-257° F.) to a constant weight. The 
ash should be soluble in hydrochloric acid, with the aid of heat, leaving not more than a 
trifling residue. If 1 Gm. of Animal Charcoal be boiled for several minutes with a mixture 
of 3 C.c. of potassium hydrate test-solution and 5 C.c. of water, the filtrate should be colorless 
or nearly so (evidence of complete carbonization)." TJ. S. It is, however, more dense and less 
combustible than vegetable charcoal; from which, moreover, it may be distinguished by burn- 
ing a small portion of it on a red-hot iron, wrhen it will leave a residuum imperfectly acted on 
by sulphuric acid; whereas the ashes from vegetable charcoal readily dissolve in this acid, 
forming a bitterish solution. 
Animal charcoal by no means invariably possesses the decolorizing property, as this depends 
upon its peculiar state of aggregation. If a piece of pure animal matter is carbonized, it 
usually enters into fusion, and, from the gaseous matter which is extricated, becomes porous 
and cellular. The charcoal formed has generally a metallic lustre, and a color resembling that 
of black lead. It has, however, little or no decolorizing power, even though finely pulverized. 
The decolorizing power of vegetable charcoal was first noticed by Lowitz, of St. Petersburg; 
and that of animal charcoal by Figuier, of Montpellier, in 1811. In 1822 the subject was 
ably investigated by Bussy, Payen, and Desfosses. The power is generally communicated to 
charcoal by igniting it in close vessels, but not always. The kind of charcoal, for example, 
obtained from substances which undergo fusion during carbonization scarcely possesses the 
property, even though it may be afterwards finely pulverized. The property in question is PART I. 
Carbo Animalis. 
327 
possessed to a certain extent by wood charcoal,* but is developed in it in a much greater 
degree by burning it with some chemical substance, which may have the effect of reducing it 
to an extreme degree of fineness. The most powerful of all the charcoals for discharging 
colors are those obtained from certain animal matters, such as dried blood, hair, etc., by first 
carbonizing them in connection with potassium carbonate, and then washing the product 
with water. Charcoal thus prepared seems to be reduced to a state of extremely minute 
division, and is, therefore, very porous. The next most powerful decolorizing charcoal is bone- 
black., in which the separation of the carbonaceous particles is effected by the calcium phos- 
phate present in the bone. Vegetable substances also may be made to yield a good charcoal 
for destroying color, provided, before carbonization, they be well comminuted, and mixed with 
pumice stone, chalk, flint, or other similar substance in a pulverized state. 
In the manufacture of yellow prussiate of potash there is obtained a fine black sediment, 
which has a powerful decolorizing action; this is sometimes attributed to the organic nitrog- 
enous character of the material from which it is made. 
The following table, abridged from one drawn up by Bussy, denotes the relative decolorizing 
power of different charcoals : 
KINDS OF CHARCOAL. 
Decoloriz- 
ing power 
on Syrup. 
Decoloriz- 
ing power 
on Indigo. 
Bone-black ... 
1 
1 
Bone charcoal treated with an acid 
1-6 
1-8 
Lamp-black, not ignited 
3-3 
4 
Charcoal, from potassium acetate 
4-4 
5-6 
Blood ignited with calcium phosphate 
10 
12 
Lamp-black ignited with potassium carbonate 
10-6 
12*2 
Blood ignited with chalk 
11 
18 
White of egg ignited with potassium carbonate 
15-5 
34 
Glue ignited with potassium carbonate 
15-5 
36 
Bone charcoal, formed from bone deprived of calcium phosphate by an acid, and 
subsequently ignited with potassium carbonate 
20 
45 
Blood ignited with potassium carbonate 
20 
50 
In order to determine the commercial value of animal charcoal, M. Corenwinder has proposed 
to ascertain its power of absorbing lime from a solution of calcium saccharate of determinate 
strength. The value is in proportion to the absorbing power of the charcoal. A given weight 
of the charcoal to be tested is left in contact, for an hour, with a given volume of the solution 
of the saccharate, taken in excess. The liquid is then filtered, and a small measure of it 
saturated with dilute sulphuric acid of known strength. The less the acid necessary for this 
purpose, the greater the amount of lime absorbed, and the better the animal charcoal. ( Chem. 
Gaz., 1854 ; Scientific American, April 22,1876 ; Arch. d. Pharm., 1887 ; Proc. A. P. A., 1887.) 
Spent animal charcoal, which has been used by the sugar refiners, may have its decolorizing 
power restored by calcination, which destroys the organic matters that have become fixed in it; 
and it is stated that it may be submitted to this process twenty times before becoming unfit for 
use, although this depends upon the amount of calcium salts it takes up from the raw sugars, 
beet sugars using up the black faster than sugars from the cane. According to Pelouze, the same 
object may be accomplished by subjecting it to a weak solution of potassium or sodium car- 
bonate. In removing the coloring matter, the alkaline solution becomes yellow. After its 
action the animal charcoal must be carefully washed, first with boiling water, and afterwards 
with acidulated water. But a process devised by MM. Leplay and Cuisinier is probably more 
effectual. The charcoal, without being removed from the cylinders, is thoroughly washed, 
treated by steam to remove viscous substances, and then percolated successively, 1, by a weak 
alkaline solution, which removes salts and some coloring matters; 2, by weak hydrochloric 
acid, which, in removing a certain amount of salts of lime, liberates coloring matter; 3, again 
with a weak alkaline solution, to carry off the remaining coloring matter; and 4, lastly by a 
solution of calcium biphosphate, by which the decolorizing power of the charcoal is restored. 
* Dr. Stenhouse divides decolorizing charcoals into three classes. First, pure charcoals, which, being in a state 
of minute division, decolorize by their porosity alone. Second, those which, like aluminized charcoal and artificial 
bone-black, decolorize solely by the bases they contain, acting as mordants. Third, those which, like bone-black, 
decolorize partly by their mineral matter, and partly by their minutely-divided charcoal. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1857.) Garbo Animalis.—Carlo Animalis Purificatus. 
PART I. 
328 
Animal charcoal is capable of taking the bitter principles from infusions and tinctures, and 
iodine from liquids which contain it in solution. Its power, however, of acting on solutions 
and chemical compounds is much more decided in its purified state, as shown by both Waring- 
ton and Weppen. (See Carbo Animalis Purificatus ; see, also, Ephemeris, 1885, p. 721.) 
Bone-black consists of about 90 per cent, of calcium phosphate and carbonate, and 10 per 
cent, of charcoal. 
Pharm. Uses. Animal charcoal is used in pharmacy for decolorizing vegetable principles, 
such as gallic acid, quinine, morphine, veratrine, etc., and in the arts, principally for clarifying 
syrups in sugar refining, for depriving spirits distilled from grain of the penetrating impurity, 
called fusel oil, which imparts to them an unpleasant smell and taste, as first distilled, and for 
the filtration of petroleum residuums in the manufacture of petrolatum and petroleum jellies. 
(See Petrolatum.) The manner in which it is used as a decolorizer is to mix it with the sub- 
stance to be decolorized, and to allow the mixture to stand for some time. The charcoal unites 
with the coloring matter, and the solution by filtration is obtained white and transparent. Its 
use, however, in decolorizing the organic alkalies and other vegetable principles no doubt causes 
a loss by absorption ; since it has been shown by the experiments of M. Lebourdais, mentioned 
under the head of purified animal charcoal, that several of these principles may be obtained by 
the sole action of charcoal. For most pharmaceutical operations, and for use as an antidote, 
animal charcoal must be purified by hydrochloric acid from calcium phosphate and carbonate. 
(See Carbo Animalis Purificatus.') Voile uses animal charcoal as an absorbent in a pill excip- 
ient for making creosote and croton oil pills. According to Guthe, a German chemist, bone 
charcoal, without purification, is to be preferred as a decolorizer in all cases in which the cal- 
careous salts exert no injurious effect. 
CARBO ANIMALIS PURIFICATUS. U. S. Purified Animal Charcoal. 
(CAE'BO An-i-ma'lIs PU-KI-FI-CA'TUS.) 
Charbon animal purifie, Fr.; Gereinigte Knochenkohle, G. 
“ Animal Charcoal, in No. 60 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; 
Hydrochloric Acid, three hundred grammes [or 10 ounces av., 254 grains] ; Boiling Water, a 
sufficient quantity. Introduce the Animal Charcoal into a capacious flask, add two hundred 
grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] of Hydrochloric Acid, and one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounees, 183 minims] of Bailing Water, and connect the flask with an upright con- 
denser. By means of a sand-bath keep the mixture gently boiling during eight hours. Then 
add five hundred cubic centimeters [or 17£ fluidounees] of Boiling Water, transfer the mixture 
to a muslin strainer, and, when the liquid has run on, return the Charcoal to the flask. Add 
to it one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] * of Hydrochloric Acid and one hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounees, 183 minims] of Boiling Water, boil for two hours, again 
add five hundred cubic centimeters [or 17 \ fluidounees] of Boiling Water, transfer the whole 
to a plain filter, and, when the liquid has run off-, wash the residue with Boiling Water until 
the washings give only a faint cloudiness with silver nitrate test-solution. Dry the powder in a 
drying oven, and immediately transfer it to well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
“ Take of Bone Black, in powder, sixteen ounces [avoirdupois] ; Hydrochloric Acid ten fluid- 
ounces; Distilled Water a sufficiency. Mix the Hydrochloric Acid with a pint of the Water, 
and add the Bone Black, stirring occasionally. Digest at a moderate temperature for two days, 
agitating from time to time; collect the undissolved charcoal on a calico filter, and wash with 
Distilled Water until what passes through gives scarcely any precipitate with nitrate of silver. 
Dry the charcoal, and then heat it to redness in a closely-covered crucible.” Br. 1885. 
Animal charcoal, as it is made by charring bones, necessarily contains bone-phosphate and 
calcium carbonate, the presence of which does no harm in some decolorizing operations; but 
in delicate chemical processes these salts may be dissolved or decomposed, and thus become a 
source of impurity. It is on this account that animal charcoal requires to be purified from its 
calcareous salts ; and this is accomplished by diluted hydrochloric acid, which dissolves the 
phosphate and decomposes the carbonate. According to Dr. Stenhouse, aluminized vegetable 
charcoal is equally efficacious with purified animal charcoal as a decolorizer. (See page 331.) 
Properties. Purified animal charcoal is “ a dull black powder, odorless, tasteless, and in- 
soluble in water, alcohol, or other solvents. If 2 Gm. of the powder be ignited at a red heat 
* The U. S. Pharmacopoeia 1890 (1st edition) is evidently in error in stating this quantity as 100 cubic centi 
meters; it should be 100 grammes, to correspond with the quantity previously given. PART I. 
Carbo Animalis Purificatus.—Ccirbo Ligni. 
329 
with free access of air in a broad, shallow porcelain or platinum dish, it should not leave a 
residue weighing more than 0-08 6m., or 4 per cent, of the original weight (limit of silicates 
and other fixed, inorganic matter). If 1 Cm. of the powder be boiled with a mixture of 3 C.c. 
of potassium hydrate test-solution and 5 C.c. of water during three minutes, the filtrate should 
be colorless (evidence of complete carbonization)." U. S. 
It has been shown by Mr. Robert Warington that bitter vegetable substances, including the 
organic alkalies, are removed from solution by passing through purified animal charcoal, 
especially when the action is assisted by heat. M. Weppen finds that a similar effect is pro- 
duced by it in removing resins from tinctures, tannic acid and bitter principles from astringent 
and bitter infusions, and certain metallic salts from their solutions. Purified animal charcoal, 
thus employed, has been resorted to by M. Lebourdais as an agent for obtaining the active 
principles of plants. A decoction or infusion of the plant is either boiled with or filtered 
through the charcoal, which takes up, more or less completely, the bitter and coloring princi- 
ples. The charcoal, after having been washed and dried, is treated with boiling alcohol, which 
dissolves the principles taken up. Finally, the alcohol is distilled off, and the principles are 
obtained in a separate state. In this way digitalin, ilicin, scillitin, columbin, colocynthin, 
arnicine, strychnine, quinine, and other principles have been obtained by M. Lebourdais. 
( Chem. Gaz., Nov. 15,1848.) In relation to the method of M. Lebourdais, see a paper by Mr. 
J. S. Cobb, in A. J. P., 1851. Dr. A. B. G-arrod has proposed purified animal charcoal as an 
antidote to vegetable and animal poisons, with which it appears to combine. According to his 
experiments, common bone-black has not one-fifth of the power possessed by the purified sub- 
stance, and vegetable charcoal and lamp-black are nearly or quite useless. The amount of the 
antidote proposed by Dr. Garrod is half an ounce for each grain of a vegetable organic alkali. 
Dr. Alfred Taylor deems the results of Dr. Garrod inconclusive. The late Professor B. H. 
Rand made some interesting observations in relation to the antidotal powers of purified 
animal charcoal, and proved that poisonous doses of the strongest vegetable poisons may be 
swallowed with impunity, if mixed with that substance. (Med. Exam., Sept. 1848.) As an 
antidote for phosphorus (see N. Y. Med. Record, 1874, p. 68) its value is very doubtful. 
In using animal charcoal for decolorizing active vegetable principles much loss is often 
incurred by the absorption of those principles by the charcoal. 
CARBO LIGNI. U. S., Br. Charcoal. 
(CAR'BO LIG'NI.) 
“ Charcoal prepared from soft wood, and very finely powdered. It should be kept in well- 
closed vessels.’' U S. “ The carbonaceous residue of wood charred by exposure to a red heat 
without access of air.” Br. 
Wood Charcoal, Vegetable Charcoal; Carbo Ligni Pulveratus, P. G.; Carbo Praeparatus, Carbo e Ligno; Charbon 
vegetal, Charbon de Bois, Fr.; Holzkohle, Praparirte Kohle, G.; Carbone di Legno, It.; Carbon de Lena, Sp. 
Preparation on the Large Scale. Billets of wood are piled in a conical form, and 
covered with earth and sod to prevent the free access of air; several holes being left at the 
bottom and one at the top of the pile, in order to produce a draught to commence the com- 
bustion. The wood is then kindled from the bottom. In a little while the hole at the top is 
closed, and, after the ignition is found to have pervaded the whole pile, those at the bottom 
are stopped also. The combustion taking place with a smothered flame, the volatile portions 
of the wood, consisting of hydrogen and oxygen, are dissipated, while the carbon is left; a 
portion of it, however, being lost by combustion. Wood, thus carbonized, yields not more than 
17 or 18 per cent, of charcoal. A better method is to char the wood in iron cylinders, when 
it yields from 22 to 23 parts in 100 of excellent charcoal; and, at the same time, the means 
are afforded for collecting the volatile products, consisting of pyroligneous acid, empyreumatic 
oil, and tar. This process for obtaining charcoal has been described under another head. (See 
Acidurn Aceticum.) A method of preparing charcoal by subjecting wood to overheated steam 
has been invented by M. Yiolette. When the temperature of steam is 300° C. (572° F.), the 
wood is converted into a peculiar charcoal, called red charcoal, which is intermediate in its 
qualities between wood and ordinary charcoal. When the temperature is lower, the carboni- 
zation is incomplete ; when higher, the product is black charcoal. The steam process yields a 
uniform charcoal for a given temperature, which may be easily regulated, and a product 
about double that obtained in closed cylinders. Charcoal contains carbon, approximately in 
proportion to the temperature at which it is formed ; varying from 65 per cent, when made at 
•250° C. (482° F.) to 80 per cent, when made at 400° C. (752° F.). The gaseous matter 330 
Carbo Ligni. 
PART I. 
present, on the other hand, decreases with the temperature of carbonization. Thus, for 
charcoal made at 300° C. (572° F.), it is one-third of its weight; at 350° C. (662° F.), 
one-fourth. 
Mr. E. C. C. Stanford has called attention to a variety of vegetable charcoal, obtained by 
charring a species of sea-weed, Laminaria digitata, gathered on the shores of the Hebrides, 
which, although, on account of the large proportion of calcium carbonate contained in it (20 
per cent.), unfit for use in refining sugar, possesses more of the deodorizing and decolorizing 
power than animal charcoal itself, which, with the exception referred to, it closely resembles in 
chemical composition. (P. J. Tr., 1867, 186.) 
Preparation for Medicinal Use. M. Belloc recommends charcoal for this purpose 
to be obtained from poplar shoots, cut at the time the sap rises, and deprived of their bark. 
The carbonization should be performed in cast-iron vessels at a red-white heat. The product 
is a light and brilliant charcoal, which must be purified by being macerated for three or four 
days in water, frequently renewed. It is then dried, powdered, and placed in bottles, which 
should be well stopped. The charcoal most esteemed in Philadelphia for medicinal purposes 
is that prepared by the Messrs. Dupont, near Wilmington, Delaware, for the manufacture of 
gunpowder. It is made from young willow shoots of two or three years’ growth. 
Properties. Charcoal is a black, shining, brittle, porous substance, tasteless and inodor- 
ous, and insoluble in water. It is a good conductor of electricity, but a bad one of heat. It 
possesses the remarkable property of absorbing many times its own bulk of certain gases. “ If 
1 6m. of Charcoal be boiled with a mixture of 3 C.c. of potassium hydrate test-solution and 5 
C.c. of water for several minutes, the filtrate should be colorless or nearly so (evidence of com- 
plete carbonization)." U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ A black powder 
without taste or odor, free from gritty matter. When burned at a high temperature with free 
access of air, it should not leave more than 7£ per cent, of ash.” When exposed to the air 
after ignition, charcoal increases rapidly in weight, absorbing from 12 to 14 per cent, of moist- 
ure. As ordinarily prepared, it contains the incombustible part of the wood, amounting to 
1 or 2 per cent., which is left as ashes when the charcoal is burned. This inorganic material 
may be removed by digesting the charcoal in diluted hydrochloric acid, and afterwards washing 
it thoroughly with boiling water. 
Medical Properties, etc. Powdered charcoal is disinfectant and absorbent. It is em- 
ployed with advantage in diarrhoea as an absorbent, and in dyspepsia with fetid breath and 
eructations. It is also useful, in the form of injection, in putrid discharges from the uterus. 
M. Belloc recommends it strongly in gastralgia, and especially pyrosis, in which, if it fails to 
remove the disease, it abates the pain, nausea, and vomiting; and his observations have been 
confirmed by a committee of the French Academy of Medicine. As a remedy in obstinate 
constipation, Dr. Daniel, of Savannah, speaks of it in high terms. He also found it useful in 
nausea and constipation of pregnancy. On the other hand, some practitioners have found char- 
coal to confine the bowels. Dr. Wilson, of New Zealand, speaks highly of it in the diarrhoea 
of measles, and in epidemic cholera. Dr. Newman recommends it as a dressing to wounds and 
ulcers. Mr. Wormald, of St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, has made a useful application of the 
disinfecting power of dry charcoal, in what he calls the charcoal quilt. This consists of two 
sheets of cotton wadding, quilted together in small segments, with a tolerably thick layer of 
powdered charcoal between them. The quilts, thus prepared, may be of any size, so as to fit 
a gangrenous sore or stump. Its use as an ingredient of poultices is noticed under Cataplasma 
Carbonis. Several of its varieties are used as tooth-powder. Those generally preferred are 
the charcoals of the cocoa-nut shell and of bread. It is said that charcoal proves useful in 
preserving the teeth by absorbing the acid sometimes morbidly present in the mucus of the 
mouth. The dose of charcoal varies from one to four teaspoonfuls (3-9-15 5 Gm.) or more. 
Dr. Daniel gave it in his case of constipation in doses of a tablespoonful (15-5 Gm.), repeated 
every half-hour. Charcoal biscuits have been prepared, containing 15 or 20 per cent, of char- 
coal in fine powder, whilst charcoal lozenges, either with charcoal alone or associated with bis- 
muth, have been employed with asserted good results in certain forms of gastric disturbances. 
For internal use charcoal is preferred by some in the granular form. Mr. W. Lascelles Scott 
employs the following method of preparing it. He prefers the wood of the box, willow, or 
linden, which, after being charred, should be allowed to cool out of contact with air, then 
boiled for some time in diluted hydrochloric acid, and afterwards, having been thoroughly 
washed with pure water, in a little weak ammonia. The fragments are again ignited, and then 
quickly powdered, and passed through a sieve of 80 or 100 apertures to the inch. Nine pounds PART I. 
Carbo Ligni.—Ccirbonei Disulphidum. 
331 
of this powder are mixed with one pound of pure sugar passed through a 30 sieve, and 4 
ounces of gum arabic in impalpable powder. The whole is then moistened with a few ounces 
of warm distilled water, to which have been added an ounce and a quarter of tincture of ben- 
zoin, and a little mucilage. The mass is now granulated on flat steam pans, in the usual man- 
ner, at a temperature of 101-6°—107-2° C. (215°—225° F.). When perfectly dry it is sifted, 
and secured in well-stopped bottles. ( Chem. Neivs, 1867, p. 204.) 
Dr. Stenhouse has devised a process for combining alumina with common vegetable char- 
coal, forming what he calls aluminized charcoal, which is an economical substitute for purified 
animal charcoal, and equally efficacious as a decolorizer. It is prepared by digesting finely- 
powdered charcoal with sufficient of the solution of aluminum sulphate to give an impregna- 
tion of 7’5 per cent, of alumina. The whole is evaporated to dryness, and ignited in a covered 
Hessian crucible, until the water and acid have been dissipated. Aluminized charcoal is per- 
fectly black, though thoroughly impregnated with anhydrous alumina, and only requires to be 
carefully pulverized to be ready for use. (P. J. Tr., 1857, p. 364.) On similar principles, Dr. 
Stenhouse prepares his artificial bone-black, by impregnating powdered wood charcoal with 7-5 
per cent, of calcium phosphate, by digesting it in a solution of this salt in hydrochloric acid, 
evaporating to dryness, and igniting in covered vessels. This charcoal decolorizes well, but 
can be used only for neutral solutions. 
Charcoal may act either as an oxidizer or as a deoxidizer, these contrary powers depending 
upon the temperature of the experiment; at the ordinary temperature, by its porosity, it facili- 
tates atmospheric oxidation of animal matter with which it is placed in contact, while, on the 
other hand, at a low red heat it deoxidizes or reduces many metallic oxides with the formation 
of carbon monoxide. Thus, the bodies of two dogs having been laid in an open box on a bed 
of charcoal a few inches deep, and covered by the same material, were kept by Mr. John 
Turnbull, of Glasgow, for six months in his laboratory, without emitting any perceptible 
effluvium; and when they were examined at the end of this time, scarcely anything remained 
but the bones. Dr. Stenhouse, who relates this experiment, has confirmed it by observations 
of his own, and believes that the animal matter thus treated undergoes putrefaction, though 
the products, by their rapid oxidation and absorption, are prevented from contaminating the 
air. He therefore considers charcoal not to be antiseptic, but the very opposite. It is said 
that water may be kept sweet at sea by the addition of a little powdered charcoal to each cask. 
CARBONEI DISULPHIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Carbon Disulphide. 
[Carbonei Bisulphidum, Pharm. 1880.] 
“ Carbon Disulphide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, or in tin cans, in a cool place, 
remote from lights or fire.” U. S. “ Carbon Bisulphide, CS2, may be prepared by the com- 
bination of carbon and sulphur at a high temperature, the product being subsequently con- 
densed and purified.” Br. 
Carbonis Bisulphidum, Br., Carbon Bisulphide; Carboneum Sulfuratum, Alcohol Sulfuris, P. G.j Carbonii 
Bisulphidum; Carbon Sulphide; Sulfure de Carbone, Fr.; Sehwefelkohlenstoff, G. 
This compound, corresponding to carbon dioxide (carbonic acid gas), C02, is prepared by the 
direct combination of carbon and sulphur at a moderate red heat. To effect this, charcoal is 
heated to redness in a vertical cylinder, while sulphur is admitted through a lateral tubulure 
near the bottom. As the sulphur melts and vaporizes, it combines with the carbon, and the 
carbon disulphide formed distils over through a series of condensing tubes, which, while they 
serve to collect the crude carbon disulphide, allow of the escape of the hydrogen sulphide 
formed at the same time. The crude product is then rectified, first over a solution of chlori- 
nated lime to break up any hydrogen sulphide gas remaining, and then repeatedly either over 
mercury, mercuric chloride, anhydrous cupric sulphate, or over a pure fatty oil, which with- 
draws from it all free sulphur and bad-smelling sulphur compounds. Obach experimented with 
potassium permanganate as a purifying agent, as was suggested by Allary. He finds it well 
adapted for use on a small scale in combination with mercury, sulphur, mercuric sulphate. 
(N. R., 1883.) The manufacture of carbon disulphide has within late years assumed large 
proportions. In the works of Deiss at Pantin, near Marseilles, France, 500 kilogrammes are 
turned out daily, and their annual production exceeds 1,200,000 kilogrammes. 
It is used in the arts for the extraction of oils from different oil-seeds, for the extraction of 
sulphur from some varieties of sulphur ores, for the cleansing of wool and recovering the fat, 
CS2; 75*93. (CAR-BO'NE-I DI-SUL'PHI-DUM.) C S2; 76. 332 
Carbonei Dimlphidum.—Cardamomum. 
PART I. 
as a solvent for caoutchouc in the manufacture of india-rubber goods, for the extraction of 
perfumes, and latterly on an enormous scale in France as a remedy against the phylloxera. 
Yon Lengyel describes a carbon sulphide having the composition C„S2. (Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 
1021.) 
Properties. “ A clear, colorless, highly refractive liquid, very diffusive, having a strong, 
characteristic, but not fetid odor, and a sharp, aromatic taste. Soluble in 535 parts of water 
at 15° C. (59° F.) ; very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, fixed and volatile oils. Specific 
gravity, 1-268 to 1-269 at 15° C. (59° F.). Carbon Disulphide vaporizes rapidly at the ordinary 
temperature, is highly inflammable, boils at 46°-47° C. (114-80-116-6° F.), and, when ignited, 
burns with a blue flame, producing carbon and sulphur dioxide. It should not affect the color 
of blue litmus paper moistened with water (absence of sulphur dioxide'). A portion evaporated 
spontaneously in a glass vessel should leave no residue (absence of dissolved sulphur). Lead 
acetate test-solution agitated with it should not be blackened (absence of hydrogen sulphide)." 
U.S. 
Medical Properties. Carbon disulphide is a powerful poison, but is not used as an 
internal remedy. According to M. Delpech, the workmen exposed to the fumes of the disul- 
phide are affected with headache, vertigo, and over-excitement of the nervous system, as evinced 
by voluble talking, incoherent singing, or immoderate laughter, or sometimes by weeping; 
and a continuance of the exposure is apt to finally cause a state of cachexia, characterized by 
general weakness, loss of sexual appetite, dulness of sight and hearing, and impairment of 
memory. Later writers assert that these phenomena are hysterical, and that what the carbon 
disulphide does is to produce an hysterical neurosis. (See Annales de Hygiene, 1895, xxxiii.) 
The swallowing by a man of half an ounce of carbon disulphide was followed in half an hour 
by absolute unconsciousness, very rapid, feeble pulse, slow and stertorous respiration, cold and 
clammy surface of body, and insensitive conjunctiva, with mobile pupils. Two hours later, 
death occurred. The blood was found fluid, but there were no marked lesions of irritation in 
the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. (Lancet, July 17, 1886.) India-rubber workers, by 
whom the disulphide is largely used, are said to suffer frequently from paralytic symptoms. 
(.Lancet, Jan. 1886.) 
Externally, the disulphide has been used as a counter-irritant and local anaesthetic. In 
etdarged lymphatic glands, Dr. Turnbull has employed it with asserted good success. He applies 
it by means of a bottle with a proper-sized mouth, containing a fluidrachm of the disulphide, 
imbibed by a piece of sponge. The skin over the gland is first well moistened with water. He 
employed the vapor also with benefit in deafness, when dependent on want of nervous energy 
and a deficiency of wax. For this purpose, the bottle containing the disulphide is made with 
a neck to fit the meatus, and, being applied to the ear, is held there until considerable warmth 
is produced. The remedy has been used often with very good results, in a similar manner, in 
facial and other neuralgias and various local pains. It causes a good deal of smarting, but its 
disagreeable odor is the chief objection to it. M. Chiandi Bey finds that a solution of carbon 
disulphide (three parts per thousand) is a most energetic antiseptic, killing microbes and arrest- 
ing all fermentation; he proposes its use in zymotic diseases internally. (Compt.-Rendus, xcix.) 
In France the disulphide has been used in diarrhoea in 3-5 per cent, solution, of which the 
dose is two tablespoonfuls (30 C.c.) four or five times a day. 
CARDAMOMUM. U. S. (Br.) Cardamom. 
(CAR-DA-MO'MUM.) 
“ The fruit of Elettaria repens (Sonnerat), Baillon (nat. ord. Scitamineae).” XJ. S. “ The 
dried ripe seeds of Elettaria Cardamoinum, Maton. The seeds should be kept in their peri- 
carps and separated when required for use.” Br. 
Cardamomi Semina, Br.; Cardamoms; Fructus (Semen) Cardamomi Minoris, P. G.; Cardamomum Minus, Car- 
domomum Malabariam; Malabar Cardamoms; Cardamomes, Petit Cardamome, Fr.; Cardamomen, Kleine Carda- 
momen, G.; Cardamomo minore, It.; Cardamomo menor, Sp.; Ebil, Arab.; Kakelah seghar, Pert.; Capalaga, Malay ; 
Gujaratii elachi, Hindost. 
The subject of Cardamom has been involved in some confusion and uncertainty, both in its 
commercial and botanical relations. The name has been applied to the aromatic capsules of 
various Indian plants belonging to the family of Scitamineae. Three varieties have long been 
designated by the several titles of the lesser, middle, and larger,—cardamomum minus, medium, 
and majus ; but these terms have been used differently by different writers, so that their precise 
signification remains doubtful. To the late Dr. Pereira we are mainly indebted for the clearing Cardamomum,. 
333 
PART I. 
up of this confusion. It is well known that the lesser cardamom of most writers is the variety 
recognized by the Pharmacopoeias and generally kept in the shops. The other varieties, though 
circulating to a greater or less extent in European and Indian commerce, are little known in 
this country* The following remarks have reference exclusively to the genuine Maiabar, or 
official, cardamom. 
* 1. Ceylon Cardamom. This has been denominated variously cardamomum medium, cardamomum majus, and car- 
damomum longum, and is sometimes termed in English commerce wild cardamom. It is the large cardamom of 
Guibourt. In the East it is sometimes called grains of Paradise ; but it is not the product known with us by that 
name. (See below.) It is derived from a plant cultivated in Candy, in the island of Ceylon, and also growing 
wild in the forests of the interior, which was designated by Sir James Edward Smith Elletaria major, but is now 
generally acknowledged to be only a variety of the official plant. This plant was described by Pereira in P. J. Tr. 
(ii. 388). The fruit is a lanceolate-oblong, acutely triangular capsule, somewhat curved, about an inch and a half 
long and four lines broad, with flat and ribbed sides, tough and coriaceous, brownish or yellow ash-colored, having 
frequently at one end the long, cylindrical, three-lobed calyx, and at the other the fruit-stalk. It is three-celled, 
and contains angular, rugged, yellowish-red seeds, of a peculiar fragrant odor and spicy taste. Its effects are analo- 
gous to those of the official cardamom. 
2. Round Cardamom. This is probably the ’Anurov of Dioscorides and the Amomi uva of Pliny, and is believed 
to be the fruit of Amomum cardamomum (Willd.), growing in Sumatra, Java, and other East India islands. The 
capsules are usually smaller than a cherry, roundish or somewhat ovate, with three convex sides, more or less striated 
longitudinally, yellowish or brownish white, and sometimes reddish, with brown, angular, cuneiform, shrivelled seeds, 
which have a spicy cainphorous flavor. They are sometimes, though rarely, met with connected in their native 
clusters, constituting the amomum racemosum, or amome en grappes, of the French. They are similar in medicinal 
properties to the official, but are seldom used except in the southern parts of Europe. 
3. Java Cardamom. The plant producing this variety is supposed to be the Amomum maximum of Roxburgh, 
growing in Java and other Malay islands in the East. The capsules are oval, or oval-oblong, often somewhat ovate, 
from eight to fifteen lines long, and from four to eight broad, usually flattened on one side and convex on the other, 
sometimes curved, three-valved, and occasionally imperfectly three-lobed, of a dirty grayish-brown color, and coarse 
fibrous appearance. When soaked in water, they exhibit as their distinguishing character from nine to thirteen 
ragged membranous wings along their whole length, which distinguish them from all other varieties. The seeds 
have a feebly aromatic taste and smell. This variety of cardamom affords but a very small proportion of volatile 
oil, is altogether of inferior quality, and, when imported into London, is usually sent to the continent. 
4. Madagascar Cardamom. This is the Cardamomum majus of Geiger and some others, and is thought to be the 
fruit of Amomum angustifolium of Sonnerat, growing in marshy grounds in Madagascar. The capsule is ovate, 
pointed, flattened on one side, striated, with a broad circular scar at the bottom, surrounded by an elevated, notched, 
corrugated margin. The seeds have an aromatic flavor analogous to that of official cardamom. 
5. Bengal Cardamom. The fruit of Amomum subulatum, Eoxb., sometimes known by the name of Winged Bengal 
Cardamom. Morung elachi, or Buro elachi, is about an inch in length, obscurely three-sided, ovoid or somewhat 
obconic, with nine narrow, jagged ridges or wings (best seen after soaking in water) upon its distal end, which ter- 
minates in a truncate bristly nipple. The pericarp is coarsely striated, of a deep brown, splitting into three valves, 
disclosing a three-lobed mass of seeds, 60 to 80 in number, agglutinated by their viscid saccharine anthers. 
6. Nepal Cardamom is produced by an Amomum of undetermined species, and resembles the Bengal cardamom, 
except in having a long tubular calyx on its summit, and in being usually attached to a stalk. 
7. Grains of Paradise. Grana Paradisi. Under this name and that of Guinea grains, and Malegueta or Malla- 
guetta pepper, are found in commerce small seeds of a round or ovate form, often angular, and somewhat cuneiform, 
minutely rough, brown externally, white within, of a feebly aromatic odor when rubbed between the fingers, and of 
a strongly hot and peppery taste. Two kinds of them are known in the English market, one larger, plumper, and 
more warty, with a short conical projecting tuft of pale fibres on the umbilicus; the other smaller and smoother, and 
without the fibrous tuft. The latter are the most common. It is probable that one of the varieties is produced by 
Amomum grana paradisi of Sir J. E. Smith, and the other by Roscoe’s Amomum melegueta. (Pereira’s Mat. Med.t 
3d ed., p. 1134.) Dr. W. F. Daniell, who has published (P. J. Tr., xiv. 312 and 356) an elaborate paper on the 
Amoma of Western Africa, states that the true Mallaguetta pepper is obtained exclusively from varieties of the same 
species to which belong the Amomum grana paradisi of Afzelius and the A. melegueta of Roscoe; while the A. 
grana paradisi of Sir J. E. Smith is a different plant, and yields a different product. These grains are imported 
from Guinea, and other parts of the western coast of Africa. Similar grains are taken to England from Demerara, 
where they are obtained from a plant cultivated by the negroes, supposed to have been brought from Africa, and be- 
lieved by Dr. Pereira to be the Amomum melegueta of Roscoe. {Ibid., vi. 412.) At the international exhibition of 
1862, at London, Dr. Geo. B. Wood noticed a specimen of similar grains, under the name of grains of Paradise, sent 
from the island of Trinidad. Their effects on the system are analogous to those of pepper; but they are seldom used 
except in veterinary practice, and to give artificial strength to spirits, wine, beer, and vinegar. In the same journal 
(ii. 443), Dr. Pereira points out seven distinct scitamineous fruits to which the name of grains of Paradise has been 
applied by different authors. J. C. Thresh made a proximate analysis of the seeds, and found volatile oil, resin, 
tannin, starch, albuminoids, and an active principle in the form of a straw-colored, viscid, odorless fluid, pungent, 
but not so hot as capsaicin. {P. J. Tr., 1884, p. 297.) Fredk. Schwartz found in the seeds a reddish-brown acrid 
resin, and an oil having a burning aromatic taste, upon which the virtues probably depend. {A. J. P., 1886, 118; 
consult also Hanausek’s researches on grains of Paradise in Chem. Zeit., 1893, 1765.) 
Bastard Cardamom, the seeds of Amomum Xanthoides, resembles true cardamomum in appearance, but is of a 
dirty green color, and has a very biting camphor-like taste. Dr. B. Niederstadt gives the following as the results of 
analysis of the true (hulled) seed and of the bastard cardamom: 
True. 
Bastard. 
Water 
15-50 
Ether soluble extract 
4-04 
Ash 
7-50 
Starch and sugar 
24-00 
Cellular tissue, nitrogenous matters and extractive 
48-96 334 
Cardamomum. 
PART I. 
Linnaeus confounded, under the name of Amomum cardamomum, two different vegetables, 
—the genuine plant of Malabar, and another growing in Java. These were separated by 
Willdenow, who conferred on the former Sonnerat’s title of 
Amomum repens, while he retained the original name for the 
latter, though not the true cardamom plant. In the tenth 
volume of the Linnaean Transactions, 1811, Mr. White, a 
British army surgeon in India, published a very minute de- 
scription of the Malabar plant, which he had enjoyed frequent 
opportunities of examining in its native state. From this 
description Dr. Maton inferred that the plant, according to 
Roscoe’s arrangement of the Scitamineae, could not be con- 
sidered an Amomum; and, as he was unable to attach it to 
any other known genus, he proposed to construct a new one, 
with the name of Elettaria, derived from elettari or elatari, 
the Malabar name of this vegetable. Sir James Smith after- 
wards suggested the propriety of naming the new genus Ma- 
tonia, in honor of Dr. Maton ; and the latter title, having been 
adopted by Roscoe, obtained a place in former editions of the 
London and U. S. Pharmacopoeias. The celebrated Dr. Rox- 
burgh described the Malabar cardamom plant as an Alpinia, 
with the specific name cardamomum. As doubts were enter- 
tained of the necessity for the new genus proposed -by Maton, 
Roxburgh was followed in the London and U. S. Pharmaco- 
poeias, and the fruit was referred to Alpinia cardamomum. 
This decision, however, was revised in the later editions of the 
U. S. and British Pharmacopoeias. Roscoe arranged it with 
the abandoned genus Renealmia of Linnaeus, which he restored. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla with the tube filiform and the inner limb one-lipped. Anther naked. 
Capsule often berried, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds numerous, arillate. Blmne. 
Elettaria cardamomum. Maton ; B. & T. 267.—Alpinia cardamomum. Roxburgh.—Amo• 
mum repens. Sonnerat; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 9.—Renealmia cardamomum. Roscoe, Monan- 
drous Plants. Figured in Linn. Trans, x. 248, and Carson’s IUust. of Med. Bot. ii. 55. The 
cardamom plant has a tuberous horizontal root or rhizome, furnished with numerous fibres, and 
sending up from eight to twenty erect, simple, smooth, green and shining, perennial stems, 
which rise from six to twelve feet in height, and bear alternate sheathing leaves. These are 
from nine inches to two feet long, from one to five inches broad, elliptical-lanceolate, pointed, 
entire, smooth and dark green on the upper surface, glossy and pale sea-green beneath, with 
strong midribs, and short footstalks. The flower-stalk proceeds from the base of the stem, and 
lies upon the ground, with the flowers arranged in a panicle. The calyx is monophyllous, tubu- 
lar, and toothed at the margin; the corolla monophyllous and funnel-shaped, with the inferior 
border unilabiate, three-lobed, and spurred at the base. The fruit is a three-celled capsule, 
containing many seeds; during drying it is said to lose three-fourths of its weight. 
This valuable plant is a native of the mountains of Malabar, where it springs up spontane- 
ously in the forests after the removal of the undergrowth, and is very extensively cultivated by 
the natives. For a detailed account of culture, see A. J. P., 1877, 605; also P. J. Tr., 
1888. The plant begins to yield fruit at the end of the fourth year, and continues to bear for 
several years afterwards. The capsules when ripe are picked from the fruit-stems, dried over a 
gentle fire, and separated by rubbing with the hands from the footstalks and adhering calyces. 
Thus prepared, they are ovate-oblong, from three to ten lines long, from two to four thick, 
three-sided with rounded angles, obtusely pointed at both ends, longitudinally wrinkled, and 
of a yellowish-white color. The seeds which they contain are small, angular, irregular, rough 
as if embossed upon their surface, of a brown color, easily reduced to powder, and thus sepa- 
rable from the capsular covering, which, though slightly aromatic, is much less so than the 
seeds, and should be rejected when the medicine is administered. The seeds constitute about 
74 parts per cent, by weight. According to Pereira, three varieties are distinguished in com- 
merce : 1, the shorts, from three to six lines long, from two to three broad, browner and more 
coarsely ribbed and more highly esteemed than the others; 2, the long-longs, from seven lines 
to an inch in length by two or three lines in breadth, elongated, and somewhat acuminate; 
and 3, the short-longs, which are somewhat shorter and less pointed than the second variety. 
Cardamom seed. 1, perisperm; 2, en- 
dosperm ; 3, embryo; v, inner seed-coat; 
j, oil cells; s, seed-coat; t, outer seed- 
coat (After Berg.) PART I. 
Cardamomum.— Carum. 
335 
The odor of cardamom is tragrant, the taste warm, slightly pungent, and highly aromatic. 
“ Ovoid or oblong, from 10 to 15 Mm. long, obtusely triangular, rounded at the base, beaked, 
longitudinally striate ; of a pale buff color, three-celled, with a thin, leathery, nearly tasteless 
pericarp, and a central placenta. The seeds are about 4 Mm. long, reddish brown, angular, 
rugose, depressed at the hilum, surrounded by a thin, membranous arillus, and have an agree- 
able odor and a pungent, aromatic taste.” U. S. “ Inciner- 
ated they should not yield more than 4 per cent, of ash.” Br. 
Cardamom yields its virtues to water and alcohol, but more 
readily to the latter. The seeds contain 4-6 per cent, of vola- 
tile oil, 10-4 of fixed oil, 2-5 of a salt of potassium mixed 
with a coloring principle, 3-0 of starch, 1-8 of nitrogenous 
mucilage, 0-4 of yellow coloring matter, and 77’3 of ligneous 
fibre. (Trommsdorff.) The volatile oil is colorless, of an 
agreeable and very penetrating odor, and of a strong aromatic, 
burning, camphorous, and bitterish taste. It is dextrogyrate, 
and consists essentially of a terpene, C10II16, with small quan- 
tities of formic and acetic acids. From old specimens of oil 
Dumas and Peligot claim to have separated crystals of terpene 
hydrate, CloH2002 -}- H20, while Fliickiger has obtained a 
crystalline deposit from Ceylon oil which he considers iden- 
tical with common camphor. Weber (Ann. Ch.und Pharm., 
238, 98) speaks of finding a small amount of a crystalline 
non-volatile compound which fuses at 60°-61° C. Schimmel 
& Co. published in their semi-annual reports for April and 
October, 1897, some results of investigation of several vari- 
eties of cardamom oil. The terpenes of Ceylon oil they state 
to be terpinene and dipentene ; both Ceylon and Bengal car- 
damom contain cineol, C10H180 ; Malabar cardamom yields 
terpineol as well as cineol, while Siam cardamom yields a 
crystalline sediment composed of borneol and camphor in 
approximately equal proportions. The sp. gr. of the oil is 
between 0-92 and 0-94. It cannot be kept long without 
undergoing change, and finally, even though excluded from 
the air, loses its peculiar odor and taste. If ether be made 
to percolate through the powdered seeds, and the liquor ob- 
tained be deprived of the ether, a light greenish-brown fluid 
remains, consisting almost exclusively of the volatile and 
fixed oils. It has the odor of cardamom, and keeps better than the oil obtained by distillation. 
(A. J. P., xxi. 116.) The seeds should be powdered only when wanted for use, as they retain 
their aromatic properties best while in the capsule. 
Cardamoms are sometimes adulterated ; G. W. Kennedy has seen nearly 4 per cent, of 
orange seeds and unroasted grains of coffee mixed with the cardamoms. (A. J. P., 1872.) 
Solstein (1892) found that pure powdered cardamom yields 8-36 per cent, of ash; three com- 
mercial samples of powdered cardamom that he examined contained sodium carbonate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cardamom is a warm and grateful aromatic, less heat- 
ing and stimulating than some others belonging to the class, and very useful as an adjuvant or 
corrective of cordial, tonic, and purgative medicines. Throughout the East Indies it is largely 
consumed as a condiment. It was known to the ancients, and derived its name from the Greek 
language. In this country it is employed chiefly as an ingredient in compound preparations. 
Cardamom fruit. A, section of seed; 
1, outer membrane; 2, diagonal cells ; 3, 
oil cells; 4, parenchyma; 5, palisade-like 
cells; 6, seed albumen; B, epidermis of 
seed, with hair; C, parenchyma of seed- 
coat. 
CARUM. U. S. (Br.) Caraway. 
(CA'RUM.) 
“ The fruit of Carum Carvi, Linne (nat. ord. Umbelliferae).” U. S. “ The dried fruit of 
Carum Carvi, Linn.” Br. 
Carui Fructus, Br., Caraway Fruit; Fructus Carvi, P. G.; Cumin des Pres, Carvi, Fr.; Carvi, It.; Gemeiner 
Kiimmel, Kiimmel, G.; Alcaravea, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Fruit ovate-oblong, striated. Involucre one-leafed. Petals keeled, inflexed-emar- 
ginate. Willd. 336 
Carum.—Caryophyllus. 
PART I. 
Carum carui. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1470; B. & T. 121. This plant is biennial and umbel- 
liferous, with a spindle-shaped, fleshy, whitish root, and an erect stem, about two feet in height, 
branching above, and furnished with doubly pinnate, deeply incised leaves, the segments of 
which are linear and pointed. The flowers are small and white, and in erect terminal umbels, 
which are accompanied with an involucre, consisting sometimes of three or four leaflets, some- 
times of one only, and are destitute of partial involucre. 
The caraway plant is a native of Europe, growing wild in meadows and pastures, and culti- 
vated in many places. It has been introduced into this country. The flowers appear in May 
and June, and the seeds, which are not perfected till the second 
year, ripen in August. The root, when improved by culture, re- 
sembles the parsnip, and is used as food in the north of Europe. 
The seeds are the part used in medicine. They are collected by 
cutting down the plant, and threshing it on a cloth. Our mar- 
kets are supplied partly from Europe, partly from our own gar- 
dens. The American seeds are usually rather smaller than the 
German. Under the name of Ajowan, the fruits of the Carum 
ajotvan, Bentham & Hooker (immi copticum, Linn.), are largely 
used in India. They are -fo to TV of an inch long, and resemble 
the fruits of common parsley, but are distinguished by their odor, and by their surface being 
very rough from numerous very minute tubercles. They contain about 4 per cent, of a volatile 
oil, which has the odor of the oil of thyme, and contains thymol: it may be used as an aro- 
matic carminative. (See Brit. Med. Journ., June 6, 1885.) 
Caraway seeds (half-fruits) are about two lines in length, slightly curved, with five longi- 
tudinal ridges, which are of a light yellowish color, while the intervening spaces are dark brown. 
“ Oblong, laterally compressed, about 4 or 5 Mm. long, usually separated into the two meri- 
carps, which are curved, narrower at both ends, brown, with five yellowish, filiform ribs, and 
with six oil-tubes.” U. S. “ When incinerated the Fruit should not yield more than 8 per 
cent, of ash.” Br. They have an agreeable aromatic smell, and a sweetish, warm, spicy taste. 
These properties depend on an essential oil, which they afford largely by distillation. (See 
Oleum Cari.) The residue is insipid. They yield their virtues readily to alcohol and more 
slowly to water. 
“ Drawn caraway seeds,” a term applied to such as have been recovered from the still residue 
after obtaining the volatile oil, are used to adulterate caraway ; the exhausted “ seeds” are 
much darker in color than are the genuine. (P. J. Tr., 1896, 150.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Caraway is a pleasant stomachic and carminative, oc- 
casionally used in flatulent colic, and as an adjuvant or corrective of other medicines. The 
dose in substance is from a scruple to a drachm (1-3—3-9 Gm.). An infusion may be prepared 
by adding two drachms of the seeds to a pint of boiling water. The volatile oil, however, is 
most employed. (See Oleum Cari.) The seeds are baked in cakes, to which they communicate 
an agreeable flavor, while they stimulate the digestive organs. 
Transverse section of caraway, show- 
ing oil-tubes. 
CARYOPHYLLUS. U. S. (Br.) Cloves. 
(CAR-Y-O-PHYL'LUS.) 
“ The unexpanded flowers of Eugenia aromatica (Linn6), O. Kuntze (nat. ord. Myrtaceae).” 
U. S. “ The dried flower-buds of Eugenia caryophyllata, Thunb.” Br. 
Caryophyllum, Br.; Caryophylli, P. 0.; Caryophylli Aromatici; Girofle, Clous aromatiques, Clous de Girofies, 
Fr.; Gewurznelken, Nagelein, G.; Garofani, It.; Clavos de Espicia, Sp.; Cravo da India, Portng.; Kruidnagel, 
Dutch ; Kerunfel, Arab. 
Gen. Ch. Tube of the calyx cylindrical; limb, four-parted. Petals four, adhering by their 
ends in a sort of calyptra. Stamens distinct, arranged in four parcels in a quadrangular fleshy 
hollow, near the teeth of the calyx. Ovary two-celled, with about twenty ovules in each cell. 
Berry one- or two-celled, one- or two-seeded. Seeds cylindrical or half-ovate. Cotyledons thick, 
fleshy, convex externally, sinuous in various ways internally. Bindley. De Cand. 
Eugenia caryophyllata. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 965; B. & T. 112.— Caryophyllus aromaticus. 
Linn. Sp. Plant., 735 ; De Cand. Prodrom. iii. 262; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 43, pi. 37. 
This small tree is one of the most elegant of those inhabiting the islands of India. It has a 
pyramidal form, is always green, and is adorned throughout the year with a succession of 
beautiful rosy flowers. The stem is of hard wood, and covered with a smooth, grayish bark. 
The leaves are about four inches in length by two in breadth, obovate-obloug, acuminate at PAET I. 
Caryophyllus. 
337 
both ends, entire, sinuated, with many parallel veins on each side of the midrib, supported on 
long footstalks, and opposite. They have a firm consistence and a shining green color, and 
when bruised are highly fragrant. The flowers are disposed in terminal corymbose panicles, 
and exhale a strong, penetrating, and grateful odor. 
The natural geographical range of the clove is extremely limited, being confined to the 
Molucca Islands. According to Fliickiger, cloves were known in western Europe as early as 
the sixth century, long before the discovgry of the Moluccas by the Portuguese. After the 
conquest of the Molucca Islands by the Dutch, the monopolizing policy of that commercial 
people led them to extirpate the trees in nearly all the islands except Amboyna and Ternate, 
which were under their immediate inspection. Not- 
withstanding their jealous vigilance, a French gov- 
ernor of the Isles of France and Bourbon, named 
Poivre, succeeded, in the year 1770, in obtaining plants 
from the Moluccas and introducing them into the 
colonies under his control. Five years afterwards the 
clove-tree was introduced into Cayenne and the West 
Indies, in 1803 into Sumatra, and in 1818 into Zanzibar. 
The latter place has, indeed, become the chief source of 
supply; the crop for 1889 was estimated at 13,000,000 
pounds, worth, at the place of growth, 10 cents a pound* 
The unexpanded flower-buds are the part of the plant 
employed under the ordinary name of cloves.f They 
are first gathered when the tree is about six years old. 
The fruit has similar aromatic properties, but much 
weaker. The buds are at first white, then become green, 
and then bright red, when they must be at once collected, which is done by hand-picking, or 
by beating the trees with bamboos and catching the falling buds. In the Moluccas they are 
said to be sometimes immersed in boiling water and afterwards exposed to smoke and artificial 
heat before being spread out in the sun. In Zanzibar, Cayenne, and the West Indies they 
are dried simply by solar heat. 
Cloves appear to have been unknown to the ancients. They were introduced into Europe 
by the Arabians, and were distributed by the Venetians. After the discovery of the southern 
passage to India, the trade in this spice passed into the hands of the Portuguese, but was 
subsequently wrested from them by the Dutch, by whom it was long monopolized. The United 
States derive much of their supply from the West Indies and Guiana; but the great sources 
of cloves have been recently the islands of Zanzibar and Pemba, on the east coast of Africa. 
In 1872 the clove orchards in Zanzibar were nearly destroyed by a hurricane, but they have 
been replanted. J The Molucca cloves are said to be thicker, darker, heavier, more oily, and 
more highly aromatic than those cultivated elsewhere. They are known by the name of Am- 
boyna cloves. The Bencoolen cloves, from Sumatra, are deemed equal, if not superior, by the 
English druggists. Cloves have been frequently examined microscopically and chemically to 
detect adulterations ; the comparatively low price of this spice of late, however, has discouraged 
fraud of this kind. (See a paper by Prof. Kraemer, Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 159.) 
Properties. Cloves in shape resemble a nail with a round head with four spreading 
points beneath it. “ About 15 Mm. long, dark brown, consisting of a subcylindrical, solid and 
glandular calyx-tube, terminated by four teeth, and surmounted by a globular head, formed 
by four petals, which cover numerous curved stamens, and one style. Cloves emit oil, when 
scratched, and have a strong, aromatic odor, and a pungent, spicy taste.” U. S. “ Incinerated 
they should not yield more than 7 per cent, of ash.” Br. Their color is externally deep 
brown, internally reddish ; their odor strong and fragrant; their taste hot, pungent, aromatic, 
and very permanent. The best cloves are large, heavy, brittle, and exude a small quantity of 
oil on being pressed or scraped with the nail. When light, soft, wrinkled, pale, and of feeble 
taste and smell, they are inferior. Those from which the essential oil has been distilled are 
Transverse section of calyx-tube of clove. 
* Cloves from Cayenne, and from various West India islands, as Martinique, Guadeloupe, and Trinidad, have been 
for several years circulating in commerce. 
f The stems of the flowers also enter commerce. They possess the odor and taste of the cloves, and, as they are 
worth only about one-fifth the price of the cloves and are said nearly to equal them in strength, they are largely 
used in the manufacture of ground cloves, as well as of oil of cloves. The French call them griffes de girofles. 
| For detailed information as to method of growth, see P. J. Tr.} June, 1890. 338 
Caryophyllus.— Cascarilla. 
PART I. 
sometimes fraudulently mixed with the genuine. In powdered cloves this fraud appears to be 
extensively practised, and its detection is almost impossible. 
Trommsdorff obtained from 1000 parts of cloves 180 of volatile oil, 170 of a peculiar tan- 
nin* 130 of gum, 60 of resin, 280 of vegetable fibre, and 180 of water. M. Lodibert after- 
wards discovered a fixed oil, aromatic and of a green color, and a white resinous substance 
which crystallizes in fasciculi composed of very fine diverging silky needles, without taste or 
smell, soluble in ether and boiling alcohol, and exhibiting neither alkaline nor acid reaction. 
This substance, called by M. Bonastre caryophyllin, was found in the cloves of the Moluccas, 
of Bourbon, and of Barbadoes, but not in those of Cayenne, from which, however, it has since 
been procured. To obtain it, the ethereal extract of cloves is treated with water, and the white 
substance thrown down is separated by filtration, and treated repeatedly with ammonia to de- 
prive it of impurities. The most recent determination of its formula by Mylius (Ber. Chem. 
Ges., 1873, p. 1053) makes it C20H3202. Dr. Theod. Martius obtains it cheaply by exposing 
cloves, previously deprived as far as possible of oil by distillation with water, to distillation at 
a higher temperature, redistilling the brown liquid obtained until the distillate nearly ceases to 
have the taste or smell of cloves, and then purifying the residue by washing with water, and 
treating it with boiling alcohol and animal charcoal repeatedly, until the caryophyllin, which 
is deposited by the alcohol on cooling, is perfectly white. (See A. J. P., xxxii. 65.) M. Dumas 
has discovered another crystalline principle, which forms in the water distilled from cloves, and 
is gradually deposited. Like caryophyllin, it is soluble in alcohol and ether, but differs from 
that substance in becoming red when touched with nitric acid. M. Bonastre proposed for it 
the name of eugenin. (Journ. de Pharm., xx. 565.) It has the formula C10H1202, and is iso- 
meric with eugenol or eugenic acid, a constituent of oil of cloves. Water extracts the odor 
of cloves with comparatively little of their taste. All their sensible properties are imparted 
to alcohol; and the tincture when evaporated leaves an excessively fiery extract, which becomes 
insipid if deprived of the oil by distillation with water, while the oil which comes over is mild. 
Hence it has been inferred that the pungency of this aromatic depends on a union of the essen- 
tial oil with the resin. Caryophyllic acid, C20H3206, is obtained by gradually adding caryo- 
phyllin to fuming nitric acid, kept cool by immersing the vessel in water until crystals begin 
to separate ; these are purified by dissolving them in ammonia, precipitating with hydrochloric 
acid, and redissolving in alcohol and crystallizing. For an account of the oil, see Oleum Cary- 
ophylli. The infusion and oil of cloves are reddened by nitric acid, and rendered blue by 
tincture of ferric chloride; facts of some interest, as morphine gives the same reactions. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cloves are among the most stimulant of the aromatics, 
but, like others of this class, act less upon the system at large than on the part to which they 
are immediately applied. They are sometimes administered in substance or infusion to relieve 
nausea and vomiting, correct flatulence, and excite languid digestion; but their chief use is to 
assist or modify the action of other medicines. They enter into several official preparations. 
Their dose in substance is from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.). 
The French Codex directs a tincture of cloves to be prepared by digesting for six days, and 
afterwards filtering, a mixture of four ounces of powdered cloves and sixteen of alcohol of 31° 
Cartier. Three ounces to the pint of alcohol is a sufficiently near approximation. 
CASCARILLA. U. S., Br. Cascarilla. 
(CiS-CA-RIL'LA.) 
“ The bark of Croton Eluteria, Bennett (nat. ord. Euphorhiaceae).” U. S. “ The dried bark 
of Croton Eluteria.” Br. 
Casearillse Cortex, Br. (1885), Cascarilla Bark; Cortex Cascarillae, P. G.; Cortex Eluteriae, Cortex Thuris; Chacrille, 
Ecorce 61eutherienne, Cascarille, Fr.; Cascarillrinde, Cascarilla, Kaskarillrinde, G.; Cascariglia, It.; Cliacarilla, Sp. 
Gen. Oh. Male. Calyx cylindrical, five-toothed. Corolla five-petalled. Stamens ten to 
fifteen. Female. Calyx inany-leaved. Corolla none. Styles three, bifid. Capsule three- 
celled. Seed one. Willd. 
There has been much confusion in relation to the different species of Croton growing in the 
West Indies, and as to which of them the Cascarilla of commerce is to be ascribed. At present, 
however, it is generally admitted that this bark,f which is brought exclusively from the 
* Wm, L. Peabody (1895) found the percentage of tannin in cloves to range from 10 to 13 per cent., and that it 
has the same chemical composition as gallotannic acid. 
f Under the name of “ cascarilla,” also “ Quina morada,” the bark of the Pogonopug febrifugus is said to be used 
in the Argentine Republic as a substitute for true cinchona bark. There has been separated from it a blue fluores- 
cent substance, moradin, and an alkaloid, moradeine. (P. J. Tr., xx. 854.) PART I. 
Cascarilla. 
339 
Bahama Islands, is the "product of Groton eluteria; and, though it is probable that the proper 
C. cascarilla may at one time have yielded a portion of its bark to commerce, at present little 
or none is derived from that species. The London College committed the error, which it after- 
wards corrected, of recognizing C. cascarilla of Don as the source of it. This botanist mistook 
the Copalchi hark of Mexico, which is produced by Croton pseudo-china of Schiede, and 
somewhat resembles cascarilla, for the genuine bark, and hence proposed to transfer the specific 
name of Cascarilla to the Mexican plant.* 
Croton eluteria. Bennett, Journ. of the Linn. Soc. iv. 29; Daniell, P. J. Tr., 2d ser., iv. 
145, figured at p. 150 ; B. & T. 238.— Clutia eluteria. Woodv. Med. Bot. 3d ed., iv. 633, t. 
223. As described by Dr. W. F. Daniell, who resided in the Bahama Islands, this, though 
commonly a shrub from three to five feet high, sometimes appears in the form of a small tree 
with a stem from four to eight inches in diameter.f The stem is straight, and marked at 
intervals with white or grayish stains. The leaves are petiolate, from two to three inches in 
length by an inch or more in breadth, often somewhat cordate at the base, obtusely acuminate, 
pale or grayish green above, and densely covered beneath with shining silvery scales, appearing 
white at a distance. They are smaller and narrower in the plants of arborescent growth. 
The flowers, which have a delicious odor, are monoecious, small, white, petiolate, and closely 
set in simple terminal or axillary spikes. The shrub is a native of the Bahamas, scarce at 
present in the island of New Providence, but still abundant in Andros, Long, and Eleutheria 
islands, from the latter of which it derived its botanical title. Daniell calls the plant sweet- 
wood. The name of sea side balsam belongs to another species, C. halsamiferum of Linnaeus, 
which grows in the Bahamas and other West India islands, and owes its name to the exuda- 
tion of a balsamic juice from its young branches when wounded. 
Croton cascarilla. Bennett, Journ. of the Linn. Soc. iv. 30.— Clutia cascarilla. Linn. Sp. 
Plant, ed. 1, 1042.—Ricinoides elseagnifolia. Catesby, Hist. Carotin, ii. t. 46. As described 
by Daniell, this is a shrub of from four to six feet, much branched, with a pale grayish- 
green stem, without the white stains of the former species. The leaves are petiolate, long, 
narrow, lanceolate, tapering towards each end, pointed, with flat or somewhat undular margins, 
above smooth and green, beneath pale and very hairy. The flowers are monoecious, in simple 
terminal spikes, with small white petals tinged with yellow. They are very fragrant. The 
plant is a native of the Bahamas, and is said also to grow in Hayti. In the Bahamas it is 
much scarcer than formerly, and is said by Dr. Daniell to yield at present none of the cas- 
carilla of commerce, although much was formerly derived from it. This species seems to have 
been confounded by some with Croton lineare of Jacquin, which grows in the Bahamas and 
most of the West India islands, where it is known by the name of wild rosemary, owing prob- 
ably in part to its fragrant smell, but still more to its narrow linear leaves with reflected 
margins. 
Cascarilla is brought to this market from the West Indies, and chiefly, as we have been 
informed, from the Bahamas. It comes in bags or casks. We have observed it in commerce 
in two forms, so distinct as to merit the titles of varieties. In one, the bark is in rolled pieces 
of every size, from three or four inches in length and half an inch in diameter to the smallest 
fragments, covered externally with a dull whitish or grayish-white epidermis, which in many 
* Copalchi bark has been mistaken not only for cascarilla, but also for a variety of cinchona. Portions of it, 
having been taken to Europe, attracted the attention both of pharmacologists and physicians. Two kinds were 
noticed: one, in small slender quills, of an ash color, bearing some resemblance to a variety of pale cinchona, but 
having the flavor of cascarilla, and burning with a similar odor; the other in larger quills, with a thick cork-like 
epidermis, very bitter, and yielding an aromatic odor when burnt. The former is the product of Croton pseudo- 
china ; the latter is of unknown origin, but conjecturally referred to C. suberosum. Mr. J. E. Howard states that 
the quilled copalchi bark contains a bitter alkaloid, soluble in ether, and precipitable as a white hydrate from its 
acid solution. (P. J. Tr., xiv. 319.) Copalchi bark is an aromatic tonic, employed in Mexico in and 
capable of useful application in all cases requiring a mild aromatic bitter. Dr. Stark has employed it advantageously 
in feeble states of digestion with irritable bowels, and found it, in one or two cases, to exhibit antiperiodic properties. 
It may be given in infusion, made with half an ounce of the bark to a pint of water, in the dose of one or two 
fluidounces three times a day. (Ed. Med. and Surg. Journ., April, 1849, p. 410; see, also, P. J. Tr., 1886, p. 917.) 
f The plant referred to in very early editions of this work as having been seen by Dr. Wright in Jamaica, and 
called by him C. eluteria, is, according to Mr. Bennett, a distinct species, C. sloanei, which was confounded by 
Linnaeus with the genuine cascarilla plant, under the name of Clutia eluteria. The genuine plant was first described 
by him in his Hortus Cliff or tianus (pp. 486-7), from a specimen in Cliffort’s herbarium in the British Museum, and 
afterwards apparently confused with a Jamaica specimen sent to him by Patrick Brown, from the latter of which 
the description of his Clutia eluteria was drawn up, which is quite inapplicable to the original plant. It is the C. 
sloanei also that was described by Schwartz in his Flora Indice Occidentalis (p. 1183), under the name of Croton 
eluteria, and probablv the same that was figured by Dr. Carson in his Illust. of Med. Bot. ii. 34, pi. 78. (See 
P. J. Tr., 1859, pp. 132-3.) 340 
Cascarilla. 
PART I. 
portions is partially, sometimes wholly removed, leaving a dark brown surface, while the inner 
surface has a chocolate color, and the fracture is a reddish brown. The small pieces are some- 
times curled, but have a distinct abrupt edge as if broken from the branches. The second 
variety consists entirely of very small pieces, not more than an inch or two in length, very 
thin, without the white epidermis, not regularly quilled, but curved more or less in the direc- 
tion of their length, often having a small portion of woody fibre attached to their inner surface, 
and appearing precisely as if shaved by a 
knife from the stem or branches. Whether 
these two varieties are derived from distinct 
species, or differ only from the mode of col- 
lection, it is difficult to determine. A. W. 
Southall describes a bark (believed to belong 
to the genus Cascarilla, and obtained from 
Colombia) in P. J. Tr., 1894, 574. The 
official description of cascarilla is as follows: 
“ In quills or curved pieces about 2 Mm. 
thick, having a grayish, somewhat fissured, 
easily detached, corky layer, more or less 
coated with a white lichen, the uncoated sur- 
face being dull brown, and the inner surface 
smooth. It breaks with a short fracture, 
having a resinous and radially striate appear- 
ance. When burned, it emits a strong, aro- 
matic, somewhat musk-like odor; its taste 
is warm and very bitter.” U. S. “ Fracture 
short, and resinous; the transverse section 
exhibits under a lens dark reddish-brown 
bast traversed by thin whitish medullary 
rays, but no groups of sclerenchymatous 
cells.” Br. 
Properties. Cascarilla has an aromatic 
odor, rendered much more distinct by fric- 
tion, and a warm, spicy, bitter taste. It 
is brittle, breaking with a short fracture. 
When burnt it emits a pleasant odor, closely 
resembling that of musk, but weaker and 
more agreeable. This property serves to 
distinguish it from other barks. It was an- 
alyzed by Trommsdorff, and more recently 
by M. Duval, of Lisieux, in France. The 
constituents found by the latter were albu- 
men, a peculiar kind of tannin, a bitter crys- 
tallizable principle called cascarillin, a red 
coloring matter, fatty matter of a nauseous 
odor, wax, gum, volatile oil, resin, starch, pectic acid, potassium chloride, a salt of lime, and 
lignin. The oil, according to Trommsdorff, constitutes 1-6 per cent., is of a greenish-yellow 
color, has a penetrating odor analogous to that of the bark, and is of the sp. gr. 0-938. It is 
apparently a mixture of two oils, the first of which is a terpene boiling at 172° C. and of the 
sp. gr. 0-862, and the other a higher-boiling oxygenated constituent. Gladstone (Jahresb. der 
Pharm., 1872, 450) gives to the hydrocarbon of cascarilla oil the composition of oil of turpen- 
tine. To obtain cascarillin, M. Duval treated the powdered bark with water, added lead acetate 
to the solution, separated the lead by hydrogen sulphide, filtered, evaporated with the addi- 
tion of animal charcoal, filtered again, evaporated at a low temperature to a syrupy con- 
sistence, and, having allowed the semi liquid substance thus obtained to harden by cooling,, 
purified it by twice successively treating it, first with a little cool alcohol, to separate the 
coloring and fatty matters, and afterwards with boiling alcohol and animal charcoal. The 
last alcoholic solution was allowed to evaporate spontaneously. Thus obtained, cascarillin is 
white, crystalline, inodorous, bitter, very slightly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol and 
ether. (Journ. de Pharm,., 3e ser., viii. 96.) It melts at 205° C. (401° F.), is not volatile 
Figs, a, c, highly magnified sections, showing raphides and 
starch granules and a bast-cell; b, longitudinal section highly 
magnified, showing raphides and starch granules ; d, transverse 
section moderately magnified; e, longitudidal section. PART I. 
Cascanlla.—Cassia Fistula. 
341 
nor a glucoside. Its composition answers to the formula C12H1804. Dr. P. E. Alessandri 
regards cascarilline as an alkaloid, and obtains it economically by mixing powdered cascarilla 
with sufficient 3 per cent, aqueous solution of oxalic acid to cover it, shaking the mixture, and 
heating it to 140° F., then allowing it to cool, expressing the mixture and saturating the fil- 
tered liquor with ammonia, then evaporating at a low temperature to two-thirds of its bulk, 
allowing it to cool, and separating any deposit. The clear liquid is then shaken with ether; 
this takes up the cascarilline, which may be obtained through evaporation of the ethereal 
liquid. (L' Orosi, v. 1 ; P. J. Tr., 1882, 993.) It. A. Cripps was unable to obtain the alkaloid 
by Alessandri’s method, and suggests that the bitterness of the so-called cascarilline might be 
due to adherent resin. (/*. J. Tr., 1886, 1103.) Either alcohol or water will partially extract 
the active matters of cascarilla; but diluted alcohol is the proper menstruum. Naylor and 
Littlefield have reviewed the processes of Duval and Alessandri for preparing cascarilline, and 
find that Duval’s method gives the purer product. They find its melting point to be 203-5° C., 
and give it the formula C16H2406. (Year-Book of Pharm., 1896, 301.) W. A. H. Naylor 
subsequently found betaine. (P. J. Tr., 1898, 279.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This bark is aromatic and tonic. It was known in 
Germany so early as the year 1690, and was much used as a substitute for Peruvian bark by 
those who were prejudiced against that febrifuge in the treatment of remittent and intermittent 
fevers. It has, however, lost its reputation, and is now employed only where a pleasant and 
gently stimulant tonic is desirable, as in dyspepsia, chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, flatulent 
colic, and other cases of debility of the stomach or bowels. It is said to promote the flow of 
milk in the lower animals, and has been proposed with a view to the same effect in the human 
subject. It is sometimes advantageously combined with the more powerful bitters. It may 
be given in powder or in infusion. The dose of the former is from a scruple to half a drachm 
(1-3-1-95 6m.), which may be repeated several times a day. Prof. Procter published a formula 
for a fluid extract which contains the virtues of a troyounce of the bark in a fluidounce. 
(A. J. P., 1863, p. 113.) In consequence of its pleasant odor when burnt, some smokers mix 
it in small quantity with their tobacco; but it is said to occasion vertigo and intoxication. 
CASSIA FISTULA. U. S. (Br.) Cassia Fistula. [Purging Cassia.] 
(CXS'SI-A FIS'TU-LA.) 
“ The fruit of Cassia Fistula, Linn6 (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U S. “ The pulp obtained 
from the pods of Cassia Fistula, Linn.” Br. 
Cassiae Pulpa, Br.; Cassia Pulp; Fructus Cassiae Fistula;; Casse officinale, Casse en Batons, Pulpe de Casse, 
Casse mondee, Casse, Fr.; Rohrenkassie, Purgiercassie, Fistelkassie, G.; Cassia, It.; Cana Fistula, Sp. 
Gen. Gh. Calyx five-leaved. Petals five. Anthers, three upper sterile, three lower beaked. 
wnid. 
The tree which yields the purging cassia is ranked by some botanists as a distinct genus, 
separated from the Cassia, and denominated Cathartocarpus. (See Lindley's Flor. Med., 262.) 
Cassia fistula. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 518; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 24, pi. 26 ; B. & T. 
87.— Cathartocarpus fistula. Persoon, Synops. i. 459. This is a large tree, rising to the height 
of forty or fifty feet, with a trunk of hard, heavy wood, dividing towards the top into numerous 
spreading branches, and covered with a smooth ash-colored bark. The leaves are commonly 
composed of five or six pairs of opposite leaflets, which are ovate, pointed, undulated, smooth, 
of a pale green color, from three to five inches long, and supported upon short petioles. The 
flowers are large, of a golden yellow color, and arranged in long, pendent, axillary racemes. 
The fruit consists of long, cylindrical, woody, dark-brown, pendulous pods, which when agitated 
by the wind strike against each other and produce a sound that may be heard at a distance. 
This species of Cassia is a native of Upper Egypt and India, whence it is generally supposed 
to have been transplanted to other parts of the world. It is at present very extensively diffused 
through the tropical regions of the old and new continents, being found in Insular and Con- 
tinental India, Cochin-China, Egypt, Nubia, the West Indies, and the warmer parts of the con- 
tinent of America. The fruit is the official portion of the plant. It is imported from the East 
and West Indies, chiefly the latter, and from South America. 
Properties. Cassia pods are a foot or more in length, straight, or but slightly curved, 
cylindrical, less than an inch in diameter, with a woody shell, externally of a dark-brown color, 
and marked with three longitudinal shining bands, extending from one end to the other, two of 
which are in close proximity, appearing to constitute a single band, and the third is on the 
opposite side of the pod. These bands mark the place of junction of the valves of the legume, 342 
Cassia Fistula.—Castanea. 
PART I. 
and are represented as sometimes excavated in the form of furrows. There are also circular 
depressions at unequaf distances. The official description is as follows. “ Cylindrical, 40 to 60 
Cm. long, nearly 25 Mm. in diameter, blackish-brown, somewhat veined, the sutures smooth, 
forming two longitudinal bands ; indehiscent, internally divided transversely into numerous 
cells, each containing a reddish-brown, glossy, flattish-ovate seed imbedded in a blackish-brown 
sweet pulp ; odor resembling that of prunes.” U. S. The pods brought from the East Indies 
are smaller, smoother, have a blacker pulp, and are more esteemed than those from the West 
Indies. We have seen pods in the American market sold as cassia pods, which were an inch 
and a half in diameter, flattened on the sides, exceedingly rough on the outer surface, and 
marked by three longitudinal very elevated ridges, corresponding to the bands or furrows of 
the common cassia. The pulp was rather nauseous, but in other respects seemed to have the 
properties of the official purging cassia. They corresponded exactly with a specimen of the fruit 
of Cassia brasiliana brought from the West Indies, and were probably derived from that plant. 
The heaviest pods, and those which do not make a rattling noise when shaken, are to be pre- 
ferred, as they contain a larger portion of the pulp, which is the part employed. This should 
be black and shining and have a sweet taste. It is apt to become sour if long exposed to the 
air, or mouldy if kept in a damp place. The pulp is extracted from the pods by first bruising 
them, then boiling them in water, and afterwards evaporating the decoction ; or, when the pods 
are fresh, by opening them at the sutures and removing the pulp by a spatula. 
Cassia pulp has a slight rather sickly odor, and a sweet mucilaginous taste. From the 
analysis of M. Henry it appears to contain sugar, gum, a substance analogous to tannin, a 
coloring matter soluble in ether, traces of a principle resembling gluten, and a little water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cassia pulp is laxative, and may be advantageously 
given in small doses in cases of habitual costiveness. In quantities sufficient to purge, it occa- 
sions nausea, flatulence, and griping. In this country it is rarely prescribed, except as an ingre- 
dient in the official confection of senna, which is a pleasant and useful laxative preparation. 
The dose of the pulp as a laxative is one or two drachms (3-9-7‘8 Gm.), as a purge one or two 
ounces (31-1-62-2 Gm.). 
CASTANKA. U. S. Castanea. [Chestnut.] 
(C&S-TA'NE-A.) 
“ The leaves of Castanea dentata (Marshall), Sudworth (nat. ord. Cupuliferae), collected in 
September or October, while still green.” U. S. 
Folia CastaneaB; Feuilles de Chataignier, Feuilles de Marronnier, Chataigne, Fr.; Kastanie, Kastanienblatter, G.; 
Castagna, It.; Castana, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Male. Ament naked. Calyx none. Corolla five-petalled. Stamens ten to twenty. 
Female. Calyx five- or six-leaved, muricate. Corolla none. Germs three. Stigma pencil- 
formed. Nuts three, included in an echinated calyx. Willd. 
This is a very small genus, separated from the original Fagus of Linn., including only two or 
three recognized species; the Castanea vesca of Europe and North America, and C. pumila of 
the United States, which will be found described in Part II. of the present work. The Euro- 
pean and American chestnut-trees are often spoken of under the same botanical title; as no 
points of difference can be found between them which all botanists are willing to recognize as 
authorizing distinct specific designations. The late Dr. Geo. B. Wood, however, believed, for 
reasons given below, that they are distinct trees, differing in origin, and as much entitled to 
distinct names as the European and American white oaks, or indeed any other analogous species 
of the two continents. The general aspect of the two trees is such that the accustomed eye 
will at a glance recognize the difference. The specific difference of the American chestnut-tree 
from the European is denied by many botanists, notably the late Prof. Asa Gray. Recently, 
however, the trend of professional opinion seems to be towards the view which was held 
by Prof. Geo. B. Wood, that the two trees really represent distinct species. The general aspect 
of the two trees is certainly very diverse: in the European chestnut the main branches are 
horizontal, and the tree when mature has a very round and formal head ; whilst the American 
chestnut, with its slender, twiggy shoots, and its gnarled and twisted branches, is very irregular 
in its annual growth and in its ultimate form. The leaves of the European chestnut are more 
erect and less deeply serrate than those of the American, and usually have a rounded or heart- 
shaped base; whereas the base of the American leaf is commonly somewhat pointed. Again, 
the European leaf is commonly stellately tomentose on the under surface, at least when young. 
The much greater size and the somewhat peculiar shape of the fruit of the European, or, as it PART I. 
Castanea. 
343 
is commonly called in this country, the Spanish chestnut, are sufficient specific characters. 
Besides, the European tree does not lose its distinctive character under complete change of 
circumstances. Transplanted into North America, and propagated by the seed, it has retained, 
through a succession of generations, the original size of its fruit, which, had the tree been of 
the same species as the American, would have almost certainly more or less deteriorated. 
Castanea dentata.* Willd.; Michaux, A7. American Sylva, iii. 9.— Castanea americana. Per- 
soon. (See Merat and De Lens.') The American chestnut is, under favorable circumstances, 
one of our largest and most magnificent native trees. Michaux states that he had measured 
several trees the trunks of which at six feet from the ground were fifteen or sixteen feet in cir- 
cumference, and their stature equal to that of the loftiest trees of the forest. So great a size, 
however, is rare. Its leaves, which are the official portion, serve also at once to distinguish the 
tree. They are from four to ten inches long by about two in breadth, oblong-elliptical, sharp at 
the end, strongly and somewhat unequally serrated, with prominent parallel nerves beneath, of a 
brilliant color and firm consistence. The only leaves that are liable to be confounded with them 
are those of the chestnut-oak, which have a very similar form and structure, but are at once 
distinguishable by the rounded crenate projections on the edge, instead of the sharp serratures 
of the chestnut. The male flowers are whitish, and disposed on axillary peduncles, four or five 
inches long ; the fertile aments similarly disposed, but less conspicuous. The fruit is a spherical 
burr, an inch or two in diameter, and very prickly, containing two or three brown nuts, the 
appearance of which is too well known to require description here. When perfectly ripe, it 
opens and lets fall the seeds. The bark is very peculiar and characteristic in its appearance, 
with a longitudinal arrangement of its fibres. The wood is firm and elastic, though not com- 
pact, with a remarkable power of resisting decomposition from the weather, and therefore very 
valuable for posts and rails in fencing. It is not well fitted for fuel, in consequence of a great 
disposition to snap in the fire, and to throw off burning particles to a considerable distance. 
The chinquapin (C. pumila, Mill) is described in Part II. 
The American chestnut is spread largely through the eastern portions of the United States, 
from New Hampshire to the mountainous districts of Virginia, North and South Carolina, 
Georgia, and Tennessee, though rare in the maritime parts of Virginia and the other Southern 
States. The leaves should be collected after maturity, and before the autumnal decay. 
The European species is distributed in the south of Europe very much as the American is 
with us, preferring hilly regions, and abounding in Spain, the south and west of France, Swit- 
zerland, and Italy. It sometimes attains an enormous magnitude. Michaux describes one, 
growing at Sancerre in France, which at six feet from the ground is thirty feet in circumfer- 
ence, and six hundred years ago was known as the Great Chestnut. Though supposed to be 
more than one thousand years old, its trunk is perfectly sound, and its branches are annually 
loaded with fruit. Much larger than this is the celebrated chestnut of Mount Etna, of which 
the trunk is said to be one hundred and sixty feet in circumference, though hollow in the 
centre, so that the tree lives by its bark. (Merat and De Lens.) In Europe the young chestnut 
is much used for making hoops, for which it is preferred to all other wood on account of resist- 
ing the effects of air and moisture. For this purpose it is much cultivated in Europe, and cut 
when large enough. But the tree is still more valuable on account of its large nuts, which are 
much used as food, being a favorite on the table of the rich, and often the main dependence 
of the poor peasant, who considers himself well off when possessed of a few healthy chestnut- 
trees. Whole provinces are said to be supported by this fruit. Though cultivated in small 
numbers in this country, they, have not been so extensively introduced as they ought to be, 
chiefly, in all probability, from their difficulty of propagation. The inner bark of the chestnut 
has been vaunted in Europe as a remedy in dysentery. (Merat and De Lens.) 
Properties. The leaves, which have already been described, are so flexible and tenacious 
that it is difficult to powder them. In preparing them for the action of a solvent, they must 
be comminuted by cutting and bruising them in a mortar. They are not, therefore, well fitted 
for percolation. (Maisch.) They have little smell, and a slightly astringent and scarcely bit- 
terish taste, so that they are not offensive to children. They yield their virtues freely to water, 
and probably less so to alcohol. John B. Turner found in chestnut leaves chlorophyll, tannin, 
gallic acid, gum, and albumen. (A. J. P., 1879, p. 542.) In addition to these constituents, L. 
J. Steltzer found potassium, calcium, magnesium, and iron carbonates, chlorides, and phos- 
phates, and a trace of resin and fat. (A. J. P., 1880, p. 294.) 
* Cnstanea veaca, var. americana, is the name given by Michaux to the American chestnut; but previous to his 
naming it, Marshall had described it in 1775 as Fagua caatanea dentata. 344 
Catechu. 
PAET I. 
Medical Uses. The only remedial use of the leaves, so far as we have learned, has been 
in the treatment of whooping-cough, as originally proposed by G. C. Close in 1862. Their 
effects on the system do not appear to have been carefully studied ; but their sensible properties 
do not indicate the possession of any extraordinary physiological power. The leaves may be 
administered in infusion or in fluid extract. Dr. Unzicker prepared an infusion with three or 
four drachms of the leaves and a pint of boiling water, and gave of it, well sweetened, as 
much as the child would drink. 
CATECHU. U. S., Br. Catechu. 
(ClT'E J3HU—kat'e-ku.) 
“ An extract prepared from the wood of Acacia Catechu (Linne fil.), Willdenow (nat. ord. 
Leguminosae).” U. S. “ An extract of the leaves and young shoots of Uncaria Gambier, 
Rftxb.” Br. 
Catechu Pallidum, Pale Catechu, Cutch, Terra Japonica, Catechu Nigrum ; Cachou, Fr.; Catechu, Katechu, Pegu 
Catechu, G.; Catecu, Catciu, Catto, It.; Catecu, Sp.; Cutt, Hindostanee. 
The British Pharmacopoeia has entirely rejected the proper catechu, which in the former 
edition was recognized under the inappropriate name of Catechu Nigrum, retaining by the 
name of Catechu a product which, though analogous to catechu, is entirely distinct, being de- 
rived from a different plant, and known commonly by a different name, that, namely, of gambir * 
We treat in the text of the proper catechu, and in a note of gambir among the catechus not 
recognized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
Acacia catechu. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 1079; Carson, IUust. of Med. Bot. i. 32, pi. 24 ; B. 
& T. 95. According to Mr. Kerr, whose description has been followed by most subsequent 
writers, Acacia catechu is a small tree, seldom more than twelve feet in height, with a trunk 
one foot in diameter, dividing towards the top into many close branches, and covered with a 
thick, rough, brown bark. The leaves, which stand alternately upon the younger branches, are 
composed of from fifteen to thirty pairs of pinnae nearly two inches long, each of which is 
furnished with about forty pairs of linear leaflets, beset with short hairs. At the base of each 
pair of pinnae is a small gland upon the common footstalk. Two short recurved spines are 
attached to the stem at the base of each leaf. The flowers are in close spikes, which arise from 
the axils of the leaves, and are about four or five inches long. The fruit is a lanceolate, com- 
pressed, smooth, brown pod, with an undulated thin margin, and contains six or eight roundish 
flattened seeds, which when chewed emit a nauseous odor. 
This species of Acacia is a native of the East Indies, growing abundantly in various prov- 
inces of Ilindostan, and in the Burmese Empire. Pereira says that it is common in Jamaica. 
Like most others of the same genus, it abounds in astringent matter, which may be extracted 
by decoction. Catechu is an extract from the wood of the tree. 
This drug had been long known before its source was discovered. It was at first called terra 
Japonica, under the erroneous impression that it was an earthy substance derived from Japan. 
When ascertained by analysis to be of vegetable origin, it was generally considered by writers 
on the Materia Medica to be an extract of the betel nut, which is the fruit of a species of palm, 
denominated Areca catechu. Its true origin was made known by Mr. Kerr, assistant surgeon 
of the civil hospital in Bengal, who had an opportunity of examining the tree from which it 
was obtained, and observing the process of extraction. According to Mr. Kerr, the manufac- 
turer, having cut off the exterior white part of the wood, reduces the interior brown or reddish- 
colored portion into chips, which he then boils in water in unglazed earthen vessels till all the 
soluble matter is dissolved. The decoction thus obtained is evaporated first by artificial heat, 
and afterwards in the sun. till it has assumed a thick consistence, when it is spread out to dry 
upon a mat or cloth, being, while yet soft, divided by means of a string into square or quad- 
rangular pieces. The account subsequently given by Dr. Royle, of the preparation of the 
extract in Northern India, is essentially the same. The process, as he observed it, was com- 
pleted by the pouring of the extract into quadrangular earthen moulds. It is said that the 
unripe fruit and leaves are also sometimes submitted to decoction. Our countryman the Rev. 
Howard Malcom states, in his “ Travels in South-Eastern Asia,” that catechu is largely pre- 
pared from the wood of Acacia catechu near Prome, in Burmah. Two kinds, he observes, are 
* In a series of tests made with gambir and catechu, as they occur in the American markets, by Henry Trimble 
(A. P. A., 1888), gambir was found to be more uniform in its constitution, and to be superior in the amount of avail- 
able astringent principles; also to have the advantage of being more easily powdered. This is in accord with the 
studies of E. S. Keider {A. J. P., April, 1889), who finds that the catechu of the American market usually contains 
very small amounts of catechin and large amounts of impurities. PART I. 
Catechu. 
345 
prepared from the same tree; one black, which is preferred in China, and the other red, which 
is most esteemed in Bengal. At present, however, it would seem that three colors of catechu 
are prepared: the light-red or red, which is considered best and is especially employed in Bur- 
mah and India to chew with the betel nut; the dark-red and black, which are made especially 
for European and American markets, and which are apt to suffer adulteration en route in China. 
The name catechu in the native language signifies the juice of a tree, and appears to have 
been applied to astringent extracts obtained from various plants. According to the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, however, the term is properly restricted to the extract of Acacia catechu; as 
it was not intended to recognize all the astringent products which are floating in Asiatic com- 
merce ; and those from other sources than the Acacia, though they may occasionally find 
their way into our shops, do so as an exception to the rule. A minute account of the 
diversified forms and exterior characters which official catechu presents as produced in dif- 
ferent localities would tend to perplex the reader rather than to serve any good practical pur- 
pose. These characters are, moreover, frequently changing, as the drug is procured from new 
sources, or as slight variations may occur in the mode of its preparation. Commerce is chiefly 
supplied with catechu from Bahar, Northern India, and Nepaul through Calcutta, from Canara 
through Bombay, and from the Burmese dominions. We derive it directly from Calcutta, or 
by orders from London, and it is sold in our markets without reference to its origin. It is fre- 
quently called cutch by the English traders, a name derived from the Hindostanee word cutt.* 
* In order not to embarrass the text unneoessarily, we have thrown together, in the form of a note, the following 
observations upon the varieties of catechu; those being first considered which are probably derived from Acacia 
catechu, and therefore recognized as official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
The following, so far as we have been able to distinguish them, are the varieties of official catechu to be found in 
the markets of Philadelphia. 
1. Plano-convex Catechu. Cake Catechu. This is in the form of circular cakes, flat on one side, convex on the 
other, and usually somewhat rounded at the edge, as if the soft extract had been placed in saucers, or vessels of a 
similar shape, to harden. As found in the retail shops, it is generally in fragments, most of which, however, exhibit 
some evidences of the original form. The cakes are of various sizes, from two or three to six inches or more in diam- 
eter, and weighing from a few ounces to nearly two pounds. Their exterior is usually smooth and dark brown; but 
we have seen a specimen in which the flat surface exhibited impressions as if produced by coarse matting. The color 
internally is always brown, sometimes of a light yellowish brown or chocolate color, but more frequently dark reddish 
brown, and sometimes almost black. The cakes are almost always more or less cellular in their interior; but in this 
respect great diversity exists. Sometimes they are very porous, so as almost to present a spongy appearance, some- 
times compact and nearly uniform; and this difference may be observed even in the same piece. The fracture is 
sometimes rough and dull, but in the more compact parts is usually smooth and somewhat shining ; and occasionally 
a piece split in one direction will exhibit a spongy fracture, while in another it will be shining and resinous, indi- 
cating the consolidation of the extract in layers. This variety of catechu is often of good quality. It is common 
at present in our market, but we have been unable to trace its origin accurately. There can be little doubt, from its 
internal character, that it comes from the East Indies, and is the product of A. catechu ; but no accounts that we 
have seen of the preparation of the drug, in particular geographical sites, indicate this particular shape; and it is 
not impossible that portions of it may be formed out of other varieties of catechu by a new solution and evaporation. 
2. Pegu Catechu. This is the product derived from the Burmese dominions, and named from that section of the 
country whence it is exported. It enters commerce, probably in general through Calcutta, in large masses, some- 
times of one cwt., consisting of layers of flat cakes, each wrapped in leaves, said to be those of the Nauclea hru- 
nonis. In this form, however, we do not see it in tbe shops, but almost always in angular, irregular fragments, in 
which portions of two layers sometimes cohere with leaves between them, indicating their origin. It is characterized 
by its compactness, shining fracture, and blackish-brown or dark port-wine color, so that when finally broken it bears 
considerable resemblance to kino. This is an excellent variety of catechu, and is not unfrequent in commerce. 
3. Catechu in Quadrangular Cakes. This is scarcely ever found in commerce in its complete form, and the frag- 
ments are often such that it would be impossible to infer from them the original shape of the cake. This is usually 
between two and three inches in length and breadth, and somewhat less in thickness, of a rusty-brown color exter- 
nally, and dark brown or brownish gray within, with a somewhat rough and dull fracture, but, when broken across 
the layers in which it is sometimes disposed, exhibiting a smoother and more shining surface. Guibourt speaks of 
the layers as being blackish externally and grayish within, and bearing some resemblance to the bark of a tree, a 
resemblance, however, which has not struck us in the specimens which have fallen under our notice. There is little 
doubt that this variety comes from the provinces of Bahar and Northern India, where the preparation of the drug 
was witnessed by Mr. Kerr and Dr. Royle, who both speak of it as being brought, when drying, into the quadran 
gular form. It has been called Bengal catechu, because exported from that province. 
Pale catechu, so far as the term is not applied to gambir, may be considered as belonging to this variety. A 
specimen with this name, which was sent from India to the London exhibition of 1862, and which Dr. G. B. Wood had 
an opportunity of examining, was in oblong rectangular pieces, or fragments of such pieces, about three and a half 
inches long by an inch and a half in breadth, of a dirty yellowish color within, and an earthy fracture, quite free 
from gloss, and bearing a much stronger resemblance to gambir than to ordinary catechu. 
4. Catechu in Balls. We have seen this in two forms—one consisting of globular balls about as large as an 
orange, very hard and heavy, of a ferruginous aspect externally, very rough when broken, and so full of sand as to 
be gritty under the teeth; the other in cakes, originally, in all probability, globular, and of about the same dimen- 
sions, but flattened and otherwise pressed out of shape before being perfectly dried, sometimes adhering two together, as 
happens with the lumps of Smyrna opium, and closely resembling in external and internal color, and in the character 
1. Official Catechu. U. S. 346 
Catechu. 
PART L 
Properties. Catechu, as it comes to us, is in masses of different shapes, some in balls 
more or less flattened, some in circular cakes, some saucer-shaped, others cubical or oblong, or 
quite irregular, and of every grade in size, from small angular pieces, which are evidently 
fragments of the original cakes, to lumps which weigh one or two pounds. The color is exter- 
of their fracture, the quadrangular variety last described. The former kind is rare, and the specimens we have seen 
had been twenty years in the shop, and had very much the appearance of a factitious product. The latter is in all 
probability the kind known formerly as the Bombay catech u ; as Dr. Hamilton, and, more recently, Major Mackin- 
tosh, in describing the mode of preparing catechu on the Malabar coast, of which Bombay is the entrepot, say that, 
while the extract is soft, it is shaped into balls about the size of an orange. 
1. Catechu, Br. Gambir. Terra Japonica. Pale Catechu. Many years ago, Dr. Campbell, a medical officer at 
Bencoolen, called attention to the astringent properties of an extract chewed by the Malays with pinang and siren 
(betel nut). This led to an increasing use of the article, until now thousands of tons are yearly shipped to Europe 
and America. The plant from which it is obtained, called by Mr. Hunter, who first minutely described it, Nauclea 
gambir, but by Roxburgh, De Candolle, and others, Uncaria gambir, is a climbing shrub of the natural order 
Rubiaceae of Jussieu, Cinchonaceaa of Lindley. (B. & T. 139.) It is a native of Malacca, Sumatra, Cochin-China, 
and other parts of Eastern Asia, and is largely cultivated in the islands of Bintang, Singapore, and Prince of Wales. 
The gambir is prepared by lopping off the leaves, shoots, and twigs of the plant, chopping them into pieces, and 
throwing them into an iron pot filled with boiling water. When the leaves are exhausted and the liquid sufficiently 
thick, it is poured into small wooden tubs, and so soon as sufficiently cool, a half-closed hand is plunged into the 
semi-fluid and a piece of light wood shaped like an elongated dice-box rapidly worked up and down in the hollow 
formed by the hand. The extract begins to thicken by a process which is compared to crystallization. The mass 
is finally turned out, and cut into cubes, which are put upon trays and smoke-dried. (See also P. J. Tr., 1892,1003.) 
Gambir is in cubes with sides about an inch square, is light and porous, so that it floats when thrown in water, 
is deep yellowish or reddish brown externally, but pale yellowish within, presents a dull earthy surface when 
broken, is inodorous, and has a strongly astringent, bitter and subsequently sweetish taste. It softens and swells up 
when heated, and leaves a minute proportion of ashes when burnt. It is partially soluble in cold water, and almost 
wholly so in boiling water, which deposits a portion upon cooling. Duhainel, Ecky, and Procter dissolved 87*5 per 
cent, of it in cold water by means of percolation. {A. J. P., xvi. 166.) Nees von Esenbeck found it to consist of 
from 36 to 40 per cent, of catechu-tannic acid, a peculiar principle called catechuin, catechin, or catechuic acid, 
gum or gummy extractive, a deposit like the cinclionic red, and 2'5 per cent, of lignin. Catechin, when perfectly 
pure, is snow-white, of a silky appearance, crystallizable in fine needles, melting at 217° C., unalterable in the 
air if dry, fusible by heat, very slightly soluble in cold water, with which it softens and swells up, soluble in boiling 
water, which deposits it on cooling, and soluble also in alcohol and ether. It very slightly reddens litmus paper, 
and, though coloring the solution of chloride of iron green, and producing with it a grayish green precipitate, dif- 
fers from tannic acid in not affecting a solution of gelatin. It bears considerable analogy to gallic acid in its 
relations to the metallic salts, but does not, according to Neubauer, bear the same relation to the tannic acid of 
catechu that gallic acid does to that of galls. On the contrary, instead of resulting from the oxidation of tannic 
acid, it is by heat converted into a substance analogous to tannin. (A. J. P., xxviii. 329 and 331; from Liebig's An- 
nalen, xcvi. 337.) The very great discordance of different authors as to its formula seems to be explained by some 
recent experiments of Etti (Liebig’s Ann., 186, p. 327), who shows that catechin, CigHisOs, readily gives at 100° C. 
(212° F.), or even when kept for some time over sulphuric acid, an anhydride, C38H34O15, and at 160° C. (320° F.) a 
second anhydride, C38H32O14, which, mixed in varying proportions, explain the varying results. Gautier (Bulletin, 
30, 567) finds three different catechins separable by their different solubility in water, all of them crystallizable. 
These are: a-catechin, C40H38O18 4- 2II2O, melting at from 204°-205° C., and present in gambir to the amount of 12 
per cent.; b-catechin, C47II38O16 + II2O, melting at from 176°-177° C., and present in gambir to the amount of 2 per 
cent.; and c-catechin, C40H38O16 + H2O, melting at 163° C., and present in gambir to the amount of 6'5 per cent. 
Good gambir should occur in a hard compact mass, breaking up, when the adhering mat is removed, into distinct 
cubes of a brownish-black color externally and a deep mahogany-red with an occasional streak of yellow internally. 
It should not steam when the mat is opened. From this quality it grades down to a stuff which has been prepared 
by mixing the material obtained by reboiling the exhausted leaves with various mixtures. This lowest grade is not 
in cubes, steams when opened, frequently shows large patches of black or dirty blue color, and often has a sour fetid 
smell; its color varies from black to light-brown color. The varieties between the two extremes are very great; 
sometimes gambir occurs in solid mass of fair quality ; sometimes the cubes are of extraordinary size, and of a color 
varying from a dirty white to very pale yellow. The finer varieties of gambir vary in physical characteristics; some- 
times it is in oblong instead of cubical pieces, without differing in other respects from the ordinary kind; sometimes 
in small circular cakes, or short cylindrical pieces, heavier than water, of a pale reddish-yellow color, moderately 
astringent, gritty under the teeth, and quite impure; sometimes in very small cubes, distinguishable by the black 
color they afford with tincture of iodine, indicating the admixture of sago or other amylaceous matter; and, finally, 
in circular cakes of the size of a small lozenge flat on one side and somewhat convex on the other, of a pale pink- 
ish yellowish-white color, and a chalky feel. This is most highly esteemed by the natives in India. {Pereira.) At 
the Edinburgh Forestry Exhibition in 1885 the Maharajah of Johore exhibited specimens labelled “gambir pro- 
duced in Johore.” The first quality, which was “ makan” (for eating), was in regular cubes, externally cassia- 
brown color, internally pale cinnamon brown, and yielded 32 per cent, of tannic acid; the second quality was in 
badly-formed cubes, externally brown and black, internally cinnamon, and yielded 30 per cent, of tannic acid; the 
third quality was in dull-brown, well-shaped cubes, internally pale brown, and yielded 19 per cent, of tannic acid. 
The oblong or parallelopiped gambir was of a uniform dull brown, very hard and strong, and yielded only 2 per 
cent, of tannic acid. Mr. MacEwan believes that the low percentage of tannin was due to the decoction not having 
been subjected to prolonged boiling, which favors the decomposition of catechin, with the formation of catechu- 
tannic acid. None of the finest varieties of gambir, such as are used by the natives for chewing, occur to any 
extent in American commerce. Prebble records his examination of a cube gambir of fine appearance which contained 
a large percentage of starch. {P. J. Tr., 1893, 21.) 
Enormous quantities of gambir are used both in Europe and America in tanning, calico-printing, and dyeing, 
2. Catechus not recognized in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. PART I. 
Catechu. 
347 
nally of a rusty brown more or less dark, internally varying from a pale reddish or yellowish 
brown to a dark liver color. In some specimens it is almost black, in others somewhat like 
the color of port wine, and in others again, though rarely, dull red like annatto. The extract 
has been distinguished into the pale and dark varieties ; but there does not appear to be suffi- 
cient ground for retaining this distinction, at least in relation to the proper catechu obtained 
from the wood of A. catechu. Catechu is inodorous, with an astringent and bitter taste, fol- 
lowed by a sense of sweetness. It is brittle, and breaks with a fracture which is rough in 
some specimens, in others uniform, resinous, and shining. That which is preferred in our 
market is of a dark color, easily broken into small angular fragments, with a smooth glossy 
surface, bearing some resemblance to kino. Catechu is often mixed with sand, sticks, and 
other impurities. The U. S. P. gives the following tests of purity. “ In irregular masses, con- 
taining fragments of leaves, dark brown, brittle, somewhat porous and glossy when freshly 
broken. It is nearly inodorous, and has a strongly astringent and sweetish taste. If a portion 
of Catechu be digested with 10 times its weight of alcohol, and the liquid filtered, the undis- 
solved matter, after being dried at 100° C. (212° F.), should not exceed 15 per cent, of the 
original weight. The tincture, diluted with 100 parts of water, acquires a green color on the 
addition of ferric chloride test-solution. If two parts of Catechu be boiled with 20 parts of 
water, a brownish-red, turbid liquid will be obtained which turns blue litmus paper red. Upon 
incineration, Catechu should not leave more than 6 per cent, of ash.” “Catechu should 
not afford any characteristic reaction with the tests for starch, and should not yield more 
than 5 per cent, of ash when incinerated.” Br. The proportion of tannic acid, which may 
be considered the efficient principle, varies from about 45 to 55 per cent, in catechu or 
cutch, and from 36 to 40 per cent, in gambir. The portion designated by Davy as extractive 
is said to contain, if it does not chiefly consist of, a principle discovered hy Buchner, and 
now called catechin, catechuin, or catechuic acid, to which Etti gives the formula C18H180g. 
To prepare pure catechin, Etti (loc. cit.) proceeds as follows. Catechu is dissolved in eight 
times its weight of boiling water, and the liquid, after being strained through a cloth, 
is left for some days until the insoluble catechin has subsided. The crude catechin is col- 
lected in a linen cloth and submitted to the action of a screw-press, then dissolved in a 
sufficient amount of dilute alcohol, and the filtered solution is shaken up with ether as long 
as any catechin is thereby dissolved; and after the ether has been removed by distillation 
the residue is taken up with distilled water, and the solution is left for a few days, when 
the catechin crystallizes out in an almost colorless state. After pressure in a cloth it is again 
dissolved in boiling water, when a yellowish-white body remains behind, which appears to be 
quercetin. The deep-red liquid remaining behind after the catechin has been dissolved out 
with ether contains catechu red, C3eH34015, which is evidently the first anhydride of catechin. 
The tannic acid is of the variety which precipitates iron of a greenish-black color, and differs 
from most of the other varieties in not yielding grape sugar when digested with dilute sul- 
phuric acid. It is not, therefore, a glucoside. It precipitates gelatin, but not tartar emetic 
and in other art processes requiring tannic acid. The finer grades are powerfully astringent, and may be used for 
the same medicinal purposes as the official catechu. 
2. Areca Catechu. This is obtained from the areca nut, or betel nut, which is the seed of Areca catechu, a palm 
cultivated in all parts of India. (See Part II.) It is prepared by boiling the nuts in water and evaporating the de- 
coction. There are two varieties: one of a black color, very astringent, mixed with paddy husks and other impuri- 
ties, and obtained by evaporating the first decoction; the other, yellowish brown, of an earthy fracture, and pure, 
resulting from the evaporation of a decoction of the nuts which had been submitted to the previous boiling. The 
first is called kassu, the other coury. (Heyne, Tracts, etc., on India.) They are prepared in Mysore, and Ainslie 
states that both varieties are sold in the bazaars of Lower India, and used for the same purpose as the official cate- 
chu by the native and European practitioners. They are also much used for chewing by the natives. But they are 
seldom exported, and it is uncertain whether they find their way into European or American commerce. Pereira 
thought he had identified the kassu with a variety of catechu derived from Ceylon, where he had been informed 
that an extract of the areca nut is prepared. It was in circular flat cakes, from two to three inches in diameter, 
scarcely an inch thick, covered on one side with paddy husks, and internally blackish brown and shining, like 
Pegu catechu. 
Guibourt and Pereira describe other varieties, which we have not met with, and which are probably rare. One 
of these is the Siam catechu, in conical masses shaped like a betel nut and weighing about a pound and a half. Its 
fracture is shining and liver-colored, like that of hepatic aloes; in other respects it resembles Pegu catechu. Another 
is the black mucilaginous catechu of Guibourt, in parallelopipeds an inch and a half in length by an inch in breadth. 
Internally it is black and shining, and its taste is mucilaginous and feebly astringent. A third is the dull reddish 
catechu of Guibourt, in somewhat flattened balls, weighing three or four ounces, of a dull reddish, wavy, and often 
marbled fracture. Many years since, an extract like this was brought to Philadelphia upon speculation by a mer- 
chant from Calcutta, but it is not now in the market. Lastly, there is a pale or whitish catechu, in small roundish 
or oval lumps, with an irregular surface, dark or blackish brown externally, very pale and dull internally, and of a 
bitter, astringent, and sweetish taste, with a smoky flavor. It is unknown in commerce. 348 
Catechu.—Caulophyllum. 
PART i. 
(Kane), and is not, like the tannic acid of galls, converted into gallic acid by exposure to the 
air. It may be distinguished by the name of catechu-tannic acid. Catechu is almost wholly solu- 
ble in a large quantity of water, to which it imparts a brown color. The extractive or cate- 
chuic acid is much less soluble than the astringent principle, which may be almost entirely 
separated from it by the frequent application of small quantities of cold water. Boiling water 
dissolves it much more readily than cold, and deposits it of a reddish-brown color upon cool- 
ing. Both principles are readily dissolved by alcohol or proof spirit, and also by ether. For 
the important reactions of catechu, see Acidum Tannicum. 
The importations of cutch or catechu and terra japonica or gambir for purposes of tanning 
and calico-printing are quite large, amounting in 1896 to 32,338,264 lbs., valued at $1,108,611, 
and in 1897 to 31,349,545 lbs., valued at $959,501. The total exports of gambir (common 
and cubes) from Singapore in 1897 amounted to 48,800 tons, of which 17,900 tons went to 
England, 17,500 tons to the United States, and 13,400 tons to the continent of Europe. M. de 
Meyer affirms that the best method of detecting adulteration of catechu is to treat the sus- 
pected drug with ether. Catechu of good quality, after repeated treatment with ether, loses 
53 per cent, of its weight, and the dried residue weighs only 47 per cent, of the catechu 
employed. If this be exceeded, the drug must be proportionately impure. (Jourti. de Pharm., 
Juin, 1870, 479.) A. Jossart (Journ. de Pharm. d'Anvers, 1881, 41) examined a catechu 
which was adulterated with from 60 to 65 per cent, of ferrous carbonate. For methods of 
assaying catechu and gambir, see Trimble’s The Tannins, 43 ; also Pharm. Rev., 1897, 27. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Catechu is a powerful astringent. The dark-colored 
is somewhat more powerful than the light, and is therefore usually preferred; but the light, 
being rather sweeter, is chosen by the Malays, Hindoos, and other East Indians, who consume 
vast quantities of this extract by chewing it, mixed with aromatics and a small proportion of 
lime, and wrapped in the leaf of the Piper Betel. Catechu may be advantageously used in 
most cases where astringents are indicated. The complaints to which it is best adapted are 
diarrhoea dependent on debility or relaxation of the intestinal mucous membrane, and passive 
hemorrhages, particularly from the uterus. A small piece held in the mouth and allowed 
slowly to dissolve is an excellent remedy in relaxation of the uvula and the irritation of the 
fauces and troublesome cough which depend upon it. Applied to spongy gums, in the state of 
powder, it sometimes proves useful; and it has been recommended as a dentifrice in combina- 
tion with powdered charcoal, Peruvian bark, myrrh, etc. Sprinkled upon the surface of indo- 
lent ulcers, it is occasionally beneficial, and it is much used in India for the same purpose, in the 
form of an ointment. An infusion of catechu may be used as an injection in obstinate gonor- 
rhoea, gleet, and leucorrhoea, and we have found it highly beneficial, when thrown up the nos- 
trils, in arresting epistaxis. The dose is from ten grains to half a drachm (0-65-1-95 Gm.), 
which should be frequently repeated, and is best given with sugar, gum arabic, and water.* 
CAULOPHYLLUM. U. S. Caulophyllum. [Blue Cohosh.] 
(CAU-LO-PHYL'LL'M.) 
w The rhizome and roots of Caulophyllum thalictroides (Linne),Michaux (nat. ord. Berberi- 
daceae).” US. 
Pappoose Root, Squaw Root, Blueberry Root. 
Gen. Ch. Sepals 6, with three small bractlets at the base, ovate-oblong. Petals 6, thick and 
gland-like, somewhat kidney-shaped or hooded bodies, with short claws much smaller than the 
sepals, one at the base of each of them. Stamens 6 ; anthers oblong. Pistil gibbous, style 
short. Stigma minute and unilateral. Ovary bursting soon after flowering by the pressure 
of the two erect, enlarging seeds and withering away. The spherical seeds naked on their 
thick seed-stalks, looking like drupes; the fleshy integument turning blue; albumen of the 
texture of horn. (Gray's Manual.) 
Caulophyllum thalictroides. Michaux.—Leontice thalictroides. Linn. This is an indigenous, 
perennial, herbaceous plant, with matted, knotty rhizomes, from which rises a single smooth 
stem, about two feet high, naked till near the summit, where it sends out a large triternately 
compound leaf, and ending in a small raceme or panicle of greenish-yellow flowers, at the base 
* Fluid Extract of Catechu. Prof. Procter suggested the following formula for a fluid extract of catechu based 
on the solvent power of glycerin over this extract. Eight troyonnces of pure catechu, in moderately coarse powder, 
are mixed in a mortar with four fluidounces of glycerin so as to form a paste, to which enough diluted alcohol is 
added to make a pint. The liquid is poured into a bottle, shaken occasionally for twenty-four hours, and then 
strained through muslin. Each fluidrachm represents thirty grains of catechu. (Proc. A. P. A., 1863, p. 241.) PART i. 
Caulophyllum.—Cera Flava. 
349 
of which is often a smaller biternate leaf. The whole plant when young, as well as the seeds, 
which are about as large as peas, is glaucous. It is the only known species of the genus. It is 
found in most parts of the United States, growing in moist rich woods. 
Properties. The root-stock is the only part used. It has a sweetish, pungent taste, and 
yields its virtues to water and alcohol. It is officially described as follows. “ Bhizome of 
horizontal growth, about 10 Cm. long, and about 6 to 10 Mm. thick, bent; on the upper side 
with broad, concave stem-scars and short, knotty branches; externally grayish-brown, inter- 
nally whitish, tough and woody. Roots numerous, matted, about 10 Cm. long, and 1 Mm. 
thick, rather tough ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish, slightly bitter and somewhat acrid.” U. S. 
Mayer found caulophyllum to contain saponin and a colorless alkaloid (A. J. P., 1863, 99), 
whilst A. E. Ebert subsequently obtained from it albumen, gum, starch, phosphoric acid, ex- 
tractive, two resins, coloring matter, and a body analogous to saponin. The caulopliylUn of 
the eclectics is made by pouring a concentrated alcoholic tincture into water and collecting, 
washing with ether, and drying the precipitate. Prof. J. U. Lloyd purified the substance which 
Ebert described as analogous to saponin, and for distinction terms it leontin. (See Drugs and 
Medicines of North America, vol. ii. 152.) He also obtained caulophylline, the alkaloid first 
announced by Mayer in 1863. Lloyd describes it as colorless, odorless, possessed of little 
taste, and dissolving freely in water, alcohol, ether, and chloroform. It crystallizes with dif- 
ficulty. The hydrochlorate has been obtained, however, in crystals. It has not been tested 
physiologically. (Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 115.) 
Medical Properties. Caulophyllum has been scarcely used at all by the general medical 
profession, although the so-called eclectic or homoeopathic practitioners claim for it peculiar 
valuable properties. It is said to be sedative, antispasmodic, and oxytocic, and to have the 
power when uterine inertia occurs during labor to cause the contractions to become very severe, 
without altering their general character as does ergot. It is also alleged to be capable of 
arresting threatened abortion, to be very efficacious in hysteria, amenorrhoea, dysmenorrhoea, 
menorrhagia, uterine subinvolution, etc.; also to be capable of originating uterine contractions 
and producing abortion. For a detailed description of the various more or less contradictory 
powers ascribed to it, the reader is referred to Lloyd’s Drugs and Medicines of North America, 
vol. ii. p. 155. It is given in decoction, infusion, or tincture, the first two being made in the 
proportion of an ounce to a pint of water, the last of four ounces to a pint of spirit. Dose 
of decoction or infusion, one or two fluidounces (30 or 60 C.c.); of tincture, one or two 
fluidrachms. Leontin has been used in doses of one drachm of the one per cent, solution. 
CERA ALBA. U.S., Br. White Wax. 
(CE'RA XL'BA.) 
“ Yellow wax bleached.” U. S. “ Yellow Beeswax which has been bleached by exposure to 
moisture, air, and light.” Br. 
White Beeswax; Cire blanche, Fr.; Weisses Wachs, G.; Cera bianca, It.; Cera blanca, Sp. 
CERA FLAVA. U. S., Br. Yellow Wax. 
(CE'RA FLA'VA.) 
“ A peculiar, concrete substance, prepared by Apis mellifica, Linne (class, Insecta; order, 
Hymenoptera).” U. S. “ Prepared from the honeycomb of the Hive Bee, Apis mellifica, 
Linn.” Br. 
Cera Citrina; Beeswax; Cire jaune, Fr.; Gelbes Wachs, G.; Cera gialla, It.; Cera amarilla, Sp. 
Wax is a product of the common bee, Apis mellifica of naturalists, which constructs with it 
the cells of the comb in which the honey and larvae are deposited. It was at one time doubted 
whether the insect elaborated the wax by its own organs, or merely gathered it from vegetables. 
The question was set at rest by Huber, who fed a swarm of bees exclusively on honey and 
water, and found that they formed a comb consisting of wax. This, therefore, is a proper 
secretion of the insect. It is produced in the form of scales under the rings of the belly. But 
wax also exists in plants, bearing in this, as in other respects, a close analogy to the fixed oils. 
It is, however, the product of the bee only that is recognized by the Pharmacopoeias* This is 
* China wax, called pe-la by the Chinese, resembles spermaceti in whiteness and crystalline appearance, but is 
distinguished by greater hardness and friability and a somewhat fibrous fracture. It melts at about 83° C. (181° F.), 
is very slightly soluble in alcohol or ether, is insoluble in cold oil of turpentine and rectified petroleum, but is dis- 
solved with the aid of heat, and very soluble in benzol. These solubilities distinguish it from spermaceti. (P. J. Tr., 
xiv. 9.) It was formerly supposed to be of vegetable origin, but has been ascertained to be the product of an insect Cera Flava. 
350 
PART I. 
directed in two forms : 1, that of yellow wax, procured immediately from the comb ; and, 2, that 
of white wax, prepared by bleaching the former. We shall consider these separately, and after- 
wards give an account of vegetable wax. 
1. Cera Flava, or Yellow Wax. This is obtained by slicing the comb taken from the hive, 
draining and afterwards expressing the honey, and melting the residue in boiling water, which 
is kept not for some time in order to allow the impurities to separate and either subside or be 
dissolved by the water. When the liquid cools the wax concretes, and, having been removed 
and again melted in boiling water, is strained and poured into pans or other suitable vessels. 
The labor-saving device is sometimes adopted of stretching a strainer of cheese-cloth upon a 
hoop and wedging the latter down into the hot mixture below the level of the water; as this 
cools, the melted wax slowly rises through the cloth, and thus a perfectly clean cake of wax is 
formed on top on cooling. It is usually brought to market in round flat cakes of considerable 
thickness. The druggists of Philadelphia are supplied chiefly from the Western States and 
North Carolina, especially the latter, and from Cuba and California. 
Properties. Yellow wax is “ a yellowish to brownish-yellow solid, having an agreeable, 
honey-like odor, and a faint, balsamic taste. Specific gravity, 0-955-0-967 at 15° C. (59° F.).* 
Melting point, 63°-64° C. (145-4°-147-2° F.). It is brittle when cold, and when broken pre- 
sents a dull, granular, not crystalline fracture. By the heat of the hand it becomes plastic. 
Yellow Wax is insoluble in water, sparingly soluble in cold alcohol, but almost completely in 
boiling alcohol. It is completely soluble in ether, chloroform, and in fixed and volatile oils; 
partially soluble in cold benzol or carbon disulphide, and completely in these liquids at a tem- 
perature of 25° to 30° C. (77° to 86° F.). If 1 Gm. of Yellow Wax be boiled, for half an 
hour, with 35 C.c. of a 15-per-cent, aqueous solution of sodium hydrate, the volume being pre- 
served by the occasional addition of water, the Wax should separate, on cooling, without render- 
ing the liquid opaque, and no precipate should be produced in the filtered liquid by hydrochloric 
acid (absence of fats or fatty acids, Japan wax, resin) ; nor should the same reagent produce a 
precipitate in water which has been boiled with a portion of the Wax (absence of soap). If 
5 Gm. of Yellow Wax be heated in a flask, for fifteen minutes, with 25 C.c. of sulphuric acid, 
to 160° C. (320° F.), and the mixture then diluted with water, no solid, wax-like body should 
separate (absence of paraffin). If a portion of Yellow Wax be ignited on platinum, it should 
not emit the odor of acrolein (absence of tallow and other fats)." TJ. S. The British Pharm. 
states tliat yellow wax should be “ Firm, breaking with a granular fracture, yellowish, having 
an agreeable honey-like odor. Not unctuous to the touch. It should be readily and entirely 
soluble in hot oil of turpentine. It should not yield more than 3 per cent, to cold alcohol (90 
belonging to the genus Coccus, which fixes itself to the branches of a certain tree, and, investing them closely, 
becomes embedded in a waxy material, which is scraped off with the insects, and constitutes the crude wax. It is 
purified by melting and straining. (Hanbury, P. J. Tr., xii. 476.) The tree from which the wax is obtained is the 
Fraxinus chinensis of Roxburgh. (Ibid., Sept. 1, 1859.) 
Mr. T. T. Cooper, in his “ Travels of a Pioneer” in China, gives some interesting statements as to the production 
of this wax, which are the result of his own personal observations. It is chiefly the province of S’zchuan which is 
the seat of this industry, the cultivation of the China wax being a source of great wealth to this province, second 
only in importance to the silk-culture. The “ wax trees” are all cut down at the height of 8 feet, leaving no branches, 
the trunks being about as thick as a man’s thigh, and sending forth shoots in the spring. The insects are cultivated 
in a different province, that of Yunnan, whence vast quantities of the eggs are sent annually to S’zchuan, where 
they are received in little balls of the size of a pea. These are suspended, enclosed in young leaves, to the shoots of 
the tree in March. In about two months the larva; appear, and, feeding on the leaves, soon attain the size of small 
butterflies, which spread themselves in immense numbers over the branches, which are whitened by them so as to 
seem covered with feathery snow. The grub, as it advances to the chrysalis form, buries itself in a white secretion 
by which all the branches are coated an inch in thickness. These are then cut off near the stem and divided into 
small pieces, which are tied in bundles and put into large caldrons, where they are boiled in water till all the wax 
melts and rises to the surface. It is then skimmed off and run into moulds, where it hardens. In this form it 
is spread over the Empire, where it is used for candles and as medicine. (P. J. Tr., 1872; also vol. xv., 1885.) 
* The lower official specific gravity (0*955) is undoubtedly too low; it should be 0*960. Dieterich has modified 
Hager’s method of taking the specific gravity of wax, as follows. A piece of wax is heated on the edge of a 
colorless flame, so that drops of melted wax may fall into alcohol placed in a saucer. Having thus obtained 
about a dozen wax-pearls, they are allowed to dry thoroughly by letting them remain on blotting-paper for 
24 hours. Eight portions of diluted alcohol are prepared, of the following specific gravities respectively : 0*96<l, 
0*961, 0*962, 0*963, 0*964, 0*965, 0*966, 0*967, and the pearl is dropped into these liquids in turn. The 
specific gravity of the wax is of course the same as the specific gravity of that liquid in which the pearl remains floating 
indifferently in any part of the vessel. (See Remington’s Practice of Pharmacy, page 71, Lovi’s beads.) Dieterich 
examined hundreds of specimens annually, and found the wax to vary in sp. gr. from 0*963 to 0*966. He also deter- 
mined the specific gravities of the following substances used to adulterate wax: white wax, 0*973; cera japonica, 
Japan wax, 0*975 ; ceresin, half white, 0*920 ; ozokerite, crude, 0*952; rosin, common, 1*108 ; cacao butter, 0*980-0*981: 
pure rosin, 1*045; beef suet, 0*952—0*953; yellow wax, 0*963-0*964; ceresin, white, 0*918; ceresin, yellow, 0*922; 
spermaceti, 0*960 ; French rosin, 1*104-1*105; paraffin, med. hard, 0*913-0*914; stearin, A No. 1, 0*971-0*972; mutton 
suet, 0*961. (Arch. d. Pharm., 1882, p. 55.) PART I. 
Cera Flava. 
351 
per cent.), nor more than 50 per cent, to cold ether, and nothing to water or to boiling solution 
of sodium hydroxide, the two latter liquids after filtration neither being turbid nor yielding a 
precipitate on the addition of hydrochloric acid (absence of fatty acids, resin, and Japan wax). 
Specific gravity 0-960 to 0-970. Melts at 144-5° to 147° F. (62-5° to 63-9° C.) when tested 
in the following manner. Liquefy a small piece, and draw a little of the liquid Beeswax up 
into a capillary tube of not more than one millimetre in internal diameter; after it has been 
allowed to cool for three hours, fix a piece of the filled capillary tube to the bulb of a ther- 
mometer by thread; immerse the bulb and tube in a beaker of wrater, and heat the latter 
gradually on a water-bath; at the moment the opaque rod of Beeswax becomes transparent, 
note the temperature. The solidifying point is two to three degrees lower than the melting 
point. 5 grammes of the Beeswax, melted in and mixed 'with boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), 
should require for neutralization not less than 1-6 cubic centimetres of normal alcoholic volumetric 
solution of potassium hydroxide, using phenol-phthalein as an indicator. Upon the further 
addition of 20 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution, and well boiling for one hour under 
a reflux condenser, not less than 6-2 nor more than 6-8 cubic centimetres should be found to 
have combined with the Beeswax, as shown by the titration of the uncombined alkali with 
volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. If 5 grammes of Beeswax are heated for fifteen minutes 
with 25 grammes of sulphuric acid to 320° F. (160° C.) and the mixture diluted with water, 
no solid wax-like body should separate (absence of paraffin). Beeswax should not yield any 
characteristic reaction with the tests for starch.” 
Various adulterations have been practised, most of which may be readily detected. Meal, 
earth, and other insoluble substances are at the same time discovered and separated by melting 
and straining the wax. When the fracture is smooth and shining instead of being granular, 
the presence of resin may be suspected. This is dissolved by cold alcohol, while the wax is 
left untouched. Yellow wax is frequently adulterated with a mixture of paraffin and rosin; 
such wax is usually translucent on the edges. For other adulterating substances used, and the 
inodes of detecting them, see the remarks which follow on white wax. 
Yellow wax is used chiefly as an ingredient of plasters and cerates. 
! 2. Cera Alba, Bleached Yellow Wax, or White Wax. The color of yellow wax is discharged 
by exposing it, with an extended surface, to the combined influence of air, light, and moisture. 
The process of bleaching is carried on to a considerable extent in this country. The wax, 
previously melted, is made to fall in streams upon a revolving cylinder, kept constantly wet, 
upon which it concretes, forming thin ribbon-like layers. These, having been removed, are 
spread upon linen cloths stretched on frames and exposed to the air and light, care being taken 
to water and occasionally turn them. In a few days they are partially bleached ; but, to deprive 
the wax completely of color, it is necessary to repeat the whole process once, if not oftener. 
When sufficiently white, it is melted and cast into small circular cakes. The color may also be 
discharged by chlorine ; but the wax is said to be somewhat altered* White wax sometimes 
contains one or more free fatty acids, consequent probably upon the employment of alkalies in 
bleaching it, which render it an unfit ingredient in the unctuous preparations of certain salts. 
Of these acids it may be deprived by means of alcohol. 
Perfectly pure wax is white, shining, diaphanous in thin layers, inodorous, insipid, harder 
and less unctuous to the touch than the yellow, soft and ductile at 35° C. (95° F.) and fusible 
at 65° C. (149° F.), retaining its fluidity at a lower temperature. According to Saussure, its 
sp. gr. in the solid state is 0-966. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ a yellowish-white 
solid, somewhat translucent in thin layers, having a slightly rancid odor, and an insipid taste. 
Specific gravity, 0-965 to 0 975 f at 15° C. (59° F.). Melting point, about 65° C. (149° F.). 
In other respects White Wax has the characteristics of, and should respond to the reactions 
and tests given under, Yellow Wax (see Cera Flava')." By a great heat it is partly vol- 
atilized, partly decomposed ; and, when flame is applied to its vapor, it takes fire and burns 
with a clear bright light. It is insoluble in water, and in cold alcohol or ether, but is slightly 
* The following process for purifying wax by steam has been patented by M. Cassgrand, in France, and is said to 
have been employed advantageously. Wax melted by steam is passed along with the steam through a coiled tube or 
worm, is received into a double bottom heated by steam, where it is washed with water, and is then raised by a pump 
into another pan, also heated by steam, where it is again washed with water; the whole operation is repeated 
three or four times, the wax being allowed to rest for about four or five minutes in the upper pan after each operation, 
and, after the last one, an hour or two for the subsidence of impurities. The wax is then granulated by means of 
cold water, allowed to dry for two or three days, and then exposed to light and air. The whole process is completed 
in a few days. (See A. J. P., xxvi. 525.) 
| This official specific gravity (0*975) is undoubtedly too high. 0*960 to 0*965 should be the figures. 352 
Cera Flava. 
PART I. 
soluble in boiling alcohol and ether, which deposit it in a great measure upon cooling. The 
volatile and fixed oils dissolve it with facility, resin readily unites with it by fusion, and soaps 
are formed by the action of soda and potassa in solution. It is not affected by the acids 
at ordinary temperatures, but is converted into a black mass when boiled with concentrated 
sulphuric acid. Bleached wax contains, according to Lewy’s analysis, 80-2 per cent, of 
carbon, 13-4 of hydrogen, and 6-4 of oxygen. It is a mixture of three different substances, 
which may be separated from one another by alcohol,—viz.: 1, myricin, insoluble in boiling 
alcohol, and consisting chiefly of myricyl palmitate, CieH31(C30H610„),—that is, a com- 
pound of palmitic acid, C16H310.0H, and myricyl alcohol, ; 2, cerotic add, 
C27H6402 (formerly called cerin when obtained only in an impure state), which is dissolved by 
boiling alcohol, but crystallizes out on cooling; 3, cerolein, which remains dissolved in the cold 
alcoholic liquid. This latter is probably a mixture of fatty acids, as indicated by its acid reac- 
tion. Schwalb (Ann. d. Chem., 224, 225) found melissic acid and some unsaturated acids 
of the oleic series; also higher solid hydrocarbons of the saturated series, such as C27H56 and 
C31H64. Kebler states that the hydrocarbons in beeswax amount to from 12-72 to 13-78 per 
cent. (A. J. P., 1893, 587.) T. Marie believes that cerotic acid, as ordinarily obtained, is a 
mixture of two distinct acids. He gives C30II6002 as the formula for melissic acid and 
CjyjHgoOjj for pure cerotic acid. 
Wax has been variously adulterated. White lead sinks to the bottom of the vessel when the 
wax is melted. Starch, meal, and other insoluble substances remain behind when the wax is 
dissolved in oil of turpentine or benzin; and the starch is known by producing a blue color 
with iodine added to water in which the wax has been boiled. Water, which is said to be some- 
times fraudulently incorporated with it, by agitation when partially melted, is driven off by 
heat. Fatty substances render lime water turbid when agitated with it and allowed to stand. 
For the detection of stearin and stearic acid, M. Lebel dissolves the suspected wax in two parts 
of oil, beats the cerate thus formed with its weight of pure water, and then adds a few drops 
of solution of lead subacetate. If stearin be present, there will be an immediate decomposition, 
and the mixture will acquire an extraordinary solidity from the formation of lead stearate. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xv.) Vogel proposes chloroform as a means of detecting the adultera- 
tion with fatty matters. That liquid dissolves only 25 per cent, of wax, but stearin and stearic 
acid completely. If, therefore, wax treated with 6 or 8 parts of chloroform loses more than 
one-quarter of its weight, it may be considered as impure. (Ibid., xvii.) Overbeck detects 
stearic acid by the abundant effervescence produced from the escape of carbonic acid when a 
small portion of the suspected wax is boiled in a solution composed of one part of sodium car- 
bonate and fifty of distilled water. (P. J. Tr., xi. 128.) Fehling detects stearic add and resin 
by boiling one part of the wax in twenty of alcohol, filtering the solution when cold, and then 
adding water. If either of these substances be present there will be a flocculent precipitate, 
whereas if the wax be pure there will scarcely be an observable turbidness. The natural fats, 
as tallow, suet, lard, etc., are not amenable to this test; but it may be applied by first saponi- 
fying them, and thus converting them into the fatty acids, as the stearic. But, as wax itself 
is somewhat liable to be affected, it is necessary to avoid too strong an alkaline solution, and 
too long boiling in the process. To obviate such a result, 30 grains of the wax are to be boiled 
with two or three fluidounces of water containing 6 grains of pure sodium hydrate, and the mass 
saturated with a very dilute acid, and heated. The wax is then to be separated, dried between 
folds of blotting-paper, and treated as above for stearic acid. (Neues Repert. filr Pharm., viii. 
78.) For the detection of rosin, cold alcohol is sufficient. It dissolves the rosin, and yields it 
on evaporation, attended with a very small portion of pure wax, which yields 2-4 per cent, to 
cold alcohol. (Ed. Davies, A. J. P., 1870, p. 537.) F. Jean states that a few drops of sulphuric 
acid added to the melted wax adulterated with rosin, cause a red color, or, if only 1 per cent, 
be present, a greenish tint. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 307.) To detect paraffin, which is another 
adulteration said to be frequent, Prof. Landolt, of Bonn, heats the wax with fuming sulphuric 
acid (Nordhausen), which destroys the wax, converting it into a black jelly-like mass, while the 
paraffin is left as a transparent layer on the surface. (See A. J. P., xxxiv. 35.) M. Lies 
Bodart detects the same impurity by a somewhat complex process, based on the etherification 
of the wax; the paraffin being left sufficiently pure to enable its proportion to be estimated. 
For the particulars of the process, the reader is referred to the Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. 
(4e ser., iii. 287, 1866). A simpler method is that of M. Dullo, who treats the adulterated 
wax with ether. If this dissolves more than 50 per cent., the presence of paraffin is indicated. 
M. Payen resorts to the point of fusion as a means of detecting paraffin. This substance melts PART I. 
Cera Flava. 
353 
at a lower temperature than wax, and lowers the melting point of wax with which it is mixed. 
(Ibid., 4e sffi\, ii. 233.) White wax should not melt below 65° C. (149° F.) ; yellow not below 
62-5° C. (144’50 F.). (Dr.) Japan wax is said also to be largely employed for adulterating bees- 
wax ; so that sometimes but little of the product of the bee is to be found in the mixture. To 
detect Japan wax, M. Dullo boils together for a minute 10 Gm. (150 grains) of wax, 120 Gm. 
of water, and 1 of soda. If there be Japan wax present, a soap will immediately form, which 
will slowly solidify on cooling. Beeswax does not saponify under these circumstances. (Ibid., 
4e ser., i. 448.) Ceresin, a principle obtained from ozokerite (see Part II.), is also employed as 
an adulterant, and is manufactured largely for that purpose in Vienna. It is only native 
paraffin, and of course answers to the tests for that substance. There are other less precise 
methods of detecting adulterations. Thus, spermaceti and lard render wax softer and less 
cohesive, of a smoother and less granular fracture, and of a different odor when heated. The 
melting point and specific gravity are lowered by tallow, suet, and lard. Legrip's cereometer 
is based upon the altered specific gravity of wax when adulterated. Any one may apply this 
principle by making such a mixture of alcohol and water that pure wax will neither sink nor 
rise in it, but remain wherever placed. (See page 351.) Adulterated wax would either float 
or sink in this liquid. Pereira says that pure wax is yellowish white; and that the white wax 
in circular cakes always contains spermaceti, added to improve its color. The most valuable 
information, however, is obtained by the determination, according to Hubl’s process, of the 
three chemical constants,—viz., acid value, 20; ester value, 75; and saponification value, 95. 
In yellow wax the iodine value, 7'9 to 8-9, is also of use; in white wax the bleaching process 
has altered the bodies which absorb the iodine. (See also Chem. Zeit., 1893, 918; Proc. A. 
P. A., 1894, 957; Drug. Circ., 1898, 33; Amer. Drug., 1898, 97.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Wax has little effect upon the system. Under the 
impression that it sheathed the inflamed mucous membrane of the bowels, it was formerly 
prescribed in diarrhoea and dysentery; and it is mentioned by Dioscorides as a remedy in the 
latter complaint; but at the present time, we suppose, no one would think of employing wax 
for such purposes. Its sole use in modern medicine is in the formation of ointments, cerates, 
plasters, and suppositories, surgical dressings, etc., in which it acts mechanically, either giving 
stiffness or serving to protect from water. It is an ingredient in almost all the official cerates, 
which owe to it their general title. 
3. Vegetable Wax. Many vegetable products contain wax. It exists in the pollen of 
numerous plants, and forms the bloom or glaucous powder which covers certain fruits, and the 
coating of varnish with which leaves are sometimes supplied. In some plants it is so abundant 
as to be profitably extracted for use. Such is the Ceroxylon andicola, a lofty palm growing in 
the South American Andes. Upon the trunk of this tree, in the rings left by the fall of the 
leaves, is a coating of wax-like matter, about one-sixth of an inch thick, which is removed by 
the natives and employed in the manufacture of tapers. It contains, according to Vauquelin, 
two-thirds of a resinous substance and one-third of pure wax. Two kinds of wax are collected 
in Brazil, one called carnauba,* from the leaves of the Copernicus cerifera, a palm, which forms 
large forests in the province of Ceara, the other ocuba, from the fruit of a shrub of the 
* Carnauba Wax is collected by cutting out the leaf-buds, drying and beating them, and melting the powder thus 
detached in water. According to Nevil Story Maskelyne, it consists chiefly of melissyl-alcohol, C30H62O, which 
saponifies, another alcohol, C23H48O, and small quantities of resin and a substance melting at 150° C. (221° F.). 
Berard believes it to be composed of free cerotic acid and melissyl ether. H. Stiirke has stated as the result of an 
investigation that carnauba wax contains: a hydrocarbon, melting at 59° C.; an alcohol, C23H56.CH2OH, melting at 
76° C.; myricyl alcohol, CsoIIsi.OII, melting at 85’5° C.; a diatomic alcohol, C25H5o.(OH)2, melting at 103'5°-103'8° C.; 
an acid, C24H48O2, isomeric with lignocerotic acid, melting at 72'5° C.; an acid, C27II54O2, isomeric with cerotic acid, 
melting at 79° C.; and an acid, or rather the lactone (anhydride) of an acid, C19H38 j melting at 103‘5° C., 
from which an acid, Ci9H3s(COOH)2, melting at 90° C. has been prepared. (Schaedler, Technol. der Fet.te und Oele, 
2te Auf., p. 884.) It is hard, brittle, and buff-colored, yellow, or greenish, resembling the resins more than wax, and 
melts at 85° C. (185° F.), which is much higher than the fusing point of other kinds of vegetable wax. “ It takes a 
fine polish when rubbed with any soft material,” does not receive impressions from the finger at the natural temper- 
ature of the hand, and is adapted for polishing furniture, either alone or mixed with wax. 2,000,000 pounds of it 
are said to be annually produced in Brazil, where it is largely used, mixed with tallow, in making candles, etc. 
Under the name of Ocotilla wax, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael described (A. J. P., Feb. 1885) a wax which she 
has obtained from the bark of the Fouquieria splendens, and believes to be a new variety. A wax which is said to 
be used, under the name of Arbol de la Cera, in Mexico not only for domestic purposes, but also as a remedy in 
diarrhoea and jaundice, is that obtained by boiling the fruit of the Myrica jalapensis in water. It is greenish or 
yellow, more brittle and unctuous than beeswax, has a feeble odor, a slightly bitter taste, and a density nearly equal 
to that of water, and melts at 43°; but on exposure the fusing point rises to 47‘5°. It is wholly soluble in boiling 
ether, insoluble in water, sparingly soluble in cold alcohol, and dissolves in twenty parts of boiling alcohol, depositing 
the greater part on cooling; alkalies saponify it readily. (A.J,. P., xv. 339, 1885.) 
23 Cera Flava.—Cerata. 
354 
PART I. 
province of Para. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., v. 154.)* A form of vegetable wax sometimes 
seen in this country is that derived from Myrica cerifera, and commonly called myrtle wax. 
The wax myrtle is an aromatic shrub, from one to twelve feet high, growing in the United 
States, from New England to Louisiana, and flourishing especially on the sea-coast. The fruit, 
which grows in clusters closely attached to the stems and branches, is small, globular, and 
covered with a whitish coat of wax, which may be separated for use. Other parts of the plant 
are said to possess medical virtues. The bark of the root is acrid and astringent, and in large 
doses emetic, and has been popularly employed in jaundice. The process for collecting the wax 
is simple. The berries are boiled in water, and the wax, melting and floating on the surface, 
is either skimmed off and strained, or allowed to concrete as the liquor cools, and then removed. 
To render it pure, it is again melted and strained, and cast into large cakes. It is collected in 
New Jersey, North Carolina, and New England, and particularly in Rhode Island. 
Myrtle wax is of a pale grayish-green color, somewhat diaphanous, more brittle and unctuous 
to the touch than beeswax, of a feeble odor, and a slightly bitterish taste. It is about as 
heavy as water, and melts, according to Dr. G. E. Moore, at from 46-6° C.—48-8° C. (116° F.- 
120° F.). It is insoluble in water, scarcely soluble in cold alcohol, soluble, excepting about 13 
per cent., in twenty parts of boiling alcohol, which deposits the greater portion on cooling, 
soluble also in boiling ether, and slightly so in oil of turpentine. It is readily saponifiable with 
the alkalies. By Dr. John it was found to found to consist, like beeswax, of cerin and myricin, 
containing 87 per cent, of the former and 13 of the latter; but a more accurate analysis by 
Dr. Moore gives as its constituents one part of palmitin and four of palmitic acid, with a little 
laurin or lauric acid. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, 1852, p. 319.) The green color and bitter- 
ness depend upon distinct principles, which may be separated by boiling with ether. On cooling, 
the wax is deposited colorless, while the ether remains green. The color is ascribed by Dr. 
Moore to chlorophyll. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This variety of wax has been popularly employed in 
the United States as a remedy for dysentery ; in which disease Dr. Fahnestock gave the pow- 
dered wax in doses of a teaspoonful (3-75 C.c.) frequently repeated, with alleged great advan- 
tage. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., ii. 313.) It is occasionally substituted by apothecaries for 
beeswax in the formation of plasters, and is used in the preparation of tapers and candles. It 
is somewhat fragrant when burning, but emits a less brilliant light than common lamp oil. 
CERATA. Cerates. 
(CE-RA'TA.) 
Carats, Cereot6s, Fr.; Cerate, Wachssalben, G. 
These are unctuous substances consisting of oil or lard, mixed with wax, spermaceti, or resin, 
to which various medicaments are frequently added. Their consistence, which is intermediate 
between that of ointments and that of plasters, is such that they may be spread at ordinary tem- 
peratures upon linen or leather, by means of a spatula, and do not melt or run when applied 
to the skin. In preparing them, care should always be taken to select the oil or lard perfectly 
free from rancidity. In reference to the wax, too, there would seem to be a choice, as experi- 
ence has shown that cerates made with yellow wax keep longer unchanged than those made 
with white or bleached wax, probably because there is in yellow wax some principle which cor- 
* Japanese Wax. A substance under this name has been imported into Europe in considerable quantities, either 
directly from Japan, or through the Chinese ports. It is obtained from the berries of the Rhus succedaneum of 
Linnaeus, and in small amount from the R. sylvestris and R. vernicifera, or lacquer plant. The partially dried 
berries are crushed, winnowed, steamed, placed in hemp cloth bags, steamed again, and pressed in a wooden wedge 
press. They yield about 15 per cent, of a coarse greenish tallowy mass. It has come in two forms, the one, as origi- 
nally distinguished by Mr. Hanbury, of circular cakes, about four inches in diameter, and an inch thick, flat on one 
side and somewhat convex on the other; the second, as brought directly from Japan, of large rectangular blocks, 
which are packed in chests. It bears a considerable resemblance to purified beeswax, but is not quite so white, 
having a slightly yellowish tint, is softer, more friable, and has a somewhat rancid smell and taste. Its melting 
point is below that of wax, varying from 49° C. (120° F.), as stated by Prof. Procter, to 52° C. (125° E.), and even 
55° C. (131° F.), as observed in different specimens by Mr. Hanbury. Meyer noticed a sample melting at 42° C. 
(107° F.). It is much more soluble in alcohol than is beeswax, is saponifiable with the alkalies, and is in the main 
a glyceride of palmitic acid with smaller amounts of the glycerides of stearic and arachidic acids. It has been 
employed in the preparation of candles, which yield as brilliant light as those made of common wax. It has been 
found useful in the preparation of cerates, etc. From Roucher’s experiments it appears that there are two melting 
points of this wax, one corresponding closely with Prof. Procter’s results, while the same wax rapidly heated to a 
point above that of fusion and then allowed to cool, if plunged into water at 42° C., melts into a transparent liquid; 
consequently melting at a point 12° C. below its freezing point in its ordinary state, which was 54° C.; the two 
temperatures being about equivalent in Fahrenheit’s scale to 107° and 129°. (P. J. Tr.y Aug. 1872.) PAKT I. 
Cerata.—Ceratum Cantharidis. 
355 
rects the tendency of fatty matters to become rancid. (F. Bringhurst, A. J. P., 1869, 59.) 
The liquefaction should be effected by a very gentle heat, which may be applied by means of 
a water-bath ; and during the refrigeration the mixture should be well stirred, and the portions 
which solidify on the sides of the vessel should be made to mix again with the liquid portion, 
until the whole assumes the proper consistence, or, as some prefer, the melted cerate is allowed 
to cool quickly without stirring. When a large quantity is prepared, the mortar or other vessel 
into which the mixture may be poured for cooling should be previously heated by means of 
boiling water. It has been proposed to substitute paraffin for wax in the preparation of the 
cerates, but the great tendency to produce granulation in the finished cerate has largely pre- 
vented its use. It is, we think, unfortunate that this class of preparations has been abandoned 
in the British Pharmacopoeia; the several cerates having been rejected, or transferred to the 
class of Ointments. Independently of the connection between the name and one of the char- 
acteristic constituents of the cerates, there is a ground of difference between them and the 
ointments in their consistence; that of the cerates being such as to render them especially 
suitable for spreading on linen, while that of ointments is peculiarly adapted to inunction* 
CERATUM. U.S. Cerate. 
(CE-RA'TUM.) 
Ceratum Adipis, U. S. 1860; Ceratum Simplex, U. S. 1850: C6rat simple, Fr.; Einfaches Cerat, Wacbssalbe, G. 
“ White Wax, three hundred grammes [or 10 ounces av., 255 grains] ; Lard, seven hundred 
grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 
120 grains]. Melt them together, and stir the mixture constantly until it is cool.” U. S. 
In the preparation of this cerate, peculiar care should be taken that the oleaginous ingredient 
be entirely free from rancidity, and that the heat employed be not sufficient to produce the 
slightest decomposition ; for the value of the preparation depends on its perfect blandness. To 
avoid change, it should be put up in small jars, and covered closely with tin-foil so as to ex- 
clude the air. It is used for dressing blisters, wounds, etc., in all cases in which the object is 
to prevent the contact of air and preserve the moisture of the part and at the same time to 
avoid all irritation. It is sometimes improperly employed as the vehicle of substances to be 
applied by inunction. For this purpose lard should be used in winter, and simple ointment in 
summer, the cerate having too firm a consistence. George W. Sloan recommends simple cerate 
as a pill excipient for certain oxidizable substances and special uses. (Proc. A. P. A., 1884.) 
CERATUM CAMPHORS. U. S. Camphor Cerate. 
(CE-RA'TUM ClM'PHO-R^.) 
“ Camphor Liniment, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; White Wax, three 
hundred grammes [or 10 ounces av., 255 grains] ; Lard, six hundred grammes [or 21 ounces 
av., 72 grains], To make one thousand, grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt the 
White Wax and Lard with the aid of a gentle heat; then add the Camphor Liniment, and 
stir the mixture occasionally, until it has become cold.” U. S. 
The proportion of camphor has been greatly increased in this preparation by the U. S. P. 
1890 ; it now contains 2 per cent, of camphor, that of the U. S. P. 1880 contained only three- 
fifths of 1 per cent. This preparation was introduced in the U. S. P. 1880 primarily for use in 
making cerate of subacetate of lead by the extemporaneous process. It was subsequently found 
useful as a slightly stimulating dressing, hence the proportion of camphor has been increased. 
CERATUM CANTHARIDIS. U. S. (Br.) Cantharides Cerate. 
(CE-RA'TUM CAN-THAR'l-DIS.) 
Emplastrum Cantharidis, Br.; Cantharides Plaster; Emplastrum Cantharidum (Yesicatorium) Ordinarium, 
P. G.; Emplastrum Epispasticum, s. Vesicatorium, s. Yesicans; Emplatre de Cantharides, Empl&tre vfisicatoire, Fr.j 
Spanischfliegen Pflaster, Blasenpflaster, G. 
“ Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, three hundred and twenty grammes [or 11 ounces av., 126 
grains] ; Yellow Wax, one hundred and eighty grammes [or 6 ounces ay., 152 grains] ; Resin, 
one hundred and eighty grammes [or 6 ounces av., 152 grains] ; Lard, two hundred and twenty 
grammes [or 7 ounces av., 332 grains] ; Oil of Turpentine, one hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
* Dr. W. H. Mielcke (Pharm. Centralb., 1881, Nos. 20, 21) proposes a class of preparations, to which he has given 
the name “ Stearins,” “ Steatinum.” These are of about the consistence of cerates, of varied composition, and contain 
usually a considerable portion of tallow. The Steatinum Iodoformi offers a fair specimen of the class. “ Take of 
mutton tallow 18 parts, expressed oil of nutmeg 2 parts, iodoform, in fine powder, 1 part. Melt the tallow and add 
the other ingredients.” For other formulas, see A. J. P., 1881, p. 404. 356 
Ceratum Cantharidis. 
PART I. 
meters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains]! Moisten the Cantharides with the Oil of Turpentine, and set the mixture aside, well 
covered, for forty-eight hours. Then add it to the Yellow Wax, Resin, and Lard, previously 
melted and strained through muslin, and keep the mixture in a liquid condition, by means of 
a water-bath, stirring occasionally, until its weight has been reduced to one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Then remove it from the bath, and stir it occasionally until it 
is cool.” U.S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia directs of Cantharides, in powder, 3£ ounces (Imperial) or 
thirty-five grammes; Yellow Beeswax, Lard, and Resin, each, 2 ounces (Imp.) or twenty 
grammes; and Soap Plaster, \ ounce (Imp.) or five grammes; melts the Resin, Soap Plaster, 
Wax, and Lard together; then introduces the Cantharides, mixes the whole thoroughly, and 
continues to stir the mixture while cooling. (See Emplastrum Cantharidis.) 
This is the common well-known blistering plaster. As it can be readily spread without the aid 
of heat, it is properly a cerate, and is, therefore, correctly named in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
The process now official differs from that of previous Pharmacopoeias in the use of Oil of Tur- 
pentine; the previous maceration of the cantharides with this solvent has for its object the 
softening and extraction of the cantharidin; the present cerate is not so firm in consistence as 
that made by the U. S. P. 1880, for, although some of the oil of turpentine is evaporated by 
the heat employed, sufficient is still retained by the process to render the cerate softer. There 
can be no question of the advantage of retaining the cantharides in contact with hot liquefied 
fatty bodies to facilitate the extraction of the cantharidin. The cerate is essentially the same 
as prepared by the two processes; though the U. S. formula has a decided advantage over the 
British, in keeping the mixture of the flies and the other ingredients for some time at an ele- 
vated temperature, while in the latter they are allowed to cool after being mixed with the fatty 
matters. Care was formerly considered requisite, in making the cerate, not to injure the flies 
by heat. It was, therefore, recommended that they should not be added to the other ingre- 
dients until immediately before these begin to stiffen, after having been removed from the fire; 
and, though this direction has been omitted, no provision is made for the continued application 
of heat. From the experiments of Mr. Donovan (Dublin Med. Press, Aug. 1840), and those 
of Professor Procter (A. J. P., xiii. 302, and xxiv. 296), it may be inferred that the vesicating 
principle of Spanish flies is not injured or dissipated by a heat under 148-8° C. (300° F.), and 
that an elevated temperature, instead of being hurtful, is positively advantageous in the prepa- 
ration of the cerate. The cantharidin is thus more thoroughly dissolved by the oleaginous 
matter, and consequently brought more efficiently into contact with the skin, than when re- 
tained in the interior of the tissue of the fly. Another advantage, stated by Donovan, is that 
the moisture usually existing to a certain extent in all the ingredients of the cerate is thus 
dissipated, and the preparation is less apt to become mouldy, or otherwise to undergo decom- 
position. Instead, therefore, of waiting until the melted wax, resin, and lard begin to stiffen, 
it is better to add the powder before the vessel is removed from the fire. Mr. Donovan recom- 
mends that, as soon as the other ingredients are melted, the powdered flies should be added, 
and the mixture stirred until the heat is shown by a thermometer to have risen to 121-1° C. 
(250° F.), when the vessel is to be removed from the fire, and the mixture stirred constantly 
until cool. * At the heat mentioned, ebullition takes place in consequence of the escape of the 
moisture contained in the materials. In the cerate thus prepared, the active matter has been 
dissolved by the lard, and the powder may be separated, if deemed advisable, by straining the 
mixture before it solidifies. Care should be taken that the temperature be not so high as to 
decompose the ingredients; and it would be better to keep it within 100° C. (212° F.), by 
means of a water-bath, as in the U. S. process, than to incur any risk from its excess. Violent 
irritation and even vesication of the face of the operator are stated to have resulted from ex- 
posure to the vapors of the liquid, at a temperature of 121-1° C. (250° F.). (jP. J. Tr., ii. 391.) 
From an experiment, however, of Professor Procter, it appears that, though cantharidin begins 
to volatilize slightly at 121-1° C. (250° F.), and rapidly rises in vapor and sublimes at from 
205-5° C. to 211-1° C. (402° F. to 412° F.), yet it is not decomposed unless by increasing the 
heat considerably above the last-mentioned point. {A. J. P., xxiv. 296 and 298.) Dieterich 
states that the activity is greatly increased by the use of acid in the manufacture. Thus, for 
every 250 Gm. of powdered flies used he adds to the melted mass 1 Gm. sulphuric acid and 10 
Gm. alcohol (90 per cent.), keeps the mass for two hours at 70° C., and finally adds 2 Gm. 
barium carbonate rubbed up with 6 Gm. alcohol. (Phann. Cent., 1892, 425.) It is desirable 
that the flies should be very finely pulverized. Coarsely powdered cantharides should not be PAET I. 
Ceratum Cantharidis. 
357 
used, because of the imperfect and unequal distribution of the vesicating agent. Powdered 
euphorbium is said to be sometimes fraudulently added. 
The cerate will always raise a blister in ordinary conditions of the system, if the flies are 
good, and not injured in the preparation. It should be spread on soft leather, though linen or 
even paper will answer the purpose when that is not to be had. An elegant mode of preparing 
it for use is to spread a piece of leather, of a proper size, first with adhesive plaster, and after- 
wards with the cerate, leaving a margin of the former uncovered, in order that it may adhere 
to the skin. Heat is not requisite, and should not be employed in spreading the cerate. Some 
sprinkle powdered flies upon the surface of the plaster, press them lightly with a roller, and 
then shake off the portion which has not adhered; but, if the flies originally employed were 
good, this addition is superfluous. The habit of applying over the surface with a brush an 
ethereal tincture of cantharides, which leaves a thin coating of extract, renders the preparation 
more certain. 
Upon the application of the plaster, the skin should be moistened with warm vinegar or 
other liquid. In adults, when the full action of the flies is desired, and the object is to pro- 
duce a permanent effect, the application should be continued for eight hours, and on the scalp 
for twelve hours. In very delicate persons, however, or those subject to strangury, or upon 
parts of a loose texture, or when the object is merely to produce a blister to be healed as 
quickly as possible, the plaster should remain no longer than is necessary for the production 
of full redness of the skin, which generally occurs in five or six hours, or even in a shorter 
time. It should then be removed, and followed by a flaxseed poultice, or some other emollient 
dressing, under which the cuticle rises, and a full blister is usually produced. By this man- 
agement the patient will generally escape strangury, and the blister will very quickly heal after 
the discharge of the serum.* In young children, cantharides sometimes produce alarming 
and even fatal ulceration, if too long applied, and from two to four hours are usually sufficient 
for any desirable purpose. When the head, or other very hairy part, is to be blistered, an in- 
terval of ten or twelve hours should, if possible, be allowed between the shaving of the part 
and the application of the plaster, so that the abrasions may heal, and some impediment be 
offered to the absorption of the flies. After the blister has been formed, it should be opened 
at the most depending parts, and, the cuticle being allowed to remain, should be dressed with 
simple cerate; but, if it be desirable to maintain the discharge for a short time, resin cerate 
should be used, and the cuticle removed if it can be done without inconvenience. When it is 
wished that the blistered surface should heal as soon as possible, Goulard’s cerate should be 
freely applied. The effects of an issue may be obtained by employing savine ointment, or the 
ointment of Spanish flies, as a dressing. If much inflammation takes place in the blistered 
surface, it may be relieved by emollient poultices, weak lead water, or Goulard’s cerate. When 
there is an obstinate indisposition to heal, we have found nothing so effectual as zinc ointment 
with two to four grains of carbolic acid to the ounce. 
Various preparations of cantharides have been proposed and employed as substitutes for the 
cerate. They consist for the most part of cantharidin, more or less pure, either dissolved in 
olive oil and applied to the skin by means of a piece of paper saturated with it, or incorpo- 
rated with wax and spread in a very thin layer upon fine waxed cloth, silk, or paper, con- 
stituting blistering cloth, blistering paper, vesicating taffeta, etc. The advantages of these 
preparations are that they occupy less space, are more portable, and, being very pliable, are 
more easily adapted to irregularities of the surface. Absolutely pure cantharidin is expen- 
sive and not requisite,f as extracts of cantharides, made with ether, alcohol, or boiling 
* The late Dr. M. B. Smith, of Philadelphia, informed us that he had frequently employed uva ursi as a preventive 
of strangury from blisters, and had never found it to fail. He gave a small wineglassful of the decoction of uva ursi 
every hour, commencing two hours after the application of the blister. Camphor is sometimes incorporated with the 
blistering cerate to prevent strangury, though with doubtful effect. A plan proposed by M. Yee is to spread over 
the surface of the plaster, when ready for delivery, by means of the finger, a saturated solution of camphor in ether. 
The ether evaporates, leaving a thin coating of camphor uniformly diffused. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e sfir., viii. 68.) 
Guyot Dannecy believes camphor to be useless in this connection, and recommends dusting the blister with bicar- 
bonate of sodium and powdered cantharides in equal parts. The late Dr. Joseph Hartshorne, of Philadelphia, was 
in the habit, in cases where he apprehended strangury, of directing four grains of opium and twenty of camphor 
to be mixed with the cerate of a blister of large size, and experienced the happiest effects from the addition. 
f Dragendorff (A.J. P., 1872, p. 273) recommends sodium, cantharidate. M. E. Delpech (A. J. P., xlii. 240) pro- 
poses the use of potassium cantharidate in substance or solution. He prepares it by dissolving two parts of can- 
tharides in 150 parts of alcohol, and adding P6 parts of caustic potash dissolved in a very little water. The whole 
becomes a crystalline mass, from which the alcohol may be separated by pressure. See also It. Rother, Chicago 
Pharmacist, Nov. 1872. 358 
Ceratum Cantharidis.—Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. 
PART I. 
water, will answer every purpose. Henry and Guibourt give the following formula. Digest 
powdered cantharides in ether, distil off the ether, evaporate the residue by means of a salt- 
water bath, until ebullition ceases, melt the mass which remains with twice its weight of wax, 
and spread the mixture upon waxed cloth. The waxed cloth may be prepared by spreading 
upon linen or muslin a mixture composed of 8 parts of white wax, 4 of olive oil, and 1 of tur- 
pentine, melted together. An extract of cantharides of a buttery consistence, said to act very 
efficiently when applied by means of paper greased with it, is prepared by digesting 4 parts of 
flies with one part of strong acetic acid and 16 of alcohol, straining, filtering, and evaporating 
at a moderate heat.* A preparation which received the favorable report of a committee of the 
Society of Pharmacy, at Paris, is the following, proposed by M. Dubuisson. Four parts of a 
hydro-alcoholic extract of the flies, made by maceration, are mixed with an aqueous solution 
of one part of pure gelatin, so as to obtain a solution of suitable consistence, which is then ap- 
plied upon a piece of extended waxed cloth, care being taken that the brush should always 
have the same direction. When the first layer has dried, a second and a third are to be ap- 
plied in the same manner. The gelatin renders the cloth more adhesive and less deliquescent. 
The hydro-alcoholic extract is preferred to the alcoholic, because it contains less of the green 
oil, which does not readily mix with the other ingredients. The committee, however, preferred 
the aqueous extract, as cheaper and more active. This taffeta has been tried, and found to 
raise blisters in four hours. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., viii. 67.) For very speedy vesication, 
an infusion of the flies in strong acetic acid is sometimes employed. None of these prepara- 
tions are likely to supersede the cerate, but the demand for them has been met by introducing 
into the Pharmacopoeia Charta Cantharidis U. S. P. 1880 and Collodium Cantharidatum. 
CERATUM CETACEI. U. S. Spermaceti Cerate. 
(CE-RA'TUM CE-TA'CE-I.) 
Emplastrum Spermatis Ceti, Ceratum Labiale Album ; Cerat de Blanc de Baleine, Onguent blanc, Fr.; Wallrath- 
Cerat, G. 
11 Spermaceti, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; White Wax, three hundred 
and fifty grammes [or 12 ounces av., 151 grains] ; Olive Oil, five hundred and fifty grammes [or 
19 ounces av., 175 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Melt together the Spermaceti and White Wax; then add the Olive Oil previously heated, and 
stir the mixture constantly until it is cool.” U. S. 
The direction to heat the oil before adding it to the other ingredients is important. If added 
cold, it is apt to produce an irregular congelation of the wax and spermaceti, and thus to render 
the preparation lumpy. The cerate is employed as a dressing for blisters, excoriated surfaces, 
and wounds, and as the basis of more active preparations. When the ingredients are pure and 
sweet, it is perfectly free from irritating properties. The present formula contains a little less 
spermaceti than that of the U. S. P. 1870. From experiments made by Mr. J. B. Barnes, it 
appears that this cerate keeps much better when made of unbleached materials than when 
prepared with olive oil and wax previously bleached. (P. J. Tr., 1861, p. 352.) 
CERATUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U. S. (Br.) Cerate of Lead 
Subacetate. [Goulard’s Cerate.] 
Unguentum. Glyoerini Plumbi Subacetatis, Br.; Unguentum Plumbi Subacetatis Compositum; Compound 
Ointment of Subacetate of Lead ; Unguentum Plumbi, P. G.; Ceratum cum Subacetate Plumbico; C6rat de Saturne, 
Saturne de Goulard, Fr.; Bleisalbe, Bleicerat, G. |§ 
“ Solution of Lead Subacetate, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Camphor 
Cerate, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains], To make one thousand grammas 
(CE-RA'TUM PLUM'BI SUB-Xg-E-TA'TIS.) 
* Ceratum Extracti Cantharidis. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized the Cerate of the Extract of 
Cantharides, and gave for it the following formula: “ Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, thirty parts [or six ounces av.]; 
Resin, fifteen parts [or three ounces av.] ; Yellow Wax, thirty-five parts [or seven ounces av.] ; Lard, thirty-five parts 
[or seven ounces av.] ; Alcohol, a su fficient quantity. Moisten the Cantharides with eighteen parts [or four fluidounces] 
of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then gradually pour on Alcohol, until one hundred and 
eighty parts [or two and a half pints] of percolate are obtained, or until the Cantharides are exhausted. Distil off 
the Alcohol by means of a water-bath, transfer the residue to a tared capsule and evaporate it, on a water-bath, until 
it weighs fifteen parts [or three ounces av.]. Add to this the Resin, Wax, and Lard, previously melted together, and 
keep the whole at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.) for fifteen minutes. Lastly, strain the mixture through muslin, 
and stir it constantly until cool.” U. S. This preparation was introduced in 1860 as a substitute for the older cerate, 
but has failed to sustain its alleged superiority, and has very properly been dismissed. PART I. 
Ceratum Plurnbi Subacetatis.—Cerii Oxalas. 
359 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Mix them thoroughly. This Cerate should be freshly prepared, 
when wanted.” U. S.* 
The British Pharmacopoeia makes an ointment by mixing glycerin of subacetate of lead 
with soft and hard paraffin together. (See Unguentum Glycerini Plurnbi Subacetatis; also 
Glycerini Plurnbi Subacetatis.) 
This cerate received the name by which it is commonly known from M. Goulard, by whom 
it was employed and recommended. It immediately begins to assume a yellowish color, and 
after a short time becomes so rancid as to be scarcely fit for use. Hence it should be prepared 
in small quantities at a time. The addition of a few drops of acetic acid prevents the yellow 
color from appearing, and there seems to be no objection to its use. The late Mr. Jacob Bell 
found it more satisfactory when made with yellow wax. (P. J. Tr., 1859, p. 459.) Eggenfels, 
a German pharmacist, recommends the following method of proceeding to prevent its change 
of color. The wax and oil are melted in a water-bath; the solution of lead subacetate, previ- 
ously heated, is added in small portions successively, and the mixture well stirred, and digested 
for some time; a partial saponification takes place, and an emulsion afterwards ; and the cerate 
retains its white color. (See A. J. P,, 1861, p. 408.) It is used chiefly in excoriations, burns, 
scalds, and chilblains, and in cutaneous eruptions. Wherever there is an acute active inflamma- 
tion of the skin it is a most efficient remedy. 
CERATUM RESINA. U. S. (Br.) Resin Cerate. [Basilicon Ointment.] 
(CE-RA-TUM RE-§i'NAl.) 
TTnguentum Resinae, Br.; Ointment of Resin, Unguentum Basilicum; C6rat de RSsine anglais, Fr.; Harzcerat, G. 
“ Resin, three hundred and fifty grammes [or 12 ounces av., 151 grains] ; Yellow Wax, one 
hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] ; Lard, five hundred grammes [or 17 
ounces av., 278 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt 
them together at a moderate heat, strain the mixture through muslin, and allow it to cool 
without stirring. In cold weather use the following proportions : Resin three hundred, and fifty 
grammes [or 12 ounces av., 151 grains] ; Yellow Wax, one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 
ounces av., 101 grains] ; Lard, five hundred and thirty grammes [or 18 ounces av., 305 grains].” 
u. s. 
“ Take of Resin, Yellow Beeswax, and Olive Oil, each, 8 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; 
Lard, 6 ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes. Add the Lard and Olive Oil to the previously melted 
Resin and Beeswax ; strain ; stir until cold.” Br. 
The U. S. preparation does not differ greatly from that formerly official. An improvement 
has been made in the manipulation over that for the ointment official in 1870, in directing the 
ointment not to be stirred, a better consistence being secured by this change. The straining is 
directed in consequence of the impurities which resin often contains. A novelty has been in- 
troduced in an official process by the addition of a “ cold weather” formula. This seems to be 
of doubtful utility, individual susceptibility to the perception of heat and cold varying greatly: 
if an alternative formula were really desirable, “ cold weather” should be defined by a certain 
number of degrees of temperature, but the inquiry will naturally arise, if a “ cold weather” 
process is desirable in the Pharmacopoeia for any cerate, why was it not appended for each 
official cerate? The British process (1898) discards the simple ointment and almond oil 
previously used (1885), and substitutes lard and olive oil. It is difficult to explain the 
advantage of the use of any fixed oil whatever in this preparation, for if it be desirable to 
soften the consistence, the quantity of resin or wax can easily be diminished. Resin cerate, 
commonly called basilicon ointment, is much used as a gently stimulant application to blistered 
surfaces, indolent ulcers, burns, scalds, and chilblains. We have found no application more 
effectual in disposing the ulcers which follow burns to heal. 
CERII OXALAS. U. S., Br. Cerium Oxalate. [Cerous Oxalate.] 
Ce2 (C2 04)s. 9H2 O ; 704*78. (CE'RI-f Ox'A-lXs.) Ce2 (C204)s. + 9H2 0; 708. 
“ Cerium Oxalate, Ce2(C204)3,9H20, may be obtained by interaction of a soluble cerium salt 
and a soluble oxalate. It usually contains some lanthanum oxalate and didymiuin oxalate.” Br. 
Oxalate of Cerium; Cerium Oxalicum, Oxalas Cirieus; Oxalate de Cerium, Fr.; Oxalsaures Ceroxydul, Cerium 
Oxalat, G. 
* The British Pharmacopoeia of 1867 takes six fluidounces of the Solution of Subacetate of Lead, eight ounces 
[avoirdupois] of White Wax, a pint [Imperial measure] of Oil of Almonds, and sixty grains of Camphor. The wax 
and four-fifths of the oil are melted by means of a water-bath, and the solution of subacetate of lead added grad- 
ually, stirring as the mixture cools; the camphor, dissolved in the remaining fifth of the oil, is then added, and the 
whole mixed thoroughly. 360 
Cerii Oxalas. 
PART I. 
Cerium is a metal, which was discovered in 1803 by Berzelius and Hisinger, and about the 
same time by Klaproth, who, however, described it as an earth. By the two former chemists it 
was recognized as a metal, and named cerium in honor of the goddess Ceres. It was obtained 
from a Swedish mineral, formerly from its great weight called heavy stone of Bastnas (Bastnas 
Schwerstein), but now named cerite, after the metal extracted from it. Besides cerite, it has 
been found in several other minerals, as gadolinite, orthite, etc., in the north of Europe, a number 
of different minerals from Greenland, and allanite near Bethlehem, in Pennsylvania. It is not 
easy to obtain it pure in the metallic state, as its oxides and salts are difficult of reduction. 
Berzelius describes it as in the form of pulverulent masses, of a deep chocolate-brown, which 
exhibit, however, under the burnisher a metallic appearance and a dark-gray color. Hilde- 
brand and Norton have since prepared it in large quantity by the electrolysis of its chloride. 
It is a bad conductor of electricity. Heated in the air it takes fire before the point of ignition, 
and burns vividly, passing to the state of peroxide. At ordinary temperatures it is oxidized in 
a moist atmosphere, giving out a strong and disagreeable smell of hydrogen. In water, es- 
pecially when moderately heated, it rapidly oxidizes, with the evolution of hydrogen, and the 
water does not become alkaline. There are two cerium oxides formerly considered as the pro- 
toxide and sesquioxide. (According to more recent investigators, cerium forms a sesquioxide 
and a dioxide only, so that cerous oxalate, which is the official salt, is an oxalate of the sesqui- 
oxide, a fact recognized in the Pharmacopoeia of 1880.) Sulphur and phosphorus combine 
with it. Of its compounds two only have been introduced into medicine, the nitrate and the 
oxalate. 
Cerium oxalate may be obtained from cerite, and Prof. F. F. Mayer, of New York, gives a 
process for the purpose, of which the following is an outline. The mineral consists of cerium, 
lanthanum, and didymium silicates, with numerous other substances in smaller proportion, the 
cerium oxide constituting about 39 per cent, of the whole. The powdered mineral is made into 
a paste with sulphuric acid, and then heated over a lamp until the mass ceases to swell and no 
longer absorbs sulphuric acid very cautiously added. Upon the cooling of the mass, it is 
powdered, and exposed in a crucible to the heat of an anthracite fire until it assumes a pale 
brownish-red color. It is now lixiviated first with hot water and then with nitric acid, and the 
solution treated with hydrogen sulphide in order to get rid of various metals by precipitation. 
To the clear liquid some hydrochloric acid is first added, and then a solution of oxalic acid, the 
former of which holds in solution the calcium oxalate produced, the latter throws down cerium 
oxalates and oxalates of other metals. The precipitate, having been washed with warm water, 
is formed into a paste with a quantity of magnesium carbonate equal to half that of the 
mineral employed ; and the paste is dried on porous fire-brick, finely powdered, and calcined till 
it becomes of a cinnamon color. It now contains all of the cerium in the form of ceroso-ceric 
oxide. To separate this the mass is treated with an excess of nitric acid, the solution evaporated 
to get rid of the excess of acid, then diluted with warm water, and lastly poured into a vessel 
containing boiling water acidulated with a little more than half of one per cent, of sulphuric 
acid. A yellow precipitate of basic cerium sulphate is formed, while a little of the neutral 
sulphate, and all the lanthanum and didymium, remain dissolved. The precipitate is now dis- 
solved in stronger sulphuric acid, the solution digested with a few crystals of sodium hyposul- 
phite, in order to reduce the cerium ceroso-ceric oxide to cerous oxide, and the liquid, having 
been filtered, is treated with solution of oxalic acid, which causes a precipitate of cerium 
oxalate. This is washed with warm water, and dried. (A. J. P., 1860, p. 4.) 
Cerium oxalate is “ a white, granular powder, without odor or taste, and permanent in the 
air. Insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, or in solutions of potassium or sodium hydrate; solu- 
ble in diluted sulphuric or hydrochloric acid. When heated to redness, it is decomposed, 
leaving a residue of reddish-yellow ceric oxide (a brown color would indicate the presence of 
didymium). On boiling the salt with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, white cerous 
hydrate is left as insoluble residue, while in the filtrate, supersaturated with acetic acid, calcium 
chloride test-solution will produce a white precipitate insoluble in acetic acid, but soluble in 
hydrochloric acid. If the yellow residue, left after heating, be dissolved in concentrated sul- 
phuric acid, and a small crystal of strychnine added, a deep blue color will appear, which will 
rapidly change to purple and then to red. From the solution in diluted hydrochloric or sul- 
phuric acid, potassium hydrate test-solution precipitates white, cerous hydrate, which does not 
redissolve in an excess of the reagent, and gradually turns yellow in contact with air. Am- 
monium carbonate test-solution precipitates white, cerous carbonate, which is somewhat soluble 
in an excess of the reagent. If 0-1 Gm. of Cerium Oxalate be dissolved in 1 C.c. of sulphuric PAET I. 
Cerii Oxalas.—Cetaceum. 
361 
acid, and 2 C.c. of potassium sulphate test-solution be added, small, colorless crystals of cerium 
potassium sulphate will be deposited after some time. No effervescence should occur when 
the salt is dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid (absence of carbonate) ; nor should the so- 
lution be colored or rendered turbid on the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide 
test-solution (absence of arsenic, etc.). On boiling the salt with potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution and filtering, no precipitate should be produced in the filtrate either by ammonium 
chloride test-solution (absence of aluminum), or by ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of 
zinc)." U. S. As usually seen in commerce it has a pinkish tinge, due to the presence of a 
trace of a compound of didymium. The British Pharmacopoeia states that it is “ An almost 
white granular powder, insoluble in water, decomposed at a dull red heat, yielding a reddish- 
brown powder which dissolves completely and without effervescence in boiling hydrochlcn'ic acid; 
the resulting solution gives with a saturated solution of potassium sulphate a white crystalline 
precipitate. When incinerated it loses 53 per cent, in weight. It should yield no characteristic 
reaction with the tests for arsenium, iron, aluminium, zinc, calcium, carbonates, or phosphates.” 
Medical Properties. Cerium oxalate is supposed' to act in a manner very similar to 
bismuth subnitrate. It was originally brought forward by Sir James Y. Simpson as a remedy 
in the vomiting of pregnancy, and has been extensively used in this affection, and also in gastric 
disturbances of various diseases, such as phthisis, uterine disorder, hysteria, dyspepsia, pyrosis, 
etc. To a less extent it has been used in intestinal inflammatory diseases. Prof. Simpson 
also considered it to be a good nervine tonic, and used it with asserted great advantage in chorea. 
The dose is a grain (0-065 Cm.), doubled if necessary, and repeated three times a day, or more 
frequently if a return of the vomiting should seem to require it. It may be given in pill or 
suspended in water. 
Cerium nitrate has also been employed, though not official. Prof. Simpson believed it to be 
a nervine tonic, and also useful in irritable dyspepsia and chronic vomiting. The dose is the 
same as that of the oxalate, though it would be prudent to begin with a smaller quantity, as, 
being a soluble salt, it might be more disposed to irritate in overdoses. 
CETACEUM. U. S., Br. Spermaceti. 
(CE-TA'CE-UM.) 
“ A peculiar, concrete, fatty substance, obtained from Physeter macrocephalus, Linne (class, 
Mammalia; order, Cetacea).” U. S. “ A concrete fatty substance, obtained, mixed with oil, 
from the head of the Sperm Whale, Physeter macrocephalus. It is separated from the oil by 
filtration and pressure, and afterwards purified.” Br. 
Ambre Blanc, Blanc de Baleine, Spermaceti, Cetine, Fr.j Wallrath, Spermacetis, G.; Spermaceti, It.; Esperma 
de Ballena, Sp. 
The spermaceti whale is from sixty to eighty feet long, with an enormous head, not less 
in its largest part than thirty feet in circumference, and constituting one-third of the whole 
length of the body. The upper part of the head is occupied by large cavities, separated by 
cartilaginous partitions, and containing an oily liquid, which, after the death of the animal, 
concretes into a white spongy mass consisting of spermaceti mixed with oil. This mass is 
removed, and the oil allowed to separate by draining. The crude spermaceti obtained from a 
whale of the ordinary size is more than sufficient to fill twelve large barrels. It still contains 
much oil and other impurities, from which it is freed by expression, washing with hot water, 
melting, straining, and repeated washing with a weak boiling potash lye. Common whale 
oil and the oil of other cetaceous animals contain small quantities of spermaceti, which they 
slowly deposit on standing.* 
Spermaceti is in white, pearly, semi-transparent masses ; of a neutral reaction ; of a crystalline 
foliaceous texture ; friable, soft, and somewhat unctuous to the touch ; slightly odorous ; insipid; 
of the sp. gr. 0-943; fusible at 44-5° C. (112° F.) (Bostock), 43-9° C. to 50° C. (111° F. to 
122° F.) (Br.) ; volatilizable at a high temperature without change, in vacuo, but partially de- 
composed if the air is admitted ; inflammable ; insoluble in water; soluble in small proportion 
in boiling alcohol, ether, and oil of turpentine, but deposited as the liquids cool; and in the fixed 
oils; not affected by the mineral acids, except sulphuric, which decomposes and dissolves it; 
* According to W. Gilmour, sperm, oil should contain not less than 4 per cent, of cetin, and if much less be 
obtained by the following process, adulteration has been practised. Shake one part by weight of sulphuric acid 
(sp. gr. 1-84) with four parts of the oil; allow to stand 20 minutes, shaking twice; add 3 ounces of distilled water; 
shake this thoroughly, and allow to stand from 16 to 20 hours; dilute with 3 or 4 times its volume of distilled water; 
agitate thoroughly. On standing, the cetin floats upon the top, and can readily be skimmed off, washed, dried, and 
weighed. (P. J. Tr., vii. 328. See also Ghem. Zeit., 1893, 1453, and Amer. Druij., 1895, 105.) 362 
Cetaceum.—Cetraria. 
PART I. 
rendered yellowish and rancid by long exposure to hot air, but capable of being again purified by 
washing with a warm lye of potash. “ Specific gravity, about 0-945 at 15° C. (59° F.). It melts 
near 50° C. (122° F.), and congeals near 45° C. (113° F.). Insoluble in water, and nearly so ia 
cold alcohol; soluble in boiling alcohol; also in ether, chloroform* carbon disulphide, fixed and 
volatile oils; only slightly soluble in cold benzin. An alcoholic solution of Spermaceti is 
neutral to litmus paper. If 1 Gm. of Spermaceti be boiled with 1 Gm. of anhydrous sodium 
carbonate and 50 C.c. of alcohol, and the mixture cooled and filtered, the filtrate, upon being 
supersaturated with acetic acid, may become turbid, but should not afford a precipitate (absence 
of stearic acid)." U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia states that “ It is reducible to powder by 
the aid of a little alcohol (90 per cent.). It is insoluble in water, and nearly insoluble in cold 
alcohol (90 per cent.), but soluble in ether, chloroform, boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), and in 
fixed and volatile oils. Melting point 114-8° to 122° F. (46° to 50° C.) when tested by the 
method described under £ Cera Flava.’ 0-2 gramme dissolved, by the aid of a water-bath, in 
20 cubic centimetres of alcohol (90 per cent.), two drops of solution of’phenol-phthalein being 
added, should not require more than one drop of volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide to 
produce a permanent red color (limit of acidity). Boiled with alcohol (90 per cent.), and the 
mixture cooled and filtered, the filtrate should not afford a flocculent precipitate on the addi- 
tion of water (absence of stearic acid).” As found in commerce it is not chemically pure, 
containing a fixed oil, and often a peculiar coloring principle. From these it is separated by 
boiling in alcohol, which on cooling deposits it in crystalline scales. Thus purified, it does 
not melt under 49° C. (120° F.), is soluble in 40 parts of boiling alcohol of the sp. gr. 0-821 
(Thenard), and is harder, more shining, and less unctuous than ordinary spermaceti. Sper- 
maceti is a mixture of various fats. When recrystallized from alcohol as just described, the 
purified cetin is obtained, while the alcohol on evaporation deposits an oil (mechanically ad- 
mixed sperm oil), the cetinelaine of Berzelius, which saponified yields cetinelaic acid, an acid 
resembling but distinct from oleic acid. The cetin which crystallizes out of the alcohol is 
essentially cetyl palmitate, C16H33(C16II3102),—that is, a compound of cetyl alcohol (ethal of 
Chevreul), C16II33.0H, and palmitic acid, C16H3202. According to Heintz, however, there are 
small amounts of other fats with the cetin ; fats containing the acids stearic, C18H3602, myristic, 
C14II2802, and lauro-stearic, C12II2402, and the alcohol radicals corresponding to these acids. 
L. F. Kebler, after examining about twenty samples of spermaceti, found that commercial 
specimens have a melting point of from 42° to 47° C., a specific gravity ranging from 0 905 to 
0-945 at 15° C., and saponification numbers from 125-8 to 134-6. He believes that the official 
requirements are those for cetin, and not spermaceti. (A. J. P., 1896, 7, and 1897, 104.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Spermaceti has been given as a demulcent in irrita- 
tions of the mucous membranes; but it has no remedial properties. It may be reduced to 
powder by the addition of a little alcohol or almond oil, or by melting it at a very low beat, 
pouring into a warm mortar, and agitating it until perfectly cold; an emulsion may be con- 
veniently made by mixing the spermaceti first with half its weight of olive oil, then with 
powdered gum arabic, and lastly with water gradually added. It enters into many ointments 
and cerates. 
CETRARIA. U. S. Cetraria. [Iceland Moss.] 
(CE-TRA'RI-A.) 
“ Cetraria islandica (Linn6), Acharius (class, Lichenes).” f U. S. 
Iceland Lichen ; Lichen Islandicus, P. G.; Mousse d’Islande, Lichen d’Islande, Fr.; Islandisches Moos, Islan- 
disches Fleclite, Lungenmoos, G.: Lichene islandico, It.; Liquen islandico, Sp.; Iceland Lichen. 
Gen. Ch. Plant cartilagino-membranous, ascending or spreading, lobed, smooth, and naked 
on both sides. Apothecia shield-like, obliquely adnate with the margin, the disk colored, plano- 
concave ; border iuflexed, derived from the frond. Loudon's Encyc. 
* In consequence of its solubility in chloroform, stains made by dropping it on cloth, or the grease-spots from 
burning candles, may be quickly removed by that liquid. 
f Poisonous properties are very rare among the great cryptogamic family of Lichens. The Cetraria juniperina 
of Europe is said to be sometimes used as a poison for foxes; whilst the wolf’s moss (Ulfmossa) of the north of 
Europe contains vnlpinic acid, C19II14O5, which has been found by Robert to be an active protoplasmic poison: in 
frogs it produces tetanus, convulsions, and paralysis of central origin; in mammals it causes dyspnoea, vomiting, 
trembling, and a slowing of the pulse, with rise of the blood-pressure due to stimulation of the respective nerve- 
centres. After death the blood is not coagulable, and the secreting kidney-cells are found covered with a crystalline 
or amorphous mass of a vulpinate. No difference of action exists between vulpinic acid derived from wolf’s moss 
and that synthetically produced. From Cetraria pinastrin Professor Zopf has separated pinastrinic act'd, which 
seems to be very closely allied to vulpinic acid. (Sitzungsb. der Dorpat. Naturforsch.-Gesellschaft, 1892.) PART I. 
Cetraria. 
363 
Cetraria Islandica. Acharius, Lichenog. Univ. 512 ; B. & T. 302.—Lichen islandicus. 
Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 803, t. 271. Iceland moss is foliaceous, erect, from two to four inches 
high, with a dry, coriaceous, smooth, shining, laciniated frond or leaf, the lobes of which are 
irregularly subdivided, channelled and fringed at their edges with rigid hairs. Those divisions 
upon which the fruit is borne are dilated. The color is olive-brown or greenish gray above, 
reddish at the base, and lighter on the under than on the upper surface. The fructification is in 
flat, shield-like, reddish-brown receptacles, with, elevated entire edges, placed upon the surface 
of the frond near its border. The plant is found in the northern latitudes of the old and new 
continents, and on the elevated mountains farther south. It received its name from the abun- 
dance with which it prevails in Iceland. It is also abundant on the mountains and sandy plains 
of New England. “ It should be free from pine leaves, mosses, and other lichens, which are 
frequently found mixed with it.” U. S. 
The dried moss is of diversified color, grayish white, brown, and red, in different parts, with 
less of the green tint than in the recent state. It is officially characterized as follows. “ From 
5 to 10 Cm. long, foliaceous, irregularly branched into fringed and channelled lobes, brownish 
above, whitish beneath, and marked with small, depressed spots; brittle and inodorous; when 
softened in water, cartilaginous, and having a slight odor; its taste is mucilaginous and bitter.” 
U. S. It is inodorous, and has a mucilaginous, bitter taste. Macerated in water, it absorbs 
rather more than its own weight of the fluid, and, if the water be warm, renders it bitter. 
Boiling water extracts all its soluble principles. The decoction thickens upon cooling, and 
acquires a gelatinous consistence, resembling that of starch in appearance, but without its 
viscidity. After some time the dissolved matter separates, and when dried forms semi-trans- 
parent masses, insoluble in cold water, alcohol, or ether, but soluble in boiling water, and in 
solution forming a blue compound with iodine. Lichenin, or Lichen starch, C12II20010, resembles 
starch in its general characters, but differs from it in some respects. Berzelius found in 100 
parts of Iceland moss 1-6 of chlorophyll, 3-0 of a peculiar bitter principle, 3-6 of uncrystal- 
lizable sugar, 3-7 of gum, 7-0 of extractive, 44-6 of the peculiar starch-like principle, 1-9 of 
calcium and potassium lichen-stearates mixed with calcium phosphate, and 36-2 of amylaceous 
fibrin—the excess being 1-6 parts. Lichenin has been found to consist of two distinct proximate 
principles, for one of which the name lichenin may be retained, while for the other no particular 
designation has been chosen, but which we may call lichenoid. According to Th. Berg ( These de 
Dorpat, 1872), cetraria yields 35-15 per cent, of the mixed principles, of which 20 per cent, is of 
lichenin, and 11-5 of the so-called lichenoid. To separate them, a decoction of the moss, con- 
centrated to a small bulk, and still hot, is treated by alcohol. The lichenoid is deposited in 
flocculi, which gradually unite in a viscid mass. This, being washed by alcohol until it ceases 
to be bitter, and then dried, yields a light friable matter partly soluble in cold water, with 
which it forms a yellow, limpid solution. To deprive it of mineral and coloring substances, it 
is dissolved in a little water, and precipitated afresh by alcohol. Lichenin is insoluble in cold 
water, but swells up and easily dissolves in hot water. It is insoluble in alcohol and in ether. 
It is only tinged by iodine. Lichenoid is, on the contrary, colored blue by that reagent. It 
is in part dissolved in cold water; and the undissolved part is equally colored blue by iodine. 
It is, like lichenin, insoluble in alcohol and ether. Both substances have strong analogies with 
starch, yet are distinct. For a further account of these principles, see Journ. de Pharm., 1873. 
The name of cetrarin has been conferred on the bitter principle. The following process for 
obtaining it is that of Dr. Herberger. The moss, coarsely powdered, is boiled for half an 
hour in four times its weight of alcohol of 0-883. The liquid when cool is expressed and 
filtered, and treated with diluted hydrochloric acid, in the proportion of three drachms to every 
pound of moss employed. Water is then added in the quantity of about four times the bulk 
of the liquid, and the mixture left for a night in a closed matrass. The deposit which forms 
is collected on a filter, allowed to drain as much as possible, and submitted to the press. To 
purify it, the mass, while still moist, is broken into small pieces, washed with alcohol or ether, 
and treated with two hundred times its weight of boiling alcohol, which dissolves the cetrarin, 
leaving the other organic principles by which it has hitherto been accompanied. The greater 
part is deposited as the liquor cools, and the remainder may be obtained by evaporation. By 
this process one pound of moss yielded to Dr. Herberger 133 grains of cetrarin. This princi- 
ple is white, not crystalline, light, unalterable in the air, inodorous, and exceedingly bitter, 
especially in alcoholic solution. Its best solvent is absolute alcohol, of which 100 parts dissolve 
1*7 of cetrarin at the boiling temperature. Ether also dissolves it, and it is slightly soluble 
in water. Its solutions are quite neutral to test-paper. It is precipitated by the acids, and 364 
Cetraria.— Ghartse. 
PART I. 
rendered much more soluble by the alkalies. Concentrated hydrochloric acid changes its color 
to a bright blue. It precipitates the salts of iron, copper, lead, and silver. In the dose of 
two grains (0-130 Gin.) every two hours, it has been used successfully in intermittent fever. 
(Journ. de Pharm., xxiii. 505.) Drs. Schnedermann and Knop have ascertained that the 
cetrarin above referred to consists of three distinct substances: 1, cetraric acid, C18H1.08, 
which is the true bitter principle, crystallizable, and intensely bitter; 2, a substance resembling 
the fatty acids, called lichen-stearic add, C14H3403, the crystals of which melt at 120° C. 
(248° F.) ; and, 3, a green coloring substance, which they name thallochlor. These principles 
are obtained perfectly pure with great difficulty. (Ann. der Pharm., lv. 144.) Hilger and 
Buchner (jBer. der Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1890, p. 461) have extracted both lichen-stearic and 
cetraric acids and studied them more fully. They give to the former the formula C43H7e013, 
and to the latter the composition C30H30012, and both are shown to be dibasic acids. 
The gum and starch contained in the moss render it sufficiently nutritive to serve as food 
for the Lapps and Icelanders, who employ it powdered and made into bread, or boiled with 
milk, after having partially freed it from the bitter principle by repeated maceration in water. 
As suggested by Berzelius, the bitterness may be entirely extracted by macerating the powdered 
moss, for 24 hours, in twenty-four times its weight of a solution formed with 1 part of an 
alkaline carbonate and 375 parts of water, then decanting the liquid, and repeating the process 
with an equal quantity of the solution. The powder, being now dried, is perfectly sweet, and 
has been used to some extent in pharmacy as a substitute for acacia. It lacks one important 
quality of the latter, however,—i.e., adhesiveness; and it must be entirely devoid of bitterness, 
if it is to be used for this purpose. (See also Gelatina Lichenis Islandid Saccharata Sicca 
(Germ. Unoff. Formulary), Proc. A. P. A., 1892, 455.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Iceland moss is demulcent, nutritious, and tonic, and 
well calculated for affections of the mucous membrane of the lungs and bowels, with debility 
of the digestive organs, or of the system generally. Hence it has been found useful in chronic 
catarrhs, and other chronic pulmonary affections attended with copious puruloid expectoration, 
in dyspepsia, in chronic dysentery and diarrhoea, and in the debility succeeding acute disease, or 
dependent on copious purulent discharge from external ulcers. At one time it possessed much 
reputation as a remedy in pulmonary consumption. It had long been employed in this disease, 
and in haemoptysis, by the Danish physicians, before it became generally known. In the latter 
half of the last century it came into extensive use, and numerous cures supposed to have been 
effected by it are on record. We now know that it can exercise no specific influence over the 
tuberculous affection; but as Prof. Robert has found that cetrarin is a stimulant to the gastro- 
intestinal mucous membrane and to peristalsis, besides having a tendency to increase the for- 
mation of red and white blood corpuscles, it is easily seen how cetrarin may do good in phthisis 
as a demulcent tonic. Cetrarin itself has been commended in chlorosis or debility, with consti- 
pation ; dose, 15 to 3 grains (0-1—0-2 Gm.). It is usually employed in the form of decoction. 
(See Decoctum Cetrarise.) By some writers it is recommended to deprive it of the bitter prin- 
ciple by maceration in water or a weak alkaline solution, before preparing the decoction; but 
we thus reduce it to the state of a simple demulcent, or mild article of diet, in which respect 
it is not superior to the ordinary farinaceous or gummy substances used in medicine. The 
powder is sometimes given in the dose of thirty grains or a drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.) ; and a 
preparation at one time obtained some repute, in which the ground moss was incorporated 
with chocolate, and used at the morning and evening meal as an ordinary beverage. 
CHARTS. Papers. 
(CHAR'TjE.) 
Papiers sparadrapiques, Fr.; Medlcamentirte Papiere, G. 
This class of preparations, long official in the French Codex, was afterwards adopted into the 
British Pharmacopoeia, but was not introduced into that of the United States until 1870* 
* Oharta Cantharidis. A blistering paper was formerly recognized by the two Pharmacopoeias, Charta Canthari- 
die, U. S.t Charta Epispastica, Br. ; but as these preparations were found inefficient, they have been very properly 
dropped from the official lists. The United States process (1880) is as follows: “White Wax, eight parts [or four 
ounces av.] ; Spermaceti, three parts [or one and a half ounces av.] ; Olive Oil, four parts [or two fluidounces]; 
Canada Turpentine, one part [or half an ounce av.] ; Cantharides, in No. 40 powder, one part [or half nn ounce av.]; 
Water, ten parts [or five fluidounces]. Mix all the substances in a tinned vessel, and boil gently for two hours, con- 
stantly stirring. Strain through a woollen strainer without expressing, and, by means of a water-bath, keep the 
mixture in a liquid state in a shallow, flat-bottomed vessel with an extended surface. Coat strips of sized paper with 
the melted plaster, on one side only, by passing them successively over the surface of the liquid; when dry, cut the 
strips into rectangular pieces.” Charta Potassii Nitrcdis.— Charta Sinapis. 
PAET I. 
365 
CHARTA POTASSII NITRATIS. U. S. Potassium Nitrate Paper. 
(CHAR'TA PO-TXS'SI-I NI-TRA'tIs.) 
Papier nitrS, Fr. 
“ Potassium Nitrate, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Distilled Water, 
eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims]. Dissolve the Potassium Nitrate 
in the Distilled Water. Immerse strips of white, unsized paper in the solution, and dry them. 
Keep the paper in well-closed vessels.” JJ. S. 
This preparation is identical with the Charta Nitrata of the German Pharmacopoeia; it is 
sometimes called asthma paper. Care should be taken to dissolve thoroughly all of the nitrate, 
so that it shall not be deposited upon the paper in large particles and interfere with slow and 
steady combustion. 
Medical Properties. This paper is an excellent remedy, which in many cases of asthma 
affords much relief. It is used by burning it in front of the patient, who inhales its fumes. Its 
efficacy is much increased by saturating it with fluid extract of belladonna and drying. Paper 
thus prepared must be used with some caution. 
CHARTA SINAPIS. U. S., Br. Mustard Paper. 
(CHAR'TA SI-NA'PIS.) 
Papier sinapisS, Fr.; Senfpapier, G. 
Black Mustard, in No. 60 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; India- 
Rubber, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Benzin, Carbon Disulphide, each, a sufficient quantity. 
Pack the Black Mustard in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Benzin upon it until the 
percolate ceases to produce a permanent, greasy stain upon blotting paper. Remove the powder 
from the percolator, and dry it by exposure to the air. Having meanwhile dissolved the India- 
Rubber in a mixture of one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], each, of 
Benzin and Carbon Disulphide, mix the purified Mustard with a sufficient quantity of the solu- 
tion to produce a semi-liquid magma, and apply this, by means of a suitable brush, to one side 
of a piece of rather stiff, well-sized paper, so as to cover it completely, and then allow the 
surface to dry. A surface of sixty square centimeters should contain about 4 grammes of 
Black Mustard deprived of oil. Before it is applied to the skin, Mustard Paper should be 
dipped in warm water for about fifteen seconds.” U. S. 
“ Black and White Mustard Seeds, equal proportions by weight; Benzol, Solution of India- 
rubber, of each, a sufficient quantity. Bruise the Mustard Seeds and extract the fixed oil by 
percolation with the Benzol. Dry the residue by exposure to the air in a warm closet, and 
reduce to No. 60 powder. Mix seventy-five grains (or five grammes) of the purified mustard 
with five fluid drachms (or eighteen cubic centimetres) of Solution of India-rubber, and spread 
by means of a suitable brush over about 30 square inches (or about two square decimetres) of 
one side of a piece of cartridge paper. Allow it to dry by exposure to the air.” Br. 
The formula for this preparation has been greatly improved by the U. S. P. 1890 and B. P. 
1898. The British preparation (1885) was at fault in not providing for the extraction of the 
fixed oil by previously percolating with benzin or carbon disulphide ; otherwise the paper will be 
greasy, giving to the plaster an untidy appearance and soiling the linen of the patient. Solution 
of gutta-percha is unsuited for use in this preparation, on account of want of adhesiveness, and 
the tendency of the mixture, when dry, to crack and peel off. We have used instead a solu- 
tion of 1 part of pure rubber in 30 of equal parts of carbon disulphide and benzin. On the 
large scale, by means of a plaster-spreading apparatus a uniform coat of this solution may be 
applied to paper. As the latter passes out from under the apparatus, a sieve containing the 
powdered mustard is shaken over it; this is fixed by the adhesive coat and firmly retained after 
the evaporation of the volatile liquids in a warm place. The application of the powdered 
mustard must be properly regulated according to the speed with which the machine delivers 
the coated paper. The paper is cut into pieces of convenient size, and needs only to be wetted 
with tepid water to be ready for use. Owing to the fact that the large manufacturers can put- 
mustard paper upon the market at such low rates that it pays the apothecary better to buy than 
to prepare it, Charta Sinapis, so far as we can learn, is rarely made in the retail stores. Ex- 
perience has shown that the ready-made mustard papers err rather from too much than from 
too little activity. Moreover, their action cannot be regulated with the same nicety as can that 
of the mustard poultice. Unless in the case of travellers, and of others who must wait upon 
themselves, the domestic application is preferable. The mustard leaves can rarely be borne 
for more than ten or fifteen minutes. 366 
Chelidonium. 
PART I. 
CHELIDONIUM. U. S. Chelidonium. [Celandine.] 
(CHfiL-I-DO'NI-tM.) 
“ The entire plant, Chelidonium majus,Linne (nat. ord. Papaveraceae).” U. S. 
Herba Chelidonii, P. 0.; Tetterwort; Chelidoine, Herbe a lTIirondelle, Fr.; Schollkraut, G. 
Celandine is a perennial herbaceous plant, growing wild in this country, about old houses 
and in rocky places; supposed to have been introduced from Europe, where it is indigenous. 
It is one or two feet high, bears pinnate leaves and small peduncled umbels of yellow flowers, 
and when wounded emits a yellow, opaque juice. The whole plant is used. It has a faint 
unpleasant odor, and a bitter, acrid, durable taste, which is stronger in the roots than in the 
leaves. The odor is nearly lost by drying, but the taste remains. The yellow juice is bitter 
and exceedingly acrid, and when applied to the skin produces inflammation and even vesication. 
It is oflicially described as follows: “ Root several-headed, branching, reddish-brown ; stem 
about 50 Cm. long, light green, hairy; leaves about 15 Cm. long, thin, petiolate, the upper 
ones smaller and sessile, light green, on the lower side glaucous, lyrate-pinnatifid, the pinnae 
ovate-oblong, obtuse, coarsely crenate or incised and the terminal one often three-lobed ; flowers 
in small, long-peduncled umbels with two sepals and four yellow petals; capsule linear, two- 
valved and many-seeded. The fresh plant contains a saffron-colored milk-juice, and has an 
unpleasant odor and acrid taste.” U. S. 
Dr. Probst, of Heidelberg, found in it a peculiar acid denominated clielidonic acid; two 
alkaline principles, one of which forms neutral salts with the acids, and is called chelerythrine 
in consequence of the intense redness of its salts, the other unites with but does not neutralize 
the acids, and is named chelidonine ; and lastly a neutral crystallizable, bitter principle, which 
from its yellow color he calls chelidoxanthin. Orlow believes, however, that the latter is an 
alkaloid, and gives a process for its preparation in Pliarm. Zeit. f. Russ., 1893, No. 21. Chelery- 
thrine appears to be an acrid narcotic poison. (Annal. der Pharm., xxix. 113.) It has been 
shown by Dr. James Schiels, of St. Louis, to be identical with sanguinarine, and may be pre- 
pared in the same manner. (See Sanguinaria.) Zwenger isolated another acid, which he names 
chelidoninic acid, although both Walz and Kraut consider it to be only succinic acid. (A. J. P., 
1861, 7.) Schmidt considers chelidoninic acid to be identical with ethylene-succinic acid. 
(Arch. d. Pharm., 1886, 531.) For color tests for chelidonine, see Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 
992. Chelidonine phosphate, chelidonine sulphate, and chelidonine tannate have been used 
medicinally. (See Proc. A. P: A., 1897, 721.) 
Subsequently (1889) Prof. Schmidt announced the presence of twelve different bases, four of 
which he has studied : chelidonine, C20H19N06-(-IIaO ; methylchelidonine; a-methylchelidonine 
and /?-methylchelidonine, represented by the formula C21H21N06. These bases were ascertained 
to possess physiologically an action resembling that of morphine. (Pharm. Zeit., 1889, p. 582.) 
Schmidt (A. J. P., 1890, p. 13) also found protopine, and showed the identity of stylophorine, 
from Stylophorum diphyllum, with chelidonine. This last result was confirmed by Selle. (A. J. 
P., 1890, p. 176.) Selle later (Arch, der Pharm., 1890, 441-462) sums up the composition 
of Chelidonium majus as follows: it contains, besides chelidonine and chelerythrine, three other 
alkaloids, called a-homochelidonine, C21H21N06, j-homochelidonine, C21H21N06, and protopine. 
These results practically agree with those before obtained by Schmidt. The identity of chel- 
erythrine and sanguinarine is not conceded by G. Kbnig. (Chem.Centralbl., 1891, p. 321.) He 
gives the composition CQ1H1„NOJ. to the former and C„nH1,.NOil to the latter, making one the 
methyl derivative of the other. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Celandine is an acrid purgative, possessed also of 
diuretic, and perhaps diaphoretic and expectorant, properties. In overdose it produces un- 
certain effects and has been ranked as doubtfully poisonous. A case in which a fatal result 
was attributed to the hypodermic injection of half a gramme of the extract is reported in the 
Zeitsch. f Medizinalbeamte, 1898 ; but a careful study of the detailed report is convincing that 
the remedy had nothing to do with the death. By the ancients chelidonium was esteemed in 
jaundice, and was indeed the chief ingredient of the old decoctum ad ictericos of the Edinburgh 
Pharmacopoeia. It has been given also in other complaints, especially those of a scrofulous 
character affecting the mesenteric and lymphatic glands, the skin, and the eyes. The yellow 
juice is distinctly irritant, and has long been used as a local application to corns, warts, and 
other hypertrophic lesions of the skin, as well as in chronic eczema and urticaria. Denissenko 
asserts that he has obtained very favorable results in external cancers by the internal adminis- 
tration of from twenty-four to seventy-five grains of the extract, conjoined with the injection at Chenopodium. 
367 
PART I. 
the border of the tumor of a mixture of equal parts of the extract, distilled water, and glyce- 
rin ; but it is not probable that this treatment is of any value when the growth is really 
malignant. The dose of the dried root or herb is from thirty grains to a drachm (1-9-3-9 
6m.), that of the fresh root one or two drachms (3-9-T-8 6m.), and the same quantity may be 
given in infusion. The dose of the aqueous extract is from five to ten grains (0-324 to 0-648 
6m.), of the expressed juice from ten to twenty drops (0-648 to 1-29 C.c.), to be gradually 
increased. The allegation of Peronin that chelidonine sulphate, in doses of from 0-05 to 0-3 
grain, is an active analgesic and somnifacient has not been confirmed by subsequent observers. 
CHENOPODIUM. U. S. Chenopodium. [American Wormseed.] 
(CHE-NO-PO'DI-UM.) 
“ The fruit of Chenopodium ambrosioides, Linne, and variety anthelminticum, Gray (nat. 
ord. Chenopodiaceae).” U. S. 
Fructus Chenopodii Anthelmintici; Semences de ChSnopode anthelmintique, Fr.; Amerikanischer Wurm- 
samen, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-leaved, four-cornered. Corolla none. Seed one, lenticular, superior. 
Willd. 
Chenopodium, anthelminticum. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1304; Barton, Med. Bot. ii. 183; B. & 
T. 216. This is an indigenous perennial plant, with an herbaceous, erect, branching, fur- 
rowed stem, which rises from two to five feet in height. The leaves are alternate or scattered, 
sessile, oblong-lanceolate, attenuated at both ends, sinuated and toothed on the margin, con- 
spicuously veined, of a yellowish-green color, and dotted on their under surface* The flowers 
are very numerous, small, of the same color with the leaves, and arranged in long, leafless, 
terminal panicles, composed of slender, dense, glomerate, alternating spikes. 
This species of Chenopodium, known commonly by the names of wormseed and Jerusalem 
oak, grows in almost all parts of the United States, but most vigorously and abundantly in the 
southern section. It is usually found in the vicinity of rubbish, along fences, in the streets of 
villages, and in open grounds about the larger towns. It flowers from July to September, and 
ripens its seeds successively through the autumn. The whole herb has a strong, peculiar, 
offensive, yet somewhat aromatic odor, which it retains when dry. All parts of the plant are 
occasionally employed ; but only the fruit is official. This should be collected in October.f 
Wormseed, as found in commerce, is in small grains, not larger than the head of a pin, irreg- 
ularly spherical, very light, of a dull greenish-yellow or brownish color, a bitterish, somewhat 
aromatic, pungent taste, and possessed in a high degree of the peculiar smell of the plant. 
These grains, when deprived, by rubbing them in the hand, of a capsular covering which 
invests the proper seed, exhibit the shining, blackish surface of the obtusely-edged seed. They 
abound in a volatile oil, upon which their sensible properties and medical virtues depend, and 
which is obtained by distillation. (See Oleum Chenopodii.') The same oil impregnates to a 
greater or less extent the whole plant. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Wormseed is one of our most efficient indigenous 
anthelmintics, and is thought to be particularly adapted to the expulsion of the round worms 
in children. A dose of it is usually given before breakfast in the morning, and at bedtime in 
the evening, for three or four days successively, and then followed by calomel or some other 
brisk cathartic. If the worms are not expelled, the same plan is repeated. The medicine is 
most conveniently administered in powder, mixed with syrup, in the form of an electuary. 
The dose for a child two or three years old is from one to two scruples (1-3-2-6 6m.). The 
volatile oil is more frequently given than the fruit in substance; though its offensive odor and 
taste sometimes render it difficult of administration. The dose for a child is from five to ten 
drops (0-3-0-6 C.c.) mixed with sugar, or in the form of emulsion. The oil of wormseed is 
probably in overdoses capable of acting as a poison* Dr. A. K. Bond has reported the death, 
preceded by stupor, of a boy three years old, as caused by a half-drachm. (.Maryland Med. 
Journ., 1897.) A tablespoonful (15 C.c.) of the expressed juice of the leaves, or a wineglassful 
(60 C.c.) of the decoction prepared by boiling an ounce of the fresh plant in a pint of milk, 
* Dr. H. Paschkis has made an elaborate study of the microscopic structure of this leaf. (P. J. Tr., 1881, p. 44.) 
t 0. anthelminticum is cultivated to a considerable extent in Maryland, twenty or thirty miles north of Baltimore. 
Ihe seeds are sown in small beds of rich mould early in spring, and during the month of June the young plants are 
nulled up, and set out in ridges three feet apart, with intervals of from six to ten inches. The plants do not require 
;o be renewed oftener than once in four or live years. The crop of the second year is more productive than that of 
he first. The plant is fit for distillation during the first half of September. The distillation is carried on in the 
ame neighborhood. The whole herbaceous part of the plant is used. It is said to yield from 1*5 to 2 per cent, of 
he oil, and the produce of an acre will yield 20 pounds. (See A. J. P., xxii. 304.) PART I. 
368 
Chenopodium.—Chimaphila. 
with the addition of orange-peel or other aromatic, is sometimes substituted in domestic prac- 
tice for the fruit and oil. 
The fruit of Chenopodium ambrosioides, which is very prevalent in the Middle States, is 
said to be used indiscriminately with that of C. anthelminticum, and to be employed in Brazil, 
under the name of Herba Santa Maria, as an anthelmintic and in pectoral complaints (/*. J. 
Tr., ix. 713) ; also in Europe in nervous affections, particularly chorea (a cupful of an infusion 
(3ii to fgx) morning and evening). It may be distinguished by its odor, which is weaker and 
less offensive, and to some persons agreeable. The plant itself is often confounded with the 
true wormseed, from which it differs in having its flowers in leafy racemes. 
C. Botrys, or Jerusalem oak, is another indigenous species, possessing anthelmintic virtues. 
It is said to have been used in France with advantage in catarrh and asthma. 
CHIMAPHILA. U. S. Chimaphila. [Pipsissewa.] 
(PHI-MXPH'I-LA.) 
“ The leaves of Chimaphila umbellata (Linne),Nuttall (nat. ord. Ericaceae.)” U. S. 
Prince’s Pine, Winter-green; Herbe de Pyrole ombell6e, Fr.; Doldenbliithiges Harnkraut, Wintergriin, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-toothed. Petals five. Style very short, immersed in the germ. Stigma 
annular, orbicular, with a five-lobed disk. Filaments stipitate; stipe discoid, ciliate. Capsules 
five-celled, opening from the summits, margins unconnected. Nuttall. 
This genus was separated from Pyrola by Pursh. It embraces two species, C. umbellata and 
C. maculata, which are both indigenous, and known by the common title of winter-green. The 
generic title is formed of two Greek words, winter, and (pilot.a friend. 
Chimaphila umbellata. Barton, Med. Bat. i. 17 ; Carson, Jllust. of Med. Bot. i. 62, pi. 53.— 
Pyrola umbellata. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 622 ; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. ii. 15.— Chimaphila 
corymbosa. Pursh. B. & T. 165. The pipsissewa is a small evergreen plant, with a perennial, 
creeping, yellowish root (rhizome), which gives rise to several simple, erect or semiprocumbent 
stems, from four to eight inches in height, and ligneous at their base. The leaves are wedge- 
shaped, somewhat lanceolate, serrate, coriaceous, smooth, of a shining, sap-green color on the 
upper surface, paler beneath, and supported upon short footstalks, in irregular whorls, of which 
there are usually two on the same stem. The flowers are disposed in a small terminal corymb, 
and stand upon nodding peduncles. The calyx is small and divided at its border into five teeth 
or segments. The corolla is composed of five roundish, concave, spreading petals, which are 
of a white color tinged with red, and exhale an agreeable odor. The stamens are ten, with 
filaments shorter than the petals, and with large, nodding, bifurcated, purple anthers. The 
germ is globular and depressed, supporting a thick and apparently sessile stigma, the style 
being short and immersed in the germ. The seeds are numerous, linear, chaffy, and enclosed 
in a roundish, depressed,.five-celled, five-valved capsule, having the persistent calyx at the base. 
This humble but beautiful evergreen is a native of the northern latitudes of America, Europe, 
and Asia. It is found in all parts of the United States. It grows under the shade of woods, 
and prefers a loose sandy soil enriched by decaying leaves. The flowers appear in June and 
July. All parts of the plant are endowed with active properties. The leaves and stems are 
found in commerce. The leaves are officially described as “ about 5 Cm. long, oblanceolate, 
sharply serrate above, wedge-shaped and nearly entire towards the base; coriaceous, smooth, 
and dark green on the upper surface. It is nearly inodorous, and has an astringent and bitter- 
ish taste.” IT. S. 
C. maculata, or spotted winter-green, though not official, probably possesses similar virtues. 
The character of the leaves of the two plants will serve to distinguish them. Those of C. 
maculata are lanceolate, rounded at the ba#e, where they are broader than near the summit, 
and of a deep olive green, veined writh greenish white; those of the official species are broadest 
near the summit, gradually narrowing to the base, and of a uniform shining green. 
Properties. Pipsissewa, when fresh and bruised, exhales a peculiar odor. The leaves 
have been already described. Their taste is pleasantly bitter, astringent, and sweetish; that 
of the stems and root unites with these qualities a considerable degree of pungency. Boiling 
water extracts the active properties of the plant, which are also imparted to alcohol. The 
leaves have been examined by Mr. Samuel Fairbank, who found in them gum, starch, sugar, 
extractive, pectic acid, tannic acid, resin, fatty matter, chlorophyll, yellow coloring matter, 
lignin, a peculiar whitish substance which he calls chimaphilin, and various inorganic substances, 
as potassa, lime, magnesia, sodium chloride, and sulphuric, phosphoric, and silicic acids. The Chimaphila.— Chirata. 
PART I. 
369 
chimaphilin was obtained by agitating a tincture with chloroform, allowing the mixture to 
stand, removing the lighter liquid, and allowing the chloroformic solution to evaporate. A 
yellow crystalline substance was left, which, purified by solution in alcohol, filtration, and 
spontaneous evaporation, constituted the substance in question. It was also obtained by simply 
distilling the stems with water. It is in beautiful, golden-yellow, acicular crystals, inodorous, 
tasteless, fusible, volatilizable unchanged, insoluble or nearly so in water, soluble in alcohol, 
ether, chloroform, and the fixed and volatile oils, and possessed of neither acid nor alkaline 
properties. (Joum. and Trans, of the Maryland Coll, of Pharm., 1860.) The active principle 
of the leaves seems to have been isolated by E. S. Beshore (A. J. P, 1887, p. 125) by treat- 
ment of the powdered leaves with petroleum spirit. He obtained white crystals, melting at 
236° C., sparingly soluble in cold or boiling 90-per-cent, alcohol, sparingly soluble in ether, 
benzin, chloroform, and cold glacial acetic acid; more soluble in hot glacial acetic acid. An 
ultimate analysis gave the formula C10H190. He also obtained the golden-yellow crystalline 
principle of Fairbank both from the leaves and the stems. He considers it distinct from the 
one described above. Josiah C. Peacock (A. J. P., 1892, p. 295) has made a careful analysis 
of both C. umhellata and C. maculata. He obtained in several ways the yellow crystalline 
principle chimaphilin, and studied its properties. It forms yellow acicular crystals, nearly 
odorless and tasteless, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzen, petroleum 
benzin, acetous and glacial acetic acid. They may be sublimed by careful heating without change. 
Chimaphilin melts at 108°-109° C., and has the composition C24H2104. Peacock also found 
three other crystalline principles, for which no formulas, however, are given. Ridenour (A. J. 
P., 1895, 236) has also prepared chimaphilin, and by the analysis of the purified crystals 
and of two of its derivatives, confirms the formula, C24H2104, given by Peacock. He finds the 
melting point of the purified chimaphilin to be 114° C. He also prepared another crystalline 
principle melting above 250° C., to which he gives the formula C10II190, which agrees with 
Beshore’s product. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This plant is stated to have been used internally by 
the North American Indians in scrofula and rheumatism, and was subsequently a very popular 
remedy among the settlers of this country. It is now known, however, to be only slightly 
tonic, astringent, and diuretic. It is one of the mildest and least effective of the so-called 
stimulating diuretics, being closely similar to, but less certain and effective than, uva ursi in 
its therapeutic influence and application. The best preparation is the official fluid extract, 
which may readily be made into a syrup. The does is two fluidrachms (7’5 C.c.). 
CHIRATA. U. S., Br. Chirata. 
(eHI-KA'TA.) 
“ The entire plant, Swertia Chirata, Hamilton (nat. ord. Gentianeae).” U. S. “ The dried 
plant, Swertia Chirata, Ham., collected when in flower.” Br. 
Chiretta; Chirette, Fr.; Chiretta, G. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla withering, rotate, in aestivation twisted to the right; with glandular hollows 
protected by a fringed scale upon the segments. Anthers not changing. Stigmas sessile. 
Capsules conical; one-celled, with spongy placentae upon the sutures. Seeds indefinite, minute. 
Bindley. 
Agaihotes chirayta. Hon, Bond. Philos. Mag. 1836, p. 76.—Gentiana chirayta. Fleming, 
Asiat. Research, xi. 167.— Ophelia Chirata. Grisebach. B. & T. 183. The chirayta, or chirata, 
is an annual plant, about three feet high, with a branching root, and an erect, smooth, round 
stem, branching into an elegant leafy panicle, and furnished with opposite, embracing, lanceolate, 
very acute, entire, smooth, three- or five-nerved leaves. The flowers are numerous, peduncled, 
yellow, with a four-cleft calyx having linear acute divisions, the limb of the corolla spreading 
and four-parted, four stamens, a single style, and a two-lobed stigma. The capsules are shorter 
than the permanent calyx and corolla. The plant is a native of Nepaul and other parts of 
Northern India. The whole of it is gathered when the flowers begin to decay* 
* In the Indian bazaars the name chirata is applied to various dried gentianaceous plants; the most important 
of these is the Ophelia angusti/olia. It yields the Paharee or Hill chirata, which is distinguished by its inferior 
bitterness, and its rectangular, winged stems, whose section presents a thick woody ring and a centre nearly or en- 
tirely hollow, with only traces of pith. A false chirata, which has also found its way into the London markets, and 
resembles the official variety in having a well-developed pith, but which is completely lacking in bitterness, is 
affirmed to be the product of Ophelia alata. (P. J. Tr., xvii. 903.) Under the name of Indian chirata, the dried 
plant of the Andrographie paniculata, which is officially recognized by the Pharmacopoeia of India, has appeared 
in the London market. It resembles much more closely recently dried broom-tops than the true chirata. It is a 370 
Chirata.—Chloral. 
PART I. 
The dried plant is imported into Europe in bundles, consisting mainly of the stems, with por- 
tions of the root attached. The stems contain a yellowish pith. The drug is officially described 
as a “ root nearly simple, about 7 Cm. long; stem branched, nearly 1 meter long, slightly quad- 
rangular above; containing a narrow wood-circle and a large yel- 
lowish pith. Leaves opposite, sessile, ovate, entire, five-nerved. 
Flowers numerous, small, with a four-lobed calyx and corolla. 
The whole plant smooth, pale brown, inodorous, and intensely 
bitter.” U. S. Its fruits are superior, bicarpellary, and unilocular. 
Its virtues are imparted to water and alcohol, and are retained in 
the extract. According to Lassaigne and Boissel, the stems con- 
tain resin, a yellow bitter substance, brown coloring matter, gum, 
and various salts. Fluckiger and Hbhn, who subsequently ex- 
amined the stems and roots of chirata, extracted from them sugar, 
wax, chlorophyll, soft resin, tannin, an acid which they name 
ophelic, possessing the formula C13H20010, and a peculiar bitter 
substance, denominated chiratin, C2eH48016. The acid is syrupy, 
deliquescent, yellowish brown, at first slightly sour, afterwards 
intensely bitter. It is soluble in water, with some turbidness, 
probably owing to resin mixed with it, and completely soluble in 
alcohol, or a mixture of this with ether. It decomposes certain 
salts, and forms amorphous compounds with acids. Chiratin is a 
yellow, hygroscopic powder, but feebly crystallizable, very bitter, 
sparingly soluble in cold water, more so in hot water, and readily 
dissolved by alcohol and ether. It is neutral to test-paper, and 
yields a copious precipitate with tannic acid. By the action of 
acids, chiratin is separated into ophelic acid, and a yellowish- 
brown, amorphous substance, bitter, scarcely soluble in water, readily soluble in spirit, and not 
reducing copper solutions, as the ophelic acid does. Hbhn gives it the formula C13I12403, and 
names it chiratogenin. (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1870, 106.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Chirata has long been used in India. It has beer 
introduced into Europe, and appears to be highly esteemed, but has not been employed to anj 
considerable extent in this country. Its properties are those of the pure bitters, and probabl; 
do not differ from those of the other members of the family of Gentianacese. (See Gentiana.' 
Like these, in overdoses it nauseates and oppresses the stomach. Some have supposed that, in 
addition to its tonic properties, it exerts a peculiar influence over the liver, promoting the secre- 
tion of bile and correcting it when deranged, and restoring healthy evacuations in cases o:' 
habitual costiveness. It has been used in dyspepsia, and in the debility of convalescence, am 
generally in cases in which corroborant measures are indicated. In India it has been success 
fully employed in intermittents and remittents, combined with the seeds of Guilandina bonducella 
It may be given in powder, infusion, tincture, or fluid extract. The dose in substance is twenty 
grains (1-3 Gm.). 
Chirata, transverse section. 
CHLORAL. U. S. (Br.) Chloral. Chloral Hydrate. 
C2 HC13 O, H2 O ; 164*97. (CHLO'BAL.) C2 HC1S 0, H2 0; 165-2. 
“ A crystalline solid, composed of Trichloraldehyde or Chloral with one molecule of water. 
It should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place.” U. S. “ Chloral Hy- 
drate, or trichlorethylidene glycol, CCl3.CH(OH)2, is obtained by the addition of water to the 
liquid chloral produced by the action of dry chlorine gas on ethylic alcohol.” Br. 
Chloral Hydras, Br., Hydrous Chloral; Chloralutn Hydratum Crystal lisa turn, P. G.; Hydrate de Chloral, Fr.; 
Chloral Hydrat, G. 
In adopting the name chloral to designate chloral hydrate, the U. S. Pharmacopoeia has 
unfortunately perpetuated an inaccuracy which neither the English, the Germans, nor the 
French follow in their usage, the term hydrate being always employed, as it should be. The 
fact that water is absolutely necessary to allow of the crystallization of the preparation, and 
to give it medicinal character, should be recognized in the name. As custom has sanctioned 
the usage here in the present article, whenever the term chloral is used, the hydrate is in- 
little more than two feet long. The branching stems are from J to \ inch in thickness near the base, woody, quad- 
rangular, furrowed, smooth, slightly knotted at the point from which the branches spring, the longitudinal furrows 
are continued through the roots, which have numerous fine radicles, the leaves are opposite decussate, branches 
erect or forming an acute angle with the stem, terminal shoots extremely slender. PART I. 
Chloral. 
371 
tended; and whenever the uncombined substance is referred to, it is designated anhydrous 
chloral. Perhaps no medicine has come so rapidly into extensive use as that now under con- 
sideration. Though discovered by Liebig so long since as 1832, and afterwards investigated 
by Dumas, who determined its chemical formula, it was not until 1869 that its remedial prop- 
erties were first made known by their discoverer, Dr. Otto Liebreich, of Berlin: in 1878 the 
consumption of chloral was estimated at one ton daily in England and America alone; and, 
although not used now to this extent, it is still largely employed. 
Anhydrous Chloral. In preparing anhydrous chloral, the simple method originally employed 
by Liebig, of acting directly on alcohol by chlorine, is generally preferred, even, we believe, by 
the larger manufacturers ; though a more complex proceeding has been suggested by Staedeler, 
of distilling together proximate vegetable principles, as fecula, sugar, etc., with black man- 
ganese oxide and hydrochloric acid, whereby the chlorine acts in statu nascendi. The following 
details of the manufacture of chloral hydrate as carried out on a commercial scale have been 
supplied by E. Schering, of Berlin, who has been for some years the largest manufacturer of 
it. Absolute alcohol in lots of 50 pounds is placed in large glass flasks and saturated with 
chlorine, which is passed in a continuous stream for 6 to 8 weeks. The chlorine is led into 
cold alcohol at first, and when no more is absorbed, the alcohol is heated at first gently and 
then to 60° C. (140° F.). When saturated, the mixture formed is agitated with sulphuric acid 
at a temperature of 60° C. (140° F.) for several hours, during which time most of the hydro- 
chloric acid escapes. The separated chloral is then rectified over calcium carbonate. The pure 
chloral so obtained is then mixed in glass flasks with the necessary amount of water, and the 
resulting hydrate either cast into cakes or purified by crystallization. As solvents for this pur- 
pose certain of the side products of the chloral manufacture, after being purified and rectified, are 
used, for instance, ethylene and ethylidene chlorides. Or in their absence chloroform is used ; 
petroleum benzin and carbon disulphide have also been recommended. The action of chlorine 
upon alcohol is said to be aided by the presence of “ chlorine carriers,” such as iodine, ferric 
chloride, thallium chloride, etc. The formula of anhydrous chloral is C2C13H0; in other 
words, aldehyde, C2H40, in which 3 atoms of hydrogen have been replaced by 3 atoms of 
chlorine. The alcohol, C2H60, may be supposed to give up 2 atoms of its hydrogen to form 
aldehyde, which exchanges 3 of its atoms of hydrogen for 3 atoms of the chlorine, the hydro- 
gen forming hydrochloric acid with 3 other atoms of the chlorine. The name of chloral was 
derived from the chlorine and a/cohol from which it is formed. The anhydrous chloral thus 
formed is a colorless liquid, of'penetrating disagreeable odor, of little taste, of the sp. gr. 1-502, 
and boiling at 94° C. (201-2° F.). It is soluble in ether or chloroform without change. 
According to A. Trillat, in the formation of chloral from alcohol, the latter is first changed 
by the action of the chlorine into aldehyde; this unites with alcohol to form acetal, which is 
changed successively into mono-, di-, and trichloracetal; the action of hydrochloric acid 
decomposes this latter with the formation of chloral alcoholate and ethyl chloride; sulphuric 
acid decomposes the alcoholate, liberating chloral, which then is made to combine with wrater 
to form the crystalline chloral hydrate. (Bulletin, 1897, 17, 230.) 
Meta-chloral. By continued contact of anhydrous chloral and concentrated sulphuric acid, 
a change is effected in the chloral, by wfiich it becomes a solid insoluble in water, which is 
designated as insoluble chloral, or meta-chloral. It is tasteless, of a white color resembling por- 
celain, and insoluble in alcohol and ether. Its formula is C6H3C1903, being formed by the 
union of three molecules of chloral. It is stated that when perfectly pure, chloral does not 
become polymerised; the change is also said to be prevented by the addition of a little chloro- 
form. When heated to 180° C., metachloral distils with reversion to liquid chloral. (Allen, 
Com. Org. Analysis, 2d ed., i. p. 171.) 
Chloral Alcoholate. A compound obtained by M. Roussin, which he announced as pure 
chloral hydrate, was found by M. Personne to contain no water, but to be in fact a compound 
of alcohol and chloral, and is now known by the name of chloral alcoholate, C2HC130,C2H60. 
It results directly from the action of absolute alcohol on anhydrous chloral, and is now known 
to be formed as a stage in the manufacture of chloral from alcohol. As it is very likely to be 
confounded with chloral hydrate, the following points of difference should be noted. It forms 
white crystals melting at 46° C. (114-8° F.), and boils at 113-5° C. (236° F.), while chloral 
hydrate crystals melt at 58° C. (136-4° F.), and boil at 97-5° C. (207° F.) ; chloral alcoholate 
melts without complete solution when warmed with two volumes of water, and, on cooling, 
congeals below the surface of the water, while chloral hydrate is soluble in one and one-half 
times its weight of water; chloral alcoholate, gently heated with nitric acid of 1-2 sp. gr., is 372 
Chloral. 
PART I. 
violently attacked, while chloral hydrate is scarcely acted on; chloral alcoholate, heated on 
platinum foil, inflames readily, while chloral hydrate scarcely burns. (Allen, Com. Org. Analysis, 
2d ed., i. p. 172.) 
The three related products, the anhydrous chloral, the polymeric meta-chloral, and the alco- 
holate, described above, have been more or less introduced into the European markets, and 
have required some notice to prevent them from being confounded with the hydrate, which is 
alone official. The following observations will be confined to this compound; and the reader 
will note that whether the simple term chloral, or the exact designation, chloral hydrate, is 
used, the same substance is intended. 
Properties of Chloral Hydrate, or Chloral, U. S. This results from simply mixing 
anhydrous chloral with water. Acicular crystals soon form, which consist of a molecule each 
of the chloral and water, constituting chloral hydrate, or official chloral. As employed in the 
United States, this comes, we believe, exclusively from Europe, and chiefly from Germany. 
It was at one time made in this country by Dr. E. R. Squibb, of Brooklyn. It occurs in com- 
merce mainly in two forms, in distinct crystals, which is the official form, or in crystalline 
plates,* about three lines in thickness, broken into small, irregular, angular pieces, so as to be 
readily introduced into broad-mouthed bottles. These pieces, while retaining their tabular 
form, are somewhat translucent, but usually covered with a white powder, which somewhat 
conceals that property. This is the more common form and the cheaper; but the crystals are 
to be preferred, as their purity may be relied on. Chloral is white, of a peculiar pungent odor, 
and an acrid pungent taste, especially affecting the velum pendulum. The odor has been com- 
pared to that of an over-ripe melon. Exposed to the air it very slowly volatilizes, and, like 
camphor, when enclosed in a bottle, covers the interior surface with numerous minute crystal- 
lizations. The boiling point of the pure crystals is 97-5° C. (207° F.). If the boiling point 
be under 95° C., it indicates an under-hydrated preparation ; if above 98° C., an over-hydrated 
one. (E. R. Squibb.) The pure hydrate does not take fire when heated in a spoon, but evapo- 
rates without residue. With the aid of heat, its solution may be effected readily in chloroform ; 
and the solution, on cooling, deposits it in beautiful crystals, which are generally needle-shaped ; 
but, when deposited from carbon disulphide, they are prisms. The aqueous solution is prone to 
decomposition, which is ultimately attended with the development of low organisms. Chloral 
should not, therefore, be kept long in this state. (Dr. E. Labbee, Arch. Gin., Sept. 1870.) In 
its relation to acids and alkalies it is neutral, or, according to E. Schering, slightly acid when 
perfectly pure. When equal parts of chloral in crystals and of camphor in small fragments 
are shaken together in a bottle, and allowed to stand, they liquefy, forming a clear solution. 
When chloral and sulphuric acid are mixed, the temperature is greatly reduced. A solution 
of chloral hydrate dissolves morphine, quinine, and most of the vegetable alkaloids. (R. F. 
Fairthorne, A. J. P., Oct. 1871, p. 447.) When ammonium sulphide is added to an aqueous 
solution of chloral hydrate, the mixture rapidly turns yellow, and, after passing through several 
shades of color, finally becomes dark brown. From this liquid diluted sulphuric acid throws 
down a bulky brown precipitate. This, purified from precipitated sulphur and dried, is a light- 
brown powder of the composition C18H24S13N4Oe. Hydrogen sulphide gas forms a sulphydrate 
by its action on chloral. These reactions are important, as the detection of metallic poisons in 
toxicological cases by hydrogen sulphide has been complicated by the presence of chloral 
hydrate. A still more important chemical reaction of chloral is that which takes place when 
the hydrate, or either of its other forms, is placed under the influence of an alkali. Chloro- 
form is developed, and along with it a formate of the alkali employed. Thus, in a strong 
solution of potassa, put a pinch of powdered chloral, and almost instantly the odor of chloro- 
form becomes sensible, and some oil-like globules of chloroform may be seen at the bottom of 
the vessel. The reaction is as follows: 
C„HCL0,H20 + KOI! = CHClg + CHO.OK + H20. 
Chloral hydrate potassium hydrate chloroform potassium formate water 
This relation of chloral to chloroform would serve as a ready test of the former, and may 
be used also to determine its quality ; for pure chloral hydrate ought by calculation to yield 
76-35 per cent, of chloroform, and the best known yields, according to the table of Mason, 71‘5 
(72-20 Selden) per cent. If, therefore, the product of chloroform should fall much below the 
* M. Guerin adds his testimony to the necessity for dispensing only chloral hydrate which has been recrystallized 
and which is in the form of distinct crystals. lie examined many samples, and found acidity in the cake variety, 
due, as he believes, to the formation of hydrochloric and formic acids, produced by the action of water retained in 
the cake during the manufacture, and this remaining in contact with the confused mass of crystals excites decom- 
position. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1886, p. 253.) PAET I. 
Chloral. 
373 
latter percentage, the parcel acted on is probably impure. For other methods of assaying 
chloral hydrate, see Allen, Com. Org. Analysis, i. pp. 174 and 175. The following tests of 
purity are given in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. “ Separate, rhomboidal, colorless and transparent 
crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating, and slightly acrid odor, and a bitterish, caustic taste; 
slowly volatilized when exposed to the air. Freely soluble in water, alcohol, or ether; also in 
chloroform, benzol, benzin, carbon disulphide, fixed and volatile oils. It liquefies when tritu- 
rated with about an equal quantity of camphor, menthol, thymol, or carbolic acid. When 
heated to about 58° C. (136-4° F.), it melts, forming a liquid having a specific gravity of about 
1-575, which, at a higher temperature, should not evolve inflammable vapors. Liquefied 
Chloral solidifies to a crystalline mass between 35° and 50° C. (95° and 122° F.). Chloral is 
decomposed by caustic alkalies, alkaline earths, and ammonia, chloroform being formed, and a 
formate of the base produced. A freshly prepared, aqueous solution of Chloral is neutral, but 
gradually acquires an acid reaction. A neutral alcoholic solution remains neutral permanently. 
Chloral should be dry, and not readily attract moisture in dry air. A solution of Chloral (1 
in 20) in diluted alcohol, acidulated with nitric acid, should remain unaffected by silver nitrate 
test-solution (absence of hydrochloric add and chlorides'). If 1 Gm. of Chloral be dissolved in 
2 C.c. of warm water, mixed with potassium hydrate test-solution in slight excess (about 8 
C.c.), the mixture filtered, and a portion of the clear filtrate treated with iodine test-solution 
until it is yellowish, no yellow, crystalline precipitate (iodoform) should appear within half an 
hour (absence of chloral alcoholate)." “Soluble in less than its own weight of water, alco- 
hol (90 per cent.), or ether, and in four times its weight of chloroform. The aqueous solu- 
tion is neutral or but slightly acid to litmus. On the application of heat Chloral Hydrate 
fuses to a colorless liquid, which, as it cools, begins to solidify at a temperature of about 120° 
F. (48-9° C.). In a test-tube it boils, when pieces of broken glass are immersed in it, at from 
202° to 206° F. (94-4° to 96-7° C.), and on platinum foil at a slightly higher temperature it 
volatilizes without residue. In presence of alkaline substances Chloral Hydrate is decomposed 
and chloroform is liberated. If 4 grammes be heated with 30 cubic centimetres of the vol- 
umetric solution of sodium hydroxide, no more than 6 cubic centimetres of the volumetric 
solution of sulphnric acid should be required to neutralize the soda which remains free on the 
completion of the reaction. A solution in chloroform, when mixed by agitation with sulphuric 
add, does not impart color to the acid (absence of certain organic impurities). When 1 
gramme of Chloral Hydrate is warmed with 6 cubic centimetres of water, and 0-5 cubic centi- 
metre of solution of potassium hydroxide, the mixture filtered, sufficient solution of iodine added 
to impart a deep-brown color, and the whole set aside for an hour, a yellow crystalline precipi- 
tate of iodoform should not result (absence of chloral alcoholate). Its aqueous solution should 
not afford any precipitate with solution of silver nitrate (absence of free chlorides).” Br. 
The most delicate test for the presence of chloral alcoholate in chloral hydrate is said to be 
that with nitric acid. When 1 C.c. of nitric acid (1-38 sp. gr.) is poured over 1 Gm. of 
chloral hydrate a yellow color should not appear within 10 minutes, even if the mixture be 
warmed. (A. J. P., 1894, 191.) For other tests for chloral hydrate by Jaworowski, see 
Pharm. Zeit. f. Russl., 1894, 373. 
Medical Properties and Uses. When chloral is' ingested in full therapeutic dose 
(from 15 to 30 grains), it produces in from ten minutes to half an hour a quiet, placid sleep, 
which usually continues about three hours, when it ceases, generally without any unpleasant 
symptom during its progress or after its termination. In some instances the ordinary doses 
fail to cause sleep, and in others the sleep is attended with dreams and hallucinations, and fol- 
lowed by unpleasant symptoms, like those which often succeed other hypnotics, especially 
opium ; such as nausea, headache, unpleasant nervous disorder, etc. These diversities may be 
ascribed in part to peculiarity of constitution ; but more frequently, in all probability, they 
are owing to morbid conditions existing at the time, which oppose themselves to the proper 
action of the chloral. In an individual in health chloral will probably almost always induce a 
calm sleep, differing little from the natural. Moreover, these unpleasant symptoms are now 
much more rarely produced than formerly, and there can be but little doubt that they have 
often been due to the impurities of the drug. The pulse is in this degree of action not affected, 
or is rendered a little slower ; the pupil is contracted, but becomes normal so soon as the sub- 
ject is awakened ; the respiration is deep, full, and regular. When larger amounts are given, 
the sleep is much deeper, and may pass into profound coma ; the respirations fall in number; 
the pulse is weakened and rendered slower, but may become rapid and irregular if the dose has 
been toxic; the temperature is reduced; the muscular system is relaxed, and both sensibility 374 
Chloral. 
PART I. 
and reflex action are diminished. If a fatal dose has been given, all these symptoms are 
intensified : with coma, intense muscular relaxation, weak, thready pulse, and a pupil contracted 
at first, but afterwards dilated, the victim gradually sinks into death, paralyzed and anaesthetic. 
The immediate cause of death is generally a paralytic arrest of respiration ; but in many cases 
there appears to have been a simultaneous arrest of the cardiac action, and it is very possible that 
fatal syncope may at times occur. At post-mortem examination, congestion of the meninges and 
substance of the brain and cord, and of the lungs, is commonly found. The blood is thought 
by Richardson (Med. Times and Gaz., Sept. 4, 1870) to coagulate less firmly than normal. 
After the brain the motor tract of the spinal cord, including the respiratory centre, is most 
sensitive to the action of chloral. The loss of voluntary muscular power and the lessening of 
reflex activity which the drug produces are the result of this spinal influence. Upon the sen- 
sory tract of the cord chloral acts with much less vigor, while the nerves and muscles practi- 
cally escape its influence. Of course any agent which produces sleep in some measure relieves 
pain, but the anesthetic, influence of chloral is far from pronounced, and often patients on 
waking will complain bitterly of pain suffered during sleep. 
The physiological action of chloral may be summed up as follows. Upon the cerebrum it 
acts as a most powerful and certain hypnotic; in full doses it acts as an intense depressant 
upon the centres at the base of the brain, and upon the spinal cord, causing slowing and weak- 
ness of the heart’s action, probably vaso-motor paralysis, slowing of the respiration, and mus- 
cular weakness, lessening of reflex activity, with a certain amount of anaesthesia; in fatal 
doses it causes death generally by arresting respiration through paralysis of the nerve-centres, 
and finally stopping the heart in diastole. Its action in very small doses is uncertain, but there 
is considerable evidence to indicate that it irritates or stimulates the spinal and the cardiac, 
and even the vaso-motor, centres. On the vagi and on the motor nerve-trunks it has no marked 
influence. Clinical experience indicates that chloral acts as a depressant to the heart-muscle; 
although some authorities believe the influence of the drug upon the heart is not direct, but 
exerted through the nerve-centres. Chloral has little effect on the secretions, though it is said 
somewhat to increase the secretion of urine. In man, it is stated by Bouchut that, in accord- 
ance with his observations, this secretion is not only increased, but has been found also aug- 
mented in density; at the same time reducing the cupro-potassic liquor, and rendered brown 
by potassa or bismuth subnitrate; as if a temporary glycosuria were produced. Formic acid 
has never been found in the urine as a result of the taking of chloral. (Arch. Gen., Sept. 
1870, p. 346.) 
The conversion of chloral by alkalies in solution into chloroform and formic acid first sug- 
gested its use in medicine to Liebreich ( Wiener Medicinische Wochenschrift, August, 1869); 
and the theory that its action is really due to chloroform generated by the alkalinity of the 
blood has been received with favor by Personne and other writers, but there are very many 
facts which militate against the truth of this supposition. Thus, chloroform cannot be detected 
in either the blood, breath, or excretions of chloralized animals, although chloroform at once 
manifests itself when it is administered, and in the so-called “ salt frogs” of Cohnheim, after 
substitution of warm salt water for the blood of the animal, chloral acts as upon the normal 
batrachian. 
Chloral, especially when used continuously, is said to produce in some individuals serious 
disturbances. Such are vaso-motor paralysis, transient skin neurosis, acute purpura, and great 
prostration of the heart’s action, sometimes amounting to paralysis of that organ, and some- 
times ending fatally, even though the doses of the chloral used were within the limits ordi- 
narily deemed safe. For a full discussion of these phenomena, see H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics. 
There can be no doubt that great caution should be practised in administering the drug when 
the heart is very weak or the general powers are much enfeebled. Dr. Jolly relates two cases 
in which 5 grammes (about 76 grains), given every night, caused death, in one case after the 
fifth dose, and in the second after the thirteenth dose, without abnormal symptoms until after 
the last dose, when the action of the heart and respiration suddenly ceased, and the patient 
died. (N. Y. Med. Journ., Nov. 1872.) These cases would appear to justify the statement that 
there is a possible cumulative action of the drug. Although 480 grains have been recovered 
from, Dr. Fuller has recorded a case in which a single dose of thirty grains proved fatal in a 
young lady, and two others in which the same quantity caused alarming symptoms in similar 
circumstances: so that the highest dose to begin with in ordinary diseases, especially in deli- 
cate women, should not exceed twenty grains. In poisoning by chloral, if the case be seen 
early, the stomach should be thoroughly evacuated by an emetic or the stomach-pump, and the PART I. 
Chloral.—Chloroformum. 
375 
system afterwards supported by cardiac and respiratory stimulants, as milk punch, ammonium 
carbonate, etc. Atropine, digitalis, and strychnine should be administered freely, and the same 
general measures taken to sustain the respiration as are usually practised in opium poison- 
ing. Atropine is undoubtedly of value when there is failure of respiration, and care should 
always be taken to maintain the bodily temperature. Artificial respiration should be practised 
when necessary. The bodily temperature should be maintained by external heat. 
From what has been said it will be readily perceived that the two great indications for this 
remedy are to procure sleep and to relax spasm. In pure nervous insomnia, and in the same 
affection attendant on various diseases, as in acute fevers, active congestion of the brain, cerebral 
inflammation, mania, delirium tremens, etc., it is superior to opium ; fifteen to twenty or twenty- 
five grains (1—1-3 or 1-565 Grin.) are generally sufficient for a commencing dose, to be repeated 
in half the quantity in an hour if the first dose fail. The sleep is usually calm and undis- 
turbed for three or four hours, and may be renewed, if required, by the repetition of the dose. 
When the sleeplessness is due to pain, opium is much more effective than chloral. The combi- 
nation of chloral and morphine is often very useful in procuring sleep for the suffering. As 
an anaesthetic, chloral should never be employed ; the intravenous use of it, as at one time 
practised in France, is .most dangerous and absolutely unjustifiable. In spasmodic affections 
chloral is one of the most powerful remedies known. In tetanus and in strychnine poisoning it 
is singularly useful, but must be given in very large doses. In hysteria, severe chorea, and other 
functional or spinal convulsions, it is no less efficient. In epilepsy and other forms of cerebral 
convulsions chloral is of less service, although it is frequently employed with benefit in puer- 
peral convulsions. In local spasms it is often of service, and it has been used with success in 
strangulated hernia, spasm of the glottis, spasmodic croup, asthma, hiccough, and even in inconti- 
nence of urine. Chloral is possessed of very decided antiseptic properties ; a solution of the 
strength of 30 grains to the ounce will preserve animal tissues for a long time. Locally ap- 
plied, chloral is stimulating and antiseptic, and may occasionally be used with very good results in 
the treatment of fold sores, irritable ulcers, etc., which need stimulation. The solution may vary 
from five to thirty-one grains to the ounce, according to the exigencies of the case. Dr. A. M. 
Fauntleroy states that if powdered chloral be sprinkled on adhesive plaster and the whole 
heated sufficiently to adhere to the skin, and applied whilst warm, there is produced an in- 
creasing burning, and in about ten minutes a blister is formed. 
Pharmaceutical Preparations. Chloral is best administered in solution with syrup of 
orange flowers, or in simple solution. The French sometimes employ chloral cream, made of 
chloral hydrate 5 parts, water 15 parts, white sugar finely powdered 100 parts, flavored with 
mint, orange, or vanilla. One grain of chloral is contained in 24 grains of the cream, and a 
teaspoonful is equivalent to about 3 grains of chloral. This preparation keeps well, and the 
dose may be dissolved in a little water. Chloral liniment may be made by dissolving 6 parts 
chloral in 30 parts oil of sweet almonds. Chloral ointment, 6 parts chloral, 3 parts white 
wax, 27 parts lard; the lard and wax are melted at a gentle heat, the chloral added in powder 
and dissolved. (See Chloral Camphoratum, Part II.) Chloral plaster, to produce counter- 
irritant effects, is prepared by spreading powdered chloral on Burgundy pitch plaster. 
CHLOROFORMUM. U. S., Br. Chloroform. 
CHCh; 119*08. (JSHLO-RO-FOK'MUM.) CHCI3; 119-2. 
“ A liquid consisting of 99 to 99-4 per cent., by weight, of absolute Chloroform, and 1 to 
0-6 per cent, of Alcohol. It should be kept in dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, in 
a cool and dark place.” U. S. “ Chloroform, or trichloromethane, CHC13, to which has been 
added sufficient Absolute Alcohol to produce a liquid having a specific gravity not less than 
1-490, and not more than 1.495. Trichloromethane may be prepared by heating a mixture 
of chlorinated lime, slaked lime, ethylic alcohol, and distilled water.” Br. 
Chloroformum Purificatum, U. S. 1880; Chloroformium, P. G.; Formylum Trichloratum; Chloroforme pur, Fr.; 
Reines Chloroform, G. 
Neither the U. S. nor British Pharmacopoeias give detailed processes for chloroform. (See 
U. S. D., 17th ed., 370.) 
In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1850 a process was given for preparing chloroform ; but, as this 
is never made on a small scale by the apothecary, it was very properly transferred, in 1860, to the 
Materia Medica Catalogue. Chloroformum venale, or commercial chloroform, was introduced, and 
also a formula for the purification of chloroform ; this was very properly dropped in the U. S. P. 
1890, as pure chloroform is now furnished by the manufacturers and easily obtainable at a 376 
Chloroformum. 
PART I. 
moderate price; the process for'purifying chloroform attached to the tests of the U. S. P. (1880) 
will be found below. The process of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) is for the preparation 
of the chloroform ab initio, with directions which secure its purity if complied with. In this 
process, the reaction by which the chloroform is produced takes place between the chlorinated 
lime and the alcohol; the slaked lime being intended probably to lessen the production of the 
chlorinated pyrogenous oil. As first distilled, the chloroform is very impure, and is directed to 
be washed first with ordinary water, and afterwards with distilled water, which separate alcohol, 
chlorine, and probably other contaminating substances. In consequence of the density of the 
chloroform and its insolubility in water, it readily subsides, forming a distinct layer which may 
be easily separated. The crude product, after having been freed from alcohol by the washing 
with water, is purified from the chlorinated pyrogenous oil, which comes over with the chloro- 
form, by agitation with an equal volume of sulphuric acid, which ought to be pure and color- 
less, and at least of the density 1-840. The oil is charred and destroyed by the acid, which 
becomes yellow or reddish brown, and is partially changed into sulphurous acid. To remove 
the latter acid, as well as any water present, the chloroform, which floats on the surface of the 
acid, is removed and agitated well with chloride of calcium and quick lime, then again sub- 
mitted to distillation, and one per cent, of absolute alcohol added to preserve the chloroform 
from decomposition. In the U. S. 1880 process (see 16th edition U. S. D.) the method of 
purification is somewhat different. Instead of equal measures of the impure chloroform and 
sulphuric acid and an agitation for only 5 minutes, the commercial chloroform is shaken occa- 
sionally for 24 hours with but one-fifth of its weight of the acid. To remove any water and 
acid that may be present, instead of calcium chloride and lime, a little stronger alcohol is mixed 
with the chloroform in a dry retort, and then lime in coarse powder is added, and the mixture 
is distilled to dryness. 
Purification, IT. S. P. 1890. Chloroform which fails to respond to these tests (see p. 380) 
should be purified by the following process. Chloroform, four hundred grammes [or 14 ounces 
av., 48 grains] ; Sulphuric Acid, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 359 grains] ; Dried Sodium 
Carbonate, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Deodorized Alcohol, four cubic centimeters [or 65 
minims]. Add the Sulphuric Acid to the Chloroform, contained in a glass-stoppered bottle, 
and shake them together occasionally during twenty-four hours, avoiding exposure to bright 
daylight. Separate the lighter Chloroform layer, add to it the Dried Sodium Carbonate, pre- 
viously rendered anhydrous by heating it in a porcelain capsule on a sand-bath until it ceases 
to give off aqueous vapor, and shake them together frequently and thoroughly during half an 
hour. Then transfer the Chloroform to a dry retort, add to it the Alcohol, and distil, by 
means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 67-2° C. (153° F.), into a well-cooled 
receiver, until the distillate measures two hundred and fifty-five cubic centimeters [or 8 fluid- 
ounces, 298 minims]. 
It sometimes happens that the chloroform purified with sulphuric acid, though apparently 
pure at first, will not keep, but after some time becomes so loaded with chlorine and hydro- 
chloric acid as to be altogether unfit for respiration. Dr. Squibb attributes the fact that chloro- 
form purified by concentrated sulphuric acid does not keep well, to the very purity attained. 
He believes that perfectly pure chloroform is prone to decomposition, and is rendered more 
stable by the addition of a small proportion of alcohol, so as to reduce its density to the official 
standard. This he effects by adding alcohol in the proportion of ten drops to each fluidounee 
of good chloroform of maximum density (see Amer. Med. Monthly, July, 1857). This recom- 
mendation was carried into effect in the U. S. 1880 process, and explains the addition of alcohol 
before distillation. Dr. Gregory also attributes the tendency to decomposition to its purity, and 
to the action of sunlight; having found that those portions which he had purified with the 
greatest care were soonest decomposed under the influence of light* For methods of pre- 
serving chloroform by the use of sulphur, hypophosphorous acid, etc., see P. J. Tr., 1895, 
261; also 1896, 249. 
As chloroform of great purity is usually to be purchased in the market, it is not necessary for 
the pharmacist to apply the official process of purification to every parcel that he may meet; 
but it is in the highest degree incumbent on him to sell none for inhalation which is not so pure 
as to stand the tests given in the Pharmacopoeia, and if he can obtain none so pure, then to 
purify it himself. 
The intermediate formation of chloral as a result of the reaction between alcohol and 
chlorinated lime suggested the preparation of chloroform from chloral, which has of late years 
been produced in immense quantities. The advantages which were anticipated from decom- PART I. 
Chloroformum. 
377 
posing pure chloral hydrate with alkalies have not altogether been realized, for the product is 
much more expensive, and the claim of greater stability has not been sustained, as it requires 
just as much alcohol to preserve it as that made in the usual way. 
Chloroform is now made on a large scale both in this country and in Germany by the dis- 
tillation of acetone with chlorinated lime; indeed, this process has latterly almost entirely 
replaced the manufacture from alcohol. Liebig, as long ago as 1832, described the reaction, 
but it was thought to be not adapted for commercial use. In 1882 the manufacture was begun 
on a commercial scale at Mannheim, Germany, and since June, 1885, in this country. To get 
a satisfactory yield a very pure acetone is necessary. When such acetone is taken, a yield of 
nearly or quite 200 per cent, of chloroform can be obtained. (For an account of the methods 
of purifying the acetone and distilling with chlorinated lime, see A. J. P., 1889, p. 321.) In 
July, 1885, a patent was taken out by G. Michaelis, of Albany, for the manufacture of chloro- 
form from the liquid products resulting from the decomposition of crude acetates at high 
temperatures. These liquid products are acetone and other higher ketones. The purified 
chloroform from acetone has a small quantity of alcohol added to prevent decomposition and 
bring it to Pharmacopoeia requirements. Pure methyl alcohol, on the other hand, does not 
yield chloroform. The erroneous statements on this point generally current are probably due 
to the fact that commercial wood spirit contains a large percentage of acetone. 
Dr. Squibb prefers acetic acid to the acetates in the intermediate step of making acetone, 
thus avoiding impurities apt to be present in acetates; he believes that the grant of a patent 
for “acetone chloroform” was deficient in equity. (Ephemeris, 1896, 1743-1757.) 
Still another method for the manufacture of chloroform from acetone is described in the 
French technical journals,—viz., to electrolyze a solution of common salt mixed with acetone. 
A retort of enamel-lined iron, jacketed at the bottom so as to be heated by steam, and provided 
with a delivery and condensing tube, is used. A 20 per cent, solution of common salt is intro- 
duced into the retort and heated to boiling, when the current is made to pass and a continuous 
stream of acetone is run in. The nascent chlorine liberated rapidly converts the acetone 
into chloroform, and it distils over. It is claimed that “190” per cent, of the weight of the 
acetone taken is obtained as chloroform. Lead electrodes were used at first, but these have 
been replaced by carbon rods which can be attached to a vertical shaft and made to serve as 
stirrers. The negative electrode consists of a copper cylinder. (Revue Scientifique, Feb. 1893.) 
Carbon tetrachloride (CC14) has also been proposed (1896) as a source of chloroform, and 
as it is now made cheaply on a large scale, it may come into use. By the action of hydrochloric 
acid and zinc, hydrogen is liberated and attacks the carbon tetrachloride, forming chloroform 
and hydrochloric acid, CCL -j- Ha = CHC13 -j- HC1. As hydrochloric acid is a product of the 
reaction, fresh quantities of zinc are attacked, and a new liberation of chloroform follows. 
Discovery and History. Chloroform was discovered by Mr. Samuel Guthrie, of Sackett’s 
Harbor, N.Y., in 1831, and about the same time by Soubeiran in France, and Liebig in 
Germany. Guthrie obtained it by distilling a gallon from a mixture of three pounds of 
chlorinated lime and two gallons of alcohol of the sp. gr. 0-844, and rectifying the product by 
redistillation, first from a great excess of chlorinated lime, and afterwards from potassium 
carbonate. (Sillimans Journal, vol. xxi., Jan. 1832, p. 64.) In a subsequent letter to Professor 
Silliman, dated Feb. 15, 1832, Mr. Guthrie states that the substance which he had obtained, 
“ distilled off sulphuric acid, has the specific gravity of 1-486, or a little greater, and may then 
be regarded as free from alcohol; and if a little sulphuric acid which sometimes contaminates it 
be removed by washing it with a strong solution of potassium carbonate, it may then be regarded 
as absolutely pure." (Ibid., vol. xxii., July, 1832, p. 105.) It is thus evident that Mr. Guthrie 
obtained, in a pure state, the substance now called chloroform ; but he erroneously supposed 
his product to be the well-known oily liquid of the Dutch chemists, which it greatly resembles, 
and for the preparation of which he believed he had fallen on a cheap and easy process. Under 
this impression, he called the substance, in his communications, chloric ether, one of the names 
by which Dutch liquid, or ethene dichloride, is designated. He was induced to make the 
preparation from noticing in Professor Silliman’s Elements of Chemistry a reference to the 
Dutch liquid as a grateful diffusible stimulant when properly diluted with alcohol and water. 
(See also West. Drug., 1894, 51.) 
Properties. Chloroform is “ a heavy, clear, colorless, mobile, and diffusible liquid, of a 
characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning, sweet taste. Specific gravity, not below 1-490 at 
15° C. (59° F.), or 1-473 at 25° C. (77° F.). Chloroform is volatile even at a low tempera- 
ture, and boils at from 60° to 61° C. (140° to 141-8° F.). It is not inflammable, but its heated 378 
Chloroformum. 
PART I. 
vapor burns with a green flame.” U. S. “ A liquid of characteristic odor and pungent sweet 
taste. Specific gravity 1*490 to 1*495. It should boil between 140° and 143*6° F. (60° and 
62° C.).” Br. According to Bemys (Archiv der Pharm., 3, v. 31), pure chloroform has the 
sp. gr. of 1*500 at 15° C. (59° F.). Besnou gives the densities of various mixtures of alcohol 
and the purest commercial chloroform at 4*5° C. (40° F.) as follows: 
Specific Gravity. 
Chloroform, 
per cent. 
Alcohol, 
per cent. 
Specific Gravity. 
Chloroform, 
per cent. 
Alcohol, 
per cent. 
1-4945 
100-0 
o-o 
1-4772 
97-5 
2-5 
1-4908 
99-5 
0-5 
1-4602 
95-0 
5-0 
1-4874 
99-0 
1-0 
1-4262 
90-0 
10-0 
1-4845 
98-5 
1-5 
1-4090 
87-5 
12-5 
When pure, it has no action on potassium, except to cover the surface of the metal with small 
hubbies of gas. Chloroform is a powerful antiseptic. Like creosote, it does not coagulate 
albumen. It is scarcely acted on by sulphuric acid in the cold, but dissolves readily in alcohol 
and ether. The alcoholic solution, when moderately diluted with water, forms an aromatic, 
saccharine liquid of a very grateful taste. A strong alcoholic solution is decomposed by 
abundance of water, the chloroform separating and subsiding, and the alcohol uniting with 
the water. “ Soluble in about 200 times its volume of cold water, and, in all proportions, in 
alcohol, ether, benzol, benzin, and the fixed and volatile oils.” U. S. It is liable to decompo- 
sition by sunlight, or even diffused daylight; and hence the propriety of keeping it in bottles, 
covered with dark paper, in a rather dark place. Chloroform has extensive solvent powers, 
being capable of dissolving caoutchouc, gutta-percha, mastic, elemi, tolu, benzoin, and copal. 
Amber, sandarac, lac, and wax are only partially soluble. It also dissolves iodine, bromine, 
the organic alkalies, the fixed and volatile oils, most resins, and fats. It dissolves sulphur and 
phosphorus sparingly. It possesses the power of dissolving a large quantity of camphor, and 
furnishes the means of administering that medicine in an elegant form. As a general solvent, 
it has the advantage over ether of not being inflammable; the inflammability of the latter 
being the cause of frequent accidents. For an extensive list of substances soluble, insoluble, 
and partly soluble in chloroform, see a paper by M. Lepage, of Gisors, France, copied into A. 
J. P., 1852, p. 147. It has been found by J. B. Barnes that chloroform has the power of 
preventing the alcoholic, lactic, and other fermentations, probably by killing the organisms 
that provoke these processes. Twenty minims preserved sixteen ounces of malt, to which two 
drachms of yeast had been added, as long as the experiment lasted. The same quantity kept 
fresh eight fluidounces of milk in a warm place for five days. Mucilage and infusions were 
preserved for weeks with one minim or even less to the ounce. Similar results were reached 
by Mr. F. J. Barrett and others. (P. J. Tr., 1874, pp. 441, 442, 455.) The active properties 
of chloroform forbid its use as a preservative of medicinal infusions, but from milk it could 
always he removed by boiling. A. Munz (P. J. Tr., 1875, p. 967) proposes the employment 
of chloroform as a test between chemical and living ferments, since he has found it to have no 
effect upon the former, though absolutely destructive to the latter. 
Composition. Chloroform is composed of one atom of carbon, one of hydrogen, and 
three of chlorine. Its simplest derivation in theory is from marsh-gas (methane), CH4, whence 
it is often called trichloro-methane. While it can be thus produced, by the action of chlorine 
upon marsh-gas, in practice, it is formed either from alcohol by the action of hleaching-powder, 
from chloral by an alkaline hydrate, or latterly from acetone and bleaching-powder. 
The reactions are sometimes complex, but if the -temperature be carefully kept at from 
70° C. (158° F.) to 73° C. (163*4° F.), they are essentially as follows: 
C2H60 + CaOCljj = CaCl2 + C2H40 + H20; 
that is, one molecule of hleaching-powder, reacting with one of alcohol, yields one of calcium 
chloride, one of aldehyde, and one of water. The aldehyde formed is then further decomposed, 
according to the reaction 
2(C H40) -f 6(CaOCl2) = 3CaCla + 3Ca(OH)a + 2(CaHCLO) ; 
that is, two molecules of aldehyde, reacting with six of bleaching-powder, yield three of calcium 
chloride, three of calcium hydrate, and two of chloral. The chloral is, however, decomposed 
by the free base calcium hydrate, according to the reaction 
2(CaHCl30) + Ca(OH)a= Ca(CH03)3 + 2(CHCIS); PART I. 
Chloroformum. 
379 
that is, two molecules of chloral reacting with one of calcium hydrate yield one of calcium 
formate and two of chloroform. The reaction for the manufacture from acetone is simpler: 
2C3H60 + 6CaOCl2 = 2CHC13 + 2Ca(OH)2 + Ca(C2H302)2 + 3CaCl2. 
Impurities and Tests. Chloroform is liable to contain alcohol and ether, both of which 
lower its specific gravity. If it have a less density than 1-38, it will float instead of sinking 
in a mixture of equal weights of concentrated sulphuric acid and water after it has cooled. 
M. Mialhe has proposed the following test for the presence of alcohol. Drop into distilled 
water a small quantity of the chloroform. If pure, it will remain transparent at the bottom 
of the glass; but if it contain even a small proportion of alcohol, the globules will acquire a 
milky appearance. Soubeiran’s method was to agitate almond oil and chloroform together in 
a tube. If the chloroform be pure, it remains clear; if it contain as much as 5 or 6 per cent, 
of alcohol, it becomes milky. {Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1860, p. 95.) Prof. Procter detected 
alcohol by adding the suspected chloroform to an oxidizing mixture of potassium bichromate 
and sulphuric acid. If alcohol be present, the deep orange color of the chromic mixture will 
gradually become green ; if absent, no change of color will take place. (A. J. P., 1856, p. 
213.) Hoffmann's violet has been recently suggested as a test. If a small portion is added 
to chloroform containing alcohol, the solution is colored a deep purple. Boettger recommends 
adding to the chloroform a solution of molybdic acid in pure, strong sulphuric acid, when 
even a trace of alcohol will cause an intense blue color. (1879.) Chloroform, when pure, upon 
being mixed with an equal volume of sulphuric acid, does not color it; but when contami- 
nated with these oils it gives the acid a color varying from yellow to reddish brown, according 
to the amount of impurity. Alcohol also is detected and removed by sulphuric acid. In 
applying this test, several fluidounces of chloroform should be used, as a slight change of 
color cannot be easily seen in a test-tube, and care must be taken to see that mechanical im- 
purities, like cork-dust, dirt, etc., have been filtered out of the specimen, or the acid will be 
discolored from this cause. A still more delicate test of the oily impurities, according to Dr. 
Gregory, is the smell which they leave. If chloroform thus contaminated be poured upon 
the hand, it quickly evaporates, leaving the oily impurities, recognizable by their offensive 
odor, now no longer covered by that of the chloroform. The pure substance, rubbed on the 
skin, quickly evaporates, and leaves scarcely any smell. Chloroform sometimes contains Dutch 
liquid, which may be discovered by adding an alcoholic solution of potassa ; when the mixture, 
if this impurity be present, will heat and give off a permanent gas, which is acetyl chloride, 
CgHgOCl. (Geuther.)* Fuming nitric acid, heated with chloroform to 100° C. (212° F.) in 
a closed tube for 120 hours, forms a new substance, chloropicrine. 
Two methods for purifying chloroform, one physical and the other chemical, have been 
brought out in the last year or so and have attracted much attention. The first of these is the 
Pictet method of purifying the chloroform by submitting it to very low temperatures, whereby 
the impurities are first frozen out and filtered off from the chloroform at —70° C., and then the 
chloroform itself is solidified at from —80° C. to —100° C. and separated from any liquid impuri- 
ties. It was at first claimed for this u Chloroform Pictet” that it would not be decomposed by 
sunlight and did not require the addition of alcohol to preserve it. These claims do not seem to 
be substantiated by later tests. The other method is based on the discovery of It. Anschutz, that 
chloroform crystallizes out with salicylid, CaH4 | CQ>,ando-homosalicylid,C6H3(CH3) j Cq>, 
while the impurities of chloroform remain. These crystalline compounds contain respectively 
33-24 and 30-80 per cent, of chloroform, and this can be liberated from its combination by 
very moderate heating. The compounds can be kept for a long time in closed vessels in a 
slight atmosphere of chloroform, and the salicylid and o-homosalicylid can be used over and over 
again. After becoming acid, through exposure to light, chloroform may be readily regenerated, 
by agitating it with solution of sodium carbonate, and distilling from a little unslaked lime. 
From what has been said above, chloroform to be kept for use should have the sp. gr. 1-49, and 
if denser than this, should be brought to it by the addition of alcohol. It is best kept in cork- 
stoppered bottles. As the cork is not acted on by chloroform, if it become yellow and softened 
it will indicate the presence of an acid, and thus act as a test. (A. J. P., 1868, p. 289.) 
Official Tests. The U. S. Pharmacopeia directs that “ if 20 C.c. of Chloroform be 
poured upon a clean, odorless filter laid flat upon a warmed porcelain or glass plate, and the 
plate be rocked from side to side until the liquid is all evaporated, no foreign odor should be- 
* In relation to chloroform, see the paper of Soubeiran and Mialhe, Journ. de Pharm,f July, 1849, copied into 
A. J. P.y xxi. 313; also the paper of Dr. Gregory, Chem. Gaz., May 15, 1850. 380 
Chloroformum. 
PART I. 
come perceptible as the last portions disappear from the paper, and the paper should be left 
nearly odorless when compared with a new, odorless filter. If 10 C.c. of Chloroform be well 
shaken with 20 C.c. of distilled water, and the liquid be allowed to separate completely, the 
water should be neutral to litmus paper, and should not be affected by silver nitrate test-solu- 
tion (absence of chlorides), or potassium iodide test-solution (absence of free chlorine'). If to 
about 5 C.c. of Chloroform, contained in a dry test-tube of the capacity of about 10 C.c., about 
4 C.c. of perfectly clear barium hydrate test-solution be added without agitation, and the test- 
tube be then corked and set aside in a dark place for six hours, no film should be visible at the 
line of contact of the two liquids (absence of products of decomposition in Chloroform which 
may be otherwise pure). If 40 C.c. of Chloroform be shaken with 4 C.c. of colorless, concen- 
trated sulphuric acid in a 50 C.c. glass-stoppered cylinder during twenty minutes, and the liquids 
be then allowed to separate completely so that both are transparent, the Chloroform should re- 
main colorless, and the acid should appear colorless, or very nearly colorless, when seen in a 
stratum of not less than about 15 Mm. in thickness (absence of impurities decomposable by sul- 
phuric add). If 2 C.c. of the sulphuric acid, separated from the Chloroform, be diluted with 
5 C.c. of distilled water, the liquid should be colorless and clear, and, while hot from the mix- 
ing, should be odorless, or give but a faint vinous or ethereal odor (absence of odorous decom- 
position products). When further diluted with 10 C.c. of distilled water, it should remain 
clear, and should not be affected by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chlorinated compounds). 
If 10 C.c. of the Chloroform, separated from the acid, be well shaken with 20 C.c. of distilled 
water, and the liquid be allowed to separate completely, the watery portion should not be affected 
by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chlorinated compounds).” “ On allowing 20 cubic 
centimetres to evaporate from a large piece of filter-paper placed on a warm plate, no for- 
eign odor is perceptible at any stage of the evaporation. Water which has been shaken for 
five minutes with half its volume of Chloroform, and separated from the Chloroform, should 
be neutral to litmus (absence of acid), should not afford any color with 1 cubic centimetre of 
solution of cadmium iodide and two drops of mudlage of starch (absence of free chlorine), and 
should not yield more than a very slight opalescence with four drops of solution of silver nitrate 
(absence of chlorides). After shaking sulphuric acid with ten times its volume of Chloroform 
for twenty minutes, and setting aside for fifteen minutes, both the acid and the Chloroform 
should be perfectly transparent and nearly colorless. 2 cubic centimetres taken from the layer 
of sulphuric acid, and diluted with 5 cubic centimetres of water, should remain transparent 
and very nearly colorless, and should have a pleasant odor. When this liquid is further diluted 
with 10 cubic centimetres of water, and stirred with a glass rod, it should still be transparent 
and colorless, and the addition of four drops of solution of silver nitrate should not cause more 
than a slightly diminished transparency. Water which has been shaken with half its volume 
of Chloroform, previously treated with sulphuric add as described above, should not afford 
more than a slightly diminished transparency with solution of silver nitrate. (The foregoing 
four tests indicate absence from the Chloroform of products of its decomposition.) It evapo- 
rates without residue (absence of fixed matter).” Br. These tests imply the presence of but 
a minute proportion of alcohol, and the total absence of chlorine and those volatile and em- 
pyreumatic substances which constitute the most injurious impurities of chloroform. A heat 
that would be felt through the bottle, on the admixture of sulphuric acid with chloroform, 
would evince the presence of too much alcohol or water. The want of discoloration from 
the contact of the two liquids shows the absence of empyreumatic oily matter; but a very 
slight discoloration might proceed from the alcohol present, and would not, therefore, be a 
material objection. A color bordering on that of madeira wine would imply an objectionable 
amount of impurities. The volatile impurities are less volatile than chloroform, and would 
consequently be the last to escape on the evaporation of the liquid. Impure chloroform, there- 
fore, leaves a foreign odor behind it when allowed to evaporate from the hand, and especially 
when from a porcelain plate, in the amount and manner indicated; and if a specimen stand 
this test well, it may be considered as free from noxious volatile impurity. The slight foreign 
aroma without pungency, which is given out under these circumstances, is of no injurious sig- 
nificance. It is stated that chloroform made from chloral may be distinguished from other 
chloroform by its remaining colorless when the sulphuric acid test is employed, and by its leav- 
ing no aromatic residue when evaporated, evidences of its absolute purity. It has been 
claimed that this chloral chloroform does not undergo decomposition, but this has been proved 
not to be correct. (A. J. P., xlii. 409.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Chloroform, when applied locally, is very irritant and PART I. 
Chloroformum. 
381 
produces decided pain, which may be followed by some numbness and local anaesthesia. If 
the chloroform be prevented from evaporating, its prolonged contact with the skin is apt to 
produce blistering. Taken internally, it is absorbed and acts upon the general system. The 
rapidity of its absorption, and, to some extent, its general effects, depend upon the method in 
which it is administered. It is commonly exhibited by the mouth or by inhalation. Taken 
into the stomach in doses of 15 to 25 drops (024—0-38 C.c.), it induces only gastric symptoms, 
chiefly due to its irritant properties; but when there is excessive flatulence, colic, or gastral- 
gia, it not only causes an increased peristalsis and expulsion of any flatus present, but evinces 
a distinct local narcotic influence by quieting pain and spasm. Taken in doses of 1 to 2 
fluidraehms (3-75-7’5 C.c.), it produces a narcotism similar to that seen when it is administered 
by inhalation, the narcotism, however, developing and passing off much more slowly than in the 
latter case. Chloroform, as prepared by Mr. Guthrie, was used internally as early as 1832 by 
Professor Ives and Dr. Nathan B. Ives, of New Haven, in asthma, spasmodic cough, scarlet 
fever, and atonic quinsy, with favorable results. (Silliman's Joum., xxi. 406, 407.) It was 
employed by Dr. Formby, of Liverpool, in hysteria, in 1838 ; by Mr. Tuson, of London, in 
cancer and neuralgic affections, in 1843 ; and by M. Guillot, of Paris, in asthma, in 1844. The 
first case in which it was employed in inhalation is related by Professor Ives, of New Haven, 
under date of January 2, 1832. The case was one of pulmonic disease, attended with gen- 
eral debility and difficult respiration, and was effectually relieved. (Silliman's Joum., vol. xxi., 
Jan. 1832, p. 406.) In March, 1847, the action of the pure substance by inhalation was tried 
on the lower animals by M. Flourens, and its effects on the spinal marrow described. In 
November of the same year, Dr. Simpson, of Edinburgh, after experimenting with a number 
of anaesthetic agents in order to discover a substitute for ether, tried chloroform at the sugges- 
tion of Mr. Waldie, and, having found its effects favorable, brought it forward as a new rem- 
edy for pain, by inhalation in surgery and midwifery. The advantages which he conceived it 
to possess over ether were the smallness of the dose, its more prompt action, more agreeable 
effects, less tenacious odor, greater cheapness, and greater facility of exhibition. 
The usual effects produced by a full dose of chloroform, administered by inhalation, are the 
rapid production of coma, relaxation of the muscles, slow and often stertorous breathing, up- 
turning of the eyes, and total insensibility to agents which ordinarily produce acute pain. The 
effect on the heart’s action is somewhat variable, but the pulse is usually quickened, with a 
more or less marked loss of volume and firmness. Sometimes frothing of the mouth takes 
place, and, more rarely, convulsive twitches of the face and limbs. The insensibility is gen- 
erally produced in one or two minutes, and usually continues for five or ten minutes; but 
the effect may be kept up for many hours, provided the inhalation be cautiously renewed 
from time to time. As a rule, no recollection is retained of anything that occurred during 
the state of insensibility. In some cases sensibility is distinctly affected before consciousness, 
but the loss is rarely complete enough to be of any practical value; so that it is almost always 
necessary to produce unconsciousness before the surgeon can commence his operation. The 
dose of chloroform for inhalation is a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.), equivalent to 250 drops, or more, 
to be repeated in two minutes, if the desired effect should fail to be produced. The most 
convenient inhaler is a handkerchief, loosely twisted into the form of a bird’s nest, which, after 
having been imbued with the chloroform, is held to the mouth and nose. The use of this 
simple inhaler insures a due admixture of atmospheric air with the vapor of the chloroform. 
The patient should always be in the horizontal posture. The moment insensibility is produced, 
which should be brought on gradually, the inhalation should be suspended; and if conscious- 
ness return too soon, it should be cautiously renewed. In all cases an experienced assistant 
should attend to the administration of the chloroform and to nothing else, watching the state 
of the respiration and pulse. The moment there is the least snoring or failure of the pulse, 
the vapor should be withdrawn. As shown by Claude Bernard, the hypodermic use of mor- 
phine greatly prolongs the anaesthesia caused' by chloroform, but the method has not been 
found of practical value. Even with the greatest care, there is always danger in the anaes- 
thetic use of this agent. The estimate that sudden death occurs once in about 3000 inhalations 
was first made about thirty years ago, and has been strongly confirmed by subsequent statistics. 
In very many fatal cases the operation has been a very trifling one, and death has occurred 
in the most robust persons, and in those who had previously taken the ansesthetic without bad 
effects. The advantages which chloroform has over ether are in its greater rapidity of action, 
and in the fact that it is less prone to produce, as an after-effect, much nausea and vomiting. 
The greater safety of ether, however, more than counterbalances these advantages, so that a 382 
Chloroformum. 
PART I. 
large proportion of surgeons believe the use of chloroform unjustifiable, except under especial 
circumstances. The reason that ether is so much safer than chloroform lies not chiefly in the 
greater power of the latter agent, but in the fact that chloroform is directly paralyzant to the 
heart, whilst ether is primarily stimulant to that viscus. Experiments show that in the lower 
animals the arterial pressure steadily falls during the administration of the chloroform, whilst 
under ether it rises, and clinical experience abundantly demonstrates that the effects of these 
agents upon the circulation in man and in the lower animals are identical. As chloroform 
accidents usually occur very suddenly, the patient should always be closely watched. In 
most instances a peculiar pallor of the face is the first evidence of danger. The remedies 
for the accident are placing the patient at an angle of 45°, with the head downward, or even 
completely inverting the person, cold air fanned upon the face, cold water poured upon the 
head, sinapisms to the feet, frictions and heat to the body and extremities, and ammonia to 
the nostrils. If respiration ceases, the tongue should be seized with the artery-forceps and 
pulled forward from off the glottis, and artificial respiration vigorously performed. Strychnine 
and digitalis should be used hypodermically or, if circumstances favor, intravenously. Am- 
monia water has been injected into a vein with good results. The cautious inhalation of 
small doses of amyl nitrite has been advantageous. Alcohol should never be used in any 
form. 
In midwifery chloroform is believed to be safer than in surgery, and its use is very extensive. 
It probably tends to increase the danger of post-partum hemorrhage, but this tendency can be 
overcome by the administration of ergot after the head has come well down upon the perineum. 
It is frequently stated that no case of death has occurred from its administration during labor; 
but this appears to be a mistake. On account of its power of producing muscular relaxation, 
chloroform is frequently employed in general and local spasms. In setting fractured bones, in 
reducing dislocations or strangulated hernias, etc., the surgeon frequently employs it, and it 
is often used by the physician in hiccough, chorea, whooping-cough, hysteria, asthma, angina 
pectoris, biliary and nephritic colic, tetanus, poisoning from strychnine, hydrophobia, and tic dou- 
loureux. In these cases it is superior to ether, when a very prompt action is necessary. 
As chloroform is powerfully sedative, and ether powerfully stimulant, it was very naturally 
supposed that by combining them the depressing effects of the former might be counteracted 
by the latter; but experience has not confirmed the suggestion of theory in this case, as fatal 
effects have several times followed the joint administration of the two anaesthetics. This result 
may be in part explained by the more rapid volatilization of the chloroform, which may cause 
it to reach the surface of absorption with comparatively little admixture of the ethereal vapor, 
as suggested by Mr. Robert Ellis. (J/ec?. Times and Gaz., March 9,1867.) It has been claimed 
that chloroform which has been purified by the cold process is much less depressant than 
that of ordinary purity, and in the experiments of R. Du Bois-Reymond ( Therap. Monat., Jan. 
1892) the residue left after the purification of chloroform by cold, while it did not differ in 
its action upon the circulation from the pure chloroform, was found to be distinctly more par- 
alyzing to the respiratory centres. Rechter (Journ. Pharm. et Chim., 1892) and others, how- 
ever, have reached the conclusion that the narcosis produced by Pictet’s chloroform does not 
differ in any way from that commonly seen, and at present writing it does not appear probable 
that the purification by cold yields practical results commensurate with its cost. 
The existence of certain diseases modifies greatly the proper choice of an anaesthetic by the 
surgeon. When brain tumors or severe chronic or acute diseases of the heart, lungs, pleura, 
or kidney exist, an anaesthetic should not be employed unless its use be imperatively demanded. 
In all forms of cardiac diseases, unless it be simple hypertrophy, ether is greatly preferable to 
chloroform, which agent should never be administered under the circumstances mentioned. In 
diseases of any part of the respiratory tract, chloroform is superior to ether on account of the 
severe local irritating effects of the latter agent, which cause it to be very dangerous. Until 
recently the general opinion has been that chloroform is less dangerous in diseases of the kidney 
than is ether, but the latest clinical and experimental evidences make it apparent that, whilst 
ether is dangerous in chronic or acute inflammations of the kidney, chloroform is probably more so. 
It seems well established that very many deaths following surgical operations, which have 
occurred some hours or even days after the recovery of consciousness, have been due to the 
anaesthetic; and it has been definitely proved that the prolonged use of chloroform is capable 
of producing wide-spread degeneration of tissue which may fatally involve the heart. In 
experiments made by Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr., it was found that the exposure of dogs to the 
constant inhalation of a minute amount of chloroform, not sufficient to produce narcosis, was PART I. 
Chloroformum.— Chondrus. 
383 
followed after some hours of consciousness by death, there having been no restraint or operative 
procedures during the inhalation. 
Locally, chloroform is employed as a very prompt, active counter-irritant and narcotic in 
neuralgia, colic, etc., and deep injections of it in the neighborhood of painful nerve-trunks 
have been practised by Dr. Roberts Bartholow with asserted good effects. M. Fournie has 
found that the vapor from a mixture of equal measures of glacial acetic acid and chloroform 
is even more effectual, as a local anaesthetic, than that of pure chloroform, producing complete 
insensibility of the skin in five minutes, if applied from a bottle heated simply by the hand. 
(F. J. Tr., 1862, p. 385.) Chloroform, in vapor, may be used as a topical application to the 
rectum. M. Ehrenreich employed it with success in tenesmus. A drachm may be vaporized 
by the heat of warm water from a bottle, fitted with a flexible tube, inserted into the bowel. 
Prof. Langenbeck, of Berlin, prefers chloroform to tincture of iodine as an injection for the 
radical cure of hydrocele. Chloroform ointment is made by addins twenty parts of chloroform 
to a mixture of ten parts of white wax and ninety parts of lard, previously melted together, 
and allowing the whole to cool. 
Chloroform may be gelatinized by agitating it with an equal weight of white of egg in the 
cold. In three hours it takes the gelatinous form. A stronger preparation may be made by 
shaking together, in a bottle, four parts of chloroform and one of white of egg, and placing 
the mixture in water at 60° C. (140° F.). In four minutes the gelatinization is completed. 
Gelatinized chloroform may be applied to the skin, spread on linen, or by friction. Syrup of 
chloroform may be made by adding one fluidounce of spirit of chloroform to fifteen fluidounces 
of syrup. 
When an overdose of chloroform is taken by the mouth, it is essential to empty the stomach 
by the pump or siphon tube, and then treat the case much as in serious narcosis from inhalation. 
In a case of suicide by swallowing chloroform, in which death took place in about thirty-four 
hours, the lining membrane of the larynx and trachea was found inflamed, the bronchi were 
loaded with a dirty-gray purulent fluid, the lungs were inflamed as in the first stage of pneu- 
monia, and the brain and its membranes congested; but these morbid appearances are not 
constant. 
In relation to the preparations, consisting of chloroform and alcohol, which have been used 
under the name of “ chloric ether,” the reader is referred to Spiritus Chloroformi.* (See, 
also, Aqua Chloroformi, Emulsum Chloroformi, and Linimentum Chloroformi.') 
CHONDRUS. U. S. Chondrus. [Irish Moss. Carragheen.] 
(CHbN'DKUS.) 
“ Chondrus crispus, Stackhouse, and Gigartina mamillosa, J. Agardh (class, Algae).” TJ. S. 
Carrageen, P. G.; Caragahen, Fucus Crispus; Carragaheen, Mousse marine pertee, Fr.; Irlandisches Moos, Perl- 
moos, Knorpeltang, G. 
Gigartina. Gen. Ch. Fronds fleshy, cartilaginous, compressed, composed of an internal 
layer of longitudinal, slender, anastomosing filaments, which pass horizontally outward and 
divide dichotomously into short moniliform filaments, the whole set in a gelatinous substance; 
antheridia in superficial spots; tetraspores conciate, densely aggregated, forming spots just 
below the surface, cystocarps borne in external conceptacles. 
Chondrus. Gen. Ch. The same as gigartina, except that the cystocarps are immersed. 
Chondrus crispus. Greville, Alg. Brit. 129, t. 15; B. & T. 305.—Sphserococcus crispus. 
Agardh.—Fucus crispus. Linn. The Irish moss, or carrageen as it is frequently called, consists 
of a flat, slender, cartilaginous frond, from two to twelve inches in length, dilated as it ascends 
until it becomes two or three lines in width, then repeatedly and dichotomously divided, with 
linear wedge-shaped segments, and more or less curled up so as to diminish the apparent 
length. The capsules are somewhat hemispherical, and are embedded in the disk of the frond. 
The plant grows upon rocks and stones on the coast of Europe, and is especially abundant on 
the southern and western coasts of Ireland, where it is collected. It is also a native of the 
* Chlorodyne. An empirical remedy under this name was first used in London, but is now in some of its imita- 
tions very largely employed in various parts of the world. Many formulas are extant. The following has been ex- 
tensively used in Philadelphia. Morphine hydrochlorate 8 grains, water f -£ss, hydrochloric acid f 3ss, chloroform 
f 3iss, tincture of cannabis indica f gi, hydrocyanic acid, U. S. P., IXPxii, alcohol oil of peppermint TiPij, oleo- 
resin of capsicum Ttph The morphine hydrochlorate and water are heated in a flask with the hydrochloric acid 
until a clear solution is produced, then the other ingredients are mixed together, and when the first solution is cold 
the mixture added to it. This is a dangerous remedy, and should be used with great care in three- to ten-drop doses 
for an adult. (See Mistura Chloroformi et Opii, Part II., National Formulary.) Chondrus. 
PART I. 
384 
United States, and is said to be gathered largely on the southern sea-coast of Massachusetts, 
where it is partly torn from the rocks and partly collected upon the beach, on which it is 
thrown up during storms. It is prepared for market by spreading it out high on the beach, to 
dry and bleach in the sun. (Aug. P. Melzar, Proc. A. P. A., I860.) An elaborate account of 
the plant, of its distribution on the sea-coast of Massachusetts, and of the mode of gathering 
and curing it is given by Mr. G. Hubert Bates, of Scituate, Mass. (U. S. Agricultural Report, 
1866 ; also A. J. P., 1868, 417.) See also T. S. Wiegand’s account of the industry. (A. J. P., 
1895, 596.) 
Gigartina mamillosa, Ag. Phycologia Britannica, PI. 199, resembles the true Irish moss, and, 
growing with it upon the rocks, is often gathered with it. It can, however, be at once dis- 
tinguished by the numerous papillae which cover the surface and margins of the fronds and 
bear the fruit (cystocarps). In chemical and medicinal properties it is probably identical with 
C. cr isp us. 
Irish moss when collected is washed and dried. It is probably sometimes bleached by the 
use of potassium permanganate and sodium hyposulphite by the same process as that used 
for bleaching sponge. (See Spongia Decolorata, Part II., National Formulary.) Herr Schack 
was led to suspect this through discovering the presence of sulphurous acid in a German 
specimen. (Pharm. Zeitung, 1886, p. 87.) In the fresh state it is of a purplish color, but, 
as found in the shops, is yellowish or yellowish white, with occasionally purplish portions. It 
is officially described as “ yellowish or white, horny, translucent; many times forked ; when 
softened in water, cartilaginous; shape of the segments varying from wedge-shaped to linear; 
at the apex emarginate or two-lobed. It has a slight sea-weed odor, and a mucilaginous, some- 
what saline taste. One part of it boiled for ten minutes with 30 parts of water yields a solu- 
tion which gelatinizes on cooling, and is not colored blue by iodine test-solution.” U. S. It 
swells in cold water, but does not dissolve. Boiling water dissolves a large proportion of it, 
and the solution, if sufficiently concentrated, gelatinizes on cooling. Herberger found 79-1 
per cent, of pectin, and 9-5 of mucus, with fatty matter, free acids, chlorides, etc., but neither 
iodine nor bromine. M. Dupasquier discovered in it both of these elements, which had gen- 
erally escaped attention in consequence of their reaction, as soon as liberated, upon the sodium 
sulphide resulting from the decomposition of the sodium sulphate of the* moss when charred. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., iii. 113.) The analysis made by Church in 1877 gave: mucilage, 
55-4 ; water, 18-8 ; mineral matter, 14*2 ; albuminoids, 9-4 ; and cellulose, 2-2 per cent. The 
pectin Pereira thought peculiar, and proposed to call it carrageenin. It is distinguished from gum 
by affording, when dissolved in water, no precipitate with alcohol; from starch, by not becoming 
blue with tincture of iodine ; from pectin, by yielding no precipitate with lead acetate and no 
mucic acid by the action of nitric acid. M. Ch. Blondeau gives the name of goemine to a sub- 
stance obtained by boiling carrageen ('goimon, Fr.) for several hours in distilled water, and pre- 
cipitating the mucilaginous liquid by alcohol. Fliickiger, who analyzed this mucilage with 
care, found in it no sulphur, and only 0-88 per cent, of nitrogen. The drug itself yielded not 
more than 1-012 per cent, of nitrogen. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., 748.) Haedicke, Bauer, 
and Tollens obtained, on extraction with water containing 0-6 per cent, of sulphuric acid, and 
further purification by alcohol, a small quantity of a crystalline compound which resembles 
galactose in its composition, in its action on polarized light, and in its behavior with nitric acid. 
On oxidation with nitric acid, the dry moss yields from 21-6 to 22-2 per cent, of mucic acid. 
Carrageenin is said to have been used as a substitute for acacia, under the name of imitation 
gum■ arahic; the latter occurs in three forms, white, light yellow, and yellow. They all have 
similar properties, swelling up like tragacanth when mixed with cold water, but not forming 
a clear solution unless the mixture be boiled, in this latter respect differing from tragacanth 
or albumen; iodine does not give a blue color, and alcohol does not precipitate the solution, 
even when 50 per cent, of it is added. It has mild adhesive properties. (E. C. Federer, 
Pharm. Era, 1887, 146.) The mucilage of Irish moss has come into considerable use as an 
emulsifying agent. (Proc. A. P. A., 1887 ; A. J. P., 1888, 170.) (See Mucilago Chondrit 
Part II., National Formulary.) 
Carrageen is nutritive and demulcent, and, being easy of digestion and not unpleasant to the 
taste, forms a useful article of diet in cases in which the farinaceous preparations, such as 
tapioca, sago, barley, etc., are usually employed. It has been particularly recommended in 
chronic pectoral affections, scrofxdous complaints, dysentery, diarrhoea, and disorders of the kidneys 
and bladder. It may be used in the form of decoction, made by boiling a pint and a half of 
water with half an ounce of the moss down to a pint. Sugar and lemon-juice may usually be PART I. 
Chrysarobinum. 
385 
added to improve the flavor. Milk may be substituted for water when a more nutritious prep- 
aration is required. It is recommended to macerate the moss for about ten minutes in cold 
water before submitting it to decoction. Any unpleasant flavor that it may have acquired 
from the contact of foreign substances is thus removed. 
CHRYSAROBINUM. U. S., Br. Chrysarobin. 
(CHRYS-A-RO-Bl'NUM.) 
“ A neutral principle, in its commercial, more or less impure form, extracted from Goa 
Powder, a substance found deposited in the wood of Andira Araroba, Aguiar (nat. ord. Legu- 
minosae).” U. S. “ A substance obtained from Araroba by extracting with hot chloroform, 
evaporating to dryness, and powdering. It consists chiefly of a definite chemical substance 
also known as chrysarobin, but contains a varying proportion of chrysophanic acid.” Br. 
The definition of chrysarobin given by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia makes it somewhat doubtful 
what is intended, but the statement of properties and characteristics has led us to consider the 
name as synonymous with that of chrysarobin of the# British Pharmacopoeia, which authority 
very properly recognizes under distinct headings Crude Chrysarobin (Goa Powder or Araroba) 
and the Purified Chrysarobin. (See Araroba, p. 221.) 
Properties. “ A pale orange-yellow, microcrystalline powder, odorless and tasteless ; turn- 
ing brownish-yellow on exposure to air. Very slightly soluble in cold water or alcohol; soluble, 
without leaving more than a small residue, in 150 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 33 
parts of boiling benzol, and in solutions of the alkalies. When heated to 151° C. (303-8° F.), 
it fuses, forming a dark, opaque mass; and, when ignited, it is partly sublimed, and finally con- 
sumed without leaving a residue. When boiled with about 2000 parts of water (which produces 
only partial solution), the light reddish-brown filtrate does not affect litmus paper, and is not 
altered by ferric chloride test-solution. In concentrated sulphuric acid it is soluble with a deep- 
red color ; on pouring this solution into water, the substance is again deposited unchanged. On 
adding 0-1 Gm. of Chrysarobin to 10 C.c. of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, in a 
test-tube, and shaking the latter, the solution, which is at first yellow or yellowish-red, will 
gradually acquire a deep-red color.” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia requires that chrysa- 
robin shall be entirely soluble in hot chloroform, almost entirely soluble in hot alcohol (90 per 
cent.), and that it shall partially dissolve in a solution of potassium hydroxide with the pro- 
duction of a deep reddish brown color, and shall, when incinerated, not leave more than 1 per 
cent, of ash. (See P. J. Tr., 1892, 543.) Chrysarobin in alkaline solution takes up oxygen 
readily, even from the air, and changes into chrysophanic acid according to the reaction 
C3oH20O7 -(- 40 = 3HaO -j- 2C15H1004. The difference in physical properties between chrysa- 
robin and chrysophanic acid is well described by Andouard. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 864.) 
When chrysarobin is distilled with zinc dust it yields methyl-anthracene, CI5H12. Liebermann 
has since established clearly the relationship of chrysarobin to chrysophanic acid, as the latter 
is a dioxymethylanthraquinone, the former is a reduced quinone. Hence its aflinity for oxy- 
gen, as the reduction products of the quinone class almost always tend to absorb oxygen and 
again go back to their original condition. Liebermann, in observing the chemical relationship 
of chrysophanic acid to commercial alizarine and purpurine, was led to study their reduction 
products (or leuco-compounds), and so discovered a class known as anthrarobins, having similar 
medicinal properties to chrysarobin. (See Anthrarobin, Part II.) Lenirobin, made by the action 
of acetic acid on chrysarobin, and described as a tetracetate, and Eurobin, the triacetate, are 
recommended as substitutes for chrysarobin, having the advantage of not staining linen in- 
delibly. (Merck’s Report, 1898, 466.) 
Medical Uses. When taken internally in sufficient amount, chrysarobin acts as a de- 
cided gastro-intestinal irritant, producing large, very watery, brownish stools, and repeated 
vomiting without much nausea. Dr. J. A. Thompson (JV. R., 1877, 167) states that it acts 
efficiently as a cholagogue purgative in doses of from 20 to 25 grains (1-3—1-565 Gm.) ; but it 
has failed to secure a place as an internal remedy. Chrysarobin has been long used in South 
America and India as a remedy in skin diseases, but the attention of the general profession 
was first called to it in 1874 by Sir Joseph Fayrer* It is frequently applied in psoriasis and 
very chronic eczema, by being rubbed up with water into a dough, which is spread over the 
* Under the name of Chrysarobin oxidum, Unna has highly recommended in eczema a 5 to 10 per cent, solution 
of a substance produced by the action of sodium peroxide upon chrysarobin suspended in boiling water. Ch rysaro binurn.—Cimicifuga. 
PART I. 
386 
diseased spot after it is as far as possible freed from scales by washing. As soon as the dough 
is dry, it should be covered with a layer of collodion or solution of gutta-percha, and the 
whole allowed to remain for several days, when it is removed by washing and renewed. In 
using chrysarobin, care must be observed not to allow it to come in contact with the clothes, 
as it leaves an indelible stain. It is at present employed largely in the preparation of chryso- 
phanic acid; its action is affirmed to differ from that of chrysophanic acid and to be largely 
the result of its strong affinity for oxygen, causing it to act as a reducing agent, In hemor- 
rhoids, Dr. M. S. Kossobudskji claims to obtain extraordinary results. His method is to first 
wash off the hemorrhoids with a two-per-cent, solution of carbolic acid or a one-per-cent, 
solution of creolin, and then, after thoroughly drying them with absorbent cotton, to apply 
two or three times daily a salve composed of chrysarobin, 12 grains; iodoform, 4£ grains; ex- 
tract of belladonna, 9 grains ; vaseline, 3f drachms. In the treatment of internal hemor- 
rhoids he employs suppositories composed of chrysarobin, 1} grains; iodoform, of a grain ; 
extract of belladonna, | of a grain ; cacao butter, 30 grains; with sufficient glycerin to make 
a smooth mass. 
CIMICIFUGA. U. S. (Br.) Cimicifuga. [Black Snakeroot.] 
(CIM-I-CIF'U-GA.) 
“ The rhizome and roots of Cimicifuga racemosa (Linn6), Nuttall (nat. ord. Ranuncula- 
ceae).” U S. “ The dried rhizome and roots of Cimicifuga racemosa, Elliott (Actaea racemosa, 
Linn.).” Br. 
Cimicifugae Rhizoma, lir., Actseae Racemosae Radix; Black Snakeroot; Black Cohosh; Racine d’Actee i 
Grappes, Fr.; Schwarze Schlangenwurzel, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx four- or five-leaved. Petals four to eight, deformed, thickish, sometimes 
wanting. Capsules one to five, oblong, many- 
seeded. Seeds squamose. Nuttall. 
Cimicifuga racemosa. Torrey, Flor. 219; Car- 
son, Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 9, pi. 3.— C. serpentaria. 
Pursh, Flor. Am. Sept. p. 372.—Actaea racemosa. 
Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1139.—Macrotys racemosa. 
Eaton’s Manual, p. 288; B. & T. 8. This is a 
tall stately plant, having a perennial root, and a 
simple herbaceous stem, which rises from four to 
eight feet in height. The leaves are large, and 
ternately decomposed, having oblong-ovate leaflets, 
incised and toothed at their edges. The flowers 
are small, white, and disposed in a long, terminal, 
wand-like raceme, with occasionally one or two 
shorter racemes near its base. The calyx is 
white, four-leaved, and deciduous; the petals are 
minute, and shorter than the stamens; the pistil 
consists of an oval germ and sessile stigma. The 
fruit is an ovate capsule containing numerous flat 
seeds. The plant grows in shady or rocky woods 
from Canada to Florida, flowering in June and July. 
Properties. The dried root consists of a thick, irregularly bent or contorted body or 
caudex, from one-third of an inch to an inch in thickness, often several inches in length, fur- 
nished with many slender radicles, and rendered exceedingly rough and jagged in appearance 
by the remains of the stems of successive years, which to the length of an inch or more are 
frequently attached to the root* It is officially described as follows. “ The rhizome is of 
horizontal growth, hard, 5 Cm. or more long, about 25 Mm. thick, with numerous stout, upright 
or curved branches, terminated by a cup-shaped scar, and with numerous wiry, brittle, obtusely 
quadrangular roots, about 2 Mm. thick ; the whole brownish-black, of a slight but heavy odor, 
and of a bitter, acrid taste. Rhizome and branches have a smooth fracture, with a rather 
large pith, surrounded by numerous sublinear, whitish wood-rays, and a thin, firm bark. The 
roots break with a short fracture, have a thick bark, and contain a ligneous cord expanding 
into about four rays.” U. S. The roots “ exhibit in transverse section from three to five 
Transverse section of Cimicifuga; rootlet showing 
five ligneous rays. 
* For a detailed description of the microscopic character of the root, see A. J. P., 1884, 460; also 1895, 121. Cimicifuga. 
387 
PART I. 
wedge-shaped wood-bundles, separated by as many broad medullary rays. Both rhizome and 
roots are blackened by test-solution of ferric chloride (presence of tannic acid).” Br. The 
odor, though not strong, is peculiar and rather disagreeable, and is gradually lost by keeping. 
The root yields its virtues to boiling water. Tilghman found gum, starch, sugar, resin, wax, 
fatty matter, tannic and gallic acids, a black coloring matter, a green coloring matter, lignin, 
and salts of potassa, lime, magnesia, and iron. (A. J. P., vi.) It no doubt also contains, when 
fresh, a volatile principle, with which its virtues may be in some degree associated. George 
H. Davis separated by distillation a small proportion of volatile oil having decidedly the 
peculiar odor of the root. He also found albumen, extractive, and silica. The sugar noticed 
by him was of the uncrystallizable variety, and the resin of two kinds, one soluble in alcohol 
but not in ether, the other soluble in both these menstrua. (A. J. P., xxxiii.) A crystallizable 
principle has been obtained by Mr. T. Elwood Conard from a strong tincture of the root by 
treating with solution of lead subacetate, which precipitated resin, tannin, and coloring matters, 
then filtering, and precipitating the lead by hydrogen sulphide in excess, and allowing the 
tincture to evaporate spontaneously ; and, finally, having treated the residuary powder with 
benzin, afterwards washing it with water, dissolving it to saturation in strong alcohol, and treat- 
ing the solution with alumina. The mixture was allowed to evaporate to a dry mass, which was 
nearly exhausted with alcohol. The solution, being allowed to 
evaporate, left behind a crystalline mass, somewhat resembling 
alum. This substance has little taste, on account of its extreme 
insolubility in the saliva, but in alcoholic solutions has very 
strongly the acrid taste characteristic of the fresh root. The crys- 
tals are very soluble in cold, and more so in hot, alcohol, soluble 
also in chloroform, and slightly so in ether. They are fusible and 
inflammable. They are neutral, possessing neither acid nor alka- 
line properties. Their effects on the system were not examined. 
(A. J. P., 1871.) L. F. Beach (A. J. P., 1876) obtained from 
commercial resin of cimicifuga (the so-called cimicifugin or ma- 
crotin) a crystalline principle by Conard’s process. M. S. Falck 
(A. J. P., 1884) found in the juice of the fresh plant a crys- 
talline principle resembling the principle announced by Conard. 
On the other hand, neither F. H. Trimble (A. J. P., 1878) nor 
Profs. Warder and Coblentz were able to obtain a crystalline prin- 
ciple, while C. S. Gallaher obtained crystals of cane sugar from 
the fluid extract. (A. J. P., 1887.) In view of these facts, it 
would appear that the active principle is a resinous amorphous 
body. (See Drugs and Medicines of North America, vol. i.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. In 1831 cimicifuga was introduced to the notice of 
the profession by Dr. Young. In overdoses it is said to cause general relaxation, vertigo, 
tremors, decided reduction of the pulse; occasionally it vomits, but its emetic action is never 
violent, and is probably simply the result of a mild gastric irritation. It certainly in large 
doses produces giddiness, with intense headache and prostration. It has been found by Dr. 
B. Hutchinson to cause in frogs complete anaesthesia by a direct action upon the sensory side 
of the spinal cord. The same observer noted that toxic doses produce in mammals slowing 
of the pulse and fall of the arterial pressure, results which appear to be due in part to a 
direct depressant action upon the heart-muscle or its ganglia, in part to a paralysis of the vaso- 
motor centre. It has been used in the past in rheumatism, dropsy, hysteria, phthisis, and various 
other affections, but at present is employed almost exclusively in the treatment of the St. Vitus's 
dance of childhood, in which it is an efficient remedy. The dose of the powder is from a scruple 
to a drachm (1-3-3-9 Gm.). The decoction (gi to Oj) was formerly much used in the dose of two 
fluidounces (60 C.c.), but is now entirely out of vogue. The dose of the tincture is one or two 
fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.). The fluid extract is, however, the best preparation; dose, from 
one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.) three or four times a day in water. The extract is 
efficient, and has the advantage that it can be administered so as to be practically free from 
taste in pilular form. The practitioners calling themselves eclectics use, under the name of 
cimicifugin, or macrotin, an impure resin obtained by precipitating a saturated tincture of the 
root with water; dose, a grain or two (0-065-0-13 Gm.). (See N. J. Med. Rep., viii. 247.) 
Longitudinal section, highly magni- 
fied. 388 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
CINCHONA. U. S. (Br.) Cinchona. 
(CIN-fJHO'NA.) 
“ The bark of Cinchona Calisaya, Weddell, Cinchona officinalis, Linn6, and of hybrids of these 
and of other species of Cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiaceae), containing not less than 5 per cent, of 
total alkaloids, and at least 2-5 per cent, of quinine [C„0H24N202-f- H20 — 341-3].” US. 
“ The dried bark of the stem and branches of cultivated plants of Cinchona succirubra, Pavon. 
When used for purposes other than that of obtaining the alkaloids or their salts, it should 
yield between 5 and 6 per cent, of total alkaloids, of which not less than half should consist 
of quinine and cinchonidine, as estimated by the following methods.” Br. (See p. 411.) 
Cinchonae Rubrae Cortex, Br., Red Cinchona Bark; Peruvian Bark; Cinchona Bark; Quinquina, Fr.; China, 
Peruvianische Rinde, G.; China, It.; Quina, Sp. 
Cinchonse Flavse Cortex; Yellow Cinchona Bark. Cinchona Flava, U. S. 1880. Yellow 
Cinchona. [Calisaya Bark.] “ The bark of the trunk of Cinchona Calisaya, Weddell (nat. 
ord. Rubiaceae, Cinchoneae), containing at least 2 per cent, of quinine.” U. S. 1880. Cinchonse 
Ruhrse Cortex, Br.; Red Cinchona Bark. Cinchona Rubra. Red Cinchona. [Red Bark.~\ 
“ The bark of Cinchona succirubra, Pavon (nat. ord. Rubiaceae), containing not less than 5 per 
cent, of its peculiar alkaloids.” U. S. “ The dried bark of the stem and branches of cultivated 
plants of Cinchona succirubra, Pavon.” Br. 
Varieties. 
Botanical History. 
Though, the Peruvian bark was introduced into Europe so early as 1640, it was not till the 
year 1737 that the plant producing it was known to naturalists. In that year La Condamine, 
on a journey from Quito to Lima, through the province of Loxa, had an opportunity of 
examining the tree, of which, upon his return, he published a very complete description, with 
plate, under the name Quinquina, stating that three species were recognized. (Mem. Ac., Paris, 
1738, p. 226.) Four years later, Linn6, without justification, proposed a new name, Cinchona, 
in honor of the Countess of Chinchon, who first made the bark known in Europe. Although 
the original name has been adopted by several authors, the synonyme Cinchona appears in 
most writings, and the species are at present arranged under that name. Under the rules of 
nomenclature adopted at the Genoa Congress in August, 1892, the necessity of restoring the 
name Quinquina is avoided, and we retain the later name Cinchona. Linne recognized but one 
species, which he called C. officinalis, and this continued for a long time to be recognized 
by the Pharmacopoeias as the only source of the Peruvian bark of commerce. But a vast 
number of plants belonging to the Linnaean genus Cinchona were in the course of time dis- 
covered ; and the list became at length so unwieldy and heterogeneous that botanists were 
compelled to distribute the species into several groups, each constituting a distinct genus, 
and all associated in the natural family of Cinchonaceae. Seventy-three of those which may 
be denominated False Cinchonas have been enumerated by Weddell. The botanical characters 
distinguishing the true Cinchonas from the related groups, according to the classification of 
Bentham and Hooker, are exhibited in the following table: 
Cinchonece. Corolla-lobes valvate, imbricate, or contorted. Ovary 2-celled, ovules very many in each cell. Fruit 
capsular. Seeds numerous, minute, vertical or ascending, peltate, imbricate, winged, albuminous; radicle almost 
always superior. Trees or shrubs, the stipules (except in Hillie® ) entire. 
Subtribe I. Eucinciione.-r.—Corolla valvate. 
Subtribe II. Hillie^e.—Corolla imbricated or contorted. 
I. EuCINCHONEjE. 
* Placentae adnate to the middle of the septum. 
** Placentae ascending or erect from the base of the septum. 
**■* Placentas pendulous from the apex of the cells. 
f Capsule septicidal, the valves occasionally bifid, 
ft Capsule almost always loculicidal. 
1. Cinchona. Panicles terminal. Corolla-lobes pubescent on the margins. Capsules dehiscent from the base 
upward. 
2. Ca8carilla. Panicles terminal. Corolla-lobes papillose on the margins. Capsules dehiscent from the top 
downward. 
3. liemijia. Panicles or racemes axillary, interrupted. PART I. 
Cinchona. 
1. Cinchona, L. 
Calyx-tube turbinate, pubescent; limb 5-dentate, persistent. Corolla hypocrateriform, pubescent, the tube terete 
or nearly so, the limb 5-lobed, spreading, smooth within, the margin pilose, valvate. Stamens 5, inserted into the 
tube of the corolla, the filaments short or elongated; anthers included, or the apex exsert, dorsifixed, linear. Disk 
pulvinate. Ovary 2-celled; style slender, the branches short, obtuse, within papillose, inserted or sub-exsert. 
Evergreen trees or shrubs, the branchlets terete or 4-angled. Leaves opposite, petiolate. Stipules interpetiolar, the 
base glandular within, deciduous. Flowers white, purple, or flesh-colored, fragrant. 
For our knowledge of these plants as they existed naturally, we are chiefly indebted to the 
following botanists, besides La Condamine, of whom we have before spoken: Joseph de Jus- 
sieu, who in the year 1739 explored the country about Loxa, and gathered specimens still 
existing in the cabinets of Europe; Mutis, who in 1772 discovered Cinchona trees in Co- 
lombia, and afterwards, aided by his pupil, Zea, made further investigations and discoveries in 
the same region; Ruiz and Pavon, who in 1777 began a course of botanical inquiries in the 
central portions of Lower Peru, and discovered several new species; Humboldt and Bonpland, 
who visited several of the Peruvian bark districts, and published the results of their observa- 
tions after 1792 ; P'oppig, who travelled in Peru so late as 1832, and published an account of 
his journey about the year 1835 ; Weddell, whose researches in Bolivia are so well known and 
have been so productive of valuable information in relation to the Calisaya hark and allied 
species; whilst Karsten, Caldas, Martius, Ledger, Markham, and other intrepid explorers have 
in later times largely added to our information. The conclusions concerning the relations of 
the many forms, based upon the observations and collections of the above-named travellers, 
have undergone important modifications in view of the behavior of the plants under cultiva- 
tion. The specific classification of the Cinchonas has always presented great difficulties, owing 
to the different relative values ascribed by different authors to the several structural charac- 
ters. Under cultivation it has been seen that these characters are extremely variable, owing 
partly to the natural tendency of the species to develop strongly-marked varieties, and partly 
to the great freedom with which they hybridize. While these tendencies have been stronger 
in the cultivated plants, they have evidently not been wanting in a state of nature. Thus we 
have come to place an entirely new estimate upon the supposed specific characters, and modern 
authors have been led to deny specific rank to many of the formerly accepted species. The 
extreme view is that of Dr. Otto Kuntze, who recognizes but four full species. This view is 
probably shared by no one, but Dr. Kuntze’s general conclusions concerning the great extent 
of hybridization, and its influence in the production of new forms, are undoubtedly sound.* 
The writer’s studies in the Bolivian plantations led him independently to the same conclusions. 
Any specific classification, however carefully worked out, must be considered to some extent as 
matter of opinion merely. 
Probably the most satisfactory classification is that of Weddell, revised in 1870. (Ann. d. 
Sd. Nat. 5th series, vols. xi. and xii.) Messrs. Bentham and Hooker, in the Genera Plan- 
tarurn, admit the existence of about 36 species, but this number appears entirely too large. 
The most of the species no longer possess more than a botanical and historical interest, as, 
under the changed conditions brought about by cultivation, their products are no longer col- 
lected for the market. The species which have been brought under cultivation for commercial 
purposes are alone named in the following list. Even this short list has been still further re- 
duced as experience has determined the few species and forms which can be most profitably 
cultivated. Hence only the four species Nos. I., II., V., and VI. of the list, which with their 
hybrids furnish almost all our bark at the present day, are here described: 
I. C. officinalis. 
var. Condaminea, 
“ Bonplandia, 
“ crispa, 
yielding crown bark. 
II. C. succirubra, yielding red bark. 
III. C. pitayensis, 
C. lancifolia, 
C. cordifolia, 
yielding Colombian bark. 
yielding gray bark, 
yielding yellow bark. 
IV. C. nitida, 
C. micrantha, 
C. peruviana, 
V. C. calisaya, 
VI. C. ledgeriana, 
* The principal sources of information bearing on this phase of the subject are the several reports of the planta- 
tions in Java, India, and Jamaica, Howard’s Qninology of the East Indian Plantations, Markham’s Peruvian Bark, 
Kuntze’s Arten, Hybriden und Cultur der Chininbdume, Hooper in the Pharmacographia Indica, several contribu- 
tions by Trimen to the Tropical Agriculturist, and Prof. Rusby in the Pharmaceutical Record, Oct. 1887. 390 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
C. calisaya, Weddell {Hist. Nat. des Quinquinas, p. 30, t. 3). Tree tall, usually surpassing those about it, the 
trunk often more than 2 feet in diameter. Leaves petiolate, the blade ovate-oblong to slightly obovate, 3 to 7 inches 
long by 1 to 3 inches broad, obtuse, the base acute or slightly attenuated, very thin, smooth, and, especially below, 
with a satiny lustre, above dark green, below emerald-green or deep purple-green, scrobiculate, the glands scarcely 
visible above. Stipules oblong, about equalling the petioles, very smooth, very obtuse. Panicles ovate to subco- 
rymbose. Calyx pubescent, with a cup-shaped limb and short triangular teeth. Corolla rose-colored (in cultivation 
often white or nearly so), the tube cylindrical and about 4 lines long, the laciniaj more deeply colored, the edges 
white-hairy. Stamens included. Capsule ovate, scarcely as long as the flowers. Seeds elliptical lanceolate, the 
margin irregularly fimbriate-toothed. Bolivia and Southern Peru, 4000 to 6000 feet. Source of the Calisaya or Yellow 
Bark. The species presents many forms, and two varieties are recognized. 
Var. ledgeriana, Howard, differs from the type chiefly in its thicker, narrower, oblong leaves, with attenuate 
base, often bluish-green below. It yields a thick and remarkably rich bark, and is probably the most valued of all 
the cinchonas. Specific rank has been strongly claimed for it. 
Var. microcarpa, Weddell, is very similar to the last, with a firm leaf and short pod. It also yields a rich bark. 
It is not at all improbable that the accepted name “ ledgeriana’' of Howard is a mere synonyme for the older name 
microcarpa of Weddell. 
The var. josephiana, so called, has in reality nothing to do with this species, nor with any other. It is distinct, 
and yields a thin and worthless bark. In Bolivia it is known as “ Paginal," and its presence in the plantation con- 
stitutes a serious difficulty. In appearance the plant is considerably like the ledgeriana, with which it hybridizes 
freely, and the two, with their hybrids, have been apparently much confused in all plantations except those of 
Bolivia. Ledgeriana has a tall and slender habit, with a small crown, while Josephiana is shorter and broader, less 
symmetrical, and generally coarser. The branchlets of the former are blackish, those of the latter bright red. 
C. succirubra, Pavon, Mss. (Howard in Pharm. Journ., Oct. 1856, p. 209, with a figure). Extreme size even greater 
than that of the last. Branches silvery. Petiole pubescent, leaf ovate to oval, acute with a very short point, the 
base more or less narrowing, often 6 by 9 inches, dark green and smooth above, below paler and pubescent to a 
variable degree, especially on the veins, not scrobiculate, the margin slightly revolute. Stipules entire, oblong, 
obtuse, sub-amplexicaul. Flowers much as in the last, but rather smaller. Fruit lanceolate. Western slopes of 
Mt. Chimborazo. The source of the Red Bark. 
C. officinalis, Linne (Sp. PL, ed. i.,p. 172). Petioles smooth, cylindrical, and, like the veins, reddish; blade 4 to 
5 inches long, varying from broadly oval to lanceolate, acute at both ends, the margins usually recurved, smooth and 
deep green above, paler, but bright green below, scrobiculate, the principal veins pubescent. Stipules equalling the 
petioles, ovate, acute, entire, pubescent. Flowers and fruit much as in C. calisaya. Widely distributed in the 
equatorial Andes, at an elevation of from 5000 to 7500 feet. The source of the barks known as Pale, Crown, Loxa, 
Cuenca, and Huanuco. This is the original species, upon which the genus Quinquina or Cinchona was founded. All 
things considered, it is, perhaps, to be regarded as the principal species of tbe genus. Its variability is extreme, and 
it is doubtful if any two authors can be found who agree perfectly as to its limits. The forms of no other species have 
suffered such vicissitudes of nomenclature as have those of C. officinalis. Those which to one author appear easily 
included within it, in the hands of another serve as types of quite a group of species and varieties. The classifi- 
cation of our present supplies of bark is, however, not materially affected by these considerations. 
The specific variations produced by hybridization in the above characters may not be here 
considered, though it may be stated that they are entirely characteristic. The parentage of 
a hybrid is ordinarily fully and strongly indicated in its appearance. As a rule, also, the 
alkaloidal yield takes a mean between that of the parents, but sometimes this is conspicuously 
not the case. 
Geographical Distribution. 
The genuine Cinchona trees are natives exclusively of South America. In that continent, 
however, they are widely diffused, extending from the 19th degree of south latitude, consider- 
ably south of La Paz, in Bolivia, to the mountains of Santa Marta, or, according to Weddell, 
to the vicinity of Caracas, on the northern coast, in about the 10th degree of north latitude. 
They follow, in this distance, the circuitous course of the great mountain ranges, and for the 
most part occupy the eastern slope of the second range of the Cordilleras. Except northward 
from Guayaquil, or a very little to the southward of that latitude, the growth of the cinchona, 
other than upon the eastern slopes of the Andes, is impossible even under cultivation. Elsewhere 
both the western slope and the plateau are entirely too dry or too cold for these plants, which 
require a moderate and equable temperature and an abundant and fairly constant supply of 
water. Irrigation cannot supply the place of a humid climate, for the atmosphere as well as 
the soil must be well charged with moisture. A certain amount of dry weather is, however, 
required for the ripening of the capsules. Free drainage is an important condition. Mr. 
Cross and others, who have personally inspected the region in the Andes where the best barks 
are obtained, have found the Cinchona trees only on the well-drained slopes, and never on wet 
ground. With regard to temperature, Mr. Cross found that in the region of the C. officinalis 
the variation was from 34° to 70° F., a fall below 40° or a rise above 65° being rare, and the 
mean range being from 45° to 60°. Messrs. Humboldt and Caldas place the figures several 
degrees higher. PART I. 
Cinchona. 
391 
For the Red Bark region, Dr. Spruce gives the follow- 
ing table: 
Mean minimum 614° F. 
Mean maximum 72£° 
Highest observed 80£° 
Lowest observed 57° 
Mean daily variation 10£° 
For the Calisaya region, Mr. Markham gives the fol- 
lowing table: 
Mean temperature 69$° F. 
Highest observed 75° 
Lowest observed 56° 
Mean daily variation 10i° 
An environment suitable for the Cinchona is adapted to such plants as the most elevated of the 
palms and bamboos, the tree-ferns, arborescent Melastomaceae, fuchsias, begonias, epiphytic 
orchids, and the Erythroxylon coca. The limits of altitude and climatic conditions are closely 
drawn. In the most southern districts, the 
trees descend to about 2500 feet, while in the 
warmest regions they scarcely ascend to the 
10,000-foot level. The individual species are 
for the most part rigidly restricted as to alti- 
tude and latitude, and, indeed, it has not always 
been found easy to detect the climatic condi- 
tions which would cause one species or variety 
to thrive while another very near it would 
languish. This is especially true of the more 
valuable forms. The actual distribution of 
the more important species is best displayed 
by the accompanying map, taken from Mark- 
ham’s work entitled “ Peruvian Bark.” 
It is to be noted that at present the stocks 
of wild barks have been enormously reduced, 
as detailed under Commercial History. In- 
deed, in certain sections, as the Calisaya dis- 
trict, the tree was practically exterminated in 
the wild state, so far as relates to a bark- 
supply.* From the far interior, however, 
occasional bales of wild Calisaya have been 
received. The low price of cultivated bark 
since 1885 has resulted in checking the de- 
struction of the wild trees, which have begun 
again to multiply, so that they may possibly 
become once more common or even abundant. 
The Crown Bark region of Ecuador is still fairly 
productive, and in Colombia and Venezuela 
there are vast supplies of more or less inferior 
barks which await some favorable change in the 
market—never very likely to take place—that 
will render their collection profitable. Even 
at present a limited and irregular supply of one 
of these barks is furnished. With the excep- 
tions here noticed, our present supplies of bark are entirely the product of cultivation, to 
which, therefore, we must give our chief attention. 
THE CINCHONA REGIONS OF SOUTH AMERICA. 
I. CalUaya lUgioD. (Caraiaya k Bolivia.) 
II. Grey Bark Region. (Hunnuoo.) 
III. Crown Bark Region. ILoxa,)* 
IV. Red Bark Region. 
V. Colombian Region. 
Region of the dnchonM 
The alarming prospect of the failure of the supply of Cinchona bark (see Commercial His- 
tory) induced Europeans, about the middle of the present century, to turn their attention to 
the possibility of introducing the trees to cultivation. So early as 1737, La Condamine had 
collected a large number of young plants, with a view of conveying them to Europe ; but, after 
having descended the Amazon in safety for more than a thousand leagues, they were washed 
overboard, near the mouth of that river, from the boat containing them, and were all lost. 
After this failure, though the idea of transplanting the Cinchonas was occasionally suggested, 
Cultivation and Production. 
* The writer, while travelling in Bolivia, in 1886, used to listen to the evening conversation of his Indians, who 
would describe with deepest earnestness some locality, perhaps many leagues distant, where a small tree might be 
found standing; but all his efforts, supplemented by the promise of liberal rewards, were not sufficient to secure 
good-sized specimens of wild bark. 392 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
nothing was done until 1846-47, when Dr. Weddell, now celebrated for his successful explo- 
ration of the region of the Calisaya bark, sent some seeds to France, which were planted with 
success in the Jardin des Plantes, and thus supplied some of the conservatories of Europe 
with specimens of the plant. But the first successful effort with a view to great practical 
results was made in 1853 by the Dutch government, by which Mr. Hasskarl, formerly superin- 
tendent of the Botanical Garden in Java, was sent to South America on this important mission. 
A number of young Cinchona plants were forwarded by him directly across the Pacific to 
Batavia, which they reached before the close of 1854. From these, and from seeds obtained 
from other sources, which were planted in the mountains of Java, in sites selected for their 
supposed conformity in climate with the native locality of the Cinchona, have sprung the most 
important plantations now in existence. 
Stimulated by the suggestions of Dr. Boyle, and by the partial success of the Dutch, the 
English government engaged, in 1859, the services of Mr. (now Sir) Clements B. Markham, 
who proceeded to Bolivia, in South America, and, after almost incredible hardships, arising 
partly from the nature of the country and partly from the jealousy of the native authorities, 
succeeded in collecting and transmitting to England upwards of 400 Calisaya plants. Most of 
these, however, were so much injured on their way from England to India, by the excessive 
heat of the Bed Sea, that very few, on their arrival in Ilindostan, had sufficient life remaining 
to grow when planted. Happily, the deficiency was supplied by seeds of C. calisaya sent from 
Java, where they were produced, to Calcutta, at the request of the English Governor-General. 
(De Vrij, P. J. Tr., 1863, p. 440.) Whilst Mr. Markham was in Bolivia, other agents were 
collecting other species in Peru and Ecuador, whence seeds of the pale and red bark Cinchonas 
reached India, and, being planted in the selected sites, proved to be very productive. 
Careful attention to the conditions of growth enumerated under Geographical Distribution 
was found essential in the selection of sites for the plantations. Those selected were near the 
Sanitary Station of Ootacamund in the Neilgherry Hills of Southern India, at heights varying 
from 5000 to 7450 feet. These positions unite the peculiar characters of the native region of 
the Cinchonas in the Andes, not only as regards elevation and latitude, but also as to atmos- 
pheric moisture. Other sites were selected for experimental plantations ; and since the first 
introduction of the Cinchona trees, their culture has been extended to various points from 
Hakgalla, in the island of Ceylon, to the Himalaya Mountains,—as in the Wynaad, the Coorg, 
the hills of Travancore, and especially at Peermede in the Presidency of Madras; in Sikkim 
and Darjeeling in the Presidency of Bengal; at Lingmulla in the Presidency of Bombay ; and 
in the valley of Kangra in the Punjab,—from the southern to the northern extremity of British 
India. Outside of India and Ceylon, culture by the British has been undertaken in the West 
Indies, particularly Jamaica, in Guiana, and in the Fiji Islands. The first plants taken by 
Weddell from Peru to Paris all perished, but the French afterward established plantations in 
the Isle of Bourbon, at Guadeloupe, and in Algiers, none of which are now known to exist. 
The Portuguese have established plantations upon the west coast of Africa, and these now 
yield considerable quantities of bark. Very extensive plantations have been formed, chiefly 
by the Germans, in Bolivia. A rather large plantation in Colombia is now old enough to be 
productive. In Mexico and Central America various attempts to introduce the industry have 
been made. The question of introducing it into the United States has frequently been raised, 
both officially and otherwise. But it may be stated that there is no spot in North America 
where the conditions warrant the slightest hope of success in this direction. 
The history of Cinchona cultivation affords a striking illustration of the importance of 
government aid in the establishment of a new industry of this kind. The early and repeated 
disappointments and failures, owing to the natural obstacles in the way of securing stocks, and 
to an almost total ignorance of the conditions determining the successful propagation and 
growth of the plant, and the composition of its bark, were such as to have discouraged the 
most hopeful of private enterprises. Bepeated and expensive expeditions were necessary 
before the first transplantings were accomplished, and these stocks were preserved and propa- 
gated only through the instrumentality of well-appointed public gardens and plantations. In 
Java, after these early difficulties had been surmounted and success apparently attained, it was 
found that owing to cross-fertilization much of the progeny was entirely worthless, and the 
work of propagation had to be begun anew. The same difficulty was encountered elsewhere, 
and the slow and expensive method of propagation by cuttings was largely resorted to. In 
Ceylon the public were slow to become interested, and the officials were obliged not only to give 
away the young plants, but to solicit experiments with them as a personal favor. In Jamaica PABT I. 
Cinchona. 
393 
a hurricane visited the young and flourishing plantations and almost completely destroyed them. 
But at length, in spite of all, not only were thriving and permanent government plantations 
established, but private capital and enterprise upon a vast scale were enlisted. 
Sharp competition has largely determined the relative degrees of success attained in the 
cultivation of Cinchona in the different localities. The consumption of the bark is not to be 
compared with that of breadstuff’s or clothing or building material, being, after all, quite lim- 
ited, and capable of being readily met by almost any one ef the contributing countries. Hence 
that country that can produce and market the bark at the lowest price, all things considered, 
may totally destroy the industry in other localities, even though these may be by nature ad- 
mirably adapted to its production, as witness the partial case of Bolivia. Of prime impor- 
tance in affecting this result is the cost of labor, so much lower in the East than in any portion 
of America. Its influence acts in more ways than at first appear. Not only does it give an 
advantage in the cultivation and marketing of the product by original methods, but it permits 
the introduction of new methods which greatly increase both the amount and richness of the 
bark. When it is remembered that it costs no more to market, and but a trifle more to ex- 
tract, a rich bark than a poor one, so that the market value of the bark increases more rapidly 
than its percentage yield, it will be seen how immense is the advantage to a producing district 
of being able to utilize cheap labor in improving the quality of the product. In proximity to 
market India and Java again possess an advantage over the South American countries, whence 
the bark must be transported—largely by human porters—across the Andes, over the worst 
of roads, and these impassable during a large portion of the year* The ability to extract 
the bark upon the spot is capable of largely counterbalancing a lack of market facilities; but 
it so happens that this advantage also inures to the benefit of the Eastern countries. Origi- 
nally undertaken in India for the purpose of affording a cheap antiperiodic (the crude alka- 
loids known as 11 febrifuge" or “ quinetum”), home extraction has become a most important 
industry, and has assumed various forms. The experiment of extracting the Java bark at the 
point of production is now under way, if indeed it cannot be said to have already been decided 
successfully. An excellent product has been placed upon the market, and the conditions for 
financial success appear favorable. Through the influence of the above conditions the loca- 
tions of the important industry of Cinchona cultivation have been gradually wrought out. Of 
the districts of cultivation named above, we may exclude from consideration as appreciably 
affecting the market all except Java, Ceylon, India, and Bolivia. Of these important centres 
of production the relative standing has during late years undergone great changes. 
Year (January 1 to January 1) 
1880. 
1881. 
1882. 
1883. 
1884. 
1885. 
1886. 
Exports from Ceylon (lbs.) 
1,151,102 
1,329,453 
4,402,901 
7,296,671 
11,444,190 
14,274,142 
14,563,402 
Year (July 1 to July 1) 
1882-83. 
1883-84. 
1884-85. 
1885-86. 
Exports from British India ('lbs.) 
Exports from Java, about 8 per cent, from gov’t j 
plantations (Amst. lbs. = about lj*5 Eng. lbs.)J 
420,000 
1,108,000 
1,196,000 
1,531,000 
Year (January 1 to January 1) 
1887. 
1888. 
1889. 
1890. 
1891. 
1892. 
Exports from Ceylon (lbs.) 
12,986,347 
13,251,200 
9,433,715 
8,655,990 
5,679,339 
7,130,000 
Year (July 1 to July 1) . * 
1886-87. 
1887-88. 
1888-89. 
1889-90. 
1890-91. 
1891-92. 
1892-93. 
Exports from British India (lbs.) 
Exports from Java, about 8 per cent, from gov’t 1 
plantations (Amst. lbs. = about Eng. lbs.) j 
1,250,000 
2,230,000 
1,450,000 
3,493,000 
3,074,000 
4,415,000 
2,936,000 
5,121,268 
3,256,979 
6,876,816 
3,633,728 
7,786,867 
7,955,090 
Without attempting an analysis of the data on which this table is based, we would refer to 
the following important conclusions by which the student is impressed. (1) South America, 
from being the original and only source of supply, has come to yield in 1890 only about five 
per cent, of the world’s supply. (2) Of this small amount, but an insignificant portion is from 
the wild trees, a consideration which has a most important bearing upon the character and 
quality of recent supplies. (3) The steady and rapid increase in Java production in the face 
* Large planters in Bolivia informed the writer that the cost of collecting, drying, and marketing their bark was 
not far from one English shilling per pound, exclusive of all cost of production. That some way must have been 
since found for greatly reducing this expense is evident, for much of the bark has sold at prices below this figure. 394 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
of depression and positive decline elsewhere. (4) The great increase in the ratio of private to 
government production. 
The first shipment from Java was of 900 pounds, in 1869. It is to be remembered that a 
great part of the Indian product is not exported. The total acreage now devoted to cinchona 
culture is estimated at 63,491, and the number of trees at 73,540,000. 
Character of Stocks. It is most important that we should have some knowledge of the va- 
rieties of Cinchona composing the stocks in the several producing districts. Unfortunately, it 
is difficult to obtain from all the countries statistics in such form as will allow of their being 
presented in a table. Ceylon.—All that Mr. Ferguson, in his Ceylon Hand-Book and Directory 
(1890-91), is able to say of the 19,500,000 trees existing there is that “ a good deal of atten- 
tion has been given to the hybrids Robusta magnifolia allied to Crown, and pubescens [not 
the species pubescens] allied to Red bark trees ; and the Crown officinalis barks in the higher 
districts 5000 feet upwards; to Ledgerianas grown from seed originally received from Mr. 
Maclvor off Ledger’s trees and from Java and Sikkim in the lower districts, and to Calisayas 
(Morada and Verde) grown from seed direct from South America ; but still we suppose that in 
number planted out 1 Succirubra is king it grows at nearly all elevations from 1500 feet up- 
wards.” India.—In 1889 the trees upon 1779 acres of government plantation in Madras were 
as follows: officinalis, 981,918; hybrids, 655,856; succirubras, 70,693; calisayas, 273; other 
kinds, 915. Upon 3000 acres of government plantation in Bengal, with six million trees, Cali- 
sayas and hybrids represent by far the greater part, replacing as rapidly as possible the succi- 
rubras, owing to a successful method of extracting quinine sulphate instead of the febrifuge 
as heretofore. Private plantations are estimated to contain 9799 acres, and here the tendency 
is even stronger towards the rich calisayas, ledgerianas, and hybrids. Java.—The report of 
the government plantations for the second quarter of 1891 gives ledgerianas, 2,659,000 ; suc- 
cirubras, 1,076,000; officinalis, 52,900 ; calisayas, 2200 ; lancifolias, 1500. Of the three last 
named, none were apparently being propagated. Regarding the small number of calisayas, it 
is to be remembered that ledgeriana is practically of this species, and its richest form. South 
America.—The comparatively small supplies of uncultivated bark proceed almost wholly from 
C. officinalis and its varieties and one other species not definitely known. The cultivated is 
wholly from C. calisaya, professedly of pure blood, any hybridization being purely accidental, 
sought to be avoided by the planters, and occurring with worthless varieties. Before consider- 
ing the quality of these barks it is desirable to refer briefly to the methods of cultivation, to 
which such quality is largely owing. 
Methods of Cultivation. 
The history of Cinchona cultivation teems with evidence as to the difficulty of obtaining 
pure seeds, owing to the tendency of the plants towards cross-pollination. In every locality 
where the industry has been established has the disgust of the gardener been excited by the 
discovery that the plants which he had reared with great care, and upon which he had based 
great expectations, were contaminated by the admixture of foreign pollen. This was especially 
true in case of the earlier attempts, before this tendency had become known. Experience at 
length established the fact that absolute isolation of the seed-trees was essential. One of the 
curious developments of these experiments was the fact, already referred to, that the value of 
the progeny was not always assured by the value of its parentage. Some of the hybrids, even 
when least expected, would develop a surprisingly rich yield ; and this tendency has been utilized 
to develop the most valuable stocks in existence. So certain is it that some of the plants from 
the best of seed will prove worthless, that the careful selection of the seedlings while young is 
deemed necessary, and in South America, at least, all planting contracts are based upon this 
expectation, the contractor not being paid for his work until the plants have become old enough 
to show with certainty the proportion of good plants contained. Both in the selection of the 
young seedlings and the acceptance of the plantation, the test of identity is found in the leaf. 
Propagation by cuttings, extensively practised in some localities, has been found too slow and 
expensive to become general. A thorough preparation of the soil is as beneficial in the case 
of Cinchona as in that of other crops. Thorough tillage after transplantation is also essential, 
a free growth of weeds meaning destruction to a large part of the young trees. The cultivation 
of a secondary crop between the rows of trees is, however, practicable. A large percentage 
of profit depends upon the selection of a suitable age for collecting the bark. There comes 
a time when the use of the ground for starting a new crop is more valuable than the gain 
by permitting the present crop to remain, and after some years an actual deterioration of the 
bark sets in. This age is not the same for all the trees in the plantation. Several years’ PAET I. 
Cinchona. 
395 
difference may occur in the maturing of trees germinated at the same time. In the case of 
calisaya it occurs at from 6 to 9 years from seed, and its indication is the “ chicken-leg” scali- 
ness of the bark, as described under Classification. The officinalis matures somewhat less early. 
In the Bolivian plantations the most experienced hand is selected as the marker, and the cutters 
follow him, peeling the trees which he has indicated. How far these careful methods of selec- 
tion are followed elsewhere, the writer is not informed. 
Four principal methods of collecting the bark are in vogue, these being variously modified 
in different sections. The first is uprooting, the most primitive, by which the trees are simply 
uprooted at the proper age, and the ground replanted. The barks of root, stem, and branches 
are preserved and marketed separately. The second method is coppicing, by which, after peel- 
ing a quill from the lower portion of the trunk, the latter is cut a few inches from the ground 
and the remainder of the stem bark and the branch bark are removed. The “ coppice” is 
formed by a second growth of two shoots from each of the stumps. A second coppice is com- 
monly grown, and this is harvested by uprooting. By the third method, scraping, the outer 
hark is scraped off, leaving the liber untouched. This has been found especially applicable to 
young trees, in which the second growth of bark is rapidly formed and contains 20 to 30 per 
cent, more alkaloid than that which has been taken off. It seems to be a general opinion among 
the planters that shaving checks the growth of the tree after it is 5 years old, so that from 
3 to 5 years is the age at which it is best practised. The fourth method is known as moss- 
ing. It having been noticed that the Cinchona alkaloids, especially in any other form than 
that of sulphate, were apt, on exposure to the direct light of the sun, to become reddened by 
the generation of coloring matter, at the expense of the alkaloid, it was a very natural infer- 
ence that a similar change might take place in the living plant, as a consequence of which the 
proportion of alkaloids they were capable of producing might be greatly diminished. It was 
also observed that the bark upon that side of the tree where the sun struck it was less rich 
than that upon the shady side. To obviate this presumed effect, Mr. Maclvor was induced to 
make the experiment of covering the stems of the growing trees with a layer of moss, so as 
completely to protect the bark against the influence of sunlight. The result was favorable be- 
yond all expectation ; and the yield of the bark thus protected in alkaloids is said to he doubled, 
tripled, or increased even in larger proportion. A tree can thus be made continuously produc- 
tive ; for if a slip is removed longitudinally from the trunk, from top to bottom, by covering 
the decorticated portion with moss, the bark is renewed at least as rich as previously in the 
alkaloids, while from time to time other strips may be taken, till the whole of the old bark is 
removed, and the new ready for removal by a repetition of the same process; and the tree is 
thus preserved indefinitely, probably for the whole normal length of its life. Hooper says that 
renewed bark is always of greater value than the mossed, and mossed than the natural, so long 
as the trees are under 20 years old, for it has been found that after that time the bark ceases 
to thicken, and the alkaloids remain stationary or even decrease. Perhaps 20 years is even 
too old. The practical difficulty with the process is that it requires skilled workmen, not always 
attainable, and hence the “ coppicing system” still largely prevails in India. The supplies of 
suitable moss accessible to the Indian plantations having become exhausted, recourse was had 
to grass, old rags, paper, straw, hay, etc., all of which have been found to serve the same use- 
ful purpose. Regarding the relative amounts of the different forms of bark, we note that 
Ceylon returns show the following general percentages ranging over a period of four years: 
renewed, 30 per cent.; natural stem, 25 per cent.; root, 5 per cent.; branch, 40 per cent. 
Not much is to be learned from these figures, as they must, in the nature of the case, differ 
very widely according to the method of collection employed. As to composition, it was found 
that the branch bark (probably due partly to the quantity of wood which inevitably comes 
away with it) was but one-third as rich in quinine as the natural stem bark, while the renewed 
bark was twice as rich as the natural stem bark. The root bark was about equal to the nat- 
ural stem bark. It is difficult to understand the last statement, in view of the well-known fact 
that an assay of the bark of stem and root of any one tree shows the latter to he much richer. 
The low result may have been due to the presence of wood, earth, or other foreign matter. 
The methods of packing the bark have also undergone important modifications since the 
early days of cultivation. The extensive adulteration practised when the wild bark brought 
very high prices led to a demand for it in large pieces which could be readily and quickly ex- 
amined ; hence the appearance of the large tahla and quill forms, the latter afterwards becom- 
ing the standard for the cultivated bark. The hark of the trunk, and sometimes of the branches 
when very large, is cut into two-foot lengths, and each length removed in a single piece, which 396 
Cinchona. 
PAKT I. 
in drying rolls up to form a quill. Such peeling can of course be successfully practised only 
at the appropriate season of the year. The bark of the roots, branches, and dead or dry trunks 
must be removed by chipping, scraping, or shaving, commonly the latter. The quills, after 
thorough drying, are carefully packed in bales, or preferably in boxes, to avoid breakage, and 
are marketed in packages of from 100 to 250 pounds. Large quantities of cultivated bark 
are still marketed in this way, but, increasing competition having lowered prices so that econ- 
omy in freight has become a very important item, most of the bark is now broken up, and its 
bulk even reduced by high pressure. 
The effect of cultivation upon the world’s supply of Cinchona products has been revolutionary 
as regards quantity, quality, and price. Immense as was the area which yielded the original 
wild bark, it could never begin to furnish such extensive and regular supplies as are obtained 
at the present day. Various influences have combined to produce the improvement in quality. 
The first is the complete suppression of the very extensive adulterations and substitutions, some 
of them most difficult to detect, as well as very nearly that of the shipment of the lowest- 
grade barks. It does not pay to assume the risk of such undertakings, now that the expense is 
little, if any, less than that of supplying a good article. Again, the more strict selection of 
high-grade barks has resulted from the increasingly large demands of the quinine manufacturers, 
who appreciate the economy of obtaining 100 pounds of alkaloid from a ton of bark, instead 
of working over five tons to get the same quantity. Selection, however, is not the only means by 
which this end has been attained. The gardener’s art has produced results which have entirely 
eclipsed the best efforts of nature. The mere transplantation and cultivation of the trees were 
early found to increase their richness in alkaloids. In Java, excellent results were obtained by 
grafting the young shoots of ledgeriana upon young plants belonging to a species of little 
value, as much as 13 per cent, of quinine sulphate being said to have been obtained from bark 
so produced. The careful production, selection, and propagation of hybrids have done more to 
increase the alkaloidal percentage than any other influence. Hybrids yielding from 11 to 13 
per cent, of quinine sulphate were early produced, and very recently one has been reported 
from Java yielding no less than 16 per cent., equivalent to very nearly 12 per cent, of pure 
quinine. The effects of mossing have already been referred to. Samples of mossed bark yield- 
ing 8 per cent, and 10 per cent, of quinine have been of common occurrence. But it is not 
the occurrence of these exceptionally rich samples which marks the improvement in this direc- 
tion ; it is rather the increased average percentage of the annual yield. Unfortunately, we have 
no statistics enabling us to arrive at very definite conclusions as to the average percentages of 
the crops of original wild bark, but it is certainly not too much to say that a yield of quinine 
as great, say, as last year’s average for the Java crop, would have been regarded as exceptional 
even for select lots of such wild bark. Within a few years large plantations in Java have 
been uprooted, because their yield of some 3 per cent, or more of quinine sulphate was seen 
to offer no hope of successful competition against the rich bark now coming on. 
As to the relative richness of bark from different sections, we cannot believe that it has any 
permanent character, depending wholly upon methods of selection and cultivation. The cul- 
tivated barks of Bolivia originally took precedence, but superior cultivation in Asia has enabled 
plantations there to excel her in this direction, at least as regards select lots, which probably 
represent the general product of the future. For a long time the South American planters 
refused to resort to any special methods to increase the alkaloidal yield, such as were employed 
in India, but ruinous competition has compelled them to do so during recent years. The 
result, however, has not enabled them to hold their own in the market. In India the general 
average of the barks has tended in the direction of total alkaloids rather than of quinine, 
owing to the large production for the manufacture of febrifuge and the consequent cultivation 
of C. succirubra. At present a change to quinine-producing varieties is energetically under 
way. Ceylon has always been noted for the low grade of her barks, as regards either quinine 
or the total alkaloids. Upon the whole, Java bids fair to take the lead as to quality. The 
following estimate of quinine percentages was made concerning the crops of 1888 and 1889 
by Messrs. Lewis and Peat: 
_ , 1889. 1888. 
Ceylon crop 2& per cent. 2J per cent. 
India “ 2 “ 2i “ 
1889. 1888. 
Java crop 4 per cent. 4 per cent. 
Bolivia crop 4$ “ 4J “ 
The Java crop of 1891 averaged 4-15 per cent* for a crop of more than 8.500,000 pounds. 
1 his is probably not less than three times the average of the old wild crops of South America. 
* Statistics of the Java crop of 1892 indicate an average of 4J per cent. PART I. 
Cinchona. 
397 
The result does great credit to Java, for during the early history of her bark enterprise her 
plantations were found stocked with discouraging quantities of poor or even worthless barks, 
which have been eliminated by the most steady enterprise and patient industry. 
The effect of this wonderful industry upon the price of bark, and especially upon that of 
quinine, can be appreciated by viewing the average prices per pound paid for all the bark im- 
ported into the United States in the several years between 1885 and 1890. It is to be noted 
that as the price thus steadily declined, the product steadily grew richer and more valuable. 
Year .... 1885. 1886. 1887. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. 1896. 1897. 1898. 
Price per lb. . 25'7c. 20'2c. 15’5c. 12'3c. 12-8c. 9-9c. ll‘3c. 8‘8c. 8'3c. 5‘7c. 6'lc. 6'lc. 5-6c. 9 3c. 
(Reported by McKesson and Robbins.) 
The sudden fall in price about the year 1890 was attributed to the uprooting of the Ceylon 
plantations to make way for the more profitable industry of tea-growing, with the consequent 
flooding of the bark market. Before the effect of this influence had more tlian begun to pass 
away, the greatly increased production in Java depressed the price even more, and has kept it 
so until the past year (1898), when a decided improvement has occurred, as indicated in the 
above table. 
Commercial History. 
The above general history of Cinchona leaves little necessary to be said of its commercial 
history, except to deduce from the facts already presented certain practical conclusions showing 
the present conditions of supply and demand, these bearing especially upon our concluding re- 
marks concerning pharmacognosy and classification. 
For more than a century after Peruvian bark came into use, it was procured almost exclu- 
sively from the neighborhood of Loxa. In a memoir published in 1738, La Condamine speaks 
of the bark of Riobamba, Cuenca, Ayavaca, and Jaen de Bracomoros. Of these places, the 
first two, together with Loxa, lie within the ancient kingdom of Quito, at the southern ex- 
tremity ; the others are in the same vicinity, within the borders of Peru. The drug was 
shipped chiefly at Payta, whence it was carried to Spain and thence spread over Europe. Be- 
yond the limits above mentioned the Cinchona was not supposed to exist, till, in the year 1753, 
a gentleman of Loxa discovered it, while on a journey to Santa Fe de Bogota, in numerous 
situations along his route, wherever, in fact, the elevation of the country was equal to that of 
Loxa, or about 6500 feet above the level of the sea. This discovery extended through Quito 
into Colombia, as far as two degrees and a half north of the equator. But no practical 
advantage was derived from it; and the information lay buried in the archives of the vice- 
royalty till subsequent events brought it to light. To Mutis has been awarded the credit of 
making known the existence of the Cinchona in Colombia, he having claimed its discovery 
in the neighborhood of Bogota in 1772. Recently great doubt has been thrown upon the just- 
ness of this claim. A botanical expedition was afterwards organized by the Spanish govern- 
ment, with the view of exploring this part of their dominions, and the direction was given to 
Mutis. Its researches eventuated in the discovery of several species of Cinchona in Colombia ; 
and a commerce in the bark soon commenced, which was carried on through the ports of 
Carthagena and Santa Marta. 
To these sources another was added about the same time (1776) by the discovery of the 
Cinchona in the centre of Peru, in the mountainous region about the city of Huanuco, which 
lies on the eastern declivity of the Andes, northeast of Lima, at least six degrees south of the 
province of Loxa. To explore this new locality, another botanical expedition was set on foot, 
at the head of which were Ruiz and Pavon, the distinguished authors of the Flora Peruviana. 
These botanists spent several years in that region, during which time they discovered numer- 
ous species. Lima became the entrepot for the bark collected around Huanuco; and hence 
probably originated the. name of Lima bark, so often conferred, in common language, not only 
upon the varieties received through that city, but also upon the medicine generally. 
Soon after the last-mentioned discovery, two additional localities of the Cinchona were 
found; one at the northern extremity of the continent, near Santa Marta, the other very far 
to the south, in the provinces of La Paz and Cochabamba, then within the viceroyalty of 
Buenos Ayres, now in the republic of Bolivia. These latter places became the source of an 
abundant supply of excellent bark, which received the name of Calisaya. It was sent partly 
to the ports on the Pacific, partly to Buenos Ayres. 
The consequence of these discoveries was a vast increase in the supply of bark, which was 
now shipped from the ports of Guayaquil, Payta, Lima, Arica, Buenos Ayres, Carthagena, and 
Santa Marta. At the same time the average quality was probably deteriorated ; for, though 398 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
many of the new varieties were possessed of excellent properties, yet equal care in superin- 
tending the collection and assorting of the bark could scarcely be exercised in a field so much 
more extended. The varieties now poured into the market soon became so numerous as to 
burden the memory if not to defy the discrimination of the druggist; and the best pharma- 
cologists found themselves at a loss to discover any permanent peculiarities which might serve 
as the basis of a proper and useful classification. The restrictions upon the commerce of 
South America, by directing the trade into irregular channels, had also a tendency to deterio- 
rate the character of the drug. Little attention was paid to a proper assortment of the sev- 
eral varieties; and not only were the best barks mixed with those of inferior species and less 
careful preparation, but the products of other trees, bearing no resemblance to the Cinchona, 
were sometimes added, having been artificially prepared so as to deceive a careless observer. 
The markets of this country were peculiarly ill furnished. The supplies, being derived chiefly, 
by means of a contraband trade, from Carthagena and other ports on the Spanish Main, or 
indirectly through Havana, were necessarily of an inferior character; and most of the good 
bark which reached us was imported by our druggists from London, whither it was sent from 
Cadiz. A great change, however, in this respect took place after the ports on the Pacific were 
opened to our commerce. The best kinds of bark were thus rendered directly accessible to 
us: and the trash which formerly glutted our markets became in great measure excluded. 
Much bark was also imported from Carthagena and other ports of the Caribbean Sea, being 
brought down the Magdalena River from the mountains of Colombia; and an additional 
source of supply was opened through the Amazon, though this bark was of inferior quality. 
More or less perplexity attending the recognition of the barks continued until after the firm 
establishment of the hark culture and the cheapening of the price, to the exclusion of the 
worthless varieties, as already described. 
The price of the bark was as irregular and uncertain as its quality. The Cinchona forests, 
being in thinly-inhabited districts, did not, for the most part, belong to individuals, but were 
open to the enterprise of all who chose to engage in the collection of the bark. As a conse- 
quence, the operations were carried on without reference to the future condition of the interest, 
and most wasteful modes of procedure resulted at length in the almost complete destruction 
of the source of supply, and in fabulous prices—$350 to $450 per cwt.—being paid for 
the better grades of bark. To this result private speculation, official intrigue, and national 
greed all contributed. Various attempts were made to utilize the leaves, flowers, and wood 
of the tree, but these were found not to contain the active constituents in sufficient amount. 
Fortunately, cultivation has about abolished all the evils and perplexities attending this trade, 
and has given us a steady and practically unlimited supply of the finest bark at prices which, 
compared with those above referred to, are merely nominal.* Although this great fall in 
price has resulted in a great financial depression at the present time, and has even brought 
disaster to some planters whose expenses have been greater than can be returned at present 
rates, yet, on the whole, the business has been very profitable, having paid for itself several 
times over. The present depression is supposed to have been brought on largely by the very 
heavy marketing by Ceylon, amounting, Ferguson says, to 82,000,000 pounds in seven years. 
Much of this marketing was in turn due to a craze for tea-planting, on account of which, 
from 1885 to 1888, 22,000 acres were uprooted, throwing upon the market 35,000,000 pounds 
of bark. Mr. A. C. Meyjes, who has devoted much study to the commercial history of Cin- 
chona bark, estimated the annual consumption for 1894 at about 15,000,000 lbs. 
One of the most important developments of the modern bark-trade is the fixing of the price 
in accordance with the quality as determined by assay. The most accurate method of selecting 
a characteristic sample for assay is a subject which has received much study, without the dis- 
covery of any method which does not depend for its value upon the discrimination and care 
exercised in its employment. The plan which is regarded as the safest is to take a given 
weight, say 8 ounces, from the inner portion of each package constituting the lot, mix and 
powder the entire suite, and furnish to applicants the required amount of the resulting powder. 
If any portion of any bale or bales is damaged, care is taken to add a proportionately large 
fragment of such portion. The bark is then recorded as containing so many units, a “ unit" 
being each per cent, of quinine contained in a pound of bark. In rich bark the units are 
* One writer, referring to the results of the Ceylon production, says, “ We swamped the markets of the world, 
conferring simultaneously untold benefits on humanity by compelling a reduction in the price of Howard’s quinine 
of more than 75 per cent. . . . Simultaneously we have reduced the value of the unit of quinine in bark against 
ourselves and all other producers from 2s. in 1880 to 3d., and even though now 2d." PART I. 
Cinchona. 
399 
worth more each than in poor, owing to the increased yield of alkaloid for the same cost of 
manufacture. 
In the United States, at least, some difficulty has been experienced by druggists in securing 
the better grades of bark ai/ regular rates, owing to the activity of the manufacturers in drain - 
ing the market of the most desirable stock. The finer-appearing packages of unbroken bar k, 
having been marketed at greater cost, are necessarily held at higher prices. Possessing no 
special value for manufacturing purposes, these fall to the share of the druggist, but at higher 
prices than broken bark of the same richness. This fact has led to the recognition of two 
distinct classes, known as manufacturers’ bark and druggists’ bark. While the latter is of 
finer appearance, it is not necessarily, nor in fact commonly, superior to the former. > Indeed, 
not at all to the credit of our druggists, it is true that, because their bark is not commonly 
wbmitted to assay, they receive a bark of fine appearance but inferior quality. Tbe greater 
portion <51 the' baHis now sold at auction in the cities of Amsterdam and London. 
Year 1887. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1891. 1892. 
Packages of about 150 lbs. aid in London (mostly Ceylon and 
Indian) 90,435 90,470 70.yb35 67,528 53,850 56,833 
Packages of about 150 lbs. held in Lorion at close of year . . . 59,619 56,754 57,181 48,213 49,142 37,878 
Packages of about 180 lbs. sold in Amterdam (mostly Java) • . 24,749 39,636 42,520 45,239 
Stocks ordinarily held in Amsterdan are very much smaller than those ini London. 
-Besides"dlls; a consiueraokivmaount of Bolivian bark goes to Hamburg and to Havre, whence 
the Paris market is partly supplied. New Yotk receives little bark direct, the most of it being 
purchased in London and Amsterdam. Samples of the various tots are forwarded in time for 
a selection to be made and purchases ordered by mail or cable. From the statistics which we 
have given, showing the character <6f the hark produced by the several countries, and also the 
sources of the bark sold in the, principal markets, those interested can readily judge as to the 
general character of the off erings at different points. 
A few words remain to be said of the wild South American barks at present dealt in, and 
only partly included iu the preceding enumeration. Enough has already been said to explain 
their very general exclusion. At the same time it is to be remembered that there still remain 
in the London warehouses some 1500 tons of such bark, collected many years ago, which is 
being gradually worked off upon the market at very low prices. Another portion of such bark 
is even yet being collected, and, as much of this latter is used by retail druggists, it demands 
our attention. This bark is almost wholly of two sorts, (1) the Crown bark,—Cuenca, Loxa, 
and Huanu<e'o,—from C. officinalis, and (2) the Hard Yellow or Maracaibo variety. Concerning 
the former1 it is exceedingly difficult to obtain statistics, but the annual production is supposed 
to be about 1200 packages. The greater portion of it goes to France, and is probably consumed 
in the southern European countries. Of the 57 packages of bark imported into the United 
States direct from South America in 1891, 27 were of the cultivated Calisaya and the remainder 
Crown. This is a fairly good bark. Of the second, or Maracaibo, there is no very regular col- 
lection and shipment. The most of it goes to Hamburg, and there large quantities of it can 
be obtained at any time. Considerable of it goes to London also, and once in several years the 
United States receives a shipment of several hundred bales. The most of this is reshipped to 
the West Indies or goes to the Pacific coast, and it is mostly used in making Huxham’s tinc- 
ture and other preparations in which the bitter element is the chief consideration. Although 
really very poor, it is, after sifting and winnowing, a fine-looking yellow bark and quite bitter, 
owing to alkaloids other than quinine, and it finds a ready sale at fair prices. It may be 
added that occasional packages of wild Calisaya in table form, and of wild thick Red bark, are 
received in London. 
Classification. 
Reference has already been made to the extreme difficulty which attended the earlier 
attempts to classify the Cinchona barks of commerce,—difficulties not probably encountered 
elsewhere in the Materia Medica. We have also made it clear that these difficulties no longer 
exist, the varieties having been reduced to a very few. Most of the discarded barks will be 
found described in previous editions of this work. We find it necessary to enumerate and 
describe here only the Pale bark, from C. officinalis, the Red bark, from C. succirubra, the Yel- 
low bark, from C. calisaya and its var. ledgeriana, and the Hard Yellow or Maracaibo bark, 
and to refer briefly to the hybrid forms. First, a few words concerning the forms in which 
Cinchona bark occurs. We have (1) the large flat pieces or chips of irregular shape and size,— 
this referring at present almost wholly to the Maracaibo variety; (2) the small chips or broken 
bark, referring in large part to the root bark, and to other bark broken for close packing; (3) 400 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
the shaved nark, referring to some root bark and to stem bark taken from dry stems, but 
chiefly to branch bark ; (4) the quill bark, referring to natural bark taken from the stem- ana 
root in quill form, this including the uncultivated pale bark and all the varieties of cultivated 
bark; and (5) the renewed and mossed bark, which may be of any cultivated variety. The 
Classification of all varieties and forms into druggists’ and manufacturers’ barks enables as to 
dis'.pe'us in great part with \ description of some of these forms. The manufacturer cares 
noth'ing'fvr. form, appearance, or structure, and but little for the variety of his supplies. He 
is int erested wholly in its composition, and this he determines by assay. For this reason most 
of the broken bark goes to him. The druggist requires the quill or chip bark: so that 
the greyt bulk of the branch bark is also thrown,'at lotv prices, upon the hands of the manu- 
facturer. 
As. regards the root barks, no classified description has come to the writer’s attention. In 
their structure? they correspond very closely to the stem barks of the same varie$T\ can 
be readily distinguished from the'latter by their less thickness, lighter e.xernal and darker 
inner color, gre’uter softness, and twisted or contorted structure. They ociur in short, irregular 
quills or chips, or sometimes as shavings, and contain very much m?e dust than any othcf 
form. Except partly as regrards structure, the descriptions of sten barks will not apply to 
branch barks of the same variety, for the characteristic marking do not appear in the young 
condition. The branch bark appears1 in shavings, to the inner . A manyAztech..’"more 
or less of the wood adheres. If the branches were shaved while yet fresh, these shavings will 
be more or less rolled up and curled; but if dry before being-removed, this rolling and curling 
will not occur. Shaved bark taken from living trees ns thin, soft,< and brittle, consisting of the 
outer bark only. The large quills are of uniform length from the same plantation, but not 
necessarily so from different plantations or different sections. They are eommonly from 2 to 3 
feet in length, but some have been marketed having a length of 5 feet. Usually they represent 
the entire circumference of the stem, but occasionally only half of it.. In drying they roll up 
very tightly from one or both edges, and rarely one will be wholly or pardy involved ;n another. 
The periderm, with all its markings, remains intact, and no other form so well displays the 
natural appearances as this. Mossed bark differs from natural stem, bark in Its great thickness 
and weight, less breadth of the quills, freedom from lichens, very dark color, a.nd rough, corru- 
gated or warty surface. The outer bark or cellular portion bears a greater ratio to the inner 
or fibrous portion than in natural bark. Renewed bark is lighter, both in color and weight, 
thinner, soft and brittle, and marked by a very peculiar external smoothness, sometimes very 
marked indeed. In its general appearance it is strikingly like a root bark, except for the rela- 
tive straightness of its fibres. Like the mossed bark, it is in narrow, only partly rolled quills 
or bands, and is entirely free from lichens. 
As they differ so greatly among themselves in coloration, lichen-growth, degree and form 6f 
exfoliation, structure and consequent fracture, there are but few characters which can be com- 
bined in a general description of the Cinchona barks which we consider. The external color 
varies from light ashy gray to nearly black, the inner varies less in its shades of 
and red-brown. All are more or less bitter, and most are astringent, but only Loxa bark has 
a distinctive odor. The fracture is never very long-splintery, and never tough. As to structure, 
the bast fibres are loosely arranged, the radial rows being neither continuous nor very long. 
The fibres themselves are always unbranched, which distinguishes the true from the false barks, 
are rather short and obtuse, brittle, and usually easily detached from their bed. Laticiferous 
ducts and stone-cells may or may not be present. The former become less conspicuous as the 
bark grows older, so that their relative absence becomes indicative of a stage in .which the due 
proportion of alkaloid should have been acquired. 
It may be noted here that by far the greater portion of the alkaloid, particularly quinine, 
is stored in the outer bark, though that in the inner bark is in a purer state. The latter is not 
stored in the fibres, but in the cellular tissue between them. 
As regards the former classification of barks by color, it referred only in small part to the 
external color, chiefly to the powder. These colors were never regarded as absolutely charac- 
teristic, as the three barks, yellow, red, and pale, exhibited gradations by which they mingled 
at their extremes. Under present conditions, the lines of demarcation have become even mo,-e 
indistinct, and, as a matter of fact, in the market the terms “ yellow” and “ red” are used with 
great looseness. It is true that we receive much pure-blooded Yellow Bark, Lbdgeriana from 
the East, and Calisaya both from there and from South America; but it is also undeniable 
that much of the bark sold under the several names is of mixed blood, and the typical char- Cinchona. 
401 
PART I. 
acters are often greatly obscured. The presence in our market of these mixed forms has made 
the terms even less valuable than they once were, and dealers cannot be found to agree as to 
the character of many samples. Nevertheless, the occurrence 
of the typical forms, and the appearance in a hybrid of the 
blended characters, render it desirable to preserve this classifi- 
cation, and to group the new forms around the types. 
Yellow or Calisaya Bark. Cinchona Flava.* 
Derived from G. calisaya and its var. ledgeriana. Scarcely 
collected in a wild state, but cultivated in all plantations. 
Demand and production rapidly increasing. The largest qui- 
nine yielder, its amount being 70 to 80 per cent, of the total 
alkaloid. The var. ledgeriana yields a very valuable hybrid 
bark with C. succirubra. C. calisaya also hybridizes with the 
Ia*fer cpccics. 
Description. Flat or “table” bark, now very little produced. Quills, 
unless broken for shipment, large and handsome, 14 to 24 feet long, single 
or double, sometimes as much as 24 inches in diameter, 4 to nearly 4 inch 
thick. Externally gray to lightly brownish gray, internally light cin- 
namon-color, the striae very fine. Powder light yellowish brown. Its 
lichens are thin and closely adherent, not rendering it shaggy. Ex- 
ternal markings very characteristic, consisting of a very light longitu- 
dinal ridging or none at all, but of numerous transverse and longitudinal 
fissures or cracks, the presence and arrangement of which constitute the 
chief characteristic of CaPoaya. Upon the young stems and branches 
they do not appear. The first to appear are the usually large primary 
fissures, which encir„ie the stem at the nodes, or points where pairs of 
leaves once stor'1. Subsequently, numerous smaller secondary transverse 
fissures appear upon the internodes, and these quickly become connected 
and crossed by longitudinal cracks, thus dividing the periderm up into 
more or less quadrangular checks, which may remain attached or fall away. 
This gives to mature Calisaya bark an appearance of scaliness like that 
upon the tarsus of a fowl, and this is known to the South American collec- 
tors by a term which signifies the “ chicken-leg appearance.” It has also 
been spoken of as a “ carving-like” marking. Like the roughness upon a 
musk-melon, its great development is regarded as an indication of high 
quality, and especially is this true of a close proximity of the primary fis- 
sures. This roughness is also regarded as a sure indication of maturity. 
There are excellent distinctions between these and the somewhat similar 
fissures upon the bark of C. officinalis. In the latter they are coarser and more gaping. Even more important is 
the absence from Pale Bark of most of the longitudinal cracks, so that it does not become “ chicken-legged,” or at 
most only very slightly so. The external color of Yellow Bark is lighter than that of the Pale Bark. Longitudinal 
ridges are few if any, short, irregular, and inconspicuous. In fine South American bark some very small bright-red 
spots can be detected upon the periderm. East Indian Calisaya can commonly be recognized by its somewhat 
dingy or brownish shade of gray, the gray of the South American bark being bright and somewhat bluish-steel-colored. 
In structure, the zone of large, rather numerous laticiferous ducts just outside the bast is conspicuous in young, 
anti therefore inferior, samples. The rather small bast fibres are loosely scattered, almost uniformly single, a radial 
arrangement being made out. The fracture is rough-splintery, though not coarse. Stone-cells few or none. Odor- 
less, more bitter, and less astringent than the Pale Bark. Ledger bark is the same as Calisaya in all its essential 
characters, but does not reach so great a size. In hybrids of Calisaya with Succirubra the characters and quality 
of the latter appear to predominate. 
C. calisaya. 
Red Bark. Cinchona RuBRA.f 
Derived from G. sucarubra. Scarcely collected in a wild state, but cultivated in all planta- 
tions except those of South America. Demand and production rapidly decreasing. A large 
* This is the bark which is recognized under the name of Cinchona by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (see p. 388), in 
which it is officially described as follows: “ In quills or incurved pieces, varying in length, and usually two or three, 
or sometimes five Mm. thick ; the outer surface covered with a gray or brownish-gray cork, usually slightly wrinkled, 
marked with transverse and also with intersecting longitudinal fissures (C. Calisuya), and sometimes with scattered 
wans and slight longitudinal ridges; inner surface light cinnamon-brown, very finely striate; fracture short and 
granular in the outer layer, and finely fibrous in the inner layer; powder light brown or yellowish brown; odor 
slight, somewhat aromatic ; taste bitter and somewhat astringent.” 
| This is the bark which is recognized by the Br. Pharmacopoeia (see p. 388), officially described as follows: 
“ Imported in quilled or more or less incurved pieces, coated with the periderm, and varying in length from two 
inches to a foot (five to thirty centimetres) or more—the bark itself from about one-tenth to a quarter of an inch 
(two and a half to six millimetres) thick, or rarely more; outer surface brownish or reddish brown in color, more or 
less rough from longitudinal ridges which are most apparent in the branch bark, with numerous warts often running 
into lines in the larger pieces; in some varieties marked with numerous transverse cracks which have not thickened 
edges; inner surface brick-red or deep reddish brown, irregularly and coarsely striated; fracture shortly fibrous in 
the smaller, and finely fibrous in the larger, pieces; powder brownish or reddish brown ; no marked odor; taste bitter 
and somewhat astringent.” 402 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
alkaloid yielder, hut of this only about 20 per cent, is quinine. Largely hybridized with C. 
officinalis. Also hybridized with C. calisaya and its var. ledgeriana. 
Description. Quills similar to those of Calisaya, though running somewhat broader and thicker. Externally of a 
dingy brown gray, less lichen-bearing than either of the others. Inner surface of a more reddish cinnamon-brown 
than in Calisaya. Powder reddish brown. The important characteristic of red bark is the prominent longitudinal 
ridges, many of them short and confluent, with intervening furrows or elongated meshes. The ridges are suberous, 
bear numerous small warty protuberances, and may be traversed by faint cracks. Transverse fissures may or may 
not be present in red bark. If so, they are few, short, and irregularly disposed, and not connected by longitudinal 
cracks to give the checkered appearance of Calisaya. Hybrids with officinalis display numerous transverse fissures, 
and the external color is lighter and more dingy. Fracture short-splintery, not coarse. Odor none. Taste bitter 
and astringent. 
Structure. Bast fibres few and loosely disposed in numerous in- 
terrupted, single or double radial lines, much disposed to stand in 
pairs or in threes. Laticiferous ducts more disposed to remain con- 
spicuous than in the other barks, large, few, and distinct in a single 
row near the bast region. Stone-cells wanting. 
Varieties and Synonymes. Crown Bark, Loxa or 
Loja Bark, Cuenca Bark, Huanuco Bark. Derived 
from C. officinalis. Collected in a wild state about 
Loxa and other parts of Ecuador, and cultivated in all 
plantations except the South American, especially in 
Pale Bark. 
C. succirubra. 
C. officinalis. (A rather young sample.) 
India. Demand and production decreasing. Quinine constitutes 60 to 70 per cent, of the 
total alkaloids. Largely hybridized with C. succirubra. 
Description. Quills single or double, irregularly broken or entire, 3 or 4 to 15 or 18 inches long by J to j, rarely 
1, inch in diameter, and having a very wide range in thickness, the natural mostly 1 to 2 lines thick. Shaggy, with 
more abundant lichens than in any other species, the abundance of these having been considered, not entirely 
without reason, as an indication of the relative quality. Color of periderm darker than in the other species, but 
varying much from a brown gray to nearly black. Inner surface of a paler brown than in the other species, finely 
striate. Powder pale brown. The external markings consist of transverse fissures and longitudinal ridges, some of 
them wart-bearing. It is only in the thinner samples, in which the warts and fissures scarcely appear, that the 
ridges are continuous and conspicuous. In the prominence and breadth of its fissures and the inconspicuousness of 
its ridges, this bark is most distinct from the Red Bark. These characters are yet sufficiently distinct from the 
somewhat similar ones of Calisaya, as noted in describing that bark. 
Fracture short, the inner fibrous zone sharp and narrow. Taste not so bitter as in the others. Odor of the gen- 
uine Loxa variety peculiar and characteristic. Its structure shows the rather short and not numerous bast fibres in 
short interrupted single or double radial rows, and much disposed to occur in bundles of three to six or more. Stone- 
cells rarely seen, and laticiferous ducts conspicuous only when young. PART I. 
Cinchona. 
403 
Hard Yellow, or Maracaibo Bark. Puerto Cabello Bark. 
Derivation not at all certain. Collected only in a wild state in the mountains of Southern 
Colombia, and yielding almost the whole of the inferior wild bark now collected for market. 
Importation and sale in the United States quite irregular and unimportant. One of the best of 
the lower-grade barks, but not to be compared with any of those already described. Said to 
yield about 2 per cent, of crystallizable sulphates, three-fourths of which is quinine sulphate, 
but a characteristic specimen assayed for this investigation by Prof. Virgil Coblentz yielded 
2-65 per cent, of total alkaloids, only a trace of which was quinine. Contains a large amount 
of resin. The common or commercial names by which have been designated the several barks 
of the northern countries related to this one are of very irregular application. At the time 
when the trade in them was large and important, the term “ Maracaibo Bark” was restricted 
to the less resinous variety, derived from C. cordifolia. At the present time, however, it is 
commonly applied in the New York and London markets to the variety under consideration. 
It is also often sold simply as “ Yellow Bark,” and it is not impossible that it is sometimes ac- 
cepted, under this synonyme, for Calisaya.* 
Description. In irregular broken pieces, rarely so short as an inch, and mostly from 2 to 5 or 6 inches long, 1 to 
or 3 inches broad, and & to f of an inch thick. Formerly it included many much smaller fragments as well as 
much dust, but these portions are now mostly sifted and winnowed out before marketing. The pieces are more or 
less flat, the thinner and narrower ones somewhat incurved, the broader and thicker recurved. The bark is com- 
pact, heavy, and fibrous. Most of the pieces display upon the outer surface more or less of the periderm, forming 
silvery-white or yellowish-white patches, very thin and rather soft. Occasionally the periderm is instead dark, hard, 
very rough, and much fissured. From many pieces the entire periderm is absent, disclosing the outer face of the 
bast, very similar to the inner face. This is compactly and rather finely fibrous, of a deep yellow, with a slight 
rust-brown tinge. Throughout, the bast is of this structure and color. Between it and the periderm there may be 
seen with varying distinctness, in most pieces, a characteristic resinous band of irregular width, dark reddish brown 
and waxy-lustrous on the cut surface. The radial rows of bast fibres are quite irregular. The fracture is quite 
long-fibrous. The odor is distinct, and the taste quite bitter. 
H. H. Rusby. 
* False Barks. In the sixteenth edition of theU. S. Dispensatory may be found an elaborate description of the 
various false barks which have from time to time entered commerce. Most of this we omit, but the so-called Cuprea 
Barks at one time were of so much importance that we here insert the matter contained in that edition concerning 
them. It may be stated, however, that no considerable collection of these barks has been made for some years, and 
that it does not seem probable that they will ever again enter commerce. Some fifteen hundred tons of them are 
said, however, to be still stored in London, the remnant of a much larger quantity of the barks which has been and 
still is being slowly sold off for unprofessional uses. 
Cuprea Bark. As early as 1820, a Brazilian surgeon, by the name of Remijio, pointed out to his countrymen that 
the bark of certain small trees or shrubs growing in Brazil was as effective as the Peruvian bark in malarial fevers, 
and ever since in Brazil these plants have been known by the name of Quinta de Sera, or Quinta de Remijio. St.- 
Hilaire (Plantes Us. Bras.) placed these shrubs in the genus Cinchona, as C. Remijiana, ferruginea, and Vellozii ; 
but De Candolle (Prodromus, iv. 357) erected for them a new genus, Remijia, which has since been universally rec- 
ognized by botanists. It is distinguished from Cinchona by the fruit capsules opening semi-loculicidally, by its 
peltate seeds, and by its inflorescence in elongated axillary racemes with opposite fascicles of flowers. In 1857 a 
new bark appeared in the London market, but only within the last few years has this so-called Cuprea bark appeared 
in large quantities. After its value became known, the search for it in South America became very active; indeed, 
in Colombia a “ fever” is said to have broken out, which has caused agriculture to be neglected and deranged the 
business of the country, whilst in London the supply has been so great as to break the whole cinchona market. Mr. 
S. 6. Rosengarten informs us that the bark reaches this country from London, and also directly from Colombia. 
There are two distinct regions which yield it: one is the lower part of the basin of the Magdalena River, in the 
province of Santander, the trees growing in the mountain-chain of La Paz, and the port of export being Bueara- 
manga; the other the basin of the Orinoco, among the mountains which constitute the eastern branch of the Cor- 
dillera of the Andes. 
Bentham states that the genus Remijia comprises 13 species ; according to the researches of Jose Triana, but two 
of these, R. Purdieana, Wedd. ( Ann. Sci. Nat., 3e ser., xi. p. 272), and R. pedunculata, Triana (Cinchona peduncu- 
lata, Karsten), yield the Cuprea bark of commerce. (P. J. Tr., April, 1882.) An exceedingly important fact con- 
nected with these trees is that they grow in a dry climate, and in position a little above the level of the sea, and 
hence without doubt could be cultivated in many intertropical countries where the Cinchonas will not grow. They 
would in all probability flourish within the limits of the United States. 
The specimens of Cuprea bark which have been furnished us as typical by the Messrs. Rosengarten are composed 
of pieces varying from half an inch to 3 or 4 inches in length, from a quarter to a twelfth of an inch in thickness, 
strong and hard, varying from a yellowish to a red cinnamon color, and having a somewhat cupreous tint, distinctly 
curled, very smooth upon their inner surface, on their outer surface smoothish, or in the larger specimens rough, with 
the epidermis usually adherent; marked, except in the very large pieces, with fine wrinkles, and sometimes with 
transverse or spiral grooves, which are sometimes quite shallow, but often are deeply and sharply cut. The texture 
is dense and hard, the fracture is short, not fibrous, and free from spicules. The microscopic characters differ from 
those of the true Cinchonas in the bast-cells being small and with their cavity widely open, not obliterated by sec- 
ondary layers. The shaved transverse section of Cuprea bark is further characterized by a peculiar horny appearance 
different from that of the true Cinchonas. The bark is also remarkable for its density, which Arnaud gives as from 
•1*128 to 1*18, and consequently sinks in water. Cuprea bark varies in the percentage of quinine it contains. The 
Messrs. Rosengarten state that the yield in their laboratories has been from 1 to 2 per cent., and that usually the bark 404 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
In the analysis of Cinchona bark, the attention of chemists was at first directed exclusively 
to the action of water and alcohol upon it, and to the determination of the relative proportions 
of its gummy or extractive and resinous matter. The presence of tannin and of various alka- 
line or earthy salts in minute quantities was afterwards demonstrated. Fourcroy made an elab- 
orate analysis, which proved the existence of other principles in the bark besides those previously 
ascertained. Dr. Westring was the first who attempted the discovery of an active principle in 
the bark, on which its febrifuge virtues might depend; but he was not successful. Seguin 
afterwards pursued the same track, and endeavored, by observing the effects of various reagents, 
to discover the relative value of different varieties of the drug; but his conclusions have not 
been supported by subsequent experiment. M. Deschamps, an apothecary of Lyons, obtained 
from bark a crystallizable salt of lime, the acid of which Vauquelin afterwards separated, and 
called kinic acid (quinic acid). The latter chemist also pushed to a much greater extent the 
researches of Seguin as to the influence of reagents, and arrived at the conclusion that those 
barks were most efficient which gave precipitates with tannin or the infusion of galls. Reuss, 
of Moscow, succeeded in isolating a peculiar coloring matter from red bark, which he desig- 
nated by the name of cinchonic red, and obtained a bitter substance which probably consisted 
in part of the peculiar alkaline principles subsequently discovered. The first step, however, 
towards the discovery of cinchonine and quinine * appears to have been taken by the late Dr. 
Duncan, of Edinburgh, so early as 1803. He believed the precipitate afforded by the infusion 
of cinchona with that of galls to be a peculiar vegetable principle, and accordingly denominated 
it cinchonin. Dr. Gomez, a Portuguese physician, convinced that the active principle of bark 
resided in this cinchonin, but mixed with impurities, instituted experiments upon some pale 
bark, which resulted in the separation of a white crystalline substance, considered by him to be 
the pure cinchonin of Dr. Duncan. It was obtained by the action of potassa upon an aqueous 
infusion of the alcoholic extract of the bark, and was undoubtedly the principle now universally 
known by the name of cinchonine or cinchonia. But Dr. Gomez was ignorant of its precise 
nature, considering it to be analogous to resin. M. Laubert afterwards obtained the same 
principle by a different process, and described it under the name of white matter, or pure white 
resin. To Pelletier and Caventou was reserved the honor of crowning all these experiments, 
and applying the results which they obtained to important practical purposes. In 1820 they 
demonstrated the alkaline character of the principle discovered by Gomez and Laubert, and 
gave it definitively the name of cinchonine. They discovered in the yellow or Calisaya bark 
another alkaline principle, which they denominated quinine. Both these bases they proved to 
exist in the barks, combined with quinic or kinic acid, in the state of cinchonine and quinine 
quinate. It was, moreover, established by their labors that the febrifuge property of bark 
depends upon the presence of these two principles. In 1833, MM. 0. Henry and Delondre 
discovered a new alkaloid, but afterwards, finding its composition in its anhydrous state the 
same as that of quinine, concluded that it was a hydrate of that base. About 1844, Winckler 
announced anew the existence of the same principle, which he considered distinct, and named 
chinidine ; and, under the similar title of quinidine, it has now taken its place among the cin- 
chona alkaloids. In 1853, M. Pasteur found that what had been considered as quinidine con- 
sisted in fact of two alkaloids, for one of which he retained the name of quinidine, and called 
the other cinchonidine ; and, on pushing his investigations further, he ascertained that no less 
than six alkaloids may be obtained from different varieties of Peruvian bark,—namely, quinine 
and quinidine isomeric with each other, cinchonine and cinchonidine also isomeric, and two others, 
derivatives from the preceding through the agency of heat, viz., quinicine from quinine, and 
cinchonicine from cinchonine, each being isomeric with the alkaloid from which it is derived.f 
Chemical History. 
is remarkably free from inferior alkaloids. The complete absence of cinchonidine is said to be characteristic of them. 
Messrs. D. Howard and I. Hodgkin, Dr. B. H. Paul, and Mr. Cownley and Mr. T. G. Whiffen almost simultaneously 
announced the discovery of a new alkaloid, homoquinine or ultraquinine, which there is some reason for believing is 
a double salt of quinine and quinidine. (Chem. News, xlv. 6.) The characteristic chemical product is the alkaloid 
cinchonamine, whose right to a separate existence seems to be well established. 
iif The termination a or ia was adopted by the American and English chemists to distinguish the organic alkaloids 
from other organic proximate principles the names of which terminate in in or ine, the terms quinine and cinchonine 
becoming quinia and cinchonia. On the same principle, quinidine, quinicine, cinchonidine, and cinchonicine were 
called respectively quinidia, quinicia, cinchonidia, and cinchonicia. The Committee of Revision of the Pharma- 
copoeia, 1880, however, finally accepted the custom of Continental writers, and the a and ia termination was dropped 
and ine substituted. 
f It is unfortunate that in Germany some confusion yet exists in the names adopted for the cinchona alkaloids. 
Cinchonidine is frequently called chinidine, and Hesse insists on calling quinidine conchinine. PART I. 
Cinchona. 
405 
The following table of the natural Cinchona bases is given by A. H. Allen on the authority 
of Messrs. Paul and Cownley. In it the alkaloids are arranged according to formulas: 
Alkaloid. 
Formula. 
Melting 
Point °C. 
Optical 
Rotation, 
SD.1 
Chief Source. 
I. Cinchonine Class : 
Paricine 
C16H18N2O 
130 
0 
C. lutea and C. succiruhra from Darjeeling. 
Cinehotine, 
(277 
+ 
Crude cinchonine sulphate. 
Cinchonamine, 
194 
+121-1 
Remijia Purdieana. 
Hydro cinchonin e, 
C19H24N2O 
256 
C. cuprea. 
Hydrocinchonidine 
229 
-98-4 
Mother-liquors of homocinchonidine. 
(Cinchamidine), 
Cinchonine, 
'255 
+226-5 
Various species of cinchona. Almost always present. 
Cinchonidine, 
C19H22N2O 
202 
-70 
Especially C. rubra. 
Homocinchonidine, 
207 
-107 
With cinchonidine. 
Cinchonicine, 
50 
+20-1 
By heating cinchonine. 
Paytine, 
Paytamine, 
C2XH24N2O 
1156 
-49-5 
i 
From white bark of Payta. 
II. Quinamine Class: 
Quinamine, 
C19H24N2O2 
r 172 
+104-5 
C. succiruhra from British India and Java. 
Conquinamine, 
. 
• 
121 
+204-6 
C. officinalis, C. calisaya. 
Javanine 
. . 
C. calisaya from Java. 
Cupreine 
III. Quinine Class : 
C19H22W2O2 
198 
-175-3 
C. cuprea or Remijia pedunculata. 
Hydroquinine, 
Hydroquinidine, 
• 
C20H26N2O2 
168 
166 
-142-2 | 
In mother-liquors from quinine sulphate. 
Quinine, I 
Quinidine, )■ . 
C20H24N2O2 
r 172 
\ 168 
-145-2 ) 
+236-8 } 
Calisaya officinalis, etc. 
Quinicine, J 
IV. Cnsconine Class : 
( 60 
+44 
By heating quinine sulphate. 
Chairamine, 
233 
+ 100 
Conchairamine, 
120 
+ 68-4 
Chairamidine, 
C22H26N2O4 
127 
+7-3 
Conchairamidine, 
Concusconine, 
114 
144 
-60 
+40-8 
Remijia Purdieana (Cusco or False Cuprea Bark). 
Aricine 
C23II28N2O4 
188 
—58-2 
Cusconine, 
Cusconidine, 
C23H28N2O4 
: 
110 
-54-3 
Cuscamine, 
Cuscamidine, 
: 
218 
• • 
C. Pelletierana. 
V. Anhydro-bnses : 
Dicinchonicine .... 
C38H44N4O2 
40 
+66 
C. rosulenta and C. succiruhra. 
Diquinicine 
C40II46N4O3 
• • 
+ 
C. rosulenta and “ quinoidine.” 
Besides these natural bases we have a number of alkaloids formed by the alteration or treat- 
ment of these natural bases, or in some cases molecular compounds of two of the natural bases. 
They will be noted later in the description of individual bases. 
Chinoidine or Quinoidine is a term now applied to the resinous substance consisting not only 
of the amorphous natural alkaloids, but of those which are produced artificially through the 
action of heat and acids upon the crystalline alkaloids. It was formerly official, but was 
dropped at the 1890 revision. The other constituents of Cinchona bark are Quinic or Kinic, 
Quinovic or Kinovic, Quinotannic or Cinchotannic acids, Quinovin or Kinovin, Cinchonic red, 
volatile butyraceous oil in small quantity, red and yellow coloring matter. These constituents 
will now be considered in detail. 
Quinine, Quinidine, Cinchonine, Cinchonidine, or their sulphates, having been made official, 
will be treated of under separate heads (see Index). Quinicine and Cinchonicine, being de- 
rivatives of quinine and cinchonine, will be considered under their respective sources. 
Quinamine, Quinamia, C10H24N2O2. Dr. 0. Hesse discovered this cinchona alkaloid in 
the bark of C. succirubra from Darjeeling in 1872. He has since found it in all the East 
Indian succirubra barks, as well as in the barks of C. nitida, C. calisaya, var. Schuhkrafft, C. 
erythrantha, C. erythroderma, C. rosulenta, and C. calisaya (Para bark), and particularly in 
C. ledgeriana. De Yrij (L’ Union Pharm., 1877, p. 204 ; N. R., 1877, p. 800) has published 
a process for its preparation. It crystallizes in very long, asbestos-like, white prisms, without 
water of crystallization. It is nearly insoluble in cold water and in solution of potassa or am- 
The values for specific rotatory power refer to solutions of the free alkaloids in nearly absolute alcohol. Cinchona. 
406 
PART I. 
monia, more easily in boiling water; is readily dissolved by hot alcohol, which deposits it in 
crystals, and less readily by diluted alcohol. Ether, benzin, and benzene dissolve it rather 
easily at ordinary temperature, more readily when boiling hot, and give it up crystallized on 
cooling and evaporation. In alcoholic solution it has an alkaline reaction. It neutralizes sul- 
phuric and hydrochloric acids, forming with the latter an amorphous salt, but with the former 
one that crystallizes with difficulty in hexagonal scales and short prisms. Its solution is dex- 
trogyrate. Quinamine is almost tasteless, but its solutions in acid are very bitter. Unlike 
quinine, its sulphuric acid solution is not fluorescent. Its reaction with gold chloride is very 
characteristic, the solution of the chloride producing with it a yellowish-white precipitate, 
which soon becomes purple, and separates gold, the supernatant liquid assuming a purplish- 
red and afterwards a brown color. (For other characters, see A. J. P., 1872, p. 302.) 
Quinamidine, Quinidamia (Conchinaniine of Hesse), C18H24N202, is found in C. rosulenta 
and C. succirubra, and probably exists in other species of red bark. It crystallizes in long, 
brilliant prisms, which melt at 123° C. (253-4° F.). A crystalline hydriodide has been pro- 
duced. Like quinamine, its gold salt soon decomposes. 
Cupreine, C19H22N202, was discovered by Paul and Cownley in the bark of Cinchona cuprea, 
or Remijia pedunculata, on the upper Orinoco. It crystallizes from alcohol in anhydrous form, 
but from ether in prisms with 2H20. Cupreine is sparingly soluble in ether or chloroform, but 
readily soluble in alcohol. This solution is laevogyrate, alkaline, gives a dark reddish-brown 
color with ferric chloride, and responds to the thalleioquin test. It forms with soda a definite 
crystallizable compound containing C19H21N20.0Na, from the solution of which the alkaloid 
cannot be extracted by ether. This cupreine-soda is important as furnishing a synthesis of 
quinine, according to the reaction C19H21N20.0Na -j- CH3I = C20H24N2O2 Nal. (See 
Cuprea Bark, p. 403.) 
Homoquinine, C19H 2N2Oa, was discovered in 1881 simultaneously by D. Howard and J. 
Hodgkin, B. H. Paul, A. J. Cownley, and T. Gr. Whiffen (P. J. Tr., 1881, p. 497; 1882, p. 
905). It was first noticed by Paul and Cownley on account of the readiness with which it 
crystallized from its ethereal solution, and is now recognized as a molecular compound of 
quinine and cupreine of the formula C20H24N202,C19H22N202-f-4H20, and can be obtained 
by precipitating a solution of sodium cupreinate with one of quinine hydrochloride. It can 
be resolved into its constituent parts by precipitating the solution with solution of caustic soda, 
when the quinine may be shaken out with ether, while the cupreine remains in the alkaline 
liquid as sodium cupreinate. It is freely soluble in alcohol and chloroform, sparingly in ether, 
from which it crystallizes in proportion as it can take up water. (Hesse.) It is also soluble in 
diluted sulphuric acid, producing fluorescence, and gives wTith chlorine water and ammonia a 
green coloration (thalleioquin). The sulphate coincides exactly in properties with quinine 
sulphate, except in its behavior with ether. Its tartrate closely resembles cinchonidine tartrate. 
Homoquinine and its salts behave towards polarized light like quinine. 
Hydroquinine, C2OH20N2O2, was discovered by Hesse in the mother-liquors from which 
quinine sulphate has been crystallized; he afterwards found it in the commercial quinine salt 
to the extent of 4 per cent. Quinine cannot be perfectly freed from hydroquinine even by 
repeated crystallization of the neutral sulphates, but the hydroquinine can be completely sepa- 
rated by converting the alkaloid into the acid sulphate and recrystallizing this from water or 
alcohol, when the hydroquinine remains in the mother-liquor. (Allen.) According to Hesse, it 
dissolves freely in alcohol and ether, and gives the thalleioquin reaction with chlorine water 
and ammonia like quinine. (P. J. Tr., 1882, p. 904.) 
Hydroquinidine (hydroconchinine), C2(jH26N202 -|- 2£H20, is crystalline, dissolving freely 
in hot alcohol and in chloroform, but less freely in ether. It gives the thalleioquin reaction 
like quinine. (P. J. Tr., 1882, p. 904.) 
Hydrocinchonidine, C19H24N20, bears the same relation to cinchonidine that hydroquinine 
does to quinine. It is found associated with homocinchonidine in commercial cinchonidine. 
(A. J. P., 1883, p. 20.) 
Cinchonamine, C10H24N2O. This alkaloid was discovered in 1881 by M. Arnaud in Cuprea 
bark. It exists in the proportion of 0-2 per cent., and is usually associated with cinchonine. 
His process is to treat the bark with milk of lime, dry the mixture, exhaust with boiling alco- 
hol, distil off the alcohol, and take up the residue with diluted hydrochloric acid; cinchona- 
mine hydrochlorate crystallizes out, cinchonine hydrochlorate remaining in solution. Cin- 
chonamine is insoluble in cold water, soluble in 30 parts of alcohol, more soluble in hot alcohol, 
and in 100 parts of ether. It is dextrogyrate. For formulas for salts of cinchonamine, see PART I. 
Cinchona. 
407 
A. J. P., 1884, 156. Physiologically, cinchonamine, according to the experiments of See and 
Bochefontaine, has six times the toxic power of quinine, and has decided sialagogue prop- 
erties. (P. J. Tr., 1885, 791.) Cinchotine, C19H24N20, is isomeric with cinchonamine; it 
dissolves very sparingly in ether. 
Paytine, C21H24N20,H20, was discovered by Hesse in the white Payta bark. Paytamine 
is an amorphous alkaloid accompanying Paytine. 
Homocinchonine, C1#H22N20, cinchonidine of Koch, is obtained from the bark of C. rosu- 
lenta ; it is laevogyrate, and crystallizes from its alcoholic solution in large prisms. It has been 
mistaken for aricine. 
Dihomocinchonine, C38H44N402, is an amorphous alkaloid obtained from C. rosulenta. It 
is dextrogyrate. 
Homocinchonidine, C19H22N20, is also obtained from C. rosulenta. It crystallizes in large 
prisms, and forms a neutral sulphate containing six molecules of water, which may be had in 
commerce. Its existence is denied by Skraup. 
Cusconine, C23H2aN204,2H20, was discovered by Leverkohn. It is a constituent of the 
cusco bark, C. pubescens var. Pelletieriana, and Hesse has recently found it in Cuprea bark. It 
is nearly insoluble in water, soluble in 35 parts of ether, more easily in alcohol, very soluble in 
chloroform. It may be distinguished from other cinchona alkaloids by forming with sulphuric 
acid a neutral sulphate, which is amorphous, gelatinous, and yellow, and insoluble in an excess 
of the acid. 
Concusconine, C23H26N204, discovered by Hesse. It is tasteless. 
Cusconidine is an amorphous alkaloid found in cusco bark, accompanying cusconine. 
Aricine, C23H28N204. Cinchovatine. This alkaloid, found in cusco bark, and quite recently 
in Cuprea bark, was formerly believed by Hesse to be identical with cinchonidine. Pelletier 
and Cariol obtained aricine as far back as 1829 (see note, p. 308, 14th ed. U. S. D.). Its sep- 
arate existence is now not doubted. It crystallizes in prisms, and its salts are of sparing 
solubility. 
Paricine, C16H18N20, is found with quinamine in the bark of C. succirubra of Darjeeling, 
and, according to Hesse, it may be separated from all the cinchona alkaloids with which it 
may be associated in solution by treating with sodium carbonate, which precipitates paricine 
lirst. 
Dicinchonine, C38H44N402, exists in the bark of C. rosulenta and C. sxiccirubra, and may 
also be obtained by fractional precipitation from the mixed amorphous alkaloids before melt- 
ing, but not from commercial chinoidine. 
Diquinidine, dichonchinine of Hesse, C40H4QN4Os, is found principally in chinoidine which 
has been obtained from barks containing quinine and quinidine. It is dextrogyrate, produces 
a fluorescent solution with diluted sulphuric acid, and responds to the thalleioquin reaction. 
Javanine, obtained by Hesse from C. calisaya var. Javanica. 
Cincholine, a pale-yellow liquid alkaloid, having an odor recalling that of quinoline or 
chinoline, discovered by Hesse in 1882. (See P. J. Tr., May 6, 1882.) 
Chairamine, C22H26N204, discovered by Hesse in Remijia Purdieana, occurs in white 
needles which are readily soluble in ether and chloroform. (Ami. d. Chem., 225, p. 211.) 
Conchairamine, C22H26N204 + H20 -f- C2H60, also discovered by Hesse, crystallizes with 
both water and alcohol of crystallization. It is soluble in hot alcohol, ether, and chloroform. 
The alcoholate dissolves in sulphuric acid containing molybdic acid, giving a brown coloration, 
which soon becomes intensely green. (Ann. d. Chem., 225, p. 211.) 
Hydrocinchonine, C20H26N20, discovered by Caventou, is obtained by treating cinchonine 
with potassium permanganate. It is soluble in 1300 parts of water, more soluble in alcohol 
and in ether. The statement that it may be found in commercial cinchonine has not been 
confirmed. Hesse states that it may be found in Cuprea bark. 
Conchairamidine, C22H26N204 + H20, crystallizes in white needles, and is very soluble in 
ether, chloroform, alcohol, benzene, and acetone. (Ann. d. Chem., 225, p. 211.) 
Of the artificial bases, Quinamicine and Quinamidine are isomeric; they are both amor- 
phous, and are produced by heating quinamine in contact with diluted sulphuric acid. If the 
action of sulphuric acid be continued at 120° C. (248° F.) to 130° C. (266° F.), an amorphous 
brownish substance is formed which may be precipitated by sodium carbonate, and is insoluble 
in ether. Hesse has named this Protoquinamicine. 
Diquinicine, C4oH40N4O3, also termed diconchinine and apodiquinidine, is one of the chief 
amorphous alkaloids in commercial chinoidine; its formula indicates its relation to quinine or 408 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
quinidine. By deducting one molecule of water from a double molecule of either there results 
diquinicine, thus : 2C20H24N202 - H20 = C40H46N403. 
DlCINCHONiciNE, C38H42N40?, dichonchonine or apodicinchonine, is derived from cinchonine 
and cinchonidine, and found in commercial chinoidine. It probably exists in bark in an 
amorphous condition. 
Apoquinamine is isomeric with homocinchonine, and is prepared by boiling quinamine or 
quinamidine with hydrochloric acid for a short time. It is white, amorphous, soluble in ether, 
alcohol, and diluted hydrochloric acid. Homocinchonicine is prepared from homocinchonidine 
just as cinchonicine and quinicine are prepared from cinchonine and quinine,—i.e., by heating 
their sulphates. 
The other constituents of Cinchona bark are of less importance. 
Quinic Acid (Cinchonic or Kinic Acid), C7H120?. This acid was isolated as early as 1785 
by Hofmann, an apothecary of Leer, who obtained it from the calcium salt from cinchona. It 
exists in a number of important plants,—ivy, oak, elm, ash, coffee, etc. It may be desirable 
to procure the alkaloids in the state of saline combination in which they exist in the bark, 
since it is possible that they may exert an influence over the system in this state somewhat 
different from that produced by their combinations with the sulphuric or other mineral acid. 
As it is impossible to procure the quinates immediately from the bark in a pure state, it becomes 
necessary first to obtain the quinic acid separately, which may thus become of some practical 
importance. We shall, therefore, briefly describe the mode of procuring it, and its charac- 
teristic properties. It is usually prepared from calcium quinate, the residue obtained in the 
manufacture of quinine sulphate (see Quininse Sulphas) by decomposing an aqueous solution 
of calcium quinate with oxalic acid, filtering out the precipitated calcium oxalate, and evapo- 
rating the filtrate to the crystallizing point; or by evaporating the infusion of bark to a solid 
consistence, and treating the extract with alcohol, we have in the residue a viscid matter 
consisting chiefly of mucilage with calcium quinate, which is insoluble in alcohol. If an 
aqueous solution of this substance be formed, and allowed to evaporate at a gentle heat, crystals 
of the quinate will be deposited, which may be purified by a second crystallization. The salt 
thus obtained, being dissolved in water, is decomposed by means of oxalic acid, which precipi- 
tates the lime and leaves the quinic acid in solution. This may be procured in the crystalline 
state by spontaneous evaporation, though as usually prepared it is in the form of a thick syrupy 
liquid. The crystals are transparent and colorless, sour to the taste, soluble in 2 parts of water, 
but less soluble in alcohol, and almost insoluble in ether. By heating quinic acid or a quinate 
with manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid, we get yellow crystals of kinone, better known as 
quinone, C6H402; a reaction which may be used for ascertaining the presence of quinic acid. 
The cinchonine and quinine quinates may be obtained either by the direct combination of their 
constituents, or by the mutual decomposition of the sulphates of those alkaloids and calcium 
quinate. Cinchonine quinate has a bitter and astringent taste, is very soluble in water, is solu- 
ble also in alcohol, and is crystallized with difficulty. Quinine quinate is also very soluble in 
water, but less so in rectified alcohol. Its taste is very bitter, resembling that of yellow bark. 
It crystallizes in beautiful stellate groups, which are opaque or semi-transparent. The salt is 
with difficulty obtained free from color, and only by employing the ingredients in a state of 
extreme purity. (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., Juillet, 1829.) Lautemann found, in experiments 
upon himself, that quinic acid, when taken into the system, undergoes a conversion into hippuric 
acid and in this state escapes with the urine. (A/m. der Client, und Pliarm., cxxv. 9.) M. 
Rabuteau has investigated the physiological properties of quinic acid, and has found it closely 
to resemble the ordinary vegetable acids, being harmless in its effects on the system, and form- 
ing with water a refreshing drink like lemonade. Like other vegetable acids, also, it is 
decomposed in the system, forming, when taken in the state of an alkaline salt, a carbonate of 
the alkali in the blood, and rendering that fluid alkaline. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., Oct. 1872, 
p. 524.) Quinic acid is said by Zwenger to have been found in the leaves of Vaccinium 
myrtillus. (A. J. P., March, 1861, p. 128.) 
Quinoyin, Kinovin, or Chinovin. Kinovic Bitter, C38IIe20ir Originally discovered in the 
false bark called quinquina nova, or new bark, this substance lias since been found in the Cali- 
saya bark, and probably exists, in greater or less proportion, in all the Cinchona barks. It was 
detected by De Vrij not only in the bark but also in the wood and leaves of C. calisaya and 
C. lucumsefolia. (Journ. de Pliarm., Avril, 1860, pp. 225, 258.) It is white, uncrystallizable, 
almost insoluble in water, but readily dissolved by alcohol and ether. It is very bitter, and, as 
it is asserted to have no febrifuge virtues, may on this account mislead the judgment in relation PART I. 
Oinchona. 
409 
to the activity of the bark in which it maybe found. Some barks are said to owe their bitter- 
ness mainly to this ingredient. Winckler gives, as a certain test of its presence in any hark, 
copper sulphate, which is indifferent to infusion of bark containing none of this principle, hut 
detects the smallest proportion of it by producing a dirty-green color, soon followed by the 
deposition of a fine similarly colored powder. This is a salt of copper, and has a very bitter 
and metallic taste. (See A. J. P., xxv. 343.) 
Quinovin in alcoholic solution was shown in 1859 by Hlasiwetz to be resolved by means of 
hydrochloric acid gas into quinovic acid, C24H3804, and an uncrystallizable sugar, mannitan, 
C6Hi206, by assimilation of H20. The formation of quinovic acid takes place more easily if 
kinovin is placed in contact with sodium amalgam and spirit of wine, when after 12 hours 
mannitan and sodium quinovate are formed. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. 364.) 
Liebermann and Giesel (Berichte, xvi. 987) believe that two modifications exist, a-quinovin 
and (H-quinovin, the former in Cinchona, the latter in Cuprea bark: a-quinovin is a white 
crystalline powder, nearly insoluble in cold and hot water, but soluble in caustic alkalies, lime 
water, ammonia, and glacial acetic acid, soluble with difficulty in chloroform, ether, and benzin ; 
it dissolves in 57 parts of nearly absolute alcohol. /3-quinovin closely resembles a-quinovin, 
but is not soluble in ether, and crystallizes readily from dilute alcohol. 
De Vrij proposes the following method of isolating quinovin. Macerate powdered cinchona 
with a very weak solution of caustic potassa or soda, precipitate the filtered liquid with an 
acid, redissolve the precipitate in milk of lime to separate the cinchonic red, filter and precipi- 
tate the solution boiling hot with hydrochloric acid, separate the precipitate, wash it, express 
as much as possible, and lastly dry it on porous stones, and powder it. For a process for pre- 
paring quinovin from by-products, see Allen’s Organic Analysis, 1892, vol. iii., Part II., p. 443. 
Thus prepared, the quinovic bitter forms soluble compounds with magnesia and lime, and has 
been employed, in this mode of combination, as a tonic in the hospital of Batavia, with en- 
couraging success. (Journ. de PJuxrm., Avril, 1860, p. 258.) Quinovic or Kinovic Acid, result- 
ing, as before stated, from the decomposition of quinovin, and possessing the formula C32H480e, 
is white, in rhomboidal crystals, insoluble in water, but slightly soluble in ether, somewhat 
more so in boiling alcohol, but very soluble in ammonia and the fixed alkalies, the solutions 
frothing like soap water. On adding an acid to an alkaline solution of quinovic acid, a hydrate 
of quinovic acid is thrown down as a very voluminous jelly, the whole contents of the vessel 
gelatinizing. Dr. Kerner (Deutsche Klin., xx. 81) speaks very favorably of quinovic acid 
as an excellent and at the same time perfectly safe tonic, which produces no narcotic symp- 
toms, and given to adults, in the quantity of half or three-quarters of an ounce, causes not the 
slightest ill effect. He prefers it in the form of calcium quinovate, of which forty grains (2-6 
Gm.) is the average dose. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., Oct. 1869, 543.) 
By the experiments of Henry, Jr., and Plisson, it may be considered as established that the 
alkaloids of the different varieties of bark are combined at the same time with quinic acid 
and with one or more of the coloring matters which, in relation to these substances, appear to 
act the part of acids. This idea was originally suggested by Bobiquet. (Journ. de Pliarm., 
xii. 282, 369.) The compounds of quinine, cinchonine, etc., with the coloring matter are 
scarcely soluble in water, while their quinates are very soluble. 
The odor of bark appears to depend on a volatile oil, which Fabroni and Trommsdorff ob- 
tained by distillation with water. The oil floated on the surface of the water, was of a thick 
consistence, and had a bitterish, acrid taste, with the odor of bark. 
The fatty matter, which was first obtained pure by M. Laubert, is of a greenish color as ob- 
tained from the pale bark, orange yellow from the yellow. It is insoluble in water, soluble 
in boiling alcohol, which deposits a part of it on cooling, very soluble in ether even cold, and 
saponifiable with the alkalies. 
Cinchofulvic Acid. The cinchonic red of Beuss, identical with the insoluble red coloring mat- 
ter of Pelletier and Caventou, C12H1407, is reddish brown, insipid, inodorous, largely soluble in 
alcohol, especially when hot, and almost insoluble in ether or water, though the latter dissolves 
a little at the boiling temperature. The acids promote its solubility in water. It precipitates 
tartar emetic, but not gelatin; but if treated with a cold solution of potassa or soda, or with 
ammonia, lime, or baryta with heat, and then precipitated by an acid, it acquires the property 
of forming an insoluble compound with gelatin. It yields protocatechuic acid, C7H604, when 
fused with caustic potash. It is most abundant in the red bark (over 10 per cent.), and least 
so in the pale. 410 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
The yellow coloring matter has little taste, is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, precipitates 
neither gelatin nor tartar emetic, and is itself precipitated by subacetate of lead. 
CiNCHOTANNic Acid. Cinchotannin, C14H1609. Tannic acid, tannin, or soluble red coloring 
matter of Pelletier and Caventou, has been considered as possessing all the properties which 
characterize the proximate vegetable principles associated together under the name cincho- 
tannic acid. It is a glucoside existing in cinchona barks in the proportion of 3 to 4 per cent. It 
has a brownish-red color and an austere taste, is soluble in water and alcohol, combines with 
metallic oxides, and produces precipitates with the salts of iron, which vary in color according 
to the variety of bark, being deep green with the pale bark, blackish brown with the yellow, 
and reddish brown with the red. It also forms white precipitates with tartar emetic and gela- 
tin, and readily combines with atmospheric oxygen, becoming insoluble. It must, however, 
differ materially from the tannic acid of galls, which could not exist in aqueous solutions con- 
taining cinchonine and quinine without forming insoluble compounds with them. Rembold 
has shown that when cinchotannic acid is boiled with diluted sulphuric acid cinchonic red is 
produced, sugar being formed at the same time. 
Cinchocerotin, C27H4802. This substance was discovered by Dr. Kerner in flat Calisaya 
bark from South America. He obtained it in white, very light, crystalline scales. It is not 
soluble in boiling water, nor in hydrochloric, dilute sulphuric, or glacial acetic acid, but dis- 
solves readily in ether, chloroform, and alcohol. (A. J. P., 1883, p. 357.) 
Incompatibles. Of the relations of bark to the several solvents employed in pharmacy 
we shall speak hereafter, under the heads of its infusion, decoction, and tincture; where we 
shall also have an opportunity of mentioning some of the more prominent substances which 
afford precipitates with its liquid preparations. It is sufficient at present to state that all the 
substances which precipitate the infusion of bark do not by any means necessarily affect its 
virtues, as it contains several inert ingredients which form insoluble compounds with bodies 
that do not disturb its active principles. As tannic acid forms with the alkaloids compounds 
insoluble in water, it is desirable that substances containing this acid in a free state should not 
be prescribed in connection with the infusion or decoction of bark ; for, though these insoluble 
tannates might be found efficacious if administered, yet, being precipitated from the liquid, 
they would be apt to be thrown away as dregs, or at any rate would communicate, if agitated, 
an unpleasant turbidness. The same may be said of the tincture and compound solution of 
iodine, which form insoluble compounds with all the cinchona alkaloids, and of the alkalies, 
alkaline carbonates, and alkaline earths, which precipitate them from their aqueous solution. 
Estimation of Value. It is evident, from what has been said, that an infusion of bark, 
on account of the tannin-like principle which it contains, may precipitate gelatin, tartar emetic, 
and the salts of iron, without having a particle of cinchonine, quinine, or other alkaloid in its 
composition, and that consequently any inference as to its value, drawn from these chemical 
properties, would be fallacious; but, as the active principles are thrown down by the tannic 
acid of galls, no bark can be considered good which does not afford a precipitate with the 
infusion of this substance* 
It is impossible to determine with accuracy the relative proportion of the active ingredients 
in the different varieties of cinchona, as the quantity is by no means uniform in different 
specimens of the same variety. The results of the most recent experiments have been already 
stated under the head of the several varieties of bark described. But it is highly important, 
in relation to any particular sample of bark, to be able to ascertain its medicinal efficiency, 
which is measured by the quantity of the peculiar cinchona alkaloids it may contain. In 1880 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for the first time in its history gave a process for assaying Cinchona 
bark ; this was deemed necessary because of the impossibility of judging of the quality of the 
bark by its physical appearances. The manufacturing chemist never trusts to anything short 
of a careful chemical assay, and Cinchona bark should never be dispensed or used without 
* Grahe’s Test. A test of the Cinchona barks containing one or more of their characteristic alkaloids has been 
proposed by Grahe. It is founded on the fact that when these barks are exposed to destructive distillation a 
product is obtained of a bright carmine color, which is yielded by no other bark under the same circumstances, and 
not by cinchona unless it contain one or more of its peculiar alkaloids. Nor do the pure alkaloids afford it; but, if 
mixed with a little acetic, quinic, tannic, citric, or tartaric acid, they exhibit the reaction, showing that in the bark 
it takes place between the alkaloids and organic acids contained in it. Grahe applies the test by heating a piece of 
the bark weighing from five to ten grains in an ordinary test-tube, and gradually increasing the heat to redness. 
Whitish smoke, and watery vapor condensing on the surface of the tube, are first given off, which are soon followed 
by the appearance of redness in the fumes, and by the deposition, an inch above the heated part, of a red pulverulent 
film, which is gradually changed into a thick, oily liquid, running down the glass in drops or streaks of a fine 
carmine color. (Chemisches Centralblatt, Feb. 17, 1858, p. 97.) PART I. 
Cinchona. 
411 
having its quality tested or certified to by a competent authority. The following official process 
of assay is much simpler than that of the U. S. Pharm. 1880, and will give sufficiently 
accurate results for the uses of the pharmacist. Each manufacturer and quinologist usually 
has his own secret process, and a method which will accurately differentiate the quantities of 
the alkaloids is usually difficult and unreliable in the hands of the inexperienced. 
“ Assay op Cinchona. I. For Total Alkaloids. Cinchona, in No. 80 (or finer) powder, and 
completely dried at 100° C. (212° F.), twenty grammes ; Alcohol, Ammonia Water, Chloroform, 
Ether, Normal Sulphuric Acid (volumetric solution), Potassium Hydrate volumetric solution, 
each, a sufficient quantity. To 20 Gm. of Cinchona, in very fine powder, and contained in a 
bottle provided with an accurately ground glass stopper, add 200 C.c. of a previously prepared 
mixture of 19 volumes of alcohol, 5 volumes of chloroform, and 1 volume of ammonia water, 
stopper the bottle, and shake it thoroughly and frequently during four hours. Then separate 
the liquid by pouring it into another bottle through a funnel containing a pellet of cotton, in 
such a manner that no material loss by evaporation may result. Transfer 100 C.c. of the clear 
filtrate (representing 10 Gm. of Cinchona) to a beaker, and evaporate it to dryness. Dissolve 
the residue of crude alkaloids thus obtained in 10 C.c. of water and 4 C.c. of normal sulphuric 
acid, with the aid of a gentle heat, filter the cooled solution into a separatory funnel, and wash 
the beaker and filter until the filtrate no longer has an acid reaction, using as small a quantity 
of water as possible. Now add 5 C.c. of potassium hydrate volumetric solution, or such an 
amount as will render the liquid decidedly alkaline, and extract the alkaloids by shaking the 
mixture, first with 20 C.c., and then repeatedly with 10 C.c., of chloroform, until a drop of the 
last chloroform extraction, when evaporated on a watch-glass, no longer leaves a residue. 
Evaporate the united chloroformic extracts in a tared beaker, dry the residue at 100° C. 
(212° F.), and weigh. The weight found, multiplied by ten (10), will give the percentage of 
total alkaloids in the specimen of Cinchona tested. 
“ II. For Quinine. Transfer 50 C.c. of the clear filtrate remaining over from the preceding 
process (and representing 5 Gm. of Cinchona) to a beaker, evaporate it to dryness, and proceed 
as directed in the assay for total alkaloids, using, however, only one-half the amounts of volu- 
metric acid and alkali there directed. Add the united chloroformic extracts containing 
the alkaloids in solution, gradually, and in small portions at a time, to about 5 Gm. of 
powdered glass contained in a porcelain capsule placed over a water-bath, so that, when the 
contents of the capsule are dry, all or nearly all of the dry alkaloids shall be in intimate 
admixture with the powdered glass, and the chloroform be completely expelled. Now moisten 
the residue with ether, and, having placed a funnel containing a filter of a diameter of 7 Cm., 
and well wetted with ether, over a small graduated tube (A), transfer to the filter the ether- 
moistened residue from the capsule. Rinse the latter several times, if necessary, with fresh 
ether, so as to transfer the whole of the residue to the filter, then percolate with ether added 
drop by drop, until exactly 10 C.c. of percolate have been obtained. Then collect another 
volume of 10 C.c., by similar, slow percolation with ether, in a second graduated tube (B). 
Transfer the contents of the two tubes completely (using ether for washing) to two small, tared 
capsules, properly marked (A and B) so as to avoid confusion, evaporate to a constant weight 
at 100° C. (212° F.), and weigh them. (The residue in A will contain practically all the 
quinine, together with a portion of the alkaloids less soluble in ether; the residue in B will 
consist almost entirely of these alkaloids.) From the amount of residue obtained in capsule 
A deduct that contained in B, and multiply the remainder by twenty (20). The product will 
represent, approximately, the percentage of quinine (containing one molecule of water) in the 
specimen of Cinchona tested.” U. S. 
The Br. Pharmacopoeia gives the following method for testing Red Cinchona bark : 
“ Test. When used for purposes other than that of obtaining the alkaloids or their salts, it 
should yield between 5 and 6 per cent, of total alkaloids, of which not less than half should 
consist of quinine and cinchonidine, as estimated by the following methods. 
“ Mix 20 grammes of Red Cinchona Bark, in No. 60 powder, with 6 grammes of calcium 
hydroxide; slightly moisten the powders with 20 cubic centimetres of water ; mix the whole 
intimately in a small porcelain dish or mortar; allow the mixture to stand for an hour or two, 
when it will present the characters of a moist dark brown powder, in which there should be 
no lumps or visible white particles. Transfer this powder to a suitable flask fitted with a small 
reflux condenser, add 130 cubic centimetres of henzolated amylic alcohol,* boil them together 
* “ Made by mixing together three volumes of benzol and one of amylio alcohol, and decanting the supernatant 
fluid from any deposited water.” Br. 412 
Cinchona. 
PART I. 
for about half an hour, decant the liquid on to a filter, leaving the powder in the flask; add 
more of the benzolated amylic alcohol to the powder, and boil and decant as before ; repeat this 
operation a third time; then turn the contents of the flask on to the filter, and wash by per- 
colation with more of the benzolated amylic alcohol until the Bark is exhausted. Introduce 
the collected filtrate, while still warm, into a stoppered glass separator; add to it 2 cubic 
centimetres of diluted hydrochloric acid, mixed with 12 cubic centimetres of water; shake 
them well together, and when the acid liquid has separated this may he drawn off, and the 
process repeated with water slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, until the whole of the 
alkaloids have been removed. The liquid should then, while warm, be carefully and exactly 
neutralized with solution of ammonia, and concentrated to the hulk of 16 cubic centimetres. 
If now about 1*5 grammes of sodium potassium tartrate, dissolved in twice its weight of water, 
he added to the solution, and the mixture stirred with a glass rod, insoluble tartrates of quinine 
and cinchonidine will separate completely in about an hour, and these collected on a filter, 
washed, and dried in a water-oven, will contain eight-tenths of their weight of the alka- 
loids, quinine and cinchonidine, which, multiplied by 5, gives the weight of those alkaloids 
present in 100 grammes of the Bark. To the mother-liquor from the preceding process add 
solution of ammonia in slight excess. Collect, wash, and dry the precipitate, which will con- 
tain the other alkaloids. The weight of this precipitate, multiplied by 5, and added to 
the percentage weight of the quinine and cinchonidine, gives the percentage weight of total 
alkaloids.” 
The German Pharmacopoeia gives the following method: “ The powdered bark is assayed 
as follows: Shake 20 Gm. of it strongly and repeatedly with a mixture of 10 Gm. of water 
of ammonia, 20 Gm. of alcohol, and 170 Gm. of ether, and, after a day, decant 120 Gm. of 
the clear liquid. To this liquid add 3 C.c. of volumetric hydrochloric acid, remove the ether by 
distillation or evaporation, and again add, if necessary, enough hydrochloric acid to render the 
solution acid. Then filter, and mix the cold filtrate with 3-5 C.c. of volumetric solution of 
potassa. When the alkaloids have subsided, drop more of the solution of potassa into the clear 
supernatant liquid, until nothing more is thrown down. Finally, collect the whole of the pre- 
cipitate on a filter, and wash it repeatedly with small portions of water, until drops of the 
wash water allowed to come in contact with the surface of a cold, aqueous, neutral, saturated 
solution of sulphate of quinine no longer produce a turbidity. When the alkaloids have drained, 
press them gently between bibulous paper, and, having dried them sufficiently in the air to 
permit their being removed to a watch-glass, dry them completely, first over sulphuric acid, 
and, finally, by means of a water-bath. The weight of alkaloids procured by this method 
should not be less than 042 Gm. When a small portion of the same is boiled with 300 parts 
of water, the filtrate, after cooling, should yield flakes of quinine. When to 5 parts of this 
solution, after being cooled and decanted, 1 part of chlorine water is added, and water of am- 
monia immediately dropped in, the liquid should acquire a beautiful green color.”* Ph. Germ. 
* Dr. E. It. Squibb’s Method of Assaying Cinchona Bark. Take of the powdered cinchona 5 grammes = 77*16 
grains; lime, well burnt, 1*25 grammes = 19’29 grains; amylic alcohol, stronger ether, purified chloroform, normal 
solution of oxalic acid, normal solution of sodium and water, of each a sufficient quantity; or double all the quan- 
tities throughout, as well as size of vessels, etc., if the barks be poor, or if it be desired to divide the errors of 
manipulation. Add to the lime contained in a 10-Cm. = 4-inch capsule, 30 C.c. — 1 fluidounce of hot water, and 
when the lime is slaked, stir the mixture, add the cinchona, stir very thoroughly, and digest in a warm place for a 
few hours, or overnight. Then dry the mixture at a low temperature on a water-bath, rub it to powder in the cap- 
sule, and transfer it to a flask of 100 C.c. = 3*3 fluidounces capacity, and add to it 25 C.c. = $ fluidounce of amylic 
alcohol. Cork the flask, and digest in a water-bath at a boiling temperature, and with frequent vigorous shaking, 
for four hours. Then cool and add 60 C.c. = 2 fluidounces of stronger ether, sp. gr. 0*728, and again shake vigor- 
ously and frequently during an hour or more. Filter off the liquid through a double filter of 10 Cm. = 4 inches 
diameter, into a flask of 150 C.c. = 5 fluidounces capacity, and transfer the residue to the filter. Rinse out the flask 
on to the filter with a mixture of 10 volumes of amylic alcohol and 40 of stronger ether, and then percolate the 
residue on the filter with 15 C.c.= half a fluidounce of the same mixture, added drop by drop from a pipette to the 
edges of the filter and surface of the residue. Return the residue to the flask from whence it came, add 30 C.c. = 1 
fluidounce of the amylic alcohol and ether mixture, shake vigorously for five minutes or more, and return the whole 
to the filter. Again percolate the residue with 15 C.c. of the menstruum, applied drop by drop from a pipette as 
before. Then put the filter and residue aside, that it may be afterwards tested in regard to the degree of exhaustion. 
Boil off the ether from the filtrate in the flask by means of a water-bath, taking great care to avoid igniting the 
ether vapor, and also to avoid explosive boiling by having a long wire in the flask. When boiled down as far as 
practicable in the flask, transfer the remainder to a tared capsule of 10 Cm. = 4 inches diameter, and continue the 
evaporation on a water-bath until the contents are reduced to about 6 grammes = 92 grains. Transfer this to a flask 
of 100 C.c. = 3*3 fluidounces capacity, rinsing the capsule into the flask with not more than 4 C.c. = 64 minims of 
amylic alcohol. Then add 6 C.c. = 96 minims of water, and 4 C.c. = 64 minims of normal solution of oxalic acid, 
and shake vigorously and frequently during half an hour. Pour the mixture while intimately mixed on to a well- 
wetted double filter of 12 Cm. = 4} inches diameter, and filter off the watery solution from the amylic alcohol into 
a tared capsule of 10 Cm. = 4 inches diameter. Wash the filter and contents with 5 C.c. = 80 minims of water, PART I. 
Cinchona. 
413 
It is usually sufficient to ascertain the quantity of total alkaloids in bark, for this is really a 
test of the efficacy of the bark for pharmaceutical purposes ; since all the organic alkaline prin- 
ciples contained in it are efficient as medicines, and in all probability in a nearly equal degree. 
But for manufacturing purposes it is necessary to push the investigation further, and ascertain 
the proportion of the several alkaloids in the mixture. 
From the most recent and carefully conducted assays, it appears that the best official yellow 
Calisaya bark, the finest red bark, and the finest fibrous Carthagena bark {soft Pitaya) are about 
equal in their amount of alkaloids, each containing from 3 to 4 per cent., and the Indian and 
Java barks frequently exceed these yields; De Vrij obtained from bark of C. officinalis grown 
at Ootacamund total alkaloids as high as 11-96 per cent. (9-1 per cent, of which was quinine). 
The highest yield yet recorded was obtained by De Vrij from Ootacamund bark, 13-5 per cent., 
the greater part of which was quinine.* Between these and the barks of lowest value there is 
every grade of productiveness, down to a mere trace of alkaloidal matter.f 
The quantities of cinchona and other barks used in the manufacture of quinine imported 
into the United States during the year 1896 was 2,699,789 lbs., valued at $165,699, and for 
1897, 2,537,693 lbs., valued at $142,303. In the same years the importations of sulphate of 
quinine amounted to 2,950,078 ounces, valued at $754,050, and 2,714,147 ounces, valued at 
$489,821.70 respectively. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This valuable remedy was unknown to the civilized 
applied drop by drop from a pipette to the edges of the filter and surface of the amylic alcohol. Then pour the 
ainylic alcohol back into the flask over the edge of the filter and funnel, rinsing the last portion in with a few drops 
of water. Add 10 C.c. = 160 minims of water, and 1 C.c =16 minims of normal solution of oxalic acid; again shake 
vigorously for a minute or two, and return the whole to the wetted filter, and filler off the watery portion into the 
capsule with the first portion. Return the amylic alcohol again to the flask, and repeat the washing with the same 
quantities of water and normal oxalic solution. When this has drained through, wash the filter and contents with 
5 C.c. = 80 minims of water, applied drop by drop from a pipette. Evaporate the total filtrate in the capsule on a 
water-bath, at a low temperature, until it is reduced to about 15 grammes = 241 grains, and transfer this to a flask of 
100 C.c. = 3-3 fluidounces capacity, rinsing the capsule into the flask with 5 C.c. = 80 minims of water. Add 20 
C.c.= 66 fluidounces of purified chloroform, and then 6-1 C.c. = 98 minims of normal solution of sodium, and shake 
vigorously for five minutes or more. While still intimately mixed by the shaking, pour the mixture upon a filter of 
12 Cm. = inches diameter, well wetted with water. When the watery solution has passed through, leaving the chlo- 
roform on the filter, wash the filter and chloroform with 5 C.c. = 80 minims of water, applied drop by drop. Then 
transfer the chloroform solution, by making a pin-hole in the point of the filter, to another filter of 10 Cm. = 4 inches 
diameter, well wetted with chloroform, and placed over a tared flask of 100 C.c. = 3'3 fluidounces capacity. Wash 
the watery filter through into the chloroform-wet filter with 5 C.c. = 80 minims of purified chloroform, and when 
this has passed through into the flask, wash the chloroform-wet filter also with 5 C.c. = 80 minims of chloroform 
applied drop by drop to the edges of the filter. When the whole chloroform solution of alkaloids is collected in the 
flask, boil off the chloroform to dryness in a water-bath, when the alkaloids will be left in watery groups of radiating 
crystals adhering over the bottom and sides of the flask. Place the flask on its side in a drying stove, and dry at 
100° C. = 212° F. to a constant weight. The weight of the contents multiplied by 20 gives the percentage of the 
total alkaloids of the cinchona in an anhydrous condition, to within -1 or ‘2 of 1 per cent, if the process has been 
well managed. 
* Quinetum. Under this name a compound is produced in India and other Eastern countries, which consists of the 
mixed alkaloids of Red Bark, the object being to produce a cheap febrifuge which will answer all practical purposes 
and save the cost of refining. The following formula has been adopted by the Dutch Society for the Advancement 
of Pharmacy: “ Red Cinchona bark (the bark of the trunk of Cinchona succirubra, grown in Java and India, and 
containing at least 6 per cent.of,alkaloids),in fine powder, 1000 parts; normal hydrochloric acid (volumetric stand- 
ard), 1000 parts; oxalic acid, 12 parts; solution of soda, q. s.; water, q.s. 
“ Macerate the cinchona with the hydrochloric acid and 3000 parts of water for at least 12 hours, occasionally 
stirring. Pour the mixture into a percolator, the lower orifice of which is closed by a linen plug, and, as soon as 
the liquid runs off clear, displace with water until the liquid running from the percolator is no longer precipitated 
(though it may be colored) by solution of soda. 
“ To the strained liquid (which may amount to perhaps 8000 parts) add the oxalic acid dissolved in a little water, 
and then add carefully, under continued stirring, just enough solution of soda until the precipitate which forms at 
first separates in coherent flakes. Separate this precipitate (which consists of calcium oxalate and cinchona red) by 
pouring off as much of the still acid clear liquid as is possible, and filter the remainder. To the united liquids add 
now an excess of solution of soda, let it settle, and collect the precipitate upon a moistened double filter. Wash it 
with a weak soda solution until the washings have only a light-red color; then wash with the least possible quantity 
of water, until% the washings begin to have a bitter taste. Let the precipitate drain, dry it in the air, and powder it. 
“Quinetum is completely soluble in strong, warm alcohol. When 3-1 grammes of quinetum are dissolved in 10 
C.c. of normal hydrochloric acid, this solution must be clear, and, on the addition of 2 grammes of Rochelle salt, 
must yield a precipitate which, when dried, should amount to at least 65 per cent, of the weight of the quinetum 
dissolved.” (N,. R., 1882, p. 10.) 
f To obviate the disadvantages arising from the variable strength of bark, M. Guillermond recommends to fix on 
an appropriate strength, as indicated by the percentage of quinine, below the highest, yet much above the lowest, 
and either to select bark of this strength, or to bring that employed to the medium strength, by adding a stronger 
or weaker bark, as the case may require, in due proportion. He recommends as this standard the yield of 3-2 per 
cent, of quinine sulphate. This is to be treated by alcohol till entirely exhausted, and the tincture evaporated so as 
to yield an extract which shall exactly represent the virtues of the bark and shall always have the same strength- 
From this extract all the preparations of bark are to be made, which will thus always be uniform in strength. 
(Journ. de Pharrn., Aofit, 1863, p. 124. 414 
Cinchona.—Cinchonidinse Sulphas. 
PART I. 
world till about the middle of the seventeenth century, though the natives of Peru are gener- 
ally supposed to have been long previously acquainted with its febrifuge powers. Humboldt, 
however, is of a different opinion. In his memoir on the Cinchona forests, he states that it is 
unknown as a remedy to the Indians inhabiting the country where it grows; and, as these 
people adhere pertinaciously to the habits of their ancestors, he concludes that it never was 
employed by them. They have generally the most violent prejudices against it, considering 
it poisonous, and in the treatment of fever prefer the milder indigenous remedies. Ruiz 
and Pavon, however, ascribe the discovery to the Indians; and Tschudi states, in his Travels 
in Peru (Am. ed., ii. 280), that the inhabitants of the Peruvian forests drink an infusion of 
the green bark as a remedy in intermittent fever.* On the other hand, the statements of 
Humboldt have been confirmed by the travellers Markham and Spence, the former remarking 
that the native Indian doctors do not use the bark, and the latter that the Cascarilleros of 
Ecuador believe that their red bark is used solely for dyeing. It is uncertain whether, as Jus- 
sieu stated in 1739, the Jesuit fathers received their knowledge from the Indians, or, as Hum- 
boldt believes, discovered the virtues of the drug for themselves, having been led to make trial 
of it by its extreme bitterness. The Countess of Chinchon, wife of the Viceroy of Peru, hav- 
ing in her own person experienced the beneficial effects of the bark, is said, on her return to 
Spain in the year 1640, to have first introduced the remedy into Europe. Hence the name of 
pulvis Comitissse, by which it was first known. After its introduction it was distributed and 
sold by the Jesuits, who are said to have obtained for it the price of its weight in silver. From 
this circumstance it was called Jesuits powder, a title which it long retained. In 1653, Dr. 
Chifflet, physician to the Archduke Leopold, directed the attention of all Europe to the bark 
by his work entitled Pulvis Febrifugus Orbis Americani. This gave rise to a very active con- 
troversy ; the high price of the drug aiding very greatly those who opposed its introduction. 
According to Sturm, twenty doses in 1658 cost sixty florins. It seems first to have been ad- 
vertised in England for sale in 1658 by a James Thomson, and by 1660 it was much employed. 
It still, however, encountered much prejudice and ignorance, and was not made official in the 
London Pharmacopoeia until 1677. Sir Robert Talbot (or Talbor) used it as a secret remedy 
with so much address and success that in 1679 he cured Charles II. of a tertian, and subse- 
quently sold his secret to Louis XIV. of France, who published it in 1681. 
When taken into the stomach, bark usually excites in a short time a sense of warmth in the 
epigastrium, which often diffuses itself over the abdomen and even the breast, and is sometimes 
attended with considerable gastric and intestinal irritation. Nausea and vomiting are some- 
times produced, especially if the stomach was previously in an inflamed or irritated state; 
and its action is not unfrequently accompanied by purging. If the dose of the cinchona bark 
have been large enough, the symptoms of cinchonism may result. (See Quinine.') At one time 
cinchona bark (dose, 10 grains to 1 drachm =.0-65 to 3 9 Gm.) and its preparations were used 
as antiperiodics, but at present for such purpose one of its alkaloids is always selected. The 
best preparation for use as a tonic is the compound tincture. 
CINCHONIDINE SULPHAS. U.S. Cinchonidine Sulphate. 
(cin-cho-ni-dI'na: sul'phXs.) 
(Cu H22 N2 0)2 H2 SO4. 3H2 O ; 738*52. (Ci9 H22 N2 0)2 H2 SO* + 3H2 0; 768. 
“ The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of Cin- 
chona.” u.s. 
Sulphate of Cinchonidine; Schwefelsaures Cinchonidin, G.; Sulfate de Cinchonidine, Fr. 
This salt is prepared from the mother-liquors obtained in the manufacture of quinine sul- 
phate, and is separated from the sulphates of the other alkaloids by fractional crystallization. 
The British-India and Javanese cultivated red barks usually contain large quantities of cin- 
chonidine. Of the South American barks, probably the Colombian varieties yield the largest 
proportion of cinchonidine. Owing to some confusion in naming cinchonidine and quinidine, 
this alkaloid is sometimes incorrectly called in Germany chinidine. Skraup’s researches on the 
composition of cinchonine and cinchonidine (1879) established the correctness of the formula 
C19H22NO, instead of the long-accepted formula of Pasteur (1853), C20H24N 0. Skraup’s 
formula has been confirmed by Hesse, and is now generally accepted among chemists. The 
French Codex of 1884 used it, but the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885 retained the old formula. 
* Tschudi also observes that he has found the fresh bark more efficacious than the dried, as, in less than half the 
usual dose, it not only effects cures in a short time, but insures the patient against the return of the disease. PART 1. 
Cinchonidinse Sulphas.—Cinchonina. 
415 
Properties. Cinchonidine sulphate occurs in “ white, silky, acicular crystals, without odor, 
and having a very bitter taste; slightly efflorescent on exposure to air. Soluble, at 15° C. 
(59° F.), in 70 parts of water, and in 66 parts of alcohol; in 1-42 parts of boiling water, 
and in 8 parts of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 1316 parts of chloroform, and almost in- 
soluble in ether. The presence of sulphates of other cinchona alkaloids increases its solu- 
bility in ether and chloroform. At 100° C. (212° F.) the salt gives off its water of crystalli- 
zation. At 215° C. (419° F.) it melts, and, when ignited, it is consumed without leaving a 
residue. The salt is neutral, or has a faintly alkaline reaction on litmus paper. On adding 
ammonia water to the aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate (cinchonidine) is pro- 
duced, which is but slightly soluble in ammonia, but dissolves in about 75 parts of ether. If 
concentrated sulphuric acid be added to a small quantity of the salt, not more than a faintly 
yellowish color should be developed (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). Upon 
adding to this liquid a crystal of potassium dichromate, a yellowish-green color is produced, 
which gradually changes to grass-green. Addition of barium chloride test-solution to an 
aqueous solution of the salt produces a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. A 
solution of the salt (about 1 in 1000) in diluted sulphuric acid should not exhibit more than a 
faint blue fluorescence (absence of more than traces of the sulphates of quinine or quinidine). 
If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue, 
cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less than 0-920 Gm. (absence of an undue amount of 
water). If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be macerated, with frequent agitation, at the ordinary temper- 
ature, with 20 C.c. of water, 0-5 Gm. of potassium and sodium tartrate then added, the macera- 
tion continued, under repeated agitation, for one hour at 15° C. (59° F.), and the mixture then 
filtered, the addition of one drop of ammonia water to the filtrate should not produce more 
than a slight turbidity (absence of more than small proportions of the sxdphates of cinchonine 
or quinidine).” U. S. 
Cinchonidine. The alkaloid itself is not official; as usually seen it is in white, light, pulveru- 
lent masses. It is crystallizable, soluble in 1680 parts of cold and in a somewhat smaller quan- 
tity of hot water, in about 20 parts of alcohol, and in 70 parts of ether. It melts at 206-5° C. 
(404° F.), and becomes a solid mass of crystals at 190° C. (374° F.). The acid sulphate 
(sometimes called bisidphate) is much more soluble in water than the official sulphate. The 
cinchonidine salicylate is neutral and crystalline, insoluble in cold water, sparingly in hot water, 
easily soluble in alcohol and diluted alcohol. It may be prepared by the direct combination 
of salicylic acid with the alkaloid. (Rosengarten, A. J. P., 1879, p. 616.) The hydrobromate 
has been employed by Prof. Gubler hypodermically. (JV. i?., 1879, 366.)* Konigs and Hus- 
mann having claimed to have converted cinchonine into cinchonidine by the long-continued 
action of boiling amyl alcohol solution of potash, Paul and Cownley have investigated this 
treatment. They failed to get such conversion, and consider that the cinchonine used by 
Konigs and Husmann must have been impure. (Pharrn. Journ.f Feb. 20,1897.) 
Medical Properties. So far as our knowledge goes, this alkaloid influences the system 
similarly to quinine, the only difference being that it is less powerful. It may be given in 
doses one-third greater than those of quinine, but should not be relied on in severe cases. 
CINCHONINA. U. S. Cinchonine. 
C19 H2J N2 O ; 293*41. (CIN-JSHO-Nl'NA.) Cw H22 N2 0; 294. 
“ An alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of Cinchona.” U. S. 
This alkaloid was introduced for the first time into the U. S. P. 1880. The sulphate has 
had an extensive use, is again official, and is the source from whence this alkaloid is usually 
prepared. Cinchonine is most conveniently precipitated from an aqueous solution of cinchonine 
sulphate by ammonia water. Several processes have been employed for the preparation of 
cinchonine. One of the simplest is the following. Powdered pale bark is submitted to the 
action of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid very much diluted, and the solution obtained is pre- 
cipitated by an excess of lime. The precipitate is collected on a filter, washed with water, and 
treated with boiling alcohol. The alcoholic solution is filtered while hot, and deposits the cin- 
* Cinchonidine Benzoate may be made by Byasson’s process. Sixty parts of benzoic acid are dissolved in two 
hundred parts of alcohol, and poured into a porcelain vessel containing three thousand parts of boiling distilled 
water; two hundred parts of cinchonidine sulphate are dissolved in two thousand parts of water, using sufficient 
diluted sulphuric acid to effect the solution; this is precipitated with ammonia, and washed with a small quantity 
of cold water; the moist precipitate of cinchonidine is added to the hot solution of benzoic acid, and filtered while 
hot. The solution must be made faintly alkaline by the cautious addition of ammonia. On cooling, the cinchoni- 
dine benzoate separates in the form of small, thin, prismatic needles, resembling cinchonidine sulphate. The yield 
is about two hundred parts. (Pharm. Bee., 1884, p. 45.) Clnchonina. 
' PART I. 
chonine when it cools. A further quantity is obtained by evaporation. If not perfectly white, 
it may be made so by converting it into a sulphate with dilute sulphuric acid, then treating 
the solution with animal charcoal, filtering, precipitating by an alkali, and redissolving by 
alcohol in the manner already mentioned. It may also be obtained from the mother-waters of 
quinine sulphate by diluting them with water, precipitating with ammonia, collecting the pre- 
cipitate on a filter, washing and drying it, and then dissolving it in boiling alcohol, which de- 
posits the cinchonine in a crystalline form upon cooling. It may be still further purified by 
a second solution and crystallization. Its formula is now generally accepted as c19h22n2o, 
the molecular weight of which is 294, as proposed by Skraup, instead of the older formula, 
C20H24N20, of Pasteur. 
Properties. This alkaloid occurs in “ white, lustrous prisms or needles, without odor, at 
first almost tasteless, but soon developing a bitter after-taste ; permanent in the air. Soluble, 
at 15° C. (59° F.), in 3760 parts of water, and in 116 parts of alcohol; in 3500 parts of boil- 
ing water, and in 26-5 parts of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 526 parts of ether, and in 
163 parts of chloroform. At 240° C. (464° F.) the crystals fuse together, and at 258° C. 
(496-4° F.) they melt, forming a brown liquid.* When ignited, they are consumed without 
leaving a residue. When placed on moistened, red litmus paper, Cinchonine shows an alka- 
line reaction. On adding to a neutral or not more than faintly acid solution of Cinchonine, or 
of any of its salts, enough potassium ferrocyanide test-solution to redissolve the precipitate 
first formed, and afterwards an acid, a golden-yellow precipitate will be formed, which, when 
redissolved by gently warming the liquid, will separate, on cooling, in minute scales or needles. 
On adding an excess of ammonia water to a solution of Cinchonine in a dilute acid, the alka- 
loid will be precipitated. The precipitate is but feebly soluble in ammonia, and should re- 
quire not less than 300 parts of ether for solution. A solution of Cinchonine (1 in 1000) in 
diluted sulphuric acid should not exhibit more than a faint blue fluorescence (absence of more 
than traces of quinine or quinidine). Cinchonine should not impart more than a faintly yel- 
lowish tinge to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities).” 
U. S. Waddington found it to sublime readily, without change, in perfectly characteristic 
crystals. (P. J. Tr., March, 1868, p. 414.)f Its alkaline character is very decided, as it neu- 
tralizes the strongest acids. Of the salts of cinchonine, the sulphate, nitrate, hydrochlorate, 
phosphate, and acetate are soluble in water. The neutral tartrate, oxalate, and gallate are in- 
soluble in cold water, but soluble in hot water, alcohol, or an excess of acid. Winckler has 
shown that cinchonine is rendered uncrystallizable or amorphous by sulphuric acid in excess, 
aided by heat; a fact of importance in the preparation of the sulphate of this alkaloid. 
(Ghem. Gaz., March 15, 1848.) Cinchonine is but little more soluble in carbonic acid water 
than in pure water, and does not, like quinine, yield crystals of the carbonate on exposure of 
its carbonic acid solution. (Comptes-Rendus, Nov. 7, 1853, p. 727.) It differs from quinine 
by its rotating the plane of polarization to the right, by the want of fluorescence in its solu- 
tions, and by its failing to respond to the thalleioquin test. 
Exposed to the air, cinchonine does not suffer decomposition, but very slowly absorbs car- 
bonic acid gas, and acquires the property of effervescing slightly with acids. It is precipitated 
sulphur yellow by gold tercliloride. Chlorine water dissolves it or any of its salts without 
change ; but if ammonia be now added, a white precipitate is produced. It is thus distinguish- 
able from quinine. (See Quinine.') Dr. J. W. Bill, U.S.A., proposes potassium ferrocyanide as 
a very delicate test of cinchonine. If added to the solution of a salt of this alkaloid, it pro- 
duces a yellowish-white curdy precipitate, which is dissolved upon the application of a gentle 
heat, but is again deposited, when the liquid cools, as an abundant crop of golden-yellow crys- 
tals. No other alkaloid exhibits the same reaction. A cloudy precipitate is produced by the 
same reagent with a salt of quinine ; but this does not happen when the ferrocyanide is in 
excess; and, if the precipitate be dissolved by heat, no subsidence takes place on cooling. 
Hence, in the application of this test to cinchonine, a slight excess of the ferrocyanide should 
be added. (Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, July, 1858, p. 108.) 
* The melting point of cinchonine has been very variously given : 236° (Hesse), 268-8° (Skraup), 257° (Caventou 
and Willtn). Moreover, if the crystals of cinchonine be kept for some time at a temperature of from 150° to 160° C., 
they decompose into liquid and volatile bases, which gives it the semblance of fusion at a much lower fusing point. 
Thus, Allen (Oommerc. Org. Anal., 2d ed., vol. iii., part ii., p. 431) gives the fusing point as 165° C. 
f It is asserted that the hydrochlorates of quinine, cinchonine, and quinidine, heated on a slip of platinum, short 
of combustion, emit a purple vapor like iodine. Neither the alkaloids nor their sulphates have this property; but 
the addition of one-tenth of hydrochlorate will cause the evolution of the colored vapor. (Journ. de Pharm. et de 
Chitn., 4e ser., iii. 397.) Cinchonina.—Cinchoninse Sulphas. 
417 
PART I. 
By the action of potassium permanganate cinchonine is decomposed, with the effect of pro- 
ducing, at first, an entirely distinct neutral principle, cinchotenine, C18H20N2Oa -f- 3H20, and 
an alkaloid, which the authors named hydroa'nchonine, C19H24N20, as it differs from cincho- 
nine (cinchonia) only in having two additional atoms of hydrogen. The cinchotenine, when 
further oxidized by the same reagent, yields quinoline and pyridine derivatives (see Part 
II.), as dnchonic (quinoline-carboxylic) acid, C9H6N(C00H), and cinchomeronic (pyridine- 
dicarboxylic) acid, C6H3N(C00H)2. 
Medical Properties. The physiological action of cinchonine is similar to but less pow- 
erful than that of quinine. Thus, Conzen (quoted by Husemann) has found that its action on 
infusoria and on fermentation is similar to but weaker than that of its sister alkaloid, and that 
on the movements of the white blood-corpuscles its influence seems transient. Upon dogs, 
according to Bernatzik’s experiments, the lethal dose of cinchonine is to that of quinine as 5 
is to 4. As an antiperiodic or tonic, cinchonine exerts an influence similar to that of quinine, 
but is probably about one-third weaker, and must be used in correspondingly larger dose. 
CINCHONINES SULPHAS. U. S. Cinchonine Sulphate. 
(ClN-CHO-Nl'NiE SUL'PHAS.) 
(C19H22 N2 0)2 H2 SO*, 2H2O; 720*56.* (C19 IIB N2 0)2 H2 SO*. 2H2 0; 722. 
“ The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of Cinchona and 
Remijia.” Br. 1885. 
Cinchoniae Sulphas, Pharm. 1870; Cinchoninum Sulfuricum, P. G.; Sulfate de Cinchonine, Fr.; Schwefelsaures 
Cinchonin, G. 
The process official in U. S. P. 1870 is as follows: “Take of the mother-water, remaining 
after the crystallization of Sulphate of Quinine, in the process for preparing that salt, a con- 
venient quantity ; Solution of Soda, Alcohol, Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Animal Charcoal, in fine 
powder, each, a sufficient quantity. To the mother-water add gradually, with constant stirring, 
Solution of Soda, until the liquid becomes alkaline. Collect on a filter the precipitate formed, 
wash it with water, and dry it. Then wash it with successive small portions of alcohol, to re- 
move other alkaloids which may be present. Mix the residue with eight times its weight of 
water, and, having heated the mixture, add gradually Diluted Sulphuric Acid until it is satu- 
rated and becomes clear. Then boil the liquid with Animal Charcoal, filter it while hot, and 
set it aside to crystallize. Lastly, drain the crystals, and dry them on bibulous paper. By 
evaporating the mother-liquid, more crystals may be obtained.” U. S. 
In consequence of its greater solubility, Cinchonine Sulphate remains behind in the mother- 
water, when quinine sulphate crystallizes, in the process for preparing the latter salt. To 
separate it from other substances contained in the mother-water, it is decomposed by solution 
of soda, which is preferable to potassa, as it forms a very soluble salt with sulphuric acid, 
whereas the potassium sulphate, being of difficult solubility, might fall with the precipitated 
cinchonine. The precipitate may be safely washed with small portions of alcohol, as the alka- 
loid is almost insoluble in that liquid when cold. It is next reconverted into the sulphate; 
and the solution, having been boiled with unpurijied animal charcoal to decolorize it, and at 
the same time neutralize any possible excess of sulphuric acid which might interfere with the 
crystallization of the salt, is filtered while hot, and then allowed to stand. It is particularly 
important that there should be no excess of sulphuric acid while the solution is exposed to 
heat, as under this influence the alkaloid is much disposed to become uncrystallizable. Hence 
the advantage of using unpurified animal charcoal or bone-black, as the calcium carbonate 
contained in it neutralizes any excess of the acid. The cinchonine sulphate, held in solution 
by the liquid while hot, is deposited by it, upon cooling, in crystals. 
It may be also prepared by first obtaining cinchonine from one of the pale barks; treating 
this with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, added gradually till the alkaloid is dissolved; 
then boiling with purified animal charcoal, filtering the solution while hot, and setting it aside 
to crystallize. 
There are two cinchonine sulphates, the neutral and the acid sulphate. The official salt is 
the neutral sulphate. It is in “ hard, white, lustrous, prismatic crystals, without odor, and 
having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 66 parts of 
water, and in 10 parts of alcohol; in 13-59 parts of boiling water, and in 3-25 parts of boiling 
alcohol. Also soluble in 78 parts of chloroform, but almost insoluble in ether. At 100° C. 
(212° F.) it gives off its water of crystallization, and at 215° C. (419° F.) it melts, forming a 
brown liquid. When ignited, it is consumed without leaving a residue. The salt is neutral 
* The British Pharm. 1885 gave the following formula for this salt: (C2oH24N20)2,H2S04,2H20. 418 
Cinchoninse Sulphas.—Cinnamomum Zeylanicum. 
PART I. 
to litmus paper. Addition of ammonia to an aqueous solution of the salt produces a white 
precipitate which should respond to the reactions and tests given under Cinchonina. On add- 
ing barium chloride test-solution to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is pro- 
duced, which is insoluble in hydrochloric acid. A solution of the salt (1 in 1000) in diluted 
sulphuric acid should not exhibit more than a faint blue fluorescence (limit of quinine or 
quinidine). If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, 
the residue, cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less than 0-95 Gm. (absence of an undue 
amount of water). If 1 part of the salt, reduced to powder, be macerated, with frequent agi- 
tation, at the ordinary temperature, with 80 parts of chloroform, it should wholly, or almost 
wholly, dissolve (limit of quinine or cinchonidine).* The salt should not impart more than a 
faintly yellowish tinge to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic 
impurities)." U. S. The acid sulphate, or bisulphate, C19H22N20H2S04,3H20, is prepared by 
adding sulphuric acid to the neutral sulphate. According to Baup, 100 parts are soluble in 45 
parts of water and in 100 parts of absolute alcohol; it is insoluble in ether. It crystallizes in 
rhombic octohedrons. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cinchonine sulphate has the same remedial properties 
as quinine sulphate, but must be given in somewhat larger dose. Tonic dose, a grain or two 
(0-065-0-13 Gm.) three or four times a day; antiperiodic dose, 15 grains to 40 grains (1-0-2-6 
Gm.) between the paroxysms. It may be taken in pill, or in solution made by the addition 
of dilute sulphuric acid in the proportion of a minim or two drops for each grain of the salt. 
To lessen the bitterness in taste, it may be given suspended in syrup, without the use of any 
acid, or with a few grains of powdered liquorice added to the mixture. 
CINNAMOMUM CASSIA. U. S. Cassia Cinnamon. 
(cIn-na-mo'mum cXs'si-a.) 
“ The bark of the shoots of one or more undetermined species of Cinnamomum grown in 
China (Chinese Cinnamon) (nat. ord. Laurineae).” U. S. 
Cinnamomum, U. S. 1880; Cassia; Cassia Bark; Cortex Cinnamomi, P. G.; Cinnamomum Chinense, Cassia Cin- 
namomea; Cassia Lignea; Cassia Bark; Casse, Cannelle de Chine, Fr.; Cassienzimmt, Zimmtkassie, Chinesischer 
(Gemeiner) Zimmt, G.; Canellina, It.; Casia, Sp. 
CINNAMOMUM SAIGONICUM. U. S. Saigon Cinnamon. 
(cIn-na-mo'mum sa-i-g5n'i-cdm.) 
“ The bark of an undetermined species of Cinnamomum (nat. ord. Laurineae).” U. S. 
CINNAMOMUM ZEYLANICUM. U. S. (Br.) Ceylon Cinnamon. 
(cIn-na-mo'mum ze-lXn'i-c©m.) 
“ The inner bark of the shoots of Cinnamomum Zeylanicum, Breyne (nat. ord. Laurineae).” 
U. S. “ The dried inner bark of shoots from the truncated stocks of Cinnamomum zeylani- 
cum, Breyn. Obtained from cultivated trees. Imported from Ceylon, and distinguished in 
commerce as Ceylon cinnamon.” Br. 
Cinnamomi Cortex, Br.; Cinnamomum, U. S. 1880; Cinnamon Bark; Cortex Cinnamomi Zeylonici; Cinna- 
momum Acutum, s. Yerum; Cannelle de Ceylon, Cannelle, Fr.; Brauner Canel, Zeylonzimmt, Zimmt, G.; Canella, 
It.; Canela, Sp.; Kurundu, Cingalese; Karua puttay, Tamil. 
Both cinnamomum, and cassia were terms employed by the ancients, hut whether exactly as 
now understood it is impossible to determine. The term cassia, or cassia lignea, has been gen- 
erally used in modern times to designate the coarser barks analogous to cinnamon. It was 
probably first applied to the barks from Malabar, and afterwards extended to those of China 
and other parts of Eastern Asia. It has been customary to ascribe cassia lignea to the Lauras 
cassia of Linnaeus ; but the specific character given by that botanist was so indefinite, and based 
on such imperfect information, that the species has been almost unanimously abandoned by 
botanists. The barks sold as cinnam.on and cassia in different parts of the world are derived 
from various species of Cinnamomum. 
Gen. Ch. Floicers hermaphrodite or polygamous. Perianth six-cleft, the upper half of each 
segment deciduous. Stamens nine, with four-celled anthers, six (opposite the perianth-segments) 
* A test distinguishing between quinine sulphate and cinchonine sulphate has been announced by M. Palm, of 
Russia, in potassium polysulphide, prepared by boiling solution of potassa with an excess of sulphur. When a solu- 
tion of this sulphide is added to a boiling solution of quinine sulphate, the latter, however small the quantity pres- 
ent, is thrown down as a red terebinthinate mass, which hardens on cooling and then assumes the appearance of a 
resin; while with cinchonine sulphate a white powder is precipitated containing sulphur. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 
1864.) PART I. 
Cinnamomum Zeylanicum. 
419 
opening inwards without glands, three (opposite three of the above) opening outwards and 
bearing a gland on each side at the base. Staminodia three (opposite the three other outer 
stamens), with capitate or cordate abortive anthers. Berry resting on the enlarged six-lobed 
base of the perianth.” (Bentham, Flora Honghongensisi) As thus defined, the genus Cinna- 
momum does not include the genus Camphora. (See Camphora.') 
1. Cinnamomum zeylanicum. Nees, Laurinese, 52 ; Lindley, Flor. Med. 329 ; Hayne, Darstel. 
und Beschreib., etc. xii. 263.—Laurus cinnamomum. Linn. This is a tree about 20 or 30 feet 
high, with a trunk from 12 to 18 inches in diameter and covered with a thick, scabrous bark. 
The branches are numerous, strong, horizontal, and declining ; and the young shoots are beauti- 
fully speckled with dark green and light orange colors. The leaves are opposite for the most 
part, coriaceous, entire, ovate or ovate-oblong, obtusely pointed, and three-nerved, with the 
lateral nerves vanishing as they approach the point. There are also two less obvious nerves, 
one on each side arising from the base, proceeding towards the border of the leaf, and then 
quickly vanishing. The footstalks are short and slightly channelled, and, together with the 
extreme twigs, are smooth and without the least appearance of down. In one variety the 
leaves are very broad and somewhat cordate. When mature, they are of a shining green upon 
their upper surface, and lighter-colored beneath. The flowers are small, white, and arranged 
in axillary and terminal panicles * The fruit is an oval berry, which adheres like the acorn to 
the receptacle, is larger than the black currant, and when ripe has a bluish-brown surface, 
diversified with numerous white spots. The tree emits no smell perceptible at any distance. 
The bark of the root has the odor of cinnamon with the pungency of camphor, and yields this 
principle upon distillation. The leaves have a spicy odor when rubbed, and a hot taste. A 
volatile oil distilled from them has been introduced into commerce.f The petiole has the flavor 
of cinnamon. It is a singular fact that the odor of the flowers is to people in general dis- 
agreeable, being compared by some to the scent exhaled from newly-sawn bones. The fruit 
has a terebinthinate odor when opened, and a taste in some degree like that of juniper berries. 
A fatty substance, called cinnamon-suet, is obtained from it when ripe, by bruising it and then 
boiling it in water, and removing the oleaginous matter which rises to the surface, and concretes 
upon cooling. It is the prepared bark that constitutes the genuine cinnamon. 
This species is a native of Ceylon, where it has long been cultivated. It is said also to be a 
native of the Malabar Coast, and has at various periods been introduced into Java, the Isle of 
France, Bourbon, the Cape Verds, Brazil, Cayenne, several of the West India islands, and 
Egypt, and in some of these places is at this time highly productive, especially in Cayenne, 
where the plant was flourishing so early as 1755. It is exceedingly influenced, as regards the 
aromatic character of its bark, by the circumstances of soil, climate, and mode of culture. 
Thus, we are told by Marshall that in Ceylon, beyond the limits of Negombo and Matura, in 
the western and southern parts of the island, the bark is never of good quality, being greatly 
deficient in the aromatic flavor of the cinnamon ; and that even within these limits it is of 
unequal value, from the various influences of exposure, soil, shade, and other circumstances. 
Cinnamon closely resembling Ceylon cinnamon is said to have been sent to Europe from Brazil. 
2. C. aromaticum. Nees, Laurinese, 52 ; Lindley, Flor. Med. 330.— C. cassia. Blume, Ed. 
Ph. ; Hayne, Darstel. und Beschreib., etc. xii. 23.—Laurus cassia. Aiton, Hort. Kew. ii. 427.— 
Not Laurus cassia of Linn. This is of about the same magnitude as the former species, and, 
*' Cassia Buds. This spice consists of the calyx of one or more species of Cinnamomum, surrounding the young 
ovary, and, as stated by Dr. Martius, on the authority of the elder Nees, about one-quarter of the normal size. It is 
produced in China; and Mr. Reeves states that great quantities of it are brought to Canton from the province which 
affords cassia. The species which yields it is in all probability the same with that which yields the bark, though it 
has been ascribed by Nees to Cinnamomum. loureirii. In favor of the former opinion is the statement of Dr. Chris- 
tison, that C. aromaticum, cultivated in the hot-houses of Europe, bears a flower-bud which closely resembles the 
cassia bud when at the same period of advancement. Cassia buds have some resemblance to cloves, and are com- 
pared to small nails with round heads. The enclosed ovary is sometimes removed, and they are then cup-shaped 
at top. They have a brown color, with the flavor of cinnamon, and yield an essential oil upon distillation. They 
may be used for the same purposes as the bark. 
f The cinnamon leaf oil, as formerly imported into Great Britain, was of two kinds, one containing a considerable 
quantity of a fatty fixed oil, perhaps cinnamon-suet from the fruit, the other a pure volatile oil. The oil was said to 
he obtained by distilling the leaves after maceration in sea-water. It resembled the oil of cloves and pimento in sen- 
sible properties, having a brownish color, a penetrating, fragrant odor, and a very pungent taste. According to Sten- 
house, it was of the sp. gr. 1’053, had an acid reaction, and consisted of eugenol, a neutral substance with the formula 
CioIIi*, and a minute proportion of benzoic acid. (P. J. Tr., xiv. 319.) This oil seems to have disappeared from 
commerce; but it has recently been studied by Schimmel & Co. The oil of their own distillation, as also samples 
distilled in Java, was limpid, sp. gr. l-056-l'060, and contained 87 per cent, of eugenol and about 0‘1 per cent, of 
cinnamic aldehyde. A cinnamon leaf oil from the Seychelles consisted chiefly of eugenol. Schimmel & Co.’s Report 
for April, 1897, says that of the Ceylon cinnamon oil exported in 1896, amounting to 132,057 ounces, nine-tenths 
was probably oil of cinnamon leaves, the price of which had risen quite notably. 420 
Cinnamomum Zeylanicum. 
PART I. 
like it, has nearly opposite, shortly petiolate, coriaceous, entire leaves, of a shining green upon 
the upper surface, lighter-colored beneath, and furnished with three nerves, of which the two 
latter vanish towards the point. The leaves, however, differ in being oblong-lanceolate and 
pointed, and in exhibiting, under the microscope, a very fine down upon the under surface. 
The footstalks and extreme twigs are also downy. The flowers are in narrow, silky panicles. 
The plant grows in China, Sumatra, and other parts of Eastern Asia, and is said to be cul- 
tivated in Java. It is believed to be the species which furnishes, wholly or in part, the Chinese 
cinnamon or cassia brought from Canton, and is supposed to be the source of the cassia buds. 
Besides the two species above described, others have been thought to contribute to the cin- 
namon and cassia of commerce. In 1839 (Madras Journ. Lit. and Sci., No. 22), Dr. Wight 
stated that in his belief cinnamon was derived from 12 to 18 specially distinct trees. G. inners, 
Reinw., is distinguished from C. zeylanicum by the nervation of its leaves, which are also paler 
and thinner than those of the official plant, of which, however, it is probably only a variety. 
It yields the so-called wild cinnamon of Japan. C. loureirii of Nees, growing in the mountains 
of Cochin-China near Laos, and in Japan, affords, according to Loureiro, a cinnamon of which 
the finest kind is superior to that of Ceylon. C. nitidum, growing in Ceylon, Java, and on the 
continent of India, is said to have been the chief source of the drug known formerly by the 
name of Folia Malabathri and consisting of the leaves of different species of Cinnamomum 
mixed together. C. culilawan of the Moluccas yields the aromatic bark called culilawan, 
noticed in Part II. of this work ; and similar barks are obtained from another species of the 
same region, named C. rubrum, and from C. sintoc of Java. Massoy bark, from which an aro- 
matic volatile oil is obtained called oil of massoy, is the product of C. kiamis. (Gmelin, Hand- 
book, xiv. 380.) In the mountains of Eastern Bengal, at a height of 1000 to 4000 feet, flourish 
C. obtusifolium, Nees, C. pauciforum, Nees, and C. tamala, W., and these, with other unknown 
species, afford quantities of bark which are shipped from Calcutta, Java, Timor, etc., to Europe 
under the name of cassia lignea, cassia, cassia vera, or wild cassia. These barks are mostly highly 
aromatic, resembling cinnamon more or less closely in flavor, and are distinguished by yielding 
to cold water an abundant mucilage. 
Culture, Collection, Commerce, etc. In Ceylon, cinnamon bark was originally col- 
lected exclusively from the tree in a wild state; but the Dutch introduced the practice of cul- 
tivating it, which has been continued since the British came into possession of the island. The 
principal cinnamon gardens are in the vicinity of Columbo. The seeds are planted in a pre- 
pared soil at certain distances; and, as four or five are placed in a spot, the plants usually 
grow in clusters like the hazel-bush. In favorable situations they attain the height of five or 
six feet in six or seven years; and a healthy bush will then afford two or three shoots fit for 
peeling, and every second year afterwards from four to seven shoots in a good soil. The cin- 
namon harvest commences in May and continues till late in October. The first object is to 
select shoots proper for decortication, and those are seldom cut which are less than half an inch 
or more than two or three inches in diameter. Before decortication these shoots are trimmed 
up, and the small pieces, when dried, constitute cinnamon chips. The bark is divided by longi- 
tudinal incisions, of which two are made in the smaller shoots, several in the larger, and is then 
removed in strips by means of a suitable instrument. The pieces are next collected in bundles, 
and allowed to remain in this state for a short time, so as to undergo a degree of fermentation, 
which facilitates the separation of the epidermis. This, with the green matter beneath it, is 
removed by placing the strip of bark upon a convex piece of wood and scraping its external 
surface with a curved knife. The bark now dries and contracts, assuming the appearance of a 
quill. The peeler introduces the smaller tubes into the larger, and connects them also end- 
wise, thus forming a congeries of quills which is about forty inches long. When sufficiently 
dry, these cylinders are collected into bundles weighing about thirty pounds and bound 
together by pieces of split bamboo. The commerce in Ceylon cinnamon was formerly monop- 
olized by the East India Company ; but the cultivation is now unrestricted, and the bark may 
be freely exported upon the payment of a fixed duty. It is assorted in the island into three 
qualities, distinguished by the designations of first, second, and third. The inferior kinds, 
which are of insufficient value to pay the duty, are used for the preparation of oil of cinnamon. 
The exportation from Ceylon was, in 1896, 2,223,865 lbs. of bark and 808,502 lbs. of chips; 
in 1897, 2,674,537 lbs. of bark and 1,067,051 lbs. of chips. 
Properties. Immense quantities of cinnamon are exported from China, the finest of which 
is little inferior to that of Ceylon, though the mass of it is much coarser. It passes in commerce 
under the name of cassia, and is said by Mr. Reeves to be brought to Canton from the province Cinnamomum Zeylanicum. 
421 
PART I. 
of Kwangse, where the tree producing it grows very abundantly. ( Trans. Med.-Bot. Soc., 1828, 
p. 26.)* It has already been stated that this tree is supposed to be the Cinnamomum aromati- 
cum; but we have no positive proof of the fact. It is, indeed, asserted that true cinnamon 
of very fine grade occurs in China, although it never enters foreign commerce, because of the 
high price which it commands at home. (/*. J. Tr., xxi., 1890.) These fine cinnamons are said 
to be produced in the mountainous district of Annam, or Cochin-China. Cinnamon of good 
quality is said to be collected in Java; and considerable quantities of inferior quality bave 
been thrown into commerce, as cassia lignea, from the Malabar Coast. Manila and the Isle of 
France are also mentioned as sources whence this drug is supplied. Little, however, reaches the 
United States from these places. The island of Martinique, Cayenne, and several of the West 
India islands yield to commerce considerable quantities of cinnamon of various qualities. That 
of Cayenne is of two kinds, one of which closely resembles, though it does not quite equal, the 
aromatic of Ceylon, the other resembles the Chinese. The former is supposed to be derived 
from plants propagated from a Ceylonese stock, the latter from plants which have sprung from 
a tree introduced from Sumatra. By far the greater proportion of cinnamon brought to this 
country is imported from China. It is entered as cassia and Saigon cassia at the custom- 
house. 
From what source the ancients derived their cinnamon and cassia is not certainly known. 
Neither the plants nor their localities, as described by Dioscorides, Pliny, and Theophrastus, 
correspond precisely with our present knowledge; but in this respect much allowance must be 
made for the inaccurate geography of the ancients. It is probable that the Arabian navi- 
gators at a very early period conveyed this spice within the limits of the Phoenician and 
Grecian and subsequently of Roman commerce. 
Ceylon cinnamon is in long cylindrical fasciculi, composed of numerous quills, the larger 
enclosing the smaller. In the original sticks, which are somewhat more than three feet in 
length, two or three fasciculi are neatly joined at the end, so as to appear as if the whole 
were one continuous piece. The finest is of a light brownish-yellow color, almost as thin as 
paper, smooth, often somewhat shining, pliable to a considerable extent, with a splintery 
fracture when broken. It has a pleasant, fragrant odor, and a warm, aromatic, pungent, sweet- 
ish, slightly astringent, and highly agreeable taste. When distilled it affords but a small quan- 
tity of essential oil, which, however, has an exceedingly grateful flavor. It is brought to this 
country from England ; but it is costly. The inferior sorts are browner, thicker, less splintery, 
and of a less agreeable flavor, and are little if at all superior to the best Chinese. The finer 
variety of Cayenne cinnamon approaches in character that above described, but is paler and in 
thicker pieces, being usually collected from older branches. That which is gathered very young 
is scarcely distinguishable from the cinnamon of Ceylon. Ceylon cinnamon is in “ long, 
closely rolled quills, composed of eight or more layers of bark of the thickness of paper; pale 
yellowish-brown ; outer surface smooth, marked with wavy lines of bast-bundles ; inner surface 
striate ; fracture short-splintery ; odor fragrant; taste sweet and warmly aromatic.” U. $.t 
Chinese cinnamon, or Cassia, is in tubes from one-eighth of an inch to an inch in diameter, 
usually single, sometimes double, very rarely more than double. In some instances the bark 
is rolled very much upon itself, in others is not even completely quilled, forming segments more 
or less extensive of a hollow cylinder. It is of a redder or darker color than the finest Ceylon 
cinnamon, thicker, rougher, denser, and breaks with a shorter fracture. It has a stronger, more 
pungent and astringent but less sweet and grateful taste, and, though of a similar odor, is less 
agreeably fragrant. It is the kind almost universally kept in our shops. Of a similar charac- 
ter is the cinnamon imported directly from various parts of the East Indies. But under the 
name of cassia have also been brought to us very inferior kinds of cinnamon, collected from the 
trunks or large branches of the trees, or injured by want of care in keeping, or perhaps derived 
from inferior species. It is said that cinnamon from which the oil has been distilled is some- 
times fraudulently mixed with the genuine. These inferior kinds are detected, independently of 
their greater thickness and coarseness of fracture, by their deficiency in the peculiar sensible 
properties of the spice. Chinese cinnamon is “ in quills of varying length and about 1 Mm. or 
more in thickness ; nearly deprived of the corky layer ; yellowish-brown ; outer surface some- 
what rough ; fracture nearly smooth ; odor fragrant; taste sweet, and warmly aromatic.” U. S. 
Saigon cinnamon takes its name from Saigon, the capital of French Cochin-China. It is a thick 
* For method of collection, see P. J. Tr., Feb. 1890. 
t For an account of the cultivation of C. zeylanicum, see P. J. Tr., xi. 261; also one containing statistics and 
interesting notes on Chinese cassia in P. J. Tr., 1898, 47. 422 
Cinnamomum Zeglanicum. 
PART I. 
cassia bark, which has come into European commerce, and is recognized for the first time hy 
the U. S. P. 1890. It is officially described as “ in quills about 15 Cm. long, and 10 to 15 Mm. 
in diameter, the bark 2 or 3 Mm. thick ; outer surface gray or light grayish-brown with whitish 
patches, more or less rough from numerous warts and some transverse ridges and fine longitu- 
dinal wrinkles ; the inner surface cinnamon-brown or dark brown, granular and slightly striate ; 
fracture short, granular, in the outer layer cinnamon-colored, having near the cork numerous 
whitish striae forming an almost uninterrupted line; odor fragrant; taste sweet, warmly aro- 
matic, somewhat astringent.” U. S. The odor of this cinnamon is fragrant, the taste is highly 
aromatic, markedly that of cinnamon, and, in the specimens that we have seen, only slightly 
astringent. It also occurs in commerce much broken, in which state it commands a somewhat 
smaller price than when in quills. The Saigon buds also are brought into the port of New 
York. The quality of Saigon cassia, as it is commonly termed in trade journals, is distinctly 
superior to that of other cassias, and the price which it commands much higher. It is obtained 
from the Cinnamomum loureirii of Nees, the Lauras cinnamomum of Loureiro. According to 
Siebold, the bark of the large branches is of inferior quality and is rejected; that from the 
smallest branches resembles the Ceylon cinnamon in thickness, but has a very pungent taste 
and smell, and is little esteemed ; while the intermediate branches yield an excellent bark, about 
a line in thickness, which is even more highly valued than the cinnamon of Ceylon, and yields 
a sweeter and less pungent oil. (Ann. der Pharm., xx. 280.) 
Powdered cinnamon as found in commerce is often grossly adulterated; sugar, ground 
walnut-shells, and ground cinnamon-shells have been detected. (Chem. and Drug., 1895, 867.) 
Drug millers sometimes add cassia buds to inferior grades of bark, siftings, etc., and powder 
the mixture; Pfister (Forschungs Berichte, i. 540) considers this addition an advantage to the 
low grade powder, for the reason that cassia buds contain a larger proportion of volatile oil. 
The Pharmacographia gives the following tests for distinguisliing powdered cassia from 
powdered cinnamon, and for recognizing the inferior varieties of cassia. Make a decoction of 
powdered cinnamon of known genuineness, and one of similar strength of the suspected 
powder; when cool and strained, test a fluidounce of each with one or two drops of tincture 
of iodine. A decoction of cinnamon is but little affected, but in that of cassia a deep blue- 
black tint is immediately produced. The cheap kinds of cassia known as cassia vera may be 
distinguished from the more valuable Chinese cassia as well as from cinnamon by their richness 
in mucilage; this can be extracted hy cold water as a thick glairy liquid, giving dense ropy 
precipitates with corrosive sublimate or neutral acetate of lead, but not with alcohol. 
Microscopic Structure. Ceylon cinnamon usually consists simply of liber, the outer 
coatings having been stripped off during its preparation for market. Three layers are distin- 
guishable in the liber. “ 1. The external surface, which is composed of one to three rows of 
large thick-walled cells (Fig. 1), forming a coherent ring; it is only interrupted by bundles 
Fig. 1.—True Cinnamon, transverse section (very highly 
magnified). 
Cassia Bark, longitudinal section. 
of liber fibres, which are obvious even to the unaided eye. 2. The middle layer is built up of 
about 10 rows of parenchymatous thin-walled cells, interrupted by much larger cells containing PART I. 
Cinnamomwn Zeylanicum.— Coca. 
423 
deposits of mucilage, while other cells not larger than those of the parenchyme itself are loaded 
with essential oil. 3. The innermost layer exhibits the same thin-walled but smaller cells, yet 
intersected by narrow somewhat darker medullary 
rays, and likewise interrupted by cells containing 
either mucilage or essential oil, instead of bundles 
of liber fibres. Fibres mostly isolated are scattered 
through the two inner layers, the parenchyme of 
which abounds in small starch granules accompanied 
by tannic matter. On a longitudinal section the 
length of the liber fibres becomes more evident, as 
well as oil-ducts and gum-ducts.” (Pharmacographia.) 
The coarser cassia bark, or cassia lignea, usually 
has some of the external or corky layer adherent to 
it, and always the parenchymatous mesophloeum or 
middle bark, but the liber constitutes the chief mass. 
Isolated liber fibres and thick-walled cells (stone-cells) 
are scattered even through the outer layers of a trans- 
verse section. In the middle zone they are numerous, 
but do not form a coherent sclerenchymatous ring as 
in Ceylon cinnamon. The innermost part of the liber 
shares the structural character of cinnamon, with differences due to age, as, for instance, the 
greater development of the medullary rays. Oil-cells and gum-ducts are likewise distributed 
in the parenchyme of the former. The finest cassia or Chinese cinnamon has the three layers 
described in Ceylon cinnamon, but is readily distinguished by the adherent outer parenchyma- 
tous and suberous layer. 
Chemical Composition. According to the analysis of Vauquelin, cinnamon contains a 
peculiar volatile oil, tannin, mucilage, a coloring matter, an acid, and lignin. The tannin is of 
the variety which yields a greenish-black precipitate with the salts of iron. Thos. R. Thorn- 
ton (A. J. P., 1895, 400) has examined the tannin of C. cassia. He found it to amount to 
about 3-90 per cent., as an average of three different determinations on different samples. He 
found it impossible to extract the tannin by any one of several methods tried, and concludes 
that it either has the phlobophene (anhydride) character as it exists in the drug or acquires 
such character when brought into contact with water. Jas. A. Ferguson (1887), in the 
Laboratory of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, determined the ash of several samples 
of Ceylon cinnamon, finding an average of 4 per cent., while in powdered cinnamon cassia 
he found 2*8 and 2-5 per cent. (A. J. P., 1887, 278, 279.) The oil obtained from the Cay- 
enne cinnamon was found to be more biting than that from the Ceylonese. Bucholz found 
in 100 parts of cassia lignea 0-8 of volatile oil, 4-0 of resin, 14-6 of gummy extractive (prob- 
ably including tannin), 64-3 of lignin and bassorin, and 16-3 of water, including loss. This 
aromatic yields its virtues wholly to alcohol, and less readily to water. At the temperature 
of boiling alcohol very little of the oil rises, and an extract prepared from the tincture retains, 
therefore, the aromatic properties. For an account of the volatile oil, see Oleum Cinnamomi. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cinnamon is among the most grateful and efficient of 
the aromatics. It is warm and cordial to the stomach, carminative, astringent, and, like most 
other substances of this class, more powerful as a local than as a general stimulant. It is 
seldom prescribed alone, though, when given in powder or infusion, it will sometimes allay 
nausea, check vomiting, and relieve flatulence. It is chiefly used as an adjuvant, and enters 
into a great number of official preparations. It is often employed in diarrhoea, in connection 
with chalk and astringents, and has recently been recommended as peculiarly efficacious in 
menorrhagia. Hose of powder, 10 grains to a scruple (0-65-1-3 6m.). 
Cassia Bark, transverse section. 
COCA. U. S. (Br.) Coca. 
(CO'CA.) 
“ The leaves of Erythroxylon Coca, Lamarck (nat. ord. Lineae).” U. S. “ The dried leaves 
of Erythroxylum Coca, Lam., and its varieties.” Br. 
Cooae Folia, Br., Coca Leaves; Erythroxylon, Pharm. 1880; Cuca; Feuilles de Coca,, Fr.; Cocablatter, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-parted, at the base five-angular. Styles three, distinct to the base and 
not united into one. De Candolle, Prodromus, i. 573. 424 
Coca. 
PART I. 
E. coca. Lam. B. & T. i. 40. Leaves ovate, areolate, membranaceous, branches squamous, 
pedicels lateral, aggregated in twos or threes, a little longer than the flower. De 6T.* 
According to the researches of Prof. H. H. Rusby, there are two distinct varieties or, per* 
haps, species of Erythroxylon Coca, one the Bolivian form, the other the Peruvian, which are 
distinguished by the fruits being much the larger in the Bolivian variety, whilst the leaves are 
much the larger in the Peruvian. The Bolivian drugf is the more highly esteemed in Peru. 
The coca, which grows wild in various parts of South America, is cultivated not only in its 
native country, but also in British India, in Ceylon, and in Java. The coca shrubs of India 
and Ceylon seem to be the offspring of plants originally sent out from Kew Garden, which 
plants were derived from seeds obtained from Huanuco, and have been considered by Dr. 
Morris as a distinct variety, to which he gives the name of E. nova-granatense. Java plants 
originally grown from seeds obtained from a Ghent firm are said to be so distinct in character- 
istics as to constitute a true variety, sprucenanum. They are probably, however, merely altered 
forms of E. nova-granatense. For figures, see P. J. Tr., vol. xxi. Typical leaves of E. coca, 
Lamarck, do not occur in commerce. The commercial leaves (1898) are the Peruvian, yielded 
by E. nova-granatense, Morris ; and the Bolivian, yielded by E. bolivianum, Burck. The coca 
plant, which is propagated from the seed in nurseries, begins to yield in eighteen months, and 
continues productive for half a century. The leaves, when mature, are carefully picked by 
hand so as to avoid breaking them or injuring the young buds,J are slowly dried in the sun, 
and are then packed in bags (cestos) holding from twenty-five to one hundred and fifty pounds 
each. They were in general use among the natives of Peru at the time of the conquest, and 
have continued to be much employed to the present time. It is affirmed that nearly ten million 
dollars’ worth, or forty million pounds, are annually produced, some plantations yielding three 
or four harvests a year. For details as to method of cultivation, etc., see Therap. Gazette, Jem. 
1886 ; also Chem. and Drug., 1897, 182. 
Properties. The leaves resemble in size and shape those of tea, being oval-oblong, pointed, 
two inches or more in length by somewhat over an inch in their greatest breadth, and furnished 
with short delicate footstalks; but they are not, like the tea-leaves, dentate, and are distin- 
guished from most other leaves by a slightly curved line on each side of the midrib, running 
from the base to the apex. These lines are not ribs, but curves, which have been produced by 
the peculiar folding of the leaf in the bud. Good specimens are perfectly flat, of a fine green 
* The commercial value of cocaine has led to the examination by Prof. Eykmann of Java, and Mr. Howard of 
Kew Gardens, of various species of the genus Erythroxylon, other than E. coca: in a number of species the alka- 
loid was found, but always in too small quantities for commercial purposes. (For details, see P. J. Tr., Jan. 1889.) 
t From time to time various cocas of commerce are spoken of as varieties known by the name of the cities in which 
the large commercial houses have their head-quarters, or of the districts in which the cocas have been grown. Such 
cocas are, however, not really commercial varieties, and change from time to time in their names and even char- 
acteristics. There appear to be at present (1893) in the American markets only two distinctly characterized cocas: 
the one known as Trujillo or Truxillo coca, coming from the department of La Libertad in Northern Peru ; the other, 
the Huanuco coca, coming from Huanuco and Cuzco in South Central Peru. Bolivian coca does not seem to reach us 
in its acknowledged form. 
Truxillo coca is composed of bright-colored, extremely thin, very fragile leaves, which are distinctly smaller, 
narrower, and more lanceolate than those of the Huanuco coca, and have the lateral lines very fine; owing to their 
lack of strength, the leaves are much broken, indeed in fragments, in the commercial samples. According to Prof. 
Rusby, this coca is yielded by the typical E. coca, but it is attributed by Hesse to E. coca var. nova-granatense. 
It is probably, therefore, similar to the coca produced in India, Ceylon, and Java, which has not reached this country 
commercially. 
The leaves of the Huanuco or Cuzco coca are thick, indeed somewhat coriaceous, not much broken, from an inch 
to three inches in length. We have compared a large number of specimens of this coca with Bolivian coca, gath- 
ered in the province of Yungas near Coriaco, by Prof. H. H. Rusby or his assistant, and with other less authentic 
specimens of Bolivian coca. We can make out no difference between the Huanuco leaf and the coca leaf grown in 
Bolivia, and believe that the Huanuco coca is the product of E. coca var. bolivianum, grown in Peru. 
The comparative value of cocas is a matter of great commercial importance. The South American coca is said 
to vary from 0-02 per cent, up to 1*02 per cent., or even more, in the yield of alkaloids, the average being, according 
to Hesse, in good specimens about 0‘08 per cent. Messrs. Parke, Davis & Co., however, write us that in a very large 
number of chemical assays they have never been able to obtain more than 0‘05 per cent, of cocaine out of any South 
American It is possible that alkaloidal deterioration occurs during transportation. According to Warden, 
the alkaloidal yield of India coca varies from 0‘36 to 1*67 per cent. The government chemists in Java report that 
the Java leaf contains over 2 per cent, of cocaine; but a sample obtained directly from Java by Parke, Davis & 
Co. yielded only 1'06 per cent, of total alkaloids. The total yield of alkaloids is not an exact criterion of the value 
of the leaves, because in some, and it is said especially in the Ceylon and Java cocas, cocaine constitutes only a 
small proportion of the total alkaloids. It is not possible to determine the alkaloidal value of a coca by its physical 
properties, so that at present the large manufacturers of cocaine buy the drug by assay. 
It is interesting to note that Mr. C. J. H. Warden states (P. J. Tr., May, 1888) that India coca can be distin- 
guished by the peculiarities of its cocatannic acid. 
t Taja is a peculiar disease of the coca plant, believed to be due to a fungus which results from wounding the twigs 
during careless picking of the leaves. PART I, 
Coca. 
425 
color; brown leaves should always be rejected as inferior. They have an agreeable odor re- 
sembling that of tea, and a peculiar taste, which, in decoction, becomes bitter and astringent. 
“ Varying between ovate, lanceolate, and obovate-oblong, and from 2 to 5 or 7 Cm. in length ; 
short-petiolate, entire, rather obtuse or emarginate at the apex, slightly reticulate on both sides, 
with a prominent midrib, and on each side of it a curved line running from base to apex; odor 
slight and tea-like ; taste somewhat aromatic and bitter. When chewed, it temporarily benumbs 
the lips and tongue.” U. S. “ The midrib itself is prolonged into a minute horny apiculus, which, 
however, is frequently broken off. Most of the epidermal cells of the under surface are seen 
in transverse section to project in the form of small papillae.” Br. The leaves described by the 
U. S. P. are the Bolivian; the Peruvian leaves are shorter and narrower, are pale in color, and 
do not exhibit a prominent ridge above the midrib on the upper surface, nor such distinct curved 
lines on either side of the midrib on the under surface. Mildewed leaves should not be accepted. 
Chemical Constitution. In 1853, Wackenroder demonstrated the existence of tannic 
acid in coca leaves ; and in 1859, M. Stanislaus Martin found in them a peculiar bitter prin- 
ciple, resin, tannin, an aromatic principle, extractive, chlorophyll, a substance analogous to 
theine, and salts of lime. Previous to this (1855) Gardeke had isolated the crystalline alka- 
loid and given it the name of erythroxyline. Dr. Albert Niemann, of Goslar, made the first 
thorough investigation of the leaves, and gave to the alkaloid the name it now usually bears 
of cocaine * The following was his process. The leaves were exhausted with 85-per-cent, alco- 
hol acidulated with 2 per cent, of sulphuric acid; the tincture was treated with milk of lime 
and filtered ; the filtrate was neutralized with sulphuric acid, and the alcohol distilled off. The 
syrupy residue was treated with water to separate resin, and then precipitated by sodium car- 
bonate. The deposited matter was exhausted by ether, and the ethereal solution, after most of 
the ether had been distilled, was allowed to evaporate spontaneously. The cocaine was thus 
obtained in colorless crystals, mixed with a yellowish-brown matter of a disagreeable odor, 
which was separated by washing with cold alcohol. Dr. Squibb’s process for cocaine and its 
hydrochlorate is as follows. Coarsely ground coca leaves are repercolated with an aqueous five- 
per-cent. solution of sulphuric acid, and a very dense, slightly acid percolate is obtained; this 
is thoroughly agitated with pure coal oil and an excess of sodium carbonate ; the liberated alka- 
loid is retained by the coal oil, and is nearly free from coloring matter ; the oily solution is then 
agitated with acidulated water, and again precipitated by sodium carbonate in the presence of 
ether. The ethereal solution of cocaine is treated with diluted hydrochloric acid fractionally, 
and the nearly colorless solutions of cocaine hydrochlorate are cautiously evaporated in shallow 
porcelain pans almost to dryness. The product is in the form of a white, crystalline, granular 
powder, and is a nearly pure anhydrous salt. (Ephemeris, 1887, 906.) For Ilenrique’s process, 
see Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 999. Pure cocaine is in colorless, transparent prisms, inodorous, 
of a bitterish taste, soluble in 704 parts of cold water, more soluble in alcohol, and freely so in 
ether. The solution has an alkaline reaction and a bitterish taste, leaving a peculiar numb- 
ness on the tongue. The alkaloid melts at 97'7° C. (208° F.), and on cooling congeals into a 
transparent mass, which gradually becomes crystalline. Heated above this point it changes 
color, and is decomposed. It is inflammable, burning with a bright flame, and leaving charcoal. 
With the acids it forms soluble and crystullizable salts, which are more bitter than the alkaloid 
itself. The formula is C17H21N04. (See Cocaina, p. 428.) Dr. Niemann also obtained wax, a 
variety of tannic acid (cocatannic acid), and a concrete volatile odorous substance. The presence 
of hygrine in coca leaves is not confirmed. M. Lossen has examined cocaine, and ascertained that 
when heated with hydrochloric acid it splits into benzoic acid, methyl alcohol, and a new base 
which he calls ecgonine, of which the formula is C0H15NO3. Cocaine is, therefore, ascertained to 
t . f C5H7 
be methylbenzoylecgonine, CII3.N < i , while benzoylecgonine, which 
( CH(0C7H60)CH2.C02CH3 
* Benzoyl <p Tropein. Tropacocaine, CsHiiNO.CtHsO. This compound, belonging chemically to the class of Tro- 
peines (see Atropine, p. 242), was isolated by Giesel from a narrow-leaved coca plant from Java. (Ber. der Chem. 
Gesell., xxiv. p. 2336.) It is obtained as an oil, which when quite dry solidifies in radiating crystals, melting at 49° 
C. It has a strong alkaline reaction, and is easily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzene, and petroleum spirit. 
It is decomposed by heating with hydrochloric acid into benzoic acid and pseudo-tropine, CgHisNO. 
Tropacocaine has been studied by Dr. Arthur P. Chadbourne, who finds that its general action on the system 
resembles that of cocaine, and that although it is capable of causing death by paralyzing the respiratory centres, 
and is also in overdose a powerful cardiac depressant, it nevertheless is very much less poisonous than cocaine. 
On the other hand, Chadbourne’s experiments and the clinical researches of Prof. Schweigger seem to show that 
tropacocaine as a local anaesthetic is much more powerful and prompt in its action than cocaine. Notwithstanding 
various favorable reports, tropacocaine has, however, failed to come into use as a local anaesthetic. 426 
Coca. 
PART I. 
also occurs in coca leaves, is C16II19N04. Cocaine is thus seen to be the methyl ether of this 
( C6H7 
latter. The fundamental base, ecgonine, CH„.N 1 i , forms monoclinic prisms 
3 (CH(OH).CIL.COOH * 
melting at 198° C.* A considerable number of closely allied alkaloids, all of which appear to be 
derivatives of ecgonine, are found in the leaves of Erythroxylon coca. The following list is given in 
Allen ( Commerc. Org. Anal., 2d ed., vol. iii., part ii., 271), on the authority of Paul and Cownley : 
C9H17N02, Anhydro-ecgonine. 
C9H16N03, Ecgonine. 
C16II 1^4> Benzoyl ecgonine. 
Ci7H21N04, Benzoyl ecgonine methyl ester 
{cocaine). 
C18H21N04, Cinnamyl-ecgonine. 
CisH23NO*, Cinnamyl-ecgonine methyl ester. 
Cocayl-ecgonine methyl ester 
(cocamine). 
C40II60N2Og, Homo-cocamine. 
C17H10NO2, Benzoyl-pseudotropine (tropsin). 
With the exception of ecgonine and anhydro-ecgonine, all of the bodies in the foregoing list 
are saponifiable, splitting up when heated to from 80° to 100° C. with hydrochloric acid, or when 
boiled with alcoholic potash. 
As the separation of cocaine from the accompanying alkaloids and products of hydrolysis is 
difficult, Liebermann (Berichte, xxi. 3196) has proposed a synthetic method which avoids 
these difficulties and at the same time utilizes the amorphous bi-products. The mixed bases 
arc boiled with hydrochloric acid, whereby they all suffer hydrolysis with formation of ecgonine ; 
then, by passing dry hydrochloric acid into a solution of ecgonine hydrochloride in methyl 
alcohol, the hydrochloride of ecgonine methyl ester is formed, which on concentrating the 
alcoholic solution crystallizes out in prisms. Cocaine is formed when this compound is heated 
on the water-bath with an equal weight of benzoyl chloride until the mixture becomes homo- 
geneous and the evolution of hydrochloric acid ceases. The melted mass is poured into water 
and separated from the insoluble benzoic acid, when the cocaine is precipitated by ammonia 
and recrystallized from alcohol. The tannin of coca leaves strikes a green-black with ferric 
salts, and has received the name of cocatannic acid. Romburgh has detected traces of methyl 
salicylate in the distillate from coca. (Chem. Zeit., 1895, 130.) For methods of assaying coca 
leaves, see Lyons, Chicago Pharmacist, 1885, Sept.; Squibb, Ephemeris, 1887 ; Dohme, Proc. 
A. P. A., 1893, 159 ; Prescott, Organic Analysis ; Proc A. P. A., 1895, 268 ; P. J. Tr1896. 
Medical Properties. As a nerve stimulant, coca has been used immemorially by the 
Peruvian and Bolivian natives. In 1853, Dr. Weddell stated that it produces a gently exci- 
tant effect, with an indisposition to sleep, in these respects resembling tea and coffee; also 
that it will support the strength for a considerable time in the absence of food, but does not 
supply the place of nutriment, and probably in this respect also acts like the two substances 
referred to. The Indians, while chewing it, mixed with some alkaline substance, as the ashes 
of certain plants, or lime, pass whole days in travelling or working without food. It is, however, 
clearly proved that these leaves do not take the place of nutriment, but simply put off the sense 
of fatigue and hunger, the Indian making up at his evening meal for the day’s abstinence. It 
is probable that they prevent hunger simply by their local benumbing influence upon the nerves 
of the stomach. Their moderate habitual use does not seem to be injurious, but the habit is 
said readily to grow upon the person, and finally the inveterate excessive coca-chewer can be 
recognized by his uncertain step, general apathy, sunken eyes surrounded by deep purple 
aureoles, trembling lips, green and crusted teeth, and excessively fetid breath, with peculiar 
blackness about the corners of the mouth. An incurable insomnia is apt to be developed, 
emaciation becomes extreme, dropsy appears, and even death results in a condition of general 
marasmus. When coca is taken in a single large dose it produces a condition of peculiar 
physical beatitude and calm, followed by a sensation of excessive power, which is affirmed to 
be accompanied by a real increase of physical ability. Dr. Mantegazza took in the course of 
two hours about 900 grains of the coca leaf, with the result of great increase in the number 
of the heart-beats, and a condition of intoxication resembling that produced by hasheesh. He 
was possessed by a feeling of intense joyousness, while a succession of visions and phantasma- 
* Cocaine Homologues. M. Poulsson has physiologically investigated compounds in which the radical methyl, 
ethyl, and propyl are substituted for the benzoic acid, and to which he has given the names of honwmSthincoca'ine, 
homoethincoca'ine, and homopropincoca'ine. He finds that these substances act upon the animal organization like 
ordinary cocaine. On the other hand, cocaylbenzoyloxyacetic acid and benzoylhomoecgonine do not have the physio- 
logical action of cocaine. M. Ehrlich has found that benzoylecgonine and methylecgonine are twenty times less 
poisonous than cocaine, whilst the derivatives of cocaine obtained by substituting “ in the benzoylecgonine other 
alcoholic radicals than methyl for the hydrogen of the carboxyl group, cocaethyline, cocopropyline, isopropyline, 
and cocoisobutyline,” are as toxic as cocaine and act like it. (Gaz. MSd. de Paris, Oct. 1890.) PART I. 
Coca. 
427 
goria, most brilliant in form and color, trooped rapidly before his eyes. He then passed into 
a condition of delirious excitement, which was succeeded by a deep sleep lasting three hours. 
The symptoms which have just been detailed are those which have been recorded by various 
writers as produced by the coca leaf in the land of its growth, and especially upon the natives 
of the country. The action of the alkaloid cocaine, and even of the drug coca, upon North 
Americans and Europeans, differs essentially from these effects* Numerous cases of poisoning 
have occurred from the alkaloid: P. Mannheim has collected as many as ninety-nine. (Cleve- 
land Med. Gaz., Sept. 1891.) In mild cases the ordinary symptoms have been great restlessness 
and nervous excitement, but no sense of beatitude, rather a condition of fear and terror. 
With this state come usually distinctly accelerated pulse, increased frequency of respiration, 
and, perchance, muscular twitchings or even mild convulsions. In the more severe cases of 
poisoning the symptoms vary ; sometimes there have been nausea, vomiting, rapid almost imper- 
ceptible pulse, great perspiration, collapse with or without loss of consciousness; in other cases 
the pulse has been slow and feeble, and sometimes pronounced cyanosis, with slow or almost 
arrested respiration, has been the most alarming manifestation. The pupils are usually dilated, 
but are reported in some cases as “ contracted.” After very large doses convulsions usually 
occur; they are often violent and epileptiform; not rarely, at times at least they are partial, 
and in many cases opisthotonos has been pronounced. Consciousness rarely escapes; usually 
it is lost, but sometimes it is merged into a mania with hallucinations and delusions, which 
mania may become violent and even homicidal, as in a case reported by Mattison. Poisoning 
has followed both the internal administration and the local uses of the alkaloid. The occasional 
over-effects of small doses are quite remarkable; thus, four drops of a two-per-cent, solution in 
the eye produced in an old lady intoxication which persisted four days; eight drops of a ten- 
per-cent. solution in the eye of a girl of twelve years caused violent poisoning; and even one 
drop of a one-per-cent, solution in the eye of a child fourteen years old is said to have been 
followed by violent symptoms. A number of cases are on record in which one grain of the 
alkaloid given hypodermically has caused very severe fainting. Death is reported in several 
cases from the local use of the remedy, and twelve drops of a four-per-cent, solution given 
hypodermically to a girl of eleven caused death in forty seconds. On the other hand, large 
doses have been recovered from : twenty-two grains by the mouth, ten grains hypodermically, 
five grains hypodermically, six grains hypodermically. (See H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics.') 
Although cocaine has been used an enormous number of times as a local application without 
much stint, and although doses have been given of two grains, it is evidently not safe to apply 
more than three-quarters of a grain to the mucous membranes of an adult, or to give more 
than the same amount at a dose, or to use hypodermically more than half a grain. 
Cocaine is a cerebral stimulant, producing peculiar mental excitement, ending after large 
toxic doses in narcosis, with epileptiform convulsions, which are probably of cerebral origin. 
In the poisoning there is at first increased reflex activity, followed by paralysis of voluntary 
motion and of reflex activity, which are chiefly due to a direct action upon the spinal cord, the 
sensory side of the cord being probably more sensitive to the drug than the motor side. Toxic 
doses depress and finally paralyze the sensory nerves, and in a much less degree the motor 
nerves. The action of cocaine upon the circulation is pronounced, though less than its influ- 
ence upon the nervous system. The arterial pressure is increased, which increase is probably 
the result, first, of a stimulation of the vaso-motor centres in the medulla oblongata; second, 
of a stimulant action upon the heart; and, thirdly and more doubtfully, of a slight stimulation 
of the muscle-fibres in the vessel walls. The increased action of the heart is probably due, as 
Prof. E. T. Reichert has made out, to a depressing influence on the cardio-inhibitory apparatus, 
both centric and peripheral, causing an acceleration of the pulse. It is probable, however, that 
the alkaloid acts directly upon the cardiac muscle, or intra-cardiac nerves, so as to increase the 
energy of contraction. Toxic doses of cocaine produce sooner or later a fall of the arterial 
pressure, which appears to be the result of a direct action upon the heart and the vaso motor 
system. Upon striated muscles cocaine appears to have a peculiar though very feeble action, 
* The reason of this difference is not evident. Prof. Rusby found that coca triturated with Mayer’s reagent both 
before and after exportation gave evidence of a much larger percentage of the alkaloid before the exportation. He 
believes that during exportation the leaves lose largely of some volatile substance, probably hj'grine. According 
to Hesse, however, hygrine is not an alkaloid of coca, but is a foreign body due to impurities in the reagents 
employed. (P. J. Tr., vol. xx. p. 1135, 1891; also vol. xxii. p. 102.) Dr. H. C. Wood made some not very thorough 
tests with preparations of coca made in South America from the fresh drug under the supervision of Prof. Rusby 
and furnished by Parke, Davis & Co., and was not able to detect any difference between their action and that of the 
parallel preparations made in this country. At present it seems probable that the difference of action under discus- 
sion is due simply to difference of race, precisely as with the effects of hasheesh upon Asiatics and upon Europeans. 428 
Coca.— Cocaina. 
PART I. 
which is not manifested during poisoning by it. It has been asserted that cocaine acts as a 
powerful diuretic, but the drift of present evidence is to show that it has no definite influence 
upon the amount of urine secreted; what evidence is available indicates that it decreases the 
elimination of urea. Dropped into the eye, cocaine actively dilates the pupil without increasing 
the intra-ocular pressure or completely paralyzing the accommodation. It is a powerful stimu- 
lant to the respiratory centres, increasing the rapidity and fulness of the respirations, but if 
the dose be sufficiently large it after a time causes the respirations to become very shallow, and 
finally paralyzes the respiratory centres. Moderate doses are said to increase, large doses to 
paralyze, peristalsis. 
The stimulant effect of coca has led to its extensive use in melancholia, neurasthenia, hys- 
teria, and allied disorders. The results obtained, however, have not been what were expected. 
Almost all clinicians agree that in melancholia no good whatever is achieved, and that in neur- 
asthenia and hysteria the drug, unless given in small doses, acts deleteriously, although in 
some cases the fluid extract of coca or a coca wine seems to be of service for a time in stimu- 
lating the digestion and, to some slight extent, the general nervous system. Locally applied, 
cocaine is a very distinct and certain anaesthetic, acting, according to the observations of Von 
Anrep, upon the nerves of special sense as well as upon those of common sensibility. Cocaine 
penetrates mucous membranes readily, but is not able to pass through the skin, and when given 
hypodermically so rapidly diffuses itself that its local anaesthetic influence is very fugacious 
unless the circulation in the part be controlled by mechanical means. Injected so as to come 
immediately in contact with the large nerve-trunk, it is capable of producing temporary anaes- 
thesia over the whole distribution of the nerve. When applied in concentrated solution to the 
mucous membranes, it produces at once a marked pallor, which is probably due to a powerful 
constriction of the blood-vessels caused by a direct action upon their muscle-fibres. In prac- 
tical medicine cocaine is used for its local effects in benumbing sensibility and relieving pain 
in all mucous tracts that can be reached by the surgeon. When prescribed in an ointment, 
soluble salts of cocaine should be used, and sufficient water directed to prevent crystalliza- 
tion. In burns, painful ulcers, fissures of the anus, etc., cocaine is a very valuable remedy. It is 
also employed with success in various local inflammations of the mucous membranes, subduing 
nervous irritability, and by its constringing influence relieving or even curing acute inflamma- 
tions. Thus, a mixture of cocaine and bismuth will often arrest an acute coryza. In hay fever, 
in the irritated sore throat of advanced phthisis, in chronic laryngitis, in inflamed hemorrhoids, 
and even in bronchitis with excessive cough, it often may be locally applied with advantage. 
The fugaciousness of its effects makes it a valuable mydriatic when it is desired simply to 
examine the eye-ground. The strength of the solution for local application may vary from 
2 to 10 per cent., according to the effects desired. In coryza and hay fever bougies made 
with cacao butter, containing each from one-quarter to one-half grain of cocaine, are often very 
efficacious. In internal medicine cocaine is valuable for its local influence upon the gastro- 
intestinal tract in excessive vomiting, and also in serous diarrhoea. The habitual use of cocaine 
as a stimulant has in many cases led to the formation of the cocaine habit, with the production 
of ill health, accompanied by headache, malaise, insomnia, prostration, often faintness, vertigo, 
and deterioration of the cerebral function. A symptom which is said to be characteristic of 
chronic cocaine poisoning was first described by Magnan, and is known as Magnan’s symptom. 
It consists of an hallucination of common sensation, the feeling that some foreign body is under 
the skin, with an often consequent complaint that grains of sand, worms, or other foreign body 
are situated in the position named. The immediate withdrawal of the cocaine in cases of 
the cocaine habit is not usually followed by any serious danger to life: symptoms that may 
arise are to be met on general principles. 
The dose of coca is from one-half to one drachm (195-3-9 Gm.). If given in infusion the 
leaves should be swallowed, as it is by no means certain that they yield their virtues to water. 
The fluid extract is now official, and is a very eligible preparation ; a tincture of coca, made in 
the proportion of one part in five of diluted alcohol, and a wine of coca, one in ten, woiild also be 
efficient. The elixir of coca, as usually dispensed, is too weak to be of much value. (See Part II.) 
COCAINA. Br. Cocaine. 
(CO-CA-I'NA.) 
“ An alkaloid, C17H21N04, obtained from the leaves of Erythroxylum Coca, Lam., and its 
varieties.” Br. 
The processes for making this alkaloid will be found under Coca. Owing to the small yield, PAET I. 
Cocaina.—Cocainse Hydrochloras. 
429 
it is found more profitable to manufacture cocaine in South America and export it, thus saving 
the expense of transporting the bulky coca leaves abroad. The British Pharmacopoeia gives 
the following description and tests: “ Colorless monoclinic prisms which have a bitter taste 
followed by a sensation of tingling and numbness. It melts at 204-8° to 208-4° F. (96° to 
98° C.). Almost insoluble in water, insoluble in glycerin, soluble in 10 parts of alcohol (90 per 
cent.), in 4 parts of ether, in 2 part of chloroform, in 12 parts of olive oil, and in 14 parts of oil 
of turpentine. Its solution in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and the dry salt obtained 
on evaporating this solution, afford the reactions mentioned under ‘ Cocainae Hydrochloridum.’ 
Its solution in water acidulated with nitric acid yields no reaction with the tests for chlorides 
or sulphates.” 
Medical Properties. (See p. 428.) Various salts of the alkaloid have been used in 
medicine. Cocaine hydriodide (C17H21N04HI), which occurs in colorless crystals only moder- 
ately soluble in water, has been especially recommended by It. Marcus as being suitable for 
use by cataphoresis for the production of anaesthesia. 
COCAINE HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. (Br.) Cocaine Hydrochlorate. 
C17H21 NO4, HCl ; 338*71. (CO-CA-i'N.® HY-DRO-CHLO'RAS.) C17 H21 NO4, HC1; 339‘5. 
“ The hydrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained from Coca.” U. S. “ The hydrochloride, 
C17H2iN04,HC1, of an alkaloid obtained from the leaves of Erythroxylum Coca, Lam., and its 
varieties.” Br. 
Cocainee Hydrochloridum, Br., Cocaine Hydrochloride, Hydrochlorate of Cocaine. 
The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following tests: “ It tnelts at 356° to 366-8° F. (180° 
to 186° C.). Soluble in half its weight of cold water, forming a clear and colorless solution, 
neutral to litmus, and in four times its weight of alcohol (90 per cent.) or of glycerin. It is 
insoluble in olive oil and almost insoluble in ether. It affords a yellow precipitate with solution 
of auric chloride ; a white precipitate with solution of ammonium carbonate, and also with solu- 
tion of borax. It dissolves without color in cold sulphuric or nitric acid, but chars with hot 
sulphuric acid, evolving an agreeable odor, and yielding a crystalline sublimate of benzoic acid. 
Its aqueous solution yields with solution of potassium hydroxide a white precipitate soluble in 
alcohol or ether, with solution of picric acid a yellow precipitate becoming crystalline on stand- 
ing, with test-solution of mercuric chloride slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, a white 
precipitate soluble in hot water. Moistened with nitric acid, the mixture evaporated to dry- 
ness, and a drop of alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide added, a characteristic odor is 
evolved more or less recalling that of peppermint. A solution containing not less than 1 per 
cent, gives with excess of solution of potassium permanganate a copious red precipitate which, 
does not change color within an hour (absence of cinnamyl cocaine and cocamine or other 
products derived from cocaine). 0-1 gramme dissolved in 100 cubic centimetres of water and 
0-25 cubic centimetre of solution of ammonia added, affords a clear solution, from which a crys- 
talline deposit should gradually separate on stirring (limit of amorphous alkaloid). It should 
not afford more than the slightest reactions with the tests for sulphates. Dried for twenty 
minutes at 204° to 212° F. (95-6° to 100° C.) it should not lose more than 1 per cent, of 
moisture.” 
“ It may be obtained by agitating with ether an aqueous solution of an acidulated alcoholic 
extract, made alkaline with carbonate of sodium ; separating and evaporating the ethereal 
liquid; purifying the product by repeating the treatment with acidulated water, carbonate of 
sodium, and ether ; decolorizing ; neutralizing with hydrochloric acid, and recrystallizing.” Br. 
(1885). For other processes, see Coca. 
Properties. “ Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, without odor, 
of a saline, slightly bitter taste and producing upon the tongue a tingling sensation followed 
by numbness of some minutes’ duration. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), 
in 0-48 part of water, and in 3-5 parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, and in boiling 
alcohol; also soluble in 2800 parts of ether, or in 17 parts of chloroform. On heating a small 
quantity of the powdered salt for twenty minutes at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), it 
should not suffer any material loss (absence of water of crystallization). The prolonged appli- 
cation of heat to the salt, or to its solution, induces decomposition. At 193° C. (379 4° F.)* the 
* J. M. Francis believes that, owing to the ready decomposition of the salt before the melting point is reached, 
much variation must be expected in these figures. (Bull. Pharm., 1893, 541.) 430 
Cocainse Ilydrochloras.—Coccus. 
PART I. 
salt melts with partial sublimation, forming a light brownish-yellow liquid. When ignited, it 
is consumed without leaving a residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. On adding 5 
drops of a 5-per-cent, solution of chromic acid to 5 C.c. of a 2-per-cent, solution of Cocaine 
Hydrochlorate, a yellow precipitate is produced which redissolves on shaking; on now adding 
1 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, a permanent, orange-yellow precipitate will be formed. If a small 
quantity of the salt be rubbed, with a glass rod, on a dry, white porcelain surface, with an equal 
bulk of mercurous chloride, and the mixture then breathed upon, it will acquire a dark gray or 
grayish-black color. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate test-solution, 
a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid. The addition of sulphuric or nitric acid to the 
salt, at the ordinary temperature, should develop no color. If 1 drop of a mixture of 1 vol- 
ume of potassium permanganate decinormal volumetric solution and 2 volumes of water be 
added to 5 C.c. of a 2-per-cent, solution of Cocaine Hydrochlorate mixed with 3 drops of 
diluted sulphuric acid and contained in a small, clean, glass-stoppered vial, the pink tint pro- 
duced by the permanganate should not entirely disappear within half an hour (absence of 
cinnamyl-cocaine and some other bases derived from Coca)." U. S. 
For physiological and medical properties, see Coca. The dose of the salts of cocaine may 
be set down at from one-quarter to one grain (0-016 to 0-065 Gm.). 
COCCUS. U. S., Br. Cochineal. 
(cOc'cus.) 
{< The dried female of Coccus cacti, Linne (class, Tnsecta; order, Hemiptera).” U. S. “ The 
dried fecundated female insect, Coccus Cacti, Linn., reared on Nopalea coccinellifera, Salm- 
Dyck, and on other species of Nopalea.” Br. 
Coccionella, P. G.; Cochenille, Fr., G.; Scharlachwurm, G.; Cocciniglia, It.; Cochinilla, Sp. 
The coccus is a genus of hemipterous insects, having the snout or rostrum in the breast, the 
antennae filiform, and the posterior part of the abdomen furnished with bristles. The male 
has two erect wings, the female is wingless. The C. cacti is characterized by its depressed, 
downy, transversely wrinkled body, its purplish abdomen, its short and black legs, and its sub- 
ulate antennae, which are about one-third of the length of the body. (Rees's Cyclopaedia.) 
Another species, C. ilicis, which inhabits a species of oak, is collected in the mountainous 
parts of the Morea, in Greece, and used as a dye-stuff in the East, under the name of kermes, 
chermes, or alkermes. The dried insects are nearly globular, smooth, about the size of a pea, 
and of a reddish-brown color. They yield a carmine-colored powder, and, with a salt of tin, a 
fine scarlet-red dye. The Coccus cacti is found wild in Mexico and Central America, inhabiting 
different species of Cactus and allied genera of plants, and is said to have been discovered also 
in some of the West India islands and in the southern parts of the United States. In Mexico, 
particularly in the provinces of Oaxaca and Guerrero, it is an important object of culture. 
The Indians form plantations of the nopal (Nopalea coccinellifera, Salm, formerly Opuntia 
cochinillifera, Mills), upon which the insect feeds and propagates. During the rainy season, a 
number of the females are preserved under cover, upon the branches of the plant, and, after 
the cessation of the rains, are distributed upon the plants without. They perish quickly 
after having deposited their eggs. These, hatched by the heat of the sun, give origin to 
innumerable minute insects, which spread themselves over the plant. The males, of which, 
according to Mr. Ellis, the proportion is not greater than one to one hundred or two hundred 
females, being provided with wings and very active, approach and fecundate the latter. After 
this period, the females, which before moved about, attach themselves to the leaves, and 
increase rapidly in size ; so that, in the end, their legs, antennae, and probosces are scarcely 
discoverable, and they appear more like excrescences on the plant than distinct animated 
beings. They are now gathered for use, by detaching them by means of a blunt knife, a quill, 
or a feather; a few being left to continue the race. They are destroyed either by dipping 
them enclosed in a bag into boiling water or by the heat of a stove. In the former case they 
are subsequently dried in the sun. The males, which are much smaller than the full-grown 
females, are not collected. It is said that of the wild insect there are six generations every 
year, furnishing an equal number of crops ; but the domestic is collected only three times 
annually, the propagation being suspended during the rainy season, in consequence of the 
inability of the insect to support the inclemency of the weather. The insect has been taken 
from Mexico to the Canary Islands ; and very large quantities of cochineal have been delivered PART I. 
Coccus. 
431 
to commerce from the island of Teneriffe.* Its culture is said to have proved successful in 
Java and Algeria, but unprofitable in Spain.f 
Cochineal is defined in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia as follows: “ About 5 Mm. long; of a purplish- 
gray or purplish-black color ; somewhat oblong and angular in outline ; flat or concave beneath; 
convex above ; transversely wrinkled ; easily pulverizable, yielding a dark red powder. Odor 
faint; taste slightly bitterish. Cochineal contains a red coloring matter soluble in water, alcohol, 
or water of ammonia, slightly soluble in ether, insoluble in fixed and volatile oils. On macer- 
ating Cochineal in water, it swells up, but no insoluble powder should be separated. When 
completely incinerated, Cochineal should leave not more than 5 per cent, of ash.” 
As found in commerce, the finer cochineal, grana Jina of Spanish commerce, is in irregularly 
circular or oval, somewhat angular grains, about one-eighth of an inch in diameter, convex on 
one side, concave or flat on the other, and marked with several transverse wrinkles. Two 
varieties of this kind of cochineal are known to the druggist, distinguished by their external 
appearance. One is of a reddish-gray color, formed by an intermixture of the dark color of 
the insect with the whiteness of a powder by which it is almost covered, and with patches 
of a rosy tinge irregularly interspersed. From its diversified appearance, it is called by the 
Spaniards cochinilla jaspeada. It is the variety commonly found in commerce. The other, 
cochinilla renegrida, or grana nigra, is dark-colored, almost black, with only a minute quantity 
of the whitish powder between the wrinkles. The two are distinguished in our markets by the 
names of silver grains and black grains. Some suppose the difference to arise from the mode 
of preparation: the gray cochineal consisting of the insects destroyed by a dry heat; the 
black, of those destroyed by hot water, which removes the external whitish powder; it is also 
said that cochineal is blackened by placing the insects with black sand in a bag and swinging 
backward and forward until some of the juice exudes. According to Mr. Faber, who derived 
his information from a merchant residing in the neighborhood where the cochineal is collected, 
the silver grains consist of the impregnated female just before she has laid her eggs ; the black, 
of the female after the eggs have been laid and hatched. (A. J. P., xviii. 47.) There is little 
or no difference in their quality.| Another and much inferior variety is the grana sylvestra, or 
wild cochineal, consisting partly of very small separate insects, partly of roundish or oval 
masses, which exhibit, under the microscope, minute and apparently new-born insects, enclosed 
in a white or reddish cotton-like substance. It is scarcely known in our drug market. 
Cochineal has a faint heavy odor and a bitter slightly acidulous taste. Its powder is of a 
purplish-carmine color, tingeing the saliva intensely red. According to Pelletier and Caventou, 
it consists of a peculiar coloring principle, a peculiar animal matter constituting the skeleton 
of the insect, stearin, olein, an odorous fatty acid, and various salts. Tyrosin has also been 
found by De la Rue, and its presence in cochineal recently confirmed by Yon Miller and 
Rohde. (Ber., xxvi., 2660.) It was also analyzed by John, who called the coloring principle 
cochinilin. It is. however, universally known now as carminic acid. Hlasiwetz and Grabowski 
(Arm. Chem. und Ph., 141, 329) gave it the formula C17H18010, and considered it to be a gluco- 
side, which was decomposed by boiling with diluted sulphuric acid into a non-fermentable sugar 
and carmine red, CnHj207. The incorrectness of this view of its composition has, however, been 
demonstrated by Yon Miller and Rohde (loc. cit.), who have shown that the purified carminic 
acid is a dioxymethyl-a-naphthoquinone of the formula C1:lH12Oe -f- 2H20, and that the car- 
mine red is identical with it. Schunk and Marchlewski \Ber., xxvii., 2979) have confirmed 
these results of Yon Miller and Rohde, and have shown that the reason that the carminic acid 
as freshly extracted from the cochineal gave the apparent glucoside reaction was that it is 
impure. They prepared the pure crystallized carminic acid, its anilide, and identified its 
character as a naphthoquinone derivative. It shows no sharp melting point, beginning to 
decompose at 130° C. Carminic acid is of a brilliant purple-red color, unalterable in dry air, is 
* Various species of Opuntia are adapted to the support of the cochineal insect, especially those which are very 
juicy, with few thorns and a thick skin. It is the 0. ficus itidica which is chiefly cultivated in Teneriffe, the dry 
but hot climate of which is peculiarly adapted to the growth both of the plant and the insect. For an account of the 
mode of rearing the cochineal insect in the Canary Islands, see P. J. Tr., Sept. 1871; in Central America, see 
A. J. P., 1873. 30; N. R., 1880, 175; in Guatemala, see Pharm. Era, 1893, 227. 
f In Asia Minor, in the vicinity of Oushak, are great quantities of an insect, closely resembling the Coccus cacti, 
which feeds on a species of Cistus; but it is unknown whether any portion has been introduced into general com- 
merce. (A. J. P., xxxv. 455.) 
1 Cake cochineal is the name given to a variety of the drug produced in the Argentine Republic. A specimen 
examined by Dr. Stark was in flat cakes about a quarter of an inch thick, and, under the microscope, was seen to 
consist chiefly of the cochineal insect, mixed with small portions of the thorns and epidermis of the cactus, in con- 
sequence of careless gathering. It is inferior for dyeing purposes to the ordinary variety. (P. J. Tr., xiv. 346.) 432 
Coccus. 
very soluble in water, soluble in cold and more so in boiling alcohol, insoluble in ether, and 
without nitrogen. It is obtained by macerating cochineal in ether, and treating the residue 
with successive portions of boiling alcohol, which on cooling deposits a part of the carminic 
acid, and yields the remainder by spontaneous evaporation. It may be freed from a small 
proportion of adhering fatty matter by dissolving it in alcohol of 40° Baum6 and then adding 
an equal quantity of ether. The pure carminic acid is deposited in the course of a few days. 
Chlorine readily destroys the carminic acid, and nascent hydrogen reduces it to a leuco body, 
which again becomes red on exposure to the air. Prof. Liebermann found that the coating 
of the silver cochineal consisted of a peculiar wax, which he named coccerin, Cg0H60(C3lH61 
03)2; this is soluble in benzene, but nearly insoluble in ether. (P. J. Tr., 1885, 1*6; from 
Berichte.) The watery infusion of cochineal is of a violet-crimson color, which is brightened 
by the acids and deepened by the alkalies. The coloring matter is readily precipitated. The 
salts of zinc, bismuth, and nickel produce a lilac precipitate, and those of iron a dark purple 
approaching to black. The salts of tin, especially the nitrate and the chloride, precipitate the 
coloring matter of a brilliant scarlet, and form the basis of those splendid scarlet and crimson 
dyes which have rendered cochineal so valuable in the arts. With alumina the coloring matter 
forms the pigment called lake. The finest lakes are obtained by mixing the decoction of 
cochineal with freshly-prepared gelatinous alumina. The pigment called carmine is the coloring 
matter of cochineal precipitated from the decoction by acids, the salts of tin, etc., or by animal 
gelatin, and when properly made is of the most intense and brilliant scarlet. Cochineal-carmine 
requires for its production a decoction of cochineal itself, and not of carminic acid, the nitro- 
genized matters being essential to its formation. Liebermann (Per. der Chem. Gesell., xviii. 
p. 1971) considers cochineal carmine to be no ordinary compound of a coloring matter with 
alumina, but to be an alumina albuminate of the carmine coloring matter comparable in some 
respects to the product from alizarin and alumina with “ Turkey-red oil.” (See Chem. and 
Drug., 1893, 199 ; Zeitschr. f. Angewand.te Cliem., 1894.) J. J. Hess proved that if fatty mat- 
ters found in cochineal were removed by treatment with alcohol, a much more brilliant carmine 
could be produced. He found in Guatemala cochineal 17 per cent, of a crystalline stearopten, 
in Java cochineal 7 per cent., and in Canary cochineal 18 per cent. (Dingier, P. J. Tr., 235, 
88; JV. R., 1880, 338.) The degree of coloring power in cochineal may be approximately 
measured by the decolorizing effect produced by solution of potassium permanganate. For a 
method of applying this process, the reader is referred to a paper by J. M. Merrick, of Boston, 
in A. J. P., 1871, 263; from Amer. Chem., April, 1871. The Br. Pharm. requires that when 
cochineal is macerated in water no insoluble powder shall be separated, and that when incin- 
erated with free access of air it shall yield not more than 6 per cent, of ash. 
Cochineal has been adulterated by causing certain heavy substances, such as powdered talc, 
lead carbonate, and barium sulphate, by shaking in a bag or otherwise, to adhere, by means of 
some glutinous material, to the surface of the insects, and thus increase their weight. Cochi- 
neal yields 15 per cent, of ashes. Five specimens of the drug have been examined, which 
left in their ashes respectively 8, 12, 16, 18, and 25 per cent, of the salt of baryta. {A. J. P., 
1870, p. 220.) The fraud may be detected by the absence, under the microscope, of a woolly 
appearance which characterizes the white powder upon the surface of the unadulterated insect. 
Metallic lead, which is said frequently to exist in fine particles in the artificial coating, may be 
discovered by powdering the cochineal and suspending it in water, when the metal will remain 
behind. Grains of a substance artificially prepared to imitate the dried insect have been mixed 
with the genuine in France. A close inspection will serve to detect the difference. (Joum. de 
Pharm., 3e s4r., ix. 110.) Vermilion and chrome-red (lead dichromate) are said also to have 
been largely used in the adulteration of carmine, to the extent sometimes of 60 or even 70 per 
cent. (i5. J. Tr., 1860, p. 547.) There can be no difficulty in detecting them by the appro- 
priate tests. Starch has been used, according to Prof. Maisch, for the same purpose in the 
United States, and in one specimen he found 5744 per cent. (A. J. P., xxxiii. 18.) Artificial 
cochineal, prepared by coloring exhausted cochineal powder with rosaniline and forming it 
into grains, has been found in commerce. It may be recognized by the facility with which it 
forms a paste with water. 
The importations of cochineal have diminished, owing to the gradual replacement of this 
dye by the newer azo colors. In 1889, 550,000 lbs. were brought into the United States; 
in 1895, 1896, and 1897, the importations were 134,205 lbs., 161,330 lbs., and 142,261 lbs. 
respectively. The reduction in price has been such that at present the production in the 
Canaries is said not to be remunerative. 
PART I. Coccus.— Codeina. 
433 
PART I. 
Medical Properties, etc. Cochineal is supposed by some to possess anodyne properties, 
but is probably useless. In pharmacy it is employed to color tinctures and tooth-powders. To 
infants with whooping-cough, cochineal in substance is given in the dose of about one-third 
of a grain (0-02 Gm.) three times a day. The dose of a tincture (one part in eight parts of 
diluted alcohol) is for an adult from twenty to thirty drops (1-25-1-9 C.c.). In neuralgia. 
Sauter gave half a tablespoonful (7-5 C.c.) with asserted cure. 
CODEINA. U.S., Br. Codeine. 
CisHnNOs. H20; 316*31. (CO-DE-I'NA.) Ci8 H21 N03. H2 O; 317. 
“ An alkaloid obtained from Opium.” U. S. “ An alkaloid, C17H18(CH3)N03,H20, obtained, 
from opium or from morphine.” Br. 
Codeia; Codein uni, P. G.; Codeine, Fr.; Codein, G. 
Codeine* was discovered in 1832 by Kobiquet in morphine hydrochlorate prepared ac- 
cording to the process of Gregory. It exists in opium combined like morphine with meconic- 
acid, and is extracted along with that alkaloid in the preparation of the hydrochlorate. (See Mar- 
phina.) When the solution of the mixed morphine and codeine hydrochlorates is treated 
with ammonia, the former alkaloid is precipitated, and the codeine, remaining in solution, may 
be obtained by evaporation and crystallization. It may be purified by treating the crystals with 
hot ether, which dissolves them and yields the codeine in colorless crystals on spontaneous 
evaporation. Codeine is the methyl derivative of morphine, as shown in the formula 
C17H18(CH3)N03. It may be formed artificially from morphine by treating this latter suc- 
cessively with methyl iodide and fixed alkali. (Grimaux, 1881, Jour. Chem. Soc., 44, 358.) 
Codeine occurs in “ white, or nearly translucent, orthorhombic prisms, or octohedral crystals, 
odorless, having a faintly bitter taste, and slightly efflorescent in warm air. Soluble, at 15° C. 
(i)9° F.), in 80 parts of water f and in 3 parts of alcohol. In boiling water Codeine melts into 
oily drops which dissolve in 17 parts of the water. It is very soluble in boiling alcohol; also 
soluble in 30 parts of ether, and in 2 parts of chloroform. At 100° C. (212° F.) Codeine loses 
its water of crystallization (5-67 per cent.) ; at 155° C. (311° F.) it melts, forming a colorless 
liquid ; and, when ignited, it is consumed without leaving a residue. Codeine is alkaline to 
litmus paper. If 01 Gm. of Codeine be dissolved in 6 C.c. of cold, concentrated sulphuric acid 
(free from nitrose), the resulting liquid should be colorless. If about 2 C.c. of this solution be 
poured into a small porcelain capsule, and 1 drop of highly diluted nitric acid (made by adding 
1 drop of nitric acid to 200 C.c. of water) added, a bluish-red tint gradually changing to 
pale blue will be developed. Another portion of the same solution, of about 2 C.c., gently 
warmed, and mixed with 1 drop of a mixture of 1 volume of ferric chloride test-solution and 
19 volumes of water, likewise assumes a bluish or blue tint (difference from morphine). On 
adding to 5 C.c. of an aqueous solution of Codeine (1 in 100) 10 drops of bromine water, and 
shaking so as to redissolve the precipitate formed, the liquid will gradually develop a light 
claret-red tint. This tint may be developed at once by the addition of ammonia water. On 
sprinkling 0-05 Gm. of Codeine upon 2 C.c. of nitric acid (specific gravity 1-200), the crystals 
will turn red, but the acid, even when warmed, -will acquire only a yellow color (difference from 
and absence of morphine)." U. S. “ The alkaloid dissolves in an excess of sulphuric acid, 
forming a colorless solution, a small quantity of which, when gently warmed on a water-bath 
with 2 drops of solution of ammonium molybdate, or with a trace of ferric chloride or potassium 
ferricyani.de, develops a blue or bluish-black color, which, on the addition of a minute trace 
of diluted nitric acid, changes to a bright scarlet, becoming orange. Heated to redness in air 
it yields no ash. Moistened with nitric acid the liquid becomes yellow but not red. A 2 per 
cent, solution of Codeine in water acidulated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid gives a 
whitish precipitate with solution of potassium hydroxide, but not with solution of ammonia. A 
saturated solution of Codeine in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid should give no blue 
* Apocodeine, CisHigNOj. This alkaloid, discovered in 1869 by Matthiessen and Wright, is made by heating a 
concentrated solution of zinc chloride with codeine. It is soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform; insoluble in 
water. It gives a reaction similar to apomorphine, but is more stable. It has been found by Dujardin-Beaumetz to 
be about equal to apomorphine in the same dose; and it also acts as an expectorant in a manner similar to apomor- 
phine. It may be used hypodermically if the solution be perfectly neutral. 
A second derivative from codeine, isomeric with it in formula, has been obtained by Merck as a by-product in 
the manufacture of apocodeine, and has received the name of pseudocodeine. It differs from codeine in its higher 
melting point, 182° C. (359-6° F.), and in its property of being instantly precipitated by ammonia, in the form of 
crystalline needles, not only from cold but likewise from boiling aqueous solutions of its salts. According to Robert, 
it resembles codeine in its physiological action. 
t i'ambach and Henke assert that codeine is soluble in 118-35 parts of water at 15° C. (Merck’s Report, 1897, 305.) 
28 434 
Codeina.—Codeinse Phosphas. 
PART I. 
color, but only gradually a dull green, on the addition of test-solution of ferric chloride and a 
very dilute solution of potassium ferricyanide (absence of morphine and other impurities.)” 
Br. When added in excess to boiling water, the undissolved portion melts and sinks to the 
bottom, having the appearance of an oil. It may be separated from morphine by a solution 
of potassa or soda, which dissolves the morphine and leaves the codeine. It has an alkaline 
reaction on test-paper, and combines with acids to form salts, some of which are crystallizable, 
particularly the nitrate. Its capacity of saturation is almost identical with that of morphine. 
According to Ilobiquet, 1 part of hydrochloric acid is saturated by 7‘837 of codeine, and by 
7-88 of morphine. It is distinguishable, however, from the latter principle by the different 
form of its crystals, which are octohedral, by its solubility in boiling ether, greater solubility 
in water, and insolubility in alkaline solutions, and by not assuming a red color with nitric 
acid, or a blue one with ferric salts. Tincture of galls precipitates from its solutions a codeine 
tannate. Crystallized from a watery solution, it contains about 6 per cent, of water, which is 
driven off at 100° C. (212° F.). The crystals obtained from a solution in ether contain no 
water. 
Medical Properties. It is probable that pure codeine is a very feeble alkaloid, tolerated 
by the human system in very large doses. On the other hand, cases of severe poisoning have 
been published, and experimenters have claimed for it a very powerful influence upon the lower 
animals. As late as 1874, Dr. Myrtle reported the instance of a man who was almost killed 
by four grains of codeine, prepared by Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh. (Brit. Med. Journ., 1874, 
i. 478.) The symptoms were first vascular excitement and exhilaration, then depression, with 
great anxiety, nausea and vomiting, cold, pale, moist skin, slight contraction of the pupil, and 
delirious sleeplessness. Spratling reports a case in which eight grains of codeine produced in a 
young woman great restlessness, convulsive movements, intense irritation of the whole skin, 
contraction of the pupils, slowing of the respiration to twelve per minute, and light sleep. 
On the other hand, Dr. S. Weir Mitchell took five grains of codeine without effect, save some 
nausea, slight giddiness, and cerebral heaviness, and a trifling acceleration of the pulse; whilst 
we have given codeine prepared by Powers & Weightman, of Philadelphia, in doses of eight 
grains a day without distinct effect. It is very evident that commercial codeine has been and 
probably still is of varying composition, and the results frequently obtained have been produced 
by coherent alkaloids. Mr. Wm. Weightman once informed us that nearly the whole product 
of their laboratory went to France, where it appeared to be largely used as a calmative drug, 
free from many of the objections to opium, but in no way comparing with it in power. It has 
been highly lauded in the treatment of diabetes mellitus, and cases of recovery under its use 
reported. In the grave form of this disorder we have seen it fail to exert any perceptible 
influence, but the evidence is sufficient to demand a fair trial of the remedy in any individual 
case. Medical practitioners often use it to quiet cough, to allay intestinal pain, and to fulfil 
various other of the minor narcotic indications for which opium is commonly administered. 
On account of its frequent contamination with morphine, care should be exercised as to the 
commencing dose, but no effect at all is to be expected, if the alkaloid be pure, from less than 
one grain (0-06 Gm.), and this dose may be rapidly increased until some symptoms are produced. 
It may be given in pill or in syrupy solution. 
CODEINE PHOSPHAS. Br. Codeine Phosphate. 
(CO-DE-f'NiE PH5s'PHXS.) 
“ The phosphate, (C17Hj8(CH3)N03,H3P04)„,3H20, of an alkaloid obtained from opium or 
from morphine.” Br. This salt is official for the first time in the British Pharmacopoeia; it 
has been introduced because of its easy solubility and stability; on account of its large per- 
centage of codeine (about 70 per cent.) it is Well fitted for hypodermic injections. It occurs 
in “ White crystals which have a slightly bitter taste. It is soluble in 4 parts of water, much 
less soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.). A 5 per cent, aqueous solution has a slightly acid reac- 
tion, and yields a whitish precipitate with solution of potassium hydroxide, but not with solution 
of ammonia. It affords the reactions characteristic of Codeine and of phosphates. It loses 
its water of crystallization when dried at 212° F. (100° C.), and at a higher temperature 
melts, forming a yellowish-brown liquid. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the 
tests for chlorides or sulphates. It should not be colored blue by test-solution of ferric chloride 
(absence of morphine).” Br. 
The medical properties of codeine phosphate are the same as those of codeine. Dose, from 
one to two grains (0-06 to 0*13 Gm.). Colchici Radix.—Colchici Semen. 
PART I. 
435 
COLCHICI RADIX. U. S. (Br.) Colchicum Root. 
(C5l/<3HI-Ci RA-DIX.) 
“ The Corm of Colchicum autumnale, Linne (nat. ord. Liliacese).” U. S. “ The fresh corm 
of Colchicum autumnale, Linn., collected in early summer; and the same stripped of its coats, 
sliced transversely, and dried at a temperature not exceeding 150° F. (65-5° C.).” Br. 
Colchioi Cormus, Br., Colchicum Corm; Bulbus s. Tuber Colchici; Meadow-Saffron Root; Bulbe de Colchique, 
de Safran batard, Fr.; Zeitlosenknollen, G. 
COLCHICI SEMEN. U. S. (Br.) Colchicum Seed. 
(cOl'chi-c! se'men.) 
“ The seed of Colchicum autumnale, Linne (nat. ord. Liliacese).” U. S. “ The dried ripe 
seeds of Colchicum autumnale, Linn.” Br. 
Colchici Semina, Br.; Colchicum Seeds; Semen Colchici, P. G.; Semences de Colchique, Colchique, Fr.; Zeit- 
lose, Herbst-Zeitlose, Zeitlosensamen, G.; Colchico, It., Sp. 
Gen. Ch. A spat he. Corolla six-parted, with a tube proceeding directly from the root. Cap- 
sules three, connected, inflated. Willd. 
Colchicum autumnale. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 272; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 759, t. 258. This 
species of Colchicum, often called meadow-saffron, is a perennial bulbous plant, the leaves of 
which appear in spring, and the flowers in autumn. Its manner of growth is peculiar, and 
deserves notice as connected in some measure with its medicinal efficacy. In the latter part 
of summer, a new bulb, or cormus as the part is now called, begins to form at the lateral in- 
ferior portion of the old one, which receives the young offshoot in its bosom and embraces it 
half round. The new plant sends out fibres from its base, and is furnished with a radical 
spathe, which is cylindrical, tubular, cloven at top on one side, and half under ground. In 
September, from two to six flowers, of a lilac or pale-purple color, emerge from the spathe, un- 
accompanied with leaves. The corolla consists of a tube five inches long, concealed for two- 
thirds of its length in the ground, and of a limb divided into six segments. The flowers perish 
by the end of October, and the rudiments of the fruit remain under ground till the following 
spring, when they rise upon a stem above the surface, in the form of a three-lobed, three-celled 
capsule. The leaves of the new plant appear at the same time: so that in fact they follow 
the flower instead of preceding it, as might be inferred from the order of the seasons in which 
they respectively show themselves. The leaves are radical, spear-shaped, erect, numerous, about 
five inches long, and one inch broad at the base. In the mean time, the new bulb has been 
increasing at the expense of the old one, which, having performed its appointed office, perishes ; 
while the former, after attaining its full growth, sends forth shoots, and in its turn decays. 
The old bulb in its second spring, and a little before it perishes, sometimes puts forth one or 
more small bulbs, which are the sources of new plants. 
C. autumnale is a native of the temperate parts of Europe and of Northern Africa, growing 
in moist pastures and meadows. Attempts have been made to introduce its culture into this 
country, but with no great success; though small quantities of the bulb, of apparently good 
quality, have entered commerce. The flowers possess virtues similar to those of the bulb. 
Colchici Radix. The medicinal virtue of the bulb depends much upon the season at 
which it is collected. Early in the spring it is too young to have fully developed its peculiar 
properties; and late in the fall it has become exhausted by the nourishment afforded to the 
new plant. The proper period for its collection is from the early part of June, when it has 
usually attained perfection, to the middle of August, when the offset appears* It may be 
owing, in part, to this inequality at different seasons that entirely opposite reports have been 
given of its powers. Krapf ate whole bulbs without inconvenience; Haller found the bulbs 
entirely void of taste and acrimony; and we are told that in Carniola the peasants use it as 
food with impunity in the autumn. On the other hand, there can be no doubt of its highly 
irritating and poisonous nature, when fully developed, under ordinary circumstances. Perhaps 
soil and climate may have some influence in modifying its character. 
The bulb is often used in the fresh state in the countries where it grows, as it is apt to be 
injured in drying, unless the process is carefully conducted. The usual plan is to cut the bulb, 
* Dr. Christison, however, has found the roots collected in April to be more bitter than those gathered in July, 
and conjectures that the common opinion of their superior efficacy at the latter season may not be well founded. 
Prof. Schroff states, as the result of his observation, that the autumnal root is much stronger than that dug in the 
summer. (See A. J. P„ xxix. 324.) Colchici Semen. 
436 
PART I. 
as soon as possible after it bas been dug up, into thin transverse slices, which are spread out 
separately upon paper or perforated trays and dried with a moderate heat. The reason for 
drying it quickly after removal from the ground is that it otherwise begins to vegetate, and a 
change in its chemical nature takes place; and such is its retentiveness of life that, if not cut 
in slices, it is liable to undergo a partial vegetation even during the drying process. Dr. Houl- 
ton recommends that the bulb be stripped of its dry coating, carefully deprived of the bud or 
young bulb, and then dried whole. It is owing to the high vitality of the bud that the bulb 
is so apt to vegetate. During desiccation there is great loss of weight, 70 per cent, being the 
average for a number of years in the laboratory of Messrs. Allen & Hanburys, in London. 
Properties. The recent bulb or cormus of C. autumnale resembles that of the tulip in 
shape and size, and is covered with a brown membranous coat. Internally it is solid, white 
and fleshy, and, when cut transversely, yields, if mature, an acrid milky juice. There is often 
a small lateral projection from its base, which is the bud for the development of a new plant: 
this bud is frequently broken off in drying. When dried, and deprived of its external mem- 
branous covering, the corm is of an ash-brown color, convex on one side, and somewhat flat- 
tened on the other, where it is marked by a deep groove extending from the base to the sum- 
mit. As found in commerce, it is always in the dried state, sometimes in segments made by 
vertical sections of the bulb, but generally in transverse circular slices, about the eighth or 
tenth of an inch in thickness, with a notch at one part of their circumference. “ About 25 
Mm. long, ovoid, flattish and with a groove on one side; externally brownish and wrinkled; 
internally white and solid; often in transverse slices, reniform in shape, and breaking with a 
short, mealy fracture ; inodorous ; taste sweetish, bitter, and somewhat acrid.” U. S. The cut 
surface is white and of an amylaceous aspect. Examined with the microscope, the corm is 
seen to be composed of large irregular cells, full of ovoid, angular, sometimes compound, starch 
grains, and interspersed with spiral vessels in vascular bundles. The odor of the recent bulb 
is said to be hircine. It is diminished, but not lost, by drying. The taste is bitter, hot, and 
acrid. Wine and vinegar extract all the virtues of the bulb. 
The alkaloid colchicine, whose nature was first precisely made out by Geiger and Hesse, has 
been the subject of much controversy, for an account of which the reader is referred to the 
seventeenth edition of the U. S. Dispensatory, page 427, foot note. It is now recognized to be 
the methyl ester of acetyl-trimethyl colchicinic acid, and has the formula C22H26N0e. When 
colchicine is heated with 3 parts of hydrochloric acid for two hours on the water-bath, it is 
decomposed, with the formation of colchicinic acid, C16H16N06, and dimethyl colchicinic acid, 
Ci8Hi9N06. When colchicine is boiled with water containing sulphuric acid, it is decomposed 
according to the formula C22H26N06-f H20 = C21H23N06-f-CH30H, the products being 
colchiceine and methyl alcohol. The colchiceine is formed so readily that some of the reactions 
commonly attributed to colchicine itself are probably due to its decomposition product. Col- 
chiceine, which is aceto-trimethyl colchicinic add, can also be made synthetically by heating 
trimethyl colchicinic acid with acetic anhydrides to 100° C. Colchicine has also been built up 
synthetically from colchiceine, sodium methylate, and methyl iodide, which are heated together 
to 100° C. (Johanny, Zeisel, Monatshefte, 9, 8G8.) Colchicine is soluble in water and alcohol, 
also in chloroform, benzol, and amyl alcohol. Dragendorff describes it as soluble in ether, but 
Zeisel as scarcely so. Insoluble in petroleum ether. It is colored yellow with concentrated 
sulphuric acid, and blue, turning to brown and yellow, with nitric acid. It forms precipitates 
with the usual alkaloidal reagents. 
Dr. A. T. Thompson states that the milky juice of fresh colchicum produces a fine blue 
color if rubbed with the tincture of guaiac, and that the same effect is obtained from an acetic 
solution of the dried bulb. He considered the appearance of this color, when the slices were 
rubbed with a little distilled vinegar and tincture of guaiac, a proof that the drug was good and 
had been well dried. Dr. J. M. Maclagan has showm that this change of color is produced 
with the albumen, which is not affected if previously coagulated: so that the value of the test 
consists simply in proving that the drying has not been effected at a heat above 180° F., or 
the temperature at which albumen coagulates. A very deep or large notch in the circum- 
ference of the slices is an unfavorable sign, as it indicates that the bulb has been somewhat 
exhausted in the nourishment of the offset. The decoction yields a deep blue precipitate with 
solution of iodine, white precipitates with lead acetate and subacetate, mercurous nitrate, and 
silver nitrate, and a slight precipitate with tincture of galls. The value of colchicum is best 
tested by its bitterness. For method of assaying colchicum, by K. Schwickerath, see Pharm. 
Rund., 1893, 282. PAET I. 
Colchid Semen. 
437 
Medical Properties and Uses. When taken internally in therapeutic dose, colchicum 
usually produces no other symptoms than intestinal pains and looseness of the bowels. In 
some rare cases it is said to give rise to copious diuresis or diaphoresis instead of purging. 
When larger amounts are exhibited, the purging is more pronounced, and there may be also 
vomiting. With these symptoms there may be some depression, which seems to be due to the 
gastro-intestinal irritation rather than to the direct action of the poison. In an overdose, it 
may produce dangerous and even fatal effects. Excessive nausea and vomiting, abdominal 
pains, purging and tenesmus, great thirst, sinking of the pulse, coldness of the extremities, 
and general prostration, with occasional symptoms of nervous derangement, such as headache, 
delirium, and stupor, are among the results of its poisonous action. A peculiarity of its in- 
fluence is that when its dose is increased beyond a certain point there is not a corresponding 
increase in the rapidity of the fatal issue. This is probably because it kills not by a direct 
influence upon the heart or the nervous system, but by causing gastro-enteritis. On post- 
mortem examination the alimentary mucous membrane is found much inflamed. 
Colchicum was well known to the ancients as a poison, and is said to have been employed 
by them as a remedy in gout and other diseases. Storck revived its use among the moderns. 
He gave it as a diuretic and expectorant in dropsy and humoral asthma, and on the continent 
of Europe it acquired considerable reputation in these complaints; but the uncertainty of its 
operation led to its general abandonment, and it had fallen into almost entire neglect, when 
Dr. Want, of London, again brought it into notice by attempting to prove its identity with 
the active ingredient of the eau medicinale d'Husson, so highly celebrated as a cure for gout. 
In James’s Dispensatory, printed in 1747, it is said to be used in gout as an external applica- 
tion. The chief employment of the meadow-saffron is at present in the treatment of gout 
and rheumatism, in which experience has abundantly proved it to be a highly valuable remedy. 
We have, within our own observation, found it especially useful in these affections, when of a 
shifting or neuralgic character. It sometimes produces relief without obviously affecting the 
system ; but it is more efficient when it evinces its influence upon the skin or alimentary canal. 
Professor Chelius states that it changes the chemical constitution of the urine in arthritic 
patients, producing an evident increase of the uric acid. Dr. Maclagan has found it greatly 
to increase the proportion of both urea and uric acid in the urine, and, where these previously 
existed in the blood, to separate them from it. (Ed. Monthly Journ. of Med. Sci., N. S., v. 23.) 
But Graves and Gardner affirm that the urates diminish under its influence, and in a very 
careful and extended research Dr. A. B. Garrod found that its action upon the uric acid elim- 
ination is very irregular and uncertain. It has been found useful in prurigo, urticaria, and 
other cutaneous affections of a gouty nature. In modern practice it is employed almost solely 
in gout. It is generally given in the state of vinous tincture (see Vinum Colchid Radicis) ; 
but there are various other official preparations, any one of which may be used efficiently. 
The dose of the dried bulb is from two to eight grains (0-13-0-52 Gm.), which may be 
repeated every four or six hours till its effects are obtained.* 
The alkaloid colchidne acts like colchicum ; according to Maret and Combemale, in doses of 
one-twelfth of a grain (0-005 Gm.) producing violent diarrhoea, with diminished urinary se- 
cretion ; in doses of one-thirty-second of a grain (0-002 Gm.) causing some abdominal dis- 
turbance, with increased diuresis. According to Dr. J. Sprega, three grains (0-2 Gm.), repeated 
in three hours, caused violent gastro-enteritis, ending in death in thirty-one hours. (Gazz. d. 
Ospitali, Oct. 1890.) Colchicine salicylate (Colchisat) is a yellow amorphous powder, soluble 
in water, alcohol, and ether, the dose being one-hundredth of a grain (0.0006 Gm.) every 
four hours. 
Colchici Semen.—The seeds of the meadow-saffron ripen in summer, and should be col- 
lected about the end of July or beginning of August. They never arrive at maturity in plants 
cultivated in a dry soil or in confined gardens. (Williams.) They are nearly spherical, about 
the eighth of an inch in diameter, of a reddish-brown color externally, white within, and of a 
bitter acrid taste. “ Subglobular, about 2 Mm. thick, very slightly pointed at the hilum ; red- 
* In preparing colchicum pharmaceutically, if it be desired to retain the colchicine unchanged, both acids and 
alkalies should be avoided, especially when heat is employed. Of the official preparations, the two fluid extracts 
contain the colchicine as in nature; the acetic extract has a portion at least of colchiceine in its composition. In 
the wines, when kept, the colchicine probably passes gradually into colchiceine. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 97.) But it has 
not been proved that these latter preparations are in any degree less efficacious remedially; and, in the absence of’ 
all experience to the contrary, the inference is that colchiceine may have all the powers of colchicine; for the acetic 
extract, and the wines after being long kept, have often been used in practice, without having been found less effectual 
than other preparations of colchicum. 438 
Collodium. 
PAET I. 
dish brown, finely pitted, internally whitish ; very hard and tough ; inodorous ; taste bitter and 
somewhat acrid.” U. S. They are chiefly composed of a gray horny albumen, constituted of 
very thick-walled cells, and surrounded by a closely adherent testa. The leafless embryo is 
very small, and is situated close to the surface opposite the strophiole. Dr. Williams, of Ips- 
wich, England, first brought them into notice in 1820 as superior to the bulb. Prof. Schrotf, 
however, has found that their activity is inferior to that of the dried bulb, dug in autumn 
(A. J. P., xxix. 324) ; and recent studies indicate that they contain only a very small percen- 
tage of alkaloid. A wine, fluid extract, and tincture of the seeds are directed in the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia. Their dose is about the same as that of the bulb. 
COLLODIUM. U.S., Br. Collodion. 
(COL-LO'DI-UM.) 
Collodion, Fr.; Collodium, G. 
“ Pyroxylin, thirty grammes [or 463 grains] ; Ether, seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] ; Alcohol, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluid- 
ounces, 218 minims]. To the Pyroxylin, contained in a suitable bottle, add the ether, and let 
it stand for fifteen minutes ; then add the Alcohol, and shake the bottle until the Pyroxylin is 
dissolved. Cork the bottle well, and set it aside until the liquid has become clear. Then decant 
the clear portion from any sediment which may have formed, and transfer it to bottles, which 
should be well corked. Keep the Collodion in cork-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, remote 
from lights or fire.” U. S. 
“Pyroxylin, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Ether, 36 /?. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 360 
cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 12fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 120 cubic centimetres. 
Mix the Ether and the Alcohol; add the Pyroxylin; set aside for a few days; should there 
be any sediment, decant the clear Collodion.” Br. 
Collodion is a solution of gun cotton. On account of the facility with which ether evapo- 
rates, it is the better menstruum for remedial purposes; but gun cotton will not dissolve in 
that liquid when quite pure, and the addition of strong alcohol is necessary. Formerly the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia directed that the gun cotton be prepared at the time of making the collodion, 
giving directions for the purpose, but at the revision of 1870 the process of the British Pharma- 
copoeia was substantially adopted, a formula for the preparation of pyroxylin being given sep- 
arately in the Pharmacopoeia. The present formula differs very slightly from that of 1870, 
containing a little more pyroxylin and alcohol. (See Pyroxylin.) A change has been made, 
however, in directing the collodion to be decanted from the sediment. In the Pharm. 1870 
the sediment was directed to be re-incorporated with the clear collodion, and the result was 
the making of a tougher film. This sediment consists of undecomposed filaments of cotton, 
and these become partially felted as the ethereal liquid evaporates and the film is forming; 
this direction of the former Pharmacopoeia was usually disregarded, although for many pur- 
poses the cloudy film is to be preferred. 
Collodion is a transparent, colorless liquid, of a syrupy consistence and an ethereal smell. 
When applied to a dry surface, the ether quickly evaporates, and a transparent film is left, 
having remarkable adhesiveness and contractility. On account of the great volatility of ether, 
collodion must be kept in bottles well stopped. When insecurely kept, the liquid thickens and 
becomes less fit for the use of the surgeon. The thickened liquid sometimes contains acicular 
crystals. The addition of ether will generally restore the collodion to its original condition. 
Collodion was first applied to the purposes of surgery by Dr. J. Parker Maynard* of Bos- 
ton, when a student of medicine, in January, 1847. It is employed for holding together the 
edges of incised wounds, for covering ulcers or abraded or diseased surfaces, chilblains, chapped 
nipples, etc., with an impervious film not acted upon by water, and for encasing parts which 
require to be kept without relative motion. It is applied brushed over the part, or by means 
of strips of muslin. In whatever way applied, the solvent quickly evaporates, and leaves the 
solid adhesive material, which is soluble neither in water nor in alcohol. The rigid film thus 
formed contracts with a good deal of force. This property adapts collodion for certain pur- 
poses, such as drawing together the edges of wounds, exciting pressure on buboes, etc. When, 
* Dr. Maynard recommended the following formula. Take of sulphuric acid of sp. gr. 1'850 two parts, and of 
nitric acid of sp. gr. 1/450 one part. Mix them, and, having permitted the heat to fall to about 100° F., add raw 
cotton to saturation. Let it macerate for one or two hours; then pour off the acids, wash the cotton till the wash- 
ings cease to affect litmus paper, and dry thoroughly. The gummy matter thus formed is now to be dissolved in 
ether of the sp. gr. about ’750, or in a mixture of three parts of pure ether and one part of alcohol of 95 per cent. 
Two ounces of cotton will make about a pint of collodion. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., 1866, p. 39.) PART I. 
Collodium.—Collodium Cantharidatum. 
439 
however, the surgeon desires simply to protect a surface, a flexible, non-contracting film is 
preferable, and the official flexible collodion should be used. Collodion has been variously 
medicated, and thus made the vehicle of several important medicines for external application. 
Iodized collodion has been proposed by Dr. C. Fleming, for the purpose of obtaining the 
specific effects of iodine in a rapid manner, especially on tumors. It is made by dissolving 
from ten to twenty grains of iodine in a fluidounce of collodion. See Collodium Iodatum 
(N. F.). M. Aran has proposed a ferruginous collodion, made of equal parts of collodion and 
tincture of ferric chloride, as a remedy in erysipelas* A caustic collodion may be prepared 
by dissolving 4 parts of corrosive sublimate in 30 of collodion. Dr. Macke, of Sorau, has used 
this preparation for destroying naevi materni. The eschar formed is one or two lines in 
thickness, and separates in from three to six days, leaving but a trifling cicatrix. (See A. J. 
P., May, 1858, for formulas in which collodion is made the vehicle of iodine, belladonna, sul- 
phur, etc.) All these medicated collodions are best applied by means of a camel’s-hair brush. 
See also Collodium Tiglii (N. F.), and Collodium Salicylatum Compositum (N. F.).f 
COLLODIUM CANTHARIDATUM. U. S. (Br.) Cantharidal Collodion. 
[Blistering Collodion.] 
(COL-LO'DI-UM CAN-THAR-I-DA'TUM.) 
Collodium Vesicans, Br.; Blistering Collodion; Collodium Cantharidatum, P. G.; Collodium Cantharidale, s. 
Vesicans; Collodion vesicant (cantharide), Fr.; Blasenziehendes Collodium, G. 
“ Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Flexible Collo- 
dion, eighty-jive grammes [or 3 ounces av.] ; Chloroform, a sufficient quantity, To make one hun- 
dred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Pack the Cantharides firmly in a cylindrical 
percolator, and gradually pour Chloroform upon it, until the powder is exhausted. Recover 
the chloroform by distillation from a water-bath, and evaporate the residue, in a capsule, on a 
water-bath, until it weighs fifteen grammes [or 231 grains]. Dissolve this in the Flexible 
Collodion, and set it aside to become clear by settling. Finally pour off the clear portion from 
any sediment which may have formed, and transfer it to bottles, which should be securely 
corked. Keep the Cantharidal Collodion in cork-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, remote from 
lights or fire.” U. S. 
“Blistering Liquid, 20 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 200 cubic centimetres; Pyroxylin, 
I ounce (Imp.) or 5 grammes. Add the Pyroxylin to the Blistering Liquid in a stoppered 
bottle; shake them together until the Pyroxylin is dissolved.” Br. 
The official process differs considerably in the manipulation from that of the U. S. P. 1870, 
although the finished preparation is not essentially different. Chloroform is used to extract 
the cantharidin from the powdered cantharides, by percolation ; the chloroform is afterwards 
recovered by distillation, and the oily residue containing the vesicant is dissolved in the collo- 
dion. The efficiency of chloroform as a solvent of cantharidin has been shown by Professor 
Procter. The original process of M. Ilisch was to exhaust, by percolation, a pound of can- 
tharides, with a mixture consisting of a pound of ether and three ounces of acetic ether, and 
in two ounces of this liquid to dissolve 25 grains of gun cotton. Professor Procter states that 
it has been found more advantageous to exhaust the flies with ether, distil off the ether, and 
mix the oily residue with collodion already prepared of the proper consistence (A. J. P., xxiv. 
303); and this is probably a better formula than the official, if care is used in recovering the 
ether to avoid contact with flame. Mr. Charles S. Rand (A. J. P., xxii. 18) states that Ilisch’s 
preparation, made with double the proportion of ether, vesicates equally well, and proposes the 
addition of about 1 per cent, of Venice turpentine, which he has found to prevent the dis- 
* Pavesi’s Styptic Collodion. Collodion, 100 parts; carbolic acid, 10 parts; pure tannin, 5 parts; benzoic acid, 
3 parts. Agitate till thoroughly mixed. On evaporation it leaves a brown pellicle, adhering strongly to tissues, and 
effecting instant coagulation of the blood and albumen. 
Collodium Belladonna, Belladonna Collodion. Mix 10 fluidounces each of fluid extract of belladonna leaves and 
ether, and set aside for 12 hours. Decant and dissolve therein 130 grains camphor, 183 grains pyroxylin, 365 grains 
Canada balsam, 183 grains castor oil. (Naylor.) 
Iodoform Collodion is made, according to Moleschott, by dissolving 1 part of iodoform, in fine powder, in 15 parts 
of flexible collodion. It is recommended for relieving pain caused by gout, and for orchitis, pericarditis, etc. See 
also Collodium Iodoformatum (N. F.). 
i'i f Silk Collodion. M. Persoz the younger prepares a collodion by bringing silk to the condition of the material 
from which the worm spins its thread. This he does by dissolving it in a solution of zinc chloride, and then sepa- 
rating the solvent by means of dialysis. The chloride passes through the parchment of a dialyser, leaving the silk 
substance in a soft fibreless state. The material thus obtained is said to be applicable to photographic purposes. 
Before it could be used as collodion, it would be necessary to dissolve it in a volatile liquid which would evaporate 
spontaneously on application to the surface. (See A. J. P., 1867, p. 182.) 440 
Collodium, Canthandatum.—Collodium Stypticum. 
PART I. 
agreeable and sometimes painful contraction of the collodion upon drying. The preparation 
may be kept indefinitely, in an opaque glass-stoppered bottle, without change; but on exposure 
to the light, the greenish coloring matter of the flies bleaches, and the liquid becomes yellow- 
ish* Cantharidized collodion may be made from cantharidin by dissolving four grains of 
cantharidin in one thousand grains of flexible collodion. 
Cantharidal collodion is a very convenient epispastic remedy. It may be applied to the sur- 
face by means of a camel’s-hair brush, and after the evaporation of the ether, which takes 
place in less than a minute, may be reapplied if the surface should not be well covered. It 
produces a blister in about the same time as the ordinary cerate, and has the advantages that it 
is applied with greater facility, is better adapted to cover uneven surfaces, and retains its place 
more certainly. According to Mr. Rand, if the evaporation of the ether be restrained by a 
piece of oiled silk immediately after its application, it will act much more speedily. 
COLLODIUM FLEXILE. U. S., Br. Flexible Collodion. 
(COL-LO'DI-UM FLkX'l-LE.) 
Collodium Elasticum, P. G.; Collodion elastique, Fr.; Elastisches Collodium, G. 
“ Collodion, nine hundred and twenty grammes [or 32 ounces av., 198 grains] ; Canada Tur- 
pentine, grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains]; Castor Oil, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce 
av., 25 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Weigh the 
ingredients, successively, into a tared bottle, and mix them thoroughly. Keep the product in 
cork-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, remote from lights or fire.” U S. 
“ Collodion, 12 Ji. ounces (Imperial measure) or 480 cubic centimetres; Canada Turpentine, 
4 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Castor oil, 4 ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
The contractility of the collodion film has long been felt as a drawback to its use simply for 
the purposes of protection. Mr. C. S. Rand, of Philadelphia, proposed to obviate this by dis- 
solving one part of gun cotton and three of Venice turpentine in twenty parts of ether. To 
give more flexibility to the film, M. Sourisseau, of Kaiserberg, suggested the addition of one 
part of elemi to twelve of collodion. According to Mr. Startin, of London, opacity and elas- 
ticity may be imparted at the same time by adding from half a drachm to a drachm of lard, 
or some similar fatty matter, previously dissolved in ether, to an ounce of collodion. The 
qualities of softness and elasticity may also be given by combining collodion with castor oil, in 
the proportion of thirty parts to two, agreeably to the plan of M. Guersant, who found it useful, 
thus modified, in erysipelas; and the proportion of castor oil may be increased if thought 
desirable. This is the method preferred by the French Codex. An elastic collodion, somewhat 
similar, in which, besides castor oil, Venice turpentine and white wax are ingredients, has been 
proposed by E. Lauras. (P. J. Tr., xii. 303.) According to MM. Cap and Garot, the most 
successful way for obtaining an elastic collodion is to mix two parts of glycerin with one hun- 
dred of collodion. Glycerized collodion is exceedingly supple, does not crack and scale off from 
the skin, and accommodates itself to the motions of the part. In order to imitate the color of 
the skin, an ethereal tincture of turmeric or saffron may be added, so as to produce the desired 
tint. Dr. Meller has proposed a solution of shellac in highly rectified alcohol, so as to have a 
gelatinous consistence, as a substitute for collodion. Of all these plans, probably that followed 
in the official directions is the best. Dr. Tournie recommends, in superficial cervical adenitis 
with redness, painting the part with several layers of flexible collodion every two days. (Med. 
Times and Gaz., 1874, p. 540.) 
COLLODIUM STYPTICUM. U. S. Styptic Collodion. 
(COL-LO'DI-UM STYP'TI-CUM.) 
Styptic Colloid, Xylostyptic Ether; Collodion styptique, Fr. 
“ Tannic Acid, twenty grammes [or 308 6 grains] ; Alcohol, five cubic centimeters [or 81 
minims] ; Ether, twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 406 minims] ; Collodion, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Introduce the Tannic 
Acid, Alcohol, and Ether into a graduated bottle, agitate until the Tannic Acid is thoroughly 
incorporated and partially dissolved, then add enough Collodion to make up the volume to one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], and shake occasionally, until the Acid 
is completely dissolved. Keep the product in cork-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, remote 
from lights or fire.” U. S. 
* Croton Oil Collodion is made by mixing equal weights of croton oil and flexible collodion. (Report on Revision 
of U. S. Pharm., A. P. A., i860.) PART I. 
Collodium Stypticum.— Colocynthis. 
441 
This collodion is a modification of the styptic colloid of Hr. B. W. Bichardson, of London 
(P. J. Tr., 1867, p. 29), a preparation which has had considerable use, particularly in hospitals. 
Experience has shown, however, that Dr. Bichardson’s formula contained too little tannin ; the 
quantity has been increased in the U. S. process to 20 per cent., but this is more than will 
usually dissolve. The manipulation in the official formula might be improved by directing the 
tannic acid to be rubbed into a smooth paste in a mortar with sufficient alcohol, before intro- 
ducing into the bottle. This would enable the pharmacist to prepare it extemporaneously. 
When applied on wounded or abraded surfaces, it soon loses the ether and alcohol, and a firm 
coating is left, in which, besides the tannin and colloidal substance, are the coagulated blood 
and secretions from the surface, forming a covering for the part by which the air is excluded. 
The liquid is applied with a camel’s-hair brush, or by means of cotton saturated with it, to the 
edges of wounds closed by stitches, to ulcerated surfaces and bleeding parts. If it be desired 
to make a special impression on the diseased surface, carbolic acid, creosote, iodine, morphine, 
etc., may be incorporated with the styptic fluid* 
COLOCYNTHIS. U. S. (Br.) Colocynth. 
(c5l-o-cyn'this.) 
“ The fruit of Citrullus Colocynthis, Schrader (nat. ord. Cucurbitacese), deprived of its 
rind.” TJ. S. “ The dried pulp of the fruit of Citrullus Colocynthis, Schrad., freed from 
seeds.” Br. 
Colocynthidis Pulpa, Br., Colocynth Pulp; Fructus Colocynthidis, P. G.; Poma Colocynthidis; Pulpe de Colo- 
quinte, Coloquinte, Fr.; Coloquintenapfel, Koloquintenmark, Koloquinten, G.; Coloquintida, It., Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Male. Calyx five-toothed. Corolla five-parted. Filaments three. Female. 
Calyx five-toothed. Corolla five-parted. Pistil three-cleft. Seeds of the gourd with a sharp 
edge. Willd. 
Citrullus colocynthis (L.). Schrad., Engel, and Prantl—Cucumis colocynthis. Willd. Sp. 
Plant, iv. 611 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. 189, t. 71. The hitter cucumber is an annual plant, bearing 
considerable resemblance to the common watermelon. The stems, which are herbaceous and 
beset with rough hairs, trail upon the ground, or rise upon neighboring bodies, to which they 
attach themselves by their numerous tendrils. The leaves, which stand alternately on long 
petioles, are triangular, many-cleft, variously sinuated, obtuse, hairy, of a fine green color on 
the upper surface, rough and pale on the under. The flowers are yellow, and appear singly at 
the axils of the leaves. The fruit is a globular pepo, of the size of a small orange, yellow 
and smooth when ripe, and contains, within a hard, coriaceous rind, a white, spongy pulp, 
enclosing numerous ovate, compressed, white or brownish seeds. 
The plant is a native of Turkey, and abounds in the islands of the Archipelago. It grows 
also in various parts of Africa and Asia. Burckhardt, in his travels across Nubia, found the 
country covered with it; Thunberg met with it at the Cape of Good Hope; and Ainslie says 
that it grows in many parts of Lower India, particularly in sandy places near the sea. It is 
said to be cultivated in Spain, to abound in Morocco and in the neighboring countries, and 
even to have been collected in Japan. Colocynth from the maritime plain between the moun- 
tains of Palestine and the Mediterranean is chiefly shipped from Jaffa, and is known as Turkish 
colocynth. It is said to be of superior quality. The fruit is gathered in autumn, when it 
begins to become yellow, and, having been peeled, is dried quickly in a stove or in the sunshine. 
Thus prepared, it is imported from the Levant. Small quantities are said to be imported into 
England from Mogador in the form of brown, unpeeled globular gourds.f The so-called Per- 
sian colocynth of the London markets is very small, and has apparently been compressed in a 
fresh state, so that the position of the seeds is perceptible through the dry pulp. The micro- 
scopic structure and the proportion of the pulp to the seed appear to be the same as in other 
colocynths. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 107.) Colocynth has been grown in New Mexico, but, according 
to Prof. Sayre, the American colocynth possesses only about two-thirds the cathartic action of 
the Trieste variety. 
* Carbolized Styptic Colloid. In this preparation advantage is taken of the antiseptic and styptic properties of 
carbolic acid, and a very effective hasmostatic results. It is made by adding ten per cent, of carbolic acid to official 
styptic collodion. 
t In Union Village, Lebanon, Ohio, the Shakers formerly prepared an extract from a hybrid between the colo- 
cynth and the watermelon. The two plants were placed close to each other, and the hybrid resulting yielded the 
second year a gourd resembling a watermelon, but very bitter, and affording an abundant extract. This is stated to 
be equal in purgative properties to that of colocynth, but at present it is not manufactured. 
Properties. As found in commerce, colocynth is in the shape of whitish balls about the 442 
Colocynthis. 
PART L 
size of an orange, very light and spongy, and abounding in seeds which constitute three-fourths 
of their weight. The seeds are somewhat bitter, but possess little activity, and, according to 
Captain Lyon, are even used as food in the north of Africa.* When the medicine is prepared 
for use, they are separated and rejected, the pulpy or medullary matter only being employed. 
This has a very feeble odor, but a nauseous and intensely bitter taste. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia 
thus describes colocynth : “ From 5 to 10 Cm. in diameter ; globular ; white or yellowish white ; 
light, spongy; readily breaking into three wedge-shaped pieces, each containing, near the 
rounded surface, many flat, ovate, brown seeds; inodorous ; taste intensely bitter. The pulp 
only should be used, the seeds being separated and rejected.” “ It should not yield the char- 
acteristic reactions with the tests for starch, and only traces of fixed oil should be removed 
from it by ether. It yields, when dried at 212° F. (100° C.) and incinerated, at least 9 per 
cent, of ash (indicating absence of seeds).” Br. Barclay considers the estimation of ash in 
powdered colocynth useful in proving its freedom from seeds. The pulp yields from 8-6 to 
14 per cent, of ash, the seeds from 2 to 4 per cent., the whole apple 4-6 per cent. (Amer. 
Drug., 1896, 152.) Water and alcohol extract the virtues of colocynth. It is a matter 
of importance to be able to determine 
whether the drug miller who usually 
powders colocynth is careful to reject the 
seeds. If the seeds have been ground 
with the dried pulp, the microscope will 
show the presence of numerous albu- 
minous granules derived from the coty- 
ledons. (W. T. Clark, P. J. Tr., vii. 
509.) These are best found by putting 
a small amount of the powder on the glass 
slide, adding a drop of water, and gently 
rubbing the cover glass over it; frag- 
ments of the double-walled embryo sac 
show on the outer side elongated, more 
or less hexagonal, thin-walled cells, and 
on the inner side irregular, tabular, thick- 
walled cells. Powdered colocynth con- 
taining a large number of starch granules 
has suffered adulteration. Yauquelin 
obtained the bitter principle of colocynth 
in a separate state, and called it colo- 
cynthin. According to Meissner, 100 
parts of the dry pulp of colocynth con- 
tain 14-4 parts of colocynthin, 1O0 of 
extractive, 4-2 of fixed oil, 132 of a 
resinous substance insoluble in ether, 9 5 
of gum, 3-0 of pectic acid (pectin), 17’6 of gummy extract derived from the lignin by means 
of potassa, 2 7 of calcium phosphate, 3'0 of magnesium phosphate, and 19-0 of lignin, besides 
water.f Colocynthin is obtained by boiling the pulp in wrater, evaporating the decoction, treat- 
ing the extract thus procured with alcohol, evaporating the alcoholic solution, and submitting 
the residue, which consists of the bitter principle and potassium acetate, to the action of a little 
cold water, which dissolves the latter and leaves the greater part of the former untouched. 
Mr. Bastick obtained it by exhausting the pulp with cold water, heating the solution to ebul- 
lition, adding lead subacetate so long as a precipitate was produced, filtering the liquor when 
cold, adding dilute sulphuric acid gradually until it no longer occasioned a precipitate, boiling 
to expel free acetic acid, filtering to separate lead sulphate, evaporating cautiously nearly to 
470 diameters. 
a, inner layer of embryo sac ; b, outer layer of ditto; c, cells of 
palisaded layer with granules; d, stomata from cotyledon ; e, gran- 
ules from cotyledons; /, epidermis of rind; h, starch granule (side 
view). 
* Dr. Nachtigal confirms this statement of Captain Lyon’s, but with the qualification that, before being eaten, 
the seeds are deprived of their coating by some mechanical means, and the kernels are heated to the boiling point, 
then washed with cold water, dried, and powdered. Professor Fliickiger found a bitter principle in the testa, which 
accounts for its rejection as food, though rendering improper the rejection of the seed in preparing the extract. He 
found in the kernels about 45 per cent, of fixed oil and 18 per cent, of albumen. (A. J. P., 1872, 538.) 
f Dr. Walz supposed that he had found another peculiar principle, colocynthitin. It was obtained by treating 
with ether the alcoholic extract previously exhausted by water, decolorizing the ethereal solution with animal char- 
coal, evaporating to dryness, and dissolving the residue in anhydrous alcohol, which deposited it in crystals on spon- 
taneous evaporation. It is white and tasteless, and is probably a resin. (N. Jahrbuch der Pharm., xvi. 10.) Colocynthis.—Confectiones. 
443 
PART I. 
dryness, extracting the colocynthin from the residuum by strong alcohol, which left the salts, 
and finally evaporating the alcoholic solution. The following process, employed by Dr. Walz, 
yields it in a purer state. Colocynth is exhausted by alcohol of sp. gr. 0-84, the tincture 
evaporated to dryness, the residue treated with water, and the solution precipitated first with lead 
acetate and afterwards with lead subacetate. The yellow filtered liquor is then treated with 
hydrogen sulphide to separate the lead, and, after filtration, with solution of tannic acid, which 
throws down a compound of tannic acid and colocynthin. This is dissolved in alcohol, the tannin 
thrown down by lead subacetate, the excess of lead separated, and the liquid digested with 
animal charcoal, filtered, and evaporated. The residue, washed with anhydrous ether, is pure 
colocynthin. This is yellowish, somewhat translucent, brittle and friable, fusible by a heat 
below 100° C. (212° F.), inflammable, more soluble in alcohol than in water, but capable of 
rendering the latter intensely bitter. M. Mouchon states that it is insoluble in ether. It is 
neither acid nor alkaline; but its aqueous solution gives with infusion of galls a copious white 
precipitate. Its formula, according to Dr. Walz, is C56H84023: Upon the same authority it is 
a glucoside, being resolved by the action of sulphuric acid into sugar and a peculiar resinous 
substance termed colocynthein. Henke doubts the probability of colocynthin being a glucoside, 
and states that it is uncrystallizable; he reviews the methods of previous investigators, and 
obtained by his own process but 0-66 per cent, of colocynthin. (Archiv d. Pharrn., 1883, p. 200 ; 
A. J. P., 1883, p. 301.) According to Johannson, colocynthin, when heated with diluted 
sulphuric acid, yields colocynthein, elaterin, and bryonin. (A. J. P., 1885, p. 451.)* An 
infusion of colocynth, made with boiling water, gelatinizes upon cooling. Neumann obtained 
from 768 parts of the pulp, treated first with alcohol and then with water, 168 parts of alcoholic 
and 216 of aqueous extract. (See also paper by George Wagner, Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 179.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. The pulp of colocynth is a powerful drastic, hydra- 
gogue cathartic, producing, when given in large doses, violent griping, and sometimes bloody 
discharges, with dangerous inflammation of the bowels. Death has resulted from a teaspoon- 
ful ai*d a half of the powder. (Christison.) Even in moderate doses it sometimes acts with 
much harshness, and it is therefore seldom prescribed alone. By some writers it is said to 
be diuretic. It was frequently employed by the ancient Greeks and the Arabians, though its 
drastic nature was not unknown to them. Among the moderns it is occasionally used in obsti- 
nate dropsy, and in various affections depending on disordered action of the brain. In combi- 
nation with other cathartics it loses much of its violence, but retains its purgative energy, and 
in this state is extensively employed. The compound extract of colocynth is a favorite prepa- 
ration with many practitioners; and, combined with calomel, extract of jalap, and gamboge, it 
forms a highly efficient and safe cathartic, especially useful in congestion of the portal circle 
and torpidity of the liver. (See Pilulse, Catharticse, Compositse.) The dose of colocynth is from 
five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.). It is best administered in minute division, effected by trit- 
uration with gum or farinaceous matter. The active principle has sometimes been employed, 
and, in the impure state in which it is prepared by the process of M. Emile Mouchon, may be 
given in the dose of a grain (-065 Gm.).f 
Thunberg states that the fruit of C. colocynthis, at the Cape of Good Hope, is rendered so 
mild by being properly pickled that it is eaten both by the natives and by the colonists; but, as 
it is thus employed before attaining perfect maturity, it is possible that the drastic principle 
may not have been developed. 
CONFECTIONES. Confections. 
(CON-FfiC-TI-0'NE§—kpn-fgk-shp-o'nez.) 
Electuaries; Conserves, Electuaires, Saccharoles mous, Fr.; Conserven, Latwergen, G. 
Under tlie general title of Confections, the Pharmacopoeias include all those preparations 
having the form of a soft solid, in which one or more medicinal substances are incorporated 
with saccharine matter, with a view either to their preservation or more convenient administra- 
tion. But two confections have been retained in the present revision of the U. S. Pharmaco- 
* According to Ernst Johannson (Tnaug. Diss., Dorpat, 1S84), colocynthin can readily be found in the alvine dis- 
charges and in the body, after poisoning by it, by the following tests: milligramme will give with concentrated 
sulphuric acid a reddish-yellow color, deepening into red; Froehde’s reagent strikes with milligramme a cherry- 
red color; one part of ammonium vanadanate in 200 parts of concentrated sulphuric acid makes with milligramme 
a blood-red spot surrounded by a bluish tint; alcohol with sulphuric acid strikes a yellow color, not altered by warm- 
ing; selenosulphurie acid (IhiSeSOs) does the same; basic lead acetate and tannic acid precipitate by weak solutions. 
f For further processes for preparing colocynthin, see U. S. D., fourteenth edition, or A. J. P., xxviii. 
1863, 116. 444 
Confectiones.— Confectio Piperis. 
PART I. 
r>oeia. The old division into Conserves and Electuaries has been abandoned; but, as there is 
some ground for the distinction, we shall make a few general remarks upon each division before 
proceeding to the consideration of the individual preparations. 
Conserves consist of undried vegetable substances and refined sugar beaten into a uniform 
mass. By means of the sugar, the vegetable matter is enabled to resist for some time the 
decomposition to which it would otherwise be exposed in the undried state, and the properties 
of the recent plant are thus retained to a certain extent unaltered. But, as active medicines 
even thus treated undergo some change, and those which lose their virtues by desiccation cam 
not be long preserved, the few conserves now retained are intended rather as convenient vehicles 
of other substances than for separate exhibition. The sugar used in their preparation should 
he reduced to a fine powder by pounding and sifting, as otherwise it will not mix uniformly with 
the other ingredients. 
Electuaries are mixtures consisting of medicinal substances, especially dry powders, com- 
bined with syrup or honey, in ofder to render them less unpleasant to the taste, and more con- 
venient for internal use. They are usually prepared extemporaneously ; and it is only when their 
complex nature renders it convenient to keep them ready made, or some peculiarity in the mode 
of mixing the ingredients requires attention, that they become proper objects for official direc- 
tion. Their consistence should not be so soft, on the one hand, as to allow the ingredients to sepa- 
rate, nor so firm, on the other, as to prevent them from being swallowed without mastication. 
Different substances require different proportions of syrup. Light vegetable powders usually 
require twice their weight, gum-resins two-thirds of their weight, resins somewhat less, mineral 
substances about half their weight, and deliquescent salts not more than one-tenth. Should 
the electuary be found, after having been kept for a short time, to swell up and emit gas, it 
should be beaten over again in a mortar, so that any portion of the sugar which may have crys- 
tallized may be again accurately incorporated with the other ingredients. Should it, on the 
contrary, become dry and hard from the mutual reaction of its constituents, more syrup should 
be added, so as to give it the requisite consistence. If the dryness result from the mere, evap- 
oration of the aqueous part, water should be added instead of syrup ; and the same remark is 
applicable to the conserves. To prevent the hardening of electuaries, the French writers recom- 
mend the use of syrup prepared from brown sugar, which is less apt to crystallize than that 
made from the refined. Molasses would answer the same purpose, but its taste might be objec- 
tionable. Some employ honey, but this is not always acceptable to the stomach. Glycerin 
might sometimes be used with advantage.* 
CONFECTIO PIPERIS. Br. Confection of Pepper. 
(CON-FEC'TI-O PI'PER-IS.) 
Electuarium Piperis; Electuaire de Poivre, Fr.; Pfefferlatwerge, G. 
“ Black Pepper, in fine powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Caraway Fruit, in fine 
powder, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 60 grammes; Clarified Honey, 15 ounces (Imp.) or 300 grammes. 
Mix.” Br. This preparation was intended as a substitute for Ward's paste, which acquired 
some reputation in Great Britain as a remedy in piles and ulcers of the rectum. To do good, 
* Confectio Aromatica. Aromatic Confection. (Electuarium Aromaticum ; Electuaire, Confection aromatique, Fr.; 
Aromatische Latwerge, Gewiirzlatwerge, G.) “Take of Aromatic Powder four troy ounces ; Clarified Honey four 
troyounces, or a sufficient quantity. Rub the Aromatic Powder with Clarified Honey until a uniform mass of the 
proper consistence is obtained.” U. S. 1870. The aromatic confection has been abandoned in the U. S. and Br. 
Pharmacopoeias, probably because readily prepared extemporaneously. It affords, nevertheless, a convenient means 
of administering the spices contained in it, and an agreeable vehicle for other medicines. The 1870 U. S. formula 
differed favorably from that of 1850 in the omission of the saffron; and the place of the syrup of orange peel has 
been economically supplied by using a larger proportion of honey. The confection is given in debilitated states of 
the stomach. The dose is from ten to sixty grains (O’fiS-S'O dm.). 
Confectio Aurantii Corticis. Confection of Orange Peel. (Conserva Aurantii; Conserve d’Ecorce d’Orange, Fr.; 
Apfelsinenschalen-Conserve, G.) “ Take of Sweet Orange Peel, recently separated from the fruit by grating, twelve 
troyounces ; Sugar [refined] thirty-six troyounces. Beat the Orange Peel with the Sugar, gradually added, until they 
are thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 1870. This confection, like the preceding, has been dropped in the U. S. and Br. Phar- 
macopoeias. It is not used as frequently as it deserves to be. It is, when well made, a grateful aromatic vehicle or 
adjunct for tonic and purgative powders. 
Confectio Opii. Confection of Opium, which was the modern substitute for the mediaeval preparations known as 
theriaca and mithridate, has been finally dropped from both Pharmacopoeias. One grain of opium was contained in 
about thirty-six grains of the former United States confection, and in about forty grains of the British. The follow- 
ing is the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1870) formula. “Take of Opium, in fine powder, two hundred and seventy grains; 
Aromatic Powder six troyounces ; Clarified Honey fourteen troyounces. Rub the Opium with the Aromatic Powder, 
then add the Honey, and beat the whole together until thoroughly mixed.” Confedio Rouse.— Confedio Sennae. 
PART I. 
445 
it must be continued, according to Mr. Brodie, for two, three, or four months. The dose is 
from one to two drachms (3-9 to 7-8 Gm.), repeated two or three times a day. Its stimulating 
properties render it inapplicable to cases attended with much inflammation. 
CONFECTIO ROSJE. U. S. (Br.) Confection of Rose. 
(CON-FEC'TI-O RO'§^E.) 
Confeotio Rosae Gallicse, Br.; Confection of Roses; Conserva Rosarum; Conserve de Rose rouge, Fr.; Rosen- 
Conserve, G. 
“Red Rose, in No. 60 powder, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av , 360 grains]; Sugar, in 
fine powder, six hundred and forty grammes [or 22 ounces av., 252 grains] ; Clarified Honey, 
one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 grains] ; Stronger Rose Water, one 
hundred and sixty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 197 minims]. Rub the Red Rose with 
the Stronger Rose Water previously heated to 65° C. (149° F.), then gradually add the Sugar 
and Honey, and beat the whole together until a uniform mass results.” U. S. 
“ Fresh Red-Rose Petals, one pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes ; Refined Sugar, three pounds 
(Imp.) or 1500 grammes. Beat together in a stone mortar.” Br. 
This preparation differs from that formerly official only in a slight increase—4 per cent.—in 
the quantity of sugar; this is rather an improvement. 
In the British process the unblown petals only are used, and these should be deprived of 
their claws; in other words, the rose-buds should be cut off a short distance above their base, 
and the lower portion rejected. In the last four editions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, dried 
roses have been substituted for the fresh, as the latter are not brought to our market. The 
process is very similar to that of the French Codex. We have been informed, however, that 
confection of rose is still made in Philadelphia on a large scale from the fresh petals of the 
hundred-leaved rose and others, by beating them into a pulp with sugar, as in the British 
process. An excuse for this deviation from the official formula is, that the confection thus 
made has greater adhesiveness than the official, and is therefore better fitted for the formation 
of pills. Confection of Rose is slightly astringent, but is used almost exclusively as a vehicle 
of other medicines, or to impart consistence to the pilular mass. 
CONFECTIO SENNJE. U. S., Br. Confection of Senna. 
(con-fec’ti-o sen'n.®.) 
Electuarium e Senna, P. G.; Electuarium de Senna Compositum, Electuarium Lenitivum; Electuaire de Sen6 
compose, Electuaire lenitif, Fr.; Senna-Latwerge, G. 
“ Senna, in No. 60 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces ay., 230 grains] ; Cassia Fis- 
tula, bruised, one hundred and sixty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 281 grains] ; Tamarind, one 
hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains" ; Prune, sliced, seventy grammes [or 2 ounces 
av., 205 grains] ; Fig, bruised, one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 • 
Sugar, in fine powder, five hundred and fifty-five grammes [or 19 ounces av., 252 grains]; 
Oil of Coriander, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thou- 
sand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Place tbe Cassia Fistula, Tamarind, Prune, and 
Fig in a close vessel with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 17 fluidounces] of Water, and digest 
for three hours, by means of a water-bath. Separate the coarser portions with the hand, and 
rub the pulpy mass, first through a coarse hair sieve, and then through a fine one, or through a 
muslin cloth. Mix the residue with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces] of 
Water, and, having digested the mixture for a short time, treat it as before, and add the product 
to the pulpy mass first obtained. Then, by means of a water-bath, dissolve the Sugar in the 
pulpy liquid, and evaporate the whole, in a tared vessel, until it weighs eight hundred and ninety- 
five grammes [or 31 ounces av., 250 grains]. Lastly, add the Senna and the Oil of Coriander, 
and incorporate them thoroughly with the other ingredients while they are yet warm.” U. S. 
“ Senna, in fine powder, 7 ounces (Imperial) or 140 grammes; Coriander Fruit, in fine 
powder, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 60 grammes; Figs, 12 ounces (Imp.) or 240 grammes; Tamarinds, 
9 ounces (Imp.) or 180 grammes; Cassia Pulp, 9 ounces (Imp.) or 180 grammes; Prunes, 6 
ounces (Imp.) or 120 grammes; Extract of Liquorice, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Refined 
Sugar, 30 ounces (Imp.) or 600 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Figs 
and Prunes gently with twenty-four ounces (Imp.) or four hundred and eighty grammes of 
Distilled Water in a covered vessel for four hours; add more Distilled Water to make up the 446 
Conjectio Sennse.—Conium. 
PART I. 
quantity to its original volume, and then incorporate the Tamarinds and Cassia Pulp; digest 
for two hours ; rub the softened pulp of the fruits through a hair sieve, rejecting the seeds and 
other hard parts; to the pulp thus obtained add the Defined Sugar and Extract of Liquorice, 
dissolving them by the aid of gentle heat; while the mixture is still warm, add to it gradually 
the mixed Senna and Coriander powders; mix the whole thoroughly; make the weight of 
the resulting Confection seventy-jive ounces (Imp.) or fifteen hundred grammes, either by 
evaporation or by the addition of more Distilled Water.” Br. 
The Confection of Senna, when correctly made, is an elegant preparation, and keeps well if 
properly protected. The present U. S. process differs from that of 1860 in preparing the pulps, 
as suggested in former editions of this Dispensatory, instead of taking them already prepared. 
The present preparation contains about 10 per cent, more sugar than that official in 1880. An 
improvement has been made in the process of the U. S. P. 1890 by replacing the coriander seed 
of the former Pharmacopoeias with oil of coriander: it is almost impossible to powder coriander 
fine enough to avoid hard particles except by drying it to such an extent as to deprive it inju- 
riously of its volatile oil, and the plan of using the oil directly has therefore been adopted. It 
was formerly not uncommon to omit the cassia pulp in this preparation, as the pods were not 
always to be found in the market; but, as this is next to senna the most active ingredient, 
the omission was to be regretted. Cassia fistula is now readily procured in commerce, and there 
can be no excuse for its omission. It has also been proposed to substitute the fluid extract of 
senna for the crude drug (A. J. P., xliii. 123) ; but, as the fluid extract is of such uncertain 
quality, the leaves themselves are preferable. 
A very good, pleasant laxative, admirably adapted to cases of habitual costiveness, especially 
in pregnant women and in persons affected with piles. Dose, two drachms (7‘8 Gm.), at bedtime. 
CONFECTIO SULPHURIS. Br. Confection of Sulphur. 
(C0N-FEC'TI-0 SOL'PHU-RIS.) 
Electuarium Sulphuris; Electuaire de Soufre, Fr.; Schwefel-Latwerge, G. 
“ Sublimed Sulphur, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Acid Potassium Tartrate, in 
powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes ; Tragacanth, in powder, 18 grains (Imp.) or 1 gramme; 
Syrup, 2 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres; Tincture of Orange, i ji. ounce (Imp. 
meas.) or 12-5 cubic centimetres ; Glycerin, 1£ ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 375 cubic centime- 
tres. Mix.” Br. 
This is merely a mode of administering the two laxatives, sulphur and potassium bitartrate; 
and the relative proportion of the latter is so small that it can have little effect. The addition 
of tragacanth is due to a suggestion of Mr. Peter Boa, who found that without it a syrupy 
layer of liquid formed on top of the confection. (P. J. Tr., 1882, 682.) The syrup of orange 
peel, formerly directed, has been replaced in the Br. Pharm. (1898) by syrup and tincture of 
orange, evidently because the syrup of orange peel did not keep well, whilst the glycerin serves 
to retain the proper consistence of the confection. The dose is from one to two drachms (3-9 
to 7'8 Gm.) or more. 
CONII FOLIA. Br. Hemlock Leaves. 
(CO-NT'I FO'LI-A.) 
“The fresh leaves and young branches of Conium maculatum, Linn , collected when the 
fruit begins to form.” Br. 
Hemlock Leaves; Herba Conii, P.G.; Herba Cicutae Majoris; Feuilles de grande Cigue (de Cigue officinale), Fr.; 
Schierlingskraut, Schierlings-Blatter, G. 
CONIUM. U.S. (Br.) Conium. [Hemlock.] 
(co-n!'um.) 
“ The full-grown fruit of Conium maculatum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Umbelliferas), gathered while 
yet green.” IT. S. “ The dried, full-grown, unripe fruits of Conium maculatum, Linn.” Br. 
Conii Fructus, Br., Hemlock Fruit; Fruits de grande Cigue, Cigue ordinaire, Grande Cigue, FrGefleckter 
Schierling, Schierlingsfriichte, G.; Cicuta, It., Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Partial involucre halved, usually three-leaved. Fruit nearly globular, five-streaked, 
notched on both sides. Willd. PART I. 
Conium. 
447 
V 
Conium maculatum. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1395; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. i. 113; Woodv. 
Med. Bot. p. 104, t. 42. This is an umbelliferous plant, having a biennial spindle-shaped 
whitish root, and an herbaceous branching stem, from three to six feet 
high, round, hollow, smooth, shining, slightly striated, and marked with 
brownish-purple spots. The lower leaves are tripinnate, more than a 
foot in length, shining, and attached to the joints of the stem by sheath- 
ing petioles; the upper are smaller, bipinnate, and inserted at the di- 
vision of the branches; both have channelled footstalks, and incised 
leaflets, which are deep green on their upper surface and paler beneath. 
The flowers are very small, white, and disposed in compound terminal 
umbels. The general involucre consists of from three to seven lanceo- 
late, reflected leaflets, whitish at their edges; the partial involucre, of 
three or four, oval, pointed, spreading, and on one side only. There are 
five petals, cordate, with their points inflected, and nearly equal. The 
stamens are spreading, and about as long as the corolla; the styles di- 
verging. The fruit, commonly called seeds, is roundish-ovate, a line 
and a half or rather less in length by a line in breadth, striated, and 
composed of two plano-convex, easily separable parts, which have on 
their outer surface five crenated ribs separated by slightly wrinkled 
furrows. On cross-section the absence of oil-ducts becomes apparent, 
and a deep furrow upon the commissural face of the albumen gives a reniform appearance. 
As kept in the shops, the mericarps are usually separated. They are thus officially described: 
“ About 3 Mm. long; broadly ovate ; laterally compressed ; grayish-green ; often divided into 
the two mericarps, each with five crenate ribs, without oil-tubes, and containing a seed which 
is grooved on the face; odor and taste slight. When triturated with solution of potassium or 
sodium hydrate, Conium gives off- a strong, disagreeable, mouse-like odor.” TJ. S. 
Conium is a native of Europe, and has become naturalized in the United States, where it is 
also cultivated for medicinal purposes. It grows usually in clusters along the roadsides or in 
waste grounds, and is found most abundantly near old settlements. It flowers in June and 
July. The whole plant, especially at this period, exhales a fetid odor, compared by some to 
that of mice, by others to that of the urine of cats; and narcotic effects result from breathing 
for a long time air loaded with the effluvia. The plant varies in narcotic power according to 
the weather and climate, being most active in hot and dry seasons and in warm countries. 
The hemlock of Greece, Italy, and Spain is said to be much more energetic than that of the 
north of Europe. As a rule, those plants are most active which grow in a sunny expo- 
sure. The term cicuta, which has often been applied to this plant, belongs to a different 
genus. The leaves and fruit are official. The proper season for gathering the leaves is when 
the plant is in flower ; and Dr. Fothergill asserts, from experiment, that they are most active 
about the time that the flowers begin to fade. The footstalks* should be rejected, and the 
leaflets quickly dried, either in the hot sun, on tin plates before a fire, or by a stove-heat not 
exceeding 120° F. They should be kept in boxes or tin cases, excluded from the air and 
light, by exposure to which they lose their fine green color and become deteriorated. The 
same end is answered by pulverizing them, and preserving the powder in opaque and well- 
stopped bottles. But little reliance can be placed on the dried leaves, as, even when possessed 
of a strong odor and a fine green color, they may be destitute of the narcotic principle. When 
rubbed with caustic potassa they should exhale the odor of coniine. The fruit retains its ac- 
tivity much longer than the leaves. Dr. Christison found them to have sustained no diminu- 
tion of power after having been kept eight years. Hirtz inferred from experiment that extract 
of the seeds was ten times stronger than that of the leaves. Commercial conium occasionally 
contains other umbelliferous plants, or it may be almost wholly composed of such plants, and 
even anise has been used as an adulteration to the fruit. The presence of such impurities is 
to be recognized by physical examination. 
Properties. The dried leaves of the hemlock have a strong, heavy, narcotic odor, less 
disagreeable than that of the recent plant. Their taste is bitterish and nauseous ; their color 
a dark green, which is retained in the powder. A slight degree of acrimony possessed by the 
fresh leaves is said to be dissipated by drying. The seeds have a yellowish-gray color, a feeble 
odor, and a bitterish taste. Their form has already been described. Water distilled from the 
Unripe Conium Fruit, 
transverse section. 
* Dr. Manlius Smith, of Manlius, N.Y., has demonstrated that the footstalks are almost destitute of the active 
alkaline principle. (Ann. de Therap., 1873, p. 39.) 448 
Conium. 
PART I. 
fresh leaves has the odor of hemlock, and a nauseous taste, but does not produce narcotic 
effects. The decoction has little taste, and the extract resulting from its evaporation is nearly 
inert. From these facts it is inferable that the active principle, as it exists in the plant, is not 
volatile at 100° C. (212° F.), and, if soluble in water, is injured by a boiling heat. Alcohol 
and ether take up the narcotic properties of the leaves; and the ethereal extract, which is of 
a rich dark green color, is stated by Dr. A. T. Thomson to have the smell and taste oi the 
plant in perfection, and in the dose of half a grain to produce headache and vertigo. Upon 
destructive distillation, the leaves yield a very poisonous empyreumatic oil. Geiger was the 
first who obtained the active principle in a separate state, and proved it to be alkaline. It 
appears that there are two volatile substances in hemlock; one of them an oil, which is in 
very small quantity, and is obtained by simple distillation ; the other, the volatile alkaloid 
coniine, or conine, which is the active principle. As it exists in the plant in combination with 
an acid, it is not readily volatilized, but it freely comes over with the distillate when an 
alkali has been previously added. The acid of conium Peschier believed to be peculiar, and 
named coniic acid. Other observers assert that it is malic acid. Geiger obtained coniine by 
the following process. He distilled fresh hemlock with caustic potassa and water, neutralized 
with sulphuric acid the alkaline liquid which came over, evaporated this liquid to the con- 
sistence of syrup, added anhydrous alcohol so long as a precipitate of ammonium sulphate was 
afforded, separated this salt by filtration, distilled off the alcohol, mixed the residue with a 
strong solution of caustic potassa, and distilled anew. The coniine passed over with the water, 
from which it separated, floating on the surface in the form of a yellowish oil. According to 
Dr. Christison, an easier process is to distil cautiously a mixture of a strong solution of potassa 
and the alcoholic extract of the unripe fruit. Dr. J. Schorm suggests an improvement in the 
process, which yields a purer coniine, in Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1881, 1765; also W. R., 
Dec 1881. As obtained by the above process, coniine is in the state of a hydrate, con- 
taining one-fourth of its weight of water and a little ammonia. From the former it may be 
freed by calcium chloride; from the latter, by exposing it under an exhausted receiver till it 
ceases to emit bubbles of gas. 
The fresh leaves or seeds should be employed in the preparation of coniine, as the alkaloid 
undergoes decomposition by time and exposure. The seeds contain most of this principle; but 
even in these it exists in very small proportion. From 6 pounds of the fresh and 9 of the 
dried seeds, Geiger obtained about an ounce of coniine; while from 100 pounds of the fresh 
herb he got only a draehm, and from the dried leaves none. Christison recommends the full- 
grown fruit while yet green, and states that 8 pounds will yield half an ounce of coniine 
hydrate, and contain much more. In relation to the relative strength of different parts of the 
plant, Dr. Manlius Smith, of New York, gives as the result of a series of carefully conducted 
experiments that the unripe fruit of the conium is far preferable to the dried leaves, and is 
even stronger than the full-grown fruit, that it may be dried without serious injury, and that a 
very active preparation may be made from it. He also found that full-grown fruit collected 
in August, and dried in the dark, retained its activity unimpaired for several years. This 
would appear to contradict in some measure previous opinions of the injurious effects of time. 
(P. J. Tr., Feb. 1869, 491-2.) Farr and Wright (P. J. Tr., 1896, 273) confirm the views of 
Dr. Harley and Manlius Smith, and affirm that green fruits are alone reliable. For a method 
of assaying conium fruit, by Schwickerath, see Pharm. Record, 1893, 282. 
Coniine, C8H17N, has been thoroughly studied by Hofmann (1881), who established the 
correct formula as given, instead of C8II15N, as it was formerly assumed, and Ladenburg (1886), 
who effected its synthesis from allyl pyridine by reduction with sodium in alcoholic solution: 
C6H4(C3H6)N —j— 8H = C6H10(C3H7)N. This reaction gives a-normalpropyl piperidine, which 
is optically inactive, but by the crystallization of its tartrate splits into coniine (dextro-rotatory) 
and a very similar laevo-rotatory coniine, just as racemic acid splits into dextro-rotatory and 
lmvo-rotatory tartaric acid. 
Coniine is in the form of a yellowish oily liquid, of sp. gr. 0-862, of a very acrid taste, and 
a strong penetrating odor, compared to that of the urine of mice, and recalling the smell of 
fresh hemlock, though not identical with it. In volatility it resembles the essential oils, readily 
rising with the vapor of boiling water, but when unmixed requiring for ebullition a tempera- 
ture of 166° C. (330-8° F.). It is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, and the fixed and volatile 
oils, and slightly so in water. It unites with about one-fourth of its weight of water to form a 
hydrate. It reddens turmeric, and neutralizes the acids, forming with them soluble salts, some 
of which are crystallizable. With tannic acid it forms an insoluble compound. Like am- Conium. 
449 
PART I. 
monia, it occasions a white cloud when approached by a rod moistened with hydrochloric acid; 
and the resulting hydrochloride is crystallizable, and not in the least deliquescent. The hydro- 
chloride may also be obtained as a brilliant crystalline mass by dissolving coniine in anhydrous 
ether and passing dry hydrochloric acid gas through the solution. The salt is very soluble in 
water and alcohol but insoluble in ether. It can be heated to 90° C. without decomposition, and 
melts at 218° C. Coniine coagulates albumen, and precipitates the salts of aluminum, copper, 
zinc, manganese, and iron. It also precipitates silver nitrate, but in excess redissolves the 
precipitate. Most of its salts are decomposed by evaporation. When exposed to the air, it 
speedily assumes a deep brown color, and is ultimately converted into a resinous matter, and 
into ammonia, which escapes. Under the influence of heat this change takes place with much 
greater rapidity. The presence of coniine may be detected in an extract or other preparation 
of hemlock by rubbing it with potassa, which instantly develops its peculiar odor* It is a 
most energetic poison. 
In association with coniine in the hemlock are found also the following bases: 
Ethyl-piperidine, C,H15N or C6H9((LH_)N. 
Methyl-coniine, C9H19N or C6H9(C3H7)N(CHa). 
Conhydrine, C8H17N0 or C6H9(CH0H.CH2.CH3)NH. 
Pseudo-conhydrine, C8H^7NO or C6H9(CH3.CH20II.CH)NH. 
Methyl-coniine, first obtained by Kekule and Yon Planta in commercial coniine, is of minor 
importance. 
Conhydrine is crystallizable, fusible below 100° C. (212° F.), and volatilizable at a higher 
temperature, diffusing the peculiar odor of coniine, or one very much like it. Water dissolves 
it considerably, ether and alcohol freely ; and the solution has a strong alkaline reaction. Its 
formula is given as C8H17NO. When distilled with anhydrous phosphoric oxide it splits into 
coniine and one molecule of water. (A. J. P., xxix. 321.) It may be separated from coniine 
by exposing the mixed alkaloids to a freezing mixture, expressing, and then repeatedly crystal- 
lizing from ether. ( Gmelin, xiii. 169.) E. Merck obtained a small quantity of a new alkaloid 
from the high-boiling portion of crude coniine. The isolation was accomplished by fractional 
distillation in vacuo and recrystallization. The alkaloid crystallizes in needles, is easily soluble 
in water, alcohol, ether, benzene, and chloroform, fuses at about 98° C., and boils at 230°— 
232° C. According to Ladenburg, the alkaloid is an isomer of conhydrine, having the formula 
C8H17NO, and for this reason the name pseudo-conhydrine was selected. (Chem. Centralbl., 
1891, 414; see also P. J. Tr., 1891, 1170.) 
Paraconiine. Coniine was supposed to have been artificially produced by Hugo Schiff. From 
the reaction of butyric aldehyde with an alcoholic solution of ammonia, he obtained two bases, 
one of which, dibutyraldine, yielded, on distillation, first a neutral oily substance, and after- 
wards a strong alkaline base, which proved to have the physiological properties of natural 
coniine, but was optically inactive, while true coniine is dextro-rotatory. Since the change in 
the formula of true coniine it will be seen that the base paraconiine, which is C8H16N, is not 
even isomeric with coniine. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Hemlock is supposed to be the narcotic used by the 
Athenians to destroy the life of condemned individuals, and by which Socrates and Phocion 
died. It was also used by the ancients as a medicine, but fell into entire neglect, and did not 
again come into notice till the time of Storck, by whom it was much employed and extrava- 
gantly praised. Though fatal to some animals, hemlock is eaten with impunity by others, as 
horses, goats, and sheep. Anodyne, soporific, antispasmodic, antaphrodisiac, deobstruent, and 
diuretic properties have been ascribed to it. It was highly recommended by Storck as a 
remedy in scirrhus and cancerous ulcers, and has since been employed in all kinds of chronic 
enlargements, and in diseases most numerous and most diverse. 
Modern research has, however, greatly limited the use of the medicine, rendering its pos- 
session of alterative properties extremely doubtful. When taken internally in sufficient dose 
it produces very profound muscular weakness, associated, it may be, with vertigo and disordered 
vision. After toxic doses the muscular prostration is extreme, the eyelids droop from weak- 
* Orfila gives the following additional chemical characters of coniine. Heated in a capsule, it forms white vapors 
having a strong smell of celery and of the urine of mice. Weak tincture of iodine gives a white precipitate, becoming 
olive with excess of the tincture. Pure concentrated sulphuric acid does not alter it; but when the mixture is heated, 
it becomes first brown, then blood-red, and finally black. Nitric acid imparts a topaz color, not changed by heat. 
Platinum and gold chlorides give yellow precipitates, and corrosive sublimate a white one. Potassium perman- 
ganate is immediately decolorized. Neutral lead acetate gives no precipitate, nor does the subacetate. The parts of 
this note in italics indicate the means of distinguishing this alkaloid from nicotine. (See P. J. Tr., xi. 89.) Conium. 
PART I. 
450 
ness, the voice is suppressed, the pupils dilated, the sight almost lost; consciousness is usually 
preserved to the last, and life finally is extinguished without struggle. In some cases there 
have been convulsive movements, and violent cardiac palpitation has been noted. The chief 
action of the poison is upon the motor nerves, which it paralyzes; the efferent or sensitive 
nerves are also affected, but to a much less extent. Conium probably exerts no direct influence 
upon the cerebral centres, but there is some reason for believing that it is a spinal depressant. 
At present conium is rarely employed by the general practitioner, except in spasmodic affec- 
tions, such as chorea and whooping-cough. Probably the most frequent use of it is by alienists 
for the production of calm in maniacal excitement. 
The juice of the fresh leaves of conium is much used in England, but the fluid extract of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, made from the fruit, is the best of all preparations. The powdered 
leaves may be given in the dose of three or four grains (0-20-0-26 Gm.) twice a day, gradually 
increased till the occurrence of slight vertigo or nausea indicates that it has taken effect. To 
maintain a given impression, it is necessary to increase the dose even more rapidly than is cus- 
tomary with most other narcotics, as the system becomes very speedily habituated to its influence. 
In some instances the quantity administered in one day has been augmented to more than two 
ounces. The strength of the preparations of hemlock is exceedingly unequal; and caution is 
therefore necessary, when the medicine is given in very large quantities, to employ the same parcel, 
or, if a change be made, to commence with the new parcel in small doses, so as to obviate any 
danger which might result from its greater power. Unpleasant consequences have followed a 
neglect of this precaution. There are also an official tincture, a fluid extract, and an alcoholic 
extract, all of which, when properly made, are considered efficient preparations. The expressed 
juice of the fresh plant, with a little alcohol for its preservation, is one of the most reliable 
forms in which the leaves can be used. The powdered seeds should be given in a dose consid- 
erably smaller than that of the leaves* The fresh leaves are sometimes used externally as an 
anodyne cataplasm ; and the extract, and an ointment prepared from the leaves, are applied 
to the same purpose. A plaster made from the extract has also been employed.f 
Coniine acts precisely as does hemlock, and may be used for the same purposes. The dose 
is from one-fourth to one-half drop (0-015 to 0-03 C.c.). A solution of one part in one hun- 
dred of very dilute alcohol has been used with advantage in certain cases of scrofubus ophthal- 
mia with photophobia, applied several times daily by friction about the eyelids. (Journ. de, 
Pharm., 3e ser., xix. 219.) Prof. Mauthner, ofATenna, recommends it especially in the spas- 
modic contraction of the orbicularis oculi in scrofulous children, using a solution containing 
half a grain of coniine in a drachm of almond oil, which he applies by a pencil to the eyelids 
twice or thrice daily. As a collyrium, from one to three drops may be added to six drachms 
of pure water, and two drachms of mucilage of quince seeds, the whole being carefully 
strained. 
Coniine hydrochlorate has been recommended for exhibition by Mr. G. C. Close, as prefer- 
able to the uncombined alkaloid. From half a grain he experienced no sensible effects; but a 
grain produced the characteristic symptoms of coniine in an even unpleasant degree. These 
doses are probably dangerous, and not more than a sixth of a grain (0-01 Gm.) should be 
given as a commencing dose. (A. J. P., 1869, p. 62.) Dr. Harley has prepared an acid coniine 
benzoate by adding two mols. of the acid to one of the base, and found the resulting salt effectual 
in the dose of half a grain. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1871, p. 585.) According to Mourrut, one of 
the best crystallizable salts of coniine is the bromhydrate. The alkaloid is treated with aqueous 
bromhydric acid, which causes, especially with the brown variety of coniine, an elevation of 
temperature, and a disengagement of white fumes of the odor of coniine ; the mixture then 
turns green, and finally blackish red. The crystals, which form after some time, may be obtained 
quite colorless by repeated crystallizations. They are colorless prismatic needles, soluble in 
water and alcohol, less so in ether and chloroform, inodorous and almost tasteless, and are not 
deliquescent. They should be kept in the dark, otherwise they assume a red tint. The salt has 
been used by various practitioners with great success in the treatment of whooping-cough, in 
* The root, while containing a small proportion of coniine, is too feeble, according to the experiments of Dr. John 
Harley, of London, to be used practically with advantage. Dr. Harley has found in the root three new proximate 
principles, one a very bitter resin, which he names conamarine, and the two others crystallizable bodies, named re- 
spectively rhizoconin and rhizoconolein. They are all neutral, and, so far as known, medicinally inert. (See P. J. 
Tr., Aug. 1867.) 
t The following formula of Planche has been approved by the Society of Pharmacy of Paris. Take of extract 
of hemlock 90 parts, of purified elemi 20 parts, of white wax 10 parts. Melt the resin'and wax with a gentle heat, 
and incorporate the extract with the mixture. (Journ. de Pharm., Juillet, 1862, p. 46.) PART I. 
Convallaria. 
451 
doses of about one-twelfth of a grain (-005 Gm.), if necessary, every hour, for a child three 
years of age ; or one-thirtieth of a grain (-002 Gm.) for a child of one year; or one-sixth of a 
grain (-01 Gm.) for adults. In sciatica it has been employed hypodermically in quantities of one- 
twelfth of a grain (-005 Gm.) with good results. (Ripert. de Pharrn., 1876, p. 369 ; AT. P., 1876, 
1879, pp. 18, 178.) * 
CONVALLARIA. U. S. Convallaria. 
(CON-VAL-LA'RI-A.) 
“The rhizome and roots of Convallaria majalis, Linnd (nat. ord. Liliaceae).” U.S. 
Lily of the Valley; Lilium Convallium; Muguet, Fr.; Maiblumen, G. 
Gen. Ch. Perianth bell-shaped (white), six-lobed, deciduous; the lobes recurved. Stamens 
six, included, inserted on the base of the perianth ; anthers introrse. Ovary three-celled, taper- 
ing into a stout style ; stigma triangular. Ovules four to six in each cell. Berry few-seeded 
(red). Gray. 
The ordinary lily of the valley of the gardens is a low, perennial herb, having slender 
running root-stocks, which send up each spring from the scaly sheathing bud two oblong, 
bright green, smooth leaves, whose long sheathing petioles are so enrolled as to appear 
like a stalk, and producing in late spring or early summer a one-sided raceme of beautiful, 
sweet-scented, nodding, bell-shaped flowers, placed upon an angular scape. It is primarily a 
native of Europe, but may be found in America escaped from gardens, and a plant which 
grows wild in the higher Alleghanies from Central Virginia to South Carolina seems to be 
identical with it. The root-stock of the lily of the valley occurs in pieces two to three inches 
long, covered with a mass of contorted, fine, almost fibrous rootlets. It is much thicker at 
one end, to which are attached the remains of the petioles and scape, and rapidly or some- 
times almost abruptly tapers towards the smaller end. The long end is much gnarled and 
wrinkled, with leaf-scars. It is officially described as “ of horizontal growth and somewhat 
branched, about 3 Mm. thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, whitish, marked with few circular scars ; 
at the annulate joint with about eight or ten long, thin roots; fracture somewhat fibrous, 
white; odor peculiar, pleasant; taste sweetish, bitter, and somewhat acrid.” U. S. G. F. 
Walz found in lily of the valley convallarin and convallamarin. (A. J. P., 1859, p. 577.) Con- 
vallarin is in colorless rectangular prisms, scarcely soluble in water, but sufficiently so to render 
the solution acrid and to cause it when shaken to foam like soap and water. It is easily dis- 
solved by alcohol. Its composition is represented by the formula C34H62011, and it is de- 
composed by long boiling with dilute acids into sugar and convallaretin. It is a glucoside. 
Convallamarin is a white powder, very bitter and afterwards sweetish, soluble in water and 
alcohol, but not in ether. This also is a glucoside. Its composition is and it is de- 
composed by heating with dilute sulphuric acid into sugar and convallamaretin. For preparing 
convallamarin Tanret modifies Walz’s method, as follows. An alcoholic tincture made from 
the whole plant is precipitated with lead subacetate and filtered ; the excess of lead is re- 
moved with dilute sulphuric acid, avoiding the use of more than is necessary, and, after neu- 
tralizing, the tincture is distilled, the last portion of alcohol being driven off in the open air ; 
then the cooled and filtered liquor is treated with tannin, care being taken to keep the liquid 
neutral by cautiously adding a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. A compound of tannin 
and convallamarin is precipitated, which, after washing, is dissolved in 60° alcohol, the so- 
lution decolorized with charcoal, decomposed with zinc oxide, filtered, and evaporated to dry- 
ness. In this way convallamarin is obtained nearly white, and having the appearance of ordi- 
nary digitalin. To free it from the salts that are sometimes carried down by the tannin 
* Dr. Harley’s experiments on the relative value of the different preparations of conium are based upon their 
physiological effects. The results obtained were as follows. 1. The Extractum Conii, B. P., and Succus Conii, 
B. P.—20 grains of the extract equalled 2 fluidrachms of the juice (10 gr. to 4. Succus Conii, B. P.; Tinc- 
ture of the green fruit (London in : four drachms of the juice equalled fifty minims of the tincture 
to TIX50). 11. Different preparations of Succus, B. P., prepared by different persons,—Buckle’s (the plant yielding 
75 per cent, of juice) and Hanbury’s (the plant yielding 35 per cent, of juice): nine drachms of Buckle’s equalled 
three drachms of Hanbury’s (3ix to 5jiij). 12. Extract of green fruit, Tincture of green fruit, and Succus, B. P.— 
Three grains of the extract equalled four fluidrachms of the Tincture, and four drachms of Succus (gr. iij of 
extract = fgiv of Tincture, and %iv of Succus). 14. Of Squibb’8 fluid extract 50 minims equal of the Tinct. of the 
green fruit, London, 3'ss> of the Succus Conii, B. P., ; of the Tincture of the fresh plant, to 3ov; an(t of 
the Tincture of the dry plant, 15. Of Squibb’s fluid extract gj equals of pale Succus g vi, of dark Succus 
S>ij; of Tincture of the green fruit Jiss; of Tincture of the fresh plant 3iv; Neutral Coniine Benzoate, gr. f. 
18. Of Succus Conii, B. P. (Buckle’s), v.) — Coniine Benzoate, gr. £. The author draws the following conclu- 
sions from his experiments. The green fruit, as the basis of Tinctures and Extracts, is decidedly superior to any 
other part of the plant; and the spirituous extract of the green fruit should be substituted for the almost worthless 
Extract of the Br. Pharm. The variable strength of the Succus is an objection. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1871, p. 585.) 452 
Convallaria.—Copaiba. 
PART I. 
precipitate, it is a good plan to redissolve it in 90° alcohol, filter, and then evaporate. One kilo- 
gramme of the fresh plant collected in the first .days of August yielded two grammes of conval- 
lamarin. (P. J. Tr., 1882, p. 423.) Taken internally the flowers are said to be emetic and 
cathartic, and their extract purges actively in the dose of half a drachm. They were formerly 
used in epilepsy and against worms. The root, which is also bitter, has similar purgative 
properties, and in powder is said to be sternutatory. 
Medical Properties. The lily of the valley is stated to have been long used in Russia 
for the relief of dropsy, and in 1880 Drs. Troitzky and Bojojawlewsky commended it highly 
to the notice of the profession in valvular heart disease. The effects on the system of con- 
vallarin and convallamarin have been investigated by Dr. H. Marme, of Germany, with the 
following results. Convallarin, in doses of 3 or 4 grains, acts as a purgative without observable 
inconvenience to the animals acted on; convallamarin, even in small doses, produces active 
vomiting, whether given by the mouth or injected into the subcutaneous tissue or directly into 
the veins. The latter principle acts especially on the heart, at first diminishing the number 
of its pulsations, and afterwards rendering them more frequent and irregular, and causing death 
in a few minutes after the introduction of the poison. The heart appears to be paralyzed, and 
cannot be excited after death. The principle acts on the heart through the vagi nerves. 
Prom 6 to 8 milligrammes (one-tenth to one-eighth of a grain) cause death when injected 
into the cervical vein in rabbits. (N. Y. Med. Journ., 1867 ; Schmidt's Jahrbuch., 1867, v.) The 
physiological action of convallarin has been investigated by a number of observers, with con- 
trary results. Prof. See finds that in the dog it slows the action of the heart and increases 
the blood-pressure decidedly; whilst Leubuscher states that in no doses whatever does it ele- 
vate the arterial pressure. Ott, Coze, and Simon find that the heart is arrested in systole "r 
Sbe, that the arrest is diastolic ; whilst Lowenthal, using the same preparation in exactly the 
same manner and dose upon different animals of the same species, obtained diverse results. 
Nathanson asserts that the confusion is largely due to the impurity and lack of genuineness in 
the products used; even Dr. Merck having admitted the impurity of his commercial convalla- 
marin. Nathanson found that convallarin produced in man, when given in doses of 0-06 to 
0-12 gramme, three or four times daily, only nausea, diarrhoea, and gastric pain ; while conval- 
lamarin administered in daily amounts, gradually increasing from 0-03 to 0-3 gramme, re- 
duced the rate of the pulse and markedly increased the flow of urine, only in very rare cases 
causing nausea or vomiting. In cardiac dropsy See gives, of an aqueous extract of the whole 
plant, 15 to 23 grains a day ; Bojojawlewsky each day 50 to 100 grains of the plant in infusion. 
(See Extractum Convallarise Fluidum.) 
COPAIBA. U. S., Br. Copaiba. [Balsam of Copaiba.] 
(CO-PA'I-BA.) 
“ The oleoresin of Copaiba Langsdorffii (Desfontaines), 0. Kuntze, and of other species of 
Copaiba* (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. “The oleo-resin obtained from the trunk of 
Copaifera Lansdorfii, Desf., and other species of Copaifera, Linn.” Br. 
Balsamum Copaiva, P. G.; Balsam Copaiba, Balsam Capivi; Copahu, Oleo-resine (Baume) de Copahu, Fr.; 
Copaiva; Copaiva-Balsam, G.; Balsamo di Copaiba, It.: Balsamo de Copayva, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx none. Petals four. Legume ovate. Seed one, with an ovate arillus. WiUd. 
Copaiba was first noticed in a work published by Purchas, in England, in 1625. The next 
reference to it was by Cristoval d’Acuna, in 1638. In 1648, Marcgraf and Piso gave a de- 
tailed account of the tree which produces it, and the methods of gathering it. Jacquin in 
1763 described a species of Copaifera, growing in Martinique, which he named C. officinalis. 
As this was believed to be the same plant with the one observed by Marcgraf in Brazil, it was 
adopted in the Pharmacopoeias; but their identity was denied ; and Desfontaines proposed for 
Jacquin’s species the title of C. jacquini, in honor of that botanist. It is now known that 
many species of Copaifera exist in Brazil and other parts of South America; and all of them, 
according to Martius, yield copaiba. Besides C. officinalis or C. jacquini, the following are 
described by Hayne : C. guianensis, C. langsdorffii, C. coriacea, C. beyrichii, C. martii, C. bijuga, 
C. nitida, C. laxa, C. cordifolia, C.jussieui, C. sellowii, C. oblongifolia, and C. multijuga. Hayne 
believed that C. bijuga was the plant seen by Marcgraf and Piso. The four species to which 
in the Pharmacographia the production of copaiba is especially attributed are C. officinalis, 
L., C. guianensis, Desf., C. coriacea, Mart., and C. langsdorffii. 
* The change of the generic name from Copaifera to Copaiba is another sacrifice to botanical reform. Prof. H. 
H. Rnsby very properly says that this reform, as embodied in Kuntze’s Revisio Generum, “ will cause complete confu- 
sion.” The generic records are said to be as follows: Copaiba, Mill., Gard. Diet. (1739); Copaiva, L., Mat. Med. 
(1749), fide 0. Kuntze; Copaifera, L., Gen. (1762), fide 0. Kuntze. PART I. 
Copaiba. 
453 
C. officinalis is a native of Venezuela, and grows in the province of Carthagena, mingled 
with the trees which afford the balsam of Tolu. It grows also in some of the West India 
islands, particularly Trinidad and Martinique. Though recognized in former editions of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia as a source of copaiba, it probably yields little of that now in use. Ac- 
cording to Hayne (x. t. 17 f. c.), the species from which most of the copaiba of commerce is 
derived is C. multijuga, growing in the Brazilian province of Para. It was recognized by 
the U. S. P. 1870 ; but Bentham, after examining the only specimens extant, asserts it not to 
be a Copaifera at all. It is probable that C. guianensis, which inhabits the neighboring 
territory of Guiana, especially in the vicinity of the Rio Negro, affords also considerable 
quantities; and C. langsdorffii and C. coriacea, which are natives of the province of Sao Paulo, 
are thought to yield most of the juice collected in that section of Brazil. C. nitida, inhabit- 
ing the province of Minas Geraes, probably also contributes to the commercial supplies through 
the port of Rio Janeiro. 
The juice is obtained by making a square chamber in the stems of the trees, reaching 
to the very centre; and the operation is said to be repeated several times during the same 
season. It is asserted that a single tree will yield about eighty-four English Imperial pints. 
As it flows from the wound, it is clear, colorless, and very thin, but it soon acquires a thicker 
consistence, and a yellowish tinge. It is most largely collected in the provinces of Para 
and Maranham, in Brazil, and is brought to this country from the port of Para, in small 
casks or barrels. Large quantities of it come from Maracaibo, in Venezuela, and from other 
ports on the Caribbean Sea, whence it is brought in casks, demijohns, cans, jugs, etc. The 
drug is also exported from Angostura, Cayenne, Rio Janeiro, and some of the West 
islands. African copaiba, from West Africa, appeared in the London markets in 1891. (See 
P. J. Tr., 1891, 449 ; 1893, 215.) 
Properties. Copaiba is a clear, transparent liquid, usually of the consistence of olive oil, 
of a pale yellow color, a peculiar not unpleasant odor, and a bitterish, hot, nauseous taste. Its 
sp. gr. varies ordinarily from 0 950 to 1-000, but has been known to be as low as 0-916. 
(Procter, A. J. P., xxii. 292;* “from 0-916 to 0-993.” Br.) It is insoluble in water, but 
entirely soluble in absolute alcohol, ether, and the fixed and volatile oils. Strong alkaline 
solutions dissolve it perfectly; but the resulting solution becomes turbid when largely diluted 
with water. With the alkalies and alkaline earths it forms saponaceous compounds, in which 
the resin of the copaiba acts the part of an acid. It dissolves magnesia, especially with the 
aid of heat, and even disengages carbonic acid from the carbonate of that earth. If triturated 
with a sixteenth of its weight of magnesia and set aside, it gradually assumes a solid consist- 
ence ; and a similar change is produced with calcium hydrate. (See Massa Copaibse.) Its 
essential constituents are volatile oil and resin, with at times small quantities of acids. As it 
contains no benzoic acid, it cannot with propriety retain its old title of balsam of copaiva. 
The substances which it most closely resembles, both in composition and in properties, are the 
turpentines. (See Oleum Copaibse.) For a description of an apparatus for distilling the vola- 
tile oil, see a paper by R. A. Cripps in Chemist and Druggist, 1892, 282. Cripps found 
commercial copaiba to contain the following percentages of volatile oil: 40-95, 45, 45-3, 46-4, 
47-8, 48-2, 49-6, 50-4, 50-8, 53-3, 59-6. J. C. Umney (A. J. P, 1893, 544) found in African 
copaiba 39 per cent, of an oil of 0-918 specific gravity and with a rotation of -|- 20° 42', the 
last character distinguishing it from the other varieties which yield laevo-rotatory oils. 
“ A transparent or translucent, more or less viscid liquid, of a pale yellow to brownish-yel- 
low color, having a peculiar, aromatic odor, and a bitter and acrid taste. Specific gravity: 
0-940 to 0-990 at 15° C. (59° F.). Insoluble in water; readily soluble in absolute alcohol, 
ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzin, and fixed and volatile oils. It yields a trans- 
parent mixture with one-third of its volume of ammonia water. When Copaiba is heated, it 
should not evolve the odor of turpentine. When the volatile oil has been completely driven 
off by heating Copaiba in a flat-bottomed capsule, the residue, when cold, should be amor- 
phous, transparent, and friable (absence of fixed oils'). Copaiba should not be fluorescent, and, 
when heated to 130° C. (266° F.), it should not become gelatinous. On adding 1 drop of 
* The variety of copaiba found by Prof. Procter to have this low sp. gr. was supposed to be from Para. It was 
of a light straw color, very fluid, and possessed of the pure copaiba odor. It contained 80 per cent, of volatile oil 
and 20 of resin, and was not affected by recently calcined magnesia. It appears to be the same with a variety de- 
scribed by Dr. L. Posselt in the Chemical Gazette for May 1, 1849. The view of Prof. Procter that it is the product 
of young trees, in which the juice has not become fully elaborated, is highly probable. As the virtues of copaiba 
depend mainly on the oil, this variety should be more efficacious than the copaiba in common use. 454 
Copaiba. 
PART I. 
Copaiba to 19 drops of carbon disulphide, and shaking the mixture with 1 drop of a cold mix- 
ture of equal parts of nitric and sulphuric acids, it should not acquire a purplish-red or violet 
color (absence of gurjun balsam).” U. S. “ The volatile oil should be present to the extent 
of at least 40 per cent., should rotate the plane of a ray of polarized light from 28° to 34° to 
the left (absence of African copaiba), and should not boil under 482° F. (250° C.).” Br. 
The resinous mass which remains after the distillation of the oil is hard, brittle, translucent, 
greenish brown, and nearly destitute of smell and taste. By mixing it with the oil in proper 
proportion, we may obtain a liquid identical or nearly so with the original juice. This resin- 
ous mass is of an acid character, and yields a series of amorphous salts. It may be obtained 
pure by exposing a mixture of 9 parts of copaiba and 2 parts of aqueous ammonia (sp. gr. 
0-95) to a temperature of 10° C. In this way crystals of copaivic add, C20H3002, are ob- 
tained. This acid agrees with the abietic add of colophony in composition, but not in proper- 
ties. Copaivic acid is readily soluble in alcohol, and especially in warmed copaiba itself; much 
less in ether. When recrystallized from alcohol, copaivic acid fuses at 116°-117° C. (241°— 
242-6° F.). (A. J. P., 1879, p. 305.) An analogous substance, oxycopaivic add, C20H2803, 
was found in 1841 by H. von Fehling in Para copaiba; and Strauss in 1865 extracted meta- 
copaivic add, C22H3404, from Maracaibo copaiba. Copaivic acid forms crystallizable salts with 
alkalies, and sodium copaivate, NaC20H2902, made by combining molecular quantities of the 
acid and soda, is asserted by Zlarnal and Roquette to be more efficient than any other prep- 
aration of copaiba. A misdble copaiba proposed by Groves was made by treating copaiba with 
a saturated solution of potassium carbonate. It resembled ordinary copaiba in appearance and 
consistence, but was alkaline, and when shaken with water, instead of floating on the surface, 
readily formed a white emulsion, more or less stable according to the degree of dilution. (P. 
J; Tr., ix. 195.) 
Copaiba, upon exposure to the air, acquires a deeper color, a thicker consistence, and greater 
density, and, if spread out upon an extended surface, ultimately becomes dry and brittle. This 
change is owing partly to the volatilization and partly to the oxidation of the essential oil. As it 
is the soft resin that results from the oxidation of the oil, it follows that the proportion of this 
resin increases with age. Considerable diversity must, therefore, exist in the drug, both in 
physical properties and in the properties of its ingredients, according to its age and degree of 
exposure. Similar differences also exist in the copaiba procured from different sources. Thus, 
that of the West Indies, when compared with the Brazilian, which is the variety above de- 
scribed, and in common use, is of a thicker consistence, of a deeper or darker yellow color, 
less transparent, and of a less agreeable, more terebinthinate odor; and specimens obtained 
from the ports of Venezuela or Colombia were found, upon examination by M. Vigne, to differ 
from each other not only in physical properties, but also in their chemical relations. (Journ. 
de Pliarm., N. S., i. 52.) The same is true, as observed by M. Buignet, of their action on 
polarized light, in which they differ not only in degree, but sometimes also even in direction. 
(Journ. de Pliarm., Oct. 1861, pp. 266-7.) It is not impossible that differences may exist in 
the juice according to the circumstances of its collection. The species of Copaifera from 
which the juice is collected, as well as the age of the tree, its position, and the season of col- 
lection, must also have influence over the product. It is highly probable that the resinous 
matter results from oxidation of the oil in the cells of the plant, and that the less elaborated 
the juice may be, the larger proportion it will contain of the oil. It is said that a volatile oil 
flows abundantly from a tree near Bogota, which is employed to adulterate the copaiba collected 
in that vicinity and shipped from Maracaibo and other neighboring ports. 
Adulterations. Copaiba is often adulterated* with a fixed oil, especially castor oil, which, 
in consequence of its solubility, cannot, like the others, be detected by alcohol. Various plans 
have been proposed for recognizing the castor oil. The simplest is to boil a drachm of the 
copaiba in a pint of water till the liquid is wholly evaporated. If the copaiba contain a fixed 
oil, the residue will be more or less soft, according to the quantity present; otherwise it will be 
hard. Magnesium carbonate, caustic potassa, and sulphuric acid have also been proposed as 
tests. In the late Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia it was stated that copaiba “ dissolves a fourth part 
of its weight of magnesium carbonate, with the aid of a gentle heat, and continues translucent.” 
The presence of a small proportion of any fixed oil renders the mixture opaque. One part of 
* Some years since, a substance was imported into New York, under the name of red copaiba, which did not 
possess a single characteristic of the genuine drug. It was of a thick, semi-fluid consistence, not unlike that of 
balsam of Tolu, as it often reaches us, of a brown color similar to that of the same balsam, though darker, and of an 
unpleasant yet somewhat aromatic odor, recalling that of liquidambar, but less agreeable. Its origin is unknown. Copaiba. 
455 
PART I. 
potassa dissolved in two of water forms a clear solution with nine parts of pure copaiba, and 
the liquid continues clear when moderately diluted with water or alcohol; but the presence of 
one-sixth of fixed oil in the copaiba occasions more or less opacity in the liquid, and half the 
quantity causes the precipitation of white flakes in a few hours. (Stolze.) Turpentine, which 
is said to be sometimes added to copaiba, may be detected by its smell, especially if the copaiba 
be heated. According to Mr. Redwood, most of the proposed tests of the purity of copaiba are 
liable to fallacy; and the best measure of its activity is the quantity of volatile oil it affords 
by distillation. Castor oil, Venice turpentine, linseed oil, or gurjun balsam may be detected 
by means of petroleum benzin, which makes a clear solution with pure copaiba, but if either 
of the substances mentioned be present a milky mixture, which soon settles into two layers, is 
formed, the copaiba solution being on top (A. J. P., July, 1873; Proc. A. P. A., xxiv. 191, 
xxvi. 286). Prof. Maisch has found that ten volumes of benzin, instead of three as proposed 
by Prof. Wayne, must be added to one of copaiba to get the best results from this test. In- 
deed, it has been shown that pure copaiba will sometimes show turbidity when mixed with 
benzin. (A. J. P., 1877, p. 131.) Hager recommends the use of absolute alcohol, which he 
says completely dissolves, without turbidity, all the varieties of copaiba except the Para, whose 
solution on standing clears itself by the deposition of a few white flakes. J. M. Fulton asserts 
that some pure copaibas are not entirely dissolved by absolute alcohol. (A. J. P, 1877.) For 
additional tests and criticisms by Beckurts and Brueche, see Arch. d. Pharm., 1891, p. 90 ; also 
Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1892, 635. For Hager’s test, see Chem. and Drug., 1894, 740. 
Dodge and Olcott (Amer. Drug., 1895, 5) describe a test to detect gurjun balsam in copaiba, 
which Kebler regards as the most reliable yet proposed; it is as follows. Four drops of the 
suspected sample, dissolved in half a fluidounce of glacial acetic acid, will, if pure, remain color- 
less and clear, or but slightly cloudy, if from four to six drops of pure nitric acid be dropped 
into the solution. If the sample be pure gurjun balsam, the mixture will have a deep purple 
color; if a mixture of the two balsams, the depth of color will vary according to the amount 
of the adulterant, as small a proportion as 2 per cent, being discoverable. (See also A. J. P., 
1896, 143, and 1897, 394.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Copaiba is gently stimulant, diuretic, laxative, and in 
very large doses often actively purgative. It produces, when swallowed, a sense of heat in the 
throat and stomach, and extends an irritant action not only throughout the alimentary canal, 
but also to the urinary passages, and in fact, in a greater or less degree, to all the mucous 
membranes, for which it appears to have a strong affinity. The urine acquires a peculiar odor 
during its use, and its smell may be detected in the breath. It sometimes occasions an erup- 
tion upon the skin resembling that of measles, and attended with disagreeable itching and tin- 
gling, or even violent pemphigus. (N. Y. Med. Journ., Jan. 1873, p. 416.) Nausea and vomiting, 
painful purgation, strangury and bloody urine, and a general state of fever are caused by ex- 
cessive doses. As a remedy it has been found most efficient in diseases of the mucous mem- 
branes, particularly those of a chronic character. Thus, it is given with occasional advantage 
in leucorrhoea, chronic cystitis, chronic dysentery, diarrhoea, hemorrhoids, chronic bronchitis, and 
psoriasis. The complaint, however, in which it is most employed is gonorrhoea. It should not 
be administered in the first stages, when the inflammation is severe and acute, nor is it appli- 
cable to very chronic, indolent forms of the disorder, such as gleet. It was formerly much 
esteemed as a vulnerary, and as an application to ulcers ; but it is now seldom used externally. 
Dr. Ruschenberger recommends it locally in chilblains. (Med. Examiner, i. 77.) 
Both the volatile oil and the resin are eliminated by the kidneys in an altered condition: if to 
the urine of a person taking the drug nitric acid be added, a precipitate is thrown down, which 
may be mistaken for albumen. The volatile oil is more active than is the resin, which is not, 
however, inert. Dr. Wilks, of Guy’s Hospital, London, speaks of the resin with great confi- 
dence as a hydragogue diuretic in obstinate dropsy, given in the dose of fifteen or twenty 
grains three times a day. 
The dose of copaiba is from twenty drops to a fluidrachm (1 -25-3-75 C.c.) three times a 
day, or a smaller quantity repeated more frequently. It may be given dropped on sugar, but 
in this form is often so exceedingly offensive as to render some concealment of its nauseous 
qualities necessary. A less disagreeable form is that of emulsion, prepared by rubbing the 
copaiba first with mucilage or the yolk of an egg, and sugar, and afterwards with some aro- 
matic water, as that of mint or cinnamon. The volatile oil, which is official, may be given in 
the dose of ten or fifteen drops, in emulsion, or, as is almost universally preferred, in capsules. 456 
Coriandrum.—Creosotum. 
PART I. 
CORIANDRUM. U. S. (Br.) Coriander. 
(co-ri-Xn'drum.) 
“ The fruit of Coriandrum sativum, Linne (nat. ord. Umbelliferae).” U. S. “ The dried ripe 
fruit of Coriandrum sativum.” Br. 
Coriandri Fructus, Br.; Coriander Fruit; Fructus Coriandri, P. G.; Coriandre, Fr.; Koriander, G.; Coriandro, 
It.; Cilantro, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla radiate. Petals inflex-emarginate. Universal involucre one-leafed. Partial 
involucres halved. Fruit spherical. Willd. 
Coriandrum sativum. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1448; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 137, t. 53. This is 
an annual plant, with an erect, round, smooth, branching stem, rising about two feet, and fur- 
nished with compound leaves, of which the upper are thrice ternate, 
with linear pointed leaflets, the lower pinnate, with the pinnae cut into 
irregular serrated lobes like those of parsley. The flowers are white or 
rose-colored, and in compound terminal umbels ; the fruit globular, and 
composed of two concave hemispherical portions. C. sativum is a 
native of Italy, but at present grows wild in most parts of Europe, 
having become naturalized in consequence of its extended cultivation. 
The flowers appear in June, and the fruit ripens in August. It is a 
singular fact that all parts of the fresh plant are extremely fetid when 
bruised, while the fruit becomes fragrant by drying. This is the official 
portion. It is brought to us from Europe. 
The fruit of the coriander is globular, about an eighth of an inch in 
diameter, obscurely ten-ribbed, with minute indications of secondary ribs in the furrows, of a 
grayish or brownish-yellow color, and separable into the two mericarps (half-fruits), which 
are only bound together by the membranous pericarp. Each half-fruit is provided with two 
oil-tubes on the conjoining face. The whole fruit has the persistent calyx at its base, and is 
sometimes surmounted by the adhering conical style. Coriander is thus described by the 
U. S. Pharm.: “ Globular; about one-sixth of an inch (4 mm.) in diameter; crowned with the 
calyx-teeth and stylopod ; brownish-yellow, with slight longitudinal ridges ; the two mericarps 
cohering, enclosing a lenticular cavity, and each furnished on the face with two oil-tubes; odor 
and taste agreeably aromatic.” U. S. The aromatic taste and smell depend on a volatile oil, 
which may be obtained separate by distillation. One pound of the seeds yields forty-two 
grains of the oil. (Zeller.) This is colorless or pale yellow, with an agreeable odor of cori- 
ander, a mild aromatic taste, and a sp. gr. varying from 087 to 0-88. Its main constituent, 
according to Semmler (Ber. der Chem. Gesell, xxiv. 206), is what was first called coriandrol, 
but is now recognized as linalool, C10H180, boiling between 194° and 198° C. Besides this, 
about 5 per cent, of dextro-pinene was isolated, boiling between 156° and 160° C. It is one 
of the most permanent of the volatile oils, resisting oxidation for a long time. The virtues 
of the fruit are imparted to alcohol by maceration, and less readily to water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Coriander is a rather feeble aromatic. It is almost 
exclusively employed in combination with other medicines, either to cover their taste, to render 
them acceptable to the stomach, or to correct their griping qualities. It was well known to 
the ancients. The dose is from a scruple to a drachm (1*3—3-9 Gm.). 
Transverse section mag- 
nified. 
CREOSOTUM. U. S., Br. Creosote. 
(CKE-O-SO'TUM.) 
“ A mixture of phenols, chiefly guaiaeol and creosol, obtained during the distillation of 
wood-tar, preferably of that derived from the beech, Fagus sylvatica, Linne (nat. ord. Cupu- 
liferrn).” U. S. “ A mixture of guaiaeol, creosol, and other phenols ; obtained in the distillation 
of wood-tar.” Br. 
Creasotum, Br. (1885), Creasote; Kreosotum, P. G.; Creosote, Fr.; Kreosot, G 
This is a substance discovered in 1830 by Reichenbaeh in the products of the distillation of 
wood. This distillation of wood yields products very analogous to one fraction of the coal-tar 
obtained by the destructive distillation of bituminous coal. This fraction is the heavy oil of 
coal-tar, which comes over between 165° C. (329° F.) and 200° C. (392° F.) : it is often called 
* The official name of this compound was changed in theU. S. P. (1S90) from “creasotum” to “ creosotum.” This 
alteration, in our opinion, is of doubtful utility: the original name is in accord with the etymological orthography. PART I. 
Creosotum. 
457 
“ coal-tar creosote,” and contains a group of phenols, including carbolic acid, or common phenol, 
C6H60, boiling at 182° C. (359-6° F.), ct'esylic acid, or cresol, C7HaO, boiling at 198° C. (388-4° 
F.), and xylenol, or dimethyl phenol, C8H100, boiling at 211° C. (411-8° F.). Wood-tar is a 
complex mixture of phenoloid bodies. These are chiefly the acid methylic ethers of catechol 
(or pyrocatechin) and its homologues. We may mention as the chief constituents— 
A. Monohydric Phenols. 
Phenol, or carbolic acid CgllsOH. 
Paracresol C6H4(CHs)OH. 
Xylenol, or phlorol C6H3(CH3)20H. 
B. Methylic Ethers of Dihydric Phenols. 
Guaiacol C6H4(OCH3)OH. 
Creosol C6Hs(CH3)0CH3.0H. 
Homocreosol C6H2(CH3)2OCH30H. 
Coerolignol C6H3(C3H7)OCH*OH. 
C. Methylic Ethers of Trihydric Phenols. 
Dimethyl pyrogallate C6H3(OCH3)2OH. 
Dimethyl methyl-pyrogallate C6H2(CIl3)(OCH3)2OH. 
Dimethyl propyl-pyrogallate (picamar) C6lI2(C3H7)(OCH3)2OH. 
Methyl propyl-pyrogallate C6H2(C3H7)(OCH3)(OH)2. 
{Allen’s Com. Org. Analysis, 2d ed., vol. ii. p. 565.) 
Preparation. Creosote is obtained either from wood-tar or from crude pyroligneous acid. 
When wood-tar is used, it is distilled until it has attained the consistence of pitch. The dis- 
tilled liquid divides itself into three layers, an aqueous between two oily layers. The inferior 
oily layer, which alone contains the creosote, is separated, and saturated with sodium carbon- 
ate to remove acetic acid. The liquid is allowed to rest, and the new oil which separates is 
decanted from it. This oil is distilled, and yields products lighter than water, and a liquid 
heavier. The latter alone is preserved, and, after having been agitated repeatedly with weak 
phosphoric acid to neutralize ammonia, is allowed to remain at rest for some time. It is next 
washed as long as acidity is removed, and then distilled with a fresh portion of weak phos- 
phoric acid, care being taken to cohobate from time to time. The oily liquid thus rectified is 
colorless, and contains much creosote, but also a portion of light oil distillate. To separate 
the latter, the liquid is mixed with a solution of caustic soda of the density 1-12, which 
dissolves the creosote, but not the light oil. The oil, which floats from its levity, is then 
separated ; and the alkaline solution of the creosote is exposed to the air, until it becomes 
brown in consequence of the decomposition of a foreign matter, and is then saturated with 
sulphuric acid. This sets free the creosote, which is decanted, and again distilled. The treat- 
ment by solution of soda, sulphuric acid, etc., is to be repeated until the creosote no longer 
becomes brown by exposure to the air, but only slightly reddish. It is then dissolved in a 
stronger solution of soda, and distilled again, and finally redistilled for the last time, rejecting 
the first portion which comes over, on account of its containing much water, collecting the next 
portion, and avoiding to push the distillation too far. The product collected in this distillation 
is creosote. 
When creosote is extracted from pyroligneous acid, the first step is to dissolve sodium sul- 
phate in it to saturation. The oil which separates and floats above is decanted, and, having 
been allowed to remain at rest for a few days, is saturated by potassium carbonate with the 
assistance of heat, and distilled with water. The oleaginous liquid obtained is of a pale yel- 
low color, and is to be treated with phosphoric acid, etc., as above detailed, in relation to the 
treatment of the corresponding oil obtained from wood-tar. 
Properties. Creosote, when pure, is a colorless oleaginous liquid, of the consistence of 
oil of almonds, slightly greasy to the touch, volatilizable by heat, and having a caustic, burning 
taste, and a penetrating, disagreeable odor, like that of smoked meat, and analogous to, yet 
different from, that of phenol. As met with in commerce, it has frequently a brownish tinge. 
It burns with a sooty flame. Applied in a concentrated state to the skin, it corrugates and 
then destroys the cuticle, causing a white spot. On paper it leaves a greasy stain, which 
disappears in a few hours, or in ten minutes if heated to 100° C. (212° F.). Its sp. gr. is 
1-057 at 55° (Gorup-Besanez), 1-035-1-085 ( JJ. S.), 1-079 (Br.). It boils between 200° and 
220° C., and remains fluid at —27° C. (—17° F.). It is a non-conductor of electricity, and 
refracts light strongly. It is devoid of acid or alkaline reaction. Mixed with water, it forms 
two layers: one consisting of one part of creosote and about eighty of water, the other, of one 
part of water and ten of creosote. It dissolves a large proportion of iodine and phosphorus, 
and a considerable amount of sulphur, especially when assisted by heat. Allen states that 
in Bhenish creosote guaiacol predominates, while a sample of Morson’s creosote from “ Stock- 
holm tar,” examined by him, boiled at about 217° C., and consisted chiefly of creosol. 458 
Creosotum. 
PART I. 
The Pharmacopoeia describes creosote as “ an almost colorless, yellowish or pinkish, highly 
refractive, oily liquid, having a penetrating, smoky odor, and a burning, caustic taste; usually 
becoming darker in tint on exposure to light. Specific gravity: not below 1-070 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). Soluble in about 150 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), but without forming a per- 
fectly clear solution. With 120 parts of hot water it forms a clear liquid which on cooling 
becomes turbid from the separation of minute oily drops. The filtrate from this yields a red- 
dish-brown precipitate with bromine test-solution (distinction from carbolic acid). Soluble, in 
all proportions, in absolute alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, acetic acid, 
and fixed and volatile oils. It begins to boil at about 205° C. (402-8° F.), and most of it dis- 
tils over between 205° and 215° C. (401° and 419° F.). When it is cooled to —20° C. (—4° 
F.), it becomes gelatinous, but does not solidify (difference from carbolic acid). It is inflam- 
mable, burning with a luminous, smoky flame. Creosote is neutral, or only faintly acid to 
litmus paper. On mixing equal volumes of Creosote and collodion in a dry test-tube, no co- 
agulum should form. If 1 volume of Creosote be mixed with 1 volume of glycerin, a nearly 
clear mixture will result from which the Creosote will separate on the addition of 1 or more 
volumes of water. On adding to 10 C.c. of a saturated, aqueous solution of Creosote 1 drop 
of ferric chloride test-solution, the liquid will acquire a violet-blue tint which rapidly changes 
to greenish and brown, with formation, usually, of a brown precipitate. (The preceding three 
tests show difference from and absence of notable quantities of carbolic acid.) On mixing 2 
C.c. of Creosote with 8 C.c. of a 7’5-per-cent. solution of sodium hydrate, a clear, pale yel- 
lowish liquid results which becomes turbid when diluted with water, but clears up after 50 C.c. 
have been added (absence of neutral oils). If 1 C.c. of Creosote be mixed with a warm, 20- 
per-cent. solution of potassium hydrate in absolute alcohol, a solid crystalline mass will form 
upon cooling. If 1 C.c. of Creosote be shaken with 2 C.c. of benzin and 2 C.c. of freshly 
prepared barium hydrate test-solution, upon separating, the benzin should not be blue or muddy, 
and the aqueous layer should not have a red tint (absence of coerulignol and some other high- 
boiling constituents of wood-tar)." U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia describes Creosote as 
follows: “ A colorless or yellowish highly refractive liquid, having a strong empyreumatic 
odor and acrid taste ; neutral or only faintly acid to litmus. It is dissolved by about 150 parts 
of water at ordinary temperatures, and is more soluble in hot water. It is freely soluble in 
alcohol (90 per cent.), ether, chloroform, glycerin, and glacial acetic acid. Specific gravity, not 
below 1-079. It distils between 392° F. (200° C.) and 428° F. (220° C.). A 1 per cent, 
solution in alcohol (90 per cent.), or a half per cent, solution in water, with a drop of the test- 
solution of ferric chloride, yields a green coloration, rapidly changing to a reddish brown. It 
rotates the plane of a ray of polarized light to the left. Dropped on white filtering paper and 
exposed to a temperature of 212° F. (100° C.), it leaves no translucent stain (absence of less 
volatile liquids). It is miscible with an equal volume of collodion without gelatinization ; and, 
when shaken with 5 times its bulk of solution of ammonia, its volume should not be diminished 
materially (distinction from phenol).” 
Creosote instantly dissolves ammonia, and retains it with great force. Strong nitric and 
sulphuric acids decompose it, the former giving rise to reddish vapors, the latter to a red 
color, which becomes black on the addition of more of the acid. Dilute nitric acid converts 
it into a brown resin, which, treated with ammonia, and then dissolved in boiling alcohol, 
gives, by evaporation, certain salts of ammonia, two of which contain new acids, discovered 
by Laurent. Hydrochloric acid produces no change in it. Mr. Morson, of London, gives 
a test based on the solvent power of glycerin over carbolic acid, which is dissolved by it 
in all proportions, while pure creosote is insoluble or nearly so; and, consequently, if any 
liquid assumed to be creosote dissolves largely in glycerin, it probably consists in the whole, or 
in large part, of carbolic acid. Subsequent experiments appear to show that this test succeeds 
best with Morson’s creosote; and beech-wood creosote, although pure, sometimes mixes with 
glycerin without turbidity. Hager has modified Morson’s test by using a mixture of 3 parts 
absolute glycerin and 1 part water. With this fairly good results are obtained, according 
to Allen. A still better test, according to Mr. John A. Clark, is an alcoholic solution of iron 
perchloride ( Tinct. Ferri Perchlor., Br.), which with an alcoholic solution of creosote produces 
a deep greenish-blue color, but with carbolic acid a light brown. (A. J. P., June, 1873, 
269.) Creosote dissolves a large number of metallic salts, and reduces some of them to the 
metallic state; as, for example, silver nitrate and acetate. Froehdes reagent (a solution of 1 
part of molybdic acid in 100 parts of sulphuric acid) is recommended by E. W. Davy as a 
distinguishing test for carbolic acid. (P. J. IV., 1878, 1022.) A drop or two of the doubt- Creosotum. 
459 
PART I. 
ful liquid is to be agitated with two fluidrachms of distilled water, the whole filtered, and a 
drop or two of thie test-solution added. Pure creosote gives a brown or reddish-brown reaction 
on standing or slight warming, passing to a light yellowish brown; with carbolic acid, the 
brown passing to a maroon soon develops a more or less intense purple. Of all the properties 
of creosote, the most remarkable is its power of preserving meat. It is this property which 
has suggested its name, derived from xpeat;, flesh, and a I preserve. 
Impurities and Adulterations. Creosote is apt to contain eupion, and is sometimes 
adulterated with rectified oil of tar and the fixed and volatile oils. All these substances are 
detected by strong acetic acid, which dissolves the creosote, and leaves them behind, floating 
above the creosote solution. Creosote from beech-wood tar, however, is only partially dissolved 
by hot acetic acid of ordinary strength. Fixed oils are also discovered by a stain on paper not 
discharged by heat. Any trace of the matter which produces the brownish tinge is detected 
by the liquid becoming discolored by exposure to sunshine. Commercial creosote almost always 
contains carbolic and cresylic acids, from coal-tar; and, indeed, much of what is sold for creo- 
sote is nothing more than impure carbolic acid. (See Acidum Carbolicum.') It has been already 
stated that this acid strongly resembles creosote; and this resemblance probably extends also 
to their therapeutical effects: so that the substitution is less to be regretted than might other- 
wise be the case. But, as the effects of the two on the system may not be identical, it is highly 
desirable to be able to distinguish between them. Tests for this purpose have been given 
above, and, with those quoted from the Pharmacopoeia, are sufficient for the purpose. 
Medical Properties, etc. The constitution of even genuine beech-wood creosote varies 
very greatly in the proportion of guaiacol and creosol and in the amount of monophenols, and 
it would seem impossible to get under the name of creosote a fixed medicament. Nevertheless, 
for practical therapeutic purposes creosote is sufficiently constant iu its composition, the 
physiological and therapeutic action of its various constituents being apparently so closely 
allied as to make variability in the proportion of these constituents of little importance; 
indeed, our knowledge of the physiological effects of creosote is very imperfect. It rivals 
carbolic acid in its antiseptic power. It is, when applied locally, a paralyzant to the nerves, 
and probably to all higher tissues; and it has been generally believed to be almost identical 
in the range and powers of its activity with carbolic acid. If it be true, however, as stated 
in La Semaine Med., July, 1891, that Prof. Bouchard has administered it in doses of two 
and a half drachms without evil result, it cannot be physiologically equivalent to carbolic 
acid. The correctness of this view is further indicated by the rarity of cases of creosote 
poisoning in the records of medicine. Dr. Freudenthal (iV. Y. Med. Rec., April, 1892) reports 
the case of a woman who took 600 drops of creosote in a very short time, the ingestion being 
followed almost immediately by unconsciousness, with intense trismus, contracted immobile 
pupils, and general cyanosis, but in which recovery was made practically without the adminis- 
tration of remedies. He further states that subsequently this same patient, by increasing the 
dose of creosote, was able to take 500 drops daily without ill effect. Creosote was originally 
administered in phthisis with the idea of destroying the tubercle bacillus. There is, however, 
no reason for believing that it directly affects the growth of this organism, although it 
undoubtedly is a very effectual remedy in the disease. Its value is almost in direct proportion 
to the amount of expectoration,—i.e., to the activity of the catarrhal processes. It acts by in- 
fluencing the pulmonic catarrh, which, although a secondary result of the bacillus, favors greatly 
their growth. It is of at least equal service in cases of chronic non-tubercular inflammation of 
the bronchial tubes, and even of the lung structure itself when the disease is of a catarrhal type. 
To be effective it must be given in as large doses as the stomach can bear, and its use must be con- 
tinually kept up for weeks and even months. It may be given in cod-liver oil or emulsion, but is 
usually best tolerated in capsules (three to five minims each). Two of these may be administered 
at first four times a day, the dose being gradually increased until from thirty to forty minims 
a day are taken, or some evidences of disagreement with the digestion appear. The remedy 
should be taken after meals, or the ingestion should be immediately preceded by a glass of milk. 
Creosote has also been used hypodermically in phthisis. Thus, Perom employed a 10 per cent, 
solution given in oil of sweet almonds, two injections of eighty minims each being given daily. 
Dor administered, by intra-tracheal injections, a 5 per cent, solution in recently boiled olive 
oil, holding that the drug reached the pulmonic alveoli and attacked the disease locally. On 
account of its local action as a powerful paralyzant of nerve-tissue, creosote is frequently em- 
ployed with great advantage in cases of nausea, vomiting, or diarrhoea, dependent upon excessive 
irritability, without acute inflammation, of the gastric or intestinal mucous membrane; it has 460 
Creosotum.—Creta Prseparata. 
PAET I. 
also been successfully used in the vomiting of pregnancy or of hysteria, in cholera morbus, cholera 
infantum, lienteric diarrhoea, typhoid fever, and even in dysentery. When in these cases there 
is a tendency to fermentation of the contents of the stomach or bowels, creosote is especially 
valuable, and may often be combined advantageously with an alkali or chalk. Externally, creo- 
sote has been employed for exactly the same diseases as has carbolic acid. Indeed, the latter 
remedy, on account of its greater cheapness, has almost entirely supplanted creosote. The skin 
diseases to the treatment of which creosote has been supposed to be best suited are those of a 
scaly character. In burns its efficacy has been insisted on, especially in those attended with 
excessive suppuration and fungous granulations. In chilblains also it is stated to be a useful 
application. Mixed with four parts of lard, it is said to have proved very serviceable in ery- 
sipelas. When applied to wounds it acts as a haemostatic, stopping the capillary hemorrhage, 
but possesses no power to arrest the bleeding from large vessels. Accordingly, creosote water 
has been applied locally in menorrhagia, and to arrest uterine hemorrhage and the bleeding from 
leech-bites. The ulcers in the treatment of which it has been found most useful are those of 
an indolent and gangrenous character, in which its several properties of escharotic, stimulant, 
and antiseptic are usefully brought into play. In all these cases, should the remedy cause irri- 
tation, it must be suspended, or alternated with emollient and soothing applications. Injected 
into fistulous ulcers, it proves a useful resource, by exciting the callous surfaces and disposing 
them to unite. Wherever there are foul ulcers, gangrenous surfaces, or inflamed serous, mu- 
cous, or glandular tissues giving rise to fetid discharges, creosote may be substituted for car- 
bolic acid; as examples may be mentioned fetid leucorrhoea, puerperal metritis, fetid otorrhoea} 
putrid or diphtheritic sore throat, chronic empyema. The strength of the application may 
vary from that of pure creosote to a single drop to the fluidounce of water, according to the 
delicacy of the part and the severity of the disease. On account of its local anaesthetic and 
antiseptic influence, it is much employed by dentists for the obtunding of sensitive dentine and 
as an ingredient of pastes for the destruction of nerves. One or two drops of the pure sub- 
stance must be carefully introduced into the hollow of the tooth on a little cotton, avoiding 
contact with the tongue or cheek. To render it effectual, the hollow of the tooth must be well 
cleansed before it is applied. A mixture of 15 parts of creosote and 10 of collodion is said to 
have a jelly-like consistence, and to be usefully applied to carious teeth, which it protects from 
the air; but, as pure creosote does not coagulate collodion, this remark applies properly to the 
impure carbolic acid before stated to be commonly sold under the same name. 
In an overdose creosote acts as a poison, producing giddiness, obscurity of vision, depressed 
action of the heart, convulsions, and coma. Prof. Hobart A. Hare has found that sulphuric 
acid and the soluble sulphates are antidotal to creosote as they are to carbolic acid. The 
medical treatment consists in the evacuation of the poison and the administration of ammonia 
and other stimulants. 
Under the name of Vapor Creasoti (Inhalation of Creosote), the British Pharmacopoeia 
(1885) formerly directed a preparation consisting of 12 minims of creasote and 8 fluidounces 
of boiling water, which were directed to be mixed in an inhaling apparatus, so arranged that 
the air should be made to pass through the solution, and then inhaled. It may be used in 
chronic inflammation of the air-passages. 
Ca CO3; 99*76. (CRE'TA PRiE-PA-RA'TA—pre-pa-ra'ta.) Ca COg; 100. 
“ Native calcium carbonate, freed from most of its impurities by elutriation.” Br. 
Craie pr6par6e, Fr.; Praparirte Kreide, G. 
Calcium carbonate, in the extended meaning of the term, is the most abundant of simple 
minerals, constituting, according to its state of aggregation and other peculiarities, the different 
varieties of calcareous spar, common and shell limestone, marble, marl, and chalk. It occurs 
also in the animal kingdom, forming the principal part of shells, and a small proportion of the 
bones of the higher orders of animals. It is present in small quantity in most natural waters, 
being held in solution by the carbonic acid which they contain. In the wraters of limestone 
districts it is a very common impregnation, and causes purging in those not accustomed to its 
use. In all such cases, boiling the water, by expelling the carbonic acid, causes the carbonate 
to be deposited. It has been shown, however, that calcium carbonate is itself in a slight de- 
gree soluble in water; so that a small proportion remains in limestone water which has been 
long exposed to boiling. That the carbonate is not held in solution by free carbonic acid is 
shown by the fact that lime water causes no precipitation. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e 
CRETA U. S , Br. Prepared Chalk. Creta Prseparata.—Crocus. 
461 
PART I. 
s6r., iii. 147.) Besides being official in the state of chalk, calcium carbonate is also ordered 
as it exists in marble and oyster-shell, and as obtained by precipitation. Chalk occurs abun- 
dantly in the south of England and the north of France. It exists massive in beds, and very 
frequently contains nodules of flint, and fossil remains of land and marine animals. Accord- 
ing to F. Y. Hayden, chalk-beds identical with those of Europe extend for 400 miles along 
the Missouri River in Dakota. Chalk is an insipid, inodorous, insoluble, opaque, soft solid, 
generally white, but grayish white when impure. It is rough to the touch, easily pulverized, 
and breaks with an earthy fracture. It soils the fingers, yields a white trace when drawn 
across an unyielding surface, and when applied to the tongue adheres slightly. Its sp. gr. 
varies from 2*3 to 2-6. It is never a perfectly pure calcium carbonate, but contains, besides 
gritty silicious particles, small portions of alumina and ferric oxide. If pure, it is entirely 
soluble in hydrochloric acid; but usually a little silica is left. If this solution be not precipi- 
tated by ammonia, it is free from alumina and iron. Chalk, on account of the gritty particles 
which it contains, is unfit for medicinal use until it has been reduced to a very fine powder. 
The mineral, previously pulverized, should be rubbed with a little water upon a porphyry slab, 
by means of a muller of the same material. Having been thus very minutely divided, it is 
agitated with water, which upon standing a short time deposits the coarser particles, and, being 
then poured off, slowly lets fall the remainder in an impalpable state. The former part of the 
process is called levigation, the latter elutriation. The soft mass which remains after the de- 
canting of the clear liquor is made to fall upon an absorbent surface in small portions, which 
when dried have a conical shape* Practically, prepared chalk is generally made on the large 
scale from whiting by the manufacturer. (See P. J. Tr., vii. 146.)f 
<! A white, amorphous powder, often moulded into conical drops, odorless and tasteless; per- 
manent in the air. Almost insoluble in water; insoluble in alcohol. Soluble in diluted acetic, 
hydrochloric, or nitric acid with copious effervescence, but without leaving more than a trifling 
residue. When heated to redness Prepared Chalk loses carbon dioxide and is converted into 
lime. The solution in diluted acetic acid yields, with ammonium oxalate test-solution, a white 
precipitate insoluble in acetic, but soluble in hydrochloric acid. If from the solution in 
diluted acetic acid the calcium be completely removed by precipitation with ammonium oxalate 
test-solution in slight excess, the filtrate should not be rendered very turbid upon addition of 
sodium phosphate test-solution and a little ammonia water (limit of magnesium). Another 
portion of the solution in acetic acid should not assume more than a slight bluish tint upon 
addition of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (limit of iron). Another portion of the same 
solution should not be rendered turbid by the addition of barium chloride test-solution (absence 
of sulphate). In another portion of the solution no precipitate should occur upon the addition 
of potassium dichromate test-solution (absence of barium)." U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This is the only form in which chalk is used in 
medicine. It is an excellent antacid; and, as the salts which it forms in the stomach and 
bowels, if not astringent, are at least not purgative, it is admirably adapted to diarrhoea accom- 
panied with acidity. It is also sometimes used in acidity of stomach attending dyspepsia and 
gout, when a laxative effect is to be avoided ; and it is one of the best antidotes for oxalic acid. 
It has been employed as an application to bums and ulcers, which it moderately stimulates, while 
it absorbs the ichorous discharge and thus prevents it from irritating the diseased surface or 
the sound skin. It is given internally in the form of powder, or suspended in water by the 
intervention of gum arabic and sugar. (See Mistura Cretse.) It is better fitted for the chalk 
mixture than the precipitated calcium carbonate, in consequence of its more impalpable char- 
acter and greater powers of adhesion. Dose, from ten to forty grains (0-65-2-6 Gm.). 
CROCUS. U. S., Br. Saffron. 
“ The stigmas of Crocus sativus, Linne (nat. ord. Iridese).” TJ. S. 11 The dried stigmas and 
tops of the styles of Crocus sativus, Linn.” Br. 
Safran, Fr., G.; Zafferano, It.; Azafran, Sp. 
(CRO'CUS.) 
* “ Take of Chalk a convenient quantity. Add a little water to the Chalk, and rub it into fine powder. Throw 
this into a large vessel nearly full of water, stir briskly, and, after a short interval, decant the supernatant liquor, 
while yet turbid, into another vessel. Treat the coarser particles of the Chalk, remaining in the first vessel, in a 
similar manner, and add the turbid liquid to that previously decanted. Lastly, set the liquor by, that the powder 
may subside, and, having poured off the water, dry the powder.” U.S. 1870. 
f Mr. F. Harris Alcock found some very handsome specimens of “ prepared chalk” in the English market to 
contain 67*016 per cent, of calcium sulphate. (P. J. Tr., 1883, p. 1015.) 462 
Crocus. 
PART I. 
Crocus sativus. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 194; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 763, t. 259. The common 
cultivated saffron is a perennial plant, with a rounded and depressed bulb or cormus, from which 
the flower rises a little above the ground, upon a long, slender, white, and succulent tube. The 
flower is large, of a beautiful lilac or bluish-purple color, and appears in September or October. 
The leaves are radical, linear, slightly revolute, dark green upon their upper surface, with a 
white longitudinal furrow in the centre, paler underneath, with a prominent flattened midrib, 
and enclosed at their base, together with the tube of the corolla, in a membranous sheath, from 
which they emerge soon after the appearance of the flower. The style hangs out on one side 
between the two segments of the corolla, and terminates in three long convoluted stigmas, which 
are of a rich orange color, highly odorous, rolled in at the edges, and notched at the summit. 
The stigmas of the Crocus orientalis are used in the East. 
C. sativus, or autumnal crocus, is believed to be a native of Greece and Asia Minor, where it 
has been cultivated from the earliest ages. It is, however, unknown in a wild state, and, as the 
French plant does not produce seed, Chappellier asserts that it is a hybrid. (Bull. Soc. Bot. de 
France, xx.) More recently, however, Chappellier has found that the ordinary crocus, as grown 
in France, is readily fertilized by the Grecian variety, and it is most probable that the species 
is a distinct one. There are three main varieties of it, the French, the Grecian, and the 
Chinese. The first of these is superior in color and flavor, the second in the amount of yield, 
whilst the third is said to unite these qualities. Saffron is also cultivated for medicinal use in 
Sicily, Spain, France, England, and other temperate countries of Europe. Large quantities of 
saffron are raised in Egypt, Persia, and Cashmere, whence it is sent to India. Much of the 
drug reaches the market of Constantinople from the neighborhood of Tiflis and the Caucasus. 
We cultivate the plant in this country chiefly as a garden flower, although some of the drug 
of very fine quality has been produced in Pennsylvania. It is liable to two diseases, which 
interfere with its culture,—one dependent on a parasitic fungus which attaches itself to the 
bulb, the other called by the cultivators in France tacon, by which the bulb is converted into a 
blackish powder. (Journ. de Pharm., xviii. 41.) 
In England the flowers appear in October, and the leaves continue green through the winter; 
but the plant does not ripen its seed, and is propagated by offsets from the bulb. These are 
planted in grounds prepared for the purpose, and are arranged either in rows or in small 
patches at certain distances. The flowers are gathered soon after they show themselves, as the 
period of flowering is very short. The stigmas, or summits of the pistils, together with a 
portion of the style, are separated from the remainder of the flower, and carefully dried by 
artificial heat, or in the sun. During this process they are sometimes made to assume the 
form of a cake by pressure; but the finest saffron is that which has been dried loosely. The 
two forms are distinguished by the names of cake-saffron and hay-saffron. Five pounds of the 
fresh stigmas are said to yield one pound of the dried. The English saffron, formerly most 
highly esteemed in this country, has disappeared from our market. What may be sold under 
the name is probably derived from other sources. Much of the drug is imported from Gib- 
raltar, packed in canisters. Parcels of it are also brought from Trieste and other ports of the 
Mediterranean. The Spanish saffron is generally considered the best in the United States, 
although most European writers in Materia Medica give the preference to the French saffron. 
Genuine cake-saffron is at present seldom found in commerce. The better grades of Spanish 
saffron are known as Valencia saffron, whilst Alicante saffron is said by Prof. Maisch to contain 
scarcely more than 50 per cent, of genuine saffron. According to Landerer, the stigmas of 
several other species besides those of C. sativus are gathered and sold as saffron in Greece and 
Turkey.* 
* At the International Exhibition in London in the year 1862, Dr. Geo. B. Wood noticed a specimen of saffron 
from the island of Ceylon, closely resembling that of the Crocus sativus. It consisted of the stigmas of the Crocus 
orientalis. According to Mr. Charles A. Heinitsh, until within a few years saffron was cultivated to a considerable 
extent in Lancaster County, Pa. The plant requires a rich soil, which should be deeply dug and heavily manured. 
The bulbs are planted in August, eight inches apart, and the growing plant should be kept free from weeds. The 
flowering period begins about the middle of September, and continues till the beginning of October. The flowers 
are picked early in the morning, and the stigmas separated and dried in the shade. This is done every day during 
the period of flowering. He thinks the cultivation can be profitably conducted. A plot of 72 square feet will pro- 
duce 9000 stigmas, weighing 420 grains, or from 33 to 36 pounds to the acre. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 38.) In the Apen- 
nines the bulbs, which have been left in the ground during the winter without protection, are removed in August, 
are planted again in September in rows, and four weeks later the collection of the flowers is begun. (See Arch. d. 
Pharm., Aug. 1885.) For an account of the cultivation in England, see P. J. Tr., June, 1887. M. Monthus, an 
experienced cultivator in France, prefers a dry calcareous soil; plants the bulbs 3 or 4 inches deep; after the har- 
vest in October manures the ground; and renews the planting every three years. He thus prevents the diseases 
peculiar to the plant. M. Monthus recommends the petals of the flower as applicable to the same purposes as the PART I. 
Crocus. 
463 
Properties. Saffron has a peculiar, sweetish, aromatic odor, a warm, pungent, bitter taste, 
and a rich deep orange color, which it imparts to the saliva when chewed. The stigmas of 
which it consists are an inch or more in length, expanded and notched at the upper extremity, 
and narrowing towards the lower, where they terminate in a slender, capillary, yellowish por- 
tion, forming a part of the style. They are thus officially described: “ Separate stigmas, or 
three, attached to the top of the style, about 3 Cm. long, flattish-tubular, almost thread-like, 
broader and notched above; orange-brown; odor strong, peculiar, aromatic; taste bitterish 
and aromatic. Saffron should not include the yellow styles. When pressed between filtering 
paper, it should not leave an oily stain. When chewed it tinges the saliva deep orange-yellow. 
When soaked in water, it should not deposit any pulverulent, mineral matter, nor show the 
presence of organic substances differing in shape from that described. On agitating 1 part 
of Saffron with 100,000 parts of water, the liquid will acquire a distinctly yellow color. No 
color is imparted to benzin agitated with Saffron (absence of picric acid and some other coal- 
tar colors). On drying Saffron at 100° C. (212° F.), it should not lose more than 14 per cent, 
of its weight (absence of added water). When thus dried, and ignited with free access of air, 
100 parts of the dry Saffron should not leave more than 7*5 per cent, of ash (absence of 
foreign inorganic substances).” U. S. 11 Incinerated with free access of air, dried Saffron does 
not deflagrate (absence of nitrates), and yields about 7 per cent, of ash. It should not lose 
more than 12-5 per cent, of moisture when dried at 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. Analyzed by Vogel 
and Bouillon-Lagrange, saffron afforded 65 per cent, of a peculiar extractive matter, and 7*5 
of an odorous volatile oil, together with wax, gum, albumen, saline matter, water, and lignin. 
The extractive was named polychrdite, from the changes of color which it undergoes by the 
action of reagents. Weiss (Wiggers and Husemann, Jahresbericht, 1868, 35) considered poly- 
chro'ite to be a glucoside, but later researches have shown that it is a mixture of the glucoside 
crocin, sugar, and essential oil. (Planchon, Drogues Simples, vol. i. 210.) Kayser obtained (Ber. 
der Chem. Ges., 1884, 2228) pure crocin, having the formula C44H70028, as a yellow powder, 
easily soluble in water and dilute alcohol, slightly soluble only in absolute alcohol, and giving 
with concentrated sulphuric acid a deep blue color, which turns violet, then cherry-red, and 
finally brown. It is easily decomposed by lime or baryta water into crocetin and a right- 
rotating sugar which Kayser’calls crocose. The crocetin is a red powder, not soluble in water, 
but easily soluble in alcohol and ether. Its solution in alkalies shows an orange-yellow color, 
from which solution acids separate it again in orange-colored flocks. Its formula is C34II46O0. 
Kayser also found a colorless bitter principle, to which he gave the name picro-crocin or saffron 
bitter, and the formula C38H66017, which is also of glucoside character. It is to the essential 
oil, which, according to M. Henry, is present to the amount of 10 per cent., that the medicine 
owes its activity. It may be partially separated by distillation. It has the formula C10II140, 
boils at 208°—210° C. (406-4°—410° F.), is yellow, of a hot, acrid, bitterish taste, and heavier 
than water, in which it is slightly soluble. 
Adulterations. The high price of this medicine gives rise to frequent adulterations. 
Water is said to be very often added in order to increase its weight. Oil or glycerin is also 
added for the same purpose, or to improve the appearance. In some specimens the dyed corolla 
of the crocus with the attached stamens is abundant. Sometimes the flowers of other plants, 
particularly Carthamus tinctorius, or safflower, Calendula officinalis, or official marigold, and arnica, 
are fraudulently mixed with the genuine stigmas. They may be known by their shape, which 
is rendered obvious by throwing a portion of the suspected mass into hot water, which causes 
them to expand. (See Carthamus.) A specimen of this adulteration has been introduced into 
the American market, by the name of African saffron. (Maisch, A. J. P., March, 1872, p. 
110.) Other adulterations are the fibres of dried beef, the stamens of the crocus, distinguish- 
able by their yellow color, the stigmas previously exhausted in the preparation of the infusion 
or tincture, and various mineral substances, easily detected upon close examination. The 
stigmas, having found them to be possessed of aromatic properties. They demand no peculiar caution in drying; 
but to preserve them it is necessary to exclude light and moisture. Acids redden them with extreme facility, and 
alkalies turn them green. He therefore recommends a tincture to be made from them, as a substitute for syrup of 
violets. He prepares the tincture by macerating 10 parts of the dried flowers in 100 parts of alcohol of 40°, for 48 
hours. A longer maceration would destroy the color. Paper may be stained with the tincture, and kept green or red, 
the former for acids, the latter for alkalies. (Journ. de Pharm., Juillet, 1867, 54.) According to Heim, Crocosma 
aurea, PI., which is cultivated in Southern Africa as a dye-stuff, affords an excellent substitute for saffron, the dried 
petals giving, when diluted with water, a brilliant yellow solution. The yellow coloring matter is more soluble in 
dilute alcohol and in alkaline solutions than in water, but is insoluble in absolute alcohol and in benzol. The partly 
dry aqueous extract gives with sulphuric acid a blue coloration, passing to violet, similar to that obtained from 
saffron. 464 
Crocus. 
PART 1, 
flowers of a Brazilian plant named Fuminella have, according to M. J. L. Soubeiran, been 
employed for the adulteration of saffron. They may be detected by shaking, gently but re- 
peatedly, a large pinch of the suspected saffron over a piece of paper. The flowers of Fumi- 
nella, being smaller and heavier, separate and fall, and may be 
seen to consist of very short fragments, with a color like that 
of saffron, but a rusty tint which the latter does not possess. 
(See Pharm. Review, 1898, 258.) J. Muller recommends con- 
centrated sulphuric acid as the most certain test of saffron. 
It instantly changes the color of pure saffron to indigo blue. 
(Chern. Gaz., May, 1845.) An adulteration which has been 
largely practised appears to consist of yellow-colored chalk or 
barium sulphate, made into a thin paste probably with honey, 
and attached to the stigmas, sometimes isolated, sometimes in 
groups of five or six, enveloping them almost completely. If 
this saffron be kept in a dry place, and often handled, the 
paste becomes partly broken up, and the colored powder 
spreads itself in the mass and the envelope. The chalk can 
at once be detected by shaking the suspected saffron with 
water, and treating the precipitated powder with hydrochloric 
acid, when effervescence will occur. A less than the ordinary 
brightness of color in the saffron should lead to suspicion of 
this adulteration. Much can be told as to the purity of saffron 
by agitating the suspected flowers in distilled water; if the 
drug be pure the liquid will remain clear, slowly assuming a 
fine pure yellow tint; the saffron also will retain its red color 
for hours. Another excellent plan is to scatter a pinch of the 
flowers upon the surface of warm water, when the stigmas 
should spread out and display their proper form. Minute 
fragments of red saunders, which are often added to saffron, 
may be separated by agitating with water. For an elaborate 
discussion of adulteration, see A. J. P., 1885, 487.* In 
various European markets there has been offered a saffron 
largely adulterated with borates, chlorides, and other salts of sodium and potassium, and yet 
retaining the physical properties of saffron of high character. These and other adulterations 
with inorganic salts can be detected by the amount of ash left on burning, genuine saffron 
leaving from five to seven per cent. This saffron also yielded immediately to water an orange- 
yellow color. Further, some of it at least was hygroscopic, so that when rubbed up between 
the fingers into a ball it retained that form instead of being elastic as is true saffron. 
Attention has been called to a product of the Cape of Good Hope, named Cape saffron, 
which has a remarkable resemblance to genuine saffron, having a similar odor, and yielding a 
similar color to water, though the flowers themselves are differently colored. It is the flower 
of a small plant very abundant at the Cape, belonging to the family of Scrophvlariacese, and 
is said by Dr. Pappe, of Cape Town, to possess medical virtues closely resembling those of true 
Fragment of coarsely powdered Cro- 
cus. 1, epidermis, showing hair; 2, pollen 
cell; 3, pollen cell commencing to grow ; 
4, bundles of wood vessels ; 5, parenchy- 
matous tissue with epidermis; 6, trans- 
verse section, showing parenchyma and 
epithelium. 
* B. S. Procter has proposed a color test which would seem to be very efficient. One grain of saffron is to be 
agitated with two drachms of ether, which should become fairly yellow (any over-coloring of the ether indicates 
aniline or other dye); ether decanted; saffron dried, then agitated with two drachms of rectified spirit, and heated 
short of ebullition, for about one hour; next dried with two drachms of water in the same manner; this alternate 
use of spirit and water is to be continued until the solvent ceases to extract color and the fibres are nearly white; 
the total liquors being made up to exactly two fluidounces should have a color closely resembling that of fourteen 
grains of potassium bichromate in two ounces of water. In comparison, the best results are obtained by taking 
eight minims of the standard liquor and diluting it with an ounce of water, half filling a test-tube about half an 
inch in diameter with this diluted standard, then adding to an ounce of water eight minims of the liquor obtained 
from the sample under examination, and, having half filled a similar test-tube with this, holding the two tubes side 
by side against a sheet of white paper. E. Yinassa recommends that saffron should always be steeped in petro- 
leum before examination under the microscope, and the particles should then all present equality in coloration. 
Immersion in chloral hydrate and subsequent boiling with water enable the operator easily to detect admixtures 
of sandal or campeche wood and of safflower. Attention should also be paid to the pollen-grains, hairs, and crys- 
tals present. Chemical examination shows that the amount of water should not exceed 16 per cent, and the ash 8 
per cent, in a good sample, whilst the tinctorial power may be estimated by comparison with potassium bichromate 
solution. The capillary behavior of an aqueous solution of saffron is also very interesting, and is distinguished from 
that of any other natural or artificial coloring matter in that distinct zones of color are produced in strips of filter- 
ing paper dipped in the solution, the uppermost zone being terminated by a sharply defined light yellow line. {Bull. 
Pharm., Nov. 1892.) PART I. 
Crocus.—Cubeba. 
465 
saffron. The flowers have been used successfully in the convulsions of children. (jP. J. Tr., 
vi. 462, 1865.) 
Choice of Saffron. Saffron should not be very moist, nor very dry, nor easily pulverized; 
nor should it emit an offensive smell when thrown upon live coals. The freshest is the best, 
and that which is less than a year old should, if possible, be selected. It should possess in a 
high degree the characteristic properties of color, taste, and smell. When agitated with water 
it should color it bright yellow, and it should not effervesce in the presence of a dilute acid. 
If it does not color the fingers when rubbed between them, or if it has an oily feel, or a musty 
flavor, or a black, yellow, or whitish color, it should be rejected. In the purchase of this 
medicine in cakes, those should be selected which are close, tough, and firm in tearing; and 
care should be taken to avoid cakes of safflower. 
As its activity depends, partly at least, on a volatile ingredient, saffron should be kept in 
well-stopped vessels. Some recommend that it should be enclosed in a bladder and introduced 
into a tin case. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Saffron was extensively used by the ancients and by 
mediaeval physicians, as a highly stimulant antispasmodic and even narcotic emmenagogue, 
and is still employed to some extent upon the Continent; but in Great Britain and the United 
States it has fallen into well-deserved and almost complete desuetude. In domestic practice 
saffron tea is occasionally used in exanthematous diseases, to promote the eruption. At 
present it is chiefly used to impart color and flavor. The dose is from ten to thirty grains 
(0-65-1-95 Gm.).* 
CUBEBA. U. S. (Br.) Cubebs. [Cubeb.] 
“ The unripe fruit of Piper Cubeba, Linne filius (nat. ord. Piperaceae).” U. S. “ The dried 
full-grown unripe fruits of Piper Cubeba, Linn, fil.” Br.f 
Cubebae Fructus, Br.; Cubebs, Cubeba}, P. G.; Fructus (s. B acute) Cubebae, Piper Caudatum; Cubebe, Cubebe 
poivre a Queue, Fr.; Kubeben, G.; Cubebe, It.; Cubebas, Sp.; Kebabeh, Ar. 
(CU-BE'BA.) 
* Syrupus Oroci. A Syrup of Saffron is sometimes called for, and would seem to be an appropriate preparation. 
The following formula is recommended by Mr. Geo. W. Kennedy, of Pottsville, as producing excellent results. Take 
of saffron glycerin, £ij, water, Macerate for a week, filter into a pint bottle, and add sufficient water 
through the filter to make Sviij; then add 14 avoird. oz. of sugar, and dissolve without heat, frequently shaking. 
(A. J. P., Feb. 1871, 54.) 
t The fruit of the Piper afzelii of Lindley, Cubeba clusii of Miquel, figured in the P. J. Tr. (xiv. 201), is known 
in commerce as African cubebs, Ashant.ee pepper, Guinea pepper, or African black pepper. It was formerly taken 
to Europe in considerable quantities by the Portuguese, but has been superseded by the more agreeable products of 
the East Indies. The fruit is one-third smaller than the official cubebs, is more compact, and has a taste more anal- 
ogous to that of ordinary black pepper. Dr. Stenhouse has also shown that it is chemically more analogous to black 
pepper than to cubebs, as it contains piperin and not cubebin. {Ibid., xiv. 364.) An alleged African cubebs which 
has been sent to London from Cape Coast Castle, in Africa, is the fruit of a plant belonging to the Xanthoxylacete, 
probably either a Toddalia or a Vepris. According to Prof. Archer, it is simply aromatic and stimulant, without 
any of the special virtues of cubebs. {P. J. Tr., March, 1865, 463.) 
Our knowledge of the false cubebs of commerce up to 1894 was epitomized in the last edition of the U. S. D., 
p. 457. To this account the reader is referred for historical details. In 1894 the subject was much clarified by A. De 
Wevre, a long abstract of whose memoir may be found in the P. J. Tr., xxv., 1894. It appears that the natives of 
Java recognize three varieties of the cubeb plant under the respective names of Rinoe katoentjar, Rinoe badak, 
and Rinoe tjaroelock. Of these the first is true cubeb. 
Rinoe badak yields a fruit strongly resembling the genuine cubeb. but having from eight to nine or even twelve 
rows of cells in the mesocarp, and yielding, when crushed with sulphuric acid, a yellow-brown or orange tone instead 
of the carmine-red color given by the true cubeb. 
Rinoe tjaroelock is believed by De Wevre to be the Piper crassipes of Kirkby, and to be simply a variety of Piper 
cubeba, so that its fruit must be considered to be a true cubeb, though it differs from the official drug in having its 
pedicel about twice as long as the fruit and flattened throughout, and in having an odor of mace and a more bitter 
and less burning taste than true cubebs, and yielding, when crushed with sulphuric acid, a brown color only. Its 
mesocarpic cells are in six or seven rows. 
The large false cubeb of English commerce, commonly believed to be yielded by Piper crassipes of Korth, is a 
large, globular, brown or blackish fruit borne on a curved pedicel, usually at least twice as long as the fruit; the 
pedicel is not flattened, and is sometimes tapering, but never dilated, at its free extremity. The fruit measures from 
7-8‘5 Mm., and the pedicel 12-23 Mm. The taste is bitter, but does not leave a persistent burning sensation in 
the mouth. Sulphuric acid gives with the crushed fruit a yellow coloration. So far as De Wevre’s examination 
went, Piper crassipes of Korth is identical with Piper ribesioides (Wallich). 
A short pedicelled cubeb which occurs in commerce, in which the feebly aromatic fruit is from 4 to 5 Mm. in 
diameter and the pedicel 1 Mm., is especially characterized by a layer of small cells under the epidermis, like those of 
the epidermis, by a hypodermal layer of three or four rows of polygonal uniform stone cells, and by the cubical cells 
of the endocarp being cutinized in horseshoe fashion,—that is, having the outside wall thinner than the other three 
(the reverse of what occurs in black pepper). 
Keboe cubeb is much larger than the official, being about 7 Mm. in diameter, with a pedicel 16 Mm. long; the 
color is blackish or grayish black, the surface much wrinkled, the taste acrid, slightly bitter, and pungent, and the 466 
Cubeba. 
PART I. 
Piper cubeba. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 159 ; Woodv. Med. Bot., 3d ed., v. 95.— Cubeba officinalis. 
Miquel. This is a climbing pereimial plant, with a smooth, flexuous, jointed stem, and entire, 
petiolate, oblong or ovate-oblong, acuminate leaves, 
rounded or obliquely cordate at the base, strongly 
nerved, coriaceous, and very smooth. The flowers 
are dioecious and in spikes, with peduncles about as 
long as the petioles. The fruit is a globose, pedieelled 
berry. This species of Piper is a native of Java, 
Penang, and probably other parts of the East Indies. 
It is extensively grown in the coffee plantations, sup- 
ported by the trees which are used for shade, and 
has been introduced into Ceylon. The dried unripe 
fruit is the official portion. 
Properties. Cubebs are round, about the size 
of a small pea, of a blackish or grayisli-brown color, 
and furnished with a short stalk, which is continu- 
ous with raised veins that run over the surface of 
the berry and embrace it like a net-work. The shell 
is hard, almost ligneous, and contains within it a 
single loose seed, covered with a blackish coat, and 
internally white and oleaginous. “ Globular, about 
4 or 5 Mm. in diameter, contracted at the base into 
a rounded stipe about 6 or 8 Mm. long, reticulately 
wrinkled, blackish-gray, internally whitish and hol- 
low ; odor strong, spicy; taste aromatic and pun- 
gent. Cubeb should not be mixed with the nearly 
inodorous rachis or stalks.” U. S. “A transverse 
section of the pericarp exhibits two layers of scleren- 
chymatous cells, one near the outer, the other near 
the inner surface, those of the latter being radially 
elongated. The crushed Fruit imparts a crimson color to sulphuric acid." Br. The odor of 
the berry is agreeably aromatic; the taste warm, bitterish, and camphorous, leaving in the 
mouth a peculiar sensation of coolness, like that produced by oil of peppermint. The pericarp 
Cubeb fruit. A, fruit itself, natural size ; C, seg- 
ment of the fruit, magnified ; tx, ring of stonylwall- 
cells; l, oil-cells; D, section of the seed; l, oil-tubes; 
d, epidermis. 
strong odor different from that of cubebs. It is said to be yielded by Piper (Pothomorphe) mollissimum, BI., the P. 
crassipes of Brunotte. 
The fruit of the Daphnidium cubeba, a rather common adulteration of cubebs, has been shown to be identical with 
that of Tetranthera citrata. It is especially characterized by its endocarp, which consists of long, narrow, sclerenchy- 
matous cells, crowded closely together in a single line and arranged radially. The taste of the fruit is slightly bitter 
and aromatic, but not burning. It has usually no pedicel, and the pericarp contains a plainly dicotyledonous seed 
without albumen, whereas in the cubeb the embryo is too small for the naked eye to distinguish the cotyledons, the 
mass of the seed consisting of albumen. The cells of the endocarp have a very narrow linear cavity, and are very 
distinct from those of cubebs. Even the powder of Daphnidium cubeba is to be recognized from that of a Piper by 
the absence of small angular starch granules. 
Among the other species of Piper whose berries have been found in cubebs,—in the African P. clusii, D. C., and P. 
guineense, Schum., and in the Javanese P. lotvong, BI., and P. sylvestre, Lam.,—neither the endocarp nor the hypo- 
derm contains sclerenchymatous cells ; whilst in P. mollissimum, BI., the endocarp is not sclerenchymatous and the 
hypoderm very sparingly so. De Wevre refers to a species of Rhamnus certain adulterating berries which occur in 
the cubebs. These berries are nearly tasteless, with an odor somewhat resembling that of Daphnidium cubeba ; are 
rounded and compressed laterally, with two rather deep furrows, separating the fruit into halves, and have, inter- 
nally, two cells. Their powder is characterized by the presence of a great number of stone cells, entirely different 
in form from those of cubebs. 
Mr. E. M. Holmes and Mr. E. D. Gravill (P. J. Tr., vol. xv.) give the following tests which may be available 
in detecting powdered false cubebs. After being crushed, the genuine cubebs gives on a porcelain slab with concen- 
trated sulphuric acid a deep crimson with a distinct carmine tint in it. P. crassipes strikes a reddish-brown color, 
Daphnidium cubeba, a yellowish-brown color. Iodine gives with a decoction of genuine cubebs a pure blue tint, and 
wTith spurious cubebs a dull purple tint. One cubic centimetre of the tincture of true cubebs treated with ten cubic 
centimetres of strong sulphuric acid (sp. gr. P843) develops a deep violet color, the false cubebs similarly treated a 
deep red-brown. On diluting these mixtures with four fluidounces of distilled water and allowing them to stand, the 
true cubebs becomes opalescent and changes to a deep blue, the false becomes opalescent and changes to a dirty 
yellow. In applying these tests to adulterated cubebs, the color developed will, of course, be dependent upon the 
amount and character of the adulteration. An important conclusion reached by De Wevre is, that it is not possible 
to detect by microscopic examination with certainty the freedom of a powdered cubeb from adulteration with various 
berries, especially those yielded by different species of the genus Piper, although the presence of numerous polygonal 
stone cells would indicate adulteration, whilst the peculiar prismatic sclerenchymatous cells of the true cubeb indi- 
cate genuineness. It would seem to be essential for the pharmacist to buy his cubebs whole, and examine the fruit 
before powdering. Cubeba. 
467 
PART I. 
(Fig. C, p.c) of the cubeb berry consists of three layers, the exterior of which is composed of 
an interrupted row of small, thick-walled cubical sclerenchymatous cells arranged in irregular 
groups of three or four. The middle layer of the pericarp is composed of loose, undeveloped 
tissue, interspersed with large oil-cells, and contains quantities of starch and sometimes groups 
of needle-shaped crystals. The inner layer is free from starch, and is formed of four rows of 
parenchymatous cells. At the junction of the inner and middle layers there are usually from 
ten to twelve distinct woody bundles, chiefly composed of narrow spiral vessels along with a few 
dotted vessels (Fig. C, m.c). The mesocarp is composed of compressed parenchymatous cells, 
of which there are usually four rows, whilst the endocarp is formed of long sclerenchymatous 
cells arranged radially,—i.e., on their ends (Fig. C., e.c). The testa consists of one row of 
large, thick-walled cells. The perisperm is surrounded by red membrane, formed of rather 
large cells, and is composed of angular parenchymatous cells containing starch and oil. On 
allowing thin sections to stand in glycerin for a few weeks, crystals are formed both in the 
pericarp and in the perisperm. The powder is dark-colored and of an oily aspect, and is 
microscopically characterized by the presence of prismatic sclerenchymatous cells. The most 
obvious constituent of cubebs is the volatile oil, the proportion of which yielded by the drug 
varies from 4 to 13 per cent. It is, as shown by Oglialoro, a mixture of an oil, C10Hie (di- 
pentene), boiling at 158°-163° C. (316'4°-325-4° F.), which is present 
in very small amount, and two oils of the formula C16H24, boiling 
at 262°-265° C. (503-6°-509° F.). One of these, known as cadi- 
nene, is strongly laevogyrate, and yields a crystallized compound, 
C15H242HC1, melting at 118° C., while the other is less laevogyrate, 
and does not combine with HC1. 
The oil distilled from old cubebs on cooling at length deposits 
large transparent inodorous octohedra of camphor of cubebs, C15H260. 
E. Schmidt found that this camphor melts at 66-5° C.; simply 
by standing over sulphuric acid, more rapidly on heating, it gave 
up water and passed into that fraction of cubeb oil which boils 
at 260° C., of which it is, therefore, simply the hydrate. Another 
constituent of cubebs is cubebin. This is an inodorous substance, 
crystallizing in small needles or scales, melting at 125° C. (257° F.), 
having a bitter taste in alcoholic solution ; it dissolves freely in boiling 
alcohol, but deposits on cooling, and is abundantly soluble in chlo- 
roform. Its composition, according to Weidel (1877), is C10H1003. 
Fused with caustic potash it yields proto-catechuic acid. The resin 
extracted from cubebs consists of an indifferent portion, nearly 3 per 
cent., and of cubebic acid, C13H1407, amounting to about 1 per cent. 
(Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. 587.) 
The formula of cubebic acid as just given is that of Schmidt. Schultze (Jahresbericht, 1873, 
p. 863), on the other hand, gives to it the formula C28H3007 -f- H20. According to MM. Capi- 
taine and Soubeiran, cubebin is best obtained by expressing cubebs from which the oil has been 
distilled, preparing from them an alcoholic extract, treating this with a solution of potassa, wash- 
ing the residue with water, and purifying it by repeated crystallizations in alcohol. It bears a 
close resemblance to piperin, but materially differs from it in composition, as it contains no 
nitrogen. (Journ. de Pharm., xxv. 355.) In the official oleoresin of cubeb a deposit takes 
place consisting chiefly of cubebin, which may be obtained by washing the deposit with a small 
quantity of cold alcohol to remove adhering resin and oil, and then dissolving repeatedly in 
boiling alcohol, and crystallizing until the product is white.* The volatile oil is official. (See 
Oleum Cubebse.) By practical trial Bernatzik has satisfied himself that the peculiar virtues 
of cubebs as a remedy in gonorrhoea depend not on the cubebin or the volatile oil, but on the 
cubebic acid. (See Am. Journ. of Med. Sri., October, 1867, p. 534.) When the ethereal ex- 
tract of cubebs is deprived of its volatile oil by evaporation, on a water-bath, and of cubebin 
and wax by deposition, a soft resin is left, the cubebic acid of Bernatzik, in which, according 
to Mr. F. Y. Heydenreich, who experimented with it as a physiological agent, the diuretic proper- 
ties reside, the cubebin being without apparent effect, and the volatile oil, though stimulant 
and carminative, having no diuretic action. The soft resin, which was of the consistence of 
honey, of a dark olive-green color, and some remaining odor of cubebs, when taken in the 
* Prof. E. Schaer calls attention to the similarity in reaction between cubebin and veratrine, aconitine, morphine, 
and digitalin. [Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 531.) 
Transverse section. 468 
Cubeba.—Cupri Sulphas. 
PART I. 
dose of ten grains every two hours for six hours, acted as a laxative, and gave the urine a 
peculiar odor, without increasing its quantity; but in the dose of a drachm, once repeated at 
an interval of three hours, while it produced the same effects as the smaller dose, it considerably 
augmented the urine. In still larger doses it produced decided irritation of the urinary pas- 
sages. (A. J. P., Jan. 1868.) Mr. Heydenreich’s experiments are confirmatory of Bernatzik’s 
conclusion as to the peculiar active principles of cubebs. Cubebs gradually deteriorate by 
age, and in powder become rapidly weaker, in consequence of the escape of their volatile oil. 
They should be kept whole, and pulverized when dispensed. The powder is said to be some- 
times adulterated with that of pimento. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cubebs are generally stimulant, with a special direc- 
tion to the urinary organs. In considerable quantities they excite the circulation, increase the 
heat of the body, and sometimes occasion headache and giddiness. At the same time they fre- 
quently produce an augmented flow of the urine, to which they impart a peculiar odor. Among 
their effects are also occasionally nausea and moderate purging; and they are said to cause a 
sense of coolness in the rectum during the passage of the faeces. We have no evidence that 
they were known to the ancients. They were probably first brought into Europe by the Ara- 
bians, and were formerly employed for similar purposes with black pepper ; but they were found 
much less powerful and fell into disuse. In India they have long been used in gonorrhoea and 
gleet, and as a grateful stomachic and carminative in disorders of the digestive organs, and 
they are at present very frequently given both in this country and in Europe in gonorrhoea, 
after the subsidence of the first active inflammatory symptoms. They have been given also 
in leucorrhoea, cystirrhoea, the urethritis of women and female children, abscess of the pros- 
tate gland, piles, and chronic bronchial inflammation. In connection with copaiba they have 
been especially recommended in affections of the neck of the bladder and the prostatic por- 
tion of the urethra. They are best administered in powder, of which the dose in gonorrhoea is 
from one to three drachms (3-9-11-65 6m.) three or four times a day. For other affections, 
the dose is sometimes reduced to ten grains (0-65 6m.). The volatile oil may be substituted, 
in the dose of ten or twelve drops (0-6—0-72 C.c.), suspended in water by means of sugar; 
though, if the experiments of Bernatzik and Heydenreich are to be relied on, the oil is much 
less efficient than the soft resin as a remedy in gonorrhoea and in diseases of the urinary pas- 
sages generally. An ethereal extract is directed by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and consider- 
ably used; and, as it contains the soft resin or cubebic acid, it is no doubt a very efficient 
preparation. (See Oleoresina Cubebsel) An infusion, made in the proportion of an ounce of 
cubebs to a pint of water, has been employed as an injection in discharges from the vagina. 
CUPRI SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Copper Sulphate. [Cupric Sulphate.] 
Cu SO*. 5H2 O ; 248*8. (CU'PRl StJL'PHAS.) Cu S04. 5H2 0; 249-2. 
“ This salt, CuS04,5H20, may be obtained by the interaction of water, sulphuric acid, and 
copper or cupric oxide.” Br. 
Cuprum Sulfuricum, P. G.; Cuprum Yitriolatum; Blue Vitriol, Roman Vitriol, Blue Stone; Sulfate de Cuivre, 
Vitriol bleu, Couperose bleu, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Kupfer, Kupfersulfat, Kupfervitriol, Blauervitriol, Blauer Galitzen- 
stein, G.; Rame solfato, Vitriolo di Rame, It.; Sulfato de Cobre, Vitriolo azul, Sp. 
Preparation, etc. Copper sulphate occasionally exists in nature, in solution in the water 
which flows through copper-mines. In this case the salt is procured by merely evaporating 
the waters which naturally contain it. Another method of obtaining it is to roast the native 
sulphide in a reverberatory furnace, whereby it is made to pass, by absorbing oxygen, into the 
state of sulphate. The roasted mass is lixiviated, and the solution obtained evaporated that 
crystals may form. The salt procured by either of these methods contains a little ferric sul- 
phate, from which it may be freed by adding either an excess of cuprous oxide, which precipi- 
tates ferric oxide, or recently precipitated copper subcarbonate, which causes the deposition of 
the iron as a carbonate. (A. J. P., xxxiv. 507.) A third method is to dissolve copper scales 
to saturation in sulphuric acid contained in a wooden vessel lined with sheet lead. The scales 
consist of metallic copper mixed with oxide, and are produced in the process for annealing 
sheet copper. 
Most of the copper sulphate produced at present is obtained as a bi-product by the gold, 
silver, and copper refiners. In 1895 there was produced in the United States 45,000,000 lbs. 
of copper sulphate, valued at $1,750,000 ; in 1896, 48,732,840 lbs., valued at $1,953,225 ; and 
in 1897, 51,012,945 lbs., valued at $2,040,518. 
In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia copper sulphate is presumed to be obtained pure from the manu- PART I. 
Cupri Sulphas. 
469 
facturer; the British Pharmacopoeia suggests the method in which it may be prepared, with- 
out entering into the details of the process. The German Pharmacopoeia has two kinds official, 
Cuprum Sul/uricum, which corresponds with the former Cuprum Sul/uricum Purum, and Cu- 
prum Sul/uricum Crudurn, or commercial sulphate. 
Properties. Copper sulphate has a rich deep blue color, and a strong metallic styptic 
taste. It reddens vegetable blues, and crystallizes in “ large, transparent, deep blue, triclinic 
crystals, odorless, of a nauseous, metallic taste; slowly efflorescent in dry air. Soluble, at 15° 
C. (59° F.), in about 2-6 parts of water, and in 0-5 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alco- 
hol. When carefully and continuously heated to 30° C. (86° F.), the salt loses 2 of its 5 mol- 
ecules of water (14-43 per cent.), and is converted into a pale blue, amorphous powder. Two 
more molecules of water are lost at 100° C. (212° F.), while the fifth is retained until 200° C. 
(392° F„) is reached, when a white, anhydrous powder remains (63-9 per cent, of the original 
weight). At a still higher temperature sulphur dioxide and oxygen are given off, and a resi- 
due of black cupric oxide is left. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) has a blue color and shows 
an acid reaction with litmus paper. If a drop of the solution be placed upon a bright piece 
of iron, it will produce a red stain of metallic copper. With potassium ferrocyanide test-solu- 
tion the solution yields a deep reddish-brown precipitate. Barium chloride test-solution pro- 
duces a white precipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid. If ammonia water be added to the 
solution, drop by drop, a pale blue precipitate of cupric hydrate is formed, which redissolves 
in an excess of ammonia water, forming a deep azure-blue solution, leaving no trace of residue 
undissolved (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.) If the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be heated to 
boiling with an excess of sodium hydrate test-solution, until all of the copper has been con- 
verted into black cupric oxide, it will yield a filtrate which, after acidulation with acetic acid, 
should not be colored or rendered turbid by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solu- 
tion (absence of arsenic, lead, zinc, etc.) If hydrogen sulphide gas be passed through 10 C.c. 
of the solution slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, until all the copper is precipitated as 
sulphide, the filtrate should, on evaporation, leave not more than a trace of residue (limit of 
iron, aluminum, alkaline earths, etc.),” U S. “ Soluble in 3-5 parts of cold water, forming a 
solution which strongly reddens litmus ; very soluble also in glycerin, almost insoluble in alcohol 
(90 per cent.). It affords the reactions of copper and of sulphates. It should yield no char- 
acteristic reaction with the tests for lead, arsenium, zinc, or aluminium, and not more than the 
slightest reactions with the tests for iron.” Br. When heated, copper sulphate first melts in its 
water of crystallization, and then dries and becomes white. If the heat be increased, it next 
undergoes the igneous fusion, and finally, at a high temperature, loses its acid, cupric oxide 
being left. Four of the molecules of water of crystallization can be driven off at 100° C. 
(212° F.) ; but the fifth only goes off at a temperature of from 220° C. (428° F.) to 240° C. 
(464° F.), when the anhydrous salt remains. Potassa, soda, and ammonia throw down from 
it a bluish-white precipitate of hydrated cupric oxide, which is immediately dissolved by an 
excess of the last-mentioned alkali, forming a rich deep blue solution, called aqua sappharina. 
It is decomposed by the alkaline carbonates, and by borax, lead acetate and subacetate, ferric 
acetate, silver nitrate, mercuric chloride, potassium tartrate, and calcium chloride, and it is pre- 
cipitated by all astringent vegetable infusions. If it becomes very green on the surface by 
the action of the air, it contains ferric oxide. This oxide may also be detected by ammonia, 
which will throw it down along with the copper oxide, without taking it up when added in 
excess. When copper sulphate is obtained from the dipping liquid of manufacturers of brass 
or German silver ware, it is always contaminated with zinc sulphate, as pointed out by Mr. S. 
Piesse. This liquid is at first a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids, but becomes, at last, 
nearly saturated with copper. When zinc is present in copper sulphate, it will be taken up by 
solution of potassa, added in excess, from which it may be thrown down, in white flocks, by a 
solution of bicarbonated alkali. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Copper sulphate is irritant or mildly escharotic; and 
when in dilute solution, stimulant and astringent. At one time it was given in epilepsy and 
other nervous diseases; but at present it is never used internally, except for its influence upon 
the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. In chronic diarrhoea with ulceration it is often a 
useful remedy. In doses of 5 grains it acts as a powerful, prompt emetic, without causing 
general depression or much nausea, but is too irritant to be used freely. Externally it is 
employed in solution as a stimulant to ill-conditioned ulcers, as an escharotic for destroying 
warts, fungous granulations, and callous edges, and as a styptic to bleeding surfaces. It is 
found, in not a few instances, to promote the cicatrization of ulcers, and is not infrequently 470 
Cupri Sulphas.—Cuprum. 
PART I. 
employed, with that view, as a wash for chancres. The preparation called cuprum aluminatum 
(lapis divinus—pierre divine) is made, according to the French Codex, by mixing, in powder, 
three ounces, each, of copper sulphate, potassium nitrate, and alum, heating the mixture in a 
crucible, so as to produce watery fusion, then mixing in a drachm of powdered camphor, and, 
finally, pouring out the whole on an oiled stone to congeal. The mass, when cold, is broken 
into pieces, and kept in a well-stopped bottle. It is often desirable to employ copper sulphate, 
as a caustic, in the form of pencil. Its tendency to effloresce interferes with its use in this way 
in the pure state. M. Llovet recommends for the purpose a mixture of one part of potassa- 
alum and two of copper sulphate, which are to be first powdered, and then gradually melted 
together in a porcelain vessel, and poured into moulds made of bronze. ( Gaz. des Hop., Juillet 
28, 1863.) Another mode of preparing pencils of copper sulphate is to rub briskly together 
four parts of that salt and one of borax, and to mould the plastic mass which results into the 
desired form. (A. J. P., March, 1864, p. 106.) The best form is that of an elongated cone, 
made by selecting suitable crystals and turning them in a lathe to the desired form ; or they 
may be made by filing the crystals, and finishing with sand-paper. 
The dose of copper sulphate, as an astringent, is a quarter of a grain (0-016 Gm.) ; as an 
emetic, five grains (0-33 Gm.), repeated in fifteen minutes if necessary, but not oftener than 
once. As a stimulant wash, the solution may be made of the strength of two, four, or eight 
grains to the fluidounce of water. For its effects as a poison, see Cuprum. 
CUPRUM. Copper. 
Cu ; G3*18. (CU'PRUM.) 
“ Fine Copper wire, about No. 25 wire gauge, or about 0-02 inch.” Br. 1885. 
Cupreum Filum; Fil de Cuivre, Cuivre, Fr.; Kupfer, Kupferdraht, G.; Rame, It.; Cobre, Sp. 
This metal is very generally diffused in nature, and exists principally in four states : as native 
copper, as an oxide, as a sulphide, and as a salt. Its principal native salts are the sulphate, 
carbonate, arsenate, and phosphate. In the United States it occurs in various localities, but 
especially in the neighborhood of Lake Superior, in Montana, Arizona, and East Tennessee. 
The principal producing copper-mines of Europe are those of Spain and Portugal and of Mans- 
feld in Germany. Chili and Japan are also relatively large producers at present. 
The total production of copper in the United States has increased very rapidly in recent 
years, and now is more than half that of the world’s annual production. It was for 1895, 
386,453,850 lbs., valued at $36,944,988; for 1896, 479,806,183 lbs., valued at $51,003,397; 
for 1897, 510,190,789 lbs., valued at $56,325,055. The three most productive States are 
Montana, Michigan, and Arizona, in the order named, the first yielding fully half of the total. 
The consumption of copper in the United States for 1896 was 216,483,123 lbs., and the exports 
for the same year 281,905,217 lbs. 
Properties. Copper is a brilliant, sonorous metal, of a reddish color, and very ductile, 
malleable, and tenacious. It has a slightly nauseous taste, and emits a disagreeable smell 
when rubbed. Its texture is granular, and its fracture hackly. Its sp. gr. is 8-92 to 8-95, and 
its fusing point 1398° C. (2538° F.) according to Daniell, being intermediate between the 
fusing points of silver and gold. Its atomic weight is given as 63-5, or, according to the most 
accurate determinations, 63-18. Exposed to the air it undergoes a slight tarnish. Its combina- 
tions are numerous and important. With oxygen it forms two well-characterized oxides, a red 
suboxide, better known as cuprous oxide, Cu20, and a black oxide, known as cupric oxide, CuO. 
While a cuprous chloride, iodide, and sulphide are known, it is the cupric oxide chiefly that 
unites with the common acids to form cupric salts. With metals copper forms numerous alloys, 
of which that with zinc, called brass, and that with tin, called bronze, are the most useful. 
Characteristics. Copper is recognized by its color, and the effects of tests on the solution 
of its nitrate. This solution, with potassa, soda, and ammonia, yields a blue precipitate, 
soluble in excess of the latter alkali, with which it forms a deep azure-blue liquid. Potassium 
ferrocyanide occasions a brown precipitate of copper ferrocyanide, and a bright plate of iron 
immersed in the solution immediately becomes covered with a film of metallic copper* Potas- 
sium ferrocyanide is a very delicate test for minute portions of copper in solution. Another 
test, proposed by M. Verguin, is to precipitate the copper in the metallic state on platinum 
by electro-chemical action. For this purpose a drop of the liquid to be examined is placed on 
* Thoms (Zeitsch. fur Analyt. Chem., 94, 464) asserts that if to a solution too dilute to give a sensible reaction 
with potassium ferrocyanide be added a solution of potassium iodide, a yellow coloration is produced which becomes 
violet with starch paste. This test will show as little as 1 to 600,000. PART I. 
Cuprum.—Cusparise Cortex. 
471 
a slip of platinum foil, and a slip of bright iron is brought in contact with the platinum and 
the liquid. If copper be present it will be instantly precipitated on the surface of the platinum. 
Action on the Animal Economy. Copper in its pure state is perfectly inert, but in 
combination it is highly deleterious. Nevertheless a minute portion of the metal has been 
found in the human body. According to Millon, copper, when it exists in the blood, is, like 
the iron, attached to the red corpuscles. To bring the copper into a state favorable for ready 
detection, he advises that the blood, as it escapes from a vein, be received in about three times 
its bulk of water, and the mixture poured into a bottle of chlorine and agitated. The whole, 
upon being rapidly filtered, furnishes a liquid in which copper is readily detected. Wackenro- 
der found copper in the blood of man, but does not consider it a constant and normal constituent. 
He also detected this metal in the blood of domestic animals living on a mixed diet, but not in 
their blood when nourished on vegetable food only. (Chem. Gaz., May 1, 1854.) It has been 
found in the feathers of certain birds, as of a grass-green paroquet from Australia, which is 
said to frequent districts of the country where copper is found. (Ibid., Oct. 24, 1873, p. 212.) 
The soluble combinations of copper, when taken in poisonous doses, produce a coppery taste in 
the mouth; nausea and vomiting; violent pain in the stomach and bowels ; frequent black and 
bloody stools; small, irregular, sharp, and frequent pulse; faintings; burning thirst; difficulty 
of breathing ; cold sweats ; paucity of urine, and burning pain in voiding it; violent headache ; 
cramps, convulsions, and finally death. The best antidote is the potassium ferrocyanide, given 
freely, which forms with the poison the very insoluble copper ferrocyanide. Soap and alkalies 
are also antidotal. Before the antidote can be procured, large quantities should be given of 
milk, and white of eggs mixed with water, which act favorably by forming copper caseate and 
copper albuminate; but these compounds should be evacuated as soon as possible by vomit- 
ing and purging. Should vomiting not take place, the stomach-pump may be employed. The 
symptoms of slow poisoning by copper are, according to Dr. Corrigan, of Dublin, a cachectic 
appearance, emaciation, loss of muscular strength, colicky pains, cough without physical signs, 
and retraction of the gum, with a persistent purple edge, quite distinct from the blue edge 
produced by lead. (Braithwaitds Retrospect, Am. ed., xxx. 303.) But there is much doubt 
whether these symptoms can be produced by the metal. (See H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics.') 
In medico-legal examinations, where cupreous poisoning is suspected, Orfila recommends that 
the viscera be boiled in distilled water for an hour, and that the matter obtained by evaporating 
the filtered decoction to dryness be carbonized by nitric acid. The carbonized product will 
contain the copper. By proceeding in this way there is no risk of obtaining the copper which 
may happen to pre-exist in the animal tissues. This method of search is preferable to that of 
examining the contents of the stomach and intestines, from which copper may be absent, while 
it may have penetrated the different organs by absorption, especially the abdominal viscera. 
Vessels of copper which are not coated with tin should not be used in pharmaceutical or culi- 
nary operations; for, although the metal uncombined is inert, yet the risk is great that the 
vessels may be acted on and a poisonous salt formed. 
CUSPARIiE CORTEX. Br. Cusparia Bark. 
“ The dried bark of Cusparia febrifuga, DC.” Br. 
Angustura, U, S. 1870; Angusture, Fr.; Angusturarinde, G.; Corteccia dell’ Angustura, It.; Corteza de Angos- 
tura, Sp. 
This bark was dropped from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the revision of 1880. 
The subject of Angustura bark in its botanical relations has been involved in some confu- 
sion. The drug was at first supposed to be derived from a species of Magnolia, and was re- 
ferred by some to Magnolia glauca, of this country. Humboldt and Bonpland were the first to 
throw light upon its true source. When at Angostura, a South American city on the Orinoco, 
they received specimens of the foliage of the plant from which the bark was obtained, and 
afterwards believed that they had found the same plant in a tree growing in the vicinity of 
Cumana. This latter they had the opportunity of personally inspecting, and were therefore 
enabled to describe accurately. Unable to attach it to any known genus, they erected it into 
a new one with the title of Cusparia, a name of Indian origin, to which they added the specific 
appellation of febrifuga. On their authority, Cusparia febrifuga was generally believed to be 
the true source of the medicine, and was recognized as such by the London College. A speci- 
men having in the mean time been sent by them to Willdenow, the name of Bonplandia was 
COK'TEX.) 472 
Cusparide Cortex. 
PART I. 
imposed on the new genus by that celebrated botanist, and it was subsequently adopted by 
Humboldt and Bonpland themselves, in their great work on equinoctial plants. Hence the 
title of Bonplandia trifoliata, by which the tree is described in many works on Materia Mediea. 
De Candolle, however, having found in the description all the characters of the genus Galipea 
of Aublet, rejected both these titles, and substituted that of Galipea cusparia, which was 
adopted by the London College, and for a time was retained in the British Pharmacopoeia. 
But, after all these changes, it appears from the researches of Dr. Hancock, who resided for sev- 
eral months in the country of the Angustura bark tree, that it is doubtful whether the plant 
described by Humboldt and Bonpland is that which yields the medicine, and is not another 
species of the same genus. Among other striking differences between them is their different 
sizes; the tree described by Humboldt and Bonpland being at least sixty feet high, while that 
from which the bark is obtained is said to be never more than twenty feet. Hancock proposed 
for the plant of the Orinoco the title of Galipea officinalis, which was adopted in the TJ. S. P. 
1870. This name was afterwards changed by Hancock to Cusparia officinalis (Syn. C. trifoliata 
H. et B., also (Willd.) Engl., and Angostura Cuspare, 11. et Sch. of New Granada and Cumana). 
Nat. ord. Rutaceae. 
Cusparia febrifuga, DC.— Cusparia officinalis. Hancock, Trans. Lond. Medico-Bot. Soc.— 
Galipea cusparia. St.-Hilaire, B. & T., vol. i. 43. This is a small tree, irregularly branched, 
rising to the medium height of twelve or fifteen feet, with an erect stem from three to five 
inches in diameter, and covered with a smooth gray bark. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, 
and composed of three leaflets, which are oblong, pointed at each extremity, from six to ten 
inches in length, from two to four in breadth, and supported upon the common petiole by short 
leafstalks. They are very smooth and glossy, of a vivid green color, marked occasionally with 
small whitish round spots, and, when fresh, of a strong odor resembling that ©f tobacco. The 
flowers are numerous, white, arranged in axillary and terminal peduncled racemes, and of a 
peculiar unpleasant odor. The fruit consists of five bivalve capsules, of which two or three are 
commonly abortive. The seeds, two of which are contained in each capsule, one often abortive, 
are round, black, and of the size of a pea. The tree grows abundantly on the mountains of 
Carony, between the 7th and 8th degrees of N. latitude, and is well known in the missions near 
the Orinoco, upwards of two hundred miles from the ocean. It flourishes at the height of from 
six hundred to one thousand feet above the level of the sea. Its elegant white blossoms, which 
appear in vast profusion in August and September, add greatly to the beauty of the scenery. 
The bark is generally brought from the West Indies packed in casks; but, according to Mr. 
Brande, the original package as it comes from Angostura consists of the leaves of a species 
of palm, surrounded by a net-work of sticks. 
Properties. “ Occurs in flattened or curved pieces, or in quills, generally about four or 
five inches (ten or twelve centimetres) long, an inch (twenty-five millimetres) wide, and one- 
twelfth of an inch (two millimetres) thick. The outer layer usually consists of a gray or yel- 
lowish cork which is often soft and easily removed, disclosing a hard, dark brown inner layer; 
the inner surface is light brown and frequently laminated. The fracture is short and resinous; 
on the fractured surface many white points are visible. A transverse section exhibits numerous 
cells filled with acicular crystals of calcium oxalate and small oil glands, but seldom any 
sclerenchymatous tissue other than small isolated groups of bast fibres. Odor musty ; taste 
bitter.” Br. Calcium oxalate raphides are abundant in the bark, but the most characteristic 
peculiarity is the presence of numerous cells a little larger than the other parenchymatous cells 
and completely filled with oil or a yellowish resin* The smell of Angustura bark is peculiar 
and disagreeable when fresh, becoming fainter with age; the taste is bitter and slightly aro- 
matic, leaving a sense of pungency at the end of the tongue. According to Fischer, it contains 
volatile oil, bitter extractive, a hard and bitter resin, a soft resin, a substance analogous to 
caoutchouc, gum, lignin, and various salts. Oberlin and Schlagdenhauffen (1878) found in 
the bitter extractive an alkaloid, angosturine, C10H40N014, which melts at 85° C., is crystal- 
lizable, and is turned red by pure sulphuric acid, and green by sulphuric acid with admixture 
of nitric acid. The volatile oil, which may be obtained by distillation with water, is of a pale 
yellowish color, lighter than water, of an acrid taste, and with the odor of the bark. Its 
formula is given as C13H240 by Dr. C. Herzog, who states that its boiling point is 266-l° C. 
(511° F.), probably one of the highest of the volatile oils. The cusparine of Saladin has not 
been found by other investigators. Beckurts and Nehring (A. J. P., 1892, 410) announced 
the discovery of four alkaloids in Angustura bark,—viz., galipine, C20H21NOa, melting at 
* For an elaborate microscopical study of the bark, see Journ. de Pharm., xxviii. 230. PART I. 
Cusparise Cortex.—Cusso. 
473 
115-5° C. and crystallizing in slender lustrous needles of white color; galipidine, C19HieN03, 
melting at 111° C. and crystallizing in silky lustrous plates of white color ; cusparine, C20H19N03 
(Ci9H17N03, Kdrner), melting at 89° C. and readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, ace- 
tone, and benzene, more sparingly in light petroleum ; and cusparidine, C10H17NO3, melting at 
78° C. and crystallizing in minute slender white needles. Its salts are less soluble than those 
of galipine and galipidine, but more readily than those of cusparine. The four alkaloids are 
tertiary bases. (See also ArcMv d. Pharm., 233 (1895, No. 6) 410.) Beckurts and Nehring 
also extracted the essential oil, amounting to 1-5 per cent. It had a sp. gr. at 15° C. of 0-956. 
Distilled under a pressure of 35 Mm. it commenced to boil at 153° C., and the greater part 
distilled between 200° and 220° C., the last portions becoming solid when artificially chilled. 
(See also ArcMv d. Pharm., 1897, 518.) They found the bitter principle angosturine, which 
when purified was white and melted at 58° C. A glucoside was also found, the solution of 
which fluoresced; hut it was not fully investigated. 
Dr. A. T. Thomson states that precipitates are produced with the infusion by the solutions 
of ferrous sulphate, antimony and potassium tartrate, copper sulphate, lead acetate and sub- 
acetate, mercuric chloride, silver nitrate, and pure potassa, by nitric and sulphuric acids, and 
by the infusions of galls and yellow cinchona; but how far these substances are medicinally 
incompatible with the bark it would be difficult to determine. 
False Angustura. Under this title, European writers describe a bark which was intro- 
duced on the Continent mixed with true Angustura bark, and, being possessed of poisonous 
properties, produced in some instances unpleasant effects when dispensed by mistake for that 
medicine. It is distinguished by its greater thickness, hardness, weight, and compactness; by 
its resinous fracture; by the appearance of its epidermis, which is sometimes covered with a 
ferruginous efflorescence, sometimes is yellowish gray and marked with prominent white spots; 
by the brownish color and smoothness of its internal surface, which is not, like that of the 
genuine bark, separable into laminae ; by the white slightly yellow powder which it yields; by 
its total want of odor, and its intense tenacious bitterness. When steeped in water it does not 
become soft, like the true Angustura. Pelletier and Caventou found it to contain brucine. 
(See Nux Vomica.) In- consequence of the presence of this principle, a drop of nitric acid 
upon the internal suface of the bark produces a deep red spot. The same acid, applied to the 
external surface, renders it emerald-green. In true Angustura bark a dull red color is produced 
by the acid on both surfaces. The false Angustura was at first supposed to be derived from 
Brucea antidysenterica, but at present is ascribed to Strychnos nux vomica. (See also A. J. P., 
1892, 115, and P. J. Tr., 1895, 722.) 
Brazilian Angustura Bark, the product of Esenbeckia febrifuga, consists of slightly curved 
pieces 8 to 10 inches long, about of an inch in thickness, of a persistently bitter taste. The 
outer surface is usually ashen gray, and always marked with longitudinal red or black spots 
on a yellow ground ; the inner surface is reddish, with paler, distinct, elongated fibres. On 
maceration the bark does not swell. (Oberlin and Schlagdenhauffen, Journ. de Pharm., xxviii.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Angustura bark had been long used by the natives 
of the countries where it grows before it became known elsewhere. From the continent its 
employment extended to the West Indies, where it acquired considerable reputation, and about 
eighty years since it was introduced into Europe. Its operation is that of a stimulant tonic. 
In large doses it also evacuates the stomach and bowels, and is often employed for this purpose 
in South America. It is said to be peculiarly efficacious in bilious diarrhoeas and dysenteries, 
and has been recommended in dyspepsia and other diseases requiring a tonic treatment. The 
testimony, however, of practitioners in Europe and the United States is not strongly in its 
favor ; and it is probably better adapted to tropical diseases than to those of temperate climates. 
It may be given in powder, infusion, tincture, or extract. The dose in substance is from ten 
to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.). In larger quantities it is apt to produce nausea. From five 
to fifteen grains (0-33-1 Gm.) is the dose of the extract, which, however, according to Dr. 
Hancock, is inferior to the powder or infusion. To obviate nausea, it is frequently combined 
with aromatics. (See Infusum Cusparisei) 
CUSSO. U. S., Br. Kousso. [Brayera, Pharm. 1880.] 
(cus'so.) 
“ The female inflorescence of Hagenia Abyssinica (Bruce), Gmelin (nat. ord. Rosacese.)” 
IT. S. “ The dried panicles of pistillate flowers of Brayera anthelmintiea, Kunth.” Br. 
Koosso; Flores Kosso, P. G.; Kusso, E.; Cousso, Kousso, Fr.; Kosso, Kusso, Cusso, G. Cusso. 
474 
PART I. 
Ilagenia abyssmica. Willd. B. & T. 102.—Brayera anthelmintica. Kunth; De Cand. Pro- 
drom. ii. 580 ; Pereira, Mat. Med., 3d ed., ii. 1818.—Banksia ahyssinica. Bruce. This is a 
tree about twenty feet high, growing on the table-land of Abyssinia, at an elevation of from 
three thousand to eight thousand feet. The branches exhibit circular cicatrices, left by the 
fallen leaves. These are crowded near the ends of the branches, large, pinnate, sheathing at 
the base, with opposite, lanceolate, serrate leaflets, villose at the margin, and nerved beneath. 
The unisexual flowers are tinged with purple, pedicelled, with an involucre of four roundish, 
oblong, obtuse, membranous bracts, and are arranged in fours, upon hairy, flexuous, bractate 
peduncles, with alternate branches. They are small and of a greenish color, becoming purple. 
These and the unripe fruit are the parts of the plant employed. The petals are apt to be 
wanting in the dried flowers. They are brought from Abyssinia packed in boxes, reaching 
Europe chiefly by way of Aden and Bombay. The Abyssinian name of the medicine has 
been variously spelled by European writers kosso, koosso, cusso, cosso, etc. The fruit of the 
tree is said to be used as an anthelmintic in Abyssinia, but DragendorfF failed to detect any 
active principle in it. 
Properties. The dried flowers are in unbroken though compressed clusters. The male 
flowers are usually collected, so that ordinarily the general color of the mass is greenish yellow 
or light brown; sometimes the female flowers constitute the bulk of the drug, which then has 
a distinct reddish tint, and is often known in commerce as red kousso. In accordance with 
our Pharmacopoeia, this commercial variety should alone be used. The male flowers are often 
found mixed with the female flowers, when loose (not in bundles) as high as 12 per cent, 
of this adulteration having been noticed by Meyer and Sandlund. (Pharm. Zeit., 1893, No. 
99.) The official description is as follows: “ In bundles, rolls, or compressed clusters, consist- 
ing of panicles about 25 Cm. long, with a sheathing bract at the base of each branch ; the 
two roundish bracts at the base of each flower, and the four or five obovate, outer sepals, are 
of a reddish color, membranous and veiny; calyx top-shaped, hairy, enclosing two carpels or 
nutlets; odor slight, fragrant, and tea-like; taste bitter, acrid, and nauseous.” U. S. As the 
medicine, from its high price, is apt to be adulterated, it should be procured in the unpowdered 
state, in which the botanical characters of the flower will sufficiently test its genuineness. It 
has a fragrant balsamic odor; and the taste, slightly perceptible at first, becomes in a short 
time somewhat acrid and disagreeable. Analyzed by Wittstein, it was found to contain, in 
100 parts, 1-44 of fatty matter and chlorophyll, 2-02 of wax, 6-25 of bitter acrid resin, 0-77 
of tasteless resin, 1-08 of sugar, 7'22 of gum, 24-40 of tannic acid, 40-97 of lignin, 15-71 of 
ashes, with 0-14 part of loss. In 1855 it was studied by Clemens Willing ( Chem. Centralbl 
1855, 224), who found a small quantity of tannin, volatile oil, crystallizable acid, and a bitter 
resin. In 1858 Pavesi ( Viertelj. f. Prak. Pharm., viii. 505) made a further chemical study 
of the drug; but we are chiefly indebted to Dr. Bedall, of Munich, for determining that the 
bitter acrid resin of Wittstein is equivalent to the taeniin of Pavesi, and for the name of 
kosin. It may be obtained by treating kousso repeatedly with alcohol to which calcium hydrate 
lias been added; the residue is boiled with water, the liquids are mixed, filtered, and distilled, 
and the residue treated with acetic acid, which precipitates the kosin in a white flocc-ulent 
form, soon becoming denser and resin-like, and, on drying, yellowish, or, at a higher tempera- 
ture, brown. The product is 3 per cent. In bulk, kosin has an odor like that of Russian 
leather, a persistent bitter and acrid taste, a yellowish or yellowish-white color, and an indistinct 
crystalline appearance under the microscope. It is very sparingly soluble in water, but freely 
so in alcohol, ether, and alkaline solutions. (A. J. P., 1872, 394.) Its formula, according 
to Fliickiger, is C31H38010. It fuses at 142° C. (287-6° F.), and remains after cooling an 
amorphous yellow mass, but if touched with alcohol it immediately assumes the form of stel- 
late tufts of crystals. This may be repeated at pleasure, kosin not being altered by cautious 
fusion. (Pharmacog., 2d ed., 258.) Leichsenring (Archiv d. Pharm., 1894, 50) has re- 
examined kousso, and finds an inactive crystalline principle to which he gives the name 
protokosine, and an amorphous substance, kossotoxine, which he considers the active principle 
of the drug; the latter is a yellowish powder, fusing at 80° C., and not obtainable in a crys- 
talline state. It is easily soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, carbon disulphide, and insoluble 
in water. 
Koussinate of Sodium has been recommended by Pavesi as a very eligible preparation for 
obtaining the virtues of kosin : a process is given in Amer. Drug., 1884, 96; A. J. P., 1885. 
Medical Properties. Koosso is highly valued in Abyssinia as a vermifuge. Bruce 
speaks of it in his travels, and gives a figure of the plant. Dr. Brayer, a French physician PART I. 
Cusso.— Cypripedium. 
475 
practising in Constantinople, published a treatise on it at Paris in 1823. It was in his honor 
that Kunth adopted the generic title of the plant. Much attention has recently been attracted 
to this medicine; and trials made with it have proved that it has extraordinary efficacy in the 
destruction and expulsion of the tape-worm. Its effects when taken internally are not very 
striking. In the ordinary dose it sometimes produces heat of stomach, nausea, and even 
vomiting, and shows a tendency to act on the bowels, though this effect is not always pro- 
duced. It appears to act exclusively as a poison to the worms, and has been found equally 
effectual in both kinds of tape-worm. The medicine is taken in the morning upon an empty 
stomach, a light meal having been made the preceding evening. A previous evacuation of 
the bowels is also recommended. The flowers are given in the form of powder, mixed with 
half a pint of warm water, the mixture being allowed to stand for fifteen minutes, then stirred 
up, and taken in two or three draughts at short intervals. The medicine may be preceded 
and followed by lemonade. The medium dose for an adult is half an ounce (15-5 Gm.), 
which may be diminished one-third for a child of twelve years, one-half for one of six years, 
and two-thirds for one of three years. Should the medicine not act on the bowels in three 
or four hours, a brisk cathartic should be administered. One dose is said to be sufficient to 
destroy the worm. Should the quantity mentioned not prove effectual, it may be increased to 
an ounce (31-1 Gm.). 
Pure kosin has been considerably used in Germany in doses of thirty grains (2 Gm.), taken 
in two or four powders; but Buchheim found pure kosin less powerful as an anthelmintic than 
that which was not pure, whilst Arena (Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russl., 1879, 655) believes that kosin 
is not the active principle at all, but that the activity of koosso resides exclusively in the 
green, slightly bitter resin, which is soluble in alcohol and ether. If this view be correct, it 
explains the greater efficacy of freshly powdered koosso, for the green resin turns yellow by 
age and loses its power (see Extractum Cusso), and further indicates that the amorphous kosin 
of commerce is preferable to the pure principle. It is a yellowish-brown mass, which may be 
given in doses of from seven to fifteen grains (0'5-l Gm.), repeated every half-hour until 
four doses are taken, to be followed in an hour by a full dose of castor oil. So far as we 
know, no cases of poisoning by koosso or its active principle are on record; but it has been 
found by Rochebrune to be capable of causing centric convulsions in the lower animals. 
CYPRIPEDIUM. U. S. Cypripedium. [Ladies’ Slipper.] 
“ The rhizome and roots of Cypripedium pubescens, Swartz, and of Cypripedium parviflorum; 
Salisbury (nat. ord. Orchideas).” U. S. 
Rhizoma Cypripedii; Ladies’ Slipper Root; Racine de Cypripede jaune, ValSriane americaine, Fr.; Gelbfrauen- 
scboh-Wurzel, G. 
Under the common name of ladies' slipper, or moccasin plant, several species of Cypripedium 
inhabit the woods in different parts of the United States. They are small plants, with large, 
many-nerved, plaited leaves, sheathing at the base, and large often beautiful flowers, of a shape 
not unlike the Indian moccasin, whence they derive one of their common names. Their ge- 
neric name of Cypripedium (Kunjptq, Venus, and i:68iov, sock) had a similar origin. Several 
of them have been used by American physicians, the root being the part employed. Dr. R. 
P. Stevens, of Ceres, Pennsylvania, says of them that he has found the C. spectabile and C. 
acaule, especially when growing in dark swamps, to be possessed of narcotic properties, and to 
be less safe than the C. parvifiorum, which is gently stimulant with a tendency to the nervous 
system, and is quite equal to valerian. He has employed it advantageously in hysteria, and in 
the pains of the joints following scarlet fever. (N. Y. Journ. of Med., iv. 359.) Dr. E. Ives 
considers C. pubescens, C. spectabile, and C. humile identical in their effects, but C. pubescens the 
most powerful. (Trans. Am. Med. Assoc., iii. 312.) The roots of the two species 0. pubescens 
and C. parvifiorum are indiscriminately kept in the shops and sold by the same name. 
Cypripedium pubescens. Willd. Sp. Plant., 1805, iv. 142. (C. hirsutum, Mill. Gard. Diet., 
1768.) The yellow ladies slipper, as this plant is called from the color of its flowers, has a 
simple often flexuous, pubescent, leafy stem, from one to two feet high. The leaves are 
pubescent, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowing at the base, about four or five inches long 
by two in breadth, alternate, sessile, and sheathing. The flower is usually solitary and terminal, 
with four divisions of the perianth, the two outer cohering nearly to the apex, the inner longer, 
narrower, undulatory or twisted, and the lip an inch or two in length, swelling sac-like, and of 
(QYP-RI-PE'DI-UM.) 476 
Cypripedium. 
PART i. 
a yellow color. The fruit is an oblong capsule, tapering at each end, recurved, pubescent, and 
peduneled. The plant is indigenous, growing abundantly in rich, moist woods throughout the 
United States. 
Cypripedium parviflorum. (Salisbury.) Common Ladies' Slipper. Small-flowered Ladies' 
Slipper. This is a perennial plant with a leafy stem, a foot or two in height, and compara- 
tively small yellowish-green flowers, appearing in May. The specific character of the flower, 
which is that also of the plant, is that the lobe of the style is triangular and acute ; the outer 
petals are oblong-ovate and acuminate; the inner linear and contorted; the lips shorter than 
the petals, and compressed. This species grows extensively through the United States south 
of the Potomac, east and west of the Allegbanies, and in several of the Northern States, par- 
ticularly New York, Michigan, Connecticut, and Vermont. In Pennsylvania, especially near 
Philadelphia, it does not appear to prevail, and it is not mentioned in Harlington’s Flora Ces- 
trica as among the plants of Chester County. 
The rhizome is from two to four inches long. “ Of horizontal growth, bent, 10 Cm., or 
less, long ; from 3 to 5 Mm. thick ; on the upper side beset with numerous circular, cup-shaped 
scars ; closely covered below with simple, wiry roots varying from 10 to 15 Cm. in length ; 
brittle, dark brown or orange-brown ; fracture short, white; odor peculiar, heavy; taste sweet- 
ish, bitter, and somewhat pungent.” TJ. S. Prof. Maisch gives a distinctive description of the 
roots of tbe two species, of which the following is a condensed account. Of C. pubescens the 
rhizome is almost horizontal, in its greatest length nearly four inches, slightly bent with a shal- 
low downward curve, from i to T6 of an inch thick, with numerous deeply concave scars left 
by the stems, having fully the width of the rhizome. The rootlets are numerous, several 
inches in length, sometimes even nine inches or more, about of an inch thick, without 
branches, somewhat undulate, and, though attached to the rhizome on all sides, are abruptly 
turned downward, owing to its horizontal position in the ground. Their color is yellowish 
brown, becoming much darker on drying, which causes longitudinal wrinkles. The cortical 
part of both species is colored blue by iodine. The rhizome of C. parviflorum is altogether 
different from the former, being bent nearly at right angles three or four times, each section 
about f of an inch long; and the whole length, while only about two inches in a straight line 
from end to end, is yet actually three inches along the course of the rhizome. This is about | 
of an inch thick, and has stem-scars about the same in width, with about three in each bend. 
The rootlets, which are attached to all sides of the rhizome, are numerous, four to six inches 
long, less undular than those of C. pubescens, and of a brighter color, being a decided orange- 
brown when fresh, and changing little on drying. (A.J. P., 1872, 297.) Poisonous properties 
have been attributed to C. spectabile and C. pubescens (see Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey, Minnesota 
Bull., 9, part i.), but it has been shown that the secretion from the glandular hairs simply 
exerts an irritant action. 
The roots of the Cypripedia are sometimes mixed, as brought into the market, with those of 
Hydrastis canadensis, from the plants occasionally growing in close contiguity. (See Hydrastis.) 
Roots of seneka have also been noticed in specimens of Cypripedium; but there can be no 
difficulty in distinguishing them. 
Properties. Cypripedium has a somewhat aromatic odor, which diminishes by time, and a 
bitter, sweetish, peculiar, and in the end somew-hat pungent taste. It yields its virtues to water 
and alcohol. The root has been analyzed by Mr. Henry C. Blair, who found it to contain a 
volatile oil, a volatile acid, tannic and gallic acids, two resins, gum, glucose, starch, and lignin. 
(M. J. P., 1866, p. 494.) The so-called eclectics prepare what they improperly call cypripedin 
by precipitating with water a concentrated tincture of the root. The substance thus obtained 
is complex, and has no claim to the name given it, which ought to be reserved for the active 
principle when discovered. It is probable that the virtues of the root reside in a volatile oil 
and a bitter principle. 
Medical Uses. Cypripedium appears to be a gentle nervous stimulant or antispasmodic, 
and has been used for the same purposes as valerian, though less powerful. Hr. E. Ives, of 
New Haven, Conn., commends the remedy in hypochondriasis, neuralgia, and morbid sensitive- 
ness of the nervous system generally, and especially of the eye. It may be used in powder, 
infusion, or tincture. The dose of the powder given by Hr. Ives was fifteen grains (1 Gm.) 
three times a day. The oleoresin, obtained by precipitating the tincture, has been given in 
doses varying from half a grain to three grains (0-03-0-20 Gm.). (See Extractum Cypripedii 
Fluidum.) part I. 
Decoeta. 
477 
DECOCTA. Decoctions. 
(DE-CbC'TA.) 
Decoctions, Fr.; Abkochungen, G. 
Decoctions are solutions of vegetable principles, obtained by boiling the substances containing 
these principles in water. Vegetables generally yield their soluble ingredients more readily, and 
in larger proportion, to water maintained at the point of ebullition, than to the same liquid at 
a lower temperature. Hence decoction is occasionally preferred to infusion as a mode of extract- 
ing the virtues of plants, when the call for the remedy is urgent, and the greatest possible 
activity in the preparation is desirable. The process should be conducted in a covered vessel, 
so as to confine the vapor over the surface of the liquid, and thus prevent the access of atmos- 
pheric air, which sometimes exerts an injurious agency upon the active principle. The boiling, 
moreover, should not, as a rule, be long continued; as the ingredients of the vegetable are 
apt to react on one another, and thus lose, to a greater or less extent, their original character. 
The substance submitted to decoction should if dry be either powdered or well bruised, if fresh 
should be sliced, so that it may present an extensive surface to the action of the solvent; and 
previous maceration for some time in water is occasionally useful by overcoming the cohesion 
of the vegetable fibre. Should the physician not happen to prescribe this preliminary com- 
minution, the pharmacist should not omit it. 
All vegetable substances are not proper objects for decoction. In many the active principle 
is volatile at a boiling heat, in others it undergoes some change unfavorable to its activity, and 
in a third set is associated with inefficient or nauseous principles, which, though insoluble or but 
slightly soluble in cold water, are abundantly extracted by that liquid at the boiling temperature, 
and thus encumber, if they do not positively injure, the preparation. In all these instances, 
infusion is preferable to decoction. Besides, by the latter process more matter is often dissolved 
than the water can retain, so that upon cooling a precipitation takes place and the liquid is 
rendered turbid, and this constitutes the greatest objection to this class of preparations. When 
the active principle is thus dissolved in excess, the decoction should always be strained while 
hot, so that the matter which separates on cooling may be mixed again with the fluid by agi- 
tation at the time of administering the remedy. In compound decoctions, the ingredients may 
be advantageously added at different periods of the process, according to the length of boiling 
requisite for extracting their virtues; and, should one of them owe its activity to a volatile 
principle, the proper plan is, at the close of the process, to pour upon it the boiling decoction, 
and allow the liquor to cool in a covered vessel. 
As a rule, glass or earthenware vessels should be preferred, as those made of metal are some- 
times corroded by the ingredients of the decoction, which thus become contaminated. Vessels 
of clean cast-iron or common tin, or of block tin, are preferable to those of copper, brass, or zinc ; 
but iron pots should not be used where astringent vegetables are concerned. 
Decoctions, from the mutual reaction of their constituents, as well as from the influence of 
the air, are apt to spoil in a short time. Hence they should be prepared only when wanted for 
use, and should not be kept, in warm weather, for a longer period than forty-eight hours. 
The tendency of modern medicine and pharmacy has been decidedly against the employ- 
ment of decoctions; the nauseous taste, bulky dose, repulsive appearance, and non-permanent 
character have been powerful reasons for causing their retirement, whilst the use of tinctures 
and fluid extracts has largely increased. In the 1880 revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia the 
number of official decoctions was reduced to two, and a general formula was appended for the 
guidance of the pharmacist. The U. S. P. 1890 reduced the strength of the decoctions from 
10 per cent, to 5 per cent., as will be seen from the following. “ An ordinary Decoction, the 
strength of which is not directed by the physician, nor specified by the Pharmacopoeia, shall 
be prepared by the following formula : Take of the Substance, coarsely comminuted, fifty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Put the substance into a suitable vessel pro- 
vided with a cover, pour upon it one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ flui- 
drachms] of cold Water, cover it well, and boil for fifteen minutes. Then let it cool to about 
40° C. (104° F.), express, strain the expressed liquid, and pass enough cold Water through 
the strainer to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J 
fluidrachms]. 
“ Caution. The strength of Decoctions of energetic or powerful substances should be spe- 
cially prescribed by the physician.” U. S. The decoctions which were official in 1870 but 
dropped at the 1880 revision are Decoctions of Pipsissewa, Yellow Cinchona, Red Cinchona, 478 
Decoctum, Aloes Compositum.—Decoctum Cetrarise. 
PART I. 
Dogwood, Bittersweet, Logwood, Barley, White Oak, Seneka, and Uva Ursi. With the exception 
of decoction of barley, these were all made by boiling a troyounce of the drug with a pint of 
water for fifteen minutes, straining, and adding sufficient water through the strainer to make 
the decoction measure a pint. 
DECOCTUM ALOES COMPOSITUM. Br. Compound Decoction of 
Aloes. 
(DE-COC'TUM XL'0-E§ COM-PO§'l-TUM.) 
Tisane (Decoct6) d’AloSs composee, Fr.; Zusainmengesetztes Aloedecoct, G. 
“ Extract of Barbados Aloes, \ ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Myrrh, Saffron, Potassium 
Carbonate, of each, \ ounce (Imp.) or 5 grammes; Extract of Liquorice, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 
40 grammes; Compound Tincture of Cardamoms, 15 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 300 cubic 
centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the Extract of Barbados Aloes 
and the Myrrh to coarse powder, and boil them and the Potassium Carbonate and the Extract 
of Liquorice with one pint (Imp. meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water 
in a covered vessel for five minutes ; add the Saffron ; when the liquid is cool add the Tincture 
of Cardamoms; set aside in the covered vessel for two hours; strain through flannel; pass 
sufficient Distilled Water through the strainer to make fifty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one 
thousand cubic centimetres of the Compound Decoction of Aloes.” Br. 
This is essentially the former process of the British Colleges. The direction is properly 
given to rub the aloes, myrrh, and potassium carbonate together before the addition of the 
other ingredients. The effect of the alkaline carbonate is, by combining with the resin of the 
myrrh and the insoluble portion of the aloes, to render them more soluble in water, while the 
liquorice assists in the suspension of the portion not actually dissolved. The tincture of 
cardamom is useful not only by its cordial property, but also by preventing spontaneous de- 
composition. This decoction is said not to filter clear when first made, but, if kept for some 
time, to deposit insoluble matter, and then to become bright and clear on filtering. (P. J. Tr., 
xiv. 491.) J. F. Brown proposes to prepare a concentrated decoction which keeps for a time 
unchanged. (Chem. and Drug., 1896, 425.) 
Long boiling impairs the purgative property of aloes; and the same effect is thought to be 
produced, to a certain extent, by the alkalies, which certainly qualify its operation and render 
it less apt to irritate the rectum. This decoction, therefore, is milder as a cathartic than aloes 
itself: it is also more tonic and cordial, from the presence of the myrrh, saffron, and carda- 
mom, and derives antacid properties from the potassium carbonate. It is given as a gentle 
cathartic, tonic, and emmenagogue, and is especially useful in dyspepsia, habitual constipation, 
and atonic amenorrhoea. The dose is from one-half to two fluidounces (15-60 C.c.). The de- 
coction should not be combined in prescription with acids, acidulous salts, or other bodies 
incompatible with the alkaline carbonate. 
DECOCTUM CETRARIiE. U. S. Decoction of Cetraria. 
Decoction of Iceland Moss; Tisane (Decoct6) de Lichen d’Islande, Fr.; Islandisch-Moos-Absud (Decoct), G. 
“ Cetraria, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Cover the Cetraria, in a 
suitable vessel, with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of cold 
Water, express after half an hour, and throw the liquid away. Then boil the Cetraria with 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms] of Water for half an hour, 
strain, and add enough cold Water, through the strainer, to make the product, when cold, 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This decoction is stronger than the one official in 1870. At present 5 per cent, of Iceland 
moss is used in the preparation, instead of about 3 per cent, as formerly. The preparation was 
dropped from the Br. Ph. 1898. The directions of the U. S. P. 1850 were to boil half an ounce 
of the Moss with a pint and a half of Water down to a pint, and to strain with compression; 
and this process is preferable when the object is to extract not only the bitter principle, but also 
the whole of the demulcent and nutritive matter. As the bitter principle is dissolved along 
with the starch-like matter of the moss, this decoction has an unpleasant flavor; but the plan 
which has been proposed of first extracting the bitterness by maceration in water or a very weak 
solution of an alkaline carbonate, and afterwards preparing the decoction, is inadmissible, as 
(DE-COC'TUM CE-TRA'RI-jE.) PART I. 
Decoctum Cetranse. 
479 
the peculiar virtues which distinguish the medicine from the ordinary demulcents are thus 
entirely lost. (See Cetraria.') A pint (473 C.c.) of the decoction may be taken during the day.* 
* The following decoctions have been omitted in the recent revision of the Pharmacopoeias, but, as they are still to 
a greater of less extent in use, require notice. 
Decoctum Chimaphilse. U. S. 1870. Decoction of Pipsissewa. “Take of Pipsissewa, bruised, a troyounce ; Water 
a sufficient quantity. Boil the Pipsissewa in a pint of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, and add sufficient Water, 
through the strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. This decoction is in every way inferior 
to the fluid extract. One pint (472 C.c.) of it may be given in the course of twenty-four hours. 
Decoctum Cinchona Flavse. U. S. 1870. Decoction of Yelloxo Cinchona. “ Take of Yellow Cinchona, bruised, 
a troyounce; Water a sufficient quantity. Boil the Yellow Cinchona in a pint of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, 
and add sufficient Water, through the strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. 
Decoctum Cinchonse Rubrse. U. S. 1870. Decoction of lied Cinchona. Decoction of Red Bark. “ Take of Red 
Cinchona, bruised, a troyounce ; Water a sufficient quantity. Boil the Red Cinchona in a pint of Water for fifteen 
minutes, strain, and add sufficient Water, through the strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. 
The decoctions of Cinchona have been very appropriately dropped from the Pharmacopoeia. Although capable 
of impressing the system, they are very ineligible preparations. The dose of either decoction is two fluidounces 
(60 C.c.), to be repeated more or less frequently according to circumstances. Two drachms of orange peel, added to 
the decoction while still boiling hot, improve its flavor, and render it more acceptable to the stomach. 
Decoctum Cornxls Floridse. U. S. 1870. Decoction of Do<jwood. “ Take of Dogwood, bruised, a troyounce ; Water 
a sufficient quantity. Boil the Dogwood in a pint of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, and add sufficient Water, 
through the strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. This decoction has been proposed as a 
substitute for that of Peruvian bark; but, though possessed of analogous properties, it is much inferior in efficacy, 
and is not likely to be extensively employed so long as the Peruvian tonic is attainable. The dose is two fluidounces 
(60 C.c.). 
Decoctum Dulcamarse. U. S. 1870. Decoction of Bittersweet. “Take of Bittersweet, bruised, a troyounce ; Water 
a sufficient quantity. Boil the Bittersweet in a pint of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, and add sufficient Water, 
through the strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. This is a good preparation of bittersweet 
if it is absolutely necessary to use an aqueous menstruum. Dose, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
Decoctum QuercHs Albse. U. S. 1870. Decoction of White-oak Bark. “Take of White-oak Bark, bruised, a troy- 
ounce; Water a sufficient quantity. Boil the White-oak Bark in a pint of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, and add 
sufficient Water, through the strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. 
Decoctum Cinchonse. Br. 1885. Decoction of Cinchona. “Take of Red Cinchona Bark, in No. 20 powder, one 
ounce and a quarter [avoirdupois] ; Distilled Water one pint [Imperial measure]. Boil for ten minutes in a covered 
vessel. Strain the decoction, when cold, and pour as much distilled water over the contents of the strainer as will 
make the strained product measure one pint [Imp. meas.].” Br. Dose, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
Decoctum Hordei. Br. 1885. Decoction of Barley. “Take of Pearl Barley two ounces [avoirdupois]; Distilled 
Water one pint and a half [Imperial measure]. Wash the Barley in cold water, and reject the washings; boil the 
washed Barley with the Distilled Water for twenty minutes, in a covered vessel, and strain. The product is about 
one pint.” Br. 
Barley water, as this decoction is usually called, is much employed as a nutritive drink in febrile and inflamma- 
tory complaints, and, from the total absence of irritating properties, is peculiarly adapted to cases in which the gas- 
tric or intestinal mucous membrane is inflamed. As the stomach of those for whom it is directed is often exceedingly 
delicate, it is important that the decoction should be properly made in accordance with the former official directions. 
The object of the washing with cold water is completely to remove any mustiness, or other disagreeable flavor, which 
the barley may have acquired from exposure. Dose, from one to four fluidounces (30-120 C.c.). 
Decoctum Papaveris. Br. 1885. Decoction of Poppy. “ Take of Poppy Capsules, bruised, two ounces [avoirdupois]; 
Distilled Water a pint and a half [Imperial measure]. Boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel, then strain, and 
pour as much distilled water over the contents of the strainer as will make the strained product measure a pint [Imp. 
meas.].” Br. 
This decoction is used as an anodyne fomentation in painful tumors, and in superficial cutaneous inflammation or 
excoriation. It is recommended not to reject the seeds, as their oil, suspended in the water by the mucilage of the 
capsules, adds to the emollient virtues of the preparation. 
Decoctum Pareirse. Br. 1885. Decoction of Pareira. “ Take of Pareira Root, in No. 20 powder, one ounce and 
a quarter [avoirdupois]; Distilled Water one pint [Imperial measure]. Boil for fifteen minutes in a covered vessel, 
then strain, and pour as much distilled water over the contents of the strainer as will make the strained product 
measure a pint [Imp. meas.].” Br. 
This is apt to remain turbid after straining, but, if allowed to stand, gradually deposits insoluble matter, and then 
can be filtered perfectly clear. (P. J. Tr.., xiv. 491.) The dose is from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.) three or 
four times a day. 
Decoctum Quercus. Br. 1885. Decoction of Oak Bark. “ Take of Oak Bark, bruised, one ounce and a quarter 
[avoirdupois]; Distilled Water one pint [Imperial measure]. Boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel, then strain, 
and pour as much distilled water over the contents of the strainer as will make the strained product measure a pint 
[Imp. meas.].” Br. 
This decoction contains the tannin, bitter principle, and gallic acid of oak bark. It affords precipitates with the 
decoction of Peruvian bark and other substances containing vegetable alkaloids, with solution of gelatin, and with 
most metallic salts, particularly those of iron. Alkaline solutions diminish or destroy its astringency. Its uses 
have been already detailed. The dose is two fluidounces (60 C.c.), frequently repeated. 
Decoctum Sarsse. Br. 1885. Decoction of Sarsaparilla. “Take of Jamaica Sarsaparilla, cut transversely, two 
ounces and a half [avoirdupois]; Boiling Distilled Water one pint and a half [Imperial measure]. Digest the 
Sarsaparilla in the Water for an hour; then boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel, cool, and strain, pouring dis- 
tilled water, if required, over the contents of the strainer, or otherwise making the strained product measure a pint 
[Imp. meas.].” Br. 
An idea was long entertained that the virtues of sarsaparilla resided in its fecula, the extraction of which was, 
therefore, the main object of the decoction. Hence the long boiling formerly ordered by the London and Edinburgh 
Colleges. But this opinion is now admitted to have been erroneous. The activity of the root is believed to depend 
upon one or more acrid principles, soluble to a certain extent in water, cold or hot, and either volatilized or ren- 480 
Decoctum Granati Cortids.—Decoctum Sarsaparillse Compositum. 
PART I. 
DECOCTUM GRANATI CORTICIS. Br. Decoction of Pomegranate Bark. 
(de-c5c'tum gra-na'ti cor'ti-cis.) 
Decoctum Granati Radicis, Br. (1885), Decoctum Corticis Radicis Granati; Tisane (DScocte) d’Ecorce de la 
Racine de Grenadier, Fr.; Granatwurzel-Rinden-Absud, G. 
“ Pomegranate Bark, in No. 10 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Pomegranate Bark with twenty-four fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or twelve hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water in a suitable vessel for ten 
minutes ; strain ; pour enough Distilled Water over the contents of the strainer to made one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the strained Decoction.” Br. 
This decoction has double the quantity of bark in the Br. Pharm. 1898 over the Br. 
Pharm. 1885, the quantity of root bark in the latter for one pint being two ounces. 
For the uses and dose of this decoction, see Granati Radicis Cortex. 
DECOCTUM HAMATOXYLI. Br. Decoction of Logwood 
Tisane (DecoctS) de Bois de Campeche, Fr.; Blauholz-Absud, G. 
“ Logwood, in chips, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Cinnamon Bark, bruised, 70 grains 
(Imp.) or 8 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Logwood with twenty- 
four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or twelve hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water in a 
suitable vessel for ten minutes, adding the Cinnamon Bark towards the end of the time ; strain ; 
pour enough Distilled Water over the contents of the strainer to make one pint (Imp. meas.) 
or one thousand cubic centimetres of the strained Decoction.” Br. 
We prefer the old U. 8. formula, wrhich ordered an ounce of the logwood to be boiled with 
two pints down to a pint, and doubt much whether the wood is exhausted by a boiling of ten 
or fifteen minutes. The cinnamon of the Br. formula is in general a very suitable addition, 
but there might be circumstances under which it would be better omitted; and in this case, as 
in others, any addition to the simple decoction might be left to the judgment of the prescriber. 
This is an excellent astringent in diarrhoeas of relaxation. Dose, for an adult, two fluid- 
ounces (60 C.c.); for a child about two years old, two or three fluidrachms (75-1125 C.c.). 
(DE-COC'TUM H^i-MA-TOX'Y-LI—he-ms-ttk'sj-li.) 
DECOCTUM SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUM. U. S. Compound 
Decoction of Sarsaparilla. 
Decoctum Sarsae Compositum, Br. 1885; Tisane (Apozeme) sudorifique, D6cocte de Salsepareille compost, Fr.; 
Zusammengesetztes Sarsaparilla-Decoct, G. 
“ Sarsaparilla, cut and bruised, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Sassa- 
fras, in No. 20 powder, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Guaiacum Wood, rasped, twenty 
grammes [or 308 grains] ; Glycyrrhiza, bruised, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Mezereum, 
cut and bruised, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Boil the Sarsaparilla and Guaiacum 
(de-coc'tum sar-sa-pa-ril'la: com-po§'i-tum.) 
dered inert by chemical change, at the temperature of 100° C. (212° F.). This fact appears to be demonstrated by 
the experiments of Pope, Hancock, Soubeiran, Beral, and others. Soubeiran macerated one portion of bruised sarsa- 
parilla in cold water for twenty-four hours; infused another portion in boiling water, and digested with a moderate 
heat for two hours; boiled a third portion bruised, and a fourth unbruised, in water for two hours; and in each in- 
stance used the same relative quantities. Testing these various preparations by the taste, he found the cold and hot 
infusions scarcely different in this respect, and both possessed of a stronger odor and more acrid taste than the decoc- 
tions, of which that prepared with the bruised root was the strongest. From these facts the inference is obvious, 
that the best method of imparting the virtues of sarsaparilla to water is either by cold or hot infusion. Digestion 
for some hours in water maintained at a temperature of 82'2° C. (180° F.), or somewhat less, in a covered vessel, 
has strong testimony in its favor. Percolation, if properly conducted, is a convenient and no doubt efficient mode 
of exhausting the root, so far as water will effect that object. Decoction is the worst method; and the longer it is 
continued the weaker will be the preparation. For these reasons the decoction of sarsaparilla is no longer official. 
Precipitates are produced by various substances with this decoction; but it has not been ascertained how far such 
substances interfere with its activity. Those which merely throw down the fecula do not injure the preparation. 
Dose, from four to six fluidounces (120-180 C.c.). 
Decoctum Scoparii. Br. 1885. Decoction of Broom. “ Take of Broom-tops, dried, one ounce [avoirdupois] ; Dis- 
tilled Water one pint [Imperial measure]. Boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel, then strain, and pour as much 
distilled water over the contents of the strainer as will make the strained product measure a pint [Imp. meas.].” Br. 
This decoction is a very useful diuretic in dropsy. From half a pint to a pint (236-472 C.c.) may he taken during 
the day, in doses of from two to four fluidounces (60-120 C.c.). 
Decoctum Taraxaci. Br. 1885. Decoction of Dandelion. “Take of Dried Dandelion Root, sliced and bruised, 
one ounce [avoirdupois] ; Distilled Water one pint [Imperial measure]. Boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel, 
then strain, and pour as much distilled water over the contents of the strainer as will make the strained product 
measure a pint [Imp. mens.].” Br. 
Dose, two fluidounces (60 C.c.) two or three times a day. (See Taraxacum.) PART I. 
Decoctum Sarsaparillse Compositum.—Digitalis. 
481 
Wood for half an hour in a suitable vessel with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6J fluidrachms] of Water. Then add the Sassafras, Glycyrrhiza, and Mezereum, cover the 
vessel well, and macerate for two hours. Finally strain, and add enough cold Water, through 
the strainer, to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The Br. Pharmacopoeia (1898) no longer recognizes Compound Decoction of Sarsaparilla* 
This decoction is an imitation of the celebrated Lisbon diet drink. The sarsaparilla and 
mezereon are the active ingredients ; the guaiacum wood imparting scarcely any of its virtues, 
and the sassafras and liquorice serving little other purpose than to communicate a pleasant 
flavor. An improvement was made in the U. S. formula of 1880 in directing the sassafras, 
glycyrrhiza, and mezereum to be added after the boiling of the ligneous drugs has been com- 
pleted. Compound Decoction of Sarsaparilla now contains a little more sarsaparilla, sassafras, 
guaiacum wood, and glycyrrhiza than the U. S. formula of 1870, but nearly double the quan- 
tity of mezereum: as the latter has been believed by many to be the only active substance in 
this weak preparation, the increase in quantity was judicious. If prepared with good sarsa- 
parilla, and with a due regard to the practical rules which may now be considered as estab- 
lished, the decoction may be used with advantage as a gentle diaphoretic and alterative in 
secondary syphilis, either alone, or as an adjuvant to a mercurial course; also in certain scrof- 
ulous and other depraved conditions of the system, in chronic rheumatism, and in various 
obstinate cutaneous affections. The dose is from four to six fluidounces (120-180 C.c.) three 
or four times a day. The patient during its use should wear flannel next the skin, and avoid 
unnecessary exposure to changes of temperature.f 
DIGITALIS. U. S. (Br.) Digitalis. [Foxglove.]]; 
(DI^-I-TA'LIS.) 
“ The leaves of Digitalis purpurea, Linne (nat. ord. Scrophularineae), collected from plants 
of the second year’s growth.” XJ. S. “ The dried leaves of Digitalis purpurea, Linn. Col- 
lected from plants commencing to flower.” Br. 
Digitalis Folia, Br., Digitalis Leaf; Folia Digitalis, P. G.; Digitalis Leaves, Foxglove Leaves; Feuilles de Digi- 
tale pourpree (de grande Digitale), Digitale pourpree, Doigtier, Fr.; Purpurrother Fingerhut, Fingerhutkraut, G.j 
Digitale purpurea, It.; Dedalera, Sp. 
* “Take of Jamaica Sarsaparilla, cut transversely, two ounces and a half; Sassafras Root, in chips, Guaiacum 
Wood turnings, Dried Liquorice Root, bruised, each a quarter of an ounce ; Mezereon Bark one-eighth of an ounce ; 
Boiling Distilled Water one pint and a half [Imperial measure]. Digest the solid ingredients in the Water for an 
hour; then boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel; cool and strain, pouring distilled water, if required, over the 
contents of the strainer, or otherwise making the strained product measure a pint [Imp. meas.].” Br. 1885. The 
ounce employed in this process is the avoirdupois ounce. 
f The Decoction of Zittmann (Decoctuin Zittmanni) is a preparation of Sarsaparilla much used in Germany for 
similar purposes with our compound decoction of sarsaparilla; and, as it has attracted some attention in this country 
as a remedy in obstinate ulcerative affections, we give the formula of the German Pharmacopoeia, which is generally 
followed in its preparation. Decoctum Sarsaparillce Gompositum Fortius, P. G. [Zittmann’s Stronger Decoction.~\ 
Stdrkere8 Zittmann’sches Decoct.—“ Take of sarsaparilla root, cut, one hundred parts ; pour upon it common water, 
two thousand six hundred parts ; digest for twenty-four hours; then add of sugar powdered, alum powdered, each, 
six parts, and heat them in a covered vessel, in a steam bath, for three hours, stirring frequently. Towards the end 
of the boiling, add of anise bruised, fennel seed bruised, each, four parts ; senna cut, twenty-four parts ; liquorice 
root cut, twelve parts. Strain by expression, and set aside for a short time. The clear decanted liquid should be 
two thousand five hundred parts. When not otherwise directed, a colature of two thousand five hundred grammes is 
divided into eight portions. 
“ N.B.—When Decoctum Zittmanni is prescribed, it is prepared in a similar manner, except that to the sugar and 
alum are added of mild chloride of mercury, four parts ; cinnabar (red sulphide of mercury), one part, enclosed in 
a linen bag.” P. G. 
Decoctum Sarsaparillce Compositum Mitius, P. G. [Zittmann’s Milder Decoction.] Milderes Zittmann’sches Decoct. 
—“ Take the residue of the stronger decoction and sarsaparilla root, cat, fifty parts ; pour upon them common water, 
two thousand six hundred parts, and expose to the heat of a steam bath for three hours in a covered vessel, stirring 
frequently. Towards the end of the operation add of lemon peel, cassia bark, small cardamoms, liquorice root, each, 
cut and bruised, three parts. Strain by expression, and set aside for a short time. The clear decanted liquid should 
be two thousand five, hundred parts. When not otherwise directed, a colature of two thousand five hundred grammes 
is divided into eight portions.” P. G. Mercury was detected by Wiggers in this decoction in very small proportion. 
It should not be prepared in metallic vessels, lest the mercurial in solution should be decomposed. The decoction 
may be drunk freely. 
Decoctum Senegw. U. S. 1870. Decoction of Seneka. “Take of Seneka, bruised, a troyounce ; Water a sufficient 
quantity. Boil the Seneka in a pint of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, and add suflicient Water, through the 
strainer, to make the decoction measure a pint.” U. S. 1870. 
This is one of the decoctions in which experience has shown that long boiling impairs the activity of the medicine. 
It is customary to add to the seneka in decoction an equal weight of liquorice root, which serves to cover its taste 
and in some measure to obtund its acrimony. The virtues and practical application of seneka will be treated of 
under Senega. The dose of the decoction is about two fluidounces (60 C.c.). 
| Foxglove is a corruption of Folksglove, Folk being an old English synonyme of Fairies. Digitalis. 
482 
PART I. 
Digitalis purpurea. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 383; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 218, t. 78. The fox- 
glove is a beautiful plant, with a biennial or perennial fibrous root, which in the first year 
sends forth large tufted leaves, and in the following summer a single erect, downy, and leafy 
stem, rising from two to five feet, and terminating in an elegant spike of purple flowers. The 
lower leaves are ovate, pointed, about eight inches in length and three in breadth, and stand 
upon short, winged footstalks; the upper are alternate, sparse, and lanceolate ; both are ob- 
tusely serrate, and have wrinkled velvety surfaces, of which the upper is a fine deep green, the 
under paler and more downy. The flowers are numerous, and attached to the upper part of 
the stem by short peduncles, in such a manner as generally to hang down upon one side. At 
the base of each peduncle is a floral leaf, which is sessile, ovate, and pointed. The calyx is 
divided into five segments, of which the uppermost is narrower than the others. The corolla 
is monopetalous, hell-form, swelling on the lower side, irregularly divided at the margin into 
short obtuse lobes, and in shape and size not unlike the end of the finger of a glove, a circum- 
stance which has suggested most of the names by which the plant is designated in different 
languages. Its mouth is guarded by long soft hairs. Externally, it is in general of a bright 
purple ; internally, it is sprinkled with black spots upon a white ground. There is a variety with 
white flowers. The filaments are white, curved, and surmounted by large yellow anthers. The 
style is simple, and supports a bifid stigma. The seeds are numerous, very small, grayish brown, 
and contained in a pyramidal two-celled capsule* 
The foxglove grows wild in the temperate parts of Europe, where it flowers in the middle 
of summer. In this country it is cultivated both for ornament and for medical use. The 
leaves are the part generally employed. Much care is requisite in selecting, 
preparing, and preserving them, in order to insure their activity. They 
should be gathered in the second year, immediately before or during the 
period of inflorescence, and those only chosen which are full-grown and per- 
fectly fresh ( Geiger) ; but the observations of F. Schneider would lead to the 
conclusion that they are much stronger when not gathered before the latter 
part of summer or the beginning of autumn. (A. J. P., 1870, p. 221.) It 
is said that those plants are preferable which grow spontaneously in elevated 
places exposed to the sun. (Duncan.) As the leafstalk and midrib are com- 
paratively inactive, they may be rejected. Withering recommends that the 
leaves should be dried either in the sunshine, or by a gentle heat before the 
fire; and care should be taken to keep them separate while drying. Pereira 
states that a more common and, in his opinion, a preferable mode is to dry 
them in a basket in a dark place in a drying-stove. It is probably owing, 
in part, to the want of proper attention in preparing digitalis for the market 
that it is so often inefficient. The dried leaves should be kept in tin canisters, 
well closed so as to exclude light and moisture; or they may be pulverized, 
and the powder preserved in well-stopped and opaque bottles. As foxglove deteriorates by 
time, it should be frequently renewed, as often, if possible, as once a year. Its quality must 
be judged of by the degree in which it possesses the characteristic properties of color, smell, and 
especially taste. It is said to be sometimes adulterated ; but if it be bought in leaf, there can 
be little difficulty, to one acquainted with the characters of the genuine leaves, in detecting the 
sophistication. German digitalis consists of the leaves of wild plants, whereas English digi- 
talis is from cultivated plants. According to Joseph W. England, comparative experiments 
made in the Philadelphia Hospital have shown the English digitalis to be much more uniform 
and active than is the German drug. This may be because the English variety is more care- 
fully freed from leafstalks, since Broeker found the parenchyma to yield five times as much 
digitalin as did the leafstalks. 
The seeds contain more of the active principle than the leaves, are less apt to suffer in drying, 
and keep better, but are little used. So far as the relative strength of these two parts can be 
determined from that of their alcoholic extracts, it would appear, from the experiments of Prof. 
Hirtz, that the seeds are ten times stronger than the leaves. (See A. J. P., xxxiii.) 
Properties. Foxglove is without smell in the recent state, but acquires a faint narcotic 
odor when dried. The color of the dried leaf is a dull pale green, modified by the whitish 
down upon the under surface; that of the powder is a fine deep green. “ From 10 to 30 Cm. 
long; ovate or ovate-oblong, narrowed into a petiole ; crenate ; dull green, densely and finely 
Digitalis Leaf. 
Epidermis of the 
lower side, showing 
stomata and hairs. 
* Digitalis ambigua contains, according to Paschkis, the same constituents as D. purpurea (Apoth. Ztg., 1888.) PART I. 
Digitalis. 
483 
pubescent; wrinkled above; paler and reticulate beneath ; midrib near the base broad ; odor 
slight, somewhat tea-like; taste bitter, nauseous. An infusion prepared with 1 part of Digi- 
talis and 10 parts of boiling water, and allowed to cool, has a peculiar odor, turns blue litmus 
paper red, and, upon the addition of a few drops of ferric chloride test-solution, acquires a 
darker tint, a brown precipitate appearing after a few hours. The infusion, diluted with 3 
parts of water, becomes turbid on the addition of a few drops of tannic acid test-solution.” 
U. S. “ The transverse section exhibits a mesophyll free from crystals of calcium oxalate.” 
Br. Digitalis yields its virtues both to water and to alcohol. It contains, besides active prin- 
ples, a volatile oil, a fatty matter, a red coloring substance analogous to extractive, chloro- 
phyll, albumen, starch, sugar, gum, lignin, and salts of potassa and lime, among which, accord- 
ing to Rein and Haase, is potassium superoxalate. M. Morin, of Geneva, discovered in the 
leaves two acids: one fixed, called digitalic acid, the other volatile and resembling valerianic 
acid, which he proposed to name antirrhinic add (P. J. Tr., vii. 294). J. W. England (A. J. P., 
1892, 361) found about 5 per cent, of fixed oil in digitalis leaves. Dr. Morries obtained a 
narcotic empyreumatic oil by the destructive distillation of the leaves. 
Under the name of digitalin* there have long been in commerce two distinct substances ob- 
tained from digitalis, both of them of the nature of extracts rather than of organic principles. 
The French digitalin was that originally prepared by Homolle. It is a whitish powder, of a 
neutral reaction, soluble in 2000 parts of cold and in 1000 parts of hot water. It is this 
digitalin which was formerly recognized by the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias. The so-called 
German digitalin is distinguished from the French by being, in great part or entirely, freely 
soluble in water. 
In 1871, M. Nativelle received from the French Academy the prize of Orfila for the dis- 
covery of the active principle of digitalis. The method of preparation, as finally improved and 
modified by himself, and published in the Journ. de Pharm., xx. 1874, p. 81, and also a process 
which has the advantage of being far shorter and more readily carried out, devised by M. 
Tanret (Ibid., Oct. 1875), may be found on p. 1143, 14th ed., U. S. Dispensatory. 
According to the researches of Schmiedeberg (Pharm. Journ., (3) v. 741), confirmed by 
Kiliani (Pharm. Journ., (3) xxii. 1061, and (4) i. 29), the seeds and leaves of digitalis pur- 
purea contain a preponderating amount of a glucoside, digitonin. They contain in addition 
three other substances which possess the power of acting on the heart,—namely, crystallizable 
digitoxin and two amorphous glucosides, digitalin and digitalein. They also contain an inert 
crystallized body called digitin, C4H902. 
Digitonin forms fully one-half of the mixed glucosides from the digitalis seed and the 
principal portion of German “ digitalin,” from which it may be prepared by extraction with 
and crystallization from 85 per cent, alcohol. Digitonin softens at 225° C. and melts completely 
at 235° C. The crystals dissolve sparingly in cold water, more readily in hot, to an opalescent 
solution which froths on agitation. It cannot be crystallized from water. The aqueous solution 
* 
* French digitalin may be prepared according to the following process, which was formerly recommended by the 
British Pharmacopoeia : 
“Take of Digitalis Leaf, in coarse powder, forty ounces [avoirdupois] ; Rectified Spirit, Distilled Water, Acetic 
Acid, Purified Animal Charcoal, Solution of Ammonia, Tannic Acid, Oxide of Lead in fine powder, Pure Ether, of 
each, a sufficiency. Digest the Digitalis with a gallon [Imperial measure] of the Spirit for twenty-four hours at a 
temperature of 120°; then put them into a percolator, and, when the tincture has ceased to drop, pour a gallon 
[Imp. meas.] of Spirit on the contents of the percolator, and allow it slowly to percolate through. Distil off the 
greater part of the Spirit from the tincture, and evaporate the remainder over a water-hath until the whole of the 
alcohol has been dissipated. Mix the residual extract with five [fluid]ounces of Distilled Water to which half an 
ounce] [avoird.] of Acetic Acid has been previously added, and digest the solution thus formed with a quarter of an 
ounce of Purified Animal Charcoal; then filter, and dilute the filtrate with Distilled Water until it measures a pint 
[Imp. meas.]. Add Solution of Ammonia nearly to neutralization, and afterwards add one hundred and sixty grains 
of Tannic Acid dissolved in three [fluid]ounces of Distilled Water. Wash the precipitate that will be formed with 
a little Distilled Water; mix it with a small quantity of the Spirit and a quarter of an ounce of the Oxide of Lead, 
and rub them together in a mortar. Place the mixture in a flask, and add to it four [fluid]ounces of the Spirit; 
raise the temperature to 160°, and keep it at this heat for about an hour. Then add a quarter of an ounce of Puri- 
fied Animal Charcoal; put it on a filter, and from the filtrate carefully drive off the Spirit by the heat of a water- 
bath. Lastly, wash the residue repeatedly with Pure Ether.” According to the method of Walz (Husemann, Die 
PJlanzenstoffe, p. 900), German digitalin is prepared by extracting under pressure one part of digitalis with eight 
parts of alcohol, evaporating, digesting the residue with successive portions of water so long as they acquire a bitter 
taste, uniting the liquids, and treating them with litharge and lead acetate until a portion filtered for testing is no 
longer precipitated by lead acetate. Sulphuric acid is added to the filtrate to precipitate the lead, and, after filtra- 
tion, neutralized with ammonia, and the liquid precipitated by tannic acid. The precipitate, having been well 
washed and pressed, is rubbed up with freshly precipitated lead oxide, the mass boiled with alcohol, and, after the 
lead has been separated by precipitation with sulphuric acid, and most of the alcohol distilled off, the residue is 
allowed to slowly evaporate, the crude digitalin being left behind. 484 
Digitalis. 
PART I. 
is lsevo-rotatory ([a]D = —49-25° C.), and is precipitated by tannin, ammoniacal lead acetate, 
and baryta water. Digitonin is only slightly soluble in absolute alcohol, and still less so in 
ether, chloroform, or petroleum spirit. It forms a crystalline compound with amyl alcohol. 
According to Kiliani, digitonin has the formula C27H46014 -f- 5H20, and when boiled with 
strong alcohol and hydrochloric acid splits up into dextrose, galactose, and digitogenin, the last 
body separating in warty masses on cooling. 
Digitoxin is characterized by its free solubility in alcohol and chloroform, slight solubility 
in ether, and insolubility in petroleum spirit. It crystallizes from alcohol in pearly scales or 
needles which melt at 240° C. It is quite insoluble in water, to which it does not impart even 
a bitter taste. Warmed with strong hydrochloric acid, it gives a yellow or greenish coloration, 
which is one of the reactions ascribed to the “ digitaline crystallise” of the French Codex. 
Sclimiedeberg states that it is not a glucoside, but Kiliani asserts that upon heating its alco- 
holic solution with hydrochloric acid it splits up into digitoxigenin and a glucose digitoxose. 
Kiliani writes the reaction for this, C31H60010==:C22H3204-f-C9II1806. Digitoxin is found 
mainly in the leaves (Kiliani stating that it is not found in the seeds at all), but Keller (P. 
J. Tr., July 24, 1897) finds it also in the seeds in smaller amount. It is the most poisonous 
of the constituents of digitalis. 
Digitalin (Digitalinum verum of Kiliani) forms a white amorphous powder or soft white 
grains which remain unchanged when heated to 200° C., at 210° C. begin to aggregate, and 
towards 217° C. melt, becoming yellow. When treated with water the particles of digitalin swell 
up and dissolve slightly, giving a solution which foams strongly on agitation. It is dissolved 
sparingly by cold proof spirit (1-100), but in considerable amount by hot rectified spirit or abso- 
lute alcohol. When a minimum of alcohol is used, the solution on cooling becomes almost solid 
from the separation of a thick magma of granules, which are, however, destitute of crystalline 
structure. This peculiar behavior affords a valuable means of testing its purity, as only a 
small percentage of the other glucosides with the digitalin prevents the formation of the 
granules. The minutest admixture of amorphous glucosides also rapidly causes an intense 
yellow coloration. Digitalin is very sparingly soluble in ether or chloroform. When digitalin 
is heated with dilute hydrochloric acid, an insoluble resinous substance almost immediately 
separates out; Schmiedeberg termed this digitaliresin. By operating in alcoholic solution, 
Kiliani avoids the separation of resin, and finds that digitalin splits up as a glucoside into 
digitaligenin, glucose, and digitalose, according to the reaction C29II46012 -j- H20 = CieH220„ -f- 
CeH1206 -(- C7H1406. Kiliani found that the commercial digitalinum purum contained but 
5-5 per cent, of true digitalin. 
Digitalein is considered to be a distinct glucoside by Schmiedeberg, but Kiliani, who worked 
over it later, regards its independent existence as questionable. 
Digitin of Schmiedeberg is also considered by Kiliani to be simply digitonin. 
The above resume of our present knowledge clearly shows that the chemistry of digitalis 
cannot be considered as settled; but it also clearly shows that no digitalin completely repre- 
sents digitalis. Moreover, the digitalin of commerce varies greatly. (See Archiv d. Pharm., 
1895, 299; also 1895, 698.) For methods of testing digitalin, see Drug. Bull., 1893, 108. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Experiments upon the lower animals, confirmed by 
clinical observation, have shown that digitalis acts primarily and with most force upon the cir- 
culation, producing a great rise in the arterial pressure, followed, in poisoning, by a no less marked 
fall, which, however, does not take place at all after moderate doses. The increased blood force 
is due partly to increased cardiac action and partly to vaso-motor spasm. Upon the heart 
digitalis acts by stimulating the peripheral ends of the inhibitory nerves and also the cardiac 
muscle. By the first influence it produces prolongation of the diastole ; by the second, an in- 
creased putting forth of power in the systole. The work done by the heart under the influence 
of the drug is much beyond normal. After a toxic dose the systolic irritation overbalances the 
diastolic stimulation, and the pulse becomes dicrotic, because the diastole is interrupted by 
an abortive systole. Finally, the apex of the heart never dilates, diastole is continually inter- 
rupted by systolic contractions, and the aortic system remains empty, because the left ventricle 
never relaxes sufficiently to receive blood. The final cessation of the heart’s action is not due 
to paralysis, but to spasm, the heart ceasing not in diastole, but in systole. 
This resume of our knowledge of the physiological action clearly shadows forth the proper 
use of the drug. It is indicated when the heart is weak, not absolutely, but relatively weak, 
or, in other words, when the work required of the heart is greater than its power. When 
digitalis is administered in ordinary doses, it produces at first no distinct effect; but if the Digitalis. 
485 
PAET I. 
dose be repeated, after a time the pulse becomes less frequent. The pauses between the beats 
are longer than before, and the individual beat is longer, fuller, and stronger, indicating that 
the heart is acting with more force than normal. When the reduction of the pulse-rate has 
commenced, it is apt to continue for some days, and even to increase for a time, although the 
use of the remedy be intermitted, slowness and permanency of action being characteristic of 
digitalis. In some cases, gastric disturbance, and even nausea, vomiting, and diarrhoea, are 
produced by therapeutic doses of the drug. If sufficient of the remedy have been taken into 
the system, the pulse may fall to 35 or 40 a minute, still preserving the peculiarity of a dis- 
tinctly dicrotic heat. Now a very peculiar phenomenon may often be witnessed. Whilst 
the patient is quiet in the horizontal position the pulse is very slow and strong, hut when 
he rises to his feet it becomes at once rapid, irregular, small, and feeble, and even hobbling. 
During the milder operation of digitalis there may be some sense of cerebral disturbance, 
brow-tightness, and even a confusion of thought and giddiness. After toxic doses the symp- 
toms are severe; a feeble, scarcely perceptible pulse, nausea and vomiting, stupor or delirium, 
cold sweats, extreme prostration of strength, hiccough, convulsions, and syncope have in several 
cases preceded the fatal issue. 
The dilated heart is of course a weak heart, and simple cardiac dilatation is one of the 
strongest indications for the use of digitalis, whilst cardiac hypertrophy is a contra-indication. 
It must not be forgotten, however, that in valvular disease of the heart, the heart, although 
stronger than normal, may be relatively weak, because the leakage at the diseased valve re- 
quires more power to overcome its effect than even the increased strength of the cardiac muscle 
is able for. Hypertrophy exists, but is not sufficient to be compensatory. In all forms of val- 
vular lesion, when the hypertrophy is not compensatory, digitalis is very useful. It is also to 
be employed (hypodermically) in sudden cardiac exhaustion from any cause. Dropsy is very 
frequently the result of a general venous repletion, which also interferes with the function of 
the kidneys. Under these circumstances digitalis is a favorite remedy, and also acts as a de- 
cided diuretic. In these cases the result is in greater or less part due to the improvement of 
the circulation; but the drug has some tendency, even in health, to provoke diuresis. It is 
especially when it fails to do this that the so-called cumulative action is apt to be witnessed. 
After giving the drug for a long time without apparent effect, suddenly symptoms so severe as 
to be toxic are manifested. In aneurism, or when from any reason the coats of the vessels are 
thin or fragile, digitalis is contra-indicated. We have seen a dilated aorta ruptured by the 
powerful blood-current produced by the drug. 
Externally applied, digitalis sometimes acts speedily and powerfully as a diuretic, and has 
proved useful in dropsy. For this purpose the fresh leaves bruised, or the dried leaves made 
into a poultice, or flannels wet with the tincture, may be applied to the abdomen and on the 
inside of the thighs. Ch. Hoffman has shown by experiments on himself that the active matter 
of digitalis is capable of being absorbed through the skin, and that its effects on the system 
may be obtained by means of baths * A case is recorded in which a cataplasm of the leaves 
applied to the abdomen for the relief of obstinate and dangerous suppression of urine, and re- 
peated in six hours, brought on excessive diuresis, with a discharge amounting to probably 8 
gallons in less than 24 hours, producing fatal exhaustion. (Med. Times and Gaz., Jan. 1868.) 
Digitalis is administered in substance. The dose of the powder is one grain (0-065 Grm.), 
repeated twice or three times a day, and gradually increased till some effect is produced upon 
the head, stomach, pulse, or kidneys, when it should be omitted or reduced. The question as 
to which of the preparations of digitalis is preferable is a very important one. All the active 
principles are soluble in alcohol; the tincture (Tinctura Digitalis), therefore, fully represents 
the crude drug. According to Kobert, in the making of the fluid extract digitoxin is precipi- 
tated as an insoluble powder. If this be correct, the fluid extract does not as fully represent 
the crude drug as does the tincture. It is, however, very possible, indeed probable, that digi- 
toxin should be precipitated in one method of making a fluid extract and not in another, so 
that it cannot be considered demonstrated that the fluid extract, U. S. P., contains no digitoxin. 
As digitoxin is not soluble in water, it would seem, a priori, probable that it and the other 
constituents of the so-called French or insoluble digitalin would be left behind in making an 
f M. Hoffman, during a period of 44 days, took 16 baths prepared with 300 liters of water and 250 grammes of 
digitalis leaves. After the third bath he began to feel the effects of the medicine,—namely, a peculiar uneasiness, 
and a reduction of the pulse 4 or 5 pulsations per minute; and this condition persisted several hours. At the eighth 
bath the uneasiness was increased, and the pulse decreased from 68 to 51. After the sixteenth bath the pulse* fell 
to 48. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Juillet, 1867, p. 37.) 486 
Digitalis. 
PART I. 
infusion, but certainly the infusion of digitalis is an active preparation and is preferred by 
many practitioners. It is possible that the superiority claimed by some clinicians for the 
infusion, which we have elsewhere otherwise explained (see page 733), is in fact due to 
the absence from it of active substances which are present both in the crude digitalis and 
in the tincture. A careful chemical physiological investigation of the relative activities of 
the preparations of digitalis seems to us urgently needed, but the probabilities are that all 
the official preparations are active when they have been carefully made from well-selected 
leaves. 
The subject of the therapeutic activity and value of the different non-official preparations 
of digitalis is one of great difficulty, and at present of doubt. In these paragraphs we propose 
to consider only the commercial products or educts of digitalis which are for sale in the market. 
These commercial preparations are of two characters, the so called digitalins—which should be 
looked upon as purified or rather as partial extracts of digitalis—and certain alleged active 
principles. 
As already stated (p. 484), there are two digitalins ; of these Digitalinum gatticum, or French 
digitalin, official in the French and Belgian Pharmacopoeias, is almost insoluble in water, and 
is said to consist largely of a glucoside allied to digitoxin. (See P. J. Tr., 1898, 506.) The 
dose of the commercial article is put down at 0-00025 6m., rapidly increased to 0-0015 Grin, 
per day; the maximum daily dose being 0-002 Gm. The granules of Homolle, which are 
commonly used in Europe, each contain a milligramme, or about the seventieth of a grain; 
probably equivalent, on the average, to a grain and a half of digitalis of medium strength. 
One of these globules is usually given as a commencing dose. Forty of them taken with a 
view to suicide, though followed by copious vomiting, produced the most alarming prostration, 
with a pulse weak, from 46 to 48 in a minute, intermittent, and at times scarcely perceptible. 
The patient, however, ultimately recovered. (Ann. de Therap., 1858, 103.) 
Digitalinum germanicum, digitalin of the German Pharmacopoeia, is soluble in water and 
alcohol but almost insoluble in chloroform ; it is believed to be a mixture of digitalein, crys- 
tallized digitalin, digitonin, and digitalin of Kiliani. German digitalin may be used either 
by the mouth or hypodermically; the dose usually given is from 0 001 to 0002 Gm., re- 
peated twice or three times a day, increased if necessary; the maximum dose being 0-004 
Gm., or the daily dose 0-02 Gm. It is contended by Dr. Henry Beates that these doses are 
absolutely inadequate, and he asserts as the result of much experience that the proper adult 
dose of the pure German digitalin is one-tenth of a grain, whilst the maximum dose is one- 
half a grain; also that these doses will be followed by definite and positive results and are 
entirely safe and free from unpleasant effects, excepting that occasionally the larger dose 
(one-third to one-half a grain) will cause some gastric disturbance, which is readily overcome 
by the use of bismuth and other proper remedies. He narrates cases in which four consecu- 
tive half-grain doses, administered at intervals of two hours, brought great relief. We are 
informed by Merck & Co. that in the manufacture of German digitalin the average yield is 
from 4 to 5 per cent. On this basis, if German digitalin did nearly represent digitalis, it 
would be from twenty to twenty-five times as strong, so that four-tenths of a grain of it would 
stand for eight grains of digitalis, or about seventy minims of the tincture. Unfortunately, 
it is plain that German digitalin does not completely represent digitalis; it is probable that 
it contains altered principles which do not exist in digitalis, and it is more than probable that 
commercial German digitalin varies greatly, according as it has been made by this or that 
manufacturer. It does not seem to be an eligible preparation, and if the practitioner uses it, 
he should employ habitually the make of one chemist with which he is practically familiar. 
We have been unable to find that it has any advantage over the official preparations, except 
that it is capable of being given in capsules, and is therefore less offensive to the palate and 
stomach. As a hypodermic agent in a limited trial it has so far proved to be as irritant as is 
the tincture of digitalis. 
The statements in regard to the therapeutic activity of the various commercial products 
claiming to be pure active principles of digitalis vary greatly ; moreover, the exact nature of 
the commercial alleged active principles is always doubtful; so that, if the practitioner use these 
substances at all, their employment should be looked upon as experimental. 
Digitalmum crystallatum or digitin is commonly affirmed to be physiologically inactive, though 
Laffon asserts that it is as powerful as digitoxin. 
Digitonin is asserted by authorities to be similar in its physiological action to saponin, which 
has, on the other hand apparently been demonstrated to be the physiological antagonist of Digitalis.—Dulcamara. 
487 
PAET I. 
digitalis. It is evident, therefore, that digitonin, so far as our present knowledge is concerned, 
cannot be used as the representative of digitalis. 
Of digitalein, it is asserted that when given in doses of from 0-001 to 0.002 Gm., two to four 
times a day, it acts as a heart tonic and diuretic similarly to digitalis. According to Merck & 
Co., the average yield of digitalein is 1 per cent., which would make the dose contained in 
one grain of digitalis the one-hundredth of a grain. It, however, represents at best such a 
small fraction of the activities of digitalis that a much larger dose would seem to be required. 
In this case the dose given by authorities evidently is below that whicli by calculation would 
appear to be safe. It is not probable, however, that digitalein nearly represents digitalis. 
Of all these active principles, crystallized digitoxin is probably the most influential for good. 
Wenzel affirms that it acts more quickly and favorably in cardiac disease than does the infu- 
sion of digitalis, a conclusion whicli is practically confirmed by Potain, Pottiez, Starck, Masius, 
Corin, and others; whilst Kiliani (Archiv d. Pharm., 1892-1896) alleges that it is the only 
important constituent of digitalis,—a conclusion, however, which seems to be gainsaid by the fact 
that digitoxin is insoluble iu water, and therefore cannot exist in the infusion of digitalis unless 
it is made soluble by the presence in the digitalis leaf of digitalic or antirrhinic acid. The diffi- 
culty of the situation is shown by the fact that the same authority in one publication asserts 
that digitoxin is the most active of the digitalis preparations, and a complete substitute for 
digitalis ; and in another publication affirms that the German digitalin is the most complete 
non-official representative of the drug, although it does not contain digitoxin. Merck & Co. 
inform us that the average yield of crystallized digitoxin is about four-tenths of one per cent. ; 
supposing that digitoxin were the only active principle in digitalis, the dose of digitoxin equiv- 
alent to digitalis would be from one-two-hundred-and-fiftieth to one-two-hundredth of a grain 
(0-00025 to 0-00032 Gm.), which is practically the dose of digitoxin usually given in the books. 
As, however, digitoxin is not the only active principle of the digitalis, it would appear that its 
equivalent dose should be larger than that named. 
The action of digitoxin appears to be very slow under any circumstances. Pottiez prefers 
exhibiting it by enemata, stating that in this way the vomiting which it often produces when 
ingested may be avoided. Wenzel also prefers administration by the rectum, using 15 Gm. of 
the following solution—digitoxin, -01 Gm.; alcohol, 10 Gm.; water to make 200 Gm.—in 100 
Gm. of lukewarm water, at first thrice, then twice, and lastly once daily. The single dose thus 
given was -00075 Gm. digitoxin. In two cases only was an unpleasant result noted,— namely, 
vomiting,—and this soon ceased. When there is no haste, digitoxin may be given in granules. 
It is stated that under any circumstances its action is developed with extreme slowness, and it 
seems possible that it may be reprecipitated in the alimentary c-anal from its solution and 
accumulate in mass, to be absorbed subsequently and possibly produce unexpected effects; in- 
deed, the fact naturally suggests itself that in some such way the cumulative action of the 
official preparations of digitalis may be accounted for. Corin affirms (Les Nouveaux Pemedes, 
1895, 200) that the addition of water, or physiological fluid, or serum, whilst it will precipitate 
alcoholic solutions of 20 per cent, strength of digitoxin, will not affect a solution made in 
accordance with the following formula : Digitoxin, 2 to 3 milligrammes ; Chloroform, 0-6 C.c.; 
Alcohol (90 per cent.), 12 C.c.; Water, a sufficient quantity to make 150 Gm. To be taken 
in three doses. 
DULCAMARA. U. S. Dulcamara. [Bittersweet.] 
(DUL-CA-MA'RA.) 
“ The young branches of Solanum Dulcamara, Linne (nat. ord. Solanaceae).” U. S. 
Stipites Dulcamara?, P. G.; Tiges de Douce-am&re (de Nevrelle grimpante), Douce-amere, Fr.; Bittersiiss, Bitter- 
siiss-Stengel, Alpranken, G.; Dulcamara, It., Sp. 
This genus includes numerous species, of which several have been used in medicine. Besides 
S. dulcamara, which is the only official species, a few others merit notice. 1. Solanum nigrum, 
the common garden or black nightshade, is an annual plant from one to two feet high, with an 
unarmed herbaceous stem, ovate, angular-dentate leaves, and white or pale violet flowers, 
arranged in peduncled nodding umbel like racemes, and followed by clusters of spherical black 
berries, about the size of peas. There are numerous varieties of this species, one of which 
is a native of the United States. The leaves are the part employed. They are said to pro- 
duce diaphoresis, sometimes diuresis and moderate purging, and in large doses nausea and 
giddiness. As a medicine they have been used in cancerous, scrofulous, and scorbutic dis- 
eases, and other painful ulcerous affections, being given internally, and applied at the same 
time to the parts affected in the form of poultice, ointment, or decoction. A grain of the 488 
Dulcamara. 
PAKT I. 
dried leaves may be given every night, and gradually increased to ten or twelve grains, or till 
some sensible effect is experienced. The medicine, however, is scarcely used at present. By 
some persons the poisonous properties ascribed to the common nightshade 
are doubted. M. Dunal, of Montpellier, states, as the result of numerous 
experiments, that the berries are not poisonous to man or the inferior ani- 
mals ; and the leaves are said to be consumed in large quantities in the 
Isles of France and Bourbon as food, having been previously boiled in 
water. In the latter case the active principle of the plant must have been 
extracted by decoction. 2. The leaves, stalks, and unripe berries of So- 
lanum tuberosum, or the common potato, are asserted to be narcotic; and 
an extract prepared from the leaves has been employed in cough and 
spasmodic affections, in which it is said to act like opium. ( Geiger.) Dr. 
Latham, of London, found the extract to produce favorable effects in pro- 
tracted cough, chronic rheumatism, angina pectoris, cancer of the uterus, 
etc. On the other hand, Dr. Worsham, of Philadelphia, found the ex- 
tract, in the quantity of nearly one hundred grains, to cause no sensible 
effect. (Phila. Joum. of the Med. and Phys. Sciences, vi. 22.) We can 
reconcile these opposite statements only upon the supposition that the 
properties of the plant vary with the season, or with the place and 
circumstances of culture. Dr. Julius Otto found solanine in the germs 
of the potato. He was induced to make the investigation by observing 
that cattle were destroyed by feeding on the residue of germinating pota- 
toes used for the manufacture of brandy. A case of death in a girl of 
fourteen, from eating the unripe fruit of the potato, is recorded in the 
British Med. Joum. for Sept. 3, 1859. The prominent symptoms were 
partial stupor, speechlessness, jactitation, hurried breathing, lividness of 
the skin, cold sweats, very frequent and feeble pulse, and a constant spit- 
ting through the closed teeth of viscid frothy phlegm. Death occurred 
on the second day. C. Haaf has found the same alkaloid in old potatoes 
which had begun to germinate, in the proportion of 0-16 in 500 parts; 
and in very young potatoes, deprived of their coating, precisely the same 
quantity. Fully ripe potatoes, which had not begun to sprout, gave a 
negative result. (Neues Repert. fur Pharm., 1864, p. 559.) 3. The well- 
known tomato, so much used as a vegetable at the table, and so advanta- 
geous through its nutritive, laxative, and antiscorbutic properties, is the 
fruit of a species of Solanum, denominated S. lycopersicum. The juice 
of the fruit is free from solanine, but contains several acids. Mr. T. D. 
McElhenie demonstrated the presence of citric, malic, and oxalic acids. 
(See A. J. P., 1872, p. 198.) The seeds probably contain the alkaloid, 
as their alcoholic extract has a bitter, pungent taste. (See A. J. P., xxxiv. 
519.) Solanine has been obtained from the leaves and herbaceous part 
of the plant generally, by Mr. Geo. W. Kennedy. (P. J. Tr., 1873, p. 
606.) An infusion of the leaves is strongly recommended by M. Stanis- 
laus Martin as a diuretic. (Am. Joum. Med. Sci., 1873, 246.) 4. Several 
instances of poisoning are on record from the fruit of S. pseudocapsicum, 
or Jemsalem cherry, which, from its resemblance to the common cherry, 
is liable to be eaten by children. 5. In the Edin. Med. Joum. (1867, 
398) several cases are recorded by Dr. Manners, of Jamaica, W. I., of 
poisoning by the susumber berries, of which one proved fatal, and several 
others recovered, probably in consequence of the early evacuation of the 
stomach by a mustard emetic. The symptoms recorded were anxious 
countenance, dilated pupil, cold skin, and difficult articulation. The fatal 
case was not seen by Dr. Manners till after death. The susumber berries 
are the fruit of a Solanum, denominated by Lunnan, in his “ Hortus 
Jamaicensis,” S. bacciferum, of which there appear to be two varieties, 
one relatively innocent, as its fruit is habitually used by the natives, the 
other poisonous, as would be inferred from the cases here noticed. 6. The Solanum paniculatum, 
called jembeba in Brazil, is said to be largely used in South America in affections of the liver 
and spleen, catarrh of the bladder, anaemia, and amenorrhoea. The leaves, fruit, and root are 
Section of Dulcamara, r, 
medullary rays; sp, ducts; 
x, woody tissues; n, cam- 
bium layer; q, bast-tissue; 
g, bast-cells. Dulcamara. 
489 
PART I. 
employed, externally in the form of a plaster, internally in the form of syrup, wine, and extract. 
(.London Lancet, 1866, 158.) Solanum jacquinii Willd. is used in India as a diaphoretic and 
expectorant. Solanum aculeatissimum is indigenous to Brazil; the fruit yields traces of solanine. 
Solanum dulcamara. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1028; Woodv. Med. Pot. p. 237, t. 84; Bigelow, 
Am. Med. Bot. i. 169. The bittersweet or woody nightshade is a climbing shrub, with a slender, 
roundish, branching, woody stem, which, in favorable situations, rises six or eight feet in height. 
The leaves are alternate, petiolate, ovate, pointed, veined, soft, smooth, and of a dull green 
color. Many near the top of the stem are furnished with lateral projections at their base, 
giving them a hastate form. Some have the projection only on one side. Most of them are 
quite entire, some cordate at the base. The flowers are disposed in elegant clusters, somewhat 
analogous to cymes, and standing opposite to the leaves. The calyx is very small, purplish, 
and divided into five blunt, persistent segments. The corolla is wheel-shaped, with five pointed, 
reflected segments, which are of a violet-blue color, with a darker purple vein running longitu- 
dinally through their centre, and two shining greenish spots at the base of each. The filaments 
are very short, and support large, erect, lemon-yellow anthers, which cohere in the form of a 
cone around the style. The berries are of an oval shape and a bright scarlet color, and 
continue to hang in beautiful bunches after the leaves have fallen. This plant is common to 
Europe and North America. In the United States it extends from New England to Ohio, and 
is in bloom from June to August. The root and stalk have medicinal properties, though the 
latter only is official. A case, however, of death caused by the use of the berries by a child 
has been recorded. (See P. J. Tr., 1861, p. 436.) Bittersweet should be gathered in autumn, 
after the fall of the leaf; and the extreme twigs should be selected. That grown in high and 
dry situations is said to be the best. 
The dried twigs, as brought to the shops, are of various lengths, cylindrical, about as thick 
as a goose-quill, externally wrinkled, and of a grayish-ash color, consisting of a thin bark, an 
interior ligneous portion, and a central pith. They are inodorous, though the stalk in the 
recent state emits, when bruised, a peculiar, rather nauseous smell. Their taste, which is at 
first bitter and afterwards sweetish, has given origin to the name of the plant. “ About 5 Mm., 
or less, thick, cylindrical, somewhat angular, longitudinally striate, more or less warty, usually 
hollow in the centre, cut into short sections. The thin bark is externally pale greenish, or light 
greenish-brown, marked with alternate leaf-scars, and internally green; the greenish or yellow- 
ish wood forms one or two concentric rings. Odor slight; taste bitter, afterwards sweet.” U. S. 
Boiling water extracts all their virtues. These are supposed to depend, at least in part, upon 
an alkaloid called solanine or solania, which was originally discovered by M. Desfosses, of 
Besangon, in the berries of Solanum nigrum.* Winckler (1841) first observed that the alka- 
* Solanine is most conveniently obtained from the sprouts of the common potato, hy Wackenroder’s process, which 
may he found detailed in the 16th edition of the U. S. Dispensatory. Its formula is variously given by various 
authorities: according to Delffs, it is C40JI32O14; according to Kletzinsky, it is C42H55NO14; according to Zwenger 
and Kind, it is C42H75NO15; according to R. Firbas, it is C52H93NO18; and Hilger states that it is C42H87NO15. Adrian 
asserts that it is a glucoside, and by heating with sulphuric or chlorbydric acid it breaks up into glucose and a second 
base, solanidine. This was confirmed by Zwenger and Kind, who give to solanidine the formula C26H41NO2. The 
salts which solanine forms with acids are mostly amorphous in character. The oxalate, chromate, and phosphate 
form cystalline crusts. The acid sulphate is said to be very stable, and is not decomposed by water even on 
heating, in contradistinction to the neutral salt. It is amorphous and very bitter. The physiological action of 
solanine has been studied by several investigators, with not altogether concordant results. Geneuil (Bull, de Therap., 
tome iii.) finds that it has a depressing influence upon the medulla, spinal cord, and both motor and sensory nerve- 
trunks. In an elaborate investigation, Max Perles (Arch.f. Exper. Path. u. Pharm., Leipzig, 1889, xxvi.) has de- 
termined that solanine acts as a powerful poison upon all forms of living protoplasm. When mixed with the blood out- 
side of the body it causes rapid coagulation with alteration of the blood-corpuscles. In the frog it produces a centric 
paralysis, with later paralysis of the heart. When injected intravenously it caused in mammals violent dyspnoea, 
with cramp, arrest of respiration, and the presence of thrombi in the blood-vessels. Toxic doses given by the mouth 
produce excitement, with tremors, fibrillary contractions, cramp followed by central paralysis, collapse, and death in 
deep coma, preceded by a fall of temperature which is so great as to be almost characteristic. Vomiting and 
diarrhoea were frequently observed, and after death inflammation of the gastro-intestinal mucous membranes, and 
also a parenchymatous and even hemorrhagic nephritis. During life the urine was albuminous, containing casts, 
and not rarely was dark red from haemoglobin, or sometimes meta-haemoglobin. According to Capparoni, minute 
doses of solanine, whilst diminishing the rapidity of the heart’s action, increase the arterial pressure. 
In the researches of Max Perles, the action of solanidine was very similar to that of solanine, the chief difference 
between the two being that solanine is a violent local irritant, whilst solanidine seems free from local irritant 
properties. The two poisons are stated to belong physiologically to the sapotoxine group. 
Solanine has been used by Geneuil, Capparoni, Vulpian, and others with asserted good results in asthma, to relieve 
the cough of bronchitis, to quiet the irritation of cystitis in the old, and for the relief of gastralgia, pruritus, 
sciatica, and other neuralgic or rheumatic pains. Capparoni (Bull. Gin. de Thera])., May, 1888) affirms that it is 
an excellent analgesic, calming ataxic pains, and that it is even capable of controlling the tremors of lateral sclerosis. 
Solanine has, however, been tried by various clinicians without results favorable to its use in practical medicine. 
(Consult B. & F. Med.-Chir. Rev., July, 1854, Am. ed., p. 189; Arch. Gin. de Med., Mars, 1859, p. 360; Bull. Gin. 490 
Dulcamara. 
PART I. 
loid of dulcamara stems can be obtained only in an amorphous state, and that it behaves 
to platiuic and mercuric chlorides differently from the solanine of potatoes. Moitessier (1856) 
confirmed this observation, and obtained only amorphous salts of the solanine of bittersweet. 
Wittstein (1852) supposed another alkaloid, dulcamarine, to be present, but Geissler (1875) 
showed that this substance was a glucoside, and not an alkaloid, yielding on decomposition with 
dilute acids dulcamaretin and sugar. He assigned the formula C2 dulcamarine, and 
Ci0H26Oe to dulcamaretin. (Fltickiger, Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. 451.) Solanine is in the 
form of a white opaque powder, or of delicate acicular crystals, somewhat like those of quinine 
sulphate, though finer and shorter. It is inodorous, of a bitter taste, fusible at from 235°- 
240° F., decomposing at a slightly higher temperature with an odor of caramel, a sublimate of 
solanidine forming. It is scarcely soluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, and capable of 
neutralizing the acids. It is distinguished by the deep brown or brownish-yellow color which 
iodine imparts to its solution, and by its reaction with sulphuric acid, which becomes first 
reddish yellow, then purplish violet, then brown, and, lastly, again colorless, with the deposition 
of a brown powder* In regard to the physiological action of solanine the statements of the 
earlier and later observers are at such variance that they must have worked with different 
substances. J. Otto found one grain sufficient to kill a rabbit in six hours ; whilst Dr. Gaignard 
found five grains insufficient. The symptoms produced by solanine are said to be spasmodic 
labored respiration, dilatation of the pupils, intense dyspnoea, convulsions, paraplegia. Besides 
solanine, the stalks of S. dulcamara contain, according to Pfaff, a peculiar principle to which 
he gave the name of picroglycion, indicative of the taste at once bitter and sweet which it is 
said to possess. This was obtained by Blitz, in the following manner. The watery extract was 
treated with alcohol, the tincture evaporated, the residue dissolved in wTater, the solution pre- 
cipitated with lead subacetate, the excess of this salt decomposed by hydrogen sulphide, the 
liquor then evaporated to dryness, and the residue treated with acetic ether, which yielded the 
principle in small isolated crystals by spontaneous evaporation. Pfaff found also in dulcamara 
a vegeto-animal substance, gummy extractive, gluten, green wax, resin, benzoic acid, starch, 
lignin, and various salts of lime. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dulcamara possesses feeble narcotic properties, with 
the power of increasing the secretions, particularly those of the kidneys and skin. Dr. Geo. 
B. Wood observed, when the system was under its influence, a dark purplish color of the face 
and hands, and at the same time considerable languor of the circulation. In overdoses it pro- 
duces nausea, vomiting, faintness, vertigo, and convulsive muscular movements. A man took 
from three to four quarts of a decoction made from a peck of the stalks, and was attacked with 
pain in the joints, numbness of the limbs, dryness of the mouth, and palsy of the tongue, with 
consciousness unimpaired, the pulse quiet, but small and rather hard, and the skin cool; fol- 
lowed by recovery. (Lond. Med. Gaz., 1850.) Dulcamara has been recommended in various 
diseases, but is now chiefly employed in the treatment of cutaneous eruptions, particularly 
those of a scaly character, as lepra, psoriasis, and pityriasis. In these complaints it is often 
beneficial, especially in combination with minute doses of the antimonials. It is said to have 
been beneficially employed in chronic rheumatism and chronic catarrh. Antaphrodisiac proper- 
ties have been ascribed to it. The usual form of administration is that of decoction, of which 
two fluidounces may be taken four times a day, and gradually increased till some slight disorder 
of the head indicates the activity of the medicine. A fluid extract is official. The dose of the 
extract is from five to ten grains (0'33—0'65 Gm.), of the fluid extract thirty minims to a 
fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). That of the powder would be from thirty grains to a drachm 
de TherapJuly 15, 1887.) The dose of solanine, as given by different writers, varies. Fronmiiller has seen as 
much as O'5 gramme (7'5 grains) taken without producing anything more serious than marked malaise, general 
weakness, giddiness, and sleep. Clarus gives the medium dose for adults as 0*01 to 0'06 Gm. (£ to gr.) of the 
acetate, and has seen 0*4 Gm. (6gr.)of the same salt produce general cephalic distress, with occipital pain, dyspnoea, 
increase of the frequency and loss of the force of the pulse; followed after some hours by sudden vomiting, diar- 
rhoea, great weakness, and marked dyspnoea. Capparoni administered from 0'25 to 0'30 Gm. (3| to 4$ gr.) during 
the twenty-four hours in divided doses. It is probable that much of the solanine that has been used by investigators 
has been impure; and it would hardly be safe to begin with the pure alkaloid in the dose of more than J of a grain, 
increasing the dose pro re nata. Cases of poisoning by potatoes in poor condition have been reported in Germany. 
{Arch. f. Exper. Path. u. Pharm., xxxvi.) The symptoms have been vomiting and diarrhoea with abdominal pain, 
headache, giddiness, and pronounced fever (39° C.); it is probable, however, that these manifestations were due to 
decomposition products rather than to solanine. 
* The following reaction is proposed as a test for solanine. Equal measures of concentrated sulphuric acid and 
alcohol are mixed. A trace of solanine added to the mixture, while warm, produces a rose-red color; larger quan- 
tities, a cherry-red color, which disappears after live or six hours, and the intensity of which is not affected by the 
presence of morphine even in large quantities. (A. J. P., 1873, 484.) Elastica. 
491 
PART I. 
(1-95-3-9 Gm.). In cutaneous affections, a strong decoction is often applied to the skin at the 
same time that the medicine is taken internally. (See Extractum Dulcamarse Fluid um.) 
ELASTICA. U. S. (Br.) India-Rubber. [Caoutchouc.] 
“ The prepared milk-juice of various species of Hevea (nat. ord. Euphorbiaceae), known in 
commerce as Para Rubber.” U. S. “ The prepared milk-juice of Hevea brasiliensis, Muell. 
Arg.,and probably other species; known in commerce as pure Para rubber.” Br. 
Caoutchouc, Br.; Resina elastica, Gummi elasticum; Caoutchouc, Fr.; Kautschuk, Federharz, G. 
India-rubber has been made official in the U. S. P. 1890 because of its use in making mus- 
tard paper. Considerable amounts of india-rubber fiud their way to Europe from the west coast 
of Africa, especially from the region of the Gambia and from Sierra Leone. Although various 
plants appear to yield this product, the chief supply is said to come from the Landolphia 
fiorida and the Landolphia owariensis.* The great bulk of caoutchouc still enters commerce 
from South America and India, the finest quality being the Para rubber from Brazil. The 
chief caoutchouc plant of India is the Ficus elastica. This is a very large tree, whose seed 
usually germinates in the fork of a tree, and gives off as it grows aerial roots, which sink into 
the ground; by a continuation of this process at last a single tree will be possessed of a great 
many trunks and cover a large extent of ground. The apocynaceous creeper Chavannesia escu- 
lenta of India is said to yield caoutchouc, and the milky juice of a Jamaican vine, Forsteronia 
floribunda, is affirmed to yield 22 ounces of excellent caoutchouc for every quart of juice. The 
most important india-rubber trees of South America belong to the genera Castilloa and Hevea. 
The first genus belongs to the Artocarpaceae, and is represented by two or more species (C. elas- 
tica and C. markhamiana), which are scattered over all the equatorial western portions of 
South America. The genus Hevea occupies the valley of the Amazon, extending up to the 
Cordilleras. It is composed of large trees with alternate, long-petiolate, digitate, 3-foliolate 
leaves; the folioles are sessile, or petiolulate penni-nerved, patellar-grandulose at base; the 
flowers occur in axillary or terminal ramified cymiferous racemes. There are eight species of 
the genus enumerated by Mr. J. Collins. The commercial caoutchouc is yielded chiefly by 
11. guianensis (== Siphonia elastica Pers.) and LI. brasiliensis (H. B. K.) Miill.-Arg., and comes 
from Guiana and the Brazilian provinces of Para, Alto Amazonas, Ceara, and Rio Grande. 
In the southern Brazilian province of Ceard, Mr. Cross, whilst collecting india-rubber plants 
for the British government, discovered a new tree (Manihot glagiovii), resembling in appear- 
ance the birch, and yielding to commerce much caoutchouc. Whilst all the other South 
American rubber plants grow in an excessively moist climate, it flourishes in a dry district. 
(See Appendix to Markham’s Peruvian Bark, London, 1880.) 
In the Guianas and neighboring countries india-rubber is largely obtained from the Mi- 
musops balata, a very large tree, the beauty and permanency of whose wood causes it to be 
sought after by the cabinet-makers. The cutting down of the tree is said, however, to be in 
both British and French Guiana forbidden by law. Rubber is now largely produced in 
Mexico,f being obtained, it is asserted, from eight different species of trees, several of which 
are largely cultivated. 
On being wounded, the various rubber trees emit a milky juice, which concretes on exposure 
and constitutes the substance in question. In the preparation of the rubber in Mexico, to each 
barrel of the milk or sap of the tree is added a solution of five ounces of sodium chloride or 
carbonate in sufficient water to cover the whole mass. After the lapse of from twenty-four to 
thirty-six hours, with occasional agitation, the water is drawn off from the coagulated rubber, 
about 44 per cent, of solid material being finally left. 
Properties. India-rubber occurs in large flat pieces, or moulded into various shapes. The 
latter are formed by applying successive layers of the juice upon moulds of clay, which are 
broken and removed when the coating has attained a sufficient thickness and consistence. In the 
drying of these layers they are exposed to smoke, which gives to the concrete mass a blackish 
color. India-rubber is officially described as “ in cakes, balls, or hollow, bottle-shaped pieces, 
(e-lXs'ti-ca.) 
* For a very elaborate monograph upon the genus Landolphia, with much discussion of india-rubber Economics, 
see paper by A. de Wevre. (Am. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, t. xix.) 
| The statements of the profits obtained in the cultivation of rubber seem fabulous. In a plantation the prepara- 
tion and setting out of 100,000 trees is said to cost $25,000, and the first year of harvesting is to be expected to pay 
this cost and all expenses up to the harvest, and yield a net profit of $95,000; while each of the succeeding harvests 
for twenty or thirty years will bring a steady income of over $100,000. (Journal of the Soc. of Arts.) Elastica. 
492 
PART I. 
externally brown to brownish black, internally brownish or of lighter tint; very elastic; insoluble 
in water, diluted acids, or diluted solutions of alkalies ; soluble in chloroform, carbon disulphide, 
oil of turpentine, benzin, and benzol. When heated to about 125° C. (257° F.) it melts, re- 
maining soft and adhesive after cooling. Odor faint, peculiar ; nearly tasteless. When pure, 
or nearly pure, india-rubber floats on water.” U. S. “ In elastic masses of varying thickness, 
brownish black externally and mottled with a pale tint internally; insoluble in water, ethylic 
alcohol, alkaline solutions, or dilute acids, soluble in chloroform, oil of turpentine, carbon bisul- 
phide, benzol, and petroleum spirit. When heated to about 257° F. (125° C.) it melts, remain- 
ing soft and adhesive after cooling. Odor characteristic, somewhat empyreumatic; nearly 
tasteless.” Br. 
Chemical Constitution. The juice of the india-rubber trees, when it concretes by 
exposure to the air, assumes on the outer surface a yellowish-brown color, while the mass remains 
white or yellowish white within. It is said that a little alum facilitates the coagulation, while 
ammonia retards it; so that a little of the latter maybe advantageously added, when it is 
desired to keep the milky juice in the liquid state. (R. Spruce, P. J. Tr., xv. 118.) The recent 
juice contains, according to Faraday, T9 per cent, of vegetable albumen, traces of wax, 7-13 
per cent, of a bitter nitrogenous substance soluble in water and alcohol, 2-9 of a substance 
soluble in water but insoluble in alcohol, 56-37 of water with a little free acid, and only 3T7 
of the pure elastic principle to which chemists have given the name of caoutchouc. Besides 
these principles, the concrete juice, as it reaches us, generally contains soot, derived from the 
smoke used in drying it. Pure caoutchouc, or india-rubber, is nearly colorless, and in thin layers 
transparent. It is highly elastic, lighter than water, without taste and smell, fusible at about 
120° C. (248° F.), remaining unctuous and adhesive upon cooling, inflammable at a higher 
temperature, insoluble in water, alcohol, the weak acids, and alkaline solutions, soluble in ether 
when entirely freed from alcohol, soluble also in chloroform and most of the fixed and volatile 
oils, though, in the latter, at the expense of its elasticity. It is said, however, that the oils of 
lavender and sassafras dissolve it without change, and that when precipitated by alcohol from 
its solution in oil of cajuput it is still elastic. But its best solvents, for practical purposes, are 
coal-naphta or benzin, the empyreumatic oil obtained by distilling caoutchouc itself, and pure 
oil of turpentine. According to Dr. Bolley, the best method of effecting its solution, for the 
preparation of a varnish, is first to digest it, cut in small pieces, in carbon disulphide, which 
converts it into a jelly, and then to treat this jelly with benzin. A larger proportion is thus 
taken up than by any other method. (See A. J. P., 1862, p. 414.) India-rubber is not affected 
by atmospheric air, chlorine, hydrochloric or sulphurous acid gas, or ammonia. Caoutchouc 
chemically is composed of a mixture of polyterpenes. When destructively distilled, it yields 
isoprene, C6H8, and dipentene, C10H16. When vulcanized, it may contain from 2 to 20 per cent, 
of sulphur, of which, however, not more than the lower amount is chemically combined, the 
rest being held mechanically, and capable of removal by treatment with caustic alkalies. 
Bouchardat succeeded in preparing from isoprene an artificial caoutchouc by acting upon it 
with saturated hydrochloric acid in sealed tubes* 
Medical Properties and Uses, India-rubber is so insoluble that it cannot be absorbed 
in any form into the blood. It is used enormously in the arts for an infinite variety of pur- 
poses. In chemistry and surgery it has also numerous applications.f 
* By the action of sulphur, india-rubber acquires properties which greatly increase its value in the arts. It either 
becomes pliable, soft, and tough, or, if the amount of sulphur be increased, of a horny consistence, but preserves its 
elasticity under the influence both of heat and cold, is oompressible with great difficulty, and resists the ordinary 
solvents, such as petroleum and oil of turpentine. In this state it is said to be vulcanized. The discovery of the 
process of vulcanization is ascribed to Mr. Charles Goodyear, of New York. (Chetn. Gaz., x. 193.) It consists in sub- 
mitting india-rubber in thin sheets to the action of a mixture composed of 40 parts of carbon disulphide and 1 
of sulphur chloride. For fuller details the reader is referred to the Journ. de Pharrn. (3e s6r., xvii. 205.) But 
the same object may be effected by other methods. When thin layers of india-rubber are immersed for two or three 
hours in melted sulphur at the heat of 116° C. (240° F.), they are penetrated by the sulphur, but undergo no change 
of properties. If now heated in an inert medium to a temperature of from 135° C. (275° F.) to 160° C. (320° F.), 
a chemical reaction takes place, and the vulcanized product is obtained. The same result takes place if the india- 
rubber be first pounded with from 12 to 20 per cent, of finely-powdered sulphur, and then heated to the temperature 
requisite for vulcanization. In either case a portion of uncombined sulphur remains mechanically mixed with the 
vulcanized india-rubber, from which it may be separated by various solvents, such as solutions of caustic soda or 
potassa, carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, anhydrous ether, etc. The deaulphurated product thus obtained, while 
exempt from the disadvantages arising from the reaction of free sulphur, is more porous than before. (Ibid., xxi. 366d 
For details of these two processes,—viz., vulcanization by heat with sulphur or metallic sulphides, and cold vul- 
canization with solutions of sulphur chloride,—see Sadtler’s Industrial Organic Chemistry, pp. 99-101. 
t An excellent glue may be made by dissolving, with the aid of heat and agitation, 3 parts of india-rubber in 30 
of naphta, and adding 64 parts of finely-powdered shellac. It may be obtained in sheets by pouring it when hot 
on plates of metal. (A. J. P., 1867.) J PART I. 
Elaterinum. 
493 
ELATERINUM. U. S., Br. Elaterin. 
C20 H28 05; 347*20. (Sl-A-TE-RI'NUM.) C20 H28 05; 348. 
“ A neutral principle obtained from Elaterium, a substance deposited by the juice of the 
fruit of Ecballium Elaterium (Linne), A. Richard (nat. ord. Cucurbitaeeae).” U. S. “ Elaterin, 
C2oH2806, is the active principle of Elaterium.” Br. 
This preparation was introduced into the Pharmacopoeias on account of the well-known 
variability in quality of commercial elaterium. (See Elaterium and Trituratio Elaterini.) Care 
must be taken to examine the elaterin, which is itself liable to be adulterated. It is in “ minute, 
white, hexagonal scales, or prismatic crystals, without odor, and having a slightly acrid, bitter 
taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 4250 parts of water, and in 337 
parts of alcohol; in 1820 parts of boiling water, and in 34 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble 
in 543 parts of ether, or in 2-4 parts of chloroform. At 190° C. (374° F.) the crystals begin 
to agglutinate, and at about 209° C. (408-2° F.) they melt, forming a yellowish-brown liquid. 
When ignited, they are consumed without leaving a residue. Elaterin is neutral to litmus 
paper. Elaterin is dissolved by solutions of the alkalies, and reprecipitated on supersaturating 
with an acid. When dissolved in cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, it causes the latter to be- 
come yellow at first, which color gradually changes to scarlet. An alcoholic solution of Elaterin 
should not be precipitated by tannic acid test-solution, mercuric chloride test-solution, or platinic 
chloride test-solution (absence of, and difference from, alkaloids).” U. S. “ With melted phenol 
it yields a solution which, on the addition of sulphuric acid, acquires a crimson color, rapidly 
changing to scarlet.” Br. Ernst Johannson (Inaug. Biss., Dorpat, 1884) gives the following 
reactions for elaterin besides those mentioned in the Pharmacopoeia. In all of them elaterin is 
held in alcoholic solution. Froehde’s reagent gives a green color passing into brown which 
fades away. Vanadinsulphuric acid with the fortieth of a milligramme produced a splendid 
blue color passing into a clear green, finally into reddish brown. After mixing with selenic 
acid and an addition of sulphuric acid, in a few minutes a red-brown color develops, which is 
not so deep as that which is produced by sulphuric acid. Kohler’s reaction is made by dis- 
solving elaterin in a few drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid, evaporating the acid in a 
water-bath, washing the white, amorphous residue with boiling water, and adding some concen- 
trated sulphuric acid, when an amaranth-red color develops. By means of these reactions 
Johannson has been able to find elaterin in large quantities in the faeces of animals poisoned 
by it, but no trace in the blood or urine or any part of the organism. It may be procured 
by evaporating an alcoholic tincture of elaterium to the consistence of thin oil, and throwing 
the residue while yet warm into a weak boiling solution of potassa. The potassa holds the 
green resin in solution, and the elaterin crystallizes as the liquor cools. Mr. Hennell obtained 
it by treating with ether the alcoholic extract procured by the spontaneous evaporation of the 
tincture. This consists of elaterin and the green resin, the latter of which, being much more 
soluble in ether than the former, is completely extracted by this fluid, leaving the elaterin pure. 
But, as elaterin is also slightly soluble in ether, a portion of this principle is wasted by Mr. 
Hennell’s method. By evaporating the ethereal solution, the green resin is obtained separate. 
Mr. Hennell says that this was found to possess the purgative property of elaterium, as it acted 
powerfully in a dose less than one-third of a grain. But the effect was probably owing to the 
presence of a portion of elaterin which had been dissolved by the ether. Fliickiger prefers to 
exhaust elaterium with chloroform, and add to the percolate ether, which precipitates elaterin. 
The precipitate may be dissolved in chloroform and recrystallized. This process was adopted 
by the Br. Pharm. 1885. 
Mr. Morries obtained 26 per cent, from the best British elaterium, 15 per cent, from the 
worst, and only 5 or 6 per cent, from the French; while a portion procured according to the 
directions of the London College yielded to Mr. Hennell upwards of 40 per cent. The Br. 
Pharmacopoeia directs that the proportion of elaterin should not be less than 20 per cent. 
Experiments by Mr. John Williams satisfactorily prove that the fruit, exhausted of the free 
juice from which elaterium is obtained, contains very little if any elaterin, certainly not enough 
to compensate for the cost of its extraction. ( Chem. News, 1860, p. 124.) 
Medical Properties. Elaterin represents all the activities of elaterium. It would scarcely 
be safe to begin with more than of a grain (0-003 Gm.) ; the doses of the Br. Ph. are from 
to of a grain (0-0016-0-006 Gm.). (See Trituratio Elaterini.') Elaterium. 
494 
PART I. 
ELATERIUM. Br. Elaterium. 
(EL-A-TE'KI-UM.) 
“ A sediment from the juice of the fruit of Ecballium Elaterium.” Br. 
Extractum Elaterii; Elaterium, Elaterion, Fr.; Elaterium, G.; Elaterio, It., Sp. 
Momordica elaterium. Willd. tip. Plant, iv. 605; Woodv. Med. Bot. 192, t. 72.—Ecbalium 
agreste. llichard; Lindley, Med. and CEcon. Bot. 95.—Ecbalium offtcinarum. Br.—Ecbalium 
elaterium. French Codex, 1837. The wild or squirting cucumber is a perennial plant, with a 
large fleshy root, from which rise several round, thick, rough stems, branching and trailing 
like the common cucumber, but without tendrils. The leaves are petiolate, large, rough, irreg- 
ularly cordate, and of a grayish-green color. The flowers are yellow, and proceed from the 
axils of the leaves. The fruit has the shape of a small oval cucumber, about an inch and a 
half long, an inch thick, of a greenish or grayish color, and covered with stiff hairs or prickles. 
When fully ripe, it separates from the peduncle, and throws out its juice and seeds with con- 
siderable force through an opening at the base, where it was attached to the footstalk. The 
name of squirting cucumber was derived from this circumstance, and the scientific and official 
title is supposed to have had a similar origin; though some authors maintain that the term 
elaterium was applied to the medicine rather from the mode of its operation upon the bowels 
than from the projectile property of the fruit * 
This species of Momordica is a native of the south of Europe, and is cultivated in Great 
Britain, where, however, it perishes in the winter. Elaterium is the substance spontaneously 
deposited by the juice of the fruit, when separated and allowed to stand. From the experi- 
ments of Dr. Clutterbuck, it has been supposed that only the free juice about the seeds, which 
is obtained without expression, affords the product. The substance of the fruit itself, the 
seeds, as well as other parts of the plant, have been thought to be nearly or quite inert. From 
the statements made by Mr. Bell (see note below), these opinions must probably be somewhat 
modified; but there is no doubt that strong expression injures the product. When the fruit 
is sliced and placed upon a sieve, a perfectly limpid and colorless juice flows out, which soon 
becomes turbid, and in the course of a few hours begins to deposit a sediment. This, when 
collected and carefully dried, is very light and pulverulent, of a yellowish-white color, slightly 
tinged with green. It is the genuine elaterium, and was found by Clutterbuck to purge vio- 
lently in the dose of one-eighth of a grain. But the quantity contained in the fruit is very 
small. Clutterbuck obtained only six grains from forty cucumbers. Commercial elaterium is 
often a weaker medicine, owing in part, perhaps, to adulteration, but much more to the mode 
in which it is prepared. In order to increase the product, the juice of the fruit is often 
expressed with great force; and there is reason to believe that it is sometimes evaporated so as 
to form an extract, instead of being allowed to deposit the active matter. The French elate- 
Tium is prepared by expressing the juice, clarifying it by rest and filtration, and then evapo- 
rating to a suitable consistence. As the liquid remaining after the deposition of the sediment 
is comparatively inert, it will be perceived that the preparation of the French Codex must be 
relatively feeble. The following are the directions of the British Pharm. (1885): “ Cut the 
fruit lengthwise, and lightly press out the juice. Strain it through a hair sieve, and set aside 
to deposit. Carefully pour off the supernatant liquor ; pour the sediment on a linen filter, and 
dry it on porous tiles, in a warm place. The decanted fluid may deposit a second portion of 
sediment, which can be dried in the same way.” The latter portion deposited is of a lighter 
color. (Pereira.) The slight pressure directed is necessary for the separation of the juice 
from the somewhat immature fruit employed. The perfectly ripe fruit is not used, as, in conse- 
quence of its disposition to part with its contents, it cannot be carried to market. In the 
British Pharmacopoeia, the former name of Extractum Elaterii off the London College has 
been very properly abandoned, as the preparation is in no correct sense of the word an extract. 
Elaterium is brought chiefly from England; but it is probable that a portion of the elaterium 
of which Dr. Pereira speaks as coming from Malta reaches our market also.f 
* From the Greek i\avvai, I drive, or iKarqp, driver. The word elaterium was used by Hippocrates to signify any 
active purge. Dioscorides applied it to the medicine of which we are treating. 
f The following notice of the cultivation of the elaterium plant and the preparation of the drug at Mitcham, in 
Surrey, England, condensed from a paper by Mr. Jacob Bell in the P. J. Tr. for October, 1850, may have some interest 
for the American reader. The seeds are sown in March, and the seedlings planted in June. In iuxuriant plants the 
stem sometimes acquires an extraordinary breadth. In one instance, though not thicker than the forefinger where 
it issued from the earth, it was in its broadest part four inches wide and half an inch thick. A wet season inter- 
feres with the productiveness of the plant. At the spontaneous separation of the fruit, it throws out its juice some- 
times to the distance of twenty yards; and hazard of injury to the eyes is incurred by walking among the plants at 
their period of maturity. A bushel of the fruit weighs 40 pounds, and the price varies from 7 to 10 shillings sterling. PART I. 
Elaterium. 
495 
Properties. The best elaterium is in thin flat or slightly curled cakes or fragments, often 
bearing the impression of the muslin upon which it was dried, of a greenish-gray color be- 
coming yellowish by exposure, of a feeble odor, and a bitter somewhat acrid taste. It is 
pulverulent and inflammable, and so light that it swims when thrown upon water. When of 
inferior quality, it is sometimes dark-colored, much curled, and rather hard, breaking with 
difficulty, or presenting a resinous fracture. “ In light, friable, flat or slightly curved, opaque 
cakes, about one-tenth of an inch (two and a half millimetres) thick; pale green, grayish 
green, or yellowish gray in color; fracture finely granular; odor faint, tea-like; taste bitter 
and acrid. It should not give the characteristic reactions with the tests for carbonates or for 
starch, and should yield half its weight to boiling alcohol (90 per cent.). When exhausted 
with chloroform, the solution evaporated, the residue washed with ether, and the process of 
solution, evaporation, and washing repeated, Elaterium should yield 25 per cent., or not less 
than 20 per cent., of Elaterin.” Br. The Maltese elaterium is in larger pieces, of a pale color, 
sometimes without the least tinge of green, destitute of odor, soft, and friable, and not infre- 
quently gives evidence of having been mixed with chalk or starch. It sinks in water, and 
usually contains so little elaterin that it should be employed only as a source of that principle.* 
Dr. Clutterbuck first observed that the activity of elaterium resided in the portion of it sol- 
uble in alcohol and not in water. This fact was afterwards confirmed by Dr. Paris, who found 
that the alcoholic extract, treated with boiling distilled water, and afterwards dried, had the 
property of purging in minute doses, while the remaining portion of the elaterium was inactive. 
The subsequent experiments of Mr. Hennell, of London, and Mr. Morries, of Edinburgh, 
which were nearly simultaneous, demonstrated the existence of a crystallizable matter in ela- 
terium which is the active principle, and has been named elaterin.f (See Elaterinum.) Ac- 
cording to Mr. Hennell, 100 parts of elaterium contain 44 of elaterin, 17 of a green resin 
(chlorophyll), 6 of starch, 27 of lignin, and 6 of saline matters. The alcoholic extract which 
Dr. Paris called elatin is probably a mixture of elaterin and the green resin or chlorophyll.| 
In the manufacture of elaterium, which begins early in September, the fruit, having been washed, if necessary, to 
cleanse it from earthy matters, is sliced longitudinally into halves, and then submitted to expression, wrapped in a 
hempen cloth, in a common screw-press. Considerable force is used in the expression. The juice is then strained 
through hair, cypress, or wire sieves, and set aside for deposition. The deposit usually takes place in three or four 
hours. When this part of the process is completed, the supernatant liquor is carefully poured off, the deposit is 
placed on calico cloths resting on hair sieves, and allowed to drain for about twelve hours, after which it is removed 
by a knife, spread over small cloths, and dried on canvas frames in the drying-stove. About half an ounce of fine 
elaterium is obtained from a bushel of fruit. Some obtain more; but the product is inferior, in consequence of the 
use of too much force in the expression. Good elaterium has a pale pea-green tint; that of inferior quality is of a 
duller hue. The juice expelled in bursting is said to undergo very little change in the air, while thart expressed from 
the ripe fruit immediately afterwards becomes milky, and deposits elaterium. The recently burst fruit, therefore, is 
Dearly if not quite as good for the preparation of the drug as that collected before perfect maturity. For a paper on 
the cultivation of the elaterium plant at Hitchin, Herts, England, see A. J. P., 1860, p. 163; at Market Deeping, 
P. J. Tr., Sept. 1881, p. 239. 
* In the analyses of T. A. Elwood, the average yield of English elaterium was 21‘5 per cent., of Maltese elaterium 
15*3 per cent. {P. J. Tr., Nov. 1891.) 
j" H. W. Jones and F. Ransom detail an improved method of assaying elaterium in the Year-Book of Pharmacy, 
1886, p. 442 : it is as follows: “ Macerate 1 gramme of finely powdered elaterium with chloroform in a covered dish 
fora few hours, then transfer to a miniature glass percolator (e.g., the barrel of a small glass syringe) plugged with 
cotton, and wash with chloroform, allowing about 10 C.c. to pass through the marc after the menstruum has begun to 
pass in a colorless condition. Place the percolate in a small dish, and evaporate off the chloroform at a gentle heat. 
Treat the residue with a small quantity of pure, absolute ether, and transfer to a small percolator or funnel, plugged 
with cotton. Wash with pure ether until at least 10 C.c. have passed through colorless, and reserve the ethereal wash- 
ings. Redissolve the elaterin, so obtained, by passing chloroform through it whilst still in the funnel or percolator, 
and evaporate the chloroformic solution once more to dryness in a small dish. Treat the residue so obtained with ether, 
exactly as before. Allow the united ethereal washings to evaporate spontaneously until the bulk is reduced to about 
3 C.c. Transfer this liquid to a small cylinder {e.g., a 10 C.c. measure), and allow the separated elaterin to deposit. 
Carefully decant the colored supernatant liquid, add 4 C.c. of pure ether to the residue, and again decant after depo- 
sition has taken place. Finally dissolve the elaterin in the cylinder with the aid of chloroform, and wash out the 
larger amount previously collected in the funnel with the same solvent. Unite the chloroformic solutions, evaporate 
in a tared dish, dry on a water-bath, and weigh.” 
J Chlorophyll. The substance to which Pelletier gave this name, under the impression that it was a peculiar prox- 
imate principle, was subsequently supposed by that chemist to be a mixture of wax and a green fixed oil. (Journ. de 
Pharm., xix. 109.) Afterwards, M. Fremy succeeded, by the joint action of a menstruum composed of two parts of 
ether and one of hydrochloric acid diluted with a little water, in separating chlorophyll into two coloring principles, 
one yellow and the other blue; the former being dissolved by the ether, and the latter by the hydrochloric acid. The 
yellow, M. Fremy proposed to name phylloxanthin, the blue phyllocyanin. {Ibid., Avril, 1860.) 
Phylloxantliin is neutral, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, and crystallizable, sometimes in yellow 
plates, sometimes in reddish prisms, resembling potassium bichromate, and possessing dyeing powers analogous to 
those of chromic acid. 
Phyllocyanic acid is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, giving to these an olive-like color, with bronze-red or violet 
reflections. All its salts are brown or green ; but only the alkaline are soluble in water. This acid dissolves in sul- 
phuric and hydrochloric acids, giving rise to solutions which, according to their strength, are green, reddish, violet, or 496 
Elaterium.—Elixiria. 
PART I. 
Walz (1859) found in the juice of the fruits and herb of Ecballium, as well as in that of 
Oucumis prophet arum, L., a second crystallizable bitter principle, prophetin, and the amorphous 
substances ecballin or elateric acid, hydro-elaterin, and elateride, all of which require further 
examination. 
Choice of Elaterium. The inequality of elaterium depends probably more on diversities in 
the mode of preparation than on adulteration. Sometimes, however, it is greatly sophisticated ; 
and large quantities are said to have been imported into this country consisting mainly of 
chalk colored green artificially. (B. Canavan, N. Y. Journ. of Pharm., iii.) It should possess 
the sensible properties above indicated as characterizing good elaterium, should not effervesce 
with acids, and should yield from one-sixth to one-fourth of elaterin. (See Elaterinum.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Elaterium is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, and in 
a large dose generally excites nausea and vomiting. If too freely administered, it operates with 
great violence upon both the stomach and bowels, producing inflammation of these organs, 
which has in some instances eventuated fatally. It also increases the flow of urine. The fruit 
was employed by the ancients, and is recommended in the writings of Dioscorides as a remedy 
in mania and melancholy. Sydenham and his contemporaries considered elaterium highly use- 
ful in dropsy; but, in consequence of some fatal results from its incautious employment, it fell 
into disrepute, and was generally neglected till again brought into notice by Dr. Ferriar. It is 
now considered one of the most efficient hydragogue cathartics in the treatment of dropsy. 
The full dose of commercial elaterium as formerly found in commerce was often from one to 
two grains (0-065-0-13 Gm.) ; but, as the quality has greatly improved, this dose might now 
be much too large, and the best plan is to give it in the dose of a sixth to a quarter of a grain 
(0-01 to 0-016 Gm.), repeated every hour till it operates, and increased if necessary. It should 
be observed that these doses are inapplicable to the very old and feeble and those prostrated by 
disease. Two-fifths of a grain proved fatal by purging in an ill and feeble lady of 70 years. 
(A. J. P., 1868, p. 373.) The dose of Clutterbuck’s elaterium is the eighth of a grain (-008 
Gm.), that of elaterin is from the twentieth to the sixteenth of a grain (0-003 to 0-004 Gm.). 
One grain may be dissolved in a fluidounce of alcohol with four drops of nitric acid, and from 
25 to 30 minims may be given diluted with water, but the granule affords a preferable method. 
ELIXIRIA. Elixirs. 
(El-ix-ir'i-a.) 
Elixirs as they are known in modern American pharmacy are aromatic, sweetened, spirituous 
preparations, containing small quantities of active medicinal substances. They differ greatly 
from the liquids formerly termed elixirs, from the fact that the first object sought for in the 
modern elixir is an agreeable taste, and usually this is attained only by such sacrifices as to 
render the effect of the medicine almost nil, whilst the principal activity is due to the alcohol, 
which has proved in many cases very injurious. These considerations have heretofore prevented 
an official recognition of elixirs, and the U. S. Pharm. 1890 recognizes but two, one of which, 
the Aromatic Elixir, has been introduced merely as a vehicle. Owing to their extensive use 
by practitioners all over our country, it became necessary to notice some of the most important 
in this commentary, and in the 15th edition of the Dispensatory a number of formulas for 
elixirs were inserted in Part I.; but, as an extensive list is now to be found in the National 
Formulary, and as these have a semi-official standing, it has been deemed best to group all the 
elixirs together under their proper titles in Part II., q. v. Elixir of Orange, official in the 
U. S. Pharm. 1880, may be made by the formula in the foot-note* 
beautifully blue. This M. Frfimy considers the important fact of the investigation, as it explains the various tints 
which chlorophyll offers in vegetation. 
Several quite thorough studies of chlorophyll color have been made since, notably that of Tschirch. (P. J. Tr. [2], 21, 
pp. 370-376.) The crude extract of chlorophyll always contains, associated with the two coloring matters phyllocy- 
amn and phylloxanthin, chlorophyllan, an oxidation product of the crude chlorophyll. The purest chlorophyll is pre- 
pared by heating an alcoholic solution of the chlorophyllan with zinc dust. Thus obtained, it yields an emerald-green 
solution with alcohol, which fluoresces red quite strongly and shows the same absorption spectrum as the living plant. 
The treatment of chlorophyllan with alcoholic potash changes it into chlorophyllanic acid; heating with strong 
hydrochloric acid, on the other hand, changes either chlorophyll or chlorophyllan into phyllocyanic acid and phyl- 
loxanthin. r 
* Ehxir Aurantti. U. S. Elixir of Orange. Simple Elixir. “ Oil of Orange Peel, one part [or two and a half 
ttuidrachmsj ; Cotton, two parts [or half an ounce av.]; Sugar, in coarse powder, one hundred parts [or twenty-five 
ounces av.J ; Alcohol, Hater, each, a sufficient quantity, To make three hundred parts [about four pintsl. Mix Al- 
coho1 and Water in the proportion of one part [or one pint] of Alcohol to three parts [or two and a half pints] of 
Water. Add the Oil of Orange to the Cotton, in small portions at a time, distributing it thoroughly by picking the PART I. 
Elixir Aromaticum.—Emplastra. 
497 
ELIXIR AROMATICUM. U. S. Aromatic Elixir. 
“ Compound Spirit of Orange, twelve cubic centimeters [or 195 minims] ; Syrup, three hundred 
and seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 12 fluidounces, 326 minims] ; Precipitated Calcium Phos- 
phate, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains]; Deodorized Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 J fluidrachms]. To the Com- 
pound Spirit of Orange add enough Deodorized Alcohol to make two hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 minims]. To this solution add the Syrup in several portions, 
agitating after each addition, and afterwards add, in the same manner, three hundred and seventy- 
five cubic centimeters [or 12 fluidounces, 326 minims] of Distilled Water. Mix the Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate intimately with the liquid, and then filter through a wetted filter, returning 
the first portions of the filtrate until a transparent liquid is obtained. Lastly, wash the filter 
with a mixture of one volume of Deodorized Alcohol and three volumes of Distilled Water, until 
the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official preparation. It takes the place of the former elixir of orange, and by 
many is regarded as more agreeable. Its introduction grew out of the necessity for some offi- 
cial action which would enable pharmacists readily to furnish elixirs when called for by an 
extemporaneous or speedy process. The aromatic elixir is, of course, merely a base or vehicle, 
and in many cases the medicinal substance may be simply dissolved in the elixir. It may be 
necessary to add some insoluble, inert powder, like precipitated chalk, magnesium carbonate, 
etc., to the liquid before filtering, in order to obtain a perfectly transparent elixir, and it is 
customary in many parts of the country to color the preparation with cochineal or caramel. 
(See Part II. for formulas for various elixirs.) 
(E-LIX'IR XR-O-MXt'I-CUM.) 
ELIXIR PHOSPHORI. U. S. Elixir of Phosphorus. 
“ Spirit of Phosphorus, two hundred and ten cubic centimeters [or 7 fluidounces, 48 minims] ; 
Oil of Anise, two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Glycerin, Jive hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 18 fluidounces, 287 minims] ; Aromatic Elixir, a sufficient quantity, To make one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 2 fluidrachms]. To the Spirit of Phosphorus, 
contained in a graduated bottle, add the Oil of Anise and Glycerin, and mix them by repeatedly 
inverting the bottle, until they form a clear liquid. Then add Aromatic Elixir, in several 
portions, gently agitating after each addition, until a transparent liquid is obtained, and the 
product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms]. Keep the 
product in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place.” U S. 
Each cubic centimeter of this new official preparation represents about one-fourth milligramme 
(0,00025 Gm., or grain) of phosphorus. A teaspoonful of the recently-made elixir con- 
tains about grain (0-001 Gm.) of phosphorus. Dose, from twenty to forty minims. 
(E-LIX'IR PHbS'PHO-Rf.) 
EMPLASTRA. Plasters. 
Empl&tres, Fr.; Pilaster, G. 
Plasters are solid compounds intended for external application, adhesive at the temperature 
of the human body, and of such a consistence as to render the aid of heat necessary in spread- 
ing them. Spread plasters having rubber in their composition are most largely used; they 
are usually perforated. Some plasters have as their basis a compound of olive oil and litharge, 
constituting the Emplastrum Plumbi of the Pharmacopoeias. Others owe their consistence 
and adhesiveness to resinous substances, or to a mixture of these with wax and fats. 
In the preparation of' the plasters, care is requisite that the heat employed be not sufficiently 
elevated to produce decomposition, nor so long continued as to drive off any volatile ingredient 
upon which the virtues of the preparation may in any degree depend. After having been pre- 
pared, they are usually shaped into cylindrical rolls, and wrapped in paper to exclude the air. 
Plasters should be firm at ordinary temperatures, should spread easily when heated, and, after 
being spread, should remain soft, pliable, and adhesive, without melting, at the heat of the 
human body. When long kept, they are apt to change color and to become hard and brittle; 
(EM-PJjAS'TKA.) 
Cotton apart after each addition; then pack tightly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour on the mixture of 
Alcohol and Water, until two hundred parts [or three and a quarter pints] of filtered liquid are obtained. In this 
liquid dissolve the Sugar by agitation, without heat, and strain.” U. S. 498 
Emplastra. 
PART I. 
and, as this alteration is most observable upon their surface, it must depend chiefly upon the 
action of the air, which should therefore be as much as possible excluded. The defect may 
usually be remedied by melting the plaster with a moderate heat and adding a sufficient quan- 
tity of oil to give it the due consistence. 
Plasters are prepared for use by spreading them upon leather, linen, or muslin, according to the 
particular purposes they are intended to answer. Leather is most convenient when the applica- 
tion is made to the sound skin, linen or muslin when the plaster is used as a dressing to ulcerated 
or abraded surfaces, or with the view of bringing and retaining together the sides of wounds. 
The leather usually preferred is white sheepskin, or the kind known commercially as “ hem- 
lock splits.” A margin about a quarter or half an inch broad should usually be left uncovered, 
in order to facilitate the removal of the plaster, and to prevent the clothing in contact with 
its edges from being soiled. An accurate outline may be obtained by pasting upon the leather 
a piece of paper so cut as to leave in the centre a vacant space of the required dimensions, 
and removing the paper when no longer needed. The same object may often be accomplished 
by employing two narrow rulers of sheet tin graduated in inches, and so shaped that each of 
them may form two sides of a rectangle. These may be applied in such a manner as to en- 
close within them any given rectangular space, and may be fixed by weights upon the leather, 
or preferably adjusted by set-screws, while the plaster is spread. For any other shape, as in 
the instance of plasters for the breast, pieces of tin may be employed having a vacuity within, 
corresponding to the required outline. The spreading of the plaster is most conveniently ac- 
complished by the use of a spatula or plaster-iron. This may be heated by means of a spirit- 
lamp. Care must be taken that the instrument be not so hot as to discolor or decompose the 
plaster; and special care is requisite in the case of those plasters which contain a volatile in- 
gredient. A sufficient portion of the plaster should first be melted by the heated instrument, 
and, having been received on a piece of coarse stiff paper, or in a shallow tin tray open on one 
side, should, when nearly cool, be transferred to the leather, and applied quickly and evenly 
over its surface. By this plan the melted plaster is prevented from penetrating the leather, as 
it is apt to do when applied too hot. Before removing the paper from the edge of the plaster, 
if this has become so hard as to crack, the iron should be drawn over the line of junction. 
When linen or muslin is used, and the dimensions of the portion to be spread are large, as is 
often the case with adhesive plaster, the best plan is to pass the cloth “ on which the plaster 
has been laid through a machine formed of a spatula fixed by screws at a proper distance from 
a plate of polished steel.” A machine for spreading plasters is described by M. Herent in the 
Journ. de Pharm. (3e ser., ii. 403).* (See also N. R., 1879, p. 337.) 
The spreading of plasters has become to a great extent a lost art to the pharmacist of 
this country, owing to the introduction of machine-spread plasters, which contain india-rubber 
* It has been customary with apothecaries to employ an apparatus, such as that shown in the illustration, for 
spreading quantities of plasters. An oblong rectangular block of hard wood (a e) has its upper surface (c) slightly 
convex. To this is attached by a movable joint (at r) a sheet-iron frame (b), with an opening (n) of the dimensions 
of the plaster to be spread, and clasps (d) at the other end, by which this may be fixed to the block. Another portion 
of the apparatus is a sheet-iron or tin frame (m), by which the leather is cut out, and the margin marked. The 
leather thus prepared is laid on the convex surface of the block (c); the sheet-iron frame is brought down on it evenly 
(as at h i); the plaster, previously melted, but not too hot, is poured on the leather in the centre, and, by means of an 
iron instrument (g) previously heated by a spirit-lamp, is spread uniformly over the surface, the thickness being regu- 
lated by the frame against which the iron is pressed. Any excess of plaster is thus pressed over upon the frame. The 
point of a sharp instrument (l) is then drawn along the interior edge of the frame so as to separate the plaster from 
it, after which the clasps are unfastened and the plaster removed. PART I. 
Emplastra.—Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. 
499 
in the adhesive composition. These are reasonably permanent, and do not require the applica- 
tion of heat. When made by reliable manufacturers they are in many cases to be preferred; 
but the introduction of immense quantities of worthless ones by unscrupulous makers has 
caused many practitioners to direct plasters to be spread by the pharmacist from oflicial 
plaster. The perforation or “ porousing” of plasters is usually accomplished on a large scale by 
expensive apparatus. Prof. J. P. Remington has devised an inexpensive apparatus whereby 
the apothecary can perforate those spread by himself. (A. J. P., 1878, p. 171.)* Dr. J. J. 
Edmondson read a paper before the Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical Association in 1887 giving 
the process for manufacturing rubber-mass plasters as carried on by Johnson & Johnson, of 
New York. It is as follows. The ingredients employed are—rubber, two parts; Burgundy 
pitch, one part; gum olibanum, one part. This may vary with some special plasters, but they 
constitute the component parts of the mass used for the majority. 
The crude rubber is at first steeped in hot water, to cleanse and soften it, then the rubber is 
passed through the washer and crusher, where it is subjected to severe pressure between two 
corrugated rolls, eight inches in diameter and one foot wide, while a stream of water falling 
continually washes it thoroughly, and it comes out in sheets somewhat softened. After these 
sheets are dried, which requires a number of days, they are passed through the grinder, where 
they are crushed between two smooth rollers, fourteen inches in diameter and thirty-six inches 
across. This thoroughly softens the rubber and makes it plastic, so that it can be readily 
worked up with the other ingredients. The principal operation, the mixing, then takes place. 
The medication must be carefully combined, and the whole manipulation so managed that the 
plaster will be uniform, so that age or varying temperature shall not affect it. This operation 
is performed by means of rollers, sixteen inches in diameter, arranged so that one revolves at 
twice the speed of the other. Between these large rollers the mass is passed with whatever 
medication is required: e.g., when a belladonna mass is to be made, a certain amount of the 
stock mass is taken and of extract of belladonna in proportions corresponding to the formula 
in the Pharmacopoeia. These are repeatedly passed through the rollers until the extract of 
belladonna is thoroughly mixed with the mass, care being taken to keep the temperature from 
rising high enough to decompose or affect the alkaloids. The spreading is also done by rollers, 
into which the thoroughly-mixed mass is fed at the same time that the cloth is fed, the thick- 
ness of the plasters being governed by adjusting-screws on the side of the machine. The 
rubber base is pliable, adhesive, will not become too hard or too soft, will yield up the medica- 
tion to the absorbents of the skin, and will retain its properties indefinitely.f 
EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI CUM HYDRARGYRO. U. S., Br. Am- 
moniac Plaster with Mercury. 
Ammoniacum and Mercury Plaster; Emplatre de Gomme Ammoniaque mercuriel, Fr.; Quecksilber- und Am- 
moniak-Pflaster, G. 
11 Ammoniac, seven hundred and twenty grammes [or 25 ounces av., 173 grains] ; Mercury, 
one hundred and eighty grammes [or 6 ounces av., 153 grains] ; Oleate of Mercury, eight 
grammes [or 123 grains] ; Diluted Acetic Acid, one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 61 fluidrachms] ; Lead Plaster, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 
35 ounces av., 120 grams]. Digest the Ammoniac with the diluted Acetic Acid, in a suitable 
(EM-PLXS'TKUM XM-MO-Ni'A-CI CUM HY-DRAR'<JY-R5.) 
* Emplastrum Aconiti. Aconite Plaster. (Emplatre cl’Aconit, Fr.; Aeonit-Pflaster, G.) “Takeof Aconite Root, 
in fine powder, sixteen troyounces ; Alcohol, Resin Plaster, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the Aconite Root with 
six fluidounces of Alcohol, and pack it in a conical percolator. Cover the surface with a disk of paper, and pour upon 
it ten fluidounces of Alcohol. When the liquid begins to drop, cork the percolator, and, having closely covered it to 
prevent evaporation, set it aside in a moderately warm place for four days. Then remove the cork, and gradually 
pour on Alcohol until two pints of tincture have been obtained or the Aconite Root is exhausted. Distil off a pint 
and a half of alcohol, and evaporate the residue to a soft uniform extract by means of a water-bath. Add to this 
sufficient Resin Plaster, previously melted, to make the mixture weigh sixteen troyounces, and then mix them thor- 
oughly.” U. S. 1870. 
This plaster was introduced into the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. The formula is a modification of that proposed by 
Prof. Procter. (A. J. P.f xxv. 202.) Aconite Plaster may be used whenever it is desired to produce a very powerful 
local anodyne effect. 
f Unna’s Plaster Mulls. Plaster mulls have been introduced as superior to spread plasters; fine gauze is covered 
with the thinnest possible layer of gutta-percha or rubber, on which the medicament is evenly spread, properly dis- 
solved in or mixed with a small quantity of vehicle or base. Their pliability, thinness, adhesiveness, porosity, and 
rapidity of action are the chief advantages. Dr. Unna, under the name of paraplast (1898), proposes to use a fine, 
thick cotton web, spread with a mixture of the medicating agent and rubber, lanolin, resin, and dammar, in proper 
proportions. 500 
Emplastrum, Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro.—Emplastrum Belladonnse. 
part i. 
vessel, avoiding contact with metals, until it is entirely emulsified; then strain, and evaporate 
the strained liquid by means of a water-bath, stirring constantly, until a small portion, taken 
from the vessel, hardens on cooling. Triturate the Oleate of Mercury with the Mercury 
gradually added, until globules of the metal cease to be visible. Next add, gradually, the 
Ammoniac, while yet hot; and finally, having added enough Lead Plaster, previously melted 
by means of a water-bath, to make the mixture weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 
120 grains], mix the whole thoroughly.” U. S. 
“Ammoniacum, 12 ounces (Imperial) or 328 grammes; Mercury, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 82 
grammes; Olive Oil, 56 grains (Imp.) or 3-5 grammes; Sublimed Sulphur, 8 grains (Imp.) or 
0-5 gramme. Heat the Olive Oil; add the Sulphur to it gradually, stirring until they are 
uniformly blended; with this mixture triturate the Mercury until metallic globules are no 
longer visible; add the Ammoniacum, previously purified by boiling with successive portions 
of water, passing the resulting emulsions through, while rubbing the residues on, a hair sieve, 
and, after mixing, evaporating the emulsions to a suitable consistence.” Br. 
Ammoniac plaster (Emplastrum Ammoniaci, U. S. P., 1880) is not recognized in the last 
U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias. (See U. S. D., 17th ed., 492.) Ammoniac plaster with mercury 
does not differ materially from that produced by the formula of the last Pharmacopoeia. The 
use of diluted acetic acid to facilitate the straining of the ammoniac is an improvement over 
the water formerly used. The use of lead plaster to bring up the weight is needless, in our 
opinion. The only use of the oleate of mercury is to aid in the extinguishment of the mer- 
cury ; the compound formed by it probably adds to the efficiency. When ammoniac not 
previously prepared is used, as it is not fusible by heat, it must he brought to the proper con- 
sistence by softening it in a small quantity of hot water, straining, and evaporating. This 
plaster unites with the stimulant power of the ammoniac the specific properties of the mercury, 
which is sometimes absorbed in sufficient quantity to affect the gums. It is used as a discu- 
tient in enlargement of the glands, tumefaction of the joints, nodes, and other indolent 
swellings, especially when dependent on a venereal taint. It is also sometimes applied over 
the liver in chronic hepatitis* 
EMPLASTRUM ARNICA. U. S. Arnica Plaster. 
(EM-PIilS'TKUM AR'NI-QAi—ar'nj-ge.) 
Emplatre d’Arnique, Fr.; Arnicapfiaster, G. 
“ Extract of Arnica Root, three hundred and thirty grammes [or 11 ounces av., 280 grains]; 
Resin Plaster, six hundred and seventy grammes [or 23 ounces av., 277 grains], To make one 
thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Add the Extract to the Resin Plaster, 
previously melted by means of a water-bath, and mix them thoroughly.” U. S. 
These ingredients incorporate readily, and form a good plaster. The preparation was intro- 
duced into the Pharmacopoeia to enable the apothecary to meet the demand for a convenient 
preparation of arnica for external use. It is supposed to be useful in sprains and bruises, and 
sometimes probably acts beneficially by its stimulant properties in chronic rheumatism and 
other chronic external inflammations. 
EMPLASTRUM BELLADONNA. U. S., Br. Belladonna Plaster. 
Emplatre de Belladone, Fr.; Belladonna-Pflaster, G. 
“ Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna Leaves, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains]; 
Resin Plaster, four hundred grammes [or 14 ounces av., 48 grains] ; Soap Plaster, four hundred 
grammes [or 14 ounces av., 48 grains]. To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains]. Melt the plasters on a water-bath ; then add the Extract of Belladonna Leaves, and 
continue the heat, stirring constantly, until a homogeneous mass results.” U. S. 
“ Liquid Extract of Belladonna, 4 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 100 cubic centimetres; 
Resin Plaster, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 125 grammes. Evaporate the Liquid Extract of Belladonna 
on a water-bath until it is reduced in weight to one ounce (Imp.) or twenty-five grammes); 
(KM-PLAS'TRITM BEL-IiA-DON'NjE.) 
* Emplastrum, Antimonii. Antimonial Planter. (Emplastrum Stibiatum, s. Antimoniale; Emplatre (Poix) 
6mctisee, Emplatre antimonial, Fr.; Brechweinstein-Pflaster, G.) “ Take of Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, 
in fine powder, a troyounce ; Burgundy Pitch four troyounces. Melt the Pitch by means of a water-bath, and 
strain; then add the powder, and stir them well together until the mixture thickens on cooling.” U. S. 1870. 
This is a useful formula, although no longer official. It affords one of the most convenient methods of obtain- 
ing the local pustulating effects of tartar emetic. For its effects and uses, see Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. PART I. 
Emplastrum Belladonnse.—Emplasti-um Ferri. 
501 
add the Resin Plaster previously melted ; mix. This Plaster contains 0-5 per cent, of the alka- 
loids of Belladonna Root.” Br. 
This plaster was formerly prepared, in both Pharmacopoeias, with the extract made from 
the inspissated juice of the leaves; but in the U. S. P. 1880 an alcoholic extract of the root 
was substituted, with the effect of rendering the plaster easier to be spread and more adhesive, 
and giving it a light yellowish-brown color, without a shade of green. The official prepara- 
tion is now of a brownish-green color, due to the extract of belladonna leaves. It is a useful 
anodyne application in neuralgic and rheumatic pains, and in dysmenorrhoea. We have seen 
the constitutional effects of belladonna result from its external use. Mr. T. W. Worthington 
proposes a formula for making belladonna plaster with caoutchouc in the A. J. P., xliii. 153. 
(See page 499.) Machine-spread belladonna plaster can be found in the market which was 
admitted by a representative of the manufacturer to contain no extract of belladonna whatever. 
For methods of assaying belladonna plasters, see A. J. P., 1898, 182, 293. 
EMPLASTRUM CANTHARIDIS. Br. Cantharides Plaster. 
See Ceratum Cantharidis. U. S. 
(EM-PLlS'TRUM CAN-THXR'I-DIs.) 
EMPLASTRUM CAPSICI. U. S. Capsicum Plaster. 
(EM-I’LAS'TRUM CAP'SI-CI.) 
“ Oleoresin of Capsicum, Kesin Plaster, each, a sufficient quantity. Melt the Resin Plaster 
at a gentle heat, spread a thin and even layer of it upon muslin, and allow it to cool. Then, 
having cut off a piece of the required size, apply a thin coating of Oleoresin of Capsicum, by 
means of a brush, leaving a narrow, blank margin along the edges. A space of ten centimeters 
[3i|- inches] square should contain about twenty-five centigrammes [or 4 grains] of Oleoresin 
of Capsicum.” U. S. 
This affords a convenient way of obtaining the rubefacient effects of capsicum; of course 
the practice will be for the pharmacist to employ machine-spread adhesive plaster as the base; 
although, with a little experience, very good work can be done by hand. 
EMPLASTRUM FERRI. U. S. Iron Plaster. [Strengthening Plaster.] 
(EM-PLlS'TRUM FEIi'RX.) 
Emplastrum Roborans, Br. 1867; Chalybeate Plaster; Emplastrum Ferratum, s. Martiale; Emplatre d’Oxyde 
rouge de Fer, Emplatre de Canet, Fr.; Eisenpflaster, Starkendes Pflaster, G. 
“ Ferric Hydrate, dried at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), ninety grammes 
[or 3 ounces av., 76 grains] ; Olive Oil, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Burgundy 
Pitch, one hundred and forty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 410 grains] ; Lead Plaster, seven hun- 
dred and twenty grammes [or 25 ounces av., 173 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 
35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt the Lead Plaster and Burgundy Pitch by means of a water- 
bath, and add the Olive Oil; then add the Ferric Hydrate, and stir constantly until the mix- 
ture thickens on cooling.” U. S. 
The U. S. P. 1880 preparation differed from that official in 1870 in the substitution of ferric 
hydrate for ferrous subcarbonate, and of Canada turpentine for a portion of the Burgundy 
pitch. This latter change proved of questionable utility, the object having been to render the 
plaster more adhesive and flexible, whereas it was found to be too soft, and the Canada tur- 
pentine was irritant. The same end has been accomplished in the U. S. P. 1890 by the addi- 
tion of olive oil. The use of ferric hydrate in the place of ferrous subcarbonate is an improve- 
ment, and in this respect the plaster is in accord with the British formula. 
This preparation has enjoyed some popular celebrity, under the impression that it strengthens 
the parts to which it is applied; whence it has derived the name of strengthening plaster. 
It is used in those conditions of the loins, larger muscles, and joints which, though usually 
ascribed to debility, are in fact most frequently dependent on rheumatic or other chronic in- 
flammatory affections, and, if relieved by the plaster, are so in consequence of the gentle 
excitation produced by it in the vessels of the skin, or of the exclusion of the air. It may 
also, in some instances, give relief by affording mechanical support; but neither in this nor in 
any other respect can it be deemed very efficient, because the ingredients composing it have 
no useful properties that are capable of being taken up by the absorbents. 502 
Emplastrum Hydrargyri.—Emplastrum Ichthyocollse. 
PART I. 
EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S., Br. Mercurial Plaster. 
(EM-PLXS'TRUM HY-DRAR'qY-RI.) 
Emplastrum Mercuriale; Emplatre mercuriel, Fr.; Quecksilber-Pflaster, G. 
“ Mercury, three hundred grammes [or 10 ounces av., 254 grains] ; Oleate of Mercury, twelve 
grammes [or 185 grains] ; Lead Plaster, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Triturate the Mercury with the Oleate of Mercury in a tared 
capsule until globules of metal are no longer visible. Then place the capsule on a water-bath, 
add enough Lead Plaster, previously melted, to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains], and mix the whole thoroughly.” U. S. 
u Mercury, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 82 grammes ; Olive Oil, 56 grains (Imp.) or 3-5 grammes; 
Sublimed Sulphur, 8 grains (Imp.) or 0-5 gramme; Lead Plaster, 6 ounces (Imp.) or 164 
grammes. Heat the Olive Oil; add the Sulphur to it gradually ; stir until they are uniformly 
blended; with this mixture triturate the Mercury until metallic globules are no longer visible; 
add the Lead Plaster previously melted; mix.” Br. 
The present official process differs from that of the U. S. Pliarm. 1880 in employing oleate 
of mercury for the purpose of extinguishing the mercury; this it does effectually, and at the 
same time increases the efficiency of the mercurial constituent. The quantity of mercury is 
30 per cent. The British preparation is stronger, containing nearly 50 per cent. 
The U. S. and former British processes may be considered identical in their results. The 
sulphuretted oil which was employed in the process of the London College to facilitate the 
extinguishment of the mercury was abandoned in the first British Pharmacopoeia, as just in 
proportion to the increased facility of the process it lessened the efficacy of the resulting 
plaster, mercury sulphide being wholly inert. Nevertheless, the Br. Pharmacopoeia has in its 
last revision retained the old London formula. Mr. Thomas Blunt has found it almost impos- 
sible to divide the mercury sufficiently by trituration with oil and resin, and the resulting 
plaster was so crumbly that it could not be formed into rolls; but on substituting a weight of 
Venice turpentine equal to that of the oil and resin combined, he found it to answer completely. 
An objection, however, to the turpentine is, that it might render the plaster too irritant for 
susceptible skins. (73. J. Tr., 1864, p. 56.) 
This plaster is employed to produce the local effects of mercury upon venereal buboes, nodes, 
and other chronic tumefactions of the bones or soft parts, dependent on a syphilitic taint. In 
these cases it sometimes acts as a powerful discutient. It is frequently also applied to the side 
in chronic hepatitis or splenitis. In peculiarly susceptible persons it occasionally affects the gums. 
From observations made in France by M. Serres and others, it appears that the mercurial 
plaster of the Codex (Emplastrum de Vigo cum Mercurio) has the power, when applied over the 
eruption of small-pox, before the end of the third day from its first appearance, to check its 
progress and prevent suppuration and pitting. This operation of the plaster, so far from being 
attended with an increase of the general symptoms, seems to relieve them in proportion to the 
diminution of the local affection. It is also thought that the course of the disease is favorably 
modified when the mercurial impression is produced upon the system. That the local effect is 
not ascribable to the mere exclusion of the air is proved by the fact that the use of lead plaster 
was not followed by the same results. It is probable that other mercurial preparations would 
answer the same purpose; and the common mercurial ointment has, in our own hands, proved 
effectual in rendering the eruption upon the face to a considerable extent abortive, in one bad 
case of small-pox. But, as the most successful results were obtained with the plaster above 
mentioned, we give in a foot-note the formula of the French Codex* 
EMPLASTRUM ICHTHYOCOLL/E. U. S. Isinglass Plaster. [Court Plaster.] 
“ Isinglass, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Alcohol, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; 
Glycerin, one gramme [or 15 J grains] ; Water, Tincture of Benzoin, each, a sufficient quantity. 
(EM-PLXSrTRUM IflH-THY-O-COL’L.E.) 
* Emplastrum de Vigo cum Mercurio. “ Take of simple plaster [lead plaster] forty ounces; yellow wax two 
ounces ; resin two ounces ; ammoniac, bdellium, olibanum, and myrrh, each, five drachms ; saffron three drachms; 
mercury twelve ounces ; turpentine [common European] two ounces ; liquid storax six ounces ; oil of lavender two 
drachms. Powder the gum-resins and saffron, and rub the mercury with the storax and turpentine in an iron 
mortar until completely extinguished. Melt the plaster with the wax and resin, and add to the mixture the powders 
and volatile oil. When the plaster shall have been cooled, but while it is yet liquid, add the mercurial mixture, and 
incorporate the whole thoroughly.” This should be spread upon leather or linen cloths, and applied so as effec' 
tually to cover the part to be protected. Emplastrum Ichthyocollse.—Emplastrum Picis. 
503 
PART I. 
Dissolve the Isinglass in a sufficient quantity of hot Water to make the solution weigh one 
hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 grains]. Spread one-half of this, in suc- 
cessive layers, upon taffeta (stretched on a frame), by means of a brush, waiting after each 
application until the layer is dry. Mix the second balf of the Isinglass solution with the 
Alcohol and Glycerin, and apply it in the same manner. Then reverse the taffeta, coat it on the 
back with Tincture of Benzoin, and allow it to become perfectly dry. Cut the plaster in pieces 
of suitable length and preserve them in well-closed vessels. The above-directed quantities are 
sufficient to cover a piece of taffeta thirty-eight centimeters [or about 15 inches] square.” U. S. 
This official preparation will probably be seldom made by the pharmacist. The introduction 
of a formula will, however, be of service by indicating the manner in which isinglass plaster 
can be made by those who desire to furnish a good preparation. The addition of glycerin pre- 
vents it from becoming brittle, and the tincture of benzoin is intended to render it water-proof. 
This it only partially accomplishes. Castor oil and weak collodion have been used instead with 
better results. 
EMPLASTRUM MENTHOL. Br. Menthol Plaster 
(EM-PLAS'TKUM MEN'THOL.) 
“Menthol, 1\ ounces (Imperial) or 30 grammes; Yellow Beeswax, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 
grammes ; llesin, 7i ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes. Melt the Beeswax and Ilesin together; 
when the mixture approaches the temperature of 160° or 170° F. (7P10 or 76-7° in 
the Menthol until dissolved.” Br. 
This is an official plaster of the British Pharmacopoeia, having been introduced in the addi- 
tions in 1885 ; the present plaster is, however, 5 per cent, weaker in menthol than that formerly 
official. It is a mild counter-irritant, intended especially for relief in localized neuralgia and 
rheumatic pains. 
EMPLASTRUM OPII. U. S., Br. Opium Plaster. 
(EM-PLAS'TRUM O'PI-I.) 
Emplastrum Opiatum, P. G.; Emplastrum Cephalicum, s. Odontalgicum; Emplatre d’Opium, Emplatre cSpha- 
lique (temporal, odontalgique, calmant), Fr.; Opiumpflaster, Hauptpflaster, G. 
“ Extract of Opium, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Burgundy Pitch, one hun- 
dred and eighty grammes [or 6 ounces av., 153 grains] ; Lead Plaster, seven hundred and sixty 
grammes [or 26 ounces av., 353 grains] ; Water, eighty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 
338 minims], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Rub the Ex- 
tract of Opium with the Water, until it is uniformly soft, and add it to the Burgundy Pitch 
and Lead Plaster melted together by means of a water-bath; then continue the heat for a 
short time, stirring constantly, until the moisture is evaporated.” TJ. S. 
“ Opium, in very fine powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes ; Resin Plaster, 9 ounces 
(Imp.) or 90 grammes. Melt the Resin Plaster on a water-bath; stir in the Opium grad- 
ually.” Br. 
We decidedly prefer the extract of opium, as employed in the present U. S. process, to the 
opium itself of the British formula. It not only forms a better plaster, but, being soluble, is 
more likely to produce the anodyne effect desired, by being brought by the perspiration to the 
liquid state necessary for its absorption. The use of water in the former process is also an 
advantage, as it enables the opium to be more thoroughly incorporated with the other ingre- 
dients ; but care should be taken that the moisture be well evaporated. The opium plaster 
is intended to relieve rheumatic and other pains in the parts to which it is applied. 
EMPLASTRUM PICIS. Br. Pitch Plaster. 
“ Burgundy Pitch, 26 ounces (Imperial) or 520 grammes ; Frankincense [Terebinthina, U. S.], 
13 ounces (Imp.) or 260 grammes; Resin, 4£ ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes; Yellow Beeswax, 
4£ ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes; Olive Oil, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 grammes; Distilled Water, 
2 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 40 cubic centimetres. Add the Olive Oil and the Water to the 
Frankincense, Burgundy Pitch, Resin, and Beeswax, previously melted together; evaporate 
with constant stirring to a proper consistence.” Br. 
This is a rubefacient plaster, which closely resembles the Burgundy pitch plaster of the 
U. S. P. 1890. (See the next article). The expressed oil of nutmeg directed in the Br. Pharm. 
of 1885 was not retained in the present British authority; it is an unnecessary addition. It 
(EM-PLAS'TBUM PI'CIS.) 504 
Emplastrum Picis Burgundicse.—Emplastrum Picis Cantharidatum. 
part i. 
is applicable to catarrhal and other pectoral affections, chronic inflammation of the liver, and 
rheumatic pains in the joints and muscles. It often keeps up a serous discharge, which re- 
quires that it should be frequently renewed. The irritation which it sometimes excites is so 
great as to render its removal necessary. 
EMPLASTRUM PICIS BURGUNDIC/E. U. S. Burgundy Pitch Plaster. 
(EM-PLiS'TRUM PI'CIS BUR-GCN'DI-Q^E.) 
Emplastrum Picatum, F. P.; Empl&tre de Poix de Bourgogne, Fr.; Burgunder Pech-Pilaster, G. 
“ Burgundy Pitch, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains] ; Olive Oil, fifty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains]; Yellow Wax, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 
ounces av., 127 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt 
together the Burgundy Pitch and Yellow Wax, then incorporate the Olive Oil, and stir con- 
stantly, until the mass thickens on cooling.” U. S. 
In the former revision of the Pharmacopoeia the quantity of wax in this plaster was dimin- 
ished 3 per cent. This was done to round up the formula, but was undoubtedly a step in the 
wrong direction. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia 1890 process makes a better plaster: 15 per cent, 
of wax has been directed instead of 10, whilst the addition of 5 per cent, of olive oil still 
further improves it. The object of the wax and olive oil is to give a proper consistence to the 
Burgundy pitch, and to prevent its great tendency to become brittle. M. Lavigne proposes to 
obviate the tendency of Burgundy pitch plaster to crack by incorporating with it caoutchouc, 
in the following method. Soften 35 parts, by weight, of caoutchouc, in small pieces, by 
warming it with 13 parts of petroleum in a close vessel. Melt together 300 parts of Burgundy 
pitch and 25 parts of white wax. Warm the solution of caoutchouc in a suitable vessel, add 
gradually, with constant stirring, the melted pitch and wax, and finally incorporate thoroughly 
with the mass 3 parts of glycerin. (Joum. de Pharm., 4e s6r., ix. 131.) 
EMPLASTRUM PICIS CANTHARIDATUM. U. S. (Br.) Cantharidal 
Pitch Plaster. [Warming Plaster.] 
(EM-PLAS'TRUM PI'CIS CAN-THAR-I-DA'TUM.) 
Emplastrum Calefaciens, Br.; Warm Plaster; Emplatre de Poix cantharide, Fr.; Peehpflaster mit Canthariden, G. 
“ Cerate of Cantharides, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces ay., 359 grains] ; Burgundy Pitch, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt the 
Cerate of Cantharides on a water-bath containing boiling water, and continue the heat for fif- 
teen minutes; then strain it through a piece of muslin of close texture so that the Cantharides 
will be retained on the muslin. To the strained liquid add a sufficient quantity of Burgundy 
Pitch to make the whole weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains], render 
the mixture homogeneous by stirring, remove the heat, and stir the mass until it thickens on 
cooling.” U S. 
“ Cantharides, in coarse powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Yellow Beeswax, 4 
ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Resin, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Resin Plaster, 31 
pounds (Imp.) or 1300 grammes; Soap Plaster, 2 pounds (Imp ) or 800 grammes; Distilled 
Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic centimetres. Infuse the Cantharides in the 
Distilled Water for six hours; squeeze strongly through calico ; evaporate the expressed liquid 
on a water-bath till reduced to one-third; add the other ingredients; melt on a water-bath; 
stir until the ingredients are thoroughly mixed.” Br. 
This plaster is an excellent rubefacient, more active than Burgundy pitch, yet in general not 
sufficiently so to produce vesication. As prepared by the U. S. 1870 process it occasionally 
blistered ; and the proportion of cantharides was, therefore, considerably diminished in the U. S. 
1880 and 1890 formulas. This is unfortunate; for, while such a reduction may render the 
plaster insufficiently active in most cases, it does not entirely obviate the objection, as the 
smallest proportion of flies, or even the Burgundy pitch alone, would vesicate in certain persons. 
In whatever mode, therefore, this plaster may be prepared, it cannot always answer the expecta- 
tions which may be entertained; and the only plan, when the skin of any individual has been 
found to be very susceptible, is to accommodate the proportions to the particular circumstances 
of the case. Much, however, may be accomplished by care in the preparation of the plaster, 
towards obviating its tendency to blister. If the flies of the Ceratum Cantharidis have been 
coarsely pulverized, the latter particles, coming in contact with the skin, will exert upon the 
particular part to which they may be applied their full vesicatory effect, while if reduced to a PART I. 
Emplastrum Picis Canthandatum.—Emplastrum Plumbi. 
505 
very fine powder they would be more thoroughly enveloped in the other ingredients, and thus 
have their strength much diluted. Hence the cerate when used as an ingredient of the warming 
plaster should contain the cantharides as minutely divided as possible; and the direction given 
in the U. S. 1890 process to strain it through cloth of fine texture should be carefully observed. 
The plan of keeping the cerate used in this preparation for a considerable time at the temperature 
of 100° C. (212° F.), and then straining it so as to separate the flies, is a good one, but it would 
be better yet to substitute cerate of the extract of cantharides for the cerate of cantharides. 
(See Ceratum Cantharidis.) The mode frequently pursued of preparing the warming plaster 
by simply sprinkling a very small proportion of powdered flies upon the surface of Burgundy 
pitch is altogether objectionable. It has been objected to the U. S. plaster that it is apt to be 
too soft in hot weather. Mr. Gr. C. Close, ascribing this inconvenience to the proportion of lard 
in the cerate employed, proposes to obviate it by substituting Burgundy pitch plaster for Bur- 
gundy pitch, and powdered cantharides for the cerate, and offers a formula in accordance with 
this suggestion. (See A. J. P., 1867, p. 20 ; from Proc. A. P. A., 1866.) 
The warming plaster is employed in chronic rheumatism, and in chronic internal diseases 
attended with inflammation or an inflammatory tendency, such as catarrh, asthma, pertussis, 
phthisis, hepatitis, and the sequelae of pleurisy and pneumonia. 
EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI. U. S., Br. Lead Plaster. [Diachylon Plaster.] 
(EM-PLlS'TRUM PLUM'BI.) 
Emplastrum Lithargyri, Br. 1864; Emplastrum Lithargyri Simplex, P. G.; Emplastrum Simplex, F. PEm- 
plastrum Diachylon Simplex, Emplastrum Album Coctum; Litharge Plaster; Emplatre simple, Empl&tre de Plom'D 
(de Litharge), Fr.; Emplastrum Cerusae, Froschlaichpflaster, Bleipflaster, Diachylon-Pflaster, G. 
“Lead Oxide, three thousand two hundred grammes [or 112 ounces av., 383 grains]; Olive 
Oil, six thousand grammes [or 211 ounces av., 282 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix 
the Lead Oxide, previously passed through a No. 80 sieve, intimately with about one-half of 
the Olive Oil, by trituration, and add the mixture to the remainder of the Oil contained in a 
bright copper boiler of a capacity equal to at least four times the bulk of the ingredients. 
Then add one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms] of boiling Water, 
and boil the whole together, over a fire, constantly stirring with a wooden spatula, until a small 
portion, when dropped into cold water, is found to be pliable and tenacious. From time to 
time add a little Water to replace that lost by evaporation. When the contents of the boiler 
have acquired a whitish color and are perfectly homogeneous, transfer them to a vessel con- 
taining warm Water, and as soon as the mass has sufficiently cooled, knead it well with the 
Water so as to remove the glycerin, renewing the Water from time to time, as long as it may 
be necessary. Finally divide the mass into rolls of suitable size.” U. S. 
“ Lead Oxide, 1 pound (Imperial) or 400 grammes ; Olive Oil, 2 pounds (Imp.) or 800 
grammes; Distilled Water, 16 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 400 cubic centimetres ora sufficient 
quantity. Boil all the ingredients together gently by the aid of a steam-bath ; keep them sim- 
mering for four or five hours, stirring constantly until the product acquires a proper consist- 
ence for a plaster; add more of the Distilled Water during the process if necessary.” Br. 
The importance of this plaster, as the basis of most of the others, requires a somewhat 
detailed account of the principles and manner of its preparation. An improvement will be 
observed in the U. S. P. 1890 process for this plaster in the washing out of the glycerin and 
the subsequent separation of the liquids by kneading the plaster. 
A reaction takes place between the oil and water, resulting in the development of glycerin, 
and of two acid bodies, oleic and palmitic acids, to which, when animal fat is employed instead 
of olive oil, a third is added,—namely, stearic acid. The plaster is formed by a union of these 
acids with the oxide, and, prepared according to the directions of the Pharmacopoeias, is in 
fact a lead oleo-palmitate, and if the olive oil contained stearin it would be a lead oleo-stearo- 
palmitate. The glycerin remains dissolved in the water, or mechanically mixed with the 
plaster. That such is the correct view of the nature of this compound is evinced by the fact 
that, if the lead oxide be separated from tbe plaster by digestion at a moderate heat in very 
dilute nitric acid, the fatty matter which remains will unite with litharge with the greatest 
facility, without the intervention of water. According to the modern chemical views, the 
fixed or fatty oils are compounds of the free fatty acids mentioned and the radical glyceryl. 
When boiled with the lead oxide and water, the fatty acids combine with the metallic 
oxide to form the plaster, and the glyceryl unites with the liberated hydrogen and becomes 
glycerin. 506 
Emplastrum Plurnbi. 
PART I. 
The reaction for olein and lead oxide is as follows : 2C3H6(CJ8H3a05!)g -j- 3PbO -f- 3H20 
olein litharge water 
= 3Pb(C.8H3302)2 + 2C3H.(OH)3. The radical glyceryl (C3H6) is a triad, and combines 
lead oleate glycerin 
with three groups of a fatty acid or three groups of hydroxyl (OH). 
Other oleaginous substances and other metallic oxides are susceptible of the same combina- 
tion, and some of them form compounds having the consistence of a plaster; but, according 
to M. Henry, of Paris, no oily matter except animal fat can properly be substituted for olive 
oil, and no metallic oxide, not even one of the other oxides of lead, for litharge. He ascer- 
tained, moreover, that the English litharge is preferable for the formation of lead plaster to 
the G-erman. From more recent experiments of Soubeiran, it appears that massicot or even 
minium may be substituted for litharge, and a plaster of good consistence be obtained, but 
that a much longer time is required for completing the process than when the official formula 
is followed. Owing to the necessity for its partial deoxidation, the use of minium requires a 
longer continuance of the process than when massicot is employed. According to M. Daval- 
lon, Professor in the School of Medicine and Pharmacy at Lyons, it is important that the 
olive oil employed should be pure; for when adulterated, as it frequently is, it yields an im- 
perfect product. Mr. N. S. Thomas prepared a good plaster by substituting lard for olive oil, 
in the proportion of eight pounds of lard to five of litharge {A. J. P., xix. 175) ; and we are 
told that it is a common practice in this country to make lead plaster with a mixture of lard 
oil and olive oil. Mueller uses equal parts of lard, olive oil, and litharge, having previously 
heated the litharge until a small sample causes no effervescence when dropped into nitric acid, 
showing the absence of carbonate. {Pharm. Ztg., 1879, p. 70 ; A. J. P., 1879, p. 190.) It is 
said that the English plaster-makers rarely follow the Br. Pharm. direction, preferring the 
recipe of the old London Pharmacopoeia, which contains more litharge and yields a much 
firmer and less adhesive product* {P. J. Tr., 3d ser., v. 701, 716.) Lead plaster has also been 
prepared by double decomposition between soap and lead acetate or subacetate; but the re- 
sults have not been so advantageous as to lead to the general adoption of this process. (See 
A. J. P., ix. 727, and Journ. de Pharm., xxiii. 163 and 322.) f 
Preparation. The vessel in which the lead plaster is prepared should be of such a size 
that the materials will not occupy more than two-thirds of its capacity.| The oil should be 
first introduced, and the litharge then sprinkled in by means of a sieve, the mixture being 
constantly stirred with a spatula. The particles of the oxide are thus prevented from coales- 
cing in small masses, which the oil would not easily penetrate, and which would therefore de- 
lay the process. While the water exerts an important chemical agency in the changes which 
occur, it is also useful by preventing too high a temperature, which would decompose the oil, 
and cause the reduction of the oxide. The waste must, therefore, be supplied by fresh addi- 
tions as directed in the process; and the water added for this purpose should be previously 
heated, as otherwise it would not only delay the operation, but by producing explosion might 
endanger the operator. During the continuance of the boiling, the material should be con- 
stantly stirred, and the spatula should be repeatedly passed along the bottom of the vessel, 
from side to side, so as to prevent any of the oxide, which is disposed by its greater density 
to sink to the bottom, from remaining in that situation. The materials swell up considerably, 
in consequence partly of the vaporization of the water, partly of the escape of carbonic acid 
gas, which is liberated by the oily acids from some lead carbonate usually contained in the 
litharge. The process should not be continued longer than is sufficient to produce complete 
union of the ingredients, and this may be known by the color and consistence of the mass. 
The color of the litharge gradually becomes paler, and at length almost white when the plaster 
is fully formed. The consistence increases with the progress of the boiling, and is sufficiently 
* Schwarze’s Mutterpflaster, Emplastrum Fuscum of the German Pharmacopoeia, is made by boiling 64 parts of 
olive oil with 32 parts of very finely powdered red lead in a copper kettle until the mass is dark brown, and then 
adding 16 parts of yellow wax. Emplastrum Fuscum Gamphoratum is the same, with the addition of 1 per cent, of 
camphor. 
t Zinc Plaster. M. de Mussey, having witnessed inconveniences from lead plaster in consequence of the absorp- 
tion of the lead, substituted for it a plaster with a basis of zinc oxide, which he has found to answer very well in 
practice. It cannot be made by direct combination of the oxide; and it is necessary to have recourse to the method 
of double decomposition. Solutions of white olive oil soap and of zinc sulphate being mixed, a copious precipitate 
takes place of zinc oleo-palmitate, which, after being washed and dried, may be combined with resins, oil, and wax, 
to give it the necessary consistence. (Journ. de Pharm., xxvii. 100.1 
+ The method of triturating the litharge with a portion of the oil (see U. S. P. 1890 process above) is applicable 
to small operations, but will not be found necessary in making lead plaster on the scale usually employed by manu- 
facturers. Emplastrum Plumbi.—Emplastrum Plumbi Iodidi. 
PART I. 
507 
thick when a portion of the plaster, taken out and allowed to cool upon the end of a spatula, 
or thrown into cold water, becomes solid, without adhering in this state to the fingers. The 
portion thus solidified should not present, when broken, any red points, which would indicate 
the presence of a portion of uncombined litharge. When the plaster is formed, it should be 
removed from the fire, and after a short time cold water should be poured upon it. Portions 
should then be detached from the mass, and, having been well kneaded under water, in order 
to separate the viscid solution of glycerin contained in the interior, should be formed into 
cylindrical rolls, and wrapped in paper. Such, at least, has been the course of proceeding usu- 
ally recommended. But M. Davallon maintains that the presence of glycerin in the plaster is 
useful by keeping it in a plastic state, and that washing and kneading are injurious, the former 
by removing the glycerin, the latter by introducing particles of air and moisture into the 
mass, which is thus rendered more disposed to rancidity. (A. J. P., xv. 274; from Journ. de 
Chim. Med.) By employing steam heat in the preparation of this plaster, the risk of burn- 
ing it is avoided. For a good arrangement for this purpose, see Mohr and Redwood's Phar- 
macy, edited by Prof. Procter, p. 420. Bernbeck found that lead plaster could be preserved 
from hardening and oxidation if kept in air-tight canisters. (Pharm. Zeitung, 1881, p. 589.) 
Lead plaster is officially described as “ a yellowish-white, pliable, and tenacious, but not 
greasy mass, gradually acquiring a brownish tint on the outside. On treating 5 Gm. of Lead 
Plaster with 25 C.c. of benzol, a somewhat viscid and slightly turbid solution will result, which 
will separate into a clear and gelatinous layer after some time, but which should not deposit 
any sediment (absence of uncombined lead oxide).” U. S. 
Mr. C. Lewis Diehl found it almost impossible, in following the U. S. directions of 1860, to 
obtain a plaster wholly free from uncombined litharge. He obviated the difficulty by first rub- 
bing the sifted litharge with about half its weight of oil, then stirring the mixture with the 
remainder of the oil, in a tinned copper kettle, adding the water, and heating to 212° F. until 
a uniform plaster was formed. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 385.) Kremel states that when lead plaster 
is made from oleic acid, the product is almost entirely soluble in ether; when made with olive 
oil or lard, it contains lead stearate and palmitate, and thus a larger proportion is insoluble in 
ether. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 405.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This plaster, which has long been known under the 
name of diachylon, is used as an application to excoriated surfaces and to slight wounds, 
which it serves to protect from the action of the air. It may also be beneficial by the seda- 
tive influence of the lead which enters into its composition. A case is on record in which lead 
colic resulted from its long-continued application to a large ulcer of the leg. (Am. Journ. of 
Med. Sci., xxiii. 246.) Dr. J. M. Bigelow reports a case of excessive sweating of the feet 
cured by putting the patient in bed for thirteen days and keeping the feet enveloped in strips 
of lead plaster. (iV! R., Oct. 1875.) Its chief use is in the preparation of other plasters.* 
EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI IODIDI. Br. Lead Iodide Plaster 
Emplatre d’lodure de Plomb, Fr.; Jodblei-Pflaster, G. 
“ Lead Iodide, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Lead Plaster, 1 pound (Imp.) or 400 
grammes ; Resin, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes. Finely powder the Lead Iodide ; mix it with 
the Lead Plaster and Resin previously melted together at as low a temperature as possible.” Br. 
This is a local discutient plaster, which may also be used with other means to affect the 
,system. (See Plumbi Iodidumf) 
(EM-PLAS'TRUM PLUM'BI I-OD'I-DI.) 
* Logan’s Plaster. Take of Litharge, Lead Carbonate, each, a pound ; Castile Soap, twelve ounces ; Butter (fresh), 
four ounces ; Olive Oil, two and a half pints ; Mastic, in powder, two drachms. It is to be understood that the 
pound and ounce are of the avoirdupois weight. Having mixed the Soap, Oil, and Butter, add the Litharge, and 
boil the mixture gently, constantly stirring, for an hour and a half, or until it shall assume a pale brown color; then 
increase the heat somewhat, and continue to boil, until a portion of the liquid, dropped on a smooth board, is found 
not to adhere to it on cooling; then remove it from the fire, and mix the Mastic with it. Logan’s plaster has long been 
in popular use in Philadelphia, and is yet employed by regular practitioners as a protective and discutient application. 
Plaster of Lead Carbonate. This was originally introduced into our Pharmacopoeia as a substitute for Mahy’s 
plaster, at one time much employed in some parts of the United States, but was omitted in the edition of 1840. It 
is a good application to surfaces inflamed or excoriated by friction, and may be resorted to with advantage in those 
troublesome cases of cutaneous irritation, and even ulceration, which are apt to occur upon the back and hips during 
long-continued confinement to one position. We give the process as contained in the Pharmacopoeia of 1830. “Take 
of Carbonate of Lead a pound; Olive Oil two pints ; Yellow Wax four ounces ; Lead Plaster a pound and a half; 
Florentine Orris, in powder, nine ounces. Boil together the Oil and Carbonate of Lead, adding a little water and con- 
stantly stirring, till they are thoroughly incorporated; then add the Wax and Plaster, and, when these are melted, 
sprinkle in the Orris, and mix the whole together.” By this process a good plaster may be prepared, rather too soft 
at first, but soon acquiring the proper consistence. Emplastrum Resinas.—Emplastrum Saponis. 
508 
part 1. 
EMPLASTRUM RESIN.®. U. S., Br. Resin Plaster. [Adhesive Plaster.] 
(EM-PLXS'TRUM KE-§I'NjE.) 
Emplastrum Adhesivum, P. G.; EmplStre resineux (adhesif), Fr.; Heftpflaster, G. 
“ Resin, in fine powder, one hundred and forty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 410 grains] ; Lead 
Plaster, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains] ; Yellow Wax, sixty grammes [or 
2 ounces av., 51 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt 
the Lead Plaster and Yellow Wax together with a gentle heat; then add the Resin, and, when 
it is melted, mix the mass thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Resin, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Lead Plaster, 2 pounds (Imp.) or 800 
grammes; Hard Soap, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes. Melt each ingredient separately at 
as low a temperature as possible; mix.” Br. 
Resin plaster differs from the lead plaster in being more adhesive and somewhat more stim- 
ulating. It is the common adhesive plaster of commerce, and is much employed for retaining 
the sides of wounds in contact, and for dressing ulcers according to the method of Baynton, 
by which the edges are drawn towards each other and a firm support is given to the granula- 
tions. As prepared by the Dublin College it contained soap, which gave it greater pliability, 
and rendered it less liable to crack in cold weather, without impairing its adhesiveness; and 
the process of that College has been adopted in the British Pharmacopoeia. It is usually 
spread upon muslin; and the spreading is best accomplished, on a large scale, by means of a 
machine, as described in the general observations upon plasters. It is kept ready spread by 
the pharmacist; but, as the plaster becomes less adhesive by long exposure to the air, the sup- 
ply should be frequently renewed. When the skin is very delicate, it occasionally excites some 
irritation, and under these circumstances a plaster may be substituted containing a smaller 
proportion of resin. That originally employed by Baynton contained only six drachms of resin 
to the pound of lead plaster. To obviate the same evil, M. Herpin recommends the addition 
of lead tannate, the proportion of which, when adhesiveness is required in the plaster, should 
not exceed one-twentieth, but under other circumstances may be increased to one-twelfth. 
(Bull, de Therap., xlviii. 155.) 
In order to render the plaster more adhesive, and less brittle in cold weather, it is customary 
with many manufacturers to employ a considerable proportion of Burgundy pitch or turpen- 
tine in its preparation; but these additions are objectionable, as they greatly increase the lia- 
bility of the plaster to irritate the skin, and thus materially interfere with the purposes for 
which the preparation was chiefly intended.* 
EMPLASTRUM SAPONIS. U. S., Br. Soap Plaster. 
Emplastrum.Saponatum, P. G.; Emplastrum cum Sapone, F. P.; Emplatre de Savon, Fr.; Seifenpflaster, G. 
“ Soap, dried and in coarse powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Lead 
Plaster, nine hundred grammes [or 31 ounces av., 326 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. 
Rub the Soap with enough Water to reduce it to a semi-liquid state ; then mix it with the Lead 
Plaster, previously melted, and evaporate to the proper consistence.” U. S. 
“ Hard Soap, 6 ounces (Imperial) or 150 grammes; Lead Plaster, 2± pounds (Imp.) or 900 
grammes; Resin, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. Melt each ingredient separately at a low 
temperature ; mix ; evaporate, with constant stirring, to a proper consistence.” fir. 
The present U. S. formula is an improvement upon that of a former edition of the Pharma- 
copoeia. By directing the soap to be in powder instead of sliced, it may be more thoroughly 
incorporated with the plaster. Greater plasticity is accomplished, in some degree, in the British 
process by the resin. In preparing the U. S. plaster, Mr. C. Lewis Diehl has found some diffi- 
culty in rubbing the soap up perfectly and rapidly with the water, and has, therefore, adopted 
the plan of first rubbing the soap with its weight of water, then straining the mixture through 
coarse muslin, and lastly reducing the residue with a proportionate quantity of water, before 
stirring the whole into the melted plaster. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 386.) Soap plaster is considered 
(KM-PLAS'TRUM SA-PO'NIS.) 
An adhesive plaster exempt from oxide of lead is prepared by Pettenkofer. It consists of calcareous soap in- 
corporated with turpentine and suet, and may be prepared in the following manner. A solution of soap is decomposed 
f . 0 ®a'cnim chloride. The precipitate, having been expressed and dried, is powdered with half its 
weight ot turpentine dried by heat; and the mixture is melted, along with an eighth part of suet, in boiling water. 
Ihe mixture is boiled until the mass melts into a homogeneous fluid, when it is worked bv the hand, in the ordinary 
manner, m cold water. Should portions of the calcareous soap not melt, they should be separated by straining through 
flannel. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., x. 358.) r J Emulsa.—Emulsum Ammoniaci. 
PART I. 
discutient, and is sometimes used as an application to tumors, where a dressing is required. 
Somewhat softer in its character, the soap cerate,* formerly official, may be found useful. 
EMULSA. Emulsions. 
Under this head are included in the Pharmacopoeia of 1890 liquid preparations in which 
oleaginous substances are suspended in watery fluids by the intervention of gum, the yolk of 
egg, or other viscid matter. The preparations forming the present class of emulsions were 
termed Mixtures in former pharmacopoeias, and it is to be regretted that under this indefinite 
term are still grouped liquids of many kinds: the separation of these into proper classes is 
only a question of time, and the introduction of this new class into the Pharmacopoeia of 1890 
marks the first step in the direction of greater accuracy in defining pharmaceutical preparations, 
and more system in classification. The object of emulsions is usually to facilitate the adminis- 
tration, to conceal the taste, or to obviate the nauseating effects of unpleasant medicines; and 
their perfection depends upon the intimacy with which the ingredients are blended. Some 
skill and care are requisite for the production of uniform and perfect emulsions. As a rule, 
the body to be suspended should be thoroughly mixed by trituration with the substance 
intended to act as the intermedium, before the watery vehicle is added. In the case of the 
liquid balsams and oils, if gum arabic be employed as the intermedium it should be previously 
brought to the state of mucilage of the consistence directed in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
When a fixed oil or balsam is to be made into an emulsion, the method most employed abroad 
is to add one part of gum to two or three of the oil, in a mortar, triturate until the mixture 
is complete, and then add at once twice as much water as gum used, and triturate rapidly until 
the oil is completely emulsified, then gradually add the remainder of the vehicle with constant 
trituration. Agitation in a bottle is sometimes substituted for trituration. The plan most 
largely used in this country is to make the emulsion with mucilage. Having a broad flat pestle 
and a mortar perfectly free from grease, put in a little mucilage, rub it around the mortar, add 
about half as much oil, triturate from the centre so as to emulsify this, then add more mucilage, 
then oil, and so on until the operation is completed. Care is required never to get the oil in 
excess of the mucilage. This plan seems to accord with the principle laid down by R. Rother 
(Chicago Pharmacist, 1872, p. 25), that the most perfect and rapid emulsifier is a perfect 
emulsion. The proportion of gum and water necessary to make a good emulsion with the 
fixed oils varies with the oil. Thus, while castor oil requires only two drachms of the gum 
and three drachms of water to the ounce, most other fixed oils require half their weight of 
gum, and a weight of water equal to half that of the oil and gum united. These quantities 
being well rubbed together, any desirable amount of water may afterwards be gradually added, 
and will readily incorporate with the other ingredients. The white of egg has been frequently 
ordered by physicians as the suspending substance; but it is inferior for this purpose to the 
yolk, or to gum arabic. When the white is used it should be well beaten, and incorporated 
with the oleaginous or balsamic substances before the water is added. Quillaja, saponin, and 
other substances having similar properties have been proposed as emulsifying agents, but they 
are objectionable on account of their physiological activity. Emulsifying agents should be inert. 
(¥-MUL'SA.) 
EMULSUM AMMONIACI. U. S. (Br.) Emulsion of Ammoniac. 
[Mistura Ammoniaci, Pharm. 1880.] 
(E-MUL'SUM AM-MO-NI'A-C!.) 
Mistura Ammoniaci, Br.; Ammoniac Mixture; Emulsio Ammoniaci, Lac Ammoniaci; Ammoniacum Mixture, 
Milk of Ammoniac ; Mixture de Gomme ammoniaque, Lait ammoniacal, Fr.; Ammoniak-Emulsion, G. 
“ Ammoniac, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fiuidrachms]. Rub the Ammoniac, in a 
warmed mortar, with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces] of Water, at first very 
gradually added, until a uniform emulsion results. Then strain the mixture into a graduated 
vessel, and wash the mortar and strainer with enough Water to make the product measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6\ fiuidrachms].” TJ. S. 
“ Ammoniacum, in coarse powder, \ ounce (Imperial) or 5 grammes; Syrup of Tolu, 4 fl. 
drachms (Imp. meas.) or 10 cubic centimetres ; Distilled water, 7£ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 150 
* Ceratum Saponin. U. S. 1870. Soap Cerate. (Cerat de Savon, Fr.; Seifencerat, G.) “Take of Soap Plaster two 
troy ounces ; White Wax two troyounces and a half; Olive Oil four troy ounces. Melt together the Plaster and Wax, 
add the Oil, and, after continuing the heat a short time, stir the mixture until cool.” U. S. 1870. 
Soap cerate is thought to be cooling and sedative, and is used in scrofulous swellings and other instances of chronio 
external inflammation. 510 
Emulsum Amygdalae.—Emulsum Asafoetidae. 
PART I. 
cubic centimetres. Triturate the Ammoniacum thoroughly with a little of the Distilled Water so 
as to form a thin paste; gradually add the remainder of the Distilled Water and the Syrup of Tolu, 
triturating until the mixture assumes a uniform milky appearance ; strain through muslin.” Br. 
In this emulsion the resinous and oily constituents are suspended by means of the gum of the 
ammoniac, imparting a milky appearance to the preparation, which from this circumstance was 
formerly called lac ammoniaci, or milk of ammoniac. The greater portion of the resin subsides 
upon standing. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) process directs the addition of a small 
quantity of syrup of Tolu, doubtless as a flavoring agent. The emulsion is slightly curdled by 
acids. The dose is from one to two tablespoonfuls (15 to 30 C.c.). 
EMULSUM AMYGDALA. U. S. (Br.) Emulsion of Almond. 
[Mistura Amygdalae, Pharm. 1880. Milk of Almond.] 
(E-MUL'SUM A-MYG'DA-L2E.) 
Mistura Amygdalae, Br.; Almond Mixture; Emulsio Amygdalae, s. Amygdalarum, Emulsio Simplex; Milk of 
Almonds, Simple Emulsion; Lait d’Amandes, Fr.; Mandelemulsion, Mandelmilch, G. 
“ Sweet Almond, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Acacia, in fine powder, ten 
grammes [or 154 grains] ; Sugar, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Water, a suf- 
ficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. 
Having blanched the Almond, add the Acacia and Sugar, and beat them, in a mortar, until 
they are thoroughly mixed. Then rub the mass with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluid- 
ounces] of Water, at first very gradually added, until a uniform mixture results. Strain this 
into a graduated vessel, and wash the mortar and strainer with enough Water to make the 
product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix the 
whole thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Compound Powder of Almonds, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Distilled Water, 16 
fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 160 cubic centimetres. Triturate tbe Powder with a little of the 
Distilled Water so as to form a thin paste ; gradually add the remainder of the Distilled Water; 
strain through fine muslin.” Br. 
These preparations are essentially the same, the gum and sugar which enter into the U. S. 
formula directly being ingredients of the compound powder of almonds of the British. The 
gum arabic in these formulas is introduced not so much for its demulcent properties as to assist 
in the suspension of the insoluble ingredients of the almonds. The same formula will answer 
for the preparation of an emulsion of bitter almonds. The oleaginous matter of the almonds is 
suspended in the water by means of their albumen, gum, and sugar, forming a milky emulsion. 
When the almonds themselves are employed, as in the U. S. process, care should be taken to 
reduce them to the consistence of a paste previously to the addition of the water; and with 
each successive portion of fluid a uniform mixture should be formed before another portion is 
added. Common water, when pure, may be properly substituted for the distilled. Great care 
should be taken to select the almonds perfectly free from rancidity. The emulsion is not per- 
manent.* Upon standing, the oil rises like thick cream to the surface, and the separation is 
effected more quickly by heat, alcohol, and the acids, which coagulate the albumen. The 
preparation is closely analogous to milk in chemical relations and appearance. In warm weather 
it soon becomes sour. 
Emulsion of almond lias a bland taste, and may be used as an agreeable, nutritive demulcent 
in catarrhal and dysenteric affections and irritation of the urinary passages. To be of service 
it must be freely employed. From two to eight fluidounces (60 to 236 C.c.) may be taken at 
once. It is occasionally employed as the vehicle of less agreeable medicines, but should not be 
used with any considerable quantity of tinctures, acidulous salts, or other acid substances. 
EMULSUM ASAFCETIDA. U. S. Emulsion of Asafetida. [Mistura Asa- 
fcetidae, Pharm. 1880. Milk of Asafcetida.] 
Asafetida Mixture; Mistura (Lac) Asafoetidse; Mixture (Lait) d’Asafoetida, Fr.; Asafoetida-Emulsion, Stink- 
asantmilch, G. 
“ Asafetida, in selected tears, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Water, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Rub the 
(E-MUL'SyM AS-A-FCET’I-DiE—iis-a-fet'j-de.) 
* Concentrated Emulsion of Almonds. H. P. Reynolds prepares a permanent preparation which, when mixed 
with three times its hulk of water, makes an emulsion which cannot be distinguished from the official, by using the 
following formula. Take of Sweet Almonds [blanched], Sugar, Glycerin (“ C. P.”), each, one ounce; Powdered Gum 
Arabic one drachm; Water two ounces. Rub to a uniform paste, strain through muslin, evaporate by a heat not ex- 
ceeding 150° F. to the consistency of a fresh solid extract, flavor to suit. PART I. 
Emulsum Asafoetidse.—Ergota. 
511 
Asafetida, in a warmed mortar, with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces] of Water, 
at first very gradually added, until a uniform emulsion results. Then strain the mixture into 
a graduated vessel, and wash the mortar and strainer with enough Water to make the product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms]. Mix the whole 
thoroughly.” U. S. 
The present 4-per-cent, official emulsion slightly exceeds in strength the mixture of the U. S. P. 
1870, which contained but 3 per cent, of asafetida. This emulsion is less stimulant than the 
tincture, and more prompt in its action than the pill. Its excessively disagreeable smell and 
taste are, however, objections, which induce a frequent preference for the last-mentioned prep- 
aration. It is very often employed as an enema. The dose is from one to two tablespoonfuls 
(15 to 30 C.c.), frequently repeated. From two to four fluidounces (60 to 118 C.c.) may be 
given by the rectum. Mr. D. Ackerman prepares a concentrated emulsion of asafetida, which 
will keep if excluded from the light, by using a mixture of three-fourths of pure water and one- 
fourth of dilute acetic acid as the menstruum. For cleaning mortars in which asafetida has 
been rubbed, he recommends liquor potassse, followed by bitter almond water or paste, and 
soap and water. (A. J. P., 1874, p. 268.) 
EMULSUM CHLOROFORMI. U. S. Emulsion of Chloroform. [Mistura 
Chloroformi, Pharm. 1880.] 
Chloroform Mixture; Emulsio Chloroformi; Emulsion de Chloroforme, Fr.; Chloroform-Emulsion, G. 
“ Chloroform, forty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 170 minims] ; Expressed Oil of Almond, 
sixty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 14 minims] ; Tragacanth, in very fine powder, fifteen 
grammes [or 231 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, fluidrachms]. Introduce the Tragacanth into a perfectly dry bottle of 
sufficient capacity, add the Chloroform, and shake the bottle thoroughly, so that every part of 
the surface may become wetted. Then add about two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
8 fluidounces, 217 minims] of Water, and incorporate it by vigorous shaking. Next add the 
Expressed Oil of Almond, in several portions, shaking after each addition, and when the Oil 
has been thoroughly emulsified, add enough Water, in divided portions, shaking after each ad- 
dition, until the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ flui- 
drachms].” U. S. The chloroform mixture of the U. S. P. 1880* was an excellent preparation ; 
the new emulsion is not quite identical, there being no camphor in it. The expressed oil of 
almond renders the emulsion more permanent; and the proportion of chloroform is slightly 
less than in the U. S. P. 1880 chloroform mixture, being 4 per cent, instead of 5 per cent, as 
formerly. This emulsion affords an easy and agreeable method of administering chloroform ; 
the emulsion is permanent and does not separate on standing. The chloroform makes it keep 
long unchanged. Dose, one or two tablespoonfuls (15 or 30 C.c.). 
(e-mOl'sum chlo-ko-fok'mi.) 
ERGOTA. U. S., Br. Ergot. [Ergot of Rye.] 
“The sclerotium of Claviceps purpurea (Fries), Tulasne (class, Fungi), replacing the grain 
of rye, Secale cereale, Linne (nat. ord. Gramineae). Ergot should be only moderately dried. 
It should be preserved in a close vessel, and a few drops of chloroform should be dropped upon 
it from time to time to prevent the development of insects. When more than one year old, it 
is unfit for use.” U S. “ The sclerotium of Claviceps purpurea, Tulasne, originating in the 
ovary of Secale cereale, Linn.” Br. 
Secale Cornutum, P.G.; Secale Clavatum, Mater Secalis, Clavus Secalinus; Spurred Rye; Ergot, Seigle ergots 
(noir), Bl<3 cornu, Fr.; Mutterkorn, Kornmutter, Lapfenkorn, G. 
In all the Gramineae, or grass tribe, and in some of the Cyperaceae, the place of the seeds 
is sometimes occupied by a morbid growth which, from its resemblance to the spur of a cock, 
has received the name of ergot, adopted from the French. This product is most frequent 
in the rye, Secale cereale, and from that grain was adopted in the first edition of the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia, under the name of secale cornutum, or spurred rye. In the edition of 1840 the 
name was changed to ergota. It is probable that this morbid growth has similar properties 
from whatever plant derived; and the fact has been proved in relation to the ergot of wheat. 
(ER'GO-TA.) 
* “Purified Chloroform, eight parts [or two fluidrachms] ; Camphor, two parts [or forty-five grains]; Fresh Yolk 
of Egg, ten parts [or half a fluidounce] ; Water, eighty parts [or four fluidounces], To make one hundred parts [or 
about five fluidounces]. Rub the Yolk of Egg in a mortar, first by itself, then with the Camphor, previously dis- 
solved in the Chloroform, and lastly, with the Water, gradually added, so as to make a uniform mixture.” U. S. 512 
Ergota. 
PART I. 
(See Am. Journ. Med. Set., N. S., xxxii. 479.) Indeed, in a case reported by Dr. D. L. 
McGugin (Iowa Med. Journ., iv. 93), this variety of ergot is said to have succeeded promptly 
when that of rye, previously tried, had failed.* A short thick ergot produced upon the wild 
rice of Minnesota is said to be used as an abortifacient and dur- 
ing labor by the Indian women.f M. Leperdriel, Jr., of Mont- 
pellier, in France, affirms that the ergot of wheat is destitute of 
the poisonous properties of that of rye, and is less liable to 
change. The former point is, to say the least, very uncertain. 
Prof. Bentley, of London, found that of two specimens, one of 
the ergot of rye, the other of wheat, which had been kept under 
similar circumstances for ten years, the former was quite de- 
stroyed, while the latter was apparently unchanged. Ergot is 
rarer in wheat than in rye ; and in the head of the former there 
is generally but one and very rarely more than two of the dis- 
eased grains. It is produced usually in wheat in wet seasons, 
and on that side of the head most exposed to the dampness. It 
is shorter and much thicker than the ergot of rye, being about 
half an inch long and three quarters of an inch or more in circum- 
ference, and cleft into two or three divisions. In color and smell 
it resembles the spurred rye. (P. J. Tr., March and April, 1863.) 
The very beautiful and praiseworthy investigations of M. 
Tulasne have shown that ergot is not the diseased grain of the 
rye, but is the sclerotium of‘ a fungus, the Claviceps purpurea, 
Tulasne. This fungus has three stages in its life-history. The 
development of the sphacelia, or first stage, commences with 
that of the pistil, which serves as a soil for it. The ovary of 
the rye consists of a cellular membrane of two coats, the outer 
of which has a thick parenchyma, white and gorged with juice; 
the inner is very delicate and green. The sphacelia, when it 
takes possession of the ovary, identifies itself with the outer 
parenchyma, and in some measure replaces it, being as it were 
borne by the inner membrane. It rapidly increases, taking the 
form of the ovary, and almost obliterating its cavity. The 
ovule is either entirely wanting, or may be seen, on a careful 
examination, in an imperfect form. For some time the parasite 
is represented entirely by the sphacelia, which is an oblong, fun- 
gous mass, almost homogeneous, soft and tender, marked on its 
surface by numerous sinuous furrows, and having within many 
irregular cavities, which, as well as the outer coat, are uniformly 
covered with linear parallel cells. From the summits of these 
peripheric cells, internal as well as external, issue oval capsules, 
from -005 to •007 Mm. in length, which spread upon neighboring 
objects, and especially the glumes of the flowers they inhabit. 
They are a kind of reproductive cells, called conidia, which are 
produced by many fungi long before the perfect plant is developed. M. Tulasne calls them 
“ spermatie:' In the early stage the sphacelia does not affect the top of the ovary, and the 
stigmas attached. The stamens often abort; but the filaments and anthers may sometimes be 
Ergot. A, head of rye with ergot (a) 
growing in it; B, young ergot, show- 
ing the growing sclerotium carrying 
upon its top the old diseased ovary. 
(After Berg.) 
* For the various views that have been held in regard to the nature of ergot, see 15th edition U. S. D.: the sketch 
is omitted here, as being solely of historic interest. 
t There is, indeed, reason for believing that this ergot is specifically identical with the official one, since Tulasne 
has cultivated the dissimilar sclerotia obtained from twelve species of grasses, and found the fructification in each case 
identical with that of the ergot of rye. Moreover, from time to time of late years epidemics of abortion in cows have 
been reported as produced by the use of various ergots. This is a strong indication that all the ergots are similar in 
medical properties. The ergot of oats is said to be of a black color, measuring from ten to twelve millimeters in length 
and three to four in thickness, and to have been used in Algeria as a substitute for rye ergot. (Lond. Med. Rec., 
March, 1888.) The ergot of diss, an Algerian reed, Ampelodesmos tennx, has appeared in commerce to some extent. 
It is, when small, slightly curved, but when long (6-9 centimeters) it takes a spiral turn from right to left, the longi- 
tudinal furrows being present on the inner face. It is thinner, dryer, and more brittle than the ergot of rye, and 
has been used for the preparation of an ergotine or extract closely resembling the official one, but said to be of a 
clearer red or brown color. M. Lallemand asserts that the ergot of diss is twice as strong as the ergot of rye. and 
states that it is abundant and readily collected. It is also stated to be less hygroscopic and less apt to be attacked by 
acari than is the official article. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 684, 1886.) Et'gota. 
513 
PART I. 
seen buried in the tissue of the sphacelia, and altered by its action. Sometimes the ovule is 
not completely aborted, but it is certainly never developed into a monster grain. In all ergotized 
plants, the pistils and stigmas, when they remain, are often covered with a mouldiness, consist- 
ing of spores and entangled filaments, which end by covering the parts with an abundant ashy 
or sooty powder. This is a different fungus, and was confounded by Mr. Quekett with the 
ergot plant. It is found as well in the non-ergotized as in the ergotized flowers, and in those 
of plants which do not bear ergot. At a somewhat advanced period of the development of 
the sphacelia, there exudes, especially from the summit, a very adhesive juice, which spreads 
over that structure, bearing along with it an immense number of the seedlets or “ spermaties.” 
This leaves on the surface when dry an oily appearance, and afterwards the spots, where it 
remains, become brownish or blackish. But this exudation does not appear until the sphacelia 
has ceased to constitute the whole plant. 
At the base of the sphacelia is produced a compact body, violet-black without and white 
within, which is the ergot in a rudimentary state. With this commences the second stage in 
the development of the fungus. The young ergot is everywhere invested by the tissue of the 
sphacelia (which Tulasne calls also spermagonia, from its office) ; but, as it increases, it seems 
to be placed below the spermatopherous apparatus, and raises it steadily out of the floral 
bracts which concealed it, ending by supporting it wholly at its summit. Sometimes it carries 
with it the atrophied ovary, which still shows the hairs that crowned it, and some remains of 
the stigmas. It results that the ergot, which is technically the sclerotium of the fungus, re- 
mains for some time concealed in the sphacelia, so that this seems to constitute the whole 
plant. But, when the function belonging to this has been fulfilled, it begins to become dry, 
and is much deformed. The ergot, on the contrary, increases in all directions, and soon appears 
above the glume. As it augments, the thin coating which it has received from the sperma- 
topherous tissue, especially below, gradually becomes thinner, and seems to disappear, so that 
its surface, instead of being uniformly violet-black, is only here and there covered with the 
remains of the tissue, or with a deposit of the conidia or “ spermatie.” Nevertheless, the 
sphacelia, deformed, shrunken, and worn away by rains and other causes, remains long at the 
top of the ergot, along with the abortive ovary, etc., and may even continue to adhere when the 
ergot is detached from the plant. The time required for the full development of the sphacelia 
and the ergot or sclerotium varies. In an example under the observation of M. Tulasne, at 
least a month elapsed after the appearance of the sphacelia before the growth was completed. 
Ergot has absolutely nothing in common with normal grain. The anatomical structure and 
all the physical characters of ergot are those of the mushrooms, or rather of a sclerotic my- 
celium. The parenchyma, which is whitish, dry, and brittle, consists in all its parts of irregu- 
lar, globular, or polyhedric tliick-walled cells, intimately united, and filled with a limpid oil, but 
feebly colored by iodine. The superficial utricles, which alone are colored, have an outer wall 
thicker than the inner, and the color of these is what gives its characteristic hue to ergot. Not 
the least trace of starch is to be detected. If ergot be planted in a suitable soil, evidences of 
germination are seen in about three months. Little globular prominences appear on its sur- 
face, which gradually enlarge, and raise themselves upon cylindrical stems, and finally become 
perfect pilei or fruiting fungi, producing elongated, rod-like spores in flask-shaped cavities 
which open by a little pore. These little fungi belong to the genus Sphseria. As they in- 
crease, the interior of the ergot becomes exhausted, by contributing to their growth. Falling 
to the ground, in its natural course, the ergot in the soil germinates, and produces pilei, the 
spores of which, carried up with the juices of rye, become lodged in the ovary, where they 
begin the course of life and progress which has been delineated. Different grains are probably 
infested with different species of Claviceps; but there is no reason to think that any other 
species is concerned in the product of any official variety of ergot. (Annales des Sciences Na- 
turelles, 3e ser., xx. 5, 1853.) The ergot usually projects out of the glume or husk beyond the 
ordinary outline of the spike or ear. In some spikes the place of the seeds is wholly occupied 
by the ergot, in others only two or three spurs are observed. It is said to be much more ener- 
getic when collected before than after harvest. Rye has generally been thought to be most 
subject to the disease in poor and wet soils, and in rainy seasons; and intense heat succeeding 
continued rains has been said to favor its development, especially if these circumstances occur 
at the time the flower is forming. It is now, however, asserted that moisture has little or 
nothing to do with its production. It should not be collected until some days after it has begun 
to form; as, according to M. Bonjean, if gathered on the first day it does not possess the 
poisonous properties wThich it exhibits when taken on the sixth day. (See A*. J. TV., Jan. 1842.) 514 
Ergota. 
PART I. 
Ergot chiefly enters commerce from Russia, Germany, and Spain. Of the three varieties the 
Spanish ergot is considered the best, yielding usually from 13 to 15, sometimes as high as 18, 
per cent, of extractive. It is somewhat darker-colored, rather shorter, and more uniform than 
is the German ergot. An ergot of excellent quality has been sent from the Canary Islands to 
England. 
Properties. Ergot is in solid, brittle yet somewhat flexible grains, from a third of an inch 
to an inch and a half long, from half a line to three lines in thickness, cylindrical or obscurely 
triangular, tapering towards each end, obtuse at the extremities, usually curved like the spur 
of a cock, marked with one or twro longitudinal furrows, often irregularly cracked or fissured, 
of a violet-brown color and often somewhat glaucous externally, yellowish white or violet-white 
within, of an unpleasant smell when in mass resembling that of putrid fish, and of a taste which is 
at first scarcely perceptible, but ultimately disagreeable and slightly acrid. “ Somewhat fusiform, 
obtusely triangular, usually curved, about 2 or 3 Cm. long, and 3 Mm. thick; three-furrowed, 
obtuse at both ends, purplish-black, internally whitish with some purplish striae, breaking with a 
short fracture ; odor peculiar, heavy, increased by trituration with potassium or sodium hy- 
drate test-solution; taste oily and disagreeable. Old Ergot, which breaks with a sharp snap, 
is almost or entirely devoid of a pinkish tinge upon the fracture, is hard and brittle between 
the teeth, and is comparatively odorless and tasteless, should be rejected.” U. S. Ergot yields 
its virtues to water and alcohol. The aqueous infusion or decoction is claret-colored, and has 
an acid reaction. It is precipitated by lead acetate and subacetate, silver nitrate, and tincture 
of galls, but affords with iodine no evidence of the presence of starch. Long boiling impairs 
the virtues of the medicine. 
Ergot has been analyzed by Vauquelin, Winckler, Wiggers, Wright, Legrip, Wenzell, Tanret, 
Dragendorff, and several others. Dr. Wright supposed the virtues of ergot to reside in the 
fixed oil, which he therefore recommended as a substitute for the medicine. The oil of ergot, 
when obtained from grains recently collected, is, according to Dr. Wright, often quite free from 
color; but as usually prepared it is reddish brown. It has a disagreeable, somewhat acrid taste, 
is lighter than water, and is soluble in alcohol and alkaline solutions. It is prepared by form- 
ing an ethereal tincture of ergot by the process of displacement, and evaporating the ether 
with a gentle heat. It may be more cheaply prepared by substituting benzin for ether. Ex- 
perience has shown that, though the oil thus prepared with ether may have produced effects 
analogous to those of ergot, they were to be ascribed rather to some principle extracted along 
with the oil by the menstruum than to the oil itself; for, when procured by expression, this 
has been found to be inactive, although Prof. Procter has ascertained that it contains a little 
secalin, one at least of the active principles of ergot, which may be separated from it by washing 
with acidulated water. According to Mr. T. R. Baker, the oil has a taste and smell similar to 
those of castor oil, with which it also agrees in ultimate composition, and yields analogous 
results in saponification. (A. J. P., xxiv. 101-2.) Dr. T. C. Herrmann investigated specially 
the chemical constitution of the oil of ergot. As obtained by means of ether, it was brownish 
yellow, of an aromatic smell and acrid taste, viscid, of the sp. gr. 0-9249, and without the drying 
property. It consists of 22-703 per cent, of palmitic acid, 69-205 of oleic acid, and 8-091 of 
glycerin. (W. R., 1872, p. 238; from Buchners Repertorium, 1871, p. 283.) The sugar of 
engot was found by Mitscherlich to be peculiar, and was named by him mycose. He described 
it as crystallizable, very soluble in water, almost insoluble in cold but dissolved by about 100 
parts of boiling alcohol, quite insoluble in ether, and without the action of glucose on the salts 
of copper. Its formula is C12 ”f" 2HsO, allying it to cane sugar, and possibly making it 
identical with trehalose. According to Wenzell (A. J. P., May, 1864), ergot of rye contains 
two peculiar alkaloids, which he designated ecboline and ergotine, and claimed to be the active 
principles of the drug. The two bases of ergot are, according to Wenzell, combined with ergotic 
acid, the existence of which has been further admitted by Ganser. It is said to be a volatile 
body yielding crystallizable salts. 
A crystallized, colorless alkaloid, ergotinine, C36H40N406, which is probably identical with 
Wenzell’s ergotine, was isolated (1877-78) by Tanret. He obtained it to the amount of 0-04 
per cent., some amorphous ergotinine, moreover, being present. The solutions of ergotinine turn 
greenish and red very soon; they are fluorescent. Sulphuric acid imparts to it a red, violet, 
and finally blue hue. The u ecboline" of Wenzell was named by Robert cornutine. C. C. 
Keller asserts that picrosclerotine, cornutine, and Tanret’s ergotinine are identical, and that ergot 
contains but one alkaloid which persists in it for one year unaltered. This alkaloid is crystal- 
line, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and chloroform, slightly soluble in ether; by sul- Ergota. 
515 
PART I. 
phuric acid it is colored violet blue. ( Chern. Zeit., 1894,105.)* C. Jakoby (Pharm. Centralh., 
1897, 58) believes that he has isolated from ergot three chemically different bodies, chryso- 
toxin, secalintoxin, and sphacelotoxin. All of these are, however, therapeutically similar. It 
is affirmed that chrysotoxin fully represents ergot pharmacologically, and retains its activity 
unaltered for years, whereas sphacelotoxin and secalintoxin do not. 
Dragendorff and several of his pupils believe that they have isolated the following amorphous 
principles of the drug: 1, sclerotic acid, said to be a very active substance, used chiefly in 
subcutaneous injections ; about 4 per cent, of colorless acid may be obtained from good ergot of 
rye; 2, scleromudn, a mucilaginous matter which may be precipitated by alcohol from aqueous 
extracts of the drug; 3, sclererythrin, the red coloring matter probably allied to anthrachinon 
and the coloring substances of madder, chiefly to purpurin ; 4, scleroiodin, a bluish-black 
powder soluble in alkalies; 5, fusco-sclerotinic acid; 6, picrosclerotine, apparently a highly 
poisonous alkaloid ; lastly, 7, scleroxanthin, C7H703 HaO, and 8, sclerocrystallin, C7H703, 
have been obtained in crystals; their alcoholic solution is but little colored, yet assumes a violet 
hue on addition of ferric chloride. 
Tanret also observed in ergot of rye a volatile camphoraceous substance. 
When ergot or its alcoholic extract is treated with an alkali, it yields as products of the 
decomposition of the albuminoid matters ammonia or ammonia bases, according to Ludwig 
and Stahl, methylamine; according to others, trimethylamine. Wenzell states that phosphate 
of trimethylamine is present in an aqueous extract of ergot, but Ganser ascertained that no 
such base pre-exists in ergot. Fliickiger found that the crystals which abound in the extract 
after it has been kept for some time are an acid sodium and ammonium phosphate, with a small 
proportion of sulphate. 
We quote from Dilg’s summary of the “ active constituents of ergot” (A. J. P., 1878, p. 335) 
Dragendorff’s process for the two most active constituents of ergot, sclerotic or sclerotinic acid 
and scleromudn. “ Digest ergot, previously exhausted by ether and absolute alcohol, with 
water, dialyse, evaporate the dialysate to a syrupy consistence, and treat with sufficient alcohol 
to obtain a mixture containing 40 to 45 per cent, alcohol, which precipitates the potassium 
phosphate, while more alcohol added until the strength is increased to 75 or 80 per cent, pre- 
cipitates the salts of sclerotic acid, which are soluble in dilute but insoluble in stronger alcohol, 
and leave about 19 per cent, of ash. The filtrate, upon which alcohol has no further effect, 
produces with ether a slight precipitate, which after a few days’ standing forms a syrupy, 
brown mass, which has scarcely any medicinal virtue. The filtrate from this precipitate, in 
which the reactions still distinctly indicate the presence of Wenzell’s alkaloids, after evapo- 
rating the ether and alcohol, does not produce the specific action of ergot. The dark liquid 
remaining on the dialysator, when mixed with sufficient alcohol to bring it to 45-50 per cent., 
precipitates the scleromudn, which while moist forms a mucilaginous solution with water, but 
after drying is only partially soluble, differing in this respect from sclerotic acid, which is solu- 
ble in all proportions, before and after drying. 
“ Sclerotic add is obtained in an early pure state by kneading the mixed sclerotates, as obtained 
above, with 80 per cent, alcohol, and afterwards dissolving them in 40 per cent, alcohol; the 
solution is mixed with an excess of hydrochloric acid, and after several hours precipitated with 
absolute alcohol, whereby the ash is reduced to about 3 per cent., and consists mainly of some 
silica, magnesia, and phosphates of iron and potassium. The acid is not a glucoside, and yields 
no precipitates with the reagents for alkaloids, except with phosphomolybdic acid a yellow, and 
with tannin a nearly colorless one. Sclerotic acid is obtained as a yellowish brown, tasteless, 
and inodorous substance, which has a very slight acid reaction, and is hygroscopic without 
being deliquescent. It is very well adapted for subcutaneous applications, in doses of 
0-03-0-045 Gm. Scleromudn is darker in color, slightly hygroscopic, gummy, inodorous, and 
tasteless, yields 26-8 per cent, of ash, and, like sclerotic acid, contains nitrogen, is not a gluco- 
side, and is precipitated by tannin and phosphomolybdic acid. Good ergot yields about 4 to 
4£ per cent, of sclerotic acid, and about 2 to 3 per cent, of scleromucin.” 
For an improved process for making sclerotic acid, by Podwissotzky, see N. R., 1883, p. 271. 
Yoswinkel obtained from ergot a brown amorphous substance, which he proved by hydrolysis 
to yield mannose. The body is a hemi-cellulose, and the name mannan has been given to it. 
He states that Dragendorffs sclerotic acid and scleromucin are identical with mannan. (Pharm. 
Centralhalle, 1891, p. 531.) 
*' Keller gives a very full account of this single alkaloid, its color reactions, yield from commercial samples, and 
method for the analysis of ergot and assay of its value. (Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 542.) 516 
Ergota. 
PART I. 
Robert (Pharm. CentraThaUe, 1884, p. 607 ; All, Das Mutterkorns, Leipzig, 1884) found 
three physiologically active principles: 1st, ergotic acid, which he considers the principal con- 
stituent of the sclerotic acid of DragendorfF and Podwissotzky, and which is isolated by pre- 
cipitation with ammoniaeal lead subacetate , 2d, sphacelic acid, which can be isolated by taking 
advantage of the insolubility of the free acid in water and its solubility in alcohol; 3d, the 
alkaloid cornutine, which is not identical with the crystalline or with the amorphous ergotinine 
of Tanret; it is readily soluble in alcohol, and is obtained from an alkaline aqueous solution 
by agitation with ether. This alkaloid is said to be very poisonous. Dr. Robert’s conclusions 
have been questioned by Tanret (P. J. Tr., 1885, p. 889), but the former reaffirms his state- 
ments and believes that ergotinine is worthless, and that the activity of fresh ergot is due to 
sphacelic acid and cornutine as above described: the important fact, however, is noted that 
these latter principles entirely lose their properties on keeping; he therefore proposes that they 
be made into pills and coated to protect them. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1886, p. 597.) Robert’s 
process for cornutine we append in a foot-note.* For assay of ergot by Dr. Dohme, see Proc. 
A. P. A., 1895, 263. 
The odor of ergot is no doubt owing to the liberation of its volatile alkaloid, probably in con- 
sequence of a slow decomposition of the native salt. A method of detecting ergot in a mixed 
powder, rye flour for example, is thus afforded. If, on the addition of solution of potassa, the 
odor of ergot be perceived, its presence is sufficiently proved. 
Ergot, when perfectly dry and kept in well-stopped bottles, will retain its virtues for a con- 
siderable time, but exposed to air and moisture it speedily undergoes chemical change and 
deteriorates. M. Globley kept for more than ten years, perfectly sound, some ergot which he 
had selected from the year’s harvest, carefully sifted, wiped with linen, then exposed to a heat 
of from 50° to 60° C. for three or four hours, and finally put into small boxes, holding each 
about 30 Grin, (a troy ounce), previously heated with the ergot, and finally closed air-tight with 
pitch. (Journ. de Pharm., Mar. 1873, p. 216.) It is, moreover, apt to be attacked by a minute 
worm, which consumes the interior of the grain, leaving merely the exterior shell and an excre- 
mentitious powder. This insect is sometimes found in the ergot before removal from the plant. 
In the state of powder the medicine still more readily deteriorates; but Prof. DragendorfF 
believes that the decay is due to oxidization of the fatty principles of the ergot, and can be 
prevented by depriving the ergot of its oil before powdering. (A. P. S., xxv.) This has since 
been confirmed by Zschiesing, who preserved ergot for two years, and Bombelon, who kept ergot 
in good condition for nine years, by previously removing the fixed oil with ether. (Phar. Zeitung, 
No. 49, p. 51; A. J. P., 1881, p. 457.) It is best, as a rule, to renew it every year or two. 
M. Viel recommends that it should be well dried at a gentle heat, and incorporated with 
double its weight of loaf sugar, by means of which, if protected from moisture, it will retain 
its virtues for many years. According to M. Zanon, the same result is obtained by stratifying 
it with well-washed and perfectly dried sand, in a bottle from which air and light are excluded. 
Camphor and powdered benzoin are said to prevent injury from worms. Aymoiner immerses 
fresh ergot in an ethereal solution of Tolu, dries it, and preserves in tightly closed bottles. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Given in small doses to men or non-pregnant women, 
ergot produces no obvious effect. In the quantity of half a drachm or a drachm it may occa- 
sion nausea or vomiting, but in order to produce very distinct symptoms enormous doses must 
be taken. We have given the fluid extract in doses of three ounces, daily, for one or more 
weeks without perceiving any marked effect. In some cases, after very large doses the pulse 
is distinctly reduced in frequency, and Dr. Hardy has noted that the foetal cardiac pulsations 
are rendered infrequent by it. But one instance of fatal poisoning has occurred, except when 
abortion has been produced. A case is recorded in which ergot produced great prostration, 
with an almost absent pulse, paleness and coldness of the surface, partial palsy, with pricking 
of the limbs, and great restlessness, without stupor or delirium. ( Gazette Mid. de Paris, Juillet 
25,1857.) The symptoms in another case, recorded by Dr. Oldright, were very similar to those 
just detailed. The most characteristic is the intense coldness of the surface, which has also 
* Exhaust the drug with water, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, neutralize the aqueous solution nearly with 
sodium carbonate, evaporate in vacuo at a very low temperature to a syrupy consistence, and treat with alcohol. 
Filter, distil off the alcohol carefully, and treat the nearly dry product with anhydrous ether, which removes any 
ergotinine present. After making the residue alkaline with sodium carbonate it is treated with acetic ether, and the 
solution shaken with water containing a little citric acid, which removes the cornutine in an almost pure state. This 
process is repeated, and it is finally precipitated from its acetic ether solution by anhydrous ether. Prepared in this 
way, cornutine will, if kept dry, and not exposed to light, remain unchanged. (The author kept some for three 
years.) ( Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1891, p. 190.) PAET I. 
Et'gota. 
517 
been noted in the lower animals. In the fatal case narrated hy Dr. Pratschke, uneasiness in 
the head, oppression of stomach, diarrhoea, urgent thirst, burning pains in the feet, tetanic 
spasms, violent convulsions, and death ensued upon eating freely of ergotized grain. (Lon. 
Med. Gaz., Oct. 1850, p. 579.) The long-continued and free use of ergot is highly dangerous, 
even when no immediate effects are perceptible. Fatal epidemics in different parts of the con- 
tinent of Europe, particularly in certain provinces of France, have long been ascribed to the 
use of bread made from rye contaminated with this fungus* Dry gangrene, typhus fever, 
and disorder of the nervous system attended with convulsions, are the forms of disease which 
have followed the use of this unwholesome food. It is true that ergot has been denied to be 
the cause; but accurate investigations made by competent men upon the spot where the epi- 
demics have prevailed, together with experiments upon inferior animals,f leave no room for 
reasonable doubt that at least the gangrenous affection alluded to has resulted from it. 
Upon the lower animals ergot acts as upon man. Besides its influence upon the uterus, 
the most important physiological action of the drug is upon the vaso-motor nervous system. 
It has been abundantly proved that in full therapeutic dose it raises remarkably the arterial 
pressure by producing a general vaso-motor spasm. This spasm is almost certainly the result 
of a stimulation of the vaso-motor nerve-centres, but there are still some authorities who be- 
lieve that the drug acts peripherally upon the muscular coats of the vessels or upon the nerves 
connected therewith. 
On the continent of Europe, in Germany, France, and Italy, ergot has long been empirically 
employed by midwives for promoting the contraction of the uterus ; and its German name of 
mutterkorn implies a popular acquaintance with its peculiar powers. But the attention of the 
medical profession was first called to it by Dr. Stearns, of Saratoga County, N.Y. (Mew York 
Medical Repository, 1807.) In its operation upon the pregnant uterus, it produces a constant 
unremitting contraction and rigidity, rather than that alternation of spasmodic effort and re- 
laxation which is observable in the natural process of labor. Hence, unless the os uteri and 
external parts are sufficiently relaxed, the medicine is apt to produce injury to the foetus by 
the incessant pressure which it maintains; and the death of the child is thought not unfre- 
quently to have resulted from its injudicious employment. The cases to which it is thought to 
be especially adapted are those of lingering labor, when the os uteri is sufficiently dilated and 
the external parts sufficiently relaxed, when no mechanical impediment is offered to the passage 
of the child, and the delay is ascribable solely to want of energy in the uterus. Other cases 
are those in which the death of the foetus has been ascertained, and when great exhaustion or 
dangerous constitutional irritation imperiously calls for speedy delivery. The medicine may 
also be given to promote the expulsion of the placenta, to restrain inordinate hemorrhage after 
delivery, and to hasten the discharge of the foetus in protracted cases of abortion. In women 
subject to dangerous flooding, a dose of ergot given immediately before delivery is said to have 
the happiest effects. Ergot is also much used to cause the expulsion of coagula of blood, 
polypi, and hydatids from the uterine cavity, and even a number of successful cases of its em- 
ployment for the destruction by strangulation of fibroid tumors of the uterus have been reported. 
In uterine hemorrhage, unconnected with pregnancy, the medicine is very useful; and it is 
probably the most used and most efficient of all remedies in pulmonary and other similar in- 
ternal hemorrhages. Its action in these cases is no doubt the result of the contracting power 
it has over the smaller vessels. This action of ergot upon the blood-vessels suggests its em- 
ployment in those cases in which there is local or general dilatation of the blood-vessels. It has 
been used in pulmonic congestion with apparent good results, and it has been highly lauded in 
the first stages of pneumonia by several clinicians, especially by Dr. J. E. Kelly (Med. Register, 
1887, vol. x.), as giving immediate relief when injected hypodermically in low forms of pul- 
monary hyperaemia such as occur in typhoid fevers. It will probably also be found of service 
as a vaso-motor stimulant in surgical shock, and has been much used against cerebral con- 
gestion., in spinal congestion, in colliquative sweats, and in diabetes insipidus. In apoplexy, owing 
to its pronounced tendency to increase the blood-pressure, it must be given with the greatest 
caution, if at all. The best preparation of ergot for internal administration, except when an im- 
mediate influence is desired, is the official solid extract given in capsules. The fluid extract is 
perhaps absorbed a little more quickly, but it is much more apt to sicken the stomach. The 
dose of solid extract is 5 to 30 grains (0-33-1-95 Gm.) ; of the fluid extract, half a fluidrachm 
* Dr. Hofmann states that per cent, of ergot can be detected in bread by macerating 30 grains of coarsely grated 
bread in 40 grains of ether and 20 drops of diluted sulphuric acid for 24 hours, straining, shaking with solution of 
sodium bicarbonate and allowing to stand, when the solution separates and is of a violet color. (See also N. R., 1883.) 
f An epidemic among sheep was caused by eating ergotized grain. (See P. J. Tr., x. 195.) 518 
Ei'gota.—Eriodictyon. 
PART I. 
to two fluidrachms (1-8—7-4 C.c.). In hemorrhoids, and in varicose veins of the leg, it has 
been injected into the diseased tissue with success, but probably acts only by producing a 
severe local inflammation. 
Under the name of Bonjean's ergotine, a purified extract is sometimes used in the dose of 
from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gin.). It is made by exhausting ergot with water, evapo- 
rating to the consistence of syrup, precipitating the albumen, gum, etc., by a large excess of 
alcohol, decanting the clear liquid, and evaporating to the consistence of a soft extract. When 
promptness and certainty of action are required, ergot may be used hypodermically. Solu- 
tions of extract of ergot are very prone to undergo speedy decomposition, and, as such altered 
solutions are very irritating, it is important that solutions for hypodermic use be made freshly, 
especially as the experiments of M. Engelmann (Deutsch. Med. Wochen., Sept. 30, 1886) have 
shown that the addition of ordinary antiseptic agents to such solutions, unless in very large 
amount, simply delays decomposition, and that the changes may be far advanced although the 
preparations seem to the eye unaltered. Notwithstanding all possible precautions, the hypo- 
dermic injections of ergot have a tendency to produce local inflammations and abscesses, but 
the danger may be reduced to a minimum by absolute obedience to the following directions: 
Extract of ergot, five grains, should be dissolved in twenty minims of recently boiled water, 
and two or three drops of glycerin and half a drop of carbolic acid be added. This solution 
should be filtered to remove any solid particles, and then at once be thrown deeply into the 
cellular tissues. 
Dujardin-Beaumetz gives the dose of Tanret’s crystallized ergotine for hypodermic use as 5 
milligrammes (Tfo grain). (Bull. Thtrap., xciv. 236.) Sclerotic acid does not represent ergot, 
as was, so far as concerns the commercial article, shown by experiments made in the laboratory 
of the University of Pennsylvania ; indeed, the research of Nikitin, who claims that it is the 
active principle, affords abundant evidence that it is not so. (Bond. Med. Record, 1879, p. 21.) 
ERIODICTYON. U.S. Eriodictyon. 
(er-i-o-dic'ty-5n.) 
“ The leaves of Eriodictyon glutinosum, Bentham (nat. ord. Hydrophyllaceae).” U. S. 
Yerba Santa; Mountain Balm, Consumptive’s Weed, Bear’s Weed. 
Gen. Ch. Low shrubs (California to New Mexico), with alternate pinnately veined and 
finely reticulated leaves of firm or coriaceous texture, their margins mostly beset with rigid 
teeth, at base tapering into more or less of a petiole; the flowers scorpioid-cymose, forming a 
terminal usually naked thyrsus. Sepals narrow, not enlarging upwards. Corolla violet or pur- 
ple, or sometimes white. Filaments adnate variably and sometimes very extensively to the tube 
of the corolla, usually sparsely hirsute. Ovary nearly or completely two-celled by the meeting 
of the dilated placentae in the axis. Capsule small (a line or two long), globose-ovate, pointed. 
E. glutinosum grows upon dry hills abundantly in California. It is glabrous, resinous to the 
feeling, with lanceolate leaves from three to six inches long, irregularly more or less serrate, some- 
times entire, whitened beneath, between the reticulations, by a minute and close tomentum, 
above glabrous. The corolla is half an inch long, tubular funnel-form ; the calyx is about one- 
sixth of an inch long, and slightly, sparsely hirsute. The leaf structure has been studied by 
F. W. Bitter. (See A. J. P, 1895, 5G5.) 
E. tomentosum, which grows often along with E. glutinosum, especially in the southern part 
of California, is readily distinguished by its dense coat of short villous hairs, whitish or rusty- 
colored with age. It is also a larger shrub than glutinosum, has its corolla somewhat salver- 
form, and its leaves oblong or oval, and obtuse. 
Properties. The Eriodictyon leaves have already been sufficiently described, hut they 
are further characterized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia as “ oblong-lanceolate, 5 to 10 Cm. long, 
acute at the apex, and below narrowed into a short petiole, the margin sinuately toothed to 
nearly entire; upper surface green, smooth, and covered with a brownish resin; lower surface 
reticulate and minutely white-tomentose; odor somewhat aromatic; taste balsamic and sweet- 
ish.” U. S. H. S. Wellcome (Pharmacist, 1876, p. 73) found the drug to contain two aromatic 
resins, whilst an aqueous infusion of leaves which had been exhausted by alcohol yielded an 
intensely bitter extract. According to the analysis of Chas. Mohr (A. J. P., 1879, 549), it 
contains tannic acid and 8 per cent, of an acrid, bitter resin, upon which its activity is be- 
lieved to depend, also a minute quantity of volatile oil. R. Rother describes (A. J. P., 1887, 
p. 225) an acid resin which forms with bases quite soluble salts. The acid resin was obtained 
after spontaneous volatilization of the several solvents as a green-yellow transparent mass. 
Thai (Pharm. Zeit. Russl., 1883, p. 209) showed the presence of ericolin, C34H66021. Eucalypti Gummi.—Eucalyptol. 
519 
PAET I. 
Medical Properties. The yerba santa has long been used in California as a bitter 
tonic, and also as a stimulant balsamic expectorant. There is considerable testimony to its 
usefulness in asthma, chronic bronchitis, and allied conditions; also in chronic inflammation 
of the genito-urinary tract. Attention has been called by Dr. Kier to its remarkable power 
of disguising the taste of quinine. It is best exhibited in the form of the official fluid ex- 
tract, the dose of which is one-half to one drachm (1-8 to 3-69 C.c.) ; a solid extract has been 
made, which may be given in doses of from five to fifteen grains (0-324 to 0-972 Gm.). In 
cases of asthma eriodictyon is often used by smoking. The aromatic syrup is well adapted as 
a vehicle for quinine. (See Syrupus Eriodictyi Aromaticus, National Formulary.) 
EUCALYPTI GUMMI. Br. Eucalyptus Gum. 
(EU-CA-LYP'TI GUM'M I—yu-ka-lip'tl.) 
“ A ruby-colored exudation, or so-called red gum, from the bark of Eucalyptus rostrata, 
Schlechtendal, and some other species. Imported from Australia.” Br. 
A kino-like exudation is obtained in Australia from various species of Eucalyptus, but the 
commercial is chiefly yielded by E. rostrata, which occurs over a wide area along watercourses 
in Australia and New South Wales. It is a large, gregarious tree, with almost linear-pointed 
leaves and shining bark, and is especially characterized by the long beak upon the operculum 
of its seed-vessel. The gum is obtained by cutting the tree, inserting a piece of bent tin, and 
catching the red, thick liquid in a vessel. The average yield is said to be about one quart per 
tree. In a few days the liquid hardens into a kino-like mass. 
Bed gum occurs in commerce in grains or small masses of a purplish-red, ruby-red, or garnet 
color, closely resembling ordinary kino, but somewhat more brilliant, with a distinctly bitterish 
taste, tough, and adhering to the teeth. It does not equal kino in astringency. From 80 to 
90 per cent, of it is soluble in cold water, forming a neutral solution. It is almost entirely 
soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.). For further description, see “ Australian Kino,” under Kino. 
In the analyses made by J. II. Maiden red gum yielded about 4-5 per cent, of tannic acid. 
(A. J. P., 1897.) It is used for diarrhoeas of relaxation, and other affections for which kino 
has been employed, and is also largely employed as the basis of lozenges and gargles.* Dose, 
from two to ten grains (0-13 to 0-65 Gm.). 
EUCALYPTOL. U. S. Eucalyptol. 
“ A neutral body obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyptus globulus, Labillardiere, and of 
some other species of Eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacese). Eucalyptol should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light.” U. S. 
This is a new official liquid of the U. S. P. 1890. In the distillation of eucalyptus leaves, 
the portion which comes over between 170° C. (338° F.) and 178° C. (352,4° F.) is set aside 
as crude eucalyptol To obtain it pure a redistillation from caustic potash or calcium chloride 
is necessary. It is very liquid, nearly colorless, with a strong, aromatic, camphoraceous odor, 
is slightly soluble in water, but very soluble in alcohol. Nitric acid produces with it a crystal- 
lizable acid; by the action of phosphoric anhydride (Journ. de Pharm., 4e s&r., xii. 204) it is 
converted into eucalyptene, C10Hie, a substance allied to cymene, and eucalyptolen. 
The presence of cymene, C10H14, was asserted by Faust and Homeyer (1874), but its presence 
in the oil of Eucalyptus globulus is denied by H. Schulz (1881), who made a careful study of 
this variety, although eucalyptol may be converted into cymene by the action of P2S6. 
C. Jahns (A. J. P., 1885, p. 237) gave the formula C10H180 to eucalyptol, and showed it 
to be identical with cajuputol, or, as it is now generally known, cineol. Wallach (Ann. der Ch. 
und Phar., 248, pp. 278-283) showed that the oil from E. globulus contained cineol (eucalyptol) 
and dextro-pinene, while that from E. amygdalina contained cineol and Isevo-phellandrene. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes it as follows : “ A colorless liquid, having a characteristic, 
aromatic, and distinctly camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Specific 
gravity: 0-930 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point: 176° to 177° C. (348-8° to 350-6° F,). 
CioHisO; 153*66. (EU-CA-LYP'TOL—yu-ka-llp'tbl.) 
* Eucalyptus Tooth-Wash. The following formula was devised by Jos. W. England. As alum is destructive 
to the teeth, it is preferable to omit it. Potassium chlorate, 120 grains; boiling water, 4 fluidounees; powdered 
alum, 60 grains; stronger rose water, 2 fluidounees, 5 fluidrachms; glycerin, 4 fluidrachms; syrup, 4 fluidrachms; 
fluid extract of eucalyptus rostrata (red gum), 3 fluidrachms. Dissolve the potassium chlorate in the boiling water, 
cool, and reserve. Dissolve the alum in the stronger rose water, add the glycerin, syrup, and fluid extract of red 
gum in the order named, and then add this to the reserved portion. The product is a transparent ruby-red liquid, 
of a very agreeable odor and taste, which may be used pure or diluted with equal bulk of water. 520 
Eucalyptol.—Eucalyptus. 
PART I. 
It is optically inactive (distinction from the oil of Eucalyptus and many other volatile oils). 
When exposed to a temperature some degrees below 0° C. (32° F.), or placed in a freezing 
mixture, it solidifies to a mass of colorless, needle-shaped crystals, which liquefy at —1° C. 
(30-2° F.). Soluble, in all proportions, in alcohol, carbon disulphide, and glacial acetic acid. 
If a portion of Eucalyptol be shaken with an equal volume of sodium hydrate test-solution, it 
should not diminish in volume. Its alcoholic solution should be neutral to litmus-paper, and 
should not assume a brownish or violet color on the addition of a drop of ferric chloride test- 
solution (absence of phenols')." 
Medical Properties. Eucalyptol has been used with very good results, instead of oil of 
eucalyptus, as a stimulant expectorant in catarrhal pneumonia, chronic bronchitis, bronchorrhoea, 
and other catarrhal conditions of the respiratory mucous membranes. It has also been em- 
ployed in chronic inflammation of the genito-urinary mucous membranes, and locally as an anti- 
septic dressing to ulcers, and as a counter-irritant in neuralgia and rheumatism. It may be 
given in doses of from 5 to 10 minims (03 to 0‘6 C.c.) four to six times a day, best admin- 
istered in capsules; and its solution in fatty oil has been used hypodermically. 
EUCALYPTUS. U. S. Eucalyptus. 
“ The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus, Labillardiere (nat. ord. Myrtaceae), collected from the 
older parts of the tree.” U S. 
Eucalyptus Leaves; Feuilles d’Euealyptus, Fr.; Eucalyptus-Blatter, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx obovate or globose cupulaeform, the tube persistent, the limb deciduous, 
dehiscing by a circular irregular line from the operculiform base. Stamen free. Capsule 4- 
loeulate or by abortion 3-loculate, dehiscent at the apex, many-seeded. De Candolle, Prodromus, 
iii. 220. 
The genus Eucalyptus affords one of the most characteristic features of the Australian 
and Tasmanian landscapes. There are about one hundred and thirty-five described species, all 
evergreens, and most of them large trees, popularly known as Gum trees, Woolly butts, Iron barks, 
etc * The most important of them is the E. globulus. 
E. globulus. Labill. B. & T. ii. 109. The young operculum conical, the length of the four- 
sided cupule, the adult depressed and mucronate in the middle; axillary peduncles very short, 
one-flowered ; leaves alternate, lanceolate, subfalcate. 
This is one of the largest known trees, attaining sometimes a height of 300 or even 350 feet, 
with a smooth, ash-colored bark; leaves a foot in length, and varying, according to age, from a 
glaucous white to a bluish-green color; and large pinkish-white axillary flowers, sometimes 
single, sometimes in clusters. Although its wood is very resinous, hard, and durable, the tree 
is remarkable for the rapidity of its growth, reaching, under favorable circumstances, fifty feet 
of height in five or six years. It flourishes best in valleys having a rich, moist soil, and has 
very largely been naturalized in semi-tropical countries, partly on account of its economic value, 
but chiefly because of the reputation it enjoys as a means of overcoming malaria. It does not 
seem to require great heat for its perfection, but is exceedingly sensitive to frost. Large forests 
of it have been planted in Algeria and Southern Europe, and its culture is spreading to Cali- 
fornia, Florida, and other of our Southern States. Its sanitary powers appear to be established, 
numerous notoriously miasmatic stations and districts having been rendered healthful by its 
growth. It is probable that the destruction of the miasma is due not so much to emanations 
from the tree as to the fact that it evaporates water so rapidly from its innumerable large 
leaves as to drain the swamps and marshes in which it is planted. It is possible, however, 
that the large amount of volatile oil which must escape from it has some effect, and it is even 
affirmed (A. J. P., 1875, p. 423) that the parasitic phylloxera will not attack grape-vines 
growing near it. 
The eucalyptus trees afford a number of products besides the official oil. The eucalyptus oil 
of commerce is, indeed, composed chiefly of the oils of E. amygdalina and E. dumosa, which 
yield a very much larger product than does the official species. The oils of E. piperita and 
E. hsemastoma, have a peppermint odor, and that of E. citriodora a citron-like odor, whilst the 
oil of E. staigeriana exactly resembles the oil of verbena : it is probable that these oils will come 
into commerce for the purposes of the perfumer. 
( EU-CA-L YP' TU S—y u-ka-lip' tys.) 
* Descriptions and accurate figures of most of this species may be found in Baron Ferd. von Mueller’s Eucalyp- 
tographia: a Descriptive Atlas of the Eucalypts of Australia and the Adjoining Islands, London and Melbourne, 
1879-1884. Eucalyptus. 
521 
PART 1. 
Properties. The leaves are the official portion of the plant: they are “ petiolate, lanceolately 
scythe-shaped, from 15 to 30 Cm. long, rounded below, tapering above, entire, leathery, grayish- 
green, glandular, feather-veined between the midrib and marginal veins; odor strongly cam- 
phoraceous ; taste pungently aromatic and somewhat cooling, bitter and astringent.” U. S. 
In March, 1870, M. Cloez (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., xii. 201) reported an elaborate chemical 
study of the eucalyptus leaves, and his results have been substantially confirmed by Debray 
{De TEucalyptus Globulus, Paris, 1872), M. Rabuteau {Mem. de VAcademie, Nov. 1872), and 
Mr. Broughton {P. J. Tr., 3d ser., iii. 463). M. Cloez found, besides chlorophyll, resin, 
tannin, and inert substances, an essential oil, upon which the virtues of the drug appear to 
depend. Of this oil the fresh leaves afforded 2-75 parts per hundred, the recently dried leaves 
6 parts; leaves which had been kept some time yielded a much smaller percentage. In the 
distillation, the oil for a time comes over freely at from 170° C. (338° F.) to 178° C. (352-4° 
F.); subsequently another portion of oil distils at 188° C. (370-4° F.) to 190° C. (374° F.), 
and finally a very minute portion does not volatilize until the temperature reaches 200° C. (392° 
F.). M. Cloez believes the oil to be composed of two camphors, differing in their volatility. 
The bulk of the oil yielded is the portion first distilled: to this Cloez has given the name of 
eucalyptol, or, as it is now also called, cineol, C10HlsO. (See previous article.) Many of the 
oils yielded by species of Eucalyptus do not contain eucalyptol.* Any oil intended for medical 
use should have in it from 60 to 70 per cent, of pure eucalyptol crystallizing at —1° C. 
According to M. Duquesnel, the oil of eucalyptus is adulterated—with alcohol, to be detected 
by means of fuchsin, which is insoluble in the pure oil but soluble in that containing even a 
very small percentage of alcohol; with fixed oil, to be detected by boiling with water, when the 
fixed oil remains on the surface; with essential oil of copaiba or turpentine, to be detected by 
means of the boiling point, that of eucalyptol being 170° C. (338° F.), that of oil of turpen- 
tine 155° C. (311° F.), that of oil of copaiba 260° C. (500° F.). {Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., 
xvi. 45.) 
Medical Properties. Eucalyptus was originally recommended as a remedy in intermit- 
tent fever, but experience has failed to establish its value as an antiperiodic. Whatever medi- 
cal virtues it possesses beyond astringency reside in the volatile oil. This when applied locally 
acts as a powerful irritant. When taken internally in doses of from 20 to 30 drops, it causes 
increased rapidity of pulse and general excitation, with restlessness and increased venereal ap- 
petite, usually followed by a feeling of calmness and repose, ending in sleep. In some cases, 
disturbance of the bowels, fever, constitutional disturbance, and even symptoms of cerebral 
congestion have been produced. In animals small doses produce the same effect as in man, 
and after large doses symptoms of general depression are manifested by falling of the arterial 
pressure, progressive diminution of temperature, muscular weakness deepening into paralysis, 
loss of sensibility, irregular respiration, and finally death from failure of respiration. Upon man, 
when taken in sufficient quantity, the oil exerts a similar influence. In a case noted by M. Gim- 
bert, 80 drops of the oil produced in an old man a feeling of great internal heat, followed by 
almost complete loss of power and of feeling in the limbs; and after 75 drops Prof. Binz noted 
somewhat similar phenomena. The palsy produced by toxic doses is due to a direct action 
upon the spinal cord. Taken internally, it is eliminated by the breath, to which it imparts its 
odor, and also, in a condition of oxidation, by the kidneys, to the secretion of which it gives 
a strong smell of violets. M. Gimbert found that in rabbits it augmented to a marvellous 
extent the excretion of urea. As a stimulating narcotic the oil of eucalyptus has been used 
with asserted success in migraine and other forms of neuralgia. As an antispasmodic it has 
been highly lauded in asthma. In this affection it is best given by inhalation. Cigarettes 
may be made by rolling up the dried leaves, or the vapor from boiling water containing the oil 
may be inhaled. In chronic or subacute bronchitis it may often be employed with advantage, 
especially where there is a tendency to spasm. In subacute or chronic inflammation of the 
genito-urinary organs it is said to exert a very happy influence. The experiments of Binz and 
of Gimbert have shown that it acts very positively upon the infusoria and other low forms of 
life. Gimbert even claims superiority for it as an antiseptic over carbolic acid. Externally it 
may be used in chronic skin affections and ulcerations when a stimulant antiseptic application 
is indicated. Various formulas have been published for tinctures, fluid extracts, etc., but either 
the oil or eucalyptol should be preferred. Dose of the oil, five to ten drops (0-25 to 0-5 C.e.). 
* Schimmel & Co.’s Semi-Annual Report for April, 1897, on pages 18 to 21, gives the composition of the oils from 
numerous species of Eucalyptus, showing quite a variety of components. 522 
Euonymus. 
PART I. 
EUONYMUS. U. S. (Br.) Euonymus. [Wahoo.] 
(EU-ON'Y-MUS—ya-dn'g-m&s.) 
Euonymi Cortex, Br.; Euonymus Bark. 
“ The bark of the root of Euonymus atropurpureus, Jacquin (nat. ord. Celastrineae).” U. S. 
“ The dried root bark of Euonymus atropurpureus, Jacquin.” Br. 
Gen. Ch. Floivers perfect. Sepals 4 or 5, united at the base, forming a short and flat 
calyx. Petals 4-5, rounded, spreading. Stamens very short, inserted on the edge or face of 
a broad and flat 4-5-angled disk, which coheres with the calyx and is stretched over the ovary, 
adhering to it more or less. Style short or none. Pod 3-5-lobed, with 1-3 seeds in each cell 
in a red arillus. 
Euonymus atropurpureus. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1132; Gray’s Manual, p. 81 ; figured in 
Griffith’s Med. Bot., p. 219. The plant has been named variously voahoo, spindle-tree, and 
burning-hush. It is a tall, erect shrub, with quadrangular branchlets, and opposite, petiolate, 
oval-oblong, pointed, serrate leaves. The flowers, which stand in loose cymes on axillary 
peduncles, are small and dark purple, with sepals and petals commonly in fours. The capsule 
or pod is smooth and deeply lobed. The plant is indigenous, growing throughout the Northern 
and Western States, and sometimes cultivated for the beauty of its crimson fruit. 
The plants belonging to this genus are shrubs or small trees, presenting in the autumn a 
striking appearance from the rich red color of their fruit, which has obtained for them the 
name of burning-bush. E. americanus and E. europseus have been cultivated in gardens as 
ornamental plants. Two or more of the species have been used in medicine. Their properties 
are probably similar, if not identical. Grundner, who experimented with the fruit of E. 
europseus, found it to have no other effect than that of a diuretic. (Pharm. Centralbl., 1847, 
p. 873.) An oil expressed from the seeds is used in Europe for the destruction of vermin in 
the hair, and sometimes also as an application to old sores. (Ibid., 1851, p. 641.) Dr. Griffith 
says that the seeds of this and other species are purgative and emetic, and that the leaves are 
poisonous to sheep and other animals feeding on them. He states also that the inner bark of 
E. tingens is beautifully yellow, and used in India for dyeing, and in diseases of the eye. (Med. 
Bot., p. 220.) It is probable that much of the wahoo of our drug-stores has been obtained 
from E. americanus, which is distinguished from E. atropurpureus by its rough, warty, depressed 
pods, and almost sessile, thickish leaves. This bark was introduced into the last British Phar- 
macopoeia in the supplement. 
Properties. The dried bark is in thin pieces, whitish with a darker grayish epidermis, 
brittle, of a feeble, peculiar, not disagreeable odor, and a bitterish slightly sweetish taste, and 
somewhat pungent after-taste. “In quilled or curved pieces, from 2 to 5 Mm. thick; outer 
surface ash-gray, with blackish patches, detached in thin and small scales ; inner surface whitish 
or slightly tawny, smooth; fracture smooth, whitish, the inner layers of a laminated appear- 
ance ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish, somewhat bitter and acrid.” U. S. It imparts its vir- 
tues to water and alcohol. Analyzed by Mr. Wm. T. Wenzell, it was found to contain a bitter 
principle which he named euonymin, asparagin, a soft resin, a crystallizable resin, a yellow resin, 
a brown resin, fixed oil, wax, starch, albumen, glucose, pectin, and various salts of organic and 
inorganic acids. Euonymin was obtained by agitating with chloroform a tincture made with 
diluted alcohol, separating the chloroformic solution and allowing it to evaporate spontaneously, 
treating the residue with ether, dissolving what was left in alcohol, adding lead acetate to 
the solution, filtering, precipitating the lead with hydrogen sulphide, and evaporating. The 
euonymin obtained was uncrystallizable, intensely bitter, soluble in water and alcohol, and 
neutral in its reactions. It was abundantly precipitated from its solution by lead subacetate 
and phospliomolybdic acid. (A. J. P., 1862, p. 387.) Mr. W. P. Clothier found the bark to 
yield no volatile oil on distillation. According to the same writer, if a concentrated tincture 
be poured into water, a dark yellow substance will be thrown down, containing resin and fixed 
oil, which is the euonymin of the eclectics* very improperly so named, as, though it contains 
a portion of the active principle, it is a very complex substance. Mr. Clothier found it to purge 
actively without griping. (Ibid., 1861, p. 491.) Frank V. Cassaday (A. J. P., 1889, p. 284) 
found 1-30 per cent, of volatile oil and resin, 1-48 per cent, of euonic acid and resin, 2-16 per 
cent, of euonymin and resin, together with the usual plant constituents. Kubel has discovered 
in the fresh inner bark of E. europseus a saccharine, crystallizable substance, closely resembling 
mannite, but differing in its crystalline form and in its melting point. He calls it euonymite. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Dec. 1862, 523.) 
* For an examination of commercial euonymin (the eclectic resinoid) by Paul Thibault, see N. R., 1883, 294. Eupatorium. 
523 
PART I. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This bark was first introduced into notice, as a remedy 
for dropsy, under the name of Wahoo* by Mr. George W. Carpenter. In some cases it acts 
as a mild cathartic, but at other times it fails to produce purgation. We have also seen dis- 
tinct evidences of an irritant influence upon the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. Chola- 
gogue properties have been ascribed to it, and probably with correctness, as in the experiments 
of Prof. Butherford it was found to act most powerfully in causing hepatic secretion in dogs, 
and in some clinical studies we have made it seemed to have a similar action on man. The 
fluid extract of it is an efficient preparation, and may be given in doses, as a purgative, of one 
to two fluidrachms (S-IS-I’S C.c.) ; as a laxative, of half a fluidrachm to one fluidrachm (1-9 
-3'75 C.c.) (See also Extractum Euonymi, U. S., and Extractum Euonymi Siccum, Br.) 
EUPATORIUM. U.S. Eupatorium. [Thoroughwort.] 
(EU-PA-TO'RI-UM—yu-pj-to'rj-um.) 
“ The leaves and flowering tops of Eupatorium perfoliatum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Composite).” 
U.S. 
Herba Eupatorii Perfoliati; Boneset, Indian Sage; Herbe d’Eupatoire perfoliee, Herbe a FiSvre, Herbe parfaite, 
Fr.; Durchwachsener Wasserhanf, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx simple or imbricate, oblong. Style long and semi-bifid. Receptacle naked. 
Pappus pilose, or more commonly scabrous. Seed smooth and glandular, quinquestriate. Nut- 
tall. 
Of this numerous genus, comprising not less than thirty species within the limits of the 
United States, most of which probably possess analogous medical properties, E. perfoliatum 
alone now holds a place in our national Pharmacopoeia, E. purpureum and E. teucrifolium 
having been discarded at the revision of 1840. They merit, however, a brief notice, if only 
for their former official rank. 
Eupatorium purpureum, or gravel root, is a perennial herbaceous plant, with a purple stem, 
five or six feet in height, and furnished with ovate-lanceolate, serrate, rugously veined, slightly 
scabrous, petiolate leaves, placed four or five together in the form of whorls. The flowers are 
purple, and consist of numerous florets contained in an eight-leaved calyx. It grows in swamps 
and other low grounds, from Canada to Virginia, and flowers in August and September. The 
root has, according to Dr. Bigelow, a bitter aromatic and astringent taste, and is said to be 
diuretic. Its vulgar name indicates the popular estimation of its virtues. Prof. J. U. Lloyd 
found in it an apparently new, yellow, neutral, crystalline principle, euparin. (A. J. P., 1890.) 
This euparin, with a number of derivatives, has been prepared by C. C. Manger (A. J. P., 
1894, 120) and analyzed. The formula is given as its composition. 
Eupatorium teucrifolium. (Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1753), E. pilosum (Walt. Flor. Car. 199), 
E. verbensefolium (Mich. Flor. Am. ii. 98), commonly called wild horehound, is also an indige- 
nous perennial, with an herbaceous stem, which is about two feet high, and supports sessile, 
distinct, ovate, acute, scabrous leaves, of which the lower are coarsely serrate at the base, the 
uppermost entire. The flowers are small, white, composed of five florets within each calyx, 
and arranged in the form of a corymb. The plant grows in low wet places from New England 
to Georgia, and abounds in the Southern States. It is in flower from August to November. 
The whole herb is used. In sensible properties it corresponds with E. perfoliatum, though less 
bitter and disagreeable, and has been used for similar purposes and in like manner. E. incar- 
natum and E. aromaticum are said to contain an aromatic principle similar to if not identical 
with coumarin, obtained by Guibourt from Coumarouna odorata, or Tonka bean. (See P. J. 
Tr., Oct. 1874, 303.) The roots of E. aromaticum are said to be sold in the Western United 
States under the name of white snakeroot. E. cannabinum, of Europe, the root of which was 
formerly used as a purgative, and E. aya-pana, of Brazil, the leaves of which at one time en- 
joyed a very high reputation, have fallen into neglect. The aya-pana is an aromatic bitter, 
like E. perfoliatum, but weaker, and is said to be still occasionally met with in European com- 
merce. (A. J. P., 1887, 154; Pharm. Era, 1898, 293.) E. villosum is used in Jamaica, 
under the name of bitter-bush, in the preparation of beer, as a tonic, and as a stimulant in low 
zymotic diseases. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1866; A. J. P., 1887, 155.) E. collinum is included in the 
Mexican Pharmacopoeia. 
Eupatorium perfoliatum. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1761; Bigelow, Am. Med. Pot. i. 33; Bar- 
ton, Med. Pot. ii. 125. Thoroughwort, or boneset, is an indigenous perennial plant, with 
* The name of Wahoo or Waahoo (pronounced Wawhoo) was given to it by the Indians. The same name has also 
been applied to Ulmua alata, of the Southern States, and has thus led to mistakes. 524 
Eupatorium.—Extracta. 
PART I. 
numerous herbaceous stems, which are erect, round, hairy, from two to five feet high, simple 
below, and trichotomously branched near the summit. “ Leaves opposite, united at the base, 
lanceolate, from 10 to 15 Cm. long, tapering, crenately serrate, rugosely veined, rough above, 
downy and resinous-dotted beneath; flower-heads corymbed, numerous, with an oblong in- 
volucre of lance-linear scales, and with from ten to fifteen white florets, having a bristly pappus 
in a single row; odor weak and aromatic ; taste astringent and bitter.” U. S. The leaves 
serve to distinguish the species at the first glance. They may be considered either as perfo- 
rated by the stem, perfoliate, or as consisting each of two leaves, joined at the base, connate. 
In the latter point of view, they are opposite and in pairs, which decussate each other at regu- 
lar distances upon the stem ; in other words, the direction of each pair is at right angles with 
that of the pair immediately above or beneath it. They are narrow in proportion to their 
length, broadest at the base where they coalesce, gradually tapering to a point, serrate, much 
wrinkled, paler on the under than on the upper surface, and beset with whitish hairs, which 
give them a grayish-green color. The uppermost pairs are sessile, not joined at the base. The 
flowers are white, numerous, supported on hairy peduncles, in dense corymbs, forming a flat- 
tened summit. The calyx, which is cylindrical and composed of imbricated, lanceolate, hairy 
scales, encloses from twelve to fifteen tubular florets, having their border divided into five 
spreading segments. The anthers are five, black, and united into a tube, through which the 
bifid filiform style projects. 
This species of Eupatorium inhabits meadows, the banks of streams, and other moist places, 
growing generally in bunches, and abounding in almost all parts of the United States. It 
flowers from the middle of summer to the end of October. All parts of it are active; but 
the herb only is official. It has a faint odor, and a strongly bitter, somewhat peculiar taste. 
The virtues of the plant are readily imparted to water and alcohol. Mr. W. Peterson found 
it to contain a peculiar bitter principle, chlorophyll, resin, a crystalline matter of undetermined 
character, gum, tannin, yellow coloring matter, extractive, lignin, and salts. (A. J. P., xxiii. 
210.) Mr. Bickley found also albumen, gallic acid, and signs of volatile oil. (Ibid., xxvi. 
495.) Dr. Peter Collier, chemist of the Department of Agriculture, recently submitted it to 
analysis, finding 18-84 per cent, of bitter extractive, which he considers the constituent of 
medicinal importance, 2-87 per cent, of an indifferent crystalline substance, obtained from the 
alcoholic extract, and traces only of a volatile oil. (Ibid., 1879, p. 342.) George Latin (A. 
J. P., Aug. 1880) found a glucoside, eupatorin, and a crystallizable body of the nature of a 
wax. 0. F. Dana, Jr., obtained 3-80 per cent, of extract with benzin ; 4-60 per cent, with 
ether ; 33-80 per cent, with alcohol; 24-80 per cent, with water; 5-80 per cent, with alkali. 
(A. J. P., 1887, p. 229.) A number of analyses of E.perfoliatum have been published in the 
last few years by Dana, Latin, Franz, and Kaercher, but neither the crystalline principle nor 
any of its salts had been analyzed until Shamel (Amer. Chem. Jonm., 1892, p. 224) pub- 
lished an analysis of the nitrate. He gives for it the formula C20H20036HNOg. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Eupatorium is tonic, diaphoretic, and in large doses 
emetic and aperient, and was at one time employed as an antiperiodic. Given in warm infu- 
sion, so as to produce vomiting or copious perspiration, at the commencement of catarrh, of 
influenza, or of that form of muscular rheumatism known as a general cold, it will sometimes 
abort the attack. As a tonic it is given with advantage in dyspepsia, general debility, and 
other cases in which the simple bitters are employed. Dr. H. S. Wilkins has found the infu- 
sion useful in the expulsion of tapeworm. (A. J. P., 1874, p. 295.) 
With a view to its tonic effects, it is best administered in substance, or cold infusion. The 
dose of the powder is twenty or thirty grains (1-3-1-95 Gm.), that of the infusion a fluidounce 
(30 C.c.), frequently repeated. (See Infusum Eupatoriii) The aqueous extract has been used 
with advantage. When the diaphoretic operation is required in addition to the tonic, the in- 
fusion should be administered warm, and the patient remain covered in bed. As an emetic 
and cathartic, a strong decoction, prepared by boiling an ounce with three half-pints of water 
to a pint, may be given in doses of from four fluidounces to a half-pint (118 to 236 C.c.), or 
more. (See Extractum Eupatorii Fluidum.) 
EXTRACTA. Extracts. 
(EX-TRlC'TA.) 
Extraits, Fr.; Extrakte, G. 
Extracts, as the term is employed in the Pharmacopoeias, are solid preparations, resulting 
from the evaporation of the solutions of vegetable principles, obtained either by exposing a Extracta. 
525 
PART I. 
dried drug to the action of a solvent, or by expressing the juice from a fresh plant. A dis- 
tinction was formerly made between those prepared from the infusions, decoctions, or tinctures, 
and those from the expressed juices of plants, the former being called Extracta, the latter 
Sued Spissati; but the distinction has been generally abandoned. There is no such essential 
difference between these two sets of preparations as to require that they should be separately 
classed ; and something is gained in the simplicity of nomenclature, as well as of arrangement, 
which results from their union. We shall consider them under the same head, taking care, 
however, to detail distinctly whatever is peculiar in the mode of preparing each. 
The composition of extracts varies with the nature of the vegetable, the character of the 
solvent, and the mode of preparation. The object is generally to obtain as much of the active 
principle of the plant with as little of the inert matter as possible; though sometimes it may 
be desirable to separate two active ingredients from each other, when their effects upon the 
system are materially different; and this may be accomplished by employing a menstruum 
which, while it dissolves one, leaves the other untouched. The proximate principles most 
commonly present in extracts are gum, sugar, starch, tannin, extractive, coloring matter, salts, 
and the peculiar principles of plants; to which, when a spirituous solvent is employed, may 
usually be added resinous substances, fatty matter, and frequently more or less essential oil; 
gum and starch being excluded when the menstruum is pure alcohol. Of these substances, as 
well as of others which, being soluble, are sometimes necessarily present in extracts, we have 
taken occasion to treat under various heads in this commentary. There is one, however, which, 
from its supposed almost uniform presence in this class of preparations, and from the influence 
it is thought to exert upon their character, deserves particular consideration in this place. We 
allude to extractive, or, as it is sometimes called, extractive matter. 
It has long been observed that in most vegetables there is a substance, soluble both in water 
and alcohol, which, in the preparation of extracts, undergoes chemical change during the pro- 
cess of evaporation, imparting to the liquid, even if originally limpid, first a greenish, then a 
yellowish brown, and ultimately a deep brown color, and becoming itself insoluble. This sub- 
stance, originally called saponaceous matter by Scheele, afterwards received the more expressive 
name of extractive, derived from its frequent presence in extracts. Its existence as a distinct 
principle is denied, or at least doubted, by some chemists, who consider the phenomena sup- 
posed to result from its presence as depending upon the mutual reaction of other principles; 
and in relation to Peruvian bark it appears to have been proved that the insoluble matter 
which forms during its decoction in water is a compound of starch and tannin. A similar 
compound must also be formed in other cases when these two principles coexist; but they are 
not always present in the same vegetable, nor can all the changes which have been attributed 
to extractive be accounted for by their union, even when they are present; so that, until fur- 
ther light is shed on the subject, it is best to admit the existence of a distinct class of sub- 
stances, which, though not the same in all plants, possess sufficient identity of character to be 
entitled, like sugars, resins, etc., to a generic name. The most important property of extrac- 
tive is its disposition to pass, by the influence of atmospheric air at a high temperature, into 
an insoluble substance. If a vegetable infusion or decoction be evaporated in the open air to 
the consistence of an extract, then diluted, filtered, and again evaporated, and the process re- 
peated so long as any insoluble matter is formed, the whole of the extractive will be separated 
from the liquid, while the other ingredients may remain. If chlorine be passed through an 
infusion or decoction, a similar precipitate is formed with much greater rapidity. The change 
is usually ascribed to the absorption of oxygen by the extractive, which has, therefore, been 
called, in its altered condition, oxidized extractive; but De Saussure ascertained that, though 
oxygen is absorbed during the process, an equal measure of carbonic acid gas is given out, and 
the oxygen and hydrogen of the extractive unite to form water in such a manner as to leave 
the principle richer in carbon than it was originally. The name of oxidized extractive is, 
therefore, obviously incorrect; and Berzelius proposed to substitute for it that of apotheme, 
synonymous with deposit. According to Berzelius, apotheme is not completely insoluble in 
water, but imparts a slight color to that liquid when cold, and is rather more soluble in boiling 
water, which becomes turbid upon cooling. It is still more soluble in alcohol, and is freely 
dissolved by solutions of the alkalies and alkaline carbonates, from which it is precipitated by 
acids. It has a great tendency, when precipitated from solutions, to unite with other princi- 
ples, and to carry them along with it, thus acquiring properties somewhat different according 
to the source from which it is obtained. In this way also, even when the extractive of a plant 
is itself medicinally inert, its conversion into apotheme may be injurious by causing a precipi- 526 
Extrada. 
" PAET I. 
tation of a portion of the active principle; and in practical pharmaceutical operations this 
change should always, if possible, be avoided. With these preliminary views, we shall proceed 
to the consideration of the practical rules necessary to be observed in the preparation of ex- 
tracts. We shall treat of the subject under the several heads of—1, the extraction of the solu- 
ble principles from the plant; 2, the method of conducting the evaporation ; 3, the proper con- 
dition of extracts, the changes they are liable to undergo, and the best method of preserving 
them. 
1. Extraction of the Soluble Principles. 
There are two distinct modes of obtaining, in a liquid state, the principles which we wish to 
extract: 1, by expression alone ; 2, by the agency of a solvent, with or without expression. 
1. By Expression. This method is applicable to recent vegetables. All plants cannot 
be usefully treated in this way, as many have too little juice to afford an appreciable quantity 
upon pressure, and of the succulent a considerable portion do not yield all their active principles 
with their juice. Succulent fruits, and various acrid and narcotic plants, are proper subjects 
for this treatment. The plants should be operated upon, if possible, immediately after collec- 
tion. Mr. Battley, of London, recommended that, if not entirely fresh, they should be revived 
by the immersion of the stalks in water for twelve or eighteen hours, and those only used which 
recover their freshness by this management. They should then be cut into pieces, and bruised 
in a stone mortar till brought to a pulpy consistence. When the plant is not very succulent, it 
is necessary to add a little water during this part of the process, in order to dilute the juice. 
After sufficient contusion, the pulp is introduced into a linen or canvas bag, and the liquid 
parts expressed. Mr. Brande states that light pressure only should be employed, as the extract 
is thus procured greener, of a less glutinous or viscid consistence, and, in his opinion, more 
active than when considerable force is used in the expression. (.Practice of Pharmacy.) The 
juice thus obtained is opaque, and usually green, in consequence of the presence of green wax 
or chlorophyll, and of a portion of the undissolved vegetable fibre in minute division. By 
heating the juice to about 71'1° C. (160° F.) the albumen contained in it coagulates, and, in- 
volving the chlorophyll and vegetable fibre, forms a greenish precipitate. If the liquid be now 
filtered, it becomes limpid and nearly colorless, and is prepared for evaporation. The clarifi- 
cation, however, is not absolutely necessary, and is generally neglected. Sometimes the pre- 
cipitate carries with it a considerable portion of the active principle ; in which case it should 
be subsequently incorporated with the juice, when reduced by evaporation to the consistence of 
syrup* Ether added to the expressed juices of plants enables them to be kept long without 
injurious change. M. Lepage, of Gisors, France, has kept the juice of belladonna in this way 
more than ten years, and found it, at the end of that time, to yield an extract identical in 
physical, chemical, and physiological properties with that obtained from the fresh juice. If 
this fact is found to be of general applicability, it will be of considerable importance, as en- 
abling the pharmaceutist to supply himself at pleasure with extracts to be relied on, without 
reference to the season. 
2. By Solution. The active principles of dried vegetables can be extracted only by means 
of a liquid solvent. The menstruum usually employed is either water or alcohol, or a mixture 
of the two. Water, on account of its cheapness, is always preferred, when circumstances do 
not strongly call for the use of alcohol. It has the advantage, moreover, that it may be assisted 
in its action, if necessary, by a higher degree of heat than the latter. Pump water is often 
unfit for the purpose, in consequence of the quantity of its saline matter, which in some 
instances may exert an unfavorable influence on the active principle, and must always be left 
in the extract. Bain, river, or distilled water should be preferred. Alcohol is employed when 
the principles to be extracted are insoluble or but slightly soluble in water, as in the case of the 
resins; when it is desirable to avoid in the extract inert substances, such as gum and starch, 
which are dissolved by water and not by alcohol; when the heat required to evaporate the 
aqueous solution would dissipate or decompose the active ingredients of the plant, as the volatile 
oils or the active principle of sarsaparilla; when the reaction of the water itself upon the 
vegetable principles is injurious ; and, finally, when the nature of the substance to be exhausted 
requires so long a maceration in water as to endanger spontaneous decomposition. The aqueous 
solution requires to be soon evaporated, as this fluid rather promotes than counteracts chemical 
changes; while an alcoholic tincture may be preserved unaltered for an indefinite period. An 
addition of alcohol to water is sufficient to answer some of the purposes for which the former 
* See the process for inspissated juices under Extractum Belladonnas, Br., p. 545. Extracta. 
527 
PAET I. 
is preferable ; and the employment of both fluids is essential, when the virtues of the plant 
reside in two or more principles, all of which are not soluble in either of these menstrua. In 
this case it is usually better to submit the vegetable to the action of the two fluids successively 
than of both united. Extracts obtained by the agency of water are called aqueous extracts; 
those by means of alcohol, undiluted or diluted, alcoholic or spirituous extracts. Sometimes the 
term hydro-alcoholic is applied to extracts obtained by the joint agency of alcohol and wrater. 
The method of preparing the solution is not a matter of indifference. The drug should be 
thoroughly bruised, or reduced to a coarse powder, so as to allow the access of the solvent to all 
its parts, and yet not so finely pulverized as to prevent a ready precipitation of the undissolved 
and inactive portion. When water is alone employed, it has been customary to boil the medi- 
cine for a considerable time, and, if the first portion of liquid does not completely exhaust it, to 
repeat the operation with successive portions till the whole of the active matter is extracted. 
This may be known by the sensible properties of the liquid, and by its influence upon reagents. 
But the boiling temperature produces the decomposition of many vegetable principles, or at 
least so modifies them as to render them inert; and the extracts prepared by decoction are 
usually less efficient than those made with a less degree of heat. From numerous experiments 
upon extracts, Orfila concluded that their virtues were less in proportion to the heat employed. 
It has, therefore, been recommended to substitute for decoction the process of maceration, 
digestion, or hot infusion; in the first of which the liquid acts without heat, in the second is 
assisted by a moderately increased temperature sustained for a considerable time, and in the 
third is poured boiling hot upon the vegetable matter and allowed to stand for a short period in 
a covered vessel. When the active principles are readily soluble in cold water, maceration is 
often preferable to the other modes, as starch, which is inert, is thus left behind ; but in many 
instances the preparation would spoil before the extraction would be completed. By digestion, 
though the solvent power of water is moderately increased, the advantage is often more than 
counterbalanced by the increased disposition to spontaneous decomposition. Hot infusion, there- 
fore, is to be preferred where the vegetable does not readily yield its virtues to cold water. It 
has the advantage, moreover, in the case of albuminous substances, that the albumen is coagu- 
lated, and thus prevented from increasing the bulk of the extract, without adding to its virtues. 
A convenient mode of performing this process is to introduce the solid material into a vessel 
with an opening near the bottom temporarily closed, or into a funnel with its mouth loosely 
stopped, then to pour on the boiling water, and, having allowed it to remain a sufficient length 
of time, to draw it off through the opening. This operation may be repeated till the water 
comes away without any obvious impregnation. It is always desirable to obtain the solution in 
the first place as concentrated as possible, so as to prevent the necessity of long-continued 
evaporation, which injures the extract. It is better, therefore, to incur the risk, both when 
decoction and infusion are employed, of leaving a portion of the active matter behind, than to 
obtain a very weak solution. When successive portions of water are employed, those which 
are least impregnated should be brought by evaporation to the strength of that first obtained 
before being mixed with it, as the latter thus escapes unnecessary exposure to heat. 
Sometimes the filtering of a turbid infusion or decoction, before evaporation, causes the re- 
sulting extract to keep better, by removing substances which, besides undergoing decomposition, 
may act as a ferment, and occasion the decomposition of the active matter of the extract. 
When alcohol is employed as a menstruum, the vegetable should be macerated in it for one 
or two weeks, and care should be taken that the tincture be as nearly saturated as possible. 
The extraction may be hastened by substituting digestion for maceration ; as the moderate heat 
employed, while it facilitates the action of the alcohol, has in this case no effect in promoting 
decomposition, and the influence of the atmospheric air may be excluded by performing the 
process in close vessels. When alcohol and water are both used, it is best, as a rule, to 
exhaust the substance with each separately, as the two menstrua require different modes of 
treatment. In whichever of these'modes the extraction is effected, it requires the assistance 
of occasional agitation; and when the vegetable matter is very porous, and absorbs a large 
quantity of the solvent, expression must be resorted to. 
Acetic acid has been introduced into use as a menstruum in the preparation of extracts. It 
is supposed to be a better solvent of the active principles of certain substances than either 
water or alcohol alone. According to Girolamo Ferrari, the acrid narcotics, such as aconite, 
hemlock, hyoscyamus, and stramonium, yield much stronger extracts with distilled vinegar 
than with water, and still stronger with alcohol to which strong acetic acid has been added. 
('Joum. de Pharm., 3e ser., i. 239.) This acid is used in the preparation of the extract of 528 
Extracta. 
PART I. 
colchicum. Recent experiments have shown that strong acetic acid (60 per cent.) is a powerful 
solvent for the active properties of various drugs, particularly those which contain volatile oils, 
and in many cases a 10 per cent, acetic acid is an excellent menstruum for making extracts; 
for these the name acetract has been proposed. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 416.) Dr. E. R. Squibb 
has used acetic acid largely for extracts. ( West. Druy., 1897, 123.) 
Ether also is now used to a considerable extent in the preparation of certain extracts. Having 
the property of dissolving volatile oil and resin, and of evaporating at a temperature insuffi- 
cient to volatilize the oil, it is admirably adapted for the preparation of extracts from those 
substances the virtues of which reside in the two principles referred to. An ethereal tincture 
is first prepared by the process of percolation, and the ether is then either allowed to escape by 
spontaneous evaporation, or distilled off at a very moderate heat. The oleoresinous extracts 
thus obtained are usually of a thick fluid or semi-fluid consistence. Several of them are now 
ranked among the official preparations, in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, under the title of Oleoresins. 
The process of percolation has in this country been very advantageously applied to the prep- 
aration of extracts, both with water and spirituous menstrua. It has the following great ad- 
vantages: 1, that it enables the soluble principles to be sufficiently extracted by cold water, 
thereby avoiding the injury resulting from heat in decoction and hot infusion ; 2, that it effects 
the extraction much more quickly than can be done by maceration, thereby not only saving 
time, but also obviating the risk of spontaneous decomposition ; and, 3, that it affords the op- 
portunity of obtaining highly concentrated solutions, thus diminishing the injurious effects of 
the subsequent evaporation. While thus advantageous, it is less liable in this particular case 
than in others to the objection of yielding imperfect results if not well performed ; for, though 
an inexpert or careless operator may incur loss by an incomplete exhaustion of the substance 
acted on, and the extract may be deficient in quantity, it may still be of the intended strength 
and quality, which is not the case with infusions or tinctures unskilfully prepared upon this 
plan. In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, all the extracts to which the process is applicable are pre- 
pared by percolation, and with merely sufficient previous maceration or digestion to thoroughly 
soften the extractive. In the British Pharmacopoeia, the process is applied, as it were, hesi- 
tatingly to a portion of the extracts, and withheld in others to which it seems equally appro- 
priate. The first requisite in performing the process of percolation is to have the drug reduced 
to the proper degree of fineness. The U. S. Pharm. gives the following directions on the subject. 
Fineness of Powder. “ The fineness of powder is expressed, in the Pharmacopoeia, either 
by descriptive words (generally so in the case of brittle or easily pulverizable substances), or 
in terms expressing the number of meshes to a linear inch of the sieve through which the 
powder will pass. The corresponding values, in terms of metric measures of length, are added 
below in parentheses, but it has not been deemed advisable, in this revision, to substitute them 
in the text of the Pharmacopoeia for those at present in use. 
“ These different forms of expression correspond to each other as follows: 
should pass through a sieve having 80 or’ 
more meshes to the linear inch (30 meshes 
to the centimeter) 
A very fine powder 
= No. 80 powder. 
should pass through a sieve having 60 
meshes to the linear inch (24 meshes to 
the centimeter) 
A fine powder 
= No. 60 powder. 
A moderately fine powder 
' should pass through a sieve having 50" 
meshes to the linear inch (20 meshes to 
[the centimeter) 
= No. 50 powder. 
A moderately coarse powder 
' should pass through a sieve having 40 
meshes to the linear inch (16 meshes to 
the centimeter) 
= No. 40 powder. 
A coarse powder 
should pass through a sieve having 20 
meshes to the linear inch (8 meshes to the 
centimeter) 
= No. 20 powder. 
“ In certain cases, powders of a different degree of fineness (e.g., No. 30, No. 12) are directed 
to be taken. When a substance is directed to be in powder of a limited degree of fineness, as PART I. 
Extradci. 
529 
specified by the number of meshes to the linear inch in the sieve, not more than one-fourth of 
the powder should pass through a sieve having ten meshes more to the linear inch.” U. S. 
Percolation. “ The process of percolation, or displacement, directed in this Pharmacopoeia, 
consists in subjecting a substance or a mixture of substances, in powder, contained in a vessel 
called a percolator, to the solvent action of successive portions of a certain menstruum in such a 
manner that the liquid, as it traverses the powder in its descent to the receiver, shall be charged 
with the soluble portion of it, and pass from the percolator free from insoluble matter. 
“ When the process is successfully conducted, the first portion of the liquid, or percolate, 
passing through the percolator, will be nearly saturated with the soluble constituents of the 
substance treated; and if the quantity of menstruum be sufficient for its exhaustion, the last 
portion of the percolate will be nearly free from color, odor, and taste, other than those of the 
menstruum itself. 
“ The percolator most suitable for the quantities contemplated by this Pharmacopoeia should 
be nearly cylindrical, or slightly conical, with a funnel-shaped termination at the smaller end. 
The neck of this funnel-end should be rather short, and should gradually and regularly become 
narrower towards the orifice, so that a perforated cork, bearing a short glass tube, may be 
tightly wedged into it from within until the end of the cork is flush with the outer edge of the 
orifice. The glass tube, which must not project above the inner surface of the cork, should 
extend from 3 to 4 Cm. beyond the outer surface of the cork, and should be provided with a 
closely fitting rubber tube, at least one-fourth longer than the percolator itself, and ending in 
another short glass tube, whereby the rubber tube may be so suspended that its orifice shall 
be above the surface of the menstruum in the percolator, a rubber band holding it in 
position. 
“ The shape of a percolator should be adapted to the nature of the drug to be operated upon. 
For drugs which are apt to swell, particularly when a feebly alcoholic or an aqueous menstruum 
is employed, a conical percolator is preferable. A cylindrical or only slightly tapering perco- 
lator may be used for drugs which are not liable to swell, and when the menstruum is strongly 
alcoholic, or when ether or some other volatile liquid is used for extraction. The size of the 
percolator selected should be in proportion to the quantity of drug extracted. When properly 
packed in the percolator, the drug should not occupy more than two-thirds of its height. The 
percolator is best constructed of glass or stone-ware, but, unless otherwise directed, may be 
made of any suitable material not affected by the drug or menstruum. 
“ The percolator is prepared for percolation by gently pressing a small tuft of cotton into the 
neck above the cork, a thin layer of clean and dry sand being then poured upon the surface of 
the cotton to hold it in place. 
“ The powdered substance to be percolated (which must be uniformly of the fineness directed 
in the formula, and should be perfectly air-dry before it is weighed) is put into a basin, the 
specified quantity of menstruum is poured on, and it is thoroughly stirred with a spatula, or 
other suitable instrument, until it appears uniformly moistened. The moist powder is then 
passed through a coarse sieve—No. 40 powders, and those which are finer, requiring a No. 20 
sieve, whilst No. 30 powders require a No. 15 sieve for this purpose. Powders of a less degree 
of fineness usually do not require this additional treatment after the moistening. The moist 
powder is now transferred to a sheet of thick paper and the whole quantity poured from this into 
the percolator. It is then shaken down lightly and allowed to remain in that condition for a period 
varying from fifteen minutes to several hours, unless otherwise directed ; after which the powder 
is pressed, by the aid of a plunger of suitable dimensions, more or less firmly, in proportion to 
the character of the powdered substance and the alcoholic strength of the menstruum ; strongly 
alcoholic menstrua, as a rule, permitting firmer packing of the powder than the weaker. The 
percolator is now placed in position for percolation, and, the rubber tube having been fastened 
at a suitable height, the surface of the powder is covered by an accurately fitting disk of filter- 
ing paper, or other suitable material, and a sufficient quantity of the menstruum poured on 
through a funnel reaching nearly to the surface of the paper. If these conditions be accurately 
observed, the menstruum will penetrate the powder equally until it has passed into the rubber 
tube and has reached, in this, a height corresponding to its level in the percolator, which is now 
closely covered to prevent evaporation. The apparatus is then allowed to stand at rest for the 
time specified in the formula. 
“ To begin percolation, the rubber tube is lowered and its glass end introduced into the neck 
of a bottle previously marked for the quantity of liquid to be percolated, if the percolate is 
to be measured, or of a tared bottle, if the percolate is to be weighed; and by raising 530 
Extracta. 
PART I. 
or lowering this receiver the rapidity of percolation may be increased or decreased as may be 
desirable, care being taken, however, that the rate of percolation, unless the quantity of 
material be largely in excess of the pharmacopoeial quantity, shall not exceed the limit of ten 
to thirty drops in a minute. A layer of menstruum must constantly be maintained above the 
powder, so as to prevent the access of air to its interstices, until all has been added, or the 
requisite quantity of percolate has been obtained. This is conveniently accomplished, if the 
space above the powder will admit of it, by inverting a bottle containing the entire quantity 
of menstruum over the percolator in such a manner that its mouth may dip beneath the surface 
of the liquid, the bottle being of such shape that its shoulder will serve as a cover for the percolator. 
When the dregs of a tincture, or of a similar preparation, are to be subjected to percolation, 
after maceration with all or with the greater portion of the menstruum, the liquid portion 
should be drained off as completely as possible, the solid portion packed in a percolator, as 
before described, and the liquid poured on, until all has passed from the surface, when imme- 
diately a sufficient quantity of the original menstruum should be poured on to displace the 
absorbed liquid, until the prescribed quantity has been obtained. 
“ Repercolation. Authority is given to employ, in the case of Fluid Extracts, where it may 
be applicable, the process of Bepercolation, without change of the initial menstruum.” U. S. 
For an account of Dr. Squibb’s process of repercolation, see Extracta Fluida. 
Some prefer the mode of expression to that of percolation. This also is applicable both to 
aqueous and to alcoholic menstrua. The substance to be acted upon is mixed with the menstruum, 
cold or hot according to circumstances ; and the mixture is allowed to stand from twelve to 
twenty-four hours. The liquid part is then filtered off, and the remainder submitted to strong 
pressure, in a linen bag, by means of a common screw-press, or other convenient instrument. 
Another portion of the menstruum may then be added, and pressure again applied, and, if the 
substance is not sufficiently exhausted, the same operation may be performed a third time. 
Frequently only a single expression is required, and very seldom a third. The quantity of 
menstruum added must vary with the solubility of the principles to be extracted. According 
to Mohr, the method of expression has the advantages over that of percolation, that it yields 
solutions of more uniform concentration, that it does not require the materials to be so care- 
fully powdered, or otherwise so skilfully managed, in order to insure favorable results, and, 
finally, that it occupies less time. 
2. Mode of Conducting the Evaporation. 
In evaporating the solutions obtained in the modes above described, attention should always 
be paid to the fact that the extractive matter is constantly becoming insoluble at high tempera- 
tures with the access of air, and that other chemical changes are going on, sometimes not less 
injurious than this, while the volatile principles are expelled with the vapor. The operator 
should, therefore, observe two rules : 1, to conduct the evaporation at as low a temperature as 
is consistent with other objects ; 2, to exclude atmospheric air as much as possible, and, when 
this cannot be accomplished, to expose the liquid the shortest possible time to its action. The 
injurious influence of atmospheric air is much greater at the boiling point of water than at a 
less heat, even allowing for the longer exposure in the latter case ; and therefore a slow evapo- 
ration at a moderate heat is preferable to the more rapid effects of ebullition. Bearing these 
principles in mind, we shall proceed to examine the different modes in practice. First, how- 
ever, it is proper to observe that decoctions generally let fall, upon cooling, a portion of insolu- 
ble matter ; and it is a question whether this should be rejected, or retained so as to form a part 
of the extract. Though it is undoubtedly in many instances inert, as in that of the insoluble 
substance formed during the decoction of certain vegetable substances, yet, as it frequently also 
contains a portion of the active principle which a boiling saturated solution necessarily deposits 
on cooling, and as it is difficult to decide with certainty when it is active and when otherwise, 
the safest plan, as a rule, is to allow it to remain. 
The method of evaporation formerly resorted to in the case of aqueous solutions is rapid 
boiling over a fire. The more quickly the process is conducted, the better, provided the liquid 
is to be brought to the boiling point; for the temperature cannot exceed this, and the length 
of exposure is diminished. But, where this method is employed, it should never be continued 
till the completion of the evaporation ; for when most of the water has escaped, the tempera- 
ture can no longer be kept down to the boiling point, and the extract is burnt. The caution, 
therefore, should always be observed of removing the preparation from the fire before it has 
attained the consistence of thick syrup, and completing the evaporation, either by means of a Extrcida. 
531 
PART I. 
water-bath, or in shallow vessels at a moderate heat. When large quantities of liquid are to 
be evaporated, it is best to divide them into portions and evaporate each separately, for, as each 
portion requires less time for evaporation than the whole, it will thus be a shorter time exposed 
to heat. (Mohr.) But the mode of evaporation by boiling is always objectionable, and should 
be employed only in cases where the principles of the plant are so fixed and unchangeable as 
to authorize their extraction by decoction. 
Evaporation by means of the water-bath, from the commencement of the process, is safer 
than the plan just mentioned, as it obviates all danger of burning the extract; but, as the heat 
is not supplied directly from the fire, the volatilization of the water cannot go on so rapidly, 
and, the temperature being nearly the same, when the water-bath is kept boiling, there is 
greater risk of injurious action from the air. The liquid should be stirred during the process. 
The use of the steam-bath has become very general in this country, as it requires a smaller 
consumption of fuel, and the heat imparted to the liquid, while sufficient to evaporate it, is 
less than 100° C. (212° F.). The apparatus consists of an ordinary boiler, containing water, 
the vapor of which is conducted through a pipe into the evaporating vessels, communicating 
with each other by means of iron steam pipes. These vessels have the form of an ordinary 
copper basin, to the inside of which is riveted a shallow tinned copper evaporating basin, in- 
tended to contain the liquid to be evaporated. The vapor from the boiler circulates between 
these vessels, and the water into which it condenses is allowed to escape through a steam valve 
attached to the bottom of each vessel. The liquid to be evaporated is first distributed in two 
or three basins, but when considerably concentrated is transferred to a single one, where it is 
stirred towards the close of the process to hasten the evaporation. The heat applied to the 
liquid can be easily regulated by the steam valves. 
As the heat capable of being applied by boiling water to the evaporating liquid does not 
exceed 93‘3° C. (200° F.), while that by steam can, by a moderate pressure, be increased 
to the boiling point or beyond it, the evaporation by the latter agency may be much more 
rapid than by the former, when the pressure is from ten to twenty pounds to the square inch; 
so that there is a temptation to raise the heat to a degree seriously injurious to the product. 
Evaporation, therefore, by steam heat always requires caution, while the water-bath is much 
less liable to be abused. In this respect the latter method has the advantage. 
A good plan of evaporation, though slow, is to place the liquid in a broad, shallow vessel, 
exposed in a stove or drying-room to a temperature of about 100° F., or a little higher, taking 
care that the air have free access in order to facilitate the evaporation. This mode is particu- 
larly applicable to those cases in which maceration or infusion is preferred to decoction for ex- 
tracting the active principles. Berzelius says that we may thus usually obtain the extract in 
the form of a yellowish transparent mass, while extracts prepared in the ordinary way are 
almost black, and are opaque even in very thin layers. Even when the liquid is boiled at first, 
the process may often be advantageously completed in this manner. It has been proposed to 
effect the evaporation at the common temperature, by directing a strong current of air, by 
means of a pair of smith’s bellows, over the surface of the liquid; and in reference to sub- 
stances which are injured by heat and not by atmospheric air the plan will be found useful. 
Plans have been proposed and carried into execution for performing evaporation without 
the admission of atmospheric air. The apparatus for evaporation in vacuo, now largely used 
by manufacturing pharmacists, is well calculated to meet this object, at the same time that, 
by removing the atmospheric pressure, it enables the water to rise in vapor more rapidly, and 
at a comparatively low temperature* 
A convenient plan of excluding the air, though it does not at the same time meet the object 
of reducing the degree of heat, is to distil off the water in close vessels. Berzelius says that 
this is the best mode of' concentration next to that in vacuo. Care, however, must be taken 
that the fire be not too long applied, lest the extract should be burnt. The process should, 
therefore, be completed by means of the water-bath. 
* A very ingenious apparatus for evaporating in vacuo on a small scale has been invented by Prof. A. B. Prescott 
(A. J. P., xlii. 349). Two vessels are required: a small one, for evaporation ; a large one, which is best made of 
copper, and should be so arranged as to be readily heated or refrigerated at will. The two are to be connected by 
glass tubing, through rubber corks, and into the cork of the evaporating dish is to be set a short straight glass tube 
with a piece of rubber tubing fitted to it so that it can be tightly closed with a glass rod at will. An ounce or two of 
water having been put in the receiver, and the material in the evaporating vessel, a gentle heat is, by means of 
water, applied to the evaporating vessel, but a strong heat to the receiver. The water in this latter boils furiously, 
and the vapor escapes through the opened tube in the evaporating vessel. When the water is exhausted the tube is 
closed and the receiver refrigerated. Of course a vacuum results, and is maintained by the continuous condensation 
of vapor in the receiver. 532 
Extracta. 
PART I. 
In the concentration of alcoholic solutions, distillation should always be performed, as not 
only is the atmospheric air thus excluded, but the alcohol is recovered, if not absolutely pure, 
certainly fit for the purpose to which it was originally applied. Here also the water-bath should 
be employed, to obviate any possible risk of injury from the fire. When the decoction or in- 
fusion and the tincture of the same vegetable have been made separately, they should be sepa- 
rately evaporated to the consistence of syrup, and then mixed together while they are of such 
a consistence as to incorporate without difficulty. The object of this separate evaporation is 
that the spirituous extract may not be exposed to the degree of heat, or lengthened action of 
the air, which is necessary in the ordinary mode of concentrating the infusion or decoction. 
In every instance, care should be taken to prevent any portion of the extract from becoming 
dry and hard on the sides of the evaporating vessel, as in this state it will not readily incorpo- 
rate with the remaining mass. The heat, therefore, should be applied to the bottom and not 
to the sides of the vessel. 
Inasmuch as the yield of extracts is largely dependent on the character of the menstruum 
used in the percolation, it follows that there must necessarily be a great variation in the 
strength of commercial extracts. C. H. Lawall has prepared a valuable table giving the 
yield of extract by various drugs. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 414.) For methods of assay, see 
Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 415. 
Extracts may be prepared of two different degrees of consistence: soft so that they may 
be readily made into pills, and hard in order that they may be pulverized. The soft ex- 
tracts always contain a notable percentage of water. In astringent extracts, the evaporation 
should be carried to dryness. Those obtained from the expressed juices of plants are apt to 
attract moisture from the air, in consequence of the deliquescent nature of the salts existing 
in the juice. They are thus rendered softer, and more liable to become mouldy upon the sur- 
face. Others, especially such as contain much chlorophyll, harden by time, in consequence of 
the escape of their moisture; and it not unfrequently happens that small crystals of saline 
matter are formed in their substance; sodium chloride in small cubes is sometimes found in 
certain old extracts, having slowly crystallized as they hardened. Prof. John Attfield, of 
London, has made a chemical examination of the crystals found in numerous extracts, and 
ascertained that in a large number they consisted of potassium chloride, and in a compara- 
tively few of potassium nitrate* The air, moreover, exercises an unfavorable chemical influ- 
ence over the softer extracts, which are enfeebled, and ultimately become nearly inert, by the 
same changes which they undergo more rapidly in the liquid state at an elevated temperature. 
If an extract be dissolved in water, and the liquid be saturated with common salt or any other 
very soluble salt of difficult decomposition, the greater part of it will be precipitated, in conse- 
quence of the insolubility of this class of substances in saline solutions. The precipitate may 
be again dissolved in pure water. 
Abstracts, which were official in the U. S. P. 1880, were not re-introduced into the present 
revision, as they did not come into general use: this is unfortunate, as they had many advan- 
tages, and as they are used in certain sections of the country. A description and a typical 
formula, with comments, are appended.f Abstracts of the following eleven drugs were official 
3. Condition and Preservation of Extracts. 
* Thus, potassium chloride was detected in the extracts of belladonna, hemlock, sarsaparilla (compound), colchicum 
seeds, stramonium seeds, and aconite; potassium nitrate in the extracts of belladonna, hyoscyamus, and lettuce; and 
sodium sulphate in extract of stramonium seeds. (P. J. Tr., March, 1862, p. 448.) 
f Abstracta. Abstracts. Abstracts are solid powdered preparations containing the soluble constituents of the 
drugs from which they are made, and to which they bear a definite and uniform relation. These preparations were 
first introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880, and have many advantages over ordinary extracts. They are 
prepared by evaporating an alcoholic tincture of a drug spontaneously and at a low temperature, mixing it with a 
sufficient quantity of dried sugar of milk to make the final product when dry weigh one-half the weight of the drug, 
and then powdering it. The following general formula exhibits the typical official process. 
General Formula. Drug, in No. 60 powder, two hundred, parts [or four ounces av.] ; Sugar of Milk, recently 
dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred parts [or two ounces av.]. Moisten 
the drug with eighty parts [or one and three-quarter fluidounces] of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a cylindrical glass 
percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the drug is exhausted. Reserve 
the first one hundred and seventy parts [or three and one-half fluidounces] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder 
to thirty parts [or half a fluidounce] at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and mix with the reserved 
portion. Place the mixture in an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts [or one ounce av.] of Sugar of 
Milk, cover it with a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a warm place, where the temperature will not rise 
above 50° C. (122° F.J, until the mixture is dry. Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to make the mixture PAET I. 
Extrada. 
533 
in 1880: aconite, belladonna root, conium, digitalis, hyoscyamus, ignatia, jalap, nux vomica, 
podophyllum, senega, and valerian. Prof. Hallberg favors the use of a menstruum of three 
measures of alcohol with one of chloroform for abstracts, and prefers the term “ quatract” to 
“ abstract.” (Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 245.) 
Extracts, in order that they may keep well, should be placed in glazed earthenware, glass, or 
porcelain jars, and completely protected from the access of the air. This may be effected by 
covering their surface with a layer of melted wax, or with a piece of paper moistened with 
strong spirit, then closing the mouth of the vessel with a cork, spreading wax or rosin over 
this, and covering the whole with leather or a piece of bladder. (Duncan.) The dry extracts, 
being less liable to be affected by atmospheric oxygen, do not require so much care. The ap- 
plication of alcohol to the surface has a tendency to prevent mouldiness. A method of pro- 
tecting extracts from the action of the air, frequently resorted to, is to cover them closely with 
oiled bladder; but this, though better than to leave them uncovered, is not entirely effectual. 
Should the extract become too moist, it may be dried by means of a water-bath; should it, on 
the contrary, be too dry, the proper consistence may be restored by softening it in the same 
manner and incorporating with it a little distilled water. Martin (1880) proposes to preserve 
extracts in a soft condition by surrounding the vessel containing the extract by another of 
larger diameter, which is furnished with a tight cover, the space between the two vessels being 
filled with crystallized sodium sulphate, which gradually parts with its water of crystallization 
and prevents the extract from becoming hard and dry. 
When extracts which are too soft are subjected to a moderate temperature, fermentation 
may set in: E. Cocardas describes the various forms of “ Penicillium-ferment” which grow 
in such extracts, and concludes that the ferment causes them to undergo changes similar to 
those effected by heat,—viz., the absorption of oxygen and the disengagement of carbon dioxide. 
(P. J. Tr., 1886, p. 590.) 
Some extracts when powdered have a tendency to cohere again. According to Geiseler, this 
may be obviated by the addition of sugar of milk or powdered liquorice-root; two or three 
parts of the former and one part of the latter to one of the extract being sufficient for the pur- 
pose. (Pharm. Centralbl., 1850, p. 238.) Mohr recommends the following plan of drying and 
preserving extracts. Take equal parts of powdered liquorice-root and of the extract, rub them 
well together in a mortar, put the resulting paste into an earthen vessel with a flat bottom, place 
this in another of iron, a little deeper, containing calcium chloride thoroughly dried by heat 
insufficient to melt it; then enclose the whole with a cover fitted to the iron vessel, and allow 
them to stand for a day or more. When the mixture is quite dry, powder it, and add so much 
of the powdered root as to make the weight double that of the original extract.* (Ibid., p. 119.) 
Four parts of extract are now mixed with three parts of finely powdered liquorice-root, and 
dried in a porcelain capsule at 40°-50° C. (104°-122° F.) until the mixture ceases to lose 
weight. The mass is then rubbed to powder, and sufficient powdered liquorice-root added to 
make the whole weigh eight parts, or double the weight of extract used. In our opinion, this 
method is not so good as that formerly adopted for abstracts. The G-erman powdered extracts 
are always half the strength of the extracts, no relation whatever with the drug is established, 
and the variations in the yield of extract from different drugs have been repeatedly shown to 
be great. Kirchmann proposes exsiccated sodium sulphate as a diluent instead of dextrin, 
liquorice-root, etc. (Pharm. Zeitung, 1881, 116.) Dr. A. B. Lyons, of Detroit (1898), has 
introduced scale extracts. These do not, as a class, bear a definite relation to the drug; they 
are assayed, however, and acacia is used as a means of preserving their dry condition; they 
are easily pulverized, and are very convenient for dispensing. 
The plan of incorporating a little glycerin with extracts has been recommended for such 
weigh one hundred parte [or two ounces av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. Preserve the powder in a well- 
stopped bottle. 
The advantages possessed by abstracts may be briefly stated as follows; 
1. Each abstract represents twice the strength of the drug or fluid extract from which it is prepared. 
2. They are dry powders, if properly made, and thus are permanent and portable ; not subject to precipitation as 
fluid extracts are; not liable to become hard, tough, and variable in strength, a3 is the case with extracts. 
3. Injurious exposure to heat is entirely avoided, and the official process requires no apparatus but such as either 
is at hand in the pharmacy or can be easily obtained by a pharmacist operating upon the small scale. 
4. The final thorough trituration of the dry powder reduces the soluble and active constituents of the drug to a 
pulverulent condition, the diluent is soluble, and the fine state of division of abstracts is the most favorable condi- 
tion that a powder can possess to secure efficient medication. (Remington’s Practice of Pharmacy, p. 427.) 
* This process was substantially adopted in the German Pharmacopoeia (1882). The old process of using dextrin 
as a diluent was found very objectionable, principally on account of the tendency of the extracts to reabsorb moisture. 534 
Extracta Fluida. 
PART I. 
extracts as require it, 10 per cent, of glycerin being added to the liquid extract before evaporation 
to a pilular consistence. By its unchangeable liquid character, glycerin keeps the extract soft, 
so that it can be readily made into pills, and it also exercises a favorable influence through its 
chemical properties. It is preferable to add a definite weight of the glycerin to the percolate. 
If it were added to the menstruum, owing to the variation in the yield of extracts from plants, 
some would be too soft, and at another time, in the case of a large yield of extract, the quan- 
tity of glycerin would be insignificant. 
Extracts from recent plants should be prepared at the season when the plant is medicinally 
most active; and a good rule is to prepare them once a year.* 
EXTRACTA FLUIDA. Fluid Extracts. 
(BX-TEAC'TA FLU'I-DA.) 
Extracta Liquida, Hr.; Extraits liquides, Fr.; Fliissige Extrakte, G. 
These were first introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1850 as a distinct class of prep- 
arations ; the fluid extract of sarsaparilla being the only one previously directed, either in our 
own official code or by the British Colleges. Since then they have increased so rapidly in 
favor that at the present time eighty-eight are official, and in addition large quantities of non- 
official fluid extracts are annually produced. They are now perhaps the most important class 
of liquid preparations in use. Their distinctive character is the concentration of the active 
ingredients of medicinal substances into a small bulk, in the liquid form, a cubic centimeter 
or fluigrarnme of any one of them now representing a gramme of the crude drug. Inde- 
pendently of the greater convenience of administration, the advantage of this class of prep- 
arations is thatr the evaporation not being carried so far as in the ordinary extracts, the active 
principles are less liable to be injured by heat. Formerly the main difficulty in relation to 
them was the liability of substances in the liquid state to undergo spontaneous decomposition. 
In the Pharmacopoeia of 1850 this was counteracted by means of sugar and of alcohol, but in 
1865 (A. J. P., 1865, p. 50) Mr. Alfred B. Taylor proposed the use of glycerin, and in the 
revision of the Pharmacopoeia for 1870 his suggestion was adopted. Glycerin, while it exerts 
a powerful preservative influence, possesses the very valuable property of dissolving matters 
which were deposited by some of the fluid extracts when made with sugar, as in the old official 
recipes. Consequently these fluid extracts were much clearer and more elegant preparations 
than were the old ones. Subsequent experience with these fluid extracts showed that the 
use of glycerin should be circumscribed, and that it had been employed too freely in the for- 
mulas of the fluid extracts of the U. S. P. 1870. The solvent powers of glycerin are so great 
that the fluid extracts were frequently loaded with many inert principles, which it dissolved, 
giving them a dense, rich appearance, without increasing their activity. As the primary object 
of fluid extracts is concentration, suitable menstrua should in each case be selected with the 
single object of dissolving and retaining permanently the active constituents of the drug. 
The present fluid extracts are of the same strength as those formerly official, and the formu- 
las are based upon the theory that from a given weight of drug an amount of fluid extract shall 
be made equal in measure to the bulk of the same weight of distilled water; iu other words, 
upon the relation of gramme to cubic centimetre.f Although the metric system is admirable 
in practice, some may prefer to use ordinary weights and measures; in such cases, to make 20 
fluidounces of a fluid extract 19 troyounces of drug will be required, whilst if avoirdupois weight 
is preferred, the most convenient relation to recollect will be that 50 avoirdupois ounces are 
• M. Lepage, of Gisors, gives the following method of testing the quality of the narcotic extracts and determining 
whether they contain any of the alkaloids to which they owe their efficiency. Take a gramme (15'5 gr.) of the ex- 
tract, dissolve it in twice its weight of distilled water, introduce the solution into a test-tube, and add from 25 to 30 
centigrammes (4 or 5 gr.) of powdered potassium bicarbonate. When effervescence has ceased, add to the mixture 5 
or 6 times its bulk of pure ether, cork the tube, and shake briskly three times in 2 or 3 minutes. Then let the mixture 
rest; and when the ether has become transparent, decant, and allow it to evaporate spontaneously. Dissolve the 
residue in 6 or 8 grammes (f 3 iss to of water acidulated with a drop or two of hydrochloric acid. If the ex- 
tract be good, the solution will be rendered very turbid by a few drops of a solution of the double iodide of mercury 
and potassium, and will give a flocculent precipitate with solution of tannic acid. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1863, p. 
362.) The test is applicable to the extracts of aconite, belladonna, hyoscyamus, and conium. 
t The following table shows the relation of the crude drug to the fluid extract when made by the process of the 
U. S. P. 1890 and when made by that of the U. S. P. 1870: 
Pharm. 1890. 
100 grammes of drug make 100 C.c. 
100 troyounces of drug make 105'3 fluidounces. 
100 avoirdupois ounces of drug make 96 fluidounces. 
Weight of Drug. 
Measure of Fluid Extract. 
Pharm. 1870. 
94-9 C.c. 
100 fluidounces. 
91*1 fluidounces. PART I. 
Extrada Fluida. 
535 
required to make 48 Jiuidounces, or three pints, of a fluid extract. It has been repeatedly pro- 
posed to make 50 per cent, tinctures or half-strength fluid extracts, the main object being to 
secure more representative preparations when made on the small scale. Experiments by Profs. 
Sayre, Gregory Patch, and others prove that half-strength fluid extracts possess no advan- 
tages over those of official strength. (Drug. Circ., 1897, 119, 147.) The general formula for 
the preparation of fluid extracts does not differ materially from that formerly official; the 
length of time required for maceration has been judiciously reduced, whilst the quantity re- 
served has been generally slightly increased, although the formulas are not uniform in this 
respect. The fact cannot escape observation that there has been a close study of the solubili- 
ties, physical properties, and individuality of each drug, whilst uniformity among the formulas 
has not been sought for, so much as the best method of producing the fluid extract. The 
general formula may be expressed as follows. 1000 Gm. of the powdered drug are moistened 
with a certain quantity of menstruum, packed in a suitable percolator, and enough menstruum 
added to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it; the lower orifice of the perco- 
lator is closed when the liquid begins to drop, and the percolator is closely covered to prevent 
evaporation and permit maceration for a specified time; additional menstruum is poured on 
and percolation continued until the drug is exhausted. Usually from seven- to nine-tenths of 
the first portion of the percolate are reserved, and the remainder evaporated to a soft extract; 
this is to be dissolved in the reserved portion, and enough menstruum added to make the fluid 
extract measure 1000 C.c. The precipitation experienced heretofore when the evaporated 
weak percolate was added to the reserved portion is considerably diminished by causing the 
former to be evaporated to a soft extract. This precipitation, formerly noticed more particu- 
larly in alcoholic fluid extracts, was due to the greater volatility of the alcohol in the weak 
percolates, which, when evaporated, left the residue to a great extent aqueous; when this was 
added to the strongly alcoholic reserved portion, a precipitation of resinous and frequently active 
matter took place, which necessitated the storing of the fluid extract until precipitation ceased, 
and subsequent filtration. This is almost altogether avoided by evaporating to a soft extract, 
and the loss of activity through precipitation is thus greatly diminished. 
A useful distillatory apparatus has been contrived by Prof. Jos. P. Remington for recovering 
alcohol from weak percolates, and for general pharmaceutical uses. The still shown in the cut 
is the new form. It is made of tinned copper, the still body holding about 
three gallons; the condenser has seven straight tubes surrounded with 
the cold water introduced by a rubber tube from a hydrant or bucket of 
water placed higher than the still, and carried off as it becomes warmed 
by another tube as indicated by the arrows. By the siphon arrangement 
shown in the cut, the still can be fed from a reservoir whilst distilla- 
tion is in progress, thus using a three-gallon still where otherwise a much 
larger one would have been necessary. The joints are carefully ground, 
and troublesome lutes and water-joints are en- 
tirely superseded. The condenser, having straight 
tubes instead of a spiral one, is easily cleaned, 
and is powerful enough to condense a gallon of 
alcohol in thirty minutes. The still may be set 
into a kettle partly filled with water and thus 
used as a water-bath, or a shallow tinned-copper 
dish with flat rim, which accompanies the still, 
may be placed between the two brass ring bands 
and clamped securely. (A. J. P., May, 1879.) 
For valuable papers on percolation and fluid 
extracts, by Prof. Procter, Dr. Squibb, Alonzo 
Robbins, and others, see Proc. A. P. A., 1859, 
p. 265 ; 1863, p. 222 ; A. J. P., 1878, pp. 209, 
329 ; 1873, pp. 85, 189. 
Several methods have been suggested for 
preparing fluid extracts more economically. The most important is the plan of repercolation, 
as proposed by Dr. E. R. Squibb, for this class of preparations as well as the dry extracts. 
Repercolation. In consequence of the existing high price of alcohol, it is important to 
adopt some plan by which, while the ends aimed at are attained, the consumption of the 
menstruum used in percolation may be diminished. This object has been accomplished, to a 536 
Extracta Fluida. 
PART I. 
considerable extent, by Dr. E. R. Squibb, of Brooklyn, N. Y.,bya modification of the process 
of percolation to which he has given the name at the head of the present paragraph. As 
defined by the author, repercolation consists in the successive application of the same percolating 
menstruum to fresh portions of the substance to be percolated. The result is that the same 
menstruum, acting repeatedly on unexhausted portions of the substance, becomes concentrated 
to the greatest possible extent, so that much of the menstruum is saved, while subsequent 
evaporation is avoided, which is itself an object of great importance in the preparation of 
extracts. It is obvious that repercolation is not applicable to the preparation of infusions, 
decoctions, tinctures, etc., in which the object in general is less a high degree of concentration 
than precision in the strength of the preparation, and consequently in the dose. It is to the 
extracts and fluid extracts that the process is peculiarly adapted, and there now remains no 
doubt whatever of the great value of the improvement. One of its disadvantages is that the 
substance treated is less completely exhausted than when the proceeding is inverted, and fresh 
portions of menstruum are made to act on the same material until the latter is deprived of all 
its soluble matter. But the loss in this way is trifling, compared with the gain when a 
menstruum as high-priced as alcohol is at the present time is employed. Another practical 
disadvantage is the inconvenience of keeping the weak percolates, as these have to be labelled, 
numbered, and stored away for use until the same operation is repeated. In deciding when to 
adopt it, the operator will of course be influenced by the relative value of the drug and the 
menstruum. In order to secure the most favorable results in repercolation, certain methods of 
proceeding are advisable in various steps of the process, differing with the character of the 
substance to be acted on ; and these can be determined only by a careful study, confirmed by 
repeated experiment. Dr. Squibb uses repercolation exclusively on the large scale in the man- 
ufacture of extracts and fluid extracts, and has applied it especially to the preparation of fluid 
extract of cinchona; and since his first paper, which was reproduced in the 14th revision of 
the U. S. Dispensatory, p. 1164, he has introduced several improvements, which are intended 
to make the process useful to the apothecary in his every-day work. By presenting in a note 
below an abstract of his plan of proceeding in this case, we can impress on the mind of the 
pharmaceutical student the lessons applicable to the case more forcibly than could be done by 
a general description.* 
The plan of 5lr. N. Spencer Thomas consists in exposing the substance to be acted on to 
successive expressions, by means of a press, with the menstruum divided into different portions, 
so that fresh portions of liquid are brought to act on the same solid body in different stages 
of exhaustion, and then mixing the expressed liquids. The due proportion between the 
weight of the medicine and the bulk of the ultimate fluid extract is secured by regulating the 
measure of the last-added portion of menstruum, which, in the process as described by Mr. 
Thomas, is the third. Whatever may be the advantages of this method,—and it is not without 
its recommendations,—it is liable to the objections of loss of alcohol through exposure during 
expression, and of being patented. (A. J. P., 1866.) Another method of limiting the quantity 
of alcohol used has been proposed by Mr. S. P. Duffield, of Detroit. It consists in macer- 
* Dr. Squibb’s Process for Extract of Cinchona by Repercolation : “ Take of Yellow Cinchona, in powder No. 50, 
32 parts; Stronger Alcohol, sp. gr. '819, 2 parts; Glycerin, sp. gr. T250, 1 part; Water, 2 parts, or a sufficient quan- 
tity of menstruum. Weigh the Stronger Alcohol, Glycerin, and Water in succession, in any convenient quantity at 
a time, into a tared bottle, and mix them thoroughly for a menstruum. 
“ Moisten 8 parts of the Cinchona with eight parts of the menstruum, by thoroughly mixing them, and allow the 
mixture to stand 8 hours in a closely-covered vessel. Then pass the moist powder through a No. 8 sieve, and pack 
it firmly in a percolator. Pour menstruum on top until the mass is filled with liquid and a stratum remains on top 
unabsorbed; cover the percolator closely and macerate for 48 hours. Then arrange the percolator for an automatic 
supply of menstruum, and start the percolation at such a rate as to give 1 part of percolate in about 4 hours. Re- 
serve the first 6 parts of percolate, and continue the percolation until the Cinchona is exhausted, separating the 
percolate received after the reserved portion into fractions of about 8 parts each. Moisten a second portion of 8 parts 
of the Cinchona with 8 parts of the weak percolate,—the first portion that was obtained next after the reserved per- 
colate,—and allow the moist powder to stand for 8 hours in a vessel closely covered. Then pack it moderately in a 
percolator, and supply the percolator automatically with the remaining fractions of the weak percolate in the order 
in which they were received, and finally with fresh menstruum until the Cinchona is exhausted. Percolate in the 
same manner and at the same rate as with the first portion of Cinchona, and, reserving 8 parts of the first percolate, 
separate the weaker percolate into fractions of about 8 parts each. Percolate the third and fourth portions of 8 parts 
each of the Cinchona in the same way as the second portion. Finally mix the four reserved percolates together to 
make 30 parts of finished fluid extract; and having corked, labelled, and numbered the bottles containing the frac- 
tions of weak percolate, set them away until the process for Cinchona is to be resumed. 
“ When this fluid extract is to be again made, repeat the process as with the second portion, and reserve 8 parts 
of the first percolate as finished fluid extract from each 8 parts of Cinchona from that time forward so long as the 
fractions of weak percolate are carried forward with which to commence each operation.” See also Dr. Squibb’# 
percolator, 16th edition U. S. D., p. 600. PART I. 
Extrada Fluidct.—Extradum Aconiti. 
537 
ating, for from six to ten days, the medicine to he acted on, previously deprived, by means of a 
vacuum apparatus, of all the air, and of all readily volatilizable matter contained in its pores, 
with a certain volume of the menstruum, which is forced through a tube into the vacuum-pan 
by atmospheric pressure, and thus brought into the most intimate contact with all parts of the 
powder. The process is completed by submitting the mass thus impregnated to hydraulic 
pressure, and, after allowing the liquid to settle in glass carboys, drawing oft" the clear liquid 
into bottles. (See also Parke, Davis & Co.’s method, with illustrations, Remington's Practice of 
Pharmacy, pp. 364, 365.) It is obviously inapplicable to substances whose virtues depend in 
any considerable degree upon readily volatilizable constituents. Mr. Campbell (A. J. P., xlii. 
17) has proposed a method for doing away with the use of heat, which, however, although in 
some cases it may do well, cannot be relied upon for the complete exhaustion of all drugs. 
In carrying it out, mix with sixteen troyounces of the powder four to six fluidounces of the 
menstruum (usually alcohol), and pack it in a glass funnel moderately but uniformly tightly, a 
piece of sponge having previously been put in the beak of the funnel ; then cover the surface 
of the powder with a disk of paper, and pour on twelve fluidounces of menstruum. When 
the sponge becomes saturated, cork tightly the beak of the funnel, and set the whole aside for 
four days, at the end of which time the percolation may be allowed to proceed. Mr. James 
W. Mill has called attention to the advantage of separating the powder into fine and coarse 
parts by means of sieves and packing the finer powder at the bottom. 
II. Biroth (Pharmacist, April, 1877) proposes the method which he terms “ insuccation," for 
making non-alcoholic fluid extracts: the advantages claimed for it are simplicity and economy. 
Colaz prepares fluid extracts from fresh plants by bruising and crushing them, and placing the 
mass in a dialyzer suspended in 90 per cent, alcohol; when the dialysis is completed, the 
liquid is evaporated to free it from alcohol, the remaining aqueous liquid retaining the active 
constituents in the proportions in which they are found in the plant. (Pharm. Post, xxix. 271.) 
Haussmann (A. J. P., 1895, 291), after examining a large number of commercial fluid 
extracts, records his results in tabular form, and considers that there is great variation in the 
quality, due to deviation from pharmacopoeial processes. 
Prof. J. U. Lloyd proposes to recover the alcohol which remains absorbed by the residue after 
percolation by mixing the wet residues with an equal bulk or less of dry sawdust, and then 
percolating this with water. (A. J. P., June, 1877.) Wm. M. Thomson, of Philadelphia, devised 
a very complete method of preparing fluid extracts on a large scale ; the principles of his process 
are maceration and percolation in vacuo, and although the principles which have been applied 
have been long known, and similar apparatus used by Duffield and others, there are many useful 
practical points which merit a notice in detail. The percolators are egg-shaped, and made of 
tinned copper; they are capable of being tightly covered, and communicate by means of stop- 
cocks above and below, and iron and stout rubber tubing, with a very efficient double-acting air- 
pump. The moistened powder is packed tightly in the percolator, and the cover securely bolted 
on. The stopcock in the cover is now opened, which communicates with the air-pump and a 
partial vacuum created in the space above the moistened drug; the stopcock is now closed and 
another stopcock in the cover opened, which communicates by a tube with the reservoir con- 
taining the menstruum. The menstruum, of course, quickly penetrates the powder, taking the 
place of the interstitial air, and when the powder is saturated it is permitted to macerate in 
vacuo a sufficient length of time. To start percolation, a receiver is connected with the beak of 
the percolator, and, the air being exhausted from it, the percolate at once makes its appearance. 
When the flow slackens, if desired, air may be forced by the pump in the space above the 
powder, and the receiver again exhausted below. In this way, it can be seen, entire control 
of these powerful physical forces may be secured. The advantages are very apparent in pre- 
venting the loss of volatile principles and alcohol, whilst protecting from chemical change caused 
by exposure to the air. It is quite possible to make many official fluid extracts without recourse 
to subsequent evaporation of weak percolate. For a cut of this apparatus, see A. J. P., 1882. 
EXTRACTUM ACONITI. U. S. Extract of Aconite. 
(BX-TKAC'TUM XC-O-NI'TT.) 
Extract of Aconite Root; Extrait de Racine d’Aconit, Fr.; Eisenhutknollen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Aconite, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 538 
Extractum, Aconiti.—Extractum Aconiti Fluidum. 
PART I. 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until three thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 100 fluidounces] of tincture are obtained, or the Aconite is exhausted. 
Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, 
evaporate the remainder in a porcelain capsule, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], add the reserved portion, and 
evaporate, at or below the above-mentioned temperature, until an extract of a pilular consistence 
remains.” U. S. 
The Br. Ph. (1898) no longer recognizes extract of aconite. (See U. S. D.. 17th ed., 533.) 
The extract from the fresh leaves of aconite was abandoned in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in 
1870 in favor of one made by means of alcohol from the dried plant, probably because the 
plant was not generally cultivated in this country. But the present preparation is very much 
stronger than either, aconite root having been substituted for the leaves, which are no longer 
official, and alcohol for diluted alcohol as a menstruum. It is greatly to be regretted that 
the title of this Extract is not Extractum Aconiti Badicis; there will be likely to be three 
extracts of Aconite in use, of varying strengths,—i.e., the present official alcoholic extract 
made from the root, the former hydro-alcoholic extract made from the leaves, and the English 
extract made from the fresh leaves. Great care should be taken to call as much attention to 
the alteration as possible. The use of tartaric acid in the menstruum for U. S. P. 1880 was 
in accordance with the views of Duquesnel and C. B. Alder Wright. It has been shown, how- 
ever, that the acid was of no practical advantage, and it is no longer employed. The exhaus- 
tion of the aconite in the U. S. process is indicated by the absence of its peculiar taste in the 
liquid which passes. To save the alcohol at the low temperature at which the evaporation is 
directed, would require the aid of a vacuum apparatus. The attempt to save the alcohol by 
ordinary distillation would imply an elevation of the heat above that officially ordered, and 
thus endanger the decomposition of the active principle of the aconite; and views of economy 
should never be allowed to interfere with the efficiency of medicines. 
If made from recently dried leaves, which have not yet been impaired by time, the extract 
official in 1870 was a good preparation of aconite; and it was believed to be more powerful, 
and to keep better, than the inspissated juice. According to Prof. Schroff, of Vienna, it had 
four times the strength of that preparation. The dose is half a grain or a grain (0-03 to 0 065 
Gm.), to be gradually increased if necessary. The alcoholic extract of the U. S. P. 1890 is 
stronger, and may be given in the dose of one-sixth or one-quarter of a grain (0-01 to 0 016 
Gm.),to be gradually increased until its effects are experienced ; and it would be well to specify 
on the prescription U. S. P. 1890 when that preparation is desired. 
When properly prepared, the Br. Ph. 1885 extract has a greenish-brown color, with a 
disagreeable narcotic odor and the acrid taste of the plant. It may be given in the dose of 
one or two grains (0-065 to 013 Gm.), night and morning, to be gradually increased till the 
system is affected. Twenty grains (1*3 Gm.) or more have been given in the course of a day. 
EXTRACTUM ACONITI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Aconite. 
(EX-TRlC'TUM XC-O-NI'TI FLU'I-DUM.) 
Fluid Extract of Aconite Root; Extrait liquide de Racine d’Aconit, Fr.; Fliissiges Eisenhutknollen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Aconite, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate 
for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, 
using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Aconite is exhausted. 
Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the perco- 
late, and evaporate the remainder, in a porcelain capsule, at a temperature not exceeding 50° 
C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum 
to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| 
fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This preparation of aconite root will be found useful as a basis for making the other prepa- Extractum Aloes.—Extractum Anthemidis. 
539 
PART I. 
rations of Aconite,—the plaster, extract, tincture, or liniment. The fluid extract is of a bright 
deep reddish-brown color ; it may be given internally in doses of one-half to one minim (0 03 to 
0-06 C.c.), but on account of its very powerful character should always be used with caution, 
beginning with the smallest dose. It will doubtless be frequently employed as an addition to 
liniments for obtaining the peculiar effects of aconite. 
(ex-trXc'tum Xl'o-e§.) 
Extrait d’Alo£s, Fr.; Aloe-Extrakt, G. 
“ Socotrine Aloes, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains]; Boiling Distilled 
Water, one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms]. Mix the Aloes with 
the Water in a suitable vessel, stirring constantly, until the particles of Aloes are thoroughly dis- 
integrated, and let the mixture stand for twelve hours ; then pour off the clear liquor, strain the 
residue, mix the liquids, and evaporate to dryness by means of a water- or steam-bath.” U. S. 
The object of this preparation is to afford an aloes purified from mechanical impurities. The 
process is based upon the British formulas for extract of Barbadoes aloes and Socotrine aloes, 
which are treated of in the two articles following this. With an official purified aloes, the neces- 
sity for this preparation is not obvious.* An extract made with cold distilled water was 
formerly official in the German Pharmacopoeia, as was also the vitriolated extract, “Extractum 
Aloes Acido Sulfurico Correctum,” made by suspending eight parts of extract of aloes in 
thirty-two parts of distilled water, adding drop by drop one part of pure sulphuric acid, and 
evaporating in a porcelain vessel to dryness. The dose is from two to ten grains (0-13-0-65 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM ALOES. U. S. Extract of Aloes. 
EXTRACTUM ALOES BARBADENSIS. Br. Extract of Barbados Aloes. 
Extrait d’AloSs de Barbade, Fr.; Barbadoes Aloe-Extrakt, G. 
“ Barbados Aloes, in small fragments, 1 pound (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Distilled Water, 
boiling, 1 gallon (Imp. meas.) or 10 litres. Add the Barbados Aloes to the Distilled Water 
and stir well until they are thoroughly mixed; set the mixture aside for twenty-four hours; 
decant; strain ; evaporate the strained liquid to dryness at a temperature not exceeding 140° 
F. (60° C.j.” Br. 
The revised direction, to evaporate at a temperature not exceeding 140° F. (60° C.), instead 
of “ by a current of warm air,” is an improvement. The dose of this extract is from two to 
six grains (0T3-0-4 Grin.). Extract of Socotrine Aloes, made by a similar process, was dropped 
at the last revision of the British Pharmacopoeia. 
(EX-TKAC'TUM iL'0-E§ BAR-BA-DEN'SIS.) 
EXTRACTUM ANTHEMIDIS. Br. Extract of Chamomile 
Extrait de Camomille romaine, Fr.; Extractum Chamomillae Roman®; Romisch-Kamillen-Extrabt, G. 
“ Chamomile Flowers, 1 pound (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Oil of Chamomile, 15 minims 
(Imp. meas.) or 2 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 1 gallon (Imp. meas.) or 10 litres. Boil 
the Chamomile Flowers with the Distilled Water until the volume is reduced to one-half; 
strain; press; filter; evaporate the filtrate to the consistence of a soft extract; add the Oil 
of Chamomile towards the end of the process.” Br. 
According to Mr. Brande, one cwt. of dried chamomile flowers affords upon an average 48 
pounds of extract. 
This extract has a deep brown color, with the bitter taste and aroma of chamomile. It much 
better represents the chamomile than did the old Edinburgh extract, which, being obtained by 
(EX-TRAC'TUM AN-THEM'T-DIS.) 
* Glycerate of Aloes. Glycerole of Aloes. Under the latter name, M. Chausit brought to the notice of the pro- 
fession a preparation consisting of an alcoholic extract of aloes dissolved in glycerin. Mr. Haselden prepared this by 
the following method. Macerating half an ounce of aloes in four fluidounces of alcohol until dissolved, he filtered the 
tincture through bibulous paper, evaporated it to the consistence of molasses, and, while it was still warm, added 
enough glycerin to make four fluidounces. Finding that the aloes was wholly dissolved, with the exception of a little 
impurity, he concluded that the spirit might very well be dispensed with, and the aloes used directly in the process. 
Accordingly he proposes to substitute the following method. Mix well in a mortar half an ounce of Socotrine aloes, 
in fine powder, and four fluidounces of glycerin; transfer the mixture to a bottle, and agitate occasionally for several 
days; if the aloes be not now dissolved, heat for fifteen minutes by a water-bath, and strain through linen to separate 
impurities. The resulting liquid is of a bright mahogany color, and of the consistence of glycerin. The preparation 
has been recommended as an external remedy in lichen agrius and the excoriations of eczema, applied by means of a 
camel’s-hair brush. (P. J. Tr., 1859, p. 322.) For the mode of preparing a fluid extract of aloes with the aid of 
glycerin, by Prof. Procter, see Proc. A. P. A., 1863, p. 240. 540 
Extractum Apocyni Fluidum.—Extractum Arnicse Radicis Fluid,um. 
part i. 
decoction and inspissation, contained none of the volatile oil of the plant. In the present 
British process care is taken not only to avoid boiling, but also to supply any possible loss of 
oil during the cautious evaporation, by the addition of a small portion near the close of the 
process. The extract may he given for the same purpose as the flowers, but is most used as a 
vehicle for other tonics in the pilular form. The dose is from two to ten grains (0-13 to 065 
Gm.). An extract may be prepared having the peculiar flavor as well as bitterness of chamo- 
mile, by macerating the flowers in water, and evaporating the infusion in vacuo. 
EXTRACTUM APOCYNI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Apocynum. 
“ Apocynum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] 
of Alcohol and two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of 
the menstruum, and afterwards a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of 
six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] of Water, until the Apocynum 
is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] 
of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract: it represents apocynum in a very satisfactory manner. 
The dose is five minims (0-3 C.c.) ; as an emetic, fifteen to twenty minims (0-9 to 1-25 C.c.). 
(EX-TRXC'TUM A-P(JQ'Y-Nl flu'i-dum.) 
EXTRACTUM ARNICA RADICIS. U. S. Extract of Arnica Root. 
Extrait de Racine d’Arnique, Fr.; Arnika-Extrakt, G. 
“ Arnica Root, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then 
add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for twenty-four hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Arnica Root is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate ; evaporate the remainder 
to one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], at a temperature not exceeding 
50° C. (122° F.), mix the residue with the reserved portion, and evaporate, at or below the 
above-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
The extract does not differ from the extract formerly official: it very well represents the 
virtues of arnica, and is a convenient form for its administration. The dose is from three to 
five grains (0-20 to 0-33 Gm.). But the chief employment of the extract is in the preparation 
of the plaster. (See Emplastrum Arnicse.') 
(EX-TRAC'TUM AR'NI-Q.® RA-DI'CIS.) 
EXTRACTUM ARNICA RADICIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Arnica Root. 
Extrait liquide de Racine d’Arnique, Fr.; Fliissiges Arnicawurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Arnica Root, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 62 fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 
173 minims] of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 
(ex-trXc'tum AR'NI-CTE ra-d!'cis flu'i-dum.) part i. 
Extradum Aromaticum Fluidum.—Extradum Aspidospermatis Fluidum. 
541 
minims] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 
13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the 
Arnica Root is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 
207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder at a temperature not exceeding 
50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough men- 
struum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is of a clear, reddish-brown color, possessing little odor, and having an 
acrid taste. It well represents the virtues of the root, and will probably be used as a basis 
for preparing the extract when wanted for the plaster. The dose, if desired for internal ad- 
ministration, would be from five to ten minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM AROMATICUM FLUIDUM. U. S. Aromatic Fluid 
Extract. 
(EX-TRlC'TUM AR-O-MAT'I-CUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide aromatique, Fr.; Fliissiges Aromatisches Extrakt, G. 
“ Aromatic Powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms]. 
Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 min- 
ims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough Alcohol to 
saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Aro- 
matic Powder is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 
fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a valuable fluid extract; it is an excellent aromatic in concentrated form, and will be 
found very useful not only as an addition to liquids when an aromatic is desired, but its con- 
centrated form will permit its use in small quantities with dry powders, like pepsin, bismuth 
subnitrate, etc., when desired for administration. It will probably be rarely used alone. Dose, 
ten to twenty minims (0-6-1-25 C.c.), diluted with water, or dropped on sugar. 
EXTRACTUM ASCLEPIADIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Asclepias. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM AS-CLE-PI-A'DIS FLU'I-DUM.) 
“ Asclepias, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted 
Alcohol, until the Asclepias is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 
30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract; it has a deep brownish-red color. The dose is from 
twenty minims to a fluidrachm (1-25 to 3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM ASPIDOSPERMATIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract 
of Aspidosperma. 
“ Aspidosperma, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, 
(EX-TRAC'TIJM AS-PT-DO-SPER'MA-TIS FLU'I-DUM.) 542 
Extractum, Aurantii Amari Fluidum. 
PART I. 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 60 fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol 
and three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] of Water, and, having moist- 
ened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the 
mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum to saturate the 
powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 48 hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, 
and then a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of two hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Alcohol to one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
ounces, 183 minims] of Water, until the Aspidosperma is exhausted. Reserve the first eight 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the 
remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in 
the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This preparation, which has been largely used under the name of fluid extract of quebracho, 
well represents the drug. The dose is fifteen minims to a fluidrachm (0-9 to 3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM AURANTII AMARI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Bitter Orange Peel. 
(EX-TRiC'TUH AU-RXN'TI-I A-MA'RI FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide d’Ecorce d’Oranges ameres, Fr.; Fliissiges Pomeranzenschale-Extrakt, G. 
“ Bitter Orange Peel, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of 
Alcohol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 
400 minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a conical percolator ; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate 
for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, 
using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Orange Peel is ex- 
hausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 65 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is another fluid extract which will be found useful as a tonic; the bitter orange peel 
having very little oil present in its dry condition, there is necessarily very little agreeable orange 
flavor to the fluid extract. Monroe Bond recommends a Fluid Extract of Sweet Orange Peel, 
made with a menstruum of seven parts of alcohol and one of glycerin. (A. J. P., 1873, p. 482.) 
Dose, fifteen to thirty minims (0-9-1-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM BELLADONNA FOLIORUM ALCOHOLICUM. U. S. 
(Br.) Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna Leaves. 
(EX-TRXC'TIJM BEL-LA-DON'NiE FO-LI-O'RUM AL-CO-HOL'l-OUM.) 
“ An Extract containing one per cent, of the alkaloids of Belladonna Root.” Br. 
Extractum Belladonnae Alcoholicum, Br.; also U. S., 1880; Extrait de Belladone alcoolique, Fr.; Spirituoses 
Tollkirschen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Belladonna Leaves, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluid- 
ounces, 5 fluidrachms] of Alcohol with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 
fluidrachms] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 
13 fluidounces, 252 fluidrachms] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then 
add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until three thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 3£ fluidrachms] of tincture are obtained, or the' Belladonna 
Leaves are exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 PART I. 
Extractum Belladonnse Foliorum Alcoholicum. 
543 
minims] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. 
(122° F.),to one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], mix the residue with 
the reserved portion, and evaporate at or below the above-mentioned temperature to a pilular 
consistence.” U S. 
“ Evaporate one fluid ounce (Imperial measure) or fifty cubic centimetres of Liquid Extract 
of Belladonna, in a counterpoised basin, on a water-bath, to the consistence of a moderately 
firm extract; weigh. The difference between the weight of the residue and three-quarters of 
an ounce (Imp.) or thirty-seven and a half grammes gives the weight of Milk Sugar to be used 
as a diluent for each fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract. 
“ Evaporate twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of Liquid 
Extract of Belladonna to the consistence of a thin syrup; add to it the required quantity of 
Milk Sugar determined from the data obtained from the foregoing experiment; continue the 
evaporation until the extract weighs fifteen ounces (Imp.) or seven hundred and fifty grammes. 
This Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna contains one-third the proportion of alkaloids present 
in average samples of the Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna of the British Pharmacopoeia of 
1885.” Br. 
The alcoholic extracts of belladonna of the U. S. P. 1880 and 1890 were made from the 
leaves, in deference to a prejudice which seems to have a strong following. The British Phar- 
macopoeia introduced in the 1885 revision for the first time an alcoholic extract of belladonna, 
but it differed from the U. S. extract in being made from the root instead of the leaves. (See 
Extractum Bella,donnse Viride, p. 545.) The British alcoholic (root) extract (1898) is 66 per 
cent, weaker than the Br. Pharm. 1885 extract; it now contains 1 per cent, of the alkaloids of 
belladonna root, and is only one-fourth stronger than the liquid extract. Whilst the advantage 
of establishing a definite relation between the two is apparent, in our opinion it would have 
been better not to have reduced the strength so enormously as 66 per cent.; but the extract 
could have been made to contain 1£ per cent, of alkaloids, and, besides, this would have con- 
veniently made the extract just double the strength of the liquid extract. The reduction in 
strength was no doubt made for the purpose of avoiding accidents in dispensing due to having 
two official Extracts of Belladonna. The dose of both British extracts is now the same. (P. J. 
Tr., 1895, 795.) The absence of chlorophyll in an extract made from the root would cause 
ointments, cerates, plasters, etc., made from it to be deficient in the characteristic green color 
so much prized, but there can be no question of the greater uniformity in strength of the root* 
For a method of assaying Extract of Belladonna, by Beckurts, see Pharm. Era, 1887, 447. 
The formula for this extract does not differ essentially from that official in the former revis- 
ion : it is a good preparation, and is official in the French Codex. It is much used externally. 
Thus, in rigidity of the os uteri, it is applied at intervals to the neck of the uterus, mixed with 
simple ointment in the proportion of one drachm to an ounce; but care must be taken not to 
affect the system too powerfully; and the preparation, therefore, should be used in a small 
quantity at first. In irritability of the bladder, chordee, spasm of the urethra or of the rectum, 
it may either be rubbed in the form of ointment upon the perineum, or be used in the form 
* Standard Extract of Belladonna. This preparation has been proposed by Profs. Dunston and Ransom as a 
type of a class of standardized solid extracts having a definite alkaloidal strength: whilst resembling an extract, 
it has the advantage over it of being based upon a certain percentage of alkaloid instead of representing a given 
amount of a variable drug. “Take of belladonna root, in No. 20 powder, 1 pound; rectified spirit, 48 fluidounces; 
distilled water, 12 fluidounces. Mix the spirit with the water. Macerate the belladonna in 2 pints of this mixture 
for forty-eight hours, agitating occasionally; then transfer to a percolator, and when the fluid ceases to pass, continue 
the percolation with the remainder of the diluted spirit. Afterwards subject the contents of the percolator to 
pressure, filter the product, mix the liquids, and measure the exact volume of the mixture (a). Estimate the alka- 
loidal nature of this solution by the following method. Evaporate 50 C.c. of the liquid over a water-bath with a 
gentle heat until all the alcohol is dispelled. Dissolve the extract thus obtained in about 5 C.c. of warm distilled 
water acidulated with a few drops of diluted hydrochloric acid; filter, if necessary, through a small fragment of 
cotton-wool; pour into a stoppered glass separator, and add ammonia until the solution is distinctly alkaline. Agitate 
for a few minutes with 5 C.c. of chloroform, separate, and again wash the aqueous liquid with 3 C.c. of chloroform. 
Agitate the mixed chloroformic solutions with 5 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, separate, again wash with 3 
C.c. of the diluted acid, mix the acid solutions, render alkaline with ammonia, and agitate with 5 C.c. of chloro- 
form. After separation, wash the alkaline solution with 3 C.c. of chloroform, mix the chloroformic solutions, evap- 
orate in a dish of known weight, and dry the residue, which should be nearly colorless at a temperature of 200° F. 
(93° C.). The weight of the residue thus obtained multiplied by 2 will give the parts by weight of the alkaloids in 
100 fluid parts of the liquid. The exact volume of the liquid being known, and the strength having been thus 
ascertained, the total amount of alkaloid present therein can be calculated. Evaporate to dryness over a water- 
bath, and add sufficient sugar of milk to make the mixed product exactly fifty times the weight of the total alkaloid 
found to have been present in the liquid (a), allowing for that quantity which was used for the estimation. Mix 
intimately, powder as quickly as possible in a dry atmosphere, and transfer at once to a well-stoppered bottle. This 
extract will contain 2 per cent, of total alkaloid.” (P. J. Tr., 1887, p. 844.) 544 
Extractum, Belladonnae Radicis Fluidum. 
PART I. 
of suppository; but care is requisite not to introduce it too freely into the bowel. It is some- 
times smeared upon the bougie, mixed with oil, in the treatment of stricture of the urethra. 
In the form of ointment it has been beneficially employed in phimosis and paraphimosis, and in 
that of plaster or ointment, in local neuralgic or rheumatic pains. (See Emplastrum Belladonnae.) 
Internal dose, from one-sixth to one-third of a grain (0-010 to 0-021 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM BELLADONNA RADICIS FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid 
Extract of Belladonna Root. [Extractum Belladonnae Fluidum, Pharm. 1880.] 
“ A Liquid Extract containing f grain of the alkaloids of Belladonna Root in 110 minims 
(0-75 gramme in 100 cubic centimetres).” Br. 
Extractum Belladonnae Liquidum, Br., Liquid Extract of Belladonna; Extrait liquide de Racine de Bella- 
done, Fr.; Fliissiges Tollkirsehenwurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Belladonna Root, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grainsj] 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 
400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate 
for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, 
using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Belladonna Root is ex- 
hausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“ Moisten eight ounces (Imperial) or three hundred and twenty grammes of Belladonna Root, 
in No. 20 powder, with six fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and forty cubic centi- 
metres of a mixture of seven volumes of Alcohol (90 per cent.) and one volume of Distilled 
Water; set aside for six hours; pack firmly in a percolator; pour over the powder six fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and forty cubic centimetres of the same alcoholic men- 
struum ; when the liquid begins to drop, close the lower orifice of the percolator ; set aside for 
twenty-four hours; percolate slowly, adding more of the menstruum as required; collect the 
percolate in small portions. Moisten a second quantity of eight ounces (Imp.) or three hundred 
and twenty grammes of Belladonna Root, in No. 20 powder, with the first six fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or two hundred and forty cubic centimetres of percolate; proceed to extract this 
portion of the Belladonna Root in the manner directed for the first portion, but use as the 
menstruum the liquid collected from the first percolator. This method of repercolation is to 
be carried out through two more quantities each of eight ounces (Imp.) or three hundred and 
twenty grammes of Belladonna Root, the third portion being extracted with the liquid from 
the second percolator, and the fourth portion with the liquid from the third percolator. Col- 
lect twelve and a half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the strong 
percolate from the fourth percolator. 
“ Determine the proportion of alkaloids in the resulting strong percolate by the following 
analytical process. 
“ Introduce 10 cubic centimetres into a separator, add 10 cubic centimetres of chloroform, 50 
cubic centimetres of water, and a decided excess of solution of ammonia; agitate; set aside; 
separate the chloroformic solution. Twice repeat the agitation with chloroform and the sepa- 
ration. Shake the mixed chloroformic solutions with 5 cubic centimetres of diluted sulphuric 
acid, mixed with twice its volume of warm water ; separate the chloroformic liquid and repeat 
the agitation with acidulated water. Wash the mixed acid liquids with 3 cubic centimetres 
of chloroform ; then agitate with 10 cubic centimetres of chloroform and an excess of solution 
of ammonia. Separate the chloroformic solution; twice repeat the agitation with chloroform 
and the separation ; wash the mixed chloroformic solutions with 5 cubic centimetres of water 
containing one drop of solution of ammonia; draw off the chloroformic layer into a counter- 
poised dish; evaporate on a water-bath; dry the residue below 212° F. (100° C.) ; weigh. 
Dissolve the residue in 10 cubic centimetres of a deciuormal solution of hydrochloric acid 
(3-619 grammes of the acid, HC1, per litre) and add centinormal solution of soda (0-3976 
(EX-TItXc'TUM RA-DI'CIS FLU'T-DUM.) PART I. 
Extradum Belladonnse Radicis Fluidum.—Extradum Buchu Fluidum. 
545 
gramme of sodium hydroxide, NaOH, per litre) until the liquid is neutral, using Tincture of 
Cochineal as an indicator. Deduct the measure of soda solution thus required, from 100 
cubic centimetres, and multiply the remainder by 0-00287 ; the product will be the weight in 
grammes of alkaloids present in the quantity of the percolate operated upon. 
“ From this weight calculate the amount of alkaloids in the bulk of strong percolate, and add 
to the latter sufficient of the alcoholic menstruum to produce Liquid Extract of Belladonna 
containing 0-75 gramme of alkaloids in 100 cubic centimetres, or f grain in 110 minims.” Br. 
The British liquid extract represents several radical improvements in British pharmacy,—i.e., 
the use of repercolation with absence of heat in the process, and standardization, thus making 
the end product bear a definite relation towards the quantity of active constituents found in 
the root (0-75 per cent.). It is based upon the formula proposed by R. A. Cripps. (P. J. Tr., 
1895, 795.) The fluid extract of the root is a good preparation, of reddish-brown color, very 
different in appearance from the deep-green fluid extract of the leaves which is often seen in 
the market. Dose, from one to two minims (0-06-012 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM BELLADONNA VIRIDE. Br. Green Extract of 
Belladonna. 
“ Bruise the fresh leaves and young branches of Atropa Belladonna, Linn., in a mortar; 
press out the juice and heat it to 130° F. (54-4° C.) ; separate the green coloring matter by 
a calico filter; heat the strained liquid to 200° F. (93-3° C.) ; filter. Flvaporate the filtrate 
on a water-bath to the consistence of a thin syrup ; add to it the green coloring matter pre- 
viously separated and passed through a hair sieve, stir the whole together, and evaporate at a 
temperature not exceeding 140° F. (60° C.) to the consistence of a soft extract.” Br. This 
extract is identical with the Br. Pharm. 1885 extract of belladonna leaves made from the 
recent plant. The dose is from one-quarter to one grain (0-016 to 0-06 Gm.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM BEL-LA-DON'SME VIR'I-DE.) 
EXTRACTUM BUCHU FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Buchu. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM BU'gHU FLU'I-DUM—bu'ku.J 
Extrait liquide de Bueco, Fr.; Fliissiges Bucco-Extrakt, G. 
“ Buchu, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluiclounces, 6J fluidrachms]. 
Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of 
Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Buchu is exhausted. 
Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved por- 
tion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The old menstruum (alcohol) for this fluid extract has been restored, experience having 
shown that with the weaker alcohol used in the U. S. P. 1880 formula it was impossible to perco- 
late satisfactorily some samples of buchu leaves, the quantity of water present being sufficient 
to cause swelling to such an extent as to clog and entirely prevent percolation; with alcohol as 
a menstruum this cannot occur. 
In consequence of the peculiar structure of the leaves, it is somewhat difficult to powder 
them in a mortar, and it will be convenient to resort to a mill for the purpose. As the most 
active ingredient of buchu is volatile, the direction in the formula to set aside the first portion 
of tincture obtained, which is a highly concentrated solution, is peculiarly important; for, if it 
were subjected to evaporation, much of the volatile oil would necessarily escape. The tincture 
subsequently obtained probably contains a large proportion of the fixed ingredients of the 
leaves, and will, therefore, allow of concentration without material loss. 
This fluid extract is clear, greenish black, and possessed in a high degree of the sensible 
properties of the leaves. It acquires the odor of mint when long kept, showing that some 
change takes place in its volatile oil. This fluid extract affords the best means at our command 
for the exhibition of buchu. It is often combined with Liquor Potassae with excellent results. 
Dose, from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-8 C.c.), three to five times a day. 546 
Extradum Calami Fluidum.—Extradum Cannabis Indicse. 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM CALAMI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Calamus. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM CXL'A-MI FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide d’Acore vrai, Fr.; Fliissiges Kalmuswurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Calamus, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 65 fluidrachmsT 
Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] 
of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Calamus is exhausted. 
Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, 
and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add 
enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract which has been introduced with the view of bringing into use an 
excellent indigenous aromatic stimulant. It will probably be most frequently used in com- 
bination with tonics in dyspepsia and gastric disorders to relieve flatulence, etc. Dose, from 
five to fifteen minims (0-3-0-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CALUMBA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Calumba. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM FLUfI-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Colombo, Fr.; Fliissiges Kolombo-Extrakt, G. 
“ Calumba, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 minims] hf Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Calumba is exhausted. Reserve 
the first seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of the percolate. Distil 
off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a 
soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The formula for fluid extract of calumba of the U. S. P. 1870 was faulty, in directing the 
root to be in fine powder: the large quantity of mucilage present swelled under the influence of 
the menstruum, and frequently prevented the passage of the percolate ; indeed, the powder will 
probably still be found to give trouble, as there will be some difficulty in thoroughly exhausting 
it; it should be slowly percolated. This extract is a dark-brown liquid, of an intense and purely 
bitter taste. The absence of tannin makes it a very desirable tonic, in combination with cha- 
lybeates. Dose, from fifteen to thirty minims (0-9-1 9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CANNABIS INDICES. U. S., Br. Extract of Indian 
Cannabis. 
(ex-trXc'tum cXn'na-bis 
Extract of Indian Hemp; Extrait de Chanvre indien, Fr.; Indischer Hanf-Extrakt, G. 
“ Indian Cannabis, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 
fluidounces, 70 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add 
enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- 
hol, until the Cannabis is exhausted. Distil off- the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a 
water-bath, and evaporate the residue, in a porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, to a pilular 
consistence.” U. S. 
“ Exhaust Indian Hemp, in coarse powder, with Alcohol (90 per cent.) by percolation; 
evaporate the percolate to the consistence of a soft Extract.” Br. JExtractum Cannabis Indicse.—Extradum Capsid Fluidum. 
PART I. 
547 
It will be noticed that the English name of the drug has been changed in the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia to Indian Cannabis, to prevent its being mistaken for the root of Apocynum Can- 
nabinum, which is also called Indian Hemp. Several mistakes have occurred through this 
unfortunate confusion of nomenclature. 
Although there is some difference in the details of the two processes, the preparations of the 
U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias are practically identical. Prof. Procter investigated the subject 
of the tests for the purified extract or resin, and came to the following conclusions. Its pecu- 
liar odor when moderately heated, its indifference to alkalies, and its solubility in alcohol, ether, 
chloroform, benzol, and oil of turpentine are characteristic though not entirely distinctive prop- 
erties. The best test, he found, was nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-38), which acts slowly when cold, 
but- with heat rapidly, evolving red fumes, and converting the resin into an orange-red resi- 
noid substance which, when washed and dried, closely resembles gamboge in color. (.Proc. A. 
P. A., 1864.) Care should be observed in selecting the drug for making this extract, and old 
cannabis indica should be rejected. The limit of age in India is said to be three years. (P. J. 
Tr., 1894, 246 ; Rep. de Pharm., 1894, 257.) The preparation varies exceedingly in strength, 
so that it is wisest to begin with a small dose, one-quarter of a grain (0-016 6m.), and rapidly 
increase the amount given until some effect is produced. 
EXTRACTUM CANNABIS INDICT FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract 
of Indian Cannabis. 
Extrait liquide de Chanvre Indien, Fr.; Fliissiges Indischer Hanf-Extrakt, G. 
“ Indian Cannabis, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 
minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the 
Indian Cannabis is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluid- 
ounces, 207 minims] of the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of 
a water-bath, and evaporate the residue, in a porcelain capsule, to a soft extract; dissolve this 
in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract which has come into use because of its convenience, and probably on 
account of the impression that heat injures the activity of the drug, and that the extract owes its 
inactivity sometimes to the influence of heat. (See Cannabis Indica and the previous article.) 
The fluid extract is of a dark green color, having the characteristic odor of the drug. Dose, 
from one-half to one minim (0-03-0-06 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM CXN'NA-BIS IN'DI-Q.® FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM CAPSICI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Capsicum. 
Extrait liquide de Capsique, Fr.; Fliissiges Spanischer Pfefl'er-Extrakt, G. 
“ Capsicum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ flui- 
drachms]. Moisten the powder with Jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 
minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Cap- 
sicum is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the 
reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The necessity for an official fluid extract of capsicum is not apparent, as the oleoresin and 
tincture are preparations which are well known and established. It will probably be rarely 
necessary to administer it internally. Dose, from one-half to one minim (0-03-0-06 C.c.). 
(EX-TBAC'TUM CXP'SI-CI FLU'I-DUM.) 548 
Extractum Cascarse Sagradse.—Extractum Chimaphilee Fluidum. 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM CASCAR.E SAGRADiE. Br. Extract of Cascara Sagrada. 
[Extractum Rhamni Purshiani.] 
“ Moisten Cascara Sagrada, in No. 20 powder, with Distilled Water, and let it remain a few 
hours to soften and swell; then place it loosely in a percolator and percolate with more Dis- 
tilled Water until it is exhausted. Evaporate on a water-bath to dryness.” Br. 
The selection of the title is not above criticism : the title of the bark is “ Rhamni Purshi- 
ani Cortex,” and the extract should be termed “Extractum Rhamni Purshiani,” or, to be 
uniform, the title of the bark itself changed. The present British preparation (1898) is a 
dry extract. This preparation well represents the virtues of the bark, and furnishes a ggod 
means of administering this purgative in pilular form. Dose, from two to eight grains 
(0-13-0-52 Gm.). 
CAS'CA-RyE SA-GRA'D^E.) 
EXTRACTUM CASCARjE LIQUIDUM. Br. Liquid Extract 
Of Cascara Sagrada. [Extractum Rhamni Purshiani Liquidum.] 
(EX-TRAC'TUM SA-GRA'DTE LIQ'UI-DUM—llk'wg-dGm.) 
Extractum Rhamni Purshianae Fluidum, U. S. 
“ Cascara Sagrada, in No. 20 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (90 
per cent.) 4 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 200 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient 
quantity. Moisten the Cascara Sagrada with fifteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or seven hundred 
and fifty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water, and set the mixture aside for six hours; 
then place it loosely in a percolator and percolate with more of the Distilled Water until the 
powder is exhausted; evaporate the percolate to twelve fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or six hun- 
dred cubic centimetres; add the Alcohol, previously mixed with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or two hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water or with sufficient to make up the volume 
of the mixed liquids to twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of 
the Liquid Extract.” Br. This process has been improved by the adoption of percolation in 
the Br. Ph. 1898 in place of evaporating decoctions, and preserving the residue with alcohol 
as directed by the Br. Ph. 1885. Dose, from one-half to two fluidrachms (1-9—7-5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CASTANET FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Castanea. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM ClS-TA'NB-iE FLU'l-Df?M.) 
Extrait liquide de Feuilles de Chataignier, Fr.; Fliissiges Kastanienblatter-Extrakt, G. 
“ Castanea, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Glycerin, 
one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Pour 
five thousand cubic centimeters [or 169 fluidounces, 33 minims] of boiling Water upon the 
powder, allow it to macerate for two hours, then express the liquid, transfer the residue to a 
percolator, and pour Water upon it until the powder is exhausted. Evaporate the united 
liquids, on a water-bath, to two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms], 
allow this to cool, and add six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of 
Alcohol. When the insoluble matter has subsided, separate the clear liquid, filter the re- 
mainder, evaporate the united liquids to seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 
minims], allow this to cool, add the Glycerin, and enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The object of the special process is to obtain and retain the mucilaginous principle, and it 
will be observed that the preparation is an aqueous fluid extract with only sufficient alcohol to 
preserve it. It is a thick reddish-brown liquid, having an astringent taste. Dose, from one 
to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CHIMAPHILiE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
(EX-TRXO'TUM (3HI-MAPII'I-LJ5 FLU'I-DUM.) 
Chimaphila. 
Extrait liquide de Pyrole ombellee, Fr.; Fliissiges Doldenbliithiges Harnkraut-Extrakt, G. 
“ Chimaphila, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, Extraction Chiratse Fluidum.—Extractum Cimidfugse Fluidum. 
549 
PART I. 
252 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually add- 
ing Diluted Alcohol, until the Chimaphila is exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a 
soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make 
the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” 
u.s. 
This is a rather thick, dark brownish-green fluid extract, and may be given in the dose of 
a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CHIRATiE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Chirata. 
Extrait liquide de Chirette, Fr.; Fliissiges Chiretta-Extrakt, G. 
“ Chirata, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces ay., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol with 
three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] of Water, and, having moistened 
the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] of the 
mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the same proportions 
of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Chirata is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate. Distil oflF the 
Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a useful addition to the list of fluid extracts. The menstruum has been made more 
alcoholic to reduce precipitation, and the use of glycerin abandoned. This extract is a clear, 
reddish-brown liquid, of an intensely bitter taste. The dose is half a fluidrachm (1-9 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM J3HI-RA'TjE FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM CIMICIFUGiE. U. S. Extract of Cimicifuga 
(EX-TRAC'TUM CIM-I-CIF'U-<^.) 
c‘ Cimicifuga, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 
fluidounces, 217 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add 
enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- 
hol, until the Cimicifuga is exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a 
water-bath, and evaporate the residue, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
This is a new official extract; its introduction is due to the fact that although the fluid 
extract and tincture represent the virtues of cimicifuga, the alcohol present in both is thera- 
peutically contra-indicated, and the exceedingly disagreeable taste of the drug is entirely 
masked if the extract he prescribed in the form of a pill, with proper additions, such as extract 
of liquorice, or if the pill be coated or enclosed in a capsule. The dose of the extract is from 
three to ten grains (0-194 G-m. to 0-648 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM CIMICIFUGAE FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Cimicifuga. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM CIM-I-CIF'U-(?JE FLU'T-DUM.) 
Extraction Cimicifugae Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Cimicifuga; Liquid Extract of Actaea Racemosa; 
Extrait liquide d’Actee a Grappes, Fr.; Fliissiges Cimicifuga-Extrakt, 0. 
“ Cimicifuga, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms]. 
Moisten the powder with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 minims] 550 
Extraction Cimicifugse Fluidum.—Extractum Cinchonse Fluidum. 
PART I. 
of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Cimicifuga 
is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] 
of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved 
portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 6z fluidrachms].” TJ. S. 
“Cimicifuga, in No. 60 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the Cimicifuga with two pints (Imp. meas.) or two thousand 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside in a closed vessel for forty-eight hours; transfer to 
a percolator; when the fluid ceases to pass, continue the percolation with more Alcohol, until 
the Cimicifuga is exhausted. Reserve the first fifteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or seven hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimetres of the percolate; evaporate the remainder to the consistence 
of a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion ; add enough of the Alcohol to produce 
twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract.” Br. 
This formula does not differ essentially from that of the U. S. Pharm. 1870. The British 
preparation has been modelled after that of the United States. There probably cannot be two 
opinions about the menstruum, although it has been asserted that a good fluid extract can be 
made with a menstruum of three parts alcohol and one part water. The probabilities are, how- 
ever, that a portion of the resinous principle would precipitate on standing. This fluid extract 
is of a deep reddish-brown color, and thoroughly represents the drug. The dose is from thirty 
minims to one fluidrachm (1-9 to 3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CINCHONA. U. S. Extract of Cinchona 
(EX-TRACrTUM CIN-GHO'N.®.) 
Extractum Chinae; Extrait de Quinquina jaune, Fr.; China-Extrakt, G. 
“ Cinchona, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 212 minims] ; Water, one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. 
Mix the Alcohol and Water, and having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindri- 
cal percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above 
it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having 
closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to 
proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Diluted Alcohol, 
until four thousand cubic centimeters [or 135 fluidounces, 122 minims] of tincture are obtained, 
or the Cinchona is exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a water- 
bath, and evaporate the residue, on a water-hath, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
The present official process is an excellent one, and if proper care be taken in executing the 
process, both in relation to the percolation and the avoidance of too high a temperature, the 
extract will fully represent the virtues of the bark. 
The former extracts of cinchona of the British Colleges are all omitted in the British Phar- 
macopoeia, which directs in their place a fluid extract, under the name of Extractum Cinchonas 
Liquidum. (See next article.) 
Medical Uses. The extract of Peruvian hark is at present much less employed than 
before the discovery of quinine. It is still, however, occasionally prescribed as a tonic in 
combination with other medicines. The dose is from ten to thirty grains (0 65-1 -95 Gm.), 
equivalent to about a drachm (3-9 Gm.) of the powdered bark. 
EXTRACTUM CINCHONA FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Cinchona. 
(EX-TRXe'TUM CIN-BHO'NiE FLU'I-DUM.) 
“ A Liquid Extract containing 5 grains of the alkaloids of Red Cinchona Bark in 110 
minims (5 grammes in 100 cubic centimetres).” Br. 
Extraction Cinchonse Liquidum, Br., Liquid Extract of Cinchona; Extractum Chinae Calisayae Fluidum; Ex- 
trait liquide de Quinquina jaune, Fr.; Fliissiges Kalisayarinden-Extrakt, O. 
“ Cinchona, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a Extractum Cinchonse Fluidum. 
551 
PART I. 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 J fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alco- 
hol. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and pour on the remainder 
of the menstruum. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower ori- 
fice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow 
the percolation to proceed, and, when the liquid in the percolator has disappeared from the 
surface, gradually pour on a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of eight 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 34 minims] of Alcohol to two hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and continue the percolation until the Cin- 
chona is exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluid- 
ounces, 173 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve 
this in the reserved portion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, using the 
same proportions as before, to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“ Red Cinchona Bark, in No. 60 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 640 grammes; Hydrochloric 
Acid, 5 fl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 20 cubic centimetres; Glycerin, 2\ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 80 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), Distilled Water, of each a sufficient quantity. 
Mix the Red Cinchona Bark with five pints (Imp. meas.) or three thousand two hundred cubic 
centimetres of the Distilled Water, to which the Hydrochloric Acid and Glycerin have been 
added; set aside in a covered vessel for forty-eight hours, stirring frequently; transfer to a 
percolator'; when the liquid ceases to pass, and the contents of the percolator have been prop- 
erly packed, continue the percolation with Distilled Water until fifteen pints (Imp. meas.) or 
nine thousand six hundred cubic centimetres of liquid have passed, or until that which is pass- 
ing has ceased to give a precipitate on the addition to it of an excess of solution of potassium 
hydroxide. Evaporate the percolate in a porcelain or enamelled iron vessel at a temperature 
not exceeding 180° F. (82-2° C.), until it is reduced to twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or six 
hundred and forty cubic centimetres of liquid. 
“ Determine the proportion of alkaloids in the liquid product by the following analytical 
process: 
“ Put 5 cubic centimetres of the liquid, together with 25 cubic centimetres of water, into a 
stoppered glass separator; add 30 cubic centimetres of benzolated amylic alcohol* and 15 cubic 
centimetres of solution of potassium hydroxide ; shake them together thoroughly and repeatedly ; 
allow them to remain at rest until the spirituous solution of the alkaloids shall have separated 
and formed a distinct stratum over the dark-colored alkaline liquid. Run off the latter by the 
stop-cock into another separator; agitate it thoroughly with 30 cubic centimetres of benzolated 
amylic alcohol; allow the liquids to separate; draw off and reject the lower layer; add the 
alcoholic layer to the liquid in the first separator ; wash the mixture with a little water ; agitate 
thoroughly with 30 cubic centimetres of a warm mixture of 1 volume of diluted hydrochloric 
acid and 5 volumes of water; allow the liquids to separate; draw off the lower acid layer 
into another separator; agitate the alcoholic layer with a second quantity of 30 cubic centi- 
metres of the mixture of water and diluted hydrochloric acid ; when separated draw this off into 
the other portion of acid liquid; to the mixture add 10 cubic centimetres of chloroform and 
sufficient solution of ammonia to impart a strongly alkaline reaction; shake thoroughly; allow 
the liquids to separate; draw off the lower chloroformic layer into a weighed dish; repeat the 
agitation and separation with two successive quantities of 10 cubic centimetres of chloroform, 
and add the chloroformic liquids to that in the dish. Allow the chloroform to evaporate 
slowly; dry the residue in the dish at a temperature of about 230° F. (110° C.). The weight 
of the dish and its contents, after deducting the known weight of the dish, will give that of the 
alkaloids. 
“ Having thus ascertained the alkaloidal strength of the twenty fluid, ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 640 cubic centimetres of liquid product, every volume of it containing 5 grammes of 
total alkaloids is first to be brought to 85 cubic centimetres either by evaporation or, if neces- 
sary, by dilution with Distilled Water, then a volume of 12-5 cubic centimetres of the Alcohol 
is to be added, and the final adjustment of the volume to 100 cubic centimetres is to be effected 
by the addition of Distilled Water. The finished Liquid Extract will thus contain 5 grammes 
of the alkaloids of the Bark in every 100 cubic centimetres, or 5 grains in 110 minims.” Br. 
* Made by mixing together three measures of benzol and one measure of amylic alcohol. 552 
Extractum Cinclionae Fluidum.—Extractum Cocae Fluidum. 
PART I. 
Of these two formulas, the first is decidedly preferable. It is based upon that of Mr. Alfred 
B. Taylor, of Philadelphia. (A. J. P., Jan. 1865.) The British Pharmacopoeia uses acidulated 
water with glycerin as a solvent, while it adds alcohol to the liquid to preserve it. In the U. S. 
process a mixture of alcohol and glycerin is used as the menstruum. Now, it is well known that 
cinchona cannot be properly exhausted by the British solvent; and, though by its use as a 
menstruum the resin and cinchonic red are mainly left behind, so also is a considerable propor- 
tion of the alkaloids. By using alcohol and glycerin, the U. S. Pharmacopoeia extracts all the 
virtues of the bark, though it may also take up some of the resin and cinchonic red. The 
process of the British Pharmacopoeia yields a preparation which would be more appropriately 
termed an “ alkaloidal solution of cinchonas.” The U. S. fluid extract, like others ot its class, is 
a preparation which represents all of the soluble active constituents of cinchona; the British 
liquid extract, although an improvement on the former process, is simply a “ preserved infusion’ 
made by prolonged evaporation; the improvement consists in the addition of acid to the 
menstruum and the assaying of a portion of the evaporated percolate by a process similar to 
that adopted by the British Pharmacopoeia for cinchona and making the finished product con- 
tain 5 per cent, of mixed alkaloids; thus any imperfections in the manipulation are overcome 
by the check of the assay; but it is doubtful whether a better preparation, and one involving 
much less complication, could not be made by dissolving definite quantities of the commercial 
alkaloids in a mixture of water, alcohol, acid, and glycerin. In this there would be the 
advantage of knowing the exact proportion of each constituent.* The U. S. fluid extract of 
cinchona is a moderately thin, dark reddish brown, translucent fluid, of a bitter, astringent 
taste. The dose equivalent to a drachm (3-9 Gm.) of the bark is one fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.); 
and to produce an antiperiodic effect at least two fluidounces (60 C.c.) should be taken between 
the paroxysms. The dose of the British liquid extract is from five to ten minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CO CM FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of Coca. 
Extractum Cocae Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Coca; Extrait liquide de Coca, Fr.; Fliissiges Cocablatter- 
Extrakt, G. 
“ Coca, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6? 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluid- 
ounces, 103 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the 
percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Coca is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centi- 
meters (or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims) of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” (J. S. 
“ Coca Leaves, in No. 20 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the powdered Coca Leaves with two pints (Imp. meas.) or 
two thousand cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside in a closed vessel for forty-eight 
hours; transfer to a percolator; when the fluid ceases to pass, continue the percolation with 
more of the Alcohol until the Coca Leaves are exhausted. Reserve the first fifteen fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or seven hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the percolate; evaporate the 
remainder, at a temperature below 176° F. (80° C.), to the consistence of a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion ; add enough of the Alcohol to produce twenty fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract.” Br. 
This fluid extract is one of the most useful of the preparations of coca. L. F. Kebler 
prefers as a menstruum 65 per cent, alcohol and No. 60 powder in making this fluid extract. 
(Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 339; see also A. J. P., 1896, 609; P. J. Tr., 1896, 306.) It is of a 
dark greenish-brown color, of an agreeable tea-like taste, but with little odor. The dose is 
from twenty minims to a fluidrachm (1-25-3*75 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
* Liquid Extract of Cinchona (simplified). Take of Quinine 75 grains, Cinchonidine 35 grains, Cinchonine 20 
grains, Hydrochloric Acid 40 minims, Glycerin 5 fluidrachms, Alcohol 1 fluidrachm. Dissolve the alkaloids in the 
alcohol and glycerin mixed with 5 fluidounces of water, add the acid, agitate until dissolved, and add sufficient 
water to make 6 fluidounces. If the color and flavor of the bark are desired, add 60 grains of Red Cinchona in 
powder to the solution, allow it to stand 24 hours, then filter. PART I. 
Extractum Colchid.—Extractum Colchid Radictis Fluidum. 
553 
EXTRACTUM COLCHICI. Br. Extract of Colchicum. 
Extrait de Colchique, Fr.; Zeitlosen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Crush fresh Colchicum Corms, deprived of their coats; press out the juice; allow the 
feculence to subside; decant; heat the clear liquid to 212° F. (100° C.) ; strain through 
flannel, and evaporate at a temperature not exceeding 160° F. (7T1° C.) to the consistence of 
a soft extract.” Br. 
There scarcely seems to be occasion for both this and the following extract. The dose is 
from one to two grains ((M)65-013 Grin.). 
In Great Britain a preparation called preserved juice of colchicum is given in the dose of five 
minims (0-3 C.c.) or more. It is made by expressing the fresh bulb, allowing the juice to 
stand for forty-eight hours that the feculent matter may subside, then adding one-quarter of 
its bulk of alcohol, allowing it again to stand for a short period, and ultimately filtering. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM COI/0HI-CI.) 
EXTRACTUM COLCHICI RADICIS. U. S. Extract of Colchicum Root. 
(EX-TRlC'TUM cOl/jSHI-Ci RA-BI'OIS.) 
Acetic Extract of Colchicum; Extrait de Colchique acetique, Fr.; Zeitlosen Essigextrakt, G. 
“ Colchicum Root, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Acetic Acid, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acetic Acid with fifteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 50 fluid- 
ounces, 346 minims] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with five hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical glass 
percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. 
When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely 
covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, 
gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Water, until the Colchicum 
Root is exhausted. Evaporate the percolate in a porcelain vessel, by means of a water-bath, at 
a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), to a pilular consistence.” IT. S. 
As the fresh colchicum bulb is rarely to be had in this country, the U. S. Pharmacopoeia em- 
ploys the dried bulb ; and its process, if properly conducted, will afford a very efficient extract. 
In preparing this extract according to the British process, by expression from the recent bulb, 
there will be experienced some inconveniences, which would seem to render the U. S. process 
under all circumstances preferable. (P. J. Tr., xiii. 62.) The acetic extract of colchicum made 
from fresh corms was abandoned by the Br. Ph. 1898. The acetic acid in the U. S. preparation 
is a good solvent for colchicine. Dose, from one to two grains (0-065-0T3 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM COLCHICI RADICIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Colchicum Root. 
(ex-trXc'tum C5l'£HI-CI ra-d!'cis flu'i-dum.) 
Extrait liquide de Bulbe de Colchique, Fr.; Fliissiges Zeitlosenknollen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Colchicum Root, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Al- 
cohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alco- 
hol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, and, having 
moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 
minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate 
for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, 
using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Colchicum Root is ex- 
hausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the 
reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is not essentially different from that formerly official. The present men- 
struum jvill thoroughly exhaust the root, and this fluid extract is now a good preparation. It 
is of a reddish-brown color and bitter taste. Dose, from two to eight minims (0T2-0‘5 C.c.). 554 
Extractum Colchici Seminis Fluidum.—Extractum Coloeynthidis. 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM COLCHICI SEMINIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Colchicum Seed. 
Extrait liquide de Semenees de Colchique, Fr.; Fliissiges Zeitlosensamen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Colchicum Seed, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6J fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] 
of Alcohol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] of Mater, and 
having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 min- 
ims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to 
saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using 
the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Colchicum Seed is exhausted. 
Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved por- 
tion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The use of glycerin in this fluid extract (U. S. P. 1870) was even more objectionable than in 
that of the root, as the fixed oil contained in the seeds was always thrown out of solution, and was 
usually found floating on the fluid extract, rendering the preparation unsightly. L. I. Morris 
(A. J. P., 1881, 7) believes that it is unnecessary to grind the colchicum seeds, and that if the 
whole seeds are digested with diluted alcohol at 80° C. (176° F.) the colchicine is easily extracted. 
Considering that we had one tincture, two wines, and two extracts of colchicum, all efficient 
preparations requiring small doses, these additions to our pharmacy might have been spared, 
unless some peculiar advantage could have been gained from them. They are, however, efficient, 
concentrated preparations. Dose, from two to eight minims (0-12-0-5 C.c.). 
(EX-TRXC'TUM COL'CHI-C! SEM'I-NIS FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM COLOCYNTHIDIS. U. S. Extract of Colocynth. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM CbL-O-CYN'THI-DIS.) 
Extrait de Coloquinte, Fr.; Koloquinten-Extrakt, G. 
“ Colocynth, dried, and freed from the seeds, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the Colocynth to a coarse powder by 
grinding or bruising, and macerate it in thirty-Jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 118 fluidounces, 
167 minims] of Diluted Alcohol for four days, with occasional stirring; then express strongly, 
and strain through flannel. Pack the residue, previously broken up with the hands, firmly in 
a cylindrical percolator, cover it with the strainer, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon 
it until the tincture and expressed liquid, mixed together, measure Jive thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 169 fluidounces, 33 minims]. Distil off the Alcohol from the mixture by means 
of a water-bath, evaporate the residue to dryness, and reduce the dry mass to powder. Ex- 
tract of Colocynth should he kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Colocynth should be deprived of its seeds, as directed by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, before 
being submitted to the action of the menstruum. Dr. Duncan found half a pound of colocynth 
to contain 2770 grains of seeds, which, boiled by themselves, yielded almost nothing to water. 
Dr. Squibb found selected fruits to yield from 25-8 to 34 per cent, of medullary part, and 
this, when well exhausted by diluted alcohol, to yield 60-7 to 60-8 per cent, of dry extract; 
while from the whole fruit, including pulp and seeds, from 15-69 to 20-6 per cent, was ob- 
tained, according to the degree of dryness. (A. J. P., 1857, p. 98.) Boiling water extracts so 
much pectin and mucilage from colocynth that either the decoction or hot infusion gelatinizes 
on cooling; and the extract made by means of it is loaded with inert matter, and, besides, is 
apt to become mouldy, or so tough and hard as to resist trituration and formation into pills. 
Hence the London College, following in this respect the French Codex, directed, in the last 
edition of its Pharmacopoeia, maceration with cold water; but diluted alcohol has been found 
to be a much better menstruum, and has been adopted in the U. S. process; while in the 
British Pharmacopoeia the simple extract has been discarded altogether. The chief, if not 
exclusive, use of the alcoholic extract is in the preparation of the compound extract. 
This preparation should never be substituted for an extract prepared with a more aqueous 
menstruum, because water extracts a large quantity of mucilaginous and inert matter. Commer- 
cial extract of colocynth may be often found in the market made writh an aqueous menstruum. PAHT I. 
Extradum Colocynthidis Compositum.—Extradum Conii. 
555 
EXTRACTUM COLOCYNTHIDIS COMPOSITUM. U. S., Br. Com- 
pound Extract of Colocynth. 
Extrait de Coloquinte compose, Fr.; Zusammengesetztes Ivoloquinten-Extrakt, G. 
“ Extract of Colocyntli, one hundred and sixty grammes [or 5 ounces ay., 282 grains] ; Puri- 
fied Aloes, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av.,278 grains] ; Cardamom, in No. 60 powder, 
sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Resin of Scammony, in fine powder, one hundred 
and forty grammes [or 4 ounces av.,410 grains] ; Soap, dried and in coarse powder, one hundred 
and forty grammes [or 4 ounces ay., 410 grains] ; Alcohol, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 
fluidounces, 183 minims]. Heat the Aloes, contained in a suitable vessel, on a water-bath, until 
it is completely melted; then add the Alcohol, Soap, Extract of Colocynth, and Resin of 
Scammony, and heat the mixture at a temperature not exceeding 120° C. (248° F.), until it is 
perfectly homogeneous, and a thread taken from the mass becomes brittle when cool. Then 
withdraw the heat, thoroughly incorporate the Cardamom with the mixture, and cover the 
vessel until the contents are cold. Finally, reduce the product to a fine powder. Compound 
Extract of Colocynth should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” TJ. 8. 
“Colocynth Pulp, 6 ounces (Imperial) or 150 grammes; Extract of Barbados Aloes, 12 
ounces (Imp.) or 300 grammes; Scammony Resin, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Curd 
Soap, in shavings, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Cardamom Seeds, in the finest powder, 
1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.) 1 gallon (Imp. meas.) or 4 litres. 
Macerate the Colocynth Pulp in the Alcohol for four days; press out the tincture; remove the 
alcohol by distillation; add the Extract of Aloes, Scammony Resin, and Soap; evaporate to 
the consistence of a firm extract, adding the Cardamoms towards the end of the process.” Br. 
The Br. Pharm. (1898) substituted Barbados aloes for the Socotrine variety, and increased 
the proportion of soap from three ounces to four ounces. The object of the soap is to improve 
the consistence of the mass, which, when hardened by time, it renders more soluble in the liquors 
of the stomach. It may possibly also serve the purpose of qualifying the action of the aloes. In 
the U. S. process the extract is in the form of powder, which is very convenient for admixture 
with other substances ; while if given uncombined, it may be readily made into pills by suitable 
additions. The alternative of using the scammony or its resin, in the first British formula, which 
appeared to us very objectionable, has been abandoned in the present edition, and the resin only 
directed. It was objected to the U. S. compound extract of 1860 that it was apt to gripe in 
consequence of deficiency in the proportion of the aromatic ingredient, and the addition of 
some aromatic oil, as oil of cloves, was recommended : this was remedied in the revision of 1870 
by increasing the proportion of cardamom. The plan of having the powders simply mixed was 
liable to the objection that the mixture was not apt to be so thoroughly effected as to obtain a 
uniform result; and hence the U. S. Pharm. of 1880 adopted Dr. Squibb’s suggestion, to melt 
together all the ingredients unpowdered, except the cardamom, add a little alcohol, and, when 
the mixture is thoroughly made, to stir in the powdered aromatic, and finally to reduce the 
whole to a fine powder. The active principle of the cardamom (the volatile oil) is thus not 
dissipated, but absorbed by the other ingredients, and one of the objections to the British 
process is avoided,—i.e., the necessity for directing cardamom in “ the finest” powder, the pre- 
vious desiccation of the cardamom, a requisite if a fine powder is desired, being very wasteful 
of the volatile oil. 
This extract is an energetic and safe cathartic, possessing the activity of its three purgative 
ingredients, with comparatively little of the drastic character of the colocynth and scammony. 
It may be still further and advantageously modified by combination with rhubarb, jalap, calo- 
mel, etc., with one or more of which it is often united in prescription. In the dose of from 
one to two grains it is a good laxative. The purgative dose is from five to thirty grains 
(0-33-1-95 Gm.). We are informed that much of the extract sold in this country is made with 
inferior scammony and aloes and an insufficient proportion of colocynth, so that it is compara- 
tively inert. Compound extract of colocynth should be looked on with suspicion when cheap, 
and the pharmacist should always prepare it for himself. (See Amer. Drug., 1896, 152.) 
(EX-TRAC'TUM COL-O-CYN'THI-DIS COM-PO§'l-TUM.) 
EXTRACTUM CONII. U. S. Extract of Conium. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM CO-NI'I.) 
Extract of Hemlock; Extrait de Cigue, Fr.; Schierlings-Extrakt, G. 
“ Conium, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Acetic 
Acid, twenty cubic centimeters [or 324 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the 556 
Extractum Conii.—Extractum Conii Fluidum. 
PART I. 
Acetic Acid with nine hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 66 minims] of 
Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 
fluidounces, 70 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually add- 
ing Diluted Alcohol, until three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 212 minims] of 
tincture are obtained, or until the Conium is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, in 
a porcelain capsule, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to one hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate, 
at or below the above-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence.” TJ. S. 
Under the present name two extracts are now found in commerce, one, that of the U. S. P. 
(1890), an alcoholic extract made from conium fruit, the other, the British (1885) extract, 
made from the fresh leaves and young branches of the plant. In the U. S. extract acetic 
acid is used to fix the alkaloid coniine. 
The most important point in making the Br. Ph. (1885) extract is to evaporate the juice with- 
out an undue degree of heat. At a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), or upwards,-its active 
principle undergoes rapid decomposition, being converted into resinous matter and ammonia. 
This is detected by the operator by the ammoniacal odor mixed with that which is peculiar to 
the plant. The juice always to a certain extent undergoes this decomposition when evaporated 
over a fire, and is not exempt from it even when the heat is regulated by a water-bath. Hence 
the propriety of the directions in the Br. Ph. (1885). An excellent plan in the evaporation 
is to conduct it first in a vacuum, and afterwards in shallow vessels with a current of air 
at common temperatures. By the direction to heat the juice to the boiling point, or 93-3° 
C. (200° F.) (Br.), and then to filter, whereby the inert albumen is coagulated, and, with the 
equally inert chlorophyll and vegetable fibre, is separated from the liquid before evaporation, 
the extract is procured in a more concentrated state, and, besides, deprived of substances which 
might favor its decomposition. Long-continued exposure to the air is productive of the same 
result as too much heat, so that old extracts are frequently destitute of activity. (Joum. de 
Pharm., xxii. 416.) No one of the extracts is more variable in its qualities than this. The 
season at which the herb is collected, the place and circumstances of its growth, the method 
of preparing the extract, are all points of importance, and are all too frequently neglected. 
(See Conium.) In this country the process lias often been carelessly conducted; and large 
quantities of an extract prepared by boiling the plant in water and evaporating the decoction 
have been sold as genuine extract. The apothecary should always prepare the extract him- 
self, or procure it from persons in whom he can have confidence. That imported from London 
has usually been considered the best. It is not improbable that, as suggested by Prof. Procter, 
the addition of a portion of acetic acid to the juice, before evaporation, might tend to fix the 
coniine, and enable it better to resist the influence of heat, than in its native combination. 
The activity of any specimen of the extract may be in some measure judged of by rubbing it 
with potassa, which, disengaging the coniine and rendering it volatile, gives rise to the peculiar 
mouse-like odor of that principle. If no odor be evolved under these circumstances, the extract 
may be deemed inert. 
The extract of hemlock prepared without separating the chlorophyll has a fresh olive or 
green color. It should have a strong narcotic, somewhat fetid odor, and a bitterish saline taste. 
According to Brande, from three to five pounds are obtained from one cwt. of the leaves. M. 
Recluz got rather more than an ounce from sixteen ounces. Dose of the U. S. P. 1890 extract, 
from one-half to one grain (0-03-0-065 Gm.), of the British extract, two grains (0-13 Gm.), 
two, three, or four times a day, to be gradually increased pro re nata ; in pill or solution. 
EXTRACTUM CONII FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Conium. 
Extractum Conii Fructfis Fluidum, U. S. 1870 ; Fluid Extract of Conium Seed; Extrait'liquide de Fruit de Cigue, 
Fr.; FlUssiges Schierlingsfrucht-Extrakt, G. 
“ Conium (fruit) in No. 40 powder, one thousand, grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Acetic Acid, twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms]. Mix the Acetic Acid 
with nine hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 66 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, 
(EX-TRlC'TtTM CO-NI'I FLU'I-DXTM.) PART I. 
Extractum Convallarise Fluidum.—Extractum Cubebse Fluidum. 
557 
and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, 
until the Conium is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluid- 
ounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, in a porcelain capsule, at a 
temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved 
portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The fluid extract of conium of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860 was prepared from the 
leaves, and was, therefore, of necessity a very uncertain, if not for the most part inert, prepa- 
ration. The alkaloid coniine is contained in very unequal proportions in the fresh leaves, and 
is so very volatile and destructible that in the dried leaves it may be altogether wanting. Dr. 
Wm. Manlius Smith (A. J. P., xl. 459), as the result of an elaborate investigation, found that 
the immature fruits of conium are not only richer in the alkaloids than are the leaves, but are 
less variable in the proportion they contain, and have the coniine in them in such form that 
drying does not dissipate it. The superiority of the fluid extract of conium seed over the 
same preparation of the leaves was shown by Dr. Smith, and has been since abundantly con- 
firmed by experience. The revisers of the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 acted very wisely in aban- 
doning the old for the new preparation. The present fluid extract is a dark brownish-green 
liquid having the mouse-urine odor and emitting a still stronger conium smell on the addition 
of potassa ; any sample which fails to do this should be rejected as wanting in the alkaloid. Dr. 
Smith found sixteen minims (1 C.c.) of a fluid extract of the seed prepared by Dr. Squibb to 
produce violent symptoms. Dr. L. Wheeler, however, took thirty minims (1-9 C.c.) without 
experiencing any result. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., June, 1870.) Dangerous results have 
followed from the administration of much smaller doses, and it would seem hardly safe to 
begin with a dose of more than five minims (0-3 C.c), to be increased pro re nata. 
EXTRACTUM CONVALLARLffi FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Convallaria. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
“ Convallaria, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6g fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
Diluted Alcohol, until the Convallaria is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a 
soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract which well represents the activity of convallaria. The 
dose is from five to fifteen minims (O3-0-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CUBEBE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Cubeb. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM CU-BE'BiE FLTJ'1-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Cubebe, Fr.; Fliissiges Cubeben-Extrakt, G. 
“ Cubeb, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces ay., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms]. 
Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Alcohol, 
and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the powder 
and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the 
lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then 
allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Cubeb is exhausted. Re- 
serve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, 558 
Extractum Cusso Fluidum.—Extractum Digitalis. 
PART I. 
and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add 
enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounees, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
Notwithstanding the fact that the oleoresin of cubeb thoroughly represents in a concentrated 
liquid form all the virtue of this drug, the alcoholic fluid extract is a useful preparation : it 
permits the administration of cubeb in aqueous or hydro-alcoholic mixtures where the oleo- 
resin would not be admissible except in emulsion. It is a dark olive, translucent fluid, with 
the sensible properties of the drug. Dose, from ten to forty minims (0-6-2-5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM CUSSO FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Kousso. 
(EX-TItXC'TUM CUS'SO FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extractum Brayerae Fluidum, U. S. 1880 ; Fluid Extract of Brayera; Fluid Extract of Kousso; Extrait liquide 
de Kousso, Fr.; Fliissiges Kosso-Extrakt, G. 
“ Kousso, in No. 40 powder, erne thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fluidraehms]. 
Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of 
Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Kousso is 
exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] 
of the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and 
evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough 
Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
62 fluidraehms].” JJ. S. 
This fluid extract, although possessing a very disagreeable bitter taste, well represents the 
activity of kousso: the bitter resinous principle upon which the anthelmintic virtues are now 
believed to depend is readily extracted by alcohol. This preparation should be of a dark green 
color. The objection to it is the large dose and the considerable quantity of strong alcohol which 
the patient gets: as it is best to give the remedy fasting, the stimulating action of the alcohol 
would be apt to be apparent. The dose is from one-half to one fluidounce (15-30 C.c.). An 
extract made by evaporating the fluid extract spontaneously would be a good preparation, and 
the objection to the alcohol could be thus overcome. 
EXTRACTUM CYPRIPEDII FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Cypripedium. 
(BX-TRXC'TUM gYP-RI-PE'DI-I flu'i-dum.) 
Extrait liquide de Cypripede jaune, Fr.; Fliissiges Gelbfrauenschuh-Extrakt, G. 
“ Cypripedium, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Di- 
luted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6A fluidraehms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; 
then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When 
the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely cov- 
ered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, 
gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Cypripedium is exhausted. Reserve the first 
eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add 
enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6J fluidraehms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract well represents the drug, although its use is at present very limited. It 
is very dark reddish brown in color, and may be given in doses of fifteen minims (0-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM DIGITALIS. U. S. Extract of Digitalis. 
(EX-TRXc'TUM Dlg-I-TA'LIS.) 
Extrait alcoolique de Digitale, Fr.; Fingerhut-Extrakt, G. 
“ Digitalis, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters £or 20 fluidounces, 138 PART I. 
Extractum Digitalis Fluidum.—Extractum Dulcamarse Fluidum. 
559 
minims] of Alcohol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluid- 
ounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until three 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 212 minims] of tincture are obtained, or the 
Digitalis is exhausted. Distil ofl" the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a water-bath, 
and evaporate the residue, on a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
This was first introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860, though less needed than 
many others ; because the dose of digitalis itself is small, and very little can be gained on the 
point of strength, as the really valuable part of digitalis constitutes but a small proportion 
even of the extract, and might be altogether wanting without observably affecting the bulk. 
The same caution is used, in preparing this extract, against the injurious effects of heat as in 
the instance of the extract of conium. The extract now official does not differ essentially 
from that of U. S. P. 1870, with this exception, that, instead of percolating first with alcohol 
and then with diluted alcohol, a menstruum of two parts alcohol and one part water is now 
used, finishing with diluted alcohol. The alcoholic extract of digitalis contains all the virtues 
and may be used for all the purposes of the powdered leaves. According to Messrs. Vielguth 
and Nentwich, the amount of alcoholic extract obtained from dried digitalis by cold displace- 
ment is 27‘1 per cent. (A. J. P, May, 1859.) Dose, one-fourth of a grain (0-016 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM DIGITALIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Digitalis. 
Extrait liquide de Digitale, Fr.; Fliissiges Fingerhut-Extrakt, G. 
“ Digitalis, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6j 
fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol 
with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, and, having mois- 
tened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the 
mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum to saturate the 
powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the same 
proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Digitalis is exhausted. Reserve the first 
eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; 
dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is dark greenish black in color, and represents the drug thoroughly. The 
dose is from one to two minims (0-06-0-12 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM DI<J-I-TA'LIS FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM DULCAMARA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Dulca- 
mara. 
Extrait liquide de Douce-Amere, Ft.; Fliissiges Bittersiiss-Extrakt, G. 
“ Dulcamara, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted 
Alcohol, until the Dulcamara is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; 
(EX-TRXC'TUM DUL-CA-MA'RiE flu'i-dum.) 560 
Extractum Ergotse.—Extractum Ergotse Fluidum. 
PART r. 
dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms]. ’ U. S. 
The present formula differs from that of the U. S. P. 1870 in the absence of glycerin. This 
fluid extract is a rather thick, dark brown liquid. The dose is from thirty minims to a 
fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), three or four times a day, gradually increased if necessary. 
EXTRACTUM ERGOTS. U. S., Br. Extract of Ergot. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM iili'GO-T/E.) 
Ergotin, Br. (1898); Extrait de Seigle ergots, Fr.; Mutterkornextrakt, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Ergot, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 
minims]. Evaporate the Fluid Extract of Ergot in a porcelain capsule, by means of a water- 
bath, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), constantly stirring until it is reduced 
to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Ergot, in No. 40 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 
a sufficient quantity ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity; Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 7 \ fl. 
drachms (Imp. meas.) or 47 cubic centimetres; Sodium Carbonate, 175 grains (Imp.) or 20 
grammes. Moisten the powdered Ergot with ten fluidounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack the damp powder in a percolator; percolate with the 
Alcohol until the Ergot is exhausted. Evaporate the percolate to five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres; add five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; filter when cold, washing the residue 
with a little Distilled Water. Add the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid to the filtrate; set aside 
for twenty-four hours; filter; wash the residue with Distilled Water until the washings no 
longer have an acid reaction, adding the washings to the filtrate ; add the Sodium Carbonate 
to the latter; evaporate to a soft extract.” Br. 
The present preparation leaves little to be desired. The British preparation is modelled 
upon Keller’s process. (Schweiz. Wochen.fi. Pharm., 1894, 141.) The object of the addition of 
hydrochloric acid is to precipitate out the flocculent sclererythrin, the coloring matter of ergot. 
The sodium carbonate neutralizes the acid, a small quantity of sodium chloride remaining in 
the extract. This is much the best preparation of ergot, being the only one that should be 
used hypodermically, and much less apt to cause nausea when given by the mouth. For 
method of hypodermic use, see Ergota. It is well adapted for suppositories, and has been 
applied topically to the os uteri, the desired dose being put on a dossil of absorbent cotton. 
Internally it is best given in gelatin capsules, since pills are apt to flatten. Dose, one-fifth that 
of the fluid extract or drug,—i.e., from five grains to half a drachm (0-33-1-9 6m.). 
EXTRACTUM ERGOTS FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Ergot. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM ER'GO-T-E FLU'l-DUM.) 
Extractum Ergotse Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Ergot; Extrait liquide de Seigle ergots, Fr.; Fliissiges 
Mutterkornextrakt, Cr. 
“ Ergot, recently ground and in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains] ; Acetic Acid, twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms]. Mix the 
Acetic Acid with nine hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 66 minims] of 
Diluted Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 
fluidounces, 69 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough of the mixture to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually add- 
ing the menstruum, until the Ergot is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, 
in a porcelain capsule, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“Ergot, crushed, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 400 grammes; Distilled Water, 7h pints (Imp. 
meas.) or 3000 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 7\ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 150 
cubic centimetres. Digest the crushed Ergot in five pints (Imp. meas.) or two thousand 
cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water for twelve hours; draw off the infusion; repeat the PART I. 
Extractum Ergotse Fluidum.—Extractum Eriodictyi Fluidum. 
561 
digestion with the remainder of the Distilled Water; press; strain; evaporate the liquid to 
fourteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and eighty cubic centimetres; when cold, 
add the Alcohol; set aside for an hour ; filter. The product should measure twenty fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This fluid extract was first suggested by Mr. Joseph Laidley, of Richmond, Ya.; but the 
process has since been much modified. The improvement first suggested by Prof. Procter, 
of adding an acid to the menstruum to fix the alkaloids, and the selection of the proper men- 
struum, placed this important preparation at once on a permanent footing; and his original 
formula, published in 1857, and made official in 1860, is now practically adopted in 1890, 
notwithstanding the numerous changes of views concerning the active constituents of ergot. 
Practical experience has shown that it is not only a reliable preparation, but also, if carefully 
made, a permanent one. The use of glycerin in the menstruum is of no benefit whatever, and it 
would render the fluid extract unfit for use as a basis for the extract now official; as an addi- 
tion, diluted hydrochloric has been replaced by acetic acid for fixing alkaloids, which makes the 
fluid extract of the U. S. P. 1890 identical with Prof. Procter’s original formula. (See Ergota.) 
Diluted alcohol dissolves all the active matter of ergot, leaving its oil behind, and the tincture 
first obtained, holding most of the active principles, is reserved without concentration. In the 
British process the prolonged digestion and evaporation must act disadvantageously upon prin- 
ciples which are known to be very easily affected by heat and exposure. Bernagan and Burk- 
hart have devised a process in which the fluid extract contains 5 per cent, of sodium chloride. 
The advantages are not apparent. (Apoth. Zeit., 1895, 309.) 
The U. S. fluid extract of ergot is a clear, very dark reddish-brown liquid, having the taste 
of ergot, but without its fishy odor, owing to the solution of the trimethylamine, upon which 
that odor depends. On the addition, however, of solution of potassa, the odor is strongly de- 
veloped, and the alkaloid escapes so largely that, if hydrochloric acid be held near it, a cloud 
of trimethylamine chloride will be perceived. This may be considered as a good test of the 
efficiency of the preparation; for, though the virtues of ergot do not depend on its volatile 
alkaloid, yet if this be retained in the fluid extract there can be little doubt that the other 
more fixed principles will be retained also. The preparation is an active one, but in large 
doses it is more apt to sicken the stomach than is the simple extract. The dose is from half 
a fluidrachm to half a fluidounce (1-9-15 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM ERIODICTYI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Erio- 
dictyon. 
11 Eriodictyon, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6£ fluidrachms]. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alco- 
hol with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and, having 
moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of 
the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the same 
proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Eriodictyon is exhausted. Reserve the 
first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of the percolate, and evap- 
orate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract; * it has a dark brownish-green color, and will doubtless 
prove a valuable addition. The dose is from twenty minims to a fluidrachm (1-3-3-75 C.c.). 
(ex-tkXc'tum ek-i-o-dic'ty-i FLU'I-DUM.) 
* Aromatic Fluid Extract of Yerba Santa (Edel’s process). Take of fl. ext. yerba santa, fl. oz. 2; oil cloves, gtt. 
32; oil orange, gtt. 16; oil sassafras, gtt. 16; alcohol, fl. oz. 3; liquor potassaj, fl. dr. 12; fl. ext. cardamom comp., 
fl. dr. 4; water, fl. oz. 4; glycerin, purified talcum, of each a sufficient quantity. The fluid extracts and oils are 
mixed, the solution of potassa and water added, then some talcum, and finally the alcohol, when the mixture is 
filtered, returning the first filtrate until it passes clear. Sufficient glycerin is then added to the filtrate to make one 
pint. The preparation is readily miscible with water, elixirs, or syrups. This fluid extract (so called) is intended 
for making a palatable Aromatic Syrup of Yerba Santa. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 423.) 562 
Extractum Eucalypti Fluidum.—Extractum Eupatorii Fluidum. 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM EUCALYPTI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Euca- 
lyptus. 
Extrait liquide d’Eucalyptus, Fr.; Fliissiges Eucalyptus-Extrakt, G. 
“ Eucalyptus, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, G£ 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of 
Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Eucalyptus is exhausted. Reserve 
the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough 
menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract well represents the drug, and is of a dark greenish-brown color, having 
the peculiar odor and taste of eucalyptus very strongly developed, but for administration it is 
much inferior to the volatile oil. The dose is from five to ten minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.). 
(KX-TRlC'TUM jsu-ca-lyp'ti flu'i-dOm.) 
EXTRACTUM EUONYMI. U. S. (Br.) Extract of Euonymus. 
(EX-TRlO'TUM EU-ON'Y-MI.) 
Extractum Euonymi Siccum, Br.; Dry Extract of Euonymus; Extrait de Fusain, Fr.; Spindelbaum-Extrakt, G. 
“ Euonymus, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 
138 minims] of Alcohol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding men- 
struum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until three thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 212 minims] of tincture are obtained, or the Euonymus is ex- 
hausted. Distil off the Alcohol from the tincture by mea-ns of a water-bath, and, having placed 
the residue in a porcelain capsule, evaporate it, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Euonymus Bark, in No. 20 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity; Calcium Phosphate, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the pow- 
dered Euonymus Bark with ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres 
of the Alcohol; pack in a percolator; gradually pour on more of the menstruum until the 
Euonymus is exhausted; collect the liquid and evaporate the alcohol; thoroughly dry the 
residue; powder the product as far as possible and mix it with one-fourth of its weight of 
Calcium Phosphate, continuing the drying and powdering until a satisfactory preparation is 
obtained ; then immediately transfer it to a well-closed bottle.” Br. Dry extract of euonymus 
is commonly known as “ euonymin." An efficient preparation in doses of from one to three 
grains (0-065-0-2 Gin.). 
EXTRACTUM EUPATORII FLUIDUM. U.S. Fluid Extract of Eupa- 
torium. 
Extrait liquide d’Eupatoire, Fr.; Fliissiges Durchwachsener Wasserhanf-Extrakt, G. 
11 Eupatorium, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; Di- 
luted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Di- 
(EX-TRXC'TUM ETT-PA-TO'RI-! FLU'l-DtJM.) PART I. 
Extradum Films Liquidum.—Extradum Gelsemii Fluidum. 
563 
luted Alcohol, until the Eupatorium is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract will have but a limited use, although it well represents the drug, since 
boneset is chiefly employed in domestic medicine. It is of a dark greenish-brown color, and 
the dose may be stated as from twenty minims to a fluidrachm (D25-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM FILICIS LIQUIDUM. Br. Liquid Extract of Male Fern. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM FIL'I-CIS LIQ'UI-DUM—llk'wf-dfim.) 
This being properly an oleoresin, will be considered under the head of the Oleoresinse, to 
which the reader is referred. (See Oleoresina Aspidii, page 913.) 
EXTRACTUM FRANGULiE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Frangula. 
Extrait liquide de Bourdaine, Fr.; Fliissiges Faulbaumrinde-Extrakt, G. 
“ Frangula, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Mix five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 436 minims] of Alcohol 
with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Water, and, having mois- 
tened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] 
of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough of the menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Frangula is exhausted. Reserve 
the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough 
menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract which has been quite largely used in this country. It is intended to 
be a laxative, but it is frequently disappointing, as the drug is rarely to be obtained of uniformly 
good quality. The fluid extract is of a dark reddish-brown color* The dose is from ten to 
twenty minims (0-6—1-25 C.c.). 
(ex-trXc'tum flu'i-dum.) 
EXTRACTUM GELSEMII FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Gelsemium. 
Extrait liquide de Jasmin jaune, Fr.; Fliissiges Gelber Jasmin-Extrakt, G. 
“ G-elsemium, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces ay., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 2 fluid- 
drachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the 
Gelsemium is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 
207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in 
the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is identical with the fluid extract formerly official, which has proved very useful. It 
is of a dark reddish-brown color. The dose is from two to three minims ((M2-0-18 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
* Sweet Fluid Extract of Buckthorn (Edel’s process). Fid. extr. buckthorn, fl. oz. 16; solution of potassa, 
fl. dr. 1; solution of liquorice (N. F.), fl. oz. 2; saccharin, dr. 1. Take 3 fluid ounces of the fluid extract, reduce by 
evaporation to half a fluid ounce, dissolve in the rest of the fluid extract, add the solution of potassa, saccharin, 
and liquorice. The resulting product is a permanent sweet fluid extract. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 423.) 564 
Extractum Gentianse.—Extractum Geranii Fluidum, 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM GENTIANS. U. S., Br. Extract of Gentian. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM 
Extrait de Gentiane, Fr.; Enzian-Extrakt, G. 
“ Gentian, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of Water, and let it macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it in a conical 
percolator, and gradually pour water upon it until the infusion passes but slightly imbued with 
the properties of the Gentian. Reduce the liquid to three-fourths of its bulk by boiling, and 
strain; then, by means of a water-bath, evaporate to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“Infuse Gentian Root in ten times its weight of Distilled Water for two hours; boil for 
fifteen minutes; pour off; press; strain; evaporate the liquid to the consistence of a soft 
extract.” Br. 
The plan of percolation with cold water is admirably adapted to the extraction of the active 
matter of gentian. By the use of cold water, starch and pectic acid are left behind, while 
any albumen that may be taken up is disposed of by the subsequent boiling and straining. 
The extract, however, may be advantageously made by macerating the root in two parts of 
water for thirty-six hours, then expressing in a powerful press, again macerating with addi- 
tional water, and in like manner expressing, and evaporating the united expressed liquors. 
MM. Guibourt and Cadet de Vaux obtained by maceration in cold water an extract not only 
greater in amount, but also more transparent, more bitter, and possessing more of the color and 
smell of the root, than that prepared by decoction. Guibourt attributes this result to the cir- 
cumstance that, as gentian contains little if any starch, it yields nothing to boiling which it 
will not also yield to cold water; while decoction favors the combination of a portion of the 
coloring matter with the lignin. But this opinion requires modification, now that it is under- 
stood that gentian contains pectic acid, which water will extract when boiling hot, but not 
when cold. Gentian, according to Brande, yields half its weight of extract by decoction. 
As ordinarily procured, the extract of gentian has an agreeable odor, is very bitter, and of 
a dark brown color approaching to black, shining, and tenacious. It is frequently used as a 
tonic, in the form of pill, either alone or in connection with metallic preparations; but the 
practice of some pharmacists of using it indiscriminately as a pill excipient is very wrong and 
deserving of severe censure. The dose is from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM GENTIANS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Gentian. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM (JEN-TI-A'NiE FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Gentiane, Fr.; Fliissiges Enzian-Extrakt, G. 
“ Gentian, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cuhic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cuhic centimeters [or 11 fluid- 
ounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then 
add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When 
the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Gentian is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from 
the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve 
this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms.]” U. S. 
This is a translucent, reddish-brown fluid, with the smell and taste of the root. It may be 
questionable whether it was needed, though it has the advantage that we may obtain from it 
the tonic effects of the drug with less alcohol than in an equivalent quantity of the tincture; 
and pharmaceutically it affords a convenient method of giving to mixtures the tonic proper- 
ties of gentian when required. The dose is from ten to thirty minims (0 6-1 9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM GERANII FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Geranium. 
Extrait de Bee de Grue tachete, Fr.; Pliissiges Fleckenstorchschnabel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Geranium, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Glycerin, 
one hundred cuhic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient 
(EX-TRiC'TUM <JE-RA'NI-i FLU'I-DUM.) Extractum Geranii Fluidum.—Extractum Glycyrrkizse. 
PART I. 
565 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| fluidrachms]. Mix the 
Glycerin with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of Diluted Alco- 
hol, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards Diluted Alcohol, until the 
Geranium is exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 
321 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in 
the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6] fluidrachms].” JJ. S. 
The quantity of glycerin has been greatly diminished in this fluid extract, and the process 
is now unobjectionable. It is a dark reddish-brown liquid, having little odor and a very 
astringent taste. The dose is from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9—3-75 C.c.). For Stolzs 
process, see Registered Pharmacist, 1893, 253. 
EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZ/E. U. S. Extract of Glycyrrhiza. 
[Extract of Liquorice.] 
(EX-TRAC'TUM GLYQ-YR-RHl'ZiE—glla-jr-ri'ze.) 
“ The commercial extract of the root of Glycyrrhiza glabra, Linne (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” 
U. S. 
Succus Liquiritiaj, P. G.; Liquorice, Licorice; Extrait de Reglisse, Fr.; Lakriz, Lakrizensaft, Siissholzsaft, G.; 
Sugo di Liquirizia, It.; Regaliza en Ballos, Sp. 
Liquorice is an article of export from the north of Spain, particularly Catalonia, where it is 
obtained in the following manner. The roots of the G. glabra, having been dug up, thoroughly 
cleansed, and half dried by exposure to the air, are cut into small pieces, and boiled in water 
till the liquor is saturated. The decoction is then allowed to rest, and, after the dregs have 
subsided, is decanted, and evaporated to the proper consistence. The extract, thus prepared, 
is formed into rolls from five to six inches long by an inch in diameter, which are dried in the 
air, and wrapped in laurel leaves. 
The British Pharmacopoeia gives a process for making extraet of liquorice. (See page 568.) 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia directs that not less than 60 per cent, of it should be soluble in cold 
water. 
Much liquorice is prepared in Calabria, according to M. Fee, from the G. echinata, which 
abounds in that country. The process is essentially the same as that just described, but con- 
ducted with greater care ; and the Italian liquorice is purer and more valuable than the Spanish. 
It is in cylinders, generally somewhat smaller than the Spanish, and usually stamped with the 
manufacturer’s brand. Most of the extract brought to this country comes from Messina and 
Catania in Sicily and Naples, from Seville and Saragossa in Spain, and from Smyrna in Turkey. 
Perhaps in no other part of the world is more liquorice consumed than in the United States, 
from four to five thousand tons having been imported annually before the war; but the article 
is now made on an extensive scale in this country, very successfully, with the best modern ap- 
pliances, and of such good quality as to have almost driven the foreign article out of the market. 
The principal use of Extract of Liquorice is in the manufacture of chewing tobacco; that 
in the form of rolls as sold by the druggists being a comparatively small portion of the whole 
amount consumed. 
Crude Liquorice, Liquorice Paste, or Liquorice Mass, as it is variously termed, is found in 
the market in cases ranging from two hundred and fifty to four hundred pounds, of a hard 
pilular consistence and, as its name implies, in a mass, which has been run into the case while 
hot and then allowed to cool. 
Liquorice is usually in cylindrical rolls, somewhat flattened, and often covered with bay- 
leaves. We have seen it in the London market in large cubical masses. When good, it is 
very black, dry, brittle, breaking with a shining fracture, of a very sweet, peculiar, slightly 
acrid or bitterish taste, and almost entirely soluble, when pure, in boiling water. Neumann 
obtained 460 parts of aqueous extract from 480 parts of Spanish liquorice. It is, however, 
sonsiderably less soluble in cold water. It is often impure from accidental or fraudulent addi- 
tion or careless preparation. Starch, sand, the juice of prunes, etc., are sometimes added ; 
and carbonaceous matter, and even particles of copper, are found in it, the latter arising from 566 
Extractum Glycyrrhizse. 
PART I. 
the boilers in which the decoction is evaporated. Four pounds of the extract have yielded 
two drachms and a half of metallic copper. (Fee.) In different commercial specimens exam- 
ined by Chevallier he found from 9 to 50 per cent, of insoluble matter. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xxx. 429.) This is by no means, however, always impurity. In the preparation of the extract 
by decoction, a portion of matter originally insoluble, or rendered so by decoction, is taken up, 
and is, in fact, necessary to the proper constitution of the liquorice. When this is prepared 
with cold water, or even with hot water by simple displacement, the extract attracts moisture 
from the air, becomes soft, and loses the characteristic brittleness of the drug. The additional 
substances taken up in decoction serve to protect the extract against this change. M. Delondre 
has obtained the same result by using steam as the solvent. He prepares from the root an 
excellent liquorice, having all the requisite qualities of color, taste, and permanence, by passing 
steam, in suitable vessels, through the coarse powder of the root. The vapor thoroughly pene- 
trates the powder, and is drawn off as it condenses. With about 500 lbs. of the root, this 
treatment is continued for twelve hours, and repeated at the end of five days. The liquors are 
collected, decanted, clarified with about 4 lbs. of gelatin, and quickly evaporated. After being 
put into the form of cylinders, the extract is kept for ten days in a drying-room, at a tempera- 
ture of 77°. (Ibid., p. 433.) A bitter or empyreumatic taste is a sign of inferior quality 
in liquorice. As ordinarily found in commerce, it requires to be purified * (See Extractum 
Glycyrrhizse Pururn ; also Liquor Extracti Glycyrrhizse, Part II.) 
Liquorice contains glycyrrhizin, C24H3609, a glucoside, partly free and partly in combination 
with ammonia, to which combination the characteristic sweet taste of liquorice is due. The 
glycyrrhizin when boiled with dilute acids decomposes into glycyrrhetin, C18H2604, and a 
fermentable sugar. 
The refined liquorice, found in commerce in small cylindrical pieces not thicker than a pipe- 
stem, is prepared by dissolving the impure extract in water without boiling, straining the solu- 
tion, and evaporating. The object of this process is to separate not only the insoluble impuri- 
ties, but also the acrid oleoresinous substance which is extracted by long boiling from the 
liquorice root and is necessarily mixed with the unrefined extract. It is customary to add, 
during the process, a portion of sugar, gum, flour, starch, or perhaps glue. These additions, 
or something equivalent, are necessary to obviate the deliquescent property of the pure liquorice. 
According to M. Delondre, 15 per cent, of gum is the proper proportion, when this substance 
is used; Dr. Geisler has found sugar of milk to lessen the disposition of the extract to absorb 
moisture; but he considers the best addition, on the whole, to be very finely powdered liquor- 
ice root, which should be used in the proportion of 1 part to 16 of the purified extract. 
(A. J. P., xxviii. 225.) The preparation is sometimes attacked by small worms, probably in 
consequence of the farinaceous additions. Excellent liquorice is prepared in some parts of 
England, from the root cultivated in that country. The Pontefract cakes are small lozenges 
of liquorice made in the vicinity of Pontefract, England. For methods of assaying extract 
of liquorice, see A. J. P., 1896, 663; also 1898, 23, 136. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Liquorice is a useful demulcent, much employed in 
cough mixtures, and frequently added to infusions or decoctions in order to cover the taste or 
* The following results of an examination of different brands of liquorice in the market in relation to the propor- 
tion of matters soluble and those insoluble in cold water contained in them respectively, by Mr. L. J. Schroeder, are 
published in the A. J. P. (1884, p. 311). Five hundred grains of each commercial extract were used. 
Brand. 
Residue. 
Glycyrrhizin. 
Weight. 
Per cent. 
Soluble. 
Insoluble. 
Total. 
1. M. A R 
Grains. 
180 
36 
38 
5 
Grains. 
43 
2. Y. A S 
174 
34-8 
30 
10 
40 
3. Dean 
239 
47-8 
8 
5 
13 
4. Royal 
274 
54-8 
6 
3 
9 
5. Corigliano 
150 
30 
15 
15 
30 
6. Guzzolini 
132 
26-4 
10 
7 
17 
7. P. A S 
125 
25 
10 
11 
21 
8. S. C 
130 
26 
13 
13 
It will be seen that the American exceeds all the other brands in the amount of the sweet principle. Extractum Glycyrrhizse Fluidum.—Extractum Glycyrrhizse Purum. 
567 
PART I. 
obtund the acrimony of the principal medicine. A piece of it held in the mouth and allowed 
to dissolve slowly is often found to allay cough by sheathing the irritated membrane of the 
fauces. It is used in pharmacy to impart consistence to pills and troches, and to modify the 
taste of other medicines. 
EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZA FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract 
of Glycyrrhiza. 
Extractum Glycyrrhizae Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Liquorice; Extrait liquide de R6glisse, Fr.; Fliis- 
siges Siissholz-Extrakt, G. 
u Glycyrrhiza, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Am- 
monia Water, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Ammonia Water with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] 
of Alcohol and six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then 
add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually add- 
ing, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then a mixture of Alcohol and Water made 
in the proportion of three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Alcohol 
and six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Water, until the 
Glycyrrhiza is exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 
fluidounces, 173 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of the mixture of Alcohol and Water to make 
the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centra iters [or 33 fluidounces, 6o fluidrachms].” 
U.S. ' 
“ Liquorice Root, in No. 20 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Distilled Water, 
5 pints (Imp. meas.) or 5 litres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the Liquor- 
ice Root with half of the Distilled Water; set aside for twenty-four hours; strain; press; to 
the pressed marc add the remainder of the Distilled Water and set aside for six hours; strain ; 
press ; mix the strained liquids ; heat to 212° F. (100° C.) ; strain through flannel; evaporate 
until the fluid has acquired, when cold, a specific gravity of 1-200 ; add to this one-fourth of 
its volume of the Alcohol; let the mixture stand for twelve hours ; filter.” Br. 
The fluid extract of the U. S. Pharm. 1880 differed from that official in 1870 in the absence 
of glycerin in the menstruum, and in the presence of ammonia water, as suggested by Prof. 
J. P. Remington. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1878, 757.) The British formula for the liquid extract 
has several inconvenient manipulative features, such as the repeated macerations and expres- 
sions, evaporating to a certain specific gravity, etc. (See Montreal Pharm. Journ., 1893, 147; 
P. J. Tr., 1898, 188.) This preparation is now very largely used as an adjuvant, and for dis- 
guising the bitter taste of quinine, which should be added to the preparation of liquorice just 
before the dose is taken. It is a very convenient form for using liquorice, the objections to the 
former fluid extracts of the root having been the slight acridity and the presence of too much 
alcohol. Not only does the ammonia render the glycyrrhizin soluble, thus materially adding 
to the power and sweetness of the fluid extract, but it also greatly lessens the acridity. It is a 
very dark reddish-brown liquid, having the well-known sweet taste of liquorice, and froths when 
shaken with water. A syrup of liquorice may be made by adding two parts of fluid extract 
to fourteen parts of simple syrup. For a formula for aromatic elixir of liquorice, see Elixirs, 
Part II. 
(EX-TKAC'TUM GLYg-YK-RHl'ZiE FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZA PURUM. U. S. (Br.) Pure Extract of 
Glycyrrhiza. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM GLYfcJ-YR-RHI'ZiE PU'RUM.) 
Extractum Glycyrrhizse, Br.; Extract of Liquorice; Extractum Glycyrrhizse Depuratum, Succus Liquiritiae 
Depuratus; Extrait de Reglisse pur, Fr.; Reines Lakriz, G. 
“Glycyrrhiza, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Ammonia Water, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Ammonia Water with three thousand cubic centimeters [or 568 
Extractum Gossypii Radicis Fluidum.—Extractum Grindelise Fluidum. 
part i. 
101 fluidounces, 212 minims] of Distilled Water, and, having moistened the powder with one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms] of the menstruum, let it macerate 
for twenty-four hours. Then pack it moderately in a cylindrical glass percolator, and gradu- 
ally pour upon it, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Distilled Water, until the 
Glycyrrhiza is exhausted. Lastly, evaporate the infusion, by means of a water-bath, to a 
pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Liquorice Root, in No. 20 powder, 1 pound (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Distilled Water, 
4 pints (Imp. meas.) or 5 litres. Mix the Liquorice Root with two pints (Imp. meas.) or two 
and a half litres of the Distilled Water ; set aside for twenty-four hours ; strain ; press ; to the 
pressed marc add the remainder of the Distilled Water and set aside the mixture for six hours ; 
strain; press; mix the strained liquids; heat to 212° F. (100° C.); strain through flannel; 
evaporate to the consistence of a soft extract.” Br. 
The necessity for a pure extract of liquorice must be apparent to every pharmacist: the 
very variable quality of the commercial extract has frequently led to disappointment. The 
official process affords a preparation which is unexceptionable, the ammonia rendering the 
glycyrrhizin soluble; yet care must be taken in its evaporation, as it is very easily injured by 
too much heat, which gives it an empyreumatic taste, destroying at once its usefulness as an 
agreeable adjuvant. 
EXTRACTUM GOSSYPII RADICIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Cotton Root Bark. 
(EX-TItXC'TUM GOS-SYP'I-I BA-DI'CIS FLU'I-DDM.) 
Extrait liquide d’Ecorce de Cotonnier, Fr.; Fliissiges Baumwollenwurzel-Exti-akt, G. 
“ Cotton Root Bark, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluid- 
ounces, 435 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually add- 
ing, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Alcohol, until the Cotton Root Bark is 
exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] 
of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved 
portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is one of the fluid extracts which is improved by the use of glycerin : the menstruum 
selected prevents the gelatinization which was a troublesome objection to the fluid extract of 
the Pharmacopoeia of 1870. Prof. J. U. Lloyd prefers a menstruum composed of ten fluid- 
ounces of alcohol and three fluidounces each of glycerin and water, finishing the percola- 
tion with a mixture composed of ten fluidounces of alcohol and six fluidounces of water. It 
is a deep-reddish liquid, and well represents the root. The dose is from half a fluidraclim to 
a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Grindelia. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM GRIN-DE'LI-iE FLU'I-DUM.) 
“ Grindelia, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 £ fluid- 
drachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the 
Grindelia is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluid- 
ounces, 356 minims] of the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of 
a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, part i. 
Extractum Guarantee Fluidum.—Extractum Hamamelidis Fluidum. 
569 
and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract which well represents the drug: owing to the large quantity of resin- 
ous matter present, it does not mix well with aqueous liquids. The menstruum in the present 
process has been made more alcoholic than that formerly used. The so-called “ alkaline fluid 
extract of grindelia” may be made by evaporating one pint of official fluid extract till reduced 
to twelve fluidounces, making a solution of 180 grains of sodium bicarbonate in four fluid- 
ounces of water, adding it slowly to the evaporated fluid extract, and filtering. It is a dark 
brown liquid having the peculiar odor of grindelia. Dose, from half a fluidrachm to a 
fluidrachm (D9-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM GUARANI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Guarana. 
“ Gruarana, in No. 80 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6i 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of 
Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Gluarana is exhausted. Reserve 
the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate. Distil 
oft- the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a 
soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is of doubtful utility. The powdered drug itself is portable, not unpleasant 
to the taste, and is efficient when given diffused in water; nothing is gained by making it into 
a fluid extract. The fluid extract is of a deep reddish-brown color. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 
423.) The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3*75—17-5 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM GUA-RA'X/E FL U' I -1) U M—g wa- ra' ne.) 
EXTRACTUM HiEMATOXYLI. U. S. Extract of Haematoxylon. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM ELE-MA-TOX'Y-LI.) 
Extract of Logwood; Extractum Ligni Campechiani, P. G.; Extrait de Bois de Campeche, F/\; Campecheholz- 
Extrakt, G. 
“ Haematoxylon, rasped, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Water, ten 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 338 fluidounces, 66 minims]. Macerate the Haematoxylon with 
the Water for forty-eight hours. Then boil (avoiding the use of metallic vessels) until one-half 
of the Water has evaporated ; strain the decoction, while hot, and evaporate to dryness.” U. S. 
This is one of the few instances in which decoction in the preparation of extracts is not con- 
sidered objectionable. Iron vessels should not be employed in the process, in consequence of 
the presence of tannic acid. The evaporation should be carried so far that the extract may be 
dry and brittle when cold. About 20 lbs. of it are obtained from one cwt. of logwood. (Brande.) 
It is of a deep ruby color, and an astringent, sweetish taste, and has all the medical virtues of 
the wood. If given in pills, these should be recently made, as when long kept they are said 
to become so hard as sometimes to pass unchanged through the bowels. The extract, however, 
is best administered in solution. The dose is from ten to thirty grains Gm.). This 
extract is said to be prepared largely in Yucatan and other parts of Mexico. 
EXTRACTUM HAMAMELIDIS FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract 
of Hamamelis. 
(EX-TItlC'TUM HAM-A-Mi)L'l-DIS FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extractum Hamamelidis Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Hamamelis. 
“ Hamamelis, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, 
a sufficient quantity. Mix the Glycerin with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 
435 minims] of Alcohol and eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 570 
Extradum Hamamelidis Fluidum.—Extradum Hydrastis Fluidum. 
PART I. 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a conical percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the 
percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then a mixture of Alcohol and Water, 
made in the proportion of five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of 
Alcohol to eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Water, until the 
Hamamelis is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 
fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U S. 
“ Hamamelis Leaves, in No. 40 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powdered Hamamelis Leaves with about eight 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack the 
moistened powder in a percolator, and add sufficient menstruum to saturate it thoroughly; 
when the liquid begins to drop, close the lower orifice of the percolator; set aside for forty- 
eight hours ; then allow percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum until the Hama- 
melis Leaves are exhausted ; reserve the first seventeen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight 
hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the percolate ; remove the alcohol from the remainder 
by distillation ; evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion ; 
add sufficient menstruum to produce twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres of the Liquid Extract.” Br. 
This is a fluid extract, which well represents the virtues of witch-hazel. It has a dark red- 
dish-brown color. The dose is half a fluidrachm (1-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM HYDRASTIS FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Hydrastis. 
(ex-trXc'tum hy-drXs'tis flu'i-dum.) 
Extractum Hydrastis Liquidum, Br.,- Liquid Extract of Hydrastis; Extrait liquide de Hydrastis, Fr.; Fliis- 
siges Hydrastis-Extrakt, G. 
“ Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alco- 
hol and three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, and, having 
moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of 
the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the 
menstruum, and then a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of six hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, until the Hydrastis is exhausted. Reserve the first 
eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate. Dis- 
til oif the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to 
a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 64 fluidrachms].” U S. 
“ Hydrastis Rhizome, in No. 60 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol 
(45 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powdered Hydrastis with about eight fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol ; pack the damp powder 
in a percolator; pour on sufficient menstruum to saturate it thoroughly; when the liquid 
begins to drop, close the lower orifice of the percolator; set aside for forty-eight hours ; then 
allow percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum until the Hydrastis is exhausted; 
reserve the first seventeen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred and fifty cubic centimetres 
of the percolate ; remove the alcohol from the remainder by distillation ; evaporate the residue 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion ; add sufficient menstruum to produce 
twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract.” Br. 
The fluid extract thoroughly represents the drug. It is of a deep brownish-yellow color, aud 
may be given in doses of from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-87-3-75 C.c.). PART I. 
Extradum Hyoscyami.—Extradum Hyoscyami Fluidum. 
571 
EXTRACTUM HYOSCYAMI. U. S. (Br.) Extract of Hyoscyamus. 
(EX trXc'tum hy-os-cy'a-m!.) 
Extractum Hyoscyami Viride, Br., Green Extract of Hyoscyamus; Extract of Henbane; Extrait de Jus- 
quiame, Fr.; Bilsenkraut-Extrakt, G. 
“ Hyoscyamus, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms] ; Water, one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the 
Alcohol and Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 
13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Diluted Alcohol, until three thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 212 minims] of tincture are obtained, or the Hyoscyamus 
is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] 
of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; mix this with the reserved portion, 
and evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Bruise fresh leaves, flowering tops, and young branches of Hyoscyamus niger, Linn.; press 
out the juice and heat it gradually to 130° F. (54-4° C.) ; separate the green coloring matter 
by a calico filter ; heat the strained liquid to 200° F. (93-3° C.) ; filter. Evaporate the filtrate 
to the consistence of a thin syrup; add to it the green coloring matter previously separated 
and passed through a hair sieve ; stir the whole together, and evaporate at a temperature not 
exceeding 140° F. (60° C.), to the consistence of a soft extract.” Br. 
MM. Solon and Soubeiran have shown that the insoluble matter separated from the expressed 
juice of henbane by filtering, and that coagulated by heat, are nearly if not quite inert; so that the 
juice may be usefully clarified before evaporation. (A. J. P., viii. 228.) The retention of the 
chlorophyll, however, as provided for in the British formula, is thought to be advantageous. This 
kind of extract of henbane is chiefly derived from England. Mr. Brande says that one cwt. of 
the fresh herb affords between four and five pounds. M. Recluz obtained one part from sixteen. 
The extract is of a dark olive color, of a narcotic rather unpleasant odor, and a bitterish, 
nauseous, slightly saline taste. It retains its softness for a long time, but at the end of three 
or four years becomes dry, and exhibits, when broken, small crystals of potassium nitrate and 
sodium chloride. (Recluz.) Like all the inspissated juices, it is of variable strength, according 
to its age, the care used in its preparation, and the character of the leaves. (See Hyoscyamus.') 
Much depends on the choice of the leaves; and too little attention is paid to this point. In 
reference to the biennial plant, there seems to be no doubt that the leaves of the second year 
are much more efficacious than those of the first, and should, therefore, always be selected. It 
is stated under Hyoscyamus that the leaves should be gathered soon after the plant has 
flowered. Mr. Charles Cracknell gives more particular directions. He thinks the plant is in 
a fit state for collection during only a very short period, namely, when the flowers at the top are 
blown, but have not yet begun to fade, and the seed-vessels and seeds which have been formed 
are still soft and juicy. For other observations on the preparation of this extract, see a paper 
by Mr. Cracknell in A. J. P. (xxiii. 245). Mr. T. B. Groves found that an extract obtained by 
inspissating the juice of the stems was altogether inferior to another obtained in like manner 
from the leaves, being not only less in amount, but also lower in quality. (P. J. Tr., 1862.) 
The U. S. P. extract is a much more reliable and active preparation than the inspissated 
juice, or, as it is usually termed, English extract. It is of a dark olive color, with the peculiar 
odor of hyoscyamus. The dose is from one to two grains (0-065-0-13 Gm.). In the use of 
the English extract it is advisable to begin with a moderate dose, two or three grains (0-13 or 0-20 
Gm.), and gradually to increase the quantity till some effect is experienced, and the degree of 
efficiency of the particular parcel employed is ascertained. It is usually given in pill. 
EXTRACTUM HYOSCYAMI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Hyos- 
cyamus. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM HY-OS-CY'A-MI FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Jusauiame, Fr.; Fliissiges Bilsenkraut-Extrakt, G. 
“ Hyoscyamus, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 572 
Extractum Ipecacuanlise Fluidum. 
PART I. 
6J fluidrachms]. Mix two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms] of 
Alcohol with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using 
the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Hyoscyamus is exhausted. 
Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the perco- 
late, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract was improved in the 1880 revision by abandoning the glycerin directed in 
the former process. It is of a very dark greenish-brown color, and is given in the dose of five 
minims (0-3 C.c.) to begin with. For the medical properties, see Hyoscyamus. 
EXTRACTUM IPECACUANHA FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract 
of Ipecac. 
(BX-TRlC'TUM II’-E-CAC-U-AN'H7E FLU'l-DUM—Ip-g-kak-yu-Sn'e.) 
“ A Liquid Extract containing 2 to 21 grains of the alkaloids of Ipecacuanha Root in 110 
minims (2 to 2.25 grammes in 100 cubic centimetres).” Br. 
Extractum Ipecacuanhas Liquidum, Br., Liquid Extract of Ipecacuanha; Extrait liquide d’lpecacuanhu, Fr.; 
Fliissiges Ipecacuanha-Extrakt, G. 
“Ipecac, in No. 80 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of 
Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluid- 
ounces, 400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Ipecac is 
exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“ Ipecacuanha Root, in No. 20 powder, 1 pound (Imperial) or 800 grammes; Calcium 
Hydroxide, 700 grains (Imp.) or 80 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. 
Moisten the powdered Ipecacuanha Root with six fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack firmly in a percolator; add more of the Alcohol, and 
when the liquid begins to drop, close the lower orifice of the percolator; set aside for twenty- 
four hours. Then percolate slowly until thirteen and a half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or six 
hundred and seventy-five cubic centimetres have been collected ; reserve this portion. Con- 
tinue percolation until nothing more is extracted ; drain well. Mix the Lime with the marc; 
allow them to remain in contact for twenty-four hours; then continue percolation until ex- 
haustion is complete. Recover the alcohol from the last two percolates by distillation ; dissolve 
the residual extract in the reserved portion of percolate. 
“ Determine the proportion of alkaloids in the resulting strong liquid extract by the follow- 
ing analytical process: 
“ Dilute 20 cubic centimetres with an equal bulk of water. Remove the alcohol by the aid 
of a water-bath ; add to the warm solution an excess of solution of lead subacetate. Filter; 
wash the precipitate with water and add the washings to the filtrate. Remove the excess of 
lead from the filtrate by precipitation with diluted sulphuric acid; filter ; wash the precipitate 
with water and add the washings to the filtrate. Transfer the filtrate to a separator ; add 
excess of solution of ammonia and agitate with 25 cubic centimetres of chloroform. Separate 
and set aside the chloroformic solution. Twice repeat the agitation with chloroform, and the 
separation. Mix the chloroformic solutions; evaporate; dry at a temperature below 176° F. 
(80° C.), and weigh the residue of total alkaloids. PART I. 
Extractum Iridis.—Extractum Iridis Fluidum. 
573 
“ From this weight calculate the amount of alkaloids in the bulk of strong liquid extract, 
and add to the latter sufficient Alcohol (90 per cent.) to produce Liquid Extract of Ipecacu- 
anha containing not less than 2 and not more than 2-25 grammes of alkaloid in 100 cubic 
centimetres, or from 2 to 21 grains in 110 minims.” Br. 
The menstruum for the U. S. fluid extract has been altered, it having been proved by J. U. 
Lloyd that when alcohol alone is used a portion of emetine escapes solution. On the other hand, 
it is known that when the menstruum is more aqueous more of the pectinous principles are 
taken up, and it is very desirable to separate these in order to prevent their appearance as a 
flocculent precipitate in syrup of ipecacuanha; but efficiency is to be sought for as the first 
desideratum, and hence a menstruum which will extract the activity and make a fluid extract 
that will not let fall a bulky precipitate of inert matter has been secured; usually this will not 
mix with syrup without some precipitation, but the improved official process for syrup of ipe- 
cacuanha should effectually separate any precipitate resulting from the presence of apotheme 
in the fluid extract* The British liquid extract (1898) is a new preparation and is standardr 
ized ; the excellent researches of Paul and Cownley on ipecac, and the assay work of Kremel, 
Keller, and others, undoubtedly prompted the introduction of the process for the liquid extract. 
(See Ipecacuanha.') It will probably be found, however, that the U. S. menstruum is 
able. An acetic extract of ipecacuanha (dry) is used in Great Britain ; it has been shown that 
the heating necessary to dry it is injurious to its emetic properties. (P. J. Tr., 1895, 158.) 
This fluid extract is a thin, dark reddish-brown, transparent liquid, of a bitterish slightly 
acrid taste, but without the nauseous flavor of the root. The emetic dose would be from 
fifteen to thirty minims (0-9—1*9 C.c.). It is a convenient preparation for adding to expectorant 
and diaphoretic mixtures, and is used officially principally in preparing the syrup of ipecacuanha.]" 
EXTRACTUM IRIDIS. U. S. Extract of Iris. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM I'RI-DIS.) 
Extrait d’lris vari€,Fr./ Verschiedenfarbige Schwertlilie-Extrakt, G. 
“ Iris, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av<5 120 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Al- 
cohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macer- 
ate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, 
until three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 3? fluidraehms] of tincture are ob- 
tained, or the Iris is exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a water- 
bath, and evaporate the residue, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” TJ. S. 
This is an extract which has been introduced to afford an opportunity of using blue flag in 
the pilular form. The drug appears to us to he too seldom used to merit this distinction. The 
dose is from one to two grains (0-065-0-13 Grin.). 
EXTRACTUM IRIDIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Iris 
Fluid Extract of Blue Flag; Extrait liquide d’lris varie, Fr.j Fliissiges Yersehiedenfarbige Schwertlilie- 
Extrakt, 0. 
“ Iris, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fiuidraclims]. 
Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of 
Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Iris is ex- 
hausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207,.minims] of 
the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and 
evaporate the residue, on a water-bath, to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, 
and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidraehms].” U. S. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM I'RI-DIS FLU'l-I)tM.) 
* R. Rother recommends alcohol for a menstruum and the use of magnesia, and the percolation of the finely- 
powdered ipecac upon what he calls the disc principle. {Drug. Circ., 1886, p. 4.) 
f For discussion of the alkaloidal strength of ipecac and its fluid extract, by II. W. Snow, see Pharm. Era, 1887. 574 
Extradum, Jalapse. 
PART I. 
The menstruum used in this fluid extract is practically the same as that employed in ex- 
hausting blue flag in making the extract, and it will no doubt make a representative prepara- 
tion. The dose is from five to ten minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM JALAPS. U. S., Br. Extract of Jalap. 
(ex-trXc'tum ja-la'pje.) 
Extrait de Jalap, Fr.; Jalapen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Jalap, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Al- 
cohol, until the Jalap is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 
fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by 
means of a water-bath, add the residue to the reserved portion, and evaporate to a pilular 
consistence.” U. S. 
“ Jalap, in coarse powder, 1 pound (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 4 
pints (Imp. meas.) or 5 litres; Distilled Water, 1 gallon (Imp. meas.) or 10 litres. Macerate 
the powdered Jalap in the Alcohol for seven days; press out the tincture, filter, and then 
remove the alcohol by distillation, leaving a soft extract. Again macerate the residue of the 
Jalap in the water for four hours; express; strain through flannel; evaporate to the consist- 
ence of a soft extract. Mix the two extracts, and evaporate at a temperature not exceeding 
140° F. (60° C.) to the consistence of a firm extract.” Br. 
This extract was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890, and is intended to re- 
place the abstract formerly official. It will be observed that the U. S. 1890 extract is simply 
an alcoholic extract, differing from the extract official in 1870, and also from the present Britisn 
extract, in containing no aqueous extract whatever. 
Jalap contains a considerable quantity of starch, which is extracted by decoction, but left 
behind by cold water; and, as this principle serves only to impede the filtration or straining, 
and to augment the bulk of the extract, without adding to its virtues, cold water is very properly 
used in the process, if water is used at all. The use both of alcohol and of water was formerly 
deemed necessary, in order to extract all the medicinal qualities of the drug; and they were 
employed successively, under the impression that the previous removal of the resin by the former 
facilitates the action of the latter ; but Mr. A. B. Taylor satisfactorily determined that the sub- 
stance which water will extract from jalap previously exhausted by alcohol has no observable in- 
fluence on the system, he having taken 240 grains of the matter thus extracted without effect. 
(Proc. A. P. A., 1864, p. 215.) It was shown, moreover, that the aqueous extract of jalap is 
hygroscopic, and that it is the cause of the inconvenient hardening of the powdered extract. 
The substitution of dried sugar of milk for the inert, hygroscopic, aqueous extract was certainly an 
improvement (see Abstractum Jalapse) ; but the use of alcohol alone as a menstruum in the U. S. 
1890 process will make a stronger preparation, and thus a smaller pill can be made in all cases 
where extract of jalap is prescribed. According to Cadet de Gassicourt, water at ordinary 
temperatures, and in the old mode, acts so slowly that fermentation takes place before the 
active matter is all dissolved. Hence, if the extract be prepared without percolation, the re- 
siduum, after the tincture has been decanted, should be digested with water at a heat of about 
90° or 100° F., which, while it is insufficient for the solution of the starch, enables the solvent 
to take up the active matter with sufficient rapidity. 
One cwt. of jalap affords, according to Mr. Brande, about fifty pounds of aqueous extract 
and fifteen of resin. The product of the former is somewhat less by infusion than by decoc- 
tion ; and the extract is proportionately stronger. There is reason to believe, as we have been 
informed on good authority, that what is sold for extract of jalap is sometimes prepared from 
tubers which have been previously exhausted of their resin by alcohol; and a spurious sub- 
stance has been offered in considerable quantities in our markets for extract of jalap, which 
Messrs. Chas. Bullock and Prof. Parrish proved to owe its purgative property to 42 per cent, 
of gamboge. (A. J. P., 1862, p. 113.) 
Extract of jalap is of a dark-brown color, slightly translucent at the edges, and tenacious 
when not perfectly dry. It contains the resin and gummy extractive, and, consequently, has 
all the medical properties of the root; but it is not often exhibited alone, being chiefly used as PART I. 
Extractum Juglandis.—Extractum Kramerise. 
575 
an ingredient of purgative pills, for which it is adapted by its comparatively small hulk. It is 
most conveniently kept for use in the form of powder, which, however, is apt to attract moist- 
ure and to aggregate into a solid mass, unless carefully excluded from the air. The dose is 
from two to eight grains (0-13-0-5 Glm.).* 
EXTRACTUM JUGLANDIS. U. S. Extract of Juglans. 
Extrait d’Ecorco de Noyer gris, Fr./ Butternussrinden-Extrakt, G./ Extract of Butternut. 
“ Juglans, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; 
then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When 
the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely cov- 
ered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, 
gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 
212 minims] of tincture are obtained, or the Juglans is exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol 
from the tincture by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue, on a water-bath, to a 
pilular consistence.” U. S. 
This extract was formerly for the most part prepared by the country-people, who are said to 
have used the bark of the branches, and even the branches themselves, instead of the inner 
hark of the root, and to have injured the preparation by too much heat. That it should have 
proved uncertain in the hands of many physicians is, therefore, not a matter of surprise. It 
should be prepared by the apothecary, and from the inner hark of the root gathered in May or 
June. Experiments made by B. F. Moise (A. J. P., 1881, p. 153) prove that alcohol and 
diluted alcohol are better menstrua than water for the hark. Prof. Procter found an extract 
of the fresh bark prepared with diluted alcohol to have much more of the pungency of the 
bark than the official; on account of these results, the process for the extract was changed at 
the 1880 revision, and diluted alcohol substituted for water as a menstruum, with marked im- 
provement. The extract of butternut is of a black color, a sweetish odor, and a bitter astrin- 
gent taste. In the dose of from five to ten grains (O-SS-O'GS Grin.) it acts as a mild cathartic, 
whilst in larger doses it is an active purge. 
(EX-TKAC'TITM JUG-LAN'DIS.) 
EXTRACTUM KRAMERIA. U. S., Br. Extract of Krameria. 
(ex-trXc'tum kra-me'ri-ae.) 
Extract of Rhatany; Extractum Ratanhae, P. G.; Extrait de Ratanhia, Fr.; Ratanha-Extrakt, G. 
“ Krameria, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 
69 minims] of Water, pack it in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Water upon it, 
until the infusion passes but slightly imbued with the astringency of the Krameria. Heat the 
liquid to the boiling point, strain, and evaporate the strained liquid, by means of a water-bath, 
at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to dryness.” U. S. 
“ Macerate coarsely powdered Krameria Root in twice its weight of Distilled Water for 
twenty-four hours; pack in a percolator; and percolate with more Distilled Water until the 
Krameria Root is exhausted. Evaporate the liquid to dryness.” Sr. 
In selecting a plan for the preparation of this extract, it was undoubtedly wise to adopt per- 
colation, with cold water as the menstruum. It is absolutely necessary to the success of the 
process that the root should he well and uniformly comminuted ; and the “ No. 40 powder” of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is, therefore, preferable to the “ coarse powder” of the Eritish. The 
wood of the root yielded to Prof. Procter only 6-8 per cent, of extract, while the bark sepa- 
rated from the wood yielded 33 per cent. As the wood is of difficult pulverization, the infer- 
ence is obvious that, in powdering the roots, the ligneous portion may be rejected with advan- 
tage. (A. J. P., xiv. 270.) As a prolonged exposure of the infusion to the air is attended 
* Fluid Extract of Jalap. The following process has been proposed by Prof. Procter. Take of jalap, in coarse 
powder, §xvi; sugar, potassium carbonate, alcohol, water, each, q.s. Add to the jalap one pint of a 
mixture consisting of two parts of alcohol and one of water, and set aside for twenty-four hours. Then put the 
mixture into a percolator, and pour on it diluted alcohol until half a gallon has passed. Evaporate the filtered 
liquid one-half, add the sugar and potassium carbonate, and evaporate to 12 fluidounces. Put the liquid, while 
warm, into a pint bottle, add four fluidounces of alcohol, and mix. The potassium carbonate renders the resin solu- 
ble in water, and probably favorably qualifies the irritating properties of the jalap. A fluidrachm of this extract 
would represent a drachm of jalap, so that the dose should be from 15 to 30 minims (O'fl-PS C.c.). (A. J. P.t 
xxix. 108.) Extractum Kramerise Fluidum.—Extradum Lappse Fluidum. 
576 
PART I. 
with the absorption of oxygen and the production of insoluble apotheme, it is desirable that 
the evaporation should he conducted rapidly, or in a vacuum. There scarcely appears to he oc- 
casion, in the case of rhatany, for heating and filtering the infusion before evaporation, the only 
use of which is to get rid of albumen, which is not among the recognized ingredients of the root. 
Very inferior extracts of rhatany are often sold. Such is the South American extract, which 
has been occasionally imported. As the product obtained by decoction is greater than that 
afforded by the official plan, the temptation to substitute the former is not always resisted, 
although it has been shown to contain nearly 50 per cent, of insoluble matter. Some drug- 
gists prepare the extract with an alcoholic menstruum, with a view to the greater product; hut 
the extract thus prepared has from 20 to 30 per cent, less of the active principle than the offi- 
cial. A substance has been shown to us, said to have been imported as extract of rhatany 
from Europe, which was nearly tasteless, and was plausibly conjectured to be the dried coagu- 
lated matter of old tincture of kino. 
Extract of rhatany should have a reddish-brown color, a smooth shining fracture, and a very 
astringent taste, and should be almost entirely soluble in water. Its virtues may be considered 
as in proportion to its solubility. It is much used for all the purposes for which the astringent 
extracts are employed. The dose is from ten to twenty grains (0 65-1 3 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM KRAMERI® FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Krameria. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM KRA-ME'RI-iE FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Ratanhia, Fr.; Fliissiges Ratanha-Extrakt, G. 
“ Krameria, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix 
the Glycerin with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Diluted 
Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluid- 
ounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually add- 
ing, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards Diluted Alcohol, until the Krameria 
is exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] 
of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved 
portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This process does not differ essentially from that formerly official; the fluid extract well 
represents the root, and is of a deep-red color and a very astringent taste. The dose is from 
ten minims to a fluidraclim (0-6-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM LAPP.® FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Lappa. 
“ Lappa, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Lappa is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a 
soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make 
the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” 
u.s. 
This is a new official fluid extract of burdock: it is of a dark brownish-red color. Dose, 
from thirty to sixty minims (D87-3-75 C.c.), well diluted. 
(ex-trXc'tum lap'p.e flu'i-dum.) PART I. 
Extractum Leptandrse.—Extradum Lobelise Fluidum. 
577 
EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRA. U. S. Extract of Leptandra. 
(EX-TIiAC'TUM LEP-TiN'DRJE.) 
Extract of Culver’s Root; Extrait de Leptandra, Fr.; Leptandrawurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Leptandra, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 
fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluid- 
ounces, 218 minims] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical per- 
colator ; then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. 
When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely 
covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, 
gradually adding menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until 
the Leptandra is exhausted. Distil otf the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a water- 
bath, and evaporate the residue, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
This extract will furnish practitioners who have been in the habit of prescribing the so- 
called leptandrin, with a uniform preparation. Dose, from five to ten grains (0-33—0-65 Gm,). 
EXTRACTUM LEPTANDRA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Lep- 
tandra. 
Fluid Extract of Culver’s Root; Extrait liquide de Leptandra, Fr.; Fliissiges Leptandra-Extrakt, G. 
“ Leptandra, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6J fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 
minims] of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] 
of Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluid- 
ounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Lep- 
tandra is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the 
reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract of a reddish-brown color, and is given in the dose of from twenty 
minims to a fluidrachm (1 -25-3-75 C.c.). 
(EX-TBAC'TUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM LOBELIAE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Lobelia. 
(EX-TRAC'TIJM LO-BE'LI-iE FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait, liquide de Lobelie enflee, Fr.; Eliissiges Lobelienkraut-Extrakt, G. 
11 Lobelia, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluid- 
ounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Lobelia is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the 
remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this 
in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a valuable fluid extract. It is of a dark olive color, having the acrid taste of lobelia 
very marked. The dose as an expectorant is from one to five minims (0-06-0-3 C.c.) ; as an 
emetic, from ten to twenty minims (0-6—1-25 C.c.). 578 
Extractum Lupulini Fluidum.—Extrcictum Menispermi Fluidum. 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM LUPULINI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Lupulin. 
(ex-trXc'tum lu-pu-li'n! flu'i-dum.) 
Extrait liquide de Lupuline, Fr.; Fliissiges Lupulin-Extrakt, G. 
“ Lupulin, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Moisten the Lu- 
pulin with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Alcohol, and pack 
it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate the Lupulin and 
leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower 
orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow 
the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Lupulin is exhausted. Reserve 
the first seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough 
Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is of a very dark brown color, having the odor and taste of hops very dis- 
tinctly. Owing to its resinous character, it is not miscible with aqueous liquids, and if desired 
in combination it is necessary to use gum arabic or other emulsifying agent. The dose is from 
ten to fifteen minims (O6-0-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM MATICO FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Matico. 
Extrait liquide de Matico, Fr.; Fliissiges Matico-Extrakt, G. 
“ Matico, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Matico is exhausted. Reserve the 
first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, 
and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add 
enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is probably the best liquid preparation of matico: the present formula does not differ 
materially from that of 1870. It is a greenish-black liquid, which probably contains all of 
the virtues of matico, and affords an excellent form for internal administration. The dose is 
from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9—3-75 C.e.). 
(ex-tkXc'tum mXt'i-co flu'i-dum.) 
EXTRACTUM MENISPERMI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Menispermum. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM MEN-I-SPjiR'MI FLU'I-DUM.) 
“ Menispermum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces ay., 120 grains]; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 62 fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] 
of Alcohol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] 
of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to 
saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Menispermum is exhausted. Re- 
serve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of the percolate, 
and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add 
enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” XJ. S. PART i. 
Extractum Mezerei Fluidum.—Extractum Nucis Vomicse. 
579 
This is a new official fluid extract, the introduction of which is of doubtful utility : the drug is 
unreliable in its effects, and is rarely used. Dose, from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM MEZEREI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Mezereum. 
(bx-trXc'tum me-ze're-1 flu'i-dum.) 
Extrait liquide de M6z6r6on (de Garou), Fr.; Fliissiges Seidelbast-Extrakt, G. 
“ Mezereum, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 \ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the 
Mezereum is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 
208 minims] of the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water- 
bath, and evaporate the residue, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 J fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is identical with that formerly official. It is too acrid for internal admin- 
istration : its principal use is as the active ingredient in the stimulating ointment of mezereon. 
EXTRACTUM NUCIS VOMICA. U. S., Br. Extract of Nux Vomica. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM NU'CIS VOM'l-QAi.) 
“ An Extract containing 5 per cent, of Strychnine.” Br. 
Extractum Strychni Spirituosum, P. G.; Extraction Nucum Yomicarum Spirituosum (vel Alcoholicum); Extrait 
de Noix-Vomique, Fr.; Weingeistiges Krahenaugen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Nux Vomica, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Acetic Acid, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounee, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, Ether, 
Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and 
Water in the proportion of seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 
minims] of Alcohol to two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] 
of Water. Max the powder with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms] of the mixture, to which the Acetic Acid had previously been added, and let it 
macerate, in a well-covered vessel, in a warm place, during forty-eight hours. Then pack it 
tightly in a cylindrical glass percolator, gradually pour menstruum upon it, and continue the 
percolation, until the Nux Vomica is practically exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol by means of 
a water-hath, transfer the remainder to a tared capsule, and evaporate it until it weighs about 
one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains]. Transfer it to a bottle of the 
capacity of about five hundred cubic centimeters [or about 1 pint], and wash the capsule with 
about fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounee, 331 minims] of warm Water, adding the wash- 
ings to the bottle and mixing the contents thoroughly. When the liquid extract is cold, add 
to it one-fourth of its volume of Ether, stopper the bottle, and bring the extract and Ether 
into intimate contact by gently agitating and frequently inverting the bottle, avoiding violent 
shaking so as to prevent the formation of an emulsion. Pour off the ethereal layer as closely 
as possible, and repeat this treatment with Ether several times, until a few drops of the ethereal 
layer no longer impart a permanent, greasy stain to filtering paper. Then transfer the con- 
tents of the bottle back to the tared capsule, using a sufficient quantity of warm Water for 
washing. Recover the Ether from the united ethereal washings, add to the oily residue about 
fifteen cubic centimeters [or about 4 fluidrachms] of boiling Water, and then Acetic Acid, in 
drops, until the mixture has a permanent acid reaction. Then filter it through a moistened 
filter, and wash the filter with a little Water. Add the filtrate to the extract in the capsule, 
evaporate until the residue weighs about two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains], 
and allow it to become cold. Then determine its weight exactly, remove four grammes [or 
61-728 grains] of the mass, and assay this by the process given below, using the amounts of 
liquids there directed for two grammes [or 30-864 grains] of dry extract. In another portion 
of five grammes [or 77*16 grains] determine the amount of water by drying it, in a flat-bot- 
tomed capsule, at 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight. From the results thus 
obtained ascertain, by calculation, the amount of total alkaloids and of water contained in the 580 
Extradum Nueis Vomicse. 
PAET I. 
remainder of the mass, add to this enough well-dried Sugar of Milk to bring the quantity of 
alkaloids in the final dry extract to fifteen per cent., then evaporate the mass to complete dry- 
ness, reduce it to powder, and transfer it to small, well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
Extract of Nux Vomica, when assayed by the following process, should be found to contain 
15 per cent, of total alkaloids. 
Assay of Extract of Nux Vomica. U. S. 1890. “ Extract of Nux Vomica, dried at 100° C. 
(212° F.), two grammes; Alcohol, Ammonia Water, Water, Chloroform, Sulphuric Acid deci- 
normal volumetric solution, Potassium Hydrate centinormal volumetric solution, each, a sufficient 
quantity. Put 2 Cm. of the dried Extract of Nux Vomica into a glass separator, add to it 
20 C.c. of a previously prepared mixture of 2 volumes of alcohol, 1 volume of ammonia 
water (specific gravity 0-960), and 1 volume of water, and shake the well-stoppered separator 
until the extract is dissolved. Then add 20 C.c. of chloroform and agitate during five minutes. 
Allow the chloroform to separate, remove it as far as possible, pour into the separator a few 
C.c. of chloroform, and, without shaking, draw this off through the stopcock to wash the 
outlet tube. Repeat the extraction with two further portions of chloroform of 15 C.c. each, 
and wash the outlet-tube each time as just directed. Collect all the chloroformic solutions in 
a wide beaker, expose the latter to a gentle heat, on a water-bath, until the chloroform and 
ammonia are completely dissipated, add to the residue 10 C.c. of sulphuric acid decinormal 
volumetric solution measured with great care from a burette, stir gently, and then add 20 C.c. 
of hot water. When solution has taken place, add 2 C.c. of Brazil wood test-solution, and 
then carefully run in potassium hydrate centinormal volumetric solution, until a permanent 
pinkish color is produced by the action of a slight excess of alkali upon the Brazil wood in- 
dicator. Divide the number of C.c. of potassium hydrate centinormal volumetric solution 
used by 10, subtract the number found from 10 (the 10 C.c. of acid decinormal volumetric 
solution used), multiply the remainder by 0-0364 and that product by 50 (or, multiply at once 
by 1-82), which will give the percentage of total alkaloids in the Extract of Nux Vomica, it 
being assumed that strychnine and brucine are present in equal proportion, and the above 
factor being found by taking the mean of their respective molecular weights rounded off to 
whole numbers [(334 -j- 394) -j- 2 = 3641.” 
“ Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica, 11 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 550 cubic centimetres; 
Milk Sugar, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity. Ascertain the proportion of Milk Sugar re- 
quired for ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract 
by the following experiment on one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic centimetres. 
“ Evaporate one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract of 
Nux Vomica in a counterpoised dish on a water-bath to a moderately firm extract, and weigh. 
The difference between the weight of the extract and one hundred and thirty-one and a quarter 
grains (Imp.) or fifteen grammes, multiplied by ten, will give the amount of Milk Sugar re- 
quired for the remaining ten ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the 
Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica. 
“ Distil the alcohol from ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of 
the Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica; to the residue add the quantity of Milk Sugar shown to 
be required by the above experiment; mix; evaporate to the consistence of a firm extract, 
which should weigh three ounces (Imp.) or one hundred and fifty grammes.” Br. 
For the first time in its history (1893) the U. S. Pharmacopoeia contains an assay process for 
extract of nux vomica, the demand for greater precision in pharmaceutical preparations being 
the motive which led the Committee of Revision to adopt this process. The fixed oil found in 
the drug (see Nux Vomica) is removed by the use of ether, and the alkaloids which are taken 
up by the fixed oil during the percolation of the drug are washed out with boiling water 
acidulated with acetic acid in excess; this solution is filtered and added to the partially evapo- 
rated extract, and the whole is then ready for the assay. The menstruum adopted for the 
extract is one which was found by abundant trial best fitted for exhausting the drug, and the 
previous digestion for forty-eight hours in contact with acetic acid materially aids in softening 
the very tough tissues which envelop the active principles. The process of assay was simplified 
to as great an extent as was possible without sacrificing accuracy, and consists in first dissolving 
the extract and then thoroughly extracting the alkaloids by destroying their natural combina- 
tion with igasuric acid, by means of ammonia, and taking up the liberated alkaloids with 
chloroform; the latter is removed by evaporation, and the residue dissolved in hot water con- 
taining an accurately measured quantity of sulphuric acid. The liquid is then made slightly 
alkaline after the addition of Brazil-wood indicator, and the number of cubic centimeters of PART I. 
Extractum Nucis Vomicse Fluidum. 
581 
potassium hydrate volumetric solution required to effect this furnishes the data for the calcula- 
tion which gives the percentage of total alkaloids present. 
The process of the Br. Pharm. directs the evaporation of the standardized liquid extract 
(see next article) and the addition of sufficient sugar of milk to the residue to make the ex- 
tract contain 5 per cent, of strychnine. The finished product u has about two-thirds the total 
alkaloidal strength of the Extract of Nux Vomica of the Br. Pharm. of 1885.” Br. 
In both the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias the nux vomica is directed in fine powder. When 
the extract is kept in powder, it is apt to agglutinate into a tough mass. According to Zippel, 
this may be prevented by adding a little water before the close of the evaporation, and then 
continuing the evaporation to dryness. M. Becluz obtained from sixteen ounces of nux vomica 
the average product of one ounce and a quarter. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 551, 643; P. J. 
Tr., 1894, 137.) Dose, a quarter of a grain (0-016 Gm.), equivalent to about of a grain 
of total alkaloids. 
EXTRACTUM NUCIS VOMICA FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract 
of Nux Vomica. 
(EX-TR&C'TUM NU'CIS FLU'I-DUM.) 
“A Liquid Extract containing 1£ grains of Strychnine in 110 minims (1*5 grammes in 100 
cubic centimetres).” Br. 
Extractum Nucis Vomicae Liquidum, Br., Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica; Extrait liquide de Noix-Vomique, 
Fr.; Eliissiges Krahenaugen-Extrakt, G. 
11 Nux Vomica, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Acetic Acid, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of seven hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol, and two hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fluidrachms] of the mixture, to which the Acetic Acid had 
previously been added, and let it digest, in a well-covered vessel, in a warm place, during forty- 
eight hours. Then pack it in a cylindrical glass percolator, and gradually pour menstruum 
upon it, until the Nux Vomica is practically exhausted. Distil off the Alcohol by means of a 
water-bath, transfer the remainder to a tared capsule, evaporate it until it weighs about two 
hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains], and allow it to become cold. Then determine 
the weight exactly, remove four grammes [or 61-728 grains] of the mass, and assay this by the 
process given under Extract of Nux Vomica (see Extractum Nucis Vomicse), using the amounts 
of liquids there directed for two grammes [or 30-864 grains] of dry extract. From the results 
thus obtained ascertain, by Calculation, the amount of total alkaloids in the remainder of the 
mass, and then add to the latter, first, three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of Alcohol, and afterwards a sufficient quantity of a mixture of three volumes of 
Alcohol and one volume of Water, so that each one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 
183 minims] of the finished fluid extract shall contain one and five-tenths grammes [or 23-148 
grains] of total alkaloids.” U. S. 
“ Moisten one 'pound (Imperial) or five hundred grammes of Nux Vomica, in No. 20 powder, 
with eight fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of Alcohol (70 
per cent.); set aside in a covered vessel for six hours; pack firmly in a percolator; pour over 
the powder sufficient of the menstruum to saturate it and to leave a stratum above it; when 
the liquid begins to flow, close the lower orifice; set aside for twenty-four hours; continue 
slow percolation, adding more menstruum as required, until twelve fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimetres have been collected ; reserve this strong perco- 
late. Change the receiver ; continue the percolation until about sixty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or eighteen hundred and seventy-five cubic centimetres of the menstruum have been employed, 
or until the powder is exhausted; press the marc; add the expressed liquid to the weaker 
percolate; remove the alcohol by distillation ; evaporate the residue to one fluid ounce (Imp. 
meas.) or thirty-one cubic centimetres ; add three fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or ninety-three cubic 
centimetres of Alcohol (90 per cent.). Add this mixture to the reserved portion; set aside 
for twenty-four hours ; pour off the clear liquid ; filter the remainder. 
“ Determine the proportion of Strychnine in the resulting strong liquid extract by the fol- 
lowing analytical process : 
“ Evaporate 10 cubic centimetres to a thick syrupy consistence on a water-bath; dissolve 
the residue in 20 cubic centimetres of water, heating if necessary; place the solution in a 582 
Extradum Nucis Vomicse Fluidum.—Extradum Opii. 
PART I. 
separator, and add 5 grammes of sodium carbonate dissolved in 25 cubic centimetres of water, 
together with 10 cubic centimetres of chloroform ; agitate thoroughly ; set aside ; separate the 
clear chloroformic solution. Twice repeat the agitation with chloroform, and the separation. 
Mix 6 cubic centimetres of diluted sulphuric acid with 25 cubic centimetres of water; divide 
this into three parts, and shake the mixed chloroformic solutions with each in turn. Dilute 
the united acid liquids with water to 175 cubic centimetres; transfer to a stoppered flask, 
adding 25 cubic centimetres of solution of potassium ferrocyanide ; shake well and frequently 
during half an hour; allow to stand for 6 hours. Transfer the precipitate to a small filter, 
rinsing out the last portions with water containing one-fortietli of its volume of diluted sul- 
phuric acid, and wash until the washings are free from bitterness. Rinse the precipitate into 
a separator. Add 5 cubic centimetres of solution of ammonia, and shake well; then add 15 
cubic centimetres of chloroform in two successive portions, shaking well after each addition ; 
separate the chloroformic solutions, mix and allow the chloroform to evaporate in a counter- 
poised dish in a current of warm air; dry the residue for 1 hour on a water-bath, covering the 
dish to avoid loss of Strychnine from decrepitation ; weigh. 
“ From this weight calculate the amount of Strychnine in the strong liquid extract, and 
add to the latter sufficient Alcohol (70 per cent.) to produce a Liquid Extract of Nux 
Vomica containing 1-5 grammes of Strychnine in 100 cubic centimetres, or 1£ grains in 110 
minims.” Br. 
This fluid extract has been retained principally with the view of giving the pharmacist an 
accurately adjusted liquid preparation of nux vomica which is more concentrated than the 
tincture. The process of assay is the same as that for the extract; and most pharmacists will 
prefer to keep this assayed fluid extract and dilute it to the proper degree to make the tincture: 
the usual objection to this method of making tinctures does not apply here, as the liquid used 
as the basis has been accurately adjusted to a definite strength. The British assay process is 
based on that recommended by Profs. Dunstan and Short (P. J. Tr., 1884, 623). The men- 
struum has been carefully selected so that the alkaloids shall be extracted and as much of 
the oil left in the residue as possible. In order to make a dry powdered extract it would be 
necessary to separate the fixed oil before assaying it, and then to make up the weight, if neces- 
sary, with sugar of milk or some inert, soluble powder. An important advantage, aside from 
that of securing uniformity and safety, is that the operator need not carry the percolation 
beyond the point at which it ceases to be profitable (on account of the waste of alcohol), 
because the extract must be brought to a definite alkaloidal strength. Such an extract can be 
used with great advantage to make tincture of nux vomica of definite alkaloidal strength. 
For Beckurts’s method of assaying nux vomica, see Pharm. Era, 1887, 447. The dose is 
three minims (018 C.c.), equivalent to about of a grain of total alkaloids. 
EXTRACTUM OPII. U. S., Br. Extract of Opium. 
(EX-TRAO'TUM O'PI-I.) 
“ An extract containing 20 per cent, of morphine.” Br. 
Extrait d’Opium, Extrait thebaique, Fr.; Opiumextrakt, G. 
“ Powdered Opium, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Sugar of Milk, 
recently dried and in fine powder, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Powdered 
Opium in a mortar thoroughly with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| 
fluidrachms] of Water, repeat the trituration occasionally, in the course of twelve hours, then 
filter through a rapidly-acting, double filter, and wash the filter and residue with Water, until the 
filtrate is nearly colorless. Concentrate the filtrate and washings in a tared capsule, on a water- 
bath, until the residue weighs about two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains], and 
allow it to become cold. Then determine the weight exactly, transfer twelve grammes [or 18518 
grains] of it to an Erlenmeyer flask having a capacity of about one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], and determine in this portion the amount of morphine by the 
process of assay given below, using the quantities of liquids there directed for four grammes 
[or 61-728 grains] of the dry extract. In another portion of five grammes [or 77-16 grains] 
determine the amount of water by drying it in a flat-bottomed capsule, at 100° C. (212° F.), 
until it ceases to lose weight. From the results thus obtained ascertain, by calculation, the 
amount of morphine and of water contained in the remainder of the extract, add to this 
enough well-dried Sugar of Milk to bring the quantity of morphine in the final dry extract to PART I. 
Extradum Opii. 
583 
eighteen per cent., then evaporate the whole to dryness, reduce it to powder, and transfer it to 
small, well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
“ Opium, sliced, 1 pound (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Distilled Water, 6 pints (Imp. meas.) 
or 7| litres. Set aside the sliced Opium with one-third of the Distilled Water for twenty-four 
hours; express the liquid; thoroughly mix the residue of the Opium with another third of 
the Distilled Water; set aside for twenty-four hours; express; repeat the operation with the 
remaining third of the Distilled Water; mix the liquids; strain through flannel; evaporate 
to about half a pound (Imp.) or five hundred grammes. 
“ Test.—Analyzed as described under ‘ Opium,’ using 7 grammes of the Extract in place of 
the 14 grammes of Opium, this Extract should yield 20 per cent, of morphine. To obtain 
Extract of Opium of proper strength and consistence, stronger and weaker extracts may be 
mixed, and stronger extracts may be diluted with Distilled Water or with Milk Sugar as may 
be necessary.” Br. 
Assay of Extract of Opium. U. S. “Extract of Opium, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), four 
grammes ; Ammonia Water, two and two-tenths cubic centimeters ; Alcohol, Ether, Water, each, 
a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Extract of Opium in 30 C.c. of water, filter the solution 
through a small filter, and wash the filter and residue with water, until all soluble matters are 
extracted, collecting the washings separately. Evaporate, in a tared capsule, first, the washings 
to a small volume, then add the first filtrate, and evaporate the whole to a weight of 10 Gm. 
Rotate the concentrated solution about in the capsule until the rings of extract are redissolved, 
pour the liquid into a tared Erlenmeyer flask having a capacity of about 100 C.c., and rinse 
the capsule with a few drops of water at a time, until the entire solution weighs 15 Gm. 
Then add 7 Gm. (or 8-5 C.c.) of alcohol, shake well, add 20 C.c. of ether, and shake again. 
Now add the ammonia water from a graduated pipette or burette, stopper the flask with a 
sound cork, shake it thoroughly during ten minutes, and then set it aside, in a moderately cool 
place, for at least six hours, or over night. Remove the stopper carefully, and, should any 
crystals adhere to it, brush them into the flask. Place in a small funnel two rapidly-acting 
filters, of a diameter of 7 Cm., plainly folded, one within the other (the triple fold of the inner 
filter being laid against the single side of the outer filter), wet them well with ether, and 
decant the ethereal solution as completely as possible upon the inner filter. Add 10 C.c. of 
ether to the contents of the flask, rotate it, and again decant the ethereal layer upon the inner 
filter. Repeat this operation with another portion of 10 C.c. of ether. Then pour into the 
filter the liquid in the flask, in portions, in such a way as to transfer the greater portion of the 
crystals to the filter, and, when this has passed through, transfer the remaining crystals to the 
filter by washing the flask with several portions of water, using not more than about 10 C.c. 
in all. Allow the double filter to drain, then apply water to the crystals, drop by drop, until 
they are practically free from mother-water, and afterwards wash them, drop by drop, from a 
pipette, with alcohol previously saturated with powdered morphine. When this has passed 
through, displace the remaining alcohol by ether, using about 10 C.c., or more if necessary. 
Allow the filter to dry in a moderately warm place, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. 
(140° F.), until its weight remains constant, then carefully transfer the crystals to a tared 
watch-glass and weigh them. The weight found, multiplied by 25, represents the amount of 
crystallized morphine obtained from 100 Gm. of the Extract.” 
The process for the U. S. P. extract differs from that formerly official in several particulars, 
powdered opium being used instead of opium, and, notwithstanding that the powdered opium 
is standardized, the extract is assayed, and the quantity of morphine adjusted to 18 per cent., 
so that the extract of opium can now be depended upon to contain twice as much morphine as 
opium of the minimum official strength. 
The U. S'. P. 1890 process is a great improvement over those formerly official: in addition 
to the definite strength of the extract, its reduction to a pulverulent form will enable the 
pharmacist to dispense it more accurately and conveniently. 
As purely aqueous preparations of opium have been found to agree better with certain indi- 
viduals than opium alone or its alcoholic preparations, there is reason to believe that there are 
in the crude drug one or more principles, capable of causing nausea, headache, nervous disturb- 
ance, etc., which are insoluble in water, though extracted by alcohol or ether. (See Opium 
Deodoratum.') The dose of the American extract, about equivalent to one grain of dried 
opium, is three-quarters of a grain (0-05 Gm.). The British extract has the official dose of 
from one-quarter to one grain (0 016-0-06 Gm.). Extractum Opii Liquidum.—Extractum Pareirse Fluidum. 
584 
PART I. 
EXTRACTUM OPII LIQUIDUM. Br. Liquid Extract of Opium. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM O'PI-I LIQ'UI-DUM—llk'wf-dum.) 
“A Liquid Extract containing f grain of morphine in 110 minims (0-75 gramme in 100 
cubic centimetres.)” Br. 
Extrait liquide d’Opium, Fr.; Fliissiges Opiumextrakt, G. 
“Extract of Opium, f ounce (Imperial) or 18-75 grammes; Distilled Water, 16 jt. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 400 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 4 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 
cubic centimetres. Mix the Extract of Opium with the Distilled Water ; set aside for an hour, 
stirring frequently; add the Alcohol; set aside in a cool place for twenty-four hours; filter. 
The product should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres. Specific 
gravity from 0-985 to 0 995. 
“ Test.—Analyzed as described under 1 Tinctura Opii,’ this Liquid Extract should yield an 
amount of morphine, reckoned as anhydrous, corresponding to not less than 0 7 gramme nor 
more than 0-8 gramme in 100 cubic centimetres. Each fluid ounce of Liquid Extract of 
Opium represents 16£ grains of Extract of Opium; 20 cubic centimetres represent 0-75 
gramme.” Br. 
In the last revision of the British Pharmacopoeia this preparation was reduced in morphine 
strength 25 per cent. 
It is a good preparation, one which has long been needed, and in the absence of which 
from the Pharmacopoeia empirical preparations have obtained a certain vogue. It is well known 
that in opium there are principles soluble in alcohol but not in water, which often produce 
various disagreeable effects not experienced from the aqueous extract. What was wanted was 
a liquid preparation meeting this demand. All that was required was to make an aqueous so- 
lution of this extract, and to add something to preserve it. The British Pharmacopoeia uses 
alcohol for the purpose, and in the original formula employed it in such proportion that an 
Imperial pint of the liquid should contain three fluidounces of the spirit, or between one-sixth 
and one-seventh by measure. But this amount of alcohol, according to Mr. Squire, is insuffi- 
cient for its preservation, and should be doubled. In the present Pharmacopoeia the spirit has 
been increased to four fluidounces, and the water diminished from seventeen to sixteen fluid- 
ounces ; but even with this increase the spirit constitutes only one-fifth, which is considerably 
short of the proportion recommended by Mr. Squire. A preparation similar to the British was 
made some years since by Mr. Eugene Dupuy, of New York. (See Opium.') In the Deodor- 
ized Tincture of Opium of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia the advantages of the preparation have, 
we think, been still better secured. The dose of the liquid extract, equivalent to a grain of 
opium, would be about fifteen minims (0-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM PAREIR./E FLU1DUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Pareira. 
PA-REI'R.® FLIT'I-DUM.) 
Extractum Pareirse Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Pareira; Extrait liquide de Pareira Brava, Fr.; Fliis- 
eiges Pareira-Extrakt, G. 
“ Pareira, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Glycerin, 
one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix the 
Glycerin with seven hundred and, twenty cubic centimeters [or 24 fluidounces, 166 minims] of 
Alcohol, and one hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 41 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder 
of the menstruum, and afterwards a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion 
of four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Alcohol to one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water, until the Pareira is exhausted. 
Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of 
the percolate. Distil off" the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evap- 
orate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough men- 
struum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
62 fluidrachms]. U. S. PART I. 
jExtractum Physostigmatis.—Extractum Phytolaccse Radicis Fluidum. 
585 
“ Add to Pareira Root, in No. 40 powder, rather more than an equal bulk of boiling Dis- 
tilled Water and set aside for twenty-four hours; then pack in a percolator and pass boiling 
Distilled Water slowly until the percolate amounts to about ten times the weight of the Pareira 
Root, or until the latter is exhausted. Ascertain the proportion of extractive matter in the 
percolate by evaporating a small weighed quantity in a counterpoised dish on a water-bath to 
a firm consistence, and weighing the product. Then evaporate the bulk of the percolate until 
the residual liquid contains one-third of its weight of such extractive matter; mix with this 
residual liquid sufficient Alcohol (90 per cent.) to produce from three volumes of the evapo- 
rated liquid four volumes of Liquid Extract of Pareira. Filter, or otherwise clarify, if neces- 
sary.” Br. 
The former British preparation was a concentrated solution of the extract, preserved by 
adding somewhat less than one-fourth of its measure of alcohol. There must be considerable 
loss through the action of the heat in evaporating the extract, and again through precipitation, 
due to attempting to dissolve an aqueous extract in a hydro-alcoholic menstruum. The present 
liquid extract (1898) is made by percolating the powdered root with boiling water; the process 
does not state how boiling distilled water is to be passed slowly, and the inference is that it is 
only intended that boiling water should be poured on the drug ; no provision is made to pre- 
vent rapid cooling ; it would probably be best to use a jacketed percolator, the space being filled 
with steam or hot water, if hot percolation is intended. The American fluid extract is made 
directly from the drug, with diluted alcohol and glycerin, and is undoubtedly the better 
preparation. The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM PHYSOSTIGMATIS. U. S., Br. Extract of Physostigma. 
Extract of Calabar Bean; Extractum Eabae Calabaricae, P. G.; Extrait de Feve de Calabar, Fr.; Kalabarbohnen- 
Extrakt, G. 
“ Physostigma, in No. 80 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Al- 
cohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alco- 
hol, until three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 31 fluidrachms] of tincture are 
obtained, or the Physostigma is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 
30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature 
not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned tempera- 
ture, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” U S. 
“ Calabar Bean, in No. 40 powder, 1 pound (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 4 pints (Imp. meas.) or 5 litres; Milk Sugar, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity. Mix 
the powdered Calabar Bean with one pint (Imp. meas.) or twelve hundred and fifty cubic 
centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside in a closed vessel for forty-eight hours, agitating occa- 
sionally ; transfer to a percolator; when the liquid ceases to pass, add the remainder of the 
Alcohol so that it may slowly percolate through the powder; remove the marc and subject it 
to pressure; add the expressed liquid to the percolate; filter ; recover most of the alcohol by 
distillation; transfer the residue to a counterpoised basin, and evaporate to the consistence of 
a very soft extract; weigh ; then add three times its weight of Milk Sugar and mix thor- 
oughly to produce a firm Extract. This preparation is one-fourth the strength of the Extract 
of Calabar Bean of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
As alcohol is a much better solvent than water of the active principles of the bean, it is pre- 
ferred in making the extract. Dose, from one-sixteenth to one-sixth of a grain (O004—0-01 Gm.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM PHY-SO-STIG'MA-TIS.) 
EXTRACTUM PHYTOLACCA RADICIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid 
Extract of Phytolacca Root. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM PIIY-TO-LAC'g.E KA-DI'CIS FLU'I-DUM.) 
“ Phytolacca Root, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 62 fluidrachms]. Mix six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of 
Alcohol with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, and, 586 
Extractum Pilocarpi Fluidum.—Extractum Podophylli. 
PART I. 
having moistened the powder with flour hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] 
of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to sat- 
urate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the per- 
colator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the 
same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Phytolacca Root is exhausted. 
Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, 
and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6$ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract. Dose, as an alterative, from one to five minims (0-06-0-3 
C.c.) ; as an emetic, thirty minims (P8 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM PILOCARPI FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Pilocarpus. 
Extractum Jaborandi Liquidum, Br., Liquid Extract of Jaborandi. 
“ Pilocarpus, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Di- 
luted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounees, 0£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluid- 
ounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add 
enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
Diluted Alcohol, until the Pilocarpus is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounees, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, 
at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the re- 
served portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounees, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“ Jaborandi Leaves, in No. 20 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powdered Jaborandi Leaves with ten fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack the moistened powder 
in a percolator, and set aside for twelve hours; then percolate with the menstruum, collecting 
and reserving seventeen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred and fifty cubic centimetres 
of percolate ; continue percolation until an additional quantity of fifty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or two and a half litres of percolate is obtained ; distil the latter so as to recover the alcohol, 
evaporate the residual aqueous liquid to the consistence of a soft extract, adding it to the 
reserved percolate; to the product add sufficient of the Alcohol to produce twenty fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Liquid Extract.” Br. 
This preparation represents jaborandi leaves thoroughly. Of the liquid preparations of the 
drug, the infusion and tincture are both open to objection, the former on account of the bulki- 
ness of the dose, and the latter because of the amount of alcohol it contains. The dose of the 
fluid extract is from fifteen minims to half a fluidrachm (0-9-1-9 C.c.). 
(KX-TRAC'TUM PI-LO-CAR'Pl FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI. U. S. Extract of Podophyllum. 
Extrait de Podophylle, Fr.; Fussblattwurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Al- 
cohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 
24 minims] of Alcohol with two hundred, cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 
69 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macer- 
ate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, 
using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Podophyllum is exhausted. 
Distil off the Alcohol from the tincture by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue, 
on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
This is possessed of the purgative properties of the root, and may be given in the dose of 
(EX-TRXC'TUM p5D-0-PHYL'LI.) PART i. 
Extractum Pruni Virginianee Fluidum. 
from one to three grains (0-06-0-2 Gm.). From experiments made by Mr. John R. Lewis, it 
is probable that the alcoholic extract would be more powerful as a purgative than the official 
preparation; but it does not follow that it would be more serviceable. (See A. J. P., xix.) 
EXTRACTUM PODOPHYLLI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Podophyllum. 
Extrait liquide de Podophylle, FrFliissiges Fussblattwurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6J fluidrachms]. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 min- 
ims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using 
the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Podophyllum is exhausted. 
Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of 
the percolate. Distil off the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evap- 
orate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough men- 
struum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract which well represents the root, but is of very little use. The dose is 
from five tQ fifteen minims (0-3-0-9 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM p5D-0-PHYL'LI FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM PRUNI VIRGINIANS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract 
of Wild Cherry. 
Extrait liquide de Cerisier de Virginie, Fr.; Fliissiges Wildkirschenrinden-Extrakt, G. 
“ Wild Cherry, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6'} fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass per- 
colator, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours; then grad- 
ually add menstruum, made in the proportion of eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of Alcohol, to one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluid- 
ounces, 35 minims] of Water, and allow the percolation to proceed until the Wild Cherry is 
exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a soft extract. Dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make 
the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms].” 
u s. 
This preparation has been practically more troublesome than any of the other fluid extracts. 
We had first Prof. Procter’s original process, then his modified one, in which almonds were 
used to supply emulsin to assist in the development of hydrocyanic acid. (See U. S. D., 15th 
edition, p. 637.) This was abandoned as too cumbersome in 1870, and we had the glycerin 
experiment. The fluid extract of 1870 deposited heavily soon after being made, and was im- 
miscible with aqueous liquids without precipitation. These were fatal objections. The present 
formula is the result of much careful work on the part of the Committee, and it is believed 
to be an improvement over all its predecessors* Prof. J. M. Good (AVoc. A. P. A., 1897, 220) 
(EX-TRAC'TUM PRU'NI FLU'I-DUM.) 
* Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry (Improved). This process is advocated by Mr. Cyrus M. Boger, who states that 
all of the hydrocyanic acid is developed, tannin is excluded as much as possible, and consequently precipitation is 
reduced to the lowest point. “Take of Ground Wild Cherry Bark, ten troy ounces ; Water and Alcohol, each, ten 
fluidounces ; Glycerin, four fluidrachms. Moisten the bark with ten fluidounces of water and put loosely in the 
percolator, close tightly, and allow it to macerate sixty hours; then pack very firmly, mix the ten fluidounces of 
alcohol and four of glycerin and pour it upon the bark ; now cork up the percolator tightly and macerate twenty-four 
hours longer; at the expiration of this time remove the cork, and about twelve fluidounces of percolate will come 
through; water should now he poured on to force the other four fluidounces out, when the percolation should be 
stopped and the product will be finished.” (A. J. P., 1887, pp. 231, 232.) Extradum Quassise.—Extradum Rhamni Purshianse Fluidum. 
PART I. 
prefers repercolation, with a menstruum composed of one volume each of glycerin and alcohol 
and three volumes of water; each portion of drug is moistened with a mixture of one part 
of glycerin and two parts of water. It is of a very dark wine color, of a rough astringent 
taste, with a decided odor and taste of hydrocyanic acid. The dose is from thirty minims to 
a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM QUASSIA. U. S. Extract of Quassia 
Extrait de Quassie (Bois amer), Fr.; Quassia-Extrakt, G. 
“ Quassia, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four huridred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] of Water, pack it firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Water upon 
it until the infusion passes hut slightly imbued with bitterness. Reduce the liquid to three- 
fourths of its bulk by boiling, and strain ; then evaporate, by means of a water-bath, to a 
pilular consistence.” U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) no longer recognizes Extract of Quassia. 
According to M. Recluz, sixteen ounces of quassia yield by infusion in water seven drachms 
of extract; by maceration in alcohol of 19° Baume, two ounces five drachms and a half. The 
difference between these quantities is so great that we suspect some mistake in the “ Dictionnaire 
des Drogues,” from which we quote, although it is known that alcohol yields a larger propor- 
tion of extractive than does water or a mixture of alcohol and water. The extract of quassia 
is dark brown or black, and excessively hitter. It is apt to become dry and disposed to crum- 
ble by time. It concentrates a greater amount of tonic power within a given weight than any 
other extract of the simple hitters, and may, therefore, be given with great advantage in cases 
in which it is desirable to administer this class of substances in as small a hulk as possible. 
The dose is from one to two grains (0-065-0-13 Gm.), to be given in pill. The alcoholic extract 
is a better preparation, and the yield is greater, although it is not so powerful; but it is prob- 
ably wisest to adhere to the aqueous extract, on account of its cheapness. 
(EX-TRlC'TUM QUAS'SI-.®.) 
EXTRACTUM QUASSIA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Quassia. 
(EX-TRlC'TUM QUAS'SI-iE FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Quassie, Fr.; Eliissiges Quassia-Extrakt, G. 
“ Quassia, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Mix three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Alcohol with 
six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Water, and, having moistened 
the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder 
and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the 
lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then 
allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the same proportions of 
Alcohol and Water as before, until the Quassia is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to 
a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
An active preparation. Dose, from five to ten minims (0-3—0-6 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM RHAMNI PURSHIANA FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid 
Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM RHXM'nI FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extractum Cascarse Sagradae Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Cascara Sagrada. 
“ Rhamnus Purshiana, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachins]. Moisten the powder with four luundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Diluted Alcohol and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; 
then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When 
the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Rhamnus Purshiana is exhausted. Reserve the first eight PART I. 
Extractum Rhei.—Extractum Rhei Fluidum. 
589 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the 
remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted 
Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6* fluidraehms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract which is in great demand as a popular purgative * The 
dose is from fifteen to forty-five minims (0-9-2’7 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM RHEI. U. S., Br. Extract of Rhubarb. 
Extractum Rhei Alcoholicum ; Extrait de Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhubarber-Extrakt, G. 
“ Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 
24 minims] of Alcohol with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluid- 
ounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a conical percolator; then add enough 
menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the tincture 
passes nearly tasteless. Reserve the first one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms] of the percolate, and set it aside in a warm place, until it is reduced by spon- 
taneous evaporation to five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims]. Evapo- 
rate the remainder of the percolate, in a porcelain vessel, by means of a water-bath, at a 
temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to the consistence of syrup. Mix this with the 
reserved portion, and continue the evaporation, at or below the before-mentioned temperature, 
until the mixture is reduced to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Moisten Rhubarb Root, in No. 20 powder, with Alcohol (60 per cent.), and set aside for 
forty-eight hours ; transfer to a percolator; slowly pass as much of the Alcohol as may be 
sufficient to exhaust the Rhubarb Root. Remove most of the alcohol by distillation, and 
evaporate the residual liquid to dryness.” Br. 
The British extract (1898) is now nearly identical with the U. S. preparation ; the menstruum 
used for the former is, however, slightly more aqueous. Rhubarb yields all its active matter to 
water and alcohol; but, unless the evaporation be performed with great care and with a mod- 
erate heat, it is certain that the purgative principle is to a greater or less extent injured or 
dissipated in the process; and the extract may thus become even less efficient than the root. 
Among other consequences which result from the boiling temperature is the formation of a 
compound of the tannin and starch, which is insoluble in cold water, and upon its precipita- 
tion probably carries with it a portion of the purgative principle. There is, moreover, reason 
to believe that this principle is volatilizable by heat, and that a portion of it escapes with the 
vapor. When properly prepared, the extract has decidedly the peculiar odor of rhubarb. 
The dose is from five to ten grains (0-3-0-65 Gm.). 
(ex-trAc'tum rhe'i.) 
EXTRACTUM RHEI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM RHE’I FLTJ'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Rhubarbe, Fr.; Fliissiges Rhubarber-Extrakt, G. 
11 Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6o 
fluidracbms]. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alcohol 
with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and, having mois- 
tened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the 
mixture, pack it firmly in a conical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate the 
powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
* Aromatic Fluid Extract of Cascara Sagrada (bitterless ?). L. C. Urban prefers lime to magnesia, as suggested 
by H. B. Gilpin, for making a palatable preparation of Cascara. His process is as follows : 1000 Gm. ground cascara 
sagrada, 150 Gm. ground liquorice root, and 100 Gm. freshly slaked lime are kneaded with 1000 C.c. of water, 
allowed to stand twelve hours, and then dried at 50° C. The dried drugs are moistened with 400 C.c. of a men- 
struum, made by mixing 500 C.c. alcohol and 250 C.c. glycerin with 250 C.c. water, and percolated with sufficient of 
the menstruum, followed by water, to exhaust the drug. The first 850 C.c. are reserved, then mixed with the balance 
of the percolate, evaporated to a soft extract, and 12 C.c. of compound spirit of orange. (Pharm. Rev., 1896, 270.) 590 
Extradum Rliois Glabrae Fluidum.—Extradum Rosae Fluidum. 
PART I. 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the same 
proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Rhubarb is exhausted. Reserve the first 
seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to a soft extract; 
dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| fluidrachms].” U. S. 
Although the process for the fluid extract of rhubarb of U. S. P. 1870 was an improvement 
on its predecessors, on the addition of water the fluid extract precipitated heavily, so that 
syrups or mixtures made with it were very unsightly. As the chief use of the fluid extract is 
in making such preparations, this was very unfortunate, and constituted sufficient grounds for the 
abandonment of an official formula in favor of one which will exhaust the root of its purgative 
properties and yet afford an extract that will remain clear when water is added to it. Mr. Geo. 
Bille claims that all that is necessary is to exhaust the sixteen troyounces of rhubarb with cold 
water, evaporate, by means of a water-bath, to twelve fluidounces, and add four fluidounces of 
glycerin. The present process affords a fluid extract which thoroughly represents the root, but 
it has in a degree the same objection that the former preparation had, immiscibility with syrups 
and water with loss of transparency. An alkali or an alkaline carbonate dissolves this pre- 
cipitate, but its use must be limited. The dose for an adult may be from twenty to thirty 
minims (1-25-1-9 C.c.) as a purgative, and from five to ten minims (0-3—0-6 C.c.) as a laxative. 
EXTRACTUM RHOIS GLABRjE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Rhus Glabra. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM RHO'IS GLA'BRiE FLU'l-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Sumac, Fr; Fliissiges Sumach-Extrakt, G. 
“ Rhus Glabra, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of Diluted 
Alcohol, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, 
first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards Diluted Alcohol, until the Rhus Glabra 
is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] 
of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved 
portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
A formula for this preparation was proposed by Prof. J. P. Remington (A. J. P., 1874, p. 7) 
which differs from that at present official merely in containing a somewhat larger proportion 
of glycerin in the menstruum. Experience has shown that this is a valuable preparation of 
sumach berries, and is a useful addition to mouth and throat washes, gargles, etc. 
EXTRACTUM ROS./E FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Rose 
(ex-trXc'tum plu'i-dum.) 
Extrait liquide de Rose rouge, Fr.; Fliissiges Essigrosenblatter-Extrakt, G. 
“ Red Rose, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms]. Mix the 
Glycerin with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, 
and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate 
for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remain- 
der of the menstruum, and afterwards Diluted Alcohol, until the Red Rose is exhausted. Reserve 
the first seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of the perco- 
late, and evaporate the remainder, in a porcelain capsule, at a temperature not exceeding 50° 
C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted PART i. 
JExtractum Rubi Fluidum.—Extr actum Sabinse Fluid urn. 
591 
Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is a useful adjuvant and an elegant astringent. It is of a deep red color, 
with the agreeable flavor of rose. Wm. C. Alpers prefers repercolation for this fluid extract, 
stating that even a moderate heat imparts an unpleasant odor to the finished product. (Proc. 
A. P. A., 1897, 425.) Dose, from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7 5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM RUBI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Rubus. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM RU'BI FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide d’Ecorce de Ronce, Fr.; Fliissiges Brombeerrinden-Extrakt, G. 
“ Rubus, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Glycerin, 
one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms]. Mix 
the Glycerin with six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol and 
three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, and, having moistened 
the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims] of 
the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough menstruum to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the 
menstruum, and afterwards a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of six 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred cubic cen- 
timeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, until the Rubus is exhausted. Reserve the 
first seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of the percolate. Distil off 
the Alcohol from the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of a mixture of Alcohol and 
Water, using the last-named proportions, to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract does not differ essentially from that formerly official. It is a very dark 
reddish-brown, translucent fluid, having the properties of the root in a marked degree. The 
dose is from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9—3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM RUMICIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Rumex. 
Fluid Extract of Yellow Dock; Extrait liquide de Patience fris6e, Fr.; Fliissiges Grindwurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Rumex, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluid- 
ounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 
adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Rumex is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a 
soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6<} fluidrachms].” U. S. 
An official fluid extract having a dark yellowish-brown color and the peculiar odor and 
taste of rumex. The dose is a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.). 
(EX-TRiC'TUM ru'mi-cis fmj'i-dOm.) 
EXTRACTUM SABINA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Savine. 
(ex-trXc'tum sa-bi'na: flu'i-dCm.) 
Extrait liquide de Sabine, Fr.; Fliissiges Sadebaum-Extrakt, G. 
“ Savine, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces ay., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, Go fluidrachms] 
Moisten the powder with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] 
of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight 592 
Extractum Sanguinarise Fluidum.—Extractum Sarsaparillse Fluidum. 
part i. 
hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Savine is 
exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of 
the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6| fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is identical with the fluid extract formerly official. It is a dark greenish-black fluid, 
not mixing well with aqueous liquids without the use of an emulsifying agent. It is rarely 
given internally. The dose is from three to eight minims (0-18-0-5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SANGUINARY FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Sanguinaria. 
(EX-TKAC'TUM FLU'I-DUM—s&ug-gwe-na' rf-e.) 
Fluid Extract of Bloodroot; Extrait liquide de Sanguinarie, Fr.; Fliissiges Blutwurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Sanguinaria, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Acetic 
Acid, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 65 fluidrachms]. Mix 
Alcohol and Water in the proportion of seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluid- 
ounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol and two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 
218 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluid- 
ounces, 69 minims] of the mixture, to which the Acetic Acid had previously been added, and 
let it macerate, in a well-covered vessel, in a warm place, during forty-eight hours. Then pack 
it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until the Sanguinaria 
is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the 
reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The liquid preparations of sanguinaria all have an unfortunate tendency to precipitate, and 
this new fluid extract will not prove an exception. It is of a very deep red color. The dose 
is from three to five minims (0-18-0-3 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SARSAPARILLA FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract 
of Sarsaparilla. 
Extractum Sarsae Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Sarsaparilla; Liquor Sarsae; Extrait liquide de Salsepa- 
reille, Fr.; Fliissiges Sarsaparilla-Extrakt, G. 
“ Sarsaparilla, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6£ fluidrachms]. Mix three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Alco- 
hol with six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Water, and, having 
moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of 
the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using the same propor- 
tions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Sarsaparilla is exhausted. Reserve the first 
eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate 
the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough men- 
struum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“ Sarsaparilla, in No. 40 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alcohol (20 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity ; Glycerin, 2 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres. Divide 
the Sarsaparilla into three portions. Moisten one portion with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
two hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack in a percolator ; set aside for twenty-four 
hours ; percolate with the Alcohol until a quantity of four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two 
hundred cubic centimetres is obtained. Moisten the second portion of the drug with this 
liquid; pack in a percolator; set aside for twenty-four hours; percolate with a menstruum 
obtained by further percolation of the first portion ; continue until a quantity of four fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres is obtained. Moisten the third portion 
of the drug with this liquid ; pack in a percolator ; set aside for twenty-four hours; percolate 
(EX-TRAC'TUM SAR-SA-PA-RlL'LiE FLU'I-DUM.) PART I. 
Extradum Scillse Fluidum. 
593 
with a menstruum obtained by successive percolation through the first and second portions as 
directed above; collect eighteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or nine hundred cubic centimetres 
from the third percolator; add the Glycerin. The product should measure one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The British Pharm. (1898) has greatly improved the process for this preparation, having 
abandoned maceration for repercolation; glycerin is used as a preservative, being added to the 
reserved portion; the reason for not using the glycerin in the first percolate to aid in the 
extraction is not apparent. The introduction of a simple fluid extract of sarsaparilla into our 
Pharmacopoeia was judicious, as it enables the physician to associate this medicine with others 
at his pleasure, and in such proportions as he may deem expedient. He may rely upon the 
efficiency of the preparation, if made with sufficient care and skill and from good parcels of 
the root. The U. S. fluid extract is a somewhat thickish, scarcely translucent liquid, of a very 
dark reddish-brown color, and of a sweetish and a slightly, though persistently, acrid taste. 
The dose is from thirty to sixty minims (1 9-3-75 C.c.), equivalent to the same number of 
grains of sarsaparilla in substance. The official dose of the British preparation is from two 
to four fiuidrachms (7-5-15 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SARSAPARILLA FLUIDUM COMPOSITUM. U. S. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. 
Extrait liquide de Salsepareille compost, Fr.; Zusammengesetztes fliissiges Sarsaparilla-Extrakt, G. 
“ Sarsaparilla, in No. 30 powder, seven hundred and fifty grammes [or 26 ounces av., 199 
grains] ; Glycyrrhiza, in No. 30 powder, one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 
grains] ; Sassafras, in No. 30 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Meze- 
reum, in No. 30 powder, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Glycerin, one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fiuidrachms]. Mix the Glycerin 
with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Alcohol and six hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Water, and, having moistened the mixed 
powders with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the mixture, 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder 
and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close 
the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, 
and afterwards a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of three hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Alcohol to six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluid- 
ounoes, 138 minims] of Water, until the powder is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of a mixture of 
Alcohol and Water, using the last-named proportions, to make the Fluid Extract measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fiuidrachms].” TJ. S. 
Everything depends in the process upon having the several ingredients equably powdered, 
mixing them well and duly moistening them, and then packing them properly in the percolator. 
The moistening of the mixed powders is more easily effected, as they are less disposed to form 
lumps than is the sarsaparilla powder alone. The preparation is intended to represent, in a 
concentrated state, the compound decoction of sarsaparilla, having all its ingredients with the 
exception of the guaiacum wood, which probably adds little to the efficacy of the decoction. 
It was originally proposed by Wm. Hodgson, Jr. (Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., ii. 285) ; 
and the official process differs from his mainly in the omission of the guaiacum wood, the resin 
of which, separating during the evaporation, somewhat embarrassed the process, without adding 
to the virtues of the extract. The dose is from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (L9-3-75 C.c.). 
(EX-TRlC'TUM SAR-SA-PA-RIL'L/E FLU'l-DUM C0M-P0§'I-TUM.) 
EXTRACTUM SCILLA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Squill. 
(EX-TRAC'TUM SQII/L.2E FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Scille, Fr.; Fliissiges Meerzwiebel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Squill, in No. 20 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water, 594 
Extradum Scopcirii Fluidum.—Extradum Senegse Fluidum. 
PART I. 
and, having moistened the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 
minims] of the mixture, pack it in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough menstruum to 
saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using 
the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Squill is exhausted. Reserve 
the first seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of the perco- 
late, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and 
add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract differs from the one official in 1870 in containing no glycerin in the men- 
struum. It is a clear red liquid, which is useful for combining with stimulant expectorants, 
such as ammonium carbonate, which are incompatible with the official syrup of squill. Prof. 
J. U. Lloyd recommends diluted acetic acid for a menstruum, and that this fluid extract should 
be made half strength,—i.e., 2 C.c. represent 1 Gin. (See Am. Drug., 1886, p. 202.) The dose 
of the official fluid extract as an expectorant is from two to three minims (0-12-0-18 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SCOPARII FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Scoparius. 
(ex-trXc'tum SCO-PA'RI-I FLU'I-DCM.) 
Fluid Extract of Broom. 
“ Scoparius, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains ] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluid- 
ounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
Diluted Alcohol, until the Scoparius is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder 
to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make 
the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” 
US. 
This is a new official fluid extract. It is difficult to avoid precipitation in the preparation, 
but fortunately the precipitate is not active. Dose, from twenty to forty minims (1-3—2-6 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SCUTELLARIAE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Scutellaria. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM SCU-TEL-LA'RI-iE FLU'I-DUM.) 
Fluid Extract of Skullcap ; Extrait liquide de Scutellaire, Fr.; Fliissiges Helmkraut-Extrakt, G. 
“ Scutellaria, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Di- 
luted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6J fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 400 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; 
then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When 
the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding Diluted Alcohol, until the Scutellaria is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the re- 
mainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in 
the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6$ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
A fluid extract, thoroughly representing the activity of Scutellaria. It is of a dark greenish- 
brown color, and is given in the dose of from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9--375 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SENEGA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Senega. 
(EX-TIlXC’TUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Polygale de Virginie, Extrait liquide de S6nSca, Fr.; Flussiges Senega-Extrakt, G. 
“ Senega, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Ammonia 
Water, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient PART 1. 
Extradum Sennse Fluidum.—Extradum Serpentanse Fluidum. 
595 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms]. Mix the 
Ammonia Water with seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol and two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 
104 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator ; then add enough 
menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, 
the remainder of the menstruum, and then a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the pro- 
portion of seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol to 
two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water, until the Senega 
is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, in a porcelain capsule, to a soft ex- 
tract ; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of the last-mentioned mixture of 
Alcohol and Water to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 6| fluidrachms].” U. S. 
Formerly Fluid Extract of Senega was very frequently the cause of annoyance to the phar- 
macist through gelatinization. This was due to the presence of pectinous bodies in the root. 
The addition of an alkali to the menstruum effectually prevents this, and in this respect the 
present preparation is a great improvement over the 1870 fluid extract. It is a blackish-brown, 
moderately thin liquid. Dose, from one to five minims (0-06-0-3 C.c.). For other processes, 
see N. R., 1883, pp. 195, 196. 
EXTRACTUM SENNA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Senna. 
Extrait liquide de Sen<5, Fr.; Fliissiges Senna-Extrakt, G. 
“ Senna, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Di- 
luted Alcohol until the Senna is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft ex- 
tract ; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms].” U S. 
The official fluid extract of senna of 1870 differed materially from that of the Pharmacopoeias 
of 1850 and 1860, containing neither sugar, oil of fennel, nor Hoffmann’s anodyne. It was 
deemed better to leave to the prescriber the choice of the volatile oil, and to depend for the 
preservation of the fluid extract upon the glycerin and what might remain of the alcohol after 
the evaporation. The present official fluid extract, which is practically identical with that of 
the U. S. P. 1880, is very different from that of 1870, which contained 50 per cent, of glycerin. 
There is no glycerin in the menstruum now, and there really seems to be no occasion for its use. 
The fluid extract is a dark, blackish, thick, and somewhat turbid liquid, with a strong flavor 
of senna. The dose is from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.) for an adult. In conse- 
quence of its griping tendency, it should be mixed with one of the volatile oils, as of fennel, 
anise, or caraway, in the proportion of about two minims (0-12 C.c.) to the fluidounce (30 C.c.). 
It is well adapted for exhibition with saline cathartics, such as Epsom salt or cream of tartar, 
which also obviate its griping. In this case not more than one-half of the full dose of the 
fluid extract should be given at once. 
(EX-TR&C'TUM SEN'NiE FLU'l-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM SERPENTARIjE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Serpentaria. 
Plaid Extract of Virginia Snake Root; Extrait liquide de Serpentaire, Fr.; Fliissiges Schlangenwurz-Extrakt, G. 
“ Serpentaria, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Al- 
cohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] 
(ex-trXc'tum SER-PEN-TA'RI--® elu'i-dum.) 596 
Extractum Spigelise Fluidum.—Extractum Stillingise Fluidum. 
PART i. 
of Alcohol with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and, 
having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] 
of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough menstruum 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using 
the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Serpentaria is exhausted. Re- 
serve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, 
and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft ex- 
tract ; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This, though simply a concentrated tincture, is a good preparation, containing the virtues of 
the root within a small bulk. The fluid extract of serpentaria originated with Mr. J. C. Savery, 
whose formula was published in the eleventh edition of the U. S. Dispensatory (page 713). It 
was afterwards modified by Mr. A. B. Taylor (A. J. P., xxv. 206). In the present preparation 
the alcoholic strength of menstruum is slightly less than that of the fluid extract of U. S. P. 
1870. The fluid extract is thin, reddish brown, and transparent, having the peculiar bitterness 
and odor of the root in perfection. Dose, from twenty to thirty minims (1-25-1-9 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM SPIGELIA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Spigelia. 
Fluid Extract of Pink Root; Extrait liquide de SpigSlie, Fr.; Fliissiges Spigelien-Extrakt, G. 
“ Spigelia, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted 
Alcohol, until the Spigelia is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6$ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This preparation differs from that formerly official in having no glycerin in the menstruum; 
the U. S. P. 1870 fluid extract had 50 per cent. 
The fluid extract of spigelia is a dark-brown, translucent liquid, with the flavor of the root. 
The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3'75—7‘5 C.c.) for an adult, from ten to twenty minims 
(0'6-l-25 C.c.) for a child two or three years old, to be repeated morning and evening for three 
or four days, and then followed by a brisk cathartic. It is, however, most used in connection 
with the fluid extract of senna; the fluid extract of spigelia and senna formerly official being 
an excellent combination, which should not have been dropped from the Pharmacopoeia* 
(EX-TRXC'TUM SPI-£E'LI-iE FLU'I-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM STILLINGIA FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 
Extrait liquide de Stillingie, Fr.; Fliissiges Stillingia-Extrakt, G. 
“ Stillingia, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Diluted 
Alcohol, until the Stillingia is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
(EX-TRAC'TUM FLU'I-DUM.) 
* Extractum Spigelice et Sennce Fluidum, U. S. 1870. Fluid Extract of Spigelia and Senna. “ Take of Fluid 
Extract of Spigelia ten Jluidounces ; Fluid Extract of Senna six jluidounces ; Oil of Anise, Oil of Caraway, each, 
twenty minims. Mix the Fluid Extracts, and dissolve the Oils in the mixture.” U. S. 1870. 
It combines the cathartic property of senna with the anthelmintic virtues of pinkroot, and is a very good ver- 
mifuge, being generally acceptable to the stomach, and not offensive to the taste. The dose is from two fluidrachms 
to half a fluidounee (7'5-15 C.c.) for an adult, from thirty minims to a fiuidrachin (l’9-3'75 C.c.) for a child two 
years old. part I. 
Extractum Stramonii Seminis.—Extractum Stramonii Seminis Fluidum. 
597 
meters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft 
extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the 
Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
The glycerin in the menstruum has been abandoned in this fluid extract, which is of a dark 
reddish-brown color; and the dose is from fifteen to forty-five minims (0-9-2-8 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM STRAMONII SEMINIS. U. S. (Br.) Extract of Stramo- 
nium Seed. [Extractum Stramonii, Pharm. 1880.] 
(EX-TKAC'TUM STRA-HO'NI-I SEM'I-NIS.) 
Extractum Stramonii, Br.; Extract of Stramonium; Extrait de Semences de Stramoine, Fr.; Stechapfelsamen- 
Extrakt, G. 
“ Stramonium Seed, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator ; then add enough Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. 
When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely 
covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, 
gradually adding Diluted Alcohol, until three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 212 
minims] of tincture are obtained, or the Stramonium Seed is exhausted. Reserve the first 
nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate 
the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; mix this with the reserved portion, and by means of a water- 
bath, evaporate, at or below the before-mentioned temperature, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Pack Stramonium Seeds, in No. 40 powder, in a percolator; exhaust the powder by slow 
percolation with Alcohol (70 per cent.) ; remove most of the alcohol from the percolate by 
distillation; evaporate the residual liquid to the consistence of a firm extract.” Br. 
This is the same extract as that official in the U. S. P. (1880), the fact that it is prepared 
from the seed instead of the leaves being shown by the title, which now has “ Seminis” attached. 
This preparation was omitted from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860, but, in accordance with 
suggestions made in the U. S. Dispensatory, was reinstated at the revision of 1870. It is an 
excellent preparation, not only stronger, but more uniform, and therefore more to be relied on, 
than any other extract of stramonium. As the seeds yield their virtues more freely to spirit 
than to water alone, the Pharmacopoeias have very properly adopted diluted alcohol as the 
menstruum. The use of 70 per cent, alcohol by the British Pharmacopoeia will probably 
make a stronger extract by rejecting some of the inert constituents of the seeds soluble in 
water ; but, on the other hand, a larger proportion of inert fixed oil will be found in the British 
extract than in that made by the U. S. process, which employs diluted alcohol. According to 
the table of Recluz, sixteen ounces of the seed afford two ounces and two drachms of extract 
by maceration in diluted alcohol, and one ounce and a half by decoction. Dose, from one- 
sixth to one-quarter of a grain (0010-0-016 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM STRAMONII SEMINIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract 
of Stramonium Seed. [Extractum Stramonii Fluidum, Pharm. 1880.] 
(EX-TRAC'TUM STRA-MO'NI-I SEM'l-NIS FLU'l-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Semences de Stramoine, Fr.; Fliissiges Stechapfelsamen-Extrakt, G. 
“ Stramonium Seed, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6 £ fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 
minims] of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] 
of Water, and, having moistened the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluid- 
ounces, 366 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough 
menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding men- 
struum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Stramonium 
Seed is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. 
(122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum Extradum Strophanthi.—Extradum Taraxad. 
598 
PART I. 
to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J 
fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a fluid extract the menstruum of which is well adapted for thoroughly exhausting 
the seed. It is of a dark brown color. The dose is from one to two minims (0-06-0-12 C.c ). 
EXTRACTUM STROPHANTHI. Br. Extract of Strophanthus. 
(ex-trXc'tum stro-phan'thi.) 
“ Strophanthus Seeds, reduced to No. 30 powder, and dried at 110° F. (43-3° C.), 1 ounce 
(Imperial) or 25 grammes ; Purified Ether, Alcohol (90 per cent.), Milk Sugar, of each a 
sufficient quantity. Pack the dried powder in a percolator, and, having moistened it with the 
Ether, macerate for twenty-four hours ; then allow percolation to proceed, continuing the addi- 
tion of the Ether until the liquid passes through colorless. Remove the marc from the per- 
colator, and dry it, gradually heating it to 120° F. (48-9° C.). Again reduce it to powder, 
repack in the percolator, and moisten with the Alcohol. Macerate for forty eight hours, then 
pour on successive quantities of the Alcohol, percolating slowly, until half a pint (Imp. meas.) 
or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of liquid is obtained. Evaporate most of the 
alcohol; transfer the residual liquid to a counterpoised basin ; concentrate until the liquid 
begins to thicken ; then add sufficient finely powdered Milk Sugar to produce two ounces (Imp.) 
or fifty grammes of Extract, in powder.” Br. 
This new preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia closely resembles an “ abstract” of the 
U. S. P. 1880; an important detail, in our opinion, has been neglected in not washing the fatty 
matter extracted by the ether with diluted alcohol to remove active constituents held by the 
fatty substances, then evaporating the solution and incorporating the residue with the extract. 
The U. S. and Br. processes for the tincture overcome the necessity for the use of ether by 
employing alcohol containing enough water to leave the fatty matters in the percolator residue, 
and the same expedient might have proved of value in the process for this preparation. 
This extract fills a very decided want of a solid preparation of strophanthus that can be 
administered in pill and capsule, and is without doubt efficient. The dose as given in the 
British Pharmacopoeia is from one-quarter to one grain (0-016-0-06 Gm.). A grain of it 
may be considered to represent ten minims of the U. S. tincture of strophanthus. 
EXTRACTUM TARAXACI. U. S., Br. Extract of Taraxacum. 
(BX-TRAC'TUM TA-RAX'A-Cl.) 
Extract of Dandelion; Extrait de Dent-de-Lion, Fr.; Lowenzahn-Extrakt, G. 
“Taraxacum, freshly gathered in autumn, a convenient quantity, Water, a sufficient quantity. 
Slice the Taraxacum, and bruise it in a stone mortar, sprinkling Water over it from time to 
time, until it is reduced to a pulp; then express and strain the juice, and evaporate it in a 
vacuum-apparatus, or in a shallow porcelain dish, by means of a water-bath, to a pilular con- 
sistence. Keep the Extract in a close vessel, and cover its surface with a cloth, which ought 
to be moistened occasionally with a little ether or chloroform.” U. S. 
“ Crush fresh Taraxacum Root; press out the juice; allow the feculence to subside; heat 
the liquid to 212° F. (100° C.), and maintain the temperature for ten minutes; strain; evap- 
orate to the consistence of a soft extract.” Br. 
This extract is undoubtedly stronger prepared from the root alone than from the whole plant. 
It is important that the root should be collected at the right season. The juice expressed from 
it in the spring is thin, watery, and of a feeble flavor; in the latter part of the summer, and in 
autumn, thick, opaque, cream-colored, very bitter, and abundant, amounting to one-third or one- 
half its weight. It may be collected in August, and afterwards until severe frost. According 
to Mr. Squire, frost has the effect of diminishing the bitterness and increasing the sweetness 
of the root. An extract prepared by inspissating the juice, as in the present U. S. and Br. 
processes, is much more efficient than that prepared in the old way by decoction. The inspissa- 
tion should be effected by exposing the juice in shallow vessels to a current of warm dry air, 
or by evaporation in a vacuum, and should not be unnecessarily protracted. Long exposure 
during evaporation changes the bitterness of the juice into sweetness, which is a sign of infe- 
riority. In the British process it is wisely directed that before the evaporation of the juice 
it shall be exposed for a short time to a heat sufficient to coagulate the albumen, which is then 
separated and rejected as useless; it is indeed injurious, by favoring decomposition. As often 
found in the shops, the extract is dark-colored, sweet, and in all probability nearly inert. Mr. PART I. 
Extractum, Taraxaci Fluidum.—Extractum Tritid Fluidum, 
599 
Houlton took more than an ounce of it in a day, without any sensible effect. (P. J. Tr., i. 421.) 
When prepared from the root and leaves together, it has a greenish color. Mr. Brande states 
that one cwt. of the fresh root affords from twenty to twenty-five pounds of extract by decoction 
in water. The expressed juice yields from 11 to 25 per cent, of extract, the greatest product 
being obtained from plants collected in November, and the least in April and May. This extract 
deteriorates by keeping, and the official direction to apply occasionally the vapor of chloroform 
or ether to the surface is useful in this connection. It is conveniently given in an aromatic 
water. The dose is from a scruple to a drachm (1-3-3-95 Gm.) three times a day. 
EXTRACTUM TARAXACI FLUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Fluid Extract of 
Taraxacum. 
(ex-trXc'tum ta-rax'a-ci flu'i-dum.) 
Extractum Taraxaci Liquidum, Br.; Liquid Extract of Dandelion; Fluid Extract of Dandelion; Extrait 
liquide de Pissenlit, Fr.; Fliissiges Lowenzahn-Extrakt, G. 
“ Taraxacum, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand, cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6J fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 
69 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
Diluted Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
Diluted Alcohol, until the Taraxacum is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate; distil off the Alcohol from 
the remainder by means of a water-bath, and evaporate the residue to a soft extract; dissolve 
this in the reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
“ Taraxacum Root, dried, in No. 20 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Alco- 
hol (60 per cent.), 2 pints (Imp. meas.) or 2000 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the powdered Taraxacum Root with the Alcohol; set aside in a closed vessel 
for forty-eight hours ; press out ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres 
of liquid; set the latter aside; mix the pressed residue with two pints (Imp. meas.) or two 
thousand cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; set aside for forty-eight hours; press out 
and strain the liquid ; evaporate to about ten [ftuid~\ ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic 
centimetres; mix the two liquids; if necessary make up the volume to twenty fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres by the addition of Distilled Water; filter.” Br. 
It is to be regretted that the Br. Pharm. (1898) did not adopt percolation for this preparation, 
as it can be practised here with great success. 
The activity depends more upon the proper selection of the root than upon anything else. 
The process of exhausting the drug is not difficult, and one of the best tests of this fluid 
extract is its bitter taste. It is a blackish, moderately thick liquid, which may be given in 
doses of from one to three fluidrachms (3-75—11-25 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM TRITICI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Triticum. 
Fluid Extract of Couch-grass Root; Extrait liquide de petit Chiendent, Fr.; Fliissiges Queckenwurzel-Extrakt, G. 
“ Triticum, finely cut, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, Water, 
each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6} 
fluidrachms]. Pack the Triticum in a cylindrical percolator, pour Boiling Water upon it, and 
allow the percolation to proceed, supplying boiling water, as required, until the Triticum is 
exhausted. Evaporate the percolate to seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluid- 
ounces, 173 minims], and, having added to it two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters] or 8 fluid- 
ounces, 218 minims] of Alcohol, mix well and set it aside for forty-eight hours. Then filter 
the liquid and add to the filtrate enough of a mixture of Alcohol and Water made in the pro- 
portion of one volume of Alcohol to three volumes of Water to make the Fluid Extract measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6 J fluidrachms].” U S. 
In making this fluid extract in warm weather, it is advisable to commence evaporating the 
percolate before the drug is exhausted, or fermentation may set in; triticum contains ferment- 
able sugars, and dilute aqueous solutions do not keep well. 
This fluid extract is a valuable preparation. The German Pharmacopoeia directs an Extrac- 
(EX-TRAC'TUM TRIT'I-CI FLU'l-DUM.) 600 
Extractum IJvse Ursi.—Extractum Valerianse Fluidum. 
PART I. 
turn Graminis, made by digesting 1 part of Triticum with 6 parts of hot water for six hours, 
straining, evaporating to a syrup, mixing 1 part of this extract with 4 parts of cold distilled 
water, filtering, and evaporating to an extract. The fluid extract is preferable, as the excessive 
use of heat is avoided. The dose is from three to six fluidrachms (11-25-22-5 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM UWE URSI. U. S. Extract of Uva Ursi 
(EX-TRAC'TUM U'VjE UR'S!.) 
“ Uva Ursi, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 
minims] of Alcohol with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Water, 
and, having moistened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough men- 
struum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop 
from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate 
for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding menstruum, using 
the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Uva Ursi is exhausted. Re- 
serve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate; 
evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to one hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Mix this with the reserved portion, and evaporate, 
at or below the before-mentioned temperature, on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
On account of its efficiency and its capability of being given in capsule, this new preparation 
ought to be extremely popular. Dose, from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.). 
EXTRACTUM UVJE URSI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Uva Ursi. 
(ex-trXc'tum u'vje ur's! flu-i-dum.) 
Extrait liquide de Busserole, Fr.; Fliissiges Barentraubenblatter-Extrakt, G. 
“ Uva Ursi, in No. 30 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. 
Mix the Glycerin with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Alcohol 
and five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Water, and, having mois- 
tened the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of the 
mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator; then add enough menstruum to sat- 
urate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the per- 
colator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding, first, the remainder of the 
menstruum, and afterwards a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the proportion of two 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Alcohol to five hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Water, until the Uva Ursi is exhausted. Reserve 
the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and 
evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dis- 
solve this in the reserved portion, and add enough of the mixture of Alcohol and Water to make 
the Fluid Extract measure owe thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6$ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This preparation is a thickish, black liquid, of a sweet, bitterish, astringent, but not very 
disagreeable taste. The dose is from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM VALERIANAE FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Va- 
lerian. 
(EX-TRXC'TUM VA-LE-RI-A'NiE FLU'l-DUM.) 
Extrait liquide de Val6riane, Fr.; Fliissiges Baldrian-Extrakt, G. 
“ Valerian, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Max seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] 
of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 217 minims] of 
Water, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluid- 
ounces, 69 minims] of the mixture, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough 
menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, PAET i. 
Extractum Veratri Viridis Fluidum. 
601 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding 
menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the Valerian is 
exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounees, 356 
minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. 
(122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum 
to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounees, 6J 
drachms].” U. S. 
This is a concentrated tincture, strong both in alcohol and in the virtues of valerian. It is 
probable that all or nearly all the volatile ingredients of the root are extracted by the reserved 
portion which first passes, and which, not being exposed to evaporation, loses none of the vol- 
atile oil and acid that have been dissolved; while the soluble matter subsequently extracted, 
consisting chiefly of the fixed principles, will not be dissipated by the concentration ordered. 
The fluid extract may therefore be considered as fully representing the virtues of the root. 
The formula is, with some modification, that of Prof. Grahame (A. J. P., xxi. 379). The 
preparation is a dark brownish-red liquid, transparent in thin layers, with the smell and taste 
of valerian. The dose is about a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM VERATRI VIRIDIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Veratrum Viride. 
Extrait iiquide de Ye rat re americain, Fr.j Fliissiges Griingermerwurz-Extrakt, G. 
“ Veratrum Viride, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounees, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounees, 69 
minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from 
the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 
forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the 
Veratrum Viride is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluid- 
ounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not ex- 
ceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft extract; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add 
enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
It may be doubted whether this fluid extract is among those demanded by the wants of the 
profession. We have already a tincture, which, supposing none of the virtues of the medi- 
cine to be lost in preparing the fluid extract, will be at least half as strong, and at all events 
is quite strong enough. It is true that the proportion of alcohol is somewhat less in the fluid 
extract; but in so powerful a preparation this is of little consequence. The tincture itself 
purports to be saturated; and, though it is probable that, by the concentration of the alcoholic 
solution, more of the active matter is held by it in the same measure of alcohol than by the 
tincture, the necessity of multiplying the number of preparations of a powerful drug where 
the dose is small is not apparent. It would be injudicious to prescribe more of it, as a com- 
mencing dose, than from one to two minims (0-06—0-12 C.c.). 
(EX-TBXe'TUM YE-RA'TR! yIr'I-DIS FLtr'l-DUM.) 
EXTRACTUM VIBURNI OPULI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Viburnum Opulus. 
(ex-trXc'tum vi-buii'n! op'u-l! flu'i-dum.) 
Fluid Extract of Cramp Bark. 
“ Viburnum Opulus, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains}; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 6£ fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounees, 173 
minims] of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounees, 218 minims] 
of Water, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluid- 
ounces, 69 minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the per- 
colator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually 602 
Extractum Viburni Prunifolii Fluidum.—Extractum Zingiberis Fluidum. 
part i. 
adding menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the 
Viburnum Opulus is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; 
dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This is a new official fluid extract: there seems to be little necessity for two fluid extracts 
of viburnum. The dose is from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM VIBURNI PRUNIFOLII FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid 
Extract of Viburnum Prunifolium. 
(EX-TRXe'TUM Vi-BUR'NI PRU-NI-FO'LI-I FLU'I-DCM.) 
Fluid Extract of Black Haw; Extrait liquide de Viburne, Fr. 
“ Viburnum Prunifolium, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 65 fluidrachms]. Mix seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluid- 
ounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 
217 minims] of Water, and, having moistened the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters, 
[or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator; 
then add enough menstruum to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the 
liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered 
the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- 
ally adding menstruum, using the same proportions of Alcohol and Water as before, until the 
Viburnum Prunifolium is exhausted. Reserve the first eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft ex- 
tract ; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough menstruum to make the Fluid 
Extract measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms].” U S. 
This is a fluid extract which well represents the drug. It is of a dark reddish-brown color. 
The dose is from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9—3-75 C.c.). 
EXTRACTUM XANTHOXYLI FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of 
Xanthoxylum. 
Fluid Extract of Prickly Ash; Extrait liquide de Frene epineux, Fr.; Fliissiges Zahnwehholz-Extrakt, G. 
“ Xanthoxylum, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ 
fluidrachms]. Moisten the powder with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 
218 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Xan- 
thoxylum is exhausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 
207 minims] of the percolate, and evaporate the remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in 
the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract thoroughly represents the virtues of the drug. The dose is from one-half 
to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
(EX-TRAC'TUM XAN-THOX'Y-LI FLU'I-DUM—zan-thok'ae-li.) 
EXTRACTUM ZINGIBERIS FLUIDUM. U. S. Fluid Extract of Ginger. 
Extrait liquide de Gingeinbre, Fr.; Fliissiges Ingwer-Extrakt, G. 
“ Ginger, in No. 40 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6J fluidrachms]. 
Moisten the powder with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] 
of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until the Ginger is exhausted. 
Ileserve the first nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 207 minims] of the percolate, 
(EX-TKlC'TUM ZIN-giB'E-RIS FLU'I-DUM.) PART I. 
Fel Boris. 
603 
and evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), to a soft ex- 
tract ; dissolve this in the reserved portion, and add enough Alcohol to make the Fluid Extract 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms].” U. S. 
This fluid extract is a highly concentrated alcoholic solution of the active principles of ginger. 
It is transparent, and of a reddish color. Dose, from ten to twenty minims (0-6-1-25 C.c.). 
FEL BOVIS. U.S. Oxgall. [Fel Tauri.l 
(FEL BO'VIS.) 
“ The fresh bile of Bos Taurus, Linne (class, Mammalia; order, Ruminantia).” U. S. 
Chemical researches of a very thorough character have thrown much light on the subject of 
the constituents of gall. The most characteristic constituents of all galls, of whatever origin, 
are, first, the sodium or potassium salts of certain resinous acids known collectively as the 
“ gall-acids,” and, secondly, certain coloring matters known as “ gall-pigments.” The gall acids 
thus far made known are glycocholie acid, C26H43N0e ; taurocholic acid, C26H45NS07 ; hyogly- 
cocholic acid, C27H43N06; hyotaurocholic acid, C27H45NSOe; and chenotaurocholic acid, 
C29H49NS0e. Of these, the first two occur in oxgall as sodium salts, although sometimes (in 
green gall) the first one is absent. The bilicholic acid and bilifellinic acid of Berzelius, as 
well as fellic and fellinic acids, appear to have been mixtures. The solutions of these gall- 
acids, as well as their alkaline salts, give on addition of sugar and a drop of sulphuric acid a 
clear and strong purplish-red color (Pettenkofer’s gall test). Dreclisel modifies Pettenkofer’s 
test as follows. Add to the concentrated alkaline solution of the biliary salts syrupy phos- 
phoric acid. Next add a little cane sugar, and heat the test-tube by setting it in the neck of 
a flask containing boiling water. After a short heating a characteristic red or reddish-violet 
color will make its appearance, even if only traces of biliary acids are present. (N. R., 1882, 
p. 120.) They are also decomposed by the action of baryta water into non-nitrogenous acids 
and amido-compounds, as will be seen in the following reactions: 
+ h2o = c24h40o, + CLH,Not 
Glycocholie 
acid. 
Cnolic acid. 
Glycine. 
c26h45no7s + h20 = c24h40o5 + c2h7no3s. 
The gall-pigments are such unstable organic coloring matters that their individuality can- 
not be said to be thoroughly established. The researches of Staedeler ( Verhand. d. Naturf. 
Ges. in Zurich, 8) and R. Maly (Ann. Ch. vnd Pharm., 132, 129) have, however, given 
us a better knowledge of them. They are bilirubin, C32H36N.06; biliverdin, C32H30N4O0; 
bilifuscin, CieH20N204 (?) ; and biliprasin, C16H22N206 (?). Of these, the first two seem to 
exist originally in the gall, and the others are probably derived from them. Hoppe-Seyler 
(Deut. Chem. Ges. JBer., 7, p. 1065) has shown that the haemoglobin and haematin of the blood 
can be changed into hydrobilirubin, a derivative of bilirubin, so that the origin of these gall- 
pigments seems to be clearly shown. Oxgall contains, in addition, cholesterine, choline, urea, 
fats, which are the glycerides of acetic and propionic acids, mucus, and some inorganic salts, 
such as sodium and potassium chlorides, and sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium phos- 
phates. The sodium glycocholate and taurocholate may be separated in the following manner. 
Dry ox-bile is treated with absolute alcohol, and the tincture precipitated by ether in excess. 
Both salts are deposited, and the glycocholate crystallizes upon standing, the taurocholate re- 
maining in an amorphous form, resembling oily or resinous matter. They may be separated 
more completely by taking advantage of their different relations to lead acetate and subacetate. 
Both the acids are precipitated by the subacetate, the glycocholate only by the acetate. If the 
deposit above referred to be dissolved in water, solution of lead acetate will throw down a lead 
glycocholate, while the addition of the lead subacetate to the remainder will precipitate the 
taurocholate. The acids may be separated from the salts of lead by sulphuric acid, and then 
recombined with soda. 
Properties. “ A brownish-green or dark-green, somewhat viscid liquid, having a peculiar, 
unpleasant odor, and a disagreeable, bitter taste. Specific gravity, 1-018 to 1-028 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). It is neutral, or has a faintly alkaline reaction on litmus paper. A mixture of 2 
drops of Oxgall and 10 C.c. of water, when treated, first with a drop of a freshly-prepared 
solution of 1 part of sugar in 4 parts of water, and afterwards with sulphuric acid, cautiously 
added, until the precipitate first formed is redissolved, gradually acquires a brownish-red color 
changing, successively, to carmine, purple, and violet.” U. S. 
Taurocholic 
acid. 
Cnolic acid. 
Taurine. Fel Bovis Purificatum.—Ferri Arsenas. 
604 
PART I. 
FEL BOVIS PURIFICATUM. U. S. (Br.) Purified Oxgall. 
“ The purified gall of the Ox; Bos Taurus.” Br. 1885. 
Fel Bovinum Purifioatum, Hr., Purified Ox Bile; Fel Tauri Depuratum, P. 0.; Extractum Fellis Bovini; Fiel 
de Boeuf purifi6e, Fr.; Gereinigte Ochsengalle (Rindsgalle), G. 
“ Fresh Oxgall, three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] ; Alcohol, one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Evaporate the Oxgall, in a tared 
porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, to about one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains], 
then add to it the Alcohol, mix the whole thoroughly, and set it aside, well covered, for three 
or four days. Then decant the clear solution, filter the remainder, and, having mixed the 
liquids and distilled olf the Alcohol, evaporate the remainder to a pilular consistence.” U. S. 
“ Evaporate one pint (Imperial measure) or five hundred cubic centimetres of fresh Ox Bile 
to one quarter of its volume; shake it with half a pint (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty 
cubic centimetres of Alcohol (90 per cent.) ; set the mixture aside until the solid matter has 
subsided; decant the clear solution, and filter the remainder, washing the filter and contents 
with a little more Alcohol (90 per cent.). Distil off most of the Alcohol from the mixed 
liquids, and evaporate the residue in a porcelain dish, by the heat of a water-bath, until it 
acquires the consistence of a thick extract.” Br. 
The object of this preparation is to furnish purified concentrated Oxgall in a condition fitted 
for internal administration. The addition of Alcohol to the concentrated liquid is for the 
purpose of separating mucilaginous matter. 
Properties. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes Purified Oxgall, and requires it to respond 
to the following tests: “ A yellowish-green, soft solid, having a peculiar odor, and a partly 
sweet and partly bitter taste. Very soluble in water and in alcohol. A solution of 1 part of 
Purified Oxgall in about 100 parts of water behaves towards sugar and sulphuric acid in the 
same manner as the solution mentioned under Oxgall (see Fel Bovis). An aqueous solution 
of Purified Oxgall should be clear, and should remain transparent upon the addition of an 
equal volume of alcohol (evidence of proper purification).” “ A yellowish-green hygroscopic 
substance, having a taste partly sweet and partly bitter, soluble in water and in alcohol (90 
per cent.). A solution in twenty or thirty times its weight of water, when treated, first with 
a drop of freshly made syrup consisting of one part of Refined Sugar and four of water, and 
then with sulphuric acid cautiously added until the precipitate at first formed is redissolved, 
gradually acquires a cherry-red color, which changes in succession to carmine, purple, and 
violet. Its aqueous solution gives no precipitate on the addition of alcohol (90 per cent.) 
(absence of unpurified ox bile).” Br. 
Refined oxgall, much used by painters, is prepared, according to Gray, in the following man- 
ner. Take of “ fresh oxgall, one pint; boil, skim, add one ounce of alum, and keep it on the 
fire for some time ; to another pint, add one ounce of common salt in the same manner; keep 
them bottled up for three months ; then decant off the clear ; mix them in an equal proportion ; 
a thick yellow coagulum is immediately formed, leaving the refined gall clear and colorless.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Bile was formerly highly valued as a remedy in numer- 
ous complaints, and was considered peculiarly applicable to cases attended with deficient biliary 
secretion. Its use has, however, passed out of vogue, perhaps with insufficient reason. We 
have employed it in large doses in catarrhal jaundice with apparently excellent results. Also, 
at our suggestion it has been used by a veterinary surgeon as a local application to sinuses 
and foul sores in horses, with favorable reports; whilst recent researches show that the bile of 
venomous snakes, and probably to a less extent the bile of other animals, is antidotal to snake 
venom. (See Snake Venom, Part II.) The dose of Purified Oxgall is from five to twenty 
grains (0-33-1-30 Gm.). 
(FEL BO'VIS PU-BI-FI-CA'TUM.) 
FERRI ARSENAS. Br. Iron Arsenate. [Arseniate of Iron, 1885.] 
“ Ferrous arsenate, Fe3(As04)2,6H20, with ferric arsenate and some iron oxide.” Br. 
Ferrous Arsenate; ArsSniate de Fer, Fr.; Arsensaures Eisen. G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, 20f ounces (Imperial) or 415 grammes; Sodium Arsenate, dried, 261 
ounces (Imp.) or 530 grammes; Sodium Bicarbonate, 4£ ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes; Dis- 
tilled Water, boiling, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Sodium Arsenate in about five pints 
(Imp. meas.) or two litres, and the Ferrous Sulphate in about six pints (Imp. meas.) or two 
(fer'r! ar-se'nas.) part I. 
Ferri Arsenas.—Fern Carbonas Saecharatus. 
605 
thousand four hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; mix the solutions; add the 
Sodium Bicarbonate dissolved in a little cold Distilled Water; stir thoroughly; collect the 
resulting precipitate on a calico filter; wash until free from sulphates; squeeze the washed 
precipitate between folds of strong linen in a screw press; dry it on porous bricks in a warm 
air-chamber, the temperature of which does not exceed 100° F. (37-8° C.).” Br. 
This is an official salt of the British Pharmacopoeia, which as yet is the only one that has 
adopted it. The washed precipitate described in the process is ferrous arsenate (Fe„As208). 
A portion of ferrous arsenate remains dissolved in the solution. This is precipitated by the 
sodium bicarbonate, with the evolution of carbonic acid gas. 
Ferrous arsenate is white when first formed, but quickly turns green on exposure to the air 
during the process of washing and drying, and finally becomes a ferroso-ferric arsenate of the 
probable composition 3Fe(Fe0)As04.16H20. It is an amorphous powder, without smell or 
taste, insoluble in water, but readily dissolved by hydrochloric acid. The British Pharmacopoeia 
gives the following characters of the salt: “ A tasteless amorphous powder of a greenish color, 
insoluble in water, but readily dissolved by hydrochloric acid. It affords the reactions charac- 
teristic of ferrous and ferric salts and of arsenates. Each gramme dissolved in an excess of 
sulphuric acid diluted with water should not cease to give a blue precipitate with solution of 
potassium ferricyanide until at least 6-7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of potassium 
bichromate have been added, corresponding to nearly 12? per cent, of hydrous, or 10 per cent, 
of anhydrous, ferrous arsenate. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for 
sulphates.” The quantitative test proves that there is a due proportion of ferrous oxide pres- 
ent ; for the potassium bichromate oxidizes the ferrous oxide, and until this is wholly con- 
verted into ferric oxide a blue precipitate continues to be produced, ceasing, however, when 
the conversion is complete. 
Medical Properties. Ferrous arsenate is said to unite the virtues of the two metals 
which enter into its composition ; but the quantity of iron in any permissible dose is so small 
as to be nearly or quite insignificant; and the activity of the medicine is in fact due to the 
arsenic alone. The complaints in which it has been found efficient are those in which arsenic 
in other forms has proved to be a most valuable remedy; and, judging from our own observa- 
tion, there is no one of them in which the common solution of potassium arsenite will not pro- 
duce all the effects that can be obtained from the arsenical preparations, with which this ought 
undoubtedly to be ranked rather than with the chalybeates. Should the coexistence of an 
anaemic state of the system with any disease requiring the use of arsenic indicate the joint 
use of iron, it would be unsafe to depend on ferrous arsenate alone. This remedy is pecu- 
liarly useful in chronic affections of the skin, especially those of a scaly character, as lepra, 
psoriasis, and the advanced stage of eczema and impetigo. It is useful also in lupus, and, 
mixed with twelve times its weight of simple cerate, may be employed externally in cancerous 
ulcers, though much caution is requisite. The dose is from the eighth to the tenth of a grain 
(0-008—0-006 Gm.), of which about one-half only is ferrous oxide; given in pill, three times 
a day. (See Syrupus Ferri Arsenatis, Part II., National Formulary.) 
FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUS. U. S., Br. Saccharated Ferrous 
Carbonate. 
“Ferrous oxycarbonate, xFeC03,tyFe(0H)2, more or less oxidized, mixed with sugar; the 
ferrous salt, if reckoned as carbonate, FeC03, forming about one-third of the mixture.” Br. 
Saccharated Iron Carbonate; Saccharated Carbonate of Iron ; Ferrum Carbonicum Saccharatum, P. G.; Carbonas 
Ferrosus Saecharatus; Saccharure de Carbonate ferreux, Fr.; Zuckerhaltiges Kohlensaures Eisen, G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce ay., 334 grains] ; Sodium Bicarbonate, thirty- 
jive grammes [or 1 ounce av., 102 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, Distilled Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains]. Dissolve the 
Ferrous Sulphate in two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of hot Dis- 
tilled Water, and the Sodium Bicarbonate in jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 17 fluidounces] 
of Distilled Water at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122° F.), and filter the solutions 
separately. To the solution of Sodium Bicarbonate contained in a flask having a capacity of 
about one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fluidrachms] add, gradually, the 
solution of Ferrous Sulphate, and mix thoroughly by rotating the flask. Fill up the flask with 
boiling Distilled Water, cork it loosely, and set the mixture aside. When the precipitate has 
subsided, draw off the clear, supernatant liquid by means of a siphon, and then fill the flask 
(FER'RI CAR'BO-Nls SAC-£HA-RA'TUS.) 606 
Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus. 
PART I. 
again with hot Distilled Water, and shake it. Again draw off the clear liquid, and repeat the 
washing with hot Distilled Water in the same manner until the decanted liquid gives not 
more than a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Finally drain the precipitate 
thoroughly on a muslin strainer, transfer it to a porcelain capsule containing eighty grammes 
[or 2 ounces av., 359 grains] of Sugar, and mix intimately. Evaporate the mixture to dry- 
ness, by means of a water-batli, reduce it to powder, and mix intimately with it, if necessary, 
enough well-dried Sugar to make the final product weigh one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces 
av., 230 grains]. Keep the product in small, well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Ammonium Carbonate, 1J ounces 
(Imp.) or 25 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 2 gallons (Imp. meas.) or 6400 cubic centi- 
metres; Refined Sugar, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes. Dissolve the Ferrous Sulphate and 
the Ammonium Carbonate each in one-quarter of the Distilled Water; add the former to the 
latter with brisk stirring, in a deep cylindrical vessel; cover this so as to protect it as much as 
possible from the air; set the mixture aside for twenty-four hours; separate the supernatant 
liquid from the precipitate by means of a siphon ; pour on the remainder of the Distilled 
Water; stir well; after subsidence remove the clear liquid ; collect the precipitate on a calico 
filter; subject it to expression ; triturate it with the Refined Sugar in a porcelain mortar; dry 
the mixture at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. 
This was introduced into the U. S. P. in 1880 ; the process is identical with that of the 
former German Pharmacopoeia. It is to be regretted that the author of the formula did not 
adopt the expedient of adding sugar or syrup to the solutions of the two salts, and to the water 
used for washing, to protect the precipitate as soon as it was formed. When solutions of fer- 
rous sulphate and sodium carbonate are mixed together, there are formed, by double decom- 
position, sodium sulphate which remains in solution, and ferrous carbonate which falls as a 
pale-blue precipitate. This precipitate begins immediately to alter in nature by the absorption 
of oxygen, and, if washed and dried in the ordinary way, becomes ferric oxide, associated with 
a small quantity of the ferrous carbonate, which has escaped change. As the preparations of 
iron containing ferrous oxide are the most esteemed, the change which this precipitate under- 
goes has always been a matter of regret, and various attempts have been made to prevent it. 
Saccharine matter has been ascertained to possess the required preservative properties; and in 
the preparation under consideration it is used to prevent the ferrous carbonate as first pre- 
cipitated from passing into the ferric hydrate. 
Dr. Becker, a German physician, was the first to suggest the use of saccharine matter as a 
means of protection against the absorption of oxygen ; and the idea was carried out by Klauer, 
a German chemist, who first made the saccharated ferrous carbonate. The use of boiling dis- 
tilled water in the process is to avoid the action of the air contained in unboiled water. The 
washed precipitate is pressed so as to free it from water as far as possible, and then incorporated 
with the sugar in fine powder. The mode of treating the precipitate unnecessarily exposes it 
to the action of the air; and the late London method of incorporating it with the sugar im- 
mediately after washing was on this account preferable. The final drying heat should not 
exceed 54-5° C. (130° F.).* (See Archiv d. Pharm., Jan. 1878; N. R., 1878, 1881.) 
Properties. “ A greenish-brown powder, gradually becoming oxidized by contact with air, 
without odor, and having at first a sweetish, afterwards a slightly ferruginous, taste. Only 
partially soluble in water, but completely soluble in hydrochloric acid, with copious evolution 
of carbonic acid gas, forming a clear, greenish-yellow liquid. If 1 Gm. of Saccharated Fer- 
rous Carbonate be dissolved in 5 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and the solution diluted with water 
to the measure of 50 C.c., portions of this solution will afford a blue precipitate with both po- 
tassium ferrocyanide test-solution and potassium ferricyanide test-solution, but should not be 
affected by barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). If 1-16 (1-1573) Gm. of Sac- 
* Saccharated Ferric Oxide. Saccharum Ferrugineum. This is a combination of sugar and ferric oxide. It is 
soluble and of a pure sweet taste. According to the method of Siebert, to prepare it dissolve two parts of iron in 
twenty-four parts of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1*2; evaporate the filtrate to fifteen parts; when quite cool, dissolve twelve 
parts of sugar in the filtrate, and add an excess of a solution of twelve parts of sugar in twelve parts of 20-per-cent, 
ammonia water. After setting aside for twenty-four hours, precipitate this with four or five times its volume of strong 
alcohol; collect the precipitate, partially dry with bibulous paper, intimately mix the moist mass with its own 
weight of powdered sugar, and dry by a moderate heat. It is a good antidote for arsenic. (A. J. P., xl. 324, 326. 
See also Neuee Repertor. fiir Pharm., xviii. 36.) Keutmann (Int. Pharm. Gen. Anz., 1893, 214) dissolves ferrous 
sulphate in water, precipitates the solution (placed in a bottle) with ammonia water, fills the bottle with water, de- 
cants, washing the precipitate repeatedly with hot water; the precipitate is placed in a porcelain dish containing 
pulverized sugar warmed, a small quantity of alkali added, and hydrogen peroxide added to complete the oxidation; 
the mixture is then dried. PART I. 
Ferri Cctrbonas Saccharatus.— Ferri Chloridum. 
607 
charated Ferrous Carbonate be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, and the solution 
diluted with water to about 100 C.c., it should require about 15 C.c. of potassium permanga- 
nate decinormal volumetric solution to impart a permanent pink tint to the liquid, correspond- 
ing to about 15 per cent, of ferrous carbonate (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 
1 per cent, of pure Ferrous Carbonate).” U. S. 
Saccharated ferrous carbonate is frequently seen in small coherent lumps, usually of a grayish- 
brown color, permanent in the air, having a sweet, styptic taste, and wholly and readily soluble 
in warm hydrochloric acid, diluted with half its volume of water, with effervescence. According 
to the British Pharmacopoeia, it is in “ Small coherent lumps or powder, of a brownish-gray 
color with a sweet, feebly chalybeate taste. It dissolves with effervescence in warm hydrochlo- 
ric acid diluted with half its volume of water. Each gramme, dissolved in excess of warm 
Concentrated Phosphoric Acid and diluted with icater, should not cease to give a blue precipi- 
tate with solution of potassium ferricyanide until at least 29 cubic centimetres of the volumetric 
solution of potassium bichromate have been added. It should yield only the slightest charac- 
teristic reactions with the tests for sulphates.” The presence of ferric oxide is a defect, which 
is avoided in Yallet’s ferruginous mass. 
Its solution in dilute hydrochloric acid is but slightly affected by potassium ferrocyanide, 
showing the presence of the ferric salt in only small proportion, but yields a copious blue pre- 
cipitate with the ferricyanide, proving the abundance of the ferrous compound. The same 
solution should give but a very slight precipitate with barium chloride, evincing that very little 
either of ferrous or of sodium sulphate has escaped the washing process. The quantitative 
tests determine the quantity of ferrous salt present, requiring the stated amount of the bichro- 
mate to convert it into the ferric chloride. 
Medical Properties. This preparation is an excellent chalybeate, possessing the advan- 
tages of having nearly all the iron in it in the ferrous state, and of being readily soluble in 
acids. Originally introduced into the official list by the Edinburgh College, it appeared for the 
first time in the Dublin and London Pharmacopoeias of 1850 and 1851. It is undoubtedly 
more active than the ferric subcarbonate, and must be used in a smaller dose. It is, however, 
inferior to Vallet’s ferruginous mass, in the preparation of which the anti-oxidizing influence 
of saccharine matter is more fully applied. The dose of the saccharated ferrous carbonate is 
from five to thirty grains (0-33-1-95 Gm.), given in the form of pill. 
FERRI CHLORIDUM. U. S. Ferric Chloride. 
Chloride of Iron; Ferrum Sesquichloratum, P. G.; Ferrum Muriaticum Oxydatum, Chloridum vel Chloruretum 
Ferricum, Ferri Perchloridum; Ferric Chloride; Perehlorure de Fer, Chlorure ferrique, Fr.; Eisenchlorid, G. 
“ Iron, in the form of fine, bright wire, and cut into small pieces, fifteen grammes [or 231 
grains] ; Hydrochloric Acid, Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Introduce 
the Iron wire into a flask having a capacity of about two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluid- 
ounces, 366 grains], pour upon it fifty-four grammes [or 1 fluidounce, 274 minims] of Hydro- 
chloric Acid, previously diluted with twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 405 minims] of Distilled 
Water, and let the mixture stand in a moderately warm place until effervescence ceases; then 
heat it to the boiling point, filter it through paper, and, having rinsed the flask and Iron wire 
with a little hot Distilled Water, pass the rinsings through the filter. To the filtered liquid add 
twenty-eight grammes [or 390 minims] of Hydrochloric Acid, add the mixture, slowly and 
gradually, in a stream, to eight grammes [or 92 minims] of Nitric Acid, contained in a capa- 
cious porcelain vessel, and warm gently. After effervescence ceases, apply heat, by means of a 
sand-bath, until the liquid is free from nitrous odor. Then test a few drops of the liquid, di- 
luted with water, with freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution. Should this re- 
agent produce a blue color, add a little more Nitric Acid, drop by drop, as long as effervescence 
is observed, and evaporate off the excess. Then add five grammes [or 70 minims] of Hydro- 
chloric Acid, and enough Distilled Water to make the whole weigh sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 
51 grains], and set this aside, covered with glass, until it forms a solid crystalline mass. Lastly, 
break the salt into pieces, and keep it in a glass-stoppered bottle, protected from light.” U. S. 
This formula of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia has been adopted with but little alteration from 
that of Wittstein. (Pract. Pharm. Ohem., Darby’s transl., p. 265.) When iron is heated with 
hydrochloric acid, water is decomposed, the hydrogen escapes with effervescence, and the 
oxygen uniting with the iron forms ferrous oxide, which reacts with the hydrochloric acid to 
Fe2 Clfi. 12H2 O ; 539*50. (FER'RI )3HL0'RI-DUM.) Fe2 Cl6.12H2 0 ; 540-2. 608 
Ferri Chloridum. 
PART I. 
form water and ferrous chloride.* The next step of the process is to convert the ferrous 
chloride into the ferric salt. This is effected by treating it with hydrochloric and nitric acids 
and heating till red fumes no longer escape. The following reaction explains this: 6FeCl? -f- 
2HNOa -j- 6HC1 = 3Fe2Cle -f- 2NO -f 4H20. The solution is then evaporated, and, on cooling, 
concretes into a crystalline mass. The relative proportions of iron and the two acids are 
adjusted very nearly to the production of these results. There are two crystallized hydrates, 
one, Fe2Cle 6H20, which is very deliquescent, the other, Fe2Cl6 -j- 12HaO, which is less so, 
but which, when stood over sulphuric acid, liquefies and slowly deposits crystals of the first 
hydrate, Fe?Cle -f- 6H20, losing half of its water of hydration.f 
Properties. It is in fragments of a crystalline structure, an orange-yellow color, inodorous, 
and of a strong chalybeate and styptic taste and an acid reaction. It is “ very deliquescent in 
moist air. Freely and completely soluble in water and in alcohol; also in a mixture of 1 part 
of ether and 3 parts of alcohol. At 35-5° C. (96° F.) the salt melts, forming a reddish-brown 
liquid. When strongly heated, it decomposes with the loss of water and hydrochloric acid, 
while the anhydrous salt sublimes, leaving a residue of ferric oxide. The dilute, aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt is acid to litmus paper, yields a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, 
a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, and a white one, insoluble in nitric acid, 
with silver nitrate test-solution. If the iron be completely precipitated from a solution of the 
salt by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and should not yield either 
a white or a dark-colored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of zi?ic or 
copper) ; nor should it leave a fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (absence of salts 
of the fixed alkalies). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of 
equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute solution of the salt, the 
crystal should not become colored brown, nor should there be a brownish-black color developed 
around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a dilute solution of the salt a few drops of freshly 
prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution be added, a pure brown color should be produced, 
without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). A 1-per-cent, aqueous solution 
of the salt, when boiled in a test-tube, should remain clear (absence of oxychloride). If 0-56 
(0-5588) Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 
100 C.c.), in 10 C.c. of water and 2 C.e. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. 
of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), 
then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require 20 C.c. of sodium 
hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid 
(each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. It con- 
tains a variable proportion of water according to the crystalline forms it is made to assume, having 
about 40 per cent., or twelve mols., when in fine acicular crystals, and only 22 per cent., or five 
mols. when in the form of larger tables. (Brande and Taylor.) Its solution in water gives with 
ammonia a brown precipitate of ferric oxide, and does not yield a blue one with potassium 
ferricyanide, proving the absence of ferrous chloride. 
Ferric chloride is used almost exclusively in the form of tincture or liquor; and in refer- 
ence to its effect and application we refer to Tinctura Ferri Chloridi and Liquor Ferri Chloridi. 
Excepting deliquescence, it keeps without change. When used, it may be dissolved in water in 
such proportions as may be required. Six, three, two, and one and a half drachms to a fluid- 
ounce of water have been recommended; the stronger solutions being used in the treatment 
of varices, the weaker for injection into aneurisms, and for application to bleeding surfaces, 
etc. Mr. J. Z. Lawrence, of England, has used it as a styptic in a semi-deliquesced state 
and found it extremely efficient. He keeps it in a bottle, in which it gradually deliquesces ; and 
while it is in this condition he applies the thick liquid portion, by means of a brush of spun 
glass, to the bleeding surface. 
* The Paris Pharmaceutical Society have adopted the following preparations of ferrous chloride, made by dis- 
solving iron in hydrochloric acid and evaporating the filtered solution rapidly to dryness. 
Syrup of Ferrous Chloride. Dissolve 5 grammes of dry ferrous chloride in 20 grammes of orange-flower water, 
and add 800 grammes syrup of gum and 175 grammes syrup of orange-flower. (See, also, Syrupus Ferri Protochlo- 
ridi, Part II., National Formulary.) 
Pills of Ferrous Chloride. Dry ferrous chloride, powdered marshmallow-root, each 10 grammes, mucilage suffi- 
cient. Make into 100 pills, which are to be silvered. 
f Syrupus Ferri Chloridi (Edel). Syrup of Iron Chloride. Take of Solution of Chloride of Iron (U. S. P.), 160, 
minims; Potassium Citrate, 224 grains; Citric Acid, 60 grains; Water, 8 fluidounces; Glycerin, 5 fluidounces; 
Syrup, 16 fluidounces. Dissolve tbe potassium citrate and citric acid in the water, add the iron solution, and when 
the reaction ceases filter the solution, then add the glycerin and syrup. {Drug. Circ., 1894, 246.) Ferri Citras.—Ferri et Ammonii Citras. 
609 
PART I. 
FERRI CITRAS. U. S. Ferric Citrate. 
Citrate of Iron; Ferrum Citricum Oxydatum, P. G.; Citras Ferricus; Ferric Citrate, E.; Citrate de Sesquioxyde de 
Fer, Citrate ferrique, Fr.; Citronensaures Eisenoxyd, Eisencitrat, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Citrate, a convenient quantity. Evaporate the solution on a water-bath, 
at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on 
plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in 
well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. Ferric citrate as made by the official 
formula is not a definite chemical salt, but a compound containing ferric citrate, to which the 
following formula has been assigned : Fe2(CeH607)2.6H20; 596-6. 
Properties. Ferric citrate is in “ thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, without odor, and 
having a slightly ferruginous taste. Slowly but completely soluble in cold water, and readily 
soluble in hot water, but diminishing in solubility by age. Insoluble in alcohol. When strongly 
heated, the salt chars, and finally leaves a residue of ferric oxide, which should not have an alka- 
line reaction upon litmus paper (absence of citrates or tartrates of the fixed alkalies). The 
aqueous solution of the salt has an acid reaction, and is not precipitated, but rendered darker 
in color, by ammonia water. With potassium ferrocyanide test-solution it produces a bluish- 
green color or precipitate, which is increased and rendered dark blue by the subsequent addi- 
tion of hydrochloric acid (difference from iron and ammonium citrate). When heated with 
potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, it affords a brownish-red precipitate, without evolving 
any vapor of ammonia. If a 10-per-cent, solution of the salt be deprived of its iron by boiling 
it with an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, and the filtrate be slightly acid- 
ulated with acetic acid, a portion of the cooled liquid, mixed with a little calcium chloride test- 
solution, and again heated to boiling, will gradually afford a white, crystalline precipitate. 
Another portion of the acidulated and cooled liquid, when allowed to stand for some time, should 
not deposit a white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate'). If 0-56 (0-5588) Gm. of the 
salt be dissolved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having the capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 15 C.c. 
of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, with the aid of a gentle heat, and, after the addition 
of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° 
C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require 
about 16 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or 
greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of 
metallic iron).” TJ. S. 
Medical Properties. Ferric citrate was introduced to the notice of the profession, in 
1831, by M. Beral, of Paris. It is a pleasant chalybeate, and is best given in solution. Prof. 
Procter found that a solution of this salt in distilled water, containing 240 grains in a fluid- 
ounce, keeps perfectly, and is very convenient for dispensing. Dose of the salt, from three 
to five grains (0-2-0-33 Gm.). (See Liquor Ferri Citratis.) 
(FfeR'RI Cl'TIilS.) 
FERRI ET AMMONII CITRAS. U. S., Br. Iron and Ammonium 
Citrate. 
(FER'RI ET AM-MO'NI-I Cl'TRlS.) 
Citrate of Iron and Ammonia; Ammonio-Ferric Citrate; Ferri et Ammonias Citras, Br.; Ferrum Citricum Ammo- 
niatum, P. G.; Ferri Ammonio-Citras, Ferro-Ammonium Citricum ; Ammonio-Citrate of Iron, Soluble Citrate of Iron, 
E.; Citrate de Fer et d’Ammoniaque (de Fer ammoniacal), Citrate ferrique ammoniacal, Fr.; Citronensaures Eisen- 
oxyd-Ammonium (Ammoniak), G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Citrate, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Ammonia Water, forty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 169 minims]. Mix the solution of 
Ferric Citrate with the Ammonia Water, evaporate the mixture, by means of a water-bath, at 
a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on 
plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in 
well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, 10 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or a sufficient quantity, or 200 
cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity; Solution of Ammonia, 23 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or a sufficient quantity, or 460 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity; Citric Acid, 4 ounces 
(Imp.) or 80 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Prepare ferric hydroxide as 
follows : Mix sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred and twenty cubic centimetres of 
the Solution of Ammonia with two pints (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred cubic centimetres of 610 
Ferri et Ammonii dims. 
'PART I. 
Distilled Water; gradually add to this the Solution of Ferric Sulphate, previously diluted 
with two pints (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; stir con- 
stantly and briskly, taking care that ammonia is, finally, in slight excess as indicated by the 
odor; set aside the mixture for two hours, stirring it occasionally ; pour it on a calico filter; 
when the liquid has drained away, wash the precipitated ferric hydroxide with Distilled Water 
until free from sulphates. 
“Dissolve the Citric Acid in its own weight of Distilled Water; warm the mixture on a 
water-bath ; add the ferric hydroxide, previously well drained ; stir them together until nearly 
the whole of the hydroxide has dissolved, or until the Citric Acid is saturated with ferric 
hydroxide (prepared, if necessary, from more of the Solution of Ferric Sulphate); let the 
solution cool; add jive and a half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and ten cubic 
centimetres of Solution of Ammonia; filter through flannel, adding some Distilled Water if 
necessary; evaporate to the consistence of syrup, the presence of a very slight excess of 
ammonia being maintained; dry in thin layers on flat porcelain or glass plates at a tem- 
perature not exceeding 100° F. (37-8° C.); remove the dry flakes of Iron and Ammonium 
Citrate.” Br. 
In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, the process consists simply in evaporating a mixture of solution 
of ferric citrate and ammonia water. In the British, ferric hydrate is first precipitated from a 
solution of the ferric sulphate, then digested at a moderate heat with a solution of citric acid, 
and lastly neutralized by ammonia. It has, however, been found by Dr. Squibb that a heat 
above 82-1° C. (180° F.) acts injuriously in the preparation of the ferric citrate; and the boil- 
ing heat directed in the British Pharmacopoeia of 1864 was, therefore, improper. (A. J. P., 
xxvii. 297.) This error has been corrected in the present Br. Pharmacopoeia, which directs 
that the salt should be dried at a heat not above 38° C. (100° F.). In the U. S. formula the 
ferric citrate is used already prepared, in the British it is prepared in the process. The solution 
should be concentrated to a syrupy consistence before being poured out on porcelain or glass 
to dry; and it is important that the heat emplqyed in the concentration should not exceed that 
indicated. Like most of the scaled iron salts, this preparation is not a true chemical compound, 
the ammonia not being in the proportion to form a double salt; it would be better to name it 
“ ammoniated iron citrate.” 
Prof. J. U. Lloyd (W. R., 1879, 323) states that it is usually difficult to adjust accurately 
the quantity of the ammonia in this process, and proposes to use a definite quantity of a fixed 
salt, like ammonium citrate, instead. His process will be found in the foot-note.* B. Rother 
recommends the following method: Dissolve 272 parts of ferric citrate in three or four times 
its weight of water with heat, add 79 parts of ammonium carbonate, evaporate, and scale in 
the usual manner. (A. J. P., 1887, p. 166.) 
Properties. Iron and ammonium citrate is more soluble than the citrate. It is in “ thin, 
transparent, garnet-red scales, without odor, and having a saline, mildly ferruginous taste; 
deliquescent in moist air. Readily and completely soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. 
When strongly heated, the salt chars, and finally leaves a residue of ferric oxide, which should 
not have an alkaline reaction towards litmus paper (absence of citrates or tartrates of the fixed 
alkalies). The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. The aqueous solution 
is not precipitated, but rendered darker in color, by ammonia water. With potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution the solution does not give a blue color or precipitate, unless it be acidu- 
lated with hydrochloric acid (difference from ferric citrate). When heated with potassium or 
sodium hydrate test-solution, it affords a brownish-red precipitate, and vapor of ammonia is 
evolved. If a 10-per-cent, solution of the salt be deprived of its iron by boiling it with an 
excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, and the filtrate slightly acidulated with 
acetic acid, a portion of the cooled liquid, mixed with a little calcium chloride test-solution, 
and again heated to boiling, will gradually deposit a white, crystalline precipitate. Another 
portion of the acidulated and cooled liquid, when allowed to stand for some time, should not 
* Prepare a solution of ammonium citrate from citric acid 8 oz. av., and ammonia water q. s. 
Add the ammonia water to the citric acid until in slight excess, then evaporate the solution until it measures 
sixteen fluidounces. 
Then take of solution of iron tersulphate 16 fluidounces; citric acid 4 ounces av.; distilled water and ammonia 
water, each, a sufficient quantity; solution of ammonium citrate 5 fluidounces. Prepare hydrated ferric oxide from 
the solution of iron tersulphate. Having drained it, place in an evaporating dish and add the citric acid, warm upon 
a steam or water-bath, and stir until the citric acid is dissolved, then add the solution of ammonium citrate and stir 
until the hydrated oxide is dissolved, filter and evaporate to the consistence of thick syrup, spread upon glass with 
a brush, and dry. The yield will be 4234 grains. PART I. 
Ferri et Ammonii Citras.—Fern et Ammonii Sulphas. 
611 
yield a white crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate). If 0-56 (0-5588) Gm. of the salt 
be dissolved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 15 C.c. of 
water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, 
the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and 
mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require about 16 C.c. of sodium hypo- 
sulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid 
(each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. “ When 
incinerated with free access of air, it leaves 31 or 32 per cent, of ferric oxide, which is not 
alkaline to litmus (absence of fixed alkali). Heated with solution of potassium hydroxide it 
evolves ammonia and deposits ferric hydroxide. The alkaline solution from which the iron 
has separated does not, when slightly supersaturated with acetic acid, give any crystalline 
precipitate (absence of tartrates). It should not yield more than the slightest characteristic 
reactions with the tests for sulphates ” Br. Its precise chemical constitution is not determined ; 
but Mehu (Jahresb., 1873, 570), on evaporating a solution of ferrous citrate in ammonia to 
dryness, obtained a salt of the formula Fe2(NH4)2.(C6Il607)2 -f- 3HaO. This salt is a pleas- 
ant chalybeate, in doses of five grains (0-33 Gm.). According to Dr. Paris, it may be mixed 
with the carbonated alkalies without decomposition, and given in a state of effervescence with 
citric acid. It should be prescribed when ferric citrate is desired in solution, as it is not suited 
for administration in the form of pills, owing to the presence of ammonia, which renders it 
too soluble, and causes the pills to flatten after they have been made, and frequently to cohere 
in one solid mass. The official ferric citrate should always be used for pills, as it is more 
slowly dissolved. 
FERRI ET AMMONII SULPHAS. U. S. Ferric Ammonium Sulphate. 
[Ammonio-Ferric Sulphate. Ammonio-Ferric Alum.] 
(FEB'RI fiT AM-MO'NI-I SUL'PHAS.) 
Fe2 (NH4)2 (S04)4. 24H2 O ; 962*1. Fe2 (NH4)2 (S04)4. 24H2 0; 963-8. 
Ferrum Sulfurieum Oxydatum Ammoniatum, P. G.; Ferrum Ammonio-Sulphuricum, Ferri Ammonio-Sulphas, 
Sulphas Ammonico-Ferricus; Sulfate de Fer et d’Ammoniaque, Sulfate de Fer (ferrique) ammoniacal, Alun de Fer 
ammoniacal, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Eisenoxyd-Ammonium, Ammoniakalischer Eisenalaun, G. 
“ Ferric Ammonium Sulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
The present Pharmacopoeia does not give a process for preparing this salt; that of the 
U. S. P. 1870 will be found below.* 
This is an ammonia iron-alum, in which the place of the aluminum oxide (alumina) is occu- 
pied by the ferric oxide. It is prepared by heating the solution of ferric tersulphate with 
ammonium sulphate until the latter salt is dissolved, and then allowing the solution to cool. 
The two salts unite to form iron and ammonium sulphate, which, being insoluble in the 
amount of liquid employed, crystallizes when it cools. The process is based on that of Wm. 
Hodgson (A. J. P., 1856, p. 305). 
Ammonio-ferric alum is in “ pale violet, octohedral crystals, without odor, and having an 
acid, styptic taste; efflorescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in 3 parts of water at 15° C. 
(59° F.), and in 0-8 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When strongly heated, the 
crystals fuse, lose their water of crystallization, swell up, and finally leave a pale brown residue. 
The aqueous solution of the salt has a slightly acid reaction, and yields with potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution a blue precipitate; and with barium chloride test-solution a white precipi- 
tate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. With potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution it yields 
a brownish-red precipitate, and if the mixture be heated, vapor of ammonia is evolved. If 
all the iron be precipitated from a solution of the salt by treating it with an excess of potas- 
sium or sodium hydrate test-solution, the resulting filtrate, when neutralized with hydrochloric 
acid, and then mixed with ammonia water, should not yield a white, gelatinous precipitate 
(absence of aluminum). If 0-56 (0-5588) Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a glass-stoppered 
bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric 
acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an 
hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch 
test-solution, it should require not less than 11-6 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volu- 
metric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volu- 
* Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas. “ Take of Solution of Tersulphate of Iron (wo pints ; Sulphate of Ammonium four 
troyounces and a half. Heat the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron to the boiling point, add the Sulphate of Ammo- 
nium, stirring until it is dissolved, and set the liquid aside to crystallize. Wash the crystals quickly with very cold 
Water, wrap them in bibulous paper, and dry them in the open air.” U. S. 1870. 612 
jFerri et Ammonii Sulphas.—Ferri et Ammonii Tartras. 
PART I. 
metric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. According to H. Rose, the 
pure salt is white, and gives a colored solution with water, in consequence of the formation of 
a basic ferruginous salt. This decomposition is prevented by dissolving it in dilute sulphuric 
acid, when the solution is colorless. Instead of ammonium sulphate, potassium sulphate may 
be employed with the solution of ferric tersulphate, in which case a potassium iron-alum is 
produced, called potassio ferric alum, which has all the properties, physical and remedial, of 
the ammonio-ferric salt; and the two appear to have been indiscriminately used. The iron- 
alums were brought to the notice of the Pharmaceutical Society of London in Dec. 1853, by 
Mr. Lindsley Blyth, as a new remedy, prescribed in St. Mary’s Hospital. Dr. Tyler Smith 
found them to be more astringent than common alum, and devoid of the stimulating effects 
of the other salts of iron. Ferric alum is certainly useful in passive leucorrhoeas, and its 
saturated solution has been strongly recommended as a styptic. The dose is from five to 
ten grains (O33-0-65 Grm.), to be repeated twice or three times a day. 
FERRI ET AMMONII TARTRAS. U. S. Iron and Ammonium Tartrate. 
[Ammonio-Ferric Tartrate.] 
(FER'RI ET AM-MO'NI-! TAR'TRlS.) 
Ferri Ammonio-Tartras; Ammonio-Tartrate of Iron; Tartrate de Fer et d’Ammoniaque, Tartrate ferrique am- 
moniacal, Fr.; Weinsaures Eisenoxyd-Ammonium, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Tartaric Acid, twenty-nine grammes [or 1 ounce av., 10 grains] ; Distilled Water, two hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Ammonia Water, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. 
To one hundred and ten cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 345 minims] of Ammonia Water, 
previously diluted with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] 
of cold Water, add, with constant stirring, the Solution of Ferric Sulphate, previously diluted 
with thirteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 43 fluidounces, 460 minims] of cold Water. When 
the precipitate has subsided, draw off the clear, supernatant liquid by means of a siphon, then 
mix the precipitate intimately with about fifteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 50 fluidounces, 
346 minims] of cold Water, again draw off the clear liquid, and repeat the washing with Water 
in the same manner until the decanted liquid gives not more than a slight cloudiness with 
barium chloride test-solution. Then transfer the precipitate to a wet muslin strainer, allow it 
to drain, and express the water as completely as possible. Dissolve one-half of the Tartaric 
Acid in the Distilled Water, neutralize the solution exactly with Ammonia Water, then add 
the other half of the Tartaric Acid, and dissolve it by the application of a gentle heat. Now 
add the moist ferric hydrate, in successive portions, stirring constantly, and continue the heat, 
which should not exceed 60° C. (140° F.), until the hydrate is dissolved. Filter the solution 
while hot, evaporate it in a porcelain vessel, at or below the above-mentioned temperature, to 
the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be 
obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
This process does not differ essentially from that of Prof. Procter. (A. J. P., 1841, p. 276.) 
Ammonium tartrate is prepared, which is converted into bitartrate by the addition of tartaric 
acid; and the excess of acid is then combined with ferric hydrate freshly prepared from the 
official solution of ferric sulphate. A double salt of ammonium and iron tartrate is thus made 
in solution; by filtering, concentrating, and scaling, the salt is then obtained ; this, theoreti- 
cally, must be considered as consisting of one mol. of tartaric acid and two mols. of base, one 
consisting of ammonia and the other of ferric oxide, 2(Fe0)NH4,C4H406.3H20. It is hardly 
probable that the salt has exactly this chemical composition, as the scaled salts cannot be said 
to be definite compounds. The proportion of tartaric acid has been considerably reduced, as 
it was found to be excessive in previous formulas, and it might be diminished still further with 
advantage. 
This salt is in “ thin, transparent scales, varying in color from garnet-red to reddish-brown, 
without odor, and having a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste; slightly deliquescent in the 
air. Very soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. When strongly heated, the salt chars, emits 
fumes having an odor of burning sugar, and finally leaves a residue of ferric oxide, which 
should not have an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper (absence of citrates or tartrates of the 
fixed alkalies'). The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and is not precip- 
itated, but rendered darker in color, by ammonia water. With potassium ferrocyanide test-so- 
lution it does not afford a blue color or precipitate, unless it be acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid. When heated with potassium or sodium hydrate .test-solution, it yields a brownish-red part I. 
Ferri et Potassii Tartras. 
613 
precipitate, and vapor of ammonia is evolved. If a 10 per cent, solution of the salt be deprived 
of its iron by boiling it with an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, the filtrate, 
when slightly acidulated with acetic acid, will gradually deposit a white, crystalline precipitate. 
If 0-56 (0-5588) Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity 
of about 100 C.c.) in 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition 
of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. 
(104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require 
about 17 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or 
greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of 
metallic iron).” U. S. 
It is a mild chalybeate, and may be given in a dose of from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.). 
FERRI ET POTASSII TARTRAS. U. S. (Br.) Iron and Potassium 
Tartrate. [Potassio-Ferric Tartrate.] 
Ferrum Tartaratum, Br.; Tartarated Iron; Tartarus Ferratus, P. G.; Ferri Potassio-Tartras, Ferrum Tartari- 
zatum, Tartras Ferrico-Potassicus, s. Potassico-Ferricus, s. Ferrico-Kalicus; Ferro-Tartrate of Potassium; Tartrate 
de Fer et de Potasse, Tartrate ferrico-potassique, Tartare chalybe, Tartre martial, Fr.; Weinsaures Eisenoxyd-Kali, 
Eisenweinstein, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Potassium Bitartrate, thirty-eight grammes [or 1 ounce av., 148 grains] ; Distilled Water, three 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] ; Ammonia Water, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity. To one hundred and ten cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 345 minims] of 
Ammonia Water, previously diluted with tioo hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluid- 
ounces, 218 minims] of cold Water, add, under constant stirring, the Solution of Ferric Sul- 
phate, previously diluted with thirteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 43 fluidounces, 460 minims] 
of cold Water. When the precipitate has subsided, draw off the clear, supernatant liquid by 
means of a siphon, then mix the precipitate intimately with about fifteen hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 50 fluidounces, 346 minims] of cold Water, again draw off the clear liquid, and 
repeat the washing with Water in the same manner until the decanted liquid gives not more 
than a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Then transfer the precipitate to a 
wet muslin strainer, allow it to drain, and express the water as completely as possible. Mix the 
Potassium Bitartrate with the Distilled Water in a porcelain vessel, heat the mixture, on a 
water-bath, to a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), and gradually add the moist ferric 
hydrate, stirring constantly until it is dissolved. Filter the liquid while hot, and let the filtrate 
stand in a cool, dark place for twenty-four hours. Then stir it well with a porcelain or glass 
spatula, so that the precipitate which has formed in it may be thoroughly incorporated with the 
liquid. Now add, very cautiously, just enough Ammonia Water to dissolve the precipitate, 
evaporate the solution in a porcelain vessel, at or below the above-mentioned temperature, to 
the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be 
obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
“Solution of Ferric Sulphate, 10 Ji. ounces (Imperial measure) or 200 cubic centimetres; 
Solution of Ammonia, 16 Ji. ounces or a sufficient quantity (Imp. meas.) or 320 cubic centime- 
tres or a sufficient quantity; Acid Potassium Tartrate, in powder, 3 ounces and 146 grains 
(Imp.) or 66 5 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Prepare ferric hydroxide from 
ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres of Solution of Ferric Sulphate 
as directed under ‘ Ferri et Ammonii Citras.’ 
“ Mix the ferric hydroxide intimately with the Acid Potassium Tartrate in a porcelain dish ; 
let the mixture stand for twenty-four hours; heat to a temperature not exceeding 140° F. 
(60° C.), add gradually a pint and a half (Imp. meas.) or six hundred cubic centimetres of 
Distilled Water; stir constantly until nothing more will dissolve; filter; evaporate at a tem- 
perature not exceeding 140° F. (60° C.) to the consistence of syrup; dry in thin layers on flat 
porcelain or glass plates in a drying closet at a temperature not exceeding 100° F. (37"8° C.) ; 
remove the dry flakes of Tartarated Iron.” Br. 
The object of these processes is to combine the excess of acid in the potassium bitartrate 
with ferric oxide. In both, the plan of Soubeiran in the main is adopted,—namely, that of dis- 
solving the moist ferric hydrate to saturation in a mixture of the bitartrate and water, aided 
by a moderate heat. The oxide is obtained from the solution of ferric sulphate, which is pre- 
cipitated by ammonia. Potassa, which was used in the former British process, is not a good 
precipitant, because the alkali adheres obstinately to the precipitated oxide, and cannot be 
(fer'r! £t PO-TAS'SI-I tar'tras.) 614 
Fern et Potassii Tartras.—Ferri et Quinines Citras. 
PART I. 
completely separated even by repeated washings. The oxide should he gradually added to the 
bitartrate and water, heated to 60° C. (140° F.), as recommended by Soubeiran, at which tem- 
perature the oxide dissolves more readily and in larger quantity than when a higher temperature 
is employed. Besides, in the latter case, a portion of the ferric oxide is converted into ferrous 
oxide. (Gmelins Handbook, x. 315.) In the U. S. process the addition of ammonia water to 
the cooled filtrate dissolves the precipitated insoluble ferric tartrate, and is in accordance with 
the recommendation of Prof. J. U. Lloyd (N. R., 1879, p. 324), who asserts that this modifi- 
cation renders the salt more soluble without interfering with its stability. G. H. Chas. Klie 
suggested this improvement in A. J. P., 1876, p. 170. (See, also, W. R., 1878, p. 21.) In both 
formulas the liquid is poured out on a plane surface, so as to dry in scales. When duly carried 
into effect, they yield a product at all times identical, and having all the required qualities of 
the salt. For Roger’s process for this salt and the manufacture of Boules de Mars (balls of 
iron and potassium tartrate), see U S. D., 17th ed., 611. 
The late Dr. Ure proposed ferric tartrate for medical use. He made it by acting on clean 
iron filings, or hits of iron wire, with a solution of tartaric acid. It is a pulverulent salt, 
insoluble in water, and possessing a mild chalybeate taste. 
Properties. Iron and potassium tartrate is in “thin, transparent scales, varying in color 
from garnet-red to reddish-brown, without odor, and having a sweetish, slightly ferruginous 
taste; slightly deliquescent in the air. Very soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol. When 
strongly heated, the salt chars, emits fumes having an odor resembling that of burning sugar, 
and finally leaves a dark brown residue, having a strongly alkaline reaction, and effervescing 
with acids (distinction from iron and ammonium tartrate). The aqueous solution of the salt is 
neutral to litmus paper, and is not precipitated, but rendered darker in color, by ammonia 
water. With potassium ferrocyanide test-solution it does not afford a blue color or precipitate 
unless it be acidulated with hydrochloric acid. When heated with potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution, it yields a brownish-red precipitate, and a slight odor of ammonia is evolved. If 
a 10-per-cent, solution of the salt be deprived of its iron by boiling it with an excess of potas- 
sium or sodium hydrate test-solution, the filtrate, when slightly acidulated with acetic acid, 
will gradually deposit a white, crystalline precipitate. If 0-56 (0*5588) Gm. of the salt be dis- 
solved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 15 C.c. of water and 
2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture 
be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a 
few drops of starch test-solution, it should require about 15 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite deci- 
normal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of 
the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. “ The aqueous solution, 
when acidulated with hydrochloric acid, affords a copious blue precipitate with solution of potas- 
sium ferrocyanide, but none or only a greenish turbidity with solution of potassium ferricyanide. 
When the salt is boiled with solution of sodium hydroxide, a reddish-brown precipitate separates, 
and the filtered solution, when slightly acidulated with acetic acid, yields, as it cools, a crystal- 
line deposit, especially if the solution is previously mixed with a little alcohol (90 per cent.). 
By incinerating 10 grammes at a red heat, washing the residue with water, and again inciner- 
ating with free access of air, a residue of ferric oxide is obtained weighing not less than 3 
grammes.” Br. According to the view of its nature taken in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, it 
is a double salt, consisting of one molecule of ferric tartrate and one of potassium tartrate 
(Fe2(C4H40e)3 -\- K2C4H4Oe -f- H20). Fliickiger (Pharmaceutische Chemie, 2d ed., 573, 
1888), on the other hand, considers the salt formed to be one in which Fe202 is present as a 
bivalent group, and gives it the formula C4H40eK2 -f- C4H406(Fe202) -f- 4H20. The salt is 
incompatible with astringent vegetable infusions, which give rise to a dark-colored precipitate. 
Medical Properties. Iron and potassium tartrate is a mild, agreeable chalybeate, with 
but little astringency. It is well borne by the stomach, whether taken fasting or with the food. 
From its slight taste and ready solubility, it is one of the best ferruginous preparations for 
children. Dose for an adult, five to ten grains (0-33—0*65 Gm.), given preferably in solution. 
FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS. U. S., Br. Iron and Quinine Citrate. 
Ferri et Quiniae Citras, Br. 1867, XJ. S. 1870 ; Citrate of Iron and Quinia; Citrate de Fer et de Quinine, Fr.; 
Chininum Ferro-Citricum, P. G.; Citronensaures Eisen-Chinin, G. 
“ Ferric Citrate, eighty-five grammes [or 2 ounces, 436 grains] ; Quinine, dried at 100° C. 
(212° F.) to a constant weight, twelve grammes [or 186 grains] ; Citric Acid, three grammes 
(FER'RI ET QUI-NI'NiE Cl'TRXS.) PART I. 
Ferri et Quininse Citras. 
615 
[or 46 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred grammes [or 3 
ounces av., 231 grains]. Dissolve the Ferric Citrate in one hundred and sixty cubic centimeters 
[or 5 fluidounces, 197 minims] of Distilled Water by heating on a water-bath at a temperature 
not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.). To this solution add the Quinine and Citric Acid, previously 
triturated with twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] of Distilled Water, and stir constantly 
until the Quinine and Citric Acid are dissolved. Lastly, evaporate the solution, on a water- 
bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the consistence of syrup, and spread 
it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product 
in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
11 Solution of Ferric Sulphate, 9 Ji. ounces (Imperial measure) or 180 cubic centimetres; 
Quinine Sulphate, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 grammes; Diluted Sulphuric Acid, 3 Ji. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 60 cubic centimetres; Citric Acid, 6 ounces and 60 grains (Imp.) or 123 grammes; 
Solution of Ammonia, Distilled Water, of each a sufficient quantity. Prepare ferric hydroxide 
from nine fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres of Solution of Ferric 
Sulphate as directed under ‘ Ferri et Ammonii Citras.’ 
“ Mix the Quinine Sulphate with eight times its weight of Distilled Water; add the Diluted 
Sulphuric Acid; when the salt is dissolved precipitate the quinine with a slight excess of 
Solution of Ammonia; collect the precipitate on a filter; wash it with three pints (Imp. meas.) 
or twelve hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water. 
“Dissolve the Citric Acid in its own weight of Distilled Water; warm the solution on a 
water-bath; add the ferric hydroxide, previously well drained; stir them together; when the 
hydroxide has dissolved, add the precipitated quinine; continue the agitation until this also 
has dissolved ; let the solution cool; add, in small quantities at a time, three fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or sixty cubic centimetres of Solution of Ammonia, diluted with four fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or eighty cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; stir briskly, allowing the quinine which 
separates with each addition of ammonia to dissolve before the next addition is made; filter 
the solution ; evaporate it to the consistence of a thin syrup; dry the latter in thin layers on 
flat porcelain or glass plates at a temperature of 100° F. (37-8° C.) ; remove the dry flakes of 
Iron and Quinine Citrate.” Br. 
The present process differs in several particulars from that formerly official; * the solution 
of ferric citrate has been replaced by a definite weight of ferric citrate, and, instead of using 
freshly precipitated quinine, the moisture is driven off entirely, and the perfectly dry alkaloid 
* Liquor Ferri et Quinines Citratis, U. S. 1880. Solution of Citrate of Iron and Quinine. (Citrate de Fer et de Qui- 
nine liquide, Fr.f Citronensaures Eisen- und Chinin-Losung, G.) “ Citrate of Iron and Ammonium, sixty-five parts [or 
five hundred and sixty-eight grains] ; Quinine, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, twelve parts 
[or one hundred and five grains] ; Citric Acid, twenty-eight parts [or two hundred and forty-five grains] ; Alcohol, 
thirty parts [or six fluidrachms]; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make two hundred parts [or four ounces 
av.]. Dissolve the Citrate of Iron and Ammonium in two hundred parts [or four fluidounces] of Distilled Water, con- 
tained in a tared porcelain capsule, heat the solution to 60° C. (140° F.), on a water-bath, add the Citric Acid, and, 
when it is dissolved, add the Quinine, stirring the mixture until a perfect solution has been obtained. Evaporate 
this to one hundred and sixty parts [or three ounces av.], allow it to cool, add the Alcohol, and finally enough Dis- 
tilled Water to make the solution weigh two hundred parts [or four ounces av.].” 17. S. 
The introduction of this solution in the U. S. P. 1880 grew out of the necessity for a soluble form of iron and 
quinine citrate. That comparatively insoluble salt, the official iron and quinine citrate, has been but little used; 
whilst the readily soluble preparation of the manufacturers, which contains ammonia, is in extensive demand, and 
is official in the U. S. P. 1890. It is believed that the above solution will be satisfactory, as it bears a definite and 
easily remembered relation towards the official salt (see Ferri et Quinines Citras), being exactly half its strength. Its 
principal use will undoubtedly be by the pharmacist, who will use it in manufacturing and in prescriptions, as it 
will save him the time and labor of dissolving the salt, whilst the process of assay, which is identical with that given 
under the salt, will serve as an efficient means of testing the solution should he be compelled to purchase it. 
Properties. “ A dark greenish-yellow to yellowish-brown liquid, transparent in thin layers, odorless, having a 
bitter and mildly ferruginous taste, and a slightly acid reaction. On supersaturating the diluted solution with a 
slight excess of ammonia, the color of the liquid is deepened and a white, curdy precipitate is thrown down, which 
is soluble in ether and answers to the reaction of quinine (see Quinina). A small portion of the filtrate, when 
mixed with test-solution of potassium ferrocyanide, does not produce a blue color or precipitate, unless it is acidu- 
lated with hydrochloric acid. If another portion of the filtrate be deprived of its iron, by boiling with an excess of 
potassa, the concentrated and cooled filtrate precipitated by test-solution of calcium chloride, and the new filtrate 
heated to boiling, a white granular precipitate is produced. On heating the solution with potassa, vapor of ammo- 
nia is evolved. The solution contains 6 per cent, of quinine. It may be assayed as follows : Dilute 8 Gra. of the 
solution with water to 30 C.c., introduce it, with any rinsings, into a glass separator, add an aqueous solution of O'5 
Gm. of tartaric acid, and then solution of soda in decided excess. Extract the alkaloid by agitating the mixture 
with four successive portions of chloroform, each of 15 C.c. Separate the chloroformic layers, mix them, evaporate 
them in a weighed capsule, on a water-bath, and dry the residue at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.). It should 
weigh 0'48 Gm.” 17. S. 
Medical Properties. The medical virtues of this solution are those of iron and quinine citrate. It may be given 
in the dose of from 10 to 20 minims (0'6 to 1'25 C.c.). 616 
Ferri et Quininse Citras. 
PART I. 
is used. There has been very little gained by the change in saving time, because of the slow 
solubility of both of the citrates, and this is particularly so if the temperature is strictly adhered 
to. If the quinine be previously triturated with a little citric acid and water, time can be saved. 
The official iron and quinine citrate has never been very largely used, because of its slow 
solubility, the manufacturers supplying a salt which is readily soluble, due to the presence of 
ammonia. But by the introduction of a soluble iron and quinine citrate (see Fcrri et Quininse 
Citras Solubilis) the salt may be now furnished in a very convenient form for use in solutions, 
whilst the above comparatively insoluble salt may be retained for use in pills, for which it is 
much better adapted. 
The use of ferrous sulphate by the former British process is abandoned, and the solution of 
the persulphate retained. From this the freshly precipitated ferric hydrate is obtained by pre- 
cipitation with ammonia. The next step is to separate quinine from the sulphate, by simply 
dissolving the salt in water with the aid of sulphuric acid, and then precipitating by ammonia. 
Thirdly, the hydrate and quinine are dissolved successively, aided by the heat of a water-bath, 
in solution of citric acid, whereby an iron and quinine citrate is obtained. The ammonia is 
added in order to render the iron and quinine citrate more soluble by the agency of a portion 
of ammonium citrate. It is important that the ammonia should not be added in excess; on 
the contrary, the solution should retain a slight acid reaction. (Fleurot.) After evaporation, the 
salt is dried, as in the other process, on glass or porcelain, so as to be obtained in thin scales. 
The U. S. and Br. preparations are essentially different; both consist of citric acid, ferric 
oxide, and quinine, the British, however, containing the important addition of ammonium 
citrate. No analysis of either salt has been made that determines precisely its chemical com- 
position. Both are undoubtedly mere mixtures of the iron and quinine citrates, the British 
containing ammonium citrate. 
The characters of the U. S. salt, as given in the Pharmacopoeia, are the following. “ Thin, 
transparent scales, of a reddish-brown color, without odor, and having a bitter, mildly ferru- 
ginous taste; slowly deliquescent in damp air. Slowly but completely soluble in cold water, 
more readily soluble in hot water, and but partially soluble in alcohol. Its solubility is dimin- 
ished by age. When strongly heated, the salt chars, and finally leaves a residue of ferric 
oxide, which should not have an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper (absence of citrates or 
tartrates of the fixed alkalies). The aqueous solution of the salt has an acid reaction. On the 
addition of a slight excess of ammonia water the color of the solution is deepened, and a 
white, curdy precipitate is produced. The filtrate from this precipitate does not afford a blue 
color with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, unless it be acidulated with hydrochloric acid. 
Another portion of the filtrate, treated with an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test- 
solution, deposits a brownish-red precipitate. If a 10-per-cent, solution of the salt be deprived 
of its iron and quinine by boiling it with an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, 
and the filtrate slightly acidulated with acetic acid, a portion of the cooled liquid, mixed with 
a little calcium chloride test-solution, and again heated to boiling, gradually deposits a white, 
crystalline precipitate. Another portion of the acidulated and cooled liquid, when allowed to 
stand for some time, should not deposit a white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate). 
“ Estimation of the Quinine. Dissolve 1T2 (1-1176) Gm. of Iron and Quinine Citrate in a 
capsule, with the aid of a gentle heat, in 20 C.c. of water. Transfer the solution, together 
with the rinsings of the capsule, to a separator, allow the liquid to become cold, then add 5 C.c. 
of ammonia water and 10 C.c. of chloroform, and shake. Allow the liquids to separate, draw 
off the chloroform layer, and shake the residuary liquid a second and a third time with 10 C.c. 
of chloroform. Allow the combined chloroformic extracts to evaporate spontaneously in a 
tared capsule, and dry the residue at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.) to a constant weight. 
This residue should weigh not less than 0-1288 Gm. (corresponding to at least 11-5 per cent, 
of dried quinine), and should conform to the reactions and tests of quinine (see Quinina). 
“ Estimation of the Iron. Heat the aqueous liquid, from which the quinine has been removed 
in the manner just described, on a water-bath, until the odor of chloroform and ammonia has 
disappeared, allow it to cool, and dilute it with water to the volume of 50 C.c. Transfer 25 
C.c. of the liquid to a glass-stoppered bottle (having the capacity of about 100 C.c.), add 2 
C.c. of hydrochloric acid and 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, and allow the mixture to stand for 
half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.). After it has been allowed to cool, and 
been mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require about 14-5 C.c. of sodium 
hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the 
liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. PART I. 
Fern et Quininse Citras.—Fern et Quininse Citras Solubilis. 
617 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) gives the following description and tests: “ In thin scales 
of a greenish golden-yellow color, somewhat deliquescent. Soluble in half its weight of cold 
ivater. The solution is very slightly acid, and yields precipitates Avhich are reddish brown with 
solution of potassium hydroxide, white with solution of ammonia, blue with solution of potassium 
ferrocyanide and with solution of potassium ferricyanide, and grayish black with solution of 
tannic acid. The salt has a bitter, chalybeate taste. When incinerated with free access of 
air, it leaves a residue which when moistened with water is not alkaline to test-paper (absence 
of fixed alkali). 5 grammes dissolved in 45 cubic centimetres of water and treated with a 
slight excess of solution of ammonia should yield a white precipitate, which, when dissolved 
out by repeated treatment of the liquid with ether, and the latter evaporated, and the residue 
completely dried at 248° F. (120° C.), weighs 0-75 gramme. This precipitate is almost entirely 
soluble in a little purified, ether ; when burned it leaves but a minute residue; neutralized by 
sulphuric add, it should answer to the characters of and tests for Quinine Sulphate.” 
Amorphous quinine or chinoidine is sometimes substituted for the crystallizable alkaloid. 
For the detection of this fraud, Dr. de Vrij proposes a method which depends upon the fact 
that oxalic acid forms with crystallizable quinine, in a chloroformic solution, white crystals 
of quinine oxalate without discoloration. (See N. R., 1881, 10.) 
When dissolved by the aid of an acid, it forms a solution which, decolorized by a little 
purified animal charcoal, turns the plane of polarization strongly to the left,—a character of 
quinine ; cinchonine turning it to the right. (Squire.) The salt is said to be sometimes adul- 
terated by cinchonine, which would be at once detected by the test of solubility in ether and 
the effect on polarized light, above given. Oscar Zinn (A. J. P., 1877, 550) examined six 
commercial samples, two of which contained no quinine, but cinchonine. H. G-. Drueding 
found three out of six samples deficient in quinine. As it occurs in the British market, it is of 
exceedingly variable composition, containing, according to Mr. J. C. Braithwaite, who exam- 
ined thirty-five different specimens, a proportion of quinine varying from 1-5 to 17 per cent. 
(P. J. Tr., 1868, 157.) The proportion of alkaloid appears to be usually below the standard. 
(A. W. Grerrard, Ibid., March, 1873, 763.) According to Mr. C. H. Wood (Ibid., 2d ser., x. 
644), this salt undergoes a rapid change of composition when exposed to the direct rays of 
the sun. 
The new official process of assay will doubtless bring to light all shortcomings. (See results 
of examination of commercial iron and quinine citrate by E. C. Federer, Proc. Mich. Pharm. 
Assoc., 1887, or Pharm Era, 1887, p. 357.) 
Iron and quinine citrate combines the virtues of its two bases, and may be given in all cases 
in which they are jointly indicated, preferably in pill form. The dose, as a tonic, is five or six 
grains (0-33—0*4 6m.), containing about half a grain (0-033 Gm.) of dry quinine, three or four 
times a day. This dose may be increased, if deemed advisable. 
FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS SOLUBILIS. U. S. Soluble Iron and 
Quinine Citrate. 
(FfiK'RI ET QUI-Nl'NiE CI'TRAS SO-LU'BI-LlS.) 
“ Ferric Citrate, eighty-jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 436 grains] ; Quinine, dried at 100° C. 
(212° F.) to a constant weight, twelve grammes [or 186 grains] ; Citric Acid, three grammes 
[or 46 grains] ; Ammonia Water, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hun- 
dred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Dissolve the Ferric Citrate in one hundred and 
sixty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 197 minims] of Distilled Water, by heating on a water- 
bath at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.). To this solution add the Quinine and 
Citric Acid previously triturated with twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] of Distilled 
Water, and stir constantly until the Quinine and Citric Acid are dissolved. Then add gradu- 
ally, and with constant stirring, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims], or a suffi- 
cient quantity, of Ammonia Water, so that, after the addition of each portion of the latter, the 
precipitated Quinine will be redissolved and the liquid acquire a greenish-yellow tint. Lastly, 
evaporate the solution on a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), to the 
consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained 
in scales. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
This is a new official salt which has been added to the list in answer to a demand which 
was very persistent. The iron and quinine citrate formerly official and the one in the U. S. P. 
1890 are comparatively insoluble salts, and better adapted for use in pills; but the combination 618 
Ferri et Quininse Citras Solubilis.—Ferri et Strychninse Citras. 
PART I. 
of iron, quinine, and citric acid is wanted more frequently in solution, and hence a salt which 
will quickly dissolve will be a desirable addition: the only difference between the two salts con- 
sists in greater solubility, and this is effected by the use of ammonia water. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes it as in “ thin, transparent scales, of a greenish, golden- 
yellow color, without odor, and having a bitter, mildly ferruginous taste; deliquescent in damp 
air. Rapidly and completely soluble in cold water, but only partially soluble in alcohol. When 
strongly heated, the salt chars, and finally leaves a residue of ferric oxide, which should not 
have an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper (absence of citrates or tartrates of the fixed alkalies). 
The aqueous solution of the salt has a slightly acid reaction. On the addition of a slight 
excess of ammonia water the color of the liquid is deepened, and a white, curdy precipitate is 
produced. If a portion of the filtrate from this precipitate be mixed with some potassium 
ferrocyanide test-solution, it does not afford a blue color or precipitate, unless it be acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid. Another portion of the filtrate, treated with an excess of potassium 
or sodium hydrate test-solution, gives a brownish-red precipitate. If a portion of the salt be 
heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, vapor of ammonia will be evolved. If 
a 10-per-cent, solution of the salt be deprived of its iron and quinine by boiling it with an ex- 
cess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, and the filtrate slightly acidulated with acetic 
acid, a portion of the cooled liquid, mixed with a little calcium chloride test-solution, and again 
heated to boiling, will gradually deposit a white, crystalline precipitate. Another portion of 
the acidulated and cooled liquid, when allowed to stand for some time, should not give a white, 
crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate). Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate, when assayed 
for Quinine and Iron by the method described under Ferri et Quininse Citras, should respond 
to the requirements for the latter.” See modification of process by F. A. Sieker (Pliarm. Rund 
1895, 36). 
FERRI ET STRYCHNINE CITRAS. U. S. Iron and Strychnine Citrate. 
Ferri et Strychniae Citras, U. S. 1870 ; Citrate de Fer et de Strychnine, Fr.; Citronensaures Eisen-Strychnin, G. 
u Iron and Ammonium Citrate, ninety-eight grammes [or 3 ounces av., 200 grains] ; Strych- 
nine, one gramme [or 15'4 grains] ; Citric Acid, one gramme [or 15-4 grains] ; Distilled Water, 
one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 27 minims]. To make one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains]. Dissolve the Iron and Ammonium Citrate in one hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 181 minims] of Distilled Water, and the Strychnine, 
together with the Citric Acid, in twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] of Distilled Water. 
Mix the two solutions, evaporate the mixture by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not 
exceeding 60° C. f 140° F.), to the consistence of syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so 
that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, 
protected from light.” U. S. 
Iron and strychnine citrate, although long used in medicine, was first recognized in 1870. 
The present formula does not differ essentially from that of 1870. 
This salt is well adapted for administration in pilular form, but should never be prescribed 
in solution. Dr. Squibb has shown that a whitish deposit will begin to settle from the solution 
within two or three hours after it is made, and continue to increase for several days; the 
deposit was found to contain fifty per cent, of strychnine. When ammonia water or ammonium 
citrate was added, the precipitate was redissolved, but the solution could not be made permanent 
by the addition, as the precipitate reappeared. There might be dangerous or alarming symp- 
toms if this solution were dispensed without shaking. (Ephemeris, June, 1888, p. 1128.) 
Properties. “ Thin, transparent scales, varying in color from garnet-red to yellowish- 
brown, without odor, and having a bitter, slightly ferruginous taste; deliquescent in damp air. 
Readily and completely soluble in water, but only partly soluble in alcohol. When strongly 
heated, the salt chars, and finally leaves a residue of ferric oxide which should not have an 
alkaline reaction upon litmus paper (absence of citrates or tartrates of the fixed alkalies'). The 
aqueous solution of the salt is slightly acid to litmus paper, and is not immediately precipitated, 
but rendered darker in color, by ammonia water. With potassium ferrocyanide test-solution it 
does not yield a blue color or precipitate, unless it be acidulated with hydrochloric acid. On 
heating it with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, a brownish-red precipitate is pro- 
duced, and vapor of ammonia evolved. If a 10-per-cent, solution of the salt be deprived of 
its iron and strychnine by boiling it with an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, 
and the filtrate slightly acidulated with acetic acid, a portion of the cooled liquid, mixed with 
(FER'RI fix STRYjSH-Nl'IOS Cl'TRiS.) PART I. 
Ferri et Strychninse Citras.—Ferri Hypophosphis. 
619 
a little calcium chloride test-solution, and again heated to boiling, will gradually deposit a white, 
crystalline precipitate. Another portion of the acidulated and cooled liquid, when allowed to 
stand for some time, should not deposit a white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate)'7 
u. s. 
“ Estimation of the Strychnine. Dissolve 2-24 (2-2352) Gm. of Iron and Strychnine Citrate, 
in a separator, in 15 C.c. of water, add 5 C.c. of ammonia water and 10 C.c. of chloroform, 
and shake. Allow the liquids to separate, draw off the chloroform layer, and shake the 
residuary liquid a second and a third time with 10 C.c. of chloroform. Allow the combined 
chloroformic extracts to evaporate spontaneously in a tared capsule, and dry the residue at a 
temperature of 100° C. (212° F.) to a constant weight. This residue should weigh not less 
than 0-02 Gm. nor more than 0-0224 Gm. (corresponding to not less than 0-9 nor more than 
1 per cent, of strychnine), and should respond to the reactions and tests of strychnine (see 
Strychnind). 
“ Estimation of the Iron. Heat the aqueous liquid, from which the strychnine has been 
removed in the manner just described, on a water-bath, until the odor of chloroform and ammonia 
has disappeared, allow it to cool, and dilute it with water to the volume of 100 C.c. Transfer 
25 C.c. of the liquid to a glass-stoppered bottle (having the capacity of about 100 C.c.), add 2 
C.c. of hydrochloric acid and 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, and allow the mixture to stand for 
half an hour, at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.). After it has been allowed to cool, and 
been mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require about 16 C.c. of sodium 
hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid 
(each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. It is an efficient tonic, but has no advantages over the two active 
substances it contains when given conjointly in an uncombined state, and has the great dis- 
advantage that the dose of one principle cannot be varied independently of that of the other. 
It occurs in beautiful red scales, of an intensely bitter, scarcely ferruginous taste, and is very 
soluble in water. It contains 1 per cent, of strychnine, there being in five grains one-twentieth 
of a grain of the alkaloid. Dose, from three to five grains (0-20-0-33 Gm.), in pill or solution. 
FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS. U. S. Ferric Hypophosphite. 
Fe2 (PH; 02)6? 501*04. (FER'RI HY-P0-PH5s'PHIS.) Fej (H2 P02)6; 501-8. 
Ilypophosphite of Iron; Ferrum Hypophosphorosum, Hypophosphis Ferricus; Hypophosphite de Fer, Fr.; Un- 
terphosphorigsaures Eisenoxyd, G. 
“ Ferric Hypophosphite should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
This is among the hypophosphites brought into notice in consequence of their recommenda- 
tion by Dr. Churchill in the treatment of phthisis, in which they were thought to be useful by 
the introduction of phosphorus into the system. This particular salt may be considered 
preferable to others when a marked condition of anaemia indicates a deficiency of iron in the 
tissues. It may be made by the action of hypophosphorous acid on ferrous carbonate formed 
by precipitation from the sulphate; but, as some difficulty has been found in obtaining this acid 
perfectly pure, Mr. C. H. Wood, of London, prefers the plan of double decomposition. He 
proposes that ferrous sulphate and calcium hypophosphite be made to react on each other in 
molecular proportions represented by 480 grains of crystallized ferrous sulphate and 326 grains 
of commercial hypophosphite; in the latter an allowance of 10 per cent, being made for 
impurities ordinarily found in that salt. These quantities will yield 320 grains of ferric hy- 
pophosphite, and the reaction will be represented by the following formula: Ca(H2P02)2 -f- 
FeS04 = CaS04 -f- Fe(H2P02)2. Calcium sulphate is precipitated, and ferrous hypophosphite 
is held in solution. (P. J. Tr., 1868, p. 342.) In this condition the salt is a ferrous compound ; 
but on evaporation the ferrous salt becomes ferric, and acquires the properties detailed in the 
Pharmacopoeia. Of this the following description is given in the late edition of that work. 
Properties. “ A white or grayish-white powder, odorless and nearly tasteless ; permanent 
in the air. Only slightly soluble in water, more readily in presence of hypophosphorous acid, 
or in a warm, concentrated solution of an alkali citrate, forming with the latter a green solu- 
tion. When strongly heated in a dry test-tube, the salt evolves spontaneously inflammable 
hydrogen phosphide gas, and, on complete ignition, leaves a residue of ferric pyrophosphate. 
The salt is readily oxidized by nitric acid or other oxidizing agents. If to 0-5 Gm. of the salt 
5 C.c. of acetic acid be added, no effervescence should occur (absence of carbonate), and if the 
mixture be subsequently heated to boiling, the filtrate, upon cooling, should afford no turbidity 
with ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium'). If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be boiled 620 
Ferri Hypophosphis.—Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum. 
PART I. 
with 10 C.c. of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, a reddish-brown precipitate will be 
produced ; and if to the filtrate from the latter, slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 
magnesia mixture be added, and subsequently an excess of ammonia water, no crystalline pre- 
cipitate should be produced (absence of phosphate'). If 0-l Gm. of Ferric Hypophosphite be 
mixed with 10 C.c. of water, then 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid and 50 C.c. of potassium 
permanganate decinormal volumetric solution added, and the mixture boiled for fifteen min- 
utes, it should require not more than 3 C.c. of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution to 
discharge the red color (corresponding to at least 98-1 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
Syrup of ferric hypophosphite may be prepared by simply adding syrup to the solution of 
the hypophosphite remaining after the separation of the calcium sulphate in the process of 
Mr. Wood above given. If two and a half ounces of water be used in the process, and the 
paste resulting from the precipitation of the calcium sulphate be pressed out, the remaining 
liquid, after filtration, will form with seven times its volume of syrup a liquid containing two 
grains of the hypophosphite in a fluidrachm. (P. J. Tr., April, 1868.) But in this form, if 
the syrup be not thoroughly enclosed, it quickly absorbs oxygen, and in a few hours begins to 
exhibit the formation of a precipitate, rendering it in a short time unfit for use. A little 
phosphoric or citric acid added to the syrup will obviate this result; but it is better perhaps 
at once to form a syrup from materials which will not be liable to this objection. Mr. Wood 
employs the following process. “ Take of granulated ferrous sulphate 480 gr., calcium hypo- 
phosphite 326 gr., diluted phosphoric acid fgi, water syrup q. s. Dissolve, without 
heat, the ferrous sulphate in the phosphoric acid, previously mixed with the water. Rub the 
hypophosphite to fine powder, and pour on it the solution of the sulphate. Triturate together 
for two or three minutes, then pour the mixture on a piece of damp calico, and squeeze out 
the liquid with the hands. Filter this solution, and add to it seven times its volume of 
strong syrup. The resulting syrup will contain two grains of ferric hypophosphite in each 
fluidrachm.” The dose may be from two to six fluidrachms (7-5-22-50 C.c.). 
Prof. C. L. Diehl prepares the syrup from a freshly precipitated magma produced by pre- 
cipitating a solution of calcium hypophosphite with solution of ferric chloride and dissolving 
the magma by the aid of potassium citrate. (Proc. A. P. A., 1882, 71 ; see, also, National Formu- 
lary, Part II.) Ferric hypophosphite may be given in states of the system where deficient 
powers of the cerebral centres are attended with an anaemic condition of the blood. It may be 
administered in pill or in powder in the dose of from five to ten grains (0-324-0648 Gm.) ; but 
a more eligible form, and one generally preferred, is that of syrup. 
FERRI IODIDUM SACCHARATUM. U. S. Saccharated Ferrous Iodide. 
(FER'RI I-OD'I-DUM SXC-jEHA-RA'TUM.) 
Saccharated Iodide of Iron; Ferrum Iodatum Saccharatum, P. G.; Zuckerhaltiges Jodeisen, G. 
“ Iron, in tlie form of fine, bright wire, and cut into small pieces, six grammes Tor 92 
grains] ; Reduced Iron, one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Iodine, seventeen grammes [or 262 
grains]; Distilled Water, Sugar of Milk, recently dried, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Mix the Iron Wire, Iodine, and twenty 
cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] of Distilled Water in a flask of thin glass, shake the mixture 
occasionally, until the reaction ceases, and the solution has acquired a green color and lost the 
smell of Iodine ; then filter it through a small, wetted filter into a porcelain capsule contain- 
ing forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] of Sugar of Milk. Rinse the flask and Iron 
Wire with a little Distilled Water, pass the rinsings through the filter into the capsule, and 
evaporate, on a water-bath, with frequent stirring, until a dry mass remains. Transfer this 
quickly to a heated iron mortar, reduce it to powder, and mix it intimately, by tritura- 
tion, with the Reduced Iron and enough Sugar of Milk to make the final product weigh 
one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Transfer the powder at once to small and 
perfectly dry bottles, which should be securely stoppered, and kept in a cool and dark 
place.” U. S. 
This official preparation is practically identical with the Saccharated Iodide of Iron of the 
German Pharmacopoeia, and consists of ferrous iodide preserved by contact with sugar of 
milk. It is a more stable form of administering ferrous iodide than the salt in its pure state. 
(See Ferri Iodidum.)* The addition of reduced iron to the preparation just before the close 
* Taateleaa Salta of Iron. A class of preparations of iron has been introduced by Mr. J. L. A. Creuse (A. J. 
P., xlv. 214). It has long been known that ammonium citrate has the property of rendering soluble many ordi- 
narily insoluble preparations of iron. Mr. Creuse believes that all the salts of ferric oxide form chemical combi- Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum.—Fend Ladas. 
PART I. 
621 
of the process is for the purpose of protecting it from change: any iodine which may be set 
free through exposure will combine with the reduced iron, and thus the irritating effects of 
free iodine will be avoided. 
Properties. The Pharmacopoeia gives the following description: “ A yellowish-white or 
grayish, very hygroscopic powder, without odor, and having a sweetish, ferruginous taste. Sol- 
uble (with exception of the added reduced iron) in 7 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), but only 
partially soluble in alcohol. When strongly heated, the compound swells up, evolves the odor 
of iodine and of burning sugar, and, on complete ignition, leaves a residue which should yield 
nothing soluble to water (absence of salts of the fixed alkalies). The aqueous solution has a 
slightly acid reaction, and gives with potassium ferricyanide test-solution a blue precipitate. If 
the aqueous solution be mixed with a little starch test-solution, and afterwards with a few drops 
of chlorine water, it will assume a deep blue color. This color should not be developed in the 
aqueous solution by starch test-solution alone (absence of free iodine). If 1-55 (1-5447) Gm. 
of Saccharated Ferrous Iodide be dissolved in about 20 C.c. of water, in a small flask, and to 
this solution be successively added, first, 22 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solu- 
tion, then 5 C.c. of diluted nitric acid and 5 C.c. of ferric ammonium sulphate test-solution, 
it should not require more than 2 C.c. of potassium sulphocyanate decinormal volumetric 
solution to produce a reddish-brown tint which persists after shaking (corresponding to about 
20 per cent, of pure Ferrous Iodide).” TJ. S. 
Medical Properties. The medical properties of this preparation are identical with those 
of ferrous iodide. The dose is from two to five grains (0-13 to 0-33 Gm.). 
Fe(C3H503)2. 3ILO; 287*34. (FEB'RI lXc'TAS.) Fe (C3 H5 03)2. 3H2 O; 287-9. 
FERRI LACTAS. U. S. Ferrous Lactate. 
Lactate of Iron; Ferrum Lacticum, P. G.; Lactas Ferrosus; Lactate de Fer, Fr.; Milchsaures Eisenoxydul, 
Eisenlactat, G. 
“ Ferrous Lactate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
A formula for this salt was omitted in the 1880 U. S. P. revision. In the process of the U. S. P. 
1870* the lactic acid unites with the iron, forming ferrous lactate, a part of which crystallizes 
when the solution cools, and the remainder is obtained by evaporation and crystallization. It 
may be more cheaply prepared, on the large scale, by digesting the impure acid first obtained in 
M. Louradour’s process, with iron filings, or by reaction between ferrous sulphate and the calcium 
lactate or zinc lactate prepared as a step in obtaining lactic acid. The following is M. Gobley’s 
process for making calcium lactate preparatory to its conversion into ferrous lactate. Add to 
2 pints of skim-milk, diluted with twice its bulk of water, and contained in an earthen pan, 64 
drachms of powdered lactose, and 51 drachms of powdered chalk. Allow the whole to fer- 
ment for eleven or twelve days, at a temperature of from 26-6° to 32-2° C. (80° to 90° F.), 
supplying water as it evaporates. Transfer the liquor to a capsule, heat it gradually to boiling, 
and stir it constantly. Boil for a quarter of an hour to coagulate casein, allow the insoluble 
matters to subside, and strain the liquid through flannel. The clear liquid is a solution of cal- 
nations with all the alkaline (ammonium, sodium, potassium, lithium) citrates, which combinations are all greenish, 
soluble in water, nearly insoluble in alcohol, free from ferruginous taste, perfectly stable, and so resist decomposi- 
tion as to form no precipitate with Peruvian bark; indeed, chemical reagents do not reveal the iron in them unless 
strong acids of hydrogen sulphide be used. None of these salts eoagulate the blood; they cannot be used as 
styptics. 
Tasteless Iron Iodide is prepared in the following manner : 126’3 grains of iodine are combined with iron in the 
usual way to obtain the solution of ferrous iodide; this is filtered and 63 grains of iodine dissolved in it; a solution 
of 201 grains of citric acid is exactly saturated with potassa and then added gradually to the first solution. When 
the apple-green color has been developed, the solution is evaporated, with gentle stirring, to dryness, when cauliflower- 
like masses of acicular crystals will be obtained. These are stable except in direct sunlight. (See Syrupus Ferri 
Citro-Iodidi, National Formulary, Part II.) 
Tasteless Iron Chloride is made by adding an alkaline citrate in solution to a solution of iron sesquichloride, in 
such proportion that there shall be two molecules of the former to three molecules of chlorine. Usually from 120 to 
140 grains of citric acid saturated with soda, potassa, or ammonia are required for the preparation of an ounce of a 
tincture of corresponding strength to the official tincture. The addition should be made to the liquor, and the final 
solution must not contain more than 40 per cent, of alcohol. R. Rother affirms that these so-called salts are mere 
mixtures of iron citrate and iodide or chloride of the alkali used. (.4. J. P., 1876, p. 171; see, also, Syrupus Ferri 
Protochloridi, National Formulary, Part II.) 
* “Take of Lactic Acid a Jluidounce ; Iron, in the form of filings, half a troyounce ; Distilled Water a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the Acid with a pint of Distilled Water in an iron vessel, add the Iron, and digest the mixture on a 
water-bath, supplying Distilled Water, from time to time, to preserve the measure. When the action has ceased, filter 
the solution, while hot, into a porcelain capsule, and set it aside to crystallize. At the end of forty-eight hours, decant 
the liquid, wash the crystals with a little alcohol, and dry them on bibulous paper. By evaporating the mother- 
water in an iron vessel to one-half, filtering while hot, and setting the liquid aside, more crystals may be obtained.” 
U. S. 1870. 622 
Ferri Ladas. 
PART I. 
cium lactate. In this process the casein of the milk, acting as a ferment, converts not only 
the lactose of the milk, but the lactose added, into lactic acid; a result which would not take 
place were it not for the presence of the chalk, which saturates the lactic acid as it is formed, 
and prevents it from uniting with the casein, whereby the power of the latter as a ferment 
would be destroyed. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., vi. 54.) (See, also, other methods under Acidum 
Lacticum, p. 65.) Calcium lactate may be expeditiously converted into iron lactate by the 
following process of M. Lepage. Dissolve 100 parts of calcium lactate, obtained by M. Gob- 
ley’s process, in 500 parts of boiling water; dissolve also 68 parts of pure crystallized ferrous 
sulphate in 500 parts of cold distilled water. Mix the filtered solutions in a matrass, acidulate 
slightly with lactic acid, and heat in a water-bath, stirring frequently until the double decom- 
position is completed. Then filter to separate the calcium sulphate, and evaporate rapidly to 
one-lialf, either in an iron vessel, or in a porcelain capsule containing a few turnings of iron. 
Filter again, and set aside to crystallize ; and, having washed the crystals in a funnel with a 
little alcohol, dry them on bibulous paper. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., ix. 272.) In relation 
to the precautions to be observed in preparing this lactate, so as to prevent the partial oxida- 
tion of the iron, see A. J. P., 1853, p. 556* 
Ferrous lactate is in “ pale greenish-white crusts, consisting of small, needle-shaped crystals, 
having a slight, peculiar odor, and a mild, sweetish, ferruginous taste. Slowly but completely 
soluble in 40 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 12 parts of boiling water ; freely soluble 
in a solution of an alkali citrate, yielding a green solution ; almost insoluble in alcohol. When 
strongly heated, the salt froths up, gives out dense, white, acrid fumes, chars, and finally leaves 
a brownisli-red residue. The aqueous solution of the salt has a greenish-yellow color, a slightly 
acid reaction, and gives with potassium ferricyanide test-solution a deep blue, and with potas- 
sium ferrocyanide-test-solution a light blue, precipitate. A 2-per-cent, aqueous solution of the 
salt should not afford with lead acetate test-solution, nor, after acidulation with hydrochloric 
acid, with hydrogen sulphide test-solution, more than a whitish opalescence (limit or absence 
of sulphate, chloride, citrate, tartrate, malate, etc., and of foreign metals'). The aqueous solution, 
acidulated with nitric acid, should not afford more than a slight opalescence with barium chlo- 
ride test-solution, or with silver nitrate test-solution (limit of sulphate or chloride). If 25 C.c. 
of the aqueous solution (1 in 50), mixed with 5 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid, be boiled for a 
few minutes, then precipitated by an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, the 
filtrate, mixed with a few drops of alkaline cupric tartrate volumetric solution, and heated to 
boiling, should not afford a red precipitate (absence of sugar). If a portion of the salt be 
triturated with strong sulphuric acid, no offensive odor should be developed (absence of butyric 
acid), nor should any gas be evolved (absence of carbonate), and the mixture, after standing 
for some time, should not assume a brown color (absence of sugar, gum, or other readily car- 
bonizable impurities). If 1 Gm. of the salt, contained in a porcelain crucible, be moistened 
with nitric acid, and carefully ignited, it should leave a residue of ferric oxide weighing not 
less than 0-270 nor more than 0-278 Gm. This residue should not have an alkaline reaction 
upon litmus paper, nor yield anything soluble to water (absence of foreign salts)." JJ. S. Fer- 
rous lactate has an acid reaction. The aqueous solution quickly becomes yellow, in consequence 
of the iron passing to a higher state of oxidation. M. Louradour has seen several samples of 
this lactate variously adulterated, as with effloresced ferrous sulphate, starch, and lactin, the 
sophistication being concealed by the sale of the salt in powder. These impurities may be 
detected by appropriate reagents; but M. Louradour recommends the rejection of the salt when 
it is not in crystalline crusts. 
Medical Properties. Ferrous lactate has the general medical properties of the ferrugi- 
nous preparations, and has been especially used in chlorosis by Andral, Fouquier, Bouillaud, and 
other Parisian doctors. As much as twelve or even twenty grains (0-8—1-3 Gm.) may be given 
in the course of a day. It may be administered in lozenge, pill, or syrup. The lozenge may 
be made of one grain (0-065 Gm.) of the lactate to twelve grains (0-8 Gm.) of sugar; the pill, 
of one grain (0-065 Gm.) of the salt, with an equal weight of some inert powder free from 
astringent matter, and sufficient honey. The following is the formula for a syrup proposed by 
* Ferric Lactate. Instead of the official ferrous lactate, Louis P. Carbonell recommends the ferric lactate, which 
he succeeded in obtaining in light-brown transparent scales by following the process for the other scale preparations 
of iron, taking particular care fully to saturate the acid and to avoid high temperature during the whole operation. 
If the first precaution be overlooked, a more or less pasty mass will be the result, and if the temperature rise too high 
a pulverulent salt will be obtained. The scaled salt is freely soluble in water and alcohol. 
Iron and quinine lactate and iron and strychnine lactate may also be obtained in brown scales, have a bitter ferru- 
ginous taste, and are soluble in alcohol and water. (A. J. P., 1876, p. 489.) PART i. 
Ferri Oxidum Hydratum. 
623 
M. Cap. Take of ferrous lactate a drachm; white sugar twelve ounces and a half; boiling 
distilled water six fluidounces and a half. Bub the salt to powder with half an ounce of the 
sugar, and dissolve the mixture quickly in the boiling water. Pour the solution into a matrass 
placed on a sand-bath, and add to it the rest of the sugar in small pieces. When the sugar is 
dissolved, filter the syrup, and, as soon as it is cold, transfer it to bottles, which must be well 
stopped. This syrup has a very light amber color, and contains about four grains of the salt 
to the fluidounce. The dose is from two to four fluidrachms (7-5—15 C.c.). Bread, called 
chalybeate bread, containing ferrous lactate in the proportion of about a grain (0-065 Gm.) to 
the ounce (31-1 Gm.), has been used with advantage by chlorotic patients in one of the hospitals 
of Paris. The bread is not injured in taste or quality. 
FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM. U. S. Ferric Hydrate. 
[Ferric Hydroxide. Hydrated Oxide of Iron.] 
Fe2(OH)6; 213*52. (FEK'e! OX'I-DUM HY-DRA'TITM.) Fe2(H0)6; 213-8. 
Ferri Sesquioxidum ; Ferri Oxidum Rubrum; Hydrous Peroxide of Iron; Ferric Oxyhydrate; Ferrugo; Hydrated 
Peroxide of Iron, Hydrated Sesquioxide of Iron, Moist Peroxide of Iron; Hydras Ferricus; Sesquioxide (Peroxide) 
de Fer hydrate humide, Hydrate de Peroxyde de Fer gelatineux, Fr.; Feuchtes Bisenoxydhydrat, Gegengift der 
Arsenigensaure, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Ammonia Water, one hundred and ten cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 345 minims] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity. To the Ammonia Water, previously diluted with two hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of cold Water, add, under constant stirring, the 
Solution of Ferric Sulphate, previously diluted with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims] of cold Water. As soon as the precipitate has subsided, draw off the clear 
liquid by means of a siphon, then mix the precipitate intimately with about one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of cold Water, again draw off1 the clear liquid after 
subsidence of the precipitate, and repeat this operation, until a portion of the decanted liquid 
gives not more than a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Finally transfer 
the precipitate to a wet muslin strainer, and, after it has drained, mix it with sufficient cold 
Water to make the mixture weigh two hundred and fifty grammes [or 8 ounces av., 358 grains]. 
When Ferric Hydrate is to be made in haste, for use as an antidote, the washing may be 
performed more quickly, though less perfectly, by transferring the precipitate at once to a wet 
muslin strainer, pressing forcibly with the hands, until no more liquid passes, and then adding 
enough Water to make the whole weigh about two hundred and fifty grammes [or 8 ounces av., 
358 grains.] 
“ Note.—The ingredients for preparing Ferric Hydrate as an antidote should always be kept 
on hand in bottles containing, respectively, two hundred, cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 
minims] of the Solution of Ferric Sulphate, and two hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 
7 fluidounces, 210 minims] of Ammonia Water.” U. S. 
This preparation was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia on account of its importance 
as an antidote to arsenous acid. It is frequently used in the official processes as the source of 
iron when it is desired to produce a ferric compound, but the directions for making it always 
accompany the preparation in which it is used, because of the difficulty of preserving the ferric 
hydrate. In the former processes the first step was to convert ferrous sulphate into ferric sul- 
phate ; but in the present the official solution of ferric sulphate is taken already containing 
the iron in the proper state of oxidation. This is simply treated with ammonia water ( TJ. S.), 
which throws down the oxide combined with water, constituting the hydrated oxide required. 
It is the duty of the apothecary to be always prepared to make this antidote, by keeping the 
necessary solutions for its precipitation. Magnesia is probably a better precipitant than either 
of those official. (See next article.) In most cases of arsenical poisoning, minutes are of 
immense importance, and time must be lost in washing the precipitated iron if the official process 
be adhered to. Magnesia is not only not irritant, but is itself antidotal to arsenic : so that the 
precipitated mass may be given at once to the patient. The oxide should not be kept in stock, 
but when ordered as an antidote should be made fresh. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) no longer includes ferric hydrate. This is to be re- 
gretted, for, although not a stable preparation, an official process to be used in the emergency 
arising from arsenical poison should be quickly available; in our opinion every Pharmacopoeia 
should contain an official antidote to arsenic. 
Properties. Ferric hydrate, as directed by the U. S. formula, “ is a brownish-red magma, 
wholly soluble in hydrochloric acid without effervescence.” As prepared by the Dublin pro- 624 
Ferri Oxidurn Hydratum. 
PART I. 
cess, in which it was heated to redness, it lost the second molecule of water, and became the 
anhydrous sesquioxide (Fe203), identical with the colcothar of commerce. 
The monohydrated sesquioxide is a reddish-brown, tasteless, insoluble powder, differing from 
colcothar in containing a molecule of water. Hence, “ heated to dull redness in a test-tube it 
yields about 10 per cent, of moisture.” Br. (1885). It should not be deliquescent, and should 
dissolve entirely in hydrochloric acid without effervescence. Its solution in diluted hydrochloric 
acid yields a copious blue precipitate with potassium ferrocyanide, but none with the ferrieya- 
nide, showing that it contains ferric oxide but no ferrous oxide. If it contain copper, its hydro- 
chloric solution will deposit this metal on a bright piece of iron. M. Dawies states that if the 
hydrated oxide recently prepared be kept for four or five days in boiling water it loses a large 
proportion of its water, containing at the end of that time only 5-77 per cent.; the larger por- 
tion of the oxide has, therefore, become dehydrated; and the same thing happens at a lower 
temperature, 41-1° C. (106° F.), in two or three months: it becomes of a brick-red color, and 
is but slightly soluble in nitric acid. (Journ. de Pliarm., 4e ser., iv. 400.) This oxide is not 
used as a medicine. It is employed in making iron plaster and reduced iron, for which pur- 
poses other forms of oxidized iron would answer as well. The former Dublin rubigo ferri, or 
rust of iron, formed by exposing moistened iron wire to the air till converted into rust, is essen- 
tially the sesquioxide, containing a little ferric carbonate, and does not differ materially from 
the iron subcarbonate formerly official* 
If exposed to a red heat it loses the combined water, and becomes the anhydrous sesqui- 
oxide, less easily soluble in acids, improper for medical use, and altogether without effect as 
an antidote. Kept for some time in the pulpy state, it loses half its combined water, and 
becomes less soluble in acids and less efficient as an antidote. Dr. Hirsch has given some 
useful details in making precipitated ferric oxide upon a comparatively large scale, in Amer. 
Drug., 1884, 66. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ferric hydrate is not an eligible ferruginous prepara- 
tion for medical use. Its antidotal powers in poisoning by arsenic, the manner in which it acts, 
the circumstances which impair its efficiency, and the mode of using it, are fully explained 
under Acidum Arsenosum. Its power of rendering arsenous acid insoluble is readily shown by 
agitating a solution of the acid with a considerable excess of the moist oxide, filtering, and 
then testing the filtered solution for the acid: not a trace of the metal can be detected, even 
by hydrogen sulphide. It is stated, however, to be inferior as an antidote to the saccharated 
oxide. Ferric hydrate as obtained by the U. S. formula contains a little ammonia, which is 
thought by some to assist its antidotal powers. At least it has been ascertained that the 
sesquioxide when precipitated by potassa, as formerly directed by the Dublin College, is less 
efficient than when precipitated by ammonia, and must be employed in quantities three or four 
times as large to produce the same effect. The dry hydrate rubbed up with water is in the 
same proportion weaker than the pulpy hydrate. Ferric carbonate (formerly official) possesses 
* Ferri Subcarbonas, U. S. 1870; Subcarbonate of Iron ; Sesquioxide of Iron ; Red Oxide of Iron ; Precipitated 
Carbonate of Iron; Aperitive Saffron of Mars. “Take of Sulphate of Iron eight troy ounces ; Carbonate of Sodium 
nine troyounces ; Water eight pints. Dissolve the salts separately, each in four pints of the Water; then mix the 
solutions thoroughly, and set aside the mixture until the precipitate has subsided. Then pour off the supernatant 
liquid, wash the precipitate with water until the washings pass nearly tasteless, and dry it on bibulous paper without 
heat.” U. S. 1870. 
When the solutions of sodium carbonate and ferrous sulphate are mixed together, a hydrated ferrous carbonate, of 
a pale-blue color, is thrown down, and sodium sulphate remains in solution. The precipitate during the washing and 
drying absorbs oxygen and loses nearly all its carbonic acid, whereby it is converted almost entirely into ferric oxide. 
The direction to dry the precipitate without heat is important, as even a moderate elevation of temperature has been 
shown by the experiments of Mr. J. A. Rex to modify the resulting product unfavorably, diminishing its solubility 
in hydrochloric acid in proportion to the heat employed. (A. J. P., May 1862, p. 193.) 
Properties. Ferric carbonate is a reddish-brown powder, of a disagreeable, slightly styptic taste, insoluble in 
water, and not readily dissolved by any acid except hydrochloric, with which it effervesces slightly. When of a 
bright-red color it should be rejected, as this color shows that it has been injured by exposure to heat. After precipi- 
tation from its hydrochloric solution by ammonia or potassa, either of which throws down ferric oxide, the super- 
natant liquor should give no indications of containing any metal in solution by the test of hydrogen sulphide or 
potassium ferrocyanide. It is incompatible with acids and acidulous salts. In composition it is a hydrated ferric 
oxide containing a little ferrous carbonate. By exposure to a red heat, it absorbs oxygen and loses water and car- 
bonic acid, being converted into the astringent saffron of Mars of the French Codex. After ignition it is no longer 
a subcarbonate, but is converted into the pure sesquioxide, which is less soluble in acids and less efficient as a medi- 
cine than the preparation in its original state. Hence it is wrong to expose the subcarbonate to a red heat, as some 
manufacturing chemists are in the habit of doing in order to give it a bright-red color. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ferric carbonate is a rather feeble ferruginous tonic, nearly free from astringency, 
and causing, even in the largest doses, no obvious effects save a very slight gastric disturbance. It has been es- 
pecially commended in neuralgia in doses of a teaspoonful (3'75 C.c.). Dose, five grains (0'33 Gm.). Fern Oxidum Hydratum cum Magnesia.—Ferri Phosphas. 
625 
PART I. 
antidotal powers to arsenic, though in an inferior degree ; but this statement will not apply to 
it after it has been exposed to a red heat, to which it is improperly subjected by some manu- 
facturing chemists. By ignition it becomes anhydrous, and altogether inefficient as an antidote. 
FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM CUM MAGNESIA. U. S. Ferric Hydrate 
with Magnesia. [Arsenic Antidote.] 
Antidotum Arsenici, P. G.; Antidote to Arsenious Acid; Hydrated Oxide of Iron with Magnesia; Gegengift der 
Arsenigensaure, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Magnesia, 
ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Solution of Ferric Sulphate 
with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water, and keep the liquid in 
a large, well-stoppered bottle. Rub the Magnesia with cold Water to a smooth and thin mixture, 
transfer this to a bottle capable of holding about one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims], and fill it with Water to about three-fourths of its capacity. When the 
preparation is wanted for use, shake the Magnesia mixture to a homogeneous, thin magma, 
gradually add to it the Iron Solution, and shake them together until a uniform, smooth mixture 
results. 
“ Note.—The diluted Solution of Ferric Sulphate, and the mixture of Magnesia with Water, 
should always be kept on hand, ready for immediate use.” U. S. 
This is a preparation which has been introduced for the purpose of furnishing a ready and 
efficient antidote against arsenous acid. It is almost identical with the Antidotum Arsenici 
of the German Pharmacopoeia, and experience has shown its effectiveness. Ferric hydrate is 
produced when the mixture of magnesia is added to the diluted solution of ferric sulphate, and, 
as the magnesia is in excess and acidity thus prevented, no harm can result from not separating 
the by-products of the reaction. When mixed as officially directed, and ready for use, it con- 
tains ferric hydrate with magnesium sulphate and hydrate. It has been shown that no sol- 
uble compound with arsenic is formed when it is used as an antidote, and the presence of the 
magnesium salts, from a therapeutical point of view, is not at all objectionable. (See Acidum 
Arsenosum, p. 19.) 
(FER'RI OX'I-DUM IIY-DRA'TUM CUM MXG-NE'§I-A.) 
FERRI PHOSPHAS. Br. Iron Phosphate. 
(FBR'KI PHOS'PHXS.) 
“ A powder containing not less than 47 per cent, of hydrous ferrous phosphate, Fe3(P04)2 
8HaO, with ferric phosphate and some iron oxide.” Br. 
Phosphate of Iron; Ferrum Phosphoricum, P.G.; Phosphas Ferroso-Ferricus; Ferroso-Ferric Phosphate; Phos- 
phate de Fer, Phosphate ferroso-ferrique, Fr.; Phosphorsaures Eisenoxydul (Eiseooxydul-Oxyd), G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 60 grammes; Sodium Phosphate, 2f ounces 
(Imp.) or 55 grammes; Sodium Bicarbonate, J ounce (Imp.) or 15 grammes; Distilled Water, 
boiling, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Ferrous Sulphate in thirty fluid ounces (Imp. meas. ) 
or six hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water, and the Sodium Phosphate in an equal 
quantity of Distilled Water ; when each of the solutions has cooled to between 100° and 130° F. 
(STB0 and 54-4° C.), add the latter to the former, pouring in also a solution of the Sodium 
Bicarbonate in a little Distilled Water; mix thoroughly; transfer the precipitate to a calico 
filter; wash it with hot Distilled Water until the washings no longer afford any reaction with 
the tests for sulphates; finally dry the precipitate at a temperature not exceeding 120° F. 
(48-9° C.).” Br. 
The title of the U. S. salt has been changed in the U. S. P. (1890) by the addition of the 
word “ Solubilisthis action should have been taken in 1880, for reasons set forth in the 
16th ed. U. S. D. Considerable confusion has been caused in the past through mistaking the 
insoluble slate-colored ferric phosphate for the official scaled salt, which is soluble (see page 
(527). As obtained by the present process, the U. S. salt is not a definite chemical compound, 
hut a mixture, which should probably be called sodio-ferric citro-phosphate, and bears a re- 
semblance to the pyrophosphate, which is now directed to be made by a similar process. (See 
Ferri Pyrophosphas.) 
The British iron phosphate is a very different salt. By double decomposition ferrous phos- 
phate and sodium sulphate are produced, the former precipitating as a white bulky powder, 
which soon changes on exposure to a greenish-blue, and ultimately to a slate color; a portion 
of sulphuric acid is liberated from the ferrous sulphate during the reaction, and this, retaining 
in solution some of the ferrous phosphate, requires the addition of the solution of sodium 626 
Ferri Phosphas. 
PART I. 
bicarbonate to decompose it and set free the remainder of the ferrous phosphate. This salt, 
when first formed, is represented by the formula Fea(P04)2; but the strong affinity of its 
ferrous oxide for oxygen causes the gradual production of sesquisalt, which, therefore, to 
a certain extent, always exists in the preparation; hence the British authority requires 
it to contain at least 47 per cent, of ferrous phosphate, Fe3(P04)28H20. (See P. J. Tr., 
1897, 141.) 
Ferric phosphate, as made by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, is in “ thin, bright green, transparent 
scales, without odor, and having an acidulous, slightly saline taste. The salt is permanent in 
dry air when excluded from light, but becomes dark and discolored on exposure to light. 
Freely and completely soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution of 
the salt has a slightly acid reaction. With potassium ferrocyanide test-solution it gives a blue 
color, but does not yield a blue precipitate, unless it has been acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid. If 1 Gm. of the salt be boiled with 10 C.c. of potassium or sodium hydrate test- 
solution, a reddish-brown precipitate will be produced, and if the colorless filtrate from this 
precipitate be strongly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, then magnesia mixture added, and 
subsequently a slight excess of ammonia water, an abundant, white, crystalline precipitate 
will be produced. If a portion of the filtrate from this precipitate be acidulated with acetic 
acid, and heated to boiling, no further precipitate should be produced (absence of pyrophos- 
phate). If 0-56 (0-5588) Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a 
capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the 
addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a tempera- 
ture of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it 
should require about 12 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to dis- 
charge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 
1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. When made by the British process, it is in the form of 
“ A slate-blue amorphous powder, insoluble in water, soluble in hydrochloric acid. The solution 
yields a precipitate with solutions of potassium ferrocyanide and ferricyanide ; and when treated 
with tartaric acid and an excess of solution of ammonia, and subsequently with the solution of 
magnesium ammonio-sulphate, it gives a white granular precipitate. Each gramme dissolved 
in hydrochloric add should not cease to yield a blue precipitate with solution of potassium fer- 
ricyanide until at least 282 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of potassium bichromate 
have been added. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for arsenium.” This 
shows the presence of 47 per cent, of ferrous phosphate. 
Ferric phosphate, dissolved to saturation in a boiling solution of metaphosphoric acid 
(HP0S), under the name of superphosphate of iron, was proposed as a new remedy, in January, 
1851, by Dr. Routh, of London. Mr. Thomas Greenish, of the same city, states that the 
solution of the salt, on cooling, hardens into a mass of pilular consistence, soluble in water in 
all proportions, and free from any disagreeable or inky taste. 
Medical Properties. Ferric phosphate possesses the general properties of the ferrugi- 
nous preparations, and has been given with advantage in amenorrhoea and dyspepsia. The 
dose is from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.).* 
* Compound Syrup of Phosphate of Iron. Chemical Food. For a formula for a compound syrup of phosphate of 
iron by Mr. Wiegand, made by introducing into it the phosphates of calcium, potassium, and sodium, and for re- 
marks on the pharmacy of the phosphates by Prof. Procter, see A. J. P., 1854 (pp. Ill and 112). A formula simi- 
lar to Mr. Wiegand’s, communicated by Mr. Edward Parrish as probably representing the process for a secret prep- 
aration considerably used in this city, may be found in A.J. P., 1857 (p. 573). These formulas are too complicated 
to have any therapeutic value. Nevertheless, as the preparations have had much vogue, under the name of chemical 
food, we give the formula of Mr. Parrish from the journal referred to. “Take of Sulphate of Iron 3X> Phosphate 
of Soda Phosphate of Lime 2>xii; Glacial Phosphoric Acid Jxx; Carbonate of Soda j Carbonate of Po- 
tassa Hydrochloric Acid, Water of Ammonia, each, q. s.; Powdered Cochineal 30 j Water q. s. to make f§xx; 
Sugar Ibiij (troy); Oil of Orange Ttpx. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in f Jjij and the Phosphate of Soda in 
of boiling Water. Mix the solutions, and wash the precipitated phosphate of iron till the washings are tasteless. 
Dissolve the Phosphate of Lime in f§iv of boiling Water with sufficient Hydrochloric Acid to make a clear solution, 
precipitate it with Water of Ammonia, and wash the precipitate. To the freshly precipitated phosphates add the 
Phosphoric Acid previously dissolved in Water. When clear, add the Carbonates of Soda and Potassa, and after- 
wards sufficient Hydrochloric Acid to dissolve the precipitate. Now add Cochineal mixed with the Sugar, apply 
heat, and, when the syrup is formed, strain and flavor it. Each teaspoonful contains about one grain of phosphate 
of iron and two and a half grains of phosphate of lime, with smaller quantities of the alkaline phosphates, all in 
perfect solution.” The objection to such preparations as this is not that each of the ingredients may not be useful, 
but, that they are so numerous that a morbid state of system in which they can all be indicated must be extremely 
rare, and every medicine is more or less noxious if given when it is not needed. The probability is that the thera- 
peutic value of the preparation depends mainly on its ferruginous ingredient, and that, as a rule, its therapeutic 
effects may be equally well if not better obtained from a simple syrup of ferric phosphate. (See P. J. Tr., 1893, 
795, 797.) Ferri Phosphas Solubilis.—Ferri Pyrophosphas Solubilis. 
PART I. 
627 
FERRI PHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS. U. S. Soluble Ferric Phosphate. 
Ferri Phosphas, U.S. 1880. 
“ Ferric grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Sodium Phosphate, uneffloresced, 
fifty-five grammes [or 1 ounce av., 411 grains] ; Distilled Water, one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Dissolve the Ferric Citrate in the Distilled Water by heating 
on a water-bath. To this solution add the Sodium Phosphate, and stir constantly until it is 
dissolved. Evaporate the solution on a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. 
(140° F.), to the consistence of thick syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when 
dry, the salt may he obtained in scales. Keep the product in dark amber-colored, well-stop- 
pered bottles.” U. S. (See preceding article.)* 
(FER'RI PHOs'PHAS SO-LU'BI-LIS.) 
FERRI PYROPHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS. U. S. Soluble Ferric Pyro- 
phosphate. 
Ferri Pyrophosphas, V. S. 1880; Ferric Pyrophosphate; Pyrophosphate of Iron; Ferrum Pyrophosphoricum cum 
Ammonio Citrico, P. G.; Pyrophosphas Ferricus cum Citrate Ammonico; Pyrophosphate of Iron with Ammonium 
Citrate; Pyrophosphate de Fer citro-ammoniacal, Fr.; Pyrophosphorsaures Eisenoxyd mit Citronensauren Ammo- 
nium, G. 
“ Ferric Citrate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Sodium Pyrophosphate, unefflo- 
resced, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Distilled Water, one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Dissolve the Ferric Citrate in the Distilled Water, by heating 
on a water-bath. To this solution add the Sodium Pyrophosphate, and stir constantly, until it 
is dissolved. Evaporate the solution, on a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. 
(140° F.), to the consistence of thick syrup, and spread it on plates of glass, so that, when dry, 
the salt may be obtained in scales. Keep the product in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered 
bottles.” U S. 
There does not seem to be a good reason for appending “ Solubilis” to the title of this salt: 
it is practically the same ferric pyrophosphate as that of the U. S. P. 1880, which had no such 
addition (see Ferri Phosphas Solubilis'). The unnecessary lengthening of the official Latin 
names which must be used in prescription-writing is to be strongly deprecated. This formula 
is based upon a method proposed by M. E. Robiquet to the Academy of Medicine at Paris, in 
February, 1857, of preparing ferric pyrophosphate for use, by dissolving a gelatinous precipitate 
of the salt in a solution of ammonium citrate, and forming a syrup with the solution.-j- 
The view which obtained when this process was first made official was that a double salt was 
formed, consisting of ferric pyrophosphate and ammonium citrate, which might be called 
ammonio-ferric citro-ortho phosphate. According to R. Rother (A. J. P., 1876, p. 174), there 
was an excess of ferric citrate in the pyrophosphate of iron of the U. S. P. 1870, and it was 
believed to be a complex mixture of the colloid salts ammonio-ferric pyrophosphate, ammonio- 
ferric citrate, and free ferric citrate, as shown in the reaction 2(Fe43P207) -{- 6(NH4)3CeH607 = 
(FER'RI PY-RO-PIIOS'PIIAS SO-LU'BI-LIS.) 
Simple Syrup of Phosphate of Iron. Subsequently Mr. Wiegand gave a formula for a simple syrup of phosphate 
of iron, made by dissolving the recently precipitated salt in hydrochloric acid and adding the requisite quantity of 
sugar. By a misprint the sodium phosphate taken is double what it should be. The same writer has proposed 
to make a syrup of the iron and calcium phosphates, by dissolving in the above a definite quantity of recently pre- 
cipitated calcium phosphate, made by double decomposition between solutions of calcium chloride and sodium 
phosphate. See his formulas in A. J. P., 1855 (p. 104). 
* W. A. Puckner (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 231) proposes the following modification of the official process, preferring 
potassium chlorate to nitric acid as an oxidizing agent. Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, 156 6m.; sulphuric 
acid, 20 C.c.; potassium chlorate, 12 Gm.; ammonia water, 340 C.c.; citric acid, 120 Gin.; sodium phosphate, 
uneffloresced, 200 Gm.; water, a sufficient quantity. Add the sulphuric acid to 240 C.c. of water, contained in a 
glass or porcelain vessel, to this add the ferrous sulphate, warm gently until all is dissolved, then add the potassium 
chlorate and continue the heat for one-half hour, or until a drop of the solution added to potassium ferricyanide test- 
solution no longer produces a distinct green or bluish-green color. Add this solution, slowly and with constant agi- 
tation, to the ammonia water contained in a suitable vessel; to this mixture add hot water, 4000 C.c., and allow to 
subside, and, after one-half hour, decant or siphon off the clear supernatant liquid. To the residue add 2000 C.c. of 
hot water, allow to subside, and decant; repeat this washing with six portions of hot water, allowing the last portion 
to subside for at least six hours or overnight. Decant or siphon off the clear liquid as closely as possible, then add 
to the remaining magma the citric acid and the sodium phosphate, warm gently until solution results, and then 
evaporate on a water-bath at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. until the solution weighs 500 Gm., and spread it 
on plates of glass, so that, when dry, the salt may be obtained in scales. 
Solution Ferric Phosphate (50 per cent.). By evaporating the solution made by Puckner’s method (see above) 
on a water-bath until it measures 500 C.c., a solution is made containing 50 per cent, of ferric phosphate. (U. S. P.) 
f For these processes in detail, and Soubeiran’s Syrup of Pyrophosphate of Iron, see U. S. D., 15th edition, page 
682. 628 
Feft'ri Pyrophosphas Solubilis.—Ferri Sulphas. 
part 1. 
Fe.3P,0,.3(NH4),P,07 + 2(FeC,H 0,.(NH,),CeH507) + 2(FeC.He0,). By mixing two 
molecules of ferric citrate and one of ammonium pyrophosphate a compound analogous to the 
official preparation was obtained, containing the same proportion of ammonio-ferric pyrophos- 
phate, but mixed with twice as much ammonio-ferric citrate and free ferric citrate. Rother’s 
views were adopted by the Committee of Revision of 1880, as well as the salt which he recom- 
mended, in which ammonia was replaced by soda, because of the greater stability of the latter. 
Soluble Ferric Pyrophosphate consists probably of sodio-ferric pyrophosphate, sodio-ferric 
citrate, and free ferric citrate. 
Sodio-ferric pyrophosphate, dried at 100° C., is considered by Fliickiger (Pharm. Chem., 2d 
ed., p. 607, 1888) to have the following composition : Fe4(Pa07)3 + 3Na4P20? -j- 14H20. 
Properties. “ Thin, apple-green, transparent scales, without odor, and having an acidulous, 
slightly saline taste. The salt is permanent in dry air, when excluded from light, but becomes 
dark and discolored on exposure to light. Freely and completely soluble in water, but insoluble 
in alcohol. The aqueous solution of the salt has a slightly acid reaction. With potassium 
ferrocyanide test-solution it gives a blue color, but does not yield a blue precipitate, unless it 
has been acidulated with hydrochloric acid. If 1 Grin, of the salt be boiled with 10 C.c. of 
potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, a reddish-brown precipitate will be produced, and 
if the colorless filtrate from this precipitate be strongly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, then 
magnesia mixture added, and subsequently a slight excess of ammonia water, no precipitate 
should be produced (distinction from and absence of ferric phosphate'). If a portion of the 
filtrate be acidulated with acetic acid, and heated to boiling, an abundant, white, flocculent 
precipitate (pyrophosphate) will be produced. If 0-56 (0-5588) Gan. of the salt be dissolved 
in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 10 C.c. of water, then 10 
C.c. of hydrochloric acid and subsequently 40 C.c. of water added, and, after the addition of 
1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. 
(104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require 
about 10 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or 
greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of 
metallic iron.)” U. S. 
Medical Properties. It is a very good chalybeate, mild yet efficient in its action on the 
system, without disagreeable taste, and, from its solubility, readily administered in any form 
that may be desirable, whether that of pill, simple solution in water,* or syrup. The dose is 
from two to five grains (0-13-0-33 Gm.). 
Fe S04. 7H2 O ; 277*42. (FER'KI SUL'PHAS.) Fe S04. 7H2 0; 277-9. 
FERRI SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Ferrous Sulphate. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, FeS04,7H20, may be prepared by the interaction of diluted sulphuric 
acid and iron.” Br. “ Ferrous Sulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Sulphate of Iron, Green Vitriol; Ferrum Sulfuricum Purum, P. G.; Sulfas Ferrosus, Ferrum Vitriolatum Purum, 
Vitriolum Martis Purum; Ferrous Sulphate; Sulfate (Protosulfate) de Fer, Sulfate ferreux, Fr.; Schwefelsaures 
Eisenoxydul, G. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1885) contained the following process for this salt: 
“ Take of Iron Wire four ounces [avoirdupois] ; Sulphuric Acid four fluidounces [Imperial 
measure] ; Distilled Water one pint and a half [Imp. rneas.]. Pour the Water on the Iron 
placed in a porcelain dish, add the Sulphuric Acid, and, when the disengagement of gas has 
nearly ceased, boil for ten minutes. Filter now through paper, and, after the lapse of twenty- 
four hours, separate the crystals which have been deposited from the solution. Let these be 
dried on filtering paper placed on porous bricks, and preserved in a stoppered bottle.” 
The object of this process is to make a pure ferrous sulphate by direct combination. Sul- 
phuric acid, in a concentrated state, acts but imperfectly on iron ; but when diluted, a vigorous 
action takes place, the oxygen of the water converts the metal into an oxide, with which the 
sulphuric acid unites, and hydrogen is evolved. The theoretical quantities for mutual reaction 
are 56 of iron to 98 of acid. This proportion is one part of iron to one and three-quarters of 
acid. The British Council uses an excess of acid, the weight of acid taken being 7 38 avoir- 
dupois ounces, instead of 7. An excess of iron, however, is desirable, as it tends to secure the 
* Liquor Ferri Pyrophosphatis. A permanent solution may be made by Rother’s process by dissolving 120 grains 
of iron pyrophosphate in five fluidrachms of water with the aid of heat, filtering whilst hot, mixing the filtrate with 
two fluidrachms of glycerin, and adding enough water through the filter to make one fluidounce. (Drug. Girc., 1886, 
p. 99.) PART I. 
Fern Sulphas. 
629 
production of a perfect ferrous sulphate. A process for this salt was given in the TJ. S. P. 1870, 
which was based upon the method of Bonsdorff. This chemist found that, when a perfect 
ferrous sulphate was formed in solution by heating dilute sulphuric acid with an excess of iron, 
it might be crystallized free from sesquioxide, provided a little excess of sulphuric acid were 
added to the liquid before filtration, in order to prevent the formation of any sesquioxide during 
the process; at the same time avoiding, as much as possible, the contact of the air. Hence 
the directions in the former U. S. formula to acidulate with sulphuric acid, to cause the funnel to 
touch the bottom of the receiving vessel, which avoids the dropping of the liquid through the 
air, and to cover the vessel containing the concentrated liquid when it is set aside to crystallize. 
Properties. Ferrous sulphate is in the form of “ large, pale bluish-green, monoclinic 
prisms, without odor, and having a saline, styptic taste. Efflorescent in dry air, and, on ex- 
posure to a moist atmosphere, rapidly absorbing oxygen, and becoming coated with brownish- 
yellow, basic, ferric sulphate. Soluble in 1-8 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-3 
part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When slowly heated to 115° C. (239° F.), the 
crystals fall to powder, and lose 38-84 per cent, of their weight (6 molecules of water of crys- 
tallization). The aqueous solution of the salt has an acid reaction, and, even when highly 
diluted, gives with potassium ferricyanide test-solution a blue color or precipitate, and with 
barium chloride test-solution a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. If 1 Gm. of 
the salt be dissolved in about 25 C.c. of water, the solution heated to boiling, oxidized with 
nitric acid, and then mixed with a slight excess of ammonia water, the filtrate from the reddish- 
brown precipitate should be colorless, and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test- 
solution (absence of copper, zinc, etc.). If another portion of the filtrate be evaporated to 
dryness, and then ignited, it should not leave more than a trace of residue (limit of salts of 
the fixed alkalies'). If 1-39 (1-3871) Gm. of the salt be dissolved in about 25 C.c. of water, 
and the solution acidulated with sulphuric acid, not less than 50 C.c. of potassium permanga- 
nate decinormal volumetric solution should be required to impart to the liquid a permanent 
pink color (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 2 per cent, of crystallized Ferrous 
Sulphate).” U. S. “ In oblique rhombic prisms, of a pale bluish-green color and astringent 
taste; insoluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), soluble in less than 2 parts of cold water and giving 
a clear solution (absence of oxysulphate). It affords the reactions characteristic of ferrous 
salts and of sulphates. Each gramme dissolved in water acidulated with sulphuric acid should 
not cease to yield a blue precipitate with solution of potassium ferricyanide until 36 cubic cen- 
timetres of the volumetric solution of potassium bichromate have been added. It should yield 
no characteristic reaction with the tests for copper, zinc, potassium, sodium, or ammonium. 
Its solution in, water should not give any precipitate with hydrogen sulphide (absence of ferric 
compounds, etc.).” Br. As prepared by Bonsdorff’s method, ferrous sulphate is blue verging 
upon green. When it becomes more green than blue, or entirely green, an indication is afforded 
that it contains some sesquioxide. By exposure to the air the crystals absorb oxygen, and 
become first green, and ultimately covered with a yellow efflorescence of subsulphate, insoluble 
in water. Sometimes the crystals are quite permanent when made by Bonsdorff’s method, 
owing to the slight excess of acid which they contain. The aqueous solution is bluish green; 
but by standing it attracts oxygen, and becomes first green and then reddish, depositing, in the 
mean time, a portion of sesquisulphate, having the composition Fe2(S04)3 -j- Fea03 + 8H20. 
(Wittstein, Chem. Gaz., May 15, 1849 ; from Buchner's Repert.) At a red heat it loses its 
acid, and is converted into the anhydrous ferric oxide called colcothar. It is incompatible with 
the alkalies and their carbonates, soaps, lime water, calcium and barium chlorides, sodium borate 
and phosphate, silver nitrate, and lead acetate and subacetate. It is decomposed also by astrin- 
gent vegetable infusions, the tannic and gallic acids of which form, if any sesquioxide be present, 
a black compound of the nature of ink. The extent to which this change lessens the activity 
of the salt is not well ascertained. Ferrous sulphate, as found in commerce, is often the impure 
commercial sulphate, which is not fit for medicinal use.* The perfectly pure salt is precipitated 
* Commercial Ferrous Sulphate. Copperas. This was formerly official in the London Pharmacopoeia, in which it 
was employed for preparing the pure sulphate. It is manufactured on a large scale for the purposes of the arts, from 
the native ferric sulphide, or iron pyrites, by roasting, oxidation by exposure to air and moisture, and lixiviation. 
The constituents of the mineral become sulphuric acid and ferrous and ferric oxides, which, by their union, form the 
salt. Ferrous sulphate is also obtained in many chemical processes as a collateral product, as in the manufacture of 
alum, in the precipitation of copper from solutions of copper sulphate by scraps of iron, etc. 
Commercial ferrous sulphate is far from being pure. Besides containing some ferric sulphate, it is generally con- 
taminated with metallic and earthy salts: such as those of copper, zinc, alumina, and magnesia. Two principal 
kinds occur in the market, one in large grass-green crystals, the surface of which is studded with ochreous spots; 630 
Ferri Sulphas.—Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus. 
PART I. 
white by potassium ferrocyanide; but that of ordinary purity gives a greenish precipitate, more 
or less deep, with this test, owing to the presence of some ferric oxide. Copper may be detected 
by immersing in the solution a bright piece of iron, on which a cupreous film will be deposited. 
Both copper and zinc may be discovered by oxidizing the iron by boiling the solution of the 
salt with nitric acid and then precipitating the iron by an excess of ammonia. If the filtered 
solution be blue, copper is present; and if it contain zinc, this will be separated in flakes of 
white oxide on expelling the excess of ammonia by ebullition. 
It is often desirable to protect ferrous sulphate against the oxidation to which it is liable 
on exposure. Sugar acts as a preservative in the case of this salt, as in that of ferrous iodide. 
It may be added to the solution, or incorporated with the sulphate in substance. M. E. Latour 
has given a formula for crystallizing the salt with sugar. Mr. Geo. Welborn has found a small 
lump of camphor, wrapped in tissue-paper and placed in the bottle with the sulphate, to pre- 
vent its oxidation. (jF*. J. Tr., May, 1868, p. 537.) M. Pavesi, of Mortara, effects the same 
object by incorporating it with an equal weight of gum arabic, by evaporating a joint solution 
of the two substances with a gentle heat. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iii. 49.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ferrous sulphate is a very astringent chalybeate. In 
overdoses it produces nausea, vomiting, griping, and purging, and other evidences of gastro- 
enteric irritation or inflammation. Its astringency fits it especially for use when anaemia is 
conjoined with marked relaxation or a tendency to immoderate discharges, such as passive 
hemorrhages, colliquative sweats, leucorrhoea, gleet, etc. Externally, the solution is used in 
chronic ophthalmia, leucorrhoea, and gleet, made of various strengths, from one or two to eight 
or ten grains of the salt to the fluidounce of water. M. Velpeau has found it an excellent 
remedy in erysipelas, applied topically in the form of solution or ointment. The solution was 
made of three and a half drachms of the salt to a pint of water, and applied by compresses 
kept constantly wet. In a few cases convenience required the application of the ointment, made 
of eight parts of the salt to thirty of lard. An ointment made of one or two parts of the 
sulphate to sixty of lard was found by M. Devergie to be particularly efficacious in certain skin 
diseases, especially in eczema. In scaly affections it had no effect. The dose is from one to 
two grains (0065-013 6m.), in the form of pill, which should be made from the dry sulphate. 
(See Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus.) 
Ferrous sulphate, usually in the form of the impure salt or commercial copperas, is a powerful 
disinfectant, although, according to experiments, its germicidal power is very feeble. When 
thrown into a mass of decomposing organic matter, a portion of it is at once precipitated as a 
sulphide or as an oxide by the hydrogen sulphide and ammonia present. It is asserted that 
ferric sulphate unites with organic substances to form definite stable compounds, and that ani- 
mal substances kept in a 3-per-cent, solution of neutral ferric sulphate for a length of time and 
afterwards removed from it mummify without decomposition. (New Remedies, Dec. 1883, 685.) 
FERRI SULPHAS EXSICCATUS. U. S., Br. Dried Ferrous Sulphate. 
(FKR'RI SUL'PIIAS EX-SIC-CA'TUS.) 
Approximately 2Fe SO*. 3H2 O ; 357*28. Fe SO*. Ha O; 169 9. 
Ferri Sulphas Bxsiccata, Br. 1885; Dried Sulphate of Iron; Exsiccated Ferrous Sulphate; Ferrum Sulfuricum 
Siccum, P. U.; Sulfate de Fer desseche, Fr.; Entwassertes Schwefelsaures Eisenoxydul, G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, in coarse powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. 
Allow the salt to effloresce at a temperature of about 40° C. (104° F.), and then heat it in a 
porcelain dish, on a water-bath, constantly stirring, until the product weighs from sixty-four to 
sixty-jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 113 grains, to 2 ounces av., 128 grains]. Lastly, reduce the 
residue to a fine powder, and transfer it at once to perfectly dry, well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“Expose Ferrous Sulphate, FeS04,7H20, in a porcelain or iron dish to a temperature of 
212° F. (100° C.), stirring occasionally until aqueous vapor ceases to be given off; reduce the 
residue, which should weigh about 60 per cent, of the oiiginal salt, to a fine powder.” Br. 
Properties. “A grayish-white powder, slowly but completely soluble in water, and con- 
forming approximately to the reactions and tests given under Ferri Sulphas.’' U. S. 100 
parts of crystallized ferrous sulphate yield about 65 per cent, of the dried salt. “ A nearly 
white powder, slowly but entirely soluble in water. Each gramme dissolved in water acidu- 
lated with sulphuric acid should not cease to yield a blue precipitate with solution of potassium 
the other of a bluish-green color, and ordinarily mixed with the powder of the effloresced salt. The commercial 
sulphate should never be dispensed by the pharmacist until it has undergone purification by recrystallization from a 
slightly acid solution. Fern Sulphas Granulatus.—Ferri Valerianas. 
631 
PART I. 
ferricyanide until at least 54-6 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of potassium bichro- 
mate have been added, corresponding to at least 921 per cent, of Exsiccated Ferrous Sulphate, 
FeS04,H20.” Br. 
In this process six mols. out of seven of the water of crystallization of the salt are driven 
off. The heat should not exceed 149° C. (300° F.) ; otherwise the salt itself would suffer de- 
composition. If the heat has been excessive, the color of the salt will be brownish instead of 
grayish white. Dried ferrous sulphate is used for making pills, the crystallized sulphate not 
being adapted to that purpose. In prescribing the dried sulphate it is necessary to recollect 
that about three grains of it are equivalent to five grains of the crystallized salt. 
FERRI SULPHAS GRANULATUS. U. S. Granulated Ferrous Sulphate. 
[Ferri Sulphas Praecipitatus, Pharm. 1880.] 
Fe SO*.7HaO; 277*42. (FER'RI SUL'PHXs GRXN-U-LA'tCs.) FeS04.7H20; 277-9. 
Granulated Sulphate of Iron; Precipitated Ferrous Sulphate, Precipitated Sulphate of Iron. 
“Ferrous Sulphate, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]; Distilled Water, 
one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Diluted Sulphuric Acid,yu>e cubic 
centimeters [or 81 minims] ; Alcohol, twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 406 minims]. Dissolve the 
Ferrous Sulphate in the Distilled Water previously heated to boiling, add the Diluted Sul- 
phuric Acid, and filter the solution while hot. Evaporate the solution immediately in a tared 
porcelain capsule, on a sand-bath, until it weighs one hundred and jifty grammes [or 5 ounces 
av., 127 grains], and then cool it quickly, under constant stirring. Transfer the product to a 
glass funnel stopped with a plug of absorbent cotton, and, when it has thoroughly drained, 
pour upon it the Alcohol. When this also has drained, spread the crystalline powder on bibu- 
lous paper, dry it quickly in the sunlight, or in a dry room, at the ordinary temperature, and 
transfer it at once to perfectly dry, well-stoppered bottles.” JJ. S. 
The process of the U. S. P. (1890) differs radically in manipulation from that of 1880 ; instead 
of pouring the filtered solution of ferrous sulphate into alcohol and collecting the precipitate 
which falls, the solution is granulated by heat with constant stirring (not quite to dryness), 
and this salt is then washed with alcohol, which displaces impurities and facilitates the rapid 
drying of the granular powder. 
The product is practically identical with the granulated sulphate of iron of the British 
Pharmacopoeia (1885). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) omitted the granulated salt entirely. 
The process of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 had the advantage of being more manageable 
and convenient, ferrous sulphate being used directly instead of being made by the action of 
sulphuric acid on the metal. The directions given in the first part of the British process are 
precisely the same as those laid down by the British Council for making ferrous sulphate; 
but the hot solution of the iron in the sulphuric acid, instead of being allowed to filter into 
an empty vessel, is made to drop into a portion of rectified spirit, the mixture being stirred 
while it cools. The acid directed is in excess ; and the filtrate is consequently an acid solution 
of ferrous sulphate mixed with spirit. The stirring as the mixture cools, finely granulates the 
salt, which separates perfectly pure, the spirit holding in solution any ferric sulphate which 
may have been formed, and the excess of acid dissolving any free sesquioxide. This process, 
in its main features, is that of M. Berthemot. (See 8th ed. U. S. D.) 
Properties. “ Granulated Ferrous Sulphate is a very pale bluish-green, crystalline powder, 
which should conform in every respect to the reactions and tests given under Ferri Sulphas.” 
U. S. Barckhauser, Salzer, and others have stated that ferrous sulphate precipitated by alcohol 
did not always contain seven molecules of water, and it could not be relied upon for making 
volumetric solutions because of this lack of uniformity in composition. Caro (Annalen, clxv. 
29) and Schlickum (Pharm. Zeitung, No. 49), on the other hand, maintain that precipitated 
ferrous sulphate is constant in composition, and Schlickum proved that if the precipitation took 
place in the cold it always contained seven molecules of water, but boiling with strong alcohol 
diminished the proportion of water of crystallization. This salt is less liable to oxidation on 
exposure than is the sulphate in its ordinary form, and experience has shown that it is admirably 
adapted for dispensing. 
FERRI VALERI AN AS. U. S. Ferfic Valerianate 
“Ferric Valerianate should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark 
place.” U.S. 
(FER'RI VA-LE-RI-A'NiS.) F&2 (C5 H9 02)6; 717-8. 632 
Fern Valerianas.—Ferrum. 
This preparation, which was official in the old Dublin Pharmacopoeia, has been introduced 
into the United States Pharmacopoeia. It is rarely used, because of its insolubility. It may be 
made by precipitating a diluted solution of ferric sulphate with a solution of sodium valerianate, 
and collecting and washing the precipitate. 
Properties. It is officially described as “ a dark brick-red, amorphous powder of some- 
what varying chemical composition, having the odor of valerianic acid, and a mildly styptic 
taste; permanent in drjr air. Insoluble in cold water, but readily soluble in alcohol. Boiling 
water decomposes it, setting free the valerianic acid, and leaving ferric Iiydrate. When slowly 
heated, the salt parts with its acid, without fusing, but, when rapidly heated, it fuses and gives 
oft- inflammable vapors having the odor of butyric acid, and, on complete ignition, leaves a 
residue of ferric oxide. The stronger acids decompose the salt with the liberation of valeri- 
anic acid. If 0-56 (0-5588) Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a glass-stoppered bottle (having 
a capacity of about 100 C.c.) in 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid and 15 C.c. of water, and after 
the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide the mixture be kept for half an hour at a tem- 
perature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, 
it should require not less than 15 nor more than 20 C.c. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite 
volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the 
volumetric solution indicating 1 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ferric valerianate is a chalybeate tonic, which has 
been especially used by some practitioners in anaemia associated with nervous exhaustion and 
hysteroidal states. It has also been alleged to have almost specific properties in diabetes insipi- 
dus. Dose, from two to five grains (0-13-0-33 Gm.) 
PART I. 
FERRUM. U.S., Br. Iron. 
Fe; 55*88. (FKR'UUM.) Fe; 55-9. 
“ Metallic Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and non-elastic wire.” U. S. “Annealed iron 
wire, having a diameter of about 0-005 inch (0.1 millimetre) (about No. 35 wire gauge), or 
wrought-iron nails, free from oxide.” Br. 
Fer, Fr.; Eisen, G.; Ferro, It.; Hierro, Sp.; Mars, Fr. 
In the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, this metal is employed in different preparations, in the form of 
wire; it was official in 1850 as Fern Ramenta, Iron Filings. 
Iron is the most abundant and useful of the metals, and so interwoven with the wants of 
mankind that the extent of its consumption by a nation may he taken as an index of progress 
in civilization. It is universally diffused in nature, not only in the mineral but also in the 
vegetable and animal kingdoms. There are very few minerals in which traces of it are not to 
he found, and it is an essential constituent in many parts of animals, but particularly in the 
blood. It is one of the few metals which are not deleterious to the animal economy. Iron 
occurs 1—native (almost exclusively, however, of meteoric origin) ; 2, sulphuretted, in the min- 
erals pyrites (simple ferric sulphide), pyrrotine or magnetic pyrites, and arsenopyrite or mis- 
pickel (a sulph-arsenide of iron); 3, oxidized, embracing the magnetic, specular, red, brown, 
and argillaceous iron oxides, also chromite (mixed iron, chromium, and magnesium oxides) 
and franklinite (mixed iron, manganese, and zinc oxides) ; 4, in saline combination, forming 
ferrous carbonate, sulphate, phosphate, and arsenate. Those minerals of iron which admit of 
being worked to advantage are called iron ores. These include the different native oxides, 
and the carbonate (spathic iron). The best iron is obtained from varieties of the native oxide, 
usually called magnetic iron ore and specular iron ore. These occur abundantly in Sweden, 
and furnish the superior iron of that country. The upper peninsula of Michigan now yields 
similar ores. As a rule, those ores yield the best iron which occur in primitive formations. 
Extraction. The mode of extracting iron from its ores varies somewhat with the nature of 
the ore ; but the general principles of the operation are the same for all. The ore, previously 
broken into small pieces and roasted, is exposed to the action of an intense heat, urged by an 
air-blast, in contact with carbonaceous matter, such as charcoal, coke, or anthracite, and in con- 
nection with some flux capable of fusing with the impurities of the ore. The flux varies with 
the nature of the ore, and is generally limestone. Fluorspar is occasionally used, but is not 
often found in sufficiently large deposits to be available. The flux, whatever it may be, enters 
into fusion with the impurities, and forms what is called the slag, which is a fusible lime 
silicate chiefly; while the carbon monoxide formed from the carbonaceous matter, acting on 
the ferric oxide, reduces it to the metallic state. The reduced metal, from its density, occupies PAET I. 
Ferrum. 
633 
the lower part of the furnace, and is protected from the action of the air by the melted slag 
which floats on its surface. When the reduction is completed, the slag is allowed to run out 
by a hole in the side of the furnace, and the melted metal by an aperture at the bottom, the 
latter being received into a series of sand-moulds, where it solidifies in masses, known in com- 
merce by the name of pig- or cast-iron. In this state the metal is brittle and far from being 
pure, as it contains from 3 to 6 per cent, of carbon, with silicon, phosphorus, sulphur, and 
manganese. It is purified, and brought to the state of malleable iron, by being fused and sub- 
jected, while stirred, to the action of a current of air on its surface. By these means the 
carbon is nearly burnt out, and the other impurities are oxidized and made to rise to the sur- 
face as a slag. Instead of this process, called “ refining,” usage in this country and in England 
substitutes what is called “ pig-boiling,”—that is, the pig-iron is at once submitted to the 
operation of puddling without previous refining. The “ puddling” process consists in heating 
the charge of pig-iron on the hearth of a reverberatory furnace in contact with ferric oxide 
and in a reducing flame. The silicon is first burnt out, and then the carbon gradually dis- 
appears ; the phosphorus goes into the “ tap cinder” as phosphide and phosphate; the sulphur 
in part disappears as sulphur dioxide and in part remains in the cinder as ferrous sulphide. 
As the metal approaches to purity, it becomes tough and less liquid, and its particles agglu- 
tinate so as to form semi-fused lumps, though the temperature of the furnace continues the 
same. These lumps are then taken out of the furnace, and their particles, by means of pon- 
derous hammers moved by steam or water power, or by great pressure, are forced together so 
as to form one tenacious mass. The metal is finally rolled out into bars of a convenient size, 
when it constitutes the malleable iron of commerce. 
The third form of commercial iron, known as “ steel,” is made either by the cementation 
process, the Bessemer process, or the open-hearth process. In the first case, wrought-iron is 
packed with charcoal and heated until combination takes place, and the resulting steel is cast 
into ingots. In the second case, cast-iron is melted in large vessels called converters, when a 
blast of air is blown through the mass, burning out the requisite amount of carbon, and then, 
after addition of a small amount of spiegeleisen, or manganiferous cast-iron, the finished product 
is run into moulds; while in the third or open-hearth process, a mixture of pig-iron and ore is 
heated with a reverberatory flame, as in the puddling process, or bars and blooms of wrought- 
iron are heated with the pig-iron, and steel is made by the combination of the two. Steel 
contains from I to 1 per cent, of carbon. 
The production of pig-iron in the United States in 1896 was 8,623,127 tons, and in 1897, 
9,652,680 tons, while in Great Britain the output for the same years was 8,659,681 tons and 
8,850,000 tons respectively. The steel production of the United States was, for 1886, 5,582,- 
606 tons, and for 1897, 7,174,508 tons. 
Iron mines occur in most countries, but more particularly in northern ones. In Spain the 
principal mines furnish spathic iron and the red oxide. The chief iron ores of France are the 
spathic iron, and the specular, brown, and argillaceous oxides; of Germany, the spathic iron 
and brown oxide. The island of Elba is celebrated for its rich and abundant specular iron ore. 
In the United States iron is abundant. The principal ores that are worked are the magnetic, 
red, and brown oxides. The magnetic oxide is found in large beds in Essex Co., N.Y., on the 
borders of Lake Champlain, and in the Lake Superior district; the red oxide in New York, 
New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Alabama, and especially in a very pure state in Missouri, at Iron 
Mountain and Pilot Knob; the brown oxide in Eastern Pennsylvania. 
Properties. Iron is a hard, malleable, ductile, and tenacious metal, of a grayish-white 
color and fibrous texture, a slightly styptic taste, and a sensible odor when rubbed. In 
tenacity it yields only to nickel and cobalt. (Deville.) Its sp. gr. is about 7-7 (7’8, U. $.), and 
its fusing point very high. It possesses the magnetic and welding properties. It is combus- 
tible, and, when heated to whiteness, burns in atmospheric air, and with brilliant scintillations 
in oxygen gas. At a red heat, its surface is converted into black oxide, and at common tem- 
peratures, by the combined agency of air and moisture, it becomes covered with a yellowish- 
brown matter, called rust, which is the hydrated sesquioxide. It combines with all the non- 
metallic elements, except hydrogen and nitrogen, and with most of the metals. It forms three 
compounds with oxygen, a ferrous oxide and a ferric oxide, which by their union form the 
native magnetic oxide, hence often termed ferroso-ferric oxide, and a trioxide, which forms an 
acid called ferric acid. The monoxide, or ferrous oxide, is of a dark blue color, attracted by 
the magnet, and spontaneously combustible in the air, being converted into sesquioxide or 
ferric oxide. It is the base of ferrous sulphate, and of the green salts of iron generally. It is 634 
Ferrum. 
PART I. 
very prone to absorb oxygen ; and hence the salts which contain it are soon partially con- 
verted, when in solution, into salts of the ferric oxide. Its formula is FeO, consisting of one 
atom of iron, Fe, and one of oxygen, 0. The sesquioxide, or ferric oxide, is readily obtained 
by dissolving iron in hydrochloric acid, precipitating by ammonia, and igniting the precipitate. 
It is of a red color, not attracted by the magnet, and forms salts which for the most part have 
a reddish color. Its formula is Fe203, consisting of two atoms of iron, Fe, and three atoms 
of oxygen, 0. An allotropic variety of the sesquioxide, soluble in water, and not responding 
to the ordinary tests of iron, has been discovered by M. Pean de Saint-Gilles. The native 
black oxide, the magnetic oxide of mineralogists, consists of one molecule of FeO and one 
molecule of Fe203. Under the name of Ferri Oxidum Magneticum, the British Pharmacopoeia 
has a preparation consisting of this oxide with three mols. of water. Ferric acid, discovered 
by Fremy, may be obtained, in union with potassa, by passing chlorine through a very concen- 
trated solution of the alkali, holding the hydrated ferric oxide in suspension, or by fusing iron 
filings with potassium nitrate. The acid anhydride consists of one atom of iron and three of 
oxygen. Iron forms a number of important salts. 
Iron is readily detected, even in minute quantities, by bringing it to the state of ferric salt 
in solution, and adding potassium ferrocyanide or tincture of galls ; the former of which will 
strike a deep blue, the latter a black color. Bringing it to the state of a ferric salt is readily 
effected by boiling the solution containing it with a little nitric acid. The testing of the official 
scaled salts of iron has attracted the attention of chemists, it being well known that these are 
not definite chemical compounds. Dr. F. B. Power prefers the iodometric method for estimating 
the quantity of iron in scaled salts. It is based on the liberation of iodine by a solution of 
ferric chloride, and the subsequent estimation of the liberated iodine by a decinormal solution 
of sodium thiosulphate. (Pharm. Rund., 1891, 205.) 
General Therapeutic Effects of Iron. Since iron constitutes an integrant portion of the 
red blood-corpuscles, it is a necessity for their production, and the great indication for its use 
is lack of haemoglobin in the blood,—i.e., anaemia. It is plain that the lack of haemoglobin 
may be due to the lessening of the number of the red blood-corpuscles, or it may be the out- 
come of a lack of the normal amount of haemoglobin in the individual blood-corpuscles. The 
distinction between these two varieties of anaemia is important, since clinical experience has 
shown that in anaemia of the first of these classes—the so-called “ essential anaemias,” in which 
there is a marked diminution of the number of the red blood-corpuscles—the prognosis is very 
grave; whilst in simple anaemias in which there is simply poverty of haemoglobin the prognosis 
is favorable. In essential anaemias iron may be administered, but is of very little value. In 
the non-essential or simple anaemias the effect of the administration of iron varies with the 
cause of the anaemia, but is usually more or less favorable. In the so-called accidental anaemias, 
in which the poverty of the blood is due to some temporary, removable, or self-disappearing 
cause, such as hemorrhage, snake or other poisonings that destroy the red blood-corpuscles, iron 
is of great service in hastening the recovery after the immediate activity of the cause has 
ceased. In secondary anaemias, such as those which follow impaired digestion, diarrhoea, 
abscesses, and various chronic diseases, iron should be exhibited, provided it has no injurious 
effect upon the disease which is producing the anaemia. In the class of anaemias typified by 
chlorosis, in which the anaemia is part of a subacute disease of obscure nature, iron is often 
an extraordinarily effective remedy, evidently doing something more than merely supplying 
material for the making of the red blood-corpuscles. By stimulating the organs which pro- 
duce the red blood-corpuscles, or in some other less direct manner, it evidently increases the 
manufacture of haemoglobin in the system. 
The old belief that iron is a tonic, independent of its influence upon anaemia, is a mistake, 
there being no sufficient reason for supposing that iron has other therapeutic properties than 
those of astringency and of chalybeate action, except some special preparations, such as the 
iodide and the chloride, which are peculiar in their influence by virtue of some substance in 
them other than the iron. 
The question of the selection of a preparation of iron for an individual case is often one of 
great importance. If it be simply desired to combat anaemia, a preparation should be selected 
which is free as may be from astringency or peculiar property and is suitable to the individual 
taste of the patient. Most of the liquid preparations of iron are more or less injurious to the 
teeth, so that commonly it is preferable to give a solid salt in pill or capsule rather than 
one of the liquid forms, unless the latter be especially indicated. 
The question of the capability of iron preparations of being absorbed is one which has called PART I. 
Fen-um. 
635 
for an amount of chemical investigation which is so great that even to epitomize it would carry 
us beyond the proper bounds of this article, and we are therefore forced to refer our readers to 
the last edition of H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics. It is sufficient to note that many chemists have 
asserted that most, if not all, of the official preparations of iron are practically not absorbed,— 
a conclusion which is so at variance with an overwhelming amount of clinical evidence that 
it could not, under any circumstances, be accepted by clinicians; moreover, it is at present op- 
posed by recent chemical researches, which show many fallacies underlying the older work, 
and strongly indicate the correctness of the position which clinicians have steadily held 
to,—namely, that the human body is capable of absorbing iron from almost all, if not all, 
of the pharmacopoeial preparations. Spurred on by the theory that the inorganic salts of 
iron are not absorbed, pharmaceutical chemists have devised various organic compounds 
which will be considered in detail in the second part of this book. There is, however, no 
sufficient reason for believing that these complicated and costly preparations of iron are 
in any way superior to the older official forms. Even in the official list the hand of 
the pharmaceutical chemist shows very plainly in useless multiplication. It would prob- 
ably be much better if the Pharmacopoeia recognized only a fraction of the present official 
preparations. All that can be accomplished with any preparation in simple anaemia can be 
done with reduced iron or pill of the carbonate for exhibition in solid form and the ammonio- 
citrate for liquids. No compounds in which iron is combined with an alkaloid should be 
recognized by the Pharmacopoeia or used by the practitioner. Of course such combinations 
are to a greater or less extent effective, but the proportionate amount of the alkaloid and the 
iron required in individual cases varies indefinitely, and the habitual use of a fixed proportion, 
such as is demanded by the pharmacopoeial combinations, strongly inclines the practitioner of 
medicine to careless and routine practice. The official alkaloidal-ferruginous preparations 
have no advantage whatever over extemporaneous prescriptions combining iron and the 
alkaloid. 
Certain salts of iron are extremely astringent and more or less irritant. The most 
important of these are the sulphates and the chlorides. These salts should never be em- 
ployed as chalybeates, except in those cases in which, for some reason, astringency is desired. 
Although the mildest of the pure chalybeate preparations of iron are somewhat astringent, 
and have a tendency to produce constipation, they are also somewhat irritant to the mucous 
membrane of the gastro-intestinal tract. Such salts as the sulphate or the chloride are very 
astringent and very irritating. Any functional disarrangement of the digestive organs is a 
contraindication of greater or less force to the use of iron, and when the loss of functional 
power depends upon gastric or intestinal catarrh, or upon other organic diseases of the gastro- 
intestinal mucous membrane, iron is strongly contraindicated. We have often seen great 
injury done to patients suffering from gastro-intestinal catarrh by the iron given with the 
hope of relieving the anaemia, which has been secondary to the interference with digestion 
by the disease. A second contraindication to the use of iron is a rheumatic diathesis, though 
in rare cases of chronic rheumatism in which there is pronounced anaemia iron may do good. 
In most cases some laxative should be combined with iron to overcome its constipating 
influence. 
The hypodermic use of iron has been tried to some extent. It has been shown by the 
chemists working under Prof. Robert, of Dorpat, that when a solution of iron and sodium 
citrate is injected subcutaneously in man, 40 per cent, of the iron escapes in the urine un- 
altered, the elimination of the iron usually being accompanied by pronounced renal irritation. 
The hypodermic use of some of the organic compounds of iron has been strongly recommended 
by investigators. The latest researches seem, however, to show that the iron citrate is as good 
a preparation for the hypodermic administration of iron as any other, the iron appearing in the 
urine half an hour after its injection and being present for twenty-four hours. According to 
Gloevecke, 1 C.c. of a 10 per cent, solution, thrown into the muscles of the back, causes an 
enduring sharp pain, but Lepine asserts that 2.5 C.c. of a 4 per cent, solution produces little 
or no disturbance. It is stated that after the hypodermic injection of large doses the irrita- 
tion of the alimentary canal is more severe than when the drug is given by the mouth,—a 
statement which finds confirmation in the experiments of Gottlieb, who found that when he 
injected iron subcutaneously into the dog he was able to obtain nearly 97 per cent, of it from 
the faeces. The effort at intestinal elimination is evidently accompanied by irritation if the 
amount of iron to be eliminated is large. Unsoundness of the kidney is an absolute contra- 
indication to the hypodermic use of iron; haematuria and urinary suppression have been pro- 636 
Ferrum.—Ferrum Reductum. 
PART I. 
dueed by the remedy under such circumstances. In ordinary cases of anaemia iron should not 
be used hypodermically, but when, under the influence of certain poisons, there is very rapid 
destruction of the haemoglobin the method may be employed, and trials of it in the essential 
anaemias are justifiable. 
Iron Wire. Ferri Filum. U. S. 1850. 
Fil de Fer, Fr.; Eisendraht, G.; Fil di Ferro, It.; Hilo de Hierro, Sp. 
Iron Filings. Ferri Ramenta. U. S. 1850. Limatura Ferri. 
Limailles de Fer, Fr.; Eisenfeilicht, G.; Limatura di Ferro, It.; Limatura de Hierro, Sp. 
Iron, when employed in pharmaceutical operations, should be of the purest kind; and hence 
the Pharmacopoeias generally direct it, when wanted in small masses, to be in the form of iron 
wire, which is necessarily made from the purest, because the softest and most ductile, iron, and 
is readily cut into pieces. The wire is very flexible and without elasticity. 
Iron filings are usually obtained from the workshops of the blacksmith; but, as furnished 
from this source, they are generally very impure, and unfit for medicinal use. M. Gobley, 
upon examining thirty-six samples of iron filings, found but three exempt from copper; the 
rest, besides wood, sand, and ferric oxide, contained as high as 2 per cent, of this metal. Iron 
filings cannot be completely purified by the magnet, as they often have adhering to them bits 
of foreign matter which are carried up with them. The only way to obtain them pure is to 
file a piece of pure iron with a clean file. The French Codex directs iron in an impalpable powder 
prepared by porphyrizing bright and clean iron filings without water. A dull black powder is 
formed, which must be carefully preserved from moisture. An impalpable powder of the metal, 
Ferrum Reductum, is official. 
FERRUM REDUCTUM. U. S. (Br.) Reduced Iron 
(FER'RUM RE-DUC'TUM.) 
“ A fine powder, containing at least 75 per cent, of metallic iron, with a variable amount of 
iron oxide; prepared by reducing ferric hydroxide, heated to dull redness, by a stream of dry 
hydrogen.” Br. 
Ferrum Redactum, Br., P. G., U. S. 1870; Ferri Pulvis, U. S. 1850; Powder of Iron; Ferrum Hydrogenio 
Rednetum, Ferrum Ope Hydrogenii Paratum; Iron reduced by Hydrogen, Iron by Hydrogen ; Fer redint par 
l’llydrogene, Fr.; Reducirtes Eisen, G. 
A process for this form of iron is no longer given in the United States Pharmacopoeia.* 
This preparation was introduced into the United States and Dublin Pharmacopoeias of 1850, 
and is retained in the present edition of our own, although the process for it has been abandoned. 
It consists of metallic iron in fine powder, obtained by reducing the ferric oxide by hydrogen 
at a dull red heat. The subcarbonate of the U. S. Pharm. 1870, which is essentially the ferric 
oxide, is deprived of water by calcination, and then subjected to the reducing influence of a 
stream of hydrogen, purified from hydrogen sulphide and other acid by passing successively 
through a solution of lead subacetate and milk of lime. The hydrogen unites with the 
oxygen of the ferric oxide to form water, and leaves the iron in the metallic state. The sub- 
carbonate should be perfectly free from sodium sulphate, which it is apt to contain when 
imperfectly washed. If this salt be present, it will be reduced by the hydrogen to the state 
of sodium sulphide, which will contaminate and spoil the metallic iron formed, and cause the 
preparation, when taken, to give rise to unpleasant eructations. The heat should be carefully 
regulated; for if it fall below dull redness, part of the oxide will escape reduction ; and if it 
exceed that point considerably, the particles of reduced iron will agglutinate, and the prepara- 
* Ferrum Redactum. “ Take of Subcarbonate of Iron thirty troyounces. Wash the Subcarbonate thoroughly 
with water until no traces of sulphate of sodium are indicated by the appropriate tests, and calcine it in a shallow 
vessel until free from moisture. Then spread it upon a tray, made by bending an oblong piece of sheet-iron in the 
form of an incomplete cylinder, and introduce this into a wrought-iron reduction-tube, of about four inches in 
diameter. Place the reduction-tube in a charcoal furnace; and, by means of a self-regulating generator of hydrogen, 
pass through it a stream of that gas, previously purified by bubbling successively through solution of subacetate 
of lead, diluted with three times its volume of water, and through milk of lime, severally contained in four-pint 
bottles, about one-third filled. Connect with the further extremity of the reduction-tube a lead tube bent so as to 
dip into water. Make all the junctions air-tight by appropriate lutes; and, when the hydrogen has passed long 
enough to fill the whole of the apparatus to the exclusion of atmospheric air, light the fire, and bring that part of 
the reduction-tube, occupied by the Subcarbonate, to a dull-red heat, which must be kept up so long as the bubbles 
of hydrogen, breaking from the water covering the orifice of the lead tube, are accompanied by visible aqueous 
vapor. When the reduction is completed, remove the fire, and allow the whole to cool to the ordinary temperature, 
keeping up, during the refrigeration, a moderate current of hydrogen through the apparatus. Withdraw the product 
from the reduction-tube, and, should any portion of it be black instead of iron-gray, separate such portion for use in 
a subsequent operation. Lastly, having powdered the Reduced Iron, keep it in a well-stopped bottle. When 
thirty troyounces of Subcarbonate of Iron are operated on, the process occupies from five to eight hours.” U. S. 1870. Ferrum Redudum. 
PART I. 
637 
tion will be heavy and not readily pulverizable. The 1885 British process is not so well fitted 
for practical purposes as is that of the U. S. Pharm. 1870. In the 1885 revision of the British 
Pharmacopoeia, instead of directing a certain quantity of hydrated ferric oxide, a process is 
given in the formula for making the ferric oxyhydrate by precipitating a solution of ferric 
chloride. The direction to dry the hydrogen is unnecessary. On the subject of powder 
of iron, manufacturing chemists will find it useful to consult the paper of MM. Soubeiran 
and Dublanc, in which full directions are given for purifying the hydrogen, constructing the 
furnace, regulating the heat, and avoiding explosions. (A. J. P., xviii. 303.) For improve- 
ments by Prof. Procter, see A. J. P., xix. 11. The necessity for purification of the hydro- 
gen by passing it successively through concentrated potassium permanganate solution, lead 
acetate solution, and sulphuric acid has been proved by T. Appel. (Oest. Zeit. f. Pharm., 
1892, 395.) 
Since the tenth edition of this work was published, several processes have been proposed for 
obtaining powder of iron. Mr. Arthur Morgan, of Dublin, recommended the use of dried 
potassium ferrocyanide, thoroughly mixed with anhydrous ferric oxide, and calcined with pure 
potassium carbonate at a low red heat. The product contains all the iron in a reduced state, 
mixed with soluble matters, which are carefully washed away. (See A. J. P., 1854, p. 450). A 
similar process to the above has been proposed by a German chemist, named Zangerle, iron 
oxalate being substituted for the ferric oxide. (See P. J. Tr., 1857, p. 565.) Prof. Wohler 
recommended the use of the same oxalate, not in connection with potassium ferrocyanide, 
but as a suitable compound of iron for reduction by hydrogen. W. Muller found that ferric 
oxide obtained by heating the metal in the air is reduced when moist at 293° C. (559-4° F.) ; 
when quite dry, at 305° to 339° C. (581° to 642-2° F.) ; the oxalate moist, at 278° C. (532.4° F.). 
Another eligible compound for reduction is the crystalline powder of ferric oxide, prepared by 
fusing, in a clay crucible, pure dried ferrous sulphate with three times its weight of sodium 
chloride, and then washing the melted mass when cold, until everything soluble is removed. 
(Wohler.) M. Crolas prepares a pure ferric oxide by adding barium chloride to the solu- 
tion of feme chloride to precipitate the contaminating sulphate, getting rid of the barium 
chloride by crystallization and precipitating by solution of ammonia. The ammonium chloride 
is driven off by heat. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xx. 30.) The process of M. Eugene Fegueux 
consists in reducing the ferric oxide by carbonic oxide, formed by passing a stream of carbonic 
acid over red-hot charcoal in the reduction-tube, before it reaches the ferric oxide. The 
carbonic acid, thus reduced to carbonic oxide, is formed again by the deoxidizing of the ferru- 
ginous oxide. 
Under the name of “ alcoholized iron," a powder of iron has been introduced into this country, 
said to be prepared, in the eastern parts of Germany, by attrition of iron filings with honey, by 
some cheap method, as by attachment to a saw-mill or steam machinery. It has the appearance 
of powdered plumbago, but under the magnifying glass is seen to contain particles with the 
metallic lustre and rounded as if by friction. It is soluble in diluted sulphuric acid, with the 
escape of hydrogen free or nearly so from sulphur ; but a small quantity of a black powder 
remains undissolved. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 11.) The relation of the epithet “ alcoholized” to this 
powder is not very obvious, as this name was given originally to iron obtained by passing alco- 
hol vapor over ferric oxide. It is not much inferior to reduced iron, and is better than some 
preparations sold by that name. 
Properties. Powder of iron, called by the French fer reduit, is a light, tasteless powder, 
soft to the touch, of an iron-gray color, and without metallic lustre. If black, the preparation 
is to be rejected as not being fully deoxidized. When thrown into a dilute acid, it causes a 
lively effervescence of hydrogen without odor. A small portion of it, struck on an anvil with 
a smooth hammer, forms a scale having a brilliant metallic lustre. It takes fire upon the appli- 
cation of a burning body. On account of its great liability to oxidation, it should be kept in 
a dry bottle, well stopped. A black powder, having a composition corresponding with that of 
the magnetic oxide of iron, has been sold in London and Edinburgh under the name of Que- 
venne’s iron. The spurious powder may be known by its having a black instead of an iron- 
gray color, and by its effervescing but slightly with acids. In the process for making reduced 
iron, part of the sesquioxide almost always escapes full deoxidation, and comes out of the tube 
a black color. This part should be rejected, instead of being sold as reduced iron, as appears 
to have been done by some manufacturing chemists. If the preparation has been very badly 
made, its solution in dilute sulphuric acid will produce an intensely red color with potassium 
sulphocyanide. It is officially described as “ a very fine, grayish-black, lustreless powder, without 638 
Ferrum Reductum. 
PART I. 
odor or taste ; permanent in dry air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. When treated with diluted 
sulphuric acid, it causes the evolution of nearly odorless hydrogen gas, which should not affect 
paper moistened with lead acetate test-solution (absence of sulphide), and, on applying a gentle 
heat, the Iron should dissolve in the acid without leaving more than 1 per cent, of residue. 
When ignited, in contact with air, it glows and is converted into black ferroso-ferric oxide. If 
1 Grin, of Reduced Iron be shaken with 5 C.c. of water, the liquid should not change the color 
of litmus paper. If 0-5 Gm. of Reduced Iron be added to 5 C.c. of arsenic-free hydrochloric 
acid, and the mixture be poured upon a filter while still effervescing, 1 C.c. of the clear filtrate 
should, after the addition of 2 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, 
Bettendorff’s Test for Arsenic), together with a small piece of pure tin-foil, and gentle heating, 
show no brown coloration within half an hour (limit of arsenic). 
“ Estimation of the Metallic Iron. Introduce 0-56 (0-559) Gm. of Reduced Iron into a 
glass-stoppered bottle, add 50 C.c. of mercuric chloride test-solution, and heat the bottle, well 
stoppered, during one hour on a water-bath, frequently agitating. Then allow it to cool, dilute 
the contents with water to the volume of 100 C.c., and filter. To 10 C.c. of the filtrate, con- 
tained in a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.), add 10 C.c. of diluted 
sulphuric acid, and subsequently potassium permanganate decinormal volumetric solution, until a 
permanent red color is produced. The number of C.c. of the volumetric solution required, when 
multiplied by ten, will indicate the percentage of metallic iron. To confirm the assay, de- 
colorize the liquid by a few drops of alcohol, then add 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, and digest 
for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.). The cooled solution, mixed with a few 
drops of starch test-solution, should require not less than 8 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite deci- 
normal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color (each C.c. of the volumetric 
solution indicating 10 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. “A fine grayish-black powder, 
strongly attracted by the magnet, and producing metallic streaks when rubbed with firm 
pressure in a mortar. It dissolves in hydrochloric acid with the evolution of hydrogen, and 
without any smell of hydrogen sulphide, and the solution gives a light blue precipitate with 
solution of potassium ferrocyanide. If 0‘25 gramme be added to a hot solution of 1 gramme 
of copper sulphate in 15 cubic centimetres of water, in a flask that can immediately be well 
corked, and the whole be shaken occasionally during ten minutes, the liquid, after being rapidly 
filtered with the minimum of exposure to air, and acidulated with sulphuric acid, should not 
cease to yield a blue precipitate with solution of potassium ferricyani.de until at least 337 cubic 
centimetres of the volumetric solution of potassium bichromate have been added.” Br. 
J. Creuse communicated a valuable paper to the Amer. Pharm. Association in 1874, in 
which he showed the deficiencies of many brands of commercial iron by hydrogen, and recom- 
mended a test based on an estimation of the amount of hydrogen liberated from a definite 
weight of the reduced iron. An examination of the commercial Ferrum Reductum has also 
been made and the results given in Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 172, 292. O. Wilner (A. J. P., 
1881, 15) states that—1. The amount of metallic iron in reduced iron can be accurately de- 
termined by treatment with mercuric chloride and titration with potassium permanganate. 
2. If metallic iron be treated by the aid of a gentle heat with an excess of a concentrated 
solution of mercuric chloride, mercurous chloride and metallic mercury will be separated, and 
the metallic iron pass as ferrous chloride into solution; the ferrous and ferric oxides which 
may be present remain undissolved, and therefore do not prevent the estimation of the amount 
of metallic iron in the reduced iron. 3. The amount of ferrous oxide in the preparation may 
be estimated by treating the same portion with hydrochloric acid, digesting the mixture in a 
closed vessel until the finely divided ferrous oxide becomes dissolved, and titrating with 
potassium permanganate. 4. The ferric chloride which is thus formed at the same time has 
no appreciable action upon the precipitated metallic mercury and mercurous chloride. 
Medical Properties. Powder of iron, reduced from the oxide by hydrogen, was first 
prepared for medicinal purposes by Quevenne and Miquelard of Paris. It is one of the best 
of chalybeate tonics, nearly free from astringency, and, according to Quevenne and M. Costes 
of Bordeaux, yields the largest proportion of iron to the gastric juice. The chief objection to 
it is the difficulty of obtaining it well prepared. Much of the powder of iron found in commerce 
is not to be depended on, in consequence of imperfect reduction. Observations to determine 
its therapeutic value, compared with that of the other ferruginous preparations, were made by 
M. Costes, for nearly four years, at the Saint-Andr6 hospital of Bordeaux, with results highly 
favorable to it. The dose is from three to six grains (0-20-0-40 Gm.) several times a day, 
given in powder or in pill. It is sometimes prepared with chocolate in the form of lozenges. PART I. 
Ficus. 
639 
FICUS. U. S., Br. Fig. 
“ The fleshy receptacle of Ficus Carica, Linne (nat. ord. Urticaceae), beariug fruit upon its 
inner surface.” U. S. “ The dried fleshy receptacles of Ficus Carica, Linn.” Br. 
Caricae, P. G.; Ficus Passa, Fici, Fructus Caricae ; Figues, Fr.; Feigen, G.; Fichi, It.; Higos, Sp. 
Engler and Prantl divide the Urticaceae into three distinct orders,—viz., Urticaceae proper, 
including Urtica; Ulmus, including Ulmus; and the Moraceae, including Ficus, Humulus, 
and Cannabis. 
The genus Ficus yields a number of economic products. Many species possess a milky 
juice containing caoutchouc, as F. elastica Roxb., of Sumatra, etc. Some of the juices are 
employed externally as well as internally, as that of F. indica L. Some possess anthelmintic 
properties, as F. anthelmintica Mart. Some yield gum lac or shellac as a result of the puncture 
of an insect, as F. religiosa L., F. laccifera Roxb.; and some are esteemed for their fruits, as 
F. Carica L., F. religiosa L., etc. 
Ficus Carica. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 1131 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 714, t. 244. The fig-tree, 
though often not more than twelve feet high, sometimes rises in warm climates twenty-five or 
even thirty feet. Its trunk, which seldom exceeds seven inches in diameter, is divided into 
numerous spreading branches, covered with a brown or ash-colored bark. Its large, palmate 
leaves, usually divided into five obtuse lobes, are deep green and shining above, pale green and 
downy beneath, and stand alternately on strong, round footstalks. The flowers are situated 
within a common receptacle, placed upon a short peduncle in the axils of the upper leaves. 
This receptacle, the walls of which become thick and fleshy, constitutes what is commonly 
called the fruit; though this term is, strictly speaking, applicable to the small seed-like bodies 
found in great numbers on the internal surface of the receptacle, to which they are attached 
by fleshy pedicels. Cultivation has produced in the fig, as in the apple and peach, a great di- 
versity in shape, size, color, and taste. It is usually, however, turbinate, or top-shaped, umbili- 
cate at the large extremity, of the size of a small pear, of a whitish, yellowish, or reddish 
color, and of a mild, mucilaginous, saccharine taste. The dried figs can be partially restored 
to their original shape by soaking. The fig-tree is supposed to have come originally from the 
Levant. It was introduced at a very early period into various parts of the south of Europe, 
and is now very common throughout the whole basin of the Mediterranean, particularly in 
Italy and France. Large numbers of Syrian fig-trees were planted in the Pomona Valley, 
California, in 1890, and California figs may now be found in commerce. To hasten the ripen- 
ing of the fruit, it is customary to puncture it with a sharp-pointed instrument covered with 
olive oil. The ancient process of caprijication is still practised in the Levant. It consists in 
attaching branches of the wild fig-tree to the cultivated plant. The fruit of the former con- 
tains great numbers of the eggs of an insect of the genus Cynips, the larvae of which, as soon 
as they are hatched, spread themselves over the cultivated fruit, and, by conveying the pollen 
of the male organs over which they pass to the female florets, hasten the impregnation of the 
latter, and cause to quickly come to perfection the fig which might otherwise ripen very 
slowly, or wither and drop off before maturity. Some authors attribute the effect to the 
piercing of the fruit by the young insects. According to Landerer, the unripe fig contains 
an irritant juice, which inflames the skin, and may even disorganize it. (See A. J. P., xxxiii. 
215.) The figs, when perfectly ripe, are dried by the heat of the sun, or in ovens. Those 
imported into this country come chiefly from Smyrna, packed in drums or boxes. They are 
more or less compressed, and are usually covered in cold weather with a whitish saccharine 
efflorescence, which melts in the middle of summer and renders them moist. The best are 
yellowish or brownish, somewhat translucent when held to the light, and filled with a sweet 
viscid pulp, in which are lodged numerous small yellow seeds. They are much more saccha- 
rine than is the fresh fruit. Their chief constituents are grape sugar, and gum or mucilage. 
An average of several analyses of dried figs as quoted by Konig (Nahrungsund Genussmittel, 
3te Aufl., Bd. i. 781) gives—water, 31-20; nitrogenous material, 4-01; sugar, 49 79 ; ash, 
2-86. Reckoned on the weight of absolutely dry material, the nitrogenous matter amounted 
to 5-75 per cent, and the sugar to 72 26 per cent. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Figs are nutritious, laxative, and demulcent. In the 
fresh state they are considered, in the countries where they grow, a wholesome and agreeable 
aliment, and have been employed from time immemorial. They are apt, however, when eaten 
freely, to produce flatulence, pain in the bowels, and diarrhoea. Their chief medical use is as 
(Fl'CfiS.) 640 
Foeniculum. 
PART I. 
a laxative article of diet in constipation. They occasionally enter into demulcent decoctions, 
and, roasted or boiled, and split open, are sometimes applied as a cataplasm to inflamed gums. 
FCENICULUM. U. S. (Br.) Fennel. 
(F(K-NIC' U-LUM—fe-nlk'yu-lam.) 
“ The fruit of Foeniculum capillaceum, Gilibert (nat. ord. Umbelliferae).” U S. “ The 
dried ripe fruit of Foeniculum capillaceum, Gilib., collected from cultivated plants.” Br. 
Foeniculi Fructus, Br.; Fructus Fceniculi, P. G.; Fennel Fruit (Seed), Sweet Fennel Fruit; Fenouil, Fruits 
(Semences) de Fenouil, Fr.; Fenchel, Fenehelsamen, G.; Finnochio, It.; Hinojo, Sp. 
The plant producing fennel-seed was attached by Linnaeus to the genus Anethum, but was 
separated from it by De Candolle, and placed, with three or four others, in a new genus styled 
Foeniculum, which has been generally adopted by botanists. The Anethum Foeniculum of Lin- 
naeus embraced two varieties, the common or wild fennel, and the sweet fennel; the latter being 
the plant usually cultivated in the gardens of Europe. These are considered by De Candolle 
as distinct species, and named respectively Foeniculum vulgare and Fcenicidum dulce, but the 
correctness of the opinion of the great Swedish botanist is now generally admitted. 
Foeniculum capillaceum. Gilib. FI. Lithuan. iv. 1782.—Foeniculum vulgare. De Cand. Pro- 
drom. iv. 142.—Anethum Foeniculum. Linn.—Foeniculum Foeniculum (L.). Karst., Britton, and 
Brown. Common Fennel has a biennial or perennial tapering root, and an annual, erect, round, 
striated, smooth, green, and copiously branching stem, which usually rises three or four feet 
in height. The leaves, which stand alternately at the joints of the stem, upon membranous 
striated sheaths, are many times pinnate, with long, linear, pointed, smooth, deep-green leaflets. 
The flowers are in large, flat, terminal umbels, with from thirteen to twenty rays, and destitute 
both of general and partial involucres. The corolla consists of five petals, which, as well as 
the stamens, are golden yellow. The fruit is ovate, rather less than two lines in length by 
about a line in breadth, and of a dark color, especially in the channels. The plant is a native 
of Europe, growing wild upon sandy and chalky ground throughout the continent, and is also 
abundant in Asia, possibly extending as far as China. The variety F. officinale of Merat and 
De Lens is chiefly characterized by its fruit being twice as long as is that of the ordinary 
plant, and also a little curved, of a less dark color, with prominent ridges, and a persistent 
peduncle. It is sweeter and more aromatic than is common fennel-seed. In India fennel is 
said to be obtained from F. panmorium D. C., which is probably, however, only a variety of 
the official plant. Sicilian fennel is affirmed to be the fruit of F. piperitum. 
F. dulce. De Cand. Prodrom. iv. 142. Sweet Fennel bears a general resemblance to F. 
vulgare, but differs in having its stem somewhat compressed at the base, its radical leaves 
A. Fennel Fruits: 1, German; 2, French (curved, sweet); 
3, Galician; 4, Russian ; 6, French (bitter); 6, Indian ; 7, Japan- 
ese; 8, Persian; 9, French (straight, sweet). B. Italian Anise 
(natural size). (After Umney.) 
Fennel Fruits: 1, French (bitter); 2, Indian; 3, 
Russian; 4, French (sweet); 6, German; 7, Japan- 
ese : 8, Persian; 9, Galician. Italian Anise, 5. (After 
Umney.) 
somewhat distichous, and the number of rays in the umbel only from 6 to 8. It is also a 
much smaller plant, being only about a foot high ; its flowers appear earlier; and its young 
sweet shoots or turiones are eaten in Italy boiled or as a salad. 
The roots of fennel were formerly employed in medicine, but are generally inferior in virtues 
to the fruit, which is now the only official portion. It is stated that manufacturers of the oil 
usually distil the whole plant. Commerce is partly supplied from the product of our own gar- 
dens ; but much the larger portion of the medicine is imported from Europe, and chiefly, we 
have been informed, from Germany. During the winter of 1879 much of the seed in the 
German market was adulterated with fennel-seed partially deprived of its oil. The fennel-seed Fceniculum.—Frangula. 
641 
PART I. 
cultivated here is sweeter and more aromatic than that from abroad, probably in consequence 
of its greater freshness. Fennel-seeds (half-fruits) are oblong oval, from one to three or four 
lines in length, flat on one side, convex on the other, not infrequently connected by their flat 
surfaces, straight or slightly curved, brownish or of a dark grayish-green color, with five promi- 
nent, obtuse, yellowish ribs or ridges on the convex surface. On section the vittae, or oil-tubes, 
are seen to be very well developed and to be situated one between each pair of ridges and two 
upon the flat face of each mericarp.* There are eight chief varieties of fennel known to 
European commerce, the fruits differing very much in size and considerably in taste. The 
accompanying table, originally compiled by J. C. Umney, and the illustrations (p. 640), repre- 
sent sufficiently for the purposes of identification these different varieties. 
Variety. 
Average 
Length. 
Average Length of 
Vittoe in Trans- 
verse Section. 
Average Breadth 
ofVittse in Trans- 
verse Section. 
Percentage 
of Oil. 
Odor and Taste of Oil. 
Mm. 
Mm. 
Mm. 
1. French (sweet) 
7-8 
•11 
*04 to ‘05 
2-1 
Sweet, anise-like, and 
fatty. 
2. French (bitter) 
4-5 
•18 to -2 
•07 to -08 
Not dis- 
tilled 
3. German (Saxon) .... 
8-10 
•2 to -22 
•07 to -08 
4-7 
Sweet and very cam- 
phoraeeous. 
4. Indian 
6-7 
•1 
•03 to -04 
•72 
Sweet and anise-like. 
5. Russian 
4-5 
•2 
•04 to '05 
4-8 
Very camphoraceous. 
6. Galician 
5-6 
•2 to -22 
•08 to -10 
4-4 
Very camphoraceous. 
7. Persian 
6-7 
•15 
•05 
1-7 
Sweet and anise-like. 
8. Japanese ....... 
3-4 
•15 to -16 
•07 to -08 
2-7 
Very sweet and cam- 
phoraceous. 
Fennel Fruits. 
Schimmel & Co.'s Semi-Annual Report for April, 1897, gives as additional varieties of fennel 
—Aleppo, oil amounting to 0-75 per cent.; Macedonian, 3-4 to 3-8 per cent.; Moravian, 4 per 
cent.; Milanese, 4-2 per cent.; Roumanian, 4 6 per cent. ; Spanish, amount not stated; and 
Syrian (Damascus), 1*6 per cent. Of these, the Syrian may he the same as that called Persian 
by Umney, and the Roumanian the same as that called Russian. 
The odor of fennel-seed is fragrant, its taste warm, sweet, and agreeably aromatic. It yields 
its virtues to hot water, but more freely to alcohol. The essential oil may he separated by 
distillation with water. (See Oleum Foeniculi.') From 960 parts of the seed Neumann obtained 
20 parts of volatile and 120 of fixed oil. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Fennel-seed was used by the ancients. It is one of 
our most grateful aromatics, and in this country is much employed as a carminative, and as a 
corrigent of other less pleasant medicines, particularly senna and rhubarb. It is recommended 
for these purposes by the absence of any highly excitant property. An infusion may be pre- 
pared by introducing two or three drachms of the seeds into a pint of boiling water. The dose 
of the bruised or powdered seeds is from a scruple to half a drachm (1-3—1 95 Gm.). In 
infants the infusion is frequently employed as an enema for the expulsion of flatus. 
FRANGULA. U. S. Frangula. [Buckthorn.] 
(FRAN'GU-LA.) 
“ The bark of Rhamnus Frangula, Linne (nat. ord. Rhamneae), collected at least one year 
before being used.” U. S. 
Rhamni Frangulae Cortex, Br. (1885); Frangula Bark; Alder Buckthorn; Cortex Frangulae, P. G.j Bourdaine, 
Bourgeine, FrFaulbaumrinde, G. 
* Mrs. L. R. Stowell states that the centres of the prominent ridges of fennel fruit are small vascular bundles, 
surrounded by large clear cells, of which those near the vascular bundles are elongated and narrow, whilst those more 
distant are irregular in shape and have large oval communicating openings. 642 
Frangula. 
PART I. 
R. frangula. Linn. B. & T. 65.—Frangula. vulgaris. Reichert. The Alder Buckthorn is an 
erect glabrous shrub from ten to fifteen feet high, without thorns, with broadly ovate obtuse 
leaves, with the margins entire or slightly sinuate, the under side sometimes slightly downy, 
and the rather numerous lateral veins diverging equally almost from 
the whole length of the midrib. Flowers all hermaphrodite, two or 
three together in each axil, with the calyx, teeth, petals, and stamens 
in fives. Fruit dark purple, the size of a pea. This plant grows in 
hedges and bushy places throughout Europe and Russian Asia, except 
in the far north. 
It is probable that most of the species of the genus Rhamnus have 
cathartic properties. An article upon R. purshiana will be found 
on page 1158, as it is official in both of the Pharmacopoeias. The 
R. catharticus, Linn., or common buckthorn, grows in Europe along 
with the official species, and has become naturalized in this country. 
Its bark is probably often sold for the official article. It is distin- 
guished by its more spreading, thorny habit, and its dioecious flowers, 
which are thickly clustered in the axils and have their parts in fours. 
The leaves also are more acute, have their margins finely serrate and 
their lateral veins mostly proceeding from the proximal half of the 
midrib. The fruit is black.* 
Properties. This bark is officially described as “ quilled, about 
1 Mm. thick; outer surface grayish-brown, or blackish-brown, with 
numerous small, whitish, transversely-elongated lenticels-; -inner sur- 
face smooth, pale brownish-yellow; fracture in the outer layer short, 
of a purplish tint; in the inner layer fibrous and pale yellow; when 
masticated, coloring the saliva yellow ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweet- 
ish and bitter.” U. S. 
According to Prof. Schrenk (Amer. Drug., April, 1887)i the bark 
of Rhamnus frangula cun. be distinguished from. that, of R. purshi- 
ana (Cascara Sagrada,) by the absence of the irregular angular 
sclerenchymatous cells, which in R. purshiana are wedged together 
in large compact groups, increasing in size and number towards the 
surface, and causing the short fracture of the outer bark. 
It is not certainly known which of the several bodies isolated 
from frangula bark is the purgative principle. The most impor- 
tant body, frangulin, the rhaninoxanthin (< Buchner 
and Binswanger, may be obtained by Phipson’s process by macerating the bark for three 
or four days in carbon disulphide, then permitting the liquid to evaporate, exhausting 
Frangula bark, t, bast-pa- 
renchyma ; s, bundles of bast- 
cells. (After Berg.) 
* Tho berries, which are ripened in September, are of the size of a pea, round, somewhat flattened at top, black, 
smooth, shining, with four seeds in a green, juicy parenchyma. Their odor is unpleasant, their taste bitterish, acrid, 
and nauseous. Their blackish, expressed juice was formerly recognized in the Br. Ph. under the name of Rhamni Succus. 
It has the color, odor, and taste of the parenchyma, is reddened by the acids, and from deep green is rendered light 
green by the alkalies. Upon standing it soon begins to ferment, and becomes red in consequence of the formation of 
acetic acid. Evaporated to dryness, with the addition of lime or an alkali, it forms the color called by painters sap- 
green. The dried fruit of another species, R. infectorius, yields a rich yellow color, and is employed in the arts 
under the name of French berries. M. Fleury obtained a peculiar crystallizable principle, rhamnin ; but he did not 
ascertain whether it possessed cathartic properties. (See Journ. de Pharm., xxvii. 666.) Winckler obtained from 
the ripe fruit a principle which he called cathartin, and believes that the rhamnin of Fleury, which was obtained 
from the unripe berries, is converted into that principle and grape sugar as the fruit matures. (Chem. Gaz., viii. 232.) 
Lefort {Journ. de Pharm., 1866, p. 420) studied Fleury’s rhamnin, and describes it as forming pale yellow, trans- 
lucent tables. It is scarcely soluble in cold water, soluble in hot alcohol, insoluble in ether or carbon disulphide. 
It is very soluble in caustic alkalies, from which it is precipitated by mineral acids. He gives it the formula 
C12II12O5 -f 2II2O. Lefort also found a principle, rhamnegin, soluble in cold water, but otherwise agreeing in prop- 
erties with rhamnin. Schiitzenberger (1868) decomposed rhamnegin, proving it to be a glucoside, having the for- 
mula C24H32O14, and yielding rhamnetin, C12H1GO5, and a sugar isomeric with mannite. Schiitzenberger also found a 
body isomeric with rhamnegin, and distinguished the two as a rhamnegin and 0 rhamnegin, which, with Lefort’s 
rhamnin, are present in buckthorn juice. Liebermann and Hormann (Per. Chem. Ges., xi. (1878), pp. 952, 1618) 
confirm Schiitzenberger’s results, and give the name of xanthorhamnin to his a rhamnegin. They find his formula 
C12II10O5 for rhamnetin to be correct, but get results that give for xanthorhamnin rather the formula C48H66O29. Both 
the berries and their expressed juice are active hydragogue cathartics, apt to cause nausea and severe griping, and 
at one time much used in dropsy and also in rheumatism and gout. The dose of the recent berry is said to be about 
a scruple (1’3 Gm.), of the dried a drachm (3-9 Gm.), and of the expressed juice a fluidounce (30 C.c.). 
Among other species of Rhamnus which have claimed attention are R.ioightii, a common shrub of Madras and 
Bombay (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1888), and R. humboldtiana, of Mexico, which Dr. S. E. Sosa states sometimes produces 
paralysis in children {El Estudio, 1890). Frangula.— Galbanum. 
PART I. 
643 
the residue with alcohol, which leaves the fatty matter behind, evaporating the alcoholic liquid 
to dryness, and recrystallizing from ether. As thus obtained it is in fine yellow crystals, melt- 
ing at about 226° C. (438-8° F.), and subliming in golden-yellow needles. It is insoluble in 
water, soluble in 160 parts of warm 80-per-cent, alcohol, nearly insoluble in cold alcohol, solu- 
ble in hot fixed oils, benzin, and oil of turpentine. It communicates its color to cotton, silk, 
and wool. Faust (.Archiv d. Pharm., 187, 8) first proved the glucosidal character of frangulin 
by boiling it in alcoholic solution with hydrochloric acid, obtaining glucose and frangulinic acid, 
C14H804. This forms fine microscopic needles of reddish color, fusing at 248°-250° C. Lie- 
bermann and Waldheim (Ber. Chem. Ges., 9, p. 1775) obtained in this decomposition instead 
of frangulinic acid emodin, C16H1006, which they consider to be trioxymethylanthraquinone. 
Frangulinic acid, on the other hand, would be a dioxyanthraquinone and an isomer of alizarin. 
Schwabe, in 1888, also found that emodin and rhamnodulcite were the decomposition products 
of frangulin, to which latter he gave the formula C21H2009, instead of that given above by 
Buchner. (Planchon et Collin, Drogues Simples (1896), vol. ii. 590.) 
Medical Properties. In its fresh state this drug is very irritant to the gastro-intestinal 
mucous membrane, producing, when taken in sufficient quantity, violent catharsis, accompanied 
by vomiting and much pain. During drying it is said to lose much of its irritant powers, and 
the dried bark is affirmed to resemble rhubarb in its action: hence the direction of the British 
Pharm. 1885 that the bark should be at least one year old. A decoction (half an ounce to the 
half-pint) may be used in tablespoonful doses, or a dessertspoonful of an elixir, four fluid- 
ounces of the fluid extract to twelve of elixir of orange, or the official fluid extract in doses 
of from fifteen to thirty minims (0-9 to 1-9 C.c.). 
GALBANUM. Br. Galbanum. 
“ A gum-resin obtained from Ferula galbaniflua, Boiss. and Bubse, and probably from other 
species.” Br. 
Gummi-Resina Galbanum; Galban, Mutterharz, G.; Galbano, It., Sp. 
It is uncertain from what plant galbanum is derived. At one time it was supposed to be the 
product of Bubon galbanum, an umbelliferous plant of the eastern coast of Africa. It has 
also been referred to the Ferula ferulago of Linnaeus, the Ferula galbanifera of Lobel, which 
inhabits the coast of the Mediterranean and is found also in Transylvania and the Caucasus. 
But no part of either of these plants has the odor of galbanum ; and it is, therefore, scarcely 
probable that they yield the drug. Mr. Don, having found the seeds taken from a parcel of 
galbanum to belong to an undescribed genus of umbelliferous plants, and concluding that they 
came from the same source as the gum-resin itself, gave the title of Galbanum to the new genus, 
and named the species Galbanum officinale. This was rather hastily adopted by the London 
College : it is by no means certain that the same plant produced the seeds and the gum-resin. 
Specimens of a plant were received in England from Persia having a concrete juice adhering 
to them, which was taken by Dr. Lindley for galbanum ; and that botanist, finding that the 
plant belonged to an undescribed genus, named it Opoidia, with the specific name galbanifera. 
Dr. Pereira, however, found the substance not to be galbanum ; and this supposed origin of the 
drug, therefore, must be considered as extremely doubtful. A German traveller, F. A. Buhse, 
who has resided in Persia, states that in 1848 he met with the galbanum plant on the de- 
clivities of the Demavend, near the southern coast of the Caspian. He saw the gum-resin 
exuding spontaneously from the plant, and was informed by the natives that the drug was 
collected from it. The plant is a Ferula, and has received the name of F. galbaniflua, Boissier 
and Buhse. Buhse also states that the Persian galbanum is yielded by a second plant, which 
is doubtfully distinct from F. galbaniflua; this is the F. rubricaulis, Boissier (F. erubescens, 
Berg). Mr. Holmes is of the opinion (P. J. Tr., 1891, 194) that “Levant” galbanum is 
yielded by Ferula galbaniflua and its variety [3-Ancheri ; that solid “ Persian” comes possibly 
from F. Schair, Borsez; while the liquid “ Persian,” judging from the fruits found in it, is de- 
rived from an undescribed species allied to F. galbaniflua. It would also appear that the F. 
galbanum of Aitchison is not identical with that of Boissier, and that neither this species nor 
F. rubricaulis yields galbanum ; and that, further, all the varieties of galbanum of commerce 
come through Persia. Galbanum is said to be obtained by making incisions into the stem, or 
cutting it off a short distance above the root. A cream-colored juice exudes, which concretes 
upon exposure to the air. A portion of juice also exudes spontaneously from the joints, and 
(GXL'BA-NUM.) 644 
Galbanum. 
PART I. 
hardens in the shape of tears. It was formerly official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, hut was 
dropped in the 1890 revision. 
Properties. Galbanum usually appears in the form of masses composed of whitish, red- 
dish, or yellowish tears, from the size of a pin’s head to that of a pea and larger, irregularly 
agglutinated by a darker-colored yellowish-brown or greenish substance, more or less translucent, 
and generally mixed with pieces of stalk, seeds, or other foreign matters. It is also found, 
though rarely, in our markets, in the state of distinct roundish tears, about as large as a pea, 
of a yellowish-white or pale brownish-yellow color, shining externally as if varnished, trans- 
lucent, and often adhering together. Galbanum has in cool weather the consistence of firm 
wax, but softens in summer, and by the heat of the hand is rendered ductile and adhesive. At 
100° C. (212° F.) it is sufficiently liquid to admit of straining; and it generally requires to be 
strained before it can be used. A dark-brown or blackish color, a consistence always soft, the 
absence of whitish grains, a deficiency in the characteristic odor and taste, and the intermixture 
of earthy impurities are signs of inferiority. According to Hirschsohn (Pharm. Zeit. f Russl., 
1893, 353), galbanum of commerce differs from that formerly found in the market; its con- 
sistence is now like that of white turpentine, although the odor is still that of Levant gal- 
banum ; the greatest difference is shown in the action of strong acids and solvents on it. (See 
A. J. P., 1893, 384.) 
The odor of galbanum is peculiar and disagreeable; its taste bitterish, warm, and acrid ; its 
sp. gr. 1-212. Triturated with water, it forms an imperfect milky solution, which on standing 
deposits the greater portion of what was taken up. Wine and vinegar act upon it in a similar 
manner. Alcohol dissolves a considerable proportion, forming a yellow tincture, which has the 
smell and taste of galbanum, and becomes milky with water, but affords no precipitate. In 
dilute alcohol it is wdiolly soluble, with the exception of impurities. Ether dissolves the greater 
portion. “ When moistened with alcohol, galbanum acquires a purple color on the addition of 
a little hydrochloric acid.” U. S. 1880. According to Conrady, the composition of galbanum 
is: ethereal oil, 9-5 per cent.; resin, soluble in alcohol, 63-5 per cent.; and gum and impu- 
rities, 27 per cent. The purified resin was found by Conrady to contain about 20 per cent, of 
combined umbelliferone, about 0-25 per cent, of free umbelliferone, and about 50 per cent, of 
galbaresino-tannol. This latter representative of the class of resino-tannols first established by 
Tschirch was proved to have the alcohol character by forming the acetyl and benzoyl deriv- 
atives. Conrady also considers that the umbelliferone is combined with this galbaresino-tannol 
in the form of an ester. The volatile oil he found to consist essentially of a hydrocarbon of 
the formula C10Hie, with small amounts of a sesquiterpene, C16H24. When the oil is extracted 
by solvents it is free from acid reaction, but when distilled with steam it acquires an acid 
reaction, and notable quantities of isovaleric acid are developed. These fatty acids are prob- 
ably bound up as esters in the cold extracted oil. (Archiv d. Pharm., 232 (1894), 98.) The 
crude oil is dextrogyrate. The resin, constituting about 60 percent., is very soft, and dissolves 
in ether or in alkaline liquids, even in milk of lime, but only partially in carbon disulphide. 
When heated with hydrochloric acid for some time, it yields umbelliferone, C9H603, which may 
be dissolved from the acid liquid by means of ether or chloroform, and obtained on evaporation 
in colorless acicular crystals. The aqueous solution of umbelliferone exhibits, especially on 
addition of an alkali, a brilliant blue fluorescence, which is destroyed by an acid. If a small 
fragment of galbanum be immersed in water, a fluorescence will be produced by a drop of 
ammonia. Asafetida shows the same reaction, but ammoniac does not. 
Galbanum submitted to dry distillation yields a thick oil of brilliant blue color. This oil on 
rectification yields a greenish portion, and then a superb blue oil. Kachler (Per. Ch. Ges., 
1871, p. 36) found a colorless oil, C10Hie, and a blue oil, C10HieO, boiling at 289° C. The 
blue oil, according to Kachler, after purification, agrees with the blue oil of the flowers of 
Matricaria chamomilla. By fusing galbanum resin with potash, Hlasiwetz and Barth (Ann. 
Ch. Pharm., 130, p. 354) obtained resorcin, together with acetic and volatile fatty acids. 
According to Ludewig, a gum-resin, designated as Persian galbanum, is received in Russia by 
the way of Astrakhan or Orenburg, and is the kind used in that country. It comes enclosed in 
skins, and is in masses of a reddish-brown color with whitish streaks, of a disagreeable odor, 
somewhat like that of asafetida, and of an unpleasant, bitter, resinous taste. It is so soft as 
to melt with a slight elevation of temperature. It differs from common galbanum in its odor, 
in its color, which is never greenish, and in the absence of tears, and is probably derived from 
a different plant. It abounds in impurities. This variety of galbanum is probably the same 
as that obtained by Dr. Aitchison in Afghanistan, which on chemical examination yielded— PART I. 
Galla, 
645 
volatile oil, 3-108 per cent.; resin (ether extractive, 61-2, alcohol extractive, 7-576), 68-776; 
water extractive (gum), 17-028 ; insoluble matter, 10-56. (P. J. Tr., Dec. 11, 1886.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Galbanum was known to the ancients. It is stimulant, 
expectorant, and antispasmodic, and is considered as intermediate in power between ammoniac 
and asafetida. It has chiefly been used in chronic affections of the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane, amenorrhcea, and chronic rheumatism. It is occasionally applied externally as a plaster 
to indolent swellings, with the view of promoting resolution or suppuration. The dose is from 
ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.), and may be given in pill, or triturated with gum arabic, 
sugar, and water, so as to form an emulsion. 
GALLA. U. S., Br. Nutgall. [Galls.] 
“ An excrescence on Quercus lusitanica, Lamarck (nat. ord. Cupuliferae), caused by the punc- 
tures and deposited ova of Cynips Gallae tinctoriae, Olivier (class, Insecta; order, Hymenop- 
tera).” JJ. S. “ Excrescences on Quercus infectoria, Olivier, resulting from the puncture and 
deposition of an egg or eggs of Cynips Gallae tinctoriae.” Br. 
Gall®, P. G.; Gale Halepense, vel Hercica, vel Levantica, vel Tinctoria, vel Quercina; Galle de Chene, Noix de 
Galle, Fr.; Gallapfel, G.; Galla, It.; Agallas de Levante, Sp. 
Many plants, when pierced by certain insects, particularly those of the genus Cynips, are 
affected at the points of puncture with a morbid action, resulting in excrescences, which, as 
they are derived from the juices of the plant, partake more or less of its chemical character. 
Most of the oaks are occasionally thus affected; and the resulting excrescences, having in a 
high degree the astringency of the plant, have been employed for various practical purposes. 
They are known by the name of galls, a term which, as well as their use in medicine, has been 
handed down from the ancients. Quercus infectoria, Q. segilops, Q. excelsa, Q. ilex, Q. cerris, 
and Q. robur have been particularized as affording this product; but it is now generally admitted, 
on the authority of Olivier, that the official galls are derived chiefly, if not exclusively, from 
Q. infectoria.* 
Quercus infectoria. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 436 ; Olivier, Voy. Orient. 1.14 et 15 ; Carson, lllust. 
of Med. Bot. ii. 40, pi. 85. The dyer's oak is a small tree or shrub, with a crooked stem, 
seldom exceeding six feet in height. The leaves are obtusely toothed, smooth, of a bright- 
green color on both sides, and stand on short footstalks. The acorn is elongated, smooth, two 
or three times longer than the cup, which is sessile, somewhat downy, and scaly. This species 
of Quercus grows, according to Olivier, throughout Asia Minor, from the Archipelago to the 
confines of Persia. Captain M. Kinnier found it also in Armenia and Kurdistan ; General 
Hardwicke observed it growing in the neighborhood of Adwanie ; and it probably pervades the 
middle latitudes of Asia. 
The gall originates from the puncture of the Cynips quercHsfolii of Linnaeus, the Diplolepis 
gallse tinctorise of Geoffroy, a hymenopterous insect or fly, with a fawn-colored body, dark 
antennae, and tbe upper part of its abdomen shining brown. The insect pierces the shoots and 
young boughs, and deposits its egg in the wound. This irritates the part, and a small tumor 
quickly rises, which is the result of a morbid growth, exhibiting various cells under the micro- 
scope, but no proper vegetable fibre. The egg grows with the gall, and is soon converted into 
(gXl'la.) 
* Under the name of Chinese galls, a product has been brought from China, supposed to be caused by an insect allied 
to the aphis, as such an insect has been found in the interior of them. They are irregularly spindle-shaped, often 
more or less bent, with obtusely pointed protuberances, about two inches long by an inch in diameter at the central 
thickest part, of an ash color and a soft velvety feel, very light, hollow, with translucent walls about a line in thick- 
ness, of a slight odor recalling that of ipecacuanha, and a bitter astringent taste. From an examination of fragments 
of leaves and petioles found among these galls, Dr. Schenck concluded that the tree on which they are found is a 
species of Rhus; but according to M. Decaisne, professor at the Museum of Natural History in Paris, their true 
source is probably the Distylium racemosum of Zuccarini (Flor. Japan., i. p. 178, t. 94), a large tree of Japan, the 
leaves of which produce a velvety gall, resembling the one in question. (Guibourt, Hist. Nat. des Drogues, 1850, iii. 
703.) More recently, however, it has been asserted by Mr. Daniel Hanbury that this opinion of Decaisne is errone- 
ous (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1862, p. 421), as in his examination of the packages imported from China and Japan he has 
found remains of different parts of a species of Rhus, but never any of a Distylium. Besides, the form of the galls 
of the Distylium, as figured by Siebold and Zuccarini, is entirely different. The species of Rhus which yields the 
commercial Chinese galls is the R. semi-alata. (Murray.) The Chinese make great use of this product both in dyeing 
and as a medicine. L. A. Buchner, Jr., has found it to contain 65 per cent, of tannic acid identical with that of the 
official galls. (Pharm. Centralblatt, July, 1851, p. 526.) It is recommended by St.enhouse for the manufacture of 
gallic acid, being preferable for this purpose to the official galls, in consequence of its less amount of coloring matter. 
(P. J. Tr., Dec. 1862.) An inferior kind of galls is produced in great quantities in England, by the attack of the 
Cynips kollari of Hartig, upon the common English oak; but they have been ascertained to contain little tannic 
acid, and are of little value. 646 
Galla. 
PART I. 
a larva, which feeds upon the vegetable matter around it, and thus forms a cavity in the centre 
of the excrescence. The insect at length becomes a fly, and escapes by eating its way out. 
The galls are in perfection when fully developed, before the egg has been hatched or the fly 
has escaped. Collected at this period, they are called, from their dark color, bhie, green, or 
black galls, and are most highly esteemed. Those which are gathered later and have been 
injured by the insect are white galls. They are usually larger, less heavy and compact, and of 
a lighter color than the former. 
The galls collected in Syria and Asia Minor are brought to this country chiefly from the 
ports of Smyrna and Trieste, or from London. As they are produced abundantly near Aleppo, 
it has been customary to designate them by the name of that town; though the designation, 
however correct it may formerly have been, is now wholly inapplicable, as they are obtained 
from many other places, and the produce of different parts of Asiatic Turkey is not capa- 
ble of being discriminated, at least in our markets. Great quantities of galls, very closely 
resembling those from the Mediterranean, have been brought to the United States from Cal- 
cutta. Dr. Hoyle states that they are taken to Bombay from Bussorah through the Persian 
Gulf. We are, nevertheless, informed that galls are among the products of Moultan. Those 
of France and other southern countries of Europe have a smooth, shining reddish surface, 
are little esteemed, on account of their small yield of tannin, and are seldom brought to the 
United States. 
Properties. Galls are nearly round, from the size of a pea to that of a very large cherry, 
with a surface usually studded with small tuberosities, in the intervals of which it is smooth. 
The best are externally of a dark bluish or lead color, sometimes with a greenish tinge, inter- 
nally whitish or brownish, hard, solid, brittle, with a flinty fracture, a striated texture, and a 
small spot or cavity in the centre, indicating the presence of the undeveloped or decayed insect. 
Their powder is of a light yellowish gray. Those of inferior quality are of a lighter color, 
sometimes reddish or nearly white, of a loose texture, with a large cavity in the centre, com- 
municating externally by a small hole through which the fly has escaped. The U. S. P. directs 
that “ light, spongy, and whitish-colored Nutgalls should be rejected,” but allows “ in the centre 
a cavity containing either the partly developed insect, or pulverulent remains left by it,” and 
therefore permits white galls of good quality. Galls have a bitter, very astringent taste, and 
when whole are inodorous or nearly so, but bruised or in powder they have a decided and pe- 
culiar though not very strong smell. The tannin of galls, usually known as gallo-tannic acid, 
appears to exist in the galls, in part at least, as a glucoside, but one very easily broken up by 
ferments like pectase into glucose and di-gallic acid, C14H1009, which is the material, therefore, 
extracted from the galls. This di-gallic acid may be considered as the anhydride of gallic acid, 
C7H606, formed from two molecules of this latter by the elimination of one molecule of water. 
Commercial tannin yields from 0 to 22 per cent, of glucose, showing the presence of varying 
amounts of the unaltered glucoside. Galls yield, on an average, from 65 to 77 per cent, 
of tannin. (See Acidurn Tannicum and Acidum Gallicum, pages 98 and 48; see also “ The 
Tannins,” by Henry Trimble, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1892.) All the soluble matter of galls is 
taken up by forty times their weight of boiling water, and the residue is tasteless. Alcohol 
dissolves seven parts in ten, ether five parts. (Thomson's Dispensatory.') A saturated decoc- 
tion deposits upon cooling a copious pale-yellow precipitate. The infusion or tincture affords 
precipitates with sulphuric and hydrochloric acids, lime water, and ammonium and potas- 
sium carbonates, with solutions of lead acetate and subacetate, copper and iron sulphates, 
silver and mercury nitrates, and potassio-antimonyl tartrate; with solution of gelatin ; and 
with the infusions of Peruvian bark, columbo, opium, and many other vegetables, especially 
those containing alkaloids, with most of which tannic acid forms insoluble compounds. The 
infusion of galls reddens litmus paper, is rendered orange by nitric acid, milky by mercuric 
chloride, and has its color deepened by ammonia, but yields no precipitate with either of these 
reagents. Zinc sulphate was said by Dr. A. T. Thomson to slowly occasion a precipitate, but 
this result was not obtained by Dr. Duncan. Infusion of galls is rendered more permanent by 
the addition of 10 per cent, of glycerin. 
A variety of galls was imported into Germany, which was said to be derived from Central 
Asia, especially from the provinces of Khokan, Khiva, and Bokhara, where they are used in 
dyeing. They are of various forms, some being long, others round, cylindrical, or angular; 
and sometimes they are grouped upon a single stalk, and covered with little elevations. They 
differ from all other galls by their color, being on one side yellow, and on the other of a fine 
red. Most of them present a little opening; and in the interior are eggs and larvae of a .pe- PART I. 
Gelatinum. 
647 
culiar species of aphis. They have yielded, on analysis, 43-10 per cent, of tannin, 3-03 of a 
green wax, 16 of cellulose, and an undetermined quantity of fecula and volatile oil. (R. Paine, 
Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1873.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Galls are powerfully astringent, but are no longer used 
internally* 
GELATINUM. Br. Gelatin. 
Gelatine; Gallerte, G. 
“ The air-dried product of the action of boiling water on such animal tissues as skin, tendons, 
ligaments, and bones.” Br. 
Gelatin is the term applied to purified forms of the substance ordinarily known as glue, and 
the bones and animal matter from which the best qualities of gelatin are prepared are carefully 
selected so as to be free from decomposed products and odorous substances. The hot solution 
of gelatin must be thoroughly clarified if the so-called sparkling gelatin is to be made. The 
surface of sheet gelatin is covered with lozenge-shaped marks, due to impressions left by 
the knotted netting upon which it is dried. Shred gelatin is made by cutting sheet gelatin 
into very narrow shreds by a shearing-machine. (See Nat. Drug., 1894, 134.) Gelatose and 
Paragelatose are terms used by Dastre and Floresco to define gelatin which has lost its power 
of “ gelatinization” through the action of ferments or microbes, saline solutions, or the pro- 
longed action of boiling water. (P. J. Tr., 1895, 454.) 
It is officially described as “ In translucent and almost colorless sheets or shreds. A solution 
in 50 parts of hot water is inodorous, and solidifies to a jelly on cooling. Gelatin is insoluble 
in alcohol (90 per cent.) and ether. It dissolves in acetic add. Its aqueous solution yields a 
precipitate with solution of tannic acid, but not with solutions of other acids, nor with solution 
of alum, solution of lead acetate, or test-solution of ferric chloride." Br. 
Gelatin is largely used for making capsules. Certain medicines are so offensive to the taste, 
and consequently so apt to sicken the stomach, that it is highly desirable to administer them 
in such a way as to prevent their contact with the tongue and palate. This object is fully 
accomplished, so far as regards many disagreeable liquid medicines, by the use of the capsules 
of gelatin. A polished bulb of iron, ivory, or bone, of the size and shape of the capsules re- 
quired, and connected by a slender rod with a handle, is first greased by rubbing with an oiled 
cloth, and then dipped into a solution of gelatin made by heating six parts of pure gelatin 
with one of sweetened water. Upon being withdrawn, it is held for a short time so as to allow 
the excess of the solution to run off, and then fixed with the handle in a board, the coated bulb 
being upward, until the coating becomes cold and firm. The capsule is now removed by the 
fingers, and further dried by exposure on a tray. A number of capsules having been prepared, 
they are placed each in a small cell upon a board, with their mouths upward ; and the liquid 
they are to contain is introduced by means of a syringe with a fine point. Their mouths are 
then closed with a drop of the solution of gelatin applied by means of a camel’s-hair pencil, 
which is afterwards strengthened by an additional coating, given by dipping the mouth of the 
capsule into the solution diluted with a little water. (Redwood's Supplement, p. 664.) The 
capsules may be made of such a capacity as to contain from ten to fifteen grains of copaiba 
or other liquid. Capsules are now largely used for enclosing dry powders like quinine, etc. 
These are ovoid in shape, and, after being filled with the powder by the pharmacist, are closed 
by putting upon the open end a rounded gelatin cap and pressing it down tightly. When so- 
called soft capsules are desired, a small quantity of glycerin is introduced into the gelatin mass: 
this makes the film elastic by preventing its drying completely. 
Medical Properties. Gelatin is devoid of medical properties. It was recognized by the 
British Pharmacopoeia solely because of its use in making the suppositories of glycerin. 
(SE-LAT'I-N0m.) 
* Aromatic Syrup of Galls. The following old formula based upon one of Dr. Physick’s is still sometimes em- 
ployed. Macerate for twenty-four hours half an ounce of powdered galls, two drachms of bruised cinnamon, and 
two drachms of bruised nutmeg, in half a pint of brandy; then percolate, and, when the liquor has ceased to pass, 
add enough diluted alcohol to yield half a pint of filtered liquor. Put this into a shallow capsule, suspend over it 
two ounces of sugar on a slip of wire gauze, and set the tincture on fire. The sugar melts with the flame, and falls 
into the liquid beneath. When the combustion ceases, agitate and filter. A highly astringent aromatic syrup is 
obtained, a fluidrachm of which may be given in diarrhoea. (A. J. P., xxvii. 416.) 648 
Gelsemium. 
PART I. 
GELSEMIUM. U. S. (Br.) Gelsemium. [Yellow Jasmine.] 
((/EL-sSM'I-UM.) 
“ The rhizome and roots of Grelsemium sempervirens (Linn6), Persoon (nat. ord. Logania- 
ceae.” U. S. “ The dried rhizome and roots of G-elsemium nitidum, Michaux.” Br. 
Gelsemii Radix, Br., Gelsemium Root, Yellow Jessamine; Jasmin sauvage, Fr.j Gelsemie, Giftjasmin, 0.; 
Gelsemio, Sp. 
Gelsemium sempervirens (L.), Ait. f. Britton and Brown; also Ait. f. (1811).—Bignonia 
sempervirens, L. (1753).— Gelsemium nitidum, Miehx. (1803). The yellow or Carolina jasmine 
is one of the most beautiful climbing plants of our Southern States, ascending lofty trees, 
and forming festoons from one tree to another, and during its flowering season, in the early 
spring, scenting the atmosphere with its delicious odor. The stem is twining, smooth, and 
shining; the leaves perennial, opposite, shortly petiolate, lanceolate, entire, dark green above, 
and paler beneath; the flowers in axillary clusters, large, of a deep-yellow color, and fragrant, 
with a very small, five-leaved calyx, and a funnel-shaped corolla, having a spreading, five- 
lobed, nearly equal border. The fruit is a flat, compressed capsule, divisible into two parts, 
two-celled, and furnished with flat seeds, which adhere to the margins of the valves. The 
plant grows in rich, moist soils along the sea-coast from Virginia to the south of Florida. The 
flowers are said to be poisonous. 
Properties. As we have seen it in commerce, the rhizome is sliced into pieces, about an 
inch in length, cylindrical or split, very light and fibrous, of a dirty yellowish-white color, but 
darker where the epidermis remains, of a slight, feebly narcotic odor, and a bitterish, not un- 
pleasant taste. It is officially described as “ cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly from 5 
to 15 Mm. and occasionally 3 Cm. thick, the roots much thinner ; externally light yellowish- 
brown, with purplish-brown, longitudinal lines ; tough; fracture splintery; bark thin, with 
silky bast-fibres, closely adhering to the pale yellowish, porous wood, which has fine, medullary 
rays, and in the rhizome a thin pith ; odor aromatic, heavy ; taste bitter.” The accompanying 
figure shows in transverse section the widening of the medullary rays from within outward ; 
another microscopic character, said by Prof. Hothrock to be diagnostic, is the more or less com- 
Gelsemium, transverse section. Gelsemium. 
649 
PART I. 
plete division of the pith into four parts by plates of large, thin-walled cells. (A. J. P., 1884.) 
For elaborate study of structure of Gelsemium, see A. J. P., 1898. Gelsemium yields its 
virtues to water, and readily to diluted alcohol. Analyzed by Mr. Henry Kollock, it was 
found to contain gum, starch, pectic acid, albumen, gallic acid, fixed oil, a fatty resin, a dry 
acrid resin, yellow coloring matter, volatile oil, extractive lignin, a peculiar alkaloid called 
gelsemine, salts of potassa, lime, and magnesia, iron, and silica. The alkaloid, however, was 
not obtained sufficiently pure to admit of a full investigation of its properties. (A. J. P., 
xxvii.) After Mr. Kollock’s experiments, the alkaloid was obtained in a crystalline form, but 
still impure, by Prof. Maisch, from a tincture of the root, by a process of which a very brief 
abstract is given in A. J. P., 1869, by Mr. C. L. Eberle, who in the same paper publishes the 
results of his own investigation. Mr. Eberle not only extracted gelsemine, but also satisfacto- 
rily established its alkaline properties, and proved that it was not contained in the wood of 
the root. Soon afterwards, the chemistry of yellow jasmine was more thoroughly investigated 
by Prof. Theo. G. Wormley. (A. J. P., 1870.) He obtained pure gelsemine from the root, 
and a peculiar acid, which he called gelsemmic (gelsemic) acid. 
Gelsemic or Gelsemmic Acid. Prof. Wormley obtains the acid from a fluid extract of the 
root, which is actually a concentrated tincture, by evaporating it on a water-bath to about 
one-eighth of its volume, adding to the residue several times its bulk of pure water, allowing 
the mixture to stand until the supernatant liquid is nearly or quite clear, then transferring to 
a filter, washing the solids well with water, and reducing the filtrate thus obtained, together 
with the washings, on a water-bath, to about the volume of the concentrated fluid extract. 
To this, filtered if necessary, hydrochloric acid is added in the proportion of a drop of the 
pure acid to each fluidounce of the original fluid extract; the acidulated liquid is then agitated 
with twice its volume of ether; and, after the liquids have separated, the ethereal portion is 
decanted, the aqueous liquid again agitated with a similar quantity of ether, which is in its 
turn decanted, and the watery part finally washed with about its volume of ether. On mix- 
ing the ethereal liquids thus obtained, and allowing them to evaporate spontaneously, the gel- 
semic acid is left, chiefly in the form of nearly colorless groups of crystals, together with more 
or less yellowish or brownish resinous matter. From this the crystals are separated by wash- 
ing with a little cold absolute alcohol, which dissolves the resin, with but a little of the crys- 
tals. To purify the crystals further, they are mixed with a little hot water, and extracted 
from the mixture when cool by chloroform, which, on spontaneous evaporation, yields them 
nearly if not quite colorless. The acid, when pure, is colorless, inodorous, almost tasteless, and 
readily crystallizable, usually in groups or tufts of fine needles. The action of concentrated 
nitric acid may be considered as a test. If a drop of this acid be added to gelsemic acid or 
any of its salts, it forms a yellow, reddish, or red solution, which if treated with ammonia in 
excess becomes of a deep blood-red color, lasting for hours. The yttcif a grain will exhibit 
these changes. Caustic potassa, soda, or ammouia, added to the acid, causes it to become in- 
tensely yellow, and forms with it highly fluorescent solutions. The acid is fusible, and, at a 
high heat, volatilizable without change. Robbins (Deut. Chem. Ges., 1876,1182), who has also 
investigated gelsemic acid, states that it is identical with sesculin (the glucoside of the horse- 
chestnut), and gives it the formula C15H160e -j- l£HaO. Dragendorff and Schwartz both 
believed with Robbins that gelsemic acid was identical with sesculin. The subject was (A. 
J. P., July, 1882) re-examined by Prof. Wormley, who found that gelsemic acid differs from 
aesculin in the following well-marked particulars: 1, in crystallization, the gelsemic acid crys- 
tallizing much more readily; 2, in solubility, the gelsemic acid being more soluble in ether and 
less soluble in water than aesculin; 3, gelsemic acid is not soluble in hydrochloric acid, while 
aesculin is ; 4, corrosive sublimate gives a copious yellow precipitate with gelsemic acid, while 
it gives no result with aesculin; 5, copper sulphate and lead acetate yield precipitates with 
gelsemic acid differing from those of the same reagents with aesculin. The conclusion of 
Wormley, that they are “very different substances,” has been confirmed by Coblentz. (Proc. 
A. P. A., 1897, 225.) He found that gelsemic acid was not a glucoside, as it remained un- 
changed after prolonged boiling with dilute acids, no reaction with phenylhydrazine being 
obtainable. Robbins’s reaction with Fehling’s solution Coblentz explains by showing that 
gelsemic acid has active reducing powers upon copper, silver, mercury, and other similar 
metallic salts. The differences between it and aesculin may be thus summarized. iEsculin, 
formula C15H1609 -f- 1?H20, melts at 160° C.; gelsemic acid, formula melts at 
206° C.; sesculin forms a penta-acetyl derivative melting at from 203°—206° C.; gelsemic acid 
forms a diacetyl derivative melting at 180° C.; aesculin splits up into sugar and aesculetin; 650 
Gelsemium. 
PART I. 
gelsemic acid does not hydrolyze; aesculin forms a bromine derivative melting at from 193°- 
195° C.; gelsemic acid forms a bromine derivative melting at 250° C. 
Coblentz found that one part of gelsemic acid was soluble in 1490 parts of distilled water at 
30° C., in 415 parts of absolute ether at 22° C., in 135 parts of chloroform at 24° C., and 
readily soluble in hot alcohol and glacial acetic acid. 
Gelsemine. This may be obtained, according to Wormley, from the concentrated extract 
from which gelsemic acid has been separated by ether, by rendering it slightly alkaline with 
potassa (Schwartz prefers soda solution on account of the too great energy of the caustic 
potassa), then agitating repeatedly with chloroform, which dissolves the alkaloid with some 
impurities, and yields it, when evaporated at a very moderate heat, in the form of a hard, 
gum like, yellowish or brownish-yellow solid. If this be treated with a little water, and 
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, it yields the alkaloid with some impurities to the liquid, 
which, if now filtered, evaporated to about one-sixteenth by volume of the original fluid extract 
employed, and then treated with a slight excess of caustic potassa, will give up the alkaloid in 
the form of a more or less white precipitate. This, upon being separated, and allowed to dry, 
shrinks greatly, and becomes dark. To purify it, the dry mass is powdered, and dissolved, 
with the aid of a few drops of hydrochloric acid, in a little water, from which the alkaloid is 
precipitated by a slight excess of caustic potassa, and then taken up by ether, which leaves it, 
on spontaneous evaporation, in the state of a very hard, brittle, and transparent mass, strongly 
adhering to the surface of the vessel employed. If now detached and pulverized, it forms a 
powder nearly or quite colorless. If still colored, it may be again treated with ether. Gelse- 
mine was obtained in a much purer state than had been previously made by A. W. Gerrard. 
(A. J. P., 1883, p. 258.) It is a brittle, transparent solid, crystallizing with difficulty from 
alcohol. Boiling water sparingly dissolves it. It softens at 38° C., and fuses at 45° C. The 
pure base gives no color reaction with strong nitric acid, and the mixture is scarcely changed 
in color by heating. Strong sulphuric acid has no apparent action upon it; but if to the 
mixture a little manganic oxide be added and rubbed with a glass rod a deep crimson-red is 
obtained, passing to green. This reaction is so delicate that it can be demonstrated with a 
solution of 1 in 100,000. If this reaction be performed upon the pure alkaloid, the color may be 
sufficiently intense to cause it to be mistaken for strychnine; but if a parallel experiment be 
carried on with strychnine, the two alkaloids cannot be mistaken, for the strychnine gives an 
intense purple, passing to red. Gerrard analyzed the alkaloid with care, and gives the formula 
C12H14N02 as its correct composition. F. A. Thompson (Pharm. Era, 1887, p. 3) announced 
the presence of a second alkaloid, which he called gelseminine. After obtaining a solution of 
the alkaloids as sulphates he agitates it with an alkali and ether ; the ethereal solution is shaken 
with water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and the alkaloids are converted into hydrochlo- 
rates ; gelseminine hydrochlorate being easily soluble, and gelsemine hydrochlorate less soluble, 
the latter is deposited on standing, and may be obtained pure by repeated crystallizations. He 
asserts that gelseminine differs greatly in physical and chemical properties from gelsemine, but, 
as he had not succeeded in obtaining it absolutely pure, does not give the differences. 
Medical Properties.* Gelsemium produces in the healthy adult agreeable sensations of 
languor, with muscular relaxation, so that the subject finds some difficulty in moving the eye- 
lids and keeping the jaws closed. More largely taken, it occasions dizziness, dimness of vision, 
dilated pupil, general muscular debility, and universal prostration, reducing the frequency and 
force of the pulse, and the frequency of respiration. After very pronounced poisonous doses the 
symptoms which have just been enumerated are intensified : double or impaired vision, ptosis, 
dilated insensible pupils, falling of the lower jaw, loss of power of enunciation, and excessive mus- 
cular relaxation are associated with slow, labored breathing, which in some cases is interrupted 
by violent spells of dyspnoea ; consciousness is long unimpaired, but is apt to be lost before death, 
and in rare cases unconsciousness has been present even although recovery followed. Of the 
various symptoms of gelsemium poisoning the most characteristic are the dropping of the 
* Gelsemium is said to have been long popularly employed as a vermifuge in the Southern and Southwestern 
States; but its more valuable properties have been known but for a few years. Their discovery was accidental. A 
planter of Mississippi, laboring under an obstinate bilious fever, directed his servant, to get a particular root from 
the garden and prepare a tea from it. The tea was prepared accordingly, and drunk by the invalid, who was soon 
afterwards affected with great prostration, and especially muscular debility, so that he could not raise a limb, but 
without stupor. These effects gradually passed off, and with them the fever. The servant had made a mistake in 
the root, and dug that of the gelsemium instead of the one intended. The planter, having made this discovery, 
employed the root afterwards with success upon his own plantation and in the neighborhood. The remedy passed 
into the hands of irregular practitioners, and was used by the “ eclectic physicians” before its virtues came to the 
knowledge of the profession. PART I. 
Gelsemium.—Gentiana. 
651 
jaw and the ocular manifestations, combined with general muscular relaxation. The effects 
usually begin in half an hour, but sometimes almost at once. According to Prof. Wormley, 
death has occurred at periods which vary from one to seven and a half hours. Twelve minims 
of the fluid extract are said to have proved fatal to a boy three years old, and thirty-five drops 
of a tincture of the bark have caused death in one hour and a half. In several instances a 
drachm of the fluid extract has under treatment been recovered from. Dr. M. P. Hatfield has 
recorded a case in which fifteen grains of a resinoid extract of gelsemium caused death in a 
woman in one hour. 
The treatment of poisoning by gelsemium should consist in evacuating the stomach, main- 
taining absolute rest in the horizontal position, keeping up the bodily temperature, if required, 
by external warmth, and administering spinal and arterial stimulants. We have very little ex- 
perimental data as to the physiological antidotes to gelsemium. Our general knowledge indi- 
cates that morphine, atropine, strychnine, and digitalis given hypodermically should be of service 
in the treatment of the poisoning, and Dr. Courtright (quoted by Wormley) narrates a case 
in which the hypodermic injection of three grains of morphine, in divided doses, within a few 
moments was followed by marked improvement and recovery, although the patient had taken 
between one and two teaspoonfuls of the tincture of gelsemium. The combined injection of 
atropine and morphine probably affords the best available treatment. 
Recent physiological studies, whilst by no means complete, have thrown much light upon the 
action of gelsemium. The muscular weakness which it causes is always associated with a de- 
pression of reflex activity, and is the result of a direct paralyzing influence upon the spinal 
cord, as probably is also the diminution of sensibility, the nerves and muscles not being sen- 
sibly affected by the poison. The action upon the circulation is less marked than upon the 
nervous system, the heart and arterial pressure not being much affected by therapeutic doses. 
After toxic amounts there is great depression of the circulation, which has been shown by Dr. 
I. Ott to be at least in part due to a direct action upon the heart. The dilatation of the pupil 
which is present in poisoning with the drug, and which is also produced by its local application to 
the eye, is probably due to a paralysis of the oculo-motor nerve ; to which also may be ascribed 
the palsy of accommodation and of the external rectus muscle. The diseases in which the 
medicine has been prescribed are intermittent, remittent, typhoid, and yellow fevers, inflamma- 
tion of the lungs and pleura, dysentery, rheumatism, neuralgia, dysmenorrhcea, delirium tremens, 
trismus nascentium, chorea, hysteria, and epilepsy. The drug is, however, not applicable to the 
treatment of low fevers, and is not sufficiently powerful as a cardiac depressant to be relied upon 
in very sthenic inflammations; its use should be chiefly restricted to spasmodic and neuralgic 
affections. In supraorbital neuralgia and in odontalgia it has been especially commended. 
There is much testimony as to its antiperiodic properties ; and it may be used as an adjuvant 
to quinine in the treatment of remittent fever. Dr. James D. McGarghey praises it especially 
in cases of intermittent, when the attacks are disposed to return obstinately and irregularly. 
(Phila. Med. Times, March 7, 1874.) It has also been employed with a measure of success in 
controlling cardiac palpitations. 
Gelsemium should be administered in the form either of the tincture or of the fluid extract; 
the dose of the tincture being ten minims (0-6 C.c.), that of the fluid extract two minims 
(0-12 C.c.); to be repeated, if necessary, every 2, 4, or 6 hours, and be gradually increased till 
the object is obtained, or some obvious effect is produced on the system. The alkaloid gelsemine 
is exceedingly powerful. Prof. Wormley injected one-eighth of a grain into a strong cat, with the 
result of death in one and a half hours. He also found, as the average result of several experi- 
ments, that eight fluidounces of the fluid extract yield 3-20 grains of the pure alkaloid. On the 
basis of this result, the dose of gelsemine may be estimated at the 200th or 300th of a grain, 
supposing all the virtue of the root to reside in the alkaloid. But this estimate probably exceeds 
its strength, and the proper dose can be determined only by a series of carefully conducted trials. 
GENTIANA. U. S. (Br.) Gentian. 
(<?EN-TI-A'NA.) 
“ The root of Gentiana lutea, Linn6 (nat. ord. Gentianeae).” U. S. “ The dried rhizome and 
roots of Gentiana lutea, Linn.” Br. 
Gentian® Radix, Br., Gentian Root; Radix Gentian®, P. G.; Radix Gentian® Rubr® (vel Lute® vcl Majoris); 
Racine de Gentiane (de Gentiane jaune), Gentiane jaune, Fr.; Enzian, Enzianwurzel, Bitterwurzel, Rother Enzian, 
G.; Genziana, It.; Genciana, Sp. 
Gentiana lutea. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1331; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 273, t. 95 ; Carson, Illust. 
of Med. Bot. ii. 12, pi. 60. Yellow Gentian is among the most remarkable of the species which 652 
Gentiana. 
PART I. 
compose this genus, both for its beauty and great comparative size. From its thick, long, 
branching, perennial root, an erect, round stem rises to the height of three or four feet, bearing 
opposite, sessile, ovate, acute, five-nerved leaves of a bright-green color, and somewhat glaucous. 
The lower leaves, which spring from the root, are narrowed at their base into the form of a 
petiole. The flowers are large and beautiful, of a yellow color, peduncled, and placed in whorls 
at the axils of the upper leaves. The calyx is monophyllous, membranous, yellowish, and 
semi-transparent, splitting when the flower opens, and reflected when it is fully expanded ; the 
corolla is rotate, and deeply divided into five or six lanceolate, acute segments; the stamens are 
five or six, and shorter than the corolla. This plant grows among the Apennines, the Alps, 
the Pyrenees, and in other mountainous or elevated regions of Europe. The root is the only 
part employed. 
Several other species possess analogous virtues, and are used for similar purposes. The roots of 
G. purpurea and G. punctata, inhabiting the same regions as G. lutea, and of G. pannonica, 
growing in Austria, are said to be often mingled with the official, from which they are scarcely 
distinguishable. The G. macrophylla of Pallas is used in Siberia; one indigenous species, G. 
catesbaei (now G. Elliottii Chapm.),* growing in the Southern States, formerly had a place in 
the secondary catalogue of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and is reputed to be but little inferior to 
the official species. G. quinquefolia L. (6r. quinquejlora Lam.), growing throughout the Northern 
and Northwestern States, is said to be much used in domestic practice. 
Properties. As found in commerce, gentian is in pieces of various dimensions and shape, 
usually of considerable length, consisting sometimes of longitudinal slices, sometimes of the 
root cut transversely, twisted, wrinkled exter- 
nally, sometimes marked with close transverse 
rings of a grayish-brown color on the outside, 
yellowish or reddish within, and of a soft, 
spongy texture. It is officially described as 
occurring “ in nearly cylindrical pieces or 
longitudinal slices, about 25 Mm. thick, the 
upper portion closely annulate, the lower por- 
tion longitudinally wrinkled ; externally deep 
yellowish-brown ; internally lighter ; somewhat 
flexible and tough when damp ; rather brittle 
when dry; fracture uneven; the bark rather 
thick, separated from the somewhat spongy 
meditullium by a black cambium line; odor 
peculiar, faint, more prominent when mois- 
tened ; taste sweetish and persistently bitter.” 
U. S. There are no distinct pith, liber cells, 
starch granules, or raphides. (See P. J. Tr., 
1872, 42.) The odor is feeble, but decided 
and peculiar. The taste is slightly sweetish 
and intensely bitter, without being nauseous. 
The powder is yellowish. Water and alcohol 
extract the taste and virtues of the root. 
“ Gentian Root should not yield any definite 
reactions with the tests for starch.” Br. 
Kromayer, in 1862, first obtained the bitter principle of gentian in a state of purity, and 
gave it the name of gentiopicrin, and the formula C20H30012. It is a neutral body, crystallizing 
in colorless needles, which readily dissolve in water. It is soluble in spirit of wine, but in 
absolute alcohol only when aided by heat; it does not dissolve in ether. A solution of caustic 
soda forms with it a yellow solution. Under the influence of dilute acids, gentiopicrin is re- 
solved into glucose and an amorphous yellowish-brown neutral substance named gentiogenin. 
Gentian, transverse section. 
* Gentiana Elliottii Chapra. The blue gentian has a perennial, branching, somewhat fleshy root, and a simple, 
erect, rough stem, rising eight or ten inches in height, and bearing opposite leaves, which are ovate-lanceolate, acute, 
and rough on their margin. I he flowers are of a palish-blue color, crowded, nearly sessile, and axillary or terminal. 
ca^x are near“^anceolate, and longer than the tube. The corolla is large, ventricose, plaited, 
and divided at its border into ten segments, of which the five outer are more or less acute, the five inner bifid and 
fringed. The number of stamens is five, and the two stigmas are seated on the germ. The capsule is oblong, acumi- 
nate, with two valves, and a single cell. O. Elliottii Chapm. grows in the grassy swamps from Virginia to Florida, 
where it flowers from September to December. It was named by Elliott (1817) in honor of Catesby. It may be 
given in powder in the dose of from fifteen to thirty grains, or in the form of extract, infusion, wine, or tincture. Gentiana.—Geranium. 
653 
PART I. 
Fresh gentian roots yield about per cent, of gentiopicrin. Another constituent is gentianin 
or gentisin, C14H1006. It forms tasteless, yellowish prisms, subliming with partial decomposi- 
tion at a temperature over 300° C., sparingly soluble in alcohol, and with alkalies yields 
intensely yellow, crystallizable compounds, easily decomposed by carbonic acid. Yon Kosta- 
necki (A. J. P., 1891, p. 192), by boiling gentisin with hydriodic acid, succeeded in de- 
methylating it, and so obtained gentisein, C13H806, which crystallizes with in fine straw- 
colored needles; these become anhydrous at 100° C. A triacetyl derivative was then formed 
from this gentisein. Gentisin is therefore the methyl ether of gentisein, and can be written 
f 0CH3 
C13H602 j OH . Hlasiwetz and Habermann showed, in 1875, that when gentianin was melted 
with caustic potash it yieldedphloroglucin, CeH3(0H)3, and oxysalicylic acid, C6H3.(0H2)C00H. 
The latter was at first called gentianic or gentisinic acid. Prof. Maisch believes that tannin is 
absent from gentian root, and states that the dark olive-green coloration observed when ferric 
chloride is added to its preparations is due to gentisic acid (A. J. P., 1876). Ville (A. J. P., 
1877) and Davies (P. J. Tr., 1879) maintain that there is a small quantity of tannin in gentian 
root. Prof. Patch (A. J. P., 1876) found that an alcoholic solution of an ethereal extract of 
gentian yielded a dark-green coloration with ferric salts, but if the alcoholic solution were 
diluted with water it yielded no precipitate with gelatin. Subsequently (Proc. A. P. A., 1881) 
he showed there was a principle associated with the resinous matter in gentian (but which was 
not isolated in a state of purity) that produced the reactions of a tannin, viz., a greenish-black 
color with ferric chloride, and precipitates with tartar emetic, cinchonidine sulphate, and gelatin. 
M. Louis Magnes found in the root, when perfectly dried at 100° C. (212° F.), 15 per cent. 
of glucose, and 12 per cent, in the root in its ordinary state. (A. J. P, pp. 333-4.) When 
gentian is macerated in cold water, it undergoes the vinous fermentation, in consequence of 
the presence of this saccharine principle. From the fermented infusion a spirituous liquor is 
obtained by distillation, which, though bitter and unpleasant to the smell, is said to he relished 
by the Swiss and Tyrolese. A. Meyer (Pharm. Centralb., 1882, May) obtained a sweet prin- 
ciple, which he called gentianose, C16H66031, by precipitating the filtered juice with alcohol, 
treatment with ether, and crystallization from alcohol. It does not reduce Fehling’s solution. 
Infusion of gentian is precipitated by tannic acid and the soluble salts of lead, but is com- 
patible with the salts of iron. Pectin, so frequently found in fleshy roots, exists in gentian. 
(Bourquelot and Herissey, Repert. de Pharm., 1898.) The yellow coloring matter of the root 
was investigated by E. V. Howell, who concludes that it is quercitrin. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Gentian possesses in a high degree the tonic powers 
of the simple bitters. It excites the appetite and invigorates digestion. In very large doses, 
however, it is apt to oppress the stomach, to irritate the bowels, and even to occasion nausea and 
vomiting. It has been known from the highest antiquity, and is said to have derived its name 
from Gentius, a king of Illyria. Many of the complex preparations handed down from the 
Greeks and Arabians contain it among their ingredients ; and it enters into most of the stomachic 
combinations employed in modern practice. It may be used in all cases of pure debility of the 
digestive organs, or where a general tonic impression is required. Dyspepsia, atonic gout, 
amenorrhcea, hysteria, scrofula, and intermittent fever are among the many affections in which it 
has proved useful; but itps the condition of the stomach and of the system generally, not the 
name of the disease, which must be taken into consideration in prescribing it; and there is 
scarcely a complaint in which it can be advantageously given under all circumstances. It should 
be administered only in the form of preparation. A syrup may be prepared by forming a 
saccharated infusion by means of percolation, and incorporating this at a boiling heat with 
simple syrup; or, perhaps more eligibly, by dissolving two drachms of the extract of gentian, 
and afterwards fifteen ounces of sugar, in half a pint of water. The porous property of the 
root causes it to expand with moisture, and it has been employed as a substitute for sponge tent 
in the enlargement of strictured passages. 
GERANIUM. U. S. Geranium. [Cranesbill.] 
“ The rhizome of Geranium maculatum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Geraniaceae).” U. S. 
Cranesbill Root; Racine de Bec-de-Grue tachete, Racine de Pied-de-Corneille, Fr.; Fleckstorchschnabel-Wurzel, G. 
Geranium maculatum. L. Sp. PI. (1753), 681. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 705; Bigelow, Am. 
Med. Bot. i. 84; Barton, Med. Bot. i. 149. This plant has a perennial, horizontal, fleshy 
(^E-RA'NI-UM.) 654 
Geranium.—Glusidum. 
PART I. 
rhizome, which is furnished with short fibres, and sends up annually an herbaceous stem, with 
several radical leaves. The stem is erect, round, dichotomously branched, from one to two 
feet high, of a grayish-green color, and thickly covered, in common with the petioles and 
peduncles, with reflexed hairs. The leaves are deeply divided into three, five, or seven lobes, 
which are variously incised at their extremities, hairy, and of a pale green color, mottled with 
still paler spots. Those which rise from the root are supported on footstalks eight or ten inches 
long ; those of the stem are opposite, the lower petiolate, the upper nearly sessile, with lance- 
olate or linear stipules. The flowers are large, and usually of a purple color. The peduncles 
spring from the forks of the stem, and severally support two flowers upon short pedicels. The 
calyx is composed of five oblong, ribbed, cuspidate leaves; the petals are five, obovate, and 
entire ; the stamens ten, with oblong, deciduous anthers, the five alternate filaments being 
longer than the others, and having glands at their base ; the ovary is ovate, supporting a 
straight style as long as the stamens, and surmounted by five stigmas. The fruit consists of 
five aggregate, one-seeded capsules, attached by a beak to the persistent style, curling up and 
scattering the seeds when ripe. The plant is indigenous, growing throughout the United 
States in moist woods, thickets, and hedges, and generally in low grounds. It flowers from 
May to July. The root should be collected in autumn. 
Properties. Geranium occurs in pieces from one to three inches long, from a quarter to 
half an inch in thickness, somewhat flattened, contorted, wrinkled, tuberculated, and beset 
with slender fibres. It is externally of an umber-brown color, internally reddish gray, com- 
pact, inodorous, and of an astringent taste, without bitterness or other unpleasant flavor. “ Of 
horizontal growth, cylindrical, 5 to 7 Cm. long; about 1 Cm. thick ; rather sharply tubercu- 
lated, longitudinally wrinkled, dark brown ; fracture short, pale reddish-brown ; bark thin; 
wood-wedges yellowish, small, forming a circle near the cambium line; medullary rays broad •, 
central pith large; roots thin, fragile; inodorous; taste strongly astringent.” U. S. Water 
and alcohol extract the virtues of geranium. According to Dr. Edward Staples, it contains 
tannic and gallic acids, mucilage, red coloring matter, resin, and a crystallizable vegetable 
principle. (A. J. P.,1829, p. 171.) The Messrs. Tilden found, besides tannic and gallic acids, 
gum, pectin, sugar, starch, albumen, resin soluble in alcohol, oleoresin soluble in ether only, 
coloring matter, chlorophyll, lignin, and various salts. (P. J. Tr., 1863, p. 22.) Tannic and 
gallic acids are probably the sole active ingredients. Henry Trimble and J. C. Peacock (A. J. 
jP., 1891, p. 265) collected the plant at periods of the year ranging from January to October, 
and determined the percentage of tannin as calculated for the perfectly dry drug to vary from 
9-72 to 27-85 per cent. They also determined that it belonged to the class of tannins analo- 
gous to gallo-tannic acid, yielding pyrogallol on heating. They decomposed the tannin by the 
action of hydrochloric acid, obtaining gallic acid, glucose, and geranium red as products. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Geranium is one of our best indigenous astringents, 
and may be employed for all the purposes to which these medicines are applicable. The ab- 
sence of unpleasant taste and of other offensive qualities renders it peculiarly serviceable in the 
case of infants and of persons of very delicate stomach. Diarrhoea, chronic dysentery, cholera 
infantum in the latter stages, and the various hemorrhages, are the forms of disease in which it 
is most commonly used and with greatest advantage; but care should be taken, before it is 
administered, that the condition of the system and of the part affected is such as not to con- 
tra-indicate the use of astringents. As an application to indolent ulcers, an injection in gleet 
and leucorrhoea, and a gargle in relaxation of the uvula and aphthous ulcerations of the throat, 
it answers the same purpose as kino, catechu, and other medicines of the same class. It is a 
popular domestic remedy in various parts of the United States, and is said to be employed by 
the Indians. It may be given in substance, decoction, tincture, or extract. The dose of the 
powder is from twenty to thirty grains (1-3—1-95 Gm.); that of a decoction, made by boil- 
ing an ounce of the root in a pint and a half of water to a pint, from one to two fluidounees 
(30-60 C.c.); that of the fluid extract, from twenty to thirty minims (1-25-1-9 C.c.). The 
medicine is sometimes given to children, boiled in milk. 
GLUSIDUM. Br. Gluside. 
“ Gluside, or benzoyl sulphonimide, is a sweet imide derivable from toluene. Its constitution 
CO 
is represented by the formula C6H4 < gq > NH.” Br. 
Saccharin; Glucusimide; Benzoyl-sulphonicimide, CeEUCOSOjNH; Anhydro-orthosulphaininbenzoic Acid; Glu- 
kusin; Neo-saccharin. 
(GLU'SI-DUM.) Glmidum. 
655 
PART I. 
This substance, which is now official in the British Pharmacopoeia additions, is one of the 
remarkable derivatives from coal tar. As saccharin is a trade product and controlled as a 
proprietary compound, the United States Pharmacopoeia has not admitted it to its list. Its 
name is suggestive of its predominant characteristic, that of intense sweetness. Its composi- 
co 
tion is C6H4 < oj-x > NH, and it is prepared from toluene by first converting this into the 
mixture of mono-sulphonic acids, which are changed into the corresponding toluene-sulphonic 
chlorides. The ortho compound is then acted upon by ammonia, converting it into the sulph- 
amide, which by oxidation yields the imide, as above. It forms a white powder, melting at 200° 
C. with partial decomposition, evolving the odor of bitter almonds. It is soluble in water, 
from which it can be crystallized in alcohol ether, glycerin, and glucose. Its taste in diluted 
solutions is intensely sweet, so that 1 part of saccharin will sweeten quite strongly 10,000 parts 
of water. Saccharin may be detected in sugar solutions by extracting with ether, evaporating, 
and fusing the residue, which, if saccharin, will melt at about 200° C., and fused with nitre and 
sodium carbonate will show sulphuric acid. The weight of BaS04 obtained in this way 
from 100 Gm. of sugar multiplied by 0-785 will give the weight of saccharin extracted. 
Saccharin occurs as a white powder, composed of irregular crystals, very slightly soluble in 
water readily soluble in glycerin, alcohol, and ether. Its aqueous solution has a distinctly 
acid reaction and forms salts. Its most remarkable property is its sweet taste, which is said to 
be three hundred times more intense than that of sugar. The commercial product, according 
to Pope, frequently contains para-sulphamine-benzoic acid, from which impurity it can be freed 
by recrystallization, acetone being used as the solvent. Hefelman has furnished a process for 
assaying saccharin. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 701.) The difference in melting points of pure 
saccharin and para-sulphamine-benzoic acid is also used for distinguishing them; the former 
melts at 224-5° C. and the latter at 286-5° C. (Pharm. Central., 1896, 279.) 
The British Pharmacopoeia furnishes the following characters and tests: “ A light, white, 
minutely crystalline powder, having an intensely sweet taste in dilute solutions. When 
heated it fuses, and then sublimes with partial decomposition. It is soluble in 400 parts of 
cold water, in 24 parts of boiling water, in 25 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), and but slightly 
in ether or chloroform. It is very soluble in diluted solution of ammonia; also in solution of 
sodium, bicarbonate, with evolution of carbonic anhydride. A warm solution of sodium bicar- 
bonate, when neutralized with Gluside and evaporated to dryness, yields ‘ soluble gluside’ or 
i soluble saccharin,’ which is very soluble in water, 100 parts of Gluside yielding nearly 113 
parts of neutral £ soluble gluside.’ Neither Gluside nor soluble gluside is blackened by sul- 
phuric acid, even when the mixture is gently warmed for a short time (absence of sugar, etc.). 
On evaporating either variety with excess of solution of potassium hydroxide, maintaining the 
residue in a state of semi-fusion for a few minutes, cooling, dissolving in water, faintly acidu- 
lating with hydrochloric acid, and adding a few drops of test-solution of feme chloride, a reddish- 
brown or purplish color is produced. A solution of 0-5 gramme of Gluside in 80 cubic 
centimetres of warm water, set aside for 12 hours, deposits tabular crystals which melt between 
426° F. and 428° F. (218-8° C. and 220° C.) ; and it should not, even when briskly shaken, 
deposit crystals melting at a higher temperature (absence of sulphamido-benzoic acid).” 
Medical Properties and Uses. U. Morro and V. Aducco (Arc/t. Ital. de Biolog., 1886, 
vii.) find that when a solution of saccharin is rendered neutral with soda, frogs will live in 
it for months; also that the injection of concentrated solutions of saccharin into the cellu- 
lar tissue has no influence on the batrachian. Six hundred grains given to a dog during ten 
days caused no alteration in the weight or general health of the animal. A careful study 
failed to detect any change in the urine as to the daily excretion of water, urea, hippuric acid, 
or phosphoric acid. The chlorides seemed to be somewhat increased. The saccharin escaped 
unchanged from the kidneys, rendering the urine very sweet, and having a notable effect in 
delaying its putrefaction. No saccharin could be found either in the milk or in the saliva of 
a nursing woman to whom it was administered, and a dose of 75 grains caused no symptoms 
in man. These statements are confirmed by Stutzer and Salkowski ( Virchow's Archiv, cv. p. 
46), and are in accord with the general results obtained by clinicians. Saccharin is chiefly 
useful for the purpose of replacing sugar in diabetes, obesity, and other diseases in which 
sugar is contra-indicated. It is true that Plugge has found that outside of the body saccharin 
retards both salivary and pancreatic digestion, and Sawitzki believes that he has experimen- 
tally demonstrated that saccharin inhibits nitrogenous metamorphosis by a direct action on 
metabolism. Nevertheless, saccharin may be used for a great length of time without appar- 656 
Glycerinum. 
PART I. 
ent effect; and it is probably often employed on a large scale to sweeten glucose in the place 
of cane sugar. For use as a sweetener, two parts of saccharin should be incorporated with 
three parts of sodium bicarbonate, which renders it soluble. It is probably safer not to allow 
more than from twenty to twenty-five grains (U29-U62 Gm.) of saccharin a day. 
GLYCERINUM. U. S., Br. Glycerin. 
(GLYQ-E-RI'NUM.) 
“ A liquid obtained by the decomposition of fats and fixed oils, and containing not less than 
95 per cent, of absolute Glycerin [C3H6(0H)3 = 91-79].” U. S. “ Glycerin, or glycerol, is a 
trihydric alcohol, C3H6(OH)a, associated with a small percentage of water; it is obtained by 
the interaction of alkalies, or of superheated steam, with fats and fixed oils.” Br. 
Glycerina, U. S. 1870; Glycerine; Glycerinum, P.G.; Glycerine, Fr.; Oelsiiss, G. 
In the process for making lead plaster, litharge, olive oil, and water are boiled together, 
when the olein of the oil is decomposed by the lead oxide, according to the following reaction : 
2(C,H (OC + (Pb0)3 + (E O), = 2(C.H,(OH),) + 3(Pb(OClsH 0) ), when we 
obtain lead oleate or plaster and free glycerin. (See Emplastrum Plumbi.') It follows, there- 
fore, that the plaster, while still hot and in the liquid state, contained glycerin diffused through 
it. It was this process that was used for preparing glycerin in the formula of U. S. P. 1850. In 
accordance with this, when the liquid plaster is mixed with an equal measure of boiling water, 
and the mixture stirred briskly, a solution of glycerin is obtained, which, after having been de- 
canted, and evaporated to a limited extent, is freed from lead by hydrogen sulphide. The liquid is 
then filtered to separate lead sulphide, heated to free it from hydrogen sulphide, and finally evap- 
orated to expel the water, which is known to be all removed when the mass ceases to lose weight. 
Glycerin was discovered in 1789 by Scheele, by whom it was called the sweet principle of oils. 
It is produced not only during the saponification of the fats and oils by lead oxide in forming 
lead plaster, but also during the same process when effected by potassa and soda in the manu- 
facture of soap; the alkalies uniting with the oily acids and setting the glycerin free. Soap- 
makers’ waste is an abundant source of glycerin ; but when thus obtained it is apt to have 
more or less odor, which even percolation through animal charcoal does not always remove. 
The two methods of saponification by which glycerin has been obtained on a large scale are the 
process of Wilson and Payne, of decomposing the fats by superheated steam and after distil- 
lation, and the lime autoclave process of Milly. A process patented by Michaud Freres, of 
Paris, and operated by the Continental Glycerine Co., of New York, decomposes the fats by high- 
pressure steam in the presence of a small quantity of zinc oxide. The glycerin is obtained 
pure, and the fat acids can be saponified afterwards. The process of Mr. Richard A. Tilghman, 
of Philadelphia (the patent for which was obtained in 1854, and, after years of litigation, was 
at last sustained in 1888), consists in subjecting fatty bodies to the action of water at a high 
temperature under pressure, whereby the fats, which are glycerides or ethers of the fatty acids, 
are broken up into free glycerin and free fatty acids, the water supplying the elements of hydro- 
gen and oxygen necessary for that change. The reaction is as follows for the case of a fat 
like stearin ; C3H6(0C18H350)3 + (H.0H)3==C3H6(0H)3 -f 3(C18H36O.OH). (See A. J. P., 
March, 1855, p. 121.) Through a distillatory apparatus containing palm oil, heated steam 
between 550° and 600° F. is passed. The oil is decomposed into free acids and glycerin, which, 
together with water, distil over, and, condensing in the receiver, separate into two layers, the 
lower of which is glycerin. If this, as first procured, contain too much water, it must be con- 
centrated ; if discolored, it must be redistilled with vapor. (P. J. Tr., 1861, p. 350.) Ordinary 
impure glycerin may be purified by distillation with steam under pressure. Though, when dis- 
tilled alone, it is partially decomposed, giving off pungent vapors of acrolein, yet in a current 
of superheated steam it passes over unchanged at temperatures between 2044° and 260° C. 
(400° and 500° F.). Very pure glycerin is now produced in the United States in immense 
quantities. The present' annual production of raw glycerin through the world amounts to 
40,000 tons, of which 26,000 tons are obtained from the stearic acid manufacture and 14,000 
tons from soap manufacture. France is the largest producer, with 6000 tons from the first source 
and 3500 tons from the second. The United States is credited with 3000 tons from each of 
these two sources. The United States also imports considerable quantities of glycerin, the 
amounts for the last three years having been—for 1895, 13,488,825 lbs., valued at $784,613; 
for 1896, 21,158,829 lbs., valued at $1,472,302; for 1897, 12,717,098 lbs., valued at 
$1,182,099. Glycerinum. 
657 
PART i. 
Properties. Glycerin is “ a clear, colorless liquid, of a thick, syrupy consistence, oily to 
the touch, odorless, very sweet and slightly warm to the taste. When exposed to the air, it 
slowly abstracts moisture. Specific gravity, not less than 1-250 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble, 
in all proportions, in water or alcohol; also soluble in a mixture of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 
part of ether, but insoluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzin, benzol, and fixed or 
volatile oils. Glycerin is slowly volatilized from an aqueous solution, at or above 100° C. 
(212° F.), with the vapor of water. Heated by itself to a higher temperature, it yields acrid 
decomposition products, boils at a temperature at or above 165° C. (329° F.), and is finally 
entirely decomposed and dissipated. If a fused bead of borax, on a loop of platinum wire, be 
moistened with Glycerin, and then held in the non-luminous flame, the latter will be transiently 
tinted deep green.” U. S. 
In properties, glycerin is intermediate between water and the oils. When exposed to the 
air it gradually absorbs moisture. As already stated, though decomposed by a high heat 
in its unmixed state, yet with water under pressure it is volatilizable unchanged at a tempera- 
ture between 204-4° and 260° C. (400° and 500° F.). Cooled down rapidly, it only becomes 
more viscid, without congealing, even when a temperature of —40° C. is attained ; but, if kept 
for some time at a temperature of about 0° C. (32° F.), it gradually forms hard but deliquescent 
crystals, which melt only at about 22° C. (71-6° F.) * This fact is now utilized as a means of 
concentrating and purifying glycerin. According to Mr. G. F. Wilson, glycerin, when of the 
density 1-24, contains 94 per cent, of anhydrous glycerin; when of the density 1-26, 98 per 
cent. A table by Dr. Wilhelm Lenz (Zeitsch. f. Anal. Chem,., 1880), showing the percentage 
of absolute glycerin in mixtures of glycerin and water, which was obtained by a quantitative 
determination of the carbon in the various dilutions by ultimate analysis, will be found in the 
U. S. D., 15th ed. p. 712. The following table by Prof. W. W. J. Nicol, of England, has been 
constructed after careful determinations, aided by Dr. A. B. Lyons’s data on expansion of 
glycerin solutions, (jCharm. Era, 1888.) 
Per cent. 
Glycerin. 
Sp. Gr. at 
15° C. = 59° F. 
Per cent. 
Glycerin. 
Sp. Gr. at 
15° 0. = 59° F. 
Per cent. 
Glycerin. 
Sp. Gr. at 
15° C. = 59° F. 
Per cent. 
Glycerin. 
Sp. Gr. at 
15° C. =■= 59° P. 
1 
1-00236 
26 
1-06500 
51 
1-13265 
76 
1-20131 
2 
1-00473 
27 
1-06765 
52 
1-13539 
77 
1-20404 
3 
1-00711 
28 
1-07031 
53 
1-13814 
78 
1-20677 
4 
1-00949 
29 
1-07297 
54 
1-14088 
79 
1-20949 
5 
1-01189 
30 
1-07564 
55 
1-14362 
80 
1-21221 
6 
1-01430 
31 
1-07832 
56 
1-14637 
81 
1-21493 
7 
1-01673 
32 
1-08100 
57 
1-14912 
82 
1-21766 
8 
1-01917 
33 
1-08370 
58 
1-15187 
83 
1-22038 
9 
1-02163 
34 
1-08639 
59 
1-15462 
84 
1-22310 
10 
1-02409 
35 
1-08908 
60 
1-15737 
85 
1-22583 
11 
1-02655 
36 
1-09176 
61 
1-16011 
86 
1-22855 
12 
1-02910 
37 
1-09445 
62 
1-16286 
87 
1-23128 
13 
1-03177 
38 
1-09713 
63 
1-16561 
88 
1-23400 
14 
1-03410 
39 
1-09983 
64 
1-16837 
89 
1-23673 
15 
1-03652 
40 
1-10253 
65 
1-17113 
90 
1-23945 
16’ 
1-03905 
41 
1-10525 
66 
1-17387 
91 
1-24217 
17 
1-04160 
42 
1-10798 
67 
1-17662 
92 
1-24487 
18 
1-04416 
43 
1-11071 
68 
1-17937 
93 
1-24756 
19 
1-04672 
44 
1-11345 
69 
1-18212 
94 
1-25021 
20 
1-04930 
45 
1-11618 
70 
1-18487 
95 
1-25285 
21 
1-05189 
46 
1-11893 
71 
1-18761 
96 
1-25547 
22 
1-05449 
47 
1-12167 
72 
1-19035 
97 
1-25809 
23 
1-05712 
48 
1-12441 
73 
1-19309 
98 
1-26072 
24 
1-05973 
49 
1-12716 
74 
1-19583 
99 
1-26335 
25 
1-06236 
50 
1-12990 
75 
1-19857 
100 
1-26596 
* Mr. Wm. Crookes gives an account, in the Ghent. News of Jan. 18, 1867, of 5 tons of glycerin imported into London 
from Germany in casks of 8 cwt. each, which, though when it left the Continent it was in its ordinary state of a viscid 
liquid, was found, on reaching London, to have become solidified into a mass of very hard, brilliant crystals. The 
same result has been noticed in Vienna, in a mass of glycerin which had been in an iron tank more than a year. 
(Chem. News, April 5, 1867.) The crystalline mass noticed by Mr. Crookes yielded pure glycerin when melted. 
Frozen glycerin has been examined by Mr. Wallace Procter and Prof. Henry Trimble (A. J. P., 1885, p. 273): the 
crystals had the sp. gr. P2618, and the portion which had not been solidified had the sp. gr. 1-235. 658 
Glycennum. 
PART I. 
Glycerin possesses extensive powers as a solvent, and is an excellent excipient for many 
medicinal substances. It dissolves bromine and iodine, sulphur iodide, potassium and sodium 
chlorides, the fixed alkalies, some of the alkaline earths, lime, for example, for which it in- 
creases the solvent powers of water (Journ. de Pharm,., Juin, 1874), and a large number of 
neutral salts. It also dissolves the vegetable acids, particularly tannic acid. It is a good sol- 
vent of pepsin, and is used for the extraction of this principle from the mucus of the stomach. 
Two parts and a half of glycerin dissolve one of sugar, and three and a half parts, one of 
gum. When starch-paste and glycerin are heated together, a turbid liquid is formed, which 
deposits on cooling; the supernatant liquid holding starch in solution. (Journ. de Pharm., 
Nov. 1868, pp. 361-2.) Prof. J. S. Blockley, of London, has ascertained that certain neutral 
vegetable substances are far more soluble in glycerin than in water. Thus, salicin dissolves in 
eight parts of cold glycerin, and santonin in eighteen parts when boiling. The latter solution, 
when of half this strength, forms on cooling an almost solid mass. It is not always a good 
solvent for alkaloids or their salts, and will sometimes precipitate the latter even from their aqueous 
or acidulated solutions. Glycerin, next to alcohol, is the best solvent of iodine. Iodine and potas- 
sium iodide, when dissolved in it, form iodized glycerin, the medical applications of which are 
given under iodine. (See Iodumf* It combines with potassa and baryta, and also with sulphuric 
acid. Glycerin is not susceptible of becoming rancid, or of fermenting spontaneously, but 
will generate a portion of alcohol under the combined influence of chalk and of a ferment 
formed of cheese or animal tissue. During this change there is no intermediate formation of 
glucose, provided calcium carbonate be present. (Berthelot.) Glycerin does not evaporate when 
exposed to the air; nor can it be distilled without decomposition, unless in the presence of 
water or steam. When decomposed by heat, it emits extremely irritating vapors. At a full 
red heat it takes fire, and burns with a blue flame. In consequence of the high temperature 
required for its volatilization, it has been proposed to use it for an evaporating bath, in which 
a heat beyond that of boiling water is required. Glycerin is antiseptic, and has been recom- 
mended by Mr. Warington and M. Demarquay to preserve alimentary substances and objects 
of natural history, and to inject bodies for dissection. According to Dr. W. Frazer, it does 
not answer to keep pathological preparations, as they are completely softened by its action. 
M. Berthelot, of Paris, has succeeded in combining glycerin with a number of acids, both 
mineral and organic, forming three distinct series of neutral compounds. Among others, he 
has united it with the fatty acids, producing, by synthesis, the organic fatty substances stearin, 
palmitin, olein, etc. Glycerin has been formed artificially from tribromallyl, by Wurtz, and 
from trichlorhydrin, by Friedel and Silva. Synthesis is, however, not practicable on a large 
scale, no method having yet been discovered to compete successfully with its preparation from 
natural fats. By Pasteur it was ascertained to be one of the products of the vinous fermen- 
tation. Glycerin is a triatomic alcohol, being a compound of the triad radical (C3H6) with 
3(OH) groups. In the natural fats, the three H atoms of these OH groups are replaced by 
fatty acid radicals like stearyl, C18H360, palmityl, CieH330, and oleyl, C18H330. The natural 
fats are, therefore, compounds of an alcohol radical with an organic acid, and are true ethers, 
which are known as glycerides. 
The solvent and preservative properties as well as agreeable taste and permanent consistence 
of glycerin render it very useful as a menstruum in pharmacy; and a class of preparations 
consisting of medicinal substances dissolved in it has come into extensive use. The British 
Pharmacopoeia has adopted such a class, under the name of Glycerina, or glycerines. This title 
is not now available, because these terminations are reserved for alkaloids, while the term 
glyceroles, adopted from the French, is objectionable, as the termination has been used as 
* The following table, by Klever, gives a general view of the solvent powers of glycerin,—100 parts of glycerin 
dissolving the annexed quantities of substances : 
PARTS. 
Acidum arsenicum... 20 
“ arsenosum . . 20 
“ benzoicum . . 10 
“ boricum. . . . 10 
“ oxalicum ... 15 
“ tannicum ... 50 
Alumen 40 
Ammonii carbonas . . 20 
“ chloridum. .20 
Antimon. et pot. tart. . 5'50 
Atropine 3 
Atropin® sulphas ... 33 
Barii chloridum .... 10 
PARTS. 
Brucine . . 2-25 
Calcii sulphidum ... 5 
Cinchonine O'30 
Cinch, sulphas 6'70 
Cupri acetas 10 
“ sulphas 30 
Ferr. et potas. tart. ... 8 
“ lactas 16 
“ sulphas 25 
Hydrarg. chlorid.) 7.r0 
corrosiv. j • * ' 00 
“ cyanidum . . 27 
Iodum 1-90 
PARTS. 
Morphine 045 
Morphia® acetas ... 20 
“ hydroclilorasL20 
Phosphorus 0'20 
Plumbi acetas 20 
Potassii arsenas .... 50 
“ bromidum . . 25 
“ chloras .... 3'50 
“ cyanidum... 32 
“ iodidum ... 40 
Quinine 0'50 
Quinin® tannas .... 0-25 
Sodii arsenas 50 | 
PARTS. 
Sodii bi carbonas .... 8 
“ boras 60 
“ carbonas 98 
“ chloras 20 
Sulphur 010 
Strychnine 0'25 
Strychnin® nitras ... 4 
“ sulphas . . 22-50 
Urea 50 
Veratrine 1 
Zinci chloridum .... 50 
“ iodidum 40 
“ sulphas 35 
(Neuet Jahrb. fur Pharm., 1869, Mai u. Juni, 315.) Glycennum. 
659 
PART I. 
designative of certain proximate principles. But the U. S. title, Glycerita, or glycerites, is 
satisfactory. 
Impurities and Tests. Glycerin is occasionally deficient in density and consistency. 
According to M. Dalpiaz, it is sometimes perfectly colorless from being bleached by chlorine, 
when it is apt to contain calcium chloride, as well as free chlorine. The latter may be detected 
by rendering the suspected sample slightly blue by a few drops of an acid solution of indigo in 
sulphuric acid, when, if free chlorine be present, the blue color will disappear. 
The Pharmacopoeia furnishes the following tests: “ An aqueous solution of Glycerin is neutral 
to litmus paper. When a small portion of Glycerin is heated to boiling in an open porcelain 
or platinum capsule, and then gently ignited, it should burn and vaporize so as to leave not 
more than a dark stain (absence of dextrin and sugar, which would leave a bulky, difficultly 
combustible, charred mass) ; and on full combustion no residue whatever should be left (absence 
of fixed impurities). If 5 C.c. of Glycerin be mixed with 50 C.c. of water and 10 drops of 
hydrochloric acid in a small flask, and heated for half an hour on a boiling-water-bath, then 10 
C.c. of the hot liquid mixed with 2 C.c. of sodium hydrate test-solution and 1 C.c. of alkaline 
cupric tartrate volumetric solution, no yellowish-red cloudiness or precipitate should appear 
within six hours (absence of sugars). On gently warming a mixture of equal volumes of 
Glycerin and of concentrated sulphuric acid in a test-tube, the liquid should not acquire a dark 
color (absence of readily carbanizable impurities). On gradually heating 5 C.c. of Glycerin 
with 3 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid in a test-tube, short of boiling, no offensive or acidulous 
odor should be evolved (absence of fatty acids, etc.). No color, cloudiness, or precipitate 
should appear when separate portions of its aqueous solution (1 in 10) are treated with 
hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of metals), barium chloride 
test-solution (sxdphuric acid), calcium chloride test-solution (oxalic acid), or ammonium oxalate 
test-solution (calcium salts). If a mixture of 2 C.c. of Glycerin with 10 C.c. of water, con- 
tained in a perfectly clean, glass-stoppered cylinder, be heated for five minutes in a water-bath 
at a temperature of 60°-65° C. (140°-149° F.), then mixed with 10 drops of silver nitrate 
test-solution, and the cylinder set aside, well stoppered, in diffused daylight, no change of 
transparency or color should occur in the mixture within five minutes (absence of chlorides, and 
limit of impurities having reducing properties)." TJ. S. The Br. Pharm. furnishes the following 
tests : “ Sp. gr. 1-260. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, 
arsenium, iron, calcium, potassium, sodium, ammonium, chlorides, or sulphates; and no red 
precipitate with excess of solution of potass io-cupric tartrate on boiling, even when previously 
acidified and boiled (absence of grape and cane sugars). It should undergo no darkening in 
color at ordinary temperatures when mixed with an equal volume of solution of ammonia and 
a few drops of solution of silver nitrate ; and when shaken with an equal volume of sulphuric 
acid, the mixture being kept cool, no coloration, or only a very slight straw coloration, should 
result (absence of foreign organic matter). When gently heated with a mixture, in equal 
volumes, of alcohol (90 per cent.) and diluted sidphuric acid, a fruity odor should not be pro- 
duced (absence of butyric acid). 2 cubic centimetres diluted with 5 cubic centimetres of a 
mixture of 1 part of hydrochloric acid and 7 parts of water, 1 gramme of pure zinc being 
added, and the whole placed in a long test-tube, the mouth of which is covered by a piece of 
filter-paper moistened with a drop or two of test-solution of mercuric chloride and dried, should 
not afford a yellow stain on the paper even after 15 minutes (limit of arsenium). When heated 
in an open capsule it yields acrid vapors; and is finally dissipated, leaving no ash (absence of 
fixed mineral matter).” Arsenic has been shown to exist in small quantities as an impu- 
rity in glycerin of European make {P. J. Tr., 1894, 585, 588); its presence may be suspected 
whenever sulphuric acid (made from pyrites) has been used in the manufacture of the glycerin. 
Lime may be detected by ammonium oxalate; lead, by ammonium sulphide; and sulphuric 
acid, by a soluble salt of barium. Diluted, and boiled with a solution of potassa, it is not 
altered in color, showing the absence of glucose. Trommer’s test is probably still more 
effectual. Chloroform was proposed as a test of sugar, in consequence of the complete insolu- 
bility of sugar in it, while glycerin was said to be very soluble; but subsequently chloroform 
was shown to be incapable of dissolving glycerin, though readily forming an even mixture, 
which separates into its two constituents, on standing. (Chem. News, Feb. 25, 1870.) The 
absence of sugar is shown if, upon the addition of two drops of concentrated sulphuric acid, 
and the application of heat, no brown discoloration is observed. (Journ. de Pharm., Nov. 
1863.) The late Prof. Procter believed that the most satisfactory method of detecting cane 
sugar is to dilute a little glycerin with three parts of water, then add a few grains of tartaric 660 
Glycerinum.—Glycerita. 
PAET I. 
acid, and boil for a short time. Cane sugar, if present, is thus converted into glucose, which 
may be detected by adding first a solution of copper sulphate, and then the solution of potassa 
to the heated liquid, when the formation of the reddish suboxide of copper will afford the 
requisite proof. (A. J. P., 1867.) According to M. Hager, sugar or dextrin may be detected 
in the following manner. Dilute the glycerin with water, add ammonium molybdate and some 
drops of nitric acid, and boil. If these impurities are present, a blue color is produced; if 
not, it remains colorless. (Ibid., May, 1869.) Among the most injurious impurities of glycerin 
are thought to be oxalic and formic acids, the latter of which, being especially irritating to 
the skin, unfits glycerin for some of the purposes for which it is most employed. The oxalic 
acid is said to result from the action of sulphuric acid employed in purifying glycerin ; the 
formic, from the reaction between glycerin and oxalic acid. They may be detected by the U. 
S. P. tests. Mr. Henry Bower, of Philadelphia, who manufactured very pure glycerin, says 
that silver nitrate is the most reliable test. Glycerin which shows no reaction with this salt 
he considers suitable for all uses. (A. J. P., 1868.) See improved U. S. P. test above. For 
a method of extracting glycerin from mixtures containing sugar and glucose, see a paper by 
Prof. Prescott, N. R., 1878. For methods of determining glycerin in mixtures or its detection 
in wines, etc., see Chem. News, 1882 ; A. J. P., 1882; Schweiz. Wochensch. f. Pharm., 1881; 
Chem. News, 1886; Amer. Drug., 1886.* 
Medical Properties. The uses of glycerin as a vehicle for other medicines have been 
already given. When given internally, it is laxative, and it has also been suggested as a sub- 
stitute for cod-liver oil in phthisis, etc. Dr. R. P. Cotton, however, has tried it in the Con- 
sumption Hospital at Brompton, and shown that it has generally but little influence, and that 
as a remedial agent it will bear no comparison with cod-liver oil. When injected directly into 
the blood, glycerin produces in the lower animals violent nervous symptoms and death, but this 
action is probably due to the mechanical alteration of the viscidity of the vital fluid. All our 
physiological evidence goes to show that glycerin has, unless in very immoderate quantities, no 
distinct physiological or therapeutic properties other than those of a feeble laxative. It has 
recently been extensively employed in habitual constipation in the form of suppositories. (See 
Suppositoria Glycerini.') Although at various times much lauded in tuberculous diseases and 
in diabetes, it has entirely failed to gain the confidence of the profession, and is now very rarely 
employed. 
Glycerin has come into extensive use as an external remedy. Its emollient virtues and un- 
drying property adapt it to the treatment of skin diseases in which a softening and soothing 
application is required. It appears to have been first employed externally in 1846, by Mr. 
Thomas De la Rue, of London, whose observation of its utility led Mr. Startin to try it in the 
Hospital for Skin Diseases, where it came into extensive use. The principal cutaneous diseases 
in which it has been found beneficial are pityriasis, lepra, herpes, eczema, psoriasis, prurigo, and 
lichen. It is a useful addition to lotions in the incrusted form of lupus, and in various syphi- 
litic and strumous eruptions. It is also useful in chapped skin and excoriated surfaces. Added 
to poultices, in a proportion varying from one-fourth to one-sixteenth, it has the effect of 
keeping them soft for a long time. To collodion it gives a plasticity which renders it often 
better suited to skin affections. Incorporated in very small proportion with extracts and pills, 
it keeps them soft and free from mouldiness. In cases of deafness, from deficiency, accumula- 
tion, or hardness of the cerumen, and attended with dryness of the meatus, glycerin is an ex- 
cellent remedy, introduced into the canal by means of raw cotton saturated with it. Glycerin 
may be used in the form of an ointment, f 
GLYCERITA. Glycerites. 
Glycerins, Br.; Glycerines. 
These are solutions of medicinal substances in glycerin. In the thirteenth edition of the 
Dispensatory various reasons were adduced for preferring the name glycerates for these prepa- 
rations, but, as the revisers of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia have since adopted that of glycerites, 
(GLYO-B-Rl'TA.) 
* Glycero-alcohol, a valuable solvent made by mixing glycerin, 333 ; distilled water, 146; and alcohol sufficient to 
measure 1000 parts. Its specific gravity is about 1; it is a good solvent for alkaloids, keeps indefinitely, and does 
not evaporate readily. 
f Mr. Ecky’s glycerin ointment is made as follows. Take of spermaceti half an ounce ; white wax a drachm ; oil 
of almonds two fluidounces ; glycerin a Jluidounce. Melt the spermaceti and wax with the oil of almonds by a mod- 
erate heat. Then, having poured the melted liquid into a Wedgwood mortar, add the glycerin, and rub until the 
ingredients are thoroughly mixed and cool. This ointment may be used with advantage in chaps and excoriations. PART I. 
Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici.—Glycentum Acidi Tannici. 
661 
these reasons are omitted. The U. S. name is certainly much better than the British. (See 
p. 658.) 
Glycerin has valuable properties as a solvent and vehicle of medicinal substances. Such are 
its not unpleasant taste and bland character; its wide range of solvent power, which adapts it 
sometimes as a menstruum where neither water nor alcohol could be advantageously used, and 
enables it to retain in solution otherwise insoluble substances so frequently found in infusions 
and decoctions; and its preservative influence, which often protects against oxidation, and, by a 
destructive agency upon all of the lowest forms of vegetable and animal life, prevents the 
various fermentative processes so destructive of organic bodies. Another important property, 
as a vehicle for external remedies, is the permanence of its liquid character, so that it does not, 
like water and alcohol, dry up when applied to the skin; resembling in this respect, as well as 
in its demulcent quality, the fixed oils, without their tendency to rancidity. Hence it has of 
late come into extensive use in the preparation of medicinal solutions, which under the name 
of Glyciris found admission into the French Codex of 1866, and are now recognized by both 
the United States and British Pharmacopoeias.* 
GLYCERITUM ACIDI CARBOLICI. U. S. (Br.) Glycerite of Carbolic 
Acid. 
Glyoerinum Acidi Carbolioi, Br., Glycerin of Phenol; GlycSrole d’Acide phSnique, Glycerine ph6nique, Fr.; 
Phenol-Glycerit, G. 
“ Carbolic Acid, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Glycerin, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 
360 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Weigh the Carbolic 
Acid and Glycerin, successively, into a tared capsule, and stir them together until the Acid is 
dissolved. Then transfer the solution to a bottle.” tl. S. 
“ Phenol, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Glycerin, sufficient to produce 5 jl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres. Triturate the Phenol with the Glycerin until solution 
is effected.” Br. 
For the uses of this preparation, see Acidum Carbolicum (p. 35). The U. S. 1890 glycerite 
is a 20 per cent, by weight solution ; the British preparation is slightly weaker, being a 20 
per cent, by volume solution. It may be used internally or locally, and for both purposes 
should in general be diluted with water at the time of application. The dose is from five to 
ten minims (0-3-0'6 C.c.). 
(glyc-e-bI'tCm Xq'i-d! car-b5l'i-ci.) 
GLYCERITUM ACIDI TANNICI. U. S. (Br.) Glycerite of Tannic Acid 
Glyoerinum Acidi Tannioi, Br.; Glycerole de Tannin, Glycerine tannique, Fr.; Tannin-Glycerol, G. 
“ Tannic Acid, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Glycerin, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 
360 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av.,231 grains]. Weigh the Tannic 
Acid and Glycerin, successively, into a tared porcelain capsule, avoiding contact with metallic 
utensils, and apply the heat of a water-bath, until the Acid is completely dissolved. Then 
transfer the solution to a bottle.” U. S. 
“Tannic Acid, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Glycerin, sufficient to produce 5 fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres. Triturate the Tannic Acid with the Glycerin until 
solution is effected.” Br. 
The U. S. preparation is a 20 per cent, solution by weight; the strength of the British prepa- 
ration is somewhat weaker, being a 20 per cent, solution by measure. H. F. Meier found that 
the greenish scum usually seen on the surface of this preparation is chlorophyll from the tannin. 
This preparation may be used, both internally and externally, for most of the purposes to 
(GLYQ-E-RI'TUM IQ'!-©! TAN'NI-CT.) 
* Glyceritum Picis Liquidm. U. S. 1870. Glycerite of Tar. “ Take of Tar a troyounce ; Carbonate of Magnesium, 
in powder, two troyounces; Glycerin four fluidounces; Alcohol two fluidounces ; Water ten flnidounces. Having 
mixed the Glycerin, Alcohol, and Water, rub the Tar in a mortar, first with the Carbonate of Magnesium, and then 
with six fluidounces of the mixed liquids gradually added, and strain with expression. Rub the residue in like 
manner with half the remaining liquid, and strain as before. Repeat the process again with the remaining liquid. 
Put the residue into a percolator, add gradually the expressed liquids previously mixed, and afterwards a sufficient 
quantity of water to make the liquid which passes measure a pint.” V. S. 
This is a very excellent preparation of tar, which may be used either externally or internally. The formula is 
essentially the same as that proposed by Mr. J. B. Moore, although employing one-third less of the magnesium salt 
(A. J. P., 1869, p. 115). As first made it is of a reddish-brown color; after a time it is apt to deposit a dark sediment, 
which should be separated by filtration. An ounce of it represents half a fluidrachm of tar. The dose is from a 
drachm to a half-ounce (3*75-15 C.c.). Glycerinum Aluminis.—Glyceritum Boroglycerini. 
662 
PART I. 
which tannic acid is applied. On the whole, it is the most useful preparation of tannic acid for 
external use; as circumstances require it the official strength may be altered by directions of 
the physician ; a very concentrated solution, two parts of glycerin to one of tannin, may be 
made by the aid of a moderate heat. This applied daily to nipples, during the later months 
of pregnancy, will usually prevent the occurrence of sore nipples during suckling. The dose is 
from ten to forty minims (U-6-2-5 C.c.). (See Acidum Tannicum, p. 98.) 
GLYCERINUM ALUMINIS. Br. Glycerin of Alum 
(GLYg-E-RI'NUM A-LU'MI-NlS.) 
“ Alum, in powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Distilled Water, 3 fl. drachms (Imp. 
meas.) or 7-5 cubic centimetres; Glycerin, sufficient to produce 6 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
120 cubic centimetres. Triturate until solution is effected, warming slightly if necessary; set 
aside; pour off the clear liquid from any deposited matter that may be present.” Br. 
This has the astringency of the glycerite of tannin without the tendency to soil the linen or 
blacken in contact with iron, but is much more irritating. 
GLYCERITUM AMYLI. U. S. (Br.) Glycerite of Starch. 
Glycerinum Amyli, Br., Glycerin of Starch; Unguentum Glycerini, P. G.; Glycamyl, Plasma glycere d’Ami- 
don, GlycSrat simple (d’Ainidon), Fr.; Starke-Glycerit, G. 
“ Starch, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Water, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Glycerin, 
eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 grains]. To the Starch, contained in a porcelain capsule, 
add the Water and Glycerin, and stir until a homogeneous mixture is produced. Then apply 
a heat gradually raised to 140° C. (284° F.), and not exceeding 144° C. (291-2° F.), stirring 
constantly until a translucent jelly is formed. Transfer the product to suitable vessels, pro- 
vided with well-fitting covers.” U. S. 
“Starch, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Glycerin, 6J fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 130 
cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 1 \ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 30 cubic centimetres. Mix ; 
heat them together, stirring constantly, until a translucent jelly is formed.” Br. 
Of these preparations it is only necessary to say that, with the exception of an inconsider- 
able difference in the proportions, they are the same as that brought into notice in 1858 by 
Mr. G. F. Schacht under the name of plasma, as a substitute for ointments, the emollient and 
demulcent properties of which they possess, without their inconvenience, whether used simply, 
or as a vehicle for other substances to be employed locally. Mr. Schacht prepares plasma by 
mixing 70 grains of starch in powder, and a fluidounce of glycerin, heating to 240° F. until 
the union is effected, and stirring constantly. The stirring should be continued moderately, 
during the cooling, to secure a proper consistence. As the plasma is liable to absorb moisture, 
it should be kept in well-closed vessels. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1866, 210.) J. H. Pearson (P. J. Tr., 
1897, 201) recommends the addition of one grain of powdered tragacanth to the ounce of 
finished product, to prevent the separation of the glycerin and water from the mass, on 
standing. 
(GLYg-E-Ri'TUM AM'Y-LI.) 
GLYCERINUM BORACIS. Br. Glycerin of Borax 
(GLYg-E-RI'NUM BO-RA'ClS.) 
GlycSrole de Borax, Fr.; Borax-Glycerol, G. 
“Borax, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Glycerin, 6 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 120 
cubic centimetres. Triturate the Borax with the Glycerin until solution is effected.” Br. 
The Glyceritum Sodii Boratis of U. S. P. 1870 was of the strength of one troyounce to four 
fluidounces. Otherwise it did not differ from the British preparation. 
The demulcent properties and sweet taste of this preparation render it a useful and conven- 
ient method of applying borax to the infantile thrush and other forms of sore mouth in chil- 
dren. It has been highly commended in erysipelas by Prof. D. M. Salazar, of Madrid. The part 
should be freely painted with it and then covered with raw cotton. (A! Y. Med. Record, viii. 311.) 
GLYCERITUM BOROGLYCERINI. U. S. (Br.) Glycerite of Boroglycerin. 
[Glycerite of Glyceryl Borate. Solution of Boroglyceride.] 
(GLYQ-E-RI'TUM B6-RO-GLYQ-E-RI'n!.) 
Glycerinum Aoidi Borioi, Br., Gtycerin of Boric Acid. 
“ Boric Acid, in fine powder, three hundred and ten grammes [or 10 ounces av., 409 grains] ; 
Glycerin, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Glycentum Hydrastis.—Glycerinum, Pepsini. 
PART I. 
663 
Heat four hundred and sixty grammes [or 16 ounces av., 99 grains] of Glycerin, in a fared 
porcelain capsule, to a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add the Boric Acid 
in portions, constantly stirring. When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the 
same temperature, frequently stirring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. 
When the mixture has been reduced to the weight of five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 
278 grains], add to it five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 278 grains] of Glycerin, mix 
thoroughly, and transfer it to suitable vessels.” U. S. 
“ Boric Acid, in fine powder, 6 ounces (Imperial) or 300 grammes; Glycerin, a sufficient 
quantity. Heat nine ounces (Imp.) or four hundred and fifty grammes of Glycerin, in a 
weighed porcelain dish, to a temperature not exceeding 302° F. (150° C.), and add the Boric 
Acid in portions, constantly stirring. When all is dissolved maintain the temperature of the 
liquid, frequently stirring and breaking up the film which forms on the surface, until the 
mixture has been reduced to the weight of ten ounces [Imp.] or five hundred grammes ; then 
add ten ounces (Imp.) or five hundred grammes of Glycerin; mix thoroughly. The product 
should weigh twenty ounces (Imp.) or one thousand grammes.” Br. 
This solution was introduced into the U. S. P. 1890 from the National Formulary. It 
is a thick, sweet, viscid, colorless liquid, and has the advantage of offering the antiseptic 
properties of boric acid in a very soluble form. It may he made more rapidly than by the 
above process if one ounce av. of boroglyceride be dissolved in one ounce av. of glycerin with 
the aid of a gentle heat. (See Boroglyceridum, Part II.) 
GLYCERITUM HYDRASTIS. U. S. Glycerite of Hydrastis. 
“ Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Glycerin, 
five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Moisten 
the Hydrastis with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of 
Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough Alcohol to saturate 
the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, 
close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. 
Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol until the Hydrastis is practi- 
cally exhausted. To the percolate add two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 
218 minims] of Water, and then drive off the Alcohol by evaporation or distillation. After 
the Alcohol is driven off, add enough Water to the residue to make it measure five hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims], and set it aside for twenty-four hours. Then 
filter, pass enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure five hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims], add the Glycerin, and mix thoroughly].” U. S. 
This is a new official preparation which has been transferred to the U. S. P. 1890 from the 
National Formulary. It is intended to take the place of the various preparations which are 
in vogue and which go under the names of Fluid Hydrastis, Colorless Hydrastis, etc. F. A. 
Sieker found that glycerite of hydrastis as made by the U. S. process varies greatly in strength. 
(See Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 691 ; also Phami. Ruud., 1895, 236, and Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 
668.) Its medical properties are those of Hydrastis. Dose, from one-half to one fluidrachm 
(1-87-3-75 C.c.). 
(GLYQ-E-Ri'TUM IIY-DRAS'TIS.) 
GLYCERINUM PEPSINI. Br. Glycerin of Pepsin. 
“ Pepsin, 800 grains (Imperial) or 80 grammes ; Hydrochloric Acid, 110 minims (Imp. meas.) 
or 10 cubic centimetres ; Glycerin, 12 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 525 cubic centimetres; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Hydrochloric Acid, Glycerin, and six fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or two hundred and sixty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; then add the 
Pepsin; after one week, pour off the clear liquid, or filter; add sufficient Distilled Water to 
produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred and seventy-five cubic centimetres. 1 fluid 
drachm of this preparation represents 5 grains of Pepsin.” Br. 
This preparation is apparently identical with the glycerite of pepsin of the National For- 
mulary ; but the pepsin of the British Pharmacopoeia is supposed to be five times as strong as 
that of the N. F. (See Glyceritum Pepsini, N. F., Part II.) The dose is one fluidrachm, 
equivalent to five grains of pepsin. 
(GLYQ-E-RI'NUM PEP-SI'NI.) 664 
Glycerinum Plumbi Subacetatis.— Glycyrrhiza. 
PART I. 
GLYCERINUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. Br. Glycerin of Subacetate 
of Lead. 
“Lead Acetate, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Lead Oxide, in powder, 3£ ounces 
(Imp.) or 70 grammes; Glycerin, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 400 cubic centimetres; Distilled 
Water, 12 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 240 cubic centimetres. Mix; boil for a quarter of an 
hour; filter; evaporate at a temperature not exceeding 222° F. (105-5° C.) until the product 
weighs thirty-two and three-quarters ounces (Imp.) or six hundred and fifty-five grammes, and 
has a specific gravity of 1-48.” Br. 
This glycerite originated with Dr. Balmanno Squire, of London, but the process made offi- 
cial is that recommended by Dr. R. W. Parker. (See A. J. P., 1886, 296.) It is a powerful 
sedative astringent, and may be employed as a local application in external inflammations. 
(GLYQ-E-Itf'NUM PLUM'BI SUB-Ig-E-TA'TIS.) 
GLYCERINUM Br. Glycerin of Tragacanth. 
“Tragacanth, in powder, i ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Glycerin, 1£ fi. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 30 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, } fi. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 10 cubic centi- 
metres. Mix the Glycerin with the Tragacanth; add the Distilled Water; triturate until a 
homogeneous paste is produced.” Br. 
This new official preparation has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia mainly to 
serve as an excipient for pills. 
(GLYQ-E-RI'NOM TRAG-A-CiN'THiE.) 
GLYCERITUM VITELLI. U. S. Glycerite of Yolk of Egg. [Glyconin.] 
(GLYg-E-RI'TbM VI-TEL'LI.) 
“ Fresh Yolk of Egg, forty-five grammes [or 1 ounce av., 257 grains] ; Glycerin, fifty-five 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 411 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Rub the Yolk of Egg, in a mortar, with the Glycerin, gradually added, until they 
are thoroughly mixed. Then transfer the mixture to a bottle.” U. S. 
Under the name of Glyconin there has been employed in France for many years, both for 
medical purposes and for those of the toilet, an emulsion made of glycerin and the yolk of 
egg. When these two substances are rubbed together, they unite to form a very intimate 
mixture, which does not separate. It has the consistence of honey, and forms an opaque 
emulsion with water. It may be preserved almost indefinitely. The usual proportions of the 
ingredients are four parts of the yolk of egg and five parts of pure glycerin. It has been 
repeatedly recommended as a basis for cod-liver oil and other emulsions* (See also papers by 
Mr. Close in Proc. A. P. A., 1884 and 1886.) It is itself not medicinal. 
GLYCYRRHIZA. U. S. (Br.) Glycyrrhiza. [Liquorice Root.] 
Glycyrrhizae Radix, Br.; Radix Liquiritiae Glabrae, P. G.; Radix Glycyrrhizae Hispanicse; Spanish Licorice 
Root; Reglisse, Rois doux, Racine douce, Bois de Reglisse, Fr.; Spanisches Siissholz, Spanische Siissholzwurzel, 
Siissholzwurzel, G.; Liquirizia, It.; Regaliza, Sp. 
“ The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra, Linne, and of the variety glandulifera (Waldstein et Kit- 
taibel), Regel et Herder (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. “ The peeled root and peeled sub- 
terranean stem of Glycyrrhiza glabra, Linn., and other species.” Br. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx bilabiate ; upper lip three-cleft, lower undivided. Legume ovate compressed. 
WiUd. 
Glycyrrhiza glabra. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1144; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 420, t. 152 ; Carson, 
lllust. of Med. Bot. i. 38, pi. 32. The liquorice plant has a perennial root, which is round, 
succulent, tough, and pliable, furnished with sparse fibres, rapid in its growth, and in a sandy 
soil penetrates deeply into the ground. The stems are herbaceous, erect, and usually four or 
five feet in height, have few branches, and are garnished with alternate, pinnate leaves, con- 
sisting of several pairs of ovate, blunt, petiolate leaflets, with a single leaflet at the end, of a 
pale-green color, and clammy on their under surface. The flowers are violet or purple, formed 
(GLYg-YR-RHl'ZA.) 
* Glyconin Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. The formula proposed by Mr. Close, and at one time largely used by Drs. 
Andrews, Beard, and others, is as follows. Cod-Liver Oil 4 fluidounces, Glyconin 9 fluidrachms, Aromatic Spirit of 
Ammonia 1 fluidrachm, Sherry Wine 2 fluidounces, Diluted Phosphoric Acid 4 fluidrachms, Essence of Bitter Almond 
(made by dissolving 1 fluidrachm of the volatile oil in half a pint of alcohol) 2 fluidrachms. The cod-liver oil is to 
be added very slowly to the glyconin with brisk stirring, and the other ingredients added in the order named. Glycyrrhiza. 
665 
PART I. 
like those of the pea, and arranged in axillary spikes supported on long peduncles. The calyx 
is tubular and persistent. The fruit is a compressed, smooth, acute, one-celled legume, con- 
taining from one to six small kidney-shaped seeds. Tbsre are two very distinct varieties of 
the plant yielding the root: the typical form, which is smooth throughout, and the variety, 
G. glandulifera, W. K., in which the stem, leaves, and pods are more or less roughly glandular 
or pubescent. 
The habitat of the plant is wide-spread, extending from the shores of the Mediterranean to 
Siberia as far north as latitude 55°, and southward through Asia Minor and Persia to Farther 
India. The liquorice plant is cultivated in England* the north of France, and Germany. It 
is also largely produced in the north of Spain, where it is an important article of commerce, 
and in Asia along the banks of the Tigris and Euphrates. It is probable that a portion of 
the root from Italy and Sicily is the product of G. echinata, which grows wild in Apulia. This 
species is also abundant in the south of Russia, where, according to Hayne, sufficient extract 
is prepared from it to supply the whole Russian empire. Large quantities of liquorice root 
are now imported for the purpose of making the extract, the imports for 1895 having been 
83,281,275 lbs., valued at $1,404,563; for 1896, 87,123,461 lbs., valued at $1,401,748; and for 
1897, 62,370,337 lbs., valued at $1,022,650. 
A species of Glycyrrhiza, G. lepidota, grows abundantly about St. Louis, in the State of 
Missouri, and flourishes along the banks of the Missouri River to its source. It is probably 
the same as the liquorice plant mentioned by Mackenzie as growing on the northern coast of 
this continent. Mr. Nuttall states that its root possesses in no inconsiderable degree the taste 
of liquorice, and M. L. McCullough found it to contain 6-39 per cent, of crude glycyrrhizin, in 
contrast with 7*18 per cent, in the official species. (A. J. P., 1890.) 
Properties. The liquorice root of commerce is in long pieces, varying in thickness from 
a few lines to two inches, fibrous when not peeled, externally grayish brown and longitudinally 
wrinkled by desiccation, often warty, internally yellowish, pliable, tough, without smell, and of 
a sweet mucilaginous taste, mingled with a slight degree of acrimony. “ Fracture coarsely 
fibrous ; bark rather thick ; wood porous, but dense, in narrow wedges ; medullary rays linear; 
taste sweet, somewhat acrid. The underground stem, wdiich is often present, has the same ap- 
pearance, but contains a thin pith. The drug derived from the variety glandulifera (so-called 
Russian Liquorice) consists usually of roots or root-branches, 1 to 4 Cm. thick, 15 to 30 Cm. 
long, frequently deprived of the corky layer, the wood rather soft, and usually more or less 
cleft.” U yS.f Formerly commerce was chiefly supplied with liquorice root by Italy and Spain, 
but the amount coming from these sources is at present probably not more than 10 per cent, of 
the whole, the greater portion coming from Southern Russia, a large amount from Anatolia and 
Syria, and a little from Turkey and Persia. The Spanish variety has been most esteemed, but, 
according to H. N. Rittenhouse, the peeled Russian liquorice is richer in glycyrrhizin and extrac- 
tives than is any other variety, and is in fact the most valuable. Russian liquorice is usually 
very large, quite sweet, but at the same time rather more bitter and acrid than is the Spanish 
variety. Liquorice root is often worm-eaten and more or less decayed; such root should be 
rejected, as should also the small fibrous roots often shipped from Spain. The best pieces are 
large, bright yellow internally, and have the layers and the bark distinct. The bark is chiefly 
liber, consisting of parenchymatous tissue with bast-cells (which are stained yellow by iodine), and 
arranged so as to make ordinary liber bundles, and also a sort of net-work. A character said 
by Prof. Rothrock (A. J. P., 1884) to be diagnostic is the occurrence in the wood and paren- 
chyma of bundles composed of numerous bast-cells, surrounded by a sheath of large cells 
containing crystals of calcium oxalate. In the Russian root the parenchymatous wood-cells 
are larger than in the Spanish. The powder is of a grayish-yellow color, when the root is pul- 
verized without being deprived of its epidermis; of a pale sulphur-yellow, when the epidermis 
has been removed. Robiquet found the following ingredients in liquorice root: 1, a peculiar 
transparent yellow substance, called glycyrrhizin, of a sweet taste, scarcely soluble in cold 
water, very soluble in boiling water, with which it gelatinizes on cooling, thrown down from 
its aqueous solution by acids, readily soluble in cold alcohol, insusceptible of the vinous fer- 
mentation, yielding no oxalic acid by the action of the nitric, and therefore wholly distinct 
* Most of the liquorice root of commerce appears to be the product of wild plants, but it has been successfully cul- 
tivated in England (A. J. P., 1874, 473) and in Syria (P. J. Tr. xvi. 647). Although the attempts to produce it in 
the United States have hitherto met with no great success, we can see no reason why in some of the lowlands of the 
Southeastern States it should not flourish. An interesting report upon the production of liquorice root in Spain was 
made by Mr. H. C. Marsten, United States consul, and may be found abstracted in New Remedies, Jan. 1882. 
| For the anatomical structure of the root, see Arch. d. Pharm., June, 1888. 666 
Glycyrrhiza.—Glycyrrhizinum Ammoniatum. 
PART I. 
from sugar ; 2, a crystallizable principle named agedoite by Robiquet, but subsequently proved 
to be identical with asparagin; 3, starch; 4, albumen; 5, a brown acrid resin; 6, a brown 
nitrogenous extractive matter ; 7, lignin; 8, salts of lime and magnesia, with phosphoric, sul- 
phuric, and malic acids. Fliickiger states that a small amount of tannin is also always con- 
tained in the root, or rather its bark. The chief constituent, glycyrrhizin, Gorup-Besanez 
{Ann. Ch. und Pharm., 118) considered to be a glucoside, having the composition C24H36°9- 
On boiling with dilute acids it breaks up into glycyrrhetin and an unerystallizable sugar capa- 
ble of fermentation. Roussin {Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., July, 1875) found that the 
sweet taste of the root was not owing to the free glucoside, hut to its compound with ammonia. 
Habermann {Ann. Ch. und Pharm., 197) found that glycyrrhizin-ammonia was the acid am- 
monium salt of glycyrrhizic acid, a nitrogenous acid, and gave the formula C44H62N018.NH4 
for it. (See Glycyrrhizinum Ammoniatum.) He succeeded in extracting from the commercial 
“ ammoniacal glycyrrhizin” glycyrrhizic acid, which may be considered to be the active constit- 
uent of liquorice. It was obtained by dissolving the crude glycyrrhizin in glacial acetic acid at 
a boiling temperature, rapidly filtering, again treating the crystalline parts of the filtrate in 
the same manner, and finally purifying by repeated crystallizations from 90-per-cent, alcohol. 
Its properties are peculiar, and account to a great extent for the singular behavior of liquid 
liquorice preparations. With water, in which the substance is but little soluble at ordinary 
temperature, it forms a transparent, faintly yellow jelly. On mixing 1 Gm. of the body with 
100 C.c. of water, the mixture after a few hours becomes so jelly-like that the open vessel may 
be inverted without losing any substance. It is insoluble in ether, but slightly soluble in ab- 
solute alcohol (even boiling), more so in alcohol of 90 per cent., and especially so when hot. 
Its solubility increases with the decrease of the percentage of alcohol. The apparent gluco- 
sidal character of glycyrrhizic acid Habermann explains by the fact that it breaks up on boiling 
with dilute sulphuric acid into glycyrrhetin and parasaccharic acid, according to the reaction 
C44He3N018 + 2H20 = C?2H47N04-t-2C6H1008. {Ann. d. Chem., 197; N. R., Sept. 1879.) 
By fusing glycyrrhizin with caustic potash, Weselsky and Benedikt {Deutsch. Chem. Ges.r 
1876) obtained paraoxybenzoic acid. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Liquorice root is an excellent demulcent, well adapted 
to pulmonic catarrhs, and even to irritations of the mucous membrane of the bowels and urinary 
passages; but it is chiefly used for the purpose of concealing the taste or of covering the acri- 
mony of various drugs, such as ammonium chloride or senega. A decoction may be prepared 
by boiling an ounce of the bruised root, for a few minutes, in a pint of water, but at present 
the extract is almost universally preferred. The powder is used in the preparation of pills, 
either to give due consistence or to cover their surface and prevent them from cohering. 
For formulas of Aromatic Elixir and Syrup of Liquorice, see Part II., National Fomiulary. 
GLYCYRRHIZINUM AMMONIATUM. U. S. Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin. 
(GLYQ-YR-RHI-ZI'NUM AM-MO-NI-A'TUM.) 
“ Glycyrrhiza, in No. 20 powder, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 278 grains] ; Water, 
Ammonia Water, Sulphuric Acid, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix four hundred and seventy-five 
cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 30 minims] of Water with twenty five cubic centimeters [or 405 
minims] of Ammonia Water, and, having moistened the powder with the mixture, macerate 
for twenty-four hours. Then pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, and gradually 
pour Water upon it until five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of per- 
colate are obtained. Add Sulphuric Acid slowly to the percolate, with constant stirring, so 
long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this on a strainer, wash it with cold Water until the 
washings no longer have an acid reaction, redissolve it in Water with the aid of Ammonia 
Water, filter, if necessary, and again add Sulphuric Acid so long as a precipitate is produced. 
Collect this, wash it, dissolve it in a sufficient quantity of Ammonia Water previously diluted 
with an equal volume of Water, and spread the clear solution upon plates of glass, so that, 
when dry, the product may be obtained in scales.” U. S. 
This is a preparation whose introduction is a result of the very important researches of Z. 
Roussin, communicated to the Societe de Pharmacie of Paris, June 2,1875. This investigator 
noticed that glycyrrhizin, the sweet principle of liquorice root, was insipid when compared with 
the root itself, and suspected that it existed in a modified form in the root. Experiment showed 
that alkalies developed the sweet taste, and he ultimately proved that the alkali with which it 
was combined in the root was ammonia, and that glycyrrhizin played the part of an acid. He PART I. 
Glycyrrhizinum Ammoniatum.— Gossypii Radicis Cortex. 
667 
named the compound ammonium glycyrrhizate, and called attention to the fact that liquorice 
root which had lost a portion of its sweetness through fermentation and the development of 
acetic acid and precipitation of insoluble glycyrrhizin could be restored to its former sweetness 
if allowed to remain a sufficient length of time in an ammoniacal atmosphere. The official 
process for ammoniated glycyrrhizin is closely modelled after Roussin’s, with the exception of 
the substitution of percolation by a slightly ammoniated menstruum for maceration and ex- 
pression with cold water. Roussin purified his product by redissolving it in alcohol and pre- 
cipitating with ether ; this is deemed unnecessary for a preparation which is intended to be 
useful without being expensive. (See Proc. A. P.A., 1876, p. 544.) Connerade has proposed 
some modification of Roussin’s method ; his process is as follows. “ Macerate ground liquorice 
root with one and a half parts by weight of water, strain, wash the residue with a very small 
quantity of water, heat the mixed liquids to boiling to coagulate albumen, strain again, and then 
add diluted sulphuric acid (1 in 10), as long as a precipitate is produced. Let this settle, de- 
cant the liquid, and dissolve the precipitate in solution of ammonia, diluted with nine parts of 
water. Filter the latter and evaporate it to dryness. The compound then remains as a brown, 
friable varnish, unaltered by air, of a pure, sweet taste, easily soluble in cold water, and im- 
parting to the latter, even when diluted to 1 in 1000 parts, an amber color. The yield is about 
10 per cent, of the weight of the root.” (iV R., March, 1881.) 
Properties. The following is the description given in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia: “Dark 
brown or brownish-red scales, without odor, and having a very sweet taste. Readily soluble in 
water and in alcohol. The aqueous solution, when heated with potassium or sodium hydrate test- 
solution, evolves ammoniacal vapors. If the aqueous solution be supersaturated with an acid, 
there will be produced a precipitate (glycyrrhizin) which, when dissolved in hot water, forms a 
jelly on cooling. This substance, after being washed with diluted alcohol, and dried, appears 
as an amorphous, yellow powder, having a strong, bitter-sweet taste, and an acid reaction. 
Upon incineration, Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin should not leave more than a trace of ash.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. This substance appears to possess the medical prop- 
erties of liquorice, and may be used as an elegant substitute for it in mixtures which are 
neither acid nor alkaline. The dose of it is from five to fifteen grains (0-32—0-97 Gm.). 
GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX. U. S. Cotton Root Bark. 
“ The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum, Linne, and of other species of Gossypium 
(nat. ord. Malvaceae).” U. S. 
Cottonroot Bark; Ecorce de la Racine de Cotonnier, Fr.; Baumwollen-Wurzelrinde, G. 
In consequence of changes produced in the plants of this genus by cultivation, botanists 
have found great difficulty in determining which are distinct species and which are merely 
varieties. De Candolle describes thirteen species in his Prodromus, and mentions six others, but 
considers them all uncertain. Hoyle describes eight and admits others. Schwartz thinks that 
they may all be referred to one original species. Engler and Prantl recognize six species, three 
of these being cultivated. The plants inhabit different parts of tropical Asia and Africa, and 
many of them are cultivated for their cotton in climates adapted to their growth. The species 
from which most of the cotton of commerce has been thought to be obtained is the one spe- 
cially indicated by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. According to Dr. Royle, it is the India cotton 
which is produced by G. herbaceum, while G. barbadense furnishes all the cotton of North 
America, and G. peruvianum that produced in Brazil, Peru, and other parts of South America. 
(See A. J. P., 1858, 339.) Dr. A. W. Chapman, however, in his Flora of the Southern United 
States (New York, 1860, 58), states that the numerous varieties of the cotton-plant are now 
referred to two species, the long-staple, or sea-island, to G. album (Haw.), and the short-staple, 
or upland, to G. nigrum (Haw.). 
Gossypium herbaceum. Linn. Sp. Plant. 975 ; De Cand. Prodrom. i. 456. This is a biennial 
or triennial plant, with a branching stem from two to six feet high, and palmate hoary leaves, 
the lobes of which are somewhat lanceolate and acute. The flowers are pretty, with yellow 
petals, having a purple spot near the claw. The leaves of the involucel or outer calyx are ser- 
rate. The capsule opens when ripe, and displays a loose white tuft of long slender filaments, 
which surround the seeds and adhere firmly to the outer coating. The plant is a native of 
Asia, but is cultivated in most tropical countries. It requires a certain duration of warm 
weather to perfect its seeds, and, in the United States, does not mature north of Virginia. 
The herbaceous part of the plant contains much mucilage, and has been used as a demulcent. 
(GOS-SYP'I-I BA-DI'CIS COB'TEX.) 668 
Gossypii Radicis Cortex.—Gossypium Punficatum. 
PAJRT I. 
The seeds yield by expression a fixed oil of the drying kind, which is employed for making 
soap and for other purposes. (See Oleum Gossypii.') The bark of the root has been supposed 
to possess medical virtues, and is recognized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. Another official 
portion, and that for which the plant is cultivated, is the filamentous substance surrounding 
the seeds. This when separated constitutes the cotton of commerce. Cotton seeds have been 
employed in our Southern States with great asserted success in the treatment of intermittents, 
but are at present seldom, if ever, used. (For details, see U. S. D., 16th ed.) 
Properties. Cotton Root Bark is officially described as “ in thin, flexible bands or quilled 
pieces; outer surface brownish-yellow, with slight, longitudinal ridges or meshes, small, black, 
circular dots, or short, transverse lines, and dull, brownish-orange patches, from the abrasion 
of the thin cork ; inner surface whitish, of a silky lustre, finely striate ; bast-fibres long, tough, 
and separable into papery layers; inodorous; taste very slightly acrid and faintly astringent.” 
U. S. Prof. E. S. Wayne, of Cincinnati, found in it a peculiar acid resin, colorless and soluble 
in water, when pure, but absorbing oxygen on exposure, and then becoming red and insoluble 
in water. It is deposited by the fluid extract on standing. He suggests that this may be the 
active principle of the root; but the fact has not been determined. (A. J. P., 1872.) William 
C. Staehle (A. J. P., 1875) made an examination of this resin, and obtained results somewhat 
different from those of Prof. Wayne. Staehle’s percolate was of a dark reddish-brown color, 
whilst Wayne’s was pale amber. This is accounted for, however, by the presence of a prin- 
ciple which is colorless in the fresh bark, but of a dark red in bark which has been exposed to 
air and light. W. A. Taylor noticed that the change in color from pale amber to dark red 
took place in an alcoholic tincture. (A. J. P., 1876.) Staehle found the resin soluble in 14 
parts of alcohol, 15 parts of chloroform, 23 parts of ether, and 122 parts of benzene. 
Medical Properties. It has been employed by Dr. Bouchelle, of Mississippi, who believes 
it to be an excellent emmenagogue, and not inferior to ergot in promoting uterine contraction. 
He states that it was habitually resorted to by the slaves of the South for producing abortion. 
To assist labor, he employs a decoction made by boiling four ounces of the inner bark of the root 
in a quart of water to a pint, and gives a wineglassful (60 C.c.) every twenty or thirty minutes. 
( West. Journ. of Med. and Surg., Aug. 1840.) These opinions of Dr. Bouchelle have been 
confirmed by various Southern medical practitioners, and Dr. H. I. Garrigues asserts that the 
cotton root has great powers in arresting hemorrhage and ameliorating the other symptoms of 
uterine fibroids ; but, for some reason, the drug failed to come into general use. Dr. Bellany, of 
Columbus, Georgia, says that the root should be gathered as late as possible in the fall before 
frost. The official fluid extract may be used in doses of half a fluidrachm to one fluidrachm 
(1-9 to 3-75 C.c.), repeated at short intervals if necessary. 
GOSSYPIUM PURIFICATUM. U. S. (Br.) Purified Cotton. 
[Absorbent Cotton.] 
“ The hairs of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum, Linn6, and of other species of Gossypium 
(nat. ord. Malvaceae), freed from adhering; impurities and deprived of fatty matter.” U. S* 
“ The hairs of the seed of Gossypium barbadense, Linn., and of other species of Gossypium, 
freed from fatty matter.” Br. 
Gossypium, Br., Cotton Wool; Bonelyax, Lana (Lanugo, s. Pili) Gossypii; Coton, Fr.; Baumwolle, G.; Cotone, 
It.; Algodon, Sp. 
Cotton consists of “ white, soft, fine filaments, under the microscope appearing as flattened, 
hollow, and twisted bands, spirally striate and slightly thickened at the edges; inodorous, 
tasteless, insoluble in ordinary solvents; but soluble in copper ammonium sulphate solution.” 
It is without smell or taste, soluble in strong alkaline solutions, and decomposed by the con- 
centrated mineral acids. In chemical character it is related to but not identical with lignin, 
the latter being an alteration product and sometimes called oxycellulose. By nitric acid it 
is converted into that remarkable explosive substance denominated gun cotton, for an ac- 
count of which see Pyroxylinum and Collodium. Official cotton is made by boiling the raw 
cotton in a diluted alkaline solution, a process sometimes known as “ mercerizing,” as practised 
on a large scale in the technical preparation of cotton fibre. A soap is formed through the 
union of the fatty matter with the alkali, and this is subsequently dissolved out by repeated 
washings. Mr. F. L. Slocum published in 1881 a process for preparing it. For details see the 
foot-note* The U. S. P. tests are as follows: “ Purified Cotton should be perfectly free from 
* Take of the hest quality of carded cotton batting any desired quantity, and boil it with a 5 per cent, solution 
of caustic potassa or soda for one-half hour, or until the cotton is entirely saturated with the solution, and the alkali 
(GOS-SYP'I-UM PU-RI-FI-CA'TUM.) PART I. 
Gossypium Purificatum.—Granatum, 
669 
all visible impurities, and, on combustion, should not leave more than 0-8 per cent, of ash. 
When Purified Cotton, previously compressed in the hand, is thrown on the surface of cold 
water, it should readily absorb the latter and sink, and the water should not acquire either 
an acid or an alkaline reaction (evidence of proper purification).” The latter test proves 
the absence of fatty matter, for if even a small quantity be present the cotton will float in 
water. Repeated experiments have proved that cotton will take fire and burn spontaneously 
if impregnated with olive oil, linseed oil, or almost any other fixed oil, and allowed to stand. 
(P. J. Tr., 1872, p. 225.) Cotton, analyzed by M. Schunck, was found, independently of 
cellulose (C6H1006)n, of which it chiefly consists, to contain vegetable wax, a fatty acid, coloring 
matter, pectic acid, and a little of an albuminoid substance. (Joum. de Pharm., Sept. 1868, 
233.) For medical use it should be carded into thin sheets.* It is said that air passed through 
cotton loses the property of inducing fermentation, on account of the microscopic organisms 
being strained out of it; and this fact has been utilized in preserving infusions by placing them 
in bottles containing corks armed with tubes loosely filled with cotton, and drawing the infusion 
from a stop-cock near the bottom. 
Medical Properties. The use of cotton as a filtering medium and in the preparation of 
medicated waters has already been alluded to. It is much used in surgery as a dressing for 
burns, scalds, blisters, and wounds, in order to prevent the access of pathogenetic germs.f 
Cotton batting is often employed to maintain a uniform temperature in parts affected with 
acute rheumatic inflammation. 
GRANATUM. U. S. (Br.) Pomegranate 
(GBA-NA'TUM.) 
“ The bark of the stem and root of Punica Granatum, Linne (nat. ord. Lythrarieae).” U. S. 
“ The dried bark of the stem and root of Punica Granatum, Linn.” Br. 
Granati Cortex, Br., Pomegranate Bark; Cortex Radicis Granati, P. G.; Ecorce de la Racine de Grenadier (de 
Balaustier), Ecorce de Granade, Fr.; Granatwurzelrinde, Granatapfelschale, G.; Malicorio, Scorza del Melogranati, 
It.; Corteza de Granada, Sp. 
Punica granatum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 981 ; Woody. Med. Bot. p. 531, t. 190 ; Carson, 
Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 45, pi. 38. The pomegranate is a small shrubby tree, attaining in favor- 
able situations the height of twenty feet, with a very unequal trunk, and numerous branches 
which sometimes bear thorns. The leaves are opposite, entire, oblong or lance-shaped, pointed 
at each end, smooth, shining, of a bright-green color, and placed on short footstalks. The 
flowers are large, of a rich scarlet color, and stand at the end of the young branches. The 
petals are roundish and wrinkled, and are inserted into the upper part of the tube of the calyx, 
which is red, thick, and fleshy. The fruit is a globular berry, about the size of an orange, 
crowned with the calyx, covered with a reddish-yellow, thick, coriaceous rind, and divided inter- 
nally into many cells, which contain an acidulous pulp, and numerous oblong, angular seeds. 
This tree grows wild upon both shores of the Mediterranean, in Arabia, Persia, Bengal, 
China, and Japan, has been introduced into the East and West Indies, and is cultivated in all 
civilized countries where the climate is sufficiently warm to allow the fruit to ripen. In higher 
has saponified all oily matter. Then wash thoroughly, to remove all soap, and nearly all alkali; press out the excess 
of water, and immerse in a 5 per cent, solution of chlorinated lime for 15 or 20 minutes; again wash, first with a 
little water, then dip in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and thoroughly wash with water; press out the 
excess of water, and again boil for 15 or 20 minutes in a 5 per cent, solution of caustic potassa or soda; now wash 
well, dipping in the acidulated water and washing thoroughly with pure water. Afterwards press out and dry 
quickly. 
The amount of loss by this process is practically 10 per cent. A sample of 360 grs. lost, on boiling with alkali 
and bleaching, 15 grs., or 4-17 per cent., and 270 grs. of this bleached sample lost, on again boiling with an alkali, 14 
grs., or 5'18 per cent., a total loss of 9’35 per cent. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 53.) 
* Wood Wool. Under this name Prof. Bruns has introduced finely grained, purified wood-fibre, such as is used 
in making paper. It may be medicated like cotton. (N. R., 1883, p. 361.) 
t Absorbent cotton has been medicated in various ways and come largely into use. (See Iodized Cotton, under 
Iodum.) Picric Cotton is prepared by dissolving 0-25 Gm. of picric acid in 25 Gm. of ether, or of 94 per cent, 
alcohol, and immersing in the solution 10 Gm. of clean cotton, and drying. Salicylic Cotton (5 per cent.) may be 
prepared by Prof. Bruns’s process, by saturating 1 kilogramme of cotton with 4 liters of a solution of 50 Gm. of 
salicylic acid, and 20 Gm. of castor oil in 3’930 liters of alcohol. Benzoic Cotton is made in the same way, substi- 
tuting benzoic for salicylic acid. (A. J. P., Dec. 1878.) Chlorinated Cotton. Prof. Pavesi subjects cotton moistened 
with glycerin, and suspended at the top of a large wide-mouthed bottle, to the action of chlorine vapor, gener- 
ated by adding sulphuric acid to chlorinated lime. (N. R., July, 1880.) Mr. Joseph W. England communicates in 
A. J. P., 1887, p. 173, practical formulas for preparing the following medicated cottons and gauzes : Borated Cotton, 
Benzoated Cotton, Salicylated Cotton, Naphthalinated Cotton, Iodoformized Cotton, Carbolized Cotton, Sublimated 
Cotton, Carbolized Gauze, Sublimated Gauze, Absorbent Canton Flannel. For methods of assay of medicated cottons, 
gauzes, etc., see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 457, 458, 459. Granatum. 
PART I. 
latitudes, where it does not bear fruit, it is raised in gardens and hot-houses for the beauty of its 
flowers, which become double and acquire increased splendor of coloring by cultivation. Doubts 
have been entertained as to its original country. The name of Punicum 
malum, applied by the ancients to its fruit, implies that it was abundant 
at an early age in the vicinity of Carthage. The fruit, for which the 
plant is cultivated, varies much in size and flavor. It is said to attain 
greater perfection in the West Indies than in its native country. The 
edible pulp is red, succulent, pleasantly acid, and sweetish. The flowers 
were recognized by the Dublin College, and the seeds are official in 
France. 
Rind of the Fruit. This is presented in commerce under the form 
of irregular fragments, hard, dry, brittle, of a yellowish or reddish- 
brown color externally, paler within, without smell, and of an astrin- 
gent, slightly bitter taste. It contains a large proportion of tannin, 
and, in countries where the tree abounds, has been employed for tan- 
ning leather. 
Flowers. The flowers, sometimes called halaustines, are inodorous, 
have a bitterish, astringent taste, and impart a violet-red color to the 
saliva. They contain tannic and gallic acids, and were used by the 
ancients in dyeing. 
Bark of the Root. The roots of the pomegranate are hard, heavy, 
knotty, ligneous, and covered with a bark which is yellowish-gray or 
ash-gray on the outer surface, and yellow on the inner. As officially 
described, the bark is “ in thin quills or fragments, from 5 to 10 Cm. 
long, and from 1 to 3 Mm. thick; outer surface yellowish-gray, some- 
what warty, or longitudinally and reticulately ridged; the stem-bark 
often partly covered with blackish lichens; the thicker pieces of the 
root-bark more or less scaly externally; inner surface smooth, finely 
striate, grayish-yellow; fracture short, granular, greenish-yellow, in- 
distinctly radiate; inodorous; taste astringent, very slightly bitter.” 
U. S. “ The transverse section exhibits numerous fine radial and tan- 
gential lines.” Br. It has little or no smell, colors the saliva yellow 
when chewed, and leaves in the mouth an astringent taste without 
disagreeable bitterness. The infusion of the bark yields a deep-blue 
precipitate with salts of iron, and a yellowish-white precipitate with solu- 
tion of gelatin. The inner surface of the bark, steeped in water and 
then rubbed on paper, produces a yellow stain, which by the contact of ferrous sulphate is ren- 
dered blue, and by that of nitric acid acquires a slight rose tint, which soon vanishes. These 
properties serve to distinguish this bark from those of the box root and barberry, with which 
it is said to be sometimes adulterated. When used, it should be separated from the ligneous 
portion of the root, as the latter is inert. The bark contains more than 22 per cent, of tannic 
acid, which Rembold (Ann. der Ch. und Pharm., 143, 285) found to consist for the most part 
of a peculiar variety, punico-tannic acid, C20H16013; when boiled with dilute sulphuric acid 
it is resolved into ellagic acid, C14H809, and sugar. Punico-tannic acid is accompanied by 
common tannic acid, yielding by means of sulphuric acid gallic acid, which appears some- 
times to pre-exist in the bark. Henry Trimble, however (A. J. P., 1897, 636), as the result 
of an ultimate analysis of the purified tannin and a study of its reactions, pronounced it to be 
identical with gallotannic acid. Pomegranate bark also yields a considerable quantity of 
mannite, which was formerly described under the names of punicin or granatin. The active 
power of the root, however, is due, according to Tanret (Compt.-Rend., 86, 1270, and 87, 
358), to an alkaloid pelletierine, C8H16N0, a dextrogyrate liquid boiling at 195° C., easily 
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, and specially so in chloroform. It has strong basic prop- 
erties, and precipitates many metallic salts: 1000 parts of dry bark yielded 4 parts of it.* 
Pomegranate bark, e, cork 
layer; o, middle bark; v, 
inner bark; q, medullary 
rays; r, sieve, parenchyma- 
tous tissue with calcium ox- 
alate crystals. (After Berg.) 
* The bark of the stem of the pomegranate is sold as root-bark: for microscopic diagnosis, see P. J. Tr., 1873. As 
the anthelmintic activity of the barks of different portions of the plant is important, the analyses of Mr. Stoeder are 
of interest. His results are: stem and branch bark, in thin quills, 0*612 per cent.; average quills, 0*350 per cent.; 
thick quills, 0*498 per cent.; root-bark from south of Europe, in thick quills, 1*010 per cent.; shaved root-bark from 
Java, 1*326 per cent.; exfoliated bark from dry thick roots of unknown age, 1*240 per cent.; finely rasped wood from 
these roots, 0*218 per cent. According to the same authority (Nederl. Tijd. Pharm,., 1890), of the bark of three varie- 
ties of the wild pomegranate recognized and used by the natives of Java, the red-flowered, “merah,” yielded 2*43 
per cent.; the white-flowered, “poetih,” yielded 3*75 per cent.; the black-flowered, “ hitam,” yielded 1*71 per cent. PART X. 
Granatum. 
671 
In a later communication (Compt.-Rend., 88, p. 716), Tanret announced that he had found 
three additional volatile bases in the bark, a liquid left-rotating one, a liquid optically inactive 
one, and a crystallizable inactive one, which latter has the formula C9H15NO -f- 2HaO, fuses at 
46° C., and boils at 246° C. His process for obtaining these alkaloids is as follows. A mix- 
ture of the salts of the alkaloids is prepared by mixing the powdered bark with a milk of lime, 
exhausting with water, shaking the resulting liquor with chloroform, and neutralizing the latter 
with dilute acid. A solution of the mixed alkaloids is thus obtained in which one or other of 
them predominates, according to the source of the bark. Two of the four alkaloids are dis- 
placed from their salts by sodium bicarbonate, and two are not. This solution is therefore 
treated with an excess of sodium bicarbonate and shaken with chloroform, and this in its turn 
is agitated with dilute sulphuric acid. The resulting solution contains the sulphates of two 
alkaloids, to which the names of “ methylpelletierine,” C9H17N0, and u pseudopellet mine," 
C9H16NO, have been given. Caustic potash is then added to the first liquor, and upon re- 
peating the treatment with chloroform and acid there is obtained a solution of “ pelletierine” 
and “ isopelletierine" sulphates. (P. J. Tr., 1880.) Carl J. Bender (Pharm. Centralh., 1885, 
p. 6) found three bases in pomegranate bark, one crystallizable and two amorphous. He objects 
to the name pelletierine, and substitutes “punicine.” Wm. F. Junkunz analyzed pomegranate 
bark, and believes that the alkaloid exists in the bark as a tannate. (A. J. P., 1884.) The old 
idea that the bark loses activity when kept seems to be negatived by the analysis of De Yrij. 
(P. J. Tr., xxi.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. The rind of the pomegranate fruit was formerly recog- 
nized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. It is astringent, and in the form of decoction is sometimes 
employed in diarrhoea and colliquative sweats, and, more frequently, as an injection in leucor- 
rhoea, and as a gargle in sore throat in the earlier stages, or after the inflammatory action has 
in some measure subsided. The powdered rind has also been recommended in intermittent 
fever. The flowers have the same medical properties and are used for the same purposes. The 
bark of the root was used by the ancients as a vermifuge, and is recommended in the writings 
of Avicenna, but was unknown in modern practice till brought into notice by Dr. F. Buchanan, 
who learned its powers in India. The Mahometan physicians of Hindostan consider it a specific 
against tsenia. One of these practitioners, having relieved an English gentleman in 1804, was 
induced to disclose his secret, which was then made public. The French writers prefer the 
product of the wild pomegranate, growing on the borders of the Mediterranean, to that of the 
plant cultivated in gardens for ornamental purposes. The bark may be administered in powder 
or decoction ; but the latter form is usually preferred. The decoction is prepared by macerating 
two ounces of the bruised bark in two pints of water for twenty-four hours, and then boiling 
to a pint. Of this a wineglassful may be given every half-hour, hour, or two hours, until the 
whole is taken. It often nauseates and vomits, and usually purges. Portions of the worm 
often come away soon after the last dose. It is recommended to give a dose of castor oil and 
to diet the patient strictly on the day preceding the administration of the remedy, and, if it 
should not operate on the bowels, to follow it by castor oil, or an enema. If not successful on 
the first trial, it should be repeated daily for three or four days, until the worm is discharged. 
It appears to have been used by the negroes of San Domingo before its introduction into Europe. 
The efficacy of pelletierine as a tsenicide has been abundantly confirmed, and it appears to be 
established that the tannate is the most effective and the least dangerous form of the remedy, 
—probably because its insolubility prevents its rapid absorption and enables it to come in pro- 
longed contact with the worm. The experiments of Dr. Dujardin-Beaumetz have shown that 
the pelletierine alkaloids act upon the higher animals like curare, causing paralysis of the motor 
nerves without affecting sensation or muscular contractility. The same authority asserts that 
hypodermic injections of six grains produce in man severe vertigo, muscular weakness, and 
great retinal congestion. Double vision has also been noted, and Galezowski has been led by it 
to prescribe pelletierine in paralysis of the third and sixth pairs of nerves: he affirms that he 
has succeeded in affording relief after the failure of potassium iodide and blisters. The proper 
dose of pelletierine tannate is variously given by authorities. It has been stated to be from one- 
half to three-quarters of a grain (0 08-0 05 Gm.) (Bull. Therap., xcvi., xcvii.), but others 
place it as high as eight grains (0-52 Gm.). Commercially, it occurs almost exclusively as a 
syrupy solution, put up, we believe, under the supervision of its discoverer, each bottle contain- 
ing a single dose, it is stated, of about five grains. We have seen pronounced temporary general 
palsy produced in a female adult by this dose. The dose of pomegranate rind and flowers in 
powder is from twenty to thirty grains (1-3—1*95 Gm.). A decoction may be prepared in the 672 
Gi'indelm. 
PART I. 
proportion of an ounce of the medicine to a pint of water, and given in the dose of a fluidounce 
(30 C.c.). The remedy should always be given after a twelve hours’ fast, and be followed in 
two hours by a brisk cathartic. The seeds are demulcent. 
GRINDELIA. U. S. Grindelia. 
(gbIn-de'li-a.) 
“ The leaves and flowering tops of Grindelia robusta, Nuttall, and of Grindelia squarrosa, 
Dunal (nat. ord. Composite).” TJ. S. 
This genus inhabits the western side of both North and South America. Most if not all 
of the species produce a resinous exudation, especially from the flower-heads, and it is probable 
that medical properties are common to the genus. 
G. robusta, Nuttall, is an herbaceous plant, from one to three feet high, very glabrous, with 
leaves varying from broadly spatulate or oblong to lanceolate, or the upper cordate and clasp- 
ing, commonly obtuse, sharply more or less serrate; the scales of the involucre are produced 
into long circinate, squarrose, awn-like tips ; the pappus of two to three, rarely five, nearly 
smooth, flattish awns; akenes mostly one- to three-toothed at the apex. 
G. squarrosa, Dunal (1836) [Syn. Donia squarrosa, Pursh (1814), and G. squarrosa 
(Pursh) Dunal], is in general a less leafy and bushy plant than is G. robusta, but so closely 
resembles some varieties of the latter that, after a careful study of various published de- 
scriptions and of the specimens in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural 
Sciences, we are not satisfied of the specific distinctness. The character pointed out by Torrey 
and Gray, that in robusta the leaves are broader at the base than above, does not hold; for in 
a specimen in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences labelled in Nuttall’s hand- 
writing, and, therefore, probably the type of G. robusta, the leaves are not broader at the base ; 
whilst in various specimens of G. squarrosa they are not narrowed at the base. The most 
constant distinctive characters in the specimens at hand are that G. robusta has a more leafy 
involucre and its leaves usually are more coarsely serrate ; but Watson describes a variety of 
G. robusta in which the upper leaves are entire. There is no constant difference in the scales 
of the involucre. According to Joseph Beauvais (A. J. P., Feb. 1889), the resin of the leaf 
of G. robusta is contained in epidermal glands, and also in rather large resin-ducts situated in 
an interior collenchymatous layer. 
Properties. The official description of grindelia is as follows: “ Leaves about 5 Cm. or 
less long, varying from broadly spatulate or oblong to lanceolate, sessile or clasping, obtuse, 
more or less sharply serrate, often spinosely toothed, or even laciniate-pinnatifid, pale green, 
smooth, finely dotted, thickish, brittle ; heads many-flowered, subglobular or somewhat conical ; 
the involucre hemispherical, about 10 Mm. broad, composed of numerous imbricated, squar- 
rosely-tipped or spreading scales; ray-florets yellow, ligulate, pistillate; disk-florets yellow, 
tubular, perfect; pappus consisting of two or three awns of the length of the disk-florets; odor 
balsamic; taste pungently aromatic and bitter.” U. S. (See also Merck's Report, 1898, 362.) 
As it occurs in commerce, grindelia is in the form of the whole dried herb ; the stems are 
about eighteen inches in length, light brownish, very frequently stripped of their leaves, but 
with some of the floral heads adherent. The brittle leaves are much broken, and with sepa- 
rated floral heads are mixed with the stem. The taste is warmish, peculiar, and very persist- 
ent. The specimens we have examined seemed to contain numerous floral heads, some accord- 
ing with those of the typical G. robusta, others without trace of involucral leaves. Some of 
the latter may have been removed, it is true, by accidents of carriage; but if G. squarrosa and 
G. robusta be distinct species, it would appear that they are indiscriminately collected. The ac- 
tivity of the drug probably resides in the resinous exudation. Dr. C. J. Rademaker obtained 
from it an oil, the odor of which closely resembled that of oil of turpentine, resin, and a crys- 
talline body having an alkaline reaction. (N. R., 1876, p. 205.) W. H. Clark and John L. 
Fischer (A. J. P., 1888, p. 433) failed to verify all of Dr. Rademaker’s results, but obtained 
an alkaline principle to which the name of grindeline was given. Dr. A. Schneegans (A. J. P., 
1892, 369) found in grindelia robusta saponin, which, he states, is composed of two glucosides ; 
he also found indications of an alkaloid, but believes that its presence is not yet certainly 
proved. 
Medical Properties and Uses. According to Dr. Buffington, when given to the lower 
animals in very large doses grindelia produces narcosis, with dilated pupils, slowing of the 
action of the heart from stimulation of the inhibitory nerves, and elevation of the blood- Grindelia.— Guaiaci Lignum. 
673 
PART I. 
pressure from stimulation of the vaso-motor centre. Dobroklowsky has found that on the 
isolated frog’s heart it acts in small doses as a stimulant and in large doses as a paralyzant; he 
further states that it acts chiefly upon the motor nerves and muscles ; but Buffington asserts that 
it paralyzes first the sensory nerve-trunks, then the sensory side of the spinal cord, and after- 
wards involves the motor nerve-trunks and cord. Grindelia is not used in practical medicine 
for its influence upon the circulation, but as an antispasmodic, especially in asthma, and in bron- 
chitis when there is a distinct tendency to dyspnoea and bronchial spasm. It seems probable that 
it not only exerts an antispasmodic influence, but also stimulates the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane, and it may be confidently exhibited in chronic bronchitis, especially of the aged. It has 
been employed with asserted success in whooping-cough. Its active principles appear to be 
excreted from the kidneys: hence after large doses there are sometimes evidences of renal irri- 
tation, and in chronic catarrh of the bladder good has been effected by its stimulant influence 
upon the mucous membrane of the viscus. As a local application, grindelia has been employed 
with asserted advantage in burns, vaginitis, genito-urinary catarrh, etc., applied either in the 
form of a poultice or in solution. 
GUAIACI .LIGNUM. U. S., Br. Guaiacum Wood. 
(GUA'IA-CI LIG'NUM—gwa'ya-si.) 
“ The heart-wood of Guaiacum officinale, Linne, and of Guaiacum sanctum, Linne (nat. 
ord. Zygophyllese).” U. S. “ The heart-wood of Guaiacum officinale, Linn., or of Guaiacum 
sanctum, Linn.” Br. 
Lignum Guajaci, P. G.; Lignum Sanctum (vel Benedictum, vel Vitae); Lignum Vitae, Bois de Gayac, Fr.j 
Guajakholz, Franzosenholz, Pockenholz, G.; Legno Guaiaco, It.; Guayaco, Sp. 
Guaiacum officinale. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 538; Woodv. Med. Bot. 557, t. 200; Carson, 
Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 25, pi. 17. This is a large tree, of very slow growth. When of full 
size it is from forty to sixty feet high, with a trunk four or five feet in circumference. The 
branches are knotted, and covered with an ash-colored striated bark. That of the stem is of a 
dark-gray color, variegated with greenish or purplish spots. The leaves are opposite, and ab- 
ruptly pinnate, consisting of two, three, and sometimes four pairs of leaflets, which are ohovate, 
veined, smooth, shining, dark green, from an inch to an inch and a half long, and almost 
sessile. The flowers are of a rich blue color, stand on long peduncles, and grow to the num- 
ber of eight or ten at the axils of the upper leaves. The seeds are solitary, hard, and of an 
oblong shape. 
G. sanctum, L., is distinguished from G. officinale by its five-celled fruit and its oblong or 
obliquely obovate or sometimes rhomboid-ovate leaflets, six to eight to each leaf. It grows in 
Cuba and some other of the West India Islands, and in the Bahama Islands. Its wood is 
smaller than that of G. officinale, and is said by Fee to be paler and less dense. 
G. officinale grows in the West Indies, particularly in Hayti and Jamaica, and is found also 
in the warmer parts of the neighboring continent. All parts of the tree are possessed of me- 
dicinal properties; but the wood and the concrete juice only are official. The bark, though 
much more efficacious than the wood, does not enter commerce. G. arboreum of De Candolle 
has been said to furnish some of the guaiacum wood of commerce. 
Guaiacum wood is imported from Hayti and other West India islands, in the shape of logs 
or billets, covered with thick gray bark, which presents on its inner surface, and upon its edges 
when broken, numerous shining crystalline points. These were supposed by Guibourt to be 
benzoic acid, by others a resinous exudation from the vessels of the plant; but Dr. Otto Berg 
has determined that they are crystals of calcium sulphate. The billets are used by turners for 
the fabrication of various instruments and utensils, for which the wood is well adapted by 
its extreme hardness and density. It is kept by the druggists and apothecaries in the state 
of shavings or raspings, which they obtain from the turners. It is commonly called lignum 
vitse, a name which obviously originated from the supposition that the wood was possessed of 
extraordinary remedial powers. 
Properties. Guaiacum wood is hard and heavy. The color of the sap-wood is yellow, 
that of the older and central layers greenish brown, that of the shavings a mixture of the two. 
It is said that when the wood is brought into a state of minute division its color is rendered 
green by exposure to the air, and bluish green by the action of nitric acid fumes; and the 
latter change may be considered as a test of its genuineness. (Duncan.) An easier test is a 
solution of corrosive sublimate, which, added to the shavings and slightly heated, causes a 674 
Guaiaci Lignum.—Guaiaci Resina. 
part I. 
bluish-green color in the genuine wood. (Chem. Gaz., No. 80, Feb. 1846.) Guaiacum wood 
is almost without smell unless rubbed or heated, when it becomes odorous. When burnt, it 
emits an agreeable odor. It is bitterish and slightly pungent, but requires to be chewed for 
some time before the taste is developed. It contains, according to Trommsdorf, 26 per cent, of 
resin, and 0-8 of a bitter pungent extractive, upon both of which, probably, though chiefly on 
the former, its medicinal virtues depend. (See Guaiaci Resina.') It yields its virtues but par- 
tially to water. One pound of the wood afforded to Geiger two ounces of extract. “ Guaiacum 
Wood is generally used in the form of raspings or turnings, which should be greenish-brown, 
containing few particles of a whitish color, and should acquire a dark bluish-green color on the 
addition of nitric acid.” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Guaiacum wood ranks among the stimulant diapho- 
retics. It is said to have been introduced to the notice of European practitioners by the na- 
tives of Hispaniola soon after the discovery of America. It was used in Europe so early as 
1508, and attained great celebrity as a remedy for lues venerea; but the general professional 
verdict is that it has no distinct influence in syphilis, nor yet in chronic rheumatism and gout. 
scrofula, or cutaneous eruptions, against which it was formerly much used. It is usually ex- 
hibited in decoction, and in combination with other medicines, as in the compound decoction 
of sarsaparilla. An aqueous extract is directed by the French Codex. 
GUAIACI RESINA. U. S., Br. Guaiac. 
“ The resin of the wood of Guaiacum officinale, Linn6 (nat. ord. Zygophylleae).” U. S. 
“ The resin obtained from the stem of Guaiacum officinale, Linn., or of Guaiacum sanctum, 
Linn.” Br. 
Resina Guajaci, P.G.; Guaiacum; Guaiacum Resin; Resine de Gayac, Fr.; Guajak, Guajakharz, G.; Resina 
de Guajaco, It.; Resina de Guayaco, Sp. 
For a description of Guaiacum officinale, see Guaiaci Lignum, p. 673. 
Guaiac is the concrete juice of this tree. It is obtained in several different modes. The 
most simple is by spontaneous exudation, or by incisions made into the trunk. Another 
method is by sawing the wood into billets about three feet long, boring them longitudinally 
with an auger, then placing one end of the billet on the fire, and receiving in a calabash the 
melted guaiac, which flows out through the hole at the opposite extremity. But the plan 
most frequently pursued is probably to boil the wood, in the state of chips or sawdust, in a 
solution of common salt, and skim off the matter which rises to the surface. Guaiac is brought 
to this market from the West Indies. It is usually in large irregular pieces of various sizes, in 
which small fragments of bark, sand, and other impurities are mixed with the genuine guaiac, 
so as to give to the mass a diversified appearance. Sometimes we find it in small roundish 
homogeneous portions, separate or agglutinated; sometimes in homogeneous masses, prepared 
by melting and straining the drug in its impure state. It is probable that the guaiac obtained 
from the billets in the manner above described is of uniform consistence* 
Properties. The masses are irregular or somewhat globular, of a glassy lustre and 
resinous fracture. They are of a deep greenish-brown or dark-olive color on their external 
surface, and internally wherever the air can penetrate. The predominant hue of those parts 
not exposed to the air is reddish brown or hyacinthine, diversified, however, with shades of 
various colors. The odor is feeble but fragrant, and is rendered stronger by heat. The taste, 
which is at first scarcely perceptible, becomes acrid after a short period ; and a permanent 
sense of heat and pungency is left in the mouth and fauces. Guaiac is brittle, and when 
broken presents a shining glass-like surface, conchoidal or splintery, with the smaller frag- 
ments more or less translucent. It is readily pulverized ; and the powder, at first of a light- 
gray color, becomes green on exposure to the light. Its sp. gr. varies from 1-2 to 1-23. It 
softens in the mouth, and melts with a moderate heat. Water dissolves a small proportion of 
guaiac, not exceeding nine parts in 100, forming an infusion of a greenish-brown color and 
sweetish taste, which upon evaporation yields a brown substance soluble in hot water and 
alcohol, but scarcely so in ether. Alcohol takes up the whole, with the exception of impurities. 
“ Soluble in potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution and in alcohol; the alcoholic solution 
(GUA'IA-Cl RE-§!'NA.) 
* Under the name of Resina Guaiaci Peruviana Aromatica there is a substance circulating in European com- 
merce which probably has no relation to guaiac. For a summary of our knowledge concerning it, see A. J. P., 
1877, p. 18. PAET I. 
Guaicici Resina. 
675 
is colored blue on the addition of tincture of ferric chloride.” U. S. The tincture is of a deep- 
brown color, is decomposed by water, and affords blue, green, and brown precipitates with 
the mineral acids. It is colored blue by nitric acid, by chlorine, and by tincture of ferric 
chloride, and usually by spirit of nitrous ether, and is similarly changed when treated suc- 
cessively by dilute hydrocyanic acid and solution of copper sulphate. Either in substance or 
tincture, guaiac gives a blue color to gluten and substances containing it, to mucilage of gum 
arabic, to milk, and to various freshly-cut roots, as the potato, carrot, and horseradish. It is 
soluble also in ether, alkaline solutions, and sulphuric acid. The solution in sulphuric acid is 
of a rich claret color, deposits, when diluted with water, a lilac precipitate, and, when heated, 
evolves charcoal. Exposed to air and light, guaiac absorbs oxygen and becomes green, and 
the change takes place rapidly in the sunshine. Tincture of guaiac has been used for the de- 
tection of blood-stains, which it does by the blue color produced by it, when in contact with 
the red coloring matter of blood, in connection with some ozonized substance, especially hy- 
drogen peroxide. (Guy's Hospital Reports, 3d ser., xiii. 432.) It may be used also to distin- 
guish the blood of man and other mammals, in which the corpuscles are non-nucleated, 
from that of other classes, as birds, fishes, and reptiles, which have nucleated corpuscles. The 
method of Dr. R. M. Bertolet may sometimes be advantageously used in jury trials. A micro- 
scopic preparation, duly mounted, is carefully irrigated with a simple tincture of guaiac resin, 
and then, under glass, exposed to the action of a very small quantity of an ethereal solution 
of hydrogen peroxide. The mammalian corpuscles will exhibit a uniform blue coloration 
throughout, of different shades in the different corpuscles, while, if the blood-corpuscle is 
nucleated, the nucleus is seen as a well-defined and deep-blue body, with a delicate violet- 
colored medium around it. (Am. Joum. Med. Sci., Jan. 1874.) 
The composition of guaiac resin was ascertained by Hadelich (Joum. f pr. Chem., 87, p. 335) 
to be as follows: guaiaconic acid 70-3 per cent., guaiaretic acid 105 per cent., guaiac beta-resin 
9-8 per cent., gum 3-7 per cent., ash constituents 0-8 per cent., guaiacic acid, coloring matter 
(guaiac yellow), and impurities 4-9 per cent. Of these constituents, guaiaretic acid, C20H2604, 
was discovered by Hlasiwetz in 1859. It may be extracted from the crude resin by alcoholic 
potash or by quicklime, forming a crystalline salt with the former and an amorphous com- 
pound with the latter. The free acid is obtained by decomposing one of these salts with hydro- 
chloric acid and crystallizing from alcohol. The crystals, which are soluble in ether, alcohol, 
benzol, chloroform, carbon disulphide, or acetic acid, but not in ammonia or in water, melt below 
80° C., and may be volatilized without decomposition. They are not colored blue by oxidizing 
agents. If the mother-liquor from the potassium salt of the guaiaretic acid be decomposed with 
hydrochloric acid and the precipitate washed with water, ether will extract guaiaconic acid, 
Ci9H2006. This compound, discovered by Hadelich in 1862, is a light-brown amorphous sub- 
stance, fusing at 100° C. It is without acid reaction, but decomposes alkaline carbonates, form- 
ing salts easily soluble in water and alcohol. It is insoluble in water, benzol, or carbon disulphide, 
but dissolves in ether, chloroform, acetic acid, or alcohol. With oxidizing agents it assumes a 
transient blue tint. After the extraction of the guaiaconic acid there remains a substance in- 
soluble in ether, to which the name of guaiac beta-resin has been applied. Its composition 
does not appear to differ greatly from that of guaiaconic acid. Guaiacic acid, C12H1606, 
obtained in 1841 by Thierry, from guaiacum wood, or from the resin, crystallizes in colorless 
needles. Hadelich states that not more than one part in 20,000 can be obtained from the 
resin. Lucker (Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 953), having reinvestigated guaiacum, states that it 
consists chiefly of three acids,—viz., guaiacic, C20H2404, occurring in crystals melting at 70° 
C.; guaiaconic, C20H2406, an amorphous body melting at from 73° to 76° C.; and guaiacinic, 
Ci9H20Oe. He considers all three of them to be probably condensation products from tiglic 
aldehyde and guaiacol. Guaiac yellow, the coloring matter of guaiac resin, was first ob- 
served by Pelletier. It crystallizes in pale yellow quadratic octahedra having a bitter taste, 
but is not a glucoside. Guaiac resin also yields interesting products on dry distillation. 
First, according to Hlasiwetz, is obtained guaiacene, C6H80, at 118° C., next guaiacol, 
CeII4 | qjj^3’ being the methyl ether of pyrocatechin, at 205°—210° C., and with it Jcreosol, 
C0H3(CH3)2OH, and finally pyroguaiacin, C38H440e (according to Wiesner, C18H1803), in pearly 
scales, melting at 180° C. According to Lieben and Zeisel (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., xiv. p. 932), 
guaiacene is the aldehyde of tiglic acid, C6H802, and can be made synthetically from a mixture 
of acetaldehyde and propionaldehyde. When distilled with zinc dust there is obtained creosol 
(50 per cent, in the case of resin purified by alcohol) and 30 per cent, of a mixture of 676 
Guaiaci Resina.—Guarana. 
PART I. 
toluene, meta- and paraxylene, with a little pseudocumene and yuaion, C12H12. (Botsch, Monats- 
hefte, 1880, 615.) 
It will be inferred, from what has been said, that the mineral acids are incompatible with 
the solutions of guaiac. 
Adulterations. This drug is sometimes adulterated with the resin of the pine. The 
fraud may be detected by the terebinthinate odor exhaled when the sophisticated guaiac is 
thrown upon burning coals, as well as by its partial solubility in hot oil of turpentine. This 
liquid dissolves resin, but leaves pure guaiac untouched. Amber is said to be another adultera- 
tion. Nitric acid affords an excellent test of guaiac. If paper moistened with the tincture be 
exposed to the fumes of this acid, it speedily becomes blue. Purgotti proposed guaiac resin as 
a test for copper. (See A. J. P., June, 1880.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Guaiac is stimulant and alterative, producing, when 
swallowed, a sense of warmth in the stomach, with dryness of the mouth and thirst, and promoting 
various secretions. If given to a patient when covered warm in bed, especially if accompanied 
with opium and ipecacuanha or the antimonials, and assisted by warm drinks, it often excites 
profuse perspiration; and hence it has been usually ranked among the diaphoretics. If the 
patient be kept cool during its administration, it is sometimes directed to the kidneys, the 
action of which it promotes. In large doses it purges, and it has been especially commended 
as a laxative in chronic rheumatism; and it is thought by some practitioners to be possessed 
of emmenagogue powers. It has been given with asserted advantage in chronic rheumatism, 
gouty affections, secondary syphilis, scrofulous diseases, and cutaneous eruptions. The medicine 
is given in substance or tincture. The dose of the powder is from ten to thirty grains (0-65— 
1-95 Gm.), which may be exhibited in pill or bolus, in the shape of an emulsion formed with 
gum arabic, sugar, and water, or as a syrup* An objection to the form of powder is that it 
quickly aggregates. Guaiac is sometimes administered in combination with alkalies, with 
which it readily unites. Several European Pharmacopoeias direct a soap of guaiac, under the 
name of sapo guaiacinus, to be prepared by diluting liquor potassae with twice its weight of 
water, boiling lightly, then adding guaiac gradually, with continued agitation, so long as it 
continues to be dissolved, and finally filtering, and evaporating to the pilular consistence. One 
scruple (1-3 Gm.) may be taken daily, in divided doses. 
GUARANA. U. S. Guarana. 
fGUA-RA'NA.) 
“ A dried paste chiefly consisting of the crushed or pounded seeds of Paullinia cupana, 
Kunth (Paullinia sorbilis, Martius) (nat. ord. Sapindaceae).” U S. 
Paullinia, Brazilian Cocoa, Guarana Bread; Pao de Guarana, Port.; Pasta Guarana, P. G.; Guarana, Fr., G. 
There are described of the genus Paullinia 121 species, all of them confined in their geo- 
graphical range to tropical and subtropical South America, except one, which has strayed to 
Eastern and Western Africa, and two others which are found in Mexico and in the gardens of 
the Sandwich Islands. The name of the genus was given in honor of Christ. Fred. Paullini, 
a German medico-botanical writer, who died in 1712. P. sorbilis. Martius, Reise in Brasil, 
vol. iii. 1098; B. & T. 67.—Guarana uva. This woody climber grows in the northern and 
western provinces of Brazil, ripening its seeds in October and November. The leaves are 
alternate, on long stalks, impari-pinnate, with five oblong oval, coarsely irregularly sinuate- 
dentate leaflets, five to six inches long by two to three broad, contracted into a shortly attenu- 
ated blunt point. The flowers are arranged in axillary, spicate panicles, four inches or more 
in length. The fruit is about the size of a grape, ovoid or pyriform, on a short peduncle, 
with a short strong beak, glabrous, with six longitudinal ribs. The three-valved pericarp is 
thin, tough, and strongly hairy within. 
Preparation and Properties. The seeds, which look like small horse-chestnuts, are 
contained in a three-celled, three-valved, coriaceous capsule, are lenticular and almost thorny, 
and invested with a flesh-colored arillus, which is easily separable when dry. Guarana is made 
exclusively by the Guaranis, a tribe of South American Indians, and probably varies in the 
details of its preparation, as it certainly does in appearance and quality. The drug appears to 
* Syrup of Guaiac. Dr. T. C. Craig. (A. J. P., July, 1880.) Powd. Guaiac Resin, 640 grains; Caustic Potassa, 
58 grains; White Sugar, fbj (av.); Water, q. s. Dissolve the Potassa in 8 fluidounces of water; moisten the 
Guaiac with this solution; pack it in a percolator, and gradually pour on the remainder of the solution; when this 
ceases dropping, add sufficient water to make the percolate measure 8 fluidounces; add the sugar, and dissolve. PART I. 
Guarana. 
677 
be produced almost exclusively from plants cultivated in the region of the lower Madeira and 
southward. After the seeds are shelled and thoroughly washed they are roasted for about six 
hours, and their external papery shells are then removed by placing them in sacks and beating 
them with clubs; or, after the seeds have been broken in a mortar, the coarse powder is mixed 
with a little water, and then kneaded into a paste, which is shaped into cylindrical or globular 
masses. According to Rusby, the common belief that at this stage various foreign bodies are 
added to the paste is incorrect. The masses are dried, sometimes in the sun, or more usually 
by the heat of a slow fire so arranged as to avoid smoke. When finished, the masses are of a 
reddish-brown color, rugose on the surface, very hard, with an irregular fracture, and of a 
marbled appearance when broken, due to the fragments of the seeds and their black testa em- 
bedded in the mass. Paullinia is of a somewhat astringent and bitterish taste, and in this, as 
well as in its odor, bears some resemblance to chocolate, though not oleaginous. It swells up 
and softens in water, which partially dissolves it. It is also partly soluble in alcohol. Martius 
found in it a crystallizable principle, which he named guaranine, but which has been proved 
by MM. Berthemot and Dechastelus to be identical with caffeine. Alexander Bennett, in an 
elaborate series of physiological experiments, has confirmed this identity.* The discovery of 
caffeine in plants belonging to distinct natural families, namely, the coffee and tea plants, the 
Paraguay tea, and the Paullinia, is a highly interesting result of recent chemical investiga- 
tions. It is said to be more abundant in the Paullinia than in either of the other vegetables; 
5'07 per cent, having been found by Dr. Stenhouse in Paullinia, while he got only 2-13 per 
cent, from good black tea, l’OO from coffee, and 1*2 from Paraguay tea. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 213.) 
According to Berthemot and Dechastelus, it exists in the seeds united with tannic acid, with 
which it appears to form two compounds, one crystallizable and soluble in water, the other of 
a resinoid appearance and insoluble. Besides these ingredients, the seeds contain free tannic 
acid, gum, albumen, starch, and a greenish fixed oil. (Joum. de Pharm., xxvi. 514.) For a 
method of preparing guaranine, see Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., xviii. 224. Rochefontaine and 
Gusset prepare guaranine by mixing one part of calcined magnesia with five parts of powdered 
guarana, moistening with water, and, after standing 24 hours, exhausting the mass with boiling 
chloroform, evaporating the chxoroform, treating the residue with boiling water, filtering, and 
evaporating over sulphuric acid. (A. J. P., 1886, p. 248.) Dr. F. V. Greene, U.S.N., prefers 
a process for obtaining caffeine from guarana similar to one proposed by Prof. Wayne for its 
extraction from tea and coffee. The details of the method are as follows. The powdered 
guarana is intimately mixed with three times its weight of finely divided litharge, and the 
mixture boiled in distilled water, until, on allowing the temperature to fall below the boiling 
point, the insoluble portion is found to subside rapidly, leaving the supernatant liquid clear 
and without color. When cool, the clear liquid is filtered, and the precipitate is transferred to 
the filter and washed with boiling water, the washing to be continued as long as yellowish pre- 
cipitates are produced with either pliosphomolybdic acid solution, auric or platinic chloride. 
A stream of hydrogen sulphide gas is now passed through the filtrate, and the lead sulphide 
thus formed separated by filtration. The solution is evaporated on a water-bath to expel 
the excess of hydrogen sulphide, filtered to remove a trace of sulphur, finally evaporated to 
the crystallizing point, and the caffeine, which crystallizes out on cooling, removed from the 
mother-liquor and pressed between folds of bibulous paper. After being thus treated, the 
crystals will be found to be perfectly white. A shorter process for the assay of guarana is 
given by C. H. Lawall. (A. J. P., 1897, 350.) Five Gm. of the drug and 5 C.c. of 16 per 
cent, ammonia water are placed in a separatory funnel of convenient size. After allowing the 
mixture to stand for thirty minutes, the alkaloid is shaken out with chloroform, using three 
portions of 20 C.c. each. Dr. F. Y. Greene has shown that the tannic acid from guarana has 
different properties from that found in other plants, and proposes to call it paullinitannic 
acid. (A. J. P., 1877, 390.) M. Fournier has found in paullinia, besides tannate of caffeine, 
the following principles: gum, starch, an acrid green fixed oil, a concrete volatile oil, an aro- 
matic liquid volatile oil soluble in water with a little alcohol, another liquid volatile oil scarcely 
soluble in water, a peculiar principle not precisely determined, and tannic acid. (Joum. de 
Pharm., Avril, 1861, 291.) Dr. E. R. Squibb examined commercial guarana, and obtained 
4-38 per cent, of alkaloid from good specimens. On account of the uncertainty of the composi- 
tion of guarana, he recommends fluid extract of green coffee as a substitute. (See Part II., 
National Formulary ; also Ephemeris, 1884, 612.) 
* This identity has been denied by Dr. T. J. Mays. (See H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics.) 678 
Hsematoxylon. 
PART I. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The effects of guarana upon the system are chiefly 
those of its alkaloid, although it contains enough tannin to have an appreciable influence. It 
is habitually employed by the Indians, either mixed with articles of diet, as with cassava or 
chocolate, or in the form of drink, prepared by scraping it, and suspending the powder in 
sweetened water, precisely as other nations use teas, coffees, etc. It is also considered by the 
Indians useful in the prevention and cure of bowel complaints. Dr. Gavrelle, who was at one 
time physician to Dom Pedro, in Brazil, and there became acquainted with the virtues of this 
medicine, called the attention of the profession to it some years since in France. It is now 
used in medicine almost exclusively to give relief during a paroxysm of migraine, and in 
atonic chronic diarrhoea, taken three or four times a day. Dose of the powder, one or two 
drachms (3-9-7‘8 Gm.), of the fluid extract, one fluidrachm (3-9 C.c.). 
HSEMATOXYLON. U. S. (Br.) Hsematoxylon. [Logwood.] 
(HiE-MA-TbX'y-LbN.) 
“ The heart-wood of Hsematoxylon Campechianum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Leguminosse).” U. S. 
“ The heart-wood of Hsematoxylon campechianum, Linn.” Br. 
Haematoxyli Lignum, Br.; Lignum Campechianum, P. G.; Lignum Coeruleum; Bois d’Inde, Bois de Sang, Bois 
de Campgche, Fr.; Blauholz, Campechebolz, Blutholz, Kampeschenholz, G.; Legno di Campeggio, It.; Palo de Cam- 
peche, Sp. 
Hsematoxylon canvpechianum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 547 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. 455, t. 163 ; 
Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 33, pi. 25. This is a tree of middle size, usually not more than 
Hsematoxylon, longitudinal section, as seen under 
high and low powers. 
Hsematoxylon, transverse section, as seen 
under high and low powers. 
twenty-four feet high, though, under favorable circumstances, it sometimes rises forty or 
fifty feet. The trunk, seldom exceeding twenty inches in diameter, is often very crooked, and 
is covered with a dark rough bark. The branches are also crooked, with numerous smaller 
ramifications, which are beset with sharp spines. The sap-wood is yellowish, but the interior Haematoxylon.—Hamamelis. 
679 
PAET I. 
layers are of a deep-red color. The leaves are alternate, abruptly pinnate, and composed of 
three or four pairs of sessile, nearly obcordate, obliquely nerved leaflets. The flowers, which 
are in axillary spikes or racemes near the ends of the branches, have a brownish-purple calyx 
and lemon-yellow petals. They exhale an agreeable odor, said to resemble that of the jonquil. 
The tree is a native of Campeachy, the shores of Honduras Bay, and other parts of tropical 
America, and has become naturalized in Jamaica. The wood, which is the part used in medi- 
cine, is a valuable article of commerce, and largely employed in dyeing. It comes to us in 
logs deprived of the sap-wood and having a blackish-brown color externally. According to 
Mr. Louis Siebold, the ground or chipped logwood of commerce is unfit for use as a medicinal 
agent, because it has been prepared as a dyestuff by being exposed in large moist heaps until 
its hsematoxylin has been converted by oxidation into hsematein. As a coloring agent, for 
analytical purposes, this fermented logwood, according to Mr. Siebold, is much superior to the 
natural wood. 
Properties. Logwood is hard, compact, heavy, of a deep-red color, becoming purplish 
black by exposure, internally brown-red, and marked with irregular, concentric circles, splitting 
irregularly, of a slight peculiar odor, and a sweet, somewhat astringent taste. Logwood is 
generally found in commerce in small chips or coarse powder of a dark brown-red color, often 
with a greenish lustre. When chewed it colors the saliva dark pink. It imparts its color to 
water and to alcohol. The infusion made with cold water, though red, is less so than that with 
boiling water. It affords precipitates with sulphuric, nitric, hydrochloric, and acetic acids, 
alum, copper sulphate, lead acetate, and ferrous sulphate, striking a bluish-black color with the 
last-mentioned salt. Precipitates are also produced with it by lime water and gelatin. Chevreul 
found in logwood a volatile oil, an oleaginous or resinous matter, a brown substance the solu- 
tion of which is precipitated by gelatin (tannin), another brown substance soluble in alcohol 
but insoluble in water or ether, a nitrogenous substance resembling gluten, free acetic acid, 
various salts, and a peculiar principle called hematoxylin or hematin, on which the coloring 
properties of the wood depend. This is obtained by digesting the aqueous extract in alcohol, 
evaporating the tincture till it thickens, then adding a little water, and submitting the liquid to 
a new but gentle evaporation. Upon allowing it to rest, hsematoxylin is deposited in crystals, 
which may be purified by washing with alcohol and drying. Thus procured, the crystals are 
shining, of a yellowish-rose color, bitterish, acrid, and slightly astringent to the taste, readily 
soluble in boiling water, forming an orange-red solution which becomes yellow on cooling, and 
soluble also in alcohol and ether. According to Erdmann, who obtained hsematoxylin by the 
process of Chevreul, substituting ether for alcohol, its crystals, when quite pure, are colorless, 
without a tinge of redness; its taste is sweet, like that of liquorice, without bitterness or 
astringency ; and it is not of itself a coloring substance, but affords beautiful red, blue, and 
purple colors, by the joint action of an alkaline base and the oxygen of the air. He obtained 
from logwood 9 to 12 per cent, of crystallized hsematoxylin, to which he gave the formula 
CieH140e. It crystallizes with 1 or with 3 molecules of water, and is readily soluble in hot 
water or alcohol, but sparingly in cold water or in ether. (Journ. fur pr. Chem., 36, p. 205.) 
By the combined action of ammonia and oxygen dark violet crystalline scales of hematein, 
C16Hi2Oe-f- 3H20, are produced. They show a fine green hue, which is also very commonly 
observable on the surface of the logwood chips of commerce. Hsematein may again be trans- 
formed into hsematoxylin by means of hydrogen or of sulphurous acid. Commercial extract of 
logwood extracted from the wood by boiling water contains both hsematoxylin and haematein. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Logwood is a mild astringent, devoid of irritating 
properties, and well adapted to the treatment of that relaxed condition of bowels which is apt 
to succeed cholera infantum. It is also occasionally used with advantage in ordinary chronic 
diarrhoea and chronic dysentery. The only official preparation is the extract. Dose, from ten 
to twenty grains (O’GS-IB 6m.). Hematoxylin was found by Combemale (Bulletin Mid. du 
Nord, xxxiii. 1894) to be very feebly antiseptic, but capable in large doses of producing fatal 
gastro-enteritis in the lower animals. 
HAMAMELIS. U. S. (Br.) Hamamelis. [Witchhazel.] 
(hXm-a-me'lis.) 
“ The leaves of Hamamelis Virginiana, Linne (nat. ord. Hamamelaceae), collected in autumn.” 
U. S. “ The leaves, fresh and dried, of Hamamelis virginiana, Linn.” Br. 
Hamamelidis Folia, Br., Hamamelis Leaves, Witchhazel Leaves. 680 
Hamamelidis Cortex.—Hedeoma. 
PAET I. 
HAMAMELIDIS CORTEX. Br. Hamamelis Bark. 
“ The dried hark of Hamamelis virginiana, Linn.” Br. 
Witchhazel Bark. 
H. virginica. L. Witchhazel is an indigenous shrub, from five to fifteen feet high, growing 
in almost all sections of the United States, usually on hills or in stony places, and often on the 
banks of streams. It is the only species of the genus found in Eastern North America, and is 
specifically characterized by its leaves being obovate or oval, wavy-toothed, and somewhat 
downy when young. The seeds are black and shining externally, white, oily, and farinaceous 
within, and edible like the hazelnut. It is remarkable for the late appearance of its yellow 
flowers, which expand in September or October, and continue till the weather becomes very 
cold in winter. The fruit, which is a nut-like capsule not unlike the hazelnut, ripens in the 
following autumn, and is often mingled on the same plant with the new blossoms. According 
to Engler and Prantl, the correct name of the natural order is Hamamelidaceae. 
Properties. The leaves of the witchhazel are officially described as “ short-petiolate, 
about 10 Cm. long, obovate or oval, slightly heart-shaped and oblique at the base, sinuate- 
toothed, thickish, nearly smooth ; inodorous ; taste astringent and bitter.” U. S. The bark has 
a bitter, astringent, somewhat sweetish, and pungent taste. In the Br. Pharm. it is charac- 
terized as “ Usually in curved pieces about one-sixteenth of an inch (one and a half millimetres) 
thick, and varying from two to eight inches (one-half to two decimetres) in length, sometimes 
covered with a silvery-gray or dark-gray scaly cork marked with transverse lenticels, but 
frequently freed from the cork, and then exhibiting a nearly smooth reddish-brown outer 
surface. The inner surface is pale reddish pink in color, and finely striated longitudinally; 
the fracture is laminated and coarsely fibrous. The Bark has an astringent taste, but no 
marked odor. The transverse section exhibits a complete ring of sclerenchymatous cells and 
numerous tangentially elongated groups of bast fibres.” 
Walter B. Cheney examined witchhazel bark, and found tannin, resin, extractive, but no 
indication of an alkaloid or other crystalline principle. (A. J. P., 1886, p. 418.) It contains 
a trace of volatile oil, however. Dr. John Marshall, of the University of Pennsylvania, also 
found that hamamelis root contains tannic acid and a trace of volatile oil, but no other active 
substance. ( Therap. Gaz., ii. 295.) 
Medical Properties. The bark of the witchhazel is said to have first attracted atten- 
tion on account of its use by the North American Indians as a sedative application to external 
inflammations. It was many years ago strongly recommended by Dr. James Fountain and Dr. 
N. S. Davis (JV. Y. Journ. Med., x. 208 ; Trans. Amer. Med. Assoc., i. 350) in hemorrhage of the 
lungs and stomach. Dr. Fountain also used with alleged great advantage an ointment pre- 
pared from lard and the decoction of equal parts of hamamelis, white-oak bark, and apple-tree 
bark. Of late years professional attention has been very strongly directed to the remedy on 
account of the enormous sale of a much vaunted proprietary remedy said to be made by 
distilling the bark with very dilute alcohol (six per cent.), and used externally for sprains and 
bruises, and internally for most of the diseases to which flesh is heir. The pecuniary success 
of this remedy probably has depended in very small part upon the virtues of the witchhazel, 
which seems to possess no active physiological properties. At least we have injected a very 
concentrated distillate in large quantities into frogs and into mammals without perceiving any 
more effects than would be produced by the injection of similar quantities of distilled water, 
and Dr. Guy, in Paris, has reached similar conclusions. The fluid extract of the drug has 
been used as a remedy in various forms of venous dilatation and engorgement. It was very 
strongly commended by Dr. John H. Musser in varicose veins (Phila. Med. Times, vol. xiii.), 
and has been used by some practitioners with good results in cases of hemorrhoids, but has 
failed to yield in other hands corresponding advantage. (See Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., 
April 16, May, 1885; also Bull. Gen. de Therap., vol. cvi.) The dose of the fluid extract 
given by Dr. Musser was a teaspoonful four times a day. It may, however, be given in double 
the quantity with impunity, and probably in such doses is an advantageous astringent. 
(HAM-A-HEL'I-Ols COR'TfiX.) 
HEDEOMA. U. S. Hedeoma. [Pennyroyal.] 
“ The leaves and tops of Hedeoma pulegioides (Linne), Persoon (nat. ord. Labiatae).” IT. S. 
Herbe de Pouliot americaine, Fr.; Amerikanischer Poley, G. 
This plant is entirely distinct from Mentha pulegium, or European pennyroyal. It is prob- 
(hed-e-6'ma.) PART I. 
Hedeoma.—Hemidesmi Radix. 
681 
able that various other species of the genus are used in the localities in which they grow. 
Thus, H. piperita, Bentham, is said to be used in Mexico as a substitute for peppermint, and 
H. thymoides, Gray, in Texas as an aromatic diaphoretic. 
Hedeoma pidegioides (L.), Pers. (1807); Cunila pulegioides L. (1762); Melissa pulegioides 
L. (1753). This is an indigenous annual plant, from nine to fifteen inches high, with a small, 
branching, fibrous, yellowish root, and a pubescent, quadrangular stem, which sends off numer- 
ous slender erect branches. The leaves are opposite, having short petioles, about half an inch 
long, oblong-lanceolate or oval, nearly acute, attenuated at the base, remotely serrate, rough or 
pubescent, and prominently veined and glandular on the under surface. The flowers are very 
small, pale blue, supported on short peduncles, and arranged in axillary whorls along the whole 
length of the branches. They have a tubular-ovoid, two-lipped and five-toothed calyx, and a 
pale blue, spotted, two-lipped corolla, containing two sterile and two fertile exserted stamens. 
The plant is common in all parts of the United States, preferring dry grounds, and, where 
abundant, scenting the air for a considerable distance with its grateful odor. Both in the 
recent and in the dried state it has a pleasant aromatic smell, and a warm, pungent, mint-like 
taste. It readily imparts its virtues to boiling water. The volatile oil upon which they depend 
may be separated by distillation, and employed instead of the herb itself. For the chemical 
nature of the oil, see Oleum Hedeomse. 
Medical Properties and Uses. American pennyroyal is a gently stimulant aromatic, 
and may be given in flatulent colic and sick stomach, or to qualify the action of other medi- 
cines. Like most of the aromatic herbs, it possesses the property, when administered in warm 
infusion, of promoting perspiration, and of exciting the menstrual flux when the system is 
predisposed to the effort. A large draught of the warm tea is in popular practice often given 
at bedtime, in recent cases of suppression of the menses, the feet having been previously 
bathed in warm water. 
HEMIDESMI RADIX. Br. Hemidesmus Root. 
(HEM-I-DE§'MI RA'DIX.) 
“ The dried root of Hemidesmus indicus, R.” Br. 
Nunnari, ERacine de Hemidesmus, Fr.; Hemidesmus-Wurzel, G.; Indian Sarsaparilla. 
Hemidesmus indicus. R. Brown, Hort. Kew. ii. 75; Bindley, Flor. Med. p. 543.—Periploca 
indica. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1251.—Hemidesmus indicus (Willd.), R. Br. Engler and Prantl. 
This is a climbing plant, with twining, woody, slender stems, and opposite petiolate leaves, 
which are entire, smooth, shining, and of a firm consistence. The leaves vary much in size 
and shape, some being linear and acute, others broad-lanceolate, and others again oval or ovate. 
The flowers are small, green on the outside, purple within, and disposed in axillary racemes. 
The calyx is five-parted, with acute divisions; the corolla flat, with oblong, pointed divisions. 
The fruit consists of two long, slender, spreading follicles. 
This plant is common over the whole peninsula of Hindostan. The official portion is the 
root, which has long been used in India as a substitute for sarsaparilla. It is long, rarely 
more than one-quarter of an inch in diameter, rigid, tortuous, cylindrical, and little branched, 
consisting of a ligneous centre, and a brownish, corky bark, marked with longitudinal furrows 
and transverse fissures. The odor is aromatic, the taste sweetish. On one side of the root 
the cork is frequently separated from and raised above the cortex, and is transversely fissured. 
The transverse section exhibits numerous laticiferous cells in the cortex. For details of micro- 
scopic structure, see P. J. Tr., 1872, 62. Mr. Garden obtained from hemidesmus a peculiar, 
volatilizable acid principle, which he named smilasperic acid, under the erroneous impression 
that the root was derived from Smilax aspera. Pereira proposed to call it hemidesmic acid. 
Scott (Chem. Gazette, 1843, 378) also obtained a stearopten by distillation with water, pre- 
sumably the same material. It has not been further investigated. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Indian sarsaparilla is said to be tonic, diuretic, and 
alterative. It was introduced into Great Britain from India, and was employed for some time 
under the name of smilax aspera. It is used for the same purposes as sarsaparilla. In some 
instances it is said to have proved successful in syphilis when that medicine had failed; but it 
cannot be relied on. The native practitioners in India are said to employ it in nephritic com- 
plaints, and in the sore mouth of children. It is used in the form of infusion or decoction, 
made in the proportion of two ounces of the root to a pint of water. A pint may be given in 
wineglassful doses in the course of the day. A syrup is directed in the British Pharmacopoeia. 682 
Hirudo. 
PART I. 
HIRUDO. Br. Leeches. 
“1. Sanguisuga medicinalis, Savigny, the Speckled Leech; and 2. Sanguisuga officinalis, 
Savigny, the Green Leech.” Br. 
Hirudines, P. G.; Sangsue, Fr.; Blutegel, Q.j Mignatta, It.; Sanguijuela, Sp. 
Hirudo. Class 1, Annelides. Order 3, Abrancliiatae. Family 2, Asetigerae. Cuvier. 
The leech belongs to that class of invertebrated articulated animals called Annelides. This 
class contains the worms with red blood, having soft retractile bodies composed of numerous 
segments or rings, breathing generally by means of branchiae, with a nervous system consist- 
ing in a double knotted cord, destitute of feet, and supplying their place by the contractile 
power of their segments or rings. The third order of this class—Abranchiate*s—comprehends 
those worms which have no apparent external organ of respiration. This order is again divided 
into two families, to the second of which—the Asetigerae, or those not having setae to enable 
them to crawl—the leech belongs. 
It is an aquatic worm with a flattened body, tapering towards each end, and terminating in 
circular flattened disks, the hinder one being the larger of the two. It swims with a vertical 
undulating motion, and moves when out of the water by means of these disks or suckers, 
fastening itself first by one and then by the other, and alternately stretching out and contract- 
ing its body. The mouth is placed in the centre of the anterior disk, and is furnished with 
three cartilaginous lens-shaped jaws at the entrance of the alimentary canal. These jaws are 
lined at their edges with fine sharp teeth, and meet so as to make a triangular incision in the 
flesh. The head is furnished with small raised points, supposed by some to be eyes. Respi- 
ration is carried on through small apertures ranged along the inferior surface. The nervous 
system consists of a cord extending the whole length, furnished with numerous ganglions. 
The intestinal canal is straight, and terminates in the anus, near the posterior disk. Although 
hermaphrodite, leeches mutually impregnate each other. They are oviparous; and the eggs, 
varying from six to fifteen, are contained in a sort of spongy, slimy cocoon, from half an inch 
to an inch in diameter. These are deposited near the edge of the water, and hatched by the 
heat of the sun. The leech is torpid during the winter, and casts off from time to time a 
thick slimy coating from its skin. It can live a considerable time in sphagnous moss or in 
moistened earth, and is frequently transported in this manner to great distances. 
Savigny has divided the genus Hirudo of Linnaeus into several genera. The true leech is the 
Sanguisuga of this author, and is characterized by its three lenticular jaws, each armed with 
two rows of teeth, and by having ten ocular points. Several species are used for medical 
purposes, of which the most common are the gray and the green leech of Europe, both of 
which are varieties of the Hirudo medicinalis of Linnaeus; and the Hirudo decora of this 
country. 
1. Hirudo medicinalis. Linn. Ed. Gmel. i. 3095.—Sanguisuga officinalis. Savigny, Mon. 
Hir. p. 112, t. 5, f. 1. The green leech.—Sanguisuga medicinalis. Savigny, Mon. Hir. p. 114, t. 
5, f. 2. The gray leech. Many of the best zoologists regard the Sanguisuga officinalis and S. 
medicinalis of Savigny as mere varieties. They are both marked with six longitudinal dorsal 
ferruginous stripes, the four lateral ones being interrupted or tessellated with black spots. The 
color of the black varies from a blackish to a grayish green. The belly in the first variety is 
of a yellowish-green color, free from spots, and bordered with longitudinal black stripes. In 
the second it is of a greon color, bordered and maculated with black. This leech varies from 
two to four inches in length. It inhabits marshes and running streams, and is abundant 
throughout Europe.* 
(HI-RU'DO.) 
* A variety of the leech has come into use in Europe, called in commerce African leeches. They are of a beautiful 
light-green color, varying to a deep green, and often inclining to red, with black points on the back, and broad 
streaks of a bright orange-yellow, which are black towards the abdomen. They correspond perfectly with the San- 
guisuga interrupta of Moquin-Tandon. These leeches draw very well. (P. J. Tr., x. 38.) The leeches from Algiers, 
called in French commerce dragons (Sanguisuga troctena of Moquin-Tandon), of which considerable numbers have 
been taken to France, are said by M. A. de Quatrefages, contrary to former opinion, to be quite equal to the European. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxxiii.) It is stated (P. J. Tr., June, 1867) that great numbers of leeches are collected 
in Australia and sent to Melbourne, whence a large proportion are exported to Europe and America, chiefly to Lon- 
don and Paris in the former continent, and San Francisco, Panama, and New York in the latter. It is estimated that 
two or three millions annually pass through the hands of the Murray River Fishing Company. The leech is said 
(Ibid., March, 1865) to abound in almost every river and lagoon in Australia, and to differ from the ordinary English 
leech only in that the olive streaks are much lighter in the former. They are collected by throwing into the water a 
fresh sheepskin, to which they attach themselves. They bear transportation wonderfully well. In Hindostan and 
the island of Ceylon, where the varieties of leeches are said to be more numerous than in any other part of the world, 
it is stated by Mr. P. L. Simmonds that the propagation of the kind used in medicine is carefully kept secret. 
(P. J. Tr., Dec. 1870.) PART I. 
Hirudo. 
683 
The great use made of leeches in the modern practice of medicine has occasioned them to 
become a considerable article of commerce. They are collected in Spain, France, Italy, Ger- 
many, and Sweden, and carried in large numbers to London and Paris. They are also fre- 
quently brought to this country, as the practitioners in some of our large cities use only the 
foreign leech, although our own waters furnish an inexhaustible supply of this useful worm * 
The indigenous leech was formerly much used in the city of Philadelphia. 
2. Hirudo decora. Say, Colonel Long's Second Expedition, ii. 268. The medicinal leech of 
America has been described by Say under the name of Hirudo decora, in the Appendix to the 
Second Expedition of Colonel Long. Its back is of a deep pistachio-green color, with three 
longitudinal rows of square spots. These spots are placed on every fifth ring, and are twenty- 
two in number. The lateral rows of spots are black, and the middle range of a light brownish- 
orange color. The belly is of the latter color, variously and irregularly spotted with black. 
The American leech sometimes attains the length of four or five inches, although its usual 
length is from two to three. It does not make so large and deep an incision as the European 
leech, and draws less blood. 
The proper preservation of leeches is an object of importance to the practitioner, as they 
are liable to a great and sudden mortality. They are usually kept in jars, in clear, soft water, 
which should be changed twice a week in winter and every other day in summer. The jar 
must be covered with a linen cloth, and placed in a situation not liable to sudden changes of 
temperature. They will live a long time and continue active and healthy without any other 
attention than that of frequently changing the water in which they are kept. M. Derheims 
has proposed the following excellent method of preserving them. In the bottom of a large 
basin or trough of marble he places a bed, six or seven inches deep, of a mixture of moss, 
turf, and fragments of wood. He strews pebbles above, so as to retain them in their place 
without compressing them too much or preventing the water from freely penetrating them. 
At one end of the trough, and about midway of its height, is placed a thin slab of marble or 
earthenware, pierced with numerous holes, and covered with a bed of moss, which is compressed 
by a thick layer of pebbles. The reservoir being thus disposed is half filled with water, so 
that the moss and pebbles on the shelf shall be kept constantly moist. The basin is protected 
from the light by a linen cover stretched over it. By this arrangement the natural habits of 
the leech'are not counteracted. One of these habits, essential to its health, is that of drawing 
itself through the moss and roots to clear its body from the slimy coat which forms on its 
skin and is a principal cause of its disease and death. Mr. James Banes recommends that 
when kept in jars they should be cleansed by means of a whisk of very fine broom or willow, 
when the water is changed. M. Lahache, an apothecary at Bruyeres, strongly recommends 
carrageen, or Irish moss (Chondrus crispus), as admirably adapted to the habits and wants 
of the leech, furnishing the animal, he supposes, with nutriment, as it does not die of inani- 
tion when thus kept. The water should be renewed in the jars daily. (Journ. de Pharm. 
et de Chirn., 4e ser., iii. 128.) Mr. Alfred Allchin keeps them in aquaria with growing water- 
plants and snails, which keep the water pure.f (A. J. P., xxviii. 222.) 
Medical Uses. Leeches afford the least painful and in many instances the most effectual 
means for the local abstraction of blood. They are often applicable to parts which, either from 
their situation or from their great tenderness when inflamed, do not admit of the use of cups, 
and in the case of infants are under all circumstances preferable to that instrument. They are 
indeed a powerful therapeutic agent, and give to the physician, in many instances, a control 
over disease which he could obtain in no other way. 
In applying leeches to the skin, care should be taken to shave off the hair, if there be any, 
and'to have the part well cleansed with soap and water, and afterwards with pure water. If 
the leech does not bite readily, the skin should be moistened with a little blood, or milk and water. 
It is said to bite more freely if the skin have been previously reddened by a sinapism and then 
washed perfectly clean. Sometimes the leech is put into a large quill open at both ends, and 
applied with the head to the skin until it fastens itself, when the quill is withdrawn. If it be 
desirable that the leech shall bite in a particular spot, this end may be attained by cutting a 
* Attempts have been made, in France, on a large scale, to propagate leeches for sale. This is done by means of 
natural meadows, in which numerous small ponds are made, where the leeches, with certain cautions as to nourish- 
ment and preservation, multiply and grow so rapidly as to become a source of profit. In order that they may propa- 
gate, it is necessary that they should be fed on blood, which is given them either by causing animals, as horses, cows, 
etc., to be driven into the meadows, or by obtaining blood from slaughter-houses, and, after depriving it of fibrin by 
agitation, immersing the animals for a time in it while yet warm. (See Journ. de Pharm., Jan. and Mai, 1854.) 
■j- For other methods of keeping leeches, also for raising them, see U. S. D., 14th ed., 472. 684 
Hirudo. 
PART I. 
small hole in a piece of blotting paper, and then applying this moistened to the skin, so that the 
hole shall be immediately over the spot from which the blood is to be taken. Leeches continue 
to draw blood until they are gorged, when they drop off* The quantity of blood which they 
draw varies with the part to which they are applied, and the degree of inflammation existing 
in it. From the loose and vascular textures they will abstract more than from those which 
are firm and compact, and more from an inflamed than from a healthy part. As a rule, our 
leechers apply six for every fluidounce of blood. A single European leech will draw from half 
an ounce to an ounce. The quantity may often be much increased by bathing the wound with 
warm water. Leeches will continue to suck after their tails are cut off, which is sometimes 
done, although it is a barbarous practice.| It is said that they will draw better if put into 
cold beer, or diluted wine, and allowed to remain until they become very lively. They may 
be separated from the skin at any time by sprinkling a little salt upon them. After they drop 
off, the same application will make them disgorge the blood they have swallowed. Some leechers 
draw the leeches from the tail to the head through their fingers, and thus squeeze out the blood, 
after which all that is necessary is to put them in clean water, and change it frequently. J 
Leeches which are gorged with blood should be kept in a vessel by themselves, as they are 
more subject to disease, and often occasion a great mortality among the others. They should 
not be again used until they have recovered their activity. In cases where the bleeding from 
leech-bites continues longer than is desirable, it may be stopped by continued pressure, with the 
application of lint, by the use of collodium, or by touching the wounds with lunar caustic. A 
little cotton, impregnated with a saturated solution of alum in boiling-hot water, and, after it 
has become sufficiently cool, but before the alum has begun to crystallize, pressed upon the 
wound, will often prove effectual. Another mode of repressing the hemorrhage is to press upon 
the bite a piece of thin caoutchouc, previously softened upon one side by heat, so as to become 
adhesive. If lunar caustic be applied, the stick must first be brought to a fine point, which is 
to be inserted in the wound. Some have even recommended the use of a fine wire made red 
hot. When the part wounded is without a bony basis, pressure may be made by pinching the 
wound between the fingers. It may sometimes be necessary, in the case of a deep bite, to sew 
the wound, which is readily done with a single stitch of the needle, that need not penetrate 
deeper than the cutis.§ 
* As a very efficient mode of applying leeches, it is recommended, after having moistened the skin with pure warm 
water, to put the leeches into a tumbler half full of cold water, and by an adroit movement invert it upon the part. 
The leeches are said to attach themselves so rapidly that it seems to the patient as though they made but a single 
bite. When they are all attached, the glass is to be carefully removed, the water being absorbed, as it runs off on 
one side, by a sponge or linen cloths. 
t Under the name of bdellotomy, a practice has been introduced into Germany, of making a small incision in the 
side of the leech while drawing. The blood escapes through the wound, and the animal will continue to suck for a 
long time, so that one will perform the office of many in the quantity of blood taken. 
J MM. Soubeiran and Bouchardat, after numerous experiments upon the different modes of fitting the gorged leeches 
for use again, came to the conclusion that a carefully managed pressure is the best. Two conditions, however, are 
necessary to success; one that they should be disposed to disgorge the blood, and the other that they should be 
immersed in warm water previously to the stripping. The first object is effected by common salt. The following plan 
is recommended. The leeches are to be thrown into a solution of 16 parts of common salt in 100 of water, from which 
they are to be taken out one by one, and, being held by the tail, are to be dipped into water which feels hot to the 
hand, but yet can be borne by it, aud then passed lightly between the fingers. Thus treated, they easily give up the 
blood. After being stripped, they should be placed in vessels containing fresh water, which should be renewed once 
a day. At the end of eight or ten days they are fit for reapplication. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xi. 343 and 350.) 
It is said that in the French military hospitals a mixture of one part of vinegar with eight parts of water is pre- 
ferred to salt water for promoting disgorgement. (Lond. Med. 'Qimes and Gnz., Oct. 1856, p. 375.) It has been stated 
that if the leeches, after being stripped, be put into water sweetened with a little white sugar, and the solution be 
renewed several times, at intervals of six or twelve hours, they will speedily recover their activity, and may be reap- 
plied two or three times in the course of a few days. Immersion in camphor water for a few moments is said by 
Mr. Boyce to cause them to vomit the blood. They should afterwards be put into clean water, to be changed in half 
an hour. Dr. Frodsham, of England, has found camphor water preferable to either salt water or diluted vinegar, for 
disposing the gorged leech to part with blood. M. Grannat, a French military pharmaceutist, has found the natural 
process of disgorging preferable to all others. He placed some gorged leeches in wooden tubs containing at the bottoms 
a little clay and water, and renewed the water every forty-eight hours. After eight days, the leeches, now in good health, 
were transferred to a pond prepared for the purpose, where they propagated. He put 1000 leeches in the pond, and at 
the end of a year had taken out 850 fit for service, without interfering with the reproduction. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., 
xx. 186.) M. Yayson’s plan of preserving leeches has been highly recommended. It consists simply in putting them, 
after stripping, if they have been used, in an earthenware vessel of the shape of an inverted truncated cone, with 
holes in the bottom so small as to prevent the escape of the leech, and filled with turfy earth. After the introduction 
of the leech, the opening is to be closed with a coarse cloth. The vessel is then placed in a tub containing water four 
inches deep. If to be sent to a distance, the earth in the vessel should be moistened throughout. 
§ An instrument has been invented called the mechanical leech, by which the attempt has been made to imitate 
the action of the leech in drawing blood. It consists essentially of two parts, one for making the puncture, and the 
other for abstracting blood through the agency of atmospheric pressure. In other words, it is a minute cupping 
instrument. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., xvi. 207.) PART I. 
Homatropinse Hydrobromidum.—Humulus. 
685 
HOMATROPINE HYDROBROMIDUM. Br. Homatropine Hydro- 
bromide. 
Ci6 H21 NO3 HBr. (HO-MiT-KO-Pf'N.® HY-DRO-BRO'MI-DfiM.) 
Homatropine Hydrobromate. 
“ The hydrobromide, C16H21N03,HBr, of an alkaloid prepared from tropine.” Br. 
This alkaloidal salt was first admitted to the British Pharmacopoeia in the additions of 1890. 
Homatropine, C16H2jN03, is prepared by evaporating a mixture of tropine, C8H15N0 (obtained 
through the saponification of hyoscyamine), and mandelic acid (phenyl-glycollic), CeH5.CH 
(OH)COOH, with diluted hydrochloric acid; mandelic acid may be produced by acting on 
amygdalin with hydrochloric acid, or synthetically from benzaldehyde and hydrogen cyanide. 
Homatropine hydrobromate is officially described as follows: “ A white crystalline powder 
or aggregation of minute trimetric crystals, soluble in 6 parts of cold water, and in 133 parts 
of absolute alcohol. The solutions should be neutral to litmus. A dilute aqueous solution, 
when applied to the eye, powerfully dilates the pupil. Heated on platinum foil it fuses and 
burns without leaving an appreciable residue. If 0-2 cubic centimetre of chloroform be 
shaken with 1 cubic centimetre of a 10 per cent, aqueous solution, to which solution of 
chlorine has been cautiously added, the chloroform will assume a brownish color. A 2 per 
cent, aqueous solution yields no precipitate on the cautious addition of solution of ammonia 
previously diluted with twice its volume of water, but dilute solution of potassium hydroxide 
produces in it a white precipitate, soluble in excess of the reagent. Solution of iodine causes 
a brown and test-solution of mercuric chloride a white precipitate. If about 0 01 gramme 
be dissolved in a little water and the solution rendered alkaline with solution of ammonia and 
shaken with chloroform, the separated chloroform will leave on evaporation a residue which 
will turn yellow, and finally brick-red, when warmed with about 1*5 cubic centimetres of a 2 
per cent, solution of mercuric chloride in a mixture of five volumes of alcohol (90 per cent.) 
and three volumes of water. When treated with fuming nitric acid and potassium hydroxide, 
as described under ‘ Atropina,’ no reddish-violet coloration is developed (distinction from 
atropine), the residue becoming reddish yellow. It affords the reactions characteristic of 
hydrobromides.” Br. 
Medical Properties. Homatropine is stated to produce, when taken internally, symp- 
toms somewhat similar to those caused by atropine, except that the pulse-rate is rendered more 
slow instead of more rapid. Experiments made upon the reptilian heart indicate that the slow- 
ness of the pulse and the fall of the arterial pressure which has been found to accompany it 
are due in large part or altogether to direct action upon the heart itself. No cases of fatal 
poisoning are, so far as we know, on record ; but in experiments made upon the lower animals 
death has been found to be due to a centric respiratory paralysis. 
Homatropine hydrobromide has not been used internally to any extent, but is largely em- 
ployed as a local mydriatic, having the advantage over atropine of being much less irritating 
to the conjunctiva and much less prone to produce serious systemic disturbance. The pupil 
begins to dilate in from seven to twenty minutes after the instillation; accommodation fails in 
from forty to ninety minutes ; whilst usually the recovery is complete in from one to three days. 
For simple dilatation of the pupil, a solution of the strength of four grains to the ounce is 
sufficient. When it is desired to paralyze accommodation completely, the 2-per-cent, solution 
may be employed. The internal dose directed by the Br. Pharm. is from one-eightieth to one- 
twentieth of a grain (0-0008-0-0032 Gim.). 
HUMULUS. U. S. (Br.) Hops. 
“ The strobiles of Humulus Lupulus, Linne (nat. ord. Urticacese).” TJ. S. “ The dried 
strobiles of Humulus Lupulus, Linn., from cultivated plants.” Br. 
Lupulus, Br.; Hop; Strobili Humuli, s. Lupuli; Hop; Houblon, Fr.; Hopfen, G.; Luppolo, It.; Lupulo, Hom- 
brecillo, Sp. 
Humulus lupulus. L. Sp. PI. (1753), 1028 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 769 ; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. 
iii. 163. The root of the hop is perennial, and sends up numerous annual, angular, rough, flex- 
ible stems, which twine around neighboring objects in a spiral direction from left to right, and 
climb to a great height. The leaves are opposite, and stand upon long footstalks. The smaller 
are sometimes cordate; the larger have three or five lobes; all are serrate, of a deep green 
color on the upper surface, and, together with the petioles, extremely rough, with minute 
prickles. At the base of the footstalks are two or four smooth, ovate, reflexed stipules. The 
(HU'MU-LUS.) 686 
Humulus. 
PART I. 
flowers are numerous, axillary, and furnished with bracts. The male flowers are a yellowish 
white, and arranged in panicles; the female, which grow on a separate plant, are pale green, 
and disposed in solitary, peduncled aments, composed of membranous scales, ovate, acute, and 
tubular at the base. Each scale bears near its base, on its inner surface, two flowers, consist- 
ing of a roundish compressed germ, and two styles, with long filiform stigmas. The aments 
are converted into ovate membranous cones or strobiles, the scales of which contain, each, at 
its base, two small seeds, surrounded by a yellow, granular powder. The genus Humulus is 
placed with Morus and Cannabis in a separate order, Moraceae, by Engler and Prantl. 
The hop-plant is a native of North America and Europe. In parts of New England, New 
York, and Michigan it is extensively cultivated, and most of the hops consumed in the United 
States are supplied by those districts. England probably produces the largest quantity of 
hops in the world, with Germany next in order. The part of the plant used is the fruit or 
strobiles. These, when fully ripe, are picked, dried by artificial heat, packed in bales, and 
sent into the market under the name of hops. 
Hops consist of numerous thin, translucent, veined, leaf-like scales, which are of a pale 
greenish-yellow color, and contain near the base two small, round, black seeds. They are 
officially described as “ ovate, about 3 Cm. long, consisting of a thin, hairy, undulated axis, and 
many obliquely ovate, membranous scales, in the upper part reticulately veined, and towards 
the base parallel-veined, glandular, and surrounding a subglobular achene; color of the scales 
greenish, free from reddish or brownish spots; odor aromatic; taste bitter, aromatic, and 
slightly astringent.” U. S. Though brittle when quite dry, they are pulverized with great 
difficulty. Their odor is strong, peculiar, somewhat narcotic, and fragrant; their taste very 
bitter, aromatic, and slightly astringent. Their aroma, bitterness, and astringency are imparted 
to water by decoction; but the first-mentioned property is dissipated by long boiling. The 
most active part of hops is a substance formed on the surface of the scales, and, in the dried 
fruit, existing in the state of very small granules. This substance was called lupulin, by the 
late Dr. A. W. Ives, of New York, by whom its properties were first investigated and made 
generally known ; though it was previously noticed by Sir J. E. Smith, of England, and M. 
Planche, of France. The scales themselves, however, are not destitute of virtues, and contain, 
as shown by MM. Payen and Chevallier, the same active principles as does lupulin, though in 
less proportion.* 
Lupulinum. U. S. Lupulin. Although lupulin is official (see Lupulinum), its characteristics 
are described here in order that the constituents of hops may be all considered together. Lupulin 
is obtained by rubbing or threshing and sifting the strobiles, of which it constitutes from one- 
sixth to one-tenth by weight. It is in the state of a yellowish powder, mixed with minute 
particles of the scales, from which it cannot be entirely freed when procured by a mechanical 
process. It has the peculiar flavor of hops, and appeared to MM. Lebaillif and Raspail, when 
examined by the microscope, to consist of globules filled with a yellow matter, resembling in this 
respect the pollen of vegetables; but from the investigations of M. Personne it would seem 
to be of the nature of a gland, commencing in a cell formed among those of the epidermis, 
and, when fully developed, secreting a resinous matter. (Journ. de Pharrn., 3e s6r., xxvi.) It is 
inflammable, and when moderately heated becomes somewhat adhesive. The odor of lupulinic 
* Hops are often subjected in Germany to the fumes of burning sulphur, from the supposition that they keep 
better when thus treated. Besides, by being partially bleached by the process, old hops, which have suffered from 
time, having become darker, generally spotted, and weaker, assume a brighter appearance, as if fresher, and generally 
command a better price in the market. To detect the consequent presence of sulphurous acid, the brewers put a 
silver spoon in a mixture of hops and water, under the impression that it will produce a black stain upon the silver. 
But this test will answer only when applied within a fortnight after the use of the sulphur. A more delicate method 
is that of Dr. Heidenreich, who puts 20 or 30 cones of the hops in a flask with zinc and hydrochloric acid, and passes 
the hydrogen evolved through solution of lead acetate. If sulphurous acid be present, hydrogen sulphide will 
be produced, which will occasion a dark precipitate with the solution. But even this plan often fails when the 
hops have been kept more than three or four weeks. A modification of this test has been proposed by Dr. R. Wagner. 
For the solution of lead acetate used in Heidenreich’s method there is to be substituted a solution of sodium nitro- 
prusside, so weak as to have a very light brown color, to which have been added a few drops of solution of potassa, 
If the gas evolved contain the minutest proportion of sulphur, a violet color will be produced when the first bubble 
passes into the solution; and this will by a continuance of the process become a magnificent purple. The least trace 
of sulphurous acid may thus be found; but a few months after the sulphuring of hops none at all can be detected. 
Hops are said to be sometimes threshed in order to separate the lupulin, which is sold separately. Their efficiency 
is thus, no doubt, greatly impaired. Hops thus treated have the scales more or less broken; and any parcel present- 
ing this appearance is to be suspected. Hops often contain a variable quantity of lupulin, in consequence of the 
granules of this substance separating, especially on agitation, and seeking the lower portion of the mass, which thus 
becomes richer, while the upper is poorer. They should always be examined in reference to the lupulin they contain, 
and, if nearly or quite destitute of it, should be deemed of inferior value and not be used medicinally. PART I. 
Humulus. 
687 
grains resides in the essential oil. This is obtained to the extent of 0 9 per cent, by distilling 
hops with water. Personne stated that it contained valerol, C0HloO, which passes into valeri- 
anic acid; the latter in fact occurs in the glands, yet, according to Mehn, only to the extent 
of 0-1 to 0-17 per cent. When distilled from the fresh strobiles the oil has a greenish color, 
but a reddish brown when old hops have been employed. It is devoid of rotatory power, 
neutral to litmus paper, and gives no remarkable coloration with concentrated sulphuric acid. 
The oil consists of a terpene, C1OH10, boiling at 175° C., and an oil, C10H,80, boiling at 210° 
C. The bitter principle formerly called lupulin or lupulite was first isolated by Lermer (Journ. 
fiir pr. Chem., 101), who called it the bitter acid of hops (Hopfenbittersdure). It crystallizes in 
large brittle rhombic prisms, and possesses the peculiar bitter taste of beer. Its composition 
is C32H6007. The main contents of the hop gland consist of wax (myricyl palmitate according 
to Lermer) and resins, one of which is crystalline and unites with bases. Besides the con- 
stituents of the glands, hops contain, according to Etti, lupulo-tannic acid and phlobaphene. 
The former is a whitish, amorphous mass, soluble in alcohol, hot water, or acetic ether, not in 
ether. By heating the humulo-tannic acid to 130° C., or by boiling its aqueous or alcoholic 
solution, it gives off water and is transformed into phlobaphene, a dark-red amorphous sub- 
stance, (C25II24013)2— H20=CboH40O„6. The latter substance, on boiling it with dilute mineral 
acids, again loses water, and furnishes glucose and hop-red, according to the reaction C60H46025 
-f- 2H20 = C38H26016 -j- 2CeH12Oe. From raw phlobaphene, ether removes the bitter principles 
of hops, a colorless crystallizable and a brown amorphous resin, besides chlorophyll and essen- 
tial oil. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed.) The existence of a peculiar alkaloid in hops, suggested 
by Lermer in 1863, has been determined by Griessmayer. A concentrated decoction of hops 
was distilled with potassa or magnesia, the distillate neutralized with hydrochloric acid, evap- 
orated to dryness, and treated with cold absolute alcohol to remove ammonium chloride; the 
alcoholic liquid was heated to boiling and cooled, when much trimethylamine chloride crystal- 
lized. The residuary liquid was filtered, the filtrate evaporated, first by a water-bath and then 
spontaneously, the residue was redissolved in water in a narrow cylinder, agitated with potassa 
and ether, and the ethereal liquid allowed to evaporate spontaneously. The remaining alkaline 
liquid had a peculiar odor recalling that of coniine, and a cooling but not bitter taste. It soon 
exhibited small crystals, and finally solidified completely. The author supposed that these 
crystals were impurities, and that the pure alkaloid is liquid or gaseous. He proposes for it 
the name of lupxdine. (A. J. P., 1874.) Lastly, Etti found arabic (pectic) acid, phosphates, 
nitrates, malates, citrates, and also sulphates, chiefly of potassium, to occur in hops. The 
amount of ash afforded by hops dried at 100° C. would appear to he on an average about 6-7 
per cent. Dr. H. Bungener has isolated from hops a bitter crystalline substance, C25H3604, 
which is insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and alkaline solutions. He believes it to 
be identical with Lermer’s hop-bitter acid, to be feebly acid, and to possess the character of 
an aldehyde. (P. J. Tr., 1884.) A volatile oil has been found in hops, which was shown by 
Chapman to consist of two terpenes, C1OH10 and C10H18, and an oxygenated constituent. 
{Journ. Chem. Soc., 1893, 177, and P. J. Tr., 1895, 211 ; see also P. J. Tr., 1893, 988.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Hops are tonic and slightly narcotic, and have been 
highly recommended in diseases of general or local debility, associated with morbid vigilance 
or other nervous derangement. Diuretic properties have also been ascribed to them. The com- 
plaints in which they have been used are dyspepsia, and the nervous tremors, wakefulness, and 
delirium of drunkards. 
An infusion prepared with half an ounce of hops and a pint of boiling water may he given 
in the dose of two fluidounces (60 C.c.) three or four times a day. The tincture is now the 
only official preparation of hops, but the alcohol probably acts more decidedly upon the system 
than the hops. (See Tinctura Humuli.') A pillow of hops has proved useful in allaying rest- 
lessness and producing sleep in nervous disorders. They should be moistened with water con- 
taining a trace of glycerin previously to being placed under the head of the patient, in order 
to prevent rustling. Fomentations with hops, and cataplasms made by mixing them with some 
emollient substance, are often beneficial in local pains and tumefactions. 
The effects of hops may be obtained most conveniently by the use of lupulin, though Dr. 
Fronmiiller, having after two trials with it obtained no soporific effect, denies it a place among 
the narcotics with hypnotic properties, {B. and F. Med.-Chir. Rev., April, 1867, pp. 526—7.) 
Lupulin is a very feeble antaphrodisiac, and was formerly used as such in irritated conditions 
of the genito-urinary apparatus, also in irritable bladder. The dose of lupulin is from six to 
twelve grains (04-08 Gm.), given in capsules or in pills, which may be made by simply rubbing 688 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. 
PART I. 
the powder in a warm mortar till it acquires the consistence of a ductile mass, and then mould- 
ing it into the proper shape* Lupulin may be incorporated with poultices, or formed into an 
ointment with lard, and used externally for the same purposes as hops. 
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. U. S. (Br.) Corrosive 
Mercuric Chloride. [Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. Corrosive Sublimate.] 
HgCl2; 270-54. f/HLO'RI-DUM C5R-RO-SI'V0m.) Hg Cl2; 270*5. 
“ A salt, HgCl2, obtained as a sublimate by heating a mixture of mercuric sulphate, sodium 
chloride, and a little black oxide of manganese.” Br. 
Hydrargyri Perchloridum, Br., Mercuric Chloride; Hydrargyrum Bichloratum Corrosivum, P. G.; Sublimatus 
Corrosivus Chloruretum (Chloretum) Hydrargyricum, Hydrargyrum Corrosivum Sublimatum, Hydrargyri Bichlo- 
ridum; Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, Perchloride of Mercury, Bichloride of Mercury ; Deuto-chlorure de Mercure, 
Sublime corrosif, Chlorure mercurique, Fr.; Aetzendes Quecksilberchlorid, Aetzender Quecksilbersublimat, G. 
The former official processes for this salt will be found in the foot-note.f 
The names given in the two Pharmacopoeias to this important chloride do not exactly cor- 
respond. It is called corrosive mercuric chloride in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and perchloride 
of mercury in the British. We prefer the former, as indicating, beyond any possibility of 
mistake, the article intended, as well as its corrosive property. Perchloride and subchloride 
are hardly sufficiently distinctive, when a mistake may be so serious as that of confounding cor- 
rosive sublimate and calomel. In the first British Pharmacopoeia corrosive sublimate was 
recognized as the official title, which was a sufficient guarantee of security ; but, unfortunately, 
it was deemed proper, immediately after the official title, and in close connection with it, to 
define the salt as chloride of mercury, in conformity with the view, adopted in that work, of 
the atomic weight of mercury. With many persons calomel is still the chloride of mercury, 
so that there is some chance that, should calomel be prescribed by this title, corrosive subli- 
mate may be dispensed for it, with dangerous if not fatal effects to the patient. Indeed, 
death has at least in one recorded instance occurred in consequence of this confusion of 
nomenclature; and our official guides should take especial care to guard against such mistakes, 
instead of contributing to them. 
Preparation and Properties. The first step in making corrosive sublimate is to form 
mercuric sulphate, by heating sulphuric acid and the metal together in an iron pot so arranged 
as to carry off the unwholesome fumes of sulphurous oxide, which are copiously generated. 
The dry salt obtained is then mixed with common salt, and the mixture sublimed in an iron 
pot lined with clay and covered by an inverted earthen pan. The late Br. A. T. Thomson, 
of London, took out a patent for forming corrosive sublimate on the large scale, by the direct 
combination, by combustion, of gaseous chlorine with heated mercury. The product is stated 
to be perfectly pure, and to be afforded at a lower price than the sublimate made in the usual 
way. In order that the combination may take place, the mercury need not be heated to its 
boiling point, but only to a temperature between 149° C. and 204° C. (300° and 400° F.). 
According to Br. Maclagan, corrosive sublimate made by this process is liable to the objec- 
* Dr. Dyce Duckworth, of St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London, recommends, as the result of his own observation, 
the aromatic spirit of ammonia as a better solvent of lupulin than any other yet proposed. He offers the following 
formula : “ Lupulin ij, Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia Oj. Macerate for seven days, with occasional agitation, then 
filter, and add sufficient of the menstruum to make up a pint. The dose of this Tinctura Lupulinae Ammoniata is 
from TiPxx to fgj.” (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1868.) 
t “ Take of Mercury twenty-four troyounces ; Sulphuric Acid thirty-six troyounces ; Chloride of Sodium eighteen 
troyounces. Boil the Mercury with the Sulphuric Acid, by means of a sand-bath, until a dry white mass is left. 
Rub this, when cold, with the Chloride of Sodium in an earthenware mortar; then sublime with a gradually in- 
creasing heat.” U.S. 1870. “Take of Persulphate of Mercury twenty ounces [avoirdupois]; Chloride of Sodium, 
dried, sixteen ounces [av.] ; Black Oxide of Manganese, in fine powder, one ounce [av.]. Reduce the Persulphate of 
Mercury and the Chloride of Sodium each to fine powder, and, having mixed them and the Oxide of Manganese 
thoroughly by trituration in a mortar, put the mixture into an apparatus adapted for sublimation, and apply suffi- 
cient heat to cause vapors of perehloride of mercury to rise into the less heated part of the apparatus which has been 
arranged for their condensation.” Br. 1885. 
In order to understand the above processes, which are the same in principle, it is necessary to premise that cor- 
rosive sublimate is mercuric chloride, consisting of two atoms of chlorine and one atom of mercury. By boiling sul- 
phuric acid in excess with mercury to dryness, a white salt (mercuric sulphate) is formed, according to the reaction 
2H2S04 + Hg= HgSCh + S02 + 2H20. (See Hydrargyri Persulphas.) When this is mixed with sodium chloride 
(common salt), and the mixture exposed to a subliming heat, a mutual decomposition takes place, according to the 
reaction HgSC>4 + (NaCl)2 == Na2S04 + HgCl2. The mercurio chloride thus formed sublimes, and the sodium sulphate 
remains behind. The quantities for mutual decomposition are two mols. of sodium chloride and one mol. of mercuric 
sulphate. The British formula differs from that of the U. S. P. 1870 in ordering mercuric sulphate ready formed, 
instead of preparing it as the first step of the process, and in the use of a small proportion of manganese dioxide, 
intended to convert into mercuric any mercurous salt that may be in the sulphate, and thus prevent the formation 
of mercurous chloride. (See Hydrargyri Persulphas.) PART I. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. 
689 
tion that a proportion of calomel is always formed, occasionally amounting to 10 per cent. It 
may sometimes he useful to know how to make a small quantity of corrosive sublimate on an 
emergency. This may be done by dissolving mercuric oxide (red precipitate) in hydrochloric 
acid, evaporating the solution to dryness, dissolving the dry mass in water, and crystallizing. 
Here a double decomposition takes place, resulting in the formation of water and the chloride. 
Corrosive mercuric chloride is officially described as in “ heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals, 
or crystalline masses, odorless, and having an acrid and persistent, metallic taste; permanent 
in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.) in 16 parts of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol; in 2 
parts of boiling water, 1-2 parts of boiling alcohol, 4 parts of ether, and about 14 parts of 
glycerin. It fuses at 265° C. (509° F.) to a colorless liquid, and at about 300° C. (572° F.) 
it volatilizes in dense, white vapors, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution reddens blue 
litmus paper, but becomes neutral to litmus on the addition of sodium chloride. With am- 
monia water it yields a white precipitate ; with an excess of hydrogen sulphide a black one; 
with potassium iodide test-solution a red one, soluble in an excess of the reagent; and with 
silver nitrate test-solution a white precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid. If a saturated, aqueous 
solution of the salt be heated nearly to boiling, then completely saturated with hydrogen sul- 
phide, and allowed to stand for several hours in a well-corked flask, it should yield a colorless 
filtrate which, on evaporation, should leave no residue (absence of many foreign salts). If 
the precipitated mercuric sulphide obtained in the last test be washed with water, then shaken 
for a few minutes with ammonia water, and filtered, the filtrate should be colorless, and, on 
the addition of a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, should afford neither a yellow color nor a 
yellow precipitate (absence of arsenic)." U. S. “ Heavy colorless masses of prismatic crystals, 
possessing a highly acrid metallic taste. Soluble in 16 parts of cold and 2 parts of boiling 
water, 3 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), 4 parts of ether, and, on trituration, in 2 parts of cold 
glycerin. It affords the reactions characteristic of mercuric salts and of chlorides. When 
heated it sublimes without decomposition, leaving only a trace of fixed residue. When heated 
with excess of lime it yields 72-8 to 73'8 per cent, of metallic mercury.” Br. 
Ether is capable of removing corrosive sublimate, to a considerable extent, from its aqueous 
solution when agitated with it. According to M. Mialhe, ether will not dissolve it when accom- 
panied by a considerable quantity of mercuric oxide and a chloride of an alkalifiable metal. 
Sulphuric, nitric, and hydrochloric acids dissolve it without alteration. When heated it melts, 
and readily sublimes in dense, white, acrid vapors, which condense, on cool surfaces, in white, 
shining needles. Its aqueous solution renders green the syrup of violets, and is precipitated 
brick-red, becoming yellow, by the fixed alkalies and alkaline earths, and white by ammonia. 
(See Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum.) The former precipitate is mercuric oxide, which has the 
property of evolving oxygen and of being reduced to metallic globules when exposed to heat. 
This oxide is formed in the process for preparing aqua phagedsenica, called also lotio flam,, or 
yellow wash, which is obtained by mixing half a drachm of corrosive sublimate with a pint of 
lime water. (See Lotio Flava, H. F.) Corrosive sublimate forms, with ammonium chloride 
and sodium chloride, compounds which are more soluble than the uncombined mercurial salt. 
It is on this account that aqueous solutions of sal ammoniac or of common salt dissolve much 
more corrosive sublimate than simple water. The combination of corrosive sublimate with 
ammonium chloride was formerly called sal alembroth, or salt of wisdom. According to F. 
Hinterberger, corrosive sublimate is capable of combining with quinine and cinchonine. ( Chem. 
Gaz., ix. 211.) By dissolving one part of corrosive sublimate and a hundred parts of common salt 
in distilled water and evaporating to dryness, a soluble preparation is obtained which does not 
coagulate albumen. (A. J. P., xliv. 11.) J. F. Brown (Chem. and Drug., 1896, 425) recom- 
mends for dispensing purposes a solution of mercuric chloride of such strength that ten minims 
contain one grain, made by dissolving ninety-six grains of corrosive sublimate in one and a 
half ounces avoirdupois of glycerin and six fluidrachms of distilled water by the aid of heat, 
then cooling the solution and adding distilled water until the solution measures two fluidounces. 
Test of Purity and Incompatibles. Pure corrosive chloride of mercury sublimes, 
when heated, without residue, and its powder is entirely and readily soluble in ether. Conse- 
quently, if a portion of any sample should not wholly dissolve in ether, or if it should not 
evaporate entirely, the presence of some impurity is proved. If calomel be present, and it 
frequently is, it will not be wholly soluble in water.* Arsenic is reported to be a frequent 
* M. Bullot, having noticed in some corrosive sublimate an insoluble portion consisting of minute yellowish 
granules, found on examination that it was an aniline product. He surmised that the drug had been thrown into 
commerce after having been used in the preparation of aniline dyes. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xviii. 414.) 690 
Hgdrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. 
PART I. 
impurity in corrosive sublimate. (See paper by J. Granville Smith, A. J. P., 1877, p. 397.) 
It can be readily detected by the test of U. S. P. 1880. (See p. 689.) Corrosive sublimate is 
incompatible with many of the metals, the alkalies and their carbonates, soap, lime water, tartar 
emetic, silver nitrate, the lead acetates, the potassium and sodium sulphides, the soluble iodides, 
and all the sulphydrates. It is decomposed by many vegetable and some animal substances. 
According to Dr. A. T. Thomson, it produces precipitates in infusions or decoctions of cham- 
omile, horseradish, columbo, catechu, cinchona, rhubarb, senna, simaruba, and oak bark. MM. 
Mialhe and Lepage have shown that corrosive sublimate is slowly converted into calomel by 
syrup of sarsaparilla and syrup of honey, but is not changed by contact with pure syrup. Dr. 
Samuel Kennedy {Pharm. Record, 1888, p. 201) proved conclusively that when corrosive sub- 
limate was dissolved in compound syrup of sarsaparilla, as frequently prescribed, precipitation 
invariably occurred. He found that if sodium chloride in quantity equalling that of the 
mercurial used were added, precipitation was greatly retarded. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Corrosive sublimate is a very powerful preparation, 
operating quickly, and, if not properly regulated, producing violent effects. It is less apt to 
salivate than most other mercurials. In doses of to fa of a grain (0-0006 to 0 0011 
Gm.) it often seems to act as a tonic to the general nutrition, and even in somewhat larger 
dose it may exert its peculiar influence without any obvious alteration of the vital func- 
tions, except, perhaps, a slight increase in the frequency of the pulse, and in the secretions 
from the skin and kidneys. Sometimes, however, it purges ; but this effect may be obviated 
by combining it with a little opium. In larger doses it occasions nausea, vomiting, griping pain 
in the bowels, diarrhoea, and other symptoms of gastric and intestinal irritation, and in still 
larger quantities produces all the effects of a violent corrosive poison. It has long been used 
as a remedy in syphilis, in all stages of which it has been highly recommended. It is espe- 
cially useful in the advanced stages of the disorder, when there is no cachexia. When a very 
rapid impression is desired it is not as useful as calomel. It is also used advantageously in 
some chronic cutaneous affections, and in obstinate chronic rheumatism. It is usually asso- 
ciated with alterative or diaphoretic medicines, such as the antimonials, and the compound 
decoction or syrup of sarsaparilla; and, in order to obviate the irritation it is apt to produce, 
it may often be advantageously united with opium. There is no doubt that many of the sub- 
stances in connection with which it is employed alter its chemical condition ; but it does not 
follow that even in its altered state it may not be very useful as a remedy. 
Externally employed, corrosive sublimate is stimulant, escharotic, and germicidal. A solution 
in water, containing from one-eighth to one-half grain in the fluidounce, is employed as an injec- 
tion in gleet, and as a collyrium in chronic venereal ophthalmia. A stronger solution, contain- 
ing one or two grains in the fluidounce, is an efficacious wash in lepra, and other scaly erup- 
tions. Dissolved in water, in the proportion of five to ten grains to the fluidounce, it may be 
used with much benefit in venereal ulcers of the throat, to which it should be applied by means 
of a camel’s-hair pencil. With lime water it forms the aqua phagedsenica of the older writers, 
employed as a wash for ill-conditioned ulcers. The powdered chloride has been used as an 
escharotic, but is, in general, inferior to silver nitrate or caustic potassa. In onychia maligna, 
however, it is employed with great advantage, mixed with an equal weight of zinc sulphate, 
and sprinkled thickly upon the surface of the ulcer, which is then to be covered with a pledget 
of lint saturated with tincture of myrrh. The whole diseased surface is thus removed, and 
the ulcer heals.* This practice originated, we believe, with the late Dr. Perkins, of Phila- 
* Antiseptic Dressings. The following directions are given in Pharm. Rundschau, Prague, for antiseptic dress- 
ings to be used in the German army: 
Corrosive Sublimate Gauze. Dissolve 50 Gm. mercuric chloride in 5000 Qm. alcohol, and add 7500 Gm. distilled 
water, 2500 Gm. glycerin, and 0‘5 Gm. fuchsin, the latter being added for the purpose of readily distinguishing the 
corrosive sublimate gauze from others. Four hundred metres of gauze are well kneaded in this solution and allowed 
to soak for fifteen minutes; the gauze is then strongly pressed and well dried on wash-lines, being protected from 
light and dust. 
Corrosive Sublimate Cotton. Absorbent cotton is soaked in the above solution and dried in loose layers. It has 
been stated that the cotton has a dissociating effect upon the mercuric chloride, mercury being fixed upon the cotton 
as oxide, a certain proportion of mercurous chloride being formed at the same time. (A. J. P., 1893, 451.) 
Corrosive Sublimate Catgut. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of corrosive sublimate is prepared, in which thin cat- 
gut is soaked for about eight hours, and the thicker kinds for ten or twelve hours. The catgut is subsequently kept 
in vials with alcohol. 
Corrosive Sublimate Silk is prepared by soaking well-washed ligature silk in a solution of 5 parts of corrosive 
sublimate in 100 parts of water and 20 parts of glycerin. After drying it is wrapped in oiled silk or other water- 
proof material; and, before using, it is dipped into a 3-per-cent, phenol solution, or a 1-per-cent, solution of cor- 
rosive sublimate. PART I. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. 
691 
delphia, and was highly recommended by Dr. Physick. Dr. Geo. B. Wood often employed it 
with success. A solution of corrosive sublimate in collodion (four parts to thirty) has been 
used as a caustic, for the destruction of nsevi materni, and for other purposes. It can be very 
accurately applied, but its use requires care, as fatal poisoning has followed a single application 
of the alcoholic solution of corrosive sublimate to a moderate surface of ringworm. (London 
Lancet, 1871, ii. 413.) It is applied by means of a camel’s-hair pencil. 
The dose of corrosive sublimate is from the one-hundredth to the eighth of a grain (0-0006 
to 0-007 Gm.), preferably given after meals, in pill or solution. The pill is usually prepared 
with crumb of bread; care should be taken that the medicine be equally diffused through the 
pilular mass before it is divided. 
Corrosive sublimate is one of the most powerful of known germicides, a solution of one 
part of it in twenty thousand in water being sufficient to kill micrococci and bacilli in active 
growth ; whilst a solution of one in one thousand will rapidly destroy bacterial spores. Ac- 
cording to Koch, as little as one part of corrosive sublimate in three hundred thousand of a 
proteid solution will prevent the generation of the spores of the bacillus of anthrax. As, 
however, ammonia and several other chemical substances habitually found in masses of filth 
rapidly decompose mercuric chloride, the latter is scarcely available for most disinfectant pur- 
poses on a large scale. For the purposes of antisepsis in surgery, however, corrosive sublimate 
is probably the most generally useful and effective of the known germicides. The solution of 
one in one thousand may be used for washing the hands, disinfecting furniture, etc., and is 
even employed in the disinfecting of wounds; usually, however, a much weaker solution than 
that just mentioned is employed by the surgeon. It is very rarely if ever justifiable to use 
upon a mucous surface or a wound a solution stronger than one in two thousand, and if the 
solution is to be used freely and continuously, as in washing out the vagina, etc., one in ten 
thousand is as strong as should be employed; indeed, the employment of a vaginal wash of 
this strength has been followed by violent poisoning. In a number of cases a solution of one 
part in fifteen hundred used locally by the surgeon has produced death, preceded by constitu- 
tional symptoms. 
For the purpose of convenience to surgeons, corrosive sublimate tablets are now largely 
prepared and used. The amount of corrosive sublimate in these tablets should be so calcu- 
lated as to yield, with the measures of water ordinarily used, solutions of convenient strength. 
Thus, if each tablet contains 7-3 grains of corrosive sublimate, one tablet dissolved in a pint 
of water will yield a solution of one in one thousand. Tablets are found in the market one- 
half this strength, one tablet making only half a pint of 1-1000 solution. In order to make 
the tablets readily soluble, the corrosive sublimate is usually compressed with some powdered 
ammonium chloride or tartaric acid: it is asserted of the latter addition, upon the authority 
of Prof. Laplace, that tartaric acid prevents the precipitation of the mercury as an insoluble 
albuminate. The proportions used by the manufacturers are as follows: 7‘7 grains of corro- 
sive sublimate and 7-3 grains of ammonium chloride in each tablet, one tablet making one 
pint of 1-1000 solution. The tablets containing tartaric acid are usually made one-half this 
strength, as follows: 3-85 grains of corrosive sublimate and 19-25 grains of tartaric acid in 
each tablet. It is essential that the tablets be colored or in some way marked so that the atten- 
tion may be drawn to their nature, and accidental poisoning prevented. 
Toxicological Properties. Swallowed in poisonous doses, it produces burning heat in 
the throat, excruciating pain in the stomach and bowels, excessive thirst, anxiety, nausea and 
frequent retching with vomiting of bloody mucus, diarrhoea and sometimes bloody stools, small 
and frequent pulse, cold sweats, general debility, difficult respiration, cramps in the extremities, 
faintings, insensibility, convulsions, and death. The mucous membrane of the stomach ex- 
hibits, on dissection, signs of the operation of a violent corrosive poison. These symptoms are 
sometimes followed or conjoined with others indicating an excessive mercurial action upon the 
system, such as inflammation of the mouth and salivary glands, profuse salivation, fetid 
breath, etc. The chief symptom of corrosive sublimate poisoning which distinguishes it from 
poisoning by antimony, arsenic, or other corrosive metallic irritant is the fact that the stools 
are very frequent, smallish, and composed chiefly of mucus and blood. A case is on record 
of death, in an infant, from the constitutional effects of corrosive sublimate sprinkled upon an 
excoriated surface; and in two instances of children, the one seven and the other nine years 
old, death, with all the symptoms of internal poisoning, followed the application to the scalp 
of an ointment said to consist of one part of the corrosive chloride to four parts of tallow. 
{Bub. Quarterly, Aug. 1854.) In the inferior animals, in whatever mode introduced into the 692 
Hydrargyri Chlondum Corrosivum. 
PART I. 
system, it produces symptoms and lesions similar to those which it causes in man. In the 
treatment of poisoning by corrosive sublimate, Orfila recommends the free use of the white of 
eggs beaten up with water. The albumen forms an insoluble and comparatively innocent com- 
pound with the corrosive sublimate; and the liquid by its bulk dilutes the poison, and distends 
the stomach so as to produce vomiting. It is, however, asserted by M. Lassaigne that this 
compound of albumen and corrosive sublimate, when recently precipitated, is soluble in acid 
and alkaline liquids, and in solutions of potassium, sodium, and calcium chlorides. (See Joum. 
de Pharm., xxiii.) It is also soluble in an excess of albumen, whether introduced into the 
stomach or previously existing there. It is, therefore, important, at the same time that the 
antidote is used, to evacuate the stomach before the newly formed compound can be dissolved. 
If eggs cannot be procured, wheat flour may be substituted, gluten having, according to M. 
Taddei, the same effect as albumen. Milk also has been recommended, in consequence of the 
insoluble compound which casein forms with the poison. Besides the antidotes mentioned, 
Peruvian bark, meconic acid, ferrous sulphide, and iron filings have been proposed, all of 
which have the property of decomposing corrosive sublimate. The ferrous sulphide was found 
quite successful by M. Mialhe in experiments upon dogs, if given immediately after the poison 
was swallowed, but failed when delayed for ten minutes. Dr. T. H. Buckler, of Baltimore, 
made some successful experiments on lower animals upon the antidotal properties of a mixture 
of gold dust and iron filings {Med. and Surg. Journ., 1843) ; and a case of poisoning by corrosive 
sublimate has been recorded by Dr. C. Johnston, of the same city, in which this antidote was 
employed with the apparent result of saving life, after albumen had been used without effect. 
Dr. Johnston, however, employed the reduced iron of the Pharmacopoeia, and gold leaf, 
arranging them in alternate layers, so as to make boluses of convenient size. {Am. Journ. of 
Med. Set., April, 1863.) The method of operation of this antidote will be understood when 
the action of gold and iron as a test for corrosive sublimate is explained in the succeeding 
paragraph. It is of the utmost importance that whatever antidote is used should be given 
without delay, and in this respect the one nearest at hand may be considered the best. Under 
all circumstances the stomach should be rapidly and thoroughly washed out by abundance of 
mucilaginous fluids, the stomach-pump being used if necessary. The after-effects should be 
treated like other forms of toxic gastro-enteritis, i.e., by local bloodletting or counter-irritation, 
demulcent drinks, opiates, etc. 
Tests for Corrosive Sublimate. On account of the extreme virulence of this chloride 
as a poison, the reagents by which it may be detected form a subject of study of the utmost 
importance, as connected with medico-legal investigations. The best tests for determining its 
mercurial nature, mentioned in the order of their delicacy, are potassium ferrocyanide, lime 
water, potassium carbonate, potassium iodide, ammonia, hydrogen sulphide, and stannous chlo- 
ride. Potassium ferrocyanide gives rise to a white precipitate (mercuric ferrocyanide), be- 
coming slowly yellowish, and at length pale blue. Lime water throws down a yellow precipitate 
of hydrated mercuric oxide. Potassium carbonate causes a brick-red precipitate of mercuric 
carbonate. Potassium iodide produces a very characteristic pale-scarlet precipitate of mercuric 
iodide. This precipitate frequently appears at first yellow, especially if the corrosive sublimate 
be present in minute proportion. Ammonia gives rise to a white, flocculcnt precipitate, the 
official ammoniated mercury, or white precipitate. Hydrogen sulphide occasions a black pre- 
cipitate of mercuric sulphide; and the same precipitate is thrown dowrn by ammonium sulphy- 
drate. Finally, tin protochloride (stannous chloride) causes a grayish-black precipitate (mer- 
cury in a finely divided state). Taking the results of Devergie, the relative delicacy of these 
tests may be expressed numerically as follows : potassium ferrocyanide 1$ ; lime water 4 ; potas- 
sium carbonate 7 ; potassium iodide 8 ; ammonia 36 ; hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphy- 
drate 60; and stannous chloride 80. Wormley {Micro-Chemistry of Poisons, 2d ed., p. 348) 
states that the reaction of stannous chloride is interfered with or entirely prevented by the 
presence of alkaline chlorates, and also of free nitric acid. He especially commends, how- 
ever, the copper test, which is as follows: a bright plate of copper, immersed in a solution con- 
taining corrosive sublimate, is instantly tarnished, and, after the lapse of half an hour, be- 
comes covered with a grayish-white powder. A polished piece of gold, moistened with the 
clear mercurial solution, and touched through the liquid with a piece of iron, contracts a w'hite 
stain. This test, which was proposed by Mr. Sylvester and simplified by Dr. Paris, is conve- 
niently applied by moistening with the suspected solution a gold coin or ring, and touching 
it through the moistened spot with the point of a penknife. The object of the iron is to form 
with the gold a simple galvanic circle, which enables the latter metal to precipitate the mer- part I. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum.—Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. 
693 
cury on its surface. Nearly all the above tests merely prove the presence of mercury. To 
determine whether the metal is united with chlorine, the mercurial liquid may be precipitated 
by lime water, and the filtered solution, acidulated with nitric acid, then tested with silver 
nitrate. If the mercury is in the state of chloride, the filtered solution will be one of calcium 
chloride, which with silver nitrate will yield a heavy, white precipitate (silver chloride), insol- 
uble in nitric acid, but soluble in ammonia. The silver nitrate may be added directly to the 
mercurial liquid; and, if it contain corrosive sublimate, silver chloride will fall, but probably 
mixed with calomel. 
By the combined indications of the foregoing tests, corrosive sublimate may be infallibly 
detected, unless it exists in very minute quantity, associated with organic substances, by which 
its presence is often greatly obscured. When it exists in organic mixtures, made by boiling 
the contents or substance of the stomach in distilled water, Dr. Christison recommends that a 
preliminary trial be made with stannous chloride on a small portion filtered for the purpose. 
If this causes a grayish-black color, he shakes the mixture, as recommended by Orfila, with a 
fourth of its bulk of cold ether, which dissolves the corrosive sublimate and rises to the sur- 
face. The ethereal solution is then evaporated to dryness, and the dry salt obtained is dissolved 
in hot water, whereby a pure solution is procured, in which the poison may be readily detected 
by the ordinary tests. In using ether, however, it must be borne in mind that, as ascertained 
by M. Mialhe, the presence of a considerable quantity of mercuric oxide, and of a chloride 
of an alkalifiable metal, prevents the solvent power of ether. If the trial test should produce 
a light-gray color, the corrosive sublimate is indicated in still less quantity, and Dr. Christison 
recommends to proceed in the following manner. Treat the unfiltered mixture with stannous 
chloride, as long as any precipitate is formed, which will have a slate-gray color. Collect, wash, 
and drain it on a filter, and, having removed it without being dried, boil it, in a glass flask, 
with a moderately strong solution of caustic potassa, until all the lumps disappear. The alkali 
will dissolve all animal and vegetable matter; and, on allowing the solution to remain at rest, 
a heavy grayish-black powder will subside, which consists chiefly of metallic mercury, and in 
which small globules of the metal may sometimes be seen with the naked eye, or by the aid 
of a magnifier. Wormley (loc. cit.) suggests boiling the organic mixture with water acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, and testing the filtered solution with a strip of copper foil. Probably 
advantage might be derived from the process of dialysis, in separating corrosive sublimate, 
among other crystallizable substances, from the colloidal matters contained in organic mixtures. 
(See Dialysis.') 
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. U. S. (Br.) Mild Mercurous 
Chloride. [Calomel. Mild Chloride of Mercury.] 
Hg2 Cl2; 470*34.* Hg2 Cl2; 470-2. 
Hydrargyri Subchloridum, Br., Mercurous Chloride; Calomelas, Hydrargyrum Chloratum Mite, P. G.; Hy- 
drargyri Chloridum, Hydrargyrum Chloratum (Muriaticum), Mercurius Dulcis, Chloruretum Hydrargyrosum; Sub- 
muriate of Mercury, Protochloride of Mercury ; Subchloride of Mercury; Protochlorure ou Sous-muriate de Mercure, 
Calom&le, Fr.; Quecksilberchloriir, G. 
“ Obtained in the form of powder by tbe rapid condensation of the vapor of Mercurous 
Chloride. Mild Mercurous Chloride should be kept in dark amber-colored bottles.” U. S. 
“ A salt, Hg2Cl2, obtained as a sublimate when a mixture of mercurous sulphate and sodium 
chloride is heated.” Br. 
Very properly, processes for this compound have been omitted from tbe Pharmacopoeias, as 
it cannot be made by the pharmacist conveniently. For processes of the U. S. P. 1870 and of 
the Br. P. 1885, with remarks, see foot-note.f 
(HY-DRAR'qY-RI CHLO'RI-DUM MI'TE.) 
* The molecular formula and weight are sometimes stated as HgCl; 235-17. 
f “ Take of Mercury forty-eight, troyounces ; Sulphuric Acid thirty-six troyounces ; Chloride of Sodium eighteen 
troy ounces ; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Boil, by means of a sand-bath, twenty-four troyounces of the 
Mercury with the Sulphuric Acid, until a dry white mass is left. Rub this, when cold, with the remainder of the 
Mercury, in an earthenware mortar, until they are thoroughly mixed. Then add the Chloride of Sodium, and, having 
rubbed it with the other ingredients until globules of Mercury cease to be visible, sublime the mixture into a large 
chamber so that the sublimate may fall in powder. Wash the sublimed matter with boiling Distilled Water, until 
the washings afford no precipitate with water of ammonia, and dry it.” U. S. 1870. 
“ Take of Persulphate of Mercury ten ounces [avoirdupois]; Mercury seven ounces [av.]; Chloride of Sodium, 
dried, Jive ounces [av.] ; Boiling Distilled Water a sufficiency. Moisten the Persulphate of Mercury with some of the 
Water, and rub it and the Mercury together until globules are no longer visible; add the Chloride of Sodium, and 
thoroughly mix the whole by continued trituration. Sublime by a suitable apparatus into a chamber of such size 
that the Calomel, instead of adhering to its sides as a crystalline crust, shall fall as a fine powder on its floor. Wash 694 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. 
PART I. 
Preparation on the Large Scale. The process for making calomel by means of mer- 
curic sulphate was originally practised at Apothecaries’ Hall, London. The proportions 
taken and the mode of proceeding in that establishment were, according to Mr. Brande, as 
follows: 50 lbs. of mercury are boiled to dryness with 70 lbs. of sulphuric acid, in a cast-iron 
vessel; and 62 lbs. of the dry salt formed are triturated with 40£ lbs. of mercury till the 
globules disappear, and the whole is mixed with 34 lbs. of common salt. The mixture is 
sublimed from an earthenware retort into an earthenware receiver, and the product is from 95 
to 100 lbs. of calomel in mass. This is then ground to an impalpable powder, and washed 
with a large quantity of distilled water. The object of bringing calomel into a state of mi- 
nute division is more perfectly accomplished by the method of Mr. Joseph Jewell, of London, 
improved by M. Ossian Henry. It consists in causing the calomel in vapor to come in con- 
tact with steam in a large receiver, whereby it is condensed into an impalpable powder, and 
perfectly washed from corrosive sublimate in the same operation. Calomel made by this 
process, sometimes called Jewell’s or Howard’s hydrosublimate of mercury, is free from all 
suspicion of containing corrosive sublimate, is much finer than when obtained by levigation 
and elutriation, and possesses more activity as a medicine. This kind of calomel is included in 
the French Codex under a distinct name (mercure doux a la vapeur). M. Soubeiran, of Paris, 
has perfected a process for obtaining calomel as an impalpable powder, by substituting the 
agency of cold air for that of steam for the purpose of condensing it; a process which he be- 
lieves to be precisely the same as that pursued by the English manufacturers, and which pro- 
duces a calomel equal to the best English. A description of his apparatus may be found in 
the Journal de Pharmacie (3e ser., ii.), and of the English apparatus, as described by F. C. 
Calvert, in the same journal (3e s6r., iii.). Both these papers are copied into the A. J. P. 
(xv.). Calomel may also be prepared in the dry way by taking four parts of corrosive subli- 
mate and rubbing it up in a mortar with three parts of mercury, after moistening the mass 
with alcohol. The powder is then dried and sublimed in glass flasks. The powder should be 
dried quickly before sublimation, so as to drive off- any trace of uncombined mercury. A 
comparative examination of English and American calomel was undertaken separately in 
1885 by Profs. Bedford and Patch. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1885.) Whilst there was no reason for 
preferring English calomel, none of the samples exhibited more than traces of mercuric 
chloride. Prof. Wohler has proposed to obtain calomel, in the humid way, by precipitating a 
solution of corrosive sublimate by a stream of sulphurous acid, taking advantage of a reaction 
first observed by Vogel. Calomel obtained in the humid way, called precipitated calomel, was 
formerly official with the Dublin College, and was adopted in the French Codex. This form 
of calomel is of doubtful utility; and when obtained by Prof. Wohler’s process it is a crys- 
talline powder, which is unfit for use unless after elaborate levigation and elutriation. 
Properties. When in mass, its form and appearance depend on the shape and tempera- 
this powder with boiling Distilled Water, until the washings cease to be darkened by a drop of sulphydrate of am- 
monium. Finally, dry at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. 1885. 
The mercurous chloride, according to the view generally received by chemists, consists of two atoms of mercury 
combined with two of chlorine (some chemists consider it to contain only one atom of each), so that it has relatively 
only half as much chlorine as corrosive sublimate. In the U. S. process, as in the case of corrosive sublimate, mer- 
curic sulphate is first formed; but, instead of being immediately sublimed with the sodium chloride, it undergoes a 
preparatory trituration with a quantity of mercury equal to that employed in forming it. This trituration may be 
conceived to take place between one mol. of mercuric sulphate and one atom of metallic mercury, which are thus 
converted into one mol. of mercurous sulphate, according to the reaction HgSC>4 + Hg — The one mol. of 
mercurous sulphate thus formed being heated with two of common salt, the two atoms of chlorine in the latter sub- 
lime in union with the two of mercury in the former, and generate one mol. of mercurous chloride, Hg2Cl2, while 
one molecule of sodium sulphate, Na2SC>4, remains as a residue. It is hence apparent that the residue of this process 
and of that for corrosive sublimate are the same. The calomel, as sublimed, is liable to contain a little corrosive 
sublimate; and hence the direction of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 to wash it with boiling distilled water until 
ammonia produces no precipitate with the washings. Ammonia occasions a white preoipitate (ammoniated mercury) 
so long as the washings contain corrosive sublimate; and when it ceases to produce this effect the operator may rest 
satisfied that the whole of the poisonous salt has been removed. According to M. Berth€, calomel in contact with 
hot water is converted, to a small extent, into corrosive sublimate; and hence he recommends that the portion of 
water to be tested should be cold when passed through the calomel. The British process is a modification of that of 
the old Dublin Pharmacopoeia, including, like that, no directions for making the mercuric sulphate, because this salt 
is made by a separate formula, being designated as persulphate of mercury. It omits, however, as unnecessary, a 
partial preliminary sublimation, to test the production of corrosive sublimate, and, immediately after a thorough 
mixture of the materials, proceeds to the final sublimation. An improvement was to cause the vapors to enter for 
condensation a chamber of considerable size, so that they might fall in powder, instead of condensing on the sides 
of the receiver in a crystalline mass. The necessity of pulverizing the calomel is thus avoided. The Br. Pharma- 
copoeia directs the powder to be washed, but, instead of using ammonia as a test of the absence of corrosive sublimate 
in the washings, directs for the purpose ammonium sulphide, which throws down a black precipitate if corrosive 
sublimate be present. part r. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. 
695 
ture of the subliming vessel. In this state it is generally in the form of a white, fibrous, 
crystalline cake, the interior surface of which is often studded with shining transparent crys- 
tals, having the shape of quadrangular prisms, and a texture somewhat horny and elastic. 
When the mass is scratched it yields a yellow streak, which is very characteristic. Its sp. gr. 
is 7*2. Prof. Patch found in his examination (Proc. A. P. A., 1885, p. 477) the specific 
gravity of calomel to vary from 6-94 to 7*93, the standard being water at 39° F. The official 
form of this chloride is that of powder, in which state it is always kept in the shops. The 
powder has a light buff or ivory color, if obtained by the levigation of sublimed masses; but 
if condensed at once in the form of an impalpable powder, as is the case with Jewell’s calomel 
and in the official processes, it is perfectly white. To protect it from the action of the light, 
it should be kept in a dark place, or in bottles painted black or covered with black paper. 
By the action of the fixed alkalies or alkaline earths it immediately becomes black, in conse- 
quence of the formation of mercurous oxide, reducible by heat to the metallic state. The 
preparation employed under the name of lotio nigra, or black wash, as a local application to 
syphilitic ulcers, etc., is made by adding a drachm of calomel to a pint of lime water. (See 
Lotio Nigra, N. F.) By double decomposition between the calomel and lime, the black sub- 
oxide precipitates, and calcium chloride remains in solution, indicated by yielding a copious 
white precipitate with silver nitrate. The oxide, however, is not pure, but associated with 
undecomposed calomel. Before being applied, the wash should be well shaken. 
“ A white, impalpable powder, becoming yellowish-white on being triturated with strong 
pressure, and showing only small, isolated crystals under a magnifying power of one hundred 
diameters. It is odorless and tasteless, and permanent in the air. Insoluble in water, alcohol, 
or ether, and also in cold, dilute acids. When strongly heated, it is wholly volatilized, without 
melting. In contact with calcium hydrate test-solution, or with solutions of alkali hydrates, 
or with ammonia water, the salt is blackened. When heated with dried sodium carbonate in 
a dry glass tube, it yields metallic mercury. If 1 Gm. of the salt be shaken with 10 C.c. of 
water or alcohol, the respective filtrates should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solu- 
tion or silver nitrate test-solution (absence of mercuric chloride'), nor should they leave any 
residue on evaporation (absence of other soluble impurities'). On heating a portion of the salt, 
in a test-tube, with potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, it should not evolve the odor of 
ammonia ; and if another portion be shaken with acetic acid, the filtrate should not be affected 
by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, nor by silver nitrate test-solution (distinction from and 
absence of ammoniated mercury).” U. S. “ A dull-white heavy and nearly tasteless powder, 
sometimes rendered yellowish by prolonged trituration ; insoluble in water, alcohol (90 per 
cent.), or ether. It affords the reactions characteristic of mercurous salts and of chlorides. 
Hydrocyanic acid converts it into mercuric salt and a black powder readily yielding metallic 
mercury. It volatilizes when sufficiently heated, leaving only a trace of fixed residue. Warm 
ether with which it has been shaken leaves, on evaporation, no residue (absence of mercuric 
chloride). Warmed with solution of potassium hydroxide it becomes black and does not evolve 
ammonia (absence of mercuric-ammonium chloride). When heated with excess of lime it 
should yield 84-4 to 84-9 per cent, of metallic mercury.” Br. 
Tests of Purity and Incompatibles. Calomel, when pure, completely sublimes on the 
application of heat, a property which detects all fixed impurities, such as calcium carbonate, 
sulphate, and phosphate, barium sulphate, and lead carbonate. Under the influence of an 
elevated temperature, especially in the presence of alcohol or water, it gives rise to a small 
quantity of corrosive sublimate. (M. Berthe.) Calomel strikes a black color, free from reddish 
tinge, by the action of the fixed alkalies; and the black oxide thus produced is brought by 
heat to the metallic state. The buff' color indicates the absence of corrosive sublimate; but 
whiteness by no means shows the presence of this impurity. Its freedom from the corrosive 
chloride may be determined by washing a portion of it in warm distilled water, and then testing 
the water with ammonia, which will cause a white precipitate (ammoniated mercury) should 
the water have taken up any of the poisonous chloride. (See also the U.S.P. 1890 Tests, Part 
III.) An easy method of detecting corrosive sublimate, proposed by M. Bonnewyn, is to put 
some of the suspected powder upon a well-polished surface of iron, and then moisten it with a 
drop of alcohol or ether. If tbe calomel be pure the surface will remain quite unaffected, 
while it will be blackened by corrosive sublimate if present in the proportion of only one to 
50,000. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chirn., 4e ser., ii. 79.) The presence of any soluble chloride 
whatever in the calomel would be detected by the production of a precipitate with the wash- 
ing by silver nitrate. Soluble salts of mercury may be detected by rubbing the suspected 696 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. 
PART I. 
calomel with ether on a bright surface of copper, when the metal will become amalgamated 
and exhibit a white stain. When this test shows impurity, the soluble salt present is probably 
corrosive sublimate. Calomel containing corrosive sublimate acts violently on the bowels, 
and, when the impurity has been present in considerable amount, has been known to cause death. 
Besides being incompatible with the alkalies and alkaline earths, calomel is also decomposed by 
the alkaline carbonates, soaps, sulphydrates, and, according to some authorities, by iron, lead, 
and copper. By boiling with the alkaline formiates it is decomposed, and metallic mercury 
liberated. (H. Rose, Annal. der Pliysik und Chem., cvi. 500.) According to M. Lebeaux, cal- 
omel should not be prescribed with iodine, unless the prescriber intends to give mercuric iodide 
(red iodide), when the dose must be reduced accordingly. (Annuaire de Therap., 1857, p. 180.) 
It should not be given at the same time with nitrohydrocliloric acid, for fear of generating cor- 
rosive sublimate. One of the authors has been informed of a case in which death, with symp- 
toms of violent gastro-intestinal irritation, followed their joint use. Agreeably to the experi- 
ments of M. Deschamps, calomel is decomposed by bitter almonds and by hydrocyanic acid. 
In the former case corrosive sublimate, mercuric cyanide, and ammonium chloride are formed; 
in the latter, corrosive sublimate and mercuric cyanide only. Hence this writer considers it 
very dangerous to associate calomel with bitter almonds or hydrocyanic acid in prescription. 
This conclusion has been confirmed by M. Mialhe and M. Prenleloup; and more recently it 
has been shown by Dr. E. Riegel that cherry-laurel water has the power of converting calomel 
into corrosive sublimate. According to M. Mialhe, calomel is in part converted into corrosive 
sublimate and metallic mercury by ammonium chloride and by sodium and potassium chlo- 
rides, even at the temperature of the body; and hence he believes that the conversion may 
take place in the primse viae. Popular belief coincides with M. Mialhe’s views in regard to the 
power of common salt to increase the activity of calomel. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Calomel unites to the general properties of the mer- 
curials those of a purgative and anthelmintic. It is the most valuable of the mercurial prepa- 
rations. Whether the object is to bring the system under the general influence of mercury, 
or to produce its alterative action upon the hepatic or other secretory function, calomel, on ac- 
count both of its certainty and of its mildness, is preferred to all other preparations, with the 
single exception of the blue pill, which, though less certain, is still milder, and is sometimes 
preferably employed. When used with the above objects, the tendency to purge which it 
sometimes evinces, even in very small doses, must be restrained by combining it with opium. 
As a purgative, calomel owes its chief value to its tendency to act on the liver, the secretory 
function of which it stimulates. It is usually slow and somewhat uncertain in its cathartic 
effect, and, though itself but slightly irritating, sometimes occasions severe griping pain with 
bilious vomiting, attributable to the acrid character of the bile which it causes the liver to 
secrete. It is peculiarly useful in the commencement of bilious fevers, in hepatitis, jaundice, 
bilious and painter’s colic, dysentery, especially that of tropical climates, and all other affec- 
tions attended with congestion of the portal system or torpidity of the hepatic function. The 
difficulty with which it is thrown from the stomach renders it highly useful in some cases of 
obstinate vomiting, when other remedies are rejected. In the case of children it is peculiarly 
valuable from the facility of its administration. In the treatment of worms it is often useful 
as an aid to other remedies, acting probably not only as a purgative, but also as an irritant to 
the worms, either by its immediate influence or that of the acrid bile which it causes to flow. 
The slowness and uncertainty of its action, and its liability to salivate if too long retained in 
the bowels, render it proper either to follow or combine it with other cathartics, in order to 
insure its purgative effect. When given alone, it should be followed, if it does not operate in 
six or seven hours, by a dose of castor oil or magnesium citrate. The cathartics with which it 
is most frequently combined are jalap, rhubarb, aloes, scammony, colocynth, and gamboge. 
It is often added in small quantities to purgative combinations, with a view to its influence 
on the liver. 
In very large doses, calomel is supposed by some to act directly as a sedative, and with this 
view has been given in yellow and malignant bilious fevers, violent dysentery, malignant 
cholera, etc. The quantities which have been administered in such affections, with asserted 
impunity and even advantage, are almost incredible. A common dose is one or two scruples, 
repeated every half-hour, or hour, or less frequently, according to the circumstances of the case. 
It is unquestionable that the effects obtained from calomel are not at all proportionate to the 
size of the dose. This is evidently due to the peculiarities of its absorption. It seems to be 
established that it is not, as was at one time supposed, converted in the stomach into corrosive PART I. 
Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite.—Hydrargyn Cyanidum. 
697 
sublimate, but is precipitated by the alkaline juices of the intestine in the form of black 
oxide, which black oxide is itself soluble in alkaline liquors and also in fatty matters. A 
small quantity of calomel coming into the intestines is, therefore, at once converted into black 
oxide and fully exhausts all the solvent pow.er of the alkaline juices, which may therefore be 
unable to take up any more rapidly a large than a small amount of the drug. It is possible 
that in some cases in which minute doses of calomel are given in powdered form, the excessive 
action of the drug is due to the conversion of part of the calomel into corrosive sublimate.* 
Externally applied, calomel is often used as an efficient alterative and desiccant in venereal 
and other ulcers, herpetic eruptions, etc. 
In syphilis, calomel vapor-baths once or twice a week are often of service. They may be 
extemporized by pouring an ounce and a half of water into a dish, putting twenty grains of 
calomel in it, and heating by means of a spirit-lamp, the patient being seated on a chair over 
the dish, and surrounded by blankets closely wrapped around the neck, spread out below. 
The dose as an alterative, in functional derangement of the liver, is from half a grain to a 
grain (0 03 to 0-065 Gm.) every night, or every other night, followed in the morning, if the 
bowels are not opened, by a gentle saline laxative. When the stomach or bowels are very irri- 
table, as in cholera and diarrhoea, from an eighth to a quarter of a grain (0-008 to 0-016 Gm.) 
may he given every hour or two, so as to amount to one or two grains (0-065 to 0-13 Gm.) in 
the course of the day. With a view to salivation, the dose is from half a grain to a grain 
(0-03 to 0-065 Gm.) three or four times a day, to be increased considerably in urgent cases. 
Sometimes very minute doses, as the twelfth of a grain (0-005 Gm.) or less, given very fre- 
quently, so as to amount to the ordinary quantity in twenty-four hours, will operate more 
effectually as a sialagogue than larger doses. When large doses are given with this view, it is 
often necessary to combine them with opium. As a purgative, from five to fifteen grains 
(0-33 to 1 Gm.) or more may be exhibited. The cathartic action is not increased in propor- 
tion to the dose, and enormous quantities have been given with impunity. On the other hand, 
the most effective method of influencing the liver and other intestinal glands is the exhibition 
of one-quarter to one-half grain doses every hour until the effect is produced or five or six 
grains have been taken. Even in very small single doses of not more than one, two, or three 
grains (0-065, 0-13, or 0-20 Gm.), calomel purges some individuals briskly. In these persons, 
large doses, though they do not proportionally increase the evacuation, often occasion spas- 
modic pain in the stomach and bowels. For children larger doses are generally required in 
proportion than for adults. Not less than from two to three grains (’0-13—0-20 Gm.) should be 
given as a purge to a child two or three years old; and this quantity often fails to act, unless 
assisted by castor oil or some other cathartic. Calomel may be given in pill made with gum 
arabic and syrup, or in powder mixed with syrup or molasses. 
HYDRARGYRI CYANIDUM. U. S. Mercuric Cyanide. 
Hg (CN)2; 251*76. (HY-DRAR'<?Y-r! CY-XN'I-dCm.) Hg (CN)j; 251-7. 
Hydrargyri Cyanuretum, U. S. 1850; Cyanide of Mercury; Hydrargyrum Cyanatum (Borussicum), Cyanuretum 
Hydrargyricum, Mercurius Cyanatus vel Borussicus; Cyanuret of Mercury, Bieyanide of Mercury, Prussiate of 
Mercury; Prussiate ou Cyanure ou Bicyanure de Mercure, Fr.; Cyanquecksilber, Quecksilber-Cyanid, G. 
A process for this preparation is no longer official; that of the U. S. P. 1870 is appended, f 
* G. Vulpius has investigated the conditions which favor the formation of corrosive sublimate in calomel 
mixtures, and reaches the following conclusions : 
1. No sublimate forms in the course of twenty-four hours in mixtures of calomel with white sugar, milk sugar, 
magnesia, magnesium carbonate, and sodium bicarbonate. 
2. No such formation takes place in three months in mixtures of calomel with magnesia, magnesium carbonate, 
and sugar. 
3. Minute traces of corrosive sublimate are found at the expiration of the same time in a mixture of calomel, 
sodium bicarbonate, and sugar of milk. 
4. A large quantity of corrosive sublimate forms in the same time in a mixture of calomel, sodium bicarbonate, and 
cane sugar. 
5. Calomel powders containing magnesia or sodium bicarbonate alone will contain corrosive sublimate if digested 
with water. 
6. The formation of corrosive sublimate in mixtures of calomel and alkalies digested in water for a short time-is 
not favored, but, on the contrary, prevented, by the presence of hydrochloric acid in the water, the acid neutral- 
izing, to a certain extent, the alkalies which cause the formation. (A. J. P., July, 1879.) 
-j- Hydrargyri Cyanidum, IT. S. 1870. “Take of Ferrocyanide of Potassium fire troyounces ; Sulphuric Acid four 
troyounces and one hundred and twenty grains; Red Oxide of Mercury, in fine powder, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity. Dissolve the Ferrocyanide of Potassium in twenty fluidounces of Water, and add the solution to the Sul- 
phuric Acid, previously diluted with ten fluidounces of Water, and contained in a glass retort. Distil the mixture 698 
Hydrargyri Cyanidum.—Hydrargyri Iodidum Flavum. 
The formula of the U. S. P. 1870 is based upon that of Winckler. Hydrocyanic acid is 
generated by the action of sulphuric acid on potassium ferrocyanide, and, being received in a 
vessel containing water and a portion of mercuric oxide, reacts with the oxide, according to the 
reaction (HCN)2 -)- HgO — Hg(CN)2 -|- H20, generating, by double decomposition, water, and 
mercuric cyanide which is held in solution. Sufficient mercuric oxide is not used at first to 
saturate the whole of the hydrocyanic acid generated, because should there happen to be any 
excess of the oxide there would be produced on evaporation, instead of the substance wanted, a 
peculiar salt composed of cyanide and mercuric oxide, which would crystallize in small acicular 
crystals. Hence a portion of the water still containing uncombined hydrocyanic acid is set 
aside, to be added to the liquid in which the acid had been completely saturated by the addition 
of mercuric oxide, and thus at least neutralize any mercuric oxide that might be present in 
it in excess. A surplus of hydrocyanic acid would be of no disservice, except for the loss of 
material incurred, as it is evaporated in the subsequent concentration. “ Mercuric Cyanide 
should be kept in well-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles.” U. S. 
Properties, etc. “ Colorless or white, prismatic crystals, odorless, and having a bitter, 
metallic taste (the salt is exceedingly poisonous). Becoming dark-colored on exposure to light. 
Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 12-8 parts of water, and in 15 parts of alcohol; in 3 parts of 
boiling water, and in 6 parts of boiling alcohol; very sparingly soluble in ether. When slowly 
heated in a glass tube, the salt decrepitates, and decomposes into metallic mercury and inflam- 
mable cyanogen gas, which burns with a purple flame. On further heating, the blackish residue, 
consisting of paracyanogen with globules of metallic mercury, is wholly dissipated. If 1 part 
of the salt be gently heated with 1 part of iodine in a dry test-tube, it will afford at first a 
yellow sublimate which afterwards becomes red, and above this a sublimate of colorless, needle- 
shaped crystals will be formed. On adding hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution of the 
salt, the odor of hydrocyanic acid is evolved. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should 
be neutral to litmus paper, and should not yield, on the gradual addition of a few drops of 
potassium iodide test-solution, either a red or a reddish precipitate, soluble in an excess of the 
precipitant, nor should it yield a white precipitate with silver nitrate test-solution (absence of 
mercuric chloride')." U. S. In composition, it is a normal mercuric cyanide, consisting of one 
atom of the metal and two atoms of cyanogen, its formula being HgCy2, or Hg(CN)2. 
Mercuric cyanide is a potent mercurial, which may be substituted for corrosive sublimate, 
than which it is less irritating, in the treatment of disease. Chibret affirms that as an anti- 
septic it is even more powerful than the bichloride, and that, unlike the latter substance, it does 
not attack instruments. Stellden claims extraordinary results in diphtheria from its conjoint 
use as a gargle (1 to 10,000 used every fifteen minutes) and as an internal medicine. Pro- 
chorow gives from twenty-five to thirty drops of a one-per-cent, solution hypodermically without 
causing local irritation, and with great asserted benefit, in chronic syphilis. Dose, internally, 
from one-sixteenth to one-eighth of a grain (0-004—0-008 Gm.). 
PART I. 
HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM FLAVUM. U. S. Yellow Mercurous Iodide. 
(HY-DRAB'<JY-Rl I-od'i-ddm fla'vum.) 
Hg2I2; G52«66. Hgl; 652-6. 
Hydrargyri Iodidum Viride, Phami. 1880; Hydrargyri Iodidum, U. S. 1850; Protiodide of Mercury; Yellow (or 
Green) Iodide of Mercury; Iodide of Mercury; Hydrargyrum Iodatum Flavum, P. G.; Hydrargyrum Iodatum, 
Hydrargyri Iodidum, Ioduretum Hydrargyrosum; Green Iodide of Mercury; Protiodure de Mercure, Iodure mer- 
cureux, Fr.; Quecksilberjodur, Gelbes Jodquecksilber, G. 
“ Mercury, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Nitric Acid, Potassium Iodide, Dis- 
tilled Water, Alcohol, each, a svjficient quantity. Mix twenty cubic centimeters [or 324 minims], 
each, of Nitric Acid and Distilled Water, and, when the liquid is cold, pour it upon the mer- 
cury contained in a small glass flask. Set the mixture aside in a cool and dark place, and agi- 
tate it occasionally, until the reaction ceases, and a little mercury still remains undissolved. 
Separate the crystals of mercurous nitrate, which will have formed, from the mother-liquid, 
allow them to drain in a glass funnel, and dry them on bibulous paper, in a dark place. When 
the salt is dry, weigh off forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] of it, and dissolve it in 
nearly to dryness into a receiver, containing ten fluidounces of Water and three troyounces of Red Oxide of Mercury. 
Set aside two fluidounces of the distilled liquid, and to the remainder add, with agitation, sufficient Red Oxide to 
destroy the odor of hydrocyanic acid. Then filter the solution, and, having added the reserved liquid, evaporate the 
whole in a dark place, in order that crystals may form. Lastly, dry the crystals, and keep them in a well-stopped 
bottle, protected from the light.” PART I. 
Hydrargyri Iodidum Flavum. 
699 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 62 fluidrachms] of Distilled Water to which 
ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] of Nitric Acid had previously been added. Having pre- 
pared a solution of twenty-four grammes [or 370 grains] of Potassium Iodide in one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fluidrachms] of Distilled Water, slowly pour the solu- 
tion of Potassium Iodide into that of the Mercurous Nitrate, with constant stirring, allow 
the precipitate to subside, decant the supernatant liquid, and transfer the precipitate, together 
with the remainder of the liquid, to a filter. When the precipitate has drained, wash it 
with Distilled Water until the washings no longer have an acid reaction upon litmus paper, 
and afterwards wash it writh Alcohol, as long as the clear, colorless washings give any color 
with hydrogen sulphide test-solution. Lastly, dry the product in a dark place, between sheets 
of bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). Keep it in dark amber- 
colored vials, with the least possible exposure to light. Instead of weighing off- forty grammes 
[or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] of the Mercurous Nitrate as above directed, the whole of the 
crystallized salt may be taken and the amount of Potassium Iodide, etc., adjusted on the pro- 
portions given above.” U. S. 
The Br. Pharmacopoeia dropped this salt at its 1885 revision, and the omission has been 
rather severely criticised. 
The process of the U. S. P. 1890 for this salt differs from that formerly official* for green iodide 
of mercury ; it is essentially the process recommended by Edward Soetje (Proc. A. P. A., 1888, 
p. 167), and is the product of double decomposition between mercurous nitrate and potassium 
iodide, in solution, yellow mercurous iodide and potassium nitrate being formed. This method 
of making mercurous iodide has long been known, but the disadvantage heretofore has been 
that some mercuric iodide was formed, which contaminated the product; in the present official 
product, alcohol is used to wash out all traces of the red mereuric iodide, hydrogen sulphide 
being used to test the washings. Several other methods of making mercurous iodide have been 
proposed. M. Roland Seeger suggests double decomposition between mercurous acetate and 
potassium iodide. (A. J. P., 1859, p. 204.) M. Boutigny proposes to decompose calomel by 
potassium iodide, and gives the following formula. Twenty-nine drachms of calomel are mixed 
with twenty drachms of pulverized potassium iodide in a glass mortar, and twelve ounces of 
boiling distilled water poured upon the mixture. After cooling the liquid is decanted, and the 
precipitate washed on a filter with distilled water, and dried in the shade. (See A. J. P., viii. 
326.) This process was not successful with Mr. Charles Bullock, when he used the react- 
ing ingredients in quantities six times those recommended by M. Boutigny. Mr. John Can- 
avan, of New York, ascribes the failure to insufficient trituration, which, to insure complete 
reaction, must be long continued. If the reaction be imperfect, the water washes away not only 
potassium chloride, but also potassium iodide, holding in solution a part of the mercurous iodide 
formed, which is ultimately decomposed into mercuric iodide and metallic mercury. The ex- 
periments of Prof. Maisch tend to confirm this view. He further found that a boiling tem- 
perature enables potassium chloride to decompose the mercurous iodide perceptibly, and infers 
that the use of cold water would give a purer product. He therefore concludes that the process 
of Boutigny cannot be depended upon for giving a pure mercurous iodide. As prepared by the 
U. S. formula of 1880, it was liable to contain a little mercuric iodide; but this is obviated in 
the present edition by the direction to wash it, near the close of the operation, with alcohol. 
It is known to be free from mercuric iodide when the alcoholic washings produce no cloudi- 
ness with water, and no color with hydrogen sulphide solution. According to Mr. F. R. Wil- 
liams, a boiling solution of common salt is much more efficacious as well as much more eco- 
nomical than alcohol as a solvent for washing out the mercuric from the mercurous iodide. (P. J. 
Tr., June, 1873, p. 1016 ; A. J. P., Jan. 1857.) M. P. Yvon has prepared mercurous iodide 
* Hydrargyri Iodidum Viride, U. S. 1880. “Mercury, eight parts [or one ounce av.] ; Iodine, five parts [or two 
hundred and seventy-four grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Pour about three parts [or half a fluidounce] of Al- 
cohol into a mortar containing the Mercury, add the Iodine in several, successive portions, and triturate the mixture, 
adding sufficient Alcohol from time to time to keep the mass constantly moist, and taking care that it shall neither 
become too hot, nor be exposed to light during the various steps of the process. Continue the trituration until all 
globules of Mercury have disappeared and the mixture has become nearly dry and has acquired a greenish-yellow 
color. Then add sufficient Alcohol to reduce the whole to a thin paste, pour this into a bottle, let it stand for several 
days, and then wash the Iodide twice with about fifty parts [or half a pint] of Alcohol each time, and decant the wash- 
ings. Transfer the Iodide to a filter and continue washing with Alcohol until the washings are no longer affected by 
hydrosulphuric acid. Lastly, dry the product in a dark place, between sheets of bibulous paper, at a temperature 
not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). Keep the product in well-stopped bottles, protected from light.” U. S. This process 
for forming the mercurous iodide is a case of simple combination, the alcohol facilitating the union by dissolving 
the iodine. 700 
Hydrargyri Iodidum Flavum. 
PART I. 
by subliming iodine with an excess of mercury, and subsequently washing it with dilute nitric 
acid. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xviii. p. 167.) Mr. George A. Haffa precipitates a solution 
of mercurous nitrate with potassium iodide, and obtains mercurous iodide of a yellow or green 
color according to the density of the solution. The solution of mercurous nitrate is prepared 
by acting upon 15,000 grs. of mercury with a cold mixture of nitric acid (6000 grs.) and 
water (4000 grs.), placing the vessel in cold water, and stirring the contents constantly until 
the reaction has entirely ceased; the white crystalline mass, without being separated from the 
excess of metallic mercury, is then dissolved in water acidulated with nitric acid (1 oz. to the 
gallon) until the solution measures four pints. For preparing green mercurous iodide, six ounces 
of a solution of mercurous nitrate are mixed with six pints of water, and there is added in a 
continuous stream, and with constant stirring, a solution of potassium iodide (3 oz. in 54 oz. of 
water) ; the precipitate is washed with water, and dried without the aid of heat. Yellow mer- 
curous iodide is prepared in the same manner, except that two ounces of solution of mercurous 
nitrate diluted with water (8 pints) are used with a solution of potassium iodide (1 oz. in 4 
pints of water). This salt darkens much more quickly when exposed to the light than that 
made by the pharmacopoeial process. (A. J. P., 1886.) Stoman practically confirms these re- 
sults. (Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1887 ; see, also, Pharm. Era, 1888.) From experiments 
by Mr. C. H. Wood, it appears that the green iodide is a mixture of red iodide and metallic 
mercury. By continuing the trituration, the powders become more and more yellow, and 
at length have only a tinge of green. He infers that pure mercurous iodide is yellow, 
and that the green color is owing to an admixture of the blue of the mercury with the 
yellow of the mercurous iodide.* (P. J. Tr., 1868.) Fliickiger (Pharmaceutische Chemie, 
2d ed., 1888) agrees with this view, and says that by slow sublimation, at a very gentle heat, 
the true mercurous iodide can be obtained in small transparent yellow crystals of the quad- 
ratic system which are related to the forms of calomel. (See Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 
1894, 67.) 
Properties. “ A bright yellow, amorphous powder, odorless and tasteless. By exposure 
to light it becomes darker, in proportion as it undergoes decomposition into metallic mercury 
and mercuric iodide. Almost insoluble in water, and wholly insoluble in alcohol or ether. 
When slowly and moderately heated, it assumes at first an orange and then a red color, be- 
coming yellow again on cooling. When quickly and strongly heated, it is at first partially 
decomposed into mercury and mercuric iodide, and finally is completely volatilized. When 
it is heated with sulphuric acid and a little manganese dioxide, vapor of iodine is evolved. 
In contact with a solution of potassium iodide, the salt is decomposed into mercuric iodide, 
which dissolves, leaving a residue of metallic mercury. If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be shaken 
with 10 C.c. of alcohol, a portion of the filtrate should be scarcely affected by hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution, nor should it produce more than a very faint, transient opalescence 
when dropped into water; and if 5 C.c. of the filtrate be evaporated from a white por- 
celain surface, not more than a very faint, red stain should remain (absence of more than 
traces of mercuric iodide)." XJ. S. Its sp. gr. is 7-75. If quickly and cautiously heated, it 
sublimes in red crystals, which afterwards become yellow. “ Gradually heated in a test- 
tube, it yields a yellow sublimate, which, upon friction, or after cooling, becomes red, while 
globules of metallic mercury are left in the bottom of the tube.” Br. 1867. It is generally 
considered to be composed of two atoms of mercury united with two atoms of iodine, 
Hg2I2, 399-6 -f- 253-06 = 652-66, although some chemists make its formula Hgl, consisting 
of one atom of mercury 199-8, and one of iodine 126-53 = 326-33. (See Chem. News, 1896, 
12, 95, 306.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Mercurous iodide is used in advanced syphilis. The 
dose is half a grain (0-033 Gm.) daily, gradually increased to two grains (0.13 Gm.). It should 
never be given at the same time with potassium iodide, which converts it immediately into 
mercuric iodide and metallic mercury. (Mialhe, Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., ix. 36.) 
* Patrouillard recommends Dublanc’s process, which consists in triturating together a mixture of mercuric (red) 
iodide and of metallic mercury, in the following proportions: mercuric iodide 227 parts; mercury 100 parts. The 
mercuric iodide may easily be obtained of absolute purity and in a state of perfect dryness; besides, during the 
trituration there is no risk of loss by volatilization. The mixture should merely be moistened with alcohol of eighty 
per cent., so as to form a thin paste, and well triturated; the reaction takes place in a very short time, and the 
product is of a dark greenish-yellow color. By way of precaution, it should be washed with boiling alcohol. (Rip. 
de Pharm., 1877, 549; N. R., Nov. 1877.) PART i. 
Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum. 
701 
HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM. U. S., Br. Red Mercuric Iodide. 
[Biniodide of Mercury. Red Iodide of Mercury.] 
Hgl2; 452*86. (HY-DRAR'gJY-Ri I-OD'J-DUH RU'BRfiM.) Hg I2; 452-9. 
“ Precipitated Mercuric Iodide, Hgl2, formed by the interaction of mercuric chloride and 
potassium iodide.” Br. 
Mercuric Iodide, Br.; Hydrargyrum Biiodatum Rubrum, P. G.; Mercurius Iodatus Ruber, Deutoioduretum Hy- 
drargyri, Ioduretum Hydrargyricum; Deuto-iodure (Bi-iodure) de Mercure, Iodure mercurique, Fr.; Quecksilber- 
jodid, Rothes Jodquecksilber, G. 
“ Corrosive Mercuric Chloride, forty grammes, [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Potassium Iodide, 
fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the 
Corrosive Mercuric Chloride and the Potassium Iodide, each, in eight hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Distilled Water, and filter the solutions separately. Pour 
both solutions, simultaneously and in a thin stream, under constant and very active stirring, 
into two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms] of Distilled Water. When 
the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, collect the precipitate on a filter, 
and wash it with cold Distilled Water, until the washings give not more than a slight opales- 
cence with silver nitrate test-solution. Finally, dry it in a dark place, between sheets of 
bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.). Keep the product in well- 
stoppered bottles, protected from light.” TJ. S. 
In the above process for forming mercuric iodide a double decomposition takes place between 
corrosive sublimate and potassium iodide, resulting in the formation of potassium chloride 
which remains in solution, and mercuric iodide which precipitates. The precipitate is soluble 
in the reacting salts, and hence a loss of part of it is incurred by an excess of either. It is 
best, however, to have a slight excess of the potassium iodide, which is furnished by the pro- 
portion taken in the formula, as then the decomposition of the whole of the corrosive sublimate 
is insured, and any contamination of the mercuric iodide by it prevented; loss by solution in 
the supernatant liquid is largely prevented by the improvement introduced in the U. S. 1890 
process, whereby separate solutions are poured simultaneously into a large volume of water. 
The late process of the Edinburgh College consisted in a combination of the ingredients by 
trituration in due proportion with the aid of alcohol; but after the red powder was obtained it 
was treated with a boiling solution of common salt, which dissolved the mercuric iodide to the 
exclusion of any contaminating mercurous iodide; and the solution thus obtained, on cooling, 
deposited the pure mercuric salt in crystals. Mr. F. R. Williams states that in the manu- 
facture of the red iodide on a large scale the amount of water required by the official processes 
is very troublesome. He remedies it by using ammonium chloride, so as to get a very concen- 
trated solution of corrosive sublimate, which he adds to a concentrated solution of the iodide. 
The addition of the ammonium chloride does not interfere with the reaction, but is of material 
service in assisting in the solution of the corrosive sublimate. (P. J. Tr., June, 1873.) 
Dr. Chas. L. Mitchell has improved upon the process of Williams; see foot-note* 
Properties. As obtained by the late Edinburgh process, it is in splendid crimson acicular 
crystals. Kohler has found, however, that it crystallizes better from boiling hydrochloric acid. 
(.Ber. der Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1879, p. 608.) It also crystallizes well from hot saturated solu- 
tions in acetone, glacial acetic acid, absolute alcohol, amyl alcohol, and nitric acid of 1*2 sp. gr. 
When heated the mass becomes yellow at about 150° C. (302° F.), melting at 254° C. (489-2° F.) 
to a blood-red liquid, and sublimes at 349° C. in yellow rhombic scales, which become red on 
cooling. Mercuric iodide is a dimorphous substance, having a different crystalline form in 
its red and yellow states. According to Schiff, it is only in its yellow form that it is solu- 
ble in alcohol; and hence it is that, when separated by water from its alcoholic solution, it 
falls in this condition. (Ann. der Chem. und Pharm., cix. 371.) It forms definite compounds 
with the iodides of the alkali metals. The compound formed with potassium iodide has 
been used as a medicine. (See Potassium Iodohydrargyrate, in Part II.) “ When digested 
* Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum, Mitchell’s Process. Mercury, 1000 grs.; Nitric Acid, 1700 grs.; Potassium Iodide, 
1662 grs. or q. s.; Distilled Water, q. s. (Instead of the mercury and nitric acid, gv £i 7)ii of Liq. Ilydrarg. Nit. 
can be used.) Dissolve the mercury in the nitric acid by the aid of a little heat (in large quantities this is not 
necessary, as the reaction between the acid and the mercury generates sufficient heat), and dilute with an equal bulk 
of water. Then add the potassium iodide, dissolved in eight fluidounces of water, until no further precipitation 
ensues, being careful towards the last to add the solution very gradually, so as to avoid dissolving the mercuric 
iodide in an excess of the liquid. Collect the precipitate on a filter, wash well with distilled water, drain and dry. 
{A. J. P., 1876, 116.) 702 
Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum.—Hydrargyri Oxidurn Flavum. 
PART I. 
with solution of soda it assumes a reddish-brown color, and the fluid, cleared by filtration 
and mixed with solution of starch, gives a blue precipitate on being acidulated with nitric 
acid,” showing that it is an iodide. Mercuric iodide consists of one atom of mercury 199-8, 
and two atoms of iodine 253-06 = 452-86, and its formula is Hgl2. It combines with mer- 
curous iodide, so as to form a yellow sesqui-iodide, represented by the formula Ilgl -f- Hgl2, 
or T 
1AC2 3’ 
“ A scarlet-red, amorphous powder, odorless and tasteless; permanent in the air. Almost 
insoluble in water, but soluble in 130 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 15 parts of 
boiling alcohol ;* also soluble in a solution of potassium iodide, or of mercuric chloride, and in a 
solution of sodium hyposulphite. When heated to about 150° C. (302° F.), the salt becomes 
yellow, but again assumes a red color on cooling ; at 238° C. (400-4° F.) it fuses to a dark 
yellow liquid, which, on cooling, forms a yellow, crystalline mass, and, at higher temperatures, 
volatilizes without decomposition, leaving no residue. On heating the salt with potassium or 
sodium hydrate test-solution, and adding a little sugar of milk, metallic mercury is precipitated. 
When it is heated with sulphuric acid and a little manganese dioxide, vapor of iodine is evolved. 
If the salt be dissolved in hot alcohol, the solution, after cooling, should be colorless ; and when 
this solution is diluted with an equal volume of water, it should not redden blue litmus paper 
(absence of mercuric chloride). If about 0-5 Gm. of the salt be shaken with 10 C.c. of water, 
the filtered liquid should not become more than very slightly colored by hydrogen sulphide test- 
solution, nor give more than a slight opalescepce with silver nitrate test-solution (limit of soluble 
chlorides or iodides')." US. “A crystalline powder of a vermilion color, becoming yellow when 
a film of it spread on a sheet of paper is gently heated over a lamp. It is almost insoluble in 
water, dissolves sparingly in alcohol (90 per cent.), but freely and entirely in ether (absence of 
mercurous iodide), or in solution of potassium iodide. It affords the reactions characteristic of 
mercuric compounds and of iodides. It volatilizes at a temperature under redness, leaving 
not more than a trace of fixed matter. When heated with excess of copper it should yield 
43-5 to 44 per cent, of metallic mercury.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Mercuric iodide is a powerful irritant poison. It has 
been used in similar diseases with the mercurous iodide, namely, in scrofula and syphilis, but is 
much more active. It is especially valuable in old, obstinate cases of syphilis, as in syphilitic 
rheumatic pains and diseases of the bones, thickening of the dura mater, etc. There seems to 
be in these cases no practical difference between its action and that of corrosive sublimate, 
although sometimes it is better borne by the stomach than is the latter preparation. The dose 
is one-sixteenth of a grain (0-004 Gm.), gradually increased to one-fourth of a grain (0-016 
Gm.), given in pill. It is sometimes administered in water with potassium iodide so as to 
make a solution of potassio-mercuric iodide.f M. Cazenave considers mercuric iodide to be the 
best topical application in lupus. He applies it in thin layers, every six or eight days, to small 
portions of the ulcerated surface at a time, in the form of a caustic ointment, made of equal 
parts of the iodide, oil, and lard. The application produces severe pain, and gives rise to a 
sharp inflammation, which soon terminates, leaving the ulcer in an improved condition, with 
a tendency to cicatrize smoothly and on a level with the surrounding skin. (Ann. de Therap., 
1852, 175.) A solution of mercuric iodide in olive oil (1 in 5000), for external application, 
has been prepared by Delacour. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 1893, 603.) 
HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. U. S., Br. Yellow Mercuric Oxide. 
HgO; 215*76. (HY-DRAR'<?Y-R! Ox'I-DUM FLA'VUM.) HgO; 215*7. 
“ Precipitated Mercuric Oxide, HgO, obtained by the interaction of mercuric chloride and 
sodium hydroxide.” Br. 
Yellow Oxide of Mercury; Hydrargyrum Oxydatum Via Humida Paratum, P.G.; Hydrargyrum Oxidatum 
Flavum vel Praecipitatum; Precipitated Oxide of Mercury; Oxide de Mercure jaune ou precipite, Fr.; Praecipi- 
tirtes (Gelbes) Quecksilberoxyd, G. 
“ Corrosive Mercuric Chloride, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Soda, 
forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the 
* Bourgoin has given solubilities different from these. (See Amer. Drug., 1885, p. 97.) For paper on solubility in 
fatty bodies, by C. M6hu, see P. J. Tr., 1885, p. 327.) 
f A syrup has been largely used in the French hospitals and in this country which has received the name of Strop 
Gibert. It is made by dissolving three grains of mercuric iodide and one hundred and two grains of potassium iodide 
in three fluidrachrns of water, filtering, and adding sufficient simple syrup to make ten flnidounces. Each table- 
spoonful contains about one-seventh of a grain of mercuric iodide and five grains of potassium iodide. PART I. 
Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum. 
703 
Corrosive Mercuric Chloride in one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 61 fluidrachms] 
of warm Distilled Water, and filter the solution. Dissolve the Soda (which should contain 90 
per cent, of sodium hydrate) in one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms] 
of cold Distilled Water, and into this solution pour gradually, and with constant stirring, the 
solution of Corrosive Mercuric Chloride. Allow the mixture to stand for an hour at a tempera- 
ture of about 30° C. (86° F.), stirring frequently. Then decant the supernatant, clear liquid 
from the precipitate, and wash the latter repeatedly by the allusion and decantation of Distilled 
Water, using one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 6£ fluidrachms] of Water each 
time. Collect the precipitate on a strainer, and continue the washing with warm Distilled 
Water, until a small portion of the w'asliings, when poured on a little mercuric chloride test- 
solution, no longer produces a yellowish turbidity at the line of contact of the two liquids. 
Then allow the precipitate to drain, and dry it between sheets of bibulous paper, in a dark 
place, at a temperature not exceeding 30° C. (86° F.). Keep the product in well-stoppered 
bottles, protected from light.” U. B. 
The process adopted for this preparation is that of Dr. Hoffmann. The United States 
Pharmacopoeia directs the alkaline solution in excess, and the addition of the corrosive sub- 
limate to the alkali. Both these points are important, for if the corrosive sublimate be in 
excess, brown oxychloride will be formed towards the last of the decomposition ; and when 
the alkali is added to the solution of corrosive sublimate, the same compound will be formed 
from the first, and is with difficulty decomposed by an excess of alkali. The solution of soda 
should be as free as possible from carbonate, to prevent the formation of brown mercuric 
carbonate. The mercuric chloride is precipitated by the alkalies, potassium or sodium chloride 
being left in solution. The object of the subsequent washing is to remove the potassium 
chloride and the excess of the alkali.* The process has been improved through the use of a 
freshly made solution of soda: the official solution of potassa used in the U. S. P. 1880 
process almost invariably contained potassium carbonate, except when it was freshly made, 
and the presence of carbonate gives the mercuric oxide a reddish-brown tint which is very 
objectionable. 
Properties. The official mercuric oxide is of a yellow color similar to that of the yolk 
of egg, and is a completely amorphous powder, exhibiting no evidence of crystalline particles 
even under the microscope. Yellow mercuric oxide differs only from the red by being amor- 
phous and in a much more minute state of division ; the red oxide by trituration acquiring an 
orange and finally a yellow color. In consequence of its different state of aggregation, it pre- 
sents some peculiarities in its 'chemical relations, and is much more quickly acted on by re- 
agents than is the red oxide. Thus, oxalic acid, which acts on the red oxide only with the aid 
of heat, immediately combines with the yellow oxide at ordinary temperatures, producing the 
white oxalate; and while the latter oxide, in contact with chlorine, gives up oxygen to that 
element, forming hypochlorous acid and corrosive sublimate, the former exercises scarcely any 
influence on the gas at common temperatures. It is described in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia as 
“ a light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, impalpable powder, odorless, and having a some- 
what metallic taste; permanent in the air, but turning darker on exposure to light. Almost 
insoluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, but readily and completely soluble in diluted hydro- 
chloric or nitric acid, forming colorless solutions. When moderately heated, the Oxide assumes 
a red color. At a red heat it is completely decomposed into oxygen and metallic mercury, and 
is finally volatilized, leaving no residue. If 0-5 Gm. of the Oxide be digested on a water-bath, 
for fifteen minutes, with a solution of 1 Gm. of oxalic acid in 10 C.c. of water, it will be con- 
verted into white mercuric oxalate (distinction from red mercuric oxide'). On dissolving 1 Gm. 
of the Oxide in 100 C.c. of diluted nitric acid, the resulting solution should be clear, and should 
not afford more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate test-solution (limit of chloride)." 
U. S. “A yellow powder yielding nothing to water, but being readily dissolved by hydrochloric 
acid, the solution affordiug the reactions characteristic of mercuric salts. Gently heated it 
assumes a red color. Heated to incipient redness it is resolved into oxygen and the vapor of 
mercury, leaving only an insignificant amount of fixed residue; the proportion of metallic 
mercury obtained being 92 to 92-5 per cent.” Br. I. Comere explains in a paper in Repert. 
* Dr. Charles L. Mitchell proposes an improvement on the official process, which avoids the use of large vessels 
when it is made on a large scale. He takes of solution of mercuric nitrate (prepared by dissolving mercury in an 
excess of nitric acid), any convenient quantity; solution of soda, U. S. P., a sufficient quantity. The solution of 
mercuric nitrate is diluted with an equal bulk of water, and solution of soda added until in slight excess. The 
yellow precipitate is collected, washed well, and dried. 704 
Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum. 
PART I. 
de Pharm., 1881, 199, the various conditions and modifications in the process necessary to 
make the oxide vary in color. (W. R., 1882, 149.) 
Medical Properties. The attention which has been recently paid to the yellow oxide is 
owing to its peculiar applicability to the local treatment of diseases of the eye, in consequence 
of its amorphous character. Mr. B. Squire, of England, was the first to notice publicly this 
use of the oxide (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., vi. 512). At present the yellow oxide is very largely used 
by oculists throughout the world. The red oxide, however carefully it may be triturated, even 
though in a perfectly impalpable state, still shows under the microscope crystalline particles, 
which in contact with the conjunctiva cause more or less irritation ; and it can, therefore, be 
readily understood that, in the ordinary mode of preparing it for use as an ointment, it may 
sometimes be productive of serious annoyance. From this objection the yellow oxide is exempt. 
HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM. U. S., Br. Red Mercuric Oxide. 
[Red Precipitate.] 
HgO; 215*76. (HY-DRAR'gy-RI OX'I-DUM RU'BRCM.) HgO;215-7. 
“ Red Mercuric Oxide, HgO, is obtained by beating mercurous nitrate until acid vapors 
cease to be evolved.” Br. 
Red Oxide of Mercury; Hydrargyri Nitrico-oxidum; Hydrargyrum Oxydatum Rubrum, P. 0.; Hydrargyri 
Nitrico-oxydum, Mercurius Corrosivus Ruber vel Prsecipitatus, Oxydum Hydrargyricum; Deut-oxide ou Peroxide 
de Mercure, Oxide mercurique, Precipite rouge, Poudre de Jean de Vigo, Fr.; Rother Praecipitat, Quecksilber 
Praecipitat, Rothes Quecksilberoxyd, (). 
“ Red Mercuric Oxide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U. S. 
Neither Pharmacopoeia gives at present an official process for this oxide. For former 
processes, see below* 
The preparation is still frequently called by its older name, red precipitate. The name of 
red mercuric oxide is appropriate, as mercuric nitrate exists in it merely as an accidental im- 
purity ; and there is no occasion to distinguish the preparation from the oxide obtained by 
calcining mercury, the latter not being official, and perhaps never employed. 
In the preparation of this mercurial, various circumstances influence the nature of the 
product, and must be attended to, if we desire to procure the oxide with that fine bright orange- 
red color, and shining scaly appearance, usually considered desirable. Among these circum- 
stances is the condition of the mercuric nitrate submitted to calcination. According to Gay- 
Lussac, it should be employed in the form of small crystalline grains. If previously pulverized, 
as directed in the official processes, it will yield an orange-yellow powder; if it be in the state 
of large and dense crystals, the oxide will have a deep orange color. Care must also be taken 
that the mercury and acid be free from impurities. It is highly important that sufficient nitric 
acid be employed fully to saturate the mercury. M. Paysse, who paid great attention to the 
manufacture of red precipitate, recommended 70 parts of nitric acid from 34° to 38° Baum6, 
to 50 parts of mercury. This, however, is an excess of acid. We have been told by a skilful 
practical chemist of Philadelphia that he has found, by repeated experiment, 7 parts of nitric 
acid of 35° Baume to be sufficient fully to saturate 6 parts of mercury. Less will not answer, 
and more will be useless. It is not necessary that the salt should be removed from the vessel 
in which it is formed; and it is even asserted that the product is always more beautiful when 
the calcination is performed in the same vessel. A matrass may be used with a large flat 
bottom, so that an extended surface may be exposed and all parts heated equally. The metal 
and acid having- been introduced, the matrass should be placed in a sand-bath, and covered with 
* “Take of Mercury thirty-six troyounces ; Nitric Acid twenty-four troyounces ; Water two pints. Dissolve the 
Mercury, with the aid of a gentle heat, in the Acid and Water previously mised, and evaporate to dryness. Rub 
the dry mass into powder, and heat it in a very shallow vessel until red vapors cease to rise.” U. S. 1870. “Take 
of Mercury, by weight, eight ounces [avoirdupois]; Nitric Acid four fiuidouncea and. a half [Imperial measure]; 
Water twofiuidounces [Imp. meas.]. Dissolve half the Mercury in the Nitric Acid diluted with the Water, evaporate 
the solution to dryness, and with the dry salt thus obtained, triturate the remainder of the Mercury until the two 
are uniformly blended together. Heat the mixture in a porcelain dish, with repeated stirring, until acid vapors 
cease to be evolved.” Br. 1885. 
In this process the mercury is dissolved by the nitric acid, forming either mercuric nitrate, or a mixture of this 
with mercurous nitrate. The resulting mass when exposed to a strong heat is decomposed, giving out red nitrous 
fumes, and assuming successively a yellow, an orange, and a brilliant purple-red color, which becomes orange-red on 
cooling. These changes are owing to the gradual separation and decomposition of the nitric acid, by the oxygen 
of which the mercurous oxide, if any be present, is converted into mercuric oxide, while nitrogen dioxide gas 
escapes, and becomes nitrogen tetroxide on contact with the air. The mercuric oxide is left behind, but in general 
not quite free from the nitrate, which cannot be wholly decomposed by heat without endangering the decomposition 
of the oxide itself, and the volatilization of the metal. Hydrargyn Oxidum Rubrum. 
PART I. 
705 
sand up to the neck. The solution of the mercury should be favored by a gentle heat, which, 
should afterwards be gradually increased till red vapors appear, then maintained as equably as 
possible till these vapors cease, and at last slightly elevated till oxygen gas begins to escape. 
This may be known by the increased brilliancy with which a taper will burn if placed in the 
mouth of the matrass, or by its rekindling if partially extinguished. Too high a temperature 
must be carefully avoided, as it decomposes the oxide and volatilizes the mercury. At the 
close of the operation, the mouth of the vessel should be stopped, and the heat gradually 
diminished, the matrass being still allowed to remain in the sand-bath. These last precautions 
are said to be essential to the fine red color of the preparation. It is best to operate upon a large 
quantity of materials, as the heat may be thus more uniformly maintained. The former direc- 
tion of the Br. Ph., to rub a portion of mercury with the nitrate before decomposing it, renders 
the process more economical; as the nitric acid, which would otherwise be dissipated, is thus 
employed in oxidizing an additional quantity of the metal. As the process is ordinarily con- 
ducted in laboratories, the mercuric nitrate is decomposed in shallow earthen vessels, several of 
which are placed upon a bed of sand, in the chamber of an oven or furnace, provided with a 
flue for the escape of the vapors. Each vessel may conveniently contain ten pounds of the 
nitrate. There is always loss in the operation thus conducted * 
Properties, etc. Red precipitate, well prepared, has a brilliant red color, with a shade 
of orange, a shining scaly appearance, and an acrid taste. It is very slightly soluble in water, 
of which Dr. Barker found 1000 parts to take up 0-62 of the oxide. Dr. Christison found 1 
part of the oxide to be dissolved by about 7000 parts of boiling water, and the solution to give 
a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide. Tannic acid precipitates metallic mercury from 
an aqueous solution of the oxide, especially when heated. (Bullock, Proc. A. P. A., 1858, p. 
306.) It is insoluble in cold alcohol and ether. (Ibid.) Nitric and hydrochloric acids dissolve 
it without effervescence. “ Heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a crystalline powder, 
becoming more yellow the finer it is divided, odorless, and having a somewhat metallic taste; 
permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, but readily and com- 
pletely soluble in diluted hydrochloric or nitric acid, forming colorless solutions. When heated 
to about 400° C. (752° F.), it becomes dark violet or almost black, but assumes its original 
color on cooling. At a red heat it is completely decomposed into oxygen and metallic mercury, 
and is finally volatilized, leaving no residue. If 0-5 Gm. of the Oxide be digested, on a water- 
bath, with a solution of 1 Gm. of oxalic acid in 10 C.c. of water, it will not change color 
within two hours (distinction from yellow mercuric oxide). If a little of the Oxide be strongly 
heated in a test-tube, the vapors should not redden moistened blue litmus paper (absence of 
nitrate). On dissolving 1 Gm. of the Oxide in 100 C.c. of diluted nitric acid, the resulting 
solution should be clear, and should not afford more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate 
test-solution (limit of chloride)." U. S. “ Orange-red crystalline scales or powder answering 
to the tests given under ‘ Hydrargyri Oxidum Fiavum.’ When gently heated it becomes dark 
violet, but resumes its orange-red color on cooling. When heated in a dry test-tube it should 
not evolve orange fumes (absence of nitrates).” Br. It is essentially mercuric oxide, consist- 
ing of one atom of the metal 199-8, and one of oxygen 15-96 = 215-76; but in its ordinary 
state it always contains a minute proportion of nitric acid, probably in the state of subnitrate. 
According to Braude, when rubbed and washed with a solution of potassa, edulcorated with 
distilled water, and carefully dried, it may be regarded as nearly pure mercuric oxide. It is 
said to be sometimes adulterated with brickdust, red lead, etc.; but these may be readily 
detected, as mercuric oxide is wholly dissipated if thrown upon red-hot iron. The disengage- 
ment of red vapors when it is heated indicates the presence of mercuric nitrate. The same or 
some other saline impurity would be indicated should water, in which the oxide has been boiled, 
afford a precipitate with lime water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This preparation is too harsh and irregular in its 
operation for internal use, but is still employed externally as a stimulant and escharotic in the 
state either of powder or of ointment, although to a great extent supplanted by the yellow 
oxide. The powder is sprinkled on the surface of chancres, and indolent, flabby, or fungous 
ulcers. The powder should be finely levigated.f 
* For a process for Hydrargyrum prsecipitatum per se, precipitate per se, or calcined mercury, all practically 
identical with red mercuric oxide, see TJ. S. £>., 17th ed., 704. 
f Hydrargyri Oxidum Nigrum. U. S. 1850. Black Mercurous Oxide. This preparation has been dropped from 
both Pharmacopoeias, and is now very rarely used. For a full account of its preparation, uses, and properties, see 
U. S. D., 14th ed., 1256. 706 
Hydrargyri Subsulphas Flavus. 
PART I. 
HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAS FLAVUS. U. S. Yellow Mercuric Sub- 
Hg (HgO)j SO*; 727*14. (HY-DRAR'qY-RI SUB-SUL'PHXS FLA'VUS.) Hg(Hg0)2S04; 727-1. 
Hydrargyri Sulphas Flava, U. S. 1870; Hydrargyri Subsulphas, Mercurius Bmeticus Flavus, Sulphas Hydrar- 
gyricus Flavus, Hydrargyrum Sulphuricum Flavum, Turpethum Minerale; Sulfate jaune de Mercure, Turbith 
mineral, Sulfate trimercurique, Fr.; Basischwefelsaures Quecksilberoxyd, Mineraliseher Turpeth, G. 
“ Mercury, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Sulphuric Acid, thirty cubic 
centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] ; Nitric Acid, twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 405 min- 
ims] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Upon the Mercury, contained in a capacious flask, 
pour the Sulphuric Acid, previously mixed with fifteen cubic centimeters [or 243 minims] of 
Distilled Water, then add, very gradually, the Nitric Acid, previously mixed with twenty-five 
cubic centimeter? [or 405 minims] of Distilled Water, and digest at a gentle heat until reddish 
fumes are no longer given off. Transfer the mixture to a porcelain capsule, and heat it on a 
sand-bath, under a hood or in the open air, with frequent stirring, until a dry, white mass 
remains. Reduce this to a fine powder, and add it in small portions at a time, with constant 
stirring, to two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms] of boiling Distilled 
Water. When all has been added, continue the boiling for ten minutes ; then allow the mix- 
ture to settle, decant the supernatant liquid, transfer the precipitate to a strainer, wash it 
with warm Distilled Water, until the washings no longer have an acid reaction, and dry it 
in a moderately warm place. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from 
light.” U.S. 
By referring to the articles on corrosive sublimate and calomel, it will be found that the 
peculiar salt which is generated by boiling sulphuric acid with mercury to dryness is directed to 
be made as the first step for obtaining these chlorides ; and here the same salt is again directed 
to be formed in preparing turpeth mineral. The nitric acid assists in the process by hasten- 
ing the formation of the sulphate. We have already stated that this salt is normal mercuric 
sulphate. When thrown into boiling or even warm water it is instantly decomposed, and an 
insoluble salt is precipitated, which is the turpeth mineral. Its composition is Hg3S0e, or, 
more clearly expressed, HgS04 -f- 2HgO ; that is, a compound of one mol. of mercuric sulphate 
and two mols. of mercuric oxide. 
Properties, etc. Yellow mercuric subsulphate is “ a heavy, lemon-yellow powder, odor- 
less and almost tasteless; permanent in the air. Soluble in about 2000 parts of water at 15° 
C. (59° F.), and in 600 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol; readily soluble in nitric 
or hydrochloric acid. When heated, the salt turns red, becoming yellow again on cooling. At 
a red heat it is volatilized, evolving vapors of mercury and of sulphur dioxide, and leaving no 
residue. A solution of the salt in nitric or hydrochloric acid, diluted with water, gives with 
potassium iodide test-solution a red precipitate, and with barium chloride test-solution a white 
one. The salt should be completely soluble in 10 parts of hydrochloric acid (absence of mer- 
curous salt or of lead).” U. S. It was originally called turpeth mineral, from its resemblance 
in color to the root of Ipomcea turpethum. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Turpeth mineral is alterative, and powerfully emetic 
and errhine. It operates with great promptness, and sometimes excites ptyalism. Dr. Hub- 
bard, of Maine, recommends it highly as an emetic in croup, on the ground of its promptness 
and certainty, and of its not producing catharsis, or the prostration caused by antimony. This 
practice has been followed with alleged extraordinarily good results by Dr. Fordyce Barker, 
of New York, and other practitioners, but is not without danger, since Dr. A. McPhedran 
reports (Med. Mews, vol. xliii., 1883) a case in which a child five months old was killed by two 
powders given as emetics at intervals of fifteen minutes. No vomiting ensued, but violent 
purging came on in the course of a short time, with intense abdominal pain and other symp- 
toms of poisoning resembling those caused by corrosive sublimate. A second similar case 
occurred in the practice of Dr. Cameron, of Toronto, Canada. The dose for a child two 
years old is two or three grains (0-13 or 0-20 Gm.), repeated in fifteen minutes if it should 
not operate. The dose as an alterative is from a quarter to half a grain (0-016-0-03 Gm.) ; 
as an emetic, from two to five grains (0-13-0-33 Gm.). When employed as an errhine, one 
grain (0-065 Gm.) may be mixed with five grains (0-33 Gm.) of starch or powdered liquorice 
root. One drachm taken internally has caused death in a boy sixteen years old. (Lon. Med. 
Gaz., 1847.) 
sulphate. [Basic Mercuric Sulphate. Turpeth Mineral.] PART I. 
Hydrargyrum. 
707 
HYDRARGYRUM. U. S., Br. Mercury. [Quicksilver.] 
Hg; 199*8. (HY-DRAR'<?Y-RUM.) Hg; 199*7. 
“ A metal obtained from native mercuric sulphide.” Br. 
Quicksilver; Mercurius Vivus; Argentum Vivumj Mercure, Vif Argent, Fr.; Quecksilber, G.; Mercurio, It.; 
Az6gue, Sp. and Port. 
Mercury is found pure, forming an amalgam with silver, in the form of chloride (native 
calomel), but most abundantly as the sulphide or native cinnabar. Mines of this metal are found 
at Almaden in Spain, at Idria in Carniola, in the former duchy of Deux-Ponts, in Belluno, a 
province of 'Venetia, in Corsica, in the Philippine Islands and China, near Huancavelica in 
Peru, near Azogue in Colombia, at Durango in Mexico, and at New Almaden, New Idria, 
and other localities in Santa Clara County, California, about sixty-six miles from San Fran- 
cisco. The most ancient mine is that of Almaden in Spain, which was worked before the 
Christian era. This mine, and the mines of California, are the most productive at the present 
day; the Spanish mine yielding about three and a quarter millions of pounds, and the Cali- 
fornia mines about two-thirds of this amount, annually. The ore in all the mines mentioned is 
cinnabar. The cinnabar from old Almaden is of a dull-red color in mass, of a dull brick-red 
color when in fine powder, and of the sp. gr. 3-6. That from New Almaden is of a bright-red 
color, slightly inclining to purple, not so hard as the Spanish ore, of a brilliant vermilion color 
in powder, and of the sp. gr. 4-4. The California cinnabar is richer in mercury, because purer, 
than the Spanish; the former yielding about 70 and the latter about 38 per cent, of mercury, 
according to the analysis of Mr. Adam Bealey. The California mine had been long known to the 
Indians, but its commercial value was first made known about 1843, by a Mexican, named Cas- 
tillero, who became its first owner. At present it is in the hands of Americans. Dr. Bus- 
chenberger has detected selenium in California cinnabar. A quicksilver ore has been found in 
Macon County, Tennessee, where it is said to exist in quantities. According to Mr. E. S. 
Wayne, it is a talcose rock, and contains mercury in the metallic state, yielding 7*5 per cent, 
of the metal. (A. J. P., 1868, p. 76.) Mercury has also been found in the island of Borneo, 
district of Sarawak. (Chem. News, Nov. 5, 1869, p. 224.) 
Extraction, etc. Mercury is obtained almost exclusively from the sulphide or native 
cinnabar. It is extracted by two principal processes. According to one process, the mineral 
is picked, pounded, and mixed with lime. The mixture is then introduced into cast-iron 
retorts, which are placed in rows, one above the other, in an oblong furnace, and connected 
with earthenware receivers one-third full of water. Heat being applied, the lime combines 
with the sulphur, so as to form calcium sulphide and sulphate; while the mercury distils over, 
and is condensed in the receivers. The other process is practised at Almaden in Spain. Here 
a square furnace is employed, the floor of which is pierced with many holes, for the passage 
of the flame from the fireplace beneath. In the upper and lateral part of the furnace, holes 
are made, communicating with several rows of aludels, formed of adapters passing into one 
another, which terminate in a small chamber that serves both as condenser and receiver. The 
mineral, having been picked by hand and pulverized, is kneaded with clay, and formed into 
small masses, which are placed on the floor of the furnace. Heat being applied, the sulphur 
burns, and the volatilized mercury passes through the aludels to be condensed in the chamber. 
The process pursued at New Almaden is described by Dr. Buschenberger. (A. J. P., 1856.) 
Mercury, as found in commerce, is contained in cylindrical wrought-iron bottles, called flasks, 
each containing 76| pounds. Since the regular working of the California mine of New Alma- 
den, the importation of the metal from Spain and Austria has gradually diminished, and at 
present the domestic production is sufficient not only to supply the home consumption, but to 
give an excess for exportation. In the year 1862 the different mines of California were 
said to be yielding mercury at the rate of four millions of pounds per annum (A. J. P., Sept. 
1862, 410), which had increased in 1877 to over six million pounds, but then fell off again. 
The production for 1895 was 33,978 flasks (of 76£ lbs.); for 1896, 29,863 flasks; for 
1897, 26,079 flasks. The world’s production for the year 1897 was about 111,765 flasks, or 
8,550,000 lbs. The exports are made principally to China, Mexico, Chili, and Peru. The 
chief uses of the metal are in mining silver and gold, in preparing vermilion, in making ther- 
mometers and barometers, in silvering looking-glasses, and in forming various pharmaceutical 
compounds. 
Properties. Mercury is “ a shining, silver-white metal, without odor or taste. It is liquid 
at the ordinary temperature, and easily divisible into spherical globules; but, when cooled to 708 
Hydrargyrum. 
PART I. 
—39-38° C. (—38-88° F.), it forms a ductile, malleable mass. Specific gravity: 13-5584 at 
15° C. (59° F.). Insoluble in the ordinary solvents, also in concentrated hydrochloric acid, and, 
at common temperatures, in sulphuric acid; but it dissolves in the latter, when boiled with it, 
and is readily and completely soluble in nitric acid. At ordinary temperatures it volatilizes 
very slowly, more rapidly as the temperature increases, and at 357-25° C. (675-05° F.) it boils, 
and is completely volatilized, yielding a colorless and very poisonous vapor. When globules of 
Mercury are dropped upon white paper, they should roll about freely, retaining their globular 
form, and leaving no streaks or traces. It should be perfectly dry and present a bright surface. 
On boiling 5 Gm. of Mercury with 5 C.c. of Water and 4-5 Gm. of sodium hyposulphite, in a 
test-tube, for about one minute, the Mercury should not lose its lustre, and should not acquire 
more than a slightly yellowish shade (absence of more than slight traces of foreign metals')." 
XJ. S. When perfectly pure it undergoes no alteration by the action of air or water, but in its 
ordinary state suffers a slight tarnish. When heated to near the boiling point, it gradually 
combines with oxygen, and is converted into mercuric oxide; but at the temperature of ebul- 
lition it parts with the oxygen with which it had combined, and is reduced again to the 
metallic state. Its sp. gr. is 13-5, and its atomic weight 199-8. It boils at 357-25° C. (669° 
F.), yielding a colorless vapor, and congeals at —39-4° C. (—39° F.), forming a malleable 
solid of tin-white color. It is a good conductor of heat, and its specific heat is small. It is 
not attacked by hydrochloric acid, nor by cold sulphuric acid; but boiling sulphuric acid or 
cold nitric acid dissolves it, producing mercurous sulphate and mercurous nitrate, respectively, 
with the extrication, in the former case, of sulphurous acid, in the latter, of nitrogen dioxide 
becoming hyponitric acid fumes. Its combinations are numerous, and several of them constitute 
important medicines. It forms two series of compounds, the mercurous compounds containing 
the group (Hg2)u, and the mercuric compounds containing the single atom Hg11. 
Mercury, as it occurs in commerce, is in general sufficiently pure for pharmaceutical pur- 
poses. Occasionally it contains foreign metals, as lead, tin, zinc, and bismuth. Mr. Brande 
informs us that in examining large quantities of this metal in the London market he found 
it in only one instance intentionally adulterated. When impure, the metal has a dull appear- 
ance, leaves a trace on white paper, is deficient in due fluidity and mobility, as shown by its 
not forming perfect globules, is not totally dissipated by heat, and when shaken in a glass 
bottle coats its sides with a pellicle, or, if very impure, deposits a black powder. If agitated 
with strong sulphuric acid, the adulterating metals become oxidized and dissolved, and thus 
the mercury may to a limited extent be purified. Lead is detected by shaking the suspected 
metal with equal parts of acetic acid and water, and then testing the acid by sodium sulphate 
or potassium iodide. The former will produce a white, the latter a yellow, precipitate, if lead 
be present. Bismuth is discovered by dropping a nitric solution of the mercury, prepared 
without heat, into distilled water, when bismuth subnitrate will be precipitated. The com- 
plete solubility of the metal in nitric acid shows that tin is not present; and, if hydrogen sul- 
phide does not act upon hydrochloric acid previously boiled upon the metal, the absence of 
contaminating metals is shown. Mercury may be purified by digesting it with a small portion 
of weak nitric acid, or with a solution of mercuric chloride, whereby all the ordinary con- 
taminating metals will be removed. The purification by nitric acid is, according to L. Meyer 
(Zeit. Anal. Chem., ii. 241), best effected as follows. The metal is allowed to flow in a very 
thin stream from a small opening in a glass funnel into a wide glass tube 1-25 m. high and 5 
cm. in diameter, which contains a dilute mixture of water and nitric acid. A narrow tube 
is fastened to the bottom of this, from which the pure metal flows; it has then only to 
be washed with water and dried. The above operation may have to be repeated several times, 
and the metal if pure must leave no residue when dissolved in pure nitric acid, evaporated to 
dryness, and ignited. To separate mechanical impurities, moisture, or small quantities of oxide, 
mercury may be filtered by collecting it in a sound piece of chamois leather and gathering the 
corners together, forcibly squeezing the particles through the pores of the leather. Mercury, 
however, is usually purified by distillation* Being much more volatile than the contami- 
* The British Pharmacopoeia of 1864 gave the following process for the purification of mercury, using for this 
purpose an impure form of the metal, under the name of Commercial Mercury or Quicksilver : 
“ Take of Mercury of Commerce three pounds [avoirdupois]; Hydrochloric Acid three fluidrachms; Distilled 
Water a sufficiency. Place the Commercial Mercury in a glass retort or iron bottle, and applying heat cause two 
pounds and a half of the metal to distil over into a flask employed as a receiver. Boil on this for five minutes the 
Hydrochloric Acid diluted with nine fluidrachms of Distilled Water, and having, by repeated affusions of Distilled 
Water and decantations, removed every trace of acid, let the mercury be transferred to a porcelain capsule, and dried 
first by filtering paper, and finally on a water-bath.” Br. Hydrargyrum. 
709 
PART i. 
nating metals, it rises first in distillation, while they are left behind. But it is necessary to 
avoid pushing the distillation too far; for in that event some of the foreign metals are apt to 
be carried over. The British Council, on account of this danger, directed only five-sixths of 
the mercury to be distilled. The distilled product is boiled for a few minutes with diluted 
hydrochloric acid, which, while it does not attack the mercury, dissolves any contaminating 
metals which may have passed over. The distillation is directed to be performed from a glass 
retort or iron bottle ; but it is more conveniently conducted from the latter, over a common fire, 
into water contained in a receiver. In small operations a wash-hand basin will answer for a 
receiver. Millon has ascertained the curious fact that the presence of so small a quantity as 
one ten-thousandth of lead or zinc in mercury raises its boiling point. M. Violette has made 
known a method of distilling mercury, or amalgamated silver, which presents many advantages. 
It consists in subjecting the metal, in iron vessels, to a current of high-pressure steam, which 
serves the double purpose of imparting the necessary heat, and carrying over the mercurial vapor 
by a mechanical agency. (Philos. Mag., Dec. 1850.) As it is difficult and troublesome to purify 
mercury by distillation, it is better to purchase pure samples of the metal, which may always 
be found in the market. 
Mercury is detected with great delicacy by Smithson’s process, which consists in the use of a 
plate of tin, lined with one of gold, in the form of a spiral. When immersed in a mercurial 
solution, this galvanic combination causes the precipitation of the mercury on the gold, which 
consequently contracts a white stain. In order to he sure that the stain is caused by mercury, 
the metal must be volatilized in a small tube, so as to obtain a characteristic globule. MM. 
Danger and Flandin have improved on Smithson’s process. (See Chem. Gaz., No. 61, p. 191.) 
A minute portion of any of the preparations of mercury, either in the solid state or in concen- 
trated solution, being placed on a bright plate of copper, and a drop of a strong solution of 
potassium iodide added, a silvery characteristic stain will immediately appear on the copper. 
Medical Properties. Mercury in its uncombined state is inert, but in combination acts 
as a peculiar and universal stimulant. When exhibited in minute division, as it exists in several 
preparations, it produces its peculiar effects ; but this does not prove that the uncomhined metal 
is active, hut only that the condition of minute division is favorable to chemical combination, 
and consequently to its solution in the stomach. Its compounds exhibit certain general medical 
properties and effects which belong to the whole as a class; while each individual preparation 
is characterized by some peculiarity in its operation. In this place we shall consider the physio- 
logical action of mercury, and the principles by which its administration should be regulated; 
while its effects as modified in its different combinations will be noticed under the head of the 
several preparations. Of the modus operandi of mercury we know nothing, except that it 
possesses a peculiar alterative power over the vital functions. This alterative power is some- 
times exerted without being attended with any other vital phenomenon than the removal of 
disease ; while at other times it is accompanied with certain obvious effects, such as a quickened 
circulation, a frequent jerking pulse, and increased activity of all the secretory functions, par- 
ticularly those of the salivary glands and the liver. When mercury acts slowly as an alterative, 
there is not the least apparent disturbance of the circulation. When it operates decidedly and 
obviously, it is very prone to cause an immoderate flow of saliva and produce the condition 
denominated ptyalism or salivation. Mercury has been detected in most of the solids and fluids 
of the body, including the blood. When in the blood it cannot be detected by the ordinary 
tests, on account of its intimate union with the organic matter of that liquid. To discover it, 
the blood must he subjected to destructive distillation. The liver is the organ which retains 
mercury the longest. It has been detected in that viscus though absent in the lungs, heart, 
bile, and spinal marrow.* Mercury has been used in almost every disease, hut too often with 
evil results. In functional derangement of the digestive organs, mercurials in minute doses 
often exert a salutary operation, subverting the morbid action, and that, too, by their slow, 
alterative effect, without affecting the mouth. In these cases no decided disturbance of the 
vital functions takes place; but the alvine discharges, if clay-colored, are generally restored 
to their natural hue: whether the liver be torpid and obstructed as in jaundice, or pouring 
out a redundancy of morbid bile as in melaena, the judicious use of mercury seems equally effica- 
cious in unloading the viscus, or restoring its secretion to a healthy state. In chronic inflamma- 
tion of the mucous and serous membranes, the alterative effects of mercury are sometimes at- 
tended with much benefit. In many of these cases effusion has taken place; and under these 
* For a method of detecting mercury in the urine, see P. J. Tr., Aug. 1873, 145. 710 
Hydrargyrum. 
PART I. 
circumstances the mercury often proves useful as well by promoting absorption as by removing 
the chronic inflammation on which the effusion depends. Hence it is often given with advantage 
in chronic forms of meningitis, bronchitis, phuritis,pneumonitis, dysentery, rheumatism, etc., and in 
hydrocephalus, hydrothorax, ascites, and general dropsy. Mercury may also be advantageously 
resorted to in certain states of febrile disease. In some forms of remittent and typhoid fever, 
a particular stage is marked by a parched tongue, torpor of the bowels, scanty urine, and dry- 
ness of the surface. Here the very cautious employment of mercury is sometimes serviceable. 
It acts in such cases by increasing the secretions. 
In syphilitic affections, mercury, until of late years, was held to be indispensable. Of its 
mode of action in these affections we know nothing. Without entering into the question of 
the necessity of mercury in venereal complaints, we are free to admit that the discussion which 
has grown out of it has shown that this remedy has frequently been unnecessarily resorted to 
in syphilis. For inducing the specific effects of mercury on the constitution, blue pill or calo- 
mel is generally resorted to. In order to procure what we have called the slow alterative effects 
of the metal, from half a grain to a grain (0-03 to 0 067 Gm.) of blue pill may be given in the 
twenty-four hours, or from a sixth to a fourth of a grain (0-01 to 0 016 Gm.) of calomel; or, 
if a gentle ptyalism be our object, two or three grains (0-13 or 0-20 Gm.) of the former, or a 
grain of the latter (0-067 Gm.) two or three times a day. Where the bowels are peculiarly 
irritable, it is often necessary to introduce the metal by means of friction with mercurial oint- 
ment ; and where a speedy effect is desired, the internal and external use of the remedy may 
be simultaneously resorted to. 
The first observable effects of mercury in inducing ptyalism are a coppery taste in the mouth, 
a slight soreness of the gums, and an unpleasant sensation in the sockets of the teeth when 
the jaws are firmly closed. Shortly afterwards the gums begin to swell, a line of whitish mat- 
ter is seen along their edges, and the breath is infected with a peculiar and very disagreeable 
smell, called the mercurial fetor. The saliva at the same time begins to flow; and, if the 
affection proceed, the gums, tongue, throat, and face become much swollen ; ulcerations attack 
the lining membrane of the mouth and fauces; the jaws become excessively painful; the 
tongue is coated with a thick whitish fur; and the saliva flows in streams from the mouth. 
It occasionally happens that the affection of the mouth proceeds to a dangerous extent, in- 
ducing extensive ulceration, gangrene, and even hemorrhage. The best remedies are astringent 
and detergent gargles, used weak at first, as the parts are extremely tender. In cases attended 
with swelling and protrusion of the tongue, the wash is best applied by injection by means of 
a large syringe. We have found lead water among the best applications in these cases; and 
dilute solutions of chlorinated soda or of chlorinated lime, while they correct the fetor, will 
be found to exert a curative influence on the ulcerated surfaces. A wash of silver nitrate, 
made by dissolving eight grains (0-52 Gm.) in a fluidounce (30 C.c.) of water, has also been 
used with benefit. While the system is under the action of mercury the blood is more watery 
than in health, less charged with albumen, fibrin, and red globules. 
In the foregoing observations we have described the ordinary effects of mercury; but occa- 
sionally, in peculiar constitutions, its operation is quite different, being productive of a dan- 
gerous disturbance of the vital functions. The late Mr. Pearson gave a detailed account of 
this occasional peculiarity in the operation of mercury, in his work on the venereal disease. 
The symptoms which characterize it are a small and frequent pulse, anxiety about the prae- 
cordia, pale and contracted countenance, great nervous agitation, and alarming debility. Their 
appearance is the signal for discontinuing the mercury, as a further perseverance with it 
might be attended with fatal consequences. Mercury also produces a peculiar eruption of the 
skin, which is described by writers under the various names of hydrargyria, eczema mercuriale, 
and lepra mercurialh. Those who work in mercury, and are, therefore, exposed to its vapor, 
such as water-gilders, looking-glass silverers, and quicksilver miners, are injured seriously in 
their health, and not unfrequently affected with shaking palsy, attended with vertigo and other 
cerebral disorders. The miners are often salivated. 
Many plants, exposed to the influence of the vapor spontaneously rising from mercury 
in confined air, perish in a few days; while if sulphur be placed by the side of the metal no 
effect of the kind is experienced. (Boussingault, Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Sept. 1867, 
p. 176.) A probable inference from this fact is that workmen necessarily exposed to the 
vapor of mercury might be protected by the presence of sulphur in sufficient quantity. 
Mercury is sometimes given in the metallic state, in the quantity of a pound or two, in 
obstruction of the bowels, to act by its weight; but the practice is of doubtful advantage. PART I. 
Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum. 
711 
HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM. U. S., Br. Ammoniated Mercury. 
[White Precipitate. Mercuric Ammonium Chloride.] 
NH2HgCl; 251*18. AM-MO-NI-A'TUM.) NH2 HgCl; 251 *1. 
Ammonio-Chloride of Mercury ; Hydrargyri Precipitatum Album; Hydrargyri Ammonio-Chloridum. 
u Corrosive Mercuric Chloride, in powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 
grains] ; Ammonia Water, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Corrosive 
Mercuric Chloride in two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms] of warm 
Distilled Water, filter the solution, and allow it to cool. Pour the filtered liquid gradually, 
and with constant stirring, into one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 34 
minims] of Ammonia Water, taking care that the latter shall remain in slight excess. Collect 
the precipitate on a filter, and, when the liquid has drained from it as much as possible, wash 
it with a mixture of four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Dis- 
tilled Water and twenty cubic centimeters [or 324 minims] of Ammonia Water. Finally, dry 
the precipitate between sheets of bibulous paper, in a dark place, at a temperature not exceed- 
ing 30° C. (86° F.). Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” U S. 
“ Mercuric Chloride, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 60 grammes; Solution of Ammonia, 4 fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 80 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the 
Mercuric Chloride in three pints (Imp. meas.) or twelve hundred cubic centimetres of the 
Distilled Water with the aid of heat; pour the liquid into the Solution of Ammonia diluted 
with one pint (Imp. meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water, constantly 
stirring; collect the precipitate on a filter; wash it well with cold Distilled Water until the 
liquid which passes through is free from chloride; dry the product at a temperature not 
exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. 
The Pharmacopoeias now agree in obtaining white precipitate by precipitating a solution of 
mercuric chloride by ammonia. When ammonia, in slight excess, is added to a cold solution 
of mercuric chloride, ammonium chloride is formed in solution, and the white precipitate of the 
Pharmacopoeias thrown down. The precipitate is washed twice, according to the U. S. formula, 
according to the British, with greater precision, until the washings cease to give evidence of 
the presence of a chloride by producing a precipitate with silver nitrate acidulated with nitric 
acid. The substance washed away is ammonium chloride with the excess of ammonia em- 
ployed ; and hence the washings, agreeably to the directions of the British formula, are tested 
with an acid solution of silver nitrate. The white precipitate forms according to the following 
reaction : HgCl2 + 2NH3 — NH4C1 -f- NH2HgCl. In other words, one molecule of mercuric 
chloride reacts with two of ammonia, and yields one molecule of ammonium chloride and one 
of mercur-ammonium chloride, or white precipitate. A method of making white precipitate, 
said to be employed by large manufacturers, substitutes ammonium chloride and sodium car- 
bonate for ammonia. As the product contains less mercury than the official preparation, and 
is in commerce, it is important to be able to distinguish the two. According to Prof. Red- 
wood, this can be done by heating, the official preparation volatilizing without fusing, the un- 
authorized fusing before volatilizing : Prof. Attfield has, however, shown that fusibility does 
not necessarily indicate that the specimen contains only 65 per cent, of mercury, nor infusibility 
demonstrate that it contains the official proportion of 791 per cent. The commercial variety 
differs somewhat from the present official preparation in composition, its formula being 
N2H6HgCl2 (or mercur-diammonium chloride'). (See paper by F. X. Moerk, A. J. P., 1888.) 
Properties. “ White, pulverulent pieces, or a white, amorphous powder, without odor, and 
having an earthy, afterwards styptic and metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Almost 
insoluble in water or in alcohol. By prolonged washing with water it is gradually decomposed, 
assuming a yellow color, and becoming converted into a basic salt. Readily soluble in warm 
hydrochloric, nitric, or acetic acid, and in a cold solution of ammonium carbonate. Also 
completely soluble in a cold solution of sodium hyposulphite, with the evolution of ammonia. 
When this solution is heated for a short time, red mercuric sulphide is separated, which, on 
protracted boiling, turns black. At a temperature below a red heat the salt is decomposed 
without fusion, and at a red heat it is wholly volatilized. When heated with potassium or 
sodium hydrate test-solution, the salt turns yellow, and evolves vapor of ammonia. The 
solution of the salt in diluted nitric acid gives with potassium iodide test-solution a red precipi- 
tate, and with silver nitrate test-solution a white one. The salt should be soluble in hydrochloric 
acid without effervescence (absence of carbonate), and without leaving a residue (absence of 
mercurous salt). Its solution in acetic acid should not be rendered turbid by diluted sulphuric 712 
Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum.—Hydrargyrum cum Creta. 
PART I. 
acid (absence of lead).” U. S. “A white powder on which water has but little action, and 
alcohol (90 per cent.) or ether no action. Digested with solution of potassium hydroxide, it 
evolves ammonia, acquiring a pale yellow color, and the liquid, filtered and acidulated with 
nitric acid, gives a white precipitate with solution of silver nitrate. Boiled with solution of 
stannous chloride it becomes gray, and yields globules of metallic mercury. It volatilizes at 
a temperature under redness, without fusing, leaving only an insignificant amount of fixed 
residue. When heated with excess of lime it should yield 78 to 79 per cent, of metallic 
mercury.” Br. 
Adulteration with white lead, chalk, or calcium sulphate may he detected by exposing a 
sample to a strong red heat, when these impurities will remain. Should starch he mixed with 
it, a charred residue will be obtained on the application of heat. Lead or starch may be found 
by digesting it with acetic acid, and testing the acetic solution with the compound solution of 
iodine, which will give a yellow precipitate if lead and a blue one if starch he present. The 
absence of mercurous oxide is shown by its not being blackened when rubbed with lime water. 
Ammoniated mercury is used only as an external application. Mercur-diammonium chloride 
is said to produce an ointment more translucent and less beautifully white than the genuine, 
and more apt to become yellow on being kept. (J. Borland, P. J. Tr., Dec. 1867, p. 262.) 
Ammoniated mercury has been swallowed by mistake. It is highly poisonous, producing 
gastric pain, nausea, and purging. For recovery after taking half a drachm, see London 
Lancet, July 4, 1857. The remedies employed were an emetic of zinc sulphate and milk. 
HYDRARGYRUM CUM CRETA. U. S., Br. Mercury with Chalk. 
Grey Powder; Mereure avec la Craie, Poudre de Mercure crayeux, Fr.; Quecksilber mit Kreide, G. 
“ Mercury, thirty-eight grammes [or 1 ounce av., 149 grains] ; Clarified Honey, ten grammes 
[or 154 grains] ; Prepared Chalk, fifty-seven grammes [or 1 ounce av., 442 grains] ; Water, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains]. Weigh the 
Mercury and Clarified Honey successively into a strong bottle of the capacity of one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], and add two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] 
of Water. Cork the bottle, and shake it for about half an hour at a time, until the aggregate 
time of shaking reaches ten hours, or until the globules of Mercury are no longer visible under 
a lens magnifying four diameters. (The shaking may be more conveniently performed by 
mechanical means.) Rub the Prepared Chalk with Water, in a mortar, to a thick, creamy 
paste, and, having added the contents of the bottle, washing the last portions in with a little 
Water, triturate the whole to a uniform mixture. Finally, dry the mixture, first between 
ample layers of bibulous paper, and afterwards in a capsule, at the ordinary temperature, 
until it weighs one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains]. Then reduce it to a 
uniform powder, without trituration, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles, protected from 
light.” U.S. 
“ Mercury, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Prepared Chalk, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 
grammes. Rub the Mercury and Prepared Chalk in a porcelain mortar until metallic globules 
cease to be visible to the naked eye, and the mixture acquires a uniform grey color.” Br. 
The method of making this mercurial directed by the U. S. P. 1880 was so faulty as to 
be inoperative, and it has been abandoned ; the U. S. P. 1890 process for making mercury with 
chalk is based upon Hr. Squibb’s method of succussion, which is described at length farther on. 
When mercury is triturated with certain dry and pulverulent substances, such as chalk or mag- 
nesia, it gradually loses its fluidity and metallic lustre and becomes a blackish or dark-gray 
powder. A similar change takes place when it is rubbed with viscid or greasy substances, such 
as honey or lard. The globules disappear, so as in some instances not to be visible even through 
a good lens; and the mercury is said to be extinguished. It was formerly thought that the 
metal was oxidized in the process. At present the change is generally ascribed to the me- 
chanical division of the metal, which in this state is supposed to be capable of acting on the 
system. There is good reason, however, to believe that in this, as in all the analogous prepa- 
rations of mercury in which the metal is extinguished by trituration, a very small portion is 
converted into mercurous oxide, while by far the greater part remains in the metallic state. 
Mercury with chalk is officially described as a “ a light gray, rather damp powder, free from 
grittiness, without odor, and having a slightly sweetish taste. If a portion of the powder be 
digested with warm acetic acid, the chalk is dissolved with effervescence, leaving a residue of 
(HY-DEAK'gY-RDM CUM CRE'TA.) Hydrargyrum cum Creta. 
713 
PART I. 
finely divided mercury. The filtrate should not become more than slightly opalescent on the 
addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (limit of mercurous oxide). If another portion of 
the powder be digested with warm, diluted hydrochloric acid, the filtrate should not be affected 
by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, or by stannous chloride test-solution (absence of mercuric 
oxide)." IT. S. “A powder of a light grey color; free from grittiness; insoluble in water; 
partly dissolved by diluted hydrochloric acid, leaving the mercury in a finely divided state. 
The solution formed with hydrochloric acid does not yield any white or grey precipitate on the 
addition of solution of stannous chloride (absence of mercuric compounds).” Br. Robert B. 
Matter suggests an improved process for its preparation whereby labor and time are saved ; it 
is as follows. Mix twelve parts of finely powdered gum arabic with twelve parts of prepared 
chalk, triturate with sufficient water to form a rather thin paste, add thirty-eight parts of 
mercury, and continue the trituration until the globules of mercury have disappeared. Now 
add thirty-eight parts of finely powdered prepared chalk and sufficient water to form a thin 
paste, triturate, and when all the globules of mercury have disappeared, place the mortar in a 
hot water-bath. The mixture distributed around the sides of the mortar will dry rapidly, 
when it can be easily scraped out, powdered in a clean mortar, passed through bolting-cloth, 
or a fine sieve, and finally rubbed lightly in a clean dry mortar: 8 ounces may be made by 
this process in an hour. (A. J. P., 1886, 119.) 
Mercury with chalk is a smooth, grayish powder, insoluble in water. Globules of mercury 
can generally be seen in it by the aid of a microscope, as the metal can scarcely be com- 
pletely extinguished with chalk alone by any length of trituration. Mr. Jacob Bell found 
that by powerfully pressing it a considerable quantity of metal was separated in the form of 
globules. Mr. Phillips states that the extinguishment of the mercury is greatly accelerated by 
the addition of a little water. Dr. Stewart, of Baltimore, proposed the following process, by 
which he stated that the preparation might be completed in a short time, so that no globules 
should be visible with a powerful lens. Three ounces of mercury and six ounces of resin are 
to be rubbed together for three hours ; five ounces of chalk are to be added, and the trituration 
continued for an hour; the mixture is then to be heated with alcohol so as to dissolve the 
resin; and the remaining powder is to be dried on bibulous paper and well rubbed in a mortar. 
(A. J. P., xv. 162.) But Professor Procter showed that the preparation thus made contains 
mercuric oxide, and is, therefore, injuriously harsh in its operation. (Ibid., xxii. 113.) It is 
said that the precipitated black oxide is sometimes added with a view to save time in the tritura- 
tion ; but this must be considered as an adulteration, until it can be shown that the same oxide 
exists in the same proportion in the preparation made according to the official directions. Dr. 
Ed. Jenner Coxe, of New Orleans, found that the extinguishment of the mercury may be 
effected much more speedily than in the ordinary manner, by putting the ingredients into a 
quart bottle, to be well corked, and kept in constant agitation till the object is attained. A 
portion of chalk may be thus shaken with the metal until no globules can be seen, and the 
process completed by trituration with the remainder of the chalk in a mortar. This mode of 
proceeding was suggested to Dr. Coxe by Mr. W. Hewson, of Augusta, Ga. (Ibid., xxii. 317.) 
Dr. Squibb, having ascertained that the preparation cannot be satisfactorily made in this way 
on a large scale (Proc. A. P. A., 1858, p. 424), has invented a machine for accomplishing the 
same object, by which the requisite motion is imparted to the materials contained in two large 
bottles, and which is said to answer the purpose well. By means of this apparatus, Dr. Squibb 
prepares mercury with chalk on a large scale, mixing the materials in the official proportions, 
but aiding the extinguishment of the metal by adding about one-seventh of its weight of 
honey, and adding this to the chalk made into a paste with water, and afterwards drying. 
(Ibid., 1859, p. 359.) It has been shown that the preparation thus made resists oxidation 
most effectually, owing probably to the presence of saccharine matter. (J. P. Remington, A. 
J. P., Jan. 1869.) W. E. Bibby (A. J. P., 1876, p. 269) recommends the rubbing of 3 troy- 
ounces of mercury, 4 troyounces of prepared chalk, and 1 troyounce of sugar of milk together 
in a mortar into an impalpable powder and passing the powder through a fine sieve. As found 
in commerce, mercury with chalk, instead of being the mild preparation intended, sometimes 
acts very harshly, causing vomiting, gastric pains, etc. This has been ascribed to the presence 
of antimony or arsenic, which, however, must be rare : the ordinary cause of the harshness is 
no doubt mercuric oxide, produced in minute proportion either during the trituration, or by 
the spontaneous change which occurs with time, mercurous oxide becoming mercuric oxide by 
the influence of light. The only sure method to guard against such results is to test the prep- 
aration carefully before dispensing it. (See A. J. P., 1878, p. 325.) If the mercury contained 714 
Hydrargyrum, cum Creta.—Hydrastininse Hydrochloras. 
PART I. 
in it be volatilized by heat, and the remaining chalk be dissolved by dilute acetic acid, the 
solution should not be colored by hydrogen sulphide. The presence of any probable metallic 
impurity may be detected in this way. To detect mercuric oxide, a portion of the powder may 
be treated with diluted hydrochloric acid with a moderate heat, and the solution tested by 
stannous chloride, which, if there be any mercuric oxide present, will cause a precipitation 
of metallic mercury as a black powder. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Mercury with chalk is a very mild mercurial, similar 
in its properties to the blue mass, but much weaker. It is sometimes used as an alterative, 
particularly in the complaints of children attended with deficient biliary secretion, indicated by 
white or clay-colored stools. The chalk is antacid, and, though in small quantity, may some- 
times be a useful accompaniment of the mercury in diarrhoea. Eight grains of the U. S. 
preparation contain about three grains of mercury. The dose is from five grains to half a 
drachm (0-33-1-95 Gm.) twice a day. From two to three grains (0-13-0-20 Gm.) is the dose 
for a child. It should not be given in pill with substances which become hard on keeping, as 
the contraction of the mass presses together the particles of mercury, which in time appear in 
globules in the interior of the pill. 
HYDRASTININiE HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. Hydrastinine Hydro- 
chlorate. 
CnHnNOaHCI; 224*97. hy-dbo-BHLO'bXs.) 
“ The hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid derived from hydrastine, the latter being a color- 
less alkaloid obtained from Hydrastis. Hydrastinine Hydrochlorate should be kept in well- 
stoppered vials.” U. S. 
This is a new official salt, being introduced for the first time in the U. S. P. 1890. Hydras- 
tinine is an artificial alkaloid, produced by acting on hydrastine, the alkaloid from hydrastis, 
with oxidizing agents. When manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid are used together, or when 
platinic chloride is employed, hydrastinine and opianic acid are the products.* (See Hydrastis.) 
Hydrastinine hydrochlorate is officially described as in “ light yellow, amorphous granules, or 
a pale yellow, crystalline powder, odorless, and having a bitter, saline taste; deliquescent on 
exposure to damp air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-3 part of water, and in 3 parts of 
alcohol; difficultly soluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 173° C. (343-4° F.), the 
salt undergoes partial fusion, but does not liquefy. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no 
residue. The salt has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. A dilute aqueous solution of the 
salt (up to about 1 in 100,000) has a decided blue fluorescence. The salt dissolves in sulphuric 
acid with effervescence, coloring the acid yellowish-red. An aqueous solution of the salt is 
not precipitated by ammonia water. An aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate 
test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid. On adding to 2 C.c. of an aqueous 
solution of the salt (1 in 100) an excess of bromine water, a yellow precipitate is produced, 
which is dissolved by ammonia water to a nearly colorless liquid (difference from hydrastine, 
with which the ammonia produces a brick-red precipitate.” f US. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Hydrastinine is, when given in large enough amount, 
a powerful depressant to the whole motor tract, affecting the psycho-motor centres of the 
cerebral cortex, the motor nerve, and the muscle itself. In the present state of our knowledge 
it is uncertain whether the depression is or is not preceded by a brief period of excitation, but 
it is almost certain that there is a primary stimulation of the muscles. The alkaloid slows 
the action of the heart but increases the force of the beat, and markedly augments the blood- 
pressure, contracting actively the blood-vessels by stimulating both the vaso-motor centres 
and the muscles in the walls of the arterioles. In the toxic dose it finally paralyzes respira- 
tion, although there is reason for believing that in the beginning it stimulates the function. 
* E. Schmidt, in studying this production of hydrastinine by oxidation from hydrastine, was led to make some 
interesting comparisons between hydrastine and narcotine. The latter of these he considers to contain three methyl 
groups, thus, Ci9Hu(0Me)3N04, while the former contains only two, thus, Since the oxidation of 
narcotine with manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid yields opianic acid and cotamine, and under the same conditions 
hydrastine gives opianic acid and hydrastinine, and, further, as opianic acid contains two methyl groups and cota- 
mine one of these groups, as shown by Wright, it follows that hydrastinine contains no methyl group, and cotamine 
may prove to be a methylated hydrastinine. The author hopes later to succeed in converting hydrastine into narco- 
tine. (A. J. P., 1888, p."635.) 
f Hydrohydrastine hydrochlorate, C11H13NO2HCI, is obtained by fractioning hydrastinine. It occurs as a white 
powder, soluble in water. The dose in uterine hemorrhage is one-third of a grain (0-021 Gm.), preferably given in 
capsules. PART i. 
Hydrastininse Hydrochloras.—Hydrastis. 
715 
Death occurs from asphyxia, to which is usually ascribed the final fall of the arterial pressure. 
Although there has been some conflict of evidence, it seems finally established that liydrastinine 
is a powerful oxytocic. According to the experiments of Archangelsky, its administration to 
pregnant animals is very commonly followed by abortion. According to Faber, when given 
hypodermically during human parturition, it very notably increases the force and length of 
the uterine contraction, and is capable, in sufficient dose, of causing a tonic spasm of the uterus 
similar to that produced by ergot. Its action upon the uterus appears to be independent of 
any other of its influences, and to be direct. It would seem that it is a universal muscle- 
poison, primarily stimulant in its action, and that in this way it affects the heart, the arterioles, 
and the uterus. According to Yon Bunge, it markedly increases peristalsis, so that even the 
intestines do not escape its muscular action. 
liydrastinine was originally recommended by Falck in the treatment of menorrhagia, me- 
trorrhagia, dysmenorrhcea, and even endometritis. The testimony as to its value in all forms 
of uterine hemorrhage seems to be conclusive, and it is affirmed by many gynaecologists that 
it has a pronounced alterative influence upon the mucous membrane of the uterus. From our 
own experience we are convinced that it has value as a cardiac tonic, not equal in power or 
certainty of action to digitalis, but often useful as a substitute for that drug, especially in 
minor cases of heart-failure. Its sedative action on the centric nervous system, conjoined 
with its stimulating influence upon the circulation and its pronounced effects upon the genital 
system, make it a very valuable remedy in the treatment of feeble women of hysterical tem- 
perament, with tendency to uterine fluxes. The dose usually employed is from three-quarters 
of a grain to one and a half grains (0-05 to 0-09 Gm.) every three to six hours, but probably 
larger doses might often be used with advantage, since no ill effects have been as yet recorded 
as being produced by it. The salt may be given hypodermically. 
HYDRASTIS. U. S. (Br.) Hydrastis. [Golden Seal.] 
“ The rhizome and roots of Hydrastis Canadensis, Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacese).” U. S. 
“ The dried rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canadensis, Linn.” Br. 
Hydrastis Ehizoma, Br.; Hydrastis Rhizome; Rhizoma Hydrastis; Golden Seal, Yellow Root, Yellow Puccoon, 
Orange Root, Indian Dye, Indian Turmeric; Racine d’Hydrastis de Canada, Fr.; Canadische Gelbwurzel, G. 
Hydrastis canadensis. Gray, Manual of Bot., 14; figured in Griffith's Med. Bot., 82. This 
is a small, herbaceous, perennial plant, with a thick, fleshy, yellow rhizome, from which 
numerous long roots arise, and an erect, simple, pubescent stem, from six inches to a foot in 
height. There are usually but two leaves, which are unequal, one sessile at the top of the stem, 
the other attached to the stem a short distance below by a thick roundish footstalk, causing the 
stem to appear as if bifurcate near the summit. The leaves are pubescent, roundish-cordate, 
with from three to seven, but generally five, lobes, which are pointed and unequally serrate. 
A solitary flower stands upon a peduncle rising from the basis of the upper leaf. It is whitish, 
rose-colored, or purplish, without corolla, but with a colored calyx, the sepals of which closely 
resemble petals, and are very caducous, falling very soon after the flower has expanded. The 
fruit is a globose, compound, red or purple berry, half an inch or more in diameter, composed 
of many fleshy carpels, each tipped with a short curved beak, and containing one or rarely two 
seeds. The plant grows in moist, rich woodlands in most parts of the United States, but 
abundantly in the North and West. The fruit bears a close resemblance to the raspberry, but 
is not edible. The root is the part used. The Indians employed it for staining and dyeing 
yellow, and it is said to impart a rich and permanent yellow, and with indigo a fine green, to 
wool, silk, and cotton. There is but one other species of Hydrastis known,—viz., H. jezoensis 
Sieb. et Zucc., which is found in Northern Japan. 
Properties. The fresh root is juicy, and loses much of its weight in drying. The 
dried caudex is officially described as “ about 4 Cm. long and 6 Mm. thick ; oblique, with 
short branches, somewhat annulate and longitudinally wrinkled; externally brownish gray; 
fracture short, waxy, bright reddish yellow, with a thickish bark, about ten narrow wood- 
wedges, broad medullary rays, and large pith. Roots thin, brittle, with a thick, yellow bark 
and subquadrangular, woody centre. Odor slight; taste bitter.” U. S. The rhizome breaks 
with a clean resinous fracture, leaving a smooth brownish-yellow or greenish-yellow surface, 
exhibiting a ring of bright yellow with somewhat distant narrow wood-bundles. Many of the 
(hy-dkXs'tis.) 716 
Hydrastis. 
PART I. 
detached rootlets are mixed with the rhizomes in mass. The color of the rhizome, though yellow 
in the recent root, becomes a dark yellowish brown by age; that of the rootlets and the in- 
terior of the root is yellow, and that of the powder still more so. The odor is sweetish, and 
somewhat narcotic, the taste bitter and peculiar. The medicine imparts its virtues and color- 
ing matters to water and alcohol. Examined by Mr. Alfred A. B. Durand, of Philadelphia, 
it was found to contain albumen, starch, fatty matter, resin, yellow coloring matter, sugar, lig- 
nin, and various salts. He also discovered a peculiar nitrogenous, crystallizable substance, for 
which he proposed the name of hydrastine. (A. J. P., 1851, p. 112.) It has also been deter- 
mined that the root contains another alkaloid, to which it owes its yellow color, and which is 
probably identical with the yellow coloring matter of Mr. Durand. Mr. F. Mahla first ascer- 
tained that this new alkaloid of hydrastis is berberine.* (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, Jan. 
1862, p. 43.) It exists in large proportion in hydrastis, constituting, according to Perrins, 
nearly 4 per cent. There can be no doubt that this medicine owes much of its virtue to ber- 
berine. For a valuable paper by Prof. J. U. Lloyd on the preparation of salts of berberine, 
see A. J. P., 1879, p. 11. A substance obtained by the precipitation of an infusion of the 
root by hydrochloric acid has been for some time known and used by the “ Eclectics,” under 
the name of hydrastin ; it consists of variable proportions of hydrastine, berberine, and resin 
(A. J. P., 1876, p. 386), and the reader must be cautious not to confound this substance with 
the alkaloid to which the name properly belongs. 
Hydrastine, which is the characteristic alkaloid, may be obtained by exhausting the pow- 
dered root as far as possible with water by percolation, adding hydrochloric acid to the infusion 
so as to precipitate the berberine in the form of hydrochlorate, and treating the mother-liquor 
with solution of ammonia in slight excess. The hydrastine is precipitated, in an impure state, 
and may be purified by repeated solution in boiling alcohol, which deposits it in crystals on 
cooling. A little animal charcoal may be used towards the close of the process, in order to 
deprive the crystals completely of color. To Mr. Mahla, of Chicago, and Mr. Perrins, of Lon- 
* Berberine. This alkaloid appears to have been first discovered, in 1826, in a species of Xanthoxylum, by 
Chevallier and Pelletan, who, from its color and taste, named it xantliopicrite; Buchner and Herberger, in 1836, 
found it in Berberis vulgaris, and named it berberine; but none of these chemists were aware of its alkaline proper- 
ties. Indeed, the substance obtained by them, at least the berberine of Buchner, must have been a native salt of 
the proper alkaloid, which was not, therefore, procured in a pure state. Subsequently Fleitmann demonstrated its 
basic character, and published an account of several of its salts. It is not confined to the barberry, but has been 
found, by various chemists, in several other plants, particularly those combining bitterness and a yellow color, as in 
various products of Cocculus palmatus, Hydrastis canadensis,Xanthorrhiza apiifolia, Coptis teeta, Xanthoxylum clava 
herculis, Coscinium fenestratum, and others belonging to the natural families of Berberace®, Menispermace®, and 
Banunculace®. Indeed, few if any of the known alkaloids are so widely diffused as this appears to be in tbe vege- 
table kingdom. A list of the plants from which it has been obtained is contained in A../. P., Sept. 1863, p. 466. 
Berberine may be obtained most readily from its sulphate. Prof. Procter has given the following process for pre- 
paring it, based upon a suggestion of Mr. Merrill, of Cincinnati. The coarsely-powdered root is to be exhausted by re- 
peated decoction with boiling water, and the mixed liquids, after filtration, are to be evaporated to a soft extract. This 
is to be digested several times with stronger alcohol, in the proportion of a pint to half a pound of the root, until ex- 
hausted, one-fourth of its bulk of water is to be added to the tincture, and five-sixths of the alcohol to be distilled 
off. To the residue, while still hot, sulphuric acid is to be added in excess, and the liquid allowed to cool. The sul- 
phate of berberine is deposited in crystals, and, having been purified by recrystallization, is to be decomposed by 
the addition, in excess, to its solution in boiling water, of freshly precipitated lead protoxide, the solution being 
kept hot until the decomposition is completed. This may be known by tbe absence of a precipitate when lead ace- 
tate is added to a drop of the clear liquid. The liquid is then to be filtered, and set aside to crystallize. Thus ob- 
tained, berberine is in the form of a yellow powder, which, under the microscope, appears to consist of groups of 
minute, acicular crystals. It has a bitter taste, is soluble in about 100 parts of cold water, still less soluble in cold 
alcohol, freely soluble in both these liquids when hot, and insoluble in ether. It forms salts of difficult solubility 
with hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, and is distinguished by being copiously precipitated by the former acid 
from its cold watery solution in the form of crystals of the hydrochlorate. It is freely dissolved by acetic acid, 
which forms with it a readily soluble salt. (A. J. Pi, Jan. 1864, 10.) Its formula is, on the authority of Perrins, 
C20H17NO4. (P. J. Tr., April, 1863, 464.) Hlasiwetz (Ann. Ch. Pharm., 115, 45) also confirms this formula, which 
may therefore be assumed as correct. Berberine hydrochlorate, which is the salt that has attracted most notice, may 
be readily obtained by using hydrochloric instead of sulphuric acid in the above process, and purifying the precipi- 
tate by solution in hot alcohol, and subsequent refrigeration. It is in fine acicular crystals of a bright yellow color 
and intensely bitter taste, very slightly soluble in cold water, to which, however, it imparts a deep yellow color, 
slightly soluble also in cold alcohol, but dissolved in large proportion by both liquids when hot. By concentrated 
nitric acid both this salt and its base are decomposed, with the production of a dark red color and the escape of 
nitrous fumes. A process for berberine hypophosphite, by Prof. ,T. U. Lloyd, may be found in A. J. P., July, 1877. 
Parsons (N. R., 1879, 109) analyzed berberine phosphate, and believes the formula to be C2oHi7N04,2H3P04. 
According to the studies of Falck and Guenste, berberine causes in dogs and rabbits restlessness, convulsive 
tremblings, hurried respiration, and diarrhoea, followed, if the dose have been large enough, by decrease of the 
breathing-rate, wide-spread paralysis, dyspnoea, convulsions, and death. In man as yet no serious symptoms have 
been recorded as produced by it. Buchner is stated to have taken nearly twenty grains without causing anything 
more serious than a loose stool. It has been employed in internal medicine as a simple bitter, in doses of from 
two to five grains (0’13-0'33 Gm.). Hydrastis. 
717 
PART I. 
don, is due the credit of having fully investigated the properties of this alkaloid * Hydras- 
tine crystallizes in brilliant, four-sided prisms, which are white or colorless when pure, in- 
odorous, and almost tasteless in consequence of their insolubility in the saliva, but become 
bitter and somewhat acrid in saline combination. It melts at 132° C. (269-6° F.), is decom- 
posed at a higher temperature, and is inflammable. It is nearly insoluble in water, but is 
readily dissolved by alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzol. It has an alkaline reaction, and 
with the acids forms salts, most of which are readily soluble in water, and, according to Mr. 
Merrill, of Cincinnati, either uncrystallizable or crystallizable with difficulty. The alkalies and 
tannic acid precipitate it from its saline solutions. With sulphuric acid and potassium bi- 
chromate or red lead oxide, it assumes a red color; but it differs from strychnine in exhibiting 
no tint of blue or violet. Its composition is C21H21N06. Mr. Perrins obtained 15 per cent, 
of it from the root, and, having given five grains of it to a rabbit without any other effect 
than a slight uneasiness which soon ceased, concluded justly that it was not poisonous. 
Canadine (C20H21N04) was extracted by E. Schmidt; it occurs in the form of brilliant, 
small, white nodules, melting at 134° C. (273-2° F.). When canadine is dissolved in alcohol 
and treated with iodine, berberine iodohydrate (which is yellow in color) is formed. Canadine 
was believed to be identical with dihydromethylberberine (.Pharrn. Post, 1892, 230), and the 
formula C21H21N04 was given to it. E. Schmidt, however (Arcliiv der Pharm., 1894, 136- 
154), has found that its true formula is C20H21N04, and, owing to the fact that iodine forms 
with it berberine hydriodate, he believes that canadine is a tetrahydroberberine. Schmidt 
also obtained, as an additional product of the iodine reaction, the hydriodate of another 
base, which he believes is intermediate between berberine and canadine. For a process for 
isolating canadine, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 1103. The alkaloid discovered by A. K. Hale, 
and obtained later by Burt and by Lerchen, and which was named xanthopuccine, is now 
considered to be identical with canadine. For processes for making hydrastine and berberine, 
see Drug. Circ., 1897, 34,-f" It is probable, from the odor of hydrastis, that besides the two 
alkaloids here mentioned it contains also an active volatile principle; but this has not yet 
been isolated. 
Medical Properties and Uses. As a local remedy hydrastis has a remarkable effect 
upon mucous membranes. It has been used with asserted remarkable results in chronic gastro- 
intestinal catarrhs, especially those due to alcoholic excess, and as the commercial hydrastin is 
one of the drugs that was found in the experiments of Professor Rutherford to notably increase 
the biliary secretion in the lower animals, it is probable that in gastric diseases attended by 
hepatic congestion and lack of functional activity it exerts an almost specific influence. It has 
been strongly recommended in dyspepsia and the vomiting of pregnancy. It is much used by 
specialists as a local remedy in the treatment of otorrhoea, nasal, vaginal, and other catarrhs. 
In the second stage of gonorrhoea, as an addition to injection mixtures, it may be of great 
service. In chronic or subacute inflammations of the colon and rectum injections of hydrastis 
are often of great service, and it has been used in hemorrhoids with asserted excellent results. 
The strength of the local application of hydrastis to be used in various diseases of the mucous 
membranes varies from half a fluidrachm to two drachms of the fluid extract to the ounce of 
diluent. In gonorrhoea from five to ten grains of hydrastin, or forty to eighty minims of the 
fluid extract, may be used to the fluidounce. In hemorrhoids from two to four drachms to 
the fluidounce may be used. The glycerite is not so useful a local preparation as the fluid 
extract diluted with water, a deposit of the insoluble resinous substance upon the mucous 
membrane and its constant prolonged influence being important. 
The general action of hydrastis upon the system is probably chiefly due to its hydrastine, 
which is absorbed somewhat slowly from the alimentary canal and is eliminated through the 
* Wilhelm (P. J. Tr., 1888, 325) furnishes a process for obtaining the alkaloids from hydrastis as follows. The 
extract obtained by treating the coarsely powdered root with water acidified with acetic acid at 100° is evaporated 
to a syrup and excess of dilute sulphuric acid added, when berberine sulphate separates. The filtrate neutralized 
with ammonia gives a precipitate containing much hydrastine; this is separated, and on adding ammonia in excess 
to the filtrate a further precipitate is produced, which contains canadine. Both precipitates, boiled with ethyl ace- 
tate, give solutions which on cooling deposit hydrastine in large crystals, somewhat colored, but rendered pure by 
recrystallization. The crystals from the second ammonia precipitate are much purer than those from the first; by 
slow evaporation of the ethyl acetate solution they can be obtained as large as walnuts. 
Hydroberberine, whose molecule contains four atoms of hydrogen more than the molecule of berberine, is said by 
Dr. Marfori to differ from berberine physiologically; it produces in moderate dose an increase in the blood-pressure 
by stimulating the vaso-motor centre in the medulla. Opianic, hydrastinic, and berberinic acids are said by the 
same authority to be almost inert physiologically, except that they are feebly antiseptic. (Tlierap. Gaz., 1890.) 
f For a physiological study of the methylamine derivatives of hydrastine (hydrastine methylamine), see Virchow’s 
Archiv, cxlii., 1895. 718 
Hydrastis.—Hyoscinae Hydrobromas. 
PART I. 
kidneys, and also probably through the lower bowel, unchanged. In the physiological labo- 
ratory hydrastine has been found to increase reflex activity and to produce tetanic contractions 
by primarily stimulating the motor side of the spinal cord. If the dose have been sufficient 
the period of motor activity is followed by one of depression, in which the loss of reflex power 
and the paralysis are probably in part due to depression of the motor centres, and are certainly, 
at least in part, the outcome of depression of the motor nerves and also of the muscles them- 
selves. According to Cerna, the first loss of reflex activity is due to stimulation of Setschenow’s 
centre, and the final muscular depression is preceded by excitation of the muscle-fibres. Death 
may occur in a convulsion from cramp-asphyxia, or later from simultaneous paralysis of the 
respiratory centres and of the peripheral apparatus. The arterial pressure is first elevated and 
secondarily depressed ; the first rise of pressure is probably due to the stimulation of the heart- 
muscles, increasing the output of force, and also of both the vaso-motor centres and the muscle- 
fibres in the arteriole coats, causing contraction of the blood-vessels. The fall of pressure is 
probably the result of a direct paralytic action exerted upon the muscle-fibres in the heart and 
in the arterioles. Hydrastine notably increases intestinal peristalsis, and probably uterine con- 
tractions. It would seem to be a universal muscle-poison, which acts upon both striated and 
non-striated muscle-fibre in heart, arterioles, intestines, uterus, and generally throughout the 
body, its first stimulant action upon the muscle-fibres being followed by marked depression. 
Both Fellner and Slavatinski affirm that hydrastine has a distinct ecbolic action, causing 
uterine contractions in the non-pregnant uterus, and abortion in pregnant rabbits. Dr. Slava- 
tinski reports a case of premature labor produced by hypodermic injections of from two to three 
grammes repeated daily. These assertions are confirmed by the experiments of Tarachanow, 
who found that when hydrastine was given to the narcotized, recently pregnant animal, ener- 
getic contractions of the exposed uterus were produced. Total section of the uterine nerves 
prevented these contractions, which would seem, therefore, to be of centric origin. 
It is essential to recognize the non-identity, medically, of the preparations of hydrastis. 
The so-called hydrastin of commerce is really an impure body, containing berberine, canadine, 
hydrastine, and probably some resin. It is this mixture which Prof. Butherford found to have 
a pronounced influence upon the biliary secretion in the lower animals. Whether this action 
be or be not dependent upon the presence of berberine or other impurities is as yet uncertain. 
The practical deduction is, however, that when hydrastis is to be used in chronic gastrointes- 
tinal catarrh, or as a local application to mucous membranes, it is better to use hydrastin or 
the fluid extract rather than the pure alkaloid. The dose of hydrastin is from five to ten grains. 
There is some reason for believing that berberine has a special action upon the gastrointes- 
tinal tract. Marfori has, however, found that even in large therapeutic dose it is without 
perceptible influence upon the circulation or the nervous system. When, therefore, a prepara- 
tion of hydrastis is to be used for effects other than a local action on the gastrointestinal or 
other mucous membranes, the pure alkaloid hydrastine should be used. There is abundant 
clinical testimony to the great value of hydrastine in the treatment of uterine hemorrhages, 
whether occurring in the non-parturient, or in the parturient woman. The dose of hydrastine, 
or of its salts, is from one-eighth to one-half of a grain (0008-(M)32 Gin.).* 
HYOSCINE HYDROBROMAS. U. S. (Br.) Hyoscine Hydrobromate 
(HY-OS-CI'N.® IIY-DRO-BRO'MAS.) 
Cit H21 NO4 HBr. 3H2 O ; 436*98. 
“ The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from Hyoscyamus. It should be kept in small, 
well-stoppered vials.” U. S. “ The hydrobromide, C17H21N04JIBr,3H20, of an alkaloid con- 
tained in Hyoscyamus Leaves, different species of Scopola, and possibly other solanaceous 
plants.” Br. 
Hyoscinae Hydrobromidum, Br., Hyoscine Hydrobromide; Hydrobromate of Hyoscine, Scopolamine Hydro- 
bromide. 
This salt was introduced for the first time in the TJ. S. P. 1890. Hyoscine, C17II21N04, is 
found in the leaves and seeds of Hyoscyamus, and the amorphous hyoscyamine of commerce 
*' Liquor Hydrastinas. Under the names of Liquid Hydrastis, Fluid Hydrastis, Colorless Hydrastis, etc., prepa- 
rations of the alkaloids of hydrastis have been largely used. In some cases these solutions have been made directly 
from the drug by depriving a fluid extract of coloring matter, in others the alkaloid has been dissolved in a suitable 
liquid. Gust. Steinmann (A. J. P., 1887, 296) examined several samples and found bydrastine in each, combined 
with either sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, besides aluminum, potassium, boric acid, etc., in small proportion; by 
dissolving 20 grains of hydrastine sulphate or chloride in a pint of a solution of glycerin and water (sp. gr. 1*15), 
a liquid is produced from which the asserted good results can be obtained. Hyoscinse Hydrobromas. 
719 
PART I. 
appears in most cases to be hyoscine, and to be more powerful than the crystallized hyoscyamine 
itself. Pure hyoscine forms a syrupy liquid. The best salt for practical use is the hydro- 
bromate, which is in “ colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, odorless, and having an acrid, 
slightly bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-9 parts of water, 
and in 13 parts of alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 100° C. 
(212° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization, and fuses to a thick, syrupy mass, which 
becomes quite fluid at 160° C. (320° F.). When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. 
The salt is neutral to litmus paper. Addition of ammonia water to the aqueous solution of the 
salt (1 in GO) produces no change, but sodium or potassium hydrate test-solution causes a white 
turbidity. Addition of silver nitrate test-solution to the aqueous solution produces a yellowish- 
white precipitate, which is insoluble in nitric acid ; but, when filtered off and washed, is soluble 
in ammonia water diluted with its own volume of water. If 5 drops of fuming nitric acid be 
added to 0-01 Gm. of the salt, in a small porcelain capsule, and the mixture be evaporated to 
dryness on a water-bath, a scarcely tinted residue will be left, which, when treated, after cooling, 
with a few drops of an alcoholic solution of potassium hydrate, will assume a violet color.” U. S. 
“ It has an acrid, slightly bitter taste, and is odorless. It is soluble in 1 part of cold water 
and in 13 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. When 
heated to 212° F. (100° C.) it loses rather more than 12 per cent, of its weight and fuses to 
a viscid mass which becomes liquid at a temperature of 379-4° to 381-2° F. (193° to 194° C.). 
An aqueous solution yields a precipitate with test-solution of mercuric chloride, solution of iodine, 
or solution of potassium hydroxide, but not with solution of ammonia or solution of potassium 
bichromate. It forms with auric chloride a crystalline salt having a melting point of 388-4° 
F. (198° C.). It affords the reactions characteristic of hydrobromides. Its aqueous solution 
slightly reddens litmus. Heated to redness with access of air it leaves no residue.” Br. 
Prof. E. Schmidt (Apoth. Zeit., 1891, 522) believes that the hyoscine hydrobromate of 
commerce is essentially hydrobromate of scopolamine, C17H21N04. This view has been con- 
firmed by O. Hesse {Ann. d. Chem., 1893, 304), and the British Pharmacopoeia defines hyoscine 
as an alkaloid contained in hyoscyamus, different species of Scopola, and possibly other solana- 
ceous plants, while the committee of revision of the Herman Pharmacopoeia recommends the 
change of the official title of “ Hyoscin Hydrobromate” to “ Scopolamium Hydrobromium.” 
Atroscine was found by Hesse in variable amount in the hyoscine hydrobromide of commerce. 
It is a mydriatic equal in power to atropine or scopolamine. Scopolamine hydrochloride occurs 
in beautiful glassy crystals, 3 Cm. long and 2 Cm. broad. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Various observers have noted that the impure amor- 
phous hyoscyamine is more powerful than the crystallized alkaloid. These observations, with 
the chemical fact that amorphous hyoscyamine is chiefly hyoscine, in 1884 led Dr. H. C. Wood 
to make a careful physiological study of that alkaloid upon the lower animals and to apply it 
to clinical medicine. It was found that the pure hyoscine produced in the frog motor reflex 
paralysis, due to a depression of the spinal cord, and that in mammals it caused disturbance 
of respiration, loss of muscular power, pronounced tendency to stupor, and, finally, death by 
asphyxia. It exerted very little influence upon the circulation even when in toxic doses. It 
became evident that the drug was a depressant of the principal cerebral centres, of the respi- 
ratory centres, and also of the lower motor centres of the spinal cord. In man, the ingestion 
of hyoscine in decided doses is followed in a very short time by dryness of the mouth, flushings 
of the face, great sleepiness, associated in some cases with delirious mutterings, and giddiness 
akin to that of alcoholic intoxication. The respirations are usually lessened in frequency, and 
the pulse-rate is also somewhat diminished. Dilatation of the pupils is usually, but not in- 
variably, produced. After toxic doses these symptoms are intensified ; whilst the frequent loss 
or impairment of the power of swallowing, and a peculiar hoarseness of the voice, with, in some 
cases, laryngeal dyspnoea, indicate that the muscles of the larynx, as well as those of the pharynx, 
have a special tendency to be paralyzed by the alkaloid ; the respiration not only becomes slow 
and full, but sometimes takes on a distinctly Cheyne-Stokes character; the skin is not dry, as 
in atropine-poisoning, but is frequently covered with sweat. No cases of fatal poisoning are on 
record. One-fourth of a grain of very impure hyoscine produced in the case of Dr. Hutchin- 
son profound muscular relaxation, with quiet coma lasting for eleven hours. In applying hyos- 
cine to the treatment of disease, Dr. H. C. Wood found that it is a valuable soporific, especially 
useful in those cases in which the wakefulness is complicated with or due to cerebral excite- 
ment. In insomnia produced by overwork, when the brain seems to lose the capability of 
ceasing its action, hyoscine is of service; but it is especially valuable in active delirious con- 720 
Hyoscyaminse Hydrobromas.—Hyoscyaminse Sulphas. 
PART I. 
ditions, such as occur in acute mania or in exacerbations in the course of chronic mania. In 
those cases in which morphine increases the cerebral excitement hyoscine usually acts most 
happily. According to the statements of Drs. Bruce and Tirard, it is an entirely safe remedy 
in cases of severe kidney disease when morphine is contra-indicated. Dr. H. C. Wood has found 
that it is an efficient remedy in the treatment of sexual excitement, such as nymphomania, sper- 
matorrhoea, and allied affections, and that it will almost invariably control excessive seminal 
emissions. Hyoscine rarely, if ever, produces much more serious after-effects than a little dry- 
ness of the throat and headache, and does not disturb the alimentary canal. The reports of 
later clinicians indicate that excessive susceptibility to its influence is a not infrequent idiosyn- 
crasy, and it is even affirmed that of a grain has caused alarming symptoms. It is prob- 
able, however, that much larger doses were taken in these cases than is alleged. On account 
of its tendency to produce pharyngeal and laryngeal paralysis, it should not be employed in such 
diseases as scarlet fever or diphtheria when there is a tendency to throat difficulties. Being 
practically tasteless, hyoscine is readily given in food or drink without the knowledge of the 
patient. It acts well when taken by the mouth, but is especially efficient and prompt when 
administered hypodermically, and never produces local irritation. The effects of a hypodermic 
dose are usually manifested inside of ten minutes, and persist for six or eight hours. The dose 
by the mouth is from to (tV of a grain ; for hypodermic injections to of a grain. 
On account of the susceptibility of some persons to it, the commencing dose by the mouth should 
not be over T of a grain, by injection of a grain: after cautious trial, doses larger than 
the maximum just given may be employed. 
HYOSCYAMINE HYDROBROMAS. U. S. Hyoscyamine Hydrobromate. 
CnH23N03HBr ; 369*14. (HY-OS-CY-A-MI'NiE HY-DRO-BRO'MAS.) 
“ The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from Hyoscyamus. It should be kept in small, 
well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
There seems to have been little necessity for the introduction of this salt into the U. S. P. 
1890, particularly since hyoscyamine sulphate has been retained. It is officially described as 
“ a yellowish-white, amorphous, resin-like mass, or prismatic crystals, having, particularly when 
damp, a tobacco-like odor, and an acrid, nauseous, and bitter taste; deliquescent on exposure 
to air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 0-3 part of water, 2 parts of alcohol, 3000 parts 
of ether, or 250 parts of chloroform. At 78° C. (172-4° F.) the salt melts, forming a nearly 
colorless liquid. When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to 
litmus paper. An aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated by platinic chloride test- 
solution (difference from most other alkaloids). With gold chloride test-solution it yields a 
precipitate which, when recrystallized from a small quantity of boiling water acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, is deposited, on cooling, in minute, lustrous, golden-yellow scales (difference 
from atropine). The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate test-solution, a 
yellowish-wliite precipitate, which is insoluble in nitric acid ; but, when filtered off and washed, 
is soluble in ammonia water diluted with its own volume of water.” U. S. 
The medical properties and the dose of this salt of hyoscyamine are precisely those of the 
sulphate, to which it is preferred by some. 
HYOSCYAMINE SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Hyoscyamine Sulphate. 
“ The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Hyoscyamus. It should be kept in 
small, well-stoppered vials.” U. S. “ The sulphate, (C17II23N03)2,H2S04,2H20, of an alka- 
loid contained in Hyoscyamus Leaves and possibly other solanaceous plants.” Br. 
Sulfate d’Hyoscyamine, Ft-.; Ilyoscyaminum Sulfuricum, Schwefelsaures Hyoscyamin, G. 
Although Brandes announced the existence of an alkaloid in the seeds of Hyoscyamus niger, 
the process which he used to obtain it was not successful in other hands. The credit of first 
isolating the alkaloid hyoscyamine or hyoscyamia from the plant must be given to Geiger and 
Hesse, who obtained it as long ago as 1833. Hdhn and Reichardt’s process, in which the seed 
is used as the source, is as follows. They treat hyoscyamus seed first with ether to separate 
fatty matter, then with alcohol acidulated with a few drops of sulphuric acid, and afterwards 
distil the alcoholic solution. The aqueous residue is to be neutralized by soda, and the liquid 
precipitated by a solution of tannin. The precipitate, having been placed on a porcelain plate 
to dry, is mixed while yet moist with an excess of lime, and then exhausted by strong alcohol. 
(Ci7H23N03)2H2S04; 674*58. SUL'PHlS.) (Cij H23 N03)2. n2 SO4; 676. Hyoscyaminse Sulphas. 
721 
PART I. 
The alcoholic solution is treated with sulphuric acid, then with soda, and finally with ether, 
which dissolves the liberated hyoscyamine. By distilling off the ether a colorless oleaginous 
liquid is left, which at length concretes. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1872, p. 385.) 
These investigators gave to hyoscyamine the formula C16H23N03, but Ladenburg has shown 
by a study of its decomposition products that it is isomeric with atropine, C17H23N03. Laden- 
burg made the most complete study of atropine and hyoscyamine that we have, and has estab- 
lished their relations to each other in a clearer light. According to him (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 
xiii., pp. 251, 909, and 1549), hyoscyamus contains two alkaloids, a crystalline one, to which 
the name of hyoscyamine is given, and which is the one hitherto studied under that name, and 
an amorphous one, which remains in the mother-liquor after the removal of the crystallizable 
alkaloid, and comes into commerce as a brown thickish syrup. It can be extracted by the 
formation of the gold salt, which is less soluble than hyoscyamine gold chloride. This alkaloid, 
for which he proposed the name hyoscine, and to which he gave the same formula (C17H23N03) 
as hyoscyamine, yields different decomposition products upon decomposition by baryta water. 
Hyoscyamine treated with boiling baryta water assimilates a molecule of water and splits up 
into what were called hyoscinic acid, C9II1003, and hyoscine, C8H16N0, but which Ladenburg 
shows to be simply identical with the decomposition products of atropine, tropic acid and tropine. 
The non-existence of Ladenburg’s hyoscine of the formula C17H23N03 and the truth of the 
statement that commercial hyoscine is identical with scopolamine (see p. 719) is strongly sup- 
ported upon large experience in manufacturing these bases by Dr. L. Merck. Inasmuch as 
Ladenburg (Ber. der Chem. Ges., xii. 941) has succeeded in effecting the synthesis of atropine 
by the combination of tropic acid and tropine (the two decomposition products which are com- 
mon to the two alkaloids atropine and hyoscyamine), we must look for the differences between 
these two to physical and molecular sources rather than chemical. 
Hyoscyamine crystallizes in colorless, transparent, silky needles, fusing at 108-5° C., is in- 
odorous, of an acrid, disagreeable taste, slightly soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol and 
ether, and volatilizable with little change if carefully distilled. It is quickly altered by contact 
with water and an alkali, and when heated with potassa or soda is completely decomposed, 
with the disengagement of ammonia. It neutralizes the acids, forming crystallizable salts,* 
and is precipitated by infusion of galls. The alkaloid and its salts are very poisonous ; and the 
smallest quantity, introduced into the eye, produces dilatation of the pupil, which continues long. 
Hyoscine has been known in commerce as amorphous hyoscyamine. The best salts, according 
to Prof. Edlefsen, to prepare and dispense are the hydrobromate and hydriodate. Hyoscine 
hydriodate crystallizes from water, in which it is only moderately soluble, in small, hemihedral 
prisms, which mostly have a slight yellowish color. (See Hyoscinse Hydrohromas.) 
The double gold chloride, C17H21N04HC1 -{- AuC13, is less soluble than the corresponding 
gold salt of hyoscyamine, and so serves to separate them when together. 
Properties. The Pharmacopoeia describes the sulphate of hyoscyamine as “ white, in- 
distinct crystals, or a white powder, without odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste; deliquescent 
in damp air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-5 part of water, and in 2-5 parts of alcohol; 
very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. At 140° to 160° C. (284° to 320° F.) the salt 
melts, and, upon ignition, is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus 
paper. An aqueous solution of the salt is not precipitated by platinic chloride test-solution 
(difference from most other alkaloids'). With gold chloride test-solution it yields a precipitate 
which, when recrystallized from a small quantity of boiling water acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid, is deposited, on cooling, in minute, lustrous, golden-yellow scales (difference from 
atropine). The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white 
precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid.” U. S. “ A crystalline powder, deliquescent, odor- 
less, having a bitter acrid taste. Melting point 402-8° F. (206° C.). Soluble in 0-5 part of 
water, 2-5 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. It 
affords the reactions characteristic of sulphates. A solution in water acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid yields no precipitate with solution of platinic chloride, but affords with solution of 
auric chloride a yellow precipitate soluble in boiling water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 
and again deposited, as the solution cools, in brilliant, golden-yellow scales (distinction from 
atropine). Heated to redness with access of air it leaves no residue.” Br. 
* According to the latest chemical researches (see Belladonnm Radix, p. 261), duboisine is the same as hyoscya- 
mine: the symptoms which have been reported in cases of poisoning by duboisine are very similar to those which 
occur in atropine-poisoning, save only in the apparent presence of excessive muscular weakness and in the slow- 
ness of the pulse which has been noted by a number of observers. For abstracts of reported cases of poisoning by 
duboisine, see 16th ed. U. S. D., p. 288. 722 
Hyoscyaminse Sulphas.—Hyoscyamus. 
PART I. 
Medical Properties. Owing to the facts that until very recently commercial hyoscya- 
mine has usually been contaminated with hyoscine, and that few careful studies of a chemi- 
cally pure hyoscyamine have been made, its exact influence upon the human system is not 
positively determined. The studies of Dr. J. C. Shaw appear, however, to prove that hyoscy- 
amine acts upon the nervous system and the circulation, including the heart and the vaso-motor 
system, precisely as does atropine, except as regards respiration, which appears in most cases 
to have been slowed rather than increased in rapidity, an indication that hyoscyamine, unlike 
atropine, is not a respiratory stimulant. Dr. Shaw also found that hyoscyamine is less powerful 
as a mydriatic and more powerful as a soporific than is atropine. On the other hand, in studies 
upon normal men, Dr. Bichter could not perceive that hyoscyamine had a tendency to produce 
sleep. Prof. Sydney Linger, in a careful comparative study of hyoscyamine and atropine in 
acute mania, was unable to detect any important differences in the action of the two sub- 
stances. The dose of commercial hyoscyamine varies greatly according to its purity, but one- 
fortieth of a grain of the pure alkaloid has produced violent poisoning, with symptoms similar 
to those caused by atropine: not more than one-eightieth of a grain (0-0008 Gm.) should be 
given as a commencing dose. 
HYOSCYAMUS. U. S. (Br.) Hyoscyamus. [Henbane.] 
(HY-OS-CY'A-MUS.) 
“ The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscyamus niger, Linne (nat. ord. Solanaceae), collected 
from plants of the second year’s growth.” U. S. “ The fresh leaves and flowers, with the 
branches to which they are attached, of Hyoscyamus niger, Linn.; also the leaves and the 
flowering tops, separated from the branches and carefully dried. Collected from the flowering 
biennial plants.” Br. 
Hyoscyami Folia, Br.; Herba Hyoscyami; Feuilles de Jusquiame noire, Fr.; Bilsenkraut, 0. 
There are about eleven species of the genus Hyoscyamus known ; these are distributed from 
the Canary Islands over Europe and Northern Africa to Asia. 
Hyoscyamus niger. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 179 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1010 ; 
Woodv. Med. Bot., 204, t. 76; Carson, lllust. of Med. Bot., ii. 19, pi. 66. 
Henbane is usually a biennial plant, with a long, tapering, whitish, fleshy, 
somewhat branching root, not unlike that of parsley, for which it has 
been eaten by mistake, with poisonous effects. The stem, which rises 
in the second year, is erect, round, branching, from one to four feet 
high, and thickly furnished 'with leaves. These are large, oblong-ovate, 
deeply sinuated with pointed segments, undulated, soft to the touch, and 
at their base embrace the stem. The upper leaves are generally entire. 
Both the stem and leaves are hairy, viscid, and of a sea-green color. 
The flowers form long, one-sided, leafy spikes, which terminate the 
branches, and hang downward. They are composed of a calyx with 
five pointed divisions, a funnel-shaped corolla, with five unequal, obtuse 
segments at the border, five stamens inserted into the tube of the corolla, 
and a pistil with a blunt, round stigma. The corolla is of an obscure 
yellow color, beautifully variegated with purple veins. The fruit is a 
globular two-celled capsule, covered with a lid, invested with the per- 
sistent calyx, and containing numerous small seeds, which are discharged 
by the horizontal separation of the lid. The whole plant has a rank, 
offensive odor. 
II. niger is susceptible of considerable diversity of character, causing 
varieties which have by some been considered as distinct species. Thus, 
the plant is sometimes annual, the stem simple, smaller, and less downy 
than in the biennial plant, the leaves shorter and less hairy and viscid, 
and the flowers often yellow without the purple streaks. It has been 
ascertained that much difference of medical properties is connected with 
these diversities of character; and the British Pharmacopoeia directs 
the biennial variety as the most efficient. 
The plant is found in the northern and eastern sections of the United 
States, occupying waste grounds in the older settlements, particularly 
graveyards, old gardens, and the foundations of ruined houses. It grows in great abundance 
about Detroit, in Michigan. It is not, however, a native of this country, having been intro- 
Epithelium of Hyoscya- 
mus leaf, showing stoma 
and hair. Hyoscyamus. 
723 
PART I. 
duced from Europe. In Great Britain, and on the continent of Europe, it grows abundantly 
along the roads, around villages, amidst rubbish, and in uncultivated places. Both varieties 
were formerly cultivated in England, but at present the biennial is chiefly or solely grown. 
The annual plant flowers in July or August, the biennial in May or June. For an account 
of the cultivation of the biennial variety at Hitchin, England, see P. J. Tr., Feb. 1860. 
H. albus, so named from the whiteness of its flowers, is used in France indiscriminately with 
the former species, with which it appears to be identical in medicinal properties. 
All parts of Hyoscyamus niger are active. The official description of the plant is as follows : 
“ Leaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25 Cm. long and 10 Cm. broad ; sinuate-toothed, the teeth 
large, oblong or triangular; grayish green, and, particularly on the lower surface, glandular- 
hairy ; midrib prominent; flowers nearly sessile, with an urn-shaped, five-toothed calyx, and a 
light yellow, purple-veined corolla ; odor heavy, narcotic ; taste bitter and somewhat acrid.” U. S. 
The mesophyll of the leaf contains small prisms of calcium oxalate. Much of the efficacy of 
henbane depends upon the time at which it is gathered. The leaves should be collected soon 
after the plant has flowered. In the biennial plant, those of the second year are preferred to 
those of the first. The latter, according to Dr. Houlton, are less clammy and fetid, yield less 
extractive, and are medicinally much less efficient. It is said that the plant is sometimes 
destroyed by severe winters in England, and that no leaves of the second year’s growth are 
then obtainable. This is, perhaps, one of the causes of the great uncertainty of the medicine 
as found in commerce. The root also is said to be much more poisonous in the second year 
than in the first.* 
Properties. The recent leaves have, when bruised, a strong, disagreeable, narcotic odor, 
somewhat like that of tobacco. Their taste is mucilaginous and very slightly acrid. When 
dried, they have little smell or taste. Thrown upon the fire, they burn with a crackling noise, 
as if they contained a nitrate, and at the same time emit a strong odor. Their virtues are 
completely extracted by diluted alcohol. The aqueous infusion is of a pale-yellow color, insipid, 
with the narcotic odor of the plant. The leaves were analyzed by Lindbergsen, who obtained 
from them a narcotic principle. They contain a large proportion of potassium nitrate, 
Mr. F. Mahla having obtained, as nearly as he could estimate from his experiments, 2 per 
cent, of that salt. (A. J. P., 1859, p. 402.) The seeds are very small, roundish, compressed, 
somewhat kidney-shaped, a little wrinkled, of a gray or yellowish-gray color, of the odor of 
the plant, and of an oleaginous, bitterish taste. Geiger and Hesse (1833) were the first to 
demonstrate the existence of an alkaloid in hyoscyamus. Ladenburg has shown (1880) that 
there are two alkaloids in the plant,—one crystallizable, hyoscyamine, and the other amorphous, 
hyosdne (scopolamine, p. 719). (See Hyoscyamiase Sulphas, p. 720, and Hyoscinse Hydrobromas, 
p. 718.) Hbhn (Ann. Chem. Pharm., 157, 98) obtained from the seeds a bitter principle 
which proved to be a glucoside. He calls it hyoscypicrin, and gives it the formula C27H62014. 
From experiments made by Mr. Hirtz upon the relative medicinal power of extracts from 
the seeds and from the leaves, he inferred that the former had ten times the strength of the 
latter. Henbane leaves yield, by destructive distillation, a very poisonous empyreumatic oil. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Hyoscyamus was known to the ancients, and was 
employed by some of the earlier modern practitioners, but had fallen into disuse, and was almost 
forgotten, when Baron Storck again introduced it into notice. By this physician and some of 
his successors it was prescribed in numerous diseases, and, if we may credit their testimony, 
with the happiest effects; but subsequent experience of its operation has greatly narrowed the 
extent of its application. It is at present used almost exclusively to relieve pain, procure sleep, 
or quiet irregular nervous action, and is not supposed to exercise any specific curative in- 
fluence over particular diseases. It is similar in its physiological action to belladonna, and in 
poisonous doses produces similar symptoms, but it is more of a hypnotic and much feebler. It 
is chiefly employed to allay nervous irritation, in hysteria, and in various pectoral diseases with 
cough, also to prevent griping by the vegetable cathartics. In Europe, where the fresh leaves 
* The several products of the henbane plants are placed by Mr. R. Usher (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1867) in the following 
order as to efficiency: 1, the leaves of the biennial plant of the second year’s growth; 2, the biennial plant of the 
first year; 3, the British annual henbane; 4, the German annual henbane. The last two, though most extensively 
used are really nearly valueless, and should always be rejected. The British annual so nearly resembles the biennial 
of the second year, having flowers, that the two may be easily mistaken for each other; but a sufficient distinction 
is that the annual plant “ possesses no flavor or aroma.” Besides, the leaves are much shorter; and occasionally 
there is a pure primrose blossom, which never happens with the biennial, which is beautifully streaked. The biennial 
plant is so liable to the attacks of worms that at one time little of the second year’s growth was collected, and the 
market was consequently supplied with a very inferior article. 724 
Ichthyocolla. 
PART I. 
are readily obtained, it is often applied externally in the shape of lotion, cataplasm, or fomenta- 
tion, to allay pain and irritation, in scrofulous or cancerous ulcers, scirrhous, hemorrhoidal, or other 
painful tumors, gouty and rheumatic swellings, and nervous headaches. The treatment of hyos- 
cyamus-poisoning is identical with that of belladonna-poisoning. (See Belladonna.') 
Henbane may be given in fluid or solid extract or in tincture. The dose of the leaves is 
from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.), that of the seeds somewhat smaller. The extract, 
or inspissated juice of the fresh leaves (Extractum Hyoscyami Viride, Br.), is exceedingly 
variable in its operation, being - sometimes active, sometimes almost inert. The usual dose is 
from two to three grains ((M3-0-20 dm.), repeated and gradually increased till its effects are 
obtained. The alcoholic extract (Extractum Hyoscyami, U. S.) is more certain. Dose, from 
one to two grains (0-065-0-13 Gm.), increased pro re nata. An extract from the seeds would 
be more efficacious. Dose of the tincture, from one to two fluidrachms (S-TS-T'fi C.c.). 
ICHTHYOCOLLA. U. S. Isinglass. 
(ij3h-thy-o-c5l'la.) 
“ The swimming-bladder of Aeipenser Huso, Linn6, and of other species of Acipenser (class, 
Pisces; order, Sturiones).” U. S. 
Colla Piscium, P. G.; Fish-Glue; Ichthyoeolle, Colie de Poisson, Fr.; Hausenhlase, Fischleim, G.; Colla di Pesce, 
It.; Cola de Pescado, Sp. 
Isinglass is a gelatinous substance, prepared chiefly from the sounds or 
of fishes, especially those of different species of sturgeon. In most fishes there is a membranous 
bag, placed in the anterior part of the abdomen, communicating frequently, though not always, 
by means of a duct, with the oesophagus or stomach, and containing usually a mixture of oxy- 
gen and nitrogen gases in various proportions. From the supposition that it was intended by 
its expansion or contraction to enable the fish to rise or sink in the water, it has been termed 
the swimming-bladder. It is of different shape in different fishes, and consists of three coats, 
of which the two interior are thin and delicate, the outer tough and of a silvery whiteness. 
The Acipenser huso, or beluga of the Russians, is particularly designated by the Pharma- 
copoeia as the species of sturgeon from which isinglass is procured; but three others, A. 
ruthenus, or sterlet, A. sturio, or common sturgeon, and A. stellatus, or starred sturgeon, also 
furnish large quantities to commerce. All these fish inhabit the interior waters of Russia, es- 
pecially the Volga and other streams which empty into the Caspian Sea. Immense numbers 
are annually taken, and consumed as food by the Russians. The air-bags are removed from 
the fish, and, having been split open and washed in water in order to separate the blood, fat, 
and adhering extraneous membranes, are spread out, and when sufficiently stiffened are formed 
into cylindrical rolls, the ends of which are brought together and secured by pegs. The shape 
given to the roll is that of a staple, or more accurately that of a lyre, which it firmly retains 
when dried. Thus prepared it is known in commerce by the name of staple isinglass, and is 
distinguished into the long and the short staple. Sometimes the membranes are dried in a flat 
state, or simply folded, and then receive the name of leaf or book isinglass. The scraps or 
fragments of these varieties, with various other parts of the fish, are boiled in water, which 
dissolves the gelatin, and upon evaporation leaves it in a solid state. This is called cake ism- 
glass, from the shape which it is made to assume. It is sometimes, however, in globular masses. 
Of these varieties, the long staple is said to be the best; but the finest book isinglass is not sur- 
passed by any brought to this country. It is remarkable for its beautiful iridescence by trans- 
mitted light. One hundred grains of this isinglass dissolve in ten ounces of water, forming a 
tremulous jelly when cold, and yield but two grains of insoluble residuum. That in cakes is 
brownish, of an unpleasant odor, and employed only in the arts. Inferior kinds, with the 
same commercial titles, are said to be prepared from the peritoneum and intestines of the fish. 
An inferior Russian product, known in English commerce by the name of Samovey isinglass, 
is procured, according to Pereira, from the Silurus glanis. It comes, like the better kind, in 
the shape of leaf book, and the short staple. Isinglass, little inferior to the Russian, is made in 
Iceland from the sounds of the cod and ling. It is said also to be prepared by the fishermen 
of Newfoundland. We receive from Brazil the air-bladders of a large fish, prepared by dry- 
ing them in their distended state. They are oblong, tapering, and pointed at one end, bifid 
with the remains of their pneumatic duct at the other, and of a firm consistence. The Bra- 
zilian isinglass is inferior to the Russian. Considerable quantities are manufactured in New 
England. This sort (American isinglass') is in thin ribbons several feet in length, and from an 
inch and a half to two inches in width. One hundred grains dissolve almost entirely in water, Ichthyocolla. 
725 
PART I. 
leaving but two grains of insoluble membrane, and form a jelly when cold with eight ounces of 
water. It is, therefore, as pure and nearly as strong a gelatin as the Russian isinglass; but it 
retains a fishy taste and odor, which render it unfit for culinary or medicinal purposes. Isin- 
glass of good quality has also been made in New York from the sounds of the weak-fish— 
Otolithus regalis of Cuvier (Storer, Rep. on Fishes of Mass., p. 33)—and perhaps of other fishes 
caught in the neighborhood. The sounds are dried whole, or merely split open, and vary much 
in size and texture, weighing from a drachm to an ounce. An article called refined or trans- 
parent isinglass is made by dissolving the New England isinglass in hot water, and spreading 
the solution to dry on oiled muslin. It is in very thin, transparent plates, and is an excellent 
glue, but retains a strong fishy odor. A variety of Ichthyocolla, called India or China isin- 
glass, has been consumed largely in China from time immemorial, and became known to the 
Europeans of India about 1839. It is now found in the markets of London, where it is chiefly 
employed in clarifying beer. (Journ. de Pharm., Fev. 1870, p. 153.) It is the swimming-blad- 
der derived from two species of Polynemus, and from several other species of fish in the Indian 
waters. (Ibid., Janv. 1873, p. 77.) Preparations such as Nelson's and Coxe's gelatin are largely 
used now as substitutes for isinglass in making jellies. They are made from selected bones, 
and the gelatin is concentrated in vacuo and filtered clear, and often bleached with sulphurous 
acid. (See Gelatinum, p. 647.) 
Mr. C. T. Carney states that the New England isinglass is prepared from the sounds of the 
hake ( Gadus merluccius), by the following process. Having been taken from the fish, split open, 
cleansed, and dried, they are soaked in water till sufficiently soft, then passed through rollers so 
as to form a large, homogeneous, dough-like sheet, which is cut into strips, and then again 
passed through rollers till reduced to a ribbon-like form. The pieces thus prepared are thor- 
oughly dried, and folded into bundles. (Proc. A. P. A., 1857 ; see also A. J. P, 1894, 447.) 
According to Dr. Y. Griessmayer, the skin of the ray (Raja, a tribe of deep-sea fishes, with 
flat body and naked and often leather-like skin) has been much used, particularly in France, 
in place of isinglass, as a clarifying agent in brewing. The skin of the thornback or rough ray 
(Raja clavata) is, according to Jericka, the best for this purpose. The clarifying mixture pre- 
pared from this is without color, odor, or taste, and clears any turbid liquid in a short time, 
or at least within three days, if the liquid is kept in a very cold place. This clarifier is said to 
be superior to either Russian or American isinglass. (N. R., Feb. 1879.) Isinglass is some- 
times kept in the shops cut into fine shreds, and is thus more easily acted on by boiling water. 
Properties. In its purest form it is “ in separate sheets, sometimes rolled, of a horny or 
pearly appearance; whitish or yellowish, semi-transparent, iridescent, inodorous, insipid ; almost 
entirely soluble in boiling water and in boiling diluted alcohol. A solution of isinglass in 24 
parts of boiling water forms, on cooling, a transparent jelly.” U. S. The inferior kinds are 
yellowish and more opaque. In cold water it softens, swells up, and becomes opalescent. Boil- 
ing water entirely dissolves it, with the exception of a minute proportion of impurities, amount- 
ing, according to Mr. Hatchet, to less than 2 per cent. The solution on cooling assumes the 
form of a jelly, which consists of pure gelatin and water. Isinglass is in fact the purest form 
of gelatin with which we are acquainted, and may be used whenever this principle is required 
as a test. It is insoluble iu alcohol, but is dissolved readily by most of the diluted acids, and 
by alkaline solutions. It has a strong affinity for tannin, with which it forms an insoluble com- 
pound. Boiled with sulphuric acid, it is converted into a peculiar substance, called glycocoll or 
sugar of gelatin, which is in reality amido-acetic acid, C2H3(NH2)02. Its aqueous solution 
speedily putrefies. (See Gelatinum, p. 647.) An ingenious adulteration has been practised by 
rolling a layer of gelatin between two layers of genuine isinglass. This may be detected by the 
disagreeable odor and taste of the adulterated drug, and the effects of water upon it. Genuine 
isinglass, cut into shreds and treated with water, becomes opalescent and more opaque than 
before ; while the shreds, though they soften and swell, remain unbroken, and when examined 
by the microscope are seen to be decidedly fibrous. Gelatin, on the contrary, when similarly 
treated, becomes more transparent than before; the shreds are disintegrated, and the structure 
appears amorphous under the microscope. In the adulterated article both these characters 
are presented in layers more or less distinct. (P. J. Tr., ix. 505.) Moreover, Redwood and 
Letheby observed that the ash of true isinglass does not exceed 0-9 per cent., while glue con- 
tains from 2 to 4 per cent, of ash. An adulterated isinglass would therefore yield more ash 
than the normal. A false isinglass has been imported into England from Para, in Brazil, 
consisting of the dried ovary of a large fish. It has somewhat the form of a bunch of grapes, 
consisting of ovoid or roundish masses attached by a footstalk to a central axis. It is not 726 
Illicium. 
PART I. 
gelatinous, and is unfit for the purposes to which isinglass is applied. (A. J. P., xxv. 144.)* 
For table showing value of different kinds of European isinglass, see P. J. Tr., 1884, p. 900. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Isinglass lias no peculiar medical properties. It may 
be given internally, in the form of jelly, as a slightly nutritious article of diet; but it has no 
advantage over the jelly made from calves’ feet. Three drachms impart sufficient consistency to 
a pint of water. It is employed for clarifying liquors, and imparting lustre to various woven 
fabrics. Added in small quantities to vegetable jellies, it gives them a tremulous appearance, 
which they lack when unmixed. As a test of tannin it is strongly recommended by Prof. Wm, 
T. Wenzell, who uses it instead of hide powder in the estimation of tannin. (A. J. P., 1894, 
447.) It forms the coating of court-piaster. 
ILLICIUM. U. S. Illicium. [Star-Anise.] 
“ The fruit of Illicium verum, Hooker filius (nat. ord. Magnoliaceae).” U. S. 
Chinese Anise, Fructus Anisi Stellati; Semen Badiani, Badiane, Anise 6toil6, Fr.; Sternanis, G. 
Of the genus Illicium, seven species are recognized, of which two are found on the Atlantic 
coast of Southern North America, two in Hindostan, and three in China and Japan. Many 
of the species are possessed of aromatic properties. I. Jloridanum, a small evergreen tree or 
shrub with oblong-lanceolate, acuminate leaves, which grows westward from Florida along the 
coast bounding the Gulf of Mexico, has its bark, leaves, and probably also seed-vessels endowed 
with a spicy odor and taste, analogous to those of anise. Another species, 1. parvijlorum, a 
shrub found by Michaux in the hilly regions of Georgia and Carolina, has a flavor closely 
resembling that of sassafras root. A decoction of the seeds is said to produce violent gastro- 
intestinal irritation, followed by motor and sensory paralysis, with convulsions and death if 
the dose have been sufficient. E. Barral (Revue Gen. de. Clin., Oct. 1889) states that he has 
obtained a poisonous glucoside from the kernel. The Illicium anisatum is a small tree, twenty- 
five or thirty feet high, bearing small yellow and white flowers. As was pointed out by Mr. 
Piry in 1878, and confirmed by Dr. Bretschneider, star-anise is chiefly produced in the extreme 
southeast portion of' China, in the provinces of Kwang-si and Kwang-tung, especially in the 
mountainous region between the Tso-kiang and the Yu-kiang, and also in Annam, and finds 
exit principally through the port of Pakhoi. Although Bentley and Trimen give I. anisatum 
as the botanical source of star-anise, yet the assertion of Bretschneider that the botanical 
source of the plant is unknown, led to seeds being sent from the Hong-Kong Botanical Gar- 
dens to Kew, and a successful cultivation resulted in the description by Sir Joseph Hooker of 
a new species of Illicium, under the name of I. verum. (Bot. Mag., t. 7005, July, 1888.) The 
leading features in the plant appear to be the solitary axillary globular flowers, which do not 
expand fully, the segments remaining convex, the inner segments being red, and the ten 
stamens, in which the filament forms with the connective an avoid body. The peduncles are 
curved and barely half an inch in length. 
Illicium anisatum was examined by C. E. Schlegel (A. J. P., 1885, p. 426), who found saponin 
in the aqueous extract; in the alcoholic extract a crystalline principle of a strong musk-like 
odor, which did not show alkaloidal or glucosidal reactions ; and oil of star-anise. I. floridanum 
was examined by Henry C. C. Maisch (A. J. P1885, p. 278), who obtained from the leaves, 
besides essential oil, crystals of a glucoside to which probably the bitter taste of the leaves is 
due. The root-bark and the capsules both yielded a neutral crystalline principle insoluble in 
alcohol and ether, but soluble in chloroform, melting at 110° C. (230° F.). 
The I. religiosum, or shikimi, of India, is very poisonous, causing vomiting and epileptiform 
(IL-LI'CI-UM.) 
* Japanese Isinglass. Two forms of this substance are described by Mr. Hanbury, one in irregularly four-sided 
sticks, about eleven inches long, very light and porous, the other in long shrivelled strips about one-eighth of an inch 
thick. It is translucent, yellowish white, without smell or taste, insoluble in cold water, but swelling up and soften- 
ing under its influence, and dissolved in great measure by boiling water, with which it gelatinizes on cooling. The 
peculiarities of this substance are owing to a principle denominated gelose by Payen, which resembles gelatin in its 
gelatinizing property, but differs in its chemical relations, and is probably peculiar. It’resembles the carrageenin of 
Irish moss, but has a greater gelatinizing power. The jelly formed by dissolving it in boiling water and allowing tbe 
solution to cool requires a higher temperature to liquefy it than gelatin jelly, and does not melt in the mouth. 
Gelose differs from gelatin in not being precipitated by tannic acid, and from rice jelly in not being rendered blue 
by iodine. Japan isinglass is used for the same purposes as that of animal origin. It is derived, according to Mr. 
Hanbury, from different species of various genera of sea-weed, and especially Gelidium corncum. (See A. J. P., 1860, 
p. 354.) The term Agar Agar, in the East Indies, is applied to several sea-weeds prepared for food. (See Part II.; 
also Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 173; P. J. Tr., xi. 137.) Illicium. 
727 
PART I. 
convulsions, with dilated pupil and exceedingly cyanosed countenance :* in it has been found by 
Mr. J. F. Eykman (/J. J. Tr., xi. 1046) a crystalline principle, for which the name of shikiviine 
or sikimine j- has been proposed. The accompanying cuts portray the differences in the cap- 
sules of several species. 
Illieium anisatum. 
Illicium religiosum. 
Illicium griflithii. 
Illicium magus. 
Properties. “The fruit is pedunculate and consists of eight stellately arranged carpels, 
which are boat-shaped, about 10 Mm. long, rather woody, wrinkled, straight-beaked, brown, 
dehiscent on the upper suture, internally reddish-brown, glossy, and containing a single, flattish, 
oval, glossy, brownish-yellow seed; odor anise-like ; taste of the carpels sweet and aromatic, 
and of the seeds oily. Star-anise should not be confounded with the very similar but poisonous 
fruit of Illicium anisatum Linne (Illicium religiosum Siebold), the carpels of which are more 
woody, shrivelled, and have a thin, mostly curved beak, a faint, clove-like odor, and an unpleasant 
* The following table gives the distinctive characters which, according to Mr. J. F. Eykman, distinguish the oil 
of Illicium religiosum from allied oils (P. J. Tr., xi. 1048): 
01. Anisi Vulgaris. 
Oleum Fceniculi. 
Ol. Ulicii Anisati. 
Ol. Illicii Religiosi. 
Constituents. . . 
Chiefly solid and liquid 
anethol. 
Small quantity of ter- 
pene boiling at 190° 
C., and liquid and 
solid anethol. 
Chiefly solid and liq- 
uid anethol. 
Rather much of a ter- 
pene boiling at 173° 
to 176° C.; liquid an- 
ethol boiling at 232° 
to 233° C. 
Melting Point . . 
+6° to +18° C. 
—2° to +18° C. 
About 0° C. 
Not solid when cooled 
to 20° C. 
Specific Gravity . 
About 0-903. 
0-94 to 0-998. 
0-978. 
1-006. 
Molecular Rota- 
tion. 
0° to -4-0*5°. 
+13° to +19-6°. 
0° to —0-4.°, 
—8-6°. 
Alcoholic Hydro- 
chloric Acid. 
Colorless, afterwards 
reddish, then pale 
red. 
Colorless. 
Colorless. 
Colorless, afterwards 
blue. 
Chloral Reagent . 
Colorless, afterwards 
yellow and brownish. 
Colorless, then beauti- 
ful red. 
Colorless, then beau- 
tiful red. 
Colorless, afterwards 
dirty brown-yellow. 
Ammoniacal Sil- 
ver Solution. 
In 24 hours no reduc- 
tion. 
Like ol. anisi vulgaris. 
Like ol. anisi vul- 
garis. 
Reduction in a few 
hours. 
Hager's Reaction 
In alcohol, a portion of 
the sulphuric acid 
and oil mixture re- 
mains undissolved as 
a thick mass adhering 
to the sides of the 
tube. 
Mixture of oil, sul- 
phuric acid, and alco- 
hol is perfectly clear. 
Like ol. anisi vul- 
garis. 
Mixture is nearly clear; 
separation of a little 
reddish-white deposit. 
10 drops of oil, 
with 60 drops of 
ether and about 
0*15 gramme of 
sodium. 
Colorless; after 4 hours 
the mixture nearly 
colorless; deposit yel- 
lowish white. 
Colorless: after 4 
hours liquid and 
deposit yellow. 
Colorless; quickly blu- 
ish ; after 4 hours 
liquid pale yellow, de- 
posit yellow. 
f Sikimine is violently poisonous, belonging to the group of convulsants of which picrotoxin is the type. Plugge 
and Schutte associate in this group—Dioscorine, the alkaloid of Dioscorea hirsuta; Cicutoxine, the alkaloid of 
Cicuta virosa; Coriamyrtin, a glucoside of Coriaria myrtifolia; DigitalirSsine and Toxirisine, prepared by Schmiede- 
berg from digitalin and digitoxin ; Phytolaccatoxine, the alkaloid of Phytolacca acinosa; Sikimine; CEnanthotoxine, 
the alkaloid obtained from the (Enanthe crocata, by Pohl; Isonitroso-anilacStone, an artificial substance prepared 
by Holleman. (See Archiv. Internat. d. Pharmacodyn., iv., 1897.) 728 
Infusa. 
PART I. 
taste.” TJ. S. Star-anise is used principally as a source of oil of anise, which is prepared by 
distillation not only in Southwestern China, but also in enormous quantities in Annam, where 
it is enclosed in tinned vessels and sent into commerce through China. 
Eykman (Pharm. Journ., 1885, p. 985) has shown that in the essential oil of the fruit of 
Illicium religiosum safirol, C10H1002, is found, accompanied by eugenol, C10H120„. On the 
other hand, the chief constituent of the oil of Illicium anisatum is anethol, C10H120. The 
constituents of low boiling point in star-anise oil, consisting of terpenes essentially, have been 
reported upon by the chemists of Schimmel & Co. (Semi-annual Report, April, 1893). They find 
dextro-pinene, boiling at 157° to 163° C. (314-6° to 325-4° F.), and Isevo-phellandrene, boiling at 
from 170° to 175° C. (338° to 347° F.). The medical properties of the oil of star-anise are 
probably similar to those of oil of anise, for which its oil has been largely substituted. 
INFUSA. U. S. Infusions 
(iN-FU'gA.) 
Tisanes, Infusions, Fr.; Infusionen, Aufgiisse, G. 
These are aqueous solutions obtained by treating with water, without the aid of ebullition, 
vegetable products only partially soluble in that liquid. The water employed may be hot or 
cold, according to the objects to be accomplished. Infusions are generally prepared by pouring 
boiling water upon the vegetable substance and macerating in a tightly closed vessel till the 
liquid cools. The soluble principles are thus extracted more rapidly, and, as a rule, in a larger 
proportion, than at a lower temperature. Some substances, moreover, are dissolved in this 
manner which are nearly or quite insoluble in cold water. A prolonged application of heat 
is in some instances desirable; and this may be effected by placing the vessel near the fire. 
Cold water is preferred when the active principle is highly volatile, when it is injured by heat, 
or when any substance of difficult solubility at a low temperature exists in the vegetable, which 
it is desirable to avoid in the infusion. A longer continuance of the maceration is necessary 
in this case ; and in warm weather there is sometimes danger that spontaneous decomposition 
may commence before the process is completed. When a strong infusion is required, the 
process of percolation may be advantageously resorted to. The water employed should be free 
from saline impurities, which frequently produce precipitates and render the infusion turbid. 
Fresh river, rain, or distilled water is usually preferable to that of pumps or springs, except 
when the latter are known to produce water which will not react with any of the constituents 
of the infusion. 
The substance to be acted on should he sliced or bruised, or in the state of powder; but, 
unless when percolation is employed, this last condition is seldom requisite, and is always in- 
convenient, as it requires that the infusion should be filtered through paper in order completely to 
separate the undissolved portion. In other cases it is sufficient to strain it through tine linen 
or muslin. When percolation is resorted to, the substance should be more or less finely pow- 
dered. The United States Pharmacopoeia furnishes a general formula for infusions, which is 
to be used when the proportions are not specified. In the U. S. P. 1880 the strength of such 
infusions was fixed at 10 per cent. Experience has shown, however, that this was too strong 
for general purposes, and in the U. S. P. 1890, 5 per cent, has been chosen as the limit. 
General Formula for Infusions, U. S. P. 
“ An ordinary Infusion, the strength of which is not directed by the physician, nor specified 
by the Pharmacopoeia, shall be prepared by the following formula : 
“ Take of 
The Substance, coarsely comminuted, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; 
Boiling Water, one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, fluidrachms] ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 65 fluidrachms]. 
“ Put the substance into a suitable vessel provided with a cover, pour upon it the Boiling 
Water, cover the vessel tightly, and let it stand for half an hour. Then strain, and pass 
enough Water through the strainer to make the Infusion measure one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 6? fluidrachms]. 
“ Caution.—The strength of Infusions of energetic or powerful substances should he specially 
prescribed by the physician.” XJ. S. PART I. 
Infusa. 
729 
Infusions are usually prepared in glazed earthenware or porcelain vessels fitted with covers. 
Mr. Brande suggests the use of clean metallic vessels, which, when finely polished, retain the 
heat for a longer time ; but they are also more liable to chemical alteration, and may sometimes 
injuriously affect the preparation. Vessels of block-tin are generally well adapted for the 
purpose.* 
As infusions do not keep well, especially in warm weather, they should he made extempo- 
raneously and in small quantities. In this country they are usually prepared in families, and 
the propriety of their introduction into the Pharmacopoeia has been doubted ; hut it is desira- 
ble to have certain fixed standards for the regulation of the medical practitioner, and it is 
sometimes convenient to direct infusions from the apothecary, for whose guidance official for- 
mulas are necessary. Physicians would, indeed, find an advantage in more frequently direct- 
ing them to be prepared by the pharmacist, instead of leaving their preparation to the careless- 
ness or want of skill of attendants upon the sick. Infusions may he kept during hot weather, 
and for many months, by straining them while hot, and pouring them at once into bottles pro- 
vided with accurately ground stoppers. The bottle must be full, the stopper being made to 
displace its bulk of the fluid. A common bottle with a cork stopper may be used, if the soft- 
ened cork be forced into the full bottle, tied down, and at once dipped into hot sealing-wax. 
The hotter the liquid and the freer from air the better will the infusion keep. Sterilization 
of infusions by heating them to the boiling point, then preserving in bottles which have been 
kept hot to destroy germs, and stoppered with sterilized cotton, is effective, particularly if the 
bottles have a stop-cock near the bottom to draw the infusion when wanted. Prof. Alm6ns 
has proposed a very efficient method of preserving infusions. (A. J. P., April, 1875.) It is as 
follows. The infusion or decoction is heated for some time in a wrater-bath at 100° C. (212° 
F.), and the bottle is then fitted with a tight cork, through w’hich a glass tube passes, lightly 
filled with cotton wool. The cork has a second opening, through which a glass tube passes 
nearly to the bottom of the bottle; this tube is bent at a sharp angle and has fitted to it a 
piece of india-rubber tubing, to which a pinch-cock is attached, by means of wdiich the con- 
tents may be drawn as wanted. By making very concentrated infusions, as suggested by Mr. 
Donovan, with a mixture of three parts of water and one part of alcohol, they may be long 
* Alsop’s Infusion Jar. This presents a very neat and effectual method of making the hot infusions. It consists 
of an earthenware mug, represented in the marginal figure, with a spout (d) proceeding from the bottom, and 
placed closely to the side of the vessel to prevent fracture; a perforated plate or diaphragm (b), supported on a 
ledge (c), at about one-quarter or one-third of the height of the vessel from the top; and a lid (a), which may be 
fastened on by a string through holes (/f). The material to be submitted to infusion is placed on the perforated 
plate, and the hot water poured in so as to cover it, the vessel having been previously warmed so as not to chill the 
liquid. As the water becomes impregnated, it acquires an increased specific gravity, and sinks to the bottom, its 
place being supplied by the unsaturated portion ; and this circulation goes on until the whole of the soluble matter 
is extracted. In order to maintain a due warmth, the vessel may be placed upon a stove or an iron plate near the fire. 
The advantage of the process is that the material is subjected to the sol- 
vent power of the least impregnated portion of the menstruum. Such jars 
may now be had in Philadelphia. In order that the vessel may be adapted 
for the preparation of different quantities of infusions, it would be an ad- 
vantage to have ledges arranged within, at different heights, so that the 
diaphragm may be supported at any desirable point. The surface of the 
liquid (e) should of course always be above the medicinal substance placed 
upon the diaphragm. (See A. J. P., viii. 89.) 
Squire’s Infusion Mug. Mr. Squire, of London, has modified this jar 
by adding a colander of queensware, which is closely covered with a lid, 
and descends into the jar so as to form a diaphragm for the support of the 
substance to be infused. It has 
the advantage that the material, 
after having been exhausted, 
may be lifted out without disturb- 
ing the infusion. In the margin 
is a figure of the mug. It is made 
of queensware, of the capacity 
of two pints, into which a thim- 
ble-shaped colander descends to 
somewhat less than half its 
depth, supported on the rim of 
the mug by a projecting ledge, 
with a carefully fitted cover, 
which closes the whole. The 
substance to be submitted to in- 
fusion is introduced into the colander either before or after it has been fitted to the mug; the water, hot or cold, as 
the case may be, is then poured in so as to fill the lower vessel, and cover the materials in the upper; and, the cover 
having been applied, the vessel is set aside for the length of time required. The colander is then to be lifted out, 
and the infusion is ready for use. 730 
Infum. 
PART I. 
kept, and when used can be diluted with water to the proper strength. Thus, if made four 
times as strong as the official infusion, they may be diluted with three measures of water. 
The proportion of alcohol would thus be very small; but it might still be medically injurious; 
and infusions should not be prepared in this way unless with the cognizance of the prescriber. 
Mr. Battley, of London, has introduced a set of preparations, which he calls inspissated, infu- 
sions, the advantages of which are that the virtues are extracted by cold water, are not injured 
by heat used in the evaporation, are in a concentrated state, and are not impaired by time. 
To prepare them he macerates the material, coarsely powdered, bruised, or finely sliced, in 
twice its weight of cold distilled water, pressing the solid matter into the liquid repeatedly by 
a rammer or the hand ; then allows the liquid to drain out, or expresses it in the case of highly 
absorbent substances; and repeats the process, with an amount of water equal to that which 
has been separated, until the strength is exhausted. Four or six hours of maceration are 
usually sufficient. The infusion is then to be concentrated by evaporation, at a temperature 
not exceeding 71’1° C. (160° F.) to the sp. gr. 1-200, and as much alcohol is to be added 
as will make its sp. gr. 1-100. These preparations are very analogous to the fluid extracts 
already treated of. As a rule, it would probably be preferable to prepare the infusion by the 
process of percolation. The inspissated infusions must be diluted when administered. The 
presence of alcohol, though in small quantity, would sometimes be a serious objection. (P. J. 
Tr., x. 129.) Concentrated infusions of the strength of 50 per cent, were introduced into the 
British Pharmacopoeia (1898) ; they are mostly made by percolation, and are termed “ Liquors.” 
(See Liquor Chiratse, Concentratus.) This certainly leads to confusion in nomenclature, and 
it is difficult to understand why they were not called concentrated infusions, particularly as 
their almost universal use is for making ordinary infusions by diluting with water. 
As we have already treated of the chemical relations and medical properties of the sub- 
stances used in infusion, it would be useless repetition to enlarge upon these points in the 
following details. We shall touch upon them only in cases of peculiar interest, or where 
changes requiring particular notice may grow out of the nature of the process* 
* At the several revisions of the Pharmacopoeias the following Infusions have been dropped from the official lists. 
We give the former official formulae. 
Infusum Eupatorii. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Thoroughwort. “Take of Thoroughwort or Boneset [the dried 
herb] a troyounce; Boiling Water a pint. Macerate for two hours in a covered vessel, and strain.” As a tonic, 
this infusion should be taken cold in the dose of one or two fluidounces (30 or 60 C.c.) three or four times a day, or 
more frequently; as an emetic and a diaphoretic, in large tepid draughts. It is popularly called boneset tea. 
Infusum Juniper i. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Juniper. “Take of Juniper, bruised, a troyounce; Boiling Water 
a pint. Macerate for an hour in a covered vessel, and strain.” The whole quantity may be taken in twenty-four 
hours, in doses of from two to three fluidounces (60-90 C.c.). 
Inf usum Pareirse. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Pareira Brava. “Take of Pareira Brava, bruised, a troyounce; 
Boiling Water a pint. Macerate for two hours in a covered vessel, and strain.” The infusion of pareira brava is 
highly esteemed by some English practitioners as a remedy in irritation and chronic inflammation of the urinary 
passages, and has been found useful in catarrh of the bladder. The doSe is from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
Brodie employed a decoction of the root, which he prepared by boiling half an ounce in three pints of water down 
to a pint, and gave in the quantity of from eight to twelve fluidounces daily. The British Pharmacopoeia has 
substituted the decoction for the infusion. 
Infusum Picis Liquidse. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Tar. Tar Water. “Take of Tar a pint; Water four pints. 
Mix them, and shake the mixture frequently during twenty-four hours. Then pour off the infusion, and filter 
through paper.” Water takes from tar a small portion of acetic acid, empyrCumatic oil including creosote, and 
resinous matter, acquiring a sharp empyreumatic taste, the odor of tar, and the color of Madeira wine. Thus im- 
pregnated, it is stimulant and diuretic, and may be taken in the quantity of from one to two pints daily. It is also 
used as a wash in chronic cutaneous affections, and is said to have proved beneficial, by injection into the bladder, 
in some cases of chronic cystitis. 
Infusum Salvise. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Sage. “Take of Sage half a troyounce; Boiling Water a pint. 
Macerate for half an hour in a covered vessel, and strain.” This preparation is less used internally than as a 
gargle, or as a vehicle for other substances, such as alum, employed in this way. 
Infusum Spigelise. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Spigelia. “ Take of Spigelia half a troyounce ; Boiling Water a pint. 
Macerate for two hours in a covered vessel, and strain.” The dose of this infusion, for a child two or three years 
old, is from four fluidrachms to a fluidounce (15-30 C.c.); for an adult, from four to eight fluidounces (118-236 
C.c.), repeated morning and evening. A quantity of senna equal to that of the spigelia is usually added, to insure 
a cathartic effect. 
Infusum Taraxaci. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Dandelion. “Take 6f Dandelion, bruised, two troyounces ; Boiling 
Water a pint. Macerate for two hours in a covered vessel, and strain.” The dose is a wineglassful two or three 
times a day, or oftener. 
Infusum Zingiberis. U. S. 1870. Infusion of Ginger. “Take of Ginger, bruised, half a troyounce; Boiling 
Water a pint. Macerate for two hours in a covered vessel, and strain.” The dose of this infusion is two fluid- 
ounces (60 C.c.). 
Infustim Catechu. Br. 1885. Infusion of Catechu. “Take of Catechu, in coarse powder, one hundred and sixty 
grains; Cinnamon Bark, bruised, thirty grains; Boiling Distilled Water, ten fluidounces [Imp. meas.]. Infuse in 
a covered vessel, for half an hour, and strain.” Br. An agreeable mode of administering catechu. Dose, from one 
to three fluidounces (30-90 C.c.). PART I. 
Infusum Aurantii.—Infusum Calumbse. 
731 
INFUSUM AURANTII. Br. Infusion of Orange Peel. 
(IN-FU'§UM AU-KAN'TI-I—aw-rfin'shg-I.) 
Tisane d’Ecoree d’Orange, Fr.; Pomeranzenschalen-Aufguss, G. 
“ Dried Bitter-Orange Peel, cut small, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, 
boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen 
minutes; strain.” Br. 
A grateful stomachic. Dose, from one-half to one fluidounce (15-30 C.c.). 
INFUSUM AURANTII COMPOSITUM. Br. Compound Infusion of 
Orange Peel. 
(IN-FU'§UM AU-RAN'TI-I COM-P5§'l-TtJM.) 
Tisane d’Ecorce d’Orange composee, Fr.; Pomeranzen- und Citronenschalen-Aufguss, G. 
“ Dried Bitter-Orange Peel, cut small, £ ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Fresh Lemon 
Peel, cut small; J ounce (Imp.) or 12-5 grammes; Cloves, bruised, 55 grains (Imp.) or 6-25 
grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in 
a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; strain.” Br. 
A grateful stomachic in the dose of from one-half to one fluidounce (15-30 C.c.). 
INFUSUM BUCHU. Br. Infusion of Buchu 
(IN-FU'§UM BU'gHU—bu'ku.) 
Infusum Diosmae, s. Barosmae; Tisane de Bucco, FrBuchuaufguss, G. 
“ Buchu Leaves, freshly broken, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
It has the odor, taste, and medical virtues of the leaves, and affords a convenient method of 
administering the medicine. Dose, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
INFUSUM CALUMBA. Br. Infusion of Calumba 
Tisane de Colombo, Fr.; Kolombo-Infusion, G. 
“ Calumba Root, thinly sliced, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, cold, 1 
pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse for half an hour; strain.” Br. 
The infusion of columbo is apt to spoil very quickly, especially in warm weather. It has 
been generally supposed that the cold infusion would keep better than the hot, because it con- 
tains no starch. Mr. Thomas Greenish, however, upon comparing specimens of the two in- 
fusions, found that the spontaneous change began sooner in the cold than in the hot, though 
the former was clearer. Columbo contains starch and albumen. Cold water extracts the latter 
without the former; hot water the former with comparatively little of the latter, which is par- 
tially coagulated by the heat. Both starch and albumen are liable to spontaneous change ; but 
the former is much the more permanent of the two. Hence it is, according to Mr. Greenish, 
(IN-FU'§UM CA-LUM'B^!.) 
Infusum Cusso. Br. 1885. Infusion of Kousso. “ Take of Kousso, in coarse powder, one-half an ounce [avoir- 
dupois] ; Boiling Distilled Water eight fluidounces [Imp. meas.]. Infuse in a covered vessel, for fifteen min- 
utes. Not to be strained.” Br. The whole may be taken for a dose. The infusion of brayera (kousso) was very 
properly dropped at the 1890 revision of the U. S. P. The old formula is as follows: “Brayera, in No. 20 powder, 
six parts [or one ounce avoirdupois]; Boiling Water, one hundred parts [or one pint]. Pour the Boiling Water 
upon the Brayera, and let it macerate in a covered vessel until cool. This infusion should be dispensed without 
straining it.” U. S. 1880. 
Infusum. Jaborandi. Br. 1885. Infusion of Jaborandi. “ Take of Jaborandi, cut small, half an ounce [avoirdu- 
pois] ; Boiling Distilled Water ten fluidounces [Imp. meas.]. Infuse in a covered vessel, for half an hour, and 
strain.” Br. This preparation is efficient, but from its nauseousness and tendency to sicken the stomach is inferior 
to the alkaloid or even the fluid extract. Dose, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
Infusum Lini. Br. 1885. Infusion of Linseed. “ Take of Linseed one hundred and fifty grains ; Dried Liquorice 
Root, in No. 20 powder, fifty grains; Boiling Distilled Water ten fluidounces. Infuse in a covered vessel, for two 
hours, and strain.” Br. This is nearly identical with the Compound Infusion of Flaxseed of the U. S. P. 1870. It 
is a useful demulcent drink in inflammatory affections of the mucous membrane of the lungs and urinary passages. 
It may be taken ad libitum. 
Infusum Maticse. Br. 1885. Infusion of Matico. “Take of Matico Leaves, cut small, half an ounce [avoirdu- 
pois]; Boiling Distilled Water, ten fluidounces [Imp. meas.]. Infuse in a covered vessel, for half an hour, and 
strain.” Br. The dose of this infusion is two fluidounces (60 C.c.). 
Infusum Valerianae. Br. 1885. Infusion of Valerian. “Take of Valerian Rhizome, bruised, a quarter of an 
ounce [avoirdupois] ; Boiling Distilled Water ten fluidounces [Imp. meas.]. Infuse in a covered vessel, for one hour, 
and strain.” Br. The dose of this infusion is two fluidounces (60 C.c.), repeated three or four times a day, or more 
frequently. 732 
Infusum Caryophylli.—Infusum Cinchonae. 
PAET I. 
that the hot infusion keeps best. Indeed, he ascribes the change which takes place in the 
starch of the hot infusion chiefly to the agency of a little albumen which has escaped coagu- 
lation. According to these views, the best plan of preparing infusion of columbo is to exhaust 
the root with cold water, by which the starch is left behind, and then to heat the infusion to 
the boiling point in order to coagulate the albumen. (A. J. P., xviii. 141 ; from P. J. Tr.) 
Upon comparing specimens of the cold and the hot infusion, we have not found the results of 
Mr. Greenish fully confirmed. The cold infusion appeared to keep better than the hot. Never- 
theless the plan of preparing the infusion above proposed is probably the best. The infusion 
of columbo is not disturbed by salts of iron, and may be conveniently administered in connec- 
tion with them. The dose is one fluidounce (30 C.c.) three or four times a day. 
INFUSUM CARYOPHYLLI. Br. Infusion of Cloves 
(IN-FU'§UM CiR-Y-O-PHYL'LI.) 
Tisane de Girofle, Fr.; Gewiirznelken-Infusion, G. 
“ Cloves, bruised, \ ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. 
meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; strain.” Br. 
The infusion of cloves affords precipitates with lime water, and with the soluble salts of 
iron, zinc, lead, silver, and antimony. (Phillips.) Dose, one fluidounce (30 C.c.). 
INFUSUM CASCARILLAE. Br. Infusion of Cascarilla. 
(IN-FU'§UM ClS-CA-RIL'LiE.) 
Tisane de Casearille, Fr.; Kaskarilla-Aufguss, G. 
“ Cascarilla, in No. 10 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes ; 
strain.” Br. 
This infusion affords precipitates with lime water, infusion of galls, silver nitrate, lead acetate 
and subacetate, zinc sulphate, and ferrous sulphate. Dose, one fluidounce (30 C.c.). 
INFUSUM CHIRATiE. Br. Infusion of Chiretta. 
(IN-FU'§C’M OHI-RA'TiE—kj-ra'te.) 
Tisane de Chirette, Fr.; Chiretta-Thee, 0. 
“ Chiretta, cut small, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 
pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
The dose of this simple bitter infusion is from one-half to one fluidounce (15-30 C.c.). 
INFUSUM CINCHONA. U. S. (Br.) Infusion of Cinchona. 
Infusum Cinchonae Acidum, Br.; Acid Infusion of Cinchona; Infusion of Yellow Bark; Infusion of Calisaya 
Bark; Tisane de Quinquina jaune, Fr.; Kalisaya-llindenaufguss, G. 
“ Cinchona, in No. 40 powder, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Aromatic Sub 
phuric Acid, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 391 minims]. Mix the Acid with Jive hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Water, and moisten the powder with thirty 
cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] of the mixture; pack it firmly in a conical glass 
percolator, and gradually pour upon it, first, the remainder of the mixture, and afterwards 
Water, until the Infusion measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 391 
minims].” U. S. 
“ Red Cinchona Bark, in No. 40 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Aromatic 
Sulphuric Acid, 2 Ji. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 12-5 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, boiling, 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Mix the Red Cinchona Bark with the Distilled 
Water in a covered vessel; add the Aromatic Sulphuric Acid ; infuse for one hour ; strain.” Br. 
Though the infusion with boiling water is more quickly prepared than the cold infusion, and 
therefore better adapted to cases of emergency, yet the former is a more elegant preparation, 
not turbid like the latter, and at least equally efficient. We therefore prefer the process of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, provided it be skilfully conducted. 
The U. S. infusion is an efficient preparation. Water extracts from bark quinine and cin- 
chonine kinates, but leaves behind the compounds which these principles form with the cincho- 
tannic acid. The simple infusion, therefore, is rather feeble. But the addition of the acid 
(IN-FU'§UM ClN-)3H0'NiE—Btn-kO'ne.) PART I. 
Infusum Cusparise.—Infusum Digitalis. 
733 
insures the solution of all or nearly all the active matter. Dr. Geo. B. Wood placed much 
reliance on this infusion. It would be best to macerate the bark with the acidulated water 
some time before it is introduced into the percolator. The infusion of cinchona, made without 
acid, affords precipitates with the alkalies, alkaline carbonates, and alkaline earths ; the soluble 
salts of iron, zinc, and silver; corrosive mercuric chloride, arsenous acid, and tartar emetic; 
gelatinous solutions; and various vegetable infusions and decoctions, as those of galls, chamo- 
mile, columbo, cascarilla, horseradish, cloves, catechu, orange-peel, foxglove, senna, rhubarb, 
valerian, and simaruba. In some instances the precipitate occurs immediately, in others not 
for several hours. Few, however, of these substances diminish the efficacy of the infusion, as 
they do not affect the active principles. The alkalies, alkaline earths, and vegetable astringents 
are really incompatible. As gallic, tartaric, and oxalic acids form salts with quinine of some- 
what difficult solubility, the neutral and soluble gallates, tartrates, and oxalates produce in the 
infusion slight precipitates of corresponding salts of the alkaloids; but these are redissolved 
by an excess of the acid. Antimony and potassium tartrate does not precipitate the alkaloids. 
Solutions of iodine are incompatible, forming with the alkaloids insoluble compounds. For an 
account of the chemical reactions of the infusions of different varieties of cinchona bark, see 
A. J. P. ix. 128. The simple infusion of cinchona may be advantageously administered in 
cases which require tonic treatment but do not call for the full powers of the bark. The acid 
infusion has all the powers of cinchona itself. The medium dose is one fluidounce (30 C.c.), 
equivalent to a drachm of the bark. 
INFUSUM CUSPARI/E. Br. Infusion of Cusparia 
(IN-FU'§UM CUS-PA'RI-^E.) 
Tisane d’Angusture, Fr.; Angustura-Aufguss, G. 
“ Cusparia Bark, in No. 20 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, 
boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen 
minutes; strain.” Br. 
Under the name of Infusum Angusturse this preparation was official in the U. S. Pharm. 
1870, made in the proportion of half a troyounce of Angustura bark in a pint of water. The 
dose of the infusion is two fluidounces (60 C.c.), repeated every two, three, or four hours. 
INFUSUM DIGITALIS. U. S., Br. Infusion of Digitalis 
Tisane de Digitale, Fr.; Fingerhutaufguss, G.; Infusion of Foxglove. 
“ Digitalis, bruised, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Alcohol, one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Cinnamon Water, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
5 fluidounces, 35 minims]; Boiling Water, five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 
435 minims] ; Cold Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 391 minims]. Upon the Digitalis, contained in a suitable vessel, pour the Boiling 
Water, and allow it to macerate until the mixture is cold. Then strain, add the Alcohol and 
Cinnamon Water to the strained liquid, and pass enough Cold Water through the residue on 
the strainer to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 391 
minims].” U. S. 
“ Digitalis Leaves, in No. 20 powder, 60 grains (Imperial) or 6-8 grammes ; Distilled Water, 
boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen 
minutes; strain.” Br. 
The U. S. P. infusion has, in our opinion, been improved. Cinnamon is used solely as a 
flavoring ingredient, as it has never been present in sufficient quantity to serve any other pur- 
pose. When either the tincture or the aromatic itself is used, precipitation is sure to take 
place. Cinnamon water is unobjectionable. The present process, which is modelled after the 
formula of L. Gr. Blakeslee (Pharm. Era, 1887, p. 288), yields a preparation which, while not 
differing essentially in strength from the former official infusion, keeps better and does not 
deposit to any extent. The addition of 10 per cent, of glycerin would be a still greater im- 
provement. Mr. D. E. Prall (A. J. P., 1878, p. 423) proved that the abundant precipitate in 
the old infusion was caused by the tincture of cinnamon, and recommended a simple infusion 
without any aromatic. J. W. England (A. J. P., 1892, 361) prefers to omit cinnamon entirely 
from the preparation and add ammonia water (90 minims in a pint). Dr. Gr. L. Humphreys 
suggests the addition of 8 Grm. of powdered cinnamon to the official ingredients, pouring the 
boiling water upon the digitalis and cinnamon and macerating until the mixture is cold, then 
(IN-FU'§UM DI<?-I-TA'LlS.) 734 
Infusum JErgotse.—Infusum Kramerise. 
PART I. 
following the official directions, and finally filtering the infusion through unwetted filtering paper. 
( West. Drug., 1897, 162.) 
The U. S. infusion is essentially the same as that employed by Withering. It affords pre- 
cipitates with ferrous sulphate, lead acetate, tannic acid, and infusion of cinchona. The dose 
has usually been stated at half a fluidounce (15 C.c.), repeated twice a day under ordinary 
circumstances, every eight hours in urgent cases, until the system is affected. The proportion 
of digitalis is scarcely half as great in the British preparation, and the dose is proportionally 
larger. It will not escape the close observer that the stated dose of digitalis in infusion is 
much larger than in substance, for which there does not appear to be a good reason, but which 
accounts for the fact that many physicians assert that they get better results from the infusion 
than from the digitalis itself. The British Pharmacopoeia, though its infusion has only about 
half the strength of ours, gives its dose as from two to four fluidrachms (7'5-15 C.c.). 
INFUSUM ERGOTAE. Br. Infusion of Ergot 
(lN-FU'§ftM EK'GO-TjE.) 
Tisane de Seigle ergots, Fr.; Mutterkornaufguss, G. 
“ Ergot, freshly crushed, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
The dose of this infusion is two fluidounces (60 C.c.). 
INFUSUM GENTIANS COMPOSITUM. Br. Compound Infusion of 
Gentian. 
(in-fc'§Cm 9£n-ti-a'n2e com-p5§'i-tum.) 
Tisane de Gentiane composfie, Fr.; Enzianaufguss, G. 
“Gentian Root, thinly sliced, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 12-5 grammes; Dried Bitter-Orange 
Peel, cut small, \ ounce (Imp.) or 12'5 grammes; Fresh Lemon Peel, cut small, £ ounce (Imp.) 
or 25 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. In- 
fuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; strain.” Br. 
“Take of Gentian, in moderately coarse powder, half a troyounce; Bitter Orange Peel, in 
moderately coarse powder, Coriander, in moderately coarse powder, each, sixty grains ; Alcohol 
two fluidounces; Water a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol with fourteen fluidounces of 
Water, and, having moistened the mixed powders with three fluidrachms of the menstruum, 
pack them firmly in a conical percolator, and gradually pour upon them first the remainder of 
the menstruum, and afterwards Water, until the filtered liquid measures a pint.” U. S. 1870. 
It is, in our opinion, unfortunate that this, the most esteemed of all infusions, should not 
have been reinstated in the U. S. P. 1890 revision. We have inserted the formula of U. S. P. 
1870, as it will doubtless continue to be largely prescribed. It should be designated, however, 
as U. S. P. 1870. It has been the custom with some physicians to prescribe a concentrated 
infusion made with one-fourth the quantity of menstruum directed by the formula of U. S. P. 
1870. This permits the use of a valuable tonic with the presence of but a trifling amount of 
alcohol. This concentrated preparation keeps well, and it may be diluted with the right quan- 
tity of the proper menstruum by the pharmacist to make the infusion of U. S. P. 1870. The 
use of the alcohol is to assist in dissolving the bitter principle, and at the same time to con- 
tribute towards the preservation of the infusion, which, without this addition, is very apt to 
spoil. It has, however, been abandoned by the British Pharmacopoeia, and lemon peel substi- 
tuted : this is a very doubtful improvement. The dose is a fluidounce (30 C.c.), repeated three 
or four times a day. 
INFUSUM KRAMERIA. Br. Infusion of Krameria. 
Infusion of Rhatany; Tisane de Ratanhia, Fr.; Ratanha-Aufguss, G. 
“ Krameria Root, bruised, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
The infusion of rhatany is undoubtedly most efficient when prepared from the root in a 
state of moderately coarse powder by the mode of percolation with cold water, as directed in 
the U. S. process of 1870. Dose of the infusion, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
(IN-FU'§UM KKA-HE'KI-iE.) PART I. 
Infusum Lupuli.—Infusum Rhei. 
735 
INFUSUM LUPULI. Br. Infusion of Hops 
(IN-FO'§UM LU'PU-Ll.) 
Infusum Humuli, U. S. 1870; Tisane de Houblon, Fr.; Hopfenaufguss, G. 
“ Hops, freshly broken, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
The infusion of hops of the U. S. P. 1870 was made exactly like the above, except that the 
strength was half a troyounce to a pint. The dose of the British infusion is from one to two 
fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
INFUSUM PRUNI VIRGINIANS. U. S. Infusion of Wild Cherry. 
(IN-FU'§UM PIIU'NI VIR-IJIN-I-A'NiE.) 
Tisane d’Ecorce de Cerisier sauvage, Fr.; Wildkirschen-Thee, G. 
“ Wild Cherry, in No. 20 powder, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Water, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 391 minims]. Moisten 
the powder with sixty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 14 minims] of Water, and macerate 
for one hour; then pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Water upon it 
until the Infusion measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 391 minims].” U. S. 
This is a peculiarly suitable object for official direction, as, in consequence of the volatile 
nature of one of its active ingredients, and for another reason (see Prunus Virginiana), it is 
better prepared with cold water than in the ordinary mode. The infusion of wild cherry bark 
is one of the preparations to which the process of percolation or displacement is well adapted. 
In this way the virtues of the bark can be more rapidly and thoroughly exhausted than by 
maceration alone. In order to allow time for the reaction necessary to the production of the 
hydrocyanic acid, an hour’s preliminary maceration is directed, which might perhaps be advan- 
tageously somewhat lengthened. If kept in a warm place this preparation undergoes a rapid 
alteration, and even under the best of circumstances it is unstable. According to the experi- 
ments of Mr. J. B. Moore (A. J. P., 1873, p. 242), confirmed by our own experience, the addition 
of two fluidounces of glycerin to the pint of menstruum is of great advantage in delaying the 
change. When properly made, infusion of wild cherry bark is beautifully transparent, has 
the color of Madeira wine, and the agreeable bitterness and peculiar flavor of the bark. The 
dose is from two to three fluidounces (60-90 C.c.) from three to six times a day. 
INFUSUM QUASSI./E. Br. Infusion of Quassia 
(IN-FU'§UM QUAS'SI-iE.) 
Tisane de Quassie, Fr.; Quassia-Aufguss, G. 
“ Quassia Wood, finely rasped, 88 grains (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Distilled Water, cold, 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes ; 
strain.” Br. 
Boiling water may be employed when it is desirable to obtain the preparation quickly; but 
cold water alfords a clearer infusion. The fifteen minutes maceration directed in the British 
Pharmacopoeia, considering that cold water is used, appears to us to be too short for the 
exhaustion of the wood. The dose is two fluidounces (60 C.c.) three or four times a day. 
INFUSUM RHEI. Br. Infusion of Rhubarb. 
Tisane de Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhabarber-Aufguss, G. 
“Rhubarb Root, in thin slices, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
In order that the rhubarb may be exhausted, it should be digested with the water near the 
fire, at a temperature somewhat less than that of boiling water. It is customary to add some 
aromatic, such as cardamom, fennel-seed, or nutmeg, which improves the taste of the infusion 
and renders it more acceptable to the stomach. One drachm of either of these spices may be 
digested in connection with the rhubarb. 
This infusion may be given as a gentle laxative, in the dose of from one to two fluidounces 
(30—60 C.c.) every three or four hours till it operates. It is occasionally used as a vehicle for 
tonic, antacid, or more active cathartic medicines. The stronger acids and most metallic 
solutions are incompatible with it. 
(IN-FU'§UM BHE'f.) 736 
Infusum Rosse Addum.—Infusum Sennse. 
PART I. 
INFUSUM ROSJE ACIDUM. Br. Acid Infusion of Roses 
(IN-FU'§UM R0'§£: Ag'T-DUM.) 
Infusum Rosas Compositum, U. S. 1870; Compound Infusion of Rose; Acid Infusion of Rose; Tisane de Rose 
compose, Fr.; Saurer Rosenaufguss, G. 
“ Red-Rose Petals, dried and broken, \ ounce (Imperial), or 25 grammes; Diluted Sulphuric 
Acid, 2 jl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 12‘5 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Add the Diluted Sulphuric Acid to the Distilled 
Water; infuse the Red-Rose Petals in the mixture in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes; 
strain.” Br. 
The formula of the U. S. P. 1870 is preferable to that of the Br. Pharm. on account of 
the presence of sugar. It is unfortunate, in our opinion, that this elegant infusion was not 
reintroduced at the last revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. We append the formula of the 
U. S. P. 1870; “Take of Red Rose [dried petals] half a troyounce; Diluted Sulphuric Acid 
three Jtuidrachms; Sugar [refined], in coarse powder, a troyounce and a half; Boiling Water 
hvo pints and a half. Pour the Water upon the Rose in a covered glass or porcelain vessel; add 
the Acid, and macerate for half an hour. Lastly, dissolve the Sugar in the liquid, and strain.” 
u. s. 
The red rose' serves little other purpose than to impart a fine red color and a slight astrin- 
gent flavor to the preparation, which owes its medicinal virtues almost exclusively to the sul- 
phuric acid. According to Mr. J. B. Barnes, one part of glycerin added to eight or nine parts 
of infusion of rose increases greatly its brightness and transparency. It is refrigerant and 
astringent, and affords a useful and not unpleasant drink in hemorrhages and colliquative 
sweats. It is much used by British practitioners as a vehicle for saline medicines, particularly 
magnesium sulphate, the taste of which it serves to cover. It is also employed as a gargle, 
usually in connection with acids, nitre, alum, or tincture of Cayenne pepper. The dose is two 
fluidounces (60 C.c.). 
INFUSUM SCOPARII. Br. Infusion of Broom 
(IN-FU'§UM SCO-PA'RI-!.) 
“Broom Tops, dried and bruised, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Distilled Water, 
boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen 
minutes; strain.” Br. 
This preparation has been introduced in place of the Decoction of Broom of the British 
Pharmacopoeia of 1885. Water thoroughly extracts the virtues of broom, and the quantity of 
water in each dose aids the diuretic action. Dose, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
INFUSUM SENEGA. Br. Infusion of Senega. 
(IN-FU'§UM SfiN'E-<^E.) 
Tisane de Polygale de Virginie, Fr.; Senega-Aufguss, G. 
“Senega Boot, in No. 10 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, boil- 
ing, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for half an 
hour; strain.” Br. 
The dose of the preparation is one fluidounce (30 C.c.). 
INFUSUM SENN/E. Br. Infusion of Senna. 
(IN-FU'§UM SfiN'N^:.) 
Senna Tea; Tisane de S6n6, Fr.; Senna-Aufguss, G. 
“Senna, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Ginger, sliced, 55 grains (Imp.) or 6-25 
grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in 
a covered vessel for fifteen minutes ; strain.” Br. 
“ Take of Senna a troyounce ; Coriander, bruised, sixty grains ; Boiling Water a pint. Macer- 
ate for an hour in a covered vessel, and strain.” U. S. 1870. 
We prefer the coriander of tbe U. S. P. 1870 to the ginger of the British. The strength 
of the British preparation has been increased in the present edition of the Br. Pharm., and 
is now nearly one and a half times as great as that of the U. S. infusion. The infusion de- 
posits, on exposure to the air, a yellowish precipitate, which is said to aggravate its griping 
tendency: it should, therefore, not be made in large quantities. It is customary to prescribe 
with it manna and some one of the saline cathartics, which increase its efficacy and render it 
less painful in its operation. (See Infusum Senna, Compositum.') The dose of the infusion is PART i. 
Infusurn Sennae Compositum.—Injectio Apomorphinae Hypodermicct. 
737 
about two fluidounces (60 C.c.). The cold infusion, especially if made by percolation from the 
coarsely powdered leaves, while probably not inferior in strength to that prepared with boiling 
water, is said to be less unpleasant to the taste. 
INFUSUM SENNE COMPOSITUM. U. S. Compound Infusion of Senna. 
[Black Draught.] 
Tisane de S6n6 composge, Fr.; Senna-Aufguss, G. 
“ Senna, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Manna, one hundred and twenty 
grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 grains] ; Magnesium Sulphate, one hundred and twenty grammes 
[or 4 ounces av., 102 grains] ; Fennel, bruised, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Boiling Water, 
eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] ; Cold Water, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Upon the Senna and 
Fennel, contained in a suitable vessel, pour the Boiling Water, and macerate until the mixture 
is cold. Then strain with expression, dissolve in the infusion the Magnesium Sulphate and 
Manna, and again strain. Lastly, add enough Cold Water through the strainer containing the 
Senna and Fennel to make the Infusion measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This preparation is the Black Draught of European pharmacy, and it is an excellent form 
of administering these cathartics in a liquid condition. The dose is about four fluidounces 
(118 C.c.). 
(IN-FU'§UM SEN'NJE C0M-P5S'I-TUM.) 
INFUSUM SERPENTARIE. Br. Infusion of Serpentary. 
Tisane de Serpentaire, Fr.; Schlangenwurzel-Aufguss, G. 
“ Serpentary Rhizome, in No. 10 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled 
Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for 
fifteen minutes ; strain.” Br. 
The dose of this preparation is one fluidounce (30 C.c.) every two hours in low forms of 
fever, but less frequently in chronic affections. 
(IN-FU'§UM SEK-PEN-TA'RI-JS.) 
INFUSUM UVE URSI. Br. Infusion of Bearberry 
(IN-F0'!JUM U'ViE UB'SI.) 
Tisane d’Uva Ursi, Fr.; Barentraubenblatter-Aufguss, G. 
“ Bearberry Leaves, bruised, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Infuse in a covered vessel for fifteen minutes ; 
strain.” Br. 
The dose is from one to two fluidounces (30—60 C.c.) three or four times a day. 
INJECTIONES HYPODERMICS. Hypodermic Injections. 
Under this head are classed preparations which are recognized in the British Pharmacopoeia 
for hypodermic application. These preparations are really of very little value, on account of 
their proneness to undergo decomposition, and are greatly inferior to the hypodermic tablets 
of various strengths which are now supplied by manufacturing pharmacists,—the size of the 
tablets not varying with the strength, because it is always necessary to use so much diluent in 
order to make the tablet of sufficient size to handle conveniently. The tablets most used con- 
tain morphine, morphine and atropine, atropine, strychnine, pilocarpine, cocaine, hyoscyamine, 
eserine, hyoscine, or caffeine; each should be readily soluble in fifteen minims of water. These 
tablets should be made official, since their convenience, permanence, and accuracy in weight 
have caused them to come into universal use. The selection of the diluent is an important 
question : very finely powdered cane sugar has been employed, hut is apt to produce local 
irritation and even abscesses. Sodium chloride has also been recommended; but the best 
diluent seems to be dried neutral sodium sulphate. 
INJECTIO APOMORPHINE HYPODERMICA. Br. Hypodermic 
Injection of Apomorphine. 
“ Apomorphine Hydrochloride, 1 grain (Imperial) or 01 gramme; Diluted Hydrochloric 
Acid, 1 minim (Imp. meas.) or 0-1 cubic centimetre ; Distilled Water, 110 minims (Imp. meas.). 
(IN-JEC'TI-O Xp-O-MOK-PHI'TOE HY-PO-DER'MI-CA—jn-jSk'shg-o.) 738 
Injectio Cocainse Hypodermica.—Inula. 
PART I. 
or 10 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Boil the Distilled Water for a few minutes; 
cool; add the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid; dissolve the Apomorphine Hydrochloride in the 
resulting liquid; add, if necessary, sufficient recently boiled and cooled Distilled Water to 
produce one hundred and ten minims (Imp. meas.) or ten cubic centimetres of the Injection. 
This Injection should be recently prepared. 110 minims contain 1 grain of Apomorphine 
Hydrochloride; 100 cubic centimetres contain 1 gramme.” Br. The dose, by subcutaneous 
injection, is from two to eight minims (0-123-0-49 C.c.). 
INJECTIO COCAIN® HYPODERMICA. Br. Hypodermic Injection of 
Cocaine. 
(IN-JEC'TI-5 CO-OA-I'NiE HY-PO-DER'MI-CA.) 
“ Cocaine Hydrochloride, 33 grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Salicylic Acid, I grain (Imp.) 
or 0-015 gramme; Distilled Water, 6 Jl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 10 cubic centimetres or a 
sufficient quantity. Boil the Distilled Water ; add the Salicylic Acid ; dissolve the Cocaine 
Hydrochloride in the solution when cool; add, if necessary, sufficient recently boiled and 
cooled Distilled Water to produce six fluid drachms (Imp. meas.) or ten cubic centimetres of 
the Injection. 110 minims contain about 10 grains of Cocaine Hydrochloride; 100 cubic 
centimetres contain 10 grammes.” Br. Dose, by subcutaneous injection, from two to five 
minims (0123-0-3 C.c.). 
INJECTIO ERGOT.® HYPODERMICA. Br. Hypodermic Injection of 
Ergot. 
Hypodermic Injection of Ergotin. 
“ Extract of Ergot, 100 grains (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Phenol, 3 grains (Imp.) or 0-3 
gramme; Distilled Water, 220 minims (Imp. meas.) or 20 cubic centimetres or a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the Phenol with the Distilled Water; boil for a few minutes; cool; add the 
Extract of Ergot, and, if necessary, sufficient recently boiled and cooled Distilled Water to 
produce three hundred and thirty minims (Imp. meas.) or thirty cubic centimetres of the Injec- 
tion. This Injection should be recently prepared. 110 minims contain about 33 grains of 
Extract of Ergot; 100 cubic centimeters contain about 33 grammes.” Br. Dose, by subcu- 
taneous injection, from three to ten minims (018-0-61 C.c.).* 
(IN-JEC'TI-0 ER'GO-TiE HY-PO-DER'MI-CA.) 
INJECTIO MORPHINE HYPODERMICA. Br. Hypodermic Injection 
of Morphine. 
(IN-JEC'TI-0 MOK-PHI'NJE HY-PO-DER'MI-CA.) 
“ Morphine Tartrate, 50 grains (Imperial) or 5 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quan- 
tity. Dissolve the Morphine Tartrate in sufficient recently boiled and cooled Distilled Water 
to produce eleven hundred minims (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the In- 
jection.” Br. 
This solution is made from morphine tartrate in place of the morphine acetate formerly 
used; this is a great improvement, as the acetate is the most unstable of all morphine salts. 
The morphine strength of this Injection is slightly less than one-half that of the Hypo- 
dermic Injection of Morphine of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885. 110 minims contain 5 
grains of Morphine Tartrate ; 100 cubic centimetres contain 5 grammes. Dose, by subcu- 
taneous injection, from two to five minims (0-123-0-3 C.c.). 
INULA. U. S. Inula. [Elecampane.] 
(In'u-la.) 
“The root of Inula Helenium, Linne (nat. ord. Compositse).” U. S. 
Aunee, Fr.; Alantwurzel, G.; Enula Campana, It., Sp. 
About ninety species of this genus are recognized and distributed in Europe, Asia, and 
Africa, one species being naturalized in North America. 
Inula helenium. L. Sp. PI. (1753), ed. 1, 881 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 2089 ; Woody. Med. 
Bot. 64, t. 26. Elecampane has a perennial root, and an annual stem, which is round, fur- 
* Injectio Ergotini Hypodermica. Br. 1885. Hypodermic Injection of Ergotin. “ Take of Ergotin one hundred 
grains; Camphor Water two hundred fiuidgrains (or 3 fluidrachms). Dissolve by stirring them together. The 
solution should be made as required for use.” The dose, by subcutaneous injection, is from three to ten minims 
(0-18-0-61 C.c.). Inula. 
739 
PAET I. 
rowed, villous, leafy, from three to six feet high, and branched near the top. The leaves are 
large, ovate, serrate, crowded with reticular veins, smooth and deep green upon the upper sur- 
face, downy on the under, and furnished with a fleshy midrib. Those which spring directly 
from the root are petiolate, those from the stem sessile and clasping. The flower heads are 
large, of a golden-yellow color, and stand singly at the ends of the stem and branches. The 
involucre consists of several rows of imbricated ovate scales. The ray florets are numerous, 
spreading, linear, and tridentate at the apex. The achenes are striated, quadrangular, and 
furnished with a simple somewhat chaffy pappus. This large and handsome plant is a native 
of Europe, where it is also cultivated for medical use. It has been introduced into our gardens, 
and has become naturalized in some parts of the country, growing in low meadows, and on the 
roadsides, from Canada and Minnesota southward to North Carolina and Missouri. It flowers 
in July and August. The roots, which are the official part, should be dug up in autumn, and 
in their second year. When older they are often stringy and woody. 
The fresh root of elecampane is very thick and branched, having whitish cylindrical ramifi- 
cations, furnished with thread-like fibres. It is externally brown, internally whitish and fleshy ; 
and the transverse sections present radiating lines. The dried root is “in transverse, concave 
slices or longitudinal sections, with overlapping bark, externally wrinkled and brown; flexible 
in damp weather ; when dry, breaking with a short fracture ; internally grayish, fleshy, slightly 
radiate, and dotted with numerous shining, yellowish-brown resin-cells ; free from starch ; odor 
peculiar, aromatic; taste bitter and pungent.” U. S. Its medical virtues are extracted by 
alcohol and water, the former becoming most strongly impregnated with its bitterness and 
pungency. A peculiar principle, resembling starch, was discovered in elecampane by Valentine 
Rose, of Berlin, in 1804, who named it alantin ; but the title inulin, proposed by Dr. Thomson, 
has been generally adopted. It differs from starch in being deposited unchanged from its solu- 
tion in boiling water when the liquor cools, and in giving a yellowish instead of a blue color 
with iodine. It has been found in the roots of several other plants. It may be obtained white 
and pure by precipitating a concentrated decoction with twice its volume of alcohol, dissolving 
the precipitate in a little distilled water, treating the solution with purified animal charcoal, 
and again precipitating with alcohol. (A. J. P., xxxi. 69.) It readily dissolves in about three 
parts of boiling water; the laevogyre solution is perfectly clear and fluid, not paste-like, but on 
cooling deposits nearly all the inulin. Its formula, according to Kiliani (Tollens, Handbxich 
der Kohlenhydrate, 1888, p. 202), is 3C12H20010 H20. On prolonged heating with water, 
more rapidly under the influence of dilute acids, it is changed into levulose and reduces Fehling’s 
solution. As in the case of starch, intermediate products can be obtained before it is com- 
pletely changed into reducing sugar. Dragendorff obtained by heating with water for ten 
hours metinulin, and by heating for forty to fifty hours lemdin, an optically inactive amorphous 
substance easily changing into levulose. Tanret, who has since investigated inulin (Journ. de 
Pharm. et de Chim. 27, 449), confirms Kiliani’s formula as given above. He finds associated 
with inulin two closely related principles : pseudo-inulin and inulenin. The first of these, to which 
the formula (CeH1006)16H20 is given, forms irregular granules, very soluble in water and weak 
alcohol while hot, but only slightly soluble in cold water, and insoluble in cold alcohol ; the 
second is given the formula (CeH1006)10.2II20, and forms microscopical needles slightly soluble 
in cold water and weak alcohol. The amount of inulin varies according to the season, but 
is most abundant in autumn. Dragendorff obtained from the root in October not less than 
44 per cent., but in spring only 19 per cent. A crystallizable substance was long since noticed 
to collect in the head of the receiver when the elecampane root is submitted to distillation with 
water. Similar crystals may also be observed after carefully heating a thin slice of the root, 
and are even found as a natural efflorescence on the surface of a root that has been long kept. 
They can be extracted from the root by means of alcohol, and precipitated with water. Kallen 
(Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1873,1876) has found that these crystals consist chiefly of the anhydride, 
C16H2002, of alantic add, melting at 66° C., and that what was formerly known as helenin was 
a mixture of these with a liquid, alantol, C10HieO, boiling at 200° C., the true helenin* and 
* Dr. Korab (London Lancet, vol. i., 1885, p. 672) states that helenin is a powerful antiseptic and bactericide, one 
part in ten thousand of urine being sufficient to arrest putrefaction, and a few drops of a solution of this strength 
immediately killing the ordinary bacterial organisms, including the tubercle-bacillus. He lauds it as antiseptic in 
surgery, and has given it with alleged success internally in doses of one-third to one grain in tubercular, infantile, 
and catarrhal diarrhoeas. It is also stated by Dr. J. B. Obiol (Lancet, April, 1886) to be an efficient local remedy in 
the treatment of diphtheria. Every four hours the false membrane is to be dusted over with powdered camphor, and 
then painted with a two-per-cent, solution of helenin in oil of sweet almond. It is affirmed that when the treatment 
was commenced on the first day of the patches the cure followed in twenty-four hours. The helenin was also given 
internally. Dose, one and a half grains to children six years of age. 740 
Iodoformum. 
alant camphor. The crystals of helenin, CeIIflO, have a bitterish taste, but no odor, and melt 
at 110° C. The camphor melts at 64° C., and in taste and smell is suggestive of peppermint. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Elecampane is tonic and gently stimulant, and has 
been supposed to possess diaphoretic, diuretic, expectorant, and emmenagogue properties. By 
the ancients it was much employed, especially in the complaints peculiar to females; and it is 
still occasionally resorted to in amenorrhoea. In this country it is chiefly used in chronic dis- 
eases of the lungs, and is sometimes beneficial when the affection of the chest is attended with 
weakness of the digestive organs or with general debility. From a belief in its deobstruent 
and diuretic virtues, it was formerly prescribed in chronic engorgements of the abdominal 
viscera, and the dropsy to which they so often give rise. It has also been highly recommended 
both as an internal and an external remedy in tetter, psora, and other diseases of the skin. The 
usual modes of administration are in powder and in decoction. The dose of the powder is 
from twenty grains to a drachm (1-3—3-9 Gm.). The decoction may be prepared by boiling 
half an ounce of the root in a pint of water: dose, from one to two fluidounces (30—60 C.c.). 
PART I. 
CHIj? 392*56. (f-O-DO-FOR'MUM.) CHIj; 392-8. 
IODOFORMUM. U. S., Br. Iodoform 
“ Iodoform should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place.” U. S. “ Iodo- 
form, or tri-iodomethane, CHI3, is a product of the action of iodine on ethylic alcohol in the 
presence of solution of potassium carbonate.” Br. 
Iodoformum, P. G.; Iodoforme, Fr.; Iodoform, G. 
This compound, discovered by Serullas in 1822, was introduced as a remedy, about the year 
1837, by Dr. It. M. Glover, of London, and M. Bouchardat, of Paris, and was first adopted as 
official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 
Preparation. Cornells and Grille published a process in Joum. de Pharm., 1852, p. 196. 
(See U.S.D.,14th ed., p. 511.) Wittstein’s process is an improvement on this. Take two 
parts of potassium carbonate, two of iodine, one of 95-per-cent, alcohol, and five of water, 
mix them in a retort, and heat the mixture, by means of a water-bath, until perfectly colorless ; 
then, after the cooling of the liquid, pour it into a suitable vessel, and allow it to settle. The 
yellow scaly mass deposited is collected on a filter, washed thoroughly with water, and dried 
between folds of bibulous paper. As iodoform is very volatile, it must be prepared in closed 
vessels. The liquid remaining after the deposition of iodoform contains potassium iodate and 
iodide, which may be decomposed with renewed formation of iodoform by adding potassium 
dichromate 2 to 3 parts, and hydrochloric acid 16 to 24 parts; this liberates iodine. 32 parts 
of sodium carbonate, 6 parts of iodine, and 16 parts of alcohol are now added, the liquid is 
again poured off- from the iodoform produced, and the operation again repeated if necessary. 
The formation of the iodoform is represented by the following equation : C2H6.0H -j- 4I2 -J- 
3K2C03 = CHI3 + CIIK02 + 5KI + 2HsO + 3C02. Other products, such as potassium 
iodate, are, however, formed. Mr. G. R. Bell (N. R., March, 1882) has practically tried nearly 
all the processes for the preparation of iodoform, and recommends Filhol’s, which is as follows. 
Put into a long-necked matrass or flask which is supplied with a perforated cork and long 
supply-tube a solution of 200 parts of crystallized sodium carbonate and 1000 parts of dis- 
tilled water, and add 100 parts of alcohol, heat in a water-bath from 60° to 71-1° C. (140° 
to 160° F.), then gradually add 100 parts of iodine, about ten parts at a time. When the 
liquid has become colorless, remove the flask from the water-bath, and allow it to cool three or 
four hours, then pour out on a filter; return the filtrate to the flask, add 200 parts of sodium 
carbonate, 100 parts of alcohol, heat to 71,1° C. (160° F.), and pass a slow current of chlorine 
gas through the mixture as long as iodine is separated, continuing until the brown liquid is 
again decolorized. A small excess of chlorine is of no consequence (Hager states that for 
every 100 parts of iodine it requires the chlorine which can be evolved from about 200 parts 
of hydrochloric acid by means of manganese dioxide). Let the flask stand twenty-four hours, 
then throw the contents on a filter and examine the filtrate with chlorine water to see whether 
it still contains an appreciable amount of iodine compounds, then if necessary subject the fil- 
trate to a second treatment of chlorine gas, adding previously only 20 parts of sodium carbonate 
and 10 parts of alcohol. Collect the iodoform after twenty-four hours. The filtrate may be 
concentrated and decomposed by excess of nitric acid, according to the method recommended 
in Bouchardat’s process. The collected crystals of iodoform are now well washed with the 
smallest quantity of cold distilled water, spread out on bibulous paper, and dried in the open air. 
Sulliot and Raynaud have devised a process for making iodoform from kelp ash. (Bull. PART I. 
Iodoformum. 
741 
JSoc. Chim., 1889, 3.) S. R. Boyce (Proc. A. P. A., 1890, 220) details a process which is 
essentially that of Sulliot and Raynaud. The advantages claimed for this method are that 98 
per cent, of the iodine used is converted into iodoform, and the use of the nitric acid in Fil- 
hol’s process is obviated. Solution of chlorinated soda is added by drops to a solution of fifty 
grammes of potassium iodide, five grammes of caustic soda, and forty grammes of acetone in 
one liter of water. The iodoform, which crystallizes out, should be protected from the light. 
The fact, noticed by Lieben in 1870, that many other compounds besides ethyl alcohol 
yield iodoform when treated with iodine and alkali, led Kramer (Per. Chem. Ges., 1880, p. 
1000) to propose the iodoform formation as an exact quantitative test for the presence of ace- 
tone in methyl alcohol. This “ iodoform test” is now used in testing the purity of methyl 
alcohol for use in the manufacture of aniline dye colors, as well as the purity of acetone itself. 
(See article Acetone, Part II.) Heinrich Spindler proposes to make iodoform from the chlo- 
rides, bromides, or chloro-bromides of the paraffin series by reaction with an inorganic iodide: 
thus, if chloroform and anhydrous calcium iodide are heated to 120° C. iodoform is produced. 
(Amer. Drug., 1886, p. 67.) F. Gunther recommends mixing alcohol containing 25 per cent, 
of aldehyde with ten times its weight of solution of soda, adding the iodine, and passing a 
current of carbonic acid gas through the mixture. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 373.) 
Properties. It is in the form of “ small, lemon-yellow, lustrous crystals of the hexago- 
nal system, having a peculiar, very penetrating and persistent odor somewhat resembling that 
of saffron and iodine, and an unpleasant slightly sweetish and iodine-like taste. Specific 
gravity, 2-000 at 15° C. (59° F.) Very slightly soluble in water, to which it, however, im- 
parts its odor and taste. Soluble in about 52 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 12 
parts of boiling alcohol, and in 5-2 parts of ether. Very soluble in chloroform, benzin, and 
fixed and volatile oils. Iodoform is slightly volatile even at ordinary temperatures, and in 
boiling water distils slowly over with its vapor. At about 115° C. (239° F.) it melts to a 
brown liquid, and at a higher temperature emits vapors of iodine, leaving behind a carbona- 
ceous mass which, upon full combustion, should be completely dissipated (absence of fixed im- 
purities'). On digesting about 0-1 Gm. of Iodoform with 5 C.c. of a 5-per-cent, solution of potas- 
sium hydrate in alcohol, and then slightly supersaturating with diluted nitric acid, the liquid will 
be rendered blue by starch test-solution. The solutions in neutral solvents are neutral to litmus 
paper. If 2 Gm. of Iodoform be thoroughly shaken with 10 C.c. of water, the filtrate should 
be colorless and free from bitter taste (absence of soluble yellow coloring matter, picric add, etc.), 
should not affect the color of litmus paper (absence of free acids), and should not be rendered 
more than faintly opalescent by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of soluble iodides)." U. S. 
“ Very slightly soluble in cold water, soluble in 80 parts of cold or 10 parts of boiling alcohol 
(90 per cent.), in 5 parts of cold ether, soluble also in chloroform, carbon bisulphide, or fixed and 
volatile oils, and, sparingly, in benzol; the solutions do not affect litmus. When heated it first 
melts to a brown liquid, then gives off brown and violet vapors, leaving a black residue which 
entirely disappears on continued incineration. When warmed with an alcoholic solution of 
potassium hydroxide and the resulting liquid acidulated with nitric acid, iodine is liberated, 
the mixture becoming brown, and, when cold, blue on the addition of mucilage of starch. 
Water with which Iodoform has been shaken should be colorless and not bitter (absence of 
soluble yellow coloring matters, picric acid, etc.), and should not yield any reaction with the 
tests for iodides.” Br. Iodoform is a volatile substance, soft to the touch, and totally devoid 
of corrosive properties. With potassa in solution, it is decomposed, yielding potassium formate 
and iodide. Hence these two principles are incompatible in prescriptions. Iodoform is some- 
times met with in commerce adulterated with water; Vulpius (Pharm. Central., 1894) on ex- 
amination detected 13 per cent, in one specimen. 
Medical Properties and Uses. M. Maitre, who has studied the physiological effects 
of iodoform on men, states that from a dose of 30 or 40 centigrammes (about 5 or 6 grains) 
no effects are observed except a slight increase of appetite. Two hours after it has been taken 
the presence of iodine can be detected in the urine and the saliva, and nearly three days elapse 
before the whole is eliminated. (See also Hoyges, Journ. de Pharm., Juillet, 1867.) It passes 
off also with the lacteal secretion. Given to dogs in much larger doses, several grammes for 
example, it produces narcotic effects; and two stages in its operation have been noticed: the 
first is marked with more or less prostration, with symptoms of intoxication, the animal totter- 
ing, inclining to one side with the head falling, with loss of appetite, but without vomiting. 
The next day, unless a very large dose has been given, complete recovery takes place. A still 
larger dose induces the second stage, characterized by a remarkably intense excitation, with 742 
Iodoformum. 
PART I. 
anxious breathing, strong and short pulse, a true opisthotonos, sometimes very striking, and 
convulsive movements or the paws, especially the hinder. After death fatty degeneration of 
the heart, liver, and kidneys may be found. (A. Hoyges.') The very free use of iodoform in 
Germany as an antiseptic dressing to wounds, ulcers, etc., has led to many cases of poisoning. 
In the most characteristic and severe cases the phenomena of iodoform-poisoning resemble 
somewhat those of meningitis: they are headache, somnolence deepening into stupor, con- 
tracted, motionless pupils, abnormal quiet or restlessness ending in active delirium, with, how- 
ever, a normal temperature and an exceedingly rapid pulse.* In cases of this character death 
almost always follows, although the symptoms may have developed abruptly and the dressing 
have been removed at once. In other cases the principal symptoms are general malaise and 
depression, faintness, headache, loss of appetite, and a persistent iodoform taste in the mouth. 
In some cases there is a slight temporary increase of temperature. Mental depression or ex- 
citement is especially noticed. Finally the pulse becomes accelerated, soft, and feeble ; in some 
cases the pulse is very rapid,—from 150 to 180,—while the temperature remains normal, or only 
slightly elevated. It is asserted by Samter and Retzlaff (T. G., 1889) that potassium bromide 
is an antidote in poisoning with iodoform, its antidotal powers being due to the fact that it 
exceeds all other salts in its power of dissolving iodine compounds. 
Iodoform, though containing 29 parts in 30 of its weight of iodine, is not locally irritant, 
but anaesthetic and antiseptic. It is said, when employed as a suppository, to produce uncon- 
sciousness of the act of defecation. In the form of vapor, it possesses anaesthetic properties, 
but inferior to those of chloroform. On account of its large proportion of iodine, it was sup- 
posed to be capable of replacing that element and the iodides as a remedy, with the advantages 
of being non-irritant, and of having an organic nature, qualities which favor its absorption and 
assimilation. The principal diseases in which it has been tried are goitre, rickets, scrofula, 
phthisis, syphilis, and glandular tumors. It may be given in doses of from one to three grains, 
three or four times a day, in pill form; but it has not met the expectation of its early advo- 
cates, and is not much used internally. The chief value of iodoform in practical medicine is as 
an external application. It has long been used in cases of painful ulcers, especially when of 
syphilitic origin, but has been found to act almost equally well in indolent leg ulcers and other 
non-specific abrasions, and will even produce marked relief in open cancers.f Within the last 
few years it has been freely employed as an antiseptic dressing to wounds, and the testimony 
from surgeons is so strong that it is difficult to avoid believing that it is one of the most certain 
remedies of the class. The good results which have been achieved have led to a series of studies 
of its action upon septic organisms, with results which are apparently at variance with prac- 
tical surgical teachings,! and which seem to prove that iodoform itself has little power as a 
bactericide. When, however, it is brought in contact with the living surface of a wound it 
undergoes a slow chemical change, resulting in the liberation of iodine, which element has a 
distinct influence upon the development of septic organisms. Moreover, iodoform appears to 
have a specific influence upon human tissue, by which it prevents the formation of purulent or 
serous exudations, and greatly diminishes the soil in which the bacteria develop. The local 
application of iodoform in surgical tuberculosis has received the highest commendation from 
numerous surgeons. In the treatment of tubercular abscesses, in tubercular empyema, in 
tubercular joints, in non-suppurating tuberculous glands, and even in tuberculous peritonitis, 
numerous cures have been claimed. That iodoform has a specific influence upon the tuber- 
cular organism would seem to follow from the experiments of Gosselin, of Caen, who found that 
guinea-pigs saturated with iodoform are incapable of contracting tuberculosis. Lawrence 
Flick recommends inunctions of iodoform or of europhen as of the greatest service in the 
treatment of early phthisis. Of the following formula a tablespoonful is to be rubbed thoroughly 
into the inside of the thigh or into the armpit before retiring at night: europhen or iodoform, 
1 drachm ; oil of rose, 1 drop ; oil of anise, 1 fluidrachm ; olive oil, 2£ fluidounces. 
* Diagnostic Sign of Iodic Poisoning. M. Burlureaux affirms that if a piece of silver be placed in the mouth of 
a person suffering from iodoform poisoning, immediately the taste of garlic will be perceived; and if some of the saliva 
be mixed with calomel, a canary-yellow precipitate of mercurial iodide will be obtained. The most that sueh a test 
can accomplish is to show, that the patient is under the influence of some compound of iodine. 
f Iodoform in Burns. At a discussion of the International Congress of Dermatology, in 1889, the conclusion was 
reached that the best treatment of burns in the beginning is to cut the bullae, wash the part with a very weak solu- 
tion of salt, and then dress with iodoform gauze or a pomade of iodoform, and cover with oil-silk. In the later stages, 
after the separation of the eschars, according to Hebra, iodoform retards cicatrization, whilst a one- or two-per-cent, 
solution of resorcin hastens epithelium formation. 
J For a more elaborate discussion of these investigations, the reader is referred to Dr. H. C. Wood’s Treatise oh 
Therapeutics, 7th edition. PART I. 
Iodofoi'mum.—lod um. 
743 
The manner of application varies with different surgeons. Verneuil, who has had an enor- 
mous experience, prefers in the treatment of abscesses and of tuberculous glands, and in most 
other cases, the injection of a 5-per-cent, ether solution. Others prefer glycerin as a vehicle, 
especially in empyema cases; whilst others, especially in peritonitis, dust the dry powder over 
the surface which has been laid open. In uterine affections, vaginal suppositories made by 
incorporating 5-5 grains of iodoform with 2-5 drachms of cacao butter have been largely used, 
and similar rectal suppositories have been employed with asserted advantage in enlargements of 
the prostate gland and in fissures of the anus. In surgical dressings with iodoform the powder 
is usually sprinkled freely upon the wounds and secured in place by a dry dressing. Iodoform 
gauze, or iodoform cotton wool, may be made by saturating suitable material with a concentrated 
ethereal solution and afterwards drying. 
The maximum amount of iodoform which may be used with safety as an external application 
is uncertain. Dr. Langenstein attributes a fatal result to one drachm, whilst one hundred and 
twenty grains have certainly caused death. Not more than half a drachm of iodoform should 
be ordinarily applied to a wound, although in cases of tuberculosis the surgeon is warranted in 
taking the risk of larger amounts. Verneuil sometimes injects at one sitting 75 grains of the 
iodoform. 
One of the principal obstacles to its employment is the odor, which, to some patients, is 
unbearable. Many methods of disguising the odor have been recommended, but in our expe- 
rience the large quantity required of each deodorizing agent would preclude its employment. 
Tannin has been recommended, but, as this operates by decomposing the iodoform, it is not to 
be thought of in this connection. Probably the best class of substances to use are the volatile 
oils, such as anise, peppermint, fennel, bergamot, almond, etc., tonka, coffee, and balsam of 
Peru, although the latter acts by forming a compound, and the aim should be not to destroy 
the odor,* but so to modify it as to remove its objectionable features. Olive oil saturated with 
camphor is said to dissolve 6 per cent, of iodoform, and is preferred by some surgeons. 
IODUM. U. Sv Br. Iodine. 
“ A solid non-metallic element obtained from the ashes of sea-weeds and from native iodides 
and iodates.” Br. 
Iodinium, U. S. 1870; lode, Fr.; Jod, G.; Iodina, It., Sp. 
The Iodine of the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias is considered as pure; and in both, the 
tests are given by which its purity may be determined. “ Iodine should be kept in glass-stop- 
pered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
Iodine is a non-metallic element, discovered in 1812 by Courtois, a soda-manufacturer of 
Paris. It exists in certain marine vegetables, particularly the fuci or common sea-weeds, which 
have long been its most abundant natural source. It has been detected in some fresh-water 
plants, among which are the water-cress, brooklime, and fine-leaved water-hemlock; also in 
the ashes of tobacco, and of Honduras sarsaparilla. ( Chatin.) It has been found in the beet- 
root of the grand-duchy of Baden. (Lamy.) Dr. Macadam detected a trace of iodine in 100 
gallons of water used for domestic purposes in Edinburgh, in several of the domestic animals, 
and in man. He detected it also in potatoes, beans, peas, wheat, barley, and oats. (P. J. Tr., 
Nov. 1854, p. 235.) Iodine is, moreover, found in the animal kingdom, as in the sponge, the 
oyster, various polypi, cod-liver oil, and eggs; and, in the mineral kingdom, in sea-water in 
minute quantity, in certain salt springs, as silver iodide in a rare Mexican mineral, in a 
zinc ore of Silesia, in native sodium nitrate, and in some kinds of rock salt. It is now ob- 
tained commercially from one of these sources,—viz., from the native sodium nitrate, or Chili 
saltpetre, with which it occurs as sodium iodate. The production of the province of Tarapaca 
(Chili) has assumed large dimensions within recent years, as a result of higher prices estab- 
lished by a combination of Scotch, French, and South American producers. The exportations 
of iodine from Chili amounted in 1893 to 595,000 kilos, valued at $5,953,420 ; in 1894 to 
323,000 kilos, valued at $3,332,780; and in 1895 to 144,000 kilos, valued at $1,442,580. 
M. Bussy has obtained iodine, in the proportion of one part in five thousand, from the coal-gas 
liquor of the gas-works of Paris. It was first discovered in the United States in the water of 
the Congress Spring, at Saratoga, by Dr. William Usher. It was detected in the Kanawha 
saline waters by the late Professor Emmet; and it occurs in the bittern of the salt-works of 
I; 126*53. (i-O'DUM.) I; 126-6. 
* The paTe yellow essential oil of Evodia fraxinifolia is asserted by Mr. H. Helbing (P. J. Tr., vol. xviii. 249) to 
have the power of covering the odor of iodoform. 744 
Iodum. 
PART I. 
Western Pennsylvania, in the amount of about eight grains to the gallon. In sea-weeds the 
iodine exists in the state probably of sodium iodide. In different countries sea-weeds are 
burned for the sake of their ashes, the product being a dark-colored fused mass called kelp. 
This substance, besides sodium carbonate and iodides, contains more or less common salt, potas- 
sium chloride, sodium sulphate, etc. The deep-sea fuci contain the most iodine ; and when 
these are burned at a low temperature for fuel, as is the case in the island of Guernsey, their 
ashes furnish more iodine than does ordinary kelp. (Graham.) According to Dr. Geo. Kemp, 
the laminarian species, especially Laminaria digit at a, L. saccharina, and L. bulbosa, which are 
deep-water sea-weeds, and contain more potassium than sodium, are particularly rich in iodine. 
Preparation. Although most largely produced in South America, iodine is still obtained 
from kelp, and in Great Britain is manufactured chiefly at Glasgow. The kelp, which on an 
average contains part of iodine, is lixiviated with water, in which about half dissolves. 
The solution is concentrated to a pellicle and allowed to cool, whereby nearly all the salts, 
except sodium iodide, are separated, they being less soluble than the iodide. The remaining 
liquor, which is dense and dark-colored, is made very sour by sulphuric acid, which causes the 
evolution of carbonic acid, hydrogen sulphide, and sulphurous acid, and the deposition of 
sulphur. The liquor is then introduced into a leaden still, and distilled with manganese diox- 
ide into a series of glass receivers, inserted into one another, in which the iodine is condensed. 
In this process the sodium iodide is decomposed, and the iodine evolved according to the re- 
action 2NaI -f- 2H2S04 -)- MnOa = MnS04 -j- Na2S04 -f- 2HaO -f- I2 which leaves as residue 
manganous sulphate and sodium sulphate* 
The methods for the separation of the iodine from its combinations in the mother-liquors as 
practised in South America may be divided essentially into three classes. (1.) The mother- 
liquors after the crystallization of the saltpetre without further concentration are treated with 
a solution of sodium sulphite of strength corresponding to the amount of iodine present; the 
iodine is liberated according to the reaction 2NaI03 -f- 4HNaS03 -f- S02 = Na2S04 -j- 
4HNaS04 -f-12; the iodine thus separated from the sodium iodate is filtered through linen 
cloth, washed, pressed, and sublimed. (2.) The mother-liquors are treated with sodium 
sulphite or bisulphite until the precipitated iodine is converted into HI, and this is precipitated 
as cuprous iodide by a solution of copper sulphate and sodium sulphite. (3.) The percentage 
of iodine is increased by fractional evaporation and crystallization of the mother-liquors, and 
then, after adding the calculated amount of sodium bisulphite, the iodine is distilled off from 
the acidified liquor. (Dingier s Polytech. Journ., 231, p. 375.) 
The British Pharmacopoeia of 1864 purified iodine as follows : u Take of Iodine of Commerce 
one ounce. Introduce the Commercial Iodine into a porcelain capsule of a circular shape, cover 
this as accurately as possible with a glass flask filled with cold water, and apply to the cap- 
sule the heat of boiling water for twenty minutes. Let the flask be now removed, and should 
colorless acicular prisms of a pungent odor be found attached to its bottom, let them be 
separated from it. This being done, the flask is to be restored to its previous position, and 
a gentle and steady heat (that of a gas-lamp answers well) applied, so as to sublime the whole 
of the iodine. Upon now allowing the capsule to cool, and lifting off the flask, the purified 
product will be found attached to the bottom of the latter. When separated it should be 
immediately enclosed in a bottle furnished with an accurately ground stopper. In this process 
a short preliminary sublimation by the heat of a water-bath is ordered, in which the bottom 
of a glass flask filled with cold water is the refrigerator. The object of this is to separate 
*Tbe methods formerly practised for obtaining iodine from sea-weeds were accompanied with great loss. A nota- 
ble improvement over the old kelp processes are the “ char” and “ wet” processes of Mr. E. C. C. Stanford (Journ. 
Soc. Chem. Ind., 1885, p. 518), which show the following results when compared with the old processes. Kelp pro- 
cess : per cent, utilized, 18; kelp, 18 tons, yield salts 9 tons and iodine 270 lbs.; residuals, kelp waste 18 tons, 
valueless. Char process: per cent, utilized, 36; char, 36 tons, yield salts 15 tons and iodine 600 lbs.; residuals, 
charcoal 36 tons, tar, and ammonia. Wet process: per cent, utilized, 70; water extract, 33 tons, yield salts 20 
tons and iodine 600 lbs.; residuals, algin 20 tons, cellulose 15 tons, dextrin, etc. 
Still another improvement has recently been made (A. James, German Patent No. 95,063, of March 17, 1897), 
whereby over 91 per cent, of the iodine present in the sea-weed has been recovered. Sea-weed either wet or dry is 
immersed in sea-water that has previously been treated with quicklime to precipitate the magnesia and give a dis- 
tinctly alkaline reaction. The sea-weed in the proportion of about one ton to the cubic metre of water is left im- 
mersed for twelve hours, during which time about 60 per cent, of the iodine is dissolved. It is then leached for six 
hours, each time in a second and a third portion of prepared sea-water. The combined extraction waters are then 
treated with ferrous sulphate, to coagulate mucilaginous matter, neutralized with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, and 
the iodine then set free with an oxidizing agent like nitric acid or persulphate of ammonium, 1’5 kilos of nitric acid 
being required per cubic metre of solution. The iodine thus set free is extracted with petroleum naphtha, this solu- 
tion being agitated with caustic alkali to form iodide and iodate, which are then treated in the usual manner. PART I, 
Iodum, 
745 
any cyanogen iodide that may happen to be present. This impurity is sometimes present in 
considerable amount. Klohach obtained from eighty avoirdupois pounds of commercial iodine 
twelve ounces of this iodide, which is in the proportion of nearly one per cent. (Chem. Gaz., 
April 15, 1850.) Should the flask, upon its removal, have attached to its bottom white 
acicular crystals, these will be the iodide in question, and must be rejected. The flask having 
been replaced, heat is again applied until the whole of the iodine has sublimed and attaches 
itself to the cool bottom of the flask. 
Water has sometimes been found in iodine to the extent of 15 or 20 per cent. If consider- 
able, it is easily discovered by the iodine adhering to the inside of the bottle. M. Bolley 
estimates its amount by rubbing together, until the smell of iodine disappears, 30 grains of 
iodine with about 240 of mercury, in a small weighed porcelain dish, using a small weighed 
agate pestle. When complete combination has been effected, the whole is placed in a water- 
bath to dissipate the water. The loss of weight gives the amount of water in the iodine. 
( Chem. Gaz., March 15,1853, p. 118.) The presence of water is injurious only as it renders all 
the preparations of iodine weaker than they should be. In the former Ed. Pharmacopoeia, direc- 
tions were given to dry it, by placing it “ in a shallow basin of earthenware, in a small confined 
space of air, with ten or twelve times its weight of fresh-burnt lime, till it scarcely adheres to 
the inside of a dry bottle.” 
Properties. Iodine is described by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia as “ heavy, bluish-black, dry 
and friable, rhombic plates, having a metallic lustre, a distinctive odor, and a sharp and acrid 
taste. Specific gravity, 4-948 at 17° C. (62-6° F.). Iodine imparts a deep brown, slowly 
evanescing stain to the skin, and slowly destroys vegetable colors. Soluble in about 5000 parts 
of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.) with a brown color; also freely soluble 
in ether, and in a solution of potassium iodide with a brown color; and in chloroform or carbon 
disulphide with a violet color. It volatilizes slowly at ordinary temperatures. When heated 
to 114° C. (237-2° F.), it melts, and is gradually dissipated in form of a purple vapor, leaving 
no residue. With starch test-solution it produces a dark blue color.” “ Soluble in about 
5000 parts of water, but freely dissolved by alcohol (90 per cent.), ether, chloroform, or solu- 
tion of potassium iodide. The aqueous solution strikes a deep blue color with mucilage of 
starch. It sublimes without residue, and the portion that first comes over does not include any 
slender colorless prisms emitting a pungent odor (absence of iodine cyanide).” Br. It is a vola- 
tile substance, and evaporates even at common temperatures. Its vapor has the sp. gr. 8-7, 
being the heaviest aeriform substance known. If inhaled mixed with air, it excites cough and 
irritates the nostrils. When it comes in contact with cool surfaces, it condenses in brilliant 
steel-gray crystals. Iodine is freely soluble in alcohol and ether, but requires 5000 times its 
weight of water to dissolve it. If water stands on iodine for some time, especially in a strong 
light, it apparently dissolves more iodine; but the result depends upon the formation of 
hydriodic acid, in a solution of which iodine is more soluble than in water. The solution of 
iodine in water has no taste, a feeble odor, and a light-brown color; its solution in alcohol or ether 
is nearly black. Its solubility in water is very much increased by the addition of certain salts, as 
sodium chloride, ammonium nitrate, or potassium iodide; and the same effect is produced, to 
some extent, by tannic acid. Its solution in tannic acid is called iodo-tannin, of which MM. 
Socquet and Guillermond make a syrup for internal and an aqueous solution for external 
use. For the formulas, see B. and F. Med.-Chir. Rev., 1854, p. 181. It is also soluble in 
glycerin, as ascertained by M. Cap in 1854. According to Dr. I. Walz, glacial acetic acid is an 
excellent solvent of iodine, at least equal to alcohol. When the acid is heated by boiling with 
excess of iodine, and then allowed to cool slowly, it deposits iodine in beautiful large slender 
crystals, sometimes half an inch long, much larger and more abundant than those formed from 
the alkaline solution. (Chem. News, May 9, 1873, p. 233; from the Journal of the Franklin 
Institute.') In chemical characters iodine resembles chlorine, but its affinities are weaker. It 
combines with most of the non-metallic and nearly all the metallic elements, forming a class 
of compounds called iodides. Some of these are official, as the iron, mercury, lead, potassium, 
and sulphur iodides. It forms with oxygen one oxide, iodic oxide, I206, and two acids, iodic * 
and periodic, and with hydrogen a gaseous acid, called hydriodic acid. 
Tests, etc. Iodine, in most cases, may be recognized by its characteristic purple vapor; 
* Dr. R. H. Brett, of Liverpool, has found that when a small portion of the alkaloids, or their salts, is mixed with 
about an equal portion of iodic acid and a few drops of water, and the mixture gently heated, a succession of distinct 
explosions, attended by the evolution of gas, takes place. Dr. Brett finds that this phenomenon does not occur with 
other organic substances, and suggests it as a general test for alkaloids. (P. J. Tr.t Nov. 1854.) 746 
Iodurn. 
PART I. 
but, where this canuot be made evident, it is detected unerringly by starch, which produces 
with it a deep-blue color. The test was discovered by Colin and Gaultier de Claubry, and is 
so delicate that it will indicate the presence of iodine in 450,000 times its weight of water. 
In order that the test may succeed, the iodine must be free, and the solutions cold. To render 
it free when in combination, as it always is in the animal fluids, a little nitric acid, free from 
iodine, must be added to the solution suspected to contain it. Thus, in testing urine for 
iodine, the secretion is mixed with starch, and acidulated with a drop or two of nitric acid; 
when, if iodine be present, the color produced will vary from a light purple to a deep indigo- 
blue, according to the amount of the element present. Sometimes in mineral waters the pro- 
portion of iodine is so minute that the starch test, in connection with nitric acid, gives a 
doubtful coloration. In such cases, Liebig recommends the addition to the water of a very 
small quantity of potassium iodate, followed by a little starch and hydrochloric acid. Assuming 
the iodine to be present as hydriodic acid, the liberated iodic acid sets free the iodine of the 
mineral water, and becomes itself deoxidized, thus increasing the amount of the free iodine 
(HI03 -f- 5HI == 3I2 -j- 3II20). This test would be fallacious if iodic acid, mixed with hy- 
drochloric acid, colored starch; but this is not the case. Still, Liebig’s test is inapplicable in 
the presence of reducing agents, such as sulphurous acid, which would give rise to free iodine 
from the test itself, independently of the presence of the element in the water tested. (JDr. W. 
Knop.) The U. S. Pharmacopoeia furnishes the following tests: “ A solution of Iodine in 
chloroform should be perfectly clear and limpid (absence of moisture). To determine the pres- 
ence of cyanogen, chlorine, or bromine, proceed as follows : Triturate 0-5 Gm. of finely-powdered 
Iodine with 20 C.c. of water, and filter off' the solution. To one-half of this solution, in a 
test-tube, carefully add sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution, until the solution 
is just decolorized. Then add a few drops of ferrous sulphate test-solution, and subsequently 
a little sodium hydrate test-solution, and heat the mixture gently. On now adding a slight 
excess of hydrochloric acid, the liquid should not assume a blue color (absence of iodine cya- 
nide). To the other half of the aqueous filtrate, in a test-tube, add a slight excess of silver 
nitrate test-solution, shake actively, allow the precipitate to subside, and, having poured off the 
clear, supernatant liquid completely, shake the precipitate with a mixture of 1 C.c. of ammo- 
nia water and 9 C.c. of water, and filter. Upon the addition of a slight excess of nitric acid 
to the filtrate, not more than a slight opalescence should make its appearance (limit of chlorine 
or bromine). If 0-32 Gm. of Iodine, together with 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, be dissolved in 
20 C.c. of water, and the solution mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should re- 
quire not less than 25 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge 
the blue or greenish color of the liquid (corresponding to at least 98-85 per cent, of pure Iodine).” 
The British Pharmacopoeia states that “ A solution of Iodine in chloroform should be 
perfectly clear (absence of moisture). Each gramme, dissolved in 50 cubic centimetres of 
water containing 2 grammes of potassium iodide, should require for decoloration at least 78 4 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium thiosulphate." M. Carey Lea proposes 
chromic acid as a substitute for the nitric, for the liberation of iodine, as a more delicate test. It 
may be most conveniently applied by first adding starch to the liquid to be tested, and then a 
little dilute solution of potassium bichromate, enough to cause a pale yellow color, followed by a 
few drops of hydrochloric acid. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, xlii. 109.) Another test for iodine, 
proposed by M. Rabourdin, is chloroform, by the use of which he supposes that the element 
may be not only detected in organic substances, but approximately estimated. Thus, if 150 
grains of a solution, containing one part in one hundred thousand of potassium iodide, be treated 
with 2 drops of nitric and 15 or 20 of sulphuric acid, and afterwards shaken with 15 grains 
of chloroform, the latter acquires a distinct violet tint. M. Rabourdin applies his test to the 
detection of iodine in the several varieties of cod-liver oil. For this purpose he incinerates, in 
an iron spoon, 50 parts of the specimen of oil with 5 of pure caustic potassa, dissolved in 15 
of water, and exhausts the cinder with the smallest possible quantity of water. The solution 
is filtered, acidulated with nitric and sulphuric acids, and agitated with 4 parts of chloroform. 
After a time the chloroform subsides, of a violet color more or less deep according to the pro- 
portion of iodine present. M. Lassaigne considers the starch test more delicate than that of 
chloroform. For detecting iodine in the iodides of the metals of the alkalies, he considers 
palladium bichloride as extremely delicate, producing brownish flocks of palladium biniodide. 
According to M. Moride, benzin is a good test for free iodine, which it readily dissolves, form- 
ing a solution of a bright-red color, deeper in proportion to the amount of iodine taken up. 
As benzin does not dissolve chlorine or bromine, it furnishes the means of separating iodine PART I. 
Iodum. 
747 
from these elements. Mr. D. S. Price has pointed out the nitrites as exceedingly sensitive tests 
of iodine combined as an iodide. The suspected liquid is mixed with starch paste, acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, and treated with solution of potassium nitrite. The iodine is set free, 
and a blue color appears, more or less deep, according to the proportion of iodine present. By 
this test, iodine may be detected in an aqueous solution containing only one in 400,000 parts. 
A similar test had been previously proposed by M. Grange. 
It has been long known that when a mixture of iodine and starch in water is subjected 
to heat the blue color disappears, and that, if the heat be not too long continued, so as to vol- 
atilize the iodine or convert it into hydriodic acid, the color will return on the cooling of 
the liquid. Various explanations have been given of this curious fact by Personne and others, 
but the only one that is quite satisfactory is that by M. Magnes-Lahens, which he supports by 
experiment, that during the continuance of the heat the particles of starch and iodine sepa- 
rate, to unite again on refrigeration. {Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iii. 405.) * 
Adulterations. Iodine is said to be occasionally adulterated with mineral coal, charcoal, 
plumbago, and black manganese oxide. These are easily detected by their fixed nature, while 
pure iodine is wholly volatilized by heat. Herberger found native antimony sulphide in one 
sample, and plumbago in another; and Righini has detected as much as 25 per cent, of cal- 
cium chloride. The presence of cyanogen iodide and of water has already been referred to, 
and the modes of detecting and separating them pointed out. (See page 745.) Besides the 
test given at page 745, the British Pharmacopoeia directs that the official iodine should be sol- 
uble in alcohol, ether, and a solution of potassium iodide, and should sublime without residue, 
and that the part which first comes over should contain no colorless prisms of a pungent odor. 
Medical Properties. Iodine was first employed as a medicine in 1819, by Dr. Coindet, 
Sr., of Geneva. It operates as a general excitant of the vital actions, especially of the ab- 
sorbent and glandular systems. Its effects are varied by its degree of concentration, state of 
combination, dose, etc.; and hence under different circumstances it may prove corrosive, irri- 
tant, or simply alterative. It is absorbed into the circulation, and may be found in all the 
secretions, but is chiefly eliminated by the kidneys, not, however, uncombined, but in the state 
of hydriodic acid or an iodide. Cantu detected it not only in the urine and saliva, but also in 
the sweat, milk, and blood. According to Dr. John C. Dalton, Jr., of New York, iodine, taken 
in a single moderate dose, appears in the urine in thirty minutes, and may be detected for nearly 
twenty-four hours. In two cases in which large doses of potassium iodide had been taken for 
six or eight weeks, and the medicine intermitted, all trace of iodine disappeared from the urine 
in eighty-four hours. 
In an overdose iodine acts as an irritant poison. From four to six grains (0*26 to 0*4 Gm.), 
in man, cause a sense of constriction in the throat, sickness and pain at the stomach, and at 
length vomiting and colic. Even in medicinal doses it sometimes causes alarming symptoms, 
such as fever, restlessness, disturbed sleep, palpitations, excessive thirst, acute pain in the 
stomach, vomiting and purging, violent cramps, frequent pulse, and, finally, progressive emaci- 
ation if the medicine be not laid aside. Such violent symptoms are, however, very rare, but 
where iodine or potassium iodide is given freely a mild iodism is not unfrequent. It is usually 
characterized by pain or heaviness in the region of the frontal sinuses, with or without coryza; 
in some instances soreness of the mucous membrane of the mouth and throat, or a mild ptya- 
lism, is the prominent symptom; or a papular eruption may be the first manifestation of the 
constitutional action of the remedy. Absorption of the mammae and wasting of the testicles 
have been reported as caused by the long-continued use of the drug, but such results are ex- 
tremely rare. Dr. Lebert noted that the accidents produced by iodine, with scarcely an excep- 
tion, were in those cases of goitre in which the remedy acted rapidly in removing the tumor, 
* Amylum Iodatum. U. S. 1880. Iodized Starch. (Amyli Iodidum, Iodide of Starch ; lodure d’Amidon, Fr. ; 
Jodstarke, G.) “Starch, ninety-five parts [or four hundred and eighteen grains] ; Iodine, five parts [or twenty-two 
grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred parts [or one ounce av.]. Triturate the Iodine 
with a little Distilled Water; add the Starch gradually, and continue triturating until the compound assumes a uni- 
form blue color, approaching black. Dry it at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and rub it to a fine 
powder. Iodide of Starch should be preserved in glass-stoppered vials»” U. S. 
Medical Properties. This preparation has been highly recommended as free from local irritant properties. Prof. 
Dalton, of New York, found that nearly all the animal fluids decompose starch iodide and destroy its blue color. 
(Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., April, 1856, p. 327.) This result is owing, no doubt, to the alkaline nature of most of the 
animal fluids, especially those of the duodenum, alkaline iodides being formed at the expense of the starch. The dose 
is a heaped teaspoonful, given in water-gruel, three times a day, and afterwards increased to a tablespoonful. No 
nicety is necessary in apportioning the dose. In some cases Dr. Buchanan has given half-ounce (15'6 dm.) doses, 
increased to an ounce (31*1 dm.). 748 
Iodum. 
PART I. 
and believed that the bad effects arose from the too prompt absorption of the abnormal mate- 
rial of the tumor, and not from the iodine itself. (Ann. de Therap., 1855, 228.) The modern 
discovery that the active principle of the thyroid body is capable of producing rapid wasting 
singularly confirms the old observation and theory of Lebert. 
Iodine has been principally employed in diseases of the glandular system. It has been used 
with success in ascites, especially when connected with diseased liver. It acts most efficiently 
immediately after tapping. In glandular enlargements and chronic indurations it is often of 
great service. Dr. Coindet discovered its extraordinary power in curing goitre;* and it has 
been used with more or less advantage in enlargements and indurations of the liver, spleen, 
mammae, testes, and uterus. In hepatic affections of this kind, where mercury has failed or is 
inadmissible, iodine is our best resource. Dr. Morell Mackenzie reports very favorably of the 
effects of iodine injected hypodermically into the thyroid. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., Oct. 1873, 
553.) In chronic diseases of the uterus, with induration and enlargement, and in hard tumors 
of the cervix and indurated puckerings of the edges of the os tincae, iodine has occasionally 
effected cures, when administered internally and locally applied. In the form of potassium 
iodide in advanced syphilis, mercurial cachexia, and lead-poisoning, it is one of our best remedies. 
It is habitually employed in scaly skin affections and in chronic rheumatism. Dr. Coindet first 
directed attention to its effects in scrofula, but Dr. Lugol, by numerous trials in the Hopital 
Saint-Louis, extending from 1827 to 1831, first established the value of the remedy. 
The most eligible form of iodine for internal administration is its solution in water, aided by 
potassium iodide. (See Liquor Iodi Compositus.') The solutions employed by Dr. Lugol con- 
tained one part of iodine and two parts of potassium iodide; and the doses given by him were 
equivalent to half a grain (0-03 Gm.) of iodine daily for the first fortnight, three quarters of 
a grain (0-05 Gm.) daily for the second and third fortnights, one grain (0-065 Gm.) daily during 
the fourth and fifth fortnights, and, in some cases, a grain and a quarter (0-081 Gm.) daily for 
the remainder of the treatment; always largely diluted. The tincture of iodine is not eligible 
for internal use ; for, when freshly prepared, the iodine is precipitated from it by dilution with 
water, and, as a consequence, the irritating solid iodine will come in contact with the stomach 
when the dose is swallowed. The same objection is not applicable to the compound tincture, or 
to the simple tincture after having been long kept. 
A mode of safely bringing and maintaining the system under the influence of iodine, pro- 
posed by M. Boinet and called by him iodic alimentation, is to mix the medicine with the food, 
as with bread and other farinaceous substances, so that the patient may take daily a due quan- 
tity, which, with this mode of administration, may be large, if desirable, without inconvenience. 
(See Amylum Iodatum.') f 
* M. Chatin, finding, according to his observations, a great variation in the amount of iodine in the air, water, and 
soil of different localities, has founded on this supposed fact an explanation of the prevalence of goitre and cretinism 
in some places and their absence in others. Thus, in certain parts of Prance, near Paris, which he calls the Paris 
zone, the amount of iodine thus distributed is comparatively large, and goitre and cretinism are unknown ; while in 
the Alpine valleys, where only one-tenth the amount of iodine is found, these affections are endemic. These con- 
clusions are controverted by M. Lohmeyer, of Gottingen, and M. Kletzinsky, of Vienna, who failed to detect iodine 
in the air of those cities the inhabitants of which are free from goitre. 
f Iodized Oil. The following is the original process of M. Personne. Five parts of iodine are mixed with a 
thousand parts of almond oil, and the mixture is subjected to a jet of steam, until decolorized. The same operation is 
repeated with five additional parts of iodine. The oil is then washed with a weak alkaline solution, to remove the 
hydriodic acid developed in the process. By this mode of proceeding it may be presumed that the iodine is inti- 
mately united with the oil, along with which it would find an easy entrance into the system, and that, while about 
half of the iodine is lost as hydriodic acid, the remainder takes the place of the hydrogen eliminated from the oil. 
In 1851 the French Academy appointed MM. Guibourt, Soubeiran, Gibert, and Ricord to report upon the thera- 
peutic value of a definite combination of iodine and oil. The reporter (Guibourt) approved of M. Personne’s process; 
and MM. Gibert and Ricord reported favorably of the therapeutic effects of the preparation. M. Personne’s iodized 
oil differs little in appearance and taste from almond oil, and is easily taken alone or in emulsion. The dose is two 
fluidounces (60 C.c.) daily, which may be increased to three fluidounces (90 C.c.) or more. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., 
xxiii. 502.) 
M. Berthe and M. Lepage have objected to M. Personne’s iodized oil, that it is of variable iodine strength, and that 
it is liable to become rancid, in consequence of the use of steam in its preparation. M. Berthe makes an iodized oil 
which he alleges to be free from these objections, by heating to about 176° five parts of iodine with a thousand parts 
of almond oil, in a water-bath, until decoloration has taken place. The resulting oil is colorless, perfectly trans- 
parent, without odor or rancidity, not acted on by starch, and of a constant composition. To shorten the time in 
preparing the oil, M. Lepage dissolves the iodine in three times its weight of ether, before adding it to the oil, and 
briskly shakes the mixture for eight or ten minutes. The preparation is then heated in a water-bath, to decolorize 
it and drive off the ether. M. Hugounenq objects to this process that, if the oil be completely deprived of the odor 
of ether, the heating must be continued for several hours. He also objects to any process which requires the con- 
tinued application of heat, as rendering the oil liable to become quickly rancid. His plan is to rub up the iodine, for 
five or six minutes, in a porcelain mortar, with a small portion of the oil, and then gradually to add the remainder. 
A red limpid liquor is obtained, which may be completely decolorized by exposure for fifteen minutes to the sun’s rays. PART I. 
Iodum. 
749 
According to M. Hutet, one grain of iodine is deprived entirely of taste and smell by one 
teaspoonful of a strong infusion of coffee, (P. J. Tr., Dec. 1870.) 
The external treatment of iodine may be divided into general and topical. By its use in this 
way it does not create a mere local effect, but, by its absorption, produces its peculiar constitu- 
tional impression. The external treatment, when general, consists in the use of the iodine bath. 
This for adults should contain from two to four drachms of iodine, with double that quantity 
of potassium iodide, dissolved in water, in a wooden bath-tub; the proportion of the water 
being about a gallon for every three grains of iodine employed. The quantity of ingredients 
for the baths of children is one-third as much as for adults, but dissolved in about the 
same quantity of water. The quantity of iodine and iodide for a bath having been deter- 
mined upon, it is best to dissolve them in a small quantity of water (half a pint, for ex- 
ample) before they are added to the water of the bath; as this mode of proceeding facilitates 
their thorough diffusion. The iodine baths, which may be directed three or four times a week, 
usually produce a slight rubefacient effect, but occasionally a stronger impression, causing the 
epidermis to peel off, particularly of the arms and legs. The skin at the same time acquires 
a deep yellow tinge, which usually disappears in the interval between the baths. 
The topical application of iodine is made by means of several official preparations. (See Uh- 
guentum Iodi and Tinctura Iodi.) Besides these, several others have been employed topically. 
Lugol’s iodine lotion consists of from two to four grains of iodine, and double that quantity of 
potassium iodide, dissolved in a pint of water. It is used as a wash or an injection in scrofulous 
ophthalmia, ozsena, and fistulous ulcers. His rubefacient iodine solution is formed by dissolving 
half an ounce of iodine and an ounce of potassium iodide in six fluidounces of water. This 
is useful for exciting scrofulous ulcers, for touching the eyelids, and as an application to recent 
scrofulous cicatrices, to render them smooth. The rubefacient solution, added to warm water 
in the proportion of about a fluidrachm to the gallon, makes a convenient local bath for the 
arms, legs, feet, or hands; and, mixed with linseed meal or some similar substance, it forms a 
cataplasm useful in certain eruptions, especially where the object is to promote the falling off 
of scabs. External applications of iodine have been recommended for the removal even of 
internal plastic exudations, as to the side, for example, in protracted pleurisy. The rubefa- 
cient preparation of iodine at present most commonly employed is the tincture. (See Tinctura 
Iodi.) The preparation called iodine paint is a tincture twice as strong as the official tincture, 
and is made by dissolving a drachm of iodine in a fluidounce of alcohol, and allowing the 
solution to stand in a glass-stoppered bottle for several months before it is used, when it will 
become thick and syrupy. It is applied with a glass or a camel’s-hair brush, in one or more 
coatings, according to the degree of effect desired. Iodine paint is used as a counter-irritant, 
with advantage, in almost all forms of deep-seated chronic inflammation. When thus used, 
it must be borne in mind that the iodine acts also by being absorbed. Another valuable 
application of it is for the removal of nsevi. Lugol’s caustic iodine solution is made of iodine 
and potassium iodide, each, an ounce, dissolved in two fluidounces of water. This is used 
to destroy soft and fungous granulations, and has been employed with decided benefit in lupus. 
The Strong Solution of Iodine of the British Pharmacopoeia is intermediate in strength be- 
tween the two solutions last mentioned. (See Liquor Iodi Fortis.) Another caustic solution of 
iodine, under the name of iodized glycerin, is made by dissolving one part of potassium iodide 
in two parts of glycerin, and adding the solution to one part of iodine, which it completely 
dissolves. Dr. Max Richter, of Vienna, to whom belongs the credit of having introduced into 
practice the solution of iodine in glycerin, found this caustic particularly useful in lupus, non- 
vascular goitre, and scrofulous and constitutional syphilitic ulcers. The solution is applied by 
means of a hair-pencil to the diseased surface, which must then be covered with gutta-percha 
paper, fix-ed at the edges by strips of adhesive plaster, in order to prevent the evaporation of the 
iodine. The application produces burning pain, which rarely lasts for more than two hours. 
The dressing is removed in twenty-four hours, and pledgets dipped in cold water applied. This 
iodine caustic is too strong for ordinary local use. A weaker solution is recommended by Dr. 
Szukits, formed of one part of iodine to five parts of glycerin, for application to the neck, female 
breast, abdomen, etc. After four or five paintings it causes excoriation, which requires its dis- 
continuance and the use of cold applications. A mode of applying iodine locally has been 
Iodized oil, thus prepared, has the odor and taste of almond oil, is not more liable to become rancid than the pure 
oil, and is free from hydriodic acid. (Journ. de Pharrn., Mars, 1856.) From the above statements it is not easy to 
determine which is the best method of preparing iodized oil; but the preparation may be made with good olive oil 
instead of the more expensive almond oil. 750 
Iodum.—Ipecacuanha. 
PART I. 
suggested by Dr. It. Greenhalgh, of London, which consists in thoroughly impregnating raw 
cotton with a solution in glycerin of potassium iodide and of iodine, in the proportion of two 
ounces of the former and one ounce of the latter to eight ounces of the menstruum, and then 
drying the “ iodized cotton." It is intended for application to the cervix or os uteri, which is 
effected through a speculum. (Lancet, May 26, 1866, p. 582.) Mehu’s method of making 
iodized cotton is as follows. Finely divided iodine (5 to 10 parts) is sprinkled between layers 
of loose cotton (100 parts) introduced into a tall glass vessel, and the latter placed horizon- 
tally on a water- or sand-bath. As soon as vapors of iodine are seen to rise, and the air has 
been expelled from the vessel, the latter is tightly stoppered. On continuing to apply a mod- 
erate and uniform heat, the iodine vapors penetrate the cotton, and color it yellow. After 
about two hours, the cotton will have assumed the color of burnt coffee, and the operation is 
finished. Cotton iodized in other ways, as by immersion in concentrated solutions of iodine in 
ether or carbon disulphide, retains merely traces of iodine. (N. R., April, 1867.) 
Iodine is used by injection into various cavities. It has been employed in this way for the 
cure or relief of hydrocephalus, pleuritic effusion, hydropericardium, ascites, ovarian dropsy, hernia, 
hydrocele, spina bifida, dropsy of the joints, large cystic bronchocele, and chronic abscesses. The 
discussion of the indications for the use of the injections in these cases, and of the precautions 
and the methods to be adopted, belongs rather to treatises upon the practice of medicine and 
surgery than to a work like the present. To such treatises, therefore, the reader is referred. 
Enemata containing iodine have been used, by several practitioners, in the chronic dysentery 
and diarrhoea of both adults and children, with decided benefit, a prominent effect being the 
relief of tenesmus. They are supposed to act locally on ulcers in the colon and rectum, and 
generally by absorption. The injection should be made of Lugol’s solution, one to ten 
fluidrachms in one or two quarts of water. It should be preceded by an emollient enema to 
empty the intestine, and should be repeated once or twice daily, gradually increasing its 
strength. If the pain be severe, a laudanum injection will bring immediate relief. 
Iodine, in the state of vapor, has been employed by inhalation ; and the experiments as yet 
tried have been in the treatment chiefly of phthisis and chronic bronchitis. Although very 
extraordinary results were claimed for the method, yet it has entirely failed to fulfil expecta- 
tions, and is at present very rarely practised. For details as to methods, the reader is referred 
to the 14th edition of the U. S. D.* 
Iodine or an iodide should not be given in solution with an alkaloid, as it forms insoluble 
compounds, and in Philadelphia death has been produced by the strychnine iodide which had 
crystallized out of a mixture. It has even been suggested by Mr. R. F. Fairthorne (A. J. P., 
1856) and Dr. H. W. Fuller (Lancet, March 21, 1868, p. 373) as an antidote to alkaloids; but 
the insoluble compounds of these substances would by no means be inert in the stomach. 
In cases of poisoning by iodine, the stomach must first be evacuated, and afterwards drinks 
administered containing an amylaceous substance, such as flour, starch, or arrow-root. 
IPECACUANHA. U. S. (Br.) Ipecac. 
(!p-e-cac-u-Xn’ha.) 
“ The root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha (Brotero), A. Richard (nat. ord. Rubiaceae).” U. S. 
“ The dried root of Psychotria Ipecacuanha, Stokes.” Br. 
Ipecacuanhae Radix, Br., Ipecacuanha Root; Radix Ipecacuanha, P. 0.; Racine bresilienne, Ipecacuanha, Fr.; 
Ruhrwurzel, Brechwurzel, Ipecacuanha, G.; Ipecacuana, It., Sp. 
The term ipecacuanha, derived from the language of the aborigines of Brazil, has been applied 
to various emetic roots of South American origin.f The botanical character of the ipecacu- 
* M. Barrere has proposed the use, for inhalations, of iodized camphor, which is to be taken like snuff. This is 
prepared by putting powdered camphor in a snuff-box, with a hundredth part in bulk of iodine, contained in a 
muslin bag. In the ‘course of a few hours the substances, by occasional shaking, unite, forming a powder resem- 
bling iodine in color. The difficulty in practising ordinary iodine inhalation depends chiefly on the irritation 
caused by the vapor, which excites cough and fatigues the patient. According to M. Barrere, this inconvenience is 
avoided by the use of the iodized camphor. A pinch of it produces sneezing and some smarting in the nostrils, but 
when the vapor reaches the lungs it causes a refreshing sensation, which induces the patient to draw a long and 
deep breath. (Ann. de Thirap., 1855, p. 232.) M. Hutet recommends the inhalation of hydriodic ether in affections 
of the lungs. 
Dr. Brainard employs the vapor of iodine, with great advantage, in the treatment of indolent ulcers, first dressing 
the ulcer with simple cerate spread on lint, then applying over this several layers of lint in which from one to four 
grains of iodine have been folded, and covering the whole with oiled silk and tin foil, secured by a bandage, so as 
to prevent the escape of the iodine, which is vaporized by the heat of the body. ( Chicago Med. Journ., Jan. 1860.) 
f M. Weddell states that the word ipecacuanha is nowhere in Brazil used to designate the Cephaelis, which is 
generally called poaya. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., xvi. 34.) Ipecacuanha. 
751 
PART I. 
anha plant of commerce was long unknown. Piso and Marcgraf, who were the first to treat 
of this medicine, in their work on the Natural History of Brazil, published at Amsterdam 
in 1648, described in general terms two plants,—one producing a whitish root, distinguished by 
the name of white ipecacuanha, the other a brown root, which answers in their description 
precisely to the official drug. But their account was not sufficiently definite to enable bota- 
nists to decide upon the character of the plants. The medicine was generally thought to be 
derived from a species of Viola, which Linnaeus des- 
ignated as V. ipecacuanha. Opinion afterwards turned 
in favor of a plant sent to Linnaeus by Mutis from Colom- 
bia, as affording the ipecacuanha of that country and of 
Peru. This was described in the Supplementum of the 
younger Linnaeus, 1781, under the name of Psychotria 
emetica, and was long erroneously considered as the source 
of the true ipecacuanha. Dr. Gomez, of Lisbon, was the 
first who accurately described and figured the genuine 
plant, which he had seen in Brazil, and specimens of 
which he took with him to Portugal; but Brotero, pro- 
fessor of botany at Coimbra, with whom he had left 
specimens, having drawn up a description and inserted 
it with a figure in the Linnaean Transactions without 
acknowledgment, enjoyed for a time the credit due to 
his countryman. In the paper of Brotero (1802) the 
plant is named Callicocca ipecacuanha; but the term 
Callicocca, having been applied by Schreber (1789), 
without sufficient reason, to a genus already named, the name of Cephaelis Swartz (1788) has 
been largely used. As, however, the Linnaean name Uragoga was given in 1731, it will prob- 
ably be preferred by botanists. According to Engler and Prantl, the principal synonymes of 
the ipecacuanha plant are, besides the official botanical names, Cephaelis Ipecacuanha Willd., 
Psychotria Ipecacuanha Miill.-Arg., and Uragoga Ipecacuanha Baill., which latter is probably 
the name that will finally prevail. 150 species of the genus Uragoga, according to Engler and 
Prantl, are to be found in the tropics, of which 100 grow in Brazil. The genus is divided into 
4 sections, of which the Enuragoga comprises 73 species, most of which are found in Brazil. 
Cephaelis ipecacuanha. Bichard, Hist. Ipecac, p. 21, t. i.; Martius, Spec. Mat. Med. Brazil. 
t. i. p. 4 ; Curtis s Bot. Mag., N. S., vol. xvii. pi. 4083,1844.— Callicocca ipecacuanha. Brotero, 
Linn. Trans, vi. 137. This is a small shrubby plant, with a root from four to six inches long, 
about as thick as a goose-quill, marked with annular rugae, simple or somewhat branched, 
descending obliquely into the ground, and here and there sending forth slender fibrils. The 
stem is two or three feet long, but, being partly under ground, and often procumbent at the 
base, usually rises less than a foot in height. It is slender; in the lower portion leafless, 
smooth, brown or ash-colored, and knotted, with radicles frequently proceeding from the knots ; 
near the summit, pubescent, green, and furnished with leaves seldom exceeding six in number. 
These are opposite, petiolate, oblong'-obovate, acute, entire, from three to four inches long, from 
one to two broad, obscurely green and somewhat rough on their upper surface, pale, downy, 
and veined on the under. At the insertion of each pair of leaves are deciduous stipules, 
embracing the stem, membranous at the base, and separated above into numerous bristle-like 
divisions. The flowers are very small, white, and collected to the number of eight, twelve, or 
more, each accompanied with a green bract, into a semi-globular head, supported upon a round, 
solitary, axillary footstalk, and embraced by a monophyllous involucre, deeply divided into four, 
sometimes five or six, obovate, pointed segments. The fruit is an ovate, obtuse berry, which is 
at first purple, but becomes almost black when ripe, and contains two small plano-convex seeds* 
The plant is a native of Brazil, flourishing over a very wide extent of territory in moist, 
thick, and shady woods, and abounding most within the limits of the eighth and twentieth 
degrees of south latitude. According to Humboldt, it grows also in Colombia. It flowers 
in January and February, and ripens its fruit in May. The root is active in all seasons, but, 
as it has to be dried rapidly, collection during the rainy season is relaxed. The native collector, 
or poayero, seizes all the stems of a clump, loosens them by a zigzag motion, and then, thrusting 
a pointed stick under the roots, tears up the whole mass. The roots, freed from dirt by shaking, 
Ipecacuanha, transverse section. 
* Cepha'elu tomentosa, of Trinidad, has been studied by Mr. Francis Ransom, who finds that it contains emetine, 
"but in too small quantity for commercial purposes. For description of the root, etc., see P. J. Tr.y xix. p. 258. 752 
Ipecacuanha. 
PART I. 
are then dried. The amount gathered daily varies from 8 to 30 pounds, according to skill and 
locality. Extirpation does not take place, because, as shown by the Edinburgh gardeners 
McNab and Lindsay, a very small fragment of the root, or even a petiole of a leaf, will rapidly 
produce a new plant. Weddell, indeed, many years since, stated that the remains of the root, 
often purposely left in the ground, serve the purpose of propagation, each fragment giving rise 
to a new plant. Ipecacuanha of commerce comes chiefly from the interior province of Matto- 
Grrosso, upon the upper waters of the Paraguay (from which in some years as much as 450,000 
kilos are shipped), although some is said to be gathered near Philadelphia, north of Rio 
Janeiro. The chief places of export are Rio Janeiro, Bahia, and Pernambuco. It is brought 
to the United States in large bags or bales. 
The cultivation of ipecacuanha, which commenced in India as long ago as 1866, met with 
no success until within a very few years, and even yet the culture has not become commercially 
important. Ransom has shown that the India roots are equal in alkaloidal contents to the 
wild ipecacuanha of America* 
* Unofficial Ipecacuanhas. From time to time there have been imported into Europe various drugs stated 
to be ipecacuanha, but differing from the official drug. Of these the most important are White Ipecacuanha; the 
Larger Striated Ipecacuanha of M. Planchon (Journ. de Pharrn., Dec. 1872); and the Lesser Striated Ipecacuanha 
of Planchon. 
White Ipecacuanha. Amylaceous Ipecacuanha. Undulated Ipecacuanha. Larger Undulated Ipecacuanha. Ipe- 
cacuanha of Carthagena. The origin of this variety of ipecacuanha was attributed by Martius to species of 
Richardsonia (Richardia of Linnasus), especially R. scabra, R. braziliensis of Gomez, and R. emetica; but an 
authentic specimen of the plant, received from Colombia, was found by Hanbury to resemble very closely the 
official ipecacuanha plant; and H. Baillon has described the source of white ipecacuanha as a new species of Psy- 
chotria or Uragoga, under the specific name of granatensis, syn. Psychotria emetica Mutis (not Veil): the plant is 
probably merely a variety of the official species. White ipecacuanha occurs in fragments from 5 to 8 millimetres in 
diameter, cylindrical, marked with rings which are but little pronounced and often wanting. Its color is whitish 
gray, sometimes verging towards reddish or yellowish. When broken it shows a very thick, hard, horny bark, with 
a dry, whitish or grayish-brown or black, farinaceods surface, offering in the full sunlight little shining points. It is 
chiefly distinguished from the official drug by its greater size, its gray external color, the feebleness of its undulation, 
and the comparative smallness of its woody centre. It is inodorous and insipid, and contains, according to Pelletier, 
a very large proportion of starch, with only 6 per cent, of impure emetine and 2 per cent, of fatty matter. 
Richard found only three and one-half parts of emetine in the hundred; M. Palangif; found 3 per cent.: but in 1860 
Lefort obtained from a specimen nearly as much emetine as occurs in the official roots. White ipecacuanha evidently 
varies in its strength, and, as it sometimes gets mixed with genuine roots, it would seem probable that it is the root of 
the official plant modified by climatic influence, or is composed of inferior roots obtained from very old specimens of 
the official plants. This probability is confirmed by the microscopic characters, the structure of the root being very 
closely similar to that of the official drug, 
Larger Striated Ipecacuanha (Planchon). Violet Striated Ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha of St. Martha. Ipe- 
cacuanha of Carthagena. Striated Elastic Ipecacuanha (Attfield). This variety of ipecacuanha is generally 
acknowledged to be the product of Psychotria (or Uragoga) emetica, growing in the deep forests of Colombia. 
This is a small shrub, with a stem twelve or eighteen inches high, simple, erect, round, slightly pubescent, and fur- 
nished with opposite, oblong-lanceolate, pointed leaves, narrowed at their base into a short petiole, and accompanied 
with pointed stipules. The flowers are small, white, and supported in small clusters towards the end of an axillary 
peduncle. The drug occurs in rather long fragments, sometimes 9 or 10 centimeters (3 or 4 inches), with a thick- 
ness of from 5 to 9 millimeters (£ to £ of an inch). The pieces are for the most part almost straight, sometimes 
sinuous, more rarely tortuous. At distant intervals they are marked by contractions, or circular furrows. Their 
whole surface is largely striated longitudinally. To their upper part are often attached one or more remaining por- 
tions of the stem, distinguished from the root by their much smoother surface. Their color is a grayish brown, 
tending sometimes to reddish brown. Like other ipecacuanhas, they have an outer cortical and a central ligneous 
portion. The former is soft, so that it may even be penetrated by the nail. It has a horny aspect, and a variable 
color, passing from whitish, by shades of rose, violaceous, and blackish violet. Its thickness is at least two-thirds 
of the root, and becomes still greater when this is immersed in water. The central part is yellowish white. The 
root has little odor, and a taste scarcely nauseous, sometimes flat, and often sweetish. As to the microscopic charac- 
ters, the most striking are probably the total absence of the starch granules, and the relatively very small diameter 
of the vessels in the central part. Chemically this variety is characterized by the presence of a principle capable 
of reducing the cupro-potassic reagent. It is so abundant in the cortical part that a simple digestion in water 
gives a liquid with strong reducing powers, but without deviating action on polarized light. The larger striated 
ipecacuanha comes from Colombia. 
lesser Striated Ipecacuanha (Planchon). Ipecacuanha des Cdtes d’Or (Pelletier). Black Ipecacuanha. Black 
Striated Ipecacuanha. Striated Brittle Ipecacuanha (Attfield). False Ipecacuanha (Holmes.) It is not known 
from what plant this is obtained. It occurs in very short fragments, 2 or 3 centimeters at most long, and 2 or 3 
millimeters in thickness; some nearly cylindrical, others narrowly fusiform; others again formed of roundish or 
pyriform segments, somewhat thicker than the preceding, placed end to end. The color is generally of a gray brown, 
darker than that of the other kind. The longitudinal striae are fine, and regular on the transverse section. The 
cortical portion is as it were horny, and its consistence firmer than in the larger kind; the central part is yellowish, 
and under the microscope exhibits numerous pores. The ligneous centre is at once distinguished by the size of its 
vessels, which give it a porous appearance. The presence of the starch granules is another of the distinguishing 
characters of this variety. It contains a larger proportion of emetine than the preceding, yielding, according to the 
analysis of Pelletier, 9 per cent. 
According to Martius, different species of Ionidium ( Viola, Linn.) also produce what is called ichite ipecacuanha. 
The roots of all the species of Ionidium possess emetic or purgative properties. The root of I. ipecacuanha is de- 
scribed by Guibourt as being six or seven inches long, as thick as a quill, somewhat tortuous, and exhibiting at the Ipecacuanha. 
753 
PART I. 
Properties. Genuine ipecacuanha is in pieces two or three lines thick, variously bent and 
contorted, simple or branched, consisting of an interior slender, light straw-colored, ligneous 
cord, with a thick, brittle, brownish, finely wrinkled, cortical covering, which presents on its 
surface a succession of circular, unequal, prominent rings or rugae, separated by very narrow 
fissures, frequently extending nearly down to the central fibre. This appearance of the surface 
has given rise to the term anneli, or annulated, by which the true ipecacuanha is designated by 
French pharmaceutists. The cortex is hard, horny, and semi-transparent, breaks with a resinous 
fracture, and easily separates from the tougher ligneous fibre, which possesses the medicinal 
virtues of the root in a much inferior degree. On microscopic examination the very thick 
bark is seen to be formed of uniform parenchymatous cells, without traces of the medullary 
rays, which are very distinct in the woody central cylinder. Attached to the root is frequently 
a smoother and more slender portion, which is the base of the stem, and should be separated 
before pulverization. Pereira has met, in the English market, with distinct bales composed of 
these fragments of stems, with occasionally portions of the root attached. Much stress has 
been laid upon the color of the external surface of the ipecacuanha root; and diversity in this 
respect has even led to the formation of distinct varieties. Thus, the epidermis is sometimes 
deep brown or even blackish, sometimes reddish brown or reddish gray, and sometimes light 
gray or ash-colored. Hence the distinction into brown, red, and gray ipecacuanha. But these 
are all derived from the same plant, are essentially the same in properties and composition, and 
probably differ only in consequence of difference in age, place of growth, or mode of desicca- 
tion. The colors are often so intermingled that it would be impossible to decide in which va- 
riety a particular specimen should be placed. The brown is the most abundant in the packages 
brought to our market. The red, besides the color of its epidermis, presents a rosy tint when 
broken, and is said to be somewhat more bitter than the preceding variety. The gray is much 
lighter-colored externally, usually rather larger, with less prominent rings and wider furrows, 
and is still more decidedly bitter. Ipecacuanha has been grown to some extent in India, 
without, however, being produced in commercial quantities. In the neighborhood of Johore 
(Straits Settlements) it is said to be cultivated with marked success. In 1887 some of the 
product found its way to the London markets under the name of Indian ipecacuanha. It is 
said to be commercially characterized by the presence of very large numbers of delicate root- 
lets, and, according to the analysis of Mr. Ransom, contained about per cent, of the 
alkaloids. Of recent years it has not entered general commerce, probably on account of the 
high price which it commands in the neighborhood of Johore. Many years ago there was 
imported from Caracas into the United States a large gray ipecacuanha with badly marked 
rings. This variety disappeared for a time, but is probably the Colombian or Carthagena 
Ipecacuanha of modern commerce, which is distinguished from the Brazilian drug by being 
a little larger, with less conspicuous annuli and more marked medullary rays. Many years 
ago Lefort found that it contained rather less emetine than does Brazilian ipecacuanha, and 
the elaborate studies of Paul and Cownley have (P. J. Tr., lvi.) shown that whilst the total 
alkaloidal strengths (2T0 to 2-65 per cent., Kebler, A. J. P, 1896) of the two ipecacuanhas 
are about the same, the proportion of cephaeline is much larger and of emetine much smaller 
in the Carthagena drug than in the Brazilian. It is still uncertain what plant yields the 
Carthagena ipecacuanha, and consequently whether this root comes under the official definition 
of the Pharmacopoeia. When the bark in either variety of ipecacuanha is opaque, with a 
dull amylaceous aspect, the root is less active. As the woody part is nearly inert, and much 
point of flexion semicircular fissures, which give it some resemblance to the root of the Cephaelis. It is often bifur- 
cated at both extremities, and terminates at the top in a great number of small ligneous stalks. It is wrinkled lon- 
gitudinally, and of a light yellowish-gray color. The bark is thin, and the interior ligneous portion very thick. 
The root has little taste or smell. According to Pelletier, 100 parts contain 5 of an emetic substance, 35 of gum, 1 
of nitrogenous matter, and 37 of lignin. (Histoire ahregee des Drogues simples, i. 514.) 
The root of a species of Ionidium growing in Quito has attracted some attention as a remedy in elephantiasis, 
under the South American name of cuichunchulli. The plant received from Dr. Bancroft the name of 7. marcucci ; 
but Sir W. Hooker found the specimen received from Dr. Bancroft to be the I. parviflorum of Ventenat. Lindley 
thinks a specimen he received under the same name from Quito to be the I. microphyllum of Humboldt. If useful 
in elephantiasis, it is so probably by its emeto-purgative action. (See A. J. P., vii. 186.) 
Under the name of East Indian Ipecacuanha there has appeared in the London markets a root of a pale pinkish- 
brown color, tapering rapidly from the base to the apex, and having annulations much closer than in the true ipecacu- 
anha. It is especially distinguished from the latter root by being evidently monocotyledonous,—that is, without the 
central woody column,—the vascular bundles appearing under a pocket-lens as a more or less irregular ring of brownish 
dots. R. A. Cripp obtained from it a minute quantity of an alkaloidal substance, certainly distinct from the alka- 
loids of ipecacuanha. (P. J. Tr., lv.). Ranwez and Campion have also described a false ipecacuanha derived from 
a monocotyledonous plant, Cryptocoryne Spiralis. {Ann. d. Pharm., i.) 754 
Ipecacuanha. 
PART I. 
more difficult of pulverization than the cortical, it often happens that, when the root is pow- 
dered, the portion last remaining in the mortar possesses scarcely any emetic power; and 
care should be taken to provide against any defect from this cause * The German Pharma- 
copoeia provides for the rejection of the last fourth of the powder. The color of the powder 
is a light grayish fawn.f “ When Ipecac is sound and free from mouldiness, its quality 
is proportionate to the thickness of the bark and the thinness of the ligneous portion.”! U. S. 
Microscopically, ipecacuanha root is composed on the outside of a suberous layer of thick- 
walled cells; next, of parenchj'inatous tissue, five or six strata of irregular four-sided cells, 
which from without inward at first increase and then diminish in size. Raphides are in small 
numbers, but all the cells are gorged with starch granules, which are mostly compound, being 
composed of from two to eight or even more grains, which are muller-shaped, with one or 
two flat surfaces. The hilum is usually distinct, with two or three radiating crevices, some- 
times scarcely apparent. The individual starch granules are 1.5 millimetres or less in diameter, 
the compound granules range from 7 to 19 millimetres in their longest diameter. The exist- 
ence of swollen grains indicates the use of artificial heat in drying the roots. The liber is 
composed of much smaller cells, is irregular in thickness, and is rather full of starch. The 
cambium layer is formed of three or four series of colorless cells. The wood has its medul- 
lary rays very slightly marked, and contains only a few vessels, which are situated near the 
centre of the root. 
Ipecacuanha has little smell in the aggregate state, but when powdered has a peculiar nau- 
seous odor, which in some persons excites violent sneezing, in others dyspnoea resembling an 
attack of asthma. The taste is bitter, acrid, and very nauseous. Water and alcohol extract 
its virtues, which are injured by decoction. Its emetic property is supposed to reside in an 
alkaloid, called emetine, discovered by Pelletier in the year 1817. The cortical portion of 
ipecacuanha, analyzed by this chemist under the erroneous name of Psychotria emetica, yielded, 
in 100 parts, 16 of an impure salt of emetine, which was at first considered the pure emetic 
principle, 2 of an odorous fatty matter, 6 of wax, 10 of gum, 42 of starch, and 20 of lignin, 
with 4 parts loss, the woody portion of the root containing no alkaloid. According to the re- 
searches of A. It. L. Dohrne (A. J. P., 1895), the adherent stems contain from 15 to 20 per cent, 
less of the alkaloid than do the roots. Roots entirely conforming to the official requirements 
vary in alkaloidal strength from a little over 1 to over 2 per cent.: 1-80 per cent, probably is 
about the average yield. In addition to the alkaloids, Bucholz found extractive, sugar, and 
resin ; and Erwin Willigk, afterwards, traces of a disagreeable-smelling volatile oil, phosphatic 
salts, and a peculiar acid, ipecacuanhic acid, which resembles caffeo-tannic and quinic acids, 
and has been shown by Reich (Arch, der Pliarm., [2] 113, 208) to be a glucoside, of the 
formula C14H180r (See A. J. P., xxiii. 352.) Good ipecacuanha has about 80 per cent, of 
cortical and 20 of ligneous matter. B. H. Paul and A. J. Cownley discovered that the alka- 
loid emetine is not homogeneous, but a mixture of two or more different substances. They 
have found an amorphous alkaloid associated with others which are distinctly crystalline, and 
very different from the amorphous alkaloid in physical characters. 
The crystalline alkaloid is very much less soluble in ether, chloroform, or benzene than is 
the amorphous alkaloid with which it is associated ; but, as is usual in such cases, it is not until 
separation has been carried to a considerable extent that this difference becomes apparent. 
The authors further seem to have obtained evidence that Carthagena ipecacuanha contains, in 
addition to a considerable amount of amorphous alkaloid, some proportion of another crystal- 
lizable alkaloid, which presents marked differences from the crystallizable alkaloid of Bra- 
zilian ipecacuanha. The authors are inclined to the conclusion that the percentage amount 
of alkaloid in ipecacuanha root does not vary very much from 3 per cent. (P. J. Tr., 1893, 61.) 
* For elaborately illustrated articles upon the microscopy of ipecacuanha and its adulterations, see Henry G. 
Greenish, P. J. Tr., 1895, 685, and Albert Schneider, Amer. Drug., 1897. According to Greenish, the distinctive 
characteristics of the powder of either Brazilian or Carthagena ipecacuanha are : (a) the form and size of the starch 
grains; (b) the absence of vessels, presence of perforated tracheides; (c) the acicular raphides: to these may be 
added (d) the emetine reaction with chlorine. The stem may in either case be distinguished from the root (in 
powder) by the presence (a) of sclerenchymatous cells; (b) of lignified cells of the pith ; (c) of spiral vessels. The 
Carthagena ipecacuanha can usually be distinguished by the great size of its starch grains, although there are some 
Carthagena roots that contain small granules of starch. 
f Attempts have been made to adulterate powdered ipecacuanha with the powder of almonds; but the fraud is 
readily detected by forming a paste with a little water and putting it into a hot place for half an hour, when, if the 
ipecacuanha be pure, only its own odor will be perceived, but, if adulterated, a decided odor of almonds will be 
noticed. (Journ. de Pliarm.. Juin, 1874, 479.) 
J See paper by Dr. A. E. L. Dohrne, Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 172; 1894, 233. PART I. 
Ipecacuanha. 
755 
A. R. L. Dohme obtained a little over 2 per cent, of tbe alkaloid. (A. J. P., 1895.) In a later 
article (A. J. P., 1895, 256) Paul and Cownley present additional results. They give to tbe 
amorphous alkaloid the name emetine, and find it to have the formula C16H23N02 and the 
melting point 68° C. The crystalline alkaloid accompanying it in the Brazilian ipecacuanha 
they call cephaeline, and give it the formula C14H20N02 and the melting point 102° C. Accord- 
ing to this, emetine is methyl-cephaeline. The third alkaloid found by them melts at 138° C., 
and apparently has a much higher molecular weight than emetine or cephaeline. This alka- 
loid and its salts, which are uncrystallizable, are rapidly decomposed on exposure to light; in 
this respect differing from emetine and cephaeline, both of which are unaffected by light. 
Various processes have been published for the isolation of emetine, and these will be found 
in previous editions of this work (see U. S. D., 17th ed., 752) ; but, in view of the researches 
above quoted, none yield pure emetine. The results of Paul and Cownley’s researches 
(1899) are summarized below. W. G. Whiffen patented in Germany in 1898 a process for 
making emetine, basing it on the separation of emetine hydrobromide from extract of ipecac; 
cephaeline hydrobromide crystallizes with great difficulty, whilst emetine hydrobromide is 
easily crystallized and separated. (Chem. and Drug., 1898, 694.) 
Emetine (C16H22N02) is an amorphous white powder ; melting point 68° C. It forms 
crystalline salts with the halogens and nitric acid; dissolves readily in chloroform, ether, 
benzol, or alcohol, its alcoholic solution giving no coloration with ferric chloride. It is in- 
soluble in solutions of caustic or carbonated alkalies, but easily dissolved in diluted acetic 
acid. Glacial acetic acid dissolves emetine without effecting substitution. From the acetic 
acid solution, potassium hydrate precipitates a white, flocculent precipitate, insoluble in excess, 
but readily soluble in ether. 
Cephaeline (C14H20N02) is crystalline, occurring in white, silky needles ; melting point, 96-9° 
C. Its salts are not crystalline. It dissolves easily in ether, benzol, chloroform, or alcohol. 
Ferric chloride added in small quantity to an alcoholic solution produces a dark reddish-brown 
coloration ; this is believed to be due to the presence of phenol-hydroxyl. Cephaeline dissolves 
easily in solution of potassium hydrate, and is not extracted by ether ; it is easily soluble in 
acetic acid, and is reprecipitated by the cautious addition of potassium hydrate as a white pre- 
cipitate which is soluble in excess of the alkali. It is upon the peculiar behavior of cephaeline 
with caustic alkali and ether that the separation of cephaeline and emetine depends. Dr. Hesse 
assigns to emetine the formula and to cephaeline C28H38N204. A third alkaloid 
has been isolated by Paul and Cownley (/*. J. Tr., 1895) ; it exists in a very small quantity 
in the root. 
Emetine hydrobromide (C15H22N02.HBr.9H20), which is suggested as the most convenient 
salt of emetine for medicinal use, is permanent, occurring in white, silky needles, readily soluble 
in water, difficultly soluble in absolute alcohol or chloroform. 
Professor Fliickiger (Pharm. Zeitung, 1886, p. 30) gives a process for assaying ipecacuanha, 
which consists in exhausting 10 to 15 grammes of the drug in very fine powder with boiling 
chloroform to which a drop of solution of ammonia has been added ; the extraction is con- 
tinued until the chloroform passing through shows no sign of alkaloid when treated with acidu- 
lated water. Upon distilling off the chloroform, the emetine is left in a very pure condition, 
and may be dried at 100° C. and weighed, or perhaps more conveniently titrated with Mayer’s 
reagent. He found the average quantity of emetine in ipecacuanha root not to exceed 1 per 
cent. (P. J. Tr., 1886, 643.) H. W. Jones approves of this method, and modifies it by treat- 
ing the residue from the chloroformic solution with water and dilute sulphuric acid, filtering, 
and recovering the alkaloid by means of chloroform and ammonia. (P. J. Tr., 1886, p. 277.) 
For other methods see a paper by Dr. A. B. Lyons, A. J. P., 1885, pp. 531, 542. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ipecacuanha is in large doses emetic, in smaller doses 
diaphoretic and expectorant, and in still smaller, stimulant to the stomach, exciting appetite 
and facilitating digestion. In quantities not quite sufficient to vomit, it produces nausea, and 
frequently acts on the bowels. As an emetic, it is mild but tolerably certain, and, being free 
from corrosive or narcotic properties and usually thrown from the stomach by one or two efforts, 
never produces dangerous effects. It was employed as an emetic by the natives of Brazil when 
that country was first settled by the Portuguese ; but, though described in the work of Pison, 
it was not known in Europe till 1672, and did not come into use till some years afterwards. 
John Helvetius, grandfather of the famous author of that name, having been associated with a 
merchant who had imported a large quantity of ipecacuanha into Paris, employed it as a secret 
remedy, and with so much success in dysentery and other bowel affections that general atten- 756 
Ipecacuanha.—Iris. 
PART I. 
tion was drawn to it, and the fortunate physician received from Louis XIV. a large sum of 
money and public honors on the condition that he should make it public. As an emetic, ipecac- 
uanha is peculiarly adapted, by its mildness and efficiency, to cases in which the object is merely 
to evacuate the stomach, or where a gentle impression only is desired ; and in most other cases 
in which emetics are indicated it may be advantageously combined with the more energetic 
medicines, which it renders safer by insuring their discharge. It is especially useful where 
narcotic poisons have been swallowed, as, under these circumstances, it may be given in almost 
indefinite doses, with little comparative risk of injury. In tropical or typhoid dysentery it is 
of very great value. As a nauseating remedy it is used in croup, and as a diaphoretic combined 
with opium, in numerous diseases. (See Pulvis Ipecacuanhse et Opii.) Its expectorant properties 
render it useful in acute bronchitis. It has been given, also, with supposed advantage, in very 
minute doses, in dyspepsia, and in chronic disease of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, 
and as an anti-emetic. It has been found especially useful in winter coughs and asthmatic catarrh, 
inhaled in the form of spray; the wine of ipecacuanha being the preparation used* Ipecac- 
uanha is most conveniently administered, as an emetic, in the form of powder suspended in water. 
The dose is about twenty grains (1-3 6m.), repeated, if necessary, at intervals of twenty minutes 
till it operates. In some persons much smaller quantities prove emetic, and we have known an 
individual who was generally vomited by the fraction of a grain. The operation may be facili- 
tated, and rendered milder, by draughts of warm water or warm chamomile tea. For the pro- 
duction of nausea, the dose in substance may be two grains (0-13 6m.), repeated more or less 
frequently according to circumstances. As a diaphoretic it may be given in the quantity of a 
grain (0065 Gm.) ; as an alterative, in diseases of the stomach and bowels, in that of one-quarter 
or one-half grain (0-016-0-03 Gm.) two or three times a day. 
According to the experiments of Dr. Robert B. Wild (London Lancet, ii., 1895), both cephae- 
line and emetine are powerful emetics,f which lower the arterial pressure by depressing the 
heart; they are also said to be muscle poisons, and to act directly upon the muscular coats of 
the blood-vessels. As an emetic, cephaeline was found to be twice as strong as emetine; but 
the emetic dose of it did not produce as much general depression as did that of emetine. On 
account of the violence of their action, these alkaloids are, however, inferior as practical 
remedies to ipecacuanha, and if given in overdoses may produce dangerous and even fatal con- 
sequences. The dose of impure emetine is about a grain (0 065 Gm.), of the pure not more 
than an eighth of a grain (0-008 Gm.), repeated at proper intervals till it vomits. In propor- 
tional doses, it may be applied to the other purposes for which ipecacuanha is used. It will 
excite vomiting when applied to a blistered surface after the removal of the cuticle. Wild 
gives one-fourth of a grain of emetine and from one-twelfth to one-sixth of a grain of cephae- 
line as the proper emetic dose. 
An ointment made with one part of powdered ipecacuanha, one of olive oil, and two of 
lard, rubbed once or twice a day for a few minutes upon the skin, produces a copious and very 
permanent eruption, but is at present only very rarely employed as a counter-irritant. 
IRIS. U. S. Iris. [Blue Flag.] 
(I'RlS.) 
“ The rhizome and rootlets of Iris versicolor, Linn6 (nat. ord. Iridese).” U. S. 
Rhizome d’lris varie, Glaieul bleu, Fr.; Versehiedenfarbige Schwertlilie, G. 
Gen. Ch. Corolla six-parted ; the alternate segments reflected. Stiff mas petal-shaped. Wittd. 
In all the species belonging to this genus, so far as examined, the roots are more or less acrid, 
and possessed of cathartic and emetic properties. In Europe, Iris feetidissima, I. florentina, 
I. germanica, I. pseudo-acorus, and I. tuberosa have at various times been admitted into use, 
and the unpeeled roots of I. germanica are still sold in the Indian bazaars under the name 
of Irisia. 
Iris versicolor. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 233; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. i. 155. This indigenous 
species of Iris has a perennial, fleshy, horizontal, fibrous root or rhizome, and a stem two or 
three feet high, round on one side, acute on the other, and frequently branching. The leaves 
are sheathed at the base, sword-shaped, and striated. The flowers are from two to six in num- 
ber, and are usually blue or purple, though varying much in color. The capsule has three 
* Sydney Ringer, M.D., and Wm. Murrell, Lancet, Sept. 5, 1874, 328. 
-j- These experiments, taken with those of Paul and Cownley, indicate that whilst for many therapeutic purposes 
Carthagena ipecacuanha is superior rather than inferior to the Brazilian variety, it is too slow in its action for use as 
an emetic in cases of poisoning. PART i. 
Iris.—Jalapa. 
757 
valves, is divided into three cells, and when mature is oblong, three-sided, with obtuse angles, 
and contains numerous flat seeds. The blue flag is found in all parts of the United States, 
flourishing in low wet places, in meadows, and on the borders of swamps, which it serves to 
adorn with its large and beautiful flowers. These make their appearance in June. The root 
is the medicinal portion. The flowers afford a fine blue infusion, which serves as a test for 
acids and alkalies. 
Properties. The recent root is without odor, and has a nauseous, acrid taste, which is 
imparted to water by decoction, and still more perfectly to alcohol. The acrimony as well as 
medicinal activity is impaired by age. If cut when fresh into slices, dried at the temperature 
of about 100° F., then powdered and kept in bottles excluded from the air, the root retains its 
virtues unimpaired for a considerable time. (Andrews.) It is officially described as follows: 
“ Rhizome of horizontal growth, consisting of joints, 5 to 10 Cm. long, cylindrical in the 
lower half, flattish near the upper extremity, and terminated by a circular scar, annulated from 
the leaf-sheaths, grayish-brown ; roots long, simple, crowded near the broad end ; odor slight; 
taste acrid and nauseous.” U. S. D. W. Cressler found in this plant starch, gum, tannin, 
sugar, an acid resin, fixed oil, and indications of an alkaloid. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 602.) 
Blue flag possesses the cathartic, emetic, and diuretic properties common to most of its 
congeners. It was said by Mr. Bartram to be much esteemed by the southern Indians; and 
Dr. Bigelow states that he has found it efficacious as a purgative, though inconvenient from the 
distressing nausea and prostration which it is apt to occasion; but other practitioners have 
employed it with less unpleasant effects. It may be given in substance, decoction, or tincture. 
The dose of the dried root is from ten to twenty grains (0-65-D3 Gm.). Under the unscientific 
name of iridin or irisin, which should be reserved for the pure active principle when discovered, 
the “ Eclectics” have for some time used an oleoresin, obtained by precipitating a tincture of 
the root with water, and mixing the precipitate with an equal weight of some absorbent 
powder, for which purpose powdered liquorice root would probably answer well. Wm. E. 
Jenks (A. J. P., 1881, p. 601) prepares the oleoresin of iris by exhausting the root with alco- 
hol sp. gr. *835, and distilling off the alcohol. See also paper on the constituents of the oleo- 
resin by W. L. Cliffe, A. J. P., 1884, p. 616. The so-called irisin is undoubtedly purgative, 
and is believed by some practitioners to have a very decided action upon the liver,—a belief 
which is confirmed by the researches of Prof. Rutherford, who proved that in dogs it is a 
powerful stimulant to the liver and has also a decided influence upon the intestinal glands; 
he ranks it as less irritant to the intestines than podophyllin, and more purgative than euony- 
min. It may be given in pill in the dose of from three to four grains (0-20-0-26 Gm.). 
JALAPA. U. S., Br. Jalap. 
(JA-LA'PA.) 
“The tuberous root of Ipomcea Jalapa, Nuttall (nat. ord. Convolvulaceae).” V. S. “The 
dried tubercules of Ipomcea Purga, Hayne.” Br. 
Tuber Jalap*, P.G.; Radix Jalapae; Jalap, Fr.; Jalape, Jalapenknollen, Jalapenwurzel, G.; Sciarappa, It.; 
Jalapa, Sp. 
The precise botanical origin of jalap remained long unknown. It was at first ascribed by 
Linnaeus to a Mirabilis, and afterwards to a new species of Convolvulus, to which he gave the 
name of C. jalapa. The correctness of the latter reference was generally admitted ; and, as 
the Ipomoea macrorrhiza of Michaux, growing in Florida and Georgia, was believed to be iden- 
tical with the C. jalapa of Linnaeus, it was thought that this valuable drug, which had been ob- 
tained exclusively from Mexico, might be collected within the limits of the United States. But 
the error of this opinion was soon demonstrated. Dr. John K. Coxe, of Philadelphia, received 
living roots of jalap from Mexico in 1827, and succeeded in producing a perfect flowering plant, 
of which a description, by Mr. Nuttall, was published in the Am. Joum. of Med. Sci. for January, 
1830. The same plant has since been cultivated in various parts of Europe,* and has been 
introduced into the Neilgherry Hills of India, where it grows vigorously. J. H. Balfour 
(Curtis's Bot. Mag., Feb. 1847) maintains that the plant belongs to the genus Exogonium of 
Choisy, as defined in De Candolle’s Prodromus, being distinguished from Ipomoea by its exserted 
stamens. Bentham and Hooker, however, do not acknowledge the validity of the various genera 
into which Ipomoea has been broken up by Choisy ( Genera Plantarum, ii.). Engler and Prantl 
* The jalap grows freely in the south of England, but the season is too short for the production of seed by it, 
although the root has yielded 11'97 per cent, of resin. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1869.J 758 
Jalapa. 
PAET I. 
have restored the genus Exogonium \_E. Purga (Wender.) Benth.] for the plant yielding 
jalap. 
Exogonium purga. Balfour, Curtis's Bot. Mag., 3d ser., vol. iii. tab. 4280; B. & T. 186.— 
Ipomoea jalapa. Nuttall. Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. ii. 13, pi. 61.— Tpomcxa purga. Hayne, 
Darstell. und Beschreib., etc., xii. 33 and 34; Lindley, Flor. Med. 396. The root of this plant 
is a roundish somewhat pear-shaped tuber, externally blackish, inter- 
nally white, with long fibres proceeding from its lower part, as well as 
from the upper rootstalks. A tuber produced by Dr. Coxe was, in its 
third year, between two and three inches in diameter. The stem is 
round, smooth, much disposed to twist, and rises to a considerable 
height upon neighboring objects, about which it twines. The leaves 
are heart-shaped, entire, smooth, pointed, deeply sinuated at the base, 
prominently veined on their under surface, and supported upon long 
footstalks. The lower leaves are nearly hastate, or with diverging an- 
gular points. The flowers, which are large and of a lilac-purple color, 
stand upon peduncles about as long as the petioles. Each peduncle 
supports two or, more rarely, three flowers. The calyx is without 
bracts, five-leaved, obtuse, with two of the divisions external. The 
corolla is funnel-form. The stamens are five in number, with oblong, 
white, somewhat exserted anthers. The stigma is simple and capitate. 
The jalap-plant is a native of Mexico, where it is dug during the 
whole year, and mostly dried over the hearths of the Indian huts. 
It derives its name from the city of Jalapa, in the state of Vera Cruz, 
in the neighborhood of which it grows, at the height of about 6000 
feet above the ocean. The drug is brought from the port of Vera 
Cruz in bags containing usually between 100 and 200 pounds * The 
jalap plant is now successfully cultivated in the government cinchona 
plantations in India. Analyses of the Indian tubers show that when 
grown on fresh soil they contain from 16 to 17 per cent, of resin, and 
that by manuring the percentage is notably increased, even to 22 per 
cent. For an account of the cultivation of jalap in Madras, see Amer. 
Drug., 1896, 127. 
Properties. The tuber comes either whole, or divided longitudinally into two parts, or in 
transverse circular slices. The entire tubers are irregularly roundish, or ovate and pointed, or 
pear-shaped, usually much smaller than the fist, and the larger ones marked with circular or 
vertical incisions, made to facilitate their drying. The root is preferred in this state, as it is 
less apt to be defective and is more easily distinguished from the adulterations than when 
sliced. A much larger proportion comes entire than formerly, indicating a greater scarcity of 
the older roots, which it is necessary to slice in order to dry them properly. The tuber is 
heavy, compact, hard, brittle, with a shining undulated fracture, not fibrous, but exhibiting 
irregular dark concentric lines, and, when examined under the microscope, numerous compound 
starch grains, clustered crystals of calcium oxalate, and cells containing resin (resinous points 
when viewed under a low magnifying power). Externally the tuber is brown and wrinkled, 
internally of a grayish color, diversified by concentric darker circles, in which the matter is 
denser and harder than in the intervening spaces. Jalap is always kept by pharmacists 
in the state of powder, which is of a yellowish-gray color, and when inhaled irritates the 
nostrils and throat, and provokes sneezing and coughing. The odor of the root, when cut or 
broken, is heavy, sweetish, and rather nauseous; the taste is sweetish, somewhat acrid, and 
disagreeable. It yields its active properties partly to water, partly to alcohol, and completely 
to diluted alcohol, and the U. S. P. gives the following test of its efficiency: “ On exhausting 
100 parts of Jalap with alcohol, concentrating the tincture to 40 parts, and pouring it into 
water, a precipitate of resin should be obtained, which, when washed with water, and dried, 
should weigh not less than 12 parts, and of which not over 10 per cent, should be soluble in 
ether.” 
There can be no doubt that much of the commercial jalap is far below the official stand- 
ard. In June, 1888, a series of analyses yielded to Dr. Squibb, in New York, only about 
8 per cent., and the same chemist in 1889, as the result of applications made in Hamburg, 
Section of a fragment of 
jalap tuber, showing raphides 
and starch in cells. 
* The root of I. pandurata, Man Root, Man of the Earth, of this country, is sometimes met with in American 
commerce. Mr. C. Manz found a resin in it. (A. J. P., 1881, 384.) Jalapa. 
759 
PART I. 
London, and New York, for the finest jalap, obtained only one consignment yielding more than 
7'5 per cent. Dr. Squibb has indeed found jalap tubers yielding only 1‘8 per cent, of resin. 
(A. J. P., 1868.) These analyses, it is true, are contrary to the results of It. A. Cripps 
(P. J. Tr., xix., 1888), who found numerous specimens of jalap in the London market 
ranging 10 per cent, and over; but they are in accord with those of T. P. Suess (A. J. P., 
1890), and there seems to be little doubt that jalap has greatly decreased in quality of late 
years. Further, as 20 per cent, of resin does not seem to be an extraordinary yield of properly 
grown roots, the belief of Prof. Fliickiger, that jalap resin is extracted from the roots in Mexico 
before the latter are thrown into commerce, seems probable.* “ Jalap, when assayed by the 
process described under ‘ Jalapae Kesina,’ should yield not less than 9 nor more than 11 per 
cent, of resin having the properties of the official resin.” Br. For Alcock’s method of assay, 
see A. J. P, 1892, 533. 
M. Cadet de Gassicourt obtained from 500 parts of jalap, 24 of water, 50 of resin, 220 of 
gummy extract, 12-5 of fecula, 12-5 of albumen, 145 of lignin, 16-3 of saline matters, and 2-7 
of silica, with a loss of 17 parts. Buchner and Herberger supposed that they had discovered a 
basic substance, which they called jalapin. G. A. Kayser found that the resin of jalap con- 
sists of two portions, one of which, amounting to seven parts out of ten, is hard and insoluble 
in ether, the other is soft and soluble in that menstruum. The hard resin he named rhodeoretin, 
and found to be identical with the jalapin of Buchner and Herberger. By reaction with the 
alkalies it is converted into an acid, called rhodeoretinic acid. Bhodeoretin is slightly soluble 
in water, freely so in alcohol, and insoluble in ether, chloroform, or benzene; and the alcoholic 
solution is precipitated both by ether and water. It is dissolved by solutions of the alkalies, 
more quickly if heated, and is not precipitated by acids, having become soluble by conversion 
into the acid above referred to. It purges violently in the dose of three or four grains, and is 
supposed to be the active principle of jalap. Mayer confirmed and extended the observations 
of Kayser. He gave the name of convolvulin to Kayser’s rhodeoretin, and announced its 
formula as C31H60016. This substance is colorless when pure, dissolving easily in ammonia, 
and is not reprecipitated by acids, because of its conversion into convolvulic add, which is a hy- 
drate of the glucoside convolvulin. This, on being treated with nitric acid, yields sebacic acid. 
Convolvulin possesses in a high degree the purgative properties of jalap. Mayer obtained from 
Ipomoea orizabemis a resin which he called jalapin, which was afterwards shown by Mr. Keller 
to be identical with the resin of scammony. Mayer’s jalapin differs from convolvulin in being 
soluble in ether. The formula of jalapin, according to Dr. Samuelson, is C84H66016, which 
would show it to be a homologue of convolvulin, C31H50Oie. Poleck (A. J. Pi, 1892, p. 465) 
has continued the investigation of the jalapin from I. orizabensis, and confirms the identity of 
it with scammonin, giving it the formula C34II660e. He suggests that the name of jalapin, 
which is misleading, should be replaced by orizabin. To jalapic add he gives the formula 
H2C17H2809, and to jalapinolic add HC16H2003. A. Kromer (Pharm. Ztsch.f. Russl., 1894, 
Nos. 1-7) has made a study of convolvulin. He finds it to be laevogyre, and gives it the 
formula C61H108027, which is deduced from its analysis and decomposition products; alkalies 
decompose it into one molecule of volatile methylethyl-acetic add, C6H1002, and two molecules 
of monobasic convolvulinic add, C28H52014. This is amorphous, yielding a white hygroscopic 
powder soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether; strong sulphuric acid colors it red or 
brown-red; by the action of acids one molecule of convolvulinic acid yields two molecules of a 
glucose and one molecule of convolvulinolic acid, which is insoluble in water, melts 
at 46° C., is not colored by sulphuric acid, and is isomeric with jalapinolic acid and scam- 
monolic acid, both of which melt at from 63°-64° C. A. F. Stevenson (N'. R., 1879, 359) has 
studied the two resins found in jalap, and furnishes a tabular statement of the differences be- 
* The poor quality of Mexican jalap makes the question of the possibility of the cultivation of the plant im- 
portant. In 1834, Widnmann, an apothecary of Munich, showed that in the gardens of Munich the jalap plant would 
grow and produce tubers yielding as high as 22 per cent, of resin. His results have been confirmed, especially by 
Clamor Marquart, at Bonn. In England, jalap yielding nearly 12 per cent, of resin has been successfully grown. 
(P. J. Tr., Feb. 1869.) There seems to be no doubt that the jalap plant will flourish in a temperate climate. It 
is a question whether the medicinal results are not better in temperate than in hot climates. Thus, M. Warden 
(P. J. Tr., Aug. 1887) found tubers produced in Northwestern India to be somewhat below the standard. 
The question as to possible substitutes for the official species is also growing in importance. Prof. Fliickiger has 
pointed out that the seeds of the Ipomoea hederacea (Kaladana seeds) yield very readily 8 per cent, of resin identi- 
cal with that obtained from Ipomoea purga. As this plant is very abundant in India, it would appear to be a possi- 
ble commercial source for jalap resin. Prof. Shimoyama, of Tokio, has shown that jalap resin can also be obtained 
from the Ipomoea triloba (Pharbitis triloba) of Japan. M. K. Hyrano confirms this, and states that the seeds of the 
plant have long been used in Japan, under the name of “ kengashi.” (For details, and method of extracting the 
resin, see P. J. Tr., Oct. 1888.) 760 
Jalapa. 
PART I. 
tween the soft resin jalapin and the hard resin convolvulin, which we give in a foot-note* 
The proportion of resin to the other ingredients of the root varies considerably in different 
specimens. According to Gerber, the root contains 7-8 per cent, of hard resin, 3-2 of soft 
resin, 17-9 of extractive, 14-5 of gummy extract, 8-2 of a coloring substance which becomes 
red under the influence of the alkaline carbonates, T9 of uncrystallizable sugar, 15-6 of gum 
mixed with some saline matters, 3-2 of bassorin, 3-9 of albumen, 6-0 of starch, and 8-2 of lignin, 
with some water, and various salts. For the method of obtaining the resin of jalap pure, see 
Resina Jalapse. 
Jalap is apt to be attacked by worms, which, however, are said to devour the amylaceous or 
softer parts, and to leave the resin, so that the worm-eaten drug is more powerfully purgative 
than that which is sound. Thus, out of 397 parts of the former, M. Henry obtained 72 parts 
of resin, while from an equal quantity of the latter he procured only 48 parts. Hence worm- 
eaten jalap should be employed for obtaining the resin, but should not be pulverized, as it 
would afford a powder of more than the proper strength. The drug is also liable to various 
adulterations, or fraudulent substitutions, which, however, can usually be detected without dif- 
ficulty. Those which have attracted particular attention are mentioned in the note below.f 
*1. Solvents. 
2. Reactions with Oxidizing Agents on convolvulin and jalapin 
dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid. 
Solvent. 
Jalapin. 
Convolvulin. 
Agent. 
Jalapin. 
Convolvulin. 
Chloroform. 
Readily soluble. 
Slightlv soluble. 
Potassium bichro- 
Produces odor of 
Produces odor of 
Ether. 
Very soluble. 
Insoluble. 
mate. 
rancid butter 
rancid butter 
Petrol, naphtha. 
Slightly soluble. 
Insoluble. 
and reddish 
and olive-green 
Oil of turpentine. 
Slightly soluble. 
Insoluble. 
brown color. 
color. 
Benzene. 
Carbon disulph. 
W ater. 
Hydrochloric acid. 
Slightly soluble. 
Easily soluble. 
Slightly soluble. 
Slightly soluble. 
Insoluble. 
Insoluble. 
Slightly soluble. 
Readily soluble. 
Potassium per- 
manganate. 
Same reactions. 
Same reactions. 
Sulphuric acid. 
Very soluble, with 
production of 
maroon color, 
changing to 
black. 
Readily soluble, 
with production 
of bright red 
coloration. 
Potassium nitrate. 
Same reactions, 
but not so 
strong. 
Same reactions. 
Caustic potassa. 
Easily soluble. 
Easily soluble, 
with produc- 
tion of odor of 
whiskey when 
heated. 
Potassium chlo- 
rate. 
Same reactions, 
but not so 
strong. 
Same reactions. 
Ammonia. 
Readily soluble, 
more so than 
convolvulin. 
Slightly soluble. 
Manganese diox- 
ide. 
Same odor, and 
color dark 
green. 
Same odor, and 
color rose-pink. 
f Tampico Jalap. (Purgade Sierra Gorda, Mexican.) This drug closely resembles in appearance, odor, and taste 
the true jalap, but the tubers are somewhat smaller, more elongated and shrivelled. According to Mr. Ambrose Andou- 
ard, it jalap digits majeur of M. Guibourt. Through the efforts of Mr. Daniel Hanbury, of London, aided by two 
Prussian officials in Mexico, Mr. Hugo Finck, vice-consul at Cordova, and Mr. E. Bonecke, consul-general at Mexico, 
the origin of the drug was traced to the state of Guanajuato, where it grows along the Sierra Gorda, near San Luis de la 
Paz. In this place it is purchased from the Indians, and conveyed by mules to Tampico, where it enters into commerce. 
Through the agency of the same gentlemen, Mr. Hanbury, after some failures, succeeded in obtaining a living tuber, 
from which he raised a flourishing plant that proved to be an undescribed species of the genus Ipomoea, differing from 
I.purga by its bell-shaped corolla and pendulous flower-buds. To it Mr. Hanbury gave the name I. simulant. (A. J. 
P., July, 1870.) Prof. H. Spirgatis, of Konigsberg, obtained a resin by preparing a tincture of the Tampico jalap, 
evaporating, washing, boiling the residue in water, redissolving in alcohol, and decolorizing by charcoal. He gave it 
the name of tampicin. Its physical properties are similar to those of the jalap resin. It is brittle, tasteless, inodorous, 
insoluble in water, soluble in ether and alcohol, and in solution has a feeble acid reaction. By strong alkalies it is 
changed into a soluble acid which Prof. Spirgatis calls tampicic acid. By the action of dilute sulphuric, nitric, or 
hydrochloric acid, it is converted, slowly if cold, but rapidly with heat, into a peculiar acid called tampicolic, with 
sugar. For the mode of preparing these acids, and their properties, the reader is referred to an article in N. R., 
July, 1871, p. 50. The melting point of tampicin is 1.30° C.; its formula is C34H54O14. The percentage of it yielded 
by the drug varies from a minimum of 10 per cent. (Hanbury) to a maximum of 15 per cent. (Umney). Andouard 
states that it is purgative. 
According to Prof. Herlant, even in powder it is easy to detect the presence of the root of Mirabilis jalapi, which 
is sometimes used as an adulterant to jalap, by the presence of acicular raphides (calcium oxalate). Tampico 
jalap can also be distinguished from the Vera Cruz variety by the microscope. In Tampico jalap the starch is 
arranged in little compact masses in the cell, whilst in Vera Cruz jalap the starch occurs in grains irregularly united, 
or isolated and much larger than those of the Tampico variety. The agglomerated masses of resin in the Tampico 
jalap are smaller than in the Vera Cruz jalap. 
Mechoacan. Jalap is said feo be sometimes adulterated with bryonia root; but no instance of the kind has come Jalapa. 
761 
part 1. 
Jalap should be rejected when it is light, of a whitish color internally, of a dull fracture, 
spongy, or friable. Powders of calomel and jalap, taken on long voyages to southern climates, 
are said, when brought back, to have become consolidated, and so far chemically altered as 
plainly to exhibit globules of mercury. This change is ascribed by Schacht and Wackenroder 
under our notice; and the two drugs are so widely different that the fraud should be instantly detected. (See Bry- 
onia.) It is probable, however, that the adulteration which has been considered as bryonia root is the mecho- 
acan, which in Europe is sometimes called American bryony and was formerly erroneously supposed to be derived 
from a species of Bryonia. Mechoacan is a product of Mexico, which was taken to Europe even before the intro- 
duction of jalap. The plant producing it has been conjectured to be Ipomcea macrorrhiza of Michaux, which is 
believed to grow in Mexico near Vera Cruz, as well as in our Southern States, and the root of which is said to weigh, 
when of full size, from fifty to sixty pounds, and, according to Dr. Baldwin, has little or no purgative power. But 
this origin is quite uncertain: Guibourt states that the mechoacan of Europe is the product of Asclepias contra- 
yerva. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., iv. 1866.) Mechoacan is in circular slices, or fragments of various shapes, 
white and farinaceous within, and, as found in the European markets, generally destitute of bark, of which, however, 
portions of a yellowish color sometimes continue to adhere. The larger slices are sometimes marked with faint con- 
centric strias; and upon the exterior surface are brown spots and ligneous points, left by the radicles after removal. 
(Guibourt.) Though tasteless when first taken into the mouth, it becomes after a time slightly acrid. It is very 
feebly purgative. We have seen flat circular pieces of root, mixed with jalap, altogether answering this description, 
except that the cortical portion still remained, between which and thp starchy parenchyma there was an evident line 
of division. 
Orizaba Root. Male Jalap. Light, Woody, or Fusiform. Jalap. Jalap Stalks. Purgo Macho (Mexican). This 
is the product of a plant named by M. Ledanois Convolvulus orizabensis, from the city of Orizaba, in the neighbor- 
hood of which it grows abundantly. A description of it was first published in this country by Mr. D. B. Smith, in a 
paper in A. J. P. (ii. 22). For an account of the plant the reader is referred to the same journal (x. 224). The 
recent root is large, spindle-shaped, sometimes twenty inches in length, branched at its lower extremity, yellow on 
its outer surface, and white and milky within. The drug, as described by Guibourt, is in circular pieces, two or three 
inches in diameter, or in longer and more slender sections. As we have seen it, the shape of the pieces is often such 
as to indicate that the root has been sliced transversely and each circular slice divided vertically into quarters. The 
horizontal cut surface is dark from exposure, unequal from the greater shrinking in desiccation of some parts than 
others, and presents the extremities of numerous fibres, which are often concentrically arranged, and run in the 
longitudinal direction of the root. Internally the color is grayish, and the texture, though much less compact than 
that of jalap, is sometimes almost ligneous. The taste is at first slight, but after a time becomes somewhat acrid and 
nauseous. It has cathartic properties similar to those of the true jalap, but feebler, requiring to be given in a dose 
of from thirty to sixty grains in order to operate effectively. (Journ. de Pharm., xxiv. 166.) The resin of C. oriza- 
bensis, which has been unfortunately named jalapin by Meyer, is, according to that chemist, changed by boiling with 
baryta water into an acid called jalapic acid ; and both jalapin and jalapie acid are glucosides, being resolved by 
boiling dilute acid into glucose, and a peculiar substance which he designates as jalapinol. (See Journ. de Pharm., 
3e ser., xxix. 123.) It differs from jalap resin in consisting of only one principle, which is entirely soluble in ether. 
But both resins are distinguished from all others by being gradually dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid, and 
deposited again after some hours in a soft state. (Chem. Gaz., No. 53; from Liebig’s Annalen.) Its formula is 
CS4H56O16, and it is homologous with convolvulin, or true jalap resin. Samuelson (Inaug. Biss., Breslau, 1883), who 
has made a study of it, considers it to be the anhydride of the dibasic jalapic acid, 2C17HS0O9 — 2H2O = CsiHgeOu. 
He gives to jalapic acid the formula C17II30O9, and states that it is formed from the jalapin by the action of alkalies. 
Jalapinol, C16H30O3 -f- lill/l, he says is an aldehyde, as it reduces ammoniacal silver solution, and yields a crystalline 
compound with acid potassium sulphite. Potassium permanganate oxidizes jalapinol to jalapinolic acid, C16H30O4. 
Hanbury and Fliickiger obtained 11*8 per cent, of it from the root, and state that it is probably the jalapin of Eng- 
lish pharmacy. It is considered by chemists identical with the resin of scammony, and is affirmed to have similar 
drastic properties. These results were confirmed by Poleck (loc. cit.), except that jalapinol could not be obtained. 
Rose-scented Jalap. Overgrown Jalap. A false jalap was some years since brought into market, imported from 
Mexico into New York in considerable quantities, and was offered for sale under the name of overgrown jalap. A 
specimen brought to Philadelphia and examined by a committee of the College of Pharmacy presented the following 
characters. It was in light, entire or vertically sliced tubers, of different forms and magnitudes, spindle-shaped, ovate 
and kidney-form, some as much as six inches long and three thick, others much smaller, externally somewhat 
wrinkled, with broad, flattish, light-brown ridges, and shallow darker furrows, internally grayish white, with distant 
darker concentric circles, sometimes uniformly amylaceous, of a dull rough fracture, a loose texture, a slight, peculiar, 
and sweetish odor, and a feeble jalap-like taste. The powder was of a light-gray color, and did not irritate the nos- 
trils or throat during pulverization. The root differed from mechoacan by the absence of the marks of rootlets, and 
from male jalap by the want of a fibrous structure. It yielded by analysis, in 100 parts, 3 of a soft and 4 of a hard 
and brittle resin, 17 of gummy extractive, 28 of starch and inulin, 10 of gum and albumen, 23*2 of lignin, and 14'8 
of saccharine matter and salts of lime, including loss. In doses of from fifteen to twenty grains it produced no 
effect on the system. A similar root was described by Guibourt by the name of rose-scented jalap. It was taken to 
France from Mexico, mixed with genuine jalap. It proved equally inefficacious as a purgative, and probably had 
the same origin. This spurious drug is probably the product of a Convolvulus or Ipomoea. (See A. J. P., xiv. 289.) 
Two varieties of false jalap, imported into New York, are described by Mr. John H. Currie in the N, Y. Journ. of 
Pharm. for Jan. 1852. The first corresponds with the root above described as that of Convolvulus orizabensis, or male 
Jalap, both in appearance and in the character of its resinous ingredient. The second is a tuberous root, resembling, 
in shape, color, and size, the butternut, or fruit of Juglans cinerea, being black or nearly so externally, dull over most 
of the surface but glossy in spots, with deep longitudinal incisions, internally yellow or yellowish white, with a horny 
fracture, and upon the transversely cut surface marked with sparse dots, as if from delicate fibres. It contains no 
resin, and appears to be inert. 
In the Journal de Pharmacie (Dec. 1863, p. 477, and March, 1864, p. 212) three other tubers are described by M. 
Guibourt which have been offered in the market for jalap,—one named false jalap of New Orleans, because imported 
into France from that city, the second digitate jalap (jalap digits), from the arrangement of its component tubers, 
and the third radiated false jalap (faux-jalap rayonni), from the stellate appearance of the cut surface. These 
jalaps do not closely resemble in physical properties the true root. 
Another false jalap, some tubers of which were exhibited to Prof. Procter by Mexicans, who stated that they were 762 
Jalapa.—Juglans. 
PART I. 
to a fungous growth. (Arch, der Pharm., xxxix. 239.) The best criterion of good quality 
in jalap is the proportion of its resinous constituent; and all specimens intended for use in 
the powdered form, or in any liquid preparation, should be rejected if they contain less than 
12 per cent, of resin. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Jalap is an active cathartic, operating briskly and 
sometimes painfully upon the bowels, and producing copious watery stools. The aqueous extract 
purges moderately, without much griping, and is said to increase the flow of urine. The portion 
not taken up by water gripes severely. The watery extract obtained from jalap, previously 
exhausted by rectified spirit, is said to have no cathartic effect, but to operate powerfully by 
urine. (Duncan.) The alcoholic extract, usually called resin of jalap, purges actively, and 
often produces severe griping. From these facts it would appear that the virtues of this 
cathartic do not depend exclusively upon any one principle. Experiments, however, by Mr. 
John C. Long, of Philadelphia, seem to show that the gummy extract, which he took in the 
quantity of a drachm without any effect, is inert; while the soft resin, or that soluble in ether, 
which was thought to have but feeble power, if any, acted powerfully as a hydragogue cathartic 
in the dose of three grains. (A. J. P., 1861, p. 489.) Jalap was introduced into Europe in the 
latter part of the sixteenth or the beginning of the seventeenth century, and now ranks among 
the purgative medicines most extensively employed. It is applicable to most cases in which an 
active cathartic is required, and from its hydragogue powers is especially adapted to the treat- 
ment of dropsy. It is generally given in connection with other medicines, which assist or 
qualify its operation. In dropsical complaints it is usually combined with potassium bitar- 
trate. With calomel it forms a cathartic compound which has long been highly popular, in the 
United States, in bilious fever and other complaints attended with congestion of the liver or 
portal circle. In overdoses it may produce dangerous hypercatharsis. It is said to purge when 
applied to a wound. Jalapin when taken internally is probably absorbed, but as yet its 
presence has never been detected in the urine, and it remains uncertain whether it is eliminated 
or destroyed. Muller (Inaug. Diss., Dorpat, 1885) found traces of it in the blood, and even in 
the heart, lungs, and spleen, of cats poisoned with it. 
The dose of jalap in powder is from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1.3 Gm.) ; of the ex- 
tract, from four to eight grains (0-26-0-52 Gm.); of the resin, from two to four grains (0-13— 
0-26 Gm.). The dose of calomel and jalap is five grains (0 33 Gm.) of each; of potassium 
bitartrate and jalap, two drachms (7"8 Gm.) of the former and from ten to fifteen grains 
(0-65-0-97 Gm.) of the latter. 
JUGLANS. U. S. Juglans. [Butternut.] 
(JUG'LAN§.) 
“The bark of the root of Juglans cinerea, Linn6 (nat. ord. Juglandaceae), collected in 
autumn.” U. S. 
Ecorce de Noyer gris, Fr.; Graue Wallnussrinde, G. 
Gen. Ch. Male. Amentum imbricated. Calyx a scale. Corolla six-parted. Filaments 
four to eighteen. Female. Calyx four-cleft, superior. Corolla four-cleft. Styles two. Drupe 
coriaceous, with a furrowed nut. Willd. 
Several products of Juglans regia, or common European walnut, are used medicinally in 
Europe. The hull of the fruit has been employed as a vermifuge from the times of Hippoc- 
rates, and has been recommended in syphilis and for old ulcers. The expressed oil of the fruit 
has been deemed efficacious against the tape-worm, and is also used as a laxative injection. The 
leaves, long occasionally employed for various purposes in both regular and domestic practice, 
have been found by Professor Negrier, of Angers, in the highest degree efficacious in scrofula. 
He gave to children a teacupful of a pretty strong infusion, or six grains of the aqueous extract, 
or an equivalent dose of a syrup prepared from the extract, two, three, or four times a day, and 
at the same time applied a strong decoction to the ulcers, and as a collyrium when the eyes were 
diseased. No injury ever resulted from a long-continued use of the remedy. It appears to act 
as a moderately aromatic bitter and astringent. (Arch. 3e s6r., x. 399 and xi. 41.) They 
are said also to have proved useful as a topical application in malignant pustule. (Ibid., 5e ser., 
produced on grounds in Mexico belonging to them, is described by him in A. J. P. (Sept. 1868, p. 389), to which the 
reader is referred for a particular account of it. Though differing in shape and interior structure from genuine jalap, 
they had precisely the odor of that product, and a similar wrinkled appearance and mottled brown color externally, 
and were probably derived from a plant either of the same genus as jalap or of one closely related to it. PART I. 
Juglans. 
763 
x. 609.)* The leaves of our J. nigra, or common blacjc walnut,f and those of J. cinerea, prob- 
ably possess the same properties. 
Juglans cinerea. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 456; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. ii. 115 ; Carson, Illust. 
of Med. Bot. ii. 42, pi. 86 ; B.& T. 247.—J. cathartica. Michaux, JV. Am. Sylva, i. 160. This 
is an indigenous forest tree, known in different sections of the country by the names of butternut, 
oilnut, and white walnut. In favorable situations it attains a great size, rising sometimes fifty 
feet, with a trunk three or four feet in diameter at the distance of five feet from the root. The 
stem divides, at a short distance from the ground, into numerous nearly horizontal branches, 
which spread widely and form a large tufted head. The young branches are smooth and of a 
grayish color, which has given origin to the specific name of the plant. The leaves are very 
long, and consist of from five to nine pairs of sessile leaflets, and a single petiolate leaflet at the 
end. These are two or three inches in length, oblong-lanceolate, rounded at the base, acuminate, 
finely serrate, and somewhat downy. The male and female flowers are distinct upon the same 
tree. The former are in large aments, four or five inches long, hanging down from the sides 
of the shoots of the preceding year’s growth, near their extremity. The fertile flowers are at 
the end of the shoots of the season. The ovary is surmounted by two large, feathery, rose- 
colored stigmas. Sometimes a single fruit is suspended by a thin pliable peduncle; sometimes 
several fruits are attached to the sides and extremity of the same peduncle. The drupe is 
oblong-oval, with a terminal projection, hairy, viscid, green in the immature state, but brown 
when ripe. It contains a hard, dark, oblong, pointed nut, with a rough, deeply and irregularly 
furrowed surface. The kernel is thick, oily, and pleasant to the taste. 
The butternut grows in Canada, and throughout the whole northern, eastern, and western 
sections of the old United States. In the Middle States, the flowers appear in May and the fruit 
ripens in September. The tree, if pierced immediately before the leaves unfold, yields a richly 
saccharine juice, from which sugar may be obtained, nearly if not quite equal to that from the 
sugar-maple. The wood, though neither strong nor compact, is useful for some purposes on 
account of its durability and its exemption from the attacks of worms. The fruit, when half 
grown, is sometimes made into pickles, and, when ripe, affords in its kernel a grateful article 
of food. The bark is used for dyeing wool a dark-brown color, though inferior for this purpose 
to that of the black walnut. It is said to be rubefacient when applied to the skin. The inner 
bark is the medicinal portion: that of the root, being considered most efficient, is directed 
by the Pharmacopoeia. It should be collected in May or June. 
On the living tree, the inner bark, when first uncovered, is of a pure white, which becomes 
immediately on exposure a fine lemon color, and ultimately changes to deep brown. It has a 
fibrous texture, and is officially described as follows: “ In flat or curved pieces, about 5 Mm. 
thick ; the outer surface dark gray and nearly smooth, or deprived of the soft cork and deep 
brown ; the inner surface smooth and striate ; transverse fracture short, delicately checkered, 
whitish and brown ; odor feeble ; taste bitter and somewhat acrid.” U. S. Its medical virtues 
are extracted by boiling water. Dr. Bigelow could detect no resin in the bark ; and the presence 
of tannin was not evinced by the test of gelatin, though a brownish-black color was produced 
by ferrous sulphate. Mr. Charles 0. Thiebaud found the bark to be destitute of tannic acid 
and of any vegetable alkaloid, but to contain bitter extractive oily matter in large proportion, a 
volatilizable acid crystallizing in bright, orange-yellow crystals, and appearing to bear some 
analogy with chrysophanic acid, named juglandic acid, another acid crystallizing in tabular 
colorless crystals, and a volatile acid, with ashes, potassium largely, with traces of sodium, cal- 
cium, and aluminum. {A. J. P., 1872, p. 253.) In a subsequent analysis, Mr. E. S. Dawson 
found resin in very small proportion, a volatile acid, and, in addition to the bases discovered by 
Mr. Thiebaud, magnesium, combined, as were the other bases, with carbonic, hydrochloric, 
phosphoric, and silicic acids. Prof. Maisch has no doubt that the juglandic acid of Mr. Thie- 
baud is the nucin of A. Vogel, Jr., found in green walnut peel. {Ibid., April, 1874, 167.) 
E. D. Truman {Ibid., 1893, 426) made proximate analyses of the root bark and the trunk 
* Nucitannic Acid. In the walnut, between the kernel and the shell, is a thin membrane, which closely embraces 
the cotyledon, called the episperm, which consists of two layers, the inner very thin, colorless, translucent, and per- 
fectly tasteless, the outer coarser, somewhat colored, and of a bitter, disagreeable taste. The latter, examined 
chemically by Dr. T. L. Phipson, was found to contain, among other principles, as gallic and ellagic acid, etc., a new 
variety of tannic acid, which he proposes to name nucitannic acid or nucitannin, to which the outer membrane chiefly 
owes its unpleasant taste. It is a glucoside; as when boiled for some hours with dilute hydrochloric acid it splits 
into glucose and a peculiar red acid substance, which he calls rothic acid, ChHijOt, and the properties of which he 
has pretty thoroughly investigated. (Chem. News, Sept. 3, 1869, p. 116.) 
f For an exhaustive chemical examination of black walnut leaves by Miss L. J. Martin, see A. J. P., 1886, p. 468. 764 
Juglans.—Kamala. 
PART I. 
bark for comparison. In the trunk instead of the crystallizable juglandic acid, he found 
an uncrystallizable acid and a crystalline resin. Tanret and Villiers isolated from the leaves 
a carbohydrate, nucite, CeII12Oe -j- 2HaO, which fuses at 218° C., is not fermentable, and does 
not reduce Fehling’s solution. It has since been shown to be identical with inosite. Tanret 
also (Jahresb. f Pharm., 1876, 198) thinks that he has obtained an alkaloid from walnut 
leaves, which he proposes to call juglandine. The European walnut bark yielded glycyrrhizin 
abundantly to Sestini. Juglon, C10H603, the characteristic constituent of Juglans regia, has 
been prepared synthetically by Bernthsen and Semper, and is now recognized as a-oxynaphtho- 
quinane, C10H?(0H)02, as it can be made from dioxynaphthalene by the action of chromic acid 
mixture. It is in brownish-red crystalline needles having a faint odor of walnut hulls, and is 
sternutatory. (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1887, 934.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Butternut is a mild cathartic, operating without pain 
or irritation, and resembling rhubarb in the property of evacuating without debilitating the 
alimentary canal. It was much employed during our Revolutionary war by Dr. Rush and other 
physicians attached to the army. It is especially applicable to cases of habitual costiveness and 
other bowel affections, particularly dysentery, in which it has acquired considerable reputation. 
In connection with calomel it has sometimes been used in our intermittent and remittent fevers, 
and other complaints attended with congestion of the abdominal viscera. The official extract 
should always be preferred. The dose of it is from twenty to thirty grains (1-3—1*95 Gm.) as a 
purge, from five to ten grains (0‘33—0-65 Gm.) as a laxative. Mr. E. S. Dawson states that a 
tincture, two troyounces of the bark in a pint of diluted alcohol, will act decidedly as a cathartic 
in the dose of from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-75 C.c.). (A. J. P., 1874.) 
KAMALA. U. S. Kamala. 
(KA-MA'LA.) 
“ The glands and hairs from the capsules of Mallotus Philippinensis (Lamarck), Mueller 
Arg. (nat. ord. Euphorbiaceae).” U. S. 
Rottlera, U. S. 1870; Kameela, Spoonwood; Kalmie, Fr., G. 
The genus Rottlera was named in honor of the Rev. Dr. Rottler, a Danish missionary, and 
as now recognized was established by Roxburgh. It belongs to the natural order of Euphor- 
biaceae, and includes another species having medical virtues, the Rottlera schimperi, a large 
tree of Abyssinia, the bark of which, under the name of cortex musense, or musena bark, has 
attracted some attention from its presumed anthelmintic virtues,* 
Rottlera tinctoria (Mallotus philippinensis, De Cand. Prodrom. xv. 980 ; also (Lamarck) 
Mueller-Arg.), which is described and figured by Roxburgh in his treatise on The Plants of 
the Coast of Coromandel (ii. 36), is a small tree from fifteen to twenty feet in height, growing 
in Abyssinia and Southern Arabia, throughout Hindostan, in several of the East India islands, 
in China, and in Australia. The fruit is a roundish, three-valved, three-celled capsule, of 
about the size of a small cherry, marked externally with three furrows, and thickly covered 
with a red powder. This is the official part of the plant. Very large quantities of it are 
collected in Hindostan. The berries, placed in large baskets, are rolled about and rubbed with 
the hands, and the powder thus freed sifts through the open wicker-work.f 
Properties. Kamala, as brought to our market, is a light, finely granular, very mobile pow- 
der, of a brownish-red or madder color, with little smell or taste, but producing a slight sense 
of acrimony in the mouth, and feeling gritty under the teeth. (When the grittiness is excessive, 
the drug has probably been adulterated with earthy matters.) It is inflammable, and flashes 
almost like gunpowder when dropped into the flame of a candle. It is insoluble in cold and 
but very slightly soluble in boiling water; but alkaline solutions, alcohol, and ether dissolve a 
large proportion of it, forming a deep red solution, from which water precipitates resinous 
* Cortex Musenat. This bark is in quills several inches long, an inch or more in diameter, rough and fissured 
externally, with a brown epidermis, and beneath this successively a thin greenish cellular coat, a thicker pale yellow 
periderm, and a tough, very fibrous liber. It is inodorous, but has a sweetish nauseous taste, followed by an enduring 
sense of acrimony in the fauces. It was found by Mr. C. Thiel to contain an acrid substance analogous to saponin, a 
bitter principle, a fatty wax-like substance, yellow coloring matter, extractive, and various salts. It is said to be 
used in Abyssinia, with kousso, in the treatment of tape-worm. {Neues Jahrb. fur Pharm., Jan. 1863.) 
f A peculiar kind of kamala, evidently not the product of Rottlera tinctoria, has been imported from Aden. 
Under the microscope the grains are cylindrical or subconical, 170 to 200 mm. long by 70 to 100 broad, with oblong 
resin-cells arranged perpendicularly in three or four tiers. When heated to 212° P. the powder turns black. Under 
the name of Vars, Wars, or Wurrus, this drug is said to be used in Southern Arabia for the same purposes that 
kamala is employed for elsewhere. It is believed to be obtained from Hemingia grahamiana. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 1887.) PART i. 
Kamala. 
765 
matter, “ imparting a deep red color to alkaline liquids, alcohol, ether, or chloroform, and a 
pale yellow tinge to boiling water.” U. S. Under the microscope, it consists of garnet-red, 
semi-transparent, roundish, glandular granules, from to of an inch in diameter, and 
containing numerous red, club-shaped vesicles, more or less mixed with minute stellate hairs, 
and the remains of stalks and leaves, the latter of which are easily removed by careful sifting. 
It has been examined chemically by Dr. Thos. Anderson, of Glasgow, and by G. Leube, in 
Germany. As given by the former, the constituents are, in 100 parts, 78-19 of resinous color- 
ing matter, 7"34 of albumen, 7-14 of cellulose, etc., a trace of volatile oil and volatile coloring 
matters, 3-84 of ashes, and 3-49 of water. The amount of earthy impurities, chiefly sand, 
in commercial kamala, varies greatly, sometimes amounting to fifty or even sixty per cent. 
It can readily be estimated by heating the drug to redness and weighing the residue. The 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia allows of the presence of “ not more than 8 per cent, of ash.” Any 
specimen of kamala containing more than the official percentage of impurity should be rejected. 
Of the resinous coloring substances, Dr. Anderson obtained one in a pure state by allowing a 
concentrated ethereal solution to stand for two days, draining and pressing in bibulous paper 
the resulting mass of granular crystals, and purifying them from adhering resin by repeated 
solution in ether and recrystallization. To this substance he gave the name of rottlerin. It is 
in the form of minute crystalline plates, of a yellow color and a satin-like lustre, insoluble in 
water, sparingly soluble in cold but more so in boiling alcohol, and readily dissolved by ether, 
and by alkaline solutions, which assume a dark red color. Rottlerin melts when heated mod- 
erately, and at a higher heat is decomposed, giving off pungent vapors. Its formula, according 
to Dr. Anderson, is CnH1003. (Chem. Centralbl., 1855, 372.) A. and W. Perkin (Ber. d. 
Chem. Ges., 19, 3109) and Jawein (Ibid., 20, 182) both state that rottlerin can be extracted 
from kamala by the action of carbon disulphide. Jawein gives its fusing point as 200° C., and 
says that it is easily soluble in hot alcohol and acetic acid. In a later communication of A. G. 
Perkin (P. J. Tr., 1893, 159, 236), he states that when extracted with ether, kamala yields a 
dark brownish resinous product from which six distinct substances can be isolated. Five of 
these—viz., rottlerin, isorottlerin, a wax, and two resins, one of high and one of low melting 
point—form the principal constituents. There is also present a trace of a yellow crystalline 
coloring matter melting at from 192°-193° C. The formula CuH,0Og for rottlerin is confirmed. 
Perkin also finds in kamala a small quantity of a sugar soluble in water; in a still later com- 
munication (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1894, 230) he states that three colorless acids each containing 
nitrogen were produced by the action of nitric acid on rottlerin. Leube found a resin soluble 
in ether and cold alcohol, another resin soluble in ether and boiling alcohol, starch, gum extrac- 
tive, tannin, albumen, and citric acid. He failed to obtain the rottlerin of Dr. Anderson. 
The ashes were in the extraordinary proportion of 25-85 per cent., and of the ashes 83-8 per 
cent, consisted of insoluble silica. Silica probably enters essentially into the constitution of 
the minute granules, and its presence accounts for their grittiness under the teeth. Leube 
failed to find rottlerin, but its existence has been abundantly confirmed by Mr. Thos. B. 
Groves, who states that it is changed by exposure, and may, therefore, be absent in old speci- 
mens. (P. J. Tr., 1872, 228.) The active constituent is supposed to be the resin extracted 
by ether. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Kamala is actively or even violently purgative in full 
doses, occasionally causing nausea, but seldom vomiting. It has been long used in India in 
the treatment of tape-worm, but its properties were first brought to general notice by Dr. C. 
Mackinnon, a British army surgeon in India. (Indian Annals Med. Sci., 1854.) He found it 
extraordinarily efficient in the treatment of taenia, having used it in fifty cases and failed in 
bringing away the worm in two only. The testimony of other practitioners in India and Great 
Britain goes to confirm the statements of Dr. Mackinnon, and there can be little doubt of the 
vermifuge powers of the medicine. It is given, without previous preparation of the patient, in 
the dose of from one to three drachms (3-9-11-65 Gm.), suspended in water, mucilage, or 
syrup. In the latter dose it sometimes acts violently. The worm is usually expelled dead at 
the third or fourth stool. If the first dose fails to operate on the bowels, it may be repeated 
in four hours, or followed by a dose of castor oil. Dr. Anderson, a British army surgeon in 
India, has employed the medicine successfully in the form of tincture, made in the proportion 
of six ounces to sixteen fluidounces of rectified spirit, of which the dose is from one to four 
fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.). As an external remedy, kamala is used by the people of India in 
various affections of the skin, particularly scabies. Dr. Wm. Moore, of Dublin, has employed 
it usefully in herpetic ringworm. (Dub. IIosp. Gaz., Nov. 15, 1857.) 766 
Kaolinum.—Kino. 
PART I. 
KAOLINUM. Br. Kaolin. 
(KA-O-LI'NUM.) 
“ A native aluminium silicate, powdered, and freed from gritty particles by elutriation.” Br. 
Porcelain Clay, Fuller’s Earth, Bolus Alba. 
Kaolin, Al2(Si03)a -}- A120(0H)4, occurs in abundant deposits as a decomposition product 
of felspar; the latter is a double silicate of aluminum and alkali, and in its weathering, the 
alkali is gradually eliminated. A pure kaolin contains approximately 47 per cent, of silica, 
40 per cent, of alumina, and 13 per cent, of water. 
Large deposits of kaolin have been recently opened in Florida. It is now used extensively 
for clarifying oils, such as lard and cotton-seed oils and mineral lubricating oils. The British 
Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ A soft whitish powder insoluble in water or in diluted acids. 
The product of its fusion with alkalies, digested in water, and neutralized with hydrochloric 
acid, affords the reactions characteristic of aluminium, a gelatinous precipitate of silica being 
formed.” 
Kaolin is used as an absorbent powder when dusted upon the surface of the body in irritated 
conditions of the skin. Cimolite is a perfumed powder having similar physical properties to 
kaolin. Kaolin is not easily affected by most chemical reagents, and it forms a good diluent or 
excipient for silver nitrate, potassium permanganate, or other salts which are decomposed by 
organic substances. 
KINO. U. S., Br. Kino. 
“ The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium, Roxburgh (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” 
U. S. “ The juice obtained from incisions made in the trunk of Pterocarpus Marsupium, 
Roxb., evaporated to dryness.” Br. 
Gummi (s. Resina) Kino; Kino, Fr., G., It.; Quino, Sp. 
The term kino was originally applied to a vegetable extract or inspissated juice taken to 
London from the western coast of Africa, and introduced to the notice of the profession by 
l)r. Fothergill. Vegetable products obtained from various other parts of the world, resembling 
kino in appearance and properties, afterwards received the same name; and much confusion 
and uncertainty existed, and in some degree still exist, in relation to the botanical and com- 
mercial history of the drug. We shall first give an account of the general properties of the 
medicines denominated kino, and then treat of the several varieties. 
General Properties. Kino, as found in commerce, is usually in small, irregular, angu- 
lar, shining fragments, seldom as large as a pea, of a dark reddish-brown or blackish color, 
very brittle, easily pulverizable, and affording a reddish powder, much lighter colored than the 
drug in its aggregate state. If in large masses, it may be reduced without difficulty into 
these minute fragments. It is without odor, and has a bitter, highly astringent taste, with a 
somewhat sweetish after-taste. It burns with little flame, and does not soften with heat. 
It imparts its virtues and a deep red color to water and alcohol, but is nearly insoluble in 
other. Cold water forms with it a clear infusion. Boiling water dissolves it more largely; 
and the saturated decoction becomes turbid on cooling, and deposits a reddish sediment. The 
tincture is not disturbed by water. When long kept, it often gelatinizes, and loses its astrin- 
gency. (See Tinctura Kino.) Kino undoubtedly consists chiefly of a modification of tannic 
acid or tannin, which has received the name of kino-tannic acid, with extractive, gum, and 
sometimes probably a little resin ; but we need a careful analysis of the different well-ascer- 
tained varieties. The aqueous solution is precipitated by gelatin, the soluble salts of iron, sil- 
ver, lead, and antimony, mercuric chloride, and sulphuric, nitric, and hydrochloric acids. The 
precipitate with iron is of an olive or greenish-black color. The alkalies favor the solubility 
of kino in water, but essentially change its nature and destroy its astringency. The Br. Ph. 
requires that kino should be almost entirely soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), but should yield 
little or nothing to ether, and that not less than 80 per cent, should be soluble in boiling water. 
1. East India Kino. Malabar Kino. This is the variety at present probably most 
used and most highly esteemed, and the only one recognized by the British and United States 
Pharmacopoeias. Its origin was long unknown. It is now ascertained, through the researches 
of Drs. Pereira, Royle, Wight, and others, to be the product of Pterocarpus marsupium, a lofty 
tree growing upon the mountains of the Malabar coast of Hindostan. Kino is the juice of 
the tree extracted through longitudinal incisions in the bark and afterwards dried in the sun. 
Upon drying it breaks into small fragments, and is put into wooden boxes for exportation. It 
(KI'NO.) PART i. 
Kino. 
767 
is collected near Tellieherry, and exported from Bombay. It is sometimes imported into this 
country directly from the East Indies, but more commonly from London. From a communi- 
cation in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, by the Rev. F. Mason, it appears that 
kino is also collected in the Tenasserim provinces, in Farther India, and has been exported 
from Maulmain to Europe. It is produced by a tree called Pa-douck, which was supposed to 
be a species of Pterocarpus, although its precise characters were not certainly known. (A. J. 
P., xxi. 134.) Dr. Christison subsequently recognized, in a description of this tree furnished 
to him by Mr. Begbie, of Maulmain, the precise characters of Pterocarpus marsupium ; so that 
this kino has the same origin as that from Malabar. Pterocarpus indicus, of the Mauritius 
Islands, where it is known as sang dragon, also yields a red kino to commerce. 
East India kino is in small, angular, glistening fragments, of a uniform consistence, appear- 
ing as if formed by the breaking down of larger masses. The larger fragments are opaque 
and nearly black ; but minute splinters are sometimes translucent, and of a deep garnet redness 
when viewed by transmitted light. This variety of kino is very brittle, readily breaking be- 
tween the fingers, and easily pulverized, aflording a dark reddish powder, a portion of which, 
resulting from the mutual attrition of the fragments, is often found interspersed among them. 
When chewed, it softens in the mouth, adheres somewhat to the teeth, and tinges the saliva of 
a blood-red color. In odor, taste, and chemical relations it corresponds with the account already 
given of kino in general. When kino is boiled in water, the decoction deposits, on cooling, a 
bright red substance ; and a similar deposition takes place when a cold filtered aqueous solution 
is long exposed with a broad surface to the air. According to Hennig, kino consists of tannic 
acid with a trace of gallic acid, kinoic acid, pectin, ulmic acid, and inorganic salts, with excess 
of earthy bases. (See A. J. P., xv. 544.) C. Etti obtained a new constituent, kinoin, by extract- 
ing kino with ether. He finally adopted the following method as more practicable. One part of 
gum kino is added to 2 parts of boiling diluted (1-5) hydrochloric acid. Kino-red immedi- 
ately separates as a soft mass, becoming gradually solid on cooling, while the kinoin, mixed 
with a small quantity of kino-red, remains in solution. The solid residue is once more boiled 
with water, the liquids are united and shaken with ether. The ethereal solution, on evapora- 
tion, leaves a crystalline reddish residue, which is dissolved in hot water, on the cooling of 
which tolerably pure crystals of kinoin are obtained. By continued recrystallization they 
are obtained colorless. Their formula is C14H1206, and kino-red is the anhydride of this: 
2C14H1206 — H20 = C28H220u. This kino-red, heated to 160°-170° C., parts with a molecule 
of water and yields a lower anhydride, C28H20010. Both anhydrides are precipitated by 
gelatin, but kinoin itself is not. When heated with hydrochloric acid to 120°-130° C., kinoin 
yields methyl chloride, gallic acid, and catechol, and hence probably has the constitution of a 
guaiacol or methyl-catechol gallate. Kino contains about 1-5 per cent, of kinoin. (Ber. d. 
Deutsch. Chem. Ges.; N. R., Feb, 1879.) Kremel found Malabar kino, Butea gum, eucalyp- 
tus kino, and the kino from Coccoloha uvifera to be free from Etti’s kinoin, but to contain a 
body acquiring, like kinoin, a red color with ferric chloride, which proved to be pyrocatechuic 
acid; this was present either alone or mixed with gallic acid. (A. J. P., 1883, 267.) For a 
description of tbe seeds of Butea frondosa, from which Bengal kino is produced, see Pharm. 
Rev., 1896, 232. 
2. West India, or Jamaica Kino. This is believed to be the product of the Coccoloha 
uvifera, or sea-side grape, a tree twenty feet or more in height, bearing beautiful broad shining 
leaves, and large bunches of purple berries, to which it owes its vernacular name. It grows 
in the West Indies and neighboring parts of the continent. The kino is said to be obtained 
by evaporating a decoction of the wood and bark, which are very astringent. Many years 
since, a thick reddish-brown liquid was imported into Philadelphia from the West Indies, which, 
when dried by exposure to the air in shallow vessels or by heat, afforded an extract having all 
the properties of kino, for which it was sold by the druggists. This has long been exhausted; 
but some years since, a considerable quantity of West India kino was brought into this market, 
which may still enter into the consumption of the country. It was contained in large gourds, 
into which it was evidently poured while in a liquid or semi-liquid state, and then allowed to 
harden. When taken from the gourd it breaks into fragments of various sizes, upon an aver- 
age about as large as a hazelnut, and having some tendency to the rectangular form. The 
consistence of these fragments is uniform, their surface smooth and shining, and their color a 
dark reddish brown approaching to black. They are, however, neither so glistening nor so 
black as the East India kino. In mass they are quite opaque, but in thin splinters are trans- 
lucent and of a ruby redness. They are readily broken by the fingers into smaller fragments, 768 
Kino. 
PART I. 
are easily pulverized, and yield a dull-reddish powder, considerably lighter colored than that 
of the former variety. The West India kino is without color, and has a very astringent, bit- 
terish taste, with a scarcely observable sweetish after-taste. It adheres to the teeth when 
chewed, though rather less than the East India variety, and colors the saliva red. The solu- 
bility of Jamaica kino was very carefully examined by Prof. Robert Bridges, who found that 
cold water dissolved 89 per cent., and ordinary official alcohol 94 per cent. The portion dis- 
solved by alcohol and not by water was probably of a resinous nature, as it appeared to be 
viscid, and very much impeded the filtration of the watery solution. Considering the nature 
of this substance, the form of kino in which it was found is probably, like that from the East 
Indies, an inspissated juice. Guibourt, who states that Jamaica kino is but slightly dissolved 
by cold water, must have operated on a different product. 
3. South American Kino. Caraccas Kino. In 1839, when the 4th edition of this 
Dispensatory was published, an astringent extract was described which had recently been in- 
troduced into our market, derived from Caraccas, and known by that name to the druggists. 
Since that period it has come much more extensively into use. It is probably the same as that 
described by Guibourt, in the last edition of his History of Drugs, as the kino of Colombia. 
As imported, this variety of kino is in large masses, some weighing several pounds, covered 
with thin leaves, or exhibiting marks of leaves upon their unbroken surface, externally very 
dark, and internally of a deep reddish-brown or dark port-wine color. It is opaque in the 
mass, but translucent in thin splinters, very brittle, and of a fracture always shining, but in 
some masses wholly rough and irregular, in others rough only in the interior, while the outer 
portion, for an inch or two in depth, breaks with a rather smooth and uniform surface, like 
that of the West India kino. This outer portion is easily broken into fine angular fragments, 
while the interior crumbles quite irregularly. Some of the masses are very impure, containing 
pieces of bark, wood, leaves, etc.; others are more homogeneous, and almost free from im- 
purities. The masses are broken up by means of a mill so as to resemble East India kino, 
from which, however, this variety differs in being more irregular, less sharply angular, more 
powdery, and less black. On comparing the finer and more angular portions of the masses 
with the West India kino, the late Dr. Geo. B. Wood could discover no difference between the 
two varieties either in color, lustre, taste, or other sensible property. The colors of the pow- 
ders were also identical. South American kino was found by Dr. Bridges to yield 93-5 per 
cent, to cold water, and 93 per cent, to alcohol; so that, while it has almost the same solubility 
as Jamaica kino in alcohol, it is somewhat more soluble in cold water. The aqueous solution in 
this case was not embarrassed by the adhesive matter which impeded the filtration in the former 
variety; and the want of a minute proportion of resinous matter in the South American kino 
is the only apparent difference between the two drugs. It is not improbable that they are de- 
rived from the same plant; and there is no difficulty in supposing that this may be the Cocco- 
loba uvifera, as that tree grows as well upon the continent as in the islands. 
4. African Kino. The original kino employed by Dr. Fothergill was known to be the 
product of a tree growing in Senegal, and upon the banks of the Gambia, on the western coast 
of Africa; but the precise character of the tree was not ascertained until a specimen, sent 
home by Mungo Park during his last journey, enabled the English botanists to decide that it 
was the Pterocarpus erinaceus of Lamarck and Poirot.* The Edinburgh and Dublin Colleges 
accordingly referred kino in chief to this plant, but, in so doing, overlooked the fact that not 
one of the varieties now used is brought from Africa. The importation of African kino has 
long ceased.f In 1896, however, a consignment of African kino reached London. It was 
* A particular account of Pterocarpua erinaceua and its concrete juice, with a figure, by Dr. W. F. Daniell, is 
contained in the P. J. Tr. for August, 1854 (vol. xiv. p. 55). 
j- Butea gum, which has sometimes been mistaken for African kino, is the concrete juice of the Butea frondosa, 
or Bhak-tree of Hindostan, and also to some extent of B. superba. The juice flows from natural fissures, and from 
wounds made in the bark of the tree, and quickly hardens. It is in small elongated tears, or irregular angular 
masses, less in size than a grain of barley, apparently black and opaque, but translucent and of a ruby-red color 
when examined in small fragments by transmitted light; in some specimens the tears are much paler than described, 
and of a very beautiful ruby tint. Many of the tears have small portions of bark adhering to them. They are very 
brittle, and readily pulverizable, yielding a reddish powder. They are very astringent to the taste, do not adhere to 
the teeth when chewed, and tinge the saliva red. The relations of this product to water, alcohol, and other chemical 
reagents are nearly the same as those of ordinary kino. When freed from impurities, consisting of from 15 to 25 
per cent, of wood, bark, sand, etc., it contains, according to Mr. E. Solly, 73'26 per cent, of tannin, 5'05 of soluble 
extractive, and 2P67 of gum and other soluble substances. It is used in the arts in India, and might undoubtedly 
be employed as kino in medicine. It is, however, very seldom imported into England, and never, at present, into 
this country. Dr. Pereira found a quantity in an old drug-store in London, and sent a portion to Guibourt, from 
which that writer drew up his description of African kino. It is possible that the kino which formerly reached us, 
full of small pieces of wood, bark, etc., may have been the Butea gum. Kino. 
769 
PART I. 
examined by E. M. Holmes, who stated that it was evidently yielded by P. erinaceus. (Chem. 
and Drug., 1896, 226.) It is said to be still used by the Portuguese of Angola, under the name 
of Sangue de Drago. As described by Fothergill, the African kino, for which he proposed the 
name of gummi rubrum astringens Gambinense, was in lumps of about the size of those of gum 
Senegal or dragon’s blood, and so similar in appearance to the latter that a good judge might 
easily be deceived. These lumps were hard, brittle, opaque, and almost black; but minute 
fragments were reddish and transparent like garnet. The drug was inodorous, of a strongly 
astringent and sweetish taste, and soluble in water to the extent of about five or six parts out 
of seven, forming a deep red astringent infusion. There can be little doubt that this variety 
of kino is a concrete juice, which exudes either spontaneously or from wounds in the bark, and 
hardens in the air. (Med. Ohs. and Inq., i. 358.) 
5. Australian Kino. Botany Bay Kino. This kino was formerly supposed to be yielded 
by Eucalyptus resinifera, but is now known to be produced by a very large number of species. 
It is occasionally obtained in dried masses in the crevices in trees, sometimes by incisions into 
the bark, but more usually is simply scraped off the outside of the tree. It has been stated 
that five hundred pounds of the kino are sometimes yielded in a single year by one tree; but 
this seems to be a great exaggeration. Occasionally the juice reaches England unevaporated.* 
Australian kino usually occurs in dark, reddish-brown masses or grains, which when sufficiently 
thin may be translucent and garnet-like. It is very apt to contain much foreign matter, espe- 
cially the scrapings from the bark. Coming from so many sources, it varies considerably in its 
physical characteristics and its relations to solvents. Although the Australian kino is produced 
by so many trees and is much used in Australia, it does not seem to be an important article of 
commerce. For further information concerning it the reader is referred to an elaborate paper 
on it by J. H. Maiden, in P. J. TrOct. 1889 ;j* also A. J. P., 1897, 1. Eucalyptus kino 
contains catechin, pyrocatechin, and kinoin, and in some specimens a volatile oil, giving a 
slightly aromatic odor to the drug which is especially developed by hydrochloric acid. (See 
also Eucalypti Gummi.') 
6. Myristica Kino. There has been produced in Southern India a kino consisting of 
smaller or larger angular pieces, of deep garnet color, in thin fragments, and having the general 
characteristics of Malabar kino ; according to E. Schaer, it is a product of Myristica malabarica, 
of M. fragrans, and probably of other species of the genus. In all important respects these 
kinos are said to correspond with Malabar kino, but to be distinguishable by containing crys- 
tals of calcium tartrate. As yet this variety of kino does not seem to have commercial im- 
portance. 
In a later paper J. H. Maiden (A. J. P., 1895, 575) announces the discovery in Australian 
kino of two new organic substances to which he gives the names eudcsmin and aromadendrin. 
The former of these when purified exists as a pure white mass with a lustre resembling sperma- 
ceti. It is soluble in hot water, but crystallizes out again on cooling. It is soluble in alcohol, 
ether, acetic ether, and chloroform, but not in benzene, petroleum spirit, or carbon disulphide. 
It is dissolved by sulphuric acid with a dark color changing to purple, by nitric acid with a 
beautiful yellow color. Its formula is given as 026H3oO8, and its melting point as 99° C. 
The second substance was also obtained crystallized from boiling water, and melted at 162° C. 
No analysis has been made of it. 
It is said that catechu, broken into small fragments, has sometimes been sold as kino. For- 
tunately, little injury can result from the substitution, as the medical virtues of the two sub- 
stances are very nearly the same. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Kino is powerfully astringent, and in this country is 
much used for the suppression of morbid discharges. In diarrhoea, not attended with febrile 
excitement or inflammation, it is often an excellent adjunct to opium and the absorbent medi- 
cines, and is a favorite addition to the chalk mixture. It is also used in chronic dysentery when 
astringents are admissible ; in leucorrhoea and diabetes ; and in passive hemorrhages, particularly 
* Kino juice has a fine deep red color, a slightly aromatic odor, and a decidedly astringent taste, and on evapora- 
tion yields a genuine kino in varying amount. It must not be confounded with the so-called Liquid Kino, or apple- 
tree juice, which is obtained from incisions in the Angophora intermedia or narrow-leaved apple-tree of Australia. 
This varies from the consistency and colorlessness of water to an orange-brown or reddish-brown liquid as thick as 
molasses. It contains catechin and tannic acid, and is said to be especially employed for the purposes of tanning 
nets. 
f The descriptions given by authors of this kino vary, because the Australian kinos themselves vary so much. 
Gathered with different degrees of care, and from probably fifty species of trees, they, of course, must be of varying 
character. 770 
Kramena. 
PART I. 
those from the uterus $md the intestines. The dose of the powder is from ten to thirty grains 
(0-65-195 Gm.). The infusion may be made by pouring eight fluidounces of boiling water 
on two drachms of the extract, and straining when cool. Aromatics may be added, if deemed 
advisable. The dose is a fluidounce (30 C.c.). The proportion of alcohol in the tincture 
renders it frequently an unsuitable preparation. Locally applied, kino is often productive of 
benefit. Its infusion is useful as an injection in leucorrhcea and obstinate gonorrhoea, and thrown 
up the nostrils we have found it very efficacious in suppressing epistaxis. The powder is also a 
very useful application to indolent and flabby ulcers. 
KRAMERIA. U. S. (Br.) Krameria. [Rhatany.] 
(KRA-ME'RI-A.) 
“ The root of Krameria triandra, Ruiz et Pavon, and of Krameria Ixina, Linn6 (nat. ord. 
Polygaleae).” U. S. “The dried root of (1) Para Rhatany, a species of Krameria, attributed 
to Krameria argentea, Mart.; or of (2) Peruvian Rhatany, Krameria triandra, Ruiz and 
Pavon.” Br. 
Krameriae Radix, Br., Rhatany Root; Radix Ratanhae, P. G.; Radix Ratanhiae; Ratanhia, Fr.; Ratanhia- 
wurzel, G.f Ratania, It., Sp. 
There is some dissension among botanists as to which natural order Krameria belongs. 
Chodat recently (Arch. d. Sc. Phys. et Nat., t. xxiv., Nov. 1890) placed the genus in a dis- 
tinct order by itself,—viz., the Krameriaceae. Engler and Prantl consider its proper place 
to be among the Caesalpinoideae-Kramerieae in the nat. ord. Leguminosae. 
Krameria triandra. Ruiz and Pavon, Flor. Peruv. i. 61. The rhatany plant is a shrub, 
having a long, much-branched, spreading root, of a blackish-red color; with a round, procum- 
bent, very dark colored stem, divided into numerous branches, of which the younger are leafy 
and thickly covered with soft hairs, giving them a white, silky appearance. The leaves are few, 
sessile, oblong-ovate, pointed, entire, presenting on both surfaces the same silky whiteness with 
the young branches. The flowers are lake-colored, and stand singly on short peduncles at the 
axils of the upper leaves. There are only three stamens. The nectary consists of four leaflets, 
of which the two upper are spatulate, the lower roundish and much shorter. The fruit is 
globular, of the size of a pea, surrounded by stiff reddish-brown prickles, and furnished writh 
one or two seeds. It is a native of the Peruvian Andes, growing in dry argillaceous and 
sandy places. It flowers at all seasons, but is at the height of its bloom in October and 
November. The root is dug up after the rains, and, according to Tschudi, it is especially 
obtained in the southern provinces of Peru. Closely allied to it is K. Ixina L., which is, how- 
ever, distinguished by having four stamens, and occurs in Guinea and Northern Brazil. The 
name rhatany is said to express in the language of the Peruvian Indians the creeping char- 
acter of the plant which yields the root.* 
* There are various rhatanies in European commerce. Savanilla, or New Granada Rhatany, is yielded by the 
K. tomentosa, St. Hil. {K. ixina, var. /3), growing in Colombia, British Guiana, and Northern Brazil. According to 
Fliickiger and Hanbury, it is never so knotty and irregular as the true rhatany, and is well distinguished by its dull 
purplish-brown color, its thick, smooth bark (J to J the diameter of the wood), marked with longitudinal furrows 
and here and there deep transverse cracks, and by the bark not easily splitting oft'. Its tannic acid is different from 
that of the Peruvian drug. If the powdered root be shaken with water and reduced iron, filtered, and the liquid 
diluted with distilled water, an intense violaceous color will be produced. Peruvian Rhatany, similarly treated, 
gives a dingy brown. Thin sections of true rhatany, moistened with a ferrous salt, become grayish; Savanilla 
rhatany, violet. Para Rhatany was described by Berg in 1865, and is believed to be the root of K. argentea. It is 
in long pieces (some 16 to 20 inches), from an eighth to three-quarters of an inch in thickness, of a dark-gray or 
brownish color, and, like the Savanilla, becoming bluish black when immersed in a solution of ferrous sulphate, owing 
to the presence of tannic acid in the bark. In this variety the root has a peculiar elasticity distinguishing it from 
the Peruvian and Savanilla varieties. Some of the pieces exhibit numerous corky warts. There are also micro- 
scopical characters which distinguish it. Two forms of rhatany which M. Cotton has described as Black and Broicn 
Antilles Rhatany, because produced in these islands, though admitted also to be derived from different places on the 
neighboring continent, have been pronounced by Dr. Fliickiger, after a careful examination, to be identical with the 
Para rhatany. (Pharm. Journ., July, 1870, p. 84.) According to the studies of R. G. Dunwoody, this rhatany con- 
tains the same active principles as the root of K. triandra, but in slightly less quantity. (A. J. P., 1890.) 
A rhatany appeared not long since in the London market from Guayaquil. It is described as a large woody root 
from one-half inch to two inches in diameter. The bark is of a reddish-brown color with blackish streaks, is thin 
in comparison to the meditullium, is of a fibrous texture, and is somewhat striated on the surface and dotted over 
with small warts. It has a very astringent taste, but no marked odor. Mr. E. M. Holmes thinks that it is not the 
product of the genus Krameria. According to the analysis of Mr. Passmore, Guayaquil rhatany contains a larger 
quantity of tannin than the Peruvian drug, but less than the Para or the Savanilla rhatany. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 878.) 
According to an analysis made in the University of Wisconsin, the Krameria lanceolata, Torrey, of North 
America yields 34-5 per cent, of extract and 17 per cent, of tannin, and is therefore richer than the official drug. 
When treated with iron it strikes a deep-purple color, and is thus easily distinguished from Para rhatany, which 
gives a dirty brown, and from Savanilla rhatany, which gives a violet color. PART I. 
Krameria. 
771 
We receive rhatany in pieces of various shapes and dimensions, some being simple, some 
more or less branched, the largest as much as an inch in thickness, derived from the main body 
of the root, the smallest not thicker than a small quill, consisting of the minute ramifications. 
The pieces are often nearly cylindrical, and as much as two or three feet in length. Sometimes 
many of the radicles are united in a common head, which is short, and from half an inch to 
two inches or more in diameter. The roots are composed of a dark, reddish-brown, slightly 
fibrous, easily separable bark, and a central woody portion, less colored, but still reddish or 
reddish yellow: “ From 1 to 3 Cm. thick, knotty and several-headed above, branched below, 
the branches long; bark smooth or, in the thinner pieces, scaly, deep rust-brown, 1 to 2 Mm. 
thick, very astringent, inodorous; wood pale brownish-red, tough, with fine medullary rays, 
nearly tasteless. The root of Krameria Ixina (Savanilla Rhatany) is less knotty and more 
slender and has a dark purplish-brown bark, about 3 Mm. thick.” U. S. The British Phar- 
macopoeia now recognizes two varieties of rhatany, which it describes as follows: “1. Para 
Rhatany occurs in cylindrical pieces, and is characterized by its purplish-brown color and 
smooth thick bark, marked at intervals by deep transverse cracks, and adhering firmly to the 
wood, which is of a pale reddish-brown color. Fracture short. 2. Peruvian Rhatany is char- 
acterized by its dark reddish-brown color and its yellowish woody axis, from which the bark 
readily separates. The bark is thinner than that of Para Rhatany, bright reddish brown in- 
ternally, and rough and scaly except in the smaller pieces. Fracture splintery.” Rhatany is 
without smell, but has a bitter, very astringent, slightly sweetish taste, which is connected 
with its medical virtues, and is much stronger in the cortical than in the ligneous part. The 
smallest pieces are therefore preferable, as they contain the largest proportion of the bark. The 
powder is of a reddish color. The virtues of the root are extracted by water and alcohol, to 
which it imparts a deep reddish-brown color. From the researches of Vogel, Ganelin, Peschier, 
and Trommsdorff, it appears to contain tannic acid, lignin, and minute quantities of gum, starch, 
saccharine matter, and an acid which Peschier considered as peculiar and named krameric 
acid. The tannic acid is in three states : 1st, that of purity, in which it is without color; 2d, 
that of phlobaphene or anhydride, in which it has lost its astringency and been rendered in- 
soluble by the action of the air; and, 3d, that of extractive, which is a soluble combination 
of tannin and its. anhydride, and is the substance which imparts to the infusion and tincture 
their characteristic reddish-brown color. (Soubeiran, Joum. de Pharm., xix. 596.) The tannic 
acid of rhatany (krameria-tannic or r hat ania-tannic acid) is separated by treating the ethereal 
extract of the bark, with alcohol, and evaporating the alcoholic solution. It gives a dark-green 
precipitate with ferric chloride, a flesh-colored one with gelatin, and none with tartar emetic. 
( Gmelin.') The tannin of rhatany, in the presence of melted potassa, is transformed into proto- 
catechuic acid and phloroglucin, and with dilute acids gives glucose and a peculiar red coloring 
principle, called ratanhia red, C2QII22Oir (Joum. de Pharm. et de Chim., Janv. 1868, p. 73.) 
The proportion of red astringent matter obtained by Vogel was 40 per cent. The mineral 
acids and most of the metallic salts throw down precipitates with the infusion, decoction, and 
tincture of rhatany, and are incompatible in prescription. 
In examining a specimen of extract of rhatany from America, Wittstein discovered an alka- 
loid, which he thought to be identical with tyrosine. A somewhat different result was obtained 
by M. Ruge, who, after an examination, showed that the new alkaloid is not identical with 
tyrosine, for it has the formula C10H13N03, whilst that of tyrosine is C9HnN03, but is rather 
homologous with it. Like tyrosine, it is an amido-acid, and forms salts equally with mineral 
acids and with strong bases. It was called ratanhine by Ruge. Gintl (A. J. P., 1869, p 300) 
obtained ratanhine from resina d'angelim pedra, a resin from Brazil. Dr. Kreitmair has also 
obtained this principle from a sample of extract of rhatany. (See A. J. P., 1875, p. 266.) 
Cold water, by means of displacement or percolation, extracts all the astringency of rhatany, 
forming a clear deep-red infusion, which upon careful evaporation yields an almost perfectly 
soluble extract. The root yields its virtues also to boiling water by maceration; but the re- 
sulting infusion becomes turbid upon cooling, in consequence of the deposition of apotheme 
taken up by the water when heated. By boiling with water a still larger proportion of the 
apotheme is dissolved, and a considerable quantity of the pure tannin becomes insoluble in 
cold water, and medicinally inert, either by combining with the starch which is also dissolved, 
or by conversion into apotheme through the agency of the atmosphere. The decoction is, 
therefore, an ineligible preparation, and the extract resulting from its evaporation, though 
greater in weight than that from the cold infusion, contains much less soluble and active mat- 
ter. Alcohol dissolves a larger proportion of the root than water; but this success is owing to 772 
Krameria.—Lactucarium. 
PART I. 
the solution of apotheme, and the alcoholic extract contains little if any more of the astringent 
principle than that prepared by cold water, while it is encumbered with much inert matter. 
(See Extractum Kramerise.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Rliatany is generally tonic and powerfully astringent, 
and maybe advantageously given in chronic diarrhoea, passive hemorrhages, especially menorrha- 
gia, some forms of leucorrhoea, and in all those cases in which kino and catechu are beneficial. 
It has long been used in Peru as a remedy in bowel complaints, as a corroborant in cases of en- 
feebled stomach, and as a local application to spongy gums. Ruiz, one of the authors of the 
Peruvian Flora, first made it known in Europe. It was not till after the year 1816 that it 
began to come into general use. It has the advantage over the astringent extracts imported, 
that, being brought in the state of the root, it is free from adulteration, and may be prescribed 
with confidence. The dose of the powder is from twenty to thirty grains (1-3—1-95 Grin.) ; but 
the decoction (an ounce to the pint) is preferable; the dose being from one to two fluidounces 
(30—60 C.c.). The extract, tincture, and syrup are official, and may be given in the dose, the 
first of from fifteen to twenty grains (0 97-1 3 Gm.), the second of from two to three fluidrachms 
(7'4-ll-09 C.c.), and the third of half a fluidounce (14-8 C.c.). In the form of infusion, 
tincture, and extract, rhatany has been used locally in fissure of the anus, prolapsus ani, and 
leucorrhoea. 
LACTUCARIUM. U. S. Lactucarium. 
(LAC-TU-CA'RI-UM.) 
“The concrete milk-juice of Lactuca virosa, Linne (nat. ord. Composite).” U. S. 
Lactucarium, Fr.; Giftlattichsaft, 0. 
The plants of this genus yield when wounded a milky juice, to which, indeed, they owe 
their generic name. In some of them this juice possesses valuable narcotic properties. This 
is the case, among others, with L. sativa, L. virosa, and L. altissima. It was supposed that 
our native L. elongata, or wild lettuce, might have similar virtues; and Dr. Bigelow was in- 
formed by physicians who had employed it that it acts as an anodyne, and promotes the secre- 
tion from the skin and kidneys. But, according to M. Aubergier, the milky juice of this plant 
is of a flat and sweetish taste without bitterness, contains much mannite, but no bitter prin- 
ciple, and is destitute of narcotic properties. (Ann. de Therap., 1843, p. 18.) The probabil- 
ity is that it is nearly or quite inert.* Therefore, though formerly holding a place in our 
national Pharmacopoeia, it has been discarded. In Europe Lactuca scariola is said to be sub- 
stituted for the official plant. 
Lactuca sativa. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1523; B. & T. 161. The garden lettuce is an annual 
plant. The stem, which rises above two feet, is erect, round, simple below, and branching in 
its upper part. The lower leaves are obovate, rounded at the end, and undulating; the upper 
are smaller, sessile, cordate, and toothed; both are shining, and of a yellowish-green color. 
The flowers are pale yellow, small, and disposed in an irregular terminal corymb. Before the 
flower-stem begins to shoot, the plant contains a bland pellucid juice, has little taste or smell, 
and is much used as a salad for the table; but during the period of inflorescence it abounds 
in a milky juice, which readily escapes from incisions in the stem, and has been found to pos- 
sess decided medicinal as well as sensible properties. The juice is more abundant in the wild 
than in the cultivated plants. The original native country of the garden lettuce is unknown. 
The plant has been cultivated from time immemorial, and flourishes equally in hot and tem- 
perate latitudes. Some botanists suppose that L. virosa of the old continent is the parent of 
all the varieties of the cultivated plant. 
Lactuca virosa. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1526; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 75, t. 31 ; B. & T. 160. 
The acrid or strong-scented, lettuce is biennial, with a stem from two to four feet high, erect, 
prickly near the base, above smooth and divided into branches. The lower leaves are large, 
oblong-ovate, undivided, toothed, commonly prickly on the under side of the midrib, sessile, 
and horizontal; the upper are smaller, clasping, and often lobed; the bracts are cordate and 
pointed. The flowers are numerous, of a sulphur-yellow color, and disposed in a panicle. The 
plant is a native of Europe. 
L. virosa is lactescent, and has a strong disagreeable smell like that of opium, and a hitter- 
* An investigation of our native Lactuca elongata by Prof. Maisch has led to conclusions differing essentially 
from those of M. Aubergier. The milky juice collected by Prof. Maisch himself from plants in his neighborhood 
was converted quickly into a gelatinous mass, that shrunk much in drying, and, so far from a flat taste, had a per- 
sistent bitterness, and a heavy, nauseous, narcotic odor. Having prepared a syrup from this concrete juice, he gave 
it for trial to Drs. Da Costa and August Miiller, who found it decidedly useful, and by the latter physician it was 
pronounced quite equal to the imported German lactucarium. (A. J. P., 1869, p. 145.) PART I. 
Lactucarium. 
773 
ish, acrid taste. It was admitted by the late Edinburgh and Dublin Pharmacopoeias as one 
of the sources of lactucarium, which it is said to yield in greater quantity and of better qual- 
ity than the garden lettuce. Mr. Schutz, of Germany, obtained only 17 grains, on the aver- 
age, from a single plant of the garden lettuce, while a plant of L. virosa yielded 56 grains. 
Lactucarium is chiefly produced in Scotland, in Rhenish Prussia, and in France. Accord- 
ing to Mr. Fairgrieve, in Scotland * the plant cultivated is L. virosa, var. montana. Late in 
July or early in August the collectors proceed over the field, cutting the head of each stalk 
and scraping the flow into their vessels. This is repeated several times daily until the plants 
are exhausted. (P. J. Tr., iii. 972.) M. Aubergier is said to have been the only French pro- 
ducer. He cultivated the L. altissima, a gigantic Caucasian plant, which reaches the height of 
9 feet. In collecting, transverse incisions were made daily, beginning at the top. In Germany 
the plan is the same as that practised in Scotland.f 
Lactucarium,\ as brought from England, is in small, irregular lumps, about the size of a pea 
or larger, of a reddish-brown color externally, and of a narcotic odor and bitter taste. As 
prepared near Edinburgh, it is commonly in roundish, compact, and rather hard masses, weighing 
several ounces. (Christison.) A variety known in our market as German lactucarium is in 
pieces about an inch and a half long by an inch in thickness, four-sided, with one side convex 
and the three others flat, or slightly concave from shrinking, as if quarter sections of a saucer- 
shaped cake which had been divided before it was quite dry. The color on the outer or con- 
vex surface is darkish brown, that of the cut surfaces light yellowish brown. From experi- 
ments by Messrs. Parrish and Bakes, the German appears to be inferior to the English, as 
44 per cent, of spirituous extract was obtained from the latter, and only 36 per cent, from the 
former, while the two extracts were about equal in their sensible properties. (A. J. P, 1860, 
p. 226.) French lactucarium resembles the German, except in being in circular cakes about 
an inch and a half in diameter. The official description is as follows: “ In sections of plano- 
convex, circular cakes, or in irregular, angular pieces, externally grayish-brown or dull reddish- 
brown, internally whitish or yellowish, of a waxy lustre ; odor heavy, somewhat narcotic ; taste 
bitter. It is partly soluble in alcohol and in ether. When triturated with water, it yields a 
turbid mixture, and, when boiled with water, it softens and yields a brownish-colored liquid 
which, after cooling, is not colored blue by iodine test-solution.” U. S. In color, taste, and 
smell lactucarium bears considerable resemblance to opium, and has sometimes been called let- 
tuce opium. It does not attract moisture from the air. It yields nearly half its weight to 
water, with which it forms a deep-brown infusion. It is partly soluble in ether and alcohol. 
From its resemblance in sensible properties and therapeutical effects to opium, it was conjec- 
tured to contain morphine, or some analogous principle; but this conjecture has not yet been 
verified. Buchner, Aubergier, and Walz claim severally to have discovered the active princi- 
ple, which has been named lactucin; but the substances obtained by these different chemists 
are not exactly identical in properties; and the lactucin of Walz and Aubergier is considered 
by M. Lenoir as owing its bitterness to impurities, separated from which it is without taste and 
inert. For a full account of the earlier analyses of lactucarium, see 16th edition U. S. D. 
The later results are given below.§ 
* For the mode of cultivating and preparing lactucarium in England, see a communication by Mr. Thos. Fair- 
grieveto P. J. Tr., June, 1873, p. 972. 
f For various plans which have been suggested of collecting the drug, see 14th ed. U. S. D. 
j The thridace of Dr. Fran§ois, at one time supposed to be identical with lactucarium, is in all probability noth- 
ing more than the inspissated expressed juice of lettuce, and, indeed, was directed as such in the French Codex of 
1837; the leaves being rejected, and the stalks alone, near the flowering period, being subjected to pressure. 
$ Ludwig found, in 100 parts, 48-63 of substances insoluble in water, and 51'37 of substances soluble in water. Of 
the insoluble matter 42‘64 parts were of lactucerin or lactucone, which he obtained by first exhausting lactucarium 
with water, then treating the insoluble residue several times with hot alcohol of 0'833, allowing the alcoholic solu- 
tion to evaporate slowly, washing the yellowish substance thus procured with water, and purifying it by re-solution 
in alcohol, and crystallization. Thus obtained, it is in snow-white aggregated granules, dissolves in strong hot alco- 
hol which deposits it on cooling, is readily soluble in ether but insoluble in water, becomes transparent and tena- 
cious when moderately heated in a platinum dish, melts completely at a higher heat, with the escape of white odor- 
ous vapors, is incapable of saponification by caustic potassa, and is therefore not properly a fat, and in alcoholic solu- 
tion faintly reddens litmus-paper. Besides this principle there were 3‘99 parts of wax, and 2‘00 of lignin and of a 
substance which swelled in ammonia, and was insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Of the 51*37 parts soluble in 
water, 6‘98 were albumen, 1*75 lactucerin, held in solution by other substances, 27'68 bitter extract soluble in water 
and in alcohol, and 14'96 aqueous extract insoluble in alcohol of 0'830. The former of these extracts was found to 
contain a peculiar acid substance called lactucic acid, and the lactucin of Aubergier. Lactucic acid is of difficult 
crystallization, light yellow, strongly bitter, without sour taste, of an acid reaction, and readily soluble in alcohol 
and water. It has as much claim as any other discovered substance to be considered the active principle of lactu- 
carium. Lactucin, purified by animal charcoal, is in white pearly scales, the solution of which exhibits no reaction 
with lead subacetate or solution of iodine. It is dissolved without change of color by concentrated sulphuric acid. 774 
Lactucarium.—Lamellae Physostigminse. 
PART I. 
The ancients believed lettuce to be possessed of soporific properties, and many years ago 
Dr. J. R. Coxe, of Philadelphia, first proposed the employment of the inspissated milky juice 
as a medicine. It was chiefly, however, through the recommendation by Dr. Duncan, Sr., of 
Edinburgh, that the medicine came into use and was adopted as official in various pharmaco- 
poeias. It is claimed for it that it has, although in a very much inferior degree, the anodyne 
and calming properties of opium, without its disposition to derange the digestive organs. It 
has been employed in this country to some extent to allay cough and quiet nervous irritation, but 
we believe that the general experience is in accord with our own in finding it to be almost de- 
void of narcotic properties. We have never been able to obtain any good from its use. The 
dose is usually set down as from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.), but much larger quan- 
tities may be given without obvious effects. Water distilled from lettuce (eau de laitue) is used 
in France as a mild sedative, in the quantity of from two to four ounces. The fresh leaves 
boiled in water are sometimes employed in the shape of cataplasm. It is said that in Egypt a 
mild oil is derived from the seeds, fit for culinary use. 
Under this head are included in the British Pharmacopoeia minute gelatin discs which con- 
tain traces of alkaloids, and which are designed to be inserted by oculists under the eyelid, in 
order to produce, through solution in the tears, such effects as they desire. A hot solution of 
gelatin containing the alkaloid in proper proportion is poured on a slightly greased glass or 
porcelain plate, cooled and dried, and then cut into discs, which, by previous calculation, will 
be found to contain the requisite quantity of medicament. A little glycerin is added to keep 
them from getting too hard and dry. 
LAMELL/E. Discs. 
LAMELLAE ATROPINE. Br. Discs of Atropine 
(LA-MEI/LiE AT-RO-PI'NiE.) 
“ Discs of Gelatin, with some Glycerin, each weighing about fa grain (1-3 milligrammes), 
and containing 5 grain (0-013 milligramme) of Atropine Sulphate.” Br. 
LAMELLAE COCAIN./E. Br. Discs of Cocaine. 
(LA-MfiL'LiE CO-CA-I'N.E.) 
“ Discs of Gelatin, with some Glycerin, each weighing about fa grain (2.17 milligrammes), 
and containing fa grain (1-3 milligrammes) of Cocaine Hydrochloride. 
“ Each Disc is four times the strength of a Disc of Cocaine of the British Pharmacopoeia of 
1885.” Br. 
LAMELLA HOMATROPINiE. Br. Discs of Homatropine. 
“ Discs of Gelatin, with some Glycerin, each weighing about fa grain (1-3 milligrammes), 
and containing grain (0-65 milligramme) of Homatropine Hydrobromide.” Br. 
(LA-MEL'liiE HO-MAT-RO-PI'N^:.) 
LAMELLA PHYSOSTIGMINiE. Br. Discs of Physostigmine. 
“ Discs of Gelatin, with some Glycerin, each weighing about fa grain (1*3 milligrammes), 
and containing grain (0-065 milligramme) of Physostigmine Sulphate.” Br. 
(LA-MEL'LjE phy-so-stig-mi'nve.) 
Besides the above ingredients, Ludwig found in lactucarium a substance resembling mannite, oxalic acid, another 
organic acid not well determined, a soft resin, potassa, magnesia, and ferric oxide. Distilled with diluted sulphuric 
acid, it gave an acid product smelling like lactucarium, which, saturated with calcium carbonate, and again distilled 
with potassium bisulphate, yielded an acid fluid having the odor of valerian. (A. J. P., xx. 57.) 
Kromayer (Ann. Ghent. Pharm., 105, p. 3) found also lactucopikrin, C44HS2O21, a brown, amorphous, and very 
bitter substance of weak acid reaction. It is easily soluble in water and alcohol. Ludwig’s lactucic acid Kro- 
mayer considers to be an oxidation product of lactucopikrin. 
Hesse (Hand wor ter buck, iv. p. 8) prepared lactucerin, and finds it to crystallize in white needles, fusing point 
210° C., soluble in hot ligroin, in chloroform, and in benzol. On fusion with potash it yields acetic acid and lactu- 
ceryl alcohol, C18H30O, which forms white needles, fusing at 162° C., and is easily soluble in ether, chloroform, and 
hot alcohol. Hesse has since (Ann. der Ch. nnd Phar., 234, p. 243) determined that lactucarium contains the ace- 
tates of a- and p-lactucerol, C18II30O. These compound ethers are saponified with alcoholic potash and water added, 
which precipitates a- and 0-lactucerol. These are washed, dried in the air, and taken up with boiling alcohol. On 
cooling, a-lactucerol separates out first and can be purified by recrystallization, while the 0-lactucerol is obtained 
from the mother-liquor. The acetate of a-lactucerol fuses at 210° C., while that of 0-lactucerol fuses at 230° C. For 
an examination of Hussion lactucarium, by L. Schiperovitch, see Pharm. Zcitschr. /. Russl., or Drug. Circ., 1886. PART I. 
Lappa.—Laurocerasi Folia. 
775 
LAPPA. U. S. Lappa. [Burdock.] 
(lXp'pa.) 
“ The root of Arctium Lappa, Linne, and of some other species of Arctium (nat. ord. Com- 
posite). ” u. s. 
Radix Bardanaj, P. G.; Bardane, Fr.; Klettenwurzel, G. 
Gen. Ch. Coarse and rank biennials, of the Old World, unarmed, except the hooked tips 
of the involucral bracts forming the bur; with large and roundish, mostly cordate leaves, the 
lower on stout petioles, and middle-sized heads of pink or purplish flowers, in summer. (Asa 
Gray!) 
The stem of the burdock is succulent, pubescent, branching, and three or four feet in height, 
bearing very large, cordate, denticulate leaves, which are green on their upper surface, whitish 
and downy on the under, and stand on long footstalks. The flowers are purple, globose, and 
in terminal panicles. The calyx consists of imbricated scales, with hooked extremities, by 
which they adhere to cloth and the coats of animals. The achenes are oblong, somewhat com- 
pressed and three-angled, ribbed, truncate. Although a native of Europe, burdock is abundant 
in the United States, where it grows on the roadsides, among rubbish, and in cultivated grounds. 
There are three recognized species of Arctium in North America,—viz., A. tomentosum (Lam.), 
Schk. (Woolly or Cottony Burdock); A. Lappa, L. (Burdock, Clotbur or Great Bur) ; and 
A. minus, Schk. (Common Burdock). 
The burdock has a simple, spindle-shaped root a foot or more in length, brown externally 
and white and spongy within, furnished with thread-like fibres, and having withered scales 
near the top. It is officially described as “ about 30 Cm. or more long, and, in its thickest por- 
tion, from 1 to 2 Cm. thick; nearly simple, fusiform, fleshy, longitudinally wrinkled, crowned 
with a tuft of whitish, soft, hairy leaf-stalks; grayish-brown, internally paler; fracture some- 
what horny; bark rather thick, the inner part and the wood radially striate, the parenchyma 
free from starch,—often with cavities lined with white remains of tissue; odor feeble and un- 
pleasant; taste mucilaginous, sweetish, and somewhat bitter.” U. S. For medicinal purposes 
the root should be gathered when about a year old. 
Inulin has been found in it by Guibourt, and sugar by F6e, while F. E. Hendershott believes 
that it contains a glucoside, besides arabin and pectin and extractives. (Proceedings of Mich. 
Pharm. Assoc., 1887.) Professor Trimble also obtained from the root a bitter, crystalline 
glucoside. {Pharm. Era, 1888, p. 133.) Thos. Donaldson {A. J. P., 1890, p. 123) found 8 6 
per cent, of yellow fixed oil and about 1 per cent, of white waxy matter. The inulin usually 
exists in parenchymatous cells in a different state, but if sections of the green root be dehy- 
drated by soaking in 95 per cent, alcohol, the inulin will be found in spheroidal form. 
An interesting account of burdock and its use as an edible vegetable in Japan, by Inazo 
Nitobe, may be found in A. J. P., 1897, 416. 
Medical Properties. Burdock root is considered to be a diuretic and diaphoretic altera- 
tive, especially useful in the gouty, scorbutic, and syphilitic and scrofulous diatheses; also in 
various chronic skin diseases, especially m psoriasis, prurigo, and acne. {Med. and Surg. Rep., 
1868.) To prove effectual, its administration must be long continued. A pint maybe given 
daily of the decoction, made by boiling two ounces of the root in three pints of water to two 
pints. The fluid extract and syrup have also been prepared. The fresh leaves have been 
employed both externally and internally in cutaneous eruptions and ulcerations. The fruit has 
been largely substituted for the root, especially in the form of the tincture of burdock fruit. 
LAUROCERASI FOLIA. Br. Cherry-Laurel Leaves. 
(lAu'RO-CER'A-SI FO'LI-A.) 
“ The fresh leaves of Prunus Laurocerasus, Linu.” Br. (Nat. ord. Rosaceae.) 
Laurier-cerise, Fr.; Kirschlorbeer, G.; Lauro-ceraso, It. 
Cerasus lauro-cerasus. De Cand. Prodrom. ii. 540.—Prunus lauro-cerasus. Willd. Bp. Plant. 
ii. 988 ; B. & T. 98. This is a small evergreen tree, rising 15 or 20 feet, with long spreading 
branches, which, as well as the trunk, are covered with a smooth, blackish bark. The leaves, 
standing alternately on short strong footstalks, are oval-oblong, from five to seven inches in 
length, acute, finely toothed, firm, coriaceous, smooth, beautifully green and shining, with ob- 
lique nerves, and yellowish glands at the base. The flowers are small, white, strongly odorous, 
and disposed in simple axillary racemes. The fruit is an oval drupe, very similar in shape and 
structure to a small black cherry. The cherry-laurel is a native of Asia Minor, but is culti- 776 
Laurocerasi Folia. —Leptandra. 
PART I. 
vated in Europe, both for medical use and for the beauty of its shining evergreen foliage. 
Almost all parts of it have more or less of the odor of hydrocyanic acid. 
In their recent and entire state cherry-laurel leaves have scarcely any smell; but, when 
bruised, they emit the characteristic odor of the plant in a high degree. Their taste is some- 
what astringent and strongly bitter, with the flavor of the peach kernel. They are officially 
described as “ Thick, coriaceous, on short strong petioles, oblong or somewhat obovate, from 
five to seven inches (twelve and a half to seventeen centimetres) in length, tapering towards 
each end, recurved at the apex, distantly but sharply serrate and slightly revolute at the mar- 
gins, dark green, smooth, and shining above, much paler beneath, and with a prominent mid- 
rib, on either side of which, near the base, are one or two glandular depressions.” Br. They 
yield a peculiar oil and hydrocyanic acid by distillation with water, which they strongly im- 
pregnate with their flavor. One pound, avoirdupois, of the fresh leaves yields 40 5 grains of 
the oil. (Centralhl., 1855, 205.) The oil resembles that of bitter almonds, for which it is said 
to be sometimes sold in Europe, where it is employed to flavor liquors and various culinary 
preparations, but, as the glucoside of cherry-laurel leaves is decomposed more slowly than 
ordinary crystallized amygdalin, it is liable to hold hydrocyanic acid, and hence to be poisonous. 
The glucoside referred to has been termed laurocerasin, or “ amorphous amygdalin.” It is 
decomposed by emulsion into hydrogen cyanide, benzaldehyde, and sugar, but more slowly 
than ordinary amygdalin. Its optical activity also differs from that of ordinary amygdalin. 
(Jacobsen, Die Glycoside, 25.) That the oil exists already formed, to a certain extent, in the 
fresh leaves, is rendered probable by the fact, stated by Winckler, that they yield it in con- 
siderable quantity when distilled without water. (Journ. de Pharm., xxv. 195.) The fresh 
leaves are used to flavor milk, cream, etc., and more safely than the oil; though they also are 
poisonous, when too largely employed. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The leaves of the cherry-laurel possess properties 
similar to those of hydrocyanic acid ; and the water distilled from them is much employed in 
various parts of Europe for the same purposes as that active medicine. But it is deteriorated 
by age, and therefore, as kept by pharmacists, must be of variable strength. Mr. J. Broker, 
a Butch pharmacologist, has satisfied himself, by numerous experiments, that the proportion 
of hydrocyanic acid in the leaves varies with the season, the age of the plant, the character 
of the soil and of the weather, and thinks that, in consequence of this variability, they are 
inferior for medical use to bitter almonds, which in this respect have a more uniform composi- 
tion. He found the proportion of the acid in the leaves greatest in July, and least in Febru- 
ary. (R. and F. Med.-Chir. Rev., Oct. 1868, p. 517.) It is not, therefore, to be regretted that 
the want of the plant in this country has prevented the general introduction of so variable a 
remedy as the distilled water. (See Aqua Laurocerasi.) 
LEPTANDRA. U. S. Leptandra. [Culver’s Root.] 
(lep-tXn'dra.) 
The rhizome and roots of Veronica Virginica, Linne (nat. ord. Scrophularineae).” U. S. 
Culver’s Physic, Black Root; Racine de Leptandra, ou de Veronique de Yirginie, Fr.; Leptandra-Wurzel, G. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-parted, segments acuminate. Corolla tubular-campanulate, border four- 
lobed, a little ringent, unequal, the lower lamina narrower. Stamens and at length the pistils 
much exserted ; filaments below, and tube of the corolla pubescent. Capsule ovate, acuminate, 
two-celled, many-seeded, opening at the summit. NuttaU. 
Veronica virginica. Linn.; Gray, Man. of Bot., etc. p. 290.—Leptandra virginica. Nuttall, 
Genera of N. Am. Plants, i. 7 ; liafinesque, Med. Flora, vol. ii. This plant, commonly called 
Oidver's root, or Culver s physic, is an herbaceous perennial, with a simple, erect stem, three or 
four feet high, smooth or downy, furnished with leaves in whorls, and terminating in a long 
spike of white flowers. The leaves, of which there are from four to seven in each whorl, are 
lanceolate, pointed, and minutely serrate, and stand on short footstalks. A variety was seen 
by Pursh with purple flowers, which was described and figured as a distinct species by Rafi- 
nesque, under the name of L. purpurea. The plant flowers in July and August. It grows 
throughout the United States east of the Mississippi, affecting mountain meadows in the South 
and rich woods in the North, and is not unfrequently cultivated. 
Properties. The root consists of a rhizome or root-stalk several inches in length, some- 
times branched, with numerous long slender radicles. As found in commerce, the rhizome is 
usually broken into pieces an inch or more long, from two to four lines in thickness, either 
beset with the rootlets or very rough from their remains when broken, very hard and firm, and Leptan dr a.—Limonis Cortex. 
777 
PART I. 
of difficult fracture, dark brown externally, light-colored and ligneous within. The rootlets 
are round, smooth, slender, generally broken, hut, when not so, six inches or more in length, 
and almost black, being much darker colored than the caudex. The official description is as 
follows: “ Of horizontal growth, from 10 to 15 Cm. long, and about 5 Mm. thick, somewhat 
flattened, bent and branched, deep blackish-brown, with cup-shaped scars on the upper side, 
hard, of a woody fracture, with a thin, blackish bark, a hard, yellowish wood, and a large, 
purplish-brown, about six-rayed pith; roots thin, wrinkled, very fragile; inodorous; taste 
bitter and feebly acrid.” TJ. S. The odor is feeble and not disagreeable, the taste bitterish, 
somewhat nauseous, and feebly acrid. Water and alcohol extract the virtues of the root. 
For a microscopical description of leptandra, by A. P. Breithaupt, see A. J. P., 1897, 235. 
According to Prof. E. S. Wayne, of Cincinnati, it contains volatile oil, extractive, tannin, gum, 
resin, and a peculiar crystalline principle, to which the virtues of the medicine may be ascribed. 
To this principle the name of leptandrin properly belongs. Prof. F. F. Mayer confirmed the 
presence of the crystalline principle, and proved it to be a glucoside. Prof. Wayne obtained 
it by treating an infusion of the root with lead subacetate, filtering, precipitating the excess 
of lead by sodium carbonate, filtering to separate the lead carbonate, passing the filtered 
liquid through animal charcoal which absorbed all the active matter, washing the charcoal with 
water till the washings began to be bitter, then treating it with boiling alcohol, and allowing 
the alcoholic solution to evaporate spontaneously. By dissolving the powder thus obtained in 
water, treating this with ether, and allowing the ether to evaporate, needle-shaped crystals were 
obtained, which had the bitter taste of the root. The resinous matter obtained by making a 
tincture of the root and precipitating this with water has been improperly called leptandrin, 
and considered the active principle. The pure resin is probably inert; and the preparation 
referred to owes what activity it may possess to some of the true leptandrin associated with it. 
Leptandrin is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. It has not been isolated for use. (Proc. 
A. P. A., 1856, p. 34.) Subsequently Mr. Wayne obtained from the root a saccharine prin- 
ciple having the properties of mannite. (A. J. P., 1859, p. 557.) G. Steinmann (A. J. P., 1887, 
p. 229) obtained pale lemon-yellow crystals of a peculiar agreeable odor and a very bitter taste. 
They were not precipitated from solution by Mayer’s reagent or by tannin, and did not yield 
glucose on being boiled with dilute sulphuric acid. 
Medical Properties. The recent root is said to act violently as a cathartic, and some- 
times as an emetic. In the dried state it is much milder, but less certain. The practitioners 
calling themselves Eclectics consider it an excellent cholagogue, and use both the impure resin, 
which they call leptandrin, and the root itself as a substitute for mercurials* Dr. A. P. 
Dutclier, of Cleveland, Ohio, has not found it to act decidedly on the liver, but believes that it 
has a special influence on the muciparous follicles of the intestines, and acts very advantage- 
ously in cases of duodenal indigestion and chronic constipation. {Med. and Surg. Rep., March 
28, 1868.) Prof. Rutherford, in his experiments upon dogs, found leptandrin to act rather 
feebly upon the liver. The full cathartic dose of the powder is from twenty grains to a drachm 
(1-3—3-9 Gm.) ; that of the impure resin referred to, from two to four grains (0-13—0-26 Gm.). 
Dr. J. Adolphus says that in the dose of from one to two grains (0-065-013 Gm.) the powder 
acts like rhubarb. On the same authority, from five to ten drops (0-3—0-6 C.c.) of a strong 
tincture, given every two hours, produce a mild aperient effect. {Ibid., Jan. 11, 1868, p. 23.) 
LIMONES. Lemons. 
(LI-MO'NE§.) 
The fruit of Citrus Limonum. 
Limons, Citrons, Fr.j Limonen, Citronen, G.; Limoni, It.; Limones, Sp. 
LIMONIS CORTEX. U. S., Br. Lemon Peel. 
(LI-MO'NlS COR'TEX.) 
“ The rind of the recent fruit of Citrus Limonum, Risso (nat. ord. Rutaceae).” TJ. S. “ The 
fresh outer part of the pericarp of the fruit of Citrus medica, Linn., var. /3 Limonum, Hook, f.” 
Br. (Nat. ord. Aurantiaceae.) 
Limonis Pericarpium; Cortex Pructus Citri, P. G.; Ecorce (Zeste) de Citron, de Limon, Fr.; Citronenschale, 
Limonenschale, G. 
* Prof. J. U. Lloyd communicated a process for resin of leptandra (or leptandrin) to the American Pharmaceutical 
Association in 1880. (See A. J. P., 1880, 491.) 778 
Limonis Succus. 
PART I. 
LIMONIS SUCCUS. U. S. (Br.) Lemon Juice. 
(LI-MO'NIS SUC'CUS.) 
“ The freshly expressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus Limonum, Risso (nat. ord. Ruta- 
ceae).” U. S. “ The freshly expressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus medica, Linn., var. 
jS Limonum, Hook, fil.” Br. 
Succus Limonis, Br., Succus Citri; Lime Juice; Sue de Citron (de Limon), Fr.; Citronensaft, Limonensaft, G. 
For some general remarks on the genus Citrus, see Aurantii Cortex. 
Citrus medica. Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1426; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 582, t. 189. This tree 
closely resembles Citrus aurantium, before described. The leaves, however, are larger, slightly 
indented at the edges, and stand upon footstalks which are destitute of the winged appendages 
that characterize the other species. The flowers, moreover, have a purplish tinge on their 
outer surface, and the fruit is entirely different in appearance from the orange. There are 
several varieties of Citrus medica, which some botanists consider as distinct species, but which 
scarcely differ except in the character of their fruit. Those particularly deserving of notice 
are the citron, lemon, and lime. 1. In the citron, C. medica of Risso (Bentley & Trimen, p. 
53), the fruit is very large, sometimes six inches in length, ovoidal, with a double rind, of 
which the outer layer is yellowish, thin, unequal, rugged, with innumerable vesicles filled with 
essential oil; the inner is white, very thick and spongy. It is divided in the interior into nine or 
ten cells, filled with oblong vesicles, which contain an acid juice precisely like that of the lemon, 
and used for the same purposes. The rind is applied to the preparation of conserves, to which 
it is adapted by its thickness. The fruit is called cedrat by the French. 2. The lemon (C. 
medica, var. limon of Linnaeus, Citrus limonum of Risso) (Bentley & Trimen, p. 54) is smaller 
than the preceding, with a smoother and thinner rind, a pointed nipple-shaped summit, and a 
very juicy, acid pulp. In other respects it closely resembles the citron, to which, however, it 
is usually preferred in consequence of the greater abundance of its juice. 3. The lime is still 
smaller than the lemon, with a smoother and thinner rind, oval, rounded at the extremities, of 
a pale-yellow or greenish-yellow color, and abounding in a very acid juice, which renders it 
highly useful for the purposes to which the lemon is applied. It is the product of the variety 
C. acris of Miller. 
The Citrus medica, like the orange-tree, is a native of Asia. It is now known to grow wild 
in Northern India, and was introduced into Europe from Persia or Media. It was first culti- 
vated in Greece, afterwards in Italy, as early as the second century, and has now spread over 
the whole civilized world, being raised by artificial heat where the climate is too cold to admit 
of its exposure during winter to the open air. 
We are supplied with lemons and limes chiefly from the West Indies and the Mediterranean. 
Though the former of these fruits only is directed by the United States Pharmacopoeia, both 
Linds are employed indiscriminately for most medicinal purposes; and the lime affords a juice 
at least equal, in proportional quantity and acidity, to that obtained from the lemon.* 
As lemons rapidly deteriorate on keeping, if exposed to the air, the suggestions of protecting 
them by dipping them in melted paraffin, or by using a varnish of shellac dissolved in alcohol, 
made by Mr. George Mee, of London, are not without value. Mr. Mee found that lemons 
thus covered with varnish continued sound for many months. (See A. J. P., 1866, p. 474.) 
Properties. The exterior rind of the lemon has a fragrant odor, and a warm, aromatic, 
bitter taste, somewhat similar to that of the orange, though less agreeable. It is usually found 
in narrow, thin bands, with very little of the spongy, white, inner layer adhering to it. “ The 
spongy, inner layer usually present in the segments should be removed before the Lemon Peel 
is used.” U. S. It contains a bitter principle, and yields, by expression or distillation, an 
essential oil, which is much used for its flavor. Both this and the rind itself are recognized 
in the Pharmacopoeias. (See Oleum Limonis.) When the white, spongy portion of the rind 
is boiled in water, and the decoction evaporated, crystals are deposited of a substance called 
hesperidin. This is a glucoside, and has the formula C22H26012, and is decomposed by dilute 
acids into hesperetin, C16H14Oe, and glucose, CeH12Oe. It turns dingy black when gently 
warmed with alcoholic solution of ferric chloride. It is bitter, but, as it is found most largely 
in the spongy and comparatively tasteless part of the rind, it may be doubted whether it is 
entitled to be considered as the active bitter principle. (See A. J. P., xxvi. 553.) Lemon peel 
yields its virtues to water, wine, and alcohol. E. G. Clayton {The Analyst, 19, 134) calls 
* Limeseed Oil. The seed of the lime contains 58 per cent, of fixed oil, which is said to equal in flavor the best 
olive oil. Its tendency to resist rancidity is reputed to be very great. (Brit, and Col. Drug., 1894, 411.) PART I. 
Limonis Succus. 
779 
attention to the distinction between lemon peel and orange peel when moistened by strong 
hydrochloric acid. Orange peel under these circumstances changes in color from a yellow to 
a rich dark green color, while lemon peel retains its hue or assumes a dingy yellowish-brown 
tint. The juice is the part for which the fruit is most esteemed. It is sharply acid, with a 
peculiar grateful flavor, and consists chiefly of citric acid (some 10 per cent.), gum and sugar 
(from 3 to 4 per cent.), and inorganic salts (2-28 per cent.). It sometimes has in it a little vola- 
tile oil, derived by pressure from the rind. The U. S. P. gives the following standard tests: 
“ Specific gravity : not less than 10-30 at 15° C. (59° F.). It has an acid reaction upon litmus- 
paper, due to the presence of about 7 per cent, of citric acid. On evaporating 100 Gin. of the 
juice to dryness, and igniting the residue, not more than 0-5 Gm. of ash should remain.” 
“ A slightly turbid yellowish liquid, with a sharply acid taste. Specific gravity 1-030 to 1-040. 
One fluid ounce contains 30 to 40 grains (or 100 cubic centimetres contain 7 to 9 grammes) 
of citric acid. When Lemon Juice is evaporated to dryness, and the residue is incinerated, 
it should yield not more than 3 per cent, of ash. 110 minims (or 100 cubic centimetres) of 
Lemon Juice are neutralized by about Ilf grains (or 11-4 grammes) of Potassium Bicarbonater 
by about 9f grains (or 9-5 grammes) of Sodium Bicarbonate, and by about 16f grains (or 
16-5 grammes) of Sodium Carbonate.” Br. As lemons cannot always be obtained, the juice is 
often kept in a separate state; but, from its liability to spontaneous decomposition, it speedily 
becomes unfit for medical use, and, though various means have been resorted to for its preser- 
vation, it can never be made to retain for any length of time its original flavor unaltered. 
The best substitute for lemon juice is a solution of crystallized citric acid in water, in the pro- 
portion of about an ounce to the pint, with the addition of a little oil of lemon ; but even this 
solution is nearly useless as an antiscorbutic. One of the most effectual methods of preserv- 
ing the juice is to allow it to stand for a short time after expression, till a coagulable matter 
separates, then to filter, and introduce it into glass bottles, with a stratum of almond oil or 
other sweet oil upon its surface. It will keep still better if the bottles containing the filtered 
juice be suffered, before being closed, to stand for fifteen minutes in a vessel of boiling water. 
Another mode is to add one-tenth of alcohol and to filter. The juice may also be preserved 
by concentrating it either by evaporation with a gentle heat, or by exposure to a freezing tem- 
perature, w'hich congeals the watery portion and leaves the juice much stronger than before. 
When used, it may be diluted to the former strength ; but, though the acid properties are re- 
tained, the flavor of the juice is found to have been deteriorated. Lemon syrup is another 
form in which the juice is preserved. 
The British Pharm. (1885) gave the sp. gr. of lemon juice at from 1-035 to 1-045, and the 
quantity of citric acid in a fluidounce of it from 30 to 40 grains. Mr. W. W. Stoddart found, 
in lemons from six different sources, an average of 42-53 grains in an ounce of the juice, 
and a mean sp. gr. of 1-044. By other authorities the proportions are given very differently. 
Thus, Mr. Watts gives 20-5 grains to the ounce, or 4-7 per cent, of the juice. The fact is that 
the quantity of acid varies very greatly. Mr. Stoddart found it to diminish rapidly with the 
advance of summer, with little change in the sp. gr. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1868.) H. H. Robins, 
after examining large consignments of lemons, states that the average yield taken from a year’s 
receipts was 35-23 grains in a fluidounce. ( Chern. and Drug., 1896, 742.) A solution of tar- 
taric acid in water, with the addition of a little sulphuric acid, and flavored with the oil of 
lemon, has been fraudulently substituted for lemon juice, particularly as an antiscorbutic on 
long voyages, for which purpose it is quite useless. An application of the test for tartaric and 
sulphuric acids will at once detect the fraud. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The rind of the lemon is sometimes used to qualify 
the taste and increase the power of stomachic infusions and tinctures. The juice is refrigerant, 
and, properly diluted, forms a refreshing and agreeable beverage in febrile and inflammatory 
affections. It may be given with sweetened water in the shape of lemonade, or may be added 
to the mildly nutritive drinks, such as gum-water, barley-water, etc., usually administered in 
fevers. It is also much employed in the formation of those diaphoretic preparations known 
by the names of neutral mixture and effervescing draught. (See Mistura Potassii Citratis, 1880.) 
One of the most beneficial applications of lemon juice is to the prevention and cure of scurvy, 
for which it may be considered almost a specific. For this purpose, ships destined for long 
voyages should alw-ays be provided with a supply of the concentrated juice. In England every 
foreign-going ship is required by law to take such a supply of lemon juice that every seaman 
shall have a daily allowance of an ounce after having been ten days at sea. It has been 
employed with advantage in acute rheumatism in doses of from one to four fluidounces (30-120 780 
Linimenta. —Linimentum Ammonise. 
PART I. 
C.c.) from four to six times a day. It has been used with benefit as a local application in pru- 
ritus of the scrotum, in uterine hemorrhage after delivery, in sunburnand as a gargle in diph- 
theritic sore throat. 
LINIMENTA. Liniments. 
Embrocations, E., Fr.; Linimente, Einreibungen, G. 
These are preparations intended for external use, of such a consistence as to render them 
conveniently applicable to the skin by gentle friction with the hand. The former official prep- 
arations belonging to this class which have been omitted in the present edition of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia are the Liniments of Cantharides and Subacetate of Lead. 
(LlN-I-MEN'TA.) 
LINIMENTUM ACONITI. Br. Liniment of Aconite. 
(LlN-I-MEN'TUM Ac-O-NI'TI.) 
Liniment d’Aconit, Fr.; Akonitliniment, G. 
“ Aconite Root, in No. 40 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Camphor, 1 ounce 
(Imp.) or 25 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the powdered Aco- 
nite Root with twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Alco- 
hol ; set aside in a closed vessel for three days, agitating occasionally ; transfer to a percolator ; 
when the liquid ceases to pass, continue the percolation with more of the Alcohol, allowing 
the liquid to drop into a receiver containing the Camphor, until thirty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or seven hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the liniment are produced.” Br. 
The British preparation is simply a very strong tincture of aconite root and camphor; that 
of the U. S. P. 1870 f is almost equivalent to a fluid extract of aconite. Either may be ap- 
plied alone by means of a camel’s-hair pencil, or in connection with two parts or more of soap 
liniment or chloroform liniment, by rubbing it on the part affected. Experiments made by 
Mr. W. Donovan with a tincture prepared by macerating the fresh root, sliced, in rectified 
spirit for only twenty-four hours, proved that the preparation thus made, though acting in the 
same way, was much more powerful than the official (Br.). (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., vi. 57.) The 
inference is that the fresh root should be used in preparing this liniment, and that a simple 
maceration is all that is required. There is a great waste both of aconite and of spirit in the 
process, as no provision is made, either by displacement with water or by expression, to sepa- 
rate from the mass in the percolator the strongly impregnated spirit retained in it. According 
to Mr. J. T. Porter, it requires twenty-eight parts, by measure, for every sixteen parts, by 
weight, of the dry root. On expressing the marc the loss of spirit was reduced' to from 6 to 
12 per cent. (Ibid., xi. 66.) It is to be regretted that percolation to exhaustion and partial 
evaporation were not directed, as in the U. S. process for fluid extracts. 
LINIMENTUM AMMONIA. U. S., Br. Ammonia Liniment. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM AM-MO'NI-AS.) 
Liniment of Ammonia, Volatile Liniment; Linimentum Ammoniatum, P. G.; Linimentum volatile, Linimentum 
ammoniacalo; Liniment ammoniacal (volatil), Savon ammoniacal, Fr.; Fliichtiges Liniment, Fliichtige Salbe, G. 
“ Ammonia Water, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] ; 
Alcohol, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Cotton Seed Oil, six hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims], To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them by agitation in a bottle, which should be well stop- 
pered. This Liniment should be freshly prepared, when wanted.” U. S. 
“Solution of Ammonia, 1 fi. ounce (Imperial measure) or 25 cubic centimetres; Almond 
Oil, 1 fi. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic centimetres; Olive Oil, 2 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
50 cubic centimetres. Shake together.” Br. 
The process of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia differs from that of the U. S. P. 1870 not only in 
the proportion of ammonia water, wdiich has been slightly reduced, but in the substitution of 
cotton seed oil for olive oil. The addition of 5 per cent, of alcohol prevents immediate sepa- 
ration, renders the mixture more uniform, and aids materially in binding together the oily and 
* An excellent formula for this purpose is : glycerin and lemon juice, each, a fluidounce, bismuth subnitrate one 
drachm ; to be applied freely to the affected parts. 
f Linimentum Aconiti, U. S. 1870. “ Take of Aconite Root, in fine powder, eight troyonnces ; Glycerin a fluid- 
ounce ; Alcohol a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluidounces of Alcohol, and let it macerate 
for twenty-four hours ; then pack it in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it until two pints 
of tincture have been obtained. Distil off a pint and a half of alcohol, and evaporate the remainder until it 
measures seven fluidounces; to this add the Glycerin, and mix them thoroughly.” PART I. 
Linimentum Belladonnse.—Linimentum Camphorae. 
781 
aqueous constituents. A liniment is now furnished which is liquid at ordinary temperatures. 
The ammonia liniment of the U. S. P. 1870 was usually solid and unmanageable. Whilst 
complete saponification is not a desideratum in this liniment, a better oil than cotton seed oil 
is lard oil, which will form a white, smooth mixture. 
The IT. S. and British Pharmacopoeias agree at present very nearly in the strength of this 
liniment; the U. S. preparation being somewhat the stronger. In the process, the ammonia 
reacts with the oil to form a soap, which is partly dissolved, partly suspended in the water, 
producing a white, opaque emulsion. The liniment is an excellent rubefacient, frequently em- 
ployed in inflammatory affections of the throat, in catarrhal and other pectoral complaints of 
children, and in rheumatic pains. It is applied by rubbing it, or placing a piece of flannel 
saturated with it, over the affected part. Should it occasion too much inflammation, it must 
be diluted with oil. 
LINIMENTUM BELLADONNA. U. S., Br. Belladonna Liniment. 
Liniment of Belladonna; Liniment de Belladone, Fr.; Belladonna-Liniment, G. 
“ Camphor, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Fluid Extract of Belladonna Root, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Dissolve the Camphor in about two hundred, cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] 
of the Fluid Extract, and then add enough of the latter to make the product measure one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Liquid Extract of Belladonna, 10 fi. ou?ices (Imperial measure) or 250 cubic centimetres; 
Camphor, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Distilled Water, 2 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 
cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Camphor in six 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; add the 
Liquid Extract of Belladonna, the Distilled Water, and sufficient of the Alcohol to produce 
twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Liniment. Set aside 
for twenty-four hours ; filter.” Br. The process for the liniment of the British Pharmacopoeia 
has been improved by using an assayed liquid extract. It affords a valuable means of apply- 
ing belladonna externally. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM BEL-LA-DON'N^.) 
LINIMENTUM CALCIS. U. S., Br. Lime Liniment. [Carron Oil.] 
Liniment of Lime; Liniment caleaire, Savon calcaire, Fr.; Kalkliniment, G. 
“Solution of Lime, Linseed Oil, of each, one volume. Mix them by agitation.” US. 
“ Solution of Lime, 2 Jl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Olive Oil, 2 jl. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres. Shake together.” Br. 
The lime forms a soap with the oil, of which there is a great excess, that separates upon 
standing. Olive oil, as directed by the British Pharmacopoeia, is often substituted for that of 
flaxseed, which was originally used, but it possesses no other advantage than that of having 
a less unpleasant odor. The use of cotton seed oil in the U. S. P. 1880 did not meet the 
expectations of those who proposed it, and the U. S. P. 1890 has reinstated linseed oil. This 
is a very useful application in recent bums and scalds, when smeared thickly upon lint or cotton 
batting. It is sometimes called Carron oil, from having been much employed at the Carron 
iron-works in Scotland. 
(LIN-I-MfiN'TUM CAL'CIS.) 
LINIMENTUM CAMPHORS. U. S., Br. Camphor Liniment. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM CXM'PHO-RiE.) 
Liniment of Camphor, Linimentum Camphoratum, Oleum Camphoratum; Camphorated Oil; Liniment eamphre, 
Huile eamphree, Fr.; Kampferliniment, G. 
“ Camphor, in coarse powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Cotton 
Seed Oil, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains], To make one thousand, grammes 
[or about two pints]. Introduce the Camphor and the Cotton Seed Oil into a suitable flask, 
and apply a gentle heat, by means of a water-bath, loosely stoppering the flask during the 
operation. Agitate from time to time, until the Camphor is dissolved.” U. S. 
“ Camphor, in flowers, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Olive Oil, 4 ji. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 80 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Camphor in the Olive Oil.” Br. 
S. D. Wetterstroem prefers cold solution to the official method, thus avoiding any loss of 
camphor. ( West. Drug., 1897, 68.) This is employed as an anodyne embrocation in sprains, 
bruises, rheumatic or gouty affections of the joints, and other local pains. It is also supposed to Linivientum Camphorse Ammoniatum.—Linimentum Hydrargyri. 
782 
PART I. 
have a discutient effect when rubbed upon glandular swellings. J. Weichselbaum has found 
camphor liniment to be a specific for the itching produced by cowhage. (A. J. P., xlii. 519.) 
LINIMENTUM CAMPHORS AMMONIATUM. Br. Ammoniated 
(lIn-i-mEn'tum Xm-mo-ni'a-tum.) 
Liniment of Camphor. 
Compound Liniment of Camphor, Br.; Liniment camphrS ammoniacal, JPV.y Ammoniak- und Kampfer-Lini- 
ment, G. 
“ Camphor, 2? ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Oil of Lavender, 1 fl. drachm (Imp. meas.) 
or 2-5 cubic centimetres; Strong Solution of Ammonia, 5 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic 
■centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Camphor and Oil of 
Lavender in twelve fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and forty cubic centimetres of 
the Alcohol; add the Strong Solution of Ammonia gradually, shaking them together until, 
after adding sufficient of the Alcohol to produce twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or four hun- 
dred cubic centimetres of the Liniment, a clear solution is formed.” Br. 
This is used as a rubefacient and at the same time anodyne embrocation in local pains, par- 
ticularly of a rheumatic character. 
LINIMENTUM CHLOROFORMI. U. S., Br. Chloroform Liniment. 
Liniment of Chloroform; Liniment au Chloroforme, Fr.; Chloroform-Liniment, G. 
“ Chloroform, three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] ; Soap Liniment, 
seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims]. To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them by agitation.” U. S. 
“ Chloroform, 2 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Liniment of Cam- 
phor, 2 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
A very great improvement was made in this preparation by the Committee of Revision of 
1880, in the substitution of soap liniment for the olive oil. This change had been proposed in 
a previous edition of this Dispensatory, and it was desirable on account of the greasy residue 
which was left on the skin by the old preparation. The British Pharmacopoeia has retained 
the oily vehicle. This is an excellent local application in painful affections. As the chloro- 
form rapidly evaporates, it is desirable, in order to obtain its full anodyne effect, to guard 
against this by using waxed paper, or some other impermeable covering. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM chlo-ro-for'mi.) 
LINIMENTUM CROTONIS. Br. Liniment of Croton Oil. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM CRO-TO'NIS.) 
“ Croton Oil, 1 fl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 20 cubic centimetres; Oil of Cajuput, 3$ 
Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 70 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 3£ fl. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 70 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
This is a pustulating preparation, the irritant influence of which has been increased by the 
substitution of the oil of cajuput and the spirit for the olive oil of the original formula. From 
ten to thirty minims (0-6-T9 C.c.) or more may be rubbed upon a limited surface, and repeated 
twice a day or oftener till an eruption is produced. 
Liniment crotonne, Fr.; Krotonol-Liniment, G. 
LINIMENTUM HYDRARGYRI. Br. Liniment of Mercury. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM HY-DRAR'<JY-Rf.) 
Linimentum Mercuriale; Liniment mercuriel, Fr.; Quecksilber-Liniment, G. 
“ Ointment of Mercury, 1 otince (Imperial) or 30 grammes; Strong Solution of Ammonia, 
160 minims (Imp. meas.) or 10 cubic centimetres; Liniment of Camphor, a sufficient quantity. 
Add the Strong Solution of Ammonia to sufficient of the Liniment of Camphor to produce 
one fluid ounce and a half (Imp. meas.) or forty-five cubic centimetres; triturate the Oint- 
ment of Mercury with sufficient of the Liniment of Camphor to produce one fluid ounce and a 
half (Imp. meas.) or forty-five cubic centimetres; mix the two liquids.” Br. 
This is a stimulating liniment, employed for the discussion of chronic glandular enlarge- 
ments, swellings of the joints, and venereal tumors, and to promote the absorption of fluid. 
It is said to be more apt to salivate than is mercurial ointment. One fluidrachm (3’7 C.c.) 
may be rubbed upon the affected part night and morning. It should be thoroughly agitated 
before being applied. Linimentum, Opii.—Linimentum Saponis. 
783 
part I. 
LINIMENTUM OPII. Br. Liniment of Opium. 
(LIN-I-MfiN'TUM O'PI-!.) 
Anodyne Liniment; Liniment opiacS, Fr.; Opiumliniment, G. 
“ Tincture of Opium, 2 ji. ounces (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Liniment of 
Soap, 2 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres. Mix; set aside for a few days; 
filter.” Br. 
This is commonly called anodyne liniment, and is employed as an anodyne and gently rube- 
facient embrocation in sprains, bruises, and rheumatic or gouty pains. We are informed that 
the preparation which has been commonly used under the name of anodyne liniment is that of 
the late London Pharmacopoeia, as given in former editions of the U. S. Dispensatory, consist- 
ing of one part by measure of tincture of opium and three parts of soap liniment, and conse- 
quently having only half the opiate strength of the present British liniment. 
LINIMENTUM POTASSII IODIDI CUM SAPONE. Br. Liniment of 
Potassium Iodide with Soap. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM PO-TXS'SI-I I-OD'I-DI CUM SA-PO'NE.) 
Liniment savonneux iodur6, Fr.; Jodkalium-Seifenliniment, G. 
“ Curd Soap, recently prepared and in shavings, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Potas- 
sium Iodide, 1£ ounces (Imp.) or 30 grammes ; Glycerin, 1 ji. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 20 cubic 
centimetres; Oil of Lemon, 1 ji. drachm (Imp. meas.) or 2-5 cubic centimetres; Distilled 
Water, 10 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 200 cubic centimetres. Reduce the Curd Soap to fine 
shreds; mix it with the Distilled Water and Glycerin in a porcelain dish on a water-bath; 
when the Soap is dissolved, pour the liquid into a mortar in which the Potassium Iodide has 
previously been powdered; mix briskly by trituration ; continue the trituration until the 
mixture is cold; set aside for an hour; then rub well the Oil of Lemon into the cream-like 
product.” Br. 
This preparation is apparently intended, by application to the surface, which may he attended 
with a gentle friction, to produce the absorption of the iodide, and thus to obtain its alterative 
and deobstruent effects through the circulation. The soap and glycerin act as demulcents, and 
thus obviate in some measure the local irritation of the salt.* 
LINIMENTUM SAPONIS. U. S., Br. Soap Liniment 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM SA-PO'NIS.) 
Tinctura Saponis Camphorata, U. S. 1850; Camphorated Tincture of Soap; Linimentum Saponato-Camphoratum 
Liquidum, P. G.; Liquid Opodeldoc; Liniment savonneux camphre, Fr.; Pliissiger Opodeldok, G. 
“ Soap, in fine powder, seventy grammes [or 2 ounces av., 205 grains] ; Camphor, in small 
pieces, forty-jive grammes [or 1 ounce av., 257 grains] ; Oil of Rosemary, ten cubic centimeters 
[or 162 minims] ; Alcohol, seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 
minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Introduce the Camphor and the Alcohol into a suitable bottle, and shake until 
the Camphor is dissolved. Then add the Soap and Oil of Rosemary, and shake the bottle 
well for a few minutes. Lastly, add enough Water to make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims], and again shake until the liquid becomes clear. Set it aside, in 
a cool place, for twenty-four hours, then filter.” U S. 
“ Soft Soap, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Camphor, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; 
Oil of Rosemary, 3 fi. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 75 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 
16 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 320 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 4 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 80 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Soap in the Distilled Water; dissolve the Camphor and 
Oil of Rosemary in the Alcohol; mix the solutions; set aside for one week ; filter.” Br. 
* It seems to have been clearly established by the discussion carried on in P. J. Tr., 2d ser., xi., that Castile soap, 
and even individual brands of soap, vary so much that it is impossible to get uniform results from the former official 
process, the preparation sometimes being beautifully transparent and jelly-like, at other times opaque and ointment- 
like. Various remedies were proposed, but finally Mr. N. Smith called attention to the fact that the formula adopted 
by the reviewers of the Pharmacopoeia differs from the original one of Dr. Rumsey. This Mr. Smith states to he as 
follows: “Take of White Curd Soap (made from Russian tallow) two ounces; Potassium Iodide one ounce and a 
half; Glycerin one ounce; Distilled Water ten ounces; Essential Oil of Lemon one drachm. Reduce the Soap into 
fine shreds, and melt in a water-bath, with the whole of the Water and the Glycerin; when the Soap is perfectly 
dissolved, pour it into a No. 9 Wedgwood mortar in which the potassium iodide has been previously reduced to fine 
powder; mix briskly, and continue the trituration until the mortar has become cool and the liniment assumes the 
character of ice-cream. Set aside for an hour, after which gently rub in the Oil of Lemon.” It will be noticed that 
Dr. Rumsey’s process has been practically adopted by the present British Pharmacopoeia. 784 
Linimentum Saponis Mollis.—Linimentum Sinapis Compositum. 
PART I. 
This process is intended to furnish a saturated solution of Castile soap. The recommenda- 
tion in the 16th edition of this Dispensatory, that powdered soap be used in preference to soap 
in shavings in this liniment, has been adopted by the U. S. P. 1890, for powdered soap does 
not vary greatly in the proportion of water left in it; the process is one recommended by 
Prof. Geo. W. Sloan, of Indianapolis, and if all the details are carefully followed it is a 
great improvement over that of the U. S. P. 1880. The British preparation is now made 
with soft (potash) soap; this method was recommended by J. T. Hornblower. (Chem. and 
Drug., 1894, 571.) The liniment is said to be made more quickly and precipitation is 
avoided. In 1859 Mr. Dean showed that sodium oleate is freely soluble in alcohol, while the 
palmitate is nearly insoluble, consequently the latter salt is left behind in the British process. 
Although olive oil contains a large percentage of olein, yet it has been proposed to substitute 
almond oil,* for it is still richer. The economy of this is, however, very doubtful. Castor oil 
has also been suggested. (A. J. P., xliv. 529.) G. H. Barckhausen states that the potassa soaps 
are perfectly soluble in alcohol, and suggests rape-seed oil as a good base. (A. J. P., 1873, p. 17.) 
In former editions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, this preparation, though commonly called 
Soap Liniment, received the name of Tinctura Saponis Gamphorata, to distinguish it from a 
similar preparation called Opodeldoc, which, having a soft semi-solid consistence, held the title 
Linimentum Saponis Camphoratum.f 
Soap Liniment is much used, as an anodyne and gently rubefacient embrocation, in sprains, 
bruises, and rheumatic or gouty pains. 
LINIMENTUM SAPONIS MOLLIS. U. S. Liniment of Soft Soap. 
[Tinctura Saponis Viridis, Pharm. 1880.] 
(lIn-i-men'tum sa-po'nIs mol'lis.) 
“ Soft Soap, six hundred and fifty grammes [or 22 ounces av., 406 grains] ; Oil of Lavender 
Flowers, twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Alcohol, three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 
fluidounces, 69 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Oil of Lavender Flowers with the Alcohol, dissolve in 
this the Soft Soap by stirring or agitation, and set the solution aside for twenty-four hours. Then 
filter it through paper, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the product measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
This is the tincture of green soap of Prof. Hebra under a new name : it should never have 
been called Tinctura Saponis Viridis, as it belongs clearly in the class of liniments and is 
always used externally. C. E. Smith suggested the preparation of this liniment from the fixed 
oil directly, which has the advantage of convenience as well as of greater uniformity of 
strength. | 
LINIMENTUM SINAPIS COMPOSITUM. U. S. (Br.) Compound 
Liniment of Mustard. 
Linimentum Sinapis, Br., Liniment of Mustard; Liniment sinapis6 compost, Fr.; Zusammengesetztes Senflin- 
iment, 0. 
“ Volatile Oil of Mustard, thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] ; Fluid Extract 
of Mezereum, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Camphor, sixty 
(LlN-I-MKN'TUM si-na'pis com-p5§'i-tum.) 
* A formula for making almond oil soap on the small scale may be found in P. J. Tr., 2d ser., xi. 417. 
t Opodeldoc. “ Take of Common Soap, sliced, three ounces ; Camphor an ounce ; Oil of Rosemary, Oil of Origa- 
num, each, a fluidrachm ; Alcohol a pint. Digest the Soap with the Alcohol, by means of a sand-bath, till dis- 
solved ; then add the Camphor and Oils, and, when they are dissolved, pour the liquid into broad-mouthed bottles. 
This liniment has, when cold, the consistence of a soft ointment.” U. S. P. 1850. 
This preparation differs from the official Linimentum Saponis chiefly in being prepared with common white soap, 
made with animal fat, instead of Castile soap, which is made of olive oil. The former is peculiarly adapted to the 
purposes of this formula, in consequence of assuming, when its alcoholic solution cools, the consistence characteristic 
of the liniment. It is customary after the solution of the soap has been effected to pour the liquid into small wide- 
mouthed glass bottles, containing about four fluidounces, in which it concretes into a soft, translucent, uniform, 
yellowish-white mass. This liniment melts with the heat of the body. 
J Liniment of Soft Soap. Dissolve 75 Gm. potassa in 200 C.c. of water, put the solution in a bottle of about 
1500 C.c. capacity, add 325 Gm. linseed oil and 300 C.c. alcohol, and shake the mixture briskly for some time, until 
there is no further separation of oil on standing. Let the solution stand in a moderately warm place for twenty-four 
(to forty-eight) hours, then dissolve in it 20 C.c. oil of lavender, add enough water to make the product measure 
1000 C.c., mix and filter. The process is easily finished in ten days, the main precaution to be observed being that 
the potassa be neither stronger nor weaker than 90 per cent., unless allowance be made for difference in strength. 
Refined cotton-seed oil or olive oil may be used instead of linseed oil without changing the proportion of potassa, 
but these oils usually produce a liniment of lighter color than would be obtained from linseed oil. (A. J. P., 1896, 187.) Linimentum Terebinthinse.—Linimentum Terebinthinse Aceticum. 
785 
PART I. 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Castor Oil, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 
fluidounces, 35 minims] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Camphor in five hundred cubic centimeters [or 
16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Alcohol, and add the Fluid Extract of Mezereum ; then add 
the Oil of Mustard and the Castor Oil and, finally, enough Alcohol to make the product measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. 8. 
“Volatile Oil of Mustard, fl. drachms (Imperial measure) or 2 cubic centimetres; 
Camphor, 120 grains (Imp.) or 3 grammes ; Castor Oil, 5 fl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 7 cubic 
centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 4 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 43 cubic centimetres. Dis- 
solve the Camphor in the Alcohol; add the Oil of Mustard and Castor Oil; mix.” Br. 
This preparation is slightly weaker than the British. It affords a convenient method of 
applying the volatile oil of mustard, and may often be appropriately used as a substitute for 
sinapisms. The extract of mezereon is also a very energetic irritant. The castor oil seems 
to be added in order to increase somewhat the consistence of the liniment, and was probably 
chosen from among oleaginous substances in consequence of its solubility in alcohol. The effect 
is increased if the liniment be applied on flannel, and volatilization guarded against by covering 
it with oiled silk. For the circumstances calling for the use of this liniment, see Sinapis. 
LINIMENTUM TEREBINTHIN/E. U. S., Br. Turpentine Liniment. 
(LIN-I-MEN'TUM TER-E-BIN'THI-NA:.) 
Liniment of Turpentine; Liniment te re ben thine, Fr.; Terpentinliniment, G. 
“ Resin Cerate, six hundred and fifty grammes [or 22 ounces av., 406 grains] ; Oil of Tur- 
pentine, three hundred and fifty grammes [or 12 ounces av., 151 grains], To make one thousand 
grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt the Resin Cerate in a capsule, on a water-bath, 
then add the Oil of Turpentine, and mix them thoroughly.” U. 8. 
“ Soft Soap, 1? ounces (Imperial) or 375 grammes ; Distilled Water, 5 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 125 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity; Camphor, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; 
Oil of Turpentine, 13 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 325 cubic centimetres. Mix the Soft Soap 
with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; dissolve 
the Camphor in the Oil of Turpentine ; gradually add the latter solution to the former, tritu- 
rating until the mixture becomes a thick creamy emulsion; lastly mix with sufficient Distilled 
Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The U. S. preparation is the liniment originally proposed by Dr. Kentish, and subsequently 
so highly lauded as a remedy in burns and scalds. It should he applied as soon after the 
occurrence of the accident as possible, and should be discontinued when the peculiar inflam- 
mation excited by the fire is removed. The best mode of application is to cover the burnt or 
scalded surface with pledgets of patent lint saturated with the liniment. It should not be 
allowed to come in contact with the sound parts. This liniment may also be successfully applied 
in other cases of cutaneous inflammation requiring stimulation, as in certain conditions of 
erysipelas. The present British preparation, so far as regards its rubefacient operation, may 
be looked upon as almost undiluted oil of turpentine ; the soft soap having little other effect 
than to give consistence to the liniment, and the camphor acting as an anodyne, and both 
being too small in bulk to dilute the oil materially. It is a very ineligible and variable 
preparation. 
LINIMENTUM TEREBINTHIN.® ACETICUM. Br. Liniment of 
Turpentine and Acetic Acid. 
(LEN-I-MEN'TUM TER-E-BIN'TIII-N7E A-GET'I-CUM.) 
Liniment t6rebenthin6 acetique, Fr.; Terpentin- und Essig-Liniment, G. 
“ Oil of Turpentine, 4 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 100 cubic centimetres; Glacial Acetic 
Acid, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Liniment of Camphor, 4 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 
cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
This is a powerful rubefacient liniment, combining the irritant properties of the oil of tur- 
pentine and acetic acid, though somewhat diluted by the camphor liniment.* Glacial acetic 
acid was substituted for acetic acid in the 1885 revision in equivalent proportion : the change 
is an improvement pharmaceutically, as it now affords a clear solution. 
* St. John Long’8 Liniment. Under this name a liniment is often used which is made as follows: “ Take the yolk 
of one egg, 5 fluidrachms of Acetic Acid, 3 fluidounces of Oil of Turpentine, 2£ fluidounces of Rose Water, and J 
fluidrachm of Oil of Lemon. Make an emulsion.” 786 
Linum.—Linum Contusum. 
part I. 
LINUM. U. S., Br. Linseed. [Flaxseed.] 
“ The seed of Linum usitatissimum, Linne (nat. ord. Lineae).” U. S. “ The dried ripe seeds 
of Linum usitatissimum, Linn.” Br. 
Lini Semina, Br. (1885); Semen Lini, P. G.; Grains de Lin, Semence de Lin, Fr.; Leinsame, Flachssamen, G.; 
Semi di Lino, It.; Linaza, Sp. 
(LI'NUM.) 
LINUM CONTUSUM. Br. Crushed Linseed. 
(LI'NUM CON-TU'StlM.) 
“ Linseed reduced to a coarse powder.” Br. 
Linurn usitatissimum. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1533; B. & T. 39. Common flax is an annual 
plant, with an erect, slender, round stem, about two feet in height, branching at top, and, like 
all other parts of the plant, entirely smooth. The leaves are small, lanceolate, acute, entire, 
of a pale-green color, sessile, and scattered alternately over the stem and branches. The 
flowers are terminal, and of a delicate-blue color. The calyx is persistent, and composed of 
five ovate, sharp-pointed, three-nerved leaflets, which are membranous on their border. The 
petals are five, obovate, striated, minutely scalloped at their extremities, and spread into funnel- 
shaped blossoms. The filaments are also five, united at the base; and the germ, which is 
ovate, supports five slender styles, terminating in obtuse stigmas. The fruit is a globular cap- 
sule, about the size of a small pea, having the persistent calyx at the base, crowned with a 
sharp spine, and containing ten seeds in distinct cells. This highly valuable plant, now almost 
everywhere cultivated, is said by some to have been originally derived from Egypt, by others 
from the great elevated plain of Central Asia. It flowers in June and July, and ripens its 
seeds in August.* 
The seeds are oval, oblong, flattened on both sides, with acute edges, somewhat pointed at 
one end, one to two lines in length, smooth, glossy, brown externally, and yellowish white 
within, “ covered with a transparent, mucilaginous epithelium, which swells considerably in 
water; the embryo whitish or pale greenish, with two large, oily, plano-convex cotyledons, and 
a thin perisperm.” U. S. They are inodorous, and have an oily mucilaginous taste. Meyer 
found in them fixed oil, wax, resin, extractive, tannin, gum, nitrogenous mucilage, starch, al- 
bumen, gluten, and various salts. M. Meurein could find no starch, but detected phosphates, 
which had escaped the notice of Meyer. (Joum. de Pharm., 3e s6r., xx. 97.) Their investing 
coat abounds in a peculiar gummy matter or mucilage, which is readily imparted to hot water, 
forming a thick viscid fluid, that lets fall white flakes upon the addition of alcohol, and affords 
a copious dense precipitate with lead subacetate. The viscid mucilage of linseed cannot be 
filtered until it has been boiled. It contains in the dry state more than 10 per cent, of min- 
eral substances; when freed from these and dried at 110° C., it corresponds, like althaea- 
mucilage, to the formula C12H20010. The seeds by exhaustion with cold or warm water afford 
of it about 15 per cent. By boiling with nitric acid, it yields crystals of mucic acid ; by dilute 
mineral acids, it is broken up into dextrogyre gum, sugar, and cellulose. (Kirchner and Tollens, 
Ann. der Chem., 175, 215.) Jorissen and Hairs (Brogues Simples, Planchon et Collin, t. ii. 
685) have obtained from the young plant a glucoside, to which they give the name of lina- 
marin, which crystallizes in colorless needles without odor, but possessing a fresh and bitter 
taste. It differs from amygdalin in not being decomposed by emulsion, but dilute acids de- 
compose it into sugar, hydrocyanic acid, and a third product which is volatile and possesses 
certain of the characters of the acetones. Linseed contains about 4 per cent, of nitrogen, cor- 
responding to about 25 per cent, of protein substances. After expression of the oil these sub- 
stances remain in the cake, so that the latter contains 5 per cent, of nitrogen and constitutes a 
very important article for feeding cattle. In the ripe state linseed is altogether destitute of starch, 
though this substance is found in the immature seed in the very cells which subsequently yield 
the mucilage. The mucilage may be considered, as in analogous cases, to be a product of the 
* The linseeds in commerce have been divided by Mr. E. M. Holmes into two groups. The first group, character- 
ized by the seeds being of sufficient size for six or seven to weigh a grain, contains Bombay, Bold Calcutta, Sicilian, 
and Ionian seed; in the group of small seeds (10 to 12 to the grain) are English, Dutch, Kussian, and ordinary Cal- 
cutta varieties. An important practical point noticed by Mr. Holmes is that many of these seeds are apparently 
purposely adulterated with weed seeds, which are nearly always smaller than the linseeds, and can therefore be sep- 
arated by the sieve. When linseed meal is to be made for medical use, this separation should always be insisted upon, 
as many of the weed seeds are from Crucifera, and are irritating. For detailed information as to varieties of linseed, 
weed seeds, etc., the reader is referred to Mr. Holmes’s paper. (P. J. T>\, July, 1881; also N. It., 1881.) PART I. 
Linum Contusum.—Liquores. 
787 
transformation of starch. (Fliickiger, Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. 99.) The interior of the 
seed, or nucleus, is rich in a peculiar oil, which is separated by expression, and extensively em- 
ployed in the arts. (See Oleum I/ini.) 
The ground seeds are found in commerce under the name of flaxseed meal. This is of a dark- 
gray color, highly oleaginous, and when mixed with hot water forms a soft adhesive mass, 
much employed for luting by practical chemists. “ Ground Linseed (Linseed Meal, or Flax- 
seed Meal), for medicinal purposes, should be recently prepared, free from unpleasant or rancid 
odor. When extracted with carbon disulphide, it should yield not less than 25 [30 per cent., 
Br. Ph.] per cent, of fixed oil.* The filtered infusion of Ground Linseed, prepared with boil- 
ing water and allowed to cool, has an insipid, mucilaginous taste, and should not be colored 
blue by iodine test-solution (absence of starch)." U. S. The cake remaining after the expression 
of the oil, usually called oil-cake, or, when ground, cake-meal, retains the mucilaginous matter 
of the envelope, and affords a nutritious food for cattle. The average composition of linseed 
oil-cake is thus given by Schaedler ( Technolog ie der Fette und Oele., 1883) : moisture, 10-56 per 
cent.; oil, 9-83 per cent.; non-nitrogenous fibre, 44-61 per cent.; ash, 6-5 per cent.; proteid 
matter, 28-5 per cent. Much of the linseed meal of commerce is simply cake-meal, which was, 
indeed, official in the former Br. Ph.; but such meal is unfit for medicinal use, not only because 
it contains very little oil, but also because the oil which is in it has, through rupture of the 
cells and partial expression, been so exposed to the air as to produce rancidity. Linseed meal 
is sometimes adulterated with corn meal, or other meals containing starch, whose presence is 
at once revealed by the iodine test. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Flaxseed is demulcent and emollient. The mucilage 
obtained by infusing the entire seeds in boiling water, in the proportion of half an ounce to 
the pint, is much and very advantageously employed in catarrh, dysentery, nephritic and calcu- 
lous complaints, strangury, and other inflammatory affections of the mucous membranes of the 
lungs, intestines, and urinary passages. By decoction water extracts a portion of the oleagi- 
nous matter, which renders the mucilage less fit for administration by the mouth, but superior 
as a laxative enema. The meal mixed with hot water forms an excellent emollient poultice. 
LIQUORES. Solutions. 
Solutes, Fr.; Losungen, G. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia includes in this class of preparations all aqueous solutions with- 
out sugar in which the substance acted on is wholly soluble in water, excluding those in which 
the dissolved matter is gaseous or very volatile, as in the Aquae, or Waters. 
Although several changes were made in the strength of preparations of this class in the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 for the sake of round numbers and to adjust the relative quan- 
tity of solid to the solvent, so as to avoid fractions in the percentages, yet it was a question 
whether these were advantages sufficient to overbalance the disadvantage of changing the doses 
of important preparations. Since the important change was made then, which makes the 
powerful solution to contain one per cent, of active ingredient, it would certainly be a serious 
mistake to alter this proportion to any extent in the future. 
In the British Pharmacopoeia it has been deemed expedient, in almost all instances in which 
the substance to be dissolved is an isolated solid body, to make the solutions of uniform strength, 
without regard to the physiological powers of the medicine, or its ordinary dose. There is a 
convenience in this plan to the prescriber, in relation to all medicines which habitually present 
themselves to his mind in the solid state; but to alter the strength of a solution which has 
been long known, and the dose of which is familiar, in order to make it conform with others, 
is to run the risk of frequent serious errors for the sake of an idea. The Br. Pharm. 1898 
introduced under this head ten concentrated infusions, with the object of affording an easy 
method of making, through dilution, ordinary infusions. Their titles (see Liquor Calumbse 
Concentratus) are very inappropriate. 
(LI-QUO'BE§—lg-kwo'rez.) 
* The value of a sample of crushed linseed can be absolutely determined only by analysis. It should contain 
from 25 to 35 per cent, of oil, not more than 8 or 8-5 per cent, of husk, and less than 8 per cent, of ash. The follow- 
ing test is said to be sufficient for practical purposes: “ Put half an ounce of the meal into a glass vessel, pour six 
ounces of boiling water over it, stir well, and allow it to stand for twelve hours. If first-class, it should absorb all 
the water, and show a thin scum of white glutinous liquid on the top, which will adhere closely to a glass rod or a 
wooden pencil dipped into it. If the meal does not absorb nearly all the water, it is of inferior quality. The amount 
of inferiority must be judged by the amount of water not absorbed, and by the character of the fluid on the top of 
the solution. If it is thin and non-glutinous, the meal is of inferior quality.” 788 
Liquor Acidi Arsenosi.—Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. 
PART I. 
LIQUOR ACIDI ARSENOSI. U.S. (Br.) Solution of Arsenous Acid. 
(LI'QUOR XQ'I-DI AR-SE-NO'SI.) 
Liquor Arsenici Hydrochloricus, Br.; Liquor Arsenici Chloridi, U. S. P. 1870; Hydrochloric Solution of 
Arsenic, E.; Liqueur arsenicale hydrochlorique, Fr.; Chlorarsenik-Losung, G. 
11 Arsenous Acid, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, jifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid 
with two hundred and jifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Distilled Water, 
add the Arsenous Acid, and boil the mixture until all the Arsenous Acid is dissolved. Filter 
the solution, and pass enough Distilled Water through the filter to make the product measure 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Arsenious Anhydride, in powder, 87\ grains (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Hydrochloric 
Acid, 2 Jl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 12-5 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quan- 
tity. Heat the Arsenious Anhydride and the Hydrochloric Acid with ten fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water in a one-pint (or one-litre) flask 
until a clear solution is obtained ; cool; add sufficient Distilled Water to produce one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Solution.” Br. 
This solution is stronger than the Liquor Arsenici Chloridi of the U. S. P. 1870. It con- 
tains 4-5 grains of arsenous acid in a fluidounce; the U. S. P. 1870 preparation corresponded 
in strength with the old British solution (4 grains in a fluidounce). The increase in strength 
was made in order to make the relation one that would be easy to recollect, namely, 1 per cent, 
by weight, and the British Pharmacopoeia has wisely followed the example, so that both prep- 
arations are practically identical. The name has also been changed, as the former title was a 
misnomer. The hydrochloric acid does not enter into- combination with the arsenous acid ; it 
merely aids in its solution. The British title is, in our opinion, to be preferred, because the 
U. S. name does not indicate the presence of the hydrochloric acid. 
Properties. The hydrochloric solution of arsenous acid was first recognized by the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia at the revision of 1870. According to the British Pharmacopoeia, it is “ A 
colorless liquid having an acid reaction. 25 cubic centimetres diluted with water should dis- 
charge the color of 50-8 to 50-9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of iodine, the 
presence of a slight excess of sodium bicarbonate being maintained throughout the opera- 
tion. 110 minims contain 1 grain of Arsenious Anhydride ; 100 cubic centimetres contain 
1 gramme.” The following test is given in the U. S. P. 1890: “ If 24-7 C.c. of Solution of 
Arsenous Acid be boiled for a few minutes with 2 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate, the liquid 
cooled, diluted with water to 100 C.c., and mixed with a little starch test solution, it should 
require from 49-4 to 50 C.c. of iodine decinormal volumetric solution to produce the blue tint 
of starch iodide (corresponding to 1 Gm. of arsenous acid in 100 C.c. of the Solution).” 
Medical Properties. The medical properties of this solution are the same as those of 
Fowler’s solution, with which it corresponds in strength, being nearly three times as strong as 
the former London solution of arsenic chloride. Dose, from two to eight minims (0-12-0-5 C.c.). 
LIQUOR ACIDI CHROMICI. Br. Solution of Chromic Acid. 
(LI'QUOR AQ'I-D! jBHRO'MI-CI.) 
“ An aqueous solution containing the equivalent of 25 per cent, of Chromic Anhydride, 
Cr03; or 29-5 per cent, of chromic acid regarded as H2Cr04.” Br. 
“ Chromic Anhydride, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Distilled Water, 3 Jl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 75 cubic centimetres. Dissolve.” Br. 
This is officially described as “ an orange-red, inodorous, caustic, strongly acid liquid. Spe- 
cific gravity, 1-185. It should respond to the tests described under ‘ Acidum Chromicum.’ ” 
It is simply a definite solution of chromic acid, and will probably be found convenient as a 
caustic application. (See p. 43.) 
LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS. U. S., Br. Solution of Ammonium 
Acetate. [Spirit of Mindererus.] 
“An aqueous solution of Ammonium Acetate [NH4C2H302 = 76-87], containing about 7 
per cent, of the salt, together with small amounts of acetic and carbonic acids.” U. S. 
Liquor Ammonias Acetatis; Liquor Ammonii Acetici, P. G.; Acetate d’Ammoniaque liquide, Fr.; Essigsaure 
Ammonium-Losung, G. 
“ Ammonium Carbonate, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Diluted Acetic Acid, one hundred 
(LI'QUOR AM-MO'NI-I XQ-E-TA'TIS.) Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. 
PART i. 
789 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Add the Ammonium Carbonate (which 
should be in translucent pieces, free from white, pulverulent bicarbonate) gradually to the 
cold Diluted Acetic Acid, and stir until it is dissolved. This preparation should be freshly 
made when wanted.” U. S. 
“ Ammonium Carbonate, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Acetic Acid, Distilled Water, 
of each a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Ammonium Carbonate in ten times its weight of 
Distilled Water; neutralize with Acetic Acid; add sufficient Distilled Water to produce one 
pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Solution. A little of the Solution, 
heated in a test-tube to expel carbonic anhydride, should be neutral or only slightly acid to 
test-papers. Solution of Ammonium Acetate should be preserved in a green glass bottle.” Br. 
This preparation is an aqueous solution of ammonium acetate.* The U. S. process by which 
it is formed involves the decomposition of ammonium carbonate by dilute acetic acid. The 
formula of commercial ammonium carbonate is complex, but if we consider the salt as 
neutral carbonate, the reaction is expressed by the following equation: (NH4)2C03 -j- 
(C2H302.H)2= (C„H302.NH4)2 -f- H20 -f- C02. Distilled vinegar was formerly used, but it 
has been abandoned for diluted acetic acid, which is much to be preferred, because, besides 
furnishing a solution of the acetate of uniform strength, a result which cannot be attained by 
the employment of distilled vinegar, it avoids the production of a brownish solution, which 
uniformly follows the use of the latter, especially when it has been condensed in a metallic 
worm. The quantity of ammonium carbonate necessary to saturate a given weight of the 
acid of average strength cannot be laid down with precision, on account of the variable 
quality of the salt. The preparation, when made with the diluted acetic acid of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, contains about 7 per cent, of ammonium acetate. It is more convenient to 
add the salt to the acid than to add the acid to the salt, as the point of saturation is thus more 
easily attained. In ascertaining this point by test-paper, the alkaline reaction will begin, 
though a portion of free acetic acid may still remain; a little of it being insufficient to over- 
come the natural alkaline reaction of the salt. A complication is caused by the presence of 
free carbonic acid, which may be expelled from the liquid towards the end of the saturation 
by warming it. Supposing it to be free from carbonic acid, the best rule is to cease adding 
the ammonium carbonate upon the occurrence of the least sign of alkalinity. 
The formula of the U. S. P. 1890 differs from that formerly official in dropping what has 
been called the “ mixed solution process.” It is to be regretted that the old process of satu- 
rating the diluted acetic acid with the ammonium carbonate was not entirely abandoned in the 
last revision and the process of mixing the solutions alone directed. The separate solutions keep 
well, and the rapidity and ease with which this preparation can be made by the pharmacist, 
by simply mixing equal measures of the solutions, are advantages which at once recommend 
its exclusive use, whilst the physician is more apt to secure a fresh preparation, and one which 
usually retains a quantity of carbonic acid gas to render the preparation grateful to the patient. 
As some pharmacists will prefer to make solution of ammonium acetate in this way, the 
following process, based on that of the U. S. P. 1880, is offered. Ammonium Carbonate, one 
hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Acetic Acid, two hundred and seventy cubic 
centimeters [or 9 fluidounces, 62 minims] ; Distilled Water, one thousand seven hundred and 
thirty cubic centimeters [or 58 fluidounces, 240 minims]. Dissolve the Ammonium Carbonate 
in nine hundred and'fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 60 minims] of Distilled Water, 
and filter the solution. To the Acetic Acid add seven hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 
26 fluidounces, 180 minims] of Distilled Water. Keep the solutions in separate, well-stopped 
bottles, and when solution of ammonium acetate is to be dispensed measure equal quantities of 
each solution and mix them. 
The present British process does not differ essentially from ours: in the Br. Pharmacopoeia 
of 1864 the strong solution of ammonia was used instead of the carbonate, and the ammonia 
combined directly with the acetic acid, without other reaction. There was an advantage in 
this process in the use of ammonia instead of its carbonate, as the difficulty of ascertaining the 
precise point of saturation arising from carbonic acid was avoided; but in this solution, as in 
the neutral mixture, a great benefit remedially is gained by the presence of that acid, which 
reconciles the stomach to the medicine, and sometimes even allays vomiting in febrile diseases. 
With this view of the subject it is better to use ammonium carbonate; the change has been 
made in the present Br. Pharmacopoeia, but the advantages are practically lost because the 
* For method of making dry ammonium acetate, see A. J. P., 1875, 25. Liquor Ammonii Acetatis.—Liquor Ammonii Citratis. 
790 
PAET I. 
solution is nearly always made in advance of actual use, and official solution of ammonium 
acetate is rarely sparkling, but as generally dispensed it has a flat, mawkish taste quite in 
contrast with that made by the “ mixed solution process.” 
Properties. Solution of ammonium acetate, when made of pure materials, is “ a clear, 
colorless liquid, free from empyreuma, of a mildly saline, acidulous taste, and an acid reaction. 
It is wholly volatilized by heat. When Solution of Acetate of Ammonium is heated with 
potassium or sodium hydrate, vapor of ammonia is evolved. When heated with sulphuric acid, 
the Solution gives off vapor of acetic acid.” U. S. When it contains an excess of alkali, its 
taste is bitterish. It should be freshly prepared at short intervals, as its acid becomes decom- 
posed and a portion of ammonium carbonate is generated. When pure it is not precipitated 
by barium chloride. Silver nitrate precipitates crystals of silver acetate, soluble in water, and 
especially in nitric acid. An insoluble precipitate with this test is silver chloride, and shows 
the presence of hydrochloric acid. Potassa disengages ammonia; sulphuric acid, acetous 
vapors. When evaporated to dryness, the residue is wholly dissipated by heat, with the smell 
of ammonia. It is incompatible with acids, the fixed alkalies and their carbonates, lime water, 
magnesia, magnesium sulphate, corrosive sublimate, the iron, copper, and zinc sulphates, and 
silver nitrate. When it contains free carbonic acid, it produces with lead acetate or sub- 
acetate a precipitate of lead carbonate, which, being mistaken for the sulphate, has sometimes 
led to the erroneous conclusion that sulphuric acid was present in the distilled vinegar, when 
this has been employed. Ammonium acetate is a salt of difficult crystallization, and very deli- 
quescent. When perfect it probably has an alkaline reaction, like potassium and sodium 
acetates. It may be obtained by sublimation from a mixture of equal parts of dry potassium 
or calcium acetate and ammonium chloride, or, according to Berthelot, by dissolving glacial 
acetic acid in ammonia, keeping the retort cool, and adding enough water to prevent the crys- 
tallization of the salt during the neutralization ; the solution is then evaporated in a current 
of dry, gaseous ammonia until the liquid solidifies on cooling. It is then introduced into a 
large capsule, and this placed upon caustic lime, under a large bell-glass, in which a consider- 
able quantity of ammonia gas is injected. After a few days the crystalline mass is broken, 
and the capsule replaced as before upon lime in an ammoniacal atmosphere, under the bell- 
glass. When this operation has been repeated several times, a perfectly pure ammonium ace- 
tate is obtained, which crystallizes in large needles, like potassium nitrate, and resembling am- 
monium formate; it is extremely soluble in water, and does not possess an acid reaction. (A. 
J. P., 1875, p. 25.) It is formed by the union of one molecule of acetic acid, H.C2Hs02, 
with one group, NH4, from NH4.OH, the hydrate, or (NH4)2C03, the carbonate. When 
evaporated to dryness, however, it readily yields an acid salt, C2Ha02.NH4 -j- C2H402. The 
molecular weight of the normal salt is 77. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Solution of ammonium acetate is a valuable diapho- 
retic, much employed in febrile diseases. If, instead of promoting its determination to the 
skin by external warmth, the patient walk about in a cool air, its action will be directed to the 
kidneys. In large doses, it is said to relieve painful menstruation. It is sometimes used ex- 
ternally as a discutient. Mixed in the quantity of a fluidounce with seven fluidounces of rose- 
water and two fluidrachms of laudanum, it forms a useful collyrium in chronic ophthalmia. 
The late Dr. A. T. Thomson used it as a lotion with good effect in porrigo affecting the scalp. 
The dose is from half a fluidounce to a fluidounce and' a half (15—45 C.c.) every three or four 
hours, mixed with water and sweetened with sugar. It proves sometimes very grateful to 
febrile patients when prescribed with an equal measure of carbonic acid water. 
LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS. Br. Solution of Ammonium Citrate. 
Citrate d’Ammoniaque liquide, Fr.; Citronensaure Ammoniak-Fliissigkeit, G. 
“Ammonium Carbonate, 1| ounces (Imperial) or 87-5 grammes or a sufficient quantity; 
Citric Acid, 2£ ounces (Imp.) or 125 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve 
the Citric Acid in five times its weight of Distilled Water; neutralize with Ammonium Car- 
bonate; add sufficient Distilled Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres of the Solution. A little of the Solution, heated in a test-tube to expel carbonic 
anhydride, should be neutral or only slightly acid to test-papers. Solution of Ammonium 
Citrate should be preserved in a green glass bottle.” Br. 
This solution may be used for the same purposes as Solution of Ammonium Acetate, in the 
dose of from two to six fluidrachms (7'5-22-5 C.c.). 
(LI'QUOR AM-MO'NI-I CI-TRA'TIS.) PART I. 
Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi.—Liquor Atropinse Sulphatis. 
791 
LIQUOR ARSENI ET HYDRARGYRI IODIDI. U. S. (Br.) Solution of 
Arsenic and Mercuric Iodide. [Donovan’s Solution.] 
Liquor Arsenii et Hydrargyri Iodidi, Br., Solution of Arsenious and Mercuric Iodides; Liquor Arsenici et 
Hydrargyri Iodidi, Br. 1867, V. S. 1870; Solution of Hydriodate of Arsenic and Mercury ; Solutio Donovani; Solut6 
d’lodo-arsenite de Mercure, Liqueur de Donovan, Fr.; Jodquecksilber Arsenik-Losung, Donovan’sche Tropfen, G* 
“ Arsenic Iodide, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Red Mercuric Iodide, ten grammes [or 154 
grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Powder the Arsenic Iodide, and mix it with the Red Mercuric 
Iodide by trituration. Add one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] 
of Distilled Water, and continue the trituration until solution is effected. Filter the solution, 
and pass enough Distilled Water through the filter to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“Arsenious Iodide, 87£ grains (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Mercuric Iodide, 87$ grains 
(Imp.) or 10 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Arsenious Iodide 
and Mercuric Iodide with three to four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and fifty to 
two hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water until nearly all is dissolved ; pass through 
a filter ; wash the latter with sufficient Distilled Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one 
thousand cubic centimetres of the Solution. A clear pale yellow liquid with a metallic taste. 
It affords the reactions characteristic of mercuric salts, arsenium, and iodides. 110 minims 
correspond to 1 grain of Arsenious Iodide, Asl3, and to 1 grain of Mercuric Iodide, Hgla ; 100 
cubic centimetres correspond to 1 gramme of each salt.” Br. 
This solution was introduced to the notice of the medical profession in 1839 by Mr. Dono- 
van, of Dublin, as a therapeutic agent combining the medical virtues of its three ingredients, 
and was adopted as an official preparation in the U. S. and Dublin Pharmacopoeias of 1850. 
It was dropped from the British Pharmacopoeia of 1867, but reintroduced in the 1885 revision, 
and fortunately made to correspond in strength with the U. S. preparation,—namely, 1 per 
cent, of each of the active ingredients. The formula of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is the sim- 
plified one of Prof. Procter, which consists essentially in dissolving equal weights of arsenic 
teriodide and mercuric iodide (red iodide) in a measured quantity of distilled water. The 
change in the quantities of the two salts from the process of the U. S. P. 1870 is very trifling. 
The proportion of equal weights corresponds nearly to single molecules of the component 
iodides. 
Properties. This solution has a pale-yellow color and a slightly styptic taste. Sometimes, 
however, the color is orange-yellow, owing to the presence of free iodine. This may be recom- 
bined by rubbing the solution with a little metallic mercury or arsenic, in fine powder, and the 
proper hue be thus restored. The solution is incompatible with laudanum and the soluble salts 
of morphine. On the supposition that it is an aqueous solution of iodides, it will contain them 
in the proportion of one mol. of arsenic teriodide 456, to one of mercuric iodide 454, which 
are nearly equal weights. The British solution has the sp. gr. 1-016. 
Medical Properties. This preparation has been found decidedly useful as an alterative 
in various diseases of the skin, such as the different forms of psoriasis, impetigo, porrigo, lepra, 
pityriasis, lupus, and venereal eruptions, both papular and scaly. In chronic rheumatism and 
in advanced specific diseases, especially “ night pains," it is often useful. The dose is from five 
to ten drops (0-3—0-6 C.c.) three times a day, given preferably in distilled water. 
(LI'QUOR AR'SE-NI ET HY-DRAR'$Y-RI I-Qd'I-M.) 
LIQUOR ATROPINE SULPHATIS. Br. Solution of Atropine Sulphate. 
(LI'QUOR AT-RO-PI'NiE SUL-PHA'TIS.) 
“Atropine Sulphate, 17? grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Salicylic Acid, 2 grains (Imp.) 
or 0-12 gramme; Distilled Water, 4 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres or a 
* Clemens’8 Solution. Arsenic bromide was introduced as a remedy in diabetes by Clemens. It is best ad- 
ministered in the form of a solution, which has been prepared by Mr. R. F. Fairthorne according to the following 
formula: “ 77 grains of metallic arsenic in powder are added in small portions to 240 grains of bromine, the latter 
being placed in a long test-tube immersed in ice-water to control the otherwise violent reaction. One hundred grains 
of the tribromide obtained are dissolved in sufficient distilled water to make ten fluidounces. One minim will then 
contain one-forty-eighth of a grain.” According to Clemens, the commencing dose of such a solution is one minim 
three times a day, increased gradually until the equivalent of one-fifth of a grain of the salt is daily exhibited. The 
clinical reports in regard to this remedy in diabetes seem to indicate that along with a restricted diet it is occa- 
sionally of distinct service, but in the majority of instances fails to accomplish good. (See, also, Liquor Potassii 
Arseniatis et Bromidi, National Formulary, Part II.) 792 
Liquor Bismuthi et Ammonii Citratis. 
PART I. 
sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Atropine Sulphate and Salicylic Acid in sufficient recently 
boiled and cooled Distilled Water to produce four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
cubic centimetres of the solution. 110 minims contain 1 grain of Atropine Sulphate; 100 
cubic centimetres contain 1 gramme.” Br. 
This solution contains 1 per cent, of atropine sulphate. Camphor water was substituted for 
distilled water on account of its antiseptic properties at the 1885 revision. Salicylic acid 
and distilled water are now used (1899) with the same object in view. The dose is one 
minim. 
LIQUOR BISMUTHI ET AMMONII CITRATIS. Br. Solution of 
Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate. 
(LI'QUOR BIS-MC'THI ET AM-MO'NI-I CI-TRA'TIS.) 
Liquor Bismuthi; Solutl de Citrate de Bismuth ammoniacal, Fr.; Citronensaure Wismuth-Ammoniak-Losung, 0. 
“ Bismuth Oxynitrate, 613 grains (Imperial) or 70 grammes; Potassium Citrate, 613 grains 
(Imp.) or 70 grammes; Potassium Carbonate, 175 grains (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Nitric Acid, 
1 Jl. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres; Solution of Ammonia, Distilled Water, of 
each a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Bismuth Oxynitrate in the Nitric Acid diluted with 
an equal volume of Distilled Water; add Distilled Water with constant stirring until the 
liquid is very faintly opalescent; add the Potassium Citrate and Carbonate dissolved in a little 
Distilled Water; heat the liquid to the boiling point; cool; separate the precipitate; wash it 
with Distilled Water until free from nitrates. Gradually add Solution of Ammonia to the 
moist precipitate until it is just dissolved ; dilute with Distilled Water to one pint (Imp. meas.) 
or one thousand cubic centimetres ; filter.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) adopted a new process for this preparation, which is a 
modification of Bartlett’s process. (See below.) An acid solution of bismuth is treated with a 
solution of potassium citrate and potassium carbonate, the precipitate washed and dissolved 
in solution of ammonia, and then diluted with water in proper proportions. (See Bismuthi et 
Ammonii Citras, p. 269.) 
Some years since, a secret preparation was made and sold by Mr. Schacht, of Clifton, Eng- 
land, under the name of Liquor Bismuthi. Mr. Ch. R. C. Tiehborne, having analyzed the 
liquid and found it to contain bismuth oxide, ammonia, and citric acid, announced the dis- 
covery at a meeting of the Pharmaceutical Society, when Mr. Schacht, being present, acknowl- 
edged the correctness of the analysis, stating, at the same time, that he had never made a secret 
of the composition of his solution to medical practitioners, and that a fluidrachm of his liquid 
contained one grain of the teroxide. (P. J. Tr., 1864, p. 301.) A formula for the preparation 
was given by Mr. Tiehborne, which, however, on repeated trial by Mr. N. Gray Bartlett, of 
Chicago, proved to be impracticable. After numerous experiments, Mr. Bartlett succeeded in 
making a solution which had all the desired qualities. (See A. J. P., Jan. 1865.) He first 
prepares a bismuth citrate by dissolving a troy ounce of bismuth subcarbonate in 720 grains 
of nitric acid, diluting the solution after effervescence has ceased with a Jiuidounce and a half 
of distilled water gradually introduced, and then adding this solution, slowly and with constant 
stirring, to another solution made by dissolving 600 grains of potassium citrate in two pints of 
distilled water. By an interchange, potassium nitrate and bismuth citrate are formed, the 
latter of which, being insoluble, is precipitated, and is obtained by throwing the whole -upon 
a filter, thoroughly washing the salt with distilled water, and then drying it on bibulous paper 
with a gentle heat. The next step is to prepare the bismuth and ammonium citrate. This is 
done by rubbing the bismuth citrate with sufficient distilled water to make a paste, and adding 
to this gradually, and with constant trituration, stronger ammonia water until the citrate is 
dissolved, care being taken to avoid an excess of ammonia. The solution is now filtered, and 
spread on glass to dry. 
Various modifications of Mr. Bartlett’s process have been suggested, though it may be 
doubted whether any one, on the whole, is preferable to the original. Besides the processes 
offered by Mr. T. P. Blunt and Mr. Tiehborne, in England, Mr. A. E. Ebert and Prof. Markoe 
have each proposed a modification of Mr. Bartlett’s process. (See A. J. P., 1866, p. 1, and 
1869, p. 151.) In Ebert’s formula the solution of bismuth nitrate is decomposed by caustic 
potassa in the presence of citric acid, instead of the potassium citrate already formed; in 
Markoe’s, crystallized sodium carbonate is substituted for the caustic alkali, to which various 
objections exist. After precipitating the solution of bismuth nitrate to which citric acid has 
been added, with sodium carbonate, washing the precipitate to get rid of the sodium nitrate, PART I. 
Liquor Bismuthi et Ammonii Citratis.—Liquor Calcis. 
793 
and dissolving the residue of the precipitate in ammonia water, Markoe completes the process 
by determining the proportion of bismuth teroxide contained in the solution, and then diluting 
the liquid so that each fluidrachm shall contain one grain of teroxide. For other methods of 
making this solution, see 17th ed. U. S. D., 794. 
The British Pharmacopoeia describes this preparation as “ A colorless solution, with a slightly 
metallic taste. Specific gravity 1-070. Slightly alkaline to test-paper; is freely miscible with 
water; heated with alkalies evolves ammonia, and yields a white precipitate. Evaporated to 
dryness and the product ignited, a residue with a yellow edge results, which when suitably 
treated should not yield any reaction characteristic of silver, lead, copper, arsenium, iron, 
selenium, or tellurium. A mixture of 10 cubic centimetres of the Solution with 40 cubic cen- 
timetres of water, treated with hydrogen sulphide in excess, yields a black precipitate, which, 
when washed and dried, should weigh at least 0-55 gramme. 1 fluid drachm contains an 
amount of bismuth equivalent to about 3 grains, or 1 cubic centimetre the equivalent of 0-05 
gramme, of Bismuth Oxide.” 
Bismuth and ammonium citrate, obtained by Mr. Bartlett’s process, is in fine, glossy, trans- 
lucent, colorless scales, of a slightly acidulous, somewhat metallic, not disagreeable taste, very 
soluble in water, but not deliquescent, and of an acid reaction. (See page 269.) From an 
analysis by Mr. Bartlett, it appears to possess the formula Bi,CeH607,NH3-j- 3HaO. Rother, 
however (1876), considers that the formula should be written C3U507(NH4)3Bi(0H)3. 
There is no occasion for a permanent solution of this salt, as it may at any time be dissolved 
when wanted for use. But, as it is in the liquid form that it has obtained its present reputa- 
tion, we give a formula for a permanent solution prepared by Mr. Bartlett. Dissolve 260 grains 
of bismuth and ammonium citrate in fourteen fluidounces of distilled water, neutralize the solu- 
tion with ammonia water, and add two fluidounces of alcohol. The solution of the salt without 
addition is liable to spontaneous decomposition; but, in the opinion of Mr. Bartlett, it is com- 
pletely protected by the ammonia and alcohol, so that in this state it will keep indefinitely. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This preparation is much more astringent than are the 
insoluble salts of bismuth, and is at the same time irritant, and not possessed of the peculiar 
medical properties which grow out of the insolubility of the subnitrate or subcarbonate. It 
is, therefore, not a substitute for these, and is adapted to the treatment of diarrhoeas of relaxa- 
tion rather than of irritation. Dose of the solution, from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9— 
3-75 C.c.). 
LIQUOR CALCIS. U. S., Br. Solution of Lime. [Solution of Calcium Hydrate. 
Lime Water.] 
(LI'QUOB CAL'CIS.) 
“ A saturated, aqueous solution of Calcium Hydrate [Ca(0H)2 = 73-83]. The percentage 
of Calcium Hydrate varies with the temperature, being somewhat over 0-17 per cent, at 15° C. 
(59° F.), and diminishing as the temperature rises.” IT. S. 
Aqua Calcis; Aqua Calcariae, P. Q.; Eau Liqueur de Chaux, Fr.; Kalkwasser, G. 
“ Lime, twelve grammes [or 185 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Slake the 
Lime by the gradual addition of seventy cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 176 minims] of 
Distilled Water, then add three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters [or 12 fluidounces, 83 minims] 
more of Distilled Water, and agitate occasionally during half an hour. Allow the mixture to 
settle, decant the liquid and throw it away. Then add to the residue thirty-six hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 121 fluidounces, 350 minims] of Distilled Water, agitate thoroughly, wait a 
short time for the coarser particles to subside, and pour the liquid, holding the undissolved 
Lime in suspension, into a glass-stoppered bottle. From time to time shake the bottle, so as 
to keep the solution saturated. Pour off the clear liquid when it is wanted for use.” U. S. 
“ Calcium Hydroxide, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quan- 
tity. Wash the Calcium Hydroxide with Distilled Water until free from chlorides ; then shake 
it with one gallon (Imp. meas.) or four litres of Distilled Water in a stoppered green glass 
bottle for two or three minutes ; set aside for twelve hours. The clear Solution may be drawn 
off with a siphon as it is required for use, and should then be transferred to a green glass 
bottle.” Br. 
A solution of calcium hydrate, Ca(OH)2, in water is the result of these processes. By the 
slaking of the lime it is reduced to powder, and rendered more easily diffusible through the 
water. According to both Pharmacopoeias, the solution is to be kept in bottles with a portion 
of undissolved hydrate, which causes it always to be saturated whatever may be the tempera- 794 
Liquor Calcis.—Liquor Calais Chlorinatse. 
PART I. 
ture and to whatever extent it may be exposed to the air. If care be taken to have a con- 
siderable quantity of the solution in the bottle, and to avoid unnecessary agitation, the upper 
portion will always remain sufficiently clear for use. The employment of distilled water as the 
solvent may seem a useless refinement; but in many places the common water is very impure. 
Water dissolves but a minute proportion of lime, and, contrary to the general law, less when 
hot than when cold. Hence the propriety of employing cold water in the process. According 
to Mr. Phillips, a pint of water (the wine pint of the U. S. P. 1870) at 212° F. dissolves 5-6 
grains of lime, at 60° F. 9-7 grains, and at 32° F. IPO grains. For Green’s automatic device 
for dispensing lime water in excellent condition, see Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 474. 
Properties. Lime water is “ a clear, colorless liquid, without odor, and having a saline 
and feebly caustic taste. It absorbs carbon dioxide from the air, so that a pellicle of calcium 
carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid. On being heated, it becomes turbid from sepa- 
ration of calcium hydrate, which redissolves again when the liquid is cooled. It gives a strongly 
alkaline reaction with litmus paper. The alkaline reaction of the Solution should entirely dis- 
appear, after it has been saturated with carbon dioxide, and subsequently boiled (absence of 
alkalies and their carbonates'). In other respects it should conform to the reactions and tests 
given under Lime (see Calx). 50 C.c. of Solution of Lime should require, for complete neu- 
tralization, about 20 C.c. of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution (corresponding to about 
0-14 (0-148) per cent, of Calcium Hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. 
Exposed to the air it attracts carbonic acid, and becomes covered with a pellicle of insoluble 
calcium carbonate, which, subsiding after a time, is replaced by another, and so on successively 
till the whole of the lime is exhausted. Hence the necessity of keeping lime water either in 
closely-corked bottles which should be full, or, what is more convenient, in bottles with an ex- 
cess of lime. “24 cubic centimetres should require for neutralization 10 cubic centimetres of 
the decinormal volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. It should yield no characteristic reaction 
with the tests for lead or for chlorides. 1 fluid ounce contains the equivalent of about § grain, 
or 1000 cubic centimetres rather more than 1 gramme, of Lime, CaO.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Lime water is antacid, tonic, and astringent, and is 
very usefully employed in dyspepsia with acidity of stomach, diarrhoea, diabetes, and gravel 
attended with superabundant secretion of uric acid. Mixed with an equal measure of milk, 
which completely covers its offensive taste, it is one of the best remedies in our possession for 
nausea and vomiting dependent on irritability of stomach. We have found a diet exclusively 
of lime water and milk to be more effectual than almost any other plan of treatment in dys- 
pepsia accompanied with vomiting of food. In this case one part of the solution to two or 
three parts of milk is usually sufficient. Externally it is employed as a wash in tinea capitis 
and scabies, as an application to foul and gangrenous ulcers, as an injection in leucorrhoea and 
ulceration of the bladder or urethra, and, mixed with linseed or olive oil, as a liniment in burns 
and scalds. Having been found to possess the property of dissolving false membrane, it has 
naturally been employed as a local remedy in pseudo-membranous croup. There are two methods 
of applying the remedy: one by directing lime water spray, produced by the atomizer, so that 
it shall be inhaled by the patient; the other by causing the patient to inhale freely the vapors 
arising from lime undergoing the process of slaking with water. The dose of lime water is 
from two to four fluidounces (60—118 C.c.) several times a day. When employed to allay 
nausea, it is usually given in the dose of a tablespoonful mixed with the same quantity of milk, 
and repeated at intervals of half an hour, an hour, or two hours. If too long continued it 
debilitates the stomach. The urine of persons who take large quantities of lime water is often 
alkaline, and sometimes distinctly ammoniacal. According to the researches of John J. Abel, 
this is due to the presence in the urine of calcium carbamate, which is prone to undergo am- 
moniacal disintegration. 
LIQUOR CALCIS CHLORINATE. Br. Solution of Chlorinated Lime. 
(Li'QUOR CXL'CIS fJHLO-RI-NA'TiE.) 
Chlorure de Chaux liquide, Fr./ Chlorkalk-FIussigkeit, O. 
“ Chlorinated Lime, 1 pound (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Distilled Water, 1 gallon (Imp. 
meas.) or 5 litres. Mix ; transfer the mixture to a stoppered bottle : set aside for three hours, 
shaking occasionally; filter through calico. Preserve the filtrate in a stoppered bottle in a 
cool, dark place.” Br. 
For the properties and uses of this preparation, see Calx Chlorinata. The British Pharma- 
copoeia gives the following test of its strength : “ Specific gravity about 1-055. Each gramme PART I. 
Liquor Calumbse Concentratus.—Liquor Chiratse Concentratus. 
795 
mixed with 0 5 gramme of potassium iodide dissolved in water, when acidulated with 1 cubic 
centimetre of hydrochloric acid, gives a brownish-red solution which requires for the discharge 
ot its color not less than 5-6 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium thiosulphate, 
corresponding to 2 per cent, of available chlorine. The Solution should yield, when fresh, 
about 3 per cent, of available chlorine.” This determines its strength in chlorine, by deter- 
mining the quantity of iodine which the chlorine contained in it is capable of separating from 
potassium iodide. Notwithstanding, however, that a test of its character is thus given by the 
Pharmacopoeia, its strength must vary according to the quality of the chlorinated lime em- 
ployed. It is one of the best antidotes for hydrogen sulphide, ammonium sulphydrate, potas- 
sium sulphide, and hydrocyanic acid. The dose for internal use is from twenty minims to a 
fluidrachm (1-23—3 69 C.c.). For external application the solution may be diluted with twice 
its bulk of water, or may be used of the full strength in some cutaneous affections. 
LIQUOR CALUMBA CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution 
of Calumba. 
(LI'QUOK CA-LUM'BjE CftN-CEN-TRA'TUS.) 
“ Calumba Root, in No. 5 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 4| fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 225 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 20 fl. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Macerate the Calumba for twenty- 
four hours with ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled 
Water; press strongly; again macerate the residue for twenty-four hours with ten fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; press strongly. Mix the 
expressed liquids, and heat for five minutes to 180° F. (82-2° C.). When cold add the Alcohol; 
set aside ; decant or filter, adding sufficient Distilled Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) 
or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Concentrated Solution.” Br. 
This is a new preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia. It should, in our opinion, be 
named “ Infusum Calumbse Concentratum,” as it is nothing more than a concentrated infusion, 
preserved with alcohol, and intended to be used by the pharmacist for the quick preparation 
of the infusion of calumba by dilution with water. It is ten times as strong as the ordinary 
infusion. The dose is from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9 to 3-75 C.c.). 
LIQUOR CAOUTCHOUC. Br. Solution of India-rubber. 
“ India-rubber, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Benzol, 10 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
500 cubic centimetres ; Carbon Bisulphide, 10 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic centimetres. 
Cut the India-rubber into fine shreds, and place it in a well-stoppered bottle containing the 
previously mixed Benzol and Carbon Bisulphide. Set aside in a cool place, and agitate occa- 
sionally until solution is effected.” Br. 
This solution is an improvement on the solution of gutta-percha formerly official; it was 
introduced into the Br. Pharm. (1898) mainly for use in the preparation of mustard paper. 
It may be used like collodion as an external protective application. 
(LI'QUOR CAOUT'CHOUC.) 
LIQUOR CHIRATAE CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution of 
Chiretta. 
“ Chiretta, in No. 40 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Alcohol (20 per cent.), 
25 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1250 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Moisten the 
Chiretta with five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the 
Alcohol; pack in a closed percolator; set aside for three days ; percolate with the remaining 
Alcohol, added in ten equal portions at intervals of twrelve hours; continue percolation with 
more Alcohol until the product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres.” Br. 
This is a “ concentrated” infusion of the Br. Ph. (1898), intended to be used by the pharma- 
cist for making the ordinary infusion of chiretta by dilution with water. It is twenty times 
as strong as the infusion of chiretta (Br. Ph., 1885). The dose is from one-half to one 
fluidrachm (P9 to 3-75 C.c.). 
(Ll'QUOR eill-RA'TzE c5N-GEN-TRA'TCtS.) 796 
Liquor Cuspariae Concentratus.—Liquor Ethyl Nitritis. 
PART I. 
LIQUOR CUSPARI® CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution 
of Cusparia. 
(LI'QUOR CON-CfiN-TRA'TUS.) 
“ Cusparia Bark, in No. 40 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Alcohol (20 per 
cent.), 25 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1250 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Moisten 
the Cusparia with Jive Jiuid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of 
the Alcohol; pack in a closed percolator; set aside for three days ; percolate with the remain- 
ing Alcohol, added in ten equal portions at intervals of twelve hours; continue percolation 
with more Alcohol until the product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres.” Br. 
This is a concentrated infusion of the Br. Pharm. 1898, intended to be used by the 
pharmacist for making infusion of cusparia by dilution with water. It is ten times as strong 
as the infusion of cusparia (Br. Pharm. 1885). The dose is from one-half to one fluidrachm 
(1-9 to 3-75 C.c.). 
LIQUOR EPISPASTICUS. Br. Blistering Liquid. 
Linimentum Cantharidis ; Huile de Cantharides t6r6benthin6e, FrSpanischfliegen-Liniment, G. 
“ Cantharides, in No. 20 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Acetic Ether, a 
sufficient quantity. Mix the Cantharides with five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred 
and fifty cubic centimetres of Acetic Ether; pack in a percolator ; at the expiration of twenty- 
four hours pour Acetic Ether over the contents of the percolator; allow the solution to pass 
slowly through until one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Liquid is 
obtained. This preparation is twice the strength of the Blistering Liquid of the British 
Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. This liquid is used in making the British Blistering Collodion. 
(See p. 439.)* 
(LI'QUOR fip-i-srXs'Ti-cus.) 
LIQUOR ETHYL NITRITIS. Br. Solution of Ethyl Nitrite. 
(LI'QUOR E'THYL NI-TRI'TIS.) 
“ A mixture of ninety-five parts by volume of Absolute Alcohol with five parts by volume 
of Glycerin, containing when freshly made 3 per cent, by weight, and even when long kept 
not less than per cent, by weight of ethyl nitrite. The ethyl nitrite is obtained by the 
interaction of alcohol (90 per cent.), sodium nitrite, and diluted sulphuric acid, at a low tem- 
perature.” Br. 
This is a new official preparation of the Br. Ph. 1898; it might be called improved spirit 
of nitrous ether. It is difficult to explain the reason for its introduction without the dismissal 
of spirit of nitrous ether; the strength is very slightly greater than that of the spirit, and a choice 
should have been made between them. The addition of glycerin as a preservative, and the 
substitution of absolute alcohol for rectified spirit, are relied upon to make a permanent solu- 
tion. This method was proposed by Dunston and Dymond (P. J. Tr., 1888, 861), who believe 
that ethyl nitrite is the sole valuable constituent in spirit of nitrous ether; glycerin prevents 
loss of the very volatile ethyl nitrite, whilst the absence of water is secured by the use of 
absolute alcohol, water in the alcohol being shown to be the-principal cause of decomposi- 
tion and loss of ethyl nitrite. Solution of ethyl nitrite was strongly recommended by Prof. 
Leech, and the advantage claimed for it is that it is free from aldehyde. The increased cost, 
due to the use of absolute alcohol, will be apt to prevent the extensive use of the Solution. 
It is described as “ A limpid liquid, practically colorless, of characteristic apple-like odor and 
taste. It is highly inflammable. Specific gravity 0-823 to 0-826. When Solution of Ethyl 
Nitrite is poured on an acidulated strong solution of ferrous sulphate contained in a test-tube, 
a deep olive-brown coloration is produced at the surface of contact of the two liquids, widen- 
ing as the tube is gently shaken. The Solution should not effervesce when shaken carefully 
with sodium bicarbonate (absence of acid). 10 cubic centimetres, mixed with 5 cubic centi- 
* Very nearly corresponding to this preparation is the Linimentum Cantharidis, or Cantharides Liniment, of the 
TJ. S. P. 1880. Made according to the formula, it is a very active counter-irritant, when too freely applied producing 
deep vesication. “ Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, fifteen parts [or one ounce av.] ; Oil of Turpentine, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one hundred parts [or half a pint]. Digest the Cantharides with one hundred parts [or half a 
pint] of Oil of Turpentine, in a closed vessel, by means of a water-bath, for three hours; then gtrain and add enough 
Oil of Turpentine through the strainer to make the Liniment weigh one hundred parts [or measure half a pint.]” 
U, S. 1880. PART i. 
Liquor Fern Acetatis. 
797 
metres of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide and 5 cubic centimetres of water, should 
not assume a yellow color (absence of aldehyde). 1 volume, agitated briskly at intervals 
during five minutes in a brine-charged nitrometer with 1 volume of solution of potassium 
iodide and 1 volume of dilated sulphuric acid, should yield, at the ordinary temperature (60° 
F. or 15-5° C.) and pressure (30 inches or 760 millimetres of mercury), and when freshly 
prepared, at least 7-6 volumes of nitric oxide gas; and even after the Solution has been kept 
for some time, and the vessel containing it has occasionally been opened, it should possess at 
least five-sixths of the strength just indicated. Solution of Ethyl Nitrite should be stored in 
small bottles.” Br. This preparation affords a means of giving ethyl nitrite internally. The 
dose is from twenty to sixty minims (1-25 to 3-75 C.c.). (See Spiritus jFtheris Nitrosi.) 
LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS. U. S., Br. Solution of Ferric Acetate. 
(LI'QUOR FkR'RI XQ-E-TA'TIS.) 
“ An aqueous solution of Ferric Acetate [Fe2(C2H302)6 = 464-92], containing about 31 per 
cent, of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 7-5 per cent, of metallic iron.” U. S. 
Solution of Acetate of Iron; Solution of Peracetate of Iron; Liquor Ferri Acetici, P. 0.; Liqueur d’Acetate de 
Fer, Fr.; Easigsaure Eisen-Fliissigkeit, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Glacial 
Acetic Acid, two hundred and sixty grammes [or 9 ounces av., 75 grains] ; Ammonia Water, 
eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] ; Water, Distilled 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Mix the Ammonia Water with three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 213 minims] 
of cold Water, and the solution of Ferric Sulphate with ten thousand cubic centimeters [or 338 
fluidounces, 70 minims] of cold Water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted Ammonia 
Water, stirring constantly. Let the mixture stand until the precipitate has subsided as far as 
practicable, and then decant the supernatant liquid. Add to the precipitate six thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 202 fluidounces, 426 minims] of boiling Water, mix well, and again set the 
mixture aside, as before. Repeat the washing with successive portions of boiling Water, in the 
same manner, until the washings are no longer affected by sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution 
(showing the removal of ammonia and its salts). Transfer the mixture to a wet muslin 
strainer, allow the precipitate to drain completely, and press it, folded in the strainer, until its 
weight is reduced to seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains] or less. Now add 
the precipitate gradually to the Glacial Acetic Acid contained in a tared jar provided with a 
glass stopper, stirring the mixture after each addition until each portion added is nearly dis- 
solved before adding another portion. Finally, add enough Distilled Water to make the 
product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains], mix thoroughly, allow it 
to become clear by subsidence, and decant the clear solution. Keep the product in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light.” U. S. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, 2 \ fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 125 cubic centimetres; 
Solution of Ammonia, 4 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 200 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quan- 
tity ; Glacial Acetic Acid, liquefied, 1£fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 75 cubic centimetres; Dis- 
tilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Solution of Ammonia with one pint (Imp. meas.) 
or one litre of Distilled Water; gradually add to this the Solution of Ferric Suljffiate 
diluted with one pint (Imp. meas.) or one litre of Distilled Water; stir well together, taking 
care that ammonia is, even finally, in slight excess, as indicated by the odor of the mixture ; let 
the whole stand for two hours, stirring occasionally ; transfer it to a calico filter; wash the pre- 
cipitated ferric hydroxide with Distilled Water until free from sulphates ; let it drain ; squeeze 
it to remove superfluous moisture; dissolve it in the Glacial Acetic Acid; make the volume 
up to one pint (Imp. meas.) or one litre with Distilled Water; allow any insoluble matter to 
subside ; pour off the clear Solution.” Br. 
The formula of this preparation is practically identical with that of the solution of iron 
acetate of the German Pharmacopoeia. The U. S. and British processes consist in first form- 
ing ferric hydrate, by precipitating a solution of ferric sulphate with ammonia water, washing 
and draining the precipitate, and finally dissolving it in glacial acetic acid. The solution is 
readily effected in the cold, and no heat whatever should be used, to avoid decomposition. 
It is impossible to prevent change, however, by time, an insoluble precipitate invariably 
making its appearance. The German Pharmacopoeia directs diluted acetic acid; and its 
Liquor Ferri Subacetici is not so strong as our official solution, having only the sp. gr. 1-087 
to 1091, corresponding to 5 per cent, of iron. The British preparation (sp. gr. 1-031) is still 798 
Liquor Ferri AcetcUis.—Liquor Fern Chloridi. 
PART I. 
weaker. The strong solution of acetate of iron (Br. Ph. 1885) is no longer official. (See 
U. S. jD., 17th ed., 798.) 
Properties. The official solution is described as “ a dark reddish-brown, clear liquid, of 
an acetous odor, a sweetish, acidulous, somewhat styptic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. 
Specific gravity, about 1-160 at 15° C. (59° F.). The diluted Solution yields a brownish-red 
precipitate with ammonia water, and a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution. 
When heated to boiling, the Solution yields a brownish-red precipitate, and when heated with 
sulphuric acid, it emits acetous vapors. If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion 
of the Solution by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and should not 
yield a white or dark-colored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of zinc 
or copper), nor should it leave a residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (absence of salts 
of the fixed alkalies'). If to a small portion of the Solution, diluted with about 10 volumes 
of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution he added, a pure 
brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous 
salt). If 1-12 (1-1176) Gm. of the Solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having 
a capacity of about 100 C.c.), together with 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, 
and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at 
a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test- 
solution, it should require about 15 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution 
to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution in- 
dicating 0-5 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. “ A red liquid with a sour styptic taste and 
acetous odor, miscible with water and alcohol (90 per cent.) in all proportions. It affords the 
reactions characteristic of ferric salts and of acetates. It should not yield any characteristic 
reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, zinc, calcium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, 
nitrates, or ferrous salts, and only very slight reactions with the tests for sulphates. Specific 
gravity 1031.” Br. 
Medical Properties. Ferric Acetate is an excellent chalybeate: this strong solution is 
not, however, quite so well adapted for internal administration as is the Tincture of Ferric 
Acetate or the Solution of Iron and Ammonium Acetate. Although it was introduced for the 
purpose of making the former preparation, it may be serviceable when mixed with water, with 
the addition of an aromatic syrup. The dose is from two to ten minims (0-12-0-6 C.c.). 
LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Ferric Chloride. 
“ An aqueous solution of Ferric Chloride [Fe2Cl6 = 323-98], containing about 37-8 percent, 
of the anhydrous salt, corresponding to 62-9 per cent, of the crystallized salt [Fe2Cle -j- 12H20 = 
539-5], or to about 13 per cent, of metallic iron.” XJ. S. 
Liquor Ferri Perchloridi Fortis, Br., Strong Solution of Ferric Chloride, Solution of Chloride of Iron; Liquor 
Ferri Sesquichlorati, P. G.; Solute de Perchlorure de Fer, Chlorure ferrique liquide, Fr.; Fliissiges Eisenchlorid, G. 
“ Iron, in the form of fine, bright wire, and cut into small pieces, one hundred and fifty 
grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] ; Hydrochloric Acid, eight hundred and seventy grammes 
[or 30 ounces av., 301 grains] ; Nitric Acid, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Introduce the Iron Wire into a 
flask having a capacity of about two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 302 min- 
ims], pour upon it a mixture of five hundred and forty grammes [or 19 ounces av., 21 grains] 
of Hydrochloric Acid and two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 min- 
ims] of Distilled Water, and let the mixture stand in a moderately warm place until effer- 
vescence ceases; then heat it to the boiling point, filter it through paper, and, having rinsed 
the flask and Iron Wire with a little hot Distilled Water, pass the rinsings through the filter. 
To the filtered liquid add two hundred and eighty grammes [or 9 ounces av., 384 grains] of 
Hydrochloric Acid, add the mixture slowly and gradually, in a stream, to eighty grammes [or 
2 ounces av., 360 grains] of Nitric Acid contained in a capacious porcelain vessel, and warm 
gently. After effervescence ceases, apply heat, by means of a sand-bath, until the liquid is 
free from nitrous odor. Then test a few drops of the liquid, diluted with water, with freshly 
prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution. Should this reagent produce a blue color, add 
a little more Nitric Acid, drop by drop, as long as effervescence is observed, and evaporate off 
the excess. Finally, add the remaining fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] of Hydro- 
chloric Acid and enough Distilled Water to make the solution weigh one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains].” U. S. 
(Lf'QUOR FER'RI (SHLO'RI-DI.) PART i. 
Liquor Ferri Chloridi. 
799 
“ Iron, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 80 grammes ; Hydrochloric Acid, 20\ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 410 cubic centimetres; Nitric Acid, 1 \ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 30 cubic centimetres; 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Place the Iron in a flask; add a mixture of twelve and a 
half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of Hydrochloric Acid 
and seven ifl uid~\ ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and forty cubic centimetres of Distilled 
Water ; expose to a moderate temperature until effervescence ceases ; then boil; filter from 
undissolved Iron; rinse the flask and contents with a little Distilled Water; pour the rinsings 
over the filter; add to the filtrate seven fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and forty 
cubic centimetres of Hydrochloric Acid; mix; pour the solution in a slow continuous stream into 
the Nitric Acid, chemical action being promoted if necessary by the application of slight heat; 
evaporate the product until no more nitrous fumes escape and a precipitate begins to form ; add 
one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or twenty cubic centimetres of Hydrochloric Acid, and sufficient 
Distilled Water to produce seventeen and a half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred 
and fifty cubic centimetres of the Solution.” Br. (See Liquor Ferri Perchloridi, p. 804.) 
By the reaction between the hydrochloric acid and the iron, ferrous chloride is produced, which 
by the subsequent agency of the hydrochloric and nitric acids is converted into ferric chloride, 
or, as it is denominated in the British Pharmacopoeia, perchloride of iron, this being retained 
in solution by the water with the excess of acid. This preparation was included in the origi- 
nal British Pharmacopoeia, but was not official with us until 1870. The original British 
formula (1864) was defective in several respects. For an account of these see the 13th edition 
of this book. The formula for the present British solution has been modelled after that of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
When iron is treated with hydrochloric acid there is a copious evolution of hydrogen, and 
an emerald-green solution of ferrous chloride (FeCl2) results. Green crystals having the com- 
position FeCl2,4HaO separate if the solution is permitted to rest. In the official process, water 
is added to the hydrochloric acid in order to retain the crystals in solution, and the mixture is 
heated whilst still in contact with the excess of iron, in order to hasten the complete conver- 
sion of all the hydrochloric acid into ferrous chloride. The action slackens very materially 
as the quantity of hydrochloric acid is gradually lessened in the mixture, but when it is 
brought, as officially directed, to the boiling point, a saturated solution is produced. After fil- 
tering from the excess of iron, half the original quantity of hydrochloric acid is added,—this 
for the purpose of supplying the amount which is requisite to form the solution of ferric 
chloride,—and the mixture is then gradually poured into nitric acid, which at once converts the 
solution of green ferrous chloride into the solution of red ferric chloride. Formerly the nitric 
acid was added to the solution; now the order is reversed, in accordance with the recommen- 
dation of Prof. C. L. Diehl, to prevent frothing. (See A. J. P., 1867, p. 140.) The reaction 
may be thus expressed : 
6FeCl2 -f- 2HN0g + 6HC1 = 3Fe2Cl6 + N202 + 4H20. 
Ferrous 
chloride. 
Nitric 
acid. 
Hydrochloric 
acid. 
Ferric 
chloride. 
Nitrogen 
dioxide. 
Water. 
If the solution should have a blackish color, and not a clear ruby-red, it is due to the pres- 
ence of a nitro-compound composed of a portion of ferrous chloride and nitrogen dioxide, 
FeCl2 -j- N202. As this compound is easily decomposed, all that is necessary is to heat the 
liquid and add a few drops of nitric acid, when the blackish color soon disappears, nitrogen 
dioxide is liberated, and a ruby-red solution remains. Any excess of nitric acid is to be evap- 
orated away* The final addition of hydrochloric acid is to compensate for any loss which may 
* The use of chlorine instead of nitric acid for converting the ferrous chloride to the ferric condition is advo- 
cated by C. W. Weisse (Pharm. Zeitung; N. B., 1883, p. 247), and Mr. J. W. England has devised the following 
process, based upon such substitution, which is alleged to furnish a purer product: 
“Take of Iron, in the form of fine wire, and cut in small pieces, 15 parts (3| oz. av.); Hydrochloric Acid, 59 
parts (14f oz. av.); Chlorine Gas, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity to make 100 parts (25 oz. av.). Place 
the Iron Wire in a capacious flask, and pour upon it 54 parts oz. av.) of Hydrochloric Acid, previously diluted 
with 25 parts (6J oz. av., or 6 fluidounces) of Distilled Water. Heat the liquid slowly, until the reaction is ended, 
and effervescence ceases; then rapidly heat to the boiling point, filter through paper, and, having rinsed the flask 
and residue with a little boiling distilled water, pass the washings through the filter. To the filtrate add immedi- 
ately 5 parts (1£ oz. av.) of Hydrochloric Acid, followed by the addition of 20 parts (5 oz. av.) of boiling Distilled 
Water. Keep the liquid nearly boiling, and pass through it a stream of gaseous chlorine (generated in the usual 
way), agitating occasionally, until a small portion, tested with freshly-prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution, 
gives no indication of the existence of a ferrous compound by producing a blue precipitate. Lastly, add, after any 
free chlorine present has been removed by heat, sufficient distilled water to make the whole product weigh 100 parts 
(25 oz. av.).” (A. J. P., 1885, p. 113.) Mr. August Drescher (Drug. Circ., 1887, p. 4) proposes the use of hydrogen 
dioxide (H2O2), now an article of commerce, as a substitute for either nitric acid or chlorine. 800 
Liquor Ferri Chloridi. 
part I. 
have been suffered by heating the solution, and to secure an excess of the acid in the finished 
preparation; otherwise a reddish-brown deposit of oxychloride would gradually form, and pre- 
cipitation would result upon dilution with alcohol in making the official tincture. 
The solution of ferric chloride, properly made, is “ a reddish-brown liquid, having a faint 
odor of hydrochloric acid, an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, 
about 1-387 at 15° C. (59° F.). The diluted Solution yields a brownish-red precipitate with 
ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, and a white one, insolu- 
ble in nitric acid, with silver nitrate test-solution. If the iron be completely precipitated from 
a portion of the Solution by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and 
should not yield a white or a dark-colored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution 
(absence of zinc or copper) ; nor should it leave a fixed residue on evaporation and gentle igni- 
tion (absence of salts of the fixed alkalies'). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to 
a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute 
portion of the Solution, the crystal should not become colored brown, nor should there be a 
brownish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a diluted portion of 
the Solution a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution be added, a 
pure brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of 
ferrous salt). On diluting 1 C.c. of the Solution, with water, to 40 C.c., and boiling, the liquid 
should remain clear (absence of oxychloride). If 1-12 (T1176) Gm. of the Solution be intro- 
duced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.), together with 15 
C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium 
iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then 
cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require about 26 C.c. of 
sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of 
the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 0-5 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. 
Water and alcohol unite with it in all proportions. The British preparation is stronger than 
the U. S. official, the sp. gr. of the former being 1-420, of the latter 1-387. “An orange- 
brown solution with a strong styptic taste, miscible with water and alcohol in all proportions. 
It affords the reactions characteristic of ferric salts and chlorides, and should not yield any 
characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, zinc, calcium, sodium, potas- 
sium, ammonium, nitrates, or ferrous salts. Specific gravity about 1-42. 5 cubic centimetres 
of it diluted with 80 cubic centimetres of water should give, upon the addition of an excess 
of solution of ammonia, a reddish-brown precipitate, which, when well washed and incinerated, 
weighs T6 grammes. 110 minims contain 22| grains of Iron ; 100 cubic centimetres contain 
22-5 grammes.” Br. 
From the experiments of M. Adrian it appears that sugar has the property when mixed in 
certain proportions with solution of ferric chloride of converting it partly into ferrous chlo- 
ride. The alteration commences immediately on the addition of sugar, a« shown by the deeper 
color of the liquid; after some hours potassium ferricyanide will indicate the presence of a 
ferrous salt; and after twenty-four hours the greater proportion of the ferric salt has under- 
gone the change.* (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., March, 1868.) (See Liquor Ferri Protochloridi, 
Part II., National Formulary.) 
Medical Uses. This preparation was brought prominently into notice by M. Pravaz, a 
surgeon of Lyons, who found that a few drops of a strong solution, injected into a blood-ves- 
sel, produced coagulation of all the blood in the vessel for the extent of an inch or more. Its 
use as a styptic was the natural result of this observation. In this capacity it has been used 
in the cure of varices, and has even been recommended as an injection in ordinary aneurisms. 
In arresting hemorrhages from cut surfaces or wounded vessels it has proved remarkably sue- 
* The solution of ferric chloride, when kept, has a disposition to deposit the insoluble oxychloride of iron, and the 
resulting excess of hydrochloric acid is injuriously irritating. To obviate this disadvantage, M. Burin du Buisson 
recommends the following mode of preparation. “ Saturate as quickly as possible pure and colorless hydrochloric 
acid with [gelatinous] hydrated ferric oxide; evaporate the solution to somewhat less than one-half over a gentle 
fire; and then continue the evaporation by means of the salt-bath, taking care to remove the aqueous vapors, which 
would cause the formation of hydrochloric acid, and a deposition of insoluble oxychloride. When the solution has 
attained the consistence of thick syrup (in which state it curdles on cooling, without, however, becoming a solid 
mass), cease evaporating, add an excess of the gelatinous hydrate diluted with a little water, agitate for a quarter 
of an hour, and afterwards allow the liquor to rest for several hours. Next add distilled water sufficient to bring 
the solution to the density of 30° Baume, and allow it to stand for eight days in contact with an excess of the hy- 
drate ; after which filter, and again allow it to stand for two weeks.” This strength of the solution is required for 
the cure of varices. For injection into aneurismal tumors it is sufficient to employ a solution of 20° or even 15°. 
These degrees of Baume are equivalent—30° to 29-70 per cent, of the dry salt. 20° to 17-05 per cent., and 15° to 12T0 
per cent. (See Ferri Chloridum, U. S., page 607.) PART I. 
Liquor Ferri Chlondi.—Liquor Ferri Citratis. 
801 
cessful. It has also been found advantageous as an application to nasal polypi, erectile tumors, 
or nsevi materni in infants, in idcers about the nails, and in various cutaneous affections. (See 
Ferric Chloride.') Attempts have been made to cure nsevi materni by the injection of the so- 
lution into the erectile tumor; but this proceeding is hazardous: a fatal result is recorded as 
having occurred in an infant a month old. Five drops of the solution, introduced into the 
centre of the tumor, were followed instantly by a sharp cry, a brief convulsion, and death. 
(Ann. de Therap., 1867, p. 117.) Several other similar cases have occurred. Injection of it 
in cystic goitre has been strongly recommended by Dr. Morell Mackenzie (London Lancet, May 
11, 1872), and has also been practised with advantage by some other surgeons. It has been 
used externally with asserted success in varicose veins. It may be used internally, properly 
diluted, for the general purposes of chalybeates, and especially as a substitute for the tincture 
of ferric chloride, when the alcohol of that preparation is objectionable. For ordinary pur- 
poses the dose is from two to ten minims (0-12—0-6 C.c.). In post-partum hemorrhage it has 
been largely employed, a solution of it, varying in strength from a drachm to a half-ounce 
to the pint, being thrown directly into the relaxed uterus. It is used in the preparation of 
the tincture of ferric chloride. 
LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS. U. S. Solution of Ferric Citrate. 
(LI'QUOR FER'Rl Cl-TRA'TIS.) 
“ An aqueous solution of Ferric Citrate, corresponding to about 75 per cent, of metallic 
iron.” U. S. 
Solution of Citrate of Iron; Liquor Ferri Citrici; Citrate de Fer liquide, Fr.; Fliissiges Eisencitrat, G. 
“ Solution of Ferric Sulphate, one thousand and fifty grammes [or 37 ounces av., 16 grains] ; 
Citric Acid, three hundred grammes [or 10 ounces av., 255 grains] ; Ammonia Water, eight 
hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 29 fluidounces, 363 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Mix the Ammonia 
Water with three thousand cubic centimeters [or 101 fluidounces, 213 minims] of cold Water, 
and the Solution of Ferric Sulphate with ten thousand cubic centimeters [or 338 fluidounces, 
70 minims] of cold Water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted Ammonia Water, 
with constant stirring. Pour the mixture on a wet muslin strainer, and allow the liquid to 
run off and the precipitate to drain. Then remove the moist mass from the strainer, mix it 
well with six thousand cubic centimeters [or 202 fluidounces, 426 minims] of cold Water, again 
pour it on the strainer, and let it drain. Repeat this washing with several successive portions 
of cold Water in the same manner, until the washings cease to produce more than a slight 
cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Then allow the precipitate to drain completely, 
transfer it to a porcelain capsule, add the Citric Acid, and heat the mixture, on a water-bath, 
to 60° C. (140° F.), stirring constantly, until the precipitate is dissolved. Lastly, filter the 
liquid, and evaporate it, at the above-mentioned temperature, until it weighs one thousand 
grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains].” U S. 
In this process, the ferric hydrate is first obtained by treating solution of ferric sulphate 
with ammonia, and is then combined, by the aid of heat, with the citric acid, thus forming 
a solution of ferric citrate. It might appear, from the phraseology of the process, that in the 
direction to add the citric acid to the precipitated hydrate, the addition of water to hold the 
resulting citrate in solution had been omitted; but the precipitate, even after draining, retains 
mechanically quite sufficient water for the purpose, so much, indeed, that evaporation is 
necessary at the end of the process to reduce the bulk to the required standard. The tempera- 
ture is limited to 60° C. (140° F.), because, though a moderate heat promotes the solution, a 
high degree of it diminishes the solubility of the oxide, and thus interferes with the process. 
The solution is “ a dark brown liquid, odorless, and possessing a slightly ferruginous taste. 
Specific gravity, about 1-250 at 15° C. (59° F.). Upon evaporating 100 6m. of the Solution, 
in a thin layer, on plates of glass, about 42-5 to 43 6m. of garnet-red scales will be obtained. 
The Solution has an acid reaction upon litmus paper, and is not precipitated, but rendered 
darker m color, by ammonia water. With potassium ferrocyanide test-solution it affords a 
bluish-green color or precipitate, which is increased and rendered dark blue by the subsequent 
addition of hydrochloric acid. On heating the Solution with potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution, it will yield a brown precipitate, without evolving vapor of ammonia. If a por- 
tion of the Solution, diluted with 4 volumes of water, be deprived of its iron by boiling it with 
an excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, and the filtrate slightly acidulated with 
acetic acid, a portion of this liquid, when allowed to stand for some time, should not give a 802 
Liquor Fern et Ammonii Acetatis.—Liquor Ferri Nitratis. 
PART I. 
white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate). If to another portion of the acidulated 
and cooled filtrate a little calcium chloride test-solution be added, and the liquid heated to boil- 
ing, it should gradually deposit a white, crystalline precipitate. If 1-12 (1-1176) Gm. of the 
Solution be introduced into a glassrstoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.), 
together with 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 
Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. 
(104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require 
about 15 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or 
greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 0 5 per cent, of 
metallic iron).” U. S. It keeps for a long time without change, and answers admirably well 
for preparing solid ferric citrate and the chalybeate salts containing it, and for introducing 
it into extemporaneous mixtures. Each fluidounce of it contains about half a troyounce of 
ferric citrate. It may be given as a ferruginous tonic, in the dose of ten minims (0-6 C.c.), 
equivalent to five grains (0-33 Gm.) of the salt, several times a day. 
LIQUOR FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIS. U. S. Solution of Iron and 
Ammonium Acetate. 
[Mistura Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis, Pharm. 1880. Basham’s Mixture.] 
(LI'QUOR FfiR'RI £t AM-MO'NI-i XQ-E-TA'TIS.) 
“ Tincture of Ferric Chloride, twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Diluted Acetic 
Acid, thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] ; Solution of Ammonium Acetate, 
two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Aromatic Elixir, one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Glycerin, one hundred and twenty cubic centi- 
meters [or 4 fluidounces, 28 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. To the Solution of Ammonium Acetate (which 
should not be alkaline) add, successively, the Diluted Acetic Acid, the Tincture of Ferric Chlo- 
ride, the Aromatic Elixir, and the Glycerin, and, lastly, enough Water to make the product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. This preparation 
should be freshly made, when wanted.” U. S. 
The first name of this preparation has been changed to “ Liquor” in accordance with the 
views expressed in the 16th edition of this work, as it belongs to the class of solutions, and is 
not a mixture in the modern acceptation of the term. The formula has been improved by the 
addition of glycerin, which enables the solution to remain undecomposed somewhat longer: 
it should be borne in mind, however, that this was never intended to be a permanent solu- 
tion, and in time precipitation and decomposition surely set in. Some pharmacists adopt the 
plan of keeping all the ingredients, except the tincture of ferric chloride and water, mixed 
together in advance, and when called upon to dispense the solution, to add the proper quantity 
of tincture and water; this saves time and enables them to dispense a clear solution. When 
freshly made, it is a transparent, bright red liquid. When cloudy, the absence of sufficient 
free acid is indicated. The iron is in the form of an acetate, whilst there is formed, as one of 
the products of decomposition, a small quantity of ammonium chloride, the larger proportion 
of ammonium acetate remaining undecomposed. Basham’s mixture is actively chalybeate, 
and also astringent, and is very largely used in chronic Bright's disease. The dose is from 
one-half to one fluidounce (15-30 C.c.). 
LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Ferric Nitrate 
(Li'QUOR FER'RI NI-TRA'TlS.) 
“ An aqueous solution of Ferric Nitrate [Fe„(NOs)e = 483-1], containing about 6-2 per cent, 
of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 1-4 per cent, of metallic iron.” U. S. 
Liquor Ferri Pernitratis, Br.; Solution of Pernitrate of Iron; Solution of Nitrate of Iron; Azotate (Per- 
nitrate) de Fer liquide, Fr.; Salpetersaure Eisenoxyd-Losung, G. 
11 Solution of Ferric Sulphate, one hundred and eighty grammes [or 6 ounces av., 153 grains] ; 
Ammonia Water, one hundred and sixty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 197 minims] ; Nitric 
Acid, seventy-one grammes [or 2 ounces av., 220 grains] ; Distilled Water, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Mix the 
Ammonia Water with Jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of cold 
Water, and the Solution of Ferric Sulphate with Ji/teen hundred cubic centimeters [or 50 fluid- 
ounces, 345 minims] of cold Water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted Ammonia 
Water, with constant stirring. Let the mixture stand until the precipitate has subsided as far PAET I. 
Liquor Fern Nitratis. 
803 
as practicable, and then decant the supernatant liquid. Add to the precipitate one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of cold Water, mix well, and again set the 
mixture aside, as before. Repeat the washing with successive portions of cold Water, in the 
same manner, until the washings produce hut a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test- 
solution. Pour the washed ferric hydrate on a wet muslin strainer, and let it drain thoroughly. 
Then transfer it to a porcelain capsule, add the Nitric Acid, and stir with a glass rod, until a 
clear solution is obtained. Finally, add enough Distilled Water to make the finished product 
weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Filter, if necessary.” U. S. 
“Iron, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Nitric Acid, 4J fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 90 
cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dilute the Nitric Acid with sixteen 
[ifluid~\ ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred and twenty cubic centimetres of the Distilled 
Water; introduce the Iron; set aside until the metal is dissolved, taking care to moderate the 
action, should it become too violent, by the addition of a little more Distilled Water ; filter the 
liquid ; add enough Distilled Water to produce thirty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or six hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Solution.” Br. 
Solution of ferric nitrate was made in the U. S. P. 1870 by first forming ferrous nitrate by 
dissolving iron wire in diluted nitric acid, and then converting this into ferric nitrate by heat- 
ing with an additional quantity of nitric acid; there was a slight excess of nitric acid left in 
the solution (about 1-4 per cent.). It was believed by the Committee of Revision that a solu- 
tion of more definite composition would be made by adopting Mr. Louis Dohme’s process. In 
this, ferric hydrate is dissolved in nitric acid in such proportion that the solution of ferric 
nitrate shall contain 6-2 per cent, of the anhydrous salt when assayed by the official process, 
and about 1 per cent, of free nitric acid.* 
The U. S. solution is “a clear amber-colored or reddish liquid, odorless, having an acid, 
styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1-050 at 15° C. (59° F.). The 
Solution gives a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, and a blue one with potassium 
ferrocyanide test-solution. If a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate be added to a cooled mixture 
of equal parts of the Solution and of concentrated sulphuric acid, the crystal will become 
brown and be surrounded by a brownish-black zone. If 1-12 (1-1176) Gm. of the Solution be 
introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.), together with 
15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potas- 
sium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then 
cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require about 2-8 C.c. of 
sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of 
the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 0-5 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. 
It contains no ferrous nitrate, and does not give a blue precipitate with potassium ferricyanide. 
The British preparation is described as “A clear solution of a reddish-brown color, dis- 
tinctly acid and astringent to the taste. It affords the reactions characteristic of ferric salts 
and of nitrates. It should not yield any characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, 
arsenium, zinc, calcium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, chlorides, sulphates, or ferrous salts. 
Specific gravity 1-107. 5 cubic centimetres treated with an excess of solution of ammonia 
should give a precipitate which, when washed, dried, and incinerated, weighs 0-23 gramme. 
110 minims contain 3J grains of Iron ; 100 cubic centimetres contain 3-3 grammes.” It is, 
therefore, about twice as strong as the U. S. solution. 
Ferric nitrate is somewhat deliquescent, very soluble in water, and sparingly soluble in nitric 
acid. It consists of the double atom of iron, Fe2, which is hexatomic, combined with 6 
groups, N03, and crystallizes either with 12 molecules of water in colorless cubes, or with 18 
molecules of water in colorless monoclinic crystals, yielding, therefore, either Fe2(N03)6 -f- 
12H20 or Fe2(N03)e + 18H20. 
Medical Properties. This solution was introduced to the notice of the profession by 
Mr. William Kerr, in 1832. Its virtues are those of a tonic and astringent. Dr. R. J. Graves, 
of Dublin, praises it as a remedy in chronic diarrhoea, especially when occurring in delicate and 
nervous women, in which there is no thirst, redness of tongue, tenderness of the abdomen on 
pressure, or other indication of inflammation. It is considered particularly applicable to the 
treatment of mucous diarrhoea attended with pain, but not to cases in which ulcerations of the 
intestines exist; but in our experience it has seemed to be irritating, and has generally failed 
to accomplish good. It has also been used with alleged good effect in menorrhagia, and both 
* Syrup of Ferrous Nitrate may be prepared by Prof. Procter’s formula. (See U. S. D., 16th ed., p. 903.) 804 
Liquor Ferri Perchloridi.—Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. 
PART I. 
internally and by injection in leucorrhcea, when occurring in pale, exsanguine, and feeble sub- 
jects ; it should be sufficiently diluted to cause only a slight heat and smarting in the vagina. 
The dose, according to Dr. Graves, is seven or eight drops (0-36 or 0 42 C.c.), gradually in- 
creased to fifteen (0-85 C.c), sufficiently diluted, given in the course of the day. Dr. Garrod 
and Mr. Squire state the dose of the British preparation, though twice as strong in iron as 
our own, at from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). Considering that a fluidrachm 
of the British solution contains 7-865 grains of the salt, this appears to us a very large dose. 
LIQUOR FERRI PERCHLORIDI. Br. Solution of Perchloride of Iron. 
Solution of Ferric Chloride. 
(LI'QUOR FER'RI PER-<3HL0'RI-DI.) 
“ Strong Solution of Ferric Chloride, 5 ff. ounces (Imperial measure) or 250 cubic centi- 
metres ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Strong Solution of Ferric Chloride 
with sufficient Distilled Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres of this Solution of Ferric Chloride.” Br. (See p. 799.) 
This is one-fourth the strength of the Liquor Ferri Perchloridi of the Br. Pharmacopoeia 
of 1864, which is the Liquor Ferri Perchloridi Fortis of the present edition. (See p. 799.) 
It is of the same ferruginous strength as the British tincture of Ferric Chloride. The specific 
gravity of this solution is 1-110, and it may be substituted for the tincture of ferric chloride 
when alcohol is objectionable; it is very astringent, and is perhaps less active as a diuretic 
than the tincture. Dose, from ten to thirty minims (0-65-1-9 C.c.) well diluted. 
LIQUOR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS. U. S. Solution of Ferric Subsulphate. 
[Solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate. Monsel’s Solution.] 
(LI'QUOR FER'RI SUB-SUL-PHA'TIS.) 
“ An aqueous solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate (of variable chemical composition), corre- 
sponding to about 13-6 per cent, of metallic iron.” U. S. 
Solution of Subsulphate of Iron; Solution of Persulphate of Iron; Liqueur hSmostatique de Monsel, Fr 
Basisch-schwefelsaure Eisenoxydlosung, Monsel’s Eisenlosung, G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, in clear crystals, six hundred and seventy-jive grammes [or 23 ounces av., 
354 grains] ; Sulphuric Acid, sixty-jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 grains] ; Nitric Acid, 
Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 
120 grains]. Add the Sulphuric Acid to jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 
435 minims] of Distilled Water in a capacious porcelain capsule, heat the mixture to nearly 
100° C. (212° F.), then add sixty-jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 grains] of Nitric Acid, 
and mix well. Divide the Ferrous Sulphate, coarsely powdered, into four equal portions, and 
add these portions, one at a time, to the hot liquid, stirring after each addition until efferves- 
cence ceases. When all of the Ferrous Sulphate is dissolved, add a few drops of Nitric Acid, 
and, if this causes a further evolution of red fumes, continue to add Nitric Acid, a few drops 
at a time, until it no longer causes red fumes to be evolved ; then boil the Solution until it 
assumes a ruby-red color and is free from nitrous odor. Lastly, add enough Distilled Water 
to make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Keep the 
product in well-stoppered bottles, in a moderately warm place (not under 22° C. or 71-6° F.), 
protected from light. This solution will sometimes crystallize, forming a semi-solid, whitish 
mass. When this occurs, the application of a gentle heat to the bottle will restore the liquid 
condition. Solution of Ferric Subsulphate is to be dispensed when Solution of Persulphate 
of Iron has been prescribed by the physician.” U. S. 
This process is essentially that of Dr. Squibb. The object is to obtain in solution MonseFs 
Persulphate of Iron, improperly so called, as it differs both in composition and in properties 
from the salt of iron properly named persulphate. The composition of the true persulphate is 
Fe2(S04)3, and it is a neutral salt, while Monsel’s persulphate has the composition Fe40(S04)6* 
and is properly a subsalt, as it is very appropriately designated in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
With this preliminary explanation, the process will be easily understood. 
In its preparation the ferrous sulphate is converted into ferric sulphate at the expense of 
the nitric acid ; but the sulphuric acid, mixed with the nitric, is in quantity insufficient to form 
* Mr. Spencer IT. Pickering believes that the true composition of basic ferric sulphate is represented by the 
formula Fej(S04)3,5Fe203.H20. (See Journ. Chem. Soc., xliii. 182.) PAET I. 
Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis.—Liquor Fern Termlphatis. 
805 
the normal salt. The sesquioxide is therefore but partially saturated, and a subsalt results, 
having the constitution above mentioned.* 
The solution of ferric subsulphate is “ a dark reddish-brown liquid, odorless or nearly so, 
of an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1-550 at 15° 
C. (59° F.). Miscible with water and alcohol, in all proportions, without decomposition. The 
diluted Solution yields a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with potas- 
sium ferrocyanide test-solution, and a white one, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with barium 
chloride test-solution. On slowly mixing 2 volumes of the Solution with 1 volume of concen- 
trated sulphuric acid, in a beaker, a semi-solid, white mass will separate on standing (differ- 
ence from tersulphate). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of 
equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a diluted portion of the Solution, the crystal 
should not become brown, nor should there be a brownish-black color developed around it (ab- 
sence of nitric acid). If to a small portion of the Solution, diluted with about 10 volumes 
of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solution be added, a pure 
brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous 
salt). If 112 (1-1176) G-m. of the Solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having 
a capacity of about 100 C.c.), together with 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, 
and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at 
a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test- 
solution, it should require about 27-2 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solu- 
tion to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution 
indicating 0-5 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S. A little sulphuric acid decolorizes the liquid 
in a considerable degree, and an excess of the same acid converts it into a white, soft, pasty 
solid, resembling plaster of Paris which has begun to solidify after mixture with water. This 
test, according to Dr. Squibb, is quite characteristic. (iV. Y. Journ. of Med., 1860, p. 173.) 
By evaporation, upon a glass surface, with a moderate heat, the solution yields ferric 
subsulphate, or Monsel's salt, in the form of thin transparent scales, of a light reddish-brown 
color, deliquescent, and readily soluble in water. Attention was first called to the special 
styptic virtues of ferric sulphate by M. Monsel in 1852 ; but it was not until 1857 that he pub- 
lished the formula for the peculiar salt which now goes by his name, and the solution of which 
is the subject of the present article. (See Journ. de Pharm., Sept. 1857, and Juillet, 1859.) 
In consequence of its deficiency of sulphuric acid, this salt is less irritant than the ferric sul- 
phate, while it has at least equal, if not greater, astringency. It is therefore very efficacious as 
a styptic, and peculiarly adapted, through its power of coagulating the blood, to cases of hem- 
orrhage from incised wounds, or from surfaces in which it is specially desirable to avoid irri- 
tation. It is said also to have been found peculiarly efficacious in chancre. The solution may 
be applied by means of a small sponge or pencil of spun glass to the bleeding surface or 
vessel. In cases of haemoptysis, a dilution of it (from five to ten minims to the fluidounce) has 
been used with advantage, by means of the atomizer. It is an excellent styptic in hemorrhage 
from the stomach and bowels, in doses of from three to six minims (0-18-0-36 C.c.), properly 
diluted, and repeated as often as necessary. 
LIQUOR FERRI TERSULPHATIS. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Ferric Sul- 
phate. 
(Ll'QUOR FER'RI ter-sul-pha'tis.) 
“An aqueous solution of normal Ferric Sulphate [Fe2(S04)3 = 399-22], containing about 
28-7 per cent, of the salt, and corresponding to about 8 per cent, of metallic iron.” U. S. 
Liquor Ferri Persulphatis, Br.; Liquor Ferri Sulfurici Oxydati, P. G.; Solution of Tersulphate of Iron; Solu- 
tion of Persulphate of Iron; Persulfate de Fer liquide, Fr.; FlUssiges Schwefelsaures Eisenoxyd, G. 
* Mr. J. Creuse offers the following formulae for the preparation of the solutions of ferric sulphate and ferric sub- 
sulphate, holding them to be superior to the official because they require no especial apparatus and generate no 
noxious vapors: 
For the ferric sulphate, Take of Ferrous Sulphate, in coarse powder, twelve troyounces; Sulphuric Acid two troy- 
ounces and sixty grains; Potassium Chlorate three hundred and forty-eight grains; Boiling Water twelve fluid- 
ounces. Dissolve the ferrous sulphate in the boiling water in a glass matrass, or in any convenient bottle; add the 
sulphuric acid gradually, and, while the liquid is hot, add the potassium chlorate by small portions. When all is 
dissolved, filter, and complete twenty-four fluidounces. The following formula explains the reaction : 6(FeS04) + 
3H2S04 + KClOs = 3(Fe2(S04)s + 3H20 + KC1. 
For the subsulphate, Take of the ingredients above enumerated, respectively, twelve troyounces, one troyounce 
and thirty grains, three hundred and forty grains, ten fluidounces; proceed as before; evaporate to twelve fluid- 
ounces, and filter. (A. J. P., xliii. 169.) The solutions thus obtained are contaminated with potassium chloride. 806 
Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. 
PART I. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, in clear crystals, four hundred grammes [or 14 ounce's av., 48 grains] ; 
Sulphuric Acid, seventy-eight grammes [or 2 ounces av., 328 grains] ; Nitric Acid, Distilled 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Add the Sulphuric Acid to two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Dis- 
tilled Water in a capacious porcelain capsule, heat the mixture to nearly 100° C. (212° F.), 
then add fifty-five grammes [or 1 ounce av., 411 grains] of Nitric Acid, and mix well. 
Divide the Ferrous Sulphate, coarsely powdered, into four equal portions, and add these por- 
tions, one at a time, to the hot liquid, stirring after each addition until the effervescence 
ceases. When all of the Ferrous Sulphate is dissolved, add a few drops of Nitric Acid, and, 
if this causes a further evolution of red fumes, continue to add Nitric Acid, a few drops at a 
time, until it no longer causes red fumes to be evolved; then boil the Solution until it assumes 
a reddish-brown color and is free from nitrous odor. Lastly, add enough Distilled Water to 
make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Filter, if 
necessary.” U. S. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, 8 ounces (Imperial) or 400 grammes; Sulphuric Acid, 6 fl. drachms 
(Imp. rneas.) or 37*5 cubic centimetres; Nitric Acid, 6 fl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 37-5 cubic 
centimetres ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Add the Sulphuric Acid to ten [fluid] ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; dissolve the Ferrous 
Sulphate in the mixture with the aid of heat; mix the Nitric Acid with two \_flui d] ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubi# centimetres of the Distilled Water; add to this diluted 
acid, warmed, the solution of Ferrous Sulphate; concentrate by boiling, until, by the sudden 
disengagement of ruddy vapors, the liquid ceases to be black and acquires a red color. If 
any ferrous salt remain in the solution, add a few drops of Nitric Acid, and boil again. When 
the solution is cold, make up the quantity to eleven fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred 
and fifty cubic centimetres by the addition, if necessary, of Distilled Water.” Br. 
The ferrous sulphate is directed to be in clear crystals, meaning by this “ not effloresced,” 
because when the crystals are coated with a whitish powder they have lost water of crystalli- 
zation, and the proportion of iron present is variable. The nitric acid in the process gives up 
enough of its oxygen to convert it entirely into ferric sulphate, and the effervescence is owing 
to the escape of nitrogen dioxide ; this becomes red nitrogen tetroxide by contact with the air. 
The conversion of the ferrous salt into ferric salt is incomplete until the effervescence ceases, 
and the color, from black, as it was at first, has become reddish brown. Indeed, in order to 
convert the whole into ferric sulphate it is necessary to continue the heat until nitrous odor 
ceases to be evolved, and thus the entire absence of nitric or nitrous acid from the solution is 
insured. But in consequence of the higher oxidation of the iron the sulphuric acid of the 
sulphate is insufficient to saturate it. Enough sulphuric acid, therefore, is added to meet this 
demand. The process is completed by adding enough water to make a definite weight. The 
U. S. and British formulas are the same in principle; but in the latter the additional precau- 
tion is taken, in order to insure the complete change of ferrous into ferric salt, of testing the 
liquid with potassium ferricyanide, which will produce a blue precipitate so long as any of the 
ferrous sulphate remains. The solution, prepared according to the U. S. formula, is “ a dark 
reddish-brown liquid, almost odorless, having an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reac- 
tion. Specific gravity, about 1-320 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible with water and alcohol, in 
all proportions, without decomposition. The diluted Solution yields a brownish-red precipitate 
with ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, and a white one, 
insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with barium chloride test-solution. On slowly mixing 2 vol- 
umes of the Solution with 1 volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, in a beaker, no solid, 
white mass will separate on standing (difference from subsulphate). On adding a clear crystal 
of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and 
a moderately diluted portion of the Solution, the crystal should not become brown, nor should 
there be a brownish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a small 
portion of the Solution, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, a few drops of freshly pre- 
pared potassium ferricyanide test-solution be added, a pure brown color should be produced, 
without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). If 1-12 (1-1176) Gin. of 
the Solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 C.c.), 
together with 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 
Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40° C. 
(104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require 
about 16 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the blue or PART I. 
Liquor Hamamelidis.—Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis. 
807 
greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 0-5 per cent, of 
metallic iron).” The solution, diluted with water, gives a white precipitate with barium 
chloride, showing that it contains a sulphate. It keeps well; and we have seen a specimen 
made by the U. S. 1870 process, ten years old, which retained all its properties unchanged and 
had deposited nothing. It is described in the Br. Pharmacopoeia as “ A dense solution of 
a dark red color, inodorous and very astringent, miscible in all proportions with alcohol and 
water. It affords the reactions characteristic of ferric salts and of sulphates. It should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for ferrous salts. Specific gravity 1-441. 5 
cubic centimetres diluted with 80 cubic centimetres of water should give, upon the addition 
of an excess of solution of ammonia, a precipitate which, when well washed and incinerated, 
weighs 1-04 grammes.” Prof. Procter found that a preparation containing 120 grains of ses- 
quioxide to the fluidounce is apt to deposit the anhydrous sulphate on standing. This solution, 
though powerfully astringent, is too irritant for general use. The chief employment of it is 
in making other ferruginous preparations in which the ferric hydrate is wanted; and it should 
always be kept on hand for the quick preparation of the antidote to arsenic. 
LIQUOR HAMAMELIDIS. Br. Solution of Hamamelis. 
“Fresh Hamamelis Leaves, 50 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Water, 100fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 2000 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 10 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 200 cubic centimetres. Macerate in a still for twenty-four hours ; then distil one-half.” Br. 
This distilled extract of witchhazel has been introduced into the Br. Ph. 1898 to satisfy the 
popular demand for an external application which can be used ad libitum without injury. (See 
Aqua Hamamelidis, National Formulary, Part II.) It represents whatever of medical virtue 
Hamamelis can communicate to a distillate, and may be used freely as an embrocation or 
internally in the dose of a teaspoonful. 
(Iil'QTJOR HAM-A-MEL'I-DIS.) 
LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Mercuric 
Nitrate. 
(Ll'QUOR nI-TRA'TIS.) 
“ A liquid containing about 60 per cent, of Mercuric Nitrate [Hg(NOs)a = 323-58], together 
with about 11 per cent, of free Nitric Acid.” U. S. 
Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis Acidus, BrAcid Solution of Mercuric Nitrate; Solution of Nitrate of Mer- 
cury; Liquor Hydrargyri Nitrici Oxydati; Deutazotate (Pernitrate) de Mercure liquide, Fr.; Fliissiges Salpeter- 
saures Quecksilberoxyd, G. 
“ Red Mercuric Oxide, forty grammes [or 1 ounce ay., 180 grains] ; Nitric Acid, forty-five 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 257 grains] ; Distilled Water, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains], To 
make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Mix the Nitric Acid with the Dis- 
tilled Water, and dissolve the Red Mercuric Oxide in the mixture. Keep the product in glass- 
stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“Mercury, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 120 grammes; Nitric Acid, 5fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
150 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, 1 £ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 45 cubic centimetres. 
Mix the Nitric Acid with the Distilled Water in a flask ; dissolve the Mercury in the mixture 
without the application of heat; then boil gently for fifteen minutes ; cool, and preserve the 
Solution, which should weigh about three times the quantity of the Mercury employed, in a 
stoppered bottle not exposed to the light.” Br. 
In the British process, mercury is dissolved, with the assistance of heat, in an excess of 
nitric acid, and there is formed an acid mercuric nitrate, which is brought to a determinate 
bulk by evaporation. The proportion of nitric acid is sufficient not only to form mercuric 
nitrate, but also to furnish a large excess of acid. 
Properties. Solution of mercuric nitrate is “ a clear, nearly colorless, heavy liquid, having 
a faint odor of nitric acid, and a strongly acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 2-100 at 15° 
C. (59° F.). On evaporating a few drops of the Solution in a porcelain capsule, a white resi- 
due is left, which, on being heated, becomes successively yellow, red, and brown, and is finally 
completely volatilized. On a bright surface of copper, the Solution deposits a coating of me- 
tallic mercury. The Solution, diluted with water, yields with potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution a yellow precipitate; and with potassium iodide test-solution a bright red one, 
soluble in an excess of the reagent. A clear crystal of ferrous sulphate dropped into the so- 
lution rapidly acquires a brown color, and becomes surrounded by a brownish-black zone. No 808 
Liquor Hydrargyri Perchloridi.—Liquor Lodi Compositus. 
PAET I. 
precipitation or cloudiness should occur in the Solution on the addition of water, or of diluted 
hydrochloric acid (absence of mercurous salt)." U. S. “ A colorless and strongly acid liquid, 
which affords the reactions characteristic of mercuric salts and nitrates. It should not yield 
any characteristic reaction with the tests for mercurous salts. Specific gravity about 2-0.” Br. 
In the U. S. P. 1880 the definition stated that this solution contained about 50 per cent, of 
mercuric nitrate; in the A. J. P., 1886, p. 577, F. X. Moerk affirms that it does not afford a 
50-per-cent, solution, but a stronger one,—i.e., a 60-per-cent. To make a 50-per-cent, solution 
the following quantities should be used: Bed Mercuric Oxide 33-32 parts; Nitric Acid 37-38 
parts; Distilled Water sufficient to make 100 parts. 
Mercuric nitrate, the salt present in this preparation, can he obtained in large crystals of 
the composition 2(Hg(N03)2) -f- H20, when its solution is allowed to evaporate slowly over 
sulphuric acid. The same salt, which is very deliquescent, is obtained as a crystalline magma 
by adding strong nitric acid to the concentrated solution. 
Medical Properties. This preparation is much used as a caustic application to cancers, 
lupus, ulcerations of the cervix, chancres, etc. When a very free use is desired, it may be ap- 
plied to the diseased surface by a camel’s-liair brush, or preferably by a brush made of spun 
glass; usually, however, the application is made with a glass rod, or a match or similar frag- 
ment of wood. In acne and boils, a drop proportioned in size to the pustule applied to the 
apex is sometimes of service. The parts touched immediately become white, the surrounding 
parts inflame, and in a few days a yellow scab is formed, which gradually falls off. Sometimes 
the application produces salivation. When it is desirable to avoid this result, the cauterized 
part should be washed with water immediately after the application of the caustic. 
LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI PERCHLORIDI. Br. Solution of Mercuric 
Chloride. 
(LI'QUOR PER-£!HL6'BI-D!.) 
Liquor Hydrargyri Bichloridi, London ; Solution of Bichloride of Mercury. 
“ Mercuric Chloride, 10 grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme ; Distilled Water 1 pint (Imp. meas.) 
or 875 cubic centimetres. Dissolve. This Solution contains grain of Mercuric Chloride in 
1 fluid drachm, or 0-114 gramme in 100 cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This solution may he used as affording a convenient method of exhibiting corrosive subli- 
mate. The ammonium chloride formerly used (Br. Ph. 1885) to aid in dissolving the mer- 
curic chloride has been omitted in the process of the Br. Ph. 1898. The dose is from half a 
fluidrachm to two fluidrachms (1-9-7-5 C.c.). 
LIQUOR IODI COMPOSITUS. U. S. (Br.) Compound Solution of Iodine. 
[Lugol’s Solution.] 
Liquor Iodi Fortis, Br., Strong Solution of Iodine; Liniment of Iodine, Br. 1885; Liquor Iodinii Compositus, 
U. S. 1870; Solution of Iodine: Solute iodurg de Lugol, Fr.; Lugol’sche Jodlosung, G. 
“ Iodine, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Potassium Iodide, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Dis- 
tilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. 
Dissolve the Iodine and Potassium Iodide in a sufficient quantity of Distilled Water to make 
the product weigh one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Keep the Solution in 
glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“Iodine, 11 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Potassium Iodide, f ounce (Imp.) or 30 
grammes; Distilled Water, 11 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 
per cent.), 9 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 360 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Potassium Iodide 
and the Iodine in the Distilled Water in a bottle; add the Alcohol and shake.” Br. 
In this solution iodine is dissolved in water with the assistance of potassium iodide. Iodine 
dissolves sparingly in water, but freely in a solution of this salt. In using potassium iodide 
to render iodine more soluble in water, the iodide is generally taken in a quantity twice the 
weight of the iodine; and this is the proportion adopted in the U. S. formula. The prepara- 
tion is a concentrated solution of iodine with potassium iodide, and is intended to facilitate the 
administration of the combination in drops. The present formula does not differ in strength 
from that of 1880. The specific gravity of the U. S. compound solution of iodine is 1-124. 
In the Br. Pharmacopoeia a solution is directed having much more iodine than the U. S. solu- 
tion, and weaker in potassium iodide ; the former having about fifty grains of iodine and thirty 
grains of potassium iodide in the fluidounce, whilst the latter has nearly twenty-six grains of 
(Ll'QUOR i-o'di com-p5§'i-tus.) PART I. 
Liquor Kramerise Concentratus.—Liquor Magnesii Carboncitis. 
809 
iodine and fifty-two grains of potassium iodide in the fluidounce, the difference in the fluidounce 
of the two Pharmacopoeias being too small to enter into the calculation. The British solution 
is made with alcohol, and closely resembles the Liniment of Iodine of the Br. Ph. 1885. “ If 
12-66 Gm. of the Solution be mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, it should require, 
for complete decoloration, from 49-3 to 50 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric 
solution (each C.c. of the volumetric solution corresponding to 0-1 per cent, of iodine).” XJ. S. 
The medicinal properties of the solution depend mainly on the free iodine contained in it. 
The dose of the U. S. P. solution is five minims (0-3 C.c.), containing about a quarter of a 
grain of iodine, three times a day, given in at least four tablespoonfuls of water or of milk, 
so as to avoid irritation of the stomach. The British solution, although not intended for 
internal administration, might be given in doses of two minims (0-12 C.c.). 
LIQUOR KRAMERLE CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution 
of Krameria. 
(LI'QUOR KRA-ME'RI-2E CON-CfiN-TRA'TUS.) 
“ Krameria Root, in No. 40 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Alcohol (20 
per cent.), 25 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1250 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Moisten 
the Krameria with five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres 
of the Alcohol; pack in a closed percolator; set aside for three days; percolate with the re- 
maining Alcohol, added in ten equal portions at intervals of twelve hours ; continue percolation 
with more Alcohol until the product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres.” Br. 
This concentrated solution of the Br. Ph. 1898 is really a 50 per cent, fluid extract, or a 
half strength official fluid extract. It belongs to the class of “ liquors” introduced for the 
purpose of diluting with water to make infusions. (See Infusum Kramerise, p. 734.) This 
preparation fully represents the crude drug, and may be used internally in dose of from one- 
half to one fluidrachm (P9—3-7 C.c.). 
LIQUOR MAGNESII CARBONATIS. Br. Solution of Magnesium 
Carbonate. [Fluid Magnesia.] 
Eau magnesienne, Magnesie liquide, Fr.; Kohlensaure Magnesialosung, G. 
“ Magnesium Sulphate, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Sodium Carbonate, 2£ ounces 
(Imp.) or 50 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the two salts sepa- 
rately, each in half a pint (Imp. meas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled 
Water; heat the solution of Magnesium Sulphate to the boiling point; add to it the solution 
of Sodium Carbonate; boil them together until carbonic anhydride ceases to be evolved; col- 
lect the precipitated magnesium carbonate on a calico filter; wash it with Distilled Water until 
the filtrate is free from sulphate. Mix the washed precipitate with a pint (Imp. meas.) or 
four hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; place the mixture in a suitable apparatus; 
force into it pure washed carbonic anhydride; let the mixture remain in contact with excess 
of carbonic anhydride, retained under a pressure of about three atmospheres, for twenty-four 
hours or longer; decant the Solution, into which again pass carbonic anhydride. Keep the 
Solution in bottles of convenient sizes, securely closed to prevent the escape of carbonic anhy- 
dride.” Br. 
The object of this process is to obtain a solution of magnesium carbonate by means of car- 
bonic acid, the carbonate being insoluble in pure water. The first step is to prepare a freshly 
precipitated hydrated magnesium carbonate, which is more readily dissolved than is a carbonate 
which has been kept for some time. As the magnesium carbonate of the Br. Pharmacopoeia 
consists of three mols. of the neutral carbonate and one of magnesium hydrate with four mols. 
of water, it follows that, in its preparation from the two salts used in the process, a portion of 
carbonic acid escapes; and the boiling is directed to be continued until the escape of the gas 
ceases, so that the normal composition may be insured, and a longer heat, which might affect 
the constitution of the carbonate so as to diminish its solubility, avoided. The precipitate is 
thoroughly washed, in order to remove every trace of sodium sulphate, which may be indicated 
by the non-action of the test of barium chloride. The next step is to dissolve the precipitated 
carbonate in water impregnated with carbonic acid gas ; and, as the solution even thus favored 
is slowly effected, the carbonate is directed to remain exposed to the action of carbonic acid 
gas, under pressure, for twenty-four hours; and still the whole of the carbonate is not dissolved, 
(Ll'QUOE mXg-ne'§i-i CAR-BO-NA'TIS.) 810 
Liquor Magnesii Carbonatis.—Liquor Magnesii Citratis. 
PART I. 
and filtration is necessary. According to the Br. Pharm. the solution “ Effervesces slightly, or 
not at all, when the containing vessel is first opened. It should yield no characteristic reaction 
with the test for sulphates. 20 cubic centimetres evaporated to dryness afford a white residue 
of pure hydrous magnesium carbonate, which after being calcined weighs between 0-16 and 
0-19 gramme. This residue is insoluble in water, and when dissolved in dilute acid responds 
to the tests for magnesium. This Solution contains nearly 10 grains of the official Magnesium 
Carbonate in 1 fluid ounce, or about 2 grammes in 100 cubic centimetres.” On exposure 
to the air, some of the carbonic acid escapes, and a portion of the salt is deposited. Prof. 
Redwood proposes to remedy this by reducing the strength of the solution. (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., 
xi. 397.) Indeed, it has been shown by Mr. C. Muncy that the preparation as it occurs in 
commerce is usually much below the standard strength. 
This solution is but slightly effervescent, is clear, and should be free from bitterness. Never- 
theless its taste is more disagreeable than is that of the undissolved carbonate, over which it 
has no advantage. The dose as an antacid laxative is from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
LIQUOR MAGNESII CITRATIS. U. S. Solution of Magnesium Citrate. 
(LI'QUOK MAG-NE'ijI-I CI-TRA'TIS.) 
Solution of Citrate of Magnesium; Limonade au Citrate de Magnesie, Fr.; Fliissige Citronensaure Magnesia, G. 
“ Magnesium Carbonate, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Citric Acid, thirty grammes [or 
4G2 grains]; Syrup of Citric Acid, sixty cubic centimeters* [or 2 fluidounces, 14 minims]; 
Potassium Bicarbonate, two and one-half grammes [or 39 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Citric Acid in one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 28 
minims] of Water, and, having added the Magnesium Carbonate, stir, until it is dissolved. 
Filter the solution into a strong bottle of the capacity of about three hundred and sixty cubic 
centimeters [or 12 fluidounces, 84 minims], containing the Syrup of Citric Acid. Then add 
enough Water to nearly fill the bottle, drop in the Potassium Bicarbonate, immediately close 
the bottle with a cork, and secure it with twine. Lastly, shake the mixture occasionally, until 
the Potassium Bicarbonate is dissolved.” U S. 
This formula first appeared in the second edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1850. The 
original formula was soon found to have defects. Four-fifths of the carbonate were dissolved 
in the citric acid, and the solution filtered into a bottle containing the syrup of citric acid ; and 
then the reserved fifth, mixed with water, was added to the acid citrate, and the bottle tightly 
corked. The addition of the reserved carbonate was intended to impregnate the preparation 
with carbonic acid by its solution in the excess of citric acid. To effect the solution of this 
reserved carbonate required at least half an hour. But the chief objection to the formula as 
originally framed was that the magnesium citrate, when the solution was kept for some days, 
crystallized out in the form of a white granular precipitate, which rendered the solution unfit 
for medical use. This precipitate* was found by Prof. Procter to be Mg3(C6H507)2 -f- 14H20. 
This still occurs to some extent, although more slowly, and probably cannot be avoided except 
by a very great reduction in the amount of magnesia.]* The use of potassium bicarbonate in- 
troduces potassium citrate, but in too small a proportion to be of any consequence. It is some- 
what more convenient to use calcined magnesia in place of the carbonate, and in one of the 
best processes that we have seen the fifteen grammes of carbonate in the official formula 
are replaced by five grammes of Jennings’s light calcined magnesia. We prefer a modifica- 
tion in the manipulation of the official process: if instead of the solution being filtered into 
the bottles containing the syrup it is filtered into a separate vessel, and then the proper quantity 
poured very carefully down the inside of the bottle, so as not to disturb the heavy layer of 
• In the earlier issues of the U. S. P. 1890 this quantity is given as 120 C.c. This is an error, 60 C.c. being 
intended, which makes the solution sweet enough. 
j" Extemporaneous Liquor Magnesii Citratis. The following formula has been proposed by Mr. J. C. Wharton as 
a means of always giving a customer a fresh solution of the citrate, which is substantially the same as that of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia. “ Syrup No. 1. Take of simple Syrup two pints; Spirit of Lemon sixty-four minims; Potas- 
sium Bicarbonate six hundred and forty grains. Mix, and make solution, and keep ready for use. Syrup No. 2. 
Take of Calcined Magnesia eighty-eight grains ; Citric Acid four hundred and eight grains : Distilled Water a suffi- 
cient quantity. Mix the Magnesia and Citric Acid in a mortar and add one and a half fluidounces of Water. Stir 
with a pestle, and break up the lumps of acid if there be any. After solution is effected, add sufficient Water to 
make up the amount of one bottle nearly full, when mixed with two fluidounces of Syrup No. 1. These two so- 
lutions are to be kept separately. When Solution of Magnesium Citrate is called for, pour into the bottle Syrup 
No. 1 first, without touching the mouth or sides of the bottle; then pour in along the sides of the bottle Syrup No. 
2, so as to avoid as far as possible mixing them, cork and agitate.” For Edel’s process, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 
582; Widlum’s process, Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 428. PART I. 
Liquor Magnesii Citmtis. 
811 
syrup, and then the crystals of bicarbonate dropped in, very little loss of carbonic acid will 
ensue if the bottle is at once securely corked. When the bottle is dispensed, a vigorous shake 
at once liberates the carbonic acid, and the patient is sure to have a highly effervescent liquid. 
Properties. This official solution is founded on a preparation proposed by M. Roge Dela- 
barre, and improved by M. Rabourdin, of Paris. It is an aqueous solution of magnesium 
citrate, containing an excess of citric acid, impregnated with carbonic acid and sweetened with 
syrup. When properly prepared, it is a clear liquid, having an agreeable taste like that of 
lemonade. Overlooking the excess of acid which it contains, the salt present is the tribasic 
citrate, in which the six atoms of hydrogen of two mols. of citric acid are replaced by three 
atoms of magnesium. Accordingly, it consists of two mols. of citric acid and three atoms of 
magnesium. It is advisable in preparing the solution to introduce the magnesia by small por- 
tions, as if too hastily added it is liable to the formation of the neutral citrate, which cannot 
afterwards be readily dissolved. (A. J. P., 1867.) Dorvault makes a solid magnesium citrate 
which is perfectly and readily soluble, by melting on a sand-bath 100 parts of crystallized 
citric acid in its water of crystallization, and thoroughly incorporating with it 29 parts of cal- 
cined magnesia. A pasty mixture is formed, which soon hardens, and may be pulverized for 
use. Magnesium citrate, thus prepared, is soluble in twice its weight of water. When in 
saturated solution it soon precipitates as a nearly insoluble hydrate; but with eight or ten 
times its weight of water it forms a permanent solution. See the report on the solid citrate, 
made by E. Parrish and A. Smith, to the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. (A. J. P, 1852.) 
See, also, M. E. Robiquet’s paper on lemonades of magnesium citrate (Joum. de Pharm., Avril, 
1852), and his formula for preparing a soluble magnesium citrate. (A. J. P., July, 1855.) 
M. Simonin finds that an insoluble magnesium citrate may be restored to solubility in boiling 
water by being thoroughly rubbed up with water so as to form a paste. The necessary trit- 
uration will be abridged if a little citric acid be added. (Ann. de Therap., 1857.)* For other 
modifications, suggestions, etc., see Kondratowisch, N. P., 1883, p. 246; Neynaber, A. J. P., 
1884, p. 472 (the proposed substitution of acetic acid by the latter is not desirable, because of 
the impossibility of avoiding an empyreumatic taste) ; also C. B. Stevens, Proc. Mich. State 
Pharm. Assoc., 1885, and F. W. Sennewald, Nat. Drug., 1887. 
Magnesium metatartrate has heen proposed, in the place of the citrate, by M. Leger, who, 
however, states that as a purgative it is more powerful than the citrate, resembling the sulphate. 
On account of its pleasant taste it might, perhaps, be substituted for Epsom salt. M. Leger 
prepares metatartaric acid in the following manner. Into a porcelain capsule put a small amount 
of tartaric acid, and heat it, with occasional agitation, on a slow fire until it fuses; then add 
successively small portions of the acid, so as not to cool the mass, lest it solidify and burn. 
When the capsule is two-thirds full, cease putting more in, but continue the heat until the 
mass, at first puffed up and doughy, is completely melted into an amber-colored liquid. With- 
draw from the fire, and when sufficiently cooled form into pebbles, which must be kept in 
closely-stopped bottles on account of their being hygroscopic. This acid is very soluble in 
water, and in this state greedily attacks the magnesium carbonate, forming with it a salt which 
is permanent even when in solution. (Joum. de Pharm., xix. 226.) 
Medical Properties. This solution is a cooling cathartic, and operates mildly. It has 
come into extensive use in the United States, on account of the facility with which it may be 
* Solid Magnesium Citrate. This salt as heretofore prepared, though soluble at first, is apt to become more or 
less insoluble when kept, in consequence of molecular change. The following process, by M. de Letter, of Brussels, 
yields a salt which is said to retain its solubility indefinitely. “ Take of Citric Acid 20 parts, and of Magnesium 
Carbonate 12 parts. Powder the acid finely, and mix it intimately with the carbonate, also in fine powder. Allow 
the mixture to stand, at the ordinary temperature, for four or five days, or until it ceases to manifest reaction, when 
a little is thrown into water. During this time the powder slowly swells up, and gradually assumes the appearance 
of a spongy mass. Dry this at 30° C. (86° F.), pulverize it, and keep the powder in closely-stopped vials.” Accord- 
ing to M. de Letter, water, in a certain quantity, favors the formation of an insoluble hydrate; and hence the suc- 
cess of his process, in which no other water is present than that which is solidified in the dry materials. (A. J. P., 
1863, p. 312.) M. Hager has been unable to prepare a soluble salt by the process of M. de Letter. He considers 
magnesium citrate as presenting itself in three forms: 1, crystallizable, soluble in from 80 to 90 parts of water, with the 
formula + 7H20; 2, amorphous, soluble in 2 parts of water; and, 3, metamorphous, soluble in 8 or 10 
parts of water, with a strong tendency to crystallize. It is the crystalline variety, presenting the form of micro- 
scopic needles, that occasions the difficulty ; and its production should be avoided. M. Hager proceeds in the fol- 
lowing manner. Rub 40 parts of citric acid and 25 of magnesium carbonate, both in powder, with sufficient alcohol 
of *833 to make a thick mixture; and, having allowed this to stand for several days, at a medium temperature, dry 
it at a heat of 45° C. (113° F.). The product is the amorphous salt, soluble in 2-5 parts of water, in half an hour at 
155° C. (60° F.), immediately at 30° C. (86° F.). Its solution, whether made with hot or with cold water, retains its 
clearness after long standing. The salt is neutral, and contains about 13 mols. of water. To succeed certainly it is 
necessary that the magnesium carbonate be free from dust and impurities. (Ibid., 1864, p. 19.) 812 
Liquor Morphinse Acetatis.—Liquor Morphinse Tartratis. 
PART I. 
taken, and its acceptability to the stomach. The dose as a full purge is the whole quantity 
directed in the formula, or twelve fluidounces (360 C.c.); as a laxative, half that quantity. 
LIQUOR MORPHINE ACETATIS. Br. Solution of Morphine Acetate. 
(LI'QUOR MOR-PHI'NJE XQ-E-TA'TIS.) 
Solutij d’Ac6tate de Morphine, Fr.; Essigsaure Morphinlosung, G. 
“ Morphine Acetate, 17$ grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Diluted Acetic Acid, 38 minims 
(Imp. meas.) or 2 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 1 fl. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 25 
cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol with an equal vol- 
ume of Distilled Water, adding the Diluted Acetic Acid; dissolve the Morphine Acetate in 
the mixture; dilute with sufficient Distilled Water to produce four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or one hundred cubic centimetres of the Solution of Morphine Acetate. 110 minims contain 
1 grain of Morphine Acetate; 100 cubic centimetres contain 1 gramme.” Br. 
Morphine Acetate often contains a little uncombined morphine, in consequence of the escape 
of a portion of the acid during its evaporation, and especially when this is pushed to dryness. 
It is on this account apt to be unreliable. Hence the addition of the diluted acetic acid, which 
at the same time neutralizes the alkaloid in excess and enables the solution to be completely 
effected. The spirit is added as a preservative. The present solution contains now 1 per cent, 
of morphine acetate. The dose is from fifteen to thirty minims (0-9-1 9 C.c.), equivalent to 
from one-eighth to one-quarter of a grain of the acetate, and to about as many drops of lauda- 
num as minims of the solution. 
LIQUOR MORPHINE HYDROCHLORIDI. Br. Solution of Morphine 
Hydrochloride. 
(Ll'QUOR MOR-PIlI'N/E HY-DRO-jBHLO'RI-DI.) 
Solution of Hydrochlorate of Morphine, Br. 1885; Liquor Morphiae Muriatis, Dub.; Solution of Muriate of 
Morphia; Solute de Hydrochlorate de Morphine, Fr.; Salzsaure Morphinlosung, G. 
“ Morphine Hydrochloride, 17a grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 
38 minims (Imp. meas.) or 2 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 1 fl. ounce (Imp. meas.) 
or 25 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol with an equal 
volume of Distilled Water, adding the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid; dissolve the Morphine 
Hydrochloride in the mixture; dilute with sufficient Distilled Water to produce four fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) dr one hundred cubic centimetres of the Solution of Morphine Hydrochlo- 
ride. 110 minims contain 1 grain of Morphine Hydrochloride; 100 cubic centimetres contain 
1 gramme.” Br. 
The use of the alcohol is to prevent spontaneous decomposition, that of the acid probably to 
assist in the solution of the salt. The dose of the British solution for an adult is from fifteen 
to thirty minims (0-9-1-9 C.c.) or drops, containing from an eighth to a quarter of a grain of 
the hydrochlorate, and about equivalent to as many drops of laudanum. The solution contains 
now 1 per cent, of morphine hydrochloride. 
LIQUOR MORPHINE TARTRATIS. Br. Solution of Morphine 
Tartrate. 
(LI'QUOR MOR-PHI'N-iE TXR-TRA'TIS.) 
“ Morpliine Tartrate, 17$ grains (Imperial") or 1 gramme ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 1 fl. ounce 
(Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol 
with an equal volume of Distilled Water; dissolve the Morphine Tartrate in the mixture ; add 
sufficient Distilled Water to produce four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic cen- 
timetres of the Solution. 
This solution was introduced into the Br. Ph. 1898 because of the superior solubility and 
stability of the morphine tartrate, and its adaptability for hypodermic administration, alcohol 
being used to preserve the liquid. It is of the same strength as the other solutions of mor- 
phine,—i.e., 1 per cent. “110 minims contain 1 grain of Morphine Tartrate; 100 cubic centi- 
metres contain 1 gramme.” Br. The dose is from fifteen to thirty minims (0-9-1 9 C.c.).* 
* Various solutions of morphine sulphate have been in vogue, but have been abandoned by the Pharmacopoeias 
on account of their tendency to undergo decomposition. The U. S. 1870 solution contained 1 grain of morphine 
sulphate to the fluidounce; the Br. 1885 solution 4-375 grains in the same quantity. Magendie’s solution was of the 
strength of 16 grains to the fluidounce. PART I. 
Liquor Pancreatis.—Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. 
813 
LIQUOR PANCREATIS. Br. Pancreatic Solution. 
(lI'quqr pXn-cre'a-tis.) 
“ A liquid preparation containing the digestive principles of the fresh pancreas of the pig. 
The preparation is most active when the animal from which it is obtained has been fed shortly 
before being killed. Five ounces (Imperial) or two hundred and fifty grammes of the pan- 
creas, freed from fat and external membrane and finely divided by trituration with washed sand 
or powdered pumice stone, should be digested, in a closed vessel, in twenty fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of Alcohol (20 per cent.) for seven days, and then 
filtered.” Br. 
This new official of the Br. Ph. 1898 has been introduced to supply the demand for a 
liquid digestive solution made from the pancreas; it closely resembles the preparation recom- 
mended by Benger. (Proc. Roy. Soc., xxxii. 145 ; see also Pancreati.num.') The test, modelled 
on the U. S. P. test for pancreatin, is as follows: “ If 2 cubic centimetres of the Solution, to- 
gether with 0-2 gramme of sodium bicarbonate and 20 cubic centimetres of water, be added to 
80 cubic centimetres of milk, and the mixture be kept at a temperature of 113° F. (45° C.) 
for one hour, coagulation should no longer occur on the addition of nitric acid." Br. The 
solution digests albuminoids, converts starch into sugar in an alkaline solution, albumen and 
fibrin into peptones, and peptonizes milk. As it acts normally in alkaline solutions, whilst the 
gastric juices are strongly acid, its practical value as an internal medicament is doubtful. The 
dose is from one to two fluidrachms (37—7'3 C.c.). 
LIQUOR PICIS CARBONIS. Br. Solution of Coal Tar. 
“ Prepared Coal Tar, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Quillaia Bark, in No. 20 powder, 
2 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the 
powdered Quillaia Bark with one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic centimetres of the 
Alcohol, and complete the percolation process with the remainder of the Alcohol as for Tinc- 
tures, one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres being produced. To the result- 
ing percolate add the Prepared Coal Tar, and digest the mixture at 120° F. (48-9° C.) for two 
days, occasionally stirring. Cool and decant, or filter.” Br. 
This solution of the Br. Ph. 1898 is practically identical with Liquor Carbonis Detergens, 
Coal Tar Saponine, and similar well-known preparations which have been largely used by 
dermatologists. The process for solution of coal tar is modelled after that for compound tinc- 
ture of coal tar, proposed by Dr. L. A. Duhring (Amer. Journ. Med. Sciences), who recom- 
mended digesting 1 part of coal tar with 6 parts of tincture of quillaja for eight days, and 
then filtering. It owes its virtues largely to phenol and other derivatives of coal tar. (See Coal 
Tar, Part II.) 
Solution of coal tar is stimulating, and is prescribed, diluted with from ten to fifty parts of 
water, as a wash in eczema, psoriasis, pruritus, and other skin diseases. 
(lI'quor pi'cJs cXr-bo'nis.) 
LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Lead Sub- 
acetate. 
“ An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 25 per cent, of Lead Subacetate [approxi- 
mately Pb20(C2H302)2 = 546-48].” U. S. 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Fortis, Br., Strong Solution of Lead Subacetate, Goulard’s Extract; Liquor Plumbi 
Subacetici, P. G.; Acetum Plumbicum, Acetum Saturni, Plumbum Hydrico-Aceticum Solutum; Sous-acetate de 
Plomb liquide, Extrait de Goulard, Vinaigre de Plomb (de Saturne), Fr.; Bleiessig, G. 
“ Lead Acetate, one hundred and seventy grammes [or 6 ounces av.] ; Lead Oxide, one hun- 
dred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Dissolve the Lead Acetate in eight 
hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains] of boiling Distilled Water, in a glass or porce- 
lain vessel. Then add the Lead Oxide, previously passed through a fine sieve, and boil for 
half an hour, occasionally adding hot Distilled Water to make up the loss by evaporation. 
Remove the heat, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough Distilled Water, previously boiled 
and cooled, to make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Finally, filter the liquid in a closely covered funnel. Keep the product in well-stoppered 
bottles.” U.S. 
(Li'QUOR PLUM'BI SUB-Xg-E-TA'TIS.) Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. 
814 
PART I. 
“ Lead Acetate, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 250 grammes; Lead Oxide, in powder, 31 ounces 
(Imp.) or 175 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil tlie Lead Acetate and 
the Lead Oxide in one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of Distilled Water 
for half an hour, constantly stirring, and maintaining the volume of the liquid by occasional 
additions of Distilled Water; filter; when the liquid is cold add sufficient Distilled Water to 
produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Strong Solution.” Br. 
The sp. gr. of the solution is 1-275. 
The U. S. 1890 process does not differ essentially from that formerly official. Crystallized 
lead acetate consists of one atom of lead 206-5, two acetic acid groups 118, and three molecules 
of water 54 = 378-5. The formula is Pb(C2H302)2 -f- 3H20. Litharge, as usually found in 
commerce, is an impure lead oxide. When the solution of the former is boiled with the latter, 
a large quantity of the oxide is dissolved, and a lead subacetate is formed which remains in solu- 
tion. The precise composition of the subacetate varies with the proportion of lead acetate and 
of litharge employed. Thus, starting with three molecules of normal acetate, Pb3(C2H302)e, 
we may have Pb30(C2H302)4 and Pb302(C2H302)2 formed successively. The latter of these 
oxyacetates is known as Goulard’s, and a mixture of the two constitutes the basis of the official 
solution. In executing the process, the litharge should be employed in very fine powder, and, 
according to Thenard, should be previously calcined in order to decompose the lead carbonate 
which it always contains in greater or less proportion, and which is not dissolved by the solution 
of the acetate. M. Nevning states that a solution of lead subacetate more permanent than the 
official one may be prepared by simply allowing litharge to remain for twenty-four hours in a 
solution of lead acetate, with occasional agitation. This preparation probably contains much 
less of the lead oxide than does the official solution. Courtonne recommends dissolving 
seventy-five parts by weight of crystallized lead acetate in one hundred and sixty-five parts 
of water, and adding eleven parts of ammonia water, sp. gr. 0 923. This quick method has 
the disadvantage of containing ammonium acetate in small quantity. (Client. Zeit., 1894.) 
For Haussmann’s method by agitation with hot water, see A. J. P., 1897, 559 ; see also A. 
J. P., 1896, 427; Merck's Report, 1896, 329. 
Properties. The solution of lead subacetate of the Pharmacopoeias is “ a clear, colorless 
liquid, odorless, having a sweetish, astringent taste, and an alkaline reaction. On exposure to 
the air it absorbs carbon dioxide, which causes the formation of a white precipitate. Specific 
gravity, about 1-195 at 15° C. (59° F.). When Solution of Lead Subacetate is added to a 
solution of acacia, it produces a dense, white precipitate (distinction from an aqueous solution 
of normal lead acetate). In other respects the Solution conforms to the reactions and tests 
given under Lead Acetate (see Plumbi Acetas). If 13-67 Gm. of the Solution be diluted with 
50 C.c. of water, there will be required, for complete precipitation of the lead, about 25 C.c. 
of normal sulphuric acid (each C.c. corresponding to 1 per cent, of Lead Subacetate), methyl- 
orange being used as indicator.” XJ. S. “ A clear colorless liquid, with alkaline reaction and 
sweet astringent taste. It becomes turbid by exposure to the air. It forms with mucilage of 
gum acacia an opaque white jelly. It affords the reactions characteristic of lead and of ace- 
tates. Specific gravity 1-275. Each gramme should require for complete precipitation 17 
cubic centimetres of the dednormal volumetric solution of sulphuric acid." Br. When concen- 
trated by evaporation, it deposits on cooling crystalline plates, which, according to Dr. Barker, 
are flat, rhomboidal prisms, with dihedral summits * It has an alkaline reaction, tingeing 
the syrup of violets green, and reddening turmeric paper. One of its most striking properties 
is the extreme facility with which it is decomposed. Carbonic acid throws down a white pre- 
cipitate of lead carbonate; and this happens by mere exposure to the air, or by mixture even 
with distilled water, if this has had an opportunity of absorbing carbonic acid from the 
atmosphere. It affords precipitates also with the alkalies, alkaline earths, and their carbonates, 
with sulphuric and hydrochloric acids free or combined, with hydrogen sulphide and the sulphy- 
drates, with the soluble iodides and chlorides, and, according to Thenard, with solutions of 
all the neutral salts. Solutions of gum, tannin, most vegetable coloring principles, and many 
animal substances, particularly albumen, produce with it precipitates consisting of the sub- 
stance added and lead oxide. It should be kept in well-stopped bottles. It is known to con- 
* Crystallized Lead Subacetate. M. Jeannel prepares crystallized lead subacetate in accordance with the follow- 
ing formula. Triturate six parts of neutral lead acetate with two parts of pure litharge, and add one part of water. 
Heat in a porcelain capsule, stirring with a glass rod, until fusion and finally ebullition occur. After two or three 
minutes of boiling, filter through paper in a funnel heated by a sand-bath. Allow to cool and crystallize. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e s6r., xi. 54.) PART I. 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus.—Liquor Potassse. 
815 
tain a salt of acetic acid by emitting an acetous smell when treated with sulphuric acid, and 
a salt of lead by yielding a white precipitate with an alkaline carbonate, a yellow one with 
potassium iodide, and a black one with hydrogen sulphide. It is distinguished from the solu- 
tion of lead acetate by being precipitated by gum arabie. For a method of assaying this 
solution volumetrically, see P. J. Tr., 1886, 656. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This solution is astringent and sedative, but is employed 
only as an external application. It is highly useful in inflammation arising from sprains, bruises, 
burns, blisters, etc., to which it is applied by means of linen cloths, which should be removed 
as fast as they become dry. It always, however, requires to be diluted. From four fluidrachms 
to a fluidounce (15-30 C.c.), added to a pint (473 C.c.) of distilled water, forms a solution 
sufficiently strong in ordinary cases of external inflammation. When applied to the skin de- 
nuded of the cuticle, the solution should be still weaker, as constitutional effects might result 
from the absorption of the lead. Paralysis is said to have been produced by its local action; 
and poisoning by its injection for gonorrhoea has been reported (Dublin Journ. Med. Sci., 1874). 
The solution has the common name of Goulard's extract, derived from a surgeon of Mont- 
pellier by whom it was introduced into general notice, though previously employed* 
LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS DILUTUS. U. S., Br. Diluted 
Solution of Lead Subacetate. [Lead Water.] 
Goulard’s Lotion, Goulard Water, Br.; Diluted Solution of Subacetate of Lead; Aqua Plumbi, P.G.; Eau de 
Saturne, Eau blanche, Fr.; Bleiwasser, Kiihlwasser, G. 
“ Solution of Lead Subacetate, thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] ; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix the Solution of Lead Sub acetate with enough Distilled Water, previously boiled 
and cooled, to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Keep the Solution in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Strong Solution of Lead Subacetate, 2 fl. drachms (Imperial measure) or 5 cubic centi- 
metres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 2 fl. drachms (Imp. mcas.) or 5 cubic centimetres ; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Alcohol with nineteen and a half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or three hundred and ninety cubic centimetres of recently boiled and cooled Distilled Water; 
add the Strong Solution of Lead Subacetate and shake.” Br. 
In our comments on the U. S. process of 1850 it was stated that the strength of our official 
preparation, though double what it formerly was, might be still further increased with pro- 
priety. In the edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 the proportion was increased from 
two to three fluidrachms to the pint; and this proportion has been practically retained in the 
preparation now official. The direction to dilute the strong solution with distilled water previ- 
ously boiled and cooled is an improvement, as even the small amount of carbonic acid dissolved 
in distilled water usually made the lead water cloudy. Owing to the liability to serious results 
due to the frequent confounding of the names lime water and lead water, it is safer to dispense 
lead water in a slightly opalescent condition, whilst lime water should be perfectly transparent. 
The Br. preparation, though stronger than the old one of the London College, is still feeble. 
The old French Codex directed two drachms of the strong solution to a pound of distilled 
water and an ounce of alcohol of 22° Baume, and thus formed the vegeto-mineral water of 
Gioulard. The minute proportion of alcohol in the British solution can have little effect. The 
preparation should be as much as possible excluded from the air. 
(LI'QUOR PLUM'BI SUB-Xg-E-TA'TIS DI-LU'TUS.) 
LIQUOR POTASSAE. U. S., Br. Solution Of Potassa. [Solution of Potassium 
Hydrate.] 
“An aqueous solution of Potassium Hydrate [KOH = 55-99], containing about 5 per cent, 
of the hydrate.” U. S. “An aqueous solution containing in 110 minims 6*2 grains, or in 1 
fluid ounce 27 grains, of potassium hydroxide, KOH.” Br. 
Liquor Kali Caustici, P. G.; Kali Hydricum Solutum, Lixivium Causticum; Solution of Potash; Potasse caus- 
tique liquide, Lessive caustique, Fr.; Aetzkalilauge, Kalilauge, G. 
(LI'QUOR PO-TAS'S7E.) 
* Linimentum Plumbi Subacetatis, U. S. 1880. Liniment of Subacetate of Lead. (Liniment saturne, Beurre de 
Saturne, Baume universelle, Fr.; Bleiliniment, G.) “ Solution of Subacetate of Lead, forty parts [or two ounces av.]; 
Cotton Seed Oil, sixty parts [or three ounces av.], To make one hundred parts [or five ounces av.]. Mix them.” U. S. 
This preparation, which was introduced in the U. S. P. 1870, was retained in the revision of 1880, with the substi- 
tution of cotton seed oil for the olive oil, but was dropped from the revision of 1890. This liniment may be used as 
a sedative application in superficial inflammations. 816 
Liquor Potcissoe. 
PART I. 
“ Potassium Bicarbonate, eighty-jive grammes [or 3 ounces av.] ; Lime, forty grammes [or 
1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Potassium Bi- 
carbonate in four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Distilled 
Water, heat the splution until effervescence ceases, and then increase the heat to the boiling 
point of the liquid. Slake the Lime with about twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] of 
Distilled Water, then mix it well with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Distilled Water, pour the mixture into a tared flask, and, having heated it to boil- 
ing, gradually add to it the solution of Potassium Bicarbonate, and boil during ten minutes. 
Then add enough Distilled Water to the flask to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains], and set the flask aside, well stoppered, until the contents are 
cold. Lastly, strain the liquid through linen, set it aside in a well-stoppered bottle until it has 
become clear by subsidence, and separate the clear solution by decantation, or by means of a 
siphon. 
“ Solution of Potassa may also be prepared in the following manner. Potassa, fifty-six 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 427 grains] ; Distilled Water, nine hundred and forty-four grammes 
[or 33 ounces av., 130 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Dissolve the Potassa in the Distilled Water. The Potassa used in this process should be 
of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per cent.). Potassa of any other 
strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken; the 
proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of 
absolute Potassa (potassium hydrate) contained therein. Solution of Potassa should be kept 
in bottles made of green glass, and provided with glass stoppers coated with paraffin or petro- 
latum.” U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia 1898 does not give a detailed process, merely specifying that 
one fluidounce shall contain twenty-seven grains of potassium hydroxide. 
The object of the first U. S. Pharmacopoeia process is to separate carbonic acid from the 
potassium carbonate or bicarbonate, so as to obtain the alkali in a caustic state. This separa- 
tion of the carbonic acid is effected by calcium hydrate; and the chemical changes which take 
place are most intelligibly explained by supposing the occurrence of a double decomposition. 
The lime of the calcium hydrate, by its superior affinity, combines with the carbonic acid and 
precipitates as calcium carbonate, while the water of the calcium hydrate unites with the po- 
tassa and remains in solution as potassium hydrate : K2C03 -f- Ca(IIO)2 = 2KIIO -f- CaC03. 
The proportion indicated by theory for this decomposition would be 69-2 of the dry carbonate to 
28 of lime, or one molecule of each; but in practice it is found necessary to use an excess of 
lime. The bicarbonate is preferred in the U. S. process, as affording a purer product, being 
itself free from the contaminations usually found in the carbonate; and the application of 
heat to the solution of the bicarbonate is to drive off a portion of the carbonic acid and thus 
bring the salt to the state of a carbonate. The proportion of water employed has a decided 
influence on the result. If the water be deficient in quantity, the decomposing power of the 
lime, on account of its sparing solubility, will be lessened, and more of it will be required to 
complete the decomposition of the carbonate than if the solutions were more dilute. Strain- 
ing should not be used, as it causes a prolonged contact with the air, and risk of the absorp- 
tion of carbonic acid, and is apt, moreover, to introduce organic matter from the strainer into 
the solution ; it is best to allow the precipitate to subside in a closed vessel and then siphon off 
the clear solution. The direction to keep the solution in green glass bottles is judicious, as 
white flint glass is slightly acted on, and sometimes contaminates the solution with lead. 
According to Prof. Wohler, solution of pure potassium hydrate for analytical purposes may 
be conveniently obtained by exposing for half an hour to a moderate red heat, in a copper 
crucible, one part of pure nitre, and two or three parts of copper cut into small pieces. The 
resulting mass, consisting of potassium hydrate and black oxide of copper, is treated with 
water, and the solution poured into a narrow cylindrical vessel, where it is left until it gets per- 
fectly clear by the deposition of the oxide of copper. It is then drawn off, and kept in well- 
stopped bottles. (Chem. Gaz., Nov. 15, 1853, p. 429.) Graf and Riegel assert that potassium 
hydrate, thus obtained, contains potassium nitrate and nitrite, but Dr. A. Geuther found it 
perfectly pure, when the process was properly conducted. (Chem. Gaz., June 1, 1856.) A 
pure hydrate may also be obtained by the process of Dr. Mohr, which consists in precipitating 
solution of potassium sulphate with caustic baryta, obtained from the nitrate. Thus procured, 
the alkali is entirely free from chlorine, silica, and sulphuric acid. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 310.) 
Properties. Solution of potassa is “ a clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very acrid PART I. 
Liquor Potassse.—Liquor Potassii Arsenitis. 
817 
and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, about 1-036 at 15° C. (59° 
F.). It should conform to the same reactions and tests as an aqueous solution of Potassa (see 
Potassa). To neutralize 28 Gm. of Solution of Potassa should require about 25 C.c. of nor- 
mal sulphuric acid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indicating 0-2 per cent, of absolute 
potassium hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as indicator.” U. S. “A colorless, odorless, 
and transparent liquid having a nauseous taste. It is strongly alkaline. It should not yield 
any characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, 
magnesium, sodium, or ammonium, and should be free from more than traces of carbonates, 
chlorides, or sulphates. Specific gravity 1-058. 9 cubic centimetres should require for neu- 
tralization 10 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid, corresponding to 
0-557 gramme of potassium hydroxide, KOH, or to 6-19 grammes in 100 cubic centimetres, or 
to 5 85 grammes in 100 grammes. Solution of Potash should be preserved in a green glass 
bottle furnished with an air-tight stopper.” Br. It acts rapidly on animal and vegetable sub- 
stances, and when rubbed between the fingers produces a soapy feeling, in consequence of a 
partial solution of the cuticle. It dissolves gum, resins, and extractive matter, and forms soap 
with oily and fatty bodies. The U. S. solution, being obtained from potassium bicarbonate, is 
pure. Lead may be detected by a black precipitate produced by ammonium sulphydrate. When 
solution of potassa is used as a test for diabetic urine, it should be free from lead, the presence 
of which renders the test ambiguous. With platinic chloride it produces a yellow precipitate, 
showing that the alkali present is potassa. It is incompatible with acids, acidulous salts, and 
all metallic and earthy preparations held in solution by an acid; also with all ammoniacal 
salts, and with calomel and corrosive sublimate. The two official solutions of potassa vary in 
strength, the U. S. solution having the sp. gr. 1-036 and the Br. 1-058. These solutions are very 
dilute, that of the U. S. Pharm., which is the weakest, containing only 5 per cent, of potassium 
hydrate: the percentage of potassium hydrate in the solution of the Br. Pharm. is 5-85, or some- 
what greater than in the American preparation. On account of its strong attraction for carbonic 
acid, solution of potassa should be carefully preserved from contact with the air. In considera- 
tion of the change to which it is liable by keeping, it may usually be advantageously prepared 
extemporaneously, according to the second U. S. process, by dissolving the hydrate in water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Solution of potassa is antacid, diuretic, and antilithic. 
It has been much employed in calculous complaints, under the impression that it has the prop- 
erty of dissolving urinary concretions in the kidneys and bladder; but experience has proved 
that the stone once formed cannot be removed by remedies internally administered ; and the 
most that the alkaline medicines can effect is to correct that disposition to the superabundant 
secretion of uric acid, or the insoluble urates, upon which gravel and stone often depend. For 
this purpose, however, the carbonated alkalies are preferable to caustic potassa, as they are less 
apt to irritate the stomach and to produce injurious effects when long continued. It has been 
proposed to dissolve calculi by injecting immediately into the bladder the solution of potassa 
in a tepid state and so much diluted that it can be held in the mouth; but this mode of em- 
ploying it has not been found to answer in practice. This solution has also been highly recom- 
mended in lepra, psoriasis, and other cutaneous affections, and is said to have proved peculiarly 
useful in scrofula; but in all these cases it probably acts simply by its antacid property, and 
is not superior to the potassium or sodium carbonate. Externally it has been used, in a diluted 
state, as a stimulant lotion in rachitis and arthritic swellings, and, concentrated, as an escha- 
rotic in the bite of rabid or venomous animals. The dose is from ten to thirty minims (0-6- 
1-9 C.c.), repeated two or three times a day, and gradually increased in cutaneous affections to 
from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.) ; but the remedy should not be too long continued, 
as it is apt to debilitate the stomach. It may be given in sweetened water or some mucilaginous 
fluid. In dyspeptic cases it may be associated with the simple bitters. In excessive doses it 
irritates, inflames, or corrodes the stomach. The antidotes are oils and milder acids, such as 
vinegar and lemon juice, which operate by neutralizing the alkali. 
LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENITIS. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Potassium 
Arsenite. [Fowler’s Solution.] 
Liquor Arsenicalis, Br.; Arsenical Solution; Liquor Kali Arsenicosi, P. 0.; Solutio Arsenicalis Fowleri, Kali 
Arscnicosum Solutum; Liqueur de Fowler, Fr.; Fowler’sche Tropfen, G. 
“ Arsenous Acid, in fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Potassium Bicarbonate, twenty 
grammes [or 309 grains] ; Compound Tincture of Lavender, thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluid- 
(LI'QUOR PO-TAS'SI-I AR-SE-Nl'TlS.) 818 
Liquor Potassii Arsenitis. 
PART I. 
ounce, 7 minims] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Boil the Arsenous Acid and Potassium Bicarbonate with one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Distilled Water, until solution has 
been effected. Then add enough Distilled Water to make the solution, when cold, measure 
nine hundred and seventy cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 384 minims], and, lastly, add the 
Compound Tincture of Lavender. Filter through paper.” U. S. 
“ Arsenious Anhydride, in powder, 87 J grains (Imperial) or 10 grammes ; Potassium Car- 
bonate, 87i grains (Imp.) or 10 grammes; Compound Tincture of Lavender, 5 ji. drachms 
(Imp. meas.) or 31-25 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Heat the 
Arsenious Anhydride and the Potassium Carbonate with ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five 
hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water in a one-pint (or one-litre) flask until a clear 
solution is obtained; cool; add the Compound Tincture of Lavender and sufficient Distilled 
Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Solution.” 
Br. The sp. gr. of this solution is l'OlO. 
This preparation originated with the late Dr. Fowler, of Stafford, England, and was intended 
as a substitute for the celebrated remedy known under the name of “the tasteless ague drop” 
The strength of the present official solution is somewhat greater than that of the Fowler’s so- 
lution of U. S. P. 1870; it now contains 1 per cent, of arsenous acid, and the British solution 
has been made to correspond with this. It is a potassium arsenite dissolved in water, and is 
formed by the combination of the arsenous acid with the potassium of the bicarbonate or car- 
bonate, the carbonic acid being evolved. In the present U. S. process the bicarbonate has 
been preferred to the carbonate, and in order to expedite the process the quantity has been 
doubled. As the bicarbonate is decomposed to carbonate by boiling water, there is present in 
the finished solution some potassium carbonate. According to M. II. Buignet, ebullition disen- 
gages the carbonic acid slowly, so that after four hours’ boiling the solution still retains about one- 
sixth of this acid. (Journ. de Pharm., 1856, p. 440.) The name by which the preparation is 
designated in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is the more correct. The contact of arsenous acid with 
potassium bicarbonate in the presence of a small quantity of boiling water gives rise to effer- 
vescence with decomposition of bicarbonate. It has, however, been denied that potassium 
carbonate is decomposed by arsenous acid, which is supposed to be merely held by it in solu- 
tion ; and, in this view of the nature of the preparation, the British name of Arsenical Solu- 
tion would be appropriate. The compound spirit of lavender is added to give it taste and 
prevent its being mistaken for water. For Oldberg’s process, see Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 430 ; 
see also A. J. P., 1895, 403. 
In making this preparation care should be taken that the arsenous acid is pure. This object 
is best secured by selecting the acid in small pieces instead of the commercial powder, and 
powdering the lumps in a mortar. Calcium sulphate is a common impurity in the powdered 
acid, and if present will remain undissolved, and cause the solution to be weaker than it should 
be. Another insoluble impurity in the powdered acid is calcium arsenite, which is sometimes 
present to the amount of 25 per cent. (.Buignet.) Hence, if the arsenous acid does not entirely 
dissolve, the solution must be rejected. 
Properties. Solution of potassium arsenite is a transparent liquid, having slightly the color, 
taste, and smell of the compound spirit of lavender. It lias an alkaline reaction. It is decom- 
posed by the usual reagents for arsenic, by silver nitrate, the salts of copper, lime water, and 
hydrogen sulphide, and is incompatible with the infusions and decoctions of cinchona. Before 
hydrogen sulphide will act, the solution must be acidulated with some acid, as hydrochloric or 
acetic. “ If 24-7 C.c. of the Solution be boiled for a few minutes with 2 Gm. of sodium bi- 
carbonate, and the liquor, when cold, diluted with water to 100 C.c., and mixed with a little 
starch test-solution, it should require from 49-4 to 50 C.c. of iodine decinormal volumetric 
solution to produce the blue tint of starch iodide (corresponding to 1 Gm. of arsenous acid 
in 100 C.c. of the Solution).” U. S. “A reddish liquid, alkaline to test-papers, and having 
the odor of lavender. 25 cubic centimetres, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and diluted 
with water, should discharge the color of 50-8 to 50-9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solu- 
tion of iodine, the presence of a slight excess of sodium bicarbonate being maintained through- 
out the operation. 110 minims contain 1 grain of Arsenious Anhydride; 100 cubic centi- 
metres contain 1 gramme.” Br. According to Dr. It. Fresenius, solutions of alkaline arsenites 
slowly absorb oxygen from the air, and are in part converted into arsenates. Hence the 
propriety of keeping this solution in small bottles well filled. Mohr states that the alkaline 
reaction of the official solution delays the change, and experience has confirmed this state- PART I. 
Liquor Potassii Arsenitis.—Liquor Potassii Citratis. 
819 
ment. The slight precipitate found in this solution after keeping proved to be silicic acid, 
caused by the action of the alkaline solution on the glass container. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This solution has the general action of the arsenical 
preparations on the animal economy, already described under the head of Arsenous Acid. Its 
liquid form makes it convenient for exhibition and gradual increase; and it is the preparation 
generally resorted to when arsenic is given internally. It has been much employed in inter- 
mittent fever. In chorea it is almost a specific, and in nervous diseases of debility it is often 
very useful. In malarial affections and chorea it should be administered in ascending doses 
until the puffiness about the eyes or disturbance of the bowels betrays the arsenical impression. 
Fowler’s solution is a very valuable remedy in various shin diseases, and has the great advan- 
tage over the solid preparations that the dose may be readily increased from day to day. One 
hundred minims of the solution contain very nearly one grain of arsenous acid. The average 
dose for an adult is five drops (0-3 C.c.) two or three times a day. For the peculiar effects 
upon the human organism, see Acidum Arsenosum. 
Duff,os's antidote to the poisonous effects of Fowler’s solution, and of the salts of the acids 
of arsenic generally, is ferric acetate with excess of base, made by dissolving freshly precipi- 
tated ferric hydrate in acetic acid to saturation, adding an equal quantity of the hydrate to 
the solution, and diluting the whole with water to the consistence of cream. If the official 
solution of ferric acetate be used in an emergency, the free acid should first be neutralized 
with a little ammonia. 
LIQUOR POTASSII CITRATIS. U. S. Solution of Potassium Citrate. 
[Mistura Potassii Citratis.] 
“ An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 9 per cent, of anhydrous Potassium Ci- 
trate [K3CeH507 = 305-63], together with small amounts of citric and carbonic acids.” U. S. 
Liquor Kali Citrici; Citrate de Potasse liquide, Fr.; Fliissiges Citronensaures Kali, G. 
“ Potassium Bicarbonate, eight grammes [or 123 grains] ; Citric Acid six grammes [or 92 
grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Potassium Bicarbonate and the Citric Acid, 
each, in forty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 169 minims] of Water. Filter the solutions 
separately, and wash the filters with enough Water to obtain, in each case, fifty cubic centime- 
ters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims]. Finally, mix the two solutions, and, when effervescence 
has nearly ceased, transfer the liquid to a bottle. This preparation should be freshly made, 
when wanted.” U. S. 
Solution of Potassium Citrate has been made identical with the mixture formerly official as 
Mistura Potassii,Citratis; nevertheless, the mixture made with lemon juice will continue to be pre- 
ferred by some practitioners : its formula is therefore retained here as a foot-note.* The official 
(LI'QUOR PO-TAS'SI-I CI-TRA'TIS.) 
* Misturn Potassii Citratis. U. S. 1880. Mixture of Citrate of Potassium. [Neutral Mixture.] (Mistura Neu- 
tralis ; Potion gazeuse (effervescente), Fr.) “Fresh Lemon Juice, strained, one hundred parts [or four fluidounces] ; 
Bicarbonate of Potassium, about ten parts, or, a sufficient quantity. Add the Bicarbonate of Potassium gradually 
to the Lemon Juice until it is neutralized. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted for use.” U. S. 
In this preparation the potassium of the bicarbonate unites with the citric acid of the lemon juice, and carbonic 
acid is liberated. The result, therefore, is a solution of potassium citrate in water impregnated with carbonic acid, 
with the flavor from the lemon juice. The solution has a greenish-yellow color, and it is not usually dispensed in a 
perfectly transparent condition, owing to the difficulty of filtering out the very fine albuminous precipitate found in 
lemon juice. About 48 grains of the crystals of the bicarbonate, 33 grains of the pure and perfectly dry carbonate, 
or 45 grains of the hydrated carbonate found in commerce, are sufficient to saturate a fluidounce of good lemon 
juice; but the strength of the juice is variable, and the carbonate is apt to absorb moisture from the air, so 
that precision as to quantities cannot be readily attained. Hence the propriety of the direction, in the process for 
the neutral mixture, to add the alkaline carbonate to saturation. The point of saturation may be determined by the 
cessation of effervescence, by the absence of either an acid or an alkaline taste, and still more accurately by litmus 
paper, which should not be rendered bright red by the solution, or blue if previously reddened by an acid. The in- 
equality of strength in the lemon juice renders the neutral mixture prepared with it more or less uncertain; though, 
if the apothecary select ripe and sound fruit, and express the juice himself, the preparation will be found to ap- 
proach sufficiently near a uniform standard for all practical purposes. Nevertheless, if the physician wish absolute 
precision, he may order the neutral mixture to be made with crystallized citric acid, as directed in Liquor Potassii 
Citratis; or he may pursue the following plan, suggested in former editions of this work. Dissolve two drachms of 
potassium bicarbonate in two fluidounces of water; saturate the solution with good fresh lemon juice, and strain; 
and, lastly, add enough water to make the mixture measure six fluidounces. A fluidounce is the dose of this solution. 
Effervescing Draught. Under this name, potassium citrate is often prepared extemporaneously, and given 
in the state of effervescence. The most convenient mode of exhibition is to add to a fluidounce of a mixture 
consisting of equal parts of lemon juice and water, half a fluidounce of a solution containing fifteen grains of po- 
tassium carbonate, or twenty grains of the bicarbonate. Should effervescence not occur, as sometimes happens, 
when the carbonate is used, in consequence of the weakness of the lemon juice, more of the juice should be added; 
as, unless sufficient acid be present to neutralize the potassa, part of the carbonate will pass into the state of bicar- 820 
Liquor Potassii Permanganatis.—Liquor Quassise Concentratus. 
PART I. 
solution is stronger than the mixture, and is more definite in composition; lemon juice varies 
in strength, and consequently the amount of potassium citrate in the resulting mixture cannot 
be uniform. On the other hand, the mixture is much to be preferred on account of its more 
agreeable taste. An improvement has been made in the present official solution in directing the 
acid and the alkaline salt to be dissolved separately, and the direction to dispense the prepara- 
tion in a fresh condition will undoubtedly lead to the keeping of the filtered solutions, by the 
pharmacist, in separate bottles, and mixing in equal measures or weights when prescribed. 
The solutions keep well for a considerable length of time, and the greater convenience and 
saving of time and labor, besides the satisfaction of dispensing an effervescing solution, will be 
strong inducements to adopt this course. 
Properties. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes the solution as “ a clear, colorless liquid, 
odorless, having a mildly saline taste, and a slightly acid reaction. It should conform to the 
reactions and tests of Potassium Citrate. (See Potassii Citras.)” U. S. The solution is officially 
described as containing an indefinite amount of carbonic acid gas: hence the specific gravity 
cannot be regarded as an accurate test of strength, and is not given in the U. S. P. 1890. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The solution of potassium citrate has long been used 
under the name of neutral mixture, saline mixture, or effervescing draught. It is an excellent 
refrigerant diaphoretic, adapted to almost all cases of fever with a hot dry skin, and especially 
to the paroxysms of our remittent and intermittent fevers. The effervescing draught (see foot- 
note, p. 819) is peculiarly useful. The carbonic acid serves to cover the taste of the potassium 
citrate. It is very useful and grateful in allaying irritability of stomach and producing diapho- 
resis in our remittent fevers. In order to increase the sedative and diaphoretic properties of the 
neutral mixture, one-twenty-fourth to one-sixteenth of a grain of tartar emetic, or one-fourth 
to one drop of tincture of aconite, may be added to each dose in sthenic cases ; and a little 
sweet spirit of nitre will be found an excellent adjuvant in fevers with nervous disturbance. 
Should the solution irritate the bowels, it may be combined with an opium preparation. Sugar 
may be added if desired. The dose of the official solution is half a fluidounce (15 C.c.), 
which should be somewhat diluted when taken. The whole of each effervescing draught, pre- 
pared as above stated, is to be taken at once. Each dose should be repeated every one, two, 
or three hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms. 
LIQUOR POTASSII PERMANGANATIS. Br. Solution of Potassium 
Permanganate. 
(LI'QUOB PO-TAS'SI-I PKR-MXN-GA-NA'TIS.) 
“ Potassium Permanganate, 87£ grains (Imperial) or 10 grammes ; Distilled Water, a suffi- 
cient quantity. Dissolve the Potassium Permanganate in sufficient Distilled Water to produce 
one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Solution.” Br. 
This is an unstable 1 per cent, solution of potassium permanganate which decomposes upon 
exposure and deposits manganese oxides. The Br. Ph. dose is from two to four fluidrachms 
(S-O-T'S C.c.), equivalent to from 1-2 to 2-4 grains of the salt. Very few stomachs will bear 
more than one grain of the permanganate. 
LIQUOR QUASSIA CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution of 
Quassia. 
(Li'QUOB QUiS'SI-iE CON-CEN-TRA'TUS.) 
“ Quassia "Wood, in No 40 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (20 per 
cent.), 22 ft. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1100 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Mix the 
Quassia with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; 
pack in a closed percolator ; set aside for three days; percolate with the remaining Alcohol, 
added in ten equal portions at intervals of twelve hours; continue percolation with more Alco- 
hol until the product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
bonate, and the gas be prevented from escaping. The fifteen grains of potassium carbonate above mentioned are 
scarcely sufficient to saturate the lemon juice, if of ordinary strength: but a little excess of the acid renders the 
preparation more agreeable to the taste. Some prefer the bicarbonate in the preparation of the effervescing draught, 
because it will always effervesce with lemon juice, no matter what may be the strength of the latter. But this is an 
objection. The carbonate serves, by the absence of effervescence, to indicate when the lemon juice is very weak in 
acid; and the defect may then be easily remedied by the addition of more juice. When the bicarbonate is used, 
if there should be a deficiency of acid, it is not discovered; and the patient takes a considerable portion of unde- 
composed bicarbonate, instead of the full quantity of citrate intended. Liquor Rhei Concentratus.—Liquor Sennse Concentratus. 
821 
PAET I. 
This solution has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia 1898 mainly to facilitate 
the preparation of infusion of quassia by diluting the solution with water. (See p. 735.) It 
may be given in doses of from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-85 to 3-7 C.c.). 
LIQUOR RHEI CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution of 
Rhubarb. 
“ Rhubarb Root, in No. 5 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Alcohol (20 per 
cent.), 25 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1250 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Moisten 
the Rhubarb with Jive fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of 
the Alcohol; pack in a closed percolator ; set aside for three days; percolate with the remain- 
ing Alcohol, added in ten equal portions at intervals of twelve hours; continue percolation 
with more Alcohol until the product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic cen- 
timetres.” Br. 
This solution has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia to facilitate the prepara- 
tion of the infusion of rhubarb. (See p. 735.) It fully represents rhubarb, and may be used 
in doses of from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-85 to 3-7 C.c.). 
(LI'QUOR RHE'I CON-CEN-TRA'TUS.) 
LIQUOR COMPOSITUS CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concen- 
trated Compound Solution of Sarsaparilla. 
“ Sarsaparilla, cut transversely and bruised, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Sassa- 
fras Root, in shavings, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Guaiacum Wood, in shavings, 2 
ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes ; Dried Liquorice Root, bruised, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes ; 
Mezereon Bark, cut small, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 4? fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 225 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Infuse the Sar- 
saparilla in three successive portions of five pints (Imp. meas.) or five litres of the Distilled 
Water, for one hour each, at 160° F. (71*1° C.). Boil the other solid ingredients with Distilled 
Water until exhausted. Rapidly concentrate the mixed infusion and decoction until, when 
cold, the liquid measures sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred cubic centimetres ; 
add the Alcohol; set aside for at least fourteen days; filter. The product should measure 
one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This preparation has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia 1898 to provide a 
reasonably stable solution from which the decoction can be made by dilution. (See p. 479.) 
Precipitation is apt to occur on standing. The precipitate is, however, inert and may be filtered 
out. The dose of the solution is from two to eight fluidrachms (7-3 to 29‘5 C.c.). 
(LI'QUOR SAR'S/E COM-PO§'l-TUS CON-CEN-TRA'TUS. ) 
LIQUOR SENEGA CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution of 
Senega. 
“ Senega Root, in No. 20 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes ; a mixture of two 
parts of Alcohol (20 per cent.) and one part of Alcohol (45 per cent.), 25 jl. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 1250 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Moisten the Senega with four fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres of the menstruum ; pack in a closed 
percolator; set aside for three days; percolate with the remaining menstruum, added in ten 
equal portions at intervals of twelve hours; continue percolation with more menstruum until 
the product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This solution has been introduced into the Br. Ph. 1898 for the purpose of providing a 
method of making the infusion by simple dilution. It represents the medical properties of 
senega, and may be given in doses of from one-half to one fluidrachm (P85 to 3-7 C.c.). 
(Li'QUOR CON-CfiN-TRA'TUS.) 
LIQUOR SENN./E CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solution of 
Senna. 
“Senna, in No 5 powder, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 1000 grammes; Tincture of Ginger, 
fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 125 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 2 fl. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Divide the Senna into 
three equal portions; slightly moisten one portion with Distilled Water; pack in a percolator; 
(Li'QUOR SEN'NJE CON-CEN-TRA'TUS.) 822 
Liquor Serpentarix Concentratus.—Liquor Sodse. 
PART I. 
set aside for twenty-four hours; pass Distilled Water through it until five fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres are obtained. Slightly moisten the second 
portion of Senna with this liquid; pack in a percolator; set aside for twenty-four hours; 
percolate with the remainder of the liquid obtained from the first portion, and also with an 
additional five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centimetres obtained 
by passing more Distilled Water through the first portion. Repeat the process with the third 
portion of the Senna, and continue successive percolation through the three portions, until a 
quantity of sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred cubic centimetres has been col- 
lected from the third percolator. Heat the liquid to 180° F. (82-2° C.) for five minutes; 
cool; add the Alcohol and Tincture of Ginger, previously mixed; set aside for seven days ; 
filter. The product should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centime- 
tres.” Br. 
This solution has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia mainly to provide a strong 
stable solution from which the infusion may be made by dilution. (See p. 736.) This prep- 
aration is an excellent laxative and purgative in doses of from one-half to one fluidrachm 
(1-85 to 3-7 C.c.). 
LIQUOR SERPENTARIA CONCENTRATUS. Br. Concentrated Solu- 
tion of Serpentary. 
(Ll'QUOR SER-PEN-TA'RI-2E CON-CEN-TRA'TUS.) 
“Serpentary Rhizome, in No. 40 powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Alcohol 
(20 per cent.), 25 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1250 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. 
Moisten the Serpentary with jive fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic cen- 
timetres of the Alcohol; pack in a closed percolator; set aside for three days ; percolate with 
the remaining Alcohol, added in ten equal portions at intervals of twelve hours; continue 
percolation with more Alcohol until the product measures one pint (Imp. meas,.) or one thou- 
sand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This solution has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia mainly to facilitate the 
preparation of the infusion. (See p. 737.) It represents the virtues of serpentaria, and 
may be given in doses of from one-half to two fluidrachms (1*85 to 7-5 C.e.). 
LIQUOR SODA. U. S. Solution Of Soda. [Solution of Sodium Hydrate.] 
“ An aqueous solution of Sodium Hydrate [NaOH = 39-96], containing about 5 per cent, 
of the hydrate.” U. S. 
Liquor Natri Caustici, P. 0.; Natrum Hydrieum Solutum; Soude caustique liquide, Fr.; Aetznatronlauge, G. 
“ Sodium Carbonate, one hundred and seventy grammes [or 6 ounces av., 153 grains] ; Lime, 
fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the 
Sodium Carbonate in four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of boiling 
Distilled Water. Slake the Lime with about thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] 
of Distilled Water, then mix it well with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Distilled Water, pour the mixture into a tared flask, and, having heated it to boil- 
ing, gradually add to it the solution of Sodium Carbonate, and boil during ten minutes. Then 
add enough Distilled Water to the flask to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes [or 
35 ounces av., 120 grains], and set the flask aside, well stoppered, until the contents are cold. 
Lastly, strain the liquid through linen, set it aside in a well-stoppered bottle until it has become 
clear by subsidence, and separate the clear solution by decantation, or by means of a siphon. 
Solution of Soda may also be prepared in the following manner: Soda fifty-six grammes [or 1 
ounce av., 427 grains] ; Distilled Water, nine hundred and forty-four grammes [or 33 ounces 
av., 130 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Dissolve the 
Soda in the Distilled Water. The Soda used in this process should be of the full strength 
directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per cent.). Soda of any other strength, however, may be 
used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken ; the proper amount for the above 
formula being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of absolute Soda (sodium hydrate) 
contained therein. Solution of Soda should be kept in bottles made of green glass, and pro- 
vided with glass stoppers coated with paraffin or petrolatum.” U. S. 
Solution of soda is prepared in the same way as solution of potassa. By a double decompo-' 
sition between sodium carbonate and calcium hydrate, there are formed sodium hydrate in 
(Li'QUOR SO'DiE.) PART I. 
Liquor Sodae.—Liquor Sodae Chloi'atae. 
823 
solution, and calcium carbonate which precipitates: Na2C03 -f- Ca2(HO) = 2NaHO -f- CaCO?. 
In both the processes an excess of lime is used, which is necessary to insure a full decomposi- 
tion of the carbonate. 
Properties. Solution of soda, sometimes called' solution of caustic soda, is “ a clear, color- 
less liquid, odorless, having a very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. 
Specific gravity, about 1-059 at 15° C. (59° F.). It should conform to the same reactions 
and tests as an aqueous solution of Soda (see Soda). To neutralize 20 Gm. of Solution of 
Soda should require about 25 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (each C.c. of the volumetric solu- 
tion indicating 0-2 per cent, of absolute sodium hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as indi- 
cator.” U. S. Its properties and tests are the same as those of solution of potassa, with the 
exception that no precipitate is produced by platinic chloride or tartaric acid. The alkali dis- 
solved must be viewed as sodium hydrate (Na.OH), of which two molecules are formed by the 
union of the oxide with water, according to the reaction NaaO + HaO = (Na.OH)a. 
LIQUOR SOD.® CHLORAT®. U. S. (Br.) Solution of Chlorinated Soda. 
[Labarraque’s Solution.] 
(Li'QUOR SO'M: (SHLO-RA'TiE.) 
“ An aqueous solution of several chlorine-compounds of sodium, containing at least 2-6 per 
cent., by weight, of available chlorine.” XJ. S. 
Liquor Sodae Chlorinatae, Br., XJ. S. 1870; Liquor Natri Chlorati, P. G.; Liquor Natri Hypochlorosi; Chlorure 
de Soude liquide, Liqueur de Labarraque, Fr.; Bleichfliissigkeit, G. 
“ Sodium Carbonate, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] ; Chlori- 
nated Lime, seventy-five grammes [or 2 ounces av., 282 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Triturate the Chlorinated Lime 
with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, gradually added, 
until a uniform mixture results. Allow the heavier particles to subside, and transfer the thin- 
ner, supernatant portion to a filter. Then triturate the residue again with two hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, transfer the whole to the filter, and when 
the liquid has drained off, wash the filter and contents with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 
3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water. Dissolve the Sodium Carbonate in three hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of hot Water, and add this solution to the previously 
obtained filtrate contained in a suitable vessel. Stir or shake the mixture thoroughly, and, if 
it should become gelatinous, warm the vessel until the contents liquefy. Then transfer the 
mixture to a new filter, and, when no more liquid drains from it, wash the filter and contents 
with enough Water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains]. Keep the solution in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” XJ. S. 
“ Chlorinated Lime, 16 ounces (Imperial) or 400 grammes; Sodium Carbonate, 24 ounces 
(Imp.) or 600 grammes ; Distilled Water, 1 gallon (Imp. meas.) or 4 litres. Dissolve the 
Sodium Carbonate in one-quarter of the Distilled Water ; thoroughly triturate the Chlorinated 
Lime with the remainder of the Distilled Water; mix the two liquids; filter.” Br. The sp. 
gr. of this solution is 1-054. 
This solution was first brought into notice as a disinfecting agent by Labarraque, an apothe- 
cary of Paris. It was afterwards found to possess valuable therapeutic properties. The U. S. 
process is that of Payen, adopted in the French Codex of 1837. It consists in decomposing a 
solution of sodium carbonate by one of chlorinated lime. Calcium carbonate is precipitated 
and the chlorinated soda remains in solution. The proportion employed gives an excess of 
sodium carbonate, the presence of which renders the solution more permanent. The British 
process is that of Labarraque. All the chlorine generated from the prescribed quantity of 
materials for forming that gas is passed into the solution of sodium carbonate; and when the 
chlorine is limited to this quantity, no carbonic acid is disengaged. The chlorine is first passed 
through water, to free it from hydrochloric acid, which, if suffered to come over, would convert 
the alkali into common salt. Sodium bicarbonate has been recommended instead of sodium 
carbonate, on account of the state of crystalline powder in which the calcium carbonate is pre- 
cipitated, rendering its separation from the supernatant solution very easy, while the precipi- 
tate produced by sodium carbonate is a kind of magma from which the liquor is not readily 
decanted. It is stated also that a little excess of the bicarbonate is useful in various ways. 
(Ann. de Therap., 1866, 107.) Lawall (A. J. P., 1895, 203) prefers the U. S. P. 1880 pro- 
cess to the present official one, as it affords a better preparation in a shorter time. 
Properties. The U. S. solution is “ a clear, pale greenish liquid, having a faint odor of 824 
Liquor Sodas Chloratae. 
PART I. 
chlorine, and a disagreeable, alkaline taste. Specific gravity, about 1-052 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
The Solution at first colors red litmus paper blue, and then bleaches it. The addition of hy- 
drochloric acid to the Solution causes an effervescence of chlorine and carbonic acid gas. If 
6-7 (6-74) Gin. of the Solution be mixed with 50 C.c. of water, then 2 Gm. of potassium iodide 
and 10 C.c. of hydrochloric acid added, together with a few drops of starch test-solution, it 
should require not less than 50 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric solution to 
discharge the blue or greenish tint of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solution corre- 
sponding to 0-052 per cent, of available chlorine).” U. S. “A colorless alkaline liquid, with 
astringent taste and faint odor of chlorine. It decolorizes solution of indigo sulphate. It is 
decomposed by hydrochloric acid, evolving chlorine. It should yield not more than the slight- 
est reaction with the tests for calcium or for carbonates. Specific gravity 1-054. If 3-5 
grammes be added to a solution of 1 gramme of potassium iodide in 100 cubic centimetres of 
water acidulated with 3 cubic centimetres of hydrochloric acid, a brownish-red color should be 
produced, for the discharge of which at least 25 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution 
of sodium thiosulphate should be required, corresponding to about 2\ per cent, of available chlo- 
rine.” Br. This test, like that of our own Pharmacopoeia, is intended to determine the chlorine 
strength of the solution. The hydrochloric acid liberates the chlorine, which then liberates 
from the potassium iodide an equivalent quantity of iodine, by which the solution is rendered 
brown; and, the iodine being converted into hydriodic acid by the sodium thiosulphate, the 
solution again becomes colorless. The quantity of the solution of the latter salt required to 
bleach the liquid measures the amount of iodine, and this that of the chlorine which has 
separated it. The color of turmeric is first rendered brown, and afterwards destroyed. When 
carefully evaporated, a mass of damp crystals is obtained, which, when redissolved in water, 
possesses the properties of the original liquid. Both solutions, when exposed to the air, absorb 
carbonic acid and slowly evolve chlorine, which acts as a disinfectant. 
Nature and Composition. In their chemical nature these solutions are identical. As- 
suming the chlorinated lime to be essentially calcium hypochlorite with calcium chloride (see 
page 300), the solutions, after decantation from the precipitated calcium carbonate, will contain 
sodium hypochlorite with sodium chloride: Ca(0Cl)2 -j- CaCl2 -j- (Na2C03)2 = (CaC03)2 -j- 
2NaOCl -f- 2NaCl. Besides these there will be present more or less sodium carbonate, according 
as there happens to be in the chlorinated lime less or more chlorine to decompose it. In all 
cases, however, there will be an excess of sodium carbonate; as the best chlorinated lime does 
not contain sufficient chlorine to effect its entire decomposition, in the proportion in which it is 
taken in the formula. As it is a peculiarity in its formation that no carbonic acid is evolved, 
it is necessary to assume the presence of all the carbonic acid of the sodium carbonate; and 
hence it is considered to be a combination of sodium hypochlorite, sodium chloride, and sodium 
bicarbonate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Solution of chlorinated soda is stimulant, antiseptic, 
and resolvent. Internally it has been employed in diseases termed putrid or malignant, as 
typhus fever, scarlatina maligna, etc. The conditions which have been considered to indicate 
the propriety of its use are great prostration of strength, fetid evacuations, and dry and furred 
tongue. It has also been given in dysentery accompanied with peculiarly fetid stools, in dys- 
pepsia attended with putrid eructations, and in glandular enlargements and chronic mucous dis- 
charges. Other complaints in which it has been recommended are secondary syphilis, scrofula, 
bilious disorders, and chronic diseases of the skin. In hydrogen sulphide poisoning it is, like 
chlorinated lime, an efficacious antidote. The dose is from thirty drops to a teaspoonful, given 
in a cupful of water or mild aqueous liquid. 
As a local remedy it is found useful in all affections attended with fetor, such as gangrenous, 
cancerous, scrofulous, and syphilitic ulcers, ulceration of the gums, carbuncle, ozsena, mortifica- 
tion, putrid sore throat, ptyalism, etc. In these cases it is applied as a gargle, wash, ingredient 
of poultices, or imbibed by lint. In fetid discharges from the vagina, uterus, and bladder, it 
has been employed with advantage as an injection, diluted with from fifteen to thirty parts of 
water for the vagina and uterus, and with sixty parts when the object is to wash out the bladder 
by means of a double canula. The solution of chlorinated soda has also been applied success- 
fully to burns, and to cutaneous eruptions, particularly psoriasis, tinea capitis, scabies, and ob- 
stinate herpetic affections, and to allay itching and fetor in small-pox. In these cases it is diluted 
with from ten to thirty parts of water, the strength varying according to circumstances. For 
the cure of sore nipples, Dr. Chopin found nothing so successful as frequently repeated lotions 
with this solution. Glycerin is in many instances preferable as a diluent to water, as it tends Liquor Sodii Arsenatis.—Liquor Sodii Silicatis. 
825 
PART I. 
to prevent irritation of the sound skin, and does not evaporate like water. Solution of chlo- 
rinated soda is a powerful disinfectant. In the chambers of the sick it is highly useful, if put 
in the vessels intended to receive the excretions. 
LIQUOR SODII ARSENATIS. U. S., Br. Solution of Sodium Arsenate. 
(LI'QUOR SO'DI-I AR-SE-NA'TIS.) 
Liquor Sodii Arseniatis, Br. 1885; Solution of Arseniate of Sodium; Liqueur (SolutS) d’Arsdniate de Soude, Fr.; 
Arsensaure Natronlosung, G. 
“ Sodium Arsenate, deprived of its water of crystallization by a heat not exceeding 149° C. 
(300-2° F.), one gramme [or 15-4 grains] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Dissolve the Sodium Arsenate in a 
sufficient quantity of Distilled Water to make one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 
183 minims].” U. S. 
“Sodium Arsenate, recently rendered anhydrous, 171 grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Dis- 
tilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the anhydrous Sodium Arsenate in sufficient Dis- 
tilled Water to produce four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the 
Solution of Sodium Arsenate. 110 minims contain 1-77 grains of crystallized sodium arsenate, 
(Na2HAs04,7H20,) or the equivalent of 1 grain of the anhydrous salt. 100 cubic centi- 
metres contain 1-77 grammes of the crystallized salt, equivalent to 1 gramme of the anhydrous 
salt.” Br. 
This is simply an official form for the administration of sodium arsenate. (See Sodii Arsenas.) 
The present official solution is somewhat stronger than that of the U. S. P. 1870. It now 
contains 1 per cent, of sodium arsenate, where formerly there was present but 0-87 per cent., 
and the British solution has been made to correspond in strength. The salt is directed to be 
dried, in order that the solution may be of a uniform strength; as, from the mode in which 
the sodium arsenate is ordered to be prepared, it is scarcely possible that it should always con- 
tain precisely the same quantity of water of crystallization. It is important in drying it to 
limit the heat to.300° F., lest a portion of the arsenic should be volatilized. Dose, from three 
to five minims (0-18-0-3 C.c.), to be cautiously increased, if necessary. 
LIQUOR SODII ETHYLATIS. Br. Solution of Sodium Ethylate. 
(LI'QUOR SO'DI-I ETH-Y-LA'TIS.) 
“ Sodium, clean and bright, 22 grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Absolute Alcohol, 1 fl. ounce 
(Imp. meas.) or 20 cubic centimetres. Cautiously dissolve the Sodium in the Absolute Alco- 
hol contained in a flask, the latter being kept cool by a stream of cold water.” Br. 
This solution was a new official of the British Pharmacopoeia 1885. It is described as 
“ A colorless liquid of syrupy consistence, becoming brown by keeping. Specific gravity 0-867. 
When slightly heated it boils and gives off alcoholic vapors, leaving a white residue which, on 
being strongly heated, becomes charred. If the white residue be mixed with water and heated, 
it yields ethylic alcohol, and the solution, on evaporation, leaves a white residue consisting 
almost wholly of caustic soda. This solution should be recently prepared. It contains 18 per 
cent, of the solid substance, C2H60Na.” It may be made more conveniently by dissolving twenty 
grains of sodium ethylate in eighty grains of absolute alcohol. It is used solely as a caustic, 
and is said to produce very little pain. No water should be allowed to come in contact with it. 
LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS. U. S. Solution of Sodium Silicate. 
(LI'QUOR SO'DI-I SIL-I-CA'TIS.) 
Solution of Silicate of Sodium; Silicate de Soude liquide, Fr.; Fliissiges Wasserglas, G. 
This solution is not a preparation which can be conveniently made by the pharmacist, there- 
fore no process is given. Under the head of Sodium Silicate (Part II.) will be found the 
method of preparing and purifying it. 
Properties. The Pharmacopoeia describes the solution as “ a semi-transparent, almost 
colorless, or yellowish, or pale greenish-yellow, viscid liquid, odorless, having a sharp, saline, 
and alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, 1-300 to 1-400 at 15° C. (59° 
F.). A drop of the Solution, when held in a non-iuminous flame, imparts to it an intensely 
yellow color. If a portion of the Solution, largely diluted with water, he supersaturated 
with nitric acid, a gelatinous or pulverulent, white precipitate of silicic hydrate will be pro- 
duced.” U.S. 
This solution is used solely in the preparation of mechanical dressings by the surgeon. 826 
Liquor Strychnine Hydrochlondi.—Liquor Zinci Chloridi. 
PART I. 
LIQUOR STRYCHNINZE HYDROCHLORIDI. Br. Solution of Strych- 
nine Hydrochloride. [Solution of Hydrochlorate of Strychnine, Brit. Pharm. 1885.] 
(LI'QUOR STRYUH-NI'NjE HY-DRO-jDHLO'RI-DI.) 
“Strychnine Hydrochloride, 17J grains (Imperial) or 1 gramme; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 
1 fl. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dis- 
solve the Strychnine Hydrochloride in the Alcohol mixed with sufficient Distilled Water to 
produce four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the Solution of 
Strychnine Hydrochloride. 110 minims contain 1 grain of Strychnine Hydrochloride; 100 
cubic centimetres contain 1 gramme.” Br. 
This is the solution of hydrochlorate of strychnine of the British Pharmacopoeia which was 
formerly official as Liquor Strychnise: the name has been made definite, and the strength 
slightly increased, so as to make it conform with the other active solutions: it contains 1 per 
cent, of strychnine. The spirit is added for its preservation. A change was made in the last 
revision of the Br. Pharm. 1898 whereby strychnine hydrochloride is dissolved directly 
in water containing a little alcohol. This is said to prevent the tendency of the solution to 
crystallize in cold weather, a fault of the Br. Ph. 1885 process. The commencing dose is 
from five to ten minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.), equal respectively to about the twenty-fourth and the 
twelfth of a grain (0-0025-0-005 Gm.) of the alkaloid. 
LIQUOR THYROIDEI. Br. Thyroid Solution. 
(LI'QUOR THY-ROI'DE-L) 
“A liquid prepared from the fresh and healthy thyroid gland of the sheep.” Br. 
“ Remove the external fat and connective tissue from thyroid glands taken from sheep im- 
mediately after killing; cut the glands across, and reject any that contain cysts, are hypertro- 
phied, or are otherwise abnormal. Count the healthy glands that remain; slice them and 
bruise them thoroughly in a mortar; for each entire gland (consisting of two lobes) add thirty- 
four minims or two cubic centimetres of Glycerin, and thirty-four minims or two cubic cen- 
timetres of a 0-5 per cent, solution of Phenol in Distilled Water; transfer the mixture, well 
stirred, to a flask, and close the neck with a plug of Cotton Wool; allow it to stand for twenty- 
four hours; then strain through linen, with strong pressure; add to the strained liquid suffi- 
cient of the 0-5 per cent, solution of Phenol to make one hundred minims or six cubic 
centimetres of the Solution for each gland used.” Br. 
This solution, introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia 1898, is intended to represent the 
activity of the thyroid gland. It is described as a “ pinkish turbid liquid, entirely free from 
any odor of putrescence. It must be freshly prepared, and kept in well-stoppered, sterilized 
bottles. 100 minims or 6 cubic centimetres represent one entire thyroid gland.” Br. 
For its medical properties, see Tliyroideum Siccum. 
LIQUOR ZINCI CHLORIDI. U. S., Br. Solution of Zinc Chloride. 
“ An aqueous solution of Zinc Chloride [ZnCl2 = 135-84], containing about 50 per cent., by 
weight, of the salt.” U. S. 
Chlorure de Zinc liquide, Solute de Burnett, Fr.; Fliissiges Chlorzink, G. 
“ Zinc, granulated, two hundred and forty grammes [or 8 ounces av., 204 grains] ; Hydro- 
chloric Acid, eight hundred and forty grammes [or 29 ounces av., 275 grains] ; Nitric Acid, 
twelve grammes [or 185 grains] ; Precipitated Zinc Carbonate, twelve grammes [or 185 grains] ; 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. To the Zinc, contained in a glass or porcelain vessel, add 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of Distilled Water; then 
gradually add the Hydrochloric Acid, and digest, until the Acid is saturated ; pour off the 
solution, add the Nitric Acid, evaporate the solution to dryness, and heat the dry mass to 
fusion at a temperature not exceeding 115° C. (239° F.). Let it cool, and dissolve it in a 
sufficient amount of Distilled Water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 
35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Then add the Precipitated Zinc Carbonate, agitate the mixture 
occasionally during twenty-four hours, and then set it aside until it has become clear by sub- 
sidence. Finally, separate the clear solution by decantation, or by means of a siphon.” TJ. S. 
“ Granulated Zinc, 1 pound (Imperial) or 400 grammes; Hydrochloric Acid, 44 fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 1100 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Hy- 
(LI'QUOR ZIN'QI CHLO'RI-Dl.) Liquor Zinci Chlondi.—Litkii Benzoas. 
827 
PART I. 
drochloric Acid with one pint (Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic centimetres of Distilled Water in a 
porcelain dish ; add the Zinc ; apply gentle heat until gas is no longer evolved ; boil for half 
an hour, supplying the water lost by evaporation ; allow the product to cool. Test a few drops 
of the resulting liquid for iron and lead. 
“ If either be present, filter the remainder of the product into a bottle, and add solution of 
chlorine by degrees, with frequent agitation, until the liquid acquires a permanent odor of 
chlorine; add Zinc Carbonate in small quantities at a time, with renewed agitation, until a 
brown sediment appears and the whole of the iron or lead is thus precipitated ; filter the liquid 
into a basin, and evaporate to the bulk of two pints (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres. If no iron or lead be present, filter the cooled product and evaporate it to two pints 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The zinc chloride is made in the usual way, by dissolving zinc in hydrochloric acid. The 
nitric acid in the U. S. process is added in order that any iron present shall be converted into 
ferric chloride, from which it is afterwards precipitated by the zinc carbonate. In the older 
processes the former object was accomplished by the use of solution of chlorinated lime, the latter 
by chalk. This is a decided improvement, as the use of the chalk as a precipitant introduced 
into the preparation some calcium chloride, while the zinc carbonate adds only a little zinc 
chloride in solution. Hydrogen dioxide has been used instead of nitric acid as an oxidizing 
agent by Besthorn and others. The preparation is completed by bringing it to a certain bulk 
by the addition of distilled water, and by filtration to separate the precipitated iron and any 
excess of the carbonate. As procured by the U. S. P. process, solution of zinc chloride is “ a 
clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very astringent, sweetish taste, and an acid reaction. 
Specific gravity about 1-535 at 15° C. (59° F.). It conforms to the reactions and tests of 
an aqueous solution of Zinc Chloride (see Zhnci Chloridum)." “ A colorless liquid of 
astringent and sweetish taste. Specific gravity 1-530. It should respond to the tests for zinc 
and for chlorides. It should not yield any characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, cop- 
per, cadmium, arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, or sulphates.” Br. The Brit- 
ish solution contains about 175 grains of zinc in the Imperial fluidounce. The American 
solution does not differ much, containing about 170 grains to the fluidounce (wine measure). 
This solution is equivalent to Burnett’s disinfecting fluid noticed below. It is a powerful dis- 
infectant, and, when applied, duly diluted with water, to cancerous and other offensive ulcers, 
destroys their fetor so long as the dressings are kept moist with it. The solution is recom- 
mended by M. Graudriot in gonorrhoea in both sexes, as having remarkable remedial powers. 
For men he uses an injection, composed of from twenty-four to thirty-six drops in four fluid- 
ounces of water. A small quantity only is injected about an inch up the urethra, two or three 
times a day. For women he employs a vaginal suppository, formed of five drops of the solu- 
tion, half a grain of morphine sulphate, and three drachms of a paste consisting of a drachm 
and a half of starch, a drachm of mucilage of tragacanth, and half a drachm of sugar. The 
suppository is introduced every day, or every second day. 
Burnett's disinfecting fluid, like the official solution, is an aqueous solution of zinc chloride. 
It contains 200 grains of zinc in each Imperial fluidounce, and has the sp. gr. 2. It is, therefore, 
considerably stronger than the Dublin solution. It is so called after Sir William Burnett, who 
introduced it into use, in 1840, as a powerful deodorizing and disinfecting agent in neutralizing 
noxious effluvia and in arresting animal and vegetable decomposition. Diluted with water it 
forms Sir William’s patent preservative against the dry-rot. The concurrent testimony of a 
number of observers shows that it acts as an excellent disinfectant for ships, hospitals, dissect- 
ing-rooms, water-closets, privies, etc. Injected into the blood-vessels, it preserves bodies for 
dissection, without impairing their texture, and is said not to injure the knives employed; but 
the accuracy of the latter statement is doubtful. The advantage is claimed for it that, while 
it destroys putrid odors, it has no smell of its own. For preserving anatomical subjects, one 
part of the disinfecting fluid to eighteen of water will form a solution of the proper strength. 
For disinfecting operations on a large scale, a pint may be mixed with four gallons of water. 
LITHII BENZOAS. U. S. Lithium Benzoate. 
LiC7H502; 127*72. (LITH'I-i BEN'ZO-Xs.) LiC7H502; 128. 
Benzoate de Lithium, Fr.; Benzoesaures Lithon, G. 
This salt of lithium is made by decomposing lithium carbonate with benzoic acid. E. B. 
Shuttleworth (J.. J. P., 1875) deviates from the usual method of first making a hot solution 
of benzoic acid and then adding carbonate until effervescence ceases, by reversing the order. 828 
Lithii Benzoas.—Lithii Bromidum. 
PART I. 
One ounce (av.) of lithium carbonate is put into a capsule with nine fluidounces of water, the 
mixture is heated, and three and a quarter ounces (av.) of benzoic acid in small portions added, 
until the carbonate is all decomposed and effervescence ceases : the solution is filtered and evap- 
orated to dryness, or crystallized if desired. The yield is three and a half ounces. The ad- 
vantage of this process is a saving in time and labor in evaporating: Li2C03 -f- 2HC7H602 = 
2LiC7H602 -f- HaO -f- C02. No process is given in the Pharmacopoeia. The official descrip- 
tion is as follows. 
Properties. “ A light, white powder, or small, shining, crystalline scales ; odorless, or of 
faint benzoin-like odor, and of a cooling, sweetish taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 
15° C. (59° F.), in 4 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol; in 2-5 parts of boiling water, 
and in 10 parts of boiling alcohol. The presence of sodium benzoate increases the solubility 
in water and lessens that in alcohol. When heated, the salt fuses; at a higher temperature 
it chars, emits inflammable vapors having a benzoin-like odor, and finally leaves a residue of 
lithium carbonate mixed with carbon. This residue imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous 
flame, and its aqueous solution has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The aqueous so- 
lution (1 in 20) of Lithium Benzoate has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus. If 2 C.c. of 
ferric chloride test-solution be mixed with a small drop of ammonia water, and added to 2 
C.c. of an aqueous solution of the salt, a voluminous brownish-pink precipitate of basic ferric 
benzoate will result. If 1 C.c. of diluted nitric acid be added to 0-2 Gm. of Lithium Benzoate 
dissolved in 2 C.c. of water, and the precipitated benzoic acid be removed by filtration, the 
clear filtrate should not be rendered turbid on the addition of silver nitrate test-solution (ab- 
sence of chloride), or of barium nitrate test-solution (absence of sulphate'). If a concentrated 
solution of the salt be mixed with hydrochloric acid, a white precipitate of benzoic acid will 
be formed, which, after being separated from the liquid, and thoroughly washed and dried, 
should respond to the tests of purity given under Acidum Benzoicum. If the filtrate from 
this precipitate be evaporated to dryness and ignited, 1 part of the residue should be soluble 
in 5 parts of absolute alcohol. If to this alcoholic solution an equal volume of ether be added, 
no precipitate or turbidity should appear (limit of other alkalies'). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) 
of the salt should remain unaffected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, or ammonium sulphide 
test-solution (absence of arsenic, lead, iron, aluminum, etc.), or by ammonium oxalate test-solution 
(absence of calcium), or by sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution (limit of potassium) ; nor should 
silver nitrate test-solution, or barium nitrate test-solution, produce in it more than a very slight 
turbidity (limit of chloride and sulphate). If 1 Gm. of dry Lithium Benzoate be thoroughly 
ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn off most of the carbonaceous matter, and the res- 
idue be mixed with 20 C.c. of water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less 
than 7-8 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to not less than 99 6 per cent, of the 
pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. Curtman states that much of the 
lithium benzoate in the market contains not only sodium benzoate, but also hippurate, derived 
from urine-benzoic acid. This renders it much more soluble in wrater than the pure salt, and 
also more soluble in alcohol. The precipitated benzoic acid should melt at 121-4° C.; hip- 
puric acid, if pure, melts at 187-5° C. Hence a high melting point for the separated benzoic 
acid points to this source of contamination. 
Medical Properties. Lithium benzoate has been highly commended as a remedy against 
gout (Edin. Med. Journ., Jan. 1875), and has been used to some extent: there is, however, no 
sufficient reason for supposing that it is superior to the citrate or carbonate of the base. 
Bose, from fifteen to thirty grains (1-1-95 Gm.). 
LITHII BROMIDUM. U. S. Lithium Bromide 
LiBr; 86*77. (LITH'I-I BRO'MI-DUM.) LiBr; 86-8. 
Bromure de Lithium, Fr.; Bromlithium, G. 
This salt was made official in the U. S. P. 1880. Yvon prepares lithium bromide by mixing 
37 parts of lithium carbonate, 200 parts of distilled water, and 80 parts of bromine, and passing 
a current of hydrogen sulphide through the mixture until the color of bromine has disappeared. 
A slight heat is then applied, to drive off excess of hydrogen sulphide and to agglutinate the 
sulphur. After filtration the liquor is concentrated and finally crystallized by desiccating it 
under a bell-glass, over sulphuric acid. It may also be obtained by double decomposition. 
Lithium sulphate is first formed by treating 37 parts of lithium carbonate with 49 parts of 
monohydrated sulphuric acid diluted with its own volume of water. Then 119 parts of po- 
tassium bromide are dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of water. When the two solu- PART I. 
Lithii Bromidum.—Lithii Carbonas. 
829 
tions are mixed, an abundant precipitate of potassium sulphate is produced on the addition of 
a little alcohol. The whole is evaporated to dryness, the operation finished on a water-bath, 
and the residue is treated with alcohol, which removes only lithium bromide and deposits it 
again on evaporation. The bromide may then be crystallized from water or kept in solution 
of known strength.* (P. J. Tr., Sept 18, 1876.) No process is given in the Pharmacopoeia. 
“ Lithium Bromide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Properties. “ A white, granular salt, odorless, and having a sharp, slightly bitter taste; 
very deliquescent. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-6 part of water, and in 0-3 part of boiling 
water ; very soluble in alcohol; also soluble in ether. At a low red heat the salt fuses, and at 
a higher heat it is slowly volatilized. It imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. 
The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. If a few drops of chloroform be added to 5 
C.c. of the solution (1 in 20), then 1 C.c. of chlorine water, and the mixture shaken, the lib- 
erated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, communicating to it a yellow or yellowish-brown 
color. If 0-5 C.c. of sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution be added to 5 C.c. of the aqueous so- 
lution, no precipitate or turbidity should occur within 10 minutes (limit of potassium). One part 
of the salt should dissolve, without residue, in 5 parts of absolute alcohol, and the addition of an 
equal volume of ether should produce no precipitate in this solution (limit of other alkalies'). 
The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution either 
before or after acidulation with a drop of hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, 
etc.), nor by ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). In the aque- 
ous solution no turbidity should be produced by the addition of barium chloride test-solution 
(absence of sidphate). If a few drops of starch test-solution be added to 5 C.c. of the aque- 
ous solution, and then a drop or two of chlorine water, no blue color should appear (absence 
of iodide). If 0-3 Gm. of dry Lithium Bromide be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water and 2 drops 
of potassium chromate test-solution be added, it should require 35-3 C.c. of silver nitrate 
decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color of silver chromate (correspond- 
ing to at least 98 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. Lithium bromide was first brought into notice as a remedy by 
Dr. S. Weir Mitchell, who asserts that its action differs from that of the other bromides only 
in being more hypnotic. Although careful physiological studies of it are wanting, there is 
little reason for believing that it differs essentially from other bromides in its influence upon 
the human organism. It should be administered in dilute aqueous solution, in doses of from 
fifteen to thirty grains (1—1-95 Gm.). Each drachm of it contains fifty-five grains of bromine, 
and it therefore exceeds potassium bromide in bromine strength. 
Li2 CO 3; 73*87. (LITH'I-I CAK'BO-NXs.) Li2C03;74. 
LITHII CARBONAS. U.S., Br. Lithium Carbonate. 
“ Lithium Carbonate, Li2C03, is obtained from native silicates of lithium.” Br. 
Lithium Carbonicum, P. G.; Carbonas Lithicus; Carbonate of Lithia, E.; Carbonate de Lithine, Carbonate 
lithique, Fr.; Kohiensaures Lithon, G. 
The alkali lithia, so far as has yet been ascertained, is rare in nature; for, though extensively 
diffused, it exists in very small proportion, except in a few scarce minerals. It was discovered 
by Arfvedson in 1817, in certain minerals from the iron-mines of Utb, as petalite, triphane, and 
a variety of tourmaline. (Berzelius.) It has since been found in other minerals, as lepidolite, 
spodumene, amblygonite, etc., and in numerous mineral waters, as those of Carlsbad, Pyrmont, 
Kissingen, Kreuznach, Aix-la-Chapelle, Vichy, etc., in Europe, and the Gettysburg spring in 
the United States, in which it exists generally as a carbonate or a bicarbonate. By spectrum 
analysis it has been detected in the waters of the Atlantic and of the Thames, in the ashes of 
plants grown on a granite soil, and even in milk and human blood. In the mother-waters of 
tartaric acid, in the factories, it has been found in a proportion to justify extraction. It was 
at one time largely obtained from a phosphatic triphyline found in Bavaria, in which it existed 
as a phosphate; but this source is said to have been exhausted. There are several methods 
* Lithium Iodide (Lil: 133-6) may be prepared by taking of iodine 127 parts, iron, in filings, 35 parts, lithium 
carbonate 38 parts, distilled water 300 parts. Prepare a solution of ferrous iodide, using the whole of the distilled 
water, filter, add the lithium carbonate to the still warm liquid, and heat gently to promote complete decomposition. 
The liquid must be slightly alkaline. Filter, wash the precipitated ferrous carbonate, add the washings to the fil- 
trate) evaporate the latter, pour it out to cool and harden, and immediately transfer it into well-dried, glass-stoppered 
vials. It forms a white salt very soluble in water and alcohol. One gramme of it is entirely precipitated by 1’27 
Gm. of silver nitrate. (N. It., July, 1877.) 830 
IAthii Carbonas. 
PART I. 
of extracting lithia from the minerals containing it, an account of which may be seen in 
Roscoe and Bchorlemmer, vol. ii., Part I., p. 158. They contain the alkali in various propor- 
tions, from 3-6 per cent, in lepidolite to 11 per cent, in amblygonite. Lithium carbonate is 
prepared from lepidolite in the following manner. 10 parts of finely powdered lepidolite, 10 
parts of barium carbonate, 5 parts of barium sulphate, and 3 parts of potassium sulphate are 
fused at a very high temperature in a wind furnace. The heavy barium silicate and sulphate 
sink to the bottom, and a layer of potassium and lithium sulphates is found at the top of the 
fused mass. These can be extracted by simple lixiviation, and then the carbonate prepared 
by double decomposition with ammonium carbonate. 
Lithia, LiaO, is the oxide of the metal lithium, and ranks in chemical properties with the 
fixed alkalies. In the form of hydrate, LiOH, it is white and translucent; does not deliquesce 
in the air, but absorbs carbonic acid, and becomes opaque; is fusible below ignition, but not 
volatilizable at a white heat; is soluble in water, but less so than potassa or soda; is sparingly 
soluble in alcohol; and in solution has an acrid alkaline taste, caustic properties, and a strong 
alkaline reaction. The salts of lithium are generally freely soluble, with the exception of the 
neutral carbonate and phosphate, the latter of which is nearly insoluble. Lithium, which was 
first obtained by Bunsen and Matthiessen, in 1855, is silver-white, brilliant, softer than lead, 
ductile, capable of welding, and the lightest known solid. Its sp. gr. is 0594, melting point 
180° C. (356° F.), atomic weight T*01, and symbol Li. 
Lithium carbonate may be prepared directly from one of the lithia minerals, in the manner 
already described, or from lithium sulphate or chloride in concentrated solution by adding 
ammonium carbonate. The precipitated salt should be washed with alcohol and dried. 
Properties. It is “ a light, white powder, odorless, and having an alkaline taste ; perma- 
nent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 140 parts of boiling 
water ; * much more soluble in water saturated with carbon dioxide ; insoluble in alcohol; solu- 
ble in diluted acids with active effervescence. At a low red heat the salt fuses; at a higher 
temperature it loses some of its carbon dioxide, and is partially converted into lithium oxide. 
It imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution has an alkaline 
reaction upon litmus paper. If 1 Gm. of Lithium Carbonate be dissolved in 40 C.c. of diluted 
acetic acid, no insoluble residue should remain. Separate portions of this solution should not 
be affected by the following reagents: hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, lead, 
etc.) ; ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.) ; ammonium ox- 
alate test-solution (calcium) ; silver nitrate test-solution (chloride) ; barium chloride test-solution 
(sulphate) ; or sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution (limit of potassium). If 0-5 Gm. of Lithium 
Carbonate be dissolved in 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, and the clear solution be evaporated to 
dryness, the dry residue should completely dissolve in 3 C.c. of absolute alcohol, and an addi- 
tion of 3 C.c. of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of other alkalies'). If 0'5 
Gm. of the dry salt be mixed with 20 C.c. of water, it should require, for complete neutraliza- 
tion, not less than 13-4 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 98-98 per cent, 
of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. “ In white powder or in 
minute crystalline grains, soluble in about 70 parts of cold water, insoluble in alcohol (90 per 
cent.). Its aqueous solution turns red litmus paper blue. It is dissolved with effervescence 
by hydrochloric acid; the solution evaporated to dryness leaves a residue, which communicates 
a crimson color to flame. This residue redissolved in water yields a precipitate with solution of 
sodium phosphate. 1 gramme of the salt neutralized with sulphuric add and afterwards heated 
to redness leaves 1-479 grammes of dry lithium sulphate, corresponding to 98-5 per cent, of 
the pure carbonate. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, 
arsenium, iron, aluminium, zinc, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, or chlorides, and 
only the slightest reactions with the tests for calcium and for sulphates.” Br. Its aqueous 
solution has an alkaline reaction.f 
Medical Properties and Uses. Lithium carbonate has the ordinary remedial prop- 
erties of the alkaline carbonates, over which, however, it possesses advantages, under certain 
* Prof. F. A. Fliickiger states that lithium carbonate is less soluble in warm water than in cold water. He recom- 
mends as a test of purity that it should require for solution 70 parts or a little more of water at 15° C., and states 
further that its solution saturated at 90° C. has the sp. gr. T009 at 15° C.: this latter solution contains 1 part of the 
salt in 111-3 parts of water. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1887, p. 509.) 
f Effervescing Lithium Carbonate. Take of Citric Acid 40 parts, Sodium Bicarbonate 50 parts, and Lithium 
Carbonate 10 parts. Powder and mix well, then introduce into a wide flat-bottomed dish, and heat to about 100° C. 
(212° F.), stirring constantly until the powder becomes granular. Separate the granules of uniform size by means 
of appropriate sieves, and preserve them in well-stopped bottles. PART I. 
Lithii Carbonas.—Lithii Citras. 
831 
circumstances, which render it a valuable addition to the materia medica. In the year 1843, 
Mr. Alexander Ure, of London, called attention to the extraordinary solvent power of a solu- 
tion of lithia over uric acid, with which, unlike the other alkalies, it forms a very soluble salt, 
and suggested its injection into the bladder, for the solution or disintegration of uric acid calculi. 
In 1857, Dr. Garrod, of London, gave it internally in cases of gout and gouty diathesis in ref- 
erence to the same property, as well as in consideration of its low combining number and con- 
sequent extraordinary neutralizing power. From these properties, it is admirably adapted to 
cases in which it is desirable to eliminate uric acid from the system, and especially to cases of 
gout, in which there is a strong indication to prevent the formation of insoluble salts of uric 
acid, and their deposition in the bladder, kidneys, or joints, and to favor the solution of such 
salts when already formed, as in the chalky deposits in the joints and ligamentous tissues of 
gouty patients, consisting chiefly of sodium urate. Dr. Garrod has, moreover, found lithium 
carbonate, in dilute solution, not only to exceed the other alkalies in rendering the urine neutral 
or alkaline, but also to act powerfully as a diuretic, probably more so than the corresponding 
salts of potassium and sodium. (Med. Times and Gaz., March, 1864, p. 303.) The dose of 
lithium carbonate is from five to fifteen grains (0*32 to 1 Gm.), and is most advantageously 
given in carbonic acid water. 
Li3C«H507; 209*57. (LITH'I-I Cl'TRXs.) Li3C6. H5 07; 210. 
LITHII CITRAS. U. S., Br. Lithium Citrate. 
Citrate of Lithium; Lithium Citricum; Citrate of Lithia, E.; Citrate de Lithine, Fr.; Citronensaures Lithium, 0. 
“ Lithium Citrate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Lithium Citrate, 
C3H4.0H.(C00Li)3,4H20, is prepared by saturating citric acid with lithium carbonate.” Br. 
To saturate the 50 grains of lithium carbonate directed by the British Pharm. (1885) 90-54 
grains of the crystallized acid will be required : so that there is a slight deficiency on the part 
of the acid, whereas it should be in slight excess, and, according to Mr. Squire, 100 grains of 
the acid should be used instead of 90 grains. (See, also, P. J. Tr., Sept. 11, 1875.) This 
proportion was employed in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia process of 1870. See foot-note* 
Mr. C. Umney (P.J. Tr., Sept. 11, 1875) advocates the use of the crystallized salt in place 
of that made by either of the official processes. He obtained it by setting aside a solution of 
the sp. gr. 1-230, when a salt crystallized out having the formula Li3C6H607.4H20: it is de- 
scribed as definite and reliable as found in commerce, and “ not deliquescent.” (See, also, 
P. J. Tr., 1883, p. 783.) 
Properties. Lithium citrate is in the form of a white powder, “odorless, and having a 
cooling, faintly alkaline taste; deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 2 parts of water 
at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-5 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol or ether. At 
a red heat the salt chars, emits inflammable vapors of a pungent odor, and finally leaves a black 
residue of lithium carbonate mixed with carbon. It imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous 
flame. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. If the aqueous solution (1 in 20) of 
Lithium Citrate be boiled with an equal volume of calcium chloride test-solution, a white pre- 
cipitate will be deposited. Separate portions of the solution, slightly acidulated with acetic 
acid, should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.); 
ammonium sulphide test-solution (iron, aluminum, etc.) ; ammonium oxalate test-solution (cal- 
cium); or sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution (limit of potassium). With barium nitrate test- 
solution, or with silver nitrate test-solution, not more than a slight turbidity should appear (limit 
of sulphate and of chloride). If the residue obtained by calcining the salt at a red heat be 
dissolved in a slight excess of diluted hydrochloric acid, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, 
a portion of the residue, treated with 5 parts of absolute alcohol, should completely dissolve, 
and the addition of an equal volume of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of 
other alkalies). If 1 Gm. of dry Lithium Citrate be thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, 
so as to burn off most of the carbonaceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 C.c. of 
water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 14-2 C.c. of normal sulphuric 
acid (corresponding to at least 99-2 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as 
indicator.” U. S. “2 grammes of the salt dried at 212° F. (100° C.) should lose about 0-38 
* “ Take of Carbonate of Lithium one hundred grains / Citric Acid, in crystals, two hundred grains ; Distilled 
Water ttco fluidounces. Dissolve the Citric Acid in the water gently heated, and to the solution gradually add the 
Carbonate of Lithium until perfectly dissolved, heating the solution so long as effervescence is produced. Evaporate, 
by means of a steam- or sand-bath, to a viscid consistence, dry the residue in an oven, at a temperature of about 240°, 
then rapidly pulverize it, and preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. 832 
Lithii Citras Effervescens.—Lithii Salicylas. 
gramme ; at 240° F. (115-5° C.) an additional 0-13 gramme ; and, when burned at a low red 
heat with free access of air, should leave 0-77 gramme of white residue, corresponding to 
98 5 per cent, of the pure citrate. It should be free from the impurities mentioned under 
1 Lithii Carbonas.’ ” Br. That the salt is a citrate will be shown by its solution becoming 
turbid when boiled with lime water, but clear again on cooling. (Brande and Taylor.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. These are essentially the same as those of the carbon- 
ate, as the citric acid is burnt up in the system and a lithium carbonate formed, which is finally 
eliminated by the kidneys. While thus acting like the carbonate, it has the advantages over 
that salt of having a less disagreeable taste and of being less disposed to irritate the stomach, 
—the same advantages that, in many instances, potassium citrate has over the carbonate of 
that alkali. The dose is from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.). 
PART I. 
LITHII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS. U. S., Br. Effervescent Lithium 
Citrate. 
(LITH'I-! Cl'TElS EF-FER-VES'CEN§.) 
“Lithium Carbonate, seventy grammes [or 2 ounces av., 205 grains] ; Sodium Bicarbonate, 
two hundred and eighty grammes [or 9 ounces av., 384 grains] ; Citric Acid, three hundred and 
seventy grammes [or 13 ounces av., 22 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Triturate the Citric Acid with 
about two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] of Sugar, and dry the mixture 
thoroughly. Then incorporate with it, by trituration, the Lithium Carbonate and Sodium Bi- 
carbonate, and enough Sugar to make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces 
av., 120 grains]. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, in powder, 58 ounces (Imperial) or 580 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in 
powder, 31 ounces (Imp.) or 310 grammes; Citric Acid, in powder, 21 ounces (Imp.) or 210 
grammes ; Lithium Citrate, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes. Mix the Lithium Citrate with 
the Citric Acid, then add the Tartaric Acid, and, lastly, the Sodium Bicarbonate, triturating 
thoroughly. Place the whole in a dish or pan of suitable form heated to between 200° and 
220° F. (93-3° and 104-4° C.). When the mixture, by the aid of careful manipulation, has 
assumed a granular character, separate it, by means of suitable sieves, into granules of uni- 
form and convenient size. Dry the granules at a temperature not exceeding 130° F. (54-4° 
C.). The product should weigh about 100 oimces(Imp.) or 1000 grammes.” Br. 
These official processes do not yield identical products, the U. S. preparation containing 
sugar, which, in our opinion, is objectionable. There seems to be no good reason for em- 
ploying both citric and tartaric acids in the British process. The U. S. process yields a 
powder, whilst that of the British Pharmacopoeia produces a granular salt which is more de- 
sirable for administration. 
This effervescent salt forms an agreeable method of administering the lithia salts ; its med- 
ical properties are those of lithium citrate, and the dose is a teaspoonful in water. 
LITHII SALICYLAS. U. S. Lithium Salicylate. 
LiC7H503; 143*68. (LITH'l-i sIl-I-CY'lXs.) 2LiC7 H5 03. H2'0; 306. 
No process is given in the Pharmacopoeia for this official salt. It maybe prepared by adding 
to a mixture of eleven parts of salicylic acid and three parts of lithium carbonate twenty-five 
parts of water, and heating until effervescence ceases, filtering and evaporating. It may be 
obtained in crystals, and “ should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Properties. “ A white or grayish-white powder, odorless, and having a sweetish taste ; 
deliquescent on exposure to air. Very soluble in water and in alcohol. When heated, the salt 
is decomposed, emitting the odor of phenol, and finally leaving a residue of lithium carbonate 
and carbon. It imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution slightly 
reddens blue litmus paper. If copper sulphate test-solution be added to an aqueous solution 
(1 in 20) of the salt, the mixture should have a bright-green color. If a small quantity of 
ferric chloride test-solution be added to an excess of a concentrated, aqueous solution (1 in 4) 
of Lithium Salicylate, a deep red color will be produced, which, after the liquid is largely di- 
luted and mixed with more ferric chloride test-solution, will change to a deep bluish-violet tint. 
Upon adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, in a test-tube, about 1 C.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid, 
then, cautiously, in drops, about 1 C.c. of methylic alcohol, and heating the mixture to boiling, 
the odor of oil of gaultheria will be evolved. Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid produces in the 
aqueous solution a voluminous precipitate of salicylic acid, which, when separated and washed, PART I. 
Lithii Salicylas.—Lobelia. 
833 
should conform to the reactions and tests given under Acidum Salicylicum. The aqueous solu- 
tion should be colorless (absence of iron and organic coloring matters), and should not effervesce 
on the addition of diluted acids (absence of carbonate). If 1 part of the salt be agitated 
with 15 parts of sulphuric acid, no color should be imparted to the acid within 15 minutes 
(absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If a portion of the residue, left after 
ignition, be dissolved in diluted acetic acid, separate portions of the filtrate should not be ren- 
dered turbid on the addition of a few drops of barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate), 
nor be rendered more than very slightly turbid by silver nitrate test-solution (limit of chloride). 
Other portions of the same filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution 
(absence of arsenic, lead, etc.) ; nor by ammonium sulphide test-solution (aluminum, etc.) ; nor 
by ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium) ; nor by sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution (limit 
of potassium). If another portion of the residue, left after ignition, be dissolved in diluted hy- 
drochloric acid, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, a portion of the residue, when treated 
with 5 parts of absolute alcohol, should completely dissolve, and the addition of an equal vol- 
ume of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of other alkalies). If 2 Gm. of dry 
Lithium Salicylate be thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn off most of the 
carbonaceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 C.c. of water, it should require, for com- 
plete neutralization, not less than 13-8 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 
99-13 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. 
Medical Properties. This salt has probably been introduced into the Pharmacopoeia as 
a remedy in gout and rheumatism, uniting the virtues of salicylic acid and of lithium. It will 
probably be found efficient, and has the great advantage over salicylic acid of being freely sol- 
uble in water and much less irritant to the stomach. Every drachm of it contains about 57-25 
grains of salicylic acid and 2-75 grains of lithium. The dose is from twenty to forty grains 
(1-3-2-6 Gm.), to be given in an aromatized syrup. 
LOBELIA. U. S., Br. Lobelia. 
(LO-BE'LI-A.) 
“ The leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata, Linn6 (nat. ord. Lobeliaceae), collected after a 
portion of the capsules have become inflated.” U. S. u The dried flowering herb of Lobelia 
inflata, Linn.” Br. 
Herba Lobelia, P. G.; Indian Tobacco; Herbe de Lobelie enfl6e, Fr.; Lobelienkraut, G. 
Lobelia inflata. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 931 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 946; Bigelow, Am. Med. 
Bot. i. 177 ; Barton, Med. Bot. i. 181; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 60, pi. 51 ; B. & T. 162. 
This species of Lobelia, often called Indian tobacco, is an annual or biennial indigenous plant, 
usually a foot or more in height, with a fibrous root, and a solitary, erect, angular, very hairy 
stem, much branched about midway, but rising considerably above the summits of the highest 
branches. The leaves are scattered, or alternate, petiolate, the upper sessile, ovate, or oblong, 
about two inches (5 Cm.) long, irregularly toothed, pubescent, pale green. The flowers are 
numerous, small, disposed in leafy terminal racemes, and upon short axillary footstalks. The 
calyx is five-toothed and much inflated in fruit. The corolla, which is of a delicate blue, has 
a labiate border, with the upper lip divided into two, the lower into three segments. The 
united anthers are curved, and enclose the stigma. The fruit is an oval, striated, inflated 
capsule, crowned with the persistent calyx, and containing, in two cells, numerous very small, 
oblong, reticulated brown seeds* The transverse section of the stem exhibits laticiferous ves- 
sels in the bast. According to Engler and Prantl, the genus Lobelia belongs to the nat. ord. 
Campanulaceae. 
Lobelia inflata f is a very common weed, growing on the roadsides and in neglected fields 
throughout the United States and Canada. Its flowers begin to appear towards the end of 
* In case of poisoning by lobelia, the seeds may be recognized by the following microscopic characters. (Fred. 
Curtis, Lond. Med. Gaz., July, 1851.) They are almond-shaped, about l-30th of an inch long by l-75th broad, puce- 
colored, regularly marked with longitudinal ridges and furrows, and cross ridges generally at right angles with the 
former, so that the surface presents the appearance of basket-work. No other seeds could be mistaken for them, 
except those of Lobelia cardinalis, which, however, are larger, coarser, of a lighter color, and with the superficial 
rectangular checkering less distinct., 
f Two other North American species of lobelia have been used in medicine, but appear to be of very little value, 
—L. cardinalis, or cardinal flower, as an anthelmintic; L. syphilitica, as an antisyphilitic. (See Dr. W. P. C. Bar- 
ton’s Medical Botany.) Mr. V. Rosen has found in the L. nicotiance/olia, which grows in the mountain ranges of 
Ceylon and the Madras peninsula, two alkaloids,—one liquid and identical with lobeline, the other a crystalline solid. 
He believes, as the result of some physiological experiments, that the plant has the same properties as those of L. 
in/lata. (P. J. Tr.} 1886, p. 838.) 834 
Lobelia. 
PART I. 
July, and continue to expand in succession till the occurrence of frost. All parts of it are 
medicinal; but, according to Dr. Eberle, the root and inflated capsules are most powerful. 
The plant should be collected in August or September, when the capsules are numerous, and 
should be carefully dried. It may be kept whole or in powder As found in commerce, it is 
often in oblong compressed cakes, prepared by the Shakers or the herb-dealers. 
Dried lobelia has a slightly irritating odor, and when chewed, though at first without much 
taste, soon produces a burning acrid impression upon the posterior parts of the tongue and 
palate, very closely resembling that occasioned by tobacco, and attended in like manner with 
a flow of saliva and a nauseating effect. “ Leaves alternate, petiolate, the upper ones sessile, 
ovate or oblong, about 5 Cm. long, irregularly toothed, pubescent, pale green ; branches hairy, ter- 
minating in long racemes of small, pale blue flowers, having an adherent five-toothed calyx, which 
is inflated in fruit, a bilabiate corolla, and five united stamens; odor slight, irritating; taste 
mild, afterwards burning and acrid.” U. S. The powder is greenish. The plant yields its vir- 
tues readily to water and alcohol. Water distilled from it has its odor without its acrimony. 
Prof. Procter found the plant to contain an odorous volatile principle, probably volatile oil; a 
peculiar alkaline principle, named lobeline; a peculiar acid, first noticed as distinct by Pereira, 
called hbelic add; besides gum, resin, chlorophyll, fixed oil, lignin, salts of lime and potassa, 
and oxide of iron. The seeds contain at least twice as much of lobeline, in proportion, as the 
whole plant, which yielded only one part in five hundred. They contain also 30 per cent, of a 
nearly colorless fixed oil having the drying property in an extraordinary degree. Lobeline was 
obtained by Prof. Procter by tbe following process. The seeds were treated with alcohol acid- 
ulated with acetic acid, until deprived of acrimony, and the tincture was evaporated; the re- 
sulting extract was triturated with magnesia and water, and, after repeated agitation for several 
hours, the liquor, holding lobeline in solution, was filtered; this was then shaken repeatedly 
with ether until no longer acrid; and the ethereal solution, having been decanted, was allowed 
to evaporate spontaneously. The residue, which was reddish brown and of the consistence of 
honey, was deprived of coloring matter by dissolving it in water, adding a slight excess of sul- 
phuric acid, boiling with animal charcoal, saturating with magnesia, filtering, agitating with 
ether until this fluid had deprived the water of acrimony, and finally decanting, and allowing 
the ether to evaporate. Thus obtained, lobeline is a yellowish liquid, lighter than water, of a 
somewhat aromatic odor, and a very acrid durable taste. It is soluble in water, but much 
more copiously in alcohol and ether: and the latter fluid readily removes it from its aqueous 
solution. It has an alkaline reaction, and forms soluble and crystallizable salts with sulphuric, 
nitric, and hydrochloric acids, and a very soluble but not crystallizable salt with acetic acid. 
It forms an insoluble compound with tannic acid, which instantly precipitates it from its solu- 
tion. By a boiling heat it is entirely decomposed, losing all its acrimony ; but when combined 
with acids it may be subjected to ebullition with water without change. (A. J. P., ix. 105, xiii. 1; 
see, also, a paper by W. D. Richardson, Jr., A. J. P, 1872, p. 293.).* Paschkis and Smita 
(Monatshefte, xi. p. 131) obtained the alkaloid as a viscous oil with an odor resembling at once 
that of honey and that of tobacco. Siebert has also obtained both from the herb and seeds 
of lobelia a pale-yellow alkaline syrup, the crystallized hydrochloride and chloroplatinate of 
which indicated the formula C18H23N02 for the free alkaloid. Enders has also isolated the acrid 
substance of the drug, and gives to it the name lobelacrin. It is obtained in warty tufts of a 
brown color, soluble in ether and chloroform, buttonly slightly in water. It is decomposed by 
boiling with dilute acids or alkalies into sugar and lobelic acid. Lewis (P. J. Tr. [3], 10, p. 
56) considers lobelacrin as only a mixture of lobeline lobeliate with free lobelic acid. (Phar- 
macographia, 2d ea., 400.) Lloyd considers the lobelacrin of Enders to be a mixture of in- 
flatin, resin, lobeline, and the fixed oil which lobelia contains in the proportion of about 30 
per cent. The late Dr. S. Colhoun, of Philadelphia, was the first to announce the existence 
of a peculiar principle in lobelia, capable of forming salts with the acids ; but he did not 
obtain it in an isolated state. An important inference from the effects of heat upon lobeline 
is that, in preparing lobelia for use, the plant should never be heated in connection with a 
salifiable base. Prof. J. U. Lloyd isolated from lobelia a crystalline substance, melting at 225° 
C., which had been observed previously by Prof. Procter. Prof. Lloyd named it inflatin ; it 
is colorless, tasteless, and odorless, insoluble in water or glycerin, soluble in carbon disulphide, 
* Mr. William Bastick, of London, published (P. J. Tr., Dec. 1850) an article on lobeline, apparently in entire 
ignorance of the previous work of Prof. Procter. His process does not differ essentially from that above given. In 
one magnesia is used to decompose the native salt of lobeline, in the other lime, the caustic alkalies not being ap- 
plicable to the purpose, as they decompose this alkaloid with great facility. PART I. 
Loti ones.—Lotio Hydrargyri Nigra. 
835 
benzene, chloroform, ether, and least soluble in alcohol. It is a neutral principle, and appears 
to have no therapeutic value. (Pharm. Rundschau, 1887, 32.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Lobelia is said to have been used as a medicine by the 
aborigines of America, but was first brought into general professional notice by the Rev. Dr. 
Cutler, of Massachusetts. The leaves or capsules, chewed for a short time, occasion giddiness, 
headache, general tremors, and ultimately nausea and vomiting. When swallowed in the full 
dose, the medicine produces speedy and severe vomiting, attended with continued and distress- 
ing nausea, copious sweating, and great general relaxation. When toxic doses are taken, these 
symptoms are very severe, and have added to them burning pain in the fauces or oesophagus, 
progressive failure of voluntary motion, rapid, feeble pulse, fall of temperature, and finally 
collapse with stupor or coma; in some cases convulsions precede death. Death has often re- 
sulted from its empirical use. Its poisonous effects are most apt to occur when, as sometimes 
happens, it is not rejected by vomiting. The experiments of Dr. I. Ott upon the lower animals 
show that the poison causes paralysis of the motor nerve-trunks, of the peripheral vagi, and 
probably also of the vaso-motor centres. Death seems to occur from failure of respiration, 
due, in part at least, to the condition of the motor nerves. 
As an emetic, lobelia should never be used; at present it is rarely employed at all except in 
spasmodic asthma, the paroxysms of which it often greatly mitigates, and sometimes wholly 
relieves, even when not given in doses sufficiently large to vomit. It has been used also in 
catarrh, croup, pertussis, and other laryngeal and pectoral affections, but is chiefly valuable 
where there is bronchial spasm: it must always be employed with caution. The tincture 
affords the most eligible mode of administration; in asthmatic cases it may be given in doses 
of fifteen minims (0-9 C.c.) every hour until an effect is produced. The fluid extract and the 
tincture are official. The process for the vinegar, which was dropped by the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1890, will be found in the foot-note.* Dr. Nunes (T. G., 1889) asserts that he 
has used lobeline in a number of cases of asthma with most excellent results in doses of from 
three-fourths of a grain to six grains a day; but it can scarcely be doubted that he had a very 
impure alkaloid, and that such doses of a pure sample would be highly dangerous. 
LOTIONES. Lotions. 
(L0-TI-0'NE§—lo-shg-o'nez.) 
Washes; Lotions, Fr.; Waschungen, G. 
This class has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia in order to give official recog- 
nition to two preparations, the black wash, or lotio nigra, and the yellow wash, or lotio flava, 
which have been long in use, and which will be found treated of under Calomel and Corrosive 
Sublimate at pages 688 and 693 of this work. Nothing more is necessary here than to give 
the British formulas. 
LOTIO HYDRARGYRI FLAVA. Br. Yellow Mercurial Lotion. 
(LO'TI-O HY-DRAR'§Y-RI I’LA'VA—lo'shg-o.) 
Aqua Phagedsenica, P. G.; Yellow Wash; Eau phagedenique, Eau divine de Fernel, Phagedenique, Fr.; Phage- 
danisches Wasser, Altschadenwasser, G. 
“ Mercuric Chloride, 20 grains (Imperial) or 0.46 gramme; Solution of Lime, 10 ji. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. (See Lotio Flava, National Formulary.) 
This lotion is about 11 per cent, stronger than that official in the Br. Ph. 1885. 
LOTIO HYDRARGYRI NIGRA. Br. Black Mercurial Lotion. 
(LO'TI-O HY-DRAR'$Y-RI NI'GRA.) 
Aqua Phagedsenica Nigra,P. G.; Aqua Nigra, Aqua Mercurialis Nigra; Black Wash; Eau phagedenique noire, 
Fr.; Schwarzes Wasser, G. 
“ Mercurous Chloride, 30 grains (Imperial) or 0-685 gramme; Glycerin, £ fl. ounce (Imp. 
meas.) or 5 cubic centimetres; Mucilage of Tragacanth, 1 \ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 12-5 
* Aceturn Lobelia, U. S. 1880. Vinegar of Lobelia. ( Vinaigre de Lobelie enflle, Fr.; Lobelien-Essig, G.) 
“ Lobelia, in No. 30 powder, ten parts [or one and three-fourths ounces av.] ; Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one hundred parts [or one pint]. Moisten the powder with five parts [or one fluidounce] of Diluted 
Acetic Acid, pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon it until one 
hundred parts [or one pint] of filtered liquid are obtained.” U. S. Vinegar of Lobelia may also be prepared by 
macerating the powder in one pint of Diluted Acetic Acid for seven days, expressing the liquid, and filtering through 
paper. This is an active preparation of lobelia. Dose, as an expectorant for an adult, from thirty minims to a 
fluidrachm (2-3-75 C.c.). In the paroxysm of spasmodic asthma from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-50 C.c.) may 
be given every two or three hours till relief is obtained. 836 
Lupulinum.—Lycopodium. 
cubic centimetres ; Solution of Lime, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Mercurous Chloride 
with the Glycerin and Mucilage of Tragacanth ; transfer to a bottle ; add two fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 20 cubic centimetres of the Solution of Lime ; shake well; add sufficient Solution 
of Lime to produce ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the 
Lotion.” Br. (See Lotio Nigra, National Formulary.) The addition of glycerin and muci- 
lage of tragacanth improves this lotion by aiding in the suspension of the insoluble powder. 
PAET I. 
LUPULINUM. U. S., Br. Lupulin. 
(LU-PU-Li'NUM.) 
“ The glandular powder separated from the strobiles of Humulus Lupulus, Linn6 (nat. 
ord. Urticaeeae).” U. S. “ Glands obtained from the 
strobiles of Humulus Lupulus, Linn. It should 
contain not more than 40 per cent, of matter in- 
soluble in ether, and yield not more than 12 per cent, 
of ash when incinerated.” Br. 
Lupulina, Pharm. 1870 ; Lupulinic Glands; Glandulae Lupuli, 
P. G.; Lupuline, Lupulite, Fr.; Hopfenmehl, Lupulin, G. 
Lupulin is officially described as “ bright brown- 
ish yellow, becoming yellowish brown, resinous, con- 
sisting of minute granules, which, as seen under the 
microscope, are subglobular, or rather hood-shaped, 
and reticulate; aromatic and bitter. When Lupu- 
lin is agitated with water and the mixture allowed 
to stand, no considerable sediment (sand, etc.) should 
be deposited. When ignited, Lupulin should not 
leave more than 10 per cent, of ash.” U. S. (See Humulus, p. 685.)* 
Lupulin. Magnified, to show the shape and 
markings of the granules. 
LYCOPODIUM. U.S. Lycopodium. 
(LY-CO-PO'DI-UM.) 
“ The spores of Lycopodium clavatum, Linne, and of other species of Lycopodium (nat. 
ord. Lycopodiacem).” U. S. 
Vegetable Sulphur; Semen Lycopodii, Pulvis Lycopodii, Sulphur Vegetabile; Lycopode, Soufre vegetal, Pied de 
Loup, F>\; Gemeiner Barlapp, Kolbenmoos, Barlappsamen, Streupulver, Hexenmehl, G.; Lieopodio, It., Sp. 
Lycopodium clavatum. Linn. Sp. Plant. (1753) 1101; B. & T. 299. This plant, commonly 
called club-moss, has a trailing, branching stem, several feet long, and thickly beset with linear- 
lanceolate, flat, ribless, smooth, partly serrate leaves with a capillary point, curved upward, and 
of a deep green color. The fructification is in terminal spikes, single or in pairs, with crowded 
ovate, entire, pointed scales, bearing in the axil a transversely oval sporange which splits 
nearly to the base and contains the narrow reticulate spores. The plant is a native of Europe, 
Asia, and America. 
The spores are collected in Switzerland and Germany. Lycopodium is “ a fine powder, pale 
yellowish, very mobile, inodorous, tasteless, floating upon water and not wetted by it, but sink- 
ing on being boiled with it, and burning quickly when 
thrown into a flame. Under the microscope the spores 
are seen to be splimro-tetrahedral, the surfaces marked 
with reticulated ridges, and the edges beset with short 
projections. Lycopodium should be free from pollen, 
starch, sand, and other impurities, any of which are 
easily detected by means of the microscope. When 
ignited with free access of air, Lycopodium should not 
leave more than 5 per cent, of ash.” U. S. Bucholz in 1807 pointed out the existence of a 
fixed oil. Fliickiger, however, by thoroughly comminuting the spores of lycopodium with sand, 
obtained 47 per cent, of a bland oil of bright yellow color and sp. gr. 0-925, which does not 
congeal even at —15° C. (5° F.). Stenhouse found volatile bases to be present in very small 
amount. The ash amounts to 4 per cent. It contains alumina and 1 per cent, of phosphoric 
acid, and is not alkaline. (Pharma cographia, 2d ed., 732.) Lycopodium is often adulterated 
with the pollen of the pines and firs, and sometimes with talc and starch. In Nashville, Tenn., 
A, Pollen-cell of Picea excelsa; B, Lycopodium. 
* Mr. J. S. Ward found, as the results of an examination, four samples of lupulin, which fairly represent the 
commercial article, to yield 54*24, 41 *-<9, 40 04, and 89*41 per cent, of extractive, soluble in ether, and to yield 27*01, 
29-10, 30*86, and 31*42 per cent, of ash. The samples were all gritty. (P. J. Tr., 1886, 656.) PART I. 
Macis.—Magnesia. 
837 
a specimen came into the possession of Mr. Benj. Lillard which was found to contain one- 
half of its bulk of dextrin. (Chicago Pharmacist, Sept. 1873.) Folleto recommends two re- 
actions to detect pollen: one by adding to a syrupy solution of zinc chloride potassium iodide 
and iodine to saturation; the pollen is colored yellow by this reagent, lycopodium is not col- 
ored ; the other reagent is methyl-green, which colors pollen green, but does not color lyco- 
podium. {Pharm. Central., 1896, 527.) Lycopodium is used as an absorbent application to 
excoriated surfaces, especially those which occur in the folds of the skin in infants. In phar- 
macy it answers the purpose of facilitating the rolling of the pilular mass, and of preventing 
the adhesion of the pills when formed. The moss itself has been esteemed diuretic and anti- 
spasmodic : its decoction has been employed in rheumatism, diseases of the lungs and kidneys, 
and in the removal of plica Polonica; but it has fallen into complete desuetude. 
MACIS. U. S. Mace. 
(MA'CIS.) 
“ The arillode of the fruit of Myristica fragrans, Houttuyn (nat. ord. Myristicaceae).” U. S. 
Arillus Myristicm; Macis, Fleur de Muscade, Fr.; Muskatbliithe (Macis), G.; Macis, It.; Macias, Sp. 
Mace occurs “ in narrow bands, 25 Mm. or more long, somewhat branched and lobed above, 
united into broader bands below; brownish-orange; fatty when scratched or pressed; odor 
fragrant, taste warm and aromatic.” U. S. Examined with the microscope, mace will be found 
to be largely made up of uniform, small, angular, parenchymatous cells, interspersed with 
numerous brown oil-cells of larger size. The inner part of the tissue contains also thin brown 
vascular bundles. The cells of the epidermis on either side are colorless, thick-walled, longi- 
tudinally extended, and covered with a peculiar cuticle of broad, flat, ribbon-like cells, which 
cannot, however, be removed as a continuous film. The parenchymatous cells are loaded with 
small albuminous granules, but do not contain starch. In examining ground mace these ele- 
ments of structure come out plainly, and the presence of starch granules or other microscopic 
particles different from those spoken of is proof that the powdered mace has been adulterated* 
Mace contains from 7 to 9 per cent, of a volatile oil, the greater portion of which consists of 
pinene, along with which is some myristicin, C12A1402. Wallach also found a fixed oil, odorous, 
yellow, soluble in ether, insoluble in boiling alcohol; another fixed oil, odorous, red, soluble in 
alcohol and ether in every proportion; a peculiar gummy matter; and a small proportion of 
ligneous fibre. Fliickiger finds that, instead of the fats just described, there is about 25 per 
cent, of resin. (Pharmacographia, 509.) Mace yields a volatile oil by distillation and a fixed 
oil by pressure. Neumann found the former heavier than water. The latter is less consistent 
than the fixed oil of nutmeg. Mace is inferior when it is brittle, less than usually divided, 
whitish or pale yellow, or with little taste and smell. (See Myristica.) 
MAGNESIA. U. S. (Br.) Magnesia. [Light Magnesia. Calcined Magnesia.] 
MgO; 40*26. (hXg-NE'§I-A.) MgO; 40. 
“ Light Magnesium Oxide, MgO, is prepared by exposing Light Magnesium Carbonate to a 
dull red heat.” Br. 
Magnesia Levis, Br.; Magnesia Usta, P.O.; Magnesia Caicinata; Magnesie, Magnesie calcinee, Fr.; Gebrannte 
Magnesia, G. 
In the British Pharmacopoeia 1885 directions were given for preparing two forms of mag- 
nesia, one called Magnesia Levis,\ or Bight Magnesia, from the Bight Carbonate, and the other 
Magnesia Ponderosa, from the Heavy Carbonate. It is the former which corresponds with 
our ordinary magnesia. Neither Pharmacopoeia gives a detailed process. 
By exposure to a red heat, the water and carbonic acid of the magnesium carbonate are ex- 
* Occasionally mace is adulterated with powdered Bombay or wild mace, or with vegetable matters stained with 
turmeric. According to Hefelmann, the presence of Bombay mace, or of turmeric, may be infallibly detected by the 
following test. A strip of filtering paper is saturated with the alcoholic solution, the excess of liquid removed by 
pressing between filtering paper, and the strip drawn through a cold saturated solution of boric acid; if the adul- 
terant be Bombay mace the paper remains unchanged, while turmeric changes the color to orange or even brown. 
The addition now of a drop of potassium hydrate solution to the strip causes a colored ring—with turmeric, blue; 
with Bombay mace, red. (Pharm. Zeit., 1891.) For additional tests, see P. J. Tr., 1897, 288. 
-f- “ Take of Light Carbonate of Magnesium four ounces. Put it into a Cornish or Hessian crucible closed loosely 
by a lid, and expose it to a low red heat until a small quantity, taken from the centre of the crucible, cooled, moist- 
ened with water, and dropped into warm diluted sulphuric acid, causes no effervescence.” Br. 1885. 838 
Magnesia. 
PART I. 
pelled, and the earth is obtained pure. According to Dr. Black, the carbonate loses seven- 
twelfths of its weight by calcination. Brande says that the loss varies from 50 to 60 per 
cent., of which from 15 to 20 per cent, is water: (MgC0„)4 -f- Mg(OH)2 -{- 5H20 = 5MgO 
6H20 -j- 4COa. About the close of the process the earth exhibits a luminous or phosphores- 
cent appearance, which is said to be a good criterion of its freedom from carbonic acid. (Dun- 
can.') A more certain indication, however, is the absence of effervescence when hydrochloric 
acid is added to a little of the magnesia, previously mixed with water. It is an error to sup- 
pose that a very intense heat is requisite in the calcination. The temperature of ignition is 
sufficient for the expulsion of the water and carbonic acid, and any increase serves only to 
render the magnesia harder, denser, less readily soluble in acids, and consequently less useful 
as a medicine. In order to insure a pure product, care should be taken that the carbonate em- 
ployed be free from lime. It should be rubbed to powder before being introduced into the 
pot or crucible; and, as in consequence of its levity it occupies a very large space, the plan 
has been proposed of moistening and compressing it in order to reduce its bulk ; but the French 
pharmaceutical writers direct that the vessels employed should be sufficiently large to contain 
a considerable quantity of the carbonate, without the necessity of resorting to compression* 
The official direction, to keep the magnesia, after it has been prepared, in well-closed vessels, is 
founded on the fact that it absorbs carbonic acid and water from the air; but, as the absorp- 
tion of the acid goes on very slowly, and that of water does not injure the preparation, the 
caution is often neglected. The great bulk of the earth renders its introduction into small 
bottles inconvenient. A four-ounce bottle holds only about an ounce of the purest and finest 
magnesia. But its specific gravity is greatly increased by trituration; and four times the 
quantity may be thus got into the same space. The density of Henry's Magnesia, whieh is at 
least four times that of the earth prepared in the ordinary way, has been ascribed to this cause. 
It has also been attributed to the influence of intense heat employed in the calcination. The 
conjecture has even been advanced, that this magnesia, which has enjoyed so great a popularity 
in England and this country, is prepared by precipitating a solution of magnesium sulphate 
by caustic potassa, as the earth afforded by this plan is comparatively dense. It is asserted 
that the magnesia prepared from the carbonate procured by precipitating magnesium sul- 
phate with potassium carbonate is softer to the touch and bears a closer resemblance to Henry’s 
than that prepared from the ordinary carbonate. The fact is explained by the presence in such 
magnesia of a little potassium sulphate, from which it is difficult entirely to free it in conse- 
quence of the sparing solubility of this salt, and of a portion of silica, which originally existed 
in the potassium carbonate employed to decompose the magnesium sulphate, and of which so- 
dium carbonate is destitute. According to Mr. Richard Phillips, Jr., if equivalent quantities 
of crystallized magnesium sulphate and crystallized sodium carbonate be boiled together in 
water, the mixture evaporated to dryness, the residual salts calcined, and the sodium sulphate 
dissolved out by water, the magnesia obtained will be dense. (See A. J. P., xvi. 118.) By 
packing the carbonate closely in the crucible, or by moistening and then compressing it strongly 
in a cloth, before calcination, a heavy magnesia is obtained. The advantages of Henry’s mag- 
nesia, independently of the convenience of its less bulk, are its greater softness and more ready 
miscibility with water. A preparation similar to Henry’s is made by T. J. Husband, of Phila- 
delphia. In reference to the preparation of heavy magnesia, Mr. T. H. Barr, after trying va- 
rious methods, obtained the best results either by precipitating a hot concentrated solution of 
magnesium sulphate with a like solution of sodium carbonate, or by decomposing magnesium 
chloride by heat. (A. J. P., xxvi. 193.) Dr. P. E. Alessandri proposes the following method, 
which is both simple and rapid, for preparing “ heavy” calcined magnesia. Take ordinary cal- 
cined magnesia, free from carbonate, moisten it, in a mortar, with pure, absolute alcohol, and 
triturate it, at first gently, afterwards with some force, but not rapidly. During the agitation, 
the magnesia is to be moistened three or four times with fresh portions of the alcohol, and the 
operation is suspended when the bulk of the magnesia appears to remain stationary. Then 
* In a paper by M. A. Vee (Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1860, p. 84) it is stated that the magnesia of commerce, in 
consequence of imperfect preparation, is often found dense, granular, harsh, and of difficult solubility in the acids. 
To remedy this inconvenience the only method heretofore known was to prepare it in small quantities, and to stir 
the magnesia during calcination with an iron spoon. The difficulty in preparing it properly on the large scale de- 
pends upon the unequal action of the heat on large masses, so that the outer part becomes heated in excess before the 
inner is sufficiently so. To remedy this inconvenience, M. Vee uses a furnace and crucible of a peculiar shape, so 
arranged that the magnesia may not be in layers thicker than seven centimeters (2‘7 inches), may be exposed equably 
to heat, and not longer exposed than may be necessary for its decomposition. For an account of the apparatus, and 
of the proper method of management, see A. J. P., 1862, p. 522. PART I. 
Magnesia. 
839 
remove the mass, dry it, rub it to powder, and pass it through a sieve. The product occupies 
only about one-fifteenth of the original bulk. (W. R., March, 1882.) 
Magnesia is now manufactured extensively in the United States, the domestic product 
having almost entirely supplanted that which was formerly imported from Great Britain. 
The Keasbey & Mattison Company have erected extensive works at Ambler, Pa., although 
the greater part of their output is magnesium carbonate, which is used in the arts mainly as 
a non-conductor of heat. This company also makes light and heavy calcined magnesia for 
medicinal purposes, and dolomite is now exclusively used as the source of the magnesium com- 
pounds. (See Magnesii Carbonas for further information.) 
Dr. Pereira found light magnesia, under the microscope, to exhibit the same forms observed 
in the light carbonate : namely, one portion was amorphous and of a flocculent or granular 
consistence, and another was composed of fragments of prismatic crystals ; while the heavy 
magnesia was homogeneous, exhibiting no traces of crystals, and consisting of minute granules 
more or less cohering into small soft balls or masses. (P. J. Tr., viii. 235.) 
Properties. Magnesia is a very light, white, inodorous powder, of a feeble alkaline taste. 
Its sp. gr. is commonly stated at 2-3. It was deemed infusible till melted by means of the 
compound blowpipe of Dr. Hare. Water sprinkled upon it is absorbed to the extent of about 
18 per cent., but with scarcely any increase of temperature. It is almost insoluble, requiring, 
according to Dr. Fyfe, 5142 parts of water at 60° F., and 36,000 parts of boiling water, for solu- 
tion. Water thus impregnated has no effect on vegetable colors ; but magnesia itself produces 
a brown stain by contact with moistened turmeric paper. Magnesia is a metallic oxide, consisting 
of one atom of magnesium and one of oxygen. It is officially described as “ almost insoluble in 
water, and insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in dilute acids. It is not altered by heat, but when 
very strongly heated its density is increased. When moistened with water, it has a faintly alka- 
line reaction upon litmus paper. On stirring 1 part of Magnesia with 15 parts of water, in a 
beaker, and allowing the mixture to stand for about half an hour, it will form a gelatinous 
mass of sufficient consistence to prevent it from dropping out when the glass is inverted. A 
filtered solution of Magnesia in diluted sulphuric acid, mixed with ammonium chloride test- 
solution and an excess of ammonia water, yields, with sodium phosphate test-solution, a white, 
crystalline precipitate. If a mixture of 0-2 6m. of Magnesia with 10 C.c. of water be heated 
to boiling, and, after cooling, 5 C.c. of the supernatant liquid be filtered off, this filtrate should 
not give more than a faintly alkaline reaction with litmus paper, and, when evaporated to dry- 
ness, should not leave more than a very slight residue (limit of foreign soluble salts'). The 
Magnesia mixed with water remaining from the preceding test, when poured into 5 C.c. of 
acetic acid, should dissolve without the evolution of more than a few isolated gas bubbles (limit 
of carbonate). This latter solution, when filtered, should not be rendered more than slightly 
opalescent by ammonium oxalate test-solution (limit of calcium), or by barium chloride test- 
solution (limit of sulphate), or, after the addition of a few drops of nitric acid, by silver nitrate 
test-solution (limit of chloride). If 0'4 Gm. of Magnesia be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted 
hydrochloric acid, the solution should be colorless, and should not be affected by hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution, nor, after the addition of a slight excess of ammonia water, should it be 
immediately affected by ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impurities). If 
Magnesia be exposed to a low red heat in a porcelain crucible, it should not lose more than 5 
per cent, of its weight (limit of water of hydration)." IT. S. “A bulky white powder differing 
from Heavy Magnesia only in its greater lightness, the volumes corresponding to the same 
weight being to each other in the ratio of three and a half to one.” Br. 
Magnesium is a white, very brilliant metal, of sp. gr. 1-75, resembling silver, malleable, fusible 
at a low temperature, and convertible into magnesia by the combined action of air and moisture. 
It burns with great facility, and yields by its combustion a light which is intensely white and 
very rich in actinic or chemically active rays, so that it finds wide application in signal lights 
and for photography, although the cheaper alloy of magnesium and zinc is often used instead. 
There is a magnesium hydrate, possessing the formula Mg(0H)2. With nitric and hydro- 
chloric acids magnesia forms salts which are soluble in alcohol and very deliquescent. It is 
precipitated from its saline solutions by the pure alkalies in the state of a hydrate, and by 
potassium and sodium carbonates as a carbonate; but it is not precipitated by the alkaline 
bicarbonates, nor by common ammonium carbonate. 
Magnesia is liable to contain, as impurities, magnesium carbonate, lime, alumina, silica, and 
small quantities of the soluble salts employed or produced in the preparation of the carbonate 
from which it is procured. Lime, which is a very frequent impurity, and imparts to the mag- 840 
Magnesia.—Magnesia Ponderosa. 
PART I. 
nesia a more strongly alkaline and more disagreeable taste, is detected by ammonium oxalate 
or potassium bicarbonate. Neither of these salts disturbs a neutral solution of pure magnesia 
in a dilute acid; but if lime is present, both produce a precipitate, the former of oxalate, the 
latter of calcium carbonate. But, according to Wittstein, calcium oxalate is soluble in the 
neutral salts of magnesia, requiring 50 parts of magnesium chloride, and 90 of magnesium 
sulphate; and consequently there might be no precipitate, or one redissolved by the liquid, 
should the proportion of lime be very small. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e s6r., iii. 216.) As mag- 
nesia is completely dissolved by hydrochloric acid, silica and other impurities insoluble in that 
acid would be left behind. Alumina is indicated by the production of a precipitate when am- 
monia is added in excess to a solution of fifty grains of magnesia in a fluidounce of hydro- 
chloric acid. If the magnesia contain a soluble sulphate or carbonate, barium chloride will re- 
veal it by producing a precipitate with water digested on the magnesia. Rochelle salt has been 
found as an impurity in magnesia, probably as the result of accident. (A. J. P., Jan. 1873.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Magnesia is antacid and laxative, and is much used, 
under the name of calcined magnesia, in dyspepsia, sick headache, gout, and other complaints 
attended with sour stomach and constipation. It is also a favorite remedy in the complaints 
of children, in which acidity of the primae vise is often a prominent symptom. Its antacid 
properties render it useful in gravel attended with an excessive secretion of uric acid. Its ad- 
vantages over magnesium carbonate are that it may be given in a smaller dose and does not 
occasion flatulence.* The dose as a laxative is from thirty grains to a drachm (1*95-3*9 
Gm.); as an antacid merely, or an antilithic, from ten to thirty grains (0*65-1*95 Gm.) twice 
a day. When it meets with no acid, it is apt to linger in the stomach or bowels, ajjd may in 
that case be followed by lemonade. It should be administered in water or milk, and thor- 
oughly triturated so as to render the mixture uniform. If mixed with less than 14 or 15 times 
its weight of water, and allowed to stand for a day or two, magnesia is apt to form a more or 
less concrete mass, owing to the production of a hydrate. This change does not take place, or 
at least takes place much less readily, when magnesia already saturated with moisture is em- 
ployed instead of that freshly calcined. It has been conjectured that anhydrous magnesia 
might prove injurious in the stomach by solidifying its liquid contents; and the earth which 
has become saturated with moisture by exposure to a damp air is preferably recommended. 
Freshly precipitated magnesium hydrate will serve as an antidote to arsenous acid, though less 
efficient than ferric hydrate. The experiments of M. Carles have shown that the soluble mag- 
nesium saccharate is not superior as an antidote for arsenic to simple magnesia. Dr. Ohleyer 
(London Lancet, July, 1873) employs magnesia as a dressing in ulcers and abrasions, whilst 
Vergely recommends for burns calcined magnesia triturated with milk so as to form a paste, 
which should be applied thickly several times a day. 
MgO; 40*26. (mXg-ne'§i-a pon-de-ro'sa.) Mgo; 40. 
MAGNESIA PONDEROSA. U. S., Br. Heavy Magnesia 
Heavy Calcined Magnesia; Oxide of Magnesium. 
“ A white, dense, and very fine powder, which should conform to the reactions and tests 
given under Magnesia. It differs, however, from the latter in not readily uniting with water 
to form a gelatinous hydrate.” tf. S. “ Heavy Magnesium Oxide, MgO, is prepared by ex- 
posing Heavy Magnesium Carbonate to a dull red heat.” Br. 
This was directed, in the British Pharmacopoeia 1885, to be prepared precisely in the same 
manner as light magnesia, using, however, the heavy carbonate (Heavy Magnesium Carbo- 
nate, Br.). It is described by the Br. Ph. 1898 as “ A wdiite powder, insoluble in water, but 
readily dissolved by acids, the solution affording the reactions characteristic of magnesium. 
It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for irou, aluminium, calcium, or car- 
bonates, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides or sulphates. When heated 
to dull redness it should lose little or no weight.” The two varieties of light and heavy mag- 
nesia differ only in their weight in the same bulk, the volumes corresponding to the same 
weight being to each other in the ratio of three and one-half to one. (See Magnesia, above.) 
* Trochisci Magnesia. U. S. 1880. Troches of Magnesia. “ Magnesia, three hundred grains (19*50 Gm.) ; Nutmeg, 
in fine powder, fifteen grains (1*00 Gm.) ; Sugar, in fine powder, nine hundred grains (58*50 Gm.); Mucilage of 
Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the Magnesia and powder together until they 
are thoroughly mixed; then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." 
U. S. These each contain three grains (0*20 Gm.) of magnesia, and are useful in acidity of the stomach, especially 
When attended with constipation. Part i. 
Magnesii Carbonas. 
841 
MAGNESII CARBONAS. U. S. (Br.) Magnesium Carbonate. 
Approximately (MgCOsh. Mg (OH)2 + 5H2 O ; 484-62. (MgC03)4. Mg (IIO)2. 5H2 0; 484. 
Carbonate of Magnesia; Magnesia Carbonica, P. G.; Magnesia Hydrico-carbonica, Carbonas Magnesious, Magne- 
sia Alba, Lat.; Carbonate de Magnesie, Magnesie blancbe, Fr.; Kohlensaure Magnesia, Weisse Magnesia, G.; Car- 
bonato di Magnesia, It.; Carbonato de Magnesia, Sp. 
Magnesium Carbonate sometimes occurs as a native mineral known as magnesite, the best 
deposits of which are those of the Grecian Archipelago, though a common variety is found in 
Chester Co., Pa. That which is sold in commerce is prepared on a large scale by the manu- 
facturer. In the British Pharmacopoeia directions are given for preparing it in two forms : that 
of Magnesii Carbonas Ponderosus, or Heavy Magnesium Carbonate; and that of Mao- 
nesii Carbonas Levis, or Light Magnesium Carbonate. The following are the directions: 
1. Magnesii Carbonas Ponderosus. Heavy Magnesium Carbonate. Br. “ This prepara- 
tion, 3(MgC03),Mg(H0)2,4H20, may be obtained by the following process. Magnesium 
Sulphate, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 125 grammes; Sodium Carbonate, 12 ounces (Imp.) or 150 
grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Magnesium Sulphate 
and the Sodium Carbonate each in a pint (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
metres of the Distilled Water; mix the solutions, and evaporate to dryness; digest the residue 
for half an hour with two pints (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled 
Water, and having collected the insoluble matter on a calico filter, wash it repeatedly with the 
Distilled Water until the washings are free from sulphates; dry the product at a temperature 
not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. 
This is essentially the old process of the Dublin College for Magnesia: Carbonas Ponde- 
ROSUM, or Heavy Carbonate of Magnesia, and yields a product which is characterized in the 
British Pharmacopoeia as “ A white granular powder, which dissolves readily, with efferves- 
cence, in the diluted mineral acids, the solutions affording the reactions characteristic of mag- 
nesium. 5 grammes calcined at a red heat should be reduced to 2-1 grammes. It should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for iron, aluminium, or calcium, and only the 
slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides or sulphates.” 
2. Magnesii Carbonas Levis. Light Magnesium Carbonate. Br. “ This preparation, 
3(MgC03),Mg(H0)2,4H20, may be obtained by the following process. Magnesium Sulphate, 
10 ounces (Imperial) or 125 grammes; Sodium Carbonate, 12 ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes; 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Magnesium Sulphate and the Sodium Car- 
bonate each in half a gallon (Imp. meas.) or one litre of cold Distilled Water; mix the two 
solutions; boil the mixture for fifteen minutes ; transfer the precipitate to a calico filter; pour 
upon it boiling Distilled Water until the washings are free from sulphates; dry at a tempera- 
ture not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.).” Br. The resulting carbonate is characterized in the 
British Pharmacopoeia as “ A very light powder, which, when examined under the microscope, 
is found to consist of amorphous particles with numerous slender prisms intermixed. The 
other characters and tests are the same as those of Heavy Magnesium Carbonate.” 
Potassium carbonate is less eligible than sodium carbonate for the preparation of magnesium 
carbonate. It is difficult to separate the last portions of potassium sulphate from the precipi- 
tate, and potassium carbonate usually contains silica, which is thrown down with the magnesia. 
The consequence is that, when prepared with that salt, magnesium carbonate is liable to be 
gritty to the touch and to have a saline taste. The following method is said to be pursued 
by some of the best manufacturers. To a saturated solution of 100 parts of magnesium sul- 
phate, a solution of 125 parts of crystallized sodium carbonate is gradually added, the solutions 
being constantly stirred. The mixture is heated to ebullition, to complete the precipitation of 
the magnesia, which is then washed with tepid and finally with cold water, until the washings 
no longer give a precipitate with barium salts. When sufficiently washed, the carbonate is 
allowed to drain for one or two days on large linen filters, and is then placed in wooden moulds 
with a porous bottom of brick or gypsum, and subjected to pressure in order to give it a square 
and compact form. According to Otto and Gabler, very pure magnesium carbonate is made at 
Nauheim, Germany. Pattinson’s process is used. It depends upon the fact that, on treating 
calcined dolomite, in the presence of water, with carbonic acid under pressure, the magnesia 
dissolves as bicarbonate before any of the accompanying lime enters in solution. The calcined 
and finely powdered mineral is introduced, together with water, into a cylinder with a horizontal 
axis, and, while it is being kept in constant motion by a stirring apparatus, carbonic acid gas, 
under a pressure of five to six atmospheres, is forced into it. The resulting solution of mag- 
nesium bicarbonate, which is perfectly free from lime, if the process has been properly man- 
(MAG-NE'§I-! CAR'BO-NAS.) 842 
Magnesii Carbonas. 
PAET I. 
aged, is then transferred to a vertical cylinder, where it is heated with steam, whereby magne- 
sium carbonate is separated, which is collected, formed into prismatic .pieces, and dried. The 
carbonic acid gas required issues from the earth immediately outside of the factory; and the 
dolomite is furnished by the quarries of May and Urban, near Dietz and Steelen on the Lahn. 
(Arch. d. Pharm., Aug. 1880; N. R., Sept. 1881.) 
The density of magnesium carbonate is said to depend upon the strength of the solutions 
from which it is first precipitated, and its fineness and softness to the touch, upon the use of 
sodium carbonate in its preparation. Much of the magnesium carbonate formerly used in this 
country was imported from England and Ireland, but that now consumed in the United States 
is chiefly a home product. The Keasbey & Mattison Company, who are the largest manufac- 
turers of carbonate at the present time (1899), use the process of decomposing calcined dolomite 
by forcing carbonic acid into its aqueous mixture, and heating this to precipitate the carbonate. 
When made from bittern, magnesium carbonate is contaminated with calcium carbonate, salts 
of lime being contained in sea-water; and when it is prepared from magnesite, or from mag- 
nesian schist, iron is almost always present. The only way in which these impurities can be 
avoided is to prepare pure magnesium sulphate by repeated crystallization, and to use a pure 
sodium carbonate. It is also necessary that the water with which the precipitate is washed 
should be free from earthy salts, which would be decomposed and contaminate the magnesia. 
Kippenberger prepares crystallized magnesium carbonate by shaking freshly precipitated mag- 
nesium carbonate with a solution of potassium bicarbonate at the ordinary temperature; much 
of the magnesium carbonate dissolves and crystallizes out of the filtered solution upon standing 
for a day. Sodium bicarbonate may be used instead of the potassium salt, but the crystals 
are smaller. (Zeit.f. Anorg. Chem., 1894, 177.) 
Properties. Magnesium carbonate is inodorous, nearly insipid, perfectly white, smooth to 
the touch, and nearly insoluble in water, requiring 2493 parts of cold and 9000 parts of hot 
water for solution. It is decomposed by strong heat, by all the acids, by potassa, soda, lime, 
barium and strontium oxides, and by acidulous and metallic salts. “ Light, white, friable masses, 
or a light, white powder, without odor, and having a slightly earthy taste ; permanent in the air. 
Almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts a slightly alkaline reaction ; insoluble 
in alcohol, but soluble in dilute acids with active effervescence. When strongly heated, the 
salt loses water and carbon dioxide, and is converted into magnesia. A filtered solution of the 
salt in diluted sulphuric acid, when mixed with ammonium chloride test-solution and an excess 
of ammonia water, yields, with sodium phosphate test-solution, a white, crystalline precipitate. 
If the salt be boiled with water, the filtered liquid, when evaporated to dryness, should not 
leave more than a very slight residue. A 2-per-cent, solution of the salt, prepared by the 
addition of acetic acid, should not be rendered more than slightly opalescent by ammonium 
oxalate test-solution (limit of calcium) ; nor by barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate) ; 
nor, after the addition of a few drops of nitric acid, by silver nitrate test-solution (limit of 
chloride'). If 0-4 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 5 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, the solu- 
tion should be colorless, and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, nor, 
after the addition of an excess of ammonia water, should it be immediately affected by am- 
monium sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impurities'). If DO Gm. of the salt be 
ignited in a porcelain crucible, the residue should weigh not less than 0-4 Gm.” U. S. Dr. 
Pereira states that the light carbonate, when examined with the microscope, is seen to consist 
of an amorphous powder, more or less intermingled with slender prismatic crystals, which 
appear as if they were eroded or efflorescent; the heavy carbonate consists of granules of various 
sizes, without any traces of the prismatic crystals observed in the former variety. 
A solution in carbonic acid water, prepared by passing carbonic acid gas into a reservoir con- 
taining magnesium carbonate suspended in water, has been introduced into use as a cathartic 
and antacid. Dinneford's Magnesia is a solution of this nature. According to Dr. Christison, 
it contains only nine grains of carbonate in the fluidounce, though alleged to contain twice 
that quantity. Its taste is more disagreeable than that of the undissolved carbonate. A 
formula for this preparation has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia, with the 
name of Liquor Magnesiae Carbonatis. 
Adulterations and Tests. Magnesium carbonate may contain an alkaline carbonate or 
sulphate, or both, from insufficient washing; also sodium chloride, alumina, and calcium car- 
bonate. If water boiled on it changes turmeric, an alkaline carbonate is indicated. If barium 
chloride produces a precipitate in the water, the presence of a sulphate or carbonate is shown; 
and if silver nitrate produces precipitation, a chloride is indicated. When dissolved in an ex- PART I. 
Magnesii Carbonas.—Magnesii Citras Ejfervescens. 
843 
cess of hydrochloric acid, an excess of ammonia will throw down alumina, which is almost 
always present in minute quantity; and ammonium oxalate, afterwards added to the filtered 
chloride solution, will throw down calcium oxalate if lime be present. When the same solu- 
tion, nearly neutralized, is rendered blue by potassium ferrocyanide, iron is indicated. 
Composition. According to Berzelius, magnesium carbonate of commerce (magnesia alba) 
is a combination of three mols. of magnesium carbonate with one of magnesium hydrate. Ac- 
cording to Phillips, whose analysis agrees with a subsequent one by Fownes, four mols. of the 
carbonate are combined with one of the hydrate and four of water. (P. J. Tr., iii. 480.) The 
formula given by the British Pharmacopoeia is 3MgCOa -f- Mg(OH)2 -}- 4H20 ; in other words, 
a combination of three mols. of magnesium carbonate, two of magnesium hydrate, and four 
of water; while the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 makes it 4MgCo3 -f Mg(OH)a 5HaO. The 
composition of this salt varies with the mode of preparation. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Magnesium carbonate is antacid, and, by combining 
with acid in the stomach, becomes generally cathartic. When it undergoes no change in the 
alimentary canal it produces no purgative effect. Under these circumstances it may usually 
be made to operate by following it with draughts of lemonade. It is useful in all cases which 
require a laxative antacid; and, though apt to produce flatulence in consequence of the extri- 
cation of its carbonic acid in the stomach and bowels, and therefore in ordinary cases inferior 
to calcined magnesia, it sometimes operates favorably, in consequence of this very property, in 
sick stomach attended with acidity. Magnesium carbonate is also an excellent antilithic when 
uric acid is secreted in excess. The dose is from half a drachm to two drachms (l-95-7’8 Gm.), 
which may be given in water or milk. In order that it may be accurately diffused through 
water, it should be previously rubbed down with syrup or ginger syrup. Magnesium car- 
bonate is a useful agent for diffusing camphor and the volatile oils through water, in preparing 
several of the medicated waters, and is also used with a similar purpose as a diffusing agent 
in preparing syrups or elixirs. 
MAGNESII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS. U.S. Effervescent Magnesium 
Citrate. 
Magnesii Citras Granulatus, U. S. 1880; Granulated Citrate of Magnesium. 
“ Magnesium Carbonate, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Citric Acid, forty-six grammes [or 1 
ounce ay., 272 grains] ; Sodium Bicarbonate, thirty-four grammes [or 1 ounce ay., 87 grains] ; 
Sugar, in fine powder, eight grammes [or 123 grains] ; Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the Magnesium Carbonate intimately with thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 
grains] of Citric Acid and four cubic centimeters [or 65 minims] of Distilled Water, so as to 
form a thick paste. Dry this at a temperature not exceeding 30° C. (86° F.), and reduce it 
to a fine powder. Then mix it intimately with the Sugar, the Sodium Bicarbonate, and the re- 
mainder of the Citric Acid previously reduced to a very fine powder. Dampen the powder 
with a sufficient quantity of Alcohol, so as to form a mass, and rub it through a No. 6 tinned- 
iron sieve. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse, granular powder. Keep the product in 
well-closed vessels.” U. S. 
This is an official salt, intended to furnish an agreeable, effervescent drink. It is very im- 
portant to obey the direction to keep it in well-closed bottles, for if permitted access of air the 
moisture would soon cause the acid to act upon the carbonates and liberate the carbonic acid 
gas gradually, and thus destroy the effervescent character of the preparation, its principal rec- 
ommendation. Large quantities of so-called effervescent magnesium citrate are sold in this 
country and in England which contain no magnesium citrate at all, being effervescent salts 
of sodium tartrate.* W. L. Scoville analyzed three commercial specimens. (Pharm. Record, 
1892, 267.) One English brand contained anhydrous magnesium sulphate, Rochelle salt, 
sodium bicarbonate, tartaric acid, and sugar; another English salt contained magnesium sul- 
phate, sodium sulphate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, tartaric acid, and sugar; a 
Philadelphia preparation contained magnesium carbonate, citric and tartaric acids, sodium and 
potassium bicarbonates, and sugar. 
Properties. “A white, coarsely granular salt, without odor, and having a mildly acidu- 
lous, refreshing taste. Deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble, with copious efferves- 
(mXg-ne'§i-i cI'tiias Ef-fer-ves'cen§.) 
* Magnesium acetate has been proposed as a substitute for magnesium citrate. It is very soluble in alcohol and 
also in water, and is said to act well as a saline purgative, but it is open to the objection of having an empyreumatic 
taste. (See A. J. P., Sept. 1884.) 844 
Magnesii Sulphas. 
PART I. 
cence, in 2 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and very soluble in boiling water; almost insolu- 
ble in alcohol. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) has an acid reaction, and, after the addition of 
ammonium chloride test-solution and a slight excess of ammonia water, it yields, with sodium 
phosphate test-solution, a white, crystalline precipitate. If to another portion of the aqueous 
solution a little calcium chloride test-solution be added, and then a slight excess of ammonia 
water, the filtered liquid will deposit a white precipitate on boiling. A saturated aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt, when mixed with potassium acetate test-solution and a small quantity of acetio 
acid, should not yield a white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate)''1 U. S. 
Medical Properties. The medical properties are those of its solution, except that, as 
it does not contain a large excess of acid, it is less pleasant to the palate, but may in some 
cases suit the stomach better. (See Liquor Magnesii Gitratis.) It has also the advantage of 
portability. The dose is from one to three teaspoonfuls. 
MAGNESII SULPHAS. U.S., Br. Magnesium Sulphate. [Epsom Salt.] 
MgS04 + 7H20; 245*84. (MlG-NE'§I-I SUL'PHiS.) MgS04.7II2 0; 246. 
“Magnesium Sulphate, MgS04,7II20, may be prepared by the interaction of the native 
magnesium carbonates and diluted sulphuric acid; or by purifying the native sulphate.” Br. 
Sulphate of Magnesia; Magnesia Sulfurica, P. G.; Sal Arnarum, Sal Epsomense, Sal Anglicum, Sal Sedlicense, 
Sulfas Magnesicus; Sulfate de Magnesie, Sel d’Epsom, Sel de Sedlitz, Sel amer, Fr.; Schwefelsaure Magnesia, Bit- 
tersalz, G.; Solfato di Magnesia, It.; Sulfato de Magnesia, Sp. 
Magnesium Sulphate is a constituent of sea-water, and of some saline springs. It also occurs 
native, either crystallized in slender, prismatic, adhering crystals, or as an efflorescence on cer- 
tain rocks and soils which contain magnesia and a sulphate or sulphide. In the United States 
it is found in the great caves so numerous to the west of the Alleghany Mountains. In one 
of these caves, near Corydon in Indiana, it formed a stratum on the bottom several inches deep, 
or appeared in masses sometimes weighing ten pounds, or disseminated in the earth of the 
cavern, one bushel of which yielded from four to twenty-five pounds of the sulphate. It also 
appeared on the walls of the cavern, and, if it was removed, acicular crystals again appeared 
in a few weeks. ( Cleveland.) 
Under the name of kieserite, a mineral is obtained from the saline deposits at Stassfurt, in 
Germany, which consists chiefly of impure magnesium sulphate. The production of kieserite 
for the year 1896 was 25,198 tons, and for the year 1897, 25,882 tons. It is used as a source 
for preparing magnesium sulphate, and is exported from Germany. 
Magnesium sulphate was originally procured by evaporating the waters of saline springs at 
Epsom, in England. Dr. Grew prepared it in this manner in 1675. It was afterwards discov- 
ered that the brine remaining after the crystallization of common salt from sea-water furnished 
by careful evaporation precisely the same salt; and, as this was a much cheaper product, it 
superseded the former. The residual brine, or bittern, consists of magnesium sulphate and 
magnesium and calcium chlorides. As the magnesium sulphate crystallizes first, it may with 
proper care be obtained nearly pure, although most frequently the salt prepared in this way is 
deliquescent from the presence of magnesium chloride. It may be freed from this impurity 
by washing the crystals with their own saturated solution. It was from this source that the 
greater part of the Epsom salt of commerce was long obtained in Europe. The salt-works of 
New England supplied our own markets with an impure and deliquescent sulphate. With the 
improvements of chemistry, other and better processes have been adopted. In the neighbor- 
hood of Genoa and Nice, magnesium sulphate is prepared in large quantities from a schistose 
rock containing magnesia and iron sulphide. The mineral is roasted, and exposed in heaps 
for some months to the action of air and water. It is then lixiviated, the ferrous sulphate 
decomposed by lime water, and the salt obtained pure by repeated solution and crystallization. 
William Henry, of Manchester, whose calcined magnesia has become famous throughout the 
world, took out a patent for a mode of preparing magnesia and its salts from the double mag- 
nesium and calcium carbonate,—the dolomite of mineralogists. His process was to drive off 
the carbonic acid by heat, and to convert the remaining earth into hydrates. He treated these 
with a sufficient quantity of hydrochloric acid to dissolve out the lime, and then converted the 
magnesia into a sulphate either by sulphuric acid or by ferrous sulphate. 
The .salt is extensively manufactured in Baltimore and Philadelphia from a silicious magne- 
sium hydrate. This mineral occurs in veins in the serpentine and other magnesian rocks which 
abound in the neighborhood of Baltimore and in the southern counties of Pennsylvania. The 
advantage which it possesses over the dolomite, in the preparation of this salt, is the almost PART I. 
Magnesii Sulphas. 
845 
entire absence of lime, owing to wliich there is little or no waste of acid, and the operation is 
much simplified. The mineral is reduced to a fine powder and saturated with sulphuric acid. 
The mass is then dried and calcined at a red heat, in order to convert any ferrous sulphate 
which may be present into ferric oxide. It is then dissolved in water, and calcium sulphide 
added to separate any remaining portion of iron. The salt is crystallized and dissolved a third 
time, in order to purify it. The sulphate prepared by this process is generally very pure and 
clean, although it sometimes contains a trace of ferrous sulphate. A very pure magnesium 
sulphate free from chloride is obtained as a side product in the manufacture of carbon dioxide 
from magnesite when sulphuric acid is used to decompose the carbonate. This industry has 
assumed large proportions because of the demand for liquefied carbon dioxide in the manufac- 
ture of aerated and effervescing mineral waters. 
Properties. Magnesium sulphate is in “ small, colorless, rhombic prisms, or acicular crys- 
tals, without odor, and having a cooling, saline, and bitter taste; slowly efflorescent in dry air. 
Soluble in 1-5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-7 part of boiling water; insoluble in 
alcohol. When heated to 52° C. (125-6° F.), the salt loses 1 molecule of water, and is con- 
verted into a white powder. At about 132° C. (269-6° F.) it still retains 1 molecule of water, 
and at a temperature of 200° to 238° C. (392° to 460-4° F.) it is rendered anhydrous. The 
aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. When mixed with ammonium chloride test-solution 
and ammonia water, it yields, with sodium phosphate test-solution, a white, crystalline precipitate. 
With barium chloride test-solution it yields a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid. When 
a small portion of the salt is introduced, on a clean platinum wire, into a non-luminous flame, 
it should not impart to the latter a persistent yellow color (limit of sodium). A 5-per-cent, 
aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence 
of metallic impurities), nor produce more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate test-solu- 
tion (limit of chloride) ; nor should 20 C.c. of the same solution give any coloration or precipi- 
tate on the addition of 0-5 C.c. of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (absence of iron, zinc, 
or copper). If 1 G-m. of the powdered salt be shaken with 3 C.c. of stannous chloride test- 
solution (see List of Reagents, BettendorfFs Test for Arsenic), a small piece of pure tin-foil 
added, and the test-tube then set aside, no coloration should appear within one hour (limit of 
arsenic)." TJ. S. “ Soluble in 1 part of cold water, and possessing a bitter taste. It affords 
the reactions characteristic of magnesium and of sulphates. 0 5 gramme dissolved in 250 
cubic centimetres of water, when set aside for twelve hours with a mixture of solution of am- 
monia, solution of ammonium chloride, and solution of sodium phosphate, yields a precipitate 
which, when thoroughly washed, dried, and heated to redness, weighs 0-22 gramme. Magne- 
sium Sulphate should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for iron, aluminium, zinc, 
calcium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, or nitrates, and only the slightest reactions with the 
tests for chlorides.” Br. It usually occurs in small acicular crystals, which are produced by 
agitating the solution while crystallizing. It slowly effloresces in the air. At 32° F. 100 
parts of water dissolve 25-76 parts of the anhydrous salt, and for every increased degree 0-8597 
part additional is taken up. . The crystals contain 54-22 per cent, of water of crystallization, 
dissolve in their own weight of water at 60° F. and in three-fourths of their weight at 212° F., 
melt in their water of crystallization, and at a high temperature fuse into an enamel. 
Magnesium sulphate is completely decomposed by potassa, soda, and their carbonates; by lime, 
barium and strontium oxides, and their soluble salts. Ammonia partially decomposes it, and 
forms with the remainder a double sulphate. Potassium and sodium bicarbonates do not decom- 
pose it, except by the aid of heat. An aqueous solution of 100 grains of the salt should yield, 
when completely decomposed by a boiling solution of sodium carbonate, 34 grains of dry mag- 
nesium carbonate, and, according to the British Pharmacopoeia, 16-26 grains of the carbonate 
after having been well washed, dried, and heated to redness. If the dry precipitate be less, the 
specimen tested is not all magnesium sulphate, and probably contains sodium sulphate. An 
economical use which has been recommended of magnesium sulphate is the addition of a 
strong solution to ordinary whitewash, whereby a beautiful whiteness may be given to walls 
and ceilings. A little of it, moreover, added to starch considerably increases its stiffening 
properties, and at the same time in some degree resists the action of fire. (Chem. News, April. 
1867.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Magnesium sulphate is an active but safe cathartic, 
operating with little pain or nausea, and producing watery stools. It is more acceptable to the 
stomach than most medicines of its class, and will often be retained when others are rejected. 
Like many of the other neutral salts, it is refrigerant, and may be made to act as a diuretic by 846 
Magnesii Sulphas Effervescens.—Mangani Dioxidum. 
PART I. 
keeping the skin cool and walking about after it has been taken. It is well adapted to the 
treatment of fevers and inflammatory affections. It is also useful in colic and obstinate constipa- 
tion., and may be employed in most cases which require the use of a cathartic without being 
attended with debility or relaxation of the stomach and bowels. The medium dose is an ounce 
(31*1 Gm.) ; but advantage often results from its administration in divided doses frequently 
repeated. It is often given in combination with other medicines, especially with senna, the 
griping effect of which it tends to obviate. The most agreeable form for administering the 
salt, and that in which it usually agrees best with the stomach, is a solution in carbonic acid 
water with lemon syrup. By Dr. Henry, of Dublin, it is highly recommended in connection 
with diluted sulphuric acid. To seven ounces of a saturated aqueous solution of the salt he 
adds an ounce of the diluted sulphuric acid of the Pharmacopoeias, and gives a tablespoonful 
of the mixture for a dose, in a wineglassful of water* 
The experiments of Recke, Hay, and Henry Curci show that when injected into the veins 
magnesium sulphate acts as a violent poison, producing at first increase of the blood-pressure 
with slowing of the pulse, and finally lowering of the blood-pressure, quickening of the pulse, 
and death sometimes by failure of respiration, at other times by cardiac arrest. As Christison 
reported the case of a boy ten years old who was said to have been killed by two ounces of the 
salt without the induction of purgation, it is possible that under some circumstances very large 
amounts of magnesium sulphate given by the mouth may be sufficiently absorbed to produce 
poisonous effects. 
Many years ago the hypodermic use of magnesium sulphate as a purgative was reported 
upon favorably by clinicians, but certainly this use of the remedy failed to become at all gen- 
eral. Recently the method has been recommended by Fincke, by Rohd, by Wade, and by 
James Wood, who assert that the hypodermic injection of from one and a half to four and a 
half grains of the magnesium sulphate will produce watery stools in the majority of cases; 
but no purgation follows in from twenty to forty per cent, of the cases. The effects of the 
injection of large doses into the lower animals must cause some hesitation in the use of large 
amounts of the magnesium sulphate hypodermically. Rectal injections of from one to three 
ounces of the saturated solution of the magnesium sulphate often act very favorably, but are 
somewhat uncertain. 
MAGNESII SULPHAS EFFERVESCENS. Br. Effervescent Magnesium 
Sulphate. 
(MAG-NE'fjI-! SUL'PHAS fiF-FER-VES'CEN§.) 
Magnesias Sulphas Effervescens; Effervescent Sulphate of Magnesia; Effervescent Epsom Salt. 
“ Magnesium Sulphate, in crystals, 50 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Sodium Bicar- 
bonate, in powder, 36 ounces (Imp.) or 360 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in powder, 19 ounces 
(Imp.) or 190 grammes; Citric Acid, in powder, 12J ounces (Imp.) or 125 grammes; Refined 
Sugar, in powder, 10£ ounces (Imp.) or 105 grammes. Dry the Magnesium Sulphate at about 
130° F. (54-4° C.) until it has lost twenty-three per cent, of its weight; powder the product; 
mix it with the Refined Sugar and then with the other ingredients. Place the mixture in a 
dish or pan of suitable form heated to between 200° and 220° F. (93-3° and 104-4° C.). 
When the mixture, by aid of careful manipulation, has assumed a granular character, separate 
it into granules of uniform and convenient size by means of suitable sieves. Dry the granules 
at a temperature not exceeding 130° F. (54-4° C.). The product should weigh about 100 
ounces (Imp.) or 1000 grammes.” Br. 
This is a British official effervescent salt, intended to furnish a less disagreeable form of 
administering Epsom salt. The dose is from one-quarter to one ounce (7*77-311 Gm.). 
MANGANI DIOXIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Manganese Dioxide. [Mangani Oxidum 
Nigrum, Pharm. 1880. Black Oxide of Manganese.] 
“ Native crude Manganese Dioxide, containing at least 66 per cent, of the pure Dioxide 
[Mn02 = 86-72].” U. S. 
Manganese Peroxide, Br. 1898, Appendix; Manganum Hyperoxydatum, P.G.; Oxydum Manganicum; Man- 
ganese, Peroxide of Manganese, Deutoxide of Manganese, Black Oxide of Manganese, Pyrolusite; Oxide noir de 
Manganese, Fr.; Braunstein, G.; Manganese, It., Sp. 
(man'ga-n! di-5x'i-dum.) 
* It is said that a solution of an ounce of the salt in about a pint of water, boiled for three minutes with a grain 
and a half of tannic acid, or with two or three drachms of roasted coffee, is entirely deprived of bitterness. The 
liquid prepared with coffee should be strained, and may be sweetened with sugar. (Combes, Journ. de Pharm., 3e 
s6r., xii. 110.) PART I. 
Mcmgani Dioxidum. 
847 
The official oxide of manganese is the dioxide of the metal manganese. Metallic manganese 
was discovered by Scheele and Gahn in 1774, and is obtained from the native black oxide by 
intense ignition with charcoal. As obtained by C. Brunner, by decomposing sodium fluoride, 
manganese is brittle, grayish white, and very hard, being capable of cutting glass and scratch- 
ing the best tempered steel. It is susceptible of the most perfect polish, and decomposes water 
at a boiling temperature. Its sp. gr. is about 8’0, or, according to more recent determinations, 
7-2. Deville obtained the metal by heating the black oxide in excess with charcoal, in a lime 
crucible. The metal thus obtained is more refractory than iron, while that procured by 
Brunner fused at the same heat as white cast iron. Greene and Wahl have lately succeeded 
in getting the metal in large masses by the reduction of the ores with the aid of silicon, 
which they add in the form of an iron silicide. The atomic weight of manganese is 54-8. 
With oxygen it forms five and possibly seven compounds: MnO, Mn203, Mn304, MnOa, and 
Mn207. The monoxide is of a light green color, and is the oxide present in or correspond- 
ing to manganous salts. The sesquioxide is black or dark brown, when in the hydrated state; 
the magnetic oxide, Mn304, is red; the dioxide is black; and the permanganic oxide, Mn207, 
is, when in the free state, a very unstable dark reddish-brown liquid. The monoxide is a 
stable base, the sesquioxide is feebly basic, and the dioxide when acted upon by acids yields 
manganous salts, while oxygen is evolved. The highest oxide is acid-forming, yielding per- 
manganic acid, HMn04, the salts of which are known as permanganates. (See Potassii Per- 
manganas.) There exists also an acid, H2Mn04 (manganic), of which the salts formed are 
called manganates. The oxide corresponding is not known, however. Metallic manganese is 
an occasional constituent of organic matter. It has been detected in minute quantity in bone, 
hair, brain, epidermis, gastric juice, bile, urine, and pus, and has been found by Millon and 
others in the blood. M. Glenard, of Lyons, denies that it is a normal constituent of the blood, 
although sometimes present; but the evidence of numerous experimenters shows that it gen- 
erally exists in that fluid ; and when not detected it may be because the quantity present is too 
minute to be easily discovered * According to Mr. E. Davy, caustic potassa, dissolved in an 
equal weight of water, forms a delicate test for manganese, not obscured by the presence of other 
metals. The smallest portion of matter suspected to contain the metal, being finely pulverized 
or in solution, is placed upon a slip of silver foil, and a drop of the test added. Upon evap- 
orating to dryness with a spirit-lamp, and raising the heat, the characteristic green potassium 
manganate will appear on the foil. ( Chem. Gaz., March 15, 1854.) Manganese is a constitu- 
ent of all arable land, and is found in the ashes of most of the vegetables which form the 
food of man and the inferior animals. In the mineral kingdom it occurs sometimes as silicate 
(rhodonite) or carbonate (diallogite), and very abundantly as the black oxide, or dioxide, 
called pyrolusite. It is the latter mineral which constitutes the official oxide. 
Properties. Manganese dioxide, as it occurs in nature, is very diversified in its appear- 
ance. Its sp. gr. varies from 4-7 to 4-9. It is found sometimes in brilliant needle-shaped 
crystals, often in compact masses having the metallic lustre, but far more frequently in the 
form of a dull earthy-looking substance of a black or brown color. It is purest when crystal- 
lized. As it occurs in commerce, it is usually in the form of a black powder, insoluble in 
water, and containing more or less oxidized iron, calcium carbonate, barium sulphate, and 
earthy matter. Iron, which is rarely absent, is detected by the production of a greenish or 
blue tint on the addition of potassium ferrocyanide to its chloride solution. When exposed to 
a red heat it yields a portion of its oxygen, and is reduced to the state of sesquioxide. Hence 
its use in obtaining that gas. Good samples, after being dried, lose, when heated to whiteness, 
12 per cent, of oxygen. It is distinguished from antimony sulphide by its infusibility, and by 
causing the evolution of chlorine on being heated with hydrochloric acid. When of a brown 
color, it is not of good quality. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ a heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty pow- 
der, without odor or taste; permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. It is not 
affected by cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, but when heated with the latter it is converted 
into manganous sulphate, with the evolution of oxygen. When heated with hydrochloric acid, 
it is converted into manganous chloride, with the development of chlorine. At a red heat the 
Dioxide gives off oxygen gas, and is converted into reddish-brown manganoso-manganic oxide 
[Mn304]. On intimately mixing 1 part of the Dioxide with 1 part of potassium hydrate and 
1 part of potassium chlorate, introducing the mass into a crucible, moistening with water, 
drying, and igniting, a dark fused mass is obtained, which yields, with water, a green solution, 
* For an elaborate article on the absorption of manganese, see Arch /. Exper. Path, und Pharm., xviii. p. 129. 848 
Mangani Dioxidum.—Mangani Sulphas. 
PART I. 
changing to purplish red on being boiled, or on the addition of diluted sulphuric acid. If a 
portion of the Dioxide be strongly heated in a dry test-tube, no combustion should ensue, nor 
should any carbon dioxide be evolved (absence of organic impurities). If to another portion 
of the Dioxide, contained in a test-tube, a small quantity of diluted hydrochloric acid be added, 
no odor of hydrogen sulphide should be developed, nor should a strip of paper moistened with 
lead acetate test-solution, and suspended over the mixture, become blackened (absence of me- 
tallic sulphides). After the mixture of the Dioxide with hydrochloric acid has been raised to 
boiling and filtered, the filtered liquid should not give, with hydrogen sulphide test-solution, an 
orange-colored precipitate (absence of antimony sulphide). If 1 Gm. of the finely-powdered 
Dioxide, contained in a small, long-necked flask, be mixed with 5 C.c. of water, then 4-22 Gm. 
of ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, added, and subsequently 5 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, the 
mixture digested for about fifteen minutes at a gentle heat, and finally heated to boiling, 
the cooled filtrate, when immediately tested with freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide test- 
solution, should not acquire a blue color (presence of at least 66 per cent, of pure Manganese 
Dioxide)." 
But few mines of manganese dioxide exist; though the metal itself is very generally diffused 
throughout the mineral kingdom. It occurs most abundantly in the Russian Caucasus, which 
furnishes nearly half of the annual production of the world, in Chili, Cuba, Great Britain, 
Turkey, and Australia. In the United States it occurs in largest amount at Crimora, Ya., Car- 
tersville, Ga., and Batesville, Ark. ; other isolated localities exist in California, Utah, Alabama, 
and Tennessee. The amount of manganese ore mined in the United States in 1896 was 
162,526 tons, valued at $339,083, and in 1897, 156,787 tons, valued at $332,700. These 
figures include, however, not only the high grade manganese ores and the franklinite residuum 
of New Jersey, but the low grade manganiferous iron ores of Lake Superior, the last forming 
the largest part of the total. These two classes last mentioned make all but about 20,000 
tons of the total. (Mineral Industry.) Besides these sources, the mineral is received from 
Germany and Russia, and in smaller amount from New Brunswick and Brazil. It comes 
packed in casks or barrels, generally in lumps and coarse powder, just as it is dug out of the 
mines; though occasionally it is received from England ready pulverized. It is a good rule to 
buy it unpowdered, as its quality can be better judged of in that state. A dark shining crys- 
talline appearance is an indication of good quality, although an assay will alone determine its 
quality with certainty. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Manganese dioxide is deemed tonic and alterative. 
When slowly introduced into the system, as happens to those engaged in grinding the mineral, 
it acts, according to Dr. Coupar, of Glasgow, as a cumulative poison, inducing a disease which 
begins with a staggering gait and ends in paraplegia. It has been used in syphilis, chlorosis, 
scurvy, and various shin diseases, especially itch and porrigo. It has been employed, in a purified 
state, with alleged great advantage by Dr. Arthur Leared, in stomachic pains of a purely ner- 
vous character, such as are apt to come on after eating. He has also found it useful in pyro- 
sis, and in other irritable states of the stomach which are purely functional. It has the ad- 
vantage over the preparations of bismuth, in these cases, that it does not constipate. (Glasgow 
Med. Journ., Jan. 1865, p. 79.) The dose is from three to twenty grains (0'20-l-3 Gm.) 
three times a day, given in the form of pill. Dr. Leared gave ten grains (0-65 Gm.) of the 
powder three times a day. For external use, an ointment may be made of one or two drachms 
of the oxide to an ounce of lard. The sulphate is official. For other compounds of manga- 
nese, see Part II.; also Syrupus Ferri et Mangani lodidi, National Formulary. 
This oxide is used in the arts for obtaining chlorine in the manufacture of bleaching powder, 
for giving a black glazing to pottery, and for freeing glass from the color which it derives from 
iron. In the laboratory it is employed to obtain oxygen and chlorine, and to form the salts 
of manganese. In pharmacy it is used for liberating chlorine from hydrochloric acid and from 
common salt, and iodine from sodium iodide contained in kelp. 
MANGANI SULPHAS. U. S. Manganese Sulphate. [Manganous Sulphate.] 
M11SO4 + 4H2O; 222*46. (mXN'GA-NI SUL'PHXs.) MnSO*. 4H2 0; 222. 
“ Manganese Sulphate should he kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Manganesii Sulphas, U. S. 1870; Manganum Sulphuricum, Sulfas Manganosus; Manganous Sulphate; Sulfate 
de Manganese, Sulfate manganeux, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Manganoxydul, O. 
This salt may be prepared by heating the native black oxide with concentrated sulphuric 
acid. Oxygen is thereby evolved, and the sulphate is formed. The product, when exhausted Mangani Sulphas. 
849 
PART I. 
by water, furnishes a solution of the salt which must be heated nearly to the boiling point, and 
treated with manganese carbonate, added by small portions at a time, which will precipitate 
any iron present, and change the color of the liquid from a dark red to a pale rose tint. The 
liquid is then filtered, evaporated to the consistence of a thin syrup, and set aside to crystallize. 
Prof. C. Lewis Diehl has obtained by means of the following process an abundant product of 
the pure salt. A mixture of 5 parts of black manganese oxide and 0-75 part of coarsely 
powdered charcoal is exposed to a red heat, in a covered crucible, until all the charcoal is con- 
sumed. The contents of the crucible, after cooling, are put into a porcelain dish, and treated 
with 6-5 parts of sulphuric acid. The whole is then evaporated to dryness, and the residue, 
being returned to the crucible, is again heated to redness. When cool, the mass is rubbed to 
powder if necessary, and treated twice with eight parts of boiling water; and the liquors, 
having been mixed, are filtered, evaporated till a pellicle appears, and set aside to crystallize. 
It is important that the liquid should be removed from the sand-bath as soon as the pellicle 
begins to form ; as, if the heat be continued longer, an insoluble sulphate will be deposited. If 
the black manganese oxide employed be of good quality, a pure sulphate will be obtained, any 
salt of iron or copper present being rendered insoluble by the heat. (A. J. P., 1867.) Laster’s 
process is as follows. “ Take of Black Oxide of Manganese 40 parts, Commercial Hydro- 
chloric Acid 200 parts. Dissolve the black oxide in the acid beneath a chimney-flue, and, 
when solution is complete, and chlorine no longer evolved, mix very gradually 53 parts of sul- 
phuric acid with the reddish liquid ; continue the evaporation beneath the flue until acid vapor 
is no longer driven off, and the mass becomes dry. Dissolve this mass in 350 parts of water 
heated to the boiling point. Treat the solution with manganese carbonate until it becomes 
rose-red, filter or decant, evaporate and crystallize.” (A. J. P., 1868.) Mr. F. Mahla, of 
Chicago, proposes to utilize chlorine residues. He takes the liquid remaining in the retort 
after the preparation of chlorine, adds to it sodium carbonate sufficient to precipitate all the 
metallic oxides, or at least to cause a slight alkalinity, collects the precipitate thus produced 
on a muslin filter, and washes it with pure water, until the filtrate no longer produces an obvi- 
ous reaction with silver nitrate. Three-fourths of the moist mass are removed from the filter 
to an evaporating dish, and sufficient dilute sulphuric acid is added to dissolve it completely. 
The solution is heated nearly to the boiling point, and the remaining fourth of the mass from 
the filter is gradually added to it, until the liquid, after being filtered, is no longer blackened 
by tannic acid. The whole solution is then filtered, and the filtrate, with the waters, after 
washing, is evaporated to crystallization. The first crop of crystals is sometimes contaminated 
with calcium sulphate, from the calcium carbonate in the commercial black oxide employed in 
the process. To separate this impurity, evaporate to dryness, redissolve the residue in a little 
water, which leaves the calcium sulphate undissolved; and the pure solution of manganese 
sulphate is obtained by filtration. (A. J. P., 1869.) Mr. Edo Claassen adds alcohol to the 
concentrated solution to promote crystallization. (Pharm. Rundschau, 1887.) 
Properties. Manganese sulphate has the formula MnS04, in which the dyad metal man- 
ganese replaces the Ha of H2S04. From its aqueous solution it crystallizes in rhombic prisms, 
which contain variable proportions of water of crystallization according to the temperature of 
the solution and other circumstances. Obtained by evaporation at a gentle heat, they contain 
four mols. of water; between 45° and 68°, five mols.; under 42°, seven mols.; and a concen- 
trated solution, mixed with sulphuric acid, and evaporated, yields granular crystals with one 
mol. Heated to 240°, these crystals lose three mols. of water, and at a red heat become an- 
hydrous. (Brande and Taylor.') The crystals usually have a pale-rose or pink color. The salt 
has an astringent and bitterish taste. It is very soluble in water; but its solubility varies with 
its water of crystallization. When anhydrous, it is dissolved by two parts of water at 15-5° 
C. (60° F.), and in its own weight at 100° C. (212° F.). If carelessly prepared, it is apt to 
contain copper and arsenic, as well as iron. As it is the source of nearly all the preparations 
of manganese, it is of importance that it should be pure. Hence the sulphate, as first ob- 
tained, should be calcined at a low red heat at least twice, to render the contaminating metals 
insoluble, and then tested in solution, to be sure of its purity. According to M. A. Gorgeu, 
copper and iron, as well as nickel and cobalt, are completely precipitated by manganese sul- 
phide. In applying this reagent, the impure solution is shaken for about a quarter of an 
hour with the sulphide, and then boiled for a few minutes. (C'/iem. Gaz., July 1,1853, p. 249.) 
The description of it in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is as follows. “ Colorless, or pale rose-colored, 
transparent, tetragonal prisms (crystallized at a temperature between 20° and 30° C. (68°-86° 
F.), and containing 4 molecules, or 32-29 per cent., of water of crystallization), odorless, and 850 
Mangani Sulphas.—Manna. 
PART I. 
having a slightly bitter and astringent taste. Slightly efflorescent in dry air. Soluble in 0-8 
part of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. The 
aqueous solution is neutral or very slightly acid to litmus paper, and yields with ammonium 
sulphide test-solution a flesh-colored precipitate soluble in dilute acids; with potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution, a reddish-white precipitate; and with potassium ferricyanide test-solution, 
a brown precipitate. With barium chloride test-solution it yields a white precipitate insoluble 
in hydrochloric acid. If a fragment of the salt be mixed with a little sodium hydrate test- 
solution, and the mixture then dried and fused, it will yield a dark-green mass, dissolving in 
water with a green color. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt, after being heated 
with a few drops of hydrochloric acid and a little chlorine water, should not be colored 
red by potassium sulphocyanate test-solution (absence of iron), and should not be affected 
by hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of copper or arsenic). If the manganese be 
completely precipitated from an aqueous solution of the salt by ammonium carbonate test- 
solution, the filtrate, on evaporation and gentle ignition, should leave no residue (absence 
of salts of the alkalies, or of magnesium). A solution of 1 6m., each, of the salt, and of 
sodium acetate, in 10 C.c. of water, to which a few drops of acetic acid are added, should 
not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of zinc). If 1 Gm. of the salt 
be gently ignited, in a porcelain crucible, it should lose not more than 0-323 Gm. in weight (dis- 
tinction from Manganese Sulphate containing a larger amount of water of crystallization)'' If. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. C. G. Gmelin found manganese sulphate to produce 
an extraordinary secretion of bile when given to the inferior animals, and its effects as a chol- 
agogue have been observed in man. According to the late Thomas Thomson, of Glasgow, it re- 
sembles sodium sulphate both in taste and in effect, operating as a purgative in the dose of from 
one to two drachms (3-9-7-5 Gm.). From the circumstance that manganese had been found 
in small proportion in the blood, it was conjectured that this metal, like iron, might play an 
important part in the human economy, and trial was made of it in ansemia, with the hope 
that it might prove a useful adjuvant of the chalybeates as a reconstructive agent. When 
given with iron, its use was certainly in many instances followed by the most satisfactory 
results ; but it may be questioned whether the beneficial effects were in any respect greater 
than those which the iron would have produced without such an auxiliary; and where man- 
ganese has been used alone in antemic cases it has generally failed. Dr. Garrod, of London, 
after a fair trial of it, pronounced against it. {Med. Times and Gaz., Feb. 1863.) The dose of 
manganese sulphate as a tonic is from five to twenty grains (0-33-1-3 Gm.). It may be given 
dissolved in a flavored syrup. 
MANNA. U. S. Manna 
(mXn'na.) 
“ The concrete, saccharine exudation of Fraxinus Ornus, Linn6 (nat ord. Oleaceas).” TJ. S. 
Manne, Fr.; Manna, G., It.; Mana, Sp. 
Manna is said to be obtained from several other trees besides Fraxinus omus, among which 
F. rotundifolia, F. excelsior, and F. parvijlora have been particularly designated. Many sac- 
charine substances, generally exudations from plants, have, from their resemblance to this sub- 
stance, obtained the name of manna, and attracted more or less attention from writers. They 
are described in a note.* 
* False Mannas. An efflorescence of mannite is said to occur upon certain sea-weeds upon exposure to the air. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1859.) The term “ manna” has been applied to certain substances which have no relation 
with true manna, notably to the lichen Lecanora escidenta, which at times has suddenly fallen like rain over im- 
mense tracts of country, from Persia to the African Sahara. It occurs in the form of small roundish lumps, from 
the size of a pin’s head to that of a pea, yellowish or grayish externally and whitish within, hard, inodorous, and 
insipid. It has been affirmed that this lichen does not contain starch, but it is really used as an article of food, 
and good bread is said to have been made out of it. (Nature, Jan. 1891.) It is probable that it is the manna of 
Scripture. 
The proper false mannas, exudations from various trees, are best considered under the headings of the countries 
which yield them: 
European False Manna, or Brianqon manna, an exudation from the common European larch (Larix europcea, or 
Pinus larix), differs chemically from ordinary manna in containing no mannite. Berthelot found in it a peculiar 
sugar, analogous to that of the cane, which he named melezitose. (See A. J. P., 1859, p. 61.) To this the formula 
C18H32O16 + 2H2O is given. 
American False Manna. A substance resembling manna, of a sweet, slightly bitter and terebinthinate taste, and 
actively purgative, exudes from incisions in Pinus lambertiana, of Oregon, and is used by the natives. (Ear. of 
U. S. Expl. Exped., v. 232.) M. Berthelot has extracted from this product a peculiar saccharine principle, which he 
calls pinite. It is very sweet, but does not undergo the vinous fermentation. (See A. J. P.} xxviii. 157.) Pinite PART I. 
Manna. 
851 
Fraxinus ornus. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1057; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 1104; B. & T. 170.— 
Omits europsea. Persoon, Synops. i. 9 ; Lindley, Flor. Med. 547 ; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. 
ii. 8, pi. 61. The flowering ash * is a tree of moderate height, usually from twenty to twenty- 
five feet, very branching, with opposite, petiolate, pinnate leaves, composed of three or four 
pairs of leaflets, and an odd one at the end. The leaflets are oval, acuminate, obtusely serrate, 
about an inch and a half in length, smooth, of a bright green color, and supported on short 
footstalks. The flowers are white, and usually expand with the leaves. They grow in close 
panicles at the extremities of the young branches, and have a very short calyx with four teeth, 
and four linear lanceolate petals. 
Both Fraxinus ornus and Fraxinus rotundifolia are natives of Sicily, Calabria, and Apulia; 
and both contribute to supply the manna of commerce. The former is cultivated in Sicily, 
yields manna after the eighth year, and continues to yield it for ten or twelve years, when it is 
usually cut down and young sprouts are allowed to grow up from the root. (Stettner, Archiv d. 
Pharm., liii. 194.) During the hot months the juice exudes spontaneously from the bark, and 
concretes upon its surface; but, as the exudation is slow, it is customary to facilitate the 
was for a long time classed among the sugars, but the latest researches seem to show that it is a pentahydric phenol 
derived from hexahydrobenzene. The formula is C6H12O5. 
California Manna, or Father Picolo’s Manna. Proust (Ann. d. Chim., 1806, 145) alludes to a manna mentioned 
by Father Picolo as being deposited on a species of grass in California. J. U. Lloyd (A. J. P., 1897, 337) believes 
Picolo’s manna to be a saccharine deposit, caused by aphides on Phragmites communis. It is apparently still col- 
lected hy the Indians. 
African False Mannas. Turkish Manna is a product from a species of larch (Echinops persica), and is obtained 
by treating the cocoons of a coleopterous insect (Larinus maculatus) with hot water, filtering, and crystallizing the 
sugar. From it M. Berthelot obtained a new variety of sugar, trehalose, C12H22O11 + 2H20. (Gaz. Med. de Paris, 
1857.) Larix cedrus, of Mount Lebanon, yields a similar product, which has some repute in Syria as a remedy in 
phthisis. (P. J. Tr., xiii. 411.) In the neighborhood of Diarbekir, in Asiatic Turkey, a saccharine substance, known 
as Diarhekir manna, is found on the leaves of dwarf oaks, from which it appears to be exuded. (Ibid., Nov. 1862, p. 
546.) The manna of the oak of Kurdistan, spoken qf by Fliickiger, is probably the same as that of Diarbekir, which 
may be its entrepot. According to Fliickiger, this consists chiefly (90 per cent.) of a crystallizable sugar. It deviates 
to the right the plane of polarized light, and reduces in the cold the solution of copper oxide in soda and glycerin. 
This manna contains a mucilage, but no cane sugar or dextrin. (Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1873, p. 335.) Quercus 
vallonea, Kotsehy, and Q. persica, Jaub. et Spach, yield “ oak manna,” through insect agency, while certain species 
of Echinops (probably E. persica, Fisch.) yield the singular manna-like substance that is known as Trehala in 
Syria and as Shukkar Tigal in India. Pyrus glabra yields a manna which is collected by the people of Luristan, in 
Persia. It has long been known that Salix fragilis and probably other species of willow yield to the Persians a 
manna-like exudation. According to M. Raby (L’ Union Pharm., Mai, 1889), there are two varieties, chirkhest and 
bidenguebin, which contain respectively, according to the analysis of Ludwig, chirkhestite (CeHuOe), allied to sorbite, 
and bidenguebinose (Ci2H220ii), allied to melezitose. Whether these mannas are really distinct from those sold in the 
Indian bazaars as coming from Afghanistan and Persia seems uncertain. Of these bazaar mannas the most important 
is the Shir-koit or Oriental manna. By Haussknecht it is referred to Atraphaxis spinosa ; but Mr. J. E. T. Aitchi- 
son states that it is yielded by the Cotoneaster nummularia, Fisch. et Mey., a tall, stout shrub, whose smaller branches 
in July beeome covered with an exudation, which is eaten as a sweetmeat, and exported in quantity to Russia and India. 
The second variety, Taranjabin, is yielded by the camel-thorn, Alhagi camelorum, Fisch., in Persia and Afghanistan, 
and probably by Alhagi maurorum of De Candolle, a leguminous thorny shrub abundant in India,—if indeed the two 
species be distinct. According to A. Yilliers, it is nearly pure melezitose. (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., vii. 917.) A third 
kind of manna is Gazangabin, or Gazanjabin, yielded by Tamarix gallica, Linn., var. mannifera ; a fourth kind is 
obtained from the Salsola feetida, Dec. (P. J. Tr., Dec. 11, 1886, 467.) The tamarisk of Northern Africa (Tamarix 
gallica, Ehr.), which produces the small tamarisk galls of Mogador, containing 40 per cent, of tannic acid (A. J. P., 
1878, p. 27 ; also N. /{., 1877, p. 41), according to Burckhardt also gives origin to a species of manna that is used by 
the Bedouin Arabs near Mount Sinai with their food. This substance, however, according to Mitscherlich, contains 
no mannite, but consists wholly of mucilaginous sugar. M. Berthelot found a manna from Sinai to consist of 55 
per cent, of cane sugar, 25 of levulose and glucose, and 20 of dextrin and analogous substances. (Annales de Chim. 
et Phys., lxvii.) 
Persian Manna, or Gez, has been identified (Chem. and Drug., 1894, 790) as being derived from Astragalus 
anisacanthus, and is found in the districts of Khonsar, Feridan and Chahar Mahal, and Ispahan. In the form of 
sweetmeat, having the appearance of flour, it is sent all over Persia and much esteemed. 
Australian Mannas. A manna-like exudation on the Eucalyptus mannifera, growing in New South Wales, con- 
tains a saccharine matter called melitose, different in properties from mannite and from all the varieties of sugar, 
though isomeric with glucose. It is susceptible of the vinous fermentation. (See A. J. P., xxviii. 157.) Lerp is pro- 
duced upon the leaves of Eucalyptus dumosa, when very small, and sometimes appears spread over large extents of 
country like a kind of snow. The natives use it for food. It is a complex body, containing an unfermentable 
sugar, euealin, gum, starch, inulin, and lignin. (Journ. de Chim. et de Pharm., xvi. 240.) It is said to be a secre- 
tion from an insect, formed into minute cells, each of which is the abode of one of the insects. (See A. J. P., 1862, 
p. 547.) Myoporum platycarpum, R. Br., the sandalwood- or dogwood-tree of Australia, exudes an exceedingly sweet 
and pleasant manna, which is much used as an article of food. Mr. F. W. Passmore obtained from Eucalyptus 
gumii a sugar termed melitriose. (P. J. Tr., 1891, 718.) 
New South Wales Manna. According to R. T. Baker (Journ. and Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, xxx., 1897), 
this manna is produced in the form of nodules at the nodes of the stems of the blue grass Andropogon annulalus. 
It contains numerous crystals of mannite, amounting, according to the analysis of Dr. H. G. Smith, to 50 per cent. 
* A syrup prepared from the inner bark of this tree has been employed in Europe by Dr. Devergie, with supposed 
advantage, in chronic eczema and impetigo. The bark contains much tannin, and a mucilaginous principle which 
renders diluted alcohol a better menstruum than boiling water. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., ix. 347.) 852 
Manna. 
PART I. 
process by making deep longitudinal incisions on one side of the trunk. In the following season 
these are repeated on the other side, and thus alternately for the whole period during which 
the tree yields manna, extending sometimes, it is said, to thirty or even forty years. Straw or 
chips are frequently placed so as to receive the juice, which concretes upon them. The manna 
varies in its character according to the mode of collection, the nature of the season, and the 
period of the year at which the exudation takes place. That procured in Sicily is said to he 
the best. Mr. Daniel Hanbury travelled through the old manna region, and satisfied himself 
that the collection of manna for commercial purposes is confined almost exclusively to Sicily. 
(P. J. Tr., Nov. 1872, 421.) But a more recent writer (Ibid., Nov. 1879) asserts that the 
manna-trees are still cultivated in Calabria. For still later information on manna collection 
in Sicily, see notes by J. S. Ward. (Ibid., 1893, 381.) 
In commerce three varieties are distinguishable: 
1. Flake Manna, or manna canulata, is the purest variety. It exudes spontaneously, or from 
incisions, during the hottest and dryest weather in July and August. According to Stettner, 
it is furnished by the upper incisions upon the trunk, while the lower incisions yield the in- 
ferior varieties. It is in irregular, unequal pieces, often several inches long, resembling stalac- 
tites, rough, light, porous, brittle, whitish or yellowish-white, and frequently concave on the 
surface by which they were attached to the trunk, and which is often soiled by impurities, 
sometimes by adherent fragments of the bark. When broken, these pieces exhibit a crystalline 
or granular structure. This variety is sometimes in small fragments, generally less than an 
inch in length. 
2. Common Manna—the manne en sorte of French pharmacy—is next in quality, and is col- 
lected in September and the beginning of October, when the heat of the weather has begun 
to moderate. The juice does not now concrete so readily, and a portion, falling on the ground 
at the root of the tree, becomes more or less mixed with impurities, and forms imperfectly 
solid masses, which require to be further dried in the sun. Common manna consists of whitish 
or yellowish fragments, similar to the pieces of flake manna, but much smaller, mixed with a 
soft, viscid, uncrystallized brownish matter, identical with fat manna. 
3. Fat Manna is collected in the latter part of October and November, when the weather is 
cooler and rains are more common. The juice is now still less disposed to concrete, and flowing 
down the trunk is received in a small excavation at its base. As found in commerce, it is in 
the form of a soft, viscous mass, containing few crystalline fragments, of a brown or yellowish- 
brown color, and full of impurities. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia directs that such manna should 
be rejected* 
Properties. Manna is officially described as “ in flattish, somewhat three-edged pieces, 
occasionally 20 Cm. long, and 5 Cm. broad, usually smaller; friable ; externally yellowish-white, 
internally white, porous, and crystalline ; or in fragments of different sizes, brownish-wliite and 
somewhat glutinous on the surface, internally white and crystalline; odor honey-like; taste 
sweet, slightly bitter and faintly acrid. On heating 5 parts of Manna with 100 parts of alcohol 
to boiling, and filtering, the filtrate should rapidly deposit separate crystals of mannite. Manna 
consisting of brownish, viscid masses containing few or no fragments of a crystalline structure 
should be rejected.” U. S. Manna lias a slight, peculiar odor, and a sweet taste, which in the 
impure kinds is also very nauseous, but in the finest flake manna scarcely so much so as to be 
disagreeable. Its sp. gr. is (>834. It melts with heat, and takes fire, burning with a blue 
flame. When pure it is soluble in three parts of cold and in its own weight of boiling water. 
From a boiling saturated aqueous solution it separates in partially crystalline masses on cooling. 
* Fictitious Manna. Attempts have been made to counterfeit manna; but the facility of detection renders such 
frauds unprofitable, and they are not often practised. Dr. R. P. Thomas described (A. J. P., xxiv.) a sophisticated 
manna which differed from the genuine drug both in sensible and in chemical properties, not even containing mannite. 
Baumti describes a method in which common manna is purified so as to resemble flake manna. It consists in dis- 
solving common manna in a little water, allowing the liquid to settle, decanting it in order to separate the impurities, 
then inspissating it so that it will congeal on cooling, and immersing threads in the inspissated liquid, several times 
successively, in the manner practised by candle-makers. It may be still further purified by the use of animal char- 
coal. Thus prepared, it contains less mannite than flake manna, and less of the nauseous principle, but is said not to 
operate less effectively as a laxative. A fictitious manna is described by Mr. Edmond Histed (P. J. Tr., April, 1870) 
as having been taken from Paris to London, which bears a close resemblance to flake manna, for which it might be 
mistaken upon a hasty notice. The resemblance is, moreover, increased by the fact that it contains mannite, of which 
Mr. Histed obtained 40 per cent., while fine natural flake manna yielded him 70 per cent. Closely examined, it is 
found to differ essentially from genuine flake manna, showing no crystals of mannite when broken, not having the 
taste and smell characteristic of good manna, and, besides, being cleaner, lighter-colored, more solid, and making a 
clearer solution in water. (See A. J. P., 1870.) May not this have been a specimen of artificial flake manna, prepared 
from the inferior or common manna ? PART I. 
Manna. 
853 
Alcohol also dissolves it. Boiling alcohol will dissolve 15 parts of it, and upon cooling deposit 
beautiful crystals of mannite. Fourcroy and Vauquelin found manna to consist of—1, a pecu- 
liar sweet principle, mannite, which constitutes 75 per cent.; 2, a variety of sugar; 3, a yellow 
nauseous matter, upon which the purgative property is thought chiefly to depend; and. 4, a 
little mucilage. Leuchtweiss obtained from 105 parts of manna 11-6 of water, 0-4 of insoluble 
matter, 9-1 of sugar, 42-6 of mannite, 40-0 of a mixture of mucilaginous matter containing 
mannite, resin, organic acid, and a nitrogenous substance, and 1-3 of ashes. In manna canellata 
in fragmentis he found 37‘6 per cent, of mannite, and in manna Calabrina 32 per cent. (Pflan- 
zenstoffe, 2d ed., p. 180.) M. Buignet discovered in manna a considerable proportion of dextrin. 
He appears to have been led to this discovery by observing a very energetic dextrogyrate power 
in flake manna, which could not be owing to the saccharine matter it contained, because the 
same power continued after all the sugar had been destroyed by fermentation. Dextrin forms 
about one-fifth part of flake manna, and a much larger part of the inferior kinds. It may be 
readily obtained separate by triturating 200 parts of flake manna with 400 of alcohol of 70° F. 
in successive portions, filtering the resulting mixture, by which the mannite is left behind, and 
then separating the sugar and dextrin contained in the clear liquor. This is done by concen- 
trating the liquor to a syrupy consistence, and adding about 10 parts of alcohol at 90° F. The 
mixture separates into two layers, the upper consisting of a strong alcoholic solution of sugar, 
the lower of a saturated solution of dextrin in weak alcohol. The latter is separated, washed 
repeatedly with alcohol at 90° F., and then, after dilution with water, decolorization, and filtra- 
tion, is evaporated gently by a water-bath till it ceases to lose weight. The substance remaining 
is dextrin. The saccharine matter of manna is a mixture of cane sugar and levulose, which are 
in such proportion as almost to neutralize their reciprocal optic properties. All the forms of 
commercial manna contain both sugar and dextrin, and, though the quantity of the two jointly 
varies considerably, yet their relative proportion is invariable, being 2 mols. of dextrin and 1 
mol. of sugar. This is the same result that is reached in the saccharification of starch; and 
the inference is fair that the dextrin and sugar in manna are the result of a transformation 
of starch in the plant. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Juillet, 1868.) It is owing to the 
presence of glucose and dextrin that manna is capable of fermenting. Fliickiger found in all 
samples of mannite examined a small amount of a dextrogyrate mucilage, which is precipitated 
by neutral lead acetate, and yields mucic acid when boiled with strong nitric acid. The 
greenish color of certain pieces of manna is produced by fraxin, C10H18Olo, a glucoside closely 
resembling sesculin. Fraxin crystallizes in colorless prisms, easily soluble in hot water and in 
alcohol, and has a faintly astringent and bitter taste. By dilute acids it is resolved into frax- 
etin, C10II805, and glucose, CeH1206. Even its dilute solutions are fluorescent. (Pharmaco- 
graphia, 2d ed.) 
Mannite (mannitol) is white, inodorous, crystallizable in semi-transparent needles, of a sweetish 
taste, soluble in five parts of cold water, scarcely soluble in cold alcohol, but readily dissolved 
by that liquid when hot, and deposited when it cools. Its composition is C6H140e, and it is 
considered as belonging to the class of Tiexatomic alcohols. If mixed with chalk and cream' 
cheese and kept for some weeks at the temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), it yields alcohol largely, 
with the disengagement of carbonic acid and hydrogen and the production of lactic acid. No 
fungus is produced, as in the ordinary fermentation of sugar. (Berthelot, Journ. de Pharm., 
xxx.) With lime, barium and strontium oxides, it forms definite compounds, soluble in water, 
and precipitable from their aqueous solutions by alcohol. (Ibid., Jan. 1860.) It does not reduce 
an alkaline solution of copper oxide ; and a test of its purity is thus presented. (A. J. P., Jan. 
1861, p. 26.) Its optical activity can be observed only after the addition of borax. It is then 
found to be dextro-rotatory. Emil Fischer has shown that there are three mannites obtain- 
able : the ordinary mannite is the dextro-rotatory variety, and is always obtained in the reduc- 
tion of a-mannose with sodium amalgam ; a laevo-rotatory variety is obtained by the reduction 
of ; and an inactive mannite is obtained from the inactive mannose. These three 
physical isomers differ slightly in their fusing points and crystalline form. The native variety 
may be obtained by boiling manna in alcohol, allowing the solution to cool, and redissolving 
the crystalline precipitate: pure mannite is now deposited. Another method is to dissolve 
flake manna in water, precipitate by solution of lead subacetate, filter, throw down the excess 
of lead by sulphuric acid, evaporate the solution, and mix with alcohol. On cooling, the man- 
nite is deposited. (Bonsall, Arch, der Pharm., cxxxiv. 70.) This principle has been found in 
numerous vegetables. It is said to be gently laxative in the dose of from one to two ounces 
(31-1-62-2 Gm.). 854 
Marrubium.—Massa Copaibse. 
PART I. 
Manna, when long kept, acquires a deeper color, softens, and ultimately deliquesces into a 
liquid, which, on the addition of yeast, undergoes the vinous fermentation. This is probably 
owing to its conversion into sugar by the absorption of enough oxygen to cause it to pass over 
into some variety of glucose or fermentable sugar. That which is dryest resists this change 
the longest. It is said that manna recently gathered is less purgative than it afterwards 
becomes. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Manna is a gentle laxative, usually operating mildly, 
but in some cases producing flatulence and pain. It is usually prescribed with other purgatives, 
particularly senna, rhubarb, magnesia, and the neutral salts, the taste of which it conceals, 
while it adds to the purgative effect. The dose for an adult is from one to two ounces (31-1- 
62'2 Gm.) ; for children, from one to four drachms (3-9—15-5 Gm.). It is usually given dis- 
solved in water or some aromatic infusion; but the best flake manna may be administered in 
substance. Manna forms a combination with iron, which it preserves against change. (See 
P. J. Tr., March, 1873.) 
MARRUBIUM. U. S. Marrubium. [Horehound.] 
(MAR-RU'BI-UM.) 
“ The leaves and tops of Marrubium vulgare, Linne (nat. ord. Labiatae).” U. S. 
Herba Mafrrubii; Herbe de Marrube blano, Marrube blanc, Fr.; Andornkraut, Weisser Andorn, G.; Marrubio, 
It., Sp. 
Marrubium vulgare. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 583; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. Ill; B. & T. 210. 
White Horehound has a perennial fibrous root, and numerous annual stems, which are quad- 
rangular, erect, very downy, and from twelve to eighteen inches high. The leaves are about 
an inch long, roundish-ovate, dentate or deeply serrate, obtuse, wrinkled, veined, downy above, 
hoary on the under surface, and supported in pairs on strong footstalks. The flowers are 
white, and in crowded axillary woolly whorls. The calyx is tubular, and divided at the mar- 
gin into ten narrow segments, which are hooked at the end. The corolla is also tubular, 
whitish, with a labiate margin, of which the upper lip is bifid, the under reflected and three- 
cleft, with the middle segment broad and slightly scalloped: stamens four, included. The 
seeds are four, in the bottom of the calyx. The plant is a native of Europe, but has been 
naturalized in this country, where it grows on the roadsides, and flowers in July and August. 
The herb has a strong, rather agreeable odor, which is diminished by drying and lost by keep- 
ing. Its taste is bitter and durable. The bitterness is extracted by water and alcohol. It 
contains a volatile oil, resin, tannin, lignin, and a bitter principle called marrubiin by Mein. 
This marrubiin is slightly soluble in cold water, crystallizes from alcohol in prismatic and from 
ether in tabular crystals, is not precipitated by tannin, and has a very bitter and somewhat 
acrid taste. The fusing point of the crystals is 160° C., according to Kromayer. Marrubiin 
was afterwards obtained by Harms (Archiv der Pharm., 116,141), by Hertel (A. J. P., June, 
1890), and by Morrison (Ibid., July, 1890). A more recent study was by Matusow {Ibid., 
1897, 201). He gives to it the formula C30H43Oe, and states the melting point of the purified 
substance to be from 154° to 155° C. According to him, it is not a glucoside. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Horehound is tonic, in large doses laxative, and 
may be so given as to increase the secretion from the skin, and occasionally from the kidneys. 
It was formerly considered a valuable deobstruent, and was recommended in chronic hepatitis, 
jaundice, amenorrhoea, phthisis, and various cachectic affections. By its gently tonic powers it 
may have proved advantageous in some of these complaints; but it exerts no specific influence 
over any of them, and has passed mainly from the hands of physicians into domestic use. It 
is employed chiefly in catarrh, and in other chronic affections of the lungs, attended with cough 
and copious expectoration. The infusion, made in the proportion of an ounce of the herb 
to a pint of boiling water, may be given in wineglassful doses. The dose of the powder is 
from thirty grains to a drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.). The medicine is also much used in syrup 
and candy. 
MASSA COPAIB/E. U. S. Mass of Copaiba. [Solidified Copaiba.] 
(MlS'SA CO-PA'I-BiE.) 
Pilulae Copaiba;, U. S. 1870; Pilules de Copahu, Fr.; Copaiva-Pillen, G. 
“ Copaiba, ninety-four grammes [or 3 ounces av., 138 grains] ; Magnesia, six grammes [or 93 
grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Magnesia with a little Water, in a capsule, 
until the powder is uniformly dampened throughout. Then gradually incorporate with it the PART I. 
Massa Copaibse. 
855 
Copaiba, so that a uniform mixture may result, place the capsule on a water-bath, and heat 
during half an hour, frequently stirring. Lastly, transfer the mixture to a suitable vessel, and 
set this aside until the mass has acquired a pilular consistence.” TJ. S. 
This preparation is identical with that formerly official. When copaiba is mixed with pure 
magnesia, it gradually loses its fluidity, forming at first a soft tenacious mass, and ultimately 
becoming dry, hard, and brittle. The quantity of magnesia, and the length of time requisite 
for this change, vary with the condition of the copaiba; being greater in proportion to the 
fluidity of this substance, or, in other words, to its amount of volatile oil. The quantity of 
magnesia directed by the Pharmacopoeia, one-sixteenth of the weight of the copaiba, is suffi- 
cient to solidify the latter, as it is often found in commerce, in the course of six or eight hours ; 
but when the copaiba is fresh, or has been kept in closely-stopped bottles, and retains, there- 
fore, nearly the whole of its oil, it is often necessary either to augment the proportion of mag- 
nesia, or to expose the mixture for a much longer time, or to diminish the volatile oil of the 
copaiba by evaporation. The magnesia combines chemically with the copaivic acid or hard 
resin, but in relation to the volatile oil acts merely as an absorbent; for, when the solidified 
mass is submitted to the action of boiling alcohol, a part is dissolved, abandoning the magnesia 
with which it was mixed, while the resin, combined with another portion of magnesia, remains 
undissolved. Varieties of copaiba, therefore, are solidifiable by magnesia directly in propor- 
tion to the hard resin they contain, and inversely in proportion to the volatile oil; the soft 
resin being indifferent. According to Guibourt, copaiba not solidifiable by magnesia may be 
made so by adding one-sixth of Bordeaux or common European turpentine. 
Calcium hydrate produces the same effect as magnesia, and, as stated by M. Thierry, in a 
shorter time, if employed according to his formula. He takes 15 parts of copaiba and 1 part 
of slaked lime, mixes them in a marble mortar, transfers the mixture to an open vessel, places 
this upon a sand-bath, and sustains the heat for four hours, occasionally stirring. The calcium 
hydrate must have been freshly prepared from recently-burnt lime. The mixture loses only a 
twenty-fourth of its weight, chiefly the water of the hydrate. (Joum. de Pharm., 3e s£r., i.) 
Notwithstanding the accuracy of the above statements, it sometimes happens that copaiba 
of undoubted genuineness, and with a due proportion of volatile oil, will not solidify with mag- 
nesia or with lime; and the cause of this uncertainty of action remained long undetermined. 
At length it was ascertained by M. Roussin, through a series of well-devised experiments, that 
the occasional want of solidifying power is owing to the absence of water, the presence of a 
certain quantity of which, whether in the copaiba or in the earth employed, is essential to the 
combination of the magnesia or lime with the copaivic acid. In instances of deficiency in the 
solidifying property, M. Roussin recommends that the copaiba be shaken for some time with 
about one-twentieth of its weight of water, and then allowed to stand for some days in a warm 
place so as to allow all the water in excess to subside. The copaiba may now be decanted and 
preserved. Thus prepared, it will solidify with one-sixteenth of calcined anhydrous magnesia 
in the course of a few days, and often in twenty-four hours. (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., i.) 
M. Rabot proposes a process by which the copaiba can in a few minutes be solidified to a con- 
sistence fit for preparing pills. He mixes pure copaiba with one-sixteenth of its weight of 
magnesia, previously slightly hydrated by sprinkling on it some drops of water, equal to about 
one-tenth of its weight, then introduces the capsule containing the mixture into boiling water, 
and keeps it thus by means of a water-bath for several minutes. The immediate consolidation 
is explained by the fact that the magnesia combines most readily with the resin of copaiba at 
a temperature of about 50° C. (122° F.), a heat which in no degree impairs the virtue of 
the medicine. (Ibid., ii.) For Kirchmann’s method of making the mass from an emulsion 
with the aid of borax, see Amer. Drug., 1884. 
Pills may also be made by incorporating vegetable powders with copaiba so as to bring it to 
the proper consistence; but this method has the inconvenience of greatly increasing the bulk. 
Spermaceti and wax have been proposed as excipients; and the latter, which was originally 
suggested by J. F. Simon, is recommended on account of its retaining all the volatile oil, and, 
with some vegetable powder, forming a mass that will retain its plasticity for years. One part, 
each, of wax, copaiba, and vegetable powder will answer the purpose, when the copaiba does 
not contain more than 50 per cent, of volatile oil; but if richer than this it will require more 
of the excipient. To prepare the pills, melt the wax at the lowest possible heat, then gradu- 
ally add the copaiba, and lastly incorporate some vegetable powder, as pulverized liquorice 
root, for example, with the other ingredients. (See A. J. P., Jan. 1863.) In the preparation 
of the pills of copaiba, care should be taken to divide the mass before it has become too hard. 856 
Massa Ferri Carbonatis. 
PART I. 
The advantage of this preparation is that the copaiba is brought to the state of pill with little 
increase of bulk. Five grains (0-33 Gm.) of the mass make a pill of convenient size ; of these 
from two to six may be taken for a dose twice or three times a day. 
MASSA FERRI CARBONATIS. U. S., Br. Mass of Ferrous Carbonate. 
[Vallet’s Mass.] 
Pilula Ferri Carbonatis, Br. 1885, also U. S. 1870; Pill of Carbonate of Iron, Yallet’s Ferruginous Pills; Pilulse 
Ferri Carbonici, P. G.; Pilulae Ferratae Valleti; Yallet’s Mass; Pilules de Carbonate ferreux, Pilules ferrugineuses, 
Fr.; Vallet’sche Pillen, G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, in clear crystals, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; 
Sodium Carbonate, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains] ; Clarified Honey, thirty- 
eight grammes [or 1 ounce av., 149 grains] ; Sugar, in coarse powder, twenty-jive grammes [or 
385 grains] ; Syrup, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred grammes 
[or 3 ounces av., 230 grains]. Dissolve the Ferrous Sulphate and the Sodium Carbonate, each 
separately, in two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of boiling Distilled 
Water, and, having added twenty cubic centimeters [or 324 minims] of Syrup to the solution of 
the Iron salt, filter both solutions, and allow them to become cold. Introduce the solution of 
Sodium Carbonate into a bottle having a capacity of about Jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 
fluidounces, 435 minims], and gradually add the solution of the Iron salt, rotating the flask 
constantly or frequently, until carbonic acid gas no longer escapes. Add a sufficient quantity 
of Distilled Water to fill the bottle; then cork the bottle and set it aside, so that the ferrous 
carbonate may subside. Pour off the supernatant liquid, and, having mixed Syrup and Dis- 
tilled Water in the proportion of one volume of Syrup to nineteen volumes of Distilled Water, 
wash the precipitate with the mixture by decantation until the washings no longer have a 
saline taste. Drain the precipitate on a muslin strainer, and express as much of the Water as 
possible. Lastly, mix the precipitate at once with the Honey and Sugar, and, by means of a 
water-bath, evaporate the mixture in a tared capsule, with constant stirring, until it is reduced 
to one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 230 grains].” U. S.* 
The effect of saccharine matter in protecting iron from oxidation has been explained under 
the heads of Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus and Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. The U. S. mass of ferrous 
carbonate is another example of a ferruginous preparation in which the iron is protected from 
further oxidation by the same means. The salts employed are the same as those used for ob- 
taining the formerly official ferric subcarbonate; but in forming that preparation the carbon- 
ate which is at first precipitated absorbs oxygen, and loses nearly all its carbonic acid in the 
processes of washing and drying. When, however, as in the U. S. formula above given, the 
reacting salts are dissolved in weak syrup instead of water, and the washing is performed with 
weak syrup also, the absorption of oxygen and loss of carbonic acid during the separation of 
the precipitate are almost completely prevented. It only remains, therefore, to preserve it un- 
altered, and to bring it to the pilular consistence, and this is effected by admixture with honey 
and sugar, and evaporation by means of a water-bath. It is essential to the success of this 
process that the ferrous sulphate should be pure; otherwise some ferric oxide will be present 
in the product. The process is that of M. Yallet, of Paris, after whom the preparation is 
popularly called. The present U. S. process differs from that of 1870 in omitting to direct 
boiled water for washing the precipitated ferrous carbonate. This is an important omission, 
because there is apt to be some oxidation of the salt, due to the air in the water. The British 
Pharmacopoeia 1898 omitted Yallet’s mass. (See Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus.') Gonnermann 
prepares powdered Vallet's mass by mixing intimately ten parts of milk sugar and five parts 
of powdered liquorice root with sufficient freshly precipitated ferrous carbonate to make, when 
dried, thirty-five parts, and adding enough powdered liquorice root to make the whole weigh 
forty parts. (Pharm. Post, 1893, 238.) 
(mXs'sa FER'RI car-bo-na'tis.) 
* Wm. Silver Thompson states that the mass is more stable when made by the following formula than when pre- 
pared in the official manner. Take of Ferrous Sulphate eight ounces; Sodium Bicarbonate six ounces; Sugar, in 
fine powder, four and a half ounces; Clarified Honey half an ounce; Syrup, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve each salt separately in water, add the sodium solution to the iron solution gradually, constantly stirring 
until the effervescence ceases, then add about a fluidounce of syrup, and again stir. After the carbonate" has sub- 
sided, draw off the supernatant liquid, and repeat the washing with cold water slightly sweetened with syrup, until 
the washings are free from a saline taste; when, having again drawn off the supernatant liquid, transfer the precipi- 
tate to a muslin cloth, and express as much of the water as possible. To the precipitate, in a porcelain dish placed 
over a water-bath, add the honey and sugar, and with frequent stirring evaporate to the pilular consistence. (AJP 
1870, p. 30.) Massa Hydrargyri. 
857 
PART I. 
Properties. The U. S. preparation is in the form of a soft pilular mass, of a dark green- 
ish-gray color, becoming black on exposure, and with a strong ferruginous taste. When care- 
fully prepared, it is wholly and readily soluble in acids. It contains nearly half its weight of 
ferrous carbonate. The corresponding pill, obtained from the saccharine carbonate, may be 
supposed to contain one-third of ferruginous matter. 
Medical Properties. The U. S. mass of ferrous carbonate, or Vallet’s ferruginous mass, 
is admirably adapted to cases in which pure chalybeate preparations are indicated. It is, there- 
fore, extremely valuable in simple anaemia and chlorosis. Its chief merits are its unchangeable- 
ness, its freedom from astringency, and its ready solubility in acids. Dose, from three to five 
grains (0-20-0-33 Gm.), in pill-form, after meals. 
MASSA HYDRARGYRI. U. S. (Br.) Mass of Mercury. [Pilula Hydrargyri. 
Blue Mass. Blue Pill.] 
Pilula Hydrargyri, Br., Mercury Pill; Pilulae Hydrargyri, U. S. 1870; Pills of Mercury, Mercurial Pill; Pilulae 
Coeruleae, Massa Coerulea; Blue Pills; Pilule de Mercure, Pilules bleues, Fr.; Mercurial Pillen, G. 
“ Mercury, thirty-three grammes [or 1 ounce av., 72 grains] ; Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, 
five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Althaea, in No. 60 powder, twenty-five grammes [or 385 grains] ; 
Glycerin, three grammes [or 46 grains] ; Honey of Eose, thirty-four grammes ’or 1 ounce av., 
88 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Triturate the Mer- 
cury with the Honey of Eose and Glycerin until it is extinguished. Then gradually add the 
Glycyrrhiza and Althaea, and continue the trituration until globules of mercury are no longer 
visible under a lens magnifying at least ten diameters.” U. S. 
“ Mercury, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Confection of Eoses, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 60 
grammes; Liquorice Eoot, in fine powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes. Eub the Mercury 
with the Confection of Eoses until metallic globules are no longer visible; add the Liquorice 
Eoot; beat together until thoroughly mixed.” Br. 
The mercury constitutes one-third of the mass. The ingredients for this mass do not differ 
essentially from those of the U. S. 1880 formula. The U. S. 1890 process is well suited for the 
needs of the pharmacist, as the mass can be made with ordinary apparatus extemporaneously. 
The precise condition of the mercury in this preparation is somewhat uncertain. By far 
the greater proportion is in a state of minute mechanical division, and not chemically altered. 
Some maintain that the whole of the metal is in this state, others, that a small portion is con- 
verted during the trituration into mercurous oxide, and that this is the ingredient upon which 
the activity of the pill depends. The supposed oxidation is attributed partly to the influence 
of the air upon the surface of the metal, greatly extended by the separation of its particles, 
partly to the action of the substance used in the trituration. If the mercury is not oxidized 
during the trituration, there can be little doubt that it becomes so, to a slight extent, by sub- 
sequent exposure. The obvious changes which the mass undergoes by time can be explained 
in no other way; and mercurous oxide is asserted to have been actually extracted from old 
mercurial pill. Mr. Harold Senier analyzed a number of samples of blue mass, with the view 
of determining the amount of metallic mercury and of mercurous and mercuric oxides. The 
results showed that the latter gradually increased in quantity with the age of the blue mass, 
which, 18 hours after preparation, contained but a trace of mercurous oxide; after three months, 
0-24 per cent, of mercuric and 0-62 per cent, of mercurous oxides were obtained, and in another 
sample, 0-44 and 1-60 per cent, respectively. After two years, 1-80 per cent, of mercuric and 
4-22 per cent, of mercurous oxides were present. (P. J. Tr., 1876.) Nevertheless, it scarcely 
admits of dispute that the metal, independently of oxidation out of the body, is capable of 
producing the peculiar mercurial effects when introduced into the stomach, probably under- 
going chemical changes there. The U. S. P. 1890 provides a test which limits the quantity of 
mercurous oxide and proves the absence of mercuric oxide ; it will be difficult for the ordinary 
“ blue mass” of commerce to withstand these requirements: “If a portion of the Mass be 
triturated, in a mortar, with warm acetic acid, the filtrate should not become more than slightly 
opalescent on the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (limit of mercurous oxide'). If 
another portion of the Mass be digested with warm diluted hydrochloric acid and a little puri- 
fied animal charcoal, the filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, or 
by stannous chloride test-solution (absence of mercuric oxide)." U. S. According to M. Mialhe, 
mercury is slowly converted into corrosive sublimate in the stomach, under the combined agency 
of air and sodium chloride. All agree that the efficacy of the preparation is proportionate to 
(MXS'SA HY-DRAE'gY-KI.) 858 
Massa Hydrargyri. 
PART I. 
the extinction of the mercury; in other words, to the degree in which the metallic globules 
disappear. This extinction may be effected by trituration with various substances ; and manna, 
syrup, honey, liquorice, mucilage, soap, guaiac, and extract of dandelion have been recommended, 
among others, for this purpose; but the confection of roses has been adopted in all the Phar- 
macopoeias, as less liable to objection than any other. The mercury is known to be completely 
extinguished when, upon rubbing a small portion of the mass with the end of the finger upon 
a piece of paper or glass, no globules appear; or more accurately by the microscopic test of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. Powdered liquorice root and powdered marshmallow root are added 
in order to give due consistence to the mass. The process now official was proposed by Prof. 
C. Lewis Diehl, and is very satisfactory. It is possible for the apothecary to make moderate 
quantities extemporaneously with no other appliances than the mortar and pestle. As the tritu- 
ration requires to be long continued, which renders the process very laborious when conducted 
on the large scale, it is customary to prepare the mass by machinery. At Apothecaries’ Hall, 
in London, the trituration is effected by the agency of steam. The machine there employed 
consists of “ a circular iron trough for the reception of the materials, in which revolve four 
wooden cylinders, having also a motion on their axes.” A machine for preparing blue mass, 
capable of being worked by hand or steam-power, was invented by Mr. J. W. W. Gordon, of 
Baltimore, and, having been found to answer well, was at one time in extensive use. (A.J. P., 
xxi. 6.) We have already referred, under Hydrargyrum cum Creta, to another ingenious appa- 
ratus, invented by Dr. Squibb, by which the extinguishment of mercury is very satisfactorily 
effected. Formerly much of the blue mass used in this country was imported ; but at present 
the market is chiefly supplied by our own manufacturers. The preparation slowly changes color 
upon being kept, assuming an olive and sometimes even a reddish tint, in consequence, probably, 
of the further oxidation of the mercury* 
In consideration of the incomplete extinguishment of the mercury in many specimens of 
the blue pill, arising from the tedious process employed, Mr. F. B. Benger proposes to obtain 
the metal in a state of minute division. For this purpose he adds to a solution of an ounce 
of stannous chloride, in a mixture of two drachms of hydrochloric acid and two ounces of 
cold water, a boiling hot solution of 136 grains of corrosive sublimate in four ounces of dis- 
tilled water, and stirs the mixture for a few seconds. The mercury of the corrosive chloride 
is thrown down in the form of a black powder, to which, after the liquid has been drawn off 
by means of a pipette, 30 grains of sugar, 100 grains of powdered liquorice, and about a 
drachm of glycerin are added. The mass, being transferred to a porcelain slab, is allowed to 
become sufficiently dry, and then mixed with enough glycerin and liquorice to make it weigh 
300 grains. (P. J. Tr., ii. 165.) Theoretically, this appears to be a good process; but only a 
long experience of its practical advantages would justify its substitution for a plan which has 
been followed for so many years with results, upon the whole, so satisfactory. An obvious 
objection to the process is the possibility, with carelessness of manipulation, of having in the 
preparation a minute proportion of corrosive sublimate or stannous chloride. 
The blue pill is sometimes wanted in the state of powder ; but, from its peculiar constitution, 
it is not eligible for reduction to this form, as the mercury is disposed to aggregate during pul- 
verization, and, from the honey it contains, it is apt, when pulverized, to attract moisture from 
the air. Mr. Chas. Bullock recommends the following method of preparing a powder which, 
as nearly as possible, represents the blue pill, in reference to its therapeutic effects: 
Powdered Blue Mass. Take of finely powdered Elm-bark, finely powdered Sugar, and Mer- 
cury, equal parts, and of Alcohol a sufficiency. Rub the mercury with the powdered bark, 
adding from time to time enough alcohol to maintain a pasty consistence, till the mercury is 
completely extinguished; then spread the mass on paper to dry. When dry, powder it, add 
the sugar, and rub the mixture thoroughly until the powder will pass through a sieve of fine 
bolting-cloth. (A. J. P., 1859, p. 271.) 
* The mercurial mass is very apt to contain less than the due proportion of the metal. This was frequently the 
case with the mass as formerly imported. The fraud may be detected by the following plan of estimating the pro- 
portion of mercury, suggested by Prof. Reid, of New York, and modified by a committee of the Philadelphia College 
of Pharmacy. A certain weight of the mercurial mass, say fifty grains, is mixed with about one-fourth of its weight 
of iron filings, and introduced into a small green glass bulb, at the end of a somewhat curved tube, the open ex- 
tremity of which is inserted, through a cork, into alcohol, contained in a broad-mouthed glass vial; another tube, 
open at both ends, passing through the cork, in order to permit the escape of uncondensed gases. Heat is then ap- 
plied to the bulb by means of a spirit-lamp, is gradually increased until the glass becomes red hot, and continued 
for an hour. The alcohol in the vial dissolves the empyreumatic products, and, by being allowed to rise in the tube, 
and then expelled, serves to wash out any mercury that may be condensed upon its sides. The alcohol is poured off 
from the condensed mercury, which is then washed with fresh alcohol, dried, and weighed. (See A. J. P., xvii.) PART I. 
Massa Hydrargyri.—Mastiche. 
859 
Medical Properties and Uses. This mass is among the mildest of the mercurials, 
being less liable than most others to act upon the bowels, and exercising the peculiar influence 
of the remedy upon the system with, less irritation. It is much employed for producing the 
sialagogue and alterative action of mercury. For the former purpose, three grains (0-20 Gm.) 
may be given two or three times a day ; and in urgent cases the dose may be increased. Even 
this preparation sometimes disturbs the bowels. It should then be given combined with a little 
opium, or in very minute doses, as half a grain or a grain (0-03-0-065 Gm.) of the mass, re- 
peated every hour or two through the day, so as to allow of its absorption before a sufficient 
quantity has been administered to act as an irritant. With a view to the alterative effect upon 
the digestive organs, three grains (0-20 Gm.) may be given every night, or every other night, 
at bedtime, and followed in the morning, if the bowels should not be opened, by a small dose 
of laxative medicine. From five to fifteen grains (0-33—0-97 Gm.) of the mass are occasionally 
given as a cathartic, in cases requiring a peculiar impression upon the liver; but when used 
for this purpose it should always either be combined with or speedily followed by a more cer- 
tain purgative. The blue mass may often be administered with advantage suspended in water 
by the intervention of thick mucilage; and it forms an excellent addition to the chalk mix- 
ture in diarrhoea, particularly that of children, when the biliary secretion is deficient or other- 
wise deranged. 
MASTICHE. U. S. Mastic. 
“ A concrete resinous exudation from Pistacia Lentiscus, Linne (nat. ord. Anacardieae).” 
u. s. 
Mastich; Mastix, P. G.; Resina Mastiche; Mastic, Fr.; Mastice, It.; Almastiga, Sp.; Sakes, Turk.; Arah, Arab. 
Pistacia lentiscus. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1026; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 753; B. & T. 68. The 
lentisk is a shrub or small tree, seldom more than twelve feet in height, much branched towards 
the top, and furnished with petiolate, abruptly pinnate leaves. The leaflets are from eight to 
twelve, and usually alternate, with the exception of the two upper, which are opposite. They 
are. ovate-lanceolate, entire, obtuse, often mucronate, and sessile upon the common footstalk, 
which has a narrow foliaceous expansion on each side. The flowers are dioecious, and very 
small. The male are in an axillary ament; the female are arranged alternately upon a com- 
mon peduncle, which is also axillary. The tree is a native of the countries bordering upon 
the Mediterranean. The fruit yields by expression a fixed oil, of a deep green color, and liquid 
at about 90° F., which the Arabs of North Africa use both as an article of diet and for light. 
A resinous exudation from the stem and branches is the official part, but it does not appear to 
be collected in all places where the tree flourishes. 
Mastic is obtained chiefly from the island of Scio, or Chios, in the Grecian Archipelago, 
where the tree is cultivated for this product. Incisions are made in the trunk and principal 
branches, from which the juice slowly exudes, and either hardens in tears upon the bark, or 
drops on the ground, where it is received upon cloths or the bare earth, and concretes in 
irregular masses. The tears are most esteemed, and are the only form recognized by the U. S. 
P. They are of various sizes, oval or roundish, often compressed, smooth, semi-transparent, 
of a pale-yellow color, of a shining fracture, friable, and usually covered with a whitish 
powder, occasioned by their friction against each other. They are brittle, but become plastic 
when chewed. The masses consist of yellowish agglutinated tears, with others of a darker 
color and less translucent, and often fragments of wood, bark, or earthy matter intermingled * 
Mastic is nearly inodorous, unless rubbed or heated, when it becomes fragrant. Its taste is 
weak, but agreeably terebinthinate, and, after long chewing, very slightly acrid. It is at first 
friable under the teeth, but soon becomes soft and ductile, and acquires a white opaque ap- 
pearance. Its sp. gr. is 1-074. It is fusible and inflammable by heat. Alcohol dissolves about 
90 per cent, of it, leaving a viscid substance which becomes brittle when dried, and for which 
the name of masticin or beta-resin of mastiche has been proposed. This substance, though not 
dissolved by alcohol, softens and swells up in it, as gluten does in water. According to Ber- 
(MiS'TI-£!HE—m&a'tj-ke.) 
* In a more recent account by M. J. Leon Soubeiran, it is stated that the juice is obtained not only by incision, 
but by spontaneous exudation from the branches, where it concretes in drops, which, after hardening, are gathered 
under the name of tears, which constitute the most valued part of the drug. But the greater part of the resin comes 
from longitudinal incisions in the stem, made with a knife, close together, and extending from the root to the 
branches. In fifteen or twenty days the resin has concreted, and is collected in little panniers of white paper or 
cotton cloth. Great care is taken to prevent it from falling on the ground and becoming soiled by the earth, and 
if any is thus soiled it is immediately cleansed at the time of collection. (Journ. de Pharm., Nov.-D6c. 1870, 359. 
See also Chem. and Drug., 1897, 273 ; also Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 563.) 860 
Mastiche.—Matico. 
PART I. 
zelius, it possesses the same general properties as copal, and should be considered as a variety 
of resin. Hlasiwetz gives C20H310 as the formula of the resin. Th'e portion dissolved by the 
alcohol is called by Johnston alpha resin of mastiche or mastichic add because of its acid prop- 
erties, and has the formula C20H3202. (Handworterhuch der Chemie, iv. p. 280.) Mastic is 
wholly soluble in ether, chloroform, and oil of turpentine, scarcely soluble in the fixed oils, and 
insoluble in water. It consists chiefly of resin, with mastidn, and a volatile oil, which can 
scarcely be said to have been obtained in a separate state, though it imparts flavor to alcohol 
and water distilled from the mastic, especially when this has been previously triturated with 
an equal weight of potassium carbonate. Prof. Fliickiger, through Schimmel & Co., of 
Leipsic, ascertained that this volatile oil is present in mastic to the extent of 2 per cent. He 
found it to be a terpene of the composition C10Hie. Schimmel & Co. (Semi-annual Report, 
April, 1897) state that mastic resin yields from 0 9 to 2-5 per cent, of a powerful balsamic 
essential oil of the same order as the raw material, a sp. gr. of from 0855 to 0-87 at 15° C., and 
an optical rotation (100-Mm. tube) of from -\-22° to -(-27°. Mastic is occasionally adulterated 
with olibanum, sandarach, and other resinous bodies, and, in seasons of scarcity, with sea-salt. 
The present shipments from Chios are estimated at 30,000 kilos annually. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Mastic was formerly thought to possess properties 
analogous to those of the turpentines, and was used in debility of the stomach, hsemoptysis from 
ulceration, leucorrhoea, chronic diarrhoea, etc.; but its virtues were overrated, and it is at pres- 
ent scarcely ever given internally. In the East, however, an aqueous infusion is said to be 
still used in infantile cholera ; and the Greeks employ cataplasms made by mixing it with bread 
and red wine, which they apply to the lower abdomen. (Landerer.) It is sometimes employed 
to fill the cavities of carious teeth, for which purpose it is well fitted by its softness. Great 
quantities of it are consumed in Turkey, where it is habitually chewed by the women, under 
the impression that it sweetens the breath and preserves the gums and teeth. The alcoholic 
solution has been employed as a styptic in bleeding from the nose, leech-bites, etc., being applied 
by means of a camel’s-hair pencil directly to the bleeding vessel. Dissolved in alcohol or oil 
of turpentine, it forms a brilliant varnish. A solution made by macerating half an ounce of 
mastic and fifteen grains of caoutchouc in two fluidounces of chloroform, and filtering in 
close vessels, forms a valuable microscopic varnish. The following mode of applying it to ca- 
rious teeth has been recommended. Dissolve four parts of mastic in one of ether, in a bottle 
well stopped. With the solution thus formed, which is yellow and of an oily consistence, sat- 
urate a small piece of cotton of the size of the carious cavity, and, having well cleansed and 
dried the cavity, introduce the cotton, without painful pressure, so as to fill it exactly. The 
resin attaches itself to the diseased surface of the tooth, which it protects from the air, and 
from the food taken into the mouth. 
MATICO. U. S. Matico. 
“ The leaves of Piper angustifolium, Ruiz et Pavon (nat. ord. Piperaceae).” U. S. 
Matico Leaves; Feuilles de Matico, Fr.; Maticoblatter, G. 
The genus Piper, according to Engler and Prantl, includes nearly six hundred species, which 
are distributed throughout the tropics of the Old and New World, being particularly numerous 
in tropical America and of relatively less number in Africa. 
Piper angustifolium. Ruiz and Pavon, Flor. Peruv.—Piper elongatum. Yahl.—Artantlie 
elongata. Miquel; Lindley, Med. and (Econom. Bot. 133, fig. 195. This is a shrub with a 
jointed stem about twelve feet in height. In a dried specimen received from Dr. Ruschenber- 
ger, of the U. S. navy, the leaves are sessile or very shortly petiolate, oval-lanceolate, acuminate, 
from two to six inches long by about an inch in breadth, bright green on the upper surface, 
paler and downy beneath, finely crenate, tessellated above, reticulate beneath, the meshes small, 
and the veins densely brownish hairy ; of an agreeable aromatic odor and a strong spicy taste. 
The spikes are solitary, opposite the leaves, and cylindrical. The bracts are peltate or cucul- 
late ; the flowers hermaphrodite. The plant is a native of Peru, where the fruit, under the 
name of Thoho-Thoho, is employed in the same manner as cubebs. This species is also found 
in other parts of South America. The commercial drug matico is furnished, according to G. 
Dethan and R. Bertault (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 1897, 537), by two varieties of Piper 
angustifolium,—viz., a-cordulatum (Artantlie elongata Miq.), and fi-ossanum, which differ some- 
what in the shape of the leaves. The former has the leaves larger, shorter, and broader, with 
an oblique cordate base. The midrib of a-cordulatum is much less convex below than in the 
(MAT'I-CO.) PART I. 
Matico.—Matricaria. 
861 
other variety. In 1864 Prof. Bentley (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1864) described a false matico from 
Central America believed to be yielded by the Artanthe adunca. It is distinguished by the 
want of the reticulations on the upper and the down on the under surface which characterize 
true matico. 
The leaves, spikes, and stalks are mixed together, and more or less compressed, in the pack- 
ages of the imported drug, and are all possessed of activity, though the leaves only are recog- 
nized by the Pharmacopoeias. They are officially described as “ from 10 to 15 Cm. long, short- 
petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, apex pointed, base unequally heart-shaped, margin very finely 
crenulate, tessellated above, reticulate beneath, the meshes small, and the veins densely brown- 
ish-hairy ; aromatic, spicy, and bitterish.” TJ. S. They are readily pulverized, forming a light, 
greenish, absorbent powder. According to Dr. Hodges, they contain chlorophyll, a soft dark- 
green resin, brown and yellow coloring matters, gum, salts, lignin, a light-green, tliickish volatile 
oil, and a peculiar bitter principle, which he calls maticin, soluble in water and in alcohol, but 
not in ether. (Philos. Mag., Sept. 1844, p. 206.) According to Mr. Wiegand, the maticin of 
Dr. Hodges is a salt of potassa. Mr. John J. Stell, who examined the drug in the expectation 
of discovering a principle analogous to cubebin or piperin, failed in the attempt. Fliickiger 
found it to contain 2-7 per cent, of the volatile oil, which was slightly dextrogyre and boiling 
in large part at 180° C.—200° C. In winter-time it deposited large crystals of a camphor 
fusing at 103° C. and having the odor and taste of the oil. The crystals have the formula 
Ci2H200 according to Kiigler, and are perhaps the ethyl-derivative of ordinary camphor. (Per. 
d. Chem. Ges. [16], p. 2841; also A. J. P., 1884, p. 477.) Matico also affords, according to 
Marcotte, a crystallizable acid named artanthic acid, with some tannin. (Pharmacographia, 
Fliickiger and Hanbury, 2d ed., p. 590.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Matico is an agreeable aromatic tonic and stimulant, 
having a tendency, like cubeb, to act on the urinary passages. It has long been known as a 
medicine in Peru. Dr. Martius speaks of its use by the natives externally as a vulnerary, and 
internally as an aphrodisiac (Pharm. Centralb., 1843) ; and, according to Dr. Scrivener, who 
practised medicine at Lima, it is much employed in Peru locally for arresting hemorrhage, and 
in the treatment of ulcers. (A. J. P., xviii.) In 1839 it was taken to England, and was pre- 
scribed by Dr. Jeffreys, of Liverpool, with advantage, in diseases of the mucous membranes, as 
gonorrhoea, leucorrhoea, menorrhagia, catarrh of the bladder, hemorrhoids, and epistaxis. Others 
have employed it with benefit in similar cases and in diarrhoea ; and it is said to have proved 
useful in hsemoptysis, hsematemesis, dysentery, and hsematuria. Dr. Ruschenberger gives strong 
testimony in its favor in several of the diseases mentioned. Its most useful internal applica- 
tion is probably as an alterative stimulant to the diseased mucous membranes. If efficient as 
a haemostatic, it must be on principles similar to those upon which oil of turpentine acts; for 
it is not astringent. As a local styptic it probably acts mechanically in the same manner as 
does agaric. The dose of the powder is from half a drachm to two drachms (l-95-7‘8 Gm.) 
three times a day. The tincture and the fluid extract are official. 
MATRICARIA. U. S. Matricaria. [German Chamomile.] 
(MAT-KI-CA'RI-A.) 
“ The flower-heads of Matricaria Chamomilla, Linne (nat. ord. Compositae).” JJ. S. 
Flores Chamomillse Vulgaris, P. G.; Fleurs de Chamomille commune (d’Allemagne), Fr.; Kamille, Kamillen- 
blumen, G. 
Matricaria chamomilla. Linn. Sp. Plant. (1753) 891. This is an annual plant, with a 
branching stem a foot or two in height, bearing alternate leaves about two inches long, the 
lower ones tripinnate, the upper bipinnate or simply pinnate, and all of them very green, and 
nearly or quite smooth. The leaflets are linear and very small. The flowers appear singly at 
the ends of the stem and branches. They are about three-quarters of an inch in diameter, 
with the ray spreading. The bracts of the involucre are obtuse, green in the middle, and 
whitish, membranous, and translucent at the margin. The ray-florets are white, at first spread- 
ing, and ultimately reflected. The disk is of a deep yellow color, at first flat, but in the end 
convex, and even somewhat conical. 
The plant is a native of Europe, and is occasionally cultivated in our gardens. All parts of 
it are active; but the flowers only are official. These shrink in drying, so that they are scarcely 
half as large as in their recent state. Those found in commerce are imported from Germany. 
They are officially described as “ about 15 to 20 Mm. broad, composed of a flattish, imbricate 
involucre, a conical, hollow, naked receptacle, which is about 5 Mm. high, about fifteen white, 862 
Matricaria.—Mel. 
PART I. 
ligulate, reflexed ray-florets, and numerous yellow, tubular, perfect disk florets without pappus ; 
strongly aromatic and bitter. The similar flower-heads of Anthemis arvensis Linn6, and Maruta 
cotida De Candolle (nat. ord. Compositse), have conical, solid, and chaffy receptacles.” U. S. 
The dried flowers of the Matricaria are considerably smaller than those of common chamo- 
mile, and exhibit a larger proportion of the disk-florets compared with those of the ray. They 
have a strong, peculiar, rather unpleasant odor, and a disagreeable bitter taste. Their active 
constituents are volatile oil and bitter extractive, which are readily taken up by water and alco- 
hol. The oil, which is obtained by distillation with water, is thick, somewhat tenacious, of a 
fine deep blue color becoming green and brown by age, and almost opaque in mass. Though 
supposed by Gerhardt to be identical with the oil of chamomile (Anthemis nohilis), it has been 
shown to be distinct. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1862, p. 429.) It congeals at —4° F., has the sp. gr. 
0 93, and contains a terpene, C10H16, and a colorless oil, C10HieO. Schimmel & Co.'s Report for 
April, 1897, states that the German chamomile oil contains a paraffin hydrocarbon. The blue 
color is due to a volatile principle called azulene by Piesse, and coerulein by Gladstone and 
others. This, when distilled with potassium, yields a terpene, (C10H16)3, and with phosphoric 
oxide a hydrocarbon, C10H14. (Kachler, Ber. d. Chem. Ges., iv. 36.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Matricaria is a mild tonic, very similar to chamomile 
in medical properties, and, like it, in very large doses an emetic. It is considered also in Europe 
to be antispasmodic and anthelmintic. It is much employed in Germany, but in this country 
scarcely at all, unless by German practitioners. It may be given for the same purposes and in 
the same manner as chamomile. 
MEL. U. S. Honey. 
(MEL.) 
“ A saccharine secretion deposited in the honey-comb by Apis mellifica, Linne (class, In- 
secta ; order, Hymenoptera).” U S. 
Miel, Fr.; Honig, G.; Miele, It.; Miel, Sp. 
Naturalists have not yet determined whether honey is a secretion of the bee, Apis mel- 
lifica, or exists already formed in plants. It is certain that the nectaries of flowers contain 
a saccharine matter, which is extracted by the insect; and the fact is well known that the 
flavor and character of honey are very much affected by the nature of the plants which pre- 
dominate in the vicinity of the hive,—so much so that when these plants are poisonous the 
fluid sometimes partakes of their noxious qualities. Several cases of poisoning from eating 
honey from a particular source are recorded in the New Jersey Medical Reporter for November, 
1852, p. 46* Still, it probably undergoes change in the organs of the bee, as the saccharine 
matter of the nectaries, so far as it has been possible to examine it, lacks some of the charac- 
teristic properties of honey.f The finest honey is that which is allowed to drain from the 
comb. If obtained from hives that have never swarmed, it is called virgin honey. An inferior* 
kind is procured by submitting the comb to pressure; and if heat be employed previous to 
expression, the product is still more impure. 
In the recent state honey is fluid; but on being kept it is apt to form a crystalline deposit, 
and to be ultimately converted into a soft granular mass. In commerce it is found of every 
* H. Bley states that poisonous honey is sometimes imported into Europe from Trebizond, and also from America, 
and attributes the toxic properties to the bees feeding upon Datura stramonium and Gelsemium. (Pharm. Zeit., 
Nov. 1885.) For an interesting paper on “Poisonous Honey,” by L. F. Kebler, see Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 167. 
f Propolis. This is a resinous substance, deposited by bees at the base of the hive, and in other parts which re- 
quire protection from the outer air, of a nature entirely different from that of wax or honey, and supposed to be in- 
tended for the protection of the comb from injurious external agencies. Dr. H. 0. Hitchcock (Chicago Med. Journ., 
1867) considers it one of the best remedies in simple mucous diarrhoea, even when severe and attended with pain 
and vomiting. In many cases only a single dose is required. It appears to possess anodyne and soporific properties. 
He has found it also efficacious in dysentery in the early stage; but it has proved useless in the disease when fully 
established. In chronic diarrhoea, even of the kind contracted in camp and remarkable for its obstinacy, it has 
seemed to act like a charm. It is of a dark reddish or yellowish-brown color, of a shining fracture, an aromatic 
taste and smell, quite insoluble in water, nearly so in ether, but readily dissolved by alcohol and solution of potassa. 
Dr. Hitchcock has used both a tincture and an alkaline solution; the former (two drachms of propolis and four fluid- 
ounces of alcohol) in doses of from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (l-9-3'75 C.c.); the latter (two drachms of the 
resin to a fluidrachm of liquor potassa; and four fluidounces of a menstruum consisting of equal parts of water and 
simple syrup) in the dose of half a fluidrachm (1*9 C.c.) after each stool. 
Bee-bread is the name given to a material found in some of the cells of the comb, consisting mainly of the pollen 
of plants. (Chicago Med. Examiner, Sept. 1865.) Dr. Jas. S. Whitmire found that in the dose of a drachm (3‘9 Gm.) 
three times a day it caused great increase of the urinary secretion. No disagreeable effects followed its use, except 
a slight flatulency and looseness of the bowels. It is entirely palatable and inoffensive to the stomach. (A. J. P., 1866.) 
Eucalyptus Honey, or Black Honey. This honey, a detailed description of which may be found in U. S. D., 16th ed., 
appears to have been not a natural but a sophisticated article. PART I. 
863 
consistence, from that of a viscid liquid like thin syrup or oil, to that of lard or soft suet. Its 
color is sometimes white, but usually yellowish, and occasionally of a brownish or reddish tinge. 
It has a peculiar agreeable odor, varying somewhat with the flowers from which it was collected, 
and a very sweet, feebly aromatic taste, which is followed by a slight prickling or sense of 
acrimony in the fauces. Its sp. gr. is about 1-333. (Duncan.') Cold water dissolves it readily, 
alcohol with less facility. “ A syrupy liquid of a light yellowish to pale yellowish-brown color, 
translucent when fresh, but gradually becoming opaque and crystalline, having a characteristic, 
aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste. When recent Honey is diluted with 2 parts of 
water, the resulting liquid should be almost clear, not stringy, and should have a specific grav- 
ity not lower than 1*100 (corresponding to a specific gravity of 1-375 for the original Honey). 
Honey has a faintly acid reaction towards litmus paper. If 1 part of Honey be dissolved in 
4 parts of water, a clear or nearly clear solution will result, which should not be rendered more 
than faintly opalescent by a few drops of silver nitrate test-solution (limit of chlorides), or of 
barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphates). If 1 volume of Honey be diluted with 1 
volume of water, and a portion of this liquid gradually mixed with 5 volumes of absolute 
alcohol, it should not become more than faintly opalescent (as compared with the reserved por- 
tion of the solution), and should neither become opaque, nor deposit a slimy substance on the 
inner walls and bottom of the test-tube. And when Honey is incinerated, in small portions at 
a time, in a platinum crucible, it should not leave more than 0-2 per cent, of ash (absence of 
glucose and foreign inorganic substances). On boiling 1 part of Honey with 5 parts of water, 
the resulting solution, when cold, should not be rendered blue or green on the addition of iodine 
test-solution (absence of starch)." TJ. S. It is essentially a strong aqueous solution of mixed 
dextrose and levulose, the mixture being known as “glucose,” and amounting generally to from 
70 to 80 per cent. 
The following analyses of pure, unadulterated honey show the variations in its composition. 
They were made by Dr. J. Campbell Brown (Analyst, iii. 269). 
Locality. 
Levulose. 
Dextrose. 
Sucrose. 
Wax, Pollen, 
and Insoluble 
Matter. 
Ash. 
Water ex- 
pelled at 
100° C. 
Water 
expelled 
above 
100° C. 
and Loss. 
English 
37-04 
36-11 
None. 
Good trace. 
•15 
19-10 
7-60 
Welsh 
37-66 
39-24 
None. 
Trace. 
•14 
16-40 
6-56 
Normandy 
37-36 
42-02 
None. 
Slight trace. 
•17 
15-50 
4-95 
German 
33-56 
36-16 
None. 
Trace. 
•17 
19-11 
11-00 
Greek 
40-43 
31-77 
None. 
•05 
•15 
19-80 
7-80 
Lisbon 
37-69 
34-51 
None. 
Nearly 1-0 
•14 
18-80 
6-86 
Jamaica 
33-60 
34-80 
2-2 (?) 
2-1 
•25 
19 46 
7-58 
California 
38-29 
35-57 
None. 
Good trace. 
•11 
17-90 
8-13 
Mexican 
36-39 
35-04 
None. 
Trace. 
•97 
18-47 
10-03 
The glucose may be obtained by treating granular honey with a small quantity of alcohol, 
which, when expressed, takes along with it the other ingredients, leaving the crystals nearly 
untouched. The same end may be obtained by melting the honey, saturating its acid with 
calcium carbonate, filtering the liquid, then setting it aside to crystallize, and washing the crys- 
tals with alcohol. Inferior honey usually contains a large proportion of uncrystallizable sugar 
and vegetable acid. Diluted with water, honey undergoes the vinous fermentation. In warm 
weather, honey itself, if not very pure, sometimes ferments, acquiring a pungent taste and deeper 
color* The presence of dextrin in pure honey seems to be established. G. L. Spencer 
(A. J. P., 1895, 27) has found as much as 4 per cent, of dextrin, and Haenle (Zeits. Anal. 
Chem., 94, 99) has shown that honey from Coniferae always contains dextrin. Kiinnmann 
and Hilger (A. J. P., 1896, 570) state that dextrin is present in all honey, whether dextro- 
rotatory or laevo-rotatory, and claim to have identified it as achroo-dextrin. Starch is said to 
be occasionally added to the inferior kinds to give them a white appearance. The adultera- 
tion may be detected by adding water, which dissolves the honey and leaves the starch at the 
* Dr. Miillenhoff believes that the honey is preserved in the sealed cells of the comb by the secretion with it of a 
minute quantity of formic acid, and has found by experiment that the addition of one part of 25-per-cent, formio 
acid is sufficient to keep permanently 250 parts of honey; but in this connection it should be remembered that the 
absence of contact with the air would account for the preservation of honey in the comb. 864 
Mel.—Mel Despumatum. 
PART T. 
bottom of the vessel. Dilution with water may be suspected from the greater thinness of the 
honey and its want of disposition to crystallize. 
Honey is largely adulterated with artificial glucose. This may be detected by the official 
tests, but the safest method is to determine the sugar by the use of Fehling’s solution. The 
grape sugar may be determined directly in a weighed quantity of honey. An equal weight 
of the same honey is boiled with 2-per-cent, sulphuric acid, and the sugar may be determined 
after inversion; finally the dextrin may be determined in a third portion by precipitation with 
alcohol. The difference in the quantity of sugar found before and after inversion is so great 
as to furnish a certain method for distinguishing natural and artificial honey. According to 
Oscar Haenle, glucose can also be detected by first dialysing thoroughly and then polarizing, 
under which circumstance, if glucose be present, rotation to the right occurs ; if the honey be 
pure the light is not affected. Undialysed honey ordinarily polarizes to the left, but unadulter- 
ated conifer-honeys are dextrogyre. (P. J. Tr., xxi.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Honey possesses the same medical properties as sugar, 
but is more disposed to affect the bowels. Though largely consumed as an article of food, it 
is seldom employed medicinally, except as a vehicle. Its taste and demulcent qualities render 
it a useful addition to gargles; and it is sometimes employed as an application to foul ulcers. 
MEL BORACIS. Br. Borax Honey. 
Mel Sodii Boratis, U. S. 1870; Honey of Borax, Honey of Borate of Sodium; Miel borate, Mellite de Borax, 
Fr.; Boraxhonig, G. 
“ Borax, in fine powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Glycerin I ounce (Imp.) or 25 
grammes; Clarified Honey, 8 ounces (Imp.) or 400 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This preparation was very properly dropped from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the 1880 
revision, as it may well be left to extemporaneous prescription. The U. S. formula of 1870 
was practically identical with the British process given above. Borax honey is used in the 
thrush of infants and in aphthous ulcerations of the mouth. 
(MEL BO-RA'CIS.) 
MEL DESPUMATUM. U. S. (Br.) Clarified Honey. 
“ Honey of commerce, melted in a water-bath, and strained, while hot, through flannel pre- 
viously moistened with warm water.” Br. 
Mel Depuratam, Br.; Miel d6spumij, Mellite simple, Fr.; Gereinigter Honig, G. 
“ Honey, a convenient quantity ; Glycerin, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Honey intimately 
with two per cent, of its weight of paper-pulp, which has been previously reduced to shreds, 
thoroughly washed and soaked in water, and then strongly expressed and again shredded. 
Then apply the heat of a water-bath, and, as long as any scum rises to the surface, carefully 
remove this. Finally, add enough Distilled Water to make up the loss incurred by evapora- 
tion, strain, and mix the strained liquid with jive per cent, of its weight of glycerin.” V S. 
The U. S. 1890 method of clarifying honey is new as far as the Pharmacopoeia is concerned : 
paper-pulp is very effective as a clarifying agent, and the glycerin offers some protection to the 
honey against change. Honey may be made brilliant by hot filtration through paper. (See 
Remington’s Practice of Pharmacy, “ Hot Filtration,” p. 217.) 
Honey, by the heat of the water-bath, becomes so fluid that the wax and other lighter 
impurities which it contains rise to the surface and may be skimmed off; while the heavier 
substances which may have been accidentally or fraudulently added, such as sand or other 
earth, sink to the bottom. A neat method of separating is described in JV. R., Feb. 1880. It 
is as follows. “ Pour the honey into a perfectly clean cylindrical vessel, with straight sides, 
rather narrow, and having a small lip at the open margin, and heat the vessel on a water-bath. 
When the water is hot, pour enough honey into the vessel to fill it to within about 1 inch of 
the edge, and allow it to remain at rest in the water-bath, at a moderate heat, for about one 
hour. During this time, most of the impurities will rise to the top, while some others may 
sink to the bottom. Now remove the vessel very carefully from the water-bath, and pour on 
top of the hot honey, very gently, a sufficient amount of cold water to fill the vessel completely. 
This will cause all the impurities floating on the honey at once to rise to the top of the cold 
water, where they will often solidify to a tough skin or cake, which may be taken off without 
difficulty. Then pour off the water through the lip, remove the last remnants, if necessary, 
by means of blotting-paper, and filter the honey through a piece of well-washed, wetted, and 
(MEL DES-PU-MA-TUM.) PART I. 
Mel Despumcitum.—Melissa. 
865 
dense white flannel. The resulting product—if the honey be pure—will be very brilliant.” 
The French Codex simply directs six pounds of white honey to be heated with two pounds of 
water, skimmed, concentrated to 30° B. while boiling hot, and then strained through flannel. 
The British Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ A viscid translucent liquid of a light-yellowish or 
brownish-yellow color, gradually becoming partially crystalline and opaque. It has a character- 
istic odor and very sweet taste. Incinerated it should not yield more than 0‘25 per cent, of 
ash, the solution of which in water acidulated with nitric acid should not afford more than 
a slight turbidity with solution of barium chloride (absence of more than traces of sulphates). 
It should yield no characteristic reaction with the iodine test for starch.” 
The following method of clarifying honey is recommended by Andre von Hirschberg. Boil 
25 pounds of honey, to which half the quantity of water has been added, with a pulp obtained 
by stirring three sheets of white blotting-paper with water, over a slow fire, till the paper is 
reduced to minute fibres. When the mixture cools, put it into a woollen filtering bag, previ- 
ously moistened, and allow the honey to pass. It comes away quite clear. The pulp may then 
be washed, and the dark liquid evaporated by a water-bath to the proper consistence. (P. J. Tr., 
ix.) Another process, recommended by A. Hofmann, is to dissolve 28 pounds of honey in 
twice its weight of water, heat the solution to the boiling point, and then add a solution of 
three drachms of gelatin in three times its weight of water, and afterwards an aqueous solution 
of one drachm of tannin, or an infusion of two drachms of galls. The mixture is to be well 
stirred, and kept hot for an hour. Lastly, seven-eighths of the honey may be drawn off clear, 
the remainder filtered through flannel, and the whole evaporated. (Ibid., xv. 121.) The use 
of tannin is objectionable, however, on account of its solubility in honey, and the danger of 
honey so purified reacting when brought in contact with ferric salts. For other processes of 
purifying honey, see 14th edition of this work, p. 1321, and A. J. P, 1877, p. 19 ; also 1879, 
pp. 193, 598, and 1880, p. 132. Heugel’s method is to mix two pounds each of honey and 
water with a half-ounce of magnesium carbonate, frequently agitate for two or three hours, 
filter through doubled white filtering-paper, boil slowly, remove the scum carefully, and evapo- 
rate upon a steam-bath to a syrupy consistence. 
Honey clarified with calcium carbonate and animal charcoal, or as in the first process described, 
is as clear and colorless as syrup made with sugar, but still retains a peculiar flavor. It is 
less disposed to ferment than crude honey, and is said not to be so liable to produce griping 
pain when swallowed. 
MEL ROSiE. U. S. Honey of Rose 
Mel Rosatum, P. G.; Mellitum Rosatum; Mellite de Roses rouges, Miel Rosat, Fr.; Rosenbonig, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Bose, one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 27 
minims] ; Clarified Honey, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces 
av., 120 grains. Into a tared vessel introduce the Fluid Extract of Rose, then add enough 
Clarified Honey to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains], and mix them thoroughly.” TJ. S. 
Though one of the officials in the late London and Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias, the Honey 
of Rose has been dropped in the British. The U. S. formula is based on that of Prof. Grahame. 
(See A. J. P., 1859, p. 443.) Honey of rose forms a pleasant addition to the gargles employed 
in inflammation and ulceration of the mouth and throat. 
(MEL RO'§AI.) 
MELISSA. U. S. Melissa. [Balm.] 
“ The leaves and tops of Melissa officinalis, Linne (nat. ord. Labiatae).” U. S. 
Folia Melissas, P. G.; Herba Melissae; Lemon Balm; Herbe au Citron, Melisse, Fr.; Melissenblatter, Citronen- 
kraut, Garten-Melisse, G.; Melissa, It.; Torongil, Sp. 
Melissa officinalis. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 592; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 146; Woodv. Med. Bot., 
334, t. 119. Balm has a perennial root, which sends up annually several erect quadrangular 
stems, usually branched towards the base, and a foot or two in height. The leaves are about 
two inches long, are opposite, ovate or cordate, obtuse, deeply serrate, glandular or pubescent; 
the lower on long footstalks, the uppermost nearly sessile. The flowers are white or yellowish, 
upon short peduncles, and in axillary whorls of four or five, surrounding only half the stem. 
The calyx is tubular, pentangular, and bilabiate, with the upper lip tridentate and flattened, 
the lower cut into two pointed teeth. The corolla is whitish or purplish, tubular and bilabiate, 
the upper lip less convex and notched, the lower three-cleft. The plant is a native of the 
(ME-LIS'SA.) 866 
Menispermum.—Mentha Piperita. 
PART I. 
south of Europe. It has been introduced into this country, where it is cultivated in gardens 
and grows wild along the fences of our roads and lanes. For use the herb should be cut 
before the appearance of the flowers, which begin to expand in July. In the fresh state it has 
a fragrant, lemon-like odor, but it is nearly inodorous when dried. The taste is somewhat 
austere, and slightly aromatic. The herb contains a minute proportion of a yellowish, highly 
flavored essential oil; also tannin, bitter extractive, and gum. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Balm produces scarcely any remedial effects upon the 
system. The quantity of oil which it contains is not more than sufficient to communicate an 
agreable flavor to the infusion, which forms an excellent drink in febrile complaints, and when 
taken warm tends to promote the operation of diaphoretic medicines. 
MENISPERMUM. U. S. Menispermum. [Yellow Parilla. Canadian Moonseed.] 
(MEN-I-SPER'MUM.) 
“ The rhizome and roots of Menispermum Canadense, Linne (nat. ord. Menispermaceae).” 
US. 
M. canadense. L. This is a woody, climbing plant, which grows throughout Eastern North 
America. It is specifically characterized by its peltate three- to seven-lobed leaves, its small 
clusters of greenish-yellow flowers, and its somewhat kidney-shaped glaucous fruit, which is 
ripened in the month of September. Its root was first brought into market as Texas Sarsa- 
parilla, and identified by Prof. Robt. P. Thomas. (A. J. P., xxvii. 7.) There are but two 
other species of Menispermum known,—viz., M. dahuricum D. C., in Central and Eastern 
Asia, and M. divers if olium (Cocculus Miq.) Prantl, in Japan. 
Properties. Menispermum is officially described as follows: “ Rhizome several feet long, 
5 Mm. thick, brown or yellowish-brown, somewhat knotty, finely wrinkled longitudinally and 
beset with numerous thin, rather brittle roots; fracture tough, woody; internally yellowish, 
the bark rather thick, the wood-rays broad, porous, and longest on the lower side; pith dis- 
tinct. Nearly inodorous; taste bitter.” U S. Prof. J. M. Maisch proved the presence of a 
white alkaloid, and of a small quantity of berberine. The former reacts with the usual alka- 
loidal precipitants, is not very soluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. H. L. Barber 
(A. J. P., 1884, p. 401) obtained the white amorphous alkaloid above referred to, for which 
Prof. Maisch proposed the name menispine. He gives, moreover, a comparison of the prop- 
erties of this alkaloid with those of menispermine and oxyacanthine. Starch was also found 
in the root. (A. J. P., 1863, p. 301.) 
Medical Properties. In an unpublished inaugural dissertation by Dr. George F. Terrell 
(Feb. 1844), it is stated that the root of this plant is considerably employed in Virginia, both 
in domestic practice and by physicians, as a substitute for sarsaparilla in scrofulous affections. 
It is also reputed to be tonic, but is very rarely used in regular practice, and is probably inert. 
MENTHA PIPERITA. U. S. Peppermint. 
“ The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita, Smith (nat. ord. Labiatae).” U. S. 
Folia (Herba) Menthse Piperita.', P. G.; Menthe poivrec, Fr.; Pfefferminze, PfefiFermiinze, G.; Menta piperita, 
It.; Pimenta piperita, Sp. 
The genus Mentha comprises at least fifteen species, of which there are also a great many 
varieties. M. piperita,—L. (1753), also Smith (1800),—the most important member of this 
genus, was long ago cultivated by the Egyptians, and is now grown in considerable amounts 
in Europe, North America, and Eastern Asia. It is also found growing wild in other parts 
of the world, as South America and Australia. The oldest existing peppermint district is in 
the neighborhood of Mitcham (Surrey), England. In some parts of the United States, espe- 
cially in Michigan, the western part of New York, Ohio, and Indiana, it is largely cultivated * 
On the continent of Europe other species of Mentha (particularly M. arvensis) grow with 
M. piperita, deteriorating the product. In America other plants (as Erigeron canadense and 
Erechthites hieracifolia) cause the same trouble. Besides M. piperita other species are culti- 
vated, as some Asiatic varieties of M. arvensis, M. viridis, M. longifolia (var. undulata), M. 
gentilis, M. dalmatica, and M. pulegium. 
Mentha piperita. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 576; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 79; B. & T. 203; Carson, 
Illust. of Med. Bot., ii. 16, pi. 63. Peppermint is a perennial herbaceous plant, with a creeping 
(MfiN'THA PI-PE-RI'TA.) 
* For an interesting account of the distribution of the peppermint culture in the United States and the amount 
of oil produced in 1897, see Sohimmel & Co.’s Report for October, 1897, 40. PART I. 
Mentlia Pipei'ita.—Menthol. 
867 
root, and quadrangular, channelled, purplish, somewhat hairy stems, branched towards the 
top, and about two feet in height. The leaves are about two inches long, opposite, petiolate, 
ovate, serrate, pointed, smoother on the upper than on the under surface, and of a dark green 
color, which is paler beneath. The flowers are small, purple, and in terminal obtuse spikes, 
interrupted below, and cymosely arranged. Late in the season, the growth of the lateral 
lower branches often gives to the inflorescence the appearance of a corymb. The calyx is 
tubular, furrowed, and five-toothed, often purplish; the corolla is purplish, 
tubular, with its border divided into four segments, of which the upper- 
most is broadest, and notched at its apex. The four short stamens are 
concealed within the tube of the corolla; the style projects beyond it, and 
terminates in a bifid stigma. The plant should be cut for medical use in 
dry weather, in August, about the period of the expansion of the flowers. 
John C. Umney points out differences between white and black pepper- 
mint in P. J. Tr., 1896, 123. 
The herb, both in the recent and in the dried state, has a peculiar, pene- 
trating, grateful odor. There is sometimes difficulty in distinguishing be- 
tween the leaves of M. piperita and those of M. viridis. According to 
Joseph Schrenk, crystals can always be found in the glandular hairs of 
the peppermint, but are absent in those of the spearmint. The crystals 
are doubly refractive, and so transparent that sometimes a polariscope is 
necessary for their easy detection. These crystals have been thought to 
be menthol, but they seem not to dissolve in alcohol, and their nature re- 
mains doubtful. The taste of the herb is aromatic, warm, pungent, cam- 
phorous, bitterish, and attended with a sensation of coolness when air is 
admitted into the mouth. These properties depend on a volatile oil, of 
which from 1 to 1-25 per cent, can be obtained from the herb. The leaves are said to contain 
a little tannic acid. The virtues of the herb are imparted to water, and more readily to alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Peppermint is a grateful aromatic stimulant, much 
used for all the purposes to which medicines of this class are applied. To allay nausea, relieve 
spasmodic pains of the stomach and bowels, expel flatus, and cover the taste or qualify the 
nauseating or griping effects of other medicines, are among the most common of these purposes. 
The fresh herb, bruised and applied to the epigastrium, often allays sick stomach, and is useful 
in the cholera of children. The medicine may be given in infusion ; but the volatile oil, either 
alone or in some state of preparation, is generally preferred. (See Oleum Menthse Piperitsei) 
Peppermint le<ii 1 
epidermis of the upper 
of the ’under side, 
hair?1 a 1 
MENTHA VIRIDIS. U. S. Spearmint 
(MEN'THA VIR'I-DIS.) 
“ The leaves and tops of Mentha viridis, Linne (nat. ord. Lahiatae).” U. S. 
Herba Menthae Acutae (veR.Romanae); Menthe verte, Menthe romaine, Baume vert, Menthe & 5pi, Fr.; Griine 
Miinze, Rbmische Minze, G.; Menta Romana, It.; Yerba buena puntiaguda, Sp. 
Mentha viridis. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 804 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 76 ; B. & T. 302 ; M. spicata, 
L. (1753) ; M. spicata, var. viridis, L. (1753). Spearmint, sometimes called simply mint, differs 
from M. piperita chiefly in having sessile or nearly sessile, lanceolate, naked leaves; elongated, 
interrupted, panicled spikes ; setaceous bracts ; and stamens longer than the tube of the corolla. 
It is a native of Europe and Asia, and naturalized in waste places from Nova Scotia and 
Ontario to Minnesota and Kansas in the West and Florida in the South United States. It 
is also cultivated for domestic use and for the sake of its oil. Its flowering season is August. 
According to Thomson, it should be cut in very dry weather, and, if intended for medical 
use, just as the flowers appear ; if for obtaining the oil, after they have expanded. 
The odor of spearmint is strong and aromatic, the taste warm and slightly bitter, less pun- 
gent than that of peppermint, but considered by some to be more agreeable. These properties 
are retained for some time by the dried plant. They depend on a volatile oil, which is ob- 
tained by distillation, and is imparted to alcohol and water by maceration. (See Oleum Menthae 
Viridis.) The virtues and applications of this plant are the same as those of peppermint. 
MENTHOL. U. S., Br. 
“ A stearopten (having the character of a secondary alcohol), obtained from the official oil 
of peppermint (from Mentha piperita, Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of peppermint 
Cio H19 OH; 155*66. (men'thol.) C10H20O. Menthol. 
868 
PART I. 
(from Mentha arvensis, Linne, var. piperascens, Holmes, and Mentha canadensis, Linne, var. 
glabrata, Holmes; nat. ord. Labiatm). Menthol should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place.” U S. “A crystalline substance, CeH OH.CH3.C3H7, obtained by cooling the oil 
distilled from the fresh herb of Mentha arvensis, DC., vars. piperascens et glabrata, Holmes; 
and of Mentha piperita, Sm.” Br. 
This substance was admitted to the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885, and is one of the new 
officials of the U. S. P. 1890. Menthol, or peppermint camphor, may be obtained from either 
American or Japanese oil of peppermint by cooling the oil to a very low temperature, when 
the menthol crystallizes out, often in a dense mass; the adhering oil may be separated by 
expression. Menthol may also be obtained by fractional distillation, and there is reason to 
believe that the oil of peppermint of commerce is often contaminated with the dementholized 
oil. A larger yield of menthol is obtained from Japanese or Chinese oils, and for this reason 
Japanese menthol is largely found in commerce. It is practically identical with American 
menthol, differing, however, in the character of its crystals, which occur in small prisms 
instead of in long needles. 
The U. S. P. 1890 describes it as follows : “ Colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals, having 
a strong and pure odor of peppermint, and a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of 
cold, when air is drawn into the mouth. Menthol is only slightly soluble in water, but im- 
parts to the latter its odor and taste. It is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon 
disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. It melts at 43° C. (109-4° F.) to a colorless liquid, boils at 
212° C. (413-6° F.), and volatilizes slowly at the ordinary temperature. When it is triturated 
with about an equal weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture becomes 
liquid. Its alcoholic solution is neutral to litmus paper, and deviates polarized light to the 
left. If a little Menthol be heated in an open capsule, on a water-bath, it should gradually 
volatilize without leaving any residue (absence of wax, paraffin, or inorganic substances). If 
a few crystals of Menthol be dissolved in 1 C.c. of glacial acetic acid, and then 3 drops of 
sulphuric acid and 1 drop of nitric acid added, no green color should be produced (absence of 
thymol)." “ Melting point 107-6° F. (42° C.); it should not exceed 109-4° F. (43° C.). It 
has the odor and flavor of peppermint, producing a sensation of warmth on the tongue, and, 
if air is inhaled, a sensation of coolness. It is very slightly soluble in water, but readily solu- 
ble in alcohol (90 per cent.), the solutions having a neutral reaction. Boiled with sulphuric 
acid diluted with half its volume of water, Menthol acquires an indigo-blue or ultramarine 
color, the acid becoming brown. It should be entirely volatilized by the heat of a water- 
bath.” Br. 
Menthol belongs to the class of camphors. Its formula may be written C10H19OII, as it is 
recognized as being a saturated secondary alcohol. Chromic acid oxidizes menthol to dextro- 
and Isevo-menthone, C10H180, which is the ketone corresponding. The menthones are liquids, 
with an odor resembling that of peppermint. They boil at 207° C. Distillation with zinc 
chloride or phosphoric anhydride changes menthol into liquid menthene, C10H18. boiling at 
167° C. (See papers by Kremers, Urban, and Bichtmann on the menthol group, Proc. A. P. 
A., 1893, 185 ; also 1896, 200.) Menthol has been grossly adulterated with spermaceti, 
paraffin, etc., and, after being compressed into pencils or cones, sold as a local panacea for 
headache and neuralgia. 
Medical Properties and Uses. According to the experiments of Pellacani, menthol 
in sufficient dose, taken internally, is capable of paralyzing the spinal nerve-centres, and also 
the nerve-trunks, destroying both motility and sensibility. It has not been used in internal 
medicine, although the British Pharmacopoeia gives the dose of it as from one and one-half to 
two grains, but it is very largely employed as a local anaesthetic application for the relief of 
neuralgic pains, toothache, sciatica, etc. When it is applied in solid form to the skin it produces 
a burning pain, associated with a sensation of cold and some benumbing of the skin, and it is 
chiefly used in the shape of cones without dilution. In this way it has had a very wide popu- 
larity in the treatment of headache, neuralgia, and superficial pains of various character, but 
is at present not so much used as formerly. According to Dr. S. A. Bussel, an ethereal 
solution of the strength of from 10 to 50 per cent, applied two or three times a day has a 
remarkable power of controlling superficial inflammations, such as boils, carbuncles, etc. Its 
solution (from two to ten grains in a fluidormce of water) is said to be effective in pruritus ant, 
chronic painful eczemas, urticaria;, etc. It is also largely used as a local remedy in the treat- 
ment of inflammations about the mouth, such as stomatitis, angina, tonsillitis, etc., either in 
dilute watery solution, two grains to the fluidounce, or, preferably, in troches. PART I. 
Methyl Salicylas.—Mezereum. 
869 
METHYL SALICYLAS. U. S. Methyl Salicylate. [Artificial (or Synthetic) Oil 
of Wintergreen.] 
“ Methyl Salicylate, produced synthetically. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, 
protected from light.” U. S. 
Methyl salicylate, or artificial oil of wintergreen, has been introduced into the U. S. P. 1890 
largely because of its extensive use and on account of its being a manufactured product: it is 
asserted that it can be produced of more uniform quality and is more definite and certain in its 
action than either the oil from gaultheria or the oil from birch, which are natural oils. (See 
A. J. P., 1889, p. 398 ; Pharm. Rundschau, 1889,283 ; see, also, 1892, 7-9.) Methyl salicylate 
may be made by distilling salicylic acid, or a salicylate, with methyl alcohol and strong sulphuric 
acid. The following process was devised by Gr. M. Beringer, A. J. P., 1887, p. 8. Dissolve 
half an ounce of salicylic acid in two fluidounces of absolute methylic alcohol, then gradually 
add one fluidounce of sulphuric acid; warm gently for twenty-four hours, then distil from a 
retort into which a current of steam is introduced. The distillate is to be well washed, and 
separated by decantation. The odor improves with age. Methyl salicylate has been found 
in a great number of plants. (See A. J. P., 1898, 412.) 
Properties. Methyl salicylate is officially described as “ a colorless or slightly yellowish 
liquid, having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the sweetish, warm, and aromatic 
taste of Oil of Graultheria, with the essential constituent of which it is identical. It is wholly 
identical with Volatile Oil of Betula (see Oleum Betidse Volatile). Specific gravity, 1-183— 
1-185 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point: 219°-221° C. (426-2°-429-8° F.). It is optically 
inactive. Soluble, in all proportions, in alcohol, glacial acetic acid, or carbon disulphide. The 
alcoholic solution is neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. If a drop of Methyl Salicylate 
be shaken with a little water, and a drop of ferric chloride test-solution subsequently added, a 
deep violet color will be produced. When heated on a water-bath, in a flask provided with a 
suitable condenser, it should yield no distillate having the characteristics of alcohol or chloro- 
form. If to 1 C.c. of Methyl Salicylate, contained in a capacious test-tube, 10 C.c. of sodium 
hydrate test-solution be added, and the mixture agitated, a bulky, white, crystalline precipitate 
will be produced; then, if the test-tube, loosely corked, be allowed to stand in boiling water 
for about five minutes, with occasional agitation, the precipitate should dissolve, and form a 
clear, colorless or faintly yellowish solution, without the separation of any oily drops, either 
on the surface or at the bottom of the liquid (absence of other volatile oils, or of petroleum). 
If the alkaline liquid thus obtained be subsequently diluted with about three times its volume 
of water, and a slight excess of hydrochloric acid added, a white crystalline precipitate will be 
produced which, when collected on a filter, washed with a little water, and recrystallized from 
hot water, should respond to the tests of identity and purity described under Acidum Salicyli- 
cum (absence of methyl benzoate, etc.).” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. So far as is known, the physiological and remedial 
properties of the artificial oil of gaultheria do not differ from those of the natural product. 
(See Oleum Gaultherise.) 
CH3C7H5O3; 151*64. (ME'THYL SXL-I-CY'LXS.) 
MEZEREUM. U. S. (Br.) Mezereum. 
(MB-ZE'RB-UM.) 
“ The bark of Daphne Mezereum, Linne, and of other species of Daphne (nat. ord. Thyme- 
laceae).” U. S. “ The dried bark of Daphne Mezereum, Linn., or of Daphne Laureola, Linn., 
or of Daphne Gnidium, Linn.” Br. 
Mezerei Cortex, Br., Mezereon Bark; Cortex Mezerei, P. G.; Cortex Thymeleae (vel Coccognidii); Eeorce de 
Mezereon de Garou, de Laureole, de Thymelee, Bois gentil, Fr.; Kellerhals, Seidelbastrinde, Kellerhalsrinde, G.; 
Mezereo, It.; Mecereon, Sp. 
All the species of Daphne are possessed of active properties; hut three only are official,— 
D. mezereum, D. laureola, and D. gnidium, all of which are recognized in the British Pharma- 
copoeia, only the last in the French Codex. 
1. Daphne mezereum. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 356; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 415; B. & T. 225; 
Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot., ii. 26, pi. 72. This is a very hardy shrub, three or four feet high, 
with a branching stem, and a smooth, dark gray bark, very easily separable from the wood. 
The leaves spring from the ends of the branches, are deciduous, sessile, obovate-lanceolate, 
entire, smooth, of a pale green color, somewhat glaucous beneath, and about two inches long. 
They are preceded by the flowers, which appear very early in spring, and sometimes bloom 870 
Mezereum. 
PART I. 
even amidst the snow. These are of a pale rose color, highly fragrant, and disposed in clusters, 
each consisting of two or three flowers, forming together a kind of spike at the upper part of 
the stem and branches. At the base of each cluster are deciduous floral leaves. The fruit is 
oval, shining, fleshy, of a bright red color, and contains a single round seed. Another variety 
produces white flowers and yellow fruit. This species of Daphne occurs throughout the forests 
of Europe, and extends in Western Asia from the Caucasus to Altai. It is cultivated in 
Eui’ope, and is occasionally found in our own gardens. 
2. Daphne gnidium. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 420 ; B. & T. 227. In this species, called garou 
or sain-hois by the French, the leaves are linear-lanceolate, acute, entire, smooth, and irregu- 
larly but closely set upon the branches. The flowers are white, downy, odoriferous, and dis- 
posed in terminal panicled racemes. The fruit is globular, dry, at first green, but ultimately 
black. D. gnidium grows in dry uncultivated places in the south of Europe, and flowers in 
June. Its bark, which in France is used indiscriminately with that of the former species, is 
of a deep purplish-brown color, and hairy in the younger portions. It appears to be equally 
as active, medicinally, as the other official species. 
Besides the species above described, Daphne laureola, or spurge laurel, is said to furnish a 
portion of the mezereum of commerce, and is recognized by the 
British Pharmacopoeia; but its product is inferior in acrimony, and 
consequently in medicinal activity. 
The bark of the root was formerly directed ; but the mezereum 
with which our markets are supplied is evidently the bark of the 
stem ; and the Pharmacopoeias at present very properly direct the 
bark, without designating the part from which it must be taken. 
British writers state that the bark of the root is the most active. 
The berries and leaves of the plant are also active; and the former 
have sometimes proved fatal to children who have eaten them. 
Pallas states that they are used as a purgative by the Russian peas- 
ants, and that thirty berries are required to act. French authors 
observe that fifteen are sufficient to kill a Frenchman. A tincture 
of them is used in Germany as a local application in neuralgia. 
Properties. Mezereum, as it comes to us, chiefly from Germany, 
is in strips from two to four feet long and an inch or less in breadth, 
sometimes flat, sometimes partially rolled, and always folded in bun- 
dles or wrapped in the shape of balls. It is covered externally with 
a grayish or olive-, purplish-, or reddish-brown wrinkled epidermis, 
with transverse scars and minute black dots, very thin, and easily 
separable from the bark. Beneath the epidermis is a soft, greenish 
tissue. The inner bark is tough, pliable, fibrous, striated, and of a 
whitish color, with a silky surface. Its transverse section exhibits 
numerous groups of bast fibres in the secondary bast. When fresh 
it has a nauseous smell, but in the dry state is nearly inodorous. 
Its taste is at first sweetish, but afterwards highly acrid and even 
corrosive. It yields its virtues to water by decoction. 
Vauquelin discovered a peculiar principle in the bark of Daphne 
alpina. This has subsequently been found in other species, and has 
received the name of daphnin. Gmelin and Bar found it in the 
bark of D. mezereum, associated with wax, an acrid resin, a yellow 
coloring matter, a reddish-brown extractive, an uncrystallizable and 
fermentable sugar, a gummy matter containing nitrogen, ligneous fibre, 
malic acid, and several malates. By J. B. Eng it has been discovered, together with a volatile 
oil, in the flowers of D. mezereum. ( Wittstein's Viertelj., viii. 23.) Daphnin is in prismatic 
crystals grouped together, colorless, transparent, brilliant, slightly soluble in cold water, very 
soluble in boiling water and alcohol, without odor, and of a bitter, somewhat austere taste. By 
Zwenger it is said to be insoluble in ether. The same chemist states that it has an acid reac- 
tion, and acts like the glucosides, being resolvable by sulphuric or hydrochloric acid into sugar, 
and a peculiar crystallizable principle called daphnetin, C9He04 -|- H20. He gives for daphnin 
the formula C1BH1609 2HaO, the same as that of sesculin, of which it is, therefore, an isomer. 
(Ami. Chern. und Pharm., cxv. 1.) It is obtained by treating the alcoholic extract of the bark 
with water, decanting the solution, precipitating with lead subacetate, filtering, decomposing the 
Mezereum bark, r, medul- 
lary rays; s, bast-bundles; t, 
parenchymatous tissue. (After 
Berg.) PART I. 
Mezereum.—Misturse. 
871 
excess of the subacetate by hydrogen sulphide, again filtering, evaporating to dryness, sub- 
mitting the residue to the action of anhydrous alcohol, and evaporating the alcoholic solution 
to the point of crystallization. Though daphnin is probably not inert, it is not the principle 
upon which the virtues of mezereum chiefly depend. Vauquelin thinks that in the recent 
plant they reside in an essential oil, which by time and exposure is changed into a resin, with- 
out losing its activity. The acrid resin observed by Ganelin and Bar is probably the charac- 
teristic principle to which the bark owes its vesicating properties. It is obtained separate by 
boiling mezereum in alcohol, allowing the liquor to cool in order that it may deposit some wax 
which it has taken up, then distilling off the alcohol, and treating the residue with water, which 
leaves the resin. This is of a dark green, almost black color, hard and brittle, and of an ex- 
ceedingly acrid and permanent taste. In the isolated state it is slightly soluble in water; and 
it is much more so when combined with the other principles of the bark. It appears, how- 
ever, not to be a pure proximate principle, but rather a resinoid combination of an acrid fixed 
oil with another substance. The acrid principle of mezereum is partially given off by decoc- 
tion with water, as proved by the irritating character of the vapor; but none of it appears to 
escape when the bark is boiled with alcohol. (Squire, P. J. Tr., i.) Messrs. W. Will and O. 
Jung have investigated daphnetin, which was shown in 1879 by Stiinkel to be dioxycoumarin, 
C6Ha(0H)2< I ; they obtained but about one ounce of daphnetin from fifty pounds 
CII = CH 
of extract of mezereum, and they proved that it has the same relation to pyrogallic acid that 
coumarin has to phenol, or umbelliferone to resorcin. (A. J. P., 1885.) Coccognin, isolated 
in 1870 by Casselmann from the fruits of D. mezereum, appears to be closely allied to, if not 
identical with, daphnin. By the dry distillation of an alcoholic extract of mezereum bark, 
Zwenger obtained umbelliferone, C9H603. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The recent bark applied to the skin produces inflam- 
mation followed by vesication, and has been popularly used as an epispastic, from time imme- 
morial, in some of the southern countries of Europe. The dried bark, though less active, is 
possessed of a similar property, and is occasionally employed in France by regular practitioners 
for the purpose of forming issues. A small square piece, moistened with vinegar, is applied 
to the skin, and renewed twice a day till a blister is formed, and occasionally afterwards to 
keep up the discharge. It is slow in its operation, generally requiring from twenty-four to 
forty-eight hours to vesicate. An irritant ointment* is prepared from mezereum, which is used 
for maintaining the discharge from blistered surfaces, and may be applied advantageously to 
obstinate, ill-conditioned, indolent ulcers. An alcoholic extract has also been employed to com- 
municate irritant properties to issue-peas. Internally administered, mezereum is a stimulant 
capable of being directed to the skin or kidneys, and in large doses apt to excite purging, nau- 
sea, and vomiting. In overdoses it produces the fatal effects of the acrid poisons; and a case 
of apparently severe narcotic effects has been recorded. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., xxi.) It 
had at one time much reputation as a remedy in the secondary stages of syphilis, and still enters 
as an ingredient into the official compound decoction of sarsaparilla. It has also been thought 
to act favorably as an alterative in scrofulous affections, chronic rheumatism, and obstinate dis- 
eases of the shin. For this purpose it is usually administered in decoction. The dose of the 
bark in substance is ten grains (0-60 Gm.) ; but it is seldom used. 
MISTUR./E. Mixtures. 
Mixtures, Fr.; Mixturen, G. 
This term should be restricted, in the language of pharmacy, to those preparations in 
which insoluble substances, whether solid or liquid, are suspended in watery fluids, by the in- 
tervention of gum arabic, sugar, yolk of egg, or other viscid matter. When the suspended 
substance is of an oleaginous nature, the mixture is properly called an emulsion, and the U. S. 
(MIS-TU'lt/E.) 
* Unguentum Mezerei. U. S. 1880. Mezereum Ointment. (Pommade ipispastique au Garou, Pommade de Mezereon, 
Fr.; Seidelbast8albe, G.) “Fluid Extract of Mezereum, twenty-jive parts [or two fluidrachms]; Lard, eighty parts 
[or three hundred and sixty grains] ; Yellow Wax, twelve parts [or fifty-four grains] [To make about one ounce av.]. 
Melt together the Lard and Wax with a moderate heat, add the Fluid Extract, and stir the mixture constantly until 
the alcohol has evaporated; then continue to stir until cool.” U. S. 
This ointment is equivalent to the Pommade epispastique aw Garou of the French Codex, which is prepared from 
the hark of Daphne gnidium. It may also be made, as proposed by Guibourt, by mixing two drachms of the alco- 
holic extract of mezereum with nine ounces of lard and one ounce of wax. It is used as a stimulating application 
to blistered surfaces and to obstinate, ill-conditioned, and indolent ulcers. 872 
Mistura Creosoti.—Mistura Ferri Composita. 
PART I. 
Pharmacopoeia of 1890 has recognized them by creating a special class for these. (See Emulsa, 
p. 509.) The object of these preparations is usually to facilitate the administration, to con- 
ceal the taste, or to obviate the nauseating effects of unpleasant medicines; and their perfec- 
tion depends upon the intimacy with which the ingredients are blended. Some skill and care 
are requisite for the production of uniform and perfect mixtures. As a rule, the body to be 
suspended should be thoroughly mixed by trituration with the substance intended to act as 
the inter-medium, before the aqueous vehicle is added. In Great Britain, and to some extent 
in this country, the term mixture is used indiscriminately for aqueous medicinal liquids having 
more than one ingredient, and for aqueous liquids which cannot be easily classified. Many 
of such liquids are perfectly transparent and should be in the class of Solutions. 
MISTURA CREOSOTI. Br. Creosote Mixture. 
Mixture de Creosote, Fr.; Kreosot-Mixtur, G. 
“Creosote, 16 minims (Imperial measure) or 1 cubic centimetre; Spirit of Juniper, 16 
minims (Imp. meas.) or 1 cubic centimetre ; Syrup, 1 fl. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 30 cubic centi- 
metres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Shake the Creosote with fourteen fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or four hundred and twenty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; add the 
Syrup and the Spirit of Juniper, and sufficient Distilled Water to produce sixteen fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or four hundred and eighty cubic centimetres of the Mixture.” Br. The glacial 
acetic acid has been omitted from creosote mixture by the Br. Ph. 1898. 
The dose of this mixture, which is too weak for practical use, is a fluidounce (30 C.c.), 
containing a minim of creosote. 
(MIS-TC'BA CKE-O-SO'TI.) 
MISTURA CRETSE. U. S., Br. Chalk Mixture 
Mixture avec la Craie, Fr.; Kreidemixtur, G. 
“ Compound Chalk Powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Cinnamon 
Water, four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Rub the Com- 
pound Chalk Powder, in a mortar, with the Cinnamon Water and about two hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water gradually added, to a uniform mixture; 
transfer this to a graduated vessel, and rinse the mortar with enough Water to make the prod- 
uct measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the whole 
thoroughly. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted.” U. S. 
“Prepared Chalk, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 5 grammes; Tragacanth, in powder, 15 grains 
(Imp.) or 0-7 gramme; Refined Sugar, I ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes; Cinnamon Water, a 
sufficient quantity. Triturate the Prepared Chalk with the Tragacanth and Refined Sugar, and 
gradually add sufficient Cinnamon Water to produce eight fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one 
hundred and sixty cubic centimetres of the Mixture.” Br. 
The direction that this mixture be prepared extemporaneously is a decided improvement. 
Unsuccessful attempts have been repeatedly made to devise a formula which would yield a per- 
manent product, and much injury has been done through the dispensing of chalk mixture in 
an incipient fermentative condition. The trifling amount of glycerin present in the chalk mix- 
ture official in 1870 was totally inadequate to preserve it during the warm summer months, 
when it is in greatest vogue. Compound Chalk Powder is now official (see Palms Cretse Com- 
positus) ; it will keep indefinitely, and, besides being itself a valuable addition to the materia 
medica, is quickly made into chalk mixture by rubbing it with the water and cinnamon water, 
so that there can be no excuse for not dispensing a fresh mixture. This mixture is a convenient 
form for administering chalk, and is much employed in looseness of the bowels accompanied with 
acidity. Laudanum and kino or catechu are very often added to increase its astringency. The 
dose is a tablespoonful (15 C.c.) frequently repeated. 
(MIS-TU'KA CllE'TiE.) 
MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA. U. S., Br. Compound Iron Mixture. 
[Griffith’s Mixture.] 
Mixture de Griffith, Fr.; Griffith’s Eisenmixtur, G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, in clear crystals, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Myrrh, in small pieces, 
eighteen grammes [or 278 grains] ; Sugar, eighteen grammes [or 278 grains] ; Potassium Car- 
(MIS-TU'RA FKR'RI COM-PO§'l-TA.) PAKT I. 
Mistura Fern Composita.—Mistura Glycyrrhizse Composita. 
873 
bonate, eight grammes [or 123 grains] ; Spirit of Lavender, sixty cubic centimeters [or 2 
fluidounces, 14 minims] ; Rose Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Rub tbe Myrrh, Sugar, and Potassium Carbonate, in 
a mortar, with seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of Rose Water, 
at first very gradually added, so that a uniform mixture may result. Transfer this to a grad- 
uated vessel, add the Spirit of Lavender, then the Ferrous Sulphate, previously dissolved in 
about fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] of Rose Water, and, lastly, enough 
Rose Water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix the whole thoroughly. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted.” 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, 25 grains (Imperial) or 2-5 grammes; Potassium Carbonate, 30 grains 
(Imp.) or 3 grammes ; Myrrh, 60 grains (Imp.) or 6 grammes ; Refined Sugar, 60 grains (Imp.) 
or 6 grammes; Spirit of Nutmeg, 50 minims (Imp. meas.) or 4-5 cubic centimetres; Rose 
Water, 10 jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 437-5 cubic centimetres or a suflicient quantity. Reduce 
the Myrrh to powder; add the Potassium Carbonate and Refined Sugar; triturate the mixture 
with a small quantity of the Rose Water so as to form a thin paste; gradually add more Rose 
Water and the Spirit of Nutmeg; continue the trituration and further addition of Rose Water 
until seven fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred and six and a quarter cubic centimetres 
of liquid result; dissolve the Ferrous Sulphate in three fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
and thirty-one and a quarter cubic centimetres of the Rose Water; mix the liquids.” Br. 
This is very nearly the same with the celebrated tonic or anti-hectic myrrh mixture of Dr. 
Griffith. The ferrous sulphate is decomposed by the potassium carbonate, with the production 
of potassium sulphate and ferrous carbonate ; while the excess of the alkaline carbonate forms 
a saponaceous compound with the myrrh. The mixture is at first of a greenish color, which it 
loses upon exposure to the air, in consequence of the conversion of the ferrous carbonate into 
the ferric compound. Mr. C. A. Staples remedies this tendency by making a concentrated 
myrrh emulsion of such strength that one fluidrachm of it contains the amount of myrrh and 
potassium carbonate found in a fluidounce of the official mixture, and also a concentrated syrup 
of ferrous sulphate, fifteen minims of which equal one fluidounce of Mistura Ferri Composita. 
When the latter is called for, the emulsion, properly diluted, is put in a bottle and the requisite 
quantity of the iron syrup added. (A. J. P., Nov. 1871.) The official solution may, however, 
be kept for some time without change, if the vessel in which it is contained be well closed ; 
but the best plan is to prepare it extemporaneously. The sugar contained in it contributes 
somewhat to retard the further oxidation of the ferrous salt, and if considerably increased in 
amount would act still more efficiently. The finest pieces of myrrh in lump should be selected, 
and rubbed down for the occasion with a little of the rose water, as the powdered myrrh of,1 
commerce is often impure, and otherwise does not make a good mixture, owing mainly to its 
loss of volatile oil. 
This mixture is a good tonic in debility of the digestive organs, especially when attended with 
derangement of the menstrual function. Hence it is used with advantage in chlorosis and 
hysterical affections. It has been also much employed in the hectic fever of phthisis and chronic 
catarrh. It is contra-indicated by the existence of inflammation of the gastric mucous mem' 
brane. The dose is from one to twro fluidounces (30-60 C.c.) two or three times a day. 
MISTURA GLYCYRRHIZZE COMPOSITA. U. S. Compound Mixture 
of Glycyrrhiza. [Brown Mixture.] 
(MIS-TU'RA GLYg-YR-RHI'ZiE CQM-P0§'I-TA.) 
Mixture de Reglisse, Fr.; Lakrizen-Mixtur, G. 
“ Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Syrup, fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Mucilage of Acacia, one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Camphorated Tincture of Opium, one hundred and twenty 
cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 28 minims] ; Wine of Antimony, sixty cubic centimeters [or 
2 fluidounces, 14 minims] ; Spirit of Nitrous Ether, thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 
minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Rub the Pure Extract of Grlycyrrhiza, in a mortar, with five hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 10 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Water, until it is dissolved. Transfer the solution 
to & graduated vessel containing the other ingredients, and rinse the mortar with enough Water 
to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix the whole thoroughly.” U. S. 874 
Mistura Guaiaci.—Mistura Rhei et Sodse. 
PART I. 
This is an exceedingly popular cough mixture, which was made official in the U. S. Pharma- 
copeia of 1850. The Sugar in the U. S. 1880 formula has been replaced by Syrup, and the 
mixture made sweeter, and the Acacia has been replaced by Mucilage of Acacia. The latter 
change is of doubtful utility; indeed, the stability of the mixture would be improved if acacia 
were left out entirely: the “ body” which seems to be needed could be much better supplied 
by the use of glycerin. The substitution in the official process of 1880 of pure Extract of 
Liquorice for the former impure powdered extract was undoubtedly an improvement; although 
by the change the mixture has lost somewhat its original appearance, and a large proportion 
of the precipitate which gave it a distinctive character. The spirit of nitrous ether is probably 
useful by somewhat retarding decomposition. W. L. Stephen (A. J. P., 1892, 563) prefers a 
mixture without sediment, which he makes by rubbing into a paste half an ounce each of 
acacia, glycyrrhiza, and sugar with six fluidounces of water, heating until fluid, then adding 
half a fluidounce of spirit of nitrous ether, one fluidounce of wine of antimony, two fluidounces 
of camphorated tincture of opium, and sufficient water to make a pint. The dose is from one 
to two tablespoonfuls (15-30 C.c.) for an adult; a teaspoonful (3-75 C.c.) for a child two years 
old. It should be well shaken when administered. 
MISTURA GUAIACI. Br. Guaiacum Mixture. 
(MIS-TU'BA GUA'IA-CI—gwa'ya-sl.) 
Emulsio Resinas Guaiaci; Emulsion de Resine de Ga'iac, Lait de Ga'iac, Fr.; Guajak-Emulsion, G. 
“ Guaiacum Resin, % ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Refined Sugar, $ ounce (Imp.) or 10 
grammes; Tragacanth, in powder, 35 grains (Imp.) or 1-6 grammes; Cinnamon Water, 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 400 cubic centimetres. Triturate the Guaiacum Resin with the Refined Sugar 
and the Tragacanth ; add gradually the Cinnamon Water.” Br. 
For the changes of color which the Guaiac in this mixture undergoes, and which it produces 
in other substances, see Guaiaci Resina, p. 674. Tragacanth was substituted for acacia in 
the Br. Ph. 1898 process. From one to four tablespoonfuls (15-60 C.c.) may be given for 
a dose, repeated two or three times a day, or more frequently. 
MISTURA OLEI RICINI. Br. Castor Oil Mixture. 
“ Castor Oil, 3 fit. ounces (Imperial measure) or 75 cubic centimetres ; Mucilage of Gum 
Acacia, lz fit. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 37*5 cubic centimetres; Orange-flower Water of com- 
merce, undiluted, 1 fit. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic centimetres; Cinnamon Water, 2\ fit. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 62-5 cubic centimetres. Mix the undiluted Orange-flower Water and 
the Cinnamon Water; place the mucilage of Gum Acacia in a mortar and to it add, alter- 
nately, in portions, the Castor Oil and the mixed Waters, with constant trituration.” Br. 
This emulsion of the British Pharmacopoeia might be termed a “ perfumed dose of castor 
oil.” The dose is from one-half to two fluidounces (15-60 C.c.). 
(MIS-TU'RA O'LE-I RIQ'I-Sf!.) 
MISTURA RHEI ET SOD/E. U. S. Mixture of Rhubarb and Soda. 
“Sodium Bicarbonate, thirty-five grammes [or 1 ounce av., 103 grains]; Fluid Extract of 
Rhubarb, fifteen cubic centimeters [or 243 minims] ; Fluid Extract of Ipecac, three cubic centi- 
meters [or 49 minims] ; Glycerin, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 
400 minims] ; Spirit of Peppermint, thirty-five cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 88 minims] ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Dissolve the Sodium Bicarbonate in about four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water. Then add the Fluid Extracts, the Glycerin, and the 
Spirit of Peppermint, and, lastly, enough Water to make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This is a preparation which closely resembles one which has been used in Brooklyn, N.Y., 
the formula of which was published by Dr. E. R. Squibb. The ingredients in the original 
preparation were fluid extract of ipecac 51 minims, fluid extract of rhubarb 256 minims, so- 
dium bicarbonate 512 grains, glycerin 12 fluidounces, peppermint water 2 pints. The formula 
in the U. S. P. 1880 did not contain fluid extract of ipecac. The official mixture may be given 
to children as a stomachic and carminative in the dose of from one-half to one teaspoonful 
(1-9-3-75 C.c.) two or three times a day. 
(MIS-TU'RA rhM £t so'd^e.) Midura Sennse Composita.—Morphina. 
875 
PAKT I. 
MISTURA SENNiE COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Mixture of Senna. 
(MIS-TU'RA sen'na; com-p5§'i-ta.) 
Black Draught; Tisane de SSne coinposee, Fr.; Senna-Aufguss, G. 
“ Magnesium Sulphate, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 250 grammes; Liquid Extract of Liquorice, 
1 fl. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres ; Compound Tincture of Cardamoms, 2 fl. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres ; Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, 1 fl. ounce (Imp. 
meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres ; Infusion of Senna, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Mag- 
nesium Sulphate in ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the In- 
fusion of Senna; add the mixed Liquid Extract of Liquorice, Compound Tincture of Carda- 
moms, and Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia ; and enough Infusion of Senna to produce one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Compound Mixture.” Br. 
This is a new form of Compound Infusion of Senna, called commonly black draught. We 
prefer the form given under Infusum Sennse Compositum, as being more easily prepared and 
quite as efficient. Dose (Br. Pharm.), from one to one and a half fluidounces (30-45 C.c.). 
MISTURA SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. Br. Mixture of Brandy. 
Mixture de Cognac, Fr.; Branntwein-Mixtur, G. 
“ Brandy, 4 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 113 cubic centimetres ; Cinnamon Water, 4 fl. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 113 cubic centimetres ; Refined Sugar, £ ounce (Imp.) or 14 grammes; 
Two yolks of eggs. Rub the yolks of eggs and Refined Sugar together; add the Cinnamon 
Water and Brandy ; mix.” Br. 
This nutritious and stimulant draught is scarcely entitled to a place in the Pharmacopoeia. 
It serves the purpose, however, of enabling the practitioner to prescribe the stimulant under 
an official designation. Dose, from one to two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). 
(MIS-TU'RA SPIR'I-TUS VI'NI GAL'LI-CI.) 
C17H19NO3 + H2O; 302*34. (MOR-PHi'NA.) C17H19NO3. H20; 303. 
MORPHINA. U. S. Morphine. 
“ An alkaloid obtained from Opium.” U. S. 
Morphia, U. S. 1870; Morphinum, P. G.; Morphium, Morphina; Morphine, Fr.; Morphin, G. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia no longer contains a process for the extraction of morphine: that 
of 1870, which has been known as Staples’s process, is given in the foot-note* 
Various processes for preparing morphine have been employed. In most of them the mor- 
phine is extracted from opium by maceration with water, either pure or acidulated, is then pre- 
cipitated by ammonia, and is afterwards purified by the agency of alcohol, or by repeated solu- 
tion in a dilute acid and precipitation. Sertiirner, the discoverer of morphine, made an infusion 
of opium in distilled water, precipitated the morphine by ammonia in excess, dissolved the 
precipitate in dilute sulphuric acid, precipitated anew by ammonia, and purified by solution in 
boiling alcohol, and crystallization. In evaporating aqueous solutions containing morphine a 
temperature of 40° C. (104° F.) should not be exceeded. 
Properties. Morphine crystallizes from alcohol in the form of small, colorless, shining 
crystals. It is officially described as follows : “ Colorless or white, shining, prismatic crystals, 
or fine needles, or a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the 
air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 4350 parts of water, and in 300 parts of alcohol; in 455 
parts of boiling water, and in 36 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 4000 parts of ether. 
When heated to about 75° C. (167° F.), Morphine begins to lose its water of crystallization. 
Heated for some time at 100° C. (212° F.), it becomes anhydrous. At 254° C. (489,2° F.) it 
melts, forming a black liquid. Upon ignition, it is consumed without leaving a residue. Mor- 
phine has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. When crystals of Morphine are sprinkled 
upon nitric acid (specific gravity P250 to P300), they will assume an orange-red color, and 
* “ Take of Opium, sliced, twelve troyounces ; Water of Ammonia six fluidounces ; Animal Charcoal, in fine pow- 
der, Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Macerate the Opium with four pints of Distilled Water 
for twenty-four hours, and, having worked it with the hand, again macerate for twenty-four hours, and strain. In 
like manner, macerate the residue twice successively with the same quantity of Distilled Water, and strain. Mix 
the infusions, evaporate to six pints, and filter; then add five pints of Alcohol, and afterwards three fluidounces of 
the Water of Ammonia, previously mixed with half a pint of Alcohol. After twenty-four hours, pour in the re- 
mainder of the Water of Ammonia, mixed, as before, with half a pint of Alcohol; and set the liquid aside for twenty- 
four hours that crystals may form. To purify these, boil them with two pints of Alcohol until they are dissolved, 
filter the solution, while hot, through Animal Charcoal, and set it aside to crystallize.” 17. S. For other processes, 
see U. S. D., 17th ed., 876. 876 
Morphina. 
PART i. 
then produce a reddish solution gradually changing to yellow. On shaking a small portion of 
Morphine, in a test-tube, with 10 C.c. of chlorine water, the latter will acquire a yellowish 
color. On now carefully pouring a small amount of ammonia water on the surface of the 
liquid, a brown or reddish-brown zone will form at the line of contact of the two liquids. If 
to a neutral 1-per-cent, solution of Morphine, made by the careful addition of dilute sulphuric 
acid, a few drops of ferric chloride test-solution be added, a blue color will be produced which 
is destroyed by acids, alcohol, or heating. On treating Morphine with cold, concentrated sul- 
phuric acid free from nitric acid, the liquid should not at once acquire more than a faintly 
yellowish tinge (absence of more than traces of narcotine, papaverine, etc.) ; and the subse- 
quent addition of a small crystal of potassium permanganate should produce only a greenish, 
but no violet or purple, color (difference from strychnine'). On precipitating a solution of any 
of the salts of Morphine by ammonia water, dissolving the washed precipitate in sodium hy- 
drate test-solution, shaking the solution with an equal volume of ether, and evaporating the 
ethereal solution, no appreciable residue should remain (absence of narcotine, codeine, etc.). 
On adding 4 C.c. of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution to 0-2 Gm. of Morphine, a clear, 
colorless solution, free from any undissolved residue, should result (absence of, and difference 
from, various other alkaloids)." U. S. 
Von Gerichten and Schrotter {Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1882, pp. 1484 and 2179) showed that 
morphine and codeine were derivatives of phenanthrene, as when distilled with zinc dust they 
yielded phenanthrene, pyridine, and quinoline. Knorr (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 22, p. 2081) has 
made it very probable that morphine contains, combined with the phenanthrene nucleus, the 
CH CH 
moipholine group. Morpholine, NH <£]j2’(ipj2>0, is formed when dioxyethylamine is heated 
to 160° C. with hydrochloric acid, or is boiled with alkali. As seen from the formula, it bears 
a structural relation to both pyrrol and pyridine. For later views on the structure of the mor- 
phine molecule by Knorr and Yis, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 1122. 
Heated in the open air, morphine burns with a bright flame, and at a red heat is wholly dis- 
sipated. In the products resulting from the combustion of opium or morphine this alkaloid 
may be detected, proving that it is partly volatilized when burned. (Descharmes, Arch. G6n., 
Fev. 1855, 240.) Morphine in solution is to a considerable extent absorbed by animal charcoal, 
which, though it will part with most of the alkaloid to alcohol, cannot be wholly deprived of it 
by repeated washings with that liquid, either cold or hot. (Lefort, Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1861, 
98.) Its solution restores the blue color of litmus paper reddened by acids, and turns the yellow 
of turmeric to brown. Hager (Ph. Zeit., 93, 250, also Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 680) states that on 
heating solutions containing morphine, oxygen is absorbed gradually and oxy morphine is formed; 
at a boiling temperature this change proceeds rapidly. The oxymorphine is much less active as 
a narcotic than is morphine. With the acids morphine forms salts, which are generally soluble, 
and are decomposed by the alkalies. It is dissolved also by the fixed and volatile oils. The solu- 
tions of potassa and soda also dissolve morphine, which is precipitated slowly from them on expos- 
ure to the air, in consequence of the absorption of carbonic acid. Solution of ammonia has to a 
certain extent the same solvent power; and hence the necessity, in precipitating morphine by this 
alkali, not to employ it in great excess. Solution of iodine with potassium iodide precipitates 
the salts of morphine in aqueous solution. With chlorine water morphine and its salts assume 
an orange color, and the same effect is produced on them by solution of chlorinated soda. 
(Fairthorne, A. J. P., xxviii. 9.) By the contact of nitric acid they assume a blood-red color, 
which ultimately changes to yellow; and this is one of the tests of morphine; but, as the 
same change of color is produced with brucine and impure strychnine, it cannot be relied on 
in the absence of other evidence. Nitric acid also produces a red color with oil of cloves, but 
in this case the red does not change to yellow. When added to a solution of iodic acid, or an 
acidulous iodate, morphine and its salts redden the liquid and set iodine free. (Seridlas.) This 
is a very delicate test, but is not conclusive, as various other organic substances act in a similar 
manner. M. J. Lefort, however, has found that the color produced by these substances is re- 
moved by ammonia, while the redness produced with morphine is greatly intensified by addi- 
tion of that alkali. This test, thus modified by the addition of ammonia, is so delicate that, 
according to M. Lefort, it will detect one part of morphine in 10,000 parts of a liquid holding 
it in solution. {Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1861, 113.)* Husemann’s test consists in leaving 
* Stas’s Method of extracting the Alkaloids from Mixtures. To separate the alkaloid from foreign matters, the 
mixture is treated alternately with water and alcohol in different degrees of concentration ; the liquors thus obtained 
are filtered; tartaric or oxalic acid, but preferably the former, is added in excess; the mixture is heated to 71'1° or PART I. 
Morphinci. 
877 
morphine or its salt in contact with concentrated sulphuric acid for 12 or 15 hours, or in heat- 
ing for half an hour with the acid to 100° C. (212° F.), and then adding either a little nitric 
acid, a nitrate or chlorate or chlorine water, or chlorinated soda, when a beautiful bluish or 
reddish-violet color, passing into deep blood-red and gradually paling, is developed. The pres- 
ence of small quantities of coloring matter does not prevent this reaction, if chlorinated re- 
agents are selected. A. Husemann asserts that this test will recognize the hundredth part of 
a milligramme of the alkaloid. (A. J. P., xlvii. 210.) According to R. Schneider, a very 
delicate test is afforded by putting a drop of the suspected liquid on a plate, saturating with 
sugar, and putting alongside of it a drop of sulphuric acid ; if morphine he present, a very 
intense purple will be developed at the point of contact, passing after half an hour into violet, 
then bluish green, and finally dirty yellow. {Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xviii. 221.) Accord- 
ing to H. Weppen, the delicacy of this test is much increased by the addition of a minute 
quantity of bromine water to the solution. Codeine and aconitine are stated, however, to give 
the same reaction. (Ibid., 4e s6r., xix. 246.) 
Frohde’s reagent (a fresh solution of -005 Gm. sodium molybdate in 1 C.c. of pure concen- 
trated sulphuric acid) strikes with morphine and its salts a beautiful blue-violet color, passing 
into blue, then green, finally back to bluish violet. This reaction is stated to be delicate but 
not characteristic. Prof. A. B. Prescott gives a thorough resum6 of the views of investigators 
on this test in A. J. P'., 1876, 59. Bruylants combines Froehde’s test with that of Husemann. 
A trace of Froehde’s reagent added to a solution of morphine in sulphuric acid produces 
the well-known lilac tint; if the sulphuric acid solution be warmed and treated in the same 
way, a green tint will be noted. On dropping a particle of potassium nitrate into this green 
liquid, the color changes to red and finally yellowish. The other opium alkaloids give different 
tints. (Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 1016.) In the presence of sulphuric acid morphine exhibits 
surprising powers as a reducing agent. Among the most notable instances of deoxidation 
may be mentioned those of silver oxide, hydrated bismuth oxide, the acids of tin, tungsten, 
vanadium, titanium, and molybdenum. A solution of titanic acid in concentrated sulphuric 
acid is one of the most delicate reagents for morphine. An intense brown-red to violet color 
is produced if titanic acid is added to concentrated sulphuric acid containing a trace of mor- 
phine in solution. (Fliickiger, JV. R., Feb. 1880. See, also, N. R., 1881, p. 237.) M. H. Kal- 
brunner states that the most sensitive test is made with a solution (No. 1) of crystallized ferric 
chloride (thirty grains to four fluidrachms of distilled water) and a fresh solution (No. 2) of 
potassium ferricyanide (two grains in four drachms). To the suspected liquor five or six drops 
of No. 1 are added, and afterwards three or four drops of No. 2. If morphine be present, a 
color varying from deep blue to pale blue and bluish green, according to the proportion of the 
alkaloid, is developed. Neither gum, sugar, alcohol, glycerin, atropine, quinine, nor strychnine 
interferes with this test. An excess of alkali does so by decomposing the ferric chloride. This 
test depends upon the fact that the potassium ferricyanide solution is reduced by morphine to 
the ferrocyanide. It is affirmed that even 010-7 of one per cent, of morphine can be detected. 
{Ibid.; see also Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 701.) (4. Yulpius {Arch. d. Pharm., 1887, 25) states 
that if about 0-00025 Gm. of a morphine salt be dissolved in a porcelain dish in about six 
drops of concentrated sulphuric acid, a few centigrammes of sodium phosphate added, and the 
mixture carefully heated, white fumes will be evolved and a violet color appear. On adding 
water drop by drop, a brilliant red appears, which, on further addition, changes to a dirty 
green. If the solution be then shaken with the same volume of chloroform, the latter will 
be colored blue. Isobutylic alcohol has been used by Nagelvoort for the detection of mor- 
phine and codeine. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 273.) 
M. Siebold heats gently the suspected substance with some drops of concentrated sulphuric 
acid and a small quantity of chemically pure potassium perchlorate: a deep brown color will 
be produced if morphine be present. {P. J. Tr., Oct. 1873.) According to H. S. Wellcome, one 
part of morphine in ten thousand parts of water can be recognized by chlorine water, if care 
be exercised not to decolorize by an excess of the reagent; the color varies from light orange- 
76*6° C. (160° or 170° F.); the whole is placed upon a filter; the deposited matter is washed with concentrated alco- 
hol; the alcoholic solution is evaporated at a temperature not exceeding 35° C. (95° F.); the residue is introduced 
into a small bottle; a solution of caustic potassa or soda is added, little by little, and afterwards four or five times 
the measure of ether; the mixture is shaken and then allowed to stand; and, finally, the ether is decanted, and 
yields the alkaloid by spontaneous evaporation. Stas included morphine among the alkaloids thus separable, though 
known to be nearly insoluble in ether; but Lefort has shown that the process is not applicable to that alkaloid. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Aoftt, 1861, p. 99.) M. Alfred Valser, however, has ascertained that, if acetic ether be substi- 
tuted for ether, the process is equally applicable to morphine. (See A. J. P., Sept. 1864, p. 439.) 878 
Morpliina. 
PART I. 
red to deep red according to the proportion of morphine present. Brucine is the only other 
alkaloid giving the same reaction ; but, while the color produced by morphine is discharged by 
excess of chlorine, that caused by brucine is not affected. {A. J. P., 1874, p. 305.) To discover 
morphine in the presence of quinine, see ibid., p. 361. Morphine and its salts assume a fine 
blue color with ferric chloride ; at least this is true of the alkaloid, its sulphate, acetate, and 
oxalate; and the same effect will be produced by the other salts, if previously decomposed by 
an alkali; but that this test should be satisfactory it is necessary to operate on morphine either 
in powder or in concentrated solution. (Lefort.) Water, acids, and alkalies, added in large 
quantity to the blue compound formed, destroy its color. According to Pelletier, moreover, 
there occasionally exists in opium a principle, called by him pseudomorphine, which becomes red 
under the action of nitric acid and changes ferric salts blue, and yet is destitute of poisonous 
properties: so that the occurrence of these phenomena in any medico-legal case cannot 
be considered certain evidence of the presence of morphine. (See A. J. P., viii. 77.) Auric 
chloride precipitates morphine first yellow, then bluish, and lastly violet. (Larocque and 
Thibierge.) Copper peroxide and silver oxide are precipitated by morphine from their am- 
moniacal solutions. (Chem. Gaz., No. 367, p. 54.) A solution of morphine acetate or sul- 
phate containing only one part of the salt in 100 precipitates silver from a solution of the 
nitrate of that metal, (jHorsley.') Morphine is precipitated from its solutions by potassa or 
soda, and redissolved by an excess of the alkali. Infusion of galls and other vegetable sub- 
stances containing tannic acid precipitate morphine in the state of a tannate, which is soluble 
in acetic acid; but, according to Dublanc, the alkaloid is not precipitated by pure gallic acid. 
If ammonia be added to a mixture of the solutions of chlorine and morphine, there will be 
produced a dark brown color, which will be destroyed by a further addition of chlorine. For 
methods of separating narcotine, see U. S. D., 17th ed., 879. 
The proportion of pure morphine which Turkey opium is capable of affording varies from 9 
per cent., or less, to 20 per cent., according to the quality of the drug ; but much less than the 
least quantity mentioned is often obtained, in consequence of the incomplete exhaustion of the 
opium, the loss in the process for preparing it, the destructive action of heat, or inferiority in 
the quality of the drug. (See Opium.) Formaldehyde reacts with both morphine and codeine 
to form medically active condensation products by the union of two molecules of the base with 
one molecule of the formaldehyde, with elimination of water. That formed from morphine 
is an amorphous base, difficultly soluble in water but easily soluble in alkaline solution and in 
alcohol. It melts at 270° C., and forms a hydrochlorate soluble in water. (Proc. A.P.A., 
1897,702.) 
Medical Properties. There can be no doubt that morphine is the chief narcotic prin- 
ciple of opium, from which, however, it differs somewhat in its mode of action. The difference 
probably arises in part from the peculiar state of combination in which morphine exists in 
opium, but chiefly from other narcotic principles being associated with it. In consequence of 
its insolubility in water, morphine in its pure state is less convenient than its salts, which are 
therefore always preferred. The acetate, sulphate, and hydrochlorate have been employed. 
Between these there is a great similarity of action, and what may be said of one, in regard to 
its therapeutic effects, will equally apply to the others. They have the anodyne, soporific, and 
diaphoretic properties of opium, but are less stimulant, and less disposed to constipate the bowels. 
The morphine salts are perhaps less apt to cause disagreeable after-effects than is opium, but the 
deodorized tincture is certainly preferable to them for many purposes. A great advantage 
which they possess is the convenience of their external application to blistered surfaces, and 
the certainty of their effects when thus applied. In cases which do not admit of the internal 
use of opium or its preparations, morphine acetate or sulphate, sprinkled, in triple the ordinary 
dose, upon a blistered surface denuded of the cuticle, will be found to exercise upon the system 
all the influence it is capable of exerting when taken into the stomach. Applied in this manner, 
these salts are peculiarly useful in relieving violent neuralgic pains, and in controlling obstinate 
sickness of the stomach. When intended to act on the system through the medium of the skin, 
they should be applied preferably to the epigastrium; when to act locally, as near the affected 
part as possible. Solutions of the salts of morphine also sometimes operate very favorably, both 
generally and locally, when injected, by means of a hypodermic syringe, into the areolar tissue 
beneath the skin* Oleic acid has also been proposed as a vehicle for morphine externally 
* Morphine Lactate (CnHigNOajCgHeOs). This salt crystallizes in four-sided prisms, one part being soluble in 
eight parts of water and ninety-three parts of alcohol. (P. J. Tr., 1886, 958.) 
Morphine Hydrocyanate. Prof. J. M. Maisch has noticed that when a soluble salt of morphine is added to a Morphinse Acetas. 
879 
PART I. 
used, as it dissolves both the alkaloid and its salts perfectly in considerable proportion. A lini- 
ment has been proposed, consisting of 300 parts of oleic acid and 1 part of morphine, scented 
with a little oil of bergamot. (Ibid., xxvi. 302.) 
The toxicology of morphine is identical with that of opium. 
As the proportion of acid necessary to neutralize morphine is very small, the dose of the 
alkaloid is the same as that of its salts. One-fourth of a grain (0-016 Gm.) may be considered 
about equivalent to a grain of opium of the medium strength. 
MORPHINE ACETAS. U. S., Br. Morphine Acetate. 
(MOR-PHl'XiE A-CE'TAS.) 
Cit Hi9 N03 C2 H4 02 + 3H2 O ; 398*12. Cn Hi9 N03. HC2 H3 02. 3H2 O; 399. 
“ Morphine Acetate should he kept in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
“ The carefully dried salt, C17HigN03,C2H402,3H20, obtained by neutralizing morphine with 
acetic acid.” Br. 
Morphias Acetas, Br. 1867, U. S. 1870 ; Acetate of Morphia; Morphinum Aceticum, P. G.; Acetas Morphicus ; 
Acetate de Morphine, Fr.; Bssigsaures Morphin, G. 
A process for this salt is no longer official: that of the U. S. P. 1870 is appended.* 
In the U. S. process of 1870, morphine is saturated with acetic acid, which is employed in 
preference to vinegar for saturating the alkaloid, because it can leave no impurity in the result- 
ing salt. The solution of the morphine in the water is an indication that it is saturated. A 
small excess of acid is attended with no inconvenience, as it is subsequently driven off by the 
heat. Care is required not to employ too much heat in the evaporation, as the acetate is easily 
decomposed, a portion of the acetic acid escaping, and leaving an equivalent portion of un- 
combined morphine. With attention to arrest the evaporation at a certain point, the acetate 
may be obtained in the state of crystals; hut the crystallization is attended with some diffi- 
culty, and evaporation to dryness is almost universally preferred. Some recommend to dissolve 
the morphine in boiling alcohol, instead of suspending it in water, previously to the addition 
of the acetic acid. Less heat is thus required in the evaporation, and impurities in the mor- 
phine may often he detected, as they are apt to be insoluble in alcohol. To ascertain, in this 
case, whether the morphine is saturated, it is necessary to employ litmus paper, the blue color 
of which should not be restored if previously reddened by an acid. If the morphine used in 
preparing the acetate contain narcotine, it will be best to employ as the solvent distilled vinegar, 
or diluted acetic acid of the same strength, and to favor its solvent power by heat. Under these 
circumstances it dissolves only the morphine, leaving the narcotine nearly or quite untouched. 
(Hodgson, Journ. Pliila. Coll. Phamn., v.) The British process (1885) differed from that of 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 only in obtaining uncombined morphine, as the first step, by 
precipitating it from a solution of the hydrochlorate, morphine itself not being official. 
It is officially described as “ a white or faintly yellowish-white, crystalline or amorphous 
powder, having a faint, acetous odor, and a bitter taste. It slowly loses acetic acid when ex- 
posed to the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), when freshly prepared, in 2-5 parts of water, 
and in 47-6 parts of alcohol; in 1-5 parts of boiling water, and in 14 parts of boiling alcohol; 
also soluble in about 1700 parts of ether, 2100 parts of cold chloroform, and 60 parts of boil- 
ing chloroform. On protracted exposure to the air the salt gradually loses some acetic acid, 
and becomes less soluble. When heated, the salt loses water as well as acetic acid. Upon 
ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus 
paper. The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution to an aqueous solution of 
the salt causes a white precipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali, and which con- 
forms to the reactions and tests of Morphine (see Morphtna). On adding sulphuric acid to 
solution of soluble cyanide, crystals of morphine hydrocyanate form. This salt, although sparingly soluble in water, 
is freely dissolved by that liquid when acidulated. It is evident that potassium cyanide and morphine should not 
be prescribed together in solution, except in connection with free acid. 
Morphine Hydrohrornate, or Morphine Bromide (CnHigNOsHBr + 2H20), is made by double decomposition 
between morphine sulphate and barium bromide. (See A. J. P., xliv. 447.) 
Morphine Phthalate is made by adding pure morphine to a hot solution of absolutely pure phthalic acid as long 
as it is dissolved, filtering, and evaporating. One part of the salt is soluble in five parts of water. The solutions 
are perfectly neutral, and have been especially recommended by E. Bombelon for hypodermic use. (Pharm. Ztg., 
1887, 488.) 
* Morphias Acetas, U. S. 1870. “Take of Morphia, in fine powder, a troyounce ; Distilled Water half a pint; 
Acetic Acid a sufficient quantity. Mix the Morphia with the Distilled Water; then carefully drop Acetic Acid into 
the mixture, stirring it constantly until the Morphia is neutralized and dissolved. Evaporate the solution, by means 
of a water-bath, to the consistence of syrup, and set aside until it concretes. Lastly, dry the salt with a gentle heat, 
and rub it into powder.” 880 
Morphinae Acetcis.—Morphinae Hydrochloras. 
PART I. 
the salt, vapors of acetic acid are evolved.” U. S. “A white crystalline or amorphous powder, 
almost entirely soluble in 2£ parts of water and in about 100 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.). 
It loses acetic acid when exposed to the air. It affords the reactions for morphine mentioned 
under ‘ Morphinae Hydrochloridum,’ and the reactions characteristic of acetates. 2 grammes 
of the salt form with 6 cubic centimetres of warm morphinated water a slightly turbid solution, 
which is rendered clear by the addition of 0-1 cubic centimetre of acetic acid; and this solu- 
tion, when mixed with solution of ammonia in slight excess, yields a precipitate which, after 
washing and drying as described under ‘Morphinae Hydrochloridum,’ weighs 1-42 grammes. 
If the salt yield a larger proportion of morphine than this, it should be recrystallized from hot 
water acidulated with acetic acid. Heated to redness with free access of air, it leaves no 
residue (absence of mineral impurities).” Br. Morphine acetate crystallizes in slender needles 
united in fasciculi. As ordinarily obtained by evaporation to dryness, it is not entirely solu- 
ble in water, a portion of it being uncombined morphine. To render it soluble, all that is 
necessary is to add a little acetic acid. 
This and the other official salts of morphine are of identical medical value. They are 
almost invariably preferred to the alkaloid itself, and are given by the mouth, in pill or solution, 
in doses of from one-eighth to one-half grain (0-008—0-03 dm.). They are employed externally, 
sprinkled on blistered surfaces, and are very frequently exhibited by subcutaneous injection ; 
but great caution must be observed that they be not thrown into a vein. We have seen one- 
sixth of a grain thus given produce almost instantaneous insensibility, with dropping of jaw, 
and other evidence of immediate death, from which the patient was saved with difficulty. 
When given hypodermically fifteen minutes before the anaesthetic, the morphine salt was found 
by Claude Bernard to prolong and intensify the anaesthesia in animals, and many surgeons 
have employed it in man in this way, with satisfactory results. The solutions for hypodermic 
use should be freshly prepared, as morphine salts, especially the acetate, are very prone to 
undergo decomposition, through the growth of a fungus. 
MORPHINE HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. (Br.) Morphine Hydrochlorate. 
(MOB-PHl'NiE HY-DRO-CHLO'kXS.) 
CnHi9N03.HCl +3H20 ; 374-63. Cn Hi9 NOs. HC1.3H? 0; 375. 
“ The hydrochloride, C17H10NO3,HC1,3H2O, of an alkaloid obtained from opium.” Br. 
Morphinae Hydroohloridum, Br., Morphine Hydrochloride; Morphiae Murias, Br. 1867, U. S. 1870; Mor- 
phinum Hydrochloricum, P.G.; Murias (Hydrochloras) Morphicus; Muriate of Morphia; Chlorhydrate de Mor- 
phine, Fr.; Salzsaures Morphin, 0. 
A process for this salt is no longer official: that of the U. S. P. 1870 is appended* The 
British process (1885) will be found in XJ. S. D., 17th ed., 882. 
Morphine hydrochlorate crystallizes in “ white, feathery needles of a silky lustre, or minute, 
colorless, needle-shaped crystals, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. 
Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 24 parts of water, and in 62 parts of alcohol; f in 0-5 part of 
boiling water, and in 31 parts of boiling alcohol. Very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. 
When heated at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (14-38 per cent.) ; 
at 300° C. (572° F.) it coheres slightly, but does not completely melt; and upon ignition it is 
consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. The addition of potassium 
or sodium hydrate test-solution to an aqueous solution of the salt causes a white precipitate, 
soluble in an excess of the alkali, and conforming to the reactions and tests of Morphine (see 
Morphind). The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate test-solution, a white 
precipitate insoluble in nitric acid.” U. S. “ Acicular prisms of a silky lustre, or a white 
powder consisting of minute cubical crystals, unchanged by exposure to the air. Soluble in 
24 parts of cold water, 1 part of boiling water, and in 50 parts of alcohol. It should be with- 
out action on litmus. Solution of ammonia causes a white precipitate in the aqueous solution, 
with difficulty soluble in excess ; solution of potassium hydroxide a similar precipitate readily 
soluble in excess. This precipitate yields mere traces to benzol (absence of other alkaloids). 
Moistened with nitric acid the salt yields an orange-red coloration ; with test-solution of ferric 
* “Take of Morphia, in fine powder, a troyounce ; Distilled Water four fluidounees ; Muriatic Acid a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the Morphia with the Distilled Water; then carefully drop in Muriatic Acid, constantly stirring, 
until the Morphia is neutralized and dissolved. Evaporate the solution, by means of a water-bath, so that on cooling 
it may crystallize. Lastly, drain the crystals, and dry them on bibulous paper.” U. S. 1870. 
f According to Mr. D. B. Dott, the solubility of morphine hydrochlorate in rectified spirit at 60° F. is one in 
forty. (P. J. Tr., 1887, 941.) Morpkinse Hydrochloras.—Morphinse Sulphas. 
881 
PART I. 
chloride a dull greenish-blue coloration. Heated on a water-bath for ten or fifteen minutes 
with a few drops of sulphuric acid, cooled, and treated with a few drops of diluted nitric acid, 
it gives a violet color rapidly passing to blood-red. It dissolves without coloration in strong 
sulphuric acid; the addition of a small quantity of sodium arsenate to a portion of this solution 
causes a bluish-green coloration, and a small quantity of bismuth oxynitrate added to another 
portion gives a purplish-brown coloration. It affords the reactions characteristic of hydrochlo- 
rides. 2 grammes of Morphine Hydrochloride dissolved in 250 cubic centimetres of warm 
morphinated water, with solution of ammonia added in the slightest possible excess, will give 
on cooling a crystalline precipitate which, when washed with a little cold morphinated water 
and dried, should weigh 1-51 grammes. The drying should be accomplished, first by pressing 
the precipitate between sheets of bibulous paper, then by exposing it to a temperature between 
131° and 140° F. (55° and 60° C.), and finally to a temperature of 230° F. (110° C.) for 
twenty minutes. Heated to redness with free access of air, it burns, leaving no residue (absence 
of mineral impurities).” Br. A saturated solution in boiling water forms a solid crystalline 
mass on cooling. The solution of morphine hydrochlorate, when kept several months, has 
been known to produce vomiting, through the formation of traces of apomorphine. (Pharm. 
Centralhalle, 1885, 93.) The salt may be known to be a hydrochlorate by responding to the 
official test with silver nitrate. Potassa throws down from its solution a precipitate which is 
redissolved by an excess of the alkali. The salt is affected by heat, nitric acid, iodic acid, fer- 
ric chloride, and chlorine followed by ammonia, in the same manner as morphine. Sugar is 
said to have been used largely in the adulteration of this salt. It may be detected by Trom- 
mer’s test. (See Saccharum.) 
This preparation of morphine is much used in Great Britain, but in this country less than 
either the sulphate or the acetate. For medical properties, see Morphina. 
MORPHINE SULPHAS. U. S. Morphine Sulphate. 
(MOK-PHl'NiE SUL'PHAS.) 
(Ci7Hi9N03)2.H2S04 + 5H20; 756*38. (Cn IIi9N03)2. H2S04. 5H2 0; 758. 
Morphiae Sulphas, Br. 1867, U. S. 1870; Morphinum Sulphuricum, P.G.; Sulphas Morphicus; Sulphate of 
Morphia; Sulfate de Morphine, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Morphin, G. 
No process is given in the U. S. P. 1890 : that of the U. S. P. 1870 is appended * Mor- 
phine sulphate is no longer official in the British Pharmacopoeia 1898, the hydrochloride 
being used in Great Britain almost exclusively. 
In the process of 1870 the morphine is known to be saturated when it is wholly dissolved 
by the water. To ascertain whether the acid is added in excess, litmus paper may be resorted 
to. If the morphine employed contain narcotine, this will remain in the mother-liquor, and 
will not contaminate the product. The mother-liquor remaining after the first crystallization 
may be evaporated so as to afford a fresh supply of the sulphate; but, if the morphine was 
not originally quite pure, the second product will contain the impurities, and should not be 
used till it has undergone further preparation. When impure morphine is employed, the 
mother-liquor should be mixed with alcohol, or boiled with purified animal charcoal and fil- 
tered, and then decomposed by ammonia, which will precipitate the morphine. This may be 
converted into the sulphate in the manner directed by the Pharmacopoeia. 
Another mode of obtaining morphine sulphate is to dissolve the alkaloid in boiling alcohol 
of 36° Baum6 (sp. gr. 0-8428), saturate it while hot with sulphuric acid, add purified animal 
charcoal, boil for a few minutes, and filter the solution at the boiling temperature. Upon 
cooling, it deposits most of the sulphate; and the remainder may be obtained by evaporating 
the mother-liquor. For an account by J. Calvert of the manufacture of morphine sulphate 
on the large scale, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 650. 
In the evaporation of the solution of this salt, care should be taken not to carry the heat 
too far; for, when pushed to incipient decomposition with an excess of acid, a new substance 
is formed containing no morphine. This salt is sometimes adulterated. Mr. D. B. Dott met 
with a sample in the English market which contained 34-63 per cent, of anhydrous sodium 
sulphate. (P. J. Tr., August 4, 1877.) 
* “Take of Morphia, in fine powder, a troy ounce ; Distilled Water half a pint; Diluted Sulphuric Acid a suffi- 
cient quantity. Mix the Morphia with the Distilled Water, then carefully drop in Diluted Sulphuric Acid, con- 
stantly stirring until the Morphia is neutralized and dissolved. Evaporate the solution, by means of a water-bath, 
so that on cooling it may crystallize. Lastly, drain the crystals, and dry them on bibulous paper.” U. S. 1870. 882 
Morphinae Sulphas.—Morphinae Tartras. 
Morphine sulphate crystallizes in beautifully “ white, feathery, acicular crystals, of a silky 
lustre, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), 
in 21 parts of water, and in 702 parts of alcohol; in 0-75 part of boiling water, and in 144 
parts of boiling alcohol; almost insoluble in ether. When heated for some time at 100° C. 
(212° F.), the salt loses 3 molecules (7-12 per cent.) of water of crystallization; the remain- 
ing 2 molecules (4-75 per cent.) are gradually expelled by raising the temperature to 130° C. 
(266° F.). At 255° C. (491° F.) the salt melts, and, upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving 
no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution to an aqueous solution of the salt causes a white precipitate, which is soluble in 
an excess of the alkali, and which conforms to the reactions and tests of Morphine (see Mor- 
phina). The aqueous solution yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white precipitate 
insoluble in hydrochloric acid.” U. S. By exposure to a heat of 120° C. (248° F.) it loses 
9-66 parts of the water, but cannot be deprived of the remainder without decomposition. (Lie- 
big.) The official tests for it are those for sulphuric acid and for morphine. Considerable 
discussion has taken place in the pharmaceutical journals about the solubility in water of 
morphine sulphate. Owing to the ease with which the salt parts with its water of crystal- 
lization, even at ordinary temperatures, it is not difficult to account for some of the discrepan- 
cies that exist in the text-hooks on this subject. Yet there can be no doubt that the heretofore 
commonly quoted solubility, “ twice its weight of cold water,” is an oft-repeated error. Prof. 
J. U. Lloyd (JV. R., May, 1882) found it soluble in 21-60 parts of cold water. Prof. F. B. 
Power, after a. determination by precipitation with barium chloride, found a commercial speci- 
men of undoubted purity to require very nearly 24 parts of cold water, and the U. S. P. 1880 
has adopted his results. (A. J. P., 1882, p. 97.) Yirgil Coblentz subsequently examined five 
commercial samples, and practically confirmed Prof. Power’s results, finding the specimens sol- 
uble respectively in 21-38, 23-90, 23-18, 17-69, and 18-97 parts of water. Mr. D. B. Dott 
criticises the methods employed by Prof. J. U. Lloyd, and to some extent those of Prof. Power, 
but fails to establish a very different result. (P. J. Tr., 1882, p. 252.) The dose is from an eighth 
to a quarter of a grain (0-008-0-016 Grin.), which may be given in pill or in solution. The 
solution of morphine sulphate formerly official was made by dissolving 1 grain of morphine sul- 
phate in 1 fluidounce of distilled water, and, although the solution is more stable than that of 
any other of the morphine salts in common use, it will in time become weakened through the 
presence of microscopic plants belonging to the Confervoideae, and hence it is not desirable to 
keep it on hand. According to Prof. Hamberg, of Stockholm, the sulphate should be dissolved in 
boiling distilled water which is free from ammonia, phosphoric, nitric, and nitrous acids; the 
solution should be filtered through paper not previously moistened, and is best preserved in small 
well-filled vials closed with a glass stopper. (Pharm. Zeitung, No. 49 ; A. J. P., 1881.) It is 
asserted by M. Yidal that the addition of chloral to a solution of morphine renders it much 
less liable to spontaneous change. This statement, if it be true, is important. He adds to the 
solution a quantity of chloral equivalent to twice the weight of the morphine it contains, and 
affirms that the injection of this mixture is not painful. For medical properties, see Morphina 
and Morphinse Acetas, pp. 878, 880. 
PART I. 
MORPHINE TARTRAS. Br. Morphine Tartrate. 
(mor-phi'na; tar'tras.) 
“ Morphine Tartrate, (C17H19N03)2C4H60e,3H20, may be prepared by the combination of 
morphine and tartaric acid in molecular proportions.” Br. 
This salt of morphine has been introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia 1898; it was 
brought into notice by Erskine Stuart (1880), and recommended for hypodermic injection 
because of its greater solubility in water over the other salts of morphine. (See Injectio Mor- 
phinae Hypodermica, p. 738, and Liquor Morphinae Tartratis, p. 812.) It is officially described 
as “ A white powder consisting of fine nodular tufts of minute acicular crystals. Efflores- 
cent at 68° F. (20° C.). Soluble in 11 parts of cold water, almost insoluble in alcohol (90 per 
cent.). It affords the reactions characteristic of morphine and of tartrates. 2 grammes dis- 
solved in 20 cubic centimetres of warm morphinated water, with solution of ammonia added 
in the slightest possible excess, will give, on cooling, a crystalline precipitate which, after 
washing and drying as described under ‘ Morphinae Hydrochloridum,’ should weigh 147 
grammes. Heated to redness with free access of air, it burns without leaving any residue 
(absence of mineral impurities).” Br. PART I. 
Moschus. 
883 
MOSCHUS. U. S., Br. Musk. 
“ The dried secretion from the preputial follicles of Moschus moschiferus, Linn6 (class, 
Mammalia; order, Ruminantia).” U. S. “ The dried secretion from the preputial follicles 
of Moschus moschiferus, Linn.” Br. 
Muse, Fr.; Bisam, Moschus, G.; Muschio, It.; Almizcle, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Horns none. Fore teeth eight in the lower jaw. Tusks one on each side, in the 
upper jaw, projecting out of the mouth. 
Moschus moschiferus. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 172; Rees's Cyclopaedia. This animal hears a 
close resemblance to the deer in shape and size. It is usually about three feet in length and 
two feet high, with haunches considerably more elevated than the shoulders. From its upper 
jaw two tusks project downward out of the mouth, each about two inches long, curved back- 
ward, and serving to extract the roots which are used as food by the animal. The ears are 
long and narrow, and the tail very short. The fleece, consisting of strong, elastic, undulated 
hairs, varies in color with the season, the age of the animal, and perhaps the place which it 
inhabits. The general color is a deep iron-gray. The individual hairs are whitish near the 
root, and fawn-colored or blackish towards the tip. The musk is contained in an oval, hairy, 
projecting sac, found only in the male, situated between the umbilicus and the prepuce, from 
two to three inches long, and from one to two broad, opening by a small hairy orifice at its an- 
terior part, and marked posteriorly by a groove or furrow which corresponds with the opening 
of the prepuce. It is lined internally by a smooth membrane, thrown into a number of irreg- 
ular folds, forming incomplete partitions. In the vigorous adult animal, the sac sometimes 
contains six drachms of musk; but in the old, seldom more than two drachms, and none in 
the young.* The musk is secreted by the lining membrane, and in the living animal forms a 
consistent mass, which on the outside is compact, and marked with the folds of the mem- 
brane, but is less firm towards the centre, where there is sometimes a vacant space. As first 
secreted it is probably liquid, and a portion is occasionally forced out by the animal, to which 
it communicates its odor. The musk-deer inhabits the vast mountainous regions of Central 
Asia, extending from India to Siberia, and from the country of the Turcomans to China. It 
is an active and timid animal, springing from rock to rock with surprising agility, and fre- 
quenting the snowy recesses and most inaccessible crags of the mountains. Concealing itself 
during the day, it chooses the night for roaming in search of food, and, though said to be 
abundant in its native regions, is taken with difficulty. It is hunted for its hide, as well as for 
the musk. The natives often take it by snaring. As soon as the animal is killed, the sac is 
cut off, dried, and sent into the market.f It has been calculated that about twenty thousand 
deer, male and female, are annually killed. 
Musk varies in quality with the country inhabited by the animal. That procured from the 
mountains on the southern borders of Siberia, and brought into the market through Russia, is 
comparatively feeble. Chinese musk has been said to come from Tonquin, but appears really 
to be chiefly obtained in Yun-Nan, a province in the extreme south of China, whence it is sent 
1400 miles to Shanghai, the export centre. A variety intermediate between these is procured 
in the Himalaya Mountains and Thibet and sent to Calcutta. This is sometimes enclosed in 
the membranous lining of the sac, without the hairy envelope, and in this condition is said to 
be quite equal if not superior to that surrounded by the skin, as in the former condition it dries 
readily in the sun, while in the latter the aid of artificial heat is deemed necessary, by which 
the musk may sometimes be injured. (F. Peake, P. J. Tr., Feb. 1861.) A musk which is also 
said to pass from Thibet into China is Gabardine musk. (See Chemist and Druggist, 1890.) 
Two varieties are known in commerce, the Chinese, Thibet or Tonquin musk, and Russian or 
Siberian musk. J Both come in sacs, convex and hairy on one side, flat and destitute of hair 
(MOS'juHDS.) 
* According to Col. Frederick Markham, as much as two ounces are sometimes found, and the average for a full- 
grown animal is an ounce; but, as many of the deer are killed young, the pods in the market do not contain more 
than half an ounce upon an average. He states that the musk of the younger animals is not so strong as that of 
the old, but is much pleasanter. (P. J. Tr., xv. 472.) 
f Attention has been drawn by Dr. E. Bertherand to the excrement of the Algerian gazelle, Antilope dorcas, L., 
which possesses a powerful musk-like odor. It is said to contain about 7 per cent, of an acid resin (?) of a musky 
odor. (Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 332.) 
J American Mimic. Owing to the costliness of true musk, the sacs derived from Fiber zibethicue, the common 
musk-rat, have been used as a substitute. This product possesses many of the properties of musk, and, although 
the odor is not identical, it can often replace it in perfumery if used judiciously. If the fatty matter present has 
become rancid, it should be washed out by agitating the bruised sacs with a little ether and pouring it off, and 
allowing the musk to beconue dry by exposure to the air. 884 
Moschus. 
PART I. 
on the other. The hairs are brownish-yellow, grayish, or whitish, stiff and short, and arranged 
concentrically around the orifice of the sac. The Chinese, which is the most highly valued, is 
in bags of a rounder shape, covered with brownish-yellow or reddish-brown hairs, and contain- 
ing at most a drachm and a half of large-grained, dark, strong-scented musk, of an ammoni- 
acal odor. The Russian is in longer and larger bags, small-grained, of a light yellowish-brown 
color, and of a weaker and more fetid odor, with less smell of ammonia. 
Properties. Musk is in grains or lumps concreted together, soft and unctuous to the touch, 
and of a reddish-brown or ferruginous color resembling that of dried blood. Some hairs of 
the pod are generally mixed with it. It is officially described as “ in irregular, crumbly, some- 
what unctuous grains, dark reddish-brown, having a peculiar, penetrating and persistent odor, 
and a bitterish taste. It is contained in oval or roundish sacs about 4 to 5 Cm. in diameter, 
on one side invested with a smoothish membrane, on the other side covered with stiff, appressed, 
grayish hairs, concentrically arranged around two orifices near the centre. About 10 per cent, 
of Musk is soluble in alcohol, the tincture being light brownish-yellow, and on the addition of 
water becoming slightly turbid. About 50 per cent, of Musk is soluble in water, the solution 
being deep brown, faintly acid, and strongly odorous. When ignited with free access of air, 
Musk gives off a peculiar, somewhat urinous odor, and leaves behind not more than 8 per cent, 
of a grayish ash.” U. S. The odor is strong, penetrating, and so diffusive that one part of 
musk communicates its smell to more than 3000 parts of inodorous powder. (Fte.) In some 
delicate individuals it produces headache and other disagreeable symptoms, and it has even 
caused convulsions. The taste is bitter, disagreeable, and somewhat acrid. The color of the 
powder is reddish-brown. Musk is inflammable, burning with a white flame, and leaving a 
light spongy charcoal. Reduced to ashes, it leaves about 5 per cent, of residue, containing 
potassa, lime, magnesia, iron, carbonic, phosphoric, and sulphuric acids, chlorine, and traces of 
potassium ferrocyanide and ammonium sulphide. ( W. Bernatzik.') It yields, upon analysis, a 
great number of proximate principles. Guibourt and Blondeau obtained water, ammonia, 
stearin, olein, cholesterin, an oily acid combined with ammonia, volatile oil, ammonium chlo- 
ride, potassium and calcium chlorides, an uncertain acid combined with ammonia, potassa, and 
lime, gelatin, albumen, fibrin, a highly carbonaceous matter soluble in water, a soluble calca- 
reous salt with a combustible acid, calcium carbonate and phosphate, hair, and sand. (M?m. de 
Chim. et de Pliys., ix. 327.) Besides these constituents, Geiger and Reinman found a peculiar 
bitter resin, a peculiar substance in part combined with ammonia, and lactic acid both free and 
in combination. According to Guibourt and Blondeau, it contains 47 per cent, of volatile mat- 
ter, thought by some to be chiefly ammonia, by others to be a compound of ammonia and vol- 
atile oil. Theimann obtained only from 10 to 15 per cent. But the quantity of volatile as 
well as of soluble matter varies exceedingly in different specimens. Tlius, Theimann found 
from 80 to 90 per cent, of matter soluble in water, Buchner only 54-5 per cent., and other 
chemists intermediate proportions. The proportion soluble in alcohol, as ascertained by dif- 
ferent experimenters, varies from 25 to 62 per cent. Ether is a good solvent. The aqueous 
infusion has a yellowish-brown color, a bitterish taste, a strong smell, and an acid reaction. 
The alcoholic tincture is transparent, and of a reddish-brown color, with the peculiar odor 
of musk. The action of potassa upon musk is accompanied with the extrication of am- 
monia and an increase of its peculiar odor. By the influence of heat and moisture long 
continued, ammonia is developed, which acts upon the fatty matter, producing a substance 
resembling adipocere, but, according to Guibourt, without diminishing the medicinal activity. 
The correctness of this opinion, however, is perhaps questionable; and it is advisable to pre- 
serve the musk as much as possible unaltered. When kept in glass bottles, in a situation 
neither moist nor very dry, it remains for a great length of time without material change. The 
odor of musk is very much diminished by mixing it with emulsion or syrup of bitter almond, 
or with cherry-laurel water. From the experiments of Wimmer, it appears that musk loses 
its odor when rubbed with kermes mineral, or golden sulphide of antimony, and reacquires it 
on the addition of a little solution of ammonia. (Pharm. Centralbl., 1843, 406.) Camphor 
rubbed up wfith musk is also said to destroy its odor. (See Artificial Musk, Part II.) 
Adulterations. The price of this medicine is so high, and its sources are so limited, as 
to offer strong temptations to adulteration; and little genuine unmixed musk is to be found in 
the market. The sophistication commences in China, and is completed in Europe and this 
country. A common practice in the East is to open the sac and to supply the place of the 
musk with an adulterated mixture. Sometimes the scrotum of the animal is filled with this 
mixture, and not unfrequently the sacs are made out of the skin. Dried blood, from its re- Moschus.—Mucilagines. 
885 
PART I. 
semblance to musk, is one of tbe most common adulterations; but, besides this, sand, lead, 
iron filings, hair, animal membrane, tobacco, the dung of birds, wax, benzoin, storax, asphaltum, 
artificial musk, and other substances are introduced. These are mixed with a portion of musk, 
the powerful odor of which is diffused through the mass and renders the discovery of the fraud 
sometimes difficult. It is said that the Chinese sometimes mix the musk of Tonquin with that 
of Siberia. The bags containing the drug should have the characters before described as be- 
longing to the natural sac, and should present no evidence of having been opened. The slit is 
sometimes carefully sewed up, sometimes glued together. The former condition may be dis- 
covered by close inspection, the latter by immersion in hot water. When the bag is made from 
any other portion of the skin, the difference may be detected, according to Mr. Neligan, by a 
microscope which magnifies 300 diameters. The genuine hairs exhibit innumerable cells, which 
are wanting in the spurious. (Ghem. Gaz., Feb. 1846, p. 79.) Musk which burns with diffi- 
culty, has a feeble odor and a color either pale or entirely black, feels gritty to the finger, is 
very moist so as to lose much weight in drying, or contains obvious impurities, should be re- 
jected. Russian musk is said never to be adulterated before leaving Russia.* “ Musk should 
be free from earthy impurities, and should on incineration yield not more than 8 per cent, of 
ash.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Musk is stimulant and antispasmodic, in some way 
stimulating very decidedly the nervous centres when exhausted, without producing either in 
health or in disease any very pronounced symptoms. It is a very valuable remedy in the 
treatment of nervous exhaustion coming on at or about the crisis of acute disease. When, in 
low cases of typhus affections, subsultus tendinum, tremors, singultus, and similar symptoms in- 
dicate the failure of nerve-power, its exhibition is often of great advantage. We have seen 
it apparently save life in the acme of typhoid fever, when the vital powers seemed to have 
almost succumbed, and when violent alterations of temperature or symptoms resembling those 
of coma vigil had manifested themselves. It was many years ago especially commended 
by Prof. Trousseau in the treatment of adynamic pneumonia of drunkards with severe cerebral 
symptoms. Under these circumstances it certainly appears to do great good. In very obstinate 
hiccough it is one of the most efficient of our remedies; and, according to the late Dr. Gr. B. Wood, 
it is very effective in those alarming conmdsions of infants originating in spasm of the intestines. 
In the laryngismus stridulus or crowing disease of infants, M. Bouchut relied mainly on musk, 
having found it more efficacious than any of the narcotics. (N. Y. Med. Journ., Sept. 1868, p. 
545.) According to our experience, musk rapidly loses its power of influencing the nerve- 
centres, and for this reason, and on account of its costliness, its employment should always 
be dela}red until severe nervous exhaustion becomes alarming. Musk was unknown to the 
ancients. Aetius was the first writer who noticed it as a medicine. It was introduced into 
Europe through the Arabians, from whose language its name is derived. It may be given 
in the form of pill or emulsion. In preparing mixtures of musk, it is recommended to rub 
the musk up first with a very little boiling water containing a trace of solution of potassa, 
afterwards with a larger quantity, and to add the liquid thus prepared to whatever mixture 
may be prescribed. The insolubility of musk in cold water, and its much greater solubility 
in that liquid when boiling hot, render this mode of preparation much preferable to rubbing 
up with cold water. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., iii. 291.) The medium dose is ten 
grains (0-65 Grin.), to be repeated every two or three hours. It may often be administered 
with great advantage in the form of enema. 
MUCILAGINES. Mucilages. 
Mucilages, Fr.; Schleime, G. 
Mucilage, in the ordinary acceptation of the term, and in the sense in which it is employed 
in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, is an aqueous solution of gum, or of substances closely allied to 
it. In the British Pharmacopoeia the term is applied also to the semi-liquid, jelly-like sub- 
stance resulting from the cooling of a hot solution of starch. 
(MU-CI-LA$'I-NE§.) 
* For an account of the effects of numerous reagents on musk, and other modes of identification, as well as of de- 
tecting adulterations, see a paper by Prof. W. Bernatzik, in A. J. P., 1861, p. 427. There is a discrepancy between 
Prof. Bernatzik’s statement of the solubilities of musk and that of the text. According to the latter, ether is a good 
solvent; according to the former, ether and chloroform possess scarcely any solvent power. 886 
Mucilago Acacix.—Mucilago Sassafras Medullae. 
PART I. 
MUCILAGO ACACLE. U. S., Br. Mucilage of Acacia. 
Mucilago Gummi Arabici, P. G.; Mucilage of Gum Arabic; Mucilage de Gomme arabique, Mucilage arabique, 
Fr.; Gummischleim, G. 
“ Acacia, in small fragments, three hundred and forty grammes [or 11 ounces av., 435 grains] ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand, grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Wash the Acacia with cold Water, and let it drain. Then add to it enough Water to make 
the mixture weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains], agitate or stir occa- 
sionally until the Acacia is dissolved, and strain. Keep the product in well-stoppered, com- 
pletely filled bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
“ G-um Acacia, in small pieces, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Distilled Water, a suf- 
ficient quantity. Rapidly rinse the Gum Acacia with a little Distilled Water; then dissolve 
it in six fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of Distilled Water 
in a closed vessel and strain.” Br. 
The gum used for this purpose should be in small fragments or coarse powder, as it is more 
readily dissolved in this state than when finely pulverized. Straining is necessary to separate 
the foreign substances which are often mixed with gum arabic. This mucilage is semi-trans- 
parent, almost colorless if prepared from good gum, viscid, tenacious, of a feeble peculiar odor, 
and nearly tasteless. If the solution of gum should be colored, it may be rendered colorless by 
the addition of a concentrated solution of chlorine ; and by boiling for about half an hour, so 
as to drive off the chlorine and hydrochloric acid, it may be rendered fit for use. (Guinn.') By 
straining a solution of gum through a layer of freshly precipitated alumina it can be almost 
entirely decolorized, particularly if the operation be repeated several times. By keeping, 
mucilage becomes sour, in consequence of the spontaneous generation of acetic acid; and this 
happens even though it be enclosed in well-stopped bottles; but, according to Guevin, the solu- 
tion of pure gum undergoes no change in vacuo. Heat in its preparation is said to favor the pro- 
duction of acid ; and hence cold has been substituted for boiling water in the present formulas. 
According to R. Rother (A. J. P., xliv. 113), if glycerin be employed in the proportion of one to 
eight of the mass, and the mixture of water and it be added to the gum in a bottle and solu- 
tion secured by agitation at intervals over several hours, the resulting mucilage does not spoil: 
the presence of glycerin is objectionable, however, for many of the uses of mucilage of acacia. 
E. D. Oesch ( West. Drug., 1892, 38) adds about 6 per cent, of alcohol as a preservative. Kel- 
lar preserves the mucilage by the addition of acetanilid (two grains in the fluidounce). ( Chem. 
and Drug., 1896, 378.) Archer & Co. have found (A. J. P., xlvi. 469) that if “ Tolu water” be 
substituted for water the mucilage will keep for months. The Tolu water is made by rubbing 
two drachms of the tincture with magnesium carbonate and two pints of water, and filtering. 
Mucilage is employed chiefly in the making of pills, and in suspending insoluble substances in 
water. In prescribing it for mixtures, it should be recollected that it is a solution of definite 
strength, containing, according to the U. S. formula, half an ounce of the gum to each fluid- 
ounce of mucilage. The British mucilage is a little stronger. Half a fluidounce is usually 
sufficient for a six- or eight-ounce mixture. The adhesiveness of the mucilage is stated to be 
very much increased by the addition of one part of aluminum sulphate to one hundred and 
twenty-five parts of the mucilage. 
(MU-CI-LA'GO A-CA'CI-A*:.) 
MUCILAGO SASSAFRAS MEDULLA. U. S. Mucilage of Sassafras Pith. 
Mucilage de Moelle de Sassafras, Fr.; Sassafrasmark-Schleim, G. 
“Sassafras Pith, two grammes [or 31 grains]; Visiter, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 
fluidounces, 183 minims]. Macerate the Sassafras Pith in the Water during three hours, and 
strain. This preparation should he freshly made, when wanted.” U. S. 
This mucilage may be prepared in a much shorter time, if the pith be broken into small 
fragments and the mixture often agitated. When a thicker mucilage is desired, J. W. England 
recommends beating the pith with sterilized water in a mortar until pasty, expressing through 
coarse muslin, returning the residue, and continuing the process until a thick mucilage is 
obtained. (A. J. P., 1894, 350.) It is much used as an application to the eye in conjunctivitis. 
It may be taken as a drink ad libitum in inflammations of the mucous passages. 
(MU-CI-LA'GO SAS'SA-FKAS ME-IJUL'LiE.) PART I. 
Mucilago Tragacanthse.—Myristiea. 
887 
MUCILAGO TRAGACANTHAE. U. S., Br. Mucilage of Tragacanth 
(MU-CI-LA'GO TKXG-A-CXN'THUE.) 
Mucilage de Gomme adragante, Mucilage adragant, Fr.; Traganthschleim, G. 
“ Tragacanth, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Glycerin, eighteen grammes [or 278 grains]; 
Water a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Mix 
the Glycerin with seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 257 minims] of Water in a 
tared vessel, heat the mixture to boiling, add the Tragacanth, and let it macerate during 
twenty-four hours, stirring occasionally. Then add enough Water to make the mixture weigh 
one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains], beat it so as to make it of uniform con- 
sistence, and strain it forcibly through muslin.” U. S. 
“ Tragacanth, in powder, 60 grains (Imperial) or 5-5 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 2 
fl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 10 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient, quantity. Mix 
the Tragacanth with the Alcohol in a bottle; add a sufficient quantity of Distilled Water to 
form ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres, and shake immedi- 
ately.” Br. 
A part only of tragacanth is soluble in water. The remainder swells up and forms a soft 
tenacious mass, which may be mechanically mixed with water, but does not form a proper so- 
lution. Hence trituration is necessary to complete the incorporation of the ingredients. This 
mucilage is thick and very viscid, but not permanent, as the water separates from the insoluble 
portion of the tragacanth on standing. It is chiefly used in making pills and troches. The 
addition of glycerin renders it more serviceable as an excipient. From its great tenacity, it 
may be advantageously employed for the suspension of heavy insoluble substances, such as the 
metallic oxides, in water. When kept long, it is apt to undergo decomposition, and to become 
offensive, but it will keep well if enough carbolic acid be added to impart its characteristic 
odor faintly. (A. J. P., 1864.) The alcohol in the British process facilitates the quick pro- 
duction of the mucilage, and in addition acts as a preservative. 
MUCILAGO ULMI. U. S. Mucilage of Elm 
(MU-CI-LA'GO UL'Ml.) 
Mucilage of Slippery Elm Bark; Mucilage d’Ecorce d’Orme fauve, Fr.; Ulmenrinden-Schleim, G. 
“ Elm, bruised, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Water, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
ounces, 183 minims]. Digest the Elm with the Water, on a water-bath, in a covered vessel, 
during one hour, then strain. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted.” U. S. 
This may be used ad libitum as a demulcent and nutritious drink in catarrhal and nephritic 
diseases, and in inflammatory intestinal affections. It is much employed locally as a soothing 
application to boils and carbuncles, and as a demulcent in dermatitis, erysipelas, etc. 
MYRISTICA. U. S., Br. Nutmeg. 
(MY-RIS'TI-CA.) 
“The seed of Myristiea fragrans, Houttuyn (nat. ord. Myristicaceae), deprived of its testa.” 
U. S. “ The dried seed of Myristiea fragrans, Houtt., divested of its testa.” Br. 
Semen Myristicae, P. 0.; Nux Moschata, Muscade, Noix muscade, Fr.; Muskatnuss, G.j Noce moschata, It.; 
Nuez moscada, Sp. 
Myristiea fragrans. Houttuyn, Nat. Hist. vol. ii., part iii., 333 ; B. & T. 218.*—M. moschata. 
* Various species of the genus Myristiea, other than those spoken of in the text, yield commercial seeds or 
products : 
Ucuhula nut is a round or oval seed of Myristiea surinamensis. It is one-half to two-thirds of an inch in diameter, 
light brown, but usually covered by a blackish, thin, friable testa. Internally it resembles the nutmeg, but is dis- 
tinguished by the presence of extraordinarily large and handsome albuminous crystalloids. These seeds are said to 
contain over 70 per cent, of a solid yellow fat, melting at 36° C. (See A. J. P., 1886; also Arch, de Pharrn., July, 
1888.) The kernel of the fruit of the Brazilian Myristiea officinalis, Mart. (M. bicuhiha, Schott), resembles the nut- 
meg in fortn and structure, but is covered with a black shell marked with broad furrows. It contains crystals like 
those above spoken of, but less splendid and regular, and apt to be in three forms. It yields a fat (bicuhiha fat, or 
bicuhiha balsam) very much like that of the ordinary nutmeg, but having a rather sour, sharp taste, melting at 47° 
F. It contains a peculiar fatty acid, hicuhibastearic acid. The otoba fat is the product of the fruit of Myristiea 
otoba. It is almost colorless, when fresh has a nutmeg-like odor, melts at 38° C., and contains myristin, olein, and 
otobite. The latter principle crystallizes in shiny, colorless crystals, melting at 133° C. The fruit of Virola sebi- 
fera, AubUfs. Myristiea sebifera, Lam.), also yields a fatty substance which is known as ocuba wax. The so-called 
California nutmeg is not a nutmeg at all, but the seed of a coniferous tree, Torreya californica. It is oblong, with 
a smooth, brownish, thin testa, and affords a marbled cross-section. Its odor and taste are terebinthinate. Neither 
are the Jamaica or calabash nutmeg, from Monodora myristiea, the New Holland or plume nutmeg, from Atherosperma 
moschata, and the clove nutmeg, from Agathophyllum aromaticum, true nutmegs. 888 
Myristica. 
PART I. 
Thunberg; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 869.—M. officinalis. Linn. Suppl. 265 ; Lindlej, Flor. Med. 
21. The nutmeg-tree is about thirty feet high, with numerous branches, and an aspect 
somewhat resembling that of the orange-tree. The leaves stand alternately on short foot- 
stalks, are oblong-oval, pointed, entire, undulated, obliquely nerved, bright green and some- 
what glossy on their upper surface, whitish beneath, and of an aromatic taste. The flowers 
are male and female upon different trees. The former are disposed in axillary, peduncled, sol- 
itary clusters; the latter are single, solitary, and axillary; both are minute and of a pale yel- 
lowish color. The fruit, which appears on the tree mingled with the flowers, is round or oval, 
of the size of a small peach, smooth, at first pale green, but yellow when ripe, and marked 
with a longitudinal furrow. The external covering, which is at first thick and fleshy and 
abounds in an austere, astringent juice, afterwards becomes dry and coriaceous, and, separating 
into two valves from the apex, discloses a scarlet reticulated membrane or arillus, commonly 
called mace, closely investing a thin, brown, shining shell, which contains the kernel or nutmeg. 
The nutmeg-tree is a native of the Moluccas and other neighboring islands, and abounds 
especially in that small cluster distinguished by the name of Banda, whence the chief supplies 
of nutmegs were long derived. But numerous varieties of the plant are now cultivated in 
Sumatra, Java, Singapore, Penang, Ceylon, and other parts of the East Indies, and have been 
introduced into the Isles of France and Bourbon, Cayenne, and several of the West India 
islands. The larger part of the nutmegs of commerce is, however, said still to come from the 
Dutch Banda Islands. The Penang nutmegs are distinguished by not being limed. The tree 
is produced from the seed. , It does not flower until the eighth or ninth year; after which it 
bears flowers and fruit together, without intermission, and is said to continue bearing for seventy 
or eighty years. Little trouble is requisite in its cultivation. A branch of the female tree is 
grafted into all the young plants when about two years old, so as to insure their early fruitful- 
ness. In the Moluccas the tree yields three crops annually. The fruit is gathered by hand, 
and the outside covering rejected. The mace is then carefully separated, so as to break it as little 
as possible, is flattened, dried in the sun, and afterwards sprinkled with salt water, with the 
view of contributing to its preservation. Its fine red color is much impaired by drying. The 
nuts are dried in the sun or by ovens, and exposed to smoke till the kernel rattles in the shell. 
They are then broken open; and the kernels, having been removed and steeped for a short 
time in a mixture of lime and water, probably in order to preserve them from the attacks of 
worms, are next cleaned, and packed in casks or chests for exportation. Dr. Lumsdaine has 
found them to keep better if rubbed over with dry lime than when prepared in the moist 
way. (See Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, Nov. 1851.) Nutmegs are brought to this country 
either directly from the East Indies or indirectly through England and Holland. They are 
also occasionally imported in small quantities from the West Indies. 
The amount of unground nutmegs imported into the United States for the year ending June 
30, 1897, was 1,669,740 pounds, valued at $451,614. (ZZ S. Bureau of Statistics, 1898.) 
Properties. The nutmeg (nux moschata) is of a roundish or oval shape, obtuse at the 
extremities, marked with vermicular furrows, of a grayish color, hard, smooth to the touch, 
yielding readily to the knife or the grater, but not very pulverulent. When cut or broken it 
presents a yellowish surface, varied with reddish-brown, branching, irregular veins, which give 
to it a marbled appearance. These dark veins abound in oily matter, upon which the medicinal 
properties depend. The odor of nutmeg is delightfully fragrant, the taste warm, aromatic, and 
grateful. Its virtues are extracted by alcohol and ether. Clifford Richardson ( Bulletin U. S. 
Department of Agriculture, No. 13, 1887) gives as the average of three analyses of imported 
nutmegs: water, 5-56 per cent.; ash, 2-88; volatile oil, 3-23; fixed oil or fat, 34-22; starch, 
etc., 39 62; crude fibre, 9-21; albuminoids, 5-28: total, lOO'OO. The volatile oil is obtained 
by distillation with water. (See Oleum Myristicsei) 
Under the names of long, female, or wild nutmeg, Macassar nutmeg, Papua nutmeg, New 
Guinea nutmeg, horse nutmeg, certain seeds have long been known in European commerce, and 
have finally become an important article of trade, nearly 77,000 kilos of them having been sold in 
Holland in the year 1894. These seeds have been variously ascribed to M. fatua Houtt. (M. 
tomentosa Thunb., M. macrophylla Boxb.) and other species of the genus Myristica, but by 
Bassermann and Warburg have in all their varieties been traced to the M. argentea Warburg, 
of New Guinea, from which country they are often taken to Macassar to finally enter com- 
merce as Macassar nutmegs. The numerous varieties of these false nutmegs are readily 
reducible to two, which differ chiefly in size, the largest being commonly known as the Papua 
nuts, the smaller as the Macassar nuts. They are distinguished from the true nutmeg by their Myristica. 
889 
PART I. 
greater length, their elliptical shape, their comparatively feeble odor and disagreeable taste, and 
by the absence of the dark brown veins. 
Nutmegs have been punctured and boiled in order to extract their essential oil, and the orifice 
afterwards closed so carefully as not to he discoverable unless by breaking the kernel. The 
fraud may be detected by their levity. They are also apt to be injured by worms, which, how- 
ever, attack preferably the parts least impregnated with the volatile oil. The Dutch were for- 
merly said to heat them in a stove in order to deprive them of the power of germinating and 
thus prevent the propagation of the tree. The largest nutmegs now command the highest 
prices. They should be rejected when very light in weight, with a feeble taste and smell, worm- 
eaten, musty, or marked with black veins. 
The concrete or expressed oil of nutmeg (Oleum Myristicse Expressum, Br.), commonly called 
oil of mace, or nutmeg butter, is obtained by bruising nutmegs, exposing them in a bag to 
steam, and then compressing them strongly between heated plates. A liquid oil flows out, 
which becomes solid when it cools. Nutmegs are said to yield from 10 to 12 per cent, of this 
oil, but Fliickiger and Hanbury obtained as much as 28 per cent* (See analyses of Richard- 
son, quoted previously.) The best is imported from the East Indies in stone jars, or in rec- 
tangular blocks 10 inches long by 21 inches wide, wrapped in palm leaves. It is solid, soft, 
unctuous to the touch, of a yellowish or orange-yellow color more or less mottled, with the odor 
and taste of nutmeg. It is composed, according to Schrader, of 52-09 per cent, of a soft oily 
substance, yellowish or brownish, soluble in cold alcohol and ether; 43-75 of a white, pulveru- 
lent, inodorous substance, insoluble in these liquids; and 4-16 of volatile oil. The pulverulent 
constituent, which received from Playfair the name of myristin, has a silky lustre, melts at 31° 
C. (88° F.), and yields on saponification glycerin and myristic acid, C14H2802. Myristin, 
C3H6(0Ci4II270)3, is a true fat, or glyceryl myristate. It is also found in spermaceti, in cocoa- 
nuts, and in the fixed oil of linseed and poppy oil. It may be obtained directly from nutmeg 
by exhausting it by means of benzol, filtering the liquid, and allowing it to crystallize by spon- 
taneous evaporation. To purify the product, it may be dissolved in a mixture of two parts of 
absolute alcohol and three of benzol with the aid of heat, then filtering the liquid while hot, 
and setting it aside. On cooling, it deposits the pure myristin in crystals. {Journ. de Pharm., 
Juin, 1859, p. 471.) Analyzed by Roller, the expressed oil was found to contain, in 100 parts, 
6 of a volatile oil analogous to the oil of mace, 70 of myristin, 20 of olein, 3 of resin, and 1 
of salts, etc. (Arch, der Pharm., clxxiii. 280.) Wallach found in the volatile oil pinene and 
dipentene of the class of terpenes, and Semmler found myristicol, CIOH160, which is liquid, and 
myristidn, a solid ester of the composition C12H1403. An inferior kind of the oil is prepared 
in Holland, and sometimes found in commerce. It is in hard, shining, square cakes, lighter- 
colored than that from the East Indies, and with less smell and taste. It is supposed to be 
derived from nutmegs previously deprived of most of their volatile oil by distillation. An 
artificial preparation is sometimes sold for the genuine oil. It is made by mixing various fatty 
matters, such as suet, palm oil, spermaceti, wax, etc., adding some coloring substance, and 
giving flavor to the mixture by the volatile oil. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Nutmeg unites to the medicinal properties of the 
ordinary aromatics considerable narcotic power. In the quantity of two or three drachms (7-8 
or 11-65 Gm.),it has been known to produce stupor and delirium ; and dangerous if not fatal 
consequences are said to have followed its free use in India. For cases, see A. J. P., 1855 ; 
Brit. Med. Journ., Dec. 1889 ; also Lancet, Jan. 19, 1895. Dr. H. C. Wood found in experi- 
ments upon the lower animals that the oil of nutmeg is a powerful narcotic, with very much 
less sedative influence upon the heart than is possessed by most volatile oils. Injected into 
the circulation of the dog, it caused profound sleep, with slowing of the respiration, and, if 
the dose had been large enough, loss of reflex activity. Nutmeg is usually employed to cover 
the taste or correct the operation of other medicines, but more frequently as an agreeable ad- 
dition to farinaceous articles of diet, and to various kinds of drink in cases of languid appe- 
tite and delicate stomach. It is usually given in substance, and is brought by grating to the 
state of a powder. Mace possesses properties essentially the same as those of nutmeg, and has 
caused alarming sensorial disturbance. (Gr. C. Watson, Prov. Med. and Surg. Journ., Jan. 26, 
* A process for obtaining it by means of carbon disulphide has been proposed by M. Lepage, of Gisors, in France, 
and has received the sanction of the Society of Pharmacy of Paris. It consists in treating the nutmeg, thoroughly 
comminuted, with three times its weight of the well-rectified liquid referred to, agitating the mixture frequently for 
24 hours, expressing, repeating the process with two parts only of the menstruum, mixing the products of the two 
macerations, filtering in a covered vessel, and then distilling off the disulphide until the residue is entirely deprived 
of the menstruum. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxxi. 28.) 890 
Myrrha. 
PART I. 
1848.) It is, however, less used as a medicine. The dose of either is from five to twenty 
grains (0-33—1*3 Gm.). The volatile oil may be substituted, in the dose of from two to five 
drops (0-10-0 25 C.c.). The expressed oil is occasionally used as a gentle external stimulant, 
and is an ingredient in the Emplastrum Picis of the British Pharm. 1885. The ancients were 
wholly unacquainted with the nutmeg; and Avicenna is said to be the first author by whom 
it was noticed. 
MYRRHA. U. S., Br. Myrrh. 
“ A gum-resin obtained from Commiphora Myrrha (Nees), Engler (nat. ord. Burseraceae).” 
U. S. “A gum-resin obtained from the stem of Balsamodendron Myrrha, Nees, and probably 
other species.” Br. 
Gummi-Resina Myrrha; Myrrhe, Fr., G.; Mirra, It., SpMurr, Ar.; Bowl, Hindoat. 
Though myrrh has been employed from the earliest times, it is still uncertain by what plant 
it is yielded. The Amyris kataf of Forskhal, seen by that traveller in Arabia, was supposed 
by him to be the myrrh-tree, but without sufficient proof. Afterwards Ehrenberg met on the 
frontiers of Arabia Felix with a plant from the bark of which he collected a gum-resin pre- 
cisely similar to the myrrli of commerce. From specimens of the plant taken by Ehrenberg 
to Germany, Nees von Esenbeck referred it to the genus Balsamodendron of Kunth, and named 
it Balsamodendron myrrha. This genus was formed by Kunth from Amyris, and includes the 
Amyris kataf of Forskhal, which may possibly also produce a variety of myrrh * The new 
genus differs from Amyris chiefly in having the stamens beneath instead of upon the germ. It 
was not thought by Be Candolle sufficiently distinct. Berg found another species in Ehren- 
berg’s collection, to which was attached a label by the discoverer, stating that he had col- 
lected myrrh from it, and proposed to call it Balsamodendron ehrenbergianum. (A. J. P., 1873, 
314.) Both Oliver and Trimen agree that this plant is not specifically distinct from B. opo- 
balsamum. The belief that myrrh is the product of B. myrrha has been confirmed by the 
German traveller Hildebrand, who collected the plant in 1873, in the Adel Mountains, on the 
north Somali coast (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., ix. 893) ; but the opinion is held that much of the 
myrrh of commerce is the product of B. ehrenbergianum, or of other non-official species Defiers 
and Schweinfurth (Ber. d. Pharm. Ges. zu Berlin, 1893) believe that the genuine myrrh is 
yielded by Commiphora abyssinica (Berg.) Engl., which is found in Southern Arabia, Erithrea, 
and Northern Abyssinia. C. Schimperi (Berg.) Engl., occurring in the Yemen, Abyssinia, and 
from Kern to Tigr6, is likely also to yield some of the commercial Arabian myrrh. C. Myrrha 
(Nees) Engl, does not apparently produce any myrrh, although Hildebrand states that a plant 
of the Somali region resembling C. myrrha—but probably a distinct species, C. Playfairii 
(Hook, f.) Engl.—yields naturally myrrh. On the other hand, the director of the Kew Gar- 
dens believes that myrrh is yielded by C. myrrha and C. simplicifolia, while E. M. Holmes is 
of the opinion that Arabian myrrh is the product of Balsamodendron myrrha. 
Balsamodendron myrrha. Fee. Cours d'Hist. Nat. Pharm. i. 641; Carson, Illust. of Med. 
Bot. i. 28, pi. 20 ; B. & T. 60. This is a small tree, with a stunted trunk, covered with a 
whitish-gray bark, and furnished with rough abortive branches terminating in spines. The 
leaves are ternate, consisting of obovate, blunt, smooth, obtusely denticulate leaflets, of which the 
two latter are much smaller than the one at the end. The fruit is oval-lanceolate, pointed, lon- 
gitudinally furrowed, of a brown color, and surrounded at its base by the persistent calyx. The 
tree grows in Arabia Felix, in the neighborhood of Gison, in dwarfish thickets, interspersed 
among the Acaciae and Euphorbias. The juice concretes spontaneously upon the bark. 
Formerly the best myrrh was brought from the shores of the Red Sea by way of Egypt and 
the Levant, and hence received the name of Turkey myrrh; while the inferior qualities were 
imported from the East Indies, and commonly called India myrrh. These titles have ceased 
to be applicable, as myrrh of all qualities is now brought from the East Indies, whither it is 
carried from Arabia and the northeastern coast of Africa. Aden in the former region, and 
Berbera in the latter, would appear, from the statements of Mr. James Vaughan, to be the 
chief entrepots of the trade. (P. J. Tr., xii. 226.) Great quantities are collected on the African 
coast, near the mouth of the Red Sea, whence it is taken to Aden. (Ibid., Oct. 1859, p. 217.) 
It is usually imported in chests containing between one and two hundred-weight. Sometimes 
(MYR'RHA.) 
* According to Prof. Rusby (Bulletin of Pharmacy, July, 1892), who has been followed by the revisers of the 
U. S. P., the name Commiphora antedates the name Balsamodendron some twenty-seven years, having been given 
by Jacques in 1797. PART I. 
Myrrha. 
891 
the different qualities are brought separate, sometimes more or less mingled. Only the best 
kind should be selected for medical use.* 
Properties. Myrrh is in small irregular fragments or tears, or in larger masses, composed 
apparently of agglutinated portions differing somewhat in their shade of color. The pieces 
are exceedingly irregular in shape and size, being sometimes not larger than a pea, and some- 
times, though rarely, almost as large as the fist. They are often powdery upon the surface. 
When of good quality, myrrh is reddish yellow or reddish brown and translucent, of a strong, 
peculiar, somewhat fragrant odor, and a bitter, aromatic taste. It is brittle and pulverizable, 
presenting when broken a shining surface, which in the larger masses is very irregular, and 
sometimes exhibits opaque whitish or yellowish veins. In powder it is of a light-yellowish 
color. Under the teeth it is at first friable, but soon softens and becomes adhesive. It is 
inflammable, but does not burn vigorously, and is not fusible by heat. Its sp. gr. is stated at 
T36. The inferior kind, commonly called India myrrh, is in pieces much darker than those 
described, more opaque, less odorous, and often abounding with impurities. We have seen 
pieces of India myrrh enclosing large crystals of common salt, as if the juice had fallen from 
the tree and concreted upon the ground where this mineral abounds. Pieces of bdellium, and 
other gummy or resinous substances of unknown origin, are often mixed with it. Among these 
is a product which may be called false myrrh. It is in irregular pieces, of a dirty reddish- 
brown color, a vitreous brownish-yellow fracture, semi-transparent, of a faint odor of myrrh, 
and a bitter balsamic taste. Myrrh is best purchased in mass, as in powder it is liable to 
adulterations not easily detected. “ When triturated with water, Myrrh yields a brownish- 
yellow emulsion ; with alcohol it yields a brownish-yellow tincture which acquires a purple tint 
on the addition of nitric acid. Dark-colored pieces, the alcoholic solution of which is not ren- 
dered purple by nitric acid, and pieces of gum which dissolve completely, as well as those 
which merely swell in water, should be rejected.” U. N.f 
Myrrh is partially soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Triturated wnth water it forms an 
opaque yellowish or whitish emulsion, which deposits the larger portion upon standing. Its 
alcoholic tincture is rendered opaque by the addition of water, but throws down no precipitate. 
According to Neumann, alcohol and water severally extract the whole of its odor and taste. 
By distillation a volatile oil rises, having the peculiar flavor of myrrh, and leaving the residue 
in the retort simply bitter. The gum-resin is soluble in solutions of the alkalies, and, when 
triturated with them in a crystalline state, forms a tenacious liquid. Hence potassium car- 
bonate may be used to facilitate its suspension in water. Braconnot found 2-5 per cent, of 
volatile oil, 23 of a bitter resin, 46 of soluble and 12 of insoluble gum. (Ann. de Chim., lxvii. 
52.) Pelletier obtained 34 per cent, of resin, with a small proportion of volatile oil, and 66 
of gum. A more recent analysis by Buickoldt gave 2T83 per cent, of volatile oil, 44-760 of 
resin, 40-818 of gum or arabin, 1-475 of water, and 3-650 of calcium and magnesium carbon- 
ate, with some gypsum and ferric oxide. The volatile oil has been called myrrhol or myrrhe- 
nol, and, according to Ruickoldt, has the formula C10H140. Koehler (A. J. P., 1890, p. 346) 
confirms this formula, and states that this body, while isomeric with thymol and carvol, is dis- 
tinct from them. He found from 7 to 8 per cent, of essential oil, instead of 2-18 as previously 
given. Gladstone (Chem. Soc. Jour. [2], 2, 1) found that the oil had a sp. gr. of 1-0189 at 
* According to G. Schweinfurth, Mecca Balaam is yielded by Commiphora opobalsamum, from which it is col- 
lected in the valleys near Mecca. It is said to be the myrrh of the Bible, the error of translation having been made 
on account of the similarity of the old Hebrew word “ mar” with the modern Arabic word “ morr,” the name of the 
true myrrh. 
f Four varieties of myrrh are recognized by writers on Materia Medica, but as they do not seem to be clearly dis- 
tinguishable in the markets, we confine our notice to a foot-note. They are: First. Somali Myrrh, which is described 
in the Pharmacographia as follows: “ Myrrh consists of irregular roundish masses, varying in size from small grains 
up to pieces as large as a hen’s egg, and occasionally much larger. They are of an opaque reddish-brown color, with a. 
dull, dusty surface. When broken they exhibit a rough or waxy fracture, having a moist and unctuous appearance, 
especially when pressed, and a rich brown hue. The fractured translucent surface often displays characteristic whitish 
marks, which the ancients compared to the semicircular mark at the base of the finger-nails. It has a peculiar fra- 
grance and an aromatic, very bitter, and somewhat acrid taste.” Second. Arabian Myrrh of Hanbury, described in 
the Pharmacographia as “occurring in irregular masses, seldom exceeding 1£ inches long, and having a somewhat 
gummy-looking exterior. The larger lumps seem formed by the cohesion of small, rounded, translucent, externally 
shining drops or tears. The fracture is like that of common myrrh, hut less unctuous, and has not the whitish 
markings. The odor and taste are those of the ordinary drug.” Third. “ Meetiya,” or Arabian Myrrh of Bymock, 
who states that it is sold in India as true myrrh. This myrrh has a dull surface, a dark reddish-brown color, a 
more unctuous and waxy fracture, and has white marks like Somali myrrh, which it resembles in taste, but its odor 
is rather less fragrant. Fourth. Yemen Myrrh, which is said by Hanbury to be produced in Yemen, and to contain 
a resin which differs from that of Somali myrrh and the Arabian myrrh of Hanbury in that its solution in petroleum 
spirit does not give a violet color on the addition of bromine. 892 
Myrrha.—Naphtalinum. 
PART I. 
7-5° C., a boiling point of 266° C., and was laevorotatory. The resin, which he calls myrrhin, 
c48h32o10, is neutral, but becomes acid when kept for a short time in fusion. In the latter state 
M. Ruickoldt proposes to call it myrrhic acid. (Archiv der Pharm., lxi. 1.) An investigation 
of the essential oil of Bisabol myrrh from the interior of the Somali country has recently been 
made by W. Tucholka. (,Schimmel's Report, Oct. 1897, 36.) He obtained 7-8 per cent, of an oil 
of 0-8836 sp. gr., boiling at from 220°-270° C. From this was separated, by means of the crys- 
talline hydrochloride, a terpene boiling at from 259°—260-2° C., which the author calls bisabolene, 
and an oxygenated portion to which he gives the rather strange formula C66H0eO. Koehler 
(loc. citi) finds in the portion soluble in alcohol an indifferent soft resin, to which he gave the 
formula C26H„406, containing three replaceable OH groups, and two dibasic resin acids, of the 
formulas E13H1608 and C2eH32O0. According to MM. Bley and Diesel, myrrh containing little 
volatile oil always has an acid reaction, which they ascribe to the oxidation of the oil. They 
found formic acid in the specimen examined by them. (Ibid., xliii. 304.) The same writers 
give as a test of myrrh the production of a transparent dirty-yellow liquid with nitric acid; 
while false myrrh affords a bright-yellow solution in the same fluid, and bdellium is not dissolved, 
but becomes whitish and opaque. (A. J. P., xviii. 228.) According to M. Righini, if pow- 
dered myrrh, rubbed for 15 minutes with an equal weight of ammonium chloride, and fifteen 
times its weight of water gradually added, dissolve quickly and entirely, it may be considered 
pure. (Journ. de Chim. Med., 1844.) Chas. E. Escott (A. J. P., 1887) extracted a sample 
of myrrh with petroleum benzin, and on spontaneous evaporation of the solvent obtained 
18-75 per cent of oily residue. The gum left after treatment with alcohol had a barely per- 
ceptible odor of myrrh and a slightly mucilaginous taste, was neutral to test-paper, and, 
though of a pale color, gave with water a dark-brown solution. The insoluble portion 
amounted to 15 per cent., or 8-4 per cent, of the weight of the myrrh. The dilute solution 
acquired a purple color by ferric chloride, changed to reddish yellow by ammonia. Stronger 
solutions were precipitated by alcohol, not gelatinized by borax, and the precipitate with lead 
subacetate was not redissolved. The gum makes a good mucilage, and, when making tincture 
of myrrh, the residue insoluble in the alcoholic menstruum should be saved for that purpose. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Myrrh is a stimulant tonic, with some tendency to 
the lungs, and perhaps to the uterus. Hence it is employed as a tonic in dyspepsia, and as 
an expectorant and emmenagogue in debilitated states of the system, in the absence of febrile 
excitement or acute inflammation. The complaints in which it is usually administered are 
chronic catarrh, phthisis pulmonalis, other pectoral affections in which the secretion of mucus is 
abundant but not easily expectorated, chlorosis, amenorrhoea, and the various affections con- 
nected with this state of the uterine function. It is generally given combined with chalybeates 
or other tonics, and in amenorrhoea very frequently with aloes. It is used also as an application 
to spongy gums, the aphthous sore mouth of children, and various kinds of unhealthy ulcers. The 
dose is from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1 -95 Gm.), and may be given in the form of powder 
or pill, or suspended in water, as in the famous antihectic mixture of Dr. Griffith, which has 
become official under the name of Mistura Ferri Composita. The infusion is also sometimes 
given, and an aqueous extract has been recommended as milder than myrrh in substance. The 
tincture is used chiefly as a local application. 
A plaster of myrrh is made by rubbing together powdered myrrh, camphor, and balsam of 
Peru, of each an ounce and a half, then adding the mixture to 32 ounces of lead plaster pre- 
viously melted, and stirring well until the plaster thickens on cooling. It is then to be formed 
into rolls. This plaster may be employed in all cases where a gentle and long-continued rube- 
facient effect is desired. 
CioH8; 127*7. (NlPH-TA-LI'NUM.) 
NAPHTALINUM. U. S. Naphtalin. [Naphtalene.] 
“ A hydrocarbon obtained from coal-tar. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Naphthaline. 
This may be obtained by subjecting coal-tar to distillation, when it passes over in the 
middle oil and heavy oil; in the fractions of the latter it often constitutes the main constituent, 
causing it to become almost solid on cooling. It is frequently produced during the dry distil- 
lation of organic bodies. For a method of preparing it on a large scale for commercial purposes, 
see a paper by Vohl, in the Journ. de Pharm, 1868, 399 ; from Polytech. Journ. ; see also Lunge’s 
Coal-Tar and Ammonia, London, 1887. It is made very extensively and cheaply at present PART I. 
Naphtalinum.—Naphtol. 
893 
(1899), the sublimed commercial product being nearly pure. It is a white, shining, crystalline 
substance, fusible at 80° C. (176° F.), and boiling at 217*2° C. (423° F.), but volatilizing with 
vapor of water. According to Kopp, its sp. gr. in the liquid state is 0*9774; according to 
Alluard, at 98*8° C. (210° F.), 0*9628. It is soluble in alcohol, chloroform, carbon disulphide, 
ether, naphtha, and the oils, but insoluble in water. A good test for the purity of naphtalin 
is to warm a little of it in a test-tube with pure sulphuric acid. As little as one per cent, of 
impurity will be indicated by its imparting a pinkish tint to the sulphuric acid: the depth of 
the color indicates the degree of impurity. It is officially described as in “ colorless, shining, 
transparent laminae, having a strong, characteristic odor resembling that of coal-tar, and a 
burning, aromatic taste ; slowly volatilized on exposure to air. Insoluble in water, but when 
boiled with the latter imparting to it a faint odor and taste. Soluble in 15 parts of alcohol at 
15° C. (59° F.), and very soluble in boiling alcohol; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, 
carbon disulphide, and fixed or volatile oils. Naphtalin volatilizes slowly at ordinary tempera- 
tures ; rapidly when heated. It also volatilizes with the vapors of water or alcohol. At 80° 
C. (176° F.) it melts, and at 218° C. (424*4° F.) it boils. Its vapor is inflammable, burning 
with a luminous and smoky flame. When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. Naph- 
talin is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. On shaking a small portion of Naph- 
talin with concentrated sulphuric acid, the acid should remain colorless; nor should it acquire 
more than a pale reddish tint if the mixture be heated for five minutes on a water-bath 
(absence of contaminations derived from coal-tar)?' U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Naphtalin is possessed of antiseptic properties, and is 
poisonous to most fungi and probably to most insects. Under the name of “ tar camphor,” it 
has largely supplanted true camphor as a means of preventing the deposition by moths of eggs 
in woollen clothing, and of preventing the destruction by insects in natural history museums. 
In internal medicine it was some years ago brought forward by Dupasquier as an expectorant 
especially valuable in chronic bronchitis accompanied with a large amount of secretion. It 
has also been used with asserted excellent results as a tasnicide, and as a vermifuge in cases of 
seat-worms, when it should be given by injection, from fifteen grains to half a drachm in two 
to three ounces of olive oil. First employed by Prof. Rossbach, of Jena, in intestinal catarrh, 
it has been largely used in all forms of intestinal inflammation and in typhoid fever. There 
seems to be no doubt that in some cases it acts very happily, but the reports concerning it 
vary, and the remedy is probably inferior to naphtalol. The dose of it is from two to eight 
grains (0*13-0*52 Gm.), as much as eighty grains being said to have been given in a day 
without deleterious effects. On the other hand, Dr. J. A. Otte ( Chinese Med. Missionary Journ., 
xi., 1897) violently poisoned himself by eight grains of naphtalin, which was afterwards ex- 
amined by the chemist and found to be pure. The symptoms were excessive vomiting and 
purging and great abdominal pain, followed by nephritis. Moreover, employees in gutta- 
percha works, where it is largely used, are said to be occasionally thrown into a peculiar con- 
dition of delirious intoxication. Naphtalin has been used externally as an antiseptic dressing, 
and also in the treatment of various skin diseases. When given internally, it should always 
be in the form of powder, and is best administered in capsules. 
NAPHTOL. U. S., Br. Naphtol. [Beta-Naphtol.] 
“ A phenol occurring in coal-tar, hut usually prepared artificially from naphtalin. Naphtol 
should he kept in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Beta-naphthol, or 
beta-mono-hydroxy-naphthalene, C10H7OH, is usually prepared from naphthalene-sulphonic 
acid.” Br. 
On digesting four parts of naphtalin with three parts of sulphuric acid at 80° C. we have 
formed a- and p-naphtalin-sulplionic acids, C10H7S03H, which may be separated by means of 
the barium or lead salts. When heated with sulphuric acid, the a acid passes into the /? 
variety; therefore the latter acid is exclusively produced at higher temperatures (160° C.). 
Both of the naphtalin sulphonic acids, when fused with alkaline hydrates, yield the corre- 
sponding naphtols, which are designated as a- and fi-naphtol, respectively. The second of 
these, beta-naphtol, is the official naphtol, CioH7OH. It bears to naphtalin the same re- 
lation that phenol (carbolic acid) does to benzene* It is officially described as “ colorless, 
or pale buff-colored, shining, crystalline laminae, or a white, or yellowish-white, crystalline 
Cio H7 OH ; 143*66. (NiPH'TOL.) 
* E. Merck states that the substance known in commerce as hydronaphtol is identical with beta-naphtol. 894 
Naphtol. 
PART I. 
powder, having a faint, phenol like odor, and a sharp and pungent but not persistent taste. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 1000 parts of water, and in 0-75 
part of alcohol; in about 75 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. Also, 
very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions of caustic alkalies. When heated, Naphtol 
sublimes easily. It is also volatilized with the vapors of alcohol or water. It melts at 122° C. 
(251-6° F.), and boils at 286° C. (546-8° F.). On ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. 
It is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. A cold, saturated, aqueous solution of 
Naphtol, when mixed with ammonia water, exhibits a faint bluish fluorescence. Chlorine or 
bromine water, added to the aqueous solution, produces a white turbidity, which disappears on 
adding ammonia water in excess. On adding about 0-1 Gm. of Naphtol to about 5 C.c. of an 
aqueous solution (1 in 4) of potassium hydrate, then about 1 C.c. of chloroform, and gently 
warming, the aqueous layer will acquire a blue tint, changing after a while to green and brown. 
Ferric chloride test-solution colors the aqueous solution of Naphtol greenish, and, after some 
time, causes the separation of white flakes, which turn brown upon the application of heat. 
A piece of pine wood dipped into an aqueous solution of Naphtol, and afterwards moistened 
with diluted hydrochloric acid, becomes green on exposure to daylight. Naphtol should dis- 
solve in 50 parts of ammonia water without leaving a residue (absence of naphtalin), and the 
solution should not have a deeper tint than pale yellow (absence of various other organic im- 
purities'). If 0-1 Gm. of Naphtol be mixed, in a test-tube, with 1 drop of syrup and 5 C.c. 
of water, and about 3 C.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid be then poured into the tube held in 
a slanting position, so that the liquids may form separate layers, a yellowish-brown color will 
appear at the zone of contact, which becomes darker on standing (absence of, and distinction 
from, alpha-naphtol, which produces at once a crimson color, turning deep blue in the upper 
part of the zone on standing).” TJ. S. “ In white or nearly white crystalline laminae, or in 
powder. It has a sharp, pungent taste, and an odor resembling phenol. Soluble in about 1000 
parts of cold water, in 75 parts of boiling water, in less than 2 parts of cold alcohol (90 per 
cent.), and very soluble in boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), ether, chloroform, or solution of sodium 
hydroxide. Melting point 251-6° F. (122° C.). On the addition of 1 drop of solution of 
ammonia to a hot saturated aqueous solution of Beta-naphthol a blue fluorescence is developed. 
A cold saturated aqueous solution gives a white turbidity with solution of chlorine, which, on 
the addition of excess of solution of ammonia, gives place to a green or brown coloration. 
0-1 gramme of Beta-naphthol dissolved in 10 cubic centimetres of boiling water, and treated 
with 10 drops of a 3 per cent, aqueous solution of ferric chloride, gives a white precipitate 
becoming brown, but not violet (absence of alpha-naphthol). Beta-naphthol should be neutral 
to litmus paper moistened with alcohol (90 per cent.), and should leave no residue on heating 
to redness (absence of mineral impurities).” Br. For Yvon’s tests to distinguish between 
alpha- and beta-naphtol, see Proc. A. P. A., 1892, 955; see also Chem. News, 1892, 18. 
For Liebman’s test for presence of alpha-naphtol, see Merck's Report, 1897, 281. 
The antiseptic and physiological properties of beta-naphtol were first studied by Bouchard 
and Maximovitch,* who found that the strength of one to three thousand was sufficient to arrest 
* Alpha-Naphtol. M. Maximovitch has studied alpha-naphtol in the same manner as beta-naphtol. He finds 
that one part in four thousand is enough to arrest completely the germination of the tubercle-bacillus, that in 
order to cause death in the rabbit it is necessary to give nine grammes per kilogramme, and that, calculating the 
toxic dose for man as it was taken for beta-naphtol, it is three times less poisonous than beta-naphtol, and seven 
hundred times less toxic than mercuric iodide. According to these experiments, alpha-naphtol ought to be superior 
to beta-naphtol, as being antiseptically much more active, whilst toxically much less active. The dose appears to 
be the same as that of beta-naphtol. Alpha-naphtol has been proposed as a test for sugar in urine. Posner and 
Epenstein have studied the action of the test, and consider it to be free from many of the objections raised against 
other tests for sugar. The test depends upon the fact that a solution of sugar, in the presence of pure concentrated 
sulphuric acid and a solution of alpha-naphtol, gives a violet-colored reaction, due, according to Udransky, to the 
separation of furfurol. This reaction occurs not only with sugars, but with all carbohydrates and with certain 
albuminoids ; hence the urine must be free from albumin. The test is said to be extremely sensitive, showing one- 
hundredth of one per cent, of sugar. The urine must always be previously diluted. Winckler’s test for hydrochloric 
acid in the stomach is performed as follows. 5 Gm. of alpha-naphtol are dissolved in 100 C.c. of alcohol, to which 
is added from 0"5 to 1*0 Gm. of grape sugar. A mixture of the filtered gastric juice is then evaporated with a few 
drops of the reagent in a porcelain capsule on a water-bath; if free hydrochloric acid be present, a bluish-violet 
marginal zone will appear and rapidly become inky black. 
Various compounds of naphtol have been proposed in medicine. The substance recommended by Polaillon, under 
the name of microcidin, as being ten times more powerful than carbolic acid and less toxic than naphtol, is said to 
be sodium naphtol. (Ilelbing’s Mod. Mat. Med., 79.) 
Betol (or p-naphtyl salicylate) is specially treated under Part II. 
Benzo-naphtol, or (3-naphtyl benzoate, is a compound of benzoyl and /3-naphtol, which in the intestinal tract, theo- 
retically at least, is split up into these constituents. It has been given in doses of from ten to fifteen grains up to 
ninety grains a day. (See Benzo-naphtol, Part II.) PABT I. 
Naphtol. 
895 
completely the development of some pathogenetic germs in the agar tube, and greatly to retard 
the development of the bacillus of typhoid fever and of tuberculosis; that the dose of about 
three grains per quart (0-20 Gm. per liter) was enough to arrest completely the process of putre- 
faction when in full development. In a careful series of experiments it was found that 
mercuric iodide is six times more antiseptic than beta-naphtol, but that carbolic acid is five 
times less antiseptic, and creosote four times less antiseptic. The toxic dose of beta-naphtol 
was found to be 3-8 Gm. per kilo of the animal, making it two hundred and fifty-three times less 
poisonous than mercuric iodide. At this rate the poisonous dose for an ordinary man would be 
between three and four thousand grains. In the animals killed by it, death took place through 
an arrest of respiration, the heart retaining its activity. As a practical remedy, beta-naphtol 
was first used in 1881 by Prof. Kaposi, of Vienna, who found that in the dose of one gramme 
per liter it disinfects and deodorizes urine and fecal discharges, and that applied to the mucous 
membranes it causes at first a burning sensation and a local irritation, which disappears very 
rapidly. In solution either in oil or in alcohol it was much more irritating to the skin, one 
part to one hundred distinctly affecting eczematous eruptions, and one to one and a half parts per 
hundred being sufficient to provoke urticaria on a healthy skin. In the form of soap, contain- 
ing two parts per hundred, Kaposi found it useful in prurigo, ichthyosis, herpes, and favus, 
obtaining in many cases the best results by alternating this soap with a sulphur soap, and 
avoiding in this way a cumulation in the system which he believed was possible by the absorp- 
tion of the drug. The practice of Kaposi was followed by numerous dermatologists with success, 
and led to the use of the remedy locally in inflammation of the mucous membranes, such as 
conjunctivitis, chronic laryngitis, otitis, etc. 
Prof. Bouchard appears to have been the first to use the drug internally, first, to disinfect 
pathological cavities ; secondly, for intestinal antisepsis, especially in typhoid fever. In order to 
determine whether digestion would not be seriously interfered with by this agent, Mr. Clarke 
made a series of experiments of its effect upon artificial digestion. He found that hydro- 
naphtol has a very distinct retarding influence on the digestion of egg albumen by peptic 
fluids, a very slight effect on the digestion of milk by the same, and no effect at all on pancre- 
atic digestion of milk or albumen, nor on the conversion of starch into sugar. The paper of 
Prof. Bouchard led to the use of beta-naphtol in typhoid fever by a large number of clini- 
cians, and the reports are very strongly in its favor. It is borne well both by adults and by 
children, rapidly lessening the diarrhoea and other local abdominal symptoms, an amelioration 
which is said almost invariably to be followed by marked subsidence of the constitutional dis- 
turbances. Naphtol has also been used with asserted good results in almost all forms of diarrhoea 
and of dysentery. It has also been employed in dilatation of the stomach, and in dyspepsias of 
various character, in which, however, the reports of its action are distinctly less favorable. It 
has even been injected into the trachea by M. Pignol, in pneumonia, with asserted good results, 
from two to three hundred cubic centimetres of a solution of one part per thousand being 
thrown, drop by drop, during a half-hour, into the trachea by a syringe. Teissier is said to 
have given it intravenously. It has also been employed, with asserted excellent results, in 
epidemic influenza, and in low fevers with albuminous urine, causing the albumin to disappear. 
It is a valuable intestinal disinfectant; from three to five grains may be given one hour after 
meals, in capsules. The same dose of it may be administered every two hours without danger, 
though the drug is capable of acting as a poison. M. Netter (Journ. de Clinique et de Therap. 
Infantlies') reports a case in which the injection of a dilute solution containing four grains into 
the peritoneal cavity for the cure of tubercular disease, produced in a child four years old, in 
about three-quarters of an hour, violent epileptiform convulsions ending in death. The fol- 
lowing formula may be used in the making of the solution: 1. Weak solution, for parts in 
which mucous membranes are exposed: /3-naphtol, 5 grammes; alcohol at 60° F., 1 litre. 2. 
Ordinary solution: /3-naphtol, 15 grammes ; alcohol at 60° F., 1 litre. 3. Strong solution, for 
touching diseased portions of the skin, or septic excoriations: /3-naphtol, 15 to 500 grammes 
per litre. 4. Solution for interstitial injections, or closed septic cavities: /3-naphtol, 5 grammes ; 
alcohol at 90° F., 33 grammes; hot distilled water, to make 100 cubic centimetres; filter, and 
use warm. A few drops may be injected into indurated glands or abscesses. 
Naphtol-aristol, an odorless, tasteless, greenish-yellow substance, has been used as a local anaesthetic, like iodo- 
form. 
Alpha-oxynaphtoic acid is made by the action of carbonic acid gas upon sodium a-naphtol, and bears the same 
relation to a-naphtol that salicylic acid does to phenol. It has been used as an antiseptic and disinfectant stimulant 
in skin diseases; also applied as an ointment of 10 per cent. 896 
Nux Vomica. 
PART I. 
NUX VOMICA. U. S., Br. Nux Vomica, 
(NUX v5m'i-ca.) 
“The seed of Strychnos Nux vomica, Linne (nat. ord. Loganiaceae). U. S. “The dried 
ripe seeds of Strychnos Nux-vomica, Linn.” Br. 
Semen Strychni, P. G.; Semen Nucis Vomiose; Poison Nut, Quaker Buttons; Noix vomique, Fr.; Krahenaugen, 
Brechniisse, G.; Noce vomica, It.; Nuez vomica, Sp. 
Strychnos nux vomica. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 189; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1052; B. & T. 178. 
This tree is of a moderate size, with numerous strong branches, covered with a smooth, dark 
gray bark. The young branches are long, flexuous, smooth, and dark green, with opposite, 
roundish-oval, entire, smooth, and shining leaves, having three or five ribs, and short footstalks. 
The flowers are small, white, funnel-shaped, and in terminal corymbs. The fruit is a round 
berry, about as large as an orange, with a smooth, yellow or orange-colored, hard, fragile rind, 
and many seeds in a juicy pulp. It has frequently been asserted that the pulp is innocuous; 
but Fliickiger and Hanbury, and also Dunstan and Short (P. J. Tr., xv. 1), have demon- 
strated that it contains strychnine. Dunstan and Short have also proved that of the com- 
mercial varieties of nux vomica Bombay seed stands first, then Cochin, and lastly Madras 
(A*. J. Tr., 1883, 1053) in percentage of contained strychnine. 
The tree is a native of the East Indies, growing in Bengal, Malabar, on the Coromandel 
Coast, in Ceylon, in many islands of the Indian Archipelago, in Cochin-China, and in other 
neighboring countries. The wood and root are very bitter, and are employed in the East 
Indies for the cure of intermittents. The radices coluhrinse and lignum colubrinum of the older 
writers, long known in Europe as 
narcotic poisons, have been as- 
cribed to this species of Strych- 
nos, under the impression that it 
is identical with Strychnos colu- 
hrina, to which Linnaeus refers 
them. They have been ascer- 
tained by Pelletier and Caventou 
to contain a large quantity of 
strychnine. The bark is said by 
Dr. O’Shaughnessy to answer ex- 
actly to the description given by 
authors of the false Angustura, 
and, like that, to contain a large 
quantity of brucine. The iden- 
tity of the two barks has been 
confirmed by Dr. Pereira by a 
comparison of specimens. (See 
Cusparise Cortex.') 
The seeds are circular, about 
three-quarters of an inch in di- 
ameter, and two lines in thick- 
ness, flat or slightly convex on 
one side, and concave on the 
other, with a slight ridge extend- 
ing from the centre of one side 
to the edge. They are thickly 
covered with fine, silky, shining, 
ash-colored or yellowish-gray 
hairs, springing from, and indeed composed of elongated cells of, a thin fragile coating or testa, 
which closely invests the interior nucleus or kernel. This is very hard, horny, usually whitish 
and semi-transparent, sometimes dark-colored and opaque, and very difficult of pulverization. 
It is composed chiefly of a hard, horny albumen, which on section is seen to be formed of 
numerous small parenchymatous cells. In a fissure in the centre lies the embryo. It is about 
a third of an inch long, with a club-shaped radicle and two cordate, five- to seven-nerved coty- 
ledons. The powder is yellowish gray, and has a faint sweetish- odor. The seeds are destitute 
of odor, but have an acrid, very bitter taste, which is much stronger in the kernel than in the 
Nux Vomica. A, seed, natural size; B, same, divided, so as to show the 
embryo; 4, cotyledon; 5, plumule; w, radicle; C, cross-section; D, section 
through albumen and hilum. (After Berg.) PART I. 
Nux Vomica. 
897 
investing membrane. They impart tbeir virtues to water, but more readily to diluted alcohol. 
For a method of distinguishing powdered nux vomica from powdered ignatia and other powders, 
see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 503. 
Pelletier and Caventou discovered in nux vomica two alkaline principles, strychnine and 
brucine, united with a peculiar acid which they named igasuric. Its other constituents are a 
yellow coloring matter, a concrete oil, gum, starch, a small quantity of wax, and several earthy 
phosphates. Mr. Charles Bullock, in preparing the alcoholic extract of nux vomica with a 
moderate continuous heat, so as to dry it sufficiently to be pulverized, separated from 150 
pounds of the seeds 5 pints of a liquid oil. (A. J. P., 1874, 405.)* Shenstone (Journ. Chem. 
Soc., xxxix. 453) has shown 
that the igasurine of M. Des- 
noix is a mixture of strychnine 
and brucine. A glucoside, loga- 
nin, has also been found in the 
nux vomica seeds, but it exists 
more largely in the surrounding 
pulp. Dunstan and Short, its 
discoverers (Pharm. Journ. [3], 
xiv. 1025), give to it the for- 
mula C26H34014.t 
Strychnine (C21H22N202) was 
discovered by Pelletier and Ca- 
ventou in 1818, in both the nux 
vomica and the bean of St. 
Ignatius, and received its name 
from the generic title of the 
plants (Strychnos) to which 
these two products belong. Ac- 
cording to these chemists, it 
exists much more abundantly 
in the bean of St. Ignatius 
than in the nux vomica, the 
former yielding 1-2 per cent., 
the latter only 0-4 per cent., of the alkaloid; but Dragendorff obtained from the nux vomica 
from 1-9 to 2-1 per cent, of mixed alkaloids, about half of which was strychnine. (Jahresbericht, 
1874,103.) | For valuable practical information about the yield of the alkaloids, extracts, etc., 
by Prof. E. L. Patch, see Proc. A. P. A., 1891, 91 ; also P. J. Tr., 1889, 341 ; Proc. Michigan 
Pharm. Assoc., 1889 ; Proc. Ohio Pharm. Assoc., 1889; P. J. Tr., 1890, 493. 
Brucine (C23H26N204) was discovered by Pelletier and Caventou, first in the bark called false 
Angustura, in combination with gallic acid, and subsequently, associated with strychnine in the 
form of igasurates, in the nux vomica and the bean of St. Ignatius. It is crystallizable from 
alcohol, the crystals then containing 4H20. It is without smell, but of a permanent, harsh, 
Transverse section of Nux Vomica. 
* F. Meyer (Disnertatinn, St. Petersburg, 1875) investigated the fatty oil from nux vomica, and found it to consist 
of the glycerides of capric, caprylic, caproic, butyric, and palmitic acids. 
f Loganin is present in the pulp to the amount of 4 or 5 per cent., and is contained in small quantity also in 
the seeds. It was obtained by exhausting the pulp with a mixture of chloroform and alcohol (100:25). The 
exhaustion was effected in an apparatus for hot repercolation. The percolate, on cooling, deposited crystals, which 
when recrystallized a number of times from alcohol, and finally from absolute alcohol, were obtained pure. Loganin 
is easily soluble in water and alcohol, less soluble in ether, chloroform, and benzene. Its aqueous solution is 
not precipitated by any of the alkaloidal reagents. Its most characteristic reaction is found in its behavior 
with concentrated sulphuric acid. A very small quantity of loganin, when gently warmed with a few drops of 
concentrated sulphuric acid, yields a fine red color, which, on standing, develops into a deep purple. By boiling 
with dilute sulphuric acid, loganin is resolved into glucose (reducing Fehling’s solution), and a body for which the 
name loganetin is proposed. This substance, like loganin, gives the characteristic reaction with sulphuric acid, but 
the purple color does not develop so rapidly. Loganetin is soluble in water and alcohol, less soluble in ether and 
chloroform. (P. J. Tr., 1884, p. 1025.) 
J Other species of Strychnos contain the poisonous alkaloids, and may some time become a commercial source of 
them. Bidara laut of the Indian bazaars, believed to be obtained from S. ligmtrina, has been analyzed by Prof. 
Russow, who found the wood to contain 2'26 per cent, and the bark 7‘38 per cent, of brucine without strychnine. 
Mr. Henry G. Greenish found in the wood and bark respectively of S. colubrinum fl'96 per cent, and 5-54 per cent, 
of mixed alkaloids; the same analyst obtained from false Angustura bark (S. nux vomica), young bark 3-10 per cent., 
old bark 1-68. (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., ix. 1014.) According to M. Bernelot-Moens, the dry seeds of the S. tieute contain 
1-469 per cent, of strychnine, with a trace of brucine. (A. J. P., 1866, p. 506.) 898 
Nux Vomica. 
PART I. 
very bitter taste; is soluble in 850 parts of cold and in 500 of boiling water; very soluble in 
alcohol, whether hot or cold ; it dissolves in 4 parts of chloroform, 440 parts of ether, 60 parts 
of benzene, and 120 parts of benzin. It is permanent in the air, hut melts at a temperature 
a little above that of boiling water, and on cooling congeals into a mass resembling wax. The 
hydrated crystals melt at 115° C. (239° F.), and sublime at 204° C. (399 2° F.), while the 
anhydrous base melts at 178° C. (352-4° F.), changing color, and depositing carbon. (P. J. Tr., 
1868, 375.) It forms crystallizable salts with acids. Concentrated nitric acid produces with 
brucine or its salts an intense crimson color, which changes to yellow by heat, and upon the 
addition of stannous chloride becomes violet. A test for brucine, given by M. Stanislas Cotton, 
consists in adding to a warm solution of brucine (from 40° to 50° C.) in nitric acid, a concen- 
trated solution of sodium hyposulphite (thiosulphate). The mixture first becomes violet, and 
then passes to green when the alkaline salt is in excess. (Journ. de Pharm., Juillet, 1869, 18.) 
These effects serve to distinguish brucine from strychnine, and, if produced with the latter 
alkaloid, evince the presence of the former. According to MM. Larocque and Thibierge, 
auric chloride produces, with solutions of the salts of brucine, precipitates at first milky, then 
coffee-colored, and finally chocolate-brown. (Journ. de Chim. Med., Oct. 1842.) Chlorine 
water produces with solution of brucine a rose color, due to the formation of dichlor-brucine. 
This is a reddish-brown, hygroscopic powder. (Arcliiv d. Pharm., 1886, 934.) A dinitro- 
brucine, C23II24(N02)2N204, has also been obtained by the action of nitrogen trioxide upon the 
brucine in alcoholic solution. Brucine appears to bear a definite relation to strychnine in 
chemical constitution, being a dimethoxy-strychnine. According to the analyses of Shenstone 
and Dragendorff, the bark of the nux vomica contains brucine, with a trace of strychnine, 
whilst in the leaves Hooper found only brucine. (P. J. Tr., xxi.) 
This alkaloid has been detected in the body three months after death, being present in all 
the solids and fluids, but especially in the liver and kidneys. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., 
July 10,1873, p. 36.) Brucine may be procured from false Angustura bark, in a manner essen- 
tially the same as that in which strychnine is procured from nux vomica; with this differ- 
ence, that the alcoholic extract obtained from the precipitate produced by lime or magnesia 
should be treated with oxalic acid, and subsequently with a mixture of rectified alcohol and 
ether, which takes up the coloring matter, leaving brucine oxalate. This is decomposed by 
magnesia, and the brucine is separated by alcohol, which by spontaneous evaporation yields it 
in the state of crystals. Prescott ( Organic Analysis, 1887, p. 458) gives two methods for the 
separation of strychnine from brucine : first, by the use of alcohol of 0-97 sp. gr., which easily 
dissolves brucine, but has very slight solvent power upon strychnine; second, by Dunstan and 
Short’s method with potassium ferrocyanide. This has recently been reported upon by Holst 
and Beckurts (Pharm. Centralhalle, N. F., 1887, p. 119), who find that if the mixed alkaloids 
be in not too dilute hydrochloric acid solution, on the addition of potassium ferrocyanide the 
whole of the strychnine will be precipitated as ferrocyanide, while the brucine salt will remain 
in solution. 
Igasurine was said to be found in the mother-waters from which strychnine and brucine have 
been precipitated by lime. Jorgensen believed that it was identical with brucine (see A. J. P., 
June, 1872, p. 257), and W. A. Shenstone confirmed this view. (A. J. P., Dec. 1881.) Recent 
investigations show, however, that its existence is very doubtful. 
Igasuric acid has been regarded as erroneously named, and investigators have stated that 
it was malic acid and tannic acid, whilst Gr. Sander (Archiv d. Pharm. 1897, 133) believes that 
the acid found in nux vomica, heretofore known as igasuric acid, is caffeo-tannic acid. 
As a test for nux vomica, Vielgruth proposes to treat a few grains of the suspected powder 
with proof spirit, evaporate the tincture to dryness at a heat not exceeding 96° F., then add a 
drop or two of dilute sulphuric acid, and again raise to the heat mentioned. If nux vomica 
be present, a beautiful carmine-red color will be produced, which will disappear in ten or fif- 
teen minutes after cooling, and reappear, but less brightly, on the reapplication of the heat. 
Sc-hweissinger advocates the direct determination of the alkaloids in nux vomica by titration 
with hydrochloric acid as the best way of ascertaining the strength of pharmaceutical prepa- 
rations. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1885, 579.) Keller’s method of estimating the alkaloids in nux 
vomica (see Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 1024) is commended by Sander. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1897, 
133; see also A. J. P., 1896, 189.) 
Brucine. On account of the difficulty of separating strychnine from brucine, it has been 
found by physiologists difficult to determine the exact action upon the human organism of 
the pure alkaloid. It would seem, however, from the studies of Prof. Reichert, made upon Nux Vomica.—Olea Fixa. 
899 
PART I. 
carefully tested brucine, that its physiological actions are similar to those of strychnine, ex- 
cept that it is much less rapidly absorbed than is strychnine, is from forty to fifty times less 
powerful as a convulsant, is more poisonous to the sensory nerves, and is more uncertain in 
its effects upon bodily temperature. When brucine is brought in contact with the nerves of 
the frog it produces a rapid paralysis of the sensory fibres. Dr. Mays found that a five- or 
ten-per-cent, solution of chemically pure brucine applied to the mouth of man causes rapid 
loss of sensibility, and asserts that a twenty-per-cent, solution is capable of exerting a decided 
local anassthetic influence when placed upon the skin. He has found it very advantageous 
for the relief of the itching of chronic pruritus. Drs. Zeiss and Burnett find that a five-per- 
cent. solution gives great relief as a local application in inflammations about the external ear, 
Dr. Burnett affirming that his results have been far more satisfactory than those which he 
has obtained with cocaine. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The medical and toxic properties of nux vomica are 
those of its alkaloid. (See Strychnina) The belief held by some physicians that it acts more 
favorably as a bitter upon the stomach has only this much of justification,—namely, that it is 
more slowly absorbed, and therefore acts locally somewhat more persistently. 
OLEA. Oils. 
These are liquid or solid substances, unctuous to the touch and characterized by inflamma- 
bility and the property of making a greasy stain upon paper. They are divided into two 
classes, the fixed and the volatile, because distinguished, as their names imply, most readily by 
their different behavior on the application of heat. 
(O'LE-A.) 
These are sometimes termed fatty oils, because they constitute in part the "vegetable and 
animal fats. The distinction between liquid and solid fats is for the most part a physical 
one only, as they contain the same chemical compounds, although in relatively different propor- 
tions. The fatty oils, though existing in greater or less proportion in various parts of plants, 
are furnished for use exclusively by the fruit, and, as a rule, are most abundant in the dicoty- 
ledonous seeds. They are obtained either by submitting the bruised seeds to pressure in 
hempen bags, or by boiling them in water, and skimming off the oil as it rises to the surface. 
When pressure is employed, it is customary to prepare the seeds for the press by exposing them 
to a moderate heat, so as to render the oil more liquid and thus enable it to flow out more 
readily. Another mode of extracting certain oils is by means of liquids having the power of 
dissolving them, and this method is now largely used in practice, carbon disulphide being the 
solvent availed of. Near Berlin, in Germany, is an establishment where the oil existing in 
various grains, as the colza, flaxseed, and mustard, is extracted by means of carbon disulphide, 
on a large scale. For the details of the process, see A. J. P., Nov. 1868, 549. Fixed oils 
may be clarified by subsidence, filtration through animal charcoal or porous solids, precipitation 
with tannin, lead acetate, plaster of Paris, albumen, gelatin, or other agents; cellulose and 
asbestos filters are often used; and on the large scale, for separating mechanical impurities, 
centrifugal machines like those employed for milk. 
The following scheme of classification of the fixed oils, both liquid and solid (Allen, Com- 
mercial Organic Analysis, 2d ed., vol. ii. pp. 62-73), gives a general view of their most essential 
characters, points of difference, etc. 
I. Olive Oil Group. Vegetable Non-drying Oils. The oils of this group solidify on treat- 
ment with nitrous acid or mercuric nitrate, but do not lose their power of producing a greasy 
stain on paper, however long they may be exposed to the air. Their density varies from 0-912 
to about 0-920, and hence is less than that of Groups II., III., and IV. Their fluidity is nota- 
bly less than that of the drying oils. 
This group includes almond oil (from Amygdalus communis), oil of ben (from Moringa olei- 
fera), colza oil (from Brassica campestris oleifera), ground-nut oil (from Arachis hypogsea), oil 
of black mustard (from Sinapis nigra), oil of white mustard (from Sinapis alba), olive oil 
(from Olea europsea), winter rape-seed oil (from Brassica campestris; B. napus), and summer 
rape-seed oil (from Brassica prsecox). 
II. Cotton-seed Oil Group. The oils of this group occupy a position intermediate be- 
tween the vegetable non-drying and the true drying oils (Groups I. and III.). In density they 
1. OLE A FIX A. Fixed Oils. 900 
Olea Fixa. 
PART I. 
somewhat exceed the oils of Group I., hut are lighter than those of Groups III. and IV. They 
form more or less elaidin on treatment with nitrous acid or mercuric nitrate, but do not become 
wholly solidified. On the other hand, they undergo more or less drying on exposure to the air, 
but not so markedly as the oils of Group III. 
This group includes beech-nut oil (from Fagus sylvatica), cotton-seed oil (from Gossypium 
bcirbadense and other species), hazel-nut oil (from Corylus avellana, see Proc. A. P. A., 1893), 
sesame or teel oil (from Sesamum oriental#), sunflower oil (from Helianthus annuus ; II. peren- 
nis), and niger-seed oil (from Guizotia oleifera). 
III. Linseed Oil Group. Vegetable Prying Oils. These oils are not solidified by treatment 
with nitrous acid or mercuric nitrate, but become gradually converted into solid masses or var- 
nishes, by exposure to the air. In density the oils of this group vary from about 0-923 to 
0-937, and hence are distinctly heavier than the non-drying oils and than most of the oils of 
Group II. On the other hand, they are lighter than the oils of Group IV. The fluidity of 
the drying oils is also much higher than that of the non-drying oils. 
This group includes camelina oil (from Myagrum sativum), cress-seed oil (from Lepidium 
sativum), hemp-seed oil (from Cannabis sativa), linseed oil (from Linum usitatissimum ; L. per- 
enne), poppy-seed oil (from Papaver somniferum), Scotch fir-seed oil (from Pinus sylvestris), 
tobacco-seed oil (from Nicotiana tabacum), walnut oil (from Juglans regia), and weld-seed oil 
(from Reseda luteola). 
IV. Castor Oil Group. The oils of this group are distinguished from those of Groups 
I., II., and III. by their very high density and viscosity (i.e., deficient fluidity). They are 
also remarkable for their ready solubility in alcohol, and their marked purgative properties. 
In their drying characters and behavior with the elaidin test they resemble the oils of the 
cotton-seed oil group. Both castor and croton oil are miscible in all proportions with glacial 
acetic acid. 
This group includes castor oil (from Ricinus communis) and croton oil (from Croton tiglium). 
V. Palm Oil Group. Solid Vegetable Fats. This group includes solid fats not containing 
notable quantities of glycerides of lower fatty acids. The densities for the melted fats at 98° 
and 99° C. are compared with the density of water at 15-5° C., taken as 1-000, and vary from 
0*920 to 0-995, calculated at 15-5° C. This group includes palm oil (from fruit of Elais gui- 
neensis), cacao butter (from nuts of Theobroma cacao), nutmeg butter (from nuts of Myristica 
fragrans), and shea butter (from seeds of Bassia parkii). 
VI. Cocoanut Oil Group. Solid Vegetable Fats. This group includes solid fats contain- 
ing notable quantities of glycerides of lower fatty acids,—that is, of acids distilling with more 
or less facility in a current of steam at 100° C. The group includes cocoanut oil (from nuts 
of Cocos nuci/era), palm-nut oil (from kernels of nut of Avoir a elais or Elais guineensis), and 
laurel oil (from fruit of Laurus nobilis). 
VII. Lard Oil Group. Animal Oleins. This group includes those oils fluid at ordinary 
temperatures which are obtained from terrestrial animals. They resemble the fish oils in their 
reaction with chlorine, but are not turned red or brown by boiling with caustic soda. On ex- 
posure to air and on treatment with nitrous acid or mercuric nitrate, they behave like the non- 
drying vegetable oils (Group I.). 
This group includes bone oil, lard oil, tallow oil, and neat’s-foot oil. 
VIII. Tallow Group. Solid Animal Fats. This group comprises such oils as are solid at 
the ordinary temperature. Their melting points vary somewhat, and are capable of permanent 
alteration. The group includes bone fat, butter fat, butterine and oleomargarine, hog’s lard, 
horse fat, beef tallow and mutton tallow, and wool-fat (suint). 
IX. Whale Oil Group. Marine Animal Oils. This group comprises the various fluid 
oils obtained from fish and cetaceous mammals. They are distinguished as a class by their 
offensive fishy odor, by the brown color they assume when subjected to the action of chlorine, 
and by the reddish color which is produced on boiling them with a solution of caustic alkali. 
With sulphuric acid they give colorations varying from light red to purple or brown. Sperm 
oil is distinguished from the others by its peculiar chemical constitution and low specific grav- 
ity. The fish oils do not dry up on exposure to air, and mostly yield but little elaidin on treat- 
ment with nitrous acid. The term “ train oil’ includes whale, seal, shark, cod, and all similar 
oils. Cod oil (from Gadus morrhua and allied species), cod-liver oil (from the same), tanner’s 
cod oil (from various fish), menhaden oil (from Alosa menhaden), porpoise oil (from Delpliinus 
phocsena and allied species), seal oil (from Phoca of various species), shark oil (from Squalus 
maximus and allied species), sperm oil (from the cranial cavities of Physeter macroceplialus), PART I. 
Olea Fixa. 
901 
and whale oil (from Balsena mistecetus and allied species), are all members of this group. For 
a description of various animal oils, see Bull. Pharm., 1893, 297. 
X. Sperm Oil Group. Liquid Waxes. The members of this group differ from all the 
fatty oils of previous classes in not being glycerides, consisting essentially of ethers of mon- 
atomic alcohols of the ethylic series, in which respect they resemble the true waxes, but are 
fluid at ordinary temperatures. They are less dense than the glycerides, they do not dry or 
thicken notably on exposure to air, but they yield solid elaidins on treatment with nitrous acid. 
The group includes sperm oil, doegling oil or bottle-nose oil, and dolphin oil. 
XI. Spermaceti Group. Waxes Proper. Spermaceti and the various waxes differ from the 
true fixed oils and fats in not forming glycerin when saponified, yielding instead certain of the 
higher monatomic alcohols, the identity of which varies with the nature of the wax. These 
alcohols are insoluble in water, and dissolve to but a limited extent in alcohol, but they are 
soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzene, and petroleum spirit, and are apt to be 
mistaken for added paraffin wax when the substance is saponified and the soap extracted with 
a solvent. 
This group includes beeswax (from honey-comb of various species of bees), Carnauba or 
Brazil wax (from the leaf-coverings of Copernicus cerifera), Chinese wax or Pela wax (pro- 
duced by a species of Coccus which punctures the branches of certain trees), myrtle wax (from 
berries of Myrica cerifera), Ocuba wax (from Myrica ocuba), palm wax (from bark of Ceroxy- 
lon andicola of the Cordilleras), and spermaceti (deposit from the oil found in the cranial 
cavities of the sperm whale, Physeter macrocephalus). 
When oils are decomposed by heat they emit vapors of acrolein, a highly volatile liquid 
resulting from the decomposition of glycerin, upon which the fumes of oils mainly depend for 
their irritating effects on the eyes and nostrils. Exposed to a red heat, in closed vessels, they 
yield, among other products of the destructive distillation, a large quantity of combustible and 
illuminating gases, among which ethylene and acetylene are readily recognized. Heated in 
the open air, they take fire, burning with a bright flame, and producing water and carbonic 
acid. When kept in air-tight vessels, they remain unchanged for a great length of time; but 
exposed to the atmosphere they attract oxygen and undergo change. Some, in drying, lose 
their unctuous character, and are converted into a transparent, yellowish, flexible solid. These 
are called drying oils. Others, especially such as contain mucilaginous impurities, become 
rancid, acquiring a sharp taste and an unpleasant smell. This change is owing to the forma- 
tion of an acid, from which the oil may be freed by boiling it for a short time with magnesium 
hydrate and water* The fixed oils are insoluble in water, but are miscible with that fluid by 
means of mucilage, forming mixtures which are called emulsions. They are in general very 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily dissolved by ether, which serves to separate them from 
other vegetable proximate principles. By the aid of heat they can dissolve sulphur and phos- 
phorus. The stronger acids decompose them, giving rise, among other products, to oleic, pal- 
mitic, and stearic acids. Boiled with diluted nitric acid, some of them give rise to malic and 
oxalic acids, besides other substances usually resulting from the action of this acid upon vege- 
table matter. Several acids are dissolved by them without producing any sensible change. 
They are decomposed by salifiable bases, which set free glycerin and oleic, stearic, or other 
fatty acids, which acids unite with the base employed. The compounds of these acids with 
potassa and soda are called soaps. (See Sapo and Emplastrum Plurnbi.) By the addition of 
one part of potassium or sodium carbonate, 160 parts of oil may be brought with distilled 
water into the form of an emulsion. The potassa and soda soaps and the alkaline sulphides 
have a similar effect, but not the bicarbonates. The fixed oils also serve as good vehicles for 
various metallic bases and subsalts, which form soaps to a certain extent soluble in the oil, and 
thus become less irritant to the tissues. Oils thus impregnated may, like the pure oils, be 
* M. Cloes has made investigations in relation to the influence of light in promoting oxidation, and obtained some 
curious results. The general influence of light is very great, as oils undergo comparatively little change in the dark 
for a long time ; though in relation to some of them the change is at length as great as under the light. Thus, while 
the oil of poppies has in 30 days increased about 5 per cent, in weight under colorless light, and has gained only 
a 5000th in the dark, yet at the end of 150 days the weight in the former condition was rather lessened than aug- 
mented, and in the latter, or in the dark, had increased 6'4 per cent. The effect of the different colored rays is also 
very different. The change is at first most rapid under the white light, less so under the blue, and much less under 
the red, yellow, and green, being least of all with the green; but with the advance of time the blue overtakes and even 
passes the white, and at the end of three or four months all are about equal in effect. Heat also accelerates the con- 
cretion of the oils, by favoring their oxidation; and the same effect is produced by introducing into the unchanged 
oil a little which has already been altered by exposure to the air. The oxidation of an oil may be very greatly 
hastened in this way without the aid of heat. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Ohim., 4e ser., ii. 345, 1865.) 902 
Olea Fixa. 
PART I. 
brought to the state of emulsion with water, for convenient administration, by the addition of 
a small proportion of potassium carbonate. (Jeannel and Monsel, Revue Pharm., 1857, p. 48.) 
The fixed oils dissolve many of the alkaloids, the volatile oils, resin, and other proximate prin- 
ciples of plants. The alkaloids are more readily dissolved in them by being first combined with 
oleic acid, the oleates being more soluble than the alkaloids themselves. (Attfield, P. J. Tr., 
March, 1863, p. 308.) According to Buignet, they are, with very few exceptions, indifferent 
to polarized light; of all those used in medicine, the only exceptions being the liver-oils of the 
ray and dog-fish, which have a very feeble left-rotatory power, and castor oil, which is decidedly 
dextrogyrate. (Journ. de Pharm., Oct. 1861, p. 264.) 
The fixed oils, whether animal or vegetable, in their natural state consist in most cases of 
at least two or three distinct oleaginous ingredients, one liquid at ordinary temperatures, and 
the other two concrete. The liquid is a distinct proximate principle, called olein ; the concrete 
principles consist of stearin and palmitin, the former being found most largely in animal and 
the latter in vegetable oils or fats, and the two in most cases existing together in the same oil. 
As the most frequent of these proximate constituents of the fixed oils, and existing in many 
different oleaginous substances, olein, palmitin, and stearin merit a special notice. Prelimi- 
narily, however, to their individual consideration, it will be proper to refer to the existing 
views in relation to their nature and composition generally. 
These three substances, olein, palmitin, and stearin, together with hutyrin, caprin, and other 
minor fat principles, are glycerides ; that is, compound ethers or salts of the triatomic alcohol 
glycerin, C3tI6(0H)3, and of the several fatty acids, oleic, palmitic, stearic, etc., all of which 
are monobasic acids. Thus, olein has the composition 
f0C18H330 (0C16H310 (OC18H360 
C3H6 ] 0Ci8H33°> palmitin, C3II6 1 0CieH310, and stearin, C3H6 ] 0C181I360. 
(oc18h33o _ (oc,6h31o (oc18h35o < 
When these substances, or oils composed principally of them, are treated with alkali with the 
aid of heat, the following decomposition takes place: 
(0C18H330 (OH 
C3H6 ] 0C18H330 + 3(NaOH) = C8H6 ] OH + 3(Na.0C18H330) ; 
(oc18h33o (oh 
that is, olein is decomposed by sodium hydrate into glyceryl hydrate, or glycerin and sodium 
oleate, or a sodium soap. 
The waxes differ from the fats proper in being compound ethers of the higher monatomic 
alcohols, like cetyl alcohol, C16H33.0H, and myricyl alcohol, C30HerOH, instead of being glyce- 
rides. The fatty acids present are partly palmitic and stearic, but more largely still higher 
ones, like cerotic acid, C27HB4Oa. 
Olein. Elain. Liquid Principle of Oils. It is extremely difficult to obtain olein pure. Being 
in most oils associated with the solids stearin and palmitin, it has to be separated by pressure 
and other mechanical means, which separation is not always perfectly effected. As ordinarily 
procured, therefore, olein contains more or less of palmitin or stearin, or both. In this some- 
what impure state it is obtained either by the agency of alcohol or by expression. When one 
of the oils, olive oil, for example, is dissolved in boiling alcohol, the solution, on cooling, de- 
posits the concrete principles, still retaining the olein, which it yields upon evaporation. The 
other method consists in compressing one of the solid fats, or one of the liquid oils rendered 
concrete by cold, between folds of bibulous paper, which absorb the olein, and give it up after- 
wards by compression under water. Olein is a liquid of oily consistence, congealing at —6° C. 
(21-2° F.), colorless when pure, with little odor and a sweetish taste, insoluble in water, solu- 
ble in boiling alcohol and ether. Its formula, as already stated, is C3H6(0C18H330)3, being 
an oleate of the triad radical glyceryl, C„II5. By reaction with nitric acid, or, more exactly 
stated, under the influence of nitrous acid fumes, olein is converted into a deep yellow, buty- 
raceous mass. If this be treated with hot alcohol, a deep orange-red oil is dissolved, and a 
peculiar fatty matter remains, called elaidin. This is white, crystalline, fusible at 34° C. 
(93-2° F.), insoluble in water, readily soluble in ether, and appears to be isomeric with olein. 
It is resolved by saponification with the alkalies into elaidic acid and glycerin. 
Palmitin. Palmitic acid occurs in the more liquid fats, such as palm oil and cocoa-nut oil, 
as well as in butter and human fat, as glyceride; while in spermaceti and some forms of wax 
it is combined with monatomic alcohol radicals. Palmitin is the palmitic acid glyceride, or 
glyceryl tripalmitate. It is best obtained from palm oil. 
Stearin. This exists abundantly in tallow and other animal fats. It may be obtained by PAKT I. 
Olea Fixa. 
903 
treating the concrete matter of lard, free from olein, by cold ether so long as anything is dis- 
solved. The palmitin is thus taken up, and stearin remains. A better method is to dissolve 
suet in heated oil of turpentine, allow the solution to cool, submit the solid matter to expression 
in unsized paper, repeat the treatment several times, and finally dissolve in hot ether, which 
deposits the stearin on cooling. This is concrete, white, opaque in mass, but of a pearly ap- 
pearance as crystallized from ether, pulverizable, fusible at 66-5° C. (152° F.), soluble in boil- 
ing alcohol and ether, but nearly insoluble in those liquids cold, and quite insoluble in water. 
It consists of glyceryl and stearic acid in combination as a glyceride, C3H6(0C18Hg50)g, and 
has been formed synthetically by heating a mixture of these two materials to 280°—300° C. 
Margarin. What was long known under this name was stated by Heintz in 1852 (Journ. 
fur Prakt. Chem., 56, p. 1) to be a mixture of stearin and palmitin : this view has been contra- 
dicted recently, however, and some chemists recognize the identity of margarin as one of the 
simple constituents of fats. The true margaric acid was believed to have been obtained only 
by synthesis, not occurring in nature. 
The fixed oils are liable to certain spontaneous changes, which have been investigated by 
MM. Pelouze and Boudet. It appears from their researches that the oils are accompanied, in 
the seeds which contain them, with principles which act as a ferment and cause the oils to re- 
solve themselves spontaneously into the several fatty acids which they afford on saponification, 
and into glycerin. This change takes place in the seeds as soon as the cells containing the oil 
are broken, so as to permit the contact of the fermenting principle existing in the grain. 
Sometimes the fermenting principle is to a certain extent separated from the seeds along with 
the oil. In such a case the oil undergoes this resolution into the fatty acids and glycerin after 
expression. Such was ascertained to be the case with palm oil, in which, after long keeping, 
MM. Pelouze and Boudet detected the presence of glycerin and of palmitic and oleic acids. 
They moreover proved that, under the continued influence of the ferment, the fatty acids 
themselves undergo changes, among which is the conversion of the oleic into sebacic acid ; and 
it is probable that with a still longer continuance of the same influence the oil would be com- 
pletely destroyed. As this rancidity in fats renders them altogether useless in pharmacy, and 
as it is not always readily discoverable by the senses in its earlier stages, it becomes desirable 
to possess a test by which it may be readily detected. Such a test is to be found, according to 
Mr. Thos. B. Groves, in potassium iodide, which is rapidly decomposed by the new principles 
developed, and, by the orange-brown discoloration produced by the liberation of the iodine, in- 
dicates the existence of rancidity, and by the rapidity and degree of that discoloration, approxi- 
the extent of the change. The alteration of color is said by Mr. Groves to be plainly 
perceptible when only one-twentieth of rancid fat is present. The presence of water in a fatty 
oil favors the production of rancidity. 
It is also extremely important to he able to protect fats against this change. The complete 
exclusion of air, light, and moisture—and, when in relation to air this may not be entirely 
practicable, the destruction by heat of the ferment-germs contained in the air, by which 
the decomposition is often originated—will go far to effect this object; but it would often be 
very inconvenient, if not impossible, to carry these measures into complete effect; and hence 
the discovery of substances which may have the effect of retarding, if not wholly preventing, 
these fermenting processes, whether by the destruction of the ferment-germs or otherwise, is 
extremely desirable. It is now long since one or more substances having this preservative effect 
have been made known and practically used; and since the principle upon which they are 
supposed to act has been discovered the number has been much extended. Thus, benzoin 
rubbed up with fats is well known to preserve them long against rancidity, and benzoinated lard, 
made by mixing ten per cent, of benzoin with melted lard, is one of the official preparations; 
and the buds of the poplar (.Populus nigra') are perhaps still more effectual, as, according to M. 
Deschamps, lard impregnated with their virtues will keep good indefinitely. In the French 
Codex the poplar buds are employed for this purpose in the Pommade Popvleum, in which 
eight parts of the dried buds are used to 60 parts of the ointment, consisting of lard impreg- 
nated with the virtues of several narcotic substances, the fresh narcotic plants being boiled 
with lard until all their water is evaporated, and the buds afterwards digested in the strained 
liquid for 24 hours. Mr. Groves made experiments with many volatile oils and other analogous 
substances to test their preservative power; and, while many of them were found to have con- 
siderable effect, as cloves, Peruvian balsam, sassafras, guaiacum, and creosote, yet the one which 
appeared to act most efficiently was the oil of pimenta; and he proposes to add to the official 
prepared lard of the British Pharmacopoeia either oil of pimenta or balsam of Peru, in the 904 
Olea Volatilia. 
PART I. 
proportion of two drops to the ounce, in order to contribute to its preservation. (See A. J. P., 
1865, 54, 61.) 
Animal fats are especially liable to become rancid when kept; and it is very desirable to 
obviate this elfect; for, instead of having the mild demulcent properties which constitute their 
chief value, they become irritant, and unfit as vehicles for other substances to be applied to 
the skin. Prof. Hirzel says that animal fats may be kept in a good condition for a year by 
the following plan. Mix 14 pounds of the recently melted fat with 5 drachms of common salt 
and 15 grains of alum, in fine powder, heat till a scum is formed on the surface, separate the 
scum, and, when the clear liquid has cooled, wash it many times with water with malaxation, 
so as to remove all the salt, then evaporate the water at a heat insufficient to injure the fat. 
(A. J. R, 1868, 334.) 
The adulteration of the fixed oils may be effected in two ways,—by admixture with the fatty 
oil of substances distinctly foreign to the fats, and by adding a cheaper or inferior oil to one 
of greater value. In the former case we may have the addition of paraffin wax, ceresine, 
mineral oils, neutral tar oils, resin oils, resin, and waxes. Of these, the first three are entirely 
unsaponifiable, resin oils contain but small quantities of saponifiable substances, waxes are 
partly saponifiable, and resin almost completely saponifiable. The determination of unsaponi- 
fiable matter is therefore of great importance. The common method for this is to saponify 
the suspected sample with alcoholic potash and then to shake out the unsaponifiable matter 
with ether or petroleum ether. From this solution, on evaporation, will be obtained the min- 
eral resin or tar oils that may have been present. For these there are appropriate tests else- 
where noted. In case a cheaper oil or fat has been added for the purpose of adulterating a 
more valuable one, we must be guided by the determination of certain constants, such as those 
mentioned below by Cowley, or by the indication of certain qualitative color tests. The con- 
stants referred to are much more to be depended upon in such a case. 
R. C. Cowley (P. J. Tr., 1897, 331) regards the following as the most important deter- 
minations in examining fats and fixed oils. 1. Specific gravity. 2. Melting and solidifying 
points. 3. Melting and solidifying points of fatty acids. 4. Behavior with solvents. 5. The 
Hehner value. 6. The Reichert-Meissl value. 7. The saponification value. 8. The iodine 
value. 
It is sometimes desirable to deprive the fixed oils of color. The following process for this 
purpose is recommended by M. Brunner. The oil is first brought to the state of emulsion by 
strongly agitating it with water rendered mucilaginous by gum or starch; the emulsion is 
treated for each part of oil with two parts of wood charcoal, previously well heated and coarsely 
powdered, the finer particles being sifted out; the pasty mass is then completely dried at a 
heat not exceeding 212° F., and exhausted by cold ether in a percolator; finally, the ethereal 
solution, having been allowed to stand, in order that any charcoal present in it may subside, is 
submitted to distillation, so as to separate the ether, and the oil remains colorless in the retort. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Sept. 1858.) M. Berlandt recommends the following method. Shake 
strongly for some minutes 900 parts of the fixed oil with 120 parts of water holding in solution 
3 parts of potassium permanganate, allow the mixture to stand for some hours in a warm place, 
and then filter. The oil becomes colorless. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Oct. 1867.) 
2. OLE A VOLATILIA. \_Olea Destillatai] Volatile Oils. 
These are sometimes called distilled oils, from the mode in which they are usually procured; 
sometimes essential oils, from the circumstance that they possess, in a concentrated state, the 
properties of the plants from which they are derived. They exist in all odoriferous vegetables, 
sometimes pervading the plant, sometimes confined to a single part; in some instances contained 
in distinct cellules, and preserved after desiccation, in others formed upon the surface, as in 
many flowers, and exhaled as soon as formed. Occasionally two or more are found in differ- 
ent parts of the same plant. Thus, the orange-tree produces one oil in its leaves, another in 
its flowers, and a third in the rind of its fruit. In a few instances, when existing in distinct 
cellules, they may be obtained by pressure, as from the rind of the lemon and orange; but 
they are generally procured by distillation with water. (See page 908.) Some volatile oils, as 
those of bitter almond and mustard, are formed, during the process of distillation, out of sub- 
stances of a different nature pre-existing in the plant. 
The volatile oils are usually yellowish, but often brown, red, green, or blue, and occasionally 
colorless. There is reason, however, to believe that in all instances the color depends on for- PART I. 
Olea Volatilia. 
905 
eign matter dissolved in the oils. Septimus Piesse has succeeded, by the fractional distillation 
of certain volatile oils, in separating a blue liquid, which, by repeated rectification, he has ob- 
tained quite pure. In this state it has the sp. gr. 0-910, and a fixed boiling point of 302-3° 
C. (576° F.), and yields a dense blue vapor having peculiar optical properties. He has named 
this principle azulene, and believes that upon it depends the blueness of volatile oils wherever 
existing. The yellowness of the oils he ascribes to the resin resulting from their oxidation, 
the green and brown colors to a mixture of azulene and resin in various proportions. The 
formula of azulene he gives as C16H260. (Chem. News, Nov. 21, 1863, p. 245.) Gladstone 
names this blue coloring constituent coerulein, and says that it contains nitrogen and is colored 
green by acids and alkalies. The volatile oils differ from the fixed oils in not forming glyce- 
rides when treated with alkalies. 
The volatile oils have a strong odor, resembling that of the plants from which they were 
procured, though generally less agreeable. Their taste is hot and pungent, and, when they are 
diluted, is often gratefully aromatic. The greater number are lighter than water; some are 
heavier; and their sp. gr. varies from 0-847 to 1*17. They partially rise in vapor at ordinary 
temperatures, diffusing their peculiar odor, and are completely volatilized by heat. When dis- 
tilled alone, they almost always undergo partial decomposition. Heated in the open air, they 
take fire and burn with a bright flame attended with much smoke. Almost all those hitherto 
examined have the property of very decidedly deviating the plane of polarization of light, 
some in one direction, and some in the other; and advantage may sometimes be taken of this 
property to detect adulterations of one of these oils with another. Exposed at ordinary tem- 
peratures, they absorb oxygen, assume a deeper color, become thicker and less odorous, and are 
ultimately converted into resin* This change takes place most rapidly under the influence of 
light. Before the alteration is complete, the remaining portion of oil may be recovered by 
distillation. Some of them form well-characterized acids by combination with oxygen.f 
The volatile oils are largely hydrocarbons, although mixed with these are alcohol- or ketone- 
like bodies called camphors, and products of oxidation known under the general name of resins, 
and undoubtedly formed from the hydrocarbons. These hydrocarbons are generally known as 
terpenes, from oil of turpentine, which is taken as a type.| Wallach, to whom much of our 
recent knowledge on this subject is due, divides them into classes, as follows: 
1. True terpenes, of the formula C10H16, of which we have two main groups : a, the terpane 
group, uniting with two molecules of haloid acid or four atoms of bromine ; this group includes 
limouene, dipentene, sylvestrene, terpinolene, terpinene, and phellandrene, and its members 
boil between 175° and 185° C.; b, the camphane group, uniting with one molecule of haloid 
acid or two atoms of bromine; this group includes pinene, camphene, and fenchene, and its 
members boil between 151° and 161° C. 
2. Ilemiterpenes, of the formula C5H8, such as isoprene. 
3. Polyterpenes, such as cedrene, cubebenev etc., of the formula C16H24; colophene, of the 
formula C20H32; and caoutchouc, of the formula (C10Hie)x. 
In addition to these naturally occurring hydrocarbons, we have a class of artificially pre- 
* Some interesting observations have been made by M. Auguste Houzeau regarding the chemical influence of 
the atmosphere, which go to prove that, in reference at least to the air at Rouen, in France, which was the site of 
these observations, this influence varies in degree with the season, being greatest in the advanced spring or early 
summer (May and June), diminishing sensibly in summer and greatly in autumn, and increasing at the close 
of winter and the beginning of spring. If this be generally true, the change in oils, as well as in all other 
bodies oxidizable in the air, should be greatest at that period of the year when the atmospheric influence is greatest, 
namely, in May and June, and least when this is least, in the winter months. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., 
ii. 212-218.) 
■f Recovery of volatile oils from their resinifed condition. A process for this purpose, employed by M. Curieux, 
is to treat the old resinified oil with a solution of borax and animal charcoal, these being first mixed to form a 
magma, the oil then added, and the mixture shaken for fifteen minutes. The borax unites with the resinous matter, 
and the magma, adhering to the sides of the vessel, leaves the oil clear and possessed of its original properties. (A. J. 
P., Sept. 1858, p. 398.) 
J Olea cetherea sine terpeno is the name proposed by Dr. Sehweissinger for concentrated volatile oils made so by 
the removal of the non-fragrant hydrocarbon, and representing from two to thirty volumes of the ordinary essential 
oils. Thus, one volume of the concentrated oil represents two volumes of the oils of anise, cassia, fennel, ginger- 
grass, mentha crispa, mentha piperita, cloves, sassafras, and star anise; two and one-half volumes of the oils of ber- 
gamot, caraway, and lavender; four volumes of cumin and rosemary ; five volumes of thyme; six volumes of cori- 
ander ; eight volumes of calamus ; ten volumes of absinthe; twenty volumes of juniper; thirty volumes of angelica, 
lemon, and orange. It is asserted that these concentrated oils are more permanent, more soluble in alcohol and in 
water, have a finer odor, and are of constant composition, thus enabling the specific gravity and boiling point to be 
used as tests of purity. They should be kept in the dark. {Pharm. Centralh., 1888, No. 25.) Under the name of 
“ terpeneless volatile oils,” similar products can now (1899) be found in the market; they are undoubtedly superior 
to the ordinary volatile oils both in odor and strength. 906 
Olea Volatilia. 
PART I. 
pared hydrocarbons known as hydroterpenes, such as diliydrodipentene from dipentene, men- 
thene and carvomenthene from menthol and carvon. 
The terpenes in general are practically insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether, chlo- 
roform, benzol, petroleum spirit, and the fixed and volatile oils. (Allen, Commercial Organic 
Analysis, 2d ed., vol. ii. p. 418.) 
The volatile oils are very slightly soluble in water. Agitated with this fluid they render it 
milky, but separate upon standing, leaving the water impregnated with their odor and taste. 
This impregnation is more complete when water is distilled with the oils, or from the plants 
containing them. Trituration with magnesia or its carbonate renders them much more solu- 
ble, probably in consequence of their minute division. The intervention of sugar also greatly 
increases their solubility, and aflords a convenient method of preparing them for internal use. 
The oils which contain no oxygen are scarcely soluble in diluted alcohol; and, according to 
De Saussure, their solubility generally in this liquid is proportionate to the oxygen which they 
contain. The volatile oils dissolve sulphur and phosphorus with the aid of heat, and deposit 
them on cooling. By long boiling with sulphur they form brown, unctuous, fetid substances, 
formerly called balsams of sulphur. They absorb chlorine, which converts them into resin and 
then combines with the resin. Iodine produces a similar effect. They are decomposed by the 
strong mineral acids, and unite with several of the acids from the vegetable kingdom. When 
treated with a caustic alkali, some of them are converted into resin, which unites with the alkali 
to form a kind of soap. Several of the metallic oxides, and various salts which easily part with 
oxygen, convert them into resin. The volatile oils dissolve many of the proximate principles 
of plants and animals, such as the fixed oils and fats, resins, camphor, and several of the alka- 
loids. Exposed to air and light, they acquire a decolorizing property, analogous to that of 
chlorine, which is ascribed by Faraday to their combination with the ozonized oxygen of the 
atmosphere. For some interesting observations on this property of the volatile oils, the reader 
is referred to papers by Dr. J. L. Plummer, of Richmond, Indiana, in A. J. P. (xxv.).* 
The volatile oils, like the fixed oils, are mixtures of two or more principles, which differ in 
their point of volatilization or congelation, or in their composition. It is, however, impossible 
to separate them by distillation alone so as to obtain the several principles entirely pure. When, 
as often happens, the constituents congeal at different temperatures, they may be separated by 
compressing the frozen oil between folds of bibulous paper. The solid matter remains within 
the folds, and the fluid is absorbed by the paper, from which it may be separated by distilla- 
tion with water. The name of stearopten has been proposed for the former, that of eleopten 
for the latter. The solid crystalline substances deposited by volatile oils upon standing are 
also called stearoptens. Some of them are denominated camphors, from their resemblance to 
true camphor. Some are isomeric with the oils in which they are formed, others are oxides 
or hydrates, alcohol-like in character. Certain oils, under the influence of water, deposit crys- 
talline hydrates of the respective oils. 
The volatile oils may be conveniently divided into three classes: 1, the non-oxygenated oils, 
consisting exclusively of carbon and hydrogen, as the oils of turpentine and copaiba; 2, the 
oxygenated oils, containing carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, as oil of cinnamon and most of the 
aromatic oils; and, 3, the sidphuretted oils, containing sulphur, as the oils of horse-radish and 
mustard. The composition of those which are hydrocarbons simply has already been given. 
The volatile oils are often sophisticated. Among the most common adulterations are fixed 
oils, resinous substances, and alcohol. The presence of the fixed oils may be known by the 
permanent greasy stain which they leave on paper, while that occasioned by a pure volatile oil 
disappears entirely when exposed to heat. They may also in general be detected by their com- 
parative insolubility in alcohol. Both the fixed oils and resins are left behind when the adul- 
terated oil is distilled with water. If alcohol be present, the oil will become milky when agitated 
with water in a graduated tube, and after the separation of the liquids the water will occupy 
more space and the oil less than before. The following method of detecting alcohol was proposed 
by M. Beral. Put twelve drops of the suspected oil in a perfectly dry watch-glass, and add a 
piece of potassium about as large as the head of a pin. If the potassium remains for twelve 
or fifteen minutes in the midst of the liquid, there is either no alcohol present, or less than 4 
per cent. If it disappears in five minutes, the oil contains more than 4 per cent, of alcohol; 
if in less than a minute, 25 per cent, or more. M. Borsarelli employs calcium chloride for the 
* See also the same journal (xxviii. 197) for some curious facts in relation to a repulsive influence exerted upon, 
and changes of color produced in, a mixture of potassium chromate and sulphuric acid, by different volatile oils, at 
sensible and sometimes considerable distances from the mixture, effected probably through the vapor of the oils. PART I. 
Olea Volatilia. 
907 
same purpose. This he introduces in small pieces, well dried and perfectly free from powder, 
into a small cylindrical tube, closed at one end, and about two-thirds filled with the oil to be 
examined, and heats the tube to 212° F., occasionally shaking it. If there be considerable pro- 
portion of alcohol, the chloride will be entirely dissolved, forming a solution which sinks to the 
bottom of the tube; if only a very small quantity, the pieces will lose their form, and collect at 
the bottom in a white adhering mass; if none at all, they will remain unchanged. (Joum. de 
Pharm., xxvi. 429.) J. J. Bernoulli proposes as a test dry potassium acetate, which remains 
unaffected in a pure oil, but will be dissolved if alcohol be present, and form a distinct liquid. 
(See A. J. P., xxv. 82.) Mr. George A. Kelly suggests a simple test to detect alcohol: a quan- 
tity of the oil is placed in a capsule, which is put in a dark room, and a lighted match applied 
to it. The alcohol in the oil will burn with its characteristic lambent flame, whilst if no alcohol 
be present the flame will be yellow and smoky. The most dangerous adulterant of volatile 
oils is a liquid sold under some “ fancy name,” found in the markets of London and other 
large cities, and recommended for “ reducing” essential oils; one specimen examined by John 
Barclay (P. J. Tr., 1896, 463) had a delicate odor, and could be mixed with oils of lemon and 
bergamot without being detected by smell or taste. It was believed to be a Isevo-pmene. There 
are good reasons for believing that similar liquids are used to an enormous extent. 
Sometimes volatile oils of little value are mixed with the more costly. The taste and smell 
afford in this case the best means of detecting the fraud. The specific gravity of the oils 
may also serve as a test of purity. When two oils, of which one is lighter and the other 
heavier than water, are mixed, they may be separated by long agitation with this fluid, and 
will take a place corresponding to their respective specific gravities ; but it sometimes happens 
that an unadulterated oil may thus be separated into two portions. The difference of apparent 
effect produced by iodine with the several oils has been proposed as a test; and bromine was 
employed for the same purpose by Prof. John M. Maisch, who used both these tests preferably 
in the state of ethereal solution ; which, as it is liable to spontaneous change by keeping, should 
be prepared when wanted for use. According to Liebig, when iodine is made to act on a vola- 
tile oil, a portion of it combines with the hydrogen of the oil, forming hydriodic acid, while 
another portion takes the place of the lost hydrogen. Oil of turpentine may be detected by 
remaining in part undissolved when the suspected oil is treated with three or four times its 
volume of alcohol of the sp. gr. 0-84; or, according to M. Mero, by causing the suspected oil, 
when agitated with an equal measure of poppy oil, to remain transparent, instead of becoming 
milky, as it would do if pure. The latter test will not apply to the oil of rosemary. (Joum. 
de Pharm., 3e ser., vii. 303.) G. S. Heppe suggests a very delicate test of oil of turpentine 
and most other non-oxygenated oils, when used to adulterate one of the oils containing oxygen. 
A piece of copper nitroprusside, of the size of a pin’s head, is put into a little of the suspected 
oil in a test-tube, and heated until the liquid begins to boil. The boiling must be continued 
only a few seconds. If the oil be pure and oxygenated, the copper nitroprusside will become 
black, brown, or gray; if oil of turpentine or other non-oxygenated oil be present, the deposit 
will be green or bluish green, and the supernatant liquid colorless or yellowish. (Chem. Gaz., 
April 15, 1857, p. 155 ; Proc. A. P. A., 1858, p. 344.) _ 
The different relations of the volatile oils to polarized light may, to a certain extent, be made 
available for the detection of adulterations, especially where the action of the adulterating oil 
is in an opposite direction to that of the oil adulterated. Thus, the oils of juniper, lavender, 
rosemary, rotate the plane of polarization to the left, while American oil of turpentine rotates 
it to the right; and if this should be added to one of the other oils it might in some degree 
neutralize their action, and thus offer one means for its detection. Unfortunately, the French 
oil of turpentine, from the juice of the Pinus maritima, acts strongly in the opposite direction. 
But the very strength of its left-rotatory power might lead to its detection by the abnormal 
increase of this power which it would impart to the oils in question. For a table of the direc- 
tion and degree of the rotating power in several of the oils most employed, see P. J. Tr., Oct. 
1865. Synthetic or artificial 'volatile oils are now (1899) largely manufactured. They vary 
greatly in their resemblance to the natural products. They will be considered under their 
respective titles elsewhere. 
Volatile oils may be preserved without change in small, well-stoppered amber-colored bottles, 
entirely filled with the oil, and secluded from the light. 
Manufacture. Most of the volatile oils may be prepared by the general formula of the 
U. S. P. 1870 : “ Put the substance from which the Oil is to be extracted into a retort or other 
vessel suited for distillation, and add enough water to cover it; then distil by a regulated 908 
Olea Volatilia. 
PAET I. 
heat into a large refrigeratory. Separate the Distilled Oil from the water which comes over 
with it.”* 
Under the general observations on the Aqux, or Waters, will be found remarks upon the use 
of steam in preparing the Distilled Waters, which are to a considerable extent applicable also to 
the volatile oils. 
The substances from which the volatile oils are extracted may be employed in either the 
recent or the dried state. Certain flowers, however, such as orange flowers and roses, must be 
used fresh, or preserved with salt or by means of glycerin, as they afford little or no oil after 
desiccation. Most of the aromatic herbs, also, as peppermint, spearmint, pennyroyal, and 
marjoram, are usually distilled while fresh ; although it is thought by some that when moder- 
ately dried they yield a larger and more grateful product. Dried substances, before being 
submitted to distillation, require to be macerated in water till they are thoroughly penetrated 
by this fluid; and to facilitate the action of the water it is necessary that, when of a hard or 
tough consistence, they should be properly comminuted by slicing, shaving, rasping, bruising, 
or other similar mechanical operation. 
The water which is put with the subject of distillation into the still answers the double 
purpose of preventing the decomposition of the vegetable matter by regulating the tempera- 
ture, and of facilitating the volatilization of the oil, which, though in most instances it readily 
rises with the vapor of boiling water, requires, when distilled alone, a considerably higher 
temperature, and is at the same time liable to be partially decomposed. Some oils, however, 
will not ascend readily with steam at 100° C. (212° F.), and in the distillation of these it is 
customary to use water saturated with common salt, which does not boil under 110° C. (230° 
F.). Recourse may also be had to a bath of strong solution of calcium chloride, or to an oil- 
bath, the temperature of which is regulated by a thermometer, as suggested by the Edinburgh 
College in their general directions, given above. Other oils, again, may be volatilized with 
water at a temperature below the boiling point; and, as heat exercises an injurious influence 
over the oils, it is desirable that the distillation should be effected at as low a temperature as 
possible. To prevent injury from heat, it has been recommended to suspend the substance 
containing the oil in a basket, or to place it upon a perforated shelf, in the upper part of the 
still, so that it may be penetrated by the steam, without being in direct contact with the 
water. Another mode of effecting the same object is to distil it in vacuo. Dr. Duncan stated 
that the most elegant volatile oils he had ever seen were prepared in this manner by Mr. Barry, 
the inventor of the process. The employment of steam heat also prevents injury; and the 
best volatile oils are now prepared in Philadelphia in this way. Steam can be very conve- 
niently applied to this purpose by causing it to pass through a coil of tube, of an inch or three- 
quarters of an inch bore, placed in the bottom of a common still. The end at which the 
steam is admitted enters the still at the upper part, and the other end, at which the steam and 
condensed water escape, passes out laterally below, being furnished with a stopcock, by which 
the pressure of the steam may be regulated, and the water drawn off when necessary. In 
some instances it is desirable to conduct the steam immediately into the still near the bottom, 
by which the contents are kept in a state of brisk ebullition. This method is used in the prep- 
aration of the oil of bitter almond and the oil of mustard. The same method is applicable to 
the preparation of the distilled water. 
The quantity of water added is not a matter of indifference. An excess above what is 
necessary acts injuriously by holding the oil in solution when the mixed vapors are condensed ; 
and if the proportion be very large, it is possible that no oil whatever may be obtained separate. 
On the contrary, if the quantity be too small, the whole of the oil will not be distilled, and there 
will be danger of the substance in the still adhering to the sides of the vessel and thus be- 
coming burnt. (See page 191.) Enough water should always be added to cover the solid 
material and prevent the latter accident. Dried plants require more water than the fresh and 
succulent. The whole amount of material in the still should not exceed three-fourths of its 
capacity, as otherwise there would be danger of the liquid boiling over. The form of the 
still has an influence over the quantity of water distilled, which depends more upon the extent 
of surface than upon the amount of liquid submitted to evaporation. By employing a high 
and rather narrow vessel we may obviate the disadvantage of an excess of water. (See p. 535.) 
Sometimes the proportion of oil in the substance employed is so small that it is wholly dissolved 
* A large proportion of the volatile oils of European commerce is produced in Grasse, a town of France, twenty- 
five miles west of Nice. For an elaborate article on this industry and methods of preparation, see Arch. d. Pharm., 
xxii. 473, abstracted in the P. J. Tr., vol. xv. 468. Olea Volatilia. 
909 
PART I. 
in the water distilled, even though the proportion of the liquid in the still is not greater than 
is absolutely essential. In this case it is necessary to redistil the same water several times 
from fresh portions of the plant, till the quantity of oil exceeds the solvent power of the water. 
This process is called cohobation. 
The more volatile of the oils pass with facility along with the steam into the neck of the 
common still; but some which are less volatile are apt to condense in the head and thus return 
into the still. For the distillation of the latter, a still should he employed with a very low 
head. (See cut on page 535.) As, after the distillation of any one oil, it is necessary that the 
apparatus should he thoroughly cleansed before being used for the preparation of another, it 
is better that the condensing tubes should be straight, rather than spiral as in the ordinary 
still. It should be recollected, moreover, that certain oils, such as those of anise and fennel, 
are rendered solid by a comparatively slight reduction of temperature, and that in the distilla- 
tion of these the water employed for refrigeration should not be below 5-5° C. (42° F.). 
The mixed vapors are condensed into a milky liquid, which is collected in a receiver, and, 
after standing for some time, separates into the oil and a clear solution of it, the former floating 
on the surface, or sinking to the bottom, according as it is lighter or heavier than water. The 
distillation should be continued so long as the fluid coming over has a milky appearance. 
The last step in the process is to separate the oil from the water. For this purpose the 
Florence receiver may be used. This is a conical glass vessel, broad at the bottom and nar- 
row towards the top, and very near its base furnished with a tubulure or opening, to which 
is adapted, by means of a pierced cork, a bent tube so shaped as to rise perpendicularly to 
seven-eighths of the height of the receiver, then to pass off from it at right angles, and near 
the end to bend downward. The condensed liquid being admitted through the opening at the 
top of the receiver, the oil separates, and, rising to the top, occupies the upper narrow part of 
the vessel, while the water remains at the bottom, and enters the tube affixed to the receiver. 
When the surface of the liquid attains in the receiver a higher level than the top of the tube, 
the water will necessarily begin to flow out through the latter, 
and may be received in bottles. The oil thus accumulates as long 
as the process continues; but it is evident that the plan is appli- 
cable only to the oils lighter than water. For the heavier oils, 
cylindrical vessels may be employed, to be renewed as fast as 
they are filled. But, as all the water cannot be removed by 
these plans, it is necessary to resort to some other method of 
effecting a complete separation. An instrument called a separa- 
tory is usually employed for this purpose. It consists of a glass 
funnel, or globular vessel, furnished with a stopper, and pro- 
longed at the bottom into a very narrow tube. The lower open- 
ing being closed, the mixed liquids are introduced and allowed 
to stand till they separate. The orifice at the bottom is then 
opened, and, the stopper at the top being a little loosened, so as to admit the air, the heavier 
liquid slowly flows out, and may be separated to the last drop from the lighter, which floats 
above it. If the oil is heavier than the water, it passes out of the separatory ; if lighter, it 
remains within. According to George Leuchs, all oils obtained by distillation with water, even 
when perfectly clear, contain some water. (A. J. P., 1873, p. 110.) 
The water saturated with oil should be preserved for use in future distillations, as it can dis- 
solve no more of the oil. One or more volatile acids are frequently found in the distilled water, 
as acetic, butyric, or valerianic; and Wunder has detected all three of these acids in the water 
distilled from chamomile flowers. (Journ. fiir Prakt. Chem., lxiv. 499.) For an illustration 
of a cheap apparatus for distilling volatile oils by steam under slight pressure, see Proc. A. P. 
A., 1894, 680. 
According to Overbeck, all the volatile oils may be decolorized by distilling them from an 
equal weight of poppy-seed oil and a saturated solution of common salt. (Archiv d. Pharm., 
lxxxiv. 149.) 
When first procured, the oils have a disagreeable empyreumatic odor, from which they may 
be freed by allowing them to stand for some days in vessels loosely covered with paper. They 
should then be filtered and introduced into small opaque bottles, which should be well stoppered 
so as to exclude the air. When altered by exposure to air, they may sometimes be restored to 
their original appearance and quality by agitation with a little recently heated animal charcoal; 
and the same method may be employed for freeing them from adhering water. 910 
Olea Volatilia.—Oleata. 
The volatile oils have the medical properties of the plants from which they are derived; 
and, as their remedial application has been mentioned under the heads of these plants respec- 
tively, it is unnecessary to treat of it in this place. They may be administered upon a lump 
of sugar; or triturated with at least ten times their weight of sugar, forming oleo-saccharates, 
which are then dissolved in water; or made into emulsions with water, sugar, and gum arabic. 
In making emulsions with volatile oils, it has been recommended first to dissolve them in one 
of the fixed oils, the oil of almond for example, and then to emulsionize the oleaginous solu- 
tion with syrup and gum arabic. Por 100 parts of water, 15 of the almond oil in which the 
volatile oil is to be dissolved, 10 of powdered gum arabic, and 25 of syrup may be taken. 
(Journ. de Pliarm., Juin, 1864, p. 461.) The volatile oils are often kept dissolved in alcohol 
under the name of essences.* The following suggestions on preparing emulsions of the volatile 
oils may be useful. Oil of turpentine and other volatile oils, to be emulsionized in quantity, 
are most successfully treated by rubbing them with the powdered gum, and, when intimately 
mixed, adding at once, with rapid trituration, one and a half times the weight of the gum 
used, of water. By this treatment the volatile oil gets thoroughly divided before contact with 
water, and, if the quantity of water indicated be added at once, the emulsion will have the 
right preliminary consistence, and unite with and emulsionize the volatile oil. If, however, 
but a little water be added, this will seize on the gum, forming a pilular mass, and throwing 
the volatile oil out of union. Such an emulsion is more permanent when a little fixed oil is 
used. 
PART I. 
OLEATA. Oleates. 
016ates, Fr.; Oleate, G. 
The oleates are a class of preparations which were introduced to the medical profession by 
Prof. John Marshall, F.R.S., in 1872. They are usually solutions of certain bases in oleic 
acid, and are made by triturating the solid substance with the oleic acid until it is dissolved. 
Whenever it is possible, the application of heat should be avoided; and it has been observed 
that the freshly precipitated oxides of the metals dissolve more readily than those which are 
old. The title oleate is probably the best that could be devised, although it must be under- 
stood that, as found in the Pharmacopoeias, they are not pure chemical compounds, but merely 
compounds of the oxides or the alkaloids, as the case may be, with oleic acid dissolved in a 
great excess of the latter.f 
Oleates may be made either by direct combination of the ingredients or by double decom- 
position. When made by the latter method, a good quality of oleic acid should be treated 
with the proper quantity of solution of sodium hydrate, to saponify it, any excess of the alkali 
being neutralized with a little tartaric acid. This soap solution is preferably used diluted.J 
(O-LE-A'TA.) 
* Enfleurage. This term is applied by the French to the impregnation of fixed oils and fatty matters with the 
odors of certain sweet-scented plants, such as jasmine, tuberose, and mignonette, the oils of which are so delicate and 
fugitive that they cannot well be separated by distillation. The process consists in exposing the fatty matter, placed 
in layers, in suitable frames, to the exhalations from the flowers, which are absorbed, and give their characteristic 
odor to the fat. Another plan is to expose alternate layers of the flowers, and of cotton impregnated with bland 
fixed oil, to the sun, and afterwards to express the oil from the cotton. (A. J. P., xxix. 551.) The French sometimes 
give to the spirituous solutions made by extracting the odors from fats and oils with alcohol the name of Essences. 
f Dr. L. Wolff has published a process for obtaining oleates, as follows. One part of Castile soap (sodium oleo- 
palmitate) is dissolved in eight parts of water, the solution so obtained is allowed to cool and stand for 24 hours, 
when there will be a considerable deposit of sodium palmitate, while the supernatant liquor, containing mostly sodium 
oleate, is drawn off and then decomposed with a concentrated solution of a metallic salt which, if obtainable, should 
contain no free acid to prevent the formation of free oleo-palmitic acid. The heavy deposit of oleo-palmitate so de- 
rived is drained off, pressed out in the strainer, and the adherent water evaporated in a water-bath; after this it is 
dissolved in about six to eight times its quantity of petroleum benzin, and the insoluble palmitate is left to subside, 
while the solution of oleate decanted therefrom is filtered off. The benzin evaporated will yield an oleate that is en- 
titled to that name, as it is a chemical combination and will remain stable and efficacious. The oleates, so prepared, 
present an amorphous appearance, while the palmitates are of a crystalline character. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 545.) 
J Sulpholeic Acid and Sulpholeates. Sulpholeates, or salts produced by the combination of alkalies with sulph- 
oleic acid, have come into use on account of their ability to dissolve many substances or hold them in suspension as 
emulsifying agents. Sulpholeic acid is prepared as follows. Castor, almond, or other fixed oil is gradually mixed 
with 30 or 40 parts of concentrated sulphuric acid, the mixture being cooled, if necessary, with ice, to prevent a rise 
of temperature above 50° C. (122° F.). The reaction, which at first is quite violent, is allowed to go on for from six to 
twelve hours, after which the mixture of acid and glycerin is decanted, the residue mixed with 100 parts of water, and 
this, after stirring, is also decanted. The resulting sulpholeic acid is converted into alkaline snlpholeate by the addi- 
tion of caustic or carbonate of the required alkali. From this combination pure sulpholeic acid is obtained by careful 
decomposition with sulphuric acid, and agitation with benzin or ether, which leaves the acid on evaporation pure 
and anhydrous. (Phann. Rundschau, 1885, p. 154.) According to Dr. A. Mueller Jacobs, when concentrated and in 
as pure a state as possible, the sulpholeates, as well as the free sulpho-acids themselves, mix readily and completely with 
a great variety of organic compounds, for instance with liquid hydrocarbons, particularly those of low boiling point, 
with chlorine, iodine, and bromine derivatives of the same, with ethers and alcohols, with organic sulphur compounds, PAET I. 
Oleata.—Oleatum Hydrargyri. 
911 
Prof. J. M. Good, in making the oleates of the alkaloids, proposes the use of sufficient oleic 
acid to dissolve the alkaloid and then diluting the solution with a bland fixed oil, such as 
almond oil. (Proc. Missouri Pharm. Association, 1891, p. 65.) 
The medical properties of the oleates are, of course, dependent upon the base, so that these 
preparations may be considered the equivalents of the corresponding ointments, over which, 
however, they have certain advantages. They are much cleaner and more elegant in appear- 
ance. They seem to be more irritating than the ointments, and, unless diluted with an equal 
bulk of cotton-seed, olive, or other bland oil, are, when applied with friction, apt to provoke a 
cutaneous eruption or even pustulation. Dr. Marshall recommends that they be applied with 
a brush, or gently spread over the part with one finger. 
OLEATUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S. (Br.) Oleate of Mercury. 
“ Precipitated Mercuric Oleate, formed by the interaction of mercuric chloride and sodium 
oleate.” Br. 
Hydrargyri Oleas, Br., Mercuric Oleate; Oleate de Mercure, Fr.; Oelsaures Quecksilber, G. 
“ Yellow Mercuric Oxide, thoroughly dried, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; 
Oleic Acid, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains], To make one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Introduce the Oleic Acid into a capacious mortar, and gradu- 
ally add to it the Yellow Mercuric Oxide by sifting it upon the surface of the Acid, and incor- 
porate it by continuous stirring. Then set the mixture aside in a warm place, at a temperature 
not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and stir frequently, until the Oxide is dissolved.” U. S. 
“ Mercuric Chloride, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 32 grammes; Hard Soap, powdered, 2 ounces 
(Imp.) or 64 grammes; Oleic Acid, 1 jl. drachm (Imp. meas.) or 4 cubic centimetres; Dis- 
tilled Water, boiling, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Mercuric Chloride in ten fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or three hundred and twenty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water. Triturate 
the Oleic Acid with the Hard Soap, and dissolve the product in eleven fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or three hundred and fifty-two cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water. Mix the solutions; 
boil for ten minutes ; set aside for the mercuric oleate to deposit; decant the supernatant liquid ; 
wash the precipitated oleate with hot Distilled Water until the decanted liquid affords little or 
no reaction for chloride, and then dry it on a water-bath.” Br. It is “ A substance of unctu- 
ous consistence, having a light greyish-yellow color, liable to darken by keeping. It has a 
somewhat saponaceous odor.” Br. 
This preparation was introduced by Prof. John Marshall in 1872. If made from oleic acid 
which has been purified from the usual contaminations (palmitic and stearic acids), it is a 
clear yellowish liquid of a thick consistence and having the peculiar odor of oleic acid. As 
usually seen, however, it is of the consistence and appearance of petrolatum, due to the pres- 
ence of small quantities of mercuric palmitate and stearate. (See Acidum Oleicum, p. 75.) 
The formula of a normal oleate of mercury would be (CiaHg302)2Hg. For its formation we 
should reckon for every 25 parts of mercuric oxide from 65 to 66 parts of oleic acid. Free oleic 
acid is intentionally present in this U. S. preparation, which is known frequently as “ 20 per 
cent, oleate of mercury.” In making this preparation, care must be exercised in the selection 
of the oleic acid, and to avoid exceeding the degree of heat directed in the official process; 
indeed, our experience has been that it keeps better if made by the cold process,—i.e., by sim- 
ply mixing the freshly precipitated yellow oxide with the oleic acid, and allowing them to stand 
(o-le-a'tum hy-dear'^y-r!.) 
such as carbon disulphide, oil of mustard, mercaptane, etc., and with all essential oils. They also dissolve varying 
quantities of sulphur, iodoform, solid hydrocarbons, such as naphtalin, naphtol, anthracine, and paraffin, the ter- 
panes and camphenes. These liquid mixtures of sulpholeates and other bodies have the property of forming emul- 
sions or even clear solutions with water. The limit of miscibility (in form of emulsion) or solubility varies consid- 
erably, and depends both on the degree of concentration of the sulpholeate serving as a menstruum, and on certain 
little understood properties of the substances mixed with it. For instance, 100 parts of pure neutral sodium sulpho- 
ricinoleate yield with 50 parts of ether an almost clear solution; so also with 30 parts of volatile oil of mustard, 30 
parts of petroleum benzin, 100 parts of coal-tar benzol, 40 parts of carbon disulphide, etc. Larger quantities of these 
substances yield permanent milky emulsions, foaming when diluted and shaken with water. 
This peculiar behavior of the sulpholeates, and particularly of the sulpho-ricinoleate of alkalies, towards many 
otherwise insoluble or difficultly soluble substances, as well as their pronounced saponaceous character and the great 
readiness with which they take up and combine with liquids, is said to render them eminently suitable for various 
technical and medical uses. 
The liquid alkaline salt which forms the solvent is termed polysolve by Dr. A. Mueller Jacobs, who believes that 
the sulpholeate mixtures will be found excellent solvents for substances the employment of which in a concentrated 
condition is accompanied by certain untoward effects, or may serve as vehicles in place of vaseline, oils, glycerin, 
etc., in perfumery, soap-making, or pharmacy. (Amer. Druggist, 1884, p. 22.) 912 
Oleatum Veratrinx.—Oleoresinx. 
PART I. 
at ordinary temperatures until the precipitate has dissolved. The British preparation is 
modelled after Shoemaker’s process. The precipitated mercuric oleate is difficult to free from 
water, and is prone to change. In time, even with the best oleic acid that can be procured, 
some decomposition will take place, and metallic mercury will be found at the bottom of the 
containing bottle. The rapidity of the change will be in proportion to the impurities in the 
oleic acid and the degree of heat employed. Beringer’s process, by the double decomposition 
of potassium oleate and mercuric nitrate, is commended by Edel. (See West. Drug., 1894, 85.) 
Medical Properties. This preparation may often be substituted with advantage for 
mercurial ointment, which it closely resembles in its medical properties, except that it is more 
readily absorbed, and therefore more effective. It has been especially commended by Dr. Mar- 
shall in cases of chronically inflamed joints, and in hordeolum, indurations after abscesses, and 
various other forms of superficial local inflammations of a slow type; also in sycosis, tinea, 
psoriasis, eczema, and as a constitutional alterative in hereditary syphilis. For many purposes 
it is much improved by dissolving in every drachm of it one grain of morphine. The alkaloid 
itself must be used in such cases, as its salts are not soluble in oleic acid. 
OLEATUM VERATRINE. U. S. Oleate of Veratrine. 
(O-LE-A'TUM VER-A-TEI'NjE.) 
Oleate de Veratrine, Fr.; Oelsaures Yeratrin, G. 
“ Veratrine, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; Oleic Acid, ninety-eight grammes [or 3 ounces av., 
200 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Rub the Veratrine 
with a small quantity of Oleic Acid, in a warm mortar, to a smooth paste. Then add the 
remainder of the Oleic Acid, previously warmed, and stir frequently, until the Veratrine is 
dissolved.” IT. S. 
This preparation is simply a solution of the alkaloid in oleic acid. It may be substituted 
for Unguentum Veratrinse, but is exactly half the strength. It is well adapted for obtaining 
all the advantage that can be derived from an application of veratrine by inunction. (See 
Veratrinse.) When the veratrine is to be used as a counter-irritant, the ointment is preferable, 
because less favorable to the absorption of the alkaloid. The Oleate of Morphine is made in 
the same way. 
OLEATUM ZINCI. U. S. Oleate of Zinc. 
(O-LE-A'TUM ZIN'CI.) 
“ Zinc Oxide, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce ay., 334 grains] ; Oleic Acid, nine hundred and fifty 
grammes [or 33 ounces av., 223 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains]. Introduce the Oleic Acid into a capacious capsule, and gradually add to it the Zinc 
Oxide by sifting it upon the surface of the Acid, and incorporate it by continuous stirring. 
Set the mixture aside for a few hours, and then heat it on a water-bath, frequently stirring, 
until the Oxide is dissolved.” U. S. 
This oleate will be found for the first time in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890. It was 
official in the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885. (See Unguentum Zinci Oleatis.') It is intended 
to be mixed with petrolatum or soft paraffin and applied externally. 
OLEORESIN/E. Oleoresins. 
(O-LE-O-EE.J'I-NJE.) 
016o-r6sines, Extraits 6theres, Fr.; Oelharze, Aetherische Extrakte, G. 
The oleoresins, as a class of Preparations, were introduced into the TJ. S. Pharmacopoeia at 
the revision of 1860, having been previously classed with the Fluid Extracts. Their pecu- 
liarity is that they consist of principles which, when extracted by means of ether, retain a 
liquid or semi-liquid state upon the evaporation of the menstruum, and at the same time have 
the property of self-preservation, differing in this respect from the fluid extracts, which re- 
quire the presence of alcohol in order to prevent decomposition. They consist chiefly, as their 
name implies, of oil, either fixed or volatile, holding resin and sometimes other active matter 
in solution. Their preparation is very simple, consisting in the exhaustion of the medicine 
employed with ether, by means of percolation, and the subsequent evaporation of the men- 
struum. In consequence of the great volatility of ether, it may in great measure be recovered 
by distillation, thus very materially diminishing the costliness of the process. It is proper not Oleoresina Aspidii.—Oleoresina Capsid. 
PART I. 
913 
to continue the heat necessary for the distillation till the whole of the ether is driven over, lest, 
towards the close, a portion of the volatile matters also should pass, and the strength of the 
oleoresin be impaired. Hence in every instance the last portions of the menstruum are allowed 
to separate by spontaneous evaporation. Benzin has been proposed as a substitute for ether 
in these preparations, but should not be permitted to supersede it until officially sanctioned. 
OLEORESINA ASPIDII. U. S. (Br.) Oleoresin of Aspidium. 
Extractum Eilicis Liquidum, Br.; Oleoresina Filicis, Pharm. 1870; Liquid Extract of Male Fern, Oil of Fern; 
Extractum Filicis, P. G.j Oleum Filicis Maris; Huile (Extrait ethere) de Fougere mile, Fr.j Wurmfarnextrakt, 
Wurmfarnol, G. 
“ Aspidium, recently reduced to No. 60 powder, Jive hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 
grains] ; Ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the Aspidium into a cylindrical glass percolator, 
provided with a stopcock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. 
Press the drug firmly, and percolate slowly with Ether, added in successive portions, until the 
drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the Ether from the percolate by distillation 
on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining Ether 
to evaporate spontaneously. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle. Note.—Oleoresin 
of Aspidium usually deposits, on standing, a granular-crystalline substance. This should be 
thoroughly mixed with the liquid portion before use.” U. S. 
“ Exhaust Male Fern Rhizome, in No. 20 powder, with Ether, by percolation ; evaporate 
the Ether from the clear percolate on a water-bath or by distillation, until an oily Extract re- 
mains.” Br. 
This is the only preparation of male fern which should be used; in its making male fern 
which is green in color and recently collected should be employed. It is a thick, dark green 
liquid, usually containing a granular deposit of jilicic acid, which is regarded as the active ingre- 
dient and should not be separated. Wm. G-. Greenewalt found both the liquid and the sedi- 
ment effective taenicides, the sediment being somewhat the more active. It has the odor of fern, 
and a nauseous, bitterish, somewhat acrid taste. According to Hayes, when an absolutely dry 
root and an anhydrous ether (containing but little alcohol) of a specific gravity below 0-728 are 
used, the oleoresin remains clear. Kramer states that a very active extract of male fern may 
be prepared by exhausting with ether the fresh juicy rhizomes collected in May or October freed 
from scales and cut into small pieces. The ethereal tincture should be kept in a cool place 
until wanted, when the necessary quantity should be converted into extract. One dose, two to 
four drachms, of such an extract is said to have always produced satisfactory results. (Pharm. 
Cent., xxv. 578.) Dose, from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), administered in gelatin 
capsules. 
(6-LE-6-Rfi§'l-NA AS-PID'I-I.) 
OLEORESINA CAPSICI. U. S. Oleoresin of Capsicum. 
(O-LE-O-EEij'l-NA CXP'SI-CI.) 
Oleoresine (Extrait £there) de Capsique, FrSpanischpfeffer-Oelharz, G. 
“ Capsicum, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces ay., 279 grains] ; Ether, 
a sufficient quantity. Put the Capsicum into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a 
stopcock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug 
firmly, and percolate slowly with Ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is ex- 
hausted. Recover the greater part of the Ether from the percolate by distillation on a water- 
bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining Ether to evaporate 
spontaneously. Then pour off the liquid portion, transfer the remainder to a strainer, and 
when the separated fatty matter (which is to be rejected) has been completely drained, mix 
the liquid portions together. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle.” TJ. S. 
The active principle of capsicum, called capsicin, is very soluble in ether, and is wholly ex- 
tracted in the process. Its precise nature has not been determined. (See Capsicum.) After 
the concentration of the ethereal solution, a solid fatty matter separates on standing, hut a 
portion of fixed oil probably still remains. The preparation is a very thick liquid, capable, 
however, of being dropped, of a dark reddish-brown color, and, though opaque in mass, yet 
transparent in thin layers. It has not very decidedly the odor of capsicum, but to the taste is 
intensely pungent. W. C. Alpers found a capsicum which yielded 16 per cent, of oleoresin ; 
the statement has been frequently made that 5 per cent, was the usual yield. (Merck's Report, 
1896, 593.) It may he usefully employed to give locally stimulant properties to substances 
administered internally in a pilular form, in cases of gastric insensibility and excessive flatulence. 914 
Oleoresina Cubebae.—Oleoresina Lupulini. 
PART I. 
Dr. H. C. Wood has seen one drop given three times a day produce cystic irritation and 
strangury. The dose is from one-fourth to one minim (0015-(H)6 C.c.). It may be used also 
as a powerful rubefacient, diluted with olive oil or soap liniment. 
OLEORESINA CUBEBAS. U. S. Oleoresin of Cubeb. 
(O-LE-O-REg'I-NA CU-BE'BiE.) 
Extractum Cubebarum, P. G.; Extractum Cubebae ASthereum; OlSorfisine de Cubebe, Fr.; Aetberiscbes Kubeben- 
extrakt, G. 
“ Cubeb, in No. 30 powder, jive hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Ether, a 
sufficient quantity. Put the Cubeb into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stopcock, 
and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, 
and percolate slowly with Ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. 
Recover the greater part of the Ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, 
having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining Ether to evaporate sponta- 
neously. Keep the product in a well-stoppered bottle. Note.—Oleoresin of Cubeb deposits, 
after standing for some time, a waxy and crystalline matter, which should be rejected, only 
the liquid portion being used.” U. S. 
This oleoresin consists mainly of the volatile oil and resin, with a portion of the cubebin and 
waxy matter of the cubeb. The consistence differs according to the character of the cubeb 
employed, its degree of fluidity being proportionate to the amount of volatile oil contained in 
the medicine. The color is usually blackish brown, with more or less of a greenish hue, accord- 
ing to the quantity of chlorophyll present, which varies with the character of the cubeb, and 
with that of the menstruum, pure ether extracting the green coloring matter preferably, 
while ordinary alcoholic ether extracts also the brown. Cubeb yields from one-eighth to one- 
fifth of its weight of the oleoresin. The preparation deposits waxy matter and crystals of 
cubebin on standing, which should be separated; its efficacy is not impaired on this account. 
It was first introduced into use by Prof. Procter. (A. J. P., xviii. 168.) 
From carefully conducted experiments by Mr. F. V. Heydenreich, it would appear that, of 
the various constituents of cubeb contained in the official oleoresin, the cubebin has no per- 
ceptible effect in the dose of the medicine ordinarily given, that the volatile oil is simply 
stimulant and carminative, and, finally, that the soft resin has all the diuretic properties of the 
cubeb. Of the last-mentioned ingredient, twenty grains (1-3 Gm.) given every two hours till 
five doses were taken considerably increased the secretion of urine, producing at the same time 
a slight burning sensation in the passage, which ceased with the diuretic action. Pushed be- 
yond this amount, it occasioned severe irritation of the urinary passages, with some fever. 
(Ibid., Jan. 1868, p. 42.) 
This oleoresin, as it occurs in the market, often has a decided ethereal odor, and is of a thin 
consistence. In one specimen three-eighths of its weight of ether were lost in a short time 
by spontaneous evaporation. As the cubeb is very nearly exhausted by the ether before the 
whole of the latter has passed, there is a considerable expenditure of that liquid for the 
sake of a scarcely appreciable portion of the active matter. In case of excess of ether in 
the oleoresin, it should be allowed to escape by spontaneous evaporation in a capsule. (Ibid., 
May, 1860.) 
The dose of this oleoresin is from five to thirty minims (0-3—1-9 C.c.), which may be given 
suspended in water, or mixed with powdered sugar. 
OLEORESINA LUPULINI. U. S. Oleoresin of Lupulin 
(O-LE-d-Rfej'I-NA LU-PU-LI'NI.) 
Oleoresina Lupulin®, Pharm. 1870; Extractum Lupulini iEthereum; Oleordsine de Lupuline, Fr.; Aetherisohes 
Lupulinextrakt, G. 
“ Lupulin, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 331 grains] ; Ether, a sufficient quantity. 
Put the Lupulin into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stopcock, and arranged with 
cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug very lightly, and percolate 
slowly with Ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. Recover the 
greater part of the Ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having trans- 
ferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining Ether to evaporate spontaneously. Keep 
the Oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle.” U. S. 
Lupulin yields its volatile oil and resin, as well as any other active principle it may contain, 
to ether, and the resulting oleoresin constitutes about three-eighths, or somewhat less than one- PART I. 
Oleoresina Pipens.—Oleum Adipis. 
915 
half, of the original drug. It is of a very thick, semi-fluid consistence, so thick, indeed, that 
it cannot be conveniently administered by drops. Its color is almost black in mass, hut a rich 
reddish brown in thin layers. It has the odor and taste of lupulin, and possesses all its medi- 
cal properties. The dose is from two to five grains ((M3—0-33 Gm.), and may be most con- 
veniently administered in the form of pill, made with powdered liquorice root, or other proper 
excipient. 
OLEORESINA PIPERIS. U.S. Oleoresin of Pepper. 
Extraetum Piperis Fluidum, U. S. 1850; Fluid Extract of Black Pepper; O16or6sine de Poivre noir, Fr.; Aethe- 
risches Pfefferextrakt, G. 
“ Pepper, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Ether a 
sufficient quantity. Put the Pepper into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop- 
cock, and arranged with a cover and receptacle for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and 
percolate slowly with Ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. Re- 
cover the greater part of the Ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, 
having transferred the residue to a capsule, set this aside until the remaining Ether has evap- 
orated, and the deposition of crystals of piperin has ceased. Lastly, separate the Oleoresin 
from the piperin by expression through a muslin strainer. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stop- 
pered bottle.” U.S. 
A substance has long been in use under the name of oil of black pepper, consisting mainly 
of the volatile oil, fixed oil, and resin of the pepper, and belonging, therefore, to the oleoresins. 
As usually found, it is almost black, and of a thickish consistence, and is a residue of the 
process for preparing piperin. The official oleoresin has the same general character, but is 
more fluid and of more uniform strength, and should, therefore, be preferred. It contains 
almost all the volatile oil and acrid resin of black pepper, with little of the piperin; and, as 
the last-mentioned principle, when quite pure, is of doubtful efficacy, the extract may be con- 
sidered as representing the virtues of the fruit. The color is greener than that of the common 
oil of black pepper, and not so dark, owing to the fact that ether dissolves the green more 
readily than the brown coloring matter. A pound of black pepper yields about six drachms 
of the oleoresin. Dose, from one-fourth to one minim (0-015-0-06 C.c.), in emulsion or pill. 
(0-LE-0-RE§'l-NA PI'PE-RIS.) 
'OLEORESINA ZINGIBERIS. U.S. Oleoresin of Ginger. 
Extraetum Zingiberis JEthereum; Oleoresine (Piperoide) de Gingembre, Fr.; Aetherisches Ingwerextrakt, G. 
“ Ginger, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Ether, a 
sufficient quantity. Put the Ginger into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stopcock, 
and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, 
and percolate slowly with Ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. 
Recover the greater part of the Ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, 
having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining Ether to evaporate sponta- 
neously. Keep the Oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle.” U. S. 
In the U. S. formula of 1870, for this preparation alcohol was used in connection with ether, 
on the score of economy ; it was added in order to displace the ether and thus save an un- 
necessary expenditure of the more costly fluid. A little of the alcohol mixed with the ether 
at their surface of contact. In the present process alcohol is not used, and there is no good 
reason for making an exception to the general formula in this case. The whole of the virtues 
of the root are extracted in this preparation, as the residuary ginger is nearly or quite tasteless, 
The oleoresin constitutes about 5 per cent, of the dried root. It is the piperoid of ginger of 
M. Beral. (Soubeiran's Traite de Pharm., i. 371.) It is a clear, dark-brown liquid, of a thick 
consistence (though capable of being dropped), with the flavor of ginger, and intensely pungent. 
Its dose should not exceed a minim (0-06 C.c.), and should be much diluted. 
(0-LE-0-BE§'l-NA ZIN-qiB'E-KIS.) 
OLEUM ADIPIS. U.S. Lard Oil. 
(o'le-um Xd'i-pis.) 
“ A fixed oil expressed from Lard at a low temperature.” U. S. 
This oil is made in large quantities in this country by exposing lard to low temperatures and 
then subjecting it to very powerful pressure. In this way the stearin of the lard is separated 
from the olein, the latter oozing out from the presses in the form of a yellowish-white oil, whilst 
the stearin is thrown into the market in hard cakes, and is largely used in making soap. (See 916 
Oleum Adipis.— Oleum JEthereum. 
PAET I. 
Adeps.) The exportation of lard from the United States for the year ending June 30, 1897, 
amounted to 476,958,201 pounds, valued at $24,877,044, and that of lard oil to 1,214,997 gal- 
lons, valued at $519,658. (IT. S. Treasury Statistical Reports.) 
Properties. Lard oil is “ a colorless or pale yellow, oily liquid, having a peculiar odor, 
and a bland taste. Specific gravity, 0-910 to 0-920 at 15° C. (59° F.). At a temperature a 
little below 10° C. (50° F.) it usually commences to deposit a white, granular fat, and at or 
near 0° C. (32° F.) it forms a semi-solid, white mass. When it is brought in contact with 
concentrated sulphuric acid, a dark reddish-brown color is instantly produced. If 5 C.c. of 
the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, with 5 C.c. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate 
(made by dissolving 0-1 Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 C.c. of deodorized alcohol, and adding 2 
drops of nitric acid), and the mixture heated for about five minutes in a water-bath, the Oil 
should remain nearly or quite colorless, not acquiring a reddish or brown color, nor should any 
dark color be produced at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more than about 
5 per cent, of cotton seed o?7). If 5 C.c. of the Oil, contained in a small flask, be mixed with 
a solution of 2 Gm. of potassium hydrate in 2 C.c. of water, then 5 C.c. of alcohol added, and 
the mixture heated for about five minutes on a water-bath, with occasional agitation, a perfectly 
clear and complete solution should be formed, which, on dilution with water to the volume of 
50 C.c., should form a transparent, light yellow liquid, without the separation of an oily layer 
(absence of appreciable quantities of paraffin oils')." U. S. It is not pure olein, but contains 
varying proportions of stearin, and is sometimes adulterated with paraffin oil. It has been 
introduced into the Pharmacopoeia for the purpose of using in ointment of mercuric nitrate. 
Medical Properties. Lard Oil is a bland, fatty liquid, destitute of active medical prop- 
erties, and is official solely for pharmaceutical purposes. 
OLEUM jETHEREUM. U. S. Ethereal Oil. 
“ A volatile liquid, consisting of equal volumes of Heavy Oil of Wine and Ether.” U. S. 
Oleum Vini; Heavy Oil of Wine; Huile d’Ether, Huile de Vin pesante, Huile volatile etheree, Fr.j Schweres 
Weinol, G. 
“ Alcohol, one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] ; Sulphuric Acid, 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] ; Distilled Water, twenty-jive cubic 
centimeters [or 406 minims] ; Ether, a sufficient quantity. Add the Acid slowly to the Alcohol, 
mix them thoroughly, and allow the mixture to stand, in a closed flask, for twenty-four hours, 
or until the liquid is clear; then pour the clear liquid into a tubulated retort of such capacity 
that the mixture shall nearly fill it. Insert a thermometer through the tuhulure, so that the 
bulb shall be deeply immersed in the liquid, and, having connected the retort with a well- 
cooled condenser, and also having connected with the receiver a bent glass tube for conducting 
the uncondensed gases into water, distil, by means of a sand-bath, at a temperature between 
150° and 160° C. (302°—320° F.), until oily drops cease to come over, or until a black froth, 
wdiich forms on the surface, begins to rise in the retort. Separate the yellow, ethereal liquid 
from the distillate, and expose it to the air for twenty-four hours, in a shallow capsule. Then 
transfer it to a wet filter, and, when the watery portion has drained off1, wash the oil which is 
left on the filter with the Distilled Water, which should be as cold as possible. When this 
also has drained off-, transfer the oil to a graduated measure, and add to it an equal volume of 
Ether. Keep the product in small, glass-stoppered vials, in a cool place.” TJ. S. 
In the consolidation of the British Pharmacopoeias this valuable remedy was omitted, partly 
on account of the uncertainty as to its special antispasmodic virtues, partly from its expen- 
siveness when properly made and its liability to spontaneous change, and partly, moreover, 
because not only is it often adulterated, but other compounds are substituted for it. 
The object of allowing the mixture of acid and alcohol to stand is to allow the lead sul- 
phate which is usually present in commercial sulphuric acid to deposit, for, according to Dr. 
Squibb, its presence in the retort causes the mixture to froth over, and this necessitates a sus- 
pension of the process so much sooner as greatly to lessen the amount of product the materials 
are capable of affording. The increase of oil resulting from this simple modification of the 
process is said to be one-third. The temperature has been slightly decreased. By wetting the 
filter, the oil is prevented from passing along with the water. Finally, the oil is now ordered 
to be diluted with an equal measure of stronger ether, as this has been found to contribute 
greatly to its preservation. 
(O'LE-UM iE-THE'RE-UM.) Oleum JEthereum. 
PART I. 
917 
When alcohol is distilled with a large excess of sulphuric acid, there are formed towards 
the close of the distillation sulphurous acid, heavy oil of wine, olefiant gas, and 
naceous matter. The product of the distillation is generally in two layers, one consisting of 
water holding sulphurous acid in solution, and the other, of ether containing the heavy oil of 
wine. According to the experience of Dr. Squibb, the sp. gr. of these two layers is so nearly 
equal that sometimes one and sometimes the other is uppermost: so that the direction in the 
old formula to separate the supernatant liquor is incorrect, and has been superseded by the 
present, to separate the yellow ethereal liquid,—the color and other sensible properties being 
considered sufficiently distinctive. After separation, the liquid is exposed for twenty-four 
hours to the air, in order to dissipate the ether by evaporation ; and the oil which is left is 
washed with water, to deprive it of all traces of sulphurous acid. 
The nature and mode of formation of heavy oil of wine are generally believed to be the 
following. It has been explained in a preceding article that, in the early stage of the distil- 
lation of a mixture of sulphuric acid and alcohol, sulphovinic acid, C2H6HS04, is formed. 
During its progress this is decomposed so as to yield ether. When, however, the alcohol is 
distilled with a large excess of sulphuric acid, the sulphovinic acid is decomposed so as to form a 
small quantity of the heavy oil of wine. This is a mixture of ethyl sulphate, (C2H_)2S04, ethyl 
sulphite, (C2H6)2S03 (the sulphurous acid having been formed by reduction of sulphuric acid, 
as it always is when ethylene is formed from alcohol), with polymeric forms of ethylene, C2H4. 
Two of these forms are known : etherin, a solid fusing at 110° C. and boiling at 260° C., and 
etherol, a liquid. The latter is by some considered to have the formula C16H32 or (C2H4)8, and 
mixed with the former constitutes the light oil of wine, which is produced when the heavy oil 
is heated with water and alkaline solutions. In this case sulphovinic acid is reproduced, and 
the separated etherol floats on the surface as an oily substance. Light oil of wine, as thus ob- 
tained, is a pale-yellow oil. As ordinarily procured in the process for preparing ether, it con- 
tains a portion of that substance, admixed, according to Hartwig (J. Pr. Chem. [2], 23,449), 
with ketones like ethyl-amyl ketone and methyl-hexyl ketone and mixed ethers like ethyl-amyl 
ether. When the pure light oil of wine is kept, it deposits a stearopten (the etherin mentioned 
above) called concrete oil of wine, or oil of wine camphor ; after which the oil is changed, and 
takes the name of etherol. Etherol is a pale-yellow oily liquid, having an aromatic odor. Its 
sp. gr. is 0-921, boiling point 280° C. (536° F.), and freezing point —35° C. (—31° F.). It 
communicates a greasy stain to paper. Concrete oil of wine, or etherin, crystallizes in long, 
transparent, brilliant, tasteless prisms, soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble in water, and 
having the sp. gr. 0-980. Dr. Squibb takes a different view of the composition of ethereal oil, 
and believes it, instead of a sulphate or a mixture of sulphate and sulphite, to be a sulphovinate 
of a hydrocarbon radical; and for this reason, that it fails, especially when pure and recent, 
to give any of the characteristic reactions of sulphuric acid or the sulphates. (A. J. P., 1861.)* 
Properties. The undiluted ethereal oil (heavy oil of wine) is a yellowish neutral liquid, 
possessing an oleaginous consistence, a penetrating aromatic odor, and a rather sharp and bitter 
taste. It boils at 280° C. (536° F.). Its sp. gr. is, according to the U. S. P. 1850, 1-096; 
according to the London College, after Mr. Hennell’s results, 1-05. The density obtained by 
Dr. Squibb, by following the old formula of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia exactly, was 1-129. By 
Dumas and Serullas its density is stated to be as high as 1-133, which is probably the more 
correct number for the pure oil. When dropped into water it sinks, assuming the form of 
a globule. It dissolves sparingly in cold water, moderately in hot water, and readily in alco- 
hol and ether. It is devoid of acid reaction, the sulphuric and sulphurous acids present in 
it being in the form of neutral salts. The sulphuric acid present is not precipitated by the 
usual reagents for this acid; because sulphovinic acid is formed, and all the sulphovinates are 
soluble in water. The U. S. ethereal oil of the present Pharmacopoeia is the proper oil diluted 
with an equal volume of stronger ether. This gives it an ethereal odor in addition to that 
characteristic of the pure oil, and considerably reduces its sp. gr., which is now stated at 0-910 
at 15° C. (59° F.). The process by which the official oil of wine is formed yields but a small 
* Valuable papers have been contributed by Mr. C. Lewis Diehl and Prof. John M. Maisch on this official prepa- 
ration,—the former in Proc. A. P. A., 1864, the latter in A. J. P., 1865, p. 160, to which we refer those especially 
interested in its manufacture. In Mr. Diehl’s paper valuable suggestions are made in reference to the mode of re- 
heating so as properly to regulate the temperature. An important practical fact was stated by Prof. Maisch, that the 
ethereal oil, in contact with water, undergoes a decomposition into light oil of wine and sulphovinic acid, rapidly and 
completely if the water is hot or if solution of an alkali or of an alkaline carbonate is used, and more slowly with 
cold water. Hence the inference that the washing of the ethereal oil, directed at the close of the U. S. process, should 
be completed as rapidly as possible. 918 
Oleum JEthereum.—Oleum Amygdalae Amarae. 
PART I. 
product, being, according to the Pharmacopoeia of 1870, only about six fluidrachms, or some- 
what more than a fortieth, by measure, of the alcohol employed. 
In the official ethereal oil, the heavy oil of wine is not only diluted with an equal measure 
of ether, but is mixed also with variable proportions of free light oil of wine. This fact 
accounts for the different densities assigned to the heavy oil. The heavy oil undiluted is liable 
to spontaneous change by time, not only being rendered brown, but also being chemically altered 
so as to separate into two layers. But this tendency is in great measure obviated, in the official 
ethereal oil, by the preservative influence of the ether. It may be kept long without other ap- 
preciable change than the acquisition of a brown hue, which does not interfere with its medical 
virtues. It should not, when tested by dry litmus paper, evince the presence of free acid. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dr. Hobart A. Hare has found that the heavy oil of 
wine produces in mammals a rise in the arterial pressure and pulse-rate, followed after sufficient 
doses by a fall. The rise in the pressure was the result of a stimulant influence upon the vaso- 
motor centre, whilst the fall of the pressure appeared to be due to a widening out of the blood- 
paths by a direct paralysis of the coats of the vessels. Dr. Hare also found that very large 
doses paralyze the heart by a direct action on the muscle, but he did not determine the exact 
influence of small doses. The toxic properties of the heavy oil of wine were shown to be very 
feeble, and the research seems to prove that the small quantity of the heavy oil of wine con- 
tained in Hoffmann’s anodyne cannot exert a very pronounced influence upon the human system. 
It probably has, however, a slight stimulative, calmative effect, since clinical experience indi- 
cates that compound spirit of ether is a more persistent and powerful antispasmodic and nervous 
stimulant than is an equivalent amount of ether and alcohol. The article sold in commerce as 
heavy oil of wine is too often a mixture of alcohol and ether containing but a trace of the oil. 
It is used only for the preparation of compound spirit of ether, but there can be no justification 
of the action of the chemist in furnishing a fraudulent article. 
OLEUM AMYGDALAE AMAR/E. U. S. Oil of Bitter Almond. 
(O'LE-UM A-MYG'DA-LiE A-MA'R^.) 
“ A volatile oil obtained from Bitter Almond by maceration with water, and subsequent dis- 
tillation. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles, protected from light.” JJ. S. 
Oleum Amygdalarum (Amararum) Alt her cum; Essence d’Amandes ameres, Fr.; Bittermandelol, G. 
When bitter almonds are expressed, they yield a bland fixed oil; and the residuary cake, 
reduced to powder by grinding, and submitted to distillation with water, yields a volatile 
oleaginous product, commonly called oil of bitter almond. This does not pre-exist in the 
almond, but is produced by the reaction of water upon the amygdalin contained in it, through 
the intervention of another constituent, denominated emulsin (see Amygdala Amara), accord- 
ing to the reaction C20H27N011 + 2H20 — C7HeO -f- 2(C6H12Oe) -f- IICN. It is obtained 
also by the distillation of the leaves of the cherry-laurel, and of various products of the genera 
Amygdalus, Cerasus, Prunus, etc. Mr. Whipple obtained, upon an average, from the ground 
bitter almond cake, 1-35 per cent, of the oil. (P. J. Tr., x. 297.) Pettenkofer has ascertained 
that the product is greater if the cake be macerated in water for forty-eight hours before 
being submitted to distillation. (Joum. de Pharm., Mai, 1862, p. 432.) It is sometimes pro- 
duced in France from peach kernels. 
Oil of bitter almond has a yellowish color, a bitter, acrid, burning taste, and the odor of the 
kernels in a high degree. It is heavier than water, soluble in alcohol and ether, according to 
Fltickiger soluble in 300 parts of hot or cold water, and deposits, upon standing, a white crys- 
talline substance consisting chiefly of benzoic acid. It is officially described as “ a clear, color- 
less or yellowish, thin, and strongly refractive liquid, having a peculiar, aromatic odor, and a 
bitter and burning taste. Specific gravity, 1*060 to 1-070 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, 
about 180° C. (356° F.). Optically inactive. Soluble in 300 parts of water at 15° C. (59° 
F.), and in alcohol or ether in all proportions; also soluble in nitric acid at ordinary tempera- 
tures without the evolution of nitrous vapors. In the fresh state the Oil is neutral to litmus, 
but when kept for some time it assumes an acid reaction, due to the formation of benzoic acid. 
If 10 drops of the Oil, dissolved in a little alcohol, be shaken with a few drops of a strong 
solution of sodium hydrate, then with a little ferrous sulphate test-solution, and finally mixed 
with a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, a blue precipitate will be produced (presence of hy- 
drocyanic acid'). The presence of artificial oil containing chlorinated products may be detected 
in the following manner. Fold a small strip of filter paper in the form of a taper, saturate 
it with the Oil, and lay it into a small porcelain capsule. Set this capsule into a larger one, Oleum Amygdalae Amarae. 
919 
PART I. 
and provide a large beaker to be inverted over the capsule containing the taper. Then, having 
moistened the inner surface of the beaker with distilled water, ignite the taper, immediately 
invert the beaker over the capsule, and allow the products of combustion to be absorbed by 
the water in the beaker. If the beaker be now rinsed with a little distilled water, and the 
liquid filtered, the filtrate should yield no turbidity with silver nitrate test-solution. If 5 C.c. 
of the Oil be vigorously shaken, in a flask, with 50 C.c. of a cold saturated solution of sodium 
bisulphite, and the mixture heated for a few minutes on a water-bath, the odor of the Oil 
should disappear, and a nearly clear solution be formed, without the separation of any oily 
drops on the surface of the liquid (absence of most other volatile oils and of nitrobenzol)." U. S. 
Besides a peculiar volatile oil, it contains also hydrocyanic acid, with a small proportion of 
benzoic acid, and of a concrete principle called benzoin, C14H1202. It may be obtained pure 
by agitating it strongly with calcium hydrate and a solution of ferrous chloride, submitting 
the mixture to distillation, and drying the oil which comes over by digestion with calcium 
chloride. Mr. George Whipple states that if crude oil be redistilled into a solution of silver 
nitrate, and again distilled from a fresh solution of the same salt, it is obtained entirely free 
from hydrocyanic acid, which reacts with the silver and remains behind as silver cyanide. (See 
A. J. P, xxvi. 348.) Thus purified, it is colorless, but still retains its peculiar odor, with a 
burning, aromatic taste, and is destitute of those poisonous properties of the crude oil which 
are dependent on hydrocyanic acid. The odor of the oil of bitter almond has been errone- 
ously ascribed to that acid, which, on examination, will be found to smell differently and more 
feebly. Like most other volatile oils, this may produce deleterious effects if taken very largely. 
Hippuric acid is found in the urine of animals to which it has been given freely. The sp. gr. 
of the crude oil varies from 1*052 to 1-082, and is said to be greater when the oil is distilled from 
salt water than when distilled by the ordinary mode. That of the purified oil is 1-060, and its 
boiling point 180° C. (356° F.). It is benzoic aldehyde, C6H6.C0H, which is produced by the 
action of oxidizing agents upon benzyl alcohol, CeH6.CH20H, and yields itself, when oxidized, 
benzoic acid, C6H6.C00H. The benzoic acid which the oil of bitter almond deposits on stand- 
ing does not pre-exist in it, but results from the absorption of oxygen, as just stated. The 
concrete substance above referred to by the name of benzoin is polymeric with the oil, crystal- 
lizable in colorless shining prisms, without smell or taste, fusible at 248° F., and volatilizable 
unchanged at a higher temperature. It is formed abundantly in the original impure oil by the 
reaction of alkalies, but cannot be produced in it when deprived of hydrocyanic acid.* For 
the volumetric estimation of hydrocyanic acid in bitter almond oil by Kremers and Schreiner, 
see Pharm. Rev., 1896, 196. 
Artificial benzoic aldehyde is now made from toluene, CLHg. By the action of chlorine 
upon'the hot hydrocarbon, benzyl chloride, CeH5CH2Cl, results, and this yields benzoic alde- 
hyde on distillation with lead nitrate and water in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide gas. More 
generally, however, benzal chloride, CeH6CHCl2, is taken, as this, when heated under pressure 
with water or sulphuric acid, readily yields the benzaldehyde. The product is purified by con- 
version into the acid sulphite compound. Lippmann and Hawliczek have made exhaustive re- 
searches on the identity of the artificial with the natural oil of bitter almond, and have found 
the two oils absolutely identical, physically as well as chemically. At the present time (1899) 
benzaldehyde, or synthetic oil of bitter almond, is very largely used, its chief advantages being 
uniformity of composition and absence of hydrocyanic acid. (See Pharm. Rev., 1896, 196.) 
To prevent the formation of benzoic acid in oil of bitter almond, Schimmel & Co. recommend 
the addition of 10 per cent, of alcohol to the oil. 
Zeller mentions, as characteristics of the official oil by which its genuineness and purity may 
be known, its peculiar odor and high specific gravity,f its ready solubility in sulphuric acid, 
with the production of a reddish-brown color, but without visible decomposition, the slow ac- 
tion of nitric acid, the slow and partial solution of iodine without further reaction, the want 
of action of potassium chromate upon it, and the production of crystals when it is dissolved 
in an alcoholic solution of potassa. (See P. J. Tr., ix. 575.) Mr. Redwood states that a very 
small proportion of alcohol may be detected in the oil by the effervescence, with disengage- 
ment of nitrous vapors, which ensues when the oil thus contaminated is mixed with an equal 
volume of nitric acid of the sp. gr. 1-5. With pure oil no other effect is obvious than a slight 
* Nitrobenzol, Nitrobenzene, or Artificial Oil of Bitter Almond. This substance, which was discovered by Mit- 
scherlich, is treated of in Part II. 
•f Schimmel & Co. (Semi-Annual Report, April, 1893) state that an oil of high specific gravity should be carefully 
examined for benzo-nitrile, CgHsCN, which may form by condensation from benzaldehyde and hydrocyanic acid, and 
afterwards when distilled even in vacuo will decompose into the same components. 920 
Oleum Amygdalae Amarae. 
PART I. 
change of color. (Ibid., xi. 486.) If sulphuric acid produce with the oil a bright-red instead 
of a brownish-red color, the oil has probably been distilled with salt water, in which case it 
is apt, according to Mr. Ferris, to deposit a blood-red matter, occasionally complained of by 
druggists. (Ibid., 565.) 
Mr. Wm. A. Tilden has found that the introduction of a little fused calcium chloride into 
purified oil of bitter almond contributes to its preservation, probably by the absorption of the 
last traces of water contained in it. Of two specimens of the oil, which had been set aside 
for two years, one without addition, the other containing a fragment of the fused chloride, the 
former was found filled with crystals of benzoic acid, and the latter was perfectly free from 
crystalline deposit and quite fluid. (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., viii. 325, Dec. 1866.) 
Prof. J. M. Maisch proposes the following mode of detecting nitrobenzene in adulterated oil 
of bitter almond. Dissolve half a drachm of the suspected oil in two or three drachms of 
alcohol, add fifteen grains of pure fused caustic potassa, heat for a few minutes so as to dis- 
solve the potassa, reduce the liquid to one-third, and then set aside to cool. If the oil be 
pure, it will remain liquid ; while if nitrobenzene be present, there will, after cooling, be a sedi- 
ment of azoxybenzid indicating adulteration. (A. J. P., 1857, 544.) R. Wagner proposes the 
sp. gr. of the two oils as a test,—that of the oil of bitter almond being from 1-060 to 1-070, 
while that of nitrobenzene is from 1-18 to 1-201, and a mixture will have a higher sp. gr. than 
the pure oil. This would lead to the suspicion of the presence of nitrobenzene, which may then 
be separated by agitation with sodium bisulphite. The almond oil will dissolve, while the 
nitrobenzene will float on the surface. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Mai, 1868, 399.) The 
most reliable test is undoubtedly to add zinc dust and dilute acid, whereby any nitrobenzene 
is reduced to aniline, which can then be detected by the violet color produced when sodium 
hypochlorite or potassium bichromate is added. Dr. H. Hager’s plan is as follows. After the 
addition of 10 drops of the pure oil to 10 C.c. of 45 per cent, alcohol, or to a mixture of 5 C.c. 
of 90 per cent, alcohol and 5 C.c. of water, on closing the test-tube with the finger and turning 
it twice upside down, the oil dissolves to a clear solution. If nitrobenzene, even as little as 1 per 
cent., be present, the oil of bitter almond will dissolve at once, but the nitrobenzene will separate, 
clouding the liquid at first, but soon collecting in very minute but easily recognizable droplets 
which float about in the liquid. After standing for a while, these droplets unite to larger 
drops, when they become still more evident to the eye. The temperature of the alcohol must 
not exceed 16° C. (60-8° F.) ; it is best to keep it between 10° and 15° C. (50° and 59° F.). 
Any sample of oil of bitter almond which dissolves on very gentle agitation at once to a clear 
liquid in 20 times its volume of 45 per cent, alcohol does not contain any nitrobenzene, since 
only traces of the latter are dissolved by that menstruum. Small quantities of nitrobenzene 
present (up to 3 per cent.) disappear after the mixture stands for some time, but they are 
always the cause of the milkiness or cloudiness of the solution at the moment of preparation. 
A short cloudiness even occurs with as small a quantity as £ per cent. Since most other essen- 
tial oils yield a cloudy solution with 45 per cent, alcohol, this test may also indicate the pres- 
ence of foreign essential oils. 
Hager’s test may also be used quantitatively for the estimation of the amount of nitrobenzene 
present. Oil of bitter almond requires for solution 16 to 17 times its volume of 45 per cent, 
alcohol. 2 C.c. of the oil are agitated with 34 C.c. of the 45 per cent, alcohol, and the mix- 
ture set aside. After the lapse of a day, the nitrobenzene (all but a trace which remains in 
solution) will be found collected at the bottom. An important indication of the presence of a 
sophistication is the cloudiness produced at the first moment. (N. R., Oct. 1880.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. The unpurified volatile oil of bitter almond, which is 
the product directed by the Pharmacopoeia, operates upon the system in a manner closely 
analogous to that of hydrocyanic acid. A single drop is sufficient to destroy a bird, and 
four drops have caused the death of a dog of middle size. The case of a man is recorded who 
died in ten minutes after taking two drachms (7-5 C.c.) of the oil. It might be substituted 
with advantage for medicinal hydrocyanic acid, if it always contained a uniform percentage of 
the acid, as the acid contained in the oil is much less liable to decomposition, remaining for 
several years unaltered, if the oil be preserved in well-stopped bottles. According to Schrader, 
100 parts of the oil contain sufficient acid for the production of 22-5 parts of Prussian blue; 
but the proportion is not constant, varying, according to Mr. Groves, from 8 to 12-5 per cent. 
From one-fourth of a drop to a drop (0-016-0-06 C.c.) may be given for a dose, to be cau- 
tiously increased till some effect upon the system is observed. It may be administered in 
emulsion with gum arabic, loaf-sugar, and water. It has been employed externally, dissolved Oleum Amygdalae Expressum. 
PART i. 
921 
in water in the proportion of one drop (0-06 C.c.) to a fluidounce (30 C.c.), in prurigo senilis 
and other cases of troublesome itching. To facilitate the solution in water, the oil may be 
previously dissolved in spirit. Oil of bitter almond is sometimes used to conceal the taste of 
cod-liver oil and of castor oil. 
OLEUM AMYGDALA EXPRESSUM. U. S. (Br.) Expressed Oil of 
Almond. 
(O'LE-UM A-MYG'DA-L.® EX-PKES'SUM.) 
“ A fixed oil expressed from Bitter or Sweet Almond.” U. S. “ The oil expressed from 
the Bitter or Sweet Almond.” Br. 
Oleum Amygdalae, Br.; Almond Oil; Oleum Amygdalae Duleis, U. S. 1860; Oleum Amygdalarum; Huile 
d’Amandes douces, Huile d’Amandes, Fr.; Mandeldl, G.; Olio di Mandorle, It.; Aceite de Almendras, Sp. 
This oil is obtained equally pure from sweet and from bitter almonds. In its preparation, the 
almonds, having been deprived of a reddish-brown powder adhering to their surface, by being 
rubbed together in a piece of coarse linen, are ground in a mill resembling a coffee-mill, or 
bruised in a stone mortar, and then pressed in canvas sacks between plates of iron slightly 
heated. The oil, which is at first turbid, is clarified by rest and filtration. Sometimes the 
almonds are steeped in very hot water, deprived of their cuticle, and dried in a stove, previous 
to expression. The oil is thus obtained free from color, but in no other respect better, while it 
is more apt to become rancid on keeping. Bitter almonds treated in this way impart a smell 
of hydrocyanic acid to the oil. M. Boullay obtained 54 per cent, of oil from sweet almonds, 
Vogel 28 per cent, from bitter almonds. Munch gives 55-4 per cent, as the yield of the former, 
and 52 per cent, as that of the latter. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., iii. 400.) These 
figures are not realized, however, in the ordinary expression methods. Schaedler ( Technologic 
der Fette und Oele, 2te Auf., 532) gives 45 per cent, as the average obtained from the sweet 
almonds, and 38 per cent, from the bitter almonds. Though sometimes expressed in this 
country from imported almonds, the oil is generally brought from Europe. 
Oil of almond is “ a clear, pale straw-colored or colorless, oily liquid, almost inodorous, and 
having a mild, nutty taste. Specific gravity, 0-915 to 0-920 at 15° C. (59° F.). Only slightly 
soluble in alcohol; soluble in ether and in chloroform in all proportions. It remains clear at 
—10° C. (14° F.), and does not congeal until cooled to near —20° C. (—4° F.). If 2 C.c. 
of the Oil be vigorously shaken with 1 C.c. of fuming nitric acid and 1 C.c. of water, a whitish, 
not red or brownish, mixture should be formed, which, after standing for some hours at about 
10° C. (50° F.), should separate into a solid, white mass, and a scarcely colored liquid (dis- 
tinction from the fixed oils of apricot and peach kernels, and from sesamum, cotton seed, and 
poppy seed oils'). If 10 C.c. of the oil be mixed with 15 C.c. of a 15 per cent, solution 
of sodium hydrate and 10 C.c. of alcohol, and the mixture allowed to stand at a temper- 
ature of 35° to 40° C. (95° to 104° F.), with occasional agitation, until it becomes clear, and 
then diluted with 100 C.c. of water, the clear solution thus obtained, upon the subsequent 
addition of an excess of hydrochloric acid, will set free a layer of oleic acid. This, when sep- 
arated from the aqueous liquid, washed with warm water, and clarified in a water-bath, will 
remain liquid at 15° C. (59° F.), although sometimes depositing particles of solid matter and 
becoming turbid. One part of this oleic acid, when mixed with 1 volume of alcohol, should 
give a clear solution, which at 15° C. (59° F.) should not deposit any fatty acids, nor become 
turbid on the further addition of 1 volume of alcohol (distinction from olive, arachis, cotton 
seed, sesamum, and other fixed oils')." U. 8. “ Pale yellow, nearly inodorous, with a bland 
nutty taste. Soluble in ether and chloroform in all proportions. Specific gravity 0-915 to 
0-920. It does not congeal until cooled to nearly —4° F. (—20° C.). If 2 cubic centi- 
metres of the Oil be well shaken with 1 cubic centimetre of fuming nitric acid and 1 cubic 
centimetre of water, a whitish, not brownish-red, mixture should be formed, which after stand- 
ing for 6 hours at about 50° F. (10° C.) should separate into a solid white mass and a nearly 
colorless liquid (absence of peach-kernel oil and other fixed oils).” Br. From the statement 
of Braconnot, it appears to contain 76 per cent, of olein and 24 per cent, of a mixture of 
palmitin and stearin. 
According to Dr. H. Hager, the oils expressed from the large sweet and the smaller bitter 
almonds differ considerably, as shown by the elaidin test,—the former oil congealing more 
rapidly, and almost completely, the latter about twelve hours later, and the more imperfectly the 
smaller the bitter almond has been. Only about one-third of the bulk congeals when the oil 
is from the small Oporto almonds. 
Oil of almond is said to be sometimes adulterated with poppy oil, or other drying oils of less 922 
Oleum Amygdalae Expressum.—Oleum Anethi. 
PAET I. 
value. This sophistication may be detected, as suggested by M. Wimmec, by taking advantage 
of the property, belonging to the olein of the non-drying but not to that of the drying oils, of 
being converted into solid elaidic acid by the action of nitric acid. By treating iron filings 
with nitric acid in a flask, nitrous acid is produced, which is to be conducted into water upon 
which the suspected oil is placed. If the almond oil contain even a small quantity of poppy- 
seed oil, or other drying oil, this will remain in the form of drops on the surface, while the 
genuine oil will be converted entirely into crystallized elaidin. (Joum. de Pharm., Dec. 1862, p. 
500.) Colza oil, another not uncommon adulteration, may be detected, according to M. Schnei- 
der, by the action of silver nitrate. Dissolve the oil in twice its volume of ether, add about 30 
drops of a concentrated alcoholic solution of the nitrate, shake the mixture, and allow it to stand 
in the dark. If there be much colza oil, the lower part of the liquid will become first brown 
and then black; if but little, the brown color will not appear for twelve hours; but the dis- 
coloration will always be obvious on the evaporation of the ether. (P. J. Tr., March, 1862.) 
It is said that in the south of France the sweet almond oil is sometimes adulterated with 
a cheaper oil, called oil of apricots. According to M. J. Nickles, this adulteration may be 
detected by means of powdered calcium hydrate, which with the oil of apricots forms an 
emulsion that slowly assumes an unctuous consistence, while it has no such action on the 
almond oil, merely rendering it opaque for a time, and then gradually separating and leaving 
the oil clear. A mixture of the two oils emulsionizes with the lime, and on standing deposits 
the unctuous matter referred to. (See A. J. P., 1866, p. 299.) 
According to Dr. Hager, if equal volumes of the oil and of 25 per cent, nitric acid are 
shaken together in a test-tube, an emulsion-like mixture is produced, which separates on stand- 
ing. All true almond oils yield a white mixture, and the oils remain white for many hours 
after separation, but the oils of peach and apricot seeds turn yellowish at once on being shaken 
with the acid, and the color afterwards deepens, and in half an hour is of a rather deep red- 
yellow. (A. J. P., 1870, p. 408.) J. D. Bieber communicates the following test. Equal 
weights of pure concentrated sulphuric acid, red fuming nitric acid, and water are mixed, and 
the mixture allowed to cool. On mixing five parts of the oil with one part of this acid liquid, 
pure almond oil gives a yellowish-white liquid ; oil of peach kernels assumes the red color of 
peach blossoms, turning to dark orange; henne oil turns pale yellowish red, then dirty orange- 
red ; poppy and walnut oils yield a somewhat whiter liquid than almond oil. This test permits 
the detection of 5 per cent, of peach kernel and benne oil. Mixed with pure nitric acid, sp. gr. 
1-40, almond oil yields a pale-yellowish liquid, peach kernel oil a red, henne oil a yellowish 
green, afterwards reddish, and poppy and walnut oils a white mixture. It was found that the 
oil expressed, cold or warm, from either fresh almonds or from such as had been kept up to 
ten years, gave the same reaction. Most of the commercial oil was found to be adulterated 
with the oil of either peach kernels or benne seed. (A. J. P., Dec. 1877.) 
Oil of almond may be used for the same purposes as is olive oil, and, when suspended in 
water by means of mucilage or the yolk of egg and loaf-sugar, forms a pleasant emulsion, 
useful in pulmonary affections attended with cough. From a fluidrachm to a fluidounce (3-75 
—30 C.c.) may be given at a dose. 
OLEUM ANETHI. Br. Oil of Dill. 
“ The oil distilled from Dill Fruit.” Br. 
Aneth a Odeur forte, Essence d’Aneth, Fr.; Dill, Dillol, G.; Aneto, It.; Eneldo, Sp. 
Oil of dill is of a pale yellow color, with the odor of the fruit, and a hot, sweetish, acrid 
taste. Its sp. gr. varies between 0-895 and 0-915. The fruit yields about 3-5 per cent, of it. 
The oil is a mixture of limonene, phellandrene, and a paraffin hydrocarbon along with carvol, 
C10H140. “ Color pale yellow, odor that of the fruit, taste sweet and aromatic. Specific 
gravity 0-905 to 0-920. It rotates the plane of a ray of polarized light not less than 70° to 
the right, at 60° F. (15-5° C.), in a tube 100 millimetres long.” Br. R. Nietski obtained from 
the fruit of Anethum graveolens a volatile oil, which commenced to boil at 155° C. (311° F.), 
the boiling point rising gradually to 260° C. (500° F.). About 10 per cent, of the oil consists 
of a hydrocarbon, C10Oie, having the boiling point from 155°-160° C., 60 per cent, boiling at 
from 170°—175° C. (338°-347° F.), of the same composition, and 30 per cent, with the boiling 
point from 225°-230° C. (437°-446° F.), composition C10II140, and identical with carvol. The 
odor of the first portion of hydrocarbon is similar to that of turpentine ; that of the second 
portion resembles oil of mace, but when mixed with a little carvol the characteristic dill odor is 
(6'le-um a-ne'th!.) Oleum Anisi.—Oleum Anthemidis. 
PART I. 
923 
at once produced. (A. J. P., 1874.) The oil is sometimes used for preparing dill water. Dose, 
from three to ten drops (0-18-0-6 C.c). 
OLEUM ANISI. U. S., Br. Oil of Anise 
Essence d’Anis, Fr.; Anisol, G. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Anise. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles protected 
from light, and, if it has separated into a liquid and a solid portion, it should be completely 
liquefied by warming before being dispensed.” TJ. S. “ The oil distilled from Anise Fruit; or 
from the fruit of the star-anise, Illicium verum, Hook, fil.” Br. 
The product of oil from anise is variously stated at from 1-56 to 3-12 per cent. The oil em- 
ployed in this country is imported. It is colorless or yellowish, with the peculiar odor and 
taste of the seed. At 50° F. it crystallizes in flat tables, and it does not melt under 62° F. Its 
sp. gr. increases with age, and is variously given at from 0-9768 to 0-9903. It is soluble in all 
proportions in alcohol of 0-806 ; but alcohol of 0-840 dissolves at 77° only 42 per cent. Ether 
dissolves it in all proportions. (Gmelin.) “ A colorless or pale yellow, thin, and strongly re- 
fractive liquid, having the characteristic odor of anise, and a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. 
Specific gravity, about 0-980 to 0-990 at 17° C. (62-6° F.), increasing with age. At a low 
temperature, usually between 10° and 15° C. (50°-59° F.), it solidifies to a white, crystalline 
mass. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol to a clear solution (absence of most fixed oils 
and of oil of turpentine'). This solution is neutral to litmus paper, and should not assume a 
blue or brownish color on the addition of a drop of ferric chloride test-solution (absence of 
some volatile oils containing phenols). When the Oil is dropped into water, without agitation, 
it should not produce a milky turbidity (absence of alcohol).'1' U. S. “ Colorless or pale yellow ; 
with the odor of the fruit, and a mildly aromatic taste. It congeals, when stirred, at tem- 
peratures between 50° and 59° F. (10° to 15° C.), and should not again become liquid below 
59° F. (15° C.). Specific gravity at 68° F. (20° C.) 0-975 to 0-990. It rotates the plane 
of a ray of polarized light slightly to the left.” Br. It consists of a small quantity of a hy- 
drocarbon, C1OH10, but mainly of anethol, C10H120, which is present, however, in two isomeric 
modifications, one solid at ordinary temperatures and heavier than water (solid anethol), the 
other liquid and more volatile (methyl chavicol). Anethol, both in the liquid and in the solid 
form, is present, and is the chief constituent of the oils of anise, star aniseed, and fennel. By 
oxidation, by means of nitric or chromic acid, the different forms of anethol* yield anisic 
acid, C8H80g. Oil of anise absorbs oxygen from the air, and becomes less disposed to con- 
crete. In consequence of its high price, it is frequently adulterated with spermaceti, wax, 
or camphor. The first two may be detected by their insolubility in cold alcohol, the last by 
its odor. In one instance as much as 35 per cent, of spermaceti was found. Schimmel & 
Co. have found fennel stearoptene in commercial oil of anise. (Pharm. Rev., 1897, 94.) 
Prof. Procter met with a parcel, of which not less than five-sixths were alcohol. (A. J. P., 
xxvii. 513.) The dose of the oil is from five to fifteen drops (0-3—0-9 C.c.) Its comparative 
mildness adapts it to infantile cases. Most of the oil of anise of commerce is the oil of star 
aniseed ( Oleum Badiani, or Oleum Illicii). Oil of anise has also been distilled from the sweet 
cicely, Osmorhiza longistylis, of the United States and Canada. (Pharm. Rundschau, July, 1887.) 
For description and analysis of Russian oil of anise, see P. J. Tr., 1896,164, also 243. Anisic 
acid is said to be antiseptic, resembling salicylic acid in its action. 
(O'LE-DH A-Nl'SI.) 
OLEUM ANTHEMIDIS. Br. Oil of Chamomile. 
“ The oil distilled from chamomile flowers.” Br. 
Oleum Chamomillae Romanae; Essence de Camomille romaine, Fr.; Romisch-Kamillenol, G. 
This oil was introduced into the British Pharmacopoeia 1885 with the direction that it 
should be distilled in Britain. No such restriction is found in the Pharmacopoeia of 1898. It 
is seldom prepared in this country. Baume obtained thirteen drachms of the oil from eighty- 
two pounds of the flowers; according to Mr. Brande, the average product of 100 pounds is 
two pounds twelve ounces. It has the peculiar smell of chamomile, with a pungent somewhat 
aromatic taste. When recently distilled it is of a pale sky-blue or greenish-blue color, which 
changes to yellow or brownish on exposure. “ Specific gravity 0-905 to 0-915.” Br. The 
(O'LE-UM AN-THEM'I-DIS.) 
* For an account of the numerous isomers of anethol, see Orndorff. Terrasse, and Morton, Amer. Ghem. Journ., 
19, 845. 924 
Oleum Aurantii Cortids.—Oleum Aurantii Florum. 
PART I. 
oil was thoroughly investigated in Fittig’s laboratory during the years 1878-79. It was 
found to consist of a mixture of angelic and tiglinic esters of isobutyl, isamyl, hexyl, and prob- 
ably one higher one. Angelic acid and tiglinic acid are isomeric, and have the formula 
CgHgOjj. The relative proportions of these two acids varied in different oils. It has sometimes 
been employed in spasm of the stomach, and as an adjunct to purgative medicines. Its chief use, 
however, appears to be as an ingredient of the extract of chamomile of the British Pharma- 
copoeia, to which it is added in order to supply the place of the oil driven off by the heat used 
in its preparation. This oil must not be confounded with that of Matricaria chamomilla, 
employed on the continent of Europe under the name of oil of chamomile. (See Matricaria.) 
The dose is from five to fifteen drops (0-3-0-9 C.c.). 
OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS. U. S. Oil of Orange Peel. 
(O'LE-UM AU-RAN'TI-I COR'TI-CIS.) 
“ A volatile oil obtained by expression from the fresh peel of either the Bitter Orange, 
Citrus vulgaris, Risso, or the Sweet Orange, Citrus Aurantium, Linnd (nat. ord. Rutaceas). 
It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
Essential Oil of Orange Peel; Huile d’Orange, Fr.; Apfelsinenschalenol, Pomeranzenschalenol, G. 
This oil is used only for flavoring purposes, and has been introduced principally because of 
its employment in elixirs and in Spiritus Aurantii and Spiritus Aurantii Compositum. Oil of 
orange is prepared in Calabria and Sicily in three ways: 1, by scraping off the exterior part 
of the rind and submitting it to expression; 2, by putting the scrapings into hot water, de- 
pressing the pulp beneath, and skimming off the oil as it rises; 3, by distillation. The best 
Sicily orange oil is procured by dexterous compression, within a cask, of the fresh rind by the 
hand, the oil being driven out in jets. It is sometimes absorbed by a sponge. (A. J. P., 1868.) 
It is largely made at Messina, and in the south of France. It is also extracted by the ecuelle 
process,* and partly from the Bigarade and partly from the sweet or Portugal orange, the scarcely 
ripe fruit being in either case employed. The oil made from the former is much more valuable 
than that obtained from the latter, and the two are distinguished in price-currents as Essence 
de Bigarade and Essence de Portugal. 
Properties. Oil of orange peel yields on distillation, besides a resinous product of the 
composition C2qH3o03, a hydrocarbon, hesperidene, C10H13 (Wright and Piesse, Chem. News, 
xxiv. 147), boiling at 178° C. (352-4° F.). The inner thick part of the rind contains also a 
bitter principle, called hesperidin, discovered by Lebreton in 1828, but more fully studied by 
Hoffmann {Ber. Chem. Ges., 1876, pp. 26, 685). It is best prepared from the unripe bitter 
orange. Its formula is C22Hae012, and it is a glucoside, as is shown by the reaction with 
dilute sulphuric acid, whereby it is decomposed into hesperetin, CieH140e, and glucose, 
C6H12°6- 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes the oil as “ a pale yellowish liquid, having the character- 
istic, aromatic odor of orange, and an aromatic and, when obtained from the bitter orange, 
somewhat bitter taste. Specific gravity, about 0-850 at 15° C. (59° F.). Its optical rotation 
should not be less than 95° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a temperature of about 15° 
to 20° C. (59° to 68° F.). Soluble in about four times its volume of alcohol, this solution being 
neutral to litmus paper; also soluble, in all proportions, in absolute alcohol or in carbon disul- 
phide, and in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. When kept for some time, the Oil should 
not develop a terebinthinate odor or taste (absence of oil of turpentine or of other oils containing 
pinene).” U. S. This oil is one of the most difficult to preserve. A method for its preservation, 
which we have used for years, is to shake the oil briskly with one-eighth of its volume of dis- 
tilled water, and allow it to separate, then remove the essential oil, filter rapidly if necessary, 
and mix the filtered oil with 95 per cent, alcohol in the proportion of one volume of the oil to 
seven volumes of alcohol. 
OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM. U. S. Oil of Orange Flowers. [Oil of 
Neroli.] 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of the Bitter Orange, Citrus vulgaris, Risso 
(nat. ord. Rutaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected 
from light.” U. S. 
Huile de Fleurs d’Orange, Essence de N6roli, Fr.; Pomeranzenbliithenol, G. 
(O'LE-UM Au-RAN'TI-I FLO'RUM.) 
* For an illustration of the ecuelle, see Remington’s Practice of Pharmacy, p. 789. PART I. 
Oleum Aurantii Florum.—Oleum Bergamottse. 
925 
This official oil is employed only on account of its pleasant odor and taste, and is largely 
used as an ingredient in Cologne water, perfumes, etc. The best quality of “ oil of neroli,” as 
it is universally called in commerce, comes from Nice, and is derived from the flowers of the 
Citrus aurantium, or sweet orange, by distillation with water; this is called “ neroli petale." 
The next quality is obtained in the same way, but by using the blossoms of the Citrus Biga- 
radia, or bitter orange : this is called “ neroli bigarade whilst an inferior sort, “ essence de petit 
grain," is made by distilling the leaves and unripe fruit. This should not be classed with 
“ neroli,” as it is unworthy of the name. Oil of Petit Grain Citronnier is a fragrant oil, dis- 
tilled from the leaves and twigs of the lemon-tree; it closely resembles the essence de petit 
grain from the orange leaves and fruit. (Cliem. and Drug., 1897, 53.) 
Properties. It is officially described as “ a yellowish or brownish, thin liquid, having a 
very fragrant odor of orange flowers, and an aromatic, somewhat bitter taste. Specific gravity, 
0-875 to 0-890 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being 
neutral to litmus paper. If a little alcohol be poured on the surface of the Oil, and the mix- 
ture gently undulated, a bright, violet fluorescence will usually be observed. In contact with 
a saturated solution of sodium bisulphite it assumes a handsome and permanent purplish-red 
color.” TJ. S. The greater part of the oil is a hydrocarbon, distilling at from 185°—195° C. 
(365°-383° F.), with which is a small amount of a crystalline solid called neroli camphor A 
According to Fliickiger, this is a neutral, inodorous, tasteless substance, fusing at 55° C. 
(131° F.). According to Semmler (Ber. der Chem. Gesell., 26, 2711), the oil contains about 20 
per cent, of limonene, 30 per cent, of linalool, C10H180; 40 per cent, of linaloyl acetate, and 3 
per cent, of geraniol. Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897 mentions a small amount of a 
paraffin as also present. Noel distinguishes the different volatile oils of the orange tribe by 
shaking five drops of the oil with one C.c. of pure concentrated hydrochloric acid. After one 
minute seven or eight C c. of 90 per cent, alcohol are added, whereby the color is changed, 
and increased or decreased according to the extent of the adulteration. It is obvious that 
to use effectually such a test requires special education. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1887.) 
OLEUM BERGAMOTTE. U. S. Oil of Bergamot. [Oleum Bergamii, 
Pharm. 1880.] 
“ A volatile oil obtained by expression from the rind of the fresh fruit of Citrus Berga- 
mia, Bisso et Poiteau (nat. ord. Rutaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place, protected from light.” U. S. 
Oleum Bergamottse, P. G.; Essence de Bergamotte, Huile de Bergamotte, Fr.; Bergamottol, G.; Olio di Berga- 
motta, It. 
Citrus. See Aurantii Cortex. 
Citrus bergamia. Risso & Poiteau. B. & T. 52.— C. limetta. De Cand. Prodrom. i. 539. 
The bergamot-tree has oblong-ovate, dentate, acute, or obtuse leaves, somewhat paler on the 
under than on the upper surface, and with footstalks more or less winged or margined. The 
flowers are white, and usually small; the fruit pyriform or roundish, about three inches in 
diameter, terminated by an obtuse point, with concave receptacles of oil in the rind. The 
pulp of the fruit is sourish, somewhat aromatic, and not disagreeable. The rind is shining, 
and of a pale-yellow color, and abounds in a very grateful volatile oil. This may be obtained 
by expression or distillation. In the former case it preserves the agreeable flavor of the rind, 
but is somewhat turbid; in the latter it is limpid but less sweet. The mode of procuring it 
by expression is exactly the same as that used for oil of lemon. (See Oleum Limonis.') It is 
brought from Italy, the south of France, and Portugal. 
The oil of bergamot, often called essence of bergamot, has a sweet, very agreeable odor, a 
bitter, aromatic, pungent taste, a pale greenish-yellow color, and a slightly acid reaction. Its 
sp. gr. varies from 0-870 to 0-888. (Lewis, Zeller.) “ Specific gravity, 0-880 to 0-885 at 15° 
C. (59° F.). Its optical rotation should not be more than 20° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, 
and at a temperature of about 15° to 20° C. (59° to 68° F.). Two volumes of the Oil, when 
mixed with 1 volume of alcohol, should give a clear solution of a slightly acid reaction, and 
this solution should not become turbid on the further addition of alcohol (distinction from oil 
(O'LE-UM BER-GA-MOT'TiE.) 
* Under the name of nerolin an artificial product has been placed upon the market in the form of a white crys- 
talline powder, soluble in alcohol and fixed oils and almost insoluble in water. It is used by soap-makers as a sub- 
stitute for oil of neroli, and is said to be ten times as strong. This compound is said to be the ethyl ether of /3-naphtol. 
(Her. der Chetn. Gea., 1893, 2706.) It is also used in the manufacture of eau-de-Cologne with advantage instead 
of neroli oil. (Schimmel & Co., Semi-Annual Report, April, 1893.) 926 
Oleum Bergamottse.— Oleum Cadinum. 
PAET I. 
of orange or oil of lemon). The Oil should also be soluble at 20° C. (68° F.), without the 
separation of oily drops, in 1-5 to 2 volumes of alcohol of 80 per cent, by volume. It is sol- 
uble, in all proportions, in glacial acetic acid. If about 2 Gm. of the Oil be evaporated in a 
small, tared capsule, on a water-bath, until the odor has completely disappeared, a soft, green, 
homogeneous residue should be left, amounting to not more than about 6 per cent, of the 
Oil (absence of fatty oils).” U. S. It contains limonene, dipentene, linalool, a solid greasy 
compound called bergaptene, or bergamot camphor, and linalool acetate, C10H17.C2H302, which 
latter makes up about 40 per cent, of the expressed oil, but is decomposed in large part by the 
process of steam distillation. Bergaptene has been very fully studied by Pomeranz. (Monatsheft 
fiir Chem., 1891, 379.) It melts at 188° C., and has the composition C12H804, being the 
lactone or inner anhydride of bergaptenic acid, C12H1006. By fusion with caustic potash, ber- 
gaptene yields phloroglucin. (See SchimmeTs Report, April, 1893, and 1895, 24; also Proc. 
A. P. A., 1897, 630.) The oil is distinguished from lemon and orange oils by readily dis- 
solving in solution of potassa and forming with it a clear solution. (Zeller.) Though possessed 
of the excitant properties of the volatile oils in general, it is employed chiefly, if not exclu- 
sively, as a perfume. 
OLEUM BETULiE VOLATILE. U. S. Volatile Oil of Betula. 
[Oil of Sweet Birch.] 
“ A volatile oil obtained by distillation from the bark of Betula lenta, Linn6 (Sweet Birch; 
nat. ord. Betulaceae). It is identical with Methyl Salicylate [CH3C7H60„], and nearly iden- 
tical with Oil of Gaultheria. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from 
light.” U.S. 
The Betula lenta, cherry birch, sweet birch, black birch, mountain mahogany, is a large 
American tree resembling in its dark, chestnut-brown bark, the general shape of its leaves, 
and its whole appearance the garden cherry. It grows northward from New England to Ohio 
and southward in the Blue Ridge as far as South Carolina and Georgia. It is especially char- 
acterized by its heart-ovate, pointed, sharply and finely doubly serrate leaves, and short petioles. 
The underneath veins of the leaves are hairy, as are also the elliptical, thick, fruity catkins, 
the lobes of whose venous scales are nearly equal, obtuse, and diverging. 
In commerce the oil of birch is chiefly sold as the oil of wintergreen. It is very largely 
distilled by the mountaineers or small farmers, many of whom put indiscriminately into their 
stills the wintergreen and the bark of the birch, or at least mix the products before selling. 
Whilst in general use under the name of oil of gaultheria, it differs from the latter in not con- 
taining a terpene; its specific gravity is 1-17, whilst, according to Pettigrew, that of oil of 
gaultheria is 10318. For a description of the apparatus used to distil oil of birch, see A. J. 
P., 1882, 49. It does not differ essentially from that described later in connection with oil 
of gaultheria. The so-called “ light oil” of distillers, according to Mr. Kennedy, is simply the 
oil with water and dirt. Oil of sweet birch has the same properties and conforms to the same 
reactions and tests as does methyl salicylate. (See Methyl Salicylas ; also Oleum Gaultherise.) So 
far as our present knowledge goes, oil of birch does not differ in its physiological and remedial 
properties from oil of gaultheria. Dose, from five to thirty minims (0-3-1-8 C.c.). 
(O'LE-UM BfiT'U-LiE VO-LXT'I-LE.) 
OLEUM CADINUM. U. S., Br. Oil of Cade. [Oleum Juniperi Empyreumaticum.] 
“ A product of the dry distillation of the wood of Juniperus Oxycedrus, Linne (nat. ord. 
Conifer®).” U. S. “ An empyreumatic oily liquid obtained by the destructive distillation of 
the woody portions of Juniperus Oxycedrus, Linn., and some other species.” Br. 
Juniper Tar Oil; Huile de Cade, Fr. 
The Juniperus oxycedrus, Linne, prickly cedar, or large brown-fruited juniper, is a common 
tree in the waste places and stony hill-sides of the Mediterranean districts of Northern Africa, 
Spain, Portugal, and France, reaching up in its distribution as high as 3000 feet in the Apen- 
nines. It commonly attains a height of from ten to twelve feet, sometimes much more, with 
long spreading branches and slender drooping branchlets, covered with light-green scattered and 
spreading leaves of medium size, lanceolate or awl-shaped, sharply pointed, having two furrows 
on their upper edge. The fruits are numerous, large (half an inch in diameter), globular, 
shining, reddish or chestnut-brown, and marked on the apex with two white lines. 
From the heart-wood of this tree the oil of cade is prepared by a process of distillation in 
(O'LE-UM CA-DI'NUM.) PART I. 
Oleum Cadinum.—Oleum Cajuputi. 
927 
ovens per descensum, similar to that practised in the making of ordinary tar. It is a brownish 
or dark brown liquid, much more mobile and less thick than tar, having a tar-like but distinct 
odor, and a smoky, acrid, bitterish, disagreeable taste. In mass it is dark and opaque, but in 
very thin layers clear; the oil contains phenols and a sesquiterpene termed cadinene, C16H24, 
the latter boiling at from 274° to 275° C. “ Specific gravity, about 0-990 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
It is almost insoluble in water, but imparts to it an acid reaction. It is only partially soluble 
in alcohol, but is completely soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide.” U. S. The 
British Pharmacopoeia describes it as “ A dark reddish-brown or nearly black, more or less 
viscid, oily liquid, with a not unpleasant empyreumatic odor and an aromatic bitter and acrid 
taste. Specific gravity about 0-990. It is soluble in ether and chloroform ; partially soluble 
in cold, almost wholly in hot alcohol (90 per cent.). It is very slightly soluble in water. The 
filtered aqueous solution is almost colorless and possesses an acid reaction.” Yaucher recom- 
mends acetone for disguising the odor of oil of cade, and proposes an oil of cade collodion 
in which acetone is used to dissolve the pyroxylin instead of the usual solvents. (Chem. and 
Drug., 1897, 16.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Oil of cade has been used by the peasantry in the 
treatment of the cutaneous diseases of sheep, horses, and other domestic animals almost from 
time immemorial. More recently it has been largely employed in the treatment of chronic 
eczema, psoriasis, and other skin diseases of man, and has also been found to be an efficient 
parasiticide in psora and favus. It is applied, sometimes of full strength, sometimes diluted 
with a bland oil, well rubbed into the affected parts with the fingers, or with a cloth, and is also 
made into ointments, and especially into soaps * A glycerite is also prepared. 
OLEUM CAJUPUTI. U. S., Br. Oil of Cajuput. 
(O'LE-UM CAJ-y-PU'TI.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from tlie leaves of Melaleuca Leucadendron, Linne (nat. ord. Myr- 
tacern). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. “ The oil distilled 
from the leaves of Melaleuca Leucadendron, Linn. (Melaleuca Cajuputi, Roxb.).” Br. 
Oleum Cajeputi, P. G.; Essence de Cajeput, Huile de Cajeput, Fr.; Cajeputol, G.; Olio di Cajeput, It.; Kayu- 
putieh, Mai. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-parted, semi-superior. Corolla five-petalled. Stamens about forty-five, 
very long, conjoined in five bodies. Style single. Capsule three-celled. Seeds numerous. 
Roxburgh. 
It was long supposed that the oil of cajuput was derived from Melaleuca leucadendron; but 
from specimens of the plant affording it, sent from the Moluccas and cultivated in the botan- 
ical garden of Calcutta, Roxburgh concluded it to be a distinct species, and gave it the name 
of M. cajuputi. It corresponds with the arbor alba minor of Rumphius, and is a smaller plant 
than the M. leucadendron. Bentham, however, probably with correctness, considers it simply 
a smaller variety of M. leucadendron, a tree of wide-spread habitat, reaching into India, the 
Philippines, and even Australia. It is possible, however, that the oil may be obtained from 
different species of Melaleuca, as M. Stickel, of Jena, succeeded in procuring from the leaves 
of M. hypericifolia, cultivated in the botanical garden of that place, a specimen of oil not dis- 
tinguishable from the cajuput oil of commerce, except by a pale-green color. (Annal. der 
Pharm., xix. 224.) M. viridifolia and M. latifolia, large trees growing abundantly in the island 
of New Caledonia, yield a volatile oil very analogous to the oil of cajuput.f The leaves of 
* In the Edinb. Monthly Journ. for July, 1852 (page 66), it is stated that the soap is made by distilling the tar, in- 
corporating the volatile oil obtained with a fixed oil, and then saponifying this with soda. It is in the form of black 
balls, readily unites with water, and may be applied to the surface like any other soap. The best plan is probably 
to apply it at bedtime and wash it off next morning. 
f It seems to be uncertain how much of the oil of cajuput of commerce is produced by the New Caledonia trees. 
In the Bull. Therap., xcvii., the volatile oil of Melaleuca flaviflora is said to be sent in large quantities, under the 
name of miaouli, from New Caledonia to the East. More recently a pale-yellow oil occurring in French commerce 
under the name of essence de miaouli is reported to be obtained by distillation of the leaves of the Melaleuca viri- 
dijlora, which yield of it about 2-5 per cent. This oil has been carefully studied by G. Bertrand, who describes it as 
having a density of 0"922 and deviating a ray of polarized light 0° 42' to the right. He finds that it contains 
minute quantities of amylic alcohol, but is chiefly composed of a dextro-rotatory terebinthene, CioHig, eucalyptol, a 
hydrocarbon (probably citrene) boiling at 175° F., and a terpinol. This composition is identical with that of the 
terpinol of List (Comptes-Rendus, civ. 996, cvi. 663), obtained by heating with acidulated water the terpene, C10H16,- 
2H2O, resulting from the spontaneous hydration of terpene, C10H16, the natural product being thus readily imitated 
artificially in the laboratory by extremely simple reactions. (Comptes-Rendus, cxvi. 1070.) This oil has been used 
in doses of from ten to fifty centigrammes daily, in capsules, by Dr. Blanc, for the purposes for which oil of cajuput 
is usually employed. (Revue de Thirap., lx.) 928 
Oleum Cajuputi 
PAET I. 
different species of Melaleuca have been used advantageously, in the form of bath, in chronic 
rheumatism. (Annuaire de ThSrap., 1861, p. 67.) An extract of M. paraguayensis has been 
used with alleged advantage in rheumatism and other diseases. (Med. Record, xvi.) 
Melaleuca leucadendron. Linne. Cajuputi. Rumphius, Herbar. Ambomense, tom. ii. tab. 17 ; 
Roxburgh, Trans. Lond. Med. Bot. Soc., 1829 ; Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., vol. i. p. 193. 
—M. minor. De Candolle. B. & T. 108. This tree grows with an erect but crooked stem, and 
scattered branches, the slender twigs of which droop like those of the weeping willow. The 
hark is of a whitish ash color, very thick, soft, spongy, and lamellated, throwing off its exterior 
layer from time to time in flakes. The leaves have short footstalks, are alternate, lanceolate, 
when young sericeous, when full-grown smooth, deep green, three- and five-nerved, slightly fal- 
cate, entire, from three to five inches long, from one-half to three-quarters of an inch broad, 
and when bruised exhale a strong aromatic odor. The flowers are small, white, inodorous, 
sessile, and disposed in terminal and axillary downy spikes, with solitary, lanceolate, three- 
flowered bracts. The filaments are three or four times longer than the petals, and both are in- 
serted in the rim of the calyx. The oil is obtained from the leaves by distillation. It is pre- 
pared chiefly in Amboyna and Bouro, and is exported from the East Indies in glass bottles. The 
small proportion yielded by the leaves, and the extensive use made of it in India, render it costly. 
Properties. Cajuput oil is very fluid, transparent, of a fine green color, a lively and pene- 
trating odor analogous to that of camphor and cardamom, and a warm, pungent taste. It is 
very volatile and inflammable, burning without any residue. The sp. gr. varies from 0-914 to 
0-9274. Its composition, according to Blanchet and Sell, is C10II180, and by repeated dis- 
tillation over phosphoric oxide the hydrocarbon, C10II16, called cajuputene, can be obtained. 
The oil is, therefore, said to contain cajuputene hydrate, or cajuputol. The identity of cajuputol 
with cineol and eucalyptol from Eucalyptus globulus in both chemical and physical properties 
has been established by C. Jahns. (A. J. P., 1885, 237.) It boils at 175° C. (347° F.). 
Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897 states as additional constituents terpineol, terpenyl acetate, 
and probably valeraldehyde, benzaldehyde, and pinene. Oil of cajuput is “a light, thin, bluish- 
green, or, after rectification, colorless liquid, having a peculiar, agreeable, distinctly camphor- 
aceous odor, and an aromatic, bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0-922 to 0-929 at 15° C. (59° 
F.). With an equal volume of alcohol it affords a clear solution, which either has a slightly 
acid reaction, or, in the case of the rectified Oil, is neutral to litmus paper. On shaking 5 
C.c. of the Oil with 5 C.c. of water containing a drop of diluted hydrochloric acid, the Oil 
loses its green tint and becomes nearly colorless. If to this acid liquid, separated from the 
Oil, a drop of potassium ferrocyanide test solution be added, a reddish brown color will usually 
be produced (presence of traces of copper). If 5 parts of the Oil be heated to 50° C. (122° F.), 
and 1 part of powdered iodine gradually added, with avoidance of any further rise of tem- 
perature, the mixture, on cooling, will deposit a mass of crystals.” U. S. “ Bluish green, with 
an agreeable penetrating camphoraceous odor, and an aromatic bitterish camphoraceous taste. 
Specific gravity from 0-922 to 0 930. It should become semi-solid on being stirred, when 
cold, with a third or half its volume of phosphoric acid of commerce of specific gravity 1-750 
(presence of a due proportion of cineol).” Br. The oil is wholly soluble in alcohol. When it 
is distilled, a light, colorless liquid first comes over, and afterwards a green and denser one. The 
green color has been ascribed to a salt of copper derived from the vessels in which the distillation 
is performed ; and Guibourt obtained two grains and a half of copper oxide from a pound of the 
commercial oil. But neither Brande nor Goertner could detect copper in specimens examined by 
them; and M. Lesson, who witnessed the process for preparing the oil at Bouro, attributes its 
color to chlorophyll or some analogous principle, and states that it is rendered colorless by rectifi- 
cation. Guibourt, moreover, obtained a green oil by distilling the leaves of a Melaleuca culti- 
vated at Paris. A fair inference is that the oil of cajuput is naturally green, but that as found 
in commerce it sometimes contains copper, either accidentally present or added with a view of 
imitating or maintaining the fine color of the oil. The proportion of copper, however, is not so 
great as to forbid the internal use of the oil; and the metal may be separated by distillation 
with water, or by agitation with a solution of potassium ferrocyanide. This statement as to the 
frequent occurrence of copper in the cajuput oil of commerce, though at the same time its 
presence is not essential, has been confirmed by experiments by Mr. Edward Histed, who found 
copper in all of six specimens of the commercial oil, obtained from different sources. When 
redistilled, the oil became perfectly colorless, but after a few days’ exposure to copper filings 
reassumed its green color. (P. J. Tr., 1872, p. 804.) 
The high price of cajuput oil has led to its occasional adulteration. Oil of rosemary, and oil Oleum Cajuputi.— Oleum Cari. 
929 
PART I. 
of turpentine, impregnated with camphor and colored with the resin of milfoil, are said to be 
employed for the purpose. The best test, according to Zeller, is iodine, which, after a moder- 
ately energetic reaction, with little increase of temperature and but a slight development of 
orange vapors, occasions immediate inspissation into a loose coagulum, which soon becomes a 
dry, greenish-brown, brittle mass. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This oil is highly stimulant, producing when swal- 
lowed a sense of heat, with an increased fulness and frequency of pulse, and exciting in some 
instances profuse perspiration. It is much esteemed by the Malays and other people of the 
East, who consider it a panacea. The complaints to which it is best adapted are probably 
chronic rheumatism, and spasmodic affections of the stomach and bowels, unconnected with in- 
flammation. It has been extolled as a remedy in spasmodic cholera, and has been used also as 
a diffusible stimulant in low fevers. It is said to have been used in the collapsed state of cholera, 
with unexpected success, in the dose of from fifteen grains to a drachm (1—3-9 Gm.) in a 
single potion. (Arm. de Therap., 1867, p. 71.) Diluted with an equal proportion of olive oil, 
it is applied externally to relieve gouty and rheumatic pains. Like most other highly stimu- 
lating essential oils, it relieves toothache if introduced into the hollow of the carious tooth. M. 
Delvaux, who has made extensive use of this oil, has found it beneficial, given internally, in 
dyspepsia with flatulence, in the early stages and milder forms of cholera, in verminose affections 
in children, in chronic laryngitis and bronchitis, in chronic catarrh of the bladder, in chronic 
rheumatism of the joints with little or no swelling, and in painful chronic rheumatism of the 
muscles and fibro-muscular tissues, whether external or internal. Externally applied, M. Del- 
vaux has derived great benefit from it in various cutaneous diseases, as pityriasis, psoriasis, and 
especially in that extremely obstinate affection of the face, acne rosacea, which he has often 
succeeded in curing by the simple application of this oil three times a day. (Annuaire de Therap., 
1862, p. 38.) The dose is from five to twenty drops (0-3-1-25 C.c.), given in emulsion, in 
the form of pill, or upon a lump of sugar. 
OLEUM CARI. U. S. (Br.) Oil of Caraway. 
(O'LE-UM CA'RI.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Caraway.” U. S. “ The Oil distilled from caraway fruit.” Br. 
Oleum Carui, Br.; Oleum Carvi, P. G.; Essence de Carvi, Fr.; Kiimmelol, G. 
This oil is prepared to a considerable extent by our distillers. The fresh fruit as cultivated 
in Holland yields nearly 6 per cent, of oil, while the Herman fruit yields about 4 per cent. 
The oil of caraway is somewhat viscid, of a pale-yellow color, becoming brownish by age, with 
the odor of the fruit, and an aromatic acrid taste. Its sp. gr. is differently given at 0-946 
(Baume), 0-931 (Brande), 0-916 (Buignet), and 0-920 ( U S. Pi). It is dextrogyrate in its re- 
lation to polarized light. (Buignet, Journ. de Pharm., Oct. 1861, p. 261.) It consists of two 
liquid oils, of different boiling points, and separable by distillation,—one a hydrocarbon called 
carvene (C10H16), of the sp. gr. 0-849 and boiling point 176° C. (349° F.), now recognized 
as identical with limonene, the other, carvol, C1QH140, of the sp. gr. 0-9638 and boiling point 
224° C. (435° F.). This latter constituent is often extracted from the oil and prepared in a 
pure state by taking advantage of the formation of a crystalline compound of carvol and 
hydrogen sulphide, which can then be decomposed by treatment with alcoholic potash. 
It is officially described as “ a colorless, or pale yellow, thin liquid, having the characteristic, 
aromatic odor of caraway, and a mild, spicy taste. Specific gravity, 0 910 to 0-920 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, this solution being neutral to litmus paper.” 
U. S. “ Colorless or pale yellow, with the characteristic odor of the fruit, and a spicy taste. 
Specific gravity 0-910 to 0-920.” Br. For additional tests, see Schimmel & Co.'s Report, 
1893, 10 ; also Bull. Pharm., 1894, 257. 
When oil of caraway is distilled over glacial phosphoric acid or powdered caustic soda, the 
distilled liquor being poured back into the retort until it ceases to have the smell of caraway, 
an oily liquid is obtained, having a very disagreeable odor, and a strong taste. This product, 
to which the name of carvacrol has been applied, has been found to give immediate relief to 
toothache, when inserted on cotton into the cavity of a carious tooth. (See Am. Journ. of Med. 
Sci., N. S., xv. 532.) Carvacrol is found to be of the same chemical composition as carvol, 
and is considered to be formed from it by molecular rearrangement merely. Oil of caraway is 
much used to impart flavor to medicines, and to correct their nauseating and griping effects. 
The dose is from one to ten drops (0-06—0-6 C.c.). 930 
Oleum Caryophylli. 
PART I. 
OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI. U. S., Br. Oil of Cloves. 
(o-le-um cXb-y-o-phyl'l!.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Cloves.” V S. “ The Oil distilled from cloves.” Br. 
Oleum Caryophyllorum, P. G.; Essence de Girofles, Fr.; Nelkenol, G. 
This oil is obtained by distilling cloves with water, to which it is customary to add common 
salt, in order to raise the temperature of ebullition ; and the water should be repeatedly dis- 
tilled from the same cloves, in order completely to exhaust them. Professor Scharling has 
found advantage from the application of superheated steam to the distillation of this oil. (P. 
J. Tr., xi. 469.) It is essential also to use the same water over and over again, in order to 
avoid loss by the solution of the oil in the water. The product of good cloves is said to be 
about one-fifth or one-sixth of their weight. The oil was formerly brought from Holland or 
the East Indies ; but since the introduction of the Cayenne cloves into our markets the reduced 
price and superior freshness of the drug have rendered the distillation of oil of cloves profitable 
in this country ; and the best now sold is of domestic extraction. We have been informed that 
from seven to nine pounds of cloves yield to our distillers about one pound of the oil. 
Properties. Oil of cloves, when recently distilled, is very fluid, clear, and colorless, but 
becomes yellowish by exposure, and ultimately reddish brown. It has the odor of cloves, a 
hot, acrid, aromatic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Its sp. gr. is variously stated at from 
1-034 to 1-061,—the latter being given by Bonastre as the sp. gr. of the rectified oil. “ Specific 
gravity, 1-060 to 1-067 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, this solution 
being slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. 
When shaken with an equal volume of a concentrated solution of potassium hydrate, or of 
stronger ammonia water, it forms a semi-solid, yellowish mass. If two drops of the Oil be dis- 
solved in 4 C.c. of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride test-solution added, a bright green 
color will be produced; and if the same test be made with a drop of dilute ferric chloride test- 
solution, prepared by diluting the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a blue color 
will be produced, which soon changes to yellow. If 1 C.c. of the Oil be mixed with 2 C.c. of 
a mixture of 2 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, it should form a clear and perfect 
solution (absence of petroleum, most fatty oils, oil of turpentine, and similar oils'). If 1 C.c. of 
the Oil be shaken with 20 C.c. of hot water, the water should show a scarcely perceptible acid 
reaction to litmus paper. If, after cooling, the aqueous layer be passed through a wet filter, 
the clear filtrate should yield, with a drop of ferric chloride test-solution, only a transient 
grayish-green, but not a blue or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)." U. S. “ Colorless or 
pale yellow when recent, but gradually becoming reddish-brown, having the strong odor and 
taste of cloves. Specific gravity not below 1 050. An alcoholic solution yields a blue color 
with test-solution of ferric chloride. Shaken with its own volume of strong solution of ammo- 
nia it forms a semi-solid yellowish mass.” Br. It is one of the least volatile of the essential 
oils, and requires for congelation a temperature irom zero of Fahrenheit to —4°. It is com- 
pletely soluble in alcohol, ether, and strong acetic acid. Nitric acid changes its color to a 
deep red, and converts it by the aid of heat into oxalic acid. The same change to red is pro- 
duced by nitric acid on morphine, but in this case the red is followed by yellow, which does 
not happen with the oil of cloves. Besides, if to a solution of morphine with nitric acid 
a solution of chlorinated lime be added, and the mixture be exposed for some hours to the 
light, the solution of morphine will retain a straw color, while if oil of cloves be treated in 
the same manner the color disappears. (Haselden, B. and F. Med.- Chir. Rev., July, 1867, 
265.) When long kept, the oil deposits a crystalline stearopten. It is frequently adulterated 
with fixed oils, and sometimes with oil of pimenta and with copaiba. When pure, it sinks in 
distilled water. According to E. Scherer, these adulterations may sometimes be detected by 
attention to the specific gravity and the boiling point, pure oil of cloves varying in specific 
gravity from 1-03 to 1-06, and boiling at from 240° C. (464° F.) to 255° C. (491° F.). Ac- 
cording to Zeller, its character of congealing entirely into a crystalline mass with the alcoholic 
solution of potassa, losing at the same time its peculiar odor, affords a sufficient criterion of its 
purity. It appears to be indifferent in its rotatory effects on polarized light. (Buignet.) 
Oil of cloves contains small amounts of methyl alcohol and furfurol, but is mainly composed 
of an unsaturated phenol termed eugenol and a sesquiterpene caryophyllene. Eugenol, 
C C3H6 “ 
C10H1202, has been shown to be the methyl ether of allyl-dioxybenzene, CeH3 ) OCH-. One 
(OH 
of its most important reactions is its conversion into vanillin. For this purpose it is boiled PART I. 
Oleum Chenopodii.— Oleum Cinnamomi. 
931 
with acetic anhydride, whereby aceteugenol is formed, which, oxidized in weak acid solution by 
potassium permanganate, yields acetvanillic acid, and this with weak potash solution is changed 
into vanillin, which is then extracted by acidifying and shaking up with ether. (See also Pharm. 
Era, 1887, 444.) For the estimation of eugenol in the form of its crystalline benzoyl com- 
pound, see A. J. P., 1892, 26 and 508 ; also Sehimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1892, 28. The 
characteristic aromatic odor of oil of cloves is due to methyl-amylketone, (CH3(CH2)4C0.CH3), 
which has been isolated by the chemists of Sehimmel & Co., and found to be present only in 
minute quantity. (Pharm. Rev., 1897, 115.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. The medical effects of the oil are similar to those of 
cloves, and it is used for the same purposes; but its most common employment is as a cor- 
rigent of other medicines. It is a powerful local narcotic, and is often introduced into the 
cavity of a carious aching tooth. The dose is from two to six drops (0-12 to 0-36 C.c.). Eu- 
genol has been given internally in doses of forty-five grains per day dissolved in alcohol and 
diluted in water; it probably resembles carbolic acid in its physiological actions, and has been 
used as an antiseptic and antipyretic. According to the experiments of Dr. Leubuscher ( Wien. 
Med. Blatter, 1889), it is a feeble local anaesthetic. 
OLEUM CHENOPODII. U. S. Oil of Chenopodium. [Oil of American 
Wormseed.] 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Chenopodium.” U. S. 
Essence de Chenopode anthelmintique, Fr.; Amerikanisches Wurmsamenol, G. 
This oil is peculiar to the United States. It is prepared in the vicinity of Baltimore. (See 
page 367.) It is of a light-yellow color when recently distilled, but becomes deeper yellow 
and even brownish by age. Its reaction is neutral. It has in a high degree the peculiar 
flavor of the plant. “ Specific gravity, about 0-970 at 15° C. (59° F.). 1 C.c. of the oil 
should form a perfectly clear solution with 10 C.c. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 
1 volume of water.” 17. S. When freshly prepared, it has the sp. gr. 0-908, which, according 
to Mr. S. S. Grarrigues, is increased by time to 0-960. A portion examined by him, which was 
of a brownish-yellow color, had the sp. gr. 0-959 at 61° F., boiled at 374° F., and was freely 
soluble in alcohol and ether. He found it to be composed of two distinct oils, separable by 
distillation : one of these has the formula C1OH10, and reacts with hydrochloric acid in a man- 
ner analogous to oil of turpentine; the other is heavier, and possesses the formula C10HieO. 
(A. J. P., xxvi. 405.) Wormseed oil is used as an anthelmintic, in the dose of from four to 
eight drops (0-24-0-5 C.c.) for a child, repeated morning and evening for three or four days, 
and then followed by a brisk cathartic. The case of a child, six years old, is recorded (Boston 
Med. and Surg. Joum., xlv. 373) in which death is supposed to have resulted from the use of 
overdoses. 
(O'LE-UM jBHEN-0-P5'DI-I.) 
OLEUM CINNAMOMI. U. S., Br. Oil of Cinnamon. [Oil of Cassia.] 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Cassia Cinnamon. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, 
in a cool place, protected from light.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from Cinnamon Bark.” Br. 
Oleum Cinnamomi Zeylanici, P. 0.; Oil of Ceylon Cinnamon, E.; Essence de Cannelle, Huile de Cannelle, Fr.; 
Zimmtol, Zeylonisches Zimmtol, G.; Olio di Cannella, It.; Aceite de Canela, Sp. 
There are two oils of cinnamon in commerce,—one procured from the Ceylon cinnamon, the 
other from the Chinese cinnamon, and often distinguished by the name of oil of cassia. There 
is no essential difference in the two oils; and that of the Chinese cinnamon, as much the 
cheaper and more abundant of the two, will probably continue to be generally employed, not- 
withstanding that the Ceylon product has the finer flavor* 
Oil of cinnamon of Ceylon is prepared in that island from inferior kinds of cinnamon, of 
insufficient value to pay the export duty. The following account of the method of extraction 
is given by Marshall. The bark, having been coarsely powdered, is macerated for two days in 
sea-water, and then submitted to distillation. A light and a heavy oil come over with the 
(O'LE-UM CIN-NA-MO'MI.) 
* Sehimmel & Co. (Semi-Annual Report, April, 1892) have shown that cinnamon-leaf oil (from Cinnamomum zey- 
lanicum), instead of being a thick, viscid oil, as frequently stated, is a bright, limpid oil, and is identical with the oil 
formerly exported from Ceylon in large quantities and thought to be produced from the roots of the cinnamon shrub. 
It has a sp. gr. of 1*05 to 1'06, and contains about 87 per cent, of eugenol and about 0'1 per cent, of cinnamic alde- 
hyde : from this composition the cloves and cinnamon-like odor which it possesses may be understood. Safrol is 
also present in small amounts. Dr. von Roinburgh (Sehimmel & Co., Report, Oct. 1892) has prepared the true cin- 
namon-root oil, and finds it to contain large amounts of camphor, to which its odor is obviously due. 932 
Oleum Cinnamomi. 
PART I. 
water, the former of which separates in a few hours and floats upon the surface, the latter 
falls to the bottom of the receiver, and continues to be deposited for ten or twelve days. In 
future distillations, the saturated cinnamon water is employed with sea-water to macerate the 
cinnamon. Eighty pounds of the freshly prepared bark yield about 2*5 ounces of the lighter 
oil, and 5*5 of the heavier. From the same quantity kept for several years in store, about 
half an ounce less of each oil is obtained. The two kinds are probably united in the oil of 
commerce. The oil is also distilled in Ceylon from the leaves, but the product is said to be 
too small to yield a fair profit. (Chem. and Drug., 1888.) 
Recently prepared oil of Ceylon cinnamon is of a light-yellow color, becoming deeper by age, 
and ultimately red. Pereira states that the London druggists redistil the red oil, and thus 
obtain two pale-yellow oils, one lighter and the other heavier than water, with a loss of about 
10 per cent, in the process. The oil has the flavor of cinnamon, and when undiluted is exces- 
sively hot and pungent. It is said sometimes to have a peppery taste, ascribable to an admix- 
ture of the leaves with the bark in the preparation of the oil. Oil of Ceylon Cinnamon has 
“ a slightly acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 1*040. It is readily soluble in alcohol. When cooled 
to —10° C. (14° F.), it remains clear, but at a lower temperature a solid portion separates 
from it.” U. S. 1880. The British Pharmacopoeia 1898 recognizes oil of Ceylon cinnamon 
only, and gives the following description and tests: “ Yellow when freshly distilled, but grad- 
ually becoming reddish; having the odor and taste of the bark. Specific gravity 1*025 to 
1*035. 1 cubic centimetre dissolved in 5 cubic centimetres of alcohol (90 per cent.), and test- 
solution of ferric chloride added, should afford a pale green, but not a decided blue coloration 
(absence of cinnamon-leaf oil). If 10 cubic centimetres be well shaken with 50 cubic centi- 
metres of a boiling 30 per cent, solution of sodium hydrogen sulphite, an oily layer separates, 
which, when cooled to 60° F. (15*5° C.), should not measure more than 5 cubic centimetres 
(absence of more than 50 per cent, of constituents other than aldehydes).” 
Chinese oil of cinnamon is imported from Canton and Singapore. It is pale yellow, becoming 
red with age. Its flavor is similar to that of the Ceylon oil, though inferior; and it commands 
a much lower price. It is officially described as “ a yellowish or brownish liquid, becoming 
darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the characteristic odor of cinnamon, 
and a sweetish, spicy, and burning taste. Specific gravity, 1*055 to 1*065 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being slightly acid to litmus paper; also 
soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. When shaken with a saturated solution of 
sodium bisulphite, it solidifies to a crystalline mass. If 4 drops of the Oil, contained in a test- 
tube, be cooled to 0° C. (32° F.), and then shaken with 4 drops of fuming nitric acid, crystal- 
line needles or plates will be formed. If a portion of the Oil be shaken with water, and the 
liquid passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should give, with a few drops of basic lead 
acetate test-solution, a white turbidity, without a yellow color (absence of oil of cloves'). If 4 
drops of the Oil be dissolved in 10 C.c. of alcohol, the subsequent addition of a drop of ferric 
chloride test-solution should produce a brown, but not a green or blue, color (absence of oil of 
cloves or of carbolic acid'). If 1 C.c. of the Oil be mixed with 3 C.c. of a mixture of 3 vol- 
umes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, a clear solution should result; and if to this solution 
there be gradually added 2 C.c. of a saturated solution of lead acetate in a mixture of 3 vol- 
umes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, no precipitate should be produced (absence of petro- 
leum, or of colophony')." U. S. The researches of Schimmel & Co. seem to show that the 
Chinese cassia oil of commerce is distilled out of the leaves, leaf-stalks, and young twigs of 
the cassia plant,—probably with broken bark and various refuse products from the tree ; also 
that much of the oil is adulterated with rosin and petroleum. (See official tests above.)* Zeller 
states that it is heavier, less liquid, and sooner rendered turbid by cold, and that in the Ceylon 
oil iodine dissolves rapidly, with a considerable increase of heat, and the production of a tough 
residue, like extract, while in oil of cassia the reaction is slow, quiet, and with little heat, and 
the residue is soft or liquid. The following remarks apply to both. 
Alcohol completely dissolves oil of cinnamon; and, as it does not rise in any considerable 
* The value of cassia oil is stated to depend upon the percentage of cinnamic aldehyde which it contains. In a 
series of analyses made by Schimmel <fc Co. of oils having a specific gravity of 1*064 to 1'065, the proportion of 
aldehyde varied from 73*5 to 88 per cent. In the distillation by Schimmel & Co. the various portions of the cassia 
plant obtained from China yielded the following result. 1. Cassia bark, Cassia lignea of commerce: yield of essen- 
tial oil 1*5 per cent.; aldehyde in oil 88*9 per cent.; sp. gr. T035. 2. Cassia buds, Flores Cassice of commerce: 
yield of essential oil T550 per cent..; aldehyde in oil 80*4 per cent.; sp. gr. 1*026. 3. Cassia budsticks : yield of 
essential oil 1*64 per cent.; aldehyde in oil 92 per cent.; sp. gr. 1*046. 4. Cassia Leaves, leaf-stalks, and young 
twigs mixed: yield of essential oil 0*77 per cent.; aldehyde in oil 93 per cent.; sp. gr. 1*055. PART I. 
Oleum Cmnamomi.— Oleum Copaibse. 
933 
quantity at the boiling temperature of that liquid, it may be obtained by forming a tincture 
of cinnamon and distilling off’ the menstruum. When exposed to the air, it absorbs oxygen, 
and is slowly converted into cinnamic acid, two distinct resins, and water. Of the two resins, 
one is soluble both in hot and in cold alcohol; the other readily in the former, but sparingly 
in the latter. Cinnamic acid, C9II802, is colorless, crystalline, sourish, volatilizable, slightly 
soluble in water, readily dissolved by alcohol, and convertible by nitric acid with heat into 
benzoic acid. It is sometimes seen in crystals in oil of cinnamon which has been long kept. 
Like benzoic acid, it is said when swallowed to cause the elimination of hippuric acid by the 
urine. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., iii. 64.) It may be obtained by distilling the balsam of Tolu. 
Oil of cinnamon is almost wholly converted by nitric acid, slowly added, into a crystalline mass, 
thought to be a compound of the oil and the acid. These several facts are explained when it is 
found that oil of cinnamon contains from 75 to 90 per cent, of cinnamic aldehyde, C9II80, 
which by moderate oxidation yields the corresponding cinnamic acid, C9tl802, but by more 
energetic oxidation yields benzoic acid, C7tle02. The oil has been produced artificially by 
Strecker from styrone, a derivative from styrax (see Styrax), and more recently from benzalde- 
hyde and acetaldehyde, a mixture of which is saturated with hydrochloric acid gas, when a 
condensation takes place, as follows: C6H6C0H -f- CH3C0H — CeH6CH = CH.CHO -f- H20. 
Ordinary sodium hydrate will also bring about the reaction between the two aldehydes, and is 
to be preferred to hydrochloric acid for this purpose. The only other constituent of the cassia 
oil is cinnamyl acetate. Ceylon cinnamon oil, on the other hand, is said to contain some euge- 
nol and phellandrene in addition to the cinnamic aldehyde. Kebler recommends the estimation 
of cinnamic aldehyde volumetrically. (See A. J. P., 1896, 193.) 
Oil of cinnamon is said to be frequently adulterated with oil of cloves, which, according to 
Ulex, cannot be detected by the smell or taste. Thus sophisticated, it is stated, on the same 
authority, to evolve a very acrid vapor when a drop is heated on a watch-glass, to swell up and 
evolve red vapors if treated w7ith fuming nitrio acid, to remain liquid with concentrated caustic 
potassa, and to assume an indigo-blue color when ferrous chloride is added to its alcoholic 
solution; none of which reactions occur with pure oil. (Archiv der Pharm., Jan. 1853.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This oil has the cordial and carminative properties 
of cinnamon, without its astringency, and is much employed as an adjuvant to other medi- 
cines, the taste of which it corrects or conceals, while it conciliates the stomach. As a power- 
ful local stimulant, it is sometimes prescribed in gastrodynia, flatulent colic, and gastric debility. 
The dose is from one to three drops (0-06-0-18 C.c.). Mitscherlich found six drachms to kill a 
moderate-sized dog in five hours, and two drachms one in forty hours. Inflammation and 
corrosion of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane were observed after death. 
OLEUM COPAIBA. U. S., Br. Oil of Copaiba. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Copaiba.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from copaiba.” Br. 
Oil of Copaiva; Oleum Balsami Copaivae; Essence de Copahu, Fr.; Copaibaol, G. 
The oil constitutes from one-third to one-half or more of the copaiba. From one specimen 
of recent copaiba as much as 80 per cent, has been obtained. (A. J. P., xxii. 289.) It is 
prepared largely in Philadelphia by the application of steam heat. As it first comes over it 
is colorless, but the later product is of a fine greenish hue. By redistillation it may be ren- 
dered wholly colorless. It has the odor and taste of copaiba, a neutral reaction, boils at 252°- 
256° C. (485-6°-492-8° F.), solidifies, partly crystalline, at —15° F. (Gmelin), is soluble in 
ether and in an equal weight of alcohol. Oil of copaiba consists chiefly of caryophyllene, 
Ci5IT24. “ A colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of copaiba, and 
an aromatic, bitterish, and pungent taste. Specific gravity, 0 890 to 0-910 at 15° C. (59° F.), 
increasing with age. Soluble in about 10 times its volume of alcohol, forming a slightly turbid 
liquid, which is neutral to litmus paper.” U. S. “ Colorless or pale yellow, with the odor and 
taste of copaiba. Specific gravity 0-900 to 0 910. It turns the plane of a ray of polarized 
light to the left, and is soluble in its own volume of absolute alcohol (distinction from African 
copaiba oil).” Br. From its want of oxygen, it answers even better than naphtha for preserv- 
ing potassium, a fact first observed by Mr. Durand, of Philadelphia. It dissolves sulphur and 
phosphorus. ( Gmelin's Handbook, xiv. 288.) 
Its effects on the system are those of copaiba. From the experiments of C. Mitscherlich, 
it is one of the least injurious of the volatile oils to the animal system, six drachms of it 
having been introduced into the stomach of a rabbit without causing death. Externally it 
(O'LE-UM CO-PA'l-BiE.) 934 
Oleum Coriandri.—Oleum Erigerontis. 
PART I. 
produces much less irritation than does oil of turpentine. It may be used for the same purposes 
as copaiba, in the dose of from ten to fifteen drops (0-6-0-9 C.c.), given in emulsion or dropped 
on sugar. 
OLEUM CORIANDRI. U. S., Br. Oil of Coriander. 
(O'LE-UM CO-RI-XN'DRI.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Coriander.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from coriander fruit.” Br. 
Essence de Coriandre, Fr.; Korianderol, G. 
This is obtained by distillation with water from the bruised seeds in the manner directed in 
the U. S. Pharm. 1870 for the other volatile oils. Forty-two grains of it are stated by Zeller 
to be* derived from a pound of the fruit. It is pale yellow and colorless, and has the charac- 
teristic smell and taste of coriander, and a neutral reaction. Its sp. gr. is from 0-870 to 0-885, 
TJ. S., and its boiling point 302° F. It is an oxygenated oil, consisting chiefly of a compound, 
coriandrol, CIOH180. According to Semmler (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 24, 206), coriandrol boils 
between 194° and 198° C., is optically dextro-rotatory, and has a sp. gr. of 0-8679 at 20° C. 
Coriandrol is now known as linalool. Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1892) have also found 
in coriander oil about 5 per cent, of dextro-pinene. “ One C.c. of the Oil forms a perfectly 
clear solution with 3 C.c. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, the 
solution being neutral to litmus paper. The Oil is also soluble in an equal volume of glacial 
acetic acid.” JJ. S. “ Colorless or pale yellow, having the odor and flavor of the fruit. Spe- 
cific gravity 0-870 to 0-885. If 1 cubic centimetre of the Oil be mixed with 3 cubic centimetres 
of alcohol (70 per cent.), a clear solution results (absence of oil of turpentine and added ter- 
penes).” Br. Oil of coriander is extensively adulterated with colorless rectified oil of orange, 
which can be detected by its insolubility in 90 per cent, alcohol, in which pure coriander oil 
dissolves in every proportion ; equal parts of oil of orange and 90 per cent, alcohol make a 
turbid mixture. (A. J. P., Sept. 1878.) The oil has the medical properties of the fruit, and, 
like the aromatic oils generally, may be used to cover the taste or correct the nauseating or 
griping properties of other medicines. It has the great advantage of being more stable and 
retaining its agreeable odor longer than any other oil of its class. 
OLEUM CUBEBS. U. S., Br. Oil of Cubeb. 
(O'LE-UM CU-BE'B/E.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Cubeb.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from Cubebs.” Br. 
Oleum Cubebarum ; Oil of Cubebs; Essence de Cubebes, Fr.; Kubebenol, G. 
The oil is obtained from cubeb by grinding the berries, and then distilling with water. From 
ten pounds Schonwald procured eleven ounces of oil ; and this result very nearly coincides 
with the experiments of Christison, who obtained 7 per cent. When recently distilled from 
the fruit, the oil is somewhat greenish, becoming yellowish by age ; but when carefully re- 
distilled it is colorless. It has the smell of cubeb, a warm, aromatic, camphorous taste, and 
a neutral reaction, is of a consistence approaching that of almond oil, is lighter than water, 
having the sp. gr. 0'920 (0-910-0-930, Br. Ph.), and when exposed to the air is said to thicken 
without losing its odor. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol. The oil consists chiefly 
of cadinene, C16H24, with some dipentene. Upon standing, it sometimes deposits rhomboidal 
prismatic crystals of a stearopten. This camphor of cubeb has the formula C16H260, is fusible 
at from 06° to 68° C., and volatilizes without change at from 148° to 150° C. According to 
Schmidt, it does not pre-exist in the cubeb, but is formed by the prolonged action of the air. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Juin, 1875.) The oil has the aromatic properties of cubeb; but it is 
probably not the sole active ingredient, as it is much less pungent than the fluid extract or the 
oleoresin. It may, however, often be advantageously substituted for the powder, in the com- 
mencing dose of ten or twelve drops (0-6 or 0-72 C.c.), to be gradually increased until its effects 
are obtained, or until it proves offensive to the stomach. It may be given suspended in water 
by means of sugar, or in the form of emulsion, or enclosed in capsules of gelatin. 
OLEUM ERIGERONTIS. U. S. Oil of Erigeron. [Oil of Fleabane.] 
(O'liE-UM E-RI<J-E-RON'TIS.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the fresh, flowering herb of Erigeron Canadense, Linn6 (nat. 
ord. Composite).” U. S. 
Oleum Erigerontis Canadensis, U.S. 1870; Oil of Canada Fleabane. PART I. 
Oleum Erigerontis.— Oleum Eucalypti. 
935 
Oil of erigeron is limpid, of a light straw color, a peculiar aromatic persistent odor, and 
a characteristic taste. By exposure it becomes darker and thicker. Its reaction is neutral. 
Its sp. gr. is about 0-850, increasing with age (0-855 to 0-890, Schimmel & Co.). It consists 
chiefly of dextrogyrate limonene, together with some terpineol. (A. J. P., 1893, 420.) “ Soluble 
in an equal volume of alcohol (distinction from oil of fireweed (derived from Erechthites hieraci- 
folia Rafinesque, nat. ord. Compositse) and from oil of turpentine), this solution being neutral or 
slightly acid to litmus ; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. It distils for 
the most part between 175° and 180° C. (347° and 356° F.).” U. S. When distilled without 
water, it comes over colorless, and a little resinous matter is left behind, probably resulting 
from the oxidation of one or both of the constituent oils. It is readily soluble in alcohol. It 
consists of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. It is slowly reddened by potassa, combines with 
iodine without explosion, is instantly decomposed by sulphuric acid, and is acted on by strong 
nitric acid, slowly at ordinary temperatures, but with heat explosively. (Procter, A. J. P., xxvi. 
502.) For an account of the difference in properties between this oil and that from Erechthites 
hieracifolia, see a paper by Albert M. Todd, A. J. P., 1887, p. 302. 
It was first brought into notice by the so-called eclectic physicians, who use it in diarrhoea, 
dysentery, and the hemorrhages ; and certainly it is a very valuable remedy in haemoptysis when 
there is no fever or other marked evidence of constitutional irritation. As long ago as 1854 it 
was commended highly by Dr. E. Wilson in uterine hemorrhage, while Dr. J. W. Moorman 
speaks of it most highly in all forms of hemorrhage, in diarrhoea of debility, in dysentery after 
sufficient evacuation of the stomach and bowels, and especially in hemorrhage from the bowels 
during typhoid fever. (Am. Joum. of Med. Sci., Oct. 1865, p. 396.) It probably acts like the 
oil of turpentine as a haemostatic, but is much less irritant and stimulating. Dose, from ten 
minims to half a fluidrachm (0-6—0-18 C.c.), repeated every hour or two. 
OLEUM EUCALYPTI. U. S., Br. Oil of Eucalyptus 
(O'LE-UM EU-CA-LYP'TI.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus globulus, Labillardiere, Euca- 
lyptus oleosa, F. v. Mueller, and some other species of Eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtaceae).” U. 8. 
“The oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus Globulus, Labill., and other species 
of Eucalyptus.” Br. 
Essence d’Eucalyptus, Fr.; Eucalyptusol, G. 
Various species of the genus Eucalyptus, grown in Australia and Algeria, yield a volatile oil 
in sufficient quantity to be a commercial product. Probably the most important of these plants 
are the E. amygdalina, whose volatile oil was at one time supposed to be destitute of eucalyp- 
tol, but has been shown by Gildemeister (Pliarm. Zeitung, 1888) to contain that principle, but 
to have phellandrene * for its chief constituent; E. odorata, the oil of which is affirmed to be 
extremely rich in eucalyptol, but to contain no phellandrene; and E. oleosa, the oil of which is 
stated to be so rich in eucalyptol that at a low temperature it becomes pasty. Under these cir- 
cumstances the revisers of the U. S. Pharm. acted very properly in rejecting all those oils which 
contain enough of phellandrene to respond to the sodium nitrite test. Oil of eucalyptus is 
officially described as “ a colorless or faintly yellowish liquid, having a characteristic, aromatic, 
somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Specific gravity, 0-915 
to 0-925 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble, in all proportions, in alcohol, carbon disulphide, or gla- 
cial acetic acid. Its alcoholic solution is neutral, or slightly acid, to litmus paper. If 1 C.c. 
of the Oil be mixed with 2 C.c. of glacial acetic acid, and 1 or 2 C.c. of a saturated aqueous 
solution of sodium nitrite be gradually added, the mixture, when gently stirred, should not 
form a crystalline mass (distinction from oils of Eucalyptus containing a considerable proportion 
of phellandrene)." U. 8. 11 Specific gravity 0-910 to 0-930. It should not rotate the plane of 
a ray of polarized light more than 10° in either direction in a tube 100 millimetres long, and 
it should become semi-solid on being stirred, when cold, with a third or half its volume of 
phosphoric acid of commerce of specific gravity 1-750 (presence of a due proportion of cineol). 
If to 1 cubic centimetre of the Oil there be added 2 cubic centimetres of glacial acetic acid 
and 2 cubic centimetres of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium nitrite, the mixture, when 
gently stirred, should not form a crystalline mass (exclusion of eucalyptus oils containing much 
phellandrene).” Br. Power has modified the test for phellandrene so as to make it more deli- 
cate. According to his directions, 1 C.c. of the oil is mixed with 5 C.c. of petroleum henzin, 
* Phellandrene (see Olea Volatilia, p. 905) is one of two members of the terpane group which forms solid nitrosites 
with nitrous acid, the other being terpinene. 936 
Oleum Foenieuli.— Oleum Gaultheriae. 
PART I. 
1 or 2 C.c. of a concentrated solution of sodium nitrite added, and subsequently glacial acetic 
acid added, a drop or two at a time, with vigorous agitation after each addition. If phellan- 
drene be present in any considerable amount, its crystalline nitrosite, C10H16(NO)N02, will 
separate from the benzin solution. It contains cymene, C10Hpinene, C10H16, and eucalyptol 
(or cineol), C10H180. Schimmel & Co. also state (Bericht, April, 1888) that they have ob- 
tained several of the aldehydes of the fatty series, notably valeraldehyde, and probably butyral- 
deliyde and capronaldehyde, in their distillation of the oil from Eucalyptus globulus. The medi- 
cal value of the oil of eucalyptus has been believed to depend upon the eucalyptol present in it, 
but we have no definite knowledge as to the physiological action of phellandrene, and it may 
well be that the phellandrene oils act similarly to the eucalyptol. As eucalyptol is now official, 
it may be preferred by the practitioner as being of definite strength and character, the percent- 
age of eucalyptol even in the best oils varying considerably. The dose is from ten to fifteen 
minims (0-6-0-9 C.c.) ; best administered in capsules. 
OLEUM FCENICULI. U. S. Oil of Fennel. 
(O'LE-UM FCE-NIC'U-LI.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Fennel. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place, and, if it lias partly or wholly solidified, it should be completely liquefied by warming 
before being dispensed.” U. S. 
Essence de Fenouil, Fr.j Fenchelol, G. 
Fennel seeds yield about 2-5 per cent., or, according to Zeller, from 3-4 to 3-8 per cent., of 
oil. That used in this country is imported. It is colorless or yellowish, with a neutral reac- 
tion, and the odor and taste of the seeds. “ Specific gravity, not less than 0-960 at 15° C. (59° 
F.). Between 5° and 10° C. (41° and 50° F.) it usually solidifies to a crystalline mass, but 
occasionally it remains liquid at a considerably lower temperature. Soluble in an equal volume 
of alcohol, the solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of gla- 
cial acetic acid. The Oil is not colored by the addition of a drop of ferric chloride test solu- 
tion (absence of some foreign oils containing phenols, and of carbolic acid). If the Oil be 
dropped into water, without agitation, it should not produce a milky turbidity (absence of alco- 
hol).” U. S. It congeals below 50° F. into a crystalline mass, separable by pressure into a 
solid and a liquid portion, the former heavier than water, and less volatile than the latter, which 
rises first when the oil is distilled. It containspinene, pheUandrene, dipentene, fenchone, C10HieO, 
and anethol, C10H120, the latter usually in amounts of about 60 per cent. (Power's Catalogue 
of Essential Oils, 1894.) Schimmel's Report for April, 1897, mentions limonene as also at 
times present as a constituent. Umney finds that Japanese oil contains about 75 per cent, of 
anethol and 10 per cent, of fenchone, besides terpenes. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 516.) There is 
reason to believe that much of the commercial oil is adulterated with oil from which the anethol 
or crystalline constituent has been separated ; the official solidifying point (from 5° to 10° C.) 
should be required. Fliickiger states (Pliarm. Chem., 2d ed., 1888, 422) that it contains more 
hydrocarbon than oil of anise, and notably that from Nimes, in Southern France, contains much 
less anethol, and hence has a milder and sweeter taste. As found in the shops, therefore, the 
oil of fennel is not uniform ; and a specimen examined by Dr. Montgomery did not congeal at 
22° F. (See Oleum Anisi.) It is slightly dextrogyrate. The dose is from five to fifteen drops 
(0-3-0-9 C.c.). 
OLEUM GAULTHERIA. U. S. Oil of Gaultheria.. [Oil of Wintergreen.] 
(O'LE-UM GAUL-THE'IU-iE.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria procumbens, Linne (Wintergreen; 
nat. ord. Ericaceae), consisting almost entirely of Methyl Salicylate [CH3C7H603 = 151-64], 
and nearly identical with Volatile Oil of Betula.” U. S. 
Oil of Teaberry, Oil of Partridge-berry. 
The volatile oil of gaultheria is largely obtained in the United States by distillation of the 
plant. It probably does not exist in the plant, but is formed by a reaction between water and 
a neutral principle analogous to amygdalin, to which Prof. Procter has given the name of 
gaultherin. (A. J. P., xv.) This substance, which was called by Schneegans betvlase, proba- 
bly exists in all the numerous plants which yield methyl salicylate on distillation. The oil 
occurs in various of our native plants, and has been detected in Polygala paucifolia, Spirsea ul- 
maria, Spirsea lobata, and Gaultheria hispidula. T. E. de Vrij found it in considerable proportion 
in the Gaultheria leucocarpa and G. punctata, plants which are abundant in the volcanic regions PART I. 
Oleum Gaultherise. 
937 
of Java (A. J. P., 1879) ; whilst Bourquelot (Comp.-Rend. Soc. d. Biolog., iii. 1896) detected 
it in Monotropa hypopythis, in Polygala senega, and in other species of Polygala. (See also 
A. J. P., 1898, 412.) Much of the commercial oil of wintergreen is obtained from Betula 
lent a. 
Oil of gaultheria when freshly redistilled is nearly colorless, hut as found in commerce has 
a brownish-yellow or reddish color* It is of a sweetish, slightly pungent, peculiar taste, 
a very agreeable characteristic odor, and a slightly acid reaction. It is the heaviest of the 
known essential oils, having the “ specific gravity 1-175 to 1-185 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling 
point, 218° to 221° C. (424-4° to 429-8° F.). It deviates polarized light slightly to the left. 
In other respects it has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions and tests as 
Methyl Salicylate (see Methyl Salicylas; also Oleum Betulse Volatile')." IT. S. It is stated to 
have been largely adulterated with chloroform. This and other impurities are to be detected 
by a comparison of the specific gravities and boiling points, or by fractional distillation. It is 
readily soluble in alcohol. When heated to about 80° C. (176° F.), the Oil should not yield 
a colorless distillate having the characteristics of chloroform or of alcohol (A. J. P., 1873, p. 
521). Another distinguishing property is that in aqueous solution it gives a purple color with 
ferric salts. Oil of sassafras may be detected by the separation of a deep-red resinous mass 
on treatment with nitric acid in the cold. Japanese oil of camphor and other light volatile 
oils used as adulterants can be detected by simply dropping the suspected oil in water: if pure, 
it sinks in a few seconds; if adulterated, some minutes are required. Prof. Procter proved 
that oil of gaultheria has acid properties and contains salicylic acid. (See Salix.) M. Cahours 
confirmed this, and showed that one-tenth of the oil consists of a peculiar hydrocarbon, which 
he called gaultherilene, and the remaining nine-tenths of methyl salicylate or the methyl ester 
of salicylic acid, CHa.C7H603. A product having the properties of the latter compound was 
obtained by distilling a mixture of methyl alcohol, salicylic acid, and sulphuric acid. (A. J. P., 
xiv. 211, xv. 241.) Trimble and Schroeter (Ibid., 1889, 398) found that the amount of the 
hydrocarbon gaultherilene was much less than that stated by Cahours,—in fact, only 0-3 per 
cent. By analysis and vapor-density determination they fixed its formula as C15H24, but they 
state that it may consist of a solid and a liquid portion. Power and Kleber (Fritzsche Bros. 
Circ., No. 7) assert that this hydrocarbon belongs to the paraffin series, and state that it is 
probably triacontane, C30II62. They also find in the oil an aldehyde or ketone, an apparently 
secondary alcohol, CgH160, and an ester, C14H2402. Artificial oil of wintergreen is now exten- 
sively manufactured and used instead of the natural oil. For a process by H. T. Thayer, see 
A. J. P., 1895, 244. (See Methyl Salicylas, p. 869.) The oil of gaultheria is very largely used on 
account of its pleasant flavor ; it may, however, be employed as a substitute for salicylic acid with 
excellent results. One hundred and sixty-nine grains of the oil contain one hundred and fifty-two 
grains of methyl salicylate, and are therefore equivalent to one hundred and thirty-eight grains 
of salicylic acid. An elaborate research by Dr. H. C. Wood (Therap. Gaz., vol. ii. p. 76) 
proved that this drug acts physiologically like salicylic acid. When taken in moderate amounts 
it is, like that acid, broken up in the system and eliminated as salicyluric acid, etc. It is capa- 
ble of causing fatal poisoning. Half an ounce produced in a boy severe vomiting, purging, 
epigastric pain, hot skin, frequent pulse, slow and labored respiration, dulness of hearing, and, 
notwithstanding excessive gastric irritability, an uncontrollable desire for food; he finally re- 
* Distillation of Oil of Gaultheria. Mr. Isaac Edward Leonard states that oil of wintergreen, first made in 
Luzerne County, Pa., in 1863, has since been distilled there in great quantities. The entire plant is employed, and 
it gives the greatest yield during the months of July and August. 
The still is generally a wooden box, about eight feet long, four feet wide, four feet high, with a copper bottom and 
stayed with bolts. The head of the still is copper, and connecting with this is a circular worm of the same material 
or of tin, placed in a barrel. The still being filled with wintergreen to within about twelve inches of the top, a suffi- 
cient quantity of water is added, and this is allowed to macerate from ten to twelve hours. The fire being started, 
the distillation commences, and continues for about eight hours; but during the first two or three hours ninety per cent, 
of the oil has passed over. For collecting the distillate, most of the distillers use a wide-mouthed bottle, fitted with 
a large cork having two holes. A small funnel is put into one of the holes, so that the beak is below the shoulder 
of the receiving vessel, and connected with the other hole is a suitable pipe forming an outlet. The oil and the water 
separate, the oil going to the bottom, and the water passes into a larger receptacle, where it is reserved for a subse- 
quent operation (cohobation). 
Occasionally the oil is very highly colored, and the wholesale dealers have three ways of “ cleaning” it,—redistil- 
lation, filtration, and decolorization. The oil to be decolorized is put into a bottle, crystals of citric acid are added, 
and the whole is allowed to stand, agitating occasionally, until the oil is colorless, or nearly so. On experiment- 
ing with nine quarts of wintergreen fruit, the author found it contained one and dne-half drachms of oil. In ex- 
perimental distillation he found that the lower specific gravity is due to the separating of the oil from the water too 
quickly, and that the higher specific gravity is obtained by letting the distillate stand from twenty-four to forty-eight 
hours before separating the oil from the water. (A. J. P., 1884, p. 264.) 938 
Oleum Gossypii Seminis. 
PART I. 
covered. (Medical Examiner, N. S., viii. 347.) A woman survived after having taken half an 
ounce (N. Y Med. Journ., 1875); but the same amount has caused death (Ibid., 1867). 
OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMINIS. U. S. Cotton-Seed Oil. 
“ A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gossypium herbaceum, Linn6, and of other species 
of Grossypium (nat. ord. Malvaceae), and subsequently purified.” U S. 
This fixed oil has no other medical properties than those of a bland neutral oil, and has been 
introduced especially on account of its use in oflicial liniments. The amount of cotton-seed 
crushed annually now approaches 1,500,000 tons, and the production of crude cotton-seed oil 
amounts to over 59,000,000 gallons, valued at more than $14,000,000. Of this production, 
about one-fourth goes into the manufacture of “ compound lard” and “ cottolene,” a still larger 
amount is exported as cotton-seed oil, and the remainder is used in admixture with drying oils 
and for soap-stock. The oil cake is largely exported to England, where it is used as food for 
cattle, and the oil to France, Italy, and other olive-growing countries of Europe, whence much 
of it returns to us mixed with olive oil. The exportation of cotton-seed oil for 1895 amounted to 
21,187,728 gallons, valued at $6,813,313 ; for 1896 to 19,445,848 gallons, valued at $5,476,510 ; 
and for 1897 to 27,198,882 gallons, valued at $6,897,361. For a description of the process 
of extraction, see A. J. P., 1896, 42 ; also 1898, 497. 
This oil is obtained by expression from the seeds previously deprived of their shells. In 
this state they yield two gallons of oil to the bushel. As first obtained, it is thick and turbid, 
but it deposits a portion of its impurities on standing. Besides this crude oil, there are three 
varieties in commerce, more or less purified, recognized as the clarified, the refined, and the 
vrinter-bleached. The last mentioned is of a pale straw-color, a mild peculiar odor, and a bland 
sweetish taste, not unlike that of almond oil. The oil is used in the preparation of woollen 
cloth and morocco leather, and for oiling machinery. It has been found to be an excellent 
substitute for almond and olive oil in most pharmaceutical preparations in which they are em- 
ployed ; but it does not answer well in the formation of lead plaster. Citrine ointment care- 
fully prepared with it, too great heat being avoided, retains long a rich orange color and proper 
unctuous consistence. It is oflicially described as “ a pale yellow, oily liquid, without odor, 
and having a bland, nut-like taste. Specific gravity, 0-920 to 0-930 at 15° C. (59° F.). Very 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. 
On cooling the oil to a temperature below 12° C. (53-6° F.), particles of solid fat will sepa- 
rate. At about 0° to —5° C. (32° to 23° F.), the Oil solidifies. When the Oil is brought in 
contact with concentrated sulphuric acid, a dark reddish-brown color is instantly produced. If 
6 Gm. of the Oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, for about two minutes, with a mixture 
of 1-5 Gm. of nitric acid and 0-5 Gm. of water, then heated in a bath of boiling water for not 
more than fifteen minutes, the Oil will assume an orange or reddish-brown color, and, after 
standing for twelve hours at the ordinary temperature, will form a semi-solid mass. If 5 C.c. 
of the Oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, with 5 C.c. of an alcoholic solution of silver 
nitrate (made by dissolving 0-1 Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 C.c. of deodorized alcohol and add- 
ing 2 drops of nitric acid), and the mixture heated for about five minutes in a water-bath, the 
Oil will assume a red or reddish-brown color.” U. S. 
Cotton-seed oil has been examined by Dr. A. Adriani (Chem. News, Jan. 7, 1865, p. 5). 
The product of the expressed seeds is from 15 to 18 per cent. In its impure state it is dark 
reddish-brown, not quite clear, and contaminated with mucilage and albumen. When boiled 
with an alkaline solution, crude cotton-seed oil is saponified, and the resultant soap rapidly ox- 
idizes on exposure to air, with production of a fine purple or violet-blue coloration* This re- 
action is characteristic of crude cotton-seed oil. The sp. gr. of the crude oil varies from 0-928 
to 0-930 ; that of the refined oil, from 0-922 to 0-926. 
The oil is clarified by first boiling it with water, to separate the mucilage, and then heating it 
with a weak solution of caustic soda, which combines with the coloring matter and saponifies a 
part of the oil. The mixture becomes filled with black flocks, which deposit on standing and 
leave the oil but slightly colored. The loss in refining is usually from 4 to 7$ per cent., but 
(O'LE-UM GOS-SYP'l-f SfiM'l-NIS.) 
* “ Cotton-seed blue” is stated by Kuhlmann to have the composition C17II24O4. It is amorphous, readily de- 
stroyed by oxidizing agents, insoluble in water, diluted acids, and alkalies, soluble in alcohol and ether. The un- 
oxidized coloring matter of cotton-seed oil has also been investigated by J. Longmore, who finds it to be a pungent, 
golden-yellow product, which dyes well and perfectly fast on wool and silk. (Allen, Commercial Orqanic Analysis. 
2d ed., 1887, p. 113.) Oleum Hedeomse.—Oleum Juniperi. 
939 
PART I. 
occasionally amounts to 12 or 15. As this oil is much used for adulterating olive oil, a test 
to distinguish it is very desirable: according to Mr. B. Reynolds, mercuric nitrate will answer 
the purpose. Of this a test-solution may be made by dissolving, without heat, 6 parts of mer- 
cury in 7 5 parts of nitric acid of 1-36. This salt has the effect, when mixed with olive oil, 
of entirely solidifying and hardening it upon standing; while under the same circumstances 
the cotton-seed oil remains fluid. If the two oils are mixed, an intermediate effect is pro- 
duced, the oil, though possibly solidified, remaining soft and pasty, and not becoming hard 
like pure olive oil. (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., vii. 226.) For Bechi’s test see Oleum Olivse. S. S. 
Bradford (A. J. P., 1882, p. 481) states that a reddish color is developed when cotton-seed oil 
is mixed with solution of lead subacetate. 
OLEUM HEDEOMA. U. S. Oil Of Hedeoma. [Oil of Pennyroyal.] 
(O'LE-UM HED-E-O'MJE.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Hedeoma. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place, protected from light.” U. S. 
This oil, though analogous in properties to the oil of European pennyroyal, is derived from a 
distinct plant (Hedeoma pulegioides), peculiar to North America. It has a light-yellow color, 
with the odor and taste of the herb, and a neutral reaction. Its “ specific gravity is 0-930 to 
0-940 at 15° C. (59° F.). The Oil should form a perfectly clear solution with twice its volume 
of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, .this solution being neutral or 
slightly acid to litmus paper. It is also readily soluble in carbon disulphide, or in glacial 
acetic acid.” U. S. Its chemical composition has been investigated by E. Kremers (A. J. P., 
1887, p. 535) and F. W. Franz (Ibid., 1888, p. 161). Each of them found a body of the 
composition C10H180, boiling at 217°—218° C. (constituting, according to Franz, about 33 per 
cent, of the oil). For this the name hedeomol is proposed. Franz found also a body of the 
composition C10H170, boiling at 220°-225° C., and constituting 12 per cent, of the oil; like- 
wise a body of the composition CeHiaO, boiling at 165°—170° C., and constituting about 0-7 
per cent, of the oil. Both investigators found formic and acetic acids, and Kremers considers 
isaheptoic acid also to be present. Beckmann and Pleissner (Ann. der Ch. und Pharm., 262, 
p. 1) found in American as well as in Spanish and Algerian pennyroyal oil a ketone, C10HieO, 
to which they gave the name of pulegone. This compound forms with hydroxylamine an 
oxime, C10H16N0H,H20, crystallizing in beautiful needles melting at 157° C., and with hydro- 
gen bromide a crystalline compound melting at 40-5° C. The two compounds of the formula 
CioHigO, discovered by Kremers (Pharm. Rundschau, ix. p. 130), are also ketones and yield 
corresponding oximes. The oil may be used as a remedy in flatulent colic and sick stomachy 
to correct the operation of nauseating or griping medicines. It is also much employed as a 
domestic remedy in amenorrhoea. The dose is from two to ten drops (0-12-0-6 C.c.). 
OLEUM JUNIPERI. U. S., Br. Oil of Juniper 
(O'LE-UM JU-NIP'E-RI.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperus communis, Linne (nat. ord. Conifer®).” 
U. S. “ The oil distilled from the full-grown unripe green fruit of Juniperus communis, 
Linn.” Br. 
Oleum Fructus (vel Baccae) Juniperi; Essence de Genievre, Fr.; Wachholderbeerol, G. 
The proportion of oil which juniper berries afford is stated very differently by different 
authors. Trommsdorff obtained 1 per cent. The highest quantity given in the table of Re- 
cluz is 2-34, the lowest 0-31 per cent. Zeller gives as the product of the fresh ripe fruit 1-3 
per cent., of that a year old 0-86 per cent. (Centralbl., Marz, 1855, p. 207.) The berries are 
most productive when bruised. The oil of juniper consumed in this country is brought from 
Europe, and is believed to be procured chiefly from the tops of the plant, being sold for a 
price which is altogether incompatible with the idea that it is prepared from the fruit alone. 
It is colorless, or of a light greenish yellow, with terebinthinate odor and hot acrid taste. Oil 
of juniper has a neutral reaction ; sp. gr. from “ 0-850 to 0-890 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble 
in about 4 times its volume of alcohol, forming a somewhat turbid liquid, which is neutral or 
slightly acid to litmus paper. Also soluble in an equal volume of carbon disulphide.” U. S. 
“ Specific gravity 0-865 to 0 890. The Oil is soluble, with slight turbidity, in 4 times its own 
volume of a mixture of equal parts of absolute alcohol and alcohol (90 per cent.).” Br. Ac- 
cording to Fliickiger (Pharm. Chem., 2d ed., 1888, 402), it is composed essentially of two 
hydrocarbons, the more abundant of which, boiling at 160° C., has been shown by Wallach 940 
Oleum Lavandulae.— Oleum Lavandulae Florum. 
PART I. 
to bepinene, C1OH10. Above 175° C. another oil is obtained, which seems to be cadinene, 
C16H24. It also contains a small amount of an ester to which the peculiar juniper-like odor 
and taste are due. This has been called juniper camphor. Oil of turpentine is often fraudu- 
lently added, hut may be detected by the specific gravity of the mixture being less than that 
of the unadulterated oil of juniper. 
The oil is stimulant, carminative, and diuretic, and is very useful in combination with other 
remedies in debilitated dropsical cases. To it Holland gin owes its peculiar flavor and diuretic 
power. Sir James Simpson, of Edinburgh, considered it an efficient diuretic when admin- 
istered through the lungs. A teaspoonful of the oil is put into a vessel of hot water, and the 
patient directed to inhale the vapors. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., March 12, 1868, p. 96.) 
The dose is from five to fifteen drops (0-3-0-9 C.c.), and may be considerably increased.* 
OLEUM LAVANDULAE. Br. Oil of Lavender 
“ The oil distilled from the flowers of Lavandula vera.” Br. 
(O'LE-UM LA-VXN'DU-LJE.) 
Essence de Lavande, Fr.; Lavandeldl, G. 
This oil is usually distilled from the flowers and flower-stems conjointly, though of finer quality 
when obtained from the former exclusively. (See the next article, Oleum Lavandulae Florum.') 
Dried lavender flowers are said to yield from 1 to 1-5 per cent, of oil. According to Zeller, the 
fresh flowers yield 1-03, the dried 4-3, the whole fresh herb in flower 0-76 per cent. It is stated1 
that the lavender produced by an acre of ground under cultivation will yield from 10 to 12 pounds 
of the oil. (/*. J. Tr., 1864, p. 257.) The oil is very fluid, of a lemon-yellow color, with the 
fragrance of the flowers, and an aromatic, burning taste. That met with in commerce has the 
sp. gr. 0-898 at 68° F., which is reduced to 0-877 by rectification (Berzelius), or 0-886 (Buignet). 
It is lmvogyrate. According to Brande, the sp. gr. of the oil obtained from the whole herb is 
0-9206. Alcohol of 0-830 dissolves oil of lavender in all proportions; that of 0-877 only 42 
per cent. (Berzelius.) Proust states that when allowed to stand in imperfectly-stopped bottles 
it lets fall a crystalline deposit, which often amounts to one-fourth of its weight. This has 
been found by M. Dumas to have the same point of volatilization and the same composition as 
true camphor, but to differ in the total want of rotatory power. It is said that the portion 
of oil first distilled is most fragrant, and is often kept separate, and sold at a higher price. 
<l Pale yellow or nearly colorless, with the fragrant odor of the flowers, and a pungent bitter 
taste. Specific gravity not below 0-885. It should dissolve in 3 times its volume of alcohol 
(70 per cent.).” Br. The principal constituent is an alcohol, C10H180, identical with the linalool 
discovered by Semmler in linaloe oil. This alcohol boils at from 197°-199° C., and has a sp. 
gr. of 0 869 at 20° C. Besides linalool, lavender oil contains linalool acetate (from 30 to 45 per 
cent, in the oil from French flowers, and from 7 to 10 per cent, in the oil from English flowers), 
geraniol, a very small amount of cineol, and traces of a sesquiterpene. The oil of spike con- 
tains about 30 per cent, of cineol and but small quantities of esters. Fliickiger states (A. J. P., 
1885, p. 132) that from Lavandula vera 80,000 to 100,000 kilogrammes of oil are produced at 
Grasse every year, and from Lavandula spica 20,000 to 25,000 kilogrammes. It is used 
chiefly as a perfume, though possessed of carminative and stimulant properties, and sometimes 
useful in cases of nervous lanquor and headache. The dose is from one to five drops (0 06- 
0-3 C.c.). 
Oil of Spike is procured from the broad-leaved variety of lavender which grows wild in 
Europe, the Lavandula, spica of De Candolle. Its odor is less fragrant than that of common 
oil of lavender, and is somewhat analogous to that of oil of turpentine, with which it is said 
to be.often adulterated. It is used by artists in the preparation of varnishes. 
OLEUM LAVANDULAE FLORUM. U. S. Oil of Lavender Flowers. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Lavandula officinalis, Chaix (nat. ord. 
Labiatse). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light.” 
IT. S. 
(O'LE-UM la-vXn'du-l;e flo'rum.) 
* Antiseptic Catgut. Dr. Kocher, of Berne, states that a very fine antiseptic catgut may be made by first soak- 
ing the catgut for 24 hours in pure oil of juniper, and then immediately transferring it to alcohol of 95 per cent., in 
■which it is preserved under tension, being wound (tightly stretched) upon a flat reel about 10 inches long. If the 
gut be placed for a day in glycerin before it is laid in the alcohol, it will become more pliable. The gut must be cut 
at the point of turning the edges of the reel, and for this reason the latter is chosen of such a size that the cut 
pieces of catgut shall be of the proper length. (New Remedies, September, 1881, p. 270.) PART I. 
Oleum Limonis. 
941 
This superior kind of oil of lavender has been introduced into the Pharmacopoeia because it 
was desirable that an inferior sort should not be used in the preparations into whose composition 
it enters. The properties of the oil are noticed in the preceding article. It is officially described 
as “ a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the fragrant odor of lavender flowers, and a pungent 
and bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0-885 to 0-897 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is soluble in all pro- 
portions in alcohol (distinction from oil of turpentine), and in 3 times its volume of a mixture of 
3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water (distinction from, and absence of, oil of turpentine') ; 
it is also soluble in glacial acetic acid. With an equal volume of carbon disulphide it forms a 
turbid mixture. The alcoholic solution of the Oil is neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. 
When heated on a water-bath, in a flask provided with a well-cooled condenser, the Oil should 
yield no distillate having the characters of alcohol." U. S. 
OLEUM LIMONIS. U. S., Br. Oil of Lemon 
(O'LE-UM LI-MO'NIS.) 
“ A volatile oil obtained by expression from fresh Lemon Peel. It should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light.” U. S. “ The oil obtained from fresh 
lemon peel.” Br. 
Oleum Citri, P. G.; Huile de Cedrat, Essence de Citron, Huile de Citron, Fr.; Citronenol, G.; Olio de Limone, 
It.; Aceite de Limon, Sp. 
The exterior rind of the lemon abounds in a volatile oil, which, being contained in distinct 
cells, may be separated by simple expression. The rind is first grated from the fruit, and then sub- 
mitted to pressure in a bag of fine cloth. The oil thus obtained is allowed to stand till it becomes 
clear, when it is decanted, and kept in stoppered bottles. By a similar process, the oil called by 
the French huile de cedrat is procured from the citron. (See Oleum Bergamottse and Limonis 
Succus.') These oils may also be obtained by distillation ; but thus procured, though clearer, and, 
in consequence of the absence of mucilage, less liable to change on keeping, they have less of 
the peculiar flavor of the fruit; and the mode by expression is generally preferred. A third 
method of separating the oil, used in Calabria and Sicily, is to put the grated rind into hot 
water and skim off the oil as it rises to the surface. (A. J. P., 1868, p. 27.) The method em- 
ployed to obtain the finest oil is, however, that known as the ecuelle process. The ecuelle is an 
instrument usually made of tinned copper, bowl-shaped, and armed with concentric rows of 
short spikes. Attached to the bottom of the bowl is a hollow handle, closed at the bottom. 
This acts as a reservoir for the oil as the fruit is rubbed by the workmen over the sharp teeth. 
The oils are brought originally from Italy, Portugal, or the south of France. 
The oils of lemons and oranges, as well as those of the other Aurantiacese, will keep indefi- 
nitely upon admixture with a small proportion of alcohol, say one ounce to a pound of the oil. 
When wanted for use, a quantity of water equal to that of alcohol, added to the mixture, will 
unite with the alcohol, and subside, leaving the oil free of the alcohol for all practical pur- 
poses. (Carl Frith, A.J.P., 1871, 201.) The great extent of the production and export of 
Sicilian and Calabrian essential oils (lemon, orange, bergamot, etc.) may be seen from the Italian 
official statistics, according to which the number of trees producing in 1896 was 17,084,569, 
yielding 3,337,000,000 fruits. Of these 1,897,000,000 were exported, leaving 1,439,555,000 
fruits for home consumption, inclusive of those used in the manufacture of essences. (Schim- 
mel & Co.'s Report, Oct. 1897, 23.) 
Properties. Oil of lemon is a very volatile liquid, having the odor of the fruit, a warm, 
pungent, aromatic taste, and a neutral reaction. As commonly procured, it is yellow, but by 
distillation it is rendered colorless, and, if three-fifths only are distilled, its sp. gr. is reduced 
to 0-847 at 71° F. “ Specific gravity, 0-857 to 0-860 at 15° C. (59° F.). Its optical rotation 
should not be less than 60° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a temperature of about 15° 
to 20° C. (59° to 68° F.). Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol, the solution being 
neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper ; also soluble, in all proportions, in absolute alcohol, 
carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. When kept for some time, the Oil should not de- 
velop a terebinthinate odor or taste (absence of oil of turpentine or of other oils consisting chiefly 
of pinene)." U. S. “ Specific gravity 0-857 to 0-860. It should rotate the plane of a ray of 
polarized light not less than 59° to the right in a tube 100 millimetres long ; and if 100 vol- 
umes be fractionally distilled, the 10 volumes first collected should not produce a rotation differ- 
ing by more than 2° from that produced by the original Oil.” Br. Oil of lemon contains a 
small amount of pinene, with dextrogyrate limonene, about 7 to 8 per cent, of citral, C10H160, an 
aldehyde yielding geraniol upon reduction, and a small amount of citronellal, C10H180, also an 942 
Oleum Limonis.—Oleum Lini. 
PART I. 
aldehyde. Of these the citral is the constituent to which the oil chiefly owes its aroma and 
value. Umney and Swinton (P.J. Tr., 1898, 196) state that citral, citronellal, and an ester 
of geraniol are all necessary to form the true odor of oil of lemon. Citral boils under normal 
atmospheric pressure at from 228°-229° C. without decomposition if pure, and, like aldehydes, 
forms stable compounds with alkaline bisulphites. Schimmel & Co. now prepare the citral in 
a pure state, and recommend its use for enriching the ordinary oil of lemon. As yet no 
thoroughly reliable method for determining the percentage of citral in a mixture has been 
devised. Garnett’s method ( Chem. and Drug., 48, 599) of reducing the citral to geraniol and 
then acetylizing this and titrating with alcoholic potash does not, according to Schimmel & 
Co., yield reliable results. 
It is often adulterated by the fixed oils and by alcohol; but in this country the most fre- 
quent sophistication is with oil of turpentine, which is difficult of detection from its similar 
composition and specific gravity. Perhaps the best test of the presence of this oil is the tere- 
binthinate smell produced when the adulterated oil is evaporated from heated paper. Oil of 
lemon procured by expression is apt to let fall a deposit and to undergo chemical change. 
Mr. J. S. Cobb has found no method so effectual to obviate this result, and at the same time 
to retain unimpaired the flavor of the oil, as to shake it with a little boiling water and allow 
the mixture to stand. A mucilaginous matter separates, and floats on the surface of the 
water, from which the purified oil may be decanted. (Ann. of Pharm,., ii. 86.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Oil of lemon has the stimulant properties of the 
aromatics, but is used chiefly to impart flavor to other medicines. 
OLEUM LINI. U. S., Br. Linseed Oil. [Oil of Flaxseed.] 
(O’LB-UM Li'Ni.) 
“ A fixed oil expressed from Linseed without the use of heat.” U. S. “ The oil expressed 
from Linseed at ordinary temperatures.” Br. 
Huile de Lin, Fr.; Leinol, Leinsamenol, G.; Olio di Lino, It.; Aceite de Linaza, Sp. 
This oil is obtained by expression from the seeds of Linum usitatissimum, or common flax, 
which, according to M. Berjot, contain 34 per cent. (Joum. de Pharm., Avril, 1863, p. 277.) 
In its preparation on a large scale, the seeds are usually roasted before being pressed, in order 
to destroy the gummy matter contained in their coating. The oil is thus obtained more free 
from mucilage, but more highly colored and acrid, than when procured by cold expression. 
For medical use, therefore, it should be prepared without heat; and, as it is apt to become 
rancid quickly on exposure, it should be used as soon after expression as possible. It may, 
however, be rendered sweet again by agitation with warm water, rest, and decantation. It is 
said to be obtained purer and in larger proportion by treating the crushed seeds with carbon 
disulphide, than by expression. (See A. J. P., xxvi. 265.) Flaxseed oil is “ a yellowish or 
yellow,* oily liquid, having a slight, peculiar odor, and a bland taste. When exposed to the 
air it gradually thickens, and acquires a strong odor and taste; and if spread, in a thin layer, 
on a glass plate, and allowed to stand in a warm place, it is gradually converted into a hard, 
transparent, resin-like mass (absence of non-drying oils). Specific gravity, 0-930 to 0-940 at 
15° C. (59° F.). It does not congeal above —20° C. (—4° F.). Soluble in about 10 parts 
of absolute alcohol, and, in all proportions, in ether, chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, or 
oil of turpentine. It should not more than slightly redden blue litmus paper previously 
moistened with alcohol (limit of free acid). If 2 C.c. of the Oil be shaken with 1 C.c. of 
fuming nitric acid and 1 C.c. of water, it should neither completely nor partially solidify, even 
after standing for one or two days (absence of non-drying oils). If 10 C.c. of the Oil, con- 
tained in a small flask, be mixed with a solution of 3 Gm. of potassium hydrate in 5 C.c. of 
water, then 5 C.c. of alcohol added, and the mixture heated for about five minutes on a water- 
bath, with occasional agitation, a dark-colored but clear and complete solution should be ob- 
tained. If this liquid be diluted with water to the measure of 50 C.c., then cooled, and shaken 
with 50 C.c. of ether, the clear, ethereal layer, after having separated, should not show a bluish 
fluorescence, and, when carefully decanted, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, should 
* The following method of bleaching flaxseed, rapeseed, and poppy-seed oils is recommended by C. Puscher. He 
mixes 100 kilogrammes of the oil with 2 kilogrammes of a mixture of equal weights of sulphuric acid and alcohol 
of 96 per cent. The sulphuric acid mixes uniformly with the oil; the mixture soon assumes a green turbidness, which 
afterwards becomes black: and in 24 or 48 hours the liquid becomes clear by the deposition of a black sediment. 
It is necessary to wash the oil with hot water, to separate the little remaining acid. Linseed oil in bulk shows 
merely a yellowish tint; the other oils mentioned become quite colorless. (A. J. P., 1873, p. 110.) PART I. 
Oleum Lini.— Oleum Menthse Pipentse. 
943 
leave not more than a slight, and not oily, residue (absence of paraffin oils)." U. S. “ Viscid, 
yellow, with a faint but distinct odor, and bland taste. Specific gravity 0*930 to 0*940. It 
is soluble in 10 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), and in Oil of Turpentine. It gradually thickens 
by exposure to the air, forming, when spread in a thin layer on glass, a hard transparent var- 
nish. It does not congeal above —4° F. (—20° C.).” Br. It has the property of drying or 
becoming solid on exposure to the air, acquiring during the process a strong odor and taste, 
and increasing as much as 12 per cent, of its weight, owing to the formation of linoxyn by at- 
mospheric oxidation. The drying property resides in a constituent which, to distinguish it 
from the olein of the non-drying oils, is named linolein, and is the glyceride of linoleic acid, 
The formula of linoleic acid is not positively accepted as that just given. Hazura 
{Journ. Soc. Chem. Jnd., 1888, 506) states that the liquid fatty acids consist of about 5 per cent, 
of oleic acid, C18H3402, 15 per cent, of linoleic acid, C18H3202, 65 per cent, of isolinoleic acid, 
C18H3202, and 15 per cent, of linolenic acid, C18H3002. Boiled with litharge, red lead, man- 
ganese dioxide, and other so-called “ driers,” it absorbs oxygen still more rapidly, and gains 14 
per cent, in weight. Its acrimony is owing to the presence of a small proportion of an acrid 
oleoresin. From its drying property, it is useful in painting and in making printers’ ink. 
It is said that crude cod-liver oil has been used for the adulteration of the oil of flaxseed, 
especially where the latter is intended for preparing printers’ ink. Mr. Aug. Morell detects the 
adulteration by the following method. Take 10 parts by weight of the suspected oil, mix it 
in a small cylindrical glass tube with 3 parts of crude nitric acid, agitate the mixture well, and 
allow it to rest. If cod-liver oil be present, the oily layer at top will assume a dark-brown to 
blackish-brown color, while the acid at bottom will vary from bright orange to orange or dark 
yellow. So little as 3 per cent, of cod-liver oil may thus be detected. If the flaxseed oil be 
pure, it will become, during the agitation, first sea-green, and afterwards dirty greenish yellow, 
the acid being bright yellow. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The oil is laxative in the dose of a fluidounce (30 
C.c.), but, on account of its disagreeable taste, is seldom given internally. It has, however, 
been highly recommended as a cure for piles, in the dose of two ounces (60 C.c.) of the fresh 
oil morning and evening. It is sometimes added to purgative enemata* 
OLEUM MENTHZE PIPERITA. U. S., Br. Oil of Peppermint. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Peppermint.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from fresh flowering 
peppermint, Meutha piperita, Sm.” Br. 
Essence de Menthe poivree, Fr.; Pfefferminzol, O. 
Peppermint varies exceedingly in the quantity of oil which it affords. Four pounds of the 
fresh herb yield, according to Baume, from a drachm and a half to three drachms of the oil. 
Zeller gives as the product of the fresh herb from 037 to 0-68 per cent., of the dried 1*14 per 
cent. The yield is generally less than 1 per cent. This oil is largely distilled in the States of 
Michigan, Indiana, and New York. For a valuable account of its method of production in Mich- 
igan, by A. M. Todd, see A. J. P., 1888, 328. The oil is also largely produced in Japan. (See 
illustrated paper, Chem. and Drug., 1896, 601.) It is of a greenish-yellow color or nearly color- 
less, but becomes reddish by age. Its odor is strong and aromatic, its taste warm, camphorous, 
and very pungent, but succeeded, when air is admitted into the mouth, by a sense of coolness. 
Its sp. gr. is stated differently at from 0*902 to 0*920 (0*900-0*920 at 15° C. (59° F.), U. N.f) ; 
its boiling point is 365° F.; its reaction is neutral. “ The Oil does not fulminate with iodine. It 
forms a clear solution with an equal volume of alcohol, becoming turbid when somewhat further 
diluted, and is soluble, in all proportions, in carbon disulphide, and in glacial acetic acid. The 
alcoholic solution of the Oil is neutral to litmus paper. If 5 drops of the Oil be added to 1 
(O'LE-UM MEN'THiE PI-PE-RI'T.E.) 
* Oiled Paper. A substitute for waxed cloth for the dressings of wounds and ulcers, prepared in the following 
manner by M. Gauthier, of Geneva, with flaxseed oil, has been highly recommended. To facilitate its drying, 3 
liters (about 6*4 pints) of the oil are boiled for an hour or two with 30 grains of lead acetate, 30 grains of litharge, 
15 grains of yellow wax, and 15 grains of turpentine. Thus prepared, the oil is spread upon silk-paper by means 
of a brush on both surfaces. On the top of the first sheet another is then placed so as to overlap it at one corner. 
The lower surface of the second sheet thus becomes impregnated with the oil, which now requires to be applied only 
to the upper. Any desired number of sheets may be thus successively superimposed. They are then separated, and 
suspended in a drying apartment, attached to a cord by means of hooks or pins. When dry, they should be sprinkled 
over with chalk, to prevent adhesion, and packed away. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1860, p. 363.) 
•j* The specific gravity of pure American oil of peppermint should not be below 0*907 nor above 0*917. {A. J. P., 
1887, 285.) 944 
Oleum Menthw Piperitse. 
PART I. 
C.c. of glacial acetic acid, and the mixture gently warmed, the liquid will assume a blue color, 
with a red fluorescence. If 2 C.c. of the Oil be mixed with 1 C.c. of glacial acetic acid, and 1 
drop of nitric acid added, the liquid will soon acquire a green, greenish-blue, blue, or violet tint 
with a copper-red fluorescence. If 1 C.c. of the Oil be dissolved in 5 C.c. of alcohol, 0-5 Gm. 
of sugar and 1 C.c. of hydrochloric acid added, and the mixture gently heated, a deep-blue or 
violet color will gradually be produced. If to 5 C.c. of nitric acid 1 drop of the Oil be added, 
and the mixture gently agitated, and allowed to stand for about three hours, it should have a 
yellowish, but not a bright red color (absence of oil of camphor and of oil of sassafras). If 
a portion of the Oil, contained in a test-tube, be placed in a freezing mixture of snow (or 
pounded ice) and salt for fifteen minutes, it should become cloudy and thick, and after the 
addition of a few crystals of menthol, being still exposed to cold, it should soon form a crys- 
talline mass (distinction from dementholized oil). When heated on a water-bath, in a flask 
provided with a well-cooled condenser, the Oil should not yield a distillate having the char- 
acters of alcoholU. S. “ Specific gravity 0-900 to 0-920. It should dissolve in four times 
its volume of alcohol (70 per cent.). If a portion of the Oil be cooled, to 17° F. (—8-3° C.) 
and a few crystals of Menthol be added, a considerable separation of menthol should take 
place.” Br. It is considerably laevogyrate. (Buiguet.) Upon long standing it deposits a 
stearopten. Berzelius states also that at 8° F. below zero the oil deposits small capillary crys- 
tals. These, which are called peppermint camphor or menthol, C10II19OH, melt at 42° C. 
(107-6° F.), boil at 212° C. (413-6° F.), volatilize unchanged, and, when distilled with phos- 
phoric anhydride, yield a peculiar aromatic product, denominated menthene, C10H18. A com- 
plete summary of the composition of American peppermint oil, given in Schimmel & Co.'s 
Report for April, 1897, shows the following constituents: acetaldehyde, isovaleraldehyde, 
dimethyl sulphide, amyl-alcohol, isovaleric acid, pinene, phellandrene, cineol, limonene, men- 
thone, 01oH18O, menthol, the acetate and isovalerate of this latter, lactone, C10H1602, and cadi- 
nene. Menthol, its oxidation product menthone, and the acetic and isovaleric esters of menthol 
have been identified as present in English and French peppermint oils, which probably also con- 
tain most of the other constituents mentioned above. The polariscope has been shown to be an 
uncertain guide in determining the quality of oil of peppermint. (A. B. Stevens, Proc. A. P. 
A., 1888, p. 97.) Professor Fliiekiger has discovered that from 50 to 70 drops of peppermint 
oil, shaken with one drop of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1-2, turn faintly yellowish brown, and after an 
hour or two a most beautiful blue violet or greenish blue, by transmitted light, or copper color 
by reflected light. Either a greater amount of acid or heating hastens the reaction. The 
color is very persistent. The presence of 5 per cent, of turpentine does not interfere with the 
reaction. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1871.) This oil is frequently adulterated with alcohol, and occasion- 
ally, there is reason to believe, with oil of turpentine, and even oil of copaiba. Oil of turpen- 
tine is detected by its odor, by its deficient solubility in cold alcohol, and by its imparting the 
property of exploding with iodine. According to H. Martin, the copaiba is to be detected by 
the mass acquiring the consistence of butter when heated to boiling with concentrated sul- 
phuric acid. (ATeues Repert. fur Pharm., xvii. 635.) It is stated by the Messrs. Hotchkiss 
that in much of the land under culture with peppermint in this country other oil-producing 
plants are carelessly allowed to grow, which, being gathered and distilled with the peppermint, 
contaminate the product. (A. J. P., xxvii. 222.) The plant which has proved most trouble- 
some to the mint-growers is of the Erigeron family, and Vigier and Cloez have given the fol- 
lowing tests to detect oil of erigeron, which will indicate the presence of eight or ten per cent, 
of it. Concentrated caustic potash does not saponify erigeron oil, but colors it orange-red in 
the cold ; on heating, the color deepens till part of the oil separates as a reddish-purple viscid 
mass. This reaction does not show itself with oil freshly distilled at 170° C. Pure mint oils 
do not give this reaction ; in the cold, caustic potash converts them into a white emulsion. On 
heating, the mixture takes a faint, clear, yellow tinge. But, if a few drops of erigeron oil are 
introduced, the orange-red color appears quickly on shaking, and develops instantly if the tube 
is warmed. Mint oil is completely soluble, erigeron oil is completely insoluble, in its own volume 
of 85-per-cent, alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.). If a suspected sample be agitated with an equal 
volume of 85-per-cent, alcohol, a milky fluid will be produced if erigeron oil be present, and 
the insoluble essence will separate in the course of twenty-four hours. The oils of Eucalyptus 
globulus and turpentine behave in much the same way, and the points which would distinguish 
the three substances have not yet been determined. But a specimen of mint oil which rotates 
the polarized ray feebly to the left, makes a turbid mixture with its own volume of 85-per- 
cent. alcohol, and takes an orange-red tint with caustic potash, maybe safely rejected. (i\r. R., Oleum Menthse Pipentse. 
945 
PART I. 
Jan. 1882; from E Union Pharmaceutiquei) Since menthol has been prepared largely from 
American peppermint oil, much of the latter has been put upon the market deprived of its 
menthol. To detect this fraud, Messrs. Fritzsche Brothers recommend that a test-tube partially 
filled with the oil and corked should be placed in a freezing mixture of ice and salt for ten 
or fifteen minutes. At the end of that time, if the oil have not been tampered with, it will 
have become cloudy, thick, or of a jelly-like consistence. If then four or five small crystals 
of menthol be added, and the tube be replaced in the freezing mixture, the oil will in a short 
time form a solid frozen mass of crystals. For another method of testing dementholized oil, 
see a paper by E. C. Federer, Pharm. Era, 1887, 36 ; also Pharm. Era, 1887, 97. Power and 
Kleber first proposed {Pharm. Rund., 1894,157) to estimate the menthol in oil of peppermint 
by acetylizing a sample and saponifying an exactly weighed portion of the acetylized oil after 
washing, drying, and filtering the same. Kebler {A. J. P., 1897, 192) proposed to take in- 
stead a weighed quantity of the oil, acetylize it, and then saponify the product after washing 
and neutralizing it. In Schimmel & Co.'s Report for October, 1897, Kleber criticises Kebler’s 
modification, and claims greater accuracy for the original method. Of course this determina- 
tion gives the total menthol; a determination of the combined menthol is had by titrating 
with alcoholic alkali. Quetting & Co. furnish the following test for detecting the presence of 
oil of pennyroyal: “ Take one drachm chloral hydrate and half a drachm C. P. sulphuric 
acid ; mix them in a glass mortar, add a few drops of alcohol, and stir until it becomes clear. 
Then use this mixture in equal proportions with the suspected oil in a small porcelain dish, and 
mix thoroughly together. The result will be a fine cherry color, if the oil be pure; otherwise, 
if mixed with pennyroyal, it will turn a dark olive-green, more or less according to the extent 
of adulteration.” {N. R., Jan. 1882.) Such impurities may usually be detected by the altered 
odor of the oil. Prof. Fliickiger has found that chloral hydrate develops only a slightly brown 
or yellow color, whilst anhydrous chloral changed some specimens of the oil to brown and 
others to green. He also found great differences in the action of sodium bisulphate, the color- 
ing varying from green to rose-red or violet. {A. J. P., 1874, 274.) According to Trebault, when 
picric acid is added in the cold no change occurs for half an hour, when a green color suddenly 
develops. The green produced has a showy red fluorescence. Sulphuric acid develops a rose 
color, passing through reddish yellow to reddish brown; hydrochloric acid a rose color, rather 
slowly ; nitric acid a rose color, then red, soon becoming greenish. (For further particulars, see 
P. J. Tr., June, 1874, p. 977.) Hr. C. Roucher states that when to acetic acid is added one- 
twentieth of its weight of oil of peppermint, with agitation, in an hour the liquid becomes 
deep blue by transmitted and a cinnabar-red by reflected light. The coloration is not stable, 
but passes through green to yellow in the light. To detect alcohol, Hager puts ten to fifteen 
drops of the oil in a test-tube with a piece of tannic acid the size of a pea; if even one-half 
per cent, of alcohol be present, after two or three hours the tannin will be softened or dissolved. 
{A. J. P., xliv. 104.) 
Chinese Oil of Peppermint has not found its way to any extent into commerce, yet it has 
recently attracted much attention. According to Mr. John Mackey, some of it has reached 
London in cylindrical tin canisters, and it is to be obtained in San Francisco. Some specimens 
resemble the ordinary oil, but become solid in cold weather; others remain liquid and show no 
tendency to deposit a camphor ; whilst others are solid crystalline masses at all temperatures. It 
seems probable that the original Chinese oil contains a great excess of menthol, and constitutes 
the variety first spoken of, and that the solid and liquid oils are prepared by separating it into 
its two constituents. The solid oil Fliickiger states not to differ from American menthol. 
(See P. J. Tr., v. 366, 825.) 
Oil of peppermint is stimulating and carminative, and is much used in flatulence, nausea, 
spasmodic pains of the stomach and bowels, and as a corrigent or adjuvant of other medicines. 
In neuralgia it is one of the best external 'remedies at our command, and is said to have been 
used in China from time immemorial. A cloth wet with it is to be laid upon the affected part, 
evaporation being restrained by oiled muslin or other covering. In rheumatism also it is a very 
useful anodyne counter-irritant. The dose is from two to six drops (0-12-0-36 C.c.), and is 
most conveniently given rubbed with sugar and then dissolved in water. The oil is frequently 
employed dissolved in alcohol, in the form of essence of peppermint, which is an official prepa- 
ration. (See Spiritus Menthse Piperitse.) 
Menthol resembles carbolic acid in its physiological and therapeutic properties. It is locally 
stimulant and at the same time anaesthetic, according to Goldscheider having direct paralyzing 
influence upon the peripheral nerve fibres. In the form of pencil, it has been much used as a 946 
Oleum, Meufhse Viridis. — Oleum Morrliuse. 
PART I. 
local application in neuralgia and nervous headaches. In a ten- to twenty-per-cent, alcoholic or 
oily solution it is often efficient in pruritus, and in the skin irritation which follows the bites 
of insects. The five- to twenty-per-cent, solution in oil or liquid vaseline has also been used 
by brush or atomizer with alleged excellent results in hay fever or other catarrhs of the nose, 
pharynx, or bronchial tubes, and its inhalation has been especially commended in asthma 
and in chronic bronchitis of old people ; but it is irritating to the conjunctiva. Although it has 
been found by Macdonald and Langaard to be a very potent bactericide, it does not seem 
well adapted to the needs of antiseptic surgery. It has been used in fermentative conditions 
of the alimentary canal, and has also been strongly commended as a sedative to the gastro- 
intestinal mucous membranes in nervous vomiting and nervous diarrhoea. In sufficient dose, it 
has been shown by Pellacini to be a central nerve paralyzant. Dose, from three to five grains 
(0-20—0-33 Gm.), from five to ten times a day, best given in capsule. 
OLEUM MENTHA VIRIDIS. U. S., Br. Oil of Spearmint. 
(d'LB-UM VIR'I-DIS.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Spearmint.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from fresh flowering 
spearmint, Mentha viridis, Linn.” Br. 
Essence de Menthe verte, Fr.; Romisch-Minzol, G. 
According to Lewis, ten pounds of spearmint yield an ounce of oil; by others the product 
is stated not to exceed one part from five hundred. The oil is largely distilled in this country, 
the whole plant being used. It is pale yellow or greenish when recently prepared, but becomes 
red with age, and ultimately almost of a mahogany color. Its flavor is analogous to that of oil 
of peppermint, but less pungent. Its sp. gr. is stated differently at from 0-914 to 0-975 (0-930 
to 0-940 at 15° C. (59° F.), U. Si) ; its boiling point is 160° C. (320° F.), its reaction neutral. 
“ With an equal volume of alcohol it forms a clear solution, which is neutral or slightly acid 
to litmus paper. When somewhat further diluted with alcohol, it becomes turbid. It also 
yields a clear solution with an equal volume of glacial acetic acid, and with half its volume of 
carbon disulphide ; but with an equal volume of the latter it forms a turbid mixture.” TJ. S. 
“ Specific gravity 0 920 to 0-940. The Oil forms a clear solution with its own volume of a mix- 
ture of equal parts of absolute alcohol and alcohol (90 per cent.).” Br. Gladstone (Jahresber., 
1863, 548) states that it contains a terpene, C10Hle, and a compound, C10H140, identical 
with carvone, which boils at 225° C. (437° F.) and has the sp. gr. 0-9515. Henry Trimble 
(A. J. P., 1885, 484) confirmed these results, working with authentic samples of American 
oil. Baeyer found laevogyre carvone in both German and American oils to the amount of from 
35 to 56 per cent. (Archiv d. Pharm., 212, 283). Schimmel & Co., in an investigation of 
Russian oil, found from 5 to 10 per cent, of carvone only, but 50 to 60 per cent, of linalool, 
together with some cineol and laevogyre limonene. (Report, April, 1898.) It is used for the 
same purposes as the oil of peppermint, in the dose of from two to six drops (0-12-0-36 C.c.). 
An essence of spearmint, prepared by dissolving the oil in alcohol, is official. (See Spiritus 
Menthae Viridis.) 
OLEUM MORRHUA. U. S., Br. Cod Liver Oil. [Oleum Jecoris Aselli.] 
(O'LE-UM MOR'RHU-.®.) 
“ A fixed oil obtained from the fresh livers of Gadus Morrhua, Linne, or of other species of 
Gadus (plass, Pisces; order, Teleostei; fam. Gadidae).” U. S. “ The oil extracted from the 
fresh liver of the cod, Gadus Morrhua, Linn , by the application of a temperature not ex- 
ceeding 180° F. (82-2° C.) ; and from which solid fat has been separated by filtration at about 
23° F."(—5° C.).” Br. 
Oleum Hepatis Morrhuse; Cod Oil, E.; Huile de Foie de Morue, Huile de Morue, Fr.; Leberthran, Stockfisch- 
leberthran, G. 
Gen. Ch. Recognized by the ventrals attached under the throat and attenuated to a point. 
Gadus morrhua. Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. Gmelin, i. p. 1162; Cuvier, Regne Animal, ii. 212; 
Bloch, Ichthyologie, pi. lxiv.—Morrhua vulgaris. Storer, Synopsis of Fishes of N. Am., p. 216. 
The common cod is between two and three feet long, with brown or yellowish spots on the back. 
The body is moderately elongated and somewhat compressed, and covered with soft rather 
small scales, of which the head is destitute. Of the fins, which are soft, there are three on 
the back, two anal, and a distinct caudal; and the fin under the throat is narrow and pointed. 
The jaws are furnished with pointed irregular teeth, in several ranks. The gills are large, Oleum Morrhuse. 
947 
PART I. 
with seven rays. This species of cod inhabits the Northern Atlantic, and is especially abun- 
dant on the Banks of Newfoundland, where it finds food adapted to its wants. 
Besides the common cod, several other species of Gadus, frequenting the seas of Northern 
Europe and America, contribute to furnish the cod liver oil of commerce. Among these De 
Jongh mentions Gadus callarias, or dorsch (Morrhua americana of Storer), G. molva, or ling, G. 
carbonarius, or coal-Jish, and G. pollachius, or pollack, as affording the oil on the coast of Nor- 
way, where from 17,000,000 to 35,000,000 of codfish are annually taken ;* while on our own 
coast, in addition to the pollack above mentioned, it is obtained also from the hake ( G. mer- 
luccius) and the haddock ( G. seglejinus). It is largely produced on our coast north of Boston.f 
Preparation. Fishermen have long been in the habit of collecting this oil, which is 
largely consumed in the arts, particularly in the preparation of leather. Upon the coasts of 
Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, and New England, the boats which fish near the shore, being 
small, soon obtain a load, and, running in to land, deliver their cargoes to persons whose business 
it is to cleanse and salt the fish. The oil is prepared either in the huts of the fishermen or more 
largely at establishments to which the livers are conveyed in quantities. These are put into a 
boiler with water, and heated until they are broken up into a pultaceous mass, which is thrown 
upon a strainer covering the top of a cask or tub. The liquid portion passes, and upon stand- 
ing separates into two parts, the oil rising to the surface of the water. The oil is then drawn 
off, and, having been again strained, is prepared for the market. Another and improved 
method, which has come into use since the extensive employment of the oil as a medicine, is to 
heat the livers in a wooden butt by means of low-pressure steam. The pultaceous mass re- 
sulting is drained as before mentioned,—the livers themselves containing, besides oil, a consid- 
erable portion of watery fluid, which passes off with it in the form of emulsion and separates 
on standing. In the case of the finest American varieties, the oil, which is made only in the 
winter months, is drawn off by taps from the bottom of the cooking-butt, and then put into a 
cooling-house to freeze. The solid frozen mass is put into canvas bags, and submitted, whilst 
at a low temperature, to severe pressure, whereby the pure liquid oil is forced out, leaving a 
whitish, tallow-like mass, composed of stearin and liver debris. This residue is sold to the 
soap-makers, and the oil bottled without further process. The oil thus variously procured is 
called shore oil, and is the purest kind. The manufacture of refined oil by improved processes 
is developing rapidly in Newfoundland. (See West. Drug., 1897, 13.) 
The crews of the larger boats, which fish upon banks far from land, cleanse the fish on board, 
and, throwing the offal into the sea, put the livers into barrels or other receptacles, where they 
undergo a gradual decomposition, the oil rising to the surface as it escapes from the disin- 
tegrating tissue. The oil which first rises, before putrefaction has very decidedly commenced, 
approaches in purity to the shore oil, but is somewhat darker and less sweet. This is some- 
times drawn off, constituting the straits oil of the fishermen. The remaining mass, or the whole, 
if the portion which first rises be not separated, continues exposed for a variable length of 
time to the heat of the sun, undergoing putrefaction, until the boat, having completed her 
cargo, returns to port. The contents of the casks are then put into boilers, heated with water, 
and treated as already described. Before being finally put into barrels, the oil is heated to expel 
all its water. Thus prepared, it is denominated banks oil, and is of the darkest color, and most 
offensive to the taste and smell. Much of the oil prepared by the fishermen is collected by the 
wholesale dealers, who keep it in very large reservoirs of masonry in their cellars, where it 
becomes clarified by repose, and is pumped into barrels as wanted for sale. By the further 
exposure, however, which it thus undergoes, it acquires a still more offensive odor; while that 
which has been originally introduced into barrels, and thus kept secluded from the air, is better 
preserved. For further details, see A. J. P., xxiii. 97, xxvi. 1. 
The oil is sometimes procured by expression. Mr. Donovan recommends the following plan, 
which affords a very fine oil. The livers, perfectly sound and fresh, are to be placed in a clean 
iron pot over a slow fire, and stirred until they assume the condition of a pulp, care being taken 
* For an account of the mode of fishing for cod and of preparing the oil practised in Norway and Denmark, see 
P. J. Tr., Jan. 1868, p. 312, also April, 1877, p. 810; and N. It., March, 1878; also Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 
4e sir., iv. 324, 1866. 
f Dugong Oil. An oil has been brought into notice, as a substitute for cod liver oil, obtained from two species of 
Halicore, H. australis (Owen) and H. dugong (Illig), cetaceous animals inhabiting the rivers and bays of Northern 
and Eastern Australia and many of the East India islands. The flesh of these animals is said to be delicate and 
palatable and valued for food. The oil is obtained by boiling the superficial fat. It is bland and sweet, and free 
from disagreeable taste and smell, so that it may be taken more freely than cod liver oil, which it is thought to 
equal in virtues. It was introduced into use by Mr. W. Hobbs, a surgeon of Brisbane. (Chem. News, Jan. 28,1860, 
p. 87, and A. J. P., 1858, p. 335, 1860, p. 230.) 948 
Oleum Morrhuse. 
PART I. 
that the mass be not heated beyond 192° F. When this temperature is attained, the pot is to 
be removed from the fire, and its contents introduced into a canvas bag, through which water 
and oil will flow into a vessel beneath. After twenty-four hours, the oil is to be decanted 
and filtered through paper. In this state it is pale yellow, with little odor, and a bland not 
disagreeable taste. 
Properties. Three varieties of cod liver oil are known in the market, the white or pale 
yellow, the brownish yellow, and the dark brown, corresponding to the three commercial varieties 
already mentioned. These varieties differ in no essential character, but simply from the mode 
of preparation, the pale being prepared from fresh sweet livers, the dark brown from livers in 
a state of putrefaction, and the brownish yellow from those in an intermediate state; and the 
three varieties run together by insensible shades. The color of the pale is from the slightest 
tint of transparent yellow to a fine golden yellow, that of the light brown very similar to the 
color of Malaga wine, and that of the dark brown what its name implies, with opacity in mass, 
but transparency in thin layers. They are of the usual consistence of lamp oil, and have a 
characteristic odor and taste, by which they may be distinguished from other oils. This smell 
and taste are familiar to most persons, being very similar to those of shoe-leather,—at least as 
prepared in this country, where the curriers make great use of cod liver oil. We regard these 
sensible properties as the most certain tests of the genuineness of the oil. They are much less 
distinguishable in the pale than in the dark-brown varieties, but we have met with no speci- 
men which did not possess them in some degree. In the purest they are scarcely repulsive, in 
the dark brown they are very much so. When a decided smell of ordinary fish oil is perceived, 
the medicine may always be suspected. It is quite distinct from that peculiar to the cod liver 
oil. The taste of all, except the very finest varieties, is more or less acrid, and in the most 
impure is bitterish, and somewhat empyreumatic. The pale-yellow oil is now exclusively used 
for medicinal purposes. The sp. gr. at 72° F., as ascertained by Prof. Procter, varied from 
0-915 to 0 9195,—the first being that of the hake oil, the second that of the haddock, while the 
sp. gr. of the purest oil from the common cod was 0-917. De Jongh found the sp. gr. at 63° 
F. of the pale 0-923, of the light brown 0-924, of the dark brown 0-929. The oil from the 
cod does not congeal at 14° F., though that of G. carbonarius and that of the livers of differ- 
ent species of Raja let fall at that temperature a solid fatty matter, supposed to be palmitin. 
Alcohol dissolves from 2-5 to 6 per cent., water from 0-637 to 1-28 per cent., of different varie- 
ties ; the pale yielding least to these solvents. (Journ. de Pharm., Jan. 1854, p. 39.) The 
official description is as follows: “ A pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid, having a peculiar, slightly 
fishy, but not rancid odor, and a bland, slightly fishy taste. Specific gravity, 0-920 to 0-925 
at 15° C. (59° F.). Scarcely soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or 
carbon disulphide ; also in 2-5 parts of acetic ether.” U. S. “ Specific gravity 0-920 to 0-930. 
Readily soluble in ether and chloroform, and slightly soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.).” Br. 
The chemical composition of the glycerides in cod liver oil appears to be very complicated. 
As palmitic and stearic acids have been isolated, the occurrence of palmitin and stearin is cer- 
tain. But the so-called “ stearin” separating from cod liver oil on cooling contains but little 
true stearin, as the cod liver stearin has a very high iodine value (113-4, Heyerdahl; 94, 
Lewkowitsch). The glycerides of the lower fatty acids, such as acetic, butyric, valeric, and 
capric acids, stated by various authors to occur in cod liver oil, are, according to Salkowski 
and Steenbueh, secondary products due to the putrefaction of livers. The latest researches 
of Heyerdahl (Cod Liver Oil and Chemistry, P. Moller, London, 1895) give as present in the 
mixed fatty acids about 4 per cent, of palmitic acid, 20 per cent, of jecoleic acid, C19H36Oa, 
and 20 per cent, of therapic acid, C17H2e02. Besides these the “ stearin” contains some un- 
known unsaturated acid or acids. Heyerdahl states that in the fresh state cod liver oil contains 
no hydroxy-acids. 
A characteristic constituent of cod liver oil is cholesterol, which can be isolated by saponify- 
ing the oil and exhausting the soap with ether. The quantity of cholesterol, according to Allen 
and Thomson, is from 0-46 to 132 per cent. By reaction with ammonia in distillation the oil 
yields a volatile alkaloid, trimethylamine, C3H9N, which has a strong pungent odor, recalling 
that of herring-pickle, of which the same alkaloid is an ingredient. No other official fatty oil 
yields a similar product. (See A. J. P., xxiv. 343.) Messrs. Gautier have obtained from cod 
liver oil the leucomaines butylamine, iso-amylamine, hexylamine, and dihydrolutidine, and two 
fixed bases, aselline (C25H32N4) and morrhuine (C19H27N3). Aselline was found by its dis- 
coverer to be relatively feeble physiologically; morrhuine, of which about 2 milligrammes are 
believed to exist in a tablespoonful of ordinary cod liver oil, is affirmed to have the properties PART I. 
Oleum Morrhuse. 
949 
of exciting the appetite and acting as a powerful diuretic and diaphoretic. Besides these bases, 
an acid containing nitrogen has been found. This acid, morrhuic acid, C9H13N03, is probably 
identical with De Jongh’s gaduine. Some have been disposed to ascribe the virtues of cod 
liver oil to its iodine and bromine; but these are in too small proportion for much effect, and 
the oil has produced results which have never been obtained from iodine and bromine them- 
selves. The presence of iodine cannot be detected by the usual tests. It is necessary to con- 
vert the oil into a soap, and to carbonize this, before it will give evidence of iodine. The 
proportion never exceeds 0-05 per cent., or 1 part in 2000, and it is by no means certain 
that iodine is always, if ever, present in pure oil. The proportion of iodine present has 
been recently investigated by E. C. Stanford (Pharm. Journ. [3], xiv. 353), who found it 
to be extremely minute, ranging from 0-00138 to 0 00433 per cent., with an average of 
0-00322 per cent. The oil is capable of dissolving a larger proportion of iodine; and, if 
any specimen contain more than 0-05 per cent., there is reason to suspect that iodine has been 
added. 
Tests of Purity. In consequence of the great demand for this oil, it has not unfre- 
quently been adulterated with other fixed oils, and occasionally others have been fraudulently 
substituted for it. The importance, therefore, is obvious of ascertaining some mode of testing 
its purity and genuineness. The official tests are as follows. “ If 1 drop of the Oil be dis- 
solved in 20 drops of chloroform, and the solution shaken with 1 drop of sulphuric acid, the 
solution will acquire a violet-red tint, rapidly changing to rose-red and brownish yellow. If a 
glass rod, moistened with sulphuric acid, be drawn through a few drops of the oil, on a porce- 
lain plate, a violet color will be produced. Cod Liver Oil should be only very slightly acid to 
litmus paper previously moistened with alcohol (limit of free fatty acids. When the Oil is 
allowed to stand for some time at 0° C. (32° F.), very little or no solid fat should separate 
(absence of other fish oils, and of many vegetable oils). If 2 or 3 drops of fuming nitric 
acid be allowed to flow alongside of 10 or 15 drops of the Oil, contained in a watch-glass, a 
red color will be produced at the point of contact. On stirring the mixture with a glass rod, 
this color becomes bright rose-red, soon changing to lemon-yellow (distinction from seal oil, 
which shows at first no change of color, and from other fish oils, which become at first blue, 
and afterwards brown and yellow).” US. “A drop of sidphuric acid added to a few drops 
of the Oil on a porcelain slab develops a violet coloration. When nitric acid is carefully poured 
into some of the Oil contained in a test-tube, a precipitate of coagulated albumen should be 
formed at the surface of contact of the two liquids. No solid fat should separate on exposure 
of the Oil for two hours to a temperature of 32° F. (0° C.).” Br. There is reason to believe 
that all the oils from the livers of the Gladidae have analogous properties. They have been 
indiscriminately used ; and upon the results of their employment is based, in part, the present 
reputation of the medicine. They may, therefore, be considered as in fact one oil, so far as their 
medicinal use is concerned. Unfortunately, chemistry has yet discovered no perfectly reliable 
test. The furthest it has gone is to point out certain reactions, which may be considered as 
evidences of the presence of biliary principles in the oil, thus indicating its hepatic origin. 
Among these probably the most characteristic is that of Hager and Salkowski, in which a 
drop of sulphuric acid, added to fresh cod liver oil, on a porcelain plate, causes a centrifugal 
movement in the oil, and gives rise to a fine violet color, soon passing into yellowish or brownish 
red. Sometimes, instead of assuming the violet hue, the color immediately becomes a clear red 
or a dark brownish red. This is said to be especially the case with those specimens of the oil 
which have been prepared by boiling the livers with water. Shark liver oil responds in like 
manner to the test of sulphuric acid, but is said to have the sp. gr. 0*866, which is much lower 
than that of any variety of the genuine oil. According to Kremel, fuming nitric acid causes 
instantly, when agitated with cod liver oil, a pinkish or rose-red color, which soon becomes 
brown, while no such effect is produced on other animal or vegetable oils. According to 
Winckler, the oil should afford the smell of herring-pickle when heated with potassa, lime, and 
ammonium chloride. But the most reliable tests are the sensible properties of odor and taste. 
If there be none of the peculiar shoe-leather smell and taste, or if a strong lamp-oil odor be 
perceptible, the oil may be suspected. Little of importance can be inferred from the color. 
Some have been disposed to prefer the dark offensive oil; but our own experience accords with 
that of those who have found the pale or light brown equally efficient; and for facility of ad- 
ministration and acceptability to the stomach the latter is greatly preferable. It is important 
that the oil should be secluded from the air, which effects a gradual change, no doubt impairing 
its efficiency. Hence the vessels containing it should be full; and it should be kept in bottles 950 
Oleum, Morrhuse. 
PART I. 
well stopped, holding about the quantity generally wanted for use at one time, and not exposed 
to the action of sunlight. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cod liver oil has long been popularly employed in 
Northern Europe in rheumatic and strumous diseases. It was first brought to the notice of the 
profession generally by German practitioners, and had acquired great reputation on the Conti- 
nent before it was used to any extent in Great Britain. At Manchester, in England, it was 
employed by the medical profession in the treatment of chronic rheumatism and gout as early 
as 1766 ; but it was not until the appearance of the treatise of Professor Bennett, of Edin- 
burgh, in 1841, that it came into general notice in Great Britain and the United States. The 
diseases in which it has proved most efficient are chronic rheumatism and gout, and the various 
morbid affections connected with a scrofulous diathesis, such as external glandular scrofula, 
diseases of the joints and spine, carious ulcers, tabes mesenterica, rickets, and phthisis. It has 
been found useful also in chronic cutaneous eruptions, lupus, and chronic pectoral complaints not 
tuberculous, and may be employed with the hope of good in almost all chronic cases in which 
there is impaired assimilation and nutrition. In pulmonary consumption it is of supreme value. 
It is necessary, however, to persevere for four or six weeks before looking for any decidedly 
favorable results, though the change does often begin earlier. 
As to its mode of action, there has been much difference of opinion. Some consider it 
merely a nutritive agent, having the advantage over other oleaginous substances of a readier 
entrance into the system and more easy assimilation. But we cannot agree with this opinion. 
Other oleaginous substances, certainly not less nutritious, have not been equally efficient, 
though taken in much larger quantities. If this be the true explanation, persons living 
chiefly on milk, which abounds in oil, or on fat pork, ought to show a special exemption from 
scrofulous complaints. The probability appears to us to be that, in consequence of some 
peculiar principle or principles it contains, it exercises a stimulant and alterative influence 
on the processes of assimilation and nutrition, thereby aiding in the production of healthy 
tissue. 
The dose is a tablespoonful (14-7 C.c.) three or four times a day for adults, a teaspoonful 
(3-7 C.c.) repeated as frequently for children, which may be gradually increased as the stomach 
will permit, and continued for a long time. It may be taken alone or mixed with some vehicle 
calculated to conceal its taste and obviate nausea. For this purpose recourse may be had to 
any of the aromatic waters, to the aromatic tinctures, as the tincture of orange-peel, diluted 
with water, or to a bitter infusion, as that of quassia. It may be given floating on the vehicle, 
or mixed with it by means of gum or the yolk of egg, with sugar, in the form of an emul- 
sion. Perhaps the best vehicle, when not contra-indicated, is the froth of porter. Let a table- 
spoonful of porter be put into the bottom of a glass, upon the surface of this the oil, and over 
all some of the froth of the porter. A small piece of orange-peel may be chewed before and 
after taking the medicine.* Various other methods have been adopted to conceal or correct 
the taste and favor administration. Common salt has been recommended; but nothing, per- 
haps, so effectually destroys the taste as oil of bitter almond, of which one part will answer 
for 200 parts of the oil. A good plan is to shake strongly, in a flask, one measure of the oil 
with from one to two of bitter almond water, according to the degree of offensiveness, and to 
separate the liquids after they have been allowed to stand for twenty-four hours. The oil 
should be filtered if not quite clear. The medicine has sometimes also been given in capsules. 
M. Dufourmantel prepares a jelly by dissolving half a drachm of ichthyocolla in as little hot 
water as possible, and then gradually mixing with it a fluidounce of the oil with four drops of 
the oil of anise, taking care not to exceed the heat of 75° F. (Journ. de Pharm., Juin, 1864, 
p. 72.) M. Bouchut incorporates the oil with wheat flour, and has this made into bread, which, 
he says, is in no degree disagreeable. (JV. R., Oct. 1873, pi. 522.)f The oil is sometimes 
applied externally by friction, and in cases of ascarides or lumhricoides is injected into the 
rectum. It has been recommended locally in chronic articular affections, in various chronic cuta- 
neous eruptions, and in opacity of the cornea after the subsidence of inflammation. In the last- 
mentioned affection, one or two drops of the oil are applied by means of a pencil to the cornea, 
* The following is Carlo Pavesi’s formula for deodorized cod liver oil. Cod liver oil 1000 parts, ground roasted 
coffee 50 parts, animal charcoal 25 parts. Place the ingredients in a flask, which is to be well closed, and digest on 
a water-bath during the space of one hour; then set it aside for three days, occasionally shaking the contents, and 
filter. This preparation has a peculiar coffee flavor, and is quite pleasant to take, the only objection being the 
liability to cultivate in the patient a distaste for drinking coffee as a beverage. (iV. R., Jan. 1876.) 
f Phosphorieed cod liver oil may be made by dissolving one grain of phosphorus in four fluidounces of cod liver 
oil. PART I. 
Oleum Myrciae.— Oleum Myridicae. 
951 
and diluted, if found too stimulating, with olive or almond oil.* It is often advantageously 
combined with lime salts, especially in rickets.f 
The olein of cod liver oil has been recommended by Dr. Arthur Leared, when the oil itself 
disagrees with the stomach. He has found it to produce the same remedial effects, and to be 
borne much better. It may be given in the same dose. A solution of quinine in the oil may 
be made by heating the freshly precipitated alkaloid with the oil, in the proportion of two 
grains to a fluidounce, by means of a water-bath, until the mixture becomes quite clear. 
OLEUM MYRCIiE. U. S. Oil of Myrcia. [Oil of Bay.] 
(O'LE-UM mye'ci-a:.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Myrcia acris, De Candolle (nat. ord. Myrtaceae).” 
U. S. 
This oil has been admitted to the Pharmacopoeia as an ingredient of Spiritus Myrciae, or bay 
rum. It is usually imported, although occasionally distilled in this country. The commercial 
oil is a mixture of both heavy and light oils, as Mr. Gr. M. Beringer found the specific gravity 
of two samples of undoubted purity to be 0-975 and 0-994. (A. J. P., 1887, 286.) Mittmann 
(Arch. der Pharm., 1889, 529) reported the following constituents: 1, pinene; 2, possibly 
dipentene; 3, a polyterpene, probably diterpene (insoluble in alcohol) ; these three in small 
quantity only; 4, eugenol, the chief constituent; and, 5, methyl-eugenol, in smaller quantity. 
It has since been examined (March, 1895) by Drs. Power and Kleber, who state that it con- 
tains from 60 to 65 per cent, of phenols, of which two were identified : eugenol, C10H12G2, 
and chavicol, C0HloO; two phenol esters, methyl-eugenol, CuH1402, and methyl-chavicol, 
CioH120 ; phellandrene and a newly discovered terpene which they name myrcene ; and citral, 
C10Hi6O. (Pharm. Rund., 1895, 60.) The oil is officially described as “ a yellow or brownish- 
yellow liquid, having an aromatic, somewhat clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Specific 
gravity, 0-975 to 0-990 at 15° C. (59° F.). With an equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic acid, 
or carbon disulphide, it yields slightly turbid solutions. The alcoholic solution is slightly acid to 
litmus paper. When mixed with an equal volume of a concentrated solution of sodium hy- 
drate, it forms a semi-solid mass. If 2 drops of the Oil be dissolved in 4 C.c. of alcohol, and 
a drop of ferric chloride test-solution be added, a light-green color will be produced; and if 
the same test be made with a drop of diluted ferric chloride test-solution, prepared by diluting 
the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a light-bluish coloration will be produced, 
which soon disappears. If to 3 drops of the Oil, contained in a small test-tube, 3 drops of 
concentrated sulphuric acid be added, and, after the tube has been corked, the mixture be 
allowed to stand for half an hour, a resinous mass will be obtained. On adding to this mass 
4 C.c. of diluted alcohol, vigorously shaking the mixture, and gradually heating to the boiling 
point, the liquid should remain nearly colorless, and should not acquire a red or purplish-red 
color (distinction from oil of piment a and oil hf cloves). If 1 C.c. of the Oil be shaken with 
20 C.c. of hot water, the water should not give more than a scarcely perceptible acid reaction 
with litmus paper. If, after cooling, the liquid be passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate 
should produce, with a drop of ferric chloride test-solution, only a transient grayish-green, but 
not a blue or violet, color (absence of carbolic acid).” U. S. Oil of bay is not used internally. 
OLEUM MYRISTICiE. U. S., Br. Oil of Nutmeg. 
(O'LE-UM MY-KIS'TI-Q^E.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Nutmeg.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from nutmeg.” Br. 
Volatile oil of Nutmeg; Oleum Nucistas iEthereum ; Essence de Muscades, Fr.; Aetherisches Muskatol, G. 
This oil is obtained from powdered nutmegs by distillation with water. A better method, 
* Cod Liver Oil and Ferrous Iodide. The following formula is that of a commission appointed by the Netherlands 
Pharmaceutical Society. Iodine 1 part; Pulverized Iron 1 part; Pale Cod Liver Oil 80 parts. Triturate the pulver- 
ized iron in a mortar with the iodine and one-fourth of the oil, and heat the mixture in a water-bath, with constant 
stirring, until the brown color of the iodine has entirely disappeared and given place to a deep purple color, showing 
that the ferrous iodide has been formed and dissolved. Then add the remainder of the oil, mix carefully, and, after 
standing, decant into dry bottles, which are to be completely filled. (N.. It., Aug. 1876.) 
f Cod Liver Oil with Lactophosphate of Lime. Take of Cod Liver Oil, Oj ; Oil of Bitter Almond, Oil of Pepper- 
mint, Oil of Wintergreen, each, gtt. x; Powdered Gum Arabic, £iv ; Powdered Sugar, 3vi; Solution of Lactophos- 
phate of Lime (£i to Lime Water, Mix the gum and sugar in a capacious mortar, and make 
a smooth mucilage with the lime water and three ounces of the solution of lactophosphate of lime. Add the vola- 
tile oils to the cod liver oil, and gradually triturate them with the mucilage until a perfect emulsion is formed. 
Finally, add the rest of the solution of lactophosphate of lime, and mix thoroughly. Dose, from one-half to one 
fluidounce (15-30 C.c.). (J. T. Shinn, A. J. P., March, 1873.) 952 
Oleum Myristicae.—Oleum Olivas. 
PART I. 
according to M. J. Cloez, is to exhaust the powder with carbon disulphide or ether, distil off 
the solvent by means of a water-bath, and expose the butter-like residue to a current of steam, 
the vapor being conveyed into a refrigerated receiver, where it condenses. (Joum. de Pharm., 
Fev. 1864.) Oil of nutmeg is colorless or of a pale straw color, limpid, lighter than water, 
soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid, in alcohol and ether, with a neutral reaction, 
a pungent spicy taste, and a strong smell of nutmeg. The sp. gr. is stated differently at 
0-920 and 0-948 (0-870 to 0-900 at 15° C. (59° F.), U. S.). “ Specific gravity 0-870 to 
0-910. The Oil forms a clear solution with its own volume of a mixture of equal parts of 
absolute alcohol and alcohol (90 per cent.). A little evaporated on a water-bath should not 
leave a residue which crystallizes on cooling (absence of the concrete oil of nutmeg).” Br. 
The mixture of volatile and fixed oils may be separated by agitation with water, one rising to 
the surface, the other sinking to the bottom. Upon standing, the latter deposits a crystalline 
solid, which was called by Playfair myristin. From its solution in alcohol he obtained it in ex- 
tremely light crystalline scales, which, after repeated crystallization, had still the odor of nut- 
meg, were fusible at 31° C. (87-8° F.), soluble in the ordinary menstrua of substances of the 
same class, and, as just said, insoluble in water. By glacial acetic acid it was first colored 
red. (P. J. Tr., March, 1874, 714.) It was identified as the glyceride of myristic acid, 
Ci4H2802, and had, therefore, the formula C3H6(C14II2702)3. The essential oil, which has 
the sp. gr. 0-870-0-900, consists chiefly of pinene with probably some dipentene, also myris- 
ticol, C10II160, and myristicin, C12H1403. {Power s Catalogue of Essential Oils, 1894.) Semm- 
ler {Ber. Chem. Ges., 1890, 1803) examined an oil of nutmeg of sp. gr. 0-8611 which con- 
tained only terpenes : these boiled at about 50° C. under a pressure of 8 Mm. The oil may be 
used for the same purposes as nutmeg, in the dose of five or ten drops (0-3 or 0 6 C.c.), but 
is not often employed. 
OLEUM OLIViE. U. S., Br. Olive Oil. 
(O'LE-UM O-LI'VJE.) 
“ A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea europaea, Linn6 (nat. ord. Oleaceae).” 
U. S. “ The oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea europaea (Linn.).” Br. 
Oleum Olivarum, P. 0.; Sweet Oil; Huile d’Olive. Fr.; Olivenol, G.; Olio delle Olive, It.; Aceite de Olivas, Sp. 
Olea europsea. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 8. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 44; B. & T. 172. This valuable 
tree is usually from fifteen to twenty feet in height, though sometimes much larger, especially 
in Greece and the Levant. It has a solid, erect, unequal stem, with numerous straight branches, 
covered with a grayish bark. The leaves, which stand opposite to each other on short foot- 
stalks, are evergreen, firm, lanceolate, entire, two or three inches in length, with the edges some- 
what reverted, smooth and of a dark green color on their upper surface, whitish and almost 
silvery beneath. The flowers are small, whitish, and disposed in opposite axillary clusters, 
about half as long as the leaves, and accompanied with small, obtuse, hoary bracts. The fruit, 
or olive, is a smooth, oval drupe, greenish at first, but of a deep violet color when ripe, with a 
fleshy pericarp, and a very hard nut of a similar shape. Clusters of not less than thirty 
flowers yield only two or three ripe olives. 
The olive-tree, though believed by some to have been originally from the Levant, flourishes 
at present in all the countries bordering on the Mediterranean, and has been cultivated from 
time immemorial in Spain, the south of France, and Italy. It begins to bear fruit after the 
second year, is in full bearing at six years, and continues to flourish for a century. There are 
forty varieties, distinguished by the form of the leaves and the shape, color, and size of the 
fruit. The variety longifolia of Willdenow is said to be chiefly cultivated in Italy and the 
south of France, and the latifolia in Spain. The latter bears much larger fruit than the 
former; but the oil is less esteemed. The olive is largely cultivated in the north of Africa, 
especially in the vicinity of Tunis, and considerable quantities of the oil are exported from 
that city. {P. J. Tr., Sept. 1873, 204.) The tree has been introduced into South Australia, 
and will probably become of commercial importance there. 
Olives are especially cultivated in Spain in the district of Cadiz. Two classes are produced, 
the one known as the Queen olive, a large olive, which is mostly exported to the United States ; 
the other the Manzanillo, or small olive, which is chiefly consumed in Spain, South America, 
and Cuba. In the last decade the olive has been cultivated on a large scale very successfully 
in California * both for the obtaining of the olive oil and also for the production of pickled 
* The cultivation of tho olive in California is said to have been very profitable, former growers reporting four 
hundred dollars per acre as a common yield of the olive orchard for the season; at this writing (1899) there is much PAET I. 
Oleum Olivse. 
953 
olives. The ordinary olive of commerce is pickled before ripening; the ripe olive as put up 
in California is dark, often almost blackish, very different in taste to the ordinary unripe 
pickled fruit, and is said to contain about 50 per cent, of olive oil, so that it affords an excellent 
method of administering fat. 
The leaves and bark of the olive-tree have an acrid and bitterish taste, and have been em- 
ployed as substitutes for cinchona, though with no great success. Attention has been called, 
in France, to a hydro-alcoholic extract of the leaves, as having considerable febrifuge powers. 
In the quantity of from ten to twenty grains daily, in divided doses, it has been found useful 
in preventing the hectic paroxysms. In hot countries, a substance resembling the gum-resins 
exudes spontaneously from the bark. It was thought by the ancients to possess useful medi- 
cinal properties, but is not now employed. Analyzed by Pelletier, it was found to contain resin, 
a little benzoic acid, and a peculiar principle analogous to gum, which has been named olivile. 
But the fruit is by far the most useful product. In the unripe state it is hard and insupport- 
ably acrid; but when macerated in water or an alkaline solution, and afterwards introduced 
into a solution of common salt, it loses these properties, and becomes a pleasant and highly 
esteemed article of diet. Mannite has been found in all parts of the tree while in vital activity, 
as in the green leaves and unripe fruit, but cannot be detected in the yellow fallen leaves or 
in the perfectly ripe fruit. (A. J. P., 1866, p. 179.) The pericarp, or fleshy part of the ripe 
olive, abounds in a fixed oil, which constitutes its greatest value, and for which the tree is 
chiefly cultivated in Southern Europe. In the unripe olive a peculiar green substance, together 
with mannite, has been found by M. S. de Lutz, both of which disappear as the fruit ripens, 
being probably converted into oil, which now takes their place. (Journ. de Pharm., Juin and 
Dec. 1862.) The olives ripen from November to March, and the oil is obtained by first bruising 
them in a mill and then submitting them to pressure. The product varies much, according to 
the state of the fruit and the circumstances of the process. The best, called virgin oil, is 
obtained from the fruit picked before perfect maturity, and immediately pressed. It is distin- 
guished by its greenish hue. The common oil used for culinary purposes and in the manufac- 
ture of the finest soaps is procured from very ripe olives, or from the pulp of those which 
have yielded the virgin oil. In the latter case the pulp is thrown into boiling water, and the 
oil removed as it rises. An inferior kind, employed in the arts, especially in the preparation 
of the coarser soaps, plasters, unguents, etc., is afforded by fruit which has been thrown into 
heaps, and allowed to ferment for several days, or by the marc left after the expression of the 
finer kinds of oil, broken up, allowed to ferment, and again introduced into the press. The 
remarks made under the head of Oleum Myristicae in relation to the extraction of that oil by 
means of solvents are applicable also to olive oil. 
Olive oil is imported in glass bottles, or in flasks surrounded by a kind of net-work of grass 
and usually called Florence flasks. The best comes from the south of France, where most care 
is exercised in the choice of the fruit. 
Properties. The pure oil is an unctuous liquid, of a pale-yellow or greenish-yellow color, 
with scarcely any smell, and a bland, slightly sweetish taste. Its sp. gr. is 0-9153 (0-915 to 
0-918, U. S.). It is soluble in chloroform, carbon disulphide, and in twice its volume of ether, 
but is only partially soluble in alcohol, at least unless this liquid be in very large proportion. 
The concrete portion, which separates at a freezing temperature, consists chiefly of the gly- 
ceride of palmitic acid, C16H3202, together with the corresponding compound of arachic acid, 
C20H4002 (stearic acid is stated by Hehner and Mitchell to be absent entirely) ; the liquid por- 
tion is essentially olein, C3H6(0.C18H330)3, with a small amount (seven parts for ninety-three 
of olein) of the glyceride of the less saturated linolic acid. According to Braconnot, the oil con- 
tains 72 per cent, of olein and 28 of palmitin. A small quantity of cholesterin, C26H440, has also 
been found in the oil. Olive oil is solidified by nitrous acid and mercuric nitrate, and con- 
verted into a peculiar fatty substance, called elaidin. The olein of all oils which have not the 
drying property undergoes the same change when acted on by nitrous acid. 
The greenish color is owing to the presence of a trace of chlorophyll, and a trace of choles- 
terin is also extracted by repeated agitation with glacial acetic acid.* 
Olive oil, when exposed to the air, is apt to become rancid, acquiring a disagreeable smell, a 
complaint that the culture is being overdone. There is a large number of different varieties of the olive. J. L. 
Howland, of Pomona, reports the following percentage of oil yielded by each variety as the result of two years’ test: 
Pendulina, 21; Rubra, 18£; Oblonga, 18; Mission, 17^ff; Uvaria, 17£; Nevadillo Blanco, 16$; Columella, 16$; 
Precox, 14; Picholine, 10; Manzanillo, 8£. For further information concerning the subject the reader is referred to 
the various Proceedings of the California State Convention of Olive Growers. 
* For discussion of the spectra of olive oil, see P. J. Tr., 3d series, vii. 22, 110. 954 
Oleum Olivse. 
PART I. 
sharp taste, and a thicker consistence ; it also loses its color ; and the change is promoted by heat. 
It is officially tested as follows. “ When cooled to about 10° C. (50° F.), the Oil begins to become 
somewhat cloudy from the separation of crystalline particles, and at 0° C. (32° F.) it forms a 
whitish, granular mass. If 10 C.c. of the Oil be shaken frequently, during two hours, with a 
freshly prepared solution of 1 Grin, of mercury in 3 C.c. of nitric acid, a perfectly solid mass 
of a pale straw color will be obtained. If 6 Gm. of the Oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test- 
tube, for about two minutes, with a mixture of T5 Gm. of nitric acid and 0 5 Gm. of water, 
then heated in a bath of boiling water for not more than fifteen minutes, the Oil should retain 
a light yellow color, not becoming orange or reddish-brown, and, after standing at the ordinary 
temperature for about twelve hours, it should form a perfectly solid, light yellowish mass (ab- 
sence of appreciable quantities of cotton seed oil and most other seed oils'). If 5 C.c. of the Oil 
be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, with 5 C.c. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate (pre- 
pared by dissolving 0-1 Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 C.c. of deodorized alcohol, and adding 2 
drops of nitric acid), and the mixture be heated for about five minutes in a water-bath, the 
Oil should retain its original, pale yellow color, not becoming reddish or brown, nor should any 
dark color be produced at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more than about 
5 per cent, of cotton seed oil and of many other foreign oils). If 30 C.c. of the Oil be saponified 
by heating with 20 C.c. of alcohol and 5 Gm. of potassa, the liquid then diluted with 200 C.c. 
of water, and freed from alcohol by boiling, on supersaturating the solution with diluted sul- 
phuric acid, the fatty acids will form a layer on the surface. If these be separated as far as 
possible, free from water, and filtered, 5 C.c. of the clear filtrate, when shaken, in a test-tube, 
with 5 C.c. of concentrated hydrochloric acid, should not color the latter green ; and, on the sub- 
sequent addition of about 0-5 Gm. of sugar, and again shaking the mixture, no violet or crimson 
tint should be produced in the acid layer within fifteen minutes (absence of sesamum oil)." 
U. S. “At 50° F. (10° C.) it is liable to become of a pasty consistence, and at 32° F. 
(0° C.) to form a nearly solid granular mass. If 10 cubic centimetres of the Oil be shaken 
with 2 cubic centimetres of a reagent prepared by dissolving 1 gramme of silver nitrate in 
100 cubic centimetres of absolute alcohol, with the addition of 20 cubic centimetres of ether 
and one drop of nitric acid, no blackening should occur when the mixture is heated on 
a water-bath for ten minutes (absence of cotton-seed oil).” Br. It is frequently adulter- 
ated with the cheaper fixed oils, especially with that of poppies; but the adulteration may 
be detected by reducing the temperature to the freezing point. As other oils are less read- 
ily congealed than is the olive oil, the degree of its purity will be indicated by the degree 
of concretion. Another mode has been indicated by M. Poutet, founded on the property pos- 
sessed by mercuric nitrate of solidifying the oil of olives, without a similar influence upon 
other oils. Six parts of mercury are dissolved at a low temperature in seven and a half parts 
of nitric acid of the sp. gr. 1*35, and this solution is mixed with the suspected oil in the pro- 
portion of one part to twelve, the mixture being occasionally shaken. If the oil be pure, it 
will be converted after some hours into a yellow solid mass; if it contain a minute proportion, 
even so small as a twentieth, of poppy or cotton-seed oil, the resulting mass will be much less 
firm ; and a tenth will prevent a greater degree of consistence than oils usually acquire when 
they concrete by cold. Lewkowitsch (Chemical Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, 2d ed., 
1898, 462) says that the color reactions proposed by various authors are altogether unreliable 
and yield no definite results, with the exception of the color-test (Baudoin’s test, see Oleum 
Sesami) for sesame oil and perhaps Bechi’s and Milliau’s for cotton-seed oil (see below). For 
a method of detecting the oil of arachis (ground-nut oil) in olive oil, see Journ. de Pharm., 
Janv. 1872, 48. Immense quantities of lard oil and cotton-seed oil* are exported from this 
country to France and employed in the adulteration of olive oil. Bechi’s test for ascertaining 
the admixture of cotton-seed oil with olive oil has received the unanimous approval of the 
Commission of Florence after most exhaustive experiments, and is as follows. One grain of 
silver nitrate is dissolved in fifteen minims (or 1 C.c.) of water, and six and a half fluidounces 
(or 200 C.c.) of alcohol are added. Two fluidounces (or 60 C.c) of ether may be added to 
render the solution more easily miscible with the oil, but it is not absolutely necessary. A so- 
lution of eighty-five parts of amylic alcohol and fifteen parts of rape-seed oil is prepared. 
These reagents should not be kept on hand any length of time. To ten C.c. of the oil to be 
* Of 140,840 barrels of cotton-seed oil, or nearly 6,000,000 gallons, shipped from New Orleans during the year 
1880, 88 per cent, was exported on orders from Europe to Mediterranean and French ports, and one-half of this to 
Italy. This is more than the entire olive oil production of France, and one-fifth that of Italy itself. The United 
States imports only one-tenth of this amount of olive oil so called. (A. J. P., July, 1881, 343.) PART I. 
Oleum Olivse.—Oleum Phosphorcitum. 
955 
examined one C.c. of the solution of silver nitrate is added, and then from eight to ten C.c. 
of the amylic alcohol reagent; the mixture is agitated strongly, and heated on a water-bath 
for five or ten minutes. In the case of pure oils the color is unaltered by the addition of the 
reagents ; if cotton-seed oil be present, a brownish color or turbidity, varying from a light 
brown to a deep maroon or black (according to the extent of the adulteration), will be pro- 
duced. (A. J. P., 1887.) Milliau’s test is a modification of the foregoing. If the fatty 
acids instead of the oil itself are treated with the same reagents, we get the same reduction 
of the silver salts and the same brown color as in the Bechi test. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Olive oil is nutritious and mildly laxative, and is occa- 
sionally given as a feeble purgative in cases of irritable intestines. Taken into the stomach in 
large quantities, it serves to involve acrid and poisonous substances and mitigate their action. 
It has also been recommended as a remedy for worms, and is a very common ingredient in lax- 
ative enemata. The value of large doses of olive oil in the treatment of gall-stones, as origi- 
nally suggested by Dr. Kennedy, has received much confirmation, and the experiments of 
Rosenberg go to show that the remedy does increase not only the amount but also the fluidity 
of the bile. From six to seven ounces of it may be given in from four to eight portions, during 
not less than three hours, in aromatized emulsion. Externally applied, it is useful in relaxing 
the skin and in sheathing irritated surfaces from the action of the air ; and it is much employed 
as a vehicle or diluent of more active substances. But the most extensive use of olive oil is 
in pharmacy, as a constituent of liniments, ointments, cerates, and plasters. The dose as a 
laxative is from one to two fluidounces (30—60 C.c.). 
OLEUM PHOSPHORATUM. U, S., Br. Phosphorated Oil. 
Huile Liniment phosphor*;, Fr.; Phosphorhaltiges Oei, G. 
“ Phosphorus, one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Expressed Oil of Almond, Ether, each, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Introduce a suffi- 
cient quantity of Expressed Oil of Almond into a flask, heat it on a sand-bath to 250° C. (482° 
F.), and keep it at that temperature for fifteen minutes. Then allow it to cool, and filter it. 
Put ninety grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains] of the filtered Oil together with the Phos- 
phorus, previously well dried by filtering paper, into a dry, tared bottle capable of holding 
about one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 28 minims], insert the stopper, 
and heat the bottle in a water-bath until the Phosphorus melts. Then agitate it until the 
Phosphorus is dissolved, allow it to cool, add enough Ether to make the mixture weigh one 
hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains], and agitate it again. Lastly, transfer the so- 
lution to small glass-stoppered vials, which should be completely filled and kept in a cool and 
dark place.” U S. 
“ Heat Almond Oil in a porcelain dish to about 300° F. (149° C.), and keep it at this tem- 
perature for about fifteen minutes, then let it cool, and filter it through paper. Put ninety- 
nine parts by weight into a stoppered bottle, capable of holding rather more than this quantity, 
and add to it one part by weight of dry Phosphorus. Immerse the bottle in hot water until 
the mixture has acquired the temperature of 180° F. (82-2° C.), removing the stopper two or 
three times to allow the escape of expanded air; then shake until the Phosphorus is entirely 
dissolved.” Br. 
The U. S. process does not differ essentially from that of the Br. Pharm. Both the U. S. 
P. and British oils are one-per-cent, solutions; the British formerly contained but 0-75 per 
cent.* The object of heating the oil is to expel air and traces of water, which would aid in 
oxidizing the phosphorus. The ether not only assists in the preservation of the finished prep- 
aration, but is also of use in rendering the oil less disagreeable to the taste. Dr. E. R. Squibb 
passes a current of carbonic acid gas through the oil contained in the bottle that it is to be 
kept in, to expel the air and prevent oxidation. 
(O'LE-UM PHOS-PHO-RA'TUM.) 
* It is often desirable to be acquainted with the degree of solubility of phosphorus in the different fixed oils in 
ordinary use, in reference to its exhibition as medicine. The following list is taken from the Journal de Pharmacie 
(Fev. 1869, p. 94), where it is given on the authority of M. C. Merc. The oils of sweet almond, of olives, of sesa- 
mum, and of ground-nuts will retain, at common temperatures, of their weight of phosphorus. It may even de- 
scend to for almond and ground-nut oils; but it is not prudent, in practice, to keep too near the limits of satura- 
tion. The oils of colza and flaxseed, brown cod-liver oil, and neat’s-foot oil, retained of their weight, even after 
eight days’ exposure in a cellar. Castor oil is far removed from these figures, 105 parts of it being required to dis- 
solve one part of phosphorus. The author has observed no sensible difference in the dissolving power of overheated 
and not overheated oils. Oleum Picis Liquidse.— Oleum Pini. 
956 
PART I. 
This is a clear and colorless or but slightly colored oil, not phosphorescent in the dark, and 
having the odor and taste of phosphorus quite distinctly. “ It should be perfectly free from 
any particles of undissolved phosphorus.” IT. S. It may be administered in the form of an 
emulsion, like the official almond emulsion, and flavored with oil of bitter almond, or preferably 
in capsules: each minim contains about yJ-j of a grain of phosphorus. Dose of the U. S. 
solution, from three to five minims (0*18-0*3 C.c.). 
OLEUM PICIS LIQUIDS. U. S. Oil of Tar. 
(O'LE-UM PI'CIS LIQ'UI-DiE—lik'wg-de.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Tar.” U. S. 
Huile volatile de Goudron, Ft.; Theerol, G. 
This oil is prepared by distilling wood-tar; the residue left in the still being known as pitch. 
It represents thoroughly the medicinal properties of tar, and is preferable on account of its 
less offensive taste. (See Pix Liquida.') It is officially described as “ an almost colorless liquid 
when freshly distilled, but soon acquiring a dark reddish-brown color, and having a strong, 
tarry odor and taste. Specific gravity, about 0-970 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is readily soluble 
in alcohol, the solution being acid to litmus paper.” U. S. The dose is from one to five minims, 
administered in capsule or in emulsion. 
OLEUM PIMENTO. U. S., Br. Oil of Pimenta. [Oil of Allspice.] 
(O'LE-UM PI-MEN'TjE.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Pimenta.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from pimento.” Br. 
Oil of Pimento; Essence de Piment de la Jamaique, Fr.; Nelkenpfefferol, G. 
The berries yield from 1 to more than 4 per cent, of the volatile oil, which as found in 
commerce is brownish red, and has the odor and taste of pimenta, though warmer and more 
pungent. It has a slightly acid reaction. It is said, when freshly distilled, to be colorless or 
yellowish. Nitric acid reddens it. Its sp. gr. is stated at 1*021, but varies (1*045 to 1*055, 
U. ST). It is readily soluble in alcohol. With a concentrated solution of potassa it forms a 
semi-solid mass. According to the U. S. P. 1890, “ with an equal volume of alcohol it forms 
a clear solution, which is slightly acid to litmus paper. It also forms a clear solution with an 
equal volume of glacial acetic acid, and a nearly clear solution with an equal volume of carbon 
disulphide. When mixed with an equal volume of a concentrated solution of sodium hydrate, 
it forms a semi-solid mass. If 2 drops of the Oil be dissolved in 4 C.c. of alcohol, and a drop 
of ferric chloride test-solution added, a bright green color will be produced; and if the same 
tests be made with a drop of diluted ferric chloride test-solution, prepared by diluting the 
test-solution with four times its volume of water, a blue color will be produced, changing to 
green, and soon becoming yellow. If 1 C.c. of the Oil be shaken with 20 C.c. of hot water, 
the water should not give more than a scarcely perceptible acid reaction with litmus paper. 
If, after cooling, the liquid be passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should produce, with 
a drop of ferric chloride test-solution, only a transient grayish-green, but not a blue or violet, 
color (absence of carbolic acid').” “ Yellow or yellowish-red when recently distilled, but grad- 
ually becomes darker. It has the odor and taste of pimento. Specific gravity not below 1*040. 
It should be converted into a semi-solid mass when shaken with an equal volume of strong 
solution of ammonia.” Br. It consists, like oil of cloves, of two distinct oils, a lighter and a 
heavier, the former of which comes over first in distillation. They may be separated by dis- 
tilling the oil from caustic potassa. The light oil comes over, and the heavy remains combined 
with the potassa. The latter may be obtained by distilling the residue with sulphuric acid. 
The light oil is lighter than water, and is a sesquiterpene, C16H24; the heavy has the acid 
property of forming crystalline compounds with the alkalies. They are analogous to the light 
and heavy oils of cloves. Indeed, the heavy has been found to be identical with the eugenol 
of oil of cloves. (See Oleum Caryophylli.) L. C. Pettit (A. J. P., 1880, 443) found 61 per 
cent, of eugenol in the oil. Oil of pimenta is given for the same purposes as are the other 
stimulant aromatic oils. The dose is from three to six drops (0*18—0*36 C.c.). 
OLEUM PINI. Br. Oil of Pine. 
(O'LE-UM Pl'Nl.) 
“ The oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Pinus Pumilio, Haenke.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia 1898 replaced fir-wool oil by making oil of pine official. This 
was largely due to the investigations of J. C. Umney (P. J. Tr., 1895, 161, 173, 542), who PART I. 
Oleum Pini.— Oleum Ricini. 
957 
found that the Pinus Pumilio (Mountain Pine) furnished an oil of fairly constant character 
and superior to that from the Pinus Sylvestris (Scotch Fir) of the Br. Ph. 1885. It is de- 
scribed as “ Colorless or nearly so, with a pleasant aromatic odor and pungent taste. Specific 
gravity 0-865 to 0-870. It should rotate the plane of a ray of polarized light from 5° to 10° 
to the left at 60° F. (15-5° C.) in a tube 100 millimetres long. Not more than 10 per cent, 
should distil below 329° F. (165° C.).” Br. It resinifies on exposure, and in medicinal quali- 
ties resembles turpentine, but is milder. An investigation of fir-wool oil by Schimmel & Co. 
(Semi-Annual Report, April, 1893) shows that this oil contains dextro-pinene, sylvestrene, ses- 
quiterpene, and bornyl acetate. It is supposed that the pine oil owes its odor to the presence 
of this last constituent, the acetic ester of borneol, which is ordinarily present to the amount 
of about 3-5 per cent., although Schimmel & Co. (Report for Oct. 1897) found in a sample of 
American fir oil as much as 12-1 per cent. It has been used internally in the treatment of 
chronic rheumatism in doses of from ten to twenty drops four times a day, but it is especially 
employed for the purposes of inhalation. The leaves of the Pinus sylvestris, with those of other 
European firs and pines, by pounding are converted into a fibrous substance, known as fir-wool 
(Fichtenwolle), which is much used in Germany as a local application in chronic rheumatism, 
the affected part being enveloped in a thick batting of the fir-wool, which is also sometimes 
made into clothing for rheumatic persons. An extract of the leaves is also sold under the 
name of fir-wool extract, for use in rheumatism. 
OLEUM RICINI. U. S., Br. Castor Oil. 
“ A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus communis, Linn6 (nat. ord. Euphorbiacese).” 
TJ. S. “ The oil expressed from the seeds of Ricinus communis.” Br. 
Huile de Ricin, Fr.; Ricinusol, G.; Olio di Rieino, It.; Oleum Palmae Christi; Aceite de Ricino, Sp. 
Ricinus communis. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 564. The castor oil plant, or palma Christi, at- 
tains in the East Indies and Africa the character of a tree, and rises sometimes thirty or forty 
feet. In the temperate latitudes of North America and Europe it is annual; though M. 
Achille Richard saw in the south of France, in the vicinity of Nice, on the sea-coast, a small 
wood consisting entirely of what he supposed to be this species of Ricinus * The following 
description applies to the plant as cultivated in cool latitudes. The stem is of vigorous growth, 
erect, round, hollow, smooth, glaucous, somewhat purplish towards the top, branching, and 
from three to eight feet or more in height. The leaves are alternate, peltate, six to eleven pal- 
mately lohed, the lobes acute or acuminate and serrate, smooth on both sides, and of a bluish- 
green color. The flowers are monoecious, stand upon jointed peduncles, and form a pyramidal 
terminal raceme, of which the lower portion is occupied by the male flowers, the upper by the 
female. Both are destitute of corolla. In the male flowers the calyx is divided into five oval, 
concave, pointed, reflected, purplish segments, and encloses numerous stamens, united into 
fasciculi at their base. In the female the calyx has three or five narrow lanceolate segments; 
and the ovary, which is roundish and three-sided, supports three linear, reddish stigmas, forked 
at their apex. The fruit is a roundish, glaucous capsule, with three projecting sides, covered 
with tough spines, and divided into three cells, each containing one seed, which is expelled by 
the bursting of the capsule. This species of Ricinus is a native of the East Indies and North- 
ern Africa, naturalized in the West Indies, and cultivated in various parts of the world, in 
few countries more largely than in the Middle and Western United States. The flowers appear 
in July, and the seeds ripen successively in August and September. A decoction of the leaves 
is said to be employed effectively as a local galactagogue, and an infusion has been given 
internally for a similar purpose. (London Lancet, Dec. 1859.) 
1. The Seeds. These are about as large as a small bean, oval, compressed, obtuse at the 
extremities, very smooth and shining, and of a grayish or ash color, marbled with reddish 
brown spots and veins. At one end of the seed is a small yellowish tubercle, from which an 
obscure longitudinal ridge proceeds to the opposite extremity, dividing the side upon which it 
is situated into two flattish surfaces. In its general appearance the seed is thought to re- 
semble the insect called the tick, the Latin name of which has been adopted as the generic 
title of the plant. Its variegated color depends upon a very thin pellicle closely investing a 
(O'LE-tJM RIQ'I-NI.) 
* While at Montpellier, in France, in the spring of 1861, Dr. Geo. B. Wood was assured by Dr. Martius, pro- 
fessor of botany in the university of that city, that the species seen by Richard was not the Ricinus communis, but 
the Ricinus africanus, also that all the plants of the genus Ricinus growing wild on the borders of the Mediterra- 
nean were the R. africanus. 958 
Oleum, Ricini. 
PART I. 
hard, brittle, blackish, tasteless, easily separated shell, within which is the kernel, highly ole- 
aginous, of a white color, and of a sweetish taste succeeded by a slight degree of acrimony. 
The seeds easily become rancid, and are then unfit for the extraction of the oil, which is acrid 
and irritating. In 100 parts Geiger found, exclusive of moisture, 23 82 parts of envelope, 
and 69-09 of kernel. These 69-09 parts contained 46-19 of fixed oil, 2-40 of gum, 20-00 
of starch and lignin, and 0-50 of albumen. Mr. Henry Bower could find no starch, but 
separated from the seeds an albuminoid principle, which acted with amygdalin and water like 
emulsin, producing the odor of oil of bitter almond, though in a less degree. (A. J. P., xxvi. 
208.) It is highly probable that it is this principle which, acting as a ferment on the oily 
matter of the seeds, gives rise to changes in its nature which render them rancid. Mr. G. J. 
Scattergood found the odor of castor oil to be developed in the beans when bruised with 
water, and much more powerfully in those long kept than in the fresh. The water distilled 
from the seeds has a peculiar nauseous odor, quite distinct from that of the oil. (Ibid., xxvii. 
207.)* 
Taken internally the seeds are powerfully cathartic, and often emetic. Two are sufficient to 
purge with great violence, and three have produced fatal gastro-enteritis in the adult. After 
expression of the oil, and treatment with pure alcohol, M. Calloud found the residue to be 
powerfully emetic in the quantity of 30 grains, taken in two doses. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., 
xiv. 190.) According to Guibourt, the toxic property pervades the whole kernel, the integu- 
ments being inert. The experiments of Mr. Scattergood, who found that the water distilled 
from the seeds is emetic and cathartic, would seem to show that the active principle is volatile, 
but the researches of Stillmark indicate that it is an unformed ferment, ricin,f which is a so- 
called phytalbumose and has been obtained as a white amorphous powder, and is best dissolved 
in a 10-per-cent, salt solution. The aqueous solution of the pure ricin has a neutral reaction. 
It is a violent poison. E. L. Boerner (A. J. P., 1876, p. 481) obtained butyric acid by macer- 
ating the exhausted marc of the seeds with water until decomposed. 
2. The Oil. This may be extracted from the seeds in three ways: 1, by decoction ; 2, by 
expression; 3, by the agency of alcohol or other solvent. 
The process by decoction, which has been practised in the East and West Indies, consists in 
bruising the seeds, previously deprived of their husk, and then boiling them in water. The 
oil, rising to the surface, is skimmed or strained off, and afterwards again boiled with a small 
quantity of water to dissipate the acrid principle. The seeds, it is said, are sometimes roasted, 
to increase the product. But by a temperature much above 212° F. the oil is rendered 
brownish and acrid ; and the same result takes place in the second boiling, if care is not taken 
to suspend the process soon after the water has been evaporated. Hence it happens that the 
West India oil has generally a brownish color, an acrid taste, and irritating properties. 
The oil is obtained in this country by expression. The following, we have been informed, 
are the outlines of the process usually employed by those who prepare it on a large scale. The 
seeds, having been thoroughly cleansed from the dust and fragments of the capsules with which 
they are mixed, are conveyed into a shallow iron reservoir, where they are submitted to a gentle 
* Ricinine or Ricinia. Professor Tuson announced the discovery in the seeds of a peculiar alkaloid, which he 
named ricinine. To obtain it, the crushed seeds are exhausted by successive portions of boiling water; the decoc- 
tion is filtered through wet muslin; the filtered liquor is evaporated to dryness over a water-bath; the extract thus 
obtained is exhausted by boiling alcohol; the alcoholic solution is allowed to cool, then filtered to separate a little 
resinous matter, and lastly concentrated and permitted to stand. In the course of some hours, a mass of nearly 
white crystals is deposited, which when recrystallized from alcohol and decolorized by animal charcoal are the alka- 
loid in a pure state. Ricinine crystallizes in rectangular prisms and tables, has a feebly bitter taste, somewhat re- 
sembling that of bitter almonds, is fusible, and crystallizes on cooling, volatilizable unchanged, inflammable, soluble 
most readily in water and alcohol, and very slightly in ether or benzol. Heated with hydrate of potassa it evolves 
ammonia, and therefore contains nitrogen. It appears to combine with sulphuric, nitric, and hydrochloric acids. 
But a more accurate investigation is needed before it can be admitted to be undoubtedly a distinct and pure alka- 
loid. A minute quantity is said to be obtained from castor oil by shaking it with water, evaporating the liquid, 
treating the residue with boiling benzol, and allowing the solution to evaporate spontaneously. Professor Tuson 
does not claim for the new alkaloid the possession of purgative properties. Two grains given to a rabbit produced 
no observable effect. Prof. B. S. Wayne obtained from the leaves of Ricinus communis a substance apparently iden- 
tical with Tuson’s ricinine, but he does not consider it to be an alkaloid. (A. J. P., 1874, p. 97.) 
f Ricin, when given either hypodermically or by the mouth, produces violent inflammation of the gastrointesti- 
nal tract, also of the mucous membrane of the biliary duct, and of the bladder and kidneys. Hence, probably, the 
jaundice and anuria which have been observed in some cases of poisoning by castor oil seeds. A substance very 
closely allied to, if not identical with, ricin, was also found in the croton oil seed. Though ricin, outside of the body 
at least, exerts a very peculiar action upon the blood, it seems to have very little influence upon the general system, 
and to act as a poison chiefly, if not solely, by its irritating influence on the alimentary tract. Ricin has been found 
by Berkley (Medical Record, xlix. 1896) to produce demonstrable changes in the protoplasm of the centric nerve- 
cells. Oleum Bicini. 
959 
PART I. 
heat insufficient to scorch or decompose them, and not greater than can be readily borne by 
the hand. The object of this step is to render the oil sufficiently liquid for easy expression. 
The seeds are then introduced into a powerful hydraulic press. A whitish oily liquid is thus 
obtained, which is transferred to clean iron boilers supplied with a considerable quantity of 
water. The mixture is boiled for some time, and, the impurities being skimmed off as they 
rise to the surface, a clear oil is at length left upon the top of the water, the mucilage and 
starch having been dissolved by this liquid, and the albumen coagulated by the heat. The 
latter ingredient forms a whitish layer between the oil and the water. The clear oil is now 
carefully removed ; and the process is completed by boiling with a minute proportion of water, 
and continuing the application of heat till aqueous vapor ceases to rise, and till a small portion 
of the liquid, taken out in a vial, continues perfectly transparent when it cools. The effect of 
this last operation is to clarify the oil, and to render it less irritating by driving off the acrid 
volatile matter. But much care is requisite not to push the heat too far, as the oil then ac- 
quires a brownish hue and an acrid peppery taste. After the completion of the process, the 
oil is put into barrels and sent into the market. See article on the preparation of castor oil 
(A. J. P., 1879, p. 481).* There is reason, however, to believe that much of the American 
oil is prepared by merely allowing it to stand for some time after expression, and then drawing 
off the supernatant liquid. One bushel of good seeds yields five or six quarts, or about 25 per 
cent., of the best oil. If not carefully prepared, it is apt to deposit a sediment upon standing ; 
and the apothecary may find it necessary to filter it through coarse paper before dispensing 
it. Perhaps this may be owing to the plan just alluded to of purifying the oil by rest and 
decantation. We have been told that the oil in barrels usually deposits in cold weather a 
copious whitish sediment, which is redissolved when the temperature rises. A large pro- 
portion of the drug consumed in the eastern section of the Union has been derived, by the 
way of New Orleans, from Illinois and the neighboring States, where it has been at times so 
abundant that it has been used for burning in lamps and for lubricating machinery.f 
The process for obtaining castor oil by means of alcohol has been practised in France; but 
the product is said to become rancid more speedily than that procured in the ordinary mode. 
Such a preparation has been employed in Italy, and is asserted to be less disagreeable to the 
taste, and more effective, than the common oil obtained by expression. According to M. Pa- 
rola, an ethero-alcoholic extract and an ethereal or alcoholic tincture of the seeds operate in 
much smaller doses than the oil, and with less disposition to irritate the bowels or to cause 
vomiting. (See Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., N. S., xiii. 143.) 
Properties. Pure castor oil is a thick, viscid, colorless liquid, with little or no odor, and 
a mild though somewhat nauseous taste, followed by a slight sense of acrimony. As found in 
commerce it is often tinged with yellow and has an unpleasant smell; and parcels are some- 
times, though rarely, met with of a brownish color and hot acrid taste. It does not readily con- 
geal by cold. When exposed to the air it slowly thickens, without becoming opaque. “ When 
exposed to the air in a thin layer, it slowly dries to a varnish-like film. When cooled to 0° C. (32° 
F.), it becomes turbid, with the separation of crystalline flakes, and at about —18° C. (—0-4° 
F.) it congeals to a yellowish mass. If 3 C.c. of the Oil be shaken for a few minutes with 
3 C.c. of carbon disulphide and 1 C.c. of sulphuric acid, the mixture should not acquire a black- 
ish-brown color (absence of many foreign oils').” U. S. It is heavier than most of the other 
fixed oils, its sp. gr. having been stated to be 0-969 at 55° F. (0-950 to 0-970 at 15° C., TJ. S.). 
It differs also from other fixed oils in being soluble in all proportions in cold absolute alcohol. 
“ Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, and, in all proportions, in absolute alcohol, or in gla- 
* For a particular account of the mode of cultivating the castor oil plant and preparing the oil in the Western 
States, see a paper by Prof. Procter in A. J. P. (xxvii. 99). 
f Italian Cantor Oil. The castor oil plant is cultivated throughout Italy, but especially in the neighborhood of 
Verona, where the oil is prepared with great care and is remarkably free from the peculiar odor and taste which ren- 
der this medicine so repulsive to many palates. As it is highly desirable, for certain purposes, that the oil should be 
as free from these properties as possible, though as a mere purgative perhaps less powerful when deprived of them, 
it is a point worthy of investigation, why it is that the Italian oil is superior to most if not all other commercial 
varieties of the oil in these respects. The following facts in relation to the mode of preparing the oil practised at 
Verona, published by Mr. H. Groves, of Florence, acquire on this account a special value. One point of importance 
is that the seeds are used fresh, as the oil rapidly becomes rancid in them when kept. Another fact is that the seeds 
are entirely deprived of their coating before being submitted to pressure. This is effected by passing them between 
two revolving wooden rollers, with a winnowing machine beneath; and, to secure the complete absence of integu- 
ment, they are afterwards assorted by the hand, all being rejected which are not perfectly decorticated. They are 
then put into hempen bags, which are arranged in layers with a sheet of iron heated to 90° F. between them, so as 
to enable the oil to flow. Lastly, they are submitted to pressure in hydraulic presses. The oil which now flows is of the 
finest quality. An inferior kind is obtained by pressing the marc at a somewhat higher heat. {P. J. Tr., Oct. 1866.) 960 
Oleum Rieini. 
PART I. 
cial acetic acid; also soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 3 times its volume of a mixture of 19 vol- 
umes of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than about 5 per cent, of most other 
fixed oils'). With an equal volume of benzin, it forms, at 15° C. (59° F.), a turbid mixture, 
but at 17° C. (62-6° F.) it yields a clear solution.” U. S. “Specific gravity 0-950 to 0-970. 
Soluble in an equal volume of absolute alcohol, and in five times its volume of alcohol (90 per 
cent.). It dries slowly to a varnish when exposed to the air in a thin layer. If 3 cubic centi- 
metres of the Oil be shaken with an equal volume of carbon bisulphide, and 1 cubic centimetre 
of sulphuric acid be then added, the mixture on being shaken should not become brown (ab- 
sence of various fixed oils, including cotton-seed oil). Equal volumes of Castor Oil and petro- 
leum spirit do not yield a clear mixture if kept at 60° F. (155° C.) ; but they yield a perfectly 
clear solution if other fixed oils be present.” Br. 
Weaker alcohol, of the sp. gr. 0-8425, takes up about three-fifths of its weight. It has been 
supposed that adulterations with other fixed oils might thus be detected, as the latter are much 
less soluble in that fluid; but Pereira has shown that castor oil has the property of rendering 
a portion of other fixed oils soluble in alcohol: so that the test cannot be relied on. (P. J. Tr., 
ix. 498.) Such adulterations, however, are seldom practised in this country* Castor oil is 
soluble also in ether, and in its weight of glacial acetic acid. Its proximate composition f has 
been repeatedly investigated. The bulk of it is ricinolein,\ CgII6(C18H3303)g, which is the 
ricinoleic acid (C18H3403) glyceride. At the same time it also contains a small quantity of 
tristearin and of the glyceride of dihydroxystearic acid, together with from 0-30 to 0-37 per 
cent, of unsaponifiable matter. Ricinoleic acid is a viscid oil, which solidifies below 0° C., does 
not solidify in contact with the air by absorption of oxygen, and is not homologous with oleic or 
linoleic acid, neither of which is found in castor oil. On warming with 1 part of starch and 5 
parts of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-25), castor oil thickens, owing to the formation of ricinelaidin. 
From this ricinelaidic acid may be obtained in brilliant crystals. Ricinoleic acid is converted by 
caustic potassa into caprylic alcohol and sebacic acid, with disengagement of hydrogen ; and the 
same products are obtained by the reaction of potassa with the oil itself. (See Journ. de Pharm., 
Aout, 1885, 113.) Its purgative property is supposed by MM. Bussy and Lecanu to belong 
essentially to the oil, and not to any distinct principle which it may hold in solution. According 
to M. O. Popp, castor oil differs from all other fixed oils in turning the plane of polarized light 
to the right. (A. J. P., Aug. 1871, 354; from Arch, de Pharm., 1871.) Various substances 
containing coloring principles which they yield to castor oil produce beautiful fluorescence in 
that fluid when heated with it, such as logwood, turmeric, camwood, etc. (Charles Horner, 
P. J. Tr., Oct. 1874, p. 282.) 
Castor oil which is acrid to the taste may sometimes be rendered mild by boiling it with a 
small proportion of water. If turbid, it should be clarified by filtration through coarse paper. 
On exposure to the air it is apt to become rancid, and is then unfit for use. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Good castor oil is a mild and speedy cathartic, usually 
operating with little griping or uneasiness, and evacuating the contents of the bowels without 
much increasing the alvine secretions. Hence it is particularly applicable to constipation from 
collections of indurated faeces, and to cases in which acrid substances have been swallowed or 
* Cohesion figures as a means of testing liquids. A mode of testing oily or resinous liquids has been proposed by 
Mr. Charles Tomlinson, which is applicable to this oil, and may succeed when purely chemical methods fail. When 
one liquid is dropped on the surface of another, there are often curious figures produced, as the drop spreads out on 
the surface of the liquid upon which it falls, occasioned by the conflict between the cohesion of the drop and 
the forces which cause its diffusion. These the author calls cohesion figures. As a rule, each liquid has its own 
characteristic figures, which are modified by the admixture of other liquids, and thus the means are afforded of test- 
ing not only the identity of any suspected liquid, but also its purity. To one not acquainted with the characteristic 
cohesion figures, it would be sufficient to try the experiment with a specimen known to be pure, and then to compare 
with the figure it forms, those formed by the specimen to be tested. The experiment should always be made under 
precisely similar circumstances. In reference to castor oil, it should be dropped from the end of a glass rod upon 
the surface of perfectly clear water, in a glass vessel scrupulously clean, as any imperfection in these respects might 
interpose a physical impediment to the success of the experiment. (Chem. News., Feb. 13, 1864, p. 79. See, also, 
A. J. P., July, 1864.) 
Effect on light. Another test for castor oil is its influence on polarized light. The fixed oils generally have little 
or no power. Castor oil deviates the plane of polarization to the right, but loses this property if heated to 270° C. 
(518° F.). (Journ. de Pharm., Nov. 1861, p. 339.) 
f When distilled in vacuo it yields at first about one-third of its volume of nearly pure oenanthol, and after this, 
with great rise of temperature, a crystallizing body belonging to the oleic acid group and having the formula C11II20O2. 
(A. J. P., 1878, p. 182.) 
J Buchheim believes the active principle of castor oil to be ricinoleic acid; this has been confirmed by the 
experiments of Prof. Hans Meyer (Archiv f. Exper. Path., xxviii. 1890), who finds that both pure ricinoleic acid 
and the ricinoleate of glycerin are active purgatives. Ricinelaidic acid, which Buchheim believes to be inactive, 
Meyer finds when given in fine emulsion to act as powerfully as does castor oil. PART I. 
Oleum Ricini.— Oleum Rosse. 
961 
acrid secretions have accumulated in the bowels. From its mildness it is also especially adapted 
to diseases attended with irritation or inflammation of the bowels, as colic, diarrhoea, dysentery, 
and enteritis. It is habitually resorted to in cases of pregnant and puerperal women, and is de- 
cidedly, as a rule, the best and safest cathartic for children. Infants usually require a larger 
relative dose than adults. 
The dose for an adult is half a fluidounce (15 C.c.), for an infant from one to three or four 
fluidrachms (3 75—11 '25—15 C.c.) It is difficult of administration, from its peculiarly disagree- 
able taste and from its clamminess and adhesiveness to the mouth. In a few cases, the disgust 
which it excites is utterly unconquerable by any effort of resolution. A common method of 
disguising the drug is to give it floating in mint or cinnamon water; but that which we have 
found upon the whole the least offensive is to give it floating on the froth of sarsaparilla syrup 
mixed with carbonic acid water. Some take it in wine, or spirituous liquors, or the froth of 
porter ; but these are often contra-indicated by their stimulant property. An excellent method 
is to mix it with an equal amount of glycerin and strongly aromatize with a volatile oil. It 
separates on standing, but can readily be reincorporated by shaking. When the stomach is 
unusually delicate, the oil may be made into an emulsion with mucilage or the yolk of an egg, 
loaf-sugar, and an aromatic water. Tragacanth has been recommended as producing a better 
emulsion than gum arabic. Laudanum may be added in cases of intestinal irritation. Castor 
oil may also be beneficially used as an enema, in the quantity of two or three fluidounces (60 
or 90 C.c.), mixed with some mucilaginous liquid. It has been recommended as a local appli- 
cation to the breasts of nursing women, to promote the secretion of milk. 
Though apt to become rancid by itself, it loses much of its susceptibility when mixed with 
lard ; and some druggists are said to use it as a substitute for olive oil in ointments and cerates. 
OLEUM U. S., Br. Oil of Rose 
(O'LE-UM RO'gAl.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Rosa damascena, Miller (nat. ord. Rosaceae). 
It should be kept in well-stoppered vials, in a cool place, protected from light. When dis- 
pensed, it should be completely liquefied by warming, if necessary, and well mixed by agita- 
tion.” U. S. “ The oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Rosa damascena, Linn.” Br. 
Oleum Rosarum; Attar, Otto of Rose; Essence de Rose, Fr.; Rosenol, G. 
This is commonly called attar, otto, or essence of roses. It is prepared on a large scale in 
Turkey in Europe, especially in the Balkan Mountains, in Egypt, Persia, Cashmere, India, and 
other countries of the East; but European and American commerce is at present supplied 
chiefly from the region constituting the southern slope of the Balkans. Kizanlik is said to be 
the district in which the oil is most largely produced, 500,000 metticals (about 3000 avoirdu- 
pois pounds) being at present the annual amount obtained. The roses are gathered in May, 
and are distilled with the green leaves of the calyx. They are put, to the amount of 30 or 60 
pounds, into a tinned copper boiler of the capacity of about 150 pounds. The heat is applied 
over an open fire, and a boiling temperature is continued for two hours, when the first part of 
the distilled fluid is returned to the boiler, and the process is continued to completion. The 
oil collects on the top of the water in the receiver, where it is removed from time to time as it 
accumulates. (P. J. Tr., June, 1872, p. 1051.) In the south of France it is prepared in small 
quantities by distilling the petals of the rose with water. The oil concretes and floats upon 
the surface of the water when it cools. The precise species of rose from which the oil is ex- 
tracted is not in all instances certainly known ; but it is said to be obtained from R. damascena 
in Northern India, R. moschata in Persia, and R. centifolia (provindalis) in the north of Euro- 
pean Turkey. Dr. Hochstell, of the Vienna University, who travelled in the region of the rose- 
culture, and from whose paper the facts just mentioned were chiefly derived, states that the most 
important species cultivated in the valley of Kizanlik are R. damascena, R. sempervirens, and 
R. moschata. It is furnished in very minute proportion, not more than three drachms having 
been obtained by Colonel Polier, in Hindostan, from 100 pounds of the petals. It is usually 
imported in small bottles, and is very costly* Oil of rose is said to be prepared in Macedonia 
by crushing the petals in mills, expressing the fluid part, filtering it, and then exposing it to 
the sun in small glass vessels. The oil gradually collects on the surface of the liquid, and is 
removed. (Pharm. Centralbl., 1847, p. 783.) Landerer states that at Damascus and in other 
* For an account by Dr. R. Bauer, of Constantinople, of oil of rose, its production, properties, adulteration, etc., 
see P. J. Tr., Dec. 1867, 286; also A. J. P., 1881, 367. 962 
Oleum Rosie. 
PART I. 
parts of Asia Minor the oil is prepared by dry distillation. The buds, being collected before 
sunrise, are placed in a glass retort, and the distillation is effected by a salt-water bath, care 
being taken so to regulate the heat as not to scorch the petals. The water of the fresh roses 
and their oil come over together, and the latter, floating on the top, is readily separated.* 
Oil of rose is nearly colorless, or presents some shade of green, yellow, or red, but, accord- 
ing to Polier, the color is no criterion of its value. It is concrete below 80° F., and becomes 
liquid between 84° and 86° F. Its odor is very powerful and diffusive. At 90° F. its sp. gr. 
is 0-832. Alcohol dissolves it, though not freely when cold. It is officially described as “ a 
pale yellowish, transparent liquid, having the strong, fragrant odor of rose, and a mild, slightly 
sweetish taste. Specific gravity, 0-865 to 0-880 at 20° C. (68° F.). It is but slightly soluble 
in alcohol, and neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. The congealing and melting 
points of the Oil are subject to some variation, depending upon the amount of stearopten, but, 
when slowly cooled to a temperature, usually, between 16° and 21° C. (60-8° and 69-8° F.), it 
becomes a transparent solid, interspersed with numerous slender, shining, iridescent, scale-like 
crystals. Upon the application of the heat of the hand, the crystals should float in the upper 
portion of the liquefied Oil. If to 5 drops of the Oil, contained in a test-tube, 5 drops of 
concentrated sulphuric acid be added, a reddish-brown, thick mixture will be produced, but no 
white fumes or tarry odor should be developed, and the fragrant odor of the Oil should not 
be destroyed. If this mixture be then shaken with 5 C.c. of alcohol, the resulting liquid may 
be turbid, but should be nearly colorless, and should not at once assume a red or reddish-brown 
color (absence of oil of ginger-grass or Turkish oil of geranium, from Andropogon Schoenanthus 
Linne (nat. ord. Graminese), and of oil of rose geranium, from Pelargonium Radula (Cava- 
nilles) Aiton, Pelargonium capitatum (Linne) Aiton, and Pelargonium odoratissimum (Linn6) 
Aiton ; nat. ord. Geraniacese).” U. S. “A pale yellow crystalline semi-solid, with the strong fra- 
grant odor of rose and a sweet taste. Specific gravity 0-856 to 0-860 at 86° F. (30° C.). The 
congealing and melting points vary according to the proportion of crystalline matter, but should 
lie between 67° and 72° F. (19-4° and 22-2° C.).” Br. Oil of rose consists of two portions, 
one liquid, the other concrete at ordinary temperatures. These may be separated by freezing 
the oil and compressing it between folds of blotting-paper, which absorbs the liquid oil and 
leaves the concrete stearopten. The liquid portion is oxygenated, while the solid portion, which 
is odorless when pure, consists of a mixture of several hydrocarbons, one of which melts at 
from 35-5° to 36-5° C., and is a paraffin of the formula C20H42. A sample of oil of rose distilled 
in Leipsic in 1884 yielded 28 per cent, of this stearopten, an inferior oil distilled in London 
gave 68 per cent., and a very good oil from the Balkans gave 9 20 per cent. The odor resides 
exclusively in the liquid oil, the pure stearopten being scentless. The oxygenated portion con- 
sists of the two alcohols, C10H and C10H200, the former constituting 75 per cent, of the 
oil. This alcohol is now recognized as identical with the geraniol of palma rosa oil, while the 
compound C10H200 corresponds to that obtained by the reduction of citronellol, and has been 
named by Dodge, its discoverer, citronellol. The rhodinol of Eckart was a mixture of these 
two alcohols. (SchimmeTs Report, April, J898, 40.) 
Oil of santal, other volatile oils, fixed oils, spermaceti, etc., are said to be added almost uni- 
versally as adulterations. The volatile additions may be detected by their not being concrete ; 
the fixed, by the greasy stain they leave on paper when heated. Guibourt has offered certain 
tests by which he thinks the purity of the oil may be determined. (See A. J. P., xxi. 318.) 
A. Ganswindt recommends the following tests. Agitate 1 drop of the oil with 45 Gm. of 
warm water, and sprinkle the solution in a moderately warm room, which will soon be filled 
with a rose odor, in which foreign odors may be detected without difficulty. An adulteration 
with a fixed oil produces a permanent grease-stain upon paper, and spermaceti is left behind 
on the evaporation of a few drops of the oil from a watch-crystal in a water-bath. On mix- 
ing a few drops of pure oil of rose with an equal bulk of sulphuric acid, the rose odor is not 
changed, but oils used for adulteration change their odor, which becomes apparent in the rose 
odor. Or 5 drops of the oil are mixed in a dry test-tube with 20 drops of pure concentrated 
sulphuric acid ; when the mixture is cool it is agitated with 20 Gm. of absolute alcohol, when 
a nearly clear solution should be obtained, which, heated to boiling, remains clear yellowish 
brown on cooling. In the presence of the oils of rose geranium, palma rosa, etc., the alcoholic 
* The experiments of Messrs. Schimmel are said to indicate that the oil of rose can be prepared from German- 
grown flowers with commercial success. It is affirmed that the product is superior to the Turkish oil in fineness and 
strength of aroma, and also that it differs in having a higher congealing point,—German oil solidifying at 32° C., 
Turkish oil at 20° C. For an account of its production, see P. J. Tr., Aug. 1886 j also P. J. Tr., 1893, 262. PART I. 
Oleum Posse.—Oleum Rosmarini. 
963 
mixture is turbid, and on standing separates a deposit without becoming clear. {Seifens. Ztg., 
1881, p. 32 ; A. J. P., May, 1881.) The oil of one of the sweet-scented Pelargoniums, perhaps 
the rose geranium, is much employed in Turkey for the purpose of adulteration. According to 
Mr. Hanbury, who appears to have thoroughly investigated the subject, two substances espe- 
cially are used in Constantinople for adulterating the oil,—one spermaceti, the other a volatile 
oil produced by certain grasses in the East Indies belonging to the genus Andropogon, large 
quantities of which are exported from Bombay, partly directly to Europe, partly through the 
Arabian Gulf, whence it reaches Constantinople. The same oil is imported into London under 
the name of Turkish essence of geranium, or geranium oil A Tedermann {Zeit. Anal. Chem., 
1895, 5) reached the conclusion, after much experimenting, that there is no reliable chemical 
or physical test for the adulteration of oil of rose with geranium oil. The sense of smell, ac- 
cording to Conroy, furnishes the best means of determining the quality; he recommends the 
dissolving of one drop of oil of rose in twenty drops of alcohol, pouring the solution in one 
fluidounce of warm water, shaking, and comparing the odor with that of a standard sample 
treated in the same way. {P. J. Tr., 1896, 474 ; see also Chem. and Drug., 1897, 53.) O. Helm 
{Archiv d. Pharm., 1885) states that the test with a mixture of five parts of chloroform and 
twenty parts of alcohol cannot be relied upon, as no separation of crystalline scales took place in 
four different rose oils which were doubtless genuine. But Prof. Fliickiger (Archiv, 185), on 
the other hand, states that in an experience of many years it has never failed. For other 
tests for oil of rose, see N. R., 1883 ; Drug. Circ., 1886. According to Bauer, the best tests of the 
purity of the oil are found in its congealing, in five minutes, at a temperature of 12-5° C. 
(54-5° F.), and its crystallizing, as a solid mass, in light, shiny plates, present everywhere 
throughout the liquid. These crystals are truncated semi-sided prisms, the angles of which 
are unequal, and which must be classed in the rhombic system. This stearopten, melted and 
allowed to cool, crystallizes in a manner so complete that the microscope can readily reveal the 
presence of foreign substances, such as spermaceti, fatty bodies, wax, and other analogous 
amorphous substances. 
Oil of rose may be added, as a grateful perfume, to various spirituous preparations for 
internal use, and to cerates and ointments. 
OLEUM ROSMARINI. U. S., Br. Oil of Rosemary. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Rosmarinus officinalis, Linne (nat. ord. La- 
biatse).” U. S. “ The oil distilled from the flowering tops of Rosmarinus officinalis, Linn.” Br. 
Oleum Anthos; Essence de Romarin, Fr.; Rosmarinol, G. 
The fresh leaves of rosemary yield, according to Baume, 0-26 per cent, of volatile oil; hut 
the product is rated much higher by others. According to Brande, a pound of the fresh 
herb yields about a drachm of the oil, which is about 1 per cent.; and Zeller gives very nearly 
the same product for the dried herb. This oil is colorless, with an odor similar to that of the 
plant, though less agreeable. Its sp. gr. is said to be 0-911, but reduced to 0-8886 by rectifi- 
cation (0-895 to 0-915, U. Si). Buignet gives the sp. gr. of the rectified oil at 0-896, and states 
that it is moderately dextrogyrate. Its reaction is neutral. It is soluble in all proportions in 
alcohol of 0-830, but requires for solution at 64° F. forty parts of alcohol of 0-887. (Berzelius.) 
“ Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral, or very slightly acid, to 
litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid.” U. S. “ Specific gravity 
0 900 to 0-915. It should dissolve in twice its volume of alcohol (90 per cent.), and should 
not rotate the plane of a polarized ray of light more than 10° to the right in a tube 100 mil- 
limetres long (absence of oil of turpentine).” Br. Kane gives its sp. gr. at 0-897, its boiling 
point at 365° F. Kept in bottles imperfectly stopped, it deposits a stearopten, sometimes 
amounting, according to Proust, to one-tenth of the oil. Both Gladstone and Fliickiger find 
that most of the oil consists of a hydrocarbon of the composition C10H16, boiling at 165° C. 
(329° F.), and Schimmel & Co. {Report, Oct. 1889) identified this hydrocarbon as pinene ; but 
there is a smaller fraction boiling at from 200° to 210° C. (392°-4?0° F.), which at low tem- 
peratures deposits a camphor, C10H180, identified as borneol. Weber examined oil of rose- 
mary in Wallach’s laboratory {Ann. Chem. Pharm., 238,89-108), and found that the fraction 
boiling between 176° and 182° C. contains cineol, C10H180. The oil is therefore recognized at 
(O'LE-UM ROg-MA-KI'NI.) 
* Oil of Rhodium. This is said to be the oil from the wood of Convolvulus scoparius or Genista canariensis. 
It is used to adulterate oil of rose. An oil of rhodium is sold to rat-catchers as a lure for rats, which is made by 
mixing one part of oil of rose with twenty parts of oil of copaiba. 964 
Oleum Sabinse.— Oleum Santali. 
PART I. 
present as containing dextrogyrate pinene, cineol, borneol, and camphor. According to Fliicki- 
ger (A. J. P., 1885, 132), from 20,000 to 25,000 kilogrammes of oil of rosemary are pro- 
duced in Grasse every year. It is said to be sometimes adulterated with oil of turpentine, 
which may be detected by mixing the suspected liquid with an equal volume of pure alcohol: 
the oil of rosemary is dissolved, and that of turpentine left. This oil is stimulant, but is 
employed chiefly as an ingredient of rubefacient liniments. The dose is from three to six 
drops (0-18-0-36 C.c.). For a case of fatal poisoning, see A. J. P., xxiii. 286. 
OLEUM SABINA. U. S. Oil of Savine 
(O'LB-tJM SA-BI'N2E.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Savine.” U. S. 
Essence de Sabine, Fr.; Sadebaumol, G. 
According to the more recent authorities, the proportion of volatile oil obtained from savine 
varies as much as from 1 to 2-5 per cent. The oil is nearly colorless or yellow, limpid, strongly 
odorous, and of a bitterish, extremely acrid taste. “ Specific gravity, 0-910 to 0-940 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol (distinction from oil of juniper and oil of tur- 
pentine), the solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial 
acetic acid.” U. S. According to Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1897), its specific gravity is 
from 0-91 to 0-925, optical rotation -f-45° to -(-60°, and it contains pinene, C10Hie, and cadineney 
Ci5H24. With iodine it becomes heated, detonates, and gives off yellow and violet-red vapors. 
(Flaschoff.) The oil of savine is a powerful local irritant, producing, when persistently ap- 
plied to the skin or the mucous membrane, violent inflammation. It has been much used for 
the purpose of producing criminal abortion, and in a number of such cases has caused death, 
the symptoms being violent abdominal pain, bloody vomiting and purging, diminution or sup- 
pression of urine, disordered respiration, unconsciousness, convulsions, and fatal collapse. It 
is a powerful stimulant to the uterine system, and has been given with alleged success in atonic 
amenorrhoea and menorrhagia. The dose is from two to five drops (0-12-0-3 C.c.). Externally, 
Dr. Pincus has used it successfully, in the proportion of from five to thirty drops in an ounce 
of spirit, for the cure of alopecia pityroides. He has it rubbed on the head and also applied 
by means of compresses. 
OLEUM SANTALI. U. S., Br. Oil of Santal. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from the wood of Santalum album, Linne (nat. ord. Santalacese).” 
U. S. “ The oil distilled from the wood of Santalum album, Linn.” Br. 
Oleum Santali Flavi; Oil of Sandal Wood; Essence de Santal, Fr.; Santelol, G. 
Under the name of sandal wood various drugs of diverse origin and character find their way 
into commerce. Of these, the wood of the Pterocarpus santalinus is described in this book under 
its official name of Santalum rubrum, or Red Saunders. Sandal wood baric, which is believed 
by H. Stieren to be obtained from some species of Myroxylon or Myrospermum, is described as 
occurring in irregular, more or less smooth or unevenly corrugated pieces, of a light, whitish- 
cinnamon color, with dark, hard epidermis, and of an agreeable, custard-like smell, and an aro- 
matic, slightly acrid, balsamic, bitterish taste. From it Dr. Stieren obtained over fifteen per cent, 
of a clear substance resembling Peruvian balsam. This bark is used for burning in churches as 
a substitute for frankincense, and bears no relation to sandal wood proper. (jP. J.Tr., xv. 680.) 
A sandal wood is yielded by the Fusanus spicatus and F. acuminatus of Australia, whence it is 
shipped in large quantities to China. An oil distilled from this wood, now coming into the 
European market, is said to be less odorous than the official product. Other varieties of sandal 
wood are collected in the Sandwich Islands from Santalum freycinetianum, Gaud., and S.pyru- 
larium, A. Gray; in the Feejee Islands from S. yasi, Seem. ; in New Caledonia from S. austro- 
caledonicum, Vieillb. ; and in Queensland from Eremophila mitchelli. For an account of 
the sandal wood oil industry of Western Australia, see Chem. and Drug., 1898, 708. A con- 
siderable quantity of oil enters commerce under the name of West Indian sandal wood oil, the 
wood which produces it being known as Venezuela sandal wood. This wood is entirely distinct 
in its botanical relation and in its microscopic character from the true sandal wood. It ap- 
pears to be obtained from species belonging to the Rutaceae. For elaborate microscopic de- 
scriptions of the sandal woods, method of obtaining the oil, etc., see various papers in the 
P. J. Tr., vol. xvi. ; also Bull. Pharm., 1895, 55. 
(O'LE-UM SlN'TA-Ll.) part I. 
Oleum Santali.—Oleum Sassafras. 
965 
The Santalum album, which yields the official oil, is a small tree twenty to thirty feet high, 
a native of the mountainous portions of India and of various islands of the Eastern Archi- 
pelago, but cultivated in India for the sake of its oil. 
Oil of santal is distilled in Germany, England, and India ; the English oil being the high- 
est priced and the most esteemed, on account of its general purity. According to the Indian 
Pharmacopoeia the yield of oil is about 2-5 per cent. Oil of santal is habitually adulterated, 
castor and other fixed oils being largely added, and on the continent of Europe the vola- 
tile oil of cedar, which is obtained by distilling the chips left in the making of lead-pencils. 
Chapoteaut (Bulletin de la Soc. Chim., 37, p. 353) found two constituents, one of which he 
calls santalol, C15H260, boiling at 310° C., and the other santalal, C15H240, boiling at 300° C. 
Both of these are decomposed by distilling over phosphoric anhydride, the one yielding C16H24, 
boiling point 260° C., and the other C15H22, boiling point 245° C. A specimen of oil of 
santal from South Australia, examined by Schimmel & Co. (Report, Oct. 1891), afforded a 
white crystalline principle, melting at 104°—105° C., which crystallized out in the oil. The 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes the oil of santal as “ a pale yellowish or yellow, somewhat 
thickish liquid, having a peculiar, strongly aromatic odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Specific 
gravity, 0-970 to 0-978 at 15° C. (59° F.). It deviates polarized light to the left (distinction 
from Australian (spec. grav. 0-953) and West Indian (spec. grav. 0-965) Sandal Wood Oil, 
which deviate polarized light to the right). Readily soluble in alcohol, the solution being 
slightly acid to litmus paper. If to 1 C.c. of the Oil, at 20° C. (68° F.), there be added 10 
C.c. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, a perfectly clear solution 
should be obtained (test for cedarwood oil, castor oil, and other fatty oils, etc.).” TJ. S. “ Some- 
what viscid in consistence, pale yellow in color, having a strongly aromatic odor and a pungent 
and spicy taste. Specific gravity 0-975 to 0-980. It forms a clear solution with six times 
its volume of alcohol (70 per cent.) (absence of cedar wood oil). It rotates the plane of a ray 
of polarized light to the left, through an angle of not less than 16° and not more than 20°, 
in a tube 100 millimetres long (absence of other varieties of sandal wood oil).” Br. 
The Indian Pharmacopoeia gives the sp. gr. of the oil at 0-98, the British at 0-96, while in 
a number of specimens examined by E. M. Holmes (P. J. Tr., xvi. 821) the sp. gr. varied 
from 0-96 to 0 99. The sp. gr. of the oil of cedar wood, according to Mr. Ince, is 0-948. A 
large percentage of it may be added to the oil of santal without affecting its density suffi- 
ciently to be detected. Holmes states that the presence of more than 10 per cent, of the cedar 
oil can be recognized through the different solubilities of the oils in alcohol. (See P. J. Tr., xvi. 
820.) R. A. Cripps, after a thorough examination of the oils in the London market (see P. 
J. Tr., 1892, 461), gives this test: “Two drops of the oil added to six drops of nitric acid, 
sp. gr. 1-5, on a white tile, should give a yellow to bright reddish-brown coloration, without 
any green, indigo, or violet tint at the edges during five minutes. For complete saponification 
in alcoholic solution, it requires not more than 1 per cent, of potassium hydrate.” (See also 
A. J. P., 1893, 20 ; SchimmeTs Report, Oct. 1893; P. J. Tr., 1895, 118; West. Drug., 1897, 
262.) West India oil can be distinguished from the genuine oil by its deviating the plane of 
polarization to the right instead of to the left. (Pliarmacographia.) In two specimens of oil of 
santal, sp. gr. 0 9649 and 0-9573, F. H. Alcock found strong fluorescence. (P. J. Tr., 1886, 923.) 
Medical Properties. The oil of santal is used chiefly as a perfume, but it is also a 
very valuable remedy in the treatment of chronic and subacute inflammations of the mucous 
membranes, especially in bronchitis and in gonorrhoea when the first period of severe acute inflam- 
mation has passed. It is in concentrated form a local irritant, and probably is capable of 
causing more or less systemic excitement, although the effects of large doses of it upon the gen- 
eral organism are not well known. It may be given in doses of from fifteen to twenty minims 
(0-9 to 1-25 C.c.), in emulsion, or preferably in capsule, three or four times a day. It was first 
recommended by Br. Thos. B. Henderson in gonorrhoea, who is, however, stated to have used 
the oil of S. myrtifolium. 
OLEUM SASSAFRAS. U. S. Oil of Sassafras 
(O'LE-UM SAS'SA-FRAS.) 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Sassafras.” U. S. 
Essence de Sassafras, Fr.; Sassafrasol, G. 
The proportion of oil yielded by the root of sassafras is variously stated at from less than 1 
to somewhat more than 2 per cent. The hark of the root, directed by the TJ. S. Pharmaco- 
poeia, would afford a larger amount. Very large quantities of the oil are distilled in Mary- 966 
Oleum, Sassafras.— Oleum Sesami. 
PART I. 
land and sent to Baltimore for sale. The usual yield is said by Mr. Sharp to be one pound 
from three bushels of the root. From fifteen to twenty thousand pounds were sent annually, 
before the war, to the Baltimore market. (A. P. Sharp, A. J. P., Jan. 1863, p. 53.) At Bich- 
mond, Ya., in 1871, it was being manufactured at the rate of forty gallons of pure oil per 
week. The root, chopped fine by machinery, has steam forced through it in a closed tub, and 
the oil is then distilled in the ordinary way. 800 pounds of unrectified oil are said to be ob- 
tained from 40,000 pounds of the root. (Med. and Surg. Reporter, Aug. 26, 1871.) The oil 
is of a yellow color or colorless, becoming reddish by age. It has the fragrant odor of sassa- 
fras, with a warm, pungent, aromatic taste, and a neutral reaction. It is among the heaviest 
of the volatile oils, having the sp. gr. of 1-094, or 1-087 on the authority of Buignet, who states 
also that it is very slightly dextrogyrate. It is officially described as “ a yellowish or reddish- 
yellow liquid, having the characteristic odor of sassafras without the odor of camphor, and a 
warm, aromatic taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific 
gravity, 1-070 to 1-090 at 15° C. (59° F.). Soluble, in all proportions, in alcohol, the solution 
being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble, in all proportions, in glacial acetic acid, and in 
carbon disulphide. If to 5 drops of the Oil 5 drops of nitric acid be added, a violent reaction 
will take place, producing at first a red color, and finally converting the Oil into a red resin. 
If to a few drops of the Oil a drop of sulphuric acid be added, a deep-red color will be pro- 
duced at first, which soon becomes blackish.” TJ. S. The most complete investigation of sas- 
safras oil is that made by Drs. Power and Kleber in 1896. (SchimmeTs Report, April, 1896.) 
They find it to have the following composition : safrol, C10H10Oa, about 80 per cent.; pinene 
and phellandrene, C10Hie, about 10 per cent. ; dextrogyrate camphor, C10HieO, about 6 8 per 
cent.; eugenol, C10I11202, about 0-5 per cent.; a high-boiling portion consisting of cadinene 
and residue, 3 per cent. They say that the hydrocarbon constituent of sassafras oil, to 
which Grimaux and Buotte gave the name of safrene, is, as just stated, a mixture of pinene 
and phellandrene. Safrol crystallizes well in hard four- or six-sided prisms, with the odor 
of sassafras. It liquefies at 85° C. (47° F.), boils at 232° C. (449-6° F.), has a sp. gr. of 
1-108, and is destitute of rotatory power. Variation in the sp. gr. of oil of sassafras may 
often arise through the congelation and separation of safrol, or through stratification. (Lawall 
and Pursel, A. J. P., 1898, 340.) Prof. Flxickiger ascertained that safrol was one of those re- 
markable bodies which are capable of existing either in a solid or in a fluid condition long 
after they have passed their freezing or their melting point. Chemically, it has been found to 
be the methylene ether of allyl-dioxybenzene. Safrol appears to be widely distributed in the 
vegetable kingdom, probably existing in the bark of the Mespilodaphne sassafras, also in the 
Puchury or Sassafras nuts, both of Brazil, as well as in the barks of Atherosperma moschatum 
and of Beilschmiedia obtusifolia of Australia, and in the bark of Dorypliora sassafras of New 
Caledonia. It is now commercially extracted from oil of camphor, and it probably could be 
obtained from the oil of various species of the genus Oinnamomum. (See P. J. Tr., June, 1887.) 
Oil of sassafras is chiefly used for flavoring purposes, but has physiological properties similar 
to those of the oil of cloves and other allied volatile oils, and may be used for similar purposes. 
A teaspoonful of it produced in a young man vomiting, collapse, somewhat dilated pupils, and 
pronounced stupor. ( Cincinnati Lancet-Clinic, Dec. 1888.) According to the experiments of 
A. Heffter (Atti Dell xi. Congres. Med. Internaz., iii., 1894), safrol is slowly absorbed from 
the alimentary canal, and escapes through the lungs unaltered and through the kidneys oxi- 
dized into piperonalic acid. When taken in sufficient dose, it quickly kills by a centric paral- 
ysis of respiration, preceded by great depression of the circulation ; and when taken in smaller 
yet toxic amount, it causes death by wide-spread fatty degeneration of the heart, liver, kid- 
neys, etc. Its isomer, isosafrol, is in warm-blooded animals much less active as a poison than 
is safrol, and is chiefly eliminated as piperonalic acid. 
OLEUM SESAMI. U.S. Oil Of Sesamum. [Sesame Oil. Teel Oil. Benne Oil.] 
“ A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Sesamum indicum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Pedaliacese).” 
U S. 
Benne Oil; Huile de Sesame, Sesame, Fr.; Sesam, Sesamol, G.; Sesamo, It.; Ajonjoli, Sp. 
Sesamum indicum, L. Gen. PI. ii. 1058; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 359 ; Curtis, Bot. Mag. vol. 
xli. t. 1688 ; B. & T. 198. “ Leaves ovate-lauceolate, the inferior three-lobed, the superior 
undivided. Stem erect.” 
The benne plant of our Southern States is annual, with a branching stem four or five feet 
(O'LE-UM SKS'A-MI.) PART I. 
Oleum Sesami. 
967 
high, and bearing opposite, petiolate leaves, varying considerably in their shape. Those on the 
upper part of the plant are ovate-lanceolate, irregularly serrate, and pointed, those near the 
base three-lobed and sometimes ternate ; and lobed leaves are not uncommon at all distances 
from the ground. The flowers are reddish white, and stand solitarily upon short peduncles in 
the axils of the leaves. The fruit is an oblong capsule, with small, oval, yellowish seeds. 
There are some ten or twelve species referred to the genus Sesamum, the majority of which 
are natives of Africa. In India one or two species occur wild ; one of these, Sesamum Indi- 
cum (syn. S. orientale), has been cultivated from time immemorial in various parts of Asia 
and Africa. From the latter continent it is supposed that seeds were brought by the ne- 
groes to the United States, where, as well as in the West Indies, it is now cultivated to a con- 
siderable extent. The plant above described will grow vigorously in the gardens as far north 
as Philadelphia, though it does not usually ripen its seeds in this vicinity. The seeds are em- 
ployed as food by the negroes, who parch them over the fire, boil them in broths, make them 
into puddings, and prepare them in various other modes. By expression they yield a fixed 
oil, which was introduced into the Pharmacopoeia at the revision of 1880. M. Berjot obtained 
53 per cent, of the oil by means of carbon disulphide. 
1. Benne Leaves. These abound in a gummy matter, which they readily impart to water, 
forming a rich, bland mucilage, much used in the Southern States as a drink in various com- 
plaints to which demulcents are applicable, as in cholera infantum, diarrhoea, dysentery, catarrh, 
acute cystitis, strangury, etc. The remedy has attracted attention also in the North, and has 
been employed with favorable results in Philadelphia. One or two fresh leaves of full size, 
stirred about in half a pint of cool water, will soon render it sufficiently viscid. With dried 
leaves hot water is used. The leaves also serve for the preparation of emollient cataplasms. 
2. Benne Oil. This is inodorous, of a bland, sweetish taste and a neutral reaction, and will 
keep long without becoming rancid. Fluckiger finds that 76 per cent, of the oil consists of 
olein, and that the solid portions yield on saponification palmitic, stearic, and myristic acids. 
The oil also contains a small quantity of what is probably a resinoid substance, which may be 
removed by glacial acetic acid or alcohol. It bears some resemblance to olive oil in its proper- 
ties, and may be used for similar purposes. It is not a drying oil. Yillavecchia and Fabris 
(Zeit. fur Angew. Chem., 1893, 505) bave recently investigated sesame oil, and find, in addi- 
tion to the main constituents before mentioned, a higher alcohol of the formula C25H440, fusing 
at 137° C., a finely crystallizing substance of the formula fusing at 123° C., which 
substance they name sesamin, and a thick uncrystallizable oil, non-nitrogenous, which is the 
cause of the cherry-red coloration which sesame oil shows with hydrochloric acid and sugar. 
“ Specific gravity, 0-919 to 0-923 at 15° C. (59° F.). When cooled to —3° C. (26-6° F.) it 
becomes thick, and at —5° C. (23° F.) it- congeals to a yellowish-white mass. Concentrated 
sulphuric acid converts it into a brownish-red jelly. If 5 C.c. of the Oil be shaken with an 
equal volume of concentrated hydrochloric acid, the latter will usually assume a bright emerald- 
green color, especially if the Oil has been exposed for some time to the action of air and light; 
and, on the subsequent addition of about 05 Gm. of sugar, and again shaking the mixture, a 
blue color, changing to violet, and finally to deep crimson, will be produced.” U. S. Soltzien 
recommends stannous chloride solution for testing benne oil. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 195.) 
According to Schaedler, if one C.c. of pure benne oil is shaken with one C.c. of pure hydro- 
chloric acid, sp. gr. 1-125, and one gramme of cane sugar, a rose-red color is developed in fif- 
teen minutes, changing to violet in twenty-five minutes, and increasing in intensity until, after 
five hours, the acid has assumed a violet color corresponding in intensity to that of a solution 
of iodine in carbon disulphide or in chloroform. In the case of all other fixed oils, this 
color reaction does not begin until after three-quarters of an hour. Olive and almond oils 
containing as little as one-fourth per cent, of benne oil exhibit the reaction in from twenty to 
twenty-five minutes. The failure of some experimenters to find the reactions available rests 
upon the fact that they searched for the color in the oil, and not, as they should have done, in 
the acid. (Arch. d. Pharm., 1887, p. 185.) Benne oil was known to the ancient Persians and 
Egyptians, and is esteemed by the modern Arabs and other people of the East both as food 
and as an external application to promote softness of the skin. It is laxative in large doses. 
* Tocher (Pharm. Journ. Trans., 1893, 700), after analyzing sesamin and determining its molecular weight by 
Raoult’s method in benzene and glacial acetic acid, maintains that its formula should be CisHisOs. Tocher, as quoted 
by Lewkowitsch (Chem. Anal, of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, 2d ed., 389), also believes that the higher alcohol mentioned 
is cholesterol. 968 
Oleum Sinapis Volatile. 
PART I. 
OLEUM SINAPIS VOLATILE. U. S., Br. Volatile Oil of Mustard. 
“A volatile oil obtained from Black Mustard by maceration with water and subsequent dis- 
tillation.” U. S. “ Distilled from Black Mustard Seeds after maceration with water.” Br. 
Oleum Sinapis, Br. 1885, P. G.; Oleum Sinapis iEthereum; Essence de Moutarde, Fr.; Aetherisches Senfol, G. 
The volatile oil of mustard is usually obtained from seeds which have been deprived of their 
fixed oil by pressure. It is a colorless or pale-yellow liquid, rather heavier than water, of an 
exceedingly pungent odor, and an acrid burning taste; with alkaline solutions it yields sulpho- 
cyanates. “ Specific gravity, 1-018 to 1-029 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, 148° to 150° C. 
(298-4° to 302° F.). Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, or carbon disulphide, the solutions being 
neutral to litmus paper. If to 3 Gm. of the Oil G Gm. of sulphuric acid be gradually added, 
the liquid being kept cool, the mixture, upon subsequent agitation, will evolve sulphur dioxide, 
but will remain of a light yellow color, and at first perfectly clear, becoming afterwards thick 
and occasionally crystalline, while the pungent odor of the Oil will disappear. If a portion of 
the Oil be heated in a flask connected with a well-cooled condenser, it should distil completely 
between 148° and 150° C. (298-4° and 302° F.), and both the first and the last portion of the 
distillate should have the same specific gravity as the original Oil (absence of alcohol, chloro- 
form, carbon disidphide, petroleum, or fatty oils'). If a small portion of the Oil be diluted with 
5 times its volume of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride test-solution be added, no blue 
or violet color should be produced (absence of phenols). If a mixture of 3 Gm. of the Oil 
and 3 Gm. of alcohol be shaken, in a small flask, with 6 Gm. of ammonia water, it will become 
clear after standing for some hours, or rapidly when warmed to 50° C. (122° F.), and usually 
deposit, without becoming colored, crystals of thiosinamine (allyl-thio-urea, CS.N2H3(C3H6) ). 
To determine the proportion of thiosinamine obtainable from the Oil, decant the motber-water 
from the crystals, and evaporate it gradually in a tared capsule, on a water-bath, adding fresh 
portions only after the ammoniacal odor of each preceding portion has disappeared. Then add 
the crystals from the flask to those in the capsule, rinsing them out of the flask with a little 
alcohol, and heat the capsule on a water-bath until its weight remains constant. The amount 
of thiosinamine thus obtained from 3 Gm. of the Oil should be not less than 3-25 Gm., nor 
more than 3-5 Gm. After cooling, thiosinamine forms a brownish, crystalline mass, fusing at 
70° C. (158° F.), and having a leek-like, but no pungent, odor. The mass should be soluble 
in 2 parts of warm water, forming a solution which should not redden blue litmus paper, 
and which possesses a somewhat bitter, not persistent taste.” TJ. S. “ Specific gravity 1*018 
to 1-030. It distils between 297° F. (147*2° C.) and 306° F. (152-2° C.), and the first and 
last portions of the distillate should have the same specific gravity as the original Oil (ab- 
sence of ethylic alcohol and petroleum).” Br. Dr. Will considers it to be allyl isosulpho- 
cyanate (C3H6CNS), the compound radical being the same as that of oil of garlic, which 
is considered a sulphide of allyl. (Chem. Gaz., Nos. 62 and 64.) It is the principle upon 
which black mustard seeds depend for their activity. Volatile oil of mustard was first pro- 
duced artificially by MM. Berthelot and S. de Luca, by treating allyl iodide (C3H6I) with an 
alcoholic solution of potassium sulphocyanate. It is now extensively manufactured artificially 
by this method. What first forms is allyl sulphocyanate, which is not identical with, but only 
an isomer of, mustard oil (allyl isosulphocyanate.) But if the sulphocyanate be heated to its 
boiling point (161° C.) the thermometer sinks rapidly to 150° C., because of the change into the 
isosulphocyanate, or mustard oil. This change also takes place spontaneously at summer tem- 
perature. A small quantity of carbon disulphide seems always to be produced at the same time* 
Allyl iodide is procured by treating glycerin with phosphorus iodide, and differs from volatile oil 
of garlic (allyl sulphide) only in containing iodine instead of sulphur. (Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 
1855, p. 124.) According to Zeller, the seeds yield from 0-33 to 0-63 per cent, of the oil. 
Will and Koerner in 1863 explained the occurrence of this allyl isosulphocyanate in mustard 
oil. It does not occur ready formed in the seeds, but is produced by the decomposition of a 
compound, sinigrin (potassium myronate), occurring there. This sinigrin, CloII18KNS2O10, is 
decomposed under the influence of myrosin, an albuminous ferment which is present, and yields 
as products of decomposition C3II5CNS (allyl isosulphocyanate), HKS04 (acid potassium sul- 
(O'LB-UM SI-NA'PIS VO-LAT'I-LE.) 
* Allyl Hydrobrornate. Allyl hydrobromate was first prepared by Wurtz in 1857 (Ann. de Chimie, li. 91) by tbe 
reaction of allyl iodide on one and a half times its weight of bromine. It is a colorless liquid, soluble in ether, boil- 
ing at 170° C., and having a specific gravity of 2‘436. Dr. De Fleury (Arch, de Pharm., Aug. 1886) affirms that in 
doses of five drops, two to four times a day, in capsules, it is a valuable remedy in hysteria, asthma, and convulsions. Oleum Sinapis Volatile.—Oleum Terebinthinse. 
969 
PART I. 
phate), and CeII12Oe (glucose). “ The aqueous solution of myrosin coagulates at 60° C. (140° 
F.), and then becomes inactive; hence mustard seed which has been heated to 100° C. (212° 
F.), or has been roasted, yields no volatile oil, nor does it yield any if powdered and introduced 
at once into boiling water.” (Pharmacographia, p. 67.) As it is often adulterated with other 
oils, a test has been proposed consisting of concentrated sulphuric acid, 50 drops of which are 
to be mixed with 5 drops of the suspected oil in a small glass tube. If the oil be pure, little 
change of color will be produced ; but if any adulterating oil be present, a red or brown color will 
soon appear. Rectified oil of petroleum is the only exception, as the color of this is not affected 
by the acid; but it would be recognized by its insolubility in sulphuric acid. (See A. J. P., 
July, 1865, p. 285.) Ammonia converts the mustard oil into thiosinamin, according to the re- 
action SCN.CgHg -|- NH3= C4H8N2S, which separates in colorless rhombic crystals, melting at 
70° C., and soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. The reaction is stated by Fliickiger (Pharm. 
Cliem., 2d ed., 1888, p. 20) to be quantitative. Adulteration with alcohol is readily detected 
by its much lower boiling point, which also enables it to be separated by distillation. It has 
been adulterated with considerable quantities of carbon disulphide, which may be detected 
by distillation at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. and mixing the distillate with sulphuric 
acid, when the carbon disulphide rises to the surface. Oil of mustard naturally contains about 
0-56 per cent, of carbon disulphide. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 572.) The volatile oil of mustard has 
been employed as a substitute for the mustard plaster. For this purpose one part may be 
mixed with sixty parts of alcohol, and the mixture applied sprinkled not too thickly on piline. 
It acts speedily and efficiently. 
White mustard seeds yield different products. When deprived of fatty oil they yield to 
boiling alcohol colorless crystals of sinalbin, an indifferent substance readily soluble in cold 
water, but sparingly so in cold alcohol. According to Will, it breaks up under the action of 
myrosin into acrinyl sulphocyanate, C7H7O.CNS, sinapine sulphate, C10H26NSO9, and glucose, 
This acrinyl sulphocyanate is a nearly colorless, non-volatile oil, and the rubefacient 
and vesicating principle of white mustard. Sinapine has not yet been isolated, but it is an 
unstable alkaloid. 
A practical application of the principles developed in the foregoing paragraphs has been 
suggested by M. Lebaigue, who proposes applying to one sheet of paper a concentrated solu- 
tion of potassium myronate, and to a second a concentrated solution of myrosin, and drying 
them. When used, the leaves are to be moistened and applied to the surface, one over the 
other. Volatile oil of mustard is formed by the reaction of the two principles, and a sinapism 
is obtained. (Joum. de Pharm., Aout, 1868, p. 118.) From the foregoing account of the chem- 
ical relations of mustard, it is obvious that admixture with alcohol or the acids, or the applica- 
tion of a boiling heat, can only have the effect of impairing its medical virtues, and that the 
best vehicle, whether for external or internal use, is water at common temperatures. 
OLEUM U. S., Br. Oil of Turpentine. 
“ A volatile oil distilled from Turpentine.” U S. “ The oil distilled, usually by the aid of 
steam, from the oleo-resin (turpentine) obtained from Pinus sylvestris, Linn., and other species 
of Pinus ; rectified if necessary.” Br. 
Essence de T6rebenthine; Huile volatile de Terebenthine, Fr.; Terpentinol, G.; Olio della Trementina, It.; 
Aceite de Trementina, Sp. , 
This oil is commonly called spirits (or spirit) of turpentine. It is prepared by distillation from 
our common turpentine, though equally afforded by other varieties. It may be distilled either 
with or without water; but in the latter case a much higher temperature is required, and the 
product is liable to be empyreumatic. To obtain it quite pure it should be redistilled from a 
solution of caustic potassa. The turpentine of Pinus palustris is said to yield about 17 per 
cent, of oil, while that from Pinus maritima affords 25 per cent., and that from Pinus sylves- 
tris 32 per cent. Large quantities are distilled in North Carolina. The exportations from the 
United States for the year ending June 30, 1896, amounted to 16,619,726 gallons, and for the 
year ending June 30, 1897, 16,609,056 gallons. 
Pure oil of turpentine is perfectly limpid and colorless, of a strong, penetrating, peculiar 
odor, a hot, pungent, bitterish taste, and a neutral or faintly acid reaction. It is much lighter 
than water, having the sp. gr. 0-855 to 0-876, U. S.; is highly volatile and inflammable ; boils 
at a temperature somewhat higher than 148-8° C. (300° F.) ; is very slightly soluble in water, 
less soluble in alcohol than most other volatile oils, and readily soluble in ether. Boiling alco- 
(O'LE-UM TER-E-BIN'THI-N7E.) 970 
Oleum Terebinthinse. 
PART I. 
hoi dissolves it with facility, but deposits most of the oil upon cooling. 100 parts of alcohol 
sp. gr. 0-840 dissolve 13-5 parts of the oil at 22-2° C. (72° F.). “ It boils at 155° to 170° C. 
(31 i° to 338° F.). Soluble in 3 times its volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral or 
slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. Bromine 
or powdered iodine acts violently upon it. When brought in contact with a mixture of nitric 
and sulphuric acids, it takes fire. If a little of the Oil be evaporated in a small capsule on a 
water-bath, it should leave not more than a very slight residue (absence of petroleum, paraffin 
oils, or resin)." U. S. “ Limpid, colorless, with a strong peculiar odor, which varies in the dif- 
ferent kinds of Oil, and a pungent and somewhat bitter taste. It is soluble in its own volume 
of glacial acetic add. It commences to boil at about 320° F. (160° C.), and almost entirely 
distils below 356° F. (180° C.), little or no residue remaining.” Br. As found in commerce, 
it always contains oxygen ; but when perfectly pure it consists exclusively of carbon and 
hydrogen, and is composed of one or more terpenes. (See p. 905.) The English or Amer- 
ican oil (prepared from Pinus australis) is composed of dextro-pinene, while the French oil 
(prepared from Pinus maritima) is composed of Isevo-pinene. On the other hand, the Rus- 
sian turpentine contains, in addition to pinene, dipentene (or cinene) and sylvestrene, and the 
Swedish turpentine contains pinene and sylvestrene. Both the American and the French 
oil of turpentine boil at about 156° C. (312-8° F.). On heating oil of turpentine to about 
300° C. (572° F.) in a sealed tube for several hours it is converted into a polymer called 
iso-terebenthene, C20H32, which is so oxidizable that it is converted into a viscid mass on ex- 
posure to the air for a few hours. It has, moreover, a marked odor, resembling oil of lemon, 
and boils at 176° to 177° C. (348-8° to 350-6° F.). On treatment with a small portion of 
sulphuric acid, oil of turpentine yields an optically inactive liquid, which boils at 160° C. 
(320° F.). This is a mixture resolvable by repeated fractional distillation into terebene, C10Hie, 
boiling at 150° C. (302° F.) ; cymene, C10II14, boiling at 175° C. (347° F.) ; a small quantity 
of a camphor-like body, boiling at 200° C. (392° F.) ; coloplcene, C20H32, boiling at 318° C. 
(604-4° F.), and a mixture of semi-solid products of higher boiling point. Oil of turpentine 
absorbs hydrochloric acid gas, forming with it two compounds, one a red dense liquid, the 
other a white crystalline substance resembling camphor, and hence called artificial camphor. 
Both are mono-hydrochlorides, C10H16.HC1, but the latter is much more stable, and can be 
purified by crystallization from alcohol or ether. When turpentine oil is left in contact with 
concentrated hydrochloric acid a dihydrochloride is formed, C10Hie.2HCl. This forms rhombic 
plates, insoluble in water, and decomposed by boiling with alcoholic potash, with formation 
of terpinol (C10H16)2.H20. (Allen, Com. Org. Analysis, vol. ii. p. 51.) Nitric acid converts 
oil of turpentine into resin, and by long boiling into terebic acid, C7H,_CL. Mixed with water 
and chlorinated lime, and then distilled, the oil yields a liquid which M. Chautard found to be 
identical with chloroform. (Ibid., 3e s6r., xxi. 88.) Turpentine oil and other terpenes unite 
with water to form crystals of terpinhydrate, C10II18(OtI)2 -)- H20, which sublimes often from 
turpentine oil which has. long stood in contact with water and has then been heated to water- 
bath temperature. These crystals are sometimes found in nature also. The presence of alco- 
hol with the water and turpentine oil facilitates their formation. Thus, a mixture of 1 part of 
nitric acid, 1 part of alcohol, and 4 parts of turpentine oil, spread out in flat dishes, will yield 
within a few days crystals amounting to 20 per cent, of the oil taken. If these crystals be 
fused at 116° 0. they will lose water, and terpin, C10H18(OH)„, will remain in crystalline 
needles, fusing at 104° C., and boiling at 258° C. If either of the hydrates just mentioned 
be boiled with sulphuric, phosphoric, or glacial acetic acid, terpineol, C10H17OH, will be formed 
along with hydrocarbons of the formula C10Hlfl, such as terpinene, terpinolene, and dipentene. 
Terpineol is a thick, colorless, optically inactive liquid, with a pleasant hyacinthine odor and 
a bitter, feebly pungent taste. It is used extensively in perfumery. Baeyer (Ber. Ch. Gesell., 
26, p. 826) has also prepared the methyl ether of terpineol. Oil of turpentine may be made to 
yield cymene identical with that existing in the oil of cumin and with that obtained by dehy- 
drating camphor. (See Cumin Seed, in Part II.) Exposed to the air the oil absorbs oxygen, 
becomes thicker and yellowish, and loses much of its activity, owing to the formation of resin. 
A small proportion of formic acid is said also to be generated. Hence the Edinburgh College 
directed the oil to be rectified by distilling it with about four measures of water. But the 
process is difficult, in consequence of the great inflammability of the vapor, and its rapid for- 
mation, which causes the liquid to boil over. In this country it is scarcely necessary, as the 
recent oil can be obtained at an expense less than that which would be incurred by redistilla- 
tion on a small scale. Another mode of purifying the oil is to agitate it with one-eighth of PART I. 
Oleum Terebinthinse. 
971 
alcohol, which dissolves the resinous portion. About one-fifth of the alcohol is retained by the 
oil, but is readily separated by agitation with water. (See Oleum Terebinthinx Rectijicatum.) 
For tests, see Prof. Fennel, Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 156. 
C. T. Kingzett has shown that the atmospheric oxidation of turpentine is accompanied by 
the formation of a body having the formula C10H1404, which he regards as camphoric peroxide. 
This substance, by the action of water, is converted into hydrogen peroxide and camphoric 
acid. The disinfectant known as “ Sanitas" is produced by passing air through Russian oil 
of turpentine in contact with warm water. Berthelot has shown that oil of turpentine has, 
under certain conditions, the power, while undergoing oxidation itself, of causing the oxidation 
of other bodies, to which it imparts a portion of the oxygen absorbed from the air. All that 
is necessary to give this power to the oil is that soon after distillation it should be exposed to 
the air, as in a bottle half filled. Solar light assists, but is not essential to, the change, which 
goes on even in the dark. The oil retains indefinitely the property thus acquired, but may be 
deprived of it by exposure to a boiling heat, or by agitation with certain other substances, as 
potassium pyrogallate. No other chemical or physical change can be detected in the oil. (Joum. 
de Pharm., Mai, 1860, 351.) 
In this country the oil of turpentine is frequently adulterated with petroleum distillates. 
The adulteration is best detected by the treatment with sulphuric acid followed by steam dis- 
tillation of the oil layer remaining above the sludge acid ; this treatment with acid and after- 
distillation to be repeated if necessary. The sulphuric acid will thus completely polymerize 
and resinify the essential oil, leaving the paraffin hydrocarbons unaffected in the residual oily 
layer. An instance has been put on record in which a sample of the oil, having a pale green 
color, was found to contain copper. This was easily separated by shaking the oil with a little 
saturated solution of potassium ferrocyanide and allowing it to stand for two or three days 
to settle. (C. Lewis Diehl, A. J. P., 1867, 386.) 
The several species of pine indigenous to California and the slopes of the Sierra Nevada 
appear to yield quite different products. Wenzell (A. J. P., March, 1872) described, under 
the name of abietene, an oil distilled from the exudation of the Pinus sabiniana (Nut-Pine 
or Digger-Pine'). He found it to have a sp. gr. of 0-694, and to boil at 101° C. (213-8° F.). 
Sadtler (A. J. P., April, 1879, p. 176) examined an oil of turpentine from California said to 
have been obtained from the Pinus ponderosa (Heavy Pine), and found it to agree substantially 
with Wenzell’s abietene. It had a sp. gr. at 16-5° C. (62° F.) of 0-6974, boiled at 101° C. 
(213-8° F.), and was slightly laevogyrate. It gave negative results when treated with hydro- 
chloric acid for the formation of a hydrochloride, did not form a hydrate, and was not acted upon 
by sulphuric acid or by nitrosyl chloride. These anomalous results were at once explained by 
the publication of a study of the abietene which had been made by Thorpe, who showed (A. 
J. P., 1879, p. 293) that this exudation of the California pine is almost pure heptane, C7II10, 
one of the chief constituents of American petroleum. His results were also confirmed by 
Schorlemmer, who established the identity of the pine heptane with that from petroleum 
naphtha. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Oil of turpentine is stimulant, diuretic, occasionally 
diaphoretic, anthelmintic, in large doses cathartic, and externally rubefacient. Swallowed in 
moderate quantities it produces a sense of warmth in the stomach, accelerates the circulation, 
and increases the heat of the skin, without especially affecting the functions of the brain. In 
gmall doses frequently repeated it stimulates the kidneys, augmenting the secretion of urine, 
and often producing, especially if long continued, painful irritation of the urinary passages, 
amounting sometimes to violent strangury. At the same time it imparts the odor of violets 
to the urine ; and this effect is also produced by its external application, or even by breathing 
the air of an apartment impregnated with its vapors. In large doses it occasions slight vertigo, 
or a sense of fulness in the head, sometimes amounting to intoxication, attended frequently 
with nausea, and succeeded generally, though not always, by speedy and brisk catharsis. 
When this effect is experienced, the oil is carried out of the bowels, and, no time being allowed 
for its absorption, is less apt to irritate the kidneys and bladder than if given in small and re- 
peated doses. In some constitutions it produces, even when taken internally, an erythematous 
eruption on the skin. Persons who inhale its vapor are liable to strangury and even bloody 
urine. Haematuria is sometimes caused in seamen on board vessels loaded with turpentine. 
A woman was found dead after having swallowed a large quantity of the oil, probably about 
six ounces. (Am. Joum. Med. Sci., Oct. 1858.) 
The oil is employed in numerous diseases. As a stimulant it sometimes proves serviceable in 972 
Oleum Terebinthinae. 
PART I. 
low forms of fever. We have found it extremely useful in the advanced stage of typhoid or enteric 
fever, and especially in cases in which the tongue has partially or completely thrown off its fur 
in flakes, and afterwards become dry, with a surface destitute of its ordinary papillary appear- 
ance, and often contracted and fissured. The remedy has in our hands proved almost uni- 
formly successful under these circumstances. With small doses of the oil frequently repeated, 
the tongue becomes moist and again coated, the tympanitic state of the bowels disappears, and 
the patient goes on to recover as in a favorable case of fever. Its efficiency, however, in ty- 
phoid fever is kscribable not so much to its stimulant properties as to an alterative influence 
upon the ulcerated surface of the bowels characteristic of that disease ; and the remedy is 
often of great service when during the convalescence from typhoid fever diarrhoea due to slow 
healing of the ulcers occurs. In chronic rheumatism, particularly sciatica and lumbago, the oil 
has often been given with great benefit. It has also been much extolled as a remedy in some 
forms of puerperal fever, in neuralgia, in passive hemorrhages, particularly from the bowels, in 
chronic dysentery and diarrhoea,, in obstinate gleets and leucorrhoea, in retention and incontinence 
of urine from debility, in chronic nephritic and calculous affections, and in various conditions of 
whooping-cough. In certain cases of dysentery, whether acute or chronic, when the tongue is 
quite dry, and smooth as if from defect of the papillary structure, no remedy has proved so 
efficient in our hands as oil of turpentine. We have seen it also very beneficial in haemoptysis. 
As a vermifuge it is highly esteemed, especially in cases of taenia. It appears to destroy or 
debilitate the worm, which, losing its hold upon the bowels, is then easily discharged. In cases 
of worms in the stomach it is very useful, and in amenorrhoea from torpor of the uterine vessels 
it is occasionally of service. (A. J. P., March, 1869.) 
The dose for ordinary purposes is from five to thirty drops (0-3—1*9 C.c.), repeated every 
hour or two in acute, and three or four times a day in chronic diseases. In rheumatism it is 
recommended by some in the dose of a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.) every four hours. As a remedy 
for tape-worm the dose is from one-half to one fluidounce, followed by castor oil in half an hour. 
It has also proved successful in taenia in the dose of half a drachm (1-9 C.c.), twice a day, 
continued for a considerable time. In ordinary cases of worms, the usual dose may be given. 
It may be administered on sugar, or in emulsion with gum arabic, loaf-sugar, and cinnamon- 
or mint-water. As to some its taste is very disagreeable, it may be given in capsules* 
In the form of enema, the oil is highly useful in cases of ascarides, of obstinate constipation, 
and especially of tympanites. From half a fluidounce to two fluidounces (15—60 C.c.) may be 
administered in some mucilaginous fluid. 
Externally applied, oil of turpentine irritates and speedily inflames the skin, and is one of 
the most efficacious rubefacients: it is used in rheumatic affections, and in various internal in- 
flammations. When only a slight impression is desired, it may be diluted with olive oil; but 
in some constitutions, even in this state, it produces such violent inflammation of the skin, with 
extensive eruptions, as to render its external use in any shape improper. Applied to recent 
burns, it is thought by some to be highly useful in allaying the burning pain and promoting a 
disposition to heal. For this purpose, however, it is usually mixed with resin cerate (basilicon 
ointment), so as to form a liniment capable of being spread upon linen rags. (See Linimentum 
Terebinthinae.)f M. Beullard has found it useful in eczema, applied directly to the affected part. 
It causes immediately severe pain and much swelling, and in a few minutes must be removed, 
and followed by cooling and demulcent measures. A modification of the disease is thus pro- 
duced, which renders ordinary applications successful that had been previously useless. (Ann. 
de Therap., 1865, p. 138.) It is thought by Profs. Von Erlach and Lucke, of Berne, to be 
peculiarly efficacious in parasitic affections of the scalp, by destroying the parasites and pre- 
venting the development of the spores. (Am. Journ, of Med. Sci., July, 1869, p. 248.) 
Oil of turpentine has been recommended, in the form of bath, in affections in which its con- 
stitutional impression is desired. For this purpose Dr. T. Smith, of Cheltenham, England, em- 
ploys from five to ten fluidounces of the oil, with half a fluidounce of oil of rosemary, and 
* It has been objected to the form of capsule, that, in consequence of the breaking of its coating, the oil may 
come undiluted in contact with the mucous membrane, and thus produce undue irritation. M. Lacambre gives the 
following process for making a pill of the oil. Take of oil of turpentine 8 grammes, white wax 20 ditto, powdered 
sugar 9 ditto, oil of lemon 2 drops. Melt the wax in the oil of turpentine, pour into a mortar, allow to cool, then 
add the sugar, and form a mass to be divided into pills of 25 centigrammes (3 or 4 grs.) each. Roll them in powdered 
starch, and keep in a well-stopped bottle. (Journ. de Pharm,, Sept. 1873, p. 223.) 
t The following is the formula adopted by the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy for the rubefacient liniment 
known as British Oil. JJ Olei Terebinth, Olei Lini f'5viij, Olei Succini fgiv, Olei Juniperi Petrolei 
Barbadensis Petrolei Ainericani (crude petroleum) M. PART I. 
Oleum Terebinthinse Rectificatum.— Oleum Tlieobromatis. 
973 
two pounds of sodium carbonate, in each bath. The breath becomes strongly impregnated 
with the terebinthinate odor. (Braithwaite's Retrospect, xxi. 355.) Applied in vapor, the oil 
is said to be a very speedy cure for the itch. The bed- and night-clothes are sprinkled with 
thirteen drachms of the oil, and on awaking in the morning the patient finds himself cured. 
(Am. Joum. of Med. Sci., July, 1857, p. 232.) Baths of the vapor of turpentine are stated 
to be very beneficial in chronic rheumatism. They are said to be borne well, for twenty-five 
minutes, at a temperature of from 60° to 711° C. (140°-160° F.). (Arch. Gen., 4e ser., xxviii. 
80.) Inhalation of the vapor has been recommended by Skoda in gangrene of the lungs. 
OLEUM TEREBINTHIN./E RECTIFICATUM. U. S. Rectified Oil of 
Turpentine. 
(O'LE-UM TEK-E-BIN'THI-ME BEC-TI-FI-CA'TUM.) 
“ Oil of Turpentine, a convenient quantity ; Lime Water, a, sufficient quantity. Shake the Oil 
thoroughly with six times its volume of Lime Water, and introduce the mixture into a copper 
still connected with a well-cooled condenser. Then distil, until about three-fourths of the Oil 
have passed over, and separate the clear Oil from the water. Keep the product in well-stop- 
pered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light. Rectified Oil of Turpentine should always 
be dispensed when Oil of Turpentine is required for internal use.” U. S. 
When oil of turpentine is distilled in contact with lime water, the distillate comes over puri- 
fied and freed from the products which give the commercial oil the disagreeable odor and taste 
which are inseparable by ordinary distillation : hence this rectified oil is much preferable for 
internal administration. It has in other respects the same properties as Oleum Terebinthinae. 
“ Specific gravity, 0-855 to 0-865 at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling point, about 160° C. (320° F.). 
Its alcoholic solution should be neutral to litmus paper. If 10 C.c. of the Oil be evaporated 
in a capsule on a water-bath, not more than 0-05 Gm. of residue should be left.” U. S. For 
observations on the rectification of oil of turpentine, by Prof. Kremers, see Pharm. Rev., 1897, 7. 
OLEUM THEOBROMATIS. U. S., Br. Oil of Theobroma. 
“ A fixed oil expressed from tlie seed of Theobroma Cacao, Linne (nat. ord. Sterculiaceae).” 
U. S. “A concrete oil obtained by pressing tbe warm crushed seeds of Tbeobroma Cacao, 
Linn.” Br. 
Oleum Theobromae, U. S. 1880; Cacao Butter; Oleum (Butyrum) Cacao, P. G.; Beurre de Cacao, Fr.; Kakao- 
butter, G. 
Theobroma cacao. Linn. Sp. Plant. 1100 ; Hayne, Darstell. und Beschreib., etc., ix. 35 ; B. & 
T. 38. This is a handsome tree, from twelve to twenty feet in height, growing in Mexico, the 
West Indies, and South America. It is largely cultivated in all tropical countries, particularly 
in Guayaquil, Venezuela, Mexico, Trinidad, and the Philippines. The fruit is an oblong-ovate 
capsule or berry, six or eight inches in length, with a thick, coriaceous, somewhat ligneous 
rind, enclosing a whitish pulp, in which numerous seeds are embedded. These are ovate, 
somewhat compressed, about as large as an almond, and consist of an exterior thin shell and 
a brown oily kernel. Separated from the matter in which they are enveloped, they constitute 
the cacao, or chocolate nuts, of commerce. The cacao-tree is usually cultivated in large estates, 
where it is grown in the shade of the banana or other large plant, and develops its pods from 
the stem continually, so that the harvest goes on all the time, although the product is greater 
in the spring and in the autumn. The pods are cut off, opened, and the beans contained in 
the glutinous sweet acid pulp are allowed to ferment, during which process the outer integu- 
ment comes off and falls loose. The beans are finally carefully dried, commonly in the sun, 
sometimes by means of a steam-drying shed. If the sweating process is carried too far, or 
the beans during drying are wetted by rain, they blacken and are much lowered in value. 
These blackened beans are sometimes artificially whitened. Cacao beans have a slightly 
aromatic, bitterish, oily taste, and, when bruised or heated, an agreeable odor. 
The average of a number of analyses of raw nuts gave H. Weigmann (Konig's Nah- 
rungs- und Genussmittel, 3d ed., vol. i. 1019) water, 7-93 per cent.; nitrogenous matter, 
14-19 per cent.; theobromine, 1-49 per cent.; fatty matter (cacao butter), 45-57 per cent. -r 
starch and other carbohydrates, 22-92 per cent.; crude fibre, 4-78 per cent.; pure ash, 3-99 
per cent.; sand, 0-62 per cent. The coloring matter is probably the result of chemical 
change, as the fresh seeds are white. Theobromine has been found also in the shells in 
the proportion of about 1 per cent. (A. J. P., 1862, 509.) The latter impart to boiling 
(O'LE-UM THE-O-BRO'MA-TIS.) 974 
Oleum, Theobromatis. 
PAET I. 
water a taste analogous to that of chocolate, but weaker, and are used for making a table 
beverage. 
Theobromine was discovered by M. Woskresensky, who obtained it by the following method. 
The kernels are exhausted with water by means of the water-bath ; the solution is strained 
through linen, precipitated by lead acetate, and filtered; the filtered liquor is freed from lead 
by hydrogen sulphide, and evaporated; the brown residue is treated with boiling alcohol, 
and the liquor filtered while hot. Upon cooling, the theobromine is deposited in the form of 
a reddish-white powder, which is rendered colorless by repeated crystallization. Keller obtained 
it still purer by heating the powder between two watch-glasses, by which a brilliant white sub- 
limate was obtained. According to 0. Donker and C. Treumann, theobromine is contained 
not only in the cotyledons but also in the shells of the cacao seeds. Four kilos of the latter 
yielded 13-5 Gm. of pure theobromine. (Archiv der Pharmacie, July, 1878.) Theobromine is 
a crystallizable alkaloid, capable of forming salts with the acids, very bitter, volatilizable with- 
out change, freely soluble in hot alcohol, sparingly so in hot water, and is very simply related 
to caffeine, this latter being the methyl derivative of theobromine. Its formula is C7H8N402. 
It has been converted into caffeine by Strecker, and more recently E. Fischer (Ber. Chem. 
Ges., 1882, p. 453) has obtained it from xanthine, C6H4N402, which is easily obtained from 
the guanine of guano, C6H6NB0, by the action of nitrous acid. For Emminger’s method of 
determining theobromine in cacao, see P. J. Tr., 1896, 289. 
Chocolate is differently prepared in different countries. In Great Britain and the United 
States it usually consists, when pure, exclusively of the kernel of the cacao or chocolate nuts, 
which are first roasted, then deprived of their shell, and lastly reduced, by grinding between 
heated stones, to a paste, which is moulded into oblong cakes. Not unfrequently rice flour or 
other farinaceous substance, with butter or lard, is added; but these must be considered as 
adulterations. On the continent of Europe, sugar is generally incorporated with the paste, 
and spices, especially cinnamon, are often added. Vanilla is a favorite addition in South 
America, France, and Spain. Cacao, called cocoa, is often sold in powder, which is sometimes 
mingled with other ingredients, such as ground rice, barley-flour, sugar, etc. Chocolate is 
prepared for use by reducing it to powder and boiling it in milk, water, or a mixture of these 
fluids. In this state it is much employed as a drink at breakfast and tea, and serves as a sub- 
stitute for coffee in dyspepsia. It is also a good article of diet for convalescents, and may 
sometimes be given advantageously as a mild nutritive drink in acute diseases. Hagenbuch 
examined several commercial brands of chocolate, and found that the amount of fat or cacao 
butter present varied from 12 to 45-8 per cent. (A. J. P., 1885, p. 276.) From this it would 
seem that manufacturers do not uniformly extract the fat from commercial chocolate. 
Oil of Tlieobroma. Cacao Butter. This is the fixed oil of the chocolate nut. It is ex- 
tracted either by expression, decoction, or the action of a solvent. Soubeiran recommends 
that the seeds, previously ground, be mixed with one-tenth of their weight of water and then 
pressed between hot plates of tinned iron. It is advisable that the heat should not exceed 
that of boiling water, and even a lower heat will answer. When the method of decoction is 
used, the cacao should be slightly roasted before boiling. As a solvent, carbon disulphide has 
been found to answer well, as recommended in the preparation of the expressed oil of nutmeg. 
(See Oleum Myristicse.) Upon the whole, the method of expression is perhaps preferable. The 
presence of water in the ground seeds is said greatly to facilitate the process. The expressed 
oil, which is now made in Philadelphia, occurs in the shape of oblong cakes, like those of 
ehocolate, weighing about half a pound each. It is “ a yellowish-white solid, having a faint, 
agreeable odor, and a bland, chocolate-like taste. Specific gravity, 0-970 to 0-980 at 15° C. 
(59° F.). Readily soluble in ether or chloroform ; also soluble in 100 parts of cold and in 20 
parts of boiling absolute alcohol, all these solutions being neutral to litmus paper. It is brittle 
at 15° C. (59° F.), and melts at 30° to 33° C. (86° to 91-4° F.) to a clear liquid. If 1 Gm. 
of Oil of Theobroma be dissolved in 3 C.c. of ether, in a test-tube, at a temperature of 17° 
0. (63° F.), and the tube subsequently plunged into water at 0° C. (32° F.), the liquid should 
not become turbid, nor deposit a granular mass in less than three minutes; and if the mixture, 
after congealing, be exposed to a temperature of 15° C. (59° F.), it should gradually form a 
perfectly clear liquid (absence of paraffin, wax, stearin, tallow, etc.).” US. “A yellowish- 
white solid, breaking with a smooth fracture; odor resembling that of cocoa ; taste bland and 
agreeable; free from rancidity. It softens at 80° F. (26-6° C.) and melts at temperatures 
between 88° and 93° F. (31-1° and 33-9° C.). If 1 gramme be dissolved in 3 cubic centi- 
metres of ether, in a test-tube, at 62° or 63° F. (or 17° C.), and the tube be placed in water PART I. 
Oleum Theobromatis.— Oleum Thymi. 
975 
at 32° F. (0° C.), the liquid should neither become turbid nor deposit a granular mass in 
loss than three minutes; and if the mixture after congealing be exposed to a temperature 
of 60° F. (15-5° C.) it should gradually aflord a clear solution (absence of other fats).” Br. 
Cacao butter consists chiefly of the glycerides of stearic, palmitic, and lauric acids, and, further, 
of small quantities of the glycerides of arachidic, linolic, formic, acetic, and butyric acids. 
The percentage of stearic acid obtainable is from 39 9 to 40-6. Kingzett believes it to contain 
in addition a peculiar acid which he calls theobromic, and to which he gives the formula 
C04Hi28Oa, but his results have not been confirmed by subsequent investigators. From its 
large proportion of stearin, it is one of the best fats for the preparation of stearic acid. It 
is said to be frequently adulterated with animal fats, which, according to Mr. E. Lamhofer, 
may be detected by attention to the fact that pure cacao butter dissolves entirely in ether or 
benzin, separating out in minute granular crystals when immersed in water of 0° C. (32° F.), 
the liquid portion remaining transparent for 30 or 40 minutes, when the whole solidifies. After 
solidification, if the oil be kept at a temperature of about 14-4° C. (58° F.), it will redissolve 
without turbidity. (A. J. P., 1877, p. 238.) Mr. Gr. Ramsperger concludes, as the result of 
much experimentation, that ether affords the best test of purity. Dissolving the suspected cacao 
butter in 2 parts of ether, if it become turbid after standing, or form on spontaneous evapora- 
tion little crystals or grains not soluble in 2 parts of ether at common temperature, it is impure, 
and should be rejected. 
Butter of cacao is used as an ingredient in cosmetic ointments, and in pharmacy for coating 
pills and preparing suppositories. For the last purpose it is well adapted by its consistence and 
blandness, and is now largely consumed. It was, indeed, on this account chiefly that it was 
introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of I860* F. Bringhurst prepared a lip salve by 
melting together 28 ounces of cacao butter, 4 ounces of yellow wax, and a drachm, each, of 
balsam of Peru and benzoic acid, straining, adding perfuming oils, as those of rose, bergamot, 
and bitter almond, in sufficient quantity, and finally, when nearly cool, an ounce of glycerin. 
(A. J. P., July, 1867, p. 348.) 
Owing to its great insolubility, pure theobromine acts very slowly and uncertainly upon the 
animal organism, but its soluble salts (notably the salicylate of sodium and theobromine f) 
are active diuretics, which have been used to a considerable extent with general commenda- 
tion in the treatment of various dropsies. They are said not to irritate the kidneys, and have 
been even highly commended not only in chronic but even in acute Bright's disease. They 
seem to act directly upon the renal secreting structure, but their physiological activity has 
not been sufficiently studied to determine positively their cardiac action: various observers 
affirm, others deny, that they are heart-stimulants, with the preponderance of evidence in favor 
of their having very little, if any, effect upon the circulation. Usually their action is very 
favorable; but headache, irregularity of the pulse, vomiting, and diarrhoea have been noticed 
in various cases, and, according to W. Schmieden, haematuria. Dose, from ten to twenty grains 
(0-65-1-3 Gm.), from four to six times a day, administered in capsules or in solution. 
OLEUM THYMI. U. S. Oil of Thyme. 
(O'LE-UM THY'MI.) 
“A volatile oil distilled from the leaves and flowering tops of Thymus vulgaris, Linne (nat. 
ord. Labiatae).” U. S. 
Essence de Thym, Fr.; Thymianol, G. 
In the south of France thyme grows wild in great abundance, and is largely collected for 
distillation. The oil is taken from France to England, and thence reaches this country under 
the name of oil of origanum, having, probably from its greater cheapness, been substituted for 
the genuine oil. For all the purposes for which oil of origanum was used, that of thyme is 
not less useful, and it is more agreeable. 
* Mafurra Tallow. This is a fatty matter obtained from the fruit of a tree growing in Mozambique and the 
islands of Madagascar and Bourbon, and bearing a close resemblance in qualities to cacao butter. The kernel of the 
fruit is described as of the size of the cacao bean, having the same characteristic odor when bruised, and a bitter taste. 
The fatty matter is extracted by boiling the kernels in water. It is of a firm, solid consistence, less fusible than 
tallow, of a yellowish color, and of the odor of cacao butter. It agrees, moreover, with that substance in containing 
olein and palmitin, and yields palmitic acid largely when saponified. {A. J. P., xxviii. 163.) 
f A mixture of a compound of sodium, theobromine, and sodium salicylate has been introduced into medicine 
under the trade name of diuretin. It is a white powder, soluble in less than half its weight of water when warmed. 
It should contain 49'7 per cent, of theobromine and 38T per cent, of salicylic acid. Oleum Thy mi.—Oleum Tig lii. 
976 
PART I. 
Thymus vulgaris is a very common plant, indigenous to the south of Europe, and cultivated 
in our gardens. It possesses a subcampanulate two-lipped calyx, villous in the throat; corolla 
limb two-lipped, the upper erect and emarginate, the lower spreading, three-cleft. It is a low 
under-shrub, procumbent at the base, with ovate-linear, revolute leaves, and flowers in a 
whorled spike. The herbaceous portion, which should be gathered when the plant is in flower, 
has a peculiar, strong, aromatic, agreeable odor, not lost by drying, and a pungent, aromatic, 
camphorous taste. Its active constituent is the volatile oil, which is obtained separate by 
distillation with water. 
The oil, as prepared in the south of France, is, after one distillation, of a reddish-brown 
color, and called the red oil, but when again distilled is colorless, and in this condition is distin- 
guished as the white oil. It is officially described as “ a yellowish or yellowish-red liquid, having 
a strong odor of thyme, and an aromatic, pungent, afterwards cooling taste. It becomes darker 
and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 0-900 to 0-930 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
It does not fulminate with iodine. The Oil is soluble in half its volume of alcohol, forming a 
clear solution which is neutral or only very slightly acid to litmus paper. The Oil is also soluble, 
in all proportions, in carbon disulphide, and in glacial acetic acid. With a drop of ferric 
chloride test-solution the Oil yields a greenish-brown color, which changes to reddish. If 1 C.c. 
of the Oil be shaken with 10 C.c. of hot water, and, after cooling, the liquid be passed through 
a wet filter, the filtrate should not assume, with a drop of ferric chloride test-solution, a bluish 
or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)." U. S. According to Zeller, one pound of the fresh 
herb yields 45-7 grains of the oil, of the dried herb 38 grains. The oil, as found in commerce, 
is of a reddish-brown color, and of an odor recalling that of thyme, but less agreeable. Its 
sp. gr. is stated at 0-905, but probably varies, as the oil is a complex body. The more volatile 
portion, that coming over below 180° C. (356° F.) in distillation, is a mixture of cymene, 
C10H14, boiling at 175° C. (347° F.), and pinene, C10Hxe, boiling at 161° C. (321-8° F.). The 
less volatile portion is chiefly thymol, C10II140, a white crystalline solid, melting at 44° C. 
(111-2° F.), and possessing a pungent taste. (See Thymol.) Carvacrol is also present, at times 
replacing part or all of the thymol, and in addition linalool and bornyl acetate have been found 
in small amount. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 637.) The annual production of oil of thyme at 
Grasse, according to Fliickiger (A. J. P, 1885,132), amounts to 40,000 kilogrammes. Accord- 
ing to Camperdon, in doses of from three to fifteen grains oil of thyme causes mental excitement, 
and is a valuable diffusible stimulant in collapse. It is certainly an antiseptic. (See Thymol.) 
OLEUM TIGLII. U. S. (Br.) Croton Oil. 
(O'LE-UM TIG'LI-I.) 
“ A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Croton Tiglium, Linne (nat. ord. Euphorbiaceae).” 
U. S. “ The oil expressed from the seeds of Croton Tiglium, Linn.” Br. 
Oleum Crotonis, Br.; Huile de Croton, Huile de Graines de Tilly, Fr.; Crotonol, G.; Nervalum unnay, Tamil. 
Croton tiglium. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 543 ; B. & T. 239. This species of Croton is a small 
tree or shrub, with a few spreading branches, bearing alternate petiolate leaves, which are ovate, 
acuminate, serrate, smooth, of a dark-green color on the upper surface, paler beneath, and fur- 
nished with two glands at the base. The flowers are in erect terminal racemes, scarcely as 
long as the leaf,—the lower being female, the upper male, with straw-colored petals. The 
fruit is a smooth capsule, about the size of a filbert, with three cells, each containing a single 
seed. 
The tree is a native of Hindostan, Ceylon, the Moluccas, and other parts of India. It is 
pervaded by an acrid purgative principle, probably analogous to that found in other plants 
belonging to the family of Euphorbiaceae. Rumphius says that the root is employed in 
Amboyna, in the dose of a few grains, as a drastic purge in dropsy; and, according to the 
same author, the leaves are so acrid that when chewed and swallowed they excite inflammation 
in the lips, mouth, and throat, and along the whole course of the alimentary canal. The wood 
is said in small doses to be diaphoretic, in larger, purgative and emetic. But the seeds are the 
most active part. These have been long used in India as a powerful purgative, and were em- 
ployed so early as 1630 in Europe, under the names of grana Molucca and grana tiglia. But 
in consequence of their violent effects they fell into neglect, and had ceased to be ranked among 
medicines, when, at a comparatively recent period, attention was again called to them by the 
writings of some English, physicians in India. They are now imported for their oil, which is 
the only official product of the plant. It is probable that most if not all of the Crotons 
are purgatives. The oil of the Mexican Croton morifolius is said to be mildly purgative in PART I. 
Oleum Tiglii. 
977 
doses of two or three drops. In India, under the name of Kowli seeds (Kuli seeds)* are 
used certain beans, which have been referred by authorities to the Croton oblongifolium, Roxb., 
and also to the C. persimilis, Miill.-Arg. (See Pharm. Rev., Oct. 1896.) 
These seeds are rather larger than a grain of coffee, oblong, rounded at the extremities, with 
two faces, the external considerably more convex than the internal, separated from each other 
by longitudinal ridges, and each divided by a similar longitudinal ridge, so that the whole seed 
presents an irregular quadrangular figure. Sometimes, as in the coffee-grain, their internal 
surface is flat, with a longitudinal groove, owing to the presence of only two seeds in the cap- 
sule, the groove being produced by the central column or axis. The shell is covered with a 
soft, yellowish-brown epidermis, beneath which the surface is black and smooth; and, as the 
epidermis is often partially removed by friction during their carriage, the seeds as they come 
to us are frequently mottled, and sometimes nearly black. The kernel or nucleus is yellowish 
brown, and abounds in oil. In India the seeds are prepared for use by submitting them to 
slight torrefaction, by which the shell is rendered more easily separable. In the dose of one 
or two grains (0-065 or 0-13 Grin.) the kernel purges severely. 
The oil is obtained by expression from the seeds, previously deprived of the shell. It 
may also be separated by decoction in water, or by the action of ether, or carbon disulphide, 
which dissolves the oil, and leaves it behind when evaporated.f Guibourt recommends, after 
the first expression, to digest the residue with alcohol at a temperature of 48-8° to 60° C. 
(120° to 140° F.), and then submit it to a new expression. The alcohol is to be separated by 
distillation from the oil, which is then to be mixed with the first product. According to Dr. 
Nimmo, the seeds consist of 64 per cent, of kernel and 36 of envelope. From the seeds im- 
ported into England, about 22 per cent, of oil is obtained by simple expression. Gruibourt, by his 
process, obtained 52 per cent, from the kernels, equivalent to about 35 per cent, from the seeds. 
Croton oil consists chiefly of the glycerides of stearic, palmitic, myristic, lauric, and oleic acids. 
There are also present, in the form of glycerin ethers, the more volatile acids, as formic, acetic, 
isobutyric, and isovalerianic acids. The volatile part of the acid yielded by croton oil con- 
tains, moreover, an acid of the oleic series, named by Geuther and Frolich tiglic or tiglinic add, 
c6h802. It is isomeric with angelic acid, but the melting points (angelic acid 45° C., tiglic 
acid 64° C.) and the boiling points (angelic acid 185° C., tiglic acid 198-5° .C.) differ. Cro- 
tonic acid, C4He02, was thought by Schlippe to be present, but later investigation does not 
confirm the statement. Crotonol, announced by Schlippe as the vesicating principle of the oil, 
has likewise been found only by the discoverer. 
In 1823 Dr. John Nimmo, of Glasgow, found that about 45 per cent, of croton oil is soluble 
in alcohol, the insoluble 55 per cent, being inert. Recent researches have shown that tbe per- 
centage of soluble portion varies greatly. (See also below.) According to Senier, confirmed by 
Binz, Robert, and others, it increases with the age, freshly expressed oil containing only 20 per 
cent., oil over four years old 60 per cent. In this soluble portion Buchheim found an acid, 
crotonolic add or crotonoleic add,\ which he believed to be the active principle. It is an oily 
substance, readily decomposable, having the character of a weak acid, and forming various 
salts. It is freely soluble in alcohol, and is extremely irritant to the skin and the mucous 
* Kowli seeds reach a length of two and one-tenth Cm., a breadth of one and two-tenths Cm., a thickness of eight- 
tenths Cm., ovate, having pointed ends with a marked caruncle. The outer side shows the grayish-brown crusty 
seed-coat with irregular rough longitudinal stripes; the cross-section shows a large endosperm, in the middle the 
embryo of considerable size with flat cotyledons. Besides the fatty oil and protoplasm, the cells of the endosperm 
show longitudinally very large aleurone grains, which contain a considerable number of small globoids and badly 
formed crystalloids. 
f Extraction by ether. Having washed and dried the seeds, grind them in a coffee-mill, and form a soft paste 
with ether. Introduce this into a narrow percolation tube, and gradually pour ether upon it until it is exhausted. 
Evaporate the ether by means of a water-bath, and filter the remaining oil. (Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1862.) 
Extraction with carbon disulphide. The seeds, well bruised, are introduced into a bottle with three times their 
weight of carbon disulphide, well rectified; the mixture is allowed to stand, with frequent agitation, for 24 hours; 
the whole is then poured upon a cloth and rapidly expressed. The residue is similarly treated with twice its weight 
of the disulphide, and expressed, after standing as before. The products of the two macerations are mixed, then 
filtered in a covered funnel, and finally submitted to distillation, by means of a water-bath, in a glass retort, at the 
temperature of 71*1° or 76-6° C. (160° or 170° E.). The disulphide should be recovered by condensing its vapor in a 
refrigerated receiver. The oil is to be poured into a capsule, to show that it contains none of the disulphide, and 
then introduced into a bottle. {Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., xxxi. 28.) 
J Crotonoleic acid may be readily prepared by treating the portion of croton oil soluble in alcohol with a hot satu- 
rated solution of baryta in a water-bath, washing the stiff white paste that forms with cold distilled water to remove 
excess of baryta and barium compounds with acetic, butyric, and tiglic acids, repeatedly treating with water, and 
lastly agitating with ether, which takes up only the barium oieate and crotonoleate. The crotonoleate is separated 
by dissolving it out in alcohol, decomposed carefully with sulphuric acid, and the solution containing the free acids 
evaporated. For further details, see Robert’s Arbeiten, 1890, p. 30. 978 
Oleum Tiglii. 
PART I. 
membranes. As pointed out in 1889 by Stillmark and Kobert, croton seeds contain one or 
more toxic albuminoids, which have been especially studied under the name of crotin by M. 
Elfstrand* Dunstan and Boole (Proc. Roy. Soc. London, lxiii., 1895) found that crotonoleic 
acid prepared by the method of Kobert and Ilirscheydt is a mixture of inactive oily acids 
and a resinous substance, having extraordinary power as a vesicant, for which they have pro- 
posed the name of croton-resin, assigning to it the empirical formula C13H1804, and the molec- 
ular formula (C13H1804)2, or C26li3608. It is described as a hard, pale yellow resin, nearly 
insoluble in water and benzene, but readily dissolved by alcohol, ether, and chloroform. It is 
neither a glyceride, a ketone, nor an aldehyde. 
Properties. Croton oil, as found in commerce, varies from a pale yellow to a dark reddish 
brown. That imported from India is usually pale, that expressed in Europe dark, like the 
deepest-colored sherry. Its consistence is rather viscid, and is increased by time. Its smell is 
faint, but peculiar, its taste hot and acrid, leaving in the mouth a disagreeable sensation which 
continues for many hours. “ Specific gravity, 0-940 to 0‘900 at 15° C. (59° F.). It reddens 
blue litmus paper moistened with alcohol. When fresh, it is soluble in about 60 parts of alco- 
hol, the solubility increasing by age. It is freely soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disul- 
phide, and in fixed or volatile oils. When gently heated with twice its volume of absolute 
alcohol, it forms a clear solution from which the Oil usually separates on cooling. If to 2 C.c. 
of the Oil 1 C.c. of fuming nitric acid and 1 C.c of water be added, and the mixture vigor- 
ously shaken, it should not solidify, either completely or partially, after standing for one or 
two days (absence of other non-drying oils')." U. S. “ Specific gravity 0-940 to 0 960. En- 
tirely soluble in absolute alcohol. Freely soluble in ether and chloroform. An alcoholic solu- 
tion should not redden moistened blue litmus paper. If to 2 cubic centimetres 1 cubic centi- 
metre of fuming nitric acid and 1 of water be added, and the mixture be shaken vigorously, 
it should not solidify, either completely or partially, but only thicken slightly, after standing 
for two days (absence of other non-drying oils).” Br. The oil is wholly soluble in ether and 
oil of turpentine. Its relations to pure alcohol differ somewhat with the variety of the oil. 
That obtained by expression in England was formerly wholly and readily soluble, but, accord- 
ing to Mr. Harold Senier, the croton oil now produced acts towards alcohol as do foreign oils 
(iJ. J. Tr., 3d ser., xiv. 704), forming a solution which is permanent at ordinary temperatures, 
while the India or pale oil forms an opaque mixture, which becomes clear and uniform upon 
being heated, but separates on standing into two portions, one consisting of alcohol somewhat 
diminished in bulk, the other of the oil correspondingly increased in bulk by retaining a por- 
tion of the alcohol. It is probable that the difference in color, and in their relations to alcohol, 
between the India and English oils may be owing to a change in the kernels from being kept, 
and to the age of the oil. It is thought that croton oil is often adulterated with other fixed 
oils. In the Br. Pharm. of 1864 it was given as a test of the purity of the oil expressed from 
the imported seeds, that when agitated with an equal volume of alcohol and gently heated it 
forms a clear solution, from which about three-fourths of the oil separates on cooling ; but the 
statement is asserted to be untrue of the English expressed oil, though correct of the imported. 
The test was intended to detect the presence of castor oil, which would be dissolved by the alco- 
hol and thus occasion a diminution of the bulk. It has been omitted in the present Pharmaco- 
poeia.f For tests for croton oil, including iodine and acid numbers, see Pharm. Rev., 1897, 113. 
According to the late Dr. M. Burrough, who was for some time in India, much of the oil 
there prepared is derived from the seeds of Jatropha curcas, or Gurcas purgans, the so-called 
Barbadoes nuts. This oil, though weaker than the genuine, was said by Dr. Burrough to be 
an efficient cathartic in the dose of three or four drops (0-18 or 0-24 C.c.). Dr. Hamilton 
states that croton seeds are afforded by Croton pavana, growing in Ava and Bengal; and 
probably a portion of the croton oil of commerce is obtained from these seeds. These facts 
may explain some of the discrepancies which have been observed in the effects of alcohol. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Croton oil is a powerful drastic purgative, in large 
doses apt to excite vomiting and severe griping pains, and capable, if immoderately taken, of 
* Crotin is described as a yellowish powder, yielding about 21 per cent, of ash, soluble in water, and possessed 
of such active poisonous properties that the subcutaneous lethal dose for the rabbit is from 0-05 to 0-08 Gtn. per 
kilo. It attacks the blood-corpuscles as well as the centric nervous system, and, indeed, probably affects all proto- 
plasm. (On Some Toxic Albumins, Upsala, 1897.) 
f Prof. Maisch detects croton oil in any mixture by the following plan. The suspected oil is agitated with an 
alcoholic solution of soda or potassa, and the solution, having been separated, is saturated with hydrochloric or sul- 
phuric acid. If croton oil be present its acrid principle will rise to the surface in the form of an oil, which when 
applied to the skin will produce the peculiar eruptive affection excited by croton oil. J. P,, 1860, 307.) PART I. 
Oleum Tiglii.—Opii Pulvis. 
979 
producing fatal' effects. It acts with great rapidity, frequently evacuating the bowels in less 
than an hour, and generally exciting a rumbling sensation in half that period. It possesses 
also great advantage in the minuteness of the dose, on account of which it may frequently he 
given when we should fail with more bulky medicines, as in mania, coma, and the cases of 
children. A drop placed on the tongue of a comatose patient will generally operate. Though 
long used in India, and known for two centuries to the Dutch physicians, it did not attract 
general notice till about 1820, when it was introduced into England by Mr. Conwell. It is 
chiefly employed in cases of obstinate constipation, in which it often produces the happiest 
effects after the failure of other medicines ; but it may also be advantageously used in almost 
all cases in which powerful and speedy purging is demanded, especially where an irritation of 
the gastric mucous membrane and a derivative action are desired. The seeds are said to have 
been used with great success in India in amenorrhcea. Applied externally, the oil produces 
inflammation of the skin, attended with pustular eruption, and has been used in this way in 
rheumatism, gout, neuralgia, glandular and other indolent swellings, and laryngeal and pulmo- 
nary diseases. It should be diluted with three parts of olive oil, soap liniment, oil of tur- 
pentine, or other convenient vehicle, and applied as a liniment twice or oftener in twenty-four 
hours. Sometimes the insusceptibility of the skin is such as to require its application un- 
diluted. The oil may also be applied externally, in the form of a plaster, made by incor- 
porating one part of it with four parts of lead plaster, melted by a very gentle heat. Some- 
times it appears to produce inflammation in parts distant from those to which it was directly 
applied. It has been said that four drops, used externally by friction around the umbilicus, 
will produce a purgative effect, but this is denied by Dr. Barlai, of Tuscany, who states that it 
is only when the oil is applied to the skin divested of the cuticle that it will operate upon the 
bowels. Nsevus has been cured by the introduction of croton oil into the little tumor by means 
of needles* The dose for an adult is one or two drops (0-06 or 0-12 C.c.), and is most con- 
veniently administered in the form of pill. A safe and convenient plan is to make two drops 
into four pills with crumb of bread, and to give one every hour till they operate. The oil may 
also be given in capsules, cachets, emulsion, or in tincture. 
Crotonoleic acid has been shown by Robert to be a very active irritant poison, much more 
harsh and severe in its influence than croton oil itself. Hirschheydt has found that its salts 
injected into the blood are extremely powerful depressants to the circulation. It has appeared 
in commerce, but after trial has been found by Hirschheydt to act badly as a practical remedy. 
It probably also varies greatly in purity. Ten milligrammes were found by Hirschheydt to be 
very uncertain in their purgative effect, whilst large doses commonly produced excessive gastro- 
intestinal irritation. The superiority of croton oil over the acid probably depends upon the fact 
that the acid exists in it chiefly in combination with glycerin, and that this crotonoleic glycer- 
ide acts with comparative kindness because of the slow decomposition and setting free of the 
acid which occur in the intestines. This being the case, it follows as a corollary that old, acid 
croton oil must be more irritant than the fresher and nearly neutral oil. Professor Robert 
has confirmed this conclusion by actual trial, and asserts that the neutral oil should always be 
preferred in practice, and that the acid oil, which is official in the German Pharmacopoeia, 
should be rejected. 
OPII PULVIS. U. S. Powdered Opium, 
(O'PI-I PUL'YIS.) 
“ Opium, dried at a temperature not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.), and reduced to a very fine 
(No. 80) powder. Powdered Opium, for pharmaceutical or medicinal purposes, when assayed 
by the process given under Opium, should yield not less than thirteen nor more than fifteen per 
cent, of crystallized morphine. Any Powdered Opium of a higher percentage may he brought 
within these limits by admixture with Powdered Opium of a lower percentage, in proper pro- 
portions.” u. s. 
The strength of powdered opium has not been materially altered in the last revision, the 
only change being in the maximum limit, 16 per cent, in the U. S. P. 1880 becoming 15 per 
cent, in the present. It is easy to obtain powdered opium fully meeting these requirements. 
* Croton Oil Crayons. In order to prevent the spreading of croton oil beyond the limits intended, Limousin 
prepared crayons by melting 1 part each of cacao butter and white wax in a small glass flask, and then adding 2 
parts of croton oil, taking care to close the orifice of the flask at once with a cork. When the mixture begins to get 
thick, it is poured into cylindrical moulds, where it speedily solidifies. These crayons may be made of a thickness 
of about 8 or 9 millimetres (| inch), and may be covered with tin foil. (N. B., May, 1877.) 980 
Opium. 
PART I. 
OPIUM. U. S., Br. Opium. 
(O'PI-UM.) 
“ The concrete, milky exudation obtained by incising the unripe capsules of Papaver som- 
niferum, Linne (nat. ord. Papaveraceae), and yielding, in its normal, moist condition, not less 
than nine per cent, of crystallized morphine, when assayed by the process given below [see page 
997].” U. S. “ The juice obtained by incision from the unripe capsules of Papaver somni- 
ferum, Linn., inspissated by spontaneous evaporation. Any suitable variety of opium may be 
employed as a source of Tincture of Opium and Extract of Opium of the respective official 
alkaloidal strengths, provided that when dry it contains not less than 7\ per cent, of anhy- 
drous morphine ; but, when otherwise used for officially recognized purposes, opium must be 
of such a strength that when dried, and powdered, the powder heated to 212° F. (100° C.) 
until it ceases to lose moisture, and the product tested by the appended method, such dry 
powder shall yield not less than 9£ per cent., and not more than 10? per cent., of anhydrous 
morphine. Opium yielding when dried more than 10 per cent, of anhydrous morphine may 
be diluted to that percentage with any opium containing when dry between 7\ and 10 per 
cent, of anhydrous morphine, or with Milk Sugar.” Br. 
Meconium, Succus Thebaicus, Thebaica; Opium, Fr.; Opium, Mohnsaft, G.; Oppio, It.; Opio, Sp.; Affioni, Turk.; 
Ufyoon, Arab.; Sheerikhaskasb, Pers.; Ufeem, Hindost. 
Opium is generally believed to be derived exclusively from Papaver somniferum; though 
every species of poppy is capable of yielding it to a greater or less extent, and some authors 
assert that Papaver orientate is its real source. The United States, British, and French Pharma- 
copoeias recognize only the first-mentioned species. 
Papaver somniferum. L. Sp. PL (1753) 508; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1147; B. & T. 18. 
There are several varieties of this species, of which the two most prominent are distinguished 
by the titles of the white and the black poppy, derived from the color of their seeds. It is the 
former (var. Album D. C.) which is usually described as the proper opium plant. The white 
poppy is annual, with a roundish, smooth, erect, glaucous, often branching stem, usually rising 
two or three feet in height, but sometimes five or even six feet in favorable situations. The 
leaves are large, variously lobed and toothed, and alternately disposed on the stem, which they 
closely embrace. The flowers are terminal, very large, and of a white or silver-gray color. In 
India they appear in February, in Europe and the United States not earlier than June, July, 
or August. The calyx is smooth and composed of two leaves, which fall when the petals ex- 
pand. These are usually four in number ; but there is a variety in which the flower is double. 
The ovary is smooth and globular, supports a radiated stigma, and is surrounded by numerous 
short and slender filaments, with erect, oblong, compressed anthers. The capsule is smooth 
and glaucous, rounded, from two to four inches in diameter, somewhat flattened at the top 
and bottom, and crowned with the persistent stigma, the diverging segments of which are ar- 
ranged in a circle upon the summit. It contains numerous minute white seeds, which when 
perfectly ripe escape through small openings beneath the stigma. In the black poppy, the 
flower, though sometimes white, is usually violet-colored or red, the capsule somewhat smaller 
and more globular, and the seeds of a brown or blackish color. 
All parts of the poppy contain a white, opaque, narcotic juice; but the leaves, analyzed by 
M. Blondeau, yielded none of the active principles by which opium is characterized. (Journ. de 
Pharm., vii. 214.) It is in the capsule that the juice most abounds and the virtues of the 
plant chiefly reside. Hence this part is sometimes employed medicinally. (See Papaver.) The 
seeds are destitute of narcotic properties, and are even used as food. The Romans employed 
them in the preparation of various dainties. They abound with a bland oil, called commercially 
poppy-seed oil, which may be extracted by expression. It is of a straw-yellow color, without 
odor, and of a pleasant almond taste. It is without narcotic properties, and much resembles 
olive oil, as a substitute for which and an adulterant of which it is very largely used on the 
continent of Europe. It has a low congealing point, thickening only at —15° C. (5° F.) and 
solidifying at —20° C. (—4° F.). The black variety is specially used for the expression of oil, 
as its culture is easier, and the oil-percentage in both varieties is practically the same, ranging 
between 50 and 60 per cent. As the oil-cake generally retains about 8 per cent, of the oil, the 
yield by expression is from 42 to 50 per cent. Poppy oil contains the glycerides of stearic 
and palmitic acids, together with those of linolic, linolenic, and oleic acids. Of the liquid 
fatty acids, linolic constitutes 65 per cent., oleic 30 per cent., and linolenic 5 per cent. My- 
ristic and lauric acids seem to be absent. The oil is an article of much importance on the con- PART I. 
Opium. 
981 
tinent of Europe, particularly in France and Germany, where it is employed for culinary and 
pharmaceutic purposes, in painting and the manufacture of soap, and in other ways, as a sub- 
stitute for olive oil. The poppy does not appear to elaborate the milky fluid in which its nar- 
cotic properties reside before a certain period of its growth ; for we are told that, in Persia, 
the young plants which are pulled up to prevent too thick a crop are used as potherbs; and 
the pyjxwv of the Greeks, which is believed to be identical with the Papaver somni/erum, is said 
by Hippocrates to have been nutritive. 
Though generally believed to be a native of Asia, this species of poppy grows wild in the 
south of Europe, and even in England,* whither its seeds are supposed to have been brought 
at a very early period. It was cultivated by the ancient Greeks, and is mentioned by Homer 
as a garden-plant. It is at present cultivated very extensively in India, Persia, Egypt, and 
Asiatic Turkey, for opium; and in several parts of Europe, especially in the northern depart- 
ments of France, and in the south of Germany, mainly for the seeds ; though in both countries 
good opium is at the same time produced. It is said that in some parts of China,f especially 
in the province of Se-Chuan, notwithstanding that the drug is so abundantly imported from 
India, great quantities of it are produced for the supply of the masses of the people, the Ben- 
gal opium being used only by the rich. (Neues Repertorium, xii. 80, 1863.) In this country 
it was until recently found only in our gardens as an ornamental flower; but of late attempts 
have been made to cultivate it in the United States.J The opinion that a hot climate is not 
necessary for the production of the narcotic principles has the support of Guibourt (Journ. de 
Pharm., Sept. 1867, p. 222), and would seem to be established by the facts that the opium of 
Anatolia is richer in morphine than that of the much hotter regions of Bengal and Upper 
Egypt, and that, while the best Smyrna opium seldom yields more than 12 per cent, of the 
alkaloid, that produced in the north of France yields from 20 to 24 per cent. (M. Bussy, 
Ibid., p. 221.) Australian opium of very good quality is said to come into Melbourne from 
the Bacchus Marsh district, in the form of balls. (Austral. Journ. Pharm., Nov. 1887.) 
The process for procuring opium from the poppy, as practised by the modern inhabitants of 
India and Persia, according to the reports of Kerr and Kaempfer, is very nearly the same as 
that described by Dioscorides as employed in his own times, about eighteen hundred years 
ago; and the accounts of Belon, Olivier, Texier, and more recently M. Bourlier, as to the 
mode of collection in Asia Minor, are not materially different. As the capsules abound most 
in the narcotic juice, it is from these that the opium is procured. According to Texier, a few 
days after the fall of the flower, men and women proceed to the fields, and make horizontal 
incisions into the capsule, taking care not to penetrate its cavity. A white juice exudes, and 
appears in the form of tears upon the edges of the incisions. The field is left in this state for 
twenty-four hours, after which the juice is scraped off by means of large blunt knives. A por- 
tion of the epidermis of the capsule is also removed, and constitutes about one-twelfth of the 
whole product. Each poppy-head affords opium but once. Thus collected, the opium is in the 
state of an adhesive and granular jelly. It is placed in smaller vessels, where it is beaten, and 
at the same time moistened with saliva. Another method of extracting the virtues of the cap- 
sules is to select such as have ceased to yield their juice by exudation, to beat them with a 
small proportion of water, and to inspissate the liquid thus obtained by artificial heat. The 
ancient Greeks were acquainted with both processes, as appears from the writings of Dioscori- 
des. The term ontov, derived from drug, juice, they applied to the substance procured by in- 
cisions, which answers precisely to the modern opium. The inspissated expressed juice they 
called fjLTjxthvtov, from prjxuiv, the name of the plant. Tournefort states that the latter prepa- 
ration is exported from Turkey as opium, the former being much more valuable, and there- 
* Various attempts have been made in England to cultivate the poppy, all of which have resulted in commercial 
failure. (For particulars, see previous edition U. S. D.; also Edinb. Phil. Journ.258.) The same may be said of 
the attempts to cultivate opium in France, which have apparently ceased since the death of M. Aubergier, who de- 
voted much time and money to the subject. (For particulars, see 15th ed. U. S. D.; also P. J. Tr., xv. 693.) 
f In spite of the prohibitions of the Imperial government, the production of opium is said to be greatly on the 
increase in China, the cultivation of the poppy paying much better than that of wheat. (P. J. Tr., ix. 1878.) 
J In 1865, Mr. P. Robertson, of Campbell Co., Virginia, produced opium which yielded to the analysis of Mr. I. 
J. Grahame 4 per cent, of morphine, besides narcotine. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 50.) Dr. H. Black, of Bolivar, Tennes- 
see, produced an opium from which Mr. E. S. Wayne obtained 10‘2 per cent, of morphine. (Ibid., Jan. 1868.) In 
1868 considerable interest was aroused by the statements of Mr. W. C. Wilson, which were, however, proved by Prof. 
Procter to be incorrect. (See 14th and 15th eds. U. S. D.) Very fine opium has been produced by Mr. J. H. Flint, 
of California (A. J. P., 1874, p. 105); also in Minnesota, by Mr. E. Weschke (Contributions Dep. Pharm. Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin, 1886); but in the opinion both of Mr. Flint and of Mr. Weschke the high price of labor forbids 
the profitable production of opium in the United States. For an account of North Carolina opium, see Proc. A. P. A., 
1894, 286 ; also A. J. P., 1896, 435. 982 
Opium. 
PART I. 
fore retained in the country for the use of the great and wealthy,—an error which at one time 
received wide credence.* 
Commercial History. Commerce is supplied with opium chiefly from Hindostan, Per- 
sia, Egypt, and Asiatic Turkey.f Immense quantities are produced in the Indian provinces 
of Bahar and Benares, and in the more interior province of Malwa. The opium of Hindo- 
stan is distributed extensively through continental and insular India, where it is habitually 
employed in the place of spirituous liquors. Great quantities are also sent to China, into which 
it finds an easy entrance, notwithstanding prohibitory laws. J Much was formerly imported by 
the East India Company into England, through which a small proportion reached our own 
country. For various reasons India opium no longer enters Western commerce to any extent. 
It is produced in Hindostan chiefly under government supervision. The drug as first obtained 
is semi-liquid, owing to the excessive dews, but is allowed to drain and dry by spontaneous 
evaporation until only 30 per cent, of moisture is left, when it is taken to the government fac- 
tories. Great care is exercised to prevent adulteration. In the factories it is worked up with 
the drainings (known as passewa), poppy petals, and ground poppy plant into balls of standard 
strength. These are called “ cakes,” are about six inches in diameter, and are prevented from 
adhering by being rolled in the ground poppy plant. Malwa opium is a variety not made in 
Hindostan proper nor under government supervision. Its quality varies greatly. Of the opium 
produced in Persia, very little is brought to this country ; and it is scarcely known in our mar- 
ket as a distinct variety. Much was formerly produced in Upper Egypt, especially in the dis- 
trict of ancient Thebes, which was supposed to yield it in greatest perfection. Hence it was 
long known by the name of Opium Thebaicum, and laudanum is still sometimes directed in 
prescriptions as Tinctura Thebaica. Its cultivation has been again introduced into Egypt, 
and considerable quantities are exported. 
Turkey opium is produced in Anatolia, and shipped chiefly from the port of Smyrna. It is 
brought to the United States either directly from the Levant or indirectly through different Euro- 
pean ports. The amount of opium imported in 1897 was 1,072,914 lbs., valued at $2,184,727 ; 
at the same time there were imported 157,061 lbs. of prepared opium for smoking, valued at 
$1,132,861. Turkey opium usually comes to us in masses of irregular size and shape, generally 
more or less flattened, covered with leaves or the remains of leaves, and with the reddish cap- 
sules of some species of Rumex, which are said to be absent in the inferior kinds, and may 
therefore be considered as affording some indication of the purity of the drug. We may 
account for this circumstance upon the very probable supposition that these capsules are re- 
moved during the operation which the masses undergo in the hands of the merchants after 
leaving those of the cultivators. We are told by the French writers that extensive frauds are 
practised at Marseilles in this branch of commerce. The opium taken thither from the Levant 
is first softened, and then adulterated with various matters which are incorporated in its sub- 
stance. To use a strong expression of Guibourt, they make the opium over again at Marseilles. 
Our traders to the Mediterranean would do well to bear this assertion in mind. According to 
Dr. A. T. Thomson, one-fourth part of Turkey opium generally consists of impurities. Sand, 
ashes, the seeds of different plants, extracts of the poppy, Lactuca virosa, Glycyrrhiza glabra, and 
Chelidoiiium glaucum, gum arabic, tragacanth, salep, aloes, even small stones and minute pieces 
of lead and iron, are mentioned among the substances employed in the sophistication of the drug. 
Tschirch (A. J. P., 1898, 488) proposes the use of the Roentgen ray in detecting such adulter- 
ations. Mr. Landerer, of Athens, was informed by a person who had been engaged in the extrac- 
tion of opium, that grapes, freed from their seeds and crushed, were almost universally mixed with 
* For an elaborate, recent detailed account of methods of opium production in India, see P. J. Tr., vol. xx. 178. 
f For information in regard to the methods of culture in Turkey and Asia Minor, see Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., 
xiii. 105; P. J. Tr., March, 1854; A. J. P., 1863, 362; also 14th edition U.S.D. 
J The India-Chinese opium trade, which has given rise to so many wars and controversies, is, according to the 
English consul at Shanghai, “ likely to disappear by a sort of painless extinction,” the importation from India into 
China having fallen from nearly ten millions of pounds annually to less than seven millions. This change is not the 
result of any lessening in the use of opium as an intoxicant by the Chinese, but to the increase of poppy cultiva- 
tion throughout the Celestial empire. As much as 1,300,000 pounds of Chinese opium were in 1895 received in the 
Shanghai market from Western China alone. The cost of the native drug to the consumer is said to be exactly 
half that of the India opium. The importance of this matter is shown by the fact that in the season of 1894-95, 
537,556 acres of land were under poppy cultivation in British India. The comparatively low price of the Chinese 
opium seems not to depend upon differences in quality. The percentage of mofphine does not decide the value of 
smoking opium, certain opiums being preferred by the Chinese, although they contain a very small percentage of 
morphine. On examination of the Chinese opium, Mr. Frank Brown found it remarkably free from foreign mate- 
rials. The percentage of morphine varies from in the Kwei-chu opium to in the Szechuen opium. For 
further details, see P. J. Tr., Iv. and lvii. PART I. 
Opium. 
983 
the poppy juice, and that another adulteration consisted of the epidermis of the capsules and stem 
of the plant, pounded in a mortar with the white of egg. (A. J. P., xv. 238.) According to 
Mr. Wilkins, who witnessed the collection of opium, the inspissated juice of the grape, thickened 
with flour, is often used for the same purpose. (P. J. Tr., xiv. 400.) In England a sophisti- 
cated opium was some years since prepared, which, though so nearly resembling good Turkey 
opium in appearance that by the eye alone it was difficult to detect the fraud, was yet wholly 
destitute of the active principle of the drug. Portions of it were sent into the markets both 
of France and of this country. A sample of a similar drug, perhaps the same, was examined 
by Prof. Aiken, examiner of drugs for the port of Baltimore, and found to contain but 1T0 
per cent, of morphine. (See A. J. P., July, 1859, p. 374.) It was probably the genuine drug, 
deprived of its morphine by some process which did not materially disturb the visible arrange- 
ment of its particles.* (Ibid., x. 261.) 
* The great importance of opium renders it desirable that all its commercial varieties should be accurately de- 
scribed, and their relative value, go far as possible, ascertained. The varieties of this drug may be discussed 
according to the countries in which they are produced, an arrangement which we here adopt. 
I. TURKEY OPIUM. This title belongs to the opium produced in the Turkish province of Anatolia, and ex- 
ported from Smyrna and Constantinople. According to some authorities, there is no essential difference between the 
parcels of the drug brought from these two ports. Others maintain that they are distinct varieties, differing in their 
interior structure, and probably also in the precise place of their production and the mode of their collection. The 
truth probably is that most of the opium shipped at Constantinople is produced in the more northern parts of the 
opium districts of Anatolia, while that from Smyrna is collected in the provinces more convenient to the latter city; 
and, though it is possible that an identical drug may often be brought from the two ports, yet there are grounds for 
arranging it under different varieties, as derived from these different sources. There can be little doubt also that a 
portion of opium which is taken to Constantinople is produced in Macedonia in Europe, which must, therefore, be 
added to the opium-producing regions. (Neues Iiepert., xvi. 751, 1867.) 
1. Smyrna Opium. This is the variety which is, beyond all comparison, most abundant in our markets; and it is 
from this that the ordinary descriptions of opium are drawn up. It comes to us in masses of various size, usually 
from half a pound or somewhat less to a pound in weight, sometimes, though rarely, as much as two or even three 
pounds, originally, perhaps, of a globular form, but variously indented, and rendered quite irregular in shape by the 
pressure to which they have been subjected, while yet soft, in the cases which contain them. Sometimes they are 
even pressed out into flat cakes. As brought into market, the lumps are usually hard on the outside, but still soft 
within. They are covered externally with the remains of leaves, and with the reddish capsules of a species of Rumex, 
which have no doubt been applied in order to prevent the surfaces from adhering. Notwithstanding, however, this 
coating, the masses sometimes stick together, and two or more become consolidated into one. In this way the fact 
may be accounted for, that the seeds of the Rumex are occasionally found in the interior of the masses. In the finer 
parcels of Smyrna opium the color internally is light brown ; in the inferior it is darker. A peculiar character of 
this variety is that, when a lump of it is cut into and then carefully torn, numerous minute shining tears are observa- 
ble, particularly under a microscope, bearing some resemblance to small seeds, but readily distinguishable by press- 
ure between the fingers. They are undoubtedly formed from the drops of juice which escape from the incisions in 
the capsules, and which, according to Belon, are allowed to concrete before they are removed. From the account 
of the same author it appears that after the juice has been collected it is not subjected to the process of kneading 
or beating, as in the case of other varieties of the opium ; so that the tears preserve their original shape in the mass. 
It is probably owing to the peculiar mode of collecting Smyrna opium, that minute pieces of the skin of the poppy 
capsules are found intermingled in the mass, these being separated in the process of removing the adhering tears. 
In the best specimens of Smyrna opium, these fragments of the capsules are the only impurities. This variety of 
the drug is of very different qualities, the finest kinds yielding, according to Merck, as much as 13 per cent, of pure 
morphine, while from some very bad parcels he could not procure more than 3 or 4 per cent. In these inferior speci- 
mens the color is darker, the smell is often musty, and there is very generally more or less mouldiness both upon the 
surface and in the interior of the masses, indicating perhaps too much moisture in the opium originally, or its sub- 
sequent exposure to an injurious degree of dampness. Good Smyrna opium ought to yield 10 or 11 per cent, of mor- 
phine. Dr. Christison, however, states that he has not been able to procure more than 9 per cent, from the finest 
Smyrna opium. According to Landerer, little of the opium is produced in the immediate neighborhood of Smyrna, 
the greater portion being brought, on the backs of camels, from a distance of from ten to eighteen days’journey. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxiii. 33.) The same writer states that the opium is chiefly prepared at Kara-Hissar, 
near Magnesia. The incisions are generally made before sunrise. The juice is partly caught in mussel-shells, and 
dried in the sun. This is considered the best. Every evening the juice which has dried upon the capsules is scraped 
off, with a portion of the epidermis. The poppy is then cut down, and stripped of its leaves, which are boiled in 
water, and the liquor is evaporated to the consistence of an extract. With this the inspissated juice is incorporated, 
and the mixture is then formed into cakes, wrapped in poppy leaves, and placed on shelves to dry. (See A. J. /'., 
xxiii. 251.) It is very evident, from the interior structure of the best Smyrna opium, that it has not been prepared 
in the way described by Landerer; though his account is probably true in reference to inferior varieties. 
2. Constantinople Opium. Most of the Constantinople opium is in lumps from half a pound to two and a half 
pounds in weight, and scarcely distinguishable in exterior appearance from those of the former variety, being equally 
irregular in shape, and in like manner covered with the capsules of the Rumex. According to Merck, however, it 
often differs strikingly from the Smyrna opium in its interior constitution, being wholly destitute of the tears which 
characterize that variety. This would indicate some difference in the mode of collecting and preparing the juice. 
In the case of the Constantinople- opium it is probably removed from the capsules before concretion. Merck says 
that he has not discovered in this variety those minute portions of the poppy capsules which are usually present in 
Smyrna opium. The average quality of the Constantinople opium, as above described, is about equal to that of the 
drug from Smyrna; but it appears to be occasionally purer, as Merck obtained from one specimen as much as 15 
per cent, of pure morphine. Dr. R. Bauer, of Constantinople, who for many years had the opportunity of becoming 
familiar with the varieties of opium which reach that city, in 1867 denied that any of the varieties produced near 
Smyrna contain tears, except the single one from Magnesia. (Neues Repert., xvi. 751.) 984 
Opium. 
PART I. 
The adulteration of opium lias given rise to much complaint on the part of pharmacists, and 
various plans of customs legislation have been suggested by which it has been thought that 
these adulterations could be prevented. It is, however, obviously impossible to pronouncedly 
In an account, by M. Bourlier, of the culture of the poppy and collection of opium in Bithynia, a province of 
Asia Minor, near Constantinople, it is stated that the lumps, when formed out of the concrete juice, are enveloped 
in poppy leaves; and no mention is made of the use of the Rumex capsules to prevent adhesion. It is the opium 
here collected which, according to M. Bourlier, is known throughout the Levant and in Europe as Constantinople 
opium. The same authority states that the yolk of egg is sometimes largely used for adulterating opium,—a fraud 
which may be detected by the large proportion of fatty matter which the adulterated drug yields to ether, and by 
the impossibility of drying it so as to fit it for pulverization. (Annuaire de Therap., 1859, p. 4.) 
Guibourt describes another variety of Constantinople opium of much inferior character. “ It comes,” he ob- 
serves, “ in small, flattened cakes, sufficiently regular and of a lenticular shape, from two to two and a half inches 
in diameter, and always covered with a poppy leaf, the midrib of which divides the surface into two equal parts. 
It has an odor similar to that of the preceding variety, but feebler, and it blackens and dries in the air. It is more 
mucilaginous than Smyrna opium, and contains only half as much morphine.” These characters are obviously 
those of Egyptian opium; and, though the parcels which came under the notice of Guibourt may have been im- 
ported directly from Constantinople, it is highly probable that they were originally from Alexandria. Mr. Stettner, 
of Trieste, though well acquainted with the opium commerce of that port, admits no such Constantinople opium as 
that described by Guibourt. {Annal. der Pliarm., xxiv. 65.) According, however, to Dr. Bauer, the opium collected 
in the districts nearest Constantinople is mostly in small pieces, often of only two or three ounces, which are always 
invested with poppy leaves, or more rarely with grape leaves, generally smooth, and without Rumex capsules; and 
this description corresponds with Guibourt’s. (Neues Repert., xvi. 754, 1867.) 
A number of varieties of opium produced in European and Asiatic Turkey circulate more or less in Austria and 
other parts of Germany, which have been described by Dr. C. Finckh in Buchner’s Repertory (vol. xvi. p. 749), and 
of which we propose to give a brief account here: 
Opium of GSwe or Geve is gathered from a poppy with red flowers, and comes in the form of small rounded cakes, 
weighing 2 or 3 ounces, enveloped in the leaves of the poppy, with a smooth and shining surface, which seems to be 
divided into two halves by the median nerve of the leaf. The interior is in layers of light- and deep-colored opium; 
and its yield of morphine is from 12 to 15 per cent. 
Opium of Amasia differs from the preceding only in this, that there are two enveloping poppy leaves, placed 
crosswise, and with their lower surface outward, so as to give a rugose appearance to the cakes. In the interior the 
mass is homogeneous, but is very analogous to the Giwe opium. 
Opium of Malatia is in small loaves, round or somewhat oval, from 4 to 5 ounces in weight, made with the 
greatest care, and enveloped in poppy leaves, with a rugose surface, and the median line corresponding to the 
middle of the loaves. The borders of these, frequently deprived of the leaf, are very delicate. The substance 
of the loaf is homogeneous, but generally poor in morphine. 
Opium of Magnesia is in irregular cakes or loaves, from 1 to 4 ounces in weight. They are covered first with a 
layer of Rumex seeds, and afterwards with poppy and vine leaves, and owe their irregular form to the envelopes, 
for originally they are rounded. The interior is composed of agglutinated tears, and is of excellent quality. 
Opium of Salonica, or of Kutchina, has a strong analogy in all respects with that of G6we, for which it is often 
substituted. (See analysis by Dr. A. R. L. Dohme, Proc. A. P. A., 1893.) 
The following represent the varieties in which Smyrna opium appears in the market: 
The Opium of Balukhissar, which is the chief source of the Smyrna opium, is in cakes of from 4 to 12 ounces, 
irregular, though originally globular-ovoid. They are covered with Rumex seeds, and present, besides, on their sur- 
face poppy leaves irregularly applied. The mass is formed of tears lighter or deeper colored, and is so rich in mor- 
phine as to cause this variety to be always sought for in the market. (See recent analysis by Dr. A. R. L. Dohme, 
Proc. A. P. A., 1893.) 
The Opium of Cataya is generally in lumps half as large as the preceding, which it approaches closely in its 
characters and in its yield of the alkaloid. 
The Opium of Taushan or Tauslianly is in irregular lumps, twice as long as broad, and weighing from 3 ’to 5 
ounces. The mass consists of tears, and is carelessly enveloped with the poppy leaf and a few Rumex seeds. This 
variety is rich in morphine. 
The Opium of Angora or Engiri is readily known by its under surface being covered with only one leaf of the 
poppy. The masses, being almost spherical, appear to have been originally in balls. Their weight is from 6 to 8 
ounces, the interior homogeneous, and the quality inferior. 
The Opium of Kara-Hissar is in balls, flattened beneath, of the weight of 6 or 8 ounces, and covered with poppy 
leaves and Rumex seed. Though carefully prepared, this variety formerly, from its deficiency in morphine, was of 
inferior quality; but it has improved of late years. (See recent analysis by Dr. A. R. L. Dohme, Proc. A. P. A., 
1893.) 
The Opium of Gigusti is in irregular loaves, 6 or 8 ounces in weight, enveloped in poppy leaves and Rumex seed. 
Though rarely falsified, it often contains fragments of the poppy capsules, and forms a mass sometimes of distinct 
tears, sometimes not. Occasionally rich, it is almost always mixed with the various forms of Smyrna opium. 
Dr. Finckh has noticed the following adulterations : opium of Macedonia, with clay; of Angora, with wax; of 
Amasia, with gum; of Taushan, with liquorice; of Balukhissar, with melted pitch. He has even found an opium 
evidently made almost entirely of clay and cow-dung. The opiums of Macedonia are most frequently adulterated. 
(Journ de Pliarm., Nov. 1869, 377.) 
Bulgarian Opium has been met with in European commerce. (Chem. and Drug., 1893, 733.) 
II. EGYPTIAN OPIUM. This is in flat roundish cakes, of various dimensions, sometimes as much as six inches 
in diameter and a pound in weight, usually, however, much smaller, and sometimes not weighing more than half an 
ounce. These cakes are either wrapped in a poppy leaf, so placed that the midrib divides the surface into two equal 
parts, or exhibit vestiges of such a covering. Occasionally the brown color of the opium is seen through the leaf, 
and the surface appears as if uncovered, while the leaf is still present. This variety of opium is always destitute 
of the Rumex capsules, and differs from the Smyrna opium also in being brittle instead of tenacious, and as hard in 
the centre as at the surface of the mass. Its fracture is conchoidal and of a waxy lustre, and small fragments of it 
are translucent. Its color is usually redder than that of Smyrna opium, though sometimes dark. Some of the 
pieces, on exposure to the air, become damp and sticky on the surface, indicating the fraudulent addition of a deli- PART I. 
Opium. 
985 
affect the action of the semi-barbarians who are engaged in the cultivation of opium by any 
American legislation. Usually the substances which are used to adulterate the drug are inert, 
and therefore do no harm except by weakening its activity. The U. S. Custom-House requires 
quescent substance. The odor is similar to that of Smyrna opium, but weaker. It is an inferior variety, as the 
best of it, examined by Merck, yielded only 6 or 7 per cent, of morphine, and a specimen of it was found by Mr. 
J. Evans, of Philadelphia, to contain not more than 3*55 per cent. Egyptian opium, therefore, should never be dis- 
Eensed by the apothecary, or employed in the preparation of his tinctures, as the prescription of the physician is 
ased upon the strength of good Smyrna opium, which is about twice that of the Egyptian. That the deficiency of 
morphine in Egyptian opium is not climatic would seem to be proved by the fact that M. Gastinel has produced 
opium in his garden at Cairo containing 12 per cent, of morphine. (Jo-um. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e s6r., iv. 415, 
1866.) 
III. INDIA OPIUM. Little if any of this opium reaches our market. There appear to be two chief varieties 
of it,—one produced in Bahar and Benares, in the Bengal Presidency, and called Bengal opium, the other in the 
interior provinces, and designated by the name of Malwa opium. For minute description of Indian opium, see 
P. J. Tr., xi., xii., abstracted A. J. P., xxiv. 118; also Pharmacographia. 
1. Bengal Opium, Benares Opium, Patna Opium. It is in round balls, weighing three pounds and a half, invested 
by a coating half an inch thick, composed of agglutinated leaves and poppy petals. The interior of the mass is of 
a brownish-black color, of the consistence of a stiff paste, and possessed in a high degree of the characteristic 
odor and taste of opium. The analyses of India opium vary decidedly in their results: Eatwell, 2*17 to 3*67 per 
cent, of morphine, 3*85 to 5*70 per cent, of narcotine ; Procter (Patna opium), morphine, 5 per cent.; Fliickiger and 
Hanbury (Khandesh opium), morphine, 6*07 per cent., (Patnaopium) morphine, 8*6 per cent., narcotine, 4 per cent.; 
Solly (Khandesh opium), morphine, 7 per cent.; Watson (a number of varieties), 3*5 to 6*1 per cent, of morphine. 
(P. J. Tr., xi. 362; A. J. P., xxi. 194; Pharmacographia, 2d ed., p. 61.) India opium is, therefore, much inferior 
to the best Smyrna opium in its yield of morphine, while it is richer in narcotine. Its inferior character is possibly, 
in some degree, owing to the circumstance that the juice, after collection, is kept for some time before it is made up, 
and consequently undergoes fermentation. (See P. J. Tr., 1895, 208; Pharm. Central., 1895, 589; also Chem. and 
Drug., 1896, 134.) 
Garden Patna Opium is prepared in Bahar with peculiar care, from juice which has not been suffered to undergo 
fermentation. It is in cakes three or four inches square, and about half an inch thick, which are packed in cases 
with a layer of mica between them. These cakes are without covering, hard, dry, and brittle, of a uniform shining 
fracture, and not unlike an extract in appearance. The color is sometimes almost black, and sometimes of a light 
brown, not unlike that of Egyptian opium. Dr. Christison states that it is much superior to the globular Bengal 
opium, and that some specimens are little inferior to Turkey opium in the proportion of morphine. 
2. Malwa Opium. This sometimes occurs in flat, roundish cakes, five or six inches in diameter, and from four to 
eight ounces in weight. In other instances it is in rectangular masses called bricks, or even in roundish balls. It 
seems never to be encased in poppy remnants. They are commonly quite hard, dry, and brittle, of a light-brown 
color, a shining fracture, a compact homogeneous texture, and free from mechanical impurities. The quality is very 
variable. A specimen of Malwa opium described by Dr. Carson (A. ./. P., xxi. 195) broke with a rough fracture, 
which was of a blackish-brown color, here and there showing irregular oily spots. Prof. Procter obtained from it 
9£ per cent, of morphine. 
IV. PERSIAN OPIUM. The cultivation of opium greatly increased in Persia a few years ago, the crop of 
1880 having been estimated at about 1,200,000 lbs.; consequently, whilst formerly it was a rare variety, since 1870 
it has been sent in increasing quantities into European commerce, and comes to some extent to this country; but, 
according to the reports of Consul-General Benjamin (P. J. Tr., Nov. 1884), there has been a decline in the produc- 
tion of opium in Persia, owing partly to the large adulterations which have been practised, and partly to the disfavor 
of the government. It still continues to be, however, one of the principal sources of wealth to the government. 
(P. J. Tr., 1887, p. 904.) It is in different forms. Sometimes it is in cylindrical pieces, about three and a half 
inches long and half an inch thick, wrapped in glossy paper, tied with a cotton thread, and each weighing about 
half an ounce; more frequently it is in short rounded cones weighing from 6 to 10 ounces; it also occurs in flat cir- 
cular cakes. It is of a uniform consistence, but exhibits, nevertheless, under the microscope, small agglutinated 
tears, much less than those of Smyrna opium. It has the liver-brown color of Egyptian opium, a virose musty odor, 
and a very bitter taste, and, like Egyptian opium, softens in a moist atmosphere. The character of the opium has 
undoubtedly changed of late years, and it is said that the Persians now produce two distinct forms,—one pure, des- 
tined for the Western market, and one adulterated and oiled, for the China trade. 
In 1860 Persian opium was described by Dr. Reveil as being in three forms in Paris. One was in spherical cakes, 
without envelope or Rumex capsules. In physical characters it closely resembled the cylindrical variety, though 
softer and more hygrometric. It had a strongly virose odor,'and a bitter slightly sweetish taste. The second was in 
irregular masses, liver-colored, of a virose smell and bitter taste, brittle, smooth and shining, compact, and very hy- 
grometric. The third was in the form of flat cakes, covered with an unknown leaf with some Rumex capsules, of a 
reddish-brown color, tasting and smelling like the preceding, compact, and smooth. Of these the first and third con- 
tained, each, 31*6 per cent, of glucose; the second, 13*9 per cent. All these varieties were remarkable for the ab- 
sence of obvious impurities, such as are insoluble in water and alcohol. From 75*2 to 84*2 per cent, was soluble in 
water, from 71*6 to 81*6 in alcohol at 85°. The cylindrical variety yielded 8*15 per cent, of morphine; the spheri- 
cal, 6*4 per cent.; the irregular, 7*1 per cent.; and the flat and coated, 5*1 per cent. The presence of glucose in 
such large proportions may be explained by the asserted fact that honey is sometimes mixed with opium at the time 
of its collection. Though the proportion of morphine is considerable in these varieties, yet, in consequence of their 
large proportion of soluble matter, they yield comparatively feeble extracts. (Journ. de Pharm,., Aoilt, 1860, p. 101.) 
Subsequently to M. Reveil’s investigation, two samples of Persian opium were examined by M. S6put, of Paris, one 
of which yielded 9*33 and the other 9*37 per cent, of morphine. (Ibid., Mars, 1861, p. 163.) 
Analyses made in 1873 showed a great improvement in Persian opium. Consul-General Ross stated that, as pre- 
pared for the European market, it averaged 12 per cent, of morphine. (P. J. Tr., May, 1873, p. 883; June, 1880, p. 
1002.) Messrs. Rosengarten, the well-known manufacturing chemists, of Philadelphia, inform us that they have 
used large quantities of the Persian opium, and obtained from it an average of 10 per cent, of morphine. Mr. W. 
D. Howard examined a sample of fine Persian opium sent to England as “perfectly pure,” which yielded to him on 
analysis, without previous drying—morphine, crystallized from alcohol,|10*40 per cent.; codeine, anhydrous, 0*29 per 
cent.; narcotine, 2*50 per cent.; thebaine, 0*57 per cent.; cryptopine, 0*09 per cent.; papaverine, a trace. He is 986 
Opium. 
PART I. 
that opium, in order to enter the United States at all, shall conform to the U. S. P. standard 
and contain not less than 9 per cent, of morphine. It would perhaps be better if this per- 
centage should be raised to 10 per cent., though it is a question whether shutting out the 
weakened and cheaper grades of opium does not injure the manufacture of morphine in the 
United States, and probably the present tariff legislation is sufficient. 
Opium is regarded as inferior when it has a blackish color, a weak or empyreumatic smell, 
a sweet or slightly nauseous and bitter taste, a soft, viscid, or greasy consistence, a dull frac- 
ture, or an irregular, heterogeneous texture, from the intermixture of foreign substances. It 
should not impart a deep-brown color to the saliva, nor leave a dark uniform trace when drawn 
over paper, nor form with water a thick viscid solution. 
Properties. Good opium has a peculiar, strong, narcotic odor, and a bitter, somewhat acrid 
taste. It is officially described as “ in irregular or subglobular cakes, with the remnants of 
poppy leaves and fruits of a species of Ilumex adhering to the surface ; plastic, or of a harder 
consistence; chestnut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining; internally showing some tears 
and fragments of vegetable tissue. It has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste.” 
U. S. When long chewed it excites much irritation in the lips and tongue, and may even 
blister the mouths of those unaccustomed to its use. Its color is reddish brown or deep fawn ; 
its texture compact; its sp. gr. 1-336. When drawn over paper it usually leaves an inter- 
rupted trace of a light-brown color. It is often soft in the interior of the mass, and in this 
state is tenacious; but when exposed to the air it gradually hardens, and ultimately becomes 
brittle, breaking with a shining fracture, and affording, when pulverized, a yellowish-brown 
powder, which becomes adhesive upon a slight elevation of temperature. It readily inflames 
upon the application of alighted taper. It yields its virtues to water, alcohol, and diluted 
acids, but not to ether. To all these menstrua it imparts a deep-brown color. Alcohol dis- 
solves about four-fifths of it. Pelletier states that the proportion taken up by water varies in 
all specimens. He never found the quantity of extract prepared with cold water to exceed 12 
parts out of 16. (Journ. de Plmrm., Nov. 1832.) 
Chemical Constituents. Much attention has been devoted to the chemical constitution 
of opium. It was through the researches into the nature of this substance that chemists were 
led to the discovery of the alkaloids, which are usually the active principles of the plants in 
which they are found, and have attracted much notice, and been applied so advantageously to 
the treatment of disease. To Sertiirner, an apothecary at Eimbeck, in Germany, belongs the 
credit of having opened this new and most important field of research. In the year 18U3 M. 
unable to say whether it contained any narceine. It was of a light brown color, and had been collected without 
the excessive use of oil. (P. J. Tr., March 11, 1876.) For an account of the opium made at Yezd, see Amer. Drug, 
1894, 428. 
Y. MOZAMBIQUE OPIUM. The poppy culture has been introduced into Mozambique for the production of 
opium for the Chinese market. A specimen of the product is said to have yielded 4 per cent, of morphine, 4’3 per 
cent, of narcotine, and 40 per cent, of moisture. (P. J. Tr., x. 63.) 
VI. CHINESE OPIUM probably never reaches the European market. It is imported to some extent into the 
United States through San Francisco, but appears not to find its way into the ordinary channels of trade, and is 
probably used exclusively by resident Chinese for smoking purposes. The U. S. duty upon opium is one dollar a 
pound, but the custom-house authorities view the Chinese variety as an extract, and levy six dollars a pound ; hence, 
probably, the ever-recurring attempts at its smuggling. It occurs in flat, oval cakes, wrapped first in white tissue, 
then in thin brown, paper, labelled in Chinese characters with the name of the province and the seller. The color 
varies from dark brown to black; the fracture is sometimes granular, sometimes smooth; the odor usually strongly 
narcotic. (Ghent, and Drug., 1895, 855.) 
“BOSTON OPIUM,’’ so called, was a sophisticated article, skilfully adulterated so as to reduce the percentage of 
morphine to the lowest point compatible with getting through the United States Custom-House and yet to get the 
physical appearance of a high-grade opium. 
The following exhibits the results obtained by Guibourt in the analysis of various opiums. (Journ. de Pharm., 
Janv., Fev. et Mars, 1862.) 
Soft. 
Hard. 
Dried. 
Anatolia (Smyrna) opium . . . 
. 9-60 per c. morphine. 
10*82 per c. . . . 
do. do. 
do. . . . 
. 18-24 
19-77 
. . . 21-46 
do. do. 
do. . . . 
. 12-40 
13-57 
Constantinople 
do. . . . 
. 10-90 
13-32 
. . . 14-40 
do. 
do. . . . 
. 14-00 
15-72 
Egyptian 
do. . . . 
5-19 
. . . 5-81 
ao. 
do. . . . 
11-45 
. . . 12-21 
Persian 
do. . . . 
10-52 
. . . 11-37 
Indian (Patna) 
do. . . . 
5-09 
. . . 5-27 
do. do. 
do. . . . 
6-93 
. . . 7-72 
French 
do. . . . 
14-21 
. . . 14-83 
do. 
do. . . . 
21-10 
. . . 22-88 
do. 
do. . . . 
16-77 PART i. 
Opium. 
987 
Derosne made known the existence of a crystallizable substance which he had discovered in opium, 
and which he erroneously believed to be the active principle. In the following year, Seguin 
discovered another crystallizable body, which experience has proved to be the true narcotic 
principle of opium ; but he did not fully investigate its nature, and no immediate practical 
advantage accrued from his excellent analysis. About the same time, Sertiirner was engaged 
in a similar investigation, the results of which, very analogous to those obtained by Seguin, 
were published in a German journal, without, however, attracting general attention. In this 
state the subject remained till 1817, when Sertiirner announced the existence of a saline com- 
pound in opium, consisting of a peculiar alkaline principle united with a peculiar acid, and 
clearly demonstrated the precise nature of a substance which, though before discovered both 
by Seguin and himself, had been hitherto but vaguely known. To the alkaloid, in which he 
correctly conceived the narcotic powers of opium to reside, he gave the name of morphium, 
which has been since changed to morphine, in order to render it conformable with the titles 
of the other alkaloids. The acid he called meconic, a term derived from the Greek name 
of the poppy. The correctness of the statements of Sertiirner was confirmed by Hobiquet, 
who also satisfactorily demonstrated that the substance obtained by Derosne and called by 
him the salt of opium was a principle altogether distinct from morphine, though supposed to 
possess considerable influence over the system. In the belief in its narcotic powers, Hobiquet 
denominated it narcotine, a title which it still retains. A number of other alkaloids have since 
been discovered in opium, although most of these are in very limited amount, and the exist- 
ence of some is not quite definitely established. According to the views of its constitution at 
present accepted, it contains: 1. Morphine, C17H19N03; 2. Codeine, C18H21N03 ; 3. Thebaine, 
C19H2iN03 ; 4. Pap averine, C20H21N04 ; 5. Meconidine, C21II23N04; 6. Codamine, C20II26N04; 
7. Laudanine, C20H25N04; 8. Laudanosine, C21II27N04 ; 9. Lanthopine, C23tI26N04 ; 10. Pro- 
topine, C20H19N05 ; 11. Cryptopine, C21II23N05; 12. Rhoeadine, C21II21N 06; 13. Narcotine, 
C22H23N07 ; 14. Oxynarcotine, C22II23N08 ; 15. Narceine, C23H29N09 ; 16. Pseudomorphine, 
Gnoscopine, C22H23N07; 18. Xanthaline, C37H36N209 ; 19. Tritopine, 
C42H64N207 ; 20. Hydrocotarnine, C12H16N03. In addition to the above list, Deuteropiue, 
Opionine, Papaverosine, and Porphyroxine are possible alkaloids that have been announced, 
but not sufficiently established as yet. Still others, like Apomorphine (see p. 189), can be 
produced from those existing in the opium. At least two acids occur in opium combined with 
these bases,—meconic acid, C7II407, and lactic acid, C3H603. This latter, supposed by T. 
and H. Smith to be a peculiar variety of lactic acid, and named by them thebolactic acid, was 
ascertained by Stenhouse to be the ordinary variety. Sulphuric acid is found in the ash along 
with the bases calcium, magnesium, and potassium. Opium also contains mucilage, pectic mat- 
ter, and a glucose sugar. The wax gathered from the refuse of opium yielded Hesse cerotyl 
palmitate and cerotate. Three neutral principles have, moreover, been extracted from opium,— 
meconin (ogianyl'), C10H1004, meconoiosin, C8H1002, and opionin, which, according to Hesse, is 
contained in small quantities in Smyrna opium. The first of these forms prisms which fuse 
under water at 77° C., or per se at 110° C., and boil at 155° C. ; the second melts at 88° C., and 
the third at 227° C. None of these neutral principles contain nitrogen. All the organic bases 
of opium polarize to the left. (Bouchardat and Boudet, Journ de Pharm., 3e ser., xxiii. 294.) * 
Of the principles above mentioned, morphine is by far the most important. It is generally 
admitted to exist in opium united with meconic acid in the state of meconate, and to a certain 
extent also as a sulphate, although Dr. A. B. L. Dohme {A. J. P., 1891, p. 168) believes that the 
results of a dialysis of opium show that the morphine is combined with sulphuric acid alone. 
Of morphine and its preparations we shall treat under another head. (See Morphina.) 
Narcotine. Narcotina, C22H23N07. It exists in opium, chiefly, at least, in the free state, 
and is left behind in considerable quantity when the drug is macerated with water. It is 
white, tasteless, and inodorous, and crystallizes in silky flexible needles, usually larger than 
the crystals of morphine, fusible at 176° C. (349° F.), and decomposes at higher temperature 
with evolution of ammonia. Heated to 220° C.,the residue which remains is hemipinic acid, 
CioH10Oe, insoluble in cold water, soluble in 400 parts of boiling water, in 100 parts of cold 
and 24 of boiling alcohol, which deposits it upon cooling, and very soluble in ether. The 
* M. Lahens, of Toulouse, found glucose in a tincture of poppy capsules, and in all the commercial varieties of 
opium, in proportions varying from 3 to 14-5 per cent. Its presence in opium is therefore not a proof of sophistica- 
tion. (Journ. de Pharm., Oct. 1854, p. 265.) 
Proportionate quantity of the more important constituents of Opium. The Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh, obtained 
from 100 parts of fine opium 10 parts of morphine, 6 of narcotine, 0*15 of thebaine, 1 of papaverine, 0-3 of codeine, 
0-02 of narceine, 0'01 of meconin, 4 of meconic acid, and T25 of thebolactic acid. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1865, p. 183.) 988 
Opium. 
PART I. 
fixed and volatile oils, and the diluted acids, also dissolve it; and it has been found to be solu- 
ble in the volatile oil of turpentine, which, aided by heat, will extract it from opium, and 
yield it in crystals by evaporation. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e s6r., ii. 156.) As it 
exerts no alkaline reaction upon vegetable colors, and does not prevent the acids from redden- 
ing litmus paper, there would appear to be some reason for denying it the rank of an alkaloid. 
But it unites with some of the acids, forming definite compounds, which may be procured in a 
separate state; and Robiquet obtained narcotine sulphate and hydrochlorate well crystallized. 
(Journ. de Pharm., xvii. 639, and xix. 59.) Hence it is now generally considered as a weak 
base ; and perhaps this view of it is the most convenient. It must be admitted, however, to 
have a very feeble neutralizing power. With acetic acid it does not appear to form a perma- 
nent combination ; for, though dissolved by cold acetic acid, it is separated by heating the 
solution. It is decomposed by long boiling, or by heating with nitric acid, into cotarnine, 
Ci2Hi3N03> and meconin, C10II1004, and by heating with water to 100° in sealed tubes, into 
hydrocotarnine, C12II15N03, and opianic acid, CIOH1006 ; while, on the other hand, the action 
of nascent hydrogen (from zinc and hydrochloric acid) converts it into hydrocotarnine and me- 
conin, and that of oxidizing agents into cotarnine and opianic acid. It may be distinguished 
from morphine by its insipidity, by its solubility in ether and insolubility in alkaline solutions, 
by not affecting vegetable colors, by assuming a yellowish instead of a blood-red color under the 
action of strong nitric acid, by not decomposing iodic acid, and by not producing a blue color 
with ferric salts. It is, however, reddened by a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acids. Hence, 
if to a mixture of it with strong sulphuric acid a small piece of potassium nitrate is added, a deep 
blood-red color is produced ; while morphine, under the same circumstances, yields a brownish 
or olive-green color. It gives a greasy stain to paper when heated upon it over a candle. When 
distilled with potassa, or simply by heating to 250° C., it yields trimethylamine, N(CH3)3. 
Heated with strong hydrochloric acid, it loses two groups, CH2, and with concentrated hydri- 
odic- acid a third, CH2, so that we have established the existence of three methyl groups (CH3) 
in narcotine. Water extracts narcotine partially from opium, in consequence of the acid 
which the latter contains, either free or combined with the narcotine. It is usually obtained 
mixed with morphine in the processes for procuring that principle, and may be separated by the 
action of ether, which dissolves it without affecting the morphine, and yields it upon evapora- 
tion. It may also be obtained by digesting opium in ether, and slowly evaporating the ethereal 
solution, which deposits crystals of narcotine. It is said that the same result may be obtained 
by using the oil of turpentine as the menstruum, first heating it with opium, and then evapo- 
rating the solution. Another mode of procuring it is to treat opium, exhausted by previous 
maceration in water, with dilute acetic acid, filter the solution, precipitate by an alkali, wash 
the precipitate with water, and purify it by solution in boiling alcohol, from which it crystal- 
lizes as the liquid cools. Should it still be impure, the solution in alcohol and crystallization 
maybe repeated. The proportion of narcotine in opium* varies extremely in the different 
varieties, and in different specimens of the same variety. Thus, in Smyrna opium it has been 
found by different observers, in quantities varying from 1-30 to nearly 11 per cent. Though 
narcotine itself is tasteless, its salts are very bitter, even more so than those of morphine. 
W erzelius.') Their solution reddens litmus, and yields precipitates with the alkalies and infusion 
of galls. Robiquet obtained the sulphate and hydrochlorate crystallized.f 
Different opinions have been advanced relative to the action of narcotine on the system. 
Derosne believed it to be the active principle of opium ; though upon experimenting with it 
he obtained effects but little stronger than those produced by an equal dose of opium itself. 
Others found it possessed in different degrees of narcotic properties ; and the results of various 
experiments which led to the conclusion may be seen in former editions of this work. But a 
more thorough investigation seems to have proved that it cannot be ranked among narcotic 
medicines. It has been asserted that narcotine is identical with aconella, an alkaloid said to 
• For physiological study of the methylamide derivatives of narcotine (narcotine metliylamide), see Virchow’s 
Archiv, 142, 1895. 
f Anarcotine has been described as an alkaloid especially abundant in the India opium. According to Wm. 
Ttoberts (British Med. Journ., ii. 1895), whilst Smyrna opium containing 8 per cent, of morphine has in it 2 
per cent, of anarcotine, Bengal opium contains 4 per cent, of morphine with 6 per cent, of anarcotine. Anar- 
cotine appears, however, to be simply pure narcotine. (Merck’s Jahresber., 1896, 101.) It is said to be nearly 
destitute of active physiological properties. In the experiments of Surveyor (British Med. Journ., 1896), one 
drachm of it given subcutaneously to the anaesthetized dog produced no sensible effect. The continuous use of it in 
large doses seemed, however, to affect the nutrition of the dog. It was at one time largely used in India as an anti- 
periodic on account of its being cheaper than quinine, but has fallen into desuetude because of the present low 
price of the cinchona alkaloids. PART I. 
Opium. 
989 
have been extracted by the Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh, from aconite; hut Groves failed to 
find aconella. (See page 79, U. S. D., 14th edition.) Narcotine acts feebly upon the lower ani- 
mals as a convulsant. No cases of fatal poisoning from it in man are on record, but 120 
grains of it are said to have been taken without producing distinct results. On the other 
hand, observers have seen profound narcotism caused by much smaller quantities, these results, 
however, being without much doubt due to impurities in the drug. According to Leubuscher 
(Deutsch. Med. Wochens., 1892), it is a feeble sedative to intestinal peristalsis. Many years 
ago Dr. O’Shaughnessy, of Calcutta, recommended narcotine as an antiperiodic, in doses of 
three grains (0-19 Gm.) three times a day, but it has failed to acquire reputation * 
Codeine. Codeia, C18H21N03 (or C17H17N0(0H).0CH3), was discovered in 1832 by Robi- 
quet in morphine hydrochlorate prepared according to the process of Gregory, and was pre- 
pared synthetically by Grimaux by the action of methyl iodide and caustic soda upon mor- 
phine, thus proving its chemical character as methylmorphine. It exists in opium combined 
like morphine with meconic acid, and is extracted along with that alkaloid in the preparation 
of the hydrochlorate. (See Morphina.') When the solution of the mixed morphine and codeine 
hydrochlorates is treated with ammonia, the former alkaloid is precipitated, and the codeine, 
remaining in solution, may be obtained by evaporation and crystallization. It may he purified 
by treating the crystals with hot ether, which dissolves them, and yields the codeine in colorless 
crystals by spontaneous evaporation. This alkaloid is now official. (See Codeinai)f 
Thebaine (JParamorpliia). Paramorphine, C10H21NO3 (or C17H15NO(OCH3)2), was dis- 
covered by Pelletier in the precipitate thrown down from an infusion of opium treated with 
milk of lime. The precipitate being washed with water till the liquid came away colorless, 
and then treated with alcohol, instead of affording morphine to this solvent, as was anticipated, 
yielded a new alkaloid, which was obtained separate by evaporating the alcohol, acting on the 
residue with ether, allowing the ethereal solution to evaporate spontaneously, and then purify- 
ing the resulting crystalline mass by dissolving it in an acid, precipitating by ammonia, and 
recrystallizing by means of alcohol or ether. Pelletier named it paramorphine, from its close 
analogy in composition with morphine, from which, however, it is quite distinct in properties. 
The name of thebaine was proposed for it by M. Couerbe, who was disposed to give the credit 
of its discovery to M. Thiboumery, the director of Pelletier’s laboratory. It is white, crystal- 
lizable, of an acrid and styptic rather than bitter taste, fusing at 193-4° C. (379-4° F.), and, 
according to Hesse, confirmed by D. B. Dott, is not sublimable. Other observers state that it 
sublimes at 135° C. without fusing, and is deposited in minute crystals resembling caffeine. 
It is scarcely soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol and ether when cold, and still more so 
when heated, and capable of combining with the acids, with which it forms salts not crystal- 
lizable from their aqueous solution. Alkalies precipitate it from its acid solutions, and, unless 
in very concentrated solution, do not dissolve it when added in excess. It is not, like morphine, 
reddened by nitric acid, nor does it become blue with solutions of ferric salts. From codeine 
it differs in never being in large crystals, in not forming crystallizable salts, in being always 
precipitated from its acid solutions by ammonia, and in not melting in oily drops. From 
narcotine, which it most resembles, it may be distinguished by its shorter crystals, which lack 
the pearly appearance of those of narcotine, by its different taste, by its much greater solu- 
bility in cold alcohol, of which 10 parts will dissolve 1 of this principle, while narcotine re- 
quires 100 parts, and by the action of nitric acid, which converts it into a resin-like matter 
before dissolving it, while the same acid instantly dissolves narcotine. Diluted sulphuric or 
hydrochloric acid in excess changes thebaine, according to Hesse, into two isomeric bases, 
thebenine and thebaicme. When heated to 90° C. under pressure with fuming hydrochloric 
acid, thebaine yields a base having the probable formula C17H16N0(0H)2, and called by its 
discoverer, W. C. Howard (Ber. Chem. Ges., xvii. 527, xix. 1596), morphothebaine, to indicate 
its origin and relation to morphine. Magendie and many subsequent observers agree that the- 
baine is a powerful spinal convulsant, resembling in its action strychnine. Leubuscher affirms 
that it is an intestinal stimulant. Eulenberg found one-four-hundredth of a grain sensibly 
active in man; and the reported failures of large amounts to produce distinct effects have 
* For methods of preparation for the meconate, acetate, hydrochlorate, and sulphate of narcotine by D. B. Dott, 
see A. J. P., 1884, p. 152. 
■)■ Codeine hydrobromide, 0361142^206,2HBr,4Il20, ig described by D. B. Dott in P. J. Tr., 1884, p. 917. 
Codeine phosphate crystallizes in slender, four-sided columns ; it is colorless and of a bitterish taste, and is solu- 
ble in four parts of water. Its action, according to Dr. Fronmixller, is like that of morphine, but milder. It seldom 
causes local irritation when subcutaneously injected, and is more soluble than the sulphate or hydrochlorate. The 
dose should be at least double that of morphine. (Amer. Drug., 1884, p. 45.) 990 
Opium. 
PART I. 
probably been due to the alkaloid used being impure. On motor nerves it seems to have a 
paralyzing influence, though in the mammal death takes place from tetanus. 
Papaverine. Papaverina, C20H21N04. The discovery of this alkaloid was announced by 
Dr. G. Merck. It is crystallizable in needles, fusing at 147° C. (296-6° F.), insoluble in water, 
very sparingly soluble in cold alcohol or ether, more soluble in these liquids boiling hot, and 
deposited by them on cooling. With acids it forms salts, most of which are very sparingly 
dissolved by water. The hydrochlorate crystallizes with extraordinary facility. The alkaloid 
is readily dissolved by moderately concentrated hydrochloric acid, from which, on the addition 
of more acid, the hydrochlorate separates, assuming the form of an oily layer at the bottom 
of th.e vessel, which is readily converted on standing into a mass of acicular crystals. These 
crystals are very sparingly soluble in cold water. The hydrochlorate yields with platinic chlo- 
ride a yellow precipitate which is insoluble in boiling water or alcohol. By the action of con- 
centrated nitric acid there is formed, on heating, the nitrate of nitropapavcrine, C20H20(N02)- 
N04.HN03, which separates in crystals. The nitro-base can be separated in clear yellow flocks 
by the addition of ammonia. By the action of tin and hydrochloric acid there is formed a 
tetrahydropapaverine, C20Ha6N04. Cold concentrated sulphuric acid does not color it, but 
on warming a violet color is obtained ; an impure papaverine is colored violet, however, with 
sulphuric acid even in the cold. Papaverine is prepared by precipitating the aqueous infusion 
of opium with soda, exhausting the precipitate with alcohol, evaporating the tincture to dry- 
ness, treating the residue with a dilute acid, filtering, precipitating by ammonia, dissolving the 
precipitate in hydrochloric acid, mixing sodium acetate with the solution, and treating the 
resulting precipitate with boiling ether. The ethereal solution deposits the papaverine on cool- 
ing. The results obtained by investigators of the physiological action of papaverine seem 
hopelessly discordant, and any future studies made should be prefixed by an absolute chemical 
examination of the alkaloid used. Leubuscher (Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., 1892) asserts that 
it acts as a sedative to intestinal peristalsis without producing other effects, and is valuable in 
the diarrhoea of children. Dose for a two-year-old child, two-fifths of a grain (0-025 Gm.), 
repeated three or four times a day. 
Narceine * Narceia, C23H20NO9,t discovered by Pelletier in 1832, is in white, silky crys- 
tals, inodorous, of a bitter taste, the fusing point of which was given at 145-2° C. (291-6° F.) 
according to Hesse, and at 92° C. according to Pelletier. E. Merck has shown, however ( Ghem. 
Zeit., 1889, p. 525) that the ordinary commercial alkaloid of English manufacture melts be- 
tween 150° and 160° C., and the pure base at 170° to 171° C. Out of water at 60° C. it 
crystallizes with 2 molecules of water, which it loses at 100° C., and at 140° C. another mole- 
cule of water escapes, leaving in the fused residue a mixture of bases. Soluble in 375 parts 
of cold and 220 of boiling water, soluble also in alcohol, and insoluble in ether. It forms a 
bluish compound with iodine, the color of which is destroyed by heat and the alkalies. Be- 
sides, according to Stein, the blue color is not produced when there is too much of the iodine 
present, which then causes a brown color with narceine ; the blue color appearing, under such 
circumstances, only when the excess of iodine is saturated by ammonia. (Journ. de Pharm., 
Janv. 1872, p. 59.) It is rendered blue by the action of mineral acids so far diluted as not to 
decompose it, but does not, like morphine, become blue by the action of ferric salts, nor red 
by that of nitric acid. According to Prof. P. C. Plugge, if a trace of narceine be covered in 
a porcelain capsule with diluted sulphuric acid, no change will be observable ; but if the capsule 
be heated on the water-bath, a blue color will be developed as soon as the acid has become suf- 
ficiently concentrated ; this by prolonged heating will pass to cherry-red. If to this red liquid, 
after cooling, a trace of nitric acid or of potassium nitrite be added, blue-violet streaks will be 
produced. (Archiv d. Pliarm., 1887, p. 425.) It is dissolved by the acids, but was thought not 
to neutralize them, and, though at first considered alkaline by Pelletier, was afterwards ranked 
with indifferent bodies. At present, however, its alkaloidal character is admitted; it unites 
with sulphuric acid to form a crystallizable sulphate. ('Joum. de Pharm., Avril, 1864, p. 367.) 
Dr. Dragendorff has announced that solution of narceine gives a crystalline precipitate with the 
double zinc and potassium iodide. This reaction may be employed with iodine as a test of 
narceine. If a solution of this salt, with a little iodized water, be added to solutions of nar- 
*Aponarceine, C23H27NO8, a patented derivative, is made by heating narceine with a concentrated alkali hydrox- 
ide solution, dissolving the alkaline salt produced in alcohol, and treating this solution with an alcoholic solution 
of an acid. 
f Freund and Frankforter believe that this formula of Anderson’s should be modified to C23H27NO8. (Ann. der 
C/iem., 1893, 20.) PART I. 
Opium. 
991 
ceine, and the mixture then agitated with ether to remove the iftdine in excess, a solution 
containing a very small quantity of narceine will distinctly assume a blue color. : The other 
alkaloids of opium are destitute of this property. (Joum. de Pharm., Avril, 1870, p. 346.) 
Pelletier obtained it in the course of his analysis of opium. Having formed an aqueous ex- 
tract of opium, he treated it with distilled water, precipitated the morphine by ammonia, con- 
centrated the solution, filtered it, threw down the meconic acid by baryta water, separated the 
excess of baryta by ammonium carbonate, drove off the excess of the ammoniacal salt by heat, 
evaporated the liquor to the consistence of syrup, set it aside till a pulpy matter formed con- 
taining crystals, separated and expressed this pulpy matter, then treated it with alcohol, and 
concentrated the alcoholic solution. This, on cooling, deposited crystals of narceine, which 
were easily purified by repeated solution and crystallization. Meconin, which often crystallizes 
with it, may be separated by the agency of ether. The discordancy of the statements of physi- 
ologists and clinicians concerning the action of narceine can only be explained by the presence 
of impurities in the specimens used. The pure alkaloid would seem to be very feeble in its 
influence, Mitchell having taken five grains without any other effect than causing some head- 
ache. The narceine of commerce has been used in doses of one-third to three-quarters of a 
grain (0-02 to (M)5 Gm.) as a mild narcotic, probably acting through contaminating morphine.* 
Oxynarcotine. Oxynarcotia, C22H23N08. This alkaloid accompanies narceine, from which 
it can be separated by treating the mixture with dilute sulphuric acid. On neutralizing the 
solution with the theoretical amount of soda and heating to boiling, a part dissolves. The 
undissolved residue is the oxynarcotine. It can also be obtained from the mother-liquors of 
narcotine. According to Beckett and Wright, it crystallizes out of alcohol in very fine needles, 
which are difficultly soluble in boiling water and boiling alcohol, insoluble in other neutral 
solvents. Heated to 140° or 150° C., it is carbonized. It is oxidized by ferric chloride to hemi- 
pinic acid and cotarnine. (See Part II.) It is a monacid base, and forms crystallizable salts. 
Hydrocotarnine. Hydrocotamia, C12H15N03, is obtained from the mother-waters of the- 
baine, after the removal of cryptopine and protopine with warm benzin, by precipitation with 
ammonia ; laudanosine, which is also precipitated, is removed by treatment of the benzin solu- 
tion with sodium bicarbonate. The hydrocotarnine is retained in solution by the benzin, from 
which the laudanosine has been deposited on cooling. Hydrochloric acid gas being made to 
pass through this solution, hydrocotarnine hydrochlorate crystallizes out. This alkaloid, as 
the name indicates, can be formed from cotarnine, by the action of zinc and hydrochloric acid. 
It also seems to result from the decomposition of narcotine. (See Narcotine.) If the latter be 
made to boil some time with baryta water, a portion of it will be decomposed, giving rise to a 
crystallizable matter, soluble in ether, which appears to be identical with hydrocotarnine. This 
alkaloid is very soluble in alcohol, acetone, chloroform, benzin, and ether. It melts at 50° C. 
(122° F.), and loses at 57° C. the half molecule of water with which it crystallizes. Sul- 
phuric acid dissolves it, coloring it yellow in the cold, and crimson-red if heated. Nitric acid 
colors it yellow; ferric chloride does not affect its color. It has been physiologically studied 
by Stockman and Dott (Brit. Med. Joum., Jan., 1891), who find that it produces in the lower 
animals symptoms similar to those caused by narcotine. 
Pseudomorphine. Pseudomorphia, C34H36N2O0, was discovered by Pelletier in 1835, and 
is said by Hesse to be identical with Polstorff’s oxydimorphine ; but, as it exists in small quan- 
tities, and was thought to be only an occasional ingredient in opium, little attention has been 
paid to it. An interesting fact, however, in relation to it, and one of some toxicological 
importance, is that it possesses two properties considered characteristic of morphine, those, 
namely, of being reddened by nitric acid and of striking a blue color with ferric salts, and yet 
it is without any poisonous influence upon the animal economy. (Joum. de Pharm., xxi. 575.) 
Hesse has investigated the subject, with the following results. He found that it accompanies 
morphine procured by Gregory’s method, and may be separated from that alkaloid by adding 
ammonia in excess to an alcoholic solution containing both. The morphine is precipitated, and 
pseudomorphine, remaining in solution, may be obtained by evaporating the mother-liquid. It 
is tasteless, insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, and diluted sulphuric acid, but easily 
soluble in solution of potassa, soda, and lime, and in alcoholic solution of ammonia, though 
sparingly in an aqueous solution of the last-mentioned alkaloid. It does not neutralize hydro- 
chloric acid, dissolves in concentrated sulphuric acid with the production of an olive-green 
* The remaining alkaloids of opium are not used in practical medicine, and the statements concerning their 
physiological actions are so contradictory and uncertain that the reader is referred for a detailed discussion of them 
to H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics. 992 
Opium. 
PART I. 
color, in concentrated nitric acid with an intense orange-red, and in solution of ferric chloride 
with a blue color. At 120° C. (248° F.) it loses two molecules of water of crystallization, and 
at higher temperatures is decomposed without melting. It forms sparingly soluble salts with 
sulphuric, nitric, oxalic, and tartaric acids, and a crystalline deposit, very slightly soluble in 
hydrochloric acid, with solution of corrosive sublimate. (Chem. News, April 12,1867, p. 188.) 
Hesse is of the opinion that pseudomorphine is identical with the oxymorphine prepared by the 
.action of oxidizing agents upon morphine by Schutzenberger. 
Protopine.* Protopia, C20H19N06, is an alkaloid which Hesse separated from cryptopine. 
Both are precipitated as insoluble hydrochlorates by hydrochloric acid in excess; but if the 
precipitate be dissolved by an excess of oxalic acid, the acid cryptopine oxalate will crystallize, 
and protopine remain in the mother-waters. The liquid is separated, precipitated by ammonia, 
and agitated with ether; and the ethereal solution is taken up by hydrochloric acid. Proto- 
pine hydrochlorate being dense and granular, while cryptopine hydrochlorate is very light, the two 
are separated by levigation,—eighty grammes of crude cryptopine furnishing one and a half of 
protopine. Separated from the hydrochlorate by ammonia, protopine constitutes a crystalline 
powder, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and in hot benzin and acetone, more soluble in 
chloroform, insoluble in the alkalies generally, but slightly soluble in ammonia. It melts at 
202° C. (395-6° F.), undergoing decomposition, and is in anhydrous crystals. Ferric chloride 
does not color it; nitric acid colors it yellow ; sulphuric acid dissolves it, coloring it first 
yellow, then red, and lastly violet. The alcoholic solution has an alkaline reaction. The salts 
are neutral and crystallizable. 
Laudanine. Laudania, C20H25N04, as first prepared, is mixed with cryptopine, from which 
it is separated by dissolving it in acetic acid, and adding a slight excess of diluted solution of 
soda, by which the cryptopine is entirely precipitated. The liquid being filtered, and treated 
with ammonium chloride, lets fall the laudanine, which soon assumes the crystalline form. 
The acetate, with the addition of potassium iodide, gives rise to laudanine hydriodate, from 
which ammonia separates the base perfectly pure. It crystallizes from its solution in boiling 
alcohol in transparent granules or hexagonal prisms melting at 166° C. It is laevo-rotatory, 
tasteless, and poisonous, the hydrochloride resembling strychnine in its effects. It is dissolved 
at 18° C. (64-4° F.) by 647 parts of ether. Sulphuric acid gives with it characteristic re- 
actions. When pure, at common temperatures it assumes a pale rose color, and at 150° C. 
(302° F.) a reddish violet. When ferric oxide is added, it exhibits the same changes, but 
with much greater intensity. Laudanine is an energetic base, and with potassa forms a crystal- 
lizable compound. Its salts, except the neutral sulphate, oxalate, and tartrate, are crystallizable. 
Codamine. Codamia, C2nH2f.N04, is isomeric with laudanine, but is readily distinguished 
from it by the effect of ferric chloride and nitric acid, both of which color it deep green. It is in 
anhydrous crystals. It can be purified by taking advantage of the feeble solubility of its iodide. 
Having decomposed this salt by ammonia, dissolve the precipitate in ether, wash the ethereal 
solution with solution of sodium bicarbonate, then filter through animal charcoal. By evapora- 
tion the liquid deposits the alkaloid in beautiful colorless crystals. Codamine crystallizes also 
from benzin ; but thus obtained it melts at 126° C. (258-8° F.), while that procured through 
ether melts at about 120° C. (248° F.). The acid iodide, tartrate, and oxalate are crystallizable. 
Rhcbadine, C21H21N06, discovered by Hesse in 1865, is crystallizable, but not distinctly 
alkaline. It fuses at 232° C., and can be sublimed at higher temperatures. It is nearly in- 
soluble in ether, alcohol, benzol, chloroform, water, and ammonia. Its solutions in dilute acids 
acquire an intense purple color on addition of strong hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, due to the 
formation of a coloring matter. This is destroyed by alkalies and restored by acids, and is so 
intense that 1 part of rhoeadine will color 10,000 parts of water purple-red, 200,000 deep rose- 
red, and 800,000 distinctly red, although only a portion of the base is converted into coloring 
matter. The solution then filtered through bone-black shows the presence of a base, rhoeage- 
nine, isomeric with rhoeadine, but fusing at 223° C. and forming a different series of salts. 
This alkaloid occurs also in Papaver rhceas. 
Meconidine, C21H23N04, was discovered by Hesse in 1870. It is brownish yellow, amor- 
phous, alkaline, melts at 58° C. (136-4° F.), and is not stable, the salts also being easily altered. 
It is easily soluble in alcohol, ether, benzene, chloroform, and acetone. It is dissolved by sul- 
phuric acid with an olive-green color, and by nitric acid with an orange-red. 
* B. Schmidt (Archiv d. Pharm., 231 (1893), 136) states that protopine is identical with the macleyine found by 
Eykman in Mac ley a cordata, and that it is also found in Sanguinaria canadensis, Stylophoron diaphyllum, and 
Escholtzia cali/ornica. PART I. 
Opium. 
993 
Cryptopine. Cryptopia, C21H23N06. The discovery of this alkaloid was announced by 
Messrs. T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh, in P. J. Tr., 1867 (p. 595). The Messrs. Smith ob- 
tained it from the weak alcoholic washings of crude morphine after precipitation, by first neu- 
tralizing the liquid with diluted sulphuric acid, and then, after recovering the alcohol by distil- 
lation, and washing out the still copiously with hot water, by precipitating the mixed liquor of 
the still and the washings by milk of lime in large excess. The liquid is then filtered off-, and 
the pitch-like precipitate, having been thoroughly washed, is boiled with alcohol in large quan- 
tity, the solution filtered, and the alcohol distilled off. The pitchy substance which remains in 
the retort, and which consists mainly of thebaine, is separated from the supernatant aqueous 
liquid, and heated to ebullition with enough alcohol to dissolve it. The solution, having been 
put aside, will be found in a day to have set into a mass of crystals, which consist of crystal- 
lized thebaine. This mass is now strongly pressed in a cloth, and the residuary cake powdered 
and dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, care being taken that the acid be not in excess. 
The filtered liquid is evaporated and crystallized, and the process of evaporation and crystal- 
lization repeated, so as to separate all the thebaine hydrochlorate. If now the mother-waters 
be set aside, the cryptopine hydrochlorate will in the course of some weeks crystallize out of 
them, but mixed with crystallized thebaine hydrochlorate; and the separation of the two is 
extremely difficult. But as the crystals of the two alkaloids are very different, those of the- 
baine being hard and strong, those of cryptopine soft and generally tufted, by careful manage- 
ment, and by repeating the crystallization many times, so as to get rid of most of the thebaine, 
the cryptopine hydrochlorate may be seen forming on the surface of the harder salt in the 
solution. The mother-liquors being now poured off, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, 
the whole at length sets into a soft mass, which, being pressed in a cloth, is found to consist 
of almost pure cryptopine hydrochlorate. To obtain the pure alkaloid, it is to be precipitated 
from the solution of ammonium chloride, then washed, dried, and finally washed with ether 
or alcohol, which readily dissolves thebaine, but has little effect on cryptopine. It may be ob- 
tained in a crystallized state by boiling it with a large quantity of alcohol, which, on cooling, 
will slowly deposit the alkaloid in crystals. The quantity in opium is extremely small. 
Cryptopine is without color or smell; and its salts, though at first bitter to the taste, after- 
ward cause a sense of coolness in the mouth, like that produced by peppermint. It melts at 
217° C., and, on cooling, crystallizes in radiated forms at 171° C., and, heated to redness, is de- 
composed, blackening and giving forth aqueous vapors, but without properly subliming. It is 
insoluble in water and in ether, very sparingly soluble in alcohol, requiring 1265 parts of that 
liquid when cold to dissolve it. Chloroform dissolves it almost as freely as narcotine. Oil of 
turpentine and benzene do not appear to dissolve it. It has very strong alkaline powers, and 
forms crystallizable salts with the acids, which are distinguishable from all the other salts of 
the opium alkaloids by a strong tendency to gelatinize. If the hydrochlorate be dissolved in 
about 30 parts of hot water, and set aside, instead of crystallizing, it forms a jelly closely re- 
sembling that of pure gelatin. From all the constituents of opium, except the stronger alka- 
loids, morphine, codeine, and thebaine, it is distinguished by its strong alkaline properties, as 
it neutralizes the strongest acids. From morphine it is distinguished by its very sparing 
solubility in alcohol, and from codeine and thebaine by its total insolubility in ether. It 
differs also in the effect of strong sulphuric acid, which produces a blue color with the minutest 
quantity of cryptopine, a blood-red with thebaine, and none with morphine or codeine. The 
tendency of its salts to gelatinize is another distinguishing property of cryptopine. 
Laudanosine. Laudanosia, C21H27N04, exists in the mother-waters of thebaine, with cryp- 
topine and protopine. The thebaine having been precipitated by tartaric acid, the mother- 
water is neutralized by ammonia, and sodium bicarbonate is added. After eight days’ rest, a 
blackish mass separates. The limpid liquid with an excess of ammonia yields a copious pre- 
cipitate, which, agitated with heated benzin, gives to that liquid a mixture of several alkaloids. 
The benzin solution, upon cooling to 40° C. (104° F.), deposits the cryptopine and protopine. 
On agitation anew with heated sodium bicarbonate and subsequent complete refrigeration, the 
laudanosine crystallizes. It is entirely purified by ether, which dissolves it abundantly; and 
its iodohydrate is but slightly soluble in water. It is itself insoluble in water and the alka- 
lies, but it is soluble in alcohol, acetone, and chloroform. It melts at 89° C. (192-2° F.), 
and is decomposed at 110° C. (230° F.). Ferric chloride does not color it. Sulphuric acid 
gives it a rose color in the cold, and violet when heated. Nitric acid transforms it into a 
nitro-base. The crystals are anhydrous. It forms crystallizable salts, which are soluble and 
bitter. 994 
Opium. 
PAET I. 
Color Reactions of the more important Opium Bases (Allen, Commerc. Orq. Anal., 2d ed., vol. 
iii., Part II., p. 302).* 
Concentrated Sulphuric Acid. 
Erdmann’s 
Nitric Acid 
(sp. gr. 1-42). 
Test (sul- 
phuric acid 
Ferric Chlo- 
ride. 
Alkaloid. 
On adding 
agent (sulpho- 
Alone. 
With Sugar. 
with dilute 
molybdic acid). 
KCIO3 or 
hno3. 
nitric). 
Morphine. . 
Orange-red, 
turning 
Cold; no color, 
or faint pink ; 
Rose-red, or 
blood-red. 
Purple, 
changing 
turning blue or 
dirty green. 
blue. 
Rose-pink, 
changing 
to violet 
and black. 
Apomor- 
phine. . . 
yellow on 
heating. 
Blood-red, 
on heating, va- 
riable (dirty 
green to black). 
No color (or vio- 
let to brown). 
Cold; no color, 
or olive-green; 
to deep red. 
No reaction. 
Olive, then 
dark green. 
Deep green, 
turning violet. 
or reddish 
violet. 
Orange-red, 
changing 
to yellow. 
Pseudo- 
morphine . 
Violet, chang- 
ing to blue and 
Blue. 
heated, dingy, 
changing 
green. 
Codeine . . 
green or pur- 
ple, finally red. 
to brown. 
Yellow, not 
No color; dirty 
Blue on 
Cherry-red, 
Blue on 
Dirty green, 
No color. 
changing 
to red. 
brownish green 
warming. 
changing 
warming. 
changing to 
on heating. 
to violet. 
blue and pale 
Thehaine . . 
Yellow. 
Blood-red, turn- 
ing orange-yel- 
Same as 
Orange-red. 
yellow. 
Blood-red, turn- 
ing orange-vel- 
No color. 
with sul- 
low; olive- 
phuric acid 
low and color- 
green on heat- 
alone. 
less. 
Papaverine . 
Yellow. 
Colei; little 
No change. 
Dull purple. 
Green (changing 
to violet blue), 
No color. 
change; on 
strongly heat- 
ing,violet blue, 
becoming blue 
and yellow. 
afterwards 
fading slowlv. 
Narcotine. . 
Red. 
Darkens; chang- 
Carmine- 
Fine mahog- 
On warm- 
Pink, changing 
No color. 
ing to orange 
red. 
any-brown. 
ing. pink. 
to greenish 
and brick-red 
changing to 
yellow and 
on gently heat- 
ing. 
orange-red, 
and violet. 
orange. 
Narceine . . 
Yellow, fad- 
Brown, dissolv- 
No change. 
Not eharac- 
Brownish 
Brownish green, 
ing rapidly. 
ing to yel- 
teristic. 
yellow, be- 
changing to 
low solution 
coming 
yellow and 
(changing to 
dark red). If 
mahogany- 
brown on 
reddish (yel- 
low-brown ’ to 
impure, red or 
blue color. 
heating. 
blue). 
* The following table (from Stohmann and Kerl’s Chemie, 4th ed., 1888) shows the behavior of the more im- 
portant alkaloids with the chief alkaloidal reagents : 
Morphine. 
Codeine. 
Narcotine. 
Thebaine. 
Papaverine. 
Narceine. 
Phosphomolybdic 
acid. 
Pale-yellow 
Brown volumi- 
Brown ish-yel- 
Yellow floccu- 
No reaction. 
Brownish-yellow 
flocky precipi- 
tate, soluble in 
nous preeipi- 
low flocky 
lent precip- 
precipitate, be- 
tate only m 
precipitate. 
itate. 
coming resin- 
ammonia with 
concentrated 
ous in concen- 
blue color. 
solution. 
trnted solution. 
Phosphoantimo- 
No reaction. 
Dirtv-white tur- 
Pale-yellow 
White gelat- 
White curdy 
No reaction. 
nic acid. 
biaity. 
flocculent 
inous pre- 
precipitate. 
White gelati- 
precipitate. 
cipitate. 
Potassium iodo- 
White curdy precipitates. 
Yellowish- 
White turbiditv, 
hydrargyrate. 
nous preeipi- 
white pre- 
soon turning to 
Potassium iodo- 
bismuthate. 
tate. 
cipitate. 
resinous lumps. 
Orange precipitates. 
Faint turbidity. 
Platinic chloride. 
Yellow curdy 
Clear-yellow flocculent precipitates. 
White preeipi- 
Gradually form- 
precipitate, be- 
tate. 
ing yellow ervs- 
coming- crystal- 
talline preeipi- 
Mercuric chlo- 
line. 
No reaction. 
Whitish turbid- 
No reaction. 
White floccu- 
Whitish tur- 
tate. 
No reaction. 
ride. 
Gold chloride. 
ity. 
lent precip- 
itate. 
bidity. 
Yellowish- 
Flesh-colored 
Pale-yellow 
Flesh-colored 
Tide-veil ow 
Yellowish-brown 
brown preeipi- 
precipitate. 
flocculent 
precipitate. 
flocculent 
precipitate, 
tate, turning 
resinous. 
precipitate. 
precipitate. 
turning resin- 
ous. 
Iodine in potas- 
sium iodide. 
Reddish-brown precipitates with all. 
Tannic acid. 
White turbidity 
In concentrated 
White flocculent precipitates. 
Yellowish pre- 
White turbidity. 
salt solutions only. 
cipitate. 
in concentrated 
solutions only. PART I. 
Opium. 
995 
Lanthopine. Lanthopia, C23H26N04, differs from pseudomorphine in not becoming blue 
with ferric chloride, and in giving, when entirely pure, with sulphuric and nitric acids, colorless 
solutions. It forms colorless microscopic prisms, which fuse at about 200° C. Its acid oxalate 
and tartrate are crystallizable. The alkaloid is crystallizable, does not have an alkaline reaction, 
is sparingly soluble in hot or cold alcohol, ether, or benzol, but readily soluble in chloroform * 
Gnoscopine, C22H23N07, was found by T. and H. Smith in 1878. They first gave to it the 
formula C34H3eN2011, but in a later communication (P. J. Tr., 1893,1794) gave it the simpler 
formula which makes it an isomer of narcotine. It is crystallizable, melts at 233° C. (451-4° 
F.), with partial decomposition, is soluble in chloroform and carbon disulphide, slightly so in 
benzene, not in ether. The salts have an acid reaction. 
Xanthaline, C37H3eN209, is a base obtained by T. and H. Smith (P. J. Tr., 1893, 772) from 
the acid mother-liquors resulting from the crystallization of morphine or codeine chlorhydrate. 
Tritopine, C42H54N207, was discovered in 1890 by Klauder (Arch. Pharm., 228, p. 419). 
It resembles morphine and laudanine in being soluble in soda solution, but is precipitated in 
the form of an oil by a large excess of the reagent. Tritopine crystallizes in characteristic 
anhydrous, transparent, needle-like plates, melting at 182° C., easily soluble in chloroform, but 
only slightly so in ether. With sulphuric acid it behaves like laudanine. It appears to be a 
diacid base. 
Porphyroxine, according to K. L. Dey (Pharm. Journ. [3], xii. p. 397), is a definite basic 
substance, always present in Indian opium, but absent from Turkey or Smyrna opium. 
Meconin, C10H1004, a neutral principle before referred to, the existence of which was an- 
nounced in 1832 by M. Couerbe, is identical with a substance discovered several years pre- 
viously by M. Dublanc, Jr., but of which no account was published. It is perfectly white, in 
the form of acicular crystals, soluble in about 265 parts of cold ahd 18 of boiling water, 
very soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and the essential oils, but only sparingly in ether; fusible 
under water at 77° G., per se at 110° C., sublimable on careful heating, and possessed of a de- 
gree of acrimony which favors the supposition that it may not be without action upon the 
system. It is neither acid nor alkaline, and contains no nitrogen. Meconin is obtained by pre- 
cipitating the aqueous infusion of opium with ammonia, washing the precipitate with water 
until the latter nearly ceases to acquire color, mixing the aqueous fluids, evaporating them to 
the consistence of molasses, setting them aside for two or three weeks, during which a mass 
of granular crystals is formed, then decanting the liquid, expressing the mass, and drying it 
with a gentle heat. The meconin may be separated from the mass by treating it with boiling 
alcohol of 36° Baume, evaporating so as to obtain crystals, dissolving these in boiling water 
with animal charcoal, filtering the liquid while hot, and subjecting the crystals formed upon 
the cooling of the solution to the action of ether, which dissolves the meconin, and yields it 
in a state of purity by spontaneous evaporation. 
* 0. Hesse obtained most of the alkaloids announced by him from the black mother-liquors left behind in the 
process for procuring morphine hydrochlorate, first employed by Dr. Gregory, and adopted by the British Pharma- 
copoeia. This liquor, diluted with an equal volume of water, was precipitated by an excess of ammonia; the clear 
liquid was exhausted with ether, and this treated as described in Ann. Ohem. Pharm., clxxx. 47. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 
1872, p. 549.) The method in which these alkaloids were first separated from opium by Hesse was as follows. An 
aqueous infusion is prepared, and precipitated by caustic soda or lime water in excess. In the liquid, a substance is 
retained, which may be extracted by ether, and one of the characteristics of which is that it yields with sulphuric 
acid a purple color. This appears to be the porphyroxine of Merck. This Hesse found to be a mixture of several 
alkaloids, which he separated in the following manner. The liquid above referred to as containing the coloring mat- 
ter is well shaken with ether; this, being separated, is acidulated with acetic acid, and the impure acetates are 
obtained by evaporating off the ether. The residue is mixed gradually with a diluted alkaline solution, and agitated 
so as to cause the resin which separates to form a mass. After twenty-four hours, the precipitate is separated; the 
liquid containing the alkaloids is mixed with hydrochloric acid in slight excess, and the alkaloids are then precipitated 
with ammonia. The whole is now shaken with chloroform, acetic acid is added in slight excess, the chloroform is 
evaporated, and the residue is neutralized with ammonia. The precipitate produced is reddish-colored, and, though 
at first resinoid, soon crystallizes. This, which consists of impure lanthopine, is separated by filtration, and the filtered 
liquid, after twenty-four hours, is mixed with caustic soda, in quantity but very little more than necessary to decom- 
pose the ammonia salts in solution. It is then shaken repeatedly with ether to separate codeine, which renders it 
turbid. This alkaloid is separated more readily by ether than the other alkaloids present, meconidine, codamine, 
laudanine, and another which the author designated by the letter x. Ether does not extract the last-mentioned bases 
from the solution containing fixed alkali until after ammonium chloride has been mixed with it. When the ethereal 
solution is allowed to evaporate very slowly, laudanine first crystallizes, the other three bases remaining as an almost 
amorphous mass when the ether has all escaped. But if, before the ether has entirely evaporated, the liquid be mixed 
with solution of sodium bicarbonate, crystals of codamine will be deposited as the ether further evaporates. If the 
mother-liquor, from which the two alkaloids have been separated, is now treated with acetic acid and sodium chloride, 
meconidine hydrochlorate is precipitated, the base x remaining in solution. The latter is quite separated from me- 
conidine by repeatedly dissolving the hydroehlorate in water, shaking it with sodium bicarbonate and ether, and 
then evaporating off the ether. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 1870, p. 205.) 996 
Opium. 
PART I. 
Meconoiosin, C8H1002. This principle was discovered by T. and H. Smith, in 1878, who 
obtained it from the oil-like liquid containing meconin, which, upon being left to itself for 
some days, sets into a mass of crystals. These crystals, upon being drained and cautiously 
washed with cold weak spirit, are to be boiled in a large quantity of water. The filtered liquid 
gives a crystallization of meconin, and the mother-liquor, when concentrated, and upon being 
set aside for a time, yields beautiful leaf-like crystalline masses of meconoiosin, fusing at 88° 
C. (190-4° F.). This principle is neutral, and it may be distinguished from meconin by the fol- 
lowing test of T. and H. Smith. “ When heated with slightly diluted sulphuric acid, and 
when the evaporation has reached a certain point, meconin produces a beautiful green color. 
With meconoiosin, under the same circumstances, the coloration is deep red, becoming purple.” 
This substance has been found by Stockman and Dott (Brit. Med. Journ., Jan. 1891) to be a 
tetanizant. 
Opionin, as before stated, was found by Hesse in small quantities in Smyrna opium. It 
forms white needles, which melt at 227° C. These are insoluble in water, but dissolve in 
alkalies, alcohol, and ether. 
Meconic Acid, C7H407 -f- 3H20, is in white crystalline scales, of a sour taste followed by 
bitterness, fusible and volatilizable by heat, soluble in four parts of boiling water, soluble also 
in cold water and alcohol, with the property of reddening vegetable blues and forming salts. 
Its compounds with the earths and heavy metallic oxides are generally insoluble in water. Its 
characteristic properties are that it produces a blood-red color with ferric salts, a green pre- 
cipitate with a weak solution of ammoniated copper sulphate, and white precipitates, soluble 
in nitric acid, with lead acetate, silver nitrate, and barium chloride. It is obtained by macer- 
ating opium in water, filtering the infusion, and adding a solution of calcium chloride. Cal- 
cium meconate and sulphate are precipitated. The precipitate, having been washed with hot 
water and with alcohol, is treated with diluted hydrochloric acid at 82-2° C. (180° F.). The 
calcium meconate is taken up, and, upon the cooling of the liquid, calcium bimeconate is de- 
posited. This is dissolved in warm concentrated hydrochloric acid, which deposits pure me- 
conic acid when it cools. It may be freed from coloring matter by neutralizing it with potassa, 
decomposing the crystallized meconate thus obtained by hydrochloric acid, and again crystal- 
lizing. When heated, it loses first its water of crystallization, and then at 120° C. a molecule 
of C02, and yields comenic acid, C6H405; this at 260° C. or over loses another molecule of 
C02, and yields pyromeconic acid, C6II403. By the action of nascent hydrogen (from sodium 
amalgam) it yields hydromeconic acid, C7H1007. Meconic acid has little or no action on the 
system, and is not used separately in medicine; but its natural relation to morphine requires 
that it should be understood. The three related compounds, meconic acid, comenic acid, and 
pyrocomenic acid, are now considered to be derivatives of the fundamental compound pyrone, 
CH=CH 
C0<(qjj=q||>*0. Thus, from pyrone, C6H402, we get oxypyrone (pyromeconic acid), 
C5H302(0H), and oxypyrone-carboxylic (comenic) acid, C6H202(0H)C00H, and oxypyrone 
dicarboxylic (meconic) acid, C5H02(0H)(C00H)2. Pyrone itself is formed when comenic 
and chelidonic acids are heated to 250° C. Most of the pyrone derivatives are converted by 
the action of ammonia into pyridone and pyridine compounds. 
Meconic acid was formerly recognized by the British Pharmacopoeia, but was dropped at 
the late revision. It appears to be nearly free from active physiological properties. Sertiirner 
took 4-5 grains of sodium meconate, and Grape and Loewer 12 grains of the pure acid, without 
the production of any symptoms, whilst, according to Mulder, Pereira, Lange, and others, 20 
grains of the acid cause no sensible effect in the dog. 
Thebolactic Acid, which was discovered by the Messrs. T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh, 
appears to be a constant ingredient in opium. These chemists were led to search for it by the 
consideration that the quantity of meconic acid present is insufficient to saturate the whole of 
the morphine and other bases, which must, therefore, be neutralized by some other acid. They 
obtained it from the impure mother-liquid of morphine, after all the alkaloids had been thrown 
down by the addition of an alkali, by concentrating the liquors to a thick consistence, adding 
alcohol largely, filtering, precipitating all basic matter by sulphuric acid, filtering again, care- 
fully neutralizing by milk of lime, distilling to recover the alcohol, and finally evaporating the 
residuary contents of the still to a syrupy consistence. After standing for about a week, the 
syrupy liquid will be seen to have set into a crystalline mass of calcium thebolactate. This, 
being purified by repeated solution and crystallization, and by animal charcoal, is decom- 
posed by adding the equivalent quantity of sulphuric acid, and separating the liberated thebo- PART I. 
Opium. 
997 
lactic acid by means of alcohol. Stenhouse sjiowed that the new acid had the composition of 
lactic acid and was identical with the common variety, and his results were confirmed by J. Y. 
Buchanan. (Ber. Chem. Ges., 1870, p. 182.) The ready crystallization of its salts with lime 
is a characteristic property. 
Incompatibles. The substances which produce precipitates with opium do not all neces- 
sarily affect its medical virtues; but the alkalies, and all vegetable infusions containing tannic 
and gallic acids, are incompatible, the former separating and precipitating the active principles, 
the latter forming with it an insoluble compound. 
Morphiometric Assays of Opium. The proportion of morphine which any particular 
specimen of opium will furnish may be considered as the best test of its value, except that of 
actual trial upon the system. Good opium should yield not less than 9 per cent, of crystallized 
morphine when assayed by the official process. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia directs that opium, 
dried at a heat not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.), should contain not less than 13 nor more than 
15 per cent, of crystallized morphine when assayed by the official process, which is as follows: 
“ASSAY OF OPIUM. U.S. 
“ Opium, in any condition to be valued, ten grammes ; Ammonia Water, three and jive-tenths 
cubic centimeters; Alcohol, Ether, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Introduce the Opium 
(which, if fresh, should be in very small pieces, and if dry, in very fine powder) into a bottle 
having a capacity of about 300 C.c., add 100 C.c. of water, cork it well, and agitate frequently 
during twelve hours. Then pour the whole as evenly as possible upon a wetted filter having a 
diameter of 12 Cm., and, when the liquid has drained off-, wash the residue with water, care- 
fully dropped upon the edges of the filter and the contents, until 150 C.c. of filtrate are ob- 
tained. Then carefully transfer the moist Opium back to the bottle by means of a spatula, 
add 50 C.c. of water, agitate thoroughly and repeatedly during fifteen minutes, and return the 
whole to the filter. When the liquid has drained off, wash the residue, as before, until the second 
filtrate measures 150 C.c., and finally collect about 20 C.c. more of a third filtrate. Evaporate 
in a tared capsule, first, the second filtrate to a small volume, then add the first filtrate, rinsing 
the vessel with the third filtrate, and continue the evaporation until the residue weighs 14 Gm. 
Rotate the concentrated solution about in the capsule until the rings of extract are redissolved, 
pour the liquid into a tared Erlenmeyer flask having a capacity of about 100 C.c., and rinse 
the capsule with a few drops of water at a time, until the entire solution weighs 20 Gm. Then 
add 10 Gm. (or 12-2 C.c.) of alcohol, shake well, add 25 C.c. of ether, and shake again. Now 
add the ammonia water from a graduated pipette or burette, stopper the flask with a sound 
cork, shake it thoroughly during ten minutes, and then set it aside, in a moderately cool place, 
for at least six hours, or over night. Remove the stopper carefully, and, should any crystals 
adhere to it, brush them into the flask. Place in a small funnel two rapidly-acting filters, of 
a diameter of 7 Cm. plainly folded, one within the other (the triple fold of the inner filter 
being laid against the single side of the outer filter), wet them well with ether, and decant the 
ethereal solution as completely as possible upon the inner filter. Add 10 C.c. of ether to the 
contents of the flask, rotate it, and again decant the ethereal layer upon the inner filter. Re- 
peat this operation with another portion of 10 C.c. of ether. Then pour into the filter the 
liquid in the flask, in portions, in such a way as to transfer the greater portion of the crystals 
to the filter, and, when this has passed through, transfer the remaining crystals to the filter by 
washing the flask with several portions of water, using not more than about 10 C.c. in all. 
Allow the double filter to drain, then apply water to the crystals, drop by drop, until they are 
practically free from mother-water, and afterwards wash them, drop by drop, from a pipette, 
with alcohol previously saturated with powdered morphine. When this has passed through, 
displace the remaining alcohol by ether, using about 10 C.c., or more if necessary. Allow the 
filter to dry in a moderately warm place, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), until 
its weight remains constant, then carefully transfer the crystals to a tared watch-glass and 
weigh them. The weight found, multiplied by 10, represents the percentage of crystallized 
morphine obtained from the Opium.” U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia directs that “ Any suitable variety of opium may be employed 
as a source of Tincture of Opium and Extract of Opium of the respective official alkaloidal 
strengths, provided that when dry it contains not less than 7 J per cent, of anhydrous mor- 
phine ; but, when otherwise used for officially recognized purposes, opium must be of such a 
strength that when dried and powdered, the powder heated to 212° F. (100° C.) until it ceases 998 
Opium,. 
PART I. 
to lose moisture, and the product tested by the appended method, such dry powder shall yield 
not less than 9£ per cent., and not more than 10£ per cent, of anhydrous morphine. Opium 
yielding when dried more than 10 per cent, of anhydrous morphine may be diluted to that 
percentage with any opium containing when dry between 7£ and 10 per cent, of anhydrous 
morphine, or with Milk Sugar.” 
“ASSAY OF OPIUM. Br. 
“ Opium, dried at 212° F. (100° C.) and in No. 50 powder, 14 grammes ; Calcium Hydroxide, 
freshly prepared, 6 grammes ; Ammonium Chloride, 4 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), Ether, 
Distilled Water, of each a sufficient quantity. Triturate together the Opium, calcium hydroxide, 
and 40 cubic centimetres of water in a mortar until a uniform mixture results; add 100 cubic 
centimetres of water and stir occasionally during half an hour. Filter the mixture through a 
plaited filter, about 10 centimetres in diameter, into a wide-mouthed bottle having a capacity of 
about 300 cubic centimetres, and marked at exactly 104 cubic centimetres, until the filtrate 
reaches this mark. To the filtered liquid (representing 10 grammes of opium) add 10 cubic 
centimetres of alcohol (90 per cent.) and 50 cubic centimetres of ether; shake the mixture; 
add the ammonium chloride, shake well and frequently during half an hour ; set aside for 12 
hours for the morphine to separate.* Counterbalance two small filters; place one within the 
other in a small funnel in such a way that the triple fold of the inner filter shall be superposed 
upon the single fold of the outer filter ; wet them with ether ; remove the ethereal layer of the 
liquid in the bottle as completely as possible by means of a small pipette, transferring the 
liquid to the filter; rinse the bottle with 20 cubic centimetres of ether, again transferring the 
ethereal layer, by means of the pipette, to the filter; wash the filter with a total of 10 cubic 
centimetres of ether, added slowly and in portions. Let the filter dry in the air, and pour upon 
it the contents of the bottle in portions, in such a way as to transfer the granular crystalline 
morphine as completely as possible to the filter. When all the liquid has passed through, wash 
the remainder of the morphine from the bottle with morphinated wateruntil the whole has 
been removed. Wash the crystals with morphinated water until the washings are free from 
color; allow the filter to drain, and dry it, first by pressing between sheets of bibulous paper, 
afterwards at a temperature between 131° and 140° F. (55° and 60° C.), finally at 230° 
F. (110° C.) for 2 hours. Weigh the crystals in the inner filter, counterbalancing by the 
outer filter. Take 05 gramme of the crystals and titrate with decinormal volumetric solution 
of sulphuric acid until the liquid, after boiling, slightly reddens blue litmus paper. 1 cubic 
centimetre of this volumetric solution represents 0 0283 gramme of pure anhydrous morphine. 
The weight of pure anhydrous morphine indicated by the titration, plus 0-104 gramme (repre- 
senting the average loss of morphine during the process), should amount in total to 1 gramme, 
that is to say, to a total of not less than 0-95 gramme and not more than 1-05 grammes, 
corresponding to about 10 per cent, of anhydrous morphine in the dry powdered opium.” Br. 
The U. S. 1880 and Br. methods of assay are practically identical in principle, belonging 
to the class of assays known as “ lime processes.” Experience has proved that the “ lime 
processes” have objectionable features, depending as they do upon the principle that opium 
in the presence of lime is treated with a definite quantity of water until the latter has ex- 
tracted as much as possible of the soluble portions, after which a certain portion of the solu- 
tion, which is assumed to represent a corresponding fraction of the weight of the opium, is 
weighed or measured off, the morphine determined in it, and the percentage calculated from the 
quantity found in this fraction. The “ lime processes,” in the hands of ordinary operators. 
“ register too low,” the assay being applied to a proportion of the opium which may or may not 
be an aliquot part of the whole, but is generally less than it is assumed to be, because no allow- 
ance is made for the increase in volume due to the solution of the solid constituents of the 
opium. That a slight excess of lime was directed in the U. S. P. 1880 assay is conceded: 
this excess caused loss in the amount of the precipitated morphine by making it soluble in the 
mother-liquor; the excess of ammonium chloride had the same effect, and the precipitation 
being directed from a too dilute solution occasioned greater loss than was necessary. These 
objections, while trifling for many operations, become serious for delicate assays.| The U. S. P. 
• Braithwaite and Farr state that, after careful experimenting, they find that two hours’ maceration is just as 
effective as twelve hours’. (P. J. Tr., 1886, 898.) 
f Moiyhinated Water. “ Prepared by digesting pure morphine in chloroform water for seven days at a tempera- 
ture of 60° F. (lS’S0 C.), with occasional agitation, so as to obtain a saturated solution of the alkaloid, and filtering 
from the undissolved morphine.” Br. 1898. 
J For a method of eliminating these errors, see a paper by Dr. Charles Rice, Amer. Druggist, 1892, 100. Opium. 
999 
PART I. 
assay of 1890 is based on the method of Dr. E. R. Squibb, which requires the complete exhaus- 
tion of the sample of opium of its soluble matter, the concentration of this solution, and the 
determination of the morphine in it. The morphine is separated in a crystalline form from 
its combination with its natural acids in the opium solution by the addition of the ammonia 
water; the alcohol present serves to hold up the coloring matter, whilst the ether facili- 
tates the complete precipitation of the alkaloidal morphine, pure morphine requiring 4000 
parts of ether for its solution. Want of space prevents our giving a critical review of the 
other methods of assay in use: we append, however, Squibb’s revised process for assaying 
opium (1893); it is based upon Fltickiger’s, and, although it has the reputation of “ register- 
ing high,” this is probably due to the care and attention to detail, whereby unnecessary loss is 
avoided.* Teschemacher and Smith (Chem. News, 1888, pp. 93, 103) criticise severely sev- 
* Squibb’* Method of Assaying Opium (revised 1893).—Sampling. Every fifth lump of a case of opium—ex- 
cept the very small lumps, and every tenth lump of these—is separated for sampling. A cone-shaped piece is 
cut from each of these lumps, the apex of the cone to come from near the centre of the lump. As these are cut out, 
a small narrow strip is cut from the side of the cone, taking about an equal proportion from its whole length, so as to 
get a proper relation of quantity from the dry exterior to the moist centre. These strips as taken are collected to- 
gether in a mass, so as to lose but little moisture by drying, and the cones are returned to the lumps. After a little 
practice the mass of strips from each case of opium will not much exceed 25 to 30 grammes. It is rolled out into a long 
cylinder, the two ends doubled in to the centre, and rolled out again, this rolling out and folding in being repeated 
six times. If the opium be very moist and sticky, a gramme of powdered starch is weighed off and used to cover 
the surfaces of the hands and table used in the rolling, and this starch is afterwards to be taken account of in weigh- 
ing off the samples. Two portions, each representing 10 grammes of the opium, are then weighed off from the 
mass. One of these is flattened out into a thin cake, placed on a tared watch-glass, and dried until it ceases to lose 
weight at 100° C. (212° F.), for the determination of moisture. The other is taken for the assay. When powdered 
opium is to be assayed, two portions of ten grammes each are to be weighed off, one for drying and the subsequent 
check assay and the other for the first assay. Powdered opium should not lose over 4 per cent, in drying at 100° C. 
(212° F.). 
Maceration. The 10 grammes of mass are pulled out and broken into thin pieces, and dropped into a flask of 200 
C.c. capacity, 100 C.c. of water added, the whole occasionally well shaken and allowed to stand over-night, then 
again well shaken. When powdered opium is to be assayed, the 10 grammes of powder are well shaken with 100 
C.c. of water, and then an hour or two of maceration is sufficient. 
Exhaustion. The well-shaken opium mixture is carefully poured in the centre of a well-wetted, tared filter of 
strong paper, of 12 Cm., or 4*8 inches, diameter, so folded that the lower part of the cone hangs free in the funnel,— 
that is, folded for a rather more open angle than that of the funnel used. The filtrate is received in a beaker marked 
at 150 C.c., and the flask and residue are well washed with water until the filtrate reaches the 150 C.c. mark. By 
means of a spatula the residue is returned to the flask without breaking the filter, 50 C.c. of water are added, the 
whole is actively shaken for five minutes and is then returned to the filter, being carefully poured into the centre, so 
that in draining the residue may be of equal thickness on all sides. This second filtrate is received in a second beaker 
marked at 150 C.c., and the residue is percolated and washed until the filtrate reaches the mark. In both percola- 
tions a large part of the water is dropped from a pipette, held at a height of 5 or 6 inches, upon the edges of the 
filter and the surface of the residue. When finally drained, the filter and residue are pressed between folds of bibulous 
paper, dried until they cease to lose weight at 100° C. (212° F.), and weighed, the weight to be stated by percentage 
for insoluble residue. 
Evaporation of the solution. The weaker solution is evaporated first in a tared capsule of 250 C.c. capacity, on a 
water-bath, to about 10 C.c. The stronger solution is then added to this, and the evaporation continued until the 
whole is reduced to 14 grammes. This is rinsed round the capsule by a rotary motion until all the rings of extract 
formed during the evaporation are dissolved, and it is then poured into a tared flask of 100 C.c. capacity. The cap- 
sule is then rinsed into the flask with three rinsings of about 2 C.c. of water each time, and finally with enough 
water in addition to make the entire solution in the flask weigh 20 grammes. 
Precipitation. To the 20 grammes of concentrated solution is then added half its weight, or 10 grammes, of alco- 
hol of not less than 91 per cent. (sp. gr. 0-815), and the mixture is well shaken. Then 25 C.c. or 17'5 grammes of 
ether of not less than 93 per cent. (sp. gr. 0'725) is added, and the mixture again well shaken. To this 3'5 grammes 
or 3'5 C.c. of water of ammonia of 10 per cent, strength (sp. gr. 0’960) are added, and the mixture is vigorously 
shaken for ten minutes. Usually within two minutes from the commencement of this shaking out of the morphine, 
and often within one minute, a sudden change in the sound of the shaken mixture occurs. From a soft, rather oily 
sound the change is to a sharp rattle, and coincidently with this change a very large proportion of the morphine 
crystallizes out in crystals as large as particles of fine sand. At the end of the ten minutes’ shaking the flask is 
set aside over-night, or for not less than six hours. 
Separation and washing. The ether layer is poured off as closely as possible, and 20 C.c. of fresh ether are added 
to the contents of the flask and rinsed round without shaking. This is poured off as closely as possible, and 20 C.c. 
more of fresh ether added, rinsed round, and poured off as before, and this is repeated with a third portion of 20 C.c. 
of fresh ether. A pair of counterbalanced filters 9 Cm., or 3-6 inches, in diameter, folded at an angle slightly wider 
than the funnel, and well wetted with ether, then receive the contents of the flask, the upper ether layer being 
slowly poured in first, so that it may pass through before the paper becomes wetted with the watery solution. When 
the liquid has nearly drained through from the crystals on the filters, those from the flask are washed out on to the 
filters by repeated portions of water, about 3 C.c. at a time, until all the crystals are upon the filters. Then water is 
applied, drop by drop, from a pipette held 3 or 4 inches above the funnel, to the edges of the filters and the surface of 
the crystals until they are fairly clean and the mother-liquor and washings together do not exceed 50 C.c. Then 
5 C.c. of a saturated solution of morphine in 91-per-cent, alcohol is dropped from a pipette, first upon the crystals 
on the point of the filter, and then upon the edges of the filters, so as to displace all the watery solution and leave 
them saturated with the alcoholic liquid. Then, before this has time to dry, it is displaced by dropping on, in the 
same way, 5 C.c. or more of ether. When this has drained through, the filters are closed together upon the crystals 
in the original folds and pressed between folds of bibulous paper, under weights, for half an hour. The filters are 1000 
Opium. 
eral well-known methods of assay, and recommend their own, which does not vary greatly from 
others in use': indeed, it is difficult to resist the conclusion that the differences in the results 
arrived at by various operators are largely chargeable to personal error and unfamiliarity with 
other processes than their own. The present U. S. P. 1890 assay method is unquestionably 
the most practical and accurate that has yet been devised. (See Ephemeris, June, 1888, 1113 ; 
A. J. P., 1887, 74; Prescott's Organic Analysis, 1887, 375; Lyons's Handbook on Assaying 
Drugs, 1899, 201.) 
For other methods of assay, and comments, see U. S. Dispensatory, 14th edition, 675, and 
15th edition, 1072; A.J.P., 1876, 358; 1878, 184; 1879, 369; 1894, 445; 1897, 244; 
JY. R., Feb. 1880, Dec. 1880, 1881, 174; West. Drug., 1885, 231, also 1886, 442; Amer. 
Drug., 1885, 221, also 1886, 203; Dieterich’s method modified by Schlickum, Pharm. Era, 
1887, 325, also 1888, 9; assay adopted by U. S. Laboratory in New York, Pharm. Era, 1887, 
151 ; Brit, and Col. Druggist, 1894, 372 ; P. J. Tr., 1897, 542. Gordin and Prescott pro- 
pose a volumetric assay based on the estimation of morphine as periodide, after separation by 
treatment with benzole, acetone, and lime water. (Merck's Report, 1898, 526.) 
Tests of Opium. It is sometimes highly important to be able to ascertain the presence 
or absence of opium in any suspected mixture. As meconic acid and morphine have been 
found only in the products of the poppy, if either or both of them be shown to exist in any 
substance, very strong evidence will be afforded of the presence of opium. The test should, 
therefore, be applied in reference to the detection of these two principles. If an aqueous in- 
fusion of the substances examined yields a red color with the tincture of ferric chloride, there 
is presumptive evidence of the presence of meconic acid. Greater certainty may be obtained 
by the following process. Add in excess to the filtered liquor a solution of lead acetate. If 
opium be present, there will be a precipitate of lead meconate, and the morphine and lead ace- 
tates will remain in solution. The precipitate is then to be suspended in water, and decom- 
posed, either by adding a little diluted sulphuric acid, which forms lead sulphate and leaves the 
meconic acid in solution, or by passing through it a stream of hydrogen sulphide, removing by 
filtration the precipitated lead sulphide, and heating the clear liquor, so as to drive off the 
hydrogen sulphide. With the clear liquor thus obtained, if it contain meconic acid, the 
tincture of ferric chloride will produce a striking red color, ammoniated copper sulphate a 
green precipitate, and lead acetate, silver nitrate, and barium chloride white precipitates solu- 
ble in nitric acid. Potassium sulphocyanate, which, according to Dr. Wright, is an invariable 
constituent of saliva (Simon's Chemistry, ii. 6), produces a red color with ferric salts, resem- 
bling that produced by meconic acid ; but, according to Mr. Everitt, this color is entirely and 
at once destroyed by a solution of corrosive sublimate, which has no effect on the red color 
PART I. 
then opened, and when the morphine is spread out upon the inner one they are dried at 60° C. (140° F.) until they 
cease to lose weight. This is the crude morphine, and if a small portion of it is found to be entirely and quickly 
soluble in one hundred times (or more) its weight of lime water, the weight of the morphine multiplied by 10 is 
accepted as the percentage of morphine yielded by the opium. 
Correction or control of results. When the preliminary testing of a small quantity of the precipitate shows that 
it is not all entirely soluble in lime water, 0'5 gramme is weighed off, put into a graduated cylinder, and 50 C.c. of 
lime water added by pouring down the side of the inclined cylinder. The contents of the cylinder are then tilted 
backward and forward without shaking, so as to avoid the formation of froth on the surface, until all that is soluble 
is dissolved. Whenever there is doubt as to when the solvent action is complete, the agitation is continued until 
the undissolved particles cease to diminish in size or number. The solution is then filtered through a pair of 
counterbalanced filters about 7 Cm., or 2'8 inches, in diameter, and the filters and residue are well washed, first with 
5 C.c. of lime water and then with 5 C.c. of water, and when drained they are closed up, pressed between folds of 
bibulous paper, dried until they cease to lose weight at 100° C., and weighed. Then as 0'5 gramme of the crude mor- 
phine is to the weight of this residue, so is the weight of all the crude morphine to the total amount of insoluble 
residue it would have yielded if the whole had been subjected to the action of 100 times its weight of lime water. 
The weight thus obtained, subtracted from the total weight of crude morphine, gives the net weight of pure mor- 
phine ; and this multiplied by 10 gives the corrected percentage. 
The lime water solution of 0'5 gramme of morphine and washings are tinted with 10 drops of solution of phe- 
nolphthalein, and oxalic acid decinormal solution is dropped in from a burette until the color is discharged. The 
amount of oxalic acid required indicates the amount of lime water present in the proportion of 40 C.c. of decinormal 
oxalic acid to 100 C.c. of lime water. The burette is then refilled to the 0 mark for the saturation of the morphine 
present, and the oxalic acid is dropped in until neutral litmus paper is just slightly reddened. The quantity of the 
decinormal oxalic acid required should not be less than 10'4 C.c., which indicates, according to the molecular weight 
of 305'25 for morphine, a degree of purity equal to 100 per cent., or, according to a molecular weight of 303, of 99'4 
per cent. These figures and results will, of course, apply only to those assays wherein there are no residues insoluble 
in lime water. Whenever a correction has to be made, of course the titration applies not to O'5 gramme of morphine, 
but to 0'5 gramme less the correction, and then the decinormal solution required will be proportionately less. In 
general practice, perhaps nineteen times out of twenty the lime water testing will show an insignificant amount of 
insoluble residue, and then the assay process may well end there, so far as concerns its general practical value and the 
correction and control of results; and the titration is merely held in reserve for exceptional cases and unusual 
varieties of opium. (Ephemeris, vol. iii. p. 1152.) PART I. 
Opium. 
1001 
of the iron meconate. (A. J. P., xii. 88.) On the contrary, gold chloride reddens a solution 
of sulphocyanic acid or a sulphocyanate, but not of meconic acid. Pereira says the acetates 
also redden ferric salts, but do not afford the results just mentioned with lead acetate and 
barium chloride. To test the presence of morphine, the liquid from which the lead meconate 
has been precipitated, and which may be supposed to contain the morphine and lead acetates, 
must be freed from the lead by a stream of hydrogen sulphide, and then from the hydrogen 
sulphide by heat; after which the following reagents may be applied,—viz., 1, nitric acid, 
which colors the morphine red ; 2, iodic acid, which is decomposed by the morphine with the ex- 
trication of iodine, which colors the liquid reddish brown, and, if starch is present, unites with 
it to form a blue compound ; 3, solution of ammonia, which, if carefully added, so as not to 
be in excess, throws down a precipitate of morphine soluble in a great excess of that alkali or 
of potassa ; and, 4, tannic acid, which precipitates morphine tannate. If the precipitate thrown 
down by ammonia afford a deep-red color becoming yellow with nitric acid, and a blue color 
with ferric chloride, the proofs may be considered complete* 
Though opium is little injured by time if well kept, yet it does undergo spontaneous change, 
and M. Guibourt found less morphine in a specimen which had been in his possession nearly 
twenty years than it had yielded in its recent state. There was also more coloring matter. 
(Ann. de Tlierap., 1863, p. 5.) 
Among the adulterations of opium, starch has been detected in a specimen examined by 
Mr. J. T. King. The drug was unduly brittle, and evidences of starch were afforded both by 
the microscope and by iodine. From the size and form of the granules, Mr. King inferred 
that the starch was that of the bean. (A. J. P., Jan. 1869, p. 1.) The probability is that 
powdered beans were the substance used. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Opium is a stimulant narcotic. Taken by a healthy 
person in a moderate dose, it increases the force, fulness, and frequency of the pulse, augments 
the temperature of the skin, invigorates the muscular system, quickens the senses, animates 
the spirits, and gives new energy to the intellectual faculties. Its operation, while thus ex- 
tending to all parts of the system, is directed with peculiar force to the brain, the functions 
of which it excites sometimes even to intoxication or delirium. In a short time this excitation 
subsides; a calmness of the corporeal actions, and a delightful placidity of mind, succeed, 
and the individual, insensible to painful impressions, forgetting all sources of care and anxiety, 
submits himself to a current of undefined and unconnected but pleasing fancies, and is con- 
scious of no other feeling than that of a quiet and vague enjoyment. At the end of half an 
hour or an hour from the administration of the narcotic, all consciousness is lost in sleep. The 
soporific effect, after having continued for eight or ten hours, goes off, and is often succeeded 
by more or less nausea, headache, tremors, and other symptoms of diminished or irregular ner- 
vous action, which soon yield to the recuperative energies of the system; and, unless the dose 
be frequently repeated, and the powers of nature worn out by over-excitement, no injurious 
consequences will ultimately result. Such is the obvious operation of opium when moderately 
taken; but other effects, very important from a remedial point of view, are also experienced. 
All the secretions, with the exception of that from the skin, are in general either suspended or 
diminished; the peristaltic motion of the bowels is lessened; pain and inordinate muscular 
contraction, if present, are allayed ; and general nervous irritation is composed. 
In doses insufficient to produce the full soporific effect, the stimulant influence upon the men- 
tal functions continues longer, and the subsequent calming effect is sustained for hours, sleep 
being not unfrequently prevented, or rendered so light and dreamy that, upon awaking, the 
patient will scarcely admit that he has slept at all. From large doses the period of excitement 
and exhilaration is shorter, the soporific and anodyne effects are more intense and of longer 
duration, and the succeeding symptoms of debility are more obvious and alarming. 
By quantities sufficient to destroy life, after a brief excitement, the pulse is reduced in 
frequency, though not in force, muscular strength is diminished, and feelings of languor and 
drowsiness supervene, which soon eventuate in a deep apoplectic sleep. A stertorous respira- 
* Merck has proposed a test of opium, founded on the property, which characterizes porphyroxine, of assuming a 
red color when heated in diluted hydrochloric acid. The suspected liquid is first to be carefully evaporated, a few 
drops of solution of potassa are to be added, and the mixture agitated with ether. The ethereal solution being fil- 
tered off, a slip of unsized paper is to be dipped into it and dried ; and the moistening and drying should be repeated 
several times. The paper thus prepared is to be moistened with diluted hydrochloric acid, and then exposed to the 
vapor of boiling water. If it become reddened, opium may be inferred to exist in the liquid tested. Heusler states 
that this test is not applicable to the aqueous solution or extract of opium, because porphyroxine is insoluble in 
water; but Mr. Robertson, of Rotterdam, has found it to succeed with the aqueous extract, and infers that the 
porphyroxine is so combined in opium as to render it in some measure soluble. (Journ. de Pliarm., 3e ser., xxii.) 1002 
Opium. 
PART I. 
tion, a dark suffusion of the countenance, a full, slow, and laboring pulse, an almost total in- 
sensibility to external impressions, and, when a moment of consciousness is obtained by violent 
agitation or irritating applications, a confused state of intellect, and an irresistible disposition 
to sink back into comatose sleep, are symptoms which, for the first few hours, attend the opera- 
tion of the poison. The pulse is slow, but is full and strong. In the space of a few hours, 
varying according to the quantity of the narcotic taken and the powers of the patient’s con- 
stitution, a condition of debility ensues; and this condition will be hastened in point of time, 
though it will be more under the control of remedies, if the opium be evacuated from the 
stomach. Called to an individual laboring under the influence of a fatal dose of opium, at a 
period from six to twelve hours after it has been swallowed, the practitioner will generally find 
him with a cool, clammy skin, cold extremities, a pallid countenance, a feeble, thread-like, 
scarcely perceptible pulse, a slow, interrupted, almost gasping respiration, and a torpor little 
short of absolute, death-like insensibility. Death soon follows, unless relief be afforded. 
After death from opium there are no characteristic lesions discoverable. The active prin- 
ciples of opium are undoubtedly absorbed, and act directly upon the nerve-centres, affecting in 
man chiefly the cerebrum, but in some of the lower animals the spinal system more profoundly 
than the brain. The slow, full pulse seen early in the poison is due to an excitement of the 
pneumogastric centres in the medulla, whilst the rapidity of the pulse late in the poisoning is 
probably, in part at least, the result of a paralysis of these centres. The great feebleness of 
the pulse seems to be partially produced by vaso-motor paralysis, partially by exhaustion of the 
intra-cardiac ganglia. The contraction of the pupil is caused by stimulation of the oculo-motor 
centres, whilst the sudden dilatation which immediately precedes dissolution seems to have its 
origin in a giving out of these centres. The immediate cause of death is failure of respiration, 
which is due to a direct action of the poison upon the respiratory centre in the medulla oblongata. 
On some individuals opium produces peculiar effects, totally differing from the ordinary results 
of its operation. In very small quantities it occasionally gives rise to excessive sickness and 
vomiting, and even spasm of the stomach ; in other cases it produces restlessness, headache, 
and delirium; and we have known it, even in large doses, to occasion obstinate wakefulness. 
The headache, want of appetite, tremors, etc., which usually follow, in a slight degree, its nar- 
cotic operation, are uniformly experienced by some individuals to such an extent as to render 
the use of the medicine very inconvenient. It is possible that some of these disagreeable effects 
may arise not from the meconate of morphine contained in the opium, but from some other of 
its ingredients ; and those which do result from the meconate may not be produced by other 
salts of morphine. It is very commonly believed that narcotine is the most depressant of all 
the active principles. As water does not dissolve it, aqueous preparations of opium are least 
apt to cause unpleasant after-effects. 
An occasional effect of opium, which has not yet been mentioned, is a disagreeable itching or 
sense of pricking in the skin, sometimes attended with a species of miliary eruption. We have 
found the effect to result equally from all the official preparations of this narcotic. 
The local effects of opium are similar in character to those which follow its general operation. 
An increased action of the part is first observable; then a diminution of its sensibility and 
contractility; and the latter effect is more speedy, more intense, and of longer continuance, the 
larger the quantity applied. 
In all parts of the world, opium is habitually employed by many with a view to its exhila- 
rating and anodyne influence. This is particularly the case among the Mohammedans and 
Hindoos, who find in this narcotic the most pleasing substitute for alcoholic drinks, which are 
interdicted by their religion. In India, Persia, and Turkey it is consumed in immense quan- 
tities; and many nations of the East smoke opium as those of the West smoke tobacco. This 
is not the place to speak of the fearful effects of such a practice upon both the intellectual and 
the bodily faculties. 
The use of opium as a medicine can be clearly traced back to Diagoras, who was nearly con- 
temporary with Hippocrates; and it was probably employed before his time. Its extensive 
applicability to the cure of disease will be rendered evident by a view of the indications 
which it is calculated to fulfil. 1. It is excitant in its primary action. In low or typhoid com- 
plaints, requiring a supporting treatment, it exalts the action of the arterial and nervous sys- 
tems, and, in moderate doses frequently repeated, maybe employed with advantage in conjunc- 
tion with other stimulants. 2. It is still true that as a general analgesic opium is the most 
effectual drug known, although in some forms of neuralgia, in migraine and other nervous 
headaches, as well as in the fulgurant pains and crises of spinal scleroses, antipyrin, phenacetin, PART I. 
Opium. 
1003 
and other coal-tar products, especially in combination with caffeine, are often preferable to it. 
When the pain is severe the opium should be given in the form of a morphine salt, hypoder- 
mically injected. 3. Opium is an important somnifacient, and when the sleeplessness is pro- 
duced by pain is the most useful drug of the class. In ordinary insomnia, trional, sulphonal, 
chloral, or other of the modern hypnotics are usually to be preferred. Very frequently, as in de- 
lirium, tremens, the combination of opium with these narcotics is especially effective. 4. Opium 
acts as an antispasmodic, probably by benumbing the sensitiveness of the peripheral or cen- 
tric nerve system, and hence is useful in tetanus, colic, gouty spasm of the stomach, cholera, 
nephritic and hepatic colic, and in various convulsive affections. 5. It is useful in allaying 
various irritations, such as produce excessive cough, nausea, tenesmus, strangury, etc. In this 
way it is valuable in various internal hemorrhages in combination with more directly acting 
remedies. 6. It is often very serviceable in checking morbid discharges, as in serous or other 
forms of diarrhoea with very large liquid stools, also in diabetes. 7. Combined with ipecacu- 
anha, it is often useful as a diaphoretic (see Pulvis Ipecacuanhse et Opii) in forming colds, 
subacute rheumatism, grippe, etc. 
From this great diversity of properties, and the frequent occurrence of those morbid con- 
ditions in which opium affords relief, it is often prescribed in the same disease to meet several 
indications. Thus, in idiopathic fevers we frequently meet with morbid vigilance and great 
nervous irritation, combined with a low condition of the system. In typhoid pneumonia there 
is the same depression of the vital powers, combined often with severe neuralgic pains and 
much nervous irritation. In diarrhoea, besides the indications presented by the spasmodic 
pain and increased discharge, there may be a strong call for the diaphoretic operation of the 
opium. It is unnecessary to multiply instances. 
But a medicine possessed of such extensive powers may do much injury if improperly 
directed; and conditions of the system frequently occur in which, though some one of the 
symptoms calls for its use, others, on the contrary, are incompatible with it. It is contra-indi- 
cated by inflammation of the brain or strong determination of blood to the head, by deficient 
secretion from inflamed mucous membranes, as in the early stages of bronchitis, and generally 
by constipation. When, however, the constipation depends upon intestinal spasm, as in colic, 
it is sometimes relieved by the antispasmodic action of the opium ; and the drying effects of 
the medicine upon mucous membranes may be counteracted by expectorants or laxatives. 
Opium may be administered in substance or in tincture. In the former state it is given 
in the shape of a pill, which, as a rule, should be formed out of powdered opium, as it is thus 
more readily dissolved in the liquors of the stomach, and therefore operates more speedily and 
effectually, than when made, as it sometimes is, immediately from the plastic mass. There is 
no medicine of which the dose is more variable, according to the habits of the patient, the 
nature of the complaint, or the purpose to be effected. While in catarrh and diarrhoea we often 
prescribe not more than one-fourth or one-third of a grain (0-016 or 0-02 Gm.), in tetanus and 
some other acute diseases enormous doses are well borne. In acute peritonitis we have seen 
the equivalent of seventy-five grains (5 Grin.) given during the twenty-four hours with advan- 
tage. In using heroic doses it is essential that a liquid preparation be administered in divided 
doses at short intervals, so as to secure prompt absorption, that the patient be closely watched, 
and that the remedy be suspended as soon as narcosis begins. In chronic cases, when the 
system becomes habituated to the remedy, indefinite doses are sometimes borne. The ordinary 
medium dose of dried or powdered opium may be set down as one grain (0-065 Grin.). 
Opium may often be administered with great advantage by the*rectum. In this way it 
operates most advantageously in obstinate vomiting, painful nephritic and uterine affections, stran- 
gury from blisters, and dysenteric tenesmus. It may be employed as a suppository, or in the 
form of enema made with laudanum and a small quantity of viscid liquid, as flaxseed tea, 
mucilage of gum arabic, or starch prepared with hot water. Absorption takes place more 
slowly from the rectum than from the stomach, and a one-half larger dose may be given. In an 
individual long accustomed to take opium internally, and whose stomach will receive large 
doses with impunity, it is possible that the rectum may not have lost in a proportionate degree 
its absorbing power or susceptibility, and that serious consequences might result by adhering, in 
such a case, to the rule as to the relative quantity to be given in the way of enema or suppository. 
In some one of its liquid preparations, opium is often used locally as an addition to collyria 
in ophthalmia, to injections in gonorrhoea, and to lotions and cataplasms in various complaints 
of the shin, and external pains, as those of gout and rheumatism. It is also employed in sub- 
stance, in the form of a plaster or cataplasm made from the powder. But its external use re- 1004 
Opium.—Opium Deodoratum. 
PART I. 
quires some caution, especially when the skin is deprived of the cuticle. Death is said to have 
resulted from laudanum applied to the epigastrium. {Ann. de Therap., 1843, 5.) 
Treatment of Opium Poisoning. The value of potassium permanganate as a chemical anti- 
dote to opium seems to be thoroughly established. It acts by oxidizing and so destroying the 
alkaloid. It is evident that to exert this influence it must be brought in contact with the 
alkaloid, and all our physiological knowledge goes to show that potassium permanganate is not 
absorbed as such in the blood, but always undergoes decomposition by the organic fluids or even 
tissues with which it is brought in contact. Further, the allegation that potassium perman- 
ganate given hypodermically is an efficient antidote in opium poisoning does not seem to be 
sustained by the clinical records. It is in fact a chemical antidote to be administered by 
the mouth. Recent researches have, however, shown that poisonous alkaloids after their 
absorption are eliminated by the stomach and upper intestines, to be reabsorbed; so that it 
is important in a case of opium poisoning not to be satisfied with the primary administration 
of the permanganate, but to continue giving it in small doses until marked abatement of the 
symptoms is obtained. The stomach should be emptied either by the stomach-pump or, when 
this is not attainable, by the more active mechanical emetics, such as mustard flour, zinc 
sulphate, or copper sulphate, conjoined with ipecacuanha. Emetics are uncertain in their 
action, but preferable to the stomach-pump when opium has been swallowed in substance; as 
the lumen of the tube may be insufficient to permit the passage of the masses in which the 
poison is sometimes taken. The operation of the emetic should be promoted by a very free 
use of warm drinks, by irritating the fauces with a feather, by keeping the patient in motion, 
and, if the insusceptibility to the action of the remedy is very great, by dashing cold water upon 
the head and shoulders. Very frequently, before the practitioner has reached the patient the 
narcotism will have progressed so far that it is impossible to cause vomiting at once. Owing to 
the great disturbance of respiration, two poisons are circulating in the blood, namely, opium 
and accumulated carbonic acid gas. By arousing the patient, and forcing him to supplement 
the disabled involuntary breathing by voluntary efforts, or, in extreme cases, by artificial res- 
piration, the blood may be so far purified that the nervous centres recover sufficiently their 
sensitiveness to enable the emetic to act. The great cause of death is failure of respiration ; 
and the keeping the patient awake, and the procedures already spoken of, are for the purpose 
of preventing this failure. Peremptory orders to breathe should be continually shouted in the 
ear of the patient. Shaking, forcing to walk, and the galvanic brush, or even flagellations, 
should be made use of to get the rousing effects of action and pain. Atropine, strychnine, and 
cocaine should always be used by hypodermic injection as respiratory stimulants. The dose of 
the alkaloids depends upon the amount of the poison swallowed. It is best to commence with 
from yV to of a grain of atropine, and repeat as often as necessary. As an adjuvant to the 
atropine, strychnine (gr. ff) and cocaine (gr. £) may be given hypodermically with great advan- 
tage repeated pro re nata. The chief guide is the action upon the respiration, though the influ- 
ence upon the pupil and circulation should always be considered. The desired effect is the main- 
tenance of the respiration at or near the normal rate. When cardiac debility comes on. ammonia 
in some form may be employed ; also alcohol, but not in too large quantities, for fear of deepening 
the narcosis; whilst tincture of digitalis should be administered hypodermically. Coffee has 
been found to be of service in producing wakefulness. It should be given ad libitum, and as 
strong as it can be made, or the alkaloid caffeine may be used in five-grain doses repeated pro re 
nata. In some rare cases, bleeding, in the early stages of opium poisoning, when evidences of 
brain congestion have b#en very pronounced, has been of distinct advantage. When other 
measures fail, artificial respiration, and especially forced artificial respiration, should always be 
resorted to. It is to be kept up until the heart-beats have certainly ceased. 
OPIUM DEODORATUM. U.S. Deodorized Opium. 
(O'PI-UM DB-O-DO-EA'TUM.) 
Opium Denarcotisatum, U. S. 1880 ; Denarcotized Opium. 
“ Powdered Opium, containing 13 to 15 per cent, of morphine, one hundred grammes [or 3 
ounces av., 231 grains] ; Ether, fourteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 47 fluidounces, 163 minims] ; 
Sugar of Milk, recently dried and in fine powder, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces ay., 231 grains]. Macerate the Powdered Opium with seven hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of Ether, in a well-closed flask, during twenty- 
four hours, agitating from time to time. Pour off the clear, ethereal solution as far as possible, 
and repeat the maceration with two further portions of Ether, each of three hundred and fifty PART I. 
Oxymel.—Pancreatinum. 
1005 
cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 400 minims], first for twelve hours, and the last time for 
two hours. Collect the residue in a weighed dish, dry it, first by a gentle heat, and finally at 
a temperature not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.), and mix it thoroughly, by trituration, with 
enough Sugar of Milk to make the product weigh one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains].” U. S. 
This preparation represents the medicinal properties of opium without the presence of the 
narcotic and odorous principles, which are believed by many physicians to play an important 
part in the nausea and depression produced in some people by opium. As the original weight 
of the opium is restored at the end of the process by the addition of sugar of milk, the dose 
is the same as that of the powdered opium. 
OXYMEL. Br. Oxymel. 
(5x'y-mel.) 
Oxymel Simplex, P. 0.; Mel Acetatum, Oxymellite simple, Acetomel, Fr.; Sauerhonig, G. 
“ Clarified Honey, liquefied, 40 ounces (Imperial) or 800 grammes ; Acetic Acid, 5 fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Clari- 
fied Honey with the Acetic Acid and about five fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
cubic centimetres of Distilled Water, or sufficient to produce Oxymel having the specific grav- 
ity 1-320.” Br. 
This mixture of honey and vinegar forms a pleasant addition to gargles, and is sometimes 
used as a vehicle of expectorant medicines and to impart flavor to drinks in febrile complaints. 
Dose, from one to two fluidrachms (3-9—7-5 C.c.). 
OXYMEL Br. Oxymel of Squill. 
“Squill, bruised, 21 ounces (Imperial) or 75 grammes; Acetic Acid, 2$ Jl. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 75 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, 8 ft. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 240 cubic centi- 
metres ; Clarified Honey, liquefied, a sufficient quantity. Digest the Squill for seven days in a 
mixture of the Acetic Acid and Distilled Water. Press strongly ; filter. Mix the product, 
which should measure approximately ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred cubic cen- 
timetres, with about twenty-seven fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred and ten cubic 
centimetres of the Clarified Honey, or sufficient to produce Oxymel of Squill having the spe- 
cific gravity 1-320.” Br. 
After a long vogue, this preparation fell into such neglect that it was abandoned by the 
Pharmacopoeias. Its reintroduction, however, into the Br. Pharmacopoeia indicates that it is 
still prescribed. It has the virtues of squill, but is in no respect superior to the syrup. It is 
chiefly used as an expectorant in chronic catarrh, humoral asthma, whooping-cough, and generally 
in those states of the pulmonary organs in which the bronchial tubes are loaded with a viscid 
mucus of difficult expectoration. The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3-9-7-5 C.c.). 
In large doses it is emetic, and as such is sometimes used in infantile croup. 
(OX'Y-MEL SgiL'LiE—sll'le.) 
PANCREATINUM. U. S. Pancreatin. 
(pIn-cre-a-ti'num.) 
“ A mixture of tlie enzymes naturally existing in the pancreas of warm-blooded animals, 
usually obtained from the fresh pancreas of the hog (Sus scrofa, Linne; class, Mammalia ; order, 
Pachydermata).” U. S. 
The term “ pancreatin” has been variously used for many different preparations from the pan- 
creatic gland, and has long been popularly employed for the purpose of distinguishing prepara- 
tions more or less of the nature of extracts made from the gland. The pancreatic juice is an 
albuminous, transparent liquid, odorless, alkaline, and containing about eight per cent, of or- 
ganic matter. It is now generally recognized that there are present in it three or, perhaps, 
four different ferments: trypsin, whose function it is, when in alkaline solution, to convert 
albuminous bodies into peptones; cimylopsin, a diastatic ferment, closely allied to, if it he not 
identical with, the ptyalin of the saliva, and possessed of the power to convert raw or boiled 
starch into sugar (chiefly maltose) ; steapsin, which has the power of splitting up fats into glycerin 
and fatty acids ; and a peculiar substance, not very well known, which acts as a coagulant of milk. 
Besides its digestive properties the pancreatic juice has the power of emulsifying fats. This 
emulsifying property is possessed by an alkaline aqueous infusion of the gland, and is therefore 
present in properly prepared pancreatic extracts. It is independent of any of the ferments, and 
is probably dependent on the presence of a peculiar form of casein or albumin. Bachford’s 1006 
Pancreatinum. 
PART I. 
experiments appear to prove that pancreatic juice in the presence of an equal quantity of 
bile and 0-25 per cent, of hydrochloric acid developed its highest efficiency. (Journ. Chem. 
Soc., 1891, 948.) 
The pancreatin of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is composed of all these ferments, with more or 
less extraneous matter. It is officially described as “ a yellowish, yellowish-white, or grayish, 
amorphous powder, odorless, or having a faint, peculiar, not unpleasant odor, and a somewhat 
meat-like taste. Slowly and almost completely soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol. Pancre- 
atin digests albuminoids, and converts starch into sugar; prolonged contact with mineral acids 
renders it inert. If there be added to 100 C.c. of tepid water contained in a flask, 0-28 Gin. 
of Pancreatin and 1-5 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate, and afterwards 400 C.c. of fresh cow’s milk 
previously heated to 38° C. (100-4° F.), and if this mixture be maintained at the same tem- 
perature for thirty minutes, the milk should be so completely peptonized, that, if a small por- 
tion of it be transferred to a test-tube and mixed with some nitric acid, no coagulation should 
occur. Peptonized milk, prepared in the manner just described, or even when the process is 
allowed to go on to the development of a very distinct, bitter flavor, should not have an odor 
suggestive of rancidity.” U. S. R. H. Jones found commercial pancreatin unable to with- 
stand the U. S. P. tests, which he states are too stringent; he suggests the addition of a starch 
digestion test. (P. J. Tr., 1896, 194.) 
Pancreatin extracts are prepared by different processes by several manufacturers. The process 
described by R. V. Mattison, based on the method of Scheffer for obtaining pepsin, is as follows. 
Macerate the cut-up pancreas in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid for forty-eight hours ; 
filter till clear. Add a saturated solution of sodium chloride, and allow to stand until pancre- 
atin rises to the top; skim this, drain on a muslin filter, wash with a less concentrated solution 
of salt, and press until nearly dry; then rub up with sugar of milk, dry thoroughly, without 
heat, and dilute with sugar of milk until ten grains just emulsify two drachms of cod-liver oil. 
The mixed pancreatic enzymes may be extracted from the gland by means of glycerin, and such 
an extract may be preserved indefinitely. A useful and permanent extract may also be obtained 
by exhausting the finely divided pancreas with water containing about 2 per cent, of boric 
acid and 1 per cent, of borax. (Allen, Com. Orff. Anal., 2d ed., vol. iv. 354.) As the power 
of pancreatin cannot be judged of accurately by its physical appearance, it is very important 
to have some test which will rigidly decide as to its value. If pancreatin be added to fresh 
milk without an alkali, in the course of a few minutes the liquid acquires the property of 
curdling abundantly upon boiling ; and Dr. Wm. Roberts (Digestive Ferments, London, 1881) 
estimates the value of a pancreatin by the number of cubic centimetres of milk which are 
transformed by one cubic centimetre of the sample at a temperature of 40° C. to the curdling 
point in five minutes. (See Liquor Pancreatis, p. 813.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Pancreatin was first used in medicine on account of 
its emulsifying properties. Dr. Horace Dobell, noticing that consumptives are very apt to have 
a dislike for fat, conceived the idea that this was due to lack of pancreatic digestion, and ad- 
ministered an emulsion made with the fat of beef stirred in milk with the pancreatic juice of 
the pig. A little later, pancreatic preparations of cod-liver oil were prepared, and still have 
much vogue. Besides this employment, pancreatin has two distinct uses: first, as a ferment 
to be administered in dyspepsia; second, as a valuable means for the pre-digestion of food. 
As pancreatin acts in an alkaline solution and pepsin in an acid one, it would seem a priori not 
probable that pancreatin given by the stomach would be of avail in cases of feeble digestion. 
At present, however, we have not the knowledge to enable us to reach any definite conclusion 
in this regard.* In the pre-digestion of food by pancreatin, five grains of commercial pan- 
creatin of good quality, with twenty grains of sodium bicarbonate, in an ounce of warm water, 
may be added to a pint of milk and kept at the temperature of 110° F. for an hour. As the 
thoroughly peptonized or pre-digested food is very bitter, when the milk is to be given by the 
mouth it is better to arrest the peptonizing process by boiling the milk after digestion has con- 
tinued for twenty to thirty minutes, unless the milk can be used at once. For receipts for 
preparing various peptonized foods, see H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics. Nutritive enema should 
be thoroughly pancreatized. 
* In this respect the research of Mr. J. Schweitzer (P. J. Tr., 1887) is interesting : he states that: 1. Pancrea- 
tin and pepsin both act with perfect ease in the presence of each other. 2. When digested together they do not 
destroy each other, nor do they lessen each other’s digestive activity in whatever proportion they may be digested. 
3. Long-continued exposure to heat and moisture injures their original activity. 4. Digested in alkaline or acid 
solutions, the injury is increased. 5. Pancreatin when digested for some hours in acid solution becomes perma- 
nently injured or destroyed. 6. Pepsin when digested in an alkaline solution for some hours is also permanently 
destroyed. (See, also, M. Gross, Apoth. Ztg., 1887.) PART i. 
Papaveris Capsulse.—Paraffinum Durum. 
1007 
PAPAVERIS CAPSUL/E. Br. Poppy Capsules. 
(PA-PA'VE-RIS CXP'SU-LiE.) 
“ The nearly ripe dried fruits of Papaver Somniferum, Linn.” Br. 
Papaver, U. S., 1870; Fructus s. Capita Papaveris, P. G.; Capsules (Tetes) de Pavots, Fr.; Kapseln des Weissen 
Mohns, Mohnkapseln, Molinkopfe, G.; Capidel Papavero, It.; Cabezas de Amapola, Sp. 
In England the poppy is cultivated chiefly for its capsules, which are gathered as they ripen, 
and taken to market enclosed in bags. The Br. Pharmacopoeia directs them to be collected 
before they are quite ripe, as they then contain more of the active milky juice; but, cut at 
this period, they are apt to lose their juice through the wounded surface, unless carefully kept 
inverted upon their crown while drying; and, even when thus treated, they are, according to 
the observations of Buchner, less active than the capsules collected after perfect maturity, 
while jthey contain more of useless saccharine and mucilaginous matter. (Buchner's Repert., 
3 R., viii. 289 and 326.) M. Meurein states, as the result of his experiments, that the richest 
are those collected just before the maturity of the seeds, when the capsules have passed from 
their glaucous green to a yellowish-green color. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., xxiii. 341.) They 
are occasionally imported ; but, as no effect is produced by them which cannot be as well ob- 
tained from opium, they are little employed. 
Dried poppy capsules vary in size from the dimensions of a small egg to those of the fist. 
They differ also in shape according to the variety of the poppy from which they are procured. 
On the Continent two sub-varieties of the white poppy are recognized, the long, and the round 
or depressed. Of these, according to Aubergier, the long are richest in morphine, and his con- 
clusions are confirmed by Meurein, who also found the largest capsules most efficient. Those 
commonly found in commerce are spheroidal, flattened below, and surmounted by a crown-like 
expansion—the persistent stigma—which is marked by numerous diverging rays that rise some- 
what above its upper surface and appear to be prolongations of partial septa, or partitions, 
proceeding along the interior circumference of the capsule from the top to the bottom. In 
the recent state, the seeds, which are very numerous, adhere to these septa; but in the dried 
capsule they are loose in its cavity. The capsules of the black poppy are smaller and more 
globular than those of the white, and contain dark instead of light-colored seeds. There ap- 
pears to be no essential difference in their properties. Both kinds, when fresh, are glaucous, 
but when dried are of a dirty-white or purplish-brown color, of a consistence somewhat like that 
of paper, inodorous, and with little taste, unless long chewed, when they are decidedly bitter. 
They contain principles, in very small quantities, similar to those of opium, which they yield 
to water by decoction, and have been employed in France for obtaining morphine. 
On the continent of Europe, the poppy is cultivated largely for its seeds, which yield about 
fifty per cent, of an excellent fixed oil on expression. Poppy-seed oil is of a pale golden color, 
liquid at 5-5° C. (42° F.), easily dried, inodorous, and of a pleasant flavor. It is bleached by 
exposure in thin layers to the sun. (i5. J. Tr., March, 1874, p. 731.) For chemical composi- 
tion, see Opium, page 986. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dried poppy-heads, though analogous to opium in 
medicinal properties, are exceedingly feeble. They are nevertheless asserted to have proved 
fatal, in the form of decoction, to a child. The case, reported by Dr. F. L. Winckler, was that 
of a babe, in the stomach of which he found a little morphine, but no meconic acid. (Neues 
Repert., 1867, xvi. 38.) They are sometimes employed in decoction, as an external emollient 
and anodyne application, and, in emulsion, syrup, or extract, are often used internally, in Eu- 
rope, to calm irritation, promote rest, and produce generally the narcotic effects of opium. 
PARAFFINUM DURUM. Br. Hard Paraffin. [Paraffin. Paraffin Wax. Solid 
Paraffin.] 
“ A mixture of several of the harder members of the paraffin series of hydrocarbons; usu- 
ally obtained by distillation from shale, separation of the liquid oils by refrigeration, and puri- 
fication of the solid product.” Br. 
The name paraffin, often spelled paraffine, was originally bestowed by Baron von Reichen- 
bach upon a waxy substance obtained through the destructive distillation of wood. He derived 
it from parurn affinis, and thus intended to indicate its very neutral character. The name is 
now popularly applied to a solid white diaphanous substance, resembling white wax, which is 
procured from petroleum or bituminous shales by distillation, or from ozokerite by purification. 
(See Ozokerite, Ceresin, in Part II.) In the manufacture from petroleum, as carried out in 
(PiR-AF-FI'NUM DU'RUM.) 1008 
Paraffinum, Durum.—Paraldehydum. 
PART I. 
the United States, the residuum from the distillation of crude petroleum for illuminating 
oil is taken. This is redistilled from what are called “ tar-stills,” in which the distillation is 
pushed until only coke remains. The paraffin oil distillate is treated with from 4 to 5 per 
cent, of sulphuric acid, washed, and treated with caustic soda, the mixture being kept liquid 
by the aid of steam coils. After settling, the paraffin oil goes to the “ chill-rooms,” where, 
by the aid of the ammonia refrigerating machines and the circulation of cooled brine, the 
whole mass is brought to a semi-solid condition. This is subjected to powerful pressure, 
and the refined heavy oil which drains off is collected as lubricating oil. Its specific gravity 
should be about 32° B. The press-cake may be broken up, melted, and allowed to solidify, 
and then submitted to still greater pressure at a higher temperature (70° F.) than before, 
when the product is known as “ refined wax.” To convert it into block paraffin it must be 
washed with benzin, pressed, melted, and filtered through bone-black or other medium, when 
it solidifies in a hard, translucent, colorless block. 
Properties. Paraffin, in its pure condition, is a white, waxy, inodorous, tasteless sub- 
stance, harder than tallow, softer than wax, with a specific gravity of 0-877. Its melting 
point is variable, depending somewhat upon its origin. It ranges between 43° and 65° C. 
(109° and 151° F.). An ultimate analysis yields, on the average, carbon 85 per cent, and 
hydrogen 15 per cent. It is insoluble in water, is indifferent to the most powerful acids, alka- 
lies, and chlorine, and can be distilled unchanged with strong oil of vitriol. Warm alcohol, 
ether, oil of turpentine, olive oil, benzene, chloroform, and carbon disulphide dissolve it readily. 
It can be mixed in all proportions with wax, stearin, palmitin, and resin. As stearin is less 
soluble in benzene than paraffin, Vogel proposes this reaction as a method for detecting the adul- 
teration of paraffin with stearin. (Joy.) The Br. Pharm. describes it as “ colorless, semi-trans- 
parent, crystalline, inodorous and tasteless, slightly greasy to the touch. Specific gravity 0-82 
to 0-94. Insoluble in water, slightly soluble in absolute alcohol, almost entirely soluble in ether. 
An alcoholic solution should not redden litmus. It melts at 130° to 135° F. (54-4° to 57-2° C.), 
and burns with a bright flame, leaving no residue.” The fact that solid paraffin wax is essen- 
tially made up of a mixture of hydrocarbons of the series CnH2n+2 was established by Gill 
and Mensel, who studied the action of bromine upon it. The fact that when paraffin wax is 
oxidized by concentrated nitric acid or by chromic acid mixture we obtain paraffinic acid, 
c2JI48o2, and cerotic acid,, C27H6402, shows that it is essentially made up of hydrocarbons 
between C24II50 and C27H56. For Soft Paraffin, or Paraffinum Molle, see Petrolatum, p. 1016. 
It would be beyond the scope of this work to give all the uses of this very valuable sub- 
stance. The largest quantity is consumed in candles. It is said that meat may be preserved 
by immersing it in melted paraffin. Lemons may also be kept in this way. It is used to coat 
paper to make it impervious to moisture, as a lubricator, for adulterating chocolate and candies, 
in large quantities as a basis for chewing gum, to coat pills, etc. (A. J. P., 1895, 422.) 
PARALDEHYDUM. U. S., Br. Paraldehyde 
C6H12O3; 131*7. (PA-RAL-DE-HY'I)UM.) 
“ A polymeric form of Ethylic Aldehyde [C2H40 — 43-9]. Paraldehyde should he kept in 
well-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. “ Paraldehyde, CeH1203, 
is a product of the polymerization of aldehyde by various acids and salts.” Br. Small quan- 
tities of acids like hydrochloric and sulphuric, and of certain salts like zinc chloride, ZnCl2, 
convert aldehyde at ordinary temperatures into its polymer paraldehyde. Its properties are 
thus described officially: “ A colorless, transparent liquid, having a strong, characteristic, hut 
not unpleasant or pungent odor, and a burning and cooling taste. Soluble in 8-5 parts of 
water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 16-5 parts of boiling water; miscible, in all proportions, with 
alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils. When cooled to near 0° C. (32° F.), Paraldehyde 
solidifies to a crystalline mass, which becomes liquid again at 10-5° C. (51° F.). It boils at 
123°-125° C. (253-4°-257° F.), giving off inflammable vapors. Paraldehyde is neutral, or 
slightly acid, to litmus paper. When distilled with a small portion of sulphuric acid, Paral- 
dehyde is converted into ordinary aldehyde, boiling at about 21° C. (70° F.). On warming 
some silver ammonium nitrate test-solution saturated with Pai*aldeliyde, in a test-tube, a silver 
mirror will form on standing. On heating some Paraldehyde on a water-bath, it should com- 
pletely volatilize, without leaving any disagreeable odor (absence of aldehyde derived from 
fusel oil). One C.c. of Paraldehyde should form, with 10 C.c. of water, a clear solution, free 
from oily drops (absence of amylic alcohol, etc.), and this solution, when acidulated with nitric Paraldehydum.—Pareira. 
1009 
PART I. 
acid, should not be affected by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of hydrochloric acid), or 
barium chloride test-solution (absence of sidphuric acid). A mixture of 8 C.c. of Paralde- 
hyde and 8 C.c. of alcohol with 1 drop of phenolphtalein test-solution should acquire a pink 
color upon the addition of 0-5 C.c. of normal potassium hydrate test-solution (limit of free 
acid)." U. S. 
The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following properties and tests: “ Soluble in 10 parts 
of water at 60° F. (15-5° C.) ; less soluble in hot water. Miscible, in all proportions, with 
alcohol (90 per cent.) and with ether. An aqueous solution should not affect solution of litmus. 
Specific gravity 0-998. Boiling point 255-2° F. (124° C.). It may be congealed to a clear 
crystalline mass which melts at about 50° F. (10° C.). It affords no coloration on standing 
for two hours mixed with solution of potassium hydroxide (absence of aldehyde), and should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for sulphates or for chlorides.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Paraldehyde produces in the frog and also in mam- 
mals sleep, with complete muscular relaxation and loss of sensibility. The heart is not af- 
fected until late in the poisoning, and death results from paralysis of the respiratory centre. 
Not only the brain but also the whole lower nervous system is influenced by the toxic dose of 
paraldehyde, which decreases the functional activity of the spinal cord, of the motor and sen- 
sory nerve-trunks, and even of the muscles. It is eliminated by the urine, to which it im- 
parts its odor, and according to Gordon it increases the excretion of urea. Quinquaud affirms 
that under its toxic action methaemoglobin appears in the blood. In practical medicine it has 
been found a safe but somewhat uncertain hypnotic, whose use is greatly limited by its having 
no influence over pain, by its nauseous taste, and by its tendency to disturb the stomach. Dr. 
J. G. Kiernan has found the prolonged use of paraldehyde to be followed by the same in- 
tractable nasal ulcers, skin eruptions, and other evidences of disturbance of nutrition that are 
seen after the similar employment of chloral. It must always be given well diluted, in doses 
of from half a fluidrachm to a fluidrachm and a half (1-8 to 5-5 C.c.). 
PAREIRA. U. S. (Br.) Pareira. [Pareira Brava.] 
( PA-REI'RA—pa-ra'ra.) 
“ The root of Chondodendron tomentosum, Ruiz et Pavon (nat. ord. Menispermaceae.)” 
U. S. “ The dried root of Chondrodendron tomentosum.” Br.* 
Pareirae Radix, Br.; Pareira Root; Pareira Brava, Fr., G. 
Under the name of Pareira Brava there are three distinct drugs met with in our market. 
Of these the rarest is the product of the Cissampelos pareira. Messrs. Allen and Hanburys 
obtained from Jamaica a considerable quantity of this 
drug, the bulk of it composed of stems, which are de- 
scribed as being cylindrical, varying from the thickness 
of a quill to that of the forefinger, with a light-brown 
bark. The roots which we have met in American com- 
merce are rarely more than three-fourths of an inch in 
diameter, are much contorted, and irregularly cylindrical, 
with a dark-brown exterior, which is longitudinally much 
wrinkled or furrowed. On section they are seen to be 
composed of a thick corky bark enclosing a woody cylin- 
der consisting of a number (10 to 20) of convergent vas- 
cular bundles, separated by wedge-shaped, very porous, 
medullary rays. There are no concentric layers of wood. 
(See cut.) The color is a light yellowish fawn tint, the 
taste a pure bitter. This is the Pareira Brava of the Br. 
Pharmacopoeia of 1870, the present Br. Pharmacopoeia 
agreeing with the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in recognizing the 
root of Chondodendron tomentosum. 
The ordinary pareira brava of our markets is that which was exhibited at Philadelphia in 
the Centennial Exhibition of 1876 by the Brazilian government as the product of Cissampelos 
Cissampelos pareira, transverse section. 
(Slightly magnified.) 
* A West African False Pareira brava which has appeared in the London markets is of a ehocolate-hrown color 
externally, and of a yellow and brownish-yellow internally. Its woody zones are numerous, and in the larger pieces 
are arranged eccentrically. The root-portions have a star of small size in the centre with a variable number of 
straight rays. The woody wedges are narrow, and their vessels, seen by the microscope, small in diameter. For an 
elaborate description of the finer microscopical characters of this root as contrasted with that of the Chondodendron, 
see P. J. Tr., 17, 218. 1010 
Pareira. 
PART I. 
pareira, but which is now recognized as being obtained from Chondodendron tomentosum. It 
consists of great pieces of roots, some of them four inches in diameter and three feet long. 
They are irregularly cylindrical, often somewhat four-sided, with a thin, brownish, closely 
adherent bark, often grayish in color, and not so closely wrinkled as in the true pareira hrava. 
On section the root is seen to consist of from three to nine concentric or eccentric rings of 
growth of a breadth of from one-eighth to one-third of an inch. There is not a distinct con- 
tinuous series of medullary rays, but each zone is composed of wedge-shaped masses, formed 
of divergent lines of dense woody tissue arched exteriorly over the porous parenchyma. The 
stems have a similar structure, but with 
an obvious pith. (See cut.) This is 
the Pareira Brava of the present U. S. 
Pharm., which describes it as follows. 
“ In subcylindrical, somewhat tortuous 
pieces, about 10 to 15 Cm. long, vary- 
ing in thickness from 2 to 10 Cm.; 
externally dark brownish-gray, with 
transverse ridges and fissures and longi- 
tudinal furrows ; internally pale brown, 
and, when freshly cut, having a waxy 
lustre; bark thin ; wood porous, in two 
or more somewhat irregularly concen- 
tric circles, with rather large medul- 
lary rays, and no distinct central pith ; 
inodorous ; taste bitter. Pieces having 
a bright yellow color, or the woody 
portion of which is grayish, hard, and 
nearly tasteless, should be rejected.” 
u.s. 
Under the name of Common False Pa- 
reira, Fliickiger and Hanbury describe 
a drug which they state to be a common 
drug of the Brazilian and English markets. “ It consists of a ponderous, woody, tortuous stem 
and root, occurring in pieces from a few inches to a foot or more in length, and from 1 to 4 
inches in thickness, coated with a thin, hard, dark-brown bark. The pieces are cylindrical, four- 
sided, or more or less flattened,—sometimes even to the extent of becoming ribbon-like. The 
stem differs from the root externally in being less tortuously and more sparingly marked with 
transverse ridges and constrictions or cracks, also in the longitudinal furrows being more 
regular. In transverse section of the stem a well-defined pith will be found to occupy the 
centre of the first-formed wood, which is a column about I of an inch in diameter. This is suc- 
ceeded by 10 to 15 or more concentric or oftener eccentric zones, y to y% of an inch wide, 
each separated from its neighbor by a layer of parencliyme, the outermost being coated with a 
true bark. In pieces of true root, the pith is reduced to a mere point.” (Pharmacographia, p. 
29.) This false pareira is not often seen in America. It is stated that in it Wiggers discovered 
pelosine in 1839. Its botanical source is unknown, but is believed to be a Menispermum* 
Chondodendron tomentosum. Buiz and Pavon.— Cocculus chondodendron. De C.—Botryopsis 
platyphylla. Miers. This is a climbing, woody vine, which attains often a considerable height, 
and is remarkable for the size of its leaves. These are about a foot long, broadly ovate or 
rounded, slightly cordate, with a smooth upper surface, and on the under surface, between the 
Chondodendron tomentosum, transverse section. (Natural size.) 
® White Pareira Brava, the stems and root of Abuta ru/escens, is described by Fliickiger and Hanbury as con- 
sisting “ of short pieces of a root half an inch to three inches thick, covered with a rough blackish bark, and also of 
bits of stem having a pale, striated, corky bark cut transversely. The root displays a series of concentric zones of 
white amylaceous cellular tissue, each marked with narrow wedge-shaped medullary rays of dark porous tissue.” 
Yellow Pareira Brava is described as consisting “of portions of a hard, woody stem, from one to six inches in 
diameter, covered with a whitish bark. Internally it is marked by numerous regular concentric zones, is of a bright- 
yellow color and a bitter taste.” It contains beberine. 
The root of Coccultis Gmba, 6. P. et Rich., a native of Northern India, Afghanistan, and Arabia, according to 
Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen, resembles in appearance and medical properties Pareira brava, and contains about 2 
per cent, of pelosine with 3 per cent, of a new alkaloid, sangoline. This melts at 188° F., and in alcoholic or chloro- 
formic solution rotates the plane of polarized light to the right. It is thrown down by water from its alcoholic so- 
lution, and does not give the color-reaction that is obtainable from pelosine with sulphuric acid and an oxidizing 
agent. The root also contains columbin, and is used in India as a substitute for hops in brewing. PART I. 
Pai •eirct.—Pepo. 
1011 
veins, covered with a fine close wool of an ashy hue. The racemose fruits are of the size of 
large grapes, oval and black. This plant inhabits both Brazil and Peru. 
Cissampelos pareira. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 861 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. 3d ed., p. 167, t. 65. This 
is a climbing plant, with numerous slender, shrubby stems, and roundish, entire leaves, indented 
at the top, covered with soft hair upon their under surface, and supported upon downy foot- 
stalks, inserted into the back of the leaf. The flowers are very small, and disposed in racemes, 
of which those in the female plant are longer than the leaves. The plant is a native of the 
West Indies and South America. According to Auguste St.-Hilaire, true pareira is obtained 
from another species of the same genus, growing in Brazil, C. glaberrima.* 
Properties. The root imparts its virtues readily to water. M. Feneulle found in it a soft 
resin, a yellow bitter principle, a brown substance, a nitrogenous substance, fecula, acid calcium 
malate, potassium nitrate, and various other salts. He considers the yellow bitter substance as 
the active principle. It is soluble in water and alcohol, and precipitated from its solution by 
tincture of galls. Wiggers announced in 1838 the existence in pareira brava of an alkaloid, 
for which he proposed the name of pelosine or cissampeline. He procured it by boiling the root 
with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, precipitating by potassium carbonate, dissolving the 
precipitate again in water acidulated with sulphuric acid, treating the solution with animal 
charcoal, precipitating anew with potassium carbonate, drying and pulverizing the precipitate, 
treating it repeatedly with ether, and evaporating the ethereal solution. The alkaloid thus 
obtained may be rendered entirely pure by dissolving it in diluted acetic acid, precipitating with 
potassium carbonate, and washing and drying the precipitate. (Anna!. der Pharm., xxvii. 29.) 
It is probably the chief ingredient of the bitter substance obtained by Feneulle. Peretti of 
Rome, and Pelletier afterwards, separated from the root an alkaloid characterized by assuming 
a beautiful purple color upon contact with strong nitric acid. (Journ. de Pharm., xxvi. 162.) 
In Christison’s Dispensatory it is stated to be uncrystallizable, insoluble in water, soluble in 
ether, alcohol, and the acids, and of an intensely bitter and sweetish taste. Fliickiger (P. J. 
Tr., 1870, p. 192) has found an alkaloid in the root, and, having thoroughly determined its 
origin, investigated its properties, and fixed its composition at C18H21N03, shows its identity 
with the beberine of nectandra and the buxine of Buxus sempervirens obtained by Walz. 
Ringer and Brooke (A. J. P., 1892, 255) proved that the true chondodendron root contained 
a larger quantity of chemical and extractive principles than do the substitutes. (See also A. R. 
L. Dohme’s paper, Drug. Circ., 1896, 296.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Pareira brava is said to be tonic, aperient, and diuretic. 
It was introduced into European practice so long ago as 1688, and at one time enjoyed consid- 
erable reputation as a lithontriptic. It has been recommended in calculous affections, chronic 
inflammation and ulceration of the kidneys and bladder, leucorrhcea, dropsy, rheumatism, and 
jaundice. It is at present chiefly employed for the relief of chronic inflammations of the uri- 
nary passages, in which it was originally found by Sir Benjamin Brodie to be very useful. 
Advantage may often be derived from combining it with belladonna or hyoscyamus. In 
Brazil it is used in the cure of the bites of poisonous serpents,—a vinous infusion of the 
root being taken internally, while the bruised leaves of the plant are applied to the wound. 
The dose of pareira brava in substance is from thirty grains to a drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.). 
The infusion, however, is more convenient. (See Infusum Pareirse.) A tincture, made by 
macerating one part of the root in five parts of alcohol, has been given in the dose of a 
fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.). The aqueous extract may be given in the dose of from ten to thirty 
grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.). There is now an official fluid extract, of which the dose is from half 
a fluidrachm to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-7 C.c.). 
PEPO. U. S. Pumpkin Seed. 
(PE'PO.) 
“ The seed of Cucurbita Pepo, Linn6 (nat. ord. Cucurbitaceae).” TJ. S. 
Semenees de Potirons, Fr.; Kiirbissamen, G. 
The Cucurbita pepo, or common pumpkin, is a plant too well known to need description. The 
seeds are the part used. These are oval, extended into a blunt point at one end, flattish hut 
somewhat swollen in the middle, with a distinct groove on both sides near the edge from one 
* Pareira Bark. Though the root is the official part, the bark is probably possessed of similar virtues. A speci- 
men at the International Exhibition at London in 1862 was in flat pieces, from two to four inches broad, about a line 
thick, extremely fibrous, so tough that it could be bent without breaking, of a very light dirty-yellowish color, and 
covered with a light-colored epidermis. 1012 
Pepo.—Pepsinum. 
PART I. 
end to the other, when of full size about 9 lines long by 5 or 6 in breadth where broadest, of 
a light brownish-white color, and a slightly sweetish, somewhat aromatic smell and taste. They 
consist of a firm brittle coating and a white oily kernel, composed of a short, conical radicle 
and two flat cotyledons, and contain a fixed oil, consisting of the glycerides of palmitic, myristic, 
and oleic acids, with some free fatty acids, an aromatic principle, chlorophyll, sugar, starch, 
and, according to Dorner and Wolkowich, an alkaloid, cucurbitine. Deprived of their coating, 
and exhausted by ether, they yield 30 per cent, of fixed oil. (Annuaire de Th6rap., 1862, p. 
176.) The researches of Dorner and Wolkowich have not received confirmation, and their 
alkaloid probably has no existence. Pumpkin seed oil has a sp. gr. at 15° C. of 9-23, and 
solidifies at —15° C. The cold drawn oil is used for culinary purposes and the lower quali- 
ties for burning. The oil dries very slowly. (Lewkowitsch, Chem. Analysis of Oils, etc., 2d ed., 
1898, 372.) Sieker obtained 30 per cent, of the oil from the seeds; it was reddish yellow in 
color, soluble in ether, benzol, and carbon disulphide, but insoluble in alcohol. (Proc. A. P. A., 
1897, 545.) Mr. J. C. Lyons used an ounce of it with success in a case of tapeworm (A. J. P., 
1865, 253), but Dr. Wolff’ has found it inert when pure and free from resin.* Heckel was the 
first to assert that the active principle is a resin, and in this he has been corroborated by Dr. L. 
Wollf (pamphlet, Phila., 1882), who has found the resin to be efficient in doses of fifteen grains 
(1 Gm.), given in pill, followed in two or three hours by castor oil, and who recommends an 
alcoholic fluid extract as the best preparation of the drug after the resin.f W. E. Miller 
(.A. J. P., 1891, 585) analyzed both the shells and the kernels of pumpkin seed. He also 
found a resin soluble in alcohol, and a dark reddish fixed oil. 
Medical Properties. It is said that in Italy the seeds of the Cucurbita maxima, and in 
the West Indies those of C. occidentalism have been long used in doses of an ounce and a half 
as tsenifuges. In the Dictionary of Materia Medica by Merat and De Lens (ii. 493) it is 
stated that Dr. Hoarau had reported that in the Isle of France the seeds of a small variety of 
pumpkin were used against the tape-worm, and with never-failing success. In the year 1820, 
M. Mongeney, a physician of Cuba, published the results of his experience with the flesh of 
the pumpkin in the same disease. He had discovered the remedy by accident, and found it 
uniformly successful. He gave to the patient, in the morning, fasting, about three ounces of 
the fresh pumpkin in the form of a paste, and followed it at the end of an hour by about two 
ounces of honey, which latter was twice repeated at intervals of an hour. So far as we know, 
attention was first directed to it in this country by Mr. Richard Soule. (Post. Med. and Sury. 
Joum., Oct. 1851.) Since this time the drug has steadily grown in favor, and, properly used, 
is one of our most efficient and harmless taenifuges. The patient should be allowed only a light 
supper of bread and milk, in the morning early should take an ounce and a half of the seeds, 
a cup of tea or coffee an hour later, but no food, at 10 a.m. a brisk cathartic, and two hours 
later a substantial meal. We have obtained excellent results from the exhibition of the beaten 
seeds in the form of an electuary strongly flavored with oil of cinnamon or of gaultheria. 
PEPSINUM. U.S. (Br.) Pepsin. 
(PEP-SI'NUM.) 
“ A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the glandular layer of fresh stomachs from 
healthy pigs, and capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own weight of freshly 
coagulated and disintegrated egg albumen, when tested by the process given below. If it be 
desired to use a diluent for reducing Pepsin of a higher digestive power to that required by the 
Pharmacopoeia, Sugar of Milk should be employed for this purpose.” U. S. “ An enzyme 
obtained from the mucous lining of the fresh and healthy stomach of the pig, sheep, or calf. 
Tested as described in the following paragraph [see p. 1014], it should dissolve 2500 times 
its weight of hard-boiled white of eggs.” Br. 
Pepsin, Br,; Pepsinum Saccharatum, U. S. 1880; Saccharated Pepsin; Pepsine, Fr.; Pepsin, G. 
The U. S. P. 1890 recognizes two pepsins, one under the name “ Pepsinum,” the other 
“ Pepsinum Saccharatumthe first, or strong pepsin, should digest at least 3000 times its 
* The following plan of Mr. Charles Hand has given great satisfaction in Camden, N.J. Take of the seed sixteen 
troyounees, alcohol of the sp. gr. fl-835 a sufficiency. Bruise the seed with an equal bulk of washed sand until thor- 
oughly comminuted, transfer to a conical percolator, pour on the alcohol till three pints have passed; reserve the 
first twelve ounces of the percolate, reduce the remainder to four fluidounces by distillation; and, lastly, mix with 
the reserved liquor, and filter. (A. J. P., 1869, p. 195.) 
f He prepares it by extracting the oil from the powdered seeds by means of petroleum benzin, then treating the 
remaining powder with ether, chloroform, and alcohol, which yields on evaporation a soft greenish-brown resinous 
liquid resembling the oleoresin of male fern. PART I. 
Pepsinum. 
1013 
own weight of freshly coagulated albumen; the other is the first product diluted with enough 
sugar of milk to make it contain 10 per cent, of the strong pepsin. 
The British Pharm. 1885 gave the following process for pepsin: it is that proposed by 
Prof. Beale, of London. “ The stomach of one of these animals [pig, sheep, or calf] recently 
killed having been cut open and laid on a board with the inner surface upwards, any adhering 
portions of food, dirt, or other impurity are to be removed and the exposed surface slightly 
and rapidly washed Avith a little cold water; the cleansed mucous membrane is then to be 
scraped with a blunt knife or other suitable instrument, with some pressure, and the viscid 
pulp thus obtained is to be immediately spread over the surface of glass or glazed earthenware 
and quickly dried at a temperature not exceeding 100° F. (370,8 C.). The dried residue is to 
be reduced to powder and preserved in a stoppered bottle.” Br. 
It is now clearly recognized that pepsin owes its digestive action to the presence of a fer- 
ment or enzyme, and, although many researches have been made to obtain the pure principle, 
the nearest approaches have resulted only in producing pepsins of increased digestive power. 
Pepsins having much greater digestive capacity than that chosen for the U. S. official stand- 
ard have been manufactured, and the limit has not at this time (1899) been reached; but for 
all practical purposes the U. S. P. 1890 pepsin is sufficiently concentrated, and indeed it is usually 
diluted for internal administration. 
Various attempts have been made to concentrate and bring to a convenient form for admin- 
istration the peptic principle of the gastric juice. It must not be supposed that the substances 
prepared with this object and sold under the name of pepsin have any claim to be considered 
as the pure principle. The one which for a long time was the best in the market was prepared 
by M. Boudault* by a process which was afterwards essentially adopted in the French Codex. 
The pepsin of the British Pharmacopoeia is “ A light yellowish-brown or white powder, or 
pale yellow translucent grains or scales, having a faint odor and a slightly saline taste free 
from any trace of putrescence, and liable to absorb moisture from the air. Moderately solu- 
ble in water, and soluble in about 100 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.).” 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia recognized pepsin for the first time in the revision of 1880, 
but it had then been for some years largely used by the American profession. Much of the 
pepsin thus employed was obtained from Europe, and was of very various quality, most of 
it being heavily loaded with starch, and some of it containing little or no pepsin. Several 
American brands have, however, been put upon the market which are superior to Boudault’s 
pepsin. Various processes also have been recommended for obtaining pepsin. The most 
elaborate and valuable investigation of the subject as yet made is that of Prof. E. Scheffer 
(A. J. P., 1872). He found that various salts, such as sodium and magnesium sulphates and 
sodium chloride, precipitate pepsin, and, acting upon this discovery, he devised the following 
processes. Mucous membrane of the pig’s stomach, dissected off and finely chopped, is macer- 
ated in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid for several days, with frequent stirring. The 
strained liquid, if not clear, is clarified by allowing it to stand for 24 hours and decanting. 
Sodium chloride is then thoroughly mixed with it. After several hours the floating pepsin is 
skimmed from the surface and put on a cotton cloth to drain, and finally submitted to strong 
pressure to get rid of saline solution. This pepsin, when air-dried, is very tough, parchment- 
like or leathery, varying in color from a dim straw-yellow to a brownish yellow. To make his 
saccharated pepsin, Prof. Scheffer adds sugar of milk until a powder is obtained of which 10 
grains will dissolve 120 grains of coagulated albumen. Since his original process, he has in- 
creased the strength of saccharated pepsin. Purified pepsin he makes by redissolving the 
pepsin in acidulated water and precipitating as before, immersing the product when perfectly 
dry in pure water for a short time. A half-grain of this dissolved 1500 grains of albumen. 
(Ibid., p. 784.) The chemical relations of pepsin are so delicate and wide-spread that it ought 
to be given by itself, or in combination only with an insoluble substance, or suspended in inert 
liquids. 
Since Prof. Scheffer’s researches were made known, pepsin has been manufactured in the 
United States in immense quantities,! the tendency having been towards strengthening and 
* For the process for Boudault’s pepsin, see U. S. D., 17th ed., 1014. 
f Jensen’s Pepsin. This pepsin has had a large sale, and the following process is given by C. L. Jensen, which 
produces what he calls “crystal pepsin,” and which he has patented. Mucous membranes, or the whole stomach, 
after being finely cut are introduced into a capacious stone jar or vessel and mixed with about one-fifth of water 
acidulated enough to possess the sourness of vinegar. The mixture is then heated gently from 100° to 130° Fahren- 
heit, and under constant agitation the stomachs are converted into a peptone of a syrupy consistence, which, after Pepsinum. 
1014 
PART I. 
purifying the product. Many other substances than sugar of milk have been used to mix with 
pepsin, as egg and blood albumen, fibrin, and substances which are easily converted into pep- 
tones. The process for making most commercial pepsins may be briefly stated as follows. The 
inner membranous linings of hogs’ stomachs are washed, passed through a mincing machine, 
and the resulting mass digested with diluted hydrochloric acid ; the solution is strained or filtered 
and evaporated in vacuo or placed on shallow trays so that a syrupy liquid which has not been 
subjected to a higher temperature than 112° F. is produced ; this is spread upon glass plates to 
dry, and the scales which are formed scraped off. The thickness of the scales may be varied 
by using more or less concentrated solutions, and the proportion of peptone is increased by ex- 
tending the length of time in the digestion process and raising the temperature to the utmost 
safe limit. Numerous pepsins of value are upon the market, and they are so readily tested 
that the practitioner need not be at a loss. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1884, 1886, and 1890 ; Pharm. 
Record, 1893, 104; West. Drug., 1887, 69 ; Arner. Drug., 1885, 103 ; see also Pancreatin and 
Pepsin in National Formulary and Part II.) 
Properties. Pepsin is “ a fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous powder, or thin, 
pale yellow or yellowish, transparent or translucent grains or scales, free from any offensive 
odor, and having a mildly acidulous or slightly saline taste, usually followed by a suggestion 
of bitterness. It slowly attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Soluble, or for the most 
part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more or less opalescence; more soluble in water 
acidulated with hydrochloric acid; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. On heating a 
solution of Pepsin in acidulated water to 100° C. (212° F.) it becomes milky, or yields a light, 
flocculent precipitate, and loses all proteolytic power. In a dry state it can bear this tempera- 
ture without injury. Pepsin usually has a slightly acid reaction. It may be neutral, but 
should never be alkaline.” U. S. 
“ Valuation of Pepsin.—Prepare, first, the following three solutions : A. To 294 C.c. of 
water add 6 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid. B. In 100 C.c. of solution A dissolve 0-067 Gin. 
of the Pepsin to be tested. C. To 95 C.c. of solution A, brought to a temperature of 40° C. 
(104° F.), add 5 C.c. of solution B. The resulting 100 C.c. of liquid will contain 2 C.c. 
of diluted hydrochloric acid, 0-00335 Gm. of the Pepsin to be tested, and 98 C.c. of water. 
Immerse and keep a fresh hen’s-egg during fifteen minutes in boiling water; then remove 
it and place it into cold water. When it is cold, separate the white, coagulated albumen, and 
rub it through a clean sieve having 30 meshes to the linear inch. Reject the first portion 
passing through the sieve. Weigh off 10 Gm. of the second, cleaner portion, place it in a 
flask of the capacity of about 200 C.c., then add one-half of solution C, and shake well, so 
as to distribute the coherent albumen evenly throughout the liquid. Then add the second 
half of solution C, and shake again, guarding against loss. Place the flask in a water-bath, or 
thermostat, kept at a temperature of 38° to 40° C. (100-4° to 104° F.), for six hours, and shake 
it gently every fifteen minutes. At the expiration of this time the albumen should have disap- 
peared, leaving at most only a few, thin, insoluble flakes. (Trustworthy results, particularly 
in comparative trials, will be obtained only if the temperature be strictly maintained between 
the prescribed limits, and if the contents of the flasks be agitated uniformly, and in equal in- 
tervals of time.) The relative proteolytic power of Pepsin stronger or weaker than that de- 
scribed above may be determined by ascertaining, through repeated trials, how much of solu- 
tion B made up to 100 C.c. with solution A will be required exactly to dissolve 10 Gm. of 
coagulated and disintegrated albumen under the conditions given above.” U. S. “ If 12-5 
grammes of coagulated and firm white of fresh eggs, 125 cubic centimetres of acidulated 
water containing about 0 2 per cent, of hydrogen chloride (HC1), and 0-005 gramme of Pep- 
sin, be digested together at 105° F. (40-5° C.) for six hours, and shaken frequently, the coag- 
ulated white of eggs dissolves, leaving only a few small flakes, in an almost clear solution. 
The ‘ white of eggs’ should be prepared by boiling quite fresh eggs in water for fifteen minutes, 
then immersing them in cold water, and, as soon as sufficiently cool for handling, separating 
the whites, washing off any fragments of yolk or membrane with water, removing the water 
with a clean towel, then at once rubbing the whites through a sieve having twelve meshes to a 
centimetre, and using the product before it has lost moisture. For the ‘ acidulated water' 
mix the official Hydrochloric Acid with water in the proportion of 1 gramme to 156 cubic 
clarifying and purifying by any of the well-known methods, is spread on glass plates for drying in a room heated up 
to about 115° Fahrenheit. It is then scraped off, and the dry and brittle transparent flakes or scales are sifted 
through a sieve having about twenty linear threads to the inch, after which the product appears like minute scales. 
(Pharm. Record, 1883, 424.) This pepsin, as frequently found in the market, has an offensive odor. PART I. 
Pepsinum. 
1015 
centimetres; this will give a solution containing about 0-2 per cent, of hydrogen chloride 
(HC1).” Br. 
In estimating the proteolytic power of pepsin by any method it is very important to adhere 
strictly to each requirement, otherwise great variations may be expected. (Proc. A. P. A., 
1893, 411, 722 ; 1894, 221; 1895, 244, 338 ; 1896,260, 263; 1897,745 ; Amer. Drug., 1894, 
212; 1895, 101 ; Drug. Circ., 1896, 52.) 
Three distinct types of pepsin are found in commerce: 1, pepsins insoluble in water without 
the addition of traces of acids; 2, pepsins soluble in water forming transparent solutions; 
3, pepsins not entirely soluble in water or in diluted hydrochloric acid. The objection to the 
insoluble pepsins is, of course, the inconvenience resulting from their insolubility in water, but, 
on the other hand, they are more permanent, do not deteriorate so rapidly, and are active in 
contact with the gastric juice. The objection to the soluble pepsins is that they are hygro- 
scopic ; but they are, when good, well suited for making solutions, wines, etc. 
Pepsin should always be administered in its original form. The wines and elixirs which 
flood the market are mostly worthless preparations, although it has been proved that an effective 
wine of pepsin can be made, and small quantities of alcohol are not incompatible.* It is well 
to combine it with hydrochloric acid, and the powder is often advantageously exhibited in 
infantile diarrhoea along with bismuth subnitrate. With these exceptions, it is usually prefer- 
able to give it by itself, f 
Medical Properties and Uses. Pepsin is said to have been first suggested as a remedy 
by Dr. Corvisart, of Paris {Journ. de Pharm., xxx. 169), and has been very largely used in 
cases of various character in which the digestive powers of the stomach have failed, for the 
purpose of supplying the place of the natural digestive ferment. Any influence for good which 
it possesses is dependent upon its solvent power, which is a measure of its value. The usual dose 
of pepsin is from ten to fifteen grains, and it is plain that the solvent power of less than such an 
amount is too trifling to be of value in sustaining the digestion of an adult. Further, a large 
portion of the pepsin which has been exhibited has been inert, either originally or from the 
method of its administration ; and in the great majority of cases the good result that has been 
ascribed to the pepsin has been due, not to it, but to the regulation of the diet and habits of 
the patient and to the drugs which have been exhibited along with the animal ferment. We 
believe that its value has been overestimated, that it has been given to adults in ridiculously 
small doses, and that a drachm (3-9 Grin.) of the ordinary commercial article or of saccha- 
rated pepsin is a moderate dose. It has been found much more certain in its effects in the 
feeble digestion of infants than of adults, due probably to its being administered in propor- 
tionately much larger doses. To a babe six months old, suffering from indigestion and conse- 
quent diarrhoea, one grain of pepsin or ten grains of saccharated pepsin may be given after 
each feeding with a rational expectation of benefit. The dose of best quality pepsin may be 
set down as from ten to fifteen grains (0-648-0-972 Gm.). 
* Liquor Pepsini. U. S. 1880. Solution of Pepsin. [Liquid Pepsin.\ (Pepsine li guide, Fr.; Pepsin-Losung,Q.) 
“Saccharated Pepsin, forty parts [or four hundred grains]; Hydrochloric Acid, twelve parts [or one hundred and 
ten minims]; Glycerin, four hundred parts [or seven fluidounces] ; Water, five hundred and forty-eight parts [or 
twelve fluidounces], To make one thousand parts [or about twenty fluidounces]. Dissolve the Saccharated Pepsin 
in the Water, previously mixed with the Hydrochloric Acid, add the Glycerin, let the mixture stand twenty-four 
hours, and filter. This preparation originated with Prof. Emil Scheffer, who suggested a process (see A. J. P., 1870, 
p. 98), in which six pounds of the mucous membrane of hogs’ stomachs were macerated with four pounds of glycerin 
and four pints of water containing six ounces of hydrochloric acid for thirty-six hours. The mass was then strained, 
and macerated with fresh water and again strained, and the operation repeated until ten pints were obtained. This 
process was simplified after the publication of his formula for Saccharated Pepsin, was official in 1880, and is based 
upon this later process. The solution contains 4 per cent, of Saccharated Pepsin, whilst Scheffer’s original formula 
{A. J. P., 1871, p. 5) was weaker, containing but 1*6 per cent. This liquid is transparent, either colorless, or having 
a yellowish color, and a sweetish, agreeable taste, which is slightly acidulous. ‘ It should not become mouldy, nor 
acquire a disagreeable, fetid odor, when kept for some time.’ U. S. It should be freshly made, as it gradually loses 
its powers of digestion when long kept. This preparation, if in good condition, undoubtedly has all the remedial 
virtues of pepsin, and should be used to the exclusion of all the elixirs. The dose is one-half to two fluidounces (15 
to 60 C.c.).” U. S. D., 16th ed. 
f Gastric juice was many years ago employed by Dr. P. S. Physiek, the celebrated surgeon of Philadelphia, with 
considerable success, as a local application to cancers and sloughing ulcers, with the view of removing the dead bone 
and flesh, correcting the offensive odor, and yielding a healthful stimulus to the diseased surface. It has also been 
used with success, by Dr. Ellsworth, of Hartford, Connecticut, for dissolving a portion of tough animal food which 
had become impacted in the oesophagus of a lad affected with stricture of that passage. The gastric juice of a pig 
was used. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., April 17, 1856.) The inner coat of the gizzard of the South American 
ostrich is said, in the state of powder, to be used in Buenos Ayres as a remedy in dyspepsia (E. S. Wayne, A. J. P., 
March, 1868, p. 123), and the dried crops and gizzards of chickens and turkeys have long been used in some portions 
of this country as a domestic remedy. For an account of Rennet, see Paht II. 1016 
Pepsinum Saccharatum.—Petrolatum Spissum. 
PART I. 
PEPSINUM SACCHARATUM. U. S. Saccharated Pepsin. 
11 Pepsin, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Sugar of Milk, recently dried, and in No. 30 powder, 
ninety grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 
230 grains]. Triturate the Pepsin with the Sugar of Milk to a fine, uniform powder. Keep 
the product in well-stoppered bottles.” TJ. S. 
As stated in the article “ Pepsinum,” this powder is made by diluting strong pepsin with 
powdered sugar of milk. It is about six times stronger than the saccharated pepsin of the 
U. S. P. 1880. (See preceding article.) “ Saccharated Pepsin, when tested by the process 
given under Pepsin (see Pepsinum), with the modification that 0-67 Gm. of it are to be taken 
in preparing solution B, should digest 300 times its own weight of freshly coagulated and 
disintegrated egg albumen.” U. S. 
(PEP-SI'NUM SAC-j3HA-RA'TUM.) 
PETROLATUM LIQUIDUM. U. S. (Br.) Liquid Petrolatum. 
“ A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the 
lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when it has the 
desired consistence.” U. £>. “ A clear oily liquid, obtained from petroleum, after the more 
volatile portions have been removed by distillation.” Br. 
Paraffinum Liquidum, Br., Liquid Paraffin. 
(PET-KO-LA'TUM LIQ'UI-DUM.) 
PETROLATUM MOLLE. U. S. (Br.) Soft Petrolatum. [Soft Petroleum 
Ointment.] 
(PfiT-RO-LA'TUM MOL'LE.) 
“ A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the 
lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when it has the 
desired melting point. When Petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further specification, 
Soft Petrolatum (Petrolatum Molle) is to be dispensed.” U. S. “ A semi-solid mixture con- 
taining soft members of the paraffin series of hydrocarbons; usually obtained by purifying 
the less volatile portions of petroleum.” Br. 
Paraffinum Molle, Br.; Petrolatum, U.S. 1880; Soft Paraffin; P6troleine; Unguentum Paraffinum. 
PETROLATUM SPISSUM. U. S. Hard Petrolatum. 
(PET-BO-LA'TUM SPIS'SUM.) 
“ A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the 
lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when it has the 
desired melting-point.” U. S. 
Petrolatum, U. S. 1880; Hard Petroleum Ointment. 
Petrolatum in its various forms has of late years acquired considerable importance, under 
various trade names, as a bland neutral body well fitted to take the place of lard as a base 
for ointments and for other purposes. It is prepared from the residuum left in the stills after 
a distillation of petroleum in vacuo, or from the residue or sediment deposited in tanks con- 
taining crude petroleum, of which large quantities have collected in the storing-tanks in the 
oil-districts of Western Pennsylvania. The substances known commercially as cosmoline 
( Unguentum Petrolei) and vaseline are now made on a large scale from residuums, but more 
largely from what are termed “ reduced oils,” that is, crude oils from which the lighter frac- 
tions (those included under the heads of benzin, naphtha, illuminating and paraffin oils) have 
been removed by distillation. This process of reducing would leave an increasing amount of 
black pyrogenous products in the residuum, were it not that the reducing is carried out under 
diminished pressure, by what is termed the “ vacuum process,” in which, moreover, the heat 
is not applied directly to the still bottoms, but by means of coils of pipe, through which super- 
heated steam is made to pass. These reduced oils can be brought to 337-7° C. (640° F.) 
fire-test without acquiring the slightest pyrogenous odor. They are then filtered through well- 
dried bone-black, in chambers kept at a temperature of from 43-3° to 54-4° C. (110° to 
130° F.), or in some cases higher. The first portions of the filtrate are colorless, and then 
pass from a light straw or amber color to a color red by transmitted light and light green by 
reflected light. This latter is known as “ cylinder stock,” and is highly prized as a lubricating 
oil. The clearer portion of the filtrate is then brought to the proper melting-point, if neces- PART I. 
Petrolatum Spissum. 
1017 
sary, by the addition of pure block paraffin, which dissolves perfectly in the warm liquid oil. 
The storing-tank residue is purified in a similar manner. The “ B. S. Oil,” or “ rod wax,” as 
it is technically termed, is placed in a still, heat applied, and after the lighter products have 
distilled over, and indications of congelation are noticed when a portion of the distillate is 
allowed to cool, the heat is withdrawn, and the contents of the still, after having cooled, are 
transferred gradually to a percolator which contains recently heated animal charcoal. In place 
of bone-black, clay has in recent years been quite largely used for clarifying purposes, the 
same being revivified by heat. A somewhat different process is used in Germany: the crude 
product is derived from crude ozokerite, obtained from Alsace and Galicia, or American residuum 
is sometimes used. 1. The oil is heated by steam to about 30° C. (86° F), mixed, at this tem- 
perature, with 10 per cent, of its weight of sulphuric acid of 60° B., stirred for half an hour, 
and then allowed to stand at rest, so that the carbonized portions may separate. 2. When clear, 
the oil is washed with an aqueous solution of potassium bichromate, whereby any remaining 
excess of sulphuric acid is at the same time removed. 3. The residue from the acid treatment 
is mixed with lime, neutralized, and disposed of to manure-factories. 4. The clear oil from the 
second step of the process, after being washed, is heated by steam to 80° C. (176° F.), mixed 
with 10 per cent, of its weight of granular animal charcoal, and then allowed to stand at rest, 
to permit the animal charcoal to settle. 5. After the latter is separated, the liquid portion is 
filtered through filters heated by steam. 6. The residuary magma of animal charcoal is sub- 
jected to hydraulic pressure, the expressed oil filtered, and the solid residue again used in the 
next operation, a sufficient quantity of fresh animal charcoal being added to make up for any 
loss or waste. (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1881, No. 42 ; N. R., Feb. 1882.) 
The commercial varieties of petrolatum may be classed under two heads: (1) those which, 
like the American vaseline, are obtained as a ready-formed mixture of hydrocarbons of gelati- 
nous consistence; and (2) those made by directly mixing solid paraffin of low melting-point 
with heavy lubricating oil, such as are known in Germany as “ artificial vaseline.” The latter 
varieties are less homogeneous, and are liable to deposit granules of paraffin on keeping, and 
hence are not so suited for the preparation of ointments as true American petrolatum. 
In warm ether, American petrolatum dissolves freely to a clear solution exhibiting a strong 
blue fluorescence, and the liquid remains clear, or at most becomes only slightly turbid, on 
cooling. German petrolatum, on the contrary, is said to form a thick solution with warm ether, 
and to give a considerable deposit on cooling. Bussian petrolatum is stated to dissolve com- 
pletely in warm ether and give a clear solution which becomes turbid on cooling. (Allen, 
Commerc. Org. Anal., 2d ed., 1887, ii. p. 408.) 
Chemical Constitution. Petrolatum, as made from American petroleum, consists mainly 
of the higher members of the paraffin series, but undoubtedly contains also the higher olefines. 
These may possibly alter in time, and give rise to rancidity, although this is not certainly estab- 
lished. The paraffins, which make up the bulk of it, are not capable of direct oxidation, and 
are therefore not affected by atmospheric influences. Petrolatum contains hydrocarbons of the 
paraffin series, like C16H34, C17H36, C18H38, etc., up probably to C32H66, together with hydro- 
carbons of the olefine series, C16H32, G17H34, etc. These latter are less concrete than the cor- 
responding paraffin hydrocarbons, and give Petrolatum its oleaginous characters. 
Properties. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes Petrolatum as follows: 
Liquid Petrolatum. “ A colorless, or more or less yellowish, oily, transparent liquid, without 
odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Specific gravity, about 
0-875 to 0-945 at 15° C. (59° F.). Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in cold or hot alcohol, 
or in cold absolute alcohol; but soluble in boiling absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, 
chloroform, carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, benzin, benzol, and fixed or volatile oils. When 
heated on platinum, Liquid Petrolatum is completely volatilized, without emitting any acrid 
vapors. The alcoholic solution of Liquid Petrolatum is neutral to litmus paper. If 5 Gm. of 
Liquid Petrolatum be digested, for half an hour, with 5 Gm. of sodium hydrate and 25 C.c. of 
water, the aqueous layer separated, and supersaturated with sulphuric acid, no oily substance 
should separate (absence of fixed oils or fats of animal or vegetable origin, or of resin). If 2 
volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid be added to 1 volume of Liquid Petrolatum, in a test- 
tube placed in hot water, and the contents occasionally agitated during fifteen minutes, the acid 
should not acquire a deeper tint than brown, nor lose its transparency (limit of readily car- 
bonizable organic impurities)." 
Soft Petrolatum. “ A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of an ointment, varying from 
white to yellowish or yellow, more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted, 1018 
Petrolatum Spissum.—Phenacetinum. 
PART I. 
transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when 
heated, a faint odor of petroleum. If a portion of Soft Petrolatum be liquefied, and brought 
to a temperature of 60° C. (140° F.), it will have a specific gravity of about 0-820 to 0-840. 
The melting point of Soft Petrolatum ranges between about40° and 45° C. (104° and 113° F.). 
In other respects Soft Petrolatum has the characteristics of, and should respond to the tests 
given under, Liquid Petrolatum (see Petrolatum Liquidum).” 
Hard Petrolatum. “ A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of a cerate, varying from 
white to yellowish or yellow, more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted, 
transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, and without odor or taste, or giving off', when 
heated, a faint odor of petroleum. If a portion of Hard Petrolatum be liquefied, and brought 
to a temperature of 60° C. (140° F.), it will have a specific gravity of about 0-820 to 0-850. 
The melting point of Hard Petrolatum ranges between about 45° and 51° C. (113° and 125° F.). 
In other respects Hard Petrolatum has the characteristics of, and should respond to the tests 
given under, Liquid Petrolatum (see Petrolatum Liquidum)." 
The British Pharmacopoeia describes Parajjinum Liquidum as “ Colorless, odorless, tasteless, 
not fluorescent. Boiling point not below 680° F. (360° C.). Specific gravity from 0-885 to 
0-890. 3 cubic centimetres, heated with an equal volume of sxdphuric acid in a test-tube placed 
in boiling water for 10 minutes, with frequent agitation, should not color the separated layer 
of acid of a deeper tint than pale brown. Alcohol (90 per cent.) boiled with Liquid Paraffin 
should not redden blue litmus paper (absence of acid). A mixture of 4 cubic centimetres with 
2 of absolute alcohol, and 2 drops of a clear saturated solution of Lead Oxide in solution of 
sodium hydroxide, should remain colorless when kept at 158° F. (70° C.) for 10 minutes 
(absence of sulphur compounds).” Parajffinum Molle.—“ White or yellow, translucent, soft, 
unctuous to the touch, free from acidity, alkalinity, or any unpleasant odor or flavor, even 
when warmed to 120° F. (48-9° C.). Specific gravity at the melting point 0 840 to 0-870. 
Melts at 96° to 102° F. (35-5° to 38-9° C.) or even somewhat higher, volatilizes without giving 
off acrid vapors, and burns with a bright flame, leaving no residue. Insoluble in water, slightly 
soluble in absolute alcohol, freely soluble in ether, chloroform, and benzol. After treating with 
boiling solution of sodium hydroxide the aqueous liquid yields no precipitate or oily matter on 
adding excess of acid (absence of fixed oils, fats, and resin).” Br. As it is found in the market, 
Petrolatum varies in color, odor, and melting point. The statement frequently made by the 
manufacturers that it is unalterable in the air is incorrect, as we have frequently noticed that 
exposure to light and air causes it to assume a disagreeable odor resembling that of crude 
petroleum. It has been observed to have at times irritating properties. These may be due to 
imperfect removal of the sulphuric acid or similar agents used, but are more probably caused 
by rancidity of the higher olefines. 
Medical Properties. Petrolatum is used exclusively as a bland neutral protective 
dressing, and as a substitute for fatty materials in ointments. Dr. M. M. Griffith (Ar. R., 
May, 1880) asserts that the crude semi-solid petroleum (rod wax), as it accumulates on the 
casings, etc., about oil-wells, is an invaluable remedy in chronic bronchitis and incipient phthisis. 
It is readily formed into three-grain pills, and may be given until it produces eructations. He 
has used the following formula with advantage: R Petroleum mass, 5i j Pulv. Cubebse, Pulv. 
Doveri, aii 3vi, to make pill mass (pills 5 gr.). Iluile de Gabian is a similar product, which 
has long been famous in France as a remedy in lung diseases. Dr. N. Randolph has shown 
that when taken internally, in doses of from one to four drachms, cosmoline acts simply as a 
feeble laxative and soothes irritation, so as to be advantageous in inflammations of the gastro- 
intestinal mucous membrane. Liquid petrolatum is much used as a soothing local application 
in inflammation of the mucous membranes in the nose, throat, larynx, and even bronchial 
tubes. It is usually applied by means of an atomizer, and can be made the vehicle for carrying 
medicinal substances. 
Cio If 13 N 02. (phe-nXq-e-ti'nom.) 
PHENACETINUM. Br. Phenacetin. 
“ Para-acet-phenetidin, C2H6O.C0H4.NHCOCHa, or Phenacetin, is produced by the inter- 
action of glacial acetic acid and para-phenetidin, a body obtained from para-nitrophenol.” Br. 
The chemical relationship of this body to phenol is seen by an examination of its formula 
and the formulas of the intermediate compounds obtained as stages in its preparation. 
Phenol, C6H6.OH, is converted into nitrophenol, CeH4(N02)0H. Only the paranitrophenol 
is available, and this is separated by distilling olf the ortho-nitrophenol by steam distillation. PART I. 
Phenacetinum.—Phenazonum. 
1019 
The residual paranitrophenol, in the form of the sodium compound, is treated with ethyl 
bromide, when ethyl paranitrophenol or paranitrophenetol, CeH4(N02)0C2H6, is produced. 
This is now reduced by the action of muriatic acid and iron turnings to paraphenetidin, 
C0H4(NH2)OC2H6. Glacial acetic acid then serves to introduce the acetyl group, and para- 
acetamidophenetol, or phenacetin, C6I14(NHC2H30)0C2H6, is obtained. 
Properties. Phenacetin occurs in crystalline scales which are colorless, tasteless, and 
without odor, melting at 135° C. (275° F.), slightly soluble in cold water, more freely soluble 
in boiling water (one part in seventy), and soluble in sixteen parts of alcohol. The British 
Pharmacopoeia gives the following tests. “ 0-1 gramme boiled with 2 cubic centimetres of 
hydrochloric add for half a minute yields a liquid which, diluted with ten times its volume 
of water, cooled, and filtered, assumes a deep-red coloration on the addition of solution of 
chromic add. Heated with free access of air it burns, leaving no residue. Sulphuric acid 
dissolves it without color. A cold saturated aqueous solution should not become turbid on the 
addition of solution of bromine (absence of acetanilide). A mixture of 0-3 gramme of Phe- 
nacetin with 1 cubic centimetre of alcohol (90 per cent.) should not acquire a red tint when 
diluted with three times its volume of water, and boiled with one drop of volumetric solution 
of iodine (absence of paraphenetidin).” The test with chromic acid will serve to distinguish 
it from acetanilid and exalgin; that with bromine water will indicate the absence of phenol 
and acetanilid, both of which will show a white turbidity, owing to the formation of difficultly 
soluble bromine derivatives. The presence of unchanged paraphenetidin may be detected by 
melting 2 5 Gm. of chloral hydrate in a test-tube and adding 0-5 Gm. of the phenacetin to be 
tested. If pure, it will remain colorless; if paraphenetidin be present, it will become violet 
or reddish blue in tint. For other tests, see New England Drug., 1894, 135. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Phenacetin was first introduced as an antipyretic by 
Hinsberg and Kast, who found that in order to produce toxic effects in the lower animals enor- 
mous doses are required. These cause vomiting, staggering, hurried respiration, somnolence, 
cyanosis, and methaemoglobinization of the blood. In man no fatal cases of poisoning have 
been reported, but Hollopeter saw twenty-two and a half grains produce in a woman collapse, 
with cyanosis. Phenacetin would seem to be one of the safest, as it certainly is one of the 
most efficient, drugs of its class. It is asserted that its antipyretic action is more gradual, more 
prolonged, and less apt to be attended with disagreeable symptoms than that of antipyrin and 
other allied drugs. The experiments of Ott and of Cerna and Carter appear to prove that the 
fall of temperature produced by phenacetin is due to a lessened production of animal heat 
caused by a direct influence of the drug upon the thermo-genetic centres, and is not necessarily 
accompanied by any distinct alteration of the circulation. Indeed, the experiments of Cerna 
and Carter indicate that, by stimulating the heart and the vaso-motor system, very large thera- 
peutic doses increase arterial pressure, although after toxic doses there is a fall of blood-pressure, 
due chiefly to cardiac paralysis. As an antipyretic and as an analgesic phenacetin appears to 
cover in its usefulness the same range as does antipyrin. In nervous headache the combination 
of it with caffeine (twelve grains to three) is often singularly advantageous. By many phe- 
nacetin is believed to be less depressing than is antipyrin. Urticaria has been noted after 
phenacetin, but it seems not to produce any characteristic eruption. Dose, from ten to twenty 
grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.). According to Herr Beuter, paraphenetidin, which is liable to occur 
in commercial phenacetin, is a dangerous poison, especially acting upon the kidneys. 
c6 h5 (CH3)2 c3 HN2 o. (phe-na-zo'num.) 
PHENAZONUM. Br. Phenazone. 
“ Phenazone, or phenyl-dimethyl-iso-pyrazolone, is obtainable from phenyl-hydrazine by inter- 
action with aceto-acetic ether, and the subsequent interaction of the resulting phenyl-methyl- 
iso-pyrazolone with methyl iodide. Its constitution is indicated by the following formula: 
h3cc=ch 
HaCN io 
V 
NC6H6.” Br. 
Antipyrin, Phenyl-dimethyl-iso-pyrazolone; Antipyrine, Fr.; Antipyrin, G. 
This substance was introduced into the British Pharm. 1885 “ Additions,” under the name 
of “ Phenazonum.” It has not been recognized by the U. S. Pharm. 1890, because its 
method of production is controlled by the monopoly manufacturing it, and hence tests which 1020 
Phenazonum. 
PART I. 
would be prescribed by tbe Pharmacopoeia could be made inoperative at any time that the 
manufacturers chose to change the character of the product. The British Pharmacopoeia, 
however, introduces the substance under a specially coined title, which has not received recog- 
nition to any extent, the drug being almost universally prescribed under the name of antipyrin. 
This compound is perhaps the most important of the newer synthetical remedies introduced 
into medicine : it is now generally conceded to be a derivative of pyrrol, C4H6N, a base found in 
HCtCH t HC=N 
coal-tar and in bone oil. From this base, pyrazole, is derived 
HC=N 
(see Part II.) ; from this pyrazolon, i j>NH, which by molecular rearrangement yields 
HgC—CO 
CH-NH . . (CH3)C-N(CH3) 
isopyrazolon, >NH. Phenyl-dimethyl-iso-pyrazolon, j>N(C6H6), 
is a substitution product from this. Practically it is made by Knorr’s patented process of acting 
upon phenyl-hydrazine, CeH6-HN-NH2, with ethyl aceto-acetate, (CH3.C0)CH„.C0.C2H6, 
(CH3)C=N 
when phenyl-methyl-pyrazolon, I >N(CeHg), is formed. This is then methylated 
H2C—CO 
by treatment with methyl iodide, when the hydriodide of the finished base results. The product 
of another reaction—viz., that of a halogen butyrate upon phenyl-hydrazine and subsequent 
oxidation and methylation of the compound so obtained, which is also a phenyl-dimethyl- 
pyrazolon—is, however, only an isomer of the true antipyrin and not identical with it. It is 
described in the British Pharmacopoeia as “ In colorless and inodorous scaly crystals with a 
bitter taste. Melting point about 235 4° F. (113° C.). Soluble in its own weight of water, 
in II parts of alcohol (90 per cent.) or of chloroform, and in 40 parts of ether. 01 gramme 
of sodium nitrite and 12 cubic centimetres of a 1 per cent, aqueous solution of Phenazone yield 
a nearly colorless liquid which turns deep green on the addition of 1 cubic centimetre of diluted 
sulphuric acid. An aqueous solution of the same strength mixed with an equal volume of 
nitric acid assumes a yellow color, passing to crimson on warming. Test-solution of ferric 
chloride produces in a very dilute aqueous solution a deep red color, which is nearly discharged 
by excess of diluted sulphuric acid. A 5 per cent, aqueous solution of Phenazone gives with 
test-solution of mercuric chloride a white precipitate which disappears on boiling, but reappears 
as the liquid cools. The aqueous solution should not affect solution of litmus, and should not 
be affected by hydrogen sulphide. 2 cubic centimetres of a 1 per cent, aqueous solution should 
be colored green by 2 drops of fuming nitric acid, and the color should be changed to red by 
boiling with an additional 3 or 4 drops of the acid.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Antipyrin, when given in such doses as simply to 
produce physiological effects, causes languor, malaise, a peculiar livid complexion, and in 
many cases an eruption upon the skin very closely resembling measles. In some instances an 
erythema or a violent urticaria or even wide-spread oedematous dermatitis is produced. When 
these skin symptoms are severe, the mucous membranes may share in the irritation, and a gen- 
eral rise of temperature, dyspnoea, hysterical unrest, and even more severe constitutional symp- 
toms come on. The ordinary symptoms of poisoning by antipyrin are cephalic distress, gid- 
diness, tremblings, excessive sweating, increased frequency of the pulse, often accompanied by 
praecordial anguish, fall of temperature, arrested respiration, exaggeration of the reflexes, fol- 
lowed, if the dose have been large enough, by somnolence deepening into coma, and passing into 
profound stertorous unconsciousness, with dilatation of the pupil and epileptiform convulsions. 
In some cases of poisoning the chief symptoms have been those of profound progressive col- 
lapse. Various irregular symptoms have been noted, such as amaurosis, pseudo-membranous 
stomatitis, swelling of the lips and tongue, laryngeal interference with the respiration. When 
antipyrin is given in fever it acts as a very powerful and certain antipyretic, the fall of tem- 
perature usually appearing in half an hour after the dose, and being very marked and con- 
tinuing for some hours. It is usually, but not always, accompanied by a profuse sweat, which 
is not, however, the cause of the fall of temperature, as the latter may occur without the 
sweat, and is not prevented by hypodermic injections of atropine which check the perspiration. 
With the fall of temperature there is usually a decrease in the rate but not in the force of 
the pulse. Physiological doses of antipyrin have very little influence upon the circulation, 
and a reduction of temperature in fevered animals of four or five degrees with complete 
steadiness of the arterial pressure may be often observed. That the fall of temperature PART I. 
Phenazonum.—Phosphorus. 
1021 
is not due to an action upon the circulation is further shown by the calorimetrical experiments 
of Drs. H. C. Wood, Reichert, and Hare, which demonstrate that there is an absolute decrease 
in the production of animal heat caused by the action of the drug upon the nervous system. 
The work of physiologists has proved that antipyrin has a peculiar influence upon the cerebral 
cortex; that when in toxic dose it probably acts as a primary stimulant and a secondary de- 
pressant to the spinal cord ; that it paralyzes both the motor and the sensory nerve-trunks, 
and has some distinct but feeble influence upon the muscles themselves; that in very large 
doses it increases the arterial pressure, although toxic doses decrease the pressure, probably in 
part by an action upon the vessels and in part by an action upon the heart; that upon the 
respiration antipyrin has no distinct influence, unless in toxic dose, when it seems to act as a 
primary stimulant and secondary depressant to the respiratory centres. 
The absorption and elimination of antipyrin are rapid: it has been detected in the urine in 
less than half an hour after its ingestion. The chief channel of escape is the kidneys, but it 
has been detected in the milk of nursing women. It appears in health and in fever to diminish 
the elimination of urinary solids, and the whole output from the body of the nitrogenous 
products of tissue-waste. A peculiar livid discoloration of the surface of the body is one of 
the most characteristic symptoms of antipyrin poisoning, and is probably due to the formation 
in the blood of methaemoglobin or of some similar compound. 
Antipyrin has been used in practical medicine to meet various indications. First, for the 
relief of pain. As an analgesic it is of no value when the pain is dependent upon a local in- 
flammation, but it is often remarkably efficient in migraine, in the fulgurant pains or the 
pain-crises of locomotor ataxia, and in other paroxysms of suffering dependent upon dis- 
ease of the nerve-centres or having the character of nerve-storms ; it is also useful in the 
pains of rheumatism and of neuritis. It has been strongly recommended by some obstetricians 
as an analgesic in the first stages of labor, but in most cases it fails to achieve distinct results. 
Second, for the quieting of nervous irritation. Thus, it has been employed with alleged ex- 
traordinary results by Dr. Nitot in nervous urticaria, has been used by Dr. Thor in nocturnal 
emissions, and is often employed in hysterical unrest. Third, for the purpose of combating 
excitability of the motor nerve-centres, as in laryngismus stridulus, chorea, whooping-cough, 
tetanus, epilepsy. In the latter disease it usually fails, but sometimes acts with extraordinary 
power. The combination of it with ammonium bromide is much more efficacious in epilepsy 
than are the bromides by themselves. Fourth, to affect secretion, as in infantile diarrhoea, 
in diabetes, true and insipid, and as an antigalactagogue when it is desired to arrest secretion 
of milk. Clement (Lyon Med., 1891) affirms that it is remarkably effectual in bringing about 
the absorption of pleuritic effusions. Fifth, as an antipyretic. For this purpose it has been 
employed in all diseases with high temperature, and, as it has little influence upon the circula- 
tion, may be used in asthenic fevers. Usually the fall of temperature which it produces is 
accompanied by marked increase in the comfort of the patient, but occasionally severe collapse 
occurs, and the lowering of the temperature produced by antipyrin and allied drugs is not 
accompanied by as much benefit to the patient as results from the reduction of fever-heat by 
the cold bath. Sixth, as a local anaesthetic. M. St.-Hilaire affirms that it is even more effi- 
cacious than cocaine when applied to the mucous membranes in a solution of from thirty to 
fifty per cent. Seventh, as a local haemostatic. Henocque and Huchard, and also Moncorvo, 
assert that in from five- to fifteen-per-cent, solution it will arrest almost any nasal hemorrhage, 
and in stronger solution is efficacious in hemorrhages of all kinds. 
Antipyrin has in a number of cases produced serious poisoning, and sometimes acts out of 
all proportion to the amount of the drug which has been exhibited. The hypodermic injec- 
tions at times produce local irritation, but usually they are well borne. The full antipyretic 
dose for the adult should not exceed twenty grains (1-29 Gm.), repeated in half the quantity 
every half hour until forty grains have been taken or a fall of temperature or sweating occurs. 
The analgesic dose is from ten to fifteen grains (0-65—1*0 Gm.) ; in epilepsy ten grains (0-65 Gm.) 
a day may be continuously exhibited. 
P; 30*96. (ph5s'pho-kus.) P; 31. 
PHOSPHORUS. U. S., Br. Phosphorus. 
“ Phosphorus should be carefully kept under water, in strong, well-closed vessels, in a secure 
and moderately cool place, protected from light.” U. S. “ A solid non-metallic element ob- 
tained from calcium phosphate.” Br. 
Phosphore, Fr,; Phosphor, G.; Fosforo, It., Sp. 1022 
Phosphorus. 
PART I. 
This non-metallic element was discovered in 1669 by Brandt, an alchemist of Hamburg, who 
obtained it from evaporated urine by a process which remained a secret until 1737. As thus 
procured, it was exceedingly scarce and costly. In 1769 the Swedish chemist Gahn discovered 
it in bones, and shortly afterwards published a process by which it might be extracted. 
Preparation. Powdered calcined bones (calcium bone-phosphate) are digested for twenty- 
four hours with two-thirds of their weight of sulphuric acid previously diluted with twelve 
times its weight of water. The sulphuric acid separates the greater part of the lime from the 
phosphoric acid, and precipitates as calcium sulphate, while an acid calcium phosphate (CaH4- 
(P04)a) remains in solution. The liquid is then strained through a linen cloth to separate the 
calcium sulphate, and afterwards submitted to evaporation, which causes a fresh precipitation 
of sulphate, to be separated by a new straining. The strained solution is evaporated to a 
syrupy consistence, and then thoroughly mixed with half its weight of powdered charcoal, so 
as to form a mass, which is dried by being heated to dull redness. At this temperature the 
acid phosphate is changed into metaphosphate (Ca(P03)2) by the loss of two molecules of 
water. The mass when cool is quickly transferred to a coated earthenware retort, furnished 
with an adapter of copper, bent downward at right angles, so as to enter a bottle with a large 
neck containing water, which should rise about two lines above the orifice of the adapter. The 
bottle is closed round the adapter with a cork, which is traversed by a small glass tube, to give 
exit to the gaseous products. The retort is heated in a furnace, furnished with a dome, in the 
most gradual manner, so as to occupy about four hours in bringing it to a red heat. After- 
wards the heat is pushed vigorously, so long as any phosphorus drops into the water; and this 
takes place generally for from twenty-four to thirty hours. During this part of the process 
the metaphosphate is decomposed, its oxygen combining with the charcoal, and the liberated 
phosphorus distilling over. The calcined bones of the sheep are preferred, as they contain the 
largest proportion of calcium phosphate and are most readily acted on by the acid. 
The electrolytic phosphorus process, first brought out by Readman and Parker some five 
years ago, has now practically displaced the older methods for the production of phosphorus. 
Albright & Wilson, who formerly manufactured phosphorus by the old method at Oldbury, 
England, have built works at Niagara Falls, and entirely control the production in the United 
States and England. 
A mixture of calcium phosphate, carbon, and sand or kaolin is submitted to the temperature 
of the electric arc while packed in a covered plumbago crucible. The phosphorus is distilled 
off- in a current of illuminating gas. It is very pure, and it is claimed that 86 per cent, is re- 
covered. The native Redonda phosphate, an aluminum phosphate, is also taken for this process 
instead of the calcium phosphate, and phosphorus obtained from it without any previous puri- 
fication. The great bulk of the phosphorus is consumed in the manufacture of matches, a 
smaller amount in the production of phosphor bronze, and another portion in making the 
chemical compounds of the element. 
Properties. Phosphorus is a semi-transparent solid, without taste, but possessing an allia- 
ceous smell. When perfectly pure it is colorless; but as usually prepared it is yellowish or 
reddish yellow. It is flexible, and when cut exhibits a waxy lustre. It is said by M. Boettger 
to be easily pulverizable by agitation with a solution of urea. (Joum. de Pharrn., Juin, 1863, 
p. 488.) “ It has a distinctive and disagreeable odor and taste {but, should not be tasted, except 
in a, state of great dilution). When exposed to the air, it emits white fumes, which are luminous 
in the dark, and have an odor somewhat resembling that of garlic. On longer exposure to air, 
it takes fire spontaneously. Specific gravity, 1*830 at 10° C. (50° F.). Melting point, 44° C. 
(111-2° F.). Phosphorus is insoluble or nearly so in water, to which, however, it imparts its 
characteristic, disagreeable odor and taste. Soluble in 350 parts of absolute alcohol at 15° C. 
(59° F.), in 240 parts of boiling absolute alcohol, in 80 parts of absolute ether, in about 50 
parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloroform, or in carbon disulphide* the latter yield- 
ing a solution which must be handled with the greatest care to prevent danger from fire. To 
test for arsenic and sulphur proceed as follows: Add 3 Gm. of Phosphorus to 15 C.c. of nitric 
acid diluted with 15 C.c. of distilled water in a flask having the capacity of 50 C.c., and digest 
the mixture at a gentle heat on a water-bath, until the Phosphorus is dissolved. Transfer the 
solution to a capsule, and evaporate it until no more nitrous vapors are given off, and then dilute 
the solution to 30 C.c. with distilled water. Heat 20 C.c. of the diluted solution to about 
70° C. (158° F.) for half an hour, passing hydrogen sulphide through it during the half-hour’s 
* According to Fliickiger, carbon disulphide is capable of dissolving twenty times its weight of phosphorus without 
losing its fluidity. PART I. 
Phosphorus. 
1023 
heating, and then until the liquid has become cold. If the liquid he now allowed to stand at 
rest during twenty-four hours, not more than a very small quantity of lemon-yellow precipitate 
should be visible (limit of arsenic). On adding barium chloride test-solution to the re- 
mainder of the liquid, not more than a slight opalescence should be produced (limit of sul- 
phur." U. S. “ Specific gravity l-77. It is soft and flexible at common temperatures, melts 
at 110° F. (43-3° C.), ignites in the air at a temperature a little above its melting point, burns 
with a luminous flame, and produces dense white fumes. It is insoluble in water, but soluble 
in 350 parts of absolute alcohol, in 80 parts of olive oil, in 80 parts of ether, in 25 parts of 
chloroform, in half its weight of carbon bisulphide, and in boiling oil of turpentine. 1 or 2 
grammes should be attacked slowly and be dissolved without residue on being boiled with 5 or 
10 cubic centimetres of nitric acid diluted with an equal volume of water, and the resulting 
solution should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for arsenium, and only the 
slightest reactions with the tests for sulphates.” Br. Its pulverization may be readily effected 
by melting it in hot water, and agitating until it is thoroughly cooled ; and the powder is ob- 
tained finer in saline solutions than in pure water. (Blondlot, Joum. de Pharm. et de Chim., 
4e ser., i. 72, 1865.) It takes fire at 37-7° C. (100° F.), melts at 42-2° C. (108° F.), and 
boils at 287‘7° C. (550° F.), air being excluded. During its combustion it combines with the 
oxygen of the air, and forms phosphoric oxide. On account of its great inflammability, it 
must be kept under water. When exposed to the air it undergoes a slow combustion, emitting 
white vapors, which are luminous in the dark. It sometimes contains arsenic, and therefore, 
when used in forming medicinal preparations, should be tested for that metal. Dr. C. J. Rade- 
maker obtained out of 100 parts of phosphorus about one part of arsenic. (A. J. P., Nov. 
1870.) It occasionally contains antimony or sulphur, the latter rendering it brittle. 
When phosphorus is kept in ordinary water it becomes covered with a whitish layer, of the 
nature of which there are different opinions, it being looked upon by some as a phosphorus 
hydrate, by others as an allotropic condition of that element, and by others again as a partial 
crystallization; but all these opinions have apparently been disproved by M. Ernest Baudri- 
mont, who seems to have demonstrated that white phosphorus is entirely identical with that 
principle in its ordinary state, and results from a kind of erosion of the surface, owing to 
partial oxidation by the free oxygen held in solution by the water. The change never takes 
place in water entirely deprived of air ; and the water when it has taken place holds phos- 
phorous acid in solution. (Joum. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., iii. 17, 1866.) 
Prof. Scliroetter, of Vienna, discovered an allotropic form of phosphorus, which he called 
red or amorphous phosphorus .* It is formed when ordinary phosphorus is kept long at a tem- 
perature between 215° C. (419° F.) and 250° C. (482° F.), in atmospheres which have no 
action on it, or in closed glass tubes. Red phosphorus is much more indifferent than the or- 
dinary substance, and is denser, its sp. gr. being 2-11. It is much less easily acted on by the 
air than ordinary phosphorus, and is insoluble in carbon disulphide, alcohol, and ether, in 
all of which ordinary phosphorus is soluble. Solidified from the fused state, it is brittle, and 
breaks with a conchoidal fracture. Its hardness is considerable. Obtained by distillation in a 
non-acting gas, it is mixed with ordinary phosphorus, from which it may be freed by carbon 
disulphide, which dissolves the ordinary variety and leaves the allotropic as a deep red amor- 
phous powder. It may also be purified by shaking it with a solution of calcium chloride of a 
density intermediate between that of red and that of ordinary phosphorus, and with a little 
carbon disulphide. The red variety will sink to the bottom, and the ordinary float on top of the 
solution, dissolved in the disulphide. (E. Nickles.) Red phosphorus when pure is not poison- 
ous. This has been proved beyond a doubt by the experiments of MM. Reynal and Las- 
saigne and of MM. L. Orfila and Rigaut. It is applicable to the manufacture of lucifer matches, 
and forms a much safer material than ordinary phosphorus. It does not take fire by friction 
at common temperatures, and therefore may be transported with the greatest safety. It has 
been said to be unchangeable in the air; but this is not exactly true, as proved by an observa- 
tion of Mr. T. B. Groves, who, having set aside some red phosphorus in a bottle that was not 
air-tight, observed for a year or more no visible change, but found at length that it had be- 
* E. Q. Thornton proposes the use of the red amorphous phosphorus as a safe substitute for phosphorus in medi- 
cine. In his own experiments upon animals he found that in large quantities it is non-toxic, but asserts that after 
its administration in increasing doses until three-tenths of a grain were taken every two hours (nine doses a day), 
it produced mental excitement, headache, vertigo, priapism, and nocturnal emissions, followed about the twentieth 
day by nervous exhaustion, with return to health in about two weeks after the discontinuance of the drug. It is 
obvious that the red phosphorus is physiologically very different from the ordinary form of the element,- whether 
it may prove to be a useful stimulant in cases of sexual and other forms of exhaustion is not evident. 1024 
Phosphorus. 
PART I. 
come decidedly altered, and ascertained that oxidation had taken place, with the result of 
forming a large quantity of phosphoric and phosphorous acids, in the proportion of 5 mols. 
of the former to 2 of the latter. (P.J. Tr., June, 1865, p. 621.) Besides the white and red 
forms of phosphorus, there is another, called the black, first noticed by Thenard, and investi- 
gated by M. Blondlot, who found that it is pure phosphorus, and that its production is owing 
to some modification in the mode of cooling, when it has been in the liquid state. (Journ. de 
Pliarm. et de Chim., 4e ser., i. 407, 1865.) Prof. Fliickiger doubts the existence of black 
phosphorus, however, and, after an investigation, states that the black color is due to arsenical 
contamination. (Chem. Zeit., 1892, 181.) 
Still another modification of phosphorus has been made known by M. Ilittorf, who obtained 
it by heating red phosphorus and lead together in a close vessel. The lead on melting dis- 
solved the phosphorus, and on cooling deposited it in the state of crystals resembling the 
crystals of arsenic. In this form, phosphorus is a conductor of electricity, and its sp. gr. 
at 16-6° C. (62° F.) is 2-34. M. Hittorf distinguishes it by the name of metallic phosphorus, 
and ranks it in the same category with red phosphorus, the latter differing simply in being 
amorphous. (Chem. News, March 23, 1866, p. 133.) M. Blondlot has succeeded in crystal- 
lizing common phosphorus by means of sublimation, operating in an atmosphere of nitrogen. 
(Journ. de Pliarm. et de Chim., 4e ser., iv. 321.)* 
Phosphorus forms with oxygen two oxides,—phosphoric, P206, and phosphorous, P203. 
Corresponding to the first of these are three acids, known as orthophosphoric (tribasic phos- 
phoric), H3P04, pyrophosphoric, H4P207, and metaphosphoric, HP03. The first of these is 
formed by dissolving P205 in boiling water, or by the action of nitric acid upon phosphorus 
itself; the second by the heating of the tribasic phosphoric acid to 213° C. (415-4° F.) ; and 
the third by the ignition of the tribasic variety, or by dissolving P206 in cold water. To 
the second oxide corresponds phosphorous acid, H3P03, although it cannot be formed directly 
from the oxide. This is a dibasic acid, containing one hydrogen atom not replaceable by metal. 
To the hypothetical hypopliosphorous oxide, P20, corresponds hypophosphorous acid, II3P02. 
It is monobasic, containing two hydrogen atoms not replaceable by metal. 
Medical Properties. Phosphorus, when given in small doses, is believed by some to 
act as a general stimulant. With more probability it is believed by most neurologists to act as 
a nutritive stimulant to the nervous system. Its usefulness in sexual exhaustion, in failure of 
the mental powers from similar causes, and indeed in all forms of exhaustion of the nerve- 
centres, when no organic lesion has occurred, seems unquestionable; and it may even be used, 
with hope of advantage, in cerebral softening. It is sometimes of service in neuralgia, and 
has been employed with asserted advantage in mania, in melancholia, and in chronic eczema, 
psoriasis, and other affections of the skin. When taken in large doses it is a deadly poison. 
The symptoms usually do not manifest themselves until some hours after the ingestion of the 
phosphorus. General malaise then becomes very pronounced, and is soon accompanied by 
nausea, abdominal pain, and vomiting of food, mucus, and bile. On the second and third day 
the vomiting is apt to cease, but the abdominal tenderness remains, and there is some fever. 
Jaundice also sets in, both the conjunctiva and the urine betraying its onset. The yellow 
color rapidly involves the whole surface. Early in the poisoning there is often great anxiety, 
restlessness, headache, and giddiness, but now delirium appears, wild, erotic, or low and mut- 
tering. Severe vomiting of a coffee-ground liquid, free from bile and similar to the black 
vomit of yellow fever, is now present; the urine is scanty and albuminous, often with tyrosine 
and leucine in it, or it may finally be suppressed. The temperature falls markedly, and the 
patient sinks into a coma which ends in death. After death a peculiar fatty degeneration is 
found affecting almost all the soft tissues. The parts which suffer first are the liver, the gastro- 
intestinal mucous membrane, and the kidneys. Very often the heart-muscle is also disorgan- 
ized. The liver is always yellow, its cells engorged with fat-globules. At first it undergoes 
Liquid Phosphorus. A claim has been advanced by Prof. E. J. Houston to the discovery of another allotropic 
form of phosphorus characterized by being in the liquid state. Pure phosphorus was boiled repeatedly in strong 
solution of potassium hydrate, water being occasionally added to supply that lost by evaporation, and care taken 
to stir the liquid cautiously during the process. After five or ten minutes, the melted phosphorus was washed by a 
stream of pure water replacing the alkaline solution, and removin - all the hypophosphites as well as liquid and 
gaseous hydrides of phosphorus that might have been formed. Tlu liquid phosphorus was now in what is believed 
to be a hitherto unnoticed allotropic modification. Its peculiarity is that of retaining the liquid form indefinitelv at 
temperatures very considerably below the melting point of ordinary phosphorus. A small portion in a test-tube 
solidified at 3‘3° C. (38° F.). Another peculiarity is that it is not oxidized on exposure to the air, and consequently 
does not shine in the dark. (A. J. P., March, 1874, p. 112; from the Journal of the Franklin Institute.) PART I. 
Phosphorus. 
1025 
decided enlargement, but if the patient live long enough it atrophies. Both in its symptoms 
and in its lesions phosphorus poisoning so closely resembles acute atrophy of the liver that 
only by detecting the phosphorus in the matters vomited, in the excretions, or in the tissues 
of the body, can a positive diagnosis be made. M. Poulet (Gaz. Med. de Paris, Aug. 1872) 
states that hypophosphorous acid can be detected in the urine by heating the latter with nitric 
acid to dryness; if the acid be present, as the latter condition is approached there will be a 
sudden outburst of flame. 
E. Mitscherlich gives the following as a delicate test for phosphorus. The suspected sub- 
stance is distilled with sulphuric acid and water from a flask, by means of a tube bent twice 
at right angles, into a vertical cooling-tube, passing through the bottom of a wide glass cylin- 
der filled with water, which is constantly kept cold by passing cold water in at the bottom, 
while the -warm water escapes at the top. Under the cooling-tube is placed a vessel to receive 
the distillate. If phosphorus be present, its vapor, mixed with steam, distils over, and gives 
rise to a distinct luminous appearance, visible in the dark, at the point where it enters the cold 
part of the cooling-tube. The presence of alcohol and ether prevents the occurrence of the 
luminous appearance until they have distilled over. Oil of turpentine has the same effect per- 
manently, but is not likely to be present in medico-legal cases. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., July, 
1856, p. 280 ; from the Lancet.') This test acts equally well in the presence of fatty matters, 
as has been shown by M. de Vrij. Roussin finds that the presence of free butyric acid pre- 
vents the luminous appearance of the phosphorus. After neutralization with potassium car- 
bonate, however, it can be seen. (Sonnenschein, Gerichtl. Chem., 1881, p. 27.) L. Hofmann 
gives the following method of detecting phosphorus in the viscera in cases of poisoning. The 
viscera, mixed with water and a little sulphuric acid, are distilled until two drachms of liquid 
are obtained; to this a few drops of ammonium sulphide (ammonium sulphydrate) are to be 
added, and the liquid is to be evaporated to dryness in a porcelain dish. If phosphorus be 
present in the minutest quantity, a drop of solution of ferric chloride will produce a deep 
violet and brownish, though evanescent, color. (Chem. News, Feb. 3, 1865, p. 53.) In ad- 
dition to Mitscherlich’s test, Dusart’s is also used. This consists in passing pure hydrogen 
gas, evolved in a separate vessel, through the solution supposed to contain phosphorus, which 
solution has been previously warmed to about 50° C. The gas then is allowed to issue from a 
fine jet and is lighted. If phosphorus be present, the flame will show a green color in the centre. 
The treatment of phosphorus poisoning consists simply in administering the antidotes as 
soon as possible. Oil of turpentine was originally proposed by Andant. After much discus- 
sion, it has been finally determined that, whilst the pure oil has no effect upon phosphorus, the 
acid French oil of European commerce forms with it a crystalline, spermaceti-like mass. This 
is soluble in ether, alcohol, and alkaline solutions, and has received the name of turpentine- 
phosphoric acid. It is said to be eliminated by the kidneys unchanged, and to exert no dele- 
terious influence. Kohler asserts that when German oil has not been rectified for some time 
it acts upon phosphorus. He believes that the oil acts partly by oxidizing the poison, and 
partly by converting it into the harmless turpentine-phosphoric acid. One part of the oil 
must be given for 0-01 part of the phosphorus. The ordinary American oil of turpentine, as 
well as the Canada Balsam, appears to be of no antidotal value in phosphorus poisoning. 
As was pointed out by MM. Eulenberg and Guttmann, phosphorus in a solution of a soluble 
salt of copper becomes hlack immediately, owing to the formation of a phosphide of the metal. 
Prof. Bamberger asserts that, whilst this change is very rapid, that induced by turpentine is a 
slow one, and, from an elaborate series of experiments upon animals, he concludes that copper 
is much the more valuable and certain antidote. Antal found potassium permanganate an an- 
tidote in acute poisoning by phosphorus. Dr. Hajinos has successfully washed out the stomach, 
half an hour after the ingestion of the poison, with a pint of a one-tenth-per-cent, solution of the 
permanganate. (Notes on New Remedies, July, 1892.) In human poisoning, copper sulphate 
should be given in dilute solution, three grains (0-20 Gm.) every five minutes until vomiting 
is induced. After this, if the French oil be accessible, it may be given freely in emulsion, 
or, probably better, a solution of potassium permanganate may be administered. Magnesium 
sulphate or citrate should be used as a quickly-acting purge, and symptoms met as they arise. 
In dogs poisoned by phosphorus, MM. L. Orfila and Rigaut have shown that putrefaction 
was remarkably retarded. In a case of chronic poisoning from the copious inhalation of phos- 
phorus vapor, the principal results were a gradual decay of the sexual function, and paralysis, 
terminating in death at the end of three years. Partial or general paralysis is a not uncommon 
result. (Lancet, July 7, 1866, 23.) 1026 
Physostigma. 
The dose of phosphorus is from to of a grain (0*0006-0*0008 Gm.). Much larger 
doses than these have been given, but have in various cases produced unpleasant symptoms. 
The elixir (Elixir Phosphori) is probably the most eligible of the liquid preparations; but 
the oil (Oleum Phosphor atum) is very efficient, as is also the official pill (Pilulse Phosphori.) 
Great caution is necessary in the exhibition of phosphorus, and its effects should be closely 
watched. It ought never to be given in substance.* 
PART I, 
PHYSOSTIGMA. U. S. (Br.) Physostigma. [Calabar Bean.] 
“ The seed of Physostigma venenosum, Balfour (nat. ord. Leguminosse).” U. S. “ The ripe 
seeds of Physostigma venenosum, Balfour.” Br. 
Physostigmatis Semen, Br.; Calabar Bean ; Faba Calabarica, P. G.; Feve de Calabar, Fr.; Kalabarbohne, G.; 
Ordeal Bean of Calabar. 
Physostigma venenosum. Balfour, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinh., xxii. 305 ; Ed. Med. Journ., July, 
1863, p. 34; B. & T. 80. This is a climbing plant, with a ligneous stem, mounting on trees 
and shrubs, and frequenting especially the banks of streams, into which it often drops its fruit 
when ripe; and it is said that the people of Calabar derive their supply principally from the 
borders of the streams down which the fruits are carried. The root is spreading, with numerous 
fibrils, often having attached to them small succulent tubers. The flowers are in axillary, mul- 
tiflorous, pendulous racemes. The corolla is papilionaceous, of a pale-pink color, with a pur- 
plish tinge. The legume when ripe is about seven inches long, and contains two or three seeds. 
It ripens at all seasons, but is most abundant during the rainy season from June to September. 
The seeds are the part used. The plant, which is indigenous to Western Africa, has been intro- 
duced into India and Brazil, and is said to flourish in the latter country. Only one other 
species (_P. mesoponticum, Taub.), also of tropical Africa, is known. 
This bean was brought to the notice of the scientific public by Dr. Daniell, in 1846. Con- 
siderable attention was attracted to the subject, and specimens of the bean were obtained by 
Dr. Christison from the Gold Coast. These were planted in the Botanical Garden at Edin- 
burgh, and produced a perennial creeper. In the year 1859, specimens of the plant were sent 
from Calabar, which came under the observation of Dr. Balfour, of Edinburgh, who was thus 
enabled to ascertain its botanical character. 
Properties. The seed is about the size of a large horse-bean, being somewhat more than 
an inch in length by three-fourths of an inch in breadth, with a very firm, hard, brittle, shining 
integument of a brownish-red, pale-chocolate, or ash-gray color. The shape is irregularly 
kidney-form, with a longer convex and a shorter concave edge, two flat sides, and a furrow 
running longitudinally along its convex margin and ending in an aperture near one of the ex- 
tremities of the seed. Within the shell is a kernel consisting of two cotyledons, weighing on an 
average about 46 grains, hard, white, pulverizable, odorless, and having a taste like that of the 
ordinary edible leguminous seeds, without bitterness, acrimony, or aromatic flavor. “ About 25 
to 30 Mm. long, 15 to 20 Mm. broad, and 10 to 15 Mm. thick ; oblong, and somewhat reniform ; 
testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black groove extending over the entire length 
of the convex edge; embryo with a short, curved radicle, and two large, white, concavo-convex 
cotyledons; inodorous; taste bean-like. On moistening the embryo with potassium hydrate 
test-solution, it becomes pale yellow.” U. S. The bean yields its virtues to alcohol, and im- 
perfectly to water. The shell constitutes, according to Dr. Edwards, 30 per cent., the kernel 
70 per cent., of the bean. Jobst and Hesse {Journ. de Pharm., Mars, 1864, p. 277) first 
isolated an active principle, which they found exclusively in the cotyledons. They obtained 
(PHY-SO-STIG'MA.) 
* J. Ashburton Thompson’s Solution of Phosphorus. Take of phosphorus, one grain (0*065 6m.) ; absolute alcohol, 
five fluidrachms (18*4 C.c.). Dissolve the former in the latter by gentle heat, and add to it a previously warmed 
mixture of one and a half fluidounces (44*2 C.c. of glycerin, two fluidrachms (7*4 C.c.) of alcohol, and forty minims 
(2*5 C.c.) of spiritus menthae piperitae. One fluidrachm (3*75 C.c.) of this solution contains 3*3 grain (0*003 Gm.) 
of phosphorus. 
Tinctura Phosphori (Bellevue Hospital). Take of clean, transparent phosphorus, thirty-two grains (2*07 Gm.); 
absolute alcohol, forty-six fluidounces (1360 C.c.). Digest the phosphorus in the alcohol on a water-bath in a flask 
provided with a reflux condenser, until solution has taken place. Allow the solution to cool, and add to it one fluid- 
ounce (29*5 C.c.) of essence of vanilla, and three fluidrachms (11 C.c.) of oil of orange. Finally, make up the bulk with 
absolute alcohol to forty-eight fluidounces (1416 C.c.). Twelve fluidrachms (44*2 C.c.) of this solution contain one 
grain (0*065 Gm.) of phosphorus. (N. R., April, 1876.) 
Phosphorus Paste, for the destruction of vermin, is made as follows. Triturate six parts of phosphorus and one 
part of sulphur with six parts of water, until they liquefy. Then mix in two parts of flour of mustard, eight parts 
of sugar, and twelve parts of rye flour, with the aid of ten additional parts of water, and stir the whole so as to form 
a soft paste, which must be kept in pots closely stopped. (A. J. P., 1855, p. 473.) PART I. 
Physostigma. 
1027 
it by exhausting an alcoholic extract of the seeds with water, adding magnesia to neutraliza- 
tion, which is indicated by the liquid becoming brown, then concentrating, and treating with 
ether. The ethereal solution was shaken with a little weak sulphuric acid. The liquid sepa* 
rated into two layers,—the upper, ethereal, containing no alkaloid, and the lower, a solution of 
the sulphate in water. The latter was separated, treated with magnesia, and afterwards with 
ether, which yielded the alkaloid.on evaporation. The substance thus obtained they proposed 
to name physostigmine. It was brown, amorphous, soluble in ammonia, soda, ether, benzol, and 
alcohol, and less so in cold water. In 1867, Hesse {Ann. der Chem. Pharm., 141, 82) obtained 
the same alkaloid in a still purer state, perfectly colorless and tasteless, fusing at 45° C. (113° 
F.), and decomposing at 100° C. (212° F.) with red coloration. He gives it the formula 
1865 Vee and Leven (Comptes-Rendus, 60, 1194) obtained, by treating the 
seeds in nearly the same manner, an alkaloid to which they gave the name eserine, which formed 
colorless tabular crystals of a bitter taste, readily soluble in ether, alcohol, or chloroform, but 
sparingly soluble in water. The crystals contain 1 molecule of water, which they lose at 100° C., 
and the anhydrous alkaloid then fuses at from 102°-103° C. The identity of this principle with 
the physostigmine of Hesse is now generally accepted. The solution of eserine acts quickly 
on the pupil, and a drop of a solution containing only 1 part in 1000, placed within the eye- 
lids, causes great and lasting contraction. Of this alkaloid 15 milligrammes (-023 gr.) in- 
jected under the skin of a guinea-pig produced palsy of the hind legs in five minutes, and 
death in half an hour, with dilatation of the pupil at the moment of death. It is said to be 
capable of destroying life by absorption from the conjunctiva. A peculiarity of the alkaloid 
is that an aqueous solution of it, or of one of its salts, exposed to the air in the presence of po- 
tassa, soda, or lime, becomes red, owing to the absorption of oxygen. The coloring matter is 
taken up by chloroform. The color is not permanent, but gradually changes to yellow, green, 
or blue. This test will detect less than the hundred-thousandth part of the alkaloid. The 
same property is possessed by the alcoholic extract of the bean* Physostigmine was official 
in the Br. Ph. 1885, and was thus described : “ In colorless or pinkish crystals, slightly solu- 
ble in water, but readily soluble in alcohol and in diluted acids. The aqueous solution has an 
alkaline reaction, when warmed with or when shaken with dilute solution of potash becomes 
red, and when evaporated to dryness over a water-bath leaves a bluish residue, the acidified 
solution of which is beautifully dichroic, being blue and red.” 
Harnock and Witkowski in 1876 obtained still another alkaloid, which they named calabar- 
ine. It is soluble in alcohol and water, nearly insoluble in ether, melts at 132° C., and differs 
in physiological character from physostigmine. It is now generally known under the name of 
eseridine,f and the formula C16H23N303 given to it. This formula differs from that of phy- 
sostigmine, it will be seen, by HaO only, and it is stated that the one can be changed into 
the other by the action of dilute acids. 
Hesse obtained also a neutral principle, phytosterin, by exhausting the cotyledons with pe- 
troleum ether. It is closely allied to cholesterin, but its chloroform solution is devoid of rota- 
tory power. Its formula is C26H440 -f- H20, and its melting point is 133° C. (271-4° F.). 
Medical Properties and Uses. Calabar bean has been used from time immemorial 
* Physostigmine or eaerine sulphate is obtained by M. A. Petit in the following manner. A hydro-alcoholic 
extract of the bean is dissolved in four parts of distilied water, and the solution filtered. To the solution is added 
one gramme of potassium bicarbonate for every 20 grammes of extract, and the mixture is shaken with ether in ex- 
cess. The ether, which takes up nearly all the alkaloid, is, after a few minutes’ repose, separated. A little distilled 
water is then added, and afterwards sulphuric acid drop by drop, the liquid being shaken after each drop, and tested 
with litmus paper till exactly neutral. After standing, the aqueous solution is separated from the ether, which now 
contains none of the alkaloid. This ether is then employed as before, and the operation repeated three or four times, 
so as completely to exhaust the original solution, and the liquid obtained each time is added to the last watery solu- 
tion. This contains the physostigmine sulphate nearly pure. To purify this, it should be passed through the same 
process as the original solution of the extract. The resulting solution may be evaporated to crystallization if desired ; 
but usually the evaporation is carried only so far as to get rid of all the ether present. If enough water be added 
to the solution to make as many grammes as there were drops of sulphuric acid (H2SO4) employed, each gramme 
will represent one centigramme (-1543 gr.) of the alkaloid. Of a collyrium made of one part of this to nine parts 
of water, a drop or two will be sufficient to act promptly on the pupil. (N. R., April, 1872, 380.) Petit and Polonov- 
ski conducted experiments with the view of discovering salts of eserine which would be stable and non-hygroscopic; 
they made eserine benzoate, eserine meta-cresotate, eserine citrate, and eserine tartrate. Processes will be found in 
Journ. Pharm. Chern., 1894, 55. 
f Eseridine (Deutsche Med. Zeit., Dec. 1889) is said to produce in the lower animals excitement with elevation 
of the blood-pressure and slowness of the pulse, followed by progressive paralysis and death from failure of the 
respiration. It is also affirmed to markedly increase internal peristalsis and to produce watery purging. It has 
been recommended by Eber, also by Ostertag (Berlin. Thier'drztl. Wochenschr., Jhrg. 4, 5, Nos. 40, 43), as a laxative 
in veterinary medicine, but has not been used to any extent in human beings. As a poison it is said to have one-sixth 
the strength of eserine. 1028 
Physostigma.—Physostigminse Salicylas. 
PART I. 
by the natives of Africa as an ordeal, and, when given by their head men, usually proves fatal 
to the accused, unless free vomiting occurs. A draught containing 19 seeds pounded and in- 
fused in water is said to have killed a man in an hour. In the experiments of Dr. Fraser, it 
was found that the integuments of the seeds, as well as the shell, are distinctly purgative. It 
is probable that in the fresh bean they are also emetic, and that the priests or chiefs who ad- 
minister the ordeal take advantage of this in regulating the effects of the poison to suit their 
own purposes; sometimes, however, even the pure alkaloid vomits. (Gubler.') Dr. Christison 
took about 12 grains of the kernel, which in fifteen.minutes produced giddiness and a feeling 
of torpidity, followed by great weakness and faintness, paleness of the surface, extreme weak- 
ness and irregularity of the pulse, and indisposition or inability to make voluntary muscular 
effort. A peculiar epigastric sensation is often the first symptom of the action of the poison, 
and sometimes becomes severe. The heart often acts tumultuously or irregularly, but the pulse- 
frequency may be reduced. Of seventy children poisoned in Liverpool by eating Calabar beans 
which had been thrown out upon a waste-heap, vomiting occurred, or was produced by emetics, 
in all except one, in whom four kernels caused death. The nausea and vomiting came on in 
about half an hour, the nervous symptoms in less than an hour. 
In the lower animals Calabar bean produces muscular tremors, diminished reflex activity, 
contractions of the pupils, some cardiac disturbance, and a progressive paralysis ending in 
death from paralytic asphyxia. It has been proved by Fraser that the paralysis is due to a 
depressant action upon the motor tract of the spinal cord, this being the most important physi- 
ological effect of the drug. The brain, the sensory tract of the cord, and the nerve-trunks are 
not affected, but the muscles are directly influenced: hence the muscular twitcliings. Small 
doses somewhat increase the force but diminish the frequency of the heart-beat, and cause rise 
of arterial pressure. Toxic doses depress the heart and lower arterial pressure. The intesti- 
nal peristalsis, and probably also the bronchial movements, are primarily increased, and, after 
a toxic dose, secondarily diminished. Locally applied to the eye, Calabar bean causes myosis, 
with disturbance of accommodation. A similar effect is usually produced by large doses taken 
internally; it is largely the result of a local paralysis of the peripheral sympathetic fibres in 
the eye, but it is probable that there is also stimulation of the oculo-motor nerve terminations. 
The sedative influence of Calabar bean upon the motor spinal tract early led to its use in tet- 
anus, strychnine poisoning, and similar conditions of spinal excitement. Clinical experience 
has, however, shown that it is of less value than chloral or some other depressant motors, so 
that it is chiefly employed as a succedaneum for these remedies. The effect of the drug upon 
intestinal peristalsis has led to its use in “phantom tumor" of the abdomen, constipation, and 
other affections of the bowels dependent upon muscular atony. It has also been employed with 
great asserted advantage in chronic bronchitis. 
In Calabar bean poisoning the stomach should be thoroughly washed out, and atropine, which 
has been found by Kleinwiichter, Bourneville, and Fraser to be physiologically antagonistic to 
Calabar bean, should be given hypodermically in doses of from one-sixtieth to one-fortieth of 
a grain (0-001-0-0015 Grm.), repeated at intervals according to the exigencies of the case. 
Strychnine would also probably be found useful. The best preparation of Calabar bean is the 
alcoholic extract, which, according to Dr. Fraser, is twenty-four times as strong as the kernel. 
Its maximum commencing dose may be set down as one-eighth of a grain (0-008 6m.), repre- 
senting three grains of the crude drug (0-2 Cm.). The alkaloid eserine, either in solution or 
in the form of gelatin disks containing definite quantities (from to tottc a grain), which 
are put in the eye, has entirely replaced the alcoholic extract as a local myotic. 
PHYSOSTIGMIN./E SALICYLAS. U. S. Physostigmine Salicylate. 
[Eserine Salicylate.] 
(PH Y-SO-STIG-MI'NiE SlL-I-CY'LXS.) 
C15 H21 1V3 02 C7 H6 O3; 412.17. ' C15 H21 ¥3 02 C7 Hfi 03; 413. 
“ The salicylate of an alkaloid prepared from Physostigma. It should be kept in small, 
dark amber-colored, well-stoppered vials.” U S. 
This salt was introduced into the Pharmacopoeia of 1880 in preference to the sulphate of 
the alkaloid (see page 1029) on account of its greater stability. Owing to the greater molec- 
ular weight of salicylic acid, the salicylate cannot be as effective as the sulphate in equal 
quantities, nor is it as soluble in water. Its advantage is that it is not deliquescent. Birken- 
wald (Pharm. Zeit. f. Russ., 1891, 657) gives the following process. 100 parts of eserine sul- PAET I. 
Physostigminse Salicylas.—Physostigminse Sulphas. 
1029 
phate are dissolved in a suitable quantity of water, and an excess of a solution of sodium bicar- 
bonate added and agitated with several portions of absolute ether; the ethereal solutions are 
filtered into a beaker containing 35-5 parts of salicylic acid dissolved in ether, thoroughly mixed, 
and the eserine salicylate collected upon a filter, washed with absolute ether and dried, pro- 
tected from sunlight and air. Any excess of salicylic acid that may have been present is 
removed by the washing with ether. The success of this method depends upon rapid manip- 
ulation and preventing exposure to sunlight, otherwise the salt obtained will be of a red color 
due to the decomposition of eserine and formation of ruheserine ; washing the crystals with 
alcohol will remove any red color, but with loss of eserine salicylate. “ Colorless or faintly 
yellowish, shining, acicular, or short, columnar crystals, odorless, and having a bitter taste. It 
acquires a reddish tint when long exposed to light and air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 150 
parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol; in 30 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boil- 
ing alcohol. When heated to about 179° C. (354-2° F.), the salt melts. Upon ignition, it is 
consumed, leaving no residue. The salt usually has a faintly acid reaction on litmus paper. 
On adding a small portion of the salt to colorless, concentrated sulphuric acid, the latter as- 
sumes a tint not deeper than yellow. If a minute portion of the salt be added to a few C.c. 
of ammonia water, in a small capsule, the liquid will acquire a yellowish-red color. On evap- 
orating the liquid on a water-bath, a blue residue will be left which yields, with alcohol, a blue 
solution becoming violet-red upon supersaturation with acetic acid, and exhibiting a strong, 
reddish fluorescence. The aqueous solution of the salt, when mixed with ferric chloride test- 
solution, assumes a deep violet color.” U. S. 
Medical Properties. This salt has the medical properties of its base. The maximum 
first dose of physostigmine or its salts is one-thirtieth of a grain, to be increased as occasion 
demands. In the dose mentioned the alkaloid is a very valuable addition to a laxative pill, 
especially when the constipation is due to atony of the muscular coat of the intestines ; but such 
pill must not be repeated in less than five hours. For ordinary ophthalmic purposes a solution 
of a quarter of a grain of the salt of physostigmine to the ounce is of sufficient strength, but 
in glaucoma and other severe diseases of the eyes the strength of two grains to the fluidounce 
is sometimes necessary. When a long-continued use of the drug is desired, one-sixteenth grain 
to the ounce is usually of sufficient strength. Physostigmine solution soon acquires a pinkish 
color, which deepens with age, but does not sensibly affect the action of the drug upon the eye. 
PHYSOSTIGMINE SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Physostigmine Sulphate. 
[Eserine Sulphate.] 
(C,5H2iN302)2 H2SO4; 646*82. (PHY-SO-STIG-MI'X/E SUL'PHlS.) 
“ The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Physostigma. It should be kept in small, dark 
amber-colored and well-stoppered vials.” U. S. “ The sulphate, (C16H21Na02)2,H2S04,a:H20, 
of an alkaloid obtained from Calabar Bean.” Br. 
This is a new official salt: it is preferable to the salicylate on account of its greater solu- 
bility, but on exposure to the air it soon assumes an extractive consistence which renders it 
difficult to dispense ; the salicylate is free from this objection. 
“ A white or yellowish-white, micro-crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a hitter taste. 
It is very deliquescent when exposed to moist air, and gradually turns reddish by exposure to 
air and light. Very soluble in water and in alcohol, at 15° C. (59° F.), and still more so at 
the boiling temperature of these liquids. At 105° C. (221° F.), the salt melts, and upon ignition 
it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. On adding a small 
portion of the salt to colorless, concentrated sulphuric acid, the latter should not assume a tint 
deeper than yellow. If a minute portion of the salt be added to a few C.c. of ammonia water 
in a small capsule, the liquid will acquire a yellowish-red color. On evaporating this liquid on 
a water-bath, a blue or bluish-gray residue will be left which yields, with alcohol, a blue solu- 
tion becoming violet-red upon supersaturation with acetic acid, and exhibiting a string reddish 
fluorescence. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a 
white precipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid.” IT. S. “When shaken with dilute solution 
of potassium hydroxide it becomes red ; and when mixed with solution of ammonia, and evap- 
orated to dryness on a water-bath, it leaves a bluish residue, the solution of which in very di- 
lute acids is dichroic, being red by reflected and blue by transmitted light. A minute frag- 
ment dissolved in a few drops of fuming nitric acid yields a yellow liquid, which on evaporation 
on a water-bath darkens in color, the residue when completely dried being of a green color. 1030 
Phytolaccae Fructus.—Phytolaccae Radix. 
PART I. 
A dilute aqueous solution applied to the eye causes contraction of the pupil. It leaves no ash 
when burned with free access of air.” Br. 
The medical properties, uses, and dose are the same as those of Physosfigminse, Salicylas. 
PHYTOLACCA FRUCTUS. U. S. Phytolacca Fruit 
[Phytolaccae Bacca, Pharm. 1880. Poke Berry.] 
“ The fruit of Phytolacca decandra, Linne (nat. ord. Phytolaccaceae).” U. S. 
Raisin d’Amerique, Fr.; Amerikanische Kermesbeere, G. 
(PHY-TO-IiXC'QiE FRiJC'TUS.) 
PHYTOLACCA RADIX. U. S. Phytolacca Root. [Poke Root.] 
“ The root of Phytolacca decandra, Linne (nat. ord. Phytolaccaceae).” U. S. 
Racine de Phytolaque, Fr.; Kermesbeerenwurzel, G. 
Phytolacca decandra. L. Sp. PL (1762) 631 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 822 ; Bigelow, Am. 
Med. Bot. i. 39 ; Barton, Med. Bot. ii. 213. This is an indigenous plant, with a large peren- 
nial root, often five or six inches in diameter, divided into two or three principal branches, 
soft, fleshy, fibrous, whitish within, and covered with a brownish cork. The stems, which are 
annual, frequently grow to the height of six or eight feet, and divide into numerous spreading 
branches. They are round, very smooth, green when young, but purple after the berries have 
ripened. The leaves are scattered, ovate-oblong, entire, pointed, smooth, ribbed beneath, and 
on short footstalks. The flowers are numerous, small, and in long racemes, which are some- 
times erect, sometimes drooping. The corolla consists of five ovate, concave, whitish petals, 
folding inward. There are ten stamens and the same number of pistils. The raceme of 
flowers becomes a cluster of dark purple, almost black, shining berries, flattened above and 
below, and divided into ten cells, each containing one seed. 
The poke is abundant in all parts of the United States, flourishing along fences, by the 
borders of woods, and especially in newly-cleared and uncultivated fields. The muck thrown 
up from the ditches of swamps is peculiarly favorable to it; and a bed of muck may almost 
always be recognized by the luxuriant growth of poke with which it covers itself. It also 
grows spontaneously in the north of Africa and the south of Europe, where, however, it is 
supposed to have been introduced from America. Its flowers begin to appear in July, and the 
fruit ripens in autumn. The magnitude of the poke-weed, its large rich leaves, and its beau- 
tiful clusters of purple berries, often mingled upon the same branch with the green unripe fruit 
and the flowers still in bloom, render it one of the most striking of our native plants. The 
young shoots are much used as food early in the spring, boiled in the manner of spinage. The 
ashes of the stems and leaves contain a very large proportion of potassa, yielding, according to 
Braconnot, not less than 4-2 per cent, of the pure caustic alkali. In the plant the potassa is 
neutralized by an acid closely resembling malic acid, though differing from it in some respects 
The leaves, berries, and root are used, but only the two latter are mentioned in the Pharma- 
copoeia. The root is most active. It should be dug up late in November, cut into thin trans- 
verse slices, and dried with a moderate heat. As its virtues are diminished by keeping, a new 
supply should be procured every year. The berries should be collected when perfectly ripe, 
and the leaves about the middle of summer, when the footstalks begin to redden. 
The berries contain a succulent pulp, and yield upon pressure a large quantity of fine purplish 
red juice. They have a sweetish, nauseous, slightly acrid taste, with little odor. They are 
officially described as “ a depressed-globular, dark purple, compound berry, about 8 Mm. in 
diameter, composed of ten carpels, each containing one lenticular, black seed ; juice purplish- 
red ; inodorous ; taste sweet, slightly acrid.” U S. The coloring principle is evanescent, and 
cannot be applied to useful purposes in dyeing, from the difficulty of fixing it. Alkalies render 
it yellow; but the original color is restored by acids. The juice contains saccharine matter, 
and, after fermenting, yields alcohol by distillation. 
The dined root is branched, of a light yellowish-brown color externally, very much wrinkled, 
and, when in transverse slices, exhibits on the cut surface numerous concentric rings, formed 
by the projecting ends of fibres, between which the intervening matter has shrunk in drying. 
The structure internally in the older roots is firm and almost ligneous ; the color yellowish white, 
alternating with darker circular layers. The fracture is fibrous, the wood-bundles in several 
distinct, concentric circles. There is no smell. The taste is slightly sweetish, and at first mild, 
but followed by a sense of acrimony. It is officially described as “ large, conical, branched and 
(PHY-TO-LAC'Qi'E KA'DIX.) PART I. 
Phytolaccse Radix.—Picrotoxinum. 
1031 
fleshy; mostly in transverse or longitudinal slices, wrinkled, grayish, hard; fracture fibrous, 
the wood-bundles in several distinct, concentric circles; inodorous; taste sweetish and acrid/’ 
IT. S. The active matter is imparted to boiling water and alcohol. From the analysis of Mr. 
Edward Donnelly, the root appears to contain tannic acid, starch, gum, sugar, resin, fixed oil, 
and lignin, besides various inorganic substances. (A. J. P., xv. 169.) Claussen (Pharmacist, 
1879, p. 466) prepared from the seeds of Phytolacca decandra, by extraction with alcohol, 
evaporation to dryness, and taking up with chloroform or ether, after washing the residue with 
petroleum ether, a neutral principle in silky lustrous crystals, insoluble in water, soluble in 
alcohol, ether, and chloroform, which he named phytolaccin. A. Tereil ( Comptes-Rendus, 91, 
856) obtained from the berries an acid (phytolaccic acid') as an uncrystallizable yellowish-brown 
mass of gummy consistency. It was soluble in water and alcohol, slightly soluble in ether, 
of acid reaction, and gelatinizing with hydrochloric and sulphuric acids. W. F. Wagner (A. 
J. P., 1887, p. 69) found tannin in the berries, but not in the root. W. A. Partee (A. J. P., 
1888, p. 123) made a proximate examination of poke root and found crystals deposited from 
a solution of an alcoholic extract in absolute alcohol; he also discovered traces of tannin, 
glucose, and indications which pointed to the presence of a glucosidal principle. Frankforter 
and Ramaley (A. J. P., 1897, 281) have again analyzed the root with care. They find nearly 
10 per cent, of a non-reducing sugar, free acid, identified as formic acid, but no certain proof 
of either alkaloid or glucoside. The very bitter resin amounted to 1 per cent. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Poke is emetic, purgative, and somewhat narcotic. As 
an emetic it is very slow in its operation, frequently not beginning to vomit in less than one or 
two hours after it has been taken, and then continuing to act for a long time upon both the 
stomach and the bowels. The vomiting produced by it is said not to be attended with much 
pain or spasm ; but narcotic effects have been observed by some physicians, such as drowsi- 
ness, vertigo, and dimness of vision. In overdoses it produces excessive vomiting and purging, 
attended with great prostration of strength, and sometimes with convulsions. A woman 
(Stethoscope for March, 1852, ii. 134) ate a double handful of the berries. Free purgation 
followed upon the first day, after which coma set in, with great prostration, though death did 
not occur until after the sixth day. A child, six years old, after having swallowed two or 
three fluidrachms of a tincture of the root, was seized in less than an hour with tonic spasm 
of the muscles, the extremities being stiff, the hands clinched, the feet extended and toes flexed, 
and the trunk in a condition of opisthotonos. (Atlanta Med. and Surg. Journ., July, 1866.) 
According to Prof. Roberts Bartholow, poke causes in the lower animals convulsions and death 
from paralysis of respiration. It is not fit for use as an emetic, but has been employed as an 
alterative with asserted good results in the treatment of chronic rheumatism, granular conjunc- 
tivitis, and even cancer. Locally it has been used in the form of ointment (a drachm to the 
ounce) in the treatment of psora, tinea capitis, sycosis, and favus. It occasions at first a sense 
of heat and smarting in the parts to which it is applied. The dose of the powdered root, as 
an emetic, is from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1 -95 Gm.); as an alterative, from one to five grains 
(0-065-0-33 Gm.). A saturated tincture of the berries may be given in rheumatic cases, in 
the dose of a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.), three times a day. Alcohol, diluted alcohol, and water 
extract the virtues of poke root. 
CJ0H34O13; 600*58. (PIC-RO-TOX-I'NUM.) 
PICROTOXINUM. U. S., Br. Picrotoxin. 
“ A neutral principle obtained from tbe seed of Anamirta paniculata, Colebrooke (nat. ord. 
Menispermaceae).” U. S. “ A neutral principle obtained from the fruits of Anamirta panicu- 
lata, Colebr.” Br. 
This substance is obtained from Cocculus indicus, for an account of which see Part II. The 
formula C15H1606-|-II20 which is often given for picrotoxin belongs, according to Paterno 
and Oglialoro ( Gazz. Chirn., ii. 41), to picrotoxinin, which with picrotin, C16H180,,, is a decom- 
position product of the original picrotoxin, C30H34O13. Picrotoxin is thus described : “ Color- 
less, flexible, shining, prismatic crystals, or a micro-crystalline powder, odorless, and having a 
very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 240 parts of water, 
and in 9 parts of alcohol; in 25 parts of boiling water, and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol; also 
soluble in solutions of the alkalies, and in acids. Very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. 
Picrotoxin is neutral to litmus paper. When heated to 200° C. (392° F.), Picrotoxin melts, 
forming a yellow liquid, and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. Concentrated 
sulphuric acid dissolves Picrotoxin with a golden-yellow color, very gradually changing to 1032 
Picrotoxinum. 
PART I. 
reddish-brown, and showing a brown fluorescence. On mixing about 0-2 Gm. of powdered 
sodium nitrate with 3 or 4 drops of sulphuric acid, in a small, flat-bottomed capsule, sprink- 
ling a minute quantity of Picrotoxin over it, and then adding, from a pipette, concentrated 
solution (1 in 4) of sodium hydrate, drop by drop, until it is in excess, the particles of Picro- 
toxin will acquire a brick-red to deep red color which fades after some hours. On diluting 
2 C.c. of alkaline cupric tartrate volumetric solution with 10 C.c. of water, and adding a small 
portion of Picrotoxin, red cuprous oxide will be separated within half an hour at ordinary 
temperatures, and much more rapidly upon the application of heat. The aqueous solution of 
Picrotoxin should remain unaffected by mercuric or platinic chloride test-solution, tannic acid 
test-solution, mercuric potassium iodide test-solution, or other reagents for alkaloids (absence of 
alkaloids).” U. S. “ It melts at 378° F. (192-2° C.). It is soluble in 330 parts of cold or 35 
of boiling water, and in 13 of cold or 3 of boiling alcohol (90 per cent.). It is soluble in 10 
parts of solution of potassium hydroxide, and the resulting liquid, on boiling, immediately reduces 
Fehling's solution. Heated on platinum foil, the crystals melt, forming a yellowish liquid, which, 
on further heating, becomes charred, and is at length completely dissipated. It dissolves in 
sulphuric acid with a saffron-yellow color. Its aqueous solution is not precipitated by test-solution 
of mercuric chloride, solution of platinic chloride, or solution of tannic acid (distinction from 
alkaloids).” Br. E. Schmidt and Lbwenliardt, who have made the most recent study of picro- 
toxin (Ber.der Chem. Ges., xiv. 812), find with it several principles. They identify the easily 
soluble body picrotoxinin, C15H16Oe, fusing point from 200°-201° C.,and the difficultly soluble 
anhydrous picrotin, C16H1807, fusing point from 240°-245° C. Picrotoxinin shows a brick-red 
color with the Langley reaction (see foot-note),* while picrotin is indifferent in this case. To pro- 
cure it, the aqueous extract of the seeds is triturated with pure magnesia, and then treated 
with hot alcohol, which dissolves the picrotoxin, and yields it upon evaporation. In this state, 
however, it is impure. To obtain it colorless it must be again dissolved in alcohol, and treated 
with animal charcoal. After filtration and due evaporation, it is deposited in the crystalline 
form. Accompanying the picrotoxin in the seeds is anamirtin, C19H240,g. Possibly identical 
with this is the cocculin of Lowenhardt, to which, however, the formula C19H26O10 is given by 
its discoverer. It does not give any color with the Langley reaction. Besides picrotoxin, 
(Jocculus indicus contains a large proportion of fixed oil, and other substances of less interest. 
In the shell MM. Pelletier and Couerbe discovered two distinct principles,—one alkaline and 
named menispermine, C18H24N202, the other identical with it in composition, but distinguish- 
able by its want of alkalinity, its volatility, and its solubility and crystalline form, and denomi- 
nated paramenispermine. They found also in the shell a new acid, which they called hypo- 
pier o toxic. The picrotoxin of M. Boullay they believed to possess acid properties, and proposed 
for it the name of picrotoxic acid. {Journ. de Pharm., xx. 122.) 
Medical Properties. Picrotoxin is a violent poison to all classes of animals, producing 
when in sufficient dose violent convulsive attacks, both epileptic and tetanic, with periodic 
arrest of respiration, slowing of the heart-beat, and finally death. An almost characteristic 
phenomenon is the interchange between tonic and clonic convulsions, with a peculiar almost 
purposive movement in the clonic attacks: the motions of swimming, of walking, of rotation, 
of eating, etc., are usually some or all of them present. Vomiting sometimes occurs; the 
pupils are usually primarily contracted, secondarily dilated; and stupor deepens finally into 
coma. The convulsive movements are largely due to intense excitement of the motor cells in 
* In Europe, picrotoxin is said to be added to malt liquors in order to give them bitterness and intoxicating 
properties,—although the practice is forbidden by law, in England, under hea vy penalties. Gunckel proposes the 
following mode of detecting and separating picrotoxin from liquids containing it, founded on the facts that it is 
soluble in dilute acids though not combining with them, and that ether extracts it from its acidulous solutions, but 
not from those in water or alcohol, even with the presence of potassa. The substance suspected to contain it, having 
been brought to the consistence of paste, is to be digested with alcohol and a little tartaric acid, the liquid separated, 
the alcohol evaporated, the residue diluted with a little water and then treated with ether, and, finally, the ethereal 
solution submitted to evaporation in a watch-glass. Picrotoxin, if present, is deposited, recognizable by its feathery 
crystallization, its bitter taste, and the property of reducing the tartrate of copper and potassium. If strychnine, 
which perhaps resembles it most closely in its effects, is present, it will be left behind in the acidulated solution. 
(Jowrn. de Pharm., 1858, p. 78; from Archiv der Pharm., xciv. 14.) In the instance of adulterated malt liquor, in 
consequence of the resin of hops it contains, it might be expedient first to evaporate the liquor to dryness, and pre- 
pare a watery extract of the residue, and then to proceed as stated. Mr. J. W. Langley proposes, as a means of de- 
tection, the oxidation of picrotoxin. When to a little of this substance, mixed with potassium nitrate in a watch- 
glass, a drop of sulphuric acid is added, no observable reaction takes place; but, if a very strong solution of caustic 
potassa or soda be now added, a bright reddish-yellow color will be produced, which will be highly characteristic. A 
very minute quantity may thus be detected. Mr. Langley, however, thinks it probable that this phenomenon is owing 
to a minute quantity of some nitrogenous principle; for if picrotoxin be purified by combining it in solution with 
potassa, and then precipitating it with an acid, it does not answer the test. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, 1862.) Picrotoxinum.—Pilocarpinse Hydrochloras. 
1033 
PART I. 
the medulla and spinal cord. The respiratory centres as well as the vaso-motor centres share 
in this action, the "condition of excitement being probably followed in fatal cases by one of 
secondary depression and exhaustion. During the period of convulsion the reflex activity is 
often abated, especially directly after a convulsive attack. This, taken with the fact that sec- 
tion of the cord high up at such period brings on return of reflex activity, has led to the con- 
clusion that the drug powerfully stimulates Setschenow’s centre and thereby arrests reflex 
movement. The experiments of Gottlieb, however (Arch, f Exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. xxx., 
1892), seem to show that small doses increase reflex activity by stimulating the motor cells, 
and he believes that the apparent loss of reflex activity after large doses is the result of ex- 
haustion due to the motor discharges,—the return of the reflex activity after section of the cord 
being due to the arrest by such section of the convulsive attacks, and consequent prevention 
of exhaustion. This does not, however, seem probable, and, as asserted by Kossa (S. J., 
Sept. 1894), the motor tract of the medulla and spinal cord is probably in the end paralyzed 
by the poison. Small doses of picrotoxin have a very pronounced influence in increasing the 
blood-pressure, which increase seems from the experiments of Gottlieb to be chiefly due to ex- 
citement of the vaso-motor centres. The slowing of the heart produced by picrotoxin is largely 
owing to the extreme irritation of the inhibitory centres, but it would seem also that the poison 
has an influence directly upon the heart itself, since Falek has noted immediate slowing and 
quick arrest of the isolated frog’s heart when picrotoxin solution is brought in contact with 
it. The final arrest of the heart is in diastole. According to Kossa, the motor nerves and the 
voluntary muscle are not affected by the poison, which produces, however, violent peristalsis 
in the uterus and the intestinal tract. 
In man, picrotoxin acts as it does in the lower animals, and a number of cases of serious 
or even fatal poisoning have been produced by it or by substances containing it. Planat com- 
mends it highly in epilepsy, hystero-epilepsy, chorea, and similar nervous disorders; and Dujar- 
din-Beaumetz states that he has found it very useful in epilepsy in ascending doses of from 
one-quarter to three milligrammes. It has also been used with alleged excellent results in 
night-sweats, especially by Semmola. There seems to be little reason for believing it to be of 
value in practical medicine, but the experiments of Dr. M. Koppen (Arch. fur. Exper. Path, 
und Pharm., xxix., 1892) indicate that it is an active physiological antidote to poisons of the 
chloral group. In Kossa’s experiments ( Ungar. Arch. f. Med., i., 1892) it was found to increase 
the toxic action of morphine. Dose, from to fa of a grain (0-0006-0-0022 Gm.). 
PILOCARPINE HYDROCHLORAS. U.S. Pilocarpine Hydrochlorate. 
CnHi6N202HCl ; 243*98. (PI-LO-CAR-Pl'N.® HY-DRO-<3HLO'RXs.) Cii His N2 02 HC1; 244-4. 
“ The hydrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained from Pilocarpus. It should be kept in small, 
well-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
This alkaloidal salt is usually obtained by the process given under Pilocarpus for the alkaloid 
(see page 1034). Although the nitrate is more frequently found in commerce at present, the 
hydrochlorate has been preferred, principally because of its more ready solubility in water. 
Schuchardt notices (jV. R., May, 1881) that 100 parts of boiling water dissolve 66 parts of 
pilocarpine hydrochlorate, and water at 15° C. (59° F.) dissolves nearly the same amount; 
of alcohol of sp. gr. 0-820 it requires 7 parts for solution at 15° C. (59° F.), while the same 
alcohol, boiling, easily dissolves 2£ parts of the salt. According to the same authority, pilo- 
carpine nitrate is soluble at 15° C. (59° F.) in 8 parts of water. At 100° C. (212° F.) it has 
the same solubility as the hydrochlorate. It requires 130 parts of alcohol of sp. gr. 0-820 at 
15° C. (59° F.), and 40 parts of boiling alcohol, to dissolve it. 
Pilocarpine hydrochlorate is officially described as in u small, white crystals, odorless, and 
having a faintly hitter taste; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Very soluble in water 
and in alcohol; almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 197° C. (386-6° F.), 
the salt melts, and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution (1 
in 100) of the salt is neutral, or has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus paper. Concentrated 
sulphuric acid dissolves the salt to a colorless liquid, with evolution of hydrochloric acid vapor. 
If a small fragment of potassium dichromate be added to a few drops of this solution, on a 
white porcelain surface, the dichromate will gradually dissolve with a vivid dark-green color. 
Fuming nitric acid dissolves the salt with a faintly greenish tint. The aqueous solution (1 in 
100) of the salt is precipitated by iodine test-solution, bromine water, mercuric chloride test- 
solution, and most other reagents for alkaloids. If the aqueous solution he slightly acidulated, 
the subsequent addition of ammonia water will produce no precipitate. Sodium hydrate test- 1034 
Pilocarpinse Nitras.—Pilocarpus. 
PART I. 
solution produces a precipitate only in a concentrated solution of the salt. The aqueous solu- 
tion yields with silver nitrate test-solution a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid.” U. B. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Pilocarpine is superior to jaborandi (see Pilocarpus) in 
the certainty of its diaphoretic action, and in being less disagreeable, and probably less apt to 
nauseate. Weber, Bardenhewer, and Auschmann agree that 0-3 of a grain of it are equal to 
seventy-five grains of the best leaves ; but this is probably an overestimate of its powers. The 
hydrochlorate may be used hypodermically in aqueous solution; the commencing dose is an 
eighth of a grain (0-008 Gm.), although much larger doses are sometimes necessary. A solu- 
tion of the salt is sometimes used by oculists as a myotic. Pilocarpine is often used with 
advantage for the stimulation of other secretions than those of the skin. M. Cheron affirms 
that it is an active galactagogue. When given in doses of from one-fifteenth to one-twentieth 
of a grain (0-004-0-0032 Gm.), at intervals of two or three hours, it frequently acts as a 
powerful hydragogue diuretic. According to Watowski and others, it is of value in the treat- 
ment of catarrhal jaundice. In the form of gelatin disks (each containing from one-twelfth to 
one-fifteenth of a grain), allowed to dissolve slowly in the mouth, it has been used with alleged 
satisfaction against the excessively dry mouth of phthisis and other chronic diseases. 
Cn Hi6 N2 02 HNO3. NI'TRXS.) 
PILOCARPINE NITRAS. Br. Nitrate of Pilocarpine. 
“ The nitrate of an alkaloid, obtained from Jaborandi Leaves.” Br. 
The Br. Ph. recognizes the nitrate, which it describes as “ a white crystalline powder; soluble 
in 8 or 9 parts of cold water ; slightly soluble in cold, freely soluble in hot alcohol (90 per 
cent.). Strong sxdphuric add forms with it a yellowish solution which, on the addition of 
potassium bichromate, gradually acquires an emerald-green color. A dilute aqueous solution 
applied to the eye causes contraction of the pupil. It leaves no ash when burned with free 
access of air (absence of mineral impurity).” Br. The medical properties and dose are the 
same as those of Pilocarpinse Ilydrochloras. 
PILOCARPUS. U. S. (Br.) Pilocarpus, [jaborandi.] 
(Pi-LO-CAR'PUS.) 
Jaborandi Folia, Br., Jaborandi Leaves; Pilocarpi Foliola; Folia Jaborandi, P. G. 
“ The leaflets of Pilocarpus Selloanus, Engler (Rio Janeiro Jaborandi), and of Pilocarpus 
Jaborandi, Holmes (Pernambuco Jaborandi) (nat. ord. Rutaeese).” U. S. “ The dried leaflets 
of Pilocarpus Jaborandi, Holmes.” Br. 
The words jaborandi, iaborandi, and jamborandi are used in Brazil in a generic sense to 
designate various pungent, sudorific plants. Among the chief of these are Piper nodosum, P. 
citrifolium, and P. reticulatum. The leaves of the Piper jaborandi are indeed sometimes sent 
into European commerce as jaborandi. There are some thirteen species of the genus Pilo- 
carpus found in tropical America. 
Under the name of jaborandi Dr. Coutinho (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xx. 51) introduced to 
the notice of the European profession a pinnately-leaved species belonging to the genus Pilo- 
carpus. The pinnately-leaved species of this genus are divided by Martius (Flora Brasili- 
ensis) into two sets : A, those in which the leaves are smooth on both sides ; B, those in which 
the leaves on the under side, and especially on the nerves, are short-pilose. 
The jaborandi leaves of commerce are usually smooth on both sides. The species of the 
smooth-leaved division, according to Martius and Engler and Prantl, which grow in Brazil, are 
P. selloanus* and P. pennati/olius Lem., in which the leaves are two- or three-jugate, and 
P. grandiflorus, in which the leaves are six-jugate. P. selloanus, which is found in Southern 
Brazil, Paraguay, and Uruguay, has the flower-stalk six times as long as the flower-bud ; 
whereas P. pennati/olius Lem., which occurs in the Brazilian provinces Matto Grosso and 
Cuyaba, possesses a flower-stalk that is but from three to four times as long as the flower-bud. 
It seems certain that little or none of the jaborandi of commerce comes from P. grandi/orus, 
and it would appear, therefore, that the Rio Janeiro jaborandi is the product of P. selloanus. 
P. pennati/olius is the species to which the U. S. Pharmacopoeia formerly referred jaborandi. 
In the original specimens of jaborandi seen by Dr. Coutinho, and also in other specimens 
received from the doctor’s family by Surgeon F. Y. Greene, U.S.N., some of the leaves are 
* For translation of Martius’s specific description, see P. J. Tr., v. 641. PART I. 
Pilocarpus. 
1035 
hairy, although most of them are smooth; and it seems probable that the species does con- 
tribute somewhat to the jaborandi of commerce. 
Pernambuco jaborandi differs sufficiently from that of Rio Janeiro to indicate a probability 
of different origin; an examination of a flowering branch of the Pernambuco plant grow- 
ing in the Botanical Garden at Cambridge led Mr. E. M. Holmes to the conclusion that it is 
an undescribed species, for which he proposes the name of P. jaborandi. He states (P. J. Tr., 
xxii. 875) that it differs from P. selloanus, to which it is most nearly allied, in the elliptic- 
oblong shape of the leaflets and their more fleshy consistence, in the veinlets being more 
prominent on the upper surface, in the slender glabrous pedicels, only three times longer than 
the leaf-buds, in the minute bracts being situated near the apex of the pedicel, in the rose 
color of the ovate petals, pedicels, and upper part of the rachis, and in the rugose crenate disk. 
The calyx is pentagonal, not lobed. (See also P. J. Tr., lv.) 
A, leaflet of Pilocarpus pennatifolius; B, leaflet of P. selloanus ; C, leaflet of P. microphyllus; D and E, leaflets of 
P. spicatus. All two-thirds natural size. (After Holmes) 
Properties. The following description of the drug is adapted from that of Dr. F. V. 
Greene, U.S.N., who had unquestionable specimens of the original jaborandi of Coutinho. 
The package contained several stems branched at an angle of about 20°, these branches 
being furnished with alternate leaves, which are impari-pinnate, with from two to five opposite 
leaflets (Planchon has met with leaves having as many as seven, nine, and, more rarely, eleven 
leaflets) articulated to the rachis by short petiolules, thickened at the base. The leaflets, which 
are coriaceous in texture, vary considerably in size and outline. As a rule, they may be con- 
sidered as oblong-lanceolate, and are entire, emarginate, with an unequal base. The midrib 
rises very little above the upper surface of the leaflet, but is very prominent and sharp on the 
lower. The veins, which are rather more prominent on the lower surface, leave the midrib at 
an angle of about 60°, pursue a parallel course across the leaflet, and finally turn up and anas- 
tomose within about a quarter of an inch of the margin. The leaflets are pellucidly punctate * 
the dots are the receptacles of secretion, are numerously and irregularly distributed over the 
whole surface, and are plainly visible when the leaflet is held up to the light.* The fruit con- 
sists of five carpels, of which not more than two or three are usually developed to maturity 
when ripe, the carpels dehisce into two valves, and then remind one strongly of miniature 
cockle-shells with the valves open exposing the animals. The black, shining, reniform seeds 
(one for each carpel) have a lancet-shaped hilum, a sharp ridge on the back near the apex, and 
a smooth, pale-yellow endocarp surrounding it. The official description of the drug is as fol- 
lows. “About 10 to 15 Cm. long, and 4 to 6 Cm. broad, short-stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, 
entire and slightly revolute at the margin, obtuse and emarginate, unequal at the base ; (lull 
green, coriaceous, pellucid-punctate, mostly smooth ; when bruised, slightly aromatic ; taste some- 
what bitter and pungent.” U. S. The pellucid punctations are due to numerous oil glands em- 
bedded in the mesophyll. There are in commerce at present two chief forms or varieties 
of jaborandi, one coming from Pernambuco and one from Rio Janeiro. They are to be dis- 
tinguished principally by their venation, though the leaves of the Rio Janeiro variety are 
more obovate in outline than the others. In the Pernambuco variety the veins upon the upper 
* According to M. Conroy, the leaflets yield 0'76 per cent., the leafstalks only 0-37 per cent, of alkaloid. 1036 
Pilocarpus. 
PART I. 
surface are very prominent, which is not the case in the Rio Janeiro drug. Pernambuco jabo- 
randi is said to be much richer in alkaloid. 
Paraguay jaborandi is an inferior variety of the drug, which reaches European commerce 
from Buenos Ayres and from Rio Janeiro, and is believed to be collected in Paraguay. The 
leaves are thinner than those of the Pernambuco jaborandi, and have only two or three, never 
four, pairs of leaflets. It is also noticeable in the Paraguay variety that the lateral veins are 
not prominent, that the base is so tapered that the widest portion is above the middle, and 
that the upper surface is grayish green. This jaborandi was referred by Holmes to P. pen- 
natifolius, but as the Paraguay leaflets differ somewhat among themselves, it is probable that 
they are the product of two or more species. 
Maranham, or small jaborandi of writers, is at once distinguished from the other varieties 
by the smallness of its leaves, and though it was at one time supposed to be the product of a 
Zanthoxylum, appears to be yielded by a previously unknown Pilocarpus, to which Dr. Stapf 
has given the name of P. microphyllus. 
In 1894 still another variety appeared in the London market under the name of Ceard jabo- 
randi. It differs from those previously known by the dark brownish-green tint of the upper 
and the yellowish tint of the under surface of the leaflet, and by the under surface being 
covered with short hairs. According to E. M. Holmes, the plant that yields it is a new spe- 
cies of Pilocarpus, to which he gave the name of P. trachylophus. 
All of the older varieties of jaborandi are yielded by pinnate-leaved species of Pilocarpus, 
but in 1895 a papery, rather rigid, lanceolated, brittle leaf, of a dark, rather brownish green 
above, and a rather paler hue beneath, attached to a short twisted petiole, came into commerce 
under the name of Aracati jaborandi.* It has been doubtfully referred to P. spicatus. 
Chemical Constituents. An alkaloid was isolated in 1875 from jaborandi almost si- 
multaneously by A. W. Gerrard and M. Hardy. To this the name of pilocarpine was given. 
Gerrard at the same time stated that there were at least two alkaloids in the leaves, and this 
view seemed to be confirmed when jaborine was discovered. He also obtained a volatile oil, 
tannic acid, a peculiar volatile acid, and potassium chloride. Pilocarpine may be prepared as 
follows. The leaves are exhausted with 80-per-cent, alcohol containing 8 grammes of hy- 
drochloric acid in a liter, the tincture is distilled and evaporated to the consistence of a liquid 
extract, and this is mixed with a small quantity of water, and filtered. The filtrate is treated 
with a slight excess of ammonia, and then with a large quantity of chloroform. The chloro- 
form solution is agitated with water, to which hydrochloric acid is added, drop by drop, in 
sufficient quantity to neutralize the alkaloid, the hydrochlorate of which is obtained in long 
needles on evaporating the aqueous solution, while foreign principles remain dissolved in the 
chloroform. By dissolving the crystals in water, treating the solution with ammonia and 
chloroform, and evaporating the latter solution, pilocarpine is obtained as a soft viscous mass, 
which is only slightly soluble in water, but is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. 
Kingzett assigned to pilocarpine the formula C23H34N404 -{- 4H20. Harnack and Meyer, 
on the other hand, give it as C41H16N202. The latter was generally accepted, and is recog- 
nized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. It is now definitely established as correct by the synthesis 
of pilocarpine afterwards effected by Hardy and Calmels. (Gomptes-Rendus, 105, pp. 68—71; 
also A. J. P., 1887, p. 632.) By the action of hydrochloric acid or of barium hydrate, pilo- 
carpine, CuH16N202, is changed into pilocarpidine, C10H14N202, by the loss of a methyl group. 
Now Hardy and Calmels have converted /? pyridine—a lactic acid, into pilocarpidine, the meth- 
iodide of which by oxidation is converted into pilocarpine. The synthetical pilocarpidine and 
pilocarpine yield gummy derivatives similar to those obtained by Harnack and Meyer from the 
natural products. The physiological action of synthetical pilocarpine is identical with that of 
the natural alkaloid. Knudsen, E. Merck, and Petit and Polonovski all dispute the conclusions 
of Hardy and Calmels, and state that they failed to get pilocarpine by the synthetic method 
of these investigators. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 716.) Petit and Polonovski (Journ. de Pharm. 
* It may be of interest to mention here the relative percentage of alkaloids in the foregoing varieties, according 
to E. M. Holmes. (P. J. Tr., lv.): 
Jaborandi. Per cent. 
Pernambuco (P. jaborandi) 0'5 to 0‘8 pilocarpine nitrate. 
Paraguay (P. pennatifolius, etc.) 0-18 to 0'19 pilocarpine nitrate. 
Maranham (P. microphyllus) 0‘16 to 0.19 pilocarpine nitrate. 
Maranham (P. microphyllus) up to 0’8 alkaloidal nitrate. 
CearS, (P. trachylophus) 0-02 new alkaloid (?). 
Aracati (P. spicatus ?) uncertain. 
(See also Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 266.) Pilocarpus. 
1037 
PAET I. 
(6), v. 481) obtained pilocarpic and pilocarpidic acids from pilocarpine and pilocarpidine. 
Harnack and Meyer first stated that jaborine is easily formed from pilocarpine, and may 
be produced by simply heating the latter alkaloid. They also showed that pilocarpine 
has physiological effects analogous to those of nicotine, whilst jaborine resembles atropine 
in its effects. Hardy and Calinels (Joum. Chem. Soc., Sept. 1886, 815) state that pure, 
dry pilocarpine does not yield jaborine when heated at 100° C. for six hours, neither can this 
substance be obtained by the action of alcoholic iodides upon argento-pilocarpidine. If, 
however, carefully dried pilocarpine be heated rapidly to 175° C., kept at this temperature for 
about half an hour, and the product extracted with water made alkaline with baryta and 
shaken with ether, the ether will contain jaborine, the aqueous solution will contain pilocarpidine 
and jaboric acid. Jaborine separates from alcohol or ether in a brown mass, which changes to 
a brittle resinous solid. Its composition is considered to be C22H32N404; it has exactly twice 
the molecular formula of pilocarpine. It is insoluble in water, but dissolves readily in ether, and 
is soluble in jaboric acid. Jaboric acid, C19II25N306, is separated from pilocarpidine by pre- 
cipitating with excess of silver nitrate, which forms a curdy precipitate of the composition 
Ci9H24Ng05,AgN0g. Jaboric acid resembles jaborine in appearance, but is very soluble in 
water, and is not removed from its aqueous solution by ether.* Pilocarpine combines with 
acids, and a number of the salts are to be had in commerce. The nitrate has probably been 
used most frequently, although the hydrochlorate is now official. Gerrard tested the solubilities 
of several of the salts as follows. The nitrate is soluble in water, sparingly in cold but freely 
in boiling alcohol; it is insoluble in chloroform, benzol, carbon disulphide, and ether. The 
phosphate is soluble in water, sparingly in cold, more freely in boiling alcohol, from which on 
cooling it crystallizes in lustrous tables ; it is insoluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, and carbon 
disulphide. The hydrochlorate is freely soluble in water, alcohol, and chloroform ; insoluble in 
ether, benzol, and carbon disulphide. The acetate is soluble in water, alcohol, chloroform, 
benzol, and ether ; insoluble in carbon disulphide. The hydrobromate is soluble in water, alco- 
hol, and chloroform ; insoluble in ether and carbon disulphide. 
An essential oil of sp. gr. 0875, and boiling between 180° and 290° C., has been obtained 
by Schimmel & Co., in Leipsic. (Bericht, April, 1888.) The portions going over above 260° C. 
solidified on cooling, and yielded a solid paraffin-like substance, which fuses at 27°-28° C. The 
oil amounts altogether to 0-4 per cent. In their latest report (Oct. 1893) they give as a prob- 
able constituent of the lower boiling portions of the oil dipentene, C1OH10. 
Medical Properties and Uses. When an infusion of from sixty to ninety grains of 
jaborandi is given to an adult, in about ten minutes the face and neck become deeply flushed, 
and free perspiration and salivation commence. After a hypodermic injection of the alkaloid, 
the symptoms may set in in six minutes. The sweating Begins on the face ; both it and the 
salivation are excessively profuse, and last from three to five hours. There is frequently nausea, 
and sometimes vomiting. The pulse is generally more or less quickened, as is also usually the 
respiration. After the sweating has ceased, the patient is left more or less exhausted. The 
nasal and lachrymal secretions are very generally increased under the action of the drug, 
and M. Gubler has noted diarrhoea. There is sometimes contraction of the pupils, and even 
disturbance of vision. These effects of the drug are in the adult fairly constant; but subjects 
have been occasionally found who were not susceptible to the action of the remedy, and, Very 
curiously, in Dr. Ringer’s experiments children were found to be very insusceptible, although 
doses of sixty grains were employed. Schwann and subsequent observers have noticed in the 
lower animals that very violent intestinal peristalsis is produced by the drug. The sweat pro- 
duced by jaborandi is often enormous in quantity (from nine to fifteen ounces by estimation). It 
is stated to be at first acid, then neutral, and finally often clearly alkaline, as is also the saliva. 
Not only the watery but also the solid portions are increased, and the elimination of urea is 
said especially to be affected. Usually, but not always, when the drug acts very moderately 
upon the skin the salivary glands are but slightly affected, and vice versa. The cause of the 
excessive secretion is a direct action upon either the gland cells or the peripheral nerve-end- 
ings, most probably upon the former. In the first stages of sweating the bodily temperature 
sometimes rises, but it usually falls after the sweating. 
When applied to the eye, pilocarpine produces great contraction of the pupil, tension of the 
accommodative apparatus, and an approximation of the nearest and farthest points of distinct 
vision by a peripheral action. It is stated to produce less irritation than Calabar bean. 
* According to the researches of E. Harnack, pilocarpidine acts upon the animal organism in the same way as 
pilocarpine, but is somewhat less powerful. 1038 
Pilocarpus.—Pilulae. 
Jaborandi is the most reliable and powerful of the diaphoretics. In dropsies it has been 
widely employed, and certainly is a most efficient remedy. Great value has been ascribed to it 
in facilitating the removal of local watery effusions, such as occur in pleurisy and pulmonic 
oedema. In uraemia it is the most efficient remedy at our command. In the forming stage of 
subacute rheumatism, coryza, influenza, and similar conditions, pilocarpine may be very useful. 
In acute or chronic Bright's disease it is of great value, sufficing often in the one case to bring 
about convalescence, and in the other greatly to prolong life and make it comfortable. The 
sweats may be repeated daily, bi-weekly, or weekly. Recently, the plan of giving very small 
doses at short intervals as a diuretic has been strongly commended. The dose of jaborandi is 
from twenty to sixty grains (1-3-3-9 Gm.), diffused in water, or given in the form of a fluid 
extract. Jaborandi is usually given in the form either of the fluid extract or of the alkaloid. 
The full diaphoretic dose of the fluid extract is from forty to sixty minims, of a salt of pilo- 
carpine one-sixth of a grain. When excessive vomiting is produced by the drug, it is better 
to administer it every ten minutes in fractional doses. After the second or third dose, unless 
contra-indicated, whiskey and hot water should be given. 
It has been proved by elaborate experimentation that in many of their actions upon the 
human system pilocarpine and atropine are directly antagonistic ; and in poisoning by jaborandi 
or its alkaloid, atropine has the power to arrest the excessive secretion and save life. The 
value of pilocarpine in atropine poisoning is not quite so certain, but there is enough evidence 
to demand further trial of it. Dr. Purjesz, of Buda-Pesth, reports ( Central}). fUr Prakt. Augenhk., 
1880) a case in which two and a half grains of atropine sulphate were said to have been taken, 
and relief, with final recovery, was secured by hypodermic injections of 0-4 grain of pilocarpine 
every ten minutes until 6-4 grains had been administered. For other similar but less striking 
cases, see Brit. Med. Journ., Jan. 1887 ; Lancet, July, 1890. 
PART I. 
PILULE. Pills. 
(PIL'U-L^I.) 
Pilules, Fr.; Pillen, G. 
These are globular masses of a size convenient for swallowing. They are well adapted for 
the administration of medicines which are unpleasant to the taste or smell, or insoluble in 
water, and which do not require to be given in large doses. Deliquescent substances should 
not be made into pills ; and those which are efflorescent should be previously deprived of their 
water of crystallization. Care should be taken not to combine materials the mutual reaction 
of which may result in a change of form. 
Some substances have a consistence which enables them to be made immediately into pills. 
Such are the softer extracts and certain gum-resins; and the addition of a little water to the 
former, and of a few drops of spirit to the latter, will give them the requisite softness and 
plasticity, if previously wanting. Substances which are very soft, or in the liquid state, are 
formed into the pilular mass by incorporation with dry and inert powders, such as wheat flour, 
starch, and powdered gum arabic, or with crumb of bread. Powders must be mixed with soft, 
solid bodies, as extracts, confections, soap, etc., or with tenacious as syrup, molasses, 
honey, mucilage, or glycerin ; and the last-mentioned substance has been especially recom- 
mended in connection with a little alcohol. Heavy metallic powders are most conveniently 
made into pills with the former; light vegetable powders with the latter. Mucilage is very 
often used ; but pills made with it are apt when kept to become hard and of difficult solubility 
in the liquids of the stomach, and if metallic substances are mixed with it the mass does not 
work well. A mixture of syrup and powdered gum arabic is not subject to the same incon- 
veniences, and is an excellent material for the formation of pills. Honey evaporated to about 
half its bulk has been highly recommended. Confection of rose and glucose are among the 
best excipients, when the pills are to be kept long. For the same purpose of keeping the pills 
soft, the addition of a small portion of some fixed oil or deliquescent salt has been recom- 
mended ; but glycerin is still better. Glycerin incorporated with one-twenty-fifth of its weight 
of powdered tragacanth is said to cause pills to remain soluble for almost any length of time. 
The new official mucilage of tragacanth is an excellent excipient. Mr. Martindale prepares a 
mass by heating together with constant stirring to 115-5° C. (240° F.) five parts by weight of 
glycerin and one of flour, or, when a very firm mass is required, equal parts of flour and glycerin. 
(P. J. Tr., 3d ser., i. 412.) It has been objected that pills made with glycerin could not be 
handsomely gilt or silvered, the lustre of the metal disappearing. This is true, however, only 
of very recent pills, or of those in which an excess of glycerin has been used. Many powders 
require only water. Such are all those which contain ingredients capable of forming an adhesive PART I. 
Pilulse. 
1039 
or viscid solution with that liquid. Care should always be taken that the matter added be not 
incompatible with the main constituents of the pill. 
The materials should be accurately mixed together, and beaten in a mortar till formed into 
a perfectly uniform and plastic mass. This should be of such a consistence that the pills may 
preserve their form, without being so hard as to resist the solvent power of the gastric liquors. 
As pills frequently become very hard by time, it is often convenient to keep the mass in a state 
fit to be divided when wanted for use. This may be done by wrapping it in waxed paper, put- 
ting it in covered pots, and occasionally moistening it as it becomes dry, or, more effectually, 
by keeping it in glass or well-glazed jars, accurately closed with rubber cloth. The mass is 
made into pills by rolling it with a spatula, or with a flat, smooth piece of hard wood, into a 
cylinder of precisely the same thickness throughout, and of a length corresponding to the 
number of pills required. It is then divided as equally as possible by the hand, or, more accu- 
rately, by a machine.* The pills receive a spherical form by being rolled between the fingers. 
M. Mialhe describes a little instrument for rolling pills, composed of two circular plates, one about 
12 inches, the other 6, in diameter, the former having a ledge at the border one-tliird of an inch 
high, the latter with a similar ledge, varying, according to the size of the pills, from less than 
a line to nearly two lines, and with a strap on the back by which it can be fitted to the hand. 
This is to be moved in a rotary manner upon the larger plate, holding the divided portions of 
the pill mass. (Joum. de Pharrn., 3e ser., xvii. 218.) Similar pill-rollers made of wood are now 
in use. In order to prevent the adhesion of pills to one another, or to the sides of the vessel in 
which they may be placed, it is customary to agitate them with some dry powder, which gives 
them an external coating, that serves also to conceal their taste. For this purpose magnesium 
carbonate, rice flour, or starch may be used. Magnesium carbonate is sometimes incompatible 
with one of the ingredients of the pills; and liquorice root is then preferable, though it occa- 
sionally becomes mouldy with very damp pills. The powder of lycopodium, which has been 
long in use in Europe, is now considerably employed in this country, and is perhaps one of the 
best substances for the purpose. It is the custom in some sections of the United States, particu- 
larly on the Pacific coast, to give the pill a coating of gold or silver leaf. This is done by agitating 
the pills, prepared without dusting powder, and with their surface still damp, along with gold 
or silver leaf, in a hollow spherical wooden box made by turning two hemispheres out of hard 
wood, fitting each other, and provided with a short handle. 
It was proposed by M. Garot to cover pills with gelatin, which answers the purpose of con- 
cealing their taste and odor and counteracting deliquescence or chemical change from exposure 
to the air, but it sometimes interferes with their solubility in the stomach. This method of 
coating is largely used at the present time. One of the best machines that have been de- 
vised for gelatin-coating pills is that of H. Maynard, of Chicago. This consists of a circular 
plate in which are affixed twenty fine needles ; the pills are rolled into depressions, and are easily 
impaled on the points of the needles; they are then dipped into a solution of gelatin, gently 
rotated, and allowed to cool. Another plan, less effectual, but more convenient, is to intro- 
duce the pills into a spherical box, to drop on them enough syrup simply to moisten their 
surface, then to give a rotary movement to the box until the pills are uniformly covered, and 
finally to add by degrees either powdered French chalk, elm bark, or some similar substance, 
shaking the box with each addition, and continuing the process until nothing more will ad- 
here to the pills. The investing material may be rendered agreeable to the taste and smell 
by aromatic additions, if deemed advisable. M. Calloud found that a good powder for coating 
pills, because little disposed to attract moisture, is made by boiling one part of flaxseed and 
three parts of white sugar with sufficient water till a thick mucilage is formed, evaporating this 
carefully to dryness, and then pulverizing. (Ibid., xxiii. 301.) The same writer has since sug- 
gested, as still more effective, a powder made by forming a mucilage with one part of traga- 
canth and two parts of water, pressing this through linen, mixing it with twenty parts of sugar 
of milk, spreading the paste thus made in thin layers to dry, and then powdering. The pills 
may be simply moistened with water and then shaken in the powder. M. Lhermite proposes 
first to agitate the pills in a mortar with a little concentrated solution of gum, and afterwards 
to put them into a box containing dry and very finely powdered sugar, to which a rotary mo- 
tion is given. If the coating be not sufficiently thick, the process may be repeated. (Ibid., 
* The common pill-machine is too well known to require description. In A. J. P. (xxiv. 315) the reader will find 
the description of a rotary pill-machine, calculated to prepare large numbers of pills in a short time; and in the 
same journal (xxvi. 118) that of another, which is considered an improvement on the first. (See, also, A. J. P., 
Jan. 1869.) 1040 
Pilulse. 
PART I. 
xxv. 460.) The sugar-coating of pills is now conducted upon a great scale by manufac- 
turers, who send large quantities both of popular and of official pills into the market thus pro- 
tected. The process employed is similar to that of the confectioners in coating almonds. After 
having been thoroughly dried, the pills are put into a hemispherical tinned copper basin, which 
is suspended from the ceiling and moved quickly backward and forward with an eccentric 
motion, so as to cause a constant attrition among the pills. First a little very thick syrup, 
or syrup of gum, is introduced in order to give a thin coating to their surface; and afterwards 
very finely powdered and very dry white sugar is sifted or thrown over them, the motion being 
constantly maintained. The sugar is fixed by the moist surface of the pills, and the coating 
made compact and smooth by the attrition. The process is aided by a gentle heat, but the 
heat must be guarded, lest the pills be much softened, and thus lose their shape and even dis- 
color the coating. Dexterous manipulation is necessary in order that the process may succeed 
thoroughly. For practical remarks on the sugar-coating of pills, see an essay by Mr. H. C. 
Archibald in A. J. P., 1867, p. 199. On a larger scale a copper pill-coater of peculiar con- 
struction, heated by steam pipes, is now used. Still another method, proposed by Mr. E. K. 
Durden, is to cover the pills with collodion, which completely conceals the taste. The solution 
employed by Mr. Durden had the sp. gr. 0 810 ; and two dippings gave a sufficient coating. 
(.A. J. P., xxi. 183.) It is, however, yet to be determined whether a coating of collodion 
would yield readily to the solvent powers of the gastric juice. M. Blanchard covers pills with 
a solution of Tolu balsam in ether ; but Mr. H. C. Baildon objects to this, that it takes too long 
to dry, and suggests as a substitute a solution of a drachm of the balsam in three drachms of 
chloroform, which dries sufficiently in twenty minutes. (A.J. P., xxix. 350.) If old and solid 
Tolu balsam be selected, it will be less liable to the objection of drying slowly. This balsam 
is officially employed in coating the U. S. pills of ferrous iodide. A solution of mastic in ether 
has also been used for coating pills ; and the white of egg has been recommended for the same 
purpose. (Ibid., March, 1862, 137.) Pills are sometimes coated with substances which do 
not dissolve in the stomach, with the object of permitting the passage of the undissolved pill 
into the intestines ; for this purpose keratin coating has been largely used. (See Keratin, Part 
II.) Salol has also been employed, by melting it in an enamelled pan at a temperature of 
about 50° C. (132° F.) and dropping in the pills, rotating until covered, and then transferring 
to a dry pan, still rotating (to prevent adhesion) until cold. For further details, see Drug. 
Circ., 1894, 123; Pharm. Zeit., xxxviii. 527. 
Pills which are to be kept long should be well dried, and put into bottles with loosely fitting 
stoppers to prevent mouldiness. Though the U. S. Phamacopoeia, in almost every instance, 
orders the mass to be divided into pills, yet it should be understood rather as indicating the 
number of pills to be made from a certain quantity of the mass, when particular directions 
are not given by the physician, than as requiring the division to be made immediately after 
the materials have been mixed. It will be found convenient by the apothecary to retain a por- 
tion of the mass undivided, especially when it is desirable to keep the pills soft. The British 
Pharmacopoeia furnishes formulas for pill masses, using the title of “ Pilula” instead of 
“ Massa,” the title of the class adopted by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia ; there is, in our opinion, 
a decided advantage in selecting a name for the class which is not likely to be confused with 
that used for the divided pills. 
Compressed pills are made directly from the medicinal substance without the aid of an ex- 
cipient. The drug, if not already in powder, is reduced to such, and then forced into pill shape 
by means of a powerful press. For certain substances which naturally exist in powder, such 
as quinine bisulphate, potassium bromide, and potassium iodide, and which have some cohe- 
siveness and yet are of easy solubility, the process is a good one. An apparatus has been con- 
trived by J. P. Remington for compressing pills (see 16th ed. U. S. D., and Practice of Pharmacy, 
page 1116). It is made of cast steel; the base has two countersunk depressions with a short 
post in the centre of each, and a lenticular depression is made in the upper surface of each 
post. A steel cylinder having a central aperture of the diameter of the post is placed in the 
depression, the proper quantity of powder is introduced, and the plunger, which has a corre- 
sponding lenticular depression on its lower surface, is placed on the powder and is struck a quick 
blow with a mallet; the powder is compressed, and the pill adheres to the cylinder ; by removing 
the cylinder and holding it over a box and tapping the plunger again lightly, the pill is forced 
out and falls into a box. 
Compressed pills are now used to an enormous extent, being made by various manufacturers 
with machinery of ingenious construction: the fact of their requiring no excipient, the ease PAET I. 
Pilulse Aloes.—Pilulae Aloes et Ferri. 
1041 
with which they can he tested, and their permanent character (in most cases being just as 
valuable years after they were made as when fresh) have caused their extensive employment. 
Care should be taken, however, not to use them in those few cases where very prompt action 
is required, as the powerful compression to which they are subjected renders them less quickly 
effective than the same drug administered in the form of a loose powder. 
PILULE ALOES. U. S. (Br.) Pills of Aloes. 
(PIL'U-LJE lL'0-E§.) 
Pilula Aloes Barbadensis, Br.; Pill of Barbados Aloes, Pill of Socotrine Aloes: Pilules d’Aloes, Fr.; Aloe- 
pillen. G. 
“ Purified Aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes [or 200 grains] ; Soap, in fine powder, 
thirteen grammes [or 200 grains] ; Water, a, sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat 
the powders together with Water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." 
U. S. 
“ Barbados Aloes, in powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes ; Hard Soap, in powder, 
1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Oil of Caraway, 1 Jl. drachm (Imp. meas.) or 2 5 cubic centi- 
metres ; Confection of Roses, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes or a sufficient quantity. Mix to 
form a mass.” Br. 
The former British process for Pill of Socotrine Aloes was the same, except that Socotrine 
was substituted for Barbadoes Aloes, and the volatile Oil of Nutmeg for Oil of Caraway. 
The soap, in this formula, not only serves to impart a proper consistence to the aloes, but is 
thought to qualify its operation and diminish its liability to irritate the rectum. Five of the 
U. S. pills, containing ten grains (0-65 Gm.) of aloes, may be given with a view to their pur- 
gative effect; but the preparation is usually employed as a laxative in habitual costiveness, in the 
dose of one, two, or three pills at bedtime. The British pill is of very nearly the same strength. 
PILULE ALOES ET ASAFCETIDvE. U. S. (Br.) Pills of Aloes and 
Asafetida. 
(Pfr/U-LJE XL'0-E§ ET XS-A-F(ET'I-DJE—Ss-a-fet'j-dS.) 
Pilula Aloes et Asafetidse, Br.; Pilules d’Alofis et Asefetide, Fr.; Aloe- und Asafcetida-Pillen, G. 
“ Purified Aloes, in fine powder, nine grammes [or 139 grains] ; Asafetida, nine grammes [or 
139 grains] ; Soap, in fine powder, nine grammes [or 139 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one hundred pills. Beat the solids together with Water, so as to form a mass, and 
divide it into one hundred pills." U. S. 
“ Socotrine Aloes, in powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Asafetida, in powder, 1 
ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Hard Soap, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Confec- 
tion of Roses, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes or a sufficient quantity. Mix to form a 
mass.” Br. 
These pills are peculiarly adapted, by the stimulant and carminative properties of the asa- 
fetida, to cases of costiveness attended with flatulence and debility of the digestive organs. 
Each pill contains about four grains (0-26 Gm.) of the mass. Dose, from two to five pills. 
PILULE ALOES ET FERRI. U. S. (Br.) Pills of Aloes and Iron. 
Pilula Aloes et Ferri, Br.; Pilulae Aloetic® Ferratse, s. Pilulse Italic® Nigrag, P. G.; Pilules d’AloSs et de Fer, 
Fr.; Aloe- und Eisenpillen, Italienische Pillen, G. 
“ Purified Aloes, in fine powder, seven grammes [or 108 grains]; Dried Ferrous Sulphate, 
seven grammes [or 108 grains] ; Aromatic Powder, seven grammes [or 108 grains] ; Confection 
of Rose, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the powders together with Con- 
fection of Rose, so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." U. S. 
“ Exsiccated Ferrous Sulphate, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Barbados Aloes, in 
powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 grammes; Compound Powder of Cinnamon, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 
60 grammes; Syrup of Glucose, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 60 grammes or a sufficient quantity. Mix 
to form a.mass.” Br. 
This pill differs from the preparation of the same name in the British Pharmacopoeia in the 
substitution of aromatic powder for the compound powder of cinnamon. It is essentially an 
old preparation of the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia, which, having been omitted in the original 
British, has been resumed in the present edition. The Br. Ph. 1898 improved this mass by 
substituting exsiccated ferrous sulphate for the crystallized salt formerly employed, and by 
(pil'u-la: Xl'o-e§ et fek'ri.) 1042 
Pilulse Aloes et Mastiches.—Pilula Aloes Socotrinse. 
PART I. 
the use of syrup of glucose instead of confection of rose. It is said that the laxative power 
of aloes is increased, and its tendency to irritate the rectum diminished, by combination with 
ferrous sulphate. This pill is especially adapted to amenorrhoea with debility of the stomach 
and constipation. The dose is from one to three pills. 
PILUL/E ALOES ET MASTICHES. U. S. Pills of Aloes and Mastic. 
(P1L'U-LA3 XL'0-E§ ET MAS'TI-£!HE§.) 
Lady Webster’s Dinner Pills, E.; Pilules d’Aloes et de Mastic, Fr.; Aloe-und Mastix-Pillen, G. 
“ Purified Aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes [or 200 grains] ; Mastic, in fine powder, 
four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Bed Bose, in fine powder, three grammes [or 46 grains] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the powders together with Water, so as 
to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." U. S. 
In this U. S. P. 1890 pill the proportion of mastic has been slightly increased and that of 
red rose somewhat diminished. Each of these pills contains about three grains of the solid in- 
gredients and nearly two grains (0-13 Gm.) of aloes. They are in imitation of Lady Webster’s 
dinner pills, and one of them may be given as a laxative at bedtime, or before a meal. The 
mastic has probably little other effect than to impair the solubility of the aloes, and thus give 
it a still greater tendency to act on the lower bowels.* 
PILULE ALOES ET MYRRHS. U. S. (Br.) Pills of Aloes and Myrrh. 
(pil'u-la: Xl'o-e§ £t myr'rbue.) 
Pilula Aloes et Myrrhae, Br.; Rufus’s Pills, E.; Pilules d’Aloes et de Myrrhe, Pilules de Rufus, Fr.; Rufus’sche 
Pillen, O. 
“ Purified Aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes [or 200 grains] ; Myrrh, in fine powder, 
six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Aromatic Powder, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Syrup, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the powders together with Syrup, so as to form a 
mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." U. JS. 
“ Socotrine Aloes, in powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes ; Myrrh, in powder, 1 
ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Syrup of Glucose, 1£ ounces (Imp.) or 30 grammes or a sufficient 
quantity. Mix to form a mass.” Br. 
In this U. S. P. 1890 pill the proportion of myrrh has been slightly decreased and that of 
aromatic powder somewhat increased. The Br. Ph. 1898 dropped saffron, treacle, and glycerin 
from the formula used in former Pharmacopoeias, and substituted for them syrup of glucose. 
This composition has been long in use, under the name of Rufus's Pills. It is employed, as 
a warm stimulant cathartic, in general debility attended with constipation, and in retention or 
suppression of the menses. From three to six pills, or from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.) 
of the mass may be given for a dose. 
PILULA ALOES SOCOTRIISLE. Br. Pill of Socotrine Aloes. 
(PIL'U-LA il/0-E§ SOC-O-TRI'N,®.) 
“ Socotrine Aloes, in powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes ; Hard Soap, in powder, 
1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Oil of Nutmeg, 1 fl. draclim (Imp. meas.) or 2-5 cubic centi- 
metres ; Confection of Roses, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes or a sufficient quantity. Mix to 
form a mass.” Br. 
For properties and dose, see Pilulse Aloes, p. 1041. 
* The following is the formula for the aloetie pills usually called dinner pills or Lady Webster’s pills. They are 
the Pilules Slomachicce of the fifth edition of the Paris Codex, 1758. Take of the best aloes six drachms; mastic 
and red roses, each, two drachms; syrup of wormwood sufficient to form a mass, to be divided into pills of three 
grains each. Common syrup may be substituted for syrup of wormwood. One or two of these pills, taken shortly 
before a meal, will usually produce one free evacuation. 
The Philadelphia College of Pharmacy has adopted the following formulas for the compound aloetie preparations 
commonly called Hooper’s and Anderson’s pills : 
“ Hooper’s Female Pills. Aloes Barbadensis Ferri Sulphatis Exsiccati Jjij, giss, vel Ferri Sulphatis 
Crystal, Extracti Hellebori Myrrhse Saponis §ij, Canellae in pulv. trit. Zingiberis in pulv. trit. 
—Beat them well together into a mass with water, and divide into pills, each containing two and a half grains.” 
(Jourri. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., v. 25.) 
“Anderson’s Scots Pills. R Aloes Barbadensis Saponis §iv, Colocynthidis Cambogise j, Olei Anisi 
f!|ss. Let the aloes, colocynth, and gamboge be reduced to a very fine powder; then beat them and the soap with 
water into a mass, of a proper consistence to divide into pills, each containing three grains.” Pilulse Antimonii Compositse.—Pilulee Catharticse Composite. 
PAET I. 
1043 
PILULE ANTIMONII COMPOSITE. U. S. (Br.) Compound Pills of 
Antimony. [Plummer’s Pills.] 
(PIL'U-LiE iN-TI-MO'NI-l COM-PO.$'l-T.®.) 
Pilula Hydrargyri Subchloridi Composita, Br.; Pilula Calomelanos Composita, Br. 1864; Compound Pill of 
Mercurous Chloride, Compound Calomel Pill; Pilules alterantes composees, Pilules antidartreuses, Pilules de Plum- 
mer, Fr.; Plummer’sche Pillen, G. 
“ Sulphurated Antimony, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Mild Mercurous Chloride, four 
grammes [or 62 grains] ; Guaiac, in fine powder, eight grammes [or 123 grains] ; Castor Oil, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the powders together with the Castor 
Oil, added a few drops at a time, so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills” 
u.s. 
“ Mercurous Chloride, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes ; Sulphurated Antimony, 1 ounce 
(Imp.) or 25 grammes ; Guaiacum Resin, in powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Castor 
Oil, 180 grains or 10-3 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 1 fl. drachm (Imp. meas.) or 3 cubic 
centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Mix to form a mass.” Br. 
The formula for this pill in the U. S. P. 1890 has been altered by adopting the British 
method of using castor oil as an excipient instead of mucilage of tragacanth: this change is 
of doubtful utility, the pills when kept acquiring an unpleasant odor. The oil is, however, a 
partial solvent for the guaiac. 
We prefer the title “ Compound Calomel Pill” of the former British Pharmacopoeia, as not 
liable to any mistake, and as most expressive of the quality of the medicine. The antimonial 
employed, though under a different name, is identical with the old U. S. precipitated sulphide. 
According to Vogel, a reaction takes place between the calomel and the sulphurated antimony, 
resulting in the production of antimony chloride and mercury sulphide. The preparation was 
originally introduced to the notice of the profession by Dr. Plummer, who found it useful as an 
alterative, and upon whose authority it was at one time much employed under the name of 
Plummer s Pills. The combination is well adapted to the treatment of chronic rheumatism, and 
of scaly and other eruptive diseases of the skin, especially when accompanied with a syphilitic 
taint. One to two pills or more may be given morning and evening. 
PILUL/E ASAFCETID.®. U. S. Pills of Asafetida. 
Pilules d’Asefetide, Fr.; Asafcetida-Pillen, G. 
“ Asafetida, twenty grammes [or 325 grains] ; Soap, in fine powder, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the solids together with Water, so 
as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." U. S. 
Each of these pills contains three grains (0-20 Gm.) of the gum-resin. They are a con- 
venient form for administering asafetida, the unpleasant odor and taste of which render it very 
offensive in the liquid state. 
(PIL'U-LiE XS-A-F(ET'I-DZE.) 
PILULA CAMBOGIS COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Pill of Gamboge. 
(PIL'U-LA C0M-P0§'I-TA.) 
“ Gamboge, in powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Barbados Aloes, in powder, 1 
ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Compound Powder of Cinnamon, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes ; 
Hard Soap, in powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Syrup of Glucose, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 
25 grammes or a sufficient quantity. Mix to form a mass.” Br. 
This is an active purgative pill, and may be given in the dose of from five to fifteen grains 
(0-33-1 Gm.). The formula is that of Dr. George Fordyce, simplified. 
PILULiE CATHARTICS COMPOSITE. U. S. Compound Cathartic Pills. 
Antibilious Pills, E.; Pilules cathartiques composees, Fr.; Abfiihrpillen, G. 
“ Compound Extract of Colocynth, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces ay., 360 grains] ; Mild Mer- 
curous Chloride, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Extract of Jalap, thirty grammes [or 
1 ounce, 26 grains] ; Gamboge, in fine powder, fifteen grammes [or 232 grains] ; Water, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one thousand pills. Mix the powders intimately ; then gradually incor- 
porate them with the Extract of Jalap and a sufficient quantity of Water to form a mass, to 
be divided into one thousand pills." U. S. 
(PIL'U-LiE CA-THAR'TI-giK COM-PO§'l-TiE.) 1044 
Pilulse Catharticse Compositse.—Pilula Colocynthidis Composita. 
PAET I. 
This cathartic compound was first made official in the second edition of the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia. It was intended to combine smallness of bulk with efficiency and comparative mild- 
ness of purgative action and a peculiar tendency to the biliary organs. Such an official prepa- 
ration was much wanted in this country, in which bilious fevers, and other complaints attended 
with congestion of the liver and portal circle generally, so much abound. The object of small- 
ness of bulk is accomplished by employing extracts and the more energetic cathartics ; that of 
a peculiar tendency to the liver, by the use of calomel; and that of efficiency with mildness 
of operation, by the union of several powerful purgatives. It is a fact, abundantly proved by 
experience, that drastic cathartics become milder by combination, without losing any of their 
purgative power. Nor is it difficult, in this case, to reconcile the result of observation with 
physiological principles. Cathartic medicines act on different parts of the alimentary canal 
and organs secreting into it. In small doses, both the irritation which they occasion and their 
purgative effect are proportionally lessened. If several are administered at the same time, each 
in a diminished dose, it is obvious that the combined purgative effect of all will be experienced, 
while the irritation, being feeble in each part affected, and diffused over a large space, will be 
less sensible to the patient, and will more readily subside. In the compound cathartic pills, 
most of the active purgatives in common use are associated together in proportions correspond- 
ing with their respective doses, so that an excess of any one ingredient is guarded against, and 
violent irritation from this cause prevented. The present official process does not differ from 
that of the U. S. P. 1880, except in the substitution of the extract of jalap for the abstract, the 
latter being no longer official. This, however, does not alter the composition, and it makes a 
smaller pill. It is highly important for the efficiency of these pills that they be prepared in 
exact compliance with the directions, and that the compound extract of colocynth and the extract 
of jalap used be of good quality. When they fail, the result is generally ascribable to the 
substitution of jalap for the extract, or to the use of a compound extract of colocynth made 
with nearly inert scammony, inferior aloes, and insufficient colocynth, and altogether badly 
prepared. (See a paper by G. H. Chas. Klie, A. J. P., April, 1878.) 
Three of the pills are a medium dose for an adult. Each pill weighs about 3 grains (0-194 
Gm.), and contains 2-85 grains (0-185 Gm.) of active ingredients. A single pill will gener- 
ally be found to operate as a mild laxative. In a full dose, the preparation acts vigorously on 
the bowels, producing bilious stools, generally without much pain or disorder of the stomach. 
It may be employed in most instances where a brisk cathartic is required, but is particularly 
applicable to the early stages of bilious fevers, to hepatitis, jaundice, and all those derange- 
ments which depend on congestion of the portal circle. 
PILULE CATHARTICS VEGETABILES. U. S. Vegetable Cathartic 
Pills. 
(PIL'U-LjE VEgi-E-TXB'l-LES-) 
“ Compound Extract of Colocynth, sixty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Extract of 
Hyoscyamus, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Extract of Jalap, thirty grammes [or 
1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Extract of Leptandra, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Resin of 
Podophyllum, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains]; Oil of Peppermint, eight cubic centimeters [or 
130 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand pills. Mix the Compound 
Extract of Colocynth intimately with the Resin of Podophyllum and incorporate the Oil of 
Peppermint. Rub the Extracts of Hyoscyamus, Jalap, and Leptandra with enough Water to 
render them plastic, then beat them together with the mixture first prepared, using a sufficient 
quantity of Water to form a mass, to be divided into one thousand pills.” U. S. 
This pill has been introduced into the U. S. P. 1890 with the view of furnishing a formula 
for a cathartic pill without a mercurial. The oil of peppermint and extract of hyoscyamus 
are added to the cathartics to prevent griping. The dose is three pills, and they may be given 
in the place of compound cathartic pills. It is not likely, however, that the latter will be 
supplanted by the new addition. 
PILULA COLOCYNTHIDIS COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Pill of 
Colocynth. 
Pilules de Coloquinte composees, Pilules coch6es mineures, Fr.; Coloquinten-Pillen, G. 
“ Colocynth Pulp, in powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes ; Barbados Aloes, in pow- 
der, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 grammes; Scammony Resin, in powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 
(pIl'u-la cCl-o-cyn'thi-dis com-po§'i-ta.) PART I. 
Pilula Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami.—Pilulse Ferri Carbonatis. 
1045 
grammes; Potassium Sulphate, in very fine powder, I ounce (Imp.) or 5 grammes; Oil of 
Cloves, 2 fl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 5 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quan- 
tity. Triturate the Oil of Cloves with the Potassium Sulphate; add the Colocynth Pulp; 
mix ; add the Barbados Aloes and Scammony Resin; after mixing intimately add the Dis- 
tilled Water and beat to form a mass.” Br. 
This is not, like the old London pills of the same name, merely another form of the com- 
pound extract of colocynth, though containing essentially the same materials,—one great dif- 
ference being that colocynth and aloes are used in substance in the pill, instead of in the state 
of extract. Potassium sulphate is used to promote the more complete division of the aloes 
and scammony. The preparation is actively cathartic in the dose of from five to twenty grains 
(033-1-3 Gm.). (See Pilulse Colocynthidis Compositse, N. F.) 
PILULA COLOCYNTHIDIS ET HYOSCYAMI. Br. Pill of Colocynth 
and Hyoscyamus. 
(PIL'U-LA C5L-0-CYN'THI-DIS ET IlY-OS-CY'A-MI.) 
“ Compound Pill of Colocynth, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Extract of Hyoscya- 
mus, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. Mix to form a mass.” Br. 
This is an old official of the Edinburgh College. It is asserted that the compound pill 
and compound extract of colocynth are almost entirely deprived of their griping tendency by 
combination, as above, with extract of hyoscyamus, without losing any of their purgative 
power. The dose is from five to twenty grains (0-33-1-3 Gm.). 
PILULuE FERRI CARBONATIS. U. S. (Br.) Pills of Ferrous Carbonate. 
[Ferruginous Pills. Chalybeate Pills. Blaud’s Pills.] 
Pilula Ferri, BrIron Pill j Pilules de Griffith, Pilules de Fer et de Myrrhe composees, Fr.: Griffith’sche 
Pillen, G. 
“ Ferrous Sulphate, in clear crystals, sixteen grammes [or 246 grains] ; Potassium Carbonate, 
eight grammes [or 123 grains] ; Sugar, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, 
one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Althaea, in No. 60 powder, one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Rub the Potassium Car- 
bonate, in a mortar, with a sufficient quantity (about ten drops each) of Glycerin and Water, 
then add the Ferrous Sulphate and Sugar, previously triturated together to a uniform powder, 
and beat the mass thoroughly, until it assumes a greenish color. When the reaction appears 
to have terminated, incorporate the Tragacanth and Althaea, and, if necessary, add a little 
more Water, so as to obtain a mass of a pilular consistence. Divide this into one hundred 
pills. These pills should be freshly prepared, when wanted.” U. S. 
“ Exsiccated Ferrous Sulphate, in fine powder, 150 grains or 15 grammes; Exsiccated So- 
dium Carbonate, in fine powder, 95 grains or 9-5 grammes; Gum Acacia, in powder, 50 grains 
or 5 grammes; Tragacanth, in powder, 15 grains or 1-5 grammes; Syrup, 150 grains or 15 
grammes; Glycerin, 10 grains or 1 gramme; Distilled Water, 20 grains or 2 grammes or a 
sufficient quantity. To the Syrup, Glycerin, and Distilled Water, previously mixed, add the 
Ferrous Sulphate; mix ; add quickly the Sodium Carbonate; mix; set aside for fifteen min- 
utes, or until the reaction is complete; add the Gum Acacia and Tragacanth, and incorporate 
thoroughly. If divided into five-grain pills, each pill will contain about 1 grain of ferrous 
carbonate.” Br. 
In the Br. Ph. 1898 exsiccated ferrous sulphate and sodium carbonate replace the crystal- 
lyzed salts of the former authority. 
In the U. S. P. 1890 the name of this pill was changed to Pilulse Ferri Carbonatis and 
the Pilulse Ferri Compositse of the U. S. P. 1880 was dropped* which leads to a complication; 
the present title will surely produce confusion, for many prescriptions are written for “ Pil. 
Ferri Carb.,” and this has always hitherto meant pills of Vallet’s mass, whereas it will now 
mean “ Blaud’s Pills.” A better title to adopt, if a change was demanded, would have been 
simply Pilulse Ferri. 
(PII/U-L2E FER'RI CAR-BO-NA'TIS.) 
* Piluloe Ferri Compositce. Compound Pills of Iron. “ Myrrh, in fine powder, one hundred and fifty grains 
(9-75 Gm.); Carbonate of Sodium, seventy-five grains (4-85 Gm.); Sulphate of Iron, seventy-five grains (4-85 Gm.); 
Syrup, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Rub the Myrrh, first with the Carbonate of Sodium and 
afterward with the Sulphate of Iron, until they are thoroughly mixed; then beat them with Syrup so as to form a 
mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." U. S. 1880. 1046 
Pilulse Ferri Iodidi. 
PART I. 
This preparation is closely analogous to the Mistura Ferri Composita in properties and com- 
position. It is a good emmenagogue and chalybeate tonic. As its peculiar advantages depend 
upon the presence of ferrous carbonate, which speedily changes into the ferric salt on exposure, 
it is proper that only so much of the mass should be prepared as maybe wanted for immediate 
use. From two to six pills may be given at a dose three times a day. They are sometimes 
called Griffith's pills. They closely resemble Blaud's ferruginous pills, made originally in 1831, 
and celebrated in France as a remedy in chlorosis, prepared from equal weights of ferrous sul- 
phate and potassium carbonate, made into a pilular mass. (See P. J. Tr., 1894, 131.) The pills 
contain, as the result of double decomposition, ferrous carbonate and potassium sulphate. MM. 
Van de Velde and Van Melckebeke prefer the sodium bicarbonate to the potassium salt. 
PIL.UL.iE FERRI IODIDI. U. S. Pills of Ferrous Iodide 
(PIL'U-LiE FEK’RI !-5d'I-DI.) 
Pilules d’lodure de Fer, Pilules de Blancard, Fr.; Eisenjodiir-Pillen, G. 
“ Reduced Iron, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Iodine, Jive grammes [or 77 grains] ; Glycyrrhiza, 
in No. 60 powder, four grammes [or 62 grains]; Sugar, in fine powder, four grammes [or 62 
grains] ; Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Acacia, in fine 
powder, one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Water, Balsam of Tolu, Ether, each, a sufficient quantity, 
To make one hundred pills. To the Reduced Iron, contained in a small mortar, add six cubic 
centimeters [or 97 minims] of Water, and then, gradually, the Iodine, constantly triturating, 
until the mixture ceases to have a reddish tint. Then add the remaining powders, previously 
well mixed together, and mix the whole thoroughly. Transfer the mass to a porcelain capsule, 
and evaporate the excess of moisture, on a water-bath, with constant stirring, until the mass 
has acquired a pilular consistence. Then divide it into one hundred pills. Dissolve ten grammes 
[or 154 grains] of Balsam of Tolu in fifteen cubic centimeters [or 243 minims] of Ether, shake 
the pills with a sufficient quantity of this solution until they are uniformly coated, and put 
them on a plate to dry, occasionally rolling them about until the drying is completed. Keep 
the pills in a well-stoppered bottle. Pills of Ferrous Iodide should be devoid of the smell of 
iodine. If a few of the pills be triturated with water, the filtrate should not assume more 
than a light blue tint on the addition of starch test-solution (absence of more than traces of 
free iodine')." U. S. 
This process does not differ essentially from that formerly official* 
The pills of ferrous iodide were introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the revision of 
1850. The present official pills are formed on the plan proposed by Prof. Procter, in imitation 
of Blancard's pills (A. J. P., May, 1860), and are much superior to those made by the U. S. 
process of 1850, or by that of the British Pharm. 1885. M. Magnes-Lahens especially recom- 
mends the following formula. “ Take of pure Iodine 4-10 grammes; Powdered Iron 1-90 
grammes; Powdered Sugar 2-50 grammes; Powdered Gum Arabic 2-50 grammes; Distilled 
Water 2-50 grammes. Put in an iron dish the Water and the powdered Iron, add the Iodine 
gradually, and facilitate the reaction by stirring with a spatula of iron and by warming a little ; 
when the reaction is complete, add the Gum and the Sugar, then heat to about 50° C. (122° 
F.), stirring until the mass ceases to drop when a little is taken up on the spatula. If neces- 
sary, five grammes of powdered liquorice root may be incorporated into the mass, which is 
then to be rolled into one hundred pills.” (A. J. P., 1873, p. 498.) The iodine and iron unite 
directly to form ferrous iodide in solution, which is protected against the oxidizing influence 
* Pill8 of Ferrous Iodide.— Wm. R. Warner, Jr.'s, Process. Take of iodine 4634 grains; iron wire 1600 grains ; 
sugar 4500 grains; marshmallow powder 4500 grains; gum 2200 grains; iron by hydrogen 566 grains; distilled 
water 3000 grains. Place the iron wire in a Florence flask, quart capacity, add the water, place on a sand-bath, and 
gently heat; then add the iodine in such divided portions as the reaction will admit of, without raising the temper- 
ature so high as to drive off violet fumes of iodine. Finally, add all the iodine, and continue the heat until the re- 
action has ceased, and the liquid shows no blue color with starch mucilage. The weight of the flask must be pre- 
viously determined, and at this point the weight of the contents should be 9234 grains; if not, sufficient water must be 
added to make it so. Now mix thoroughly together the gum, sugar, marshmallow, and iron by hydrogen, and strain 
upon them the contents of the flask; mix quickly, and knead thoroughly, until a pill mass is formed, then divide it into 
three-grain pills, each containing one grain of ferrous iodide (iodine, iron, and water of crystallization). The pills, 
after being hardened in a warm, dry atmosphere, covered with starch powder, may be coated with a solution of gum 
mastic in ether or tolu in alcohol, in the proportion of four drachms to the fluidounce. An extemporaneous sugar- 
coating may be effected to a reasonable degree of perfection in the following manner. Mix together thoroughly equal 
quantities of sugar, gum, and starch. Moisten the surface of the pills with an equal mixture of simple syrup and 
water, and then place them on the powder in a shallow dish, and give the same a centrifugal motion, so that they 
may be equally coated by the moisture of the syrup, which will agglutinate the particles of the powder. {Drug. Giro., 
1884, p. 4.) PART I. 
Pilula Galbani Composita.—Pilulse Phosphon. 
1047 
of the air by the sugar and excess of reduced iron, while the liquorice and gum serve to give 
due consistence and plasticity to the pilular mass. The pills are still further protected from 
the air by the impervious coating of balsam of Tolu, which readily yields to the softening 
and solvent properties of the gastric liquids. The great disadvantage of the pill of ferrous 
iodide, as ordinarily prepared, is that it will not keep,—crumbling by time and exposure, and 
evolving iodine in consequence of the oxidation of the iron. The preparation, made accord- 
ing to the U. S. formula of 1870, stood the test of time; and we have seen pills which, 
four years after their preparation, exhibited no signs of change. Each pill contains about 
a grain (0-065 Gm.) of ferrous iodide and one-fifth of a grain (0-012 Gm.) of reduced iron. 
The therapeutic uses of this preparation are the same as those of ferrous iodide. (See Ferri 
lodidum.') 
PILULA GALBANI COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Pill of Galbanum. 
[Compound Pill of Asafetida.] 
(PIL'U-LA GAL'BA-NI COM-PO§'I-TA.) 
“ Asafetida, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Galbanum, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes ; 
Myrrh, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Syrup of Glucose, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes or 
a sufficient quantity. Heat all together on a water-bath, stirring until the mass is uniform in 
consistence.” Br. This mass was formerly termed in the British Pharmacopoeia Pilula Asa- 
feetidse Composita. The treacle used as an excipient has been replaced by syrup of glucose. 
It is given as an antispasmodic and emmenagogue in chlorosis and hysteria. The dose is from 
two to four pills or from five to twenty grains (0-33-1-3 Gm.).* 
PILULA IPECACUANHA CUM SCILLA. Br. Pill of Ipecacuanha with 
Squill. 
“ Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 30 grammes ; Squill, in powder, 
1 ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes ; Ammoniacum, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes; 
Syrup of Glucose, a sufficient quantity. Mix to form a mass. This Pill contains about 5 per 
cent, of Opium.” Br. 
This is a good combination of expectorants, well adapted to chronic bronchitis with either 
deficient or greatly excessive expectoration, and to the advanced stages of the acute disease 
offering similar indications. The dose is from five to ten grains (0-33—0-65 Gm.). 
(PlL'U-LA IP-E-CXC-U-lN'HiE CUM SQIL'LA.) 
PILULE OPII. U. S. Pills of Opium. 
(pil'u-la: o'pi-L) 
Pilules d’Opium, Fr.; Opiumpillen, G. 
“ Powdered Opium, six and one-half grammes [or 100 grains] ; Soap, in fine powder, two 
grammes [or 31 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the 
powders together with Water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills." If. S. 
This process is designed merely to furnish a convenient formula for putting opium into pilu- 
lar form, preferable to the mode sometimes practised of making the pills directly from the un- 
powdered mass of opium as found in commerce. The soap answers no other purpose than to 
give a due consistence, and is therefore in small proportion. Opium pills are official in the 
British Pharmacopoeia under the name of Pilula Saponis Composita (see page 1049). The 
object of giving them this title is probably to prevent the patient from learning from the pre- 
scription that the pills contain opium. As hard old opium pills are sometimes preferred, in 
cases of irritable stomach, in consequence of their slow solution, it is proper for the pharma- 
cist to keep some in this state to meet the prescription of the physician. Of the pills above 
directed, each contains one grain (0-065 Gm.) of powdered opium, and one is a full dose. 
PILULE PHOSPHORI. U. S. (Br.) Pills of Phosphorus. 
(PII/U-L2E PHOS'PHO-BL) 
Pilula Phosphori, Br.; Phosphorus Pill. 
“ Phosphorus, six centigrammes [or 0-93 grains] ; Althaea, in No. 60 powder, six grammes 
[or 93 grains] ; Acacia, in fine powder, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Chloroform, Glycerin, 
* The U. S. P. 1880 gave the following formula for this preparation : “ Galbanum, one hundred and fifty grains 
(9'7o 6m.); Myrrh, one hundred and fifty grains (9'75 6m.); Asafetida, fifty grains (3'25 Gm.); Syrup, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat them together so as to form a mass, and divide it into one hundred pills.” 1048 
Pilulae Phosphori.—Pilula Quininse Sulphatis. 
PART I. 
Water, Balsam of Tolu, Ether, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Dissolve 
the Phosphorus, in a test-tube, in five cubic centimeters [or 81 minims] of Chloroform, with the 
aid of a very gentle heat, replacing from time to time any of the Chloroform which may be 
lost by evaporation. Mix the Althaea and Acacia in a mortar, next add the solution of Phos- 
phorus, then immediately afterwards a sufficient quantity (about four cubic centimeters') [or 65 
minims] of a mixture of two volumes of Glycerin and one volume of Water, and quickly form 
a mass, to be divided into one hundred pills. Dissolve ten grammes [or 154 grains] of Balsam 
of Tolu in fifteen cubic centimeters [or 243 minims] of Ether, shake the pills with a sufficient 
quantity of this solution until they are uniformly coated, and put them on a plate to dry, oc- 
casionally rolling them about until the drying is completed. Keep the pills in a well-stoppered 
bottle.” U.S. 
“ Phosphorus, 10 grains or 1 gramme ; White Beeswax, melted, 125 grains or 12-5 grammes ; 
Lard, melted, 125 grains or 12-5 grammes ; Kaolin, 115 grains or 11-5 grammes; Carbon Bi- 
sulphide, 33 minims or 3 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity. Place the melted Wax 
and Lard in a slightly warmed mortar, and stir until the mixture has the consistence of cream. 
Dissolve the Phosphorus in the Carbon Bisulphide and carefully mix the solution with the 
melted fats ; add the Kaolin; mix well together. Keep the mixture immersed in cold water 
in a bottle from which the light is excluded. When dispensed, every three grains of the mix- 
ture is to be incorporated with one grain of Gum Acacia in powder ; and the resulting pills should 
be varnished. Phosphorus Pill, including the Gum Acacia, contains 2 per cent, of Phospho- 
rus ; hence, is nearly double the strength of the Phosphorus Pill of the British Pharmacopceia 
of 1885.” Br. 
The increasing use of phosphorus in the free state made the introduction of phosphorus 
pills a necessity. The problem of preventing the oxidation of the phosphorus is believed to be 
solved by dissolving it in an excess of warm chloroform: this is accomplished in a stoppered 
test-tube, for it has been shown that no oxidation takes place in the presence of chloroform 
vapor. It is necessary to form the mass quickly, so that the chloroform may not all evaporate 
and leave the phosphorus exposed to the action of the air. Chloroform is preferred to carbon 
disulphide, for, although the latter is a better solvent, it is difficult to rid the mass of the dis- 
gusting odor. (See A. J. P., 1875, 253, 254, 335, 501; 1876, 56; 1877, 135 ; 1878, 584 ; and 
W. R., 1876, 189, 332; 1877, 32; Drug. Circ., 1883, 180; P. J. Tr., 1883, 923.) Of the 
British mass, four grains of the mass, including the acacia, will contain y of a grain of phos- 
phorus (0-0054 Gm.), and the dose is therefore one-half grain (0 03 Gm.), equivalent to 
of a grain (0-0007 Gm.) of phosphorus. Each official U. S. pill contains about of a grain 
(0 0006 Gm.). 
PILULA PLUMBI CUM OPIO. Br. Pill of Lead with Opium. 
“ Lead Acetate, in fine powder, 36 grains or 6 grammes ; Opium, in powder, 6 grains or 1 
gramme; Syrup of Glucose, 4 grains or 0-7 gramme or a sufficient quantity. Mix to form a 
mass. This Pill contains about 12 5 per cent, of Opium.” Br. 
This pill would be better left to extemporaneous prescription, the requisite proportion of 
opium to the acetate varying in different cases. The tannic acid of the confection of roses 
decomposes a portion of the acetate ; but the resulting lead tannate is not entirely inert. The 
mass contains about six parts of lead acetate in eight, and may be given in the dose of two or 
three grains (0-13 or 0-20 Gm.) to begin with. 
(PIL'U-LA PLUM'BI CUM O'PI-O.) 
PILULA QUININjE SULPHATIS. Br. Pill of Quinine Sulphate. 
(PIL'U-LA QUI-NI'NAS SUL-PHA'TIS.) 
“ Quinine Sulphate, 30 grains or 3 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in powder, 1 grain or 0-1 
gramme ; Glycerin, 4 grains or 0 4 gramme ; Tragacanth, in powder, 1 grain or 0-1 gramme. 
Triturate the Quinine Sulphate with the Tartaric Acid; add the product to the previously 
mixed Glycerin and Tragacanth ; make a mass.” Br. 
The reason for introducing a quinine pill mass in the British Pliarm. 1898 is doubtless to 
serve the convenience of dispensers and to save time; tartaric acid aids in solubility and in 
making the pills smaller, whilst glycerin keeps the mass from undue hardening. PART I. 
Pilulse Rhei.—Pilula Scillse Composita. 
1049 
PILULE RHEI. U. S. Pills of Rhubarb. 
(pil'u-la: RHE'I.) 
Pilules de Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhabarberpillen, G. 
“ Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Soap, in fine powder, six 
grammes [or 93 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred pills. Beat the 
powders together with Water, so as to form a mass, to be divided into one hundred pills" IT. S. 
Rhubarb is so often given in the pilular form, that it is convenient both for the physician 
and for the apothecary to have an official formula indicating the mode of preparing the pills, as 
well as the quantity of rhubarb to be contained in each. Soap has stood the test of long ex- 
perience as a good excipient for rhubarb. If made in quantity the pills should be kept in 
loosely-stopped bottles. We have found rhubarb pills made with compound tincture of car- 
damom, without other ingredient, to answer an excellent purpose. Each official pill contains 
three grains (0-20 Gm.) of rhubarb. 
PILULE RHEI COMPOSITE. U. S. (Br.) Compound Pills of Rhubarb 
(PIL'U-LiE rhe'I com-p5§'i-ta:.) 
Pilula Rhei Composita, Br.; Pilules de Rhubarbe composes, Fr.; Rhabarber und Aloepillen, G. 
“ Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, thirteen grammes [or 200 grains] ; Purified Aloes, in fine 
powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Myrrh, in fine powder, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Oil 
of Peppermint, one-half cubic centimeter [or 8 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one hundred pills. Mix the Oil of Peppermint with the powders, then beat the mixture with 
Water so as to form a mass, to be divided into one hundred pills." U. S. 
“ Rhubarb Root, in powder, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 60 grammes ; Socotrine Aloes, in powder, 
21 ounces (Imp.) or 45 grammes; Myrrh, in powder, 11 ounces (Imp.) or 30 grammes ; Hard 
Soap, in powder, 11 ounces (Imp.) or 30 grammes; Oil of Peppermint, 11 fl. drachms (Imp. 
meas.) or 3-75 cubic centimetres ; Syrup of Glucose, 2f ounces (Imp.) or 55 grammes or a suffi- 
cient quantity. Mix to form a mass.” Br. 
This is a warm tonic laxative, useful in costiveness. If made in quantity the pills should 
be kept in loosely stopped bottles. The use of glycerin favors the formation of mouldiness 
through the attraction of moisture, and it was replaced in the formula of the Br. Ph. 1898 
by syrup of glucose. From two to four pills, or from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.) 
of the mass, may be taken twice a day. 
PILULA SAPONIS COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Pill of Soap. 
(PIL'U-LA SA-PO'NIS COM-PO§'l-TA.) 
“ Opium, in powder, £ ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Hard Soap, in powder, 1? ounces 
(Imp.) or 30 grammes ; Syrup of Glucose, £ ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes. Mix to form a 
mass. This Pill contains 20 per cent, of Opium.” Br. 
This pill,* although no longer official in the U. S. P., is useful as affording the opportunity 
of conveniently administering opium, in a pilular and readily soluble form, in small fractions 
of a grain. The name was probably intended to conceal the nature of the preparation. One 
grain (0-065 Gm.) of Opium is contained in about five grains (0-33 Gm.) of the mass. 
PILULA SCAMMONII COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Scammony Pill. 
(PIL'U-LA SCAM-MO'NI-I COM-PO§'l-TA.) 
Pilules de Scammontie composes, Fr.; Scammoniumpillen, G. 
“ Scammony Resin, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Jalap Resin, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 
grammes ; Curd Soap, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes ; Tincture of Ginger, 3 fl. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 75 cubic centimetres. Add the Tincture of Ginger to tbe Soap and 
Resins; dissolve with the aid of slight heat; evaporate on a water-bath until the mass has 
acquired a suitable consistence for forming pills.” Br. 
These pills are actively purgative in doses of from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.). 
PILULA SCILLE COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Squill Pill. 
(PIL'U-LA SQ'IL'LiE COM-PO§'l-TA.) 
Pilules de Scille composees, Fr.; Meerzwiebelpillen, G. 
“ Squill, in powder, lj ounces (Imperial) or 25 grammes ; Ginger, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) 
or 20 grammes ; Ammoniacum, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Hard Soap, in 
* Pilula Saponis Composita, U. S. P. 1870. “Take of Opium, in fine powder, sixty grains ; Soap, in fine powder, 
half a troyounce. Beat them together with water so as to form a pilular mass." 1050 
Pimenta. 
PART I. 
powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Syrup of Glucose, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes or 
a sufficient quantity. Mix to form a mass.” Br. 
This preparation was dropped at the 1880 revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia* 
This is a stimulating expectorant compound, depending for its virtues chiefly on the squill, 
and applicable to the treatment of chronic bronchitis. From five to ten grains (O'SS-O'GS Gm.) 
may be given three or four times a day. The preparation should be freshly made wThen wanted, 
as the squill which it contains is liable to be injured by keeping. 
PIMENTA. U. S., Br. Pimenta. [Allspice.] 
(PI-MEN'TA.) 
“ The nearly ripe fruit of Pimenta officinalis, Lindley (nat. ord. Myrtaceae).” U. S. “ The 
dried full-grown unripe fruit of Pimenta officinalis, Lindl.” Br. 
Semen Amomi, Piper Jamaicense; Pimento, Allspice, Jamaica Pepper; Piment de la Jamaique, Toute-6pice, 
Piment, Poivre de la Jamaique, Fr.; Englisches Gewiirz, Neugewiirz, Nelkenpfefifer, G.; Pimenti, It.; Pimienta de la 
Jamaica, Sp. 
Pimenta officinalis. Lindl. B. & T. 111.—Myrtuspimenta. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 973.—Eugenia 
pimenta. De Cand. Prodrom. iii. 285.—Pimenta acris. Wight. B. & T. 110.—Pimenta offici- 
nalis. Berg, in Engler and Prantl. This is a beautiful tree, about thirty feet high, with a 
straight trunk, much branched above, and covered with a very smooth gray bark. Its dense 
and ever-verdant foliage gives it at all times a refreshing appearance. The leaves, which are 
petiolate, vary in shape and size, but are usually about four inches long, elliptical, entire, 
blunt or obtusely pointed, veined, and of a deep shining green color. The flowers are small, 
without show, and disposed in panicles upon trichotomous stalks, which usually terminate the 
branches. The fruit is a spherical berry, crowned with the persistent calyx, and when ripe is 
smooth, shining, and of a black or dark purple color. The tree exhales an aromatic fragrance, 
especially during the summer months, when in flower. 
It is a native of the West Indies, Mexico, and South America, and is abundant in Jamaica, 
whence its fruit received the name of Jamaica pepper.\ The allspice plant is cultivated iu 
Central America and the surrounding countries, but more than half the supply to the United 
States comes from Jamaica, where the tree is so abundant as to form in the mountainous districts 
whole forests, and to require no further cultivation than the clearing out of the underbrush. 
The berries are gathered after having attained their full size, but while yet green, and are 
carefully dried in the sun. When sufficiently dry, they are put into bags and casks for expor- 
tation. The fruits of four other species of the genus Pimenta, found iu Venezuela, Guiana, 
and the West Indies, are employed in their native countries as spices. 
Properties. The berries, as they reach us, are of different sizes, usually about as large as 
a small pea, round, wrinkled, crowned with the short, four-parted calyx or its remnants and a 
short style, brownish or brownish gray, and when broken present two cells, each containing a 
black hemispherical or reniform seed. They have a fragrant odor, thought to resemble that of 
a mixture of cinnamon, cloves, and nutmeg. Hence the name of allspice, by which they are best 
known in this country. Their taste is warm, aromatic, pungent, and slightly astringent. They 
impart their flavor to water, and all their virtues to alcohol. The infusion is of a brown color, 
and reddens litmus paper. They yield a volatile oil by distillation having the sp. gr. of from 
1-04 to U05 at 15° C. (See Oleum Pimentse.') Bonastre obtained from them a volatile oil, a green 
fixed oil, a fatty substance in yellowish flakes, tannin, gum, resin, uncrystallizable sugar, coloring 
matter, malic and gallic acids, saline matters, moisture, and lignin. The green oil has the burn- 
ing aromatic taste of pimenta, and is supposed to be the acrid principle. Upon this, there- 
fore, together with the volatile oil, the medical properties of the berries depend; and, as these 
two principles exist most largely in the shell or cortical portion, this part is most efficient. 
According to Bonastre, the shell contains 10 per cent, of the volatile and 8 of the fixed oil, 
the seeds only 5 per cent, of the former and 2-5 of the latter. Berzelius considers the green 
fixed oil of Bonastre as a mixture of volatile oil, resin, fixed oil, and perhaps a little chloro- 
phyll. Dragendorff in 1871 announced the existence of an alkaloid in allspice. It is present 
in exceedingly small quantity, and has somewhat the odor of coniine. Mr. W. W. Abell ob- 
tained from 448 Gm. of pimenta leaves one-half of one per cent, of volatile oil resembling 
* “ Take of Squill, in fine powder, twelve grains ; Ginger, in fine powder, Ammoniac, in fine powder, each, twenty - 
four grains; Soap, in fine powder, thirty-six grains; Syrup a sufficient quantity. Mix the powders together; 
then beat them with Syrup so as to form a pilular mass, to be divided into twenty-four pills.” U. S. 1870. 
f Pimienta de Tabasco, Tabago or Mexican Allspice, is larger and somewhat less aromatic than the Jamaica or 
true allspice. Pimenta.—Piper. 
1051 
PART I. 
oil of bay ; he also found tannic acid. (A. J. P., 1886, 163.) A convention of hygienists at 
Vienna decided that ground allspice should not yield more than 6 per cent, of ash, of which 
not more than 0-5 per cent, should be soluble in hydrochloric acid. 
The piinenta is sometimes adulterated by the larger and less aromatic berries of the Mexican 
Myrtus tobasco. (Mocino.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Pimenta is an aromatic spice, used in medicine chiefly 
as an adjuvant to tonics and purgatives. It is particularly useful in cases attended with much 
flatulence. It is, however, much more largely employed as a condiment than as a medicine. 
The dose is from ten to forty grains (0-65-2-6 Gin.). 
PIPER. U. S. (Br.) Pepper. [Black Pepper.] 
“ The unripe fruit of Piper nigrum, Linne (nat. ord. Piperaceae).” U. S. “ The dried un- 
ripe fruit of Piper nigrum, Linn.” Br. 
Piper Nigrum, Br., Poivre noir (commun), Poivre, Fr.; Schwarzer Pfeffer, 0.; Gemeine Peper, Dutch; Pepe 
nero, It.; Pimienti negra, Sp.; Fifil usvvud, Arab.; Lada, Malay ; Maricha, Jnv.; Sahan, Palembang. 
Piper nigrum. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 28; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 159; Carson, lllust. of Med. Bot. 
ii. 38, pi. 83; B. & T. 245. The pepper vine is a perennial plant, with a round, smooth, 
woody, articulated stem, swelling near the joints, branched, and from eight to twelve feet or 
more in length. The leaves are entire, broad-ovate, acuminate, seven-nerved, coriaceous, very 
smooth, of a dark green color, and attached by strong sheath-like footstalks to the joints of 
the branches. The flowers are small, whitish, sessile, covering thickly a cylindrical spadix, 
and succeeded by globular berries, which are red when ripe. 
The plant grows wild in Cochin-China and various parts of India. It is cultivated on the 
coast of Malabar, in the peninsula of Malacca, in Siam, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, the Philip- 
pines, and many other places in the East; also to some extent in the West Indies. The culti- 
vation of black pepper is said to he on the decline in Siam, but to be rapidly increasing in 
Borneo, one thousand tons having been exported from Sarawak in 1889. The best pepper is 
affirmed to be produced in Malabar ; but Europe and America derive their chief supplies from 
Sumatra and Java. The plant is propagated by cuttings, and is supported by props, or trees 
planted for the purpose, upon which it is trained. In three or four years from the period of 
planting, it begins to bear fruit. The plant sometimes begins to bear as early as the first year 
after planting, increases in its yield to the fifth or sixth year, when it produces eight or ten 
pounds, and begins to lose its productiveness about the fifteenth year. The berries are gathered 
so soon as one is seen to turn red,—i.e., before they are all perfectly ripe,—and, upon being 
dried, become black and wrinkled. The greatest production is in Sumatra, and the ports of 
export are principally Singapore and Penang, the Malabar pepper coming from Tellicherry. 
Our imports are principally through England, and not direct, and it seems that in England, at 
least, it is customary to mix peppers of different origin in grinding, taking Malabar for weight, 
Penang for strength, and Sumatra for color. (Bulletin U. S. Dept, of Agric., No. 13, 1887.) 
The importations of unground peppers for the year 1896 were 16,644,763 lbs., valued at 
$650,861, and for 1897, 15,033,452 lbs., valued at $711,453. 
White pepper is the ripe berry, deprived of a part of its pericarp by maceration in water 
and subsequent friction, and afterwards dried in the sun. It has less of the peculiar virtues 
of the spice than has the black pepper, and is seldom employed. 
Piper longum, which was at one time official, differs from its congeners in having its lower leaves 
cordate, petiolate, from five- to seven-nerved, its upper oblong-cordate, sessile, and five-nerved ; 
its flowers in dense, short, terminal, and nearly cylindrical spikes; and its fruit, consisting of 
very small one-seeded berries or grains, embedded in a pulpy matter. It is a native of South- 
eastern Asia, and is produced abundantly in Bengal and other parts of Hindostan. The fruit 
is green when immature, and becomes red as it ripens. It is gathered in the former state, as 
it is then hotter than when perfectly ripe. The whole spike is taken from the plant, and dried 
in the sun. Long pepper, as the fruit is called, is cylindrical, an inch or more in length, in- 
dented on its surface, of a dark-gray color, a weak aromatic odor, and a pungent fiery taste. 
M. Duiong found its chemical composition to be closely analogous to that of black pepper. 
Like that, it contains piperin, a concrete oil or soft resin upon which its burning acrimony de- 
pends, and a volatile oil to which it probably owes its odor. Its medical virtues are essentially 
the same as those of black pepper ; but it is inferior to that spice, and is seldom used. West 
African or Ashantee Pepper is the berry of P. clusii, which grows abundantly in tropical Africa. 
(PI'PER.) 1052 
Piper, 
PART I, 
It does not come into Western commerce, although much used in Africa. The berry is described 
as resembling cubebs, but less rugose, and with a more slender pedicel, and having the odor 
and taste of black pepper. Stenhouse found piperin in this variety of pepper. 
Properties. The dried berries are about as large as a small pea, externally blackish, 
reticulated, and wrinkled, internally whitish, hollow, and with an undeveloped embryo, of an 
aromatic smell, and a hot, pungent, almost fiery taste.* They yield their virtues partially to 
water, entirely to alcohol and ether. Pelletier found them to contain a peculiar principle called 
piperin, an acrid concrete oil or soft resin of a green color, a balsamic volatile oil, isomeric 
with oil of turpentine, a colored gummy substance, an extractive matter like that found in 
leguminous plants capable of being precipitated by infusion of galls, starch, a portion of bas- 
sorin, tartaric and malic acids, lignin, and various salts. (See Piperinum.) William Johnston 
(Konig’s Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 3d ed., Bd. i. 1046) finds that C6H11N, is an 
invariable constituent of pepper in amounts varying from 0 21 to 0-77 per cent. (See p. 1053.) 
The taste and medicinal activity of pepper depend mainly on the concrete oil or resin, and on 
the volatile oil. The concrete oil is of a deep green color, very acrid, and soluble in alcohol 
and ether. The volatile oil is limpid, colorless, becoming yellow by age, of a strong odor, 
and of a taste less acrid than that of pepper itself. Its formula is C10H16, and it forms a 
liquid but not a solid compound with hydrochloric acid. According to Weigle (Apoth. Zeit, 
1893, 626), pepper contains, besides cellulose, starch, and coloring matter,—1. Volatile oil, 
smelling strongly of pepper, but without pungency ; 2. A thick oil, tasteless and nearly odor- 
less ; 3. Odorless piperin, whose solutions possess the pungency of pepper. Weigle believes 
that in the fresh fruit the volatile oil acts as a solvent for the piperin, and he thus accounts 
for their pungency. 
The following are analyses of commercial peppers made by Blyth (Foods: their Composi- 
tion and Analysis, 1882, 496) : 
Hygroscopic 
Moisture. 
Piperin 
in Pepper 
dried at 
100° C. 
Resin in 
Pepper 
dried at 
100° C. 
Aqueous 
Extract in 
Pepper 
dried at 
100° C. 
Ash in Pepper dried at 
100® C. 
Soluble in 
Water. 
Total. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
Penang 
9-53 
5-57 
2-08 
18*33 
2-21 
4-18 
Tellicherry 
12-90 
4-67 
1-70 
16-50 
3-38 
5-77 
Sumatra 
10*10 
4-70 
1-74 
17*59 
2-62 
4-31 
Malabar 
10-54 
4-63 
1-74 
20*37 
3-45 
5T9 
Trang 
11-66 
4-60 
1-70 
18-17 
2-53 
4-77 
White pepper (commercial) . . . 
10-30 
5-60 
2-05 
0-56 
1*12 
Long pepper 
1-80 
0-80 
16-82 
4-47 
8-30 
Medical Properties and Uses. Black pepper is a warm carminative stimulant, capa- 
ble of producing general arterial excitement, but acting with greater proportional energy on 
the part to which it is applied. From the time of Hippocrates it has been employed as a con- 
diment in medicine. Its chief medicinal application is to excite the languid stomach and cor- 
rect flatulence. It was long since occasionally administered for the cure of intermittents; but 
its employment for this purpose had passed from the profession to the vulgar, till a few years 
since revived by an Italian physician, to be again consigned to forgetfulness. Piperin has also 
been employed in the same complaint, and has even been thought superior to quinine sulphate ; 
* The powder of pepper is frequently adulterated with various substances, which can be detected by the micro- 
scope. (See P. J. Tr., June, 1860 ; also Bulletin U. S. Dept, of Agric., No. 13, Part II., pp. 183-209, 1887.) The char- 
acteristic starch granule is stated to be compound, preserving the form of the cell containing it. (Bouchardat, Ann. 
de Therap., 1874.) Poivrette or pepperette is a pale yellow, buff, or cream-colored powder, which is said to be largely 
sold for the purpose of adulterating powdered pepper. According to the researches of Prof. J. C. Brown, it is proba- 
bly ground olive stones. (See A. J. P.f 1887, p. 146.) The ash of a pepper, ground or unground, should never 
amount to more than 6 per cent. 
t According to the experiments of F. W. Tunnicliffe (Centralb.f. Phye., 1897), the injection of from 0-01 to 0 02 
(*m. ot the piperidine chloride will produce in a cat of about three kilogrammes’ weight an enormous rise of the 
arterial pressure, due to narrowing of the blood-paths. This is in accord with the investigations of B. Moore and 
K. Row (Journ. I hysiol., London, 1898), who find that piperidine produces paralysis of the intra-muscular part of the 
motor nerve, and, whilst slowing the heart, increases enormously the arterial pressure chiefly by causing a con- 
striction of the arterioles by an action upon the peripheral ganglia ; in this, as in other ways, resembling in its phys- 
iological effects coniine and nicotine. The authors believe that this similarity is due to the presence of a reduced 
pyridine ring in each molecule, and, further, that the intensification of the action is caused by the introduction of 
an organic radical as a side group into this ring. PART I. 
Piperinum. 
1053 
but experience has not confirmed this favorable opinion. That, in its impure state, when mixed 
with a portion of the acrid principle, it will occasionally cure intermittents, there can be no 
doubt; but it is not comparable to the preparations of bark, and is certainly less active than 
the official oleoresin of pepper. In intermittent fever, pepper may be found a useful adjuvant 
to the more powerful febrifuge. The dose of pepper is from five to twenty grains (0-33—1-3 
Gm.). It may be given whole or in powder, but is more energetic in the latter state. Dose 
of piperin, from one to six grains (0-065-0-4 Gm.). 
C17H19NO3; 284*38. (PI-PE-Kl'NUM.) C17II19NO3; 285. 
PIPERINUM. U. S. Piperin. 
“ A neutral principle obtained from pepper, and obtainable also from other plants of the 
natural order Piperaceae.” U S. 
It will be observed that the official title of this principle has been changed in the U. S. P. 
1890 to “ Piperinum,” thus taking it out of the class of alkaloids and placing it among the 
neutral principles. It has never been claimed by chemists that piperin had all the proper- 
ties of the alkaloids as a class; it was described as a “ principle of feebly alkaloidal power” 
in the U. S. P. 1880, and this should have been retained at least until it had been proved be- 
yond question that this description was incorrect. 
Piperin was discovered by Professor (Ersted, of Copenhagen, who considered it to be the 
active principle of pepper. Pelletier, however, denied its medical activity, and ascribed all 
the effects supposed to have been obtained from it to a portion of the acrid concrete oil with 
which it is mixed when not very carefully prepared. It is obtained by treating pepper with 
alcohol, evaporating the tincture to the consistence of an extract, submitting the extract to 
the action of an alkaline solution by which the oleaginous matter is converted into soap, wash- 
ing the undissolved portion with cold water, separating the liquid by filtration, treating the 
matter left on the filter with alcohol, and allowing the solution thus obtained to evaporate 
spontaneously, or by a gentle heat. Crystals of piperin are deposited, and may be purified by 
alternate solution in alcohol or ether, and crystallization. Piperin may be regarded as & piperi- 
dine, C6HuN, in which one H is replaced by the radical of piperic acid, thus : C6II10N.C12H903. 
Piperin does not yield salts with acids. (Buchner's JVeues Rep.; A. J. P., Oct. 1876.) Rug- 
heimer (A. J. P., Aug. 1882, 397) has regenerated piperin by the union of piperidine and the 
chloride of the radical of piperic acid, thus making piperin artificially. The properties of this 
artificial principle are identical with those of the natural piperin* 
Piperidine is a powerful volatile alkaloid, soluble in all proportions in water and alcohol, and 
forming crystalline salts with acids. It is one of the decomposition products of piperin, and 
is of great chemical interest as being a simple derivative of pyridine, C5H6N, which seems to 
underlie the molecular structure of so many alkaloids. Piperidine is hexahydropyridine, 
and can be easily obtained from pyridine by the action of tin and hydrochloric acid, 
or when sodium acts upon the alcoholic solution. Conversely, piperidine can be changed into 
pyridine when sulphuric acid at 300° C. or gentle oxidizing agents act upon it. Coniine, it will 
be remembered (see Conium), has been shown synthetically to be a normal propylpiperidine. 
Properties. When perfectly pure, piperin is in colorless transparent crystals, without 
taste, with no perceptible action on litmus paper, and fusible at 128° to 129-5° C. (262-4° to 
265° F.) (Riigheimer, A. J. P., Aug. 1882, p. 397), capable of being sublimed under favor- 
able circumstances in perfect crystals (Waddington, P. J. Tr., March, 1868, p. 415), insoluble 
in cold water, slightly soluble in boiling water which deposits it upon cooling, soluble in alco- 
hol, ether, and acetic acid, and still more readily in chloroform, benzol, and petroleum spirit, 
decomposed by the concentrated mineral acids, with sulphuric becoming of a blood-red color, 
with nitric first of a greenish yellow, then orange, and ultimately red. As ordinarily procured, 
* Heliotropin. (Piperonal.) This interesting substance, although used almost exclusively in perfumery, has been 
recommended by Fraggani (Pharm. Centralhalle, xxviii. 253) as an antiseptic and antipyretic. It may be ob- 
tained by the oxidation of piperic acid, as follows. Piperin is made to yield potassium piperate by boiling it for 
twenty-four hours with an equal part of potassa and 5 parts of ordinary alcohol. This is then dissolved in 40 to 50 
parts of hot water, and the hot solution slowly mixed, under constant stirring, with a solution of 2 parts (that is, 
twice the weight of the sodium piperate) of potassium permanganate. The resulting magma is put on a strainer 
and repeatedly washed with hot water, until it no longer has the characteristic odor of heliotropin. The united 
liquids are now distilled, and from the first portions of the distillate which are caught separately, the larger portion 
of the heliotropin or rather piperonal (CsHeOs) separates, on cooling, in crystals; the remainder may he obtained 
by shaking the distillate with ether. (Chem. Zeitung, 1884.) This piperonal is the aldehyde of piperonylic acid, 
which, as the formula indicates, is the methylene ester of protocatechuic acid, C6H3COOH(OH)3. 1054 
Piperinum.—Fix Burgundica. 
the crystals are yellow. Piperin is generally believed to be a weak alkaloid of the formula 
C17Hi0NO3. When boiled with strong potash or heated with soda-lime it is converted into 
piperic acid, C10H1204, and piperidine, C6HnN. 
It is officially described as “ colorless, or pale yellowish, shining, prismatic crystals, odorless, 
and almost tasteless when first put in the mouth, but on prolonged contact producing a sharp 
and biting sensation. Permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 30 parts 
of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1 part of boiling alcohol; very soluble in hot acetic acid; 
only slightly soluble in ether. When heated to 130° C. (266° F.), Piperin melts; upon igni- 
tion it emits alkaline vapors, and is consumed, leaving no residue. The alcoholic solution of 
Piperin is neutral to litmus paper. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves Piperin with a dark 
blood-red color, which disappears on dilution with water. When treated with nitric acid, 
Piperin turns rapidly first orange and then red, and the acid acquires a yellow color, deepening 
to reddish as the crystals dissolve. On adding to this solution an excess of potassium hydrate 
test-solution, the color is at first yellow, but upon boiling it becomes blood-red.” U. S. 
Medical Properties. (See Piper, p. 1051.) 
PART i. 
PIX BURGUNDICA. U. S., Br. Burgundy Pitch. 
“ The prepared resinous exudation of Abies excelsa, Poiret (nat. ord. Coniferae).” U. S. 
“ The resinous exudation obtained from the stem of Picea excelsa, Link., melted and strained.” 
Br. 
Poix de Bourgogne, Poix jaune, Poix blanche, Fr.; Burgundisches Pech, Burgunder Harz, Wasserharz, G. 
The Coniferae have been divided by Eicliler, in Engler and Prantl’s work, into the following 
suborders,—viz., Pinoidese, or Conifers proper, and Taxoidest. Eichler does not consider that 
these subdivisions are deserving of family distinction, as indicated by Lindley and followed by 
Britton and Brown in their Flora. The genus Pinus of Linnaeus has been divided into the 
following genera: Pinus (the Pines), Larix (the Larches), Picea (the Spruces), Tsuga (the 
Hemlocks), and Abies (the Firs). 
Abies excelsa. De Candolle.—A. communis. Loudon’s Encyc. of Plants. — Pinus abies. 
Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 506; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 4, t. 2.—Pinus picea. Du Koi. B. & T. 261. 
The Norway spruce is a lofty tree, rising sometimes one hundred and fifty feet in height, with 
a trunk from three to five feet in diameter. The leaves, standing thickly upon the branches, 
are short, obscurely four-cornered, often curved, of a dusky green color, and shining on the 
upper surface. The male aments are purple and axillary, the female of the same color, but 
usually terminal. The fruit is in pendent, purple, nearly cylindrical strobiles, the scales of which 
are oval, pointed, and ragged at the edges. 
This tree is a native of Europe and Northern Asia. Though designated as the source of 
Burgundy pitch, it furnishes but a part of the substance sold under that name. Tingley as- 
serts that the real Burgundy pitch is obtained from the Abies picea, or European silver fir tree. 
According to Greiger, who is probably correct, it is procured from both species. To obtain the 
pitch, portions of the bark are removed so as to lay bare the wood, or perpendicular grooved 
channels are cut, and the flakes of concrete resinous matter which form upon the surface of the 
wound, having been detached by iron instruments, are melted with water in large boilers, and 
then strained through coarse cloths. It is called Burgundy pitch from the province of that 
name in the east of France, although whether it was ever produced in that province is uncer- 
tain. It is chiefly collected in Finland, the Schwarzwald, Austria, and the Bernese Alps. 
From various species of pine, in different parts of Europe, a similar product is obtained and 
sold by the same name. It is prepared by removing the juice which concretes upon the bark 
of the tree, or upon the surface of incisions, called galipot by the French, and purifying it by 
melting, and straining either through cloth or a layer of straw. A factitious Burgundy pitch 
is made by melting together common pitch, rosin, and turpentine, and agitating the mixture 
with water, which gives it the requisite yellowish color. Its odor is different from that of the 
genuine. Mr. Hanbury gives as a test of true Burgundy pitch that it is almost entirely sol- 
uble in twice its weight of glacial acetic acid, while the factitious article similarly treated forms 
a turbid mixture, quickly separating into a thick oily liquid above, and a bright solution below* 
(PlX BUR-GUN'DI-CA.) 
* The resinous exudation from Pinus sylvestris is sometimes offered as Burgundy pitch, but Ilerr Hirschson 
(Pharm. Zeit.f. Russl., xxiv.) states that it is possible to distinguish the resin of Pinus picea by its being only par- 
tially soluble in ether, chloroform, and solutions of salts of ammonium, sodium carbonate, and borax, which dissolve 
completely the resin of Pinus sylvestris. The resin of Pinus picea is also precipitated by the addition of water from 
its sulphuric acid solution in red violet flakes, whilst Pinus sylvestris resin precipitates white. Pix Burgundica.—Fix Liquida. 
1055 
PART i. 
As brought to this country, Burgundy pitch is generally mixed with impurities, which re- 
quire that it should be melted and strained before being used. In its pure state it is “ hard, 
yet gradually taking the form of the vessel in which it is kept; brittle, with a shining, con- 
choidal fracture, opaque or translucent, reddish-brown or yellowish-brown, odor agreeably tere- 
binthinate ; taste aromatic, sweetish, not bitter. It is almost entirely soluble in glacial acetic 
acid, or in boiling alcohol, and partly soluble in cold alcohol.” U. S. It is very fusible, and 
at the heat of the body softens and becomes adhesive. It differs from turpentine in contain- 
ing a smaller proportion of volatile oil. Instead of the sylvic acid of colophony resin, it con- 
tains an isomeric acid, which has been called pimaric acid, melting at 148°-149° C., difficultly 
Soluble in cold but readily soluble in boiling alcohol, and also soluble in ether. According to 
Perrenoud, its formula is C40H6404, but Vesterberg (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1885, p. 3331) showed 
it to be a mixture, and has since (Ibid., 1886, p. 2167, and 1887, p. 3248) prepared from it 
two isomeric crystalline acids, a dextropimaric acid and a Isevopimaric acid, both of the for- 
mula C20H3002; with these is mixed a varying amount of an amorphous resin acid known as 
pinic acid. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Applied to the skin, in the shape of a plaster, Bur- 
gundy pitch acts as a gentle rubefacient, producing a slight inflammation without separating 
the cuticle. Sometimes it excites a papillary or vesicular eruption ; and we have known it to 
act as a violent irritant, giving rise to severe pain, swelling, and redness, followed by vesication 
and even ulceration. It is used chiefly in chronic rheumatic pains, and in chronic affections 
of the chest or abdomen, which call for a gentle but long-continued revulsion to the skin. 
PIX CARBONIS Br. Prepared Coal Tar 
(PIX CAR'BO-NIS PRiE-PA-RA'TA.) 
“ Prepared by placing commercial coal tar in a shallow vessel, and maintaining it at a tem- 
perature of 120° F. (48,9° C.) for one hour, stirring frequently.” Br. 
Prepared Coal Tar was introduced into the Br. Pharm. 1898; it is the chief constituent 
in the preparation of Liquor Picis Carbonis. (See p. 813.) It has no other use in medicine. 
PIX LIQUIDA. U. S., Br. Tar. 
“ An empyreumatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive distillation of the wood of Pinus 
palustris, Miller, and of other species of Pinus (nat. ord. Coniferae).” U. S. “ A bituminous 
liquid, obtained from the wood of Pinus sylvestris, Linn., and other species of Pinus, by 
destructive distillation. Known in commerce as Stockholm tar.” Br. 
Resina Empyreumatica Liquida; Goudron vegetal, Goudron, Fr.; Theer, G.; Pece liquida, It.; Alquitran, Sp. 
The tar used in this country is prepared from the wood of various species of pine, particu- 
larly Pinus palustris of the Southern States. (See Terebinthina.') The dead wood is usually se- 
lected, because, when vegetation ceases, the resinous matter becomes concreted in the interior 
layers. The wood is cut into billets of a convenient size, which are placed together so as to form 
a large stack or pile and then covered with earth as in the process for making charcoal. The 
stack is built upon a small circular mound of earth previously prepared, the summit of which 
gradually declines from the circumference to the centre, where a cavity is formed, communi- 
cating by a conduit with a shallow ditch surrounding the mound. Fire is applied through an 
opening in the top of the pile, and a slow combustion is maintained, so that the resinous matter 
may he melted by the heat. This runs into the cavity in the centre of the mound, and passes 
thence by the conduit into the ditch, whence it is transferred into barrels. Immense quantities 
of tar are thus prepared in North Carolina and the southeastern parts of Virginia, sufficient, 
after supplying our own consumption, to afford a large surplus for exportation* Considerable 
quantities of tar have been prepared also in the lower parts of New Jersey, in some portions 
of New England, and in Pennsylvania west of the Alleghany Mountains, from the Pinus rigida, 
or pitch pine, and perhaps from some other species. 
Properties. Tar has an acid reaction, a peculiar empyreumatic odor, a bitterish, resinous, 
somewhat acrid taste, a color almost black, and a tenacious consistence intermediate between 
that of a liquid and that of a solid. By age it becomes granular and opaque. It consists of res- 
(PIX LIQ'UI-DA—lik'wg-da.) 
* According to R. J. Dunwoody (A. J. P., 1889), tar is also prepared on a small scale by wedging vertically into 
an iron pot the pieces of split wood, inverting over the projecting ends another iron pot, and setting fire to the wood; 
or hy simply placing the billets of wood on the top of an inclined plane of sheet iron, setting the wood on fire, and 
catching the tar which runs down. 1056 
Pix Liquida. 
part I. 
inous matter, united with acetic acid, oil of turpentine, and various volatile empyreumatic prod- 
ucts, and colored with charcoal. By distillation it yields an acid liquor called pyroligneous acid 
(see Acidum Aceticum), and an empyreumatic oil called oil of tar ; what is left behind is pitch. 
It is described in the Br. Ph. as “A dark brown or blackish semi-liquid substance, of a peculiar 
aromatic odor. The specific gravity varies from 1-02 to 1T5. Water agitated with it acquires 
a pale-brown color, sharp empyreumatic taste, and acid reaction, and with dilute test-solution of 
ferric chloride assumes a red color. Tar is completely soluble in ten times its volume of alcohol 
(90 per cent).” The empyreumatic oil was first examined by Dr. Reichenbach. of Moravia, who 
found a variety of substances, to which he gave the names of paraffin, eupion, creosote, picamar, 
capnomor, and pittacal. It has been found by more careful study of wood-tar that it contains a 
great variety of compounds, including the hydrocarbons toluene, C7H8, xylene, C8II10, mesitylene 
and pseudocumene, C0H12 ; phenols like common phenol, CeH0O, cresol, C7H80, guaiacol, C7H8Oa, 
creosol, C8H1002, phlorol, C8H100, and methylcreosol, C9H1202, the last four constituting the 
mixture known as creosote; and, lastly, paraffin in variable quantity, depending upon the 
temperature of distillation, naphtalene, C10H8, pyrene, C16HI0, chrysene, C18H12, and retene, 
Collie- Pyrocatechin, C0H4(OH)2, is also obtained, either in the pyroligneous acid, as it is 
soluble in water, or in the tarry mixture. It crystallizes readily, fuses at 104° C. (219-2° F.), 
and sublimes at a temperature slightly above this. Tar yields a small proportion of its con- 
stituents to water, which is thus rendered medicinal, and is employed under the name of tar 
water. Tar water is of “ a pale yellowish-brown color and an acid reaction, yields with ferric 
chloride test-solution a transient green color, and is colored brownish-red by an equal volume 
of calcium hydrate test-solution.” Tar is dissolved by alcohol, ether, chloroform, and the vola- 
tile and fixed oils, and by a solution of potassa or soda. On spreading tar in a thin layer on a 
pane of glass it should present a homogeneous appearance. Those specimens which contain 
granular transparent masses should be rejected. These masses, which polarize brilliantly, are 
said to ba pyrocatechin. Tar should have a specific gravity of 1-03 to 1-07 ; it should boil at 
from 25° to 40° C. Its reaction should be acid. “ Steam refined tar” is tar which has been 
simply heated in steam caldrons and strained to remove foreign impurities. 
Hirschsohn has suggested the following plan for the identification of different varieties of 
tar. I. Completely soluble in 95 per cent, acetic acid. Pine Tar.—French turpentine dis- 
solves it completely. The petroleum ether extract of the tar is colored greenish when shaken 
with a dilute solution of cupric acetate (1 : 1000). Chloroform and absolute ether dissolve it 
completely. Beech Tar.—Turpentine oil dissolves it only partially. The petroleum ether ex- 
tract is not colored by copper acetate solution. Chloroform and absolute ether do not entirely 
dissolve it. II. Not completely soluble in 95 per cent, acetic acid. Juniper Tar.—Turpen- 
tine oil dissolves it completely. Aniline dissolves it completely. The aqueous extract (1 : 20) 
yields a red coloration with dilute solution of ferric chloride (1 : 1000). Birch Tar.—Tur- 
pentine oil dissolves it completely. Aniline does not dissolve it completely. The aqueous 
extract is colored greenish by ferric chloride. Turpentine oil dissolves it only partially. Aspen 
Tar.—Benzol, chloroform, absolute ether, and olive oil dissolve it only partially. (Pli. Ztq., 97, 
396; Ph. Zts. Russl., 97.) 
The pitch left after the evaporation of tar was formerly official with the British Colleges, 
under the names of Pix nigra, Pix arida, or simply Pix. It has a shining fracture, softens 
and becomes adhesive with a moderate heat, melts in boiling water, and consists of the un- 
altered resin of the pine and of various empyreumatic resinous products which have received 
the name of pyretin. (Berzelius, Trait6 de Chimie, vi. 641, 680.) It has been used internally 
in ichthyosis and other cutaneous diseases, and in piles. The dose is from ten grains to a drachm 
(0-65-3-9 G-m.), given in pill. Pitch is also used externally in the form of ointment. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The medical properties of tar are similar to those of 
the turpentines, but it is much less irritant. It is occasionally used with advantage in chronic 
catarrhal affections, and in complaints of the urinary passages. Little benefit can be expected 
from it in genuine phthisis, in the treatment of which it was formerly recommended. In refer- 
ence to the administration of tar, it has always been considered desirable to have it in a solu- 
ble state, so that it might be brought with facility into a liquid form if required. Besides, 
tar in the stomach will probably be found efficacious in proportion to its solubility. This de- 
sired end was attained when it was discovered that tar was capable of forming a definite, solid 
compound with sugar which was very soluble in water. Saccharated tar contains 4 per cent, 
of pure tar, resembles sugar in appearance, having a sweet taste and the odor of tar, and may 
be given in substance or solution as deemed desirable. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 1871.) (See Syrupus Pix Liquida.—Plumbum. 
1057 
PART I. 
Picis Liquidse.) * But glycerin is a more convenient vehicle; and Glycerite of Tar was an 
official preparation in 1870. Its vapor, inhaled into the lungs, may be serviceable in chronic 
bronchitis and phthisis. Its effects are most conveniently obtained by placing tar or the oil of 
tar in a tin dish containing hot water, and heating this ; the fumes may be inhaled by inverting 
a funnel over the dish, to which a rubber tube is attached. Externally applied it is a decided 
stimulant, and in the state of ointment is a very efficient remedy in tinea capitis or scaldhead, 
and in some cases of psoriasis, in chronic eczema, and other affections of the shin.f Some prefer 
a mixture with glycerin in the form of the formerly official Glycerite of Tar. 
It may be used in the form of tar water (see Infusum Picis Liquidse), or in substance made 
into pills with wheat flour, or mixed with sugar in the form of an electuary. The dose is from 
half a drachm to a drachm (1-9—3-75 C.c.), and may be repeated so as to amount to three or 
four drachms (11-25-15 C.c.) daily. 
Pulverulent tar is prepared by M. Magnes-Lahens, by mixing, in an earthen-ware vessel, two 
parts of finely divided charcoal and one part of liquid tar. The resulting mixture resembles 
small grains of gunpowder, does not soil the vessel or the fingers, and yields readily to water 
the tar which it contains,—the most favorable temperature for solution being about 20° C. 
(68° F.). M. Magnes-Lahens recommends a syrup prepared from the powder as follows. Take 
of pulverulent tar 50 Gm., water 180 Gm., granulated sugar 320 Gm. Mix the tar and sugar 
in a mortar, then add the water, and heat the mixture by a water-bath at 60° C. (140° F.). 
Then remove from the bath, shake until the sugar is all dissolved, and strain when hot, and 
afterwards again when cold. A tablespoonful of the syrup, added to a tumbler of water, yields a 
tar water resembling that of the French Codex. The pulverulent tar may also be used for pills, 
and for fumigation by throwing a few grains on a heated shovel. (P. J. Tr., April, 1872, 850.) 
PLUMBUM. Lead. 
Pb; 206*4. (PLUM'BUM.) Pb; 206’5. 
Plomb, Fr.; Blei, G.; Lood, Dutch; Piombo, It.; Plomo, Sp.; Chumbo, Port. 
Lead is not official in its metallic state, but enters into a number of important medicinal 
preparations. It occurs in nature as an oxide, as a sulphide called galena, and in saline com- 
bination, forming the native lead sulphate, phosphate, carbonate, chromate, molybdate, tungs- 
tate, and arsenate. The oxide is rare, but galena is exceedingly abundant, and is the ore 
from which nearly all the lead of commerce is extracted. The extraction is effected either by 
melting the ore in contact with charcoal, or, in the case of pure galenas, by what is termed 
the air reduction process. In this case the galena is first roasted, when it is in part changed 
into oxide, PbO, and sulphate, PbS04. The doors of the furnace are then closed, and the un- 
changed sulphide reacts with both the oxide and the sulphate as follows: 
2PbO + PbS = 3Pb + S02, PbS04 + PbS = 2Pb -f 2SOa, 
whereby all the lead is obtained in the metallic state. Lead is also successfully obtained by 
electrolysis directly from the galena. This is reduced at the cathode of an electrolytic cell, while 
hydrogen sulphide is formed at the same time and may be collected or burned to form sulphur 
dioxide, which is then utilized. The process is now in operation at Niagara Falls. The richest 
and most extensive mines of galena are found in this country. The non argentiferous lead 
region of the United States extends in length from Wisconsin in the north to the Red River 
of Arkansas in the south, and in breadth about one hundred and fifty miles, being chiefly 
in the State of Missouri, while Utah, Idaho, Montana, and Colorado furnish argentiferous 
galena. The production of lead in the United States for the year 1896 was 254,851 short tons, 
of which 174,692 tons were from domestic ores ; in 1897, 289,835 tons, of which 197,718 tons 
were from domestic ores. Nearly four-fifths of that from domestic ores was desilverized lead, 
and the remainder non-argentiferous lead. 
Properties. Lead is a soft, bluish-gray, and very malleable metal, presenting a bright 
* Wine of Tar, J. B. Moore. Pure Tar, troy; Glycerin, Sherry Wine, Honey, aa Acetic Acid, 
Boiling Water, Ovi. Mix the glycerin, sherry wine, honey, acetic acid, and boiling water together, in a stone 
jug or other suitable vessel of the capacity of a gallon. To the mixture add the tar, and shake the whole vigorously 
for several minutes. The vessel is then to be tightly stopped and placed upon a stove or in a water-bath, resting upon 
folds of paper, and the mixture digested, for an hour or two, at a temperature of from 150° to 160° F. During the 
digestion the mixture should be frequently well shaken. When the digestion is completed, the mixture is to be set 
aside to macerate, in a warm place, for a few days, it being well shaken occasionally during the process. Lastly, 
strain through muslin, and filter the strained liquid through paper. 
f Liquor Picis Alkalinus. Dr. L. D. Bulkley, of New York, gives the following formula for this preparation, 
which was originally devised by his father. Tar, 3ij ; Caustic Potash, J5j ; Water, f Mix and dissolve for ex- 
ternal use. This mixes with water in all proportions, and only moderately discolors the skin. It dries rapidly and 
leaves very little stickiness. (Medical News and Library, .Tune, 1873.) 1058 
Plumbum. 
PART I. 
surface when newly melted or cut. It has a perceptible taste, and a peculiar smell when 
rubbed. It undergoes but little change in the air, but is acted on by the combined influence 
of air and rain water, which gives rise to a hydrate, which is afterwards changed, in part, into 
carbonate, by absorbing carbonic acid from the atmosphere; and if in water, the carbonate 
is imparted to it in the state of bicarbonate, which dissolves and renders the liquid poisonous. 
This chemical effect on the metal is greater in proportion as the water is purer. Aqueous 
vapor passed through leaden pipes has a similar corroding effect, which is greater as the lead 
is purer. (A. J. P., Nov. 1863, p. 507.) Spring and river water act on lead differently, the 
lead becoming slowly oxidized, and covering itself with a black coating of suboxide, which 
adheres strongly to the metal, and thus in some measure protects the water. (Langlois, Journ. 
de Pharm. et de Clam,., 4e ser., ii. 29.) M. Stalmann has satisfied himself, by experiment, that 
an extremely minute quantity of ammonia or of nitric acid will very much promote the action 
of water upon lead,—a millionth of ammonia being sufficient for the purpose. (Ibid., iv. 467.) 
Metallic lead seems to be liable to the attacks of certain insects, which bore into and sometimes 
through it, not using it as food, but apparently in search of secure places of retreat for future 
development. A knowledge of this fact may sometimes be important. (A. J. P., Jan. 1865, 
p. 72.) Its sp. gr. is 11*4, melting point 334° C. (633-2° F.), and atomic weight 206-4. Ex- 
posed to a stream of oxygen on ignited charcoal, it burns with a blue flame, throwing off dense 
yellow fumes. The best solvent of lead is nitric acid ; but the presence of sulphuric acid 
destroys, and that of hydrochloric acid lessens, its solvent power, on account of the insolubility 
of the lead sulphate and chloride. Lead forms a suboxide, Pb„0, a monoxide, PbO, a sesqui- 
oxide, Pb203, a dioxide, Pb02, and a compound of the monoxide and the dioxide, which has 
a varying composition, but is usually Pb304. The monoxide, called in commerce massicot, or 
litharge, may be obtained by calcining, in a platinum crucible, lead subnitrate, formed by 
precipitating a solution of the nitrate by ammonium. On a large scale it is manufactured by 
exposing melted lead to the action of the air. Its surface becomes encrusted with a gray pel- 
licle, which, being scraped off, is quickly succeeded by another; and the whole of the metal, 
being in this way successively presented to the air, becomes converted into a greenish-gray 
powder, consisting of monoxide and metallic lead. This, on exposure to a moderate heat, 
absorbs more oxygen, and is converted wholly into monoxide. This oxide has a yellow color, 
and is the only lead oxide capable of forming salts with the acids. It consists of one atom of 
lead and one of oxygen. Litharge is very much used in pharmacy, and is official in all the 
Pharmacopoeias. (See Plumbi Oxidum.') The sesquioxide, discovered by Winckelblech, is unim- 
portant. The dioxide, called also puce oxide, from its y?ea-brown color, may be obtained by 
treating red lead with nitric acid. The acid takes up the monoxide and leaves the dioxide, 
which may be purified by washing with boiling water. A more productive process is to pre- 
cipitate four parts of lead acetate by three of sodium carbonate, and then to pass into the thin 
pasty mass of lead carbonate a stream of chlorine, which converts the monoxide of the car- 
bonate into the brown dioxide. (F. Wohler.') Solution of chlorinated soda may be conveniently 
employed to furnish the necessary chlorine. (F. F. Mayer, A. J. P., 1856, p. 410.) Lead 
dioxide is a tasteless powder, of a dark-brown color. When heated to redness it loses half its 
oxygen and becomes monoxide. It consists of one atom of lead and two atoms of oxygen. The 
red oxide, Pb304, called in commerce minium, or red lead, is described under another head. (See 
Plumbi Oxidum Rubrum.) Lead combines with iodine, forming the official lead iodide. The 
acetate, carbonate, and nitrate are also official. 
The best tests of lead are hydrogen sulphide and a solution of potassium iodide. The former 
produces a black precipitate of lead sulphide, the latter a yellow one of lead iodide. 
Medical Properties and Uses. In concentrated form and sufficient amount the solu- 
ble preparations of lead are violent irritant poisons, producing burning in the oesophagus and 
stomach, soon involving the whole abdominal cavity, followed by vomiting and sometimes by 
purging, or more rarely by constipation. The insoluble preparations of lead are incapable of 
acting as acute irritant poisons, but are the common causes of subacute and chronic lead poison- 
ing. The subacute form of the poisoning, the so-called colica pictonum, is very common among 
painters, makers of white lead, and other artisans who work in the metal. It is, however, also 
frequently seen in other persons, into whom the lead finds entrance in almost innumerable ways, 
especially with drinking-water and food. Colica pictonum usually begins with dyspeptic symp- 
toms and obstinate constipation, associated with violent pain of a twisting character, which 
seems to centre round the umbilicus; the abdominal walls are spasmodically retracted, and 
there is even early malaise, lassitude, depression of spirits, and a failure of the general health. PART I. 
Plumbum. 
1059 
The stools are whitish and scanty. A characteristic symptom is a blue line situated upon the 
margin of the gums where they join the teeth, due to the deposit of the lead sulphide. This 
blue line is usually present in all forms of subacute and chronic lead-poisoning, and is pathog- 
nomonic. It may, however, be absent even in the most severe cases. 
The symptoms of chronic lead-poisoning may conform to the regular type or may be most 
bizarre. They are frequently, but not always, preceded by colica pictonum. The most char- 
acteristic phenomenon is the double wrist-drop, which is due to a paralysis of the exten- 
sors of the forearm, and is associated with wasting and degenerative changes in the diseased 
muscles. If these symptoms progress, failure of strength and ansemia gradually develop, the 
extensors of the leg become affected, irregular, localized, or wide-spread tracts of anaesthesia 
appear, and neuralgic pains occur in various parts of the body; little by little the whole mus- 
cular system becomes involved, emaciation progresses, anaemia becomes extreme, and death in 
a condition of cachexia ensues. Albuminuria is not a rare symptom of chronic lead poison- 
ing ; it may be due simply to the momentary irritation of the kidney, or may be the result of 
degenerative changes which end in complete destruction of the secreting structure, with final 
contraction of the organ. As the result either of primary changes in the renal organs or of a 
direct action of the lead upon the cerebral tissue, epileptic convulsions may occur at long inter- 
vals, or they may be associated with delirium, coma, or other evidences of cerebral disturbance. 
When these attacks are secondary to kidney disease they are uraemic; in saturnine cerebritis, 
furious convulsions, coma, and wild delirium may come on suddenly, and may prove fatal in a 
very few hours. 
Another irregular form of lead-poisoning is that in which the symptoms exactly resemble 
those of gout; swelling of the joints, with pain, excessive tenderness, and even secondary de- 
generation of the arteries, similar to that which occurs in chronic gout, may make the likeness 
complete. Saturnine amaurosis, due to atrophy of the optic nerve, is a rare form of plumbism. 
A variety of lead-poisoning rarely spoken of in books, of which Dr. H. C. Wood has seen a 
number of instances, is that in which the symptoms closely resemble those of acute poliomye- 
litis ; wide-spread paralysis scattered in different groups of muscles, with wasting and change 
in the electrical reactions of the affected parts, may very closely simulate the ordinary form 
of spinal disease, but almost invariably the true nature of the attack may be recognized by 
noticing that the bladder and the rectum are affected, and not rarely the occurrence of violent 
neuralgic pain points still more definitely to a saturnine origin. 
The symptoms of lead-poisoning may also take the form of simple progressive anaemia, with 
failure of health and obscure nervous phenomena, such as apparently causeless neuralgic pains, 
wide-spread formications, insomnia, etc. The diagnosis of the true nature of an attack of 
lead-poisoning is of the utmost importance. In most eases it is to be readily made by noticing 
the blue line on the gums. When this is absent it is essential that the urine be examined 
chemically for lead* As the elimination takes place irregularly and is much favored by the 
internal administration of potassium iodide, that salt should always be given for a few days 
before the examination of the urine. 
* The most delicate method of testing urine for lead is that devised by Prof. Lehmann as modified by Dr. John 
Marshall. Concentrated hydrochloric acid is added to the urine in the proportion of 10 C.c. to 100 C.c. To the 
boiling mixture are added from time to time small portions (0-2 6m.) of potassium chlorate until the liquid is of a 
pale straw-color and the odor of chlorine strongly perceptible. The heating is then continued without further addi- 
tion of potassium chlorate until the chlorine odor disappears. On cooling, the liquid is filtered and the filtrate di- 
luted with water until its volume equals the original volume employed. The filtrate is then placed in a glass tube 
of about 3'5 Cm. diameter in length, the end of the tube being covered with parchment-paper fastened with twine. 
(A new piece of parchment-paper should be used in each analysis, and care be taken to see that it and the twine as 
well as the other reagents used are free from lead.) A glass tripod on which there is a piece of platinum foil 
about 2‘5 Cm. square attached to a platinum wire is placed in a glass vessel containing distilled water very slightly 
acidulated with chemically pure sulphuric acid, the liquid covering the platinum foil. The parchment tube con- 
taining the urine to be examined is then set on the foil on the tripod, the parchment-covered end being placed di- 
rectly over the foil. Another piece of platinum foil, purposely cut round so as nearly to equal the calibre of the 
parchment-covered tube, attached at the centre to a wire (which wire, for the purpose of insulation, passes through 
a glass tube about twenty-five centimeters in length, and sealed at both ends), is put into the urine, so that the plat- 
inum foil in the tube, serving as a negative pole, should lie on the parchment-paper as nearly as possible over the 
positive platinum pole, which is under the parchment-paper on the glass tripod. The wires are connected with a 
battery consisting of three Grove cells. The current is kept up from one to six hours, according to the quantity 
of lead in the solution. A dark-gray or black deposit on the electrode in the urine indicates the probable presence 
of lead. The electrode upon which the deposition occurs is taken out of the urine without interrupting the elec- 
trical current, and washed by gently dipping it several times in distilled water. The foil is then placed in a small 
beaker, covered with nitric acid, and, after warming five or ten minutes on a water-bath, taken out, washed with 
distilled water, and the wash-water collected in the beaker containing the nitric acid. The nitric acid solution is 
evaporated to dryness, and the residue dissolved with a few drops of dilute potassium hydrate solution, and then 
slightly acidulated with acetic acid. The solution thus prepared was tested by special tests for lead. 1060 
Plumbum,.—Plumbi Acetas. 
PART I. 
The treatment of cases of acute lead-poisoning consists in the administration of alkaline 
carbonates, soap, soluble sulphates, sodium chloride, or other antidote, and in washing out the 
stomach with large draughts of water, the exhibition of castor oil or other non-irritating lax- 
ative if it be thought advisable to sweep out the intestines, and the employment of opium, 
counter-irritation, and the other means habitually used against toxic gastro-enteritis. In the 
treatment of subacute and chronic lead-poisoning the efforts are to be directed first to combat- 
ing the symptoms, secondly to aiding in the elimination of the lead. The late Dr. George B. 
Wood was accustomed to consider alum as almost a specific remedy for the relief of painter’s 
colic, in which disease it is also essential to employ opium for the relief of pain, and laxatives 
to overcome the constipation; with these latter should always be given extract of belladonna 
in full dose, to aid in the relaxation of the intestinal spasm. Magnesium sulphate is probably 
the best purgative. In chronic lead-poisoning the paralysis is to be combated by hygienic 
means, massage, and electricity, precisely as when it arises from other causes. Dr. H. C. Wood 
has seen in that form of lead-poisoning which resembles poliomyelitis the immediate arrest of 
progressive symptoms by the use of doses of strychnine continually increased until evidences 
of physiological action were obtained. For the purpose of eliminating lead from the system 
potassium iodide should be administered continuously for weeks and months in such doses as 
the stomach will bear. Warm sulphur baths are also useful.* Lead has been found in almost 
all the tissues of the body in fatal cases of poisoning. 
In moderate dose, or in not too concentrated solution or amount, the soluble preparations 
of lead act as sedative astringents. When locally applied they contract relaxed vessels or tis- 
sues. When taken internally they check secretion in the alimentary canal,—according to the 
views of the older therapeutists, reducing the action of the heart and of the arteries, and re- 
straining secretions generally. The insoluble preparations of lead differ therapeutically from 
the soluble preparations, in being free from irritant properties and acting only as feeble astrin- 
gent sedatives. The preparations of lead are at present chiefly used as local applications. 
Orfila has determined, by experiments on dogs, the appearance exhibited by the mucous 
membrane of the stomach after the use of small doses of the salts of lead. After the action 
of such doses for two hours, dull white points are visible on the membrane, sometimes in rows 
and sometimes disseminated, and evidently consisting of the metal, united with the organic 
tissue. If the animal be allowed to live for four days, the same spots may be seen with the 
magnifier; and if hydrogen sulphide be applied to the surface, they are instantly blackened. 
(Archives Generates, 3e ser., iv. 244.) 
Pb(C2Hs02)2. 3H20 ; 378. (PLUM'BI A-CE'TAS.) Pb(C2 H302)2.3H20; 378-5. 
PLUMBI ACETAS. U. S., Br. Lead Acetate. [Sugar of Lead.] 
“ A salt, Pb(C2H302)2,3H20, obtained by dissolving lead oxide or lead carbonate in acetic 
acid.” Br. 
Plumbi Aceticum, P.G.; Acetas Plumbieus, Saccharum Saturni, Cerussa Acetata; Acetate de Plomb, Sucre de 
Plornb, Sel de Saturne, Fr.; Essigsaures Bleioxyd, Bleizucker, G.; Zucchero di Saturno, It.; Azucar de Plomo, Sp. 
Preparation. Lead acetate is obtained by two methods. By one method, thin plates of 
lead are placed in shallow vessels filled with distilled vinegar, in such a manner as to have a 
part of each plate rising above the vinegar; and these are turned from time to time, so as to 
firing different portions of the metallic surface in contact with the air. The metal, in the 
presence of the oxygen of the air, dissolves in the vinegar to saturation, and the solution is 
evaporated to the point of crystallization. This process is a slow one, but furnishes a salt 
which is perfectly neutral. The other method consists in dissolving, by the assistance of heat, 
litharge, or lead protoxide obtained by calcination, in an excess of distilled vinegar or of puri- 
fied pyroligneous acid, contained in leaden boilers. The oxide is quickly dissolved, and, when 
the acid has become saturated, the solution is transferred to other vessels to cool and crystal- 
lize. The crystals having formed, the mother-waters are decanted, and, by evaporation, made 
to yield a new crop. These are generally yellow, but may be rendered white by repeated 
solutions and crystallizations. 
* Warm sulphuretted baths are useful, formed by dissolving four ounces of potassium sulphide in thirty gallons 
of water, in a wooden tub. These baths cause discoloration of the skin, from the formation of lead sulphide, and 
should be repeated every few days, until this effect ceases to be produced. During each bath the patient should be 
well washed with soap and water with the aid of a flesh-brush, in order to remove the discoloration. By proceeding 
in this way, the lead on the skin, or in its pores, is rendered insoluble and inert, and at the same time* removed. PART I. 
Plumbi Acetas. 
1061 
Lead acetate is extensively manufactured in Germany, Holland, France, and England, as 
well as in the United States. It is principally consumed in the arts of dyeing and calico- 
printing, in which it is employed to form, with alum, aluminum acetate, to act as a mordant. 
Properties. “ Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic prisms or plates, or heavy, 
white, crystalline masses, or granular crystals, having a faintly acetous odor, and a sweetish, 
astringent, afterwards metallic taste. Efflorescent, and absorbing carbon dioxide, on exposure 
to the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 2-3 parts of water, and in 21 parts of alcohol ; in 
0-5 part of boiling water, and in 1 part of boiling alcohol. When heated to 40° C. (104° 
F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (14-25 per cent.). It fuses at 200° C. (392° F.) 
with the loss of acetic acid, and, when strongly heated, it is completely decomposed, with the 
evolution of carbon dioxide and acetone, leaving a residue of finely divided metallic lead 
mixed with oxide and carbonate. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, vapors of acetic 
acid are evolved. The aqueous solution of the salt has a slightly acid reaction, and yields a 
black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution, a yellow one with potassium iodide test- 
solution, and a white one with diluted sulphuric acid. A 10-per-cent, solution of the salt, 
prepared with water which has recently been boiled, should be clear, or only slightly opalescent 
(limit of carbonate), and should yield, with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, a pure white 
precipitate (absence of iron or copper). If to the aqueous solution hydrochloric acid be added 
until no further precipitate is produced, and the remainder of the lead removed from the fil- 
trate by hydrogen sulphide, a portion of the new filtrate should not be affected by the addition 
of a slight excess of ammonia water (absence of zinc or iron). If another portion of the last 
filtrate be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue (absence of salts of the alkalies or 
of zinc)." U. S. “ It is soluble in less than 3 parts of cold water, and in 30 parts of alcohol 
(90 per cent.). Its solution in water slightly reddens litmus, and is clear, or has only a slight 
milkiness, which disappears on the addition of acetic add. It affords the reactions character- 
istic of lead and of acetates. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for 
silver, copper, arsenium, iron, zinc, calcium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, chlorides, or 
nitrates. Each gramme dissolved in water should require for complete precipitation 53*1 cubic 
centimetres of the decinormal volumetric solution of sulphuric acid." Br. Exposed to the air, 
it effloresces slowly. In pure distilled water, free from carbonic acid, it ought to dissolve 
entirely and form a clear solution. The commercial acetate is sometimes impure from the 
presence of lead sulphate and carbonate. In purchasing it the apothecary should select large 
crystalline masses. Mr. John Mackay analyzed a specimen of this salt, derived from the 
London market, which contained nearly 30 per cent, of lead sulphate. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1856, 
316.) Sulphuric acid, when added to a solution of lead acetate, produces instantly a precipi- 
tate of lead sulphate, and the disengaged acetic acid gives rise to vapors having the smell of 
vinegar. The salt, when heated, first fuses and parts with its water of crystallization, and 
afterwards is decomposed, yielding acetic acid and pyroacetic spirit (acetone), and leaving a 
residue of charcoal and reduced lead. An important property of sugar of lead is its power 
of dissolving a large quantity of lead monoxide. (See Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis.) * It con- 
sists of one atom of lead, which has replaced the two hydrogen atoms furnished by two 
molecules of acetic acid, C2H302.H, so that its formula becomes Pb(C2H302)2, and this in 
crystallizing takes 3H20. Its molecular weight is therefore 378. 
Incompatibles and Tests. Lead acetate is decomposed by all acids, and by those sol- 
uble salts the acids of which produce with lead protoxide insoluble or sparingly soluble com- 
pounds. Acids of this character are sulphuric, hydrochloric, citric, and tartaric. It is also 
decomposed by lime water, and by ammonia, potassa, and soda ; the last two, if added in excess, 
dissolving the precipitate at first formed. It is decomposed by hard water, in consequence of 
the calcium sulphate and common salt which such water usually contains. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Lead acetate, in medicinal doses, is a powerful astrin- 
gent and sedative; in overdoses, an irritant poison, which has in a number of cases caused 
death. Burning epigastric pain, vomiting of a white curdy matter (lead chloride), and diar- 
rhoea or constipation with black stools (lead sulphide), and finally collapse, are the character- 
istic symptoms. Its antidote is any soluble sulphate, common salt, soap, or an alkali. In 
* Lead Subacetate (Crystallized). Mr. James Kennedy recommends this salt for preparing the cerate, as fol- 
lows : Dissolve 4 parts of Lead Acetate in 4 parts of Boiling Distilled Water, add 3 parts of Litharge, boil for 
fifteen or twenty minutes, stirring, and occasionally adding water to replace that evaporated, allow to stand a few 
minutes, decant and filter the solution ; concentrate by evaporation and allow to crystallize. By dissolving 25 parts 
of this salt in 75 parts of previously boiled water, Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis, corresponding to the official require- 
ments, is obtained. (Pharm. Pec., 1886, p. 50.) 1062 
Plumbi Acetas.—Plumbi Carbonas. 
PART I. 
medicinal doses lead acetate is a powerful sedative astringent. It is especially useful in the 
treatment of diarrhoeas, and even of dysentery, when the discharges are excessive. At one time 
it was much used for the relief of internal hemorrhages, but it has been substituted by more 
effective remedies. It may be, however, effective in gastric or intestinal hemorrhages. In many 
cases of chronic diarrhoea or in diarrhoeas occurring in exhaustive, uncontrollable disease, such 
as phthisis, lead acetate, combined with opium, may be a valuable palliative in checking dis- 
charges. It has been given also in aneurism of the aorta. The prolonged medicinal use of 
acetate of lead may give rise to subacute or chronic lead-poisoning. 
The dose of lead acetate is from one to three grains (0-065-0-20 Gm.), in the form of pill, 
repeated every two or three hours. It is generally given combined with opium. The solution 
for external use may be made by dissolving from two to three drachms in a pint of water ; and, 
if it be wanted clear, a fluidrachm of vinegar or of dilute acetic acid may be added, which 
immediately dissolves the lead carbonate, to which its turbidity is owing. When the skin is 
denuded of the cuticle, the solution should be weaker. The usual strength of the solution as 
a collyrium is from one to two grains (0-065 to 0-13 Gm.) to the fluidounce (30 C.c.) of distilled 
water. 
(PbC03)s.Pb(0H)2; 772*82. (PLfiH'BI CAR'BO-NAS.) Pb(C03)2. Pb(II0)2; 773*5. 
PLUMBI CARBONAS. U. S., Br. Lead Carbonate. [White Lead.] 
“ Lead Carbonate or hydroxy-carbonate, 2PbC03,Pb(0H)2, may be prepared by the inter- 
action of lead, water, and carbonic anhydride, in the presence of vapors of acetic acid.” Br. 
Cerussa, P. G.; Plumbum Carbonicum, Carbonas Plumbicus, Ceruse; C6ruse, Carbonate de Plomb, Blanc de 
Plomb, Blanc de Ceruse, Fr.; Bleiweiss, G.; Cerussa, Lat., It.; Albayalde, Sp. 
Preparation. Lead carbonate is prepared by two principal methods. By one method it 
is obtained by passing a stream of carbonic acid through a solution of lead subacetate. The 
acid combines with the lead hydrate of the basic salt, and precipitates as lead carbonate, while 
a neutral acetate remains in solution. This, by being boiled with a fresh portion of oxide, is 
again brought to the state of basic salt, when it is treated with carbonic acid as before. In 
this way the same portion of acetate repeatedly serves the purpose of being converted into 
subacetate and of being decomposed by carbonic acid. The carbonate obtained is washed, 
dried with a gentle heat, and thrown into commerce. This process, which produces white lead 
of the first quality, was invented by Thenard, about the year 1802, and is that which is usually 
pursued in France and Sweden, and known as the “ Clichy process.” A modification of the 
process of Thenard, known as Benson’s, is now used by some manufacturers in England. It 
consists in mixing litharge with a hundredth part of lead acetate, and subjecting the mixture, 
previously moistened with very little water, to a stream of carbonic acid. 
The other method, which consists in exposing lead to the vapors of vinegar, originated in 
Holland, whence the name “ Dutch process,” and is usually pursued in England and the United 
States,—but in England with some modifications which are not well known. We shall describe 
this process as employed by our own manufacturers. The lead is cast into thin sheets, made by 
pouring the melted lead over an oblong sheet-iron shovel, with a flat bottom, and with raised 
edges on its sides, which is held in a slanting direction over the melting-pot. As many of these 
sheets are then loosely rolled up as may be sufficient to form a cylinder five or six inches in 
diameter, and seven or eight high, which is placed in an earthen pot containing about half 
a pint of vinegar, and having within a few inches from the bottom three equidistant projecting 
knobs in the earthen-ware, on which the cylinder of lead is supported in order to keep it from 
contact with the vinegar. The pots thus prepared are placed side by side, in horizontal layers, 
in a building roughly constructed of boards, with interstices between them. The first layer is 
covered with boards, on which a stratum of tan or of refuse straw from the stables is strewed ; 
and fresh layers of pots, boards, and tan or straw are successively placed until the building is 
filled. The sides are also enclosed with straw. The layers of pots contained in one building, 
called a stack, are allowed to remain undisturbed for about six weeks, at the end of which time 
they are unpacked, and the cylinder of sheet-lead in each pot, though still retaining its shape, 
is found almost entirely converted into a flaky, white, friable substance, which is the white 
lead. This is separated from the lead yet remaining in the metallic state, ground in water, 
whereby it is washed and reduced to fine powder, and finally dried in long shallow reservoirs, 
heated by steam. Pelouze has succeeded in explaining these processes on one general principle. 
In Thenard’s process it is admitted that the same portion of lead acetate unites with oxide, 
and gives it up again to carbonic acid to form the carbonate. In the modified English process, PART I. 
Plumbi Carbonas. 
1063 
referred to above, he supposes that the one per cent, of lead acetate combines with sufficient 
litharge to convert it into subacetate, which immediately returns to the state of neutral acetate 
by yielding up its excess of base to form the carbonate with the carbonic acid. The acetate 
is now ready to combine with a fresh portion of litharge, to be transferred to the carbonic acid 
as before; and thus the small proportion of acetate, by combining with successive portions of 
the litharge, finally causes the whole of the latter to unite with the carbonic acid. In the 
Dutch process, Pelouze has rendered it almost certain that none of the oxygen or carbonic 
acid of the carbonate is derived from the vinegar. In this process he supposes that the heat 
generated by the fermentation of the tan or straw volatilizes the vinegar, the acetic acid 
of which, with the assistance of the oxygen of the air, forms with the lead a small portion of 
subacetate. This, by reacting with the carbonic acid resulting from the decomposition of the 
tan or straw, or derived from the atmosphere, forms lead carbonate, and is brought to the state 
of neutral acetate. The neutral acetate returns again to the state of subacetate, and, by alter- 
nately combining with and yielding up the oxide, causes the whole of the lead to be finally 
converted into carbonate. 
The temperature of the stacks of pots in the Dutch process is about 45° C. (113° F.). If 
it falls below 35° C. (95° F.), a part of the lead escapes corrosion, and if it rises above 50° C. 
(122° F.), the product is yellow. The form of acetic acid usually employed in this process is 
vinegar; but the variable nature of that liquid as to strength and purity is an objection to its 
use ; and, accordingly, other forms of the acid have been substituted with advantage, as, for 
example, the purified acetic acid from wood in a diluted state. The German or chamber pro- 
cess differs from the Dutch process only in that the vessels containing the lead are placed in 
chambers having a perforated floor, through the openings of which the fumes of acetic acid 
rise, acting upon the lead, while carbon dioxide from the burning of coke is passed in and 
through the chamber. This process is cheaper than the Dutch method, and is said to give an 
equally satisfactory product. Another method, which yields a white lead of excellent cover- 
ing power, is the process patented in England by Dale and Milner. This consists in carefully 
grinding between millstones a mixture of litharge or any insoluble basic lead salt with water 
and sodium bicarbonate. Milner has improved upon this method by grinding a mixture of 4 
parts of finely divided litharge with 1 part of common salt and 16 parts of water. After about 
4£ hours the reaction is complete. The mixture of basic lead chloride and caustic soda is then 
transferred to a leaden vessel, well stirred with a wooden pestle, and a current of carbon di- 
oxide passed through it until the liquid is neutral. If the carbon dioxide be passed in too 
long, the product will be spoiled. (Roscoe and Schorlemmer, vol. ii., 1, 293.) The production 
of white lead in the United States reaches large proportions, amounting in 1897 to 103,235 
tons, valued at $9,291,150. 
Properties. “ A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pulverulent mass, without odor or 
taste. Permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in acetic or diluted 
nitric acid, with effervescence. When strongly heated, the salt turns yellow without charring, 
and, if heated in contact with charcoal, it is reduced to metallic lead. If 2 Gm. of the salt 
be dissolved in a mixture of 2 C.c. of nitric acid and 10 C.c. of water, it should not leave 
more than 04)2 Gm. of residue (limit of insoluble foreign salts'). This solution yields a black 
precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution, a yellow one with potassium iodide test-solu- 
tion, and a white one with diluted sulphuric acid. On completely precipitating the solution 
with hydrogen sulphide, the filtrate should not leave more than a trifling residue on evapora- 
tion (limit of salts of the alkalies, alkaline earths, or of zinc). If 1 Gm. of the salt be strongly 
ignited, in a porcelain crucible, it should leave a residue of lead oxide weighing not less than 
0-85 Gm.” U. S. It is sometimes adulterated with barium, calcium, and lead sulphates, par- 
ticularly the first. A mixture of equal parts of white lead and barium sulphate is known 
as Venetian white, whilst Hamburg white is a mixture of 1 part of white lead and 2 parts of 
barium sulphate, and Dutch white of 1 part to 3 of barium sulphate. M. Louyet has examined 
samples of French white lead containing considerably more than half their weight of barium 
sulphate. These sulphates, if present, are left undissolved by nitric acid. Chalk or whiting 
is another adulteration. This may be detected by adding to the nitric solution of the white 
lead an excess of potassa, which will redissolve the lead monoxide first thrown down, but leave 
a white powder of lime. The British Pharm. describes it as a soft, heavy powder, insoluble in 
water, entirely soluble in diluted acetic acid. Neutral lead carbonate consists of one atom of 
lead, one of carbon, and three of oxygen. Commercial white lead is a compound of lead car- 
bonate and hydrate. Its formula is generally taken as (PbC0a)2 -j- Pb(OH)a. According to 1064 
Plumbi Carbonas.—Plumbi Iodidum. 
PAKT I. 
Stein, white lead, when submitted to simple calcination, loses 14-5 per cent, of its weight; and 
a mode of determining its purity is thus afforded. {Joum. de Pharm., Janv. 1859, 78.) But 
the fact seems to be, from the observations of Mr. Wm. Baker, that commercial white lead 
contains variable proportions of the hydrated oxide, from a mere trace to the amount of 1 mol. 
to 3 mols. of the neutral carbonate. {Chem. News, Aug. 10, 1861, 74.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. White lead is ranked in the Materia Medica as an 
astringent and sedative. It is employed externally only, being used, in the form of ointment, 
as an application to ulcers and to inflamed and excoriated surfaces. It was recommended in scalds 
and burns by the late Prof. Gross; and Mr. Alfred Freer has found it very useful in erysipelas, 
eczema, carbuncle, etc. {P. J. Tr., Aug. 1859.) The white lead is first brought to the consist- 
ence of cream by linseed oil, as in making common white paint, and then brushed over the 
inflamed surface. Its free continued external use has produced lead-poisoning. (Case, N. A. 
Medico-Chir. Rev., July, 1857, p. 605.) Although highly insoluble, on account of its frequent 
use in the arts and of the ease of its formation when lead is exposed to chemical influences, 
lead carbonate probably produces chronic poisoning more often than any other preparation of 
the metal. The constant use of face-powders and cosmetics containing lead carbonate, or 
11 flake white," as it is sometimes called, has produced serious results. 
PLUMBI IODIDUM. U. S., Br. Lead Iodide. 
Pbl2; 459*46. (PLUM'BI I-OD'I-DUM.) Pblj; 459-7. 
“ Precipitated Lead Iodide, Pbl2, is obtained by the interaction of lead nitrate or acetate 
and potassium iodide.” Br. 
Plumbum Iodatum, P. G.; Ioduretum Plumbieum ; Iodure de Plomb, Fr.; Jodblei, G. 
“ Take of Nitrate of Lead, Iodide of Potassium, each, four ounces [avoirdupois] ; Distilled 
Water a sufficiency. Dissolve the Nitrate of Lead, by the aid of heat, in a pint and a half, and 
the Iodide of Potassium in half a pint of the Water, and mix the solutions. Collect the pre- 
cipitate on a filter, wash it with Distilled Water, and dry it in a warm place.” Br. 1885. 
No process is given in the U. S. P. 1890 nor Br. Ph. 1898 for Lead Iodide. The process 
of the U. S. P. 1870 was identical with that of the British Pharm. 1885 given above. 
The lead nitrate gives up its metal to the iodine, receiving the potassium ; the operation taking 
place between one mol. of the lead nitrate and two mols. of the potassium iodide. The potas- 
sium nitrate thus formed remains in solution, while the lead iodide is precipitated, Pb2NOs -f- 
2KI= 2KN03 + Pbl2. The theoretical quantities of lead nitrate and potassium iodide are 
330-18 of the former and 331-12 of the latter, or almost precisely equal quantities. The pro- 
portions should be as nearly as possible those of exact saturation. An excess of the potassium 
iodide, independently of the waste, has the disadvantage of holding a portion of the lead iodide 
in solution ; while, according to Christison, an excess of lead over the iodine disposes to the 
formation of the lemon-yellow insoluble lead oxyiodide. By the use of equal quantities of the 
two salts these disadvantages are avoided. As lead iodide is slightly soluble in cold water, it 
is desirable to use as little of the solvent as will answer; and hence the comparatively small 
proportion of water employed. 
In the former London process lead acetate was employed instead of the nitrate; but M. De- 
paire, of Brussels, ascertained that in this process a considerable amount of iodide remains in 
solution after the precipitation of the lead iodide ; and M. F. Boudet states that the quantity 
of the iodide resulting from the process is 10 per cent, less than theory would indicate. By the 
addition of nitric acid to the solution, after precipitation, an additional quantity of lead iodide 
is obtained. M. Boudet ascribes this result to the formation of a portion of soluble potassium 
and lead iodide, whenever lead iodide and potassium acetate are in contact. By substituting 
lead nitrate for acetate, he found that a quantity of lead iodide was obtained as near that 
required by theory as the solubility of the lead iodide permits. {Joum. de Pharm., 3e s6r., 
xi. 274.) The official process is on the whole to be preferred to that in which lead acetate is 
used, and especially as the nitrate is more easily obtained pure. Some interesting experiments 
have been made by M. T. Huraut, of Paris, on the different methods of preparing lead iodide. 
It may be obtained by the reaction between any of the soluble iodides and the soluble lead 
salts. It resulted from his observations that of the two lead salts employed, the nitrate was to 
be preferred, and of the various iodides, though potassium iodide yielded a very handsome 
product, yet calcium iodide afforded one not inferior in quality, and somewhat greater in quan- 
tity. Upon a small scale, as the process is performed by the apothecary, the difference would 
be of little consequence; but it might be important to the manufacturer. (See A. J. P., xxi.) PART I. 
Plumbi Iodidum.—Plumbi Nitras. 
1065 
As obtained by the official process, lead iodide is in the form of “ a heavy, bright yellow 
powder, without odor or taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 2000 parts of water at 
15° C. (59° F.), and in about 200 parts of boiling water, separating from the latter solution in 
brilliant, golden-yellow spangles or crystalline laminae. Very slightly soluble in alcohol, but 
soluble, without color, in solutions of the fixed alkalies, in concentrated solutions of the acetates 
of the alkalies, of potassium iodide, and of sodium hyposulphite, and in a hot solution of 
ammonium chloride. When moderately heated, the salt fuses to a thick, reddish-brown liquid, 
which congeals, on cooling, to a yellow, crystalline mass. At a higher temperature it is decom- 
posed, with the evolution of violet vapors of iodine, leaving a lemon-yellow residue of lead 
oxyiodide. If 1 Gm. of the salt be triturated with 2 Gm. of ammonium chloride and 2 C.c. 
of water, a nearly white mixture will result. If this be transferred to a test-tube, and heated 
in a water-bath for a few minutes, a clear and almost colorless solution should be formed 
(absence of chromate and of other insoluble foreign salts'). On cooling this solution, a solid mass 
of nearly colorless, fine, silky crystals will be produced, and on adding water or diluted sul- 
phuric acid to this mass, yellow lead iodide will be separated. If 1 Gm. of the salt be 
boiled for a few minutes with 20 C.c. of water, the mixture then cooled and filtered, the lead 
removed from the filtrate by hydrogen sulphide, and the new filtrate somewhat concentrated 
by evaporation, a portion of this liquid, when mixed with a little sulphuric acid, and tinted 
with a drop of indigo test-solution, should not become decolorized on heating (absence of 
nitrate). If another portion of the liquid be carefully neutralized with ammonia water, it 
should not become colored red by a drop of ferric chloride test-solution (absence of acetate). 
If the remainder of the filtrate be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue (absence 
of soluble foreign salts).'1' U. 8. “ A heavy bright-yellow powder, soluble in about 2000 parts of 
cold and in about 200 parts of boiling water, and deposited in golden-yellow crystalline scales as 
the latter solution cools ; entirely soluble in solution of ammonium chloride. It affords the reac- 
tions characteristic of lead and of iodides. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the 
tests for nitrates or acetates.” Br. According to Soubeiran, it is soluble in 1235 parts of cold 
water, and 194 of boiling water, which, on cooling, deposits it in minute, shining, golden-yellow, 
crystalline scales. It is freely soluble in a concentrated solution of sodium acetate (Donato 
Tommasi, P. J. Tr., 3d series, ii. 805). It should be kept excluded from the light. It is 
stated by Engelhardt that iodine is separated from lead iodide by iron and copper perchlorides ; 
while the other metallic chlorides have no such effect, producing compounds of iodides of the 
metal employed with lead chlorides. (Chem. Gaz., Jan. 15, 1856, p. 24.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This compound is supposed to have the resolvent 
properties of iodine, combined with those which are peculiar to lead, and was at one time rec- 
ommended in tubercidous diseases, in which, however, it has proved wholly inefficient. It is 
said to have been usefully employed in the discussion of scrofulous tumors and other indolent 
swellings, and in the cure of obstinate ulcers, and for these purposes has been used both inter- 
nally and locally in the form of an ointment. According to Dr. Cogswell, if given for some 
time in small doses, it produces the effects of lead, but not those of iodine, upon the system, 
(Christison's Dispensatory.) Dose, from half a grain to four grains (0-03—0-26 Gm.). 
PLUMBI NITRAS. U. S. Lead Nitrate. 
Pb(N03)2; 330*18. (PLUM'Bi NI'TKlS.) Pb(NOs)j; 330-5. 
Nitrate of Lead; Plumbum Nitricum, Nitras (Azotas) Plumbicus, Lat.; Nitrate de Plomb, Fr.; Salpetersaures 
Bleioxyd, Bleisalpeter, G.; Nitrato di Piombo, It.; Nitrato de Plomo, Sp. 
Neither the U. S. nor the Br. Pharmacopoeia gives a formula for the preparation of this salt. 
It may he readily prepared by the process of the old Dublin Pharmacopoeia: “ Take of Litharge, 
in fine powder, five ounces [avoirdupois] ; Pure Nitric Acid two fluid'ounces ; Distilled Water 
three pints [Imp. meas.] ; Dilute Nitric Acid a sufficient quantity. To the Litharge, placed in a 
porcelain dish, add the Acid with a pint and a half of the Water, and, applying a sand heat, 
and occasionally stirring the mixture, evaporate the whole to dryness. Upon the residue boil 
the remainder of the Water, clear the solution by filtration, and, having acidulated it by the 
addition of a few drops of the Dilute Nitric Acid, evaporate until a pellicle begins to form. 
The heat being now withdrawn, crystals will form on the cooling of the solution, which should 
be dried on blotting-paper in a warm atmosphere, and preserved in a close bottle.” 
Properties. In this process the nitric acid unites directly with the lead oxide to form the 
nitrate. This nitrate is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, octohedral crystals, 
when obtained by the spontaneous evaporation of cold solutions, or white, nearly opaque crys- 1066 
Plumbi Nitras.—Plumbi Oxidum. 
PART I. 
tals, when formed by the cooling of hot solutions; without odor, and having a sweetish, 
astringent, afterwards metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 
15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-75 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol. When 
strongly heated, the salt decrepitates, emits nitrous vapors, and finally leaves a residue of lead 
oxide. The aqueous solution has an acid reaction, and yields a black precipitate with hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution, a yellow one with potassium iodide test-solution, and a white one with 
diluted sulphuric acid. A 10-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should give, with potassium 
ferrocyanide test-solution, a pure white precipitate (absence of iron or copper). If hydro- 
chloric acid be added to the aqueous solution until no further precipitate is produced, and the 
remainder of the lead be removed from the filtrate by hydrogen sulphide, a portion of the 
new filtrate should not be affected by the addition of a slight excess of ammonia water (ab- 
sence of zinc or iron). If another portion be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue 
(absence of salts of the alkalies, or of zinc)." U. S. It is composed of one atom of lead, com- 
bined with two nitric acid groups, (N03)„, without water of crystallization. This salt is largely 
used in dyeing and calico-printing, for the preparation of mordants, and of chrome yellow. 
Medical Properties. The effects of this salt upon the system are the same as those of 
the other soluble lead salts; but, though formerly employed, it is now quite out of use as an 
internal remedy. Externally it is occasionally applied to excoriated surfaces; and a solution 
made in the proportion of ten grains to an ounce of water, and colored probably with alkanet, 
has been used on the continent of Europe as a secret remedy in sore nipples, chapped hands, 
cracked lips, etc., and it undoubtedly, in solutions whose strength should be adapted to the in- 
dividual case, is a valuable local remedy in diseases of the skin and mucous membranes, such 
as leucorrhcea, gonorrhoea, ulcers, and chronic impetiginous affections. It may be used to correct 
fetid odors dependent on the presence of hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphydrate, which 
it decomposes ; but it is not a germicide or true disinfectant. Ledoyen's disinfecting fluid is a 
solution of lead nitrate in the proportion of a drachm to an ounce. Should the salt be used 
internally, the dose would be from the fourth to the half of a grain (0-016-0-03 Gm.). Moer- 
longe and Yanzette ascribe remarkable efficiency to lead nitrate in onychia maligna, and their 
statements have been confirmed by other practitioners. It is applied by sprinkling the powder 
on the surface, and, according to Dr. J. Scott, of Belfast, Ireland, a complete cure may be relied 
on in from fourteen to thirty days. (Dublin Journ. of Med. Sci., Feb. 1874, p. 145.) 
PbO; 222*36. (PLCm'b! Ox'I-DUM.) PbO; 222-5. 
PLUMBI OXIDUM. U. S., Br. Lead Oxide. [Litharge.] 
“ Lead Oxide, PbO, is prepared by the action of air on melted lead.” Br. 
Oxide of Lead; Lithargyrum, Plumbum Oxydatum, Plumbi Oxidum Semivitreum ; Oxide de Plomb fondu, 
Litharge, Protoxide de Plomb, Fr.; Bleiglatte, Bleioxyd, G.; Litargirio, It.; Almartaga, Sp. 
When lead oxide is rendered semi-crystalline by incomplete fusion it becomes the semivitri- 
fied oxide, or litharge. Almost all the litharge of commerce is obtained, as a secondary prod- 
uct, in the process for extracting silver from argentiferous galenas. After extracting the ar- 
gentiferous lead from the ore, the alloy is placed upon an oval slightly excavated dish, about 
three feet long and twenty inches wide, called a test, made by beating pulverized bone-ash, 
formed into a paste with water, into a mould, the sides of which consist of an elliptical band 
of iron, and the bottom of strips of sheet-iron, placed at short distances apart. The test is 
of such a size as exactly to fit an opening in the floor of a reverberatory furnace, where it is 
placed and adjusted to the level of the floor. On one side of the test the fireplace is situated, 
and exactly opposite, the chimney; while at one extremity of it the pipe of a strong bellows 
is placed, and at the other a vertical hole is made, communicating with a gutter leading 
from the test. The furnace is now lighted, and shortly afterwards the bellows are put in 
motion. The lead fuses and combines with oxygen, and the resulting oxide, melting also, 
forms a stratum which floats on the surface, and which is driven by the blast of the bellows 
along the gutter and through the vertical hole into a recipient below, where, upon solidifying, 
it crystallizes in small scales, which form the litharge. In proportion as the lead is oxidized 
and blown off the test, fresh portions are added so as to keep it always sufficiently full. The 
process is continued for eight or ten days, after which no more lead is added. The operation 
is now confined to the metal remaining on the test; and, the oxidation proceeding, a period 
at last arrives when the whole of the lead has been blown off as litharge, and the silver, known 
to be pure by its brilliant appearance in the fused state, alone remains. This is then removed, 
and the process repeated on a fresh portion of argentiferous lead. The yellow amorphous PART I. 
Plurnbi Oxidum.—Podophyllum. 
1067 
lead oxide used as a paint color is known as massicot, and is prepared by careful beating of 
lead carbonate or nitrate to a point short of the fusion of the resulting oxide. 
Properties. “A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow powder, or minute scales, without 
odor or taste. On exposure to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. Almost 
insoluble in water, to which it, however, imparts a faintly alkaline reaction; insoluble in alco- 
hol ; but soluble in acetic or diluted nitric acid, and in warm solutions of the fixed alkalies. 
When heated, the Oxide assumes a brownish-red color, becoming yellow again on cooling. It 
fuses at a red heat. When heated in contact with charcoal, it is reduced to metallic lead. 
Lead Oxide should be soluble in diluted nitric acid with but little effervescence (limit of car- 
bonate), and without the development of the odor of nitrous acid, leaving not more than a 
trifling residue (absence of silicate, barium sulphate, etc.). The solution, which should be 
colorless, yields with hydrogen sulphide test-solution a black precipitate, with potassium iodide 
test-solution a yellow one, and with diluted sulphuric acid a white precipitate, the latter being 
soluble in a strong solution of sodium hydrate. If from the solution in diluted nitric acid 
the lead be precipitated by sulphuric acid, the filtrate, after the addition of an excess of 
ammonia water, should not assume more than a slight bluish tint (limit of copper), nor 
yield more than traces of a reddish-yellow precipitate (limit of iron). If 5 Gm. of the 
Oxide contained in a small flask be shaken with 5 C.c. of water, then 20 C.c. of acetic acid 
added, and the mixture boiled for a few minutes and filtered, the insoluble residue, when 
well washed and dried, should not weigh more than 0-075 Gm. (absence of more than 1-5 
per cent, of insoluble impurities). When strongly heated, in a porcelain crucible, the Oxide 
should not lose more than 2 per cent, of its weight (limit of carbonate and of moisture).” 
U. S. “ Heavy scales of a pale yellowish-red color, completely soluble in diluted nitric 
acid and in acetic acid. It gives the reactions of lead, but should yield no characteristic 
reaction with the tests for copper, iron, or carbonates.” Br. It slowly attracts carbonic acid 
from the air, and contains more of this acid the longer it has been exposed. It is on this 
account that it commonly effervesces slightly with the diluted acids. It has the property 
of decolorizing wines, when agitated with them. When heated with the fats and oils, in 
connection with water, it saponifies them. (See Emplastrum Plurnbi.) Heated with charcoal, 
it is reduced to the metallic state. In diluted nitric acid it should be almost entirely soluble ; 
and the solution is affected by potassa in the same manner as that of the carbonate. (See 
Plurnbi Carbonas.) As it occurs in commerce, it usually contains iron, copper, and a little 
silver and silica. It may be purified from iron and copper by digestion in diluted sulphuric 
acid. The English litharge is most esteemed, that from Germany being generally' contami- 
nated with iron and copper. In choosing litharge, samples should be selected which are free 
from copper and from fragments of vegetable matter. Copper is detected if upon adding potas- 
sium ferrocyanide to a nitric acid solution of the litharge a brown instead of a white precipi- 
tate is produced. Two varieties of litharge are distinguished in commerce, named from their 
color, and dependent on differences in the process employed. Sometimes it has a pale yellow 
color and silvery appearance, and is then denominated silver litharge or yellow litharge ; at other 
times it is of a red color, and is known under the name of gold litharge or red litharge. The 
latter was supposed to owe its color to the presence of a portion of red lead ; but M. Leblanc 
has shown that the two varieties of litharge differ in color, structure, and density only, and 
not in chemical composition. In this respect litharge is essentially identical with lead oxide. 
(See Plumbum.) The carbonic acid which it contains is variable; but its average amount is 
about 4 per cent. Lead peroxide and red lead in litharge may be detected by heating it in a 
test-tube with sodium chloride and potassium bisulphate and introducing a slip of paper 
colored blue by indigo. If either of these oxides be present, the paper will be bleached by 
the chlorine evolved. 
Litharge is never used internally, but is employed in several pharmaceutical operations, and 
forms an ingredient in various external applications, used for abating inflammation, and for 
other purposes. In the arts it is employed in the glazing of pottery, in painting to render oils 
drying, and as an ingredient in flint glass. 
PODOPHYLLUM. U. S. (Br.) Podophyllum. [May-Apple.] 
« The rhizome and roots of Podophyllum peltatum, Linne (nat. ord. Berberidese).” U. S. 
“ The dried rhizome and roots of Podophyllum peltatum, Linn.” Br. 
Podophylli Rhizoma, Br.; Podophyllum Root, Mandrake Root; Rhizome de Podophyllum, Fr.; Fussblatt- 
wurzel, G. 
(p5d-o-phyl'lum.) Podophyllum. 
1068 
PART I. 
Podophyllum, peltatum. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 505; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1141 ; Barton, Med. 
Bot. ii. 9 ; Carson, Must, of Med. Bot. i. 18, pi. 11 ; B. & T. 17. The may-apple, sometimes 
also called mandrake, is an indigenous herbaceous plant. The rhizome is perennial, creep- 
ing, usually several feet in length, about one-quarter of an inch thick, brown externally, 
smooth, jointed, and furnished with roots at the joints. The stem is about a foot high, 
erect, round, smooth. The basal leaves are centrally peltate, with six or seven wedge-shaped 
lobes, irregularly incised at the extremity, yellowish green on their upper surface, paler and 
slightly pubescent beneath. The flower-bearing stems bear from one to three similar leaves. 
The flower is nodding, and appears generally between two leaves at the apex of the stem or at 
the base of the upper leaf when three leaves are present. The calyx is composed of three oval, 
obtuse, concave, deciduous sepals. The corolla has from six to nine white, fragrant petals, 
which are obovate, obtuse, concave, with delicate transparent veins. The stamens are from 
thirteen to twenty, shorter than the petals, with oblong, yellow anthers, of twice the length of 
the filaments. The stigma is sessile, and rendered irregular on its surface by numerous folds 
or convolutions. The fruit is a large oval berry, crowned with the persistent stigma, and con- 
taining a sweetish fleshy pulp, in which about twelve ovate seeds are embedded. It is, when 
ripe, of a lemon-yellow color, diversified by round brownish spots. 
The plant has been found on Mount Togakushi, in Japan, and is extensively diffused through 
the United States, growing luxuriantly in moist shady woods and in low marshy grounds. It 
is propagated by its creeping root, and is often found in large patches. The flowers appear 
about the end of May and the beginning of June; and the fruit ripens in the latter part of 
September. The leaves are said to be poisonous. The fruit has a subacid, sweetish, peculiar 
taste, agreeable to some palates, and may be eaten freely with impunity. From its color and 
shape, it is sometimes called wild lemon. The root is the official portion, and is said to be most 
efficient when collected after the falling of the leaves. It shrinks considerably in drying. 
The rhizome of the Himalayan species, Podophyllum emodi, is an active cathartic, which 
has been found by Dymock and Hooper to yield 12 per cent, of resin. It was at first be- 
lieved that the Indian plant would prove more active than the American, but experience has 
shown that these expectations are fallacious. (P. J. Tr., 1898, 304.) 
Properties. The dried root is much wrinkled lengthwise, is yellowish or reddish brown 
externally, and furnished with fibres of a similar but somewhat paler color. It was deter- 
mined, by an experiment of Mr. Vm. Saunders, that these fibres contain as much active mat- 
ter as the rhizome itself. The fracture is short and irregular, and the internal color whitish. 
The microscopic examination of the section shows the rhizome to be composed of loose paren- 
chymatous tissue, with sixteen or more yellowish vascular bundles arranged in a circle, and a 
cortical layer of a double row of thick-walled yellowish cells surmounted by the epidermis. It 
is officially described as “ of horizontal growth, consisting of joints about 5 Cm. long, flattish 
cylindrical, about 5 Mm. thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end, which has a circular scar 
on the upper side, a tuft of about ten, nearly simple, fragile roots on the lower side, and is 
sometimes branched laterally; smooth or somewhat wrinkled, orange-brown, internally white 
and mealy, with a circle of small wood-bundles; pith large; nearly inodorous; taste sweetish, 
somewhat bitter and acrid.” U. S. The powder is light yellowish gray, resembling that of 
jalap. The root in its aggregate state is nearly inodorous, but in powder has a sweetish not 
unpleasant smell. The taste is at first sweetish, afterwards bitter, nauseous, and slightly acrid. 
Both the decoction and the tincture are bitter; but alcohol is said to be the best solvent of the 
active matter. Dr. V. Podwyssotzki, 1882 (Pharm. Zeitschrift fur Russland, Bd. xx. 777), made 
a careful examination of the root and the resin, and announced the active principle to be solely 
a neutral crystalline principle, picropodophyllin. This principle is associated with an inactive 
resin-acid, picropodophyttic acid, and the combination of the two he names podophyllotoxin. 
Picropodophyllin is in colorless, silky, extremely delicate needles, very soluble in chloroform, 
readily soluble in 95 per cent, alcohol, but very slightly in 75 per cent, alcohol. It is soluble in 
ether, and crystallizes from a warm saturated solution on cooling. It is insoluble in water, tur- 
pentine, or benzin. Podophyllotoxin is a bitter, white, resinous powder, soluble in weak alcohol 
and hot water. It may be precipitated from its alcoholic solution by water in large quantity. 
(P. J. Tr., 1882,1011.) Podwyssotzki also obtained podophylloquercetin, the coloring principle, 
which is closely allied to quercetin and is the cause of the varying color of resin of podophyllum. 
His results have since been corrected and supplemented by ft. Kiirsten (A. J. P., 1891, 485), 
who has obtained the several principles in a purer state. The results of Kiirsten’s investiga- 
tion are as follows. The podophyllotoxin prepared by Podwyssotzki’s method was not constant PART I. 
Podophyllum. 
1069 
in composition, and its melting point varied from 100° to 125° C.; further, the podophyllic acid 
of that author is composed mainly of a crystallizable, active, but very impure substance. 
Podophyllotoxin, C16H1406, is obtained by extracting the coarsely powdered rhizome with 
cold, light petroleum, until freed from fat; after drying in the air, the extraction is con- 
tinued with chloroform, until the liquid comes away almost free from yellow color. As it is 
not possible to work with alcohol-free chloroform, too prolonged extraction with chloroform 
would yield a more impure extract. The chloroform extract is distilled and the residue is 
dried over a not too warm water-bath, partially dissolved in benzene, filtered, and the filtrate 
allowed to remain from three to eight days, when a brownish-yellow mass of well-formed, thick, 
strongly refractive prisms is produced, which is purified by washing with a 50 per cent, alcohol, 
then with ether, recrystallizing first from boiling benzene, and finally from solution in hot 45 
per cent, alcohol; the compound is thus obtained in long, well-formed prisms. 
Podophyllotoxin, when oxidized in an alkaline solution in the cold by means of potassium 
permanganate, yielded, besides a little carbonic anhydride and a brown amorphous substance, 
principally two compounds, the more considerable of which was podophyllic acid, obtained as 
well-formed, colorless crystals from solution in a mixture of benzene and alcohol. The com- 
pound is without action on animals. It melts at from 158°-160° C. Its aqueous solution, 
neutralized with aqueous potash, gives no precipitate with gold, calcium, or barium chlorides; 
silver nitrate gives a white precipitate, soluble in much water; copper acetate gives a blue 
precipitate. The copper salt was prepared as beautiful light green prisms and analyzed. 
Picropodophyllin results from the action of alkalies on podophyllotoxin ; thus, on heating the 
latter with aqueous ammonia, a well-crystallized product is obtained, which at first was recrys- 
tallized from strong alcohol; but this was found to be unnecessary, as the melting point, 227° 
C., was not affected by it. Picropodophyllin has the same composition as podophyllotoxin, 
but they differ in melting point and in their action on polarized light,—the former inactive, 
the latter laevo-rotatory; the former is less soluble in all liquids than the latter; the latter 
gives Millon’s reaction, the former does not. By oxidation and reduction the two compounds 
yield the same products. 
Dunstan and Henry (Proc. Chem. Soc., March, 1898) find that the constituents of the 
Indian podophyllum (Podophyllum emodi') and of the American podophyllum (Podophyllum 
peltatum) are identical. The chief constituent is the podophyllotoxin of Podwyssotzki and 
Kiirsten, which is a neutral crystalline substance (melting point, 117° C.) to which is ascribed 
the formula C16H140e. It is strongly laevo-rotatory, and acts as a powerful purgative and in- 
testinal irritant. When heated with alkalies, it is converted by hydration into the salt of an 
unstable gelatinous acid, podophyllic acid, C16H1607, of which several salts were obtained and 
analyzed. This acid very readily loses water, and furnishes the crystalline picropodophyllin of 
Podwyssotzki and Kiirsten, which is isomeric with podophyllotoxin. It passes again into podo- 
phyllic acid when warmed with aqueous alkalies. It melts at 227° C., and is optically in- 
active. Podophyllotoxin and picropodophyllin furnish identical decomposition products ; when 
oxidized with nitric acid, oxalic acid is the principal product; when fused with alkalies, orcinol 
and acetic acid are produced. Both substances contain two methyl groups and no hydroxyl. 
It is likely that picropodophyllin is the lactone of podophyllic acid. Picropodophyllin is thera- 
peutically inactive. The yellow coloring matter of podophyllum, called by Podwyssotzki poclo- 
phylloquercetin, is proved by the authors to be identical with quercetin, the yellow coloring 
matter of quercitron bark. An uncrystallizable resin, podophylloresin, was also isolated and 
found to exert a purgative action. 
Dr. Manlius Smith recommended that the resin should be prepared by forming an alcoholic 
tincture of the root, evaporating the tincture till most of the alcohol is driven off, and throw- 
ing the residue into water, by which the resin is precipitated. The concentration should not 
be carried too far, as otherwise the resin separates in clots, which cannot be easily washed. 
According to Dr. Smith, the resin, when pure, is white, and purges actively. It has been 
called podophyllin for many years. (A. J. P., xxiv. 306. See Resina Pod.ophylli.') 
The leaves of Podophyllum peltatum were chemically examined by Mr. Thomas J. Husband, 
Jr., who obtained from them a resinous matter and a portion of the alkaloid berberine, which 
is found in the root. This resinous matter consisted of two distinct resins, one soluble in 
ether and alcohol, the other in alcohol, and both in caustic alkalies and chloroform. Mr. 
Husband states that the resin obtained from the leaves is similar in its chemical relations to 
podophyllin, but proved when taken internally to be without its purgative properties, eight 
grains being taken without other effect than slight headache. (A. J. P., 1869, 200.) 1070 
Podophyllum.—Potassa. 
PART I. 
B. F. Carter (A. J. P., 1886, p. 449) has since examined the leaves. He finds tannin, 
uncrystallizable sugar, coloring matter, and 6 per cent, of resin. This latter seems to be of 
twofold character, ether dissolving the soft resin, while the hard resin remains behind. The 
resin has a bitter taste and a much milder action than that of the rhizome. Fused with caustic 
potash a small amount of protocatechuic acid seems to be formed. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Podophyllum is a slow but active and certain cathartic, 
producing copious liquid discharges, often with much griping. It is generally thought by the 
profession to be an efficient cholagogue, and the experiments of Prof. Rutherford upon dogs 
certainly confirm this belief. It is very much employed in various parts of the country in 
bilious fevers and hepatic congestions, and as a general cathartic. In minute doses, frequently 
repeated, podophyllum has been thought to diminish the frequency of the pulse and to relieve 
cough, and for these effects has been given in haemoptysis and catarrh, but this employment of 
it is of doubtful advantage. In over-doses podophyllum acts as an irritant poison : an amount 
estimated at five grains of the resin caused death in a woman sixty years old (iV! Y. Med. Pec., 
April, 1890): the symptoms were vomiting and purging, followed some hours after their ces- 
sation by coma, full soft pulse, slight elevation of temperature, and haemoglobinuria. 
The powdered root is never administered, the official extract very rarely : the official resin is 
much used, under the improper name of podophyllin. Dose as a laxative, from one-eighth 
to one-quarter grain (0-008-0-017 Gm.) ; as a purgative, from one-quarter to one-half grain 
(0-017-0-033 Gm.). 
POTASSIUM. Potassium. 
K; 39*03. (PO-TXS'SI-UM.) K; 39. 
Potassium, Fr.; Kalium, Kalimetall, G.; Potassio, It.; Potasio, Sp. 
Potassium is a peculiar metal, forming the radical of potassa, and of a number of other 
compounds used in medicine. It was discovered in 1807 by Sir H. Davy, who obtained it by de- 
composing fused potassium hydrate by a voltaic current. It was afterwards procured in larger 
quantity by Gay-Lussac and Thenard, by bringing the fused alkali in contact with white-hot 
iron, which attracted the oxygen and set free the metal. The process of Brunner, as modified 
by Wohler, consists in decomposing potassium carbonate, mixed with charcoal. The mixture 
of carbonate and charcoal is obtained by heating cream of tartar to redness in a covered cruci- 
ble. For an account of some improvements in Brunner’s process by MM. Mareska and Donny, 
see A. J. P., xxv. 70. Castner has also prepared it by the process invented by him for the 
manufacture of metallic sodium. (See Sodium.) 
Potassium is solid, softer and more ductile than wax, easily cut with a knife, and of a silver- 
white color. A newly-cut surface is brilliant; but the metal quickly tarnishes by combining 
with the oxygen of the air, and assumes the appearance of lead. It possesses a remarkably 
strong affinity for oxygen, and is capable of taking that element from almost every other sub- 
stance. On account of this property it must be kept in liquids, such as naphtha, which are 
devoid of oxygen. On the same account, when exposed with a fresh-cut surface to the air, it 
becomes luminous through a slow combustion, like phosphorus, in the dark. (Chem. News, 
Feb. 28, 1868, p. 108.) Its sp. gr. is 0-865, melting point 62-5° C. (144-5° F.), atomic weight 
39-03, and symbol K. When thrown upon water it floats, takes fire, and burns with a rose- 
colored flame, combining with oxygen, and generating potassium hydrate which dissolves in the 
water. It forms numerous combinations, uniting with most of the non-metallic elements, and 
with several of the metals. It combines in three proportions with oxygen, forming a suboxide 
(K40) and a monoxide (K20) of a gray color, and a tetroxide (K204) of a yellowish-brown 
color. It also unites with chlorine, and forms official compounds with iodine, bromine, cyanogen, 
ferrocyanogen, and sulphur, under the names of potassium iodide, bromide, cyanide, and ferro- 
cyanide, and sulphurated potassa. Its monoxide is a strong salifiable base existing in nature 
always in combination, and forming with acids a numerous and important class of salts. 
POTASSA. U. S. (Br.) Potassa. [Potassium Hydrate. Potassium Hydroxide. 
Caustic Potash.] 
KOH; 55*99. (PO-TXs'SA.) KHO; 56. 
“ Potassa should be kept in well-stoppered bottles made of hard glass.” U. S. “ Potassium 
hydroxide, KOH, with not more than 10 per cent, of combined water and impurities, pre- 
pared by the interaction of potassium carbonate and calcium hydroxide.” Br. 
Potassa Caustica, Br.; Kali Purum; Caustic Potassa, Hydrate of Potassa, Potassium Hydrate; Kali Causticum 
Fusum, P. G.; Potass® (Potassii) Hydras, Kali Hydricum Fusum, Oxydum Potassicum, Lapis Causticus Chirurgorum; 
Caustic Potash; Potasse caustique, Fr.; Kalium-Hydrat, Kaustisches Kali, G. Potassa. 
1071 
PAKT I. 
“Take of Solution of Potash two pints [Imperial measure]. Boil down the Solution of 
Potash rapidly in a [clean] silver vessel, until there remains a [clear] fluid of oily consistence, 
a drop of which when removed on a warm glass rod solidifies on cooling. Pour this into proper 
moulds, and when it has solidified, and while it is still warm, put it into stoppered bottles.” 
Br. 1885. A process for Potassa is no longer in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia: that of 1870 is 
identical with the British (1885). 
The solid alkali obtained from these processes is potassium hydrate, sufficiently pure for 
medicinal purposes. The solution of the alkali freed from carbonic acid having been obtained 
by another formula (see Liquor Potassse), the formation of the present preparation requires 
merely the evaporation of this solution until the whole of its uncombined water is driven off. 
The evaporation must be performed in metallic vessels, as those of glass or earthen-ware are 
acted on by the alkali; and it should be completed as quickly as possible, in order to abridge 
the period during which the solution would be liable to absorb carbonic acid from the atmos- 
phere. When poured out on a metallic plate or dish, the cake, just as it solidifies, may be 
marked with a knife in the directions in which it is to be divided, and when cold it readily 
breaks in those directions. A better plan, however, is to run the fused alkali into suitable 
moulds, as directed in the former U. S. and British formulas. These should be made of silver 
or iron and have a cylindrical shape, which is the most convenient form of the alkali for sur- 
gical use. Green glass bottles with ground stoppers are best adapted for preserving this prep- 
aration, as white flint glass is attacked by the alkali. 
Properties. It is officially described as in “ dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses, 
hard and brittle, showing a crystalline fracture; odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, and 
of a very acrid and caustic taste. Great caution is necessary in tasting and handling it, as it 
rapidly destroys organic tissues. Exposed to the air, it rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide and 
moisture, and deliquesces. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 0-5 part of water, and in 2 
parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, and in boiling alcohol; slightly soluble in ether. 
When heated to about 530° C. (986° F.), Potassa melts to a clear, oily liquid, and at a bright 
red heat it is volatilized unchanged. When introduced into a non-luminous flame, it imparts 
to it a violet color. A solution of Potassa, even when greatly diluted, gives an intensely alka- 
line reaction with litmus paper. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should be perfectly clear and 
colorless (absence of organic matter). After acidulation with hydrochloric acid it yields bright 
yellow precipitates with platinic chloride test-solution, and with sodium cobaltic nitrite test- 
solution. A concentrated, aqueous solution (1 in 10), when dropped into tartaric acid test- 
solution, produces a white, crystalline precipitate, which redissolves when the Potassa is added 
in excess. If 1 Gm. of Potassa be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and slightly supersaturated 
with acetic acid, 10 C.c. of the solution should not be colored or rendered turbid by the addi- 
tion of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.), nor 
by the subsequent addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). 
The remainder of the acidulated solution should not be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate 
test-solution (absence of calcium). If a solution of 1'5 Gm. of Potassa in 10 C.c. of water 
be slightly supersaturated with nitric acid, then 0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric 
solution added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should re- 
main unaffected by the addition of more silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride'). 
If to a solution of 3’5 Gm. of Potassa in 10 C.c. of water, strongly supersaturated with hydro- 
chloric acid, 0-1 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution be added, and the precipitate, if any, re- 
moved by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition of barium 
chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If 1 Gm. of Potassa be dissolved in 2 C.c. of water, 
and added to 10 C.c. of alcohol, not more than a slight, colorless precipitate should occur within 
ten minutes (limit of silicate). After boiling this alcoholic solution with 5 C.c. of calcium 
hydrate test-solution and filtering, not the slightest effervescence should take place on adding 
the filtrate to an excess of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of carbonate). If 0-2 Gm. of 
Potassa be dissolved in 2 C.c. of water, and carefully mixed with 4 C.c. of pure sulphuric acid 
and 2 drops of indigo test-solution, the blue color should not be discharged (limit of nitrate). 
To test for soda, dissolve 0-56 Gm. of Potassa in 5 C.c. of water, add a few drops of phenol- 
phtalein test-solution, and then, from a burette, enough tartaric acid test-solution (3 Gm. in 20 
C.c.) to accurately neutralize the solution. Next add another volume of the tartaric acid test- 
solution equal to that first used, and then enough absolute alcohol to completely precipitate the 
potassium bitartrate formed. Separate the precipitate by filtration and wash it with a little 
alcohol. The filtrate should not require more than 0-2 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volu- 1072 
Potassa. 
PART I. 
metric solution to restore the red color (absence of more than 1-5 per cent of soda). To neu- 
tralize 0-56 Gm. of Potassa should require not less than 9 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (each 
C.c. corresponding to 10 per cent, of pure potassium hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as 
indicator.” U. S. “ White pencils or cakes, very deliquescent, powerfully alkaline and corrosive. 
Soluble in half its weight of water, and in twice its weight of alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords 
the reactions characteristic of potassium. Each gramme dissolved in water or in alcohol (90 
per cent.) should leave only a trace of sediment, and should require for neutralization at least 
161 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. It should yield no character- 
istic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, or arsenium.” Br. It is important that the require- 
ments of the Pharmacopoeia be complied with, and that potassium hydrate should not contain 
more than 10 per cent, of impurity. The white stick caustic potassa of commerce usually con- 
tains from 15 to 28 per cent, of water, which seems to be a necessary impurity, for if a certain 
quantity of water is not present it is impossible to mould the stick. By heating this so as to drive 
off the water a purified hydrate in cakes may be obtained. On account of its deliquescent prop- 
erty, and its strong attraction for carbonic acid, caustic potassa requires to be kept in very accu- 
rately stopped bottles. As formerly obtained, from solution of potassa derived from an impure 
carbonate, it contained various impurities, which, however, did not interfere with its medicinal 
value,—such as potassium chloride and tetroxide, ferric oxide, lime, silica, alumina, potassium 
sulphate, and a portion of the alkali still in a carbonated state. Official potassa may be rendered 
nearly pure by digestion in alcohol, which takes up only the alkaline hydrate, evaporating the 
solution to dryness, and fusing the dry mass obtained. Potassium hydrate, when thus procured, 
is called potash by alcohol. It is generally in flat white pieces, which are dry, hard, brittle, 
and extremely caustic. Its other properties are similar to those of the impure hydrate above 
described. According to Mr. H. Wurtz, of New York, commercial potash by alcohol usually 
contains a trace of potassium silicate, which appears to be taken up by the alcohol. The source 
of this is the potassium carbonate employed, which may be freed from this impurity by evapo- 
rating its aqueous solution, in a sheet-iron dish, to dryness, and adding, from time to time, 
lumps of ammonium carbonate. The silicate is thus converted into the carbonate; and on 
dissolving the residue the silica appears in flakes, which may be separated by filtration. Potassa 
may be distinguished from the other fixed alkalies (soda and lithia) by its affording, when in 
solution, a crystalline precipitate (cream of tartar) with an excess of tartaric acid, and a yellow 
one with platinic chloride.* Potassa imparts to the flame of burning alcohol in which it is 
dissolved a reddish tint; soda colors it yellow even in the presence of potassa; and thus a 
method is afforded of detecting an admixture of the latter with the former alkali. According 
to Bunsen, when the flame is viewed through a glass having a cobalt-blue color, only the color 
imparted by potassa is seen, the yellow color of the sodium flame being absorbed by the blue 
glass. {Journ. de Pliarm., Oct. 1860, p. 319.) Potassa is known chemically as potassium 
hydrate, KOH, and is composed of one atom of potassium, united with one hydroxyl group, 
OH. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This is the old causticum commune acerrimum, or 
strongest common caustic. It is a powerful escharotic, quickly destroying the life of the part 
with which it comes in contact, and extending its action to a considerable depth beneath the 
surface. In this latter respect it differs from silver nitrate, or lunar caustic, to which it is, 
therefore, preferred in forming issues and opening abscesses. The most convenient mode of 
employing the caustic for the formation of an issue is to apply to the skin a piece of linen 
spread with adhesive plaster, having a circular opening in its centre corresponding with the in- 
tended size of the issue, and then to rub upon the skin, within the opening, a piece of the 
caustic previously moistened at one end.f The application is to be continued till the life of the 
part is destroyed, when the caustic should be carefully washed off with a wet sponge or wet 
tow, or neutralized by vinegar. In forming from it solutions of potassa of definite strength, 
whether for medicinal or for pharmaceutical use, an allowance should be made for the per- 
centage of water it always contains. (See Liquor Potassse.) 
* For a method of analyzing commercial potash so as to determine the percentage and character of impurities, 
see A. J. P., xlvii. 464. 
f At the suggestion of Dr. Maunoury, of Chartres, M. E. Robiquet has prepared a paste consisting of gutta-percha 
and caustic potassa, which offers many advantages of manipulation, in the application of the latter substance. It 
is prepared by simply melting together equal weights of the two substances. The resulting paste can be moulded 
into any form that may be thought desirable, either of cylinders, plates, or lozenges, and retains its form indefinitely, 
even when introduced into cavities. All that is necessary, before applying it, is to dip it into alcohol for a few 
seconds. The resulting eschars are very precise in their form. (Journ. de Pharm., xxx. 275.) PAET I. 
Potassa cum Calce.—Potassa Sulphurata. 
1073 
POTASSA CUM CALCE. U. S. Potassa with Lime. 
Pulvis Causticus cum Calce, Pulvis Causticus Viennensis; Vienna Caustic, Vienna Paste; Caustique (Poudre) de 
Vienne, Fr.; Wiener Aetzpulver, G. 
“ Potassa, fire hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Lime, five hundred grammes 
[or 17 ounces av., 279 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Rub them together, in a warm iron mortar, so as to form a powder, and keep it in a well-stop- 
pered bottle.” U. S. 
This preparation is “ a grayish-white powder, deliquescent, having a strongly alkaline re- 
action, and responding to the tests for calcium and potassium. It should be soluble in diluted 
hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small residue.” TJ. S. It should not effervesce 
on the addition of an acid. It is prepared for use by being made up into a paste with a little 
alcohol. The paste is applied for ten or fifteen minutes to the part to be cauterized, and is 
conveniently limited in its operation by a piece of adhesive plaster, in the manner explained 
under potassa. The former Edinburgh preparation, made by evaporating the solution of po- 
tassa to one-third, and adding lime enough to bring it to the state of a firm paste, was often 
called causticum commune mitius, or milder common caustic. Potassa with lime is a more man- 
ageable caustic than the official potassa, on account of the presence of the lime, which renders 
it milder, slower in its operation, and less deliquescent, and causes it to spread less beyond the 
part intended to be affected. Dr. Filhos has improved this caustic by forming it into sticks. 
To prepare it thus, the potassa is perfectly fused in an iron spoon, and one-third of its weight 
of quicklime is added in divided portions, the whole being starred with an iron rod. The 
fused mass is then run into lead tubes, closed at one end, about three inches long, and from a 
quarter to half an inch in diameter in the clear. The sticks are kept, still enclosed in the lead 
tubes with the open end-downward, in thick glass tubes, containing some powdered quicklime, 
and closed with a cork, between which and the stick some cotton is put to steady the caustic. 
When employed, as much of the caustic is uncovered at the end, by scraping off the lead, as 
it is proposed to use. This form of caustic is particularly recommended for cauterizing the 
neck of the uterus. M. E. Robiquet has modified the caustic, by fusing the potassa and lime 
at a higher heat, running the fused mass into iron moulds, and quickly coating the sticks, 
when cold, with melted gutta-percha. The higher heat employed renders the caustic harder 
and more homogeneous.* 
(PO-TAS'SA COM CAL'CE.) 
POTASSA SULPHURATA. U. S., Br. Sulphurated Potassa. [Liver of Sul- 
phur.] 
“ A mixture of salts of potassium, of which the chief are potassium sulphides.” Br. 
Hepar Sulphuris; Potassii Sulphuretum, U. S. 1870; Sulphuret of Potassium, Sulphurated Potash; Kaliurn Sul- 
furatum, P. G.; Sulfure de Potasse, Foie de Soufre, Fr.; Kalischwefelleber, G. 
“ Sublimed Sulphur, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Potassium Car- 
bonate, dried, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains]. Mix the powdered and dried 
Potassium Carbonate thoroughly with the Sublimed Sulphur, and gradually heat the mixture, 
in a covered crucible, which should be only about half filled with it, until the mass ceases 
to foam and is in a state of perfect fusion. Then pour the fused mass on a cold marble slab, 
and, after it has cooled, break it into pieces, and keep it in a well-stoppered bottle.” U. S. 
“ Potassium Carbonate, in powder, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Sublimed Sulphur, 
5 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes. Mix the Potassium Carbonate, previously dried, and the 
Sulphur, in a warm mortar; introduce them into a crucible; heat this, at first gradually, until 
effervescence has ceased, and finally to dull redness, so as to produce perfect fusion; pour out 
r the liquid contents of the crucible on a clean flagstone, and cover quickly with an inverted 
porcelain basin so as to prevent free access of air while solidification is taking place. The 
solid product thus obtained should, when cool, be broken into fragments, and immediately 
enclosed in a green glass bottle furnished with an air-tight stopper.” Br. 
These processes are essentially the same, except that a greater heat is used in the British 
process, which somewhat modifies the result. When potassium carbonate is melted with half 
its weight of sulphur, as in the U. S. process, the carbonic acid is expelled. The composition 
(PO-TAS'SA SUL-PHU-RA'TA.) 
* M. Piedagnel states that by mixing the Vienna powder with morphine hydrochlorate, in the proportion of three 
parts of the former to one of the latter, a caustic is obtained which will produce an eschar without causing pain. 
He first mixes them intimately in the dry state, and then with alcohol, chloroform, or water, making a paste, which 
may be applied by means of adhesive plaster. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., xxxiii. 469.) 1074 
Potassa Sulphurata. 
PART I. 
varies with the heat employed. If the heat does not exceed 185° C. (365° F.), the resulting 
preparation will contain potassium hyposulphite; if above 300° C. (572° F.), potassium sul- 
phate. (jFordos and Gelis.) The reaction for the preparation at the lower temperature is 
3K2C03 -f- (S2)4 == 2K„S3 -+- K2S203 -(- 3C02, which at the higher temperature is changed as 
follows : 4K2S203 — 3K2S04 -|- K2S6. The potassium pentasulphide formed is decomposed at 
this high temperature into sulphur, which burns off, and K2S3. The U. S. preparation, there- 
fore, which is made at the temperature of fusion, probably contains potassium hyposulphite, 
and may be represented by the formula 2K2S3 -)- K2S203, three mols. of C02 escaping; while 
the British, being prepared at a red heat, contains potassium sulphate, the reaction probably 
being 4K2C03 + (Sa)B = K2S04 + 3K2S3 + 4C02. 
Potassium carbonate from pearlash is usually employed by the manufacturer ; but in the 
process of M. Henry, which is stated to be the best yet devised, the pure potassium carbonate 
is employed. His formula is as follows. Mix two parts of pure potassium carbonate with 
one of sulphur reduced to powder, and put the mixture into flat-bottomed matrasses, which 
should be only two-thirds filled. These are placed on a sand-bath, and the fire is applied so as, 
at first, to produce only a gentle heat, which is afterwards increased. Care must be taken 
that the necks of the matrasses do not become obstructed. The heat is continued until the 
matter is brought to a state of tranquil fusion, when it is allowed to cool. The mass obtained, 
which is compact, smooth, and of a fine yellow color, is broken into pieces, and preserved in 
well-stopped bottles. W. Elborne ( Yearbook of Pharmacy, 1896, 331) states that when com- 
mercial potassium carbonate is used in making sulphurated potassa, a product is obtained which 
more closely approaches the official compound (Br. Pli. 1885) than does one made from a pure 
potassium carbonate. He recommends that dried commercial carbonate containing not less 
than 90 per cent. K2C03 be employed. 
Properties. Sulphurated potassa, when properly prepared, is a hard, brittle substance, 
having a nauseous, alkaline, and bitter taste. Its color is liver-brown, and hence its name of 
hepar sulphuris, or liver of sulphur. The color of the surface of a fresh fracture is brownish 
yellow. It is inodorous when dry, but emits a slightly fetid smell when moist, owing to the 
extrication of a little hydrogen sulphide gas. It is soluble in water, forming an orange-yellow 
liquid, and exhaling the smell of hydrogen sulphide. It is officially described as follows. 
“ When freshly prepared, Sulphurated Potassa forms irregular pieces of a liver-brown color, 
which, by exposure to the air, gradually absorb moisture, oxygen, and carbon dioxide, and 
change to a greenish-yellow and finally to a gray mass containing potassium carbonate, 
hyposulphite, and sulphate. The compound has a faint odor of hydrogen sulphide, and a 
bitter, alkaline taste. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), with the exception of a 
small residue. Alcohol dissolves only the potassium sulphide, leaving the other constituents 
(hyposulphite and sulphate) undissolved. The aqueous solution (1 in 10) is of an orange- 
yellow color, is strongly alkaline to litmus paper, and gives off the odor of hydrogen sulphide. 
On adding to it acetic acid in slight excess, an abundance of hydrogen sulphide is evolved, 
while sulphur is precipitated. In this liquid, after filtration, sodium bitartrate test-solution 
produces an abundant, white, crystalline precipitate. On triturating 1 Gm. of Sulphurated 
Potassa with 1 Gm. of crystallized copper sulphate and 10 C.c. of water, and filtering, the 
lltrate should remain unaffected by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, corresponding to at least 
12-85 per cent, of sulphur combined with potassium to form sulphide.” U. S. “ Solid greenish 
fragments, liver-brown when recently broken, alkaline and acrid to the taste, readily forming 
with water a yellow solution which has the odor of hydrogen sulphide, and evolves it freely 
when excess of hydrochloric acid is dropped into it, sulphur being at the same time deposited. 
This acid liquid when boiled and filtered gives a yellow precipitate with solution of platinum 
chloride, and a white precipitate with solution of barium chloride.” Br. By exposure to the 
air it attracts oxygen, and the potassium sulphide is gradually changed into potassium sulphate, 
when the preparation becomes inodorous, and white on the surface. The solution is decom- 
posed by the mineral acids, which extricate hydrogen sulphide and precipitate the excess of 
sulphur. It is also incompatible with solutions of most of the metals, which are precipitated 
as sulphides. When boiled with an excess of hydrochloric acid and filtered, it gives a yellow 
precipitate with platinic chloride, and a white one with barium chloride. The preparation 
of the Br. Pharmacopoeia yields about one-half of its weight to alcohol (90 per cent.),—the 
portion dissolved being potassium sulphide, and the undissolved portion potassium sulphate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sulphurated potassa is a local irritant, and, in small 
and repeated doses, is said to increase the frequency of the pulse, heat of the skin, and different Potassa Sulphurata.—Potassii Aeetas. 
PART I. 
1075 
secretions, especially the mucous. Occasionally it vomits and purges. It acts, moreover, as an 
antacid, and produces the alterative effects of sulphur. By some it is maintained to be sedative, 
and directly to reduce the action of the heart. It probably does so, when taken in considerable 
quantities, by the development of hydrogen sulphide. In overdoses it acts, according to Orfila, 
as a violent poison, corroding the stomach, and depressing the powers of the nervous system. 
Lead acetate or zinc acetate may be used as an antidote; but the latter is preferable, as less 
likely to act injuriously in an overdose, and having, besides, emetic properties. The complaints 
in which it has been most advantageously employed are chronic rheumatism and gout, and various 
cutaneous affections. It has been given also in painter s colic, asthma, and chronic catarrh, and 
acquired a short-lived reputation as a remedy in croup, after the publication of the essay to 
which the prize offered by Napoleon for the best dissertation on that disease was awarded. In 
consequence of forming insoluble sulphides with the metallic salts, it has been proposed as an 
antidote for some mineral poisons; but Orfila has shown that it does not prevent their effects. 
Dissolved in water, it has proved efficacious as an external application in cutaneous diseases, and 
in scabies is an almost certain remedy. It may be used for this purpose in the form of lotion, 
bath, or ointment. For a lotion it may be dissolved in water in the proportion of from fifteen 
to thirty grains to the fluidounce (1-1-95 Gm. to 30 C.c.), and for a bath the same quantity or 
rather more may be added to a gallon of water. A very small proportion of hydrochloric or 
sulphuric acid may in either case be added to the solution. The ointment is made by mixing 
half a drachm of the sulphide with an ounce of lard. The odor is very favorably modified, 
whether in solution or in the state of ointment, by incorporating with it a little oil of anise. The 
dose of potassium sulphide is from two to ten grains (013-0-65 Gm.), repeated several times 
a day, and given in pill with liquorice, or in solution with syrup. In infantile croup, from one 
to four grains (0-065-0-26 Gm.) were given every three or four hours. 
POTASSII ACETAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Acetate. 
“ Potassium Acetate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” JJ. S. “ Potassium Acetate, 
CHg.COOK, is prepared by fusing the product of the interaction of acetic acid and potassium 
carbonate.” Br. 
Acetate of Potassium; Kali Aceticum, P. G.; Sal Diureticum, Aeetas Potassicus, s. Kalicus, Terra Foliata Tar- 
tari; Acetate of Potash (Potassa), Diuretic Salt; Acetate de Potasse, Fr.; Essigsaures Kali, G. 
The substitution in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870* of potassium bicarbonate for the car- 
bonate used in the British formula was an improvement, as it insured a purer product. The 
form of acid for generating the salt is official acetic acid, and a' colorless solution is obtained. 
This is evaporated to dryness, but the Br. Pharm. 1885 directed the dry salt to be melted, 
so that it could be obtained as a solid mass on cooling. When fusion is resorted to, great care 
must be taken not to use too high a heat, as otherwise part of the acetic acid will be decom- 
posed, and the resulting salt will be discolored. For drying the potassium acetate, Dr. Chris- 
tison considers the heat of a vapor-bath too low, and that of a sand-bath apt to become too 
high. He therefore recommends the use of a bath of calcium chloride when operating on a 
small scale. In conducting the evaporation, it is best to have the solution always slightly 
acid; for if the alkali predominate, it will react upon the acetic acid when the solution is con- 
centrated, and give rise to discoloration. On account of the liability to discoloration, great 
care must be observed to avoid the contamination of iron. Some manufacturers use silver dishes. 
Potassium acetate may also be obtained by double decomposition between lead acetate and 
potassium sulphate. When thus procured, it is very white and pure, but liable to the objection, 
for medical use, that it may possibly contain a little lead. Another method by double decom- 
position is between calcium acetate and potassium sulphate. 
Properties. It is officially described as “ a white powder, or crystalline masses of a satiny 
lustre, odorless, and having a warming, saline taste. Very deliquescent on exposure to the air. 
Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-36 part of water, and in 1-9 parts of alcohol; with increasing 
temperature it becomes much more soluble in both liquids. When heated to 292° C. (557-6° F.), 
the salt fuses. At a higher temperature it decomposes, blackens, and evolves vapors having an 
empyreumatic odor (an alliaceous odor would indicate the presence of arsenic), and finally leaves 
a white residue of potassium carbonate, which should be completely soluble in water. The 
KC2H3O2; 97*89. (PO-TXs'SI-i A-CE'TXs.) KC2H3O2; 98. 
* “Take of Acetic Acid a pint; Bicarbonate of Potassium a sufficient quantity. Add the Bicarbonate gradu- 
ally to the Acid until it is neutralized; then filter the solution, and evaporate cautiously, by means of a sand-bath, 
until a dry salt remains.” U. S. 1870. 1076 
Potassii Acetas.—Potassii Biearbonas. 
PART I. 
aqueous solution (1 in 20) colors litmus paper blue, but does not redden phenolphtalein test- 
solution. Upon the addition of sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution, a copious yellow precipitate 
is formed. The addition of sodium bitartrate test-solution to the aqueous solution causes a 
white, crystalline precipitate. When the salt is heated with a small amount of sulphuric acid, 
vapors of acetic acid are evolved. The addition of a little ferric chloride test-solution to a solu- 
tion of the salt produces a deep red color, and, upon the application of heat, a pale brown, floc- 
culent precipitate of basic ferric acetate separates.” U. S. “ Either in white foliaceous satiny 
masses, or in granular particles, very deliquescent, alkaline to litmus, soluble in half its weight 
of water, and in 2 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.).” Br. When unskilfully prepared, it is apt 
to be more or less colored. Its state of aggregation differs according to the manner in which 
it is procured. As obtained by evaporating the solution to dryness, agreeably to the directions 
of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870, it is in the form of soft fibrous masses. As usually pre- 
pared and found in commerce, it has a foliated texture, which is given to it by fusion and cool- 
ing. On account of this appearance, it was formerly called foliated earth of tartar. It must 
always be preserved in well-stopped bottles. 
Tests. The most usual impurities contained in it are silica, potassium sulphate, tartrate, 
and chloride, and the lead and copper salts. “ Having prepared a solution of 2-5 Gm. of 
the salt in 50 C.c. of water, use 10 C.c. of it for each of the following tests: After a portion 
has been acidulated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, the addition of an equal volume 
of hydrogen sulphide test-solution should produce no precipitate (absence of arsenic, lead, 
etc.). In another portion, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 1 C.c. of barium chloride 
test-solution should produce no visible change (absence of sulphate). If to a portion of the 
solution, acidulated with nitric acid, 0-l C.c of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution be 
added, the liquid should, after filtration, show no further change on the addition of more silver 
nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). The addition of 0-3 C.c. of potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution should effect no change in the solution within fifteen minutes (limit of 
iron). No coloration or precipitate should be produced by adding 1 C.c. of ammonium sul- 
phide test-solution (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). Fragments of the salt, sprinkled upon 
sulphuric acid, should produce no effervescence (absence of carbonate), nor impart any color 
(absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If 1 Gm. of Potassium Acetate be, by 
thorough ignition, converted into carbonate, the residue should require, for complete neutrali- 
zation, not less than 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 98 per cent, of 
pure Potassium Acetate), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. Since the introduction 
of the cheap method of obtaining pure acetic acid from wood, this salt has scarcely been subjected 
to adulteration. Potassium acetate is incompatible with the mineral acids, which expel the acetic 
acid; with sodium and magnesium sulphates; with corrosive sublimate and silver nitrate; and 
with several other earthy and metallic salts. This salt exists in the juices of many plants, 
and especially in the sap of trees, and is the principal source of the potassium carbonate existing 
in the ashes of wood. It consists of one atom of potassium combined with one acetic acid 
group, C2H302. 
Medical Properties and Uses. In doses of from a scruple to a drachm (1-3—3-9 Gm.) 
potassium acetate acts as a diuretic, and as a mild cathartic when given to the extent of three 
or four drachms (11-65-15-5 Gm.). It is employed in dropsies, but is not so useful as the bi- 
tartrate. Dr. J. A. Easton, of Glasgow, has found it useful in several skin diseases, such as 
psoriasis, eczema, and lepra, in doses of half a drachm (1-95 Gm.) three times a day. The alka- 
line treatment of acute rheumatism which originated with Dr. Golding Bird is very well carried out 
by this salt, half an ounce to an ounce (15-5-31-1 Gm.), in dilute solution, being given during 
the twenty-four hours. Potassium acetate, like the other alkaline salts containing a vegetable 
acid, may be given in the uric acid diathesis, to render the urine alkaline ; for the experiments 
of Wohler and others have shown that the acid of these salts undergoes decomposition in the 
system, leaving the alkali free to act as a carbonate. Vegetable potassium salts increase the 
oxidation of tissue, and may therefore be very useful as depuratives. 
POTASSII BICARBONAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Bicarbonate. 
“ Potassium Bicarbonate, KHC03, may be obtained by saturating a strong aqueous solution 
of potassium carbonate with carbonic anhydride.” Br. 
Potassium Hydrogen Carbonate; Acid Carbonate of Potassium; Kali Bicarbonicum, P. G.; Biearbonas Potassicus, 
s. Kalicus; Bicarbonate of Potash; Bicarbonate de Potasse, Fr.; Doppelt-Koblensaures Kali, G. 
KHCO3; 99*88. (PO-TAs'SI-I BI-CAR'BO-nXs.) KHCOs; 100. PART I. 
Potassii Bicarbonas. 
1077 
The process of the U. S. P. 1870 * and also that of the British Pharmacopoeia, for this salt 
were abandoned at former revisions. 
Mr. Brande gives the following proportions for the preparation of potassium bicarbonate: 
“ 100 lbs. of purified potassium carbonate are dissolved in 17 gallons of water [Imperial meas- 
ure], which, when saturated with carbonic acid, yield from 35 to 40 lbs. of crystallized bicarbon- 
ate ; 50 lbs. of potassium carbonate are then added to the mother-liquor, with a sufficient 
quantity of water to make up 17 gallons, and the operation repeated.” Wohler states that 
charcoal, when mixed with the carbonate, facilitates by its porosity, in a remarkable degree, 
the formation of the bicarbonate. Thus, he found that, when crude tartar was charred in a 
covered crucible, and the carbonaceous mass, after having been slightly moistened with water, 
was subjected to a stream of carbonic acid, the gas was absorbed with great rapidity, and 
heated the mass so considerably as to render it necessary to surround the vessel with cold 
water, to prevent the decomposition of the bicarbonate formed. When the temperature di- 
minished, the saturation was known to be completed. The mass was lixiviated in the smallest 
quantity of water at the temperature of from 29-4° to 37-7° C. (85° to 100° F.), and the solu- 
tion, after filtration and cooling, deposited the greater part of the bicarbonate in fine crystals. 
(See A. J. P., x. 82.) 
M. Behrens has proposed to obtain potassium bicarbonate by partially saturating the carbon- 
ate, dissolved in an equal weight of water, with acetic acid gradually added. Up to a certain 
point, no carbonic acid is extricated, and a precipitate takes place of pure potassium bicarbonate, 
equal to half the weight of the carbonate employed. After the bicarbonate is separated, the 
saturation may be completed, and potassium acetate obtained. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., iv. 
464.) L. Pesci dissolves purified caustic potassa in 80-per-cent, alcohol, and passes a stream 
of carbonic acid through the solution until it is saturated. The white precipitate is collected 
and washed with alcohol; it is free from chlorides and nitrates. (Per. d. Chem. Ges., 1876.) 
According to Berzelius, the cheapest method of obtaining potassium bicarbonate is to sus- 
pend a concentrated solution of the purified carbonate, contained in a stone-ware dish, within 
a cask, over a liquid undergoing the vinous fermentation. The alkali is thus surrounded by 
an atmosphere of carbonic acid, and, by absorbing it, crystallizes into bicarbonate in the course 
of five or six weeks. Distillers and brewers may prepare this salt with great facility by sus- 
pending the alkaline solution in the fermenting tun. The salt in powder called potash sal 
aeratus, made principally in New England, is prepared in this way. In composition it is between 
a carbonate and a bicarbonate. 
Properties. Potassium bicarbonate is officially described as in “colorless, transparent, 
monoclinic prisms, odorless, and having a saline and slightly alkaline taste. Permanent in the 
air. Soluble in 3-2 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1-9 parts at 50° C. (122° F.). 
At a higher temperature the solution rapidly loses carbon dioxide, and, after being boiled, con- 
tains only potassium carbonate. Almost insoluble in alcohol. The dry salt begins to lose car- 
bon dioxide at 100° C. (212° F.), and this loss increases at a higher temperature, until, at a 
red heat, the salt has lost 30-97 per cent, of its original weight, leaving a residue of carbonate, 
The pure salt, when dissolved in water, is at first neutral to litmus paper and to phenolphtalein 
test-solution, but the solution soon becomes feebly alkaline by partial conversion of the salt 
into carbonate. Sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution produces in the aqueous solution a copi- 
ous yellow precipitate. Tartaric acid test-solution, added to the aqueous solution in excess, 
causes a white, crystalline precipitate. A solution of 0-5 Gm. of Potassium Bicarbonate in 
10 C.c. of water should not at once be colored red by one drop of phenolphtalein test-solution 
(limit of carbonate). Dissolve 2-5 Gm. of the salt in 30 C.c. of diluted acetic acid, and, having 
made up the volume to 50 C.c. with water, use 10 C.c. for each of the following tests: No 
visible change should occur in a portion of this solution upon the addition of an equal volume 
of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impurities'). The addition of 0-3 C.c. 
of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution to another portion should not produce a blue color 
within fifteen minutes (limit of iron). After adding a few drops of nitric acid and 0-1 C.c. of 
silver nitrate deeinormal volumetric solution to another portion, and filtering, the further addi- 
tion of silver nitrate volumetric solution should not affect the filtrate (limit of chloride). To 
* “Take of Carbonate of Potassium forty-eight troy ounces ; Distilled Water ten pints. Dissolve the Carbonate of 
Potassium in the Distilled Water, and pass Carbonic Acid through the solution till it is fully saturated. Then filter 
the liquid, and evaporate that crystals may form, taking care that the heat does not exceed 160°. Lastly, pour off 
the supernatant liquid, and dry the crystals upon bibulous paper. Carbonic acid may be obtained from marble by 
the addition of dilute sulphuric acid.” U. S. 1870. 1078 
Potassii Bicarbonas.—Potassii Bichromas. 
PART I. 
neutralize 1 Gm. of Potassium Bicarbonate should require 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid 
(corresponding to 100 per cent of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” 
U. S. “ Colorless monoclinic prisms, not deliquescent, of a saline feebly alkaline taste. It is 
soluble in 4 parts of cold water, but almost insoluble in alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords the 
reactions characteristic of potassium and of bicarbonates. Each gramme to a low 
red heat leaves 0-69 gramme of a white residue, which requires for exact neutralization 10 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. It should yield no characteristic 
reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, 
nitrates, sulphates, or sulphides, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for iron or for 
chlorides. 20 parts by weight of Potassium Bicarbonate are neutralized by 14 parts of Citric 
Acid, and by 15 parts of Tartaric Acid.” Br. When heated to redness it loses carbonic acid 
and returns to the state of carbonate, which, when thus obtained, is free from silica, and other- 
wise very pure. This method was adopted in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 for obtaining 
the pure carbonate. When a perfect bicarbonate, its solution, unless heated, does not precipi- 
tate a solution of magnesium sulphate. This negative indication, however, cannot be depended 
upon as showing the absence of carbonate; for, according to Dr. Christison, no precipitate will 
be occasioned even when 50 per cent, of this impurity is present. Potassium bicarbonate does 
not decompose calomel. When dissolved in 40 parts of water, it produces a white haze merely 
with a solution of corrosive sublimate; but if it contain so much as a hundredth part of car- 
bonate, a brick red precipitate is immediately produced. (Christison.) Another way of de- 
tecting the presence of carbonate is to add pure glucose to a heated solution of the suspected 
bicarbonate. If any carbonate be present, the mixture will turn yellow or brown. (Chevallier.) 
The official test (Hirsch's) given above is, however, more reliable, and admits but traces of 
carbonate. Potassium bicarbonate consists of one atom of potassium and one of hydrogen, in 
combination with one carbonic acid group, C03. 
Medical Properties. The medical properties of this salt are similar to those of the 
carbonate, to which it is preferable from its milder taste and its greater acceptability to the 
stomach. The dose is from twenty grains to a drachm (1*3—3-9 Gm.). It is, however, much 
more disagreeable than the salts of potassium made from the fruit acids which are now univer- 
sally used when a decided effect upon the system is desired, the bicarbonate and the carbonate 
being employed almost exclusively as antacids. 
POTASSII BICHROMAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Bichromate. [Potassium 
Dichromate.] 
K2 Cf2 Ot ; 293*78. (PO-TXs'SI-I BI-JSHRO'mXs.) 294-8. 
“ Potassium Bichromate, K2Cr04,Cr03, is obtained by roasting chrome ironstone with lime 
in the presence of air, and by treating the resulting chromate with a potassium salt, and 
subsequently with an acid.” Br. 
Red Chromate of Potash (Potassa) ; Kali Bichromicum, Kali Chromicum Rubrum; Bichromate de Potasse, Fr.; 
Zweifach Chromsaures Kali, Doppeltchromsaures Kali, G. 
This salt is most conveniently prepared from the neutral or yellow potassium chromate, by 
acidulating its solution with sulphuric acid and setting it aside for a day or two. In the 
action which follows we may suppose two reactions to take place: (K2Cr04)2 -f- H2S04 =■■ 
K2S04 -j- (KHCr04)2, (KHCr04)2 = K2Cr207 + H20. Here the sulphuric acid, taking half 
the base from the two molecules of neutral chromate, changes them into two molecules of an 
acid chromate. This, however, is unstable, and the two molecules condense to form one of the 
dichromate with the elimination of one molecule of water. The yellow chromate is obtained 
by igniting four parts of powdered chrome-iron ore (FeO,Cr2Oa) with one part of potassium 
nitrate, and lixiviating the resulting mass with water. The solution, by evaporation, yields the 
yellow salt in crystals. In this process, the nitric acid of the potassium nitrate furnishes oxygen 
to convert the chromium sesquioxide into chromic acid, which then unites with the potassium 
of the same salt. The iron, in the mean time, is sesquioxidized and rendered insoluble. Some- 
times impure potassium carbonate (pearlash) is substituted for part of the potassium nitrate in 
the calcination. Omitting the potassium nitrate entirely, Stromeyer, of Norway, in performing 
the ignition, has used lime along with the pearlash, with economical results. When lime is 
employed, calcium chromate is formed, which is extracted by lixiviation and decomposed by a 
soluble potassium salt. When desired, the bichromate may be obtained directly from the solu- 
tion of potassium chromate, derived from the treatment of the ore by acidulating it writh sul- PART I. 
Potassii Bichromas.—Potassii Bitartras. 
1079 
phuric acid, without first crystallizing it. The production of chrome ore in the United States 
has practically ceased, as the California deposits are no longer worked. The manufacture of 
potassium and sodium bichromates is therefore carried on with imported ore brought chiefly 
from Asia Minor. The amount of the ore so imported in 1895 was 5230 tons, valued at 
$82,845; in 1896, 8869 tons, valued at $187,400; in 1897, 11,566 tons, valued at $186,313. 
In 1897, 71,220 pounds of chromic acid were also imported. 
Potassium bichromate is in the form of “ large, orange-red, transparent, triclinic prisms or 
four-sided tables, odorless, and having a bitter, metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble 
in 10 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 15 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alco- 
hol. The salt fuses below a red heat, without loss of weight, forming a dark-brown liquid. 
At a white heat it evolves oxygen and leaves a residue of neutral potassium chromate and 
green chromic oxide. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. 
On mixing 4 C.c. of the aqueous solution with 0-5 C.c. of alcohol, and then with 1 C.c. of 
sulphuric acid, the liquid will assume a green color and emit the odor of aldehyde. Sodium co- 
baltic nitrite test-solution produces in the aqueous solution a copious yellow precipitate.” U. S. 
“ Potassium Bichromate dissolved in water gives a yellowish-white precipitate with solution of 
barium chloride, and a purplish-red precipitate with solution of silver nitrate, the filtrate from 
either solution aflbrding the reactions characteristic of potassium, and each precipitate being 
entirely soluble in diluted nitric acid (absence of sulphates and chlorides). The aqueous solu- 
tion, digested with sulphuric acid and ethylic alcohol, or with many other organic compounds, 
acquires an emerald-green color. 5-66 grammes of ferrous sulphate, dissolved in a little water 
and acidulated with sulphuric acid, should not cease to yield a blue color with solution of 
potassium ferricyani.de until such a quantity of solution as contains 1 gramme of the Potassium 
Bichromate has been added.” Br. 
Medical Properties. Potassium bichromate is an irritant caustic. It was first used in- 
ternally in 1850, by M. Robin, as an alterative in secondary syphilis, in doses of one-fifth of a 
grain (0-012 Gm.), given in pill form ; and Prof. Heyfelder, of Erlangen, and M. Vicente 
afterwards employed it in the same disease with asserted encouraging results. It is said 
to cause salivation; but it is at present never used internally. Its saturated solution was 
recommended, in 1827, by Dr. Cumin, as a caustic application to tubercular elevations, excres- 
cences., and warts, and in 1850 by M. Puche in syphilitic vegetations. It causes the morbid parts 
to shrivel and fall off. Dissolved in water, in the proportion of five grains gradually increased 
to a drachm to the fluidounce, it has been found useful in affections of the mucous membranes 
requiring astringents; and a solution has also been used with advantage for correcting the 
fetor of sloughing wounds.* 
In overdoses it operates as a violent irritative and corrosive poison, producing severe vomit- 
ing, frequent dark hemorrhagic dejections, violent abdominal pains, pronounced disturbance 
of the circulation, coma, heart-failure, collapse, etc. Less than announce has caused uncon- 
sciousness in five minutes, with death thirty-five minutes later. (Brit. Med. Journ., ii. 1888.) 
Soap, an alkaline carbonate, or magnesia, is the antidote. Potassium bichromate is manufac- 
tured largely for the use of calico-printers. The workmen engaged in making it are liable to 
painful ulcerations of the hands; and, in consequence of the acrid vapors evolved, violent irri- 
tation of the nostrils is apt to be experienced, with severe pricking sensations and excessive 
sneezing, followed in time by destruction of the mucous membrane and even of the septum itself. 
It is asserted that this result may be avoided by breathing through the mouth exclusively, 
the profuse secretion of saliva produced carrying off the poisonous particles. (B. and F. Med.- 
Ghir. Rev., Oct. 1863.) For a full account of the manufacture of the chromium salts, for 
dyes and pigments, see P. J. Tr. (xv. 32). 
POTASSII BITARTRAS. U. S. (Br.) Potassium Bitartrate. [Cream of 
Tartar.] 
KHC4H4O6; 187-67. (PO-TlS'SI-! BI-TAR'TRXS.) KHC4H4O6; 188. 
“ Acid Potassium Tartrate, (CH0H)2C00H.C00K, is obtained from the crude cream 
of tartar which is deposited during the fermentation of grape juice, and from the lees of 
wine.” Br. 
Potassii Tartras Acidus, Br., Acid Potassium Tartrate, Supertartrate of Potassa, Crystals of Tartar, Cream of 
Tartar; Tartaras Depuratus, P. G.; Kali Bitartaricum, Bitartras Potassicus, s. Kalicus, Cremor Tartari; Tartrate 
* Mueller’s Fluid is used for preserving anatomical specimens. It consists of from 2 to 2-5 parts of potassium 
bichromate, 1 part of sodium sulphate, and 100 parts of water. 1080 
Potassii Bitartras. 
DART I. 
acide de Potasse, Creme de Tartre, Bitartrate de Potasse, Pierre de Vin, Fr.; Doppeltweinsaures Kali, Weinstein- 
rahm, Weinstein, G.; Cremore di Tartaro, It.; Cremor de Tartaro, Sp. 
During the fermentation of wines, especially those that are tart, a peculiar matter is de- 
posited in the casks, forming a crystalline crust, called crude tartar, or argol. That deposited 
from red wines is of a reddish color, and called red tartar; while that derived from white 
wines is of a dirty-white color, and denominated white tartar. Both kinds consist of potassa, 
united with an excess of tartaric acid, forming acid potassium tartrate, rendered impure by cal- 
cium tartrate, more or less coloring matter, and other matters which are deposited during the clari- 
fication of the wine. The deposition of the tartar is thus explained. The acid tartrate exists 
naturally in the juice of the grape, held in solution by saccharine matter. When the juice is 
submitted to fermentation in the process for converting it into wine, the sugar disappears, and 
is replaced by alcohol, in which the salt is insoluble. It is from this substance that acid potassium 
tartrate is obtained by a process of purification. The importation of crude tartar, or argol, 
for the year 1895 was 27,911,122 lbs., valued at $1,893,780; for 1896,28,481,665 lbs., valued 
at $2,724,709; for 1897, 23,457,576 lbs., valued at $1,967,042. Although the amount of 
crude tartar produced in the United States is small, compared with the quantity imported from 
Europe, yet the amount from American wines is rapidly increasing. The process for purifying 
crude tartar is founded upon the greater solubility of acid potassium tartrate in hot than in 
cold water. The tartar, previously pulverized, is boiled with water in copper boilers. The 
solution, when saturated, is transferred to earthen pans, where it deposits on cooling a crystal- 
line layer, nearly free from color. This is redissolved in boiling water, and the solution, 
having been mixed with 4 or 5 per cent, of pipe-clay,* is evaporated to a pellicle. The clay 
precipitates with the coloring matter, and the clear solution, as it cools, deposits white crystals 
in crusts, which, upon being exposed to the air on linen for several days, acquire an increased 
degree of whiteness. These constitute the crystals of tartar of pharmacy. The salt, as met 
with in commerce, is generally, for greater convenience, in the form of powder, to which the 
name cream of tartar properly belongs. (See Bull. Pharm., 1898, 405.). Wittstein proposes 
to free cream of tartar from lime by dilute hydrochloric acid, which dissolves the lime prefer- 
ably, and, if not used in excess, will take up very little of the potassium salt. 
Properties. Potassium bitartrate occurs in commerce in white crystalline crusts or 
masses of aggregated crystals, which are usually powdered before being sold to pharmacists. 
It is officially described as in “ colorless or slightly opaque, rhombic crystals, or a white, some- 
what gritty powder, odorless, and having a pleasant, acidulous taste. Permanent in the air. 
Soluble in about 201 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and about 16*7 parts of boiling water; 
very sparingly soluble in alcohol. When a small portion of the salt is heated on platinum 
foil, it chars and emits inflammable vapors having the odor of burning sugar. At a higher 
temperature, with free access of air, the carbon of the black residue is oxidized, and a white, 
fused mass of potassium carbonate remains, which has an alkaline reaction, and effervesces 
strongly with acids. The aqueous solution of the salt has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. 
With sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution it yields a copious yellow precipitate. In the aque- 
ous solution of the salt, rendered neutral by potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, silver 
nitrate test-solution produces a white precipitate which, on boiling, becomes black by the sepa- 
ration of metallic silver. If, before applying heat, enough ammonia water be added to dis- 
solve the white precipitate, upon boiling the solution a mirror will be deposited on the sides 
of the test-tube.” U. S. “A gritty white powder, or fragments of cakes crystallized on one 
surface, with an acid taste. Soluble in 200 parts of cold water, insoluble in alcohol. It affords 
the reactions characteristic of potassium and of tartrates. Each gramme of the dry salt should 
require for neutralization at least 52 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium 
hydroxide. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, or iron, 
and only the slightest reaction with the tests for calcium, magnesium, sodium, chlorides, or 
sulphates. The total amount of impurities should not exceed 2£ per cent, of the dried salt.” 
Br. With salifiable bases which form soluble tartrates, it gives rise to double salts, consisting 
of neutral potassium tartrate, and the tartrate of the base added. Several of these are im- 
portant medicines. Cream of tartar, though sparingly soluble in water, becomes abundantly 
so by the addition of borax or boric acid.f (See Sodii Boras.) 
* The use of egg albumen and animal charcoal is also availed of for this clarifying and decolorizing, 
j" Soluble Tartar. Tartarus boraxatus, s. Kali tartaricum boraxatum, «. Gremor tartari solubilis. Borax, 2 
parts; distilled water, 20 parts. Dissolve, and add 5 parts purified cream of tartar. Agitate to dissolve, filter, 
evaporate to dryness, and powder. PART I. 
Potassii Bitartras. 
1081 
Tests. “ If 15 Gm. of the salt be shaken with 30 C.c. of water and the mixture filtered, 
10 C.c. of the filtrate, after being acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by 
0 5 C.c. of silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride), nor by 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride 
test-solution (absence of sulphate). A solution of 0'5 Om. of the salt in 3 C.c. of ammonia 
water should leave no insoluble residue (absence of insoluble matter), nor be affected by ammo- 
nium sulphide test-solution (absence of copper, lead, iron, etc.). If 1*2 Gm. of Potassium 
Bitartrate be repeatedly agitated, during half an hour, with a mixture of 5 C.c. of acetic acid 
and 1 C.c. of water, and the mixture be then diluted with 30 C.c. of water, and filtered, the 
clear filtrate should not be rendered turbid, within one minute, by the addition of 05 C.c. of 
ammonium oxalate test-solution (limit of calcium salt). The odor of ammonia should not be 
evolved on heating the salt with a slight excess of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution. 
If 1-88 Gm. of Potassium Bitartrate be thoroughly ignited at a red heat, it should require for 
complete neutralization not less than 9-9 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (each C.c. corresponding 
to 10 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.’’ U. S. 
The cream of tartar of commerce is not pure potassium bitartrate. It usually contains from 
2 to 7 per cent, of calcium tartrate, an amount admissible in samples for medicinal use. But 
it sometimes contains from 8 to 13 per cent, of calcium tartrate, the amount being especially 
large in tartar from Spanish wines and those from the south of France. It is often purposely 
mixed with various substances, such as sand, clay, gypsum, flour, chalk, alum, and potassium 
sulphate. Sand, clay, and gypsum may be detected by their insolubility in a hot solution of 
potassa; flour, by its striking a blue color with iodine ; chalk, by its effervescing with dilute 
acids; alum (an unlikely sophistication), by its astringency; and any soluble sulphate, by its 
causing a precipitate with barium chloride, not entirely soluble in nitric acid. The action of 
the last-mentioned test is explained by the fact that the barium tartrate is soluble and the sul- 
phate insoluble in nitric acid. Another sophistication of cream of tartar is said to be with 
sugar of milk, but this cannot often happen, because of the cost of the latter. The best security 
against fraud is to purchase the crystals and have them powdered. Geo. F. Payne examined 
commercial cream of tartar; of ten samples obtained from grocery stores, five contained no 
cream of tartar whatever. Some of the spurious samples were mainly composed of a mixture 
of dried alum and acid calcium phosphate. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 695.) The U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia 1890 admits a slight impurity. It should contain 99 per cent, of pure potassium 
bitartrate. 
Composition. Cream of tartar consists of one molecule of tartaric acid, C4H406.H2, in 
which one of the two replaceable hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an atom of potassium. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Potassium bitartrate is a very mild saline cathartic, 
and an active, soothing, hydragogue diuretic. In small doses it acts as a cooling aperient 
and in large ones as a hydragogue cathartic, producing copious watery stools. It is much 
used in dropsy. It is frequently prescribed in combination with senna, sulphur, or jalap. (See 
Confectio Sulphuris and Pulvis Jalapse Compositus.) Its solution in boiling water, sweetened with 
sugar and allowed to cool, forms an acid, not unpleasant, refrigerant drink, advantageously used 
in some febrile affections, and frequently employed as a domestic remedy. The beverage called 
imperial (potus imperialis) is a drink of this kind, made by dissolving half an ounce of the salt 
in three pints of boiling water, and adding to the solution four ounces of white sugar and half an 
ounce of fresh lemon-peel. Cream of tartar whey is prepared by adding about two drachms of the 
bitartrate to a.pint of milk. It may be given, diluted with water, in dropsical complaints. The 
dose of cream of tartar is a drachm or two (3-9-7'8 Gm.) as an aperient; and from half an ounce 
to an ounce (15-5—31T Gm.) as a hydragogue cathartic, mixed with molasses, or suspended in 
water. As a diuretic in dropsical cases, it may be given in the dose of a drachm and a half 
or two drachms (5'9-7-8 Gm.) several times a day. It is believed to escape from the system 
unchanged, and hence is not available when an alkaline influence upon the blood or renal secre- 
tion is desired. In pharmacy, cream of tartar is employed to obtain the neutral potassium tar- 
trate (soluble tartar), potassium and sodium tartrate (Rochelle salt), antimony and potassium 
tartrate (tartar emetic), and iron and potassium tartrate (tartarizeG iron). Deflagrated with 
potassium nitrate, or incinerated alone, it is converted into a pure form of potassium carbonate, 
called salt of tartar. In the laboratory it is used to procure potassa in a pure state, and for 
making black and white flux. Black flux is prepared by deflagrating cream of tartar with 
half its weight of potassium nitrate; and white flux, by deflagrating it with twice its weight 
of the same salt. 1082 
Potassii Bromidum. 
PART I. 
POTASSII BROMIDUM. U. S., Br. Potassium Bromide. 
KBr; 118‘79. (PO-TiS'SI-! BRO'MI-DCM.) KBr; 118-8. 
“ Potassium Bromide, KBr, may be obtained by adding a slight excess of bromine to a 
strong solution of potassium hydroxide, evaporating the solution of potassium bromide and 
bromate to dryness, decomposing the bromate by fusing the mixture with charcoal, and puri- 
fying by crystallization.” Br. 
Bromide of Potassium; Kalium Bromatum, P. G.; Bromuretum Potassicum, s. Kalicum; Bromure de Potassium, 
Fr.; Bromkalium, G. 
In the first step of the U. S. process of 1870* a solution of ferrous bromide was formed, 
and this, by the addition of the solution of potassium carbonate, was decomposed so as to 
produce ferrous carbonate, which precipitated, and potassium bromide, which remained in so- 
lution. By straining, the precipitated carbonate was separated, and from the strained liquor 
potassium bromide was obtained by due evaporation. In the Br. Ph. 1885, by reaction between 
potassa and bromine, the potassium bromide and bromate are produced in solution, and, having 
been obtained dry by evaporation, are exposed with the powder of charcoal to a red heat, 
whereby the potassium bromate is converted into potassium bromide by the separation of its 
oxygen. The remainder of the process consists in obtaining the bromide in crystals by solu- 
tion in boiling water, which deposits it on cooling. “ Potassium Bromide should be kept in 
well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Properties. Potassium bromide is in “ colorless or white, cubical crystals, or granules, 
odorless, and having a pungent, saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° 
F.), in about 1-6 parts of water, and in 200 parts of alcohol; in less than 1 part of boiling 
water, and in 16 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 4 parts of glycerin. On heating the 
salt upon platinum foil, it decrepitates; near 700° C. (1290° F.) it fuses without decomposing, 
and at a bright red heat it volatilizes, communicating a violet color to the flame. The aque- 
ous solution (1 in 20) is neutral, or has, at most, only a scarcely perceptible alkaline reaction 
upon litmus paper. The addition of tartaric acid test-solution, or of sodium bitartrate test-solu- 
tion, produces in it, after some time, a white crystalline precipitate. Sodium cobaltic nitrite 
test-solution produces in it at once a copious yellow precipitate. If to 10 C.c. of the aqueous 
solution of the salt a few drops of chloroform be added, then 1 C.c. of chlorine water, and 
the mixture be agitated, the liberated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, imparting to it 
a yellow or brownish-yellow color without a violet tint.” U. S. “ Soluble in 2 parts of cold 
water, and in 200 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords the reactions characteristic of po- 
tassium and of bromides. Each gramme, dissolved in water, requires for complete precipi- 
tation not less than 83-7 nor more than 85-4 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of 
silver nitrate. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, 
iron, aluminium, zinc, calcium, magnesium, sodium, ammonium, bromates, iodates, or cyanides, 
and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides, iodides, or sulphates. Test-solution 
of feme chloride should not cause a red coloration in the cold aqueous solution (absence of 
thiocyanates.)” Br. According to Mr. Chas. D. Chase, the commercial salt often is decidedly 
alkaline, and will precipitate the alkaloids from the solution of their salts : a serious mishap 
from such cause is very conceivable. 
Tests. To determine the percentage of chloride in an impure bromide the process of M. 
Baudrimont, as improved by M. Falieres, may be used. It is founded upon the fact that 
chlorides precipitate more silver than the bromides, because of the lower atomic weight of 
chlorine as compared with bromine; for an explanation see P. J. Tr., 1872, p. 542. Prepare 
a titrated solution of 0-852 gramme of silver nitrate in 100 cubic centimeters of distilled 
water. It is necessary, by means of ferric chloride, salts of barium, and strong sulphuric acid 
in excess, to insure that there are present no other salts, such as potassium iodide, carbonate, 
or sulphate, or sodium nitrate, which shall interfere with the results. Then dissolve one 
gramme of the bromide in thirty or forty grammes of water in a stoppered bottle, and add 
1-427 grammes of silver nitrate in solution. When the precipitate has subsided, add, drop by 
*“ Take of Bromine two troy ounces ; Iron, in the form of Filings, a troy ounce ; Pure Carbonate of Potassium 
two troyounces and, »ixty grains ; Distilled Water four pints. Add the Iron, and afterwards the Bromine, to a pint and 
a half of the Distilled Water, stirring the mixture frequently with a glass rod for half an hour. Apply a gentle 
heat, and, when the liquid assumes a greenish color, add gradually the Pure Carbonate of Potassium, previously 
dissolved in a pint and a half of the Distilled Water, until it ceases to produce a precipitate. Continue the heat for 
half an hour, and then filter. Wash the precipitate with the remainder of the Distilled Water, boiling hot, and 
again filter. Mix the filtered liquids, and evaporate that crystals may form. Lastly, pour off the mother-water, 
and, having dried the crystals on bibulous paper, keep them in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. PAKT I. 
Potassii Bromidum. 
1083 
drop, from a Gay-Lussac burette the titrated solution. If the bromide be pure, no precipitate 
forms; otherwise the number of cubic centimeters required to completely precipitate it equals 
the percentage of the chloride. An iodide of alkaline metal may be detected by adding to 
the solution of the bromide the palladium chloride, which will precipitate all the iodine in the 
form of palladium iodide, while the bromide of that metal will remain in solution. (Ibid.) 
According to MM. Bobieure and Herbelin, potassium bromide containing iodide may be puri- 
fied by boiling with bromine water and evaporating, the liberated iodine and the excess of 
bromine being driven off during the evaporation. (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., x. 166.) The 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia permits the presence of 3 per cent, of chloride in potassium bromide, 
but insists on the absence of iodide and bromate. “ If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 
C.c. of a mixture of 100 C.c. of water and 0-2 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid, no red tint should 
be imparted to the solution by the addition of a few drops of phenolphtalein test-solution 
(limit of potassium carbonate). If a little of the salt be held in a non-luminous flame on a 
perfectly clean platinum wire, the flame should be colored violet at once, without any appear- 
ance of yellow (absence of sodium). If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon crushed crys- 
tals of the salt, they should not at once assume a yellow color (absence of bromate). If 10 
C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt be mixed with a little starch test-solution, 
the addition of a few drops of chlorine water should not produce a blue color (absence of 
iodine). Ten C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 12) should not be rendered turbid by the ad- 
dition of 0-5 C.c. of ammonia water and of 0-5 C.c. of ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence 
of iron, aluminum, etc.) ; nor should 10 C.c., after being slightly acidulated with acetic acid, 
be rendered turbid by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, 
lead, copper, etc.) ; nor by 0-5 C.c. of ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium) ; nor by 0 5 
C.c. of potassium sulphate test-solution (barium) ; nor by 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride test- 
solution (sidphate) ; nor be colored blue by 0-5 C.c. of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution 
(iron). If 0-5 Gm. of the well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 2 drops of 
potassium chromate test-solution be added, it should not require more than 42-85 C.c. of 
silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color of silver 
chromate (absence of more than 3 per cent, of chloride).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. When given to either cold- or warm-blooded animals in repeated 
doses of sufficient amount, potassium bromide produces a condition of universal depression, 
with failure of the circulation, progressively increasing paralysis, lowering of temperature, and 
finally death from asphyxia or exhaustion. In man the remedy causes similar results,—the 
series of phenomena being known as bromism. The symptoms are muscular weakness, general 
mental and bodily sluggishness, loss of memory, often marked sleepiness, depression of spirits 
deepening into complete apathy, lowering of temperature, and finally a universal depression of 
function, the patient lying in bed scarcely more than a feeble automaton. Fetor of breath is 
usually well marked, and an eruption of acne may be the first indication of the constitutional 
action of the drug. In some cases the effects of the drug upon the skin are most marked, and 
the pustules, under its continuous exhibition, become furuncular or go on to ulceration. It 
seems to be proved that the bromide affects the whole nervous system, but that the portions 
most susceptible to its influence are those tissues of the spinal cord whose function it is to receive 
the impulse from without, and the peripheral ends of the afferent or sensitive nerves. Its action 
upon the circulation has not been clearly determined, but it is somewhat probable that in small 
doses it contracts, in large ones relaxes, the capillaries; in sufficient amount it lessens the force 
of the heart’s beats. It is probably eliminated with all the secretions, having been found in 
the sweat, saliva, urine, and intestinal mucus. When taken largely for some time it accumu- 
lates in the system, and it has been found in the urine a month after the ingestion of the last 
dose. It has been employed in almost all diseases to which human flesh is heir; but experi- 
ence has shown that it is chiefly valuable as a means of quieting non-inflammatory excitement 
of the reflex centres of the cord, of the peripheral afferent nerves, of the genital function, and 
of the cerebrum. It is especially valuable in epilepsy, in which disease, however, it is necessary to 
maintain its decided action for years. In various forms of convulsions, such as hysterical, infan- 
tile, and puerperal, it is often of great service. In tetanus and strychnine poisoning, if given with 
sufficient boldness, it is an excellent remedy. In general nervous excitement,—or unrest,—in 
delirium tremens, in nymphomania, satyriasis, and other forms of genital irritation without inflam- 
mation, and in semi-impotence from over-irritability of the sexual organs, it is of great service. 
Given with opium it will often avert the secondary nausea which that narcotic produces in some 
persons. In reflex vomiting, as that of pregnancy, it is often of advantage. According to Dr. 1084 
Potassii Carbonas. 
PART I. 
J. T. Rothrock, it is of service in preventing the so-called urethral fever produced in some very 
susceptible males by the passage of a catheter or bougie. It was formerly used as an alterative 
and resolvent in syphilis, scrofula, bronchocele, and other affections; but this employment of it 
has passed entirely out of vogue. 
Potassium bromide may be given, dissolved in water, in doses of from twenty grains to a 
drachm (IB—3-9 Gm.) three times a day. In some cases much larger amounts are required. In 
severe strychnine poisoning a half-ounce (15-5 Gm.), properly diluted, may be exhibited at once ; 
and in tetanus there is little use in giving less than the same amount in the twenty-four hours. 
K2C03; 137*91. (PO-TXS'ST-T cXr'BO-NXS.) K2CO3; 138. 
POTASSII CARBONAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Carbonate. 
Carbonate of Potassa from Pearlash; Kali Carbonieum, Carbonas Potassicus, s. Kalicus; Carbonate de Potasse, 
Fr.j Kohlensaureskali, G. 
The British Pharmacopoeia defines this salt as “ K2C03, associated with either one or two 
molecules of water,” and states that “ it may he obtained from the ashes of wood, or by the 
interaction of crude potassium sulphate and crude calcium carbonate and carbon.” The pres- 
ent U. S. Pharmacopoeia does not give a process for this salt.* 
The object of the process is to purify the impure potassium carbonate, or pearlash. This 
generally contains certain insoluble impurities, as well as small portions of potassium sulphate, 
silicate, and chloride, as explained under another head. (See Potassii Carbonas Impura.') By 
dissolving it in a due proportion of water, and filtering the solution, the insoluble impurities 
are disposed of, as well as the greater part of the foreign salts, which, being much less soluble 
than the potassium carbonate, are excluded by the superior affinity of this salt for the water. 
The proper way of conducting the purification is to mix the impure carbonate with an equal 
weight of cold water, and to allow the mixture to stand for a day or two, stirring it frequently 
to promote the action of the water. The clear liquor obtained by decantation or filtration is 
then evaporated to dryness. The former official process was conducted very much in this way, 
cold water being employed, and about equal weights of alkali and water being used. The pro- 
longed contact of the water with the salt, and the occasional stirring of the mixture, formerly 
ordered by the Dublin College, were useful directions. In no case should the undissolved 
residue be washed with a fresh portion of water, as by such a proceeding the foreign salts, 
which it is the object of the process to separate, would be dissolved. Iron vessels are directed, 
because this metal is not acted on by the alkali, while glass is attacked by it. In granulating 
the salt by stirring, it is better, when the solution is brought nearly to dryness, to keep it on 
the fire at a reduced heat until the process is finished, than to remove it the moment it 
thickens. According to Berzelius, a more productive process for purifying pearlash, though the 
resulting salt is not so pure as when obtained in the way just described, is to dissolve the pearl- 
ash in more than its weight of water, to evaporate the solution till it has the sp. gr. 1-52, and 
then to put it in a cool place, that the foreign salts, principally potassium sulphate and chloride, 
may crystallize. The solution is then decanted, and evaporated to dryness. To get rid of the 
silica, Rieckher proposes to evaporate the solution, exempt from sulphate, to dryness, to moisten 
the residue with solution of ammonium carbonate, and again evaporate. The silica separates, 
and passes into the insoluble state at the temperature necessary for evaporation. By again 
dissolving and evaporating, the carbonate is obtained free from this impurity. ( Chem. Centrcdbl., 
1863, p. 158.) “ Potassium Carbonate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Properties. “ A white, granular powder, odorless, and having a strongly alkaline taste ; 
very deliquescent. Soluble in IT parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in about 0’65 part 
of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 130° C. (266° F.), the salt loses all 
the water which it may have retained or absorbed ; at a bright red heat it melts, and at a white 
heat it volatilizes, communicating to the flame a pure violet color. Its aqueous solution (1 in 
20) has a strongly alkaline reaction upon litmus paper, and effervesces with acids. With ex- 
cess of tartaric acid test-solution it slowly yields a white, crystalline precipitate ; with sodium 
cobaltic nitrite test-solution a copious yellow precipitate is formed at once.” U. S. It is ex- 
tremely deliquescent; and hence a portion of it, exposed to the air for some time, attracts so 
much water as to dissolve completely into an oily liquid, called by the older chemists oleum 
* “Take of Impure Carbonate of Potassium [pearlash] thirty-nix troyouncest Water two pints and a half. Dis- 
solve the Impure Carbonate in the Water, and filter the solution ; then pour it into an iron vessel, and evaporate over 
a gentle fire until it thickens. Lastly, remove it from the lire, and stir constantly with an iron spatula so as to form 
a granular salt.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Potassii Carbonas. 
1085 
tartari per deliquium. On account of this property, potassium carbonate should be kept in 
bottles with accurately-ground stoppers. The usual impurities are earthy matters, potassium 
sulphate and chloride, and silica in the state of potassium silicate. 
Tests. “When a small portion of the salt, treated with a drop of hydrochloric acid, is 
introduced into a non-luminous flame on a perfectly clean platinum wire, the flame should be 
colored violet at once, without any appearance of yellow (absence of sodium'). No residue 
should be left on dissolving 1 Gm. of the salt in 20 C.c. of water (absence of earthy impuri- 
ties). No precipitate or coloration should be produced in the aqueous solution (1 in 20) by an 
equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impurities). On neutral- 
izing the solution with hydrochloric acid, no odor of burning sulphur, nor any white precipitate, 
should appear (absence of hyposulphite). If 2 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be care- 
fully mixed with an equal volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, and, after cooling, 1 C.c. of 
ferrous sulphate test-solution be poured upon it so as to form a separate layer, no brown color 
should appear at the line of contact (absence of nitrate). If 0-5 Gm. of Potassium Carbonate 
be dissolved in 5 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid and 5 C.c. of water, the addition of 1 C.c. 
of barium chloride test-solution should not produce any turbidity (absence of sulphate). A 
solution of 0-5 Gm. of the salt in 5 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid mixed with 5 C.c. of 
water should not be colored blue within fifteen minutes by 0-3 C.c. of potassium ferrocyanide 
test-solution (limit of iron). If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 6 C.c. of diluted nitric 
acid and 4 C.c. of water, then 0-1 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution be added, 
and the mixture filtered, no change should be produced in the filtrate by the further addition 
of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). If 10 C.c. of the aqueous solution 
(1 in 20) be mixed with 2 drops, each, of ferrous sulphate test-solution and ferric chloride 
test-solution, and the mixture heated, and slightly supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, no 
blue color should appear (absence of cyanide). The addition of a few drops of lead acetate 
test-solution to the aqueous solution should produce a pure white precipitate (absence of sul- 
phide). To neutralize (469 Gm. of Potassium Carbonate should require not less than 9-5 C.c. 
of normal sulphuric acid (each C.c. corresponding to 10 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl- 
orange being used as indicator.” U. S. The oflicial test permits the presence of 5 per cent, 
of impurities. It is incompatible with acids and acidulous salts, ammonium chloride and ace- 
tate, lime water, calcium chloride, magnesium sulphate, alum, tartar emetic, silver nitrate, am- 
moniated copper and ammoniated iron, ferrous sulphate, tincture of ferric chloride, calomel and 
corrosive sublimate, lead acetate and subacetate, and zinc sulphate. It is not decomposed by 
iron and potassium tartrate. “ Each gramme should require for neutralization at least 11-9 C.c. 
of volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. 2 grammes, after exposure to a red heat, should leave 
between 1-66 and D7 grammes of anhydrous potassium carbonate, K2C03.” Br. A solution 
of the salt, on exposure to the air, or on the addition of an acid, deposits flocculi consisting of 
hydrated silica, resulting from the decomposition of potassium silicate, which is always present 
as an impurity. The spontaneous deposition of silica is owing to the absorption of carbonic acid. 
Composition. Potassium carbonate, after exposure to a red heat, is anhydrous, consisting 
of two atoms of potassium and one carbonic acid group, C03. Obtained by the oflicial for- 
mulas, it is a hydrate, containing two mols. of carbonate and three of water. When exposed to 
the air, potassium carbonate absorbs sufficient water, before losing its solid form, to give it three 
mols.; with more it begins to deliquesce. (Dr. Pohl, A. J. P., 1861, p. 532.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Purified pearlash is the form of potassium carbonate 
usually employed in this country, where it is frequently, though incorrectly, called salt of tartar, 
the latter name being strictly applicable to the purer carbonate obtained by decomposing cream 
of tartar. It is occasionally used as an antacid in dyspepsia, a diuretic in dropsy, and an anti- 
lithic in uric acid gravel; but the purpose to which it was most commonly applied in former 
years was the formation of the neutral mixture and the effervescing draught. It is also useful in 
some cases of jaundice, directly exciting the hepatic function. The dose is from ten to thirty 
grains (065-1-95 Gm.), given in some aromatic water sweetened with sugar. In large quan- 
tities it acts as a corrosive poison, and is capable of producing death in a few hours; three 
ounces in very concentrated solution have been recovered from by an adult female. (Dr. Espagne, 
Arch. Gen., Fev. 1867.) The antidotes are the fixed oils and the vegetable acids. As a local 
remedy in cutaneous affections, potassium carbonate is used in the form of bath, lotion, and 
ointment. From eight to sixteen ounces may be used for a single bath, the quantity being 
gradually increased. Lotions may be made by dissolving two or three drachms in a pint of 
water; and ointments, by rubbing from ten grains to a drachm with an ounce of lard. 1086 
Potassii Carbonas Impura. 
part 1. 
POTASSII CARBONAS IMPURA. U. S. 1870. Impure Carbonate of 
Potassium. 
Pearlash, Pearlashes, Impure Potassa; Potasse du Commerce, Fr.y Rohe Pottasche, G.; Potasch, Dutch ; Potaske, 
Dan.; Potaska, Swed.; Potassa del Commercio, It.; Cenizas claveladas, Sp. 
The alkali potassa is the hydrate of the metal potassium. (See Potassium,.') It exists in 
various states of purity admixed with carbonate. In its most impure state, it is the common 
potash or potashes of commerce. This, subjected to calcination, is rendered purer, and is then 
called pearlash, the form of the alkali designated by the name at the head of this article. 
Natural State and Preparation. Potash and pearlash of commerce are procured 
largely from the ashes of wood by lixiviation, and the subsequent evaporation of the solution 
obtained. The alkali exists in the wood principally in the state of acetate, and, being of a 
fixed and incombustible nature, is left behind after the incineration. The wood is burnt on 
the ground, in a place sheltered from the wind. The ashes consist of a soluble and an insolu- 
ble portion. The soluble part is made up of potassium carbonate, together with potassium 
sulphate, phosphate, and silicate, and potassium and sodium chlorides; the insoluble por- 
tion, of calcium, aluminum, oxidized iron and manganese carbonate and phosphate, and a 
little carbonaceous matter that has escaped combiistion. The ashes are lixiviated in barrels 
with the addition of a portion of lime, and the soluble substances above mentioned are taken 
up. The lixivium is then evaporated in large iron kettles, which for several days are kept 
constantly full. The evaporation is continued until the mass has become of a black color and 
of the consistence of brown sugar. It is now subjected to as powerful a heat as can be pro- 
duced by the best wood fire for a number of hours, by which it is fused. During the fusion 
the combustible impurities are for the most part burnt out, and a gaseous matter is emitted, 
which agitates the more fluid part. When the fusion is complete, the liquid becomes quiescent, 
and looks like melted iron. It is now transferred, by means of large iron ladles, to iron pots, 
where it congeals in cakes. These are broken up and packed in tight barrels, and constitute 
the potash of commerce. If it is intended to make pearlash, the process is varied. In this 
case the black matter of the consistence of brown sugar, called black salts by our manufac- 
turers, instead of being fused, is transferred from the kettles to a large oven-shaped furnace 
so constructed that the flame may play over the alkaline mass, which in the mean time is 
stirred by means of an iron rod. The ignition is in this way continued until the combus- 
tible impurities are burnt out, and the mass, from being black, becomes of a bluish-white color. 
(Rogers.) • 
The ashes of plants amount generally to not more than a few parts in the hundred; and of 
these a portion only consists of potassa. The different parts of the same vegetable, and, for a 
stronger reason, different plants, furnish variable quantities of ashes. Ligneous plants yield 
less than herbaceous, the trunk less than the branches, and the branches less than the leaves. 
The bark yields more ashes than the wood; and the leaves of trees which drop their foliage 
in winter yield more than the leaves of evergreens. The following table gives the quantity 
of potassa contained in the ashes of one thousand parts of the plants: 
(po-tXs'si-i car'bo-nas IM-PU'RA.) 
Pine 0*45 
Poplar 0*75 
Birch 1*29 
Beech 1*45 
Oak 2*03 
Oak bark 2*08 
Box 2*26 
Willow 2*85 
Linden 3*27 
Elm 3*9 
Maple 3*9 
Wheat straw 4’18 
Flax 5*0 
Rush 5*08 
Common thistle 5*37 
Vine branches 5*5 
Barley straw 5*8 
Beech bark 6*0 
Fern 6-2 
Indian corn stalks 17’5 
Sunflower stalks 19*4 
Dry oak leaves 24*0 
Common nettle 25*0 
Black elder 25*5 
Vetch 27-5 
Poke 45*6 
Wheat stalks 47*0 
Stems of potatoes 55*0 
Wormwood 73*0 
Fumitory 79*0 
Angelica 96*2 
Commercial History. Potash and pearlash are made in those countries in which forests 
abound. Accordingly, the alkali has been extensively manufactured in Canada. In the United 
States, with the disappearance of our forests, its production has been greatly curtailed. While 
the exports at one time were very large, they have diminished so that in 1892 only 1,307,634 
lbs. were exported. Some idea of the falling off in manufacture may be gained by comparing 
this output of 1892 with that of 1850, the year of greatest production, when 27,000,000 lbs. 
were exported from Canada alone. (See an interesting report on “ Canadian Potash,” by PART I. 
Potassii Carbonas Impura. 
1087 
Dr. T. D. Reed, Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 126.) It is produced in considerable quantities in 
the northern countries of Europe, especially in Russia and on the shores of the Baltic. It 
is of different qualities as it occurs in commerce, and is distinguished by the country or 
place of manufacture, as American, Russian, Dantzic potash, etc. Within recent years the 
residues of beet-root molasses, after fermentation of the sugar and distillation of the spirit, 
have served as a source of potash. It is thus obtained in large quantity in Germany and 
France. 
The suint of sheep’s wool constitutes another source of potashes. Potassium sulphate, either 
the crude salt from the Stassfurt deposits or that obtained from the crude potassium chloride 
of the same locality, is also converted into carbonate by a process analogous to Leblanc’s soda 
process. The principle of the ammonia soda process can also be applied to the crude potassium 
chloride of Stassfurt, with this difference in the practical operation, that, because of the ready 
solubility of the acid potassium carbonate, trimethylamine is used instead of ammonia, as the 
chloride of this base is much more soluble than is ammonium chloride. Potash has been 
extracted from feldspar by Prof. Fuchs, by igniting it with lime, which renders the alkali 
slowly soluble in water. Dr. E. Meyer, of Berlin, has found that the extraction is facilitated 
by digesting the united mass with water under a pressure of seven or eight atmospheres. 
(P. J. Tv., June, 1857, p. 607.) Other minerals have recently become the sources of potassa 
salts, especially a deposit of mixed potassium and magnesium chlorides, overlying a bed of 
common salt, at Stassfurt, near Magdeburg, in Prussia. The sales of the Leopoldshall-Stassfurt 
works for 1896 and 1897 were as follows : 1896, potassium chloride 147,679 metric tons, 
potassium sulphate 13,889 metric tons, kieserite 25,198 metric tons, kainite and sylvite, crude, 
802,586 metric tons, carnallite 60,504 metric tons; 1897, potassium chloride 142,314 metric 
tons, potassium sulphate 15,403 metric tons, kieserite 25,882 metric tons, kainite and sylvite, 
crude, 964,105 metric tons, carnallite 63,701 metric tons. 
Properties. Potash is in the form of fused masses, of a stony appearance and hardness, 
and a caustic burning taste. Its color is variegated ; but reddish and dark brown are the pre- 
dominant hues. When exposed to the air, it absorbs moisture and deliquesces, and, if suffi- 
ciently long exposed, finally becomes liquid. Pearlash is of a white color, with usually a tinge 
of blue. As it occurs in commerce, it is in tight casks, containing about three hundred and 
fifty pounds, in which it forms one entire, hard, concrete mass. In commerce it is found in 
coarse powder, intermingled with lumps as dug out of the casks, presenting an opaque granular 
appearance, like table salt or Havana sugar. It is deliquescent, and has a burning alkaline taste. 
It is soluble in water, with the exception of impurities. The soluble matter in 100 grains of 
the salt of medium quality will neutralize about 58 grains of official sulphuric acid. It differs 
from potash principally in containing fewer combustible impurities and in being less caustic 
and deliquescent. The coloring matter of both these forms of alkali is derived from carbo- 
naceous impurities and small portions of iron and manganese. 
Composition. The basis of both potash and pearlash is potassium carbonate ; but this is 
associated with certain salts and with insoluble impurities. Several varieties of potash found 
in commerce were analyzed by Vauquelin, whose principal results are contained in the following 
table. The quantity examined of each kind was 1152 parts. 
Kinds of Potash. 
Caustic 
Potassium 
Hydrate. 
Potassium 
Sulphate. 
Potassium 
Chloride. 
Insoluble 
Residue. 
Carbonic Acid 
and Water. 
American potash 
857 
154 
20 
2 
119 
Russian potash 
772 
65 
5 
56 
254 
Pearlash 
754 
80 
4 
6 
308 
Dantzic potash 
603 
152 
14 
79 
304 
These results, calculated for 100 parts, show that the American potash contains 74 per cent, 
of pure hydrated alkali, and the Russian 67 per cent. Pearlash, it is seen, is more rich in car- 
bonic acid than potash; and this result of analysis corresponds with the qualities of the two 
substances as prepared in the United States,—potash being known to be far more caustic than 
pearlash. Besides the impurities shown by the table, potassium phosphate and silicate and 
sodium chloride are present. Prof. J. U. Lloyd, in the Proc. A. P. A., 1892, p. 190, gives the 
results of an examination of American commercial potashes: he found that what was sold in 1088 
Potassii Carbonas Impura. 
PART I. 
the market as “ first sorts” was largely adulterated with common salt, this addition made to the 
melted potash in the kettle tending to whiten the crude potash and give it increased value in 
the eyes of those consumers who judge merely by appearances and do not take the trouble to 
assay it. According to Mr. Stevenson Macadam, the potashes of commerce contain iodine and 
a trace of bromine, which shows that the forest trees from which the alkali is obtained must 
contain a very minute proportion of these non-metallic elements. 
As the potash of commerce is valuable in the arts in proportion to the quantity of real 
alkali which it contains, it is important to possess an easy method of ascertaining its quality 
in that respect. The process by which this is accomplished is called alkalimetry. One of the 
best methods is by the use of a decinormal solution of oxalic acid (6-3 Gm. in a liter). A 50- 
C.c. burette, graduated to fifths, and a beaker will be required. 
Prof. H. B. Parsons gives the following practical points about estimating the amount of 
hydrate or carbonate. “ 100 C.c. of the decinormal solution will neutralize one one-hundredth 
of the molecular weight, in grammes, of any alkaline hydrate or bicarbonate, or one two-hun- 
dredths of the molecular weight of any alkaline normal carbonate or oxide. The reason for 
weighing out of the molecular weight for normal carbonates is because the oxalic acid in 
one liter is only sufficient to saturate one atom of K in any hydrate or carbonate; the normal 
carbonates and the oxides of the alkalies contain two atoms of K, Na, etc., and, consequently, 
require twice the volume of acid solution for neutralization. Hence it is proper to weigh out 
of carbonates or oxides of £ their molecular weights when estimating their purity vol- 
umetrically. If the proper quantities are weighed and titrated, each C.c. of acid used shows 
one per cent, of the substance sought. In practice, weigh out the amount of alkaline hydrate 
theoretically equivalent to 100 C.c. of the acid used, add about 20 drops of cochineal tincture, 
and drop the acid from a burette into the aqueous solution of alkali until the purple color 
changes to the straw-yellow or amber color due to slight excess of acid. The number of C.c. 
of acid employed shows the percentage of pure salt. Beginners are often troubled to know the 
‘ end-reaction,’ because they do not know the exact shade of color showing the change from 
alkaline to acid reaction. To obviate this difficulty, select two beakers of the same size as 
those used in titration, place in each 100 C.c. of pure water and 20 drops of cochineal tincture. 
To one solution add a single drop of acid, and to the other add a single drop of alkali. By 
comparing the solutions titrated with these standard colors, it soon becomes easy to catch the 
neutral point. To secure greater accuracy, it is best to make several titrations and take the 
average as the true result. By dissolving the weighed amount of alkali in a definite measure 
of water, and taking aliquot parts, very little extra trouble is experienced. For instance, it is 
required to determine the percentage of pure K2C03 in a commercial sample. Weigh accurately 
0-690 gramme of £ of 138), and add water to make 100 C.c. Then, by means of the 
burette, measure out into separate beakers four portions of 20 C.c. each. Ilinse the burette 
thoroughly with water, then with a little of the standard oxalic acid, and fill with the standard 
acid. Having added the same amount of cochineal tincture to each solution, carefully run 
in the acid until the neutral point is obtained; the number of C.c. of acid used is, respectively, 
19-7,19-6,19-6,19-5, the average being 19-6. This average multiplied by five gives the percent- 
age, 98. In the case of compounds which are variable mixtures of several salts, it is customary to 
state the results as all oxide, or hydrate, or carbonate. Potassii carbonas impura, U. S. P. 1870 
(Pearlash), is a variable mixture of hydrate and carbonate, with more or less potassium sul- 
phate, chloride, and silicate, with traces of organic matter, silica, iron, calcium, etc. The re- 
sults do not show how much of the salt sought is actually present in that particular condition, 
but they do show to how much the mixture is equivalent; that is, how much of the required 
salt may be made from the mixture. If it is required to know how much potassium hydrate 
may be made from pearlash, weigh out 0-561 gramme, and if how much oxide, weigh out 0-471 
gramme, and titrate with decinormal acid. The percentages thus obtained show the value of 
the pearlash for the purposes named. It will be noticed that alkalimetry gives no clue as to 
the nature of the impurities present in alkaline salts; these must be determined by qualitative 
and quantitative analysis.” (W R., Oct. 1878.) 
This method of testing the potash of commerce indicates its alkaline strength, assuming 
this to be dependent solely on potassa ; but soda, a cheaper alkali, may be present as an adul- 
teration, and its proportion is important to be known. To solve this problem, M. O. Henry 
proposes that the saturating power of a given weight should be first determined in relation to 
sulphuric acid, and afterwards the proportion of potassium carbonate in an equal weight, by 
first converting it into an acetate, and then precipitating the potassa by sodium perchlorate, PART I. 
Potassii Carbonas Impura.—Potassii Chloras. 
1089 
the reacting salts being in alcoholic solution. The precipitated potassium perchlorate indicates 
the proportion of potassium carbonate. The amount of the latter determines how much of 
the sulphuric acid was expended in saturating the potassa; and the soda is indicated by the 
amount of this alkali equivalent to the remainder of the acid. (Joum. de Pharm., vii. 214.) 
Another method of detecting soda in the potash of commerce, proposed by Pagenstecher, is to 
convert the suspected alkali into a sulphate, and to wash the sulphate formed with a saturated 
solution of potassium sulphate. If the whole of the saline matter be potassium sulphate, the 
washing will cause no loss of weight; but if part of it be sodium sulphate, this will be washed 
away, on account of its solubility in a saturated solution of potassium sulphate. (Ibid., Mars, 
1848, p. 239.) Fremy has proposed potassium metantimoniate as a test for soda in potash. 
In applying this test the potash is converted into a neutral potassium chloride, and treated 
with a recent solution of the metantimoniate. If the alkali examined contain 2 or 3 per cent, 
of soda, a precipitate will be almost instantly formed. If a less proportion of soda be present, 
time and agitation will be necessary to effect the precipitation. Fremy states that by this test 
he can detect the half of 1 per cent, of soda in commercial potash. (Philos. Mag., Oct. 1848, 
p. 325.) Good potash should not contain a proportion of chlorides indicating more than 2 
per cent, of chlorine by the test of silver nitrate. If a larger proportion is shown, adultera- 
tion with common salt may be suspected. A standard solution of the silver salt may be made, 
a known measure of which shall be just sufficient to precipitate all the chlorine in a given 
weight of good potash, after having been supersaturated with nitric acid. If a further addi- 
tion of the test causes a precipitate, the presence of too much chlorine is shown. 
Pearlash, from its impurity, is never used as a medicine. Purified to a certain extent, it 
takes the name of potassium carbonate. (See Potassii Carbonas.) 
KC103; 122*28. (PO-TlS'SI-i CIILO'bIs.) KC103; 122-4. 
POTASSII CHLORAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Chlorate. 
“ Potassium Chlorate should he kept in glass-stoppered bottles, and great caution should he 
observed in handling the salt, as dangerous explosions are liable to occur, when it is mixed with 
organic matters (cork, tannic acid, sugar, etc.), or with sulphur, antimony sulphide, phos- 
phorus, or other easily oxidizable substances, and either heated directly or subjected to tritura- 
tion or concussion.” U. $.* “ Potassium Chlorate, KC103, is obtained by passing chlorine into 
water holding lime or magnesia in suspension, treating the clarified liquid with potassium 
chloride, and subsequently crystallizing the potassium chlorate.” Br. 
Chlorate of Potash; Kali Chloricum, P.G.; Kali Oxymuriaticum, Kali Muriaticum Oxygenatum, Chloras Potas- 
sicus, s. Kalicus; Hyperoxymuriate of Potassa ; Chlorate de Potasse, Fr.; Chlorsaures Kali, G. 
In the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias no processes are given for Potassium Chlorate. 
The salt may he conveniently obtained by the process of Graham, which consists in mixing 
potassium carbonate with an equivalent quantity of calcium hydrate before submitting it to 
the action of chlorine. The gas is absorbed with avidity, and the mass becomes hot, while 
water is given off. The lime converts the carbonate into caustic potassa, and the reaction then 
takes place between six mols. of potassa and six atoms of chlorine, with the result of forming 
five mols. of potassium chloride and one of potassium chlorate, while three mols. of water 
are eliminated. (6KOH -f- (Cl2)3 = 5KC1 + KC103 -(- 3H20.) The products are, therefore, 
calcium carbonate, potassium chloride, and potassium chlorate. The chloride and chlorate are 
separated from the carbonate by solution in hot water, and the chlorate from the chloride by 
priority of crystallization: a large proportion of the potassa is lost by being converted into 
potassium chloride. In the process now generally employed for the commercial manufacture of 
potassium chlorate this is obviated, as follows. Chlorine is passed into a solution of milk of 
lime having a specific gravity of 1-04 until the liquid is nearly saturated. The clear solution 
is evaporated until it has a specific gravity of 1-18, and then potassium chloride added, and 
the mixture boiled down until a specific gravity of 1-28 is attained. On cooling, crystals of 
potassium chlorate separate out. The reactions here are 6Ca(OII)2 -j- (Cl2)e = 5CaCl2 -j- 
Ca(C103)2 -f- 6H20, and Ca(C103)2 -f 2KC1 = CaCl2 -f 2KC103. Pechiney's improvement on 
this process is to separate the greater part of the calcium chloride from the calcium chlorate 
before adding the potassium chloride. For details, see N. R., Feb. 1882. 
* Tablets composed of potassium chlorate and ammonium chloride are very prone to explode violently after 
having been made some time, evidently on account of chemical decomposition and the sudden evolution of a largo 
quantity of the gaseous constituents. 1090 
Potassii Chloras. 
PART I. 
The potassium chlorate of commerce is also prepared by the reaction of solutions of potas- 
sium chloride and calcium hypochlorite, with the assistance of heat. The potassium chlorate 
crystallizes during the refrigeration of the liquor, and calcium chloride remains in solution 
(2KC1 -f 3(Ca(OCl)a -}- CaCl2) — 2KC103 -f- 6CaCl2). This process has been further im- 
proved in Muspratt and Eschellmann’s English patents (Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., iii. pp. 349 
and 445) by substituting magnesia for lime, as potassium chlorate is much less soluble in mag- 
nesium chloride solutions than in those of calcium chloride, and consequently much less chlo- 
rate is kept in solution. The process is said to increase the production of chlorate by from 
15 to 20 per cent. For a full account of the improved methods, see Thorpes Dictionary of 
Applied Chemistry, 1891, vol. i. 531. Potassium chlorate is also now made on a commercial 
scale by the electrolysis of potassium chloride solution, two companies having begun opera- 
tions at Niagara Falls, while several others are operating under different patents in Europe. 
The reaction is most simply expressed as 6KC1 -f- 3H20 = KC103 -J- 5KC1 -j- 6H. 
Properties. Potassium chlorate is in “ colorless, lustrous, monoclinic prisms or plates, 
or a white powder, odorless, and having a cooling saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble 
in 16-7 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1-7 parts of boiling water ; insoluble in absolute 
alcohol, and but slightly soluble in mixtures of alcohol and water. At 234° C. (453-2° F.) the 
salt fuses, and above 352° C. (665-6° F.) it is decomposed into oxygen and potassium perchlorate; 
above 400° C. (752° F.) all its oxygen is liberated, and a white residue of potassium chloride 
remains, amounting to 60-8 per cent, of the chlorate employed. This residue is readily solu- 
ble in water, and the solution yields a white, curdy precipitate with silver nitrate test-solution. 
The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. With excess of tartaric 
acid test-solution the solution slowly yields a scant, white, crystalline precipitate ; with sodium 
cobaltic nitrite test-solution, or with platinic chloride test-solution, a copious yellow precipi- 
tate is produced at once. When introduced into a non-luminous flame on a clean platinum 
wire, Potassium Chlorate communicates to the flame a pure violet color, without admixture of 
yellow (absence of sodium). When heated with hydrochloric acid, the aqueous solution assumes 
a greenish-yellow color, and evolves chlorine. Separate portions, each of 5 C.c., of the aque- 
ous solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered turbid by 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution 
(absence of sulphate) ; nor by 0-5 C.c. of ammonium oxalate test-solution (calcium) ; nor by 
0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate test-solution (chloride); nor should an equal volume of hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution produce either a precipitate or a coloration (absence of metals'). If a mix- 
ture of 1 Gm. of the salt with 0-5 Gm., each, of iron and of zinc, in coarse powder or filings, 
be heated with 5 C.c. of potassium hydrate test-solution, no evolution of ammonia should be per- 
ceptible either by moistened red litmus paper or by odor (absence of nitrate or nitrite)." U. S. 
“In colorless monoclinic crystals with a cool saline taste, soluble in 16 parts of cold and 3 
parts of boiling water. Moistened with hydrochloric add it evolves a yellow gas consisting of 
a mixture of chlorine and chloric oxide. When heated it fuses, gives off oxygen gas, and 
leaves a white residue soluble in water, forming a solution which affords the reactions charac- 
teristic of potassium and of chlorides.” Br. Potassium chlorate is characterized also by be- 
coming first yellow and then red by admixture with a little sulphuric acid, and by the action 
of that acid evolving chlorine tetroxide (C1204), known by its yellow color, and its explo- 
sive property when heated ; by its bleaching power when mixed first with hydrochloric acid 
and then with water; and by its property of exploding violently when triturated with a small 
portion of sulphur or phosphorus or kermes mineral. Potassium chlorate consists of one atom 
of potassium in combination with the chloric acid group. This salt is an excellent test of 
manganese existing in organic matter. If a small portion of such matter, containing even a 
trace of manganese, be thrown on the surface of the pure melted salt in a test-glass, after 
the combustion has ceased the cooled saline mass will be found to have a rose or pinkish tint, 
caused by the formation of potassium permanganate. (Neues Repert., vi. 247.) A similar dis- 
coloration of the salt, produced by the use of pure charcoal in the same manner, will evince 
the presence of manganese in the chlorate as an impurity. 
Medical Properties. Owing to the assertion of Dr. O’Shaughnessy that under the use 
of potassium chlorate all the blood of the body becomes florid, it was long supposed that 
the salt acts upon the system as an oxidizing agent. Dr. Isambert, however, has found the 
statement of O’Shaughnessy incorrect, and as the chlorate does not naturally part with its 
oxygen at the temperature of the body, and as it is eliminated from the kidneys unchanged, it 
is evident that it has not the specific action claimed for it. It is more irritant than most of 
the other salts of potash, and probably acts less powerfully as a cardiac depressant than do most PART I. 
Potassii Chloras.—Potassii Citras. 
1091 
of them. It is a very efficient remedy in the follicular and even the gangrenous stomatitis of 
childhood, and in mercurial ptyalism, acting, however, only by its local influence, it being con- 
tinually eliminated with the saliva and coming in perpetual contact with the mucous membrane 
of the mouth. It is much employed in scarlatina and diphtheria, but has no specific action in 
these affections, being useful only by its direct influence upon the mucous membrane affected. 
In scurvy, phthisis, and the various dyscrasise in which it was once employed, it is of no service. 
As an alterative stimulant local application, potassium chlorate is often very useful in in- 
flammations of mucous membranes, such as stomatitis, pharyngitis, urethritis, vaginitis, chronic 
cystitis, etc., as well as in indolent ulcers either upon the surface of the body or in such interior 
portions as can be reached. Its saturated solution given by injection with laudanum twice 
daily is an excellent remedy for hemorrhoids. The internal dose is from ten to twenty grains 
(0-7—1’3 G-m.) every three or four hours, given in sufficient gum water, sweetened water, or 
lemonade to dissolve it. When administered as a prophylactic in salivation, a smaller dose will 
answer. Taken to the extent of five drachms (19-4 Gm.) in twenty-four hours, it has been 
found to produce diuresis, abundant salivation, and a strong saltish taste. Such an amount as 
this is, however, dangerous even for the adult. When used as a wash or an injection, from a 
drachm to half an ounce (3-9-15-5 Gm.) of the salt may be dissolved in a pint (472 C.c.) of 
water. A solution in glycerin, in the proportion of one part of the salt to ten parts of the 
menstruum, has been especially recommended as a dressing for ill-conditioned wounds and ulcers. 
The remedy has also been applied in the form of very fine powder dusted on the surface. 
In overdose potassium chlorate is an active poison, four drachms of it having caused death 
in the adult. The symptoms produced were violent vomiting, profuse diarrhoea, excessive dysp- 
noea, great failure of the heart’s action, and marked cyanosis. The urine is lessened in quan- 
tity, albuminous, often of a dark reddish-brown or blackish color, and containing tube-casts and 
the debris of blood-corpuscles. In some cases there have been marked nervous symptoms, such 
as cramps, delirium, coma, etc. The lesions found after death are those of gastro-enteritis and 
acute nephritis, with alteration in the character of the blood, due to the development in it of 
methgemoglobin. On account of their irritant action on the kidneys, large doses are especially 
dangerous in diphtheria. 
K3 C6 H5 Ot. H2 O ; 323*59. (PO-TXs'SI-I CI'TKXs.) Ks C6 H5 07. H2 O; 324. 
POTASSII CITRAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Citrate 
“ Potassium Citrate should he kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Potassium Citrate, 
C3H4.0H.(C00K)3, is prepared by the interaction of citric acid and potassium carbonate.” Br. 
Kali Citricum, Citras Potassicus, s. Kalicus; Citrate of Potash; Citrate de Potasse, Fr.; Citronsaures Kali, G. 
Potassium citrate was known formerly by the name of salt of Riverius. In the U. S. for- 
mula of 1870,* mutually saturating proportions of the acid and bicarbonate were intended to 
be employed, the latter ingredient being preferred to the carbonate on account of its greater 
purity. The potassium of the bicarbonate unites with the citric acid to form the potassium 
citrate, and the carbonic acid escapes, producing effervescence. The resulting solution is di- 
rected to be evaporated to dryness, as affording the most convenient form for use. The granu- 
lation ordered has a tendency to retard the deliquescence of the citrate. The British 1885 
process differed only in the use of the carbonate instead of the bicarbonate, and in providing 
more carefully for an exact neutralization. 
Properties. Potassium citrate is crystallizable, but, as usually seen, is in the form of a 
granular powder. The U. S. P. 1890 recognizes both forms, and describes it as in “ trans- 
parent, prismatic crystals, or a white, granular powder, odorless, and having a cooling, saline 
taste. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 0-6 part of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and 
very soluble in boiling water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. When heated above 100° C. (212° 
F.), the salt begins to lose water; at 200° C. (392° F.) the water of crystallization (5-55 per 
cent.) is completely lost. At 230° C. (446° F.) the salt begins to decompose, turns brown, 
and at a higher temperature carbonizes and emits inflammable gases which have a very pun- 
gent, acid odor. At a red heat a blackened mass of potassium carbonate and carbon is left, 
which has an alkaline reaction, and strongly effervesces with acids. The aqueous solution of 
the salt is neutral to litmus paper. The salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate with sodium 
*“ Take of Citric Acid ten troyounces ; Bicarbonate of Potassium fourteen troyounces ; Water a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Citric Acid in a pint of water, add the Bicarbonate of Potassium gradually, and, when effervescence 
has ceased, filter the solution and evaporate to dryness, stirring constantly, after a pellicle has begun to form, until 
the salt granulates. Keep it in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1092 
Potassii Citras.—Potassii Cyanidum. 
PAET I. 
bitartrate test-solution. With sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution a yellow precipitate is formed. 
On mixing 10 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) with 2-5 C.c. of calcium chloride test-so- 
lution, the liquid remains clear until it is boiled, when a white, granular precipitate is produced. 
The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be colored red by a drop of phenolphtalein test- 
solution, nor effervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate). Separate portions 
of this solution acidulated with nitric acid should not be affected by barium chloride test-solu- 
tion (absence of sulphate), nor by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride'). A solution 
of 1 Gm. of Potassium Citrate in 1 C.c. of water should not deposit any precipitate on the 
addition of 1 C.c. of acetic acid (absence of tartrate). If l-08 (P079) Gm. of Potassium 
Citrate be thoroughly ignited at a red heat, it should require for complete neutralization not 
less than 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of the pure salt), 
methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following 
tests of its character. “ A white powder of saline feebly acid taste, deliquescent, very soluble 
in water. It affords the reactions characteristic of potassium salts and of citrates. Each 
gramme of the dry salt, heated to redness till gases cease to be evolved, should leave an alka- 
line residue, which when treated with water, filtered, and well washed, should yield a clear so- 
lution requiring for neutralization at least 9-7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of 
sulphuric acid. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, iron, calcium, 
magnesium, sodium, carbonates, or tartrates, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for 
chlorides or sulphates.” 
As citric acid is tribasic, this salt consists of three atoms of potassium combined with the 
citric acid radical CeII§07, and with this one mol. of water, its formula being K3C6H507,H20.* 
Medical Properties. Potassium citrate is a grateful refrigerant diaphoretic, and has 
long been used in the fevers of this country, in the extemporaneous forms of neutral mixture 
and effervescing draught. As these require time and a somewhat careful manipulation in their 
preparation, it has been found more convenient to keep the potassium citrate ready-made and 
dissolve it in water when wanted for use. This solution will no doubt produce the essential 
diaphoretic and refrigerant effects of the neutral mixture or the effervescing draught, but is 
less agreeable to the stomach and palate, because destitute of the carbonic acid contained in 
these preparations. Potassium citrate dissolved in an excess of lemon-juice affords the most 
agreeable method of securing the influence of an alkaline salt of potash upon the system, as 
in rheumatism, the uric acid diathesis, etc. It is also a very valuable remedy in the first or dry 
stage of acute bronchitis. The usual dose of the citrate is from twenty to twenty-five grains 
(1-3-1-565 Gm.). When a decided effect upon the system is desired, as much as an ounce 
(31T Gm.) of it may be given in the twenty-four hours. 
POTASSII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS. U. S. Effervescent Potassium 
Citrate. 
(PO-TXS'SI-I CI'TRAS EF-FER-VES'CEN§.) 
“ Citric Acid, sixty-three grammes [or 2 ounces av., 97 grains] ; Potassium Bicarbonate, ninety 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains] ; Sugar, forty-seven grammes [or 1 ounce av., 288 grains]. 
Powder the ingredients separately, and mix them thoroughly in a warm mortar. Dry the re- 
sulting, uniform paste rapidly at a temperature not exceeding 120° C. (248° F.), and, when it 
is perfectly dry, reduce it to a powder of the desired degree of fineness. Keep the product in 
well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
This is a new official effervescent salt: it affords an agreeable mode of administering potas- 
sium citrate. (See Magnesii Citras Effervescens.') The dose is from one to two teaspoonfuls, in 
cold water. 
KCN; G5.01. (PO-TXs'Sl-i CY-AN'I-DUM.) KCN; 65. 
POTASSII CYANIDUM. U. S. Potassium Cyanide. 
“ Potassium Cyanide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” TJ. S. 
Cyanide of Potassium; Potassii Cyanuretum, U. S. 1850 ; Cyanuret of Potassium; Kalium Cyanatum, Cyanuretum 
Potassicum, s. Kalicum; Cyanure de Potassium, Fr.; Cyankalium, G. 
* Sodium and Potassium Citrate. Mr. T. Push, of Dessau, Germany, has made a complete series of citrates, cor- 
responding to the official tartrates, with a view of finding a stable compound. He ascertained that the double 
sodium and potassium citrate is an extremely stable compound, even when exposed to the air for a long time. He 
prepares the salt by dissolving 100 parts of citric acid in water, adding 108 parts of pure potassium carbonate and 
221 parts of crystallized sodium carbonate, filtering, evaporating, and crystallizing. The crystals are allowed to 
drain, and the mother-liquor is further concentrated, until, on cooling, it solidifies to a crystalline mass, which is 
used in the condition of powder. {Arch. d. Pharm., July, 1877, 47; N. R., Sept. 1877.) Potassii Cyanidum. 
1093 
PART I. 
The process of U. S. P. 1870* is that of F. & E. Rodgers, though generally known under 
the name of Liebig. It furnishes a large product, a considerable part of which is the impurity 
potassium cyanate. The reaction takes place between one mol. of potassium ferrocyanide and 
one of potassium carbonate. The iron is set free, the carbonic acid is evolved, and five mols. of 
potassium cyanide and one of potassium cyanate are formed. The iron occupies the lower 
part of the fused liquid; and, if the latter be carefully poured out to solidify, the portion con- 
taminated with the iron may be left behind. The reaction is explained by the following equa- 
tion : K4Fe(CN)e + K2C03 = 5KCN + KOCN + C02 + Fe. MM. Fordos and Gelis, in an 
able paper contained in the Journal de Pharmacie for Aug. 1857, have pointed out numerous 
causes which concur in rendering the salt, as obtained by the use of potassium carbonate, im- 
pure. The commercial cyanide, which is obtained by this process, was found by these writers 
to be very impure, containing only from 36 to 55 per cent, of the pure salt. The potassium 
cyanate may be readily detected by saturating the product with an acid, which will cause an 
effervescence of carbonic acid and the generation of a salt of ammonium. According to Dr. 
Schwarz, it may be freed from potassium cyanate and carbonate by treating the impure cyanide 
with carbon disulphide, which dissolves it, and may be recovered in great measure by distilla- 
tion. ( Chem. News, No. 190, p. 41.) 
In the process in which the potassium ferrocyanide is ignited alone (U. S. process 1840), the 
salt is first deprived of its water of crystallization by exposure to a moderate heat, and then 
calcined at a red heat for two hours, in order to decompose the ferric cyanide. The reaction 
which takes place is as follows : K4Fe(CN)e — 4KCN -f- FeC2 -f- Na. The product of the cal- 
cination is a black, porous mass, consisting of potassium cyanide, mixed with carbide of iron 
and charcoal. As the cyanide is very prone to absorb oxygen, especially when hot, whereby it 
is decomposed, atmospheric air is excluded from the retort while it is cooling, by luting its 
orifice. When the whole is cold, the black mass is reduced to coarse powder, and exhausted 
by cold distilled water, which dissolves the potassium cyanide and leaves the carbide of iron 
and charcoal behind. The filtered liquor, therefore, is an aqueous solution of potassium cyanide, 
which is obtained in a solid state by a rapid evaporation to dryness. During the evaporation 
a small portion of the cyanide is decomposed, attended with the evolution of ammonia and 
the production of potassium formiate. A portion of this salt, therefore, contaminates the 
cyanide, as obtained by this process; but the quantity is too small to interfere with its medi- 
cinal action. The decomposition here referred to takes place between one mol. of potassium 
cyanide and two of water, and is represented by the following equation: KCN -f- (H20)2 = 
NH3 -f- HCOOK. This decomposition is avoided by exhausting the black mass with boiling 
alcohol of 60 per cent. (sp. gr. 0-896) instead of with water. The alcoholic solution, by evapo- 
ration to a pellicle, lets fall the salt upon cooling, as a crystalline precipitate, perfectly white 
and pure. 
According to the process of the French Codex, which is that of Robiquet, this cyanide is 
obtained in the dry way, without the use of any solvent. The calcination is performed in a 
coated stone-ware retort, half filled with the ferrocyanide, to which a tube is attached for col- 
lecting the gaseous products. When these cease to be disengaged, the heat is gradually raised 
to a very high temperature, at which it is kept for a quarter of an hour, after which the tube 
is closed with luting and the whole left undisturbed until quite cold. When the calcination 
is thus conducted, the retort, upon being broken, will be found to contain a black matter, cov- 
ered with a fused layer of pure potassium cyanide, resembling white enamel. This is detached 
by means of a knife, and immediately transferred to a bottle with an accurately fitting stopper. 
The black matter, under the name of black potassium cyanide, is also kept for medicinal use; 
but the dose of this cannot be accurately fixed, on account of its containing at different times 
more or less impurity. According to MM. Fordos and Gelis, the French Codex process should 
supersede the potassium carbonate process, as it gives a product far purer, and in larger pro- 
portion to the materials employed, estimated by the pure product. The same process is pre- 
ferred by Mr. Donovan, who has modified it by substituting for the stone-ware retort an iron 
mercury bottle, which, when cold, must be cut in two by a chisel and hammer to get out the 
product. The same recommendation of iron in preference to stone-ware vessels is made by Fordos 
* Potassium Cyanide. “ Take of Ferrocyanide of Potassium, dried, eight troyounces ; Pure Carbonate of Potas- 
sium, dried, three troyounces. Mix tbe salts intimately, and throw the mixture into a deep iron crucible previously 
heated to redness. Maintain the temperature until effervescence ceases, and the fused mass concretes, of a pure 
white color, upon a warm glass rod dipped into it. Then pour out the liquid carefully into a shallow dish to solidify, 
ceasing to pour before the salt becomes contaminated with the precipitated iron. Break up the mass while yet warm, 
and keep the pieces in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. 1094 
Potassii Cyanidum. 
PAET I. 
and Gr£lis, who found that the latter, at the high heat employed, were acted on. The process 
of Wiggers consists in disengaging hydrocyanic acid from a mixture of potassium ferrocyanide 
and sulphuric acid and passing it into a cooled receiver containing an alcoholic solution of 
potassium hydrate. The contents of the receiver ultimately form a solid magma of the cya- 
nide, which is drained, washed several times with strong alcohol, pressed between folds of 
bibulous paper, and dried as quickly as possible. Potassium cyanide may be formed by passing 
a current of strongly heated nitrogen over charcoal impregnated with potassium carbonate 
and heated to a white heat. Potassium cyanide with some sodium cyanide admixture is now 
made by the Niagara Electro-Chemical Co., who manufacture sodium by Castner’s process. 
The manufacture of this sodium potassium cyanide with the aid of sodium depends upon the 
fact that when the yellow prussiate of potash is heated with sodium neither oxygen nor alkaline 
carbonates are introduced, the product being an almost chemically pure mixture of sodium and 
potassium cyanide. This is sold in large amounts for the cyanide extraction process for gold 
now coming into extensive use. 
Properties. Potassium cyanide is in “ white, opaque, amorphous pieces, or a white, granu- 
lar powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but in moist air exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic 
acid. The taste is sharp, and somewhat alkaline, but should be ascertained with great care, as 
the salt is very poisonous. In moist air the salt deliquesces. Soluble in about 2 parts of water 
at 15° C. (59° F.). Boiling water dissolves its own weight of the salt, but rapidly decomposes 
it. In alcohol it is but sparingly soluble. At a low red heat the salt fuses. Its aqueous solu- 
tion (1 in 20) has a strongly alkaline reaction, and emits the odor of hydrocyanic acid. With 
an equal volume of sodium bitartrate test-solution it yields a white, crystalline precipitate. 
With sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution a copious yellow precipitate is produced. A few 
drops of the solution give with silver nitrate test-solution a white precipitate, which is soluble 
in an excess of the solution of potassium cyanide, also in ammonia water, and in concentrated 
nitric acid (distinction from silver chloride'). If 5 C.c. of the solution be shaken with a few 
drops of ferrous sulphate test-solution, and a slight excess of hydrochloric acid then added, a 
blue precipitate (Prussian blue) will be produced. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not 
produce more than a slight effervescence on the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of 
carbonate). After the acid has been added in slight excess, a drop of ferric chloride test-solu- 
tion should produce neither a blue (absence of ferrocyanide) nor a red color (sulphocyanate). 
A solution of 0-65 Grm. of Potassium Cyanide in 12 C.c. of water should require the addition 
of at least 45 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution before the precipitate, which 
at first redissolves on agitation, becomes permanent (each C.c. of the volumetric solution indi- 
cating 2 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. If yellow, it contains iron. Its solution effervesces 
with acids. The salt and its solution, when exposed to the air, exhale the odor of hydrocyanic 
acid, and become weaker; but the change takes place slowly. Orfila found that the salt, after 
fourteen days’ exposure, by which it was almost entirely liquefied, still possessed energetic 
poisonous properties. He thinks, therefore, that the bad effects of opening the containing 
bottle, in dispensing the medicine, have been exaggerated. Unfortunately, the salt varies in 
quality independently of the effects of time and exposure. Dr. David Stewart, of Baltimore, 
examined six samples of this cyanide, on sale, and found them to vary considerably in purity. 
Besides water, the usual impurities are potassium hydrate, carbonate, cyanate, and formiate. 
They sometimes amount to half the weight of the cyanide, consisting principally of the car- 
bonate. From the extensive use at present made of potassium cyanide in electro-metallurgy 
and photography, it is of importance to have a reliable test of its purity. Such a test has 
been discovered by MM. Fordos and Gelis, founded on the fact that one mol. of iodine rapidly 
reacts with one of the cyanide, so as to form a colorless compound, consisting of one mol. of 
potassium iodide and one of cyanogen iodide: KCN -}- Ia — KI -j- CNI. Accordingly, a 
tincture of iodine of known strength is gradually added to an aqueous solution of a given 
weight of the cyanide to be tested, until it assumes a permanent yellowish tinge ; and the 
amount of iodine expended indicates the proportion of cyanide in the specimen. A necessary 
preliminary step, before using the tincture, is to add sufficient carbonic acid water to the solu- 
tion of the cyanide to convert any potassium hydrate or carbonate present into bicarbonate, 
in which state neither has any action on the iodine. This test is applicable to other cyanogen 
compounds which are soluble. Mr. Thornton J. Herapath’s test for commercial potassium 
cyanide is a standard solution of copper ammonio-sulpliate, the blue color of which is destroyed 
by a solution of the cyanide. The copper solution is added to one of the cyanide of known 
strength, until a faint blue coloration is produced; and the richness of the sample in pure PART I. 
Potassii Cyanidum.—Potassii et Sodii Tartras. 
1095 
cyanide is in proportion to the quantity of the copper solution required. Applying this test 
to five samples, Mr. Herapath found the proportion of pure cyanide to vary from 41 to 65 per 
cent. Potassium cyanide yields with silver nitrate a precipitate of silver cyanide, wholly solu- 
ble in ammonia and boiling nitric acid. It consists of one atomic group of cyanogen and one 
of potassium. 
Besides the very extensive use of potassium cyanide in preparing electro-plating solutions 
for gilding and silvering by electro-deposition, and in photography, large quantities are now 
consumed in the extraction of gold and silver from the fine residues or “ tailings” where 
amalgamation fails to take up the precious metals. From such solutions of gold in potas- 
sium cyanide the metal is thrown out by the action of metallic zinc. 
Medical Properties. Potassium cyanide acts precisely like hydrocyanic acid as a poison 
and as a medicine. (See Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutumi) Five grains of it have repeatedly 
taken life, and hydrocyanic acid has been detected in the blood of a person who had been 
fatally poisoned by the cyanide. (Venghauss, Arch, der Pharm., clii. 138.) The grounds on 
which this cyanide was proposed as a substitute for hydrocyanic acid by Robiquet and Vil- 
lerme were its uniformity as a chemical product, and its less liability to undergo decomposi- 
tion. The dose is the eighth of a grain (0-008 Grin.), dissolved in half a fluidounce of distilled 
water, to which may be added half a fluidraehm of syrup of lemon, if the prescriber wish to 
set the hydrocyanic acid free. The spurious cyanide formed by calcining dried muscular flesh 
with potash consists principally of potassium carbonate, and is but slightly poisonous. ( Orfilai) 
A solution of potassium cyanide, made with from one to four grains (0-065-0-26 Gm.) to the 
fluidounce (30 C.c.) of water, has been recommended in neuralgic and other local pains, ap- 
plied by means of pieces of linen. Mr. Guthrie found that a solution of from three to six 
grains (0-2—0-4 Gm.) to the fluidounce (30 C.c.) of distilled water answered admirably, 
applied by drops every other day, for removing the olive-colored stains of the conjunctiva 
caused by silver nitrate. 
POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS. U. S. (Br.) Potassium and Sodium 
Tartrate. [Rochelle Salt.] 
KNa C4 H4 06. 4Ha O ; 281*51. (PO-TlS'SI-I ®T SO'DI-i TAR'TRlS.) KNa C4 H4 06 + 4H2 0; 282. 
“Sodium Potassium Tartrate, (CH0H)2C00Na.C00K,4H20, is prepared by neutralizing 
Acid Potassium Tartrate with Sodium Carbonate.” Br. 
Soda Tartarata, Br.; Sodas et Potassas Tartras, Br. 1864, U. S. 1850; Tartarus Natronatus, P. G.; Natro-kali 
Tartaricum; Tartarated Soda; Sal Polychrestum Seignetti, Tartras Potassicosodicus; Sel de Seignette, Soude Tar- 
tarisee, Fr.; Seignettesalz, G. 
This salt cannot be made profitably on the small scale (for U. S. process 1870, see the foot- 
note) :* it is a double salt, consisting of a molecule of tartaric acid, C4H40e.H2, in which one of 
the basic hydrogen atoms is replaced by potassium and the other by sodium. The theory of 
its formation is very simple, being merely the replacement of the hydrogen in the potassium 
bitartrate by the sodium of the sodium carbonate, the carbonic acid of which escapes with 
effervescence. The quantities of the materials for mutual saturation are 28545 parts of car- 
bonate and 375-34 of bitartrate, or one mol. of crystallized sodium carbonate to two mols. of the 
acid tartrate. This gives the ratio of 3 to 3-95. The proportion adopted in the U. S. 1870 
and Br. Pharmacopoeias is as 3 to 4, which is very near the theoretical quantities. As the 
salts employed are apt to vary in composition and purity, the carbonate from the presence of 
more or less water of crystallization, and the bitartrate from containing calcium tartrate, it is 
perhaps best, after indicating the nearest average proportion, to present the alternative of using 
the cream of tartar to the point of exact saturation. 
Properties. Potassium and sodium tartrate is in the form of “ colorless, transparent, rhom- 
bic prisms, or a white powder, odorless, and having a cooling, saline taste. The crystals slightly 
effloresce in dry air. Soluble in 1-4 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in less than 1 part 
of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 74° C. (165-2° F.), the salt 
fuses to a colorless liquid, which, at a higher temperature, froths, becomes brown, and gradu- 
ally carbonizes, while inflammable vapors are emitted, having the odor of burning sugar. 
Finally a black residue is left, consisting of alkaline carbonate mixed with carbon. The aque- 
* “ Take of Carbonate of Sodium twelve troyounces ; Bitartrate of Potassium, in fine powder, sixteen troyounces ; 
Boiling Water five pints. Dissolve the Carbonate of Sodium in the Water, and gradually add the Bitartrate of Potas- 
sium. Filter the solution, and evaporate until a pellicle begins to form; then set it aside to crystallize. Pour olf 
the mother-water, and dry the crystals on bibulous paper. Lastly, evaporate the mother-water, that it may furnish 
more crystals.” U. S. 1870. 1096 
Potassii et Sodii Tartras.—Potassii Ferrocyanidum. 
PART I. 
ous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. A 10 per cent, aqueous solution yields, with 
an equal volume of acetic acid, a white, crystalline precipitate. With sodium cobaltic nitrite 
test-solution the solution yields a copious yellow precipitate. With silver nitrate test-solution 
it produces a white precipitate, which becomes black on boiling. To a non-luminous flame it 
communicates a yellow color (sodium), which, when viewed through a blue glass, appears vio- 
let-red (potassium). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered turbid by the 
addition of a small amount of ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium), nor by 
an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either before or after acidulation with 
diluted hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). When heated with potassium 
hydrate test-solution, the solution should not give off the odor of ammonia. If 10 C.c. of the 
solution (1 in 20) be mixed with 1 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, the addition of 1 C.c. of barium 
chloride test-solution should produce no turbidity (absence of sulphate). If 0-30 Cm. of the 
salt be dissolved in 9 C.c. of water, then 1 C.c. of nitric acid and 0-2 C.c. of silver nitrate deci- 
normal volumetric solution be added, and the mixture filtered, the filtrate should remain clear 
upon the further addition of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). If 1*41 
Gm. of Potassium and Sodium Tartrate be completely decomposed by ignition, the alkaline resi- 
due should require for complete neutralization not less than 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid 
(corresponding to 100 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” 
U. S. “Trimetric prisms with hemihedral facets; it is entirely soluble in cold water; and 
has a saline taste. It affords the reactions characteristic of potassium, of sodium, and of 
tartrates. Each gramme, heated to redness till gases cease to be evolved, should leave an alka- 
line residue, which when treated with water, filtered, and well washed, yields a clear solution 
requiring for exact neutralization at least 7 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sul- 
phuric acid.” Br. As it is sometimes largely adulterated with sodium sulphate (F. Mahla, 
A. J. P., 1868, 548), it is best to test it with barium chloride. When the salt is exposed to a 
strong heat, it blackens, and gives out inflammable gases with the odor of burnt sugar ; the tar- 
taric acid being destroyed, and a mixture of potassium and sodium carbonates left. It some- 
times contains calcium tartrate, which may be removed by solution and crystallization ; but 
when the crystals are large and well defined, it may be assumed to be pure. It is incompati- 
ble with most acids, and with all acidulous salts except potassium bitartrate. It is also de- 
composed by lead acetate and subacetate, and by the soluble calcium and barium salts, unless 
the solution of the tartrate be considerably diluted. The way in which acids act in decom- 
posing it is by combining with the sodium, and throwing down potassium bitartrate as a crys- 
talline precipitate. This double salt was discovered by Seignette, an apothecary of Rochelle, 
and hence is frequently called Seignette s salt, or Rochelle salt. 
Potassium and sodium tartrate consists of the tartaric acid group C4II40e, which is dibasic, 
in combination with one atom of potassium and one of sodium, together with 4 mols. of water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This salt is a mild, cooling purgative, well suited to 
delicate and irritable stomachs, being among the mildest and least unpalatable of the neutral 
salts. As it is not incompatible with tartar emetic, it may be associated with that salt in solu- 
tion. It is an ingredient in the effervescing aperient called Seidlitz powders. (See Pulvis Effer- 
vescens Compositus.) The dose as a purge is from half an ounce to an ounce (15-5—31T Gm.). 
When given in small and repeated doses it usually does not purge, but is absorbed and renders 
the urine alkaline. (Millon and Laveran, Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., vii. 222.) 
Potassium and magnesium tartrate, formed by saturating cream of tartar with magnesium 
carbonate, has been proposed by M. Maillier as a safe, pleasant purgative. (Journ. de Pharm., xiii.) 
POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM. U. S. Potassium Ferrocyanide. 
K4Fe(CN)6.3H*0 ; 421*76. (PO-Tls'SI-i FKR-RO-CY-XN'I-DUM.) K4Fe(CN)6 + 3H20; 421-9. 
Ferrocyanide of Potassium; Yellow Prussiate of Potash; Kalium Ferrocyanatum, P.G.; Kalium Borussicum, 
Cyanuretum Ferroso-potassicum ; Ferrocyanuret of Potassium, Ferroprussiate of Potassa, Prussiate of Potassa; Proto- 
cyanure jauno de Fer et de Potassium, Prussiate jaune de Potasse, Ferrocyanure de Potassium, Fr.; Cyaneisenkalium, 
Ferrocyankalium, Gelbes Blutlaugensalz, G. 
The yellow double potassium and iron cyanide is the salt from which potassium cyanide is 
obtained by calcination at a low red heat. 
Potassium ferrocyanide is prepared on the large scale by heating animal matters, such as 
dried blood, hoofs, chips of horn, woollen rags, old leather, the refuse of tallow-chandlers called 
greaves, and other substances rich in nitrogen, with the pearlash of commerce and scrap iron, 
in an egg-shaped iron pot called a shell, ladling out the pasty mass called the melt, and, after it PART I. 
Potassii Ferrocyanidum. 
1097 
has cooled sufficiently, dissolving it in water, and evaporating the solution so that crystals may 
form. The melt, while still hot, contains potassium cyanide only, the ferrocyanide being pro- 
duced solely by the action of the water. The best temperature for making the solution is 
between 70° C. and 80° C. (158° F. and 176° F.) ; and the conversion of the cyanide into the 
ferrocyanide is facilitated by the presence of finely divided amorphous ferrous sulphide, and of 
caustic potassa. The reactions involved in the formation of the ferrocyanide are supposed to 
be K2C03 + 4C + 2N = 2KCN -f 3CO and 6KCN + FeS = KaS + K4Fe(CN)6. 
It has been sought to increase the yield of the ferrocyanide by avoiding the use of sulphur- 
containing materials and taking a relatively pure potash and fusing this first with the nitrogen- 
containing materials, and, after extracting with water from this fusion, to digest the liquors so 
obtained with ferrous hydrate or carbonate, the reaction being 6KCN K.Fe(CN)a 
+ k2co3. 
Some years ago this salt was manufactured by a process which dispensed with the use of 
animal matter, the necessary nitrogen being obtained by a current of atmospheric air. Frag- 
ments of charcoal, impregnated with 30 per cent, of potassium carbonate, were heated to a 
white heat in a cylinder through which a current of air was drawn by a suction-pump. This 
process is understood to have succeeded in a chemical sense, but failed on the score of economy, 
chiefly from the circumstance that the necessary fire-clay tubes could not be made to resist the 
combined action of the alkali and heat. The process of Richard Brunnquell consists in passing 
ammonia through tubes filled with charcoal and heated to redness, so as to form ammonium 
cyanide, and converting this into potassium ferrocyanide by contact with solution of potash and 
suitable iron compounds. 
Properties. Potassium ferrocyanide is in “ large, soft, transparent, yellow, four-sided, 
monoclinic tables, odorless, and having a mild, saline taste. Slightly efflorescent on exposure to 
dry air. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 2 parts of boiling water ; insoluble 
in alcohol. When heated to 60° C. (140° F.), the salt begins to turn white from loss of water, 
and when heated to 100° C. (212° F.), it is rendered anhydrous. The aqueous solution is 
neutral to litmus paper. With sodium bitartrate test-solution the aqueous solution yields a white, 
crystalline precipitate. Sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution produces a copious yellow precipi- 
tate. The color of the precipitate produced by ferric chloride test-solution is dark blue ; that 
produced by copper sulphate test-solution is reddish-brown ; while lead acetate test-solution or 
silver nitrate test-solution throws down a pure white precipitate. No effervescence should be 
caused by the addition of diluted sulphuric acid to a concentrated solution of the salt (absence 
of carbonate). The aqueous solution (1 in 20), acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should, 
upon the addition of barium chloride test-solution, remain clear, or at most show but a trifling 
turbidity (limit of sulphate). If a mixture of 0‘5 Gm. of the salt with 1-5 Grm.of pure potas- 
sium nitrate and 0-5 Gm. of pure, anhydrous sodium carbonate be heated to redness in a por- 
celain crucible, the residue dissolved in water, the filtered solution supersaturated with nitric 
acid, mixed with 0-1 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution, and again filtered, no 
turbidity should be produced in the filtrate by the further addition of silver nitrate volumetric 
solution (limit of chloride). The precipitate produced in the aqueous solution, acidulated with 
nitric acid, by silver nitrate test-solution should be of a pure white color, without a tinge of 
red (absence of ferricyaiiide)." TJ. S. It acts but slightly, if at all, on turmeric paper. The 
alkaline reaction, when it exists, is probably owing to the presence of a little free potassa. 
When ignited, the insoluble residue amounts to 18-7 per cent, of ferric oxide, resulting from 
the oxidation of the iron of the salt. It is characterized by striking a deep-blue color with 
ferric salts,* a deep-brown one with the salts of copper, and a white one with those of zinc, the 
* Ferri Ferrocyanidum, U. S. 1870. Ferri Ferroeyanuretum, U. S. 1850. Ferrocyanide of Iron. Ferrocyanuret 
of Iron. Pure Prussian Blue. “ Take of Ferrocyanide of Potassium nine troyounces ; Solution of Tersulphate of 
Iron a pint; Water three pints. Dissolve the Ferrocyanide of Potassium in two pints of the Water, and add the 
solution gradually to the Solution of Tersulphate of Iron, previously diluted with the remainder of the Water, 
stirring the mixture during the addition. Then filter the liquid, and wash the precipitate on the filter with boiling 
water until the washings pass nearly tasteless. Lastly, dry it, and rub it into a powder.” U. S. 1870. 
In the above process the salt is decomposed by the gradual addition of the solution of potassium ferrocyanide. 
Three mols. of ferrocyanide and two of ferric sulphate are mutually decomposed, with the result of forming one mol. 
of Prussian blue, or the 3-4 ferric ferrocyanide, which precipitates, and six mols. of potassium sulphate, which remain 
in solution, the reaction being (FeK4(CN)6)3 + 2Fe2(S04)3 = Fe3Fe4(CN)is + 6K2SO4. 
Preparation for Use in the Arts. Prussian blue is manufactured on the large scale as follows. A mixture made 
of equal parts of potassium carbonate (pearlash of commerce) and of animal matter, such as dried blood, hair, the 
shavings of horn, etc., is calcined at a red heat, in an iron vessel, until it becomes pasty. The mass, when cold, is 
thrown, by portions at a time, into twelve or fifteen times its weight of water, with which it is stirred for half an 
hour. The whole is then put upon a linen filter, and the clear solution obtained is precipitated by a mixed solution 1098 
Potassii Ferrocyanidum.—Potassii Hypophosphis. 
PAET I. 
several precipitates formed being ferrocyanides of the respective metals. Heated with eight or 
ten times its weight of concentrated sulphuric acid, it evolves carbonic oxide. Half an ounce 
of the salt yields about 250 cubic inches of the gas. ( G. Grimm and G. Ramdohr.') When boiled 
with dilute sulphuric acid, it emits the smell of hydrocyanic acid. Potassium ferrocyanide 
consists of six groups of the monad radical cyanogen (CN), saturated by four potassium atoms 
and one atom of the dyad iron. The potassium is more readily displaced than the iron, so that 
it is considered as the potassium salt of an acid called ferrocyanic. This acid in the free state 
would be H4Fe(CN)e. The salt is remarkably pure as it occurs in commerce. 
Medical Properties. Pure potassium ferrocyanide is physiologically very inactive. Thus, 
Combemale and Hubiquet proved that in doses of twelve grains to the pound of bodily weight 
it is not poisonous to the lower animals, whilst Callies, as quoted by Pereira, found the com- 
mercial salt slightly poisonous, but the pure salt unproductive of harm in the dose of several 
ounces. It should be borne in mind that it is the commercial salt which is used medicinally. 
Westrumb and Hering proved that it passed with rapidity into the blood and urine. Many 
years ago, Hr. B. Smart (Amer. Journ. of Med. Sci., xv. 362) attributed sedative astringent 
properties to this drug, and asserted that it is a valuable remedy against the colliquative sweats 
of phthisis. The form of administration which Hr. Smart preferred was that of solution, in 
the proportion of two drachms to the fluidounce (7-8 Gm.-30 C.c.) of water. Of this the 
dose for an adult is from 30 to 45 drops (1-9-2-8 C.c.), equivalent to from 10 to 15 grains 
(0-65-0-97 Gm.) of the salt, repeated every four or six hours. 
This salt is manufactured on a large scale, chiefly for the use of dyers and calico-printers. 
In pharmacy it is employed to prepare diluted hydrocyanic acid, Prussian blue, and potassium 
and silver cyanides. 
POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. U. S. Potassium Hypophosphite. 
“ Potassium Hypophosphite should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” TJ. S. 
Kali Hypophosphorosum, Hypophosphis Potassicus, s. Kalicus; Hypophosphite de Potasse, Fr.; Unterphospho- 
rigsaures Kali, G. 
This salt is prepared by mixing solutions of calcium hypophosphite and granulated potas- 
sium carbonate, in the proportion of six ounces of the former dissolved in four pints of water 
to 5-75 ounces of the latter in half a pint. As a result of double decomposition between the 
KH2P02; 103*91. (po-tAs'si-I hy-po-phSs'phis.) KH2 P02; 104. 
of two parts of alum and one of ferrous sulphate. An effervescence occurs, due principally to carbonic acid ; and a 
very abundant precipitate is thrown down of a blackish-brown color. This precipitate is washed, by decantation, 
by means of a large quantity of water, which is removed every twelve hours. By these washings, which last from 
twenty to twenty-five days, the precipitate becomes successively greenish brown, bluish, and finally deep blue. When 
of the latter color, it is collected and allowed to drain upon a cloth, after which it is divided into cubical masses and 
dried. 
A preparation under the name of Soluble Prussian Blue has been introduced into use for injecting anatomical 
preparations by Schroeder van der Kolk, and is said to be much esteemed for this purpose. To obtain it there must 
be a great excess of the potassium ferrocyanide in concentrated solution. The iron should be in a state of sesqui- 
chloride, in the proportion of not more than one-eighth or one-tenth of the ferrocyanide employed. After their 
mixture, the precipitate is washed with water till it begins to become blue, when it is expressed and dried in the air. 
On the small scale it may be economically obtained in the following manner. Take solutions of the ferrocyanide 
containing 217 grammes to the liter of water, and of the sesquichloride containing one part of the solid salt in 10 
parts of water. Then, taking equal volumes of the two solutions, add to each one twice its volume of a cold con- 
centrated solution of sodium sulphate, and mix the solutions. Put on a filter, and treat as directed above. The 
product dried in the air is perfectly soluble, and admirably adapted for injection. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iv. 238.) 
For other formulm for Soluble Prussian Blue, see Ibid., 4e ser., xix. 227. 
Properties. Pure Prussian blue is a tasteless powder, insoluble in water and alcohol, and having a rich deep-blue 
color. It is insoluble in dilute acids, decomposed by fuming nitric acid, and dissolved without decomposition by 
strong sulphuric acid, forming a white mass of the consistence of paste, from which the Prussian blue may be pre- 
cipitated unchanged by water. Concentrated hydrochloric acid decomposes it, dissolving ferric oxide, and liberating 
hydroferrocyanic acid (H2Cfy). Boiled with mercuric oxide, it generates mercuric cyanide. (See Hydrargyri Cyani- 
dum.) By the contact of a red-hot body it takes fire and burns slowly, leaving a residue of ferric oxide. When 
it is heated in close vessels, water, hydrocyanic acid, and ammonium carbonate are evolved, and iron carbide is 
left. Its composition has been given above. The Prussian blue of commerce was discovered by accident, in 1710, 
by Diesbach, a preparer of colors at Berlin. It has the same general properties as the pure substance. It occurs in 
small rectangular masses, which are heavier than water and have a fracture presenting a bronzed appearance. Be- 
sides the constituents of pure Prussian blue, it always contains uncombined ferric oxide, and a portion of alumina, 
derived from the alum employed in its manufacture, which serves to give it body as a pigment. These substances 
may be detected by boiling the pigment with dilute hydrochloric acid and precipitating the filtered solution with 
ammonia. Pure Prussian blue treated in this manner yields no precipitate. 
Medical Properties. Prussian blue has been deemed tonic, febrifuge, and alterative, but is at present very rarely 
used, and is probably of no medicinal value. It is sometimes employed as an application to ill-conditioned ulcers, 
mixed with simple ointment in the proportion of a drachm to the ounce. The dose is from three to five grains (0'20- 
0'33 Gm.), repeated several times a day, and gradually increased until some effect is produced* PART I. 
Potassii Hypophosphis.—Potassii Iodidum. 
1099 
two salts, calcium carbonate and potassium hypophosphite are formed, the former being pre- 
cipitated, and the latter held in solution. The calcium carbonate is removed by filtration, and 
the clear solution is evaporated till a pellicle forms, after which it is constantly stirred, with 
continuance of the heat, until the salt granulates. The heat employed in the evaporation 
should be kept considerably below 100° C. (212° F.), for fear of explosion. If the salt be 
required quite pure, it should be dissolved in the granulated state, in official alcohol, and the 
solution evaporated to a syrupy consistence and then set aside to crystallize. The calcium 
hypophosphite may be prepared by a formula given under the head of Calcium Hypophosphite. 
Properties. Potassium hypophosphite, according to the Pharmacopoeia, is in “ white, 
opaque, hexagonal plates, or crystalline masses, or a granular powder, odorless, and having a 
pungent, saline taste; very deliquescent. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-6 part of water, 
and in 7-3 parts of alcohol; in 0-3 part of boiling water, and in 3-6 parts of boiling alcohol; 
insoluble in ether. When heated in a dry test-tube, the salt at first loses moisture, and then 
evolves spontaneously inflammable hydrogen phosphide gas, which burns with a bright yellow 
flame. On triturating or heating the salt with nitrates, chlorates, or other oxidizing agents, it 
detonates violently. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is neutral to litmus paper, and yields, with 
sodium bitartrate test-solution, a white, crystalline precipitate. With silver nitrate test-solution 
a white precipitate is formed, which rapidly turns brown and black, owing to the separation of 
metallic silver. If a small quantity of an aqueous solution of the salt be acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, and mercuric chloride test-solution added, so that the latter remain in excess, 
a white precipitate of mercurous chloride will at first be produced, which, upon further addition 
of the acidulated solution, is reduced to metallic mercury. The aqueous solution of the salt 
(1 in 20) should not effervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate) ; nor should 
it be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium'). Separate por- 
tions of 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20), heated with 1 C.c. of nitric acid, should re- 
main clear upon the addition of silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride), or of barium 
chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). Not more than a slight cloudiness should be pro- 
duced in the aqueous solution of the salt by the addition of magnesia mixture (limit of phos- 
phate). If 0-1 Grin, of dry Potassium Hypophosphite be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, then 
mixed with 7-5 C.c. of sulphuric acid and 40 C.c. of potassium permanganate decinormal volu- 
metric solution, and the mixture be boiled for fifteen minutes, it should not require more than 
2 C.c. of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution to discharge the red color (corresponding 
to at least 98-7 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This salt, and several other hypophosphites, as those 
of calcium, sodium, ammonium, etc., were brought into notice a few years since, in conse- 
quence of their supposed efficiency in the introduction of phosphorus into the system in cases 
in which this element might be thought to be deficient. Upon this principle they were recom- 
mended by Br. Churchill, of Paris, in the treatment of phthisis, and came into extensive em- 
ployment ; but experience has hardly confirmed the first favorable impression of their useful- 
ness in this complaint. There seem, however, to be good grounds for their application to 
diseases attended with deficiency of nerve-power from debility of the brain, and in certain scrofu- 
lous affections of children, especially those connected with a disordered condition of the bones. 
The dose of potassium hypophosphite is for adults from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gan.) 
three times a day, and may be given dissolved in water, or in the form of syrup. 
POTASSII IODIDUM. U. S., Br. Potassium Iodide. 
KI; 165*56. (po-tXs'si-i i-od'i-dum.) KI; 165-6. 
“ Potassium Iodide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Potassium Iodide, 
KI, may be prepared in the same manner as Potassium Bromide, iodine being used in place of 
bromine.” Br. 
Iodide of Potassium ; Potassii Hydriodas; Kalium Iodatum, P. G.; Kali Hydriodicum, Ioduretum Potassicum, 
8. Kalicum; Iodurede Potassium, Fr.; Jodkalium, G. 
No process is given in the U. S. or Br. Pharmacopoeias. That of the U. S. P. 1870 did not 
differ essentially from the British 1885.* 
* “ Take of Solution of Potash one gallon [Imperial measure] ; Iodine twenty-one ounces [avoirdupois], or a suffi- 
ciency ; Wood Charcoal, in fine powder, three ounces [av.] ; Boiling Distilled Water a sufficiency. Put the Solution 
of Potash into a glass or porcelain vessel, and add the Iodine in small quantities at a time, with constant agitation, 
until the solution acquires a permanent brown tint. Evaporate the whole to dryness in a porcelain dish, pulverize 
the residue, and mix this intimately with the Charcoal. Throw the mixture, in small quantities at a time, into a 
red-hot iron crucible, and, when the whole has been brought to a state of fusion, remove the crucible from the fire and 1100 
Potassii Iodidum. 
PART I. 
An aqueous solution of potassa is treated with iodine in slight excess. The result of thus 
saturating potassa with iodine is the formation of two salts, potassium iodide and iodate. Six 
atoms of iodine react with six mols. of potassa, and there are formed five mols. of potassium 
iodide and one of potassium iodate, GKOH -f- (I2)3 = 5KI -f- KI03 -(- 3H20. By evaporating 
the solution to dryness the mixed salts are obtained ; and, if the dry mass be exposed to a red 
heat, the iodate will be converted into iodide, thus removing this impurity from the iodide. In 
the formula the mixed salts, towards the close of their evaporation to dryness, are directed to 
be mixed with powdered charcoal, according to the plan of Mr. Scanlan, which facilitates the 
deoxidation of the iodate. This being accomplished by a dull red heat, the potassium iodide 
is dissolved out of the mass, and the solution is set aside to crystallize. 
In the old Edin. and Dublin processes the first step was to form ferrous iodide in solution, pre- 
cisely as is done in the formula for that compound ; and the second to decompose it by potas- 
sium carbonate, which gave rise to potassium iodide in solution, and a precipitate of ferrous 
carbonate. The solution of potassium iodide was separated by filtration and washing from the 
precipitated carbonate, and evaporated to dryness. The dry salt was then freed from iron and 
other impurities by solution in boiling water or alcohol, filtration, and crystallization. Messrs. 
T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh, instead of washing the precipitate, prefer the plan of pressing 
it strongly in a cloth, in order to extract the remains of the solution. The mass left is broken 
up in a portion of distilled water equal to about two-thirds of the weight of the iodine employed, 
and pressed a second time. Proceeding thus, less water is used, and less evaporation is neces- 
sary. The solution obtained by them is evaporated to dryness, and the dry salt is carefully 
fused in an iron pot, in order to free it from color. It is then dissolved, and the solution, by 
filtration, concentration, and cooling, furnishes a perfectly pure iodide nearly to the last. 
According to the method of E. Sonstadt, potassium iodide is prepared directly from the mother- 
liquors of kelp by converting the alkaline iodides into iodates by means of chlorine or potassium 
permanganate, precipitating the iodic acid by a soluble barium salt, heating the precipitate with 
solution of potassium sulphate, evaporating and melting the resulting potassium iodate solution, 
and crystallizing its solution from the potassium iodide thus obtained. ( Chern. News, xxvi. 182.) 
Or, these mother-liquors are evaporated to dryness, the mass gently roasted to oxidize sulphides, 
and then extracted with water, evaporated again to dryness and extracted with alcohol, whereby 
sodium and potassium iodide go into solution. This is treated with potassium carbonate to 
change the sodium iodide into potassium iodide, and a stream of C02 led through to precipitate 
the sodium bicarbonate. The remaining solution contains potassium iodide with a little sodium 
bicarbonate. (Fliickiger, Pliarm. Chem., 2d ed., 1888, p. 341.) Large quantities are now 
manufactured from the cuprous iodide coming from the South American sodium nitrate works. 
The cuprous iodide is suspended in water acidified with hydrochloric acid, and a stream of 
hydrogen sulphide gas led in, whereby hydrogen iodide enters into solution. This solution is 
filtered, neutralized with potassium carbonate, and evaporated to crystallization. 
Properties. Potassium iodide, sometimes incorrectly called hydriodate of potassa, is in 
“ colorless, transparent or translucent, cubical crystals (the white, opaque, commercial variety 
being crystallized from an alkaline solution, and less pure), or a white, granular powder, having 
a peculiar, faint, iodine-like odor, and a pungent, saline, afterwards bitter taste. Permanent in 
dry air, and but slightly deliquescent in moist air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-75 part of 
water, and in 18 parts of alcohol; in 0-5 part of boiling water, and in 6 parts of boiling alcohol; 
also soluble in 2-5 parts of glycerin. When heated, the salt decrepitates. At a low red heat 
it fuses, and at a bright red heat it is volatilized without decomposition. Its aqueous solution 
is neutral, or has, at most, a scarcely perceptible alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The salt 
yields a white, crystalline precipitate with sodium bitartrate test-solution. If to 5 C.c. of the 
aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt 1 C.c. of chlorine water be added, iodine will be liberated, 
and impart to the solution a yellow color. On agitating the mixture with a few drops of chloro- 
form, this will acquire a violet color.” U. S. According to the Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh, 
it is not at all deliquescent when perfectly pure. It generally crystallizes in cubes. If solution 
of potassium iodide be mixed with solution of starch, and a minute solution of chlorine be 
added, a blue color will be produced, the chlorine combining with the potassium and thus 
liberating the iodine, which forms a blue compound with starch. Its solution is decomposed 
pour out its contents. When the fused mass has cooled, dissolve it in two pints [Imp. meas.] of boiling distilled 
water, filter through paper, wash the filter with a little boiling distilled water, unite the liquids, and evaporate the 
whole till a film forms on the surface. Set it aside to cool and crystallize. Drain the crystals, and dry them quickly 
in a warm place. More crystals may be obtained by evaporating the mother-liquor and cooling. The salt should 
be kept in a stoppered bottle.” Br. 1885. Potassii Iodidum. 
1101 
PART I. 
by the addition of a few drops of sulphuric acid, hydriodic acid being generated, which speedily 
undergoes decomposition, with evolution of iodine ; and, if starch be added after the lapse of a 
few minutes, a blue color will be produced. The starch test will not give the characteristic blue 
color immediately, if added simultaneously with the acid, unless the potassium iodide contains 
potassium iodate, which impurity causes an immediate liberation of iodine. The blue color 
being produced by the starch and acid, if simultaneously added, is, therefore, a sign of impurity. 
A very delicate test for potassium iodide and other soluble iodides is that of M. Grange. It 
consists in pouring a little of the liquid to be examined into a test-tube, adding a few drops of 
solution of starch, and passing through the mixture a few bubbles of fuming nitrous acid. The 
liquid immediately assumes a pale rose color, inclining to violet, if containing 1-200,000th of 
its weight of the iodide, and a bright blue color if 1-100,000th is present. (See page 746.) 
When tartaric acid is freely added to a strong solution of the iodide, it occasions a white crys- 
talline precipitate, and the supernatant liquid, if mixed with starch, becomes first purple, and 
finally blue. Platinic chloride colors its solution reddish brown, without causing a precipitate ; 
barium chloride but slightly affects it; and ferrous sulphate occasions no change. The non- 
action of the last test shows the absence of potassium carbonate. The aqueous solution is 
capable of taking up a large quantity of iodine, forming a liquid of a deep-brown color. 
M. Payen has noticed a curious effect produced by potassium iodide. In saturated solution, 
this salt causes in starch added to it an enlargement of its granules to twenty-five or thirty 
times their original volume, dissolving the interior substance of the granules, and enormously 
distending the exterior layer. Potassium bromide produces the same effect; but the alkaline 
chlorides cause neither the enlargement referred to, nor a solution of the amylaceous sub- 
stance ; and if the saturated solution of the iodide be diluted with three and a half volumes 
of water or more, it is inert in reference to starch in the cold. (Journ. de Pliarm., 4e ser., ii. 
373.) M. Ferieres found that ether added to a solution of potassium iodide decomposes it, 
. but it has been shown by the researches of M. de Vrij and of M. Magnes-Lahens that this does 
not happen with pure ether, but is due to the acetic acid which is developed by sunlight in 
ether. (Journ. de Pliarrn., 4e s6r., xvi. 107, 468; xvii. 116.) 
Tests. Exposed to a dull red heat, potassium iodide fuses, and on cooling concretes into 
a crystalline pearly mass, without loss of weight; but at a full red heat it is slowly volatilized 
without decomposition. The most usual impurities contained in this salt are potassium and 
sodium chlorides, potassium bromide, and potassium carbonate and iodate. According to M. 
Payen, the potassium iodide of commerce generally contains potassium carbonate and iodine 
in excess. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., ii. 373.) He states, however, that it may be easily puri- 
fied by saturating the potassa with hydriodic acid, and then eliminating the excess of iodine 
by hydrogen sulphide, boiling, rest, and filtration. (Ibid., p. 368.) The presence of a chloride 
may be determined by silver nitrate. This test will throw down nothing from the pure salt 
but silver iodide, which is scarcely soluble in ammonia, while silver chloride is readily soluble 
in it. If then a solution of the iodide be precipitated by an excess of silver nitrate, and 
treated with ammonia, the latter will dissolve any chloride which may have been thrown down, 
and will yield it again as a white precipitate on being saturated with nitric acid. If, on the 
other hand, the potassium iodide be pure, the ammonia will take up only a minute quantity 
of silver iodide, and the addition of nitric acid will scarcely disturb the transparency of the 
solution. The silver iodide precipitated from 10 grains of potassium iodide weighs, when 
washed and dried, 14-1 grains. When lead acetate is added to a solution of potassium iodide, 
a yellow precipitate of lead iodide is thrown down, soluble in boiling water. Potassium iodide, 
to conform to the U. S-. P. 1890, must contain 99-5 per cent, of the pure salt. The official 
tests are as follows: “ No residue should be left when 1 6m. of the salt is dissolved in 2 C.c. 
of diluted alcohol of specific gravity 0-928 (absence of less soluble salts'). If 1 Gm. of the salt 
be dissolved in water and 0-05 C.c. (one drop) of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution 
be added, no color should be produced by the subsequent addition of a drop of phenolphtalein 
test-solution, even after heating (limit of alkali). When a fragment of the salt is brought 
into a non-luminous flame on a clean platinum wire, a violet color should appear at once (ab- 
sence of sodium). If to a solution of the salt (1 in 20) in distilled water, from which all 
gases have been expelled by boiling, a little starch test-solution be added, and then a few drops 
of pure diluted sulphuric acid test-solution, no blue color should appear at once (absence of 
iodate). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be colored or precipitated by the addition 
of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either before or after acidulation with 
hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). The aqueous solution should remain 1102 
Potassii Iodidum. 
PART I. 
clear after the addition of barium chloride test solution (absence of sulphate). If 1 Gm. of 
the salt be mixed with 0-5 Gm., each, of iron and of zinc, in coarse powder or filings, and 
heated in a test-tube with 5 C.c. of sodium hydrate test-solution, no ammoniacal vapors should 
be evolved (absence of nitrate or nitrite). No blue color should be communicated to 5 C.c. of 
the aqueous solution (1 in 20) by 0-1 C.c. (2 drops) of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution 
(absence of iron). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution be gently heated with 1 drop of ferrous 
sulphate test-solution and 0-5 C.c. of potassium hydrate test-solution, no blue color should ap- 
pear after acidulating the mixture with hydrochloric acid (absence of cyanide). If 0-5 Gm. of 
the well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate test-solu- 
tion be added, it should require not more than 30-25 C.c. nor less than 30 C.c. of silver nitrate 
decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color of silver chromate (correspond- 
ing to at least 99-5 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. “ Each gramme should require for com- 
plete precipitation not less than 59-5 and not more than 61-9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric 
solution of silver nitrate.” Br. The low price of potassium bromide, compared with that of the 
iodide, has caused the former to be used to adulterate the latter. When potassium bromide is sold 
for the iodide, the fraud may be detected by the fact that the addition of sulphuric acid produces 
copious reddish fumes, instead of the purple ones arising from the iodide. A very delicate test for 
bromide in iodide is based upon the different actions of iodide and bromide with lead peroxide. 
This reagent will liberate iodine from iodide on boiling, but will not decompose any bromide 
by boiling. Therefore, after the suspected sample has been boiled with the lead peroxide until 
all the iodine is driven off, and then filtered, the filtrate may be treated with fresh peroxide 
and a little acetic acid, when any bromine present is decomposed, and the free bromine will 
color carbon disulphide or answer other tests. (Fliickiger, Pliarm. Ohem., 2d ed., 1888, p. 350.) 
M. Lepage determines the amount of the bromide as follows. Dissolve one gramme of corro- 
sive sublimate in twenty cubic centimeters of water; also one gramme of the suspected iodide 
in thirty grammes of pure water. Add by means of a burette the former fluid to the latter 
until it just ceases to cause a turbidity. If the iodide is pure, at least 16 C.c. of the mercu- 
rial solution are required; if impure, the remaining solution will exceed the volume of 4 C.c. 
in proportion as the potassium iodide has been replaced by bromide. For this test it is neces- 
sary that the iodide be free from chloride, carbonate, and iodate. (A. J. P., xliv. 167.) In 
order to detect bromine, M. Personne first precipitates from an aqueous solution of the sus- 
pected iodide the whole of the iodine as cuprous iodide, by successively adding, in excess, a 
solution of copper sulphate and aqueous sulphurous acid, and then treats the filtered liquid 
with ether and chlorine water, the whole being shaken together and left at rest. If bromine 
be present, the ether which rises to the surface will be tinged of a reddish-yellow color. Fre- 
senius’s test of gold chloride is, according to Dr. J. H. Bill, of the U. S. Army, very delicate. 
The iodine having been separated by palladium, and the excess of palladium by hydrogen sul- 
phide, the solution supposed to contain bromine, if treated first with a drop of hydrochloric 
acid, and then with a drop of solution of gold chloride, will, if bromine be present, exhibit a 
decided yellowness, which will appear more obviously if the solution be compared with pure 
water or a weak solution of a chloride. (See A. J. P., May, 1868, 272.) Potassium carbon- 
ate may be discovered by lime water, which causes a milkiness (calcium carbonate), and by 
tincture of iodine, the color of which is destroyed. The iodate may be detected by adding a 
solution of tartaric acid to a solution of the suspected iodide. Potassium bitartrate will be pre- 
cipitated, and, if the iodide be pure, a yellow color will soon be developed by the action of the 
air on the liberated hydriodic acid; but if any iodate be present the test will give rise to 
both iodic and hydriodic acids, which, by their mutual action, will instantly develop iodine. 
Mr. William Copney has pointed out an excellent test for detecting potassium carbonate 
and iodate, in the use of ferrous iodide, in the form of syrup of ferrous iodide, recently pre- 
pared. (See Syrupus Ferri Iodidi.) A drop of the syrup is added to a solution of the sus- 
pected potassium iodide. A bluish precipitate indicates the carbonate ; a red one, the iodate; 
and a blue precipitate, followed by a red one, both impurities. Potassium carbonate is gener- 
ally present in the proportion of from 1 to 10 per cent. Dr. Christison has detected 74£ per 
cent., and Dr. Pereira as high as 77 per cent. An adulteration by the carbonate under 10 per 
cent, does not alter the crystalline appearance of the iodide, but gives it an increased tendency 
to deliquesce. When it is greater it renders the,salt granular and highly deliquescent. As 
potassium iodide is soluble in rectified spirit, anything left undissolved by that solvent is im- 
purity. (A. J. P., xxvi. 293.) A seemingly better method is that of M. Personne, founded 
upon the fact that when mercuric chloride is added to a solution of the iodide in just sufficient Potassii Iodidum. 
1103 
PART I. 
amount to form potassio-mercuric iodide the solution remains clear, but on the further addi- 
tion of the minutest quantity of the chloride a persistent reddish or rose-colored precipitate 
is formed. He prepares the titrating solution by dissolving 13-55 grammes of mercuric chlo- 
ride and 8 to 10 grammes of common salt in 200 to 250 grammes of distilled water, and 
then adding sufficient distilled water to make the whole measure one liter; 10 cubic centi- 
meters of this correspond to 0-1355 of the chloride. Of the iodide to be tested 3-32 grammes 
are dissolved in sufficient water to make exactly 100 cubic centimeters. The titration is per- 
formed by putting 10 cubic centimeters of this in a beaker glass, and adding from a burette, 
drop by drop, the mercurial liquid, keeping the beaker in a constant agitation by means of the 
gyratory movement with the hand. When the red color appears the titration is complete. If 
the iodide be pure, 10 cubic centimeters of the mercurial solution will have been used ; if only 
8 C.c. have been used, it is known that the iodide contains only 80 per cent, of the pure salt; 
9 C.c. indicate 90 per cent.; 7 C.c., 70 per cent., and so on. The presence of potassium bro- 
mide, chloride, or carbonate is said not to interfere with this test. (Journ. de Pharm., Janv. 
1875, p. 5.) Potassium iodide contains no water of crystallization. 
According to M. Payen, a saturated solution of potassium iodide, which will evince signs of 
decomposition by becoming orange-yellow, in the presence of atmospheric air, on the addition 
of small quantities of acetic, nitric, oxalic, and probably many other acids, remains unaffected 
by these additions if atmospheric air be excluded. The air oxidizes a portion of the potassium, 
which then unites with the acid, and the iodine liberated gives color to the solution. (Journ. 
de PJiarrn., 4e s6r., iii. 200.) As first pointed out by M. Loew (A. J. P., xlii. 80), and con- 
firmed by M. Yidau in an elaborate series of experiments, iodine is liberated from a solution 
of potassium iodide by direct sunlight; the more concentrated the solution the more energetic 
is the action. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xx. 351.) 
Potassium iodide is incompatible with alkaloids, calomel, mercurous and mercuric oxides, 
turpeth mineral, white precipitate, blue mass, and metallic mercury. M. Melsens observes that 
potassium iodide'given in connection with the insoluble preparations of mercury renders them 
soluble and much more active. (See A. J. P., xxvi. 222.) With nitrous ether potassium iodide 
reacts, yielding, among other products, ethyl iodide and a little ordinary ether. (Juncadella, 
Comptes-Rendus, Fev. 1859, p. 345.) At ordinary temperatures potassium iodide is slowly 
decomposed, with evolution of iodine, by ammonium nitrate or boric acid, and at high tem- 
peratures, in a glass test-tube, with escape of violet vapors, not only by the two substances just 
named, but also by ammonium sulphate, oxalate, carbonate, and chloride, sodium sulphate, 
phosphate, nitrate, and borate, potassium and magnesium sulphates, calcium nitrate, sodium, 
potassium, and calcium chlorides, and silicic acid. (Ubaldini, Journ. de Pharm., Oct. 1859, p. 
292.) M. Melsens has noticed another very important fact in relation to the operation of potas- 
sium iodide. When this salt and potassium chlorate are mixed in solution, no change takes 
place at ordinary temperatures; but if a certain amount of a mineral acid be added to the 
solution of the mixed salts, a reaction occurs, attended with the escape of iodine; and evi- 
dences are presented of the existence of iodic acid in the solution. Now, M. Melsens has 
ascertained by experiments on dogs that neither of these salts, if given separately and at dif- 
ferent times, produces an evil effect; while if given together, 60 as to be in the system at the 
same time, they act as a poison, and may cause death in a few days. Seven grammes (108 
grains) of a mixture of potassium iodide and potassium chlorate, in equivalent proportions, 
given daily to a dog of medium size, uniformly proved fatal in less than a month, and often 
as early as the fifth day. M. Melsens ascribed the result to the production of potassium iodate, 
which he has shown to be a poisonous salt. (A. J. P., Nov. 1866, p. 521 ; from Bull, de la Soc. 
CMm. de Paris.) With the alkaloids potassium iodide is incompatible, and fatal results have 
been caused by the strychnine iodide crystallizing out of a prescription, so that the whole of 
it was taken at a single dose. 
Medical Properties. The general therapeutic properties of the preparations of iodine, 
of which potassium iodide is the most important, have been given under the head of Iodine. 
By most practitioners the preparation under notice is preferred for producing the constitutional 
effects of iodine. When it is administered in large repeated doses it produces evidences of 
systemic infection, known as iodism. The most usual indication of its constitutional action is 
a pain over the brow, with coryza; in some cases a mild ptyalism, with fetor of the breath and 
slight swelling of the gums, is produced. In a number of cases it causes an eruption, some- 
times simply of macula, but usually of acne. In unusual conditions of the system these skin 
affections may become very severe and ulcerations result. Thus, Dr. John O’Reilly, of New 1104 
Potassii Iodidum. 
PAET I. 
York, reports several cases in which, after the use of this iodide, spots like purpura were pro- 
duced, invading first the face and then the trunk and extremities. These became bullae, 
sometimes an inch in diameter, filled with a purple liquid, and finally sphacelated spots ending 
in ulcers. Great constitutional disturbance coexisted, with swollen tongue, fetor, and salivation. 
Drs. Bumstead (vim. Journ. Med. Sci., lxii. 101) and H. C. Wood have seen similar cases. 
When it is given in a too concentrated form, its local irritant properties assert themselves, and 
severe gastro-intestinal irritation or inflammation may result. The amount of iodine which 
the individual will bear varies, but in those who have not been gradually accustomed to its 
use the power of resisting very large doses is strong evidence of a syphilitic infection. In 
periosteal nodes, specific rheumatism, diseases of the nervous system or large viscera,, and in other 
forms of advanced secondary or tertiary syphilis, potassium iodide acts as a specific, but must 
be given in very large doses and continuously for months or even years. It is when the symp- 
toms are not very active, or when evidences of cachexia forbid mercurials, that it is especially 
indicated. In 1843, MM. Guillot and Melsens gave potassium iodide with advantage in doses 
of from a drachm to a drachm and a half daily, in mercurial tremors and lead poisoning. In 
a memoir published in 1849, M. Melsens gives a full account of his experiments with it as a 
remedy for the affections caused by mercury and lead. He effected a number of cures of 
mercurial tremors and lead palsy; and during the progress of the cure these metals were 
found in the urine. The value of potassium iodide in various chronic metallic poisonings is 
now established, and there can be little doubt as to the correctness of the theory of M. Melsens, 
namely, that potassium iodide forms with insoluble metallic compounds in the tissues soluble 
double salts, which are taken up by the blood and eliminated by the emunctories.* Potassium 
iodide sometimes produces ptyalism, but this ptyalism, when directly caused by the iodide, is 
never severe. Occasionally, however, during the taking of the iodide, furious ptyalism will oc- 
cur, which is the result, as was first shown by Melsens, of the liberation from the tissues of mer- 
cury which had been previously taken, and which was enabled by being dissolved to produce 
constitutional effects. As this ptyalism may come on in persons who have not taken mercury 
for months, or perhaps for years, it would appear that that metal can long lie fixed and insolu- 
ble in the system, and finally, when liberated, produce serious constitutional symptoms. A 
prolonged mercurial treatment should always be followed by a course with potassium iodide. 
Dr. G. W. Balfour, of Edinburgh, published several cases of aneurism of the aorta in which 
potassium iodide was given in the dose of thirty grains twice or thrice daily with apparently 
great advantage, the symptoms of the disease having not only been greatly relieved, but in 
some instances having entirely disappeared. (Edin. Med. Journ., July, 1868, p. 33; also April, 
1871, p. 935.) The results probably were due to the aneurisms being of syphilitic origin. For 
the softening of inflammatory deposits, and for the removal of exudations not of syphilitic nature, 
potassium iodide is one of the most reliable remedies that we have. Hence it is much used in 
chronic pleurisies. In chronic disease of the ptdmonic parenchyma, especially when tubercular, 
the exhibition of potassium iodide frequently has a pronounced effect in hastening softening 
and ulceration. Potassium iodide has been used internally by Dr. A. Beaufort with much 
supposed advantage for a local effect. Being largely secreted with the tears, and to a certain 
extent with the uterine fluids, he gives it with a view to its effects on the passages with which 
it thus comes in contact. In this way he explains the very good effects he has experienced 
from it in chronic inflammation of the lachrymal passages, and in chronic metritis with copious 
leucorrhoea. (j8. and F. Med.-Chir. Rev., Oct. 1868, p. 517.) 
The dose of potassium iodide is from two to ten grains or more (0T3-0-65 Gm.), three 
times a day, given in dilute solution. In syphilitic cases, two, four, and even six drachms 
(7-8-15-5-23-3 Gm.) may be given daily with excellent results. When it is given in large 
amounts, care should be exercised to secure free dilution, and the best method of administration 
is in solution in milk. The compound syrup of sarsaparilla will in a measure disguise its taste. 
Potassium iodide passes quickly into the urine, in which it may be detected by first adding 
to the cold secretion a portion of starch, and then a few drops of nitric acid, when a blue 
color will be produced. It has been detected in six minutes after having been swallowed. 
According to Schottin, it passes slowly into the sweat. Taken in lialf-drachm doses daily, it 
did not appear in that secretion until five days had elapsed. 
Potassium iodide is employed as an external application in the form of ointment, either 
alone or mixed with iodine. (See TJnguentum Potassii Iodidi and Unguentum lodif) 
* See the Memoir of M. Melsens, translated by Dr. Budd, of Bristol, England, in the Brit, and For. Med.-Chir. 
Rev., Am. ed., for Jan. 1853, p. 157; also a paper by Dr. J. W. Corson, in the JV. Y. Journ. of Med. for Sept. 1853. PAKT I. 
Potassii Nitras. 
1105 
KNO3; 100*92. (po-tXs'si-i nI'TRXs.) KN03; 101. 
POTASSII NITRAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Nitrate. [Saltpetre.] 
“ Potassium Nitrate, KN03, may be obtained by purifying crude nitre, or by the interaction 
of sodium nitrate and potassium chloride.” Br. 
Kali Nitricum, P. 6.; Nitrum Depuratum, Sal Petras, s. Nitri, Nitras Potassicus, s. Kalicus; Nitrate of Potash, 
Nitre, Saltpetre; Nitrate de Potasse, Azotate de Potasse (Nitre prismatique), Salpetre, Fr.; Salpetersaures Kali, 
Salpeter, Kalisalpeter, G., Dutch, Dan., Sw.; Nitro, It., Sp., Port. 
Nitre, or saltpetre, is both a natural and an artificial product. It occurs in many countries, 
existing in the soil, on which it forms a saline efflorescence, in the fissures of calcareous rocks, 
and in caves. It lias been found in different parts of Europe, in Egypt, and in Chili; but the 
country in which it is most abundantly produced is India, whence the principal part is fur- 
nished for the demands of commerce. In the United States it is found, for the most part, in 
caverns situated in limestone rock, called saltpetre caves, where it is associated with calcium 
nitrate. The earths contained in them are lixiviated, and yield, according to their richness, 
from one to ten pounds of crude nitre to the bushel. These caves are particularly numerous 
in Kentucky, and furnished a large proportion of the nitre consumed in the United States 
during the last war with England. According to Mr. E. S. Wayne, of Cincinnati, nitre earth 
exists near Nashville, Tenn., which yields 15 per cent, of nitre, and is said to be sufficiently 
abundant to supply the demand of the United States. In Bradford County, Pa., a solid, 
uncrystalline deposit of very pure nitre exists in a sandstone rock. (Prof. W. If. Ellet,.) “ A 
mountain” of the salt is said to have been discovered by Dr. Harrison among the Rocky Moun- 
tains, “ six miles N.E. of Crystal Peak.” (A. J. P., 1866, p. 87.) Nitre exists also in the 
vegetable kingdom, having been found in tobacco, borage, bugloss, parietaria, hemlock, and 
the sunflower. The artificial sources of nitre are certain mixtures of animal and vegetable 
substances with wood-ashes and calcareous matter, called nitre-beds, and certain materials 
impregnated with saltpetre, consisting principally of plaster rubbish, derived from the demoli- 
tion of old buildings. The ashes of tobacco-stems, consisting almost exclusively of potassium 
carbonate and chloride, have been proposed by M. Commaille as an artificial source of nitre, 
by adding them to the ordinary nitre-beds. (Journ. de Pharm., F6v. 1856.) 
Preparation from its Natural Sources. In India the saline earth, which contains 
about seven parts of nitre in a thousand, is lixiviated in large mud filters lined with stiff clay, 
and furnished with false bottoms of bamboo, covered with grass mats, on which wood-ashes 
are laid. The filters being then filled with the saline earth, water is added, and the solution 
filters through the wood-ashes, with the effect of converting the calcium nitrate present, 
amounting to nearly 1 per cent., into potassium nitrate. The solution obtained is evaporated 
in earthen pots, filtered, and set aside to crystallize. The impure nitre thus obtained contains 
from 45 to 70 per cent, of the pure salt. It is redissolved and crystallized, and thrown into 
commerce under the name of crude saltpetre. Besides the nitre obtained in India by the fil- 
tration of the soil deposited during the overflow of the Ganges, it appears, from the report of 
Dr. J. W. Palmer, that much of the crude salt is procured, in the northwestern provinces of 
Hindostan, from the saline incrustations formed in and around the mud walls surrounding the 
dwellings of the natives. The scrapings from these sources are lixiviated, and the impure 
solution allowed to evaporate in shallow pans exposed to the sun. The impure nitre extracted 
from the earthy matters crystallizes out; while from 1 to 9 per cent, of common salt remains 
in the mother-liquor, and is recovered by evaporation. (A. J. P., 1868, 436.) Juar, a plant 
used in India as fodder, contains in its stems during dry seasons a large quantity of potassium 
nitrate (17 per cent.) ; when in this condition it is poisonous to animals. (P'. J. Tr., 1896, 380.) 
Within recent years nitre has been largely manufactured from the native potassium chlo- 
ride of Stassfurt and the native sodium nitrate of Chili, two cheap and abundant crude ma- 
terials, which by their reaction yield potassium nitrate. For this purpose equal molecular 
quantities of the two salts are dissolved in water with the aid of heat until the specific gravity 
of the liquor reaches 1*5. Sodium chloride, being much less soluble in hot water, is precipi- 
tated, and the clear solution on cooling and on agitation deposits the saltpetre as a fine powder. 
This so-called “conversion saltpetre,” as manufactured by Yorster & Griineberg, of Kalk, 
Germany, and exhibited at the Chicago Exposition, is said to be 99-9 per cent, pure nitrate. 
Artificial Preparation. The plan of making saltpetre in artificial nitre-beds is princi- 
pally practised in Germany; while the method of obtaining it from old plaster rubbish is 
followed in France. Artificial nitre-beds are formed of animal and vegetable remains, together 
with ashes and calcareous earth, which are mixed up with a portiop of loose soil and placed 1106 
Potassii Nitras. 
PART I. 
under sheds, to shelter the mixture from the rain, while the sides are left open, to admit the 
free access of air. The mixture is disposed in little ranges or heaps, which are frequently 
turned over with a spade, and sprinkled with urine, as a substance containing a large quantity 
of nitrogen. At the end of two or three years the nitrogen is converted into nitric acid, and 
this, by uniting with the potassa existing in the vegetable remains, forms nitre. When the 
contents of the bed contain about four ounces of the salt for every cubic foot of the materials, 
they are deemed fit to be lixiviated. The lixiviation is performed with boiling water, which is 
repeatedly thrown upon fresh portions of the mass, until the solution obtained is sufficiently 
strong. The lixivium is of a brown color, and contains chiefly potassium nitrate, but at 
the same time more or less of calcium and magnesium nitrates and of common salt. The 
earthy nitrates are then decomposed by a solution from wood-ashes, the potassa of which con- 
verts them into nitre and precipitates the earths. The solution being further evaporated, the 
common salt rises to the surface as a scum, and is removed. The solution is then allowed to 
cool, and the nitrate crystallizes in dirty-white crystals, called crude nitre. Calcium nitrate 
may be converted into nitre by adding it to a solution of potassium sulphate. Calcium sul- 
phate is precipitated, and potassium nitrate remains in solution. 
When obtained from old plaster rubbish, the material is reduced to powder and lixiviated, in 
order to exhaust it of everything soluble. The solution is found to contain potassium and cal- 
cium nitrates and common salt, and is treated with wood-ashes, which convert the calcium 
nitrate into potassium nitrate, with precipitation of the earth as a carbonate. The liquor is 
separated from the precipitate and concentrated by heat; and the common salt, as it rises to 
the surface, is skimmed off. When the solution is so strong as to mark 45° of BaumS’s hy- 
drometer, it is allowed to cool and crystallize; and the crystals form the crude nitre of this 
process. The salt obtained in this way generally contains from 85 to 88 per cent, of pure nitre, 
the remainder being made up of sodium chloride and certain deliquescent salts. The details 
of this process, as formerly practised in Paris, are given by Thenard. 
Theory of Nitrification. The continuous formation of nitre in nitre earths and in ar- 
tificial nitre-beds results from the oxidation of the nitrogen of ammonia, thus generating nitric 
acid, the formation of which is facilitated by the presence of alkaline and earthy bases, with 
which the acid unites, but in reality depends upon the presence of nitrifying micro-organisms 
(Bacillus nitrijicans), so that nitrification is not strictly an oxidation process, as was at one 
time supposed. The ammonia is derived, for the most part, from the organic remains in the 
nitre earths, and from the animal matter which is an essential ingredient in the artificial mix- 
tures. According to Schoenbein, whose statement has been confirmed by Goppelsroder, the 
formation of the nitric acid is always preceded by that of nitrous acid. 
Purification. Potassium nitrate, as first obtained, either from natural or from artificial 
sources, is called in commerce crude saltpetre, and requires to be purified before it can be used 
in medicine or in most of the arts. The process, which is founded principally on the fact 
that nitre is more soluble than common salt in hot water, is conducted in France as follows. 
Thirty parts of saltpetre are boiled with six parts of water, and the portion which remains un- 
dissolved or is deposited, consisting of common salt, is carefully removed. As the ebullition 
proceeds, a little water is added from time to time, to hold the nitre in solution. When com- 
mon salt ceases to be separated, the solution is clarified with glue, and more water is added, 
at intervals, until the whole, including that previously added, amounts to ten parts. The clear 
solution is now transferred to large, shallow copper coolers, where it is agitated with wooden 
instruments to hasten the cooling and to cause the nitre to crystallize in small grains. The 
purification is completed by washing the salt with water, or a saturated solution of nitre, in a 
kind of wooden hopper with holes in the bottom stopped with pegs. The liquid employed is 
allowed to remain in contact with the nitre for several hours, after which it is permitted to 
drain off by taking out the pegs. The salt is now dried, and takes the name of purified nitre. 
In Sweden the process of purification is conducted in a different manner. The solution of 
the crude nitre is boiled until a saline crust (common salt) forms on its surface, and until it is 
so far concentrated that a small portion of it crystallizes upon cooling. The crust being re- 
moved, the solution is filtered, and diluted with l-48th of water, with a view to retain in solu- 
tion the common salt, which, being somewhat less soluble in cold than in boiling water, would 
otherwise be in part precipitated on refrigeration. This solution is now allowed to cool, and, 
at the moment the crystals begin to form, is stirred constantly, to cause the salt to crystallize 
in small grains. The granular salt is then washed after the French method, as above de- 
scribed, dried, and, being fused, is cast in sheet-iron moulds so as to form masses each weigh- PART I. 
Potassii Nitras. 
1107 
ing from ten to twenty pounds. The preparation of nitre in this manner by fusion is, accord- 
ing to Berzelius, attended with several advantages, such as occupying less space, losing nothing 
by waste in transportation, and presenting, in this state, an obvious index of its quality. This 
index is the character of its fracture. When the salt is perfectly pure, the fracture is radiated, 
the radii being generally large. The presence of l-80th of common salt renders the radii 
smaller ; that of l-40th, or of a larger quantity, produces a zone in the substance of the mass 
devoid of the radiated structure, or causes this structure to disappear entirely. .On the other 
hand, the melting of the salt has the disadvantage of converting it in part into nitrite if the 
heat be too high, and of rendering it difficult to pulverize. 
Commercial History. Nitre is sometimes received in this country from Calcutta packed 
in grass-cloth bags containing from one hundred and fifty to one hundred and seventy-five 
pounds. Its quality varies considerably. That which comes in dirty-yellow crystals is called 
i crude saltpetre ; while the finer lots, in small, comparatively clear crystals, approaching to white, 
are called East India refined. Very little crude saltpetre is at present obtained from native 
sources in the United States. The refined saltpetre is almost exclusively prepared by our own 
chemists. The importations of crude potassium nitrate are at present about one-fifteenth of 
the amount of crude sodium nitrate imported. The amount for the year 1896 was 20,085,327 
lbs., and for 1897, 16,276,352 lbs. For an account of what is incorrectly called South Ameri- 
can saltpetre, see Sodii Nitras. 
Properties. Potassium nitrate occurs as “ colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhombic prisms, 
or a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a cooling, saline and pungent taste. Permanent 
in the air. Soluble in 3-8 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-4 part of boiling water; 
very sparingly soluble in alcohol. When heated to 353° C. (667-4° F.), the salt melts. At 
a higher temperature it is decomposed, giving off oxygen at first, and then some of its nitrogen, 
leaving a residue of potassium nitrate, nitrite, and oxide. Thrown upon red-hot coals, the salt 
. deflagrates. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. With sodium bitartrate test- 
solution the aqueous solution (1 in 20) yields a white, crystalline precipitate; with sodium 
cobaltic nitrite test-solution, a yellow precipitate. If a small crystal of ferrous sulphate be 
dissolved in the aqueous solution (1 in 20), and then concentrated sulphuric acid be poured in, 
so as to form a separate layer, a dark-brown color will appear at the line of contact. If a drop 
of diphenylamine test-solution be mixed with the aqueous solution and concentrated sulphuric 
acid be poured in as in the preceding test, a deep-blue color will appear at the line of contact. 
The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain unaffected by the addition of a few drops of 
potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (absence of iron); or of barium chloride test-solution 
(sulphate) ; or of silver nitrate test-solution (chloride) ; or of ammonium carbonate test-solution, 
ammonium oxalate test-solution, or ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of calcium, zinc, 
etc.); or by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either before 
or after acidulation with hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). If to 5 C.c. 
of the aqueous solution of the salt 1 C.c. of chlorine water and a few drops of starch test- 
solution be added, no blue color should appear (absence of iodine'). No yellow color should 
appear when 1 C.c. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid is added to 0-1 Gm, of the dry salt 
1 (absence of chlorate)." TJ. S. “ In white crystalline masses or fragments of striated six-sided 
rhombic prisms, colorless, having a cool saline taste. It is soluble in 4 parts of cold and half 
its weight of boiling water." Br. It is devoid of water of crystallization, but is apt to contain a 
portion of liquid mechanically lodged within the substance of the crystals. This is particu- 
larly the case with the large crystals, and, according to Berzelius, is a source of impurity, as 
the liquid in question is a portion of the mother-water in which they were formed. It is on 
this account that Berzelius recommends that the solution of the purified salt should be stirred 
during crystallization, so as to cause it to shoot into small crystals. The fused mass, when 
cast in moulds, or formed into little circular cakes, constitutes that form of nitre found in com- 
merce under the name of crystal mineral or sal prunelle A If the heat is increased, the salt is 
decomposed, evolves pure oxygen, and is reduced to the state of nitrite, which, in powder, 
emits orange-colored fumes of hyponitric acid, and nitrous oxide on the addition of sulphuric 
acid. Upon a further continuance of the heat, the nitrous acid itself is decomposed, and a 
large additional quantity of oxygen is evolved, contaminated, however, with more or less 
* Sal prunelle, as directed to be made in the Trench Codex of 1837, is a mixture of potassium nitrate and sulphate. 
It is prepared by fusing nitre in a Hessian crucible, adding l-128th part of sulphur, and pouring out the product on 
a smooth marble slab, where it is allowed to congeal. The sulphur immediately takes fire, and, by combining with, 
oxygen from a part of the nitric acid of the nitre, becomes sulphuric acid, which then unites with a small portion 
of potassa, to form potassium sulphate. 1108 
Potassii Nitras.—Potassii Permanganas. 
PART I. 
nitrogen. On account of the large proportion of oxygen which it contains, nitre increases the 
combustion of many substances in a remarkable degree. When thrown on burning coals, it 
deflagrates with bright scintillations. In the reaction of nitre with charcoal, carbonic acid is 
produced, and never carbonic oxide; and the nitric acid is variously decomposed into nitrous 
oxide, nitrogen dioxide, or nitrogen, according to the proportion of the charcoal and to the 
heat employed. (A. Vogel, Jr.) Nitre may be readily recognized by its effect in increasing the 
combustion of live coals when thrown upon them, and by evolving white or reddish vapors 
on the addition of sulphuric acid. If the residue in this case weighs less than the amount 
calculated for potassium sulphate, part of it is probably sodium sulphate, and the nitre tested 
may be assumed to have contained sodium nitrate. The most usual impurity is common salt, 
which is seldom entirely absent, and which injures it for the manufacture of gunpowder* 
The refined or purified saltpetre of commerce is sufficiently pure for medicinal use. Potassium 
nitrate is composed of one atom of potassium in combination with one nitric acid group, which 
latter is monobasic. M. Yiolette, on mixing a few grains each of sodium nitrate and sodium 
acetate, previously fused, noticed a few gaseous bubbles given off, and at the same time a 
violent explosion took place, which scattered the vial in fragments over his laboratory. On 
heating a mixture of a grain each of potassium nitrate and sodium acetate, the mixture re- 
mained fluid at 300° C. (572° F.) and perfectly quiet; but when the temperature was increased 
to about 350° C. (662° F.) a slight ebullition was noticed, instantly followed by a loud explo- 
sion, with light and smoke like exploded gunpowder. (A. J. P., 1873, p. 128.) 
Medical Properties. Potassium nitrate, when in sufficient concentration, acts upon a raw 
surface or a mucous membrane as a violent irritant, and taken internally in concentrated form 
produces violent burning pain, vomiting, purging, and other evidences of gastro-enteritis, which 
may end in collapse and death. Inflammation and ulceration of the mucous membrane are 
commonly found at the autopsies. In its general action potassium nitrate shares the sedative 
influence of the potassium salts in general, and was at one time much used as a diuretic and 
diaphoretic, but is at present very rarely employed, except as a local remedy. It is, however, 
sometimes prescribed with tartar emetic and calomel, forming the so-called nitrous powder, 
which promotes most of the secretions, particularly those of the liver and skin, and is some- 
times advantageous in lessening and modifying febrile excitement. The formula usually pre- 
ferred is eight or ten grains (0-52-065 Gm.) of nitre, the eighth of a grain (0 008 Gm.) of 
tartar emetic, and from the fourth to the half of a grain (0-016-0-03 Gm.) of calomel, ex- 
hibited every two or three hours. 
At one time nitre was used in very large doses in acute rheumatism, but the practice has 
passed out of vogue. It is essential always to give the remedy very freely diluted, if at all, 
and thus avoid its irritant influence upon the gastro-intestinal tract. An ounce taken in a little 
water has produced death, whilst a dilute solution of several ounces has been recovered from. 
As a local remedy the nitrate is similar in its action to potassium chlorate, but it is probably 
less efficient, and certainly has been largely replaced by the chlorate in the treatment of stoma- 
titis,, angina, and local inflammations. In asthma, nitrous fumigation is often useful, performed 
by inhaling the fumes from burning touch-paper, prepared by dipping blotting-paper in a 
saturated solution of nitre and afterwards drying it. M. Vohl has examined the vapor re- 
sulting from the burning of paper thus impregnated, and found it to consist of carbonic acid 
and oxide, cyanogen, ammonia, nitrogen, aqueous vapor, and potassium carbonate and nitrite, 
and he ascribes the beneficial results of its inhalation to the ammonia and potassium nitrite. 
(Journ. de Pliarm. et de Chim., 4e ser., iii. 155, 1866.) 
In pharmacy nitre was formerly employed to form crocus of antimony, to procure nitric acid, 
and sometimes in the preparation of sweet spirit of nitre. In the laboratory it is used to make 
black and white flux, as an oxidizing agent, and to yield oxygen at a red heat. It was formerly 
employed in the production of aqua fortis (common nitric acid) and in the manufacture of 
sulphuric acid, and is yet employed in the fabrication of gunpowder. The Br. Pharmacopoeia 
1885 used it in the purification of bismuth. 
POTASSII PERMANGANAS. U.S., Br. Potassium Permanganate. 
KMnOi; 157*67. (PO-TXsrSI-! PER-MXn'GA-nXs.) KMn04; 157. 
“ Potassium Permanganate should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, protected from light, 
and should not be brought in contact with organic or readily oxidizable substances.” XJ. S. 
* For a method of estimating the nature and amount of the various impurities in commercial saltpetre, see 
M. Persoz, A. J. P., 1861, 543. PART I. 
Potassii Permanganas. 
1109 
“ Potassium Permanganate, K2Mn208, may be obtained by the interaction of potassium 
chlorate, potassium hydroxide, and manganese dioxide.” Br. 
Kali Hypermanganicum Crystallisatum, P. G.; Hypermanganas Potassicus, s. Kalicus; Permanganate of Potash; 
Permanganate de Potasse, Fr.; Uebermangansaures Kali, G. 
The British Pharmacopoeia 1885 furnished a detailed process for this salt, as follows: 
“ Take of Caustic Potash five ounces [avoirdupois] ; Black Oxide of Manganese, in fine powder, 
four ounces [av.] ; Chlorate of Potassium three ounces and a half [av.] ; Distilled Water two 
pints and a half [Imperial measure] ; Carbonic Acid a sufficiency. Reduce the Chlorate of 
Potassium to fine powder, and mix it with the Oxide of Manganese; put the mixture into a 
porcelain basin, and add to it the Caustic Potash, previously dissolved in four [fluid]ounces of 
the Water. Evaporate to dryness on a sand-bath, stirring diligently to prevent spurting. Pul- 
verize the residual mass, place the powder in a covered crucible, exposing it to a dull red heat 
for an hour, or until it has assumed a semi-fused condition. Let it cool, pulverize it, and boil 
with a pint and a half [Imp. meas.] of the Water. Let the insoluble matter subside, decant 
the fluid, boil again with half a pint [Imp. meas.] of the Water, again decant, saturate the 
united liquors with Carbonic Acid, and evaporate till a pellicle forms. Set aside to cool and 
crystallize. Drain the crystalline mass, boil it in six [fluid]ounces of the Water, and strain 
through a funnel, the throat of which is lightly obstructed by a little asbestos. Let the fluid 
cool and crystallize, drain the crystals, and dry them by placing them under a bell-jar over a 
vessel containing sulphuric acid.” 
By this process potassium chlorate yields oxygen to manganese dioxide, converting it into 
manganic acid, which unites with the potassa to form the manganate, potassium chloride being 
formed at the same time ; the reaction being 3Mn02 -f- 6KOH -}- KC103 = 3K2Mn04 -j- 
KC1 -f- 3H20. When this solution is boiled, the potassium manganate reacts with the water 
and yields potassium permanganate, according to the reaction 3K2Mn04 -(- 3HaO = K2Mn208 
-j- HgMnOg -|- 4KOH, the hydrated peroxide separating out. Hence, when exhausted by water, 
the solution requires the saturation of the free alkali with carbonic acid, as stated in the process 
above. At best, the product is small and uncertain in amounts. A cheaper commercial prep- 
aration, consisting of a mixture more or less pure of sodium manganate and permanganate, is 
manufactured on a large scale for disinfecting purposes. It is obtained by mixing the caustic 
soda obtained from 1500 kilogrammes of soda-ash with 350 kilogrammes of finely divided 
manganese dioxide in a flat vessel, and heating this mixture for forty-eight hours to dull red- 
ness. The product is then lixiviated with water, and the solution either boiled down to the 
requisite degree of strength or evaporated to dryness. Potassium permanganate has also been 
made by the electrolysis of the manganate, the products being permanganate, potassium 
hydrate, and hydrogen. A still more interesting result of electrolysis is the production of 
potassium permanganate by the electrolysis of caustic potash, in which the negative electrode 
is of porous copper oxide and the positive electrode a piece of manganese or ferro-manganese 
held immersed by a loop of platinum wire. 
Properties. It is officially described as in “slender, monoclinic prisms, of a dark-purple 
color, almost opaque by transmitted and of a blue, metallic lustre by reflected light, odorless, 
and having a taste at first sweet, but afterwards disagreeable and astringent. Permanent in 
the air. Soluble in 16 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 3 parts of boiling water. 
In contact with alcohol it is decomposed. When heated, the salt decrepitates, and at 240° C. 
(464° F.) it decomposes, yielding oxygen, potassium manganate, and manganese dioxide. The 
aqueous solution of the salt is of a deep violet-red color when concentrated, and of a rose 
color when much diluted, and this color is discharged by hydrogen sulphide, ferrous sulphate, 
oxalic acid, alcohol, and many other readily oxidizable substances, especially if the solution be 
first rendered acid by sulphuric acid. The solution is neutral to litmus paper. If 0-5 dm. of 
the salt be boiled with 10 C.c. of ammonia water and 10 C.c. of water (or with 20 C.c. of 
water and 4 C.c. of alcohol) until it is completely decomposed, and the liquid then filtered, the 
clear, colorless filtrate will serve for the following tests: If to 5 C.c. of the filtrate, acidulated 
with nitric acid, barium chloride test-solution be added, not more than very slight turbidity 
should be produced (limit of sulphate). In another portion of 5 C.c., acidulated with nitric 
acid, silver nitrate test-solution should produce no precipitate or cloudiness (absence of chloride). 
If to another portion of 5 C.c. of the filtrate 1 drop of diphenylamine test-solution be added, 
and then 1 C.c. of pure concentrated sulphuric acid be poured in, so as to form a layer beneath, 
no blue color should appear at the line of contact (absence of nitrate or chlorate). If 0T Cm. 
of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of boiling distilled water, and 1 C.c. of sulphuric acid be 
cautiously added, the solution should require for complete decoloration not less than 31-3 C.c. 1110 
Potassii Permanganas. 
PART I. 
of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution (corresponding to at least 98-7 per cent, of the 
pure salt).” U. S. “ Dark purple slender prismatic iridescent crystals, with a sweet astringent 
taste, soluble in 20 parts of cold water, without action on litmus. The crystals heated to red- 
ness decrepitate, evolve oxygen, and leave a black residue from which water extracts potassium 
hydroxide, the resulting solution affording the reactions characteristic of potassium. It should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, mag- 
nesium, sodium, ammonium, carbonates, chlorides, or sulphates. Each gramme dissolved in 
water, and acidulated with 5 cubic centimetres of diluted sulphuric acid, should require for 
complete decolorization 31-2 cubic centimetres of an aqueous solution containing 62-58 grammes 
of pure crystallized oxalic add per litre.” Br. 
If the solution be evaporated to dryness, the salt has the form of an intensely black powder. 
If suddenly heated, the crystals detonate, evolving oxygen, and leaving a black residue, which 
yields potassa to water, recognized by its alkaline reaction, and by giving, when acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, a yellow precipitate with platinic chloride. Moderately heated, they 
are partially volatilized, giving out violet vapors of a disagreeable metallic odor. (A. J. P., 
Sept. 1862, p. 409.) The salt, in consequence of the facility with which it parts with oxygen, 
is one of the most powerful oxidizing agents known. It causes the combustion of certain in- 
flammable bodies, imparts oxygen to almost all organic substances, and in chemistry is em- 
ployed to bring various compounds to a higher degree of oxidation. The readiness with which 
it yields oxygen in the nascent state is sufficient to account for its oxidizing power. It may be 
kept indefinitely if pure, and carefully secured from contact with organic substances, or other 
decomposing agents; but in fact, in consequence of the almost universal presence of organic 
matter in the air, it is generally partially decomposed, and, when dissolved, leaves a slight 
residue of hydrated manganese dioxide. In reference to the metals, mercury is quickly oxi- 
dized at the expense of the salt, a mixture of mercurous oxide and manganese oxide being 
deposited as a brown powder, and caustic potassa remaining in solution. Zinc remains un- 
changed indefinitely in a solution of the permanganate, silver is little affected, and copper not 
at all, even at 100° C. (212° F.). (Giles, Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., Mai, 1868, p. 397.) 
H. B. Condy introduced (Journ. Soc. Chem. Indus., 1885, p. 567) a permanganate disinfect- 
ant, which contains also aluminum sulphate, which is said to increase the oxidizing effect of 
the permanganic acid. He asserts that in this disinfectant solution all the available oxygen 
of the permanganic acid is utilized, whereas only 60 per cent, of this amount is utilized with 
the simple alkaline permanganate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Potassium permanganate, first brought to the notice 
of the profession in 1857, by Mr. Condy, as a powerful disinfectant, has been proved to be 
very efficient not only in lessening fetid odors from organic sources, but also in destroying the 
sources of the odor. It acts by oxidizing, but, as it can yield up only the oxygen within it, its 
powers are limited. Further, it is a comparatively expensive substance, so that it is very rarely 
employed when any considerable mass of material is to be affected. It also has the further dis- 
advantage of staining the skin, clothes, etc.; but the stain may be removed with oxalic acid. 
It is frequently used in the treatment of fetid and gangrenous ulcers, hospital gangrene, ab- 
scesses, carbuncles, and wounds of all kinds, of fetid discharges from the mucous membrane, as 
in ozsena, otorrhcea, gonorrhoea, and leucorrhoea, and of diphtheritic affections ; and it has proved 
serviceable even in cancerous ulcers. As a local stimulant it has also been used in chronic and 
indolent ulcers. In all these cases it is applied to the diseased surface in solution of various 
strengths, according to the effect desired. In concentrated solution it is capable of acting as 
a caustic, and therefore requires caution. With the view to its caustic action, it may be 
sprinkled on the diseased surface by means of a pepper-box, or applied in saturated solution. 
As a disinfectant or stimulant lotion it may be of various strengths, from one to twenty 
grains to the fluidounee of water. In preparing any solution of permanganate for use, it is of 
the utmost importance to avoid organic matters. Internally, the medicine has been used in 
diphtheria, scarlatina, and various zymoses, and in dyscrasia, but is probably of no service. It 
is plain that any moderate amounts of the permanganate must be decomposed by the organic 
matters of the mouth, oesophagus, and stomach before absorption. Nevertheless, the value of 
the permanganate in atonic amenorrhoea, first asserted by Prof. Sydney Ringer, has been strongly 
corroborated by Dr. Fordyce Barker and other clinicians. It should be given in doses of from 
one to two'grains (0 065—0-13 Grin.), after meals, unless it produce too much gastric uneasiness. 
Pills made with an excipient of cacao butter or resin cerate, or compressed tablets of the pure 
salt, may be employed. PART I. 
Potassii Sulphas. 
1111 
Potassium permanganate acts as an oxidizant much more rapidly upon some organic sub- 
stances than others, by virtue of which fact it is a valuable antidote, notably in the treat- 
ment of morphine-poisoning and of snake-poisoning. In the latter condition a concentrated 
solution of it should be injected freely and immediately into the part which has been bitten. 
(For cases, see Medical Record, 1894.) In morphine-poisoning it acts only upon the alkaloid 
in the stomach, but should be given from time to time during the continuance of the symp- 
toms in order to destroy any morphine which may have been eliminated from the blood into 
the stomach. 
POTASSII SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Potassium Sulphate 
K2SO4; 173*88. (PO-TlS'SI-! SUL'PHAS.) K2SO4; 174. 
“ Potassium Sulphate, K2S04, may be obtained by purifying the crude salt, or by the inter- 
action of sulphuric acid and potassium chloride or certain other potassium salts.” Br. 
Sulphate of Potash; Vitriolated Tartar; Kalium Sulfurioum, P. G.; Sulfas Potassicus, s. Kalicus, Tartarum Vitrio- 
latum, Arcanum Duplicatum, Sal de Duobus; Sulfate de Potasse, Potasse vitrioleo, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Kali, G.; 
Solfato di Potassa, It. 
Several chemical processes give rise to potassium sulphate as a secondary product. Thus, it 
is produced in the distillation of nitric acid from a mixture of nitre and sulphuric acid; in the 
decomposition of magnesium sulphate by potassium carbonate, in one of the processes for pre- 
paring magnesium carbonate; in the manufacture of sulphuric acid; in the manufacture of 
potassium bichromate; and in the decomposition of potassium tartrate by calcium sulphate. 
When nitric acid is obtained by calcining a mixture of nitre and ferrous sulphate, the residue 
consists of ferric oxide and potassium sulphate, the latter of which, being alone soluble, is sep- 
arated by means of water, and crystallized from its solution. The impure potassium sulphate 
with sulphur, forming the residue of the combustion of sulphur and nitre in making sulphuric 
acid, is employed in the manufacture of alum. The kainite of the Stassfurt salt-beds is a 
native double potassium and magnesium sulphate, combined with magnesium chloride, and the 
schcenite, a double potassium and magnesium sulphate, with 6 molecules of water. To obtain 
potassium sulphate, the former mineral is exposed to the air; it deliquesces, and as soon as the 
soluble magnesium chloride has been run off, the remaining salt is partially decomposed by 
boiling water, so that on cooling the difficultly soluble sulphate separates out. About 12,000 
tons of the potassium magnesium sulphate so obtained are annually put upon the market for 
use in fertilizers. The production of kainite at Stassfurt, in Germany, amounted in 1896 to 
856,290 tons, valued at $2,989,736, and in 1897 to 995,821 tons, valued at $3,496,204. 
According to the directions of the former Br. Pharmacopoeia, the acid sulphate which re- 
mains after the distillation of nitric acid is brought to the neutral state by saturation, in boil- 
ing solution, with slaked lime. The solution is then filtered, to separate the calcium sulphate, 
and potassium carbonate is added at the boiling temperature, to remove lime and calcium sul- 
phate. It is again filtered, then either neutralized or rendered slightly acid with diluted sul- 
phuric acid, and finally, having been evaporated to a pellicle, is set aside for twenty-four hours 
to crystallize. The manufacturer of tartaric acid who avails himself of calcium sulphate to 
decompose potassium tartrate forms potassium sulphate as a collateral product. For the 
manner in which the latter salt mav be economically crystallized for use, see A. J. P., xxiii. 343. 
Properties. As officially described, it is in “ hard, colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhom- 
bic prisms terminated by pyramids, or a white powder, odorless, and having a somewhat bitter, 
saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 9-5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), 
and in 4 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated, the crystals decrepitate. 
At a bright red heat they fuse, and at a white heat the salt suffers partial decomposition. The 
aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a copious 
yellow precipitate with sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution, and a white, crystalline precipitate 
with excess of tartaric acid test-solution. When held in a non-luminous flame on a clean plati- 
num wire, the salt should at once impart to the flame a violet color (absence of sodium). The 
aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain unaffected by the addition of an equal volume of 
hydrogen sulphide test-solution either before or after aeidulation with hydrochloric acid (ab- 
sence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.); or by the addition of a small amount of ammonium sul- 
phide test-solution (absence of zinc, iron, aluminum, etc.). Other portions of the aqueous 
solution should not be rendered turbid by the addition of ammonium oxalate test-solution (ab- 
sence of calcium) ; or of sodium phosphate test-solution and ammonia water (magnesium) ; or 
of silver nitrate test-solution (chloride). The addition of potassium ferrocyanide test-solution 
should produce neither a blue (absence of iron) nor a red color (copper)." U. S. “ In color- 1112 
Potassii Sulphas.—Potassii Tartras. 
PART I. 
less hard rhombic prisms terminated by six-sided pyramids ; decrepitates strongly when 
heated; soluble in 10 parts of cold and 4 parts of boiling water; insoluble i» alcohol (90 per 
cent.). The salt affords the reactions characteristic of potassium and of sulphates. Each 
gramme dissolved in water and acidulated with hydrochloric acid, gives, with solution of barium 
chloride, a white precipitate, which, when washed and dried, should weigh 1’339 grammes. It 
should not yield any characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, 
aluminium, zinc, calcium, magnesium, sodium, ammonium, or nitrates, and only the slightest 
reactions with the tests for chlorides. The aqueous solution has no action on litmus (absence 
of acid potassium sulphate).” Br. It consists of two atoms of potassium combined with the 
dyad group, S04, characteristic of sulphuric acid. 
The plate-sulphate of potassa, so well described by Prof. Penny, of Glasgow, is, when pure, 
the double potassium and sodium sulphate, having the formula 3K2S04 -f- Na2S04. It is so 
called from the circumstance of being crystallized in hard thick cakes, or slabs, consisting of 
successive crops of crystals. It is a technical product from kelp, and may be formed by allow- 
ing successive quantities of concentrated kelp-lye to run into coolers, there to crystallize in 
successive layers,.the mother-liquor being drawn off by a siphon after the deposit of each layer. 
{Phil. Mag., Dec. 1855.) For the mode of preparing and using Sal Polychrestum, Potassii Sul- 
phas cum Sulphure, or Sulphate of Potassa with Sulphur, see U. S. D., 15th ed., p. 1187. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Potassium sulphate is a mild purgative, operating 
usually without heat, pain, or other symptom of irritation. In small doses, of from a scruple 
to half a drachm (1-3-1-95 Gm.), it operates as an aperient; in larger doses, of four or five 
drachms (15-5-19-4 Gm.), it acts slowly as a purge. On the continent of Europe it is fre- 
quently given as an aperient after delivery, and for the purpose of drying up the milk. Potas- 
sium sulphate is undoubtedly a powerful irritant, and capable of producing fatal poisoning: 
an ounce and a half (46-6 Gm.) of it are said to have caused death. It is, like the nitrate 
and the chlorate, more dangerous when not given in sufficiently dilute solution. (See Am. Jour. 
Med. Sci., N. S., vii. 88.) 
K2 C4 H4 06. H2 O ; 469*36. (PO-Tis'SI-I TAR'TRlS.) Ks C4 H4 06. H2 0; 470. 
POTASSII TARTRAS. Br. Potassium Tartrate 
“ Normal Potassium Tartrate, (CH0H)2(C00K)2,H20, is obtained by neutralizing Acid 
Potassium Tartrate with potassium carbonate.” Br. 
Tartrate of Potash; Soluble Tartar; Kali Tartaricum, P. G.; Tartras-potassicus, s. Kalicus; Tartarus Tartarisatus, 
Tartarus Solubilis; Tartrate de Potasse, Tartre soluble, Sel vegfital, Fr.; Neutrales Weinsaures Kali, G. 
This salt was dropped at the 1890 revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia; it is retained in 
the 1898 revision of the British authority. 
In the U. S. 1870 process* the excess of acid in the bitartrate is saturated by the potassa 
of the carbonate, the carbonic acid is liberated with effervescence, and the neutral potassium 
tartrate is formed. On account of the greater solubility of the carbonate than of the bitartrate, 
the former is first dissolved, and the latter added to the solution to full saturation. As the 
bitartrate is gradually added, the mutual action of the salts should be promoted by constant 
stirring, and the addition continued so long as effervescence takes place, which is a better mode 
of proceeding than to add any specified quantity of the acid tartrate, since, from its variable 
quality, it is impossible to adjust precisely the proportions applicable to all cases. It is neces- 
sary that the solution should be exactly neutral, or a little alkaline; and hence, if inadvertently 
too much bitartrate has been used, the proper state may be restored by adding a little of the 
alkaline carbonate. When the saturation has been completed, the solution is filtered, in order 
to separate calcium tartrate, which appears in white flocks, and which is always present in 
cream of tartar as an impurity. The evaporated liquor should then be placed in warm earthen- 
ware vessels, to insure a slow refrigeration; and after remaining at rest for several days the 
crystals begin to form. In order that the crystallization should proceed favorably, it is neces- 
sary, according to Baum6, that the solution should be somewhat alkaline. Iron vessels should 
not be used in the process, as that metal is apt to discolor the salt. 
Potassium tartrate is sometimes made in the process for preparing tartaric acid. When thus 
obtained, the excess of acid of the bitartrate is neutralized by means of calcium carbonate. 
* “ Take of Carbonate of Potassium sixteen troyounces ; Bitartrate of Potassium [cream of tartar], in fine powder, 
thirty six troyounces, or a sufficient quantity ; Boiling Water eight pints. Dissolve the Carbonate of Potassium in the 
Water; then gradually add Bitartrate of Potassium to the solution until it is completely saturated, and boil. Filter 
the liquid, evaporate it until a pellicle forms, and set it aside to crystallize. Lastly, pour off the mother-water, and, 
having dried the crystals on bibulous paper, keep them in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. Potcissii Tartras.—Prunum. 
PART I. 
1113 
This generates an insoluble calcium tartrate, and leaves the neutral tartrate in solution, from 
which it may be obtained by evaporation and crystallization. (See Acidum Tartaricum.) 
Properties. Potassium tartrate was officially described in the U. S. P. 1880 as in “ small, 
transparent or white, monoclinic crystals, or a white powder, somewhat deliquescent, odorless, 
having a saline, slightly bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in 0-7 part of water at 
15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-5 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol. When heated, 
the salt melts, then chars, and evolves inflammable vapors having the odor of burnt sugar. 
On moderate ignition, it leaves a blackened residue of an alkaline reaction, strongly effervescing 
with acids. A concentrated, aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate 
on the addition of acetic acid. With test-solution of nitrate of silver it yields a whifce pre- 
cipitate which becomes black on boiling.” For medical use it should be crystallized ; but as it 
ordinarily occurs in commerce it is a white granular powder, obtained by evaporating the solu- 
tion to dryness while it is constantly stirred. In this state it is said to require four times its 
weight of water for solution. It is not known to be purposely adulterated; but, if obtained 
by evaporation to dryness, it is liable to contain an excess of potassium carbonate or bitartrate, 
when it will have either an alkaline or an acid reaction. It is decomposed -by all the strong 
acids, and by many acidulous salts, which cause the precipitation of minute crystals of potas- 
sium bitartrate, by abstracting one atom of alkali from the salt. Barium chloride or lead 
acetate occasions a white precipitate of barium or lead tartrate, distinguishable from the sul- 
phates of those bases by being wholly soluble in dilute nitric acid. “ A 10 per cent, aqueous 
solution should yield no precipitate with test-solution of ammonium oxalate (abs. of calcium). 
On adding nitric acid to a one per cent, solution of the salt, until the precipitate first formed is 
redissolved, the resulting solution should yield no precipitate with test-solution of barium 
chloride (sulphate), and, at most, only a cloudiness with test-solution of silver nitrate (limit 
of chloride). If 2-938 Gm. of Potassium Tartrate are ignited till gases cease to be evolved, 
the alkaline residue should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 25 C.c. of the 
volumetric solution of oxalic acid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of pure Potassium Tartrate).” 
TJ. S. 1880. “ In small colorless four- or six-sided prisms. It is soluble in its own weight of 
water. It affords the reactions characteristic of potassium and of tartrates. Each gramme 
of the dry salt, heated to redness till gases cease to be evolved, should leave an alkaline resi- 
due, which, when treated with water, filtered, and well washed, yields a clear solution requiring 
for exact neutralization 8-4 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid. It 
should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, or iron, and only the 
slightest reactions with the tests for calcium, magnesium, sodium, chlorides, or sulphates. The 
aqueous solution has no action on litmus (absence of acid potassium tartrate).” Br. Potassium 
tartrate is composed of two atoms of potassium combined with the dyad group C4H406 charac- 
teristic of tartaric acid. Two molecules of this salt are crystallized with one molecule of 
water. It is a neutral salt. According to Berzelius, the crystals contain no water of crystal- 
lization. 
Medical Properties. Potassium tartrate is a mild, cooling purgative, operating, like 
most of the neutral salts, without much pain, and producing watery stools. It is applicable to 
febrile diseases, and is occasionally combined with senna, the griping effects of which it has a 
tendency to obviate. The dose is from a drachm to an ounce (3-9-31-1 Gm.). 
PRUNUM. U. S., Br. Prune. 
“ The dried fruit of Prunus domestica, Linne (nat. ord. Rosacea).” U. S. “ The dried ripe 
fruits of Prunus domestica, Linn., var. Juliana, DC.” Br. 
Prunes; Pruneaux, Fr.; Pflaumen, Zwetschen, G.; Pruni, It.; Ciruelas secas, Sp. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx inferior, bell-shaped, deciduous, with five obtuse, concave segments. Petals 
five, roundish, concave, spreading, larger than the segments of the calyx, into the rim of 
which they are inserted. Filaments awl-shaped, nearly as long as the corolla, from the rim 
of the calyx within the petals. Anthers short, of two round lobes. Ovary superior, round- 
ish. Style of the length of the stamens. Stigma orbicular, peltate. Drupe roundish or ellip- 
tical. Nut hard, somewhat compressed, of one cell, and two more or less distinct sutures 
with an intermediate furrow. Leaves rolled up when young. Lmdley. 
Prunus domestica. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 995; Woodv. Med. Bot. p. 520, t. 187. The culti- 
vated prune or plum tree is so well known as to render a minute description unnecessary. We 
give merely the specific character. “Peduncles subsolitary; haves lanceolate-ovate, convolute; 
(PBU'NUM.) 1114 
Prunum.—Prunus Virginiana. 
PART I. 
branches not spiny.” The varieties of the tree produced by cultivation are very numerous. 
Nearly one hundred are to be found in the British gardens. Though at present growing wild 
in various parts of Europe, it is thought to have been brought originally from Asia Minor 
and Syria. It is the dried fruits only that are official. They are officially described as 11 oblong 
or subglobular, about 3 Cm. long, shrivelled, blackish blue, glaucous ; the sarcocarp brownish 
yellow, sweet and acidulous; putamen hard, smooth, or irregularly ridged; the seed almond- 
like in shape, but smaller, and of a bitter-almond taste.” U. S. The prunes brought to our 
market come chiefly from the south of France, the best from Bordeaux. They are derived 
from the variety of the tree named Juliana by Linnaeus. The fresh fruit, called Prune de Saint- 
Jidier^by the French, is of an oval shape, nearly an inch in length, and of a deep violet color. 
It is prepared by drying in the sun, after having been exposed to the heat of an oven. The 
finest prunes, used on the tables in France, are prepared from the larger kinds of plums, such as 
the Saint Catharine, and Reine Claude or greengage. An inferior sort is brought from Germany. 
Prunes have a feeble odor, and a sweet mucilaginous taste, which is generally also some- 
what acid. They contain uncrystallizable sugar, malic acid, and mucilaginous matter. The 
following is given as the average of nine analyses of dried prunes. Water 29’30 per cent., 
nitrogenous material 2-35 per cent., fat 0-53 per cent., free acid 2’72 per cent., sugar 44’35 
per cent., other nitrogen-free material 17‘89 per cent., woody fibre (not including the stone) 
1*48 per cent., ash 1-38 per cent. (Konig,*Nalirungsmittel, ii. 397,1880.) In Hungary a kind 
of brandy (Zwetschenbranntwein), containing about 40 per cent, of alcohol, is obtained from 
them, which in some districts is largely consumed. Bonneberg, a German chemist, has ex- 
tracted from prunes crystallizable sugar equal to that of the cane. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Prunes are laxative and nutritious, and, stewed with 
water, form an excellent diet in costiveness. Imparting their laxative property to boiling 
water, they serve as a pleasant and useful addition to purgative decoctions. Their pulp is 
used in the preparation of laxative confections. Too largely taken, they are apt to occasion 
flatulence, griping, and indigestion. 
PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. U. S. (Br.) Wild Cherry. 
(PRU'NUS YIR-giN-I-A'NA.) 
“ The bark of Prunus serotina, Ehrliart (nat. ord. Bosaceae), collected in autumn.” U. S. 
“ The hark of Prunus serotina, collected in autumn.” Br. 
Pruni Virginian® Cortex, Hr., Virginian Prune Bark; Rum Cherry, Wild Black Cherry; Ecorce de Cerisier 
de Virginie, Fr.; Wildkirschenrinde, G. 
Cerasus. See Laurocerasus. 
The genus Prunus now includes the plums, almonds, peaches, apricots, and cherries, and com- 
prises about one hundred and twenty species. They are generally distributed in the temperate 
regions of the northern hemispheres. In the United States there are about twenty-five indige- 
nous species. 
Cerasus (not Prunus) serotina. Loiseleur. Nouv. Duhamel (1812), v. 3. De Candolle. Pro- 
drom. ii. 540.—Prunus serotina. Ehrhart; Watson’s Bibliographical Index.— Cerasus virginiana. 
Michaux, FI. Bor.-Am., i. 285. The name P. virginiana was applied by Miller (Diet., ed. 8, 
No. 3), and not Linnaeus, to P. serotina Ehr. P. virginiana L., commonly called wild cherry 
or choke cherry, is distinguished from P. serotina Ehr., known more properly as wild black 
cherry, by the following characteristics: P. virginiana L. has deciduous calyx lobes; oblong- 
obovate pointed endocarp (or stone) ; leaves broadly oval to oblong-obovate, and usually abruptly 
acuminate; inner bark with a rather disagreeable odor. P. serotina Ehr. has persistent calyx 
lobes ; the endocarp (or stone) oblong-obovate, usually gradually acuminate ; leaves oblong or 
lanceolate-oblong, usually gradually acuminate ; the inner bark and leaves possess an aromatic 
odor. The British name for the bark is misleading ; Virginian Peach Bark or Virginian Almond 
Bark would have been no more of a misnomer. The official species is, according to Michaux, 
one of the largest productions of the American forest. Individuals were seen by that botanist 
on the banks of the Ohio, from eighty to one hundred feet high, with trunks from twelve to 
fifteen feet in circumference, and undivided to the height of twenty-five or thirty feet. But 
as usually met with in the Atlantic States the tree is much smaller. In the open fields it is less 
elevated than in forests, but sends out more numerous branches, which expand into an elegant 
oval summit. The trunk is regularly shaped, and covered with a rough blackish bark, which 
detaches itself semi circularly in thick narrow plates. The leaves are alternate, oval-oblong, or PART I. 
Pi'unus Virginiana. 
1115 
lanceolate-oblong, acuminate, unequally serrate, smooth on both sides, of a beautiful brilliant 
green; the petioles are furnished with one or more reddish conspicuous glands. The flowers 
are small, white, and occur in long erect or spreading racemes. They appear in May, and are 
followed by globular drupes, about the size of a pea, and when ripe of a shining blackish- 
purple color. For a paper on the structure of species of Prunus, by Prof. E. S. Bastin, see 
Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 211. 
This tree is distributed from Nova Scotia south to Florida, and westward to Dakota, Ne- 
braska, Kansas, Indian Territory, and Eastern Texas. It extends along the mountain ranges 
of Western Texas, Mexico, and Pacific regions of Central America, Colombia, and Peru. In 
the United States it was once common throughout the Appalachian region. In the nighborhood 
of Philadelphia it affects open situations, 
growing solitarily in the fields and along 
fences, and seldom aggregated in woods or 
groves. It is highly valued by the cabinet- 
makers for its wood, which is compact, 
fine-grained, susceptible of polish, and of 
a light red tint which deepens with age. 
The leaves have been found by Prof. Proc- 
ter to yield volatile oil and hydrocyanic 
acid on distillation, and in such proportion 
that a water distilled from them might with 
propriety be substituted for the cherry- 
laurel water. {Proc. A. P. A., 1858, 325.) 
The fruit has a sweetish, astringent, bitter 
taste, and is much used in some parts of 
the country to impart flavor to spirituous 
liquors. The bark is obtained indiscrimi- 
nately from all parts of the tree, though 
that of the roots is thought to be most 
active. The revisers of the Pharmacopoeia 
believe with J. S. Perot that the bark is 
stronger when collected in autumn than in 
the spring: from a portion gathered in 
April Perot obtained 0-0478 per cent, of 
hydrocyanic acid, and from another in 
October 0-1436 per cent., or about three 
times as much. (A. J. P., xxiv. 111.) The 
bark should be preferred recently dried, 
as it deteriorates by keeping. Prof. A. 
B. Stevens {Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 226; 
1896, 215), after testing many specimens, reached the conclusion that bark procured from 
different parts of the same tree varied in the yield of hydrocyanic acid, the value being in 
this order: 1, root; 2, twigs; 3, trunk ; the bark from young trees yielding more glucoside 
than that from old trees. Jos. L. Lemberger {A. J. P., 1872, 303) has found that the bark 
yields the darkest infusion in April, October, and November, and the lightest in January and 
August; and believes that he has demonstrated that the coloration is due to tannic acid. 
According, therefore, to this investigation, tannic acid is most abundant in the bark in October 
and November. On the other hand, Grace E. Cooley {A. J. P., August, 1897) concludes that 
there is more tannic acid in the bark during the active growth of the spring than in the 
autumn. She further states that in the spring and autumn the bark contains its maximum 
percentage of starch; so that if the bark, whether powdered or whole, contains much starch 
in its parenchymatous cells, it has been collected after the time of leaf-fall in the autumn 
or before the unfolding of the leaves in the spring. 
Properties. Wild-cherry bark is officially described as follows. “ In curved pieces or 
irregular fragments, 2 Mm. or more thick, outer surface greenish-brown, or yellowish-brown, 
smooth and somewhat glossy, marked with transverse scars; if the bark is collected from old 
wood and deprived of the corky layer, the outer surface is nut-brown and uneven ; inner surface 
somewhat striate or fissured. Upon maceration in water it develops a distinct bitter-almond 
odor; its taste is astringent, aromatic and bitter. The bark of the very large and of the very 
Prunus virginiana, 
transverse section. 
Prunus virginiana, 
longitudinal section. 1116 
Prunus Virginiana. 
PART I. 
small branches is to be rejected.” US. It is brittle and pulvenzable, presenting a reddis 
gray fracture, and affording a fawn-colored powder. In the fresh state, or when treated with 
water, it emits an odor resembling that of peach-leaves. Its taste is agreeably bitter and aro- 
matic, with the peculiar flavor of the bitter almond. It imparts its sensible properties to water, 
either cold or hot, producing a clear reddish infusion closely resembling Madeira wine in appear- 
ance. Its peculiar flavor and its medical virtues are injured by boiling, in consequence partly 
of the volatilization of the principles upon which they depend, partly upon a chemical cqange 
effected by the heat. On microscopical examination it is seen to be chiefly composed or brown 
parenchymatous tissue containing numerous crystals, sometimes aggregated into tufts (see cut), 
and enclosing numerous groups of very thick-walled sclerenchymatous cells of irregular out- 
line. The medullary rays are usually distinct. Irom an analysis by Dr. Stephen 1 rocter, it 
appears to contain starch, resin, tannin, gallic acid, fatty matter, lignin, red coloring matter, 
salts of lime and potassa, and iron. He obtained also a volatile oil, associated with hydrocy- 
anic acid, by distilling the same portion of water successively from several different portions 
J of the bark. Prof. William Procter proved 
that, as in the case of bitter almonds, the 
volatile oil and hydrocyanic acid do not ex- 
ist ready formed in the bark, but are the 
result of the reaction of water with amyg- 
dalin, which he ascertained to be one of 
its constituents. In order, however, that 
this change may take place, the agency of 
another principle, probably analogous to if 
not identical with emulsin or the synapta.se of Robiquet, is also essential; and, as this principle 
becomes inoperative at the boiling temperature, we can understand how decoction may inter- 
fere with the virtues of the bark. (A. J. P., x. 197.) Phlorizin has not been found, so that 
the tonic property which is undoubtedly possessed by the bark must reside either in the por- 
tion of amygdalin which may remain undecomposed, in the pure volatile oil resulting from its 
reaction with water, or in some yet undiscovered principle. (Ibid., xxiv. 111.) That the last 
of these inferences is the correct one would seem to be proved by an experiment by Prof. 
Procter, who found the bitterness of an extract of the bark to remain after it had been wholly 
deprived of amygdalin. The sedative properties of the bark depend upon the hydrocyanic 
acid which it yields. Stevens and Judy (A. J. P., 1895, 482 and 534) find that the thick 
bark contains more amygdalin and consequently yields more HCN than the thin bark. The 
thick bark contains amygdalin, etc., 4-12 per cent., and HCN from 0-32 to 0-35 per cent.; the 
thin bark, amygdalin, etc., 3-16 per cent., and HCN from 0-24 to 0-27 per cent. 
R. Rother (A. J. P., 1887, p. 286), in searching for the fluorescent principle of wild-cherry 
bark, obtained a reddish crystalline substance, soluble in water, chloroform, ether, and alcohol, 
the solution of which fluoresced strongly on addition of ammonia. Rother says that it does not 
agree in crystalline form with mandelic acid, but may be a derivative of it. Prof. F. B. Power 
and Henry Weimer, on the other hand, state that the bark does not contain crystallizable amyg- 
dalin, that the ferment principle is not emulsin, and that it cannot be isolated by an analogous 
process. The bitter principle, which appears to be the fluorescent substance, has the character 
of a glucoside, and crystallizes in colorless needles. ( Western Druggist, 1887, p. 331.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Uniting with a tonic power the property of calming 
irritation and diminishing nervous excitability, this bark is theoretically adapted to the treat- 
ment of diseases in which debility of the stomach or of the system is united with general or local 
irritation ; and when very largely taken it diminishes the action of the heart. Thus, Dr. Eberle 
found copious draughts of the cold infusion, taken several times a day, and continued for nearly 
two weeks, to reduce his pulse from seventy-five to fifty strokes in the minute. But in the 
doses usually prescribed, the remedy is too feeble to exert much influence. Nevertheless, it has 
been much employed in this country, in the hectic fever of scrofula and consumption. The dose 
of the infusion, which is properly directed in the Pharmacopoeia to be prepared with cold water, 
is two or three fluidounces (60 or 90 C.c.); of the fluid extract, a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.) ; and 
of the syrup* half a fluidounce (15 C.c.). 
Prunua virginiana, showing raphides. 
* Tinctura Pruni Virginianae B. P. C. Take of wild-cherry bark (from Prunua serotina, Elliott, collected in 
autumn), in No. 20 powder, 4 ounces; distilled water, 7<f fluidounces. Macerate for twenty-four hours, in a closed 
vessel, and add : Rectified spirit, 12 £ fluidounces. Macerate for seven days; then express, filter, and add sufficient 
proof spirit to make 1 pint. (A. P. A., 1888, p. 285.) PART I. 
Pulsatilla. 
1117 
(PUL-SA-TIL'LA.) 
Herba Pulsatillne, P. ff.y Pulsatille, Coquelourde, JFV.y Kuchenschelle, G. 
“ The herb of Anemone Pulsatilla and of Anemone pratensis, Linn6 (nat. ord. Ranunculacese), 
collected soon after flowering. It should be carefully preserved, and not be kept longer than 
one year. U. A. r ° 
This is a large genus of small herbal plants growing in almost all the temperate countries 
ot the world, and probably possessed very generally of the acrid rubefacient properties of the 
Iianunculaceae. The A. ludovitiana, an American species, growing in Minnesota and other 
parts beyond the Mississippi, has been employed with supposed advantage by Dr. W. H. Miller, 
of St. Paul, in chronic diseases of the eyes, in cutaneous eruptions, and in syphilitic affections' 
Mr. A. W. Miller also found anemonin in it. (A. J. P, 1862, p. 300 ; see, Ilso, A J R xlv 
299.) A. nemorosa, which is common in Europe and the United States, is said to act as a 
poison to cattle, producing bloody urine and convulsions. It is stated also to have proved when 
applied to the head, a speedy cure for tinea capitis. 
A. pulsatilla. Linnaeus. Pulsatilla vulgaris. Mill. This plant has its flower-stalk from five 
to eight inches high, with large solitary flowers, having six dull violet-purple sepals, which are 
very downy on the exterior, and an involucre which is at first near the flower and afterwards 
becomes more remote. The radical leaves are on long footstalks, and two or three times divided 
into long linear segments. It is a very common plant in England and Northern Europe. 
A. pratensis* which affects Southern Europe, is especially distinguished by its having the 
involucre so close to the flower as to assume the appearance of a calyx. 
A. patens, Linne, var. nuttalliana, Gray, was formerly recognized as a source of pulsatilla. 
Dr. Gray affirms that this plant is more like A. pulsatilla than like A. patens, and that it is a 
distinct species, to which the name of A. nuttalliana, Gray, should be given. It grows a span 
high, with an erect flower having five to seven purplish spreading sepals. 
Properties. The characters of the herb are sufficiently given in the description of the 
plant. Dr. Beckurte obtained anemone camphor by treating in each case the aqueous distillate 
of A. nemorosa, A. pratensis, and A. pulsatilla with chloroform. It is unstable, splitting easily 
into anemonin and anemonic acid, the latter, when treated with alkalies, yielding anemoninic 
acid, C10H12Oe. (P. J. Tr., 1885, 365.) The formula of anemonin is C10H804. It is only 
slightly soluble in cold alcohol, but readily soluble in hot alcohol, and very slightly soluble in 
boiling ether or water. It is decomposed at temperatures above 152° C. (305-6° F.), and dis- 
solves in alkalies with yellow color, changing at the same time into anemonic acid, CI0H1005. 
Hanriot (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1887, 843) has further studied anemonin. He finds that it melts 
at 156° C. and decomposes at 270° C., with partial sublimation. With zinc-dust or hydriodic 
acid in sealed tubes, a small quantity of a hydrocarbon is formed which appears to be cymene 
or cumene. If anemonin be dissolved in chloroform and treated with excess of bromine, it 
will yield the compound C10H8Br404 ; this crystallizes from benzene in octohedra which do not 
melt without decomposition. When treated with nascent hydrogen in an acid solution, ane- 
monin yields hydroanemonin, C10H1204, which crystallizes from boiling petroleum in large color- 
less laminae which contain 1 mol. of H20, melt at 78° C., and distil without decomposition at 
from 210°-212° C. under a pressure of 10 Mm. Hydroanemonin is much more stable than 
anemonin. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Our knowledge of the physiological and therapeutic 
action of pulsatilla is very incomplete. The fresh drug appears to be a violent local irritant; 
given by the mouth in sufficient dose it acts as a gastro-intestinal irritant, producing severe 
vomiting and purging, attended with much pain and followed by hebetude, wide-spread tremors, 
urino-genital irritation, haematuria, dyspnoea, and paralysis. The dried drug is said to be much 
less active than is the fresh herb, although it has been used to some extent as a sternutatory, 
and must therefore at least share the irritant properties of the green plant. 
According to the researches of Noel and Lambert (Arch. de Pharmacodyn., 1897), anemonin 
is essentially different in its physiological effects from the fresh pulsatilla, the latter being an 
energetic muscle-poison, affecting not only the muscles of voluntary life but attacking the 
muscle-fibres of the heart and arteries, and therefore notably affecting the circulation. On 
the other hand, anemonin is affirmed to act solely on the central nervous system, not affecting 
PULSATILLA. U. S. Pulsatilla. 
* Baron Storck thought that he found A. pratensis useful in amaurosis and other complaints of the eye, in 
secondary syphilis,, and in cutaneous diseases. 1118 
Pulsatilla.—Pulveres. 
PART I. 
the motor nerves or the muscles. It causes, when injected into the lower animals, increasing 
paralysis, sometimes convulsions, both of which symptoms are due to an action upon the spinal 
cord. Bronevski (Med. Press, Aug. 11, 1886) declares that anemonin not only acts upon the 
nerve-centres but also upon the heart itself. The strength of commercial anemonin varies 
very greatly, no doubt according to the purity of the product. Broudgeest gives the fatal 
dose for the rabbit as two hundred milligrammes per kilogramme, whilst in Noel and Lam- 
bert’s experiments 0-16 gramme per kilogramme was required to kill the guinea-pig. 
The value and range of therapeutic application of pulsatilla remain uncertain. Bovet, 
many years ago, claimed that it was a reliable analgesic and uterine stimulant in dysmenorrhoea 
and ovarian irritation. He asserted that it is better to use the fresh drug, anemonin being 
very inactive. The dose of anemonin he stated to be from five-sixths to one and one-half grains 
a day, in divided amounts. It has also been claimed that pulsatilla has a peculiar influence 
upon the male genital organs, and that it is useful in epididymitis or orchitis, and even in 
urethritis. The drug is still used to some extent in dysmenorrhoea, but its possession of active 
powers is doubtful. Given in infinitesimal amounts, with due ceremony as to dilution, tumblers, 
and spoons, to credulous, hysterical women, it may be sometimes of service; but whether it 
has any other application is by no means certain. In one or two trials very carefully made 
in nervous dysmenorrhoea it has failed in our hands absolutely. In similar manner Dr. Robert 
J. Carter, after careful trial, entirely condemns the drug in the treatment of irritation or in- 
flammation of the male genitalia. Pulsatilla was also at one time believed to have specific 
influence upon almost all of the mucous membranes, but to be especially valuable in affections 
of the respiratory passages, such as bronchitis, asthma, whooping-cough, etc. 
The preparation employed by Storck was an extract of the herbaceous part of the plant, 
which was given in the dose of one or two grains daily, gradually increased to twenty grains 
or more. Noel and Lambert especially commend a fluid extract made from the fresh herb, of 
which they state that from seventy-five to one hundred and twenty-five minims may be exhibited 
in the course of twenty-four hours. The dose of the dried powder is commonly given as from 
two to three grains (dlS—0'2 (Im.), but probably much larger amounts can be safely taken. 
PULVERES. Powders. 
(PUL'VE-RE§.) 
Poudres, Fr.; Pulver, G. 
The form of powder is convenient for the exhibition of substances which are not given in 
very large doses, are not very disagreeable to the taste, have no corrosive property, and do not 
deliquesce rapidly on exposure. As the elfect of pulverization is to expose a more extended 
surface to the action of the air, care should be taken to keep substances which are liable to be 
injured by such exposure in closely-stoppered bottles. In many instances it is also important 
to exclude the light, which exercises a deleterious influence over numerous medicines when 
minutely divided. This may be done by coating the bottles with black varnish. In relation 
to substances most liable to injury from these causes, the best plan is to powder them in small 
quantities as wanted for use.* 
Powders may be divided into the simple, consisting of a single substance, and the compound, 
of two or more mixed together. The latter only are embraced under the present head. In 
the preparation of the compound powders, the ingredients, if of different degrees of cohesion 
or solidity, should be pulverized separately and then mixed. Deliquescent substances, and 
.h°se ,c'°ntal“mg fixed oil in large proportion, should not enter into the composition of powders 
intended to be kept,—the former because they render the preparation damp and liable to spoil, 
list*thMht.hiesSnl.fnt0;WderS •" weI1-st0PPered bottles, it is asserted by M. Ilerouard, a French pharmaceu- 
tist, that this plan, instead of preserving some powders, tends to their more speedy and certain chamre * Whatever 
UgS P™viously *° .powdering them, most of them during the process attract moisture, 
«gh vessels are exnosed LT' “ e<iu*hbrlum "Uh the surrounding air; and, if enclosed in this state in air- 
tignt vessels, they are exposed to injurious influence from their own absorbed water, which, valorized in hot weather 
is in the colder seasons condensed on the inner surface of the vessel and determines “mJJKSitof fwmeltotion • 
and e\ en cryptogamic growths appear in some instances. The best method of preservation the author thinks is to 
m f a b'UC °rgray color’ 80 as to exclude the light,’while the air has exit or 
thefhct;6 of Observation “Y be ?UF ‘he°r?tical °Pinions on the point, M. Hlrouard asserts PART I. 
Pulveres.—Pulvis Antimonialis. 
1119 
the latter because they are apt to become rancid and impart an unpleasant odor and taste. 
When deliquescent substances are extemporaneously prescribed, the apothecary should enclose 
them before delivery in waxed paper or other impervious covering; and the same remark is 
applicable to volatile powders, as ammonium carbonate and camphor. The lighter powders 
may in general be administered in water or other thin liquid ; the heavier, such as those of 
metallic substances, require a more consistent vehicle, as syrup, molasses, honey, or one of the 
confections. Resinous powders, if given in water, require the intervention of mucilage or sugar. 
For many powders the cachet de pain affords the best method of administration* 
In the act of powdering, the whole substance in the mortar should not be beaten till com- 
pletely pulverized, as the portion already powdered interferes with the action of the pestle upon 
the remainder, while the finer matter is apt to be dissipated, so that there is a loss both of time 
and of material. The proper plan is to sift off the fine powder after a short continuance of the 
process, then to return the coarser parts to the mortar, and to repeat several times this alternate 
pulverization and sifting, until the process is completed. Care should be taken to mix thoroughly 
the several portions of fine powder thus obtained. 
PULVIS AMYGDALAE COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of 
Almonds. 
(PUL'VIS A-MYG'DA-LiE C0M-P0§'I-TUS.) 
Confectio Amygdalae, Lond.; Conserva Amygdalarum, Ed.; Confection of Almond; Conserve d’Amandes, Fr.; 
Mandelconserve, G. 
“ Sweet Almonds, 8 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Refined Sugar, in powder, 4 ounces 
(Imp.) or 100 grammes; Gum Acacia, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. Steep the 
Almonds in water until their skins can easily be removed ; when thus blanched, dry them as far 
as possible with a soft cloth, and then thoroughly by exposure in a warm place for twenty-four 
hours ; rub them lightly in a mortar to a smooth consistence ; mix the Gum Acacia and the Sugar ; 
add this mixture, gradually, to the bruised Almonds; rub the whole to a coarse powder.” Br. 
This is the old Almond Confection under a new name. It is intended to afford a speedy 
method of preparing the almond mixture, which, when made immediately from the almonds, 
requires much time, and which cannot be kept ready-made. But, from its liability to be in- 
jured by keeping, it was omitted from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, which directs the emulsion 
of almond to be made immediately from the ingredients. 
PULVIS ANTIMONIALIS. U. S., Br. Antimonial Powder. [James’s Powder.] 
Pulvis Antimonii Compositus, Pulyis Jacobi; Poudre antimoniale de James,Fr.; James’s Antimonpulver, G. 
“ Antimony Oxide, thirty-three grammes [or 509 grains] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 
sixty-seven grammes [or 2 ounces av., 159 grains] ; To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces 
av., 231 grains]. Mix them intimately.” U. S. 
“Antimonious Oxide, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Calcium Phosphate, 2 ounces 
(Imp.) or 50 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This preparation has been introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia as a substitute for the 
different forms of antimonial powder formerly official with the British Colleges, and because of 
its revived employment at the present time. The official preparations are identical. In order 
that the subject may be properly understood, it will be necessary to introduce a notice of the 
powder as formerly directed to be prepared by the London and Dublin Colleges; the process 
of the Edinburgh College was so similar to the London that it does not require special 
consideration. 
Antimonial Powder of the London College. The following was the London process. “ Take 
of Tersulphate of Antimony, powdered, a pound; Horn shavings two pounds. Mix, and throw 
them into a red-hot crucible, and stir constantly until vapor ceases to arise. Rub the residue 
to powder, and put it into a crucible. Then apply heat, and raise it gradually to redness, and 
keep it so for two hours. Rub the remaining powder until it is as fine as possible.” Lond. 
(pul'vis Xn-ti-mo-ni-a'lis.) 
Cachets. These very useful articles are wafers made of unleavened bread in such a manner that they offer a 
concavity, so that when two are placed face to face there is a space in which a powder may be contained. They 
are of different sizes and capacities, the largest readily holding as much as ten grains of quinine. In filling them, 
one wafer is placed upon a board, and the requisite amount of medicine is put in it j then a second wafer, whose 
interior margin has been wetted, is laid upon the first and pressed down upon it. When taken, they should be 
dipped in water, placed immediately upon a teaspoon containing a little water, and swallowed with a gulp of fluid. 
For most powders of disagreeable taste, cachets afford the best method of administration. 1120 
Pulvis Antimonialis.—Pulvis Aromaticus. 
PART I. 
This preparation consists mainly of calcium bone-phosphate, or calcined bone, mixed with 
antimonous acid, and is intended to furnish a substitute for the celebrated nostrum of Dr. 
James, an English physician who died in 1776, and after whom the original preparation was 
called James's powder. Dr. Pearson, of London, found the genuine powder, on analysis, to 
consist of calcium phosphate and oxidized antimony, and, guided by his results, devised the 
formula adopted by the London College. By burning the materials directed by the College, 
the sulphur is expelled in the form of sulphurous acid, and the antimony oxidized; while the 
horn, which is of the nature of bone, has its animal matter converted into charcoal. By the 
subsequent calcination the charcoal is dissipated, leaving only the calcium phosphate of the 
horn mixed with the antimony oxide. 
The antimonial powder made by this formula is a tasteless, inodorous, gritty powder, of a 
dull white color. As often prepared, it is insoluble in water ; but usually a small portion, con- 
sisting of antimonite and acid calcium phosphate, dissolves in boiling distilled water. Its com- 
position varies exceedingly, a circumstance which forms a strong objection to it as a medicine. 
When entirely insoluble in boiling water, it probably contains nothing but antimonous acid 
and calcium phosphate; for when its soluble constituents are absent the. teroxide is absent also. 
The only essential difference between the official and the Dublin powder is that the ingre- 
dients of the former are taken already prepared and mixed in fixed proportion, while those of 
the latter result simultaneously from one operation. The official powder is, of course, much 
more easily prepared, and less liable to uncertainty from any error in the process* 
Medical Properties and Uses. This preparation is stated to be alterative, diaphoretic, 
purgative, or emetic, according to the dose in which it is given. Until within a few years it 
was often prescribed in febrile diseases, with a view to its diaphoretic effect. According to 
Dr. A. T. Thomson, it is advantageously given in acute rheumatism, conjoined with camphor, 
calomel, and opium, and with calomel and guaiac in several cutaneous affections. The estima- 
tion in which this preparation is held is very various; but it is generally admitted that, as for- 
merly prepared, it was very uncertain in the percentage of antimony teroxide, and consequently 
in its activity: it was this uncertainty that led to its omission from the U. S. P. of 1830. 
The antimonial powder at present official is exempt from the objection of irregularity of 
composition. Nevertheless, as it depends for its greater or less energy on the presence or ab- 
sence in the alimentary canal of an acid which may form a salt with the antimonial oxide, it 
cannot always be relied on for a definite effect, being sometimes mild, and sometimes more 
active than might be desirable. The dose, as a diaphoretic, is from three to eight grains 
(0-20-0-52 Gm.) every third or fourth hour, given in the form of pill. In larger doses it is 
purgative and emetic. Dr. Jonathan Osborne has found the teroxide, given separately in three- 
grain (0-20 Gm.) doses, evening and night, to cause in some cases nausea and vomiting, in 
others mild purgation. (P. J. Tr., 1855, p. 331.) 
(pul'vis Xb-o-mXt'i-cus.) 
p Cinnamomi Compositus, Br.; Compound Powder of Cinnamon; Poudre aromatique, Fr.j Aromatisches 
“ Ceylon Cinnamon, in No. 60 powder, tliirty-jive grammes [or 1 ounce av., 103 grains] ; 
Ginger, in No. 60 powder, thirty-jive grammes [or 1 ounce av., 103 grains] ; Cardamom, de- 
prived of the capsules and crushed, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Nutmeg, in No. 20 pow- 
fifteen grammes [or 231 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Triturate the Cardamom and Nutmeg with a portion of the Ceylon Cinnamon, until 
they are reduced to a fine powder; then add the remainder of the Cinnamon and the Ginger, 
and rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 
“ Cinnamon Bark, In powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Cardamom Seeds, in 
Mix ”V’_Br 0WlCe 01 S™5 GinSer> in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. 
official ATh^atBritbrrdero0A the. U-S‘R,1890 does not differ essentially from that formerly 
olhcial. The British and American powders now closely resemble each other. The present 
British formula differs from that of 1864 in the substitution of ginger for nutmeg doves 
the whdpY esPeciaHy in the absence of sugar, which in the latter constituted two-thirds of 
he whole, having probably been added in order that, by the addition of a little water to the 
PULVIS AROMATICUS. U. S. (Br.) Aromatic Powder. 
elaborate foJ “ Pulvis -Avomaticus.—Pulvis Gretse Compositus. 
PART I. 
1121 
powder, an aromatic confection might he readily prepared, without the necessity of keeping it. 
It is obvious that this end may be as effectually attained by the addition of a little syrup to the 
present powder.* The cardamom seeds should always be separated from their capsules before 
being weighed; and the powder, when prepared, should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. The 
aromatic powder is stimulant and carminative, and the U. S. preparation may be given in the 
dose of from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.), in cases of enfeebled digestion with flatu- 
lence; but it is chiefly used as a corrigent and adjuvant of other medicines. A mixture of 
aromatic powders in the form of a cataplasm is much used as a mild rubefacient, especially in 
nausea and vomiting, being applied over the epigastrium. Such mixtures are commonly called 
spice plasters. The following is a good formula. Take of ginger, cloves, cinnamon, and black 
pepper, each, in powder, an ounce ; tincture of ginger half a fluidounce ; honey a sufficient quan- 
tity. Mix the powders, and then add the tincture and honey, so as to form a stiff cataplasm; 
or the mixed powder may be distributed in a thin flannel bag, quilted in position, and the whole 
wet with bathing whiskey when applied and covered with oiled silk. 
PULVIS CATECHU COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of Catechu. 
(PUL'VIS CAT'E-CHU COM-PO§'l-TUS.) 
“ Catechu, in powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Kino, in powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) 
or 50 grammes; Krameria Root, in powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Cinnamon Bark, 
in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Nutmeg, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. 
Mix.” Br. 
The dose of this agreeable preparation is from fifteen to thirty grains (1-1 95 Gm.). 
PULVIS CRETEE AROMATICUS. Br. Aromatic Powder of Chalk. 
“ Cinnamon Bark, in powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 80 grammes; Nutmeg, in powder, 3 
ounces (Imp.) or 60 grammes; Cloves, in powder, 1£ ounces (Imp.) or 30 grammes; Cardamom 
Seeds, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes; Refined Sugar, in powder, 25 ounces (Imp.) 
or 500 grammes; Prepared Chalk, 11 ounces (Imp.) or 220 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This is the former “ Aromatic Powder” of the Br. Pharmacopoeia, with the addition of chalk 
and elision of saffron. It is a warm stimulant and astringent, as well as antacid, and is well 
calculated for diarrhoea connected with acidity and without inflammation. In such a combi- 
nation, however, the due proportion and even the choice of the ingredients vary so much with 
the symptoms that they might well be left to extemporaneous prescription. Dose, from thirty 
to sixty grains (1-95-3-9 Gm.), in mucilage or sweetened water, frequently repeated. 
(PUL'VIS CRE'TzE AR-O-MAT'I-CUS.) 
PULVIS CRETEE AROMATICUS CUM OPIO. Br. Aromatic Powder 
(PUL'YIS CKE'IVU AR-O-MAT'I-CUS CUM O'PI-O.) 
of Chalk with Opium. 
“ Aromatic Powder of Chalk, 9f ounces (Imperial) or 39 grammes; Opium, in powder, i 
ounce (Imp.) or 1 gramme. Mix. This Powder contains 2J per cent, of Opium.” Br. 
The addition of the opium greatly increases the efficacy of the compound powder of chalk 
in diarrhoea ; and its equal diffusion through the powder presents this advantage, that it may 
be conveniently given in minute doses applicable to infantile cases. Two scruples of the pow- 
der contain a grain of opium. In the diarrhoea of adults from ten to twenty grains (0-65— 
1-3 Gm.) may be given for a dose, and repeated several times a day, or after each evacuation. 
PULVIS CRETVE COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Chalk Powder. 
“ Prepared Chalk, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Acacia, in fine powder, twenty 
grammes [or 309 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains], 
To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Mix them intimately.” U S. 
This is a new official powder. It has been introduced for the purpose of having on hand, 
in a convenient form, the dry powders necessary to make chalk mixture. (See Mistura Cretee.) 
(PUL'VIS CBE'TJE C0M-P5§'I-T0S.) 
* Aromatic Sugar. Mr. Wm. L. Turner proposed a mode of obtaining the effects of the aromatic powder in cer- 
tain cases where the use of the powder itself would be inconvenient. He prepared an aromatic sugar by submitting 
eight ounces of the freshly prepared powder to percolation with stronger alcohol to exhaustion, pouring the percolate 
over eight ounces of sugar, and evaporating at a low heat. The sugar thus prepared may be added to mixtures, 
solutions, etc., requiring aromatic addition. (A. J. P., March, 1869, p. 118.) Pulvis Effervescens Compositus. 
1122 
This powder will be found, however, a very convenient basis for administering chalk in pow- 
der ; and it will be easy to direct the addition of morphine, kino, pepsin, bismuth subnitrate, 
or any other suitable agent. 
PART I. 
PULVIS EFFERVESCENS COMPOSITUS. U. S. (Br.) Compound 
Effervescing Powder. [Seidlitz Powder.] 
(PUL'VIS EF-FEK-VES'CEN§ C0M-P5§'l-TUS.) 
Pulvis Sodae Tartaratae Effervescens, Br.; Effervescent Tartarated Soda Powder; Pulveres Effervescentes Ape- 
rientes, U. S. 1870; Seidlitz Powders; Pulvis Aerophorus Laxans, s. P. Aerophorus Seidlitzensis, P. G.; Poudre 
gazifere purgative, Poudre de Seidlitz, Fr.; Abfiihrendes Brausepulver, Seidlitzpulver, G. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, in fine powder, thirty-one grammes [or 1 ounce av., 41 grains] ; Po- 
tassium and Sodium Tartrate, in fine powder, ninety-three grammes [or 3 ounces av., 123 grains] ; 
Tartaric Acid, in fine powder, twenty-seven grammes [or 417 grains]. Mix the Sodium Bicar- 
bonate intimately with the Potassium and Sodium Tartrate, divide the mixture into twelve 
equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of some pronounced color, as blue. Then 
divide the Tartaric Acid also into twelve equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper 
of a color distinctly different from that used for wrapping the mixture, as white. Keep the 
powders in well-closed vessels.” U. S.* 
“ Sodium Potassium Tartrate, in dry powder, 120 grains or 7*77 grammes; Sodium Bicar- 
bonate, in dry powder, 40 grains or 2*59 grammes. Mix. Wrap in blue paper. Tartaric Acid, 
in dry powder, 38 grains or 2*46 grammes. Wrap in white paper. Dose, for a draught.—The 
alkaline powder (in blue paper) dissolved in nearly half a pint of cold or warm water, and 
the acid powder (in white paper) then added.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia, under the name of Pulvis Sodse Tartaratse Effervescens, intro- 
duced in the 1885 revision these well-known powders, which are universally known as Seidlitz 
Powders. Though named from the saline springs of Seidlitz, in Bohemia, Seidlitz Powders do 
not correspond in composition with those famous waters. Of each pair of powders, one, much 
the smaller of the two, contains about thirty-five grains (2*25 Gm.) of tartaric acid, the other 
about forty grains (2*58 Gm.) of sodium bicarbonate mixed with about two drachms (7*75 Gm.) of 
Bochelle salt. The acid powder is usually put into a white paper, the alkaline into a blue paper, 
which latter should not be colored by aniline; a number of them are enclosed in a paper or tin 
box. They should not be kept in a damp place, as the tartaric acid is liable to be dissolved by 
the moisture and absorbed into the substance of the paper, thus altering the due proportion of 
the ingredients. We have known the whole of the contents of the white paper thus to dis- 
appear in the course of two or three years. The Bochelle salt is the ingredient upon which 
the aperient property mainly depends. In their administration, each powder is dissolved sep- 
arately, the smaller in a fluidounce or more of water, the larger in twice or three times the 
quantity ; and the two solutions are mixed gradually. A reaction takes place between the tar- 
taric acid and the sodium bicarbonate, by which sodium tartrate is produced, adding somewhat 
to the laxative property of the draught, and carbonic acid escapes, causing a brisk effervescence. 
The acid is in slight excess, and thus causes an agreeable acidity in the solution. These powders 
are refrigerant and aperient, and generally very acceptable to the stomach in consequence of 
the carbonic acid eliminated. They are especially adapted to febrile cases with a somewhat 
irritable stomach. One pair of them will generally operate slightly ; but, if required, two may 
be given at once, or the dose may be repeated every three or four hours till the desired effect 
is produced. The flavor may sometimes be advantageously improved by adding syrup of ginger, 
orange peel, or lemon to one of the solutions before admixture ; and most persons prefer to dis- 
solve the salts in very cold water, the saline taste being thereby greatly diminished. A lowering 
of the temperature always takes place, due to the solution of the salts. 
* Pulveres Effervescentes. Effervescing Powders. Soda Powders. Pulvis Aerophorus Anglicus, P. G.; Poudre 
gazeuse, P. aerophorc, P. de Seitz, Fr.; Brausepulver, G. “Take of Bicarbonate of Sodium, in fine powder, three 
hundred and sixty grains ; Tartaric Acid, in fine powder, three hundred grains. Divide each of the powders into 
twelve equal parts, and keep the parts, severally, of the Bicarbonate and of the Acid in separate papers of different 
colors.’ U. S. 1870. Soda Powders consist, severally, of twenty-five grains (1*565 Gm.) of the acid in one paper, 
and thirty (1'95 Gm.) of the bicarbonate in the other. They are administered in solution. An acid and an alkaline 
powder may be dissolved in separate portions of water and then mixed; or they may be thrown together, or succes- 
sively, into the same portion of water. The whole draught should be half a pint or somewhat less. It may be ren- 
dered more agreeable by adding two or three fluidrachms (7*5—11*25 C.c.) of syrup of ginger or orange peel to the 
water, before dissolving the powders. The rationale is simple. The tartaric acid seizes the alkali of the bicar- 
bonate, forming a sodium tartrate, while the carbonic acid escapes with effervescence. The effervescing powders 
are refrigerant and slightly laxative, and afford an agreeable and refreshing drink, suitable to febrile complaints, 
and generally very acceptable to the stomach. PART I. 
Pulvis ElateHni Compositus.—Pulvis Ipecacuanhse et Opii. 
1123 
PULVIS ELATERINI COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of Elaterin. 
“ Elaterin, 5 grains or 1 gramme; Milk Sugar, 195 grains or 39 grammes. Triturate in a 
mortar until a fine powder is produced.” Br. 
This is a new official in the British Pharmacopoeia, identical with the trituration of elaterin 
of the United States Pharmacopoeia, except that it is of but one-fourth its strength. The dose 
is given in the British Pharmacopoeia as from one to five grains (0-06-0-25 Gm.). 
(PUL'VIS E-LAT-E-RT'n! C0M-P5§'I-TUS.) 
PULVIS GLYCYRRHIZA COMPOSITUS. U. S., Br. Compound Powder 
of Glycyrrhiza. 
Pulvis Liquiritiae (Glycyrrhizae) Compositus, s. P. Pectoralis Kurellm, P. G.; Poudre de Reglisse composee, Fr.; 
Brustpulver, G. 
“ Senna, in No. 80 powder, one hundred and eighty grammes [or 6 ounces av., 153 grains] ; 
Glycyrrhiza, in No. 80 powder, two hundred and thirty-six grammes [or 8 ounces av., 142 grains] ; 
Washed Sulphur, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 grains] ; Oil of Fennel, four grammes 
[or 62 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains], To 
make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Mix the Oil of Fennel thoroughly 
with about one-half of the Sugar, then add the remainder of the Sugar and the other ingre- 
dients, and mix thoroughly. Finally pass the powder through a No. 60 sieve, and keep it in 
well-closed vessels.” U. S. 
“ Senna, in fine powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Liquorice Root, in fine powder, 
2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Fennel Fruit, in fine powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; 
Sublimed Sulphur, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Refined Sugar, in powder, 6 ounces (Imp.) 
or 150 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This official preparation, which was introduced into the U. S. P. 1880, was identical with 
that of the German Pharmacopoeia; and in the 1885 revision of the British Pharmacopoeia 
the preparation was made nearly to correspond, being slightly deficient in senna. The U. S. 
P. 1890 has replaced the powdered fennel with Oil of Fennel, increasing the proportion of 
powdered liquorice correspondingly,—which is an improvement, as powdered fennel is variable 
in quality: great care should be used, however, to employ only fresh oil of fennel. The 
object of the oil of fennel is patent, but the advantage to be gained by the use of washed 
sulphur in the proportion of only 8 per cent, must be purely imaginary. In our opinion, an 
improvement would be the substitution of two parts each of powdered cinnamon and cloves 
for four parts of the sugar, to correct the griping effect which is frequently produced. It is 
used as an agreeable laxative in the dose of from thirty to sixty grains (1-95-3-9 Gm.). 
(PUL'VIS GLYQ-YR-RHI'ZJE C0M-P0§'I-TUS.) 
PULVIS IPECACUANHA ET OPII. U. S. (Br.) Powder of Ipecac and 
Opium. [Dover’s Powder.] 
(pCl'vis Ip-e-cXc-u-Xn'bm St o'pi-i.) 
Pulvis Ipecacuanhse Compositus, Br., U. S. 1870; Pulvis Ipecacuanha} Opiatus, s. Pulvis Doweri, P. G.; Poudre 
de Dower, Fr.; Dower’sches Pulver, G. 
“ Ipecac, in No. 60 powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Powdered Opium, ten grammes [or 
154 grains] ; Sugar of Milk, in No. 30 powder, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 grains], 
To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Rub them together into a very 
fine powder.” U. S. 
“Ipecacuanha Root, in powder, £ ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Opium, in powder, $ 
ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes ; Potassium Sulphate, in powder, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 80 grammes. 
Mix.” Br. 
The substitution of powdered sugar of milk for potassium sulphate in crystals as formerly 
used cannot be said to have improved this well-known powder, except in making it more agree- 
able to the taste. The U. S. 1890 process should have directed the powder to be sifted, in order 
to secure a thorough blending of the ingredients: the sifting should on no account be omitted 
by the operator. The potassium sulphate or the sugar of milk serves to promote that minute 
division and consequent thorough intermixture of the opium and ipecacuanha upon which the 
peculiar virtues of the compound depend, the potassium sulphate being preferable on account of 
the greater hardness of its particles. They also serve to dilute the active ingredients, and thus 
allow of their division into minute doses adapted to the complaints of children. This composi- 1124 
Pulvis Ipecacuanhse et Opii.—Pulvis Morphinse Compositus. 
PAKT I. 
tion, though called Dover’s Powder, does not precisely correspond with that originally recom- 
mended by Dr. Dover, which was prepared as follows. Four ounces of potassium nitrate and 
the same quantity of potassium sulphate were mixed in a red-hot crucible, and afterwards very 
finely powdered; one ounce of opium, sliced, was then added, and ground to powder with the 
saline mixture ; lastly, an ounce of ipecacuanha and an ounce of liquorice root, in powder, were 
mixed with the other ingredients. This process was adopted in a former French Codex, and 
has been retained with little change in the present. For a method of valuing Dover’s Powder, 
by Prof. A. B. Prescott, see A. J. P., Dec. 1878. 
This powder is an admirable anodyne diaphoretic, applicable to all cases, not attended with 
much fever, cerebral disease, or sick stomach, in which there is an indication for diaphoresis, 
especially in painful affections, or in those connected with unhealthy discharges. It is admi- 
rably adapted to the phlegmasise, particularly rheumatism and pneumonia, dysentery, diarrhoea, 
etc., when not contra-indicated by existing symptoms. In bowel affections, and whenever the 
hepatic secretion is deranged, it is frequently combined with small doses of calomel. Ten 
grains of the powder contain one grain of opium. The dose is from five to fifteen grains 
(0-33-1 Gm.), given diffused in water, or mixed with syrup, or in the form of bolus, and re- 
peated at intervals of four, six, or eight hours, when it is desirable to maintain a continued 
diaphoresis. Its action may be promoted by warm drinks, such as lemonade or balm tea. 
PULVIS JALAPS COMPOSITUS. U. S., Br. Compound Powder of 
Jalap. [Pulvis Purgans.] 
(PUL'VIS C0M-P5§'I-TUS.) 
“Jalap, in No. 60 powder, thirty-jive grammes [or 1 ounce av., 103 grains] ; Potassium Bi- 
tartrate, in fine powder, sixty-jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 grains], To make one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Bub them together until they are thoroughly mixed.” 
U. S. 
“Jalap, in powder, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Acid Potassium Tartrate, in powder, 
9 ounces (Imp.) or 180 grammes ; Ginger, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
The rubbing of the bitartrate with the jalap is thought to favor its more minute division, 
while it increases its hydragogue effect. A combination of these two ingredients, though with 
a larger proportion of cream of tartar (see Jalapa), forms a good cathartic in dropsy, and in 
scrofulous diseases of the joints and glands. The dose of the powder is from thirty grains to a 
drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.). 
PULVIS KINO COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of Kino 
Pulvis Kino cum Opio, Br. 1864; Powder of Kino and Opium. 
“ Kino, in powder, 3f ounces (Imperial) or 75 grammes; Opium, in powder, } ounce (Imp.) 
or 5 grammes; Cinnamon Bark, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 20 grammes. Mix. This 
Powder contains 5 per cent, of Opium.” Br. 
This is an anodyne astringent powder, useful in some forms of diarrhoea, but of which the 
composition would be better left to extemporaneous prescription, as the proportion of the in- 
gredients should vary with the circumstances. Twenty grains contain one grain of opium. 
The dose is from five to twenty grains (0-33-1-3 Gin.). 
(PUL'VIS Kl'NO COM-P5§'I-TUS.) 
HULVIS MORPHINE COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Powder of Mor- 
phine. [Tully’s Powder.] 
(PUL'VIS MOR-PHI'NiE COM-PO§'l-TCs.) 
“ Morphine Sulphate, one gramme [or 15-5 grains] ; Camphor, nineteen grammes [or 293 
grains] ; Glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Precipitated Calcium 
Carbonate, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make sixty 
grammes [oi 2 ounces' av., 51 grains]. Huh the Camphor with a little Alcohol, and afterwards 
with the Glycynhiza and Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, until a uniform powder is produced. 
Then rub the Morphine Sulphate with this powder, gradually added, until the whole is 
thoroughly mixed. Finally, pass the powder through a No. 40 sieve, and transfer it to well- 
stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
This official compound powder originated with Dr. Win. Tully, of New Haven, Conn., who 
devised it as a substitute for Dover s Powder. It is very necessary to comply strictly with the Pulvis Opii Compositus.—Pyrethrum. 
1125 
PART i. 
directions of Dr. Tully in its preparation, i.e., to mix the ingredients thoroughly and then sift 
the powder, and this last direction has been included in the official formula of 1890. The 
diaphoretic action depends largely upon the intimate admixture of the ingredients. There is 
the one-sixtieth of a grain of morphine sulphate in one grain of the powder. The dose is ten 
grains (0-65 Gm.), containing one-sixth of a grain (0-01 Gm.) of morphine sulphate. 
PULVIS OPII COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of Opium. 
(pul'vis o'pi-i com-p5§'i-tus.) 
“ Opium, in powder, 1J ounces (Imperial) or 30 grammes ; Black Pepper, in powder, 2 ounces 
(Imp.) or 40 grammes; Ginger, in powder, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Caraway Fruit, 
in powder, 6 ounces (Imp.) or 120 grammes; Tragacanth, in powder, £ ounce (Imp.) or 10 
grammes. Mix. This Powder contains 10 per cent, of Opium.” Br. 
This seems to have been introduced in order to have at hand all the dry ingredients of the 
Confection of Opium. (See Confectio Opiij Ten grains (0-65 Gm.) of the powder contain 
one grain (0-065 Gm.) of opium. 
PULVIS RHEI COMPOSITUS. U. S., Br. Compound Powder of 
Rhubarb. 
(PUL'VIS RHE'I COM-P(J§'I-TUS.) 
Gregory’s Powder; Pulvis Magnesiae cum Rheo, s. P. Infantum, s. P. Antacidus, P. G.; Poudre de Rhubarbe 
composee, Fr.; Kinderpulver, G. 
“ Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, twenty-jive grammes [or 386 grains] ; Magnesia, sixty-jive 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 grains] ; Ginger, in No. 60 powder, ten grammes [or 154 
grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Rub them together 
until they are thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 
“ Rhubarb Root, in powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Light Magnesia, 6 ounces 
(Imp.) or 150 grammes; Ginger, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. Mix. If a less 
bulky powder be desired, Heavy Magnesia may be employed.” Br. 
This is a good laxative antacid, well adapted to bowel complaints, especially in children. 
The dose for an adult is from half a drachm to a drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.); for a child two or 
three years old, from five to ten grains (0-33-0-65 Gm.). 
PULVIS SCAMMONII COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of 
Scammony.' 
“ Scammony Resin, in powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Jalap, in powder, 3 
ounces (Imp.) or 75 grammes; Ginger, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This does not appear to us a very eligible preparation. The dose is from ten to twenty 
grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.). 
(PUL'VIS SCAM-MO'NI-I COM-P5§'l-TUS.) 
PULVIS TRAGACANTH.® COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Powder of 
Tragacanth. 
(PUL'VIS TRXG-A-CAN'TIUE COM-PO§'T-TUS.) 
“ Tragacanth, in powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Gum Acacia, in powder, 1 
ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Starch, in powder, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Refined 
Sugar, in powder, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 75 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This is applicable to the general purposes of the demulcents, but is chiefly employed in 
Great Britain as a vehicle for heavy insoluble powders. The dose is from thirty grains to a 
drachm (1-95—3*9 Gm.). 
PYRETHRUM. U. S. (Br.) Pyrethrum. [Pellitory.] 
(PY-RE'THRUM.) 
“ The root of Anacyclus Pyrethrum (Linne), De Candolle (nat. ord. Composite).” U. S. 
“ The dried root of Anacyclus Pyrethrum, De Cand.” Br. 
Pyrethri Radix, Br.; Radix Pyrethri Romani; Pellitory of Spain; Pyrethre (salivaire), Fr.; Bertramwurzel, 
Romische Bertramwurzel, G.; Pietro, It.; Pelitre, Sp. 
Anacyclus pyrethrum. De Cand. Prodrom. vi. 15.—Anthemis pyrethrum. Willd. Sp. Plant. 
iii. 2184; B. & T. 151. The root of this plant'is perennial, and sends up numerous stems, 
usually trailing at the base, erect in their upper portion, eight or ten inches high, and termi- 1126 
Pyrethrum.—Pyrog allol. 
PART I. 
nated by one large flower. The leaves are doubly pinnate, with narrow nearly linear segments 
of a pale-green color. The florets of the disk are yellow ; the rays white on their upper surface, 
and reddish or purple beneath and at their edges. 
The plant is a native of the Levant, Barbary, and the Mediterranean coast of Europe. The 
root is the part used under the name of pellitory, or pellitory of Spain. According to Hayne, 
the pellitory of commerce is derived from the Anacyclus officinarum, a plant cultivated in 
Thuringia for medical purposes. This remark, however, can apply only to Germany. 
Properties. The dried root of A. pyrethrum* is about the size of the little finger, cylin- 
drical, straight or but slightly curved, wrinkled longitudinally, of an ash-brown color externally, 
whitish within, hard and brittle, and sometimes furnished with a few radicles. It is destitute 
of odor, though, when fresh, of a disagreeable smell. Its taste is peculiar, slight at first, but 
afterwards acidulous, saline, and acrid, attended with a burning and tingling sensation over the 
whole mouth and throat, which continues for some time and excites a copious flow of saliva. 
It is officially described as “from 5 to 10 Cm. long, and 1 to 2 Cm. thick, somewhat fusiform, 
nearly simple, annulate above, wrinkled below, externally dark grayish-brown; internally 
brownish-white; fracture short; bark rather thick, containing two circles of resin-cells, and 
surrounding the slender wood-bundles and medullary rays, the latter having about four circles 
of shining resin-cells; inodorous, pungent, and very acrid.” U. S. The fractured surface 
shows that the wood is traversed by large medullary rays in which, as well as in the cortex, 
are numerous dark resin-ducts. Its analysis by Koene gives, in 100 parts, 0-59 of a brown, 
very acrid substance, of a resinous appearance, and insoluble in caustic potassa; 1-06 of a 
dark brown, very acrid, fixed oil, soluble in potassa; 0-35 of a yellow acrid oil, also soluble in 
potassa; traces of tannin; 9*40 parts of gum; inulin ; 7*60 parts of potassium sulphate and 
carbonate, potassium chloride, calcium phosphate and carbonate, alumina, silica, etc., and 
19-80 of lignin, besides loss. (See A. J. P., viii. 175.) Buchheim (Arch, fur Exper. Pathol., 
5, 458) claims to have discovered as the active principle an alkaloid, pyrethrine, which, treated 
with alcoholic potash, splits up like piperin and yields pyrethric acid. Schneegans (Proc. A. 
P. A., 1897, 736) has obtained this pyrethrine in long branched needles united in tufts, melt- 
ing at 46° C. (114-8° F.), with an extremely burning taste. It is soluble in absolute alcohol, 
acetone, ether, strong acetic acid, chloroform, and carbon disulphide. It is also dissolved by 
strong sulphuric acid, yielding a yellow solution, which soon changes to red. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Pellitory is a powerful irritant, used almost exclusively 
as a sialagogue in certain forms of headache, rheumatic and neuralgic affections of the face, 
toothache, etc., or as a local stimulant, in palsy of the tongue or throat, and in relaxation of the 
uvula. For these purposes it may be chewed, or employed as a gargle in decoction or vinous 
tincture. The dose as a masticatory is from thirty grains to a drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.). Its 
action upon the general system has not been studied to any extent, but 50 minims of a tincture 
of it very nearly killed a child three and a half years old. The symptoms were those of gastro- 
enteritis, followed by convulsions. (London Practitioner, Aug. 1876.) An alcoholic extract is 
sometimes employed by dentists as a local anaesthetic application to carious teeth. 
PYROGALLOL. U. S. Pyrogallol. [Pyrogallic Acid.] 
C6H3(OH)3; 125*7. (PY-RO-GAL'LOL.) 
“ A triatomic phenol obtained chiefly by the dry distillation of gallic acid. Pyrogallic Acid 
should be kept in dark amber-colored bottles.” U. S. 
Of the three triatomic phenols indicated by theory, this is the best known, phloroglucin and 
oxyhydroquinone being the other two. It may be prepared synthetically, but is usually ob- 
tained as one of the results of the igneous decomposition of gallic acid, and may be obtained 
by submitting extract of galls to the same treatment as that used for preparing benzoic acid 
from benzoin, the reaction being C7H606 — CeIIe03-f C02. The vapors of pyrogallic acid 
rise, and condense on the upper surface of the paper diaphragm. The chief difficulty in the 
process is properly to regulate the heat, as at a high temperature this acid passes rapidly into 
metagallic acid, and thus the product is diminished. According to Lbwig, it is best prepared 
by heating gallic acid, previously dried at 100° C. (212° F.), in a glass retort, by means of a 
zinc chloride bath, to 210° C. (410° F.), when the pure acid sublimes. It is stated by MM. 
* False Pellitory Root. A root which has been identified by Mr. E. M. Holmes as the product of Corrigiola 
telephiifolia has been offered in the London market as pellitory. It is readily distinguished from the true root by 
its being softer and more flexible, by its having a distinctly sweetish taste, and especially by the transverse section 
of the root, which is of a yellowish-white color, with from three to five pale opaque concentric rings, each alternating 
with a narrower translucent horny ring. Pyrogallol. 
1127 
PAET I. 
de Luynes and Espandieu that in the ordinary method of obtaining pyrogallic acid much of 
the acid is lost. According to Pelouze, the proportion of pyrogallic acid produced ought to 
be very nearly 75 per cent., but the processes in use yield only 25 per cent., the pyrogallic acid 
itself undergoing rapid decomposition at an elevated temperature. MM. de Luynes and Es- 
pandieu have succeeded in preventing this loss by decomposing gallic acid in water under 
pressure, instead of by dry sublimation. Gallic acid is introduced into a bronze boiler with 
twice or three times its weight of water ; the temperature is raised to a point ranging from 200° 
C. (392° F.) to 210° C. (410° F.), and maintained at that point for half an hour, when the 
liquid is allowed to cool. The boiler now contains a slightly colored solution of pyrogallic acid. 
This is heated with a little pure animal charcoal, filtered, evaporated sufficiently, and set aside 
to crystallize. The crystalline mass obtained is somewhat colored. To obtain it entirely white, 
nothing more is necessary than to distil it in a vacuum. The product is quite 75 per cent. The 
carbonic acid escapes through the joinings of the apparatus, while the watery vapor is retained. 
(A. J. P., 1866, p. 22.) Another equally satisfactory procedure is that of Thorpe, for details 
of which see A. J. P., 1881, p. 53, 236. 
Pyrogallic acid is officially described as in “light, white, shining laminae, or fine needles, 
odorless, and having a bitter taste ; acquiring a gray or darker tint on exposure to air and light. 
Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-7 parts of water, and in 1 part of alcohol; very soluble in 
boiling water, and in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 1-2 parts of ether. When heated to 
131° C. (267,8° F.), Pyrogallol melts, and may be sublimed unchanged. When ignited, it is 
consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution, which is at first neutral and colorless, 
gradually acquires, by exposure to the air, a brown color and an acid reaction due to absorption 
of oxygen. The same change of color takes place very rapidly if the solution contains a caustic 
alkali. The aqueous solution (1 in 10) of Pyrogallol reduces solutions of the salts of silver, 
gold, and mercury, even in the cold. When freshly prepared, 1 C.c. of the aqueous solution 
(1 in 20) is colored brownish-red by a few drops of ferric chloride test-solution, and this color 
is changed to deep bluish-black on the addition of 1 or 2 drops of ammonia water. A bluish- 
black color is also produced in the aqueous solution of Pyrogallol by freshly prepared ferrous sul- 
phate test-solution.” U. S. According to Rosing, of Christiania, it is always partially converted, 
when sublimed, into metagallic acid, to which probably it owes its acid reaction as generally 
found in commerce ; for when quite pure it has no influence on litmus paper. It is a triatomic 
phenol, C6H3(0H)3, and is therefore, properly speaking, not an acid at all: hence the change 
in the official title to “ Pyrogallol.” One of its characteristic properties is its strong affinity 
for oxygen, in consequence of which it instantly undergoes change by contact with chlorine, 
iodine, bromine, and the acids which readily yield oxygen. Through the same property it 
rapidly reduces some of the metallic oxides; and its use in photography is based on this effect 
exercised on the salts of silver. Though unalterable in the air when quite dry, it is rapidly 
changed in alkaline solution by the absorption of oxygen, so that it may be used for ascertain- 
ing the proportion of this gas in a mixture of gases. By the action of phthalic anhydride 
upon pyrogallol is formed gallein, a dye-color much used in calico-printing. By the action of 
glacial acetic acid upon pyrogallol in the presence of zinc chloride is formed gallacetophenone, 
CH3 — CO — C6H2(0H)3, which has been used in medicine as a substitute for pyrogallol. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Led by the resemblance of pyrogallol to phosphorus 
in its affinity for oxygen, M. J. Personne (Comptes-Rendus, Oct. 1869), in a series of experi- 
ments, discovered that it produced in dogs symptoms and post-mortem lesions similar to those 
caused by phosphorus; but its physiological action was especially studied by Prof. Danilevsky 
(Lond. Med. Pec., Aug. 1887), who found that it produces vomiting, with apathy, fibrillary 
twitchings, dyspnoea, great fall of temperature, chocolate color of the blood and destruction of 
red blood-corpuscles, hemoglobinuria, coma, convulsions, and death by paralysis. A half ounce 
taken internally by a young man caused after some hours violent burning pains in the stomach, 
with black vomit, followed by icterus, diarrhoea, methemoglobinuria, delirium, coma, and death 
after four days. The liver and spleen were notably swollen. (Journ. des Praticiens, May, 1896.) 
The experiments made upon frogs prove that the drug has a direct action upon the nerve- 
centres : indeed, it would seem to influence powerfully the nutrition and function of all the 
higher tissues. Although Professor Danilevsky found that in doses of from five to ten grains 
twice a day it causes in man no untoward effects, pyrogallol is not used internally; but it has 
been largely employed in the treatment of lupus, psoriasis, and allied affections of the skin. 
In concentrated form it is a powerful caustic, and when used externally may by its absorption 
cause general poisoning. There are at least two deaths on record as the result of its external 1128 
Pyrogallol.—Pyroxylinum. 
PART I. 
application. The symptoms were chills followed by malaise and headaches, vomiting, diarrhoea, 
collapse, with pallid or'cyanosed lips and a peculiar greenish hue of the skin, rapid pulse and 
respiration, a dark-brown or black albuminous urine, diminished reflexes, insomnia, restlessness, 
and death in coma. 
When it is applied in solution or ointment, pyrogallol stains the skin, but not permanently ; 
linen and other clothing are, however, permanently darkened. The remedy is used in the 
form of ointment or solution, in strength varying from five to fifteen per cent., care being 
always exercised not to apply it over too large a surface at one time, for fear of absorption. 
When first applied to a raw surface, or even to the skin, it may produce pronounced pain and 
severe irritation. Before the use of pyrogallol vaseline is sometimes applied thoroughly and 
wiped off, to remove scales and other morbid products. Especially to avoid the staining of the 
clothing, Elliot has proposed a solution of pyrogallol in flexible collodion. This preparation, 
drying to a film upon the skin, acts therapeutically, but does not stain. The strength of the 
solution may be from twenty to forty grains to the ounce. 
PYROXYLINUM. U. S. (Br.) Pyroxylin. [Soluble Gun Cotton. Colloxylin.] 
(p Y-R(JX-y-l I' n u m .) 
Pyroxylin, Br.; Pyroxylon, U. S. 1870; Gun Cotton; Fulmicoton soluble, Fr.; Collodiumwolle, G. 
“ Purified Cotton, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Nitric Acid, fourteen 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 47 fluidounces, 163 minims] ; Sulphuric Acid, twenty-two hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 74 fluidounces, 187 minims] ; Alcohol, Ether, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity. Mix the Acids gradually in a glass or porcelain vessel, and, when the temperature of 
the mixture has fallen to 32° C. (90° F.), add the Purified Cotton. By means of a glass rod 
imbue it thoroughly with the Acids, and allow it to macerate, until a sample of it, taken out, 
thoroughly washed with a large quantity of Water, and subsequently with Alcohol, and pressed, 
is found to be soluble in a mixture of one volume of Alcohol and three volumes of Ether. Then 
remove the Cotton from the Acids, transfer it to a larger vessel, and wash it, first, with cold 
Water, until the washings cease to have an acid taste, and then with boiling Water, until they 
cease to redden blue litmus paper. Finally, drain the Pyroxylin on filtering paper, and dry it 
in small, detached pellets, by means of a water-bath or steam-bath, at a temperature not ex- 
ceeding 60° C. (140° F.). Keep the Pyroxylin, loosely packed, in well-closed vessels contain- 
ing not more than about 25 Gm., in a cool and dry place, remote from lights or fire.” U. S. 
“ Cotton, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Sulphuric Acid, 5 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
50 cubic centimetres ; Nitric Acid, 5 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres ; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Acids in a porcelain mortar, immerse the Cotton in the 
mixture, and after it is thoroughly wetted by the Acids stir it for three minutes with a glass 
rod ; wash the product with Distilled Water until free from acid ; drain on filtering paper, and 
dry the Pyroxylin on a water-bath.” Br. 
Gun cotton was discovered by Schonbein, of Basel, in Switzerland. The name is applied to 
several closely related yet distinct products. They are not, as was at first supposed, nitro- 
derivatives in which the group N02 merely replaces hydrogen, atom for atom, but compounds in 
which the nitric acid residue N03 is present, replacing OH groups of the cellulose formula. 
Thus, taking the doubled formula C12H20010 for cellulose, there is produced by the action of 
nitric acid under different circumstances C12H1404(N03)6, and following this, successively, 
Ci2Hi5°5(N03)6! Ci2Hie°e(?03)4, C H 07(N03)8, and C12H1808(N03)2. The first of these, 
the hexanitrate, is insoluble in alcohol and ether, and constitutes the true explosive gun cotton. 
The soluble gun cotton used in the preparation of collodium is a varying mixture of the four 
lower nitrates, but is chiefly made up of the tri- and tetra-nitrates. (Tollens, Handbuch der 
Kohlenhydrate, 1888.) The hexanitrate, when very thoroughly washed free from acid, is in- 
soluble in water, alcohol, ether, and all mixtures of alcohol with ether. It constitutes the true 
explosive gun cotton, which when compressed in cakes and fired by a fulminate explodes with 
great violence. Other compounds intermediate between some of these have been described by 
different chemists, but Abel, the chemist of the Woolwich Arsenal in England, has shown that 
they were imperfectly purified preparations. 
Properties. Gun cotton has the appearance of ordinary cotton, but is harsh to the touch. 
When intended for solution it is best made by the joint action of sulphuric and nitric acids, 
or, as proposed by Dr. Ellet, of the South Carolina College, of potassium nitrate and sulphuric 
acid. Experience has thoroughly shown that the use of the acids as practised in the present 
official formula gives better results than the employment of potassium nitrate and sulphuric PART I. 
Pyroxylinum.— Quassia. 
1129 
acid, which was directed in the U. S. P. I860* Care should he exercised not to let the 
mixture attain a temperature much above 32° C. (90° F.). It is insoluble in water, and 
nearly so in alcohol, hut dissolves freely in acetic ether and amyl acetate. (A. J. P., 1887, 
275.) “Readily soluble in a mixture of equal volumes of ether and alcohol (90 per cent.). 
It leaves no residue after ignition (absence of mineral impurity).” Br. M. Guichard pro- 
poses the use of chemically pure filtering paper as yielding a superior product to cotton. 
He takes 1400 parts of sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1-82; 700 parts of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1-37 ; 
70 parts of the paper ; puts the mixed acid in a vessel surrounded by cold water to keep down 
the temperature, drops the paper in leaf by leaf, allows it to stand three hours, and then 
washes freely with water. (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., xii. 290.) According to Dr. J. H. Glad- 
stone, of England, gun cotton is subject to spontaneous decomposition if kept for some time. 
The same fact was observed by Mr. James Beatson, of New York, and Prof. Procter, of Phil- 
adelphia. The specimen observed by Prof. Procter to undergo decomposition had not been well 
washed. The change is shown by the bottle in which the gun cotton is kept becoming full 
of nitrous acid vapor; and the substance is so far altered that it is no longer explosive or sol- 
uble in ether. M. Bouet states that the decomposition from exposure to light takes place sooner 
in gun cotton which has been prepared with potassium nitrate and sulphuric acid than where 
the mixed acids have been used. He says that, with both, the sides and bottom of the bottle 
are nearly covered with crystals of oxalic acid. (See A. J. P., March, 1862, p. 187.) Accord- 
ing to M. B6champ, of Strasburg, the product is soluble in ether if the cotton he immersed in 
a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acid while still hot from their reaction, but not soluble if 
the cotton he added to the mixture when cold. By treating gun cotton with ferrous chloride, 
M. Bechamp caused the disengagement of nitrous oxide gas, and gave the filaments a coating 
of ferric oxide, which was readily dissolved by hydrochloric acid. After this treatment the gun 
cotton was restored to its original state of cotton. (Chem. Gaz., Jan. 1, 1854, p. 11.) When 
kindled, gun cotton flashes off1 like gunpowder, burning without residue. Yet, according to 
M. Bleekrode, when wet with ether, or similar fluid, and touched with a light, the liquid will 
burn out of it without firing it. (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., xviii.) Its inflaming point is at 
187-7° C. (370° F.). Dr. Marx makes it lower. It has been tried as a substitute for gunpow- 
der in fire-arms, etc., but it has not been found useful except for some special purposes. Pyroxy- 
lin, or soluble gun cotton, is now extensively used as the basis of transparent varnishes for 
lacquering metal and wood. The solvent employed is usually a mixture of methyl alcohol or 
acetone with petroleum benzin, the miscibility of which is effected by the addition of small 
quantities of compound ethers like amyl acetate. 
QUASSIA. U.S. (Br.) Quassia. 
(QUAS'SI-A.) 
“ The wood of Picraena excelsa (Swartz), Lindley (nat. ord. Simarubece).” U. S. “ The wood 
of the trunk and branches of Picraena excelsa, Lindl.” Br. 
Quassiae Lignum, Br.; Quassia Wood; Bitter Wood; Bitter Ash; Quassie, Bois amer, Bois de Quassie, Fr.; 
Quassienholz, O.; Legno della Quassia, It.; Leno de Quassia, Sp. 
The genus Picraena, yielding quassia, is now referred by Engler and Prantl to Picrasma. The 
genus is represented by eight species, which are found in the warmer regions of the Old and New 
World. They all possess a bitter wood and bark. The one most esteemed is Picrasma excelsa 
(Sw.) Planch., the wood of which furnishes the Jamaica quassia, which is official. The med- 
icine was formerly obtained from Quassia, amara ; but more than twenty years since Lamarck 
stated that, in consequence of the scarcity of this tree, Quassia excelsa had been resorted to as 
a substitute, and the Pharmacopoeias now acknowledge only the latter plant. The genuine 
quassia plant, however, of Surinam is the Q. amara ; and we shall, therefore, give a brief 
description of both species. 
* J. G. Flint states that he has often been unsuccessful with the official formula, and recommends the following 
as perfectly reliable. Place 6 parts by weight of nitric acid in a stone jar, and pour on it 12 parts by weight of sul- 
phuric acid. When the temperature has fallen to about 35° C., place the jar in a larger vessel, and surround it with 
broken ice. After the temperature has fallen to 15° C., take 1 part of absorbent cotton, loosen it well, and place 
a small portion at a time carefully on the surface of the acid and with a clean glass rod press it below the surface. 
Keep the thermometer in the acid, and watch the temperature closely. If at any time it rises above 16’5° or 17° C., 
stop the addition of cotton until the temperature has fallen to 15° C. After five hours, remove the jar from the ice, 
and drain off as much of the acids as possible, pressing the cotton with the glass rod. Protect the hands with rubber 
gloves, and take up the cotton in small portions, washing each quickly in cold water, moving the cotton about to 
avoid any rise in the temperature. Finally wring out well, and spread on clean boards to dry. Hot water for the 
washing must never be used. As to the keeping, the author directs to keep it in an open jar under distilled water. 
Tightly-closed containers will make trouble. The acids may be used several times over. ( Western Druggist, 1892.) 1130 
Quassia. 
PART I. 
Picrsena excelsa. Lindley, Flor. Med. 208 ; B. & T. 57.— Quassia excelsa. Willd. Sp. Plant. 
ii. 569.—Simaruba excelsa. De Cand. Prodrom. i. 733 ; Hayne, Darstell. und Beschreib., etc., ix. 
16. As its name imports, this is a lofty tree, sometimes attaining the height of not less than one 
hundred feet, with a straight, smooth, tapering trunk, which is often three feet in diameter 
near its base, and is covered with a smooth, gray bark. The leaves are pinnate, with a naked 
petiole, and oblong pointed leaflets standing upon short footstalks, in opposite pairs, with a 
single leaflet at the end. The flowers are small, of a yellowish-green color, and disposed in 
panicles. They are polygamous and pentandrous. The fruit is a small black drupe. The 
longitudinal section of the wood exhibits elongated cells containing single crystals of calcium 
oxalate. The transverse section exhibits medullary rays, mostly two or three cells in width. 
This species inhabits Jamaica and the Caribbean Islands, where it is called bitter ash. 
Quassia amara. L. Sp. PI. (1762) 553; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 567 ; Woodv. Med. Bat. 574, 
t. 204. The bitter quassia is a small branching tree or shrub, with alternate leaves, consisting 
of two pairs of opposite pinnae, with an odd one at the end. The leaflets are elliptical, pointed, 
sessile, smooth, of a deep green color on their upper surface, and paler on the under. The 
common footstalk is articulated and winged. The flowers, which are hermaphrodite and de- 
candrous, are bright red, and terminate the branches in long racemes. The fruit is a two- 
celled capsule containing globular seeds. Quassia amara is a native of Surinam, and is found 
in Brazil, Guiana, Colombia, Panama, and the West Indies, as also in some tropical countries 
of the Old World. Its root, bark, and wood were formerly official. They are excessively bit- 
ter, as in fact are all parts of the plant. It is uncertain whether any of the product of this 
tree now reaches our markets.* 
Quassia comes in cylindrical billets of various sizes, from an inch to near a foot in diameter, 
and several feet in length. These are frequently invested with a light-colored smoothish bark, 
brittle, and but slightly adherent, and possessing in at least an equal degree the virtues of the 
wood. Their shape and structure clearly evince that they are derived from the branches or 
trunk and not from the root of the tree. In commerce they are usually in splinters, chips, or 
raspings. The wood is “ dense, tough, of medium hardness, porous, with a minute pith and 
narrow, medullary rays, inodorous, and intensely bitter.” t PS. It is at first whitish, but 
becomes yellow by exposure, and sometimes has blackish spots or markings, due to the presence 
of the mycelium of a fungus. It is inodorous, and has a purely bitter taste, surpassed by that 
of few other substances in intensity and permanence. It imparts its active properties, with its 
bitterness and yellow color, to water and alcohol. Its virtues depend upon a peculiar bitter 
crystallizable principle, denominated quassin, which was first discovered by Wiggers, who assigned 
it the formula C10H1203. Quassin is white, opaque, unalterable in the air, inodorous, and of 
an intense bitterness, which in the solutions of this principle is almost insupportable. The 
bitterness is pure, and resembles that of the wood. When heated, quassin melts like a resin. 
It is but slightly soluble in water, 100 parts of which at 54° C. dissolve only 0-45, and that slowly. 
By the addition of salts, especially of those with which it is associated in quassia, its solubility 
is strikingly increased. It is also but slightly soluble in ether, but is very soluble in alcohol, 
more so in that liquid hot than cold, and the more so the purer it is. Quassin is perfectly 
neutral, though both alkalies and acids increase its solubility in water. It is precipitated by 
tannic acid from its aqueous solution, which is not disturbed by iodine, chlorine, corrosive sub- 
limate, the salts of iron, sugar of lead, or even lead subacetate. Adrian and Morcaux (A. J. P., 
1884, p. 98) claim to have purified the quassin to a degree beyond that reached by Wiggers 
and Christiansen, but give no analyses of it. 
Oliveri and Denaro (A. J. P., 1885, p. 29) obtained quassin in a thoroughly pure, crystal- 
lized state, and made a complete study of it. They give it the formula C32H44O10. It melts 
at 210°-211° C., and is very soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and acetic acid, but only sparingly 
so in ether. Its aqueous solution becomes yellow on exposure to the air, is dextro-rotatory, 
excessively bitter, and reduces Fehling’s solution. When quassin is heated to 90° C. for some 
* According to A. II. Hills, it is possible to distinguish the wood of true quassia from that of Surinam quassia 
(Quassia amara) by the fact that in the former the medullary rays are mostly three cells in width, and the cells are 
irregular in size but offer regular radial walls in tangential sections, whilst in Surinam quassia the medullary rays 
are only one cell in width, the cells are nearly uniform in size, and their radial walls wavy in tangential sections. 
"1 Syrupus Quassiee. This syrup is used in the preparation of a. harmless flv-poison. Macerate, during twenty- 
four hours, 1000 parts of quassia wood with 5000 parts of water, then boil for half an hour; set aside for twenty- 
four hours, and press ; mix the liquid with 150 parts of molasses, and evaporate to 200 parts. A weaker decoction 
of quassia does not kill the flies. From this the Fly Water or Fly Plate is prepared as follows : Mix when needed, 
and dispense without filtering, 200 parts of syrup of quassia, 50 parts of alcohol, and 750 parts of water. It is used 
by moistening with the mixture a cloth or filtering paper on a plate. PART I. 
Quassia.— Quercus Alba. 
1131 
hours with dilute sulphuric acid (4 per cent.) it yields quasside, C32H4209, a white, amorphous, 
bitter substance, formed from quassin by removal of PI20 ; no glucose could be detected in the 
mother-liquors. Bromine forms a derivative which seems to have the formula C H Br 0 . 
If quassin is heated with concentrated hydrochloric acid in sealed tubes for four hoursk/lOO® Cf, 
methyl chloride is formed and a colorless substance deposited, which the authors call quassic 
cicid, C28H3806(C00H)2. This is far less soluble in alcohol than quassin, and crystallizes in 
silky needles, which melt at 245° C., and reduce Fehling’s solution and ammoniacal silver 
nitrate in the cold. The authors consider quassin as the methyl ether of this quassic acid, 
thus: = The real nature of quassin is at present somewhat 
doubtful, it being probable that distinct substances have been confounded by chemists. Dymock 
and Warden believe that they have obtained quassin from the wood of Brucea or Picrasma 
quassiodies of India, According to the researches of Herr Massute (A. J. P., 1890, p. 338), 
Quassia amara contains four principles, which are different from those of Picrsena excelsa. By 
shaking an alcoholic extract of quassia wood with chloroform he obtained a mixture of crystals, 
from which, eventually, four bitter principles, differing in melting point and solubility, were 
separated. One of these melting at 210°-211° C., and another melting at 239°-242° C., were 
in too small quantity to be further examined, but the former agreed in melting point and crys- 
talline form with the quassin of Wiggers (C32H40010). Of the other two, one melted at 215°- 
217° C., and is represented by the formula C36H4e010, while the other melted at 221°-226° C., 
and is represented by C37H60010. From the wood of Picrsena excelsa two crystalline compounds 
were separated by Massute, both having lower melting points than either of the quassia com- 
pounds. One was in needles, melted at 204° C., and had the composition C35H4e010, whilst 
the other was in prisms, melted at 209°-212° C., and had the composition CS6II48010. Both 
of these are homologues of a third crystalline principle, C„9II34010, melting point 212°-216° C., 
which occurs with them. When the picrasmin, C35H46010, above referred to, melting at 204° 
C., is heated with hydrochloric acid, it is changed like quassin into an acid, which in this case 
has the formula C33H42010 -f- 5H20, and is called picrasmic acid. It appears, therefore, that 
each wood presents a different series of homologous compounds. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Quassia has in the highest degree all the properties of 
the simple bitters. It is purely tonic, invigorating the digestive organs, with little excitement 
of the circulation or increase of animal heat. It has not been very long known as a medicine. 
About the middle of the last century, a negro of Surinam, named Quassi, acquired considerable 
reputation in the treatment of the malignant fevers of that country by a secret remedy, which 
he was induced to disclose to Mr. Rolander, a Swede, for a valuable consideration. Specimens 
were taken to Stockholm by this gentleman in the year 1756, and the medicine soon became 
popular in Europe. The name of the negro has been perpetuated in the generic title of the 
plant. But the quassia of Surinam is not now in use, having been superseded by the product 
of Quassia excelsa, from the West Indies. Quassia is among the most powerful of the simple 
bitters, useful in failure of appetite due to gastric debility, and in overdoses capable of suffi- 
ciently irritating the stomach to produce vomiting. Its active principle, quassin, has been 
studied by Dr. Comparden, who asserts that in moderate doses it acts as a stimulant to the sali- 
vary, hepatic, and renal secretions, and in overdoses causes burning pain in the oesophagus, 
headache, nausea, vertigo, vomiting, diarrhoea, and muscular cramps. It is also stated that if 
given in doses of six-tenths of a grain (0-04 Gm.) before meals it increases markedly the alvine 
discharges, and that it is especially useful in constipation from debility of the muscular and 
intestinal coats. The average dose of the pure or crystallized principle is set down as three- 
tenths of a grain (0-02 Gm.). 
Quassia is given in infusion, tincture, or extract, in doses respectively of one-half to one fluid- 
ounce (15-30 C.c.), one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), and one-half to one grain (0-03- 
0-065 Gm.). Some dyspeptic patients who have become habituated to its bitterness, chew the 
wood occasionally with benefit. 
QUERCUS ALBA. U. S. White Oak 
(QUBR'CUS AL'BA.) 
“ The bark of Quercus alba, Linnd (nat. ord. Cupuliferae).” U. S. 
Ecoree de Chene, Fr.; Eichenrinde, G.; Corteccia della Quercia, It.; Corteza de Roble, Sp. 
This genus comprises numerous species, of which about fifty grow within the limits of the 
United States. Many of these are applied to important practical purposes. In the Northern 
hemisphere the oak is among the most valuable and the most widely diffused of all forest 1132 
Quercus Alba. 
PAET I. 
trees. Notwithstanding the great number of species, few, comparatively, have found a place 
in the official catalogues. Quercus robur, or European oak, has a very wide distribution. It 
is the common British oak, constitutes a large part of the European forests, and has spread 
itself over almost the whole northern section of Asia and along the northern coast of 
Africa. There are two distinct varieties of it, one, peduncidata, with sessile or shortly stalked 
leaves and the acorns on long peduncles; the other, sessijlora, with the leaf-stalks more or less 
elongated and the acorns either sessile or provided with a very short peduncle. At the late 
revision of the Br. Ph. the dried bark of the smaller branches and young stems of this tree, 
Quercus cortex, Br. 1885, was dismissed from the official list. Our own Pharmacopoeia 
recognizes only Q. alba, or white oak. Q. tinctoria, or black oak, which was formerly official, 
and various other species, afford actively astringent barks. Such are Q. falcata, or Spanish 
oak, Q. prinus, or white chestnut oak, and Q. montana, or rock chestnut oak. 
1. Quercus alba. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 996; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 448; Michaux, N. Am. 
Sylva, i. 17 ; B. & T. 250. Of all the American species, the white oak approaches nearest, in 
the character of its foliage and the properties of its wood and bark, to Q. pedunculata of Great 
Britain. When allowed to expand freely in the open field, it divides at a short distance from the 
ground into numerous widely spreading branches, and attains under favorable circumstances a 
magnificent size. Its trunk and large branches are covered with a whitish bark, which serves 
to distinguish it from most of the other species. The leaves are regularly and obliquely di- 
vided into oblong, obtuse, entire lobes, which are often narrowed at their base. When full 
grown, they are smooth and light green on their upper surface, and glaucous beneath. Some 
of the dried leaves remain on the tree during the whole winter. The acorns are large, ovate, 
contained in rough, shallow, grayish cups, and supported singly or in pairs upon peduncles 
nearly an inch long. 
The white oak abounds in the Middle States, and extends also through the whole Union, 
though comparatively rare in the northern, southern, and western sections. It is the most 
highly valued for its timber of all the American oaks, except the live oak ( Q. Virens'), which is 
preferred in ship-building. The bark is sometimes used for tanning, but the barks of the red 
and Spanish oaks are preferred. All parts of the tree, with the exception of the epidermis, 
are more or less astringent, but this property predominates in the fruit and bark. 
White-oak bark, deprived of its epidermis, is of a light-brown color, of a coarse, fibrous 
texture, and not easily pulverized. It is officially described as “ in nearly flat pieces, deprived 
of the corky layer, about 5 Mm. thick ; pale brown; inner surface with short, sharp, longitu- 
dinal ridges ; tough; of a coarse, fibrous fracture, a faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly astrin- 
gent taste. As met with in commerce it is usually an irregularly coarse, fibrous powder, 
which does not tinge the saliva yellow.” U. S. The English oak bark was formerly officially 
described as occurring “ in quills covered with a smooth shining silvery or ash-gray variegated 
with brown corky layer ; internally cinnamon-brown or brownish-red and longitudinally striated ; 
fracture tough and fibrous ; taste very astringent; no marked odor.” Water and alcohol extract 
the active properties of oak bark. The chief soluble ingredients are tannin, gallic acid, and 
extractive matter. It is upon the tannin that its medical virtues, as well as its use in the prep- 
aration of leather, chiefly depend. The proportion of this ingredient varies with the size and 
age of the tree, the part from which the bark is derived, and even the season when it is 
gathered. It is most abundant in the young bark ; and the English oak is said to yield four 
times as much in spring as in winter. Sir H. Davy found the inner bark most abundant in 
tannin, the middle portion or cellular integument much less so, and the epidermis almost 
wholly destitute as well of this principle as of extractive. 
The tannic acid of the oak barks is known as quercitannic acid, and has, according to Lowe 
(Zeitsch. Anal. Chem., 20, p. 208), two forms, one soluble in water, of the formula C2 
and the other difficultly soluble, C28II24012. Both are changed by the loss of water into oak 
red, 028H22044. Neither is a glucoside. 
Gerber discovered in European oak bark a peculiar bitter principle upon which he conferred 
the name of quercin. It is obtained by boiling the bark with water acidulated with one hun- 
dredth of sulphuric acid, adding first milk of lime until the sulphuric acid is removed, and 
then a solution of potassium carbonate so long as a white precipitate is produced, filtering the 
liquor, evaporating to the consistence of a thin extract, adding alcohol, and finally evaporating 
the spirituous solution down to a small volume, and allowing it to rest for some days. Yellow 
crystals form, which may be obtained colorless by repeated crystallizations. This quercin Huse- 
mann considers to have been only impure quercite (or oak sugar). PART I. 
Quercus Alba.—Quillaja. 
1133 
2. Quercus tinctoria, or black oak, is one of our largest trees, frequently attaining the height 
of eighty or ninety feet. Its trunk is covered with a deeply furrowed bark, of a black or dark- 
brown color. The leaves are ovate-oblong, pubescent, slightly sinuated, with oblong, obtuse, 
mucronate lobes. The fructification is biennial. The acorn is globose, flattened at top, and 
placed in a saucer-shaped cup. 
Black-oak bark has a more bitter taste than that of the other species, and may be distin- 
guished also by staining the saliva yellow when it is chewed. Its cellular integument contains 
a coloring principle, capable of being extracted by boiling water, to which it imparts a brownish- 
yellow color, which is deepened by alkalies and rendered brighter by acids. Under the name 
of quercitron, large quantities of this bark, deprived of its epidermis and reduced to coarse 
powder, are sent from the United States to Europe, where it is used for dyeing wool and silk 
of a yellow color. The coloring principle is called quercitrin, and the formula C36H38030 
given to it by Liebermann and Hamburger. Herzig (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1893, 413), however, 
has found that its composition is more correctly expressed by the formula C21H22012 + 2HaO, 
and in this he is confirmed by Rudolph (Pharm. Post, 1893, 529). The reaction for its de- 
composition is C21H22Oi„ -f- HaO — C16H1007 -|- CeH10Oe, the products being quercetin and 
isodulcite in equal molecules. 
Quercitrin forms yellowish crystals, which, pulverized, yield a citron-yellow powder. It is 
neutral in reaction, is odorless, and in the dry condition tasteless, but in hot aqueous or alco- 
holic solution has a bitter taste. It fuses at 160° to 200° C. to a resinous mass. It is almost 
insoluble in cold water, sparingly soluble in hot water, and easily soluble in alcohol and alkaline 
solution* Besides this principle, the bark contains much quercitannic acid; but it is less used 
in tanning than the other barks, in consequence of the color which it imparts to the leather, 
and it was dropped from the U. S. P. 1890 on account of its decoction staining so decidedly. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Oak bark is astringent and somewhat tonic; but it is 
not employed as an internal remedy. On account of its cheapness it is much used externally. 
The decoction may be advantageously used as a bath, particularly for children, when a com- 
bined tonic and astringent effect is desirable and the stomach is not disposed to receive medi- 
cines kindly. It has been employed in this way in marasmus, scrofula, intermittent fevers, chronic 
diarrhoea, and cholera infantum. As an injection in leucorrhcea, a wash in prolapsus ani and 
hemorrhoidal affections, and a gargle in prolapsed uvula, the decoction is often useful, and the 
infusion obtained from tanners’ vats has been employed beneficially as a wash for flabby, ill- 
conditioned ulcers. 
QUILLAJA. U. S. (Br.) Quillaja. [Quillaia, Pharm. 1880. Soap Bark.] 
“ The inner bark of Quillaja Saponaria, Molina (nat. ord. Rosacese).” TJ. S. “ The inner 
part of the bark of Quillaja saponaria, Molina.” Br. 
Quillaiae Cortex, Br., Quillaia Bark ; Panama Bark ; Ecorce de Quillaya, Fr.; Seifenrinde, G.; Quillay, Chilian. 
The name of this genus is said to be derived from the popular name of the tree Quillay, 
which in turn comes from the Chilian word quillean, to wash. 
Quillaja saponaria, Molina. This is a tree of moderate size, with alternate oval or oblong 
leaves, with entire or slightly denticulate margins. Male and female flowers grow on the same 
branch, are axillary, pedunculate, and without corolla. The calyx of the female flower per- 
sists in fruit, and has its limb deeply divided into five oval acute segments. The bark is thick, 
the wood very hard.f The tree is a native of Peru and Chili, but is now cultivated in North- 
ern Hindostan, where it is said to resist well the frosts of winter, and to be flourishing. 
Properties. Soap bark is officially described as in “ flat, large pieces, about 5 Mm. [£ inch] 
( QUIL-LA-JA—kwil-la'y?.) 
* Quercitrin has been found also in various other plants, as in the leaves of Ruta graveolem, and the flower-buds 
of Cnpparis spinosa, Sophora japonica, and JEsculns hippocastanum, or horse-chestnut. (Chem. Gaz., May 2, 1859, 
p. 161.) As this principle is capable of assuming various colors under various chemical influences, the idea has been 
advanced that it might be the coloring principle of flowers. (A. J. P., 1860, 222.) 
Acorns, besides the bitter and astringent principles of the bark, contain a peculiar saccharine matter (quercite), 
which is insusceptible of the vinous fermentation. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xx. 335.) They are sometimes used 
as a tonic or astringent; and a decoction made from roasted acorns has been long employed in Germany as a remedy 
in scrofula. Before roasting they should be deprived of their shells; and the cotyledons, according to Dausse, should 
lose, during the process, 140 parts of their weight out of 500. (Pharm. Centralbl., Oct. 9, 1850, p. 687.) From half 
an ounce to an ounce may be prepared and taken like coffee at breakfast. (Richter.) 
•j- This tree was first described by the famous Abbe Giovanni Ignazio Molina in the Saggio sulla Storia naturale 
del Chili, published at Bologna, in 1782; second edition, 1810. (Translated into German, I. D. Brandis, Leipsic, 
1786; into French, M. Gruvel, Paris, 1789; into English, London, 1809; also Middletown, Conn., 1880.) It is first 
noticed by systematic writers in the second (Gmelin’s) edition of the Syst. Nat., tome ii. p. 767. Quillaja.— Quinidinse Sulphas. 
1134 
PART I. 
thick; outer surface brownish-white, often with small patches of brown cork attached, other- 
wise smooth ; inner surface whitish, smooth ; fracture splintery, checkered with pale brownish 
bast-fibres imbedded in white tissue; inodorous; taste persistently acrid ; the dust very sternu- 
tatory.” U. S. The fracture exhibits, when slightly magnified, glistening prismatic crystals. 
A transverse section is marked with fine radial and tangential lines. When bruised and macer- 
ated in water, it imparts to that liquid the property of frothing like soap, when agitated. 
This has been found by MM. Fleury, Jr., and Boutron-Chalard to be owing to the existence 
of saponin in the bark, the same principle as that which gives a similar property to Saponaria 
officinalis. (See Part II.) The bark contains neither tannic acid nor any bitter principle. 
The formula of saponin, given by Rochleder, was C32H54018, and Schiaparelli agreed with 
him. Stiitz, however (Ann. Ch. und Pharm., 218, 231), gives it as C19II3 ar*d s is 
now accepted for the saponin of quillaja bark. Saponin is slowly decomposed by dilute acids 
into sapogenin, C14H2202, and a glucose. R. Robert ( Chem. Central., 1893, i. 32) gives a list 
of one hundred and forty plants which contain bodies of the saponin class. He arranges them 
under several formulas which seem to form an homologous series. Thus, C17H26O10 he terms 
Saponin I. (senegin or quillaia sapotoxin) ; C18II28O10 is Saponin II. (Schmiedeberg’s digttonin 
or saporubrin) ; C19H30010 is Saponin III. (quillain or quillaiac acid) ; CL0H32010 cydamin, 
Paschki’s digitoxin, or sarsaparill-saponin ; f is sarsa-saponin ; C26H44010 is parillin. 
Saponin, as found in commerce, is a powerful poison. Robert states, however, that pure 
saponin, C19H30010, is destitute of physiological action, and that commercial saponin depends 
for its activity mainly upon quillaiac acid and sapotoxin, the other substances present being 
saponin and lactosin, C3ell62031. 
Medical Properties. Both the active principles, quillaiac acid and sapotoxin, of quillaia 
bark are violent local irritants. In a case of poisoning by quillaiac acid ( Therap. Gaz., xi.) the 
symptoms were violent vomiting, with epigastric pain, increased diuresis and cystic irritation, 
accompanied by cold sweats, feeble pulse, threatened syncope, and other evidences of collapse. 
Sapotoxin, when in sufficient concentration and amount, is a fatal poison to all forms of 
protoplasm. Given to the lower animals in very large toxic dose it produces violent convul- 
sions with death from failure of the respiration. When in smaller quantities it causes violent 
dysenteric diarrhoea, with ecchymotic hyperasmia, oedema, and necrotic destruction of the 
intestinal mucous membrane. The smallest lethal doses are said to produce great weakness, 
death occurring after some days through collapse and general paralysis without intestinal 
symptoms. In such cases, when the drug is administered hypodermically, a severe hemor- 
rhagic inflammation occurs at the place of injection. Fatty preparations of sapotoxin applied 
to the sound skin produce redness and burning with, after repeated applications, painful 
pustulation. Both sapotoxin and quillaiac acid have the power of breaking down the red 
blood-corpuscles, but it is not apparent that such destruction plays an important role in 
poisoning by these substances except at the point of injection after hypodermic use. 
On account of the active principles of soap bark being the same as those of senega, and to 
some extent of sarsaparilla, Prof. Robert has proposed the use of quillaja as a cheap sub- 
stitute for these much-used drugs. As a stimulating expectorant he uses a decoction (five 
parts to two hundred) in doses of a tablespoonful for the adult. As a substitute for syrup of 
senega Prof. Power suggests the syrup of quillaja, prepared by adding four parts of the fluid 
extract (made by the process for fluid extract of arnica root, see p. 540) to sufficient syrup to 
make twenty-five parts. (P. J. Tr., Oct., 1886.) 
Quillaja is much used in the arts for washing silk, cloth, and other fabrics, for which soap 
would not be suitable. It is an emulsifying agent, but unless ordered by the physician should 
never be used by the pharmacist in the preparation of emulsions, on account of its active 
medical properties. 
QUINIDIN/E SULPHAS. U. S. Quinidine Sulphate 
SUL'PHiS.) 
(C20 H24 N2 02)2 H2 SO4. 2H2 O ; 780*42. (C20 H21N2 02)2 H2 S04. 2H2 0; 782. 
“ Tlie neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the hark of several species of Cinchona 
(nat. ord. llubiaceae). Quinidine Sulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark 
place.” U. S. 
The alkaloid which forms the base of this salt is quinidine, which is isomeric with quinine, 
having the composition C20H24N20 . Quinidine was discovered in 1833 by MM. 0. Henry and 
Delondre, but they afterwards concluded that it was quinine hydrate, as it had the same com- PART I. 
Quinidinse Sulphas. 
1135 
position as quinine. Winckler, in 1844, announced anew the existence of the same alkaloid, 
which he considered distinct, and named it “ chinidinethis substance was not pure, and 
Pasteur, in 1853, proved that it really consisted of two alkaloids, one of which he called cin- 
chonidme, and the other quinidine. This view is now generally accepted, although Hesse insists 
on calling quinidine “ conchinme but the latter name is used to only a limited extent in Ger- 
many, and scarcely at all elsewhere. 
Quinidine crystallizes from alcohol with 2 JH2Oin large lustrous monoclinic prisms or needles, 
efflorescent in the air ; from ether permanent rhombohedra with 2HaO are obtained; from 
boiling water permanent plates with 1^H20. {Hesse.) It effloresces on exposure to the air. It 
is sublimable by heat without change, and is condensed in a crystalline form. It resembles 
quinine not only in composition, but also in its chemical relations with chlorine and ammonia, 
being rendered green by the successive action of those agents. According to Dr. Herapath, it 
resembles it also in causing a fluorescent appearance when dissolved in water, which is not the 
case with either cinchonine or cinchonidine, or is so, at least, in a much less degree. It differs, 
however, in its greater facility of crystallization, in its much less solubility in ether, and in its 
influence on polarized light, quinidine producing deviation to the right, and quinine to the left. 
De A rij states, as the result of his observation, that quinidine forms a salt of very difficult 
solubility with hydriodic acid, and that, consequently, when a solution of potassium iodide is 
added to a solution of quinidine sulphate a white precipitate takes place. By this test quini- 
dine may be distinguished from the other cinchona alkaloids, and detected when mixed with 
them in solution, no other yielding a precipitate with potassium iodide. (See A. J. P., xxix. 
233.) Dr. Herapath proposes another test to distinguish this alkaloid from quinine. If to 
a solution of quinine sulphate in acetic acid, tincture of iodine be added, and the mixture 
heated and then allowed to cool, a beautiful emerald-green compound is formed ; whilst quini- 
dine sulphate treated in the same way yields a brown precipitate. When the mixture of this 
alkaloid with cinchonidine is exposed to hot air, the crystals of quinidine effloresce, and may be 
distinguished from the others by their opaque whiteness. Vreven {Cliem. and Drug., March 
5, 1898, 400) states that the crystals yielded by Marine's reagent (potassio-cadmium iodide) 
with quinidine are different from those obtained from any of the other cinchona alkaloids. 
They are seen under the microscope to consist of bushes of fine needle-like crystals quite dif- 
ferent from those of quinine, cinchonine, and cinchonidine. 
Commercial quinidine, consisting generally of quinidine with a much larger proportion of 
cinchonidine, and sometimes, there is reason to believe, exclusively, or nearly so, of the latter 
alkaloid, was carefully examined by H. G. Leers. It readily crystallizes from its alcoholic 
solution, by spontaneous evaporation in hard, shining, colorless crystals, which are easily pul- 
verized and yield a snow-white powder. They melt without decomposition or loss of water at 
175° C. (347° F.), and on cooling concrete into a grayish-white crystalline mass. At a higher 
heat they take fire, and burn with an odor resembling that of the volatile oil of bitter almond. 
Their taste is bitter, but less intensely so than that of quinine. Quinidine is soluble, according 
to Hesse, in 2000 parts of water at 15° C. ; in 750 parts of boiling water; in 26 parts of 80- 
per-cent. alcohol at 20° C.; in 22 parts of ether of sp. gr. 0-729 at 20° C., or in 35 parts of 
the same at 10° C. {Hesse, 1868) ; according to Dragendorff, in 76-4 parts of ether at 10° C.; 
but the solubilities of commercial quinidine vary more or less according to the relative quan- 
tities of quinidine proper and cinchonidine contained in it. With the acids it forms salts, most 
of which are beautifully crystallizable, and much more soluble than those of quinine. There 
are, as of quinine and cinchonine, two sets of the salts of quinidine, which may be considered 
either as neutral and acid or as basic and neutral. It differs from quinine by its much slighter 
solubility in ether. From the aqueous solution of its salts the alkalies and their carbonates and 
bicarbonates throw down pulverulent precipitates not soluble in an excess of the precipitant. 
With sodium phosphate, silver nitrate, and mercuric chloride it forms white, with gold ter- 
chloride light yellow, and with platinic chloride orange-yellow precipitates. It may be obtained 
by first precipitating it from the solution of one of its salts by an alkali, and then repeatedly 
dissolving in alcohol and crystallizing, until it is entirely freed from a greenish-yellow resinous 
substance which is apt to attend it. From quinine it may be separated by repeated washing 
with ether, until the ethereal solution no longer affords evidence of the presence of quinine by 
the test of chlorine water and ammonia. 
Properties. Quinidine sulphate is, according to one view, neutral, consisting of one mol. 
each of quinidine, sulphuric acid, and water; according to another, basic, containing two mols. 
of base, one of acid, and one of water, and therefore a disulphate. It is obtained from the 1136 
Quinidinse Sulphas.— Quinina. 
PART I. 
quinidine barks by the same process as that by which quinine sulphate is procured from the 
quinine-yielding barks. When the two alkaloids are contained in the same bark, the quini- 
dine sulphate (commercial) remains in the mother-waters in consequence of its greater solu- 
bility. By the addition to its solution of a quantity of sulphuric acid equal to that which it 
contains, it is converted into the bisulphate (sulphate on the basic view), crystallizable in fine 
acicular crystals like asbestos, and possessing the formula C20H24N2O2H2SO4 -f- 4H20. Qui- 
nidine sulphate is officially described as in “ white, silky needles, odorless, and having a very 
bitter taste ; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 100 parts of water, and in 
8 parts of alcohol; in 7 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol; also in 14 
parts of chloroform, and in acidulated water; almost insoluble in ether. When heated to 
120° C. (248° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (4-6 per cent.). Upon ignition, it 
is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus 
paper. An aqueous solution of the salt, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a decided, 
blue fluorescence. On treating 10 C.c. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1600) of the salt 
with 2 drops of bromine water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will ac- 
quire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions 
will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or deposit a 
green precipitate. A cold, saturated aqueous solution of the salt yields a white precipitate 
with potassium iodide test-solution (difference from quinine sulphate'). An aqueous solution of 
the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric 
acid. Quinidine Sulphate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concen- 
trated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carhonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color 
with nitric acid (difference from morphine). If a small quantity of ammonia water be added 
to 3 C.c. of an aqueous solution of the salt saturated at 15° C. (59° F.), a white precipitate 
(quinidine) will be produced, which requires more than 30 C.c. of ammonia or more than 30 
times its weight of ether to dissolve it (absence of more than small proportions of other 
cinchona alkaloids)." TJ. S. 
Medical Properties. The action of quinidine sulphate upon the system appears to 
be identical with that of quinine, except in being less powerful. It has been asserted to pro- 
duce less cerebral and stomachic disturbance, but this statement is probably incorrect for 
equivalent doses. The exact relation of it in strength to quinine is not thoroughly de- 
termined, but the proportion seems to be very nearly that of 3 to 2. Antiperiodic dose, 
from twenty to sixty grains (1-3-3-9 Grm.). 
QUININA. U.S. Quinine. 
C20 H2i N2 02. 3H2 O ; 377.22. (QUI-NI'NA.) C20 Hi2 NOj. 3HO; 189. 
“ An alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of Cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiaceae). 
Quinine should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place.” U. S. 
This alkaloid is prepared by adding to the solution of the sulphate a quantity of ammonia 
water or solution of soda just sufficient to precipitate the alkaloid. 
Properties. Quinine is whitish, rather flocculent, and not crystalline; but it may with 
care be crystallized from its alcoholic solution in silky needles; and Liebig obtained it from a 
somewhat ammoniacal aqueous solution in the same form. It is inodorous and very bitter. 
The crystals obtained from alcoholic solution have the composition C20H24N202 -j- 3H20, and 
fuse at 57° C. (134-6° F.). They may be deprived of water by warming or exposure over oil 
of vitriol, and they then fuse at 171-2°-172° C. (340°—341-6° F.). By carefully regulated 
heat, it may be sublimed unchanged, assuming a crystalline form. (Waddington, P. J. Tr., 
March, 1868, p. 413.) According to Hesse, anhydrous crystalline quinine is soluble in 1960 
parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and the trihydrate in 1670 parts. It is soluble in about 900 
parts of boiling water, in about 6 parts of cold and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol, very soluble in 
ether, chloroform, benzene, benzin, carbon disulphide, fixed and volatile oils, and in about 200 
parts of glycerin. The alcoholic solution is intensely bitter. Quinine is unalterable in the air. 
It forms salts with the acids which readily crystallize. The tannate, tartrate, and oxalate are 
said to be insoluble or nearly so, but are dissolved by an excess of acid. The acetate is so 
slightly soluble that it is precipitated from a solution of the sulphate by magnesium acetates 
and the other acetates. (A. J. P.,xxx. 386.) When recently precipitated quinine, diffused in 
water, is exposed to the action of a stream of carbonic acid gas, the quinine is dissolved; and, 
if the solution be exposed, acicular crystals of quinine carbonate will be deposited, which efflo- 
resce in the air, are soluble in alcohol, but insoluble in ether, have an alkaline reaction, and effer- PART I. 
Quinina. 
1137 
vesee with acids. After the deposition of the crystals has ceased, the solution yields quinine on 
evaporation. (Langlois, Comptes-Pendus, Nov. 7, 1853, 727.) Freshly precipitated quinine is 
scarcely soluble to an appreciable extent in an excess of potassa, but is more readily dissolved 
by ammonia. (Wadgymar, A. J. P., Sept. 1866, 451.) Prof. Fliickiger (1878) noticed that 
solutions of quinine exposed to sunlight rapidly turned brownish yellow, and subsequently de- 
posited a flocculent precipitate, which he proved to be neither quinine nor quinicine, but an 
entirely different substance. It lost the alkaloidal character, yet possessed the same chemical 
composition as quinine. He named it quiniretin. (P. J. Tr., May, 1878.) 
Quinine and its salts may be distinguished from all other alkaloids and their salts, except 
only quinidine and quinicine, by the beautiful emerald-green color ([thalleioquin) which results 
when their solution is treated first with solution of chlorine and then with ammonia, and which 
changes to a white or violet upon saturation with a dilute acid. The statement which has been 
frequently made that the chlorine water must be fresh, was disproved by C. F. Zeller. (See 
A. J. P., 1880, p. 385.) The least quantity of quinine may be detected by powdering the 
substance supposed to contain it, then shaking it with ether, and adding successively the tests 
just mentioned. Its salts are precipitated by mercuric and platinic chlorides, and of a buff 
color by auric chloride. Quinine in solution turns the plane of polarization to the left, to vary- 
ing degrees, however, according to the concentration, the solvent used, etc. Acids increase the 
amount of deviation. In relation to the property possessed by quinine of imparting fluores- 
cence to its aqueous solution, which is possessed also, though in less degree, by other cinchona 
alkaloids, and other properties common to both quinine and its sulphate, there will be occasion 
to speak under quinine sulphate. A singular discovery was made by Dr. Bence Jones, of Lon- 
don, of a substance normally present in the animal system having analogous properties, and 
named by him 11 animal quinoidine" 
Quinine is officially described as “ a white, flaky, amorphous or crystalline powder, odorless, 
and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1670 
parts of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol; in 760 parts of boiling water, and in 2 parts of boil- 
ing alcohol; in 23 parts of ether, 5 parts of chloroform, and 200 parts of glycerin ; also solu- 
ble in carbon disulphide, benzin, benzol, ammonia water, and diluted acids. When heated to 
about 57° C. (134.6° F.), it melts ; at 100° C. (212° F.), it loses about 9 per cent, (or about 2 mol- 
ecules) of its water of crystallization, the remainder being expelled at 125° C. (257° F.). The 
anhydrous alkaloid, when pure, melts at 173° C. (343-4° F.). Upon ignition, it is consumed, 
leaving no residue. Quinine has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. A solution of Quinine 
in diluted sulphuric acid has a vivid, blue fluorescence. On treating 10 C.c. of an aqueous, acid- 
ulated solution (about 1 in 1500) of quinine with 2 drops of bromine water, and then with an 
excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjust- 
ment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones 
will acquire a deeper color, or deposit a green precipitate. Quinine should not impart more than 
a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic im- 
purities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine'). If 2 6m. of 
quinine be mixed, in a small mortar, with 1 Gm. of ammonium sulphate and 10 C.c. of dis- 
tilled water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue (which should be 
strictly neutral to test-paper) agitated with 20 C.c. of water, then allowed to macerate for half 
an hour at 15° C. (59° F.), with occasional agitation, and filtered through a pellet of glass-wool, 
5 C.c. of the filtrate, transferred to a test-tube, and gently mixed, without shaking, with 7 C.c. 
of ammonia water (specific gravity 0-960), should produce a clear liquid. If the temperature 
during the maceration has been 16° C. (60-8° F.), 7-5 C.c. of ammonia water may be added; 
if 17° C. (62-8° F.), 8 C.c. (In each case, a clear liquid indicates the absence of more than 
small proportions of other cinchona alkaloids.)" U. S. 
Quinicine (quinicia). When quinine and cinchonine, or quinidine and cinchonidine, or their 
salts, are exposed to heat, they are changed into other but isomeric alkaloids,—quinine and 
quinidine into quinicine, isomeric with themselves, and cinchonine and cinchonidine into cin- 
chonicine, isomeric with its own antecedents. These new alkaloids are, therefore, products 
rather than educts, and generally result, in greater or less proportion, from the processes em- 
ployed in extracting the other alkaloids from bark; though it is not impossible that they 
may pre-exist in bark to a certain extent, being formed by a natural process, from the same 
original alkaloids, either in the living tree, or in the barks while drying, after separation from 
the tree. Quinicine is almost insoluble in water, but very soluble in alcohol, and differs from 
quinine in being dextro-rotatory and uncrystallizable. Cinchonicine is also insoluble in water and 1138 
Quinina. 
part I. 
soluble in alcohol. It agrees with cinchonine, from which it is derived, in producing deviation 
of the plane of polarization to the right; but differs from c-inclionidine in this respect, and 
differs from both of these alkaloids in being amorphous or uncrystallizable. 
The study of the decomposition products of quinine and associated alkaloids so actively 
carried on for several years past has thrown considerable light upon its composition. It ap- 
pears to be a derivative of a partially hydrogenized diquinoline, corresponding to the formula 
C9II6(0CH3)N — C.Hu(0H)N.CH8. By oxidation with chromic acid it yields quininic acid, 
C9H6(0CH3)N.C00H, which is the phenol ester of cinchoninic acid, C8H6N.C00H ; by oxi- 
dation with nitric acid it yields cinchomeronic acid, C5H3N(C00H)2; by the action of fused 
caustic potash it yields methoxy quinoline, C9H0N(OCH3). For a summary of our knowledge 
upon the constitution of quinine and cinchonine, see Guareschi s Einfuhrung in das Studium 
der Alkaloide, translated by Dr. H. Hermann Kunz-Krause, Berlin, 1896, 524 et seq. 
The most important artificial salt of quinine is the sulphate, the process for procuring which, 
as well as its properties, will be hereafter described. The bisulphate, hydrobromate, hydrochlo- 
rate, and valerianate have been introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, and the iron and qui- 
nine citrate both into this and the British, which give processes for its preparation. The 
phosphate, acetate, citrate, lactate, camphorate, ferrocyanate, tannate, arsenite, antimonate, urate, 
hypophosphite, chlorate, hydrochlorate with urea, citro-thymate, sulphovinate, salicylate, sulpho- 
salicylate, and meconate, have also been employed or recommended; but none of them has 
yet gained admittance into the Pharmacopoeias, and none probably is superior to the official 
sulphate.* The first four may be prepared by saturating a solution of the acids respectively 
with quinine, and evaporating the solutions. The camphorate is recommended as a substitute 
for the valerianate. (-4. J. P., July, 1865, p. 254.) The ferrocyanate is directed to be made 
by boiling together four parts of quinine sulphate and one of potassium ferrocyanide, both in 
concentrated solutions, pouring off the liquor from a greenish-yellow substance of an oily con- 
sistence which is precipitated, washing the latter with distilled water, then dissolving it in strong 
alcohol at ST1!0 C. (100° F.), filtering immediately, and afterwards evaporating the solution. M. 
Pelouze believes this preparation to be pure quinine, mixed with a little Prussian blue. (Archives 
Gen., 3e ser., xv. 236.) The tannate may be prepared by precipitating one part of quinine sul- 
phate, dissolved in thirty parts of water acidulated with a few drops of sulphuric acid, with a 
solution of three parts of tannic acid dissolved in thirty parts of cold water, and then washing 
and drying the precipitate. For other methods of preparing the tannate, see West. Drug., 1893, 
362; Pharm. Gentralh., 1894,155; Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 675. It has the advantage of possessing 
little taste, but doubts have been repeatedly expressed about its efficiency. At best, it is a feeble 
preparation, not containing more than 32 per cent, of quinine. Either of these salts may be 
* Percentage of Quinine in its Different Salts. According to Tanret, the salts of quinine in common use con- 
tain the following proportions of the alkaloid: acetate, 87*34 per cent.; hydrate (quinine precipitated and dried), 
85*70; basic hydrochlorate, 81*60; lactate, 78*26; basic hydrobromate, 76*60 ; valerianate, 76*05 ; basic sulphate 
(the ordinary sulphate), 74*30; sulphovinate, 72*00; neutral hydrobromate, 60*00; neutral sulphate (or acid sul- 
phate), 57*24 ; tannate, 20*60. The following table was compiled by Dr. Boymond, of Paris : 
Salts. 
Percentage of 
1 part soluble 
in water at 
15° C. 
1 part of water dis- 
solves 
1 part anhy- 
drous quinine 
contained in 
Alkaloid. 
Acid. 
Water of 
crystalli- 
zation. 
Salt 
Anhy- 
drous 
quinine 
Hydrate 
85-72 
14-28 
16-70 
0-00059 
0-00050 
1-16 
Acetate 
84-37 
15-63 
slightly 
1-18 
Hvdrochlorate 
81-71 
9-21 
9-08 
21-40 
0-046 
0-0388 
1-22 
Lactate 
78-26 
21-74 
10-29 
0-097 
0-0759 
1-27 
Hydrobromate 
76-60 
19-15 
4-25 
45-02 
0-022 
0-0168 
1-30 
Hydrobromate (neutral) . . 
60-67 
30-34 
8-99 
6-33 
0-158 
0-0958 
1-64 
Valerianate 
76-06 
23-94 
53-70 
0-029 
0-0220 
1-31 
Sulphate 
74-31 
11-24 
14-45 
581 
0-0017 
0-0012 
1-34 
Sulphate (acid) 
59-12 
17-89 
22-99 
8-81 
0-113 
0-0668 
1-69 
Sulphovinate 
71-20 
28-80 
3-30 
0-303 
0-215 
1-39 
Arsenate 
69-38 
15-21 
15-41 
slightly 
1-44 
Salicylate 
68-79 
29-30 
1-91 
863 
0-0011 
0-0007 
1-45 
Citrate 
67-08 
19-86 
13-06 
820 
0-0012 
0-0008 
1-49 
Ferrocyanide 
56-25 
37-50 
6-25 
slightly 
1-77 
Iodide, acid 
55-95 
44-05 
1-78 
Tannate 
22-60 
67-36 
10-04 
800 
0-0012 
0-00028 
4-42 PART I. 
Quinina. 
1139 
given in the same dose as the sulphate. Quinine arsenite has been recommended by Dr. Ring- 
don, especially in chronic cutaneous affections. Adler prepares it by dissolving arsenous acid 
in water, with enough alkali to make the solution neutral, adding about five times its weight 
of silver nitrate, washing the precipitated silver arsenite, drying, and mixing with three times 
its weight of quinine hydrochlorate, digesting the mixture for a day with 70-per-cent, alcohol, 
filtering, and allowing the filtrate to evaporate spontaneously. The salt is crystalline, soluble 
in alcohol, chloroform, and ether, but sparingly so in water. The dose is one-third of a grain 
(0-02 Gm.), given at first twice a day, and afterwards three or four times a day. Quinine anti- 
monate has been recommended by Dr. La Camera, of Naples, as a febrifuge, being especially 
applicable to cases of doubtful periodicity. It unites, he thinks, the evacuant properties of 
the antimonials with the antiperiodic property of quinine. The dose is two or three grains 
(0-13 or 0-20 Gm.), four times a day. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxv. 471.) Quinine 
urate is thought by Dr. Perayre, of Bordeaux, to be peculiarly efficacious in obstinate inter- 
inittents. It is prepared by boiling 10 parts of crude quinine in water, adding gradually 20 
parts of crystallized uric acid, and, after sufficient ebullition, filtering and evaporating. A yel- 
low salt is obtained, sometimes amorphous, more frequently crystalline, soluble in hot and less 
so in cold water, and, according to the author, capable of curing intermittent fever in smaller 
doses than the sulphate, with less cerebral disturbance, less bitterness, and easier tolerance by 
the stomach. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxxvii. 139.) Quinine hypophosphite may be pre- 
pared by dissolving 3 parts of calcium hypophosphite in 60 parts of distilled water, and add- 
ing the filtered solution to a solution of 13 parts of quinine sulphate in 200 parts of alcohol, 
allowing the mixture to stand two hours, and filtering, distilling off the alcohol and evaporating 
the solution and setting aside to crystallize. The salt is soluble in 25 parts of cold water, in 
1‘5 parts of boiling water, and in 10 parts of alcohol. Quinine glycerophosphate exists in two 
conditions, basic and neutral. The basic salt, which is stable, may be made by dissolving 
75-6 Gm. of quinine in 500 C.c. of ether and mixing with a solution of 17-2 Gm. of glycero- 
phosphoric acid in 60 Gm. of alcohol (95 per cent.), collecting the white precipitate, washing 
with ether, and drying. (E. Fallieres, P. J. Tr., 1898, 410.) 
Quinine and urea hydrochlorate,—“ chininum himuriaticum carhamidatum,”—discovered by 
Kutais (1878), is best prepared by Rice’s process. 79 parts of quinine hydrochlorate are dis- 
solved in 70 parts of hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1-050), the solution filtered, 12 parts of urea 
added, and the whole warmed until the liquid is clear. It is then set aside, that crystals may 
form. These are soluble in an equal weight of water, and also in strong alcohol. This salt 
has been recommended especially for hypodermic uses. Quinine citrothymate is prepared by 
Pavesi by heating in a flask on a water-bath 4 parts of quinine and 6 parts of oil of thyme, 
with enough alcohol to dissolve both. After standing 12 hours, 2 parts of powdered citric acid 
are added, and the whole heated, filtered, evaporated to a syrup, and allowed to crystallize.* 
* Extemporaneous Preparation of Various Quinine Salts.— Quinine Oarbolate. Quinine, pure, 10 parts; carbolic 
acid, 5 parts. 
Quinine Citrate. Quinine, pure, 15 parts; citric acid, 8_parts. The product corresponds to 20 parts of true qui- 
nine citrate. 
Quinine Hydrobromate. Quinine sulphate, 100 parts; potassium bromide, 28 parts. The product corresponds to 
100 parts of quinine hydrobromate. Quinine hydrobromate contains almost as much quinine as the bisulphate, and 
is soluble in 54 parts of water. It has been extensively used hypodermically in the form of a ten-per-cent, solution 
in a mixture of 25 parts of alcohol and 75 parts of water. Its simple aqueous solution seems to be preferable. 
Quinine Hydriodate. Quinine sulphate, 95 parts; potassium iodide, 40 parts. The product corresponds to 100 
parts of quinine hydriodate. 
Iodized Quinine Hydriodate. Quinine hydrochlorate, 70 parts ; potassium iodide, 50 parts; iodine, 20 parts. To 
be triturated together with a little alcohol. Corresponds to 100 parts of the above quinine salt. 
Quinine Hypophosphite. Quinine hydrochlorate, 100 parts; calcium hypophosphite, 24 parts. Corresponds to 100 
parts of the above quinine salt. 
Quinine Lactate. Quinine, pure, 70 parts; lactic acid, 35 parts. To be triturated together, if necessary, with a 
few drops of alcohol. Corresponds to 100 parts of the above quinine salt. 
Quinine Phosphate. Quinine sulphate, 94 parts; sodium phosphate, 80 parts. Corresponds to 100 parts of the 
above quinine salt. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., May, 1879; N. It., Nov. 1879. 
Quinine sulphovinate, according to Carles, is prepared by dissolving 16'9 parts of sodium sulphovinate in 200 parts 
of hot alcohol, and 42‘8 parts of quinine sulphate in 600 parts of hot alcohol. The hot solutions are mixed, cooled, 
and the precipitated sodium sulphate filtered out. The filtrate is distilled, and the residue evaporated and dried at a 
low temperature. It is soluble in 3 parts of water. Dr. Jaillarl has extensively employed hypodermic injections of 
one part of quinine sulphovinate in nine parts of distilled water, with great satisfaction, in the severe malarial fevers 
of Algiers. 
Quinine salicylate may be prepared by Jobst’s process, by double decomposition between solutions of quinine hy- 
drochlorate and ammonium salicylate, or by saturating an alcoholic solution of quinine with an alcoholic solution of 
salicylic acid. The crystals are soluble in 225 parts of water and in 20 parts of alcohol. 
Quinine phenate, or carbolate, is obtained by Jobst, having the composition C2oH24N202,C6H60. It is soluble in 1140 
Quininse Bisulplias.— Quininse Hydrobromas. 
PART I. 
QUININE BISULPHAS. U. S. Quinine Bisulphate 
(QUJ-NI'N.® b!-SUL'PHXS.) 
“ Quinine Bisulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place.” U. S. 
This is a new official salt. It is made by suspending quinine sulphate in water, and adding 
a molecule of sulphuric acid, filtering and crystallizing. It has been introduced because of the 
great advantages in solubility that it possesses over the ordinary sulphate. It requires but 10 
parts of water to dissolve it, whilst the sulphate requires 740. For use in the form of pills it 
is greatly superior on this account, whilst it may be administered in solution without the excess 
of acid which must be used when the ordinary sulphate is prescribed in order to dissolve it. 
Its use is rapidly extending, and when these very important practical points of superiority are 
fully appreciated by the profession it will be used almost exclusively. It is officially described 
as in “ colorless, transparent or whitish, orthorhombic crystals or small needles, odorless, and 
having a very bitter taste. Efflorescing on exposure to the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 10 
parts of water, and in 32 parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol. 
When heated at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses all its water of crystallization (nearly 23 per 
cent.) ; at 135° C. (275° F.), it is converted into quinicine sulphate, which dissolves in diluted 
sulphuric acid with a yellow color without any blue fluorescence. On ignition, the salt is 
slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution of the salt has a strongly acid re- 
action, and a blue fluorescence. On treating 10 C.c. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1000) 
of the salt with 2 drops of bromine test-solution, and then with an excess of ammonia water, 
the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more 
dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, 
or throw down a green precipitate. Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution of the salt 
throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 
times its weight of ether. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride test- 
solution, a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Quinine Bisulphate should not 
impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily car- 
bonizable, organic impurities). If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at a temperature of 100° C. (212° 
F.), until it ceases to lose weight, the remainder, cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less 
than 0-77 Grm. (corresponding to 7 molecules, or 23 (22-98) per cent, of water of crystallization). 
If 2 Gm. of the salt, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), be agitated with 16 C.c. of water, the 
mixture made exactly neutral with ammonia water, then brought to the volume of 20 C.c. by 
the addition of water, and macerated for half an hour at 15° C. (59° F.), upon proceeding 
further as directed for the corresponding test under Quinine (see Quinina') the results there given 
should be obtained.” TJ. S. 
On account of its great solubility this salt is to be preferred to the neutral salts whenever 
rapid absorption is desired, and especially for hypodermic medication. Its dose is about 15 
per cent, greater than that of the sulphate, on account of its greater proportion of acid. 
Cio H24 N2 02 H2 S04. 7H2 O ; 546*88. C*, H24 N2 02 H2 S04. 7H2 O; 548. 
QUININE HYDROBROMAS. U. S. Quinine Hydrobromate. 
(QUI-Ni'NiE HY-DRO-BKO'MAS.) 
“ Quinine Hydrobromate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place.” U. S. 
This official salt may be made by suspending 10 parts of quinine sulphate in 80 parts of 
water, boiling, and adding 3-4 parts of barium bromide dissolved in 20 parts of water, fil- 
C20 Hj, Na 02 HBr. H2 O ; 422*06. 
400 parts of water, and in 80 parts of alcohol. (P. J. Tr., June 12, 1875.) Quinine sulphosalicylale, on account of its 
slow solubility in water, will probably not be very useful medically. (See N. R., 1878, p. 103.) Quinine meconate is 
prepared by mixing alcoholic solution of meconic acid and quinine. 
Quinine chlorate is best prepared, according to Mr. C. R. C. Tichborne, from barium chlorate. He mixes in a 
porcelain dish 310 grains of barium chlorate dissolved in a little boiling water with 2 ounces avoirdupois of quinine 
sulphate, and 12 ounces of hot water, at 90° C. (194° F.), a slight excess of the sulphate being used to insure the pre- 
cipitation of all the barium. Owing to this excess, a slight pellicle of quinine sulphate floats On the surface. Apply 
heat, and gradually add a very little precipitated barium carbonate till the coating of sulphate is replaced by a 
slightly oily pellicle of alkaloid. The quinine chlorate is now obtained by evaporation and crystallization. For a 
mode of preparing the barium chlorate, see A. J. P., 1868, p. 101. 
The chlorate crystallizes from its solution in fungoid tufts, consisting of filiform, snow-white crystals, radiating 
from a centre. It melts with heat, and in the air at length takes fire, burning vividly, and if dry sometimes with 
explosion, leaving a carbonaceous residue. It is very soluble in boiling water, but sparingly in cold, and is deposited 
from its hot solution on cooling. Gently warmed with hydrochloric acid, it emits chlorine copiously; and am- 
monia now added in excess occasions an emerald-green color,—thus showing that it is a compound of chloric acid 
and quinine. (P. J. Tr., 2d ser., viii. 135.) Quininse Hydrobromas. 
1141 
PART I. 
tering, evaporating, and crystallizing. It may also be made by Leger’s process, as follows. 
Quinine sulphate, commercial, crystallized, 40 parts; potassium bromide, dried and powdered, 
11 parts; alcohol (80 per cent.), 400 parts; distilled water, 400 parts. Dissolve the sulphate 
in two hundred parts of alcohol by the aid of heat, add the potassium bromide, dissolved 
in thirty parts of distilled water, and continue the heat five or six minutes, in order to allow 
the potassium sulphate, which is formed, to acquire greater compactness, so that it will more 
readily settle. Filter off" from the precipitate, and wash four times with fifty parts of boiling 
alcohol. Let the alcoholic solution cool, when a further small quantity of potassium sulphate 
will be deposited. The solution is then again filtered through white filtering paper, and evap- 
orated on a water-bath to one hundred parts. Next, four hundred parts of distilled water are 
poured on, and heat is applied until the hydrobromate is completely dissolved. After allowing 
the solution to stand in the cold for about twenty-four hours, the capsule will be found filled 
with a compact crystalline mass. The crystals are transferred to a filter, allowed to drain, and 
dried by exposure to air. Heating would cause them to fuse. The product thus obtained 
amounts to about thirty parts of perfectly white quinine hydrobromate. By evaporating the 
mother-water to one-third of its volume, about six parts more may be obtained. It is abso- 
lutely necessary, as has been already pointed out by Boille, to redissolve the hydrobromate in water 
as above stated, if the salt is to be obtained in white and bulky crystals. The above quantity 
of four hundred parts should not be diminished, for, if this were done, the salt (which fuses 
at 90° F.) would separate at first in the form of an oily liquid, and afterwards would form a 
crystalline crust. (Report. de Pharrn., 1880, p. 390 ; N. R., Jan. 1881.) 
Properties. It is in “ white, light, silky needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. 
The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 
54 parts of water* and in 0-6 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling 
alcohol; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of chloroform. When heated at 
100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (4-25 per cent.). At 152° C. 
(305-6° F.), it begins to fuse, and becomes a syrupy liquid at 200° C. (392° F.). Upon igni- 
tion, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus 
paper. An aqueous solution, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a vivid, blue fluores- 
cence. On treating 10 C.c. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) with 2 drops of bromine 
water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green 
color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, 
while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate. 
Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an 
excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. On precipitating a 
saturated aqueous solution of the salt with sodium hydrate test-solution, filtering, supersatu- 
rating the filtrate with acetic acid, adding chloroform and a little chlorine water, and shaking, 
the chloroform will separate with a yellow color. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at 100° C. 
(212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 0-957 Gm. (cor- 
responding to 1 molecule, or 4-24 per cent., of water of crystallization). Quinine Hydrobro- 
mate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit 
of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference 
from morphine'). If 3 Gm. of the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be 
strictly neutral, or have been rendered so) be mixed, in a small capsule, with 1-2 Gm. of crys- 
tallized sodium sulphate and 30 C.c. of water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, 
the residue agitated with 30 C.c. of water, and allowed to macerate for half an hour at 15° C. 
(59° F.), with occasional agitation, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see 
Quinina) the results there given should be obtained.” U. S. 
Medical Properties. This salt is well fitted for hypodermic injection, on account of its 
ready solubility, but is not superior, if equal, to the bisulphate. The plan which has been 
advocated of injecting a hot saturated solution is to be deprecated, as tending to cause 
precipitation in the cellular tissue. It is very capable of causing cinchonism, but the 
amount of hydrobromic acid is too small to sensibly affect the system. Dose, that of quinine 
sulphate. 
* Dr. B. It. Squibb found that official quinine hydrobromate required 53 parts of water to dissolve it, and that the 
quinine acid-hydrobromate or dikydrobromate corresponded more nearly with the official description of the hydro- 
bromate. (Ephemerie, 1888, 1108.) Quininse Ilydrochloras.— Quininse Hydrochloridum Acidum. 
1142 
PART I. 
QUININE HYDROCHLORAS. U. S. (Br.) Quinine Hydrochlorate. 
(QUI-NI'N.® HY-DRO-CHLO'RXS.) 
C20H24N2O2HCI.2H2O; 395*63. , . . „ rT „ 
“ Quinine Hydrochlorate should be kept in well stoppered bottles, in a dark place. U. is. 
“ The hydrochloride, C20H24N202,HC1,2H20, of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of various 
species of Cinchona and Remijia.” Br. 
Quininae Hydrochloridum, Br., Quinine Hydrochloride. 
This quinine salt was recommended for admission to the Br. Ph. 1885 by W. Martindale on 
account of its being more soluble in water and richer in quinine than is the sulphate. It may 
be readily prepared by treating the alkaloid with diluted hydrochloric acid, or by double de- 
composition between barium chloride and quinine sulphate. Quinine hydrochlorate is in 
“ white, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. 
The salt is liable to lose water when exposed to warm air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 
34 parts of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol; in 1 part of boiling water, and very soluble 
in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 9 parts of chloroform. When heated to 120° C. (248° 
F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization. At about 156° C. (312-8° F.), it begins to 
melt, but it is not fully melted until the temperature reaches 190° C. (374° F.). On igni- 
tion, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral 
or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. The saturated aqueous solution of the salt does not 
give any blue fluorescence, which, however, appears to some extent upon diluting the solu- 
tion with water, and markedly so upon addition of dilute sulphuric acid.* On treating 10 C.c. 
of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1400) of the salt with £ drops of bromine water, and then 
with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper 
adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concen- 
trated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate. Ammonia water 
added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammo- 
nia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. The aqueous solution of the salt 
yields, with silver nitrate test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid. If 1 Gm. 
of the salt be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not 
weigh less than 0 91 Gm. (corresponding to 2 molecules, or 9 per cent., of water of crystalliza- 
tion). Quinine Hydrochlorate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concen- 
trated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color 
with nitric acid (difference from morphine'). The aqueous solution of the salt should not be 
rendered turbid by diluted sulphuric acid (absence of barium), and should not be rendered 
more than slightly turbid by barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If 3 Gm. of 
the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral, or have been ren- 
dered so) be mixed, in a small capsule, with 1-5 Gm. of crystallized sodium sulphate and 30 
C.c. of water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue agitated writh 30 C.c. 
of water, and allowed to macerate for half an hour at 15° C. (59° F.), with occasional agita- 
tion, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quinina) the results there given 
should be obtained.” U S. n It is soluble in about 35 parts of cold water, in 3 parts of cold 
alcohol (90 per cent.), and very soluble in boiling water and alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords 
the reactions characteristic of hydrochlorides. It should yield only the slightest characteristic 
reactions with the tests for sulphates. When converted into quinine sulphate, by dissolving 
it together with an equal weight of sodium sulphate in ten times its weight of hot water, and 
setting the mixture aside at 60° F. (15-5° C.), it should respond to the characters and tests 
that are mentioned under ‘ Quininae Sulphas.’ Dried at a temperature of 212° F. (100° C.), 
it loses 9 per cent, of water.” Br. 
Quinine hydrochlorate has a decided advantage over the sulphate in its greater solubility in 
water. It is, however, less soluble than the acid quinine hydrochloride (see below). The 
dose is the same as that of the sulphate. 
QUININE HYDROCHLORIDUM ACIDUM. Br. Acid Quinine Hydro- 
chloride. 
(QUI-NI'NiE HY-DR0-(3HL0'KI-DUM XQ'I-D©M.) 
C20H24NUO22HC1. 3H2 O ; 449*96. 
“ The acid hydrochloride, C20H24N202,2HC1,3H20, of an alkaloid obtained from the bark 
of various species of Cinchona and Remijia.” Br. 
* In explanation of this it may be stated that it is only the compounds of quinine with the oxygen acids that 
show the fluorescence in acid solution, none of the compounds of the haloid acids showing this reaction. Quininae Hydrochloridum Acidum.— Quininae Sulphas. 
1143 
PART I. 
This is a new official quinine salt of the Br. Ph. 1898. It has been introduced on account 
of its remarkable solubility in water,—i.e., less than its own weight. It may be made by pass- 
ing hydrochloric acid gas over dry quinine, but more conveniently by decomposing quinine 
sulphate with barium chloride or by mixing a solution of neutral quinine hydrochloride with 
one molecular proportion of hydrochloric acid and evaporating the solution at a gentle heat. 
It is officially described as “ A white crystalline powder soluble in less than its own weight of 
water, yielding a somewhat acid liquid. It affords the reactions characteristic of hydrochlo- 
rides. It should yield only the slightest characteristic reactions with the tests for sulphates. 
Each gramme, when dissolved in 20 cubic centimetres of water, should x-equire for its complete 
neutralization not more than 2-5 cubic centimetres of volumetric solution of soda. When con- 
verted into quinine sulphate, by dissolving it together with an equal weight of sodium sulphate 
in ten times its weight of hot water, exactly neutralizing this liquid with solution of ammonia, 
and setting it aside at 60° F. (15-5° C.) to cool, it should respond to the characters and tests 
which are mentioned under 1 Quininae Sulphas.’ Dried at a temperature of 212° F. (100° C.), 
it loses not more than 12 per cent, of water.” Br. 
The solubility of this salt fits it for use in hypodermic and rectal injections. Its physiologi- 
cal and therapeutic action and its dose are those of quinine sulphate. 
QUININE SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Quinine Sulphate 
SUL'PHiS.) 
(C20 H24N2 02)2 H2 SO*. 7H2 O ; 870*22. 
“ Quinine sulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place.” U. S. “ The 
sulphate, {(C20H24N202)5,H2S0452,15H20, of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of various 
species of Cinchona and Remijia.” Br. 
Chininum Sulfuricum, P. G.; Sulfas Quinicus; Disulphate or Basic Sulphate of Quinia; Sulfate de Quinine, Fr.; 
Schwefelsaures Chinin, G. 
No process is given in the U. S. Pharm. 1890 for preparing quinine sulphate; that of the 
U. S. P. 1870 will be found in detail in the TJ. S. D., 17th ed., p. 1141. The process, briefly 
stated, is to exhaust cinchona bark by boiling with water acidulated with hydrochloric acid 
and add milk of lime in excess. The quinine is precipitated with the lime, and the dried pre- 
cipitate digested with boiling alcohol; the alcoholic solution of quinine is evaporated, and the 
mass dissolved in water acidulated with sulphuric acid. The hot solution is treated with 
animal charcoal to decolorize it, and then set aside to crystallize. 
Pelletier proposed to substitute oil of turpentine for alcohol in the ordinary process for pro- 
curing quinine sulphate. The impure quinine, precipitated by lime from the acidulous decoc- 
tions, after being washed, pressed, and dried, is digested with the oil, which dissolves the qui- 
nine. The solution thus obtained is agitated with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, by 
which quinine sulphate is formed. The oil, separating, rises to the top, and is removed for 
future use; and the watery solution of the salt is evaporated, and treated as in the original 
process. A disadvantage of this method is said to he that the oil does not completely exhaust 
the precipitate. A similar process has been employed here and in England, either fusel oil 
or benzene being substituted for oil of turpentine. In this instance, however, the solvent is 
added to the impure quinine, without separation from the acidulated decoction from which it 
was precipitated by lime. The mixture being well agitated, the fusel oil or benzene dissolves 
the alkaloids, and, rising to the surface of the liquid, is drawn off by a siphon. The solution 
thus drawn off is treated as above with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, and the process 
is completed in the same manner. (See P. J. Tr., xiv. 29, 92, and 139.) 
The importation of quinine sulphate and' salts of quinine amounted in 1895 to 1,420,649 
ounces, valued at $342,348; in 1896 to 3,359,818 ounces, valued at $786,887 ; in 1897 to 
3,517,844 ounces, valued at $582,945. For a “ commercial history of quinine,” with statistics, 
see Druq. Circ., 1896, 32. Quinine sulphate made in Java is beginning to enter commerce. 
(A. J. P., 1898, 345.) 
When harks containing the alkaloids cinchonidine and quinidine are used, as their sulphates 
are much more soluble than that of quinine, it follows that in the mother-waters left after the 
crystallization of quinine sulphate there will be found a portion of cinchonidine or quinidine 
sulphate, or of both. In fact, there is generally, under these circumstances, more or less of 
the sulphates of the four alkaloids, quinine, cinchonine, quinidine, and cinchonidine, all of 
which are contained in many barks, and, besides these, a portion of amorphous alkaloid, in- 
capable of crystallization, probably resulting, in part at least, from the heat employed in the 1144 
Quininse Sulphas. 
PART I. 
process. These may in a great degree be separated through their different solubilities in water. 
Quinine sulphate, being least soluble, will first crystallize, afterwards the cinchonidine or quini- 
dine salt, and finally that of cinchonine, which is the most soluble of the four; while the un- 
crystallizable salt will remain in solution, and may be obtained in the amorphous state by 
evaporation to dryness. 
Properties. “ White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals, fragile and somewhat 
flexible, making a very light and easily compressible mass, lustreless from superficial efflores- 
cence after being for some time exposed to the air, odorless, and having a persistent, very bitter 
taste. The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb moisture in damp air, 
and to become colored by exposure to light. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 740 parts of water, 
and in 65 parts of alcohol; in 30 parts of boiling water, and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol; 
also in 40 parts of glycerin, in about 680 parts of chloroform, and freely in dilute acids. When 
long exposed to the air, or when kept at 50° to 60° C. (122° to 140° F.) for some hours, it 
loses most of its water of crystallization (all except 2 to 3 molecules, or about 4-1 to 6-2 per 
cent.), the last portion being slowly expelled at 100° C. (212° F.), more rapidly at 115° C. 
(239° F.). Upon ignition, the salt is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and has, especially when acidulated with sulphuric 
acid, a vivid, blue fluorescence. On treating 10 C.c. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) 
of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid 
will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute 
solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or 
throw down a green precipitate.” U. S. “ Filiform silky white crystals, of an intensely bitter 
taste. Soluble in about 800 parts of water, giving a solution which has a bluish fluorescence. 
Entirely soluble in water acidulated with a mineral acid. Aqueous solutions of quinine salts 
yield with solution of ammonia white precipitates, soluble in ether and in excess of the solution 
of ammonia. When such aqueous solutions are treated first with solution of bromine or of 
chlorine and afterwards with solution of ammonia, they become of an emerald-green color, 
changing to red when mineral acids are added. Exposed to dry air, Quinine Sulphate effloresces 
until the 15 molecules of water have been reduced to 4. It affords the reactions characteristic 
of sulphates.” Br. Its cold solution is opalescent. The acid quinine salts possess fluorescent 
properties with the exception of those of the haloid acids. It has also been discovered that 
the presence of phenacetin conceals the fluorescence of sulphuric acid solutions of quinine. The 
diluted acids, and tartaric and oxalic acids in excess, dissolve the sulphate easily. With an 
additional equivalent of sulphuric acid it forms another sulphate, which is more soluble in 
water than the official salt, and crystallizes from its solution with much greater difficulty. This 
is now considered by many as strictly neutral, and therefore entitled to the name of quinine 
sulphate; while the official salt contains two equivalents of base to one of acid, and is there- 
fore a quinine subsulphate or disulphate. The latter name was adopted by the London College, 
and has been much used by chemical writers. In the U. S., Dublin, and Edinburgh Pharma- 
copoeias, as well as in the French Codex, the name of quinine sulphate, originally given to the 
official salt, under the impression that it was neutral, was retained; and it has been assumed in 
the new British Pharmacopoeia. Hence has arisen a confusion of nomenclature, which must 
be embarrassing to the student. The following statement may serve to clear up this confusion. 
There are at least three quinine sulphates that have been obtained, of which two are now 
official. The first of these, (C20H24N202)2H2S04 -f- 7H20, is a “ diquinic sulphate,” but is 
the official salt known as quinine sulphate, or Quininse Sulphas, U. S. ; the second, formed by dis- 
solving this first in dilute sulphuric acid, has the formula C20H24N202,II2S04 -j- 7HaO, and is 
the official quinine bisulphate, or Quininse Bisulphas, U. S.; while the third, a still more acid 
sulphate, C20H24N202,2H2S04 -f- 7H20, may be obtained from a solution of quinine in excess 
of diluted sulphuric acid. This last salt is not official. Quinine sulphate, owing to the ease 
with which it parts with its water of crystallization, is apt to mislead those who seek to deter- 
mine its quality. Forty samples examined by A. J. Cownley showed results varying from 8 1 
to 15-95 per cent, of water of crystallization. He recommends for adoption in the Pharma- 
copoeia the air-dried salt, which contains two molecules of water (4*6 per cent.), as being con- 
stant in composition. Farr and Wright confirm Cownley’s views, and object to “ anhydrous” 
quinine sulphate, which has been proposed by some chemists as the standard, because it has 
the opposite fault of absorbing moisture. (P. J. Tr., 1896, 525 ; also P. J. Tr., 1897, 203.) 
Incompatibles and Tests. “A cold, saturated aqueous solution of the salt remains 
unaffected by potassium iodide test-solution (difference from quinidine sidphate). Ammonia Quininse Sulphas. 
1145 
PART I. 
water added to the aqueous solution of the salt throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an 
excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. The aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white precipitate insoluble in hydro- 
chloric acid. Quinine Sulphate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concen- 
trated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color 
with nitric acid (difference from morphine'). If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at a temperature 
of 115° C. (239° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 
0-838 Gm. (absence of more than eight (8) molecules, or 16-18 per cent, of water). If 2 Gm. 
of the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral to litmus paper, 
or have been rendered so) be dried, as far as possible, at 100° C. (212° F.), the residue then 
agitated with 20 C.c. of water, and the mixture macerated for half an hour at 15° C. (59° F.), 
with occasional agitation, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quinina) the 
results there given should be obtained.” U. S. “ 2-5 grammes of the freshly prepared salt 
should lose 0-38 gramme of water by drying at 212° F. (100° C.). Heated to redness with 
free access of air, it burns without leaving any residue (absence of mineral impurity).” Br. 
The official test (see below) is probably the most reliable of all to prove the presence of small 
quantities of other cinchona alkaloids. It is a modification of Kerner’s* and admits the pres- 
ence of a trace of the other alkaloids. This certainly is as pure as the quinine sulphate need 
be. To separate the remaining trace of alkaloids entirely would more than double the cost of 
the salt. For Herapath’s test (quinine iodo-sulphate), see U. S. D., 17th ed., p. 1144. The 
British Pharmacopoeia gives the following tests for the presence of other cinchona alkaloids: 
“ Quinine Sulphate when tested by the following methods should not afford any appreciable 
reaction characteristic of cinchonine, quinidine, cupreine, or amorphous alkaloid, and should not 
yield more than a total of 3 per cent, of crystals of impure cinchonidine by the following test. 
“ Test for Cinchonidine and Cinchonine.—Dissolve 4 grammes of the Quinine Sulphate in 
120 cubic centimetres of boiling water. Cool the solution slowly to 122° F. (50° C.), with 
frequent stirring. Separate, by filtration, the purified quinine sulphate which has crystallized 
out. Concentrate the filtrate by evaporation until it is reduced to 10 cubic centimetres or less ; 
transfer to a small stoppered flask, and, when cold, shake with 10 cubic centimetres of ether 
and half that amount of solution of ammonia. Set aside in a cool place for not less than 24 
hours. Collect the crystals, which consist of cinchonidine and cinchonine combined with 
quinine, on a tared filter, wash with a little ether, dry at 212° F. (100° C.), and weigh. 
These should not amount to more than 0-12 gramme. 
“ Test for Quinidine.—Dissolve 1 gramme of the Quinine Sulphate in 30 cubic centimetres 
of boiling water ; cool, and filter. To the solution add solution of potassium iodide and a little 
alcohol (90 per cent.) to prevent the precipitation of amorphous hydriodides. Collect any 
separated quinidine hydriodide, wash with a little water, dry and weigh. The weight repre- 
sents about an equal weight of crystallized quinidine sulphate. None or only the slightest 
traces should be obtained. 
* Kerner’s test (Dr. G. Kerner, Zeitschrift fur Analytische Chemie, 1862) distinguishes the alkaloids by their 
solubilities in ammonia water of given strength, which, according to Dr. Kerner, are more fixed and reliable than 
their solubilities in water or other ordinary solvent. The mode of application is by taking a certain quantity 
of the sulphate of the alkaloid dissolved in a certain quantity of water, and then adding the ammonia water grad- 
ually until the precipitated alkaloid is redissolved: the quantity of the ammoniacal liquid necessary to produce 
this effect indicates inversely the solubility of the alkaloid. Quinidine requires from 10 to 11 times more of the am- 
moniacal liquid than quinine, cinchonidine from 12 to 13 times more; while cinchonine is not dissolved by a much 
larger proportion than is required by either of the others, and though when mixed in very small proportion with 
quinine it is dissolved at first, yet it afterwards separates on standing. This test is now official, and as modified is 
regarded as the best test for quinine sulphate. Kerner’s test has been elaborately criticised and discussed; it appears 
that in order to get results which are at all trustworthy it is necessary to be exceedingly careful to observe the specific 
gravities and temperatures ordered by the test. (See Prof. Parson’s paper, Proc. A. P. A., 1884; Amer. Drug., 1885, 
also 1888; Drug. Circ., 1885; P. J. Tr., 1887; Phnrtn. Era, 1887, also 1888.) In De Vrij’s Chromate Test for 
Quinine 5 Gm. of quinine sulphate are dissolved in 500 Gm. of water at the boiling temperature, and P20 Gm. 
of potassium chromate dissolved in a little hot water are added. The precipitate at first produced is rapidly redis- 
solved, and in from 5 to 10 seconds crystallization begins, star-shaped groups of sulphur-yellow needles of anhydrous 
quinine chromate—2(C20H24N2O2) 1I2CrO*—being formed. The separation of these crystals is practically complete 
when the liquid has cooled, but it is advisable not to collect the crystals before the day following their formation. 
They are washed with a small quantity of water, dried, and weighed; 766-5 parts of quinine chromate are equal 
to 648 parts of quinine or to 890 parts of quinine sulphate. The motber-liquors contain the cinchonidine, together 
with a small quantity of quinine chromate amounting to 0-05 Gm. in 100 Gm., and to this extent the yield of 
quinine chromate, by weighing, must be corrected. To ascertain the amount of cinchonidine present the total fil- 
trate and washings are rendered alkaline by soda solution and evaporated to 300 Gm. The cinchonidine separates 
during the heating, and, after cooling, is collected on a filter, dried at 100° C., and weighed. {Arch, de Pharrn., 1886, 
p. 1022.) 1146 
Quininse Sulphas. 
PART I. 
“ Test for Cupreine.—Shake the recrystallized quinine sulphate, obtained in testing the 
original Quinine Sulphate for cinchonidine and cinchonine, with 25 cubic centimetres of ether 
and 6 cubic centimetres of solution of ammonia, and to this ethereal solution, separated, add 
the ethereal liquid and washings also obtained in testing the original sulphate for the two 
alkaloids just mentioned. Shake this ethereal liquid with 6 cubic centimetres of a 10 per cent, 
solution of sodium hydroxide, adding water if any solid matter should separate. Remove the 
ethereal solution. Wash the aqueous solution with more ether, and remove the ethereal wash- 
ings. Add diluted sulphuric acid to the aqueous liquid heated to boiling, until exactly neutral. 
When cold, collect any crystallized sulphate of cupreine on a tared filter; dry, and weigh. 
None or only the slightest traces should be obtained. 
“ Test for Cinchonine and Amorphous Alkaloids.—Dissolve 1 gramme of the Quinine Sul- 
phate in 30 cubic centimetres of boiling water, add 1 gramme of sodium potassium tartrate. 
Allow to cool, with frequent stirring; filter. The solution when evaporated to small bulk 
should give little or no precipitate with solution of ammonia." 
Quinine sulphate is decomposed by the alkalies, their carbonates, and the alkaline earths. 
In solution it affords white precipitates with potassa, soda, and ammonia, which are partly sol- 
uble in an excess of alkali. It is also precipitated by astringent infusions, the tannic acid of 
which forms a white insoluble compound with quinine. The soluble salts of lead and of baryta 
occasion precipitates ; and that produced by the salts of baryta is insoluble in the acids. The 
soluble salts of acetic, oxalic, tartaric, and gallic acids occasion more or less precipitation with 
solution of quinine sulphate without excess of acid. A solution of chlorine added to a solu- 
tion of quinine sulphate and followed by the addition of ammonia water occasions an emerald- 
green color, and, in certain proportions, the deposition of a green precipitate. The green com- 
pound has received the name of thalleioquin. The drop of ammonia should be put in without 
agitation. According to Fliickiger, Part quinine can thus be found. With bromine 
instead of chlorine the test is more delicate. Fliickiger states that Part °f ie alkaloid 
can be detected. (See a paper by C. F. Zeller, A. J. P., 1880, p. 385 ; P. J. Tr., 1872, p. 901.) 
F. S. Hyde (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 704) states that a solution of calcium hypochlorite gives 
more satisfactory results in the thalleioquin test than either chlorine or bromine water, the 
results being more certain and brilliant. If, previously to the use of ammonia in the chlorine 
test, a concentrated solution of potassium ferrocyanide be added, a dark red color is produced, 
which persists for several hours, but ultimately passes into green. This does not take place 
with cinchonine; and, though quinidine sulphate gives the same red color, this does not dis- 
appear as with the quinine salt, but is persistent. (Schwartzer, Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iii. 
475.) Quinine sulphate gives a reddish-brown precipitate with iodine dissolved in a solution 
of potassium iodide. It is possible that under some circumstances the galvanic current may 
be of service in detecting the alkaloid ; a paper on the electrolysis of the salt will be found in 
the Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xi. 16.* For valuable comments on quinine sulphate tests, see 
Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 705. 
Adulterations. Quinine sulphate has often been adulterated. The effects of adulteration 
may be produced by the variable quantity of water which quinine sulphate may contain, with- 
out any observable alteration in its sensible properties. MM. Millon and Commaille, having 
exposed quinine sulphate to a very moist atmosphere at the temperature of about 16-6° C. (62° 
F.), found it always to increase in weight, so that a specimen of the salt, previously deprived 
of all its water capable of being separated by heat, had in five days absorbed 28-77 per cent, 
of water, and another specimen dried after its precipitation simply by draining, and supposed 
to contain 18 per cent, of water, had in ten days absorbed 14 per cent, more, making its whole 
percentage of water 32, or about one-third of its weight. (Journ. de Pharm., Nov. 1862, p. 
379.) This is an important fact, and will explain to some extent the frequent variable effects 
from apparently the same quantity of the salt. It is easy to detect and to obviate this natural 
sophistication by exposing a suspected specimen to a heat of 100° C. (212° F.) The loss of 
weight will indicate the quantity of water not essential to the salt. Calcium sulphate,f and 
other alkaline or earthy salts, gum, sugar, mannite, starch, stearin, caffeine, salicin, phlorizin, 
* Morphine has heen mixed with quinine with fatal results. If there be more morphine than will form part 
of the solution, the thalleioquin test will fail to develop the green color. The morphine in these cases is to be recog- 
nized by adding nitric acid or ferric chloride to the suspected powder, or, better still, iodic acid, which is decomposed 
by the alkaloid and forms a beautiful violet solution with chloroform. This test is said to succeed with solutions 
containing less than part of morphine. (P. J. Tr., May, 1872, 901.) 
f Flora China. According to W. A. Puckner ( West. Drug., 1896, 393), nearly pure crystallized calcium sulphate 
in fine needle-shaped crystals has been exploited as quinine sulphate under the name of flora china. PART I. 
Quininse Sulphas. 
1147 
and the cinchonine sulphates, and sulphates of other cinchona alkaloids, are among' the sub- 
stances which are said to have been fraudulently added. By attending to the degree of solu- 
bility of the sulphate in dilferent menstrua, and to its chemical relations with other substances 
already described, there can be little difficulty in detecting these adulterations. The presence 
of any mineral substance not readily volatilizable may be at once ascertained by exposing the 
salt to a red heat, which will completely dissipate the quinine sulphate, leaving the mineral 
behind. A volatile ammonium salt may be detected by the smell of ammonia emitted upon 
the addition of potassa. The absence of organic substances may be inferred if pure cold 
concentrated sulphuric acid forms a colorless solution. Gum and starch are left behind by 
alcohol, and fatty matters by water acidulated with sulphuric acid. Sugar and mannite cause 
a solution of the salt in acidulated water to have a sweet taste after the precipitation of the 
quinine by an alkaline carbonate. Salicin imparts the property of becoming red upon the 
contact of sulphuric acid; but, according to Pelletier, this change of color does not take place 
unless the proportion of salicin exceeds one-tenth. If only in this proportion, the salicin must 
be isolated. To 1 part of the suspected salt, 6 parts of concentrated sulphuric acid may be 
added, and to the brown liquid which results, 125 parts of water. The salicin is thus sepa- 
rated, and may be obtained by filtration, in the form of a bitter, white powder, becoming 
bright red with sulphuric acid. (See A. J. P., xvii. 156.) Caffeine alters the solubility of 
the medicine in different menstrua. According to M. Calvert, a saturated solution of quinine 
sulphate in cold water gives with a solution of chlorinated lime a precipitate soluble in an 
excess of the latter; while a solution of cinchonine sulphate of the same strength, treated 
in the same manner, gives a precipitate which is insoluble in a great excess of the reagent. 
The same effect is produced with lime water, and with solution of ammonia; and solution of 
calcium chloride, while it furnishes a precipitate with a solution of cinchonine sulphate, yields 
none with a solution of quinine sulphate. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., ii. 394.) Though com- 
mercial quinine sulphate frequently contains a portion of one or more of the cinchona alka- 
loids, the salt is slightly less efficacious on that account, as these alkaloids have been shown 
to possess identical therapeutic properties with those of quinine, and to be little inferior in 
strength to them. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The first symptoms of cinchonism, as produced by 
small therapeutic doses of quinine (ten grains) in man, are usually ringing in the ears, slight 
fulness in the head, and perhaps some deafness. With the use of larger doses these symp- 
toms are intensified; the deafness is very marked, disturbed vision may exist, and the flushed 
face, with the sense of distention in the head, may point towards a cerebral congestion, which 
is in some cases relieved by spontaneous epistaxis. In decided cinchonism, giddiness and stag- 
gering in walking are very common. After toxic doses, severe headache, delirium, stupor, 
complete deafness and blindness, dilated pupils, embarrassment of respiration, great weakness, 
convulsions, paralysis, and finally collapse, may result, either comatose or delirious. The deaf- 
ness produced by large doses of quinine usually passes off rapidly : very rarely is there a perma- 
nent impairment of hearing. Amaurosis, with a peculiar ischaemia of the retinal vessels, has 
in a small number of cases been produced by very large therapeutic doses of the alkaloid. 
Besides its effects on the brain, quinine sulphate sometimes occasions great gastric and intes- 
tinal irritation, marked by oppression of stomach, nausea, abdominal pains, vomiting, and 
purging. In general, these effects of excessive doses gradually pass off, although partial deaf- 
ness often continues for several days, and sometimes much longer, and permanent deafness has 
resulted. It is capable of taking life, although enormous amounts of it are requisite for this. 
Several cases of recovery are recorded after the taking of an ounce by the stomach. Prob- 
ably only a portion of the drug was absorbed. Five ounces taken in ten days have caused 
death. 
Although it is not possible at present to establish the connection between the known physio- 
logical action of quinine and its clinical use, yet it seems proper to speak here briefly of 
our knowledge of its influence upon the healthy organism, referring the reader for details to 
H. C. Wood’s Treatise on Therapeutics. The action of the drug upon the cerebrum is somewhat 
uncertain. It is probable that moderate doses stimulate the brain to some extent, especially 
the basal ganglia connected with the special senses, and it is very certain that toxic doses 
overwhelm and paralyze the gray matter of the brain. Upon the spinal cord of man thera- 
peutic doses produce no marked effect. Two facts, first pointed out by Dr. T. A. Chaperon 
(Pfliigers Archiv, 1869, p. 295), have been so abundantly substantiated that we must accept 
them as established. They are—quinine in small doses causes in the frog a lessening of the reflex Qidninse Sulphas. 
1148 
PART I. 
activity, which is removed by section of the medulla; quinine in large doses produces a perma- 
nent palsy of reflex activity. The first of these actions is considered to show that the alkaloid 
stimulates Setschenow’s centre in the base of the brain, the second is probably due to a paralysis 
of the spinal cord. It has been proved by Prof. Binz and subsequent observers that when the 
alkaloid is added to blood outside of the body in a proportion of not less than one part to four 
thousand it immediately checks, and finally arrests, the amoeboid movements of the white 
blood-corpuscles. How far this occurs when the medicine has been taken into the living or- 
ganism has not been exactly determined, but we certainly are not able to appreciate any such 
effect in health or disease by therapeutic doses. The ozonizing power of the red corpuscles in 
drawn blood is lowered by the addition of quinine. Ordinary therapeutic doses exert, how- 
ever, no perceptible influence. How far the marked antipyretic influence exerted by large 
doses of quinine is dependent upon its action upon the blood is at present purely a matter of 
conjecture. In 1765, Dr. Pringle called attention to the power of cinchona bark over putre- 
faction, and it has recently been experimentally proved by Binz, Hallier, Pavesi, and others, 
that one part of the alkaloid in three hundred parts of milk, albuminous solutions, meat, honey, 
syrup, etc., will keep in check for a long time putrefaction and other fermentations. Prof. 
Binz has shown that this is due to a poisonous influence upon the low forms of life which ac- 
company or produce these changes. Introduced into the jugular vein or coronary artery, or 
in any way brought in direct contact with the heart, it lessens the force and frequency of the 
pulsations, and finally produces diastolic arrest. In man, very large doses of quinine (thirty 
to sixty grains) lower the force and frequency of the pulse; a pulse-rate of forty has been 
noted, and in reported cases of quinine-poisoning the pulse has been imperceptible at the wrist. 
Under the latter circumstances the pulse-rate may be increased, but the cardiac force is reduced 
to a minimum. The evidence is conclusive that both in man and in the lower animals quinine 
in sufficient amount is a powerful depressant to the heart-muscle or ganglia. An enormous 
amount has been written during the last ten years concerning the action of quinine upon the 
uterus. The result of it all seems to indicate very positively that the alkaloid has no power 
to originate uterine contractions in the pregnant female, but that when once parturition has 
commenced the flagging pains are greatly stimulated and increased by a dose of ten grains of 
the drug. When abortion is threatened through malarial influence, no hesitation need be felt 
in using the drug to avert the impending catastrophe. Any salt of quinine which escapes ab- 
sorption in the stomach must be precipitated by the alkaline juices of the bowels, and be ab- 
sorbed very slowly or not at all. What seems a priori almost inevitable has been shown to be 
the case by the researches of Kerner, who found the alkaloid in the faeces. The importance 
of giving the salt in some easily soluble form, if it is intended for all of it to be absorbed, is 
plain. When taken into the system, it seems to find its way into all the secretions,—it having 
been found in the tears, sweat, milk, urine, and saliva. Some of it is eliminated unchanged, 
but, according to the researches of Dr. G. Kerner, a portion of it escapes in an amorphous 
uncrystallizable form and a second portion as a substance free from bitter taste, though crystal- 
lizable and having the fluorescence of quinine; for this substance he has proposed the name 
of dihydroxyl-quinine. Upon the elimination both of uric acid and of urea the salts of quinine 
appear to have a decided influence, decreasing it very noticeably. 
Quinine sulphate may be given in pill or solution, or suspended in water by the intervention 
of syrup and mucilage. The form of pill is usually preferred. The solution may be readily 
effected by the addition of a little acid of almost any kind to the water. Eight grains (0-52 
Gm.) of the sulphate will dissolve in a fluidounce (30 C.c.) of water acidulated with about 
twelve minims (0'72 C.c.) of the diluted sulphuric acid or aromatic sulphuric acid of the Phar- 
macopoeias. One of the best ways of exhibiting it to children is to mix the dose quickly with 
half a teaspoonful of aromatic elixir of liquorice (see Part II.) and administer it before it 
can dissolve. A few drops of laudanum may be added if nausea or disturbance of the bowels 
is apprehended. Mr. J. S. Blockley ascertained that glycerin will, if gently heated, dissolve 
eight grains of the sulphate in each fluidrachm, and may therefore be conveniently used as a 
vehicle. (Loud. Chemist, Sept. 1857.) Dr. R. H. Thomas, of Baltimore, found that one part 
of tannic acid will deprive five parts of quinine sulphate of bitterness, without impairing its 
efficacy. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., N. S., xix. 541.) It is obvious that quinine tannate is thus 
formed; and as this, though insoluble in water, is readily dissolved in diluted acids, and conse- 
quently in the gastric liquor when acid, there can be no doubt that it will generally prove effi- 
cacious. It may, however, happen that the stomach may be quite free from acid, and that the 
operation of this salt may prove less certain than that of the sulphate; and such is asserted to Quininse Sulphas.— Quininse Valerianas. 
PART I. 
1149 
have been the case in some instances; but a little lemonade taken after the medicine would 
probably obviate the difficulty. 
Quinine is used in practical medicine as a tonic, antiperiodic, antipyretic, and a uterine 
stimulant. It is certainly the most efficient remedy known in malarial diseases, in which it in 
all probability acts by poisoning the organisms first detected in the blood of persons suffering 
from malarial disease by Laveran, and now generally believed to be the cause of the symptoms. 
It should be administered in such a way that the last dose shall be ingested about two hours 
before the expected return of the paroxysm, and the first dose four or five hours previous to the 
last. When there is sufficient time, its influence is almost always very sensibly aided by the 
exhibition, twelve or more hours before, of a mercurial or other purge. Quinine exerts in 
febrile disease a decided antipyretic action, which is especially manifested during those stages 
of disease in which the natural tendency is towards a lowering of temperature. In typhus and 
typhoid fever, scarlatina, severe erysipelas, rheumatic hyperexia, etc., after the use of the cold 
bath, twenty grains of the alkaloid are often very efficacious in preventing a rapid return of 
the excessive fever. 
Twelve grains of quinine sulphate are equivalent to about an ounce of good bark. The 
dose varies exceedingly, according to the circumstances of the patient and the object to be 
accomplished. As a tonic simply, a grain (0-065 Gm.) may be given three or four times a 
day, or more frequently in acute cases. In intermittents, from twelve to twenty-four grains 
(0-80—1-5 Gm.) should be given between the paroxysms, divided into smaller or larger doses 
according to the condition of the stomach or the length of the intermission. From one to 
four grains (0-065-0-26 Gm.) may be given at once, and some even advise the whole amount. 
In malignant intermittents and remittents, the quantity may be increased to thirty grains (1-95 
Gm.) or even ninety (6 Gm.) between the paroxysms. When the stomach will not retain the 
medicine, it may be administered with nearly as much efficacy by enema,—from six to twelve 
grains (0-4—0-8 Gm.) with two fluidounces (60 C.c.) of acidulated starch water, and from 
twenty to forty drops (0-6-1-12 C.c.) of laudanum, being injected into the rectum, in ordi- 
nary cases, every six hours. Should circumstances render this mode of application impracti- 
cable, the hypodermic syringe should be resorted to. If the ordinary sulphate be used, the 
solution for hypodermic use should be made with tartaric acid, grain for grain, and should 
always be carefully filtered. The sulphovinate has been especially recommended, but is of 
doubtful advantage. (P. J. Tr., May, 1875, p. 909.) The official hydrobromate and bisul- 
phate have been considered the best forms for hypodermic use, but it is affirmed that Laveran's 
solution (hydrochlorate of quinine, 3, antipyrin, 2, distilled water, 6) affords a 50 per cent, so- 
lution, of which the injection is painless* Administered hypodermically, quinine acts with 
great promptness; but no precaution will always prevent the production of severe local ab- 
scesses and ulcerations by the hypodermic use of quinine, and even fatal tetanus has been 
induced, so that the method should be employed only in emergencies. 
Locally applied to the mucous membranes, quinine is stimulant or irritant, according to its 
concentration. In meningitis, gastritis, enteritis, cystitis, or in inflammation of the middle ear, its 
evil effects may be very pronounced. In whooping-cough the use of quinine by atomization has 
been warmly recommended. In hay fever a warm solution, as nearly neutral as possible, and 
of the strength of two grains to the fluidounce (0-13 Gm. to 30 C.c.), may be used with the 
Thudichum douche. 
QUININE VALERIANAS. U. S. Quinine Valerianate 
(qui-ni'na: va-le-ki-a'nas.j 
“ Quinine Valerianate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place.” XJ. S. 
Quiniae Valerianas, U. S. 1870; Chininum Valerianicum, P. G.; Valerianate de Quinine, Fr.; Baldriansaures 
Chinin, G. 
No process is given for this salt; that of the U. S. P. 1870 will be found below.-j* 
Cm H24 N2 O2 C5 H10 O2. H2 O ! 443*07. C20 H24 N2 O2 C5 H10 O2. H2 0; 444. 
* Santesson and Sjoquist believe that a new salt is formed, to which they have given the name of Chinopyrin. 
The antimalarial powers of the solution are well attested. 
f “ Take of Valerianic Acid half a troy ounce ; Sulphate of Quinia two tr oy ounces ; Diluted Sulphuric Acid, Water 
of Ammonia, Water, each a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Sulphate of Quinia in a pint of Water, with the aid of 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid; then add Water of Ammonia in slight excess, and wash the precipitated quinia with water 
until freed from sulphate of ammonium. Dissolve the Valerianic Acid in five pints of Water, heated to 180° F., add 
the quinia to the solution, and, when it is dissolved, set the whole aside for several days to crystallize. Decant the 
mother-water from the crystals, dry them on bibulous paper, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle. By evaporating 
the mother-water at a temperature not exceeding 120° F., more crystals may be obtained.” U. S. 1870. 1150 
Quininse Valerianas.—Resinde. 
PART I. 
In the process of the U. S. P. 1870 quinine is first obtained by decomposing quinine sulphate 
by means of ammonia, and then combined directly with valerianic acid, to form quinine valeri- 
anate, which crystallizes from the solution when it cools, because much less soluble in cold than 
in hot water. By the late Dublin formula, which, with the salt itself, has been omitted in the 
British Pharmacopoeia, the valerianate was obtained by double decomposition between quinine 
hydrochlorate and sodium valerianate, resulting in the production of sodium chloride, which 
remained in solution, and quinine valerianate, which crystallized. 
Quinine valerianate is in “ white, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous, triclinic crystals, having a 
slight odor of valerianic acid, and a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. 
(59° F.), in 100 parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in 40 parts of boiling water, and in 
1 part of boiling alcohol. When heated to about 90° C. (194° F.), the salt melts, forming a 
colorless liquid. At 100° C. (212° F.), it loses its water of crystallization, and also begins to 
lose valerianic acid. On ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt is neutral or slightly alkaline to litmus paper. The aqueous solution, when 
acidulated with sulphuric acid, exhibits a blue fluorescence, and emits the odor of valerianic 
acid. On treating 10 C.c. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) of the salt with 2 drops 
of bromine water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald- 
green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler 
tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipi- 
tate. Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble 
in an excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. Quinine 
Valerianate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric 
acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities'). The aqueous solution of the salt 
should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by barium chloride test-solution (limit of 
sulphate)." TJ. S. 
It may be given in the dose of a grain or two (0-065-0-13 Gm.), repeated several times a 
day, in cases of debility attended with nervous disorder. A combination of Peruvian bark and 
valerian has long been known as peculiarly efficacious in hemicrania. Perhaps quinine valeri- 
anate may be used advantageously in the same affection. (Joum. de Pharm., 4e ser., i. 269.) 
RESINiE. Resins. 
The official Resins, with a single exception, constitute a peculiar class of preparations, made 
by exhausting the substances from which they are obtained by alcohol, and then precipitating 
the resinous matter from the tincture by the addition of water, which abstracts the alcohol by 
its stronger affinity. It is obvious that the resins thus prepared are different substances from 
the alcoholic extracts, which contain all the ingredients of the medicine which alcohol is able 
to take from it. This set of substances has been much employed by the practitioners styling 
themselves “ eclectics,” but with great want of discrimination. They have applied names to 
these resinous precipitates which, in their proper scientific use, are employed to designate neutral 
proximate principles of plants, generally representing more or less completely the effects of the 
plants respectively on the system ; as we say columbin, quassin, santonin, etc., themselves proper 
proximate principles, and representing the virtues, in part at least, of columbo, quassia, san- 
tonica, etc., from which they are obtained, and from which they derive their names. By apply- 
ing similar names to their precipitated resins, such as podophyllin, iridin, cimicifugin, etc., i.e., 
to the impure resins obtained by precipitating the tinctures of podophyllum, iris versicolor, 
cimicifuga, etc., they justify the suspicion either that they ignorantly believe them to be in fact 
the active principles of these medicines respectively, or that, knowing better themselves, they 
seek to impose such a conviction upon the ignorant. The fact is that the substances thus 
obtained, and thus named, are impure resins, which may possibly contain more or less of the 
active principles mixed with them, but are not entitled to names which imply that they are 
distinct proximate principles themselves. 
Resins are solid, brittle, of a smooth and shining fracture, and generally of a yellowish color 
and semi-transparent. When perfectly pure, they are probably inodorous and often insipid; 
but, as usually found, they have a slight odor, and a somewhat acrid or bitterish taste. Their 
sp. gr. varies from 0-92 to 1-2. They are fusible by a moderate heat, decomposed at a higher 
temperature, and in the open air take fire, burning with a yellow flame and much smoke. 
Insoluble in water, they are dissolved by ether and the volatile oils, and generally by alcohol; 
and their alcoholic and ethereal solutions afford precipitates upon the addition of water. With 
(RE-§I'N.®.) PART I. 
Resina. 
1151 
pure potassa and soda they unite to form soaps, which are soluble in water; and the same result 
takes place when they are heated with solutions of the alkaline carbonates. Concentrated sul- 
phuric acid dissolves them with mutual decomposition ; and nitric acid converts them into arti- 
ficial tannin. They readily unite by fusion with wax and the fixed oils* 
RESINA. U. S., Br. Resin. [Colophony.] 
“ The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from Turpentine.” U. S. “ The residue 
left after the distillation of the oil of turpentine from the crude oleo-resin (turpentine) of 
various species of Pinus.” Br. 
Colophonium, P. G.; Rosin, Colophony; Colophane, Resine blanche, Resine jaune, Fr.; Kolophonium, Geigenharz, 
Fichtenharz, G.; Ragia di Pino, It.; Resina de Pino, Sp. 
After the distillation of the volatile oil from the turpentine (see Terebinthina'), a resinous 
matter remains, which on the continent of Europe is called colophon?/, but with us is commonly 
known by the name of rosin. It is the Resina of the U. S. and British Pharmacopoeias. It 
is sometimes called resina Jlava, or resin. When this, in a state of fusion, is strongly 
agitated with water, it acquires a distinct appearance, and is denominated resina alba, or white 
resin. The ports from which rosin is shipped are Wilmington, N.C., Charleston, S.C., and 
Savannah, G-a. The exports of rosin in 1896 amounted to 2,088,518 bbls., valued at $3,952,450 ; 
and in 1897 to 2,773,453 bbls., valued at $4,886,543. 
Common or yellow resin, in its purest state, is beautifully clear and pellucid, but much less 
so as usually found in commerce. Its color is yellowish brown with a tinge of olive, and more 
or less dark, according to its purity and the degree of heat to which it has been exposed in its 
preparation. Sometimes it is almost black. It is rather heavier than water. It is completely 
liquid at 152-5° C. (306° F.), begins to emit bubbles of gas at 157-5° C. (316° F.), and is 
decomposed at a red heat. “ A transparent, amber-colored substance, hard, brittle, pulveriza- 
ble; fracture glossy and shallow-conchoidal ; odor and taste faintly terebinthinate. Specific 
gravity 1-070 to 1-080. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils; also in solution 
of potassium or sodium hydrate.” XJ. S. “ Translucent, of a light amber color, compact, brit- 
tle, pulverizable; fracture shining ; odor and taste faintly terebinthinate. It is soluble in 
alcohol (90 per cent.), ether, benzol, and carbon bisulphide, is easily fusible, and burns with a 
dense yellow flame and much smoke, leaving no appreciable ash.” Br. The composition of 
colophony is expressed by the formula C44H6204, which is the formula ascribed to abietic anhy- 
dride. Jean, however (Chem. News, xxvi. 207), has separated two other resinoid substances 
in addition to abietic acid. Lewkowitsch {Chem. Analysis of Oils, etc., 2d ed., 236) states 
that colophony also contains varying quantities of unsaponifiable matter,—viz., hydrocarbons 
due to the partial breaking up of the acid on distilling the pine resin. This may vary from 5 
to 9 per cent, in the American colophony. For a paper on abietic acid by Mead and Kremers, 
see Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 198. By shaking coarsely powdered colophony with dilute alcohol and 
warming, it is converted into abietic add, obviously a hydrate of the first. Colophony 
may be considered, therefore, as abietic acid anhydride, and yields from 80 to 90 per cent, 
of it under this treatment. Colophony, when boiled with alkaline solutions, forms greasy 
salts of abietic acid, the so-called resin soaps which are used in admixture with other soaps. 
As the acid is dibasic, these salts contain two atoms of alkali metal in combination. Co- 
lophony, distilled by itself, yields the so-called “ rosin oil,” of which two fractions are taken 
separately,—the first that distilling under 360° C. (674° F.), and the second that over 360° 
C. (674° F.),—and some 31 per cent, of fixed gases.f When distilled with superheated steam, 
colophony yields benzene and toluene. Sylvie add, formerly considered to be a constituent of 
colophony, is now regarded as a decomposition product of abietic acid. Similarly pinic and 
pimaric adds, announced as found in colophony, are impure products, although the latter 
acid, or one of the same name, is found in galipot resin. Propionic acid has, according to 
(RE-§I'HA.) 
* M. Losch recommends the following process for rendering the resin3 as white as possible. Boil together 5 parts 
of the resin, 1 of carbonate of potassium or of sodium, and 20 of water, until a perfectly homogeneous mass is 
obtained; allow this to cool, and pass into it sulphurous acid, which saturates the alkali, and precipitates the resin 
in white flakes. Finally, wash the precipitate well with water, and dry it. (Journ. de Pharm., Juin, 1856, p. 465.) 
-j- The lighter fraction is known commercially as rosin essence, and is, according to Renard (Jour. Chem. Soc., Aug. 
1884, p. 843), composed of hydrocarbons, representing almost all series, from the paraffin series to the terpenes, in- 
cluding pentane and hexane, amylene and hexylene, toluene, xylene, and cumene, the tetra- and hexa-hydrides of 
all three of these, terebenthene and cymene. Several aldehydes and acids of the fatty series, such as isobutyric and 
valeric, were also recognized. The heavier fraction, or rosin oil in the stricter sense of the word, is composed of 
polymers of the hydrocarbons CBH2n_2, which readily resinify by the absorption of oxygen. This accounts for the 
use of rosin oil as an adulterant of linseed oil in the manufacture of printers’ ink. Resina.—Resina Jalapae. 
1152 
PART I. 
M. Renard, been obtained in abundance from the tar produced by the destructive distillation 
of rosin. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1886, p. 939.) 
White resin differs from the preceding only in being opaque and of a whitish color. These 
properties it owes to the water with which it is incorporated, and which gradually escapes 
upon exposure, leaving it more or less transparent. A new and very interesting class of de- 
rivatives from colophony or rosin has been prepared by Dr. Eugen Schaal, of Feuerbach, 
Germany, and introduced into commerce under the name of ester gums. These are the glyceryl, 
methyl, and ethyl esters of abietic acid, made by heating the resin acid and the alcohol under 
pressure until saponification takes place. The product is then distilled off under reduced press- 
ure. These “ ester gums” are now being used to advantage as substitutes for copal, damar, 
and kauri gums in varnish-making. 
Medical Uses. Resin is important as an ingredient of ointments and plasters, but is 
rarely used internally. It has been given in chronic enteritis, five grains of the powder. 
According to Professor Olmsted, it has the property of preventing the oxidation of fatty 
substances, and thus contributes to the preservation of ointments. (A. J. P., xxii. 325.) 
RESINA COPAIBAE. U.S. Resin of Copaiba 
(KE-§I'NA CO-PA'I-BA5.) 
“ The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from Copaiba.” U. S. 
Schweitzer first obtained from copaiba resin copaivic acid, which, analyzed by H. Rose, was 
found to have the formula C20H3002. When crystallized from alcohol the acid fuses at 116°— 
117° C. (240-8°—242-6° F.). Another acid, oxycopaivic, was obtained by Von Fehling, and 
still a third, metacopaivic acid, by Strauss. The first of these has the formula C20H2803, and 
the second C22H3404. The properties of copaivic acid have been fully treated of under 
Copaiba, page 452, and Massa Copaibas, page 854, which see. It is officially described as “ a 
yellowish or brownish-yellow, brittle resin, having a slight odor and taste of copaiba. Soluble 
in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, henzol, or amylic alcohol.” U. S. 
Medical Properties. Bernatzik exhibited nearly four drachms of this resin in five 
hours, causing violent gastro-intestinal irritation, with vomiting and purging, besides renal 
disturbance. The resin is eliminated by the urine, and exerts some influence upon the genito- 
urinary mucous membrane. It is, however, inferior to either the volatile oil or the balsam. 
The dose is from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 6m,). 
RESINA JALAPS. U.S. (Br.) Resin of Jalap. 
(KE-§I'NA JA-LA'P.*.) 
Jalapae Resina, Br.; Ilesine de Jalap, Fr.; Jalapenharz, 0. 
“ Jalap, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 
fluidounces, 69 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough Alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins 
to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Al- 
cohol, until twenty-jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 84 fluidounces, 256 minims] of tincture 
are obtained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped 
into water. Distil off the Alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to 
four hundred grammes [or 14 ounces av., 48 grains], and add the latter, with constant stirring, 
to nine thousand cubic centimeters [or 304 fluidounces, 155 minims] of Water. When the 
precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by 
decantation, with fresh portions of Water. Place it upon a strainer, and, having pressed 
out the liquid, dry the Resin with a gentle heat, stirring occasionally until the moisture has 
evaporated.” U S. 
“ Jalap, in No. 40 powder, 8 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Digest the Jalap with twice its 
weight of the Alcohol in a covered vessel, heating gently, for twenty-four hours; transfer to a 
percolator; when the tincture ceases to pass, continue the percolation with successive portions 
of the Alcohol until nothing more is dissolved ; add to the tincture thus produced four fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; remove the alcohol by 
distillation ; transfer the residue while hot to an open dish ; allow it to become cold; pour PART 1. 
Resina Jalap ae. 
1153 
off the supernatant fluid from the resin ; wash this two or three times with hot Distilled Water; 
dry.” Br. 
The two processes probably do not differ very materially in the result; though, if jalap yield 
anything to alcohol that is insoluble in water besides resin, it will be necessarily found in the 
British preparation, while that of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia will consist of resin almost exclu- 
sively. The difference arises from the circumstance that in the Br. process, probably to enable 
the whole of the alcohol to be saved by distillation, the water for precipitation is added before 
the spirit is distilled off, while in the U. S. process it is not added until so much of the alcohol 
has been distilled as to leave only enough to hold the extracted matters in solution. It is 
obvious, therefore, that the resin of the former contains everything insoluble in water that the 
alcohol had extracted, while that of the latter contains nothing which water was unable to 
precipitate from the strong tincture left in the still. “ Yellowish-brown, or brown masses @r 
fragments, breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or a yellowish- 
gray or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, peculiar odor, and a somewhat acrid taste. 
Permanent in the air. Its alcoholic solution has a faintly acid reaction. Soluble in alcohol in 
all proportions; insoluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, and fixed or volatile oils. Not more 
than about 10 per cent, of it is soluble in ether. On evaporating the ethereal solution, and 
dissolving the residue in potassium hydrate test-solution, a reddish-brown liquid is formed, 
from which the resin is reprecipitated by acids. If that portion of Resin of Jalap which 
remained undissolved by ether be dissolved in potassium hydrate test-solution, the addition of 
an acid does not precipitate it. Resin of Jalap should not suffer any material loss of weight 
when heated at 100° C. (212° F.) (absence of water). Water triturated with it should neither 
become colored, nor take up anything soluble from it (absence of soluble impurities'). On 
digesting 1 Gm. of Resin of Jalap for about an hour, with frequent agitation, in a glass- 
stoppered vial, with 10 C.c. of ammonia water, at a temperature of about 80° C. (176° F.), 
it should yield a solution which does not gelatinize on cooling (absence of common resin)." XJ. S. 
“ In dark-brown opaque fragments, translucent at the edges, brittle, breaking with a resinous 
fracture, readily reduced to a pale-brown powder, sweetish in odor, acrid to the throat, easily 
soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), insoluble in oil of turpentine. The powder yields little or 
nothing to warm water, and not more than 10 per cent, to ether (indicating absence of scam- 
mony resin and resin of Tampico jalap). A solution in alcohol (90 per cent.) is not colored 
bluish-green by test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of guaiacum resin).” Br. 
The U. S. resin, although pure enough for practical purposes, is still colored. To obtain it 
colorless, the powdered jalap should be mixed, before percolation, with an equal quantity of 
finely powdered animal charcoal, and, previously to the introduction of this mixture into the 
percolator, half the quantity of animal charcoal, similarly powdered, should be packed in the 
bottom of the instrument. The coloring matter is thus left behind ; and the resulting tincture, 
treated as directed in the process, yields the resin as white as starch. Resin of jalap consists 
of two portions, one of which is hard and insoluble in ether, the other is soft and soluble in 
that menstruum; the former constituting about 70 per cent. It is insoluble in oil of turpen- 
tine. (Squire.) For its chemical properties, see Jalapa. It was at one time supposed that the 
purgative properties resided chiefly, if not exclusively, in the hard resin ; but experiments by 
Mr. John C. Long appear to prove that the soft is equally energetic. (A. J. P., 1861, p. 489.) 
Guaiac, rosin, and other resinous substances are said to be sometimes fraudulently added to 
the resin of jalap. Guaiac may be detected by the green color it produces when a few drops 
of solution of sodium or calcium chloride are added to an alcoholic solution of the suspected 
resin. (Joum. de Pharm., 3e ser., x. 357.) When pure jalap resin is dissolved in an alkaline 
solution, it is not precipitated by the addition of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, having been 
f converted, through the agency of the alkali, into an acid soluble in water. All the adulter- 
ating resins yield precipitates under the same circumstances. The resins of scammony and 
of fusiform jalap act in this respect like the true jalap resin, but are distinguishable by being 
wholly soluble in ether, while jalap resin is not. (Neues Repert.fiir Pharm., No. 1, 1854.) 
It is now generally believed that the resin of jalap is its sole purgative principle, the gummy 
extractive being either simply diuretic or wholly inert. To obviate the occasional harshness of 
the resin, it has been advised to triturate it with milk sugar, potassium sulphate, almond emul- 
sion, or other substance calculated to separate its particles. It may be conveniently made into 
pill with mucilage or alcohol. (Hasselby, P. J. Tr., 2d ser., vii. 231.) The dose is from two 
to five grains (0'13—033 Gm.). 1154 
Resina Podophylli. 
part I. 
RESINA PODOPHYLLI. U. S. (Br.) Resin of Podophyllum. 
Podophylli Resina, Br.; Resin of May-Apple; Resine de Podophylle, Fr.; Podophyllumharz, G. 
“ Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; 
Hydrochloric Acid, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 
111 minims] of Alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough Alcohol 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the 
percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty- 
eight hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding Alcohol, until sixteen 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 54 fluidounces, 49 minims] of tincture are obtained, or until the 
tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distil off 
the Alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to a syrupy consistence, 
and pour it slowly, with constant stirring, into one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
6j fluidrachms] of Water, previously cooled to a temperature below 10° C. (50° F.), and mixed 
with the Hydrochloric Acid. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, 
and wash the precipitate twice, by decantation, with fresh portions of cold Water. Spread it, 
in a thin layer, upon a strainer, and dry the Resin by exposure to the air, in a cool place. 
Should it coalesce during the drying, or aggregate into lumps having a varnish-like surface, it 
should be removed, broken in pieces, and rubbed in a mortar. As this is liable to happen 
during warm weather, Resin of Podophyllum is preferably made during the cold season.” U. S. 
“ Podophyllum Rhizome, in No. 40 powder, 1 pound (Imperial) or 400 grammes ; Alcohol 
(90 per cent.), 3pints (Imp. meas.) or 1500 cubic centimetres or a sufficient quantity, Dis- 
tilled Water, Hydrochloric Acid, of each a sufficient quantity. Exhaust the Podophyllum with 
the Alcohol by percolation; place the resulting tincture in a still; recover the greater part of 
the alcohol; acidulate the Distilled Water with one twenty-fourth of its bulk of Hydrochloric 
Acid, and slowly pour the liquid which remains after the distillation of the tincture into three 
times its volume of the acidulated water, constantly stirring; allow the mixture to stand for 
twenty-four hours to deposit the resin; wash the resin on a filter with Distilled Water, and 
dry it at a temperature not exceeding 100° F. (37-7° C.).” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia, at its 1885 revision, very properly abandoned the use of hydro- 
chloric acid, as it is not necessary if the tincture be evaporated to the consistence of thick 
honey. Hydrochloric acid seems to aid the precipitation when the tincture is not so concen- 
trated. The color and yield of resin of podophyllum may be made to vary by adding alum, 
acids, or other substances to the water. It darkens if dried with the aid of heat, and its color 
is indeed no indication whatever of its quality. The average yield of resin is about 4 per cent. 
Resin of podophyllum has usually a light-brown color, an acrid bitter taste, and a slight odor 
of the root. It consists of two resins, one soluble both in ether and alcohol, the other in alcohol 
only. The resin extracted by ether constitutes, according to Mr. John W. Cadbury, 75 per cent, 
of the whole (A. J. P., July, 1858, p. 301), according to Mr. Harvey Allen, 80 per cent. 
(Ibid., May, 1859, p. 206.) “ An amorphous powder, varying in color from grayish-white to 
pale greenish-yellow or yellowish-green, turning darker when exposed to a heat over 35° C. 
(95° F.) ; having a slight, peculiar odor, and a peculiar, faintly bitter taste. Permanent in 
the air. Its alcoholic solution has a faintly acid reaction. Soluble in alcohol in all propor- 
tions; ether dissolves 75 to 80 per cent, of it; boiling water dissolves about 80 per cent., and 
deposits most of it again on cooling, the remaining, clear aqueous solution having a bitter 
taste, and turning brown on the addition of ferric chloride test-solution. Resin of Podophyl- 
lum is also soluble in potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, forming a deep yellow liquid, 
which gradually becomes darker, and from which the resin is reprecipitated by acids.” U. S. 
“ An amorphous powder, of a bitter taste, varying in color from pale yellow to deep orange- 
brown ; soluble or nearly so in alcohol (90 per cent.) and in solution of ammonia ; precipitated 
from the former solution by water, from the latter by acids. Partly soluble in ether. It should 
not yield more than 1 per cent, of ash upon incineration.” Br. G. M. Beringer (A. J. P., 
1894, 11) obtained different results in the official solubilities by testing a fresh sample. The 
official resin is soluble in alkaline solutions, from which it is precipitated by acids, in this 
respect differing strikingly from the resins of jalap and scammony. It is insoluble in oil of 
turpentine. The name of podophyUin, given to it by the practitioners calling themselves 
eclectics, who have long been in the habit of using this resin, is inappropriate, and should 
be abandoned. H. J. Lohmann (Proc. N. J. Pharm. Assoc., 1896, 51) states that the fresh 
(RE-$i'NA POD-O-PHYL'LI.) PART I. 
Resina Podophylli.—Resina Scammonii. 
1155 
drug does not yield as large a percentage of resin as the same drug would if tested after being 
stored for several years ; his experiments led him to the conclusion that in the order of value 
of resin of podophyllum obtained by various methods, that made by precipitation with water 
alone came first, that made by the U. S. P. process second, and that made by precipitation 
with solution of alum last, the doses being in the following order: first, one-hundredth grain ; 
second, one-fourth to one-half grain ; third, one to one and a half grains. 
Resin of podophyllum is a powerful cathartic, occasionally producing some griping and 
nausea, but capable of being favorably modified by combination, and of being very usefully 
employed in connection with other cathartics, to give them increased energy. It is supposed 
to be especially cholagogue, and this belief has been confirmed by the experiments of Ruther- 
ford. There has been much difference of opinion as to the relative activity of the two resins 
composing it, some maintaining that both are active, others that the activity resides mainly, 
if not exclusively, in the resin soluble in ether. It is difficult to resist the evidence of the 
experiments of Mr. Cadbury, who states in the paper above referred to that, while half a grain 
of the ethereal resin acted energetically, and a cathartic effect was produced by even one- 
fourth of a grain, the portion insoluble in that menstruum was given in the dose of one grain 
without any effect whatever. Moreover, this evidence was subsequently confirmed by the 
experiments of Prof. F. B. Power. (A. J. P., xlvi. 227.) It is asserted by Prof. Power, and 
confirmed by Prof. Maisch (Ibid., 226), that the purgative principle of podophyllum is solu- 
ble in hot water* The researches of Power (A. J. P., 50, p. 369), Maisch (P. J. Tr., 1880, 
p. 621), Quereschi (Ber. Chem. Ges., 12, p. 683), and Podwyssotzki have established the fact 
that podophyllum does not contain berberine or any alkaloid, and that its activity is due to 
principles present in the resins. (See Podophyllum.) Resin of podophyllum is a mixture of 
the active and inert principles of the root. The dose of the official resin is from one-eighth 
of a grain to half a grain (0-008-0-03 Gm.). A small proportion of extract of belladonna or 
hyoscyamus mitigates its irritant action. Care must be used in handling it in quantity, as it 
is a powerful irritant, frequently producing conjunctivitis. 
RESINA SCAMMONII. U. S. (Br.) Resin of Scammony. 
(RE-§I'NA SCAM-MO'NI-I.) 
Scammoniae Resina, Br.; Resina Scammoniae, P. G.; Resine de Scammonee, Br.; Scammoniaharz, G. 
“ Scammony, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains] ; Al- 
cohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Digest the Scammony with successive portions of 
boiling Alcohol until it is exhausted. Mix the tinctures, and reduce the mixture to a syrupy 
consistence by distilling off the Alcohol. Then add the residue in a thin stream, with active 
stirring, to twenty-five hundred cubic centimeters [or 84 fluidounces, 256 minims] of Water, 
separate the precipitate formed, wash it thoroughly with Water, and dry it with a gentle 
heat.” U. S. 
“ Scammony Root, in coarse powder, 8 ounces (Imperial) or 150 grammes; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Exhaust the Scammony 
Root with the Alcohol by percolation ; place the resulting tincture in a still; recover the 
greater part of the alcohol ; slowly pour the liquid which remains after the distillation of the 
tincture into three times its volume of the Distilled Water, constantly stirring; allow the 
mixture to stand for the resin to subside; then wash the resin on a filter with boiling Dis- 
tilled Water and dry it on a water-bath.” Br. 
The U. S. and British resins, though the former is procured from the gum-resin and the latter 
from the root of the plant, are nearly identical in their effects. Indeed, the elaborate researches 
of Professor H. Spirgatis (A. J. P., xlvi. 421) appear to have established the identity of the 
two products. Mr. A. Hess, however (Ibid., 1875, p. 210), states that the resin obtained from 
the root contains tannic acid. The advantage of the preparation is that the resin is obtained 
free from the inert matters with which it is often associated in the scammony of commerce. 
When pure virgin scammony can be procured, any preparation is unnecessary. Obtained ac- 
cording to the U. S. process, the resin is of a dirty greenish-brown color, with a feeble odor 
and taste of scammony, and is very soluble in ether, alcohol, and boiling proof spirit. When 
purified with animal charcoal it has a pale brownish-yellow color, and is without odor or taste, 
but retains its purgative property. “ Yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow masses or fragments, 
* Under the name of Podophyllin purissimum the German chemists have put upon the market that portion of 
the resin of podophyllum which is soluble in ether. It should be of a pure yellow color, and should not be pre- 
cipitated from its 50-per-cent, alcoholic solution by the addition of 10 parts of ether. 1156 
Resina Scammonii.—Resoreinum. 
PART I. 
breaking with a glossy, resinous fracture, translucent at the edges; or a yellowish-white or 
grayish-white powder, having a faint, peculiar odor, and a slight, peculiar taste. Soluble in 
alcohol in all proportions; also wholly soluble in ether and in oil of turpentine. Ammonia 
water and solutions of alkalies dissolve it with the aid of a gentle heat; from these solutions 
the resin is not reprecipitated by acids.” U. S. “ Its solution in alcohol does not give a blue 
color with test-solution of ferric chloride, or with solution of hydrogen peroxide (absence of 
guaiacum resin). Ether dissolves it almost entirely (distinction from jalap resin).” Br. The 
Br. resin is in brownish translucent pieces, with a resinous fracture, and a sweetish fragrant 
odor derived from the root, and wholly different from that of scammony. It cannot, alone, form 
an emulsion with water. Its tincture does not render the freshly-cut surface of a potato blue. 
The resin of scammony is liable to adulteration. Jalap resin may be detected by its partial 
insolubility in rectified ether, which dissolves that of scammony in all proportions. Sulphuric 
acid is the best test of common rosin or colophony, producing instantaneously with this sub- 
stance an intense red color, while with the resin of scammony it causes no immediate change. 
For the tests of guaiac, the reader is referred to that article on p. 674. (See also A. J. P., 
xxiv. 158.) The presence of other resins may be known by the precipitates yielded when 
sulphuric acid is added to the alkaline solution, the resin of scammony agreeing with that of 
jalap in not affording a precipitate under such circumstances. Mr. Chas. Bullock has found 
the resins of scammony, of jalap, and of podophyllum to be insoluble in benzol, thus enabling 
any resin soluble in this liquid, which may be employed in their sophistication, to be readily 
detected. (A. J. P., 1862, 114.) When rubbed with unskimmed milk, the resin of scammony 
forms a uniform emulsion, undistinguishable from rich milk itself. This is an excellent mode 
of administration. The resin should always be given either rubbed up with some mild powder 
or in emulsion. The dose is from four to eight grains (0-26-0-52 Gin.). 
RESORCINUM. U. S. Resorcin. [Resorcinol. Metadioxybenzol.] 
“ A diatomic phenol. Resorcin should be kept in dark amber-colored vials.” U. S. 
Resorcin—or resorcinol * as it is sometimes written to indicate its phenol character—is meta- 
dioxybenzene, while pyrocatechin is the ortho compound and hydroquinone the para com- 
pound. Hlasiwetz and Barth first obtained this organic body in 1864 by fusing galbanum 
resin with potassa ; it was subsequently obtained from sagapenum, asafetida, ammoniac, and 
gum acroides. According to Kopp, it is easily and cheaply prepared by the destructive distil- 
lation of brazilin, or from the wash or mother-waters obtained in its manufacture from Brazil- 
wood. It is now generally prepared by fusing sodium benzene disulphonate with caustic soda. 
Resorcin is a diatomic phenol, isomeric with pyrocatechin and hydroquinone. It crystallizes in 
prismatic crystals of the rhombic system, melting when perfectly pure and dry at 118° C. 
(244-4° F.), and when less pure at from 111° to 112° C. (231-8°-233-6° F.), distilling at 276° C. 
(528-8° F.), easily soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, insoluble in chloroform and carhon disul- 
phide. A small quantity treated with fuming sulphuric acid is dissolved, with the production 
of, first, an orange-yellow, then a greenish-blue, and finally a pure blue color. Bromine water 
precipitates its aqueous solution, tribromresordn separating in minute crystals. Several of 
the compounds of resorcin with phthalic anhydride have assumed great technical importance 
as dye-colors under the names of fluorescein, eosin, and uranine. Its trinitro derivative is 
styphnic add, CeH(0H)2(N02)3, which is also formed from many of the gum-resins by the 
action of nitric acid.f 
“ Colorless or faintly reddish, needle-shaped crystals or rhombic plates, having a faint, pecu- 
liar odor, and a disagreeable, sweetish and afterwards pungent taste. Resorcin acquires a 
reddish or brownish tint by exposure to light and air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-6 part 
of water, and in 0-5 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, or in boiling alcohol; also 
readily soluble in ether or glycerin ; very slightly soluble in chloroform. When heated to a 
temperature between 110° and 119° C. (230° and 246-2° F.), Resorcin melts, the higher melting 
point indicating a greater degree of purity. At a higher heat it is completely volatilized. The 
C6H4(OH)2; 109*74. (EE-sQii-CI'NUM.) 
* Some confusion exists in connection with the use of the word “resorcinol.” The American Association for the 
Advancement of Science has adopted this name for resorcin; Bielaiew uses (improperly) the word resorcinol for a 
mixture of equal parts of resorcin and iodoform. 
t Resorcin combines with various principles. In this way arise eucalyptoresorcin, caffeoresorcin, etc. (see P. J. 
Tr., xxi. 977); also a brown powder said to be composed of resorcin and iodoform which has been commended by 
Bi61a'iew (Sem. Med., 1892) as a stimulant application to foul ulcers, in eczema, etc. It is very irritant, and usually 
requires dilution (from 6 to 25 per cent.). part I. 
Resorcinum. 
1157 
aqueous solution is neutral or only faintly acid to litmus paper. On adding a few drops of 
ferric chloride test-solution to 10 C.c. of a dilute aqueous solution (1 in 200) of Resorcin, the 
liquid assumes a bluish-violet color. If 0-1 Gm. of Resorcin be dissolved in 1 C.c. of potas- 
sium hydrate test-solution and a drop of chloroform added, the mixture, upon being heated, 
will assume an intense, crimson color. If a slight excess of hydrochloric acid he then added, 
the color will change to a pale straw-yellow. On cautiously heating 0-05 Gm. of Resorcin with 
0-1 Gm. of tartaric acid and 10 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid, a thick, carmine-red 
liquid will be formed, becoming pale yellow when diluted with water. A concentrated aqueous 
solution (1 in 2) of Resorcin should be colorless (absence of empyreumatic bodies), and when 
gently heated should not emit the odor of phenol.” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Resorcin appears in its physiological properties to be 
allied to carbolic acid. It is distinctly poisonous to the lower organisms, and, according to 
Martin Cohn (Inaug. Biss., Berlin, 1882) and Dr. Andeer (Ueber das Resorcin, Wurzburg, 
1880 ; also Centralbl. fur Med. Wissen., 1881), a one-per-cent, solution of it is sufficient to arrest 
for a long time putrefactive changes in the urine, organic infusions, and even animal tissues. 
Platt, however, states (Amer. Journ. of the Med. Sci., vol. i., 1883) that it is distinctly inferior to 
carbolic acid as an antiseptic. When given to the lower animals (Dujardin-Beaumetz, Bull. 
Thdrap., ci. 113) it causes tremors, loss of consciousness, and epileptiform convulsions, which, 
when the dose has been sufficiently large, become more and more violent and associated with 
marked disturbance of respiration ; this function is finally arrested, and death ensues. During 
the spasms the temperature of the animal is distinctly elevated, but when there is quiet nar- 
cosis it may fall much below the norm. The urine becomes olive green deepening into blackish. 
So far as we know, no case of fatal poisoning in man has been recorded. The largest thera- 
peutic doses produced flushing of the face, with giddiness and buzzing in the ears and some 
quickening of the breathing and pulse, followed after a time by violent perspiration. Sixty 
grains caused in man giddiness, violent perspiration with marked anxiety, ending in col- 
lapse and unconsciousness. Andeer took about one hundred and fifty grains of resorcin dis- 
solved in a pint of water during fifteen minutes. After disturbance of cerebration and of the 
special senses, he fell into a condition of collapse, with cold extremities, epileptiform convul- 
sions, opisthotonos, loss of consciousness, and marked irregularity of the respiration. Conscious- 
ness did not return for five hours. Dr. Murrell records (Med. Times and Gaz., vol. ii., 1881) 
a case in which a woman took one hundred and twenty grains of resorcin and immediately felt 
giddy, had sensation of pins and needles all over her, and a few minutes later became insensi- 
ble, with closed eyes, clinched hands, groaning, with pallid, blanched lips, dry tongue, normal 
pupils, insensible conjunctiva, and a temperature of 94° F.; the patellar reflex was entirely 
gone; the pulse was weak and thready. 
The chief action of resorcin is upon the nerve-centres, although, like carbolic acid, it probably 
affects all highly-organized tissues. The experiments of Dr. Beyer (Amer. Journ. Med. Sci., 
April, 1886) show that it has a direct action upon the heart. Moderate doses paralyze the 
sinus and auricles, and very large doses cause immediate diastolic arrest of the whole heart. 
As an antipyretic, resorcin has been used by Lichtheim (Correspondenzbl.f. Schweizer Aerzte, 
July, 1880), Murrell, and other clinicians. It is probably capable of acting effectively, but it 
is inferior to and more dangerous than some of the other antipyretics, and is now employed 
solely as a topical remedy in diseases of the skin and of the mucous membrane. Dr. Andeer 
originally recommended it as an antiseptic stimulant application in uterine and vaginal dis- 
ease, stating that it must be used in the form of an ointment spread upon a tampon, as the 
injection of a two-per-cent, solution is prone to produce severe uterine contractions. It has 
been strongly recommended by Hoefer, Lichtheim, Janicke, Fliesburg (see Therap. Gaz., vols. 
ii. and iii.), and other physicians in the treatment of various gastro-intestinal affections, in 
which it is believed to do good partly by checking fermentative changes in the contents of the 
alimentary canal, and partly by a specific action upon the mucous membrane : in this manner it 
has been employed in gastric ulcer, vomiting, and cholera infantum and other diarrhoeas. It has 
been used with alleged good results in inflammations of the upper respiratory passages. Thus, 
Fliesburg states that in hay fever a spray of from thirty to fifty per cent, of resorcin, given two 
or three times a day, is of the greatest service, and that it is possible to arrest whooping-cough by 
the frequent employment of the spray of from five- to twenty-per-cent, solution. The solution of 
from one to five per cent, has been employed with alleged excellent results as a local application in 
chronic otitis, gonorrhoea and leucorrhoea, etc. In cystitis the remedy may be administered by the 
mouth, or applied in weak solution by injection. It is said to be an active parisiticide, and to be 1158 
Rhamnus Purshiana. 
PART I. 
valuable in the treatment of the various skin diseases dependent upon the presence of an ani- 
malcule or a fungous growth. Too irritating for acute inflammations of the skin, it is alleged to 
exert a powerful effect on recent cell-infiltrations, and is certainly valuable in chronic eczema 
where there is much thickening from exudation. It may also be used in psoriasis. According 
to Andeer, resorcin in powder in saturated solution is a feeble caustic, useful in the treatment 
of chancres and of papilloma, and even in diphtheria. Murrell affirms that he has often given 
forty grains of resorcin at a dose every four hours without the production of any unpleasant 
symptoms ; but this is probably because he had an impure article. Of pure resorcin the dose 
may be set down as from two to five grains (013—0-32 Gm.). For use upon the mucous mem- 
brane the strength of the solution may vary from 1 to 20 per cent. Upon the skin the solu- 
tion or ointment may vary from 5 to 30 per cent. 
RHAMNUS PURSHIANA. U. S. (Br.) Cascara Sagrada 
(BHXM'NUS PUR-SHI-A'NA.) 
“ The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana, De Candolle (nat. ord. Rhamnaceae).” US. “ The 
dried bark of Rhamnus purshianus, DC.” Br. 
Cascara Sagrada, Br.; Sacred Bark; Chittem Bark. 
For generic characters, see Frangula. 
A number of species of Rhamnus have been described as growing in California, but accord- 
ing to the best authority there are only four species,—R. alnifolia, R. crocea, R. purshiana, and 
R. californica. Of these species, R. alnifolia is too rare in the Cascara district to be impor- 
tant ; whilst the spinescent twigs, the very thick oval or roundish leaves, and the small round- 
ish red fruit of R. crocea make it so distinct that it cannot be confounded with the Cas- 
cara, whose bark, moreover, its bark does not resemble. On the other hand, R. californica 
appears to be very commonly confounded with the official species by collectors, and to have 
yielded much of the cascara sagrada bark of commerce. R. californica is rare in Northern 
California, but abundant in the countries lying south and southeasterly ; whilst R. purshiana 
is abundant in Northern California, but scarce in the south, so that any bark collected in 
Northern California is probably genuine. R. californica is chiefly distinguished from the offi- 
cial species by its leaves being thin, and when not smooth having a short close pubescence, and 
the primary veins of the under surface not nearly so numerous, straight, or fine as those of 
R. purshiana. Prof. Rusby thinks that its leaves are especially distinguished by the channel 
of the midrib of R. californica being altogether absent, or shallow, or inconspicuous. Never- 
theless the species so run into one another that competent botanists believe them identical. 
The Rhamnus purshiana is a small tree, attaining at most a height of twenty feet. Its 
leaves are rather thin, elliptic, for the most part briefly acutely pointed, finely serrated, at the 
base obtuse, somewhat pubescent beneath, from two to seven inches long and from one to three 
wide. The rather large flowers are in somewhat umbellate cymes ; the sepals five ; the minute 
cucullate petals bifid at the apex. The fruit is black, broadly obovoid, four lines long, three- 
lobed, and three-seeded. The seeds are convex on the back, with a lateral raphe. It is found 
in California, extending northward to the British territories. 
The Rhamnus californica, or Californian buckthorn or California coffee-tree, yields a bark which 
is of a dark brown color externally and bright yellow internally, having an intensely bitter taste, 
with a persistent nauseous after-taste, and very little odor. It is said to be much more dis- 
tinctly purgative than that of R. crocea. The dose of the fluid extract is set down as from one- 
half to one fluidrachm. 
It does not seem possible to distinguish with certainty between the barks of the two species 
by their macroscopic appearance. The bark of R. purshiana is usually more red than is that of 
R. californica, but it may be of a distinctly gray color. The microscopic structure of the two 
barks is, however, different. The medullary rays in R. purshiana are numerous, thin, for a 
long distance nearly parallel and straight (according to L. E. Sayre, they converge at their 
outer ends), run nearly three-quarters of the distance through the bark, and are commonly 
composed of two rows of cells. In R. californica the medullary rays are much broader, much 
shorter, and are composed usually of three or more rows of ceils; further, they are crooked 
and not parallel throughout their course. Again, the zone of resin-spaces is much broader in 
R. californica, and the spaces themselves much larger and more numerous, than in the official 
species. For further details and elaboration, see paper by Prof. H. H. Rusby, Proc. A. P. A., 
1890. According to L. E. Sayre (A. J. P., March, 1897), the powder of the barks can be PART I. 
Rhamnus Purshiana. 
1159 
distinguished by paying attention to the fact that R. frangula contains no stone cells, whilst in 
R. calif arnica and purshiana such cells are abundant, occurring in large, irregular groups below 
the cork and usually outside the region of the bast: R. purshiana may also be distinguished 
from R. californica by color-tests. After several days’ maceration in dilute alcohol the powder 
of R. purshiana appears of an orange-yellow color, R. californica, of a purplish color; or if 0-2 
Gm. of the powdered bark be placed in a small test-tube, and there be added 2 C.c. of solu- 
tion of potassa test-solution, R. californica will give a blood-red and R. purshiana an orange- 
red color. 
The bark of Rhamnus crocca, the so-called Californian mountain holly, occurs in slightly 
curved pieces, externally of a dark brown color, internally of a characteristic red delicately 
streaked with numerous white veins. The odor is somewhat aromatic, the taste warming and 
not unpleasantly bitter. It is affirmed to be a tonic and mild laxative. The dose of the fluid 
extract, made according to the ordinary formula, is from one to three fluidrachms. 
Properties. Cascara sagrada occurs in commerce in the form of small broken pieces, often 
more or less flattened out into a somewhat compressed mass, and also as separated quills of 
varying length and size. The bark is “ in quills or curved pieces, about 3 to 10 Cm. long, and 
about 2 Mm. thick ; outer surface brownish-gray and whitish ; the young bark having numer- 
ous, rather broad, pale-colored warts ; inner surface yellowish to light brownish, becoming dark 
brown by age; smooth or finely striate; fracture short, yellowish, in the inner layer of thick 
bark somewhat fibrous; inodorous; taste bitter.”* U. S. The freshly fractured surface is col- 
ored red by potash. According to the analysis of Prof. A. B. Prescott (New Preparations, Feb. 
1879), it contains a very bitter brown resin (which is colored a vivid purple-red by caustic 
potash) ; a red resin ; a light yellow resin ; tannic, malic, and oxalic acids; a neutral crystal- 
lizable substance; and a volatile oil.f H. F. Meier and J. Le Roy Webber have pointed out 
in addition the presence of a ferment, glucose, and ammonia. According to these investigators, 
to the action of the ferment are attributed the unpleasant results attending the administration 
of “ fresh bark,” and “ seasoned bark”—i.e., such as has been kept a year or two—owes its 
valuable properties as a laxative, free from griping, to the fact that the ferment has exhaust ed 
itself: the laxative properties, they state, reside in the resins, and the tonic effects are due to 
the crystalline bitter principle. (A. J. P., 1888, 91.) Parke, Davis & Co., the introducers of 
this remedy, inform us that they always keep the bark two years before using it. Schwabe 
(Archiv d. Pharm., 226, 569) identified emodin, or trioxymethyl-anthraquinone, as present, 
and stated that it was the active principle. Dohme and Engelhardt (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 
193) have cleared up the matter, and shown the analogy of cascara sagrada with Rhamnus 
frangula by obtaining a glucoside to which they give the name of purshianin. This decom- 
poses, yielding emodin and a dextro-rotatory non-fermentable sugar, while the frangulin of 
buckthorn yields emodin and rhamnose as the sugar. Purshianin forms brown-red needles, 
melting at 237° C. Dohme and Engelhardt failed to obtain in a pure form (Proc. A. P. A., 
1898, 340) the bitter principle of cascara sagrada. 
Medical Properties. Cascara sagrada is an excellent laxative for use in habitual consti- 
pation. It is not to be employed as a purgative wffien a powerful impression is desired to be 
made. Its action closely resembles that of Rhamnus frangula, but it is probably more power- 
ful and certain in its influence. In many cases of habitual constipation the continued use of 
the bark seems to produce a permanent influence upon the intestinal tract, so that the glandular 
and peristaltic actions become of themselves sufficiently active. The best results are sometimes 
achieved by giving a single dose at bedtime, but some cases in which this method does not 
work well are much benefited by giving a smaller quantity after meals. The dose of the fluid 
extract may be set down at from ten to thirty drops. The solid extract is recommended in doses 
of from two to eight grains, very advantageously combined with strychnine or belladonna. 
* The following elaborate microscopic description of cascara sagrada is abbreviated from that of Dr. J. Moeller. (A. 
J. P., Sept. 1882, 462.) The corky layer is about 0 045 Mm. thick, and consists of 8 or 12 rows, somewhat flattened, 
rather thick-walled, but not sclerotic cells. The parenchyma of the primary bark contains numerous groups of crystals, 
and scattered groups of roundish stone cells, with very thick walls, and accompanied by single rhombohedric crystals; 
it is free from secondary cork. The inner bark consists of medullary rays composed of two or three rows of thin- 
walled, somewhat radially elongated cells, and of broader bast-rays in which the parenchyma cells are coarsely dotted 
upon the radial and horizontal walls, and loosely united in a tangential direction; the bast-fibres form alternate 
groups of two or three rows, extending into few bast-rays, and are surrounded by crystal cells. The medullary paren- 
chyma contains a crummy, lemon-yellow substance, which dissolves in water with a yellow color, and in cold potassa 
solution with a dingy red color. 
f The bark of R. wightii, which is sold in the Indian bazaars, has been chemically investigated by Mr. David 
Hooper and found to contain substances similar to those contained in R. purshiana. (See P. J. Tr., Feb. 18, 1888.) 1160 
Rheum. 
PART I. 
RHEUM. U. S. (Br.) Rhubarb. 
“ The root of Rheum officinale, Baillon (nat. ord. Polygonaceae).” U. S. “ The erect rhizome 
or so-called root of Rheum palmatum, Linn.; Rheum officinale, Baill.; and probably other 
species; collected in China and Thibet, deprived of more or less of its cortex, and dried.” Br. 
Rhei Radix, Br.; Rhubarb Root; Rhabarbarum; Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhabarber, G.; Rabarbaro, It.; Ruibarbo, Sp.; 
Hainoung, Chin.; Schara-modo, Thibet. 
Notwithstanding the length of time that rhubarb has been in use, it has not yet been deter- 
mined from what precise plant the Asiatic drug is derived ; the remoteness of the region where 
it is collected, and the jealous care with which the monopoly of the trade is guarded, having 
prevented accurate information.* 
The terms rha and rheon, from the former of which were derived the names rhabarbarum 
and rhubarb, and from the latter the botanical title Rheum, were applied by the ancients to a 
root which came from beyond the Bosporus, and which is supposed, though upon somewhat 
uncertain grounds, to have been the product of the Rheum rhaponticum, growing on the banks 
of the Caspian Sea and the Volga. This species was also at one time believed to be the source of 
the medicine now in use; but the true rhubarb has long been known to be wholly distinct from 
the Rhapontic, and derived from a different source. It was not till the year 1732 that any 
probable information was obtained as to its real origin. At that time plants were received from 
Russia by Jussieu in France, and Rand in England, which were said to be of the species afford- 
ing the genuine rhubarb, and were named by Linnaeus, under this impression, Rheum rhabar- 
barum, a title which has since given way to Rheum undulatum. Subsequently, Kaau-Boerhaave 
obtained from a merchant, who dealt in the rhubarb of Tartary, some seeds which he said were 
those of the plant producing the root sold by him. These, having been planted, yielded two 
species of Rheum, R. undulatum, and another which Linnaeus named R. palmatum. Seeds 
transmitted by Dr. Mounsey from St. Petersburg to Dr. Hope, and planted in the botanic garden 
at Edinburgh, produced the latter species; and the same was also raised at Upsal from a root 
received by Linnaeus from De Gorter, and was described in 1767 by the younger Linnaeus, two 
years after the appearance of Dr. Hope’s paper in the Philosophical Transactions. Thus far 
the evidence appears equally in favor of R. palmatum and R. undulatum. Colonel Przewalski 
has recently reasserted from personal observation that R. palmatum produces rhubarb ; but the 
specimens of the root which he brought to St. Petersburg are stated by Prof. Dragendorff to be 
essentially different from true rhubarb. Claims have also been made from time to time for 
various other species of Rheum as sources of the drug. Pallas, upon exhibiting the leaves 
of R. palmatum to some Bucharian merchants, was told that the leaves of the rhubarb plant 
were entirely different in shape; and the description he received of them corresponded more 
closely with those of R. compactum than of any other known species. Seeds of this plant 
were, moreover, sent to Miller from St. Petersburg as those of the true Tartarian rhubarb. 
Dr. Wallich, superintendent of the botanical garden at Calcutta, received seeds that were said 
to be those of the plant which yielded the Chinese rhubarb, growing on the Himalaya Moun- 
tains and the highlands of Tartary. These produced a species not previously described, which 
Dr. Wallich named R. emodi, from the native title of the plant. It is the R. australe of Mr. 
Don and of Colebrooke, and has been ascertained to afford a root which, though purgative, is 
very unlike the official rhubarb. In 1867, French missionaries in Southeastern Thibet for- 
warded to Dr. Soubeiran, of Paris, live specimens of a plant which they asserted to yield the true 
rhubarb ; and Baillon subsequently described the flowering plant under the name of R. officinale. 
Its root resembles the true rhubarb, but the most careful cultivation has failed to obtain an 
identical product,f and it cannot yet be considered as settled how far the commercial drug is 
obtained from it. 
All the plants of this genus are perennial and herbaceous, with large branching roots, which 
send forth vigorous stems from four to eight feet or more in height, surrounded at their base 
with numerous very large petiolate leaves, and terminating in lengthened branching panicles, com- 
posed of small and very numerous flowers, resembling those of the Rumex or dock. There is 
(RHE'UM.) 
* Rhubarb is prone to be attacked during storage by the caterpillar of a small grayish-white moth, whose species 
does not seem to have been determined. According to the experiments of Sawer and Ferguson, rhubarb which has 
been attacked is best treated on a large scale by a combination of heat and exposure to the vapor of sulphur. Insect- 
powder had no effect upon the worms. For details of method, see P. J. Tr., xx., 1889. 
•(■ Senier found that, as raised in England, the root of R. officinale yielded less than half the percentage of extract 
obtained from the East Indian drug. In ten-grain doses the extract was decidedly cathartic. PART I 
Rheum. 
1161 
some difficulty in arranging the species, in consequence of the tendency of the cultivated plants 
to form hybrids; and it is frequently impossible to ascertain to which of the wild types the 
several garden varieties are to he referred. Lindley states that R. rhaponticum, R. hybridum, 
and R. compactum, and their hybrids, are the common garden rhubarbs.* 
R. officinale. Baillon—B. & T. 213—is described in the Pharmacographia “ as a perennial, 
noble plant, resembling the common garden rhubarb, but of larger size. It differs from the 
latter in several particulars: the leaves spring from a distinct crown rising some inches above 
the surface of the ground; they have a subcylindrical petiole, which, as well as the veins of 
the under side of the lamina, is covered with a pubescence of short erect hairs. The lamina, 
the outline of which is orbicular, cordate at base, is shortly 5- to 7-lobed, with the lobes coarsely 
and irregularly dentate; it attains 4 to 4£ feet in length, and rather more in breadth. The 
first leaves in spring display before expanding the peculiar metallic red hue of copper.” 
Besides the species already mentioned, R. leucorrhizum, growing in the Kirgheez desert in 
Tartary, R. capsicum, from the Altai Mountains, R. ivebbianum, R. speciforme, and R. moor- 
craftianum, natives of the Himalaya Mountains, and R. crassinervium and R. hybridum, culti- 
vated in Europe, but of unknown origin, yield roots which have either been employed as 
purgatives or possess properties more or less analogous to those of official rhubarb, though 
they have not entered into general commerce. In Java, the root of an indigenous species is 
used as a purgative. According to the analysis of J. H. Schmidt, it contains more chrysophan 
and emodin, and less chrysophanic and rheotannic acids, than does the official drug.f 
Rhubarb is produced abundantly in the elevated lands of Tartary, about the lake Koko Nor, 
and is said to be cultivated in the neighboring Chinese province of Shen-see, and in that of 
Se-chuen. From these sources it is generally supposed that our supplies of Russian and Chi- 
nese rhubarb are exclusively derived; but the root is also collected in Bootan and Thibet, on 
the north of the Himalaya Mountains; and it is probable that the plant pervades the whole 
of Chinese Tartary. It flourishes best in a light sandy soil. It is stated by Mr. Bell, who, on 
a journey from St. Petersburg to Pekin, had an opportunity of observing it in a growing state, 
* The following descriptions are from the Flora Medica of Dr. Lindley: 
Rheum palmatum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 489; Lindley, Flor. Med. p. 358; Carson, Illust. of Med. Rot. ii. 22, pi. 
69; R. & T. 214. “Leaves roundish-cordate, half palmate; the lobes pinnatifid, acuminate, deep dull green, not 
wavy, but uneven and very much wrinkled on the upper side, hardly scabrous at the edge, minutely downy on the 
under side; sinus completely closed; the lobes of the leaf standing forward beyond it. Petiole pale green, marked 
with short purple lines, terete, obscurely channelled quite at the upper end. Flowering stems taller than those of 
any other species.” 
R. undulatum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 489; Lindley, Flor. Med. p. 357; Woodv. Med. Bot., 3d ed., v. 81. “Leaves 
oval, obtuse, extremely wavy, deep green, with veins purple at the base, often shorter than the petiole, distinctly and 
copiously downy on each side, looking as if frosted when young, scabrous at the edge; sinus open, wedge-shape, with 
the lower lobes of the leaves turned upwards. Petiole downy, blood-red, semi-cylindrical, with elevated edges to the 
upper side, which is narrower at the upper than the lower end.” This is a native of Siberia, and probably of Tartary 
and China. It was cultivated by the Russian government as the true rhubarb plant; but the culture has been aban- 
doned. It contributes to the rhubarb produced in France. 
R. compactum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 489; Lindley, Flor. Med. p. 358; Carson, Tllust. of Med. Bot. ii. 24, pi. 71. 
“ Leaves heart-shaped, obtuse, very wavy, deep green, of a thick texture, scabrous at the margin, quite smooth on 
both sides, glossy and even on the upper side; sinus nearly closed by the parenchyma. Petiole green, hardly tinged 
with red except at the base, semi-cylindrical, a little compressed at the sides, with the upper side broad, flat, bor- 
dered by elevated edges, and of equal breadth at each end.” This plant is said to be a native of Tartary and China. 
It is one of the garden rhubarbs, and has been cultivated in France for its root. 
R. australe. Don. Prod. Flor. Nepal, p. 75.—R. emodi. Wallich; Lindley, Flor. Med. p. 354; Carson, Illust. of 
Med. Bot. ii. 24, pi. 70. “ Leaves cornate, acute, dull green, but little wavy, flattish, very much wrinkled, dis- 
tinctly rough, with coarse short hairs on each side; sinus of the base distinctly open, not wedge-shaped but diverg- 
ing at an obtuse angle, with the lobes nearly turned upwards. Petioles very rough, rounded-angular, furrowed; with 
the upper side depressed, bordered by an elevated edge, and very much narrower at the upper than the lower end.” 
The root of this species was at one time conjectured to be the source of official Asiatic rhubarb, but has been found 
to have scarcely any resemblance to it. The plant has been cultivated both in Europe and in this country, and its 
petioles answer well for tarts, etc. 
R. rhaponticum. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 488; Lindley, Flor. Med. p. 357; Loudon’s Encyc. of Plants, p. 335. 
“ Leaves roundish-ovate, cordate, obtuse, pale green, but little wavy, very concave, even, very slightly downy on the 
under side, especially near the edge, and on the edge itself; scabrous at the margin; sinus quite open, large, and 
cuneate. Petiole depressed, channelled on the upper side, with the edges regularly rounded off, pale green, striated, 
scarcely scabrous. Panicles very compact and short, always rounded at the ends, and never lax as in the other 
garden species. Flowering stem about three feet high.” The Rhapontic rhubarb grows upon the banks of the 
Caspian Sea, in the deserts between the Volga and the Ural, and in Siberia. It is said also to grow upon the borders 
of the Euxine. It is cultivated as a garden plant in Europe and in this country; and the root is produced for sale 
both in France and in England. 
•(■According to Dr. Aitchison (Nature, July 9, 1885), a rhubarb plant has been found in Northern Afghanistan in 
which there are usually only three enormous root leaves four feet long and five feet broad, lying flat upon the ground. 
The fruit is large and of a brilliant scarlet. The root is said to possess purgative properties, but the fruit is pre- 
ferred, and is given in the form of a decoction. 1162 
Rheum. 
PART I. 
that it is not cultivated by the Tartars, but springs up spontaneously, in tufts, wherever the seed's 
have fallen upon the heaps of loose earth thrown up by the marmots. In other places the thick- 
ness of the grass prevents their access to the soil. The root is not considered sufficiently mature 
for collection till it has attained the age of six years. It is dug up twice a year in Tartary, in 
the spring and autumn ; in China not till the winter. After removal from the ground, it is 
cleaned, deprived of its cortical portion and the smaller branches, and then divided into pieces 
of a convenient size. These are bored with holes, and strung upon cords to dry: according to 
Mr. Bell, about the tents and on the horns of sheep; according to Sievers, under sheds, by 
which the rays of the sun are excluded, while the air has free access. The Chinese are said 
first to place the pieces on a stone slab heated by fire beneath, and afterwards to complete the 
drying process by exposing them to the sun and air. In Bootan the roots are hung up in a 
kind of drying-room, in which a moderate and regular heat is maintained. Much time and 
attention are devoted to the preparation of the root; and Sievers states that a year sometimes 
elapses from the period of its collection before it is ready for exportation. A large proportion 
of its weight is lost in drying, according to some accounts four-fifths, according to others not 
less than seven-eighths. It is probably in order to favor the drying that the bark is removed. 
The trade in rhubarb is said to have formerly centred in the Chinese town of Si-nin, where a 
Bucharian company or family was established which possessed a monopoly of this trade in con- 
sideration of a tribute paid to the government. At present rhubarb is chiefly purchased for the 
European trade at the town of Hankow, on the upper Yang-tse, the yearly export reaching, it 
is said, over 5000 peculs (pecul = 133-33 lbs.). There were formerly two varieties of Asiatic 
rhubarb, the Russian and the Chinese, but at present little or no rhubarb finds its way over- 
land to Europe. As long back as 1687, the Russian government subjected the export of rhu- 
barb from China into Russia to official surveillance, and finally monopolized the trade entirely. 
At Kiakhta a very rigorous inspection of the drug was enforced, the selected pieces being 
finally sewed into linen sacks pitched and coated with hide. All the pieces which did not pass 
examination were committed to the flames ; and the remainder was sent to St. Petersburg. 
This variety was sometimes called Turkey rhubarb, from the circumstance that it was formerly 
derived from the Turkish ports, whither it is said to have been brought from Tartary by cara- 
vans through Persia and Anatolia. The circumstance of the identity of the Russian and Turkey 
rhubarb, and its decided difference from the Chinese, would appear to indicate a distinct origin 
for the two varieties. Inferior parcels of the root, which could not pass the inspection of the 
Russian authorities, were said to enter Russia by Tashkend, and to be known to the druggists 
of that country by the name of Tashkend rhubarb. As Russian rhubarb no longer occurs in 
commerce, the description of it is given in a foot-note* 
Chinese Rhubarb (India Rhubarb, Rheum Stnense vel Indicum) is in cylindrical or round- 
ish pieces, sometimes flattened on one or both sides, of a dirty brownish-yellow color exter- 
nally, appearing as if the cortical portion of the root had been removed by scraping, and the 
surface rendered smooth and somewhat powdery by attrition. The best pieces have a rather 
close and compact texture, and, wThen broken, present a ragged uneven surface, variegated 
with intermingled shades of dull red, yellowish, and white, which are sometimes diversified or 
interrupted by darker colors, and especially marked with dark lines so arranged as to form an 
internal ring of star-like spots. The pieces are generally perforated with small holes, intended 
for convenience of suspension during the drying process; and portions of the suspending cord 
are not unfrequently found remaining in the holes. According to Mr. Elborne (P. J. Tr., xv. 
497), Chinese rhubarb is really divided into two varieties, which are respectively the product 
of R. palmatum and R. officinale: the first variety has a red-grained fracture with white 
lattice-work veins, whilst the second variety has a longitudinal ramification of white veins with 
* The pieces of Russian rhubarb are irregular and somewhat angular, appearing as if the bark had been shaved 
off longitudinally by successive strokes of a knife, and a portion of the interior substance removed with each shaving. 
They have a cleaner and fresher appearance than the Chinese, and their color both internally and externally, though 
of the same general character, is somewhat more lively. They are less compact and heavy, and are cut with less 
facility, owing to their giving way before the knife. Another distinction is the character of the perforations, which 
in the Russian rhubarb are large, frequently reaching only to the centre, and evidently made for the purpose of in- 
spection, while in the Chinese they are small, penetrate completely through the pieces, and were intended for the 
passage of a suspending cord. The taste and smell of the former closely resemble those of the latter, except that 
the Russian is rather more aromatic. There is the same crackling under the teeth, and the same yellow stain im- 
parted to the saliva; but the color of the powder in this variety is a bright yellow, without the brownish tinge ex- 
hibited by the Chinese. hen thin slices, previously boiled in water, are examined by the microscope, they exhibit 
numerous clusters of minute crystals of calcium oxalate. Mr. Quekett found between 35 and 40 grains of them in 
100 grains of the root. They are observed in both Russian and Chinese rhubarb. For further information as to the 
varieties of Russian rhubarb, see A. J. P., 1867, p. 212, or abstract in 14th edition U. S. D. PART I. 
Rheum. 
1163 
a black-grained fracture. Chinese rhubarb has a peculiar somewhat aromatic smell, and a 
bitter, astringent taste, is gritty when chewed, imparts a yellow color to the saliva, and affords 
a yellowish powder with a reddish-brown tinge. With the pieces of good quality others often 
come mingled, defective from decay or improper preparation. These are usually lighter, and 
of a dark or russet color. Like all the other varieties of rhubarb, this is liable to be attacked 
by worms; and in almost every large parcel pieces may be found which have suffered from 
this cause.* 
It is this especial variety of rhubarb which is recognized by the U. S. P., in which it is 
described as “ in cylindrical, conical or flattish segments, deprived of the dark brown, corky 
layer, smoothish or somewhat wrinkled, externally covered with a bright yellowish-brown 
powder, marked with white, elongated meshes, containing a white, rather spongy tissue, and 
a number of short, reddish-brown or brownish-yellow striae ; compact, hard ; fracture uneven ; 
internally white, with numerous red, irregularly-curved and interrupted medullary rays, which 
are radially parallel only near the cambium line; odor somewhat peculiar, aromatic; taste 
bitter, somewhat astringent. When chewed, Rhubarb feels gritty between the teeth, and im- 
parts a yellow color to the saliva. Rhubarb which is very porous, or has a prominently 
mucilaginous taste, or is of a dark brown color internally, should be rejected.” 
European Rhubarb. In various parts of Europe, particularly in England, France, Bel- 
gium, and Germany, the rhubarb plants have been cultivated for many years ; and considerable 
quantities of the root were at one time brought into the market. At present it appears not to 
be imported. 
English Rhubarb. This formerly came in two forms. In one the root was cut and perfo- 
rated in imitation of the Russian. The pieces were of various shape and size, sometimes cylin- 
drical, but more commonly flat, or somewhat lenticular, and of considerable dimensions. In 
the other, the so-called stick rhubarb, the pieces were somewhat cylindrical, five or six inches! 
long by an inch or less in thickness, and more or less irregular upon the surface, as if they had 
shrunk unequally in drying. English rhubarb (from Rheum rhaponticum) is lighter than the 
Asiatic, more spongy, and often somewhat pasty under the pestle. It is redder, and when 
broken exhibits a more compact and regular marbling, the pinkish lines being arranged like 
rays from the centre towards the circumference. The “ star-like spots” are either wanting or 
very few and scattered. The powder also has a deeper reddish tint. The odor is feeble and 
less aromatic than that of the Asiatic varieties; the taste is astringent and mucilaginous, with 
little bitterness; and the root, when chewed, scarcely feels gritty between the teeth, and but 
slightly colors the saliva. Few crystals of calcium oxalate are discoverable by means of the 
microscope. At present about 12,000 pounds of English rhubarb are produced annually. 
Much of this is obtained from R. officinale, and is put on the market in flat, concave, and con- 
vex pieces weighing from three to four ounces each. Externally the convex surface has deep 
longitudinal furrows and a longitudinal ramification of conspicuous veins, giving rise to an 
appearance of net-vein markings. In the centre of the concave surface is a small hole similar 
to that formerly seen in Russian rhubarb. On the inner surface the stellate markings resemble 
very closely those found in the East Indian rhubarb. The fracture of this form is not red, 
but shows a whitish parenchymatous tissue with blackish veins. The roots are distinctly gritty 
when chewed. When rapidly grown in rich soil, English rhubarb is lighter, more spongy, and 
less active than when slowly grown without high cultivation. It is probable that the powder 
is used to adulterate that of true Asiatic rhubarb. 
French Rhubarb. Rhapontic Rhubarb. Crimea Rhubarb. The rhubarb produced in France 
is, according to Guibourt, chiefly from R. rhaponticum, R. undulatum, and R. compactum, that 
of R. palmatum, which most closely resembles the Asiatic, having been found to degenerate so 
* In former editions of this work a variety of rhubarb imported from Canton has been noticed, which was evi- 
dentlysprepared, before leaving China, so as to resemble the Russian, having an angular surface as if pared with a 
knife. The pieces were obviously selected with great care, as they were remarkably free from defects. But in most 
of those which came under our notice the small penetrating hole was observable which characterizes the Chinese 
rhubarb, though it had in some instances been filled with the powdered root, so as in some measure to conceal it. 
Besides, the colors were not quite so bright as those of Russian rhubarb. This is undoubtedly the variety described 
by Pereira, under a distinct head, as the Dutcli-trimmed or Batavian rhubarb, and considered by him as probably 
Bucharian or Russian rhubarb of inferior quality, sent by the way of Canton. A sufficient proof, we think, that 
this is not the case is the presence in most pieces of the small penetrating hole, occasionally filled with the remains 
of the cord, and in some pieces almost shaved away in the paring process. AVe have never seen such a hole in any 
piece of true Russian rhubarb, which does not appear to be strung up like the Chinese when dried. 
Under the title of Canton stick rhubarb, Pereira describes a variety of which small quantities have been imported 
from Canton into London. It closely resembles the English stick rhubarb, and is supposed to be derived from the 
branches of the root of the plant which yields the true Chinese rhubarb. 1164 
Rheum. 
PART I. 
much as not to be a profitable object of culture. Most of the French rhubarb is produced in 
the neighborhood of L’Orient, in the department of Morbihan; and the spot where it grows 
has, from this circumstance, received the name of Rheumpole. Two kinds were described 
by Guibourt, both under the name of Rhapontic root*—one proceeding from the R. rhaponti- 
cum, growing in the gardens in the environs of Paris ; the other, from this and the two other 
species above mentioned, cultivated at Rheumpole; but, according to the Pharmacographia, 
the cultivation in France has been almost entirely abandoned.! 
Choice of Rhubarb. In selecting good rhubarb, without reference to the commercial 
variety, those pieces should be preferred which are moderately heavy and compact, of a lively 
color, brittle, presenting when broken a fresh appearance, with reddish and yellowish veins 
intermingled with white, of an odor decidedly aromatic, of a bitter and astringent not muci- 
laginous taste, feeling gritty and staining the saliva yellow when chewed, and affording a powder 
either bright yellow, or yellow with but a slight reddish-brown tinge. When very light, rhubarb 
is usually rotten or worm-eaten ; when very heavy and compact, it is of inferior species, culture, 
or preparation. Rotten, worm-eaten, or otherwise inferior rhubarb is often powdered, and 
colored yellow with turmeric; and the shavings left when Chinese rhubarb is trimmed for 
powdering, or to imitate the Russian, are applied to the same purpose.! Powdered rhubarb 
should contain numerous roundish starch granules, about -026 Mm. in diameter, large associ- 
ated calcium oxalate crystals, and small, somewhat stellate, chrysophanic acid crystals, besides 
parenchymatous cells, pitted vessels, and other ordinary debris of root tissue. § 
Chemical Properties. Rhubarb yields all its activity to water and alcohol. The infusion 
is of a dark reddish-yellow color, with the taste and odor of rhubarb ; and the residue, after 
sufficient maceration, is whitish, inodorous, and insipid. Ry long boiling the virtues of the 
medicine are impaired. The first examination of rhubarb yielding results of value was that 
of Schlossberger and Popping. Besides extractive, tannic and gallic acids, sugar, starch, pectin, 
lignin, calcium oxalate, and various inorganic salts, they discovered three coloring principles, 
holding an intermediate place between resin and extractive matter, being freely soluble in 
alcohol, and slightly so in water. Two of these were uncrystallizable, and denominated brown 
resin and red resin, or phseoretin and erythroretin ; the other, crystallizable in granular crystals, 
and identical with chrysophanic acid, previously discovered by Rochleder and Heldt in the 
yellow lichen, or Parmelia parietina of Sprengel. Chrysophanic acid crystallizes in golden- 
yellow needles or plates melting at 102° C., and is soluble in ether, alcohol, or benzene. 
Alkalies also dissolve it, forming fine dark red solutions. Its formula is C16H1004, and it is now 
recognized as a derivative of anthracene, C14H10, and as closely related to alizarine, C14H804. 
It bears to methyl-anthracene, C14H9(CH3), the same relation that alizarine bears to anthra- 
cene. Hence, on distilling it with zinc dust, methyl-anthracene is formed from it by reduction. 
(See Chrysarobinum.') 
The rhapontic root differs in section from true rhubarb by its distinctly radiated structure, unbroken by the 
peculiar arrangement (star-like spots) of the vascular tissue which occurs in true rhubarb. 
f Besides the varieties of rhubarb above described, others are noticed by writers. Pallas speaks of a white rhubarb, 
brought to Kiaklita by the Bucharian merchants who conveyed to that place the drug for Russian commerce. It 
was white as milk, of a sweet taste, and equal to the best rhubarb in quality. It was supposed to be the product of 
B. leucorrhizum. At present, however, it is unknown in St. Petersburg. The Himalaya rhubarb is produced by R. 
australe, and other species mentioned in the text as growing in the Himalaya Mountains. According to Dr. Royle, 
it makes its way to the lower countries in Hindostan, where it sells for one-tenth of the price of the best rhubarb. 
Mr. Twining tried it in the Hospital at Calcutta, and found it superior as a tonic and astringent to Russian rhubarb, 
and nearly equal to it in purgative power. A variety known in Russia as Bucharian rhubarb, differing from the 
variety which we call Russian, and which is known in Russia as Chinese rhubarb, is imported into that country from 
Tartary, and reaches St. Petersburg by Nizhnee-Novgorod. Parcels of it are said also to reach Vienna, by the way 
oi Brody in Galicia. Still another variety is that called Siberian rhubarb, which is known in Russia by the name of 
Siberian Rhapontic root. As these are inferior kinds, and probably never reach our markets, we have not thought 
it necessary to disouss them in detail. For further information, see A. J. P. (xviii. 63 and 123). 
t It has been stated by Dr. Boni that Chinese rhubarb yields from 20 to 25 per cent, of ash, the European rhubarb 
from 8 to 11 per cent., the difference being due to the excess of calcium oxalate in the Chinese rhubarb. Krernel, 
however, finds that the amount of ash in different species of rhubarb fluctuates too greatly to be of practical value in 
the determination of the source, even the Chinese root varying between 10 and 28 per cent. 
? The powdered rhapontic root seems microscopically indistinguishable from powdered rhubarb; but, according 
to M. E. Billot, rhapontic root, even when used to adulterate powdered rhubarb, may be detected as follows. On a 
little of the suspected powder, upon a plate, let fall two or three drops of oil of anise, oil of fennel, or other essential 
oil; then add magnesia, and rub the mixture well for three or four minutes. If the powder be pure, it will remain 
yellow \ but if it contain the sumMest quantity of the French rhapontic root, it will assume a reddish tint, varying 
from a salmon to a bright rose color, according to the quantity of the impurity present. (See A. J. P., May, 1860, 
224.) The Rumex hymenosalpus, which is said to be used as an adulterant of powdered rhubarb, according to L. E. 
Sayre, may be detected by the character of the starch granules, which are long and slender, with a branching hilum 
extending along their greater diameter. PART I. 
Rheum. 
1165 
De La Rue and Muller (Joum. Chem. Soc., x. 298) extracted from rhubarb an allied sub- 
stance, emodin, which crystallizes in orange-colored prisms. (See p. 140 ; also Emodin, Part II.) 
Its formula is C16H10(L, and it is a trioxy-methyl-anthraquinone. The relations of both this 
compound and chrysophanic acid to alizarine and anthracene will be better shown by writing 
their molecular formulas, as follows : 
C\4H10. C14H(0H)202. C14H6(CH3)(0H)202. C14H4(CH3)(0H)302. 
Anthracene. Alizarine. Chrysophanic acid. Emodin. 
Kubli (Pliarm,. Zeitschr. f ur Russland, 6, p. 603) has obtained results both confirmatory and 
explanatory of those already given. He finds a glucoside, chrysophan, C27H30014, which, under 
the influence of dilute acids or ferments, splits up into chrysophanic acid and sugar, according 
to the reaction CL.H30Oj4 + 2HaO = C16II1004 -j- 2C6H12Oe ; also a characteristic tannic acid, 
rheo-tannic acid, C'26H26014, which is decomposed by dilute acids into rheumic acid’, C20H1609, 
and sugar. Chrysophan is a yellowish powder, abundantly present in rhubarb, soluble in water 
or alcohol, not in ether; rheo-tannic acid is a reddish-brown powder, sparingly soluble in cold 
water. Kubli finds further a colorless neutral compound, sparingly soluble in hot water, 
of the formula C10H1204, which he does not name. He states that chrysophanic acid is 
not found in rhubarb, but is produced when the root is digested in water through the breaking 
up of the glucoside chrysophan, probably under the action of a ferment. This ferment he be- 
lieves to be soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol, and that on this account an alcoholic extract 
of the root can be evaporated without the formation of chrysophanic acid. On the other hand, 
it is to the presence of this ferment that he attributes the progressive deposition of chryso- 
phanic acid from an extract of rhubarb prepared with diluted alcohol. (Pharrn. Zeit. f. Russl., 
xxiv. 193.) Dr. O. Hesse (Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 549) finds, in addition to chrysophanic acid, 
Ci6H802(0H)2, and emodin, C16H702(0H)3, a third crystalline principle, which he names 
rhein, and ascribes to it the formula 015H6O2(OH)4. Hesse calls attention to the relation these 
formulas bear to one another. Rhein forms microscopic yellowish-brown scales, is insoluble in 
water, ether, and benzene, but sparingly soluble in alcohol. It dissolves readily in aqueous 
solutions of the alkalies and alkaline carbonates, forming deep purple-red solutions. Hesse 
also finds an amorphous resinous substance, upon which, he states, the entire activity of 
rhubarb depends. Dragendorff states that from 11 to 17 per cent, of arabic acid and pectose 
are present in rhubarb. 
There are other interesting principles in rhubarb. Some have been disposed to ascribe its 
odor to a volatile oil; but this has not been isolated. The calcium oxalate is interesting from 
its quantity, and from the circumstance that, existing in distinct crystals, it occasions the grit- 
tiness of the rhubarb between the teeth. The proportion seems to vary exceedingly in differ- 
ent specimens. According to Scheele and Henry, it constitutes nearly one-third, and Quekett 
found between 35 and 40 per cent.; while Brandes obtained only 11, Schrader only 4-5 parts 
in the hundred, and Dragendorff, in five samples analyzed, from 1-2 to 5-6 per cent. Little or 
no difference of composition has been found between the Russian and the Chinese rhubarb. The 
European contains but a small proportion of calcium oxalate, and is therefore less gritty when 
chewed. It has, however, more tannin and starch than the Asiatic. 
When powdered rhubarb is heated, odorous yellow fumes rise, which are probably in part 
the vapor of chrysophanic acid. Its infusion is reddened by the alkalies, in consequence of 
their union with this acid, and their reaction on the other coloring principles. It yields pre- 
cipitates with gelatin, most of the acids, ferric salts, lead acetate, mercurous nitrate, silver 
nitrate, stannous chloride, lime water, and solutions of quinine. Nitric acid occasions at first 
a turbidness, and afterwards the deposition of a yellow precipitate. The substances producing 
precipitates may be considered as incompatible with the infusion* 
Medical Properties and Uses. The medical properties of rhubarb are peculiar and 
valuable. Its most remarkable singularity is the union of a cathartic with an astringent power ; 
the latter of which, however, does not interfere with the former, as the purgative effect precedes 
the astringent. It is also tonic and stomachic, invigorating, in small doses, the process of 
digestion. It is not probable that these properties reside in a single proximate principle ; and, 
as rhubarb owes its chief value to their combination, it is not to be expected that chemical 
analysis will be productive of the same practical advantages in this as in some other medicines, 
the virtues of which are concentrated in one ingredient. In its purgative operation rhubarb 
* For a method of detecting the presence of turmeric in powdered rhubarb by the influence of chloroform on the 
coloring principles of each of these substances, and of distinguishing through the same agency between the true 
Chinese rhubarb and that of European origin, the reader is referred to a paper, by Mr. W. L. Howie, contained in 
A. J. P. (Jan. 1874, 16), from P. J. Tr. (Nov. 15, 1873); see also P. J. Tv., 1898, 126. Rheum.—Rhoeados Petala. 
1166 
PART I. 
is moderate, producing fecal rather than watery discharges, and appearing to affect the mus- 
cular fibre more than the secretory function. It sometimes occasions griping. Its coloring 
principle is absorbed, and may be detected in the urine. By its long-continued use the per- 
spiration, especially that of the axilla, is said to become yellow, and the milk of nurses cathartic. 
It gives a yellow color to the alvine discharges. The conditions of disease to which it is appli- 
cable may be inferred from its peculiar properties. When the stomach is enfeebled, or the 
bowels relaxed, at the same time that a gentle cathartic is required, rhubarb, as a rule, is 
preferable to all others. Hence its use in dyspepsia attended with constipation, in diarrhoea 
when purging is indicated, in the secondary stages of cholera infantum, in chronic dysentery, 
and, indeed, whenever mild purgation is needed in an enfeebled subject. Magnesia is often an 
excellent associate in disorders of the stomach and bowels. By combination with other cathar- 
tics, rhubarb frequently acquires additional activity, while it gives increased efficiency to the 
associated substance. A mixture of calomel and rhubarb is a brisk and powerful cathartic, 
often used at the commencement of bilious fevers. As a rule, rhubarb is not applicable to cases 
attended with much inflammatory action. Its griping effect may be counteracted by com- 
bining it with aromatics. 
The dose of rhubarb as a purgative is from twenty to thirty grains (1-3—1-95 Gm.), as a lax- 
ative and stomachic from five to ten grains (0-33-O65 Gm.). European rhubarb must be given 
in double or treble the dose to produce an equal effect. Few medicines are used in a greater 
variety of forms. It is most effectual in substance. It is frequently given in the shape of pill, 
combined with an equal proportion of soap when its laxative effect is desired. The infusion is 
much used in cases of delicate stomach, and is peculiarly adapted to children. The syrup, 
tincture, and fluid extract are also useful preparations. They are all official. 
By the roasting of rhubarb its cathartic property is diminished, probably by the volatiliza- 
tion of the purgative principle, while its astringency remains unaffected. When so treated it is 
termed torrefied rhubarb. This mode of treatment has been sometimes resorted to in cases of 
diarrhoea. By long boiling the same effect is said to be produced. 
Powdered rhubarb has been usefully applied to indolent and sloughing ulcers. It is said to 
have proved purgative when sprinkled over a large ulcerated surface ; and the same effect is 
asserted to have been produced by rubbing it, mingled with saliva, over the abdomen. 
RHCEADOS PETALA. Br. Red Poppy Petals 
“ The fresh petals of Papaver llhoeas, Linn.” Br. 
Flores Rhoeados, P. 0.; Corn Poppy, Corn Rose 5 Pavot rouge, Coquelicot, Fr.; Wilder Mohn, Klapperrose, 
Klatschrosen, G.; Rosolaccio, It.; Amapola, Sp. 
Papaver rhoeas. Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1146; B. & T. 19. The red or corn poppy is distin- 
guished by its hairy stem, which is branched, and rises about a foot in height, by its incised pin- 
natifid leaves, by its urn-shaped capsule, and by the full, bright, scarlet color of its petals. It 
is a native of Europe, where it grows wild in great abundance, adorning especially the fields of 
grain with its brilliant flower. It has been naturalized in this country. 
Its capsules contain the same kind of milky juice as that found in P. somniferum, and an 
extract has been prepared from them having the properties of opium ; but the quantity is too 
small to repay the trouble of its preparation. M. Filhol has shown that the extract contains 
morphine, but in a proportion exceedingly minute compared with that in which it exists in 
opium. (Joum. de Pharm., ii. 513.) The petals are the official portion. They have a nar- 
cotic smell, and a mucilaginous, slightly bitter taste. By drying, they lose their odor, and 
assume a violet-red color. Chevallier believed that he had detected a very minute proportion 
of morphine in an extract obtained from them ; but Prof. Attfield seems to have determined 
satisfactorily the non-existence of morphine in the petals, having sought this alkaloid by three 
different processes, using a pound of the petals in each experiment, and failed to detect the 
least evidence of its presence. (iJ. J. Tr., Oct. 1873, p. 291.) Their operation on the system 
is exceedingly feeble, and they are valued more for their beautiful scarlet color, which they 
communicate to water, than for their medical virtues. According to Leo Meier, the coloring 
principles of the flowers are two acids, which he denominates rhceadic and papaveric acids. 
(See A. J. P., xviii. 211.) A syrup is prepared from them, which was formerly prescribed as 
an anodyne in catarrhal affections, but is now little esteemed except for its color. 
An alkaloid has been discovered in this species of poppy by O. Hesse, who proposes to name 
it rhceadine. It seems to pervade all parts of the plant, from which, as the first step in its 
preparation, a watery extract is prepared. This is treated with sodium carbonate, and re- 
(KHGE'A-DOS PET'A-LA—re'j-dos.) PART I. 
Rhoeados Petala.—Rhus Glabra. 
1167 
peatedly agitated with ether; the ethereal liquid is shaken with a solution of sodium bitar- 
trate ; and the mixture is precipitated by ammonia. The precipitate is washed with cold water, 
dried, and boiled with alcohol, by which coloring matter and another alkaloid in small quan- 
tity, probably thebaine, are removed. The residue, consisting mainly of rhoeadine, is purified 
by combining it with acetic acid, treating with animal charcoal, and precipitating with ammo- 
nia. The alkaloid is in small white prismatic crystals, tasteless, fusible at 232-2° C. (450° F.), 
becoming brown at the same temperature and partially subliming. It is almost insoluble in 
water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, ammonia, solution of sodium carbonate, and lime 
water, but is dissolved by dilute acids, which produce colorless solutions. Its composition is 
represented by the formula C21H21N06. It does not appear to be poisonous. Hydrochloric 
and sulphuric acids, moderately concentrated, decompose and dissolve it, with the production 
of a purple color, which disappears under the action of the alkalies, but is restored by acids. 
One part of the alkaloid so treated produces a purple color with 10,000 parts of water, rose 
color with 20,000 parts, and a perceptible redness with 800,000 parts. This change is depend- 
ent upon the liberation from the rhoeadine of a red coloring matter, while the isomeric rhoeage- 
nme remains. This forms small white tasteless prisms, which fuse at 223° C. and do not 
sublime, but are decomposed at higher temperatures. This is a very delicate test, by means of 
which the alkaloid may be detected in all parts of Papaver rhoeas, in the ripe capsules of the 
opium poppy, and in opium itself. It is said also to exist in Merck’s porphyroxine. (A. J. P., 
1867, p. 122.) According to Hesse, the milky juice also contains meconic add. 
RHUS GLABRA. U. S. Rhus Glabra. 
“ The fruit of Rhus glabra, Linn6 (nat. ord. Anacardieae).” U. S. 
Rhus Glabrum, U. S. 1870; Sumach; Sumac, Fr.; Sumach, G. 
Rhus glabra. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 265 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1478. This species of Rhus, 
called variously smooth sumach, Pennsylvania sumach, and upland sumach, is an indigenous 
shrub from four to twelve feet or more in height, with a stem usually more or less bent, and 
divided into straggling branches, covered with a smooth, light gray, or somewhat reddish bark. 
The leaves are upon smooth petioles, and consist of many pairs of opposite leaflets, with an 
odd one at the extremity, all of which are lanceolate, acuminate, acutely serrate, glabrous, 
green on their upper surface, and whitish beneath. In the autumn their color changes to a 
beautiful red. The flowers are greenish red, and disposed in large, erect, terminal compound 
thyrses. The fruit is in clusters of small crimson berries, which are officially described as 
“ subglobular, about 3 Mm. [£ inch] in diameter, drupaceous, crimson, densely hairy, containing 
a roundish-oblong, smooth putamen ; inodorous ; taste acidulous.” XJ. S. 
The shrub is found in Canada and almost all parts of the United States, growing in old neg- 
lected fields, along fences, and on the borders of woods. The flowers appear in July, and the fruit 
ripens in the early part of autumn. The bark and leaves are astringent, and are largely used, 
especially the leaves, in tanning leather and in dyeing. The sumach for the manufacture of ex- 
tract for tanners’ use is largely cultivated in Virginia, where the annual crop reaches from 7000 
to 8000 tons, and is collected at any time between the first of July and the appearance of frost. 
Mr. W. J. Watson found, in the bark of the root, albumen, gum, starch, tannic and gallic acids, 
caoutchouc, resin, coloring matter, and evidences of volatile oil. (A. J. P., xxv. 194.) Ex- 
crescences are produced under the leaves resembling galls in character, and containing large 
quantities of tannic and gallic acids. These have been used as a substitute for the imported 
galls by Dr. Walters, of New York, who thought them in every respect preferable. They may 
be collected at little expense, as they are produced very abundantly, especially in the Western 
States. From the experiments of Dr. Stenhouse, it appears that the tannic acid of sumach is 
identical with that of galls, being, like it, resolved, under the influence of sulphuric acid, into 
glucose and gallic acid; and this change is supposed to take place spontaneously in sumach 
when long kept. (Ibid., xxxiv. 252.) 
The percentage of tannin in Virginia sumach rises at times as high as 27 per cent., but falls 
a few per cent, below this as the season advances. Samples of leaves gathered along the Mis- 
sissippi near Dubuque, Iowa, in July and August, yielded 16-36 per cent, and 15-75 per cent, 
respectively. (A. J. P., 1888, p. 389). The proportion of tannic acid in the European sumach falls 
from 6 to 8 per cent, below the percentage of the Virginia sumach, yet the European is much 
preferred by tanners and dyers. By using Sicilian sumach it is possible to make the finer white 
leathers so much used for gloves and fancy shoes; while by the employment of the American 
(RHUS GLA'BRA.) 1168 
Rhus Glabra.—Rhus Toxicodendron. 
PART I. 
product the leather has a disagreeable yellow color, apparently due to a coloring matter, which, 
according to Loewe, consists of quercitrin and quercetin, and exists in larger quantity in the 
American than in the Sicilian drug. Enormous quantities of a dark-red, semi-fluid, bitter, 
astringent extract are prepared in Virginia from sumach, and used both in America and in 
Europe. It is said to contain from 25 to 30 per cent, of tannin. 
Henry Trimble collected some galls from the leaves of R. glabra and found that they con- 
tained 61-70 per cent, of tannin, reckoned on the weight of the air-dried galls, or 70-90 per 
cent, of the weight of absolutely dry material. (A.J. P., 1890, p. 564.) 
The berries have a sour, astringent, not unpleasant taste, and are often eaten by the country 
people with impunity. According to Mr. Cozzens, of New York, the malic acid is contained 
in the pubescence which covers their surface, as when it is washed away by warm water the 
berries are wholly free from acidity. Prof. W. B. Rogers found the acid to be combined with 
lime* as acid calcium malate. Mr. W. J. Watson ascertained that free malic acid and acid 
calcium malate coexist in the berries, which contain also, upon the same authority, tannic and 
gallic acids, fixed oil, extractive, red coloring matter, and a little volatile oil. A medicinal 
wine has been prepared from the fruit. (Med. and Surg. Reporter, Feb. 9, 1867.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sumach berries are astringent and refrigerant. A 
strong decoction, or the fluid extract diluted, affords a very effective and pleasant gargle in 
angina, especially in combination with potassium chlorate. 
RHUS TOXICODENDRON. U. S. Rhus Toxicodendron. [Poison Ivy.] 
“ The fresh leaves of Rhus radicans,f Linne (nat. ord. Anacardieae).” U. S. 
Toxicodendron, U. S. 1870; Sumach veneneux, Fr.; Gift-Sumach, G.; Albero del Veleno, It. 
Rhus toxicodendron, Linn., or poison oak, is a shrub of the Southern States from one to 
three feet high, with leaflets angularly indented, and pubescent beneath. But this character 
of the foliage is probably not constant; and the stunted growth may be owing to peculiarities 
of situation. The Rhus Toxicodendron of the U. S. P. is the product of Rhus radicans, a 
woody vine, which is commonly known as Poison, Climbing, or Three-leaved Ivy. Dr. Bigelow 
(BHUS TOX-I-CO-DKN'DRON.) 
* Prof. Procter obtained from the berries malic acid by the following process. Pour boiling water on the ripe 
berries; macerate for twelve hours; strain, evaporate to one-fourth, and again strain; resume the evaporation, and 
continue it till the liquid assumes the consistence of thin syrup ; then set it aside to crystallize. Wash the crystals 
of acid calcium malate with a little water, and recrystallize from a boiling solution. Dissolve the salt in hot water, 
and decompose it with a solution of lead acetate. Wash the precipitated lead malate, suspend it in water, and pass 
hydrogen sulphide through the liquid until the whole of the lead is separated. Lastly, filter, and evaporate to dry- 
ness in a porcelain vessel. 
f There are four indigenous species of Rhus which are poisonous,—R. toxicodendron, R. venenata, R. pumila, and 
R. diversiloba. 
R. vernix, L. (syn. R. venenata, D. C.). Swamp sumach is a beautiful shrub or small tree, usually ten or fifteen 
feet high, but sometimes thirty feet. The bark of the trunk is dark gray, of the branches lighter, of the extreme 
twigs and petioles beautifully red. The leaves are pinnate, with four or five pairs of opposite leaflets, and an odd 
terminal one. These are oblong or oval, entire or slightly sinuated, acuminate, smooth, and, except the one at the 
end, nearly sessile. The flowers are dioecious. They are very small, greenish, and in loose axillary panicles. The 
berries are small, roundish, and greenish white. The tree grows in swamps and low grounds from Canada to Caro- 
lina, and flowers in June and July. It is thought to be identical with R. vernicifera of Japan. Dr. Bigelow found 
that the opaque whitish juice which exudes from our native plant when wounded, and which becomes permanently 
black on exposure, may be made to afford a glossy, durable varnish by prolonged boiling. R. venenata is 
more poisonous than R. toxicodendron. Persons coming within its influence are more apt to be affected with the 
poison, and generally suffer more severely. The whole body is sometimes enormously swollen, and the patient for 
many days scarcely able to move; but the complaint almost always spontaneously subsides without destroying life. 
The susceptibility to the influence of the poison is exceedingly various, and some persons handle the plant with 
impunity. 
Rhus pumila, Michaux, is a Southern species, growing in upper Carolina, and not more than a foot in height. It 
is characterized by its pubescent branches and petioles, by its pinnate leaves, with many pah's of oval, nearly acumi- 
nate, incised-dentate leaflets, downy beneath, and by its silky fruit. According to Pursh, it is the most poisonous 
of the genus. 
Rhus diversiloba, Torrey & Gray (syn. R. lobata. Hooker, Flor. Bor. Am. i. 127, t. 46), has a somewhat climbing 
stem, with short, leafy branches. The leaves have three or rarely five leaflets, which are very obtuse, in the female 
plant slightly, in the male rather deeply pinnately lobed, the lobes being very obtuse, and the incisions acute. The 
flowers are in axillary, racemose panicles often shorter than the petioles; the fruit is white, somewhat pubescent, 
and subglobose. The leaves in the male and the female plant are so different that they might readily be mistaken for 
different species. ( Torrey & Gray.) Though generally a shrub, the plant sometimes climbs over large trees, and has 
a stem six inches in diameter. The poisonous effects of this plant are described by Dr. C. A. Canfield (A. J. P., 
1860, p. 412), who found an invariable antidote to its effects in another California plant, Grindelia hirsutula, applied 
to the part either simply bruised or in the form of strong decoction. 
Rhus vernicifera, which yields the Japanese lacquer, seems to have a similar action to the American poisonous 
Rhus. It contains a volatile acid, urushic, upon which its activity probably depends. Rhus Toxicodendron. 
1169 
PAKT I. 
states that the young plants of R. radicans do not put forth rooting fibres until several years 
old, and are influenced in this respect by the contiguity of supporting objects. 
The leaves are officially described as “ long-petiolate, trifoliolate ; the lateral leaflets sessile or 
nearly so, about 10 Cm. long, obliquely ovate, pointed; the terminal leaflets stalked, ovate or 
oval, pointed, with a wedge-shaped or rounded base ; the leaflets entire and glabrous, or variously 
notched, coarsely toothed or lobed, more or less downy ; when dry, papery and brittle ; inodorous; 
taste somewhat astringent and acrid. The fresh leaves abound with an acrid juice, which 
darkens when exposed to the air, and, when applied to the skin, produces inflammation and 
swelling. The leaves should, therefore, not be touched with bare hands. Rhus Toxicodendron 
should not be confounded with the leaves of Ptelea trifoliata Linne (nat. ord. Rutacese), which 
are similar in appearance, but have all the leaflets sessile.” U. S. 
This species of Rhus grows in woods, fields, and along fences from Canada to Georgia. It 
flowers in June and July. When wounded it emits a milky juice, which becomes black on 
exposure to the air, and leaves upon linen or other cloth a stain, which cannot afterwards be 
removed by washing with soap and water, or by alcohol either hot or cold, but deepens by age. 
It has been proposed as an indelible ink. Ether dissolves it; applied to the skin it frequently 
causes inflammation and vesication; and its emanations produce in certain persons, when they 
come into the vicinity of the plant, an exceedingly troublesome erysipelatoid affection, particu- 
larly of the face. Itching, redness, a sense of burning, tumefaction, vesication, and ultimate 
desquamation, are some of the attendants of this poisonous action. The swelling of the face 
is sometimes so great as almost entirely to obliterate the features. The effects are experienced 
soon after exposure, and usually begin to decline within a week. A light, cooling regimen, 
with saline purgatives, and the local use of cold lead water, are the best remedies. Alkaline 
applications would seem to be indicated by the discovery of toxicodendric acid as a constituent 
of the plant, and the probable cause of the eruption. Dr. A. Livezey, of Lumberville, Pa., 
strongly recommends a saturated tincture of lobelia as a local application in this affection. He 
applies it by means of linen or muslin cloths, and believes that it arrests the inflammation. 
(Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., lv. 262.) According to the late Prof. Procter, who was himself 
very susceptible to this poison, a weak alkaline solution, applied immediately after exposure, 
seldom fails to prevent the effects; and after the vesicles are formed, he found that Monsel’s 
solution (Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis, U. S.), introduced by a pointed instrument into the vesicle, 
renders it abortive. (A. J. P., Nov. 1863, p. 506.) Analyzed by Dr. Joseph Khittel, the leaves 
yielded tannic acid of the variety which gives greenish precipitates with salts of iron, chloro- 
phyll, wax, fixed oil, resin, sugar, albumen, gum, pectin, starch, oxalic acid, a peculiar neutral 
substance, and a volatile alkaloid, on which the poisonous properties of the plant were supposed 
to depend. (A. J. P., 1858, p. 544.) This supposed alkaloid probably does not exist. Prof. 
Maisch thought that the activity of the plant depended upon an acid (toxicodendric acid). To 
obtain this acid, the leaves were bruised with 6 per cent, of slaked lime, and after maceration 
with water were expressed. The expressed liquid, having been mixed with an excess of sul- 
phuric acid, was distilled, and the vapors were condensed, partly by themselves, so as to obtain 
the pure acid, and partly in water containing barium carbonate in suspension, so as to get 
barium toxicodendrate. The solution thus obtained was colorless and strongly acid. (A. J. P., 
Jan. 1866.) Dr. F. Pfaff has obtained Maisch’s toxicodendric acid both in the form of barium 
salt and as free acid in aqueous solution, and found both to be non-toxic. The real active 
principle he found to be a non-volatile oil. This oil, which he terms toxicodendrol, is present in 
all parts of the plant, whether in a fresh green state or in old and dried specimens. R. venenata 
yields a larger percentage of the oil than R. toxicodendron, but no difference was found in the 
oils from the two. This oil applied to the skin causes the well-known eruption. Pfaff recom- 
mends a washing with alcoholic solution of lead acetate, as the oil is soluble in alcohol and 
forms a lead compound nearly insoluble. (Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 843, and 1898, 865.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Rhus toxicodendron is a powerful' local irritant, and 
seems also to be possessed of narcotic properties. In the cases of two children poisoned by 
eating- each about half a pint of the fruit (A. J. Med. Sci., April, 1866), a few hours after 
the ingestion, drowsiness and stupor came on, soon followed by vomiting, first of the partially 
digested fruit, and afterwards of a thick viscid fluid of a wine color. This was succeeded by 
convulsive movements of different parts of the body, with slight delirium. The pupils were 
dilated. The respiration was hurried, the pulse at first full and strong, but afterwards slow, 
small, frequent, and feeble. Recovery occurred after administration of sodium carbonate. 
In three cases poisoned by infusion of the root (Med. and Surg. Rep., Nov. 1867), there Rhus Toxicodendron.—Rosa Gallica. 
1170 
PART I. 
was a vesicular eruption over the body, more marked on the face; a dry, hoarse cough, 
burning along the throat and oesophagus to the stomach, high fever, scanty high-colored urine, 
nervous twitching, and occasionally wanderings of the mind. During convalescence there was 
wide-spread desquamation. As a local irritant, Rhus was at one time used in nocturnal in- 
continence and cutaneous diseases, but it has entirely passed out of vogue. Homoeopathic prac- 
titioners have long used a strong tincture of Rhus in very small repeated doses in the treat- 
ment of subacute and chronic rheumatism, and the practice has recently found imitation. Some 
years ago Dr. H. C. Wood made extended trials of the remedy, using a homoeopathic tincture 
obtained from a homoeopathic pharmacy, in various doses (homoeopathic, small, and large), upon 
a large number of cases of subacute, chronic, and acute rheumatism, in the Philadelphia Hos- 
pital, but he was not able to perceive that the patients progressed more rapidly when taking 
it than when they were simply nursed. The best preparation would undoubtedly be a concen- 
trated alcoholic tincture, made from the green drug; the so-called mother-tincture is said to 
be of the strength of one to four. Dose, from one to five drops, three times a day. The solid 
extract is an ineligible preparation, owing to the extreme volatility of the active principle of 
the crude drug. For the violent dermatitis which is produced by the poison ivy very nu- 
merous specifics have been from time to time proposed. There seems, however, to be no method 
of treatment better than the use of lead water and laudanum. If the belief of Pfaff" be cor- 
rect, that the acrid substance is a fixed oil, thorough washing and irrigation of the part with a 
dilute solution of sodium carbonate would seem to be indicated for the removal of the irritant. 
ROSA CENTIFOLIA. U. S. Pale Rose. 
(RO'§A CEN-Tr-FO'LI-A.) 
“ The petals of Rosa centifolia, Linne (nat. ord. Rosaceae).” U. S. 
Cabbage-rose Petals; Flores Rosae, P. G.; Flores Rosarum Incarnatarum; Rose pale, Roses a cent feuilles, Fr.; 
Hundertblatterige Rose, Rosenblatter, G.; Rosa pallida, It.; Rosa de Alexandria, Sp. 
Rosa centifolia. L. Bp. PI. (1753) 491; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1071; B. & T. 105. This 
species of rose has prickly stems, usually from three to six feet high. The leaves consist of 
two or three pairs of leaflets, with an odd one at the end, closely attached to the common foot- 
stalk, which is rough, but without spines. The leaflets are ovate, broad, serrate, pointed, and 
hairy on the under surface. The flowers are large, with many petals, generally of a pale red 
color, and supported upon peduncles beset with short bristly hairs. The germ is ovate, and 
the segments of the calyx semi-pinnate. The varieties of R. centifolia are very numerous, but 
may be indiscriminately employed. The plant is cultivated in gardens all over the world, but 
its original country is not certainly known. It has sometimes been mistaken for the damask 
rose, which is a distinct species. The petals are described as “ roundish-obovate and retuse, or 
obcordate, pink, fragrant, sweetish, slightly bitter and faintly astringent.” U. S. They are 
extremely fragrant, and have a sweetish, slightly acidulous, somewhat bitterish taste. They 
contain, according to Enz, malic and tartaric acids, tannin, fat, resin, sugar, and a coloring 
matter which seems to be identical with that of the red rose. Their odor is said to be increased 
by iodine. It depends on a volatile oil, which may be separated by distillation with water. (See 
Oleum Rosse.) They should be collected when the flower is fully expanded but has not begun 
to fall. Their fragrance is impaired but not lost by drying. They may be preserved for a 
considerable time by compressing them with alternate layers of common salt in a well-closed 
vessel, or beating them with twice their weight of that substance. They are slightly laxative, 
and are sometimes administered in syrup combined with cathartic medicines ; but their chief 
use is in the preparation of rose water. (See Aqua Rosse.) 
ROSA GALLICA. U. S. (Br.) Red Rose* 
“ The petals of Rosa Gallica, Linne (nat. ord. Rosaceae), collected before expanding.” U. S. 
“ The fresh and dried unexpanded petals of Rosa Gallica. From cultivated plants.” Br. 
Rosae Gallic® Petala, Br.,- Red-rose Petals; Flores Rosarum Rubrarum; Rose de Provins, Roses rouges, Fr.; 
Eranzosische Rose, Essigrosen, Essigrosenblatter, G.; Rosa domestica, It.; Rosa rubra 6 Castillara, Sp. 
(KO'§A GlL'LI-CA.) 
* Under the name of Rosse Caninse Fructus the Br. Ph. formerly recognized the fruit of the Rosa Canina, the acid- 
ulous pulp of which is still occasionally employed in Europe for the preparation of a confection. The dog rose, wild 
brier, or hep-tree, of Europe, is distinguished by its glabrous ovate ovaries, smooth peduncles, prickly stem and peti- 
oles, and ovate, smooth, rigid leaves. It is eight or ten feet high, and bears white or pale red flowers, having usually 
five obcordate fragrant petals. The plant has been introduced into this country, but is not much cultivated. The 
fruit is fleshy, smooth, oval, red, and of a plensant, sweet, acidulous taste. It contains 30 per cent, of sugar, uncom- 
bined citric and malic acids, and salts of these acids. PAET I. 
Rosa Gallica.—Rubus. 
1171 
Rosa gallica. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 492; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1071 ; B. & T. 104. This spe- 
cies is smaller than R. centifolia, but resembles it in the character of its foliage. The stem is 
beset with short bristly prickles. The flowers are very large, with obcordate widely spreading 
petals, which are of a rich crimson color, and less numerous than in the preceding species. In 
the centre is a crowd of yellow anthers on thread-like filaments, and as many villose styles 
bearing papillary stigmas. The fruit is oval, shining, and of a firm consistence. The red rose 
is a native of the south of Europe, and is cultivated in gardens throughout the United States. 
The drug is officially described as “ usually in small cones, consisting of numerous imbri- 
cated, roundish, retuse, deep purple-colored, yellow-clawed petals, having a roseate odor and a 
bitterish, slightly acidulous and distinctly astringent taste.” U. S. The petals should be gathered 
before the flower has blown, separated from their claws, dried in a warm sun or by the fire, and 
kept in a dry place. Their odor, which is less fragrant than that of R. centifolia, is improved 
by drying. They have a velvety appearance, a purplish-red color, and a pleasantly astringent 
and bitterish taste. Their constituents, according to M. Cartier, are tannin, gallic acid, color- 
ing matter, a volatile oil, a fixed oil, albumen, soluble salts of potassa, insoluble salts of lime, 
silica, and ferric oxide. (Journ. de Pharm., vii. 531.) According to M. Filhol, the astringency 
of red roses is ascribable less to tannic acid, of which they contain but a trace, than to quercitrin, 
which he obtained in notable proportion, and with which their color is probably connected. Roch- 
leder found that in red roses the gallic acid is accompanied by quercitannic acid. They also 
contain much uncrystallizable sugar. {Rupert, de Pharm., Mai, 1863.) The sensible properties 
and medical virtues of the flowers are extracted by boiling water. Their coloring matter, accord- 
ing to Senier ( Year-Book of Pharm., 1877, p. 63), is an acid, which appears to form crystal- 
lizable salts with potassium and sodium, and amorphous ones with the heavy metals. Senier 
gives as the formula of the insoluble lead compound Pb2C21H20O3O. Their infusion is of a pale 
reddish color, becoming bright red on the addition of sulphuric acid. As their color is impaired 
by exposure to light and air, they should be kept in opaque well-closed bottles or canisters. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Red roses are slightly astringent and tonic, and were 
formerly thought to possess peculiar virtues. They are at present chiefly employed as affording 
an elegant vehicle for tonic and astringent medicines. 
RUBUS. U.S. Blackberry. 
(RU'BUS.) 
“ The bark of the root of Rubus villosus, Aiton, Rubus Canadensis, Linne, and Rubus 
trivialis, Michaux (nat. ord. Rosaceae).” U. S. 
Ecorce de Bonce noir, Fr.; Brorabeerrinde, G. 
Of this extensive genus not less than twenty species are indigenous in the United States, where 
they are called by the various names of raspberry, blackberry, dewberry, cloudberry, etc. Most of 
them are shrubby or suffruticose briers, with astringent roots and edible berries ; some have an- 
nual stems without prickles. They are naturally divided into the raspberries, in which the edible 
fruit is composed of pulpy, one-seeded, coherent little drupes, separate from the dry receptacle, 
and the blackberries, in which the receptacle is juicy and coheres with the drupes to form the fruit. 
1. Rubus canadensis. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 494 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 105 ; Gray, Majnual of 
Pot., etc., 121.—R. trivialis. Pursh, Flor. Am. Sept. 347. The dewberry, sometimes also called 
low running blackberry, or creeping blackberry, has a slender, somewhat prickly stem, which 
runs along the ground and occasionally puts forth roots. The leaves are composed of three 
or five leaflets, which are ovate or ovate-lanceolate, generally pointed, sharply serrate, thin, and 
nearly smooth. The flowers are large, white, and arranged in racemes, with leaf-like bracts. 
The plant grows abundantly in old fields and neglected grounds from Newfoundland south to 
Louisiana and west to the Indian Territory. Its fruit, which ripens somewhat earlier than 
does that of R. villosus, is large, black, and of a very pleasant flavor. 
2. R. villosus. Ait. Port. Kew. (1789) 210; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1085. The stem of the 
blackberry is somewhat shrubby, from three to seven feet high, branching, more or less furrowed 
and angular, and armed with strong prickles. The smaller branches and young shoots are 
herbaceous. The leaves are ternate or quinate ; the leaflets ovate, acuminate, unequally and 
sharply serrate, and pubescent on both sides; the footstalk and midrib usually armed with 
short recurved prickles. The flowers are large, white, and in erect racemes, with a hairy, 
prickly stalk. The calyx is short, with acuminate segments. This plant is very common in 
thickets, half-cultivated fields, etc., extending from New England to Florida and west to 
Arkansas, fruiting in August and September. It is the original of the cultivated blackberry. 1172 
Rubus.—Rumex. 
PART I. 
R. trivialis, Michaux, is distinguished by its shrubby, procumbent, bristly habit, and its 
leathery, nearly smooth, evergreen leaves. The flowers are large and borne on from one- to 
three-flowered peduncles. The plant grows in the Southern United States, affecting especially 
sandy soils. It flowers earlier than the two species mentioned above. 
The blackberry root is branching, cylindrical, of various dimensions, from nearly an inch in 
thickness down to the size of a straw, ligneous, and covered with a thin bark, which is exter- 
nally of a light brownish or reddish-brown color, and in the dried root is wrinkled longitudinally. 
The dewberry root is usually smaller, without the longitudinal wrinkles, but with transverse 
fissures through the epidermis, and of a dark ash color, without any reddish tinge. Both are 
inodorous. The bark is “ in thin, tough, flexible bands, outer surface blackish or blackish- 
gray, inner surface pale brownish, sometimes with strips of whitish, tasteless wood adhering; 
inodorous ; taste strongly astringent, somewhat bitter.” U. S. Its virtues are extracted by boil- 
ing water and by diluted alcohol, and depend chiefly upon tannin, which is an abundant con- 
stituent* The woody part of the roots is inert. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dewberry and blackberry roots are tonic and strongly 
astringent. They have long been a favorite domestic remedy in bowel affections, and from 
popular favor have ,passed into regular medical use. Given in decoction, they are usually 
acceptable to the stomach, without being offensive to the taste, and may be employed with 
great advantage in cases of diarrhoea from relaxation of the bowels, whether in children or 
in adults. The decoction may be prepared by boiling an ounce of the smaller roots, or of the 
bark of the larger, in a pint and a half of water down to a pint, of which from one to two 
fluidounces (30-60 C.c.) may be given to an adult three or four times, or more frequently, 
during the twenty-four hours. The dose of the powdered root is from twenty to thirty grains 
(1‘3—1-95 Gm.). The fluid extract is an excellent preparation: dose, thirty minims (D9 C.c.). 
RUBUS IDiEUS. U. S. Raspberry. 
“ The fruit of Rubus idaeus, Linne (nat. ord. Rosaceae).” U. S. 
Both the plant and the fruit of the ordinary cultivated raspberry are too well known to need 
description. For the cultivated fruit that of the ordinary wild red raspberry, of the extreme 
Northern United States, R. strigosus (Michaux), may very well be substituted, as in flavor it 
is at least equal to the cultivated berry. The specific distinctness of the two plants is ques- 
tionable. The U. S. P. also allows the substitution of the fruit of R. occidentals, Linne, or the 
wild black raspberry, of the Middle United States; but this is greatly inferior. 
(RU'BUS I-D;E'US—I-de'us.) 
RUMEX. U. S. Rumex. [Yellow Dock.] 
(RtJ'MEX.) 
“ The root of Rumex crispus, Linne, and of some other species of Rumex (nat. ord. Polveo- 
nacese).” U. S. 
Yellow Dock; Radix Rumicis, s. Lapathi; Racine de Patience frisee, Fr.; Grindwurzel, G. 
Several species of Rumex have sour leaves, and are distinguished by the common name of 
sorrel from the others, which are called dock. Of the former, Rumex acetosa, or common Eng- 
lish sorrel, formerly held a place in the London and Dublin Pharmacopoeias. R. acetosella is 
the common sorrel of our fields, though supposed to have been originally introduced from 
Europe. The leaves of both these plants are agreeably sour to the taste, and owe their acidity 
to acid potassium oxalate with a little tartaric acid. They quite lose this taste in drying. 
They are refrigerant and diuretic, and may be used advantageously as an article of diet in 
scurvy. For this purpose they are prepared in the form of salad. The juice of the leaves 
forms with water an agreeable acidulous drink, sometimes used in fevers. Taken very largely, 
the leaves are said to have produced poisonous effects. (See Wood's Quarterly Retrospect, i. 109.) 
R. scutatus, L., of Europe, Northern Africa, Asia Minor, and the Caucasus, also ranks among 
the sorrels. 
Of the proper docks, the roots of R. patientia and R. alpinus, European plants, and of R. 
aquaticus, R. acutus, and R. sanguineus, belonging both to Europe and to the United States, 
* Aromatic Syrup of Blackberry. Take of Blackberry Root §ij ; Cinnamon, Cloves, each, £iss; Mace gi; Sugar 
§xxx. Reduce the root and spices to a powder which will pass through a sieve of 50 meshes to the square inch, 
moisten this with two fluidounces of alcohol, put into a percolator and displace with water till 17 fluidounces have 
passed, and dissolve the sugar in the filtrate. A fluidounce is equivalent to 30 grains of the root. (A. J. P., Nov. 
1859, p. 552.) Rumex.—Sabina. 
1173 
PART I. 
may be employed indiscriminately with those of the official species. R. britannica and R. ob- 
tusifolius were formerly official. R. hydrolapathum (Hudson), which is the R. aquations of the 
old Dublin Pharmacopoeia, is thought to be the Herba Britannica of the ancients, celebrated 
for the cure of scurvy and diseases of the skin. The docks are herbaceous plants with peren- 
nial roots. The flowers are in terminal or axillary panicles. Some of the species are dioecious; 
but the one here described has perfect flowers. 
Rumex crispus. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 335 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 251 ; Gray, Manual of Botany, 
etc., 377. From a perennial, spindle-shaped, yellow root, which penetrates deeply into the 
ground, a stem rises annually, three or four feet high, furnished with smooth, lanceolate leaves, 
strongly waved at their margins, and terminating in panicled racemes of small, inconspicuous, 
greenish flowers. The upper leaves are truncate or cordate at the base, and those which spring 
from the root have long footstalks. The flowers are in crowded whorls, upon long wand-like 
racemes, which are leafless above. The valves or inner sepals of the calyx are roundish cor- 
date, entire or slightly denticulate, and one or all grain-bearing. A native of Europe, but 
naturalized in this country, and now a common weed growing in roads and fields. 
Dock root, from whatever species derived, has an astringent, bitter taste, with little or no 
smell. It readily yields its virtues to water by decoction. It is officially described as “ from 
20 to 30 Cm. long, about 10 to 15 Mm. thick, somewhat fusiform, fleshy, nearly simple, an- 
nulate above, deeply wrinkled below ; externally rusty brown, internally whitish, with fine, 
straight, interrupted, reddish, medullary rays, and a rather thick bark ; fracture short; odor 
slight, peculiar; taste bitter and astringent/’ U. S. According to Riegel, the root of R. ob- 
tusifolius contains resin, extractive matter resembling tannin, starch, mucilage, albumen, lignin, 
sulphur, and various salts, among which are calcium phosphate and different acetates and 
malates. (Joum. de Pharm., 3e ser., i. 410.) The leaves of most of the species are edible 
when young, and are occasionally used as spinach. They are somewhat laxative, and form an 
excellent diet in scorbutic cases. The roots are used to dye a yellow color. According to Dr. 
J. H. Salisbury (JV. Y. Joum. Med., March, 1855), the petioles of the leaves contain nearly 
one per cent, of oxalic acid ; the cortical part of the root, which is the most active, yielded, on 
analysis, starch, a little sugar, albuminous matter, gummy matter, bitter extractive, tannic 
acid of the kind which gives green precipitates with the salts of iron, lignin, and various salts. 
The root yields its virtues to water and to alcohol, but is injured by long boiling* 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dock root is astringent and gently tonic, and is also 
supposed to possess an alterative property, which renders it useful in scorbutic disorders and in 
cutaneous eruptions, particularly the itch, in the cure of which it enjoyed at one time consider- 
able reputation. It is said to have proved useful in scrofida and syphilis. Dr. Thomson found 
a decoction of the root of R. patientia very efficacious in obstinate ichthyosis. R. aquations 
and R. britannica are the most astringent. The roots of some species unite a laxative with 
the tonic and astringent property, resembling rhubarb somewhat in their operation. Such are 
those of R. crispus and R. obtusifolius; and R. alpinus has in some parts of Europe the name 
of mountain rhubarb. This resemblance is not singular, as the two genera belong to the same 
natural family. Dock root is given in powder or in decoction. Two ounces (62-2 Gm.) of the 
fresh root bruised, or one ounce (31-1 Gm.) of the dried, may be boiled in a pint (472 C.c.) 
of water, of which two fluidounces (60 C.c.) may be given at a dose, and repeated as the 
stomach will bear it. The root has often been applied externally, in the shape of ointment, 
cataplasm, and decoction, to the cutaneous eruptions and ulcerations for which it has been used 
internally. The powdered root is recommended as a dentifrice, especially when the gums are 
spongy. Geo. G. Flemyng (London Lancet, i. 1896) reported the death of two sisters, aged 
respectively five and six and a half years, preceded by symptoms of oxalic acid poisoning as 
the result of the ingestion of sorrel leaves. 
SABINA. U. S. Savine 
“ The tops of Juniperus Sabina, Linne (nat. ord. Coniferae).” U. S. 
Savine Tops; Summitates (Herba) Sabinae, P. G.; Sabine, Fr.; Sevenbaum, Sadebaumspitzen Sevenkraut, G.; 
Sabina, It., Sp. 
Juniperus. See Juniperus. 
Juniperus sabina. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1039 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 852 ; B. & T. 254. This is 
(SA-Bl'NA.) 
* From the root of Rumex nepalemis, Wall., which is largely used in Madras as an astringent for medicinal pur- 
poses and for dyeing, Dr. 0. Hesse has separated three crystalline substances to which he gives the names of rumicin, 
nepalin, and nepodin. (P. J. Tr., lvi.; also Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 551.) 1174 
Sabina.—Saccharum. 
PART I. 
an evergreen shrub, from three to fifteen feet high, with numerous erect, pliant branches, much 
subdivided. The bark of the young branches is light green, that of the trunk rough and reddish 
brown. The leaves, which completely invest the younger branches, are numerous, small, erect, firm, 
smooth, pointed, dark green, glandular in the middle, opposite, and imbricated in four rows. The 
flowers are male and female on different trees. The fruit is a blackish purple berry of an ovoid 
shape, marked with tubercles and the remains of the calyx and petals, and containing three seeds. 
The savine is a native of the south of Europe and the Levant, and is said to grow wild in the 
neighborhood of our northwestern lakes. The ends of the branches, and the leaves by which 
they are invested, are collected for medical use in the spring. When dried they are very much 
faded in color. They are officially described as “ short, thin, subquadrangular branchlets ; leaves 
rather dark green, in four rows, opposite, scale-like, ovate-lanceolate, more or less acute, ap- 
pressed, imbricated, on the back with a shallow groove containing an oblong or roundish gland; 
odor peculiar, terebinthinate; taste nauseous, resinous, and bitter.” U. S. They have a strong, 
heavy, disagreeable odor, and a bitter, acrid taste. These properties, which are less striking in 
the dried than in the recent leaves, are owing to a volatile oil. (See Oleum Sabinse.) The 
leaves impart their virtues to alcohol and to water. Mr. C. H. Needles found in them volatile 
oil, gum, tannic or gallic acid, resin, chlorophyll, fixed oil, bitter extractive, lime, and salts of 
potassa. (A. J. P., xiii. 15.) 
The tops of Juniperus virginiana, or common red cedar, are sometimes substituted in the 
shops for savine, to which they bear so close a resemblance as to be with difficulty distinguished. 
The two species, however, differ in their taste and smell. In J. virginiana, moreover, the 
leaves are sometimes ternate. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Savine is highly irritant, and is supposed to have a 
special direction to the uterus. It has been much used in amenorrhcea and atonic menorrhagia, 
and occasionally as a remedy for tvorms. The late Professor Chapman strongly recommended 
it in chronic rheumatism; and it is employed in Germany, both internally and externally, in 
chronic gout. In overdoses it may produce dangerous gastro-intestinal inflammation, and it should 
therefore be used with caution. In no case should it be employed when much general or local 
excitement exists. In pregnancy it should always be given with great caution. The dose of 
the fluid extract is from fifteen to twenty drops (0-75-1 C.c.) ; of the oil, five drops (0-24 C.c.). 
As an external irritant, savine is useful, in the form of cerate, for maintaining a discharge from 
blistered surfaces; but as in this country savine ointment is often feeble, either from the age 
of the drug or from the substitution of red cedar, it has fallen into disrepute. In powder or 
infusion, savine is used in Europe as an application to warts, indolent or gangrenous ulcers, psora, 
and tinea capitis ; and the expressed juice of the fresh leaves, diluted with’water, is sometimes 
used for similar purposes. 
SACCHARUM. U. S. (Br.) Sugar. [Cane Sugar.] 
CuHnOu; 341*2. (SAC')3HA-KUM.) C12H22O11; 342. 
“The refined sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarum, Linne, and from various species 
or varieties of Sorghum (nat. ord. Gramineae) ; also from one or more varieties of Beta vul- 
garis, Linne (nat. ord. Chenopodiacem).” U. S. “A crystallized sugar, CloHQQ0„, obtained 
from the juice of the sugar-cane.” Br. 
Saccharum Purificatum, Br.; Sucrose; Sucre, Sucre pur, Sucre de Canne, Sucre en Pains, Fr.; Weisser Zucker, 
Zucker, Rohrzucker, 0.; Zucchero Pane, It.; Azucar de Pilon, Azucar refinado, Sp. 
Saccharum officinarum. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 54; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 321 ; Philos. Trans, lxix. 
207- The sugar cane is an herbaceous plant, possessing a jointed, succulent root, from which, 
arise several shining, jointed, solid stems, from an inch to two inches in diameter, from six to 
twelve feet high, and containing a white and juicy pith. The color of the stem is yellow, 
greenish yellow, purple, or striped. The joints are about three inches apart, and give origin 
to the leaves, which embrace the stem at their base, are three or four feet long and about an 
inch wfide, flat, acuminate, longitudinally striated, furnished with a white midrib, glabrous, 
finely dentate, and of a green color inclining to yellow. The flowers are pinkish, surrounded 
by a long silky down, and disposed in a large, terminal, nearly pyramidal panicle, composed 
of subdivided spikes, and two or three feet in length. The plant has a general resemblance 
to the Indian corn. Four varieties are mentioned : 1, the common, with a yellow stem ; 2, the 
purple, with a purple stem and richer juice ; 3, the gigantic, with a very large light-colored stem ; 
and, 4, the Otaheitan, which was introduced into the West Indies from the island of Tahiti 
(Otaheite) by Bougainville and Bligh, and is distinguished by its greater height, the longer 
intervals between its joints, and the greater length of the hairs which surround the flowers. Sacchai'um. 
1175 
PART I. 
The sugar cane is cultivated by cuttings, which are planted in rows, and which, by giving 
rise to successive shoots, furnish five or six crops before the plants require to be removed. At 
the end of a year the plant generally flowers, and in four or five months afterwards the canes 
are completely ripe, at which time they have a yellowish color and contain a sweet viscid juice. 
The quantity of sugar which they yield is variable. According to Avequin, of New Orleans, 
the proportion of cane sugar in the recent stalk is about 10 per cent., of uncrystallizable sugar 
from 3£ to 4 per cent. Cane juice is said to contain 17 per cent, of crystallizable sugar, though 
not more than 11 per cent, is extracted in practice. 
Among the saccharine principles distinguished by the chemist are cane sugar, or sugar properly 
so called, derived from the sugar cane, the beet, and the sugar maple, and having the formula 
C12H220h ; lactose or milk sugar, and maltose, a product of the action of malt upon cereals, 
possessing the same formula ; glucose, including dextrose or grape sugar, levulose or fruit sugar, 
the mixture of the two produced by the alteration of cane sugar and known as invert sugar, 
and that resulting from the change of starch and starch-containing cereals; arabinose, from 
gum arabic, agreeing with glucose in the formula CeH12Oe; mannite (mannitol), and dulcite 
(dulcitol), which are alcohol-like compounds closely related to the true sugars. Quercite, 
pinite, and inosite were formerly regarded as either pentatomic alcohols or glucoses, but are now 
considered to be hexahydro derivatives of a pentatomic phenol as yet unprepared. Glucose, or 
grape sugar, is conveniently obtained by spreading crystalline honey on porous tiles, dissolving 
what remains on their surface in alcohol, and crystallizing. The product is about one-fourth 
of the weight of the honey. It is also prepared from starch by the action of very weak sul- 
phuric acid; and this industry has assumed enormous proportions in this country in the last 
few years. In the report of the 1890 census, the capacity of the factories in the United States 
was estimated at 43,000 bushels of corn per day. The term glucose is applied to the syrupy 
product of this process, while the name grape sugar is limited to the solid substance from the 
same source. The process, in outline, is as follows. The corn is first soaked for two or three 
days in warm water, and is then ground on specially-prepared stones with a stream of water. 
The meal is next passed into a trough, the bottom of which is made of fine bolting-cloth. 
Here the starch is washed through and led to large tanks, where it is allowed to settle. It is 
next beaten up with caustic soda, to separate the gluten, and the starch is again allowed to 
settle in long shallow troughs. The starch, washed from all adhering alkali, is next beaten up 
with water into a cream, and conducted into the converting tubs. These tubs are supplied with 
coils of copper steam piping, and are made of wood. Here the starch cream is treated with 
diluted sulphuric acid, and steam is allowed to bubble up through the mixture from small holes 
in the copper pipes. This process of conversion, which is called “ open conversion,” is com- 
pleted fn about two hours. Another method is called “ close conversion.” The substances are 
enclosed in stout copper cylinders and subjected to the action of superheated steam. This 
process occupies about fifteen minutes. After conversion, the acid is neutralized by marble 
dust and animal charcoal. Since the calcium sulphate which is formed in this operation is 
slightly soluble, barium carbonate has been used instead of marble dust; but its use has not 
become general. After neutralization, the liquid is filtered through cloth and animal charcoal, 
and is then conveyed to the vacuum-pan. When glucose syrup alone is desired, the process 
of conversion is stopped when the starch has disappeared, so that the syrup contains both glu- 
cose and dextrin, while when solid grape sugar is desired, the conversion is carried further to 
the change of dextrin into dextrose. Glucose can be obtained as a hydrate in small and lami- 
nated crystals from aqueous solution, and anhydrous in hard crystalline masses either from 
alcoholic solution or, by the process used by Dr. Arno Behr (A. J. P., Aug. 1882, p. 397), 
from very concentrated aqueous solution. It is less sweet than cane sugar. It is also less sol- 
uble in water, and much more soluble in alcohol. It has the sp. gr. 1-54-1-57 when anhy- 
drous. Strong mineral acids hardly act on grape sugar, but destroy cane sugar with facility. 
On the other hand, grape sugar is destroyed by alkalies, with which cane sugar forms definite 
compounds. Dissolved in water and subjected to prolonged ebullition, grape sugar undergoes 
very little alteration. Its solution rotates the plane of polarization of polarized light to the 
right, and is capable of undergoing the vinous fermentation directly, without passing through 
any intermediate state. It is characterized, also, in boiling solution, by reducing alkaline cop- 
per tartrate, and by becoming brown by the action of the alkalies. The name of glueosides 
has been given to certain organic substances which are resolvable, by the presence of acids, or 
other slight chemical influence, into glucose and some other proximate principle, as in the in- 
stance of one variety of tannic acid, which is resolved into glucose and gallic acid. E. Fischer 1176 
Saccharum. 
PART I. 
announced (Berichte der Chemisch. Ges., 1893, 2400) the discovery of a general method for 
the formation of glucosides. He finds that, if a glucose be dissolved in an alcohol and gas- 
eous hydrochloric acid be passed into the solution to saturation, the two compounds unite with 
the elimination of water to form a glucoside or ester of the two. He has found this reaction 
to extend to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, amyl, allyl, and benzyl alcohols, to ethylene, 
glycol, and glycerin, and even to the oxyacids or alcohol acids like lactic acid. He has tested 
it for mannose, galactose, dextrose, fructose, gluco-heptose, arabinose, xylose, and rhamnose. 
Fruit sugar, or lemdose, is an isomeric form of glucose, found in honey and in the juice of fruits ; 
an uncrystallizable mixture of dextrose and levulose (both varieties of glucose) is generated 
from cane sugar by solution in water or weak acids, and long boiling. Hence it is present in 
molasses. An aqueous solution of this sugar, like grape sugar, is susceptible of the vinous 
fermentation without an intermediate change. In consequence of its effect on polarized light, 
it has been named by the French chemists invert sugar (sucre interverti), its rotatory power 
being the reverse of that of the sugar from which it is produced. A solution of cane sugar, 
like that of grape sugar, has a rotating power to the right. When it ferments, it is first 
changed into uncrystallizable sugar, according to the reaction — (CeH120e)„ ; 
and, as the change proceeds, the rotating power to the right 01 the cane sugar gradually 
lessens and disappears, and is replaced by the rotating power to the left of the uncrystal- 
lizable sugar formed. 
Classification of the Carbohydrates. The group of the carbohydrates has been studied during 
the last few years with the most brilliant results by Emil Fischer, who has not only made 
numerous syntheses in this group, but has greatly widened our knowledge of the relations of 
the several sugars, making necessary a more comprehensive classification. Thus, while no 
sugars are found in nature containing less than six atoms of carbon, synthetic compounds are 
formed belonging in the first or monosaccharide class which contain three, four, and five atoms 
of carbon, as well as others containing seven, eight, and nine atoms of carbon. The classifica- 
tion given below, enlarged in accordance with recent discoveries, is based on that of Tollens, 
which was given in the 16th edition of the U. S. D. 
I. Monosaccharides. 
Trioses. Glycerose, CgFLOg (prepared from glycerin by oxidation). 
Tetroses. Erythrose, C4ll804 (prepared from erythrite by oxidation). 
Pentoses. Arabinose, C6H10O6 (prepared by the action of dilute sulphuric acid upon laevo- 
rotatory gum arabic); xylose, C6H10Og (prepared by boiling beech wood and jute with dilute 
acids) ; rhamnose or isodulcite, C6H9(CH3)06, methyl pentose (obtained in the decomposition of 
glucosides like quercitrin). 
Hexoses. Glucose or dextrose, CeH120e; fructose or levulose, CeH120e; mannose, CeH12Ofl 
(obtained by the careful oxidation of mannite) ; galactose, CeH12Oe. 
Ileptoses. C7H1407. Manno-heptose (obtained artificially from the corresponding mannose) ; 
gluco-heptose (obtained artificially from the corresponding glucose). 
Octoses. C8H i608. Manno-octose (prepared from the corresponding mannose) ; gluco-octose 
(prepared from the corresponding glucose). 
Nonoses. Manno-nonose (prepared from the corresponding mannose) ; gluco- 
nonose (prepared from the corresponding glucose). 
II. Disaccharides and Trisaccharides. 
Tribioses and tetrabioses are as yet unknown. 
Pentabioses. Arabinon, C10H1808 (has been prepared by the moderated action of dilute sul- 
phuric acid upon arabic acid). 
Hexabioses. Cane sugar, CX„H 0 • milk sugar, C12H2201X; maltose, C12H220u; iso- 
maltose, C12H220u ; trehalose, C12H220ir 
Hexatrioses. Meletriose or raffinose, C18H320ie ; melezitose, C18Ha2016. 
III. Polysaccharides. 
(a) Crystallizable polysaccharides. Gentianose, laetosin. 
(h) Uncrystallizable polysaccharides. Starches, lichenin, inulin, glycogen, dextrin, natural 
gums, pectin substances, cellulose, lignin, tunicin. PART I. 
Saceharum. 
1177 
Cane sugar is manufactured extensively on the continent of Europe from the beet, and this 
industry is now growing in this country, especially in California. It is also largely produced 
in Canada and the northern parts of the United States from the sap of the sugar maple (Acer 
saccharinum). Cane sugar may also be obtained from cornstalks, and from the Chinese sugar 
cane, or Sorghum saccharatum, which latter source for a time assumed some importance in 
Kansas and the Northwest. In India, sugar is made from the sap of different species of palm. 
Crude palm sugar is called jaggery. Next in rank to the sugar beet as a source of cane 
sugar is the sugar cane, which is extensively cultivated in Africa, the East and West Indies 
(especially Cuba), Brazil, and some of our Southern States, particularly Louisiana. 
Preparation and Purification. The canes, when ripe, are cut down close to the earth, 
topped, and stripped of their leaves, and then crushed between a series of horizontally placed 
iron rollers in a mill, or they are cut in thin transverse slices and the juice extracted by diffusion 
with warm water. The juice, constituting 90 per cent, of the cane, though much less is actually 
obtained, is of a pale greenish color, sweet taste, and balsamic odor, and has a sp. gr. varying 
from 1-033 to 1-106. As it runs out it is received in suitable vessels, and, being quickly re- 
moved, is immediately mixed with lime, in the form of milk of lime, in the proportion of about 
1 part of the earth to 800 parts of the juice, and heated in a boiler to 140° F. The exact 
proportion of the lime cannot be determined, as the juice varies in quality in different seasons; 
but the manufacturer should aim at leaving the juice still slightly acid. The gluten and 
albumen rise to the top, and form a thick scum, from underneath which the liquid is drawn 
off by a cock into a copper boiler, where it is concentrated by heat, the scum being carefully 
skimmed off as it forms. When sufficiently concentrated, the juice is transferred to shallow 
vessels called coolers, from which, when it assumes a granular aspect, it is drawn off into wooden 
vessels with perforated bottoms, the holes in which are temporarily plugged. At the end of 
twenty-four hours the liquid is strongly agitated with wooden stirrers, in order to accelerate 
the granulation of the sugar, which is completed in six hours. The stoppers are now removed, 
and the syrup is allowed to drain off from the sugar, which in this state is granular, of a yel- 
lowish color, and moist. The syrup, by a new evaporation, furnishes an additional portion of 
sugar; and the liquid which finally remains, incapable of yielding more sugar with advantage, 
is called molasses. Sugar produced in this way is called “ open pan” sugar. It is now almost 
completely displaced by “ vacuum-pan” sugar. 
In the production of raw sugars by the vacuum-pan process, the juice, after “ defecation” 
with lime and removal of excess of lime by carbonic acid gas, is run through large filters of 
bone-black, and then into the vacuum-pan for concentration. The vacuum-pan is a large evapo- 
rating pan, closed above by a dome-like top, which connects with an exhausting steam-pump, 
so that the liquid can be concentrated under very reduced pressure. The heat is supplied by 
coils of steam-pipes which run through the interior of the pan. The saccharine juice is evap- 
orated in this until it begins to crystallize, and even after this fresh portions are added, so that 
the crystals already formed grow by accretion of fresh material. After the crystallization is 
complete, the warm mixture of crystals and syrup is run into “ centrifugals,” to which a rapid 
motion of revolution is given, and the crystals so drained and dried. 
There is no doubt that a large proportion of the sugar is lost in the ordinary process of 
manufacture. M. Melsens, of Brussels, proposed a process, which consists in the use of calcium 
bisulphite. This salt is alleged to act as an antiseptic, preventing the operation of any ferment; 
as an absorber of oxygen, opposing the action of that gas on the juice ; as a clarifier, rendering 
insoluble at 100° C. (212° F.) all coagulable matters; as a bleacher of pre-existing coloring 
matters, and a preventive of the formation of new ones ; and, lastly, as a substance furnishing 
a base to neutralize hurtful acids, which unite with the lime, displacing the weaker sulphurous 
acid. This process is now largely used, and calcium bisulphite is used in British Guiana and 
other sugar-producing countries in immense quantities. M. Emil Pfeiffer proposed another 
refining process, which consists in the use of acid calcium phosphate, an agent previously recom- 
mended by Brande. M. Beynoso considered alumina the best defecating agent, having suc- 
ceeded by means of it in throwing down almost all impurities most hurtful. He adds the acid 
aluminum phosphate to the cane juice, and decomposes this with lime, by which the calcium 
phosphate is produced and alumina separated; and all these, with some lime in excess, cause 
the elimination of coloring and nitrogenous matters, so that there remain in the liquid only 
some of the salts which normally accompany the sugar in the juice. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e 
ser., ii. 232.) 
The refining of brown sugar forms a distinct branch of business, and the methods pursued 1178 
Saccharum. 
PART I. 
have undergone many improvements. The sugar is first “ melted”—that is, dissolved in hot 
water—and then clarified by heating it with bullock’s blood. The clarified syrup is then 
strained through cloth filters, whereby it is rendered limpid. The clear straw-colored syrup from 
the bag filters is now run into the char filters,—that is, large filters filled with freshly ignited 
bone-black. The syrup after this filtration goes to the vacuum-pans. This great step in advance 
was taken by Messrs. Philip Taylor and Howard. The former introduced the improvement 
of heating the syrup with great rapidity by means of steam made to pass through a series of 
tubes traversing the boiler; and the latter devised the plan of causing the syrup to boil under 
a diminished pressure, created by a suction-pump, set in motion by a steam-engine, while it 
was heated by steam circulating round the boiler. In this way the syrup was made to boil at 
a lower temperature, and with a diminished contact of the air, and the loss of cane sugar by 
change into that which was uncrystallizable was in great measure avoided. Two, three, or 
even four vacuum-pans may be coupled together, so as to economize fuel, and the vapors 
arising from one made to heat the next, in which a more perfect vacuum exists, allowing of 
evaporation at still lower temperatures. Such a combination is called a double, triple, or 
quadruple effect apparatus. 
After the syrup is sufficiently concentrated by any one of these methods, it is transferred to 
coolers, where it is agitated to cause it to granulate. In this state it is poured into unglazed 
earthen-ware moulds of a conical shape, with a hole in the apex, which is stopped with a paper 
plug. The moulds are placed, with the apex downwards, above stone-ware pots, intended to 
receive the uncrystallizable syrup. When the mass has completely concreted, the moulds are 
unstopped, to allow the colored syrup to drain off. To separate the remains of this syrup, 
the operation called claying is performed. This consists in removing from the base of the 
loaf a layer of sugar about an inch thick, and replacing it with pure sugar in powder, 
which is covered with a mixture of pipe-clay and water of about the consistence of cream. 
The water gradually leaves the clay, dissolves the pure sugar, and percolates the mass as a 
pure syrup, removing in its progress the colored syrup. Sometimes the purification is per- 
formed without the use of clay, by allowing a saturated solution of pure sugar to percolate the 
loaf. When all the colored syrup is removed, the loaf is taken out of the mould and placed 
in stoves to dry. It now constitutes white or purified sugar. The syrup which drains from the 
loaves contains a considerable quantity of cane sugar, and is used in subsequent operations. 
This process of forming loaf-sugar by claying and displacing colored syrup by white syrup is 
now almost entirely replaced by the process already described under raw sugars of crystallizing 
in the vacuum-pan and draining with a centrifugal. The syrups of lowest quality are em- 
ployed in forming inferior white sugar, from which a syrup finally drains containing so little 
cane sugar as not to repay the expense of extracting it. This constitutes sugar-house molasses. 
Good brown sugar, in the process of refining, yields about 70 per cent, of white sugar. The 
application of animal charcoal to the refining of sugar is now very extensive. 
Commercial History. Cane sugar was known to the ancients. It was originally ob- 
tained from India, where it was extracted from the sugar cane. About the period of the 
Crusades, the Venetians brought it to Europe; but at that time it was so scarce and costly as 
to be used exclusively as a medicine. Upon the discovery of the Cape of Good Hope and the 
maritime route to the East Indies, the commerce in sugar passed into the hands of the Portu- 
guese. Subsequently the cultivation of the cane extended to Arabia, Egypt, Sicily, Spain, 
and the Canaries, and finally, upon the discovery of the New World, to America, where it was 
pursued with the greatest success, and continues to be so. In America it was produced most 
abundantly in the West Indies, which supplied also a part of the consumption of Europe. 
The Cuban production, which at one time amounted to over 750,000 tons, has lessened 
greatly in recent years because of the disturbed condition of the island. The production in 
Louisiana, once large, diminished under the competition of the foreign beet sugar production, 
but in recent years, under the stimulus of a bounty, it has increased, and now amounts to 
about 300,000 tons per year. However, the Amei’ican production from the sugar beet has 
developed rapidly in the last few years, advancing from 10,000 tons in 1892 to over 20,000 
tons in 1893 and nearly 75,000 tons in 1898. This production centres in California, Nebraska, 
and Utah, but individual factories have been erected in New Mexico, Arizona, Michigan, and 
as far east as New York State. 
The following figures show the production of sugar throughout the world from the two main 
sources, the sugar cane and the sugar beet. For 1893-94, beet-root sugar, 3,889,535 tons, 
cane sugar, 3,552,374 tons ; for 1894-95, beet-root sugar, 4,792,530 tons, cane sugar, 3,570,413 Saecharum. 
PART T. 
1179 
tons; for 1895-96, beet-root sugar, 4,393,537 tons, cane sugar, 2,945,811 tons; for 1896-97, 
beet-root sugar, 4,960,009 tons, cane sugar, 2,747,500 tons. 
The importations of raw sugars into the United States for 1896 were: raw sugar from the 
cane, 3,291,651,572 lbs., and raw sugar from the beet, 604,686,985 lbs.; for 1897, raw sugar 
from the cane, 3,053,328,238 lbs., and raw sugar from the beet, 1,865,577,495 lbs. 
Properties. Sugar, in a pure state, is a solid of a peculiar grateful taste, permanent in the 
air, phosphorescent by friction, and of the sp. gr. 1-6. It forms “ white, dry, hard, distinctly 
crystalline granules, odorless, and having a purely sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, 
at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-5 part of water, and in 175 parts of alcohol; in 0-2 part of boiling water, 
and in 28 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 80 parts of boiling, absolute alcohol, but in- 
soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. The aqueous solution, saturated at 15° C. 
(59° F.), has the specific gravity 1-345, and is miscible with water in all proportions. The aque- 
ous or alcoholic solution of Sugar is neutral to litmus paper.” U. S. “ Colorless and inodorous 
separate crystals. Readily and completely soluble in half its weight of water, forming a clear 
bright syrup. When the syrup is heated to about 180° F. (82-2° C.) with solution of potassio- 
cupric tartrate or with solution of copper sulphate and excess of solution of potassium hydroxide, 
there should not result more than a trace of a red or yellowish precipitate (absence of glucose). 
Refined sugar should yield no reaction with the tests for calcium, chlorides, and sulphates.” Br. 
Its solution, when thick and ropy, is called syrup, and when alcohol is mixed with it, the sugar 
is gradually deposited in crystals. An aqueous solution of sugar, kept in a warm place, has the 
property of corroding iron, partially immersed in it, just above the line where the surface of 
the liquid touches the metal; and the solution itself becomes impregnated with ferrous oxide, 
and of a deep red-brown color. A similar effect is produced on lead ; but zinc and copper are 
but slightly acted on. (Dr. J. H. Gladstone, Annals of Pharmacy, iii. 208.) A solution of sugar 
possesses the property also of dissolving a large quantity of calcium hydrate, forming a com- 
pound called calcium saccharate. When a concentrated syrup is gently heated, and spirit 
added to it, the liquid, on cooling, forms white semi-transparent crystals of hydrated sugar, 
having the shape of oblique four-sided prisms, and called rock-candy. When heated to 185° 
C. (365° F.), it melts into a viscid, colorless liquid, which on being suddenly cooled forms a 
transparent amorphous mass, called barley sugar. At a higher temperature (between 204-4° 
and 215-5° C. (400° and 420° F.) it loses two mols. of water, and is converted into a black 
porous mass, having a high lustre, called caramel.* At a still higher heat it yields com- 
bustible gases, carbonic acid, empyreumatic oil, and acetic acid, and there remains one-fourth 
of its weight of charcoal, which burns without residue. Sugar renders the fixed and volatile 
oils to a certain extent miscible with water, and forms with the latter an imperfect combination : 
such mixtures are called oleo-saccharures. When in solution, it is not precipitated by lead sub- 
acetate, a negative property which distinguishes it from most other organic principles. 
Tests. “ Both the aqueous and the alcoholic solution of Sugar should be clear and trans- 
parent. When kept in large, well closed and completely filled bottles, the solutions should not 
deposit a sediment on prolonged standing (absence of insoluble salts, ultramarine, Prussian blue, 
etc.). If 1 Gm. of Sugar be dissolved in 10 C.c. of boiling water, the solution mixed with 4 
or 5 drops of silver nitrate test-solution, then about 2 C.c. of ammonia water added, and the 
liquid quickly brought to the boiling point, not more than a slight coloration, but no black 
precipitate, should appear in the liquid after standing at rest for five minutes (absence of 
grape-sugar, or of more than a slight amount of inverted sugar)." U. S. Cane sugar may be 
distinguished from grape sugar by Trommer’s test, which consists in the use of copper sulphate 
and caustic potassa. If a solution of cane sugar be mixed with a solution of copper sulphate, 
and potassa be added in excess, a deep blue liquid is obtained, which on being heated lets fall, 
after a time, a little red powder. A solution of grape sugar, similarly treated, yields, by heat, 
a copious greenish precipitate which rapidly changes to scarlet and eventually to dark red. 
Prof. Bottger finds that, when a liquid containing grape sugar is boiled with sodium carbonate 
and some basic bismuth nitrate, a gray coloration or blackening of reduced bismuth is pro- 
duced. Cane sugar, similarly treated, has no effect on the test. Dr. Donaldson’s test for 
sugar in the animal fluids is formed of 5 parts of sodium carbonate, 5 of caustic potassa, 6 of 
* A coloring substance called caramel brown or sucri cotileur is now largely manufactured from sugar by decom- 
posing it by means of heat carefully applied. It is in the form either of a stiff paste, in which it is used for coloring 
leather, or of a syrup, for coloring liquids. Sucre couleur is now extensively manufactured abroad for coloring rum 
and spirituous liquors, beer, and wine. It is made exclusively from starch sugar, either by a simple process of heat- 
ing, or by heating with addition of sodium carbonate or ammonium carbonate. (For details, see Starch, Glucose, 
Starch Sugar, etc,, by Wagner, translated by Frankel, 8vo, pp. 344, H. C. Baird & Co., Phila.) 1180 
Saccharum. 
PART I. 
potassium bitartrate, 4 of copper sulphate, and 32 of distilled water. A few drops of this 
solution being added to an animal fluid, and the mixture heated over a spirit-lamp, a yellowish- 
green color is developed, if sugar be present. J. Horsley’s test for sugar in diabetic urine is 
an alkaline solution of potassium chromate, a few drops of which, boiled with the urine, will 
make it assume a deep sap-green color. M. J. Nickles points out, in carbon tetrachloride, 
obtained by decomposing carbon disulphide by chlorine and aqueous vapor, a new test for dis- 
tinguishing glucose and cane sugar. This test mixed with cane sugar in a glass tube, kept for 
some time near 100° C. (212° F.), causes a darkening of the sugar, gradually increasing till it 
becomes black. Glucose undergoes no such change. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e sdr., iii. 119.) 
Action of Acids and Alkalies, etc. The mineral acids act differently on cane sugar 
according as they are concentrated or dilute. Strong nitric acid, with the assistance of heat, 
converts it into oxalic acid. (See Oxalic Add.') The same acid, when weak, converts it into 
saccharic acid, confounded by Scheele with malic acid. Concentrated sulphuric acid chars it. 
Diluted hydrochloric acid, when boiled with cane sugar, converts it into a solid, brown, gelati- 
nous mass. Weak sulphuric acid, by a prolonged action at a high temperature, converts cane 
sugar, first into uncrystallizable sugar, afterwards into grape sugar, and finally into ulmin and 
ulmic add. Vegetable acids are supposed to act in a similar way. Maumene has found that 
cane sugar undergoes the change into uncrystallizable sugar when kept for a long time in 
aqueous solution, as well as when heated with acids. When the boiling with acids is prolonged 
for several days in open vessels, oxygen is absorbed, and, besides ulmin and ulmic acid, formic 
acid is generated. Soubeiran admits the change of the uncrystallizable into grape sugar, but 
attributes it to a molecular transformation of the sugar, independently of the action of the 
acid, as, according to his observation, the conversion takes place only after rest. In confirma- 
tion of his views, this chemist states that he found the same changes to be produced by boiling 
sugar with water alone. Not only does cane sugar change into the uncrystallizable variety when 
boiled with water, but, as clearly shown by an experiment of M. E. M. Rault, in aqueous solu- 
tion, under the influence of light, at ordinary temperatures, it slowly changes into glucose ; but 
this alteration does not take place in the dark. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1872, p. 643.) 
Cane sugar unites with the alkalies and some of the alkaline earths, forming definite com- 
binations which render the sugar less liable to change. It also unites with lead monoxide. 
Boiled for a long time with aqueous solutions of potassa, lime, or baryta, the liquid becomes 
brown, formic acid is produced, and two new acids are generated,—one brown or black and 
insoluble in water, called melassic add, the other colorless and very soluble, named glucic acid. 
Alkalies and the alkaline earths are said to lessen the rotatory power of sugar in relation to 
polarized light; but the sugar recovers its power when the alkali is saturated. (Journ. de 
Pliarm,., 4e ser., iv. 314.) The action of acids and alkalies on cane sugar explains the way 
in which lime acts in the manufacture and refining of sugar. The acids naturally existing in 
the saccharine juice have the effect of converting the cane sugar into uncrystallizable sugar, 
by which a loss of the former is sustained. The lime, by ‘neutralizing these acids, prevents 
that result. An excess of lime, however, must be carefully avoided, as it injures the product 
of cane sugar in both quantity and quality. The change in sugar which precedes fermentation, 
namely, the conversion of cane sugar into the uncrystallizable kind, points to the necessity of 
operating on the juice before that process sets in ; and hence the advantage of grinding canes 
immediately after they are cut, and boiling the juice with the least possible delay. 
Molasses is of two kinds, the West India and sugar-house. West India molasses is a black 
ropy liquid, of a peculiar odor and sweet empyreumatic taste. When mixed with water and with 
the skimmings of the vessels used in the manufacture of sugar, it forms a liquor which, when fer- 
mented and distilled, yields rum. Sugar-house molasses, golden drips, or grocer s syrup is thicker 
than the West India molasses, and has a different flavor; as found in commerce, it is largely 
adulterated with glucose. Its sp. gr. is about 1*4, and it contains about 75 per cent, of solid 
matter. Both kinds of molasses contain uncrystallizable sugar, more or less cane sugar which has 
escaped separation in the process of manufacture or refining, and gummy and coloring matter. 
Diabetic Sugar. The sugar found in urine is almost exclusively dextrose, C6H1206. It may 
be recognized by its reducing action upon Trommer’s solution or by Fehling’s test, by its pro- 
ducing a yellow or brown color in contact with alkalies, slowly in the cold, rapidly on heating, by 
its uniting with phenylhydrazine to form a crystalline glucosazone, by its power of fermenting 
with yeast, and by its dextro-rotatory character. The tests for sugar in urine should always 
be preceded by tests for albumin, which latter, if present, should be removed by coagulation 
and filtration. Traces of sugar are said to be found normally in urine, but this never amounts Saccharum.—Sacchamm Lactis. 
1181 
PART I. 
to more than -01 per cent., while from 3 to 5 per cent, of reducing sugar is often found in the 
urine of persons suffering from diabetes mellitus. 
Medical and Pharmaceutical Uses. As an aliment and condiment cane sugar is enor- 
mously used by all civilized and semi-civilized nations. As a hydrocarbon it is nearly equiva- 
lent to starch in its nutritive value, by its digestion largely adding to the fatty tissues of the 
body ; but, as it contains no nitrogen, it is incapable of sustaining life by itself. It seems to be 
worked up in the alimentary canal with much more difficulty than other hydrocarbons, and its 
excessive use is very apt to lead to acid dyspepsia. Glucose, or grape sugar, on account of its 
lack of sweetness, is not much used as a food, but it exceeds in food-value cane sugar, on 
account of its being more readily digested. 
As a demulcent, cane sugar has been used to some extent in catarrhal affections, especially of 
the respiratory tract, and £)r. S. A. Cartwright, of New Orleans (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., 
vols. xlvii. and li.), affirms that the vapor of boiling cane-juice is of very great value in the 
treatment of bronchitis and consumption. According to Dr. S. Meslach, glucose, when given in 
doses of from six to six and a half ounces per day in the form of the concentrated syrup, acts as 
a powerful diuretic, and is very useful in the treatment of cardiac dropsy. If the kidneys be 
healthy, the glucose is said not to appear in the urine. The celebrated grape cure of Europe 
is said to act by virtue of the glucose in the grape. 
As dextrose and also the sugar of diabetes polarize to the right, it was suggested that 
levulose, which polarizes to the left, might be taken by diabetic patients without injury, espe- 
cially in view of the fact experimentally demonstrated by Minkowski ( Therap. Monatsh., 1892) 
that in dogs, after extirpation of the pancreas, levulose, given in moderate doses, is consumed 
in the system, not appearing in the urine. In clinical trials by Ebstein, by Hans von Hebra, 
by Leyden, and by other clinicians, levulose has been given in diabetes up to the amount of 
nearly two ounces a day, with the appearance of only a very small proportion of it in the 
urine.* As its sweetening powers are at least equal to those of cane sugar, it would appear to 
be an important addition to the dietetics of diabetes. Under the name of diabetin it has been 
largely advertised as a proprietary preparation. 
Sugar is much used for the purposes of preserving meat, fish, fruit, etc. It is probable that 
it acts by producing a rapid exosmose of the fluids of the fermentative organisms, its diluted 
solution being in fact prone itself to undergo fermentative change. All the different kinds of 
sugar susceptible of the alcoholic fermentation have this power. (Dr. Louis Mandl, Arch. Gen. 
de Med., 5e ser., xvi. 49, Juillet, 1860.) In pharmacy, sugar is employed to render oils misci- 
ble with water, to cover the taste of medicines, to give them consistency, to preserve them from 
change, and to protect certain ferruginous preparations from oxidation. Accordingly, it enters 
into the composition of several mixtures, pills, and powders, of syrups and confections, and of all 
the troches. Molasses is used for forming pills, for which it is well fitted, preserving them soft 
and free from mouldiness, on account of its retentiveness of moisture and its antiseptic qualities. 
C12 On. H2 O ; 359*16. (sXc'j3HA-RUM LXc'TIS.) Ci2 H22 On- II20; 360. 
SACCHARUM LACTIS. U. S., Br. Sugar of Milk. 
“ A peculiar, crystalline sugar obtained from the whey of cow’s milk by evaporation, and 
purified by recrystallization.” U. S. “A crystallized sugar, C12H220u,H20, obtained from the 
whey of milk.” Br. 
Lactin, Milk Sugar; Lactose; Sucre de Lait, Fr.; Milchzucker, G. 
Sugar of milk, or lactose, is found only in milk, of which it forms about 5 per cent. (Bous- 
singault.) It is manufactured largely in Switzerland and the Bavarian Alps, especially from 
the whey left over in cheese-making. In preparing it, milk is first coagulated by the addition 
of a little diluted sulphuric acid, and the resulting whey boiled down to about one-fifteenth of 
its original bulk into a brown, viscid, sweetly saline mass, which is put into tubs, where, in 
from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, the sugar crystallizes in a bright yellow granular mass, 
constituting the so-called “ sugar-sand,” which is afterwards decolorized by animal charcoal and 
repeated crystallizations. (Amer. Drug., Sept. 1884.) Within recent years the numerous 
“creameries” in the United States have produced milk sugar in such large quantities as a 
by-product that its importation from Switzerland has almost ceased. 
* According to J. B. Haycraft, patients with chronic diabetes can destroy 50 Gm. of levulose per diem. In 
some acute cases a part of the levulose given is burnt up, a part is changed into dextrose, and a third part passes as 
such into the urine. Rabbits can convert levulose into glycogen, the glycogen so formed accumulating in the liver. 
(Zeit.f. Physiol. Chem., 1894.) 1182 
Saccharum Lactis.—Salicinum. 
PART I. 
Sugar of milk is a hard, somewhat gritty, white substance, crystallized in four-sided prisms, 
and possessing a slightly sweet taste and a neutral reaction. In commerce it usually occurs 
in cylindrical masses, in the axis of which is a cord, around which the crystals have been de- 
posited. It is “ soluble in about 6 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in ltpart of boiling 
water; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. The aqueous solution of Sugar of Milk is 
neutral to litmus paper. On adding to a few C.c. of a hot, saturated aqueous solution of Sugar 
of Milk an equal volume of sodium hydrate test-solution, and gently warming, the liquid will 
turn yellow and brownish-red. On the further addition of a few drops of copper sulphate test- 
solution, a brick-red precipitate will appear. If about 1 Gm. of powdered Sugar of Milk be 
sprinkled upon about 5 C.c. of cold sulphuric acid contained in a flat-bottomed capsule, the acid 
may acquire a greenish or reddish but no brown or brownish-black color within half an hour 
(absence of cane sugar)." U. S. “ In crystals or in crystalline masses, grayish-white, hard, odor- 
less, faintly sweet. Soluble in 7 parts of cold water, and in about 1 part of boiling water. It should 
not leave more than 0-25 per cent, of ash when incinerated with free access of air. 1 gramme 
dissolved in 10 cubic centimetres of water gives a red color with solution of phenol-phthalein 
after the addition of three drops of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide (limit of lactic 
acid).” Br. Experiments have shown that much of the milk sugar of commerce contains micro- 
organisms which have resulted from the decomposition of animal constituents in milk, and the 
tests of the Pharmacopoeias do not exclude such impurities. (Drug. Circ., 1893, 250 ; Bull. 
Pharm., 1893, v. 5 ; P. J. Tr., 1894, 853.) Its sp. gr. is 1-54. It is not susceptible of the 
vinous fermentation by the direct influence of yeast; but after the action of dilute acids, 
which first convert it into a variety of glucose, it is capable of furnishing a spirituous liquor. 
It is well known that both mares’ and cows’ milk, after becoming sour, are capable of form- 
ing an intoxicating drink, by fermentation. By the action of nitric acid, sugar of milk is 
converted into mucic acid. When anhydrous it consists of C12H22On ; when crystallized, 
of C12H22011 -j- H20. (Staedeler and Krause.) These formulas make anhydrous sugar of milk 
isomeric with cane sugar. Sugar of milk, when treated with weak sulphuric acid, is inverted or 
changed into a mixture of galactose and dextrose, both of the formula CeII12Oe. The galac- 
tose crystallizes in fine needles, fusing at 163° C. (325-4° F.). 
Sugar of milk has been strongly recommended as a non-nitrogenous, bland article of diet in 
consumption and other wasting diseases, especially when there is extreme irritability of the 
stomach. According to Dr. S. Meslach, Dr. Zavadsky, and Prof. Germain See, it is an active 
hydragogue diuretic, which may often be used with great advantage in the treatment of cardiac 
dropsy. If the kidneys be sound, the lactose is said not to appear in the urine. It has been 
given by the authorities quoted in doses varying from three-quarters of an ounce to six ounces 
a day, administered in concentrated syrup or in milk. 
SALICINUM. U.S., Br. Salicin 
Ci3 His Ot ; 285*33. (sXL-I-Ci'NUM.) Ci3 IIi8 07; 286. 
“ A neutral principle obtained from several species of Salix and Populus (nat. ord. Sali- 
caceae.” U. S. “ A crystalline gl'ucoside, obtainable from the bark 
of various species of Salix, and of Populus.” Br. 
The discovery of salicin is claimed by Buchner, of Germany, and Fontana and Rigatelli, of 
Italy ; but M. Leroux, of France, deserves the credit of having first accurately investigated its 
properties. The following is Merck’s process for its extraction. A boiling concentrated de- 
coction of the bark is treated with litharge until it becomes nearly colorless. Gum, tannin, 
and extractive matter, which would impede the crystallization of the salicin, are thus removed 
from the liquid; while a portion of the oxide is dissolved in combination probably with the 
salicin. To separate this portion of oxide, sulphuric acid is first added, and then barium 
sulphide, and the liquor is filtered and evaporated. Salicin is deposited, and may be purified 
by repeated solution and crystallization. (Turners Chemistry.') Erdmann has given another 
process. Sixteen ounces of the bark are macerated for twenty-four hours in four quarts of 
water mixed with two ounces of lime, and the whole is then boiled for half an hour. The 
process is repeated with the residue. The decoctions having been mixed, and allowed to be- 
come clear by subsidence, the liquor is poured ofi", concentrated to a quart, then digested wdth 
eight ounces of ivory-black, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The extract is exhausted by 
spirit containing 28 per cent, of alcohol, and the tincture evaporated so that the salicin may 
crystallize. This is purified by again dissolving, treating with ivory-black, and crystallizing. 
Merck obtained 251 grains from 16 ounces of the bark and young twigs of Salix helix, and Salicinum.—Salol. 
1183 
PART i. 
Erdmann 300 grains from the same quantity of the bark of Salix pentandra. It may prob- 
ably be obtained from any of the willow barks having a bitter taste. Braconnot procured it 
from various species of Populus, particularly P. tremula, or European aspen. When pure, it 
is in white, shining, slender crystals, inodorous, but very bitter, with the peculiar flavor of the 
bark. It is soluble in cold water, much more so in boiling water, soluble in alcohol, and in- 
soluble in ether and oil of turpentine. It neutralizes neither acids nor salifiable bases, and is 
not precipitated by any reagent. Concentrated sulphuric acid decomposes it, receiving from it 
an intense and permanent bright-red color, and producing a new compound called rutulin. It 
is officially described as in “ colorless, or white, silky, shining crystalline needles, or a crystalline 
powder, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. 
(59° F.), in 28 parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol; in 0-7 part of boiling water, and 
in 2 parts of boiling alcohol; almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 198° 
C. (388-4° F.), Salicin melts, yielding a colorless liquid which, on cooling, congeals to a crys- 
talline mass. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. Salicin is neutral to litmus 
paper. On heating a small portion of Salicin, in a test-tube, until it turns brown, then adding 
a few C.c. of water, and afterwards a drop of ferric chloride test-solution, a violet color will 
be produced. Cold, concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves Salicin with a red color ; the solution, 
after the addition of water, becomes colorless, and deposits a dark-red powder insoluble in water 
or alcohol. On heating a small portion of Salicin with 1 C.c. of potassium dichromate test- 
solution and 2 C.c. of sulphuric acid, the odor of salicylic aldehyde (or of oil of meadow- 
sweet, Spirsea ulmaria Linne, nat. ord. Rosacese) will become noticeable. The aqueous solution 
of Salicin is not precipitated by tannic or picric acid, nor by mercuric potassium iodide test- 
solution (absence of, and difference from, alkaloids)." U. S. “ Colorless shining trimetric tabu- 
lar crystals, with a very bitter taste. Soluble in 28 parts of cold water or 60 parts of alcohol 
(90 per cent.) ; insoluble in ether. Colored red by sulphuric acid. A small quantity heated with 
a little potassium bichromate, a few drops of sulphuric acid, and some water, yields salicylic al- 
dehyde, recognizable by its odor of meadow-sweet. The crystals melt when heated, and evolve 
salicylic aldehyde. On heating to redness in air they leave no residue (absence of mineral im- 
purity).” Br. It belongs to the class of glucosides, being resolved by boiling with diluted hy- 
drochloric and sulphuric acids into grape sugar and saligenin, according to the reaction 
c13ii18o7 + h20 = c6h1206 C7H802. Saligenin, which is ortho oxybenzyl alcohol, 
C6II4(0H)CII20H, is converted by further boiling with dilute acids into a resinous body, 
saliretin, C14H1403. Nitric acid produces with salicin at first two principles called respectively 
helicin, C13H10(37, and helicoidin, C26H34014, and afterwards picric and oxalic acids. (Journ. 
de Pharm., xxx. 43.) Distilled with potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid, salicin yields, 
among other products, a volatile oleaginous liquid, identical with one of the components of oil 
of spiraea, and recognized as salicyl aldehyde, C7He02 (salicylous acid), while saligenin, C7H802, 
is the alcohol, and salicylic acid, C7H603, the acid corresponding. The synthesis of salicin 
has been effected by Michael (A. J. P., 1879, 492), who obtained first helicin by the reaction 
of acetochlorhydrose and salicyl aldehyde, and, by the action of nascent hydrogen upon this, 
salicin. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Salicin probably acts upon the stomach as a simple 
bitter, and after absorption as a feeble and uncertain form of salicylic acid, since it is rapidly 
decomposed in the system, the products of its change appearing in the urine fifteen to thirty 
minutes after the ingestion of a single dose. The elimination is partly as salicin, partly as 
salicylic acid, partly as a salicyluric acid, and partly as saligenin. It has been highly recom- 
mended as a substitute for salicylic acid in rheumatism by Maclagan and others, but later re- 
ports are not so favorable; and if, as believed by Senator, the activity of salicin depends upon 
its conversion in the blood into salicylic acid, it is plain that its action should be slower and 
more uncertain than that of the acid. The dose is twenty to thirty grains (1-3 to 1-95 dm.) 
every three hours, administered in syrup or cachet. Salicin has been used to some extent as 
an antiperiodic, and appears to possess some influence over slight malarial disorders, though 
vastly inferior to the cinchona alkaloids. One or two drachms may be given in the intermission. 
SALOL. U. S., Br. Salol. [Phenyl Salicylate.] 
CcHsCtHsOs; 213*47. (sXl'Sl.) 
“The salicylic ether of phenol.” U. S. “ Salol, or phenyl salicylate, C6H4.0H.C00.C6H6, 
is prepared by the interaction of salicylic acid and phenol, or of their sodium salts with phos- 
phoryl chloride or carbonyl chloride.” Br. 1184 
Salol.—Salvia. 
PART I. 
Salol was first produced by Prof. Nencki, of Basel, and introduced to the medical profession 
by Dr. Sahli, of the same place. It is prepared by heating salicylic acid with phenol in the 
presence of phosphorus pentachloride or phosphorus oxychloride ; the action dehydrates and 
withdraws the elements of water, and unites the phenyl group with the salicylic acid radical. 
According to Ernert, nearly the theoretical yield of salol may be obtained by heating salicylic 
acid to a temperature between 160° C. and 240° C., and preventing the access of air while 
water is being disengaged ; it is probable that salicylic anhydride is formed, and the phenol 
resulting from its decomposition combines with unaltered salicylic acid to produce salol. It 
is described as “ a white, crystalline powder, odorless, or having a faintly aromatic odor, and 
almost tasteless. Permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 10 parts of 
alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.); very soluble in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 0-3 part of ether, 
and readily in chloroform, and in fixed or volatile oils. When heated to 42°—43° C. (107-6°— 
109-4° F.), Salol melts. When heated on platinum, it takes fire, and is consumed, leaving no 
residue. Salol is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. On warming a small portion 
of Salol with enough sodium hydrate test-solution to dissolve it, and then supersaturating the 
liquid with hydrochloric acid, salicylic acid will separate, and the odor of phenol will become 
perceptible. In an alcoholic solution of Salol, bromine water, added in excess, produces a white 
precipitate. On adding a few drops of dilute ferric chloride test-solution, made by diluting the 
test-solution with 20 volumes of water, to 10 C.c. of an alcoholic solution (1 in 50) of Salol, the 
liquid will acquire a violet tint. If, however, a few drops of the alcoholic solution of Salol be 
added to 10 C.c. of the diluted ferric chloride test-solution, a whitish cloudiness, but no color, 
will be produced on shaking. On shaking 1 Gin. of Salol with 50 C.c. of water, the filtrate 
should not be affected by ferric chloride test-solution, previously diluted with 20 volumes of 
water (absence of uncombined carbolic or salicylic acid') ; nor by barium chloride test-solution 
(absence of sulphate or phosphate) ; nor by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride).” 
U. S. “ Colorless crystals having a faint aromatic odor and very little taste. Almost insolu- 
ble in water, soluble in 10 parts of cold alcohol (90 per cent.), very soluble in boiling alcohol 
(90 per cent.), also soluble in one-third part of ether or chloroform, and in fixed and volatile oils. 
Melting point 107-6° to 109-4° F. (42° to 43° C.). An alcoholic solution gives a white precip- 
itate with solution of bromine. A violet coloration is produced on adding a few drops of dilute 
test-solution of ferric chloride to the alcoholic solution. On melting together Salol and sodium 
hydroxide, and then acidulating with hydrochloric acid, a white precipitate is produced and 
phenol is evolved. Water which has been shaken with Salol should not be affected by test- 
solution of ferric chloride (absence of free salicylic acid) and should yield no reaction with 
the tests for sulphates or chlorides. The alcoholic solution of Salol should be neutral to 
litmus.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. In the small intestine salol is broken up by the pan- 
creatic juice, and yields about thirty-six per cent, of phenoj and sixty-four per cent, of sali- 
cylic acid. The completeness and rapidity of this action depend upon the amount of salol in- 
gested and of the alkaline juice in the intestines. The change is, however, sufficient, when salol 
is freely given, for the production of salicylic acid intoxication, and for the blacking of the 
urine with educts from carbolic acid. Because this change occurs in the intestines somewhat 
slowly, the remedy is valuable as an internal antiseptic in the treatment of typhoid fever, in fer- 
mentative dyspepsia, and in various diseases of the intestinal canal. It has been largely used 
in rheumatism as a substitute for salicylic acid, but it is much less prompt and certain in its 
action than is that remedy. Moreover, on account of the large proportion of phenol which 
it contains, it is much more dangerous than the corresponding dose of salicylic acid. Hessel- 
bach has shown that it is prone to affect the secreting structure of the kidneys, and two fatal 
cases of poisoning by it have been reported. (Lancet, May, 1891.) It is especially dangerous 
when the kidneys are diseased. Salol has also been used externally as a substitute for iodo- 
form, and internally, according to the method of Ewald, for the purposes of gastric diagnosis. 
(See H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics.) Dose, from fifteen to thirty grains (0-97-2 6m.). 
SALVIA. U. S. Salvia. [Sage.] 
(SAL'VI-A.) 
“ The leaves of Salvia officinalis, Linne (nat. ord. Labiatae).” U. S. 
Sage; Folia (Herba) Salvias, P. G.; Sauge officinale, Sauge, Fr.; Salbei, Salbeiblatter, G.; Salvia, It., Sp. 
Salvia officinalis. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 23; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 129 ; B. & T. 206. Common 
garden sage is a perennial plant, about two feet high, with a quadrangular, pubescent, branch- Salvia. 
1185 
PART I. 
ing, shrubby stem, furnished with opposite, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, crenulate, wrinkled 
leaves, of a grayish-green color, sometimes tinged with red or purple. The flowers are blue, 
variegated with white and purple, and are disposed on long terminal spikes, in distant 
whorls, each composed of a few and provided with ovate, acute, deciduous bracts. 
The calyx is tubular and striated, with two lips, of which the upper has three acu(e teeth, 
the under two. The corolla is tubular, bilabiate, ringent, with the upper lip concave, and 
the lower divided into three rounded lobes, of which the middle is the largest. The fila- 
ments are supported upon short pedicels, to which they are affixed transversely at the 
middle.* 
Sage grows spontaneously in the south of Europe, and is cultivated abundantly in our gar- 
dens. There are several varieties, differing in the size and color of their flowers, but all pos- 
sessing the same medical properties. The flowering period is in June, at which time the plant 
should be cut, and dried in a shady place. The leaves are officially described as “ about 5 Cm. 
long, petiolate, ovate-oblong, obtuse or subacute at the apex, rounded or somewhat heart-shaped 
at the base, finely crenulate, thickish, wrinkled, grayish-green, soft-hairy and glandular beneath ; 
odor aromatic; taste aromatic, bitterish, and somewhat astringent.” U. S. 
Both these and the flowering summits have a strong, fragrant odor, and a warm, bitterish, 
aromatic, somewhat astringent taste. They abound in a volatile oil, which may be obtained 
separate by distillation with water. Muir (Journ. Chem. Soc., 37, p. 678) found it to contain 
a terpene boiling at 156° C. (312-8° F.), another boiling at 171° C. (339-8° F.), thujone, 
Ci0H180, a liquid boiling at from 197°—203° C., and ordinary camphor, C10HieO. In the fresh 
oil the first terpene predominates. On standing, the amount of thujone increases, and then the 
camphor. The oil from English leaves contains also a sesquiterpene, C15H24, of the boiling 
point 260° C. (500° F.). Wallach (A/m. der Ch. und Phar., 1889) states that the first 
portions contain pinene and cineol, but the greater portion consists of thujone, C10H160 (for- 
merly called salviol). Ferrous sulphate strikes a black color with their infusion. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sage unites slightly tonic, astringent, and aromatic 
properties. By the ancients it was highly esteemed; it is at present little used, except as a 
condiment, but has been given in dyspepsia, also for colliquative sweats. The dose of the pow- 
dered leaves is from twenty to thirty grains (1-3-1-95 Gm.). Bose of the infusion (§i to Oj of 
boiling water), two fluidounces (60 C.c.). According to Cadeac and Meunier (Lyon Med., May, 
1891), the volatile oil of sage is a violent epileptiform convulsant, resembling in its action the oil 
of absinthe, but less powerful. 
* The medicinal properties of the official sage are probably shared by various species of the genus. S. pratensis, 
S. AEthiopis, S. glutinosa, and S. sclarea, or clarry, have been officially recognized in Europe, but are less agreeable 
than is S. officinalis, and are not much used : the leaves of S. sclarea are said to be introduced into wine in order- 
to impart to it a muscadel taste. Dr. A. Comstock (Therap. Gaz., 1887, 660) states that the infusion of the Rocky 
Mountain sage (probably S. lanceolata, Willd.) is, when hot, a powerful diaphoretic, and, when cold, an active diu- 
retic. It is also affirmed to be distinctly tonic, and of great value in the treatment of the malarial, rheumatic, and 
exanthematous fevers of the country. The dose of the fluid extract is half a drachm. It would appear also that 
the seeds of various species of the genus are farinaceous, mucilaginous, and capable of being used as food. The 
stockmen of the West attribute very great fattening properties to the ordinary sage of the Plains, whose ripened 
tops are freely eaten by the cattle. Under the name of Chia the seeds of one or more species of sage are employed 
in Mexico, Arizona, and New Mexico by the Mexicans and Indians as food. Probably the most important of the 
chia-yielding sages is the S. columbaria (see Report U. S. Geogr. Surveys, 100(7z Mend., vol. vi. 48), the seeds of which 
are called Chia-Pinoli; it grows in Mexico as well as in New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, and California. S. chia is 
described in the last edition of the Parmacopea Mexicana as a new species, yielding chia, but M. Mariano 
cena affirms (La Naturaleza, 1881) that the common chia-yielding sage of Mexico is S. poly st achy a, whilst Chia 
azul is yielded by S.patens. Guibourt is probably in error in ascribing chia to S. Mspanica. The chia seeds are used 
not only when crushed as food and for the making of mucilaginous poultices, but also for the preparation of a mucilagi- 
nous drink, prepared by adding a teaspoonful of the seed to a tumblerful of cold water, allowing it to stand for half 
an hour, sweetening and flavoring to taste. They are described as follows. “ The seed is a small one, about inch 
in length and inch in width ; oblong-ovate, somewhat flattish, nearly cylindrical, both ends rounded and slightly 
tapering ; the thinner end has a small, dark line, forming a slight projection, which is the eye of the seed, and this, 
when exposed to moisture, opens in a star-shaped or scalloped manner, emitting the growing embryo. Below this eye 
are oil-cells. The seed is smooth and glossy, and is surrounded by a transparent epithelium, swelling very largely 
when in water. The testa is darkish gray, striated with dark brown lines, running diagonally, and dotted, forming 
a very beautiful variegated surface; when pressed or crushed under a spatula it bursts at the hilum, exposing the 
cotyledons and the oil-cells, leaving an oily stain upon paper. Internally the testa is dark, grayish brown, per- 
fectly smooth, glossy, and devoid of the external variegations or striae. It contains the embryo, with the radical 
pointing towards the hilum, and a white, mucilaginous substance much resembling unrendered fat.” (A. ./. P., 
May, 1882, 227-229.) The European species, Salvia verticillata, Willd., S. Verbenaca, Linn., S. horminum, Linn., 
and S. viridis, Linn., all indigenous to Central or Southern Europe, are also noted for the mucilaginous character of 
their seeds, and have on this account been employed to remove foreign substances from the eye, just as linseed is 
used with us. 1186 
Sambucus. 
PART I. 
SAMBUCUS. U. S. (Br.) Elder. 
(SAM-BU'CUS.) 
“ The flowers of Sambucus Canadensis, Linn6 (nat. ord. Caprifoliacese).” TJ. S. “ The 
flowers of Sambucus nigra, Linn., separated from the stalks.” Br. 
Sambuoi Flores, Br.; Elder Flowers; Fleurs de Sureau, Sureau, Fr.; Iiollunder, Fliederblumen, G.; Sambuco, 
It.; Sauco, Sp. 
Sambucus canadensis. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 269 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1494; B. & T. 138. Our 
indigenous common elder is a shrub from six to ten feet high, with a branching stem, covered 
with a rough gray bark, and containing a large spongy pith. The small branches and leaf- 
stalks are very smooth. The leaves are opposite, pinnate, sometimes bipinnate, and composed 
usually of three or four pairs of oblong-oval, acuminate, smooth, shining, deep-green leaflets ; 
the veins of the under surface are somewhat pubescent. The flowers are small, white, and 
disposed in loose cymes; the cream-colored corolla is wheel-shaped, with five stamens on the 
tube. The berries are small, globular, and deep purple when ripe. The shrubs grow in low, 
moist grounds, along fences, and on the borders of small streams, in all parts of the United 
States, from Canada to the Carolinas, and westward as far as Texas. It flowers from May to 
July, and ripens its fruit early in autumn. The flowers, which are official, have an aromatic 
though rather heavy odor. The berries as well as other parts of the plant are employed, in 
domestic practice, for the same purposes as the corresponding parts of the European elder, to 
which this species bears a close affinity. 
Sambucus nigra. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1495 ; B. & T. 137. The common elder of Europe 
differs from the American most obviously in its size, which approaches to that of a small tree. 
The stem is much branched towards the top, and has a rough whitish bark. The leaves are 
narrower. The flowers are small, whitish, and in five-parted cymes. The ovary consists of 
but three carpels, there being five cells in S. canadensis, L. The berries are larger, globular, 
and blackish purple when ripe.* Gf. De Sanctis (Gazz. Cliim. Ital., 1895, xxv. 1, vol. xlix.) 
obtained coniine from the leaves and stems of Sambucus nigra. 
“ The flowers are, when fresh, about 5 Mm. broad, and after drying shrivelled; calyx supe- 
rior, minutely five-toothed; corolla originally cream-colored, after drying pale brownish-yellow, 
wheel-shaped and five-lobed, with five stamens on the short tube ; odor peculiar ; taste sweetish, 
somewhat aromatic and bitterish. The peduncles and pedicels of the inflorescence should be 
rejected.” JJ. S. The flowers yield their active properties to water by infusion, and when dis- 
tilled give over a small proportion of volatile oil, which on cooling assumes a butyraceous con- 
sistence and an appreciable portion of ammonia. The berries are nearly inodorous, but have 
a sweetish, acidulous taste, dependent on the presence of saccharine matter and malic acid. 
Their expressed juice is susceptible of fermentation, and forms a vinous liquid used in the 
north of Europe. It is colored violet by alkalies, and bright red by acids; and the coloring 
matter is precipitated blue by lead acetate. The inner baric is without smell. Its taste is 
at first sweetish, afterwards slightly bitter, acrid, and nauseous. Both water and alcohol ex- 
tract its virtues, which are said to reside especially in the green layer between the liber and the 
epidermis. According to Simon, the active principle of the inner bark of the root is a soft 
resin, which may be obtained by exhausting the powdered bark with alcohol, filtering the 
tincture, evaporating to the consistence of syrup, then adding ether, which dissolves the active 
matter, and finally evaporating to the consistence of a thick extract. Of this, twenty grains 
produce brisk vomiting and purging. (Annal. der Pharm., xxxi. 262.) The bark, analyzed by 
Kramer, yielded an acid called by him viburnic acid (which has proved to be identical with 
valerianic acid), traces of volatile oil, albumen, resin, fat, wax, chlorophyll, tannic acid, grape 
sugar, gum, extractive, starch, pectin, and various alkaline and earthy salts. (Chem. Gaz., 
May, 1846 ; from Archiv der Pharm.) C. Gr. Traub found in the bark valerianic acid, volatile 
oil, fat, resin, tannin, sugar, and coloring matter. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 392.) J. B. Metzgar 
made a partial examination of the fruit, and found sugar, gum, tannin, fat, and a resinous 
body. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 553.) It was also examined by F. F. Lyons (A. J. P., 1892, p. 1), 
who found 05 per cent, of a volatile oil, an amorphous yellow compound of a glucosidal 
character, and a tannin. The volatile oil of elder flowers was examined by W. J. Bush & Uo. 
( Chem. and Drug., 1897, 53.) It has the sp. gr. 0-827, and is solid at ordinary temperatures 
like oil of rose. The liquid portion possesses the fragrance of fresh elder blossoms. 
* A fungus growing on this plant, called fungus sambuci, has been used as a local application in conjunctivitis. 
According to Steckel, it is capable of taking up from 9 to 12 times its weight of water. (Neues Repert., xiii. 476, 1864.) PART I. 
Sambucus.—Sanguinaria. 
1187 
Medical Properties and Uses. The flowers are gently excitant and sudorific, but are 
seldom used. The berries are diaphoretic and aperient; and their inspissated juice has been 
used as an in rheumatism and syphilis in doses of from one to two drachms (3-9-7'8 
Cm.) ; also as a laxative in doses of half an ounce (15-5 Gm.) or more. The inner bark is a 
hydragogue cathartic, and in large doses emetic. It has been employed in dropsy, epilepsy, and 
as an alterative in various chronic diseases. An ounce may be boiled with two pints of water 
to a pint, and four fluidounces (118 C.c.) given for a dose. It is also used in vinous infusion. 
The leaves are not without activity, and the young leaf-buds are said to be a violent and even 
unsafe purgative. The juice of the root has been highly recommended in dropsy as a hydra- 
gogue cathartic, sometimes acting as an emetic, in the dose of a tablespoonful, repeated pro re 
nata. The fruits of the California species S. glauca and S. racemosa are said to be used as 
food by the Indians. According to Combemale, confirmed by Lemoine, the aqueous solution of 
the European elder, S. nigra, is a very active diuretic, also causing in the lower animals, when 
given in sufficient amount, a pronounced fall of temperature, pulse, and respiration. It was 
found very useful in cardiac and renal dropsies. The drug itself sometimes vomited and purged, 
but this effect never followed the use of the decoction. 
SANGUINARIA. U. S. Sanguinaria. [Bloodroot.] 
(Sil^GUI-NA'KI-A.) 
“ The rhizome of Sanguinaria Canadensis, Linn6 (nat. ord. Papaveracese), collected in 
autumn.” U S. 
Puccoon, Tetterwort, Indian Paint; Sanguinaire, Fr.; Blutwurzel, G. 
Sanguinaria canadensis. L. Sp. FI. (1753) 505 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 1140; Bigelow, Am. 
Med. Bot. i. 75 ; Barton, Med. Bot. i. 31 ; B. & T. 20. The bloodroot, or, as it is sometimes 
called, puccoon, is an herbaceous or perennial plant. The root (rhizome) is horizontal, abrupt, 
often contorted, about as thick as the finger, two or three inches long, fleshy, of a reddish-brown 
color on the outside, and brighter red within. It is furnished with numerous slender roots, 
and makes offsets from the sides, 
which succeed the old plant. From 
the end of the rhizome arise the 
scape and leaf-stalks, surrounded 
by the large sheaths of the bud. 
These spring up together, the 
folded leaf enveloping the flower- 
bud, and rolling back as the latter 
expands. The leaf, which stands 
upon a long channelled petiole, is 
reniform, somewhat heart-shaped, 
deeply lobed, smooth, yellowish 
green on the upper surface, paler or 
glaucous on the under, and strongly 
marked by orange-colored veins. 
The scape is erect, round, and 
smooth, rising from a few inches 
to a foot, and terminating in a single flower. The calyx is two-leaved and deciduous. The 
petals, varying from seven to fourteen, but usually about eight in number, are spreading, ovate, 
obtuse, concave, mostly white, but sometimes slightly tinged with rose or purple. The stamens 
are numerous, with yellow filaments shorter than the corolla, and orange oblong anthers. The 
ovary is oblong and compressed, with a sessile, persistent stigma. The capsule is oblong, acute 
at both ends, one-celled, two-valved, and contains numerous oval, reddish-brown seeds. The 
whole plant is pervaded by an orange-colored sap, which flows from every part when broken, 
but is of the deepest color in the rhizome. The bloodroot is one of the earliest and most 
beautiful spring flowers of the northern United States, growing abundantly in loose, rich soils 
and shady situations. After the fall of the flower the leaves continue to grow, and by the 
middle of summer have become so large as to give the plant an entirely different aspect. 
Except the seeds, all parts of the plant are active. 
The dried rhizome is in pieces from one to three inches long, from a quarter to half an inch 
or more in thickness, flattened, faintly annulated, much wrinkled and twisted, often furnished 
Sanguinaria, transverse section. 1188 
Sanguinaria. 
PART I. 
with abrupt offsets and many short fibres, of a reddish-brown color externally, with a spongy 
uneven fracture, the surface of which is at first bright orange, or whitish, with numerous small 
red resin-cells, but becomes of a dull brown by long exposure. For an interesting microscopi- 
cal description of the rhizome by Prof. E. S. Bastin, see The Pharmacist, 1885, p. 201. The 
color of the powder is a brownish orange-red. Sanguinaria has a faint narcotic odor, and a 
bitterish very acrid taste, the pungency of which remains long in the mouth and fauces. It 
yields its virtues to water and alcohol. The late Dr. Dana, of New York, obtained from it an 
alkaloid, denominated by him sanguinarine, by infusing the finely powdered root in hot water 
or diluted hydrochloric or acetic acid, precipitating with ammonia water, collecting the precip- 
itated matter, boiling it in water with pure animal charcoal, filtering off the water, treating 
the residue left upon the filter with alcohol, and finally evaporating the alcoholic solution. (Ann. 
Lyc. of Nat. Hist. New York, ii. 250.) It may also be conveniently procured by a process sim- 
ilar to that employed by Probst for obtaining chelerythrine from celandine. This consists in 
forming a strong ethereal tincture of the root, passing through this hydrochloric acid gas, dry- 
ing the precipitated hydrochlorate, which is insoluble in ether, dissolving it in hot water, filter- 
ing, precipitating by ammonia, drying the precipitate, dissolving it in ether, decolorizing by 
animal charcoal, precipitating by means of hydrochloric acid gas, and decomposing the hydro- 
chlorate as before. (Chem. Gaz., i. 145.) Gr. Kdnig (A. J. P., 1891, p. 457) has reinvesti- 
gated the constituents of S. canadensis and given us a clearer understanding of them. He 
finds chelerythrine, which is present in greatest quantity, sanguinarine, y-homochelidonine, and 
protopine. Chelerythrine crystallizes with a molecule of alcohol which is not separated at 150° 
C. Its formula is C21H17N04, and it is identical with the alkaloid extracted from Chelidonium 
magus. The salts are lemon-yellow. Sanguinarine has the formula C20H1BN04, and is very 
similar to chelerythrine in its properties. It crystallizes with one-half molecule of H20, and 
melts at 211° C. Its salts are red. The base named is probably identical 
with that separated by Selle from Chelidonium magus, and its formula is C„2H21N04. The fourth 
alkaloid, protopine, has been prepared from Chelidonium magus, from Sanguinaria canadensis, 
and from opium, all three of the specimens being identical. Its formula is C20H17N06, and it 
melts at 204° C. The virtues of the root are said to be rapidly deteriorated by time. Mr. 
Thos. M. Newbold extracted from sanguinaria a non-volatile liquid acid (sanguinarinic acid) 
(A. J. P., 1866, p. 496), which L. C. Hopp has shown to be a solution of impure citric and 
malic acids. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sanguinaria is an acrid emetic, with stimulant narcotic 
powers. In small doses it excites the stomach and accelerates the circulation; more largely 
given, it produces nausea and consequent depression of the pulse*; and in the full dose it occa- 
sions active vomiting. It is also expectorant, and is said to be emmenagogue. The effects of 
an overdose are violent emesis, a burning sensation in the stomach, tormenting thirst, faintness, 
vertigo, dimness of vision, and alarming prostration. (For fatal cases, see Am. Journ. of Med. 
Sci., N. S., ii. 506.) Snuffed up the nostrils, bloodroot excites much irritation, attended with 
sneezing. Upon fungous surfaces it acts as an escliarotic. It has been used in various diseases, 
hut is at present very rarely employed, except As a stimulant expectorant in chronic bronchitis 
or in the advanced stages of the acute disorder. 
The emetic dose is from ten to twenty grains (0-65—1-3 Grin.), preferably given in pill, in 
consequence of the great irritation of the throat produced by the powder when swallowed. The 
expectorant dose is from one to five grains (0-065-0-33 Grm.), repeated more or less frequently 
according to the effect desired, hut the official tincture is better than the crude drug. 
Dr. Win. Tully found the alkaloid sanguinarine, in large doses, to produce vertigo, dilatation of 
the pupil, a haggard expression of the face, nausea, coldness of the extremities, cold sweats, and 
diminished frequency with irregularity of the pulse. The late Prof. R. P. Thomas, of Phila- 
delphia, who experimented with it on himself and others, gave the following statement of its 
powers. In doses varying from one-twelfth to one-eighth of a grain (0-005—0-008 Glm.) it 
acted as an expectorant, without disturbing the stomach. One-sixth or one-fourth (0-01-0-016 
Grm.) of a grain, given every two or three hours, generally produced nausea, and sometimes 
vomited. Half a grain (0-03 Grin.) in solution, given at intervals of ten minutes, almost in- 
variably vomited after the second or third dose. Under the influence of one-eiglith or one-sixth 
(0-008-0-01 Glm.) of a grain, given every three hours, for two days or more, the pulse was 
generally reduced from five to fifteen beats in the minute. He found no alterative effect, and 
none of any kind directly upon the liver. (Proc. of Ainei'. Med. Assoc., 1863, p. 219.) Dr. 
Robert Meade Smith finds that the alkaloid in large doses produces in mammals vomiting, PART I. 
Santalum Rubrum. 
1189 
purging, collapse, convulsions, and death from asphyxia, the convulsions being spinal, but asso- 
ciated with loss of reflex activity and depression of the spinal motor centres. The same authority 
states that moderate doses cause a rise of arterial pressure by stimulation of the vaso-motor 
centre, whilst toxic doses depress the pressure, partly by a direct action upon the heart, partly 
by paralyzing the vaso-motor centres. Hans Meyer (Arch, f Exper. Path. u. Pharm., xxix.) 
found in the frog that sanguinarine first stimulates and then paralyzes spinal-motor ganglia ; on 
the blood-pressure it acted much as described by Dr. Smith.* 
SANTALUM RUBRUM. U. S. (Br.) Red Saunders 
“ The wood of Pterocarpus santalinus, Linne filius (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. “ The 
heart-wood of Pterocarpus santalinus, Linn, fil.” Br. 
Pterocarpi Lignum, Br.; Red Sanders Wood; Red Sandal Wood; Lignum Santalinum Rubrum; Santal rouge, 
Fr.; Santelholz, Rothes Santelholz, G. 
Pterocarpus santalinus. L. Sp. PL (1781) 318; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 906; Woodv. Med. 
Bot. 430, t. 156 ; B. & T. 82. This is a large tree, with alternate branches, and petiolate 
ternate leaves, each simple leaf being ovate, blunt, somewhat notched at the apex, entire, 
veined, smooth on the upper surface, and hoary beneath. The flowers are yellow in axillary 
spikes, and have a papilionaceous corolla, of which the vexillum is obeordate, erect, somewhat 
reflexed at the sides, toothed and waved, the alee spreading with their edges apparently toothed, 
and the carina oblong, short, and somewhat inflated. The tree is a native of India, attaining 
the highest perfection in mountainous districts, and inhabiting especially the mountains of 
Coromandel and Ceylon. It is said that it is everywhere rare, and that plantations of it are 
being formed. Its wood is the official red saunders, though there is reason to believe that the 
products of other trees are also sold by the same name. 
The wood comes in heavy, irregular, roundish or angular billets of various size and thickness, 
externally brown from exposure, internally of a deep blood-red color, on transverse section 
variegated with zones of a lighter red. The structure is heavy, compact, and fibrous. In the 
pharmacies red saunders is usually kept in the shape of small chips, or raspings, or coarse 
powder, of a deep reddish-brown color, slightly astringent in taste, and when rubbed of a faint 
peculiar odor. It has little smell or taste. It imparts a red color to alcohol, ether, and alkaline 
solutions, but not to water; and a test is thus afforded by which it may be distinguished from 
some other coloring woods. The alcoholic tincture produces a deep violet precipitate with fer- 
rous sulphate, a scarlet with mercuric chloride, and a violet with the soluble salts of lead. The 
coloring principle, which was separated by Pelletier and called by him santalin, is of a resinous 
character, scarcely soluble in cold water, more so in boiling water, very soluble in alcohol, ether, 
acetic acid, and alkaline solutions, but slightly in the fixed and volatile oils, with the exception 
of those of lavender and rosemary, which readily dissolve it. It is precipitated when acids 
are added to the infusion of the wood, prepared with an alkaline solution. Weyermann and 
Haeffely have found it to possess acid properties, and give it the formula C16H1406. (Ann. d. 
Ch. und Pharm., 74, p. 226.) Weidel ( Wien. Ahad. Ber., lx. p. 388), by extracting the red 
saunders with caustic potash, precipitating with hydrochloric acid, and again extracting from 
the purified precipitate with ether, obtained a colorless crystalline principle, which he calls 
santal, C8H603 -f- £H20. 
Cazeneuve and Hugonneng (Comptes-Rendus, 104, 1722-1725) have described two crystal- 
line principles which they have extracted from red saunders, pterocarpin, C20H1606, homo- 
pterocarpin, C24H24Oe, of which the former fuses at 152° C. and the latter at from 82°-86° C. 
The wood has no medical virtues, and is employed solely for the purpose of imparting color. 
(sXn'ta-lum ku'bkum.) 
* Acetum Sanguinarice, U. S. 1880. Vinegar of Sanguinaria. ( Vinaigre de Sanguinaire, Fr.; Blutwurzel-Essig, 
G.) “Sanguinaria, in No. 30 powder, ten parts [or one and three-fourths ounces av.]; Diluted Acetic Acid, a suffi- 
cient. quantity, To make one hundred parts [or one pint]. Moisten the powder with five parts [of one fluidounce] of 
Diluted Acetic Acid, pack it firmly in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon it 
until one hundred parts [or one pint] of filtered liquid are obtained.” U. S. 1880. Vinegar of Sanguinaria may also be 
prepared by macerating the powder in one pint of Diluted Acetic Acid for seven days, expressing the liquid, and 
filtering through paper. It is efficient, and of a deep-red color. On standing, a deposit is always noticed upon the sides 
of the vessel containing it, and the color pales: the cause of this is unknown, as, according to the late Prof. Procter, 
the change is independent of the sanguinarine acetate, which is formed in the process. (A.J. P., May, 18(54, p. 210.) 
A syrup may be formed from this vinegar by the addition of sugar, as in the syrup of squill. The dose of the vinegar 
of bloodroot as an emetic is three or four fluidrachms (11*25 or 15 C.c.); as an alterative and expectorant, from fifteen 
to thirty drops or minims (0‘9-l'9 C.c.). It has been used as a local remedy in ringworm and other cutaneous dis- 
eases, and has been found by Dr. It. G. Jennings efficient as a gargle in the sore throat of scarlet fever. Santonica. 
1190 
PART I. 
SANTONICA. U. S. Santonica. [Levant Wormseed.] 
(SAN-TON'I-CA.) 
u The unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora, Weber (nat. ord. Compositae).’ TJ. S. 
European Wormseed; Santonici Semen, Semen Cynae, Semen Contra; Flores Cinaa, P. G.; Semen Sanctum; Bar- 
botine, Semencine, Fr.; Wurmsamen, Zittwersamen, G. 
Artemisia maritima, L. Sp. PI. (1753) 846 * is a small, semi-shrubby perennial, from whose 
oblique, knotted rootstalks arise numerous leafy shoots and flowering stems. The glabrous and 
woody stems bear on they’ many branches numerous small (one inch long) bi- to multipinnatifid 
leaves, whilst the leaves of the flowering stems are very minute, the upper ones simple. The 
flower-heads are small, numerous, one-tenth of an inch long, with from twelve to eighteen in- 
volucral scales, and from three to five flowers. The plant varies very greatly, and several species 
have been been made out of its varieties. The form whose floral buds are said to resemble most 
closely the commercial drug has been named A. cina by Berg and Schmidt (t. 29, c.), and A. 
pauciflora by Weber (Stechm. de Artem., 1775, 26). Following Bentley and Trimen, 157, the 
revisers of the recent U. S. P. have recognized the specific distinctness of the variety pauciflora 
and adopted the name given by Weber; but the propriety of this seems doubtful, since the re- 
searches of the Russian botanists Besser and Ledebour indicate that the forms are not specifi- 
cally distinct, but are merely varieties of one plant, which has an extremely wide distribution in 
the northern hemisphere ; from the old marshes of the British Islands it has spread along the 
coasts of the Baltic and the Mediterranean and eastward over the saline soils in Hungary, 
through Southern Russia and Central Siberia, to Chinese Mongolia. Nor do Engler and Prantl 
recognize the species A. pauciflora, Weber. They consider with Willkomm that the origin of 
wormseed is A. cina, Berg. (See also P. J. Tr., 1872, 762.) In European commerce there are 
two kinds of wormseed, one called Aleppo, Alexandria, or Levant wormseed, the other Barbary 
wormseed. The Barbary wormseed is thought by some to be derived from Artemisia judaica, 
by others from A. sieberif of Besser (A. glomerata of Sieber), and from A. ramosa (C. Smith), 
all of which grow in Palestine and Arabia. It consists of broken peduncles, having the calyx 
sometimes attached to their extremity. The calyx is also sometimes separate, consisting of very 
small linear obtuse leaflets. The flowers are wanting, or are in the shape of minute globular 
buds. All these parts are covered with a whitish down, which serves to distinguish this variety 
from the wormseed of the Levant. It is, moreover, lighter and more colored than the latter. 
It3 smell and taste are the same. The Levant wormseed is the santonica of the two Pharmaco- 
poeias. It is officially described as “ from 2 to 4 Mm. long, oblong-ovoid, obtuse, smooth, some- 
what glossy, grayish-green, after exposure to light, brownish-green, consisting of an involucre 
of about 12 to 18 closely imbricated glandular scales with a broad midrib, enclosing four or 
five rudimentary florets ; odor strong, peculiar, somewhat camphoraceous; taste aromatic and 
bitter.” U. S. Astolfi (Pharm. Zeit., 1893, 333) gives the following test for recognizing adul- 
teration of santonica. 1 Gm. of the suspected drug is finely pulverized and then agitated with 
10 C.c. of absolute alcohol; the whole is then heated to boiling, filtered, a piece of caustic potash 
is added to the filtrate, which is then heated. If the drug be pure, the liquid wall acquire a 
pronounced red color; if falsified, the color will be yellow ; and if no santonica be present, 
the liquid will be colored but faintly, if at all. J 
Of late years most of the wormseed of commerce has come from the steppes of the north- 
ern portion of Turkestan to the great Nizhnee-Novgorod fair, whence it finds its way to Moscow 
and Western Europe. The export from this region is said to have reached 1600 tons annually, 
but has largely declined, because the conquest of Turkestan by Russia led to the establishment 
in Orenburg of large factories for the manufacture of santonin, which is now sent thence into 
* Messrs. Heekel and Schlagdenhauffen (Comptes-Rendus, 804) find that Artemisia gallica contains santonin, 
essential oil, and probably an alkaloid. 
f A. sieberi is in all probability, however, but a variety of the very variable A herba-alba, which is used by the 
Arabs under the name of “ chili” as a vermifuge, and in which M. Battandier found two resins and a large quantity 
of essential oil, but no santonin. 
J For a method of valuing santonica, by Dragendorff, see Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 229. 
Ehlinger’s Process for valuing Santonica. Five parts of santonica and one part of milk of lime were boiled for 
two hours in a considerable quantity of dilute alcohol and the liquid poured off after cooling: this treatment was 
repeated at least twice more, and the alcohol was then distilled off from the united extracts. The residual liquid 
was then saturated in the cold with carbonic acid, filtered off from the precipitate after standing some hours, and the 
filtrate evaporated to dryness. The residue was triturated with animal charcoal and alcohol of specific gravity 0'935, 
and the paste rinsed into a retort, where it was digested with a measured quantity of alcohol. After boiling, the 
contents of the retort were thrown on a filter, washed with hot alcohol, and the alcohol driven off from the filtrate, 
from which, after some hours, crystals of santonin separated. (P. J. Tr., 1886, p. 449.) Santonica.—Santoninum. 
1191 
PART I. 
commerce. The yearly consumption of santonin throughout the world is estimated at about 
twenty-five tons, and of this at least twelve tons are produced in the factories just spoken of. 
The santonin in the plants is said to reach its maximum proportion in July and August, and 
to disappear immediately after the flowering. 
Wormseed contains a volatile oil, but it owes its efficiency to santonin. (See Santoninum.) 
According to Merck, the mother-liquors in the manufacture of santonin from the seeds of 
Artemisia maritima yield a crystalline principle, C15H1804, which has been named artemisin. 
It is freed from santonin by recrystallization from chloroform. It melts at 200° C., gradually 
turns yellow in the air, and is more readily soluble in water and in dilute alcohol than is san- 
tonin. It gives a fugitive carmine red color when heated with aqueous or alcoholic soda, and 
is apparently a hydroxy-santonin. (P. J. Tr., 1896, 484.) The essential oil of wormseed, ac- 
cording to Wallach (M/m. der Ch. und Pharm., 225, 314, and 227, 277), is mostly made up of 
cineol, C10H180, which is isomeric with borneol, and seems to be identical with the cajuputol 
of cajuput oil, together with some dipentene. Wormseed is rarely used in this country in sub- 
stance. The dose is from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 6m.). 
SANTONINUM. U.S., Br. Santonin. 
“ A neutral principle obtained from Santonica. Santonin should be kept in dark amber- 
colored vials, and should not be exposed to light.” U. S. “ A crystalline principle, C15H1803, 
prepared from santonica, the dried unexpanded flower-heads or capitula of Artemisia maritima, 
var. Stechmanniana, Besser.” Br. 
The U. S. P. of 1890 and the Br. Ph. 1898 very properly omit processes for the preparation 
of Santonin. (See U. S.D., 17th ed., 1191.) 
By the U. S. process of 1870, which was taken from Wittstein’s Pharmaceutical Chemistry, 
the santonica is first exhausted by digestion with diluted alcohol, in connection with slaked 
lime,—the latter substance being employed to combine with the santonin and remove coloring 
matter which might subsequently embarrass the proceedings. The tincture thus obtained, 
having been reduced by the distillation of the alcohol to little more than an aqueous solution, 
is filtered and treated with acetic acid in slight excess, by which the santonin is separated 
from the lime which holds it in solution, and, being itself insoluble, is gradually deposited in 
a crystalline state. The remainder of the process is intended simply to obtain the crystals free 
from coloring matter, and otherwise pure. 
The British (1885) process, which is that of M. Mialhe somewhat modified (P. J. Tr., 1864, 
635), spares the expenditure of alcohol in the exhaustion of the santonica, by boiling it 
originally with water in connection with lime, and differs also from the preceding in precipi- 
tating the santonin by hydrochloric instead of acetic acid. The purification is effected in the 
same manner, except that solution of ammonia is employed in the washing, probably to remove 
the last trace of acid. Wormseed of Aleppo yields from T2 to 1*4 per cent, of santonin. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Mars, 1864, p. 241.) It has been intimated to us that the large manufac- 
turers of santonin, abroad, first distil off from the santonica its volatile oil, which has some 
commercial value in Europe, and that the process for preparing santonin is probably facili- 
tated thereby, the affinity of the oil for the santonin making the latter more difficult of puri- 
fication. 
Santonin has been furnished at lower prices since the erection of a factory in Tschemkend, 
Turkestan, where the Levant wormseed can be furnished cheaply: the process used there is to 
treat the wormseed with milk of lime; the calcium santonate formed is next treated with soda 
and carbonic acid; the sodium santonate is then decomposed by sulphuric acid. The acid 
liquid, on refrigeration, lets fall the santonin in crystals. In 1892 the reported annual produc- 
tion there was 70,000 pounds. 
Properties. Santonin is in “ colorless, shining, flattened, prismatic crystals, odorless and 
nearly tasteless when first put in the mouth, but afterwards developing a bitter taste ; not altered 
by exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to light. Nearly insoluble in cold water; solu- 
ble in 40 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), in 250 parts of boiling water, and in 3 parts of boil- 
ing alcohol; also soluble in 140 parts of ether, in 4 parts of chloroform, and in solutions of caus- 
tic alkalies. When heated to 170° C. (338° F.), Santonin melts, and forms, if rapidly cooled, an 
amorphous mass which instantly crystallizes on coming in contact with a minute quantity of one 
of its solvents. At a higher temperature it sublimes, partly unchanged, and, when ignited, it 
is consumed, leaving no residue. Santonin is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. 
C15H18O3; 245*43. (SiX-TO-NI'NUM.) C15H18O3; 246. 1192 
Santoninum. 
PART I. 
Santonin yields, with an alcoholic solution of potassium hydrate, a bright pinkish-red liquid which 
gradually becomes colorless. From its solution in caustic alkalies, Santonin is completely pre- 
cipitated by supersaturation with an acid. Its solution in cold, concentrated sulphuric acid is 
at first colorless (absence of easily carbonizable, organic substances'), but after some time turns 
yellow, then red, and finally brown. If water be added, immediately after it is dissolved with- 
out color in sulphuric acid, it will be completely precipitated, and the supernatant liquid should 
not have a bitter taste, nor should it be altered upon the addition of potassium dichromate 
test-solution (absence of brucine or strychnine), or of mercuric potassium iodide test-solution 
(absence of alkaloids in general).” U. S. “ Colorless flat rhombic prisms, feebly bitter, fusible 
and volatile when gently heated. Scarcely soluble in cold and sparingly in boiling water; 
soluble in 4 parts of chloroform, in 40 parts of cold and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol (90 per 
cent.). Sunlight renders it yellow. Added to warm alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide, 
it yields a violet-red color. It is not dissolved by diluted mineral acids. Heated to redness, 
with free access of air, it burns without leaving any residue (absence of mineral impurity).” Br. 
For a new test for santonin, see Pharm. Era, 1898, 210. The air has no effect upon it, but it be- 
comes yellow on exposure to sunlight. According to M. Sestini, the santonin is changed, through 
the influence of light, into formic acid, an uncrystallizable substance, much more soluble in alcohol 
and ether than santonin itself, which he calls photosantonic add, C16H2206, and a red resinous 
substance. If the santonin be in alcoholic solution, after several months of exposure to sun- 
light it is changed into the ethyl ether of photosantonic acid. In its relations to polarized 
light it is very strongly laevogyrate, and retains this property with acids, though losing it 
entirely when combined with salifiable bases. (Buignet, Journ. de Pharm., Janv. 1862, p. 26.) 
When warmed with alkalies, santonin is changed into monobasic santoninic add, C15H2004, 
while concentrated baryta water changes it on prolonged boiling into the isomeric santonic acid. 
Schmidt {Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iii. 394) disproved the previously accepted statement that 
santonin was a glucoside ; but Hesse {Deut. Chem. Ges. Ber., vi. 1280) found santonin to be the 
anhydride of santoninic acid, and prepared this acid by adding an excess of diluted hydro- 
chloric acid to an aqueous solution of the sodium salt, and adding ether, from which the acid 
may be recovered by evaporation. When santonic acid is heated to 120° C. (248° F.), it is 
resolved into santonin and water. It has a strongly acid reaction, and decomposes sodium and 
calcium carbonate.* 
Cannizzaro and Carnelutti {Ber. d. Chem. Ges., xvi. 2685) have shown that santonic 
acid breaks up on high heating into propionic acid, C3H602, and dihydrodimethylnaphtol 
Ci0H7(CH3)2.OH, and distilled over zinc dust it gives a mixture of dimethylnaphtol, 
Ci0H6(CH3)2.OH, dimethylnaphtalene, C10He(CH3\, and propylene.f Santonone, (C16H1702)2, 
* Sodium 8antoninate (Sodii Santoninas) was official in the Pharmacopoeia Germanica of 1872, and was recog- 
in the U. S..P. of 1880. It may be prepared by adding santonin to a hot solution of caustic soda as long 
as it is dissolved; if the liquid is allowed to evaporate slowly, the crystals of sodium santoninate are obtained. It 
was officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, slowly colored yellow by exposure to 
light, slightly efflorescent in dry air, odorless, having a mildly saline and somewhat bitter taste, and a slightly alka- 
line reaction. Soluble in 3 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0'5 part of boiling water, 
and in 3-4 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, the salt loses 
18 per cent, of its weight (water of crystallization). At a higher heat it chars and finally leaves an alkaline residue, 
which imparts an intense yeljow color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution, on the addition of hydro- 
chloric acid, deposits a crystalline precipitate which is soluble in chloroform, and which yields, with alcoholic solu- 
tion of potassa, a scarlet-red liquid gradually becoming colorless. A five-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should 
not be precipitated nor be rendered turbid by sodium carbonate test-solution (absence of alkaline earths), nor by 
picric or tannic acids (absence of alkaloids).” U. S. This salt was very properly dropped at the U. S. P. 1890 
revision, because it is more easily absorbed than santonin in crystals, and therefore much more dangerous to the 
Eatient and much less destructive to intestinal worms. It must be remembered that serious poisoning from santonin 
as frequently occurred, notwithstanding its difficulty of absorption. 
Santonin and Sodium Albuminate. Prof. Pavesi prepares this as follows: 1 part of santonin, 4 parts of sodium 
bicarbonate, and 2 parts of dried soluble albumen are warmed with a sufficient quantity of water at 60° to 70° F. until 
all are dissolved, and then evaporated to dryness at a very gentle heat. The santonin and sodium albuminato forms 
brilliant white scales, soluble in water. The mineral acids precipitate santonin and albumen, with disengagement of 
carbonic acid. The reasons for which Pavesi gives the preference to this combination over the use of santonin alone 
are the following. The after-effects of santonin, among others, that of yellowness of vision, are entirely obviated; 
the preparation is not decomposed in the stomach, because the sodium bicarbonate in the combination retains the 
santonin in solution, the coagulation of the albumen is prevented, gently purgative sodium salts are introduced into 
the body, and finally, by the disengagement of a small quantity of carbonic acid, an active digestion is produced. 
It is not at all probable that these assertions are correct, but more extended research is justifiable. 
f The physiological and medical properties of various derivatives of santonin have been studied by F. Coppola 
and by Cannizzaro. Of the more important of these derivatives, photosantonic acid and photosantonin are said to bo 
narcotics; whilst isophotosantonin and isophotosantonic acid are not hypnotics, but convulsants. It is asserted that 
santoninoxime is fully as efficacious as santonin as a germicide, but is much less poisonous to the higher animals than 
santonin, being absorbed and eliminated very slowly as santonin. It is insoluble in water, easily soluble in oils apd Santoninum.—Sapo. 
PART I. 
1193 
a decomposition product of santonin, is made by gradually adding zinc dust to a hot solution 
of santonin in acetic acid, preferably in the presence of a little platinum tetrachloride. It 
forms silky white needles, is very soluble in benzol, less so in hot alcohol, ether, or diluted 
acetic acid, and insoluble in water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Santonin has been used by oculists as a stimulant to 
the optic nerve in tobacco amaurosis and other forms of amaurosis; it is strongly commended 
in amenorrhoea by Dr. Bergy, but is chiefly used as a vermicide against the lumbricoid 
worm. In overdose it produces a poisoning whose symptoms are giddiness, mental apathy or 
stupor, great paleness and coldness of the surface, vomiting, profuse sweating, trembling, 
mydriasis, and finally loss of consciousness, with convulsions, often violent and accompanied by 
opisthotonos and emprosthotonos and failure of respiration. Xanthopsia is an early and 
characteristic symptom. All objects appear discolored, generally yellow, but frequently green, 
and sometimes blue. At the same time the urine is tinged of a yellow or a green color; 
and so rapidly does the santonin pass, that the change of color in the urine has been observed 
at the end of 16 minutes.* (Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1863, p. 161.) These effects are prob- 
ably due to the presence of santonin in the aqueous humor and the urine. In regard to the 
minimum fatal dose, two grains are said to have killed a feeble child five years old, and one 
six or seven years old is said to have been destroyed by six grains of the acid, after suffering 
from hsematuria (Bull. Therap., lxxiv. 362); four grains produced very serious symptoms in a 
child four years old. (P. J Tr., ix. 696.) 
The santoninates are inferior to santonin, being more soluble; and for the same reason the 
principle is preferable in its natural crystalline form to the powder. Santonin is best admin- 
istered in the form of lozenges made with sugar and tragacanth (for formula, see A. J. _P., 
vi. 124), which, if the unbroken crystals are used, can be rendered very pleasant to the taste, 
so that children will eat them as candy. The dose of santonin for an adult is from two to 
four grains (0-13-0-26 Gm.) ; for a child two years old, from one-fourth to one-half grain 
(0-016-0-03 Gm.). It has been affirmed that the white santonin is more poisonous than the 
yellow. (A. J. P., 1887.) 
SAPO. U. S. (Br.) Soap. [White Castile Soap.] 
(SA'PO.) 
“ Soap prepared from soda and olive oil.” U. S. “ Soap made with sodium hydroxide and 
olive oil; containing about 30 per cent, of water.” Br. 
Sapo Durus, Br.; Hard Soap, Castile Soap; Savon, Savon blanc, Savon d’Espagne, Fr.; Oel-Sodaseife, Seife, 
Spanische Seife, G.; Sapone duro, It.; Jabon, Sp. 
Soaps embrace all those compounds which result from the reaction of salifiable bases with 
fats and oils. Fats and oils, as has been explained under the titles Adeps and Olea, consist 
generally of three principles, two solid, differing in fusibility, called stearin and palmitin, and 
one liquid, called olein, of which there are two varieties. Stearin is found most abundantly in 
fats which are firm and solid, as suet and tallow ; and palmitin and olein in the oils. When 
the fats and oils undergo saponification by reaction with a salifiable base, these three principles 
are decomposed into oily acids peculiar to each, discovered by Chevreul, and called stearic, 
palmitic, and oleic acids, which unite with the base to form the soap, and into a sweet prin- 
ciple not saponifiable, called glycerin, which is set free. Hence it follows that stearin is a 
stearate of glyceryl, C3H6, the radical of the triatomic alcohol glycerin, C3H6(0H)3, palmitin 
a palmitate, and olein an oleate, and that the fats and oils are mixtures of these three oily 
salts. Hence, also, it is obvious that soaps are mixed stearates, palmitates, and oleates of vari- 
ous bases. Stearic acid, C18H3e02, is a firm white solid, like wrax, fusible at 69-2° C. (157° 
F.), greasy to the touch, pulverizable, soluble in alcohol, very soluble in ether, but insoluble 
in water. In the impure state it is used as a substitute for wax in making wax candles. Pal- 
fats, but not in organic acids, and is not acted upon by tbe gastric juice. P. Gucci prepares santoninoxime as 
follows. Boil a mixture of five parts of santonin, four parts of hydroxylamine hydroehlorate, fifty parts of alcohol, 
and three to four parts of calcium carbonate for six 'to seven hours on a water-bath, and add an excess of boiling 
water to the clear solution. The yield is 80 per cent, of the santonin employed. It crystallizes from alcohol in 
white, lustrous needles which melt at 216°-219° C., and dissolves readily in alcohol and ether, but very sparingly in 
boiling water. In hot solutions of alkaline hydrates and carbonates it dissolves, being precipitated unchanged on 
the addition of an acid. On being warmed with very dilute hydrochloric acid, the santonin is quantitatively repro- 
duced. It is laevo-rotatory. It can be borne in two or three times larger doses than santonin. (Gazz. Chim. Ital., 
xix. 367-382.) 
* According to Dr. Walter G. Smith, the yellow color imparted to urine by santonin is distinguished from that 
produced by other substances by becoming purplish red on the addition of ammonia or other alkali. ( P. J. Tr., Dec. 
1870, p, 528.) For researches upon the character of the urinary coloring matter, consult the same paper. 1194 
Sapo. 
PART I, 
mitic acid, C16H3202, forms a white scaly mass, and melts at 62° C. (143-6° F.). Oleic acid, 
c18h34o2, is an oily liquid, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, lighter than water, 
crystallizable in needles, a little below 0° C. (32° F.), and having a slight smell and a pungent 
taste. (See Acidum Oleicum.) Glycerin is described under a separate head. (See Glycerina.') 
Soaps are divided into the soluble and the insoluble. The soluble soaps are combinations 
of the fatty acids with soda, potassa, and ammonia ; the insoluble consist of the same acids 
united with earths and metallic oxides. It is the soluble soaps only that are detergent, and to 
which the name soap is usually applied. Several of the insoluble soaps are employed in 
pharmacy; as, for example, the lead monoxide soap, or lead plaster, and the lime soap, or lime 
liniment. (See Emplastrum Plumbi and Linimentum Calris.) The two official soaps are of the 
soluble kind. One is a soda soap, made with olive oil (Castile soap), the other a potassa soap 
(soft soap). (See Sapo Mollis.) The soap of ammonia is noticed elsewhere. (See Linimentum 
Ammonisri) 
The consistency of the fixed alkaline soaps depends partly on the nature of the oil or fat, 
and partly on the alkali present. Soaps are harder the more stearate and palmitate they con- 
tain, and softer when the oleate predominates; and, as respects the alkali present, they are 
harder when formed with soda, and softer when containing potassa. Hence it is that of pure 
soaps, considered as salts, sodium stearate is the hardest and least soluble, and potassium oleate 
the softest and most soluble. 
Preparation. The following is an outline of the process for making soap. The oil or 
fat is boiled with a solution of caustic alkali, beginning with a weak solution, and as saponifi- 
cation proceeds using a stronger lye until the whole forms a thick mass, which can be drawn out 
into long clear threads. After the soap is completely formed, the next step is to separate it 
from the excess of alkali, the glycerin, and the redundant water. This is effected by adding 
common salt, or a very strong alkaline lye, in either of which the soap is insoluble. The same 
end may be attained by boiling down the solution until the excess of alkali forms a strong 
alkaline solution,which acts the same part in separating the soap as the addition of a similar 
solution. As soon as the soap is completely separated, it rises to the surface ; and, when it 
has ceased to froth in boiling, it is ladled out into wooden frames to congeal, after which it is 
cut into bars by means of a wire. The soap, as first separated, is called grain soap. It may 
be purified by dissolving it in an alkaline lye and separating it by common salt. During this 
process the impurities subside, and the soap combines with more water; and hence it becomes 
weaker, although purer and whiter. If the grain soap be not purified, it will form marbled 
soap,—the colored streaks arising principally from an insoluble soap of oxidized iron. Some- 
times the marbled appearance is produced by adding to the soap, as soon as it is completely 
separated, a fresh portion of lye, and immediately afterwards a solution of ferrous sulphate. 
The black ferrous oxide is precipitated, and gives rise to dark-colored streaks, which, by expo- 
sure to the air, become red in consequence of the conversion of the black oxide into the ferric 
oxide. When toilet soap is required, the grained soap, or, as it is sometimes called, boiled soap, 
is often remelted, perfumed, and worked over by the processes of milling, plotting, and moulding, 
whereby the soap is brought into the desired shape for popular use. The cold process is also 
used, and is preferred by many because of its simplicity and economy. The following (from 
Sadtler’s Industrial Organic Chemistry, 1895, 62) gives the outlines of the process. The so- 
called “ cold process” requires the use of exact weights of well-refined fats and of caustic soda of 
a given specific gravity (from 32°-36° B.), the quantities being such that only just enough soda 
is present to completely saponify the fat. The materials are allowed to stand together for a short 
time and then thoroughly mixed in a copper provided with steam agitating paddles, and kept 
at a temperature of not over 120° F. The reaction proceeds rapidly, and" after some fifteen 
minutes the materials have so far united that they will not separate on standing, although the 
complete saponification of the charge may require days. They are then run out into the cool- 
ing frames. It is obvious that soaps made in this way retain all the glycerin originally com- 
bined with the fatty acids disseminated through the particles of soap, and belong to the class 
of “ filled or “ padded” soaps. When cocoanut oil alone is used, the temperature of working 
in this cold process need not be higher than 75° F. in summer and 90° F. in winter; if one- 
half tallow, from 104° to 108° F., and if two-thirds tallow, from 113° to 120° F. is necessary. 
A well-refined tallow can be saponified in this way, too, and rosin may be added to it* 
* The following very practical process is by W. J. Menzies (Chemist and Dmggist, Aug. 1880): 
On the Manufacture of Soap in small Quantities without Boiling. Take exactly 10 lbs. of double-refined 98-per-cent, 
caustic-soda powder (Greenbank), put it in any can or jar with 45 lbs. (4$ gallons) of water, stir it once or twice, when Sapo. 
1195 
PART I 
The official soap (Sapo, U. S.; Sapo Durus, Br.) is an olive oil soda soap, made on the same 
general plan as that just explained. 
Common soap is also a soda soap ; but instead of olive oil it contains solid animal fats. 
This soap corresponds with the white soap of northern European countries and of the United 
States, and is formed usually from barilla and tallow. In Scotland it is manufactured from 
kelp and tallow. It was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860 as the only proper 
soap for making opodeldoc; but, as this preparation was discarded, this variety of soap was 
dismissed along with it. 
Besides the official soaps of the U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias, there are many other varie- 
ties, more or less used for medicinal or economical purposes. The official soap of the French 
Codex (1837), called amygdaline soap (almond oil soap), is formed of caustic soda and almond 
oil, and is directed to be kept for two months exposed to the air before being used. Starkey's 
soap, also official in the Codex, is prepared by uniting, by trituration, equal parts of potassium 
carbonate, oil of turpentine, and Venice turpentine. Beef's marrow soap is a fine animal oil 
soap, also included in the French standard of pharmacy. Windsor soap is a scented soda soap, 
made of one part of olive oil and nine parts of tallow. Eau de luce (aqua lucise) is a kind of 
liquid soap, formed by mixing a tincture of oil of amber and balsam of Gilead with ammonia 
water. Transparent soap is prepared by saponifying kidney fat with soda free from foreign 
salts, drying the resulting soap, dissolving it in alcohol, filtering and evaporating the solution, 
and running it into moulds when sufficiently concentrated. The soap is yellow or yellowish 
brown, and preserves its transparency after desiccation. The German transparent soap always 
contains a large quantity of cocoanut-oil soap. Palm soap is prepared from soda and palm oil, 
to which tallow is added to increase its firmness. If it be wanted white, the palm oil may be 
it will dissolve immediately and become quite hot; let it stand until the lye thus made is cold. Weigh out, and place 
in any convenient vessel for mixing, exactly 75 lbs. of clean grease, tallow, or oil (not mineral oil). If grease or 
tallow be used, melt it slowly over the fire until it is liquid and just warm,—say temperature not over 37'7° C. (100° 
F.). If oil be used, no heating is required. Pour the lye slowly into the melted grease or oil in a small stream con- 
tinuously, at the same time stirring with a flat wooden stirrer about three inches broad ; continue gently stirring until 
the lye and grease are thoroughly combined and in appearance like honey. Do not stir too long, or the mixture will 
separate itself again. The time required varies somewhat with the weather and the kind of tallow, grease, or oil 
used : from 15 to 20 minutes will be enough. When the mixing is completed, pour off the liquid soap into any old 
square box for a mould sufficiently large to hold it, previously dampening the sides with water so as to prevent the 
soap sticking. Wrap up the box well with old blankets, or, better still, put it in a warm place until the next day, when 
the box will contain a block of 130 lbs. of soap, which can afterwards be cut up with a wire. Remember the chief 
points in the above directions, which must be exactly followed. The lye must be allowed to cool. If melted tallow 
or grease be used, it must not be more than warm. The exact weights of double-refined 98-per-eent. powdered caustic 
soda and tallow or oil must be taken ; also the lye must be stirred into the grease, not the grease or oil added to the lye. 
If the grease or tallow used be not clean, or contain salt, it must be “ rendered,” or purified, previous to use, that is to 
say, boiled with water, and allowed to become hard again to throw out the impurities. Any salt present will spoil the 
whole operation entirely, but discolored or rancid grease or tallow is just as good as fresh for soap-making purposes. 
If the soap turn out streaky and uneven, it has not been thoroughly mixed. If very sharp to the taste, too much 
soda has been taken. If soft, mild, and greasy, too little soda has been used. In either case it must now be thrown 
into a pan and brought to a boil with a little more water. In the first case boiling is all that is necessary; in the 
other instances a very little oil or a very little more of the double-refined powdered caustic soda must be added to the 
water. These things will never happen, however, if the directions be exactly followed, and after the soap has been 
made several times with the experience thus gained the process is extremely easy, and the result will be always a 
good soap. Beef tallow makes the hardest soap, mutton fat a rather softer soap ; of oils, cotton-seed is the cheapest 
and best, but the soap is muoh softer, lathering very freely indeed. Ordinary household fat or drippings will make 
a nice soap, and in many places can be obtained at a very trifling cost and) in exchange for goods sold. Such 
grease, however, must be carefully examined for salt, which it often contains. It will be evident that any smaller 
quantity of soap can be made at a time, according to the above directions, by taking the ingredients in exact pro- 
portion. It is not advisable to make more than double the quantity prescribed, as it is difficult to work more by 
hand. By making successive batches, however, a single person can make two tons of soap in a day simply with 
apparatus (pans, etc.) obtainable in any household. 
By adding a few drops of essential oil just when the mixing is completed, a toilet soap is produced. Oil of 
mirbane (artificial almond oil) is the cheapest, but the perfume is not nearly so pleasant as real almond oil, eitronella, 
or oil of cloves. If made with clean grease or tallow or light-colored oil, the soap produced is quite white. 
Sometimes a little coloring matter will make soap sell better, although of no better quality. Half an ounce of 
potassium bichromate dissolved in the lye will give a green color; 1 lb. of palm oil melted with the tallow or oil, a 
yellow color; or a good brown can be got by burning £ lb. of sugar in a saucepan until black, then dissolving it in a 
pint of water, and adding it to the melted tallow before mixing. 
A very cheap and good jelly soft soap can be made with soap. Take 5 lbs. of the hard soap, crush it down or cut 
it up into as small pieces as possible; put this into a pan or boiler with 10 gallons of water if a strong hard tallow 
soap; if an oil soap, only half the quantity of water (5 gallons); just bring it to a boil, and stir well, to thoroughly 
dissolve all the pieces of hard soap; pour or ladle it into any can, tub, or barrel that is tight, and leave it to cool for 
two or three days. This will give about 80 lbs. of jelly soft soap at an exceedingly small cost. Of course, if made 
from colored and scented hard soap it will be a colored and scented jelly soap. This is a good way of working up the 
scraps and bits of soap after cutting up. It is a very different article, however, from a real potash soft soap, which 
should invariably be used for washing woollens. It is possible to produce this real potash soft soap in the cold by a 
process somewhat similar to the above. 1196 
Sapo. 
PART I. 
bleached by heat, potassium bichromate with sulphuric acid, chlorine, or exposure to the sun. 
This soap has a yellowish color, and the agreeable odor of violets derived from the oil. Soap 
balls are prepared by dissolving soap in a little water and then forming it with starch into a 
mass of the proper consistence. Common yellow soap (rosin soap) derives its peculiarities from 
an admixture of rosin and a little palm oil with the tallow employed, the oil being added 
to improve its color. Sodium silicate has to some extent been substituted for resin, as more 
economical. (A. J. P., 1863, p. 466.) Large quantities of lard oil (nearly pure olein) are 
manufactured into soap * 
All the varieties of soap, except a few of the fancy sort and the olive oil soaps, are manu- 
factured in the United States. The latter are mainly imported from France, Italy, and Spain. 
Properties. Soap, whatever may be its variety, has the same general properties. Its 
aspect and consistence are familiar to every one. Its smell is peculiar, and its taste slightly 
alkaline. It is usually somewhat heavier than water, and therefore sinks in that liquid. Ex- 
posed to heat it quickly fuses, swells up, and is decomposed. It is soluble in water, and more 
readily in hot than in cold. Potassa soaps and those containing oleic acid are far more soluble 
than the soda soaps, especially those in which the stearates and palmitates predominate. Acids 
added to an aqueous solution of soap combine with the alkali, and set free the oily acids, 
which, being diffused through the water, give it a milky appearance. Its decomposition is also 
produced by metallic salts, which invariably give rise to insoluble soaps. Soap is soluble in 
cold and abundantly in boiling alcohol. This solution constitutes the tincture of soap, and 
forms a very convenient test for discovering lime in natural waters. As the tincture sometimes 
gelatinizes, it is proposed by M. Bjorklund to remedy this inconvenience by employing soap in 
the nascent state, that is, containing a large proportion of water. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., 
ii. 179,1865.) The efficacy of soap as a detergent depends upon its power of rendering grease 
and other soiling substances soluble in water and therefore capable of being removed by wash- 
ing. The chief adulterations in soap are lime, silica, gypsum, heavy spar, steatite, pipe-clay, 
and sodium sulphate. When adulterated with these substances, it will not be entirely soluble 
in alcohol. According to Dr. lliegel, glue is an occasional adulteration in Spanish soap, dis- 
coverable also by its insolubility in alcohol. The same impurity is sometimes found in other 
soaps. Soap is officially described as “ a white or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when fresh, 
having a faint, peculiar odor free from rancidity, a disagreeable, alkaline taste, and an alkaline 
reaction. Soluble in water and in alcohol, more readily with the aid of heat. On placing a 
small, weighed portion of Soap, together with about 10 C.c. of alcohol, in a tared beaker con- 
taining sand, evaporating the resulting solution of the Soap to dryness, and drying the residue 
at 110° C. (230° F.), the loss of weight should not exceed 36 per cent, (absence of an undue 
amount of water). A 4-per-cent, alcoholic solution of Soap should not gelatinize on cooling 
(absence of animal fats). An aqueous solution of Soap should remain unaffected on the 
addition of hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of metallic impu- 
rities). On dissolving 20 Gm. of Soap in alcohol, with the aid of heat, transferring the un- 
dissolved residue, if any, to a filter, and washing it thoroughly with boiling alcohol, it should, 
after drying, weigh not more than 0-6 Gm. (limit of sodium carbonate, etc.) ; and at least 0-4 
Gm. of this residue should be soluble in water (limit of silica and other accidental impurities). 
If a solution of 5 Gm. of Soap in 50 C.c. of water be mixed with 3 C.c. of oxalic acid deci- 
normal volumetric solution, the subsequent addition of a few drops of phenolphtalein test- 
solution should produce no pink or red tint (limit of alkalinity)." U. S. “ Grayish-white, dry, 
inodorous ; becomes horny and pulverizable when kept in dry warm air. Easily moulded when 
heated. Soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), especially on warming. Soluble in 20 parts of cold 
water, and in 1J parts of hot water. It should not contain more alkaline hydroxide or car- 
bonate than is allowed under ‘ Sapo Animalis.’ It does not impart a greasy stain to white un- 
glazed paper (absence of free oil). Incinerated it yields an ash which does not deliquesce 
(absence of potassium soap). It should lose about 30 per cent, of moisture when dried at 
230° F. (110° C.).” Br. 
Olive oil soda soap (Sapo), otherwise called Castile or Spanish soap, is a hard soap, and is 
presented under two principal varieties, the white and the marbled. White Castile soap, when 
good, is of a pale grayish-white color, incapable of giving an oily stain to paper, devoid of 
* Upon the supposition that the detergent properties of soap depend exclusively on the alkali it contains, and are 
consequently proportionate to the quantity of that ingredient, a mode of estimating the relative value of soaps has 
been suggested by R. Graeger, based on the molecular weight of the fatty constituent,—those soaps being the strongest 
of which the acid has the lowest combining number. (See A. J. 1861, p. 365.) PART I. 
Sapo. 
1197 
rancid odor or strong alkaline qualities, and entirely soluble both in water and in alcohol. It 
should not feel greasy, nor grow moist, but, on the contrary, should become dry by exposure 
to the air, without exhibiting any saline efflorescence. This variety of soap contains about 21 
per cent, of water. Sometimes it contains a larger proportion of water, with which the soap is 
made to combine by the manufacturer, with the fraudulent intention of increasing its weight. 
Soap thus adulterated is known by its unusual whiteness, and by its suffering a great loss of 
weight in a dry air. The proportion of water may be ascertained by introducing the soap into 
a saturated solution of sodium chloride, and boiling; when the soap, nearly free from water, 
concretes into a solid mass. Marbled Castile soap is harder, more alkaline, and more constant 
in its composition than the other variety. It contains about 14 per cent, of water. Having 
less water than the white Castile, it is a stronger and more economical soap, but at the same 
time is less pure. The impurity arises from the veins of marbling, consisting of ferruginous 
matters, as already explained, and from various substances added as make-weights. Soap made 
with animal fat, with the probable addition of sodium silicate, has been sold for Castile soap. 
The Italian brands of Castile soap which have been so largely used in past years are rapidly 
depreciating in quality; they are now chiefly made from cotton-seed oil and other substitutes 
for olive oil. 
Animal oil soda soap (Sapo Vulgaris) Is a hard soap, of a white color, inclining to yellow. It 
is made from tallow and caustic soda. This soap possesses the same general properties as the 
olive oil soda soap. 
Composition. It lias been already explained that soap consists of certain oily acids united 
with an alkali. As olive oil is a compound of olein with palmitin and small quantities of the 
ethers of other fatty acids, so the official “ soap” is a mixed sodium oleate and palmitate. The 
former official “ common soap” is principally a sodium stearate ; and “ soft soap,” as defined in 
the Br. Pharmacopoeia, is a mixed potassium palmitate and oleate. The following table, from 
Iloscoe & Schorlemmer, gives an excellent view of the composition of commercial soap. 
Fatty Acids. 
Potash, K»0. 
Soda, Na;0. 
Water. 
Salt and 
other 
Admixtures. 
Hard Soaps. 
Old Mottled Soap 
81-25 
1-77 
8-55 
8-43 
New Tallow Soap 
61-0 
8-4 
28-8 
2-3 
Marseilles Soap 
67-0 
7-8 
21-2 
4-0 
Palm-oil Soap, yellow 
65-2 
9-8 
19-9 
1-1 
do. bleached 
61-2 
9-7 
24-8 
1-3 
Tallow Soap 
42-8 
8-8 
39-1 
Cocoanut-oil Soap (Marine Soap) 
22-0 
4-5 
73-5 
. , 
Palm-oil Soap 
49-6 
8-0 
35-4 
1-1 
Soft Soaps. 
Common Soft Soap 
42-8 
9-1 
48-0 
London Soft Soap 
45-0 
8-5 
46-5 
Belgian Green Soap 
36-7 
7-0 
. 57-0 
• • 
Incompatibles. Soap is decomposed by all the acids, earths, and earthy and metallic 
salts. Acids combine with the alkali, and set free the oily acids of the soap; the earths unite 
with the oily acids, and separate the alkali; while the earthy and metallic salts give rise, by 
double decomposition, to an insoluble soap of their base, and a saline combination between their 
acid and the alkali of the soap. Hard waters, in consequence of their containing salts of lime, 
decompose and curdle soap. They may be rendered soft, and fit for washing, by adding suffi- 
cient sodium or potassium carbonate to precipitate all the lime. 
Medical Properties. Soap possesses the properties of a laxative, antacid, and antilithic. 
It is seldom given alone, but frequently in combination with rhubarb, the astringency of which 
it has a tendency to correct. Thus combined, it is often administered in dyspepsia, attended 
with constipation and toipor of the liver. As it is readily decomposed by the weakest acids, 
which combine with the alkali, it often proves useful in acidity of the stomach, and has been 
recommended as a remedy in the uric acid diathesis; but it possesses no power to dissolve cal- 
culi, as was once supposed. Externally, soap is a stimulating discutient, and as such has been 
used by friction in sprains and bruises. The late Dr. A. T. Thomson found much benefit to 
result from rubbing the tumid abdomen of children in mesenteric fever, morning and evening, 1198 
Sapo.—Sapo Mollis. 
PART I. 
with a strong lather of soap. For the cure of itch, Dr. Schubert recommends a mixture of 
soft soap and salt, in the proportion of eight ounces of the former to four of the latter, dis- 
solved in a quart of water. With this solution, previously warmed, the patient is to be rubbed, 
night and morning, until a cure is effected, which generally takes place in three days. M. 
Thenard recommends a solution of soap as an infallible remedy against the bedbug ( Fr. punaise), 
which, as well as the egg, is destroyed by a hot solution made by boiling together one part of 
soap with fifty parts of water. (Journ. de Pliarm., 3e s4r., xxviii. 280.) In constipation of the 
bowels, particularly when arising from hardened faeces in the rectum, a strong solution of soap, 
especially of soft soap, forms a useful enema. When the latter is used, two tablespoonfuls may 
be dissolved in a pint of warm water. In pharmacy, soap is frequently employed for the pur- 
pose of giving a proper consistence to pills; but care must be taken not to associate it with a 
substance which may be decomposed by it. It is also an ingredient in some liniments and 
plasters. In toxicology it is used as a counter-poison for the mineral acids, and should always 
be resorted to in poisoning by these agents, without a moment’s delay, and its use continued 
until magnesia, chalk, or sodium or potassium bicarbonate can be obtained. The mode of 
administration, in these cases, is to give a teacupful of a solution of soap, made by dissolving 
it in four times its weight of water, every three or four minutes, until the patient has taken as 
much as he can swallow. The dose of soap is from five grains to half a drachm (0-33—1*95 
Gm.), given in pill. 
SAPO ANIMALIS. Br. Curd Soap. 
(SA'PO Xx-I-MA'LIS.) 
“Soap made with sodium hydroxide and a purified animal fat consisting principally of 
stearin ; containing about 30 per cent, of water.” Br. 
Sapo domesticus; Savon animal, Fr.; Hausseife, G. 
The British Pharmacopoeia 1898 has retained curd soap in its list, and thus describes it: 
“ White or with a very light grayish tint; dry ; nearly inodorous ; becomes horny and pulver- 
izable when kept in dry warm air. Easily moulded when heated. Soluble in alcohol (90 per 
cent.), especially on warming. Sparingly soluble in cold water; soluble in hot water. 5 
grammes of the dried and powdered soap, digested in boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), filtered 
while hot, and the filter washed thoroughly with more of the boiling alcohol, yield a filtrate which 
should not afford a red or pink coloration with solution of phenol-phthalein (limit of alkaline 
hydroxide) ; and the filter, when washed with hot water, will yield a solution which, on adding 
solution of phenol-phthalein, should not require more than 3 cubic centimetres of decinormal 
volumetric solution of sulphuric acid to discharge the resulting red color (limit of alkaline car- 
bonate). It does not impart a greasy stain to white unglazed paper (absence of free oil and 
fat). Incinerated it yields an ash which does not deliquesce (absence of potassium soap). It 
should lose about 30 per cent, of moisture when dried at 230° F. (110° C.).” 
Soap made from animal oils and fats is very largely used for all domestic purposes; it is pre- 
ferred pharmaceutically for making solid opodeldoc because of its partial insolubility in the 
hydro-alcoholic solvent. (See p. 1194.) 
SAPO MOLLIS. U. S., Br. Soft Soap. [Sapo Viridis, U. S. P. 1880. Green Soap.] 
(SA'PO MOL-LIS.) 
“ Soap made with potassium hydroxide and olive oil.” Br. 
Savon mou, Savon vert, Savon a Base de Potasse, Fr.; Schmierseife, Kaliseife, G. 
“ Linseed Oil, four hundred grammes [or 14 ounces aw, 48 grains] ; Potassa, ninety grammes 
[or 3 ounces aw, 76 grains] ; Alcohol, forty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 169 minims] ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Heat the Linseed Oil in a deep, capacious vessel, on a water-bath 
or steam-bath, to a temperature of about 60° C. (140° F.). Dissolve the Potassa in four hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] of Water, add the Alcohol, and 
then gradually add the mixture, constantly stirring, to the Oil, continuing the heat until a 
small portion of the mixture is found to be soluble in boiling Water without the separation of 
oily drops. Then allow the mixture to cool, and transfer it to suitable vessels. The Potassa 
used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per 
cent.). Potassa of any other strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or 
smaller quantity be taken, the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by di- 
viding 8100 by the percentage of absolute Potassa (potassium hydrate) contained therein.” 
U. S. The above process was introduced into the U. S. P. 1890 with the view of affording a 
soft soap for medicinal purposes which shall be of uniform strength. Soft soap is prepared on Sapo Mollis.—Sarsaparilla. 
1199 
PART I. 
the same general principles as hard soap, potash being employed as the alkali, and a fatty 
matter, rich in olein, as the oil. The French soft soap is made with the seed oils, such as 
rape-seed, hemp-seed, etc.; the Scotch and Irish, with fish oil and some tallow; and our own, 
with refuse fat and grease. A lye of wood-ashes is the form of potash usually employed. In 
forming this soap it is necessary that it should continue dissolved in the alkaline solution, in- 
stead of being separated from it. Hence soft soap is a potassa soap completely dissolved in 
the solution of its alkali, which is consequently present in excess. As made in this country, it 
is usually semi-fluid, slippery, capable of being" poured from one vessel to another, and of a 
dirty brownish-yellow color and indefinitely varying strength. It is officially described as “ a 
soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow color. Soluble in about 5 parts 
of hot water to a nearly clear liquid; also in 2 parts of hot alcohol without leaving more than 
3 per cent, of insoluble residue.” U. S. “ Yellowish-white, sometimes yellowish-green, almost 
inodorous, of an unctuous consistence. Readily soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), especially on 
warming, the liquid, on filtration, yielding not more than 3 per cent, of residue (limit of po- 
tassium carbonate, insoluble soaps, etc.). It should not contain more alkaline hydroxide or 
carbonate than is allowed under ‘ Sapo Animalis.’ It does not impart an oily stain to paper 
(absence of free oil). Incinerated it yields an ash which is very deliquescent, and which 
should afford no reaction with the tests for copper.” Br. 
For more than one hundred years, under the name of “green soap'' there has been used in 
Europe a soap made by saponifying linseed, rape-seed, or other vegetable oils with various refuse 
oils, usually including fish oils, an excess of potash, and a little soda. The green color of 
this soap was probably due to the presence of chlorophyll in the impure vegetable oils used. 
This green soap, or so-called “ German soap," was formerly largely imported into America, but 
at present has been almost entirely superseded by soft soap made in this country, from which 
it does not differ in the nature of its active constituents or in its therapeutic properties. 
If a green soap be wanted, it may be made by the process given in the foot-note* The soft 
soap of France, the savon vert of the French Codex, has a greenish color and usually the 
consistence of a soft ointment. It is made of hemp-seed oil, or sometimes of the dregs of olive 
oil, and potash. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Soft soap is used in medicine almost exclusively in the 
treatment of eczema rubrum, although sometimes used in other diseases of the skin in which 
a very powerfully stimulant detergent application is desired. It acts chiefly by virtue of the 
excess of potash, which enables it to destroy fatty matters rapidly, to remove exudation, 
and to affect the nutrition of the skin. The tincture, the form in which it is usually em- 
ployed, may be well rubbed upon the part, either in full strength or diluted, and immediately 
afterwards the skin must be well washed to remove the alkali, and then zinc oxide or other 
bland ointment applied. 
SARSAPARILLA. U. S. (Br.) Sarsaparilla 
“ The root of Smilax officinalis, Kunth, Smilax xnedica, Chamisso et Schlechtendal, Smilax 
papyracea, Duhamel, and of other, undetermined species of Smilax (nat. ord. Liliacete).” U. S. 
“ The dried root of Smilax ornata, Hook. f. Imported from Costa Rica and commonly known 
as Jamaica sarsaparilla.” Br. 
Sarsse Radix, Br.; Jamaica Sarsaparilla; Radix Sarsaparilla:, P. G.; Salsepareille, Fr.; Sarsaparille, Sarsapa- 
rilla, G.; Salsapariglia, It.; Zarzaparilla, Sp. 
In the present state of our knowledge, it is impossible to decide with positiveness from what 
species the several commercial varieties of the drug are respectively derived. This much is 
certain, that they do not proceed from the same plant. Of the many species belonging to this 
(SAR-SA-PA-RIL'LA.) 
* “ German Soft Soap” Mr. E. B. Shuttleworth has furnished the following process for its preparation. “ In a 
clean pot or dish, preferably of iron or copper, and capable of containing at least three times the quantity, put one 
part by weight of linseed oil; heat gently, and add, in two portions, three parts in all, by measure, of liquor po- 
tass®, U. S. P. or B. P., providing either come up to the standard requiring 5'8 and 5‘84 per cent, of potassium hy- 
drate. Boil quietly and stir frequently until the mass becomes clear, which with four ounces of oil and twelve 
ounces (fluid) of liquor will require about one hour, and with ten pounds of oil about five hours. If, during the 
process, the mass becomes too thick to stir easily, add a little water. Allow the soap to become cool, but, before it 
sets, work in the coloring matter, which must be previously prepared by boiling finely-powdered indigo with water 
until the color is formed into a thin paste. Twenty grains of indigo, boiled with one and a half ounces of water 
until the mixture is reduced to about one drachm, will answer for the soap from four ounces of oil. The soap must 
not be too hot, nor must it be reboiled after adding the coloring matter, or the green will be destroyed.” (Canad. 
Pharm. Journ., June, 1878.) 1200 
Sarsaparilla. 
PART I. 
genus, few possess any medicinal power; and Hancock states that of the six or eight which 
he found growing in the woods of Guiana only one presented in any degree the sensible proper- 
ties of the genuine sarsaparilla, the rest being insipid and inert. The root (rhizome) of Smi- 
lax china,, a native of China and Japan, has been employed under the name of China Root 
for similar purposes with the official sarsaparilla. As it occurs in commerce, it is in pieces 
from three to eight inches long and an inch or two thick, usually somewhat flattened, more or 
less knotty, often branched, of a brownish or grayish-brown color externally, whitish or of a 
light flesh-color internally, without odor, and ©f a taste flat at first, but afterwards very slightly 
bitterish and somewhat acrid, like that of sarsaparilla. The root of Smilax aspera is said to 
be employed in the south of Europe as a substitute for sarsaparilla; but it has little reputa- 
tion. The East India sarsaparilla, which was at one time referred to this species of Smilax, is 
the product of Ilemidesmus indicus.* (See Ilemidesmus.') All the species of Smilax are climb- 
ing or trailing plants, with prickly stems,—a character expressed in the name of the medicine, 
which is derived from two Spanish words (zarza parilla), signifying a small thorny vine. 
Humboldt, and'much more recently Warszewicz, collected S. officinalis, with roots agreeing 
in all respects with the Jamaica sarsaparilla of commerce, on the Magdalena Iliver in Colombia. 
The plant is said also to be cultivated in Jamaica. (Fliickiger and Hanbury.) Schiede has 
proved that the Vera Cruz sarsaparilla is the root of S. medica. S. syphilitica has been 
claimed as a sarsaparilla plant. 
S. officinalis. H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. (1815) 271. In this species the stem is twining, 
angular, smooth, and prickly; the young shoots are unarmed; the leaves ovate-oblong, acute, 
cordiform, five- or seven-nerved, coriaceous, smooth, twelve inches long and four or five broad, 
with footstalks an inch long, smooth, and furnished with tendrils. The young leaves are 
lanceolate-oblong, acuminate, and three-nerved. Large quantities of the root are said to be 
sent down the Magdalena Iliver to Mompox and Carthagena. It is supposed to yield the 
Jamaica sarsaparilla of commerce. 
S. papyracea, Duham, Arh., ed Nov. 1, 242, is said to have foliage like S. officinalis, with a 
multiangular stem, with squamiform thorns on the angles, and petioles which are vaginate for 
one-fourth their length. It is thought to be the source of Pari sarsaparilla. 
S. medica. Schleclit. et Cham., in Linnsea (1831), 47. This species has an angular stem, 
armed with straight prickles at the joints, and a few hooked ones in the intervals. The leaves 
are smooth, bright green on both sides, shortly acuminate, five-nerved, with the veins promi- 
nent beneath. They vary much in form, the lower being cordate, auriculate-hastate, the upper 
cordate-ovate. In the old leaves the petiole and midrib are armed with straight subulate 
prickles. The inflorescence is an umbel of from eight to twelve flowers, with a smooth axillary 
peduncle, and pedicels about three lines long. 
The medicinal species of Smilax grow in Mexico, Guatemala, and the warm latitudes of 
South America. The roots are very long and slender, and originate in great numbers from a 
common head or rhizome, from which the stems of the plant rise. The whole root with the 
rhizome is usually dug up, and as brought into market exhibits not unfrequently portions of 
the stems attached, sometimes several inches in length. The commercial sarsaparillas are con- 
veniently divided into the mealy and non-mealy sarsaparillas. The first class comprises especially 
the Honduras, Guatemala, and Brazilian varieties; the second the Jamaica, Mexican, and 
Guayaquil sarsaparillas. A very convenient key for distinguishing the commercial sarsapa- 
rillas by certain anatomical characters has been devised by Luerssen in his Ilandhuch der 
Medicin-pharm. Botanik, ii. 404. 
Honduras sarsaparilla (Fig. 1) is the variety most used in this country. Regarding the 
botanical origin of this drug little or nothing is definitely known. It is brought from the 
Bay of Honduras, and comes in bundles two or three feet long, composed of "several roots 
folded lengthwise and secured in a compact form by a few circular turns. These are packed 
in bales imperfectly covered with skins, each bale containing one hundred pounds or more. 
The roots are usually connected at one extremity in large numbers in a common head, to which 
portions of the stems are also attached. In some bundles are many small fibres, either lying 
loose or still adhering to the roots. The roots externally are a dirty grayish or reddish brown ; 
the cortical portion beneath the epidermis often appears amylaceous when broken. 
The Jamaica or red sarsaparilla of foreign writers is little known by that name in the 
United States. The island of Jamaica is merely its channel of exportation to Europe; and it 
* Under the name of Raiz de china de Mexico, the Mexican Pharmacopoeia recognizes the root of S. rotundifolia 
as diaphoretic and depurative, but, according to Prof. Maisch. this reference is incorrect. (See A. J. P., 1879.) PART I. 
Sarsaparilla. 
1201 
is probably derived originally from Central America. It does not materially differ in properties 
from Honduras sarsaparilla, its chief peculiarity' being the reddish color of the epidermis, 
which is also sometimes found in that variety. It is said also to yield a larger proportion of 
extract, and to contain less starch. As found in commerce it is in bundles from twelve to 
eighteen inches long by four or five in thickness, consisting of long slender roots folded up, 
with numerous radical fibres attached * 
The Mexican or Vera Cruz sarsaparilla (Fig. 3) comes in large, rather loose bales, weighing 
about two hundred pounds, bound with cords or leather thongs, and usually containing the 
roots folded upon themselves, and separately packed. These, as in the Honduras sarsaparilla, 
consist of a head or caudex with numerous long radicles, which, however, are somewhat 
smaller than in that variety, 
and have a thinner bark. They 
are often also much soiled with 
earth. This variety was for- 
merly little esteemed; but, 
from the acrid taste which it 
possesses, it is probably of 
equal value to the other kinds. 
It is probably derived from 
Smilax medica. 
Another variety is the Ca- 
racas sarsaparilla, brought 
in large quantities from La 
Guayra. It is in oblong pack- 
ages, of about one hundred 
pounds, surrounded with broad 
strips of hide, which are con- 
nected laterally with thongs 
of the same material, leaving 
much of the root exposed. 
The roots, as in the last va- 
riety, are separately packed, 
but more closely and carefully. 
The radicles are often very 
amylaceous internally, in this 
respect resembling the follow- 
ing variety. 
The Brazilian (Fig. 2), or, 
as it is called in Europe, the 
Lisbon or Para sarsaparilla, is 
not very plentiful in commerce. 
It comes from the ports of Para 
and Maranham, in cylindrical 
bundles from three to five feet 
in length by about a foot in thickness, bound about by close circular turns of a very flexible 
stem, and consisting of unfolded roots, destitute of caudex (rhizome) and stems, and having 
few radical fibres. It was also shown in the Brazilian exhibit in the Centennial Exhibition, 
neatly cut and tied into bundles about a foot long and eight inches in diameter. It is the 
variety of which Hancock speaks as celebrated throughout South America by the name of 
sarsa of the Rio Negro, and is considered the most valuable variety of the drug. It is distin- 
guished by the amylaceous character of its interior structure, and has considerable acrimony. 
It was said by Martius to be derived from Smilax syphilitica; but Dr. Hancock considers that 
portion of it which comes from the Bio Negro, and is shipped at Parfi, as the product of an 
undescribed species, certainly not S. syphilitica. According to Bichard, it is the product of 
the S. papyracea of Poiret. (See A. J. P., xv. 277.) 
* A smilax is cultivated in Jamaica as a sarsaparilla, but probably yields little or none of the Jamaica sarsapa- 
rilla of commerce. Its roots are said to be of a light brown color, and more amylaceous than the commercial 
Jamaica sarsaparilla. The question as to the identity of the cultivated plant has been considerably discussed. In 
1889 Sir Joseph Hooker, having, however, only male flowers grown in Kew Gardens, decided that it is not the 
Smilax officinalis H. B. K., but is probably identical with the Smilax ornata of Lemaire. (Chem. and Drug., 1889.) 1202 
Sarsaparilla. 
part I. 
The variety described by Professor Bentley under the name of Guatemala sarsaparilla was 
collected in the province of Sacatapeques, about ninety miles from the sea. It is in cylindrical 
bundles about two feet eight inches long by four inches in diameter, composed of separate 
roots, arranged in parallel order, without rootstalk, and bound together by a few turns of the 
flexible stem of a monocotyledonous plant. The bundles resemble the Brazilian in arrange- 
ment, but are much less eompact. It is amylaceous, has considerable acrimony, and is probably 
one of the most efficient varieties. Professor Bentley ascribes it to S. papyracea. For a par- 
ticular description of the root, see P. J. Tr., xii. 472. 
Guayaquil sarsaparilla, according to Mr. Spruce, grows in valleys on the western slopes of 
the equatorial Andes. It is usually not in bundles, but carelessly packed in bales. “ The 
rhizome and a portion of the stem are often present, the latter being round and prickly. The 
root is dark, large, and coarse-looking, with a good deal of fibre. The bark is furrowed, rather 
thick, and not mealy in the slenderer portions of the root, which is near the rootstalk; but, 
as the root becomes stout, so its bark becomes smoother, thicker, and amylaceous, exhibiting 
when cut a fawn-colored or pale yellow interior.” 
Properties. The dried sarsaparilla roots are several feet in length, about the thickness 
of a goose-quill, cylindrical, more or less wrinkled longitudinally, flexible, and composed of a 
thick exterior cortical portion, covered with a thin easily separable epidermis, of an inner 
layer of ligneous fibre, and of a central pith. The epidermis is of various colors, generally 
ash-colored, grayish brown, or reddish brown, and sometimes very dark. It is composed of 
several rows of elongated flattened cells, with their walls thickened by secondary deposits. 
The cortical portion is in some specimens whitish, in others brown, and not unfrequently of 
a pink or rosy hue. It is occasionally white, brittle, and almost powdery like starch. It is 
formed of a loose parenchymatous tissue, whose cells are often loaded with starch and raphides. 
Between it and the woody centre is a circle of small cells, which form the so-called nucleus 
sheath. The woody part is usually very thin, and composed of longitudinal fibres, which allow 
the root to be split with facility through its whole length. Its vascular bundles contain pitted 
ducts and prosenchymatous cells. Scattered vascular bundles sometimes occur in the central 
medulla, which is composed of large medullary cells. The cells of the endoderm are nearly 
square in transverse section, and uniformly thickened. 
Sarsaparilla in its ordinary state is nearly or quite inodorous, but in decoction acquires a 
decided and peculiar smell. To the taste it is mucilaginous and very slightly bitter, and, when 
chewed for some time, produces a disagreeable acrid impression, which remains long in the 
mouth and fauces. “ The thick, woody, knotty rhizome, if present, should be removed.” U. S. 
The root is efficient in proportion as it possesses this acrimony, which is said by some authors 
to be confined to the cortical portion, while the ligneous fibre and medullary matter are insipid 
and inert. Hancock avers that all parts are equally acrid and efficacious. The truth is prob- 
ably between the two extremes; and, as in most medicinal roots, it must be admitted that the 
bark is more powerful than the interior portions, while these are not wholly inactive. The 
virtues of the root are communicated to water, cold or hot, but are impaired by long boiling. 
They are extracted also by diluted alcohol. According to Hancock, the whole of the active 
matter is not extracted by water. He observes in his paper upon sarsaparilla, published in the 
London Medico-Botanical Transactions, when speaking of the sarsaparilla from Pard and the 
Bio Negro, “ After exhausting half a pound of this sort by two digestions, boiling, and press- 
ure, I added to the dregs half a pint of proof spirit, and digested this with a gentle heat for 
a few hours in a close vessel; then, affusing hot water to the amount of that taken off from the 
first boiling, and pressing again, I procured by the last operation about four pints of an infusion 
which possessed the acrid properties of the sarsa in a much higher degree even than that ob- 
tained by the first decoction with simple water.” It appears that in South America it is the 
custom to prepare sarsaparilla by digestion in wine or spirit, or by infusion in water with addi- 
tions which may produce the vinous fermentation and thus add alcohol to the menstruum. The 
same result, as to the superior efficacy of alcohol as a solvent of the acrid principle of sarsapa- 
rilla, has been obtained by the French experimentalists. It has been suggested that sarsapa- 
rilla, the virtues of which are admitted to be impaired by long boiling, might also be Injured 
by the degree of heat applied in the water- or steam-bath. But the contrary appears to have 
been proved by Prof. J. F. Judge, of Cincinnati. (Proc. A. P. A., 1873, p. 595.) 
Parillin. (Smilacin. Pariglin. Salseparin. Parillinic acid.') The crystalline principle 
in which the virtues of sarsaparilla reside is now called parillin. It was first discovered by 
Dr. Palotta, who described it in 1824 under the name of pariglin. Subsequently, M. Folchi PART I. 
Sarsapanlla. 
1203 
supposed that he had found another principle, which he called smilacin. Prof. Fliickiger 
recommends the preparation of parillin by exhausting the crushed root with warm alcohol 
and distilling the tincture until the residue weighs one-sixth of the root. It is then gradually 
mixed with one and a half times its weight of water, and after several days the liquid is 
decanted from the light yellow precipitate, which is then mixed with about half its volume 
of alcohol, transferred to a filter, and washed with alcohol of 20 or 30 per cent. Parillin is 
less soluble in weak than in strong alcohol or in water. The yield was 0-18 and 0-19 per 
cent. It is white, inodorous, almost tasteless in the solid state, but bitter, acrid, and nauseous 
when dissolved in alcohol or water. It is very slightly soluble in cold water, but more 
readily in boiling water, without crystallizing on cooling. It is very soluble in alcohol, espe- 
cially at the boiling temperature. Ether and the volatile oils also dissolve it. Its aqueous 
solution has the property of frothing very much on agitation. According to Fliickiger, con- 
centrated sulphuric acid yields a yellow solution, which, on absorbing moisture, gradually turns 
cherry-red ; warm diluted sulphuric acid colors parillin greenish, then red, and finally brown; 
phosphoric acid has a similar reaction, but the color is more greenish-yellow. The aqueous solu- 
tion is precipitated by alcoholic solution of lead acetate, by lead subacetate, and by tannin, and 
when warmed reduces alkaline copper tartrate, but does not react with other tests for sugar 
until after it has been boiled with a dilute acid, when the solution acquires a green fluorescence. 
This is best observed if a trace of parillin is dissolved in warm concentrated sulphuric acid, 
and disappears on dilution with water or on neutralizing with ammonia. Parillin is not ster- 
nutatory : its acrid taste is best observed in alcoholic solution. (See A. J. P., xii. 245.) 
The solutions of parillin are without acid or alkaline reaction. By treatment with dilute min- 
eral acids, it is resolved into parigenin and' sugar. M. Poggiale found parillin both in the 
cortical and in the medullary part of the root, but most largely in the former. W. von 
Schulz (P. J. Tr., 1892, 6) has shown that Dragendorff’s smilacin or sarsaparill-sapo- 
nin, C2„H32010, sarsa-saponin, C22H36010, discovered by himself, and Fliickiger’s parillin, 
c26h4401o, are three homologous compounds all belonging to the same series, having the gen- 
eral formula CnH2n_8O10. These three all split up into sarsa-sapogenin (parigenin of Fliickiger) 
and one or more molecules of glucose on boiling with dilute acids. Prof. Robert (A. J. 
P, 1892, 465) comes to practically the same results, stating the constituents to be parillin 
“h 2£H20), insoluble in water; saponin (sarsaparill-saponin), 5(C20H32010 -(- 
2£H20), soluble in water; and sarsa-saponin, 12(C22H3e010-j- 2H20), easily soluble in water, 
and the most poisonous of the constituents. 
The sarsaparilla of commerce is apt to be nearly if not quite inert, either from age, or from 
having been obtained from inferior species of Smilax. This inequality of the medicine, with 
the improper modes of preparing it long in vogue, has probably contributed to its variable 
reputation. The only criterion of good sarsaparilla to be relied on is the taste. If it leave a 
decidedly acrid impression in the mouth after having been chewed for a short time, it may 
be considered efficient; if otherwise, it is probably inert. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Few medicines have undergone greater changes of 
reputation. About the middle of the sixteenth century it was introduced into Europe as 
a remedy for the venereal complaint, in which it had been found very useful in the recent 
Spanish settlements in the West Indies. After a time it fell into disrepute, and was little em- 
ployed till about a century ago, when it was again brought into notice by Sir William Fordyce 
and others, as a useful adjuvant and corrigent of mercury in lues venerea. Since that period 
very different opinions have been entertained of it. Some, among whom was Dr. Cullen, con- 
sidered it wholly inert; others, on the contrary, have had the most unbounded confidence in 
its powers. The probable cause of much of this discrepancy has been already mentioned. 
Experience, among both regular practitioners and empirics, would seem to have placed its effi- 
cacy beyond reasonable doubt. Its most extensive and useful application is in the treatment 
of secondary syphilis and syphiloid diseases and that shattered state of the system which some- 
times follows the imprudent use of mercury in these affections. It is also employed, though 
with less obvious benefit, in chronic rheumatism, scrofidous affections, certain cutaneous diseases, 
and other depraved conditions of health. Its mode of action is less evident than its ultimate 
effects. It is said to increase the perspiration and urine; but, allowing it to do so, the effect is 
too slight to explain its remedial influence ; and even that which is produced has been ascribed 
by some to the medicines with which it is generally associated, or to the liquid in which it 
is exhibited. In this ignorance of its precise modus operandi, we call it an alterative. 
Sarsaparilla may be administered in the form of infusion, decoction, syrup, or fluid extract. 1204 
Sassafras.—Sassafras Medulla. 
PART I. 
A beer made by fermenting an infusion of the drug with molasses is said to be a popular 
remedy in South America.* The smoke of sarsaparilla has been highly recommended in 
asthma. (Journ. de Pharm., xviii. 221.) 
SASSAFRAS. U. S. (Br.) Sassafras. 
(SAS'SA-FRAS.) 
“ The bark of the root of Sassafras variifolium (Salisbury), 0. Kuntze (nat. ord. Laurineae).” 
U. S. “The dried root of Sassafras officinale, T. Nees and Eberm.” Br. 
Sassafras Radix, Br.; Sassafras, Fr., 0.; Sassafras, Sassafrasso, It.; Sasafras, Sp. 
SASSAFRAS MEDULLA. U. S. Sassafras Pith. 
“ The pith of Sassafras variifolium (Salisbury), 0. Kuntze (nat. ord. Laurinese).” U. S. 
Laurus sassafras. Linn. Sp. PI. 1753.—Laarus variifolia, Salisb. Prodromus, etc., 1796.— 
Sassafras officinale. Nees ab Esenbeck and Ebermaier (1830).—Sassafras variifolia, Salisb. 
0. Kuntze.f—Sassafras sassafras. Karsten, Deutsch. FI. (1880-83). This is an indigenous 
tree, of middling size, rising in favorable situations from thirty to fifty feet, with a trunk about 
a foot in diameter. In the Southern States it is sometimes larger, and in the northern parts 
of New England is little more than a shrub. The bark of the stem and large branches is 
rough, deeply furrowed, and grayish; that of the extreme branches or twigs is smooth and 
beautifully green. The leaves, which are alternate, petiolate, and downy when young, vary 
much in their form and size even upon the same tree. Some are oval and entire, others have 
a lobe on one side; but the greater number are three-lobed. Their mean length is four or 
five inches. The flowers, which appear before the leaves, are small, of a pale greenish-yellow 
color, and disposed in racemes which arise from the branches below the leaves and have linear 
bracts at their base. The corolla is divided into six oblong segments. The male flowers have 
nine stamens; the hermaphrodite, which are on a different plant, have only six, with a simple 
style. The fruit is an oval drupe, about as large as a pea, of a deep blue color when ripe, and 
supported on a red pedicel, enlarged at the extremity into a cup for its reception. For the 
microscopical character of the root and bark, see E. S. Bastin, A. J. P., June, 1895. 
The sassafras is common throughout the United States, and extends into Mexico. The fresh 
flowers have a slightly fragrant odor, and almost all parts of the plant are more or less aromatic. 
The best time for collecting the pith is after the occurrence of frost in autumn; and the same 
is the case also with the bark of the root. The wood of the root is brownish white, the bark 
spongy and divisible into layers. Although the Br. Ph. recognizes the whole root as official, 
the activity resides in the bark, which alone should be employed. 
1. Sassafras Pith. This is in slender cylindrical pieces, very light and spongy, with a muci- 
laginous taste, and in a slight degree the characteristic flavor of the sassafras. It abounds 
in a gummy matter, which it readily imparts to water, forming a limpid mucilage, which, 
though ropy and viscid, has much less tenacity than that of gum arabic and will not answer 
as a substitute in the suspension of insoluble substances. It differs also from solutions of 
ordinary gum, in remaining limpid when added to alcohol. This mucilage is much employed 
as a soothing application in inflammation of the eyes, and forms an agreeable and useful drink 
in dysenteric, catarrhal, and nephritic diseases. It may be prepared by adding a drachm of 
the pith to a pint of boiling water. 
2. Baric of Sassafras Root. As found in commerce, this is usually in small irregular frag- 
ments, sometimes invested with a brownish epidermis, sometimes partially or wholly freed from 
it, of a reddish or rusty cinnamon hue, very brittle, and presenting when freshly broken a lighter 
color than that of the exposed surfaces. The living bark is nearly white, but becomes colored, 
on exposure, immediately after collection. Its odor is highly fragrant, its taste sweetish and 
gratefully aromatic. These properties are extracted by water and alcohol. According to Dr. 
(SlS'SA-FRlS ME-DUL'LA.) 
* The following is a formula recommended by Hancock. “ Take of Rio Negro sarsa, bruised, 2 pounds; bark of 
guaiac, powdered, 8 ounces; raspings of guaiac wood, anise-seeds, and liquorice root, each 4 ounces; mezereon, bark 
of the root, 2 ounces; treacle [molasses], 2 pounds; and a dozen bruised cloves; pour upon these ingredients about 
four gallons of boiling water, and shake the vessel thrice a day. When fermentation has well begun, it is fit for 
use, and may be taken in the dose of a small tumblerful twice or thrice a day.” This formula is worthy of attention ; 
but the bark of guaiacum, which is not kept in the shops, might be omitted, or replaced by the wood. 
f It is unfortunate that the Pharmacopoeia should have adopted a name which is not recognized by either Sargent; 
in his Sylva, or Britton and Brown or Bngler and Prantl. The latter authorities recognize S. officinale, Nees, 
whereas the others hold to Sassafras sassafras (L.), Karst. 1205 
PART I. 
Scammonise Radix.—Scammonium. 
Reinsch, the bark contains a heavy and light volatile oil, camphorous matter, fatty matter, resin, 
wax, a peculiar decomposition product of tannic acid called sassa/rid, tannic acid, gum, albu- 
men, starch, lignin, and salts. The sassafrid bears some analogy to einclionic red, and, like it, 
appears to be a derivative of the tannin, which exists in much larger proportion in the fresh 
bark than in that long kept. (Procter, A. J. P., 1866, p. 490.) Owing to its volatile oil and 
tannic acid, the bark of sassafras root is an aromatic stimulant and astringent. It is used 
almost exclusively as an adjuvant to other more efficient medicines, the flavor of which it 
improves, while it renders them more cordial to the stomach. The volatile oil may be used as 
an aromatic. In overdoses it is capable of producing marked narcotic poisoning, and it is said 
to act upon the lower animals as a narcotic. Dr. John Bartlett has reported several cases in 
which its use apparently caused abortion. 
SCAMMONIA RADIX. Br. Scammony Root. 
“ The dried Root of Convolvulus Scammonia, Linn.” Br. 
The root of the Scammony is recognized by the British Pharmacopoeia solely for the prepa- 
ration of the resin. It is officially described as “ Brownish-gray or yellowish-gray, tapering 
or nearly cylindrical roots, varying usually from one to three inches (two and a half to seven 
and a half centimetres) or more in diameter. The Root is frequently contorted and the sur- 
face longitudinally furrowed. It is enlarged at the crown, and bears the remains of slender 
aerial stems. The fracture is very coarsely fibrous; internally the color is light or dark gray. 
The section exhibits an abnormal wood, consisting of numerous irregularly arranged wood 
bundles; and, when examined under the microscope, appears beset with starch grains of 
characteristic shape, and, especially in the cortical region, with resin-cells. Odor characteris- 
tic ; taste at first somewhat sweet, afterwards slightly acrid. It yields to alcohol (90 per cent.) 
a resin which should have the properties of Scammony Resin.” Br. The wood consists of 
compressed pale brown, coarsely porous, usually subdivided, fibres in a parenchymatous tissue 
similar to the bark. For microscopic structure, see Dragendorff's Jahresbericht, 1875. 
(SCAM-MO'NI-JE KA'DIX.) 
SCAMMONIUM. U. S., Br. Scammony. 
(SCAM-MO'NI-UM.) 
“ A resinous exudation from the living root of Convolvulus Scammonia, Linn6 (nat. ord. 
Convolvulaceae).” U. S. “A gum-resin obtained by incision from the living root of Con- 
volvulus Scammonia, Linn. Known in commerce as virgin scammony.” Br. 
Fr.; Scammonium, G.; Scamonea, It.; Escamonea, Sp. 
Convolvulus scammonia. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 55 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 845 ; B. & T. 187. This 
vine has a perennial, tapering root, from three to four feet long, from nine to twelve inches in 
circumference, branching towards its lower extremity, covered with a light gray bark, and con- 
taining a milky juice. The stems are numerous, slender, and twining, extending sometimes fifteen 
or twenty feet upon the ground or on neighboring plants, and furnished with smooth, bright 
green, arrow-shaped leaves, which stand alternately upon long footstalks. The flowers are placed 
in pairs, or three together, upon the peduncles, which are round, axillary, solitary, and of nearly 
twice the length of the leaf. The plant is a native of Syria, Anatolia, and the Archipelago. 
Scammony is collected, according to Russell, in the following manner. In the month of 
June, the earth is cleared away from about the root, the top of which is cut olf obliquely 
about two inches from the origin of the stems. The milky juice which exudes is collected in 
shells, or other convenient receptacle, placed at the most depending part of the cut surface. 
A few drachms only are collected from each root. The juice from several plants is put into 
any convenient vessel, and concretes by time. In this state it constitutes genuine scammony, 
but is very seldom exported. It is generally prepared for the market by admixture, while it 
is yet soft, with the expressed juice of the stalks and leaves, with wheat flour, chalk, ashes, 
fine sand, etc.; and it has been supposed that scammony sometimes consists wholly or in great 
part of the expressed juice of the root, evaporated to dryness by exposure to the sun or by 
artificial heat. According to Landerer, the roots from which the juice has been collected are 
in some places boiled with water in copper vessels, and the extract added to the juice, not so 
much with the purpose of adulteration as under the impression that it favorably modifies the 
action of the drug. Scammony is exported chiefly from Smyrna, though small quantities are 
said to be sent out of the country at Alexandretta, the sea-port of Aleppo. Dr. Pereira was 1206 
Scammonium. 
PART I. 
informed by a merchant who resided in Smyrna that it is brought in a soft state into that city 
upon camels, and afterwards adulterated by individuals called scammony-makers. The adul- 
teration appears to be conducted in conformity with a certain understood scale, more or less 
foreign matter being added according to the price. The materials employed are chiefly chalk 
and some kind of flour or meal. Very little comparatively is exported perfectly pure. We 
obtain scammony either directly from Smyrna, or indirectly through some of the Mediterra- 
nean ports.* 
The name of Aleppo scammony was formerly given to the better kinds of the drug, and of 
Smyrna scammony to those of inferior quality,—the distinction having probably originated in 
some difference in the character of the scammony obtained at these two places. But no such 
difference now exists, as scammony is brought from Smyrna of every degree of purity. It 
has been customary, in this country, to designate the genuine drug, of whatever quality, as 
Aleppo scammony, while the name of Smyrna scammony has been given to a spurious article 
manufactured in the south of France, and to other factitious substitutes. It is quite time that 
these terms should be altogether abandoned. We shall treat of the drug under the heads of 
genuine and factitious scammony. 
Genuine Scammony. This is sent into commerce in drums or boxes, and is either in irregu- 
lar lumps, in large solid masses of the shape of the containing vessel, into which it appears to 
have been introduced while yet soft, or in circular, flattish or plano-convex cakes. It seldom 
reaches us in an unmixed state. Formerly small portions of pure scammony were occasionally 
to be met with in Europe, contained in the shells in which the juice was collected and dried. 
This variety, denominated scammony in shells, is now scarcely to be found. The pure drug is 
called virgin scammony. It is in irregular pieces, often covered with a whitish-gray powder, 
friable and easily broken into small fragments between the fingers, with a shining grayish-green 
fracture soon passing into greenish black, and exhibiting under the microscope minute air-cells 
and numerous gray semi-transparent splinters.f It is easily pulverized, affording a pale ash- 
gray powder. When rubbed with water it readily forms a milky emulsion. It has a rather 
strong, peculiar odor, comparable to that of old cheese. The taste is feeble at first, and after- 
wards somewhat acrid, but without bitterness. It gives no evidence, when the requisite tests 
* An interesting account of the collection and preparation of scammony in Anatolia, in the vicinity of Smyrna, 
has been communicated by Mr. S. H. Maltass to the London Pharmaceutical Journ. and Trans, (xiii. 264). The 
juice is collected in the same manner as described by Russell in reference to Syria. The product, however, of each 
plant is somewhat less. In some districts, according to Maltass, ten plants produce only a drachm of scammony; 
in others the average from each root is a drachm; and in a good soil a plant four years old will yield two drachms. 
The juice received in the shells is mixed with another portion scraped from the cut surface of the root; and this 
mixture is the pure or lachryma scammony. Only a small quantity of this is taken to Smyrna, the greater part 
being adulterated by the peasants before it reaches the markets. Sometimes the juice is worked up with a decoction 
of the roots, in which case it is black, heavier than the preceding, and not so easily broken. Sometimes they add a 
calcareous earth, in a proportion varying from 10 to 150 percent. The kind thus prepared is usually kept for some 
time in Smyrna, and is apt to ferment, so as to become porous and lose its gloss. It is in irregular lumps, and is the 
kind usually sold in London as lachryma scammony. Another kind sold in London in rough lumps, and probably 
under the same name, is prepared in the interior of the country by mixing the juice with wheat starch, ashes, 
earthy matters, gum arabic or tragacanth, and sometimes wax, yolk of egg, pounded scammony roots and leaves, 
flour, or resin. A kind much used in Great Britain is prepared by the Jews in Smyrna, and is in the form of cakes 
as described in the text. It is of two qualities. The first quality is prepared by mixing slcilip (which is an in- 
ferior kind of scammony prepared at Angora, and consists of from 30 to 40 per cent, of juice and 60 to 70 of starch) 
with 60 per cent, of inferior scammony from the neighborhood of Smyrna; the second quality, by mixing slcilip 
with about 30 per cent, of the latter kind, and adding about 10 per cent, of gum arabic and black-lead. The first 
quality contains about 50 per cent, of resin, the second about 30 per cent. For an account of specimens of scam- 
mony sent by Mr. Maltass from Smyrna, see a paper by Mr. D. Hanbury in P. J. Tr. (xiii. 268). 
Prof. Ch. Boulier, of Algiers, gives the following account of the collection of scammony in the northwestern parts 
of Anatolia. The plant is not cultivated, but grows wild in rocky places covered with brushwood. At the flower- 
ing period, about the end of June and beginning of July, the peasants go forth in search of localities among the 
mountains where it is most abundant, and, having satisfied themselves on this point, return home, provide them- 
selves with the requisite implements, and set out for the place of collection. Clearing away the brushwood and 
stems, the peasant digs deeply around the root, then cuts off the top obliquely, and aflixes a mussel-shell to the root 
so as to receive the juice as it flows from the dependent part. He then passes on to other plants, upon which he 
operates in like manner. After a time he retraces his steps, and empties the shells successively into a tinned cop- 
per vessel. Next day he goes over the same ground, and scrapes with a knife from the cut surface the juice which 
has in the mean time flowed out and partly concreted. This he mixes with that previously collected, and, when 
his vessel is full, takes it to some neighboring market, where it is bought up and sent to the wholesale druggists at 
Constantinople and Smyrna. The juice reaches the market in a pasty state, and whitish like cheese, except where 
exposed to the air. It is in these centres of trade, or on its way from the collectors, that the drug undergoes the 
various sophistications to which it is subjected,—the peasant himself being usually honest and not disposed to aduL 
terate. (Ibid., April, 1860, p. 521.) 
f According to Maltass, the purest scammony has a reddish-black fracture, unless it has been mixed with water 
in its preparation, in which case it is black and very glossy. (P. J. Tr., xiii. 266.) PART I. 
Seammonium. 
1207 
are applied, of the presence of starch or calcium carbonate, leaves hut a slight residue when 
burned, and yields about 80 per cent, of its weight to ether. Considerable quantities of what 
is called virgin scammony have been imported into this country since the drug-law went into 
operation ; but, though some specimens are tolerably pure, the drug, on the whole, falls far 
short of the proper standard. Dr. E. R. Squibb examined many specimens, and found the 
proportion of resin to vary from 25 to 79-7 per cent.; only two or three, out of more than 30 
examined, approaching the latter degree of purity within 10 per cent. (A. J. P., Jan. 1863.)^ 
The official description and tests for scammony are as follows. “ In irregular, angular pieces 
or circular cakes, greenish-gray or blackish, internally porous, and breaking with an angular 
fracture, of a resinous lustre; odor peculiar, somewhat cheese-like; taste slightly acrid ; pow- 
der gray or greenish-gray. When triturated with water, Scammony yields a greenish emul- 
sion ; it does not effervesce on the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid, and the decoction, 
when cold, does not assume a blue color on the addition of iodine test-solution (absence of 
starch'). Ether dissolves at least 75 per cent, of it; and, when the ether has been evaporated, 
the residue, dissolved in hot solution of potassium hydrate, is not reprecipitated by diluted 
sulphuric acid.” U. S. “ It should afford only the slightest reactions with the tests for starch, 
and should yield at least 70 per cent, of resin soluble in ether, and not more than 3 per cent, 
of ash on incineration. An alcoholic solution should not afford a blue color with test-solution 
of ferric chloride (absence of guaiacum resin).” Br. 
The form of scammony chiefly found in our markets is that in circular cakes. These are 
sometimes flattish on both sides, but generally somewhat convex on one side and flat on the 
other, as if dried in a saucer or other shallow vessel. They are from four to six inches in 
diameter, &nd from half an inch to an inch and a half or even two inches thick in the centre, 
and are often found in fragments. They are hard and heavy, with a faintly shining roughish 
fracture, and when broken exhibit in general a structure very finely porous, sometimes almost 
compact, and in a very few instances cavernous. Their color externally is a dark ash or dark 
olive or slate color approaching to black ; internally somewhat lighter and grayish, with an 
occasional tinge of green or yellow, but deepening by exposure. The small fragments are 
sometimes slightly translucent at the edges. The mass, though hard, is pulverizable without 
great difficulty, and affords a light-gray powder. It imparts to water with which it is triturated 
a greenish milky appearance. The smell is rather disagreeable, and similar to that of the pure 
drug. The taste, very slight at first, becomes feebly bitterish and acrid. This kind of scam- 
mony is never quite pure, and much of it is considerably adulterated. In some of the cakes 
calcium carbonate is the chief impurity ; in others the adulterating substance is probably meal, 
as evidences of the presence of starch and lignin are afforded ; and in others, again, both these 
substances are found. Christison discovered in the chalky specimens from 15 to 38 per cent, 
of calcium carbonate ; in the amylaceous, from 13 to 42 per cent, of impurity. It was probably 
to the flat, dark-colored, compact, difficultly pulverizable, and more impure cakes that the name 
of Smyrna scammony was formerly given. These have been erroneously ascribed by some to 
Periploca secamone, a plant growing in Egypt. 
Scammony is ranked among the gum-resins. It is partially dissolved by water, much more 
largely by alcohol and ether, and almost entirely, when pure, by boiling diluted alcohol. Its 
active ingredient is resin, which constitutes from 80 to 90 per cent, of pure dry scammony. 
(See Resina Scammonii.) The gum-resin has been analyzed by various chemists, with varying 
results, as the character of the specimens examined is insufficiently determined by the terms 
Aleppo and Smyrna scammony employed to designate them. The resin is now known to be 
identical with that found in the root of the Mexican Ipomcea orizabensis, known in commerce 
as male jalap; and the name jalapin is given to it. (See Jalapa.) Bouillon-Lagrange and 
Vogel obtained from 100 parts of Aleppo scammony 60 of resin, 3 of gum, 2 of extractive, 
and 35 of insoluble matter; from the same quantity of Smyrna scammony, 29 parts of resin, 
8 of gum, 5 of extractive, and 58 of vegetable remains and earthy substances. It is obvious 
that both the specimens upon which they operated were very impure. Marquart found in 
pure scammony (scammony in shells) 81-25 per cent, of resin, 3-00 of gum with salts, 0-75 of 
* Dr. Squibb gives the following description of the drug imported as virgin scammony. “ It generally occurs in 
solid square tin boxes, containing 25 to 28 pounds each. Occasionally, however, it is in round wooden boxes or 
drums of a similar capacity. The scammony is in irregular, rough and fissured masses of various sizes, sometimes 
porous, but commonly solid, hard, and semi-resinous, having a tough, dull fracture. It is of a very dark grayish- 
green color internally, often nearly black, but more of an ash color externally. It is rarely dry enough to be pul- 
verulent, yet still more rarely too moist to be rubbed into coarse powder, and it generally loses 6 per cent, in drying 
sufficiently to make a fine powder.” (A. J. P., Jan. 1863, p. 49.) 1208 
Scammonium.—Scilla. 
PART I. 
wax, 4-50 of extractive, 1*75 of starchy envelopes, bassorin, and gluten, 1-50 of albumen and 
lignin, 3-75 of ferruginous alumina, chalk, and magnesium carbonate, and 3-50 of sand. 
Christison found different specimens of pure scammony to contain, in 100 parts, from 77 to 
83 parts of resin, from 6 to 8 of gum, from 3-2 to 5 of lignin and sand, and from 7-2 to 
12-6 of water, with occasionally a little starch, probably derived accidentally from the root, 
and not in sufficient quantity to cause a cold decoction of the gum-resin to give a blue color 
with iodine. Mr. Hanbury, of London, found 91*1 per cent, of resin in the purest scam- 
mony in shells. As already stated, scammony is seldom quite pure as found in commerce. 
Much of it contains not more than 50 per cent, of the resin, some not more than 42 per cent., 
and the worst varieties as little as 10 per cent., or even less. Sometimes the cakes are of good 
quality on the outside, and inferior within. In view of this uncertainty as to the strength of 
scammony, it is undoubtedly best to abandon its internal use altogether, employing only the 
resin, which is of uniform strength. Indeed, the resin has been officially substituted for the 
gum-resin in the compound extract of colocyntli. 
Factitious Scammony. Montpellier Scammony. Much spurious scammony is manufactured 
in the south of France, said by Guibourt to be made from the expressed juice of Cynanchum 
monspeliacum, incorporated with various resins and other purgative substances. M. Thorel, 
however, a pharmaceutist of Avallon, denies that this plant is employed in its preparation. 
(Journ. de Pharm., xx. 107.) It has been occasionally imported into the United States and 
sold as Smyrna scammony. It is usually in flat semicircular cakes, four or five inches in 
diameter and six or eight lines thick, blackish both externally and within, very hard, compact, 
rather heavy, of a somewhat shining and resinous fracture, a feeble balsamic odor wholly dif- 
ferent from that of genuine scammony, and a very bitter nauseous taste. When rubbed with 
the moistened finger it becomes dark gray, unctuous, and tenacious. We have seen another 
substance sold as Smyrna scammony, which was obviously spurious, consisting of blackish, 
circular, flat cakes, or fragments of such cakes, rather more than half an inch thick, very 
light, penetrated with small holes, as if worm-eaten, and when broken exhibiting an irregular, 
cellular, spongy texture. Dr. Pereira described a factitious substance sold as Smyrna scam- 
mony, which was in circular flat cakes about half an inch thick, blackish, and of a slaty aspect, 
breaking with difficulty, of a dull black fracture, and of the sp. gr. 1-412. Moistened and 
rubbed, it had the smell of guaiac; the adulteration was also detected by chemical tests. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Scammony is an energetic cathartic, apt to occasion 
griping, and sometimes operating with harshness. It was known to the ancient Greek physi- 
cians, and was much employed by the Arabians, who not only gave it as a purgative, but also 
applied it externally for the cure of various cutaneous diseases. On account of its occasional 
violence, it is seldom administered, except in combination with other cathartics, the action 
of which it promotes, while its own harshness is mitigated.* It should be given in emulsion 
with mucilage, sugar, almonds, liquorice, or other demulcent; and its disposition to gripe may 
be counteracted by the addition of an aromatic. The dose is from five to fifteen grains (0-33- 
1 Gm.) of pure scammony, from ten to thirty (0-65-1-95 Gin.) of that commonly found in 
the market. 
SCILLA. U. S., Br. Squill 
“ The bulb of Urginea maritima (Linne), Baker (nat. ord. Liliacese), deprived of its dry, 
membranaceous outer scales, and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected.” U. S. 
11 The bulb of Urginea Scilla, Steinheil, divested of its dry membranous outer scales, cut into 
slices, and dried.” Br. 
Bulbus Scillae, P. 0.; Sauills; Squille, Scille, Fr.; Meerzwiebel,. G.; Scilla, It.; Cebolla albarrana, Sp. 
Urginea maritima (L.). Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. (1873) 221.— Urginea scilla. Steinheil. 
Ann, Sci. Nat. (1834) 330.—Scilla maritima. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 308; Willd. Sp. Plant, ii. 
125. This is a perennial plant, with fibrous roots proceeding from the bottom of a large bulb, 
which sends forth several long, lanceolate, pointed, somewhat undulated, shining, deep-green 
leaves, from the midst of the leaves a round, smooth, succulent flower-stem rises, from one 
(SQIL'LA—Sll'la.) 
* Triplex Pills. Dr. J. W. Francis, of New York City, employed a combination of purgatives which afterwards 
became very well known as triplex pills. The original formula, obtained through Dr. E. R. Squibb, is as follows. 
Powdered Scammony, Powdered Socotrine Aloes, Blue Mass, of each, 1 troyounce ; Croton Oil, 20 minims ; Oil of 
Caraway, 1£ flwidrachms ; Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh, 2 /inidrachms. Mix well, and make into 400 pills. The 
usual aperient or laxative dose is one pill at bedtime until the natural condition is restored. (Proc. A. P. A., 1872.) PART I. 
Sdlla. 
1209 
to three feet high, terminating in a long, close spike of whitish flowers. These are destitute 
of calyx, and stand on purplish peduncles, at the base of each of which is a linear, twisted, 
deciduous floral leaf. The squill grows on the sea-coast of Spain, France, Italy, Greece, and 
the other countries bordering on the Mediterranean. The bulb is the official portion. It is 
generally dried for use, but is sometimes imported in the recent state packed in sand. 
Properties. The fresh bulb is pear-shaped, usually larger than a man’s list, sometimes as 
large as the head of a child, and consists of fleshy scales attenuated at their edges, closely 
applied over each other, and invested by exterior scales so thin and dry as to appear to consti- 
tute a membranous coat. There are two varieties, distinguished as the red and the white squill. 
In the former the exterior coating is of a deep reddish-brown color, and the inner scales have 
a whitish rosy or very light pink epidermis, with a yellowish-white parenchyma; in the latter 
the whole bulb is white. They do not differ in medicinal virtue. The bulb abounds in a viscid, 
very acrid juice, which causes it to inflame and even excoriate the skin when much handled. 
By drying, this acrimony is very much diminished, with little loss of medicinal power. The 
bulb loses about four-fifths of its weight in the process. Vogel found 100 parts of fresh squill 
to be reduced to 18 by desiccation. The process is somewhat difficult, in consequence of the 
abundance and viscidity of the juice. The bulb is cut into thin transverse slices, and the 
pieces dried separately by artificial or solar heat. The outer and central scales are rejected, 
the former being dry and destitute of activity, the latter too fleshy and mucilaginous. 
Dried squill, as found in commerce, is in irregular oblong pieces, often more or less contorted, 
of a dull yellowish-white color with a reddish or rosy tint, sometimes entirely white, slightly 
diaphanous, brittle and pulverizable when perfectly dry, but often flexible from the presence 
of moisture, for which it has a great affinity. Occasionally a parcel will be found consist- 
ing of vertical slices, some of which adhere together at the base. The odor is very feeble, the 
taste bitter, nauseous, and acrid. 
The virtues of squill are extracted by water, alcohol, and vinegar. It has been analyzed by 
Vogel, M. J. H. Marais, Lebourdais, Tilloy, Merck, and lastly by Schmiedeberg (Zdt. Physiol. 
Chem., Ill, 112) with varying results. The bitter principle, not yet obtained pure, is scillitin. 
Merck, however, obtains three compounds of this class,—sdllipikrin, sdllitoxin, and scillin. Jar- 
mersted (Arch./. Exper. Path11, 22) obtained a glucoside which he called scillain, but which 
seems to be identical with scillitoxin. Schmiedeberg (loc. dt.) found a peculiar mucilage, 
analogous to dextrin, which he calls sinistrin, (C6H1006)„. It is white, easily soluble in water, 
insoluble in alcohol, laevo-rotatory; on boiling with dilute sulphuric acid it yields levulose 
and an inactive sugar of reducing properties. The mucilage is not affected by saliva or 
diastase. This last statement, however, is contradicted by F. Kurtz (A. J. P., 1894, 246), 
who says that diastase acts upon it, producing a reducing sugar. Kurtz (loc. cit.) also obtained 
a reducing sugar (probably dextrose) along with the gum direct by extracting the bulb with 
hot alcohol. S. Wanizewski (A. J. P., 1893, 498) finds sdllinine, soluble in alcohol, but in- 
soluble in water and in chloroform ; sdllapicrine, soluble in both water and alcohol; and scilla- 
marine, soluble in both chloroform and alcohol. The bulbs of Sdlla maritima also yield a 
slightly colored liquid oil of unpleasant odor when distilled in a current of steam. (Husemann's 
PJlanzenstoffe, 2d ed., p. 406.) Examined by the microscope, the bulb is seen to be pervaded by 
innumerable minute acicular crystals, consisting of inorganic salts, chiefly, according to M. 
Marais, calcium carbonate, with a little calcium chloride. (Ibid.) According to Hartwich, the 
mucilage occurs either in the form of large drops, filling the parenchymatous cells, or as masses 
enclosing the raphides. For an elaborate microscopic study, with plates, see Arch. d. Pharm., 
July, 1889. Water distilled from it had neither taste nor smell, and was drunk by Vogel to 
the amount of six ounces without effect. When kept in a dry place, squill retains its virtues for 
a long time; but if exposed to moisture it soon becomes mouldy. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Squill is expectorant, diuretic, and in large doses 
emetic and purgative. In overdoses it has been known to occasion hypercatharsis, strangury, 
bloody urine, and fatal inflammation of the stomach and bowels. The Greek physicians em- 
ployed it as a medicine; and it has retained to the present period a deserved popularity. As 
an expectorant, it is used in cases both of deficient and of superabundant secretion from the 
bronchial mucous membrane,—in the former case usually combined with tartar emetic or ipecac- 
uanha, in the latter frequently with the stimulant expectorants. In both instances it operates 
by stimulating the vessels of the lungs; and it should not be used when there is a high grade 
of inflammation, with arrested secretion. In dropsy it is much employed, especially in connec- 
tion with digitalis, but, as it is distinctly irritant to the kidneys, it should not be used when there 1210 
Scilla.—Scoparius. 
PART I. 
is irritation or active inflammation of those organs. On account of its great uncertainty and 
occasional harshness, it is very seldom prescribed as an emetic, except in croup, in which it is 
usually given in the form of syrup. When given in substance it is most conveniently admin- 
istered in the form of pill. The dose, as a diuretic or an expectorant, is one or two grains (0-065 
or 0-13 Gm.) repeated two or three times a day, and gradually increased till it produces slight 
nausea or evinces its action upon the kidneys or lungs. From six to twelve grains (0-4-0-8 
Gm.) will generally vomit. The vinegar and syrup of squill are official, and are much used. 
An acetic extract has been prepared by Mr. F. D. Niblett, by digesting a pound of squill with 
three fluidounces of acetic acid and a pint of distilled water, with a gentle heat, for forty-eight 
hours, then expressing, and, without filtration, evaporating to a proper consistence. One grain 
is equal to about three grains of the powder. (P. J. Tr., xii. 133.) 
SCOPARIUS. U. S. (Br.) Broom. 
(SCO-PA'RI-tJS.) 
“ The tops of Cytisus Scoparius (Linn6), Link (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. “ The fresh 
and the dried tops of Cytisus Scoparius, Link.” Br. 
Scoparii Cacumina, Br.; Broom Tops; Herba Scoparii; Genet a balais, Fr.; Gemeine Besenginster, Besenginster, 
Pfriemenkraut, 0.; Seoparia, It.; B,etama, Sp. 
Cytisus scoparius (L.). Link, Enum. llort. Berol. (1822) 241.—Spartium scoparium. L. Sp. 
PI. (1753) 709.—Sarothamnus scoparius. Wimm., Koch, Syn. FI. Germ, et Ilelv. (1837) 152. 
This is a common European shrub, cultivated in our gardens, from three to eight feet high, 
with numerous straight, pentangular, bright green, very flexible branches, and small, oblong, 
downy leaves, usually ternate, but on the upper part of the plant sometimes simple. The 
flowers are numerous, papilionaceous, large, showy, of a golden-yellow color, and solitary upon 
short axillary peduncles. The seeds are contained in a compressed legume, which is hairy at 
the sutures. 
The whole plant has a bitter, nauseous taste, and, when bruised, a strong, peculiar odor. 
The tops of the branches are the official portion They are “ in thin, flexible, branched twigs, 
pentangular, winged, dark green, nearly smooth, tough, usually free from leaves ; odor peculiar 
when bruised; taste disagreeably bitter.” U. S. The leaves, when present, are small, sessile, 
and simple above, stalked and trifoliate below. The seeds are said to be used sometimes, and 
to be as active as the tops. Water and alcohol extract their active properties. According to 
Cadet de Gassicourt, the flowers contain volatile oil, fatty matter, wax, chlorophyll, yellow 
coloring matter, tannin, a sweet substance, mucilage, albumen, and lignin. Dr. Stenhouse has 
separated from them two principles, scoparin, C21II22010,* and an alkaloid, sparteine, C15H26N2. 
The former is in stellate crystals, easily dissolved by boiling water and alcohol, and is obtained 
by purifying a yellow gelatinous substance deposited upon the evaporation of the decoction. 
It is slightly soluble only in cold water, more readily in hot water with greenish light yellow 
color, easily soluble in aqueous ammonia and caustic and carbonated alkalies. It is decomposed 
by heat. When fused with caustic potash it yields, according to Hlasiwetz, phloroglucin and 
protocatechuic acid. Sparteine was obtained by distillation from the mother-waters of the 
scoparin. It is a colorless liquid, having a peculiar bitter taste, and all the properties of a 
volatile alkaloid. It is heavier than water, and boils at 288° C. if distilled in a current of 
hydrogen gas. It dissolves only slightly in water, but takes up some water itself. In contact 
with water it becomes opalescent. It turns yellowish on distillation in air, but can be distilled 
colorless in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide. It is colorless, but becomes brown by exposure 
to light; it has at first an odor ot aniline, but this is altered by rectification. It readily neu- 
tralizes acids and forms crystallizable salts, which are extremely bitter. Its sulphate occurs in 
colorless crystals, and is freely soluble in water. (See P. J. Tr., June 28,1879 ; also Sparteinse 
Sulphas, p. 126o.) By the action of potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid, oxysparteine,\ 
*s l°rmed, and by the action of hydrogen dioxide upon this, a deliquescent trioxy- 
* Goldschmidt and Himmelmayr (Apoth. Zeit., 1893, 566) give the following formula of sooparin: Ci9H1608(0H) 
(OCH3). 
t Oxyaparteine, C15H24N2O. This is an alkaloidal oxidation product of sparteine, originally described by F. 
Ahrens {Ber. Chem. Gee., 1891). It occurs in white, somewhat hygroscopic needles, melting at about 84° C., soluble 
in water, alcohol, ether, and chloroform. It has been found by Hurthle {Arch. f. Exp. Path. u. Therap., 1892) to be 
a cardiac stimulant, decreasing the pulse-rate, but markedly increasing the arterial pressure and heart-work. The 
hydrochlorate, which occurs in large needles (often consolidated together) and is very soluble in water, has been used 
hypodermically by Dr. von Oefele in cases of heart-failure. The dose is half a grain (0-032 Grn.), rapidly increased 
to one and a half grains (0-097 Grn.). The system is said soon to become accustomed to it. PART I. 
Scoparvus.—Scutellaria. 
1211 
sparteine. C15H24N203, is obtained; if the hydrogen dioxide act upon sparteine itself, dioxy- 
spartexne, C16H24N202, is formed as a solid, crystallizing in prisms melting at 128-5° C. Zinc 
and hydrochloric acid reduce sparteine to hydrosparteine, C15H28N2, a thick liquid boiling at 
from 281°—284° C. (Schmidt, Pharmaceutische Chemie, 3te Auf., Bd. ii. 1276.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Broom is diuretic and cathartic, and in large doses 
emetic, and has been employed with great advantage in dropsy, for which it was recommended 
by Meade, Cullen, and others. Cullen prescribed it in the form of decoction, made by boiling 
half an ounce of the fresh tops in a pint of water down to half a pint, of which he gave a 
fluidounce (30 C.c.) every hour till it operated by stool or urine. The seeds may be given in 
powder, in the dose of from ten to fifteen grains (0-65-1 Gm.). 
Scoparin probably represents the diuretic and purgative influences of scoparius, although its 
physiological and therapeutic properties have not as yet been sufficiently investigated. Poison- 
ous doses of sparteine cause in the lower animals tremblings, incoordination, increase of reflexes, 
clonic and tonic convulsions, embarrassment of the respiration, acceleration of the pulse, and 
enfeeblement of the heart, followed by gradual enfeeblement of all the functions, convulsions, 
and death from asphyxia. Sparteine paralyzes the respiratory centres and the motor centres 
of the spinal cord, and has a very feeble influence upon the muscles, lessening, though not 
destroying, their excitability. Dr. Laborde was the first to call attention to its action upon 
the heart, and his results have been confirmed by Griffe, Garand, and Masius. Under the 
influence of the alkaloid there is a very great increase in the size and height of the cardiac 
wave. If the dose have been a small one, the pulse will be at first accelerated. After larger 
doses there is a slowing of the pulse. Observers agree in stating that the arterial pressure is not 
materially changed unless the dose is toxic, when it steadily falls ; but small doses weaken and 
larger ones paralyze the peripheral pneumogastric nerve. Upon the vaso-motor system sparteine 
appears to have no influence unless in large toxic doses, when it perhaps acts as a paralyzant. 
It does not represent the diuretic influence of scoparius. Prof. S6e affirms as the result of personal 
experience that sparteine is of very great value in cardiac affections, increasing the force of the 
cardiac beat, and especially producing regularity in cases of irregular cardiac action. For the 
latter purpose, he states, it is the most powerful remedy known. Other clinicians have recorded 
experience favorable to the value of sparteine, but the conclusion of Hiero Stoessel, that spar- 
teine is inferior as a heart tonic to digitalis, and to be employed only as a succedaneum to that 
drug, probably indicates correctly the scope of its use. It has the great advantage of acting 
very quickly, the symptoms commencing about twenty minutes after its absorption, and reach- 
ing their maximum in four or five hours, but persisting one or two days. It is probably not 
safe to commence with doses greater than one-sixth of a grain (0-011 Gm.), although observers 
seem to be in accord in believing that much larger amounts are usually necessary. Voigt, 
Prior, See, and Leo all advise doses of one and a half grains (0-097 Gm.) repeated four or five 
times in the twenty-four hours. It is affirmed that no cumulative effects need be feared. 
As the result of experiments upon the lower animals, Langlois and Maurange (Archiv. de 
Phys. Norm, et Path., vii., 1895) believe that sparteine and oxysparteine are valuable remedies 
for the maintenance of cardiac action during ehloroformization, acting partly by stimulating 
the heart, partly by depressing the pneumogastric nerve. G. G. Cottam asserts (T7. G., Nov. 
1896), as the result of a clinical study, that one-tenth grain of the sparteine sulphate, given 
hypodermically just before the inhalation of chloroform, will prevent any cardiac depression 
from the anaesthetic. 
SCUTELLARIA. U. S. Scutellaria. [Scullcap.] 
“ The herb of Scutellaria lateriflora, Linne (nat. ord. Labiatae).” U. S. 
Hoodwort, Madweed; Scutellaire, Fr.; Helmkraut, G. 
Several species of Scutellaria have attracted attention. Scutellaria yalericulata, or common 
European scullcap, which also grows wild in this country, has a feeble, somewhat alliaceous 
odor, and a bitterish taste. It has been employed in intermittents, and externally in old ulcers. 
The indigenous species, S. integrifolia, L. (syn. S. hyssopi/olia, L.), is intensely hitter, and 
might probably be found useful as a tonic. 
Scutellaria lateriflora. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 598. This is an indigenous perennial herb, with a 
stem erect, much branched, quadrangular, smooth, and one or two feet high. The leaves are 
ovate, acute, dentate, suhcordate upon the stem, opposite, and supported upon long petioles. 
The flowers are small, of a pale blue color, and disposed in long, lateral, leafy racemes. The 
(SCU'TEL-LA'BI-A.) 1212 
Scutellaria.—Senega. 
PART I. 
tube of the corolla is elongated, the upper lip concave and entire, the lower three-lobed. The 
plant grows in moist places by the sides of ditches and ponds in the United States and Canada. 
The dried tops are officially described as “ about 50 Cm. [twenty inches]’ long, smooth ; stem 
quadrangular, branched ; leaves opposite, petiolate, about 5 Cm. long, ovate-lanceolate or ovate- 
oblong, serrate; flowers in axillary, one-sided racemes, with a pale blue corolla and bilabiate 
calyx, closed in fruit, the upper lip helmet-shaped ; odor slight; taste bitterish.” TJ. S. To the 
senses scullcap does not indicate, by any peculiar taste or smell, the possession of medicinal 
virtues. It is even destitute of the aromatic properties which are found in many of the labiate 
plants. When taken internally, it produces no very obvious effects, and probably is of no 
remedial value, although at one time it was esteemed as a remedy in hydrophobia. It has also 
been used in neuralgic and convulsive affections, chorea, delirium tremens, and nervous exhaustion 
from fatigue or over-excitement. (A. J. P., xxiii. 370 ; N. J. Med. Rep., v.; Med. and Surg. Rep., 
1870.) The so-called scutellarin is not a pure proximate principle. It is prepared by mixing 
a concentrated tincture with water, precipitating by alum, and then washing and drying, and 
given in doses varying from one to three or four grains (0-065-0-20 or 0-26 Gm.). Dose of 
the fluid extract, from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.). 
SENEGA. U. S. (Br.) Senega. 
(SEN'E-GA.) 
“ The root of Polygala Senega, Linne (nat. ord. Polygalese).” U. S. “ The dried root of 
Polygala Senega, Linn.” Br. 
Senegae Radix, Br.; Senega Root, Senega Snakeroot; Polygale de Virginie, Fr.; Klapper-Schlangenwurzel, 
Senegawurzel, G.; Poligala Virginiana, It. 
Besides P. senega, two other species have attracted some attention in Europe—P. amara and 
P. vulgaris—as remedies in chronic pectoral affections; but, as they are not natives of this 
country, and are never used by practitioners here, they do not merit particular notice.* 
Polygala senega. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 704; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 894; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. 
ii. 97 ; Barton, Med. Bot. ii. Ill \ B. & T. 29. This unostentatious plant has a perennial 
branching root, from which several erect, simple, smooth, round, leafy stems annually rise, 
from nine inches to a foot in height. The stems are occasionally tinged with red or purple 
below, but are green near the top. The leaves are alternate or scattered, lanceolate, pointed, 
smooth, bright green on the upper surface, paler beneath, and sessile or supported on very 
short footstalks. The flowers are small and white, and form a close spike at the summit of the 
stem. The calyx is their most conspicuous part. It consists of five sepals, two of which are 
wing-shaped, white, and larger than the others. The corolla is small and closed. The capsules 
are small, much compressed, obcordate, two-valved and two-celled, with two oblong-ovate, 
blackish, hairy seeds, slightly longer than the lobes of the caruncle. In P. alba (Nutt.) the 
seeds are silky and about twice the length of the caruncle lobes. 
The Polygala senega grows in almost all parts of the United States east of the Rocky Moun- 
tains. It is collected for market in Kentucky and the States west and southwest of it, and 
also in Wisconsin and the Northwestern States. It was formerly abundant in Canada and the 
Northeastern Atlantic States, but through the activity of the collectors and the destruction of 
the forests it has been gradually almost exterminated ; and in the Southwestern States the same 
process is going on. There are two varieties of the plant, the typical P. senega, the form found 
in the Northeastern United States, and the variety latifolia, which extends from Maryland 
and Pennsylvania to Michigan and Tennessee. This variety is distinguished by its height (from 
ten to twenty inches) and its very large, ovate or ovate-lanceolate leaves, which taper towards 
each end and attain a length of four inches. The root of commerce seems to be obtained from 
both varieties. It is brought into market in bales weighing from fifty to four hundred pounds. 
Properties. As the root occurs in commerce,! it is of various sizes, from that of a straw 
* A senega which was first used in Japan, and which has been referred by some writers to P. japonica, by others 
to P. tenuifolia, has been examined by Herr Reuter, who finds in it 0-8 per cent, of resin, traces of methyl salicylate, 
and 8-8 per cent, of an oil which has somewhat the odor of patchouli. 
f The official senega, which is described in the text, is often known in commerce as Southern senega, or small 
senega, the roots seldom attaining the size of an ordinary lead-pencil, and four to five hundred of the' dried roots 
being required to make a pound. These roots are marked with the characteristic keel, which is, however, much 
more distinct in the young than in the old roots. In the decade between 1870 and 1880, true senega root began to 
be more or less replaced in the American market by a larger root, collected in Wisconsin and Minnesota and farther 
west. This is the northern, the white, the false, or the large senega of trade. It is a much larger root than true 
senega, probably eighty to one hundred to the pound. The knot at the top of the root is from one to three inches in Senega. 
1213 
PART I. 
to that of the little finger, presenting a thick knotty head, which exhibits traces of the numer- 
ous stems. It is tapering, branched, 
variously twisted, often marked with 
crowded annular protuberances, and 
with a projecting keel-like line, extend- 
ing along its whole length. The epider- 
mis is corrugated, transversely cracked, 
of a yellowish-brown color in the young 
roots, and brownish gray in the old. 
In the smaller branches the color is a 
lighter yellow. The bark is thick, hard, 
and resinous, and whitish in its interior; 
it contains the active principles of the 
root. The central portion is ligneous, 
white, and quite inert, and should be re- 
jected in the preparation of the powder. 
The color of this is gray. On micro- 
scopic examination the bark is seen to 
be composed of—1st, an outer layer, 
composed of a series of tubular cells; 
2d, a middle layer of thin-walled, paren- 
chymatous cells; 3d, an inner layer con- 
taining bast-cells. The keel is produced 
by the excessive development of this last 
layer of bark upon one side. There is no 
medulla. The odor of senega is peculiar, 
strong in the fresh root, but faint in the 
dried. The taste is at first sweetish and 
mucilaginous, but after chewing becomes somewhat pungent and acrid, leaving a peculiar irri- 
tating sensation in the fauces. These properties, as well as the medical virtues of the root, are 
extracted by boiling water and by alcohol. Diluted alcohol is an excellent solvent. The root was 
analyzed by Gehlen, Peschier of Geneva, Feneulle of Cambray, Dulon d’Astafort, Folchi, and 
Trommsdorff, and subsequently by M. Quevenne. The virtues of senega appear to reside chiefly, 
if not exclusively, in the acrid principle first called senegin or polygalic acid, which is now recog- 
nized as being merely saponin. Quevenne obtained it pure by the following process. Powdered 
senega is exhausted by alcohol of 33°, and so much of the alcohol is distilled off as to bring the 
resulting tincture to the consistence of syrup. The residue is treated with ether in order to re- 
move the fatty matter. The liquid upon standing deposits a precipitate, which is separated by 
filtration and is then mixed with water. To the turbid solution thus formed alcohol is added, 
which facilitates the production of a white precipitate, consisting chiefly of polygalic acid. The 
liquid is allowed to stand for several days, that the precipitate may be fully formed. The super- 
natant liquid being decanted, the precipitate is drained upon a filter, and, being removed while 
yet moist, is dissolved by the aid of heat in alcohol of 36°. The solution is boiled with puri- 
fied animal charcoal, and filtered while hot. Upon cooling, it deposits the principle in question 
Senega, transverse section, magnified. 
diameter; below it the root abruptly contracts to from half an inch to an inch in diameter; it is usually from eight to 
ten inches long, more fleshy and much less contorted than true senega, nearly free from small rootlets, but breaking 
up below in from four to eight descending branches ; very light-colored, with the ligneous portion thick and regu- 
lar, and in the circular outlines of the section, with the keel rudimental or not rarely altogether absent. The taste is 
similar to that of true senega, but somewhat more mucilaginous and less rapidly acrid. In structure, false senega 
root is very similar to the true root; it has, indeed, been asserted that there are anatomical differences between the 
two senegas, but 0. Linde (P. J. Tr., xvi. 724) has been unable to make out any such differences. According to L. 
E. Sayre (A. J. P., Sept. 1897), it is not possible to distinguish the two drugs when powdered. For description of 
the roots of a number of species of Polygala, see Flora, Jan. 1886. 
There has been much discussion as to the plant which yields false senega. By some it was thought to be the 
product of Polygala boykinii. Nuttall and Messrs. J. U. and C. G. Lloyd identified the fresh plant as a variety of 
P. senega, intermediate between the typical form and P. latifolia. P. boykinii is a Southern plant, and it appears 
most probable (see A. J. P., 1889) that the plant which yields the drug is Polygala alba of Nuttall, whose habitat 
extends from Texas northward to the British possessions and southward into ithe mountainous districts of Mexico. 
Pursh and Nuttall, also Torrey and Gray, have at times expressed doubt as to the specific difference of the species 
from P. senega, but according to Rothrock it possesses the following characters : “ Leaves linear to oblanceolate, ses- 
sile or barely petioled, margins slightly revolute; stem leafy half-way to the summit; flowers deciduous, leaving the 
rachis roughened after their fall.” 1214 
Senega. 
PART I. 
in a state of purity. Thus obtained, polygalic acid is a white powder, inodorous,'and of a taste 
at first slight, but soon becoming pungent and acrid, and producing a very painful sensation in 
the throat. It is fixed, unalterable in the air, inflammable, soluble in water slowly when cold 
and rapidly with the aid of heat, soluble in all proportions in boiling absolute alcohol, which 
deposits most of it on cooling, quite insoluble in ether and in the fixed and volatile oils, and 
possessed of the properties of reddening litmus and neutralizing the alkalies. M. Quevenne 
found it, when given to dogs, to occasion vomiting, and much embarrassment in respiration, and 
in large quantities to destroy life. Dissection exhibited evidences of inflammation of the lungs ; 
and frothy mucus was found in the stomach, oesophagus, and superior portion of the trachea, 
showing the tendency of this substance to increase the mucous secretion, and explaining in part 
the beneficial influence of senega in croup. (Journ. de Pliarm., xxii. 449, and xxiii. 227.) M. 
Bolley showed that the active principle was resolvable by hydrochloric acid into glucose and a 
peculiar substance called sapogenin. Rochleder (C'Aem. Centralbl., 1867, p. 925) confirmed this 
view of the identity of polygalic acid and saponin. Later investigators assert the existence 
of two homologous principles in the senega root,—senegin, C17H26010, and polygalic acid, 
0isHgoOIQ* That this latter is a variety of saponin is no doubt true. Christophson {Journ. 
Pharm., 1874) and Schneider {Arch. d. Pharm. [3], 7, 394) have also thoroughly established 
the existence of saponin in senega root. According to the researches of Trommsdorff and 
Schneider, saponin is contained solely in the bark, the woody tissues being inert. (See Quillaja, 
p. 1133.) L. Reuter {Arch. d. Pharm., 1889, 309 and 452) finds that the constituents of senega 
root are fixed oil and resin, traces of volatile oil (a mixture of valerianic ether and methyl 
salicylate), sugar (7 per cent.), senegin or saponin (from 2 to 5 per cent.), yellow coloring matter, 
and malates. The quantity of methyl salicylate* varied in different samples from 0-25 to 
0-33 per cent. See also Schroeder’s analysis {A. J. P., 1896, 178). Kain {Pharm. Zeit., 
1898, 562) states that he has discovered a laevo-rotatory glucoside distinguished from saponin 
by its mild taste, solubility in absolute alcohol, and in its not giving a precipitate with barium 
hydrate. 
From the experiments of M. Quevenne it appears that senega yields its virtues to water, 
cold or hot, and to boiling alcohol, and that the extracts obtained by means of these liquids 
have the sensible properties of the root. But under the influence of heat a portion of the 
acrid principle unites with the coloring matter and coagulated albumen, and thus becomes 
insoluble in water ; and the decoction, therefore, is not so strong as the infusion, if time is 
allowed, in the formation of the latter, for the full action of the menstruum. In forming an 
aqueous extract, the infusion should be prepared by percolation, as it is thus most concentrated, 
and consequently requires less heat in its evaporation. In preparing the infusion, the tempera- 
ture of the water, according to M. Quevenne, should not exceed 104° F. 
The roots of Panax quinquefolium, or ginseng, were at one period frequently mixed with the 
senega, but are easily distinguishable by their shape and taste. The roots of Gillenia trifoliata 
and Asclepias vincetoxicum, L. {P. J. Tr., ix. 411), and of Triosteum perfoliatum (see Part 
II.), are noted as occurring in commercial senega; they are readily detected by the absence of 
the keel-like line. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Senega is a stimulating expectorant and diuretic, and 
in large doses emetic and cathartic. It appears, indeed, to excite more or less all the secre- 
tions, proving occasionally diaphoretic and emmenagogue, and increasing the flow of saliva. 
Its action, however, is especially directed to the lungs ; and its expectorant virtues are those for 
which it is chiefly employed. It was introduced into practice about a century ago by Dr. Ten- 
nant, of Virginia, who recommended it as a cure for the bite of the rattlesnake, and in various 
pectoral complaints. As an expectorant it is employed in cases not attended with acute inflam- 
matory action, or in which the inflammation has been in great measure subdued. It is pecu- 
liarly useful in chronic catarrhal affections, in the secondary stages of croup, and in capillary 
bronchitis. Employed so as to purge and vomit, it has proved useful in rheumatism; and 
some cases of dropsy are said to have been cured by it. It has also been recommended in 
amenorrhoea. The dose of powdered senega is from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.) ; 
but the medicine is never used in substance. The dose of the syrup is from one to two flui- 
drachms (3-75-7-5 Gc.). Polygalic acid may be employed in the dose of from the fourth 
of a grain to a grain (0-016-0-065 Gm.), and may be administered either in pill, capsule, or 
mixture. For a formula for its preparation, see A. J. P., 1860, 150. 
* Methyl salicylate occurs in very many, if not all, of the species of the genus Polygala. (See paper by Kremers 
and James, Pharm. Review, xvi.) 1 ‘ J PART I. 
Senna. 
1215 
SENNA. U. S., Br. Senna. 
“ The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia, Delile (Alexandria Senna), and of Cassia angustifolia, Yahl 
(India Senna); (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. Senna Alexandrina. Alexandrian Senna, 
Br. “ The dried leaflets of Cassia acutifolia, Delile.” Br. Senna Indica. Bast Indian Senna 
(syn. Tinnevelly Senna). “The dried leaflets of Cassia angustifolia, Yahl. From plants culti- 
vated in Southern India.” Br. 
Folia Sennao; Feuilles de Sen6, Sene, Fr.; Sennesblatter, G.; Senna, It., Port.; Sen, Sp. 
Cassia. See Cassia Fistula. 
The plants which yield senna belong to the genus Cassia, of which several species contribute 
to furnish the drug. These were confounded together by Linnaeus in a single species, which 
he named Cassia senna. Since his time the subject has been more thoroughly investigated, 
especially by Delile, who accompanied the French expedition to Egypt and had an opportunity 
of examining the plant in its native country. Besides the official species, it is probable that 
C. lanceolata of Forskhal and C. sethiopica of Guibourt contribute towards commercial senna. 
The leaves of a number of species of Cassia are utilized like senna leaves in the respective 
countries in which they grow, among which may be mentioned C. marylandica, L.; C. cathar- 
tica, Mart.; C. ruyosa, Don ; C. splendida, Vog.; C. Isevigata, Willd.; C. multijuga, Rich. ; 
and C. chamsecrista, L. 
Cassia acutifolia. Delile, Flore d'Egypte (1812), 219.— C. senna. Linn. Sp. PI. 377.— C. 
lanceolata. Coilad. Hist. Cass. 93, t. 15.— C. lenitiva. Bisch. Bot. Zeit. (1850) 885.—Senna 
acutifolia. Batka, Proc. Linn. Soc. (1854) 282. This is described as a small undershrub, two 
or three feet high, with a straight, woody, branching, whitish stem ; but, according to Landerer, 
the senna plant attains the height of eight or ten feet in the African deserts. The leaves are 
alternate and pinnate, with glandless footstalks, and two small narrow pointed stipules at the 
base. The leaflets, of which from four to six pairs belong to each leaf, are almost sessile, oval- 
lanceolate, acute, oblique at their base, nerved, from half an inch to an inch long, and of a 
yellowish-green color. The flowers are yellow, and in axillary spikes. The fruit is a flat, 
elliptical, obtuse, membranous, smooth, grayish-brown, bivalvular legume, about an inch long 
and half an inch broad, scarcely if at all curved, and divided into six or seven cells, each con- 
taining a hard, heart-shaped, ash-colored seed. C. acutifolia grows wild in great abundance in 
Upper Egypt, Nubia, Sennaar, and other parts of Africa. This species furnishes the greater 
part of the variety known in commerce by the name of Alexandria senna. 
Cassia angustifolia. Vahl, Symb. Bot. i. 29.— C. elongata. Lemaire, Journ. de Pharm. (1821) 
345 ; Fee, Journ. de Chim. Med. vi. 232 ; Carson, Illust of Med. Bot. i. 36, pi. 29. This name 
was conferred by M. Lemaire upon the plant from which the India senna of commerce is 
derived. The botanical description was completed by M. Fee from dried specimens of the 
leaves and fruit found by him in unassorted parcels of this variety of senna. Dr. Wallich 
afterwards succeeded in raising the plant from seeds found in a parcel of senna taken to Cal- 
cutta from Arabia ; and it has been described by Dr. Royle, Wight and Arnott, and Dr. Lindley. 
As usually grown, it is annual; but with care it may be made to live through the year, and 
then assumes the character of an undershrub. It has an erect, smooth stem, and pinnate 
leaves, with from four to eight pairs of leaflets. These are nearly sessile, lanceolate, obscurely 
mucronate, oblique at the base, smooth above and somewhat downy beneath, with the veins 
turned inward so as to form a wavy line immediately within the edge of the leaflet. The most 
striking character of the leaflet is its length, which varies from an inch to twenty lines. The 
petioles are without glands; the stipules minute, spreading, and semi-hastate. The flowers are 
bright yellow, and arranged in axillary and terminal racemes rather longer than the leaves. 
The legume is oblong, membranous, tapering abruptly at the base, rounded at the apex, and 
an inch and a half long by somewhat more than half an inch broad. This plant is found in 
Southern Arabia and on the coast of East Africa from Mozambique to the Somali land. It 
has been said to grow in the interior of India, and is cultivated at Tinnevelly for medical use. 
Cassiai obovata. Colladon, Hist. Cass. 92, t. 15. The stem of this species is rather shorter 
than that of C. acutifolia, rising to the height of only a foot and a half. The leaves have 
from five to seven pairs of leaflets, which are obovate, very obtuse, sometimes mucronate. 
The flowers are in axillary spikes, of which the peduncles are longer than the leaves of the 
plant. The legumes are very much compressed, curved almost into the kidney form, of a 
greenish-brown color, and covered with a very short down, which is perceptible only by the 
(SEN'NA.) 1216 
Senna. 
PART I. 
aid of a magnifying glass. They contain from eight to ten seeds. This species grows wild in 
Syria, Egypt, Senegambia, and Jamaica. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 1867.) It has been cultivated suc- 
cessfully in Italy, Spain, and the West Indies. It is said to be no longer gathered for senna, 
although its leaflets and pods occur in Alexandria senna. 
C. lanceolata of Forskhal (FI. JEgypt. Arab., 85 ; syn. C. Sophera, L., Sp. PI. 379), found 
by that author growing in the deserts of Arabia, is admitted by Lindley and others as a dis- 
tinct species. Some difference of opinion, however, exists upon this point. De Candolle con- 
sidered it a variety of the C. acutifolia of Delile, from which it differs chiefly in having leaflets 
with glandular petioles; and, as Forskhal’s description preceded that of Delile, he designated 
the species by the name of C. lanceolata. Forskhal’s plant has been supposed by some to be 
the source of the India or Mocha senna; but the leaflets in this variety are much longer than 
those of C lanceolata, from which the plant differs also in having no gland on the petiole. 
Niebuhr informs us that he found the Alexandria senna growing in the Arabian territory of 
Abu-Arisch, whence it is taken by the Arabs to Mecca and Jedda. This is probably the C. 
lanceolata of Forskhal. It is highly probable that this species is the source of a variety of 
senna which has been brought to this market under the name of Mecca senna. 
Cassia sethiopica of Guibourt, Hist. Drogues, 3e ed., iii. 219 (C. ovata of Merat), formerly 
confounded with C. acutifolia, is considered by Dr. Lindley to be a distinct species. It grows 
in Nubia, Fezzan, to the south of Tripoli, and probably, according to Guibourt, throughout 
Ethiopia. It is from this plant that the Tripoli senna of commerce is derived. 
Several varieties of this valuable drug are known in commerce. Of these, four have been 
received in America,—the Alexandria, the Tripoli, the India, and the Mecca senna,—but only 
two are recognized by the Pharmacopoeia. 
1. Alexandria Senna. Though the name of this variety is derived from the Egyptian 
port at which it is shipped, it is in fact gathered very far in the interior. The Alexandria 
senna does not consist exclusively of the product of one species of Cassia. The history of its 
preparation is not destitute of interest. The senna plants of Upper Egypt yield two crops 
annually, one in spring and the other in autumn. They are gathered chiefly in the country 
beyond Syene. The natives cut the plants, and, having dried them in the sun, strip off the 
leaves and pods, which they pack in bales and send to Boulak, in the vicinity of Cairo, the 
great entrepot for this article of Egyptian commerce. This senna from Upper Egypt, consist- 
ing chiefly though not exclusively of the product of C. acutifolia, was here formerly mixed 
with the leaflets of C. obovata, brought from other parts of Egypt, and even from Syria, with 
the leaves of Cynanchum olesefolium (C. argel of Delile, Solenostemma argel, Hayne), known 
commonly by the name of argel or arguel, and sometimes with those of Tephrosia apollinea of 
De Candolle, a leguminous plant growing in Egypt and Nubia. According to M. Royer, the 
proportions in which the three chief constituents of this 
mixture were added together were five parts of C. acuti- 
folia, three of C. obovata, and two of Cynanchum. Thus 
prepared, the senna was again packed in bales, and trans- 
mitted to Alexandria. But at present there is no such 
uniformity in the constitution of Alexandria senna ; and, 
though the three chief ingredients may still sometimes 
be found in it, they are not in the same fixed proportions ; 
and not unfrequently the Cynanchum leaves are wholly 
wanting. This variety of senna is often called in French 
pharmaceutical works s6n6 de la palthe, a name derived 
from an impost formerly laid upon it by the Ottoman 
Porte. A parcel of Alexandria senna, as it was formerly 
brought to market, consisted of the following ingredients : 
1, the leaflets of C. acutifolia, characterized by their 
acute form, and their length, almost always less than an 
inch ; 2, the leaflets of C. obovata, known by their rounded 
very obtuse summit, which is sometimes furnished with a small projecting point, and by their 
gradual diminution in breadth towards their base; 3, the pods, broken leafstalks, flowers, and 
fine fragments of other parts of one or both of these species ; 4, the leaves of Cynanchum olese- 
folium, which are distinguishable by their length, almost always more than an inch, their 
greater thickness and firmness, the absence of any visible lateral nerves on their under surface, 
their somewhat lighter color, and the regularity of their base. In this last character they 
A BCD 
A, leaf of Cynanchum olesefolium: B, leaf 
of Tephrosia apollinea; C, fruit of the same; 
D, leaf of Coriaria myrtifolia. (After De 
Lanessan.) PART I. 
Senna. 
1217 
strikingly differ from the genuine senna leaflets, which, from whatever species derived, are 
always marked by obliquity at their base, one side being inserted in the petiole at a point some- 
what lower than the other, and at a different angle. Discrimination between this and the 
other ingredients is of some importance, as the Cynanchum must be considered an adultera- 
tion. It is said by the French writers to produce hypercatharsis and much irritation of the 
bowels, but was found by Christison and Mayer to occasion griping and protracted nausea, with 
little purgation. The flowers and 
fruit of the Cynanchum were also 
often present, the former white and 
in small corymbs, the latter an ovoid 
follicle rather larger than an orange- 
seed. Besides the above constitu- 
ents of Alexandria senna, it oc- 
casionally contained leaflets of 
genuine senna, much longer than 
those of the acutifolia or obovata, 
equalling in this respect the Cynan- 
chum, which they also somewhat 
resembled in form. They were 
distinguishable, however, by their 
greater thinness, the distinctness 
of their lateral nerves, and the ir- 
regularity of their base. The 
leaflets and fruit of Tephrosia 
apollinea, which have been an oc- 
casional impurity in this variety of senna, may be distinguished, the former by their downy 
surface, their obovate-oblong, emarginate shape, their parallel unbranched lateral nerves, and 
by being usually folded longitudinally; the latter, by its dimensions, being from an inch to an 
inch and a half long, and only two lines broad. As now imported, Alexandria senna is often 
quite free from the leaves of Cynanchum, and may have few or none of the leaflets of obovate 
senna. It is probably brought directly to Alexandria from Upper Egypt, without having 
undergone intermixture at Boulak or other intervening place. 
In Europe, this senna is said to have been sometimes adul- 
terated with the leaflets of Collutea arborescens, or bladder 
senna, and the leaves of Coriaria myrtifolia, a plant of 
Southern Europe, said to be astringent and even poisonous. 
An account of these plants is given in Part II. The leaf- 
lets of the Coriaria are ovate-lanceolate, grayish green with 
a bluish tint, and are readily known, when not too much 
broken up, by their strongly-marked midrib and two lateral 
nerves running from the base nearly to the summit. An- 
other addition to Alexandria senna has been detected by M. 
Lacroix, of Macon, France, in the leaves of the Globula- 
ria turbith ( Globularia alypum, Linn.), which seem to have 
taken the place of the Colutea arborescens, because more 
closely resembling the senna leaflet. The leaves of the 
Globularia are spatulate, much enlarged towards the upper 
end, rounded at the extremity, but always terminating 
in a short sharp point. Besides, they are brown, thick, 
firm, and hard to the touch, while those of the Colutea are 
green, very thin, and soft. They have an acrid, very bitter 
taste, but are without nauseous odor. They are asserted to 
be cathartic, but milder than senna, and capable of being 
substituted for it in twice the dose. (Journ. de Pharrn., 4e 
ser., i. 413.) In detecting the adulteration of senna, the 
apothecary may avail himself not only of the general phys- 
ical characteristics of the leaves, hut also of the fact that 
whilst the senna leaf, containing no tannic acid, does not precipitate ferric chloride, most leaves 
used in adulteration do alter the ferric solution. The microscopic characteristics of the false 
A B C D E 
A, fruit of Cassia acutifolia; B, leaf of same; C, fruit of Cassia angusti- 
folia; I), leaf of same; E, leaf of Cassia ovalifolia. (After De Lanessan.) 
Senna leaf. 1, section of epidermis with 
a long hair; 2, epidermis with stomata; 3, 
bast-cells with crystals from a vein; 4, 
fragment of the nerve of the leaf; 5, wood 
vessels out of the petiole. Senna. 
1218 
PART I, 
leaves, though varying greatly, are almost always very different from those of senna. In the 
senna leaflets the epidermis from the upper and under surface is very similar. The stomata 
are numerous; the epidermal hairs are unicellular and deciduous, leaving, when detached, a 
base which has the appearance of an annular pad, around which the neighboring cells seem to 
radiate. The parenchyma of the cell has a thick epidermis, and is divided into three layers, 
the uppermost and lowest of which consist of palisade tissue, and are separated by a zone of 
very small, rounded, parenchymatous cells. Stellate crystals of calcium oxalate are scattered 
throughout the parenchyma; and prismatic crystals, one in each cell, occur clustered around 
the bast tissue of the principal veins. 
Alexandria Senna is officially described as “ leaflets about 25 Mm. long and 10 Mm. 
broad, lanceolate, or lance-oval, subcoriaceous, brittle, rather pointed, unequally oblique 
at the base, entire, grayish green, somewhat pubescent, of a peculiar odor, and a nauseous, 
bitter taste. It should be free from stalks, and from Argel leaves (the leaves of Solenostemma 
Argel Hayne, nat. ord. Asclepiadese), which are frequently present; these leaves are thicker, 
one-veined, wrinkled, glaucous, and even at the base.” U. S. 
2. Tripoli Senna. Genuine Tripoli senna consists in general exclusively of the leaflets of 
one species of Cassia, formerly considered to be a variety of G. acutifolia, but now admitted to be 
distinct, and named C. sethiopica. The leaflets, however, are much broken up ; and it is prob- 
ably on this account that the variety is usually less esteemed than the Alexandrian. The aspect 
given to it by this state of comminution, and by the uniformity of its constitution, enables the 
eye at once to distinguish it from the other varieties of senna. The leaflets, moreover, are 
shorter, less acute, thinner, and more fragile than those of C. acutifolia in Alexandria senna ; 
and their nerves are much less distinct. The general opinion at one time was that it was brought 
from Sennaar and Nubia to Tripoli in caravans ; but, it is reasonably asked by M. Fee, how could 
it be afforded at a cheaper price than the Alexandrian, if thus brought on the backs of camels 
a distance of eight hundred leagues through the desert ? It is probably collected at Fezzan, 
immediately south of Tripoli. For a microscopical description of Alexandria senna, see Proc. 
A. P. A., 1882, p. 238. 
3. India Senna. This variety is in Europe sometimes called Mocha senna, probably because 
obtained originally from that port. It derives its name of India senna from the route by which 
it reaches us. Though produced in Arabia, it is brought to this country and Europe from 
Calcutta, Bombay, and possibly other ports of Hindostan. It consists of the leaflets of Cassia 
elongata, with some of the leafstalks and pods intermixed. The eye is at once struck by the 
great length (about two inches) and comparative narrowness of the leaflets, so that the variety 
may be readily distinguished. The pike-like shape of the leaflet has given rise to the French 
name of shii. de la pique. Many of the leaflets have a yellowish, dark-brown, or blackish color, 
probably from exposure after collection ; and the variety has commonly in mass a characteristic 
dull tawny hue. It is generally considered inferior in purgative power. Leaflets of a senna 
resembling the Indian were brought by Dr. Livingstone from Southern Africa, where the plant 
grows abundantly. (P. J. Tr., xvii. 499.) “ India Senna consists of leaflets from 3 to 5 Cm. 
long, and 10 to 15 Mm. broad; lanceolate, acute, unequally oblique at the base, entire, thin, 
yellowish-green or dull green, nearly smooth; odor peculiar, somewhat tea-like; taste muci- 
laginous, bitter, and nauseous. It should be free from stalks, discolored leaves, and other 
admixtures.” U. S. 
A variety of India senna has reached this country which is the produce of Hindostan, being 
cultivated at Tinnevelly, and probably other places in the south of the Peninsula. The plant 
was originally raised from seeds obtained from the Red Sea, and is the same as that from which 
the common Indian senna is derived. The drug is exported from Madras to England, where 
it is known by the name of Tinnevelly senna. It is a fine unmixed variety, consisting of un- 
broken leaflets, from one to two or more inches long, and sometimes half an inch in their 
greatest breadth, thin, flexible, and of a fine green color. Mr. T. B. Groves, however, states as 
the result of his experiments that Tinnevelly senna contains only two-thirds as much of the 
active principle as does the Alexandrian. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1868, p. 202.) 
4. Mecca Senna. After the publication of the fifth edition of this Dispensatory, a variety 
of senna was imported under the name of Mecca senna, consisting of the leaflets, pods, broken 
stems, and petioles of a single species of Cassia. The leaflets were oblong-lanceolate, on the 
average longer and narrower than those of Cassia acutifolia, and shorter than those of 
Cassia elongata. The variety in mass had a yellowish or tawny hue, more like that of India 
than like that of Alexandria senna. May it not have been the product of the Cassia lanceo- PART I. 
Senna. 
1219 
lata of Forskhal? We might infer so from the name, and from the character of the leaflet. 
Landerer, however, speaks of a valuable variety of senna, characterized by the large size of 
the leaflets, and sold under the name of Mecca senna, which he says comes from the interior 
of Africa. 
Much study has been given to the question of distinguishing the powder of Alexandria and 
India senna by means of the microscope. (See papers by Sayre, A. J. P., 1896,1897 ; Schnei- 
der, American Druggist, 1897; Denniston, Pharm. Review, vol. xvi.) As a result of these 
studies it is asserted that it is possible to take advantage of the greater hairiness of the Alexan- 
dria senna as a practical distinction, it being alleged that a piece of the epidermis of Alexandria 
leaf contains always twice as many hairs as does a similar-sized shred of epidermis from the 
India senna. It is especially proposed to count the number of epidermal cells between two 
hairs or their scars, the average distance of the hairs from one another being in the Alexan- 
dria senna three epidermal cells, and in the India six cells. Advantage may also be taken of 
the difference in the neighboring cells of the stomata ; in the majority of stomata, in each case, 
there are two of the neighbor-cells, but in India senna the proportion is one having three 
neighbor-cells to seven having two, and in the Alexandria the proportion is one having three 
to two having two. 
Commercial senna is prepared for use by garbling, or picking out the leaflets, and rejecting the 
leafstalks, the impurities, and the leaves of other plants. The pods are also rejected by some 
apothecaries. They were preferred by the Arabian and mediaeval physicians of Europe to the 
leaves, whilst Pereira states that they are much milder in their operation than the leaflets. This 
has been explained by the researches of E. F. Salmon, who has found that they contain about 
25 per cent, more cathartin than the leaves, but no resinous principle or volatile oil. {P. J. Tr., 
Oct. 1889.) The griping of senna being largely due to the resin, it is a priori to be expected 
that the pods would act more kindly than the leaves. Dr. A. W. Macfarlane has found this 
to be actually the case. From six to twelve pods for the adult, or from three to six for the 
young or very aged, infused in a claret-glass of cold water, in his experience, act very kindly 
but very thoroughly upon the whole intestine.* 
Properties. The odor of senna is faint and sickly ; the taste slightly bitter, sweetish, and 
nauseous. Water and diluted alcohol extract its active principles. Pure alcohol extracts them 
but imperfectly. (Bley and Diesel, Pharm. Centralbl., Feb. 1849, p. 126.) The leaves are said 
to yield about one-third of their weight to boiling water. The infusion is of a deep reddish- 
brown color, and has the odor and taste of the leaves. When exposed to the air for a short 
time, it deposits a yellowish insoluble precipitate, supposed to result from the union of extrac- 
tive matter with oxygen. The nature of this precipitate, however, is not well understood. 
Decoction also produces some change in the principles of senna, by which its medicinal virtues 
have been supposed to be impaired ; but some experiments of B. Heerlein would seem to show 
that this opinion is incorrect. An extract prepared by boiling down an infusion, redissolving 
the residue, and again boiling down to a solid consistence, was found to operate actively in a 
dose equivalent to a drachm of the leaves. {Pharm. Centralbl., 1851, p. 909.) To diluted 
alcohol it imparts the same reddish-brown color as to water; but rectified alcohol and ether, 
digested upon the powdered leaves, become of a deep olive-green. 
Lassaigne and Feneulle first isolated a substance to which they gave the name of cathartin, 
but it proved to be a mixture; Bley and Diesel {Pharm. Centralbl., 1849, p. 126) isolated a 
yellow coloring matter, which they called chrysoretin, but which Martius identified as chryso- 
phan j Ludwig {Arch. d. Pharm. (2), 119, p. 42, and 190, p. 69) obtained two bitter principles, 
sennapicrin and sennacrol, the first insoluble, the second soluble in ether; but the active purga- 
tive principle was first discovered in 1866 by Dragendorff and Kubly ( Viertelj.f. Prakt. Pharm., 
16, pp. 96 and 337), who found it to be a glucoside of weak acid character, and named it ca- 
thartic acid. Mr. Thos. B. Groves, in 1868 {P. J'. Tr., 1869, p. 196), unaware of Dragendorff 
and Kubly’s discovery, isolated the same principle, and found for it the same reactions. For 
a method of preparing cathartic acid, by Mr. Ralph Stockman, see P. J. Tr., 1885, p. 740. 
Its formula is given as and by boiling its alcoholic solution with acids it yields 
cathartogenic acid and sugar. Gensz {A. J. P., 1893, 334), who prepared it later by the 
* Mr. E. F. Salmon prepares a black-looking, perfectly tasteless liquid, said to be active in doses of one-half to two 
fluidrachms, by the following formula. Macerate one pound of bruised pods in six pints of cold distilled water for 
twenty-four hours; decant; macerate again for twelve hours in three pints of cold water; evaporate the strained 
liquors to thirteen fluidounces; add four ounces of diluted alcohol; filter after a few hours. (Chemist and Druggist, 
1889.) 1220 
Senna. 
PAET I. 
method of Kubly and Stockmann, gives the formula C30H36N016. It is amorphous, difficultly 
soluble in cold water, readily soluble in boiling water. The best solvent is a 30 to 40 per cent, 
alcohol; ether, benzene, chloroform, and petroleum ether are without solvent action. Alkalies 
with heat decompose it. It is prepared by partially precipitating with alcohol infusion of senna, 
concentrating to a syrupy consistence in vacuo, filtering, treating the filtrate with a large pro- 
portion of absolute alcohol, and repeatedly dissolving in water, and precipitating by alcohol the 
precipitate thus obtained. It is purified by submitting it (dissolved in moderately strong hydro- 
chloric acid) to dialysis on a diaphragm of parchment paper, cathartic acid having strong col- 
loidal properties. Mr. Groves found that ammonium cathartate purged moderately in the dose 
of three and three-quarters grains, with considerable griping, and that of certain mixed cathar- 
tates seven and a half grains purged violently, with much griping and sickness, and continued 
to act through most of a day. He considers four grains a fair dose. It should be given in 
connection with an aromatic and a saline cathartic. Magnesium, cathartate is soluble. The 
salts of this acid in aqueous solution are decomposed and rendered inert by long exposure 
to heat in contact with the air. (Groves, P. J. Tr., Oct. 1868, 200-1.) Dragendorff and 
Kubly also found chrysophanic acid in small proportions, the two substances, sennacrol and 
sennapicrin, previously mentioned, and a peculiar non-fermentable saccharine principle, with 
the formula C21H44019, which they named catharto-mannite. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., v.) 
Mr. A. Seidel proposes the name of sennit for catharto-mannite, and gives a process for its 
preparation in A. J. P., 1885. 
Some results of experiments on the properties of senna which more particularly concern the 
pharmacist are noted in a paper contained in the Journal de Pharmacia (Janv. 1874, p. 80), 
and require to be mentioned here, because they tend to fix certain points which are left unde- 
termined in the above statement. An extract made by evaporating in the air an aqueous 
infusion of senna possesses but partially the purgative properties of the leaves. If the extract 
be redissolved in a large quantity of water, and the solution be again evaporated, the extract 
now obtained will be quite inert. It follows that a prolonged decoction of senna destroys its 
cathartic powers. The presence of an alkali in the decoction increases the rapidity of the de- 
struction. An infusion of senna in lime water, heated to the boiling point, and then deprived 
of lime by a stream of carbonic acid, becomes inert. An infusion of senna, made to boil after 
the addition of caustic potassa, and then neutralized by an acid, is also inert. The mineral 
acids destroy the purgative powers of senna, but less energetically than the alkalies ; the vege- 
table acids exercise the same power but feebly. Concentrated alcohol does not dissolve the 
active principle, which is soluble in cold water. It was Heerlein who first determined the 
complete want of purgative power in the pure alcoholic extract of senna. Nevertheless, this 
extract possesses in a high degree the odor and taste of senna, and, taken internally, without 
purging, imparts a deep-yellow color to the urine, which the alkalies change to red. The leaves 
exhausted by alcohol have all their purgative effect, but lose the power of affecting the urine 
so that an alkaline solution shall color it red. These facts prove that chrysophanic acid is 
not the purgative principle of senna. The fact that alcohol removes the odor and taste of 
senna without affecting its purgative action may sometimes be advantageously applied in 
cases in which the taste of senna is extremely offensive. Mr. L. Siebold, after experimenting 
with senna leaves washed with alcohol, arrived at the following conclusions. 1. Strong spirit 
does not remove any of the active principle (cathartic acid) from senna leaves. 2. The thera- 
peutic action of cathartic acid is assisted by one or more of the constituents yielded by senna 
to strong spirit, though the latter produce no purgative effect when taken alone. 3. Senna 
exhausted by alcohol is a reliable and pleasant purgative, but somewhat weaker in its action 
than the unexhausted leaves.* 
Incompatibles. Many substances produce precipitates with the infusion of senna; but 
it does not follow that they are all medicinally incompatible, as they may remove only inert 
ingredients. Cathartic acid is precipitated by infusion of galls and solution of lead subacetate. 
Lead acetate and tartarized antimony, which disturb the infusion, have no effect upon the 
solution of this substance. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Senna was first used as a medicine by the Arabians. 
* Vinum Sennce. Senna Wine. Alexandria Senna Leaves, one and a half ounces ; Sherry Wine, twenty-seven 
ounces. Macerate for eight days, press, and strain ; then add five grains of Gelatin, dissolved in two and a half 
drachms of distilled water, and then the following: Tincture of Orange Peel, one ounce ; Tincture of Ginger, a half- 
otmce ; Aromatic Tincture, eighty minims ; Honey, two ounces. Again allow to stand for ten days, and filter. This 
wine is reputed to be an excellent aperient for persons suffering from hemorrhoids. It should be taken in table- 
spoonfuls, according to the effect desired. (Dieterich’s Pharm. Manual.) PART I. 
Senna.—Serpeniana. 
1221 
It was noticed in their writings as early as the ninth century; and the name itself is Arabic. 
It is a prompt, efficient, and very safe purgative, well calculated for fevers and febrile complaints, 
and other cases in which a decided but not violent impression is desired. A disadvantage is 
that it is apt to produce severe griping. This effect, however, may be obviated by combining 
with the senna some aromatic, and some one of the alkaline salts, especially potassium bitartrate, 
potassium tartrate, or magnesium sulphate. The explanation which attributes the griping prop- 
erty to the oxidized extractive, and its prevention by the saline substances to their influence in 
promoting the solubility of that principle, is not satisfactory. The purgative effect of senna is 
considerably increased by combination with bitters,—a fact noticed by Cullen, and abundantly 
confirmed by subsequent experience. The decoction of guaiac is said to exert a similar influence. 
Senna yields one or more of its principles to the urine, as, from twenty to thirty minutes after 
it has been taken, this secretion acquires the property of being reddened by ammonia. (Journ. 
de Pharm., Aout, 1863.) Senna taken by nurses is said to purge sucking infants, and an infu- 
sion injected into the veins operates as a cathartic. The dose of senna in powder is from 
half a drachm to two drachms (l-95-7-8 Gm.) ; but the drug is never prescribed in this form. 
In official preparations “ Tinnevelly senna may be used in place of Alexandria senna.” Br. 
1885. Dose of cathartic acid as a laxative from 0-25 to 0-4 Gm. 
SERPENTARIA. U. S. (Br.) Serpentaria. [Virginia Snakeroot.] 
(SER-PEN-TA'RI-A.) 
“ The rhizome and roots of Aristolochia Serpentaria, Linn6, and of Aristolochia reticulata, 
Nuttall (nat. ord. Aristolochiaceae).” U. S. “ The dried rhizome and roots of Aristolochia 
Serpentaria, Linn., or of Aristolochia reticulata, Nutt.” Br. 
Serpentariae Rhizoma, Br.; Serpentary Rhizome; CouleuvrSe de Virginie, Serpentaire de Yirginie, Fr.; Yir- 
ginianische Schlangenwurzel, G.; Serpentaria Yirginiana, It., Sp. 
Many species of Aristolochia have been employed in medicine. The roots of all of them 
are tonic and stimulant; and their supposed possession of emmenagogue properties has given 
origin to the name of the genus. A. clematitis, A. longa, A. rotunda, and A. pistolochia are 
still retained in many official catalogues of the continent of Europe, where they are indigenous. 
The root of A. clematitis is very long, cylindrical, as thick as a goose-quill or thicker, variously 
contorted, beset with the remains of the stems and radicles, of a grayish-brown color, a strong, 
peculiar odor, and an acrid, bitter taste; that of A. longa, L., is spindle-shaped, from a few 
inches to a foot in length, of the thickness of the thumb or thicker, fleshy, very brittle, grayish 
externally, brownish yellow within, bitter, and of a strong, disagreeable odor when fresh ; that 
of A. rotunda, L., is tuberous, roundish, heavy, fleshy, brownish on the exterior, grayish yellow 
internally, and similar to the preceding in odor and taste; that of A. pistolochia, L., consists 
of numerous slender yellowish or brownish fibres, attached to a common head, and possessed 
of an agreeable aromatic odor, with a taste bitter and somewhat acrid. Many species of Aris- 
tolochia growing in the West Indies, Mexico, and South America have attracted attention for 
their medicinal properties; and some, like our own snakeroot, have acquired the reputation of 
being antidotes for the bites of serpents. A. cymbifera, Martius, is much used in Brazil under 
the names of milhommen, jarra, or jarrinha, and probably has medical activities similar to 
those of the official species.* In the Argentine Republic the root of A. argentina is used as 
a diuretic and diaphoretic, especially in rheumatism. In the East Indies A. indica is employed 
for similar purposes with the European and American species; and the Arabians are said by 
Forskhal to use the leaves of A. sempervirens as a counter-poison. A. foetida of Texas and 
Mexico, or Yerba del Indio, is used as a local stimulant to foul ulcers.f A number of species 
of Aristolochia are employed as a remedy for snake-bites in various parts of the world, as A. 
serpentaria, L., in North America; A. maxima, L. (the rhizome of which is called Guaco od. 
Contra Capitano), in South America; A. anguicida, L., in the Antilles; A. brasiliensis, Mart, 
et Zucc.; A. cymbifera, Mart, et Zucc.; A. macroura, Gom.; A. trilobata, L., etc. There is 
* Brazilian Aristolochia as it comes into the European markets consists of pieces about 10 Cm. (4 inches) long, 
gray-brown, longitudinally wrinkled, the thickest roots being split; the transverse section shows a rather thick bark, 
and a ligneous cylinder, which is distinctly radiating, and contains wide dotted ducts and wood-fibres; the bark and 
medullary rays contain much starch, and, in numerous but slightly enlarged cells, a mixture of yellow resin and 
volatile oil. The taste and odor are warm and camphoraceous. 
f Henry Trimble and S. S. Jones found in this root fixed oil, resin, tannin, coloring matter, lignin, albuminoids, 
mucilage, etc. (A. J. P., 1886, 113.) 1222 
Serpentaria. 
PAET I. 
no sufficient reason for supposing that any of them is effective. We have in the United States 
six species, of which four—A. serpentaria, A. hirsuta, A. hastata, and A. reticulata—contribute 
to furnish the snakeroot of the pharmacies. 
Aristolochia serpentaria. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 961; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 159 ; Bigelow, Am. 
Med. Pot. iii. 82 ; Barton, Med, Bot. ii. 41; B. & T. 246. This species of Aristolochia is an 
herbaceous plant, with a short rhizome and numerous slender roots. Several stems often rise 
from the same rhizome. They are about 
eight or ten inches in height, slender, round, 
flexuose, jointed at irregular distances, and 
frequently reddish or purple at the base. The 
leaves are oblong-cordate, acuminate, entire, 
of a pale yellowish-green color, and supported 
on short petioles. The flowers proceed from 
the joints near the root, and stand singly on 
long, slender, round, jointed peduncles, which 
are sometimes furnished with one or two small 
scales, and bend downward so as nearly to 
bury the flower in the earth or decayed leaves. 
The tube of the calyx is curved like the letter 
S, enlarged at the base (ovary) and at its 
throat, the short limb being obtusely three- 
lobed. The anthers—six or twelve in num- 
ber—are sessile, attached to the under part 
of the stigma, which is fleshy and from three- 
to six-lobed. The fruit is an hexangular, six- 
celled capsule, containing several small flat 
seeds. The plant grows in rich shady woods 
throughout the Middle, Southern, and Western 
States, abounding in the valley of the Ohio 
and in the mountainous regions of our inte- 
rior. It flowers in May and June. The root 
is collected in Western Pennsylvania, West 
Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, and Kentucky, and is brought eastward chiefly by the routes of 
Wheeling and Pittsburg. As it reaches Philadelphia, it is usually in bales containing about 
one hundred pounds, and is often mixed with the leaves and stems of the plant, and with 
adhering dirt. 
A. hirsuta. Muhlenberg, Catalogue, 81; Bridges, A. J. P. xiv. 121. In Muhlenberg’s 
Catalogue this species was named without being described; and botanists, supposing from the 
name that it was identical with A. tomentosa, generally confounded the two plants. In Index 
Kewensis A. hirsuta, Muhl., is given as a synonym for A. tomentosa, Sims. A description of 
A. hirsuta in the handwriting of Muhlenberg, and a labelled specimen of the plant, in the pos- 
session of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, have been found to correspond 
with a dried specimen from Virginia. A. tomentosa is a climbing plant, growing in Missouri 
and Southern Illinois to Alabama and Florida, and ascending to the summit of the highest 
trees. It has a thick, creeping root, entirely different in shape from that of the official species, 
though possessed of an analogous odor. A. hirsuta has a root like that of A. serpentaria, con- 
sisting of a knotty caudex, sending out numerous slender simple fibres, sometimes six inches 
in length. From this arise several jointed, flexuose, pubescent stems, less than a foot high, 
with one or two pubescent bracts, and several large roundish-cordate leaves, of which the lower 
are obtuse, the upper abruptly acuminate, and all pubescent on both sides and at the margin. 
From the joints itear the root originate from one to three solitary peduncles, each bearing 
three or four leafy bracts and one flower. The peduncles, bracts, and corolla are all hairy. 
This species grows in Virginia, West Virginia, and perhaps other parts of the West and South. 
It probably contributes to the serpentaria of commerce, as its leaves have been found in bales 
of the drug. 
A. hastata. Nuttall, Gen. of N. Am. Plants, 200.—A. sagittata. Muhlenberg, Catal. This 
is now considered to be nothing more than a variety of A. serpentaria, from which it differs in 
having hastate, acute, somewhat cordate leaves, and the lip of the corolla ovate. It flourishes 
on the banks of the Mississippi, in the Carolinas, and elsewhere. Its root scarcely differs from 
Serpentaria rhizome, transverse section. Serpentaria. 
1223 
PART I. 
that of the official plant, and is frequently mixed with it, as is proved by the presence of the 
characteristic hastate leaves in the parcels brought into market. 
A. reticulata. Nuttall, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (1837) 162; Bridges, A. J. P. xvi. 118; 
Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. ii. 32, pi. 77. This plant was probably first observed by Mr. Nut- 
tall, as a specimen labelled “ A. reticulata, Red River,” in the handwriting of that botanist, is 
contained in the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. From a 
root similar to that of A. serpentaria numerous short, slender, round, flexuose, jointed stems 
arise, usually simple, but sometimes branched near the root. The older stems are slightly 
villous, the young densely pubescent. The leaves, which stand on very short villous petioles, 
are round or oblong-cordate, obtuse, reticulate, very prominently veined, and villous on both 
sides, especially upon the veins. From the lower joints of the stem four or five hairy, jointed 
peduncles proceed, which bear small leafy villous bracts at the joints, and several flowers on 
short pedicels. The flowers are small, purplish, and densely pubescent, especially at the base 
and on the ovary. The hexangular capsule is deeply sulcate. This species grows from Vir- 
ginia to Louisiana, Texas, Arkansas, and the Indian Territory. 
Bales of' a variety of serpentaria were some years since brought to Philadelphia which is 
certainly the product of this species, as specimens of all parts of the plant have been found 
in the bales, and the roots, which differ somewhat from those before known, are homogeneous 
in character. One of these bales was brought from New Orleans, and was said to have come 
down the Red River and to have been collected by the Indians. The chief difference be- 
tween this and the ordinary Virginia snakeroot is in the size of the radicles, which are much 
thicker and less interlaced in the new variety. Each root has usually a considerable portion 
of one or more stems attached to the caudex. The color is yellowish. The odor and taste 
are scarcely if at all distinguishable from those of common serpentaria; and there is no doubt 
that the root is equally effectual as a medicine. From a chemical examination by Mr. T. S. 
Wiegand, it appears to have the same constituents, and to differ only in containing a rather 
larger proportion of gum, extractive, and volatile oil. 
Mr. J. A. Ferguson (A. J. P., 1887, p. 481) found in the rhizome volatile oil, resin, tannin, 
mucilage, glucose, malic acid, extractive, albuminoids, lignin, etc. 
Properties. Virginia snakeroot is officially described as follows: “ The rhizome is about 
25 Mm. long, thin, bent; on the upper side with approximate, short stem-bases; on the lower 
side with numerous, thin, branching roots about 10 Cm. long; dull yellowish-brown, internally 
whitish ; the wood-rays of the rhizome longest on the lower side; odor aromatic, camphora- 
ceous; taste wTarm, bitterish, and camphoraceous. The roots of AristolocMa reticulata are 
coarser, longer, and less interlaced than those of AristolocMa serpentaria.” U. S. They are 
also straighter. The color, which in the recent root is yellowish, becomes brown by time; 
that of the powder is grayish. Examined microscopically (see cut), the rhizome is seen to 
have only a moderately thick bark, composed chiefly of small-celled liber tissue; the woody 
tissue is formed of reticulated or pitted vessels and long prosenchymatous cells; the medulla 
is situated to the upper side of the centre, and has its cells large and thin-walled. The root 
yields all its virtues to water and alcohol, producing with the former a yellowish-brown infu- 
sion, with the latter a bright greenish tincture, rendered turbid by the addition of water. 
Chevallier found in the root volatile oil, a yellow bitter principle, soluble in water and alcohol, 
resin, gum, starch, albumen, lignin, and various salts. Bucholz obtained from 1000 parts, 5 
of a green, fragrant volatile oil, 28-5 of a yellowish-green resin, 17 of extractive matter, 181 
of gummy extract, 624 of lignin, and 144-5 of water. The active ingredients are probably the 
volatile oil and the yellow bitter principle of Chevallier, which that chemist considers analo- 
gous to the bitter principle of quassia; alkaline solution of cupric tartrate shows, moreover, 
the presence of a glucose sugar. The volatile oil passes over with water in distillation, ren- 
dering the liquid milky, and impregnating it with the odor of the root. The volatile oil has 
been carefully investigated by J. C. Peacock (A. J. P., 1891, 257). He found it to contain 
a terpene, C1OH10, boiling at 157° C., of sp. gr. 0-865 (probably pinene); a compound ester 
boiling at 211° C., sp. gr. 0-9849, which on saponification yielded borneol, C10II180, and a 
crystalline acid ; a fraction boiling at from 239°—240° C., sp. gr. 0 9888, and of the composition 
Ci8H200 ; and some green or bluish-green fluorescent oil in small quantity, which decomposes 
even when distilled under reduced pressure. The borneol ester constitutes about 60 per cent, 
of the oil. A principle called aristolochine has been investigated by Jul. Pohl (Arch. f. Exper. 
Path. u. Pharm., xxix). He obtained it as a yellow crystalline mass, soluble in chloroform, 
ether, acetone, acetic anhydride, and alcohol, insoluble in petroleum ether, benzene, and carbon Serpentaria.—Sevum. 
1224 
PART I. 
disulphide, almost insoluble in cold water, slightly soluble in hot water. An ultimate analysis 
gives for its composition C32H22N013. O. Hesse obtained from the root of Aristolochia argen- 
tina an alkaloid to which he gives the name aristolochine, but has furnished no formula; a 
principle, aristolin, C15H2803; physosterin palmitate, in white scales, fusing at 82° C.; and a mix- 
ture of acids to which he gives the names aristic acid, C18H13N07, aristidic add, C17H10(CH3) 
N07, and aristolic add, C15H13N07.* 
The roots of Spigelia marilandica are sometimes found associated with serpentaria. They 
may be distinguished by the absence of the bitter taste, and, when the stem and foliage are 
attached, by the peculiar character of these parts. (See Spigelia.) We have seen the young 
roots of Polygala senega mixed with serpentaria. Independently of their difference in odor 
and taste, they may be distinguished by being simple, and by a projecting line running from 
one end to the other of the root. Another adulteration has been detected by Mr. P. S. Mille- 
man, of Chicago, who found in a parcel a large quantity of “ golden seal” (Hydrastis cana- 
densis). The rhizomes, with rootlets attached, were from a quarter of an inch to an inch in 
length, and about one-eighth of an inch in diameter. (A. J. P., 1874, p. 516.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Serpentaria is a stimulant tonic, acting also as a dia- 
phoretic or diuretic, according to the mode of its application. Too largely taken, it occasions 
nausea, griping pains in the bowels, sometimes vomiting and dysenteric tenesmus. In exan- 
thematous diseases in which the eruption is tardy or has receded and the grade of action is low, 
it is thought to be useful by promoting the cutaneous affection. It has been recommended in 
intermittent fevers, and may be serviceable as an adjunct to quinine. It is sometimes given in 
dyspepsia. The dose of fluid extract is from twenty minims to half a fluidrachm (1-25-1-9 
C.c.). According to Pohl, aristolochine in sufficient dose produces in the higher animals violent 
irritation of the gastro-intestinal tract and of the kidneys, with death in coma from respiratory 
paralysis. 
SEVUM. U. S. (Br.) Suet. [Mutton Suet.] 
(SE'VUM.) 
“ The internal fat of the abdomen of Ovis Aries, Linne (class, Mammalia ; order, Ruminantia), 
purified by melting and straining. Suet should be kept in well-closed vessels impervious to 
fat. It should not he used after it has become rancid.” XJ. S. “ The internal Fat of the 
abdomen of the sheep, Ovis Aries, Linn., purified by melting and straining.” Br. 
Sevum Prseparatum, Br.; Prepared Suet; Sebum, P. G.; Sebum Ovillum; Mutton-Suet; Suif, Graisse de Mouton, 
Ft-.; Hammelstalg, Talg, G.; Grasso duro, It.; Sebo, Sp. 
Suet is the fat of the sheep, taken chiefly from about the kidneys. It is prepared by cut- 
ting the fat into pieces, melting it with a moderate heat, and straining it through linen or 
flannel. In order to avoid too great a heat, the crude suet is sometimes purified by boiling it 
in a little water. Mutton suet is of a firmer consistence, and requires a higher temperature for 
its fusion, than any other animal fat. It is very white, sometimes brittle, inodorous, of a bland 
taste, insoluble in water, and nearly so in alcohol. Boiling alcohol, however, dissolves it, and 
deposits it upon cooling. It consists, according to Chevreul, of stearin, palmitin, and olein, 
containing approximately 70 per cent, of stearin and palmitin and 30 per cent, of olein. These 
principles are described under the Fixed Oils (page 902). It is officially described as “ a 
white, solid fat, nearly inodorous, and having a bland taste when fresh, but becoming rancid on 
prolonged exposure to the air. Insoluble in water or cold alcohol; soluble in 44 parts of boiling 
alcohol, in about 60 parts of ether, and slowly in 2 parts of benzin. From its solution in the 
latter, kept in a stoppered flask, it slowly separates in a crystalline form on standing. An alco- 
holic solution of Suet is neutral or has only a slightly acid reaction to litmus paper moistened 
with alcohol. Suet melts between 45° and 50° C. (113° and 122° F.), and congeals between 
37° and 40° C. (98-6° and 104° F.).” U. S. “ White, smooth, almost odorless; melting point 
between 112° and 120° F. (44-4° and 48'90 C.) ; commences to re-solidify at about 100° F. 
(37-8° C.). Freely soluble in petroleum, spirit, slowly soluble in benzol, insoluble in cold alcohol 
(90 per cent.), slightly soluble in ether or boiling alcohol (90 per cent.).” Br. Mr. E. Dieterich 
examined a large number of samples of mutton and beef suet, and found that they were with- 
out exception acid and that neutral suet does not exist. The melting point of mutton suet is 
® The resinous aristinic acid has been obtained from a number of species of the genus Aristolochia, notably by 
Walz from A. clematitis, by Chevallier from A. serpentaria, by Dymock and Warden from A. indica, by Hesse from 
A. argentina, by Hooper from A. bracteata. Hooper has also obtained a closely allied, if not identical, resinous 
acid from the aristolochiaceous plant Bragantia Wallichii, besides an alkaloid, which, under the name of Alpam, 
has long been used in Western India as an antidote to snake venom. The allied species, Bragantia tomentosa, of 
Blume, is said to be employed in Java as an emmenagogue. PART I. 
Sinapis.—Sinapis Nigra. 
1225 
between 48 5° and 50-5° C.; that of beef suet, between 47-5° and 48° C. The specific gravity 
of mutton suet lies between 0-937 and 0-952; that of beef suet, between 0-943 and 0-952. 
(Arch. d. Pharm., 1887, 496.) 
SINAPIS. Br. Mustard. 
“ The dried ripe seeds of Brassica nigra, Koch, and Brassica alba, Boiss., powdered and 
mixed.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia describes powdered mustard seed as “ a greenish-yellow powder 
with a bitter pungent taste, inodorous when dry, but exhaling when moist a characteristic 
pungent odor. A cooled decoction is not rendered brown by a solution of boric acid (absence 
of turmeric), and should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for starch.” 
(SI-NA'PIS.) 
SINAPIS ALBA. U. S. (Br.) White Mustard. 
(SI-NA'riS XL'BA.) 
“ The seed of Brassica alba (Linne), Hooker filius et Thompson (nat. ord. Cruciferae).” TJ. S. 
11 The dried ripe seeds of Brassica alba, Boiss.” Br. 
Sinapis Albae Semina, Br.; White Mustard Seeds; Semen Erucae; Yellow Mustard Seed; Moutarde blanche, 
Fr.; Weisser Senf, G. 
SINAPIS NIGRA. U. S. (Br.) Black Mustard 
(SI-NA'PIS NI'GKA.) 
“ The seed of Brassica nigra (Linne), Koch (nat. ord. Cruciferae).” U. S. “ The dried ripe 
seeds of Brassica nigra, Koch.” Br. 
Sinapis Nigrse Semina, Br.; Black Mustard Seeds; Semen Sinapis, P. G.; Moutarde noire (grise), Moutarde, 
Fr.; Senfsamen, Schwarzer Senf, G.; Senapa, It.; Mostaza, Sp. 
Linnaeus described two genera, Brassica and Sinapis, and subsequent botanists have greatly 
disagreed as to whether they should be considered distinct or not. Both Pharmacopoeias at 
present follow Bentham and Hooker. Engler and Prantl and Britton and Brown, however, 
ascribe the origin of white mustard to Sinapis alba, L., and of black mustard to Brassica nigra 
(L.), Koch. The genus Sinapis differs from Brassica in that the pods of the former are ter- 
minated by a long, flat, sword-like beak, whereas in Brassica the beak is cylindrical or conical. 
Sinapis nigra. Linne. Sp. PI. (1753) 668.—Brassica nigra. Koch, in Roehl. Deutschl. FI. 
(1833) 713. Common or black mustard is an annual plant, with a stem three or four feet in 
height, divided and subdivided into numerous spreading branches. The leaves are petiolate 
and variously shaped. Those near the root are large, rough, lyrate-pinnate, and unequally 
toothed, those higher on the stem are smooth, and less lobed; and the uppermost are entire, 
narrow, smooth, and dependent. The flowers are small, yellow, and stand closely together upon 
peduncles at the upper part of the branches. The pods are smooth, erect, nearly parallel with 
the branches, quadrangular, and furnished with a slender beak; seeds numerous, dark brown. 
Sinapis alba. Linne. Sp. PI. (1753) 668.—Brassica alba. Boiss. Voy. Espag. (1839-45) 
39. The white mustard is also annual. It is rather smaller than the preceding species. The 
lower leaves are deeply pinnatifid, the upper sublyrate, and all irregularly toothed, rugged, 
with stiff hairs on both sides, and pale green. The flowers are in racemes, with yellow petals, 
and linear, green calycine leaflets. The pods are spreading, bristly, rugged, roundish, swelling 
in the position of the seeds, ribbed, and provided with a very long ensiform beak. 
Both plants are natives of Europe and cultivated in our gardens; and S. nigra, L., has 
become naturalized in some parts of this country. Their flowers appear in June. The seeds 
are kept in the pharmacies, both whole and in the state of very fine powder as prepared by 
the manufacturers for the table * The latter is sometimes mixed with spice and ground 
into a smooth paste with water in a mill resembling a paint-mill, and then is known as French 
mustard. 
The Brassica juncea, Coss. (Sinapis juncea, L.), is extensively grown in India, and its seeds 
* The seeds of Brassica iberifolia, according to Prof. 0. Harz, are sometimes sold as true white mustard seed. 
He examined some obtained from Bavaria, which had been returned by customers to the dealers on account of their 
bitter and disagreeable taste. He furnishes characteristic microscopical tests for distinguishing the false from the 
true mustard seed. His statement, however, that powdered white mustard seed when mixed with water is odorless, 
and that the false gives off a strong odor of essential oil of mustard, would seem to be a good reason for preferring 
the false seed. (P. J. Tr.} 1887, 478.) 1226 
Sinapis Nigra. 
PART I. 
are largely exported to Europe. The same plant is also cultivated in Southern Russia. The 
seeds afford a very fine yellow mustard flour, and, according to Paul Birkenwald, yield 1-67 
parts per hundred of volatile oil, against 1-89 parts per hundred of the true black mustard 
seed. (Schweiz. Wochenschr. f Pharm., 1888.) 
Black mustard seeds are officially described as “ about 1 Mm. in diameter, almost globular, 
with a circular hilum; testa blackish-brown or grayish-brown, finely pitted, hard; embryo 
oily with a curved radicle, and two cotyledons, one folded over the other; free from starch; 
inodorous when dry, but when triturated 
with water, of a pungent, penetrating, irri- 
tating odor; taste pungent and acrid.” 
White mustard seeds are much larger, of a 
yellowish color and less pungent taste. Both 
afford a yellow powder, which has a some- 
what unctuous appearance, and cakes when 
compressed. This is commonly called flour 
of mustard, or simply mustard, and is pre- 
pared by crushing and pounding the seeds 
and then sifting them, the purest flour being 
obtained by a second sifting. Both the 
black and the white seeds are used in its 
preparation. It is often adulterated with 
wheat flour colored by turmeric, to which 
red pepper is added to render the mixture 
sufficiently hot. The skin of white mustard 
seeds contains a mucilaginous substance 
which is extracted by boiling water. When 
bruised or powdered, both kinds impart 
their active properties wholly to water, but 
in a very slight degree to alcohol. They 
yield upon pressure a fixed oil, called oil of 
mustard, of a greenish-yellow color, little 
smell, and a mild not unpleasant taste; and 
the portion which remains is even more 
pungent than the unpressed seeds. The 
fixed oil of mustard consists of the glycerin 
compounds of stearic, oleic, and erucic or 
brassic acid, C22H4202, a homologue of oleic 
acid. Small quantities of behenic acid, 
C22H4402, also occur in oil of black mustard. 
This fixed oil is a yellow non-drying oil of 
from 0-915 to 0-920 sp. gr. at 15° C., solidify- 
ing at from —12° to —16°. It has been long 
known that black mustard seeds yield by distillation with water a very pungent volatile oil, 
containing sulphur. Guibourt conjectured, and Robiquet and Boutron proved, that this oil 
does not pre-exist in the seeds, but is produced by the action of water. Hence the absence 
or very slight degree of odor in the seeds when bruised in a dry state, and their pungency 
when water is added. It seemed reasonable to suppose that the reaction in this case was 
similar to that exercised by water upon bitter almonds (see Amygdala Amara); and this has 
been proved to be the fact by the experiments of Simon, Bussy, Boutron, and Frdrny. The 
composition and peculiar decompositions of the volatile oil of black mustard have already 
been described. (See Oleum Sinapis Volatile.') 
A principle was extracted by Dr. Will from white mustard seed, with the aid of alcohol. 
It has been named sinalbin, and has the formula C30H44N2S2016. It is decomposed, after the 
analogy of sinigrin (potassium myronate), into acrinyl sulphocyanate, C8H„NS0, sinapine bi- 
sulphate, C10H25NSO9, and sugar, C8H1208, an albuminoid substance being formed at the same 
time. “ The acrinyl sulphocyanate (C8H7NSO) is a very active principle, oily, insoluble in 
water, not volatile. It may be obtained by causing ether to act on the product of the decom- 
position of sinalbin. Treated by an alkali and then neutralized by an acid, it colors ferric 
chloride red.” (Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1872, 327.) 
1. Transverse section of the shell of a seed: a, epidermal 
layer with cells empty; b, connecting layer; c, layer of pig- 
ment-cells ; d, parenchymatous cells; e, embryo. 2. Fragment 
of seed from a surface* point of view: parts as in 1. 3. Cells 
from the epidermal layer, full of mucilage. PART I. 
Sinapis Nigra.—Sodium. 
1227 
The following analyses of mustard seeds and mustard flour are by Piesse and Stansell 
(Analyst, 1880, p. 161) : 
White Mustard, 
whole seeds. 
White Mustard, 
ground. 
Brown Mustard, 
whole seeds. 
Brown Mustard, 
ground. 
York- 
shire. 
Cam- 
bridge. 
Super- 
fine. 
Fine. 
Cambridge. 
Super- 
fine. 
Fine. 
Moisture 
9-32 
8-00 
6-30 
5-78 
8-52 
4-35 
4-52 
Fatty oil 
25-56 
27-51 
37-18 
35-74 
25-54 
36-96 
38-02 
i Cellulose 
10-52 
8-87 
3-90 
4-15 
9-01 
3-09 
2-06 
Sulphur 
0-99 
0-93 
1-33 
1-22 
1-28 
1-50 
1-48 
Nitrogen 
4-54 
4-49 
5-05 
4-89 
4-38 
4-94 
5-01 
Albuminoids 
28-37 
28-06 
31-56 
30-56 
26-50 
29-81 
30-25 
Myrosin and albumen 
5-24 
4-58 
7-32 
6-67 
5-214 
6-46 
6-78 
Soluble matter 
27-38 
26-29 
36-31 
36-60 
24-22 
31-14 
32-78 
Volatile oil 
0-06 
0-08 
0-03 
0-04 
0-047 
1-437 
1-50 
Potassium myronate 
1-692 
5-141 
5-366 
Ash 
4-57 
4-70 
4-22 
4-31 
4-98 
5-04 
4-84 
Prof. J. U. Lloyd has proposed standards for black and white mustard seed, mainly directed 
towards limiting the proportion of starch; the latter is not a constituent of ripe mustard seed, 
hut commercial mustard nearly always contains starch, due to starch-bearing seeds accidentally 
present in the mustard seed, or to fraudulent admixture. (A. J. P., 1898, 433.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Mustard seeds swallowed whole operate as a laxative, 
and have acquired some reputation as a remedy in dyspepsia, and in other complaints attended 
with torpid bowels and deficient excitement. The white seeds are preferred, and are taken in 
the dose of a tablespoonful (15-5 Gm.) once or twice a day, mixed with molasses, or previously 
softened and rendered mucilaginous by immersion in hot water. They probably act in some 
measure by mechanically stimulating the bowels. The powder, commonly called simply mus- 
tard, in the quantity of from one to two teaspoonfuls (3-9-7-8 Gm.), is an efficient and prompt 
stimulant emetic, especially valuable in narcotic poisoning. As a condiment mustard acts as a 
stimulant to the gastric mucous membrane, and by virtue of this stimulant action it will some- 
times relieve obstinate hiccough. But mustard is most valuable as a rubefacient. Mixed with 
water in the form of a cataplasm, and applied to the skin, it very soon produces redness with 
burning pain, which in less than an hour usually becomes insupportable. When a speedy impres- 
sion is not desired, especially when the sinapism is applied to the extremities, the powder should 
be diluted with an equal portion of rye meal or wheat flour. Care should be taken not to allow 
the application to continue too long, as vesication with obstinate ulceration, and even sphace- 
lus, may result. This caution is particularly necessary when the patient is insensible and the 
degree of pain can afford no criterion of the sufficiency of the action. The volatile oil is power- 
fully rubefacient, and capable of producing speedy vesication, but certainly is less controllable 
than is the mustard poultice. For external application as a rubefacient, 30 drops of the oil 
may be dissolved in a fluidounce of alcohol, or 6 or 8 drops in a fluidrachm of almond or 
olive oil. (See Linimentum Sinapis Compositum.') To form a sinapism it has been recom- 
mended to mix 20 drops of the volatile oil with 3-5 drachms of glycerin and 5 drachms of 
starch. It has been given internally in colic, two drops being incorporated with a six-ounce 
mixture, and half a fluidounce (15 C.c.) given for a dose. In overdoses it is highly poisonous, 
producing gastro-enteric inflammation, and probably perverting the vital processes by per- 
vading the whole system. Its odor is perceptible in the blood, and it is said to impart the 
smell of horse-radish to the urine. A spirit of mustard may be prepared by macerating, for 
two hours, 250 parts of powdered black mustard with 500 parts of cold water, then adding 
120 parts of alcohol of 86 per cent., and distilling over 120 parts of spirit. 
SODIUM. Br. Sodium. 
(SO'DI-UM.) 
“ The metal sodium as met with in commerce. It should be preserved in well-stoppered 
bottles under mineral naphtha.” Br. 
Sodium, Fr.; Natrium, Natronmetall, O.; Sodio, It., Sp. 
Sodium is a peculiar metal, the hydrate of which is known as the alkali soda. It was dis- 1228 
Sodium.—Soda. 
PART I. 
covered by Sir H. Davy in 1807, who obtained it in small quantity by decomposing the alkali 
by the agency of galvanic electricity. Sodium was formerly prepared on a large scale by 
igniting an intimate mixture of dry sodium carbonate, coal, and chalk. The amount of metal 
obtained by this method is, however, not over 40 per cent, of the theoretical result. A much 
improved process was next brought out by Castner (Journ. Soc. Chem. Indus., 1887, 174), 
in which an iron carbide, or a mixture of fine iron and coke, is used to reduce the caustic soda, 
according to the reaction GNaOH -)- FeC2 = 2Na2C03 -j- 6H —J— Fe —)— 2Na. The reduction of 
the sodium hydrate takes place at a temperature of about 800° C., and is carried out in steel 
crucibles, each of which holds 5-6 kilos of sodium hydrate and 1-97 kilos of carbide. The 
product of the reaction consists of about 4-85 kilos of sodium carbonate and 0-933 kilo of 
metallic sodium. This latter collects in a receiver connected with the top of the crucible, while 
the sodium carbonate is dissolved out from the residue and is causticized preparatory to being 
used again. This process in turn has been replaced by the electrolytic processes. The most 
successful of these is that of Castner, who uses an electrolyte of fused caustic soda in an iron 
pot or crucible with an anode of iron and a cathode of copper. The sodium is reduced at a 
comparatively low temperature, and is ladled from the vessel into moulds. The process is 
carried out at present on a large scale by the Niagara Electro-Chemical Co., and at Oldbury, 
England, and several places in Germany. By this electrical process the price of metallic 
sodium has been reduced to fifty cents per pound. 
Sodium is a soft, malleable, ductile solid, of a silver-white color. It possesses the metallic 
lustre in a high degree, when protected from the action of the air, by which it is quickly tar- 
nished and oxidized. Its sp. gr. is 0-97, and its fusing point 95-6° C. (204° F.). Its chemical 
affinities resemble those of potassium, but are less energetic. Like potassium, it has a strong 
attraction for oxygen. When thrown upon cold water it instantly fuses into a globule without 
inflaming, and traverses the surface in different directions with rapidity; on warm water it 
inflames. In both cases the water is decomposed, hydrogen is liberated, and sodium hydrate 
generated. Like potassium, if exposed with a bright surface to the air, it undergoes a slow 
combustion, which renders it luminous in the dark. It combines with oxygen to form the 
monoxide, Na20, and a peroxide, Na202. This latter oxide is always formed when the metal 
is burned in the open air. “ A soft metal, rapidly oxidizing in the air, but showing a bright 
metallic surface when freshly cut. It violently attacks water or alcohol (90 per cent.), with 
evolution of hydrogen, little or no insoluble matter remaining. It imparts an intense yellow 
color to flame. Each gramme very cautiously added to water affords a solution which should 
require for neutralization at least 42-6 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric 
acid.” Br. 
Sodium is a constituent of a number of important medicinal preparations, and is briefly 
described in this place as an introduction to these compounds. Its monoxide only is salifiable, 
and reacts with water to form the alkali soda, which, united to acids, gives rise to a numerous 
class of compounds, called sodium salts. These are characterized by communicating to the 
blowpipe flame a rich yellow color, and by not being precipitable by any reagent except potas- 
sium metantimoniate. Sodium monoxide consists of two atoms of sodium and one atom of 
oxygen. This reacts with water to form sodium hydrate (caustic soda), Na20 -|- H20 = 
(NaOH)2. The dioxide (or peroxide), Na202, is now manufactured on a large scale from the 
metal, and used as a substitute for hydrogen peroxide in bleaching processes. It forms a canary- 
yellow powder, which decomposes rapidly in the presence of moisture. 
The official combinations containing sodium are caustic soda, sodium chloride, the solutions of 
soda and chlorinated soda, sodium acetate, arsenate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulphite, borate, 
bromide, carbonate, chlorate, hypophosphite, hyposulphite, iodide, nitrate, nitrite, phosphate, 
pyrophosphate, salicylate, sulphate, sulphite, and sulphocarbolate, and potassium and sodium 
tartrate. The description of some of these combinations will immediately follow; and the 
remainder are commented on under their respective titles. 
SODA. U. S. (Br.) Soda. [Sodium Hydrate. Sodium Hydroxide. Caustic Soda.] 
NaOH; 39*96. (SO'DA.) NaOH; 40. 
“ Soda should he kept in well-stoppered bottles made of hard glass.” U. S. 
Sodium Hydroxide, Br. (Appendix), Soda Caustica; Caustic Soda, Hydrate of Soda; Natrum Causticum, s. 
Hydricum; Soude caustique, Fr.; Natron, Aetznatron, G. 
“ Take of Solution of Soda two pints. Boil down the solution rapidly, in a silver or clean 
iron vessel, until there remains a fluid of oily consistence, a drop of which when removed on a PART I. 
Soda. 
1229 
warmed glass rod solidifies on cooling. Pour the fluid on a clean silver or iron plate, or into 
moulds, and, as soon as it has solidified, break it in pieces, and preserve it in stoppered green 
glass bottles.” Br. 1885. 
The Solution of Soda, being a solution of the caustic alkali, yields it on evaporation in the 
solid state. Metallic vessels are used in consequence of the chemical action of soda on earthen- 
ware or porcelain, and the product is directed to be kept in green glass bottles because these 
resist its action better than those of white glass. Soda is usually poured into cylindrical 
moulds to harden, or allowed to solidify in mass, and broken into irregular fragments. 
u The sodium hydroxide, sodium hydrate, or ‘caustic soda,’ of commerce, occurs in hard 
grayish-white rods or cakes, deliquescent, very alkaline and corrosive. It affords the reactions 
characteristic of sodium. It usually contains as impurities alumina, carbonates, chlorides, 
phosphates, silicates, and sulphates. A clear solution of caustic soda may be used', instead of 
a solution of Purified Sodium Hydroxide, in all analytical operations in which the foregoing 
impurities would not vitiate the result. 
“ Purified Sodium Hydroxide may be obtained by dissolving caustic soda in ethylic alcohol, 
filtering the solution, evaporating it to dryness in a silver dish, occasionally adding distilled 
water during the evaporation. The residue is Purified Sodium Hydroxide. It should yield 
no characteristic reaction with the tests for phosphates or sulphates, and not more than the 
slightest reactions with the tests for carbonates. It is not quite free from alumina. 
“ Pure Sodium Hydroxide may be prepared by the interaction of pure barium hydroxide 
and sodium sulphate, or by the interaction of pure sodium and water. A solution of Pure 
Sodium Hydroxide is required only in testing for small quantities of aluminium.” Br. 1898, 
Appendix. 
Soda is made commonly now on a large scale by simply modifying the Leblanc process (see 
Sodii Carbonas), so that more coal is added in the black-ash fusion, when carbonate is reduced 
to hydrate with the liberation of carbon monoxide by the action of the quick-lime, the reactions 
being CaC03 -f C = CaO + 2CO and Na2C03 + CaO + H20 = 2NaOH + CaC03. It is 
also made as the corresponding compound caustic potash is, by the decomposition of sodium 
carbonate in solution by quick-lime. (See Liquor Sodse.) It may also be purified from car- 
bonate, and from lime salts and other impurities, as the potassa is purified by treatment with 
alcohol, which dissolves the alkali, but leaves the salts insoluble. (See Sodii Carbonas, page 
1241.) Chemically pure caustic soda can be made with commercial success from metallic 
sodium. The sodium is oxidized in water, using small pieces in succession, and keeping the 
temperature from rising too high. Caustic soda so obtained is free from sodium chloride and sul- 
phate, and from alumina, silica, and ferric oxide. (A. J. P., xlii. 50.) Klas Lindroth obtains 
a soda containing a mere trace of carbonate and chloride by evaporating the solution of im- 
pure soda until it has a sp. gr. of 1-375, and allowing it to crystallize at a temperature of 17° 
F. (A. J. P., xliv. 106.) The manufacture of caustic soda in the United States has developed 
very greatly within the last few years, it being manufactured in connection with soda ash at 
the works of the Solvay Process Co., of Syracuse, New York, and Detroit, Michigan, and the 
Michigan Alkali Co., at Wyandotte, Michigan, and electrolytically at Niagara Falls by the 
Matthiessen Alkali Co. The importations of caustic soda are therefore decreasing, and will 
probably soon cease entirely. 
It is officially described as “ dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses, showing a crys- 
talline fracture, odorless, and having an acrid and caustic taste. Great caution is necessary in 
tasting and handling it, as it rapidly destroys organic tissues. Exposed to the air, it rapidly 
deliquesces, absorbs carbon dioxide, and becomes covered with a dry coating of carbonate. 
Soluble in 1-7 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-8 part of boiling water; very solu- 
ble in alcohol. When heated to about 525° C. (977° F.), Soda melts to a clear, oily liquid, 
and at a bright red heat it is slowly volatilized unchanged. When introduced into a non- 
luminous flame, it imparts to it an intense, yellow color. A solution of Soda, even when 
greatly diluted, gives a strongly alkaline reaction with litmus paper. The aqueous solution (1 
in 20) should be perfectly clear and colorless (absence of organic matter), and, after being 
acidulated with acetic acid, separate portions of it should yield no precipitate on the addition 
of platinic chloride test-solution, or sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution, or excess of tartaric 
acid test-solution (limit of potassium). If 1 Gm. of Soda be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water 
and the solution slightly supersaturated with acetic acid, 10 C.c. of the solution should not be 
colored or rendered turbid by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solu- 
tion (absence of arsenic, copper, lead, etc.), nor by the subsequent addition of ammonia water Soda.—Sodii Acetas. 
1230 
PART I. 
in slight excess (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). The remainder of the acidulated solution 
should not be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium'). If a 
solution of 1-2 Gm. of Soda in 10 C.c. of water be slightly supersaturated with nitric acid, 
then 0-5 C.c. of decinormal silver nitrate volumetric solution added, and the precipitate, if 
any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition 
of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). If to a solution of 2-5 Gm. of Soda 
in 10 C.c. of water, strongly supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, 0-1 C.c. of barium chlo- 
ride test-solution be added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate 
should remain unaffected by the further addition of barium chloride test-solution (limit of 
sulphate). If 0-7 Gm. of Soda be dissolved in 1-5 C.c. of water, and the solution added to 
10 C.c. of alcohol, not more than a slight, white precipitate should occur within 10 minutes 
(limit of silicate, etc.). After boiling this alcoholic solution with 5 C.c. of calcium hydrate 
test-solution and filtering, not the slightest effervescence should take place on adding the fil- 
trate to an excess of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of carbonate). If 0-2 Gm. of Soda be 
dissolved in 2 C.c. of water and carefully mixed with 5 C.c. of pure sulphuric acid and 3 drops 
of indigo test-solution, the blue color should not be entirely discharged (limit of nitrate). To 
neutralize 0-4 Gm. of Soda should require not less than 9 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (each 
C.c. corresponding to 10 per cent, of pure sodium hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as in- 
dicator.” U. 8. 
As prepared by the Br. 1885 process, caustic soda is in grayish-white fragments, opaque, 
brittle, and extremely corrosive. It is deliquescent, very soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, 
and possessed of all the alkaline properties of potassa, from which it differs in imparting a 
yellow color to flame, and in not giving in solution a yellow precipitate with platinic chloride 
or a crystalline precipitate with tartaric acid in excess. When heated it melts, and at an in- 
tense heat evaporates. Though deliquescent, like potassa, it does not, like that alkali, become 
permanently liquid, but forms a paste, which after a time effloresces. The difference in this 
respect between the two alkalies is owing to the circumstance that, while both are converted 
into carbonates by uniting with the carbonic acid of the air, potassa forms a deliquescent and 
soda an efflorescent salt. It is apt to contain 20 or 25 per cent, of water and impurities origi- 
nating from the sodium carbonate used in preparing the solution from which it is made. 
The official volumetric assay permits the presence of 10 per cent, of impurities. (See Potassa.) 
If the solution be colored brown by hydrogen or ammonium sulphide, the presence of lead may 
be suspected, derived probably from the glass vessels in which it has been kept. It is used 
externally as a caustic in the same manner as potassa, when cast into sticks. It has the advan- 
tage of being less deliquescent, and is probably milder* It may be used also for making the 
solution of soda extemporaneously. (See Liquor Sodse.) For the general effects of soda upon 
the system, see Sodii Carbonas. 
SODII ACETAS. U. S. Sodium Acetate. 
NaC2H302. 3H2 O ; 135*74. (SO'DI-I A-CE'TXs.) NaQi II3 02.3H2 0; 136. 
“ Sodium Acetate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” IT. S. 
Acetate of Soda; Natrum Aceticum, P. G.; Acetas Sodicus (Natricus), Terra Foliata Tartari Crystallisata, Terra 
Foliata Tartari; Acetate de Soude, Fr.; Essigsaures Natron, G.; Acetato di Soda, It. 
Sodium acetate may be easily prepared by adding crystals of sodium carbonate to acetic acid 
until it is neutralized, filtering, concentrating the solution, and crystallizing. It is prepared in 
the large way in the manufacture of crude pyroligneous acid, for the purpose of being decom- 
posed, so as to yield the official acetic acid, by the action of sulphuric acid. The steps of the 
process by which it is made from the crude acid have been given under Acidum Aceticum,. 
Properties. It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or a 
granular, crystalline powder, odorless, and having a cooling, saline taste. Efflorescent in warm, 
dry air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-4 parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol; in 0-5 
part of boiling water, and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated to 60° C. (140° F.). the 
salt begins to liquefy. At 123° C. (253-4° F.), it becomes dry and anhydrous; at 315° C. 
* London Paste. The formula used at the London Throat Hospital for preparing this caustic is as follows. Take 
of caustic soda and unslaked lime equal parts. Reduce to a fine powder in a warm mortar, and mix intimately. 
Keep in well-closed bottles, and when required for use take as much as is sufficient. It is recommended for destroy- 
ing enlarged tonsils or the elongated uvula, where treatment with the “ guillotine” or scissors is objected to. This 
preparation resembles the Vienna Paste, but is preferable in consequence of its being less liable to spread beyond 
the limits of application. Soda being used instead of potash, and water in place of alcohol, the operation is much 
less painful. (N. R., Aug. 1878.) Sodii Acetas.—Sodii Arsenas. 
1231 
PART I. 
(599° F.), it is decomposed, with evolution of inflammable, empyreumatic vapors, leaving a 
black residue of sodium carbonate and carbon, which imparts to a non-luminous flame an in- 
tense, yellow color, gives an alkaline reaction with litmus paper, and effervesces with acids. The 
aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt colors litmus paper or test-solution blue, but does not 
redden phenolphtalein test-solution, unless carbonate be present. If 5 C.c. of the aqueous 
solution be heated with 1 C.c. of sulphuric acid and 0-5 C.c. of alcohol, acetic ether will be 
formed, recognizable by its odor. On the addition of a few drops of ferric chloride test-solu- 
tion, the solution assumes a deep-red color, and, when boiled, yields a brown precipitate. If a 
non-luminous flame be colored by the introduction of the salt, and viewed through a blue glass, 
the yellow color should entirely disappear, no red color taking its place (absence of potassium). 
If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20), slightly acidulated with acetic acid, an equal 
volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution be added, no color or turbidity should appear, either 
at once (absence of arsenic, lead, zinc, etc.), or after adding ammonia water in slight excess 
(absence of iron, etc.). The aqueous solution, acidulated with acetic acid, should not be ren- 
dered turbid by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium). If a solution of 1 Cm. 
of the salt in 50 C.c. of water be slightly acidulated with nitric acid, then 0-5 C.c. of silver 
nitrate decinormal volumetric solution added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, 
the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition of silver nitrate volumetric 
solution (limit of chloride). If to a solution of 2 Gm. of the salt in 10 C.c. of water, acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, 0-1 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution be added, and the precipitate, 
if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition 
of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If 1-36 Gm. of Sodium Acetate be com- 
pletely decomposed at a red heat, and the residue dissolved in water, it should require, for 
complete neutralization, 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to 100 per cent, of 
the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. Sodium acetate, when crystal- 
lized, consists of one acetic acid radical, one atom of sodium, and 3 molecules of water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sodium acetate is diuretic, but is very rarely used as 
a medicine. The dose is from twenty grains to two drachms (1-3-7-8 Gm.). It is employed 
principally to yield acetic acid by the action of sulphuric acid. In prescribing this salt, the 
fact, first noticed by M. Violette, should not be forgotten, that a mixture of equal parts of it 
and potassium nitrate, if heated, explodes with great violence. (iV. P., April, 1873.) 
Na2HAs04.7H20 ; 311*46. (SO'DI-i AR'SE-NlS.) Na2HAs04.7H20; 311-9. 
SODII ARSENAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Arsenate. 
“ Sodium Arsenate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 11 The anhydrous salt, 
di sodium hydrogen arsenate, Na2HAs04, obtained by exposing to a temperature of 300° F. 
(148-9° C.) crystallized sodium arsenate, which may be prepared by treating with water the 
product of the fusion of arsenious anhydride with sodium nitrate and sodium carbonate.” Br. 
Natrum Arsenicum, Arsenias Natricus (Sodicus); Sodium Arseniate; Arseniate of Soda; Arseniate de Soude, 
Fr.f Arsensaures Natron, 0. 
In the United States Pharmacopoeia the crystallized salt is official, while the anhydrous salt 
is the only one recognized in the British authority. 
The process for this salt was first made official by the Br. Pharmacopoeia of 1864, and by the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870.* In the process, the arsenous acid is converted into arsenic 
acid at the expense of the nitric acid of the sodium nitrate, and then combines with the soda 
of both salts, carbonic acid and nitrous fumes being given off. The reaction seems to be as 
follows: 
According to Mr. Higgins, the gases emitted in this process contain more or less arsenic,—an 
inconvenience which may be avoided by first dissolving the arsenous acid in a solution of caus- 
tic soda, and then adding the nitrate. The calcination should be performed in a reverberatory 
furnace. The gases which escape up the chimney are now free from arsenic, and consist only 
of ammonia and nitrous vapors. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., ii. 177.) 
As203 -f 2NaNOa + Na2C03 + H20 - (Na2HAs04)2 + N203 + C02. 
* “ Take of Arsenious Acid, in fine powder, two troyounces ; Nitrate of Sodium, in fine powder, eight hundred 
and sixteen grains; Dried Carbonate of Sodium, in fine powder, fire hundred and twenty-eight grains ; Distilled 
Water, boiling hot, half a pint. Having mixed the powders thoroughly, put the mixture into a large clay crucible, 
and cover with the lid. Expose it to a full red heat until effervescence has ceased, and complete fusion has taken 
place. Pour the fused salt on a porcelain slab, and, as soon as it has solidified, and while it is still warm, put it into 
the hot water, and stir until it is dissolved. Filter the solution, and set it aside to crystallize. Drain the crystals, 
and, having dried them rapidly on filtering paper, keep them in a well-stoppered bottle.” U. S. 1870. 1232 
Sodii Arsenas.—Sodii Benzoas. 
PART I. 
Properties. Sodium arsenate is in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless, and 
having a mild, alkaline taste (the salt is very poisonous). Efflorescent in dry air, and some- 
what deliquescent in moist air. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and very sol- 
uble in boiling water; very sparingly soluble in cold, but soluble in 60 parts of boiling alco- 
hol. When gently heated, the salt loses 5 molecules of water (28-8 per cent.), and is converted 
into a white powder. At 148° C. (298-4° F.) the rest of the water of crystallization is lost, 
the salt fuses, and at a red heat is converted into pyroarsenate. It imparts an intense, yellow 
color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt yields a white pre- 
cipitate with barium chloride test-solution, or with calcium chloride test-solution, and a dark 
red precipitate with silver nitrate test-solution, all of which precipitates are soluble in nitric 
acid. If 0-5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be mixed with 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, 
and a drop of this mixture be placed upon a bright piece of copper-foil, upon applying a gentle 
heat, a dark steel-gray film will be deposited from the drop upon the copper. If to 2 C.c. of 
the aqueous solution (1 in 20) 5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution be added, 
and the precipitate redissolved by excess of ammonia water, no black precipitate of reduced silver 
should appear on boiling (absence of arsenite). If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution 1 C.c. of 
ammonium sulphide test-solution be added, no turbidity or coloration should appear (absence of 
lead, copper, iron, etc.).” U. S. “A white powder, soluble in 6 parts of water, and yielding 
an alkaline solution. It is only slightly soluble in cold or boiling alcohol (90 per cent.). It 
affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and of arsenates. A solution of 1 gramme of 
Sodium Arsenate with 1 of glacial acetic acid, in 50 cubic centimetres of water, should require 
2-03 grammes of lead acetate for complete precipitation. It should yield no characteristic re- 
action with the tests for lead, copper, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, am- 
monium, carbonates, chlorides, nitrates, or sulphates. It should not lose weight on being heated 
to 300° F. (148-9° C.) (absence of hydrous sodium arsenate).” Br. 
Anhydrous sodium arsenate has the composition Na2IIAs04; in crystals it sometimes con- 
tains 12 mols. of water, equal to 53-73 per cent, of its weight. According to the official for- 
mula, this salt also crystallizes with 7 mols. of water, or 40-39 per cent. “ The latter salt loses 
40-38 per cent, of its weight when dried at 300° F. (148-9° C.), becoming anhydrous. An 
aqueous solution of 12-4 grains of anhydrous arseniate of sodium, acidulated with acetic acid, 
requires not less than 34 grains of acetate of lead for complete precipitation.” Br. 1885. If 
the temperature of a solution of the salt be kept at 30° C. (86° F.), crystals will be deposited 
which contain 4 mols. of water. J. Lefort examined 10 different samples of the salt, obtained 
from as many different sources, and found their water of crystallization to vary from 44-05 to 
57-45 per cent. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chirn., 1880, 487.) 
In medical properties this salt agrees with the other preparations of arsenic (see Acidum 
Arsenosum), and may be employed for the same purposes. The dose of the crystallized salt is 
stated at from one-twelfth to one-tliird of a grain (0-005-0-02 Gm.), that of the anhydrous 
salt from one-fortieth to one-tenth of a grain (0 0016-0-006 Gm.); but it is generally pre- 
scribed in the form of solution. (See Liquor Sodii Arsenatis.') Arsenic has been used to a 
considerable extent hypodermically in the treatment of chorea and other nervous diseases. 
According to the clinical studies of H. N. Moyer, sodium arsenate is preferable to Fowler’s 
solution for this purpose, as being more uniform in composition and less irritating. The drug 
should be kept for use in hypodermic tablets. Dr. Moyer gives from one-tenth to one-twentieth 
of a grain in from ten to fifteen minims of distilled water. 
Pearson s arsenical solution is an aqueous solution of sodium arsenate, and much weaker 
than the official solution. (See Part II., National Formulary.) This preparation is consider- 
ably used on the continent of Europe in the form of bath, for which it is preferred to arsenous 
acid or the arsenites. The arsenical bath has been especially commended by M. Gueneau de 
Mussy in nodose rheumatism, or rheumatic gout: dose for a bath, from half a drachm to two 
or three drachms (1-95-7-8 or 11-65 Gm.). (Ann. de Therap., 1865, 270.) 
SODII BENZOAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Benzoate. 
NaC7H502; 143*71. (SO'DI-I BEN'ZO-Xs.) NaC7H502; 144. 
“ Sodium benzoate, CeH6C00Na, may be obtained by neutralizing benzoic acid with sodium 
carbonate.” Br. 
Sodas Benzoas; Benzoate of Soda. 
Sodium benzoate is easily made by adding benzoic acid to a concentrated hot solution of 
sodium carbonate or bicarbonate until effervescence ceases, and allowing the solution to cool and Sodii Benzoas.—Sodii Bicarbonas. 
PART I. 
1233 
crystallize. R. Rother, in order to avoid annoyances in the effervescence, mixes four ounces of 
benzoic acid and two and three-quarters ounces of sodium bicarbonate in an evaporating-dish 
with from two to four fluidounces of alcohol; when a uniform mixture is produced, from three 
to six fluidounces of water are added, heat applied gently, and the powder granulated. 
Properties. It is officially described as “ a white, amorphous powder, odorless, or having 
a faint odor of benzoin, and a sweetish, astringent taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 
15° C. (59° F.), in 1‘8 parts of water, and in 45 parts of alcohol; in 1*3 parts of boiling water, 
and in 20 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated, the salt melts, emits vapors having the odor 
of benzoic acid, then chars, and finally leaves a residue of sodium carbonate and carbon. To 
a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. The aqueous solution is neutral to 
litmus paper. If a few drops of ferric chloride test-solution be added to an aqueous solution 
of the salt, a flesh-colored precipitate will be deposited. If 5 C.c. of diluted nitric acid be 
added to a solution of 1 Gm. of the salt in 10 C.c. of water, a white precipitate of benzoic 
acid will be produced, which, after being thoroughly washed, should conform to the tests of 
purity given under Acidum Benzoicum. The filtrate from the precipitated benzoic acid should 
not be rendered turbid by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride), nor by barium 
chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). Five C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) should 
not give a precipitate with 0-5 C.c. of sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution (limit of potassium). 
If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test- 
solution be added, no coloration or turbidity should be perceptible either before or after the addi- 
tion of 1 C.c. of ammonia water (absence of lead, iron, etc.). If 2 Gm. of Sodium Benzoate 
be ignited in a porcelain capsule until most of the carbonaceous matter is destroyed, and the 
residue be then dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, it should require for complete neutralization not 
less than 13-9 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 99-8 per cent, of the 
pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. “ Soluble in less than 2 parts of 
cold water, in 24 parts of cold alcohol (90 per cent.), and in 12 of boiling alcohol (90 per cent.). 
An aqueous solution has a faintly alkaline reaction, and gives a yellowish or flesh-colored pre- 
cipitate when mixed with test-solution of ferric chloride. A strong aqueous solution, to which 
a little diluted, hydrochloric acid is added, affords a crystalline precipitate of benzoic acid. 
Each gramme of the salt, when heated, melts, emitting an odor of benzoin, then chars, and 
finally leaves a residue which affords the reactions characteristic of sodium, and, when dis- 
solved in water, requires for neutralization from 6’8 to 6‘9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric 
solution of sulphuric acid. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, 
copper, iron, calcium, magnesium, potassium, ammonium, or carbonates, and only the slightest 
reactions with the tests for chlorides or sulphates.” Br. 
Medical Properties. This salt was suggested as long ago as 1857, by MM. Socquet and 
Bonjean, as a remedy in gout and rheumatism, and is certainly valuable in lithsemia and lithse- 
mic gravel for the purpose of aiding in the elimination of uric acid. It has also been highly 
commended in puerperal fever, and in tuberculosis.* (Brit. Med. Journ., ii. 1879, 498, 982.) 
From one to two drachms (3-9-7’8 Gm.) may be given, in divided doses, during the day. 
NaHC03; 83*85. (SO'DI-I BI-CAR'BO-NXs.) NaHCOs; 84. 
SODII BICARBONAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Bicarbonate. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, NaHC03, may be obtained by exposing crystals of sodium carbonate to 
carbonic anhydride, or by the interaction of sodium chloride and ammonium bicarbonate.” Br. 
Natrum Bicarbonicum, P. Q.; Natrum Carbonicum Acidulum; Bicarbonas Sodicus; Bicarbonate of Soda, Sodium 
Hydrocarbonate, Acid Sodium Carbonate; Bicarbonate de Soude, Sel digestive de Vichy, Fr.; Doppeltkohlensaures 
Natron, G. 
Two kinds of sodium bicarbonate were formerly official,—one, which is known by the title 
of this article, and which, to comply with the test, must not have more than one per cent, 
of impurity, and the other, “ commercial bicarbonate,” which must contain at least 95 per cent, 
of pure bicarbonate. To obtain a salt which would comply with the official test it was neces- 
sary to purify the commercial salt, and the process of the U. S. Pharm. 1870 will be found 
as serviceable as any to accomplish this purpose.f The U. S. Pharm. 1890 recognizes only 
* Sodium Boro-benzoate. According to Mr. Thos. S. Wiegand, this salt may be made by adding benzoic acid to 
a hot solution of borax to saturation and evaporating to dryness; or by making an aqueous solution of three ounces 
of borax and another with four ounces of sodium benzoate, mixing, and evaporating to dryness, the yield is about 
six ounces. The dose is from twelve to fifteen grains. {A. J. P., 1884, p. 615.) 
f “ Take of Commercial Bicarbonate of Sodium, in powder, sixty-four troy ounces ; Distilled Water, six pints. In- 
troduce the powder into a suitable conical glass percolator, cover it with a piece of wet muslin, and pour the Water 1234 
Sodii Bicarbonas. 
PART I. 
the purer salt, having dismissed Sodii Bicarbonas Venalis. Sodium bicarbonate must now 
contain 98 6 per cent, of the pure salt. 
Immense quantities of sodium bicarbonate were formerly imported from Great Britain, but 
the importation has fallen off, and is only trifling at present, amounting in 1897 to only 
965,669 lbs., of a value of $13,982. It is now made of excellent quality by the Pennsylvania 
Salt Manufacturing Co., at Natrona, Pa., using cryolite as raw material, and by the Solvay 
Process Co., of Geddes, near Syracuse, N. Y., using the ammonia-soda process. (See Sodii 
Carbonas.) In the Pharmacopoeia of 1886 a process for making sodium bicarbonate was 
given, but it has since been abandoned, as the salt can be made much more economically on 
the large scale. The process consists in treating crystallized sodium carbonate, contained in 
suitable chambers, with carbon dioxide gas until the carbonate has taken up another molecule 
of carbon dioxide. It is formed by tbe union of neutral carbonate, Na2C03, with carbon 
dioxide gas, C02, in the presence of water, HaO, according to the following reaction : Na2C03 
-f- C02 -f- II20 = (HNaC03)2, two molecules of the bicarbonate being generated. Tbe neces- 
sary water is obtained through the liberation of the water of crystallization of the carbonate; 
in fact, provision has to be made for the escape of the excess by placing the crystals upon 
perforated bottoms. 
We are informed that sodium bicarbonate is also prepared in breweries, in the same manner 
as potassium bicarbonate or saleratus, by placing the carbonate in suitable vessels over the 
fermenting beer in the vats, so as to be constantly immersed in an atmosphere of carbonic acid. 
It is sold under the same name as tbe analogous salt of potassa, but is usually distinguished as 
soda sal aeratus. 
Properties. The purified bicarbonate is officially described as “a white, opaque powder, 
odorless, and having a cooling, mildly alkaline taste. Permanent in dry, but slowly decom- 
posed in moist air. Soluble in 11-3 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.) ; above that temperature 
the solution loses carbon dioxide, and at a boiling heat the salt is entirely converted into normal 
carbonate. Insoluble in alcohol and in ether. When heated, the salt is decomposed into nor- 
mal carbonate, water, and carbon dioxide, and finally, at 100° C. (212° F.), loses about 36-3 
per cent, of its weight. At a bright red heat it melts. To a non-luminous flame it imparts 
an intense, yellow color. The solution, when freshly prepared with cold, distilled water, with- 
out shaking, gives a very faint alkaline reaction with litmus paper. The alkalinity increases 
by standing, agitation, or increase of temperature. With acids the solution effervesces strongly. 
If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 19 C.c. of water, it should yield a perfectly clear and color- 
less solution, leaving no residue. If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be slightly 
supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, the liquid should not be colored red by a drop of ferric 
chloride test-solution (absence of sulphocyanate). If 1 Gm. of the salt he dissolved in 3 C.c. 
of acetic acid, it should yield no precipitate within an hour after being mixed with 0-5 C.c. of 
sodium cohaltic nitrite test-solution (limit of potassium). If 0-6 Gm. of the salt be dissolved, 
without agitation, in 10 C.c. of cold water, and 0-1 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid added, no 
red color should appear upon the addition of 2 drops of phenolphtalein test-solution (limit of 
normal carbonate). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be slightly supersaturated with 
hydrochloric acid, the solution should not he rendered turbid by the addition of an equal vol- 
ume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either at once (absence of arsenic, etc.), or after the 
addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). Five C.c. of 
the aqueous solution, acidulated with acetic acid, should not he rendered turbid by 0-5 C.c. of 
ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium). If 1-2 Gm. of Sodium Bicarbonate he 
dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted nitric acid, then 0'5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric 
solution added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain 
unaffected by the further addition of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). If 
2-5 Gm. of the salt he dissolved in 11 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, then 0'1 C.c. of nitric 
acid and 0-l C.c. of barium chloride test-solution added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by 
filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition of barium chloride 
test-solution (limit of sulphate, sulphite, and hyposrdphite). If Sodium Bicarbonate he heated 
in a test-tube, no ammoniacal vapor should be emitted. To neutralize 0-85 Gm. of Sodium 
Bicarbonate should require not less than 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at 
least 98-6 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator.” U. S. “ In 
gradually upon it. When the liquid has ceased to drop, or when the washings cease to precipitate a solution of sul- 
phate of magnesium, remove the Bicarbonate of Sodium from the percolator, and dry it on bibulous paper, in a 
warm place.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Sodii Bicarbonas. 
1235 
powder or small opaque monoclinic crystals, white, of a saline taste, soluble in 11 parts of cold 
water. It affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and of bicarbonates. Each gramme 
should require for neutralization from 11-8 to 11*9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution 
of sulphuric acid. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, 
iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sulphites, or thiosulphates, and only the 
slightest characteristic reactions with the tests for chlorides, sulphates, or ammonium. A 
solution of the salt in cold water gives a whitish precipitate, becoming brownish-red on stand- 
ing, with test-solution of mercuric chloride (distinction from sodium carbonate). The addition 
of test-solution of ferric chloride to the aqueous solution acidulated with hydrochloric acid 
should cause no red coloration (absence of thiocyanates). 20 parts of Sodium Bicarbonate are 
neutralized by 16*7 parts of Citric Acid, and by 17*8 parts of Tartaric Acid.” Br. The salt 
furnished by the manufacturers very rarely comes up to the requirements of the Pharmaco- 
poeias. The presence of carbonate may be known by a decided alkaline taste and reaction, by 
a cold solution of the salt yielding a precipitate with magnesium sulphate, and by a solution in 
40 parts of water affording, without agitation, an orange-colored or reddish-brown precipitate 
with corrosive sublimate. The pure bicarbonate is not precipitated by platinic chloride, nor, 
when treated with nitric acid in excess, by barium chloride or silver nitrate. The non-action 
of these tests shows the absence of salts of potassa, and of sulphates and chlorides. For 
Wenzell’s method of testing sodium bicarbonate, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 277. 
When the solution is exposed to heat, the salt gradually parts with carbonic acid, and, at the 
temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), is converted into sesquicarbonate. At a red heat the second 
equivalent of carbonic acid is expelled, and the anhydrous carbonate is left. More or less 
sodium carbonate is always present in the commercial bicarbonate. Its presence maybe known 
by a decided alkaline taste and reaction, and by a cold solution of the salt yielding a precipi- 
tate with magnesium sulphate. The pure bicarbonate is not precipitated by platinic chloride. 
The incompatibles of this salt are the same as those of the carbonate, except magnesium sul- 
phate in the cold, which decomposes the carbonate, but not the bicarbonate. 
Sodium hyposulphite has been detected in small amount in European sodium bicarbonate 
by E. Mylius, who supersaturated the suspected bicarbonate in solution with sulphuric acid, 
and added a little pure zinc, when the odor of hydrogen sulphide was produced. A slight 
trace of arsenic was also discovered in the sodium bicarbonate. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1886, p. 
598.) Prof. F. B. Power subsequently examined samples of American bicarbonate, and found 
them all free from hyposulphite and arsenic : he detected, however, traces of chlorides, ammonia, 
and monocarbonate in the commercial salt. {Pharm. Rundschau, 1887, p. 35.) Mr. E. Kuhl- 
mann recommends rosolic acid as the best test for detecting monocarbonate: if a small frag- 
ment be placed in a solution of sodium bicarbonate, the liquid remains perfectly colorless even 
after a quarter of an hour if the salt be pure; but if it contain from one to four per cent, 
of monocarbonate a rose-red color will be produced after a few moments, and immediately in 
the presence of larger quantities, rapidly changing them to purple-red. {Arch. d. Pharm., 1887, 
P- 72‘) ... 
Medical Properties. This salt has the general medical properties of the carbonate, but, 
from its mild taste and its less irritating qualities, proves more acceptable to the palate and 
stomach. It is often resorted to in calculous cases characterized by excess of uric acid. The 
continued use of the carbonate in these cases is liable to induce phosphatic deposit after the 
removal of the uric acid. According to D’Arcet, who made the observation at the springs of 
Vichy, this objection does not apply to the bicarbonate, especially when taken in carbonic acid 
water; for this salt, by its superabundant acid, has the power of maintaining the phosphates 
in solution even after the alkali has caused the uric acid to disappear. The same remark is 
applicable to potassium bicarbonate. Sodium bicarbonate has been given in infantile croup, 
with apparent advantage in promoting the expulsion of the false membrane, in the dose of a 
grain every five minutes, dissolved in milk and water. Dr. Lemaire has proposed it as an 
antiphlogistic remedy in the treatment of pneumonia, membranous angina, and croup, supposing 
it to act on the principle of removing from the blood the excess of fibrin which exists in that 
liquid in inflammation. Its utility in membranous angina has been confirmed by M. Marchal 
(de Calvi). According to M. Jeannel, the use of sodium bicarbonate lessens the sugar in the 
urine of diabetic patients. The dose for an adult is from ten grains to a drachm (0-65-3-9 
Gm.), and is taken most conveniently in a glass of carbonic acid water. When given in angina, 
fifteen grains (1 Gm.) may be administered every half-hour in a tablespoonful of water. 1236 
Sodii Bisulphis.—Sodii Boras. 
PART I. 
SODII BISULPHIS. U. S. Sodium Bisulphite. 
NaHSC>3; 103*80. (SO'DI-I BI-SUL'PIIIS.) NaHSOa; 104. 
“ Sodium Bisulphite should be kept in a cool place, in small, well-sfoppered bottles, filled as 
full as possible.” U. S. 
Sodium bisulphite is prepared by thoroughly saturating a concentrated solution of sodium 
carbonate or bicarbonate with sulphurous acid gas, and collecting the crystals which form 
upon the cooling of the liquid. As found in commerce, it usually contains sodium hyposul- 
phite and sulphate, is not reliable, and will not respond to the official tests: even when kept 
in well-stopped bottles it will readily lose its crystalline character, and the quantity of sul- 
phurous acid gradually diminishes.* The bisulphite, under the technical name of leucogen, is 
largely used in many industries. It serves as bleaching agent in washing wool, and is also used 
in the steeping of grain, and in preserving meats and vegetable juices, because of its reducing 
and anti-fermentative character. 
Properties. It is officially described as in “ opaque, prismatic crystals, or a granular 
powder, exhaling an odor of sulphur dioxide, and having a disagreeable, sulphurous taste. 
Exposed to the air, the salt loses sulphur dioxide, and is gradually oxidized to sulphate. Sol- 
uble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 4 parts of water, and in 72 parts of alcohol; in about 2 parts of 
boiling water, and in 49 parts of boiling alcohol. When strongly heated, the salt decrepitates, 
emits vapors of sulphur and of sulphur dioxide, and leaves a residue of sodium sulphate. To 
a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. The aqueous solution gives an acid 
reaction with litmus paper. On the addition of hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, the aqueous 
solution of the salt evolves sulphur dioxide, which is recognized by its odor, and by its black- 
ening a strip of paper dipped into mercurous nitrate test-solution and held over the escaping 
gas. If 1-2 Gm. of Sodium Bisulphite be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted nitric acid, and the 
solutioii heated sufficiently to expel the gases, then 0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volu- 
metric solution added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should 
remain unaffected by the further addition of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chlo- 
ride). If 2-5 Gm. of Sodium Bisulphite be dissolved in 11 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid 
with the aid of sufficient heat to expel the sulphur dioxide, the solution should not be turbid 
(absence of hyposulphite). After adding to it 0-15 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution, and 
removing the precipitate, if any, by filtration, a portion of the clear filtrate should remain 
unaffected by the further addition of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If to 
5 C.c. of the preceding filtrate an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution be added, 
no turbidity or coloration should occur (absence of arsenic, etc.). If 0-2G Gm. of Sodium 
Bisulphite be dissolved in 20 C.c. of water, recently boiled to expel air, and a little starch test- 
solution be added, at least 45 C.c. of iodine decinormal volumetric solution should be required 
to produce a permanent blue tint after agitation (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of pure 
Sodium Bisulphite).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. The medical properties are those of the sulphites generally. (See 
Sodii Sulphis.) 
SODII BORAS. U. S. (Br.) Sodium Borate. [Borax.] 
lVa3 B4 Oj. 10H2 O ; 380*92. (SO'DI-I BO'RAS.) Na2 B4 07. lOIIj 0; 382. 
“ This salt, sodium pyroborate, Na2B407,10H20, occurs native. It is also made artificially 
by neutralizing native boric acid with sodium carbonate, or by boiling native calcium borate 
with solution of sodium carbonate.” Br. 
Borax, Br., P.G.; Sod* Biboras, Biborate of Soda, Sodium Biborate, Sodium Pyroborate; Nat rum Biboricum 
(Biboracicum), Boras Sodicus; Borate de Soude, Borax. Fr.; Borax, Borsaures Natron, G.; Boraee, It.; Borax, Sn.; 
Boorak, Arab. 
Borax was known to the ancients; but its chemical nature was first ascertained by Geoffroy 
in 1732. It exists native, and may be obtained by artificial means. It occurs in several 
localities in Europe, in Peru, and in beds, associated with calcium borate, in the district of 
Iquique, in the republic of Ecuador. This mineral (<boronatrocalcite), which has become an 
article of commerce, and is considerably used as a substitute for borax, contains, according to 
T. L. Phipson, 34 per cent, of water, 11-95 of soda, 14-45 of lime, 34-71 of boric acid, 1-34 of 
chlorine, 1-10 of sulphuric acid, 0-60 of silica, and 2 of sand, and maybe considered as a com- 
pound essentially of one mol. of crystallized sodium borate and two mols. of calcium borate, 
with two mols. of water. It is said also to contain usually some iodine and bromine. ( G. Sims.') Sodii Boras. 
PART I. 
1237 
Borax has long been known to occur in certain lakes of Thibet and Persia, from which it was 
obtained by spontaneous evaporation. It constitutes the impure borax called in commerce 
tincal. 
An abundant source of borax has been developed within the limits of the United States. 
The existence of a borax lake in California was first made known by Dr. J. A. Veatch, who 
visited it in September, 1856, and, upon examining its waters, found borax among its con- 
stituents. The borax lake is a small offset of a large sheet of water, called Clear Lake, which 
is situated in the midst of a volcanic region, about 36 miles from the Pacific, and about 100 
miles north of San Francisco. The smaller lake is separated from the larger by a low ridge 
of volcanic materials loosely massed together. It is of variable dimensions according to the 
season, being sometimes dry, at other times filled with water to the extent of about a mile in 
length and half a mile in breadth. In September, 1863, the water, being analyzed by Dr. G. 
E. Moore, was found to contain in a gallon 2401-56 grains of solid matter, of which about one- 
half was common salt, one-quarter sodium carbonate, and the remainder chiefly sodium borate, 
equivalent to 535-08 grains of the crystallized biborate to the gallon. The borax, being the least 
soluble of the saline constituents, from time to time, as the water becomes saturated, crystallizes 
out, and is deposited at the bottom of the lake, where it has accumulated in large quantities. 
The crystals of borax, from the minutest speck up to a diameter of two or three inches, inter- 
mixed with blue mud, form a layer at the bottom of the lake of variable thickness,—18 
inches in one place that was examined. This deposit forms an apparently inexhaustible supply 
of borax, for as fast as removed in one place it is deposited in another by crystallization from 
the water, which, supplied from the volcanic regions around, promises to continue furnishing 
the borax for an indefinite period. Already the lake has supplied large quantities of borax to 
commerce. Iron coffer-dams are sunk to the bottom of the lake, the water pumped out, and the 
mixed mud and crystals removed. The crystals are picked out, and the earth, which is strongly 
impregnated with borax, is lixiviated, and the solution thus obtained evaporated in boilers till 
crystals form. In 1868 operations practically ceased at Borax Lake, but were continued at the 
neighboring Hachinhama Lake until 1873. At present the supply of American borax comes 
from the more easily worked deposits in the sandy deserts about Death Valley, southeast of 
Pyramid Lake, in Nevada, in the Slate Range district, San Bernardino Co., and the Saline Valley, 
Inyo Co., California. In order to reduce as much as possible the cost of transportation, the 
boraxes of the Pacific coast are made usually of high quality, and the so-called “ boracic acid 
glass,” one pound of which is equal to three pounds of ordinary borax, is prepared. For an 
interesting description of the Slate Range district, see Chem. News, 1886, 245. The most 
important deposits now (1899) being worked in California are the colemanite (calcium borate') 
deposits twelve miles northeast of Daggett in the Mojave Desert. The formation (one hundred 
feet or more in width) has been traced for fully ten miles. The colemanite is readily dissolved 
by sodium carbonate solution, when the borax crystallizes out. The total production of borax 
in the United States for 1897 was 21,422,000 lbs., or 9717 metric tons. 
The world’s production of borax and boric acid minerals for 1896 was as follows: United 
States (refined borax), 6649 metric tons; Chili (ulexite, etc.), 8486 metric tons; Germany 
(boracite), 184 tons; Italy (crude boric acid), 2616 tons; Peru (ulexite in 1895), 4000 tons; 
Turkey (pandermite), 11,375 tons. 
Preparation of Artificial Borax. Large quantities of borax are now made for the 
European market by the direct combination of native boric acid with soda. The acid is found 
abundantly in the crater of Vulcano, one of the Lipari Islands, but principally in a volcanic 
region of Tuscany occupying a space of ten or twelve miles. Within this region are found 
numerous hillocks and fissures, the latter of which emit hot aqueous vapor containing boric 
acid and certain gases. Around one or several of these fissures a circular basin of masonry is 
built, which is filled with water and called a lagoon. By the jets of vapor constantly breaking 
through it, the water becomes gradually impregnated with boric acid and heated. A series of 
such lagoons are made to communicate with each other on the declivity of a hill, and the lowest 
to discharge itself into a reservoir, where the solution is allowed to rest and deposit mechanical 
impurities. From this reservoir the solution is made to pass into leaden evaporating-pans, 
heated by the natural vapor, where it receives sufficient concentration to fit it for being con- 
ducted into wooden tubs, where it is allowed to cool and crystallize. The crude acid, thus 
obtained, contains, on an average, 84 per cent, of boric acid, the impurities consisting chiefly 
of alum, the double ammonium and magnesium sulphate, and calcium sulphate. The seven 
works in the neighborhood of Castelnuovo in Tuscany, belonging to Count Larderel, were pro- Sodii Boras. 
1238 
PART I. 
ducing, in 1878, over three millions of kilogrammes. Yulcano yielded 4000 kilogrammes of boric 
acid yearly. The crude acid is converted into borax by dissolving it to saturation in a solution 
of sodium carbonate, heated by steam ; and the liquor, after boiling, is allowed to stand for ten 
or twelve hours. It is then drawn off into wooden vessels lined with lead, where it crystallizes. 
The impure crystals thus obtained are refined by dissolving them in water heated by steam, 
adding sodium carbonate to the solution, and crystallizing. The merit of introducing the process 
for obtaining artificial borax belongs to Cartier and Payen, who succeeded in establishing its 
manufacture in France. According to Dr. Yeatch, boric acid exists in the sea-water on the 
coast of California. 
Another method of neutralizing the Italian boric acid is practised in England. Instead 
of combining the acid and alkali in solution, the manufacturer mixes the acid in a solid state 
with a proper proportion of soda ash, and exposes the mixture to the heat of a reverberatory 
furnace, provision being made for the collection of a large quantity of ammonia, which is 
always present in the crude acid and escapes during the process. The remaining opera- 
tions are similar to those performed in the preparation of sodium carbonate from the cake. 
(A. J. P., 1867, p. 339.) 
Properties. Borax is a white salt, occurring in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
or a white powder, inodorous, and having a sweetish, alkaline taste. Slightly efflorescent in 
warm, dry air. Soluble in 16 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-5 part of boiling 
water; insoluble in alcohol. At 80° C. (176° F.) it is soluble in 1 part of glycerin. When 
heated, the salt at first loses part of its water, then melts, and, when further heated, swells up 
and forms a white, porous mass. At a red heat it loses all its water of crystallization (47T4 
per cent.), and fuses to a colorless glass. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yel- 
low color. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) colors red litmus paper blue, and yellow turmeric 
paper reddish-brown. After being acidulated with hydrochloric acid, the solution colors blue 
litmus paper red ; yellow turmeric paper remains unchanged at first, but, on drying, becomes 
brownish-red, and this color is temporarily changed to bluish-black by moistening with ammo- 
nia water. If a drop of the solution of the salt in glycerin be held in the flame, a transient 
bright green color will appear. If a slight excess of sulphuric acid be added to a hot, satu- 
rated, aqueous solution of the salt, shining, scaly crystals of boric acid will separate on cool- 
ing, which impart a green color to the flame of alcohol. With 19 C.c. of water, 1 Grin, of the 
salt should yield a perfectly clear and colorless solution, leaving no residue. The aqueous 
solution (1 in 20) should not effervesce with acids (absence of carbonate). It should not be 
rendered turbid by ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.) ; nor, after 
being acidulated with hydrochloric acid, by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solu- 
tion (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.). When acidulated with acetic acid, the solution should 
not be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium). The aqueous 
solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered turbid by magnesia mixture (absence of phosphate). 
If 0-48 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 15 C.c. of water, then 1 C.c. of diluted nitric acid 
and 0-2 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution added, and the precipitate, if any, 
removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition of silver 
nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). If 2-5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 50 C.c. 
of water, then 10 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid and 0T C.c. of barium chloride test-solu- 
tion added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain 
unaffected by the further addition of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If 1 
Grin, of the salt be dissolved in 20 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid by the aid of heat, and 3 
drops of indigo test-solution be added, the blue color should not be discharged (absence of 
nitrate)." U. S. “ Transparent colorless crystals, sometimes slightly effloresced, with a weak 
alkaline reaction; insoluble in alcohol (90 percent.), soluble in 25 times its weight of cold, 
and in half its weight of boiling water. It dissolves in its own weight of glycerin. It turns 
turmeric paper brown. It colors flame intensely yellow. A hot saturated solution, when 
acidulated with any of the mineral acids, lets fall, as it cools, a scaly crystalline deposit of 
boric acid, the solution of which in alcohol (90 per cent.) burns with a green flame. Each 
gramme dissolved in 200 cubic centimetres of water should require for neutralization 5-2 cubic 
centimetres of the volumetnc solution of sulphuric add, using methyl orange as the indicator.” 
Br. Above a red heat it melts into a limpid liquid, which, after cooling, concretes into a 
transparent solid, called glass of borax, much used as a flux in assays with the blowpipe. 
Borax has been found in the English market adulterated to the extent of 20 per cent, with 
sodium phosphate. This may be detected by exposing the suspected borax to the heat of a PART I. 
Sodii Boras. 
1239 
drying-room for a few hours, when the phosphate, if present, will effloresce, and may he picked 
out. Commercial borax is used as a flux in metallurgical operations; as the basis of the 
enamel so much applied to iron utensils, glazed brick, and much china, earthen-ware, and tiling ; 
in the laundry with starch to impart a gloss to linen; by the meat-packers of the United 
States (1000 tons yearly) as an antiseptic; and very largely in soaps and toilet preparations 
and in detergent powders. 
Borax has the property of rendering cream of tartar very soluble in water, and forms a com- 
bination with it called soluble cream of tartar, which is sometimes used in medicine. This 
preparation attracts moisture from the air, and is soluble in its own weight of cold and half 
its weight of boiling water. (See Potassii Bitartras.') R. F. Fairtliorne states that borax is 
more soluble in water if sugar has been added to it. (A. J. P., March, 1881.) Soluble cream 
of tartar may be made by substituting boric acid for the borax. Boric acid soluble cream of 
tartar was directed by the French Codex of 1837, and was made by the following formula. 
Four hundred parts of cream of tartar and 100 of the acid are dissolved in a silver basin, at 
the boiling temperature, in 2400 parts of water. The solution is kept boiling until the greater 
part of the water is consumed. The fire is then moderated, and the solution continually stirred 
while the evaporation proceeds. When the matter has become very thick, it is removed by 
portions, which are flattened in the hand, completely dried by the heat of a stove, powdered, 
and kept in well-stopped bottles. This form of soluble cream of tartar is more soluble than 
that made with borax. According to M. E. Robiquet, in order to obtain soluble cream of tar- 
tar, made with boric acid, of good quality, it is necessary to use a large quantity of water, and 
to boil for a long time. By proceeding thus, the boric acid undergoes a molecular modifica- 
tion, equivalent to a change from the crystallized to the vitreous condition, and a preparation 
readily and totally soluble in cold water is insured. The product should not be powdered, but 
kept in large grains. (Jourti. de Pharm., xxi. 197.) Borax is incompatible with the alkaloids; 
in warm solution it decomposes chloral. 
Composition. Borax has the formula Na2B407 -j- 10HaO. It ordinarily crystallizes in 
monoelinic prisms, and contains ten mols. of water (prismatic borax); but a variety of the 
salt exists which crystallizes in octahedrons, and contains only five mols. of water (octahedral 
borax). The latter is obtained in the artificial production of borax by crystallizing from a 
concentrated solution at a temperature between 60° and 80° C. (140° and 176° F.). When a 
solution of borax is evaporated at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt is left as a transparent, amor- 
phous, brittle mass, containing four mols. of water. (Schweitzer.) * 
Boric acid may be obtained artificially by decomposing a hot saturated solution of borax 
with sulphuric acid, which unites with the soda to form sodium sulphate and sets free the acid. 
As thus obtained it is in white, shining, scaly crystals, characterized by the property of im- 
parting a light-green color to the flame of burning alcohol. Boric acid has the formula 
H3B03, and is now official. (See Acidum Boricum.) Boron is a non-metallic element, which, 
like carbon, exists in three allotropic states, called amorphous, graphitoidal, and crystallized 
boron, representing severally charcoal, graphite, and diamond. Crystallized boron is very 
brilliant, and of different colors, from garnet-red to a nearly colorless honey-yellow. Its den- 
sity is 2-68, and its hardness very great. Wohler and Deville distinguished three varieties of 
crystals, containing from 2 to 4 per cent, of carbon; and one specimen, in addition to carbon, 
about 7 per cent, of aluminum. The hardest variety was as hard as diamond. (See Chem. 
Gaz., 1857.) 
Medical Properties. The actions of borax and of boric acid upon the animal system 
are identical. The effects of the drug are, however, very feeble, Cyon having found that in 
daily doses of three drachms borax exerts no perceptible influence upon the dog. Neverthe- 
less, in sufficient amount it is a depressing poison, having an influence upon the heart as well 
as upon the spinal centres, and a number of instances of poisoning from it have been reported. 
The symptoms have varied somewhat, but in most if not all of the cases there have been great 
depressiou,of spirits, fall of bodily temperature, a very feeble pulse,—rapid or slow,—and an 
erythematous eruption accompanied with much swelling of the parts, and especially affecting 
the lower extremities, and followed by exfoliation; nausea, violent vomiting, and hiccough 
have been present in some cases; ecchymoses have been noted ; the mind usually remains clear 
* Sodium borate (neutral) or sodium tetraborate may be made by adding boric acid to a hot concentrated aqueous 
solution of sodium diborate or borax until it has a neutral reaction; the crystals which separate (sodium borate) 
have been erroneously described under the name sodium tetraborate. They are transparent, fragile, and glassy; it is 
found in commerce in glass-like masses. It is soluble in cold water, but more soluble (70 per cent.) in hot water. 1240 
Sodii Boras.—Sodii Bromidum. 
PART I. 
until late in the poisoning, but death has been preceded by coma, with disturbances of the 
respiration, and involuntary discharges. The continued use of borax has produced “ borism,” 
which is characterized by gastric irritation, a peculiar absence of fatty matter and of moisture 
from the skin, and various skin eruptions, especially eczema, reddish papules with squamous 
desquamating borders, seborrhoeic acne, and scarlatiniform plaques. 
Borax has been used internally in dysmenorrhoea, and as an oxytocic for a supposed spe- 
cific influence upon the uterus, and has also been employed in a uric acid diathesis. Again, 
it has been highly commended in epilepsy, but in a careful test made on a large scale in the 
epileptic wards of the Philadelphia Hospital by Hr. H. C. Wood it was found to have little 
or no influence on that disorder. The internal dose is from thirty to forty grains (1*95- 
2-6 Gm.). 
Borax is a germicide of moderate power. According to the experiments of Sternberg, it is 
more efficient in preventing putrefaction than in destroying the organisms of disease. Hr. 
Walb found that a five-per-cent solution of it would keep fibrin perfectly fresh for nineteen 
days. It has been used to a considerable extent in antiseptic surgery, and, being free, or nearly 
so, from irritating properties, may be applied in powder or in strong solution to wounds, ulcers, 
abscesses, etc. Wounds dressed in a dry manner with a lint which has been prepared by pre- 
viously wetting with a hot saturated solution of borax and drying, are said to do extremely 
well. Its chief value in practical medicine grows out of its peculiar detergent, mildly stimu- 
lant, or alterative action upon mucous membranes. In aphthous ulceration, diphtheria, and 
other inflammations of the mouth, crystals of it may be allowed to dissolve slowly in the mouth. 
Professor Bouchut has highly recommended, in infantile diarrhoea, enemas made by dissolving 
from two to five drachms of borax in two fluidounces of water. Washing out the bladder 
with a saturated solution of boric acid or borax is most efficacious in subacute and chronic 
cystitis. The same solution has also been found very useful in inflammations of the urethra and 
vagina, especially when there is pruritic irritation, and even in scaly diseases of the skin. A 
solution in distilled water, from five to ten grains to an ounce, is often of great service in con- 
junctivitis. Borax should not be prescribed in dilute solution mixed with glycerin, as a reaction 
occurs, the liquid becoming acid to test-paper. 
SODII BROMIDUM. U. S., Br. Sodium Bromide. 
NaBr; 102*76. (SO'DI-I BRO'MI-DUM.) NaBr; 102-8. 
“ Sodium Bromide, NaBr, may be prepared in the same manner as Potassium Bromide, 
sodium hydroxide being used in place of potassium hydroxide.” Br. 
“ Sodium Bromide should he kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
This salt contains a larger proportion of bromine than does potassium bromide, on account 
of the lower atomic weight of sodium, sodium bromide containing 77'62 per cent, of bro- 
mine, whilst potassium bromide contains 67-13 per cent. It is a trifle more soluble in water 
and alcohol. It may be made by the same process that is employed for potassium bromide, 
substituting sodium carbonate for potassium carbonate. According to M. Castelhaz, it is best 
made by transforming bromine into ammonium bromide, separating any iodine present as 
iodide by crystallization from the mother-waters, and decomposing the ammonium bromide 
with sodium carbonate. The solution should be evaporated by heating carefully. (A. J. P., 
xlii. 509.) 
Properties. It occurs in “ colorless or white, cubical crystals, or a white, granular powder, 
odorless, and having a saline, slightly bitter taste. From air the salt attracts moisture without 
deliquescing. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-2 parts of water, and in 13 parts of alcohol; 
in 0-5 part of boiling water, and in 11 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated to a bright 
red heat, the salt melts, and, at a somewhat higher temperature, slowly volatilizes without 
decomposition. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. The aqueous 
solution is neutral, or at most very feebly alkaline, to litmus paper. If a few drops of chloro- 
form be poured into 10 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20), then 1 C.c. of chlorine water 
added, and the mixture agitated, the liberated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, impart- 
ing to it a yellow or brownish-yellow color, without a violet tint. The aqueous solution (1 in 
20) should be clear and colorless, and should not be rendered turbid by sodium bitartrate test- 
solution, nor by sodium cobaltic nitrite test-solution (limit of potassium) ; nor by ammonium 
oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium) ; nor by barium chloride test-solution (absence of 
sulphate). If the aqueous solution be slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid, it should not PART I. 
Sodii Bromidum.—Sodii Carbonas. 
1241 
be rendered turbid by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution,, 
either at once (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.), or after adding ammonia water in slight excess 
(absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon some of the 
powdered salt, no yellow color should appear at once (absence of bromate). If 5 C.c. of the 
aqueous solution (1 in 20) be mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, and then 0-5 C.c. 
of chlorine water added, no blue color should appear (absence of iodine). If 1 Cm. of the 
powdered salt be kept for twenty minutes at the temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), or slightly 
above it, it should not lose more than (M)3 Glm. in weight (limit of moisture'). If 0-3 Gim. of 
the well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate test- 
solution be added, it should not require more than 29-8 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volu- 
metric solution to produce a permanent red color (corresponding to at least 97’29 per cent, of 
the pure salt).” U. S. “ Soluble in less than 2 parts of water, and in 16 parts of alcohol 
(90 per cent.). It affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and of bromides. Each 
gramme of the dry salt dissolved in water should require for complete precipitation not less 
than 95-8 nor more than 97‘8 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of silver nitrate. It 
should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, arsenium, iron, aluminium, 
zinc, calcium, magnesium, potassium, ammonium, carbonates, cyanides, bromates, or iodates, 
and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides, iodides, or sulphates. Test-solution 
of ferric chloride should not cause a red coloration in the aqueous solution (absence of thiocy- 
anates).” Br. 
Medical Properties. The medical properties of sodium bromide are similar to those of 
potassium bromide, except that the sodium salt is less powerful and much less depressant to the 
circulation. Dose, from one-half drachm to one drachm (P95-3-9 6m.). 
Na2 CO3.10H2 O; 285*45. (SO'DI-I CAB'BO-NAS.) Na2 C03.10H2 0; 143. 
SODII CARBONAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Carbonate. 
“ Sodium Carbonate, Na2C03,10H20, may be obtained from sodium chloride, either by in- 
teraction with ammonium bicarbonate and subsequent ignition, or by its conversion into sodium 
sulphate and the action of heat on a mixture of the sulphate with carbon and calcium car- 
bonate.” Br. 
Carbonate of Soda, Sal Soda, Washing Soda; Natrum Carbonicum Crudum, P. G.; Carbonas Sodicus, Sal Sodas; 
Carbonate de Soude, Fr.; Einfach Kohlensaures Natron, Kohlensaures Natron, Soda, G.; Carbonato di Soda, It.; 
Carbonato de Soda, Sp. 
Before entering upon the consideration of sodium carbonate, we shall speak generally of 
the sources of the alkali soda. These may be divided into the natural and the artificial. 
The natural sources are the minerals of native soda, and certain marine plants which yield 
the alkali in their ashes; the artificial are certain salts which furnish it by chemical de- 
composition. 
Native soda, sometimes called natron, is found chiefly in Hungary, Egypt, and South 
America, and exists in these countries either in the surface earth, which often exhibits a 
saline efflorescence, or in solution in small lakes, from which it is extracted by taking ad- 
vantage of the drying up of the water during the heats of summer. The native soda from 
Egypt, called trona, is a sesquicarbonate; that from South America is less carbonated. Of 
these sources, the only one which retains any importance at the present day is Egyptian 
trona, of which some 5000 tons are annually shipped from Alexandria. Native soda, in the 
form of sesquicarbonate, has been found in a soda lake in the territory of the Nizam, in Hin- 
dostan. Dr. Barth, in his Travels in Africa, states that natron is largely collected on the 
shores of Lake Tchad, and in some other localities in Central Africa. A similar product exists 
abundantly in low places along the sea-coast of Arabia, near Aden. (R. Haines, P. J. Tr., 
July, 1863.) Probably the most numerous and extensive natural soda deposits in the world 
exist in Southeastern Wyoming, in the counties of Albany, Carbon, and Natrona. The salts 
are the carbonate and sulphate, at times pure, and again as mixtures both hydrated and partly 
dehydrated. For a full account of these localities with analyses of different deposits, see The 
Mineral Industry for 1897, 612—616. New York, 1898. 
Impure soda, derived from the ashes of plants growing on the surface or borders of the sea, 
is called barilla or kelp, according to the character of the plants incinerated. Barilla is ob- 
tained from several vegetables, principally belonging to the genera Salsola, Salicornia, and 
Chenopodium. In Spain, Sicily, and some other countries these plants are cultivated for the 
purpose of yielding soda by their combustion. When ripe, they are cut down, dried, and Sodii Carbonas. 
1242 
PART I. 
burnt in heaps. The ashes form a semi-fused, hard, and compact saline mass, which is broken 
up into fragments by means of pickaxes, and thrown into commerce. Kelp, called varec in 
France, is procured by the incineration of various kinds of sea-weeds, principally the algae and 
fuci, which grow on the rocky coasts of many countries. The Orkneys and Hebrides, and the 
rocky coasts of Wales, Scotland, and Ireland, furnish large quantities of these weeds. The 
plants are fermented in heaps, then dried, and afterwards burnt to ashes in ovens roughly made 
of brick or stone and built in the ground. The alkali in the ashes melts, and forms the whole 
into a solid mass. When cold, it is broken up with iron instruments into large heavy masses, 
in which state it is found in commerce. About twenty-four tons of sea-weeds produce one 
ton of kelp. Barilla, when of good quality, is in hard, dry, porous, sonorous, grayish-blue 
masses, which become covered with a saline efflorescence on exposure. It possesses a peculiar 
odor and an alkaline taste. Spanish barilla contains from 25 to 40 per cent, of carbonated alkali, 
the residue being made up of sodium sulphate, sodium sulphide and chloride, calcium carbon- 
ate, alumina, silica, oxidized iron, and a small portion of charcoal which has escaped combus- 
tion. Before the introduction of artificial soda, barilla formed the source of the crystallized 
carbonate employed in medicine. At present it is principally used in the manufacture of soap. 
Kelp is in hard, vesicular masses, of a dark-gray, bluish, or greenish color, a sulphurous odor, 
and an acrid, caustic taste. It it still less pure than barilla, containing only from 5 to 8 per 
cent, of carbonated soda, the rest being made up of a large proportion of sodium and potas- 
sium sulphates, and potassium and sodium chlorides, a small quantity of sodium iodide, and 
insoluble and coloring matters. Large quantities of kelp were formerly manufactured in 
Great Britain and the neighboring islands, particularly the Orkneys; but the demand and 
production have generally fallen off since the introduction of artificial soda. At present kelp 
is used principally in the manufacture of iodine. (See lodum.) 
Artificial Soda. This is made from common salt by the older or Leblanc process in two 
steps: first, by converting the salt by sulphuric acid into sodium sulphate, and, secondly, by 
decomposing the sulphate by calcium carbonate and charcoal at a high temperature, so as to 
yield sodium carbonate. The chemical reactions may be summarized as follows: 2NaCl + 
H2S04 = Na2S04 + 2HC1, Na2S04 + CaC03 + C4 = Na2C03 + CaS + (C0)4. The sulphate, 
first dried, is mixed with its own weight of ground limestone, and half its weight of small 
coal, ground and sifted, and the whole is heated in a reverberatory furnace, which may be 
either stationary or, as is more general now, revolving on a horizontal axis. In this “ black- 
asli furnace” the mixture fuses, and forms a black mass called black ash, soda ball, or British 
barilla. The coal, at the temperature employed, converts the sodium sulphate into sodium 
sulphide. This reacts with the limestone, so as to form calcium sulphide and sodium carbonate 
(Na2S and CaCo3 = CaS and Na2C03). Black ash contains from 36 to 45 per cent, of alkali, 
imperfectly carbonated on account of the high heat used, the remainder being principally cal- 
cium sulphide, caustic lime, sodium chloride, calcium sulphite, and coaly matter. It is next 
digested in warm water, which takes up the alkali and other soluble matters, and leaves the 
insoluble impurities, called soda waste, which is now largely utilized in the manufacture of 
sodium hyposulphite. The solution is evaporated to dryness, and the mass obtained is calcined 
with one-fourth of its weight of sawdust, in order to convert the alkali fully into carbonate, 
by means of the carbonic acid resulting from the combustion of the sawdust. The product is 
redissolved in water, and the solution evaporated to dryness. The alkali, in this stage of its 
purification, contains about 50 per cent, of sodium carbonate, and is called soda-ash. It is 
Brought to the state of crystallized sodium carbonate by dissolving it in water, straining the 
solution, evaporating it to a pellicle, and setting it aside to crystallize. This process was in- 
vented in 1784 by Leblanc; and the first manufactory for producing it on a large scale was es- 
tablished in 1790, near Paris, by Leblanc and Dize. The process is pursued on an immense 
scale in Great Britain, especially in Liverpool and Glasgow. Various modifications have been 
proposed, and in part carried into practice, which affect the Leblanc process more or less fun- 
damentally. One of the most important of these is the Hargreaves-Robinson method of 
preparing “ salt-cake” or sodium sulphate without the previous preparation of sulphuric acid. 
Sulphur dioxide (from the roasting of pyrites), atmospheric oxygen, and steam are made to 
act upon salt previously prepared in broken cakes or fragments. Sodium sulphate and hydro- 
chloric acid are obtained. The use of sodium nitrate is dispensed with, the sulphate is purer 
than that of the old method, and the hydrochloric acid is more easily condensed. It requires, 
however, a more expensive plant. A troublesome side-product of the Leblanc process is the 
calcium sulphide or “ alkali waste,” and much ingenuity has been used in endeavoring to utilize 1243 
PAET I. 
Sodii Carbonas. 
this and to recover the sulphur. The most successful sulphur recovery process thus far has 
been that of Chance, who decomposes the calcium sulphide by carbon dioxide, liberating H2S. 
This is mixed with air and passed over a layer of ferric oxide, which at a low red heat causes 
the hydrogen to burn, liberating the sulphur, which may either be collected or burned to SOa 
for the lead-chamber process. It is asserted that 95 per cent, of the sulphur can be thus 
recovered. 
The Gossage process, still more recently proposed, aims to avoid the formation of the “ alkali 
waste” altogether, and to do away with the black-ash furnace. By heating the salt-cake with 
the necessary proportion of coal-slack the sodium sulphate is reduced to sodium sulphide. 
This is dissolved, allowed to settle, and the supernatant liquid, freed from silica and alumina, is 
conducted to towers, where it is treated with excess of carbon dioxide, whereby sodium bicar- 
bonate and hydrogen sulphide are formed. The bicarbonate may be heated to change it into 
normal salt, while the carbon dioxide is utilized in decomposing fresh quantities of sulphide. 
Within the last few decades a process has been put in practice which has given so much 
satisfaction in its results as to be likely to rival, if not to supersede, the hitherto unequalled 
process of Leblanc. It is designated the ammonia-soda process, and is based on the fact 
that when carbon dioxide is passed into a solution of common salt in aqueous ammonia a 
double decomposition occurs, and the slightly soluble sodium bicarbonate is precipitated : NH3-f- 
COa -f- NaCl -J- H20 = HNaCOg -j- NH4C1. From the mother-liquor containing the sal-ammo- 
niac, if deemed advisable, the ammonia may be withdrawn by the action of lime, and serve in the 
renewal of the operation. The sodium bicarbonate is reduced by heat to the carbonate, and the 
carbonic acid thus obtained serves to convert the ammonia into the ammonium bicarbonate neces- 
sary in the proceeding. The waste product here is calcium chloride, which takes with it all 
the chlorine of the salt originally used. Therefore if the ammonia-soda process were to re- 
place the Leblanc process, hydrochloric acid and chlorine would have to be made independently, 
and would become much dearer than at present. To obviate this objection to the ammonia- 
soda process and to produce hydrochloric acid as one product of the same process, the late 
Walter Weldon proposed to use magnesia instead of lime in the decomposing of the sal- 
ammoniac. This would leave magnesium chloride instead of calcium chloride. From the 
magnesium chloride the chlorine can be obtained as follows : MgCl2 -f- H20 = 2HC1 -(- MgO. 
Steam will liberate hydrochloric acid from the magnesium chloride. This process is carried 
out practically at Salindres in France, although its economy is not definitely established. 
A still more promising suggestion is that of the distinguished chemist Ludwig Mond, of 
Brunner, Mond & Co., who are the chief English manufacturers of ammonia-soda. He pro- 
poses to freeze out the ammonium chloride from the mother-liquors by artificial refrigeration, 
sublime it, and pass the vapor over magnesia, whereby the hydrochloric acid is retained in 
combination with the magnesia as magnesium chloride, while the ammonia passes on. The 
magnesium chloride is then heated in a current of air, when it is split up into chlorine and 
magnesia. 
The reaction between ammonium bicarbonate and common salt, upon which the ammonia 
process was founded, was first discovered by Dyar and Hemming about 1838, but it was only 
in 1863 that Ernest Solvay, a Belgian chemist, made it a practical success. The advantages of 
this method are that the common salt is directly transformed into sodium carbonate, that in 
the precipitation sodium is the only metal thrown down, and that the preparation is therefore 
remarkably pure, that it is entirely exempt from the compounds of sulphur, that the amount 
of product is very large, that the apparatus used in the process is very simple, that there is a 
great saving of fuel and of labor, and, finally, that no unwholesome gases are diffused in the 
atmosphere, interfering with the health of the workmen and the community. MM. Schloesing 
and Holland have observed that in the double decomposition between ammonium bicarbonate 
and sodium chloride a certain portion only—about two-thirds—undergoes the change. This is 
explained by M. Bauer, who finds that the reaction is limited by another in an inverse direction. 
Thus, if ammonium bicarbonate and sodium chloride yield sodium bicarbonate and ammonium 
chloride (hydrochlorate of ammonia), these, put together, inversely yield ammonium bicarbo- 
nate and sodium chloride. An equilibrium is thus established, and the mixture preserves a 
constant composition, at the point where the two reactions take place at the same time. (Journ. 
de Pliarm. et de Chim., Sept. 1874.) At present the ammonia-soda process is gaining rapidly 
upon the Leblanc process. It is stated that 75 per cent, of the total German soda production 
is now obtained by the ammonia-soda process, in France 60 per cent., and in Austria 47 per 
cent. In England, where the Leblanc process is most strongly entrenched and backed by the 1244 
Sodii Carbonas. 
PART I. 
resources of the “ United Alkali Company,” a combination of manufacturers with a paid-up 
capital of $42,000,000, it is also gaining, as shown by the following figures, showing the amount 
of salt decomposed in the Leblanc and ammonia-soda processes respectively: 
1894. 
1895. 
1896. 
Tons. 
Tons. 
Tons. 
Leblanc process 
.... 434,298 
408,173 
360,929 
Ammonia-soda process 
.... 361,603 
428,614 
431,577 
Total production 
.... 795,901 
836,787 
792,506 
The production of alkali—reckoned as 58° soda ash—in the United States amounted to 
157,475 metric tons in 1896, and to 277,072 metric tons in 1897. The main producers were 
the Solvay Process Co. and the Michigan Alkali Co. 
Another source of this carbonate has been discovered in cryolite, a mineral existing in 
great abundance on the coast of Greenland, and largely imported into this country by a manu- 
facturing company which enjoys to a certain extent a monopoly of the mineral under the 
Danish authorities. Cryolite consists mainly of a double aluminum and sodium fluoride, con- 
taining in 100 parts 13 of aluminum, 34 of sodium, and 53 of fluorine. Sodium carbonate is 
obtained by heating cryolite with lime, whereby calcium fluoride is formed, while the sodium 
and aluminum combine to form a sodium aluminate, a weak salt, which is dissolved out by 
lixiviation. The soda is converted into carbonate by passing carbonic acid under pressure 
through the solution; and the alumina, separated from the soda, becomes insoluble, and is 
deposited. (A. J. P., Jan. 1868, p. 71.) Cryolite is also largely used in Denmark and Ger- 
many in the preparation of sodium carbonate and of alumina, the latter of which is employed 
in the manufacture of alum and aluminum. 
Besides the preparation of sodium carbonate, cryolite is employed for other important pur- 
poses. Within recent years it has become quite important as a flux for the electrolytic produc- 
tion of aluminum by the Hall and similar processes. (See Alumen.) Its only known locality, 
at least in large amount, is Greenland, where it is found on the southwest coast, near Cape 
Farewell, existing in beds, of which one is said to be eighty feet thick and three hundred 
long. It is imported by the “ Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Company” into Philadelphia 
in immense quantities. It is a handsome mineral, hard, brittle, and translucent, sometimes 
almost transparent, but generally of a frosty whiteness, which probably suggested its name of 
cryolite or kryolite, from the Greek xpuos, frost. Though homogeneous in great degree, it 
exhibits here and there in its substance dark spots, sometimes mere specks, sometimes of con- 
siderable size, which appear to be crystalline centres of substances mixed with it at the time 
of solidification, such as galena, ferric carbonate, copper and iron pyrites, etc. 
The different kinds of impure sodium carbonate, whether barilla, kelp, or soda-ash, being 
exceedingly variable in composition, it is important to have a ready method of determining the 
quantity of real carbonated alkali which they contain. The mode in which this is done, by 
means of an instrument called an alkalimeter, has been already explained. (See page 1088.) 
These various forms of carbonated soda are largely consumed in dyeing and bleaching, and in 
the manufacture of soap and glass. In reference to “ the English commercial test,” see A. J. P., 
Sept. 1870, p. 447. The following are descriptions of the different grades of artificial soda, 
known under the names of British barilla, and soda-ash. 
British barilla, so called to distinguish it from Spanish barilla, which has its source in the 
ashes of maritime plants, is a blackish-brown substance, becoming darker by exposure to the 
air. When broken it exhibits an imperfect metallic lustre, and a close striated texture. Its 
taste is alkaline and caustic. On exposure to a moist atmosphere it becomes covered with a 
yellow efflorescence, and quickly falls to powder, with disengagement of heat and hydrogen 
sulphide, at the same time increasing in weight by the absorption of carbonic acid and water. 
Soda-ash is in white or gray compact masses, and contains about half its weight of foreign 
salts, consisting principally of sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. 
Properties. The carbonate occurs in “ colorless, monoclinic crystals, odorless, and having 
a strongly alkaline taste. In dry air the salt effloresces, and, if left exposed, soon loses about 
half of its water of crystallization (31-467 percent, of its weight), and becomes a white powder. 
Soluble in 1-6 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0-09 part at 38° C. (100-4° F.), and in 0-2 
part of boiling water ; insoluble in alcohol and in ether; soluble in 1-02 parts of glycerin. 
When heated to 32-5° C. (90-5° F.), the crystals fuse in their water of crystallization, and lose 
some water. At a higher temperature, the salt continues to lose water, until, at last, an anhy- PART I. 
Sodii Carbonas. 
1245 
drous residue is left, corresponding to 37 per cent, of the weight of the crystals. At a bright 
red heat the anhydrous salt fuses. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. 
The aqueous solution gives an alkaline reaction with litmus paper, and effervesces strongly with 
acids. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt should be perfectly clear and colorless, leaving 
no insoluble residue. If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be slightly supersaturated 
with hydrochloric acid, the liquid should not be colored red by a drop of ferric chloride test- 
solution (absence of sulphocyanate). If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution, slightly supersatu- 
rated with hydrochloric acid, an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution be added, no 
turbidity should be produced, either before or after the addition of ammonia water in slight 
(excess (absence of arsenic, lead, iron, aluminum, etc.). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution be 
slightly supersaturated with acetic acid, the addition of 0-5 C.c. of ammonium oxalate test- 
solution should produce no turbidity (absence of calcium). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution 
be slightly supersaturated with acetic acid, the addition of 0-5 C.c. of sodium cobaltic nitrite 
test-solution should not render it turbid within one hour (limit of potassium). If 1-2 Gm. of 
the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted nitric acid, then 0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal 
volumetric solution added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate 
should remain unaffected by the further addition of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of 
chloride). If 2-5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, then 0-1 
C.c. of nitric acid and 0-1 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution added, and the precipitate, if 
any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition 
of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate, sidphite, and hyposulphite). If the crystal- 
lized salt be heated in a test-tube, the vapor of ammonia should not be evolved. To neutralize 
1 Gm. of anhydrous Sodium Carbonate (deprived of its water of crystallization by heat imme- 
diately before being weighed) should require not less than 18*7 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid 
(corresponding to not less than 98-9 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as 
indicator.” U. S. “In transparent colorless rhombic crystals, efflorescent, with a harsh taste 
and strong alkaline reaction, soluble in 2 parts of cold water. It should respond to the quali- 
tative tests enumerated under ‘ Sodii Bicarbonas,’ except that its aqueous solution gives an 
immediate brownish-red precipitate with test-solution of mercuric chloride. When heated it 
liquefies and then dries up, losing 62-93 per cent, of its weight. Each gramme of the crys- 
tallized salt should require for neutralization at least 6.9 cubic centimetres of the volumetric 
solution of sulphuric acid. 20 parts of Sodium Carbonate are neutralized by 9 8 parts of 
Citric Acid, and by 10-5 parts of Tartaric Acid.” Br. This salt presents an anomaly in 
solubility, as ascertained by M. Henri Loewel: it is more soluble in water at 36-1° C. (97° 
F.) than at its boiling point. Sodium carbonate is insoluble in alcohol. The most usual im- 
purities in it are sodium sulphate and common salt, which may be detected by converting it into a 
nitrate and testing separate portions of this severally with barium chloride and silver nitrate* 
Common salt is seldom entirely absent, but good specimens are free from sodium sulphate. 
When badly prepared it is liable to contain sodium sulphide, which may be detected by the 
production of the smell of hydrogen sulphide upon dissolving the salt in water. Sodium car- 
bonate is incompatible with acids, which decompose it with effervescence, acidulous salts, lime 
water, ammonium chloride, and earthy and metallic salts. When crystallized it contains ten 
mols. of water. It is thus perceived that this salt, when crystallized, contains nearly two-thirds 
of its weight of water ; but the quantity actually present in it, as found in commerce, is variable, 
being dependent on the extent to which it may have undergone efflorescence. To obtain pure 
sodium carbonate for the purpose of a test, Dr. J. Lawrence Smith, of Louisville, Ky., recom- 
mends that sodium oxalate should be prepared from the common carbonate, and then decom- 
posed by heat.f 
* For a method of determining the precise quantity of the sulphate in a special case, see Journ. de Pharm., Aofit, 
1873, p. 124. 
f Dr. Smith gives the following particular description of the method employed by him. 63 grammes of oxalic acid 
and 143 grammes of ordinary sodium carbonate are dissolved, with heat, in 200 cubic centimeters of distilled water; 
the solution is distilled, filtered if necessary, and, when it cools, the solution of oxalic acid, just hot enough to pre- 
vent crystallization, is added by degrees, with stirring. It is expected that the solution, when completed, shall have 
a slight alkaline reaction. Shortly after the operation is finished, the sodium oxalate will be in a great measure pre- 
cipitated. The whole is then allowed to stand till completely cool; the supernatant liquid is decanted, a little dis- 
tilled water added, and the lumps of crystals that may have formed are broken up by a stirrer, thrown on a six-inch 
filter over a Bunsen aspirator, washed with about half a liter of distilled water, and allowed to dry. The quantity of 
dry oxalate produced is 30 grammes. In this state it may be kept in a dry bottle till wanted for use in forming 
sodium carbonate. It is then projected, little by little, into a platinum capsule, over a good-sized Bunsen burner. 
After being strongly heated, the oxalate is changed by the decomposition of the oxalic acid into the carbonate, and, if 1246 
Sodii Carbonas.—Sodii Carbonas Exsiccalus. 
PART I. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Soda being the natural alkali of the blood and other 
liquids of the human organism, its influence upon that organism in disease is very slight. In 
the experiments of Gradeau the injection of 107 grains of sodium carbonate directly into the 
blood of a dog produced practically no symptoms, and in the studies of Dr. Munch upon the 
effect on the human system of the continuous exhibition for a few days of large amounts 
of soda the results were almost entirely negative. The chief influence of the salt is upon 
certain of the liquid excretions. Thus, the urine becomes distinctly alkaline, without, how- 
ever, so far as we know, there being any distinct change in its general constituents. The ex- 
periments of Lewaschen prove that soda salts given to dogs with biliary fistula increase very 
markedly the liquidity of the bile and diminish the percentage of solids in it. These experi- 
ments are in accord with clinical experience, which shows that the alkaline sodium salts, given 
one to two hours after meals in full dose, are of decided value in the treatment of gall-stones 
and various affections associated with excessive acidity of the biliary secretion. On account 
of its having no general effect upon the system, soda and its carbonates are superior to potas- 
sium as simple alkaline remedies. When, therefore, it is desired to overcome acidity of the 
stomach or intestines, or to render acid urine alkaline, these preparations are very available; 
but they are not applicable in gout, uric add diathesis, rheumatism, and occasionally in other 
diseases attended with gastric acidity, when it is desirable to bring about increased destruction 
of tissue and increased elimination of solids. Under these circumstances sodium salts are 
inferior to the potassium salts. Alkaline sodium salts are also employed with advantage, 
internally and externally, in shin diseases, especially those of a papulous and scaly character. 
A lotion suitable for these cases may be formed by dissolving from two to three drachms of 
the carbonate in a pint of water. For a bath, from eight to sixteen ounces of the salt may be 
dissolved in the necessary quantity of water. In recent burns without much destruction of the 
skin, the free application of a saturated solution will usually give immediate relief. Sodium 
carbonate is given in doses of from ten grains to half a drachm (0-65-1-95 Gm.), either in 
powder or dissolved in some bitter infusion. When taken in an overdose, it acts as a corrosive 
poison. The best antidotes are the fixed oils, acetic acid, and lemon-juice. 
SODII CARBONAS EXSICCATUS. U. S., Br. Dried Sodium Carbonate. 
“ Nearly anhydrous sodium carbonate, Na2C03, which is obtained by heating Sodium Car- 
bonate until it loses nearly 63 per cent, of its weight.” Br. 
Natrum Carbonicum Siccum, P. 0.; Dried Carbonate of Soda; Carbonate de Soude sec, Fr.; Getrocknete Soda, G. 
“ Sodium Carbonate, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains]. To make one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Break the crystals into small fragments, and allow 
them to effloresce for several days in warm air, at a temperature not exceeding 25° C. (77° 
F.), until they are completely disintegrated; then dry the white powder at a temperature of 
about 45° C. (113° F.), until its weight is reduced to one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 
231 grains]. Pass the powder through a sieve, and preserve it in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Sodium carbonate contains ten molecules of water of crystallization, and, when heated, 
readily undergoes aqueous fusion. Upon continuing the heat, the water is driven off, and a 
white porous mass remains, which is easily reduced to powder. Dried sodium carbonate is in 
the form of a white powder, and differs in nothing from the crystallized, except in being de- 
void of water of crystallization. (See Sodii Carbonas.~) It is officially described as “ a loose, 
white powder, conforming to the reactions and tests given under Sodii Carbonas. To neutral- 
ize 1 (4m. of the salt should require not less than 13-8 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corre- 
sponding to about 73 per cent, of anhydrous Sodium Carbonate), methyl-orange being used as 
indicator.” TJ. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This preparation was introduced into practice by Dr. 
Beddoes, who extolled its virtues in calculous complaints. It is applicable to the cure of such 
affections only when dependent on a morbid secretion of uric acid. Its advantage over the 
common carbonate is that it admits of being made into pills, in consequence of being in the 
dried state. As the water of crystallization forms more than half of the carbonate, the dose 
of the dried salt must be reduced in proportion. From five to fifteen grains (0-33-1 (4m.) 
may be given three times a day, in the form of pill prepared with soap and aromatics. For 
the medical properties of this salt, see Sodii Carbonas. 
(SO'DI-! CAR'BO-NAS EX-SIC-CA/TUS.) 
the heat be high enough to fuse the salt, about 2.3 grammes of the fused carbonate will be obtained. Fused or not, 
this is dissolved in water, filtered, evaporated to dryness, dehydrated over a naked flame, and granulated bv stirring 
while hot. (4. J. P., 1875, 31.) 6 * PAHT I. 
Sodii Chloras.—Sodii Chloridum. 
1247 
SODII CHLORAS. U. S. Sodium Chlorate. 
NaC103; 106*25. (Sd'DI-! 0HLO'rXs.) NaC103; 106-4. 
This official salt, while manufactured on a large scale for use in the textile industries by the 
methods described under Potassii Ghloras, is usually prepared on a small scale by Wittstein’s 
process, which consists in first preparing sodium bitartrate by adding a strong solution contain- 
ing 9-5 part& of tartaric acid to a hot aqueous solution of 9 parts of sodium carbonate. The 
hot solution is mixed with one in which 8 parts of potassium chlorate have been dissolved. 
Potassium bitartrate separates, whilst sodium chlorate remains in solution. The filtered solu- 
tion is evaporated and crystallized. If desired of absolute purity, it may be recrystallized 
from an alcoholic solution. Owing to the facility with which this salt parts with its oxygen, 
the following official cautionary direction should be borne in mind. “ Sodium Chlorate should 
be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, and great caution should be observed in handling the salt, as 
dangerous explosions are liable to occur when it is mixed with organic matters (cork, tannic 
acid, sugar, etc.), or with sulphur, antimony sulphide, phosphorus, or other easily oxidizable 
substances, and either heated directly, or subjected to trituration or concussion.” II. S. 
Properties. It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent crystals (principally 
regular cubes with tetrahedral facets), or a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a cooling, 
saline taste. Permanent in dry air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 11 parts of water, and 
in about 100 parts of alcohol; in 0-5 part of boiling water, and in about 40 parts of boiling 
alcohol; also soluble in 5 parts of glycerin. When heated, the salt melts, then gives off oxy- 
gen (about 45 per cent, of its weight), and finally leaves a residue of sodium chloride, readily 
soluble in water, and yielding, with silver nitrate test-solution, a white, curdy precipitate insol- 
uble in nitric acid. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense yellow color. The aqueous 
solution is neutral to litmus paper. When a crystal of the salt is dropped into hydrochloric 
acid, the liquid assumes a deep greenish-yellow color, and emits the odor of chlorine. A satu- 
rated aqueous solution should not be rendered turbid by sodium bitartrate test-solution (limit 
of potassium). An aqueous solution of the residue left after igniting a portion of the salt 
should not give an alkaline reaction with litmus paper (absence of tartrate). The aqueous so- 
lution (1 in 20), slightly acidulated with acetic acid, should not be rendered turbid by the 
addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either at once (absence of 
arsenic, lead, etc.), or after the addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of iron, 
aluminum, etc.). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered turbid by adding to 
it a few drops of ammonia water and then sodium phosphate test-solution (absence of magne- 
sium, etc.). The solution (1 in 20), slightly acidulated with acetic acid, should not be rendered 
turbid by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium); nor by barium chloride test- 
solution (absence of sulphate) ; nor should silver nitrate test-solution produce in it more than a 
slight opalescence (limit of chloride)." U. S. 
Medical Properties. Sodium chlorate has medical properties similar to those of potas- 
sium chlorate, whilst its greater solubility permits the use of stronger solutions. Dose, from 
five to fifteen grains (0-3—1 Gm.). 
SODII CHLORIDUM. U.S., Br. Sodium Chloride. 
NaCI; 58*37. (s5'DI-I fJHLO'RI-DUM.) NaCI; 58*4. 
“ Sodium Chloride, NaCl, is common salt, purified.” Br. 
Natrium Chloratum Purum, P. G.; Chloruretum Sodicum, Sal Commune, s. Culinare ; Table Salt; Sodium Chlo- 
ride, Muriate of Soda, Sea Salt, Common Salt; Chlorure de Sodium, Hydro-chlorate de Soude, Sel commun, Sel de 
Cuisine, Sel marin, Fr.; Chlornatrium, Koehsalz, G.; Salt, Ban., Sw.; Chloruro di Sodio,_Sal commune, It.; Sal, Sp. 
This mineral production, so necessary to mankind, is universally distributed over the globe, 
and is the most abundant of the native soluble salts. Most animals have an instinctive relish 
for it; and, from its frequent presence in the solids and fluids of'the animal economy, it may 
be supposed to perform an important part in assimilation and nutrition. 
Natural State. Common salt exists in nature either in the solid state or in solution. In 
the solid state, called rock salt, fossil salt, and sal gemmae, it is often found forming extensive 
beds, and even entire mountains, from which it is extracted in blocks or masses by mining 
operations. Its geological position is very constant, it occurring almost invariably in second- 
ary formations, associated with clay and gypsum. In solution it exists in certain springs and 
lakes, and in the waters of the ocean. The principal salt mines are found in Poland, Hungary, 
and Russia ; in various parts of Germany and Austria, particularly the Tyrol; in Cheshire, Eng- Sodii Chloridum. 
1248 
PAET I. 
land ; in Spain ; in various parts of Asia and Africa; in the island of St. Domingo; * and in 
Peru and other countries of South America. There are but few mines in the United States 
where rock salt is produced,—at present, one in Louisiana, two in Kansas, and a group operated 
by one company in the western part of the State of New York ; but there are numerous salt 
springs, which either flow naturally or are produced artificially by sinking wells to various 
depths in places where salt is known to exist. These are found principally in Missouri, Ken- 
tucky, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia, and New York. In 
the last-mentioned State the springs are the most productive, the chief ones being situated at 
Salina, Montezuma, and Galen. In West Virginia an important salt region exists, extending 
fifteen miles on both sides of the Great Kanawha River, and in Michigan in the counties of 
Huron, Bay, and Saginaw extensive salt wells are worked. The production of salt in 1895 
was as follows: Michigan, 3,929,342 bbls. (barrels of 280 lbs.); New York, 5,919,155 bbls.; 
other States, 4,427,357 bbls. ; total, 14,275,854 bbls.; for 1896, Michigan, 4,321,144 bbls.; 
New York, 6,714,394 bbls.; other States, 4,672,370 bbls.; total, 15,707,908 bbls.; for 1897, 
Michigan, 4,838,140 bbls.; New York, 4,172,631 bbls.; other States, 4,142,753 bbls.; total, 
13,153,524 bbls. Rock salt is always transparent or translucent; but it often exhibits various 
colors, such as red, yellow, brown, violet, blue, etc., which are supposed to be derived from iron 
and manganese. 
Extraction. Mines of salt are worked in two ways. When the salt is pure, it is merely 
dug out in blocks and thrown into commerce. When impure, it is dissolved in water, and ex- 
tracted afterwards from the solution by evaporation. When the salt is naturally in solution, 
the mode of extraction depends upon the strength of the brine and the temperature of the 
place where it is found. When the water contains from 14 to 15 per cent, of the salt, it is 
extracted by evaporation in large iron boilers. If, however, it contains only 2, 3, 4, or 5 per 
cent., the salt is obtained in a different manner. If the climate be warm, it may be procured 
by spontaneous evaporation, effected by the heat of the sun; if temperate, by a peculiar mode 
of evaporation, to be mentioned presently, and the subsequent application of artificial heat. 
Sea-water is a weak saline solution, containing 2-7 per cent, of common salt, which is ex- 
tracted by the agency of solar heat in warm countries. Salt thus obtained is called bay salt. 
The extraction is conducted in Europe principally on the shores of the Mediterranean, the 
waters of which are salter than those of the open ocean. The mode in which it is performed 
is by letting the sea-water into shallow dikes, lined with clay, and capable, after having been 
filled, of being shut off from the sea. In this situation the heat of the sun gradually concen- 
trates the water, and the salt is deposited. About 30,000 tons a year are thus made at Ala- 
meda, California, the only place in the United States where solar evaporation is carried out. 
In temperate climates, weak brines are first concentrated in buildings called graduation houses. 
These are rough wooden structures open on the sides, ten or eleven yards high, five or six 
wide, and three or four hundred long, and containing an oblong pile of brushwood somewhat 
smaller than the building itself. The brine is pumped up into troughs full of holes, placed 
above the brushwood, upon which it is allowed to fall, and in its descent it becomes minutely 
divided. This operation, by greatly increasing the surface of the brine, promotes its evapora- 
tion ; and, being repeated several times, the solution is at last brought to the requisite degree 
of strength to permit of its final concentration in iron boilers by artificial heat. 
Properties. Sodium chloride is white, without odor, and of a peculiar taste called saline. 
It is usually crystallized in cubes ; but by hasty evaporation it often assumes the form of hollow 
quadrangular pyramids, or liopper-sliaped crystals, consisting of an aggregation of cubes. It is 
officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, cubical crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, 
odorless, and having a purely saline taste. Permanent in dry air. Soluble in 2-8 parts of 
water, at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 2-5 parts of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol; insol- 
uble in ether or chloroform. When heated, the salt decrepitates. At a red heat it fuses, and 
at a white heat it is slowly volatilized and partly decomposed. To a non-luminous flame it 
imparts an intense yellow color. The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. 
With silver nitrate test-solution, the solution yields a white, curdy precipitate, insoluble in 
nitric acid. No turbidity should be produced in 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) by 
the addition of 0-5 C.c. of sodium cobaltic nitrate test-solution (limit of potassium). The 
aqueous solution, slightly acidulated with acetic acid, should not be rendered turbid by ammo- 
* This deposit is on the south side of the island, and is said to form a mountain 6 miles long, from half a mile to 
a mile broad, and from 400 to 500 feet high. The salt in its crude state contains 96'79 per cent, of pure sodium 
chloride. (A J. P., Sept. 1865, p. 395.) PART I. 
Sodii Chloridum. 
1249 
nium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium) ; nor by barium chloride test-solution (absence 
of sulphate) ; nor by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either before or after 
addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of arsenic, lead, zinc, iron, aluminum, etc.). 
No turbidity should be produced in the aqueous solution by the addition of sodium phosphate 
test-solution and a few drops of ammonia water (absence of magnesium, etc.). If 2 Gm. of the 
finely powdered salt be digested for some hours with 25 C.c. of warm alcohol, and, after cool- 
ing, the undissolved salt be removed by filtration, then the filtrate evaporated to dryness and 
the residue dissolved in 1 C.c. of water and mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, the 
addition of chlorine water, drop by drop, should produce neither a blue nor a yellow tint 
(absence of iodide or bromide). If 0-195 Grm. of well-dried Sodium Chloride be dissolved in 
10 C.c. of water, and the solution mixed with a few drops of potassium chromate test-solution, 
it should require not less than 33-4 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to pro- 
duce a permanent red color (corresponding to at least 99-9 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
[“In small white crystalline grains or transparent cubic crystals, free from moisture, with a 
purely saline taste, soluble in less than 3 parts of water. It affords the reactions characteristic 
of sodium and of chlorides. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for po- 
tassium, bromides, or iodides, and only slight reactions with the tests for calcium, magnesium, 
or sulphates.” Br. When pure, it undergoes no change in the air; but when contaminated 
with magnesium chloride, as not unfrequently happens, it is deliquescent. Exposed to a grad- 
ually increasing heat, it first decrepitates from the presence of interstitial moisture, next melts, 
and finally volatilizes in white fumes with but partial decomposition. (Mulder, Journ. de 
Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ed., iii.) It is decomposed by several of the acids, particularly sul- 
phuric and nitric, which disengage vapors of hydrochloric acid ; by potassium carbonate with 
the assistance of heat; and by silver nitrate and mercurous nitrate. In contact with iron, in 
the presence of air and moisture, it undergoes decomposition. ( Chem. News, June, 1869.) It 
is decomposed by steam excessively heated, with the escape of hydrochloric acid and an alka- 
line residue. (Chem. News, June 4, 1875.) Several varieties of common salt are distinguished 
in commerce, as stored salt, fishery salt, bay salt, etc. ; but they are characterized by the size 
and compactness of the grains, and not by any difference in composition. 
Composition. Common salt, in its pure state, consists of one atom of chlorine and one of 
sodium. It contains no water of crystallization. The common salt of commerce, besides pure 
sodium chloride, contains, generally speaking, insoluble matter, and usually more or less of 
calcium and magnesium sulphates and calcium and magnesium chlorides. When pure, it is 
not precipitated by sodium carbonate, barium chloride, or potassium ferrocyanide. Calcium 
chloride is generally present in very small amount; but the magnesium chloride sometimes 
amounts to 28 parts in 1000. Calcium sulphate is usually present, constituting variously from 
1 to 23 J parts in 1000 ; and magnesium sulphate is sometimes present and sometimes absent. 
To separate the earths, a boiling solution of sodium carbonate must be added as long as any 
precipitate is formed. The earths will form as carbonates, and must be separated by filtration, 
and the sodium sulphate and sodium chloride resulting from the double decomposition will 
remain in solution. The sodium sulphate may then be decomposed by the cautious addition of 
barium chloride, which will generate sodium chloride and insoluble barium sulphate. 
Medical Properties. Sodium chloride, in small doses, acts as a stomachic tonic and ant- 
helmintic, in larger ones as a purgative and emetic. From the experiments of Prof. Buchheim, 
it appears that common salt quickly passes into the blood, and is thrown off in greater part, in 
six hours, by the kidneys. The portion not found in the urine and faeces is probably appro- 
priated to the uses of the economy. M. Plouviez, as the result of experiments made upon 
himself, came to the conclusion that the use of a saline regimen has the effect of increasing the 
number of the red blood-corpuscles as well as the weight and strength of the body. This is, 
however, contradicted by the more recent experiments of Dr. Munch, and the common experi- 
ence of mankind seems to show that, whilst the habitual use of a certain amount of the salt is 
necessary for health, over-use of it has no effect in producing plethora. 
Common salt has been used with good effect by a number of practitioners as a remedy in 
intermittent fever. It is not alleged to be equal to quinine. The dose is from eight to twelve 
drachms (31-1-46-6 Gm.), given in divided doses during the apyrexia. It is best administered 
in mucilage of slippery elm, or in coffee. In haemoptysis, common salt, in the dose of a tea- 
spoonful (3-9 Gm.), taken dry, often proves successful in stopping the flow of blood. Exter- 
nally applied in solution it is stimulant, and may be used either locally or generally. Locally, 
it is sometimes employed as a fomentation in sprains and bruises; and as a general external 1250 
Sodii Citro-Tartras Effervescens.—Sodii Hy'pophosphis. 
PART I. 
application it forms the salt-water bath, a valuable remedy as a tonic and excitant in depraved 
conditions of the system, especially when occurring in children. A pound of salt dissolved 
in four gallons of water forms a solution of about the strength of sea-water, and suitable for 
a bath. Dose: as a cathartic, from two drachms to half an ounce (7-8—15 5 Gm.); as an 
emetic, from half an ounce to an ounce (15-5—31-1 Gm.), dissolved in four or five times its 
weight of water. It is frequently used as a clyster, two tablespoonfuls in a pint of water. 
The uses of common salt in domestic economy as a condiment and an antiseptic are well known. 
In pharmacy it is employed to prepare chlorine, hydrochloric acid, ammonium chloride, calomel, 
and corrosive sublimate. It is also used to form sodium sulphate, with a view to its conversion 
into sodium carbonate. 
SODII CITRO-TARTRAS EFFERVESCENS. Br. Effervescent Sodium 
Citro-Tartrate. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, in powder, 51 ounces (Imperial) or 510 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in 
powder, 27 ounces (Imp.) or 270 grammes; Citric Acid, in powder, 18 ounces (Imp.) or 180 
grammes; Refined Sugar, in powder, 15 ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes. Mix the powders 
thoroughly; place the mixture in a dish or pan of suitable form heated to between 200° and 
220° F. (93-3° and 104-4° C.). When the mixture, by aid of careful manipulation, has as- 
sumed a granular character, separate it into granules of uniform and convenient size by means 
of suitable sieves. Dry the granules at a temperature not exceeding 130° F. (54-4° C.). The 
product should weigh about 100 ounces (Imp.) or 1000 grammes.” Br. 
The object of this combination is to furnish sodium citrate and tartrate in a convenient 
and portable form. As the water has been driven off by heat, no reaction takes place until 
dissolved in water, when the two acids combine with the soda of the bicarbonate to produce 
sodium tartrate and citrate, and the carbonic acid escapes with brisk effervescence. It is in 
this form that the preparation is intended to be used. The salts combine laxative with re- 
frigerant properties, which adapt them to the febrile state, while the carbonic acid renders 
them acceptable to the stomach, and will often check nausea and vomiting. The dose is from 
one to two drachms (3-9-7'8 Gm.), which may be taken in a small wineglassful or more of 
water, and repeated occasionally as required. 
(SO'DI-I CI'TRO-TAK'TKAS EF-FER-VES'CEN§.) 
SODII HYPOPHOSPHIS. U. S., Br. Sodium Hypophosphite. 
NaII2P02. HaO; 105-84. (SO'DI-i HY-PO-PIIOS'PHIS.) NaH2P02. II20; 106. 
“ Sodium Hypophosphite should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Sodium Hypo- 
phosphite, NaPH202, is obtained by the interaction of sodium carbonate and calcium hypo- 
phosphite.” Br. 
Natrurn Hypophosphorosum, Hypophosphis Sodicus; Hypophosphite of Soda; Hypophosphite de Soude, Fr.; 
Unterphosphorigsaures Natron, G. 
Sodium hypophosphite is prepared by mixing solutions of calcium hypophosphite and crys- 
tallized sodium carbonate, in the proportion of six ounces of the former dissolved in four 
pints of water to ten of the latter in one and a half pints. Double decomposition takes place, 
with the formation of calcium carbonate and sodium hypophosphite, of which the latter is 
held in solution and the former is precipitated. After filtration to separate the calcium car- 
bonate, the solution is evaporated to a pellicle, and then stirred constantly till the salt granu- 
lates, the heat being continued. If required quite pure, the granulated salt is dissolved in 
official alcohol, and the liquid, having been evaporated to a syrupy consistence, is set aside to 
crystallize. 
Sometimes sodium hypophosphite explodes with violence during the evaporation of its 
solution. This was ascribed to the use of too high a heat; but the same accident has occurred 
when the heat was applied by means of a water-bath. (See A. J. P., 1860, p. 87.) In a com- 
munication of Mr. Tuson to the Chemical News (No. 31, p. 46), it is stated that, though he had 
superintended the manufacture of large quantities of calcium and sodium hypophosphites, 
he had never witnessed anything like an explosion ; but the heat employed in evaporation had 
never approached 100° C. (212° F.) ; and this is probably the true explanation. Caution, 
therefore, should be observed to evaporate at a low temperature. 
Properties. Sodium hypophosphite occurs in “ small, colorless, transparent, rectangular 
plates of a pearly lustre, or a white granular powder, odorless, and having a bitterish-sweet, 
saline taste. Very deliquescent on exposure to moist air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1 PART I. 
Sodii Hypophosphis. 
1251 
part of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol; in 0-12 part of boiling water, and in 1 part of boil- 
ing alcohol; slightly soluble in absolute alcohol; insoluble in ether. When heated in a test- 
tube, the salt at first loses its water of crystallization, and at about 200° C. (392° F.) it is de- 
composed, evolving hydrogen and hydrogen phosphide, which burn with a bright yellow flame. 
Finally there is left a residue of sodium pyrophosphate and metaphosphate, sometimes mingled 
with a little red phosphorus. To a non-luminous flame the salt communicates an intense, yel- 
low color. On triturating or heating Sodium Hypophosphite with nitrates, chlorates, or other 
oxidizing agents, it detonates violently. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. A 
5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate test-solution, a white precipi- 
tate, which rapidly turns brown or black, owing to the separation of metallic silver. When an 
aqueous solution of the salt (1 in 20), acidulated with hydrochloric acid, is added in small 
quantity to an excess of mercuric chloride test-solution, a white precipitate of mercurous 
chloride is formed. On further addition of the solution, the precipitate is reduced to metallic 
mercury. A solution of 0-5 G-m. of the salt in 1 C.c. of water should yield no precipitate upon 
the addition of 1 C.c. of sodium bitartrate test-solution (limit of potassium). The aqueous 
solution (1 in 20) should not be colored red by the addition of a drop of phenolphtalein test- 
solution, nor effervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of caustic alkali or carbonate) ; nor 
should it be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium). In 
the aqueous solution (1 in 20), acidulated with hydrochloric acid, an equal volume of hydro- 
gen sulphide test-solution should not produce any turbidity (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.). 
After heating 10 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) with 1 C.c. of nitric acid, separate por- 
tions of the solution should remain clear upon the addition of silver nitrate test-solution (ab- 
sence of chloride), and of barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). Not more than 
a slight cloudiness should be produced in the aqueous solution of the salt by magnesia mixture 
(limit of phosphate). Potassium ferrocyanide test-solution should not produce in the acidulated 
solution any blue color (absence of iron). If 0-1 Gm. of dry Sodium Hypophosphite be dis- 
solved in 10 C.c. of water, mixed with 7-5 C.c. of sulphuric acid and 40 C.c. of potassium 
permanganate decinormal volumetric solution, and the mixture boiled for fifteen minutes, it 
should require not more than 3 C.c. of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution to discharge 
the red color, corresponding to at least 97-96 per cent, of the pure salt.” U. S. “A white 
granular salt, having a bitter nauseous taste. It is deliquescent, soluble in its own weight of 
water and in 30 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), but insoluble in ether. When heated in air it 
yields spontaneously inflammable hydrogen phosphide and hydrogen. It colors flame strongly 
yellow. It is rapidly attacked by oxidizing agents. Its solution yields with a warm solution 
of copper sulphate a red precipitate of cuprous hydride, which, on boiling, evolves hydrogen. 
0-5 gramme boiled for ten minutes with 25 cubic centimetres of water and 1*15 grammes of 
potassium permanganate, and filtered, should afford a nearly colorless solution. It should yield 
no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, iron, aluminium, zinc, calcium, mag- 
nesium, potassium, ammonium, chlorides, or sulphates, only the slightest reactions with the 
tests for carbonates, and its solution should give little or no precipitate with solution of lead 
acetate (limit of phosphates and phosphites).” Br. 
Hypophosphorous acid consists of one atom of phosphorus, two of oxygen, and three of 
hydrogen, of which, however, only one is replaceable by metal. It has a strong affinity for 
oxygen, and acts therefore as a powerful deoxidizing agent, as is shown by its reducing silver 
and mercury from their salts. The solubility of sodium hypophosphite is increased by the 
addition of hypophosphorous acid. As the soluble salts of mercury and silver are reduced by 
the hypophosphites, they are of course incompatible with sodium hypophosphite in prescrip- 
tions. With calcium hypophosphite, all the soluble sulphates and carbonates produce precipi- 
tates. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Attention was first directed to the use of the hypo- 
phosphites in the treatment of phthisis by Dr. Churchill, of Paris. The weight of testimony 
appears to be opposed to the first favorable impressions; and, though some cases may have 
seemed to be benefited, yet great care must be taken not to allow a reliance on the hypophos- 
phites to interfere with the use of remedies known to be efficient, as cod-liver oil and sup- 
porting measures generally. Dr. J. D. Brown, of the Albany City Hospital, has found the 
hypophosphites highly useful in diseases attended with loss of nerve-power, and in many of the 
complaints of infancy connected with the scrofulous diathesis and defect in the osseous system. 
(Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., lxxiii. 412, Dec. 21, 1865.) The dose of either of the alka- 
line hypophosphites may be from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-31 Gm.), three times a day. 1252 
Sodii Hyposulphis. 
PART L 
SODII HYPOSULPHIS. U. S. (Br.) Sodium Hyposulphite. 
Na2 S2 Os. 5H2 O ; 247*64. (SO'DI-I HY-PO-sfiL'PHIS.) Nas S2 Os. 5H2 O; 248. 
“ Sodium Hyposulphite should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Sodium Thiosulphate; Natrum Subsulfurosum (Hyposulfurosum), P. G.; Hyposulphis Sodicus; Hyposulphite de 
Soude, Sulfite sulfure de Soude, Fr.; Unterschwefligsaures Natron, G. 
This salt is used in the United States and British Pharmacopoeias as a test, and for the for- 
mation of the Volumetric Solution of Sodium Hyposulphite. It is readily prepared, according 
to Walchner, by mixing a pound of dry sodium carbonate, in fine powder, with five ounces of 
sulphur, heating the mixture gradually in a porcelain vessel until the sulphur melts, and 
stirring the agglutinated mass, still kept hot, in order that every portion of it may come in 
contact with the air. The sodium sulphide first formed is thus converted into sodium sulphite. 
This is dissolved in water, and the filtered solution being boiled with sulphur becomes one of 
sodium hyposulphite, from which, after filtration and concentration, the salt is deposited in 
crystals. It may be obtained also by digesting the solution of sodium sulphite at a high tem- 
perature, hut short of ebullition, with finely divided sulphur. Hyposulphurous acid exists only 
in combination ; and its salts were formerly considered simply as sulphuretted sulphites. The 
true hyposulphurous acid, according to theory, would be H2S02, while H S203 is more properly 
thiosulphuric acid, as it differs from sulphuric acid by the replacement of one oxygen atom by 
one sulphur atom. Inasmuch as Schiitzenberger has recently discovered the true hyposul- 
phurous acid, H2S02, exact chemical usage would demand that we give the distinguishing name 
thiosulphuric to what was formerly called hyposulphurous. Schiitzenberger himself called the 
newly-discovered acid hydrosulphurous, but this is not characteristic, and the correct name for 
the official sodium hyposulphite is sodium thiosulphate. 
Properties. It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless, and having a cooling, afterwards bitter taste. Permanent in the air below 33° C. 
(91-4° F.), hut efflorescent in dry air above that temperature. Soluble in 0-65 part of water 
at 15° C. (59° F.), and in about 0'5 part at 20° C. (68° F.) ; at a boiling heat the solution is 
rapidly decomposed. Insoluble in alcohol; slightly soluble in oil of turpentine. When rapidly 
heated to about 50° C. (122° F.), the salt melts. When slowly heated until it is effloresced, 
and afterwards to 100° C. (212° F.), it loses all its water of crystallization (36-3 per cent.), 
and at a red heat is decomposed, sulphur being evolved, while a residue of sodium sulphide 
and sulphate remains. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. The 
aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. An aqueous solution of the salt readily dis- 
solves many salts of silver (chloride, bromide, iodide, oxide, etc.), and discharges the color 
of a solution of iodine or of starch iodide. If ferric chloride test-solution be dropped into 
the aqueous solution (1 in 20), a dark violet color will be produced, which disappears rapidly 
on agitation. Addition of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution liberates 
from it sulphur dioxide (known by its odor, and by its blackening a strip of paper moist- 
ened with mercurous nitrate test-solution and held in the escaping gas), and causes a white 
precipitate of sulphur (distinction from sulphite or bisulphite'). If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous 
solution (1 in 20) an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution be added, no coloration 
or turbidity should be perceptible either before or after the addition of 1 C.c. of ammonia 
water (absence of lead, iron, etc.). The aqueous solution should not he rendered turbid by 
the addition of ammonium oxalate test-solution (absence of calcium). The aqueous solution 
of the salt (1 in 20) should not be colored red by a drop of phenolphtalein test-solution 
(absence of caustic alkali, or carbonate) ; nor should a drop of silver nitrate test-solution pro- 
duce a brown or a black precipitate in 5 C.c. of this solution (absence of sulphide). In a 
dilute aqueous solution (1 in 80), barium chloride test-solution should produce no turbidity 
(absence of sulphate). If 0-25 Cm. of Sodium Hyposulphite be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water 
and a few drops of starch test-solution added, it should require at least 9-9 C.c. of iodine deci- 
normal volumetric solution to produce a permanent blue color (corresponding to at least 98-1 
per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. Its solution dissolves silver chloride and all water-insoluble 
compounds of that metal, except the sulphide, and that resulting from the decomposition of a 
silver salt by light. Though without action on potassium iodide, it dissolves iodine, decomposes 
iodic acid with liberation of iodine, and destroys the blue color of starch iodide. (Brande and 
Taylor.) In dissolving iodine it forms with it sodium iodide and sodium tetrathionate, as rep- 
resented by the formula 2(NaaSaOs) + I2 = (Nal)„ -f- Na2S4Oe. It dissolves also lead sul- 
phate and iodide, and calcium sulphate, much more freely than does water. (Journ. de Pharm., PART I. 
Sodii Hyposulphis.—Sodii Iodidum. 
1253 
1864, 363.) Its relations to iodine render it valuable as a means of estimating the quantity 
of free iodine, for which purpose it is used in the Pharmacopoeias in the form of a volumetric 
solution. In consequence of its peculiar solvent properties, it is much used in photography. 
The photographers employ it for the purpose of dissolving the unchanged silver iodide or 
bromide from the plate after the action of the light, and thus fixing the image already formed. 
It is also largely used as an “ antichlor” in the paper manufacture, to free the paper pulp from 
the excess of chlorine used in the bleaching. One of the most delicate tests is that of iodine 
with starch. The blue color produced by the mixture of very small quantities of these two 
substances in solution is instantly discharged by a solution containing a trace of the hyposul- 
phite. If zinc or iron is dipped into an acidified solution of the hyposulphite, the liberated 
hydrogen at once reduces the sulphurous oxide which is in the solution to hydrogen sulphide, 
recognizable by lead acetate paper. This test will serve to show even traces of hyposulphite. 
Fliickiger states that the annual production of sodium thiosulphate (hyposulphite) amounts to 
about 500,000 kilos. 
Medical Properties. Sodium hyposulphite is a very powerful poison to fungi and other 
low organic forms. Consequently, when added to fermenting mixtures it arrests the process 
of change. This led Dr. G-. Polli to suggest its use in certain diseases supposed to be depend- 
ent on a fermentation or zymosis in the blood. The theory has seemed plausible to many prac- 
titioners, and the remedy has been extensively administered in pysemia and in the so-called 
zymotic disorders and allied affections. Although individual experiences corroborating the 
early successes of Polli have heen reported, the general professional verdict is unmistakably 
adverse. The hyposulphite seems not to be without influence upon the human system. When 
taken internally it appears to have deoxidizing powers, probably through the passage of the 
hyposulphurous into sulphuric acid. It has been found, in its action on the urine, to diminish 
urea and increase uric acid, to increase the sulphates, and to cause the presence of sugar and 
oxalic acid in the urine. (Kletzinsky, Ann. de Therap., 1860, p. 109.) With a view to its 
poisonous influence on the sarcina ventriculi which attends yeasty vomiting, it has been em- 
ployed in that complaint; and, as a local application, it may be used in all the parasitic affec- 
tions of the shin and mouth. It may be given in the dose of from ten to twenty grains (O'65- 
1-3 6m.), three times a day simply dissolved in water, or in the form of syrup. For external 
use a drachm may be dissolved in a fluidounce of water. As the effects of this salt proceed 
from its acid constituent, other hyposulphites may be substituted ; and calcium hyposulphite has 
been recommended. For the mode of preparing the latter salt, see A. J. P., 1863. 
Nal; 149*53. (SO'DI-I I-5d'I-DUM.) Nal; 149-6. 
SODII IODIDUM. U. S., Br. Sodium Iodide. 
“ Sodium Iodide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Sodium Iodide, Nal, 
may be prepared from iodine and sodium hydroxide by a process similar to that employed in 
making Potassium Bromide; the salt being crystallized at a temperature of not less than 68° 
F. (20° C.)Br. 
Natrum Iodatum; Iodure de Sodium, Fr.; Jodnatrium, G. 
This iodide may be prepared either by treating a solution of caustic soda with iodine, or by 
double decomposition between ferrous iodide and sodium carbonate, precisely as potassium 
iodide is obtained by the corresponding processes for that salt. As only small quantities are 
likely to be wanted as a medicine, the latter process is preferable, being more easily conducted 
on a small scale. 
Properties. It is a very soluble white salt, crystallizing in anhydrous cubes from a hot 
solution, and in oblique rhombic prisms, with two mols. of water, by spontaneous evaporation. 
It is officially described as in “ colorless, cubical crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, odor- 
less, and having a saline and slightly bitter taste. In moist air it deliquesces and becomes par- 
tially decomposed into sodium carbonate and free iodine, assuming, thereby, a reddish color. 
Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0'6 part of water, and in about 3 parts of alcohol; in 0-33 part 
of boiling water, and in 14 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated, the salt melts, and at a 
bright red heat it is slowly volatilized and partly decomposed. To a non-luminous flame it 
imparts an intense, yellow color. The aqueous solution is neutral or but feebly alkaline to 
litmus paper. If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) 1 C.c. of chlorine water be added, 
iodine will be liberated and impart to the solution a yellow color. On agitating this mixture 
with a few drops of chloroform, the latter will acquire a violet color. If the salt be in distinct 1254 
Sodii Iodidum.—Sodii Nitras. 
PART I. 
crystals, only few monoclinic prisms (containing 2 molecules of water) should be found among 
the regular cubes of the anhydrous salt. On drying 1 Gm. of the salt at 100° C. (212° F.), 
it should not lose more than 0-05 Gm. in weight (absence of more than 5 per cent, of water). 
A solution of 1 Gm. of the salt in 1 C.c. of water should yield no precipitate with 1 C.c. of 
sodium bitartrate test-solution (limit of potassium). The aqueous solution (1 in 20), slightly 
acidulated with acetic acid, should remain clear after the addition of ammonium oxalate test- 
solution (absence of calcium), or of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution 
(absence of arsenic, etc.). The addition of ammonium sulphide test-solution should not pro- 
duce either a coloration or a turbidity in the aqueous solution (absence of zinc, iron, aluminum, 
etc.). If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in water, and 0-05 C.c. (1 drop) of oxalic acid deci- 
normal volumetric solution added, no red color should be produced by the addition of a drop 
of plienolphtalein test-solution (limit of alkali). The aqueous solution, slightly acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, should not be colored blue upon the addition of potassium ferrocyanide 
test-solution (absence of iron). If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of freshly boiled 
distilled water, and the solution mixed with a few drops of starch test-solution, no blue color 
should appear either at once (absence of free iodine), or after the addition of a drop of diluted 
hydrochloric acid (absence of iodate). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be acidu- 
lated with hydrochloric acid, and 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution added, no imme- 
diate turbidity should appear (limit of sulphate). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution be gently 
heated with 1 drop of ferrous sulphate test-solution and 0-5 C.c. of potassium hydrate test- 
solution, no blue color should appear after acidulating the mixture with hydrochloric acid 
(absence of cyanide). If 1 Gm. of the salt be mixed with 0-5 Gm. of iron filings and 0-5 
Gm. of powdered zinc, and heated in a test-tube with 5 C.c. of sodium hydrate test-solution, 
no ammoniacal vapors should be evolved (absence of nitrate or nitrite). If 05 Gm. of the 
well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate test-solution 
added, it should not require more than 34-5 C.c. nor less than 33-4 C.c. of silver nitrate 
decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color (corresponding to at least 98 
per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. “A dry white crystalline deliquescent powder, having a 
saline and somewhat bitter taste, readily soluble in less than its weight of water and in 3 
parts of alcohol (90 per cent.). It affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and of 
iodides. Each gramme should not lose more than 0-05 gramme of water when dried at 
248° F. (120° C.) ; and each gramme of this dried salt, when dissolved in water, should re- 
quire for complete precipitation not less than 66-5 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solu- 
tion of silver nitrate. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, 
arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, ammonium, bromates, cyanides, 
carbonates, or iodates, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for bromides, chlorides, 
or sulphates.” Br. 
Medical Properties. Sodium iodide has the same therapeutic effects and is used in 
the same diseases as potassium iodide. It is said to be better borne than the latter iodide. 
In Italy it has been used with remarkable success in constitutional syphilis. The dose is 
twenty grains (1-3 Gm.), gradually increased to forty (2-6 Gm.), three times a day, dissolved 
in three fluidounces (90 C.c.) of water. (See Prof. Procter’s paper on the preparation of this 
iodide, in 4. J. P., July, 1854, p. 305.) At the suggestion of Prof. Gross, it was employed 
by Dr. John J. Black, at the Philadelphia Hospital, as a substitute for potassium iodide in 
the treatment of syphilitic affections, and seemed to be not less efficacious than that medi- 
cine, while producing none of its unpleasant effects. {Am. Journ. of the Med. Sci., July, 
1865, p. 87.) 
SODII NITRAS. U. S. Sodium Nitrate 
NaNOa; 84*89. (SO'DI-I NI'TRAS.) NaN03;-85. 
“ Sodium Nitrate should be kept in well stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Nitrate of Soda, Cubic Nitre; Natrum Nitricum, P. G.; Nitras (Azotas) Sodicus, Nitrum Cubicum: Azotate (Ni- 
trate) de Soude, Nitre cubique, Nitrate de Chili, Fr.; Chili-Salpeter, G. 
This salt, called also cubic nitre, was recognized as official in 1870. Sodium nitrate is im- 
ported from South America, where it is found naturally, especially in the desert of Atacama, 
forming beds of vast extent. The nitrate deposits have been found uniformly through a zone 
250 geographical miles in length north to south, and two geographical miles in width east to 
west. It is estimated that the nitrate beds contain the enormous quantity of 99,031,525 
tons, and it is stated that with the present export duty the deposits will yield a revenue of PART I. 
Sodii Nitras.—Sodii Nitris. 
1255 
£230,809,474. (Journ. Soc. Chem. Jnd., 1887, 229.) Attempts were made between 1820 and 
1830 to export it to England and the United States; but the cargoes were unsalable. Soon 
afterwards, however, its value became known. The salt has been found also largely in Brazil, 
in the province of Bahia, near the river San Francisco. (A. J. P., Nov. 1861, 502.) For 
an account of the sodium nitrate deposits of Chili, see Potassii Nitras. The shipments of 
sodium nitrate from South American ports to all parts amounted in 1895 to 1,218,000 tons 
and in 1896 to 1,088,000 tons. The importations into the United States were, 1895, 118,477 
tons; 1896, 115,504 tons; and 1897, 94,965 tons. The crude salt is in saline lumps, rather 
soft and friable, and damp on the surface. Its varieties are classified, according to their color 
and state of aggregation, as white compact, yellow, gray compact, gray crystalline, white crystal- 
line. The “ caliche,” as the crude mineral is called, contains from 48 to 75 per cent, of sodium 
nitrate, from 20 to 40 per cent, of sodium chloride, and smaller amounts of sodium sulphate, 
calcium sulphate, potassium nitrate, and potassium and sodium iodate (from 0-059 to 0-175 
per cent, of iodine). Occasionally calcium borate, associated with sodium borate, is found 
under the beds of the nitrate. 
Arrangements have been made for treating the crude nitrate so as to deliver it to commerce 
in a state of great purity. .Exposure of the mineral to an open fire, which seems to have been 
firstremployed, has been entirely superseded by mechanical methods aided by steam, to prepare 
it for the subsequent steps of solution, crystallization, and desiccation. The Chilian nitre, pre- 
pared by the “ Nitre Association of Tarapaca,” never contains more than 0-5 or 0-667 per cent, 
of impurities. It is white, pearly, dry, and light, and does not require to be refined for the 
practical uses to which it is applied. (Thiercelin, Journ. de Pharm., Juin, 1868, p. 439.) 
Properties. Sodium nitrate, when pure, is in “ colorless, transparent, rhombohedral crys- 
tals, odorless, and having a cooling, saline, and slightly bitter taste. Deliquescent in moist 
air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1-3 parts of water, and in about 100 parts of alcohol; in 
0-6 part of boiling water, and in 40 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated at 312° C. (593 6° 
F.), the salt melts without decomposition. At a higher temperature it evolves oxygen, and is 
reduced to nitrite. On red-hot charcoal it deflagrates. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an 
intense, yellow color. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. If the aqueous solu- 
tion be mixed in a test-tube with a drop of diphenylamine test-solution, and sulphuric acid be 
carefully poured in, so as to form a separate layer, a deep blue color will appear at the line of 
contact. A solution of 0-5 Gm. of the salt in 1 C.c. of water shoxild not be precipitated or 
rendered turbid by 1 C.c. of sodium bitartrate test-solution (limit of potassium). The aque- 
ous solution (1 in 20) should not be colored or rendered turbid by the addition of hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution or ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic and metallic im- 
purities') ; nor by the addition of equal parts of ammonia water and sodium phosphate test- 
solution (absence of calcium, magnesium, etc.). If the aqueous solution be mixed with a few 
drops, each, of hydrogen sulphide test-solution and starch test-solution, and then some chlorine 
water poured carefully upon the mixture, no blue color should appear at the line of contact 
(absence of iodate and iodide). No turbidity should be produced within five minutes in the 
aqueous solution, acidulated with nitric acid, on the addition of either barium chloride test- 
solution (limit of sulphate), or silver nitrate test-solution (limit of chloride)." U. S. Like 
potassium nitrate, it deflagrates when thrown on the fire, but it is distinguished by giving rise 
to an orange-yellow flame, and by the rhomboidal shape of its crystals, those of nitre being 
long six-sided prisms. It evolves ruddy fumes when warmed in a test-tube with sulphuric 
acid and copper wire. 
Medical Uses. This salt has been praised as a remedy in dysentery (see 15th ed. U. S. 
D.), in the dose of from half an ounce to an ounce (15-5-31-1 Gm.) in the course of the day 
in dilute solution, but is at present very rarely, if ever, used in practical medicine. 
NaN02; 68*93. (SO'Dl-i Nl'TRls.) 
SODII NITRIS. U. S., Br. Sodium Nitrite. 
“ Sodium Nitrite should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “A salt, NaN02, obtained 
by fusing sodium nitrate with metallic lead.” Br. 
Nitrite of Sodium, Nitrite of Soda. 
This salt is official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 for the first time: it has been intro- 
duced for the purpose of furnishing the nitrous radical to ethyl nitrite in the preparation of 
spirit of nitrous ether. (See Spirit us JEtheris JYitrosi.) It is officially described as in “ white, 1256 
Sodii Nitris.—Sodii Phosphas. 
PART I. 
opaque, fused masses, usually in the form of pencils, or colorless, transparent, hexagonal crys- 
tals ; odorless, and having a mild, saline taste. When exposed to the air, the salt deliquesces 
and is gradually oxidized to sodium nitrate. Soluble in about 1‘5 parts of water at 15° C. 
(59° F.), and very soluble in boiling water; slightly soluble in alcohol. When heated, the 
salt melts, and at a red heat it is decomposed, yielding oxygen, nitrogen, nitrogen dioxide, and 
sodium oxide. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. The aqueous 
solution gives an alkaline reaction with litmus paper. If the aqueous solution of the salt be 
mixed with some potassium iodide test-solution, and a few drops of an acid added, iodine 
will be liberated, and nitrogen dioxide gas will escape with effervescence. The salt should 
readily dissolve in 20 parts of water, forming a colorless solution, and leaving no insoluble 
residue (absence of insoluble impurities'). If 1 drop of hydrochloric acid and a few drops of 
starch test-solution be added to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution, no blue coloration should ap- 
pear (absence of iodide). If 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution be mixed with an equal volume 
of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, no coloration or precipitate should be produced (absence 
of lead, arsenic, copper, etc.). If 0T5 Grin, of Sodium Nitrite be dissolved in 5 C.c. of water, 
and introduced into a nitrometer, then followed by a solution of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide in 
6 C.c. of water and 15 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid, the liberated nitrogen dioxide gas should 
measure not less than 50 C.c. at 15° C. (59° F.), or 51-7 C.c. at 25° C. (77° F.), correspond- 
ing to not less than 97-6 per cent, of the pure salt.” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia de- 
fines it as “ A white deliquescent crystalline powder, very soluble in water. The solution is 
neutral or slightly alkaline, and affords reactions characteristic of sodium salts and of nitrites. 
0-1 gramme dissolved in water, introduced into a brine-charged nitrometer, and tested with 
potassium iodide and diluted sulphuric add, should liberate at the ordinary temperature (60° 
F. or lS'S0 C.) and pressure (30 inches or 760 millimetres of mercury) not less than 32-5 
cubic centimetres of nitric oxide, corresponding to not less than 95 per cent, of sodium nitrite, 
the gas being almost completely absorbed by strong solution of ferrous sulphate. The aqueous 
solution of the salt should not give more than the slightest traces of a precipitate on the 
addition of diluted sulphuric acid (absence of lead).” 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sodium nitrite acts upon the animal organism pre- 
cisely as do the other nitrites, being more slowly absorbed, however, and much less rapidly 
eliminated. Its influence is, therefore, more slowly manifested and much more permanent than 
is that of amyl nitrite or nitroglycerin. Ten grains are sufficient to cause flushing of the 
face and markedly increased heart-action ; indeed, five grains are said to have produced serious 
symptoms. (London Lancet, ii. 1883.) It is evident that, although twenty grains of the com- 
mercial sodium nitrite have been given without serious effect, the dose of the pure article 
should not exceed three grains (0-19 Gm.). 
SODII PHOSPHAS. U.S.,Br. Sodium Phosphate. [Sodium Orthophosphate.] 
Na2HP04.12H20; 357*32. (SO'DI-i PHOS'PHXs.) Na2 HPO*. 12H3 0; 358. 
“ Sodium Phosphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. “ This 
salt, di-sodium hydrogen phosphate, Na„HP04,12H20, may be obtained by the interaction 
of sodium carbonate and the solution of acid calcium phosphate produced on mixing bone- 
ash and sulphuric acid.” Br. 
Medicinal Tribasic Sodium Phosphate, Phosphate of Soda; Natrum Phosphoricum, P. G.; Phosphas Sodicus 
(Natricus), Sal Mirabile Perlatuin; Phosphate de Soude, Fr.; Phosphorsaures Natron, G. 
A process for this salt is no longer official; for that of the U. S. P. 1870, see foot-note* 
The incombustible part of bones is obtained by burning them to whiteness, and consists of 
neutral calcium phosphate, called bone-phosphate, associated with some calcium carbonate, etc. 
(See Os Pstum.) When this is mixed with sulphuric acid, the calcium carbonate is entirely de- 
* Sodii Phosphas. “ Take of Bone, calcined to whiteness and in fine powder, one hundred and twenty troy ounces ; 
Sulphuric Acid seventy-two troyounces ; Carbonate of Sodium, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the powder 
with the Sulphuric Acid in an earthen vessel; then add eight pints of Water, and, having stirred the mixture thor- 
oughly, digest for three days, occasionally adding a little Water to replace that which is lost by evaporation, and 
frequently stirring the mixture. At the expiration of that time, pour in eight pints of boiling Water, and strain 
through muslin, gradually adding more boiling Water until the liquid passes nearly tasteless. Set by the strained 
liquor that the dregs may subside, and, having poured off the clear solution, boil it down to eight pints. To the con- 
centrated liquid, poured off from the newly-formed dregs and heated in an iron vessel, add by degrees Carbonate of 
Sodium, previously dissolved in hot Water, until effervescence ceases, and the phosphoric acid is completely satu- 
rated ; then filter the liquid, and set it aside to crystallize. Having removed the crystals, add, if necessary, a small 
quantity of Carbonate of Sodium to the liquid, so as to render it slightly alkaline; then alternately evaporate and 
crystallize, so long as crystals are produced. Lastly, keep the crystals in a well-stopped bottle.” V. S. PART I. 
Sodii Phosphas. 
1257 
composed, giving rise to effervescence. The calcium phosphate undergoes partial decomposition; 
the greater part of the lime, being detached, precipitates as calcium sulphate, while the phos- 
phoric acid, set free, combines with the undecomposed portion of the phosphate, and remains 
in solution as an acid calcium phosphate, holding dissolved a small portion of the calcium sul- 
phate. In order to separate the acid phosphate from the precipitated mass of calcium sulphate, 
boiling water is added to the mixture, the whole is strained, and the sulphate washed as long 
as acid phosphate is removed, which is known by the water passing through in an acid state. 
The different liquids which have passed the strainer, consisting of the solution of acid calcium 
phosphate, are mixed and allowed to stand; and by cooling a portion of calcium sulphate is 
deposited, which is got rid of by decantation. The bulk of the liquid is now reduced by evapo- 
ration, and, in consequence of the diminution of the water, a fresh portion of calcium sulphate 
is deposited, which is separated by subsidence and decantation as before. The acid calcium 
phosphate solution, being heated, is now saturated by means of a hot solution of sodium car- 
bonate. The carbonic acid is liberated with effervescence, and the alkali, combining with the 
excess of acid of the acid phosphate, produces a sodium phosphate; while the acid calcium 
phosphate, by the loss of its excess of acid, becomes the neutral phosphate and •precipitates. 
The calcium phosphate is separated by a new filtration ; and the filtered liquor, which is a solu- 
tion of sodium phosphate, is evaporated so as to crystallize. 
In the U. S. process of 1870 the calcined bone is to the acid as 10 to 6; in the Br. process 
of 1867 as 10 to 6£ nearly. The proportion recommended by Berzelius is as 10 to 6-66. The 
acid, in the former official process, was added to the calcined bone in the concentrated state, and 
afterwards diluted with more or less water. In the process given by Berzelius it is first diluted 
with twelve times its weight of water. All the writers state that sodium phosphate crystal- 
lizes more readily by allowing its solution to be slightly alkaline; and a remarkable fact is, 
that a neutral solution, when it crystallizes, leaves a supernatant liquid which is slightly acid 
and uncrystallizable. Hence it is necessary, after getting each successive crop of crystals, 
to render the mother-water neutral or slightly alkaline, before it will furnish an additional 
quantity. 
M. Funcke, a German chemist, has given the following cheap and expeditious method for ob- 
taining sodium phosphate. To the powdered calcined bone, diffused in water, sufficient diluted 
sulphuric acid is added to decompose all the calcium carbonate which it contains. When the 
effervescence ceases, the matter is treated with nitric acid, which dissolves the calcium phosphate 
and leaves the sulphate. The nitric solution of the phosphate is then treated with sodium sul- 
phate, equal in quantity to the bone employed; and after the reaction is completed, the nitric 
acid is recovered by distillation. In consequence of a double decomposition, calcium sulphate 
and sodium phosphate are formed, the latter of which is separated by water, and crystallized 
in the usual manner. 
Properties. The medicinal sodium phosphate is in “ large, colorless, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless, and having a cooling, saline taste. The crystals effloresce in the air, and gradually 
lose 5 molecules of their water of crystallization (25-1 per cent.) Soluble in 5-8 parts of water 
at 15° C. (59° F.), and in somewhat less than 1*5 parts of boiling water ; insoluble in alcohol. 
When heated to about 40° C. (104° F.), the salt fuses, yielding a colorless liquid. At 100° C. 
(212° F.), it loses all its water of crystallization (60-3 per cent.), and at a red heat it is con- 
verted into sodium pyrophosphate. It imparts to a non-luminous flame an intense, yellow color. 
The aqueous solution is slightly alkaline to litmus paper, but not to phenolphtalein paper. A 
5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt yields a white precipitate with magnesia mixture. With 
silver nitrate test-solution it yields a yellow precipitate, soluble in ammonia water and in nitric 
acid. If 0-5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be mixed with 1 C.c. of ammonium molyb- 
date test-solution, the mixture will at once assume a yellow color, and, after a few minutes, yield 
a yellow precipitate, the appearance of which is hastened by a gentle heat. No residue should 
be left on dissolving the salt in water (absence of calcium, etc.). No turbidity or coloration 
should be produced in the aqueous solution by the addition of a small quantity of ammonium 
sulphide test-solution; or of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution after the addi- 
tion of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (absence of metallic impurities). If 1 Gm. of the 
powdered salt be shaken with 3 C.c. of stannous chloride test-solution (see List of Reagents, 
Bettendorffs Test for Arsenic), then a small piece of pure tin-foil added, and a gentle heat 
applied, no brown coloration should appear within fifteen minutes (limit of arsenic). If 0-5 
Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 4 C.c. of water, and 1 C.c. of sodium bitartrate test-solution 
then added, the solution should remain perfectly clear (limit of potassium). No effervescence 1258 
Sodii Phosphas.—Sodii Phosphas Effervescens. 
PART I. 
should occur on the addition of hydrochloric or nitric acid to a solution of the salt (absence of 
carbonate). On adding to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) 0'5 C.c. of silver nitrate test- 
solution, a pure yellow precipitate will be formed, which should not become dark-colored by heat- 
ing (absence of hypopliosphite, etc.), and which, upon the addition of nitric acid, should yield a 
perfectly clear, or, at most, only a very slightly opalescent liquid (limit of chloride'). If to 5 
C.c. of the aqueous solution, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 0-5 C.c. of barium chloride test- 
solution be added, the solution should not be rendered more than very slightly opalescent (limit 
of sutyhate).” U. iS. “ In transparent colorless rhombic prisms, terminated by four converging 
planes, efflorescent, having an alkaline reaction and a saline taste. It is soluble in 6 parts 
of cold water. It affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and of phosphates. Heated 
to dull redness, it loses 62'84 per cent, of its weight.” Br. Before the blowpipe it first under- 
goes the aqueous fusion, and afterwards, at a red heat, melts into a globule of limpid glass, 
which becomes opaque on cooling. It is liable to adulteration, sometimes containing sodium 
carbonate, from this salt having been added in excess in its preparation ; in which case it will 
effervesce with acids. If it contain sodium sulphate, or any other soluble sulphate, the 
precipitate caused by barium chloride will be a mixture of barium sulphate and phosphate, 
and will not be totally soluble in nitric acid. Dr. A. B. Lyons found a specimen which 
consisted almost entirely of sodium sulphate. (A. J. P., 1875, 371 ; see also JV. R.. April, 
1877.) Barium chloride will detect sodium carbonate also, by producing a precipitate of 
barium carbonate, soluble with effervescence in nitric acid. If a chloride be present, the 
yellow precipitate caused by silver nitrate will be a mixed one of silver chloride and phos- 
phate, not entirely soluble in the same acid. The salt is incompatible with soluble salts of lime, 
with which it gives a precipitate of calcium phosphate, and with neutral metallic solutions. 
It is found in several of the animal secretions, particularly the urine. For an elaborate 
article upon the methods of determining the percentage of phosphates present in a substance, 
see Chem. Neivs, Oct. 1874, 200. 
The medicinal sodium phosphate is one of the three sodium salts of tribasic phosphoric acid, 
H8P04. In this salt two of the three replaceable hydrogen atoms have been replaced by 
sodium, so that its formula is HNa2P04, which then crystallizes out with 12 mols. of water. 
Its complete formula is then HNa2P04 -£■ 12H20. When gently heated, it loses its water of 
crystallization ; and at a red heat the salt is converted into sodium pyrophosphate, Na4P207. 
(See Sodii Pyrophosphas.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sodium phosphate was introduced into practice, about 
the year 1800, by the late Dr. Pearson, of London. In doses of from one to two ounces (31-1-62-2 
Gm.) it is a mild purgative, and, from its pure saline taste, is well adapted to the cases of chil- 
dren, and of persons of delicate stomach. In smaller doses it has been considerably used, 
generally in connection with other phosphates, to meet any real or supposed deficiency of phos- 
phates in the system, and for this purpose it is well adapted by its ready solubility. As was 
first observed by Dr. Wm. Stephenson, of Edinburgh, it has, especially in children, an extraor- 
dinary influence upon the hepatic secretion. In infantile cases, with white or green stools, with 
diarrhoea, and sometimes with jaundice, these evidences of deficient or disordered bile often 
quickly yield to small doses of sodium phosphate, the passages assuming their healthy yellow 
color, and the attendant disease generally disappearing. The dose is from three or four to ten 
grains (0’20 or 0'26—(465 Gm.) for children, according to the age, and is best administered 
with their food, especially milk, and may be repeated whenever there is occasion to give food. 
To adults from twenty to forty grains (1-3-2-6 Gm.) may be given, dissolved in water, after 
meals. These statements of Dr. Stephenson are confirmed by the experience of Dr. H. C. Wood, 
at least in regard to children. 
SODII PHOSPHAS EFFERVESCENS. Br. Effervescent Sodium 
Phosphate. 
(SO'DI-! PHOS'PHAS EF-FER-VES'CEN§.) 
Sodse Phosphas Effervescens; Effervescent Phosphate of Soda. 
“ Sodium Phosphate, in crystals, 50 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes ; Sodium Bicarbonate, 
in powder, 50 ounces (Imp.) or 500 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in powder, 27 ounces (Imp.) or 
270 grammes ; Citric Acid, in powder, 18 ounces (Imp.) or 180 grammes. Dry the Sodium 
Phosphate until it has lost 60 per cent, of its weight; powder the product and mix it with 
the other ingredients. Place the whole in a dish or pan of suitable form heated to between PART I. 
Sodii Pyrophosphas.—Sodii Salicylas. 
1259 
200° and 220° F. (93-3° and 104-4° C.). When the mixture, by aid of careful manipulation, 
has assumed a granular character, separate it into granules of uniform and convenient size by 
means of suitable sieves. Dry the granules at a temperature not exceeding 130° F. (54-4° C.). 
The product should weigh about 100 ounces (Imp.) or 1000 grammes.” Br. 
This salt was first introduced in the “ Additions” to the British Pharm. 1885 ; it affords a 
pleasant method of administering sodium phosphate. Dose, from one-quarter to one-half ounce 
(7-7-15-5 Gm.). 
SODII PYROPHOSPHAS. U. S. Sodium Pyrophosphate. 
This official salt is prepared by heating sodium phosphate in a suitable vessel to redness. 
When sodium phosphate is subjected to a temperature of 44° C. (111-2° F.), it melts in its 
water of crystallization; if the heat be increased to 100° C. (212° F.), all the water will 
be dispelled, and but 40 per cent, of the original weight remain ; at 300° C. (572° F.) it is 
converted into the tetrabasic phosphate or pyrophosphate. By dissolving this residue in water, 
filtering, and crystallizing, the salt may be obtained* 
Properties. It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or a 
crystalline powder, odorless, and having a cooling, saline, and feebly alkaline taste. Permanent 
in cool air, slightly efflorescent in warm air. Soluble in 12 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), 
and in 1-1 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 100° C. (212° F.), 
the salt loses its water of crystallization (40-34 per cent.) without previous fusion. At a higher 
temperature it fuses, forming a transparent liquid, which, on cooling, solidifies to a crystalline 
mass. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. Its aqueous solution is 
feebly alkaline to litmus and to phenolphtalein paper. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the 
salt yields with magnesia mixture a white precipitate; with silver nitrate test-solution it yields 
a precipitate of a pure white color (distinction from orthophosphate), soluble in ammonia water 
and in nitric acid. With ammonium molybdate test-solution no precipitate is formed within 
15 or 20 minutes, even when a gentle heat is applied (distinction from orthophosphate'). No 
turbidity or coloration should be produced in the aqueous solution (1 in 20) by the addition 
of a small quantity of ammonium sulphide test-solution; or of an equal volume of hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution after the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (absence of metallic 
impurities'). If 1 Glm. of the powdered salt be shaken with 3 C.c. of stannous chloride test- 
solution (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff’s Test for Arsenic), then a small piece of pure tin- 
foil added, and a gentle heat applied, no brown coloration should appear within fifteen minutes 
(limit of arsenic). If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 6 C.c. of water, and 1 C.c. of sodium 
bitartrate test-solution then added, the solution should remain perfectly clear (limit of potas- 
sium). No effervescence should occur on the addition of hydrochloric or nitric acid to a solu- 
tion of the salt (absence of carbonate). In the aqueous solution of the salt, rendered acid by 
nitric acid, not more than a very slight opalescence should be produced by silver nitrate test- 
solution (limit of chloride), or by barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate)." U. S. 
Medical Properties. The action of this salt upon the human economy is probably that 
of the phosphate. It was introduced into the Pharmacopoeia on account of its use in the 
process for ferric pyrophosphate. 
Na4 P2 O7.10H2 O ; 445*24. (SO'DI-! PY-RO-PHOS'PHAS.) Na* P2 O7. lOIIj 0; 446. 
SODII SALICYLAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Salicylate 
NaC7H503; 159*67. (so'Dl-i SiL-I-CV'LXs.) 
“ Sodium Salicylate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from heat and light.” 
U. S. “ Sodium Salicylate, (C6H4.0H.C00Na)2,H20, may be obtained by the interaction of 
salicylic acid and sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide.” Br. 
This salt was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the revision of 1880. It is pre- 
pared by mixing 100 parts of pure salicylic acid with sufficient water to form a paste, and 
then with 104 parts of pure crystallized sodium carbonate (uneffloresced) in a glass or porce- 
lain vessel; carbonic acid gas will be evolved, and sodium salicylate will remain in solu- 
tion. The liquid may be strained through thoroughly washed muslin, if necessary, and heated 
in a capsule until the carbonic acid gas is expelled. If alkaline to litmus paper, enough 
* This salt has been highly recommended for removing ink-stains from colored cotton fabrics. It is said to remove 
the stains slowly without affecting the other colors. 1260 
Sodii Salicylas. 
PART I. 
salicylic acid must be added to be slightly in excess, and the solution is then evaporated at 
a low heat to dryness. If the acid be not in excess, the salt will not be white, but gray or 
lead-colored.* 
Properties. Pure sodium salicylate is “ a white, amorphous powder, odorless, and having 
a sweetish, saline taste. Permanent in cool air. Soluble in 0-9 part of water, and in 6 parts 
of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.) ; very soluble in boiling water or alcohol; also soluble in glycerin. 
When heated, the salt is decomposed, giving off inflammable vapors and an odor of phenol, 
and finally leaves a residue of sodium carbonate. To a non-luminous flame it imparts an in- 
tense, yellow color. The aqueous solution slightly reddens blue litmus paper. Ferric chloride 
test-solution, added to an excess of a concentrated solution of the salt, produces a red precipi- 
tate ; hut when added to a very dilute solution (1 in 100), it produces a deep violet-blue color. 
If copper sulphate test-solution be added to the aqueous solution (1 in 20), a green color will 
be produced. On adding to about 0-2 Gm. of the salt, in a test-tube, about 1 C.c. of concen- 
trated sulphuric acid, and then, cautiously, about 1 C.c. of methylic alcohol in drops, on heat- 
ing the mixture to boiling, the odor of methyl salicylate will be evolved. Hydrochloric or 
sulphuric acid produces in a concentrated aqueous solution of the salt a voluminous, white pre- 
cipitate, which, after being separated by filtration, and washed, should conform to the reactions 
and tests given under Acidum Salicylicum. The aqueous solution should be colorless, even 
when concentrated, and should not effervesce on the addition of acids (absence of carbonate). 
When the solution (1 in 20) is mixed with a small quantity of ammonium sulphide test-solu- 
tion, or with an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, no coloration or turbidity 
should appear (absence of metallic impurities). If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a mixture 
of 50 C.c. of alcohol and 25 C.c. of water, then acidulated with nitric acid and filtered, a por- 
tion of the filtrate should not he rendered turbid by the addition of a few drops of barium 
chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). Another portion of the filtrate should remain 
clear on the addition of a few drops of silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride). If 1 
part of the salt be agitated with 15 parts of cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, no brown color 
should be produced within fifteen minutes (absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities)." 
U. S. “ When heated to redness, the salt evolves inflammable vapors, and a white residue 
remains which effervesces with acids, and imparts an intense yellow color to flame. Test-solu- 
tion of ferric chloride colors a concentrated solution reddish-brown, and a dilute solution violet. 
A solution containing not less than 1 per cent, affords a yellowish-brown precipitate with solu- 
tion of uranium nitrate (distinction from carbolates and sulphocarbolates). 50 to 100 grammes 
kept in a closed vessel for several days should not evolve the faintest smell of phenol. If the 
aqueous solution be acidulated with nitric acid and the precipitate be dissolved by a little alco- 
hol (90 per cent.), the mixture affords not more than the slightest reactions with the tests for 
sulphates or for chlorides. It dissolves without coloration or effervescence in cold sulphuric 
acid (absence of organic impurities and of carbonates).” Br. Sodium salicylate is incompati- 
ble with antipyrin, forming, when mixed in powder, a liquid mixture. 
Medical Properties. The action of sodium salicylate upon the economy, and its thera- 
peutic use, are precisely those of salicylic acid, except that the salt is not locally irritating, 
and, being soluble, is more rapidly absorbed. When salicylic acid is administered, it is prob- 
* Dr. Hager (N. R., Nov. 1879) has furnished the following table, whereby, in the absence of the crystallized 
sodium salicylate, the salt may be prepared in solution, by using the following proportions, in parts by weight, of 
salicylic acid and sodium bicarbonate. 
M 
O O CO <T C7> 4^ 
To make of Sodium 
Salicylate 
co cp cn 4>* 4* co 
to 4*. cn 50 m co 
Salicylic 
Acid 
H 
P 
Cn 4m CO CO to tO 
OCnOCnOCTiO 
Sodium Bi- 
carbonate 
co 
8. 
mhmmhmm 
-4 05 OI 4>- CO to H* 
To make of Sodium 
Salicylate 
MMh‘MM 
CO CO tO M-1 © 5© c© 
5© M to cr> 00 © 
Salicylic 
Acid 
H 
P 
P? 
op op <1 <1 © Cp Cp 
O'OO'OCnOCn 
Sodium Bi- 
carbonate 
CO 
o 
*-h 
isssssss; 
To make of Sodium 
Salicylate 
—* h-* h-» M M M 
5© 00 00 Cp Cp 4^ 
© 00 © to CO OX <t 
Salicylic 
Acid 
H 
p 
H» M M M M 
tO M M © ° 50 50 
© cfi © C7I © © © 
Sodium Bi- 
carbonate 
o 
CO to to to to to 
050 c^ 
To make of Sodium 
Salicylate 
O' <J 50 M to 4^ 
H* 
Salicylic 
Acid 
H 
P 
hmmmhw 
cn 4k. CO CO to 
6 Jt o O’ o O' 
Sodium Bi- 
carbonate 
CO 
o 
M*» Sodii Sulphas. 
1261 
PART I. 
ably converted into sodium salicylate as fast as it is taken into the blood. One drachm contains 
forty-eight grains of the acid. The dose is from fifteen to thirty grains (1-2 Gm.), adminis- 
tered in aromatized solution from three to four times a day. 
SODII SULPHAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Sulphate. [Glauber’s Salt.] 
Na2SO4.lOH.2O; 321*42. (SO'DI-f SUL'PHXS.) Na2S04. IOII2O; 322. 
“ Sodium Sulphate should be kept in well-closed vessels.” U. S. “ Sodium Sulphate, 
Na2SO4,10H2O, may be obtained by the interaction of sodium chloride and other sodium salts 
with sulphuric acid.” Br. 
Sulphate of Soda; Natruin Sulfuricum, P. G.; Sulfas Sodicus (Natricus), Sal mirabile Glauberi; Yitriolated Soda, 
Glauber’s Salt; Sulfate de Soude, Sel de Glauber, Fr.; Schwefelsaures Natron, Glaubersalz, G.; Sulfato di Soda, It.; 
Sulfato de Soda, Sal de Glaubero, Sp. 
Sodium sulphate, in small quantities, is extensively diffused in nature, and is obtained arti- 
ficially in several chemical operations. It exists in solution in many mineral springs, among 
which may be mentioned those of Cheltenham and Carlsbad; and it is found combined with 
calcium sulphate, constituting a distinct mineral. Many ponds containing this salt are found 
in the country between Santa Fe and the head-waters of the Arkansas, and on the route to the 
Rocky Mountains. See reference to natural sodium carbonate and sulphate as found in Wyo- 
ming. (Sodii Carbonas, p. 1241.) A large deposit of Glauber’s salt has been found in the 
Caucasus, not far from Tiflis. It is about ten feet below the surface, and was penetrated five 
feet, and probably extended much deeper. There are, besides, in the same region, various 
lakelets containing the same salt in solution. (W. R., Oct. 1872, 151.) As an artificial prod- 
uct, sodium sulphate is formed in the processes for obtaining hydrochloric acid and chlorine, 
and in the preparation of ammonium chloride from ammonium sulphate and common salt. 
It may also be procured from sea-water, in which its ingredients are present. 
Immense quantities of sodium sulphate are made by decomposing common salt by sulphuric 
acid, in the manufacture of soda-ash and sodium carbonate (see Sodii Carbonas) ; and, so far 
from the generated hydrochloric acid being a product of much value, its absorption in a con- 
venient way, so as to avoid the nuisance of its escape into the atmosphere in a gaseous state, 
is an object of importance to the manufacturer. (See Acidum Hydrochloricum.) MM. Thomas, 
Dellisse, and Boucard have proposed a new process for preparing sodium sulphate, by double 
decomposition between sodium chloride and ferrous sulphate. This process avoids the produc- 
tion of hydrochloric acid vapors, and is said to furnish a cheap salt. 
The residue of the process for obtaining chlorine by the action of sulphuric acid and man- 
ganese dioxide on common salt is a mixture of sodium sulphate and manganous sulphate. 
Large quantities of this residue are formed in manufacturing chlorinated lime (bleaching 
powder); and the sodium sulphate in it, roughly purified, supplies a part of the consumption 
of this salt in making soda-ash and sodium carbonate. 
The process for obtaining ammonium chloride from ammonium sulphate and common salt 
forms another source of sodium sulphate. By double decompesition, sodium sulphate and 
ammonium chloride are formed ; and by exposing the mixed salts to heat, the ammonium chlo- 
ride sublimes, and the sodium sulphate remains behind. (See Ammonii Chloridum.) 
Properties. Sodium sulphate is in “large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or 
granular crystals, odorless, and having a bitter, saline taste. The salt effloresces rapidly in the 
air, and finally loses all its water of crystallization. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 2-8 parts 
of water. The solubility increases up to 34° C. (93-2° F.), when its maximum is attained, 1 
part of the salt then dissolving in somewhat less than 0-25 part of water; from thence it grad- 
ually decreases with rising temperature, until 1 part requires 0-47 part of boiling water for 
solution. Insoluble in alcohol; soluble in glycerin. When heated to 33° C. (91-4° F.), the 
salt fuses, and, on being heated to 100° C. (212° F.), loses all its water (55-9 per cent.). At 
a red heat the anhydrous salt fuses without decomposition. To a non-luminous flame it imparts 
an intense, yellow color. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. A 5-per-cent, 
aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride test-solution, a white precipitate in- 
soluble in nitric acid. If to 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) 1 C.c. of sodium phos- 
phate test-solution and 0-5 C.c. of ammonia water be added, no turbidity or precipitate should 
he produced, even after agitation (absence of magnesium, etc.). The solution should not effer- 
vesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate'). It should not be colored or rendered 
turbid by the addition of ammonium sulphide test-solution ; or of an equal volume of hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution, after being acidulated with hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic and Sodii Sulphas.—Sodii Sulphas Effervescens. 
1262 
PART I. 
metallic impurities'). After acidulation with nitric acid, the aqueous solution should remain 
clear, or at most be rendered only very slightly opalescent, on the addition of silver nitrate 
test-solution (limit of chloride).” U. S. “ Soluble in less than half its weight of water at tem- 
peratures from 77° to 86° F. (25° to 30° C.). Heated to boiling this solution deposits crystals 
of the anhydrous salt. Insoluble in alcohol (90 per cent.). Exposed to heat in a porcelain 
crucible it loses 55-9 per cent, of water. It affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and 
of sulphates. Each gramme dissolved in water and acidulated with hydrochloric acid gives, 
by the addition of solution of barium chloride, a white precipitate, which, when it has been 
washed and dried, should weigh 0-725 gramme. It should yield no characteristic reaction 
with the tests for lead, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, ammonium, or car- 
bonates, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides.” Br. When recently 
prepared it is beautifully transparent; but on exposure to the air it effloresces, and the crystals 
become covered with an opaque white powder. After long exposure it undergoes complete 
efflorescence, and falls into powder with loss of more than half its weight. A supersaturated 
solution of sodium sulphate will remain without crystallizing at ordinary temperatures, even 
though containing several times the weight of the salt that will be dissolved at the same de- 
gree of heat. But the solution instantly forms into a crystalline mass upon adding to it a 
fragment of the same salt crystallized, or other substances that have been exposed to the air, 
or upon abruptly placing it in contact with the air. M. D. Gernez appears to have proved 
that in each instance the cause of crystallization is the same,—namely, sodium sulphate con- 
taining ten mols. of water; and where the crystal itself is not added, the result is owing to 
sodium sulphate existing in the air. (See A. J. P., Sept. 1865, 379.) Subjected to heat, it 
dissolves in its water of crystallization, then dries, and afterwards by the application of a red 
heat melts with the loss of 551 per cent, of its weight. M. Coppet has ascertained that there 
are two varieties of the anhydrous sulphate,—one in which the salt is deprived of its water at 
ordinary temperature, the other in which the desiccation is effected at a heat above that of 
33° C. (91-4° F.). The two differ in their relation to the crystallization of the salt, the former 
causing immediate crystallization when thrown into a supersaturated solution, the second not. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 1874, 36.) Occasionally it contains an excess of acid or alkali, which may 
be discovered by litmus or turmeric paper. Common salt may be detected by silver nitrate; 
a salt of iron by potassium ferrocyanide. This salt is not subject to adulteration. It is in- 
compatible with potassium carbonate, calcium chloride, the salts of barium, lead acetate and 
subaeetate, and with silver nitrate if the solutions are strong. It consists of two atoms of 
sodium combined with the group S04 characteristic of sulphates, and crystallized with ten mols. 
of water, Na„S04 -j- 10H2O. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sodium sulphate in doses of from half an ounce to 
an ounce (15-5-31-1 Gm.) is an efficient liydragogue cathartic; in smaller doses, an aperient 
and diuretic. When in an effloresced state, the dose must he reduced one-half, on account of 
its having lost about one-half of its weight in water. Sodium sulphate is much less used than 
formerly, having been almost entirely superseded by magnesium sulphate, which is less dis- 
agreeable to take and milder in its action. Its nauseous taste, however, may be disguised by 
the admixture of a little lemon-juice or cream of tartar, or by the addition of a few drops of 
sulphuric acid. It is an ingredient in the artificial Cheltenham salt. (See Part II.) M. D. 
de Luca has found sodium sulphate remarkably efficient in removing stains or opacity of the 
cornea, if applied in the form of powdered crystals directly to the eyeball twice daily. (Journ. 
de Pharm. et de Chim., Sept. 1867.) The only uses of sodium sulphate in the arts are to make 
sodium carbonate and some kinds of glass. It has no official preparations. 
SODII SULPHAS EFFERVESCENS. Br. Effervescent Sodium 
Sulphate. 
(SO'DI-I SUL'PHlS ef-fer-ves'cen§.) 
Sodse Sulphas Effervescens; Effervescent Sulphate of Soda. 
“ Sodium Sulphate, in crystals, 50 ounces (Imperial) or 500 grammes; Sodium Bicarbonate, 
in powder, 50 ounces (Imp.) or 500 grammes; Tartaric Acid, in powder, 27 ounces (Imp.) or 
270 grammes; Citric Acid, in powder, 18 ounces (Imp.) or 180 grammes. Dry the Sodium 
Sulphate until it has lost 56 per cent, of its weight; powder the product and mix it with 
the other ingredients. Place the whole in a dish or pan of suitable form, heated to between 
200° and 220° F. (93-3° and 104-4° C.). When the mixture, by aid of careful manipulation 
of the powder, begins to aggregate, stir it assiduously until it has assumed a granular charac- PART I. 
Sodii Sidphis. 
1263 
ter ; then separate it into granules of uniform and convenient size, by means of suitable sieves. 
Dry the granules at a temperature not exceeding 130° F. (54-4° C.). The product should 
weigh about 100 ounces (Imp.) or 1000 grammes.” Br. 
This was a new official preparation of the British Pharm. 1885, having been introduced in 
the “ Additions.” It is used as an effervescent laxative, in the dose of from one-quarter to 
one-half ounce (7*7—15-5 Gm.) dissolved in cold water and taken while effervescing. 
SODII SULPHIS. U.S., Br. Sodium Sulphite. 
11 Sodium Sulphite should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. “ Sodium 
Sulphite, Na2S03,7H20, may be obtained by interaction of sulphurous acid and sodium car- 
bonate.” Br. 
Na2 S03. 7H2 O ; 251*58. (SO'DI-I SUL'PHIS.) Na2 S03. 7H2 O; 252. 
Natrum Sulfurosum, Sulfis Sodicus (Natricus); Sulfite de Soude, Fr.; Schwefligsaures Natron, G. 
This salt may be prepared by passing sulphurous acid gas into a solution of sodium car- 
bonate, and evaporating out of contact of the air. The sulphurous acid unites with the soda 
of the carbonate to form sodium sulphite, and the carbonic acid escapes. After sufficient 
concentration, the solution is allowed to cool, and the salt crystallizes. A better way, how- 
ever, is to dissolve a convenient weight of sodium carbonate in a small quantity of water, 
then pass the sulphurous acid gas through the solution until it is completely saturated, and 
acid sodium sulphite is formed. The addition of an equal weight of sodium carbonate forms a 
solution of the neutral sulphite, which is to be evaporated and crystallized. On exposure the 
salt gradually changes into a sulphate. 
Properties. Sodium sulphite is in “ colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless, 
and having a cooling, saline, sulphurous taste. In air the salt effloresces, and is slowly oxi- 
dized to sulphate. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-9 part of boiling 
water; sparingly soluble in alcohol. When gently heated, the salt softens somewhat, but does 
not fuse. Above 100° C. (212° F.) the crystals lose all their water (50 per cent.), without 
fusing or changing their shape. At a red heat the salt fuses to a reddish-yellow mass of 
sodium sulphate and sodium sulphide. To a non-luminous flame the salt imparts an intense, 
yellow color. The aqueous solution is neutral or feebly alkaline to litmus paper. Upon the 
addition of hydrochloric acid to the salt or its solution, sulphur dioxide gas is liberated, which 
is recognized by its odor, and by its blackening a strip of paper moistened with mercurous 
nitrate test-solution and held in the escaping gas; the solution remains clear, no sulphur being 
separated (distinction from hyposulphite). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be col- 
ored or rendered turbid by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, 
either before or after the addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of metallic im- 
purities). If a solution of 2-5 Gun. of the salt in 11 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid be 
heated sufficiently to expel the sulphur dioxide, then 0-15 C.c. of barium chloride test-solution 
added, and the precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain un- 
affected by the further addition of barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate). If 1*2 
Gm. of Sodium Sulphite be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted nitric acid, the solution heated to 
expel the gases, then 0-4 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution added, and the 
precipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unchanged-by the 
further addition of silver nitrate volumetric solution (limit of chloride). If 0-63 Gm. of the 
salt be dissolved in 25 C.c. of water recently boiled to expel air, and a little starch test-solution 
be added, at least 48 C.c. of iodine decinormal volumetric solution should be required to pro- 
duce a permanent blue tint (each C.c. corresponding to 2 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
u In colorless transparent monoclinic prisms, efflorescent in dry air, inodorous, with a saline 
and sulphurous taste. It is readily soluble in water, very sparingly in alcohol (90 per cent.). 
It affords the reactions characteristic of sodium and of sulphites. The aqueous solution has a 
neutral or faintly alkaline reaction, and if treated with hydrochloric acid evolves sulphurous 
anhydride, but does not become cloudy (absence of thiosulphate). Each gramme dissolved 
in 50 cubic centimetres of water should decolorize not less than 77'7 nor more than 81*7 cubic 
centimetres of the volumetric solution of iodine." Br. Sulphuric acid added to the solution 
gives rise to a smell of burning sulphur, owing to the escape of sulphurous acid; and the 
liquid remains transparent, indicating the absence of lime. Sodium sulphite, consists of two 
atoms of sodium combined with the group S03, characteristic of sulphites, and crystallized 
with seven mols. of water, Na2S03 -f- 7H20. 1264 
Sodii Sulplm.—Sodii Sulphocarbolas. 
PART I. 
Medical Uses. Sodium sulphite has been used in cases of yeasty vomiting with remark- 
able success. The matter vomited in these cases contains two microscopic fungi, called sar- 
cina ventriculi and torula cerevisiae. The remedy was first used at the suggestion of Prof. 
Graham, of London, who supposed that the sulphurous acid, necessarily extricated from the 
salt in the stomach by the acid of the yeasty matter, would destroy the parasites. Sodium 
sulphite is sometimes used locally, especially in that species of aphthous sore mouth which is 
attributed to a parasitic vegetable. The wash may be made of a drachm of the salt to a 
fluidounce of water. It is said that the solution acts with surprising rapidity, a single appli- 
cation of it sometimes removing the disease in 24 hours. Dr. Astri6, an Italian physician, has 
proposed this salt as a remedy for the constitutional effects of mercury, when used in excess, 
on the ground that it has the power of rendering the metal soluble. The dose of sodium sul- 
phite is a drachm (3-9 Gm.) three times a day. It has also been largely given internally as 
an antizymotic (see Sodii Hyposulphis), but without general success. According to M. Carey 
Lea (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., Jan. 1865), it is partially converted in the system into a sulphate 
and partially escapes with the urine unchanged. 
SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS. U. S., Br. Sodium Sulphocarbolate. 
NaSOs C6 H4 (OH). 2H2 O ; 231*56. NaC6 H5 S04. 2H2 0; 232. 
(SO'DI-I SUL-PHO-CAR'BQ-LiS.) 
“ Sodium Sulphocarbolate, or sodium phenol-para-sulphonate, C6H40H.S020Na,2H20, may 
be obtained by dissolving phenol in excess of sulphuric acid, and converting the plienolsul- 
phonic acid so obtained into a sodium salt.” Br. 
Sodium Sulphophenate; Sulfophenatc de Soude, Fr.; Phenylschwefelsaures Natron, G. 
Sodium sulphocarbolate may be made by mixing equal parts of pure carbolic acid and strong 
sulphuric acid, whereby paraphenol sulphonic acid (sulphocarbolic acid), CLH4( HS03)0H, 
is produced. The mixed liquids must be subjected to a temperature of 55° C. (131° F.) for 
several days, and then twenty parts of water should be added. Two parts of barium carbon- 
ate are mixed with the liquid, a little at a time, carefully graduating the quantity until effer- 
vescence ceases. The liquid is now allowed to stand to permit the precipitation of barium sul- 
phate, and of any carbonate which might be present, and the liquor filtered. The solution of 
barium sulphocarbolate is decomposed by adding sodium carbonate until precipitation ceases, 
when the liquid is filtered from the barium carbonate, and the sodium sulphocarbolate may be 
obtained by evaporating the filtrate and crystallizing. 
Properties. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes this salt as in “ colorless, transparent, 
rhombic prisms, odorless, and having a cooling, saline, slightly bitter taste. Somewhat efflo- 
rescent in dry air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 4-8 parts of water, and in 132 parts of alco- 
hol ; in 0-7 part of boiling water, and in 10 parts of boiling alcohol. When heated a little above 
100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses all its water (15-5 per cent.) and becomes white. At a higher 
temperature it cbars, emits inflammable vapors having the odor of phenol, and finally leaves a 
residue of sodium sulphate amounting to 30-6 per cent, of the original weight. To a non- 
luminous flame it imparts an intense, yellow color. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus 
paper. A dilute solution (1 in 100) of the salt is rendered pale violet by ferric chloride test- 
solution, but remains clear; barium chloride test-solution leaves the solution clear, but if a 
portion of the salt be ignited, and the residue dissolved in water, the same reagent will produce 
in the solution a copious, white precipitate. In the aqueous solution (1 in 20) neither hydro- 
gen sulphide test-solution nor ammonium sulphide test-solution should produce any turbidity 
or coloration (absence of metallic impurities); nor should more than a faint opalescence be 
produced by barium chloride test-solution (limit of sulphate), or by silver nitrate test-solution 
(limit of chloride)." U. S. “ Soluble in 6 parts of water, and in 150 parts of alcohol (90 per 
cent.), the solutions being without action on litmus. On ignition it gives off phenol, and leaves 
a residue of sodium sulphate. It imparts an intense yellow color to flame. The dilute aqueous 
solution is rendered violet by test-solution of ferric chloride, does not give a yellowish-brown 
precipitate with solution of uranium nitrate (distinction from salicylate), and should not at once 
be rendered turbid by solution of barium, chloride (absence of sulphates).” Br. 
Medical Properties. The sulphocarbolates have been introduced into medicine with 
the idea that they would unite the properties of sulphuric and carbolic acids. It is, however, 
probable that they are inert: future investigations can alone give us positive information. 
[Sodium Paraphenolsulphonate.] Spartdnse Sulphas.—Spigelia. 
PAET I. 
1265 
SPARTEINvE SULPHAS. U. S. Sparteine Sulphate 
(SPAR-TE-I'N.® SUL'PHAS.) 
“ The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Scoparius.” U. S. 
This is a new official alkaloidal salt, prepared from Scoparius (see page 1210). It is officially 
described as in “ colorless, white, prismatic crystals, or a granular powder, odorless, and having 
a slightly saline and somewhat bitter taste. Liable to attract moisture when exposed to damp 
air. Very soluble in water and alcohol. When heated to about 83° C. (181-4° F.), the salt 
begins to lose its water of crystallization, all of which escapes at 100° C. (212° F.). At about 
136° C. (276-8° F.) it melts, and, upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt 
is neutral to litmus paper. If 25 C.c. of ether be added to about 01 Gm. of Sparteine 
Sulphate in a test-tube, then a few drops of dilute ammonia water, so that the latter shall not 
be in excess, and an ethereal solution of iodine (1 in 50) be afterwards added until the liquid, 
when shaken, turns from an orange to a dark reddish-brown color, the bottom and sides of 
the test-tube will after a short time be found coated with minute, dark greenish-brown crystals, 
distinctly seen with a lens after the liquid has been poured out. On shaking 0-05 Gm. of the 
salt, in a test-tube, with 5 C.c. of potassium or sodium hydrate test-solution, the liquid will at 
first be turbid, and small drops of sparteine will gradually collect on the surface. If a strip 
of moistened red litmus paper be suspended in the mouth of the test-tube, and a gentle heat 
then applied, the test-paper will gradually acquire a blue color, but no ammoniacal odor should 
be perceptible (absence of ammonium salts).” U. S. G. Marque (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 
xxx. 555) states that if a small quantity of sparteine sulphate be mixed with about one third 
of its weight of chromic acid, and gently heated in a porcelain capsule, the mass will soon turn 
green and emit a strong odor resembling coniine. 
For an account of the physiological and therapeutic action of this alkaloid, see Scoparius. 
Dose, from one-sixth to one-half grain (0-011-0-03 Gm.). 
Ci5 Hm N2 H2 SO4, 4H2 O ; 403.23. 
SPIGELIA. U. S. Spigelia. [Pinkroot.] 
(SPI-^E'LI-A.) 
“ The rhizome and rootlets of Spigelia marilandica, Linne (nat. ord. Loganiacem).” U. S. 
Spigelie du Maryland, Fr.; Marylandische Spigelie, Spigelie, G.; Spigelia, It. 
Two species of Spigelia have attracted attention as anthel- 
mintics,—S. anthelmia of South America and the West 
Indies, and S. marilandica of this country. S. anthelmia, L., 
is an annual of South America and the West Indies, where 
it is said to he very much used as a powerful and certain 
anthelmintic. In overdoses it is a powerful poison, which 
has proved fatal to man, and which not infrequently kills 
domestic animals. 
Spigelia marilandica. L. Syst. Ed. (1767) 734; Willd. Sp. 
Plant, i. 825 ; Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. i. 142 ; Barton, Med. 
Bot. ii. 75 ; B. & T. 180. The Carolina pink is an herba- 
ceous perennial plant. The stems, several of which rise from 
the same rhizome, are simple, erect, four-sided, nearly smooth, 
and from twelve to twenty inches high. The leaves are op- 
posite, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, and smooth, 
with the veins and margins slightly pubescent. Each stem 
terminates in a one-sided spike, and supports from four to 
twelve flowers with very short peduncles. The calyx is per- 
sistent, with five long, subulate, slightly serrate leaves, reflexed 
in the ripe fruit. The corolla is funnel-shaped, and much 
longer than the calyx, with the tube inflated in the middle, 
and the border divided into five acute, spreading segments. 
It is of a rich carmine color externally, paler at the base, and 
orange-yellow within. The edges of the segments are slightly 
tinged with green. The stamens, though apparently very 
short, and inserted into the upper part of the tube between 
the segments, may be traced down its internal surface to the base. The anthers are oblong, 
heart-shaped; the ovary superior, ovate; the style about the length of the corolla, and termi- 
Spigelia, transverse section. 1266 
Spigelia. 
PART I. 
nating in a linear fringed stigma projecting considerably beyond it. The capsule is double, 
consisting of two cohering, globular, one-celled portions, with many seeds. 
The plant is a native of our Southern and Southwestern States, being seldom found north 
of the Potomac. It grows in rich soils on the borders of woods, and flowers from May to 
July. The root is the only part recognized in the Pharmacopoeias. The drug was formerly 
collected in Georgia apd the neighboring States by the Creek and Cherokee Indians, wrho dis- 
posed of it to the white traders. The whole plant was gathered and dried, and came to us in 
bales or casks. After the emigration of the Indians, the supply of spigelia from this source 
very much diminished, and it has now nearly if not quite ceased. The consequence was for a 
time a great scarcity, and an increase in the price of the drug; but a new source of supply 
opened from the Western and Southwestern States, and it is now again plentiful. As we re- 
ceive spigelia at present, it consists chiefly if not exclusively of the root, without the stems and 
leaves. We have been informed that most of it comes in casks or bales from St. Louis by the 
way of New Orleans. That contained in casks is to be preferred, as less liable to be damp and 
mouldy. 
Properties. Pinkroot consists of numerous slender, branching, crooked, wrinkled fibres, 
from three to six inches long, attached to a knotty head or caudex, which exhibits traces of the 
stems of former years. It is brownish or yellowish-brown externally, of a faint, peculiar smell, 
and a sweetish, slightly bitter, not very disagreeable taste. On microscopic examination the 
middle layer is seen to be very well developed and the nucleus sheath wanting. It is officially 
described as “ of horizontal growth, about 5 Cm. or more long, 2 or 3 Mm. thick, dark purplish- 
brown, bent, somewhat branched, on the upper side with cup-shaped scars; on the lower side 
wTith numerous, thin, brittle, lighter-colored roots, about 10 Cm. long; the rhizome internally with 
a whitish wood and a pith which is usually dark-colored or decayed; odor somewhat aromatic, 
taste sweetish, bitter and pungent. It should not be confounded with the underground portion 
of Phlox Carolina Linne (nat. ord. Polemoniacese), the roots of which are brownish-yellow, 
rather coarse, straight, and contain a straw-colored wood underneath a readily removable bark.” 
u.s. 
The virtues of spigelia are extracted by boiling water. The root, analyzed by M. Feneulle, 
yielded a fixed and volatile oil, a small quantity of resin, a bitter substance supposed to be the 
active principle, a mucilaginous saccharine matter, albumen, gallic acid, the malates of potas- 
sium and calcium, etc., and woody fibre. The principle upon which the virtues of the root are 
thought to depend is brown, of a bitter nauseous taste, like that of the purgative matter of 
the leguminous plants, and when taken internally produces vertigo and a kind of intoxication. 
An analysis of the root by Dr. It. H. Stabler yielded as results a bitter uncrystallizable prin- 
ciple upon which the virtues of the medicine are supposed to depend, a little volatile oil, tannic 
acid, inert extractive, wax, resin, lignin, and salts of soda, potassa, and lime. Stabler finds 
that the active principle is acrid and bitter, soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether, not 
volatilizable without change, uncrystallizable, neutral, and deliquescent. W. L. Dudley (Am. 
Chem. Journ., vol. i. p. 150), on the contrary, finds that the active principle of spigelia is a 
volatile alkaloid. He gets it by distilling the ground root with milk of lime over a paraffin 
bath, and collecting the distillate in hydrochloric acid. After evaporation to dryness, the residue 
is taken up with alcohol and crystallized out of solution. He compares the reactions of this 
alkaloid, which he calls spigeline, with those of nicotine, coniine, and lobeline. Spigeline yields 
a brownish-red precipitate with a solution of iodine in potassium iodide, a white crystalline 
precipitate with potassio-mercuric iodide, and a white flocculent precipitate with metatungstic 
acid. Boorsma (P". J. Tr., 1898, 89) found 0 0005 Gm. of spigeline to be lethal to guinea-pigs. 
The stalks of the dried plant are oval below the first pair of leaves, and then become ob- 
scurely four-sided. The leaves, when good, have a fresh greenish color, and an odor somewhat 
like that of tea. In taste they resemble the root, and they afforded to M. Feneulle nearly the 
same principles. The quantity, however, of the bitter substance was less, corresponding with 
their inferior efficacy. This circumstance should cause their rejection from the shops, as the in- 
equality in power of the two portions of the plant would lead to uncertainty in the result, when 
they were both employed. The roots are sometimes mixed with those of other plants, particu- 
larly of a small vine which twines round the stem of the Spigelia. These are long, slender, 
crooked, yellowish, thickly set with short capillary fibres, and much smaller and lighter-colored 
than the pinkroot. They should be separated before the latter is used. It is said to be adul- 
terated with a product called in the markets East Tennessee pinkroot, the botanical origin of 
which is unknown. (A. J. P., 1875, p. 134.) The root of Phlox Carolina is occasionally em- PART I. 
Spigelia.—Spiritus. 
1267 
ployed as an adulterant for spigelia. The rhizome is smoother and lacks the cup-shaped scars 
so characteristic of true spigelia, having also frequently the lower portion of the stem still 
attached; whilst the rootlets are straighter, thicker, and less wiry than those of spigelia. 
According to Henry G. Greenish, Phlox root can at once be separated microscopically from 
spigelia root by the presence in it of numerous stone-cells, and also of cells more or less com- 
pletely filled by granular cystoliths. (P. J. Tr., xxi.) The activity of spigelia is somewhat 
diminished by time. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Spigelia is generally considered among the most 
powerful anthelmintics. In the ordinary dose it usually produces little sensible effect on the 
system ; more largely given it acts as a cathartic, though unequal and uncertain in its operation ; 
in overdoses it is said to cause vertigo, dimness of vision, dilated pupils, spasms of the facial 
muscles and of the eyelids, and even general convulsions. The death of two children who 
expired in convulsions was attributed to it by Dr. Chalmers. Dr. H. A. Hare (Med. News, 
March, 1887) has found that in the lower animals it produces symptoms similar to those just 
described, namely, dilatation of the pupil, exophthalmia, strabismus, progressive muscular weak- 
ness of spinal origin, cardiac depression, and death from failure of respiration. The narcotic 
effects are said to be less apt to occur when the medicine purges, and to be altogether obviated 
by combining it with cathartics. The danger from its employment cannot be great, as it is in 
very general use in the United States, in both regular and domestic practice, and we never hear 
at present of serious consequences. Its effects upon the nervous system have been erroneously 
conjectured to depend on other roots sometimes mixed with the genuine. The vermifuge proper- 
ties of spigelia, first learned from the Cherokee Indians, were made known to the medical pro- 
fession by Drs. Lining, Garden, and Chalmers, of South Carolina. 
It may be given in substance or infusion. The dose of the powdered root for a child three 
or four years old is from ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.), for an adult from one to two 
drachms (3’9—7’8 Gm.), to be repeated morning and evening for several days successively, and 
then followed by a brisk cathartic. The practice of preceding its use by an emetic has been 
generally abandoned. It is frequently given in combination with calomel. The infusion, how- 
ever, is a more common form of administration. It may be made by infusing half a troy- 
ounce of the root in a pint of boiling water. It is usually combined with senna or some other 
cathartic, to insure its action on the bowels. A preparation much sold under the name of worm 
tea consists of spigelia, senna, manna, and savine, mixed together, in various proportions, to 
suit the views of different individuals. Spigelia is also very often given in the form of fluid 
extract. 
SPIRITUS. Spirits. 
(SPIR'I-TUS.) 
Alcoolats, Fr.; Geiste. G. 
Spirits, as the term is here used, are alcoholic solutions of volatile principles formerly in 
general procured by distillation, but now frequently prepared by simply dissolving the volatile 
principle in alcohol or diluted alcohol. The distilled spirits are prepared chiefly from aromatic 
vegetable substances, the essential oils of which rise with the vapor of alcohol and condense 
with it in the receiver. Some of the,oils, however, will not rise at the temperature of boiling 
alcohol, but may be distilled with water. In this case it is necessary to employ diluted alcohol 
or proof spirit, with the water of which the oil comes over in the latter part of the process. 
As the proof spirit of commerce is often impregnated with foreign matters, which give it an 
unpleasant flavor, it is better to use alcohol which has been carefully rectified, and to dilute it 
with the due proportion of water, as directed by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. In preparing the 
spirits, care should be taken to avoid the color and empyreumatic flavor arising from the de- 
composition of the vegetable matter by heat. Sufficient water must, therefore, be added to 
cover the vegetable matter after the alcohol shall have been distilled; and, as a rule, the heat 
should be applied by means of a water-bath, or of steam. The aromatic should be macerated 
for some days with the alcohol before being submitted to distillation, as the oil, being thus 
dissolved, rises more readily with the spirituous vapor than when confined in the tissue. 
The aromatic spirits are used chiefly to impart a pleasant odor and taste to mixtures, and to 
correct the nauseating and griping effects of other medicines. They serve also as carminatives 
in flatulent colic, and as agreeable stimulants in debility of the stomach. 
The U. S. P. 1890 added to the list Spiritus Amygdalae Amarae, Spiritus Aurantii Compositus, 
Spiritus Glonoini, and Spiritus Phosphoric the Br. Pharm. 1898, Spiritus Anisi. 1268 
Spiritus JEtheris.—Spiritus vEtheris Compositus. 
part i. 
SPIRITUS U. S., Br. Spirit of Ether. 
(spik'i-tus a;'the-ris.) 
Spiritus Althereus, s. Liquor Anodynus Mineralis Hoffmanni, P. G.; Ether hydrique (sulfurique) alcoolis4, 
Liqueur anodine d’Hoffmann, Fr.; HofFmann’sche Tropfen, G. 
“ Ether, three hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 475 minims]; 
Alcohol, six hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 22 fluidounces, 396 minims], To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U S. 
u Ether, 10 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 500 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
This preparation is merely ether diluted with twice its volume of alcohol. Although intro- 
duced into the U. S. P. 1880, it does not seem to have been employed to any extent, and it 
might have been dropped with advantage at the 1890 revision. The corresponding prepara- 
tion of the German Pharmacopoeia contains less ether, being made of one part of ether to 
three parts of alcohol, both by weight. Prepared with materials of proper strength, its sp. gr. 
is 0 806 to 0-811. Br. Its medical properties are similar to those of ether. The dose is from 
one to three fluidrachms (3*75-11-25 C.c.), properly diluted with sweetened water. 
SPIRITUS iETHERIS COMPOSITUS. U. S., Br. Compound Spirit of 
Ether. [Hoffmann’s Anodyne.] 
Liqueur Nervine de Bang, Fr.; Zusammengesetzter Aetherweingeist, G. 
“ Ether, three hundred and twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 475 minims] ; Al- 
cohol, six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] ; Ethereal Oil, 
twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 406 minims], To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. U. S. 
“ Ether, 51 fi. ounces (Imperial measure) or 137 5 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 78 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 1950 cubic centimetres; Sulphuric Acid, 36 fi. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 900 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 11 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 37-5 
cubic centimetres; Sodium Bicarbonate, a sufficient quantity. Gradually mix the Sulphuric 
Acid with forty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Alco- 
hol ; let the mixture stand for twenty-four hours. Then distil slowly until a thermometer, 
the bulb of which is within the liquid, indicates a temperature of 341° F. (17T6° C.). Pour 
the distillate into a separator, and, after separation is complete, remove the lower layer. Add 
the Distilled Water to the upper layer, and also, gradually, Sodium Bicarbonate, until, after 
agitation, the liquid is nearly neutral to litmus paper. Separate the ethereal liquid, and add 
to it the Ether and thirty-eight fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or nine hundred and fifty cubic 
centimetres of the Alcohol. Filter.” Br. 
This preparation is an alcoholic solution of ether, impregnated with heavy oil of wine. In 
the U. S. formula, determinate quantities of ether, alcohol, and oil are taken, the ether having 
half the volume of the alcohol. The formula of the U. S. P. 1890 is practically the same as 
that of the U. S. P. 1880. In the last revision of the British Pharmacopoeia this preparation 
was improved according to the suggestions of W. Inglis Clark (P. J. Tr., 1896, 183) ; but the 
process still yields an uncertain product, containing ether, alcohol, and a trace of oil of wine. 
Compound spirit of ether is a colorless, volatile liquid, having a burning, slightly sweetish 
taste, and the peculiar odor of ethereal oil. If it have an empyreumatic odor, it has been 
badly prepared. Its sp. gr. is 0-815, according to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870; the pres- 
ent official preparation contains a little less oil of wine. When pure, it is wholly volatilized 
by heat, and devoid of acid reaction. It becomes milky on being mixed with water, owing to 
the precipitation of the ethereal oil; but this change does not prove its goodness, as the same 
property may be given to the spirit of ether by the addition of various fixed oils. This 
sophistication may be detected by mixing the suspected preparation with water, drawing a 
piece of paper over the surface of the liquid to absorb the oily globules, and exposing the 
paper to heat. If the globules are fixed oil, the greasy stain will remain ; if ethereal oil, the 
stain will disappear. When fixed oils are used to adulterate this preparation, the milkiness 
is generally too great, and not like the translucent, leaden milkiness of the genuine article. 
(Squibb.) “ A colorless mobile liquid with characteristic ethereal odor and taste. Specific 
gravity 0 808 to 0-812. It gives an opalescent solution when mixed with twice its volume of 
water. 2 or 3 cubic centimetres evaporated spontaneously on a watch-glass should not yield 
a residue having an unpleasant odor (absence of empyreumatic impurities).” Br. 
(SPIK'I-TUS 2E'THE-KIS C0M-P0§'I-TUS.) PART I. 
Spiritus JEtlmis Compositus.—Spiritus TEtheris Nitrosi. 
1269 
It is much to be regretted that our manufacturing chemists do not follow the Pharmacopoeia 
in making Hoffmann’s anodyne. In rectifying crude ether, the distillation is continued as long 
as the ether comes over of the proper specific gravity; after which the manufacturer has been 
in the habit of changing the receiver and obtaining an additional distillate, consisting of ether 
and alcohol, impregnated with a little ethereal oil. Now, it is this second distillate, variously 
modified by the addition of alcohol, ether, or water, so as to make it conform in taste, smell, 
opalescence, etc., to a standard preparation, kept by the manufacturer, that is sold as Hoff- 
mann’s anodyne. Nothing could be more uncertain in its results than a proceeding like this; 
and we cannot be surprised that the medicine as obtained from different apothecaries varies 
very much in properties, and often disappoints the expectations of the physician. The chief 
excuse for the departure from the official directions is the costliness of the ethereal oil; but, 
even were this much greater than it really is, the excuse would not be valid; and it cannot be 
justified, on any principle of morality, to sell under the official title a preparation which has 
no claim to it whatever. 
Medical Properties. This preparation is intended as a substitute for the anodyne liquor 
of Hoffmann, which it closely resembles when properly prepared. In addition to the stimu- 
lating and antispasmodic qualities of ether which it contains, it possesses anodyne properties, 
highly useful in nervous irritation and in want of sleep from this cause. These additional 
virtues are probably derived from the official oil of wine, which the late Drs. Physick and 
Dewees found, dissolved in alcohol, very efficacious in certain disturbed states of the system, 
as a tranquillizing and anodyne remedy. Such indeed, are the generally admitted effects of 
Hoffmann’s anodyne, when made with a due admixture of the ethereal oil. This preparation 
is on many occasions a useful adjunct to laudanum, to prevent nausea. The dose is from thirty 
minims to two fluidrachms (1-85-7-5 C.c.), given in sweetened water. 
SPIRITUS IETHERIS NITROSI. U. S., Br. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. 
(SPIR'I-TUS iE'TIIE-RIS NI-TRO'S!.) 
“An alcoholic solution of Ethyl Nitrite [C2H6N02 = 74-87], yielding, when freshly pre- 
pared, and tested in a nitrometer, not less than 11 times its own volume of Nitrogen Dioxide 
[NO = 29-97].” TJ. S. “An alcoholic solution containing ethyl nitrite, aldehyde, and other 
substances.” Br. 
Spiritus Nitri Dulcis, Br.; Sweet Spirit of Nitre; Spiritus iEtheris Nitrici; Spiritus Nitrico-eBthereus; Ether 
azoteux alcoolise, Liqueur anodine nitreuse, Fr.; Versiisster Salpetergeist, G. 
“ Sodium Nitrite, six hundred and thirty-five grammes * [or 22 ounces av., 175 grains] ; Sul- 
phuric Acid, five hundred and twenty grammes [or 18 ounces av., 150 grains] ; Sodium Car- 
bonate, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Potassium Carbonate, completely deprived of water by 
drying, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Deodorized Alcohol, Water, each, a suffi- 
cient quantity. Dissolve the Sodium Nitrite in one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
391 minims] of Water, and put the solution into a suitable flask, connected with a condenser 
kept cold by ice-cold water ; then add five hundred, and fifty cubic centimeters [or 18 fluidounces, 
287 minims] of Deodorized Alcohol, and mix well. Through a cork fitted into the mouth of 
the flask insert a funnel-tube dipping below the surface of the liquid. With the condenser 
connect a receiver, and keep this surrounded by a mixture of common salt and crushed ice. 
Then gradually introduce into the flask, through the funnel-tube, the Sulphuric Acid previ- 
ously diluted with one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Water. 
Distillation will usually commence before the whole of the Acid has been added. When all 
the Acid has been introduced, regulate the distillation by the application or withdrawal of a 
gentle heat until no more nitrous ether distils over. Wash the distillate, first, with one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of ice-cold Water to remove any alcohol which 
may have passed over, and then remove any traces of acid by washing the Ether with one hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of ice-cold Water, in which the Sodium 
Carbonate had previously been dissolved. Carefully separate the Ether from the aqueous 
liquid, and agitate it, in a well-stoppered vial, with the Potassium Carbonate to remove traces 
of water. Then filter it through a pellet of cotton, in a covered funnel, into a tared bottle 
containing two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 302 minims] of Deodorized Alco- 
hol. Ascertain the weight of the Nitrous Ether filtered into the Alcohol by noting the increase 
of weight of the tared bottle and contents, and then add enough Deodorized Alcohol to make 
* The quantity stated in the first copies of the U. S. P. 1890—i.e., seven hundred and seventy grammes—was erro- 
neous; it should be six hundred and thirty-five grammes. (See Proc. A. P.A., 1S94, 236.) 1270 
Spiritm JEtheris Nitrosi. 
PAET I. 
the mixture weigh twenty-two times the weight of the Nitrous Ether added. Lastly, transfer 
the product to small, dark amber-colored, well-stoppered vials, and keep them in a cool place, 
remote from lights or fire.” U. S. 
“Nitric Acid, 3 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 150 cubic centimetres ; Sulphuric Acid, 2 
fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Copper, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes ; 
Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. To one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres of the Alcohol add gradually the Sulphuric Acid, stirring them together; then 
stir in two and a half fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and twenty-five cubic centi- 
metres of the Nitric Acid; the mixture being made in a retort or flask, in which the copper 
has been placed, and to which a thermometer is fitted ; attach to the retort or flask an efficient 
condenser and receiver, the latter containing twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one thousand 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and, applying heat gently, distil at a temperature com- 
mencing at 170° F. (76-7° C.), and rising to 175° F. (79-4° C.), but not exceeding 180° F. 
(82-2° C.), until the volume of liquid in the receiver has been increased to thirty-two fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or to sixteen hundred cubic centimetres, the receiver and the condenser 
being kept cool with ice-cold water. Then withdraw the source of heat, and having allowed 
the contents of the retort to cool, introduce the remaining half-ounce (Imp. meas.) or twenty- 
five cubic centimetres of Nitric Acid, and resume the distillation as before, until the liquid in 
the receiver has been increased to thirty-four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or seventeen hundred 
cubic centimetres. Mix this liquid with one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres of the Alcohol, or with as much as will make the product contain 2% per cent, of ethyl 
nitrite when tested as described in the following paragraph. Preserve the Spirit of Nitrous 
Ether in well-closed vessels; preferably in a cool dark place, and in small bottles.” Br. 
NITROGEN DIOXIDE TEST. 
“ 1 volume agitated briskly at intervals during 5 minutes in a brine-charged nitrometer, 
with 1 volume of solution of potassium, iodide and 1 volume of diluted sulphuric acid, should 
yield, at the normal temperature (60° F. or 15-5° C.) and pressure (30 inches or 760 milli- 
metres of mercury), and when freshly prepared, at least 64, but not more than 7, volumes of 
nitric oxide gas, corresponding to at least 2£ parts by weight of ethyl nitrite 
in 100 parts by weight of the Spirit; and even after it has been kept for some 
time, and the vessel containing it has occasionally been opened, it should yield 
not much less than 5 times its volume of the gas, corresponding to nearly 2 
per cent, by weight of ethyl nitrite or a minimum of If per cent.” Br. The 
U. S. P. 1890 and the Br. Ph. 1898 quantitative test is based on Allen’s 
method, differing only in the relative quantities of the reagents. (See p. 
1274; also paper by Dr. C. O. Curtman, Proc. Missouri Pharm. Association, 
July, 1892, and A. J. P. 1898, 273.) 
Allen’s Test for Ethyl Nitrite. A nitrometer* (see cut) should be filled with 
strong brine, and 5 C.c. of the sample to be tested should be placed in the cup 
of the nitrometer, and allowed to enter through the tap, taking care that no 
air gets in at the same time. Five C.c. of a strong solution of potassium 
iodide is next allowed to enter, and this is followed by about 5 C.c. of dilute 
sulphuric acid. Effervescence immediately ensues, and, if the tube be vigor- 
ously agitated at intervals, the reaction will be complete in five minutes, when 
the level of the liquid in the two limbs of the nitrometer is adjusted, and the 
volume of nitrogen dioxide gas read off. If the volume of gas evolved be 
small, another 5 C.c. of the sample should be let into the nitrometer, and the 
agitation repeated. The calculation is the same as in Eykman’s process, the reaction being 
(C2H6)N02 + KI + II2S04 = (C2H6)0H + KHS04 + I + NO. 
When strictly accurate results are not required, the volume of' gas need not be corrected for 
variations of pressure, temperature, and tension of aqueous vapor, and if these considerations 
be omitted the calculation will be much simplified. Thus, if 0-030 gramme of nitrogen dioxide 
(representing 0-075 gramme of C2H6N02) under the ordinary conditions of pressure and tem- 
perature be taken to measure 23-55 C.c., then 
volume of gas in C.c. X 0-3185 
measure of sample in C.c. X density of sample — percentage by weight of C2H5N02. 
Lunge’s nitrom- 
* For a simpler form of nitrometer, see P. J. Tr., 1887, p. 765, or Proc.A. P. A., 1887, p. 19: also Ephemerit, 
1889, p. 1202. PART I. 
Spiritus JEtheris Nitrosi. 
1271 
If the density of the sample be omitted from the equation, the result will be the number of 
grammes of ethyl nitrite per 100 C.c. of the sample. 
The nitrometer method has been proved to give very good results with pure sodium nitrite 
(prepared from silver nitrite) employed in known amount. The results with spirit of nitrous 
ether are somewhat higher than those given by Eykman’s method, the difference being least 
when sodium chloride is employed in the latter process and time is given for the ferrous solu- 
tion to react thoroughly on the solution of ethyl nitrite. The results by the iodide method are 
almost certainly more accurate than those by Eykman’s process. With most specimens of sweet 
spirit of nitre a considerable amount of nitric oxide is produced (and iodine liberated) before 
adding the acid, the reaction probably depending on the presence of free acid in the sample. 
The results obtained in the nitrometer are remarkably constant, and the method furnishes a 
very easy means of assaying sweet spirit of nitre with considerable accuracy, which is further 
increased if a correction of 1-5 C.c. (= 0-0048 gramme of C2H6N02) be made for solubility 
of the gas. The process has the advantage of great ease and rapidity, and actually measures 
the nitrous compounds present in the sample, instead of leaving their proportions to be inferred 
from a more or less complex reaction, such as the reduction of permanganate, etc. 
The official spirit of nitrous ether is a mixture of nitrous ether or ethyl nitrite, C2H5N0o, 
and alcohol (rectified spirit). For many years, spirit of nitrous ether has been made by act- 
ing on alcohol with nitric acid, and the present British process and that of the U. S. P. 1880 
are constructed on this plan. The U. S. P. 1890 process differs essentially: in it, the use of 
nitric acid is abandoned, sodium nitrite being substituted as the source of the nitrous com- 
pound (see page 1255). Nitrous ether is always generated by the reaction of nitric acid with 
alcohol; and it matters not whether the alcohol be mixed with nitric acid directly, or with 
the materials for generating it, namely, nitre and sulphuric acid. In the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1850 the requisite nitric acid was obtained by using the materials for generating it, 
namely, potassium nitrate and sulphuric acid; for details of the process, see U. S. D., 14th 
ed., p. 1445. 
In the U. S- I860 process, which was modelled after the plan of Squibb, the nitric acid 
and alcohol were directly mixed in a retort. The liquid condensed in the receiver was 
mixed with potassium carbonate, and again distilled, in order to free it from the acid which 
had come over with the nitrous ether, and, being too strong with ether to meet the purposes 
required, was diluted with alcohol, and thus brought to the state of spirit of nitrous ether. It 
was a great improvement over the formula of earlier Pharmacopoeias, and had the merit of 
insuring a preparation of definite strength. But in the Pharmacopoeia of 1870 the British 
process was substituted, as even better than it. 
The U. S. 1880 process differed in several particulars from those formerly official. Copper 
was no longer used. The use of this metal originated with Prof. Redwood, under the im- 
pression that the nitrous radical was liberated by it and enabled to unite more readily with the 
ethyl of the alcohol, to form ethyl nitrite. Our experience is that upon the small scale the 
copper served a useful purpose in controlling and moderating the reaction, but excellent re- 
sults have been obtained by substituting broken glass, and we have obtained quite as large a 
yield of the peculiar ether when the copper was omitted. The nitric acid was not added in 
two portions, but the whole quantity was mixed with the sulphuric acid and alcohol at first. 
This was an improvement, in our opinion. The direction to “ heat rapidly, by means of a 
water-bath, until strong reaction occurs and the temperature reaches 80° C. (176° F.),” was 
apt to cause loss in the hands of the inexperienced through excessive action, and inability to 
condense all the vapor of ethyl nitrite which would be suddenly generated. A temperature of 
72° C. (161-6° F.), in our experience, was amply sufficient to start the reaction, and as soon as 
effervescence took place the heat should have been at once removed, and not reapplied until 
the reaction slackened, so that a uniform and not an excessive reaction might be maintained. 
The greatest change was, however, in purifying the distillate by agitating it with ice-cold dis- 
tilled water, separating the ethereal layer and mixing it with alcohol, so that the finished 
product should contain 5 per cent, by weight of the crude ethyl nitrite. It is very doubtful, 
in our opinion, whether anything was removed by the agitation with cold water except some of 
the alcohol. As aldehyde and hydrocyanic acid are both soluble in ethyl nitrite, and as alco- 
hol must be added subsequently, the advantage of the separation of the nitrous ether in this 
way was not very apparent, and when it is considered that ethyl nitrite is soluble in water and 
more soluble in alcohol, some of the most valuable portion of the distillate must have been 
wasted by being dissolved in the cold water. A thoroughly effective method of separating .ethyl 1272 
Spiritus JEtheris Nitrosi. 
PART I. 
nitrite from its solution in alcohol and water is yet to be discovered. Some manufacturers 
agitate the distillate with a saturated solution of calcium chloride to separate the ethyl nitrite, 
and the British Pharmacopoeia once used this method as a test.* 
The U. S. P. 1890 process overcomes these objections by generating the nitrous compound 
necessary to effect the combination with ethyl by acting on sodium nitrite with sulphuric acid 
in the presence of alcohol, the violence of the reaction being controlled by diluting both the 
sulphuric acid and the alcohol with water, and by using an aqueous solution of the nitrite. A 
very thorough means of refrigeration must be used, on account of the extreme volatility of the 
distillate, and because evolution of ethyl nitrite commences before all the sulphuric acid is 
added and without the use of any other heat than that generated by the chemical reaction. 
Heat should not be applied until the reaction becomes slower, and then only a very moderate 
heat (capable of being instantly withdrawn if necessary) applied. The advantages of the new 
process are that the production of aldehyde and acetic ether is avoided, through the absence 
of nitric acid, and pure ethyl nitrite is easily obtained. Sodium nitrite can be procured of 
standard purity, although the impurities in the commercial salt do not affect the character 
of the ethyl nitrite. The use of alkaline nitrites in making ethyl nitrite is not new, as both 
potassium and sodium nitrites have been employed, Feldhaus, Dunstan, Dymond,f and others 
having published processes; Dr. Frerichs, of St. Louis, has used the method on a large scale; 
and Prof. C. O. Curtman and E. L. Patch, of Boston, also recommend its employment. See 
Amer. Druggist, 1893, p. 171. 
The present British formula rejects the sodium nitrite process, but introduces under Liquor 
Ethyl Nitritis (see p. 796) a solution made by decomposing sodium nitrite in the presence 
of alcohol, and diluting the ethyl nitrite produced, with alcohol containing a little glycerin. It 
is unfortunate that both preparations were not made of the same strength, the solution 
containing 3 per cent., the spirit only 2 per cent., of ethyl nitrite; the solution contains no 
aldehyde, but the spirit is permitted to contain aldehyde and other substances. 
Theory of the Production of Nitrous Ether, etc. The reaction in the U. S. P. 
1890 process may be expressed as follows: 2C2II5OH -f- 2NaN02 -j- II2S04 = 2C2I16N02 -f- 
Na2S04 -j- 2HaO. Alcohol, sodium nitrite, and sulphuric acid when brought in contact yield 
ethyl nitrite, sodium sulphate, and water. The nitric acid process may be explained as fol- 
lows. One mol. of nitric acid, by reacting with one mol. of alcohol, forms one mol. of nitrous 
acid, one mol. of aldehyde, and one mol. of water: thus, HNOa -(- C„HeO — HN02 -|- C2H40 
-f- II20. The nitrous acid, as soon as formed, reacts with a second mol. of alcohol, so as to form 
one mol. of nitrous ether or ethyl nitrite, with separation of one mol. of water, according 
to the reaction C2H6.0H -j- HNOa = C2II6N02 -{- HaO. It has, however, been shown by 
Dr. Holding Bird that, when an excess of alcohol is used, saccharic acid is first formed, and 
that, when the formation of the nitrous ether has nearly ceased, aldehyde appears in the dis- 
tilled product, and simultaneously oxalic acid in the contents of the retort, before which time 
the latter cannot be discovered. All these products result from the oxidizing action of the 
* R. F. Fairthorne has prepared Spirit of Nitrous Ether without the use of a retort or still. {A. J. P., 1880, p. 
7; see also method by Mr. Emlen Painter, Proc. A. P. A., 1884-1886.) 
f Ethyl Nitrite. Expeditious Method of Preparing the Pure Ether. Professor Dunstan and Mr. T. S. Dymond 
find the following method to be admirably adapted to the production of pure nitrous ether in the nearly theoretical 
quantity without the use of heat, the ether, in the absence of excess of acid, being easily separated without distil- 
lation. A solution is made by dissolving 34-5 grammes of sodium nitrite in water. The liquid is diluted to 120 C.c. 
and cooled below 0° C. by surrounding the vessel which contains it with a mixture of ice and salt. The sodium 
nitrite of commerce contains from 95 to 98 per cent, of nitrite, and therefore a quantity corresponding to the pure 
salt must be taken. A slight excess of the salt does not interfere with the reaction. 13*5 C.c. of sulphuric acid are 
added to a cooled mixture of 32 C.c. of alcohol, with an equal volume of water; the liquid is then diluted to 120 C.c. 
and cooled below 0° C. This acid liquid is allowed to pass gradually through a thistle funnel with constant stirring 
to the bottom of the solution of sodium nitrite, contained in a long narrow glass vessel surrounded by ice and salt. 
The addition of the whole of the acid liquid occupies only a few minutes, and at its conclusion a pale-yellow layer 
of ethyl nitrite is found to be completely separated from the lower layer of solution of sodium sulphate, which is 
semi-solid from the separation of crystals of the salt. The ethyl nitrite so formed contains only traces of alcohol 
and water, the first being removed by agitation with cold water, the second by digestion with recently ignited anhy- 
drous potassium carbonate. The yield is from 30 to 35 grammes ; the calculated yield is 37*5. It cannot be preserved 
under ordinary conditions without decomposition, but if kept in contact with fragments of anhydrous potassium 
carbonate in a closely stoppered bottle it may be kept for a long time without change. It boils at 17-5° C., and 
possesses at 0° C. the sp. gr. 0-917-0-920 (water at 0° C. = 1). Analysis proves it to be nearly absolutely pure ethyl 
nitrite. The authors recommend for medicinal use a 2-per-cent, solution of ethyl nitrite in absolute alcohol. Its 
stability might be increased by the addition of 5 per cent, of glycerin; but even this is prone to change, though 
not so much as the solution in absolute alcohol simply, while the solution in rectified spirit changes to a still greater 
extent. The solution intended to be administered should not be diluted with water until just before it is to be taken. 
(P. J. Tr., 1888, 861-863.) PART I. 
Spiritus xEtheris Nitrosi. 
1273 
nitric acid upon the alcohol, increasing the proportion of oxygen in the substances formed, 
either by removing the hydrogen, or by abstracting this element and adding oxygen at the 
same time. 
In the process of the British Pharmacopoeia the nitric acid is converted into nitrous acid by 
the reducing action of metallic copper and sulphuric acid, the reaction being HN03 -f- Cu -f- 
H2S04 = HN02 + CuS04 + H20. The nitrous acid now reacts with the alcohol as in the 
previous reaction, so as to produce the nitrous ether. The object of using the sulphuric acid 
is to economize the nitric acid. 
Properties of Ethyl Nitrite. Pure ethyl nitrite is pale yellow, has the smell of apples 
and Hungary wine, boils at 18° C. (64-4° F.), and has the sp. gr. 0-900 at 15-5° C. The 
density of its vapor is 2-627. Litmus is not affected by it. When it is mixed with an alco- 
holic solution of potassa, potassium hyponitrite and alcohol are formed, without producing a 
brown color, showing the absence of aldehyde. It is soluble in 48 parts of water, and in all 
proportions in alcohol or rectified spirit. It is highly inflammable, and burns with a white 
flame without residue. The impure ether, as formerly obtained by the Edinburgh and Dublin 
processes for subsequent dilution to form sweet spirit of nitre, boiled at 21-1° C. (70° F.), and 
had the density of 0-886 at 4-4° C. (40° F.). The specific gravity assigned to it by the Edin- 
burgh College was 0-899. Mixed with an alcoholic solution of potassa, it became dark brown, 
with production of aldehyde resin. This discoloration showed the presence of aldehyde. When 
kept, it became acid in a short time, as shown by litmus; and nitric oxide was given off, which 
often caused the bursting of the bottle. Its tendency to become acid was rendered greater by 
the action of the air, and depended on the absorption of oxygen by the aldehyde, which thereby 
became acetic acid. Mr. Harvey, of Leeds, has suggested the use of pure crystals of potas- 
sium bicarbonate in a bottle in order to prevent the development of an acid reaction. Dr. J. 
C. Bademacher has found that the crystals after a time are partially converted into a nitrate. 
(A. J. P., xlii. 106.) These facts evince the propriety of preserving this ether in small, strong 
bottles, kept full and in a cool place. Nitrous ether is formed by the combination of one mol. 
of nitrous acid and one of ethyl, and its formula is C2H6.N02. It was, therefore, improperly 
called nitric ether. Considered as a salt, its proper name is ethyl nitrite. In its pure and con- 
centrated state it is never used in medicine. (See Liquor Ethyl Nitritis, p. 796.) 
Properties of Spirit of Nitrous Ether. This is “a clear, mobile, volatile, and in- 
flammable liquid of a pale yellowish or faintly greenish-yellow tint, having a fragrant, ethereal, 
and pungent odor free from acridity, and a sharp, burning taste. Specific gravity, about 
0-820 at 15° C. (59° F.). When freshly prepared, or even after being kept for some time 
with but little exposure to light and air, it is neutral to litmus paper. When long kept, or 
after having been freely exposed to air and light, it acquires an acid reaction, but it should 
not effervesce when a crystal of potassium bicarbonate is dropped into it.” U. S. 11 A limpid 
liquid, having a very faint yellowish tinge, inflammable, of a peculiar penetrating apple-like 
odor, and a characteristic taste. Specific gravity 0-838 to 0-842. When Spirit of Nitrous 
Ether is carefully poured on an acidulated strong solution of ferrous sulphate contained in a 
test-tube, a deep olive-brown coloration is produced at the surface of contact of the two liquids, 
widening as the tube is gently shaken. 10 cubic centimetres, mixed with 5 cubic centimetres 
of the volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide and 5 cubic centimetres of water, should assume 
a yellow color, which should not become brown on standing 12 hours (limit of aldehyde). It 
should not effervesce, or only very feebly, when shaken with sodium bicarbonate (limit of 
acid”). Br. It keeps well in half-pint bottles, securely stopped with waxed glass stoppers, 
and covered with dark paper, as Squibb proved by examining some bottles thus put up, 
after the lapse of two years. When exposed it is apt to become acid with age. Sweet spirit 
of nitre mixes with water and alcohol in all proportions. It is very inflammable, and burns 
with a whitish flame. 
Impurities and Tests. Sweet spirit of nitre, when made by the nitric acid process, is 
never quite free from aldehyde, and, if the distillation be too long continued, it is apt to con- 
tain a good deal of this substance, which afterwards becomes acetic acid by absorbing oxygen. 
The change goes on rapidly if the preparation be insecurely kept. Aldehyde, if in considerable 
proportion, may be detected by its imparting a pungent odor and an acrid flavor, and by the prep- 
aration assuming a brown tint on the addition of a weak solution of potash, owing to the forma- 
tion of aldehyde resin (see official test, page 1274). Another test for aldehyde, though less relia- 
ble, is the addition of an equal volume of sulphuric acid to the sweet spirit of nitre. If the 
sample be good, the change of color will be slight, and the mixture will be considerably viscid; 1274 
Spiritus jEtheris Nitrosi. 
PART I. 
if it contain much aldehyde, it will become dark-colored. If water or spirit he present in undue 
proportion, the viscidity will be less. (Phillips.) Acetic acid, as well as other acids (usually 
nitrogen acids) that may happen to be present, may be discovered by the taste, by their acting 
on litmus strongly, and by their decomposing the alkaline carbonates or bicarbonates with effer- 
vescence. Nitrogen acids are known by their coloring blue a piece of paper previously dipped 
into tincture of guaiac. These acids operate injuriously by their chemical reactions with other 
substances, when spirit of nitre is prescribed in mixtures. Thus, they liberate iodine from 
potassium iodide, gradually decolorize compound infusion of rose, and in the compound mix- 
ture of iron hasten the conversion of ferrous oxide into ferric oxide. To obviate these effects, 
Mr. Harvey, of Leeds, keeps sweet spirit of nitre standing on crystals of potassium bicarbon- 
ate, and states that, if the preparation be of full strength, no appreciable portion of the alkali 
will be dissolved. (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1842.) When acid sweet spirit of nitre is rectified from 
calcined magnesia, it becomes acid again in a short time; but, according to M. Klauer, when 
rectified from neutral potassium tartrate it continues unchanged for months. A deep olive 
color with ferrous sulphate shows the presence of a nitrogen oxide or acid. 
According to Mr. Bastick, sweet spirit of nitre contains about one-fifth of one per cent, of 
anhydrous hydrocyanic acid, when made from nitrous ether formed by impregnating alcohol 
with nitrous acid evolved by the action of starch on nitric acid, according to the process of 
Liebig. In making sweet spirit of nitre on a large scale, Dr. Squibb found that hydrocyanic 
acid vapors were produced if the heat happened to rise too high, and the ether ceased to be 
formed. Dr. Schoor and Gr. B. Schmidt found that, after a careful distillation, hydrocyanic 
acid could be detected in the residue left in the retort to the amount of 0-977 per cent., whilst 
the distillate contained but an insignificant trace. (Pharm. Zeitung, No. 37 ; N. P., Sept. 1880.) 
Alcohol and water are often fraudulently added to sweet spirit of nitre. These additions 
are difficult to detect. The official tests are as follows: “ If a test-tube be half filled with the 
Spirit, and put into a water-bath heated to 65° C. (149° F.) until it has acquired this temper- 
ature, the Spirit should boil distinctly upon the addition of a few small pieces of broken glass. 
If 10 C.c. of the Spirit he mixed with 5 C.c. of potassium hydrate test-solution, previously 
diluted with 5 C.c. of water, the mixture will assume a yellow color which should not turn 
decidedly brown within twelve hours (limit of aldehyde). If 5 C.c. of recently prepared Spirit 
of Nitrous Ether be introduced into a nitrometer, and followed, first, by 10 C.c. of potassium 
iodide test-solution, and then by 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid, the volume of nitrogen 
dioxide generated at the ordinary indoor temperature (assumed to be at or near 25° C., or 77° 
F.) should not be less than 55 C.c., corresponding to about 4 per cent, of pure ethyl nitrite.” 
U. S. When in undue proportion, alcohol and water may be detected in the British prepara- 
tion, in a rough way, by agitating it with twice its volume of a saturated solution of calcium 
chloride. Specific gravity is no criterion of the quality of the preparation as obtained by 
any formula. The addition of water will raise its density; and the same effect will be pro- 
duced by adding nitrous ether. A high density, in connection with deficient ethereal quali- 
ties, would of course indicate free acids, or an excess of water, or both. A specific gravity 
lower than the U. S. and Br. standard would show the presence of alcohol either stronger 
than it should be or in too large a proportion. The fraudulent dilution of sweet spirit of 
nitre with alcohol and water is a great evil, considering its extensive use and its valuable reme- 
dial properties. Water is injurious not merely as a diluent but also as the most efficient pro- 
moter of chemical changes. In commerce this valuable medicine is usually found variously 
diluted with twice, thrice, and even four times its weight of alcohol and water. In this way 
its ether strength is greatly reduced. Dr. Squibb examined six samples of sweet spirit of 
nitre, five of which were obtained from respectable wholesale druggists ; of these one sample 
contained 3-16 per cent, of nitrous ether, four between one and two per cent., and one under 
one per cent.; while a standard preparation, made according to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, con- 
tained at least 4-3 per cent. The addition of glycerin to spirit of nitrous ether has been highly 
recommended as a preservative. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sweet spirit of nitre is diaphoretic, diuretic, and anti- 
spasmodic. It is deservedly much esteemed as a medicine, and is extensively employed in 
febrile affections, either alone or in conjunction with tartar emetic, for the purpose of promoting 
the secretions, especially those of sweat and urine. It often proves a grateful stimulus to the 
stomach, relieving nausea and removing flatulence, and not unfrequently quiets restlessness and 
promotes sleep. It is especially selected in cases in which the tendency is asthenic. On ac- 
count of its tendency to the kidneys, it is often conjoined with other diuretics, such as squill, Spiritus LEtheris Nitrosi.—Spiritus Ammoniae. 
PART I. 
1275 
digitalis, potassium acetate, nitre, etc., for the purpose of promoting their action in dropsical 
complaints. Dr. Duncan, of Edinburgh, praised a combination of it with a small proportion 
of aromatic spirit of ammonia, as eminently diaphoretic and diuretic, and well suited to certain 
states of febrile disease. The dose is from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.) every 
two or three hours, mixed with a portion of water. When used as a diuretic, it should be given 
in larger doses. 
The inhalation of sweet spirit of nitre produces acceleration of the pulse, with a peculiar 
leaden purple color of the lips, mouth, and finger-tips, followed by flushing of the face, extreme 
giddiness, nausea, muscular debility, and violent headache, excessively rapid irregular pulse, 
and dyspnoea. These symptoms undoubtedly depend in great part upon the presence of the 
ethyl nitrite, whose action is without doubt like that of other nitrites, being simply somewhat 
less prompt and fugacious than that of amyl nitrite, because the ethyl compound is less vola- 
tile, and therefore less rapidly absorbed and eliminated. The death of a child three years old 
is said to have been caused by between three and four ounces of the nitrite. 
SPIRITUS AMMONIA. U. S. Spirit of Ammonia. 
(SPIR'l-TUS AM-MO'NI-iE.) 
“An alcoholic solution of Ammonia [NH3 = 17-01] containing 10 per cent., by weight, of 
the gas.” U. S. 
Liquor Ammonii Caustiei Spirituosus, P. G.; Spiritus Ammoniaci Caustici Dzondiij AlcoolS d’Ammoniaque, 
Liqueur d’Ammoniaque vineuse, Fr.; Weingeistige Ammoniakfliissigkeit, G. 
“ Stronger Ammonia Water, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 
minims] ; Alcohol, recently distilled, and, after distillation, kept in glass vessels, a sufficient 
quantity. Pour the Stronger Ammonia Water into a flask provided with a safety funnel, and 
connected, by means of a glass condenser, with a well-cooled receiver containing five hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Alcohol, the delivery-tube of the condenser 
reaching to near the bottom of the receiver. Heat the flask carefully, and very gradually, to 
a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), and maintain it at that temperature for about 
ten minutes. Then disconnect the receiver, and, having ascertained the ammoniacal strength 
of the contents by means of normal sulphuric acid (rosolic acid test-solution being used as 
indicator), add enough Alcohol to make the product contain ten per cent., by weight, of Am- 
monia. Keep the Spirit in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
Spirit of ammonia is now official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia only, the British Pharmaco- 
poeia not having adopted it. It is a solution of caustic ammonia in alcohol. As prepared by 
the U. S. process of 1850, the ammoniacal gas was received in the alcohol and condensed 
by it; and the proportions of the ingredients were so adjusted as to give a preparation con- 
taining between 10 and 11 per cent, of ammonia, and capable of saturating about 30 per cent, 
of official sulphuric acid. Accordingly it agreed in ammoniacal strength, as it was intended it 
should do, with the U. S. Liquor Ammoniac. Its sp. gr. was 0-831, or thereabouts. But in 
the official process of 1870 the materials for the generation of ammonia were mixed with a 
large proportion of water, the vapor of which came over to some extent with the gas and was 
condensed along with it. The resulting spirit was, therefore, somewhat diluted with water, 
and to an indefinite extent, so that the preparation had no precise sp. gr.; and, though the 
whole amount obtained contained all the ammonia generated, no accurate criterion of its rela- 
tive strength could be made. This fault has been remedied in the present official process by 
substituting stronger water of ammonia for the ammonium chloride, water, and lime, and not 
permitting the temperature to rise above 60° C. (140° F.). In addition to this, the amount 
of ammonia present is determined by volumetric assay, and it contains the same quantity 
of ammonia that is present in ammonia water,—i.e., 10 per cent. Alcohol which *has been 
kept in the cask for a long time will be discolored when the gaseous ammonia is passed into it. 
Properties. The spirit of ammonia, formerly called ammoniated alcohol, is “ a colorless 
liquid, having a strong odor of ammonia, and a specific gravity of about 0-810 at 15° C. (59° 
F.). When diluted with water, it should respond to the tests for identity and purity mentioned 
under Ammonia Water (see Aqua Ammoniac). If 3-4 Gm. (or 4-2 C.c.) of Spirit of Ammonia 
be diluted with water, it should require, for complete neutralization, 20 C.c. of normal sulphuric 
acid (each C.c. corresponding to 0-5 per cent, of Ammonia), rosolic acid being used as indi- 
cator.” U. S. When good, it does not effervesce with dilute hydrochloric acid ; but if old, or 
carelessly kept, it is apt to be partially carbonated, as shown by this test. It, however, absorbs 
carbonic acid more slowly than does Liquor Ammoniae. 1276 
Spiritus Ammonise Aromatieus. 
PART I. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Spirit of ammonia is stimulant and antispasmodic, 
and is given in hysteria, flatulent colic, and nervous debility. It is, however, little used inter- 
nally, the aromatic spirit, which is pleasanter and has similar properties, being preferred. 
The dose is from ten to thirty drops (0-6-1-9 C.c.) in a wineglassful (60 C.c.) of water. Spirit 
of ammonia dissolves resins, gum-resins, camphor, and the volatile oils, and is a very convenient 
addition to spirituous liniments intended to produce a rubefacient effect. Not more than one 
part of the spirit should, as a rule, be added to six or eight parts, by measure, of the liniment. 
It enters into no official preparation. 
SPIRITUS AMMONIA AROMATICUS. U. S., Br. Aromatic Spirit of 
Ammonia. 
Spiritus Ammonia) Compositus; Spirit of Sal Volatile; Alcoolat ammoniacal aromatique, Fr.; Aromatische? 
Ammoniakgeist, G. 
“ Ammonium Carbonate, in translucent pieces, thirty-four grammes [or 1 ounce av., 87 grains] ; 
Ammonia Water, ninety cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 21 minims] ; Oil of Lemon, ten cubic 
centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Oil of Lavender Flowers, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; Oil 
of Nutmeg, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; Alcohol, seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 
fluidounces, 321 minims] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic cen- 
timeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. To the Ammonia Water, contained in a flask, add 
one hundred and forty cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 352 minims] of Distilled Water, and 
afterwards the Ammonium Carbonate reduced to a moderately fine powder. Close the flask and 
agitate the contents until the Carbonate is dissolved. Introduce the Alcohol into a graduated 
bottle of suitable capacity, add the oils, then gradually add the solution of Ammonium Car- 
bonate, and afterwards enough Distilled Water to make the product measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Set the liquid aside during twenty-four hours in 
a’cool place, occasionally agitating, then filter it through paper, in a well-covered funnel. Keep 
the product in glass-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
“ Ammonium Carbonate, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Strong Solution of Am- 
monia, 8 ff. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 200 cubic centimetres ; Oil of Nutmeg, 4£ fl. drachms (Imp. 
meas.) or 144 cubic centimetres; Oil of Lemon, 6£ fl. drachms (Imp. meas.) or 20-3 cubic 
centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 6 pints (Imp. meas.) or 3000 cubic centimetres; Distilled 
Water, 3 pints (Imp. meas.) or 1500 cubic centimetres. Place the Oil of Lemon, Oil of Nut- 
meg, and Alcohol with the Distilled Water in a retort; distil seven pints (Imp. meas.) or three 
thousand five hundred cubic centimetres; then distil and separately collect an additional 
nine fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred and twenty-five cubic centimetres. Place 
the latter, together with the Ammonium Carbonate and the Strong Solution of Ammonia, 
in a bottle holding rather more than a pint (Imp., meas.) or rather more than half a litre; 
securely cork the bottle and gently warm it in a water-bath to 140° F. (60° C.), shaking from 
time to time until all the salt has dissolved. Filter the resulting solution when cold through 
cotton wool, and gradually mix the filtrate with the portion first distilled.” Br. 
In both of these formulas ammonium carbonate and uncombined ammonia are used; but 
they differ in the relative proportion of the materials and the mode of conducting the process. 
The U. S. spirit is a mere solution of the ingredients in alcohol diluted with a small proportion 
of water; while the British contains so much of the ingredients as may rise in distillation and 
be condensed with the seven pints of spirit that result. The strength of the former is definite, 
that of the latter more or less indefinite, as a portion of the materials must be left behind. 
The advantage arising from distillation, however, the avoidance of discoloration, is one which 
is well worth considering, although the spirit will always grow darker with age. The present 
preparation differs from that formerly official in the substitution of oil of nutmeg for oil of 
pimenta, it having been shown that oil of pimenta increased the tendency of the spirit to 
darken. Commercial oil of nutmeg frequently has a terebinthinate odor. Much care is needed 
to select for this preparation volatile oils that are fresh and of good quality. The translucent 
official ammonium carbonate, which is a mixture of bicarbonate and carbamate, does not dis- 
solve in alcohol: the bicarbonate precipitates, and the carbamate dissolves. The object of the 
addition of free ammonia in the official processes is to convert the insoluble bicarbonate into 
the carbamate. The effloresced ammonium carbonate of commerce having parted with some 
of its ammonia is a bicarbonate : hence when it is used, unless more than the official proportion 
of the ammonia water be added, some of the ammonia salt will remain as the precipitate of 
(SPIK'I-TtJS AM-MO'NI-JE XR-O-MXT'I-CUS.) PART I. 
Spiritus Ammonise Aromaticus.—Spiritus Amygdalae Amarse. 
1277 
the ammonium bicarbonate. The difficulty of precipitation which so many pharmacists com- 
plain of is thus explained. It is a useful precaution to permit the ammonium carbonate 
and ammonia water to remain in contact seven or eight hours before diluting with the other 
ingredients: this will secure the entire conversion of the bicarbonate, and obviate the precipi- 
tation above noted. It is officially described as “ a nearly colorless liquid when freshly pre- 
pared, but gradually acquiring a somewhat darker tint. It has a pungent, ammoniacal odor 
and taste. Specific gravity, about 0-905 at 15° C. (59° F.).” U. S. “A transparent liquid 
having a pungent ammoniacal odor and flavor; nearly colorless when first prepared, but 
liable to darken slightly. Specific gravity 0-888 to 0-893* 20 cubic centimetres require for 
neutralization 25-5 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid, corresponding 
to about 2-4 per cent, of ammonia (NH3), or 2-16 grammes in 100 cubic centimetres. 20 
cubic centimetres, after the addition of 16 cubic centimetres of solution of barium chloride, 
should yield a precipitate which becomes more copious on heating to 160° F. (71° C.), and 
after filtering, the filtrate should yield a further precipitate when more of the reagent is added 
and the liquid is again heated.” Br. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Aromatic spirit of ammonia is fitted to fulfil the same 
indications as the simple spirit, but is much more used, on account of its grateful taste and 
smell. It is advantageously employed as a stimulant antacid in sick headache. The dose of 
the U. S. spirit is from thirty drops to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), sufficiently diluted with 
water. Aromatic spirit of ammonia may be usefully added to aperient draughts, to render 
them less offensive to the stomach; but care must be taken not to mix it with incompatible 
substances. Most of the ammonia contained in it is probably in the state of the carbamate, 
which is converted into the carbonate upon the addition of water. 
SPIRITUS AMMONIA FCETIDUS. Br. Fetid Spirit of Ammonia. 
(SPIR'I-TUS AM-MO'NI--* F(ET'I-DUS.) 
Alcoolat ammoniacal f6tide, Essence antihystSrique, Fr.; Ammoniakaliseher Stinkasantgeist, G. 
“ Asafetida, 1J ounces (Imperial) or 75 grammes ; Strong Solution of Ammonia, 2 fl. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Break 
the Asafetida into small pieces, and macerate it in a closed vessel in fifteen fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or seven hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol for twenty-four hours; 
distil until alcoholic vapors cease to be condensed ; mix the distillate with the Strong Solution 
of Ammonia, and add sufficient Alcohol to make one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic 
centimetres.” Br. 
This is an alcoholic solution of the volatile oil of asafetida mixed with strong water of am- 
monia, and is an energetic nervous stimulant and antacid, adapted to certain hysterical condi- 
tions associated with gastric weakness and acidity. It is one of the preparations formerly 
recognized by the British Colleges, and reinstated after having been dropped from the first 
British Pharmacopoeia. “ 25 cubic centimetres should require for neutralization at least 42-5 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid, corresponding to at least 2-88 
grammes of ammonia (NH8) in 100 cubic centimetres.” Br. The dose is from thirty minims 
to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c), to be largely diluted when administered. 
SPIRITUS AMYGDALA AMARiE. U. S. Spirit of Bitter Almond. 
[Essence of Bitter Almond.] 
“ Oil of Bitter Almond, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Alcohol, eight hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Oil in the Alcohol, 
and add enough Distilled Water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This is a new official spirit of the U. S. P. 1890 : it is employed solely for flavoring purposes, 
and should always be used with care. The official oil of bitter almond now requires the presence 
of a trace of hydrocyanic acid, and hence the official spirit, containing 1 per cent, of oil, would 
show a slight trace. It would be safer to use for the spirit an oil free from hydrocyanic acid. 
A few drops only should be added to those substances which require a flavor. 
(SPIR'I-TUS A-MYG'DA-LiE A-MA'RzE.) 
* The specific gravity 0-888 to 0-893 is probably an error, 0-895 to 0*900 being nearer the truth. 1278 
Spiritus Anisi.—Spiritus Cajuputi. 
PART I. 
SPIRITUS ANISI. U. S., Br. Spirit of Anise. 
Essence of Anise; Alcoolat d’Anis, Fr.; Anisgeist, G. 
“ Oil of Anise, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Deodorized 
Alcohol, nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims], To make one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. “ Oil of Anise, 1 fl. ounce 
(Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. To 
the Oil of Anise add enough of the Alcohol to form ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Anise. This Spirit of Anise contains half the 
proportion of Oil of Anise present in the Essence of Anise of the British Pharmacopoeia of 
1885,” Br., and is now of the same strength as the U. S. spirit. Dose, as a stomachic and 
carminative, from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7'5 C.c.), properly diluted. 
(SPIR'I-TUS A-NI'Sl.) 
SPIRITUS ARMORACL® COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Spirit of 
Horse-radish. 
(SPIR'I-TUS AR-MO-RA'CI-iE COM-P<5§'l-TUS.) 
Esprit de Raifort compost, Alcoolat antiscorbutique, Fr.; Meerrettiggeist, G. 
“Horseradish Root, scraped, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 125 grammes; Dried Bitter-Orange 
Peel, well bruised, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 125 grammes; Nutmeg, bruised, 55 grains or 3-15 
grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 1J pints (Imp. meas.) or 625 cubic centimetres; Distilled 
Water, 11 pints (Imp. meas.) or 750 cubic centimetres. Mix, and distil two pints (Imp. meas.) 
or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This may be used advantageously as an addition to diuretic remedies, in dropsy attended with 
debility, especially in the case of drunkards. Dose, from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.). 
SPIRITUS AURANTII. U. S. Spirit of Orange. 
(SPIK'I-TUS iu-RAN'TI-I—aw-ran'shg-i.) 
Alcoolat d’Huile d’Oranges, Fr.; Pomeranzengeist, G. 
“ Oil of Orange Peel, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Deodorized Alco- 
hol, nine hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims], To make one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
This official was introduced at the U. S. 1880 revision. There was very little necessity for 
its introduction, because of the adoption of the tincture of sweet orange peel, which is identical 
in properties with the spirit, although not so strong. It serves a useful purpose, however, as a 
means of preserving the oil. (See Oleum Aurantii.) It is an excellent solution for flavoring 
purposes when the stimulant effect of the alcohol is desired. 
SPIRITUS AURANTII COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Spirit of 
Orange. 
(spTr'i-tus au-ran'ti-i com-p5§'i-tus.) 
“ Oil of Orange Peel, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Oil of 
Lemon, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Oil of Coriander, twenty cubic 
centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Oil of Anise, five cubic centimeters [or 81 minims] ; Deodorized 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims. Mix them. Keep the product in completely filled, well-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
and dark place.” U. S. 
This compound spirit has been introduced for the purpose of producing the orange flavor in 
making the official Elixir Aromaticum (page 497). It will be found by physicians to be a 
useful and fragrant addition to prescriptions. 
SPIRITUS CAJUPUTI. Br. Spirit of Cajuput 
(SPIR'I-TUS CXj-U-PU'Tl.) 
AlcooNj de Cajeput, Fr.; Cajeputgeist, G. 
“ Oil of Cajuput, 1 fl. ounce- (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Cajuput add enough of the Alcohol to form ten 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Cajuput.’’ Br. 
For an account of the medical properties and uses of oil of cajuput, of which this is simply 
an alcoholic solution, see Oleum Cajuputi. “ This Spirit of Cajuput contains five times the PART I. 
Spiritus Camphorse.—Spiritus Chloroformi. 
1279 
F0P°,r)tioDn of of Cajuput present in the Spirit of Cajuput of the British Pharmacopoeia of 
1885. Br. Dose, from five to twenty minims (0-31-1-23 C.c.), properly diluted. 
SPIRITUS CAMPHORiE. U. S., Br. Spirit of Camphor. 
(SPIK'I-TUS CAM'PHO-R*.) 
ft CTPh0ff’ r,r' S' 18u50.’ pinct"re of CamI,hor; Alcohol Camphoratus; Spiritus Camphoratus, P.G.; 
Camphre, Alcool camphrg, Fr.; Kampferspiritus, G. 1 1 
“ Camphor, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces ay., 231 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, 
J.o make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Camphor 
in eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 25 minims] of Alcohol, filter through 
paper, and pass enough Alcohol through the filter to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
“ Camphor, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. 
To the Camphor add enough of the Alcohol to form ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hun- 
dred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Camphor.” Br. 
. The present official spirit differs from that of 1880 in being made from alcohol without dilu- 
tion with water: this change was recommended in the preceding edition of this commentary. 
The addition of water to the solution was by no means a practical improvement, in view of the 
extensive employment of the preparation in liniments containing chloroform, oils, etc., in which, 
of course, it was frequently immiscible without producing turbidity. This spirit is used as 
an anodyne embrocation in rheumatic and gouty pains, chilblains, and the inflammation re- 
sulting from sprains and bruises. M. Nelaton employed it, in the Clinical Hospital of Paris, 
in the dressing of open wounds, by compresses, lotion, or fomentation. (Ann. de Therap., 1865,’ 
p. 129.) It may also be employed internally, due regard being paid to the stimulant properties 
of the alcohol. The camphor is precipitated by the addition of water, but may be suspended 
by the intervention of sugar. The dose is from five drops to a fluidrachm (0-3-3-75 C.c.) 
first added to sugar, and then mixed with water. 
SPIRITUS CHLOROFORMI. U. S., Br. Spirit of Chloroform. 
(SPIR'I-TUS jSHLO-RO-FOR'MI.) 
Chloric Ether, Spirit of Chloric Ether, Br.; Alcoole de Chloroforme, Fr.; Chloroformspiritus, G. 
“ Chloroform, sixty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 14 minims] ; Alcohol, nine hundred 
and forty cubic centimeters [or 31 fluidounces, 377 minims], To make one thousand cubic centi- 
meters.[ox 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
“ Chloroform, 1 fl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 
a sufficient quantity. To the Chloroform add enough of the Alcohol to form one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Chloroform.” Br. 
The chloroform strength of this preparation does not differ very greatly from that of the 
spirit of chloroform which was official in the United States Pharmacopoeia of 1880 ; the latter 
contained 10 per cent, of chloroform by weight, whilst the spirit now official contains 6 per 
cent, by volume, the seeming difference being due to the specific gravity of the chloroform. 
Solution of chloroform in alcohol in variable proportions was at one time erroneously called 
chloric ether, and was used as a respiratory anaesthetic agent in the place of chloroform, under 
the impression that it would be safer, the stimulant properties of the alcohol obviating the 
sedative action of the chloroform. It is at present, however, little used in this way, practi- 
tioners who employ chloroform and yet wish to guard against its depressing effects preferring 
ether to alcohol as the corrigent. The spirit of chloroform is a convenient form for internal 
exhibition, as it is more readily incorporated in mixtures than chloroform itself. The dose is 
from ten to sixty minims (0-6—3-75 C.c.).* The official elixir of orange is an agreeable vehicle 
for its administration. 
* Alcoholic Solution of Chloroform. A preparation for inhalation, composed of one-third pure chloroform and 
two-thirds nearly absolute alcohol, was recommended by Dr. Warren, under the name of strong chloric ether. Dr. 
Snow has since employed a similar mixture, using equal parts of chloroform and alcohol. The mixture, made in the 
proportion adopted by Dr. Snow, is commended by M. Robert as the best anassthetic agent yet proposed. As the 
name chloric ether was originally applied by the late Dr. T. Thomson, of Glasgow, to the Dutch liquid, it would be 
well to abandon the same appellation to designate chloroform, or its mixture with alcohol. A correct name for the 
latter would be alcoholic solution of chloroform, or tincture of chloroform. Dr. Warren used his preparation in fifty 
cases with success, and considered it safer than chloroform, and more agreeable than ether, but there is no reason for 
supposing that it has especial value. The preparation sold in London and elsewhere under the name of “ chloric 
ether” is a weak tincture of chloroform of variable quality, containing at most but 16 or 18 per cent, of chloroform, 
and sometimes not more than 5 or 6 per cent. 1280 
Spiritus Cinnamomi.—Spiritus Frumenti. 
PART I. 
SPIRITUS CINNAMOMI. U. S., Br. Spirit of Cinnamon. 
(SPIB'I-TUS CIN-NA-MO'MI.) 
Alcoolis de Cannelle, Fr.; Zimmtspiritus, G. 
“ Oil of Cinnamon, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, 
nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims], To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
“ Oil of Cinnamon, 1 fl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Cinnamon add enough of the Alcohol to form ten 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Cinnamon.” Br. 
The spirit of cinnamon is an agreeable aromatic cordial. It contains five times the propor- 
tion of oil of cinnamon present in the spirit of cinnamon of the British Pharmacopoeia of 
1885. Dose, from five to twenty minims (0-3-1-2 C.c.) in water. 
SPIRITUS FRUMENTI. U. S. Whiskey. 
“ An alcoholic liquid obtained by tbe distillation of the mash of fermented grain (usually 
of mixtures of corn, wheat, and rye), and at least two years old.” U. S. 
Eau de Vie de Grains, Fr.; Kornbranntwein, G. 
The term whiskey is said to have been first applied to the spirit obtained from barley in the 
Highlands of Scotland, and to signify water in the language of the people of that region. 
(1Zees's Cyclopedia.) In the strict sense of the word, as at present understood, and as officially 
defined, it belongs to the distilled spirit from different grains, including Indian corn, wheat, 
rye, and barley. The whiskey of this country is generally made from corn or rye. The term, 
however, is sometimes extended to other forms of ardent spirit; and that resulting from the 
distillation of cider is frequently, although incorrectly, designated as apple whiskey. 
In the preparation of whiskey, the infusion of rye or other grain is first made to undergo 
fermentation, by which the saccharine matter and indirectly the starch are converted into alco- 
hol. In this state the liquid is called the mash. This is submitted to distillation, and the 
product is denominated low wines. By a second distillation it becomes purer and stronger, and 
now takes the name of raw corn spirit or whiskey. Sometimes, we are informed, it is sub- 
mitted to a third distillation, in order still further to purify it. By time certain chemical 
changes take place by which the natural impurities contained in the liquor are destroyed, and 
the whiskey becomes mellow, losing the disagreeable odor and taste which it is apt to have 
when first distilled. It is generally believed that these changes involve the change of the 
aldehydic constituents of the raw spirit into acids which unite with the higher alcohols of the 
fusel oil to form esters which give the improved taste and mellowness to an aged whiskey. 
There are volatile principles naturally existing in the grains, which accompany the liquor in 
all its changes and give their characteristic flavor to the resulting spirit. These can scarcely 
be considered as impurities. But there are others, produced during the process of fermenta- 
tion, which serve seriously to contaminate the product. Among these is fusel oil or grain oil 
(amylic alcohol), which is offensive both to the smell and to the taste, and from which it is 
very desirable that the spirit should be freed as far as possible. This is determined in an ap- 
proximately quantitative way by shaking out with carbon tetrachloride, oxidizing the solution 
so obtained with chromic acid mixture, and then titrating the valerianic and other acids 
obtained with decinormal barium hydroxide. Minute proportions of acetic and butyric acids 
are often present in whiskey, and valerianic acid has been detected. (A. J. P., 1859, 573.) 
According to Dr. A. A. Hayes, of Boston, new spirits which have been prepared in copper 
stills are liable to be contaminated with that metal, which, however, is, he thinks, deposited in 
the process of ripening which they undergo by time. (Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, July, 1861.) 
Properties. Whiskey, when recently prepared, is nearly colorless; but when kept in 
casks it gradually acquires a brownish color, which deepens with time; and hence it may be 
found of various shades, from a slight yellowish brown tint to the dark brown of brandy. 
Its taste and smell, when mellow by age, though peculiar, are not disagreeable. According to 
the Pharmacopoeia, whiskey is “ an amber-colored liquid, having a distinctive odor and taste, 
and a slightly acid reaction. Its specific gravity should not be more than 0-930, nor less than 
0-917, corresponding, approximately, to an alcoholic strength of 44 to 50 per cent, by weight, 
or 50 to 58 per cent, by volume. If 100 C.c. of Whiskey be very slowly evaporated in a 
tared capsule on a water-bath, the last portions volatilized should not have a harsh or dis- 
(SPIR'I-TUS FRU-MEX'TI.) PART I. 
Spiritus Gaultherise.—Spiritus Glonoini. 
1281 
agreeable odor (absence of more than traces of fusel oil from grain) ; and the residue, when 
dried at 100° C. (212° F.), should not weigh more than 0-25 Gm. This residue should have 
no sweet nor distinctly spicy taste (absence of added sugar, glycerin, or aromatic substances). 
It should almost completely dissolve in 10 C.c. of cold water, forming a solution which is colored 
not deeper than light green by a few drops of dilute ferric chloride test-solution made by mix- 
ing the latter with 10 volumes of water (absence of more than traces of oak tannin from 
casks). To render 100 C.c. of Whiskey distinctly alkaline to litmus should not require more 
than 1-2 C.c. of potassium hydrate volumetric solution (limit of free acid)." U. S. 
Whiskey is an excellent alcoholic stimulant, which differs therapeutically from brandy in its 
having less tendency to cause constipation. Owing to its cheapness and its customary purity, 
it is usually preferable to brandy as a medicinal agent. It is also used as.an antiseptic for 
wounds and ulcers. 
SPIRITUS GAULTHERIA. U. S. Spirit of Gaultheria. 
“ Oil of Gaultheria, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, nine hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims], To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
This spirit, which was made official for the first time in the U. S. P. 1880, is simply a solution 
of the oil of gaultheria in alcohol in varying proportions ; it has long been in use in many parts 
of our country, and authoritative recognition was needed. It is probably most largely used 
for imparting flavor to prescriptions. The dose is from ten to twenty minims (0-6°-l-25 C.c.). 
(SPIR'I-TUS GAuL-THE'RI-jE.) 
SPIRITUS GLONOINI. TJ.S. (Br.) Spirit of Glonoin. [Spirit of Nitroglycerin.] 
Liquor Trinitriui, Br.; Solution of Trinitrin; Liquor Nitroglycerini; Solution of Nitroglycerine; Liquor 
Glonoini; Solution of Glonoin. 
“ An alcoholic solution of Glonoin [Glyceryl (or Propenyl) trinitrate, or Nitroglycerin ; C3H6- 
(N03)3= 226-58], containing 1 per cent., by weight, of the substance. Spirit of Glonoin 
should be kept and transported in well-stoppered tin cans, and should be stored in a cool place, 
remote from lights or fire. Great care should be exercised in handling, packing, transporting, 
or storing the Spirit, since a dangerous explosion may result if any considerable quantity of it 
be spilled and the alcohol be partly or wholly lost by evaporation.” U. S. 
“ Trinitroglycerin of commerce, 17? grains or 1 gramme; Alcohol’ (90 per cent.), a sufficient 
quantity. Dissolve the trinitroglycerin in sufficient of the Alcohol to produce four fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the Solution of Trinitrin.” Br. 
This is a new official spirit. It has been introduced into the U. S. P. 1890 with the view 
of furnishing an eligible mode of administering nitroglycerin. The British Liquor Trinitrini 
is practically identical. Abundant precautions are included, which should on no account be 
neglected. The official description is as follows. “ A clear, colorless liquid, possessing the odor 
and taste of alcohol. Caution should be exercised in tasting it, since even a small quantity of 
it is liable to produce a violent headache. The same effect is produced when it is freely applied 
to the skin. It is neutral to litmus paper. Specific gravity, 0-826 to 0-832 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
On diluting 10 C.c. of the Spirit with 15 C.c. of water,—both liquids, as well as the mixture, 
when measured, being brought to 15° C. (59° F.),—the liquid will exhibit at most a faint 
cloudiness, but the addition of a further portion of 5 C.c. of water should produce a white 
turbidity. If the specific gravity of the Spirit be higher than 0-840, or if 10 C.c. of it be 
rendered turbid by less than 10 C.c. of water, the Spirit should be rejected.” P.'S. “ A clear 
and colorless liquid, neutral to test-papers. Specific gravity 0-840. A mixture of 10 cubic 
centimetres with an equal volume of water, cooled to 60° F. (15-5 C.), remains clear, but the 
further admixture of 1 cubic centimetre of water causes opacity (presence of a due amount of 
trinitroglycerin). On further diluting with water and setting the mixture aside, there is de- 
posited a liquid of oily consistence, one drop of which, absorbed by paper and struck with a 
hammer on a hard surface, explodes. 110 minims contain 1 grain of trinitroglycerin; 100 
cubic centimetres contain 1 gramme.” Br. For a method of assaying this spirit by Dr. Rice, 
see Amer. Drug., 1895, 6 ; also Nagelvoort’s method, A. J. P., 1894, 527. On account of the 
importance of nitroglycerin as a therapeutic agent, we append the following. 
(SPIR'I-TUS GLO-NO-I'NI.) 1282 
Spiritus Glonoini. 
PART I. 
Nitroglycerin. Trinitrine. Glonoin. Glyceryl Trinitrate. (C3H6(N03)3.) When glycerin 
is gradually added in small portions at a time to a mixture of one part of strong nitric acid and 
three to four parts of concentrated sulphuric acid, and at a temperature kept low by artificial 
refrigeration, it is converted into a bright yellow liquid, which has remarkable explosive proper- 
ties and has received the name at the head of this article. Nitroglycerin was discovered in 
the year 1847 by Professor Sobrero, of Turin. It was afterwards made a subject of study by 
Dr. de Vrij, of the Netherlands, Dr. Gladstone, and Dr. Kopp, but did not attract general at- 
tention until 1867, when Alfred Nobel, a Swedish engineer, suggested its use for explosive pur- 
poses. It is a yellow liquid (said to be colorless or slightly yellowish when pure) ; of a sp. gr. 
from 1-525 to 1-6 ; inodorous ; of a sweet, pungent, aromatic taste ; very slightly soluble in water, 
but readily soluble in ether, alcohol, and methylated spirit; not freezing above —15-5° C. (4° F.) 
when quite pure, according to J. R. Wagner, but, as it occurs in commerce, solidifying by con- 
tinued exposure to a temperature of 8° C. (46-4° F.), and assuming the form of long needles, 
which it is dangerous to handle, as they explode violently when gently broken. In the liquid 
state the mere contact of flame does not inflame or explode it; but concussion, or touching 
it with a red-hot iron, explodes it with great vehemence. Detonating mixtures, or exploding 
gunpowder, in its near vicinity, produce the same effect. By keeping it undergoes partial 
decomposition; and in confined vessels the pressure of the accumulated gases which result 
is sometimes so great as to cause its explosion upon the slightest concussion. Its explosive 
force greatly exceeds that of gunpowder. According to Nobel, one measure of the fluid yields 
on explosion 10,384 measures of gas, while one measure of gunpowder yields only 800 measures. 
It has, therefore, been much employed in blasting rocks, in mining, quarrying, road-making, 
etc.; and its economical advantages have kept it in extensive use, notwithstanding the danger. 
From these facts the inference is evident that it should not be kept in large quantities, nor 
conveyed to any considerable distance : the most fearful consequences have followed a neglect 
of these precautions. Practical operators recommend that it should be made extemporaneously 
where wanted as an explosive agent. 
Nitroglycerin is formed by the introduction of the nitro-group (N02) in place of the three 
replaceable hydrogen atoms of the glycerin formula, according to the reaction C3H6(0H)3 -f- 
3(N02,0H) = C3H6,(N03)3 -f- 3(HOH). M. E. Kopp gives the following as his method of 
preparing nitroglycerin on the spot where it is needed. First, fuming nitric acid of the sp. 
gr. 1-51 to l-53 is mixed with twice its weight of the strongest sulphuric acid. At the same 
time commercial glycerin, free from lead and lime, is evaporated in a pot to 30° or 31° Baum6, 
so that on cooling it shall have a syrupy consistence. Into 3300 grammes of the acid mixture* 
contained in a glass or porcelain capsule placed in a trough of cold water, 500 grammes 
of the prepared glycerin are slowly poured with constant stirring, great care being taken to 
prevent any sensible heating of the mixture. The whole is then to be left for five or ten min- 
utes, after which the mixture is to be poured into five or six times its volume of cold water to 
which a rotatory motion has been given. The nitroglycerin precipitates rapidly in the form of 
a heavy liquid, which is separated by decantation, then washed with a little water which is de- 
canted, and lastly is put into bottles. In this state it still contains a little acid and water; but 
these do not interfere with its use as an explosive agent. Latterly it has also been prepared 
by mixing 3£ parts of sulphuric acid of 1-83 sp. gr. with 1 part of potassium nitrate, and 
cooling this, when potassium sulphate will crystallize out. The acid drained off from this is 
peculiarly adapted for the formation of nitroglycerin, which then takes place rapidly and 
without so much dangerous development of heat. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The action of nitroglycerin upon the human system 
is that of the nitrite. It differs in its influence from amyl nitrite solely in that its effects are 
not quite so prompt and are perceptible for a much longer time. The amount required to pro- 
duce a sensible action is exceedingly small. Thus, Mr. J. M. Merrick experienced distinct 
effects from one-fortieth of a drop, and Mr. Field has recorded a temporary loss of conscious- 
ness and other alarming symptoms as produced by about on e-forty-fifth of a drop. In the 
case of Mr. B. Schuchardt (A. J. P., 1867), as much as ten drops are affirmed to have been 
swallowed, with the production of giddiness, violent, throbbing headache, weariness, and a 
semi-unconsciousness lasting several hours. According to Louis Kolipinski (Med. News, 1890), 
two drachms of the ordinary solution of nitroglycerin have been recovered from without very 
serious symptoms (amount taken doubtful). For a case in which death was legally decided to 
have been criminally produced by the poison, see Journ. de Pharm., xxvi. 356. The inhala- 
tion of the vapors of nitroglycerin produces the same symptoms, so that care is recommended PART I. 
Spiritus Juniperi.—Spiritus Lavandulae. 
1283 
in its manufacture. As nitroglycerin may be considered a glyceryl nitrate, its action as a 
nitrite appears at first remarkable. It has been shown, however, by Hay that during its 
alkaline decomposition it yields nascent nitrous acid, and it can scarcely be questioned that 
this acid is developed in the blood and acts upon the system. 
Spirit of glonoin, or an equivalent solution of nitroglycerin, is very much used in angina 
pectoris, asthma, convulsions, and other diseases in which amyl nitrite is employed. (See Amyl 
JVitris.) As a cardiac stimulant, in collapse, poisoning by illuminating gas, and other con- 
ditions, it may be used either by the mouth or by subcutaneous injections. Dose, from one 
to two minims (0-06-0-12 C.c.). 
SPIRITUS JUNIPERI. U. S;, Br. Spirit of Juniper, 
Aleoolat (Esprit) de Genie vre, Fr.; Wachholderspiritus, G. 
“ Oil of Juniper, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, nine hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims], To make one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
“ Oil of Juniper, 1 fi. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Juniper add enough of the Alcohol to form one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Juniper. If the solution be 
not clear, agitate with a little powdered talc, and filter. This Spirit of Juniper contains two 
and a half times the proportion of Oil of Juniper present in the Spirit of Juniper of the Brit- 
ish Pharmacopoeia of 1885,” Br., and is now uniform in strength with the U. S. preparation. 
This spirit is used chiefly as an addition to diuretic infusions. It is about 33 per cent, 
stronger than the spirit formerly official. The dose is from thirty to sixty minims (1 -9-3-7 C.c.). 
(SPIE'I-TUS JU-NIP'E-Rl.) 
SPIRITUS JUNIPERI COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Spirit of Juniper. 
(SPIR'I-TUS JU-NIP'E-RI C0M-P5§'I-TUS.) 
“ Oil of Juniper, eight cubic centimeters [or 130 minims] ; Oil of Caraway, one cubic centi- 
meter [or 16 minims] ; Oil of Fennel, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; Alcohol, fourteen 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 47 fluidounces, 163 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 302 minims]. Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, 
and gradually add enough Water to make the product measure two thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 67 fluidounces, 302 minims].” U. S. 
This spirit is a useful addition to diuretic infusions and mixtures in debilitated cases of 
dropsy. It corresponds very closely to Holland gin. The dose is from two to four fluidrachms 
(7-5-15 C.c.). 
SPIRITUS LAVANDULA. U. S., Br. Spirit of Lavender. 
(SPIR'I-TUS LA-VAN'DU-LiE.) 
Aleoolat (Esprit, Eau) de Lavande, Fr.; Lavandelspiritus, G. 
“ Oil of Lavender Flowers, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Deodorized 
Alcohol, nine hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims], To make one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U S. 
“ Oil of Lavender, 1 fi. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Lavender add enough of the Alcohol to form ten 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Lavender. This 
Spirit of Lavender contains five times the proportion of Oil of Lavender present in the Spirit 
of Lavender of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
Spirit of Lavender is used chiefly as a perfume, and as an ingredient in other preparations. 
The official spirit is about 33 per cent, stronger than the spirit of the U. S. P. 1870. The 
perfume usually sold under the name of lavender water is not a distilled spirit, but an alcoholic 
solution of the oil, with the addition of other odorous substances. The following is given by 
Mr. Brande as one of the most approved recipes for preparing it. “ Take of rectified spirit 
five gallons, essential oil of lavender twenty ounces, essential oil of bergamot five ounces, essence 
of ambergris [made by digesting one drachm of ambergris and eight grains of musk in half a 
pint of alcohol] half an ounce. Mix.” The Br. spirit is double the strength of the U. S. 
preparation. It is a grateful stimulant and carminative when administered in sweetened water. 
The dose may be from five to twenty minims (0-3-1-2 C.c.). 1284 
Spiritus Limonis.—Spiritus Myrciae. 
PART I. 
SPIRITUS LIMONIS. U.S. Spirit of Lemon. [Essence of Lemon.] 
Alcoolat (Esprit) de Citrons, Fr.; Citronenessenz, G. 
“ Oil of Lemon, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Lemon Peel, freshly 
grated, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Deodorized Alcohol, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Oil 
of Lemon in nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Deodorized 
Alcohol, add the Lemon Peel, and macerate for twenty-four hours. Then filter through paper, 
and add, through the filter, enough Deodorized Alcohol to make the Spirit measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This spirit is used chiefly for flavoring mixtures. 
(SPIR'l-TUS LI-MO'NIS.) 
SPIRITUS MENTHA PIPERITSE. U. S., Br. Spirit of Peppermint. 
Essence of Peppermint; Spiritus Menthae Piperitse Anglicus, P. G.; Alcoolat (Essence) de Menthe poivree, Fr.; 
Englische Pfeflerminzessenz, G. 
“ Oil of Peppermint, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Pepper- 
mint, bruised, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Oil of Peppermint in nine hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Alcohol, add the Peppermint, and 
macerate for twenty-four hours. Then filter through paper, and add, through the filter, enough 
Alcohol to make the Spirit measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” U. S. 
“ Oil of Peppermint, 1 ff. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Peppermint add enough of the Alcohol to form 
ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Peppermint. 
This Spirit of Peppermint contains five times the proportion of Oil of Peppermint present in 
the Spirit of Peppermint, and half the proportion of Oil in the Essence of Peppermint of the 
British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. It is now uniform in strength with the U. S. spirit. 
The distilled spirit has no advantage over a simple solution of the oil in alcohol, and this 
mode of preparing it has been adopted both in the U. S. and British Pharmacopoeias. It has 
long been popularly used under the name of essence of peppermint. The spirit of peppermint 
affords a convenient method of administering a dose of the volatile oil, being of such a strength 
that when dropped on loaf-sugar it may be taken without inconvenience. The dose is from 
ten to twenty minims (0-6-1-25 C.c.), given as just mentioned, or mixed with sweetened water. 
(SPIR'l-TUS MEN'TIIjE Pl-PE-RI'TiE.) 
SPIRITUS MENTHA YIRIDIS. U.S. Spirit of Spearmint. 
Tinctura Olei Menthse Yiridis, U. S. 1850; Essence of Spearmint; Grime Minzessenz, G. 
“ Oil of Spearmint, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Spear- 
mint, bruised, ten grammes [or 154 grains]; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make owe thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Oil of Spearmint in nine hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Alcohol, add the Spearmint, and 
macerate for twenty-four hours. Then filter through paper, and add, through the filter, enough 
Alcohol to make the Spirit measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” U.S. 
The remarks made on the Spirit of Peppermint are equally applicable to this. Both are 
usually employed as carminatives. The Spirit of Spearmint may be given in the dose of thirty 
or forty drops (1 -9-2-5 C.c.). 
(SPIR’I-TUS MKN'TH.E VIR'I-DIS.) 
SPIRITUS U. S. Spirit of Myrcia. [Bay-rum.] 
“ Oil of Myrcia, sixteen cubic centimeters [or 260 minims] ; Oil of Orange Peel, one cubic 
centimeter [or 16 minims]; Oil of Pimenta, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims]; Alcohol, 
twelve hundred and twenty cubic centimeters [or 41 fluidounces, 122 minims] ; Water, a sufficient 
quantity, To make two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 fluidounces, 302 minims]. Mix the Oils 
(sp!r'i-tus myr'ci-je.) PART I. 
Spintus Myrdse.—Spiritus Myristicse. 
1285 
with the Alcohol, and gradually add Water until the solution measures two thousand cubic cen- 
timeters [or 67 fluidounces, 302 minims]. Set the mixture aside, in a well-stoppered bottle, for 
eight days, then filter it through paper in a well-covered funnel.” U. S. 
The distilled spirit has been abandoned and a formula for its preparation substituted. It 
will in many cases be found that, even when complying strictly with the directions of the 
formula, simple filtration will not produce a transparent spirit. The addition to the filter of a 
small quantity of magnesium carbonate rubbed up with a little of the spirit to a smooth paste 
will accomplish the object of clarification. For an English formula for bay-rum, see P. J. Tr., 
1896, 468. 
This was a new official of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860, and was defined as obtained by 
distilling rum with the leaves of Myrcia acris. It had been long in use as a most agreeable 
and refreshing perfume; and many persons, on account of the name, believed it to be prepared 
by distilling spirit from the leaves of the bay-tree (Laurus nobilis). It appears, however, that 
this was an error. (A. J. P., July, 1861.) A leaf was presented to the late Prof. Maisch, 
brought from the West Indies, with the information that it was from the tree the leaves of 
which were used in preparing this spirit. He observed that it had precisely the characteristic 
odor and taste of bay-rum, and on comparing it with the leaves of a twig in the collection 
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of this city, brought by the late Dr. Griffiths from St. 
Croix, and labelled as the plant from which bay-rum was prepared, found that the two closely 
corresponded. From the characters of the leaf, Prof. Bridges suggested that it might belong 
to a plant of the family Myrtaceae, most probably the Myrcia acris of De Candolle; and there 
is little room to doubt that Myrcia acris is the source of this very agreeable perfume. 
Gen. Ch. Calyx five-parted, tube subglobose. Petals five. Stamens numerous, free. Ovary 
two- or three-celled. Berry one- or two-celled, one- to three-seeded. Seed subglobose, smooth ; 
cotyledons foliaceous. 
Myrcia acris. Swartz; De Cand. Prodrom. v. 243 ; Curtis’s Bot. Mag., 2d ser., vol. vi. pi. 
3153.—Myrtus acris. Willd. Sp. Plant, p. 973. The bayberry, as it is sometimes called, is a 
tree of considerable size, with a straight stem and a thick pyramidal summit. The young 
branches are green and sharply four-angled. The leaves are opposite, from 3 to 5 inches long, 
very coriaceous, lanceolate, obtuse, wavy, somewhat revolute at the edges, with numerous paral- 
lel nerves, reticulated on the upper surface, and sprinkled with pellucid dots. They have a very 
fragrant odor, and are somewhat astringent. The flowers, which are arranged in pedunculate, 
axillary panicles, longer than the leaves, are small, and white with a reddish tinge. The aro- 
matic berries are round, about as large as a pea, with seven or eight seeds. 
The tree is a native of Jamaica and other West India islands. The spirit is probably pre- 
pared by distilling rum from the leaves; but we are without precise information on the sub- 
ject, and it is not impossible that the leaves of other species may also be used. Indeed, an 
odor of pimenta which it appears to us may be sometimes detected suggests the idea that the 
leaves of this tree may be at least occasionally added to those of the bayberry. A volatile oil 
is also obtained from the leaves by distillation, and is now official. (See Oleum Myrcisei) 
Bay-rum is used chiefly as a refreshing perfume in cases of nervous headache, faintness, and 
other nervous disorders, either held to the nostrils, or applied on soft linen to the head and fore- 
head. It is also grateful to the feeble and convalescent patient, by being sprinkled on the bed- 
covering or otherwise made to impregnate the air of the chamber. 
SPIRITUS MYRISTICE. U. S., Br. Spirit of Nutmeg. [Essence of Nutmeg.] 
Alcoole (Esprit) de Muscade, Fr.; Muskatspiritus, G. 
“ Oil of Nutmeg, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, nine hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims], To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
“ Oil of Nutmeg, 1 fi. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Nutmeg add enough ot the Alcohol to form ten fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Nutmeg. If the 
solution be not clear, agitate with a little powdered talc, and filter. This Spirit of Nutmeg 
contains five times the proportion of Oil of Nutmeg present in the Spirit of Nutmeg of the 
British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. It is double the strength of the U. S. spirit. 
It is used chiefly for its flavor. Dose, from five to twenty minims (0-3-1-2 C.c.). 
(SPIR'I-TDS MY-KIS'TI-giE.) 1286 
Spiritus Phosphori.—Spiritus Vini Galliei. 
PART I. 
SPIRITUS PHOSPHORI. U. S. Spirit Of Phosphorus. [Tincture of Phosphorus.] 
“ Phosphorus, one and two-tenths grammes [or 18£ grains] ; Absolute Alcohol, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Weigh the 
Phosphorus in a tared capsule containing water, then dry it carefully and quickly with 
blotting paper, and introduce it into a flask containing one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims] of Absolute Alcohol. Connect the flask with an upright condenser 
supplied with cold water, and apply the heat of a water-bath, so that the Alcohol may be 
kept gently boiling, until the Phosphorus is dissolved. Then allow the liquid to become 
cold, and, if necessary, add to it enough Absolute Alcohol to make it measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Lastly, transfer the Spirit to small, dark 
amber-colored vials, which should be securely stoppered, and kept in a cool and dark place.” 
This new official is the basis of the Elixir of Phosphorus, and is rarely directly used in 
medicine. It should be freshly prepared, as it is not a stable preparation. Each fluidrachm 
contains about grain of phosphorus. 
(SPIR'l-TUS PHOS'PHO-RI.) 
SPIRITUS RECTIFICATUS. Br. Alcohol (90 per cent.). [Rectified Spirit.] 
“A liquid containing 90 parts by volume of ethyl hydroxide, C2H60II, and 10 parts by 
volume of water; obtained by the distillation of fermented saccharine liquids.” Br. 
See Alcohol (p. 123). 
(SPIR'I-TUS RfiC-TI-FI-CA'TUS.) 
SPIRITUS ROSMARINI. Br. Spirit of Rosemary. 
(spir'i-tus r5§-ma-r!'nI.) 
Spiritus Anthos; Alcoolat (Esprit) de Romarin, Fr.; Rosmarin Spiritus, G. 
“ Oil of Rosemary, 1 fl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the Oil of Rosemary add enough of the Alcohol to form ten 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Spirit of Rosemary. This 
Spirit of Rosemary contains five times the proportion of Oil of Rosemary present in the Spirit 
of Rosemary of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
The plant is no longer official.* It is a grateful perfume, and is used chiefly as an ingredient 
in lotions and liniments. 
SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. U. S., Br. Brandy. 
(spir'i-tus vi'Ni gXl'li-c!.) 
“ An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of the fermented, unmodified juice of fresh 
grapes, and at least four years old.” U. S. “A spirituous liquid distilled from wine and ma- 
tured by age, and containing not less than 36£ per cent, by weight or 43 £ per cent, by volume 
of ethyl hydroxide.” Br. 
Spirit of French Wine; Eau de Vie, Cognac, Fr.; Branntwein, Franzbranntwein, G.; Acquavite, It.; Agua 
ardiente, Sp. 
* Rosmarinus. Rosemary. (Folia Rosmarini, s. Ron's Marinis, P. G.; Folia Anthos; Feuilles de Romarin, 
Romarin, Fr.; Rosmarin, Rosmarinbldtter, G.; Rosmarino, It.; Romero, Sp.) “The leaves of Rosmarinus offici- 
nalis, Linn6 (nat. ord. Labiatas).” U. S. 1880. Gen. Oh. Corolla unequal, with the upper lip two-parted. Fila- 
ments long, curved, simple, with a tooth. Willd. Rosmarinus officinalis. Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 126; R. & T. 207. 
Rosemary is an evergreen shrub, three or four feet high, with an erect stem, divided into many long, slender, ash- 
colored branches. The leaves are numerous, sessile, opposite, more than an inch long, about one-sixth of an inch 
broad, rigid, linear, entire, obtuse at the summit, folded backward at the edges, of a firm consistence, smooth and 
green on the upper surface, whitish, woolly, and glandular beneath. The flowers are pale blue or white, and dis- 
posed in opposite groups at the axils of the leaves, towards the ends of the branches. The naked seeds are four in 
number, oblong. The plant grows spontaneously in the countries which border on the Mediterranean, and is culti- 
vated in the gardens of Europe and this country. The leaves, which have already been described, have a strong 
balsamic odor, which is possessed, but in a less degree, by all parts of the plant. Their taste is bitter and cam- 
phorous. These properties are imparted partially to water, completely to alcohol, and depend on a volatile oil. (See 
Oleum Rosmarini.) The tops lose a portion of their sensible properties by drying, and become inodorous by age. 
Rosemary is gently stimulant, and has been considered emmenagogue. In the practice of this country it is scarcely 
used; but in Europe, especially on the continent, it enters into the composition of several syrups, tinctures, etc., to 
which it imparts its agreeable odor and excitant property. It is sometimes added to sternutatory powders, and is 
used externally in connection with other aromatics in the form of fomentation. In some countries it is employed as 
a condiment; and its flowers, which are much sought after by the bees, impart their peculiar flavor to the honey of 
the districts in which the plant abounds. U. S. U., 16th ed. PART I. 
Spiritus Vini Gallici.—Staphisagria. 
1287 
All liquids which have undergone the alcoholic fermentation yield an ardent spirit by distil- 
lation. (See Alcohol, p. 123.) When the alcoholic liquid is wine, the product of the dis- 
tillation is brandy. This ardent spirit is subject to variation, according to the character of 
the wine from which it is distilled. The best brandy is obtained from French wines, and the 
kinds called Cognac and Armagnac are most esteemed. Cognac is probably the most profit- 
able wine-producing region in the world, and has given its name to the most widely known 
brandy. Very large quantities of brandy are now made in California, but the taste is peculiar 
and easily distinguished from that of Cognac. Our Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized 
French brandy exclusively ; but since the revision of 1860 all spirits have been admitted 
under that name, when obtained from the juice of grapes and sufficiently strong and pure to 
meet the requirements below specified. 
Properties. “ A pale amber-colored liquid, having a distinctive odor and taste, and a 
slightly acid reaction. Its specific gravity should not be more than 0-941, nor less than 0-925, 
corresponding, approximately, to an alcoholic strength of 39 to 47 per cent, by weight, or 46 
to 55 per cent, by volume. If 100 C.c. of Brandy be very slowly evaporated in a tared capsule 
on a water-bath, the last portions volatilized should have an agreeable odor free from harshness 
(absence of fusel oil from grain or potato spirit) ; and the residue, when dried at 100° C. (212° 
F.), should not weigh more than 1-5 Gm. This residue should have no sweet or distinctly spicy 
taste (absence of added sugar, glycerin, or aromatic substances). It should almost completely 
dissolve in 10 C.c. of cold water, forming a solution which is colored not deeper than light green 
by a few drops of dilute ferric chloride test-solution made by mixing the latter with 10 volumes 
of water (absence of more than traces of oak tannin from casks). To render 100 C.c. of 
Brandy distinctly alkaline to litmus should require not more than 1 C.c. of potassium hydrate vol- 
umetric solution (limit of free acid).” U. S. Besides alcohol, water, and volatile oil, it contains 
coloring matter, tannin, oenanthic ether described under wine, a little acetic ether, and a little 
aldehyde. Brandy is classed according to its color, as pale and high-colored. Pale brandy has 
a yellow color, derived from the cask in which it is kept. High-colored brandy has a deep-red 
color given to it, before importation, by burnt sugar (caramel), which is said to impart a more 
agreeable flavor. Factitious brandy is sometimes made from alcohol, deprived of fusel oil, and 
reduced to the proper proof by water, by adding to it acetic ether in the proportion of from 
half an ounce to an ounce to the gallon. Oil of cognac, which it is stated contains the aroma 
from wines, is made from compressed wine-lees by placing it in a still with five times its bulk 
of water, 2 per cent, of newly slaked lime, 1 per cent, of potash, and 1 per cent, of common 
salt. The stirring apparatus is set in motion, steam applied, the heat allowed to rise gradually 
to 240° C. (464° F.), and the green oil separated; the average yield is very small (-003 
per cent.) ; the oil is then rectified, and 2 grammes of it are added to 100 litres of 50 per 
cent, alcohol to impart the odor and taste which so-called “ best brandy” should have. The 
proper color is then given by burnt sugar. The spurious liquid may be known by its leaving 
on evaporation a residue, containing sugar and no tannin, the absence of the latter being 
shown by the evaporated portion not striking a black color with ferric salts. The nature of 
the liquid may also be detected by the absence of aldehyde. For modes of detecting impuri- 
ties in brandy and other ardent spirits, see Allen, Com. Org. Anal., 3d ed., i. 143 et. seq. 
Medical Properties. Brandy is esteemed cordial and stomachic, and is frequently given, 
in the form of toddy or milk-punch, in the sinking stages of low fevers. In the late London 
Pharmacopoeia there was an official preparation of it, called Mistura Spiritus Vini Gallici, con- 
sisting of brandy, cinnamon water, the yolks of eggs, sugar, and oil of cinnamon. This, though 
a convenient form for the administration of brandy, was subsequently omitted. It has, how- 
ever, been admitted into the new edition, and is now again official; but the oil has been left out. 
If prepared with the U. S. cinnamon water, it would certainly be sufficiently flavored without 
the addition of the oil. 
STAPHISAGRIA. U. S. (Br.) Staphisagria. [Stavesaere.] 
(STAPH-I-SA'GRI-A.) 
“ The seed of Delphinium Staphisagria, Linn£ (nat. ord. Ranunculacese).” U. S. “ The dried 
ripe seeds of Delphinium Staphisagria, Linn.” Br. 
Staphisagriae Semina, Br.; Stavesaere Seeds. 
Delphinium staphisagria, L., or stavesaere, is a handsome annual or biennial plant, one or two 
feet high, with a simple, erect, downy stem, and palmate, five- or seven-lobed leaves, supported 
on hairy footstalks. The flowers are bluish or purple, in terminal racemes, with pedicels twice 1288 
Staphisagria.—Stillingia. 
PART I. 
as long as the flower, and bracteoles inserted at the base of the pedicel. The nectary is four- 
leaved and shorter than the petals, which are five in number, the uppermost projected backward 
so as to form a spur, which encloses two spurs of the upper leaflets of the nectary. The seeds 
are in straight oblong capsules. The plant is a native of the south of Europe. 
Properties. The seeds of stavesacre are officially described as “ about 5 Mm. long, 3 or 
4 Mm. broad, flattish-tetrahedral, one side convex, brown or brownish-gray, with reticulate 
ridges, containing a whitish, oily albumen and a straight embryo; nearly inodorous; taste 
bitter and acrid.” TJ. S. Their virtues are extracted by water and alcohol. Analyzed by 
MM. Lassaigne and Feneulle, they yielded a brown and a yellow bitter principle, a volatile 
oil, a fixed oil, albumen, a nitrogenous substance, a mucilaginous saccharine matter, mineral 
salts, and a peculiar alkaloid called delphinine * or delphmia, which exists in the seeds com- 
bined with an excess of malic acid. Marquis, in Dragendorifs laboratory in 1877, isolated the 
following four alkaloids: delphinine, C22H36N06, a crystallizable alkaloid, of bitter taste, weak 
alkaline reaction, soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform; delphinoidine, C42H68N207, amor- 
phous, soluble in ether, alcohol, chloroform, reaction strongly alkaline, fusing point from 110°— 
120° C.; delphisine, C27H46N204, crystallizing in warty aggregations, soluble in ether, alcohol, 
and chloroform ; staphisagrine, C22H33N06, only obtained amorphous, difficultly soluble in water 
and ether, easily soluble in alcohol and chloroform, of bitter taste, fusing point 90° C., of alka- 
line reaction in alcoholic solution. (PJlanzenstoJfe, 2d ed., 1884, 617.) The total amount of 
alkaloids is about 1 per cent. According to Cbaralampi Kara-Stojanow (Inaug. Biss., Dorpat, 
1890), delphinine and delphisine have the same composition, C31I149N07, crystallize from tbeir 
solutions in ether and petroleum benzin in identical forms, and have their melting points at 
191° C. and 189° C., while delphinoidine has the formula C2gII42N04. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The seeds were formerly used as an emetic and 
cathartic, but have been abandoned in consequence of their violence. A strong tincture has 
been employed as an embrocation in rheumatism. The ointment is used to destroy lice and 
the itch-mite. M. Bazin has used the extract internally in eczema in doses of a grain and a 
half (0-095 6m.). (Ann. de Therap., 1851.) But its internal employment should be aban- 
doned. and when used externally care should be exercised not to apply it to an abraded scalp, 
and only upon the unbroken epidermis. In some countries the seeds are used like Cocculus 
Indicus to intoxicate fish.f 
STILLINGIA. U. S. Stillingia. [Queen’s Root.] 
(STIL-LIN'<JI-A.) 
“ The root of Stillingia sylvatica, Linn6 (nat. ord. Euphorbiaceae).” U. S. 
Queen’s Root, Silver Leaf, Queen’s Delight; Stillingie, Fr., G. 
From the fruit of Stillingia sebifera the Chinese procure a vegetable tallow in large quanti- 
ties, which is said to be almost pure stearin and is much used in making candles. It exists 
between the shell of the seeds and the outer husk; the kernel, contained within the shell, 
yielding a liquid fixed oil. (P. J. Tr., xii. 73.) 
Stillingia sylvatica. L. Mant. (1767) 126; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 588; B. & T. 241. This 
* If delphinine be rubbed up with an equal quantity of malic acid, and some drops of concentrated sulphuric acid 
added, there will be produced an orange-red color passing into rose, growing deeper after some hours, and finally 
changing from the edges to violet, and at last becoming cobalt blue. (Tattersall, Chemical News, 41.) It is stated 
that no other alkaloid and no other organic acid, except malic, affords this reaction. 
f When given in poisonous doses to the lower animals, delphinine produces excessive salivation, followed by violent 
and repeated vomiting, great disturbance of respiration, failure of heart action, gradual enfeeblement of voluntary 
motion and of sensation, and a peculiar fibrillary spasm of the muscles of the abdomen, which are said to be charac- 
teristic of the poisoning. Elevation of temperature and glycosuria have both been noticed; death is said to occur 
always from failure of respiration, though the heart is greatly enfeebled and finally ceases in diastole. According 
to Gauthier, the period of depression of the heart and of sensibility is preceded by one of excitement. The pupils 
are dilated and the motor nerve finally paralyzed. (Lond. Med. Rec., Oct. 1887.) Dr. Turnbull, in his work On the 
Medical Properties of the Ranunculacese, states that pure delphinine may be given to the extent of three or four grains 
a day, in doses of half a grain each, without exciting vomiting, and without producing much intestinal irritation, 
though it sometimes purges. In most instances it proves diuretic, and gives rise to sensations of heat and tingling in 
various parts of the body. Externally, it acts like veratrine, but, according to Dr. Turnbull, produces more redness 
and burning and less tingling than that substance. He has employed it in neuralgia, rheumatism, and paralysis. It 
may be applied by friction, in the form of ointment or alcoholic solution, in proportions varying from ten to thirty 
grains of the alkaloid to an ounce of the vehicle; and the friction should be continued till a pungent sensation is pro- 
duced. Turnbull probably had an impure alkaloid; the doses just mentioned would not be safe with a pure delphinine. 
Staphisagrine is said to act like delphinine, except that it does not depress the heart so much or produce fibrillary 
contractions. Although cases of human poisonings have occurred with staphisagria, we know of none in which the 
result has been fatal. The symptoms are similar to those produced in the lower animals. Robert states that the 
alkaloids of staphisagria all resemble aconitine in their action, but that delphinoidine has some narcotic action. PART I. 
Stillingia.—Stramonii Semen. 
1289 
is an indigenous perennial plant, commonly called Queens delight, with herbaceous stems, two 
or three feet high, and alternate, sessile, oblong or lanceolate-oblong, obtuse, serrulate leaves, 
tapering at the base, and accompanied with stipules. The male and female flowers are distinct 
upon the same plant. They are yellow, and arranged in the form of a spike, of which the 
upper part is occupied by the male, the lower by the female flowers. The male florets are 
scarcely longer than the bracteal scales. The plant grows in pine-barrens from Virginia to 
Florida, flowering in May and June. When wounded it emits a milky juice. For structural 
characteristics of stillingia, see Drug. Circ., 1898, 5. 
The root, which is the part used, is large, thick, and woody. It is officially described as 
“ about 30 Cm. long, and nearly 5 Cm. thick, subcylindrical, slightly branched, compact, 
wrinkled, tough, grayish-brown, breaking with a fibrous fracture, showing a thick bark and 
porous wood, the inner bark and medullary rays having numerous yellowish-brown resin-cells; 
odor peculiar, unpleasant; taste bitter, acrid, and pungent.” U. S. The odor is slight, peculiar, 
and somewhat oleaginous, but in the recent root is said to be strong and acrimonious. The 
taste is bitterish and pungent, leaving an impression of disagreeable acrimony in the mouth 
and fauces. It imparts its virtues to water and alcohol. Dr. H. R. Frost thinks that the 
active principle is somewhat volatile, and states that the root loses much of its activity when 
long kept. Mr. W. Saunders has obtained from the root a volatile oil, which he found to 
possess the odor, taste, and peculiar acrimony of the root in a high degree. He procured six 
and a quarter ounces from five pounds of the dried root. It had a thick consistence, and 
required the addition of alcohol to render it fit for manipulation. Wm. Bichy (A. J. P., 
1885, p. 529) found an alkaloid which he named stillingine. It was obtained as an amorphous 
powder, volatilizable on heating, forming a sulphate in fine scale-like crystals. 
Medical Properties and Uses. In large doses stillingia is emetic and cathartic, in 
smaller doses alterative, with some influence over the secretions. It has been long popularly 
used in South Carolina, but was first introduced to the notice of the profession by Dr. Thomas 
Young Simons (Amer. Med. Recorder, 1828, vol. xiii. p. 312) as a valuable alterative remedy 
in syphilitic affections and other affections ordinarily requiring the use of mercury. From the 
reports in its favor there seems no reason to doubt the efficacy of this medicine in secondary 
syphilis, scrofula, cutaneous diseases, chronic hepatic affections, and other complaints ordinarily 
benefited by alterative medicines. It is best given in the form of the official fluid extract: 
dose, half a fluidrachm increased to a fluidrachm. Stillingia is sometimes advantageously 
combined with sarsaparilla and other alteratives.* 
STRAMONII FOLIA. U. S., Br. Stramonium Leaves 
(STRA-MO'NI-I FO'LI-A.) 
11 The leaves of Datura Stramonium, Linne (nat. ord. Solanaceae).” U. S. “ The dried 
leaves of Datura Stramonium, Linn.” Br. 
Herba Stramonii; Thornapple Leaves; Feuilles de Stramoine, Fr.; Stechapfelblatter, G. 
STRAMONII SEMEN. U. S. (Br.) Stramonium Seed 
(STRA-MO'NI-I SE'MEN.) 
“ The seed of Datura Stramonium, Linng (nat. ord. Solanaceae).” U. S. “ The dried ripe 
seeds of Datura Stramonium.” Br. 
Stramonii Semina, Br.; Semen Stramonii, P. G.; Thornapple; Stramoine, Pomme epineuse, Semences (Graines) 
de Stramoine, Fr.; Stechapfel, Stechapfelsamen, G.; Stramonio, It.; Estramonio, Sp. 
* Syrupua Stillingia; Compoaitua. Compound Syrup of Stillingia. This syrup, notwithstanding its reputation as 
a model of polypharmaceutical skill, is largely used in the West and South. Dr. John King makes it as follows. 
Take of Queen’s Root (Stillingia) 2 lbs. [avoirdupois]; Turkey-corn Root (Corydalis) 2 lbs. [av.]; Blue-flag Root 
(Iris versicolor) 1 lb. [av.]; Elder Flowers 1 lb. [av.] ; Pipsissewa Leaves (Chiinaphila) 1 lb. [av.]; Coriander £ lb. 
[av.]; Prickly Ash Berries (Xanthoxylum) lb. [av.]; Sugar, Refined, 24 lbs. [av.]; Water q. s., Alcohol, 76 per 
cent., q. s. Grind and mix the vegetable drugs together, place them in a convenient vessel, cover them with 
alcohol of 76 per cent., and macerate for three days. Then transfer the whole to a percolator and gradually pour 
alcohol on top until 4 pints of tincture have been obtained, which retain and set aside. Then continue the perco- 
lation with water, and of this second percolate reserve so much as contains a sensible amount of alcohol, and 
distil or evaporate the latter from it. Continue the percolation by water until the solution obtained is almost 
tasteless, and boil down this weaker infusion until, when added to the second solution, after the evaporation of 
its alcohol, it will make 24 pints. To these two solutions combined add the sugar, and dissolve it by heat, care- 
fully removing any scum which arises as it begins to boil; and if it exceeds 28 pints, evaporate to that quantity 
with constant stirring. Then remove from the fire, and, when nearly cold, add the 4 pints of reserved alcoholic 
tincture and make 4 gallons of syrup, each pint of which will be equal to 4 fluidounces of the ingredients. The 24 
pounds of sugar, when added to the 24 pints of solution, will always make more than 28 pints. (N. R., May, 1880; 
see also National Formulary, Part II.) 1290 
Stramonii Semen. 
PART I. 
Datura stramonium. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 179; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1008; Bigelow, Am. Med. 
Bot. i. 17 ; B. & T. 192. The thornapple is an annual plant, of rank and vigorous growth, 
usually about three feet high, hut in a rich soil sometimes six feet or more. The root is large, 
whitish, and furnished with numerous rootlets. The stem is erect, round, smooth, somewhat 
shining, simple below, dichotomous above, with numerous spreading branches. The leaves, 
which stand on short round footstalks in the forks of the stem, are five or six inches long, of 
an ovate-triangular form, irregularly sinuated and toothed at the edges, unequal at the base, 
dark green on the upper surface, and pale beneath. The flowers are large, axillary, solitary, 
and peduncled, having a tubular, pentangular, five-toothed calyx, and a funnel-shaped corolla 
with a long tube, and a waved plaited border, terminating in five acuminate teeth. The upper 
portion of the calyx falls with the deciduous parts of the flower, leaving its base, which becomes 
reflexed and remains attached to the fruit. This is a large, fleshy, roundish-ovate, four-valved, 
four-celled capsule, thickly covered with sharp spines, and containing numerous seeds, attached 
to a longitudinal receptacle in the centre of each cell. It opens at the summit. There are 
two varieties of this species of Datura, one with a green stem and white flowers, the other with 
a dark reddish stem minutely dotted with green, and purplish flowers striped with deep purple 
on the inside. The latter, however, is considered by some botanists as a distinct species, being 
the D. tatula of Linnaeus. The properties of both are the same. 
It is doubtful to what country this plant originally belonged. Many European botanists re- 
fer it to North America, while we in return trace it to the old continent. Nuttall considers it 
as having originated in South America or Asia ; and it is probable that its native country is to 
be found in some parts of the East. It is said to grow wild abundantly in Southern Russia, 
from the borders of the Black Sea eastward to Siberia. Its seeds, being retentive of life, are 
taken in the earth put on shipboard for ballast from one country to another, not unfrequently 
springing up upon the passage, and thus propagating the plant in all regions which have any 
commercial connection. In the United States it is found everywhere in the vicinity of culti- 
vation, frequenting dung-heaps, the road-sides and commons, and other places where a rank 
soil is created by the deposited refuse of towns and villages. Its flowers appear from May to 
July or August, according to the latitude. Where the plant grows abundantly, its vicinity 
may be detected by the rank odor which it diffuses to some distance around. All parts of it 
are medicinal. The leaves and seeds only are now official, the root having been omitted in 
the former revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. The leaves may be gathered at any time from 
the appearance of the flowers till the autumnal frost. In this country the plant is generally 
known by the name of Jamestown (vulgo, Jimson) weed, derived probably from its having been 
first observed in the neighborhood of that old settlement in Virginia. In India Datura alba, 
D. ferox, and D. fastuosa are used as poisons. Under the names of Man t'o lo fa, Wan t'o lo hua, 
and Nau yeung fa, the Chinese use as a medicine the flower-heads of the D. alba ; according 
to Frank Browne, they contain 0-485 per cent, of hyoscine, free from other alkaloids. El 
Bethene, a Datura of the Sahara Desert, is capable of causing delirium, coma, and death ; and 
it is probable that all the species of the genus are poisonous. Dr. A. R. L. Dohme (Proc. A. 
P. A., 1894, 231) examined stramonium to determine the value in alkaloid of the various parts 
of the plant; he found that, in general, the fresh parts yielded more than the dried parts; the 
stems contained the most alkaloid, the seeds next, then the leaves, and the roots the least of all. 
1. The fresh leaves when bruised emit a fetid narcotic odor, which they lose upon drying. 
Their taste is bitter and nauseous. These properties, together with their medical virtues, are 
imparted to water and alcohol. Water distilled from them, though possessed of their odor in 
a slight degree, is destitute of their active properties. They contain, according to Promnitz, 
0-58 per cent, of gum, 0-6 of extractive, 064 of green starch, 0-15 of albumen, 0-12 of resin, 
0-23 of saline matters, 5-15 of lignin, and 91-25 of water. The leaves, if carefully dried, re- 
tain their bitter taste. They are officially described as “ about 15 Cm. long, petiolate, dark 
green, smooth, ovate, pointed, unequal, especially at the base, coarsely and sinuately toothed; 
thin, brittle, and nearly inodorous ; taste unpleasant, bitter and nauseous.” U. S. The meso- 
phyll contains cluster crystals of calcium oxalate. For a paper on structural characteristics by 
Schlotterbeck and Van Zwaluwenburg, see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 202. 
2. The seeds are small, kidney-shaped, pitted and wrinkled, flattened on the sides, of a dark- 
brown almost black color, inodorous unless bruised, and of the bitter, nauseous taste of the 
leaves, with some degree of acrimony. The testa is dull brownish black, hard, and encloses a 
cylindrical, curved embryo, which is embedded in a whitish oily albumen. They are much 
more energetic in their action on the system than are the leaves. MM. Hirtz and Hopp inferred PART I. 
Stramonii Semen. 
1291 
from their experiments that one part of an extract prepared from them was equal in strength 
to five parts of an extract prepared in precisely the same manner from the leaves. (Ann. de 
Therap., 1862, p. 22.) Geiger and Hesse succeeded in isolating an alkaloid, to which the 
name daturine was given, and which Trommsdorff has repeatedly procured hy their process. 
Yon Planta (A. J. P., 23, p. 38) found that daturine was identical with atropine, and this 
result has since been confirmed ; but Ladenburg (Berichte d. Chem. Ges., 13, p. 909) found that 
Datura stramonium contains two alkaloids, which he designated as heavy and light daturine. 
The more difficultly soluble heavy daturine fuses at 113-5° to 114° C. (237° to 237-2° F.), 
and must be considered as a mixture of atropine and hyoscyamine. It yields a gold salt fusing 
between 135° and 150° C. (275° and 302° F.), out of which, by crystallization repeated 
six times and by rejection each time of the mother-liquor, is obtained hyoscyamine gold- 
chloride fusing at 158° to 160° C. (316-4° to 320° F.). From the mother-liquors by evapo- 
ration is obtained nearly pure atropine gold-chloride fusing at 135° to 140° C. (275° to 
284° F.). If the heavy daturine be repeatedly crystallized out of dilute alcohol, pure atro- 
pine can be isolated from it, fusing at 113-5° to 114-5° C. (237° to 238° F.), and yielding a 
lustreless gold salt fusing at 135° to 139° C. (275° to 282-2° F.). The light daturine is the 
alkaloid which Ladenburg and Meyer in a previous study had shown to be identical with hyos- 
cyamine. Hence Datura stramonium contains the two alkaloids atropine, C17H23N03, and 
hyoscyamine, isomeric with the other, which Atropa belladonna contains. (A. J. P., 1884, 440.) 
The mother-liquors from which hyoscyamine is obtained yield a difficultly crystallizable base, 
first called hyoscine, but now known as scopolamine. Its gold salt is more difficultly soluble 
than the gold salts of atropine and hyoscyamine, and affords a means of separation. The base, 
when purified, can be crystallized out of ether in colorless crystals, melting at 59° C. Its 
formula is C17H21N04, and it is decomposed by boiling with baryta water into scopolin, 
C8H13N02, and atropic acid, C0H8O2. (Schmidt, Pharm. Chemie, 3te Auf., ii. 1339.) Gerard 
(Journ. Pharm. Chim., 1892, 8) studied daturic acid obtained from stramonium seed. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Stramonium, when taken either in small or in large 
doses, produces symptoms which are precisely similar to those caused by belladonna. Poison- 
ing by it is indistinguishable from that produced by the deadly nightshade, and the closest 
studies have shown that the minute physiological actions of the two drugs are identical. The 
reader is therefore referred to the article upon belladonna. 
Though long known as a poisonous and intoxicating herb, stramonium was first introduced 
into regular practice by Baron Storck, of Vienna, who found some advantage from its use in 
mania and epilepsy. Subsequent observation has not confirmed his estimate of the remedy ; but 
the drug is still occasionally employed in mania. Other diseases in which it has been found 
beneficial are neuralgia and rheumatic affections, dysmenorrhoea, syphilitic pains, cancerous sores, 
and spasmodic asthma. In the last complaint it has acquired considerable reputation. It is 
employed only during the paroxysm, which it very often greatly alleviates or altogether sub- 
verts. The practice was introduced into Great Britain from the East Indies, where the natives 
are in the habit of smoking the dried root and lower part of the stem of Datura, ferox, in the 
paroxysms of this distressing complaint. The same parts of D. stramonium were substituted, 
and found equally effectual. To prepare the roots for use, they are quickly dried, cut into 
pieces, and beaten so as to loosen the texture. The dried leaves answer the same purpose. 
They are smoked by means of a common tobacco-pipe. These and other narcotic leaves have 
also been used in the shape of cigars. The smoke produces a sense of heat in the lungs, fol- 
lowed by copious expectoration, and attended frequently with temporary vertigo or drowsiness, 
and sometimes with nausea. The remedy should not be used in plethoric cases, unless pre- 
ceded by ample depletion, nor in any case where there is determination to the head. Danger- 
ous and even fatal consequences have resulted from its incautious or improper use ; and General 
Gent, who was instrumental in introducing the practice into England, is said to have finally 
fallen a victim to it. 
Externally the medicine is used advantageously as an ointment or cataplasm in irritable 
ulcers, inflamed tumors, swelling of the mammae, and painful hemorrhoidals. 
Of the parts of the plant employed, the seeds are the most powerful. They may be given 
in the dose of a grain (0-065 Gm.) twice a day; an extract made by evaporating the decoc- 
tion, in one-quarter or one-half the quantity. The dose of the powdered leaves is two or three 
grains (0-13-0-20 Gm.). The inspissated juice of the fresh leaves was formerly very com- 
monly prescribed; but the alcoholic extract is now almost exclusively used, the dose being half 
a grain (0-03 Gm.). (See Extractum Stramonii.') A tincture and a fluid extract are also official, 1292 
Strontium.—Strontii Bromidum. 
PART I. 
to which the reader is referred. The dose should be gradually increased till the narcotic oper- 
ation becomes evident, or relief from the symptoms of the disease is obtained. Fifteen or 
twenty grains of the powdered leaves (1—1-3 Gm.), and a proportionate amount of the other 
preparations, have often been given daily without unpleasant effects. 
STRONTIUM. 
Strontium belongs to the alkaline eartli-group of metals, along with barium and calcium. It 
is a yellow metal, of the sp. gr. 2‘5, somewhat harder than lead, and is sufficiently malleable 
to be hammered out into thin plates. It oxidizes quickly on exposure to air, and hence must 
be kept under naphtha, like the alkali metals. It has so far been prepared only in a small 
way by electrolysis from the chloride or the hydrate, the best procedure being that of Bunsen 
and Matthiessen. 
For the preparation of pure salts, Barthe and found that the following method per- 
mits the preparation of pure strontium salts with comparative ease, and has the advantages 
that no heat is necessary, and that the chemicals employed need not be pure. 
Dissolve natural strontium carbonate (or the sulphide obtained by reduction of the sulphate) 
in just sufficient diluted hydrochloric acid (1 to 5) ; it will be an advantage if some of the carbon- 
ate or sulphide remains undissolved. The clear liquid, which contains calcium, barium, and 
strontium salts, besides small quantities of iron, alumina, and magnesia, is decanted from the 
deposit, and a small excess of ammonia added, which precipitates iron and alumina. To the 
filtrate is added an excess of sulphuric acid ; the precipitate, consisting of strontium, barium, 
and calcium sulphates, is washed repeatedly by decantation with water containing from 1 to 2 
per cent, of sulphuric acid, and finally with distilled water. This will remove all traces of mag- 
nesium and calcium sulphate. The precipitate is next treated in the cold with an excess of a 
solution of ammonium or potassium carbonate (1 to 10), stirring frequently for two days, and 
finally washing with distilled water by decantation. The mixture of carbonate and sulphate is 
treated with diluted hydrochloric acid, which dissolves strontium carbonate and traces of baryta. 
After allowing it to stand for twenty-four hours the clear liquid is decanted and filtered through 
a filter previously washed with diluted hydrochloric acid. To the perfectly clear filtrate are 
added 200 Grin, of hydrochloric acid per liter, and then from 2 to 3 Gm. of precipitated 
strontium sulphate, which may contain barium sulphate; stirring frequently for several hours. 
The strongly acid liquid dissolves a little strontium sulphate (about 0-25 per cent.), but in pro- 
portion as the strontium is dissolved the barium takes hold of the sulphuric acid, while an 
equivalent quantity of strontium chloride is formed. The strontium sulphate being in excess 
will insure the final elimination of all the barium. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness, the salt 
dissolved in three times its weight of distilled water, allowed to stand for twenty-four hours, 
filtered, evaporated to crystallization, and dried. The crystals showed in the spectroscope only 
the lines of strontium. (Bull. Soc. Chim., 1892, 104.) 
In 1890, Dr. J. V. Laborde demonstrated that the traditional belief in the toxicity of the 
salts of strontium is incorrect. He found that fifteen grains intravenously given to a medium- 
sized dog produced no effect whatever, and that large quantities of the strontium salts might be 
mixed with the food of the animal without disturbing the general nutrition, the strontium salts 
being less harmful than the corresponding salts of potassium. Indeed, he asserts that during 
the administration of the strontium the animals gained in health and weight, and, further, 
that the eliminated strontium in the fecal and urinary discharges had a distinct beneficial 
antiseptic influence. It is stated that Yulpian in 1885 announced the value of strontium 
salts, but certainly to Laborde belongs the honor of first establishing their usefulness. 
Sr; 87*3. (STRON'TI-UM—stron'shj-iim.) 
STRONTII BROMIDUM. U.S. Strontium Bromide. 
“ Strontium Bromide should be kept in glass-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
This salt, made official in the U. S. P. 1890, may be made by burning strontium in bromine 
vapor, by dissolving strontium carbonate in hydrobromic acid, or by substituting hydrobromic 
acid for hydrochloric acid in the latter part of the process given for preparing strontium salts. 
(See above.) It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, hexagonal crystals, odor- 
less, and having a bitter, saline taste. Very deliquescent. Soluble in 1-05 parts of water at 
15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-5 part of boiling water. It is readily soluble in alcohol, and is precipi- 
SrBr2. 6H2 O ; 354*58. (STRON'TI-I BRO'MI-DUM—stri5n'shj-r.) PART i. 
Strontii Bromidum.—Strontii Iodidum. 
1293 
tated from this solution upon the addition of an equal volume of ether, in which it is insoluble. 
When heated, the crystals at first melt, and then lose all their water (30-4 per cent.). The 
anhydrous salt fuses at 630° C. (1166° F.). To a non-luminous flame the salt communicates 
an intense, red color. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. With calcium sulphate 
test-solution the aqueous solution (1 in 20) slowly forms a white precipitate of strontium sul- 
phate, insoluble in diluted acids; the same reaction occurs more quickly with diluted sulphuric 
acid, potassium sulphate test-solution, and other soluble sulphates. With potassium chromate 
test-solution it forms a yellow precipitate of strontium chromate, soluble in acetic acid. With 
ammonium carbonate test-solution, or sodium carbonate test-solution, it forms a white precipi- 
tate of strontium carbonate, soluble, with effervescence, in acetic acid. If a few drops of chlo- 
roform be added to 5 C.c. of the solution, then 1 C.c. of chlorine water, and the mixture shaken, 
the liberated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, communicating to it a yellow or brownish- 
yellow color. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide test- 
solution either before or after acidulation with a drop of hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, 
lead, copper, etc.) ; nor by ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). 
It should form no precipitate with potassium dichromate test-solution (absence of barium). If 
a few drops of starch test-solution he mixed with 5 C.c. of the aqueous solution, and then one 
or two drops of chlorine water added, no blue color should appear (absence of iodine}. If 0-3 
Grm. of Strontium Bromide, rendered anhydrous by thorough drying before being weighed, be 
dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 3 drops of potassium dichromate test-solution be added, it 
should require not more than 24-6 C.c. of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to pro- 
duce a permanent red color (corresponding to at least 98 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
For further tests, see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 608. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Strontium bromide has been strongly commended as 
a substitute for potassium bromide in the treatment of epilepsy and allied conditions. It de- 
pends for its action on the nervous system upon the presence of bromine in it, and appears to 
act upon the nervous centres in much the same manner as does the corresponding salt of potas- 
sium. Its influence upon the general nutrition is much more favorable than is that of the 
potassium salt, and it is much less apt to produce the disagreeable effects of bromism. More- 
over, it is less irritating to the gastro-intestinal mucous membranes, on which, indeed, it often 
seems to exert a beneficial influence; and it probably acts as a powerful intestinal antiseptic. 
For these reasons many cases of epilepsy tolerate it much better than they do other bro- 
mides. In the clinical experience of Dr. H. C. Wood, however, it has seemed to be in its anti- 
convulsive influence among the least powerful and certain of its class. Possibly this result has 
been due to Dr. Wood’s not having employed it in sufficient dose, he never having administered 
more than two drachms a day, whilst the French observers affirm that it may be given with 
great advantage in the daily dose of three drachms. Strontium bromide is further stated by 
Professor See to have an extraordinary influence in the reduction of the excretion of sugar in 
diabetes, and to be a valuble remedy in the treatment of gastric dilatation and catarrh. 
STRONTII IODIDUM. U. S. Strontium Iodide. 
“ Strontium Iodide should be kept in dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
This new official salt may be made by evaporating a solution of hydriodic acid saturated with 
strontium hydrate. It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, hexagonal plates, 
odorless, and having a bitterish, saline taste. Deliquescent, and colored yellow by exposure to 
air and light. Soluble in 0-6 part of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-27 part of boiling 
water. Also soluble in alcohol, and slightly so in ether. When cautiously heated, the crystals 
melt and gradually lose their water (24-05 per cent.), becoming anhydrous. At a red heat, it 
is decomposed, losing iodine, and leaving a residue of strontium oxide. To a non-luminous 
flame it communicates an intense, red color. The aqueous solution is neutral, or very slightly 
acid, to litmus paper. With calcium sulphate test-solution it slowly forms a white precipitate 
of strontium sulphate, insoluble in diluted acids ; the same reaction occurs more quickly with 
diluted sulphuric acid, potassium sulphate test-solution, or other soluble sulphates. With potas- 
sium chromate test-solution it forms a yellow precipitate of strontium chromate, soluble in acetic 
acid. With ammonium carbonate test-solution, or sodium carbonate test-solution, it forms a 
white precipitate of strontium carbonate, soluble, with effervescence, in acetic acid. If a few 
drops of starch test-solution be added to 5 C.c. of the solution, and then 1 C.c. of chlorine 
water, a bluish-black color will appear. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be affected 
Srl2. 6H2 O ; 448-12. (STRON'TI-I J-OD'I-DUM.) 1294 
Strontii Iodidum.—Strontii Ladas. 
PART I. 
by hydrogen sulphide test-solution, either before or after acidulation with a drop of hydrochloric 
acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.) ; nor by ammonium sulphide test-solution (absence 
of iron, aluminum, etc.). No turbidity should be produced in the aqueous solution by potas- 
sium dichromate test-solution (absence of barium). If 0-3 Gm. of Strontium Iodide, rendered 
anhydrous by thorough drying before being weighed, be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water and 3 
drops of potassium dichromate test-solution be added, it should require not more than 18 C.c. 
of silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color (correspond- 
ing to at least 98 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This salt has been brought forward as a means of 
obtaining the alterative influence of an iodide without irritating the intestinal tract or depressing 
the general nutrition. It contains about 56-5 per cent, of iodine, and, although its actual value 
has scarcely as yet been made out, may be substituted for potassium iodide in various diseases. 
Sr(C3H5 03)2. 3H2 O ; 318*76. (STRON'TI-I LAC'Tls.) 
STRONTII LACTAS. U. S. Strontium Lactate. 
This new official salt may be prepared by the process of Thumann, who takes a certain quan- 
tity of finely powdered strontium nitrate which is thoroughly washed out on a funnel, closed 
with absorbent cotton, with strong alcohol; after drying, 44-84 Gm. of the strontium nitrate 
are dissolved in 1 liter of water and 10 Gm. of dilute sulphuric acid added, when all the barium 
present will be precipitated, together with a small quantity of strontium. The filtrate is 
treated with an excess of pure sodium carbonate (about 60 Gm. dissolved in 1 liter of water); 
the precipitated strontium carbonate is washed on a filter to free it from soda and sodium 
nitrate. To the strontium carbonate, contained in a tared beaker, are added 36 Gm. of abso- 
lute lactic acid diluted with 200 C.c. of water, and the mixture heated until solution is effected ; 
then sufficient water is added to make the solution weigh 551 Gm., which will then represent 
10 per cent, of pure, anhydrous strontium lactate. If the salt be desired, the solution may be 
evaporated, and the residue granulated. This is officially described as “ a white, granular pow- 
der, or crystalline nodules, odorless, and having a slightly bitter, saline taste. Permanent in 
the air. Soluble in about 4 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in less than 0-5 part of 
boiling water. The solution saturated at a boiling heat remains liquid for many hours, even 
after being cooled to 0° C. (32° F.). Soluble in alcohol. When heated to 110° C. (230° F.), 
the salt loses its water (16-9 per cent.). At a higher temperature it first fuses, then is decom- 
posed, giving off inflammable vapors, and leaves a residue of strontium carbonate and carbon, 
which, on the addition of hydrochloric acid, effervesces and communicates an intense, red color 
to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is slightly acid to litmus paper. 
With calcium sulphate test-solution the solution slowly forms a white precipitate of strontium 
sulphate, insoluble in diluted acids. The same reaction occurs more quickly with diluted sul- 
phuric acid, potassium sulphate test-solution, or other soluble sulphates. With potassium chro- 
mate test-solution it forms a yellow precipitate of strontium chromate, soluble in acetic acid. 
With ammonium carbonate test solution, or sodium carbonate test-solution, it forms a white 
precipitate of strontium carbonate, soluble, with effervescence, in acetic acid. If to 5 C.c. of the 
solution (1 in 20) 1 C.c. of sulphuric acid be added, and then 1 C.c. of potassium permanganate 
decinormal volumetric solution, the red color will rapidly disappear, while the mixture will 
effervesce and give off the odor of aldehyde. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 19 C.c. of 
water, it should form a perfectly clear, colorless solution, leaving no insoluble residue (absence 
of carbonate, oxalate, etc.). The aqueous solution should not be affected by hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution, either before or after acidulation with a drop of hydrochloric acid (absence 
of arsenic, lead, etc.) ; nor by ammonium sulphide test solution (absence of iron, aluminum, 
etc.). No turbidity should be produced in the solution by potassium dichromate test-solution 
(absence of barium'). If 0-5 C.c. of silver nitrate test-solution be added to 5 C.c. of the 
aqueous solution (1 in 20), not more than a slight opalescence should be perceptible (limit of 
chloride, etc.). If 0-5 Gm. of the salt be placed upon a watch-glass, and 1 C.c. of sulphuric 
acid be carefully poured upon it, no effervescence should occur (absence of carbonate, oxalate, 
etc.) ; nor should any penetrating odor be perceptible, even after gentle heating (absence of 
butyrate, propionate, etc.) ; nor should the acid assume, within ten minutes, a deeper color than 
a pale straw-yellow (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If 1-33 Gm. of the salt, 
rendered anhydrous, before being weighed, by carefully drying at 110° C. (230° F.), be ignited, 
until most of the carbon has disappeared, and then distributed in 10 C.c. of water, it should 
require, for complete neutralization, not less than 9-9 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid (corre- PART I. 
Strontii Ladas.—Strophanthus. 
1295 
sponding to at least 98-6 per cent, of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator. 
u. s. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Strontium lactate was originally brought forward by 
Dr. J. V. Laborde, who found it to have a distinct diuretic action. His researches led to 
clinical studies of the drug by Professors Germain See, Paul, Dujardin-Beaumetz, and others. 
It is asserted that strontium lactate, in doses of twenty grains, is an extremely successful rem- 
edy in the treatment of nephritis and chronic albuminuria, the urine being increased, the albu- 
min lessened or entirely removed, and the general nutrition improved. It is stated that the 
action of this lactate upon the excretion of albumin is especially marked in epithelial and paren- 
chymatous nephritis, but is much less pronounced in interstitial nephritis, and is not present 
when albuminuria is due to pulmonary congestion ; also that it is not necessarily accompanied 
by an increased flow of urine, and is the result of an influence upon the tissues of the kid- 
neys. Upon the intestinal canal the lactate is asserted to exert a very favorable influence. 
Strontium lactate has also been tried with alleged good results in the treatment of rheumatism 
and gout, it being affirmed that it increases the nitrogenous elimination and causes disappear- 
ance of the urates. Dose, from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.) three times a day in solution. 
STROPHANTHUS. U.S. (Br.) Strophanthus. 
(STRO-PHAN'THUS.) 
“ The seed of Strophanthus hispidus, De Candolle (nat. ord. Apocynaceae), deprived of its long 
awn.” U. S. “ The dried ripe seeds of Strophanthus Kombe, Oliver, freed from the awns.” Br. 
Strophanthi Semina, Br.; Strophanthus Seeds. 
According to Engler and Prantl, there are twenty-eight recognized species of the genus 
found in Africa and Asia, extending to China, the East Indies, and the Philippines. The 
commercial drug is often largely composed of the seeds of other than the recognized official 
species, and may contain the seeds from related genera, especially those of Kickxia africana.* 
The seeds of all the species of strophanthus apparently possess, however, hairs that have a 
characteristic thickened base somewhat resembling those of nux vomica seeds. The seeds of 
various species of the genus Strophanthus are used for the preparation of arrow-poison in 
Africa, at Kombe in the Manganja country, in the Gaboon district, and in Guinea and Sene- 
gambia. In Gaboon this poison is called inee, onaye, or onage. The plant which yields the 
arrow-poison of Kombe was first supposed by Prof. Oliver, of Kew, to be a distinct species, 
S. kombe ; and although Prof. Oliver himself reached the belief that the plant is only a variety 
of S. hispidus, D. C.,the revisers of the Br. Ph. maintain the correctness of his original opinion. 
S. hispidus is a woody climber inhabiting the forests between the coasts and the centre of 
the continent. It reaches to the tops of the highest trees, coiling on the ground, and hanging 
in festoons from tree to tree. The stem is several inches in diameter. The flowers are cream- 
colored, yellow at the base, purplish-spotted above. They are grouped in terminal cymes. The 
lobes of their gamopetalous corollas are prolonged into very narrow tail-like ends, nine or more 
inches in length. They last but a short time during the months of October and November. 
The fruit, a pair of follicles from 10 to 17 inches long, is ripe in June, and is gathered by the 
natives, who scrape off the husks (epicarp and mesocarp) before drying, and preserve the more 
leathery internal inner covering (endocarp) with the enclosed seeds: hence the pods as they 
appear in commerce are smoothish and of a tawny color. The seeds themselves are covered 
with long comose hairs, which, being deciduous, are apt to be lost before the escape of the seed 
from the pod. In preparing the arrow-poison, the natives are said to pound the seeds deprived 
of their hairs to a pulp, add the adhesive sap of another plant, and simply smear the mixture 
for six inches along the point of the arrow. Game wounded by such an arrow is said to be 
rarely able to move a hundred yards, and the flesh is eaten without bad effect. 
Strophanthus occurs in commerce either in pods or as clean seeds. Mr. Helbing states (P'. 
J. Tr., March, 1887) that he has found the seeds to constitute about 37 per cent., the pod (en- 
docarp) 37 per cent., and the hairs about 25 per cent., and says that the quality of the pods 
may be determined by examining the color of the pappus. If these are white and bright, 
the seeds and pods are in good condition. 
* The seeds of Kickxici africana are without hairs, spindle-shaped, not flattened, twisted into an S-like shape, 
and with the base and the point of the seed alike in their forms. On cross-section the cotyledons are seen much 
folded, whilst those of the strophanthus lie parallel one upon the other. The transverse section of the kickxia seed, 
when treated with concentrated sulphuric acid, first turns brown, then red, while the seeds of both kinds of stro- 
phanthus take on a green color. Strophanthus. 
1296 
PART I. 
Commercial strophanthus seeds may be arranged, according to the researches of Hartwich 
(Arch. d. Pharm., 1892, 401), in the following groups: (1) The official products yielded by S. 
hispidus or S. Kombe, which contain strophantliin and no crystals of calcium oxalate. (2) Those 
resembling the official seeds, but of different habitat,—viz., Mozambique and Sierra Leone. 
(3) Those which contain calcium oxalate crystals, but no strophantliin,—viz., Senegal, Lagos, 
Niger, German East Africa, Togoland, and Baol of Senegal. (4) A very hairy seed from the 
Upper Niger. The hairs vary in color from a silky white to brown ; the embryo contains cal- 
cium oxalate crystals, but the seeds do not contain strophanthin. (5) Seeds which are said 
to be glabrous, but possess hairs in the region of the raphe. These include those from Lagos 
and Zambesi, and contain neither calcium oxalate crystals nor strophanthin. 
T. F. Hanausek has published an account (Ph. Post, 1887, 302) of the anatomy of the 
seeds of strophanthus, and recommends the use of sulphuric acid and potassium hydrate in 
distinguishing the seeds containing strophanthin. S. E. Jelliffe states that there are in the 
American market two hairy seeds, the product respectively of S. hispidus (Komb6) and S. 
asper, and one smooth seed, S. gratus of the Gaboon. He also gives an elaborate microscopical 
study with figures of these seeds. (See Drug. Circ., 1896, 101.) 
Glabrous Seeds. The Asiatic species and also some of the rare African species of stro- 
phanthus possess glabrous seeds. These seeds, for the most part, cannot yet be referred with 
certainty to any definite species. According to Franchet, the smooth seeds of the Gaboon are 
furnished by S. gratus and S. tholloni. It is noteworthy that ouabain is extracted from 
glabrous seeds and that strophanthin is the product of hairy seeds. 
S. glaber is the species the seeds of which are used for preparing the KombS poison. The 
seeds were for a long time confounded with those of S. hispidus, from which they are readily 
distinguished. The seeds are about thirteen to sixteen Mm. long from three to four and a 
half Mm. wide, and from one to one and a half Mm. thick. They are lanceolate with a 
rounded or truncated base and a long attenuate apex. The ventral face is flat or concave, 
the dorsal being convex, and possesses sometimes a small keel near the shaft. The surface is 
glabrous, of a dull waxy appearance ; the color varies from an ochre-yellow to a fawn or cinna- 
mon ; the odor is characteristic; the fracture is horny and the taste extremely bitter. The 
hairs of the awn are about seven Cm. in length, numerous, silky, white, and when viewed in a 
mass yellowish or grayish. The seed coat is relatively thin ; the albumen is thick and carti- 
laginous ; the embryo is not thick, the radicle is as long as in S. hispidus or S. Kombe. With 
concentrated sulphuric acid the color changes from yellow to rose and finally to violet. 
Typical strophanthus seeds are from one and one-half to two and one-half Cm. long, and from 
four to five Mm. broad. They are more or less rounded off at the base, without, however, 
losing the distinctly pointed shape; towards the upper end they become suddenly very much 
narrower, and end in the stalk of the pappus. They are flattened at the sides, and have a 
much more prominent keel-shaped ridge on one side than on the other; the seed is twisted 
slightly in the form of a spiral from the base to the apex. The color of the seeds varies 
from a grayish green to a brown, they being more or less covered with* numerous appressed sil- 
very hairs of silky appearance. They are officially described as “ about 15 Mm. long and 4 
or 5 Mm. broad, oblong-lanceolate, flattened and obtusely edged, grayish green, covered with ap- 
pressed, silky hairs, one side with a ridge extending into the attenuated, pointed end; kernel 
white and oily, consisting of a straight embryo, having two thin cotyledons, and surrounded by 
a thin layer of perisperm; nearly inodorous; taste very bitter. A decoction prepared with 1 
part of the seed and 10 parts of water has a brownish color, and is not changed in appearance 
on the addition of iodine test-solution, ferric chloride test-solution, or potassium mercuric iodide 
test-solution.” U. S. 
The Qualitative Examination of Strophanthus Seeds. C. Hartwich (Arch. d. Pharm., 1892) 
declares the usual course for the qualitative examination of strophanthus seeds—as the exter- 
nal appearance, the bitter taste, and the few chemical tests—insufficient, and recommends a 
microscopical test for strophanthin to supplement the usual tests. In the examination of a 
great variety of strophanthus seeds some were found to contain starch, which is contrary to 
the general opinion. 
For the valuation of the seeds the presence of strophanthin should be ascertained in the fol- 
lowing manner. A fine cross-section of the seed is placed on a glass slide and covered with a 
drop of concentrated sulphuric acid. The endosperm at least should assume an intense green 
color, which is easily seen with a hand-glass. Often the green is preceded momentarily by a 
blue color. The cotyledons are also colored green, but generally less intensely than the endo- PART I. 
Strophanthus. 
1297 
sperm. Gradually the color changes through blue into red, and after £—1 hour it disappears. 
In seeds which contain but little strophanthin the endosperm alone is colored green, while the 
embryo is colored yellow and then red, or only the epidermis and the adjacent cells are colored 
in addition. Among the seeds examined by the author which failed to give the strophanthin 
reaction were the varieties Senegal and Lagos, and a number of others. 
Tests for Tincture and Extract of Strophanthus. For testing the tincture three drops are 
taken, and for the extract a piece a little larger than a pin-head. In either case mix the drug 
with a half-drop of ferric chloride solution and three drops of sulphuric acid. A brown pre- 
cipitate is formed which is distinctly green after one hour, and should retain the color for fully 
three hours. 
MM. Hardy and Gallois have obtained from strophanthus two crystalline principles. One, 
which is a glucoside, they call strophanthin; the second, an alkaloid, they name inseine. The 
first-named appears to be the active principle of the poison. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxv. 
p. 176.) T. R. Fraser describes more fully the glucoside strophanthin. (P. J. Tr., 1886, July 
23.) When heated with dilute sulphuric acid it yields glucose and strophanthidin, which is 
insoluble in water, is very soluble in alcohol, and has a strongly bitter taste. Strophanthin is a 
white crystalline powder, neutral in reaction, intensely bitter, freely soluble in water, less so in 
rectified spirit, and nearly insoluble in ether and chloroform. According to E. Merck, it fuses 
at 185° C. Dr. Fraser has since (A. J. P., 1889, p. 532) further investigated strophanthin. 
He found it difficult to separate, but obtained it pure by a somewhat tedious process, depend- 
ing upon the formation of a tannate and subsequent decomposition by lead oxide. It yielded 
upon analysis results corresponding to the formula C20H34C10. Thoms (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., 
1898,534) obtained pure strophanthin. Arnaud gives its formula as C31H480I2; this was 
confirmed by Kohn and Kulisch. Strophanthidin has the formula C26H3807 + uh2o. 
Strophanthidin, the product of decomposition of the glucoside, is described as having an in- 
tensely bitter taste and a neutral reaction, and as being very slightly soluble in water, moder- 
ately soluble in cold and freely in warm alcohol. It crystallizes with great readiness. No 
alkaloid was detected, but in the lead precipitate from an aqueous solution of the alcoholic 
extract a compound was found of strongly acid reaction and freely soluble in water, to which 
the name of komhic acid has been given. The experiments of Prof. Fraser have shown that 
the active principle of strophanthus is most abundant in the seeds, but that it is contained also 
in the follicles and the hairs. Pharmaceutical preparations of the drug should, therefore, be 
made from the separated seeds, whilst the pericarp and the hairs may be employed for the 
manufacture of strophanthin. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The first experiments with the Komb6 arrow-poison 
were those of Prof. Thomas R. Fraser. (Journ. of Anat. and Phys., vii. 141.) One-twentieth 
of a grain of the extract of the seeds produced in the frog stiffness of the limbs, gradual loss 
of reflex sensibility, arrest of the heart in systole, and, after a time, complete loss of voluntary 
movement,—the respiration continuing for a length of time after the cessation of the heart’s 
beat. The loss of voluntary movement and the cessation of respiration appear to be due to a 
direct action of the poison upon the muscles themselves. The first influence of the poison upon 
the muscular fibre is to increase its tonicity, and when the muscle dies it does not go into 
relaxation, but passes directly from life into post-mortem rigidity. The drug seemed to exert 
little or no influence upon the spinal cord or the nerve-trunks. 
These experiments have been abundantly confirmed by subsequent observers, so that it is 
fairly established that the Konibe arrow-poison is essentially a muscle-poison, and that it acts 
upon the muscles of the heart as it acts upon other muscles, only more vigorously. In some 
cases, especially in mammals, death occurs through respiratory paralysis, and not through car- 
diac arrest,—the respiratory muscles in these cases feeling the influence of the poison more 
powerfully than the heart. The value of the drug in practical medicine depends chiefly upon 
its heart-action, moderate doses of it producing in both man and the lower animals pronounced 
rise of the blood-pressure. It is probable that the muscles in the arterioles feel the effect of 
the drug, and by their contraction help in the elevation of the arterial pressure, although this 
is not proved, and Professor Fraser believes to the contrary. In man, the effect of full thera- 
peutic doses of the drug is to lower the pulse from ten to thirty beats, increasing at the same 
time its force and volume, usually without producing other symptoms, unless it be increased 
diuresis. The effect upon the pulse comes on much more quickly and is much less permanent 
than that of digitalis, lasting usually from four to eight hours. The diuretic action of the 
drug seems to depend not only on its effect upon the circulation, but also largely on a direct 1298 
Strophanthus.—Strychnina. 
PART I. 
influence upon the secreting structure. Only one case of doubtful cumulative action has as 
yet been reported (see H-. C. Wood’s Therapeutics, 8th ed.), and it is probable that the active 
principle is both rapidly absorbed and rapidly and completely eliminated. Strophanthus is of 
great value in practical medicine in the same class of cases in which digitalis is employed. 
(See Tinctura Strophanthi.) It seems to be superior to digitalis as a diuretic, and therefore is 
especially indicated in cardiac dropsy. Strophanthus is locally irritating, and in some cases 
even therapeutic doses produce violent gastric pain and vomiting. Local anmsthetic properties 
have been claimed for strophanthin by Professor Panas, by M. Gley, by Hare and De Schweinitz, 
and by other observers. The irritating effects of strophanthin are, however, too great for its 
practical use, and it has been especially shown by Hare and De Schweinitz that the drug when 
placed in the eye is exceedingly prone to produce violent inflammation and even ulceration of 
the cornea. 
Strophanthin has been used in medicine, but great caution is necessary in its employment, on 
account of its extreme activity (Prof. Fraser found that a solution of 1 part of strophanthin 
in 6,000,000 would stop the frog’s heart) and the present absolute uncertainty as to the 
proper dose, growing out of its varying impurity. Rothziegel and Koralzewski maintain, 
however, that the active principle is more prompt and certain in its influence, and less apt to 
disturb the stomach, than are the ordinary preparations of the drug. They give the dose as 
from to of a grain (0-0002-0-0003 Gm.), and have in some cases administered as much 
as of a grain (0-004 Gm.) during twenty-four hours. When the alkaloid is given hypoder- 
mically the effect on the pulse is said to be manifest in five minutes. Strophanthin tannate 
contains 58-14 per cent, of strophanthin, and is given in the dose of from one-hundredth of a 
grain to one-sixtieth of a grain (0-0005 to 0-001 Gm.). 
As the amount of strophanthin varies in true strophanthus seeds from 0-45 to 1 per cent. 
(Rice), it is plain that such preparations as tincture and extract must very greatly vary in 
their activity, even when carefully made from the drug. If it were possible to practically 
assay these preparations, the Pharmacopoeia should direct only assayed preparations; but at 
present there seems to be no practical method known. We give in a foot-note a method sug- 
gested by Charles Rice,* which is, however, probably too expensive for practical use. Fur- 
ther, there is no official solid preparation of strophanthus for use in pills, etc., and the drug 
itself has never been exhibited. In experiments made by H. C. Wood and W. S. Carter the 
extract of strophanthus prepared by evaporating the official tincture was found to be as uniform 
and effective in its action as the tincture itself. When great accuracy of treatment is desired 
the alkaloid strophanthin should be preferred, and we think it should be made official and 
appropriate tests for its purity be given by the Pharmacopoeia. 
Much uncertainty seems still to surround the question as to what is the proper dose of stro- 
phanthin. If the strophanthus contains 0 5 per cent, of strophanthin, five minims of the 
tincture will contain 0-000075 Gm. or gr. of the glucoside. If the strophanthus contains 
1 per cent, of strophanthin, then five minims of the tincture would represent 0.00015 Gm. or 
gr. The dose of strophanthin as put in the book far exceeds these amounts. Rothziegel 
and Koralzewski suggested many years ago as the proper doses from 0.0002 to 0.0003 Gm. 
(itAtt fco Tinr gr-)> as tablets of this strength have been used hypodermically to a consider- 
able extent by the profession without the production of irritation or other disagreeable effect, 
at present this may be considered to be the proper commencing dose of the active principle of 
strophanthus, which has the advantage over the cruder preparation of being more distinct and 
certain in its action. According to the studies of Reynold W. Wilcox, the fluid extract of 
strophanthus is much more prone to cause sickness of the stomach than are the other prep- 
arations. 
STRYCHNINA. U. S., Br. Strychnine. 
“ An alkaloid obtained from Nux Vomica, and also obtainable from other plants of the 
natural order Loganiacese.” U. S. “ An alkaloid, C21H22N202, obtained from the dried ripe 
seeds of Strychnos Nux-voinica, Linn., and other species of Strychnos.” Br. 
Strychnia, U. S. 1870; Strychninum, P. G.; Strychnine, Fr.; Strychnin, G. 
The U. S. and Br. Pharmacopoeias very properly omit processes for preparing this alkaloid, 
C21 H22 N2 O2; 333*31. (STKYj3H-Ni'NA.) C21 H22 N2 02; 334. 
* “Take a large quantity of strophanthus seed in powder (which must, of course, be uniform in strength through- 
out) and treat a definite fraction of it—say 250 Gm.—by the proper method to separate from it the strophanthin in a 
sufficiently pure state to be weighed. Upon the basis of this assay the remainder of the powder is to be used for 
making a tincture or extract of a known strength.” Strychnina. 
1299 
PART I. 
as it can be made profitably only by the manufacturing chemist on a large scale. (See U. S. B., 
17th ed., p. 1295.) 
The bean of St. Ignatius yields strychnine more easily and more largely than nux vomica* 
If thought desirable, brucine may be in great measure separated from the strychnine of 
commerce, by dissolving the latter in very dilute nitric acid, filtering, and concentrating. Bru- 
cine nitrate crystallizes in short, thick, dense prisms grouped together; strychnine nitrate in 
radiated tufts of long, light, capillary needles. By gentle agitation with the liquid, the latter 
salt is suspended and may be poured off, leaving the former. The alkaloids may be obtained 
by dissolving the salts in water, and precipitating with ammonia. 
Properties. As usually found in commerce, strychnine is a white or grayish-white pow- 
der. When rapidly crystallized from its alcoholic solution, it has the form of a white, granu- 
lar powder; when slowly crystallized, that of elongated octohedra, or rhombic prisms with 
pyramidal capping. It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, octohedral or pris- 
matic crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, odorless, and having an intensely bitter taste per- 
ceptible even in highly diluted (1 in 700000) solution. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 
15° C. (59° F.), in 6700 parts of water, and in 110 parts of alcohol; in 2500 parts of boiling 
water, and in 12 parts of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 7 parts of chloroform, but almost 
insoluble in ether. When heated to 268° C. (514-4° F.), Strychnine melts. Upon ignition it 
is consumed, leaving no residue. Strychnine has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. If 
a minute quantity of Strychnine be dissolved in about 0-5 C.c. of concentrated sulphuric acid 
on a white porcelain surface, and a small crystal of potassium dichromate slowly drawn across 
the liquid with a glass rod, there will be produced at first, momentarily, a blue color, which 
quickly changes to purplish-blue, then gradually to violet, purplish-red, and cherry-red, and 
finally to orange or yellow. On dissolving 0-02 Grin, of Strychnine in 2 C.c. of nitric acid 
(specific gravity 1-300), in a small test-tube, the acid should not turn more than faintly yellow 
(limit of brucine)." U. S. “ Trimetric prisms ; colorless and inodorous ; very sparingly soluble 
in water, but communicating to it an intensely bitter taste; soluble in 150 parts of cold but in 
less of boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), and in 6 parts of chloroform; slightly soluble in cold 
absolute alcohol, but readily in 40 parts of boiling absolute alcohol, and nearly insoluble in 
ether. Sulphuric acid forms with it a colorless solution, which on the addition of potassium 
bichromate acquires an intensely violet hue, speedily passing through red to yellow. When 
sulphuric acid containing one-two-thousandth part of potassium permanganate is brought into 
contact with a minute particle of Strychnine, a violet coloration results. Not colored by nitrio 
acid (absence of brucine); leaves no ash when burned with free access of air (absence of 
mineral impurities).” Br. It melts like a resin, is decomposed at a comparatively low tempera- 
ture, and entirely dissipated at a red heat. Dr. Guy obtained a crystalline sublimate, at a heat 
but a few degrees below that at which it begins to change color and undergo decomposition. 
Its melting point is given as 284° C. (543° F.), but, according to Fliickiger, in small portions 
it melts as low as 225° C. and can with care be sublimed without decomposition. According 
to Dr. Waddington, when heated to decomposition it emits a most suffocating odor, resembling 
the smell of asphaltum. (P. J. Tr., March, 1868, p. 413.) Fused with an excess of potassium 
hydrate, it yields, according to Goldschmied (Ber. Chem. Ges., 15, p. 1977), indol, C„H„N, and 
when distilled with zinc dust it yields a dimethyl pyridine, C7HgN, and carbazol, C12Il9N. The 
volatile oils dissolve it freely. Benzin dissolves 0-607 per cent, of it, and amylic alcohol 0-55 
per cent. (Dragendorff, Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iv. 473.) It has an alkaline reaction on 
test-paper, and forms salts with the acids. Nitric acid does not redden it if perfectly pure, but 
almost always reddens it as found in commerce, in consequence of the presence of brucine. 
M. Eugene Marchand proposes the following test by which a very minute proportion of strych- 
nine may be detected. If a little of the alkaloid be rubbed with a few drops of concentrated 
sulphuric acid containing one-hundredth of nitric acid, it will be dissolved without change of 
color; but if the least quantity of lead peroxide be added to the mixture, a magnificent 
blue color will be instantly developed, which will pass rapidly into violet, then gradually to 
red, and ultimately become yellow. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., iv. 200.) Professor Otto 
recommended as a test a minute quantity of solution of potassium dichromate, which, added 
to the solution of strychnine in concentrated sulphuric acid, produces a splendid violet color. 
* M. J. F. Molyn proposes, previously to the extraction of strychnine, to subject nux vomica to fermentation, by 
which the saccharine and gummy matters of the seeds are decomposed, and lactic acid is formed, which decomposes 
the strychnine and brucine igasurates, producing with these bases very soluble lactates. For the particulars of this 
process see A. J. P. (xix. 99), and for other processes see U. S. D., 14th ed., p. 1456. 1300 
Strychnina. 
PART I. 
{A. J. P., xix. 77.) A similar change of color is produced, according to Dr. E. W. Davy, by 
substituting a strong solution of potassium ferricyanide (red potassium prussiate) for that of 
potassium dicliromate. {Ibid., xxv. 414.) It appears that any substance capable of yielding 
nascent oxygen readily will serve to develop the characteristic violet color, when applied after 
the addition of sulphuric acid. Landerer has found that solid iodic acid or potassium iodate 
heated gently with strychnine gives rise to a beautiful violet color, gradually passing to red, 
which remains unchanged for many days. {Ibid., March, 1861, p. 110.) According to Mr. 
Wm. Copney, the least efficacious agent is potassium chlorate, a much better is lead dioxide, a 
still better is manganese dioxide, and the best of all is potassium dichromate; and the general 
result of numerous experiments, recently made, is that the last-mentioned agent is the most ef- 
fective. The sulphuric acid must be of not less sp. gr. than 1-84. The play of colors, accord- 
ing to Mr. Copney, is first blue, then purple, then crimson, which is followed by red and green, 
the latter sometimes giving place to yellow. It is stated that the 1-500,000th part of a grain 
may be detected. (See A. J. P., xxviii. 459.) On the other hand, some chemists have found 
difficulties with the potassium dichromate test. Thus, Brieger {Jahresb., 1850, p. 617) found 
that, unless the substance was first moistened with sulphuric acid and the dichromate added to 
it subsequently, the reaction of strychnine was interfered with by quinine, morphine, and espe- 
cially by sugar. Sonnenschein {Fresenius's Zeitschrift, 9, p. 495) found that ceroso-ceric oxide 
was much more sensitive as a reagent to use with sulphuric acid for strychnine than potassium 
dichromate. This fact we can confirm from experience. It give a blue color lasting longer, 
which then becomes violet, and then a permanent cherry-red.* Vanadin-sulphuric acid (1 part 
* To succeed in detecting the alkaloid when mixed in small proportion with organic matters, it is necessary first 
to disintegrate the organic matter, that the action of a solvent of the strychnine should not be impeded, and that 
the alkaloid should be completely separated from the foreign matter. The process of Messrs. Rogers and Girdwood, 
by which these objects are effected, is the following. Digest the substance supposed to contain the strychnine with 
a mixture of 1 part of hydrochloric acid and 10 of water, until it becomes apparently fluid. Filter, and evaporate 
the liquid to dryness by a water-bath. Treat the residue with alcohol as long as anything is dissolved, filter, and 
evaporate. Dissolve the residue in water, and filter. Add solution of ammonia in excess to the aqueous solution, 
and agitate in a bottle or long tube with half an ounce of chloroform. Upon repose the chloroform subsides, holding 
the alkaloid in solution. Draw it off by a pipette, and evaporate the chloroform over a water-bath. Moisten the 
dry residue with concentrated sulphuric acid, and expose the mixture for some hours to the temperature of a water- 
bath, by which means all the organic matter except the strychnine is decomposed. Treat the charred mass with 
water, filter, add excess of ammonia, and shake the mixture with a drachm of chloroform. Separate the chloroform 
as before; and, if the matter left after the evaporation of a small portion of it is charred by concentrated sulphuric 
acid, the whole of it must be treated in the same manner as the previous chloroform solution. The last chloroform 
solution obtained is then to be tested for strychnine. Take up a little of it in a capillary tube, and drop it on the small- 
est space of a warm porcelain capsule, so that each successive drop may be evaporated. When the capsule is quite 
cold, moisten the spot with concentrated sulphuric acid, and add a minute fragment of potassium dichromate. Should 
the characteristic color not be developed, it is said that, if there be the minutest quantity of strychnine present, the 
color will become visible on adding sulphuric acid rendered slightly yellow by chromic acid. In conducting the 
process, care must be taken not to stir the spot moistened by sulphuric acid with a rod before the addition of the 
dichromate, and not to expose the spot to a very strong light, which interferes with the chemical reactions. (Loud. 
Med. Times and Gaz., June, 1857, p. 620.) The process of dialysis may be advantageously applied to the separation 
of strychnine from the organic matters containing it, when brought to the liquid state. (See Dialysis, Part II.) 
Diluted acetic acid may be used for extracting the alkaloid with other soluble substances from the contents of the 
stomach. 
It is stated by Mr. C. W. Bingley that, if much tartar emetic be contained in a solution with a little strychnine, 
a pale greenish color is produced instead of the violet; and, in like manner, if antimony chloride be present, the 
sulphuric acid and potassium dichromate test fails altogether. (Ghem. Gaz., June 16,1856, p. 229.) Mr. Richard 
Hagen, having been induced, by the assertion of Von Sicherer that this test fails when the strychnine is mixed 
with tartar emetic or other tartrates, or even tartaric acid, to investigate the subject, ascertained that this statement, 
as a rule, is erroneous; for the reaction takes place with strychnine or its hydrochlorate though mixed with 20 or 30 
parts of antimony tartrate; yet when strychnine nitrate is used with 20 parts of the antimonial tartrate, the 
mass almost instantly acquires a green color with the reagents mentioned. But even with strychnine nitrate the 
test succeeds if lead peroxide is used instead of chromic acid as the oxidizing agent. (Ibid., Oct. 15, 1857, p. 398.) 
For a particular account of the results produced by the reaction of a large number of substances with strychnine, 
the reader is referred to a paper by T. G. Wormley, in the Chemical News for April 14 and 28, 1860 (pp. 218 and 
242). Among other trials made by him was that of the action of this alkaloid on frogs, proposed as a test by 
the late Dr. Marshall Hall. The poison was injected into the stomachs of the animals through a pipette. A solu- 
tion containing 1 per cent, of strychnine produced rigidity and violent tetanic spasms immediately, and death in 8 
minutes. With 1 part of strychnine to 1000 of the menstruum, the spasmodic symptoms were induced in 3 or 4 
minutes; with 1 in 10,000, in from 10 to 24 minutes; with 1 in 20,000, and 1 in 30,000, the symptoms were less 
unequivocal, though tetanic spasms were noticed in some of the animals. 
_ Experiments by Mr. W. A. Guy on the effects of sulphuric and nitric acids on strychnine and many other alka- 
loids, published with tabulated results, show that in no one out of 66 proximate principles, chiefly alkaloids, was the 
same change of color produced as in strychnine by concentrated sulphuric acid, followed by a crystal of potassium 
dichromate. (See A. J. P., Nov. 1861, p. 517.) In the same number of the same journal (p. 527) is a paper by Mr. 
1. E. Jenkins, giving the result of experiments with sulphuric acid and potassium diehromate on numerous alka- 
loids, all tending to prove the delicacy and certainty of this color-test of strychnine. Mr. A. Wynter Blyth dis- 
tils the suspected alkaloid with a solution of potassium pennanganate to dryness, condensing the vapor in a cold Strychnina. 
1301 
PART I. 
of ammonium vanadate dissolved in 200 parts of pure sulphuric acid of 1-84 sp. gr.) is colored 
by strychnine at first violet-blue, passing into violet, and finally cinnabar-red. On dilution 
with water this color remains rose-red. According to Dragendorff, the color persists when as 
little as 0-001 milligramme of strychnine is used. 
Mr. Wm. T. Wenzell states that, when very minute quantities of the alkaloid are being 
dealt with, much the best plan is to prepare a reagent by dissolving in 2000 grains of sul- 
phuric acid one grain of potassium permanganate. The alkaloid, during the evaporation 
of its acidulated solution on the porcelain, collects in the margins of the film, and the 
smallest possible dot of the reagent is to be placed so that its margin comes in contact with 
that of the film. In this way, Mr. Wenzell affirms, he was able to detect 1-900,000th part 
of strychnine. (A. J. P., xlii. 385.) Some doubt was thrown upon the value of this test by 
experiments which seemed to prove that the presence of morphine in excess, especially in 
connection with organic matter, so far modified or disguised the action of the test upon strych- 
nine as to prevent the appearance of the characteristic color; but subsequent and carefully 
conducted experiments by the late Dr. Robert P. Thomas satisfactorily determined that the 
conclusions in relation to the effects of morphine were erroneous, and that whether alone or 
associated with organic matters, in small or in large quantity, it does not prevent the operation 
of this color-test if carefully applied. (Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., Oct. 1861, and 1862, 1340; 
also Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1894, No. 12.) Strychnine consists of carbon, hydrogen, ni- 
trogen, and oxygen, and has the formula C21H22N202. The salts of strychnine are for the 
most part soluble and crystallizable. Their solution is decomposed by the alkalies and their 
carbonates, and by tannic but not by gallic acid, and is not affected by ferric salts. They are 
precipitated by the solution of iodine in potassium iodide, and the precipitate, though soluble 
in alcohol, is insoluble in the diluted acetic and hydrochloric acid of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 
(Fairthorne, A. J. P., xxvii. 212.)* 
Strychnine is apt to contain impurities, of which the chief, besides brucine, are coloring 
matter and lime or magnesia. The two; latter impurities are left behind when the adul- 
terated alkaloid is incinerated in the open air. Pure strychnine leaves no ashes under these 
circumstances. Brucine is detected by the red color which it yields with nitric acid. Neither 
this nor sulphuric acid colors strychnine,—a test which serves to distinguish it from several 
other alkaloids. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The effects of strychnine upon the system are iden- 
tical in character with those of nux vomica, and it is employed for the same purposes as a 
medicine. In whatever way strychnine is introduced into the system, it acts, if in sufficient 
quantity, as a violent poison. The evidences of its slightest action are muscular twitchings 
and stiffness. After poisonous doses the symptoms usually come on not only speedily but very 
suddenly. They are convulsions, both tonic and clonic, affecting all the voluntary muscles, 
plainly reflex in character, and interrupted by periods of usually complete relaxation. Con- 
sciousness is undisturbed. The body is during the convulsion rigid, with the face drawn into 
the ris?us sardonicus, the limbs stiffly extended, and the whole person bowed backward in 
marked opisthotonos. The convulsions are accompanied with pain, and may be so severe as 
to cause death by locking the chest in a general respiratory spasm. This death during a con- 
vulsion may occur very early, and is accompanied by evident signs of asphyxia; if in any 
convulsion consciousness be affected, it is by approaching asphyxia, and is an evidence of im- 
minent peril. In many instances the patient survives some hours and finally dies of ex- 
haustion. The chief physiological action of strychnine is stimulation of the motor and 
flask, and applying Nessler’s test for ammonia to the liquid thus obtained. He finds that all the poisonous alkaloids 
differ, but are individually constant in the amount of ammonia yielded, and that the test is always competent to de- 
cide to which class the alkaloid belongs, and often what alkaloid it is. Strychnine yields half its nitrogen, or 5'09 
per cent, of ammonia. For further particulars consult Med. Times and Gaz., 1875, i. 387. 
* When an aqueous solution of strychnine sulphate and potassium nitrite is boiled, an effervescence takes place, 
owing to the escape of nitrogen, and the solution becomes yellow. If ammonia is now added, a precipitate takes 
place, which has been found to consist of two alkaloids, resulting from the oxidation of the strychnine in different 
degrees. One of these the discoverer, P. Schutzenberger, proposes to name oxystrychnine, and the other dioxy- 
strychnine. (See A. J. P., March, 1859, p. 133.) 
Methyl-strychnine. Methyl-brucine. These alkaloids are formed by replacing one of the atoms of hydrogen in 
strychnine by methyl (CH3), which is effected by acting on the alkaloids by methyl iodide. A singular and, if 
verified, very important statement in relation to these modifications of strychnine and brucine, made by Stahlschmidt 
(Ann. der Phys. und Gh.em.), is that they are not poisonous. He gave to a rabbit five grains of methyl-strychnine 
without any bad symptoms, though the same animal was afterwards killed in five minutes by one-twentieth of a 
grain of strychnine placed upon its tongue. The important practical inference is that methyl iodide ought to be an 
antidote to strychnine. (See A. J. P., May, 1860, p. 220.) 1302 
Strychnina. 
PART T. 
vaso-motor centres of the cord: the peripheral nerves are affected only by very large toxic 
doses, which exert both a direct and an indirect sedative influence upon them. The diagnosis 
of strychnine poisoning from tetanus, hysteria, and other convulsive diseases is to be de- 
termined by the jaw being affected after the limbs and trunk, the relaxation between the con- 
vulsions, the universality of the latter, the retention of consciousness, the rapidity of the 
attack, and the history of the case. 
The best chemical antidote to strychnine is the potassium permanganate, which should be 
freely administered from time to time until a result is reached. Washing out the stomach 
with a solution of the permanganate is excellent, provided it is done early and the patient 
anaesthetized before any attempt is made. We have seen fatal spasm brought on before the 
stomach-tube reached the oesophagus. The general treatment of strychnine poisoning consists 
in the maintenance of absolute quiet, and the use of such spinal sedatives as chloroform, amyl 
nitrite, opium, chloral, and potassium bromide; tobacco, aconite, and various similar sedative 
substances have been used, but no drug which acts powerfully as a cardiac depressant should 
be employed. Chloroform and amyl nitrite act very promptly, but their impression is fuga- 
cious, and their use should be restricted to the arresting of convulsions so severe as to threaten 
life. Opium may be given in moderate doses, and very large doses of cannabis Indica have 
been employed in some cases with excellent result, but, as it exists in our markets, this drug 
is too uncertain for any reliance to be placed upon it. Potassium bromide and chloral are 
exceedingly valuable remedies. In any case of severe strychnine poisoning it would be ad- 
visable to begin the general medicinal treatment with the administration of half an ounce 
(15-5 Gm.) of potassium bromide. After this chloral may be given in from twenty- to thirty- 
grain (1-3—1*95 Gm.) doses, at intervals of greater or less length, according to the severity 
of the symptoms, inhalations of chloroform, ether, and amyl nitrite being practised pro re nata, 
and the bromide also being repeated in much smaller dose if it seems advisable. 
In an investigation of the members of the pyridine series of bases by C. Greville Williams 
and W. H. Waters (Proc. Roy. Soc., xxxii. p. 162, 1881), they found that /? lutidine (dimethyl 
pyridine, C7H9N) was antagonistic to strychnine and an apparent antidote. When injected 
into frogs already under the influence of strychnine, it arrested the convulsions; or if given 
first and then followed by a fatal dose of strychnine, it prevented the appearance of the 
tetanus. (Blyth, Poisons, their Effects and Detection, 1884, p. 319.) 
Ether acts too slowly to be comparable in its effects to chloroform in this toxaemia, but it 
must not be forgotten that chloroform is alleged to have produced sudden cardiac death in 
strychnine poisoning, and in the latter stages, when exhaustion has set in, ether certainly is the 
safer remedy. Under the latter circumstances alcohol should be freely administered, as tending 
not only to quiet spasm, but also to sustain the heart’s action. On account of its stimulant 
effect upon the gastric mucous membrane, and of its tendency to excite the vaso-motor and 
motor centres of the spinal cord and thereby increase the activity of the circulation and 
the general systemic tone, strychnine is a very valuable tonic, which may be given along 
with iron and simple bitters in anaemia, and especially in cases of general relaxation. Its 
striking convulsive influence early led to its use in palsies, and it is habitually so employed to- 
day. As, however, the loss of muscular power in these cases is very rarely due in chief part, 
if at all, to depression of the spinal centres, it is not common to see any very marked result 
from the use of the drug. In infantile palsies and other affections in which the nutrition of 
the muscles is largely at fault, the injection of strychnine into the affected muscles is sometimes 
productive of great good. 
As a respiratory stimulant strychnine is very valuable in subacute and chronic bronchitis, 
especially in old and feeble subjects, in advanced adynamic pneumonia, in chloral, opium, and 
other narcotic poisoning, and in the accidents of anaesthesia, when death is threatened from 
respiratory failure. In these cases it must be given in large doses, and, when the symptoms 
are urgent, hypodermically. 
Strychnine, owing to its tendency to increase the activity of non-striated as well as of striated 
muscular fibres, is a valuable addition to laxative medicines where there is reason to suspect 
relaxation of the muscular coat of the bowel. By the oculists strychnine is much used in 
atrophy of the optic nerve. The dose of strychnine varies very greatly according to the effect 
desired. As a simple tonic from to Ar of a grain may be given three times a day. As a 
stimulant in low diseases, in certain affections of the spinal cord, in chronic heart disease, and 
in the adynamic nervous conditions of chronic alcoholism, etc., much larger amounts may be 
given with great advantage. Very large doses should be given hypodermically from four to PART I. 
Strychninse Hydrochlondum.—Strychninse Sulphas. 
1303 
six hours apart, and be ascended to rather than commenced with. In this way an amount of 
even three-quarters of a grain of strychnine a day may be reached* 
STRYCHNINE HYDROCHLORIDUM. Br. Strychnine Hydrochloride. 
[Hydrochlorate of Strychnine, Brit. Pharm. 1885.] 
(stryjsh-ni'na: hy-dro-ghlo'ri-dum.) 
“ The hydrochloride of an alkaloid obtained from Nux Vomica and from other species of 
Strychnos.” Br. 
This salt of strychnine was made official for the first time in the Br. Ph. 1898; it is used 
in making Liquor Strychninse Hydrocliloridi. (See p. 826.) It is described as in “ Small color- 
less trimetric prisms which readily effloresce in the air; soluble in 35 parts of water or in 60 
parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), forming a solution which is neutral to litmus and intensely bitter 
to the taste. The salt should afford the reactions characteristic of hydrochlorides, and should 
respond to the qualitative tests mentioned under ‘ Strychnina,’ but should not yield any 
characteristic reaction for sulphates. Dried at a temperature of 212° F. (100° C.) it should 
lose from 7-3 to 8-8 per cent, of moisture.” Br. 
In its physiological and therapeutic action and in its dose strychnine hydrochlorate is 
equivalent to strychnine sulphate. (See next article). 
Cm H22 N2 02 HC1. 2H2 O ; 405-63. 
STRYCHNINE SULPHAS. U. S. Strychnine Sulphate 
(C21 H22 N2 02)2 H2 SO4. 5H2 O ; 854-24. (C2i Hm N2 02)2 H2 SO4. 5H2 0; 85fi. 
“ Strychnine Sulphate should be kept in well-stopped vials.” U. S. 
Strychnia; Sulphas, Pharm. 1870; Strychninum Sulphuricum; Sulfate de Strychnine, Fr.; Schwefelsaures 
Strychnin, G. 
A process for this salt is no longer official. That of the U. S. P. 1870 will be found in the 
foot-note.-f- Two forms of strychnine sulphate are known, the acid sulphate, or commercial 
sulphate, and the official or neutral sulphate. Commercial strychnine sulphate, C21H2«Na02.- 
H2S04 -f- 2HaO, crystallizes in needles. The water is expelled at 150° C. (302° F.). To pre- 
pare the neutral sulphate (C21H22N202)2.H2S04, a solution of the acid sulphate is divided into 
two equal portions: one of these portions is precipitated by ammonia, and the precipitate is 
added to the other part of the solution and the mixture boiled. On cooling, the liquid deposits 
the neutral salt in transparent prisms containing 5 mols. of H20. The crystals become anhy- 
drous at 200° C. (392° F.). By the spontaneous evaporation of an aqueous solution of the 
salt, transparent pyramids belonging to the quadratic system are obtained. According to 
Rammelsburg, these crystals contain 6 mols. of H„0. (Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1881, p. 
1231; N. R., Jan. 1882.) 
This salt is in “ colorless or white, prismatic crystals, odorless, and having an intensely hitter 
taste perceptible even in highly dilute (1 in 700000) solution. Efflorescent in dry air. Solu- 
ble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 50 parts of water, and in 109 parts of alcohol; in 2 parts of boiling 
water, and in 8-5 parts of boiling alcohol. Almost insoluble in ether. When heated at 100° 
C. (212° F.), the salt slowly loses its water of crystallization (10-51 per cent.); more rapidly 
when heated at 110° C. (230° F.). When quickly heated to 200° C. (392° F.), the salt fuses. 
Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. On adding potassium or sodium hydrate 
test-solution to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is thrown down, which is in- 
soluble in an excess of the alkali, and which should conform to the reactions and tests of strych- 
nine (see Strychnina). Barium chloride test-solution added to the aqueous solution throws 
down a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. On dissolving 0-05 Gm. of Strychnine 
Sulphate in 2 C.c. of nitric acid (specific gravity 1-300), in a small test-tube, the acid should 
not turn more than faintly yellow (limit of brucine)." U. S. The chief advantage of this 
(STRYgH-Nl'NiE SUL'PHXS.) 
* Strychnine should never he prescribed in liquid form in combination with bromides, iodides, or chlorides, for 
fear of forming the insoluble strychnine hydrobromate, hydriodate, or hydrochlorate. Several cases of poisoning have 
occurred through neglect of this precaution. Dr. A. B. Lyons {A. J. P., Oct. 1877) records a case of poisoning 
through the patient’s receiving in the last dose the greater portion of the strychnine hydrobromate, which had crys- 
tallized out. 
f Strychnia Sulphas. “ Take of Strychnia a troyounce ; Diluted Sulphuric Acid nine Jluidrachms, or a sufficient 
quantity ; Distilled Water a pint. Mix the Strychnia with the Distilled Water, heat the mixture gently, and grad- 
ually add Diluted Sulphuric Acid until the alkaloid is neutralized and dissolved. Filter the solution, and evaporate 
with a moderate heat, so that crystals may form on cooling. Lastly, having drained the crystals, dry them rapidly 
on bibulous paper, and keep them in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. 1304 
Styrax. 
PART I. 
preparation over strychnine is its much greater solubility in water, by which it is better adapted 
to external use, as for application to blistered surfaces, or for hypodermic injection, or as 
an ingredient in collyria. These advantages may be easily gained, however, by adding a few 
drops of an acid—the acetic, for example—to strychnine, so that the value of this as a distinct 
official preparation is diminished. Owing to the presence of sulphuric acid and water of crys- 
tallization in this salt, it contains but about 75 per cent, of strychnine, and the dose would be 
therefore greater than that of the alkaloid* 
STYRAX. U. S. (Br.) Storax. 
(STY'RiX.) 
“ A balsam prepared from the inner bark of Liquidambar orientalis, Miller (nat. ord. Hama- 
melaceae).” U. S. “ A balsam obtained from the trunk of Liquidambar orientalis, Miller, 
and purified by solution in ethylic alcohol, filtration, and evaporation of the solvent.” Br. 
Styraz Prseparatus, Br.; Prepared Storax; Styrax Liquidus, P. G.; Balsamum Storacis; Liquid Storax ; Storax, 
Styrax liquide, Fr.; Fliissiger Storax, G.; Storace, It.; Estoraque, Sp. 
All species of the genus Liquidambar as well as those of a related genus, Altingia, yield 
storax. The product most valued, however, is that obtained from L. orientalis, Miller. 
Liquidambar orientalis. Miller, Gard. Diet. (1768) 8th ed. No. 2; B. & T. 107. The 
oriental sweet-gum is a tree from twenty to forty feet high. The palmate leaves have each of 
their divisions obscurely three-lobed, and are serrate, perfectly smooth, bright green and 
shining on the upper and pale on the under surface. The tree is a native of Asia Minor, in 
the southwestern parts of which it forms large forests. It yields the so-called liquid storax. 
According to the researches of Moeller, storax is a pathological rather than a physiological 
product; when the young wood is injured secretion reservoirs are formed in which the storax 
is produced. (Oesterr. Zeitschr., 1.) Accounts somewhat differ as to the mode of collecting 
the balsam. They agree, however in the point that, the outer bark having been removed, the 
inner bark is scraped off and submitted to pressure. According to Mr. Maltass, the hark is 
first pressed cold in horse-hair hags, after which hot water is thrown over the hags and they are 
again pressed. Lieutenant Campbell states that the inner bark is first boiled with water, and, a 
portion of the balsam which rises having been skimmed off, is then pressed so as to extract 
the remainder. The residuary bark, after expression, is dried in the sun, and employed in 
various parts of Turkey for fumigation. It is the drug known in commerce as Storax bark 
or Cortex Thymiamatis. (Hanbury, P. J. Tr., xvi. 463.) The balsam is sent in casks to 
Constantinople, Smyrna, and other ports of the Levant. 
Several kinds of storax have been described. The purest was the storax in grains, which was 
in whitish, yellowish-white, or reddish-yellow tears, about the size of a pea, opaque, soft, adhe- 
sive, and capable of uniting so as to form a mass. Another variety, formerly called styrax 
calamita, from the circumstance, it is supposed, that it was brought wrapped in the leaves of 
* Strychnine Arsenite having been proposed as a remedy by Prof. Grimelli, of Modena, M. Chiappero, of 
Turin, undertook to prepare the salt. For this purpose he dissolved arsenous acid in water acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid, and neutralized the arsenous acid with strychnine. But, according to M. T. Ceresoli, of Paris, the 
result was a mixture of strychnine arsenite and hydrochlorate. The latter chemist prepares a pure strychnine 
arsenite in the following manner. He takes 8'12 grammes of caustic potassa, 3‘30 of arsenous acid, and 4(H)0 
of distilled water. Having dissolved the potassa in the water, boiling hot, he adds the arsenous acid, which is com- 
pletely dissolved. He then dilutes 2‘65 grammes of monohydrated sulphuric acid with 20 grammes of distilled 
water, and, having heated the mixture to ebullition, adds 12 grammes of pure crystallized strychnine, which is 
entirely dissolved. The two solutions being kept at about the temperature of 100° F., he pours the arsenical solu- 
tion into that of strychnine. A grumous mass is produced, much of which, however, is dissolved by heat. The 
liquid being filtered boiling hot from the undissolved mass, which consists almost exclusively of potassium sul- 
phate, the filtered liquid is evaporated nearly to dryness, and the residue dissolved in absolute alcohol, by which the 
potassium sulphate is all left behind. The undissolved mass, after the first filtration, is repeatedly washed with 
alcohol; and the alcoholic solutions are mixed, concentrated, and set aside to crystallize. At the end of two days 
the arsenite separates in the form of cubic crystals. 
Strychnine arsenite is in white cubic crystals, containing water, which they lose in contact with the air, becom- 
ing almost efflorescent. They are completely decomposed by heat, with an empyreumatic smell, and leave nothing 
but a black and porous charcoal. Towards the end of the vaporization, dense white vapors rise with the alliaceous 
smell of arsenic. The taste is bitter and metallic. Strychnine arsenite is soluble in 35 parts of cold and 10 of boil- 
ing water; is soluble also in alcohol, and less so in ether. Its formula is (C2iH2jN*Oj)AS2O3. Though scarcely yet 
employed, at least to any considerable extent, as a medicine, it would seem, from its constituents, to be likely to fulfil 
important indications, and has the advantage of a uniform composition. Consisting of two ingredients, each of 
which is perhaps scarcely inferior, as a remedy in intermittent fever, to any other except cinchona and its deriva- 
tives, it probably possesses strong antiperiodic powers, and might very properly be the subject of trial in any inter- 
mittent disease which proves rebellious to quinine,—the prescriber, however, being always on his guard against its 
poisonous action. Its commencing dose should not be larger than the smallest dose of strychnine. (Journ. de Pharm., 
4e s6r., i. 343.) PART I. 
Styrax. 
1305 
a kind of reed, consisted of dry and brittle masses, formed of yellowish agglutinated tears, in 
the interstices of which was a brown or reddish matter. The French call it storax amgydaloide. 
This and the preceding variety had a pleasant odor like that of vanilla. Neither of them, 
however, is now found in the markets. It is probable that one or both of these varieties may 
have been the product of Styrax officinale. A third variety, which is sometimes sold as the 
styrax calamita, is in brown or reddish-brown masses of various shapes, light, friable, yet pos- 
sessing a certain degree of tenacity, and softening under the teeth. Upon exposure, it becomes 
covered upon the surface with a white efflorescence of styracin. It evidently consists of saw- 
dust, united with a portion of the balsam. As found in commerce, it is usually in the state 
of a coarse, soft, dark-colored powder, mingled with occasional light friable lumps of various 
magnitude, and containing very little of the balsam. When good, it should yield, upon pressure 
between hot plates, a brown resinous fluid having the odor of storax. Mr. Hanbury states that 
some of this variety is prepared at Trieste, Venice, and Marseilles, by mixing the residue of 
the liquidambar bark remaining after expression, and reduced to coarse powder, with genuine 
liquid storax. (P. J. Tr., April, 1863.)* A fourth variety, which, under the name of liquid 
storax, is the one commonly used, is a semi-fluid, adhesive substance, brown or almost black 
upon the surface exposed to the air, but of a slightly greenish-gray color within, and of an 
odor somewhat like that of Peruvian balsam, though less agreeable. It is kept in jars. 
The storax used by pharmacists should correspond to the following official directions and 
tests. “ A semi-liquid, gray, sticky, opaque mass, depositing, on standing, a heavier, dark- 
brown stratum; transparent in thin layers, and having an agreeable odor and a balsamic taste. 
Insoluble in water, but completely soluble (with the exception of accidental impurities) in an 
equal weight of warm alcohol. -If the alcoholic solution, which has an acid reaction, be cooled, 
filtered, and evaporated, it should leave not less than 70 per cent, of the original weight of the 
balsam, in the form of a brown, semi-liquid residue, almost completely soluble in ether and 
in carbon disulphide, but insoluble in benzin. When heated on a water-bath, Storax becomes 
more fluid, and if it be then agitated with warm benzin, the supernatant liquid, on being 
decanted and allowed to cool, will be colorless, and will deposit white crystals of cinnamic acid 
and cinnamic ethers.” U. S. “ Heated in a test-tube placed in boiling water, it becomes 
more liquid, but gives off no moisture; boiled with solution of potassium bichromate and sul- 
phuric acid, it evolves an odor resembling that of essential oil of bitter almonds.” Br. 
As found in commerce, storax is usually so much adulterated as to require purification before 
it can be used; and in both Pharmacopoeias processes were formerly given. Whenever not 
originally pure enough for use, it should be dissolved in alcohol, the solution strained, and 
the alcohol distilled off to a certain extent, and then completely evaporated at a gentle heat. 
Among the substances used in the adulteration of storax is turpentine. To detect it Hr. 
Hager employed the following method. He liquefied the resin, in a tube, by means of a 
water-bath, added half its volume of absolute alcohol, and hastened the solution by agitation; 
he then treated it with several volumes of benzin. This operation was repeated twice. The 
liquors obtained were then evaporated, in a tared vessel; and there was obtained, for pure 
storax, a colorless residue (45 to 55 per cent.), with a light-blue opalescence; for that mixed 
with turpentine, a residue more considerable, yellowish, and having the terebinthinate odor. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Fev. 1876, p. 161.) 
General Properties. Storax has a fragrant odor and an aromatic taste. It melts with a 
moderate heat, and, when the temperature is raised, takes fire and burns with a white flame, 
leaving a light, spongy, carbonaceous residue. It imparts its odor to water, which it renders 
yellow and milky. Its active constituents are dissolved by alcohol and ether. Neumann ob- 
tained from 480 grains of storax 120 of aqueous extract, and from an equal quantity 360 
grains of alcoholic extract. Containing volatile oil and resin, and yielding benzoic or cinnamic 
acid by distillation, it is entitled to rank as a balsam. 
The most abundant constituent of storax is probably storesin, C3eH56(0H)3, discovered 
* The Liquidambar etyraciflua, or Sweet Gum of our Southern States, was at one time thought to be the source of 
storax. Its geographical range reaches into Mexico, and it yields a storax-like product in an abundance proportion- 
ate to the heat of the climate. A specimen from Guatemala is described by Fliickiger and Hanbury as a yellow, 
opaque resin, of honey-like consistence, becoming transparent, amber-colored, and brittle by exposure to the air, and 
having a rather terebinthinous balsamic odor and but little taste. Sometimes it occurs as a thick golden-brown fluid. 
It contains cinnamic acid and styracin. (A. J. P., 1874, p. 161.) It is soluble in alcohol, and has been gathered to 
a considerable extent in the United States for the preparation of chewing-gum. The resins of Liquidambar formosana 
and L. altingiana are known in Eastern commerce. Dr. Carl Mohr describes in Pharm. Bund., 1895, 57, the col- 
lection of American storax in the Missisippi States. 1306 
Sty rax.—Sued. 
rART I. 
in 1877 by W. von Miller. This is present both free and in the form of a cinnamic ether. 
Storesin is an amorphous substance, melting at 168° C. (334-4° F.), readily soluble in benzin. 
Cinnamic ethers of phenyl-propyl, cinnamic ether of ethyl, cinnamic ether of benzyl, and especially 
cinnamate of cinnamyl, C9H702.C9H9, the so-called styracin of Bonastre, have also been ob- 
served. This last compound can be removed by ether, benzol, or alcohol after the separation 
from the resin of the cinnamic acid; it is insoluble in water, and volatile only in superheated 
steam. It crystallizes in tufts of long rectangular prisms, which melt at 38° C. (100-4° F.), 
but frequently does not solidify readily. By concentrated solution of potash, it is resolved 
into a cinnamate and cinnamic alcohol (styrone'), C9H100, which latter is not present in liquid 
storax. The yield of cinnamic acid* varies from 6 to 12 per cent., or even, according to 
Lowe, as much as 23 per cent, of crystallized cinnamic acid can be obtained. The acid dis- 
solves abundantly in ether, alcohol, or hot water, slightly in cold water ; it is inodorous, but 
has an acrid taste. It fuses at 133° C. (276-4° F.), and boils at 290° C. (554° F.). Another 
minor constituent of storax is a fragrant substance xuelting at 65° C., and possessing the odor 
of vanillin (ethyl-vanillin ?), which Rump (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1878,1034) identified. Miller 
also shows that water removes from the drug a little free benzoic acid. There is further found 
in liquid storax a hydrocarbon, C8H8, first prepared by Simon in 1839, which exists in the 
resin as a liquid, and also in a polymeric form as a solid. The former, called styrol or cinnamene, 
has a sp. gr. of 0 924, and a boiling point of 146° C. (294 8° F.). It is a colorless, mobile 
liquid, possessing the odor and burning taste of liquid storax. It has since beeu formed 
synthetically, and has been recognized as phenylethylene, CeH6.CH = CII2. When heated for a 
considerable time to 100° C. (212° F.), or for a shorter period to 200° C. (392° F.), it is con- 
verted without change of composition into the colorless, transparent solid metastyrol, which, 
unlike styrol, is not soluble in alcohol or in ether. Lastly, there has been found in liquid 
storax, by J. H. van t’Hoff (1876), about 0-4 per cent, of a pleasant-smelling laevorotatory 
oil of the formula C10HieO. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., 274 and 275.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. This balsam is a stimulating expectorant, and was 
formerly recommended in phthisis, chronic catarrh, asthma, and amenorrhoea; but it is very 
seldom used at present, except as a constituent of the compound tincture of benzoin. Liquid 
storax has been recommended in gonorrhoea and leucorrhoea as equally effectual with copaiba, 
and less disagreeable. From ten to twenty grains (0-65-1-3 Gm.) may be given twice a day, 
and the dose gradually increased. The same variety of storax, mixed with olive oil, has been 
found by Dr. H. Schultze, of Magdeburg, effectual in the cure of itch, the death of the insect 
resulting from a single thorough rubbing of the surface in twenty-four hours. (Am. Journ. 
Med. Sci., July, 1867.) The statements of Prof. Landerer, that the cinnamic acid obtained 
from storax injected into the cephalic vein (from five to twelve drops of the 5 per cent, emul- 
sion, with the oil of almonds and yolk of egg, rendered alkaline) is a specific in phthisis, has 
not been confirmed by subsequent studies. (Med. Chron., 1895.) 
SUCCI. Juices. 
(SUC'Cl—s&k'si.) 
Though introduced to professional notice by Mr. Squire so long since as in the year 1835, 
and subsequently used by many practitioners, the Juices were recognized but once by the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1870). They consist of the expressed juices of fresh plants, preserved 
by the addition of one-third of their bulk of alcohol. Considering the great inequality in 
strength, and of course the uncertainty in operation, of the fresh juices themselves, varying 
according to the soil, climate, mode of cultivation, season, and the age of the plant, it may 
be questioned whether they merit the prominence which lias been given them in the British 
Pharmacopoeia. 
* Cinnamic acid has recently attracted attention as a germicide. Classon recommends the following process for 
its preparation. Storax is boiled with solution of sodium carbonate, the mixture is allowed to cool, and hydrochloric 
acid is added to neutralize the greater portion of the excess of alkali, leaving the mixture faintly alkaline. It is 
then again boiled, allowed to cool, and filtered, the residue on the filter being washed with water. The filtrate and 
washings are concentrated, if necessary, and precipitated with excess of hydrochloric acid: the precipitate is col- 
lected on a filter, washed with a little water, and dried. The crude cinnamic acid so obtained is purified by crystal- 
lization from hot benzin. It is made more cheaply now synthetically, and is obtained as a by-product in the prep- 
aration of benzaldehyde. It is claimed for it that it is a non-poisonous antiseptic, and Landerer (Die Bchandlnng 
der Tuberkulose, etc., Leipzig, 1892) has found it in phthisis a very valuable, though not specific, medicament, which 
may be even used intravenously without injury. In lupus and other surgical forms of tuberculosis he injects it into 
the part. PART I. 
Succus Belladonnas.—Sulphonal. 
1307 
SUCCUS BELLADONNA. Br. Juice of Belladonna. 
(SUC'CUS BKL-LA-DON'liME.) 
“ Bruise the fresh leaves and young branches of Atropa Belladonna, Linn.; press out the 
juice; to every three volumes of juice add one of Alcohol (90 per cent.) ; set aside for seven 
days; filter.” Br. 
Dose, from five to fifteen minims (0*3-0*9 C.c.). 
SUCCUS CONII. Br. Juice of Conium. 
(sue'eus cy-Ni'i.) 
Sue de grande Cigue, Fr.; Schierlingsaft, G. 
“ Bruise the fresh leaves and young branches of Conium maculatum, Linn.; press out the 
juice; to every three volumes of juice add one of Alcohol (90 per*cent.) ; set aside for seven 
days; filter.” Br. 
The albumen is probably coagulated under the influence of the alcohol; and hence the pro- 
priety of directing filtration. The dose of this preparation is from thirty to sixty minims 
(1-9-3-7 C.c.). 
The experiments of Dr. John Harley (A. J. P., 1867, 363) seemed to indicate that the 
juice is the best preparation of conium. He found that one fluidounce of it contained 0-42 
grain of the alkaloid, and that five and a half fluidrachms of it produced very severe and 
characteristic symptoms. Subsequent experience has shown, however, that Succus Conii, at 
least as it reaches Philadelphia, is even in the best brands a very uncertain preparation, dis- 
tinctly inferior in every way to the U. S. fluid extract made from the green fruit. (See Year- 
Book of Pharmacy, 1896, 292.) One fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.) may be given at a dose, and 
rapidly increased until some effects are produced. 
SUCCUS HYOSCYAMI. Br. Juice of Hyoscyamus. 
“ Bruise the fresh leaves, flowering tops, and young branches of Hyoscyamus niger, Linn.; 
press out the juice; to every three volumes of juice add one of Alcohol (90 per cent.); set 
aside for seven days ; filter.” Br. 
The dose of this preserved juice is from one-half to one fluidrachm (l*9-3*7 C.c.). 
(SUC'CUS HY-OS-CY'A-MI.) 
SUCCUS SCOPARII. Br. Juice of Broom. 
(SUC'CUS SCO-PA'RI-I.) 
Sue de Genfit a Balais, Fr.; Besenginstersaft, G. 
“ Bruise fresh Broom Tops; press out the juice; to every three volumes of juice add one of 
Alcohol (90 per cent.) ; set aside for seven days; filter.” Br. 
The dose of this preparation as a diuretic is from one to two fluidrachms (3*7-7*5 C.c.). 
In large doses it would be apt to disturb the stomach and bowels. It is more appropriately 
used as an adjuvant to other diuretics than alone. 
SUCCUS TARAXACI. Br. Juice of Taraxacum 
(suc'cus ta-kXx'a-ci.) 
Sue de Pissenlit, Fr.; Lowenzahnwurzelsaft, G. 
“ Bruise fresh Taraxacum Root; press out the juice; to every three volumes of juice add 
one of Alcohol (90 per cent.) ; set aside for seven days; filter.” Br. 
The dose of this juice is from two fluidrachms to half a fluidounce (7*5-15 C.c.).* 
SULPHONAL. Br. Sulphonal. 
C7 Hie S2 O4. (sCl'pho-nXl.) (CH3)2 c (S02 c2 h5)2. 
“ Sulphonal, or dimethyl-methane-diethylsulphone, (CH3)2C(S02C2H6)2, is a product of the 
oxidation of mercaptol, (CH3)2C(SC2II6)2, obtained from acetone and mercaptan.” Br. 
Diethylsulphon-dimethyl-methane. 
* Procter's Preserved Juice of Taraxacum. Of the fresh roots collected in September or October, twenty pounds 
avoirdupois are to be sliced transversely, reduced to a pulpy mass by grinding or contusion, then thoroughly incor- 
porated with four pints of alcohol of 0*835, and set aside in stone-ware jars. After a week, or a longer time, the pulpy 
mass is to be subjected to strong pressure, and the liquor filtered and bottled for use. Even after six months the pulp 
thus treated preserves the sensible properties of the dandelion in a marked degree. Should the alcohol in the ex- 
pressed liquor be objected to, it may be partially removed by evaporation by means of a water-bath until the bulk 
of the juice has been diminished one-sixth, and then adding eight ounces of sugar for every pint. (A. J. P., xxv.) 1308 
Sulphonal. 
PART I. 
Sulphonal was not introduced into the U. S. P. 1890, because its manufacture is limited by 
law to the firm that owns the process. Sulphonal belongs to the class of disulphones, to which 
belong also Trional and Tetronal. (See Trioyial and Tetronal, Part II.) It may be made by 
the following processes. When anhydrous mercaptan (ethyl sulphydrate) and anhydrous 
acetone are mixed and a stream of dry hydrochloric acid gas passed through, the liquid grad- 
ually becomes turbid and separates into two layers, the upper being mercaptol (dithioethyldi- 
methylmethane), the lower, diluted hydrochloric acid. The mercaptol is separated, washed, and 
then oxidized with potassium permanganate, the liberated oxygen converting the mercaptol into 
sulphonal. It may also be prepared by the action of ethyl chloride on sodium thiosulphate, 
the resulting sodium ethyl thiosulphate being converted into ethyl mercaptan and acid sodium 
sulphate by the action of water. This conversion is made to take place in the presence of 
alcohol, hydrochloric acid, and acetone, the ethyl mercaptan being condensed to mercaptol, 
which is oxidized by potassium permanganate, sulphonal being the result. It forms heavy 
colorless prismatic crystals, melting at 125-5° C., which are not very soluble in cold water, but 
more readily in boiling water, and in alcohol and alcoholic ether. A characteristic test is to 
fuse the sulphonal in a small dry test-tube, heat to about 280° C., and to the clear liquid add 
pyrogallic (or gallic) acid. The liquid becomes brown and gives off the characteristic odor of 
mercaptan or sulphur alcohol. Heating with potassium cyanide or even with powdered char- 
coal will effect the same decomposition. The British Pharmacopoeia gives the following de- 
scription : “ Colorless, inodorous, nearly tasteless prismatic crystals ; without action on litmus ; 
melting at 258° F. (125 5° C.). Soluble in 15 parts of boiling water, in 450 parts of cold 
water, in 50 parts of cold alcohol (90 per cent.), very soluble in boiling alcohol (90 per cent.), 
soluble in ether. Heated to redness with free access of air, it burns, evolving sulphurous an- 
hydride, and leaving no residue (absence of mineral impurity). If a mixture of Sulphonal 
with an equal weight of potassium cyanide be heated, the odor of mercaptan is evolved, and 
when to the solution of the product in water excess of hydrochloric acid and a few drops of 
test-solution of ferric chloride are added, a reddish color is developed. It evolves hydrogen 
sulphide when gradually warmed with dried sodium acetate. It should yield no characteristic 
reaction with the tests for chlorides or sulphates.” 
Medical Properties and Uses. In the lower animals sulphonal produces sleep, which, 
if the dose has been sufficiently large, deepens into coma accompanied by paresis, tremors, 
and convulsions. Occasionally loss of power in the hind legs notably precedes the cerebral 
symptoms. The action of the drug upon the circulation seems to be very feeble, although it 
has not been thoroughly made out. According to Schick, the nerves and the muscles are not 
altered, so that the symptoms must be centric in origin. Kast found that the blood is not 
changed, and, according to Dr. W. J. Smith, tissue-change is not influenced. When sulphonal 
is given to human beings in doses of from fifteen to thirty grains, sleep usually develops in from 
half an hour to an hour, in most cases gradually, sometimes with remarkable abruptness. It is 
usually quiet, and not followed by disagreeable after-effects, although sometimes mental con- 
fusion and lassitude remain. Over pain sulphonal exerts no influence. It was originally 
asserted by Prof. Kast that the drug would prove especially useful in insomnia from cardiac 
diseases, but further experience does not sustain this. Occasionally sulphonal produces nausea, 
vomiting, gastric pain, diarrhoea, languor, headache, depression, ataxic symptoms, especially 
loss of power in the legs, mental disturbance, etc. These disagreeable effects are, however, 
rare after the single dose, but are much more apt to follow the continuous use of the remedy, 
there being evidently some tendency for sulphonal to accumulate in the system, as noticed by 
Jastrowitz, Bresslauer, and others. (See, also, Intemat. Klin. Rundsch., Nov. 1891.) 
It is usually after the continued use of the drug that the rubeolous or scarlatinous exanthem 
appears. A number of cases of poisoning by large doses or the continuous use of sulphonal 
have been reported. (Lancet, April, 1891 ; Med. Rec., Dec. 1890 ; Therap. Monatschr., Dec. 
1888; Deutsche Med,. Wochenschr., May, 1891 ; Med. News, Aug. 1889, cause of death some- 
what doubtful; Brit. Med. Journ., Oct. 1890.) The symptoms in these cases have been ex- 
traordinarily prolonged sleep, lasting for a number of days, with comparatively little disturb- 
ance of the circulation or the breathing (unless the dose has been extraordinarily large and a 
late stage of the poisoning is considered); marked ataxic disturbance of speech and gait; a 
peculiar exanthem, which is prone to be symmetrical; ptosis, with normal or dilated and fixed 
pupils ; paralysis of the sphincters ; renal disturbance ; fall of temperature. 
Professor Kast found that under the influence of large doses of sulphonal there was no increase 
in the elimination of sulphur, and came to the conclusion that the sulphonal was eliminated in PART I. 
Sulphonal.—Sulphuris Iodidum. 
1309 
the form of a highly soluble organic compound, probably a sulphonic acid. Jaffe and Jolles 
have, however, each obtained unaltered sulphonal from the urine of persons poisoned by it; but 
it seems positive that only a small proportion of sulphonal escapes unchanged, and from the 
researches of Dr. W. J. Smith it would appear probable that the sulphonal splits up in the 
system so as to yield ethylsulphonic acid, which escapes unchanged in the urine. 
Upon the kidneys sulphonal seems to act, when in sufficient amount, as an irritant, though 
after the ordinary therapeutic dose no pronounced renal symptoms are apparent. Aching pains 
in the loins and pronounced diuresis are not rarely present after overdoses, and in poisoning 
by the drug the urine frequently becomes of a dark port-wine color, staining the linen of the 
patient where it falls, and containing, according to the researches of the Swedish physiologist 
Hammarsteen, hsematoporphyrine. Complete arrest of the renal secretion has occurred in some 
cases; the presence of this symptom makes the prognosis very grave. Whenever sulphonal is 
given largely or for a length of time, the urine should be carefully watched, and any smoky or 
dark appearance of the excretion should be the signal for the immediate withdrawal of the 
drug. That enormous doses of sulphonal may be recovered from is shown by the case reported 
by Neisser, in which over three ounces are said to have been taken, six hours elapsing before 
any medical treatment was instituted. In the case reported by Knaggs, four hundred and fifty 
grains produced death after unconsciousness lasting for three days, with complete anuria. The 
dose of sulphonal is from ten to forty grains (0 65-2-59 Glm.), which should always be given 
in fine powder, compressed pills frequently passing through the bowels unchanged. 
SULPHURIS IODIDUM. U. S., Br. Sulphur Iodide. 
(SUL'PHU-RIS i-OD'l-DUM.) 
Sulfur Iodatum, P. G.; Ioduretum Sulfuris, F. P.; Iodure de Soufre, Fr.; Jodschwefel, G. 
“ Washed Sulphur, twenty grammes [or 308 grains] ; Iodine, eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 
360 grains]. Mix the Washed Sulphur and Iodine thoroughly by trituration; introduce the 
mixture into a flask, close the orifice loosely, and, by means of a water-bath, gradually and with 
occasional agitation apply a heat not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), until the ingredients combine, 
and become of a uniformly dark color throughout. Then increase the heat to the boiling point 
of the water, so as to fuse the mass. Should any Iodine have sublimed and condensed on the 
glass, incline the flask so as to combine the Iodine with the fused mass, and then pour the latter 
out upon a porcelain plate or other suitable cold surface. After cooling break the product into 
pieces of suitable size, and keep them in a glass-stoppered bottle, in a cool place.” TJ. S. 
“ Iodine, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Sublimed Sulphur, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 25 
grammes. Intimately mix the Sublimed Sulphur with the Iodine; heat the mixture gently 
in a loosely corked flask; when the mass becomes uniformly dark, increase the temperature so 
as to produce liquefaction; allow the product to cool in the flask. The flask should then be 
broken, and the solidified mass of Sulphur Iodide reduced to fragments, which should be kept 
in a well-closed vessel.” Br. 
Both of the official processes were derived from the French Codex. Though formerly offi- 
cial with the London and Dublin Colleges, it was omitted in the first British Pharmacopoeia, 
to be resumed in the present. It simply effects a combination of the two elements by melting 
them together. 
Properties. Sulphur iodide is in “brittle masses of a crystalline fracture and a grayish- 
black, metallic lustre, having the odor of iodine, and a somewhat acrid taste. Almost insolu- 
ble in water; soluble in about 60 parts of glycerin ; very soluble in carbon disulphide. Alco- 
hol and ether dissolve out the iodine, leaving the sulphur. Continued boiling with water 
vaporizes all the iodine, leaving about 20 per cent, of sulphur as residue. On exposing Sul- 
phur Iodide to the air, it gradually loses iodine. On heating it, some iodine sublimes at first; 
at a somewhat higher temperature a sublimate is formed, containing both iodine and sulphur. 
At a still higher temperature the whole is volatilized, leaving only a trace of residue.” 
U. S. “ A grayish-black solid substance, with a radiate crystalline appearance. It resembles 
iodine in smell, and in the property of staining the skin. Soluble in 60 parts of glycerin; 
insoluble in cold water. When boiled with water the iodine passes off in vapor, and the sul- 
phur remains as an insoluble residue having about one-fifth of the weight of the Sulphur 
Iodide taken.” Br. This compound is chemically regarded as iodine disulphide, I2S2, or, as 
sometimes stated, sulphur subiodide. Its solution in glycerin would probably prove useful, in 
some cases, as a substitute for the ointment of this iodide. It is rapidly decomposed, when in 
a state of powder, upon the addition of several of the volatile oils, violet vapors of iodine 1310 
Sulphur Lotum.—Sulphur Prsecipitatum. 
PART I. 
being evolved, and the smell of sulphur perceived. (Dr. G. W. Patterson.) This result renders 
it doubtful whether the so-called sulphur iodide is really a distinct chemical compound formed 
according to the laws of chemical combination, or is a mere physical mixture. Sulphur iodide 
has been very usefully employed as an external remedy in various skin diseases, such as tinea 
capitis, lupus, lepra, etc., applied in the form of ointment. (See Unguentum Sulphuris Iodidi.) 
Internally, it has been used with alleged great advantage in human glanders. (M. Bourdon, 
of Paris, Ann. de Therap., 1858, 239.) 
SULPHUR LOTUM. U. S. Washed Sulphur. 
Sulphur Depuratum, s. Flores Sulphuris Loti, P. G.; Soufre lave, Fr.; Gereinigte Schwefelblumen, G. 
“ Sublimed Sulphur, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Ammonia Water, 
ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity. Pass the Sublimed Sulphur 
through a No. 30 sieve, mix it thoroughly with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 
183 minims] of Water, add ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] of Ammonia Water, and 
digest for three days, agitating occasionally. Then add one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 
fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water, transfer the mixture to a muslin strainer, and wash the 
Sulphur with Water until the washings cease to impart a blue color to red litmus paper. Then 
allow it to drain, press the residue strongly, dry it rapidly at a moderate heat, and pass it 
through a No. 30 sieve.” U. S. 
Sublimed sulphur is frequently contaminated with small quantities of sulphuric acid and 
other impurities, and the object of the ammonia in the above process is to neutralize the acid, 
the salt being subsequently washed out. (See Sulphur Sublimatum.) 
Properties. “ A fine yellow powder, without odor or taste. Insoluble in water ; slightly 
soluble in absolute alcohol; more readily soluble in benzin, benzol, oil of turpentine, and many 
other oils; also in ether, in chloroform, and in boiling, aqueous solutions of alkaline hydrates. 
Carbon disulphide promptly dissolves a portion of it, but leaves a residue of insoluble sulphur, 
which may be dissolved by a boiling solution of an alkaline hydrate. When heated to 115° 
C. (239° F.), Washed Sulphur melts, and at a higher temperature volatilizes, or, if air be 
admitted, burns to sulphur dioxide, which is identified by its characteristic odor, and by its 
blackening a strip of paper moistened with mercurous nitrate test-solution held in the gas. 
The amount of residue left after volatilizing or igniting a weighed portion of it should not 
exceed 0-5 per cent. If 0-5 6m. of Washed Sulphur be boiled with 10 C.c. of sodium hydrate 
test-solution, it should be completely dissolved, leaving no residue (absence of earthy or metallic 
impurities'). If 0-5 Cm. of Washed Sulphur be digested for several hours with 10 C.c. of 
ammonia water, the clear filtrate should not be colored yellow, nor be rendered turbid, by 
acidulation with hydrochloric acid, even after the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen 
sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic). If 5 C.c. of water be agitated with 2 Gm. of 
Washed Sulphur, the liquid should not change the color of blue or red litmus paper (absence 
of acid, and of ammonia). If 0’5 Gm. of Washed Sulphur be boiled with a solution of 0-5 
Gm. of potassium cynanide in 5 C.c. of water, and, after filtration, the clear liquid be acidu- 
lated with hydrochloric acid, it should not assume a reddish color, even after standing for 
an hour (absence of selenium)." U. S. The dose is from half a drachm to half an ounce 
(1-9-15-5 Gm.). 
S; 31*98. (SUL'PHUR LO'TUM.) S; 32. 
SULPHUR U. S.f Br. Precipitated Sulphur 
[Milk of Sulphur. Br.] 
S; 31*98. (SUL'PHUR PRjE-ClP-I-TA'TUM.) S; 32. 
“ Sulphur precipitated by hydrochloric acid from a solution of calcium sulphides and thio- 
sulphate, which has been made by boiling together sulphur and lime in water.” Br. 
Lac Sulphuris; Milk of Sulphur; Magisterium Sulphuris; Soufre precipite, Lait de Soufre, Fr.; Schwefel- 
milch, 6r. 
“ Sublimed Sulphur, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Lime, fifty grammes 
[or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Hydrochloric Acid, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Slake the 
Lime, and mix it uniformly with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] 
of Water. Add the Sublimed Sulphur, previously sifted, and, after thorough mixing, add 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Water, and boil the mixture 
during one hour, stirring constantly, and replacing the Water lost by evaporation. Then cover PAET I. 
Sulphur Prsecipitatum. 
1311 
the vessel, and permit the contents to cool and to become clear by subsidence. Carefully 
draw off the clear solution, and filter the remainder. To the united liquids add gradually, and 
with constant stirring, Hydrochloric Acid, previously diluted with an equal volume of Water, 
until the liquid is nearly neutralized, still retaining, however, an alkaline reaction and a yellow 
color. Collect the precipitate on a strainer, and wash it, until the washings are tasteless and 
cease to give an acid reaction with litmus paper. Then dry the product rapidly, at a moderate 
heat, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
The process for precipitated sulphur was not much changed in the last revision: the quan- 
tity of lime was, however, diminished, which is an improvement, as the excess of lime caused 
loss in filtration unless great care was taken to wash the precipitate well. The Br. Pharm. in 
its official definition outlines the method used in the U. S. preparation. 
In the U. S. process three molecules of calcium oxide react with six atoms of sulphur to 
form two mols. of calcium disulphide and one of calcium thiosulphate (hyposulphite): 3CaO 
“I" (Sa)3 = 2CaS3 -f- CaSjjOg. On the addition of the hydrochloric acid, six atoms of sulphur 
are precipitated (four from the two mols. of calcium disulphide and two from the one mol. 
of calcium hyposulphite), and the calcium and oxygen unite with the hydrochloric acid, so as 
to form calcium chloride and water, according to the reaction 2CaS2 -(- CaS203 -J- 6HC1 = 
3CaCl2 -f- 3H20 -j- (S2)3. This rationale is not exactly applicable to the British process, in 
which the proportion of the sulphur to the lime employed is greater than in that of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, and on account of this greater excess of sulphur the reaction takes place as fol- 
lows : 3CaO -j- (S3)e — 2CaS6 -f- CaS203, a calcium pentasulphide being formed. Hydrochloric 
acid is the most eligible precipitant for the sulphur, as it gives rise to calcium chloride, which 
is a very soluble salt and is easily washed away. Sulphuric acid is wholly inadmissible, as it 
generates calcium sulphate, which, from its sparing solubility, becomes necessarily intermingled 
with the precipitated sulphur. According to Schweitzer, the best material from which to pre- 
cipitate the sulphur is potassium sulphide, formed by boiling sulphur with caustic potassa. 
Dr. Otto, of Brunswick, finds that potassium sulphide is apt to contain copper sulphide, and 
therefore he prefers calcium sulphide. 
Properties. Precipitated sulphur is in friable lumps, of a white color, with a pale yellow- 
ish-green tint, and consisting of finely divided particles slightly cohering, or, as officially de- 
scribed, is “ a fine, amorphous powder, of a pale yellow color, without odor or taste. Insol- 
uble in water; very slightly soluble in absolute alcohol; readily soluble in carbon disulphide; 
also in benzin, benzol, oil of turpentine, and many other oils; also in ether, in chloroform, and 
in boiling, aqueous solutions of alkaline hydrates. At 115° C. (239° F.) Precipitated Sulphur 
melts, and at a higher temperature it volatilizes, or, if air be admitted, burns to sulphur diox- 
ide, leaving no residue. If 0-5 Grin, of Precipitated Sulphur be boiled with 10 C.c. of sodium 
hydrate test-solution, it should be completely dissolved, leaving no residue (absence of earthy 
or metallic impurities). If 1 Gm. of Precipitated Sulphur be digested for several hours with 
10 C.c. of ammonia wafer, a portion of the clear filtrate should not leave any residue on evap- 
oration ; nor should another portion be colored yellow, or rendered turbid, by acidulation with 
hydrochloric acid, even after the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solu- 
tion (absence of arsenic). If 5 C.c. of water be agitated with 2 Cm. of Precipitated Sulphur, 
the liquid should not change the color of blue or red litmus paper (absence of acid or alkali) ; 
nor should it leave any residue on evaporation (absence of soluble impurities). If 0-5 Cm. of 
Precipitated Sulphur be boiled with a solution of 0-5 Cm. of potassium cyanide in 5 C.c. of 
water, and, after filtration, the clear liquid be acidulated with hydrochloric acid, it should not 
assume a reddish color, even after standing for an hour (absence of selenium)." U. S. For a 
paper on Selenium in Sulphur by Dr. T. D. Heed, see Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 251. “A grayish- 
yellow soft powder, free from grittiness and from the smell of hydrogen sulphide. Under the 
microscope it is seen to consist of opaque globules, without any admixture of crystalline mat- 
ter. It responds to the chemical tests mentioned under ‘ Sulphur Sublimatum.’ ” Br. The 
Cerman test, that 1 Cm. of precipitated sulphur should dissolve in 5 Cm. of carbon disulphide, 
is trustworthy, according to Fittinger. Precipitated sulphur is entirely dissipated by heat; 
water boiled with it should not redden litmus. When recently prepared, it is devoid of taste, 
but possesses a peculiar smell. When long exposed, in a moist state, to the air, it becomes 
strongly contaminated with sulphuric acid. From its color it was formerly called lac sulphuris, 
or milk of sulphur. It is insoluble in water, but dissolves in a boiling solution of caustic 
potassa, and in oil of turpentine by the aid of heat. When of a brilliant white color, the 
presence of calcium sulphate may be suspected; in which case the preparation will not be 1312 
Sulphur Prsedpitatum.—Sulphur Sublimatum. 
PART I. 
wholly volatilized by heat. If pure, it communicates a harsh feel when rubbed between the 
fingers, owing to the friction of the particles. Precipitated sulphur differs from sublimed 
sulphur in being in a state of more minute division, and in presenting, after fusion, a softer 
and less brittle mass. Its peculiarities are supposed to depend upon the presence of water, 
which, however, is found in too small a quantity to constitute a regular hydrate. According 
to Rose, its white color is occasioned by the presence of a small proportion of hydrogen sul- 
phide. Soubeiran states that it always contains some hydrogen sulphide, which causes it to 
differ as a therapeutic agent from sublimed sulphur. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Precipitated sulphur possesses medical properties 
similar to those of sublimed sulphur. Its state of extreme division renders it more readily sus- 
pended in liquids. It is sometimes selected for forming sulphur ointments: these have the 
advantages of being lighter in color and smoother than those made with sublimed sulphur. 
The dose is from one to three drachms (3-9-11-65 Urn.). 
SULPHUR SUBLIMATUM. U. S., Br. Sublimed Sulphur 
“ May be prepared, more or less directly, from native sulphur or sulphides.” Br. 
Flores Sulphuris; Flowers of Sulphur; Brimstone; Soufre, Fleurs (CrSme) de Soufre, Fr.; Schwefel, Schwefel- 
blumen, SchwefelblUthe, G.j Zolfo, It.; Azufre, Sp. 
Natural States. Sulphur is very generally disseminated throughout the mineral king- 
dom, and is almost always present, in minute quantity, in animal and vegetable matter. Among 
vegetables, it is particularly abundant in mustard and other cruciform plants. It occurs in the 
earth either native or in combination. When native it is found in masses, translucent or 
opaque, or in the powdery form mixed with various earthy impurities. In combination it is usu- 
ally united with certain metals, as iron, lead, mercury, antimony, copper, and zinc, forming com- 
pounds called sulphides. Native sulphur is most abundant in volcanic countries, and is hence 
called volcanic sulphur. The most productive mines of sulphur are found in Sicily (400 distinct 
sulphur workings existing there, with a present annual production of 427,906 tons) and in the 
former Pontifical States. In 1869 or 1870 sulphur in large masses was discovered in the vol- 
canic island of Saba, one of the Dutch West Indies, about 110 miles south of St. Thomas. 
Sulphur exists as a mineral in widely separated localities and in enormous quantities in the 
Western United States. A large mine of native sulphur has been opened in California, about 
twenty miles from Santa Barbara, and seven from the sea-coast. Near the borax lake in 
California (see Sodii Boras) is an elevation, where the deposition of sulphur is constantly 
going on from vapors arising from innumerable crevices in a decomposed volcanic rock, the 
surface of which is so far covered with the deposited matter as to give the mass the appearance 
of a bank of sulphur. It is called “ Sulphur Banks,” according to Whitney. In 1872 a great 
hill of almost pure sulphur was found about 900 miles west of Omaha and 30 miles south of 
the Union Pacific llailroad. Two hundred miles south of Salt Lake City there is a deposit of 
sulphur two thousand feet square and of unknown thickness, shafts having been sunk sixty 
feet without reaching the bottom. This sulphur is said to be free from arsenic and antimony, 
and is a surface deposit. Much sulphur has been found in Mount Humboldt, Nevada, and 
Sulphur Mountain, as it is called, in the Yellowstone National Park, is largely composed of the 
mineral. The only localities in the United States in which sulphur is actively mined, however, 
are the Cove Creek Mine, Utah, and in Calcasieu Parish, La., where a sulphur deposit under- 
lying a quicksand is being mined by the Frasch process. A double-walled iron pipe is driven 
through the quicksand into the sulphur bed, and steam having been sent down between the 
walls of the pipe, the melted sulphur is raised in the inner pipe. Sulphur exists in large 
quantities in various localities iu Japan. It is estimated that at Atosanobori there are five 
million tons of superior ore. The total importations of sulphur from Sicily in 1895 amounted 
to 125,950 tons, valued at $1,593,148; in 1896 to 145,318 tons, valued at $2,085,076 ; and in 
1897 to 138,846 tons, valued at $2,442,240. 
An estimate of the amount of sulphur consumed in the United States during 1897 is as 
follows: 
S; 31*98. (SUL'PHUR SUB-LI-MA'TUM.) S; 32. 
Tons. 
From 138,846 tons imported brimstone (98 per cent.) 136,069 
From 1,690 tons domestic brimstone (98 per cent.) 1,656 
From 259,546 tons imported pyrites (47 per cent.) 121,986 
From 128,468 tons domestic pyrites (44 per cent.) 56,592 
Total tons sulphur consumed 316,303 PART I. 
Sulphur Sublimatum. 
1313 
Extraction, etc. Sulphur is obtained either from sulphur earths or from the native 
iron and copper sulphides, called iron and copper pyrites. The sulphur earths are placed in 
earthen pots set in oblong furnaces of brick-work. From the upper and lateral part of each 
pot a tube proceeds obliquely downwards, which communicates with the upper part of a simi- 
lar pot, situated outside the furnace, and perforated near its bottom, to allow the melted sulphur 
to flow into a vessel containing water, conveniently placed to receive it. Fire being applied, 
the sulphur rises in vapor, leaving the impurities behind, and, being condensed again, flows 
from the perforated pot into the vessel containing the water. Sulphur as thus obtained is 
called crude sidphur, and contains about one-twelfth of its weight of earthy matter. For 
purification it is generally melted in a cast-iron vessel. When the fusion is complete, the impuri- 
ties subside, and the purer sulphur is dipped out and poured into cylindrical wooden moulds, 
which give it the form of solid cylinders about an inch in diameter, called in commerce roll 
sulphur or cane brimstone. The dregs of this process, ground to powder, constitute a very 
impure kind of sulphur, of a gray color, called in commerce sidphur vivum or horse brimstone. 
The above process purifies the sulphur but imperfectly. At the same time it causes a consid- 
erable loss, as the dregs just mentioned contain a large proportion of sulphur. A more 
eligible mode of purification consists in distilling the crude sulphur from a large cast-iron still 
set in brick-work over a furnace, and furnished with an iron head. The head has two lateral 
communications, one with a chamber of brick-work, the other with an iron receiver immersed 
in water, which is constantly renewed to cool it sufficiently to cause the sulphur to condense in 
the liquid form. When the tube between the still and the receiver is shut, and that communi- 
cating with the chamber is open, the sulphur condenses on its walls in the form of an impalpable 
powder, and constitutes sublimed sulphur, or flowers of sulphur. If, on the other hand, the 
communication with the chamber be closed, and that with the receiver opened, the sulphur 
■will condense in the latter in the fused state, and, when cast in cylindrical moulds, forms the 
roll sulphur of commerce. 
The extraction of sulphur from iron bisulphide (iron pyrites) is performed by distilling it 
in stone-wrare cylinders. Half the sulphur contained in the bisulphide is volatilized by the 
heat, and conducted, by means of an adapter, into vessels containing water, where it condenses. 
The residue of the mineral is employed for making ferrous sulphate. In the island of Anglesea, 
and at Swansea, Wales, large quantities of sulphur are obtained from imported Spanish copper 
pyrites in the process for extracting that metal. The furnaces in which the ore is roasted are 
connected with chambers in which the volatilized sulphur is condensed. 
A process for separating pure sulphur from the residue of the manufacture of soda, proposed 
by Max Sehaffner, has been put in operation in most of the soda-factories of Germany, 
and has been introduced, to a greater or less extent, in England, France, and Belgium. 
(See details, A. J. P., 1869, p. 545.) We shall confine ourselves to an outline. The 
process is divided into three parts: first, the preparation of the soda solution by heaping up 
the soda residue in the air, whereby oxidation takes place, and polysulphides and hyposul- 
phites are formed, which are extracted by lixiviation; secondly, the solution thus obtained is 
decomposed in close stone or iron vessels, by hydrochloric acid, which decomposes the poly- 
sulphides and hyposulphites, with precipitation of sulphur ; and, thirdly, the sulphur is obtained 
pure by fusing it under water, with steam and a pressure of If atmospheres. Calcium chloride 
remains in solution, gypsum is suspended, and the addition of a little milk of lime neutral- 
izes any free acid present, and with the sulphur forms calcium sulphide, which dissolves what- 
ever arsenic sulphide may be present, leaving the sulphur free from impurities. This collects 
in the bottom of the kettle, and is drawn olf into moulds. From 60 to 65 per cent, of pure 
sulphur is thus obtained from the soda residue. A. M. Chance (Journ. Soc. Ghem. Industry, 
1888, p. 162) has described a process which after several years of experiment has been per- 
fected, and seems likely to solve definitely the problem of sulphur recovery, if, as stated, 95 
per cent, of the sulphur can be recovered either as brimstone or burned in sulphur furnaces for 
the manufacture of sulphuric acid. Chance passes limekiln gases (carbon dioxide and nitro- 
gen) into the vats of alkali waste, liberating thereby the sulphur as hydrogen sulphide. This 
mixed with nitrogen goes into another vessel of alkali waste, when H2S and CaS unite to form 
Ca(HS)2, a calcium sulphydrate, while the nitrogen is allowed to escape. The Ca(HS)2 is 
now decomposed by a fresh quantity of C02, and thus liberates a double quantity of hydrogen 
sulphide. This is so pure that when mixed with the requisite quantity of air and passed over 
anhydrous ferric oxide at a dull red heat the hydrogen is burned, liberating the sulphur, 
according to the reaction HaS -{- 0 = H20 -f- S. The sulphur can be obtained either in the 1314 
Sulphur Sublimatum. 
PART I. 
sublimed or in the fused form, according to the temperature of the chamber. The present 
annual production by the Chance process in England amounts to 20,000 tons. 
Crude sulphur comes to this country principally from Messina, in Sicily, and the ports of 
Italy. Roll sulphur and the flowers are usually brought from Marseilles. Good Sicilian sul- 
phur does not contain more than 3 per cent, of impurity, consisting chiefly of earths. Crude 
sulphur is employed by the manufacturers of sulphuric acid ; and, as it is very variable in 
quality, it becomes important to ascertain its value. This may be done by drying a given 
weight of it and submitting it to combustion. The weight of the incombustible residue, added 
to that lost in drying, gives the amount of impurity. 
Properties. Sulphur is a non-metallic element, susceptible of several allotropic states. In 
its ordinary state it is a brittle solid, of a pale yellow color, permanent in the air, and exhibiting 
a crystalline texture and shining fracture. It has a slight taste, and a perceptible smell when 
rubbed. When pure its sp. gr. is about 2; but it varies a little in density in its different allo- 
tropic states. Occasionally, from impurity, its sp. gr. is as high as 2*35. Its atomic weight 
is 31*98, and its symbol S. It is a bad conductor of heat, and becomes negatively electric by 
friction. The melting point of sulphur varies with its allotropic state, which is readily altered 
by heat. Pure sulphur melts and sublimes at 114-5° C. (238° F.). If heated above its melting 
point, it undergoes, in proportion to the heat applied, a progressive change, which will cause it, 
upon slow cooling, to solidify at a temperature lower than that at which it was melted ; and if 
it be remelted it will be found to have a higher melting point than before. Melted sulphur is 
perfectly limpid, and of a bright yellow color. When sulphur is melted, and, after partial cool- 
ing, the crust formed on its surface is pierced, and the fluid portion poured out, it may be 
obtained in slender monoclinic crystals, constituting an allotropic condition of the element. 
This variety, however, gradually passes back into the more permanent variety found in nature. 
When sulphur is heated above its melting point, it becomes deeper-colored and less fluid. At 
200° C. (392° F.) it has a deep brown color, and is so viscid that it cannot be poured from the 
containing vessel. If the temperature be still further increased, the sulphur resumes its fluidity, 
but retains its brown color. Finally, when the temperature reaches 448-4° C. (839° F.), it boils, 
forming a yellow vapor, and may be distilled. If melted sulphur, heated above 200° C. (392° 
F.), is suddenly cooled by being poured out into water, it becomes a reddish-brown plastic mass, 
with alteration of properties, called soft sulphur (viscid sulphur), which constitutes another allo- 
tropic variety, and is employed in taking impressions of medals, etc. This form of sulphur 
resumes the hard state, but not its original color, after the lapse of a few days, or suddenly if 
heated to 100° C. (212° F.). Sulphur is insoluble in water, but soluble in alkaline solutions, 
petroleum, rectified coal naphtha, the fixed oils, oil of turpentine and other volatile oils, alcohol 
and ether, chloroform, and carbon disulphide. One of its best solvents is carbon disulphide, 
from solution in which it crystallizes generally in rhombic octahedra, forms belonging to a dif- 
ferent system from the monoclinic prisms obtained by crystallizing melted sulphur by cooling. 
Hence sulphur is said to be dimorphous. M. Eugene Pelouze has observed that the oils 
obtained by distilling the tar from gas-works dissolve most sulphur at a temperature near their 
boiling point, and, if a saturated solution at this heat were to be allowed to cool, it would deposit 
sulphur in a crystalline form ; and M, C. Wiedmann has suggested the application of this 
property to extraction of sulphur from native sulphur earths and ores, and from the residue of 
coal-gas works. (A. J. P., June, 1871, p. 267.) 
The allotropic states of sulphur have been studied chiefly by Brodie, Magnus and Weber, 
and Berthelot. These states are induced, for the most part, by heat, and are distinguished by 
the crystalline form of the sulphur, and by its solubility or non-solubility in carbon disulphide. 
Insoluble sulphur is the name given to that part of the soft sulphur which is left undissolved by 
the disulphide, amounting to between one-tliird and nearly one-half of the former. Mr. Brodie 
was unable to determine the melting point of this sulphur, but found it considerably above 
120° C. (248° F.), or the melting point of prismatic sulphur. Flowers of sulphur contain about 
one-third of their weight of insoluble sulphur. 
According to M. Mares, sulphur mixed with calcium carbonate, in the presence of the organic 
matters of the soil, is converted at first into hydrogen sulphide, then, under the influence of 
air and porous bodies, into sulphuric acid, finally into calcium sulphate; but Prof. Egidio Pol- 
lacer, on the contrary, thinks that sulphur in contact with calcium carbonate passes very 
readily into sulphuric acid, and then to calcium sulphate, independently of organic matters, 
and without being preliminarily changed into hydrogen sulphide ; and this opinion he supports 
by several experiments. (Joum. de Pharrn., Oct. 1874, p. 330.) PART I. 
Sulphur Sublimatum. 
1315 
Sulphur takes fire at about the temperature of 148-8° C. (300° F.), and burns with a blue 
flame, combining with the oxygen of the air, and giving rise to sulphurous oxide, S02. The 
combinations of sulphur are numerous, and are among the most powerful chemical agents. It 
forms with oxygen two oxides, sulphurous oxide (sulphur dioxide), S02, and sulphuric oxide 
(sulphur trioxide), S03. These oxides, by their union with water, form sulphurous add, II2S03, 
and sulphuric acid, H2S04. There are also known hyposxdphxxrous add, H2S02, the correspond- 
ing oxide of which is not known, and in combination thiosulphuric add (frequently spoken of 
as hyposulphurous acid), II2S203, and a series of acids, H2S2Oe, H2S306, H2S406, and H2S606, 
called the thionic series. It forms with hydrogen, hydrogen sulphide {hydrosulphuric add or 
sulphuretted hydrogen) ; and with the metals, various sulphides* Some of the sulphides are 
analogous to acids, others to bases; and these different sulphides, by combining with one 
another, form compounds which, from their analogy to salts, are called by Berzelius sulphosalts. 
Sulphur, when obtained by roasting the native sulphide, sometimes contains arsenic, and is 
thereby rendered poisonous. Sicilian sulphur, being volcanic, is not subject to this impurity. 
The common English roll sulphur is sometimes made from iron pyrites, and is then apt to con- 
tain orpiment (arsenic tersulphide'). This impurity may be detected by heating the suspected 
sulphur with nitric acid. The arsenic, if present, will be converted into arsenic acid; and the 
nitric solution, diluted with water, neutralized with sodium carbonate, and acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, will give a yellow precipitate of arsenic pentasulphide with a stream of 
hydrogen sulphide. A precipitate may be more readily obtained from the nitric solution 
if, after neutralization, sulphurous acid be added, which will convert the arsenic acid into the 
arsenous. This is more easily decomposed by the hydrogen sulphide; but the precipitate 
obtained will now be the tersulphide. Sulphur, when perfectly pure, is wholly volatilized by 
heat, and soluble without residue in oil of turpentine. According to Dr. Playfair, a solution 
of sodium nitro-prusside is a delicate test for the alkaline sulphides, producing with them a 
violet tint. The late Prof. Bailey, of West Point, employed the same test for detecting sul- 
phur in any compound. The substance suspected to contain it is fused with sodium carbonate, 
with the addition of carbonaceous matter if necessary. If sulphur be present it will be con- 
verted into sodium sulphide; and upon the addition of a small portion of the fused mass to 
a drop of the nitro-prusside the characteristic violet tint will be produced. 
Sublimed sulphur, usually called jloioers of sxdphur (fores sxtlphxiris), is “ a fine yellow pow- 
der, having a slight characteristic odor, and a faintly acid taste. Insoluble in water; slightly 
soluble in absolute alcohol; more readily soluble in benzin, benzol, oil of turpentine, and many 
other oils; also in ether, in chloroform, and in boiling, aqueous solutions of alkaline hydrates. 
* Ferri Sulphidum, FeS; 88. Ferrous Sulphide. “ Protosulphide of Iron, prepared by melting together Iron, in 
small pieces, and Sublimed Sulphur.” U. S. 1870. 
This was introduced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 as the material from which hydrogen sulphide may he 
obtained, which, though not official, is in constant use as a reagent, and is often employed with great advantage in 
processes for isolating the active principles of medicinal substances. Ferrous sulphide is best prepared by bringing 
iron and sulphur into contact at a red or white heat. The following are the processes of the late Dublin and Edin- 
burgh Pharmacopoeias. 
“Take of rods of Iron, of the size employed in the manufacture of nails, any convenient number. Having raised 
them to a strong red or white heat, apply them in succession by their heated extremities to sticks of Sulphur, oper- 
ating so that the melted Sulphide, as it is formed, may drop into a stone cistern filled with water, and be thus protected 
from oxidation. The water being poured off, let the product be separated from the Sulphur with which it is mixed, 
and, when dried, let it be enclosed in a well-stopped bottle.” Dub. 
“ An inferior sort, good enough, however, for many purposes, is obtained by heating one part of Sublimed Sulphur 
and three of Iron Filings, in a crucible, in a common fire till the mixture begins to glow, and then removing the 
crucible, and covering it until the action, which at first increases considerably, shall come to an end.” Ed. 
Iron and sulphur form a number of sulphides, such as ferrous sulphide, FeS, ferric disulphide, FeS2 (this occurs 
in nature as common or cubic pyrites'), and ferric sesquisulphide, Fe2S3, which, while not found free in nature, occurs 
in magnetic pyrites, the formula of which is Fe:Ss or 5FeS + Fe2S3. When the sulphide is obtained by the applica- 
tion of solid sulphur to white-hot iron, the product corresponds with magnetic pyrites; but when procured by heat- 
ing flowers of sulphur with an excess of iron filings, as directed in the above Edinburgh process, a protosulphide is 
formed mixed with metallic iron. When sulphur is applied to white-hot iron over water, the metal appears to become 
hotter, burns with scintillations in the vapor of the sulphur, and changes instantly to sulphide, which, being com- 
paratively fusible, melts into globules; these drop into the water, which serves to extinguish them. 
Properties. Ferrous sulphide has a yellowish color and the metallic lustre. When obtained over water it is in 
the form of brownish-yellow globules having a somewhat crystalline texture. When pure it furnishes a yellow 
powder, and dissolves in dilute sulphuric or hydrochloric acid without leaving a residue of sulphur, and with the 
production of hydrogen sulphide free from admixture of hydrogen. As prepared, however, by the usual pro- 
cesses, it is not entirely soluble in dilute sulphuric acid, a portion of uncombined sulphur being left. The fused 
globules have the composition 5FeS + FeS2, or, according to some, 5FeS + Fe2Ss. This sulphide is employed solely 
as a pharmaceutical agent for the production of hydrosulphuric acid. It yields this gas by reaction with diluted 
sulphuric acid, FeS + H2SO< = H2S + Fe.SO*. Sulphuretted hydrogen is a colorless gas, with a smell like that of 
putrid eggs. Its sp. gr. is 1-1782. It saturates bases, with which it forms salts called sulphides. 1316 
Sulphur Sublimatum.—Sumbul. 
PART I. 
Carbon disulphide promptly dissolves a portion of it, but leaves a residue of amorphous sul- 
phur, which may be dissolved by a boiling solution of an alkaline hydrate. At 115° C. (239° 
F.) it melts, and at a higher temperature it volatilizes, or, if air be admitted, burns to sulphur 
dioxide, characterized by its odor, and by its blackening a strip of paper moistened with mer- 
curous nitrate test-solution held in the gas. When agitated with water, the latter gives an 
acid reaction with litmus paper. The amount of residue left after volatilizing or burning a 
weighed portion of it should not exceed 0-5 per cent.” U. S. “ A slightly gritty powder of 
a bright greenish-yellow color, without taste and without' odor. Under the microscope it is 
seen to consist of almost opaque irregular particles without any admixture of crystalline mat- 
ter. It burns with a blue flame, forming sulphurous anhydride; and is entirely volatilized by 
heat. It should not have any action upon litmus. Solution of ammonia, agitated with it, and 
filtered, does not on evaporation leave any residue (absence of arsenium sulphide).” Br. It 
is always contaminated with a little sulphuric acid, which is formed at the expense of the oxygen 
of the air contained in the subliming chambers. Accordingly, it always reddens litmus, and, 
if the acid is present in considerable quantity, sometimes cakes. It may be freed from acidity 
by careful washing with diluted ammonia water. (See Sulphur Lotum.') 
Medical Properties and Uses. Sulphur is laxative, diaphoretic, and resolvent. It 
is supposed to be rendered soluble by the soda of the bile. M. Mialhe teaches that it is 
carried into the circulation by the fatty matters in the alimentary canal which dissolve it. 
(Med. Times and Gaz., June, 1868, p. 642.) It evidently passes off by the pores of the skin, as 
is shown by the fact that silver worn in the pockets of patients under a course of it becomes 
blackened with a coating of sulphide. The stools which it occasions are usually semi-solid, and 
it is gentle in its operation, unless it contain a good deal of acid, when it may cause griping: 
the liability of the sublimed sulphur to contain acid renders it less eligible for exhibition than 
the washed sulphur, from which all acidity is removed. The diseases in which sulphur is 
principally used are hemorrhoids, atonic gout, chronic rheumatism, chronic catarrh, and asthma. 
It has also been given as an antiperiodic, being considered particularly applicable to cases in 
which the apyrexia is incomplete. Applied locally, it is a specific in scabies. It is some- 
times applied as an air-bath, in the form of sulphurous acid gas, the head being protected from 
its effects* It has been used to a considerable extent in diphtheria, the flowers being blown by 
means of a tube, or a little cone of paper like a lamp-lighter, upon the fauces from four to six 
times a day. The external use of sulphur is strongly recommended by Dr. O’Connor, of London, 
in sciatica and chronic articular rheumatism. The limb affected is covered with sulphur, and 
bandaged with new flannel, over which sheets of wadding are wrapped. The dressing should 
not be taken off for several days, as its earlier removal would interfere with the absorption of 
the sulphur, on which its curative effect depends. (Lancet, Am. ed., June, 1857, p. 507.) The 
dose of sulphur is from one to three drachms (3-9—11 -65 Gm.), mixed with syrup or molasses, 
or taken in milk. It is often combined with potassium bitartrate, or with magnesia. 
According to M. Hannon, of Brussels, soft sulphur, recently prepared, possesses valuable ther- 
apeutic properties, not as a laxative, but as a stimulant to the circulation, lungs, and skin, far 
more active than ordinary sulphur. The dose of soft sulphur is from twenty to fifty grains 
(1-3-3-25 Gm.), given in the form of pill. It has also been successfully employed for filling 
the hollows of carious teeth. (P. J. Tr., xvii. 330.) 
Much sulphur is consumed in the arts, principally in the manufacture of gunpowder and of 
sulphuric acid. 
SUMBUL. U.S. (Br.) Sumbul. 
(SUM'BUL.) 
“ The root of Ferula Sumbul (Kauffmann), Hooker filius (nat. ord. Umbelliferae).” U. S. 
“ The dried transverse slices of the root of Ferula Sumbul, Hook.” Br. 
Sumbul Radix, Br.; Racine de Sumbul, Fr.; Sumbulwurzel, Moschuswurzel, G. 
Under the name of sumbul or jatamansi, a root has long been used in India, Persia, and 
other parts of the East, as a perfume, an incense in religious ceremonies, and medicinally. It 
was the root’of a then unknown plant, supposed to be umbelliferous, and, from the character 
of the root, to grow in low wet places. The plant is said to inhabit no part of British India, 
but the regions to the north and east of it, as Nepaul, Bootan, Bucharia, etc. The root is 
* Sulphur candles are now furnished by manufacturers, and are made by inserting wicks into melted sulphur 
contained in a can : as the sulphur cools, the wicks retain an upright position, and to obtain the effects of sulphurous 
acid gas it suffices to light the wicks and permit the fumes to come in contact with moist air. They are used for 
disinfecting apartments, etc. Sumbul. 
1317 
PART I. 
taken northward to Russia, and reaches the rest of Europe through St. Petersburg. The phy- 
sicians of Moscow and St. Petersburg were the first to employ it on the continent of Europe. 
Dr. Granville first introduced it to the notice of the profession in Great Britain and in this 
country. It has also been imported into England from India, whither it was brought from a 
great distance. 
Ferula Sumbul. Hooker fil. Bat. Mag. (1875) t. 6196.—Euryangium Sumbul. Kauffmann. 
Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Mat. de Moscow (1871), xiii. t. 24, 25. The plant which yields sumbul 
was first discovered by the Russian Fedschenko in 1869, growing at an elevation of 3000 feet 
in the mountains which separate Russian Turkestan from Bucharia. In 1871 it was described 
by Kauffmann, who erected a new genus on characters dependent upon the enormous size of 
the vittae in the immature fruit. The plant has been cultivated in the Moscow botanical 
gardens, and, less successfully, at Kew ; and it has been found that the vittae almost disappear 
in ripening, and do not afford a good generic character. The plant is described as an enormous 
umbellifer, reaching a height of eight feet, and having a solid, cylindrical, slender stem, which 
in the upper part gives origin to about twelve slender divaricate branches. The root-leaves are 
two and a half feet long, with short, channelled, broadly dilated, completely clasping petioles. 
They are triangular in outline, tripinnate, with the alternate divisions fine. The stem-leaves 
rapidly decrease in size until they become above mere sheathing bracts. The flowers are 
polygamous, the fruit from three-eighths to one-half inch long by one-quarter inch wide; the 
mericarps oblong-oval, dorsally much compressed, thin, with three faint, thread-like, dorsal 
ridges; no dorsal vittae, and commissural ones collapsed. The fact that the sumbul of com- 
merce of late years is inferior in quality to that imported twenty-five years ago has led Holmes 
to believe that the sumbul root of the present day is probably derived from a different plant. 
J. E. Aitchison states (Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Bot., 69) that the root of Ferula suaveolens, 
which has only a faint musky odor, is one of the kinds exported from Persia to Bombay by 
the Persian Gulf. For an account of the cultivation of sumbul in England, see article by 
Holmes in P. J. Tr., 1897, April 24. 
Properties. Sumbul is officially described as “ in transverse segments, varying in diam- 
eter from about 2 to 7 Cm., and in length from 15 to 30 Mm.; light, spongy, annulate or 
longitudinally wrinkled; bark thin, brown, more or less bristly fibrous; the interior whitish, 
with numerous brownish-yellow resin-dots and irregular, easily separated fibres; odor strong, 
musk-like; taste bitter and balsamic.” U. S. The freshly-cut surface of a transverse section 
presents, within the epidermis, an exterior white and spotted layer, and an inner yellow sub- 
stance which forms the greater part of the root. Examined by means of a microscope, it 
exhibits translucent points. Sumbul has a strong odor, much resembling that of musk, which 
it retains when long kept; and hence the name of musk-root sometimes attached to it. The 
taste, at first feebly sweetish, becomes after a time bitterish and balsamic, but not disagreeable ; 
and a strong aroma is developed under mastication, diffusing itself with a sensation of warmth 
through the mouth and throat and rendering the breath fragrant. This effect, however, is 
much diminished by time. That which was formerly brought from India differs somewhat 
from the Russian, being of closer texture, more dense and firm, and of a reddish tint. (A. J. P., 
xxiv. 174.) The root has been analyzed by Reinsch and other German chemists, and found 
to contain volatile oil, two balsamic resins, one soluble in alcohol, the other in ether, wax, gum, 
starch, a bitter substance soluble in water and alcohol, and an acid which was named sumbulic 
acid, but which Riecker and Reinsch showed to be angelic acid, C5Hg02, accompanied by a 
little valerianic acid, C6H1002. Solution of potash is said to convert the resin into the potas- 
sium salt of an acid called sumbulamic, but which has not been sufficiently investigated. The 
musk-like odor seems to be connected with the balsamic resins, and probably depends on some 
principle associated with them not yet isolated. The volatile oil, of which $ of 1 per cent, is 
yielded by distillation, has a taste like that of peppermint. On dry distillation it yields a 
bluish oil which contains umbellifer one. Philip H. Utech (A. J. P., 1893, p. 465) has ex- 
tracted and purified the resin soluble in alcohol. He obtained it as a soft, whitish, translucent 
resin which, on drying at 110° C., yielded a clear, transparent, amber-colored product having a 
bitter taste and the aromatic odor of the root. It constituted 6-1 per cent, of the drug. J. H. 
Hahn (Proc. Penna. Ph. Assoc., 1896, 75) found 17'25 per cent, of fixed oil in sumbul. 
Medical Properties. Sumbul is a nervous stimulant, belonging to the class of anti- 
spasmodics, and was originally used by the Russian physicians as such, and also in asthenic 
cases of dysentery and diarrhoea. It has been employed to a considerable extent in this 
country in amenorrhoea, hysteria, chlorosis, and other allied diseases of the female sex, as an 1318 
Sumbul.—Suppodtoria. 
PART I. 
adjuvant to other remedies. The best preparations for use are the tincture and the fluid 
and solid extracts. There has been no great precision as to dose, but from one-half drachm 
to two drachms (1-95—7*8 Gm.) of the root or its equivalent may be given at a time. 
Dr. Murawieff, of llussia, prepares the resin, which he considers to be the active principle, 
by macerating the root first in water, and then in a solution of sodium carbonate, washing it 
well with cold water, drying it, treating it with alcohol, filtering the tincture, adding a little 
lime and again filtering, separating the lime by sulphuric acid, agitating with animal charcoal, 
again filtering, distilling off nearly all the alcohol, mixing the residuum with water, driving 
off the remaining alcohol, and, finally, washing the precipitate with cold water, and drying it. 
The resin thus obtained is whitish, translucent, softening between the fingers, combustible 
without residue, of an acid taste, and an aromatic smell, like that of the root. Dr. Murawieff 
gives it in the dose of a grain or two (0-065 or 0-13 Gm.), in the form of pill, three or four 
times a day, with or without opium, and has found it useful in chronic bronchitis and pneumonia 
slow of resolution, in the moist asthma of old, anaemic, and scorbutic patients, in atonic dysentery, 
leucorrhcea, hypochondriasis, and hysteria. (Dubl. Quart. Journ., Feb. 1855, p. 252.) Prof. Proc- 
ter has published a formula for a fluid extract, of which the dose is from fifteen minims to a 
fluidrachm (0-9-3-75 C.c.). (A. J. P., xxvii. 233.) Half an ounce of a tincture produced 
narcotic symptoms, such as confusion of the head, a tendency to snore, even when awake, feel- 
ings of tingling, etc., with a strong odor of the medicine from the breath and skin, which 
continued for a day or two and gradually passed off. (A". R., Oct. 1874, p. 309.) 
SUPPOSITORIA. U. S. Suppositories 
(SUP-PO§-I-TO'BI-A.) 
Suppositoires, Fr.; Stuhlzapfchen, G. 
Suppositories are solid bodies usually intended to be introduced into the rectum with a view 
either of evacuating the bowels by irritating the mucous membrane of the rectum, or of pro- 
ducing a specific effect on the neighboring parts or on the system at large. Suppositories are 
also made for vaginal or urethral administration. They fulfil the same indications as ene- 
mata, and are sometimes preferable from the facility of their application, and, when the object 
is to produce the peculiar effect of a medicine, from the smallness of their bulk, which facili- 
tates retention. Their form may be cylindrical, conical, or spherical, the last being prefera- 
ble when the bulk is small, or they may be in the shape of the modified cone with a tapering 
base, as recommended by H. S. Wellcome. (Proc. A. P. A., 1893, p. 103.) They should be of 
such a consistence as to retain their shape, but so soft as to incur no risk of wounding the rec- 
tum. For laxative purposes the suppository may be from one to three inches long, and about as 
thick as a common candle; with a view to the specific effects of medicines it should be con- 
siderably smaller, as in this case it is important that the medicines should be retained and the 
irritative influence of distention avoided. Soap is not unfrequently employed in this way as 
a laxative. A piece of solidified molasses (molasses candy) is sometimes preferred. To in- 
crease the purgative effect, and at the same time act on the uterine function, aloes may be 
added to the soap. Mr. A. B. Taylor, of Philadelphia, in 1852 called attention to cacao 
butter as the best base for suppositories, having more exactly the requisite degree of consist- 
ence and fusibility than any combination of suet, spermaceti, wax, etc., that could be em- 
ployed. (A. J. P., 1852, p. 211.) Experience has proved the correctness of his views. It 
has been thought necessary to use wax, spermaceti, or some other substance having a com- 
paratively high fusing point, in order to render the suppository sufficiently firm. Continued 
experience has, however, demonstrated that, except in the warmest weather, or in the case of 
camphor, carbolic acid, the essential oils, and similar medicinal substances, even the com- 
mercial cacao butter will suffice. It is stated that cacao butter is usually adulterated with 
some other fat which melts at a low temperature, and that if a pure article can be obtained 
any substance to increase its hardness is never required. When such a material is employed, 
wax is usually selected, although cetaceum is preferable. If not more than 10 per cent, of 
the spermaceti is added, the value of the suppository is not very materially affected, although 
it melts more slowly, and consequently requires a longer time to act, than when the butter of 
cacao is used alone. Suppositories containing a considerable percentage of wax melt so slowly 
in the rectum as to be comparatively useless, or they may fail altogether to soften down, and 
be finally passed from the anus unchanged. A very good method of mixing the oil of 
broma with the hardening material is by grating with an ordinary tin grater, such as used in 
kitchens, and mixing the coarse powders before melting; and Mr. W. G. Ewing has proposed PART I. 
Suppositoria. 
1319 
rubbing the powders and tbe medicinal substance in a mortar together, dividing the plastic 
mass, and shaping it with the fingers. It is better to shape them with a spatula, and roll 
them upon a pill tile with a little lycopodium. This plan, although having its advantages, is, 
however, not equal to the official one of melting the ingredients and running them into moulds. 
Extemporaneous moulds, made by rolling paper into cones about an inch long, may be used, 
but are much less convenient than permanent metallic moulds. The tendency of the hard- 
ened suppositories to adhere to the moulds may be overcome more or less perfectly by dusting 
the moulds with lycopodium powder, or greasing them well with olive oil; but it is far better 
to rely upon the natural contraction of the mass, caused by thoroughly cooling the moulds. 
Mr. Wm. B. Addington (A. J. P., 1873, p. 257) advises lining the moulds with tin-foil. The 
difficulty may also be met by the use of moulds that open lengthwise, which are now used 
almost exclusively in preference to individual moulds, and Mr. Chas. E. Dwight commends 
very highly the substitution of plaster-of-Paris moulds* for the metallic ones commonly em- 
ployed. The mould must be very cold, so as to chill the melted liquid at once and prevent 
any separation of its ingredients by gravity. It has been proposed to condense the powdered 
ingredients of suppositories in a cold mould. (A. J. P., 1875, p. 79.) It has also been recom- 
mended to form the excipient into the required shape, and then, while it is still soft, make an 
excavation from the base upward, into which the medicine may be introduced, and afterwards 
enclosed by a little of the cacao butter. But, as one of the objects of the excipient is an 
equable diffusion of the medicine, to prevent irritation, this method would be inapplicable to 
substances in any degree locally irritant. 
The weight—i.e., the size—of suppositories should vary according to the purposes for which 
they are employed. When they are to be used for infants and children, they should weigh 
from five to ten grains. The Br. Pharm., in conformity with the recommendation of Mr. H. 
B. Brady (P.J. Tr., 1866, p. 544, 1868, p. 321, and 1871, pp. 193, 488, 563),f adopts the 
weight of fifteen grains. Experience has shown this to be the most useful size, and the U. S. 
P. 1880 adopted it. The official directions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 are as follows. 
“ Take of The Medicinal Ingredient, the prescribed quantity, Oil of Theobroma, a sufficient 
quantity. Having weighed out the medicinal ingredient or ingredients, and the quantity of 
Oil of Theobroma required according to the kind of Suppository to be prepared (see below), 
mix the medicinal portion (previously brought to a proper consistence, if necessary) with 
a small quantity of the Oil of Theobroma, by rubbing them together, and add the mixture to 
the remainder of the Oil of Theobroma, previously melted and cooled to the temperature of 
35° C. (95° F.). Then mix thoroughly, without applying more heat, and immediately pour 
the mixture into suitable moulds. The moulds must be kept cold by being placed on ice, or 
by immersion in ice-cold water before the melted mass is poured in. In the absence of suitable 
moulds, Suppositories may be formed by allowing the mixture, prepared as above, to cool, care 
being taken to keep the ingredients well mixed, and dividing the mass into parts, of a definite 
weight each, of the proper shape. Unless otherwise specified, Suppositories should have the 
following weights and shapes, corresponding to their several uses. Rectal Suppositories should 
be cone-shaped, and of a weight of about one gramme [or 15$ grains]. Urethral Suppositories 
should be pencil-shaped, and of a weight of about one gramme [or 15$ grains]. Vaginal Sup- 
positories should be globular, and of a weight of about three grammes [or 46 grains].” U. S. 
The Pharmacopoeia of 1890 gives no detailed formulae for suppositories, except in one case, 
Suppositoria Glycerini. Opium, or some one of its preparations, is very advantageously 
administered in the form of a suppository, in cases of irritation of the rectum, urinary 
passages, or genital apparatus. The other narcotics may be used in the same way, and indeed 
almost any other medicine, in reference to its effects on the system, provided the quantity be 
* Mr. Dwight makes these moulds in the following manner. Into a pasteboard box, about six inches long and 
two wide, pour liquid plaster about the consistence of thick cream until half full. Having prepared six well- 
moulded suppositories of wax, immerse them in the soft plaster half their diameters, with their large end close to 
the edge of the box, in a row, and at a uniform distance. When the plaster has set, gently remove the wax, and 
with a knife smooth off the surface and trim the edges of each mould sharp, and between each depression made by 
the wax suppository dig a small cavity about the size and shape of a small pen cut through the centre. When the 
face has become hard, grease it with linseed oil or lard, replace the wax suppositories, and raise the edges of the box 
by wrapping heavy paper around it, which will extend about another inch above the surface of the face; pour a por- 
tion of the plaster, equal to the first, gently over the greased surface until it is about one inch deep. When hard, 
separate the parts carefully, trim the edges, and boil for an hour in linseed oil, which will prevent the adhesion of 
the substance to be moulded. To be substantial, the plaster must be mixed thin and well stirred. 
f The papers of Mr. Brady upon the subject of suppositories may be consulted with advantage; also a series of 
articles by several other authors in A. J. P., 1871. 1320 
Suppositoria Acidi Carbolici.—Suppositoria Acidi Tannici. 
PART I. 
not too large and the effects not too pronounced. Tannic acid or other local remedies may 
also be very appropriately employed in this way in cases of prolapsus or other affections 
of the rectum or anus. The dose may in general be one and a half times that of the medicine 
given by the mouth* 
The inventive genius of pharmacists has been industriously applied to the construction of 
suppository moulds, and there are now many varieties: the principle is much the same in all, 
however, but for convenience they may be classed as follows. 1. Individual moulds: these 
were among the first to be used. Half a dozen conical, hard-metal moulds are retained in an 
upright position in a tray containing ice-water, or made of paper, tin-foil, etc. (See A. J. P., 
1861, p. 5 ; 1863, p. 228 ; 1867, p. 121; 1868, p. 52 ; 1870, pp. 296, 392.) 2. Moulds which 
consist of two solid pieces of metal, hinged or temporarily joined, so that when the suppository 
is thoroughly cooled the parts may be separated and the suppository dropped out. (See A. J. 
R, 1871, pp. 488, 563; 1874, pp. 192, 246; 1875, pp. 98, 202; 1877, p. 569 ; 1879, pp. 184, 
277; and Proc. A. P. A., 1893, p. 103.) 3. Moulds designed to be used through compression, more 
or less powerful. (W. R., June, 1879, Jan. and March, 1880 ; also Proc. A. P. A., 1897, p. 442.) 
SUPPOSITORIA ACIDI CARBOLICI. Br. Phenol Suppositories. 
(sup-po§-i-to'ri-a Xq'i-dI car-bSl'i-oi.) 
“ Phenol, 12 grains or 0.8 gramme; White Beeswax, 24 grains or 1-6 grammes; Oil of 
Theobroma, melted, a sufficient quantity to form, with the Phenol and Beeswax, a mixture 
which will fill twelve suitable moulds, each capable of holding fifteen to sixteen grains or about 
one gramme of Oil of Theobroma. Dissolve the Phenol in the Oil of Theobroma and Bees- 
wax previously melted together at a low temperature, and pour the mixture into the moulds; 
or let the mixture cool and then divide it into twelve equal parts of a conical or other con- 
venient form for a suppository. Each of these Suppositories contains 1 grain or 0-067 gramme 
of Phenol.” Br. 
These suppositories are intended to furnish a means of administering carbolic acid per 
rectum ; the wax is needed to offset the tendency to liquefy. 
SUPPOSITORIA ACIDI TANNICI. Br. Tannic Acid Suppositories. 
(sup-p5§-i-to'ki-a Xg'i-Di tan'ni-ci.) 
Suppositoires de Tannin, Fr.; Tannin-Stuhlzapfchen, G. 
“ Tannic Acid, 36 grains or 2-4 grammes; Oil of Theobroma, a sufficient quantity to form 
with the Tannic Acid a mixture which will fill twelve suitable moulds, each capable of holding 
fifteen to sixteen grains or about one gramme of Oil of Theobroma. Melt the Oil of Theo- 
broma ; triturate the Tannic Acid intimately with a little of the Oil, and add to the remainder ; 
stir well; as the mixture begins to thicken pour it into the moulds ; or let the mixture cool 
and then divide it into twelve equal parts of a conical or other convenient form for a sup- 
pository. Each of these Suppositories contains 3 grains or 0-2 gramme of Tannic Acid.” Br. 
As it is hardly conceivable that a rectal dose of less than five grains should be wanted for 
the adult, the U. S. preparation of 1870 was of the latter strength (i.e., five grains). The ben- 
zoated lard formerly added by the British authorities with a view of preventing rancidity has 
been omitted. The remedy is especially applicable to cases of piles and prolapsus of the rectum. 
* Medicated Pessaries, which were recommended by Sir J. Y. Simpson, of Edinburgh, so closely resemble supposi- 
tories, so far as pharmacy is concerned, as to justify a mention of them in this place. All that has been said of the 
materials out of which suppositories are made, and the mode of preparing them, is equally applicable to medicated 
pessaries. The latter, however, are considerably larger, generally weighing one or two drachms. They differ also 
from suppositories in the purposes to which they are applied, being used for local effect, in allaying pain, checking 
discharge, acting as alterative to contiguous parts, etc. For important pharmaceutical details, see an article in 
A. J. P., 1868, p. 223. 
Urethral and Vaginal Suppositories. Medicated Bougies. These articles, which are exceedingly useful for the 
purpose of exerting a local action upon the urethra or the neck of the bladder in cases of inflammation, pain, or 
spasm, may be made in the same manner as ordinary suppositories, except in regard to size. The vaginal suppository 
should be about two to two and a half inches long, and three-quarters of an inch in diameter at the base. Urethral 
suppositories should be cylindrical, with a conical point, and about one-fourth of an inch in diameter; their length 
should vary according to circumstances. They should never contain wax or other substance which does not melt 
readily and certainly at the temperature of the body, and which might, by a possible mishap, become the nucleus of 
a calculus. When it is desired to reach any considerable length of the urethra, the requisite toughness may be ob- 
tained, as suggested by Mr. Jos. L. Lemberger (A. J. P., 1872, p. 166), by using a mould like an old-fashioned can- 
dle-mould, with a candle-wick running through and projecting some distance from it. When a suppository so made is 
used, of course the free end of the wick should be secured with sticking-plaster or a drop of collodion externally, and 
after the requisite period of contact the whole be pulled out. These are now largely made from gelatin, water, and a 
little glycerin. (See C. L. Mitchell’s paper, A.J.P., 1878, 108; also P.J. Tr., 1895, 537; 1896, 484; and Proc, 
A. P. A., 1894, 614.) For Agar-Agar Suppositories, see A. J. P., 1895, 599; also Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 443. PART I. 
Suppositona Belladonnse.—Suppositoria Morphines. 
1321 
SUPPOSITORIA BELLADONNAS. Br. Belladonna Suppositories. 
(SUP-PO§-I-TO'KI-A BEL-LA-DON'NiE.) 
“ Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna, 18 grains or 1*2 grammes; Oil of Theobroma, a suffi- 
cient quantity for twelve suppositories. Proceed as directed for Tannic Acid Suppositories. 
Each of these Suppositories contains, approximately, fa grain or 0-001 gramme of the alkaloids 
of Belladonna Root.” Br. 
SUPPOSITORIA GLYCERINI. U. S., Br. Suppositories of Glycerin. 
“ Glycerin, sixty grammes [or 1 fluidounce, 299 minims] ; Sodium Carbonate, three grammes 
[or 46 grains] ; Stearic Acid, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; To make ten rectal suppositories. 
Dissolve the Sodium Carbonate in the Glycerin in a capsule on a water-bath; then add the 
Stearic Acid, and heat carefully until this is dissolved, and the escape of carbonic acid gas has 
ceased. Then pour the melted mass into suitable moulds, remove the suppositories when they 
are cold, and wrap each in tin-foil. The suppositories should be freshly prepared when 
required.” TJ. S. 
“ Gelatin, cut small, £ ounce (Imperial) or 14-2 grammes; Glycerin, 2\ ounces (Imp.) or 71-0 
grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Place the Gelatin in a weighed evaporating 
dish with sufficient Distilled Water to cover it; let it stand for two minutes; pour off the 
excess of Distilled Water; set aside until the Gelatin is quite soft; add the Glycerin ; dissolve 
on a water-bath ; evaporate until the mixture weighs fifteen hundred and sixty-three grains 
or one hundred and two grammes. Pour the product into suppository moulds having capaci- 
ties equal to thirty, sixty, or one hundred and twenty grains or two, four, or eight grammes of 
the Suppository, or of such other capacities as may be required. Each of these Suppositories 
contains 70 per cent, of Glycerin.” Br. 
This was a new official suppository of the U. S. P. 1890. Glycerin suppositories have come 
into extensive use, the object being to introduce glycerin into the rectum with a minimum 
amount of other ingredients. Stearic acid was selected on account of its forming with sodium 
carbonate the hardest soap attainable, thus permitting the introduction of a suppository 
containing at least 90 per cent, of glycerin, some water from the sodium carbonate and 
glycerin being evaporated during the manipulation. This process was perfected by J. P. Rem- 
ington. (See Practice of Pharmacy, 2d ed., 1213.) The British method, on account of the 
use of gelatin, permits the presence of only 70 per cent, of glycerin, the suppository not being 
firm enough for convenient application, and, in addition, the method of hydrating the gelatin 
is faulty. (Cliem. and Drug., 1898, 831.) Instead of wrapping the suppositories in tin-foil, it 
will be found more satisfactory to insert each one in a small glass tube of the proper size, 
corked at both ends. Some protection from the moisture in the air is necessary because of 
the hygroscopic character of glycerin. (See P. J. Tr., 1893, 63; 1895, 182; Amer. Drug., 
1894, 91; West. Drug., 1894, 141; A. J. P., 1895, 599.) 
Medical Properties. Glycerin suppositories are very much used to produce fecal dis- 
charges in constipation. They act by locally irritating the mucous membrane of the rectum, 
and are often very efficient, though never really purgative. As an occasional remedy they are 
useful, but their habitual employment is probably injurious to the mucous membrane. 
(Syp-P0§-I-T0'KI-A GLYg-E-RI'NI.) 
SUPPOSITORIA IODOFORMI. Br. Iodoform Suppositories. 
“ Iodoform, 36 grains or 2-4 grammes; Oil of Theobroma, a sufficient quantity for twelve 
suppositories. Proceed as directed for Tannic Acid Suppositories. Each of these Supposi- 
tories contains 3 grains or 0-2 gramme of Iodoform.” Br. 
These suppositories are valuable in cases of rectal inflammation and irritation. It is often 
possible by their use in dysentery to avoid the use of opium to a greater or less extent. 
(sup-po§-i-to'ki-a !-5d-o-for'mI.) 
SUPPOSITORIA MORPHINE. Br. Morphine Suppositories. 
(SUP-POg-I-TO'RI-A MOR-PIli'NiE.) 
Suppositoires morphings, Fr.; Morphin-Stuhlzapfchen, G. 
“ Morphine Hydrochloride, 3 grains or 0-2 gramme; Oil of Theobroma, a sufficient quantity 
for twelve suppositories. Proceed as directed for Tannic Acid Suppositories. Each of these 
Suppositories contains £ grain or 0-017 gramme of Morphine Hydrochloride.” Br. 1322 
Suppositoria Plumbi Composita.—Syrupi. 
PART I. 
This is an excellent remedy in strangury, tenesmus, and other cases of irritation in the lower 
bowels and urinary passages. It may also be used to control vomiting, and to produce the 
general effects of opium on the system. 
SUPPOSITORIA PLUMBI COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Lead 
Suppositories. 
Suppositoires de Plomb opiac6s, Fr.; Stuhlzapfcken von Opium und Bleizucker, G. 
“ Lead Acetate, in powder, 36 grains or 2-4 grammes ; Opium, in powder, 12 grains or 0-8 
gramme ; Oil of Theobroma, a sufficient quantity for twelve suppositories. Proceed as directed 
for Tannic Acid Suppositories. Each of these Suppositories contains 3 grains or 0-2 gramme 
of Lead Acetate and 1 grain or 0-067 gramme of Opium.” Br. 
An excellent remedy in some cases of diarrhoea, dysenteric irritation of the rectum, piles, and 
hemorrhage. 
(sup-po§-i-t6'ri-a PLUM'BI com-p5§'i-ta.) 
SYRUPI. Syrups. 
(sy-BU'pi.) 
Sirops, Fr.j Syrupe, G. 
Syrups are concentrated solutions of sugar in aqueous fluids, eitlier with or without medicinal 
ilnpregnation. When the solution is made with pure water, it is named syrup or simple syrup ; 
when made with water charged with one or more medicinal agents, it is called in general terms 
a medicated syrup, and receives its special designation from the substance or substances added. 
Medicated syrups are usually prepared by incorporating sugar with vegetable infusions, 
vinegars, decoctions, expressed juices, fermented liquors, or simple aqueous solutions. When 
the active matter of the vegetable is not readily soluble in water, is associated with soluble 
matter which it is desirable to avoid, or is volatilized or decomposed by a heat of 100° C. (212° 
F.), it is sometimes extracted by diluted alcohol, the spirituous ingredient of which is subse- 
quently driven off. Medicated syrups are also occasionally prepared by adding a tincture to 
simple syrup and evaporating the alcohol. Another and a better mode of effecting the same 
object, when aromatic or other volatile substances are concerned, is to mix the tincture with 
sugar in coarse powder, expose the mixture to a very gentle heat or to the sun till the alcohol 
has evaporated, and then prepare the syrup from the impregnated sugar by dissolving it in the 
requisite proportion of water. Since the introduction into use of the process of percolation, or 
filtration by displacement, it has been applied very advantageously to the preparation of various 
syrups, especially those made from vegetables of which the active principle is injured or dis- 
sipated by decoction. But, unless the operator be at once skilful and careful, there will be 
danger of imperfectly extracting the active matters, and thus making a feeble preparation. 
One important practical rule is, when the liquid obtained by percolation requires concentration, 
to set aside the first portions of filtered liquor, which are usually strongly impregnated, and to 
subject only the subsequent weaker portions to evaporation. For the mode of properly con- 
ducting this process the reader is referred to page 529. 
The quality and quantity of the sugar employed are points of importance. Refined sugar 
should always be used, as it saves the necessity of clarification, and makes a clearer and better- 
flavored syrup than the impure kinds. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia simply directs sugar, but 
explains that it is the purified or refined sugar which is indicated by that term. In relation to 
the quantity of sugar, if in too small proportion, fermentation is apt to occur; if too abundant, 
crystallization. The proper proportion is about two parts to one of the liquid. A somewhat 
smaller quantity will answer where an acid, such as lemon-juice or vinegar, is used. 
As it is desirable, in many instances, that the active matters should be in as concentrated a 
state as possible in the syrup, it is often necessary to evaporate a large proportion of the 
aqueous fluid in which they are dissolved. This may be done either before the addition of the 
sugar or afterwards. In either case care is requisite not to apply a heat too great or too long 
continued, lest the active principles should be injured. When these are very volatile or easily 
decomposed by heat, it is expedient to dispense with concentration altogether. Some sub- 
stances which are volatilized or decomposed at the temperature of boiling water remain fixed 
and unaltered at that which is necessary for the evaporation of alcohol. These, as before ob- 
served, may be dissolved in diluted alcohol, and the concentration effected by evaporating the 
spirituous part of the solvent. Independently of the injury which the medicinal ingredient of 
the syrup may sustain, the syrup itself is apt to become brown by a long-continued application 
of heat, even when the degree is not excessive. It is recommended, therefore, that syrups PART I. 
Syi'upi. 
1323 
which admit of concentration should be boiled briskly over a lively fire, so as to accomplish 
the object as quickly as possible. It is important to be able to ascertain positively when syrups 
have attained the due consistence. An operator skilled in their preparation can judge with 
sufficient accuracy by various familiar signs,—such as the slowness with which the parts of a 
drop of syrup coalesce, when previously separated by the edge of a blunt instrument, and the 
receding of the last portion of each drop, when the syrup, after being cooled, is poured out 
drop by drop. A pellicle forming upon the surface of the syrup when it cools indicates that 
it has been boiled too much. But these signs are not to be relied on, except by those who 
have acquired much experience. The proper point of concentration is best ascertained by the 
use of that variety of Baume’s hydrometer called a saccharometer,—an instrument useful to 
those making syrups upon the large scale. This should stand at 30° in boiling syrup (30\° in 
hot weather), and at 35° in the syrup when it is cool. Another very accurate, though less 
ready, method is to ascertain the sp. gr. by weighing a portion of the liquid. Syrup when boiling 
should have a sp. gr. of about 1-261 ; when cold, of about 1-317. Thomson and Duncan are 
in error in giving the proper sp. gr. of cold syrup as 1-385. We found that of a specimen 
of simple syrup, made with two pounds and a half of sugar to a pint of water, as directed in 
former editions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, to be 1-326 at 68° F.; but this strength is 
rather too great for practical convenience in cold weather. In the syrup now official it is only 
1-317 at 15° C. (59° F.). A third method of ascertaining the proper point of concentration 
is by the thermometer, which, in boiling syrup of the proper consistence, stands at 105° C. 
(221° F.). This indication is founded on the fact that the boiling point of syrup rises with 
the increase of its density. 
When carefully prepared with the best double-refined sugar, syrups usually require no other 
clarification than to remove any scum which may rise to their surface upon standing, and to 
pour them off from any dregs which may subside. But, as the sugar employed is seldom free 
from impurities, it may be best, as a rule, to remove the scum as it rises during the heating 
process, and to strain the syrup while hot through muslin or flannel. Should syrups at any 
time lack the due degree of transparency, they may be filtered through paper if a hot-water 
funnel is used, or, when likely to be injured by this treatment, may be clarified by means of 
the white of egg or animal charcoal, as mentioned under the head of Syrupus. But the active 
vegetable principles are so apt to be absorbed by the charcoal along with impurities that this 
agent should be used with caution. The vicious habit of sugar refiners of “ blueing” sugars 
by the use of ultramarine and other coloring agents cannot be too strongly deprecated. 
The medicated syrups are liable to undergo various alterations, according to their nature 
and mode of preparation. The acid syrups, when too much boiled, often let fall a copious 
white deposit, which is a saccharine matter analogous to the sugar of grapes, produced by the 
reaction of the acid upon the sugar. Even at ordinary temperatures acids slowly convert 
common sugar into grape sugar, which, being less soluble than the former, is gradually depos- 
ited in the form of crystalline grains. Syrups containing too little sugar are subject to the 
vinous fermentation, in consequence of the presence of matters which act as a ferment. Those 
which contain too much deposit a portion in the crystalline state; and the crystals, attracting 
the sugar remaining in solution, gradually weaken the syrup, and render it liable to the same 
change as when originally made with too little sugar. The want of due proportion of saccha- 
rine matter frequently also gives rise to mouldiness, when air has access to the syrup. It is 
said that syrups enclosed while they are still hot in bottles which are not full are apt to fer- 
ment, because the watery vapor rising to the surface and there condensing diminishes the 
proportion of sugar, so as to produce a commencement of chemical action, which gradually 
extends through the whole mass; but if the bottles are filled, or are well shaken, this result 
is obviated; and the syrups will generally keep better when thus treated. When syrups 
undergo the vinous fermentation, they become covered at the surface with froth, produced by 
the disengagement of carbonic acid, and acquire a vinous odor from the presence of alcohol; 
while their consistence is diminished by the loss of a portion of the sugar, which has been 
converted into that liquid. When the quantity of alcohol has increased to a certain point, the 
fermentation ceases, or goes on more slowly, owing to the preservative influence of that prin- 
ciple ; and, as the active ingredient of the syrup has frequently undergone no material change, 
the preparation may often be recovered by boiling, so as to drive off the alcohol and carbonic 
acid and concentrate the liquid sufficiently. A syrup thus revived is less liable afterwards to 
undergo change, because the principles which acted as ferments have been diminished or con- 
sumed. It is obvious that syrups which depend for their virtues upon a volatile ingredient, or 1324 
Syrupi.—Syrupus. 
PART I. 
one readily changeable by heat, cannot be restored to their original condition. A very con- 
venient method of preparing syrups has come into general use, called the “ cold process.” For 
some syrups it is to be preferred to the usual method of heating, and all syrups which contain 
a volatile principle, or one likely to be injured by heat, are preferably made by percolation. 
Mr. L. Orynski, Druggists' Circular, March, 1871, first drew attention to the subject, and R. 
Hunstock, in A. J. lb, Sept. 1875, and Sept. 1878, gave the results of his experience with the 
process. Into the lower orifice of a percolator he introduces lightly a small piece of sponge; 
the sugar (granulated) is then poured in, and upon this the water, the apparatus being 
arranged as is usual in the process of percolation. The percolator may be covered loosely, and 
the operation will proceed without further attention, the syrup coming through drop by drop. 
If it should be necessary to use crushed sugar, the percolator must be corked at the lower orifice, 
and the sugar and water introduced and allowed to macerate until the former has dissolved 
down to half its bulk, when the cork may be removed and the liquid be allowed to drop. If, 
after the liquid has all passed, there remains a quantity of undissolved sugar in the perco- 
lator, after corking the end of the latter, enough percolate may be poured back to dissolve it, 
afterwards adding sufficient water to bring the whole up to the required measure. Syrups may 
be made (without heat) rapidly by putting the ingredients in a churn and agitating briskly. 
To be successful in using the process, care in several particulars must be exercised. 1. The 
percolator used should be cylindrical or semi-cylindrical, and cone-shaped as it nears the lower 
orifice. 2. The sugar must be coarse, else it will form into a compact mass, which the liquid 
cannot permeate. 3. The moistened sponge must be introduced with care. If pressed too tightly 
in, it will effectually stop the process; if inserted too loosely, the liquid will pass too rapidly, 
and will, in consequence, be weak and turbid (not properly filtered). See also a practical paper 
on this subject in A. J. P., Jan. 1881, by G. II. Chas. Klie. 
“ Rock Candy Syrup,” the evaporated mother-liquor left after crystallizing sugar in the form 
of large crystals, called “ rock candy,” has come largely into use in America. It varies much 
in quality as made by various manufacturers, and often contains glucose. It should never be 
used indiscriminately or for making the official syrups, and it should always be carefully tested 
before being used for any purpose. (See analyses by L. F. Kebler, A. J. P., 1895, 143.) 
At best syrups are apt to change, and various measures have been proposed for their preser- 
vation ; but the best plan is to make small quantities of syrups at a time, and to keep them, 
unless when wanted for immediate use, in bottles quite full and well stopped, which should be 
put in the cellar or other cool place. Glycerin is often used to aid in the preservation of 
syrups; in special cases this may be advantageous, but the solvent properties of glycerin must 
be remembered, and the finished preparation may possess properties (due to the glycerin) which 
are not found in syrups made without glycerin (see West. Drug., 1898, 444), and which may 
be injurious in prescriptions. 
The following Syrups were dropped from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the 1890 revision: 
Syrupus Ferri Bromidi, Syrupus Limonis, and from the British Pharmacopoeia (1898), Syrupus 
Ferri Subchloridi, Syrupus Mori, and Syrupus Papaveris. 
SYRUPUS. U. S., Br. Syrup. 
(SY-BU'PUS.) 
Simple Syrup; Syrupus Sacchari, s. Albus; Sirop de Sucre, Sirop simple, Fr.; Weisser Syrup, G. 
“ Sugar, in coarse powder, eight hundred and fifty grammes [or 29 ounces av., 430 grains] ; 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Dissolve the Sugar, with the aid of heat, in four hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] of Distilled Water, raise the temperature to the boiling 
point, strain the liquid, and pass enough Distilled Water through the strainer to make the 
product, when cold, measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix 
thoroughly. Syrup may also be prepared in the following manner: Press down into the neck 
of a percolator or funnel of suitable size a tapering piece of coarse, well-cleaned sponge* not 
too tightly, and in such a manner that the whole sponge shall be within the neck of the per- 
colator, its upper end being about half an inch below its commencement. Place the Sugar 
into the apparatus, make its surface level without shaking or jarring, then carefully pour on 
four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] of Distilled Water, and 
regulate the flow of the liquid, if necessary, so that it will pass out iu rapid drops. Return 
* The sponge should he thoroughly moistened with pure water, but any excess should be thoroughly pressed out 
before inserting it. Syrupus.—Syrupus Acacise. 
1325 
PAET I. 
the first portion of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has 
passed, follow it by Distilled Water, added in portions, so that all the Sugar may be dissolved, 
and the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix 
thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Refined Sugar, 5 pounds (Imperial) or 1000 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, a sufficient 
quantity. Add the Refined Sugar to two pints (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres 
of the boiling Distilled Water; heat until dissolved; make the weight of the product seven 
pounds and a half (Imp.) or one thousand five hundred grammes by the addition of boiling 
Distilled Water. Specific gravity 1-330.” Br. 
This syrup, when properly prepared, is inodorous, of a sweet taste without peculiar flavor, 
thick, viscid, nearly colorless, and perfectly transparent. If somewhat turbid, as it is apt to 
be when made with sugar not well refined, it may be clarified by beating the white of an egg 
to a froth with three or four ounces of water, mixing this with the syrup, boiling the mixture 
for a short time that the albumen may coagulate, and taking off the scum which rises to the 
surface, or separating it by filtration through paper or flannel. Two gallons of the syrup may 
be thus clarified. Any color and peculiar flavor which it may possess may be removed by treat- 
ing it at the same time with a small proportion (about 5 per cent.) of animal charcoal. 
The white of egg is beaten to a froth in order that when it coagulates it may be rendered 
by the air which it contains specifically lighter than the syrup, and thus rise to the surface. 
If not thus treated, it floats, when coagulated in the syrup, or sinks to the bottom. Now, it is 
obvious that if the syrup and albumen be heated together the latter must be deprived of a 
portion of the air which it contains before the point of coagulation is attained, and thus be- 
come less disposed to rise to the surface. Guibourt, therefore, recommends that it should not 
be added till the syrup is boiling hot, and should then be poured in from a height, in order to 
increase the quantity of air entangled in it. M. Magnes-Lahens has found paper pulp to be 
of the greatest service in the clarification of syrup. He uses a white unsized paper of good 
quality, reducing it to a paste by agitation in a bottle with a portion of the menstruum to 
be used, heating it with the syrup during the whole process of solution, and finally filtering 
through a “ swan’s-down paper” filter. (P. J. Tr., April, 1872, p. 825.) 
From the observations of M. Maumene, it appears that a solution of pure cane sugar, when 
long kept, undergoes a molecular change analogous to that produced by the reaction of weak 
acids, the saccharine liquid becoming brown when boiled with potassa. Rut, as this phe- 
nomenon is exhibited alike by uncrystallizable sugar and by glucose, the experiment does not 
determine which of those forms of saccharine matter has been produced. (Comptes-Rendns, 
xxxix. 914.) Prof. Procter observed a similar change in simple syrup which had been kept in 
his cabinet for six years. (A. J. P., xxvii. 430.) M. Sehaeuffele, having noticed, on one 
occasion, in the preparation of simple syrup, that the foam exhibited a singular blue color, 
while a part of the cane sugar was rapidly transformed into the uncrystallizable variety, made 
investigations as to the cause, and was led to the conclusion that it was the presence of indigo 
in the loaves of sugar, introduced with the view of giving brilliancy and whiteness; but this 
conclusion was probably erroneous, as it is well known that idtramarine, and not indigo, is used 
for this purpose. The presence of a blue coloring matter in sugar has frequently been noticed 
in this country: syrup made from such sugar is not colorless, and in a short time deposits a 
dark-colored sediment. Colorless “ rock candy” forms an excellent source for pure syrup (the 
broken crystals can be procured cheaply from the manufacturers), and syrup entirely free from 
impurities is required in making such preparations as syrup of hydriodic acid, ferrous iodide, etc. 
Syrup is very useful in the formation of pills and mixtures, and in various other pharma- 
ceutical operations in which sugar in solution is required. 
The U. S. syrup is practically identical with that formerly official, being a trifle stronger, the 
sp. gr. being given as 1-317. That of the Br. syrup is 1-330, probably adapted to the climate 
of Great Britain, which is not so cold in winter as is ours, at least in the Northern and Middle 
States. 
SYRUPUS ACACIJE. U. S. Syrup of Acacia 
(SY-KU'rUS A-CA'CWE.) 
Syrupus Gummosus, P. G.; Sirop de Gomme, Fr.; Gummisyrup, G. 
“ Mucilage of Acacia, recently prepared, twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 406 minims] ; Syrup, 
seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 257 minims], To make one hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Mix them. This syrup should be freshly prepared, 
when required.” U. S. 1326 
Syrupus Acidi Citrici.—Syrupus Acidi Hydriodiei. 
PART I. 
We do not think that the direction to make this syrup from mucilage and syrup is an im- 
provement. The greatest objection lies in the fact that mucilage of acacia will sometimes 
not keep a day in hot weather, and its introduction into syrup without heating will surely in- 
duce fermentation, which, when once started, increases with great rapidity in this syrup. We 
append in a foot-note the process of the U. S. P. 1870, as it is to be preferred * This syrup 
is useful in the preparation of mixtures, pills, and troches, and is a good demulcent; but, un- 
fortunately, the proportion of the gum to the sugar is too small to meet all the indications call- 
ing for the conjoint use of these two substances. To obviate fermentation, Mr. C. B. Mann 
commends the use of one fluidounce of glycerin and seven fluidounces of water as the solvent. 
If the mucilage of acacia be made with chloroform water or a trace of chloroform be added 
to syrup of acacia, fermentation is measurably retarded. 
SYRUPUS ACIDI CITRICI. U. S. Syrup of Citric Acid. 
Sirop d’Acide citrique, Fr.; Citronensauresyrup, G. 
“ Citric Acid, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Water, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; 
Spirit of Lemon, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Syrup, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Citric Acid in the 
Water, and mix the solution with jive hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] 
of Syrup. Then add the Spirit of Lemon, and, lastly, enough Syrup to make the product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
This is more uniform in its character, keeps better, and is more readily prepared than lemon 
syrup, but does not equal it in flavor, if the latter be well made. If long kept it is apt to ac- 
quire a musty taste, and to deposit grape sugar copiously, in consequence of the action of the 
acid on the cane sugar. It is much employed as an agreeable and refrigerant addition to 
drinks, especially carbonic acid water. Tartaric acid, on account of its greater cheapness, has 
not unfrequently been substituted for the citric acid; but the syrup made with it does not keep 
so well, and is more apt to irritate the stomach. 
(SY-RU'PUS Xg'l-DI CIT'EI-CI.) 
SYRUPUS ACIDI HYDRIODICI. U. S. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid 
“ A syrupy liquid containing about 1 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydriodic Acid [HI 
= 127‘53], or about 1-3 Grm. in 100 C.c.” U. S. 
“ Potassium Iodide, thirteen grammes [or 200 grains’]; Potassium Hypopbospbite, one gramme 
[or 15 grains] ; Tartaric Acid, fourteen grammes [or 217 grains] ; Water, fifteen cubic centimeters 
[or 243 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, Syrup, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand 
grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Dissolve the two Potassium salts in the Water, 
and the Tartaric Acid in twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 406 minims] of Diluted Alcohol. 
Mix the two solutions in a vial, shake it thoroughly, and place it in ice-water for half an 
hour, occasionally shaking. Then filter the mixture through a small, rapidly-acting, white 
filter, and carefully wash the vial and filter with Diluted Alcohol, until the filtrate ceases to 
produce more than a faint cloudiness when a drop or two is allowed to fall into silver nitrate 
test-solution. Reduce the filtrate, by evaporation in a tared capsule, on a water-bath, to jifty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains], and mix it, when cold, with enough Syrup to make the 
product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains].” U. S. 
As an aqueous solution of hydriodic acid is unstable, the iodine being in time always liber- 
ated, rendering it irritant and unfit for internal administration (see Hydriodic Acid, in Part 
II.), and as it has been proved that syrup protects the acid efficiently, the 1880 Committee of 
Revision introduced the Syrup of Hydriodic Acid, with the view of furnishing a preparation 
which should remain, if carefully preserved, for a long time unchanged. The process for this 
syrup was changed at the last revision : the National Formulary method, having proved by expe- 
rience very satisfactory, was incorporated into the IT. S. P. 1890. The “ Buchanan” method of 
producing hydriodic acid by the decomposition of potassium iodide with tartaric acid is employed, 
the resulting acid potassium tartrate being crystallized out by the use of diluted alcohol and a re- 
(sy-ru'pus Xg'i-Di HY-DRi-on'i-ci.) 
* Syrupus Acacice, U. S. 1870. “ Take of Gum Arabic, in pieces, two troyounces ; Sugar [refined], in coarse pow- 
der, fourteen troyounces ; Water eight fluidotmces. Dissolve the Gum Arabic in the Water, without heat, then, hav- 
ing added the Sugar, dissolve it with a gentle heat, and strain.” The gum should be carefully selected; and, if its 
solution contain impurities, it should be strained before the addition of the sugar. On the whole, taking into con- 
sideration the great liability to the use of materials not quite pure, it might be advisable, in all cases, to heat 
momentarily to the boiling point, skim off what may rise to the surface, and then strain. PART I. 
Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici.—Syrupus Althsese. 
1327 
duced temperature. Decomposition and the discoloration due to the separation of a trace of 
iodine are obviated by the use of a small quantity of potassium hypophosphite ; this in contact 
with tartaric acid is decomposed, and the trace of liypophosphorous acid generated is sufficient 
to protect the solution of hydriodic acid from change, the very small quantity of acid potassium 
tartrate produced at the same time crystallizing out with the rest of the salt in the diluted 
alcohol. So-called syrup of hydriodic acid is found in the market in which glycerin is the 
principal constituent. The substitution of glucose for syrup is also practised with a view of 
preventing discoloration. (Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 221.) 
Properties. Syrup oi hydriodic acid is officially described as “ a transparent, colorless, or 
not more than pale straw-colored liquid, odorless, and having a sweet and acidulous taste. 
Specific gravity, about 1-313 at 15° C. (59° F.). If a small portion of the Syrup be mixed 
with a little starch test-solution, and a few drops of chlorine water then added, the liquid will 
acquire a deep blue color. Not more than a faint bluish tint should be produced in the Syrup 
by starch test-solution alone (limit of free iodine'). The addition of silver nitrate test-solution 
to a small portion of the Syrup produces a pale yellow precipitate, nearly insoluble in ammonia 
water. If 32 (31-88) Gm. of the Syrup be exactly neutralized by ammonia water, and then 
mixed with 2 drops of potassium chromate test-solution, it should require about 25 C.c. of 
silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red tint (corresponding to 
about 1 per cent, of absolute Hydriodic Acid).” U. S. 
Syrup of hydriodic acid has the general therapeutic properties of iodine and the alkaline 
iodides, and is used by various practitioners to obtain alterative effects in scrofula and similar 
disorders. (See also Hydriodic Acid, Dilute, Part II.) As it contains about 1 per cent, by 
weight of absolute hydriodic acid, for practical purposes a teaspoonful may be said to repre- 
sent between five- and six-tenths of a grain of iodine and a little over a grain of potassium 
iodide. It is evident that the doses in which it is usually administered—from twenty to forty 
minims (1-25-2-5 C.c.)—are absurdly small. It should be well diluted at the time of ad- 
ministration. 
SYRUPUS ALLII* U. S. Syrup of Garlic 
Sirop d’Ail, Fr.; Knoblauchsyrup, G. 
“Fresh Garlic, sliced and bruised, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Sugar, 
eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces ay., 96 grains] ; Diluted Acetic Acid, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Macerate the 
Garlic with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Diluted Acetic 
Acid during four days, and express the liquid, avoiding the use of metallic utensils. Then 
mix the residue with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] more of 
Diluted Acetic Acid, and again express. Mix the expressed liquids, and filter. Pour the 
filtrate upon the Sugar, contained in a suitable vessel, and stir or agitate until the Sugar is dis- 
solved. Lastly, add enough Diluted Acetic Acid to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims], and mix thoroughly. Keep the Syrup in 
well-stoppered, completely filled bottles, in a cool place. Syrup of Garlic may also he prepared 
in the following manner : Prepare a percolator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup 
(see Syrupus'). Pour the filtrate obtained as directed in the preceding formula upon the Sugar, 
return the first portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all the liquid 
has passed, follow it by Diluted Acetic Acid, until the product measures one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
This preparation is made upon correct principles, as vinegar is a better solvent of the active 
matter of garlic than water. The syrup is given in chronic bronchitis and the advanced stages 
of acute bronchitis of the lungs, and is particularly beneficial in infantile cases. A teaspoonful 
(3-75 C.c.) may be given for a dose to a child a year old. 
(SY-RU'PITS XL'LI-i.) 
SYRUPUS ALTHEAS. U. S. Syrup of Althaea. 
“ Althaea, cut into small pieces, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Alcohol, thirty 
cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] ; Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
ounces, 183 minims] ; Sugar, seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains]; Water, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Wash the Althaea with cold Water, then macerate it with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water previously mixed with the Alcohol, during one hour, stir- 
(SY-RU'PUS XL-TIIiE'iE.) 1328 
Syrupus Althsese.—Syrupus Aurantii. 
ring frequently, and strain without expressing the residue. In the strained liquid dissolve the 
Sugar by agitation, without heat, add the Glycerin, and enough Water to make the product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly. 
Keep the Syrup in well-stoppered, completely filled bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 
This syrup is almost identical with that of the German Pharmacopoeia. The use of alcohol 
and glycerin in the U. S. 1890 process will probably tend to delay fermentation somewhat. It 
is an agreeable demulcent, but not superior to syrup of acacia, which it equals in its tendency 
to ferment. Noffke states that syrup prepared in accordance with the following method will 
keep well. Ten parts of cut marshmallow root are washed with distilled water, then macerated 
for three hours in a mixture of five parts of alcohol and two hundred and fifty parts of dis- 
tilled water, strained without pressure, and the strained liquid made up to four hundred parts 
with distilled water; three hundred parts of sugar are dissolved in this liquid by the aid of 
heat, a little paper pulp is added, the syrup is boiled a short time, strained, filtered while hot, 
and rapidly evaporated to five hundred parts, and at once filled in clean and dry vials of suit- 
able size. The syrup so obtained has a light-yellow color. (Arch. d. Pharm., 1886, p. 761.) 
The dose of the official syrup is from a fluidrachm to half a fluidounce (3-75-15 C.c.). 
PART I. 
SYRUPUS AMYGDALA. U. S. Syrup of Almond. [Syrup of Orgeat.] 
(SY-RU'PUS A-MYG'DA-LiE.) 
Syrupus Emulsivus; Sirop d’Orgeat (d’Amandes, fimulsif), Fr.; Mandelsyrup, G. 
“Sweet Almond, one hundred and forty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 411 grains]; Bitter 
Almond, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Sugar, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces 
av., 24 grains] ; Orange Flower Water one hundred, cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 
minims] ; Water, one hundred and thirty cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 190 minims] ; Syrup, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Rub the Almonds, previously blanched, in a mortar with one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces 
av., 231 grains] of the Sugar and thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce] of Water to a smooth 
paste. Mix this well with the Orange Flower Water and two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 
fluidounces, 366 minims] of Syrup, and strain with strong expression. To the residue add one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water, and express again. In the 
strained liquid dissolve the remainder of the Sugar, without heat, adding enough Syrup to 
make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Keep the Syrup in well-stoppered, completely filled bottles, in a cool place.” U. S.* 
This process corresponds to some extent with that of the French Codex. This is an elegant 
syrup, much employed in Europe and in this country. It is demulcent, nutritive, and, in con- 
sequence of the hydrocyanic acid of the hitter almonds, very slightly sedative. It is said to 
mask greatly the odor of musk and asafetida, when mixed with them. It may be added to 
cough mixtures, or used as an agreeable vehicle for administering strong remedies. 
SYRUPUS AROMATICUS. Br. Aromatic Syrup. 
“ Tincture of Orange, 5 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 250 cubic centimetres; Cinnamon 
Water, 5 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 250 cubic centimetres; Syrup, 10 /. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 500 cubic centimetres. Mix the Tincture of Orange and Cinnamon Water; shake the 
mixture with a little powdered talc; filter; add the Syrup.” Br. 
(SY-RU'PUS XR-O-MAT'I-CUS.) 
This is a new preparation of the Br. Ph. 1898, and is practically a simple elixir (see Elixir 
Aromaticum, p. 497) : it has been introduced mainly as a vehicle or adjuvant. 
SYRUPUS AURANTII. U. S., Br. Syrup of Orange 
Syrup of Orange Peel; Sirop d’Ecorces d’Oranges, Fr.; Orangenschalensyrup, G. 
“ Sweet Orange Peel, taken from the fresh fruit, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Sugar, seven 
hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Introduce the Sweet 
(SY-RU'PUS AU-RAN'TJ-I—aw-ran'shf-I-) 
* Orgeat Powder. Dr. Enders, on account of the tendency of syrup of almond to spoil, prepares a powder by 
making an emulsion of twenty parts of sweet almonds with sufficient water, mixing it with seventy-two parts 
of sugar, rapidly evaporating with the steam bath and pulverizing the residue, and keeping it in well-corked bottles. 
To make one hundred parts of the syrup, sixty-eight parts of the powder are dissolved with heat in twenty-four 
parts of water, and five parts of orange flower water and three parts of bitter almond water are added. (A. J. P.t 
1874, p. 362.) PART I. 
Synipus Aurantii.—Syrupus Calcii Ladophosphatis. 
1329 
Orange Peel (which should be as free as possible from the white, inner layer, and cut into small 
shreds) into a flask, and add eighty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 338 minims] of Alcohol. 
Stopper the flask loosely with a notched cork, apply the heat of a water-bath until the Alcohol 
boils, and maintain it boiling during five minutes. Then stopper the flask well, and set it aside 
to cool. Filter off" the liquid, and wash the filter and contents with Alcohol until the filtrate 
measures one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims]. Mix the Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate, in a mortar, with one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] of Sugar, and add the tincture with constant trituration. To the resulting, pasty mass 
add three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, triturating con- 
stantly, transfer the whole to a filter, and return the first portions of the filtrate, if necessary, 
until it runs through clear. In the filtrate dissolve the remainder of the Sugar, and add enough 
Water, through the filter, to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Tincture of Orange, 1 fi. ounce (Imperial measure) or 30 cubic centimetres; Syrup, 7 
fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 210 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
The present U. S. formula is an improvement over that of 1870, in which evaporation was 
resorted to to deprive the tincture of orange peel of alcohol, for, although the temperature was 
limited to 120° F., even this was sufficient to affect the flavor of the concentrated tincture. In 
the U. S. P. 1880, by employing maceration and expression with a smaller quantity of alcohol, 
the use of heat was avoided. The proportion of alcohol directed to extract the oil from the 
orange peel was necessarily small; indeed, it was almost entirely absorbed by the orange peel, 
which should be grated. In the U. S. P. 1890 process an attempt has been made to save time 
by boiling the sweet orange peel in alcohol. In our opinion, a better plan would have been to 
use the proper proportion of tincture of sweet orange peel (see Tinctura Aurantii Dulcis), as 
this preparation keeps indefinitely, and could easily be strengthened by spontaneous evaporation 
so as to avoid volatilizing the oil of orange peel. The British preparation, which is a mere mix- 
ture of the tincture with syrup, is in all respects inferior. The use of magnesium carbonate 
was first suggested by Mr. John D. Finley. The syrup has an agreeable flavor, for which it is 
alone employed. For a process by E. E. Williams, using powdered pumice to disintegrate the 
orange peel, see Drug. Circ., 1898, 125. 
SYRUPUS AURANTII FLORUM. U. S. (Br.) Syrup of Orange Flowers. 
Syrupus Aurantii Floris, Br.; Sirop de Fleurs d’Oranges, Fr.j Pomeranzenbliithensyrup, G. 
“ Sugar, eight hundred and fifty grammes [or 29 ounces av., 430 grains] ; Orange Flower 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Dissolve the Sugar in four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 
104 minims] of Orange Flower Water by agitation, without heat, add enough Orange Flower 
Water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims], and mix thoroughly. Syrup of Orange Flowers may also be prepared in the fol- 
lowing manner: Prepare a percolator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup (see 
Syrupus). Pour four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] of 
Orange Flower Water upon the Sugar, .return the first portions of the percolate until it 
runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has passed, follow it by Orange Flower Water, 
until the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Orange-flower water of commerce, undiluted, 8 fi. ounces (Imperial measure) or 100 cubic 
centimetres; Refined Sugar, 3 pounds (Imp.) or 600 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, a 
sufficient quantity. Add the Refined Sugar to sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two hundred 
cubic centimetres of the boiling Distilled Water; heat until dissolved; add the undiluted 
Orange-flower water; make the weight of the product four pounds and a half (Imp.) or nine 
hundred grammes by the addition of recently boiled Distilled Water.” Br. 
The second U. S. process, by percolation, will be preferable here. This syrup is used chiefly 
for flavoring mixtures. The dose is a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.). 
(SY-RU'PUS lU-RiN'TI-f FLO'RUM.) 
SYRUPUS CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATIS. U. S., Br. Syrup of Calcium 
Lactophosphate. 
(SY-RU'PUS CAL'CI-I lXc-to-phos-pha'tis.) 
“ Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, twenty-five grammes [or 386 grains] ; Lactic Acid, sixty 
cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 14 minims] ; Phosphoric Acid, thirty-six cubic centimeters [or 1330 
Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis.—Syrupus Calais. 
PART I. 
1 fluidounce, 104 minims] ; Orange Flower Water, twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 406 minims] ; 
Sugar, seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. To the Lactic Acid 
mixed with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water, and con- 
tained in a capacious mortar, gradually add the Calcium Carbonate, in portions, until it is dis- 
solved. Then add the Phosphoric Acid, and triturate until the precipitate at first formed is 
dissolved. Add one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of Water, 
and filter, rinsing the mortar with seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 257 minims] of 
Water, and passing the rinsings through the filter. To the mixed filtrates add the Orange 
Flower Water, and, having added the Sugar, dissolve it by agitation, without heat, and strain. 
Lastly, pass enough Water through the strainer to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims], and mix thoroughly.” TJ. S. 
“ Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, 2| ounces (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Concentrated Phos- 
phoric Acid, 4 fil. ounces and 262 minims (Imp. meas.) or 46 cubic centimetres; Lactic Acid, 
6 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 60 cubic centimetres; Refined Sugar, 70 ounces (Imp.) or 700 
grammes; Orange-flower water of commerce, undiluted, 2£ fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic 
centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Add the Calcium Carbonate gradually to 
the Lactic Acid, diluted with four times its volume of Distilled Water. When solution is 
complete, add the Concentrated Phosphoric Acid, and triturate until the precipitate which at 
first forms is dissolved. Dilute with a little Distilled Water; add the undiluted Orange-flower 
water ; filter ; dissolve the Refined Sugar in the mixture without the aid of heat; strain ; add 
sufficient Distilled Water to make Jive pints (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres 
of the syrup.” Br. 
The U. S. P. 1880 syrup was almost identical with the preparation proposed by Mr. William 
Neergaard. Freshly precipitated calcium phosphate is soluble in lactic acid, and this prepara- 
tion was such a solution protected from change and rendered more agreeable to the taste by 
the addition of sugar and orange flower water. As made by this formula it will usually be 
found to contain a precipitate of a gelatinous character, which gradually forms in the course 
of a few days or weeks: the means commonly used to prevent this precipitation is the addi- 
tion of a fluidrachm of hydrochloric acid to a pint of the syrup,—hydrochloric acid being a 
better solvent for calcium phosphate than is lactic acid. The U. S. P. 1890 process* prepares 
calcium lactate by dissolving calcium carbonate in lactic acid and subsequently adding phos- 
phoric acid : this should be an improvement, as it simplifies the process. Precipitation can be 
avoided by the addition of a trace of hydrochloric acid. The process of percolation to dis- 
solve the sugar may be advantageously substituted here for that of agitation. The syrup is 
sometimes prepared by dissolving two hundred grains of calcium lactophosphate (which is now 
furnished by the manufacturing chemists) in a pint of syrup flavored with orange flower water, 
a fluidrachm of hydrochloric acid being added to prevent precipitation. The Rritish syrup is 
practically identical with the U. S. preparation and was modelled after it. This syrup affords an 
excellent means of administering calcium phosphate. The dose is from two to four fluidrachms 
(7'5—15 C.c.), representing from three to six grains of the lime salt. 
SYRUPUS CALCIS. U. S. (Br.) Syrup of Lime. 
(SY-KU'PUS CXL'CIS.) 
Liquor Calois Sacoharatus, Br.; Saccharated Solution of Lime; Sirop de Chaux, Fr.; Kalksyrup, G. 
“ Lime, sixty-jive grammes [or 2 ounces ay., 128 grains] ; Sugar, four hundred grammes [or 
14 ounces av., 48 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand, cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Triturate the Lime and Sugar thoroughly in a mortar, so as 
to form a homogeneous powder; then add the mixture to five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 
fluidounces, 435 minims] of boiling Water, contained in a bright copper or tinned iron vessel, 
boil for five minutes, constantly stirring, and then strain. Dilute the strained liquid with an 
equal volume of Water, and filter through white paper. Then evaporate the filtrate, in a tared 
capsule, to seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 302 grains], allow it to cool, add to it 
* Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis—Modified Formula. Mr. Geo. Thos. Williams has modified the formula of R. 
Rother and adapted it to the strength of the official preparation. It is as follows: “Take of Precipitated Calcium 
Carbonate 13 parts; Lactic Acid 33 parts; Phosphoric Acid, U. S. P., 18 parts ; Orange Flower Water 80 parts; Sugar 
in coarse powder 600 parts; Distilled Water sufficient to make 1000 parts. Mix the lactic acid with 136 parts of 
distilled water, and gradually add the calcium carbonate, warming gently, if necessary. Add the phosphoric acid, 
previously diluted with 120 parts of distilled water and with the orange-flower water. Filter, and pass enough dis- 
tilled water through the filter to make the filtrate weigh 400 parts. Lastly, dissolve the sugar by cold percolation or 
by agitation, and strain.” Syrupus Colds.—Syrupus Codeinse. 
PART I. 
1331 
enough Water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims], and mix thoroughly. Keep the Syrup in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
“ Calcium Hydroxide, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Refined Sugar, in powder, 2 ounces 
(Imp.) or 100 grammes; Distilled Water, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Mix 
the Calcium Hydroxide with a solution of the Refined Sugar in the Distilled Water. Set aside 
in a stoppered green glass bottle for a few hours, shaking occasionally ; separate the clear Solu- 
tion with a siphon, avoiding unnecessary exposure to air. Specific gravity 1-055. 10 grammes 
should require for neutralization 6-3 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric 
acid. It should not afford any characteristic reaction with the tests for lead. This Solution 
contains nearly 2 per cent, by weight of Lime, CaO, or about 8 grains in 1 fluid ounce.” Br. 
The British Saccharated Solution of Lime differs from the U. S. Syrup only in containing 
a smaller proportion of sugar. This new official syrup is almost identical with that proposed 
by Dr. E. R. Squibb. (See 14th ed. U. S. D., p. 1288; also Apothecary, 1894, 18.) 
Sugar forms with lime certain definite compounds which may be looked upon as saccharates. 
According to M. S. Benedikt (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xix. 96), there are at least four of 
these combinations. Some, if not all, of them are much more soluble than the lime itself, so 
that in this way a much stronger solution of lime can be obtained than by the instrumentality 
of water alone. The syrup remains perfectly transparent, and is in no degree disturbed by 
dilution with water. It has a decidedly alkaline and even caustic taste, and should always be 
largely diluted when administered. It was first prepared by M. Beral; and its practical use 
was originally suggested by Dr. Capitaine, of Paris* 
Medical Properties. Dr. Charles E. Buckingham, of Boston, says in relation to this 
syrup that it should not be taken either in pill or dissolved in water, as it will occasion nausea 
or produce a caustic effect. He gives it in milk, and considers thirty drops (1-25 C.c.) every 
three hours as a sufficient dose. He has never known it to cause alkaline urine. (Boston Med. 
and Surg. Journ., April 4, 1867, p. 186.) Dr. Buckingham and other clinicians have used the 
syrup of lime with success in acute rheumatism. (Ibid., April 11, 1867.) Trousseau employed 
it in the chronic diarrhoea of infants, and recommends adding about eight minims of the syrup to 
each quart of milk taken. He gives the saturated syrup to a child in the quantity of from 
fifteen to thirty minims (0-92-1-85 C.c.) in the course of the day ; to an adult, five times that 
quantity. Saccharated solution of lime may be used in diarrhoea with acidity, in vomiting, in 
affections of the urinary organs requiring antacid treatment, and for all other purposes to which 
lime is therapeutically applied. The dose equivalent to a fluidounce of lime water is twenty 
minims (1-25 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS CASCARiE AROMATICUS. Br. Aromatic Syrup of Cascara. 
“ Liquid Extract of Cascara Sagrada, 8 Jl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 400 cubic centi- 
metres ; Tincture of Orange, 2 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 1 Jl. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres ; Cinnamon Water, 3 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 150 cubic centimetres; Syrup, 6 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 300 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
This is a new syrup of the Br. Pharm. 1898. It forms a convenient means of administering 
cascara, the alcohol being added to aid its preservation. The dose is from one-half to two 
fluidrachms (1-9—7*5 C.c.). 
(SY-RU'PUS CAS'CA-RiE AR-O-MAT'I-CUS.) 
SYRUPUS CHLORAL. Br. Syrup of Chloral. 
(SY-RU'PUS UHLO'RAL.) 
“ Chloral Hydrate, 1600 grains or 9143 grammes ; Distilled Water, 30 fl. drachms (Imperial 
measure) or 93-75 cubic centimetres ; Syrup, a, suffi.ci.ent quantity. Dissolve the Chloral Hydrate 
in the Distilled Water; add the Syrup until the mixed product measures one pint (Imp. meas.) 
or five hundred cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The adult dose, two fluidrachms (7-5 C.c.), contains twenty grains of chloral. 
SYRUPUS CODEINE. Br. Syrup of Codeine 
(SY-RU'PUS CO-DE-f'NiE.) 
“Codeine Phosphate, 40 grains or 4-57 grammes; Distilled Water, \ Jl. ounce (Imperial 
measure) or 12 5 cubic centimetres; Syrup, 19| Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 987-5 cubic centi- 
* Liquid Glue. It is stated that a very adhesive glue, remaining liquid at ordinary temperatures, may be prepared 
by dissolving glue in a solution of saccharate of lime. (A. J. P., 1872, 562.) 1332 
Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. 
PART I. 
metres. Dissolve the Codeine Phosphate in the Distilled Water ; add the Syrup; mix. 1 
fluidrachm of this Syrup contains \ grain of Codeine Phosphate.” Br. 
This new syrup of the Br. Ph. 1898 is intended to furnish a convenient method of using 
codeine phosphate. The dose is from one half to two fluidrachms (1-9-7 6 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS FERRI IODIDI. U. S., Br. Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. 
“A syrupy liquid containing about 10 per cent., by weight, of Ferrous Iodide [Fel2 = 
308-94], or about 13-4 Gm. in 100 C.c.” U. S. 
Syrup of Iodide of Iron; Syrupus Ferri Iodati, P. G.; Sirop d’lodure de Fer, Fr.; Eisenjodiirsyrup, G. 
“ Iron, in the form of fine bright wire, and cut into small pieces, twenty-five grammes [or 386 
grains] ; Iodine, eighty-three grammes [or 2 ounces av., 406 grains] ; Syrup, Distilled Water, 
each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. 
Introduce the Iron into a flask of thin glass, having a capacity of about five hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims], add to it one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of Distilled Water, and afterwards the Iodine. Shake the mixture 
occasionally, checking the reaction, if necessary, by the affusion of cold water, and, when the 
solution has acquired a greenish color, and has lost the odor of Iodine, heat it to boiling. 
Then filter it through a strong, double, rapidly-acting filter placed in a funnel, the point of 
which dips below the surface of six hundred grammes [or 21 ounces av., 72 grains] of Syrup 
contained in a tared vessel. When the liquid has run through, wash the flask and filter with 
a mixture of twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 406 minims], each, of Syrup and Distilled Water, 
previously raised to near 100° C. (212° F.), then withdraw the funnel, add enough Syrup to 
make the product weigh one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains], and mix thor- 
oughly. Keep the Syrup in small, well-stoppered, and completely filled bottles.” U. S. 
“ Iron, in wire, £ ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Iodine, 726 grains or 83 grammes; 
Refined Sugar, 16 % ounces (Imp.) or 825 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Add 
the Refined Sugar to six fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three hundred cubic centimetres of 
boiling Distilled Water and heat until dissolved. Dilute half a fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or 
twenty-five cubic centimetres of the resulting syrup with an equal volume of Distilled Water 
and set aside. Digest the Iodine and the Iron wire in a flask with two and a half fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; heat 
gently, and finally boil slightly, until the froth loses its yellow color ; filter the liquid while 
still hot into the syrup, washing the flask and the filter with the diluted syrup previously set 
aside and now heated to boiling. Pass sufficient boiling Distilled Water through the filter to 
produce, when cold, one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres. Mix. The 
Syrup should have a specific gravity of 1-380 to 1-387. 11 minims of this Syrup contain 1 
grain of ferrous iodide.” Br. 
These preparations furnish solutions of ferrous iodide rendered more permanent by sugar. 
The mode of making the iodide is precisely the same as that given under the head of Ferri Iodi- 
dum. The iodine should be dry ; for, if moist, as commercial iodine often is, less ferrous iodide 
will be formed and the syrup will be proportionally weaker. In both processes a large excess of 
iron is taken, although the excess was reduced in the Br. Ph. 1898. A moderate excess is useful 
in preventing the solution of ferrous iodide from undergoing any change from the absorption of 
oxygen during filtration, before it comes in contact with the sugar. The method adopted in the 
Pharmacopoeia of 1880, of filtering the unprotected solution of ferrous iodide into the sugar 
contained in an open capsule, and afterward straining the syrup through linen, was directly op- 
posed to the experience of many practical pharmacists, and to the views which had been hitherto 
held of the action of the air upon the solution of ferrous iodide, and although with care, in skilful 
hands, oxidation may have been avoided, nothing was gained in time. There can be no question 
as to the superiority of the process of the Pharmacopoeia of 1890, which is practically identi- 
cal with the U. S. 1870 process. An improvement in this, however, would be to heat the syrup 
to boiling immediately before filtering the solution of ferrous iodide into it. Assuming that 
the iodine without loss is all converted into ferrous iodide, it is easy to calculate the strength 
of the official solutions. Thus, it will be found that the U. S. syrup contains about 7-64 grains, 
and that of the British Pharmacopoeia 5-45 grains, of the dry iodide to the fluidrachm. In 
both preparations there is sufficient sugar to constitute a syrup,—the present U. S. process dif- 
fering in this respect from that of 1850, which was denominated a solution, because containing 
insufficient sugar to be entitled to the name of a syrup. Indeed, the proportion of sugar in the 
(SY-RU'PUS FER'RI I-OD'I-DI.) PART I. 
Syrupus Fern Iodidi. 
1333 
old formula was insufficient duly to protect the iodide, and was therefore increased. In the 
solution of 1850, a coil of iron wire, or a strip of bright iron, immersed in the solution, was 
found to assist in preserving it. Rock candy (pure crystallized sugar) has been frequently 
proposed as a substitute for commercial white sugar in making this Syrup; there is no doubt 
that it is much to be preferred. 
The plan of protecting the solution of ferrous iodide from change by saccharine matter 
originated with M. Frederking, of Riga, who published a formula for the purpose in Buchner s 
Repertorium in 1839. The same plan was proposed in a paper by Prof. Procter, contained in 
the A. J. P. for April, 1840. In the Journal de Pharmacie for March, 1841, Dr. Dupasquier, 
of Lyons, claims to have made a pure ferrous iodide, protected by syrup of gum, as %arly as 
1838. In the P. J. Tr. for August, 1841, the late Dr. A. T. Thomson published a paper in 
which he confirmed the results of Frederking and Procter, and proposed a formula for a strong 
syrup, which is the basis of that adopted by the British Pharmacopoeia. For a practical 
process for making this syrup on a large scale, see N. R., March, 1880. 
Properties. The U. S. syrup of ferrous iodide is “ a transparent, pale green liquid, 
having a sweet, strongly ferruginous taste, and a neutral reaction. Specific gravity, about 
1-353 at 15° C. (59° F.). On adding a few drops of potassium ferricyanide test-solution to 
a small portion of the Syrup, a blue precipitate will be produced. If mixed with a little 
starch test-solution, and afterwards with a few drops of chlorine water, the Syrup will acquire 
a deep blue color. This color should not be produced in the Syrup by starch test-solution 
alone (absence of free iodine). If 1-55 dm. (1-5447 Gin.) of the Syrup and 10 C.c. of water 
be introduced into a flask, and the liquid mixed, successively, with 11 C.c. of silver nitrate 
decinormal volumetric solution, and 5 C.c., each, of diluted nitric acid and ferric ammonium 
sulphate test-solution, it should not require more than about 1 C.c. of potassium sulphocyanate 
decinormal volumetric solution to produce a reddish-brown tint which persists after shaking 
(corresponding to about 10 per cent, of Ferrous Iodide).” U. S. “ Dissolve 1 gramme of 
dried sodium carbonate in 10 cubic centimetres of water, in a flask of which the capacity to a 
mark on the neck is 100 cubic centimetres ; pour into the flask 10 cubic centimetres (or 13-87 
grammes) of the Syrup, and agitate the mixture occasionally until the precipitation of the 
iron is complete; then add more water to make the whole measure 100 cubic centimetres ; mix 
and filter. 25 cubic centimetres of the filtrate, neutralized with diluted nitric acid, should 
require not less than 16 and not more than 16-5 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of 
silver nitrate for complete precipitation of the iodine, solution of potassium chromate being used 
as an indicator.” Br. In regard to the former U. S. syrup, Prof. E. S. Wayne observed 
that, when kept for some time, it occasionally deposited grape sugar, into which the cane 
sugar was converted probably through the agency of hydriodic acid. According to Prof. 
J. M. Maisch, the solution was decomposed not only by light, but also by the action of 
atmospheric oxygen in bottles partly filled and frequently opened. The oxidation of the 
iron and the evolution of the iodine were accelerated by the action of light, when the 
solution was thus insecurely kept; but when the altered solution was transferred to air- 
tight bottles completely filled, and exposed to the direct light of the sun, it resumed its 
transparency, and its original tint was restored, or its color rendered much lighter. After 
this restoration the solution could not be the same ; and it is probable that it contained 
some ferric iodate. The removal of the apparent defects of a solution of ferrous iodide by 
the action of sunlight is, therefore, not an admissible expedient, because it changes the nature 
of the solution. The same may be said of the addition of tartaric or citric acid, which has 
been proposed for clearing the discolored syrup. Syrup of ferrous iodide is rendered brown 
by sulphuric acid, and emits violet vapors when heated. 
Dr. Squibb states, in a communication to the A. J. P. (March, 1868, p. 99), that, after con- 
siderable experience with the U. S. preparation, he has known it to become discolored in only 
one instance: so that with care to avoid all injurious exposure it may be expected to keep 
well. But, in consequence of the facility with which it undergoes decomposition, with the 
liberation of iodine, it is very liable to become discolored with the least want of care. He 
therefore proposes, as a remedy for this inconvenience, to add to the discolored syrup a very 
small proportion of a solution of sodium hyposulphite, which, without injury to the prepara- 
tion, removes the color and in a great degree restores the transparency. For this purpose fif- 
teen or twenty grains of the crystallized hyposulphite may be dissolved in a fluidounce of 
water; and from fifteen to twenty mimims of the solution are sufficient for a pint of syrup, if 
not darker than brown sherry. The solution is simply added to the syrup, and shaken up with 1334 
Syrupus Fern lodidi.—Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis. 
PART I. 
it in the bottle. If the discoloration be deeper, more will be required ; and the quantity requi- 
site for the effect is a measure of the amount of change that may have occurred. The objec- 
tion to the use of this salt is that a precipitate of sulphur usually takes place which is so fine 
that it is very difficult to separate. Prof. J. F. Judge (A. J. P., 1876, p. 159) recommended 
hypophosphorous acid in small proportions to restore the pale green color, and of all the addi- 
tions that have been proposed this is unquestionably the least objectionable and the most 
effective. (See Liquor Ferri lodidi, National Formulary, Part II. ; also Year-Book of Phar- 
macy, 1885, p. 484.) Charles Rice preserves syrup of ferrous iodide successfully on the large 
scale by storing it in vessels having a stopcock at the bottom and pouring a small quantity of 
pure olive oil upon the surface to protect from oxidation. A. G. Hammer proposes the addi- 
tion of syrup to a boiling solution of ferrous iodide before filtering from the excess of iron, 
and attributes the success in preservation to the fact that a portion of the cane sugar is con- 
verted into grape sugar, which he believes has greater powers in preventing change. (Pharma- 
cist, 1876, p. 99.) Glycerin has been proposed as a substitute for sugar in this preparation: 
it answers the same purpose, but it may be doubted whether more effectually. Glucose or 
solution of grape sugar has been repeatedly recommended as superior to ordinary syrup for 
use in this preparation; when the glucose is pure, it is superior as a preservative. 
When the syrup is concentrated it becomes brown, and when evaporated to dryness forms 
a mass which may be called saccharine ferrous iodide, and which is not entirely soluble again, 
a little ferric oxide being left. This saccharine iodide, being protected by the sugar it con- 
tains, is not liable to the objections which apply to the pure solid salt, and may be made into 
pills, but this preparation is inferior to the official Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum (see p. 620). 
Medical Properties. These have been detailed under the head of Ferri Iodidum. Dose, 
from fifteen to thirty minims (0-9-1-9 C.c.), diluted with water. The dilution should be made 
at the moment it is taken ; and, in order to guard against injury to the teeth, the mouth should 
be carefully washed after each dose. 
SYRUPUS FERRI PHOSPHATIS. Br. Syrup of Ferrous Phosphate. 
(SY-RU'PUS FER'RI PHOS-PHA'TIS.) 
Sirop de Phosphate de Fer, Fr.; Eiseuphosphatsyrup, G. 
“Iron, in wire, 75 grains or 8-6 grammes; Concentrated Phosphoric Acid, 11 ji. ounces 
(Imperial measure) or 62-5 cubic centimetres; Syrup, 14 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 700 cubic 
centimetres ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Place the Iron wire and the Concentrated 
Phosphoric Acid, previously diluted with an equal volume of Distilled Water, in a small flask; 
plug the neck with cotton wool, and heat gently until the Iron is dissolved. When cold, filter 
into the Syrup, and pass a sufficient quantity of Distilled Water through the filter to make the 
product measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres. 1 fluid drachm 
of this Syrup represents 1 grain of anhydrous ferrous phosphate.” Br. 
The process for this syrup of the Br. Pharmacopoeia has been greatly improved. H. W. 
Jones (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., v. 541) proposed a formula in which the phosphate was made directly 
from metallic iron and phosphoric acid. R. Wright (A*. J. Tr., 1893, 191) improved the 
formula, and this method is superior to the cumbersome process of preparing a precipitate of 
ferric phosphate and dissolving it in phosphoric acid. The syrup is a solution of ferrous 
phosphate protected by sugar. The sp. gr. is about 1-270. (Umney.) For its properties and 
uses, see Fern Phosplias. The dose is from one to two fluidraclims (3-7-7-5 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS FERRI QUININE ET STRYCHNINE PHOSPHATUM. 
U. S. (Br.) Syrup of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. 
(SY-RU'PUS FEll'EI QUI-Nl'NvE FT PH5S-PHA'TUM.) 
Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis cum Quinina et Strychnina, Br., Syrup of Phosphate of Iron with Quinine 
and Strychnine. 
“ Soluble Ferric Phosphate, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Quinine Sulphate, thirty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Strychnine, two-tenths of a gramme [or 3 grains] ; Phos- 
phoric Acid, forty-eight cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 299 minims] ; Glycerin, one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Water, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 
331 minims] ; Syrup, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Heat the Soluble Ferric Phosphate with the Water, in a porcelain 
capsule, until it is dissolved. Then add the Phosphoric Acid, the Quinine Sulphate, and the 
Strychnine, and stir, until solution is effected. Filter the liquid into the Glycerin, contained PART I. 
Syrupus Glucosi.—Syrupus Hypophosphitum. 
1335 
in a graduated bottle, add enough Syrup to make up the volume to one thousand cubic centime- 
ters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims], and mix thoroughly. Lastly, strain, if necessary.” U. S. 
“ Iron, in wire, 75 grains or 8*6 grammes; Concentrated Phosphoric Acid, 1 \ fl. ounces (Im- 
perial measure) or 62*5 cubic centimetres; Strychnine, in powder, 5 grains or 0*57 gramme; 
Quinine Sulphate, 130 grains or 14*8 grammes; Syrup, 14fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 700 cubic 
centimetres; Distilled water, a sufficient quantity. Place the Iron wire and the Concentrated 
Phosphoric Acid, previously diluted with an equal volume of Distilled Water, in a small flask ; 
plug the neck with cotton wool, and heat gently until the Iron is dissolved; in the resulting 
solution dissolve the Strychnine and Quinine Sulphate; filter into the Syrup; pass sufficient 
Distilled Water through the filter to make the product measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one 
thousand cubic centimetres. One fluid drachm of this Syrup represents 1 grain of anhydrous 
ferrous phosphate, grain of Quinine Sulphate, and grain of Strychnine.” Br. 
The ferric phosphate used in the U. S. preparation is the scaled salt (see p. 626), and the 
phosphoric acid the 85 per cent, solution (see p. 78). Glycerin has been added in the U. S. 
1890 process to prevent precipitation. Each fluidrachm of the syrup contains about one grain 
of ferric phosphate, one grain and three-quarters of quinine, and VTT of a grain of strychnine. 
The process for the British syrup directs the preparation of a fresh solution of ferrous phos- 
phate from iron wire and phosphoric acid, as suggested by Wright (P. J. Tr., 1893,19) ; it con- 
tains less quinine and strychnine and is more permanent than the U. S. syrup. Discoloration, 
due to light, is usually noticed in this syrup, and it has been repeatedly suggested that glucose 
be substituted for syrup to prevent this fault. An insoluble precipitate of basic ferric phos- 
phate is apt to be produced when this syrup is kept. 
Medical Properties. This syrup has the medicinal activities of its ingredients, but is a 
very ineligible preparation, and has not even an agreeable taste to excuse its polypharmacy. 
It is known as Easton's Syrup, Aitkin's Syrup, Syrup of the Three Phosphates, and Syrup of 
Triple Phosphates. A teaspoonful (3*7 C.c.) may be considered to be the average dose. 
SYRUPUS GLUCOSI. Br. Syrup of Glucose. 
(SY-KU'PUS GUU-CO'Sl.) 
“ Liquid Glucose, of commerce, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Syrup, 2 ounces (Imp.) 
or 50 grammes. Mix, by the aid of gentle heat.” Br. 
This is a new preparation of the Br. Ph. 1898. It may be used as a vehicle for syrups 
which contain chemical salts liable to discoloration through the action of light; but its prin- 
cipal use is to take the place of treacle or molasses so much used in British pharmacy as a 
pill excipient. (See Pilulae, p. 1038.) 
SYRUPUS HEMIDESMI. Br. Syrup of Hemidesmus. 
(SY-KU'PUS HEM-I-DE§'Mi.) 
Syrup of Indian Sarsaparilla; Sirop de Hemidesmus, Fr.; Hemidesmussyrup, G. 
“ Hemidesmus Root, bruised, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Refined Sugar, 28 ounces 
(Imp.) or 700 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic centimetres. 
Infuse the Hemidesmus Root in the Distilled Water, in a covered vessel, for four hours, and 
strain. Set the infusion aside until clear ; then decant the clear liquid, add the Refined Sugar, 
and dissolve by the aid of gentle heat. The weight of the product should be forty-two ounces 
(Imp.) or one thousand and fifty grammes.” Br. 
This is a very weak preparation. The dose is stated at one fluidrachm (3*7 C.c.) ; the 
syrup may be taken almost ad libitum. (See Hemidesmus.') 
SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM. U. S. Syrup of Hypophosphites. 
(sy-ku'pus hy-po-ph5s-ph!'tum.) 
Sirop de Hypophosphites, Fr. 
“ Calcium PIypophosphite, forty-five grammes [or 1 ounce av., 257 grains] ; Potassium Hy- 
pophosphite, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Sodium Hypophosphite, fifteen grammes [or 
231 grains] ; Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; Sugar, five hun- 
dred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Spirit of Lemon, five cubic centimeters [or 81 
minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Triturate the Hypophosphites with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
15 fluidounces, 104 minims] of Water, until they are dissolved, add the Spirit of Lemon, and 
the Hypophosphorous Acid, and filter the liquid. In the filtrate dissolve the Sugar by agita- 
tion, without heat, and add enough Water, through the filter, to make the product measure 1336 
Syrupus Hypophosphitum cum Ferro.—Synipus Ipecacuanhas. 
PART I. 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Strain if necessary. Syrup 
of HypophospMtes may also be prepared in the following manner: Prepare a percolator or fun- 
nel in the manner described under Syrup (see Syrupus). Pour the filtrate obtained as directed 
in the preceding formula upon the Sugar, return the first portions of the percolate, until it 
runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has passed, follow it by Water, until the product 
measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” 
u. s. 
This syrup is a simple solution of calcium, sodium, and potassium hypophosphites, in 
water, protected by sugar, and flavored with spirit of lemon. The calcium hypophosphite 
will usually not entirely dissolve: hence the direction to use hypophospliorous acid to com- 
plete the solution. Percolation will no doubt be preferred by many to agitation, for dissolving 
the sugar. It has been stated that the sulphuretted odor sometimes noticed in this syrup is 
due to the decomposition of sulphates or sulphites (present as impurities in the salts) by the 
hypophospliorous acid. (P.J. Tr., 1895, 143.) Each fluidrachm of the syrup contains about 
two and a half grains of calcium hypophosphite, and not quite one grain each of the sodium 
and potassium salts. This syrup affords an excellent means of administering the hypophos- 
phites. Dose, from one to two fluidrachms (3-7-7-5 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM CUM FERRO. U. S. Syrup of Hypo- 
phosphites with Iron. 
(SY-RU'PUS HY-PO-PHOS-PHI'TUM CUM fEr'RO.) 
Sirop d’Hypopbosphite avec Fer, Fr. 
“ Ferrous Lactate, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Potassium Citrate, ten grammes [or 154 
grains] ; Syrup of Hypophosphites, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Rub the Ferrous Lactate and Potassium Citrate with a small 
quantity of the Syrup, gradually added, until they are dissolved. Then strain, and add enough 
Syrup of Hypophosphites to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly. This preparation should be freshly made when 
wanted.” II. S. 
This syrup, which was made official in the U. S. P. 1880 for the first time, has been the 
subject of considerable pharmaceutical discussion because of the difficulty of selecting a salt 
of iron which would remain in solution and not form a precipitate wTith the other salts. The 
lactate has been selected as the least objectionable in this respect, and the combination with the 
alkaline citrate is with the view of retaining the salts in solution in the syrup. Cloudiness in 
the syrup may be prevented, according to Ott, by dissolving the ferrous lactate and potassium 
citrate in hot syrup and adding this to the syrup of hypophosphites. The syrup of hypo- 
phosphites with iron now contains in each fluidrachm about two and a half grains of calcium 
hypophosphite, with nearly one grain each of sodium and potassium hypophosphites, and 
three-fourths of a grain of ferrous lactate.* It unites the therapeutic powers of a chalybeate 
with those of the hypophosphites. Dose, from one to two fluidrachms C.c.). 
SYRUPUS IPECACUANHA. U. S. Syrup of Ipecac. 
(SY-IUJ'PUS IP-E-CiC-U-XN'HiE.) 
Sirop d’lpecacuanha, Fr.; Ipecacuanhasyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Ipecac, seventy cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 176 minims] ; Acetic 
Acid, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
ounces, 183 minims] ; Sugar, seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Dilute the Fluid Extract of Ipecac with three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
* Syrup of Hypophosphites with Iron. Owing to the liability to change of ferrous lactate in the presence of an 
excess of hypophosphites, Mr. C. D. Randall substitutes ferric citrate for it, with good results, and gives the following 
process: Take of Calcium Hypophosphite 554 parts [or 591 grains] ; Sodium Bicarbonate 95 parts [or 101 grains] ; 
Potassium Bicarbonate 115 parts [or 123 grains] ; Ferric Citrate 85 parts [or 91 grains] ; Sugar, powdered, 4050 parts 
[or 9 troyounces]; Water a sufficient quantity to make 10,000 parts [or 16 fluidounces]. Dissolve the calcium hypo- 
phosphite, previously reduced to a fine powder, in 3500 parts [or 8 fluidounces] of water with the aid of heat, and 
add to the solution the sodium bicarbonate, continuing the heat until action has entirely ceased. After removing 
the solution from the heat, add the potassium bicarbonate in small portions, waiting after each addition until effer- 
vescence has ceased before adding more. When action has entirely ceased, filter the liquid through paper. After the 
liquid has ceased to drop, add enough water through the filter to make the filtrate weigh 5850 parts [or measure 10 
fluidounces]. In 1200 parts [or 2 fluidounces] of this liquid dissolve the ferric citrate with the aid of heat, and add 
the solution to the remainder of the liquid. In this solution dissolve the sugar with or without the aid of heat and 
filter through paper, adding through the filter enough water to make the completed syrup weigh 10,000 parts [or 
measure 16 fluidounces]. (A. J. P., 1884, p. 357.) PART I. 
Syrupus Ipecacuanha.—Syrupus Lactucarii. 
1337 
minims] of Water, to which the Acetic Acid had previously been added, and mix them thor- 
oughly by shaking. Then filter, and pass enough Water through the filter to obtain four hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 100 minims] of filtrate. To this liquid add 
the Glycerin, dissolve the Sugar in the mixture, and add enough Water to make the product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly, 
and strain, if necessary. Syrup of Ipecac may also be prepared in the following manner: Pre- 
pare a percolator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup (see Syrupus). Mix the 
filtrate obtained as directed in the preceding formula with the Glycerin, pour the mixture upon 
the Sugar, return the first portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when 
all the liquid has passed, follow it by Water until the product measures one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
By the U. S. process of 1850, a tincture of ipecac was first formed with diluted alco- 
hol, then reduced by evaporation so as to drive off the alcohol, and afterwards diluted with 
water and made into a syrup with sugar. The- French Codex dissolves the alcoholic extract 
of ipecac in water, and then mixes it with syrup ; but it is obvious that the U. S. plan was pref- 
erable, as it spared the continued heat requisite to reduce the tincture to dryness. The present 
U. S. syrup, which is very slightly stronger than that of 1870, is made in accordance with the 
suggestions of Mr. Laidley, of Richmond, Va., who found the syrup, as ordinarily prepared, to 
spoil by keeping. (A. J. P., xxvi. 103, and July, 1879.) (See a practical paper on this subject 
by A. Robbins in A. J. P, Aug. 1879.) The substitution of glycerin for a portion of the 
syrup in the U. S. 1890 process is an improvement; but the addition of the very small quan- 
tity of Acetic Acid is of questionable utility. For formulae in which the drug ipecac is 
employed, the reader may consult A. J. P., 1870, p. 127 ; 1871, p. 104; May, 1881. 
If strictly official (1890) fluid extract of ipecac be used in making this syrup, and the 
process be carried out in all its details, the syrup will remain transparent; but if commercial fluid 
extract be used, or if the fluid extract have not been very carefully made, it will be necessary 
to modify the process somewhat to secure a transparent syrup. This may be effected by allow- 
ing the diluted fluid extract in the official process for making this syrup to remain for two or 
three days in a cool place before filtering. 
One fluidounee of this syrup should contain the virtues of about thirty grains of ipecac. 
Dose, as an emetic, for an adult, from four fluidrachms to a fluidounee (15-30 C.c.), for a child 
a year or two old, from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-7 C.c.), repeated every fifteen 
or twenty minutes till it acts. As an expectorant, the dose for an adult is from thirty minims 
to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-7 C.c.), for a child from two to ten minims (0-12-0-6 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS KRAMERLffi. U. S. Syrup of Krameria. 
(SY-RU'PUS KRA-ME'RI-iE.) 
Syrupus Ratanha); Sirop de Ratanhia, Fr.; Ratanhasyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Krameria, four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 
minims] ; Syrup, five hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 18 fluidounces, 287 minims], To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
This syrup is more conveniently made by the present process than by either of those of the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1860,—in the first of which the powdered root was exhausted with 
water, the percolate evaporated, and the sugar dissolved in it by a gentle heat; while in the 
second process, extract of krameria was dissolved in syrup. As krameria yields a variable pro- 
portion of extract, it follows that the syrup resulting from these two modes of preparation must 
have differed. To obviate this evil as far as possible, care had to be taken, in following the 
first process, to select the best krameria, and preferably the small roots, as it was these only 
which would yield two ounces of good extract to the pound. We have found the syrup made 
from the official fluid extract perfectly transparent, and not a turbid mixture, as stated by some 
writers. This preparation affords a convenient mode of exhibiting krameria. The dose for 
an adult is half a fluidounee (15 C.c.), for a child a year or two old, from twenty to thirty 
minims (1-25-1-9 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS LACTUCARII. U. S. Syrup of Lactucarium. 
(SY-RU'PUS LAC-TU-CA'KI-i.) 
Sirop de Lactucarium, Fr.; Lactucariumsyrup, G. 
“ Tincture of Lactucarium, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce ay., 334 grains] ; Sugar, seven hun- 1338 
Syrupus Laducarii.—Syrupus Limonis. 
PART I. 
dred and fifty grammes [or 26 ounces av., 199 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Triturate the Precipitated Cal- 
cium Phosphate and one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] of the Sugar, 
in a mortar, with the Tincture of Lactucarium gradually added, and afterwards with three hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water, added in small portions at a 
time. Filter the mixture, dissolve the remainder of the Sugar in the filtrate, and pass enough 
Water through the filter to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly. Syrup of Lactucarium may also be prepared in 
the following manner: Prepare a percolator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup 
(see Syrupus). Pour the filtrate obtained as directed in the preceding formula upon the Sugar, 
return the first portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has 
passed, follow it by Water, until the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
The formula of the U. S. P. 1870 was very objectionable, and the syrup was rarely used, on 
account of its want of transparency, and in some measure also because of its disagreeable taste. 
The former of these objections it was proposed to obviate by the use of magnesium carbonate, 
as in the former U. S. formula for Syrup of Tolu ; the latter, by the addition of one of the aro- 
matic Waters. The rubbing with magnesium carbonate enabled'the menstruum to take up, as 
far as it was capable of doing, the matter that would otherwise have been deposited. The use of 
powdered pumice-stone instead of magnesium carbonate, and the rubbing of this and a little sugar 
with the tincture after evaporation instead of previously, were recommended by Mr. James Ken- 
worthy. The result was a beautifully clear syrup, with the flavor and appearance of Auber- 
gier’s, and the virtues of that of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. (A. J. P., March, 1868, p. 113.)* 
But the present process, if official tincture of lactucarium be used, is far preferable, the only 
disadvantage being the slight petroleum-like taste which seems to be inseparable from lactu- 
carium preparations made by extracting the resinous principles with benzin : the new tincture 
of lactucarium, notwithstanding all the care that can be given to the selection of the benzin, 
will still hold a trace of the benzin-residue flavor, which it communicates to the syrup. The 
recommendations made by various pharmaceutical writers to add a solution of an alkali to 
cloudy syrup of lactucarium, in order to make it transparent, are inadmissible, for Aubergier 
has conclusively shown that alkalies destroy the bitter principles of Lactucarium. The dose is 
from two to three fluidrachms (7-5—11-25 C.c.). 
Mr. Jos. W. England and N. D. Streeter both prefer to make the syrup directly from the 
lactucarium. For processes, see A. J. P., 1883, pp. 393, 593. 
SYRUPUS LIMONIS. Br. Syrup of Lemon. 
Syrupus Succus Citri, P. G.; Sirop de Limons (de Citrons), Fr.j Citronensaftsyrup, G. 
“Fresh Lemon Peel, in thin slices or grated, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Alcohol 
(90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity ; Lemon Juice, 25 Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic cen- 
(SY-RU'PUS LI-MO'NIS.) 
* Aubergier's Syrup of Lactucarium. Though probably inferior in efficacy to the U. S. syrup, that of Aubergier 
has a great reputation on the continent of Europe, and is occasionally prescribed here instead of the official. It 
differs so much from ours that, when it is prescribed, pharmacists who may not have it on hand should not substitute 
the official for it, unless with the full knowledge of the prescriber. In order to obviate this inconvenience, it is ad- 
visable that there should be a formula, readily accessible, by which a syrup may be prepared sufficiently represent- 
ing Aubergier’s for all practical purposes. Prof. Procter, therefore, did the profession good service by preparing and 
publishing such a process, which we copy here. “ Take of Lactucarium (German) half an ounce ; Granulated Sugar 
an ounce ; Simple Syrup four and a half pints ; Citric Acid, in powder, sixty grains; Orange Flower Water four 
fluidounces; Diluted Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the Lactucarium with the Sugar until 
reduced to powder, put it into a funnel-shaped percolator, pour on Diluted Alcohol until the Lactucarium is nearly 
exhausted, or until ten fluidounces have passed, evaporate to two fluidounces, and add it to the Syrup, previously 
heated by boiling, and mix. Continue the ebullition slowly until the whole measures four pints and six fluidounces. 
Then add the Citric Acid and strain, and, lastly, when nearly cool, the Orange Flower Water, and mix them. Each 
fluidounce represents three and one-third grains of lactucarium. The syrup is light brown and transparent.” 
(A. J. P., 1866, p. 290.) 
The French Codex has a syrup, called Opiated Syrup of Lactucarium (Sirop de Lactucarium opiacff), in which an 
alcoholic extract is used in double the quantity of extract of opium. One would suppose that in such a proportion 
the action of the opium would entirely overwhelm that of the lactucarium; but Dr. Geo. B. Wood was assured by 
M. Deschamps, as the well-ascertained result of experiments of his own and the late M. Debout’s, that lactucarium 
given with opium, even in small proportion, very decidedly opposes the unpleasant effects caused by opium, such as 
nausea, stomachic spasms, headache, etc. (Ann. de Therap., 1868, p. 17); and hence the advantage of a preparation 
in which the two narcotics are combined. But to gain all the good results of this experience it is unnecessary to 
add a new to the official list, all that is requisite being the addition of a little of the simple syrup of lactu- 
carium to any preparation of opium the anticipated unpleasant effects of which it is desirable to prevent. PART I. 
Syrupus Limonis.—Syrupus Pruni Virginians. 
1339 
timetres ; Refined Sugar, 38 ounces (Imp.) or 760 grammes. Macerate the Lemon Peel in 
one fluid ounce and a half {Imp. meas.) or thirty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol for seven 
days ; press ; filter; add sufficient of the Alcohol to produce two fixdd ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
forty cubic centimetres. In the Lemon Juice, clarified by subsidence, dissolve the Refined 
Sugar by the aid of gentle heat. When the resulting syrup is cold, mix with it the two fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or forty cubic centimetres of alcoholic liquid. The product should weigh 
four pounds and one ounce (Imp.) or thirteen hundred grammes.” Br. 
The U. S. P. 1880 syrup of lemon was dropped at the 1890 revision: as it is frequently 
used,, the process will be found in the foot-note.* The addition of lemon peel to the prepara- 
tion is an improvement, but the internal white portion of the peel should be carefully removed 
before adding to the hot lemon juice, or the finished syrup will have a bitter taste. (See Li- 
monis Cortex.') As the syrup is used exclusively as a vehicle, and has no medical properties, 
the improvement of diluting the juice with an equal measure of water should have been 
retained. This syrup forms a cooling and grateful addition to beverages in febrile complaints, 
and serves to conceal the taste of saline purgatives in solution. 
SYRUPUS PICIS LIQUIDS. U. S. Syrup of Tar. 
(SY-KU'PUS Pl'CIS LIQ'UI-DiE—llk'wg-de.) 
Sirop de Goudron, Fr.; Theersyrup, G. 
“ Tar, seventy-jive grammes [or 2 ounces av., 282 grains] ; Water, one hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims]; Boiling Distilled Water, four hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] ; Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
ounces, 183 minims] ; Sugar, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains] ; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix the Tar intimately with about one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains] of white sand, pour on the Water, and stir frequently during twelve hours ; then pour 
off the Water and throw it away. Pour the Boiling Distilled Water upon the residue, stir 
well and frequently during fifteen minutes, add the Glycerin, and set the vessel aside for 
twenty-four hours, occasionally stirring. Decant the clear solution, and filter. Dissolve the 
Sugar in the filtrate with the aid of a gentle heat; allow the liquid to cool, then strain it, and 
pass enough Distilled Water through the strainer to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
This syrup will probably be found one of the most useful additions to the list of official 
syrups. In many sections of our country it has been largely used. The process of the U. S. 
P. 1890 is an improvement on the one formerly official: the sugar is now dissolved with the aid 
of a gentle heat, whilst the addition of glycerin prevents possible turbidity. The preliminary 
washing of the tar will doubtless be regarded by many as a useless refinement, but it should 
on no account be omitted, as otherwise a syrup which would be irritant rather than soothing 
might be produced, owing to the acid constituents always present in tar. (See Pix Liquidaf 
This syrup affords an excellent method of administering tar. Dose, from one to two fluidrachms 
(3 7-7 5 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS PRUNI VIRGINIANS. U. S., Br. Syrup of Wild Cherry. 
(SY-RU'PUS PRU'NI vi'R-yiN-I-A'N^j.) 
Syrup of Virginian Prune, Br. 1898; Sirop d’Ecoree de Cerisier, Fr.; Wildkirschenrindensyrup, G. 
“Wild Cherry, in No. 20 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces ay., 127 
grains] ; Sugar, seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains] ; Glycerin, one hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Glycerin with three 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water. Moisten the Wild Cherry 
with a sufficient quantity of the liquid, and macerate for twenty-four hours in a close vessel; 
then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and pour on the remainder of the menstruum. 
When the liquid has disappeared from the surface, follow it by Water, until the percolate 
measures four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims]. Dissolve 
* “ Lemon Juice, recently expressed and strained, forty parts [or seventeen fluidounces]; Fresh Lemon Peel, two 
parts [or one ounce av.] ; Sugar, in coarse powder, sixty parts [or twenty-eight ounces av.]; Water, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one hundred parts [or about two pints]. Heat the Lemon Juice to the boiling point; then add 
the Lemon Peel, and let the whole stand, closely covered, until cold. Filter, add enough Water through the filter 
to make the filtrate weigh forty parts [or measure seventeen fluidounces], dissolve the Sugar in the filtered liquid by 
agitation, without heat, and strain.” U. S. 1340 
Syrupus Pruni Virginianse.—Syrupus Phei. 
PART I. 
the Sugar in the percolate by agitation, without heat, strain, and pass enough Water through 
the strainer to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix thoroughly. Syrup of Wild Cherry may also be prepared in the following 
manner: Prepare a percolator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup (see Syrupus). 
Pour the percolate obtained as directed in the preceding formula upon the Sugar, return the first 
portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has passed, follow 
it by Water, until the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U S. 
“Virginian Prune Bark, in No. 20 powder, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 150 grammes; Refined 
Sugar, in coarse powder, 15 ounces (Imp.) or 750 grammes ; Glycerin, \\ fl. ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or 62-5 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the Vir- 
ginian Prune Bark with Distilled Water; set aside for twenty-four hours in a closed vessel ; 
pack in a percolator ; gradually add Distilled Water until the quantity of nine fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or four hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of percolate has been collected ; dis- 
solve the Refined Sugar in the liquid by agitation, without heat; add the Glycerin; strain ; 
pour sufficient Distilled Water over the strainer to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thou- 
sand cubic centimetres of the Syrup.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia introduced this syrup into the 1898 edition. The process is 
modelled after the U. S. formula, with one exception,—i.e., in the use of the glycerin ; this 
should be added to the percolate to preserve the cold infusion from decomposition, which is 
likely to occur in warm weather. 
The U. S. process affords a handsome syrup, with the virtues of the bark unimpaired by the 
injurious effects of heat. It is based upon a formula proposed by Messrs. Procter and Turn- 
penny in A.J. P. (xiv. 27). The suggestion made in the 16th edition of this work to increase 
the quantity of glycerin has been adopted in the present process: the glycerin prevents pre- 
cipitation. This syrup should never be made by adding fluid extract to simple syrup, as the 
fluid extract is apt to vary greatly in quality, and frequently precipitates when mixed with 
syrup. The syrup when made by the above process is far superior in flavor and active prop- 
erties, and is largely used as a basis for cough mixtures. The dose for an adult is half a 
fluidounce (15 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS RHEI. U. S., Br. Syrup of Rhubarb 
Sirop de Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhabarbersaft, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Spirit of Cinnamon, four cubic centimeters [or 65 minims] ; Potassium Carbonate, ten grammes 
[or 154 grains]; Glycerin,fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 332 minims]; Water,fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 332 minims] ; Syrup, a sufficient quantity, To make one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Spirit of Cinnamon with 
the Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, and add to it the Potassium Carbonate dissolved in the Water. 
Then add the Glycerin, and, lastly, enough Syrup to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Rhubarb Root, in No. 20 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Coriander Fruit, in 
No. 20 powder, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Refined Sugar, 24 ounces (Imp.) or 600 
grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 8 /?. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 200 cubic centimetres ; Distilled 
Water, 24 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 600 cubic centimetres. Moisten the mixed Rhubarb 
Root and Coriander Fruit with a portion of the mixed Alcohol and Distilled Water, and set 
aside; pack in a percolator; pass the remainder of the diluted alcohol slowly through the ma- 
terials ; evaporate the percolate until it is reduced to fourteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or three 
hundred and fifty cubic centimetres, and in this, after it has been filtered, dissolve the Refined 
Sugar by the aid of heat. The product should weigh nearly two and a half pounds (Imp.) 
or one thousand grammes.” Br. This is a troublesome and imperfect method. 
The U. S. syrup differs from that formerly official in several particulars, and, in our opinion, 
it is greatly improved: the activity of the rhubarb and the corrigent effects of the cinnamon are 
both secured without impairing the appearance of the finished syrup, while the simplicity of 
the manipulation must commend the process to all. Mr. Otto Miller recommends its prepara- 
tion by dissolving ninety grains of potassium carbonate in twelve fluidounces of cinnamon 
water, adding twenty-eight ounces of sugar, heating to the boiling point, and, when the sugar 
is dissolved, adding four fluidounces of fluid extract of rhubarb, straining, and bringing it to 
(SY-RtJ'PUS RHE'I.) PART I. 
Syrupus JRhci Aromciticus.—Syrupus Rosx. 
1341 
the measure of two pints with cinnamon water. A pleasant, clear, efficient, and permanent 
syrup results. ( West. Drug., 1887, p. 107.) The syrup is a mild cathartic, adapted to the cases 
of infants, to whom it may be given in the dose of a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS RHEI AROMATICUS. U. S. Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. 
(SY-RU'PUS KHE'I AR-O-MXt'I-CUS.) 
Sirop de Rhubarbe aromatique, Fr.; Gewiirzter Rhabarbersaft, G. 
“ Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 
35 minims] ; Syrup, eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims], 
To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
This syrup is nearly identical with that official in the U. S. P. 1870. The aromatic tincture 
is identical with that formerly used in the preparation of this syrup. The addition of a small 
amount of alkali or filtration after the use of magnesium carbonate lias been recommended, 
to prevent the syrup from becoming turbid. The substitution of glycerin for one-half of the 
syrup, as recommended in the 14th edition of this work, would be an improvement. 
The aromatic syrup of rhubarb is a warm stomachic laxative, too feeble for adult cases, but 
well calculated for the bowel-complaints of infants which are so frequent in our cities during 
the summer season, and as a remedy for which this preparation, or one analogous to it, has 
been long in use, under the name of spiced syrup of rhubarb. The dose for an infant with 
diarrhoea is a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.), repeated every two hours till the passages indicate by 
their color that the medicine has operated. It should be borne in mind that the syrup, as 
prepared by the present formula, contains one-seventh of diluted alcohol, which, though not 
injurious in most of the cases in which this syrup is used, might render it too stimulating in 
some instances of diarrhoea in the very young infant. 
SYRUPUS RHCEADOS. Br. Syrup of Red Poppy. 
(ST-RU'PUS RHCE'A-DOS—re'a-dos.) 
Sirop de Coquelicot de Pavot rouge, Fr.; Klatschrosensaft, G. 
“ Red-Poppy Petals, 13 ounces (Imperial) or 260 grammes ; Refined Sugar, 21 pounds (Imp.) 
or 720 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 2J ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 50 cubic centimetres; 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Add the Red-Poppy Petals gradually to one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or four hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water kept hot upon a water-bath; stir 
frequently, and afterwards, the vessel being removed, infuse for twelve hours. Then press 
out the liquid ; strain ; add the Refined Sugar, and dissolve by the aid of heat. When nearly 
cold, add the Alcohol, and sufficient Distilled Water to produce three pounds ten ounces (Imp.) 
or one thousand one hundred and sixty grammes of the Syrup.” Br. 
The object of introducing the petals into water heated by a water-bath is that they may 
shrink by being scalded, as otherwise they could not be completely immersed in the quantity 
of water directed. After this has been accomplished, they should be immediately removed 
from the fire, lest the liquor become too thick and ropy. The fine red color of this syrup is 
its only recommendation. It is very liable to ferment: according to Dr. Enders, this can be 
obviated by evaporating the recently prepared syrup to dryness, keeping the powdered residue 
in well-stopped bottles, and dissolving it, as wanted, in four-fifths of its -weight of water. The 
dose is stated in the Br. Pharmacopoeia as a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.). 
SYRUPUS ROSJE. U.S., Br. Syrup of Rose 
(SY-RU'PUS IiO'5-R.) 
Syrup of Roses, Br.; Syrupus Rosarum Rubrarum ; Syrup of Red Rose; Sirop de Roses rouges, Fr.; Rosensyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Rose, one hundred and twenty-jive cubic centimeters [or 4 fluidounces, 109 
minims] ; Syrup, eight hundred and seventy five cubic centimeters [or 29 fluidounces, 282 minims], 
To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
“ Dried Red-Rose Petals, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Refined Sugar, 30 ounces 
(Imp.) or 750 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic centi- 
metres. Infuse the Red-Rose Petals in the Distilled Water for two hours; strain; press; 
heat the liquid to the boiling point; filter ; dissolve the Refined Sugar in the liquid by the aid 
of heat. The product should weigh two pounds fourteen ounces (Imp.) or eleven hundred and 
fifty grammes.” Br. 
Syrup of rose is mildly astringent, but is valued most for its fine red color, on account of 
which it is occasionally added to mixtures. Dose, a fluidrachm (3*7 C.c.). 1342 
Syrupus Rubi.—Syrupus SarsaparUlse Compositus. 
PART I. 
SYRUPUS RUBI. U. S. Syrup of Rubus. 
(SY-RU'PDS RU'BI.) 
Syrup of Blackberry Root; Sirop d’Ecorce de Ronce noir, Fr.; Brombeerrindensyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Rubus, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 
minims] ; Syrup, seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims], To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them.” U. S. 
This syrup is useful in acute diarrhoea of relaxation and in chronic diarrhoea. Dose', from 
one to two fluidrachms (S-T-T'S C.c.). 
SYRUPUS RUBI IDAI. U. S. Syrup of Raspberry 
(SY-RU'PUS BU'BI I-D^E'i.) 
“ Fresh, Ripe Raspberries, any convenient quantity ; Sugar, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the 
Raspberries to a pulp, and let this stand, at a temperature of about 20° C. (68° F.), until a 
small portion of the filtered juice mixes clear w*ith half its volume of alcohol. Then sepa- 
rate the juice by pressing, set it aside, in a cool place, until the liquid portion has become clear, 
and filter. To every forty parts by weight of the filtrate (which should not be allowed to re- 
main, unprotected by sugar, more than about two hours) add sixty parts of Sugar, heat the 
mixture to boiling, avoiding the use of tinned vessels, and strain. Keep the product in well- 
stoppered bottles, in a cool and dark place.” U. S. 
This syrup has been introduced because of the large use of fruit syrups. A better selection 
could hardly have been made than that of the syrup of raspberry. The syrup found in the 
market is often artificial and colored with aniline, hence the official test. “ On shaking sepa- 
rate portions of Syrup of Raspberries with ether, chloroform, or amylic alcohol, no color should 
be imparted to these liquids (absence of foreign coloring matters')." U. S. The previous fer- 
mentation of the juice frees it from albuminous andpectinous substances, which interfere with 
the transparency of the syrup, and, if not separated, would seriously increase the risk of its 
spoiling. The flavor of the juice is not injured, although the process must be carefully watched 
to keep the fermentation from passing from the vinous to the acetous form. 
SYRUPUS SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Syrup of 
Sarsaparilla. 
Sirop de Salsepareille compose, Sirop sudorifique, Fr.; Zusammengesetzter Sarsaparillsyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 36G minims] ; 
Fluid Extract of Glycyrrliiza, fifteen cubic centimeters [or 243 minims] ; Fluid Extract of Senna, 
fifteen cubic centimeters [or 243 minims] ; Sugar, six hundred and fifty grammes [or 22 ounces 
av., 406 grains]; Oil of Sassafras, one-tenth cubic centimeter [or 1$ minims]; Oil of Anise, 
one-tenth cubic centimeter [or 1£ minims] ; Oil of Gaultheria, one-tentli cubic centimeter [or 1£ 
minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Add the Oils (equivalent to about two drops, each) to the mixed Fluid Extracts, 
and shake the liquid thoroughly. Then add enough Water to make up the volume to six 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims], and mix well. Set the mixture aside 
for one hour, then filter it. Dissolve the Sugar in the filtrate with the aid of a gentle heat, 
allow the liquid to cool, strain, and add enough Water, through the strainer, to make the prod- 
uct measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” 
U S. An important change has been made in this compound syrup through the substitution 
of fluid extracts and volatile oils for the drugs used in the U. S. P. 1880 process. The new 
syrup is not perfectly transparent, but the U. S. P. 1880 syrup had the same fault. The sim- 
plicity of the present formula is a welcome improvement. 
In the original edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, published in 1820, a process for a syrup 
of sarsaparilla was adopted, intended to represent the famous French sirop de cuisinier. This 
was very much improved in the revised edition published in 1830, and the amended process has 
been retained with little alteration in the subsequent editions, the process of percolation having 
been substituted in the U. S. 1880 Pharmacopoeia for simple maceration directed in the first of 
the two formulas of 1850. In the original process the sarsaparilla was subjected to long decoc- 
tion with water. It has been proved that diluted alcohol more thoroughly extracts the acrid prin- 
ciple of the root, upon which its activity probably depends, than water, and that this principle 
is either dissipated or destroyed by the long-continued application of a boiling heat. In the 
(sy-rtj'pus sar-sa-pa-ril'ly: com-p5§'i-tus.) PART I. 
Synipus Sarsaparilloe Compositus.—Syrupus Scillse Compositus. 
1343 
present formula, therefore, which employs diluted alcohol as the menstruum for tlie fluid ex- 
tracts, the root is more completely exhausted of its active matter, while the heat applied to the 
concentration, being no higher than is requisite for the evaporation of the alcohol, is insufficient 
to injure the preparation. The spirituous menstruum has, moreover, the advantage of not dis- 
solving the inert fecula, which encumbers the syrup prepared by decoction and renders it liable 
to spoil. Yet it must be remembered, in this connection, that the constituents which are dis- 
solved out by the alcohol are in great part afterwards precipitated by water and filtered out, and 
thus do not enter into the preparation. In the Pharmacopoeia of 1840 the pale or hundred- 
leaved roses were very properly substituted for the red, as their slightly laxative property accords 
better with the character of the preparation. The essential oils were intended solely to com- 
municate an agreeable flavor, and were used in very small proportion. The only objection to 
the 1880 process was that a portion of the resin extracted by the alcohol from the guaiacum 
wood was deposited during the evaporation of the tincture: this was separated by the filtration 
directed in the U. S. P. 1880, and was therefore of no disadvantage to the preparation. In 
the present process guaiacum wood is omitted : its loss, however, will never be felt. But the 
practitioner should be aware that much of the sarsaparilla as it exists in the market is nearly 
or quite inert, and should'be prepared to meet with disappointment in the use of this or any 
other preparation, unless satisfied of the good quality of the drug from which it is made. 
Corrosive sublimate, which is often given in connection with this syrup, is said to be com- 
pletely decomposed by it, being converted into calomel. Dr. Samuel Kennedy (Pharm. Record, 
1888, p. 201) showed that when corrosive sublimate was dissolved in this syrup precipitation 
invariably occurred ; if an equal amount of sodium chloride was added, precipitation was greatly 
retarded. M. Lepage, of Gisors, proposes as a substitute potassium iodohydrargyrate, which 
he has found not to undergo decomposition. (See Part II., and Sirop Gibert, p. 702.) 
The dose of the syrup is half a fluidounce (15 C.c.), equivalent to somewhat less than a 
drachm (3-9 Gm.) of the root, to be taken three or four times a day. When a decided effect 
is desired, the fluid extract is much more efficient. 
(SY-RU'PUS SQIL'LiE.) 
Sirop de Scille, Fr.; Meerzwiebelsyrup, G. 
“ Vinegar of Squill, four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] ; 
Sugar, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces ay., 96 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Heat the Vinegar of 
Squill to the boiling point, in a glass or porcelain vessel, and filter the liquid while it is hot. 
Dissolve the Sugar in the hot filtrate by agitation, without further heating, strain, and, when 
the strained liquid is cold, add enough Water, through the strainer, to make the product 
measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” TJ. S. 
“ Vinegar of Squill, 1 pint (Imperial measure) or 500 cubic centimetres ; Refined Sugar, 38 
ounces (Imp.) or 950 grammes. Dissolve the Refined Sugar in the Vinegar of Squill by the 
aid of gentle heat. The product should weigh three pounds ten ounces (Imp.).” Br. 
The present British formula is almost identical with the American, and differs from that 
of 1864 in taking the vinegar already formed, instead of preparing it as the first step of the 
process. The object of heating- the vinegar to the boiling point is to coagulate albuminous 
matter, which is afterwards separated by filtration. The heating should be performed as 
quickly as possible, to prevent undue loss of acetic acid. 
This syrup is much employed as an expectorant, especially in combination with a solution 
of tartarized antimony. It is incompatible with ammonium carbonate, but not with ammonium 
chloride. The dose is about a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.). In infantile bronchitis it is sometimes 
given, in the same dose, as an emetic. 
SYRUPUS U. S., Br. Syrup of Squill 
SYRUPUS SCILLjE COMPOSITUS. U. S. Compound Syrup of Squill. 
(SY-RU'PUS SgiL'LzE COM-PO§'l-TUS.) 
Hive Syrup ; Sirop de Scille compose, Fr.; Zusammengesetzter Meerzwiebelsyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Squill, eighty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 338 minims] ; Fluid 
Extract of Senega, eighty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 338 minims] ; Antimony and Po- 
tassium Tartrate, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, ten grammes [or 
154 grains] ; Sugar, seven hundred and fifty grammes [or 26 ounces av., 199 grains] ; Water, 1344 
Syrupus Sdllse Compositus. 
PART I. 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix the Fluid Extracts, evaporate them, in a tared capsule, on a water-bath, to one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains], and mix the residue with three hundred and fifty cubic cen- 
timeters [or 11 fluidounces, 407 minims] of Water. When the mixture is cold, incorporate with 
it, intimately, the Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, filter, pass enough Water through the 
filter to obtain four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of filtrate, and 
add to this the Antimony and Potassium Tartrate dissolved in twenty five cubic centimeters [or 
406 minims] of hot Water. Dissolve the Sugar in this liquid by agitation, without heat, 
strain, and add enough Water, through the strainer, to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly. Compound Syrup of 
Squill may also be prepared in the following manner: Prepare a percolator or funnel in the 
manner described under Syrup (see Syrupus). Pour the filtrate obtained as directed in the 
preceding formula, and mixed with the solution of Antimony and Potassium Tartrate, upon 
the Sugar, return the first portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all 
the liquid has passed, follow it by Water, until the product measures one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
This is intended as a substitute for the popular preparation called Coxe's hive syrup, from 
which it differs chiefly in containing sugar instead of honey. Prepared as originally directed 
in the Pharmacopoeia, it invariably fermented from the want of sufficient concentration. This 
defect was corrected at the revision of 1840, when sugar was substituted for honey, in conse- 
sequence of the uncertain consistence and constitution of the latter. In the Pharmacopoeia 
of 1850 two formulas were given for this syrup, in the first of which the virtues of the squill 
and senega were extracted by long boiling with water, in the second by percolation with water 
to which a small portion of alcohol was added. The latter was preferable when skilfully per- 
formed, as it avoided in great measure the injurious influence of boiling upon the senega, ex- 
hausted both this and the squill more readily in consequence of the addition of alcohol to the 
menstruum, and afforded a solution of their active principles less embarrassed with inert 
matters calculated to favor fermentation. In this process the filtered liquor was raised to the 
boiling point in order to coagulate the albumen, after which the evaporation was conducted at 
a lower temperature. The present formula is a decided improvement upon the one just de- 
scribed ; as, diluted alcohol being employed as the menstruum, less of the albuminous and 
mucilaginous matter is extracted, while any disadvantage from the spirituous addition is obvi- 
ated by the subsequent evaporation of the alcohol and the addition of water, the provision 
being retained to boil the tincture for a short time to get rid of such albumen as has been 
taken up. Sometimes the amount of albuminous coagulum is so great as to render the process 
of filtration after the boiling very tedious. According to Mr. J. C. Wharton, this can be 
remedied by rubbing up the muddy liquid with magnesia (A. J. P., xliii. 102), but to serve 
the same purpose precipitated calcium phosphate has been substituted in the official formula. 
Percolation we have found very well adapted for dissolving the sugar and producing a trans- 
parent syrup. The U. S. P. 1890 process has the merit of simplicity, but, unfortunately, the 
fluid extract of squill is never a wholly satisfactory preparation: if this were replaced by a 
corresponding quantity of vinegar of squill, reduced by evaporation if necessary, the formula 
would be unexceptionable. 
Mr. C. A. Werckshagen proposes the following modification. Evaporate one pint of vinegar 
of squill to the consistence of a soft extract, to remove the acetic acid, then add eighteen 
fluidounces of simple syrup, and apply heat; when clear, add twenty-four grains of tartar 
emetic and stir until dissolved; then take off the fire and add sufficient syrup to make the 
whole measure twenty-two fluidounces; lastly, when cold, add two fluidounces of fluid extract 
of senega. If the fluid extract of senega be exactly neutralized with ammonia, no gelatiniza- 
tion can occur. (A. J. P., 1886, p. 591.) 
Compound syrup of squill combines the virtues of senega, squill, and tartar emetic, of the 
last of which it contains about one grain in a fluidounce. It is emetic, diaphoretic, expecto- 
rant, and frequently cathartic, and may be given with advantage in mild cases of croup, also 
in the latter stages of severe cases when the object is to promote expectoration. In croup, 
however, a mineral emetic is much to be preferred. The dose of this syrup is, for children, 
from ten drops to a fluidraehm (0-6-3-7 C.c.), according to the age, and it may be repeated 
in cases of croup every fifteen or twenty minutes till it vomits. As an expectorant for adults 
the dose is from twenty to thirty drops (1-25-1-9 C.c.). PART I. 
Syrupus Senegse.—Syrupus Sennse. 
1345 
SYRUPUS SENEGA. U. S. Syrup of Senega. 
Sirop de Polygals, Fr.; Senegasyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Senega, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; 
Ammonia Water, five cubic centimeters [or 81 minims] ; Sugar, seven hundred grammes [or 24 
ounces av., 303 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Fluid Extract of Senega with three hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water and with the Ammonia Water, and set the 
mixture aside for a few hours. Then filter, and pass enough Water through the filter to obtain 
five hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 18 fluidounces, 287 minims]. In the filtrate dissolve 
the Sugar by agitation, without heat, strain, and add enough Water, through the strainer, to 
make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix 
thoroughly. Syrup of Senega may also be prepared in the following manner: Prepare a per- 
colator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup (see Syrupus). Pour the filtrate ob- 
tained as directed in the preceding formula upon the Sugar, return the first portions of the 
percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has passed, follow it by Water, 
until the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
The syrup affords a very convenient mode of exhibiting senega in pectoral complaints. 
Owing to the pectinous principle present in senega, the syrup made directly from the root as in 
the process of 1870 was always turbid. It has been frequently pointed out that the addition 
of an alkali renders the syrup transparent, and the present process directs the use of a small 
quantity of ammonia water, although, if the official fluid extract of senega be used, this addition 
should be unnecessary. This syrup may be given as a stimulant expectorant in the dose of 
one or two fluidrachms (3-7 or 75 C.c.). 
(SY-RU'PUS SEN'E-QEE.) 
SYRUPUS SENNJE. U. S., Br. Syrup of Senna 
Sirop de Sen6, Fr.; Sennasyrup, G. 
“ Senna (Alexandria), bruised, two hundred and, fifty grammes [or 8 ounces av., 358 grains] ; 
Oil of Coriander, five cubic centimeters [or 81 minims]; Alcohol, one hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; Sugar, seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 
303 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. To tbe Senna add seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 
321 minims] of boiling Water, and digest, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), 
during twenty-four hours. Then express the liquid, pass enough Water through the residue 
to obtain six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of liquid, and evaporate 
it to four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 250 minims]. Strain this, and, when 
it is cold, mix it with the Alcohol in which the Oil of Coriander had previously been dissolved. 
Let the precipitate subside, then pour off the clear liquid, filter the remainder, and pass 
enough Water through the filter to obtain five hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 18 fluid- 
ounces, 287 minims]. In the filtrate dissolve the Sugar by agitation, without heat, strain, and 
add enough Water, through the strainer, to make the product measure one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Senna, 40 ounces (Imperial) or 1200 grammes; Oil of Coriander, 10 minims or 0-6 cubic 
centimetre; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 40 minims or 2-4 cubic centimetres; Refined Sugar, in 
powder, 50 ounces (Imp.) or 1500 grammes; Alcohol (20 per cent.), 70 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or 2100 cubic centimetres. Moisten the Senna with two pints (Imp. meas.) or twelve hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack tightly in a vessel which can afterwards be closed; set 
aside for three days ; press strongly ; reserve the liquid obtained ; break up the marc ; moisten 
it with fifteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or four hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the 
Alcohol; set aside for twenty-four hours ; press strongly ; add the liquid obtained to the por- 
tion previously reserved ; break up the marc ; mix it with the remainder of the Alcohol; set 
aside for three hours ; press again ; evaporate the resulting liquid until it is reduced to such 
a volume that when added to the reserved liquid the whole shall measure two pints (Imp. 
meas.) or twelve hundred cubic centimetres. Mix the evaporated liquid with the reserved 
liquid; heat the product in a covered vessel to 180° F. (82-2° C.) for a few minutes; set aside 
for twenty-four hours; filter; pass Distilled Water through the filter until the filtrate measures 
(SY-Ru'pys SEN'NiE.) 1346 
Syrupus Sennse.—Syrupus Tolutanus. 
PART I. 
forty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or twelve hundred cubic centimetres; add th'e Refined Sugar, 
and dissolve in a covered vessel by the aid of gentle heat; cool; add the Oil of Coriander 
dissolved in the Alcohol (90 per cent.); shake well. The product should weigh five pounds 
twelve ounces (Imp.) or two thousand seven hundred and sixty grammes.” Br. 
The U. S. P. 1890 syrup resembles that of the British Pharmacopoeia except in the important 
matter of strength: it contains only one-half the quantity of senna ordered for the British 
syrup, and is about one-third weaker than the U. S. 1880 syrup. This is, however, not a 
disadvantage, as the former syrups were nearly of the strength of the fluid extract. The 
dose for an adult is from two to four fluidrachms (7-5-15 C.c.) ; but for children, for whom it 
was originally intended, not more than from one-eighth to one-half of that quantity, according 
to the age. 
SYRUPUS TOLUTANUS. U. S., Br. Syrup of Tolu. 
Sirop de Baume de Tolu, Sirop balsamique, Fr.; Tolubalsamsyrup, G. 
“ Balsam of Tolu, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, fifty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Sugar, eight hundred and fifty grammes [or 29 ounces 
av., 430 grains] ; Alcohol, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Water, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Dissolve the Balsam of Tolu in the Alcohol, in a small flask or bottle, with the aid of a gentle 
heat. Mix the Precipitated Calcium Phosphate with one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 
ounces av., 127 grains] of the Sugar, in a mortar, thoroughly incorporate with it the solution 
of the Balsam, and set the mortar aside, in a moderately warm place, until the Alcohol has 
evaporated. Then triturate the residue well with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluid- 
ounces av., 435 minims] of Water, gradually added, and filter the mixture through a wetted 
filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear. To the filtrate, 
heated to a temperature of about 60° C. (140° F.), add the remainder of the Sugar, and 
dissolve it by agitation. Then allow the Syrup to cool, strain it, and pass enough Water 
through the filter and strainer to make the product measure one thousand, cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly. Syrup of Tolu may also be made in the follow- 
ing manner : Prepare a percolator or funnel in the manner described under Syrup (see Syrupus'). 
Pour the filtrate obtained as directed in the preceding formula upon the Sugar, return the first 
portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, and, when all the liquid has passed, follow 
it by Water, until the product measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix thoroughly.” TJ. S.* 
“Balsam of Tolu, H ounces (Imperial) or 62*5 grammes; Refined Sugar, 2 pounds 
(Imp.) or 1600 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Boil the Balsam of Tolu in 
one pint. (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water for half an 
hour in a lightly covered vessel, stirring frequently. Then remove from the source of heat 
and add Distilled Water, if necessary, so that the liquid when cold shall measure sixteen 
fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred cubic centimetres. Filter the solution, add the 
Refined Sugar, and dissolve by the aid of a water-bath. The product should weigh three 
potmds (Imp.) or two thousand four hundred grammes.” Br. 
The U. 1890 process for this syrup will be found more satisfactory than that formerly 
official. It is practically a return to the U. S. 1870 method (based on Finley’s process), sub- 
stituting precipitated calcium phosphate for magnesium carbonate, and improving on the latter 
method by using a freshly made strong tincture for the official tincture of tolu: this diminishes 
the quantity of alcohol left in the syrup, which had a tendency to cause the sugar to crystallize 
out. In the British process the soluble principles of the balsam are extracted by boiling it 
with water, but with great waste of the material, as the water dissolves but a small portion 
of the active matter. To obviate this waste, the same portion of balsam is, according to Mr. 
Brande, usually employed in successive operations; and it long continues to impart odor and 
taste to boiling water. Mr. W. H. Hostelley’s modification is as follows: For making twenty- 
five ounces of syrup, take one ounce of balsam of tolu, one pound of granulated sugar, and 
(sy-ru'pus t5l-u-ta'nus.) 
* Syrupus Tolutanus, U. S. 1870. “Take of Tincture of Tolu two fluidounces; Carbonate of Magnesium one hun- 
dred and twenty grains ; Sugar [refined], in coarse powder, twenty-six troynnnc.es ; Water a pint. Rub the Tincture 
of Tolu first with the Carbonate of Magnesium and two troyounces of the Sugar, and then with the Water, gradually 
added, and filter. To the filtered liquid add the remainder of the Sugar, and, having dissolved it with the aid of a 
gentle heat, strain the solution while hot.” PART I. 
Syrupus Zingiberis.—Tabacum. 
1347 
water which has been previously filtered through animal charcoal, enough to make twenty-five 
ounces; rub the tolu to a fine powder, aided by some of the sugar, and mix this with the 
remainder of the granulated sugar; now prepare a percolator by placing a piece of cotton in 
the neck, pack the powder in it, pour in the filtered water, and receive twenty-five ounces of 
percolate. (A. J. P., 1887, p. 290:) Syrup of tolu is a feeble preparation, and is used chiefly 
to impart its agreeable flavor to mixtures. If a stronger syrup is desired, it is readily made 
by adding tincture of tolu in the desired quantity and directing the bottle to be shaken. 
SYRUPUS ZINGIBERIS. U. S., Br. Syrup of Ginger 
Sirop de Gingembre, Fr.; Ingwersyrup, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Ginger, thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] ; Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Sugar, eight hundred, and fifty grammes [or 
29 ounces av., 430 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fiuidounces, 390 minims]. Triturate the Fluid Extract of Ginger with the Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate, and expose the mixture in a warm place until the Alcohol has evaporated. 
Then triturate the residue with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 15 fiuidounces, 104 
minims] of Water, and filter. In the filtrate dissolve the Sugar by agitation, without heat, 
strain, and pass enough Water through the filter to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fiuidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly Syrup of Ginger may 
also be prepared in the following manner. Prepare a percolater or funnel in the manner 
described under Syrup (see Syrupus'). Pour the filtrate obtained as directed in the preceding 
formula upon the Sugar, return the first portions of the percolate, until it runs through clear, 
and, when all the liquid has passed, follow it by Water, until the product measures one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fiuidounces, 390 minims]. Mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Ginger, in fine powder, % ounce (Imperial) or 12-5 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), Syrup, 
of each a sufficient quantity. Prepare one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or twenty-five cubic centi- 
metres of a strong tincture of the Ginger by the process of percolation with the Alcohol. 
To this add sufficient of tlie Syrup to produce twenty fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hun- 
dred cubic centimetres of the Syrup of Ginger.” Br. 
This process has been improved by the addition of precipitated calcium phosphate as an aid 
in distributing the resinous fluid extract so as to facilitate its solution in water. It is practi- 
cally a return to the U. S. 1870 method* magnesium carbonate being replaced by calcium 
phosphate, the latter being less soluble than the magnesium salt. 
The British syrup, being made by the simple incorporation of the tincture with syrup, has 
of course all the strength of the ginger, but is inferior to the U. S. preparation in appearance 
and flavor. The old plan of using water as the menstruum has been entirely abandoned, as 
the syrup thus made is encumbered with mucilage and starch, and consequently rendered more 
liable to decomposition. In order that the preparation may be of the proper strength, it is 
necessary that the fluid extract should have been made with the best Jamaica ginger. The 
syrup of ginger is much used as a warm stomachic addition to tonic and purgative infusions 
or mixtures, and to impart flavor particularly to carbonic acid water. The dose is a fluidrachm 
(3-7 C.c.) or more. 
(SY-RU'PUS ZTN-yiB'E-RIS.) 
TABACUM. U.S. Tobacco. 
“ The commercial, dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Solanacese).” U. S. 
Leaf Tobacco; Folia Nicotianae, P.G.; Nicotiane, Tabac, Fr.; Tabak, Tabaksblatter, G.; Tabacco, It.; 
Tabaco, Sp. 
Nicotiana tabacum. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 180; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 1014; Bigelow, Am. 
Med. Bot. ii. 171; B. & T. 191. The tobacco is an annual plant, with a large fibrous root, 
and an erect, round, hairy, viscid stem, which branches near the top, and rises from three to 
six feet in height. The leaves are numerous, alternate, sessile, and somewhat decurrent, very 
large, ovate-lanceolate, pointed, entire, slightly viscid, and of a pale green color. The lowest 
are often two feet long and six inches broad. The flowers are disposed in loose terminal pani- 
cles, and are furnished with long, linear, pointed bracts at the divisions of the peduncle. The 
(tXb'a-cum.) 
* Syrupus Zingiberis, U. S. 1870. “Take of Fluid Extract of Ginger a fluidounce ; Carbonate of Magnesium one 
hundred and sixty grains; Sugar [refined], in coarse powder, seventy-two troyaunces ; Water forty-two fiuidounces. 
Rub the Fluid Extract of Ginger first with the Carbonate of Magnesium and two troyounces of the Sugar, and then 
with the Water, gradually added, and filter. To the filtered liquid add the remainder of the Sugar, and, having dis- 
solved it with the aid of a gentle heat, strain the solution while hot.” 1348 
Tabacum. 
PAET I. 
calyx is bell-shaped, hairy, somewhat viscid, and divided at its summit into five pointed seg- 
ments. The tube of the corolla is twice as long as the calyx, of a greenish hue, swelling at the 
top into an oblong cup, and ultimately expanding into a five-lobed, plaited, rose-colored border. 
The whole corolla is very viscid. The filaments incline to one side, and support oblong anthers. 
The pistil consists of an oval ovary, a slender style longer than the stamens, and a cleft stigma. 
The fruit is an ovate, two-valved, two-celled capsule, containing numerous reniform seeds, and 
opening at the summit. The leaves are the part employed. The seeds, examined by F. M. 
Brandt, yielded no narcotic principle, though a protein-like substance contained in them was 
thought by its decomposition to produce nicotine. (JYeues Jahrb. fur Pharm., xxi. 42.) Prof. 
Procter also failed to find nicotine in the seeds. (Proc. A. P. A., 1858, 296.) 
There is good reason to believe that this plant is a native of tropical America, where it was 
found by the Spaniards upon their arrival. It is at present cultivated in most parts of the 
world, and nowhere more abundantly than within the limits of the United States. Virginia 
is, perhaps, the region most celebrated for its culture. The young shoots, produced from 
seeds thickly sown in beds, are transplanted into the fields during the month of May, and set 
in rows with an interval of three or four feet between the plants. Through the whole period 
of its growth the crop requires constant attention. The development of the leaves is pro- 
moted by removing the top of each plant and thus preventing it from running into flower and 
seed. The harvest is in August. The ripe plants, having been cut off above their roots, are 
dried under cover, and then stripped of their leaves, which are tied in bundles and packed in 
hogsheads. While hung up in the drying-houses, they undergo a curing process, consisting in 
exposure to a considerable degree of heat, through which they become moist, or, in other 
words, are said to sweat, after which they are dried for packing. 
Two varieties of this species are mentioned by authors, one with narrow, the other with 
broad leaves ; but they do not differ materially in properties. Great diversity in the quality 
of tobacco is produced by difference of soil and mode of cultivation ; and several varieties are 
recognized in commerce. Other species also of Nicotiana are said to be cultivated, especially 
JY. rmtica, L., which is said to have been the first introduced into Europe, and is thought to 
have been cultivated by the aborigines of this country, as it is naturalized near the borders of 
some of our small Northern lakes. The N. quadrivalvis of Pursh affords tobacco to the In- 
dians of the Missouri and Columbia Rivers ; and N. fruticosa, a native of China, was probably 
cultivated in Asia before the discovery of this continent by Columbus. The latter species is 
said by Mr. John Le Conte to be that from which the best Cuba tobacco is obtained* (A. J. P., 
1859.) Besides these there are JY. persica, L., cultivated in Persia ; N. repanda, Willd., culti- 
vated in Central and Southern North America; N. Bigelovii, Wats., of North America ; and 
certain cultivated forms of N. tabacum, L., which have been given by some authors specific rank. 
The total annual production of tobacco throughout the world at present is estimated at 
5,000,000 metric centners (500,000 tons). (Konig, Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 3e Aufl., Bd. ii.) 
The exportations of unmanufactured tobacco from the United States were, in 1895, 293,805,855 
pounds, valued at $25,622,776 ; in 1896, 287,700,301 pounds, valued at $24,405,245 ; in 1897, 
295,819,007 pounds, valued at $23,863,415. 
Properties. Tobacco, as it occurs in commerce, is of a yellowish-brown color, a strong 
narcotic penetrating odor which is wanting in the fresh leaves, and a bitter, nauseous, and acrid 
taste. These properties are imparted to water and alcohol. They are injured by long boiling; 
and the extract is, therefore, relatively feeble. Officially the leaves are described as “ up to 50 
Cm. [20 inches] long, oval or ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, brown, friable, glandular-hairy, of 
a heavy, peculiar odor, and a nauseous, bitter, and acrid taste.” U. S. An elaborate analysis 
of tobacco was made by Vauquelin, who discovered in it, among other ingredients, an acrid, 
volatile, colorless liquid, slightly soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol, and supposed to be 
the active principle. It was separated by a complicated process, of which, however, the most 
important step was the distillation of tobacco-juice with potassa. In the results of this dis- 
tillation Vauquelin recognized alkaline properties, which he ascribed to ammonia, but which 
* There is reason for believing that the official species is a more exclusive source of the commercial tobacco 
than is indicated by the text, and also in the Pharmacographia, where it is stated that N. rustica furnishes East 
India Tobacco and the kinds known as Latalcia and Turkish Tobacco, N. persica the tobacco of Shiraz, and N. re- 
panda a much valued Havana tobacco. Latakia tobacco seems, however, to be the product of the official plant, and 
Senator Vidal asserts that N. repanda is not found in Cuba, N. tabacum being the only species there cultivated. 
(P. J. Tr., viii. 710.) Again, the Persian and Turkish tobacco sold under the name of tumbeki of commerce, which 
has been variously attributed to N. persica and to N. rmtica, is in all probability the product of N. tabacum. 
(Kew Bulletin, April, 1891.) Tabacum. 
1349 
PART I. 
were, in part at least, dependent upon the acrid principle above mentioned. To this principle 
the name of nicotine was given; hut its alkalinity was not ascertained till a subsequent period. 
Another substance was obtained by Hermbstadt by simply distilling water from tobacco and 
allowing the liquid to stand for several days. A white crystalline matter rose to the surface, 
which upon being removed was found to have the odor of tobacco, and to resemble it in 
effects. It was fusible, volatilizable, similar to the nicotine of Yauquelin in solubility, and 
without alkaline or acid properties. It was called nicotianin by Hermbstadt, and appears to 
partake of the nature of volatile oils. Fluckiger, who made a study of this nicotianin, is of 
the opinion that it is simply a fatty acid contaminated with a little volatile oil. (Pharmaco- 
graphia, 2d ed., p. 468.) According to Landerer, it occurs only in dried tobacco-leaves. It 
forms white crystalline scales of a delicate tobacco-like odor, a bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. 
It is only slightly soluble in water, soluble in ether and alcohol. According to an analysis of 
Barral (Comptes-Rendus, 21, p. 1376), it has the formula C23H32N203. Barral states, more- 
over, that when distilled with strong potash solution it yields nicotine. 
Two Herman chemists, Posselt and Reimann, subsequently analyzed tobacco, and ascertained 
the alkaline nature of its active principle, which, however, neither they nor Vauquelin obtained 
in a state of purity. According to these chemists, 10,000 parts of the fresh leaves contain 6 
parts of an alkaloid, which they call nicotine, 1 of the nicotianin of Hermbstadt, 287 of slightly 
bitter extractive, 174 of gum mixed with a little calcium malate, 26-7 of green resin, 26 
of albumen, 104-8 of a substance analogous to gluten, 51 of malic acid, 12 of ammonium 
malate, 4-8 of potassium sulphate, 6-3 of potassium chloride, 9-5 of potassa, which was com- 
bined in the leaves with malic and nitric acids, 16-6 of calcium phosphate, 24-2 of lime which 
had been combined with malic acid, 8-8 of silica, 496-9 of lignin, traces of starch, and 8828 
parts of water. (Berzelius, Traitb cle Chimie.') According to M. E. Goupet, tobacco contains 
also a little citric acid. (G'/tem. Gaz., Aug. 1846, p. 319.) The nicotine obtained by Yauque- 
lin and by Posselt and Reimann was a colorless, volatile liquid, and, as subsequently ascer- 
tained by Henry and Boutron, was in fact an aqueous solution of the alkaline principle in 
connection with ammonia. It was reserved for these chemists to obtain nicotine in a state of 
purity. It exists in tobacco combined with an acid in excess, and in this state is not volatile.* 
It is easily extracted from tobacco by means of alcohol of water as a malate, from which the 
alkaloid can be separated by shaking it with caustic lye and ether. The ether is then expelled 
by warming the liquid, which finally has to be mixed with slaked lime and distilled in a stream 
of hydrogen, when the nicotine begins to come over at about 200° C. (392° F.). The per- 
centage of nicotine in tobacco varies considerably,—from 1-62 per cent, in Havana tobacco and 
2 per cent, in Maryland tobacco to 6 per cent, in Virginia tobacco and 8 per cent, in Kentucky 
tobacco. For a mode of estimating the proportion of nicotine in tobacco, see P. J. Tr. (Dec. 
1873, 442). For an analysis of the ashes of Virginia tobacco, by Messrs. Mcl). Irby, of New 
Orleans, and J. A. Cabell, of Virginia, see Chem. News (Sept. 4, 1874, 117). 
Nicotine. (Nicotina or Nicotia.') This is a colorless or nearly colorless fluid; of the sp. gr. 
1-027 ; boiling at 247° C. (476-6° F.),and not solidifying at —15° C. (14° F.) ; of little smell 
when cold; of an exceedingly acrid burning taste, even when largely diluted; entirely vola- 
tilizable, and, in the state of vapor, very irritant to the nostrils, with an odor recalling that of 
tobacco; inflammable; very soluble in water, alcohol, ether, the fixed oils, and oil of turpen- 
tine ; strongly alkaline in its reaction ; and capable of forming crystallizable salts with the acids. 
These salts are deliquescent, having a burning and acrid taste, and, like the salts of ammonia, 
lose a portion of their base by heat. Nicotine contains a much larger proportion of nitrogen 
than most of the other organic alkalies. Its formula is C10H14N2, and it is recognized as a 
hexahydrodipyridyl, C1OH8(H0)N2. While nicotine has not been prepared synthetically as yet, 
two isomeric bases, isonicotine and nicotidine, have been prepared. On treatment with oxi- 
dizing agents, nicotine yields nicotinic or /S-pyridinecarboxylic acid, C6H4N.C00H. In its action 
on the animal system it is one of the most virulent poisons known. A drop of it, in the state 
of concentrated solution, is sufficient to destroy a dog; and small birds perish at the ap- 
proach of a tube containing it. In man, it is said to destroy life, in poisonous doses, in from 
two to five minutes. Tannin forms with it a compound of but slight solubility, and might be 
employed as an antidote. It exists in tobacco in small proportion. It has been found in 
the seeds, and, in very small proportion, in the root. There can be little doubt that tobacco 
owes its activity to this alkaloid, which has also been criminally employed as a poison. (N. Y. 
* For Liecke’s and Schloesdng’s methods of estimating nicotine, see 17th ed. U. S. D., p. 1346. For Kosutany’s 
method, see Zeite. f. Anal. Ghem., 1893, 277. 1350 
Tabacum. 
Jour, of Med., N. S., ix.) Nicotine has the remarkable property of resisting decomposition 
amid the decaying tissues of the body, and was detected by Orfila in the bodies of animals 
destroyed by it two or three months after their death. Prof. F. F. Mayer, of New York, has 
concluded from his experiments that nicotine is the active principle in all parts of the plant 
both before and after curing. (Proc. A. P. A., 1865.) 
Vohl and Eulenberg (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1872, p. 567) made an interesting analysis of tobacco- 
smoke. The smoke analyzed was from strong tobacco, containing 4 per cent, of nicotine. 
Notwithstanding this large proportion of nicotine, none of it was found in the smoke, the 
authors differing in their results from most previous observers. The subject has been rein- 
vestigated by R. Kissling (Ding. Polyt. Journ., 244, 64), who has shown that Yohl’s conclusion 
as to the non-existence of nicotine in tobacco-smoke is due to that chemist having overlooked 
the fact that the alkaloid is decomposed by warm caustic potash, a reaction which has not 
met with general recognition. 
When cigars were smoked, certain gases were given off, which, when collected and examined, 
proved to be oxygen, nitrogen, carbonic acid, and marsh-gas. The smoke was drawn first 
through a potassa solution to collect acids, and then through dilute sulphuric acid to collect 
bases. With the potassa solution, an oily substance appeared on the surface, having an almost 
intolerable odor of tobacco-smoke, and from this was obtained, by distillation at a gradually 
increasing temperature, at first a liquid and oily product, and, at the temperature of 300° C. 
(572° F.), a substance which on cooling became a laminated mass. This, on being repeatedly 
crystallized from ether, assumed the appearance of pearly white scales, melting between 94° 
and 95° C. (201-2° and 203° F.), and of a higher boiling point than mercury. From these 
characters, as well as its percentage composition, this substance appears to be identical with 
the hydrocarbon (C19H18) discovered by Kraut. The oily distillate before this, having been 
purified by repeated treatment with potassa and sulphuric acid, had a sp. gr. 0-8 to 0-87, and 
from its percentage composition (92 or 93 C. and 8 or 7 H) appears to be a mixture of dif- 
ferent hydrocarbons belonging to the benzene or some analogous series. The potassa solution, 
after the separation of the oils, yielded, under appropriate treatment, a large amount of gas, 
consisting of carbon dioxide and hydrogen cyanide and sulphide: consequently the statement 
that tobacco-smoke contains no cyanogen is a mistake. Upon a distillation of the potassa solu- 
tion after the addition of sulphuric acid, several acids were found in the distillate,—viz., acetic, 
propionic, butyric, valerianic, and carbolic, with a portion of creosote, more doubtfully caproic, 
caprylic, and succinic acids. Only the sulphuric acid solution now remained for examination. 
From this, which had become dark-colored and thick on standing, a dark-brown resin was sepa- 
rated. By treatment with potassa, ammoniacal vapors escaped, and a brown oil with the odor of 
tobacco-smoke floated on the surface. From the residuary liquid, after distillation, saturation 
with caustic potassa, and redistillation, vapors escaped which proved to be ammonium chloride. 
After further treatment, for which we refer to the original, the oily residue was divided by 
fractional distillation, and the whole series of picoline bases, analogous to the aniline bases, were 
obtained. The identity of the following was determined by their boiling point, percentage com- 
position, and the composition of the double platinum salt: pyridine, C6H6N, boiling point 115° 
to 116° C. (239° to 240-8° F.) ; picoline, C6H?N, boiling point 134° to 135° C. (273-2° to 275° 
F.) ; lutidine, C7H9N, boiling point 155° C. (311° F.) ; collidine, C8HnN, boiling point 171-5° 
C. (341° F.) (isomeric with xylidine) ; parvoline, C0H13N, boiling point 187° to 188° C. (368-6° 
to 370-4° F.) (isomeric with cumudine) ; coridine, C10HlgN, boiling point 211° C. (411-8° F.) ; 
rubidine, CnH17N; and probably viridine, C12II19N, boiling point 251° C. (483-8° F.). No 
trace of nicotine was to be found. The authors experimented physiologically with only a mix- 
ture, of those boiling below 160° C. (320° F.), and of those boiling between 160° and 250° C. 
(320° and 482° F.) ; and these were found, like nicotine, to cause contraction of the pupil, 
dyspnoea, general convulsions, and death. 
When distilled at a temperature above that of boiling water, tobacco affords an empyreumatic 
oil, which Mr. Brodie proved to be a most virulent poison. A single drop, injected into the 
rectum of a cat, occasioned death in about five minutes, and double the quantity, administered 
in the same manner to a dog, was followed by the same result. This oil is of a dark-brown 
color and an acrid taste, and has a very disagreeable odor, exactly resembling that of tobacco- 
pipes which have been much used. It has been stated to contain nicotine. (Ann. de Chim. et 
de Phys., 3e ser., ix. 465.) 
It is quite certain that tobacco-leaves undergo considerable chemical changes during the pro- 
cesses of curing and preparation for use. Thus, the characteristic odor of ordinary tobacco is 
PART I. PART I. 
Tabacum. 
1351 
entirely different from that of the fresh leaves, and must be owing to the generation of a new 
volatile principle. It has also been asserted that the proportion of nicotine in prepared tobacco 
is greater than in the fresh. It has even been made a question whether nicotine exists at all in 
the fresh growing leaves; but this question has been experimentally decided in the affirmative 
by Prof. Procter (Proc. A. P. A., 1858, p. 300) ; and Prof. Mayer, of New York, has experi- 
mentally determined that the nicotine exists as largely in the plant before as after curing; in- 
deed, he believes that it is somewhat diminished in the process, probably in part if not alto- 
gether by volatilization. (Ibid., 1865.) 
The distinguishing character of tobacco, as given in the Br. Pharm. 1885, is that when dis- 
tilled with solution of potassa it yields an alkaline fluid having the peculiar odor of nicotine 
and giving precipitates with platinic chloride and tincture of galls. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Tobacco is a powerful sedative poison, which is 
locally irritant. Snuffed up the nostrils, it excites violent sneezing and a copious secretion of 
mucus; chewed, it irritates the mucous membrane of the mouth and increases the flow of 
saliva; when injected into the rectum, it sometimes operates as a cathartic; and the alkaloid 
nicotine injected into the cellular tissue of animals evidently produces much pain. Moder- 
ately taken, it quiets restlessness, calms mental and corporeal inquietude, and produces a state 
of general languor or repose which has great charms for those habituated to the impression. 
In larger quantities, it gives rise to confusion of the head, vertigo, stupor, faintness, nausea, 
vomiting, and general depression of the nervous and circulatory functions, which, if increased, 
eventuates in alarming and even fatal prostration. The symptoms of its excessive action are 
severe retching, with the most distressing and continued nausea, great feebleness of pulse, 
coolness of the skin, fainting, and sometimes convulsions. We are singularly deficient in exact 
knowledge as to how these various symptoms are produced. In accordance with the experi- 
mental evidence at hand, the convulsions are spinal; and it seems well determined that the 
paralysis is due to a depressant action upon the motor nerve-trunks, which immediately after 
death are found to be inexcitable. How the circulatory phenomena are brought about is not 
clear, but it would appear that the heart-muscle is not itself directly affected, as Benham 
found that the direct application of the poison to the viscus does not arrest its pulsations. 
The use of tobacco was adopted by the Spaniards from the American Indians. In the year 
1560 it was introduced into France by the ambassador of that country at the court of Lisbon, 
whose name—Nicot—has been perpetuated in the generic title of the plant. Sir Walter 
Ilaleigh is said to have introduced the practice of smoking into England. In the various 
modes of smoking, chewing, and snuffing, the drug is now largely consumed in every country 
on the globe. It must have properties peculiarly adapted to the propensities of our nature, to 
have thus surmounted the first repugnance to its odor and taste and to have become the passion 
of so many millions. When employed in excess, it enfeebles digestion, produces emaciation 
and general debility, and lays the foundation of serious nervous disorders. The most common 
of these is undoubtedly disturbance of the innervation of the heart, with consequent palpita- 
tions and cardiac distress. Amaurosis and even color-blindness are occasionally produced, and 
even insanity has been ascribed to chronic tobacco poisoning. In many cases of “ nervous 
break-down” attributed to overwork, the excessive use of tobacco has certainly been an impor- 
tant etiological factor. In the form of snuff, tobacco is sometimes so much contaminated with 
lead, in consequence of being kept in leaden boxes, as to produce the poisonous effects of that 
metal. In different kinds of snuff Dr. A. Vogel found from 0-014 to 1-025 per cent, of lead. 
(See A. J. P., 1864, p. 422.) 
Formerly much used as a relaxant, tobacco has been superseded by safer and more efficacious 
remedies, so that it is at present never employed in medicine, unless it be internally in chronic 
asthma and locally in hemorrhoids and in various spasmodic or painful affections. It should 
always be borne in mind that its active principle is absorbed readily by the skin, and that 
serious or even fatal poisoning may result from its too free application to the surface of the 
body. A case of death is on record, occurring in a child eight years old, in consequence of the 
application of the expressed juice of the leaves to the head, for the cure of tinea capitis. Death 
has also been produced by the inhalation of the smoke* 
From five to six grains (0-33-0-4 Gm.) of powdered tobacco will generally act as an emetic; 
but the remedy ought never to be used for such purpose. 
* Enema Tabaci. Br. 1867. Enema of Tobacco. This preparation, though no longer official, is still occasionally 
used. “ Take of Leaf Tobacco twenty grains ; Boiling Water eigh t jluidounces. Infuse in a covered vessel, for half 
an hour, and strain.” Br. The whole quantity is to be given at once. 1352 
Tabellse TrinUrini.—Tamarindus. 
PART I. 
TRINITRINI. Br. Trinitrin Tablets. 
Tablets of Nitroglycerin. 
“ Tablets of chocolate each weighing five grains (0-324 gramme) and containing one-hun- 
dredth of a grain (0-00065 gramme) of the trinitroglycerin of commerce.” Br. Each of 
these tablets contains a dose of the remedy. For the properties of nitroglycerin, see Bpiritus 
Glonoini; also Part II. 
(ta-bel'la: trI-ni'tri-n!.) 
TAMARINDUS. U. S., Br. Tamarind. 
“ The preserved pulp of the fruit of Tamarindus Indica, Linn6 (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” 
if. S'. “ The fruits of Tamarindus indica, Linn., freed from the brittle outer part of the 
pericarp and preserved with sugar.” Br. 
Pulpa Tamarindorum Cruda, s. Fructus Tamarindorum, P. G.; Tamarin, Tamarins, Fr.; Tamarinden, G.; Tama- 
rindi, It.; Tamarindos, Sp. 
Tamarindus indica. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 180; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 577 ; B. & T. 92. The 
tamarind-tree is the only species of this genus. It rises to a great height, sends off numerous 
spreading branches, and has a beautiful appearance. The trunk is erect, thick, and covered 
with a rough, ash-colored bark. The leaves are alternate and pinnate, composed of many 
pairs of opposite leaflets, which are almost sessile, entire, oblong, obtuse, unequal at their base, 
about half an inch long by a sixth of an inch broad, and of a yellowish-green color. The 
flowers, which are in small lateral racemes, have a yellowish calyx, and yellow petals beauti- 
fully variegated with red veins. The fruit is a broad, compressed, reddish ash-colored pod, 
much curved, from two to six inches long, with numerous brown, flat, quadrangular seeds, con- 
tained in cells formed by a tough membrane. Exterior to this membrane is a light-colored 
acid pulpy matter, between which and the shell are several somewhat branched tough ligne- 
ous strings, running from the stem to the extremity of the pod, the attachment of which they 
serve to strengthen. The shells are fragile and easily separated. The tree appears to be a 
native of the East and West Indies, Egypt, and Arabia, though believed by some to have been 
imported into America. Dr. Barth, the African traveller, found it abundant in the interior of 
Africa. De Candolle is doubtful whether the East and West India trees are of the same spe- 
cies. It is stated by writers that the pods of the former are much larger than those of the 
latter, and have a greater number of seeds, the East India tamarinds containing six or seven, 
those from the West Indies rarely more than three or four; but this seems not to be correct. 
Calcutta appears to be the chief emporium for the tamarinds of the European markets. 
Tamarinds are also sent from the West Indies and Ecuador to England ; when from this source 
they are preferred. The latter are known as American tamarinds, and arc obtained from T. 
indica (var. occidentals), Gartn. They are of a light brown color, less cohesive and possess 
less acidity than the tamarinds from the Old World. Tamarinds are brought to us chiefly 
from the West Indies, where they are prepared by placing the pods, previously deprived of 
their shell, in layers in a cask, and pouring boiling syrup over them. A better mode, some- 
times practised, is to place them in stone jars, with alternate layers of powdered sugar. They 
are said to be occasionally prepared in copper boilers. In the East Indies tamarinds are often 
prepared for market by stripping off the outer shell and pressing the pulpy interiors into a 
mass; sometimes they are packed as in the West Indies. 
Properties. Fresh tamarinds, which are sometimes, though rarely, brought to this country, 
have an agreeable sour taste, without any mixture of sweetness. As we usually find them, in 
the preserved state, they form a dark-colored adhesive mass, consisting of syrup mixed with the 
pulp, membrane, strong somewhat branching fibres or strings, and seeds of the pod, and having 
a sweet acidulous taste. The brown, flattish. quadrangular seeds, each enclosed in a tough 
membrane, should be hard, clean, and not swollen, the strings tough and entire, and the smell 
without mustiness. “ A piece of bright iron, left for thirty minutes in contact with the pulp 
previously somewhat diluted with water, should not exhibit any reddish deposit of copper." U. S. 
From the analysis of Vauquelin, it appears that in 100 parts of the pulp of tamarinds, inde- 
pendently of the sugar added to them, there are 9-40 parts of citric acid, 1-55 of tartaric acid, 
0-45 of malic acid, 3-25 of potassium bitartrate, 4-70 of gum, 6-25 of jelly, 34-35 of paren- 
chymatous matter, and 27'55 of water. K. Muller (Pharm. Centralh,, 1882), after analyzing 
nine commercial varieties, states that only traces of citric and malic acids are present, but that 
tartaric acid and acid potassium tartrate are present in considerable amount. It is said that 
copper may sometimes be detected in preserved tamarinds, derived from the boilers in which 
(TAM-A-RIN'DUS.) PART I. 
Tamarindus.—Tanacetum. 
1353 
they are occasionally prepared. Its presence may be ascertained by the reddish coat which it 
imparts ta the blade of a knife immersed in the tamarinds. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Tamarinds are laxative and refrigerant, and infused 
in water form a highly grateful drink in febrile diseases. Convalescents often find the pulp a 
pleasant addition to their diet, and useful by preserving the bowels in a loose condition. It is 
sometimes prescribed in connection with other mild cathartics, and is one of the ingredients in 
the confection of senna. Though frequently given with infusion of senna to cover its taste, it 
is said to weaken its purgative power ; and the same observation has been made of its influence 
upon the resinous cathartics in general. For a formula for fluid extract of tamarind, see Nat. 
Drug., 1892, 101. From a drachm to an ounce (3-9-31-1 Gm.) or more may be taken at a 
dose. 
TANACETUM. U. S. Tansy. 
“ The leaves and tops of Tanacetum vulgare, Linne (nat. ord. Compositae).” U. S. 
Summitates Tanaceti; Herbe aux Vers, Tanaisie, Fr.; Gemeiner Rainfarn, Wurmkraut, G.; Tanaceto, It., Sp. 
Tanacetum vulgare. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 844; Willd. Sp. Plant, iii. 1814; Woodv. Med. 
Bat. 66, t. 27. This is a perennial herbaceous plant, rising two or three feet in height. The 
stems are strong, erect, obscurely hexagonal, striated, often reddish, branched towards the 
summit, and furnished with alternate, doubly pinnatifid leaves, the divisions of which are 
notched or deeply serrate. The flowers are yellow, and in dense terminal corymbs. Each 
flower is composed of numerous florets, of which those constituting the disk are perfect and 
five-cleft, those of the ray very few, pistillate, and trifid. The calyx consists of small, imbri- 
cated, lanceolate leaflets, having a dry scaly margin. The achenes are small, oblong, with five 
or six ribs, and crowned with a membranous pappus. 
Tansy is cultivated' in our gardens, and grows wild in the roads and in old fields, but was 
introduced from Europe, where it is indigenous. It is in flower from July to September. 
There is a variety of the plant with curled leaves, which is said to be more grateful to the 
stomach than that above described, but has less of the peculiar sensible properties of the herb, 
and is probably less active. 
Properties. “ Leaves about 15 Cm. [six inches] long; bipinnatifid, the segments oblong, 
obtuse, serrate or incised, smooth, dark green, and glandular ; flower-heads corymbose, with 
an imbricated involucre, a convex, naked receptacle, and numerous yellow, tubular florets.” 
TJ. 8. The odor is strong, peculiar, and fragrant, but much diminished by drying; the taste 
is warm, bitter, somewhat acrid, and aromatic. These properties are imparted to water and 
alcohol. According to Leppig (Inaug. Biss., Dorpat, 1882), both the flowers and the leaves 
contain the following constituents: tanacetin, tannic acid (tanacetum-tannic acid), traces of 
gallic acid, volatile oil, a wax-like substance, albuminoids, tartaric, citric, and malic acids, traces 
of oxalic acid, a laevogyrate sugar, resin, metarabic acid, pararabin, and woody fibre. Of these 
the most important are the bitter principle tanacetin, to which Leppig gives the formula 
CuHieO*, a compound first discovered by Homolle (1845), the tannic acid, to which he gives 
the formula C23H29031, and the volatile oil, of which the flowers yielded 1-49 per cent, and 
the leaves 0-66 per cent. The tanacetic acid of Peschier he considers to be impure malic acid, 
an opinion shared by Husemann. (Pflanzenstoffe, 2d ed., 1884, p. 1531.) The bitter principle 
tanacetin forms a very hygroscopic brownish amorphous mass, easily soluble in alcohol and in 
water, insoluble in ether. It possesses a taste at first characteristically bitter like willow bark, 
and then cooling and caustic. The essential oil was investigated by Bruylants (Ber. der Chem. 
Ges., xi. 449), who found it to consist of a terpene, C10Hie, boiling at from 155°-160° C., of 
which 1 per cent, only is present, an aldehyde, C10I1160, boiling at from 195°-196° C., of 
which 70 per cent, was obtained, and an alcohol (borneol), C10II180, boiling at from 203°- 
205° C., of which 26 per cent, was present. Semmler (Ber. der Chem. Ges., xxv. 3343, 3352, 
3513) has specially investigated the constituent boiling at 195° C. and having the composition 
CioHieO. He finds it to be not an aldehyde, but a ketone, and calls it tanacetone. It is 
identical with the ketone found in sage oil, wormwood oil, and thuja oil. As it was first iden- 
tified in this last-named oil by Wallach, and named by him thujone, this name is now applied 
to it to the exclusion of the other. (See also Schimmels Reports, April, 1893, 63 and 64, and 
April, 1897, 46 and 47.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Tansy adds to the medical properties of the aromatic 
bitters those of an irritant narcotic. It has been recommended in intermittents, hysteria, and 
amenorrhoea, but in this country is little employed in regular practice. The seeds are said to 
(TAN-A-CE'TUM.) 1354 
Tanacetum.—Taraxacum. 
PART I. 
be most effectual as a vermifuge. The dose of the powder is from thirty grains to a drachm 
(1-95-3-9 Cm.) two or three times a day; but the infusion is more frequently administered. 
Tansy has been used to a considerable extent as a domestic abortifacient, but is not only very 
uncertain but also very dangerous in its action, and has in various cases produced death. The 
symptoms caused by it have been abdominal pain, vomiting, violent epileptic convulsions often 
followed by profound coma, dilated pupils, great disturbances of respiration, frequent and feeble 
pulse, and death, which has been said to be from heart-failure, but is probably the outcome of 
a paralytic asphyxia. The minimum fatal dose can scarcely be considered to have been positively 
ascertained, but a drachm of the oil is said to have caused death, though half an ounce has 
been recovered from. Tansy tea has also caused death. (For cases, see Amer. Jour. Med. Sci., 
xvi., xxiii., xxiv.; Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1870; also H. C. Wood’s Therapeutics.) Post- 
mortems have been reported in which no inflammation of the gastro-intestinal mucous mem- 
branes could be discovered. 
TARAXACUM. U. S. (Br.) Taraxacum. [Dandelion.] 
(TA-RXx'A-CUM.) 
“ The root of Taraxacum officinale, Weber (nat. ord. Composite), gathered in autumn. 
U. S. “ The fresh and the dried roots of Taraxacum officinale, Wiggers. Collected in the 
autumn.” Br. 
Taraxaci Radix, BrDandelion Root; Pissenlit, Dent de Lion, Fr.; Lowenzahn, G.j Tarassaco, It.; Diente de 
Leon, Sp. 
Taraxacum taraxacum (L.). Karst. Deutsch FI. (1880-83).—Leontodon taraxacum. L. Sp. 
PI. (1753).— T. officinale. Weber, Prim. PI. Holst. (1780).— T. dens-leonis. Desf. FI. Atlant. 
(1800). The dandelion is an herbaceous plant, with a perennial 
fusiform root. The leaves, which spring immediately from the root, 
are long, pinnatifid, generally runcinate, with the divisions toothed, 
smooth, and of a fine green color. The common name of the plant 
was derived from the fancied resemblance of its leaves to the teeth 
of a lion. The flower-stem rises from the midst of the leaves, six 
inches or more in height. It is erect, simple, naked, smooth, hollow, 
fragile, and terminated by a large golden-colored flower, which 
closes in the evening and expands with the returning light of the 
sun. The calyx is smooth and double, with the outer scales bent 
downward. The florets are very numerous, ligulate, and toothed 
at their extremities. The receptacle is flat and naked. The pap- 
pus is stipitate, and at the period of maturity is disposed in a spher- 
ical form, and is so light and feathery as to be easily borne away by 
the wind, with the achene attached. Another plant resembling the 
common dandelion, the achenes of which, however, are narrower 
and bright red or reddish brown, known as the red-seeded dande- 
lion, is the product of T. erytlirospermum, Andrz., and is supposed 
by some to be naturalized from Europe. 
This species of Taraxacum grows spontaneously in widely sepa- 
rated parts of the globe. It is abundant in this country, adorning 
our grass-plats and pasture-grounds with its bright yellow flowers, 
which, in moist places, show themselves with the first opening of 
spring and continue to appear till near the close of summer. In 
India the plant is cultivated in various parts of the country, and its 
root collected for use between the months of September and Febru- 
ary. {P. J. Tr., Dec. 1871, 523.) All parts of the plant contain 
a milky bitterish juice, which exudes when they are broken or 
wounded. The leaves, when very young and blanched by the ab- 
sence of light during their growth, are tender and not unpleasant to 
the taste, and are sometimes used as a salad. When older and of 
their natural color, they are medicinal. The Pharmacopoeias recog- 
nize only the root, which is by far the most efficacious part. It 
should be full grown when collected, and should be employed in the recent state, as it is 
then most active. It does not, however, as stated by Duncan, lose nearly all its bitterness 
Section of Taraxacum root. 
(After Berg.) Taraxacum. 
1355 
PART I. 
by drying; and the root dug up in the warmer seasons might, if dried with care, be em- 
ployed with propriety in the succeeding winter. The juice of the root is thin and watery 
in the spring; milky, bitter, and spontaneously coagulable in the latter part of summer and 
autumn; and sweet and less bitter in the winter when affected by the frost. The months 
of July, August, and September are, therefore, the proper periods for collecting it. 
Mr. Henry Barton, of Brighton, England, prepares the juice from the flower-stalks by crush- 
ing and pressure, adding 25 per cent, of spirit, and, after allowing it to stand for some weeks 
in glass bottles, filters to separate a very small quantity of deposit, and sets aside for use. Ac- 
cording to Mr. Barton, it remains bright, and retains its characteristic taste. Though not so 
rich in solid constituents as the juice of the root, yet, having an equal bitterness, it is prob- 
ably not less efficacious as a medicine, if it be true, as stated by Prof. Bentley, that the efficacy 
of the medicine does not depend solely on the amount of its solid constituents, but principally 
if not entirely on the bitter principle it contains. Mr. Barton states that it is certainly one of 
the best preparations of taraxacum. (A. J. ]£., 1872, p. 509.) 
The fresh full-grown root of the dandelion is several inches in length, as thick as the little 
finger or thicker, round and tapering, somewhat branched, of a light brown color externally, 
whitish within, having a yellowish ligneous cord running through its centre, and abounding in 
a milky juice. In the dried state it is dark brown, much shrunk, wrinkled longitudinally, 
brittle, and when broken presents a shining somewhat resinous fracture. A transverse sec- 
tion exhibits an exterior cortical portion, thick, spongy, whitish, and marked with concentric 
rings, and a smaller central portion, ligneous and yellow; though in very old roots the latter 
is sometimes wanting. It is without smell, but has a sweetish, mucilaginous, bitterish, her- 
baceous taste. It should be free from the root of Gichorium intybus (Linne), which closely re- 
sembles it, but is usually paler, more bitter, and has the milk-vessels in radiating lines. Con- 
trary to the general statement, that taraxacum root contains a central wood-cylinder without 
any pith, Prof. Jos. Schrenk states that he has found a distinct pith in a very large number of 
roots taken from commercial samples of taraxacum. From ten to fifteen fibro-vascular bundles 
surrounded by parenchyma-tissue include the pith, the diameter of which in some instances 
exceeds the thickness of the woody zone several times. In other respects the structure of the 
root was normal, the concentric arrangement of the laticiferous ducts in particular excluding 
any possibility of mistaking the specimens for chicory, etc. (Amer. Drug., 1887, p. 2.) Its 
active properties are yielded to water by boiling, and do not appear to be injured in the pro- 
cess. Dragendorff obtained from the root gathered in October and dried at 100° C. (212° 
F.) 24 per cent, of inulin and some sugar. The root gathered in March from the same place 
yielded 1-74 per cent, of inulin, 17 of uncrystallizable sugar, and 18-7 of levulin. This last- 
named substance, discovered by Dragendorff, has the same composition as inulin, but dissolves 
in cold water, and is devoid of any rotatory power. Mannite, which has been found in the in- 
fusion of the root, has been demonstrated by the Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh, not to pre-exist 
in the root, but to be formed by spontaneous changes consequent on exposure. A crystallizable 
principle has been extracted from the juice of the root by M. Pollex, who has named it tarax- 
acin. It is bitter and somewhat acrid, fusible but not volatile, sparingly soluble in cold water, 
but very soluble in boiling water, alcohol, and ether. It is obtained by boiling the milky juice 
in distilled water, filtering the concentrated liquor, and allowing it to evaporate spontaneously 
in a warm place. The taraxacin crystallizes, and may be purified by repeated solution and 
crystallization in alcohol or water. Kromayer (ArcA. d. Pharm. (2), cv. 6) also obtained tarax- 
acin, and, in addition, a second crystalline principle, taraxacerin, C8H160, insoluble in water, 
but soluble in alcohol. According to Vogel, the intra-cellular substance of the root consists 
chiefly of pectose, which is the result of a metamorphosis of the substance constituting the 
membrane of the cells. Prof. L. E. Sayre found that the yield of taraxacin varies in roots 
collected at different seasons. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1893, 1894, 1895, 1896, 1897.) 
The roots of various plants have been largely substituted for dandelion in England and 
on the Continent by the herb-gatherers; and we are informed that fraudulent substitution 
is not unfrequeut, in this country, of the root of Gichorium intybus, or chicory. It is rare 
to find chicory mixed with dandelion, the former being usually boldly substituted for the 
latter. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Taraxacum is slightly tonic, diuretic, and aperient, and 
is thought to have a specific action upon the liver, exciting it when languid to secretion, and 
resolving its chronic engorgements. It has been much employed in Germany, and is a popular 
remedy with many practitioners in this country. The diseases to which it appears to be espe- 1356 
Terebenum. 
PART I. 
cially applicable are those connected with derangement of the hepatic apparatus and of the 
digestive organs generally. Professor George B. Wood had confidence in it in the treatment 
of chronic congestion and inflammation of the liver and spleen, provided that there was no irri- 
tation or inflammation of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. He was accustomed to 
combine with it potassium bitartrate and aromatics when an aperient effect was desired. The 
dried root is sometimes mixed, in powder, with ground coffee, the taste of which covers that of 
the dandelion. It is also used as a substitute for coffee, being powdered and roasted and then 
prepared in the same manner. 
CioHis; 135*7. (TER-E-BE'NUM.) 
TEREBENUM. U.S., Br. Terebene. 
“ A liquid consisting chiefly of Pinene, and containing not more than very small propor- 
tions of Terpinene and Dipentene. Terebene should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a 
cool place, protected from light.” U S. “A mixture of dipentene and other hydrocarbons, 
obtained by agitating oil of turpentine with successive quantities of sulphuric acid until 
it no longer rotates the plane of a ray of polarized light, and then distilling in a current of 
steam.” Br. 
This is a substance which is produced by the action of sulphuric acid upon oil of turpentine. 
The sulphuric acid must be added gradually to the cooled oil of turpentine, in the proportion 
of one part of acid to twenty parts of oil, and after a day’s standing the mixture is heated to 
boiling. After cooling, the oily layer is removed, freed from acid by calcium carbonate, and 
rectified. The terebene so obtained boils at 156° C., is optically inactive and of rather pleasant 
odor. Some cymol is always produced at the same time, and by continued action of the acid 
the terebene is said to be entirely converted into cymol and colophene. Jayne and Chase, 
however, from a study of a number of samples of commercial terebenes (A. J. P., 1887, p. 
65), conclude that the boiling point of the true terebene is much higher, 173°-180° C. They 
found an inactive camphor, boiling at about 200° C. (probably borneol), to be formed also, and 
the residue left on rectifying was principally colophene. Terebene is officially described as “ a 
colorless or slightly yellowish, thin liquid, having a rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an 
aromatic, somewhat terebintliinate taste. Specific gravity, about 0-862 at 15° C. (59° F.). 
Only slightly soluble in water, but soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic acid, 
or carbon disulphide. It boils at 156° to 160° C. (312-8° to 320° F.). On exposure to light 
and air, Terebene gradually becomes resinified, and acquires an acid reaction. In its chemical 
properties it resembles oil of turpentine. Terebene should possess its characteristic agreeable 
odor, should not redden moistened blue litmus paper (absence of acids'), and should not have 
more than a very slight action on polarized light (limit of unaltered oil of turpentine). When 
evaporated, it should not leave more than a very slight residue (absence of more than traces 
of resinous matters).” U. S. “A colorless liquid, having an agreeable odor and an aromatic 
terebintliinate taste. Specific gravity 0-862 to 0-866. Does not rotate the plane of a ray of 
polarized light. Should distil between 312-8° and 356° F. (156° and 180° C.), leaving only a 
slight viscid residue (absence of excess of resin). Not more than 15 per cent, should distil 
below 329° F. (165° C.).” Br. Power and Kleber (Pharm. Ruud., 1894, 18) state that 
pinene is not obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on oil of turpentine, that the U. S. P. boil- 
ing points 156°-160° C. should be 170°-185° C., and that the sp. gr. should be 0-855 instead 
of 0-862; also that terebene consists mainly of dipentene and terpinene with some cymol and 
camphene. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Terebene is a valuable stimulant expectorant, first 
recommended by Dr. William Murrell (Brit. Med. Journ., Dec. 1885), in that form of chronic 
bronchitis often known as winter cough. It is very useful not only in cases of chronic bron- 
chitis, but also in the acute disease, after the earlier stages have passed by. It is nearly 
equivalent to the oil of eucalyptus, but is a little more stimulating. It probably exerts 
upon other mucous membrane the same action that it does upon that of the lungs, and it has 
been employed with asserted good results in dyspepsia, especially in the flatulent intestinal 
variety, and may be used in chronic or subacute inflammation of the genito-urinary tract. Its 
action upon the general system has not been investigated, but probably resembles that of oil of 
turpentine. It may be given in emulsion, or, preferably, in capsules. From twenty to sixty 
minims (1-2-3-7 C.c.) of it may be given to the adult in the course of twenty-four hours, and 
increased, if necessary. It has also been used by atomization, with asserted good results. Dr. Terebinthina.—Terebinthina Canadensis. 
1357 
PART I. 
Murrell (Brit. Med. Journ., July 24, 1884) states that terebene is an active antiseptic and 
germicide, one part in four hundred and fifty being able to keep in check the action of the 
yeast plant, and one part in five hundred having a very perceptible influence on the develop- 
ment of bacilli and paramoecia. 
TEREBINTHINA. U. S. (Br.) Turpentine 
(TER-E-BIN'THI-NA.) 
“ A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris, Miller, and from other species of Pinus 
(nat. ord. Coniferae).” TJ. S. “ The concrete oleoresin which is scraped off the trunks of 
Pinus palustris, Mill., and Pinus Taeda, Linn.” Br. 
Thus Americanum, Br., Frankincense; Common Frankincense; Terebinthina Communis; Crude Turpentine; 
Terebenthine commune, Fr.; Gemeiner Terpentin, G. 
TEREBINTHINA CANADENSIS. U. S., Br. Canada Turpentine. 
[Canada Balsam, Balsam of Fir.] 
(TEB-E-BIN' THI-NA CAN-A-DEN-SIS.) 
“ A liquid oleoresia obtained from Abies balsamea (Linne), Miller (nat. ord. Coniferse).” 
U. S. “ The oleoresin obtained from Abies balsamea, Mill.” Br. 
Balsamum Canadense; Terebenthine de Canada, Baume de Canada, T6rebenthine, Fr.; Terpentin, Canadischer 
Terpentin, G.; Trementina, It., Sp. 
The term turpentine is usually applied to certain vegetable juices, liquid or concrete, which 
consist of resin combined with a peculiar essential oil, called oil of turpentine. They are gen- 
erally procured from different species of pine, fir, or larch, though other trees afford products 
which are known by the same general title, as, for instance, Pistacia terebinthus, which yields 
the Chian turpentine. Some French writers extend the name of turpentine to other juices 
consisting of resin and essential oil, without benzoic or cinnamic acid, as copaiba, balm of 
Gilead, etc. We shall describe particularly, in this place, the turpentines which are either 
now official or have but recently ceased to be so. A brief botanical view of the plants from 
which they are respectively derived will be in accordance with the plan of this work. It is 
proper to observe first that the nat. ord. Coniferm includes about three hundred and fifty 
species. These may be divided into two sub-orders, as Engler and Prantl suggest,—viz., 
Pinoidese and Taxoidese. Lindley had previously recommended a similar subdivision, but con- 
sidered each sub-group as deserving of family rank, and gave them the names Pinacem and 
Taxaceae. Britton and Brown, in their Illustrated Flora of the U. S. and Canada, follow 
Lindley in this instance. The Pinoidese may be further subdivided into the (A) Abietinese, 
including Araucaria, Pinus, Cedrus, Larix, Picea, Tsuga, Abies, Sequoia, Taxodium, etc.; 
and (B) Cupressinese, which includes Thuja, Juniperus, etc. The Taxoidese includes Ginkgo, 
Taxus, etc. 
The genus Pinus is represented by about seventy species, which are widely distributed 
throughout the northern hemispheres of both continents. The principal centres of distribu- 
tion of the species of this genus are in the Western United States (twenty-one species), 
Eastern United States (thirteen species), and the highlands of Mexico. It is one of the most 
important genera from an economical stand-point. . The following species yield valuable timber : 
P. palustris, P. strobus, P. echinata, P. lambertiana, P. ponderosa, P. monticola, P. heterophylla, 
P. sylvestris, P. laricio, P. nepalensis, P. thunbergii, and P. densifora. Turpentine is obtained 
chiefly from the Eastern American P. palustris and P. heterophylla; it is also obtained from 
jP. pinaster and P. halepensis of the Mediterranean basin, and from the Himalayan P. rox- 
burghii. The edible seeds (Pine Nuts) of several species yield important articles of human 
food, the best being produced by the nut pines of Western North America, by P. pinea of the 
Mediterranean, P. cembra of Europe and Asia, and P. gerardiana of Northwestern India. 
Pine wool, a coarse fibre manufactured from the leaves of P. laricio, P. sylvestris, and other 
European species, is used to stuff mattresses and cushions, and, woven with animal wool, is 
made into hospital and military blankets and into underclothing which are reputed to possess 
medical properties. In the Southern United States carpets are woven from the leaves of P. 
palustris. The bark of several species contains sufficient tannin to make them valuable for 
tanning leather. 
1. Pinus palustris. Mill. Gard. Diet. (1768) 8th ed., No. 14.—P. australis. Michx. f. Hist. 
Arb. Am. (1810) i. 64. Leaves in threes, from ten to fifteen inches long, subtended at the 1358 
Terebinthina Canadensis. 
PART I. 
base by a conspicuous scaly sheatb from one to one and a half inches long. The leaves are 
crowded at the ends of the branches. The cones are terminal, conical, and armed with a short 
recurved spine. 
This is a very large indigenous tree, growing in dry, sandy soils, from the southern part of 
Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico. Its mean elevation is sixty or seventy feet, and the diameter 
of its trunk about fifteen or eighteen inches for two-thirds of this height. The leaves are about 
a foot in length, of a brilliant green color, and united in bunches at the ends of the branches. 
The names by \ftiich the tree is known in the Southern States are long-leaved pine, yellow pine, 
Southern pine, hard pine, Virginia pine, and pitch pine ; but the first is the most appropriate. 
This tree furnishes by far the greater proportion of the turpentine, tar, etc., consumed in or 
exported from the United States. (See Pix Liquula.) 
2. Pinus tseda. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1000 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 498 ; Michaux, N. Am. Sylva, 
iii. 156 ; B. & T. 259. “ Leaves in threes, elongated, with elongated sheaths ; strobiles 
oblong-conical, deflexed, shorter than the leaf; spines indexed.” 
This is the loblolly or old field pine of the Southern States. It is abundant in Virginia, 
where it occupies the lands exhausted by cultivation. It exceeds eighty feet in height, has a 
trunk two or three feet in diameter, and expands into a wide spreading top. The leaves are 
about six inches long, and of a light green color. It yields turpentine in abundance, but less 
fluid than that which flows from the preceding species. 
3. Pinus sylvestris. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1000 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 494 ; Michaux, N. Am. 
Sylva, iii. 125 ; B. & T. 257. Leaves in pairs, rigid; strobiles ovate-conical, of the length 
of the leaves; scales linear-oblong, the ends much thickened, their exposed parts (apophysis) 
oblique, rhomboidal, with a transverse ridge and central tubercle. 
This tree, when of full size, is eighty feet high, with a trunk four or five feet in diameter. 
It inhabits the northern and mountainous parts of Europe. In Great Britain it is called the 
wild pine or Scotch fir, the latter name being due to its abundance on the mountains of Scot- 
land. It yields a considerable proportion of the common European turpentine. 
Pinus pumilio. Haenke, Jviasek, Beob. Riesengeb. (1791) 68.—P. montana. Mill. Gard. 
Diet., 8th ed., No. 5. This pine is known in gardens under several names which are given 
to the forms occurring in the different mountain ranges over which it is spread. Beissner, in 
his Ilandbuch der NadelhoIzkunde, considers P. pumilio, Haenke, a synonym of P. montana, 
Mill.; whereas in the Index Kewensis the latter is brought under the former. Most authors 
agree with De Candolle and Beissner in bringing P. pumilio, Haenke, under P. montana, Mill. 
The latter is a small tree, with decumbent or knee-like more or less erect branches, which are 
covered with a dark-colored persistent bark. The leaves occur two in a sheath, each of which 
is from two to five Cm. long, straight, or scythe-shaped, with obtuse apex ; both sides are 
dull green and slightly glaucous. The cones are ovoid, about one and a half inches long, with 
a pyramidal protuberance on each scale on the outer or exposed side. It is found in the sub- 
alpine regions of Central Europe at elevations between 1300 and 2500 metres; also on the 
Carpathian Mountains at from 1300 to 1800 metres. From the branches a terebinthinate 
juice exudes spontaneously, called Hungarian balsam. Pinus maritima (P. pinaster of Aiton 
and Lambert), growing in the southern and maritime parts of Europe, yields much of the 
turpentine, pitch, and tar consumed in France, and is admitted among the official plants in 
the French Codex. Pinus lambertiana, of‘California, produces by exudation a saccharine 
matter which has been found to contain a peculiar sweet principle called pinit. (Comptes- 
Rendus, Sept. 1855.) Pinus sabiniana, Dough, known as nut pine or digger-pine (because the 
nut is largely consumed by the Digger Indians), yields, on being notched, a terebinthinate 
exudation, which is largely distilled for the sake of its volatile oil, extensively used in Cali- 
fornia under the name of abietene * and other less appropriate designations. The Pinus rigida, 
or pitch pine of this country, and probably others besides those mentioned, are sometimes 
employed in the preparation of tar. 
Abies. The genus Abies is represented by about twenty-three species, which are distributed 
in the New World from Labrador and the valley of the Athabasca Biver to the mountains of 
North Carolina and from the mountains of Alaska to the highlands of Guatemala, and in 
the Old World from Siberia and the mountains of Central Europe to Southern Japan, the 
* Commercial abietene resembles in appearance commercial oil of turpentine, but has a peculiar orange-like fra- 
grance and a mild terebinthinate taste, probably due to traces in it of resin or other impurity. Its appearance 
suggests that its medical properties are similar to those of turpentine, but (see Part I., p. 971) its chemical con- 
stituent is practically identical with that of petroleum oil of about 150° fire-test. PART I. 
Terebinthina Canadensis. 
1359 
Himalayas, Asia Minor, and the mountains of Northern Africa. The species of this genus 
yield soft, perishable woods and balsamic exudations, which are employed in medicine and 
the arts. 
Abies balsamea. Mill. Gard. Diet. (1768) 8th ed. No. 3; Lindley, Flor. Med. 554.—A. 
balsamifera. Michaux, N. Am. Sylva, iii. 191.—Pinus balsamea. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1002 ; 
Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 504. “ Leaves solitary, flat, emarginate or entire, glaucose beneath, some- 
what pectinate, sub-erect above, recurved spreading; cones cylindrical, erect; bracts abbre- 
viate, obovate, conspicuously mucronate, sub-serrulate.” 
This is the American silver fir, or balm of Gilead tree, inhabiting Canada, Nova Scotia, 
Maine, and the mountainous regions farther south. It is an elegant tree, seldom rising more 
than forty feet, with a tapering trunk, and numerous branches, which diminish in length in 
proportion to their height and form an almost perfect pyramid. The leaves are six or eight 
lines long, inserted in rows on the sides and tops of the branches, narrow, flat, rigid, bright 
green on their upper surface, and of a silvery whiteness beneath. The cones are large, erect, 
nearly cylindrical, of a purplish color, and covered with a resinous exudation, which gives them a 
glossy, rich, and beautiful appearance. It is from this tree that the Canada balsam is obtained. 
Several other species of Abies are official. Abies excelsa of Europe and A. canadensis of 
the United States have already been described as the sources respectively of Burgundy and 
Canada pitch. (See Pix Burgundica and Pix Canadensis.') The A. picea (Abies pectinata of 
De Candolle, A. taxifolia of the French Codex, Pinus picea of Linnaeus), or European silver 
fir, growing in the mountainous regions of Switzerland, Germany, and Siberia, yields the 
Strasburg turpentine, which is much used in some parts of Europe. By the distillation of its 
cones with water it also affords a variety of oil of turpentine called in France essence de tem- 
pline. By boiling the young branches of the Abies nigra (Pinus nigra), or black spruce of 
this country, and evaporating the decoction, the essence of spruce is prepared. It is a thick 
molasses-like liquid, with a bitterish, acidulous, astringent taste, and is used for making 
spruce beer.* 
Abies Fraseri, Lindley. This species, commonly called double fir, occurs at high elevations 
in the mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina. The tree is noted for its hardiness; and 
is used for ornamental purposes. It is also said to have been used to furnish a balsam of fir 
similar to that obtained from A. balsamea, but the data concerning this are obscure. 
Larix. The genus Larix has eight recognized species, which are now widely distributed 
over the subarctic and mountainous regions of the northern hemisphere, ranging from the Arctic 
Circle to the mountains of Pennsjdvania in the New World and to latitude 30° in the Old 
World. The species produce hard, durable, valuable timber; turpentine, which is sometimes 
used in medicine; tar; bark rich in tannin; and a peculiar manna-like substance. 
Pinus larix. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1001 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 503; Woodv. Med. Bot. 7, t. 4. 
—Larix europsea. Be Cand. Flor. Fr. 2064.—Abies larix. Lamb. I dust. t. 785, f. 2. “ Leaves 
fascicled, deciduous; cones ovate-oblong; margins of the scales reflexed, lacerated; bracts 
panduriform.” 
The European larch is a, large tree, inhabiting the mountains of Siberia, Switzerland, Ger- 
many, and the east of France. It yields the Venice turpentine of commerce, and a peculiar 
sweetish substance called in France Briangon manna, which exudes spontaneously and con- 
cretes upon its bark. When the larch forests of Puissia take fire, a juice exudes from the 
trunk during their combustion, which concretes and is called Orenburg gum. It is wholly 
soluble in water.f 
* The following is the formula. Take of essence of spruce half a pint; pimenta bruised, ginger bruised, hops, 
each, four ounces ; water three gallons. Boil for five or ten minutes; then strain, and add of warm water eleven 
gallons ; yeast a pint ; molasses six pints. Mix, and allow the mixture to ferment for twenty-four hours. 
j- Coniferin. This name has been given to a principle discovered by M. Hartig in the cambium of several of the 
Conifer®. The species in which it has been found are Pinus strohus and P. cembra, Abies excelsa and A. pectinata. 
and Larix europcea ; and it probably exists in many others. It is obtained by removing the outer bark, scraping 
the cambium from the surface of the wood, subjecting this to pressure, boiling the viscid juice to coagulate the 
albumen, filtering, and evaporating the filtered liquid to one-fifth of its volume. The coniferin is deposited in crys- 
tals. The mother-water is very sweet, and contains a saccharine substance closely allied to cane sugar. The crys- 
tals are purified by dissolving them in water, decolorizing by animal charcoal, and finally crystallizing from weak 
alcohol. Coniferin was chemically examined by M. W. Kubel, and later by Tiemann and Haarmann, who proved 
that it is a glucoside and as crystallized from the juice has the composition C16H22O8 + 2H2O. When treated with 
dilute acids or ferments it is decomposed as follows : CicJImOs + II2O = C6H12O6 + C10H12O3. When this latter 
compound is oxidized (or coniferin itself) by bichromate of potassium and sulphuric acid, vanillin is obtained, 
CeHs(OH) j qjjq3- Vanillin has been thus made commercially, but is now made preferably from the eugenol of oil 
of cloves or from benzoin. Terebinthina Canadensis. 
1360 
PART I. 
In Japan, the exudation from the Pinus dcnsiflora and that from the Pinus thunbergii are 
used under the respective names of akamatsu and kuromatsu. They are said to contain about 
18 per cent, of oil and 81 per cent, of resin. The distilled oil is bright and colorless, having 
an odor somewhat different from that of the European oil of turpentine. It boils at from 155° to 
156° C., and has a specific gravity of a little under 0 87. Its index of polarization is from 55° to 
61° (right). The resin cannot be distinguished from the European. A turpentine closely 
resembling the French oil is produced in Burmah from the Pinus khasya and Pinus merkusii. 
For details, see P. J. Tr., lvi., 1896, 370. 
Pistacia. See Mastiche. 
Pistacia terebinthus. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 1025 ; Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 752 ; Woodv. Med. Bot. 
29,1.12. This is a small tree of the nat. ord. Anacardiaceae, with numerous spreading branches, 
bearing alternate, pinnate leaves, which consist of three or four pairs of ovate-lanceolate, entire, 
acute, smooth, and shining leaflets, with an odd one at the end. The male and female flowers are 
dioecious, small, and in branching racemes. It is a native of Barbary and Greece, and flour- 
ishes in the islands of Cyprus and Chio, the latter of which has given its name to the Cliian 
turpentine obtained from the tree. A gall produced upon this plant by the puncture of an 
insect has been used in Eastern Europe in pectoral affections. 
We shall treat of the several varieties of turpentine under distinct heads. 
Terebinthina, U. S.; Thus Americanum, Br.; Common Frankincense; T6r6benthine de Boston, Fr. 
In former times, large quantities were collected in New England ; but the turpentine trees of 
that section of the Union have long been entirely exhausted, and our commerce has been until 
recently almost exclusively supplied from North Carolina and the southeastern parts of Virginia. 
Within a few years, however, attention has been turned to the collection of this valuable prod- 
uct in Georgia and Florida; and there is no doubt that, in time, an abundant supply will he 
derived from the vast pine forests which occupy the southern portion of our country bordering 
on the Gulf of Mexico. During the winter, deep notches or excavations of the capacity of 
about three pints are made in the trunk of the tree three or four inches from the ground, and 
for about three feet above these so-called “ boxes” the tree is deprived of its bark and some of 
the wood scraped off1. Into these the juice or “ crude” begins to flow about the middle of 
March, and continues to flow throughout the warm season, slowly at first, rapidly in the middle 
of summer, and more slowly again in the autumn, the tree being scraped every eight or ten 
days to prevent clogging. The liquid is removed from the “ boxes” as they fill, and transferred 
into casks, where, if left, it gradually thickens, and ultimately acquires a soft solid consistence; 
but most of it is separated at once by distillation into the rosin and the volatile oil. 
White turpentine, as found in commerce, is yellowish white, of a peculiar somewhat aromatic 
odor, and a warm, pungent, bitterish taste. It is somewhat translucent, and of a consistence 
varying with the temperature. In the middle of summer it is almost semi-fluid and very 
adhesive, though brittle; in the winter it is often so firm and hard as to be incapable of being 
made into pills without heat. “ In yellowish, opaque, tough masses, brittle in the cold, crumbly- 
crystalline in the interior, of a terebinthinate odor and taste. The alcoholic solution has an acid 
reaction.” U. S. Exposed to the air it ultimately becomes perfectly hard and dry. In the 
recent state it affords about 17 per cent, of volatile oil. It is apt to contain small pieces of 
bark, wood, or other impurity. 
1. White Turpentine. 
2. Common European Turpentine. 
Terebenthino de Bordeaux, Terebenthine commune, Fr.; Gemeiner Terpentin, G.; Trementina commune, It.; 
Trementina comun, Sp. 
This is the Terebinthina vulgaris of the former London Pharmacopoeia. It is furnished by 
several species of pine, but chiefly by P. sylvestris and P. maritima. From the latter tree it is 
obtained largely in the maritime districts of the southwest of France, especially in the depart- 
ment of the Landes, and is exported from Bordeaux. Hence it is called in commerce Bordeaux 
turpentine. It is procured by making incisions into the trunk, or removing portions of the 
bark, and receiving the juice which flows out in small troughs, or in holes dug at the foot of 
the tree. It is purified by heating, and filtering it through straw, or by exposing it to the sun 
in a barrel, through holes in the bottom of which the melted turpentine escapes. Thus pre- 
pared, it is whitish, turbid, thickish, and separates, upon standing, into two parts, one liquid 
and transparent, the other of a consistence and appearance like that of thickened honey. As Terebinthina Canadensis. 
1361 
part i. 
found in European commerce, it often consists wholly of this latter portion. It speedily 
hardens on exposure in thin layers to the air. The most liquid specimens are completely 
solidified by the addition of one part of magnesia to thirty-two parts of the turpentine. 
{Journ. de Pharm., xxv. 499.) It is scarcely ever given internally, but furnishes large quan- 
tities of oil of turpentine and resin. We do not import it into this country. The substance 
which the French call galipot, or barras, is that portion of the turpentine which concretes upon 
the trunk of the tree when wounded, and is removed during the winter. {TMnard.) This, 
when purified by melting with water and straining, takes the name of yellow or white pitch, or 
Burgundy pitch. When turpentine, whether the European or the American, has been deprived 
of its oil by distillation, the resin which remains is called rosin, and sometimes colophony, from 
the Ionian city of Colophon, where it was formerly prepared. It is the official resin (resina), 
and is sometimes called yellow resin {resina fiava). White resin {resina alba) is prepared by 
incorporating this, while in fusion, with a certain proportion of water. (See Resina.) Tar 
{pix liquida) is the turpentine extracted from the wood by slow combustion and chemically 
altered by heat. Common pitch (pix nigra, or resina nigra) is the solid residue left after the 
evaporation by boiling of the liquid parts of tar. 
Baume de Canada, Fr.; Canadischer Balsam, Canadiscber Terpentin, G.; Trementina del Canada, It. 
Terebinthina Canadensis, U. S., Br., is collected in Canada and the State of Maine from 
the Abies balsamea, by breaking the vesicles which naturally form upon the trunk and 
branches, and receiving their liquid contents in a bottle. “ A yellowish or faintly greenish, 
transparent, viscid liquid, of an agreeable, terebinthinate odor, and a bitterish, slightly acrid 
taste. When exposed to the air, it gradually dries, forming a transparent mass. It is com- 
pletely soluble in ether, chloroform, or benzol.” U. S. “ Solidifying when mixed with about a 
sixth of its weight of magnesia moistened with a little water'' Br. For a paper on its misci- 
bility in alcohol, by J. E. Morrison, see Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 309. By time and exposure it 
becomes thicker and more yellow, and finally solid. It is usually brought into market in 
bottles under the name of Canada balsam, or balsam of fir. Under the microscope the hard 
balsam is found to be entirely free from any granular or crystalline structure. In Europe it is 
sometimes called balm of Gilead, from its supposed resemblance to that celebrated medicine. 
The term balsam, as at present understood, is improperly applied to it. as it contains no benzoic 
or cinnamic acid, and is in fact a true turpentine, consisting chiefly of resin and volatile oil. 
Bonastre obtained from 100 parts of Canada turpentine 18-6 parts of volatile oil, 40-0 of resin 
easily dissolved by alcohol, 33-4 of sub resin of difficult solubility in that fluid, 4-0 of caout- 
chouc similar to sub-resin, and 4*9 of bitter extractive and salts, besides traces of acetic acid. 
Fliickiger found in 100 parts 24 parts of an essential oil, C10H16, with a very small proportion 
of an oxygenated oil, 60 parts of a resin soluble in boiling alcohol, and 16 parts of a resin soluble 
only in ether. (Pharmacographia, 2d ed., 614.) Emmerich obtained by fractional distillation 
of the oil bornyl or terpinyl acetate, pinene, and a fragrant liquid resembling oil of lemon. (A. 
J. P., 1895,135. See also a paper by Hunkel, A. J. P'., 1895, 9.) The chief distinction between 
it and Strasburg turpentine, which is sometimes sold for it in commerce, is in the diverse odors. 
3. Canada Turpentine. 
Terebenthine de Meleze, Tergbentbine de Yenise, Fr.; Venetianischer Terpentin, O.j Trementina di Venezia, It.; 
Trementina de Venecia, Sp. 
This turpentine was named from the circumstance that it was formerly an extensive article 
of Venetian commerce. It is procured in Switzerland, and in the French province of Dau- 
phiny, from the Larix europsea, or larch, which grows abundantly upon the Alps and the Jura 
Mountains. The peasants bore holes into the trunk about two feet from the ground, and con- 
duct the juice by means of wooden gutters into small tubs placed at a convenient distance. 
It is afterwards purified by filtration through a leather sieve. Genuine Venice turpentine is a 
viscid liquid, of the consistence of honey, flowing with difficulty, cloudy or imperfectly trans- 
parent, yellowish or slightly greenish, of a strong not disagreeable odor, and a warm, bitterish, 
and acrid taste. It does not readily concrete on exposure, is not solidified by one-sixteenth of 
magnesia, and is entirely soluble in alcohol. (Guibourt, Journ. de Pharm., xxv. 500.) H. 
Beckurts and W. Brueche found the specific gravity at 15° C. from TOGO to 1-190 ; acid number 
from 76 to 101 (Kremel found from 68 to 70-3) ; ester number from nothing to 6 ; saponifica- 
tion number from 81 to 101; and the iodine number from 137 to 149. (Archivd. Pharm., 1892, 
4. Venice Turpentine. 1362 
Terebinthina Canadensis. 
PART I. 
ccxxx. 83.) It yields on an average 15 per cent, of essential oil, of the composition C1OH10, 
which has been found to be nearly pure pinene. The residual resin is soluble in two parts of 
warm alcohol of 75 per cent., and more copiously in absolute alcohol. What is sold under the 
name of Venice turpentine, in commerce, is usually quite brown, and is a factitious substance, 
prepared by dissolving rosin in oil of turpentine. Dr. A. T. Thomson states that much of the 
Venice turpentine of London commerce is obtained from America. It is probably the same 
preparation as that which passes under the name in this country. 
5. Chian Turpentine. 
T£rebenthine de Chio, Fr.; Cyprischer Terpentin, G.; Trementina Cipria, It. 
This variety of turpentine is collected chiefly in the island of Chio, or Scio, from the Pistacia 
terebinthus, and it is said that the whole annual product of the island is only about two hun- 
dred and twenty-four pounds. During the summer the juice flowing spontaneously, or from 
incisions in the bark, falls upon smooth stones, or bundles of twigs, placed at the foot of the 
tree, from which it is procured by boiling and straining. After straining it is again boiled 
with a little water until all the water is evaporated, when it is finally poured into a vessel of 
cold water and kneaded. At first it is of a dirty yellow color, but after kneading it becomes 
quite white. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 385.) The annual product of each tree is very small; and the 
turpentine, therefore, commands a high price even in the place where it is procured. Very 
little of it reaches this country. It is said to be frequently adulterated with the other turpen- 
tines. It is a thick, tenacious liquid, of a greenish-yellow color, or it occurs as a viscid opaque 
mass. The odor* is peculiar, penetrating, and more agreeable than that of the other sub- 
stances of the same class. The taste is mild, without bitterness or acrimony. Fliickiger found 
nearly 14£ per cent, of essential oil, which contained a small quantity of an oxygenated oil. 
It leaves a glutinous residue when treated with strong alcohol. (Guibourt.) Its alcoholic 
solution does not redden litmus paper. (Martindale.) On exposure, liquid Chian turpentine 
speedily thickens, and ultimately concretes into a translucent solid, yellowish or yellowish- 
brown when in small pieces, greenish-brown in mass. 
Besides the turpentines mentioned, various others are noticed in books on Materia Medica, 
though not found in commerce in this country. There are the Strasburg tvrpentine, much used 
in France, and obtained from the Abies picea (Abies pectinata of De Candolle), or European 
silver fir, which grows on the mountains of Switzerland and Germany and bears a close re- 
semblance, as well in its appearance as in its product, to Abies balsamea of Canada ; the Russian 
turpentine, from Pinus sylvestris ;f the Damarra turpentine, which speedily concretes into a very 
hard resin, and is derived from the Pinus damarra of Lambert, the Agathis damarra of 
Bichard, growing in the East India islands; the cowrie or cowdie resin, procured by incision 
from another species of Damarra (I). australis), in New Zealand; and the Dombeya turpentine, 
a glutinous, milky-looking fluid, of a strong odor and taste, derived from Dombeya excelsa, the 
Araucaria dombeyi of Richard, which inhabits Chili, and is said to be identical with the Nor- 
folk Island pine. These, with one or two other turpentines scarcely known, or having a doubt- 
ful claim to the title, are all that belong properly to this class of vegetable products, although 
their numbers are continually being increased. 
General Properties. The turpentines resemble one another in odor and taste, though 
distinguished by shades of difference. Liquid at first, they become thick and gradually solid 
by exposure, in consequence partly of the volatilization, partly of the oxidation of their es- 
sential oil. They are rendered more liquid or softened by heat, and at a high temperature 
* The odor of Chian turpentine is variously described. As the only tests we now have of the purity of the drug 
are its physical characteristics, and of these the odor is the most important, we give the following description by Mr. 
Wm. Martindale. (P. J. Tr., April, 1880.) Chian turpentine “ has when fresh a distinctive odor, slightly like the 
pinaceous turpentines, but much more agreeable and aromatic, according to some resembling citron and jasmine; but 
there is always a background smell like that of mastic, which becomes more developed and distinct with age, when 
it has lost the more volatile portion, the essential oil. According to Pereira, the turpentine-like odor is combined with 
the odor of fennel, and Guibourt says, when kept in a covered glass vessel the odor is strong and agreeable, analogous 
to that of fennel or the resin of elemi. It probably loses this rapidly. A specimen, bearing Guibourt’s name, in the 
Society’s Museum, has now no trace of it, but the mastic odor is very persistent. If the fennel odor be very evident 
in it I should fear the sample was not genuine, as in a statement made in the Lancet the writer says what is sold as 
Chian turpentine ‘ is either greatly adulterated or a wholly factitious article, manufactured from black resin, Canada 
balsam, and the essential oils of fennel and juniper.’ The taste of genuine Chian turpentine resembles that of mastic; 
it is agreeable and free from the characteristic bitterness and acridity of the pinaceous turpentines.” 
f For details as to tho varieties of European turpentine and the methods of procuring them, consult A. J. P., 1878, 
69, 479 ; Proc. A. P. A., xxiv. 203; P. J. Tr., viii. 283; x. 447. PAET I. 
Terebinthina Canadensis.—Terpini Hydras. 
1363 
take fire, burning with a white flame and much smoke. Water extracts only a minute propor- 
tion of their volatile oil. They are almost wholly soluble in alcohol and ether, and readily 
unite with the fixed oils. They yield by distillation a volatile oil, called oil of turpentine, the 
composition of which is essentially uniform, it being composed of several terpenes (pinene, 
dipentene, and sylvestrene) of the formula C10H16, the residue consisting exclusively of resin. 
(See Oleum Terebinthinse and Resina.') Both the cones and the leaves of Abies pectinata yield 
oils known respectively as pine cone oil and pine needle oil. According to Schimmel & Co.'s 
Report for April, 1897, they both contain pinene, limonene, and bornyl acetate. The oil 
from Pinus sylvestris, known as fir oil, also contains bornyl acetate to the amount of 12 per 
cent., according to Schimmel & Co.'s Report for October, 1897, 47. On the other hand, the 
oil from Larix europsea, known as larch needle oil, contains 8-1 per cent, of bornyl acetate 
and 6-14 per cent, of free borneol. (Ibid., 61.) H. SchifF affirms that the odor of turpentine 
is due to the presence of a product of oxidation, probably a camphoric aldehyde, C10H1603, 
which, with the odor, may be removed by shaking the turpentine with sodium bisulphite. A 
non-odorless turpentine may also be obtained by washing with soda solution and distilling in 
an atmosphere of carbonic anhydride. From the experiments of M. Faure, of Bordeaux, it 
appears that some of the liquid turpentines, like copaiba, may be solidified by the addition of 
magnesia. (Journ. de Chim. Med., 1830, 94.) According to M. Thierry, the same result is 
obtained by the addition of one part of calcium hydrate to thirty-two parts of common Euro- 
pean turpentine. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., i. 315.) Crouzel (P. J. Tr., 1892, 11) found 
tannin in the bark of P. maritima, associated with a peculiar reddish-yellow coloring matter, 
representing tannin in the process of formation. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The effects of the turpentines upon the system are 
dependent entirely on their volatile oil. They are stimulant, diuretic, anthelmintic, and in 
large doses laxative. When taken internally or applied to the skin, they communicate a violet 
odor to the urine, and, if continued for some time, produce an irritation of the mucous mem- 
brane of the urinary passages, amounting frequently to strangury. The last effect is less apt 
to be experienced when they operate upon the bowels. Externally applied they act as rubefa- 
cients. Their medical virtues were known to the ancients. At present they are less used 
than formerly, having been superseded by their volatile oils. They are, however, occasionally 
prescribed in leucorrhcea, gleet, and other chronic diseases of the urinary passages; in piles and 
chronic inflammation or idceration of the bowels ; in chronic catarrhal affections ; and in various 
forms of rheumatism, especially sciatica and lumbago. The white turpentine is usually em- 
ployed in this country. It may be given in the shape of pill made with powdered liquorice 
root; in emulsion with gum arabic or yolk of egg, loaf-sugar, and water; or in electuary 
formed with sugar or honey. The dose is from twenty grains to a drachm (T3-3-9 Gm.). In 
the quantity of half an ounce or an ounce (15-5 or 31-1 Gm.), triturated with the yolk of an 
egg, and mixed with half a pint of mucilaginous liquid, it forms an excellent injection in cases 
of ascarides and of constipation with flatulence. 
Paracelsus is said to have used Chian turpentine in the treatment of cancer (Tweedy, London 
Lancet, 1880, i. 582), and Mr. Clay, of London, has also commended it very highly. It should 
be given in emulsion in doses of five grains, increased as rapidly as the patient will bear it. 
The pill form is ineligible.* It may also be applied locally. 
The vapor of turpentine, employed as a vapor-bath, has been highly recommended in obstinate 
chronic rheumatism. According to M. A. Chevandier, it is borne well for about twenty-five 
minutes, at a temperature of from 60° to 71-1° C. (140° to 160° F.), producing acceleration 
of the pulse, and copious sweating, sometimes accompanied with a confluent eruption. (Arch. 
Gen., 4e ser., xxviii. 80.) 
TERPINI HYDRAS. U. S. Terpin Hydrate 
Cio Hi8 (OH)2 . II2 O ; 189*58. (TER-PI'NI HY'DRAS.) 
“The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol Terpin. Terpin hydrate should he kept in well- 
stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
This new official may he made hy the following process. A mixture of four parts of rectified 
oil of turpentine, three parts of alcohol (sp. gr. 0-863), and one part of nitric acid is put in 
* Mr. Clay uses pills containing each 3 grains of Chian turpentine and 2 grains of sulphur, hut they are apt to 
lose their shape. Three grains of Chian turpentine and 1£ grains of light magnesia make a pill which retains its 
shape tolerably well, but it is perfectly insoluble, losing, according to Martindale, barely one-tenth of its weight in 
passing through the body. The pill made with lycopodium is also said to be indigestible. 1364 
Terpini Hydras.—Thymol. 
PART I. 
large, shallow porcelain dishes and allowed to stand for three or four days. The crystals which 
have formed are then collected and allowed to drain thoroughly ; they are then pressed between 
sheets of absorbent paper, and recrystallized in a cold solution of 95 per cent, of alcohol. 
The product is about 12 per cent of the original turpentine oil. E. T. Hahn proposed the 
use of methyl alcohol (sp. gr. 0-801) in place of alcohol, in making terpin hydrate. (A. J. P., 
1897, 73.) Terpin hydrate is officially described as in “ colorless, lustrous, rhombic prisms, 
nearly odorless, and having a slightly aromatic and somewhat bitter taste. Permanent in the 
air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 250 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol; in 
32 parts of boiling water, and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in about 100 parts of 
ether, 200 parts of chloroform, or 1 part of boiling glacial acetic acid. Terpin Hydrate melts 
at 116° to 117° C. (240-8° to 242-6° F.), with the loss of water, and, at the temperature of 
boiling water, sublimes in fine needles. When heated in a flask adapted for distillation, it 
first loses water. At 258° C. (496 4° F.) anhydrous terpin distils over w-ithout decomposition, 
soon solidifying to a crystalline, hygroscopic mass, which melts at 102° to 105° C. (215 6° to 
221° F.). When strongly heated on platinum foil, it burns with a bright, smoky flame, leav- 
ing no residue. Terpin Hydrate is dissolved by sulphuric acid with an orange-yellow color. 
If to its hot, aqueous solution a few drops of sulphuric acid be added, the liquid will become 
turbid and develop a strongly aromatic odor. Terpin Hydrate should not have the odor of 
turpentine, and its hot, aqueous solution should not redden blue litmus paper (absence of ad- 
hering acid').'' U S. The anhydrous terpin C10H18(OH)2, obtained from it by the loss of 
water has the characters of a glycol. Dipentene dihydrochloride is its hydrochloric acid ether. 
By the loss of water the terpin then becomes terpineol, C10H17(OII), and finally yields dipen- 
tene, terpinene, or terpinolene, according to the conditions of its treatment. Bouchardat and 
Voiry obtained terpineol in crystals which melt at 35° C. and remain in superfusion for long 
periods. (Ann. der Chem., 1893, 103.) For Wallach’s researches on crystallized terpineol, see 
P. J. Tr., 1893, 2. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Terpin was first physiologically investigated by L<5pine, 
in 1885, who found it to act both upon the mucous membranes and upon the nervous system in 
a manner similar to the oil of turpentine. It has since been used in chronic bronchitis and in 
the advanced stages of acute bronchitis, especially when the secretion is unusually free; also 
in chronic cystitis and gonorrhoea. Bose, from two to three grains (0-13—0-2 Gm.), from four 
to six times a day, in pill or in emulsion. 
THYMOL. U.S., Br. Thymol. 
CioHuO; 149*66. (THY'MOL.) . C10H13OH; 150. 
“ A phenol occurring in the volatile oils of Thymus vulgaris, Linn£, Monarda punctata, 
Linne (nat. ord. Labiatae), and Carum Ajowan (Roxburgh), Bentham et Hooker (nat. ord. 
Umbelliferse). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ A crystalline substance, 
CeII3.OH.CH3.CgH7, obtained from the volatile oils of Thymus vulgaris, Linn., Monarda 
punctata, Linn., and Carum copticum, Benth. and Hook, f., purified by recrystallization from 
alcohol.” Br. 
This substance has attracted considerable attention from its possession of antiseptic prop- 
erties analogous to those of carbolic and salicylic acids and creosote, with which it is also 
analogous in composition. It may be obtained by submitting the volatile oils of several plants 
to a prolonged refrigeration, under the influence of which it crystallizes. Thus, it has been 
obtained from Monarda didyma, Linn., M. punctata, Ammi copticum, and Ptychotis ajowan. 
Ocymurn viride, Willd., a plant used in Liberia as an antiperiodic, so closely resembles thyme 
in its odor that it has been thought to contain thymol. (.Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 168.) Thymol 
is obtained from the oils of thyme by distilling off from these the larger part of the hydro- 
carbons and adding warm caustic soda solution to the residue, which combines with the 
thymol. The mixture is diluted after a time with hot water, which causes the unattacked oil 
to rise to the top. From the soda solution hydrochloric acid sets the thymol free. This col- 
lects as an oily layer, which on cooling will crystallize if a crystal of thymol be added. 
Properties. Thymol melts at 44° C. (111-2° F.), but does not readily resolidify unless 
touched by a solid body or by a crystal of thymol. It boils at 220° to 230° C. (428° to 
446° F.). It is very slightly soluble in water, but is very soluble in alcohol, and more freely 
in proportion to the concentration of the menstruum. It is dissolved by ether and the fixed PART I. 
Thymol. 
1365 
oils, and has no rotatory power as regards polarized light. The alkalies unite with it to 
form soluble salts. Like creosote, it has the property of combining with animal tissues and 
thus protecting them against putrefaction. Its formula is C10H140, or C6H3 -] CH ; while 
(C3H7 
thymene, with which it is associated in the oil, is a hydrocarbon, isomeric with the oil of tur- 
pentine, and having the composition C10Hie. As its formula indicates, it is a propyl-cresol; and 
it has been made synthetically by Wiamann from cuminol (isopropyl benzaldehyde). This is 
first nitrated, then by means of phosphorus pentachloride the oxygen of the aldehyde group 
replaced by chlorine, the nitro group reduced, the chlorine replaced by hydrogen, and the 
r n h 
amide group replaced by hydroxyl. The successive changes are thus indicated: C6H4 j (qjH? » 
(NO„ (NO. (NH. (NHa (OH 
C„H, ] C3H ; C,HS ] C,lf7; C8H3 ] Csrf,; C„H3 ] C3lf,; C„H3 ] C3H7. Thymol is offi- 
(coh (chci2 (chci3 (ch3 (C1I3 
cially described as in “ large, colorless, translucent crystals of the hexagonal system, having 
an aromatic thyme-like odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste, with a very slight caustic effect 
upon the lips. Its specific gravity as a solid is 1-069 at 15° C. (59° F.), hut when liquefied 
by fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at 50° to 51° C. (122° to 123-8° F.), remaining 
liquid at considerably lower temperatures. When triturated with about equal quantities of 
camphor, menthol, or chloral, it liquefies. Soluble in about 1200 parts of water at 15° C. (59° 
F.), and in less than its own weight of alcohol, ether, or chloroform; also readily soluble in 
carbon disulphide, glacial acetic acid, and in fixed or volatile oils. Its alcoholic solution is 
optically inactive. If a very small crystal of Thymol be dissolved in 1 C.c. of glacial acetic 
acid, and then 6 drops of sulphuric acid and 1 drop of nitric acid be added, the liquid will 
assume a deep bluish-green color. If 1 Gm. of Thymol be heated in a test-tube, in a water- 
bath, with 5 C.c. of a 10-per-cent, solution of sodium hydrate, a clear, colorless, or very 
slightly reddish solution should be formed, which becomes darker on standing, but without the 
separation of oily drops (absence of thymene or laevogyrate pinene, C10H16). If to this solution 
a few drops of chloroform be added, and the mixture agitated, a violet color will be produced. 
When a crystal of Thymol is heated in an open capsule, or in a watch-glass, on a water-bath, 
it should gradually volatilize, leaving no residue (absence of paraffin, spermaceti, etc.).” U. S. 
“The crystals sink in cold water, but on heating the mixture to a temperature of 110° to 
125° F. (43-3° to 51-7° C.) they melt and rise to the surface. Almost insoluble in cold water, 
freely soluble in alcohol (90 per cent.), ether, and solutions of alkalies. The crystals volatilize 
completely at the temperature of a water-bath. A solution of Thymol in half its bulk of 
glacial acetic acid, warmed with an equal volume of sidphuric acid, assumes a reddish-violet 
color.” Br. 
Medical Properties. The disagreeable odor of carbolic acid induced M. Bouillon, a 
French pharmaceutist, to search for a substance with the important practical properties of 
carbolic acid without disagreeable smell. Such a substance he found in thymol. In a con- 
centrated state it has caustic properties, which render it very useful for the cauterization of 
the dental nerves. Dissolved in water in the proportion of 1 to 1000, with the addition of a 
little alcohol, it is useful in the dressing of unhealthy wounds. Combined in the proportion 
of 4 parts of the acid with 4 of tannin, 2 of aniline, and 100 of glycerin, it has been used with 
great success by Dr. Paquet for the preservation of anatomical specimens. For the dressing of 
wounds, it may be used in the form of a lotion composed of 1 part of the acid, 4 parts of alcohol 
of 85°, and 995 parts of distilled water. In the form of ointment, it may be employed incorpo- 
rated with lard in the proportion of from two to twenty grains to an ounce. It has been used by 
surgeons, but has been found less advantageous than salicylic acid. Its fragrant odor, whilst 
fitting it for use about the mouth, is often a great nuisance in the hospital ward, on account of 
attracting flies. It has been exhibited internally as antipyretic by Balz in the amount of thirty 
grains (1-95 G-m.) a day, causing ringing in the ears, deafness, sweating, and in some cases 
alarming collapse. Dr. F. P. Henry has found it a useful intestinal antiseptic, especially 
valuable in catarrh of the intestines, given in doses of two and a half grains (0-162 Gm.) every 
six hours, in pill or capsule. Injected into the veins of dogs, it produces death by failure 
of respiration, and its general physiological action is probably very similar to that of carbolic 
acid. 1366 
Thyroideum Siccum. 
PART i. 
THYROIDEUM SICCUM. Br. Dry Thyroid. 
“ A powder prepared from the fresh and healthy thyroid gland of the sheep. Remove the 
external fat and connective tissue from thyroid glands taken from sheep immediately after 
killing. Cut the glands across, and reject any which contain cysts, are hypertrophied, or other- 
wise abnormal. Mince finely the healthy glands, and dry at a temperature of 90° to 100° F. 
(32-2° to 37‘8° C.) ; powder the dried product; remove all fat from it by treatment with 
petroleum spirit; and again dry the residue.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia introduced this preparation in the 1898 edition (see also Liquor 
Thyroidei, p. 826). The process for dry thyroid is given above; the objection to its use is 
that the powder may contain bacteria, or even ptomaines, if great care is not used in its prep- 
aration ; it is also stated that glycerin does not dissolve all of the thyroiodin which is the prin- 
cipal active constituent, and “ Thyroid Solution” cannot be thoroughly representative. 
Properties. Dry thyroid is officially described as “ A light dull-brown powder, with a 
very faint meat-like odor and taste, and free from any flavor of putrescence. It is liable to 
become damp on exposure to the air, and then deteriorates.” Br. 
In 1895 Baumann (Zeits. f. Pliys. Chemie, Bd. xxi.) announced the discovery in the thyroid 
body of thyroiodin, and his allegation that it is the active principle of the thyroid gland has 
been confirmed by E. Roos, Arthur Hennig, Treubel, Ewall, E. Levy, and others; so that its 
remedial activity seems to be established, although it is probable that there is a second active 
substance in the gland. Thyreoantitoxin of Frankel (Aerztl. Central Anzeiger, 1895) contains 
no iodine and appears not to be active. Iodo-globulin, which is believed to be active, is de- 
stroyed by boiling in acid or alkaline solutions, but may be extracted by macerating the 
glands in cold water and evaporating the solution at 100° C. (212° F.). Thyroiodin exists in 
small proportion (1 in 333). E. C. C. Stanford has furnished the following process for the 
mixed powder termed tliyroglandin. “ The thyroid glands, freed from fat and minced, are 
first macerated in four to five times their weight of cold water, using ice if necessary in 
summer to keep down the temperature to 50° F., for twenty-four hours, and this maceration 
is repeated. The solutions are filtered off and evaporated to dryness at a temperature not 
exceeding 212° F. The extract is powdered, and represents the iodo-globulin and a small 
proportion of saline matter. The residue from the cold water maceration is boiled for one 
hour with a 1 per cent, solution of caustic soda (in the proportion of 1 per cent, of caustic 
soda to the original weight of the glands). The solution is allowed to cool to deposit the fat, 
and filtered off. This solution is then carefully neutralized with hydrochloric acid and evap- 
orated to dryness at 212° F.; the residue, which contains all the thyroiodin, is then powdered 
and mixed with the iodo-globulin obtained in the first process. The resulting powder is thyro- 
glandin.” ( Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1898, 354.) 
Medical Properties. It has been proved upon the human being by Kocher, of Berne, 
and upon monkeys by Horsley, of London, that the removal of the thyroid body is followed 
by the production of increasing weakness, associated with swelling of the body, enlargement 
and thickening of the skin, mucoid exudation into the subcellular tissue, and a very extraor- 
dinary slowing of all functions,—a condition which progresses until the subject sinks into a 
state of complete apathy, with subnormal temperature and failure of all vital functions. This 
congeries of symptoms is the same as that previously described under the name of myxcedema 
by Ord. Both surgical and idiopathic myxcedema have in a large number of cases been treated 
by the use of the thyroid extract, with such extraordinary results as to leave no doubt but 
that this extract is a specific in myxoedematous diseases, and is also an extremely valuable 
remedy in cretinism, a condition very closely allied to myxcedema. 
In a number of cases the free continuous exhibition of the thyroid gland has been followed 
by progressive loss of weight, shortness of breath, weak and rapid pulse, and great nervousness, 
constituting the condition known as thyroidism. The loss of weight, which is very marked, 
appears to be in part accounted for by an increased destruction of the nitrogenous substances 
of the body, with a corresponding increase in the output of urea, but in chief part to the 
result of the destruction of fat and other carbohydrates. From studies on the lower animals 
and upon man it is plain that the thyroid gland contains in it some substance which pro- 
nouncedly affects nutrition ; a fact the recognition of which by the profession has led to the 
experimental use of the thyroid body in a very large number of cases connected with dis- 
turbed nutrition. It seems well established that the drug is valuable in that form of goitre 
(THY-KOI'DE-UM SIC'CUM.) PART I. 
Thyroideum Siccurn.—Tindurse. 
1367 
which is indigenous to Switzerland, hut is much more apt to do harm than good in exophthalmic 
goitre or Basedow's disease. Also, that it is often of great service in the treatment of obesity. 
It has been widely used in various forms of insanity and in various diseases of the skin, with, 
on the whole, not satisfactory results; so that its employment in these affections may be said 
to be already passing out of vogue. Great advantage, however, is asserted to have followed 
its use in cases of keloidal scars where there has been excessive formation of fibrous tissues. 
In all these cases the thyroid preparation acts simply by supplying to the system an organic 
principle which the thyroid body in the patient has failed to produce in sufficient quantity. 
The thyroid body is, therefore, in most cases a palliative, so that its continuous administration 
is necessary, large doses being first given until the evils wrought by the absence of the thyroid 
gland have been overcome, and smaller doses being afterwards exhibited to maintain the bodily 
health which has been restored by the larger doses. The raw or slightly boiled thyroid gland 
may be used to the amount of from a quarter to half of the gland of the sheep daily, but the 
preparations are perhaps equally efficacious and certainly much better taken by patients. Of 
the dried extract the dose is from three to five grains, three times a day, in capsule. Under 
the name of iodothyrin there is sold commercially a substance claiming to be thyroiodin with 
sugar; it is said to be of such strength that one gramme of it contains 0'3 milligramme of 
iodine and is equivalent to one gramme of the fresh gland. A dose of from one to two 
grammes a day may be given to an adult. The rule is, in all cases in which the thyroid body 
is used, to increase the dose until a satisfactory result is obtained or slight evidences of thy- 
roidism appear.* 
TINCTURE. U. S. Tinctures 
Teintures, Fr.; Tinkturen, G. 
Tinctures, in the pharmaceutical sense of the term, are alcoholic solutions of medicinal sub- 
stances, prepared by maceration, digestion, or percolation. Solutions in spirit of ammonia and 
ethereal spirit are embraced under the same denomination, hut are severally distinguished 
by the titles of ammoniated tinctures and ethereal tinctures. The advantages of alcohol as a 
menstruum are that it dissolves principles which are sparingly or not at all soluble in water, 
and contributes to their preservation when dissolved, while it leaves behind some inert sub- 
stances which are dissolved by water. In no instance, however, is absolute alcohol employed. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia directs it of the sp. gr. 0-820, the British, 0-834. When of these 
densities it contains water, and is capable of dissolving more or less of substances which are 
insoluble in anhydrous alcohol, while its solvent power in relation to bodies soluble in that 
fluid is sufficient for all practical purposes. Diluted alcohol or proof spirit is often preferable 
to official alcohol, as it is capable of extracting a larger proportion of those active principles 
of plants which require an aqueous menstruum, whilst at the same time it is strong enough to 
prevent spontaneous decomposition, and has the advantages of being cheaper and less stimu- 
lating, although a few tinctures when prepared with proof spirit or diluted alcohol undergo 
some deterioration in time, in consequence of acetous fermentation taking place in the alco- 
holic fluid. The best preventive is to keep them in full and well-closed bottles, at a low tem- 
perature. The diluted alcohol of the different Pharmacopoeias is not of the same strength; 
that of the United States consists of equal volumes of official alcohol and water, and has the 
sp. gr. 0-938, while the British has four official diluted alcohols,—70, 60, 45, and 20 per cent. 
Alcohol or rectified spirit is preferred as a solvent when the substance to be extracted or dis- 
solved is nearly or quite insoluble in water, as in the instances of the resins, guaiac, camphor, 
and the essential oils. The presence of water is here injurious, not only by diluting the men- 
struum, but also by exercising an affinity for the alcohol which interferes with its solvent 
power. Thus, water added to an alcoholic solution of one of these bodies produces a precipi- 
tate by abstracting the alcohol from it. Diluted alcohol or proof spirit is employed when the 
substance is soluble both in alcohol and in water; or when one or more of the ingredients are 
soluble in the one fluid and one or more in the other, as in the case of vegetable bodies which 
contain extractive or tannin, or the natural salts of the alkaloids, or gum united with resin or 
(TINC-TU'EJE.) 
* In a very elaborate series of experiments, It. H. Cunningham believes that he has proved that the symptoms 
of thyroidism are simply produced by secondary products of decomposition in the thyroid body during the making of 
these preparations, and may be caused by extracts from almost any kind of animal tissues; and has reached other 
conclusions gainsaying the value of the thyroid body as a therapeutic agent. A discussion of this matter would 
require too much space to be entered into here. Suffice it at present to state that the clinical and experimental evi- 
dences of the value of the thyroid gland in the conditions spoken of seem to us unimpugnable. 1368 
Tindurse. 
PART I. 
essential oil. As these include the greater number of medicines from which tinctures are pre- 
pared, diluted alcohol is most frequently used. In the preparation of the tinctures, the medi- 
cine should be in the dry state, and properly comminuted by being bruised, sliced, or pulverized. 
It is usually better in the condition of a moderately fine than of a very fine powder: the 
proper degree of fineness depends, however, upon the ease with which the menstruum extracts 
the soluble principles. 
Tinctures were at one time universally prepared by maceration or digestion. Our own Phar- 
macopoeia formerly directed maceration at ordinary temperatures, and extended the period to 
two weeks. The latter plan was preferable, as it was more convenient and equally effectual, 
the lower temperature being compensated by the longer maceration. In several instances in 
which maceration is ordered in the Pharmacopoeia, it is still continued for seven days; but the 
period is very properly altered to suit the character of the substance acted on, and sometimes 
continued no longer than is necessary for its solution, when it is wholly soluble, as in the tinc- 
tures of iodine and tolu. When circumstances require that the tincture should be speedily 
prepared, digestion may be resorted to. Care should always be taken to keep the vessels well 
stopped, in order to prevent the evaporation of the alcohol. The materials should be frequently 
shaken during the digestion or maceration; and this caution is especially necessary when the 
substance acted on is in the state of powder. The tincture should not be used till the macera- 
tion is completed; when it should be separated from the dregs either by simply filtering it 
through paper, or, when force is requisite, by first expressing it through linen, and subsequently 
filtering. 
The plan of preparing tinctures by percolation has been extensively adopted, and has been 
found to answer well when skilfully executed. In the present edition of our Pharmacopoeia, 
percolation has been adopted as the rule, maceration being directed in a few instances in which 
it was deemed preferable. The British Pharmacopoeia, preferring maceration or digestion 
in several instances, has adopted percolation as a rule, but, as if unprepared to trust this 
process alone, has combined with it a preliminary maceration of forty-eight hours, and a final 
expression, so as to separate the last remains of the tincture from the dregs. Perhaps these 
modifications may be desirable in instances where the operator is not sufficiently skilful; but 
percolation, properly managed, is of itself adequate to all the desired purposes, even to the 
removal of almost the last drop of impregnated menstruum from the dregs; and in our Phar- 
macopoeia it is taken for granted that the apothecary has acquired the requisite skill. Where 
the operator cannot trust himself in this respect, it would be better to recur to the old method 
of maceration for two weeks. The reader will find rules for the proper management of the 
process of percolation at page 529. It has been objected to this process that it yields tinctures 
of variable strength, according to the skill with which it is conducted; but, from numerous 
experiments performed, in reference to this point, by M. H. Buignet, of Paris, it appears that 
the tinctures made by percolation are quite as equable in strength as those prepared by macera- 
tion, while they uniformly contain more of the soluble matter of the drug in proportion to the 
quantity of menstruum. The same writer states that he has constantly found three parts of 
alcohol, used in this method, to one of the material acted on, sufficient to exhaust drugs almost 
wholly of their soluble matter. He has derived no advantage from the preliminary maceration 
usually practised. M. Personne, however, has inferred, from his own observation, that five 
parts of alcohol are required by most substances. Our own Pharmacopoeia generally adopts 
this. Mr. R. F. Fairthorne (A. J. P., 1881, p. 308), in the preparation of hydro-alcoholic 
tinctures, prefers to macerate the ingredients for twenty-four hours alone in the alcohol, then 
filter, and mix the filtrate with the required quantity of water and percolate the dregs with 
the mixture. This plan might be of service in the case of a few drugs which are difficult to 
exhaust of their activity, but it would involve a useless expenditure of labor and time if used 
in the majority of official tinctures, and precipitation would be more common. It has been 
contended in opposition to percolation, applied to the preparation of tinctures, that the men- 
struum is apt to load itself with substances which, after the preparation of the tincture, are 
deposited, carrying down with them more or less of the active matter; but M. Yauflart asserts 
that more than twenty years of observation has demonstrated to him that tinctures by dis- 
placement, properly filtered, deposit no more at the end of a certain period than do those pre- 
pared by maceration. Besides, upon the same authority, this tendency to deposition may be 
easily obviated by mixing all the liquids proceeding from the percolation, and allowing the 
mixture to stand for a day before filtering. The tinctures thus obtained are, he states, richer 
than those furnished by ordinary maceration, and time produces in them only insignificant PART i. 
Tindurse. 
1369 
changes. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e s£r., iv. 411, 1866.) Finally, all agree that the percolated 
tinctures are apt to contain more of the soluble matter of the drug; and the objections resolve 
themselves altogether into a question of skill on the part of the operator. 
The method of making tinctures by diluting fluid extracts, except in a few special cases, is 
not to be recommended. The menstruum directed for the fluid extract is intentionally not 
identical with that used for the tincture, and precipitation of active constituents often ensues 
when this easy method is employed. Owing to the larger dose of the tinctures, and conse- 
quently less degree of concentration, a larger proportion of water can be used in their menstrua 
than in fluid extracts, and this is a distinct advantage, as tinctures are frequently ordered in 
prescriptions in combination with aqueous solutions. 
Another mode of exhausting medicines by spirit has been proposed by Dr. H. Burton. It 
consists in suspending in the solvent, immediately under its surface, the solid matter contained 
loosely in a bag. The liquid in contact with the bag, becoming heavier by impregnation with 
the matters dissolved, sinks to the bottom ; its place is supplied with a fresh portion, which in 
its turn sinks; and thus a current is established, which continues until the solid substance is 
exhausted or the liquid saturated. During the maceration the bag should be occasionally 
raised above the surface of the liquor in the bottle, allowed to drain, and then again immersed. 
It is asserted that the period of maceration is much shortened in this way. For this mode of 
preparing tinctures Mr. Samuel Gale has proposed the use of a cylindrical stone-ware vessel 
with a diaphragm capable of being supported at different heights by projections from the inner 
surface of the jar, with corresponding notches in the diaphragm, to permit its easy passage to 
the lower ledges. The material is to be placed upon the diaphragm and kept covered with 
the menstruum. (A. J. P., xxii. 381.) The infusion jars described and figured on page 729 
may be used also for preparing tinctures by maceration. 
Tinctures prepared by adding alcohol to the expressed juices of plants have been long in 
use on the continent of Europe, and have been brought into notice in Great Britain. They 
are sometimes called in England preserved vegetable juices. The tinctures of some of the nar- 
cotic plants might no doubt be advantageously prepared in this way, as those of conium, hy- 
oscyamus, and belladonna. Mr. Squire and Mr. Bentley have paid particular attention to 
these preparations. According to Mr. Squire, the leaves only of the plants should be used, 
and, in the case of biennial plants, those exclusively of the second year; and they should be 
preferably collected when the plant is in full flower. Mr. Bentley recommends the following 
mode of preparation. To the expressed juice, after it has stood for 24 hours and deposited its 
feculent matter, alcohol of 0-838 is to be added in the proportion of one part by measure to 
four parts of the juice; and after another period of 24 hours the liquor is to be filtered. 
This proportion of alcohol has been found sufficient for the preservation of the juice, while it 
causes the precipitation of the suspended mucilaginous matter. But, though these preserved 
juices are often energetic, yet it is obvious that tinctures prepared from the fresh plant must 
be still more so, as they contain necessarily not only the soluble active matter of the juice, 
but also that which, when the juice is expressed, is left in the solid residue of the plant. 
Tinctures should be kept in bottles accurately stopped, in order to prevent evaporation, which 
might in some instances be attended with serious inconvenience, by increasing their strength 
beyond the official standard. 
Medicines which act in small doses are most conveniently administered in tinctures, as the 
proportion of alcohol in which they are dissolved is insufficient to produce an appreciable effect. 
Those which must be given in large doses should be cautiously employed in this form, lest the 
injury done by the menstruum should more than counterbalance their beneficial operation. 
This remark is particularly applicable to chronic cases, in which the use of tinctures is apt to 
lead to the formation of habits of intemperance. The tinctures of the weaker medicines are 
more frequently given as adjuvants of other remedies than with the view of obtaining their 
own full effects upon the system. 
In the revision of the Pharmacopoeia of 1890, wherever practicable, the proportion of drug 
to finished tincture has been made either 20,15, 10, or 5 per cent, by volume. In the case of 
very strong or poisonous tinctures it was not deemed advisable to make too great a change in 
strength, for fear of dangerous results; indeed, it may be questioned by many whether too 
much change has not been made in the tinctures which do not belong to the dangerous class. 
Yet progressive pharmacy demands greater uniformity and simplicity in the processes, and 
it is believed'that eventually all the tinctures can be brought into two classes, 20 and 10 
per cent. 1370 
Tinctura Aconiti.—Tinctura Aloes. 
PART I. 
TINCTURA ACONITI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Aconite. 
(TINC-TU'RA AC-O-NI'Tl.) 
Tinctura Aconiti Itadicis, U. S. 1870; Tincture of Aconite Root; Tinctura Aconiti, P.G.; Teinture de Racine 
d’Aconit, Fr.; Eisenhuttinktur, G. 
“ Aconite, in No. 60 powder, three hundred and fifty grammes [or 12 ounces av., 151 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of seven hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 
fluidounces, 69 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with two hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of menstruum, macerate for twenty-four hours ; then 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“Aconite Root, in No. 40 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (70 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid drachms (Imp. meas.) or 
twenty-five cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The re- 
sulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres. 
This preparation is made with two-fifths the proportion of Aconite Root ordered for the 
Tincture of Aconite of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
The tincture of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia has seven times the strength of the British, and 
the title was changed from Tinctura Aconiti Radicis to Tinctura Aconiti in the U. S. 1880 
revision. It is much stronger than the Tincture of Aconite Leaves, which is still used occa- 
sionally, and made of the strength of two troyounces of powdered aconite leaves in a pint of 
diluted alcohol; and too much caution cannot be observed to avoid mistaking one tincture for 
the other. In preparing it, each step of the process must be carefully attended to. The root 
should be thoroughly comminuted, and very carefully packed in the percolator, and the dis- 
placing menstruum very gradually added. As annoyance is often occasioned in powdering 
aconite by the irritating dust which is apt to rise, it is best prepared by grinding in a mill; 
and if powdered in a mortar, sufficient alcohol should be added to the root to prevent the 
rising of the dust. Tartaric acid used in accordance with the researches of Duquesnel in the 
U. S. 1880 tincture has been abandoned, as it was found to be unnecessary. The dose to begin 
with is from one to three drops (0-06-0T8 C.c.), repeated, and gradually increased, if neces- 
sary, until its peculiar effects are experienced. That of the British tincture is from five to fifteen 
minims (0'3-0-9 C.c.). The external use of the tincture requires care, as serious symptoms 
have followed its too free employment. (Case, Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., Feb. 1872, 74.) * 
TINCTURA ALOES. U. S., Br. Tincture of Aloes. 
(TINC-TU'RA AL'0-E§.) 
Teinture d’Aloes, Fr.; Aloetinktur, G. 
“ Purified Aloes, in moderately fine powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains] ; Liquorice Hoot, in No. 40 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix the powders, and, having moistened the mixture with eighty cubic centi- 
meters [or 2 fluidounces, 338 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, macerate for twenty-four hours; 
then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, 
until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are ob- 
tained.” u. s. 
“ Extract of Barbados Aloes, l ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes ; Liquid Extract of Liquorice, 
3 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 150 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (45 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. 
Place the Extract of Barbados Aloes in a closed vessel with sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or eight hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside for forty-eight hours, occasionally 
shaking until dissolved; add the Liquid Extract of Liquorice; filter; pass sufficient of the 
Alcohol through the filter to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres 
of the Tincture.” Br. 
* Fleming's Tincture of Aconite. This should always be expressly designated when prescribed. It is considerably 
stronger than the official; and several deaths have occurred from the use of it. The following is Fleming’s formula. 
Take of the root, carefully dried and finely powdered, sixteen (troy)ounces ; Alcohol, sixteen fluidounces. Macerate 
for four days, put into a percolator, and add alcohol until twenty-four fluidouncefe are obtained. Not more than two 
drops of this should be given as a commencing dose, to be increased till its peculiar effects are experienced. PART I. 
Tinctura Aloes.—Tinctura Arnicse Florum. 
1371 
The original tincture of aloes of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia was prepared with the official 
diluted alcohol, without the addition of water. The preparation of the U. S. P. 1870 was 
little more than an infusion, with the addition of sufficient alcohol to prevent spontaneous 
decomposition. The process of the Br. Pharm. 1898 shows a marked improvement on the 
former British tincture. Barbados aloes replaces Socotrine, liquid extract of liquorice is used 
instead of the solid extract, and the time for making the tincture is reduced from a week to 
two days. The strength of the British tincture is only one-fourth that of the U. S. tincture. 
The formula of the U. S. 1890 Pharmacopoeia directs liquorice root instead of extract of 
liquorice, and this permits the use of percolation, which is far preferable to maceration. M. 
Meniere says of the tincture of aloes that it deposits crystals of aloin, which adhere to the 
sides of the bottle, and in the upper part of it a yellow resinous matter is seen. (Journ de 
Pharm., 1861, 289.) The dose as a purgative is from two to four fluidrachms (7‘5-15 C.c.), 
as a laxative from one-half to one fluidrachm (l-9-3’7 C.c.). 
TINCTURA ALOES ET MYRRHS. U. S. Tincture of Aloes and 
Myrrh. 
(TINC-TU'RA Xl'0-E§ ET MYR'RIIiE.) 
Tinctura Aloes Composita, LondElixir Proprietatis Paracelsi, P. G.; Elixir de Propriety, Fr.; Aloeelixir, G. 
“ Purified Aloes one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Myrrh, one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Liquorice Root, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes 
[or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of 
seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol to two hun- 
dred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water. Having mixed the 
Aloes, Myrrh, and Liquorice Root, reduce them to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder. Moisten 
the powder with sixty cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 14 minims] of the menstruum, and 
macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and grad- 
ually pour menstruum upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This tincture has been improved by the addition of liquorice root, which not only commu- 
nicates an agreeable taste and obtunds the bitterness of the aloes, but also permits the use of 
percolation. The tincture is a modification of the elixir proprietatis of Paracelsus. It is prac- 
tically identical with the tincture official in 1870. Saffron, which had long been retained in 
compliance with old-time prejudices, can add little to the efficacy of a preparation, and, being 
very expensive, was with great propriety emitted in the 1870 revision. It served, however, 
to impart a rich color to the tincture, the want of which some may consider a defect. The 
tincture is purgative, tonic, and emmenagogue, and is considerably employed in chlorosis and 
amenorrhcea when there is constipation. Dose, from one to two fluidrachms (3-7—7‘5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA ARNICA FLORUM. U. S. Tincture of Arnica Flowers. 
Tiuetura Arnicae, PTiarm. 1870; Teinture d’Arnica, Fr,; Arnikatinktur, G. 
“ Arnica Flowers, in No. 20 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcoliol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Pack the powder firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted 
Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tinc- 
ture are obtained.” U. S. 
There are two tinctures of arnica now official, and it is necessary to add to the title either 
“ Florum” or “ Radicis,” to distinguish them. The tincture of arnica flowers differs from 
that official in 1870 in the menstruum selected, which is now diluted alcohol in place of alco- 
hol. The change was advocated hy numerous pharmaceutical writers, and there is no question 
of the ability of the menstruum to exhaust the arnica flowers, if they are tightly packed in 
the percolator. The principal objection to the change is the greater difficulty that will be 
experienced in mixing the tincture with liniments containing oily and alcoholic liquids. 
In the article upon Arnica, it is stated that arnica is poisonous in overdoses. In the Lancet 
for Nov. 19, 1864 (page 570), Mr. H. Bertin details a case in which a middle-aged man, ten 
hours after having taken by mistake an ounce of tincture of arnica, was in a state approaching 
collapse, with sunken and glassy eyes, dilated and insensible pupils, pulse fluttering and over 
one hundred, skin cold but dry, low and wiry voice, and severe pain in the epigastrium, which 
(TINC-TU'EA AR'NI-QiE FLO'ETJM.) 1372 
Tinctura Arnicse Florum.—Tinctura Aurantii Amari. 
PART I. 
was the first striking symptom that he had experienced, and had come on upon awaking from 
sleep, about eight hours after he swallowed the poison. The mind was apparently clear. 
Though in great danger, he recovered, under the use of opium and brandy with external heat. 
Either alone, or diluted with water, soap liniment, etc., tincture of arnica is often applied 
popularly to bruises, sprains, tumors, and local rheumatic pains, under the impression that it has 
extraordinary healing powers. It probably acts favorably in some instances as a general irri- 
tant. In some skins it produces a violent eczematous inflammation. If given internally, the 
dose would be from ten to thirty minims (0-6—1-9 C.c.), increased until some effect was produced. 
TINCTURA ARNICAE RADICIS. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Arnica Root. 
(TINC-TU'BA AB'NI-QA: EA-DI'CIS.) 
Tinctura Arnicse, Br. 
“ Arnica Root, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four 
hours; then pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum 
upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are 
obtained.” U N. 
“Arnica Rhizome, in No. 40 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (70 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder wTith one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tincture 
should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The British tincture has about one half the strength of the U. S. preparation. Dose, from 
twenty minims to half a fluidrachm (1-25-1-9 C.c.). 
TINCTURA ASAFCETID.E. U. S., Br. Tincture of Asafetida 
(TINC-TU'RA XS-A-FCET'I-D.33.) 
Teinture d’Asefetide, Fr.; Stinkasanttinktur, G. 
“ Asafetida, bruised, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the 
Asafetida with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 2Z fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alcohol, and 
macerate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the 
filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims].” TJ. S. 
“ Asafetida, bruised, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; Alcohol (70 per cent.), a sufficient 
quantity. Place the Asafetida in a closed vessel with fifteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or seven 
hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside for seven days, with occasional 
agitation ; filter; pass sufficient of the alcohol through the filter to produce one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
The British tincture (1898) was increased in strength 60 per cent., and it is now identical 
wilh the U. S. P. preparation. This tincture becomes milky on the addition of water, in con- 
sequence of the separation of the resin. It is somewhat stronger than the tincture official in 
1870, which is an improvement, particularly in view of the gradual decline in the quality 
of the drug. The dose is from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-7 C.c.). 
TINCTURA AURANTII AMARI. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Bitter Orange 
Peel. 
Tinctura Aurantii, Br.; Teinture d’Ecorce d’Oranges ameres, Fr./ Pomeranzensehalentinktur, G. 
“ Bitter Orange Peel, in No. 30 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol to four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluid- 
ounces, 252 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 
6 fluidounces, 266 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack 
(TINC-TU'RA AU-RXN'TI-I A-MA'RI—aw-riin'shf-i.) Tinctura Aurantii Amari.—Tinctura Belladonnse Foliorum. 
1373 
PART I. 
it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Fresh Bitter Orange Peel, cut small, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 250 grammes; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
It is the peel of the Seville orange that is directed in this process; and the outer part only 
is active. The substitution of fresh for dried orange peel has been proposed in England, and 
its propriety considerably discussed. (See P. J. Tr., Nov. 9,1872, also April 4,1874.) Indeed, 
it met with so much favor as to be introduced in the 1885 revision of the British Pharmaco- 
poeia, and was used in the Tinctura Aurantii Recentis, Br.; but in the Br. Pharm. 1898 the 
name was changed to Tinctura Aurantii. It will be seen that the U. S. and British tinctures 
are not identical, the former having a greenish-brown color and containing some hesperidin or 
bitter principle. The U. S. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel (see next article) closely resem- 
bles the British Tincture of Orange. The tincture from the fresh peel is less powerful as a 
bitter than this preparation, but is much superior in aroma and flavor. (See Tinctura Aurantii 
jDulcis.) The tincture of orange peel is employed as a grateful addition to infusions, decoc- 
tions, and mixtures. The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3-7-7-5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA AURANTII DULCIS. U. S. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel. 
“ Sweet Orange Peel, taken from the fresh fruit, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 
grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Orange Peel (which should be as free as possible from the 
inner, white layer), previously cut into small pieces, with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 
27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it 
moderately in a conical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This tincture was introduced for the first time in the U. S. P. 1880, and was designed to fur- 
nish a highly flavored alcoholic preparation of orange. The peel should be grated: the official 
direction to cut it into small pieces is not definite enough if a successful percolation is desired. 
This tincture has no peculiar medicinal properties, but is used as a pleasant adjuvant. 
(TINC-TU'KA iU-KAN'TI-l DUL'CIS.) 
TINCTURA BELLADONNA FOLIORUM. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Bel- 
ladonna Leaves. 
(TINC-TU'RA BEL'LA-DON'NiE FO-LI-O'RUM.) 
Tinotura Belladonnse, Br., U'. S. P. 1880 ; Teinture de Belladone, Fr.; Belladonnatinktur, 0. 
“ Belladonna Leaves, in No. 60 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fiuidounces, 390 minims]. Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluid- 
ounces, 366 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it 
firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fiuidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” TJ. S. 
“ Liquid Extract of Belladonna, 2 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 60 cubic centimetres; 
Alcohol (60 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. To the -Liquid Extract of Belladonna add enough 
of the Alcohol to form thirty fluid, ounces (Imp. meas.) or nine hundred cubic centimetres of 
the Tincture ; set aside for twenty-four hours ; filter. On evaporation to a low bulk, and sub- 
sequent treatment by the analytical process employed for ‘ Extractum Belladonnse Liquidum,’ 
100 cubic centimetres of the Tincture should yield not less than 0-048 nor more than 0-052 
gramme of alkaloid.” Br. 
In the U. S. P. 1890 the name of this tincture has been changed to Tinctura Belladonnse 
Foliorum, for the sake of greater precision. The British tincture (1898) is made by diluting 
the assayed fluid extract of belladonna root, and is undoubtedly more uniform in composition 
than would be the unassayed tincture made from the leaves. It is probably three times the 
strength of the former British tincture. 
The U. S. tincture is an efficient preparation when made from the recently dried leaves; 
but the imported leaves are of very uncertain strength, and a tincture prepared from them is 
to be less relied upon than the extract. The dose is from fifteen to thirty drops (0-9-1-9 C.c.). 
That of the British tincture is from five to fifteen minims (0-3-0-9 C.c.). 1374 
Tinctura Benzoini.—Tinctura Bryonise. 
PART I. 
TINCTURA BENZOINI. U. S. Tincture of Benzoin 
Tinctura Benzoes, P. G.; Teinture de Benjoin, Fr.; Benzoetinktur, G. 
“ Benzoin, in moderately coarse powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains]; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix the powder with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] 
of Alcohol, and macerate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, 
through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centime- 
ters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This tincture may be exhibited in doses of from twenty minims to half a fluidrachm (1’25- 
1-9 C.c.), but was, no doubt, introduced into the Pharmacopoeia chiefly or solely for the pur- 
pose of adding to ointments to prevent rancidity. 
(TINC-TtJ'KA BfiN-ZO-I'NI.) 
TINCTURA BENZOINI COMPOSITA. U. S., Br. Compound Tincture 
of Benzoin. 
(TINC-TU'BA BfiN-ZO-I'NI COM-P5§'l-TA.) 
Tinctura Balsamica, Balsamum Commendatoris, Elixir Traumaticum; Teinture balsamique, Baume du Comman- 
deur de Permes, Fr.; Persischer Wundbalsam, G. 
“ Benzoin, in coarse powder, one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 grains] ; 
Purified Aloes, in coarse powder, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Storax, eighty grammes [or 
2 ounces av., 360 grains] ; Balsam of Tolu, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix the Benzoin, Aloes, Storax, and Balsam of Tolu with eight hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alcohol, and digest the mixture, at a temperature not ex- 
ceeding 65° C. (149° F.), for two hours in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, 
through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture, when cold, measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
“Benzoin, in coarse powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Prepared Storax, 1£ 
ounces (Imp.) or 75 grammes; Balsam of Tolu, £ ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Socotrine 
Aloes, 160 grains or 18-3 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Place the 
Benzoin, Storax, Balsam of Tolu, and Aloes with sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol in a closed vessel, set aside for two days, frequently 
agitating; filter; pass sufficient of the Alcohol through the filter to produce one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
This tincture is a stimulating expectorant, occasionally used in chronic catarrhal affections. 
It has been recommended also in chronic dysentery, with a view to its alterative action on 
the ulcerated surface of the colon ; hut it is principally employed as a local application to indo- 
lent ulcers, chapped nipples, etc. It is the balsamum traumaticum of the older Pharmacopoeias, 
and may he considered as a simplified form of certain complex compositions, such as baume 
de commandeur, Wade's balsam, Friar s balsam, Jesuits' drops, Turlington's balsam,* etc., which 
were formerly in repute, and are still esteemed among the vulgar, as pectorals and vulnera- 
ries. The compound tincture of benzoin is decomposed by water. The dose is from thirty 
minims to two fluidrachms (1-9—7-5 C.c.). A variety of court plaster is made hy applying to 
black silk, by means of a brush, first a solution of isinglass, and afterwards an alcoholic solu- 
tion of benzoin. 
TINCTURA BRYONIA. U. S. Tincture of Bryonia 
Teinture de Bryone, Fr.; Zaunriibetinktur, G. 
“ Bryonia, recently dried, and in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 
minims] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical 
percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This tincture is used as a cathartic in doses of from one to two fluidrachms (3’7—7'5 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'KA BRY-0'NI-2E.) 
* The following is the formula for Turlington’x baUam adopted by the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. “Take 
of Alcohol Oviij, Benzoin §xij, Liquid Storax §iv, Socotrine Aloes 3jj, Peruvian Balsam £ij, Myrrh 3j, Angelica 
Root 3ss, Balsam of Tolu 3iv, Extract of Liquorice Root gir. Digest for ten days, and strain. (Journ. of the 
Phila. Coll, of Pharm.t v. 28.) PART i. 
Tinctura Buchu.—Tinctura Cannabis Indicse. 
1375 
TINCTURA BUCHU. Br. Tincture of Buchu 
(TINC-TU'KA BU'fJHU.) 
Teinture do Bucco, Fr.; Buchutinktur, G. 
“ Buchu Leaves, in No. 20 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting 
Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture was increased 60 per cent, in the last revision of the Br. Pharm. It has the 
virtues of buchu leaves, and may be given in the dose of from one to two fluidrachms (3‘7— 
7 5 C.c.), either simply diluted with water or as an addition to the infusion of the leaves. 
TINCTURA CALENDULA. U. S. Tincture of Calendula. 
(TINC-TU'RA CA-LEN'DU-LiE.) 
Teinture de Fleurs de Tous-les-Mois, Fr.; Ringelblumetinktur, G. 
“ Calendula, in No. 20 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Alco- 
hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and 
gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” XJ. S. 
This tincture has been improved in the 1890 revision by substituting alcohol as a men- 
struum for the diluted alcohol used in the 1880 process. It is employed externally for the 
same purposes as tincture of arnica flowers. When made with diluted alcohol, some precipita- 
tion takes place ; alcohol is therefore preferable as a menstruum, and on account of the tincture 
being used externally makes it more efficient therapeutically. 
TINCTURA CALUMBiE. U. S., Br. Tincture of Calumba. 
(TINC-TU'RA CA-LUM'B/E.) 
Tinctura Colombo; Teinture de Colombo, Fr.; Kolombotinktur, G. 
11 Calumba, in No. 20 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 
fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol to four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 
fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it in 
a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” TJ. S. 
“ Calumba Root, in No. 20 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
Mr. Joseph Ince recommends that the tincture be prepared from the root as found in 
commerce, without further slicing or powdering it. Made as he proposes, the tincture is clear 
and bright; while if the powdered root is used it will be very turbid, even after filtration. 
(P. J. Tr., xiv. 491.) No. 20 powder is now directed instead of the No. 50 powder used in 
the U. S. P. 1870.* Tincture of calumba may be added to tonic infusions or decoctions, to 
increase their stimulant power, but, like all the other bitter tinctures, should be used with 
caution. The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3-7-7‘5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA CANNABIS INDICT. U. S., Br. Tincture of Indian 
Cannabis. 
(TINC-TU'RA CXN'NA-BIS In'DI-Q-®-) 
Tinctura Cannabis, Pharm. 1870; Tincture of Hemp; Tincture of Indian Hemp; Tinetura Cannabis Indicas, 
P. G.; Teinture de Chanvre Indien, Fr.; Indischhanftinktur, G. 
u Indian Cannabis, in No. 40 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
* Tincture of Calumba. J. B. Moore recommends the following process. Calumba, in powder No. 20, 4 troy oz.; 
alcohol, 22 fl.oz.; glycerin and water, each 5£ fl.oz.; dilute alcohol, q. s. Mix the alcohol, glycerin, and water, 
moisten the powdered calumba with the mixture, pack in a close vessel, and set aside to macerate for 6 hours; then 
pack in a glass funnel prepared for percolation, and gradually pour upon it the remainder of the menstruum, and, 
when this has passed from the surface, continue the percolation with dilute alcohol until 32 fluidounces of tincture 
are obtained. (Druggists’ Circular, May, 1877.) 1376 
Tinctura Cannabis Indicse.—Tinctura Capsid. 
PART I. 
390 minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluid- 
ounces, 35 minims] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Extract of Indian Hemp, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Extract of Indian Hemp in eighteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or nine hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; filter if necessary ; add sufficient of the Al- 
cohol to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
The American reader must take care not to confound the Indian Hemp here referred to 
with Apocynum cannabinum, known by the same name in this country. The term “ Indian 
Hemp” should be dropped entirely, as its continued use has been the cause of at least one fatal 
mistake. The strength of the present tincture is about 5 per cent, less than that of the 1880 
tincture. The dose is from fifteen to thirty minims (0-9 to 1-9 C.c.), or about fifty drops, to 
be gradually increased till some effects are experienced. 
TINCTURA CANTHARIDIS. U. S., Br. Tincture of Cantharides. 
(TINC-TU'BA CAN-THXb'I-DIS.) 
Tincture of Spanish Flies; Tinctura Cantharidum, P. G.; Teinture de Cantharides, Fr.; Spanischfliegentinktur, G. 
“ Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Moisten the powder with thirty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 7 minims] of Alcohol, and 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“Cantharides, in No. 40 powder, } ounce (Imperial) or 12-5 grammes; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration pro- 
cess.” Br. 
An improvement was made in this tincture in the 1880 revision by substituting alcohol for 
diluted alcohol. It is frequently used in mixtures of castor oil and alcohol in the so-called hair 
tonics, and when made with diluted alcohol turbidity results. The official tincture is slightly 
stronger than that of the U. S. P. 1870. It is the most convenient form for the internal use of 
Spanish flies, the virtues of which it possesses to their full extent. (See Cantliaris.) If made 
with diluted alcohol, when long kept it deposits fatty matter, cantharidin in rhomboidal tables, 
and other crystals of a quite different form. (Meniere, Joum. de Pharm., Avril, 1861, p. 289.) 
It is occasionally employed externally as a rubefacient; but its liability to vesicate should be 
taken into consideration. The British tincture is too feeble, containing the virtues of only 0-68 
of a grain of cantharides in a fluidrachm. The dose of the U. S. tincture is from three to ten 
drops (0'09-0'30 C.c.), repeated three or four times a day. 
TINCTURA CAPSICI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Capsicum. [Tincture of 
Cayenne Pepper.] 
(tinc-tu'ba cXr'si-ci.) 
Teinture de Piment des Jardins, Fr.; Spanischpfeffertinktur, G. 
“ Capsicum, in No. 30 powder, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Alcohol, Water, 
each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of nine hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims] of Alcohol to fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 
331 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with forty cubic centimeters [or 1 
fluidounce, 169 minims] of the menstruum, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” TJ. S. 
“Capsicum, in No. 20 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (70 per cent.), 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This tincture is slightly stronger than that of the U. S. P. 1870, and has been improved by 
the substitution of alcohol for diluted alcohol, as suggested by G. W. Kennedy (A. J. P., 
March, 1876) and others. It is a useful stimulant in very low states of the system with gastric 
insensibility, as in malignant scarlet and typhus fevers, and in the cases of drunkards. It may 
also be used, diluted with water, as a gargle. (See Capsicum.') Applied by means of a camel’s- 
hair pencil to the relaxed uvula, it sometimes produces contraction and relieves prolapsus of 
that part. The dose is from ten to fifteen minims (0-3 to 0 9 C.c.). 1377 
PAKT I, 
Tinctura Cardamomi.—Tinctura Catechu Composita. 
TINCTURA CARDAMOMI. U. S. Tincture of Cardamom. 
(TINC-TU'KA CAR-DA-MO'MI.) 
Teinture de Cardamome, Fr.; Kardamomentinktur, G. 
“ Cardamom, in No. 30 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This tincture is an agreeable but strong aromatic, and may be advantageously added to 
tonic and purgative infusions. The dose is one fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.). 
TINCTURA CARDAMOMI COMPOSITA. U. S., Br. Compound Tincture 
of Cardamom. 
(TINC-TU'RA CAR-DA-MO'MI COM-PO§'l-TA.) 
Teinture de Cardamome composee, Fr.; Zusammengesetzte Kardamomentinktur, G. 
“ Cardamom, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Cassia Cinnamon, twenty grammes [or 309 
grains] ; Caraway, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Cochineal, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Gly- 
cerin, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Carda- 
mom, Cinnamon, Caraway, and Cochineal, and reduce them to a moderately coarse (No. 40) 
powder. Having moistened the powder with twenty-five cubic centimeters [or 406 minims] of 
Diluted Alcohol, pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol 
upon it, until nine hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 32 fluidounces, 59 minims] of 
Tincture are obtained ; then add the Glycerin, and mix them.” U. S. 
“ Cardamom Seeds, bruised, J ounce (Imperial) or 12-5 grammes; Caraway Fruit, bruised, 
1 ounce (Imp.) or 12-5 grammes; Raisins of commerce, freed from seeds, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 
100 grammes ; Cinnamon Bark, bruised, i ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes ; Cochineal, in powder, 
55 grains or 6 3 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centi- 
metres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This is a very agreeable aromatic tincture, occasionally used as a carminative in the dose of 
one or two fluidrachms (3'7 or 7-5 C.c.), but more frequently as an addition to mixtures, 
infusions, etc., which it renders pleasant to the taste and acceptable to the stomach. The sub- 
stitution of honey in the U. S. formula of 1870 for the raisins in that of 1850 was an improve- 
ment, as it facilitated the process and gave more precision to the result; but a still greater 
improvement was made in the process of 1880 in the substitution of glycerin, which increases 
the stability of the preparation and takes the place of a liquid which is usually found adul- 
terated in commerce. 
TINCTURA CASCARILLjE. Br. Tincture of Cascarilla. 
(TINC-TU'RA CXS-CA-RIL/LiE.) 
Teinture de Cascarille, Fr.; Kaskarilltinktur, G. 
“ Cascarilla, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; Alcohol (70 per cent.), 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
and fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The result- 
ing Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres. ’ Br. 
This tincture has the properties of cascarilla, but is seldom if ever used in this country. 
The dose is from thirty minims to two fluidrachms (1-9-7-5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA CATECHU COMPOSITA. U. S. (Br.) Compound Tincture 
of Catechu. 
(TINC-TU'RA CAT'E-0HU C0M-P0§'I-TA.) 
Tinctura Catechu, Br.; Teinture de Cachou, Fr.; Katechutinktur, G. 
“ Catechu, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Cassia Cin- 
namon, in No. 40 powder, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a suf- 
ficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix 
the powders, and, without moistening, pack the mixture firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then 
gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 1378 
Tinctura Chiratse.—Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinse Composite. 
part i. 
“ Catechu, in coarse powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; Cinnamon Bark, bruised, 
1 ounce (Imp.) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic cen- 
timetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
The name of this tincture was changed at the 1880 revision, so that it more accurately indi- 
cates its composition than did its former name. Cinnamon has been present in the tincture of 
catechu of former Pharmacopoeias in the same relatively large proportion,—2 parts of cinnamon 
to 3 parts of catechu,—and this disproportion has been usually overlooked. The present tinc- 
ture contains 2 parts of catechu to 1 part of cinnamon. The British tincture (1898) was 
increased 60 per cent, in the proportion of catechu. This is a grateful astringent tincture, 
useful in all cases to which catechu is applicable and in which small quantities of spirit are 
not objectionable. It may often be advantageously added to cretaceous mixtures in diarrhoea. 
The dose is from thirty minims to three fluidrachms (1-9-11-25 C.c.), which may be given 
with sweetened water or some mucilaginous liquid, or in port wine when this is not contra- 
indicated. It sometimes gelatinizes when kept, and becomes unfit for use. 
TINCTURA CHIRATA. U. S., Br. Tincture of Chirata. 
(TINC-TU'RA CHI-RA'TiE.) 
Tincture of Chiretta; Teinture de Chirette, Fr.; Chirettatinktur, G. 
“ Chirata, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, macerate for twenty-four 
hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, 
until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” 
u.s. 
“ Chiretta, in No. 40 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100' grammes ; Alcohol (60 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fiuid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tinc- 
ture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This is a tonic tincture which was introduced for the first time by the U. S. P. 1880, but 
which even before then had been largely used in some sections of our country. The British 
tincture (1898) was decreased in strength 20 per cent., and is now uniform with the U. S. 
tincture. The dose is from one to two fluidrachms (3-7-7‘5 C.c.), three or four times a day. 
TINCTURA CHLOROFORMI ET MORPHINE COMPOSITE. Br. 
Compound Tincture of Chloroform and Morphine. 
(TlNC-TU'RA CJHLO-RO-FOR'mI It mor-ph!'N2E com-po§'i-t.r.) 
“ Chloroform, 1$ fl- ounces (Imperial measure) or 75 cubic centimetres ; Morphine Hydrochlo- 
ride, 87$ grains or 10 grammes; Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid, 1 Ji. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 50 
cubic centimetres; Tincture of Capsicum, $ ji. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic centimetres; 
Tincture of Indian Hemp, 2 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Oil of Pep- 
permint, 14 minims or 15 cubic centimetres; Glycerin, 5 ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 250 cubic 
centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the Chloroform, Tincture of 
Capsicum, Tincture of Indian Hemp, Oil of Peppermint, and Glycerin with nine Jiuid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or four hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and dissolve the 
Morphine Hydrochloride in the mixture; add the Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid; then mix with 
enough of the Alcohol to form one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of 
the Compound Tincture. This preparation contains in a ten-minim dose f minim of Chloro- 
form, $ minim of Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid, and grain of Morphine Hydrochloride,—that 
is, more than four times the proportion of Morphine Hydrochloride present in the corre- 
sponding preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
This is the official substitute for chlorodyne, the well-known British nostrum. It differs not 
only in strength (see above) from the preparation formerly official, but is now transparent. 
The dose is from five to ten minims (0-31-0-62 C.c.). (See also Mistura Chloroformi et Opii, 
National Formulary, Part II., and Chlorodyne, p. 383.) Tinctura Cimicifuga.—Tinctura Cinchonse. 
1379 
PART I. 
TINCTURA CIMICIFUG/E. U. S., Br. Tincture of Cimicifuga. 
Tinctura Actaeae; Tincture of Aetaea. 
“ Cimicifuga, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] 
of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, 
and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Cimicifuga, in No. 40 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the. powder with one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty cubic cen- 
timetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tincture should 
measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture is inferior to the fluid extract, because the medical powers of the menstruum 
are almost equal to those of the drug, although dissimilar. The strength of the British tinc- 
ture (1898) was injudiciously decreased 20 per cent., and it is now only half that of the U. S. 
tincture. The dose is from a fluidrachm to half a fluidounce (3-7-15 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA CIM-I-CIF'U-^.) 
TINCTURA CINCHONA. U. S., Br. Tincture of Cinchona. 
(TINC-TU'BA CIN-j3HO'N2E.) 
Tincture of Yellow Cinchona; Tincture of Peruvian Bark; Tinctura Chinee, P. 0.; Teinture de Quinquina, Pr./ 
Chinatinktur, G. 
“ Cinchona, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Glycerin, 
seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 257 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the 
Glycerin with six hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 22 fluidounces, 396 minims] of 
Alcohol and two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water. 
Having moistened the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] 
of the menstruum, macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass 
percolator, and pour on the remainder of the menstruum. When the liquid has disappeared 
from the surface, gradually pour on more of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the 
same proportions as before, and continue the percolation, until one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U S. 
“ Red Cinchona Bark, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; Alcohol (70 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powdered Bark with four fluid ounces (Imp. 
rneas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside for twenty-four hours in a 
closed vessel ; percolate with more of the Alcohol, until fourteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
seven hundred cubic centimetres of percolate have been collected ; press the marc; add the 
expressed liquid to the percolate ; set aside for twenty-four hours ; filter. 
“ Take ten cubic centimetres of the resulting strong tincture, and determine its proportion 
of alkaloids by the assay process given under ‘ Extractum Cinchonae Liquidum.’ 
“Add to the bulk of the strong tincture such a quantity of the Alcohol that one hundred 
cubic centimetres of the resulting Tincture shall contain one gramme of alkaloids. Ten cubic 
centimetres, when treated by the assay process described under ‘ Extractum Cinchonae 
Liquidum,’ should yield an amount of alkaloids representing not less than 0-95 gramme nor 
more than 1-05 grammes, in one hundred cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
This tincture is very properly made with a large proportion of bark, as in the bitter tinctures 
it is important that the alcohol should bear as small a proportion to the tonic principle as pos- 
sible. Even when strongest, however, it cannot, in ordinary cases, be given in doses sufficiently 
large to obtain the full effect of the bark, without stimulating too highly. The tincture of the 
Br. Ph. 1898 is now made from 70 per cent, alcohol instead of the old menstruum 50 per cent., 
and is assayed so that it has a definite strength (100 C.c. containing 1 Gm. of alkaloids) ; these 
are undoubted improvements. (Chem. and Drug., 1892, 325.) A deposit is apt to form in 
the tincture when kept, consisting chiefly of cinchonic red holding probably a portion of the 
alkaloids in combination. This was found by Mr. J. Adams to be perfectly dissolved by heat, 
though it uniformly reappeared on the cooling of the tincture. The addition of diluted sul- 
phuric acid did not cause its solution ; and, even though it was removed by filtering the tinc- 1380 
Tinctura Cinchonae Composita. 
PART I. 
ture, the deposition was afterwards renewed. (P. J. Tr., April, 1868, 470.) In reference to 
a mode of obviating in some measure this tendency to deposition, the reader is referred to the 
statements of M. Yauflart on the subject of deposition in the tinctures prepared by percola- 
tion. Mr. A. B. Taylor, in experimenting on this subject, prepared a tincture in which the 
menstruum consisted of two parts of alcohol, one part of water, and one part of glycerin, and 
which was kept three months without undergoing deposition. (A. J. P., Jan. 1865, 50.) 
This suggested the addition of glycerin to the official formula, and there can be no doubt that 
the tincture has been thereby improved, experience having demonstrated the utility of glycerin 
in liquid preparations of cinchona. Tincture of cinchona is rarely employed, but may be used 
as a tonic in doses of from one to four fluidrachms (3-7-15 C.c.). 
TINCTURA CINCHONA COMPOSITA. U. S., Br. Compound Tincture 
of Cinchona. 
(TINC-TU'KA CIN-eilO'NiE COM-POij'l-TA.) 
Compound Tincture of Peruvian Bark; Tinctura Chinae Composita, P. G.; Huxham’s Tincture of Bark; Teiuture 
de Quinquina composee, Elixir febrifuge d’Huxam, Fr.; Zusammengesetzte Chinatinktur, G. 
“ Bed Cinchona, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Bitter Orange Peel, 
eighty grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 grains] ; Serpentaria, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; 
Glycerin, seventy-jive cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 257 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix the Glycerin with eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] 
of Alcohol and seventy-five cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 257 minims] of Water. Having 
mixed the Cinchona, Orange Peel, and Serpentaria, reduce them to a fine (No. 60) powder. 
Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of the 
menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass 
percolator, and gradually pour on the remainder of the menstruum. When the liquid has dis- 
appeared from the surface, gradually pour on more of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made 
in the same proportions as before, and continue the percolation, until one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U S. 
“Dried Bitter-Orange Peel, well bruised, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Serpentary 
Bhizome, in No. 40 powder, £ ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Cochineal, in powder, 28 grains 
or 3-2 grammes; Saffron, 55 grains or 6-3 grammes; Tincture of Cinchona, 10 f. ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or 500 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (70 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix 
the solid ingredients with ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres 
of the Alcohol; set aside in a closed vessel for seven days, agitating frequently ; strain ; press 
the marc; mix the liquids; add the Tincture of Cinchona, and enough of the Alcohol to pro- 
duce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Compound Tincture; set 
aside for twenty-four hours; filter. 10 cubic centimetres, when treated by the assay process 
described under ‘ Extractum Cinchonae Liquidum,’ should yield not less than 0 045 gramme 
nor more than 0-055 gramme of alkaloids. 2 cubic centimetres of the Compound Tincture 
after evaporation should leave a residue which imparts a yellow color to chloroform." Br. 
This is the preparation commonly known by the name of Huxham's tincture of bark. It 
differs from that official in the U. S. P. 1870 principally in the alcoholic strength of the men- 
struum, which is now about in the proportion of 11 volumes of alcohol to 1 volume of water; 
it was formerly 3 volumes of alcohol to 1 volume of water. The use of glycerin is an improve- 
ment, precipitation being thus largely prevented. It will be observed that the drugs are not 
directed in the powdered state, the intention being to mix the drugs together and then to re- 
duce the mixture to a uniform powder; in this way the volatile principles in the Serpentaria 
and Orange Peel are retained, and thorough exhaustion by percolation is secured. The process 
for the British tincture (1898) presents some novel features. Half of the quantity of the 
tincture is first made from four of the ingredients; this is then mixed with an equal bulk of 
tincture of cinchona. The reason for this is probably to avoid assaying a mixed product during 
the process; but the final test has to deal with the finished tincture, and the utility of the 
whole method is doubtful. The U. S. plan of using assayed cinchona bark, and then exhaust- 
ing all of the ingredients by percolation, is simpler and just as efficient. Compound tincture of 
cinchona is an excellent stomachic cordial tonic, too feeble, however, in the principles of cin- 
chona to serve as a substitute for the alkaloids when a full effect is required. The dose is 
from one to four fluidrachms (3-7-15 C.c.). Tinctura Cinnamomi.—Tinctura Colchici Berninis. 
1381 
PART I. 
TINCTURA CINNAMOMI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Cinnamon. 
Teinture de Cannelle, Fr.; Zimmttinktur, G. 
“ Ceylon Cinnamon, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; 
Glycerin, fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the 
Glycerin with seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alco- 
hol and two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water. Having 
moistened the powder with fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 minims] of the men- 
struum, pack it in a conical percolator, gradually pour on the remainder of the menstruum, 
and afterwards more of a mixture of Alcohol and Water, made in the same proportions as 
before, and continue the percolation, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Cinnamon Bark, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (70 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The result- 
ing Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The British tincture (1898) was increased 60 per cent, in the proportion of cinnamon, and 
it is now twice the strength of the U. S. preparation. This tincture has the aromatic and 
astringent properties of cinnamon, and may be used as an adjuvant to cretaceous mixtures 
and astringent infusions or decoctions. By long keeping it is apt to gelatinize and become 
unfit for use. According to Mr. Greenish, this can be prevented by using a menstruum com- 
posed of six parts of alcohol and two parts of water. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1872, 641.) The 
dose is from one to three or four fluidrachms (3-7-11-25 or 15 C.c.). It forms an agreeable 
flavoring to other tinctures. 
(TINC-TU'EA CIN-NA-MO'MI.) 
TINCTURA COCCI. Br. Tincture of Cochineal. 
Teinture de Cochenille, Fr.; Cochenilletinktur, G. 
“ Cochineal, in powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Alcohol (45 per cent.), 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This is valued chiefly for imparting color to liquid preparations. It may, however, be given 
internally in nervous affections in doses of from twenty drops to a fluidrachm (T25-3-7 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'KA cbc'gi.) 
TINCTURA COLCHICI SEMINIS. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Colchicum 
Seed. 
Tinctura Colchici Seminum, Br.; Tinctura Colchici, U. S. 1880; Tincture of Colchicum Seeds; Teinture de 
Semences de Colchique, Fr.; Zeitlosentinktur, G. 
“ Colchicum Seed, in No. 30 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol and four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with one hundred cubic 
centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, macerate for twenty-four hours ; 
then pack it moderately in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it 
until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” 
U.S. 
“ Colchicum Seeds, in No. 30 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two and a half fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the 
percolation process. The resulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thou- 
sand cubic centimetres. This preparation is made with rather more than one and a half times 
the proportion of Colchicum Seeds ordered for the corresponding preparation in the British 
Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
It was at one time supposed that the tincture was quite as effective made from the unbruised 
as from the bruised seeds; but the opinion has been shown to be erroneous. (A. J. P., xxvi. 
120.) See also a paper by Mr. N. Rosenwasser, Ibid., 1877, 436. Subsequently Mr. L. I. 
C0L'(3HI-Cl sem'i-nis.) 1382 
Tinctura Conii.—Tinctura Cubebse. 
PART I. 
Morris showed that if the whole seeds were digested with hot diluted alcohol they could 
be perfectly exhausted. (A. J. P., 1881, p. 6.) Prof. Maisch recommends, as a convenient 
method of comminuting the seeds, to macerate them for two or three days in a portion of the 
menstruum, then to remove them and bruise them in a clean iron mortar, taking care that none 
of the menstruum or of the seeds should be wasted. (Ibid., xxviii. 514.) 
This tincture possesses the properties of colchicum, and may be given whenever that medi- 
cine is indicated ; but the wine, containing less alcohol, is generally preferred. The dose is 
from fifteen minims to one fluidrachm (0 9-3-7 C.c.), to be repeated with caution. 
TINCTURA CONII. Br. Tincture of Conium. 
(TINC-TU'RA CO-NI'I.) 
Tinctura Conii Fructus, Br. 1874; Tincture of Hemlock Fruit; Teinture de Cigue, Fr.; Schierlingstinktur, O. 
“ Conium Fruit, recently reduced to No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; 
Alcohol (70 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid, ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or two hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. 
The resulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres.” Br. 
This tincture was not admitted to the U. S. P. 1890 ; the formula of the tincture official in 
1880 is appended* The British tincture (1898) was increased 60 per cent, in strength 
over the tincture of the Br. Ph. 1885. A strong odor of coniine should be emitted by the 
tincture upon the addition of potassa. M. Meniere states that it lets fall, on standing, a yellow 
miliary deposit, resembling drops of oil, the form of which is modified under pressure. Ac- 
cording to the experiments of Br. John Harley, of London (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1867, 414), the 
British tincture is an uncertain preparation, two fluidounces of it sometimes failing to produce 
any effect. The U. S. P. 1880 tincture is, however, about 30 per cent, stronger than the 
British, and cannot be considered inert if care be taken to select the conium fruit properly. 
The commencing dose is thirty minims (1-9 C.c.), to be increased if necessary. 
(TINC-TU'RA CRO'CI.) 
Teinture de Safran, Fr.; Safrantinktur, G. 
“ Saffron, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, to make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Moisten the 
Saffron with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, 
and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and grad- 
ually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Saffron, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), one pint (Imp. meas.) 
or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the macera'tion process.” Br. 
This tincture possesses all the properties of saffron, but is of little other use than to give 
color to mixtures. The dose is from one to three fluidrachms (3-7-11-25 C.c.). 
TINCTURA CROCI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Saffron 
TINCTURA CUBEBS. U. S., Br. Tincture of Cubeb. 
(TINC-TU'RA CU-BE'BiE.) 
Tincture of Cubebs ; Teinture de Cubebes, Fr.; Kubebentinktur, G. 
“ Cubeb, in No. 30 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Alco- 
hol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and 
gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Cubebs, in powder, 4 ounces (Imperial), or 200 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a suffi- 
cient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic 
* “ Comum, in No. 30 powder, one hundred and fifty parts [or four and three-quarter ounces av.]; Diluted Hydro- 
chloric Acid, four parts [or one fluidrachm] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand parts 
[or two pints]. Moisten the powder with forty-five parts [or two fluidounces] of Diluted Alcohol, previously mixed 
with the Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it moderately in a conical 
glass percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand parts [or two pints] of Tincture are 
obtained.” U. S. PART I. 
Tinctura Digitalis.—Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. 
1383 
centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tincture 
should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The U. S. P. 1880 tincture was about 25 per cent, weaker than that of the U. S. P. 1870, a 
change which was very unfortunate, almost destroying any therapeutic value the preparation 
may have had. The U. S. P. 1890 tincture, which is double the strength of the former tinc- 
ture, undoubtedly represents cubeb. The British tincture (1898) is 60 per cent, stronger than 
the one formerly official, and is now identical with the U. S. preparation. The dose is from 
one to two fluidrachms (3-7-7-5 C.c.) 
TINCTURA DIGITALIS. U. S., Br. Tincture of Digitalis. 
Tincture of Foxglove; Teinture de Digitate, Fr.; Fingerhuttinktur, G. 
“ Digitalis, in No. 60 powder, one hundred, and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand, cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 
35 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” XJ. S. 
“ Digitalis Leaves, in No. 20 powder, 2\ ounces (Imperial) or 125 grammes; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The result- 
ing Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
In preparing this tincture, great attention should be paid to the selection of the leaves, ac- 
cording to the rules laid down under the head of Digitalis. From a neglect of these it is apt 
to be weak or inefficient. The expressed juice of the leaves, preserved by means of alcohol, 
prepared as the British Succi, would probably be found a powerful preparation. (See page 
1306.) Tincture of digitalis possesses all the virtues of that narcotic, and affords a con- 
venient method of administering it, especially in mixtures. It is said by M. Meniere to de- 
posit on standing a green oily matter, and some white lance-shaped crystals soluble in an excess 
of acid. (Journ. de Pharm., Avril, 1861, p. 289.) The present U. S. preparation is slightly 
stronger than that of 1870. The ordinary dose is from ten to twenty drops (0-6-1-25 C.c.), 
repeated two or three times a day, and increased if necessary, but with caution; a fluidrachm, 
representing about eight grains of digitalis, may be given on occasion as a single dose. 
(TINC-TU'RA Diq-I-TA'LIS.) 
TINCTURA ERGOTiE AMMONIATA. Br. Ammoniated Tincture of 
Ergot. 
“ Ergot, in No. 20 powder, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 250 grammes; Solution of Ammonia, 2 
fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (60 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. 
Mix the Solution of Ammonia with eighteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or nine hundred cubic 
centimetres of the Alcohol; moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one 
hundred cubic centimetres of this mixture, and percolate with the remainder; press the 
marc; mix the expressed liquid with the percolate; add enough of the Alcohol to form one 
pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture ; set aside for twenty- 
four hours; filter.” Br. 
This is a new official tincture of the Br. Ph. 1898; it differs from the tincture recommended 
by the British Pharmaceutical Conference in the use of solution of ammonia in place of 
aromatic spirit of ammonia. Dose, from one-half to one fluidrachm (P9-3-7 C.c.). 
(tInc-tu'ra er'go-tje am-mo-ni-a'ta.) 
TINCTURA FERRI CHLORIDI. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Ferric Chloride. 
(Tmc-TU'RA fer'r! CHLO'RI-Dl.) 
“A hydro-alcoholic solution of Ferric Chloride [Fe2Cl6 = 323-98] containing about 13-6 
per cent, of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 4-7 (4*(59) per cent, of metallic 
iron.” V.S. 
Tinctura Ferri Perchloridi, Br.; Tincture of Chloride of Iron; Tinctura Ferri Muriatis; Tincture of Perchlo- 
ride of Iron; Tincture of Muriate of Iron; Tinctura Ferri Sesquichloridi; Teinture de Perchlorure de Fer, Fr.; 
Eisenchloridtinktur, G. 
u Solution of Ferric Chloride, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 
minims] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 1384 
Tindura Fern Chloridi. 
PART I. 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Solution with enough Alcohol to make one thousand cubic cen- 
timeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Let the Tincture stand, in a closely-covered vessel, 
at least three months; then transfer it to glass-stoppered bottles, and keep it protected from 
light.” PS. 
“ Strong Solution of Ferric Chloride, 5 jl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 250 cubic centi- 
metres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 5 Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 250 cubic centimetres; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the Strong Solution of Ferric Chloride with the Alcohol; 
add sufficient Distilled Water to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres of the Tincture.” Br. 
This tincture does not differ materially from that official in 1880, the change due to making 
one by weight and the other by volume, and the rounding of the figures, causing a difference 
in specific gravity,—the U. S. P. 1880 tincture having the sp. gr. 0980 and the U. S. P. 1890 
tincture that of 0-960, the latter thus being slightly weaker. 
The U. S. formula of 1870 appeared, in respect to the precise method of proceeding, to be 
copied from that of Dr. Squibb, published in A. J. P. (1857, p. 290).* Iron wire was chosen 
as the form of iron to be used, because it is generally the purest. This, which was in very 
slight excess, was first treated with a portion of the hydrochloric acid, which formed with it 
ferrous chloride, with the escape of hydrogen, producing effervescence. The action was allowed 
to go on spontaneously until effervescence ceased, and was then aided by heat, which caused 
the saturation of the acid used. The solution being filtered, the remainder of the hydrochloric 
acid was added, and afterwards the nitric acid gradually, the liquid having been heated to the 
boiling point before the latter addition. The nitric acid was decomposed, with the escape of 
nitrous fumes producing effervescence, while, through the influence of a portion of its oxygen 
and the additional portion of hydrochloric acid, the ferrous chloride was converted into ferric 
chloride, the conversion being completed when the effervescence ceased and the previous green 
color had been changed to a reddish brown. The precise reactions by which these changes 
are effected have been explained elsewhere. (See Ferri Chloridum, page 607, and Liquor Ferri 
Chloridi, page 798.) In the revision of 1870 the process was divided into two parts, and a 
new preparation, Liquor Ferri Chloridi, introduced. When this is added to the alcohol, the 
latter reacts gradually with the acid, producing a small proportion of an ether which gives a 
peculiar flavor to the tincture and probably modifies in some degree its influence on the 
system. For this reason it is preferable to keep the tincture a year before dispensing, and the 
official direction is to keep it at least three months. 
Properties. Tincture of ferric chloride is “ a bright, brownish liquid, having a slightly 
ethereal odor, a very astringent, styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 
0-960 at 15° C. (59° F.). The Tincture yields a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, 
a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, and a white one, insoluble in nitric acid, 
with silver nitrate test-solution. After the Tincture has been exposed for some time to daylight, 
it yields a greenish or greenish-blue color with potassium ferricyanide test-solution, showing 
the presence of some ferrous salt, due to reduction. If the iron be completely precipitated from 
a portion of the Tincture by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and 
should not yield a white or dark-colored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution 
(absence of zinc or copper), nor should it leave a fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition 
(absence of salts of the fixed alkalies'). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a 
cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute portion 
of the Tincture, the crystal should not become colored brown, nor should there be a brownish- 
black zone developed around it (absence of nitric acid). On diluting 1 C.c. of the Tincture 
with water to 12 C.c., and boiling, the liquid should remain clear (absence of oxychloride'). If 
1-12 (1-1176) Gm. of the Tincture be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a 
capacity of about 100 C.c.), together with 15 C.c. of water and 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid, 
and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a 
temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch test- 
solution, it should require about 9-4 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric 
solution to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each C.c. of the volumetric solu- 
tion indicating 0-5 per cent, of metallic iron).” U. S.f The tincture is decomposed by the 
* This process of Dr. Squibb was given in a note in the eleventh edition of the U. S. Dispensatory, page 1052. 
f Mr. J. C. Wharton has noticed in the tincture silky asbestos-like crystals, which he believes are due to an action 
of the acids upon the glass in which the drug is prepared. (.4. J. P., xlii. 107.) Dr. Battey believes these crystals 
to be calcium sulphate. {Ibid., xlii. 207.) Tinctura Fend Chlondi.—Tinctura Gelsemii. 
1385 
PART i. 
alkalies, alkaline earths and their carbonates, astringent vegetable infusions, and mucilage of 
acacia, which produces with it a brown semi-transparent jelly. All these substances are, there- 
fore. incompatible with it in prescriptions* 
Medical Properties and Uses. This is one of the most active and certain preparations 
of iron, usually acceptable to the stomach, and much employed for the purposes to which the 
chalybeates generally are applied. It is somewhat diuretic, and acts as a slightly stimulant 
astringent upon the genito-urinary organs. It is very valuable in connection with tincture of 
cantharides in gleet, and is very largely used in chronic Bright's disease. In passive hemorrhages 
from the uterus, kidneys, and bladder it has been thought to act advantageously. It is the 
standard remedy in erysipelas ; but in scarlatina, diphtheria, and purulent infection of the blood 
experience has shown it to be of very little value, and as a styptic it is inferior to the solution 
of the subsulphate. The dose of the U. S. tincture is from ten to thirty minims (0'6-l-9 C.c.), 
which may be gradually increased to one or even two fluidrachms (3 7 or 7‘5 C.c.), two or 
three times a day. In acute febrile diseases, as erysipelas, the dose should be repeated every 
two hours. It is given well diluted, and is very prone to injure the teeth. 
TINCTURA GALLiE. U. S. Tincture of Nutgall. 
Tinctura Gallarum, P. G.; Tincture of Galls; Teinture de Noix de Galle, Fr.; Gallapfeltinktur, G. 
“ Nutgall, in No. 40 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Glycerin, 
one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Glycerin with 
nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Alcohol. Pack the powder, 
without moistening it, in a conical glass percolator; then gradually pour upon it the men- 
struum, and, afterwards, Alcohol, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
The tincture of galls is powerfully astringent, but is more used as a test than as a medicine. 
The present official tincture is about one-third stronger than that of the U. S. P. 1870. When 
long kept, it ceases to evince the reactions of tannic acid, in consequence of the conversion of 
this into gallic acid. The dose is from one to three fluidrachms C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA GXl/LJE.) 
TINCTURA GELSEMII. U. S., Br. Tincture of Gelsemium 
“ Gelsemium, in No. 60 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, macerate for 
twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour men- 
struum upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture 
are obtained.” U. S. 
(TINC-TU'KA (JEL-SEM'I-I.) 
* Bestuchef’s tincture, which is much used in Europe, is simply a solution of ferric chloride in a mixture of one 
measure of ether and three or four measures of alcohol. Er. Mayer recommends that the ferric chloride should be 
prepared by passing chlorine through a solution of ferrous chloride, until a solution of potassium ferricyanide no 
longer produces a blue precipitate, and then evaporating by a water-bath. In this mode crystals of ferric chloride 
are obtained, one ounce of which is to be dissolved in twelve ounces of ether mixed with four times its bulk of alco- 
hol. The solution may be rendered colorless, if desired, by exposure to the direct rays of the sun. (N. Y. Journ. of 
Pharm., i. 233.) This decolorization, however, is effected by a chemical change which somewhat alters the character 
of the preparation. The ferric chloride becomes ferrous chloride by the loss of a portion of its chlorine, which, by 
abstracting hydrogen from the alcohol, becomes hydrochloric acid; and this reacts with unaltered alcohol to form 
hydrochloric ether. 
Mr. A. Cushman recommends the following process for the above tincture. He first prepares the crystals of the 
sesquichloride by dissolving two ounces of iron filings in a mixture of eight fluidounces of hydrochloric acid and 
four of distilled water, then adding four fluidrachms of nitric acid, evaporating to a pellicle, and setting aside to 
crystallize. The crystals, having been washed in alcohol, and afterwards redissolved and crystallized, are to be dis- 
solved in a mixture of two parts of alcohol and one of ether; the proportion being an ounce of the crystals to twelve 
fluidounces of the mixture. After solution, the liquid is to be filtered, and exposed for 48 hours to the direct rays of 
the sun. (A. J. P., xxix. 461; from Am. Med. Gaz.) 
Tasteless Tincture of Ferric Chloride. Mr. J. Creuse introduced this preparation. We have used the following 
formula for it. Solution of Ferric Chloride, U. S. P., 1 fluidounce; Citric Acid, 544 grains; Sodium Carbonate, 1000 
grains, or q. s.; Water, distilled, 1 fluidounce; Alcohol, q. s. Dissolve the citric acid in the distilled water, and heat 
to the boiling point, gradually adding the sodium carbonate until the acid is saturated. Mix this with the iron solu- 
tion, which will now assume a beautiful green color, and make up the measure to 4 fluidounces with alcohol. 1386 
Tinctura Gelsemii.—Tinctura Guaiaci. 
PART I. 
“ Gelsemium Root, in No. 40 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (60 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or 
fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting 
Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture will prove a valuable addition, and will be preferred to the fluid extract for 
internal administration, as it is safer, and can be used more satisfactorily in extemporaneous 
combination. The menstruum of the U. S. P. 1890 process is weaker than that formerly 
official, alcohol having been replaced by alcohol diluted with water in the proportion of 65 to 
35. For Farr and Wright’s method of estimating this tincture, see Chem. and Drug., 1892, 
263. The dose is from ten to twenty minims (0-6-P25 C.c.). 
TINCTURA GENTIANS COMPOSITA. U. S., Br. Compound Tincture 
of Gentian. 
(TINC-TU'BA C0M-P5§'I-TA.) 
“ Gentian, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Bitter Orange Peel, forty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Cardamom, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix the Gentian, Orange Peel, and Cardamom, and reduce the mixture to a 
moderately coarse (No. 40) powder. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol to four hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of menstruum, macerate for twenty-four hours; 
then pack it in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Gentian Root, cut small and well bruised, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Dried 
Bitter-Orange Peel, well bruised, f ounce (Imp.) or 37 5 grammes ; Cardamom Seeds, bruised, 
I ounce (Imp.) or 12-5 grammes; Alcohol (45 per cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic 
centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
An improvement has been made in the process for this tincture, in directing the drugs to be 
mixed and powdered together: the pulverization is facilitated, and the odorous principles of 
the cardamom and orange peel are absorbed by the gentian. As compared with the U. S. P. 
1880 tincture, the menstruum has been strengthened slightly, three volumes of alcohol and 
two of water being used in place of diluted alcohol, making a more permanent tincture ; the 
proportion of cardamom has been reduced one-half, and that of gentian slightly increased. 
This is an elegant bitter, much used in dyspepsia, and as an addition to tonic mixtures in 
debilitated states of the digestive organs or of the system generally. There is, however, much 
danger of its abuse, especially in chronic cases. Dose, one or two fluidrachms (3-7 or 750 C.c.). 
TINCTURA GUAIACI. U. S. Tincture of Guaiac 
(TINC-TU'RA GUA/IA-C!—gwa'ya-si.) 
Tinctura Guajaci, P. G.; Teinture de Resine de Ga'iae, Fr.; Guajaktinktur, G. 
“ Guaiac, in coarse powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Mix the powder with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of Alcohol, 
and macerate for seven days, in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, through the 
filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims].” U. 8. 
Although this tincture can be prepared by percolation if care and skill are used, maceration 
is doubtless preferable. 
This tincture is given in chronic rheumatism and gout, in the dose of from one to three 
fluidrachms three or four times a day. As it is decomposed by water, it is most conveniently 
administered in mucilage, sweetened water, or milk, by which the separated guaiac is held in 
temporary suspension. The following is a form of tincture of guaiac which the late Dr. Dewees 
found very efficient in the cure of suppression of the menses and dysmenorrhcea. “ Take of the 
best Guaiac, in powder, four ounces ; Carbonate of Soda or of Potassa one drachm and a half; 
Pimenta, in powder, an ounce ; Diluted Alcohol a pint. Digest for a few days.” Dr. Dewees 
directed a drachm or two of the spirit of ammonia to be added, pro re nata, to four fluid- 
ounces of the tincture. ( Treatise on Diseases of Females, 1826, page 81.) The dose is a tea- 
spoonful (3-7 C.c.) three times a day, to be gradually increased if necessary. The quantity Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata.—Tincturse Herbarum Recentium. 
1387 
PART I. 
of alkaline addition is too small to produce any other effect than to render the resin more 
soluble, whilst the pimenta can act only as a spice: so that the virtues of the tincture reside 
in the guaiac, and the official ammoniated tincture is probably equally effectual. Prof. Ed. 
Schiir recommends tincture of guaiac as a reagent to detect the presence of ozonizing bodies. 
(.Pharm. Bund., 1894, 254.) 
TINCTURA GUAIACI AMMONIATA. U. S., Br. Ammoniated Tincture 
of Guaiac. 
Tinctura Guaiaci Composita; Teinture de Ga'iac ammoniacale, Fr.; Ammoniakalische Guajaktinktur, G. 
“ Guaiac, in coarse powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Aromatic 
Spirit of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix the powder with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 
24 minims] of Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, and macerate for seven days in a closed vessel; 
then filter through paper, in a well-covered funnel, and add, through the filter, Aromatic Spirit 
of Ammonia, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture 
are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Guaiacum Resin, in powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Oil of Nutmeg, 30 
minims or 3'1 cubic centimetres; Oil of Lemon, 20 minims or 2’1 cubic centimetres; Strong 
Solution of Ammonia, li Jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 75 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the Strong Solution of Ammonia with sixteen fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or eight hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; add the Guaiacum Resin; 
set aside in a closed vessel for forty-eight hours, shaking frequently; filter ; dissolve the Oil 
of Lemon and Oil of Nutmeg in the filtrate, and pass sufficient of the Alcohol through the 
filter to produce one pint, (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
The British Pharmacopoeia 1898 improved the process for this tincture by abandoning the 
distilled aromatic spirit of ammonia used as a menstruum by the former British authority and 
substituting alcohol containing solution of ammonia and volatile oils, the proportion of oil of 
lemon having been reduced 60 per cent. 
This tincture is celebrated in the treatment of chronic rheumatism, and is frequently also 
used in amenorrhcea. It is more stimulating, and is probably more effectual, than the pre- 
ceding, on account of the presence of the alkali. It is precipitated by water, and should be 
administered emulsified with gum, so that the guaiac may be held in suspension. The dose 
is from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7‘5 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA GUA'IA-CI AM-MO-NI-A'TA.) 
TINCTURA HAMAMELIDIS. Br. Tincture of Hamamelis 
“ Hamamelis Bark, in No. 20 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with one fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or fifty 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tincture 
should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The dose is from two to sixty minims (0-123-3-7 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA HAM-A-MEL'l-DIS.) 
TINCTURE HERBARUM RECENTIUM. U. S. Tinctures of Fresh 
Herbs. 
(TINC-TU'RJE HER-BA'RUM RE-CiCN'TI-UM.) 
u These Tinctures, when not otherwise directed, are to be prepared by the following formula : 
Take of The Fresh Herb, bruised or crushed, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 
grains] ; Alcohol, one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Macerate the 
Herb with the Alcohol for fourteen days ; then express the liquid and filter.” U S. 
This is a general formula introduced for the guidance of the pharmacist in securing some 
degree of uniformity in this class of tinctures. Tinctures from fresh herbs are coming into 
use to some extent, and the fresh herb is to be preferred to the dried drug where a very vola- 
tile or easily dissociated substance is the active principle. It is evident that the relative 
strength must vary, however, with the degree of freshness of the drug and the amount, of 
water contained in it, which depends upon the time of collection, the state of the weather when 
the herb was gathered, and the amount of subsequent exposure to the atmosphere: hence 
an absolutely uniform relation cannot be obtained. It is asserted that the fresh tinctures of 
thuja and gelsemium are more active than the tinctures from the dried drug. (JProc. A. P. A., Tinctura Humuli.—Tinctura Hydrastis. 
1388 
PART I. 
1878, 755.) Dr. F. J. B. Quinlan preserves medicinal plants in a fresh state for a reasonable 
period in the following manner. The herbs in a perfectly fresh state are bruised to a pulp 
in a mortar, placed into a glass bottle, and well tamped down ; the stopper is then forced in so 
as to exclude every particle of air, and the top encased by beeswax softened by heat. The 
bottles are then buried in the ground at a depth of three feet. So treated, belladonna, conium, 
and other herbs have been kept for four months perfectly sweet and fit for pharmaceutical 
purposes ; and it is probable that bottled herbs will keep in this manner for six or even eight 
months, and perhaps longer. ( Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1883, p. 491.) 
TINCTURA HUMULI. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Hops. 
(TINC-TU'RA HU'MU-Ll.) 
Tinctura Lupuli, Br.; Teinture de Houblon, Fr.; Hopfentinktur, G. 
“ Hops, well dried and in No. 20 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Moisten the powder with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Hops, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 1 pint (Imp. meas.) 
or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This is a tincture which might well have been omitted in the last revision of the Pharma- 
copoeia : it has little to recommend it from either a therapeutical or a pharmaceutical point of 
view. The strength of the British tincture (1898) has been increased 60 per cent. The 
menstruum is also slightly stronger in alcohol. 
By thoroughly drying the hops and rubbing them between the hands, or by cutting and 
bruising them, they may be brought to a state of division which will in a great measure obvi- 
ate the disadvantages due to their light and bulky character. Yet it is well known that the 
narcotic virtues of hops are injured by a thorough drying. As the virtues of hops depend 
chiefly on the lupulin, and as the quantity of this substance is different in different parcels, the 
tincture is necessarily unequal in strength ; and the tincture of lupulin itself is preferable.* 
According to M. Meniere, tincture of hops deposits, on standing, a yellow precipitate, and a 
large quantity of a white crystalline substance, which he thinks may be calcium malate. 
Tincture of hops is tonic and narcotic, but little reliance can be placed upon it. It is some- 
times useful in the wakefulness, attended with tremors and general nervous derangement, to 
which habitual drunkards are liable, and which frequently precedes an attack of delirium 
tremens. The dose is from one to three fluidrachms (3-7—11‘25 C.c.). 
TINCTURA HYDRASTIS. U. S., Br. Tincture of Hydrastis 
(TINC-TU'RA HY-DRXS'TIS.) 
“ Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 
35 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Hydrastis Rhizome, in No. 60 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol, (60 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
* Tinctura Lupulince. Tincture of Lupulin. Teinture de Lupuline, Fr.; Lupulintinktur, G. “ Take of Lupulin four 
troyounces ; Alcohol a sufficient quantity. Pack the Lupulin in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol 
upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained.” U. S. 1870. 
This is much superior to the tincture of hops of the first U. S. Pharmacopoeia, in the place of which it was intro- 
duced into the second edition. In the original preparation, a certain quantity of hops was directed, from which the 
lupulin was to be separated by beating, and then digested in alcohol. As hops contain a variable proportion of lupu- 
lin, the tincture thus made must be of unequal strength,—an objection to which the tincture of hops, even as now 
prepared, is in some measure liable. Besides, the amount of lupulin contained in any quantity of hops upon which 
alcohol can conveniently act is too small in proportion to the alcohol to afford a tincture of the due strength. The 
tincture of lupulin is, therefore, greatly preferable. The dose is one or two fluidrachms (3-7 or 7‘5 C.c.), to be given 
in sweetened water or some mucilaginous fluid. Under the name of Ammoniated Tincture of Lupulin, Dr. Dyce 
Duckworth proposes as the best preparation a tincture made by macerating for seven days two ounces of lupulin in a 
pint of aromatic spirit of ammonia, and then filtering. The dose is from half a fluidrachm to a fluidrachm (P9—3’7 
C.c.). [A. J. P., xli. 416.) PAET I. 
Tinctura Hyoscyami.—Tinctura Iodi. 
1389 
one hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The 
resulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture will probably prove useful in combination with other tinctures, or as an addi- 
tion to extemporaneous mixtures where the fluid extract would not be so eligible. Dose, from 
one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9—3'75 C.c.). 
TINCTURA HYOSCYAMI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Hyoscyamus 
(TINC-TU'RA HY-OS-CY'A-MI.) 
Tincture of Henbane; Teinture de Jusquiame, Fr.; Bilsenkrauttinktur, G. 
“ Hyoscyamus, in No. 60 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 
5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack 
it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Hyoscyamus Leaves and flowering tops, in No. 20 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 
grammes; Alcohol (45 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the perco- 
lation process. The resulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand 
cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The strength of the British tincture (1898) has been slightly reduced (20 per cent.) in order 
•to bring it into the class of tinctures having the maximum dose of a fluidrachm. 
This tincture possesses the activities of hyoscyamus * When it purges, as it sometimes 
does, it may be united with a very small proportion of laudanum. The dose is a fluidrachm 
(3-75 C.c ). The expressed juice preserved by means of alcohol may he used for the same pur- 
poses as the tincture. 
TINCTURA IODI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Iodine. 
Tinctura Iodinii, Pharm. 1870; Tinctura Iodi, P. G.; Teinture d’lode, Fr.; Jodtinktur, G. 
“ Iodine, seventy grammes [or 2 ounces av., 205 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Triturate the Iodine 
rapidly, in a mortar, to a coarse powder, and transfer it at once to a graduated bottle. Rinse 
the mortar with several successive portions of Alcohol, and pour the rinsings into the bottle. 
Then add Alcohol, shaking the bottle occasionally, until the Iodine is dissolved, and the finished 
Tincture measures one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
“ Iodine, ? ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes ; Potassium Iodide, \ ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes ; 
Distilled Water, £ fi. ounce (Imp. meas.) or 25 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Place the Iodine and Potassium Iodide in a bottle with the Distilled Water ; 
when solution has been effected, add a sufficient quantity of the Alcohol to produce one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture. If 10 cubic centimetres of 
the Tincture be diluted with 20 cubic centimetres of water, it should require, for complete 
decoloration, 19*6 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sodium thiosulphate.” JBr. 
The process of the U. S. P. 1890 is an improvement in manipulation over that of the former 
Pharmacopoeias, where the saving of time is an object. The iodine in the quantity directed in 
the formula makes nearly a saturated solution, and by coarsely powdering it, as directed, the 
solution is greatly facilitated ; when the operator has no necessity for dissolving the iodine 
rapidly, it may simply be placed in the bottle with the solvent and allowed to dissolve slowly. 
The British tincture is much weaker than that of the U. S. P., the latter being 2-8 times 
stronger than the British, which also contains potassium iodide, added to increase the solubility 
of the iodine, so that it shall not be precipitated when added to water; this result is only par- 
tially effected, and it was deemed best not to introduce potassium iodide into the simple tinc- 
ture of iodine of the U. S. P. 1880, and to omit the compound tincture of iodine of the U. S. 
P. 1870,1 as it was frequently mistaken for the compound solution, and there was no necessity 
(TINC-TU'RA I-O'DI.) 
* According to M. Donovan, the tincture when made of leaves of only one year’s growth is inert. (P. J. Tr., 
1871, p. 907.) 
| Tinctura Iodinii Gomposita. U. S. 1870. Compound Tincture of Iodine. “Take of Iodine half a troyounce ; 
Iodide of Potassium a troyounce ; Alcohol a pint. Dissolve the Iodine and Iodide of Potassium in the Alcohol.” 
The compound tincture of iodine may be given internally for all the purposes which iodine is capable of answering. 
The dose is from fifteen to thirty drops (0‘9-l'9 C.c.), to be gradually increased if necessary. 1390 
Tinctura Iodi. 
PART I. 
for having both official. The compound solution of iodine is retained, and is most suitable for 
internal administration. (See Liquor Iodi Compositus.) It is best to prepare the tincture in 
small quantities at a time, as the iodine reacts with the alcohol, giving rise to chemical changes. 
The iodine should be thoroughly dried before being weighed out. The tincture should be kept 
in well-stoppered bottles, in order to prevent the evaporation of the alcohol, and the conse- 
quent crystallization of the iodine. 
Tincture of iodine has a deep brown color. One grain of iodine is contained in about 
fifteen minims, or thirty drops. “ If 6'3 C.c. of the Tincture be mixed with a solution of 2 
Gm. of potassium iodide in 25 C.c. of water, and a little starch test-solution added, it should 
require, for complete decoloration, about 35 C.c. of sodium hyposulphite decinormal volumetric 
solution (corresponding to about 7 Gm. of iodine in 100 C.c).” U. S. It is at present less 
used internally than it formerly was, in consequence of an impression that it is apt to irritate 
the stomach. Water decomposes the tincture, and it is supposed that when this is swallowed 
the iodine is precipitated upon the mucous membrane. Besides, the tincture undergoes a 
gradual change when kept, owing, according to Guibourt, to a reaction between the alcohol 
and the iodine. A portion of the latter is supposed to take hydrogen from the former, pro- 
ducing hydriodic acid, which dissolves another portion of the iodine to form iodized hydri- 
odic acid, while the place of the hydrogen in the alcohol is supplied by iodine, giving rise to 
ethyl iodide and similar products. The new products have an agreeable odor and are soluble 
in water; and consequently the tincture gradually loses by time the property of being pre- 
cipitated on dilution. Dr. A. Gopel found the change to be so slow, when the tincture is 
kept in the dark and at'a low temperature, that in three months a specimen thus treated had 
lost but one per cent, of iodine. (Pharm. Centralbl., No. 13, 1850.) M. Commaille, in 1859, 
confirmed the labors of the last-mentioned investigator. Subsequent experiments have, how- 
ever, given results somewhat at variance with those of Guibourt. M. Carles found that after 
exposure in a transparent glass flask to diffuse daylight for ten months, the tincture contained 
only one-twelfth per cent, of hydriodic acid. He was also unable to find any of the ethyl 
iodide which, according to Guibourt, is formed simultaneously with the acid. (P. J. Tr., 
3d ser., v. 88.) On account of its liability to precipitation in the stomach, the tincture of 
iodine is now employed locally almost exclusively. Locally used, if undiluted, it acts as a 
powerful irritant to the skin, producing inflammation, desquamation of the cuticle, etc. Never- 
theless, it is much used in this state in erysipelas, chilblains, and other cases of cutaneous and 
subcutaneous inflammation, and with happy effects. But its application requires some caution ; 
and in erysipelas it is better to surround the inflamed surface with a border of the tincture, 
embracing a portion of both the sound and the diseased skin, so as to prevent the progress of 
the inflammation, than to attempt a complete cure by covering the whole surface affected. It 
has been found useful in rendering the variolous eruption abortive. It is most conveniently 
applied by means of a camel’s-hair pencil. Diluted with camphorated tincture of soap, or 
other alcoholic liquid, it is sometimes employed as an embrocation in scrofulous tumors and 
other affections requiring the use of iodine. It is much used in the radical cure of hydrocele, 
as an injection into the sac ; and a similar employment of it has been extended to other serous 
cavities morbidly distended with fluid, as in ovarian dropsy, ascites, and empyema; but in these 
latter affections it should be resorted to, if at all, with great caution. In hydrocele, M. Vel- 
peau employed it diluted with double its volume of water. In the other cases referred to, it 
has been variously diluted with from three to ten times its bulk of water or some demulcent 
liquid. The Tinctura Iodi Decolorata of the German Pharmacopoeia 1872 is made by di- 
gesting at a gentle heat ten parts, each, of iodine, sodium hyposulphite, and distilled water until 
solution is effected, adding sixteen parts of spirit of ammonia, shaking for a few moments, then 
adding seventy-five parts of alcohol, allowing the mixture to stand for three days in a cool 
place, and filtering. This preparation, and all similar ones having this name, are calculated to 
mislead practitioners, for they contain no free iodine, but are variable mixtures, consisting 
principally of ammonium iodide: the former German tincture contains in addition some 
ethyl iodide, triethyl-ammonium iodide, and traces of sodium iodide and sulphate* M. Luc 
* Tinctura Iodi Decolornta. Colorless Tincture of Iodine. Under this name a preparation is described by Dr. 
N. J. Aiken, of St. Louis, Mo., which is made by mixing equal measures of Compound Tincture of Iodine and Strong 
Water of Ammonia. The mixture in time becomes colorless, and, if not so at the end of 24 hours, more ammonia may 
be added, even to the extent of one-fourth if necessary. When wanted weak, it may be diluted to any desired extent 
by water or glycerin. In consequence of the chemical changes which take place, it is no longer tincture of iodine, 
but a hydro-alcoholic solution of potassium and ammonium iodides, with more or less ammonia and a trace of iodo- 
form. It is recommended for external use whenever a discutient is required, and has been used for its revulsive Tinctura Ipecacuanha et Opii.—Tinctura Jalapse. 
1391 
part i. 
has found the inhalation of the fumes from the slightly warmed tincture very useful in 
coryza. 
The dose of the tincture is from five to fifteen drops, but Lugol’s solution is a much prefer- 
able preparation for the internal administration of iodine. M. Debauque, an apothecary of 
Mons, has ascertained that tannic acid has the property of rendering iodine soluble in water, 
and states that an ounce of syrup of orange-peel in four or six ounces of water will form a 
clear solution with a quantity of tincture of iodine containing five or six grains of the medi- 
cine. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xx. 34.) Owing to the caustic effect of the iodine, and the 
coagulating action of the alcohol, where it is desired to get an absorption of iodine, as in the 
case of enlarged glands, a solution in glycerin or olive oil is preferable to the tincture. (See 
Iodum, page 748.) 
TINCTURA IPECACUANHA ET OPII. U. S. Tincture of Ipecac and 
Opium. 
(tinc-tu'ra Ip-e-cAc-u-Xn'ha: et o'pi-I.) 
“ Tincture of Deodorized Opium, one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
painims] ; Fluid Extract of Ipecac, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Evaporate the Tincture of Deodorized Opium, in a tared capsule, on a water- 
bath, until it weighs eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains]. When it has become 
cold, add to it the Fluid Extract of Ipecac, filter the mixture, and pass enough Diluted Alcohol 
through the filter to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This tincture is intended to represent Dover’s powder in a liquid form. Ten minims (0-6 
C.c.), the adult dose, represent one grain of powdered opium and one grain of ipecac. 
TINCTURA JABORANDI. Br. Tincture of Jaborandi. 
JAB-O-RAN'DI.) 
“ Jaborandi Leaves, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two and a half fluid ounces (Imp. 
meas.) or one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the 
percolation process. The resulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one 
thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This preparation possesses no advantages over the fluid extract, but is undoubtedly efficient. 
The Br. Pharm. gives the dose as from one-half to one fluidrachm ; but, as one drachm rep- 
resents only eleven grains of the jaborandi, it is evident that from two to three fluidrachms 
(7•5-11’25 Gm.) in many cases will be necessary for any effect. 
TINCTURA JALAPS. Br. Tincture of Jalap. 
Teinture de Jalap, Fr.; Jalapentinktur, G. 
This tincture is no longer official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. The tincture of jalap of the 
U. S. P. 1870 was made by percolating six troyounces of powdered jalap with a mixture of two 
measures of alcohol and one of water until two pints of tincture were obtained. 
“ Jalap, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (70 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; pack in a percolator; gradually add more of the Alcohol 
until twelve fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or six hundred cubic centimetres of percolate has been 
collected ; subject the marc to pressure; add the expressed liquid to the percolate; set aside 
for twenty-four hours; filter. Determine the amount of Jalap Resin present in ten cubic 
(TINC-TC'RA JA-LA/P.ZE.) 
effects in inflammatory diseases, as pneumonia and rheumatism. It is recommended also topically in erysipelas, 
furuncles, sprains, bruises, and neuralgic affections. (Am. J. Med. Sci., Oct. 1865, 398.) It is stated that on 
the addition of ammonia some nitrogen iodide is generally precipitated ; and, as this is an explosive compound, 
caution is necessary. The deposit, however, disappears upon the completion of the decolorization. (.A. J. P., July, 
1869.) Dr. Chas. 0. Curtman gives the following formula (A. J. P., xli. 364). Take of Iodine one ounce and a 
quarter; Alcohol thirteen fluidounces ; Strong Water of Ammonia three fluidounces. Dissolve the Iodine in the 
Alcohol, and add the Ammonia. Allow to stand for four weeks, with occasional agitation, so that the precipitate may 
dissolve. A rapid preparation may be made by using an excess of ammonia, and afterwards adding, cautiously, hydro- 
chloric acid until the reaction is only feebly alkaline. Mr. Jos. L. Macmillan finds that 5*3 decigrammes of a solution 
of caustic soda of sjf. gr. D07 at 15'550 C. will decolorize 3’6 grammes of the tincture (B. P.). (A. J. P., xliii. 360.) 1392 
Tindura Kino. 
centimetres of the resulting strong tincture by the process described under/ Jalapae Resina,’ and 
dilute the remainder of the strong tincture with a sufficient quantity of the Alcohol to pro- 
duce a Tincture containing 15 grammes of the Resin in one hundred cubic centimetres. 
Treated as described under ‘ Jalapae Resina,’ 10 cubic centimetres of the Tincture should 
yield not less than 0-145 nor more than 0155 gramme of the Resin.” Br. 
This tincture was increased in strength 60 per cent, at the last revision of the Br. Ph. 1898. 
It possesses the medical virtues of jalap, and is sometimes added to cathartic mixtures in the 
dose of one or two fluidrachms (3-75 or 7 5 C.c.), to increase their activity. 
PART I. 
TINCTURA KINO. U. S., Br. Tincture of Kino 
Teinture de Kino, Fr.; Kinotinktur, G. 
“ Kino, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 321 grains] ; Glycerin, one hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; Water, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 
fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Glycerin with the Water and six hundred and fifty 
cubic centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol. Hub the Kino, in a mortar, 
adding gradually a sufficient quantity of the menstruum, until a smooth paste is produced. 
Transfer this to a bottle, add the remainder of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four 
hours, with occasional agitation. Then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough 
Alcohol to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Keep the Tincture in small, completely-filled and well-stoppered bottles, in a cool 
place.” US. 
“ Kino, in powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Glycerin, 3 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
150 cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, 5 fi. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 250 cubic centimetres ; Alco- 
hol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the Glycerin and the Distilled Water ; rub the Kino 
in a mortar with a sufficient quantity of the mixture to form a smooth paste, gradually adding 
the remainder of the mixture ; transfer to a closed vessel; add ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) 
or five hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside for twelve hours, frequently agi- 
tating ; filter through a plug of cotton wool; pass sufficient of the Alcohol through the filter 
to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
Much inconvenience is caused by the tendency of this tincture to gelatinize and gradually 
lose its astringency. The present official formula is believed to furnish a tincture free from 
objection: it is a slight modification of the process proposed by P. P. Fox (A. J. P., June, 
1877). A specimen in our possession made with the above menstruum successfully with- 
stood exposure for three years, retaining its original limpid condition. It is probable that 
different specimens of kino vary in their tendency to gelatinize. Mr. Groves states that fresh 
kino will not gelatinize, and Mr. Martindale that the Australian kino is much more apt to do 
so than the East India drug. The character of the chemical reaction which takes place remains 
to be investigated. The air has some effect; for if this be entirely excluded the tincture will 
keep for a long time without undergoing the change. It should be introduced, when prepared, 
into very small bottles, which should be kept well corked and be opened only when wanted for 
use. Mr. J. D. Wood obtains a handsome preparation, which he believes to keep perfectly and 
not gelatinize, by using a menstruum of 2 parts of alcohol 0-835, and 1 part each of water 
and glycerin. L. Myers Connor gets rid of the gelatinizing property by using magnesium 
carbonate in making the tincture, but it is very probable that a large part of the kino-tannic 
acid is removed at the same time. (A. J. P., xlv. 260.) Mr. P. F. Smith, of Louisville, fur- 
nishes the following formula. “ Take of Kino one ounce and a half; Ground Logwood half 
an ounce; Diluted Alcohol a sufficient quantity. Moisten the Logwood with a portion of the 
Diluted Alcohol, and introduce it into a displacement apparatus. Dissolve the Kino by tritu- 
rating with successive portions of Diluted Alcohol, and percolate the solution through the Log- 
wood until a pint of tincture is obtained.” We have used this process and have not noticed 
gelatinization to take place in any instance. Sugar added in equal proportion with the kino em- 
ployed has been recommended as a preventive of gelatinization, and It. Rother claims perma- 
nence for the following formula. Powder one and a half troyounces of kino and half a troy- 
ounce of catechu, mix them, add ten fluidounces of water, heat for ten or fifteen minutes with 
constant stirring, and let the mixture cool. Add water to make the mixture twelve fluidounces, 
and then add four fluidounces of alcohol. Pour the mixture into a bottle containing sixty 
grains of filter-paper, shake the whole well at intervals, and strain the twenty-four 
(TINC-TU'RA KI'NO.) PART I. 
Tinctura Kramerise.—Tinctura Lavandulae Composita. 
1393 
hours. (A. J. P., 1886, 333—336.) The dose of tincture of kino is one or two fluidrachms 
(3 75 or 7-5 C.c.). It is used chiefly as an addition to chalk mixtures in diarrhoea. 
TINCTURA KRAMERIA. U. S., Br. Tincture of Krameria 
Tincture of Rhatany; Tinctura Ratanhae, P. G.; Teinture de Ratanhia, Fr.; Ratanhatinktur, G. 
“ Krameria, in No. 40 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” if. S. 
“ Krameria Root, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The result- 
ing Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture was increased in strength 60 per cent, at the last revision of the British Phar- 
macopoeia (1898) ; it is stated that the tincture made from Para rhatany furnishes a clear 
solution on the addition of water, while that from Peruvian root yields a turbid mixture. 
The same precaution should be observed in keeping this tincture as is recommended for 
tincture of kino. It is a good preparation in cases which admit of the use of small quantities 
of alcohol. The dose is one or two fluidrachms (3-75 or 7‘5 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'KA KEA-ME'RI-iE.) 
TINCTURA LACTUCARII. U. S. Tincture of Lactucarium. 
(TINC-TU'RA LAC-TU-CA'RI-!.) 
“ Lactucarium, jive hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains] ; Glycerin, two hundred 
and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] ; Water, Alcohol, Benzin, Diluted 
Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Beat the Lactucarium in an iron mortar, with clean sand, 
to a coarse powder, and introduce it into a bottle; add two thousand cubic centimeters [or 67 
fluidounces, 5 fluidrachms] of Benzin, cork the bottle tightly, and set it aside for forty-eight 
hours, frequently agitating the mixture. Pour the mixture on a double filter, and allow it to 
drain. Wash the residue by gradually adding fifteen hundred cubic centimeters [or 50 fluid- 
ounces, 345 minims] of Benzin. Allow the Lactucarium to dry by exposing it to a current 
of air. When it is dry, and free from the odor of Benzin, reduce it to powder, using more 
sand, if necessary, and pack it moderately in a conical percolator. Mix the Glycerin with two 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of Water, and five hundred cubic cen- 
timeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Alcohol, and moisten the powder with five hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of the mixture. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for twenty-four hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed very slowly, gradually 
adding, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and then Diluted Alcohol, until the Lactuca- 
rium is exhausted. Reserve the first seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 25 fluid- 
ounces, 173 minims] of the percolate, evaporate the remainder on a water-bath, at a tempera- 
ture not exceeding 70° C. (158° F.), to two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 fluidounces, 
218 minims], and mix this with the reserved portion. Filter, and add enough Diluted Alco- 
hol through the filter to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This is a new official tincture. It is based on the formula of J. L. Lemberger, who recom- 
mended the extraction of the resinous inert lactucerin by treatment with benzin. Great care 
must be observed in the selection of the benzin, as it is almost impossible to get rid of the 
odor and taste of petroleum in the finished preparation if the ordinary benzin be used. (See 
Syrupus Lactucarii, page 1337.) 
TINCTURA LAVANDULA COMPOSITA. U. SM Br. Compound Tinc- 
ture of Lavender. [Compound Spirit of Lavender.] 
(TINC-TD'KA LA-VAN'DU-LiE C0M-P0§'I-TA.) 
Spiritus Lavandulae Compositus, U. S. 1870; Compound Spirit of Lavender, Lavender Drops; Teinture de 
Lavande composee, Fr.; Zusammengesetzte Lavendeltinktur, G. 
“ Oil of Lavender Flowers, eight cubic centimeters for 130 minims] ; Oil of Rosemary, two 
cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Cassia Cinnamon, in coarse powder, twenty grammes [or 309 1394 
Tinctura Lavandulse Compendia.—Tinctura Lobelise JEtherea. 
PART I. 
grains] ; Cloves, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Nutmeg, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Red 
Saunders, in coarse powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Alcohol, seven hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] ; Water, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 
fluidounces, 218 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic 
centimeters [ or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, and add the 
Water. Crush the Nutmeg in a mortar, mix it with the Cinnamon, Cloves, and Red Saunders, 
and reduce the mixture, by grinding, to a coarse (No. 20) powder. Moisten the mixture with 
a sufficient quantity of the alcoholic solution of the Oils, pack it firmly in a cylindrical perco- 
lator, gradually pour upon it the remainder of the alcoholic solution, and, afterwards, Diluted 
Alcohol, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are 
obtained.” U. S. 
“ Oil of Lavender, 45 minims or 4-7 cubic centimetres; Oil of Rosemary, 5 minims or 0-5 
cubic centimetre; Cinnamon Bark, bruised, 75 grains or 8*5 grammes; Nutmeg, bruised, 75 
grains or 8-5 grammes; Red Sanders Wood, 150 grains or 17 grammes; Alcohol (90 per 
cent.), 1 pint (Imperial measure) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration 
process, adding the Oils at the completion of the process.” Br. 
The compound spirit of lavender of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia is nearly twice the strength 
of the British preparation, although it is made with a menstruum weaker in alcohol. When 
properly prepared it is an excellent preparation to be used for gastric uneasiness, nausea, and 
flatulence. The dose is from thirty drops to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
TINCTURA LIMONIS. Br. Tincture of Lemon. 
(TINC-TU'RA LI-MO'NIS.) 
Teinture de Zeste de Limon, Fr.; Citronensehalentinktur, G. 
“ Fresh Lemon Peel, cut small, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 250 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This tincture was doubled in strength at the 1898 revision of the Br. Pharm. It is now 
made with strong alcohol instead of proof spirit formerly used. It forms a grateful aromatic 
addition to tonic infusions, etc. Dose, from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA LOBELIJE. U. S. Tincture of Lobelia. 
(TINC-TU'RA LO-BE'LI-JJ.) 
Teinture de Lobelie, Fr.; Lobeliatinktur, G. 
“ Lobelia, in No. 40 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic 
centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
The strength of this tincture was increased one-third at the last revision. For method of 
assay, see Chem. and Drug., 1893, 454; also P. J. Tr., 1895, 141. It possesses the emetic 
and narcotic properties of lobelia, and is much used in asthma, in the dose of from one-half 
to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), repeated every two or three hours till its effects are experi- 
enced. The emetic dose is two fluidrachms (7-5 C.c.), but it frequently acts dangerously. A 
saturated tincture is strongly recommended by Dr. A. Livezey as a local application in ery- 
sipelas, and in the eczematous eruption of Rhus poisoning. (Dost. Med. and Surg. Journ., lv. 262.) 
TINCTURA LOBELIA Br. Ethereal Tincture of Lobelia. 
“ Lobelia, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Spirit of Ether, a suffi- 
cient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred cubic 
centimetres of Spirit of Ether, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tinc- 
ture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres. This prep- 
aration is made with rather more than one and a half times the proportion of Lobelia ordered 
for the corresponding preparation in the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
Dose, from five to fifteen minims (0-3-0-9 C.c.). 
(TTNC-TU'RA LO-BE'LT-Ai iE-THE'KE-A.) Tinctura Matico.—Tinctura Myrrhse. 
1395 
PART I. 
TINCTURA MATICO. U. S. Tincture of Matico. 
“ Matico, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Diluted 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Moisten the Matico with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 
minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylin- 
drical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
The tincture of matico is not so generally useful as the fluid extract, but is preferable in some 
cases when used in combination with other liquids. The dose is a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA MXT'I-C6.) 
TINCTURA MOSCHI. U. S. Tincture of Musk. 
(TINC-TU'RA MOS'em.) 
“ Musk, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Alcohol, four hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] ; Water, four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 15 fluidounces, 104 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Bub the Musk in a mortar, first, with a 
little of the Water, until a smooth mixture is made, and then with the remainder of the 
Water. Transfer the whole to a bottle, add the Alcohol, and macerate the mixture for seven 
days, occasionally shaking the bottle. Then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, 
enough Diluted Alcohol to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
This tincture has been reduced in strength about one-half, on account of the greatly in- 
creased cost of musk. This change, in our opinion, is ill-advised, and does not secure the 
main object, as the patient will now have to take double the dose, even if the alcohol be thera- 
peutically contra-indicated. The process should he worded so as to make the end-product 100 
C.c., as very few pharmacists will require 1000 C.c. of tincture of musk. Musk will yield its 
virtues to the above menstruum if the process be followed; if wanted for its odor it will be 
economy to add a minim of solution of potassa to the water used to rub the musk into a 
smooth paste. Care should be especially taken to use pure grain musk in this preparation. 
Dose, from thirty minims to two fluidrachms (l-9-7*5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA MYRRHS. U. S., Br. Tincture of Myrrh. 
(TINC-TU'RA MYR'RHiE.) 
Teinture de Myrrhe, Fr.; Myrrhentinktur, G. 
“ Myrrh, in moderately coarse powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix the powder with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] 
of Alcohol, and macerate for seven days in a closed vessel; then filter through paper, adding, 
through the filter, enough Alcohol to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U S. 
“ Myrrh, in coarse powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Place the Myrrh with sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol in a closed vessel; set aside for seven days, with frequent agi- 
tation ; filter ; when the liquid ceases to drop, pass sufficient of the Alcohol through the filter 
to produce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
The strength of this tincture was increased 60 per cent, at the last revision of the British 
Pharmacopoeia (1898). 
Official alcohol is preferable to diluted alcohol as a solvent of myrrh, because it forms a per- 
fectly clear tincture, which is not attainable with the latter menstruum. The addition of 
water to the tincture renders it turbid. According to E. B. Shuttleworth (A. J. P., xliii. 369), 
the gum which is left behind in making the tincture may be utilized for making mucilage. 
The tincture of myrrh is used solely as a local application to stimulate indolent and foul ulcers, 
spongy gums, aphthous sore mouth, and ulcerations of the throat. From fifteen to thirty minims 
(0-9-1-9 C.c.) has been set down as the dose. 1396 
Tinctura Nucis Vomicae.—Tinctura Opii. 
PART I. 
TINCTURA NUCIS VOMIC/E. U. S., Br. Tincture of Nux Vomica. 
(TINC-TU'KA NU'CIS V5M'l-gJ3.) 
Tinctura Strychni, P. G.; Teinture de Noix-vomique, Fr.; Krahenaugentinktur, G. 
“ Extract of Nux Vomica, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Dissolve the Extract of Nux Vomica (which should contain fifteen per cent. 
of alkaloids) in a suflicient quantity of a mixture of three volumes of Alcohol and one volume 
of Water, to make the Tincture measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” U. S. 
“ Liquid Extract of Nux Nomica, 2 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 100 cubic centimetres; 
Distilled Water, 3 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 150 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Mix the Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica with the Distilled Water ; add 
suflicient of the Alcohol to produce twelve fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or six hundred cubic cen- 
timetres of the Tincture ; filter. Treated by the assay process given under 1 Extractum Nucis 
Vomicae Liquidum,’ 100 cubic centimetres should yield not less than 0 24 nor more than 
0-26 gramme of Strychnine, corresponding to about i grain in 1 fluid drachm or 1 grain in 
110 minims. This preparation contains about twice the proportion of Strychnine present 
in the Tincture of Nux Vomica of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
The object of the U. S. 1890 process is to secure a more reliable and definite tincture than was 
possible under the old process; for this reason 2 per cent, of the standardized extract is di- 
rected to be dissolved in a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water. On account 
of the very tough structure of nux vomica, percolation is accomplished usually with varying 
results. The amount of extract present in the percolate is to some extent a measure of its 
activity: hence, if a weighed portion of the percolate is evaporated to dryness, and the per- 
centage of dry extract is noted, it is easy to calculate the amount present in the whole quantity. 
The official test directs that “ if 100 C.c. of Tincture of Nux Vomica be evaporated to dryness, 
and the residue tested by the process of assay given under Extractum Nucis Vomicae,, it should 
be found to contain 0‘3 Gm. of alkaloids.” U. S. The British Pharmacopoeia standardizes 
the liquid extract (see p. 580), and makes its tincture from it of such strength that 100 
C.c. shall contain 0’25 Gm. of strychnine; the menstruum used is slightly more alcoholic than 
that of the Br. Ph. 1885. Mr. R. Rother (A. J. P., Jan. 1883), after experimenting with 
various substances, found that sodium chloride aided greatly in softening the bassorin-like sub- 
stance in which the alkaloidal principles of nux vomica are embedded, and he proposes its use 
by adding it to the menstruum of diluted alcohol in the proportion of 120 grains to the pint. 
(See U. S. D., 16th ed., p. 1527.) The alcoholic extract, or strychnine, is preferable to the tinc- 
ture, when the pill form is practicable. Mr. Geo. W. Kennedy has noticed the crystallization 
of strychnine in the tincture, seemingly due to the formation of ammonia in it. (A. J. _P.,xlii. 
299, 392.) The dose of the tincture is twenty minims (1-25 C.c.), to be increased if necessary. 
TINCTURA OPII. U. S., Br. Tincture of Opium. [Laudanum.] 
Tinctura Opii Simplex, P. G.; Tinctura Thebaica, Tinctura Meconii; Teinture d’Opium, Teinture thfiba'ique, Fr.; 
Einfache Opiumtinktur, G. 
“ Powdered Opium, one hundred, grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Precipitated Calcium 
Phosphate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains]; Water, four hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims]; Alcohol,four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 
252 minims] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Rub the powders in a mortar, with the Water previously heated 
to the temperature of 90° C. (194° F.), until a smooth mixture is made, and macerate for 
twelve hours; then add the Alcohol, mix thoroughly, and transfer the whole to a cylindrical 
percolator. Return to the percolator the first portion of the percolate, until it runs through 
clear, and, when the liquid ceases to drop, gradually pour on Diluted Alcohol, continuing the 
percolation slowly, until one thomand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of the 
Tincture are obtained.” IT. S. (See assay, p. 1398.) 
“Opium, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 150 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), Distilled Water, of 
each a sufficient quantity. Rub the Opium to a paste with ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five 
hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water, previously heated to at least 200° F. (93 3® 
C.) ; set aside for six hours; add ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centi- 
(TINC-TU'RA O'PI-I.) PART I. 
Tindura Opii. 
1397 
metres of the Alcohol; mix thoroughly; set aside in a covered vessel for twenty-four hours ; 
strain ; press ; mix the liquids ; set aside for twenty-four hours ; filter. 
“ Determine the proportion of morphine in the resulting strong tincture by the following 
process: Pour 80 cubic centimetres of the liquid into a porcelain dish ; evaporate on a water- 
bath until the volume is reduced to 30 cubic centimetres ; mix the residual liquid in a mortar 
with 3 grammes of freshly slaked lime ; dilute the mixture with water to 85 cubic centimetres ; 
set aside for half an hour, stirring occasionally. Filter off 50 cubic centimetres of the liquid 
(representing 50 cubic centimetres of the strong tincture) through a plaited filter, having a 
diameter of about one decimetre, into a wide-mouthed stoppered bottle, having a capacity of 
two hundred cubic centimetres ; add 5 cubic centimetres of alcohol (90 per cent.) and 30 cubic 
centimetres of ether ; shake the mixture; add 2 grammes of ammonium chloride ; shake well 
and frequently during half an hour ; set aside for 12 hours for the morphine to separate. 
Counterbalance two small filters; place one within the other in a small funnel in such a way 
that the triple fold of the inner filter shall be superposed upon the single fold of the outer 
filter; wet them with ether; remove the ethereal layer of the liquid in the bottle as com- 
pletely as possible by means of a small pipette, and transfer it to the filter ; pour into the 
bottle 15 cubic centimetres of ether ; rotate the contents and set the bottle aside; transfer the 
separated ethereal layer carefully, by means of the pipette, to the filter ; wash the filter with 
a total amount of 10 cubic centimetres of ether added slowly, and in portions; let the filter 
dry in the air; pour upon it the liquid in the bottle, in portions, in such a way as to transfer 
the granular crystalline morphine as completely as possible to the filter. When all the liquid 
has passed through, wash the remainder of tbe morphine from the bottle with morphinated 
water, until the whole has been removed. Wash the crystals with morphinated water until the 
washings are free from color; allow the filter to drain ; dry it, first by gentle pressure between 
sheets of bibulous paper, afterwards at a temperature between 131° and 140° F. (55° and 60° 
C.), finally at 230° F. (110° C.) for 2 hours. Weigh the crystals in the inner filter, counter- 
balancing by the outer filter. Take 0 3 gramme of the crystals, and titrate with decinormal 
volumetric solution of sulphuric acid, as directed under Opium. 
“ Add to the weight of anhydrous morphine, indicated by the titration, 0.05 gramme (or 
01 gramme for every 100 cubic centimetres of the original filtrate, should more than 50 cubic 
centimetres have been used for the estimation), a proportion representing the average loss of 
morphine during the process. 
“ Having ascertained the proportion of morphine, calculated as anhydrous, present in the 50 
cubic centimetres of strong tincture, the remainder is to be diluted with sufficient of a mixture 
of Alcohol (90 per cent.) and Distilled Water, in equal volumes, to produce a Tincture of 
Opium containing 0’75 gramme of morphine, calculated as anhydrous, in 100 cubic centi- 
metres. Treated by the foregoing process, Tincture of Opium should yield an amount of 
morphine, reckoned as anhydrous, corresponding to not less than 0'70 gramme, nor more than 
0-80 gramme, in 100 cubic centimetres. This preparation contains, on an average, the soluble 
matter of 32-8 grains of Opium (containing 10 per cent, of morphine, calculated as anhy- 
drous) in 1 fluid ounce, or about 1 grain of such opium in 15 minims. Tincture of Opium 
may be prepared with any variety of opium containing a known percentage of morphine, cal- 
culated as anhydrous, provided that the percentage be not less than seven and a half, and 
provided that tbe resulting Tincture of Opium respond to the foregoing quantitative test.” Br. 
The proportion of opium in these formulas is not the same, the U. S. P. tincture containing 
about twelve grains more of opium in the fluidounce than the British. The Br. Ph. 1898 
does not direct opium in powder, but relies upon an assay to bring the prodryjt to a uniform 
strength. The drying and powdering of the opium are clearly useful provisions, as they insure 
greater uniformity in the strength of the tincture. Crude opium contains variable proportions 
of water; and laudanum prepared from a moist specimen will be weaker than that prepared 
from an equal weight of the dried. The pulverization insures the previous drying of the 
drug, and is thus useful independently of the greater facility which it gives to the action of 
the menstruum : it is, however, often neglected. Deviation from the official strength in so im- 
portant a preparation is certainly a great evil. There can be little doubt, we think, that the 
present U. S. formula insures a more complete exhaustion of the opium than did the former sim- 
ple procedure of maceration for six days, whilst the saving in time is apparent. Pure precip- 
itated calcium phosphate has been added, and finely powdered opium directed in the U. S. 1890 
process, because much trouble seems to have been experienced in procuring at all times in the 
market the coarsely powdered opium which was the only kind suitable for use in the U. S. 1398 
Tinctura Opii. 
PART I. 
1880 process. Opium in fine powder cannot be readily percolated with diluted alcohol, but if 
it be mixed with half its weight of an insoluble powder like pure calcium phosphate there will 
he no difficulty: percolation will necessarily he slow, but this is just what is required to secure 
thorough exhaustion * 
In the United States and Great Britain this tincture is universally known by the name of 
laudanum. As this term was formerly applied to other preparations of opium, and still con- 
tinues to he so applied on the continent of Europe, the tincture is sometimes distinguished 
by the epithet liquidum, which, however, is seldom used in this country. Tinctura Thebaica is 
another title by which the preparation is known. 
About two-thirds of the opium used in the preparation of the tincture are dissolved, the 
residue consisting chiefly of inert matter. Allowing the opium to be wholly exhausted of its 
active principles, one grain would be represented by very nearly 10-5 minims, according to the 
U. S. formula of 1890 ; but a minute quantity of morphine has been detected in the residuary 
matter, so that the tincture is rather weaker than the proportion of opium employed would 
indicate. This difference, however, is too slight to be of any practical importance. In general 
practice, laudanum very rarely fully comes up to the official standard, and a large proportion 
of that in the market is far below it. This is especially the case with the cheap laudanums 
which are so extensively sold to country stores. 
The official requirements are that “ if 100 C.c. of Tincture of Opium be assayed by the 
process immediately following, it should yield from 1*3 to 1’5 Gm. of crystallized morphine. 
“ Assay op Tincture of Opium. 
“Tincture of Opium, one hundred cubic centimeters; Ammonia Water, three and Jive-tenths 
cubic centimeters ; Alcohol, Ether, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Evaporate the Tincture 
to about 20 C.c., add 40 C.c. of water, mix thoroughly, and set the liquid aside for an hour, 
occasionally stirring, and disintegrating the resinous flakes adhering to the capsule. Then filter, 
and wash the filter and residue with water, until all soluble matters are extracted, collecting 
the washings separately. Evaporate in a tared capsule, first, the washings to a small volume, 
then add the first filtrate, and evaporate the whole to a weight of 14 Gm. Rotate the concen- 
trated solution about in the capsule until the rings of extract are redissolved, pour the liquid 
into a tared Erlenmeyer flask having a capacity of about 100 C.c., and rinse the capsule with 
a few drops of water at a time, until the entire solution weighs 20 Gm. Then add 10 Gm. (or 
12-2 C.c.) of alcohol, shake well, add 25 C.c. of ether, and shake again. Now add the ammo- 
nia water from a graduated pipette or burette, stopper the flask with a sound cork, shake it 
thoroughly during ten minutes, and then set it aside, in a moderately cool place, for at least six 
hours, or over night. Remove the stopper carefully, and, should any crystals adhere to it, brush 
them into the flask. Place in a small funnel two rapidly-acting filters, of a diameter of 7 Cm., 
plainly folded, one within the other (the triple fold of the inner filter being laid against the 
single side of the outer filter), wet them well with ether, and decant the ethereal solution as 
completely as possible upon the inner filter. Add 10 C.c. of ether to the contents of the flask, 
rotate it, and again decant the ethereal layer upon the inner filter. Repeat this operation with 
another portion of 10 C.c. of ether. Then pour into the filter the liquid in the flask, in portions, 
in such a way as to transfer the greater portion of the crystals to the filter, and, when this has 
passed through, transfer the remaining crystals to the filter by washing the flask with several 
portions of water, using not more than about 10 C.c. in all. Allow the double filter to drain, 
then apply water to the crystals, drop by drop, until they are practically free from mother- 
water, and afterwards wash them, drop by drop, from a pipette, with alcohol previously satu- 
rated with powdered morphine. When this has passed through, displace the remaining alcohol 
by ether, using about 10 C.c., or more if necessary. Allow the filter to dry in a moderately 
warm place, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), until its weight remains constant, 
then carefully transfer the crystals to a tared watch-glass and weigh them. The weight found 
represents the amount of crystallized morphine obtained from 100 C.c. of the Tincture.” U. S. 
(See Opium, page 997.) 
The tincture of opium is used for all the purposes to which opium itself is applied. (See 
Opium.') The dose, equivalent to a grain of opium, is about eleven minims (0-65 C.c.), or 
* Tinctura Opii Muriatica. Under this name is sometimes prescribed a preparation made by the following formula. 
Powdered Opium one ounce; Muriatie Acid one fiuidounce; Distilled Water fifteen fiuidounces. Macerate for 14 
days, filter, and add sufficient water to make a pint. PART i. 
Tinctura Opii Ammoniata.—Tinctura Opii Camphorata. 
1399 
twenty-two drops. It should be recollected that a fluidrachm or teaspoonful of laudanum (60 
minims) will yield, on an average, about 120 drops. Laudanum, when long kept, with occa- 
sional exposure to the air, becomes thick from the evaporation of a portion of the alcohol and 
the deposition of opium. If given in this state, it often acts with unexpected energy; and 
death has resulted in infants from doses which would have been entirely safe if the tincture 
had been clear. Denarcotized laudanum may be prepared by substituting the denarcotized 
opium for the opium itself. 
TINCTURA OPII AMMONIATA. Br. Ammoniated Tincture of Opium. 
(TINC-TU'RA O'PI-i AM-MO-NI-A'TA.) 
Scotch Paregoric; Teinture d’Opium ammoniacale, Fr.; Ammoniakalischeopiumtinktur, G. 
“ Tincture of Opium, 3 fl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 150 cubic centimetres ; Benzoic 
Acid, 180 grains or 20-6 grammes ; Oil of Anise, 1 fl. drachm (Imp. meas.) or 625 cubic centi- 
metres ; Solution of Ammonia, 4 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 200 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (90 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Oil of Anise and the Benzoic Acid in twelve fluid 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or six hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; add the Tincture of 
Opium and the Solution of Ammonia ; mix well ; filter ; add enough of the Alcohol to form one 
pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture. This preparation con- 
tains the soluble matter of nearly 0-62 grain of Opium (containing 10 per cent, of morphine, 
reckoned as anhydrous) in 1 fluid drachm, or of nearly 5 grains of such Opium in 1 fluid 
ounce.” Br. 
This is an old preparation of the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia, formerly used in Scotland under 
the name of Paregoric Elixir. It differs, however, both in composition and in strength, from 
the very popular preparation known as Paregoric in the United States. As ammonia precipi- 
tates morphine from its solutions, it was doubted whether the tincture contained any of that 
alkaloid ; but if the ammonia be in sufficient excess it will redissolve the morphine. At best, 
however, the preparation is of doubtful propriety; for if the ammoniacal addition should 
not happen to have the requisite strength, or if the ammonia should escape or become car- 
bonated by exposure, the strength of the tincture might be affected. Influenced, we presume, 
by considerations of this kind, the editors of the first British Pharmacopoeia rejected the prep- 
aration altogether. But popular preference, although local, led to its readmission into the Br. 
Pharmacopoeia, though in a slightly modified form, strong solution of ammonia and rectified 
spirit being substituted for the Edinburgh spirit of ammonia, which is not official in the Br. 
Pharmacopoeia. The dose is stated at from thirty minims to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
TINCTURA OPII CAMPHORATA. U. S. (Br.) Camphorated Tincture of 
Opium. [Paregoric.] 
(TINC-TU'RA O'PI-I CAM-PHO-RA'TA.) 
Tinctura Camphor® Composita, Br.; Compound Tincture of Camphor, Paregoric Elixir; Tinctura Opii Ben- 
zoica, P. G.; Elixir Paregoricum; Elixir par6gorique, Fr.; Benzoesaurehaltige Opiumtinktur, G. 
“ Powdered Opium, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Benzoic Acid, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; 
Camphor, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Oil of Anise, four cubic centimeters [or 65 minims’ ; 
Glycerin, forty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 169 minims]; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Add nine 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Diluted Alcohol to the other 
ingredients, contained in a suitable vessel, and macerate for three days, shaking frequently; 
then filter through paper, in a well-covered funnel, and pass enough Diluted Alcohol through 
the filter to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” U. S. 
“ Tincture of Opium, 585 minims or 60-9 cubic centimetres; Benzoic Acid,40 grains or 4-6 
grammes; Camphor, 30 grains or 3-4 grammes; Oil of Anise, 30 minims or 3-1 cubic centi- 
metres ; Alcohol (60 per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Benzoic Acid, Camphor, 
and Oil of Anise in eighteen fluid ounces (Imperial measure) or nine hundred cubic centimetres 
of the Alcohol; add the Tincture of Opium and a sufficient quantity of the Alcohol to pro- 
duce one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture ; filter if neces- 
sary. This Compound Tincture of Camphor contains in each fluid drachm a proportion of 
Tincture of Opium equivalent to grain of Morphine Hydrochloride, or to \ grain of Opium 
(containing 10 per cent, of anhydrous morphine) ; or to nearly 0 5 milligramme (0.00046 
gramme) of anhydrous morphine in each cubic centimetre.” Br. 1400 
Tinctura Opii Deodorati. 
PART I. 
This is the well-known paregoric. It is a very pleasant anodyne, much used to allay cough, 
to relieve nausea and slight pains in the stomach and bowels, to check diarrhoea, and, in infantile 
cases, to procure sleep. Half a fluidounce of the U. S. or British tincture contains rather less 
than a grain of powdered opium. The substitution of glycerin for the honey of the U. S. P. 
1870 is an improvement which aids in retaining the transparency of the filtered tincture. 
Liquorice was omitted in 1840, in consequence of giving the dark color of laudanum and thus 
leading to mistake. The dose for an infant is from five to twenty drops (0 3-1 -25 C.c.), for 
an adult from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.).* 
TINCTURA OPII DEODORATI. U. S. Tincture of Deodorized Opium. 
[Tinctura Opii Deodorata, Pharm. 1880.] 
(TINC-TU'RA O'PI-I DE-6-DO-KA't!.) 
“ Powdered Opium, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Precipitated Cal- 
cium Phosphate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Ether, two hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] ; Alcohol, two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 
366 minims] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Rub the powders in a mortar with four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 
fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water previously heated to the temperature of 90° C. (194° F.), 
until a smooth mixture is made, and macerate for twelve hours ; then pour the mixture on a 
filter, or transfer it to a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour on Water, until the Opium 
is practically exhausted. Reduce the percolate, by evaporation on a water-bath, to one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims], and, when it has cooled, shake it repeatedly 
with the Ether in a bottle. When the ethereal solution has separated by standing, pour it off, 
and evaporate the remaining liquid until all traces of Ether have disappeared. Mix the residue 
with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Water, and filter the 
mixture through paper. When the liquid has ceased to pass, add enough Water, through the 
filter, to make the filtered liquid measure eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 
24 minims]. Lastly, add the Alcohol and mix them. If 100 C.c. of Tincture of Deodorized 
Opium be assayed by the process given under Tinctura Opii, it should yield from 1*3 to 1-5 
Gm. of crystallized morphine.” U. S. 
This is an excellent preparation of opium, calculated to supersede various extra-official elixirs 
or solutions, which have had more or less use, based upon the real advantages they afforded, in 
offering liquid preparations of opium exempt from certain noxious ingredients in the crude 
drug and in the official tinctures which rendered them so offensive to some constitutions, and 
in some conditions of disease, as almost to forbid their use. A liquid extract is first made, in 
which are left behind all the ingredients of opium insoluble in water ; and this, being well 
shaken with ether, is further deprived of all the principles soluble in this fluid, including nar- 
cotine and the noxious odorous matter which is probably one of the most offensive and least 
useful constituents of opium. The ether is then entirely separated, and, the residue having 
been dissolved in water, the solution is filtered, and mixed with enough alcohol to preserve it. 
It has been repeatedly recommended by several pharmacists to replace the ether with benzin, 
which removes the narcotine just as well as does ether, and has the merit of being much 
cheaper. The objection, however, is that benzin almost invariably leaves a trace of a taste and an 
odor like those of petroleum, and hence it is not fitted for use in a remedy used almost exclusively 
internally. Prof. Patch found that acetone, which had been suggested as a substitute for ether, 
* The following formulas were adopted by the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy in 1833 for the preparation of 
the old compound tinctures of opium so much used under the names of Bateman’s drops and Godfrey’s cordial. So 
long as these nostrums are employed, it is important that they should be prepared in a uniform manner and of a 
certain strength, as serious consequences may happen from diversity in the formulas when so active a substance as 
opium is the chief ingredient. Such diversity has existed to a very great extent; so much so that in one formula 
for Bateman’s drops the quantity of opium was seven and a half grains to the pint, while in another it exceeded one 
hundred grains. It was in order to remedy this evil that the College was induced to adopt the formulas here pre- 
sented. 
“ Bateman’s Pectoral Drops. Take of Diluted Alcohol Cong, iv, Red Saunders, rasped, 3ij. Digest for twenty- 
four hours, filter, and add of Opium, in powder, §ij, Catechu, in powder, gij, Camphor §ij, Oil of Anise f 3iv. 
Digest for ten days.” This preparation is about equal in strength to the camphorated tincture of opium or paregoric 
elixir of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, containing about two grains of opium to the fluidounce. 
“ Godfrey’s Cordial. Take of Tincture of Opium Oiss, Molasses (from the sugar refiners) Oxvj, Alcohol Oij, 
Water Oxxvj, Potassium Carbonate Oil of Sassafras Dissolve the Potassium Carbonate in the Water, 
add the Molasses, and heat over a gentle fire till they simmer; take off the scum which rises, and add the Laudanum, 
Alcohol, and Oil of Sassafras, having previously mixed them well together. This preparation contains the strength 
of rather more than one grain of opium in a fluidounce.” (Journ. of the Phila. Coll, of Pharm., v. 26 and 27.) 
Death has been produced by it in the infant. (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., i. 199.) part I. 
Tinctura Opii Deodorati.—Tinctura Pyrethri. 
1401 
was open to the same objection as benzin. The following simplified process was proposed by 
E. C. Federer as a substitute for the official one. Macerate the dried and powdered drug in 
twice its weight of water at about 138° F. (a mixture of 1 part of water at about from 50° to 
75° F. with 1 part at about 210° F.) overnight, or about 12 hours, in a moderately warm place 
not above from 80° to 90° F., in a partially closed flask. Pour the mass into a wetted double 
precipitate filter: when the liquid ceases to pass, rinse out the flask with 1 part more of the 
water at about 138° F., and pass this through the mass. Repeat this once, and, if necessary, 
again repeat, so as to obtain from 4 to 5 parts of moderately concentrated liquor; the residue 
will under these circumstances become exhausted. Cool the percolate to as near 32° F. as 
possible, and filter, placing a piece of ice in the filter to keep the temperature down. If 
necessary, repass the first portion until the liquid comes through clear; when the last portion 
has passed, wash the filter with sufficient ice-water to obtain a filtrate of 8 parts; lastly, add 
alcohol 2 parts. Mr. Federer states that a permanent, bright, clear tincture results, practically 
free from narcotine and thoroughly deodorized. (Drug. Circ., 1887, 77.) Dose, from ten to 
thirty minims (06-1-8 C.c.). 
TINCTURA PHYSOSTIGMATIS. U. S. Tincture of Physostigma. 
■“ Physostigma, in No. 40 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 
183 minims] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylin- 
drical percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 
33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This tincture of Calabar Bean is much weaker than that proposed by Dr. Fraser, which was 
nearly as strong as a fluid extract,—five minims representing three grains of the drug. (See 
page 1028.) The dose of the official tincture is from twenty to forty minims (1-25-2-5 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA PIIY-SO-STIG' MA-TIS.) 
TINCTURA PODOPHYLLI. Br. Tincture of Podophyllum. 
(TINC-TU'RA PSD-O-PHYL'LI.) 
“ Podophyllum Besin, 320 grains or 36-5 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient quan- 
tity. Add the Podophyllum Resin to eighteen fluid ounces (Imperial measure) or nine hun- 
dred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and set aside for twenty-four hours, occasionally agi- 
tating ; filter ; pass sufficient of the Alcohol through the filter to produce one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture. This Tincture contains twice the 
proportion of Podophyllum Resin ordered for the corresponding preparation in the British 
Pharmacopoeia of 1885.” Br. 
The introduction of this tincture is of doubtful utility. It may be given in doses of from 
five to fifteen minims (0-3—0-9 C.c.). 
TINCTURA PRUNI VIRGINIANS. Br. Tincture of Virginian Prune. 
“ Virginian Prune Bark, in No. 20 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; Alcohol 
(90 per cent.), fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 625 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 7\ fi. 
ounces (Imp. meas.) or 375 cubic centimetres. Mix the powder with the Distilled Water; set 
aside in a closed vessel for twenty-four hours; add the Alcohol, and complete the maceration 
process.” Br. 
This is a new official tincture of the Br. Ph. 1898; its utility is doubtful, and its new Eng- 
lish name is more than unfortunate. The use of a little glycerin to retard precipitation would 
be advisable. The dose is from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA PRU'Nl VIR-<?IN-I-A'NiE.) 
TINCTURA PYRETHRI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Pyrethrum. 
Tincture of Pellitory ; Teinture de Pyrethre, Fr.; Bertramwurzeltinktur, G. 
“ Pyrethrum, in No. 40 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, 
a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] 
of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical perco- 
(TINC-TU'KA PY-RE'TIIRI.) 1402 
Tindura Quassise.—Tindura Quininse. 
PART I. 
labor, and gradually pour alcohol upon it, until one thousand, cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Pyrethrum Root, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (70 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. 
The resulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centi- 
metres.” Br. 
This tincture is a powerful local irritant, and is an ingredient in several well-known mouth- 
and tooth-washes. For its uses, which are purely external, see Pyrethrum. 
TINCTURA QUASSI/E. U. S., Br. Tincture of Quassia. 
(TINC-TU'RA QUAS'SI-vE.) 
Teinture de Quassie, Fr.; Quassiatinktur, G. 
“ Quassia, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 gr.] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of three hundred and fifty cubic cen- 
timeters [or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Alcohol to six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Water. Having moistened the powder with one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, macerate for twenty- 
four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum 
upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are 
obtained.” U. S. 
“Quassia Wood, rasped, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (45 per cent.), 1 
pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This tincture was omitted in the first British Pharmacopoeia, but has been resumed in the 
present; the proportion of quassia was increased nearly threefold at the 1898 revision, and the 
preparation is now identical in strength with the U. S. P. tincture. The tincture may be em- 
ployed as an addition to tonic infusions or mixtures in the dose of one fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.). 
TINCTURA QUILLAJA. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Quillaja. 
“ Quillaja, coarsely ground, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, 
three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] ; Water, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Boil the 
Quillaja, placed in a suitable vessel, with eight hundred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 
minims] of Water for fifteen minutes, strain, and wash the residue on the strainer with one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of Water. Then boil the strained 
liquid down to six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims], allow it to cool, 
mix it with the Alcohol, and, when the insoluble matter has subsided, filter the liquid portion 
through paper, and add enough Water to make the tincture measure one thousand cubic centi- 
meters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
“ Quillaia Bark, in No. 20 powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with half a fluid ounce (Imp. meas.) or 
twenty-five cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The re- 
sulting Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture, official in the U. S. P. 1890 for the first time, is almost exclusively used as an 
emulsifying agent. Its medical activity, however, limits its use. (See Quillaja, p. 1133.) The 
British tincture is only one-fourth the strength of the U. S. preparation, its dose being from 
one-half to one fluidrachm (T9-3-75 C.c.). 
(TInC-TU'Ba QUIL-La'J2E—kwll-la'ye.) 
TINCTURA QUININ/E. Br. Tincture of Quinine 
“ Quinine Hydrochloride, 175 grains or 20 grammes ; Tincture of Orange, 1 pint (Imperial 
measure) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Quinine Hydrochloride in the Tincture of 
Orange.” Br. 
Quinine sulphate was replaced in this preparation by the hydrochlorate in the 1885 Br. 
Pharmacopoeia, because, as pointed out by Mr. Wright {Year-Book of Pharm., 1884, 537), the 
sulphate was not always soluble in the proportion of tincture of orange peel ordered. Tonic 
dose, a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.) (about equal to ly grains of quinine hydrochloride). 
(TINC-TU’RA QUI-Nl'NiE.) PART I. 
Tinctura Quininse Ammoniata.—Tinctura Rhei Aromatica. 
1403 
TINCTURA QUININE AMMONIATA. Br. Ammoniated Tincture of 
Quinine. 
(TINC-TU'RA QUl-Nl'NAE XM-MO-NI-A'TA.) 
“ Quinine Sulphate, 175 grams or 20 grammes ; Solution of Ammonia, 2 jl. ounces (Imperial 
measure) or 100 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 18J?. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 900 
cubic centimetres. Mix the Solution of Ammonia with the Alcohol; add the Quinine Sul- 
phate ; shake until a clear solution is produced ; set aside for three days; filter.” Br. 
A fluidrachm (3*75 C.c.) represents about ly grains of quinine sulphate, and is the dose. 
TINCTURA RHEI. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Rhubarb. 
(TlNC-TC'EA EHB'J.) 
Tinctura Rhei Composita, Br., Compound Tincture of Rhubarb; leinture de Rhubarbe, Fr.; Rhabarbertink- 
tur, G. 
“ Rhubarb, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Cardamom, twenty grammes 
tor 309 grains] ; Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; Alco- 
ol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix the Rhubarb and Cardamom, and reduce the mixture to a moderately 
coarse (No. 40) powder. Mix the Glycerin with six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluid- 
ounces, 138 minims] of Alcohol and three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 69 
minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 
183 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour on the remainder of the menstruum. When the 
liquid has disappeared from the surface, gradually pour on more of a mixture of Alcohol and 
Water, made in the same proportions as before, and continue the percolation, until one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” TJ. S. 
“ Rhubarb Root, in No. 20 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Cardamom Seeds, 
bruised, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 12-5 grammes; Coriander Fruit, bruised, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 12-5 
grammes ; Glycerin, 2 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres ; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 
a sufficient quantity. Moisten the solid ingredients with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; proceed with the percolation process until a volume 
of eighteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or nine hundred cubic centimetres of liquid has been 
obtained; agitate; set aside for forty-eight hours; filter; mix with the Glycerin.” Br. 
The tincture of rhubarb on standing lets fall a yellow deposit. This has been shown by 
Mr. James T. King (A. J. P.,xlii.) to be in most cases largely composed of ch.rysophanic acid. 
He proposed to remedy this by the use of a stronger alcohol, or, as recommended by Mr. J. B. 
Moore (A. J. P., xlv. 306), by the substitution of glycerin for a portion of the alcohol. We 
have not found that either of these plans entirely prevents precipitation; although glycerin is 
an aid in this direction. Dose, from one to two fluidrachms (3-75-7-5 C.c.). 
TINCTURA RHEI AROMATICA. U. S. Aromatic Tincture of 
Rhubarb. 
(TINC-TU'RA RHE'I AR-O-MAT'I-CA.) 
“ Rhubarb, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Cassia Cinnamon, forty 
grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains]; Cloves, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains]; 
Nutmeg, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
ounces, 183 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Rhubarb, Cinnamon, 
Cloves, and Nutmeg, and reduce the mixture to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder. Mix 
the Glycerin with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Alcohol 
and four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water. Moisten the 
powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of the men- 
struum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, 
and gradually pour on the remainder of the menstruum. When the liquid has disappeared 
from the surface, gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This is the tincture which is used in making the aromatic syrup of rhubarb. It is prefer- 1404 
Tindura Rhei Dulcis.—Tindura Scillse. 
PART I. 
able to separate the preparations, as it is occasionally desirable to prescribe the tincture without 
the admixture with syrup, whilst the pharmacist will always prefer to make the tincture in 
quantity and keep it on hand, since it is permanent, and add it to syrup to make the aromatic 
syrup when needed. Dose, for an adult, from one-half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.). 
TINCTURA RHEI DULCIS. U. S. Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. 
(TlNC-TU'RA RHE'i DEI/CIS.) 
“ Rhubarb, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Glycyrrhiza, forty grammes 
[or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Anise, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Cardamom, 
ten grammes [or 154 grains]; Glycerin, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 
minims] ; Alcohol, Water, Diluted Alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Rhubarb, Glycyrrhiza, Anise, and 
Cardamom, and reduce the mixture to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder. Mix the Glycerin 
with five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of Alcohol and four hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with 
one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] of the menstruum, and 
macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually 
pour on the remainder of the menstruum. When the liquid has disappeared from the surface, 
gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
This is a tincture which has been frequently used in Philadelphia and other sections of our 
country : it is preferable to the simple tincture for administration to children, on account of its 
more agreeable taste. The dose is from two to three fluidrachms (7-5-11-25 C.c.). 
TINCTURA SANGUINARIA. U. S. Tincture of Sanguinaria. [Tincture of 
Bloodroot.] 
(TINC-TU'RA SAN-GUI-NA-RI-2E.) 
Teinture de Sanguinaire, Fr.; Blutwurzeltinktur, G. 
“ Sanguinaria, in No. 60 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces ay., 127 grains] ; 
Acetic Acid, twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quan- 
tity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and 
Water in the proportion of six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] of 
Alcohol to four hundred cubic centimeters [or 13 fluidounces, 252 minims] of Water. Moisten 
the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the mixture to 
which the Acetic Acid had previously been added, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator, gradually pour on more of a mixture of Alcohol 
and Water, made in the same proportions as before, and continue the percolation, until one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
A precipitate will generally he found deposited upon the sides and bottoms of bottles con- 
taining this tincture. W. J. McConn (A. J. P., 1884, p. 505) recommends the addition of an 
alkaline citrate, preferably potassium citrate, as a preventive. He found sanguinarine in the 
precipitate. The official menstruum now contains 20 per cent, of acetic acid, with a view of 
preventing precipitation. This tincture is emetic in the dose of from three to four fluidrachms 
(11-25-15 C.c.) ; but it is rather intended to act as an expectorant or an alterative, for which 
purpose from thirty to sixty drops (1-9-3-75 C.c.) may be given. 
TINCTURA SCILL/E. U. S., Br. Tincture of Squill 
Teinture de Scille, Fr.; Meerzwiebeltinktur, G. 
“ Squill, in No. 30 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 grains] ; 
Alcohol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of seven hundred andfifty cubic 
centimeters [or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol to two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 8 fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 6 fluidounces, 366 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; 
then pack it moderately in a conical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
(TINC-TU'RA SgiL'LiE.) PART I. 
Tinctura Senegse.—Tinctura Stramonii Semmis. 
1405 
“ Squill, bruised, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 1 pint (Imp. 
meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This tincture yields a grayish, rose-colored, very bitter and acrid deposit, consisting of silky 
tufts. (Meniere.) It possesses all the virtues of squill, and may be given whenever the spirituous 
menstruum is not objectionable. The dose as an expectorant or a diuretic is from ten to twenty 
minims (0-6-1-25 C.c.) (from twenty to forty drops). 
TINCTURA SENEGA. Br. Tincture of Senega. 
Teinture de Polygale de Virginie, Fr.; Senegatinktur, G. 
“ Senega Root, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (60 per 
cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting 
Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The Br. Pharm. 1898 increased the strength of this preparation 60 per cent. The tincture 
is efficient, but it is hardly needed while recourse can be had to the fluid extract or the syrup. 
The dose is from thirty minims to two fluidrachms (1-9—7*5 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA SEN'E-<?A!.) 
TINCTURA SENNA COMPOSITA. Br. Compound Tincture of Senna. 
Elixir Salutis; Teinture de Sene aromatique, Elixir de Salut, Fr.; Sennatinktur, G. 
“ Senna, broken small, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Raisins of commerce, freed 
from seeds, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes; Caraway Fruit, bruised, | ounce (Imp.) or 25 
grammes; Coriander Fruit, bruised, } ounce (Imp.) or 25 grammes; Alcohol (45 per cent.), 
1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
The Br. Pharm. 1898 increased the proportion of senna in this preparation 60 per cent. 
This tincture is the elixir salutis of the old Pharmacopoeias. It is a warm cordial purgative, 
useful in costiveness attended with flatulence, and in atonic gout, especially when occurring in 
intemperate persons. It is also added to cathartic infusions and mixtures. The dose is from 
two fluidrachms to half a fluidounce (7-5-15 C.c.) or more. Tincture of senna gives a yellow 
deposit, disposed in plates, containing starch and white crystals of calcareous salts. (Meniere.) 
(TINC-TU'KA SEN'NiE COM-PO§'I-TA.) 
TINCTURA SERPENTARIA. U. S., Br. Tincture of Serpentaria. 
(TINC-TU'KA SKR-PEN-TA'RI-iE.) 
Tincture of Serpentary; Teinture de Serpentaire, Fr.; Schlangenwurzeltinktur, G. 
“ Serpentaria, in No. 40 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alco- 
hol, Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; 
then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Serpentary Rhizome, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (70 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting 
Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
This tincture is little other than a feebly aromatic, alcoholic stimulant. The Br. Pharm. 
1898 increased the strength of this preparation 60 per cent., and it is now double the strength 
of the U. S. P. tincture. Dose, from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.) ; of the British 
tincture, half these quantities. 
TINCTURA STRAMONII SEMINIS. U. S. (Br.) Tincture of Stramo- 
nium Seed. [Tinctura Stramonii, Pharm. 1880.] 
Tinotura stramonii, Br.; Teinture de Sentences de Stramoine, Fr.; Stechapfelsamentinktur, G. 
“ Stramonium Seed, in No. 40 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluid- 
(TINC-TU'RA STRA-MO'NI-I SfiM'l-NIS.) 1406 
Tinctura Strarnonii Seminis.—Tinctura Strophanthi. 
PART I. 
ounces, 183 minims] of Diluted Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it 
firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it, until one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Stramonium Leaves, in No. 20 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Alcohol (45 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or two 
hundred cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting 
Tincture should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The Br. Pharm. 1898 increased the strength of this preparation 60 per cent., but changed 
the form of the drug from seed to leaves. This probably reduces the increase somewhat, as 
the seeds contain a larger percentage of alkaloids. This is an active preparation, the dose of 
which is from ten to twenty minims (0 6-1-25 C.c.). 
TINCTURA STROPHANTHI. U. S., Br. Tincture of Strophanthus. 
(TINC-TU'IIA STRO-PHlN'THi.) 
“ Strophanthus, in No. 30 powder, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Digest the powder with seventy cubic centi- 
meters [or 2 fluidounces, 176 minims] of the menstruum for two days, then transfer it to a 
cylindrical percolator, gradually pour menstruum upon it, and continue the percolation very 
slowly, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are 
obtained.” U S. 
“Strophanthus Seeds, in No. 30 powder, £ ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Alcohol (70 
per cent.), a sufficient quantity. Pack the powder in a percolator; moisten it with one fluid 
drachm (Imp. meas.) or six cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside for forty-eight hours; 
pour on successive quantities of the Alcohol, allowing percolation to proceed slowly, until a 
total volume of ten fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or five hundred cubic centimetres of percolate 
has been obtained; filter; add a sufficient quantity of the Alcohol to produce one pint (Imp. 
meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture. This preparation is made with 
half the proportion of Strophanthus Seeds ordered for the corresponding preparation in the 
British Pharmacopoeia of 1885 (Additions 1890).” Br. 
The Br. Pharm. 1885 preparation was based on Prof. Fraser’s formula, as improved by 
Wm. Martindale;* but the 1898 revision practically adopted the process of the U. S. tincture 
and dropped the method of previous treatment with ether to remove the fatty oil. Undoubt- 
edly the simplest way of overcoming this difficulty is to add sufficient water to the alcoholic 
menstruum to prevent the solution of the oil, which is thus thrown out with the residue. 
Warrington subjects the tincture to a temperature of 32° F. and filters out the fatty deposit. 
( West. Drug., 1892, 448.) Strophanthus seeds are reduced to powder with great difficulty. 
Dr. Squibb bruises them (after drying perfectly) in an iron mortar with broken glass. (Ephem- 
era, vol. iii. 1252.) Made by either process, the tincture is usually slightly cloudy when 
first prepared, but on standing soon becomes of a bright amber color. Benzin has been used 
in place of ether in Fraser’s process for extracting the fixed oil, but it has only the advantage 
of economy, communicating a petroleum-like taste and odor to the tincture. The strength of 
the two tinctures is not the same, the U. S. tincture being double the strength of the British. 
Medical Properties. This is an efficient and popular preparation, which fully repre- 
sents the crude drug. (See Strophanthus.') Dose, from five to fifteen minims (0-3—09 C.c.). 
* Tincture of Strophanthus. (Prof. Fraser’s process.) Strophanthus Seeds, deprived of their comose appendices, 
reduced to powder, and dried, 1 ounce; Ether, freed from spirit and from water, 10 fluidounces; Rectified Spirit 
(alcohol), a sufficiency to obtain 1 pint, or 20 fluidounces. Remove entirely the stalks and comose appendices from 
the seeds, reduce the seeds to a moderately fine powder, dry the powder by exposing for twelve hours to a tempera- 
ture of 100° or 120° F., and weigh. Pack in a percolator, add ether until the whole of the powder is saturated and 
a small quantity of the ether has dropped into the percolator ; arrest the percolation for twenty-four hours, and then 
continue percolating slowly until the whole of the ether has been used. If the last ether percolate should not be 
almost colorless, use more ether. Remove the powder from the percolator, expose to the air, and break up any lumps 
after the ether has sufficiently evaporated; continue the exposure, heating the powder, if necessary, to 100° or 
120° F., until all the ether has evaporated, when a uniform, nearly white, dry powder may be easily obtained. Re- 
pack the powder in the percolator, add enough of rectified spirit to moisten it thoroughly, arrest the further flow of the 
spirit, macerate for forty-eight hours, and pass rectified spirit slowly through until 20 fluidounces of tincture have 
been obtained. PART I. 
Tindura Sumbul.—Tindura Valerianae. 
1407 
TINCTURA SUMBUL. U. S., Br. Tincture of Sumbul. 
Teinture de Sumbul, Fr.; Moschuswurzeltinktur, G. 
“ Sumbul, in No. 30 powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic centi- 
meters [or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 11 fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centi- 
meters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; 
then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until 
one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
“ Sumbul Root, bruised, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Alcohol (70 per cent.), 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Prepare by the maceration process.” Br. 
This tincture is very little if at all employed in this country: for its medical properties, see 
Sumbul. Dose, from twenty minims to a fluidrachm (1-2-3-75 C.c.). 
(TINC-TU'RA SUM'BUL.) 
TINCTURA TOLUTANA. U.S., Br. Tincture of Tolu. 
(TINC-TU'RA TO-LU-TA'NA.) 
Tincture of Balsam of Tolu; Teinture de Baume de Tolu, Fr.; Tolubalsamtinktur, G. 
“ Balsam of Tolu, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Add the 
Balsam of Tolu to nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of Alcohol, 
and macerate until it is dissolved ; then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, enough 
Alcohol to make the tincture measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” TJ. S. 
“ Balsam of Tolu, 2 minces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a sufficient 
quantity. Place the Balsam of Tolu in sixteen fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or eight hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol; set aside in a closed vessel; agitate occasionally ; when the 
Balsam is dissolved, filter; pass sufficient of the Alcohol through the filter to produce one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres of the Tincture.” Br. 
The British tincture (1898) has been reduced 20 per cent, in the proportion of balsam, and 
is now of the same strength as the U. S. preparation. 
The tincture of tolu has the properties of the balsam, and may be employed as an addition 
to expectorant mixtures in chronic bronchitis ; but the proportion of alcohol is too large to allow 
of its advantageous use in some cases. The dose is one or two fluidrachms (3-75 or 7-5 C.c.). 
In smaller quantities it is often employed to flavor cough mixtures. It is decomposed by water. 
TINCTURA VALERIANAE. U. S. Tincture of Valerian. 
Teinture de Valeriane, Fr.; Baldriantinktur, G. 
“ Valerian, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 25 fluidounces, 173 minims] of Alcohol to two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 8 
fluidounces, 218 minims] of Water. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate for twenty-four hours ; then 
pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum upon it, until one 
thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
The proportion of alcohol was increased in the U. S. 1890 tincture, to prevent precipitation : 
the menstruum is now three parts of alcohol to one part of water. The tincture possesses the 
properties of valerian, but cannot be given in some cases, so as to produce the full effects of the 
root, without stimulating too highly, in consequence of the large proportion of spirit. The 
dose is from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.). It deposits on standing a black, very 
cohesive precipitate, with starch, and a yellow extractive matter. (Meniere.) 
(TINC-TU'RA VA-LE-RI-A'N2E.) 1408 
Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata.—Tinctura Veratri Viridis. 
PART I. 
TINCTURA VALERIANS AMMONIATA. U. S., Br. Ammoniated 
Tincture of Valerian. 
(TINC-TU'RA VA-LE-RI-A'NA AM-MO-NI-A'TA.) 
Tinctura Valerianae Composita; Teinture de Valeriane ammoniacale, Fr.; Ammoniakalische Baldriantinktur, G. 
“ Valerian, in No. 60 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Aromatic 
Spirit of Ammonia, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluid- 
ounces, 390 minims]. Moisten the powder with two hundred cubic centimeters [or 6 fluidounces, 
366 minims] of Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, and macerate for twenty-four hours, in a closed 
vessel; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical glass percolator, and gradually pour Aromatic Spirit 
of Ammonia upon it, keeping the percolator well covered, until one thousand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
u Valerian Bhizome, in No. 40 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; Oil of Nutmeg, 
30 minims or 31 cubic centimetres; Oil of Lemon, 20 minims or 2-1 cubic centimetres; Solu- 
tion of Ammonia, 2 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 100 cubic centimetres; Alcohol (60 per cent.), 
18 fl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 900 cubic centimetres. Mix the liquid ingredients, and prepare 
by the maceration process.” Br. 
The proportion of valerian was increased 60 per cent, in the Br. Pharm. 1898, and the 
aromatic spirit of ammonia replaced by alcohol, solution of ammonia, and volatile oils. 
The ammonia in this preparation is thought to assist the solvent powers of the alcohol, 
while it co-operates with the valerian in medical action. The quantity of valerian was very 
judiciously increased one-third in the U. S. revision of 1880. The tincture is employed as an 
antispasmodic in hysteria and other nervous affections. The dose is from thirty minims to a 
fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), and should be given in sweetened water, milk, or some mucilaginous 
fluid. 
TINCTURA VANILLA. U. S. Tincture of Vanilla 
“ Vanilla, cut into small pieces and bruised, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains] ; Sugar, in coarse powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, 
Water, each, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters 
[or 21 fluidounces, 470 minims] of Alcohol to three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 11 
fluidounces, 401 minims] of Water. Macerate the Vanilla in five hundred cubic centimeters [or 
16 fluidounces, 435 minims] of this mixture for twelve hours, then drain off the liquid, and 
set it aside. Transfer the Vanilla to a mortar, beat it with the Sugar into a uniform powder, 
then pack it in a percolator, and pour upon it the reserved liquid. When this has disappeared 
from the surface, gradually pour on menstruum, and continue the percolation, until one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U S. 
This tincture will he easily recognized as the so-called fluid extract of vanilla. The object 
of the preliminary maceration of the cut vanilla is to soften it, so that it may be easily dis- 
integrated when beaten up with the sugar; if the details of the above process be carefully 
carried out and the alcohol be deodorized, a very satisfactory preparation will result. It is 
used as a flavoring agent, also to make vanilla syrup, by adding one ounce of the tincture to 
sufficient syrup to make one pint. 
(TINC-TU'RA VA-NTL'LvE.) 
TINCTURA VERATRI VIRIDIS. U. S. Tincture of Yeratrum Viride. 
(TINC-TU'RA VE-RA'TRI vIr'I-BIS.) 
Tincture of Green Hellebore; Tincture of American Hellebore. 
“ Veratrum Viride, in No. 60 powder, four hundred grammes [or 14 ounces av., 48 grains] ; 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 300 
minims]. Moisten the powder with one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 
minims] of Alcohol, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical 
percolator, and gradually pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims] of Tincture are obtained.” U. S. 
The U. S. tincture of American hellebore of 1870 was of the same strength as Dr. Nor- 
wood’s tincture, which, when prepared by its author, was supposed to be saturated. This may 
he true of certain ingredients of the root, though probably not in reference to the active prin- 
ciple or principles which it may contain. The present tincture is about one-tenth weaker. The PART i. 
Tinctura Zingibens.—Tragacantha. 
1409 
commencing dose should not exceed from three to eight minims (0T8-0-5 C.c.). The British 
tincture (1885) was much weaker, the proportion of the root to the menstruum being in the 
American tincture about as one in two, in the British about as one in five. 
TINCTURA ZINGIBERIS. U. S., Br. Tincture of Ginger 
(TINC-TU'RA ZIN-fJIB'E-RIS.) 
Teinture de Gingembre, Fr.; Ingwertinktur, G. 
“ Ginger, in No. 40 powder, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Alcohol, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. 
Moisten the Ginger with fifty cubic centimeters [or 1 fluidounce, 331 grains] of Alcohol, and 
macerate for twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually 
pour Alcohol upon it, until one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims] of 
Tincture are obtained.” TJ. S. 
“ Ginger, in No. 40 powder, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), a 
sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred 
cubic centimetres of the Alcohol, and complete the percolation process. The resulting Tincture 
should measure one pint (Imp. meas.) or one thousand cubic centimetres.” Br. 
The strength of this tincture was reduced at the 1880 revision one-third, to bring it into the 
20-per cent, class: this is not a disadvantage, however, in view of the introduction of the fluid 
extract, and the dose is not now inconveniently large. 
The tincture of the British Pharmacopoeia, though more than twice as strong as was that 
of the London and Edinburgh Colleges, is still too weak in the proportion of ginger. In con- 
sequence of the mucilaginous matter contained in ginger, the tincture made with diluted alcohol 
or proof spirit is apt to be turbid. Alcohol or rectified spirit is, therefore, properly preferred. 
Official Jamaica ginger only should be used; for, whilst a darker-colored preparation is made 
when the inferior varieties are substituted, the apparent increase in strength is due to coloring 
matter, and not to the presence of a larger amount of volatile oil or resin. 
The tincture of ginger is a useful carminative, and may often be beneficially added to tonic 
and purgative infusions or mixtures in debilitated states of the alimentary canal. The dose 
is from eight to forty minims (0-5-2-5 C.c.) It is in this country largely used for the prep- 
aration of a syrup of ginger, for which purpose, however, the fluid extract is official, and is 
better even than the strong tincture of the Br. Pharmacopoeia 1885, which was dropped at 
the 1898 revision. 
TRAGACANTHA. U. S., Br. Tragacanth. 
“ A gummy exudation from Astragalus gummifer, Labillardiere, and from other species of 
Astragalus (nat. ord. Leguminosae).” U. S. “A gummy exudation obtained by incision from 
Astragalus gummifer, Labill., and some other species of Astragalus, Linn. Known in com- 
merce as Syrian tragacanth.” Br. 
Gummi Tragacantha; Gomme Adraganthe, Fr.; Tragant, Traganth, G.; Dragante, It.; Gomo Tragacanto, Sp. 
Numerous species belonging to this genus yield a gummy matter having the properties of 
tragacanth. The drug known in commerce by that name was at first erroneously supposed to 
be obtained from A. tragacantha of Linnaeus (A. massiliensis of Lamarck), which grows in the 
south of Europe and the north of Africa and is now said to yield no gum. It was afterwards 
ascribed, on the authority of Tournefort, to a species (A. creticus of Lamarck) which grows 
in Crete and Ionia, and on that of Olivier, to A. verus, which inhabits Asia Minor, Armenia, 
and Northern Persia. Labillardiere described a species by the name of A. gummifer which 
he found growing on Mount Libanus in Syria, and from which tragacanth exudes, though not 
that of commerce. Sieber denies that any one of these species yields the official tragacanth, 
which he ascribes to A. aristatus, growing in Anatolia, especially upon Mount Ida, where the 
gum is most abundantly collected. This plant, however, is not the A. aristatus of Villars, 
which, according to Sibthorp, furnishes tragacanth in Greece. (Merat and Be Lens.) Professor 
Lindley received two specimens of plants, said to be those which furnish tragacanth in Tur- 
kestan, one of which proved to be A. gummifer of Labillardiere, which was said to yield a 
white variety, and the other a new species, which he called A. strobiliferus, and which was 
said to yield a red and inferior product. The fact seems to be that the commercial drug is 
collected from various sources; and it is affirmed that all the species of Astragalus with thorny 
petioles are capable of producing it. These form a natural group, and so closely resemble one 
another that botanists have found some difficulty in distinguishing them. They are very 
(TRAG-A-CAN'TIIA.) 1410 
Tragacantha. 
PART i. 
abundant on the mountains of Asia Minor, and, according to information received by M. J. 
Leon Soubeiran from M. Balansa, a scientific traveller who derived his knowledge from per- 
sonal observation, the gum-producing species are closely analogous to the A. creticus of La- 
marck. It is in the Anti-Taurus range that the gum is chiefly collected. Transverse in- 
cisions are made, near the base of the stem, into the medullary part, which alone yields juice. 
This exudes very slowly, flowing at night, and ceasing during the day; and two weeks usually 
elapse before the pieces are large enough for collection. The shape of the pieces is influenced 
by the rapidity of the exudation, and the lines on their surface indicate the daily concretion. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Feb. 185G, 117, and Feb. 1857, 149.) The section Tragacantha of the 
genus Astragalus includes the principal species which yield gum tragacanth. According to 
Haussknecht, tragacanth is yielded by the following species of Astragalus: A. adscendens, 
Boiss. et Hausskn. (Southern Persia) ; A. leioclados, Boiss. (in Middle and Western Persia, by 
Ispahan and Hamadan); A. brachycalyx, Fisch. (Kurdistan and Luristan); A. gummifer, Labill. 
(widely distributed from Lebanon to Armenia and in the northern regions of the Euphrates 
and Tigris) ; A. microcephalus, Willd. (the same as A. gummifer, Labill., and also in Asia 
Minor); A. pycnocladus, Boiss. et Hausskn. (particularly in Western Persia) ; A. stromatod.es, 
Bge. (in Achyr Dagh, in Northern Syria) ; A. Zcurdicus, Boiss. (Aintab). Other species that 
yield a tragacanth gum are A. heratensis, Bge., of the Khorasan Mountains, which yields a gum 
known as “ kutira,” and A. Parnassi, Boiss., var. cyllenea, of the mountains of Peloponnesus. 
Properties. Tragacanth is either in flaky, leaf-like pieces, irregularly oblong or roundish, 
or in tortuous vermicular filaments, rounded or flattened, rolled up or extended, of a whitish, 
yellowish-white, or slightly reddish color, marked by parallel lines or ridges, somewhat translu- 
cent, and resembling horn in appearance. It is officially described as “ in narrow or broad 
bands, more or less curved or contorted, marked by parallel lines or ridges, white or faintly 
yellowish, translucent, horn-like, tough, and rendered more easily pulverizable by a heat of 50° 
C. (122° F.). On treating Tragacanth with water, it swells and gradually forms a gelatinous 
mass, which is tinged blue by iodine test-solution, and the fluid portion of which is precipitated 
on the addition of alcohol, but is not colored blue by iodine test-solution.” U. S. It is hard 
and more or less fragile, but difficult of pulverization, unless exposed to a freezing temperature, 
or thoroughly dried, and powdered in a heated mortar at the temperature of 50° C. (122° F.). 
Tragacanth has no smell, and very little taste. Its sp. gr. is 1-384. Introduced into water, it 
absorbs a certain proportion of that liquid, swells very much, and forms a soft adhesive paste, 
but does not dissolve. If agitated with an additional quantity of water, this paste forms a uni- 
form mixture ; but in the course of one or two days the greater part separates, and is deposited, 
leaving a portion dissolved in the supernatant fluid. Tragacanth is wholly insoluble in alcohol. 
It appears to be composed of two different constituents, one soluble in water and resembling gum 
arabic, the other swelling in water, but not dissolving. To separate the soluble from the in- 
soluble part requires agitation with separate portions of water ; the solutions are to be decanted 
and filtered, and the process is to be continued till water ceases to dissolve anything. Yon 
Sandersleben found that when heated with dilute acids tragacanth acquired reducing proper- 
ties, and formed, along with much syrup, arabinose, which crystallized. (Tollens, Ilandbuch 
der Kohlenhydrate, 1888, 218.) The explanation of this observation, now generally accepted, 
is that in tragacanth, like some other gums, part of the arabic acid is present in soluble form, 
mostly combined with bases, while another part is present in insoluble form, and is known as 
traganthin. This latter, however, under the influence of certain enzymes, is converted into 
the soluble form. (Lippmann, Chemie der Zuckerartem, 2te Auf., 1895, 925.) Examined by 
I)r. Kiitzing by means of the microscope, tragacanth was found to consist of organized cells. 
(See A. J. P., xxv. 37.) In conformity with this statement is the remarkable fact, discovered 
by Hugo von Mohl and confirmed by Wigand, that tragacanth is not a secretion of the plant, 
but the result of the transformation of the cells of the pith and those of the medullary rays 
which traverse the ligneous part of the stem and older branches. {Ibid., xxxi. 243.) 
It is stated by Mr. S. H. Maltass that tragacanth is adulterated, in the Levant, with worth- 
less gums brought from Armenia and Caramania, which, as they are originally of a dark color 
and destitute of the flaky form of the genuine gum, are broken into small fragments and 
whitened by means of lead carbonate before being mixed with the tragacanth. Mr. Hanbury 
states, in confirmation of this, that he has detected lead in the small tragacanth imported into 
London. (P. J. Tr., xv. 20.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Tragacanth is demulcent, but, on account of its 
difficult solubility, is not often given internally. The great viscidity which it imparts to water PART I. 
Triticum.—Trituratio Elaterini. 
1411 
renders it useful for the suspension of heavy insoluble powders; and it is also employed in 
pharmacy to impart consistence to troches, for which it answers better than does gum arabic. 
TRITICUM. U. S. Triticum. [Couch-grass.] 
(TRIT'I-CUM.) 
“ The rhizome of Agropyrum repens (Linne), Beauvois (nat. ord. Gramineae), gathered in 
the spring and deprived of the roots.” U. S. 
Rhizoma Graminis, P. G.; Radix Graminis, Couch-grass, Quick-grass, Quitch, Dog-grass; Chiendent, Petit Chien- 
dent. Fr.; Queckenwurzel, Grasswurzel, G. 
Agropyrum repens. Linn. This grass, originally a native of Europe, now abounds in meadows 
and cultivated grounds in the Northern United States, where it is often very troublesome as 
a weed. It is specifically characterized by its creeping rootstock, by its awns being absent or 
not more than half the length of the flower, and by its rough flat leaves. 
Properties. Couch-grass is oflicially described as follows. “ Very long and creeping, 
about 2 Mm. thick; as met with in the shops, cut into sections about 1 Cm. long; smooth, but 
wrinkled ; hollow in the centre, straw-yellow ; inodorous ; taste sweetish.” U. S. 
Medical Properties. Triticum is never exhibited for the purpose of affecting the general 
system, but only for its influence upon the genito-urinary organs. It is much used by some 
surgeons in irritable bladder, and also in cystitis. It is one of the least stimulant of the remedies 
of its class, and may be employed very freely. In Europe its decoction is said to be used to a 
considerable extent as a diluent and slightly nutritious drink. It may be taken ad libitxim, or 
the fluid extract may be given in doses of a fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.) every three hours in five or 
six ounces of water. 
TRITURATIONES. U. S. Triturations. 
“ Unless otherwise directed, Triturations are to be prepared by the following formula. Take 
of The Substance, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Sugar of Milk, in moderately fine powder, 
ninety grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred, grammes [or 3 ounces av., 
231 grains]. Weigh the Substance and the Sugar of Milk, separately; then place the Sub- 
stance, previously reduced, if necessary, to a moderately fine powder, in a mortar; add about 
an equal measure of Sugar of Milk, mix well by means of a spatula, and triturate them thor- 
oughly together. Then add fresh portions of the Sugar of Milk, from time to time, until the 
whole is added, and continue the trituration until the Substance is intimately mixed with the 
Sugar of Milk and reduced to a fine powder.” U S. 
This general formula has been introduced into the Pharmacopoeia in order that a definite and 
uniform method be authorized of making a class of powders which has come into use in various 
sections of our country. Whilst the necessity of giving recognition to the class may be ques- 
tioned by many, the importance of securing uniformity in composition is evident. 
(TRIT-U-RA-TI-0'NE§—trlt-yij-ra-shf-o'nez.) 
TRITURATIO ELATERINI. U. S. (Br.) Trituration of Elaterin. 
(TRIT-U-RA'TI-0 EL-A-TE-RI'NI.) 
Pulvis Elaterini Compositus, Br., Compound Powder of Elaterin. 
“ Elaterin, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Sugar of Milk, in moderately fine powder, ninety 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Mix them thoroughly by trituration.” U. S. 
“Elaterin, 5 grams or 1 gramme; Milk Sugar, 195 grains or 39 grammes. Triturate in a 
mortar until a fine powder is produced.” Br. 
The Br. Pharm. 1898 added the Compound Powder of Elaterin to the list of powders. It 
is identical with the Trituration of Elaterin, except in strength. The U. S. Pharm. trituration 
contains 10 per cent, of elaterin, the British powder 2\ per cent. 
This is probably the best representative of the class of triturations that could be selected for 
introduction into the national authority. Elaterium is at the best a substance of variable 
quality, whilst the active principle is a definite product, and accurate dosage can be secured 
more effectually through the use of this trituration than by the employment of commercial 
elaterium. The dose is from one-half to five-eighths of a grain (0-03-(M)4 Gm.). The dose 
of the British powder is from one to four grains (O065-O27 Gm.). 1412 
Trochisd. 
PART I. 
TROCHISCI. Troches 
(TRO-jBHIS'c!—tro-kiB'si.) 
Tabellae; Lozenges: Tablettes, Pastilles, Fr.; Pastillen, Zeltchen, 6. 
Troches or lozenges are small, dry, solid masses, usually of a flattened shape, consisting for 
the most part of powders incorporated with sugar and mucilage. They are designed to be held 
in the mouth and dissolved slowly in the saliva, and are, therefore, adapted for the adminis- 
tration of those medicines only which do not require to be given in large quantities and which 
are destitute of any very disagreeable flavor. They were formerly much more used and more 
skilfully prepared in Europe than in this country, but at present those manufactured here are 
fully equal to the imported lozenges. Tragacanth, from the greater tenacity of its mucilage, 
is better suited for their formation than gum arabic. The following directions for preparing 
them are taken from the Dictionnaire des Drogues. A mucilage of tragacanth is first prepared 
with cold water and strained. With this the powders, including sugar, are thoroughly mixed 
by rubbing upon a marble slab, and are thus formed into a paste, which is spread out by means 
of a roller upon the surface of the marble, previously powdered over with a mixture of sugar 
and starch. The thickness of the mass is rendered uniform by a frame upon which the ends 
of the roller rest. The upper surface is now dusted with sugar and starch, and the mass is 
divided into small cakes by means of a punch. These cakes are placed upon paper, and, having 
been exposed to the air for twelve hours, are carried into a drying-room moderately heated. 
When perfectly dry, they are thrown upon a sieve to separate the sugar and starch, and are 
then enclosed in boxes. Lozenges may be prepared from almost any medicine which it is 
advisable to administer in this form. The following general formula may be found useful. 
Take of citric acid, in powder, a drachm ; powdered sugar eight ounces; oil of lemon twelve 
minims; mucilage of tragacanth a sufficient quantity. Form them in the manner above 
directed into troches of twelve grains each. Lozenges are sometimes made by saturating blank 
lozenges with aromatic spirits. Currant paste or jelly has come into use of late years largely 
as a basis for troches.* Lozenges of a cylindrical shape are extensively used, having a basis of 
* Currant Paste Lozenges. These lozenges have been largely employed. They were introduced by Dr. Morell 
Mackenzie, Senior Physician to the London Hospital for Diseases of the Throat, and differ from ordinary lozenges 
in the use as a basis of currant paste (or jelly), of which they contain from 70 to 80 per cent.; this may usually be 
obtained from wholesale confectioners or grocers. 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici. Benzoic Acid, in powder, 175 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains ; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 280 grains; Red Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Mix the dry ingredients; then add the Red 
Currant Paste until the whole mass weighs 1 pound; divide into 350 lozenges of 20 grains each, and dry them in a 
hot-air chamber at a moderate heat. Each lozenge contains about one-half grain of Benzoic Acid, and is marked 
B. A. Dose, one lozenge every four hours. If used as a “ voice lozenge,” one should be taken a quarter of an hour 
before using the voice. 
Trochisci Acidi Carbolici. Pure Carbolic Acid, 350 grains ; Gum Acacia, in powder, 220 grains; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 5468 grains (12£ ounces); Mucilage of Gum Acacia, 1 ounce; Distilled Water, as much as is sufficient. 
Mix the Carbolic Acid with the powders, add the Mucilage and Water to form a mass weighing 1 pound, and divide 
into 350 lozenges and dry them in a hot-air chamber at a moderate heat. Each lozenge contains about one grain of 
Carbolic Acid, and is marked C. A. Dose, one lozenge four or five times daily. Use, antiseptic and stimulant. 
Trochisci Acidi Tannici. Tannic Acid, in powder, 525 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 1£ grains of Tannic Acid, and is marked T. Dose, one lozenge 
every three or four hours. 
Trochisci Aconiti. Tincture of Aconite (B. P.), 175 minims; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici). Each lozenge contains the equivalent of half a minim of Tincture of Aconite (B. P.) 
(or quarter of a minim, U. S. P.), and is marked A. C. Dose, one lozenge every half-hour or hour. Use, in tonsil- 
litis and febrile affections of the throat. 
Trochisci Althcece. Powdered decorticated Marshmallow Root, 400 grains; Refined Sugar, in powder, $ pound; 
Gum Acacia, in powder, % pound; Orange Flower Water and White of Egg, as much as is sufficient to make into 350 
soft lozenges. Macerate the Marshmallow Root in a sufficient quantity of Orange Flower Water for 12 hours, strain, 
then add the Gum Acacia and Sugar; dissolve, and evaporate to the consistence of honey with constant stirring; add 
gradually the White of Egg beaten up with more Orange Flower Water. Evaporate, with stirring, till the paste will 
not adhere to the hand; then divide into lozenges. Dose, one lozenge every half-hour or hour. Use, emollient. 
Valuable after excision of tonsils or uvula. 
Trochisci Ammonii Chloridi. Ammonium Chloride, in powder, 700 grains ; Tragacanth, in powder, 140 grains; 
Refined Sugar, in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 
lozenges. (See Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains about 2 grains of Ammonium Chloride, and is 
marked M. A. Dose, one lozenge every three hours. 
Trochisci Boracis. Borax, in powder, 1050 grains ; Tragacanth, in powder, 140 grains; Refined Sugar, in pow- 
der, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See Tro- 
chisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 3 grains of Borax, and is marked B. O. Dose, one lozenge every 
three or four hours. 
Trochisci Catechu. Pale Catechu, 700 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains; Refined Sugar, in powder, 280 
grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. fSee Trochisci Ben- Trochisci. 
1413 
PART I. 
liquorice, gum, and sugar, and the manufacture of these is now an important industry. 
Franklin C. Hill devised an improved machine for making Liquorice and Wistar’s Lozenges. 
(See A. J. P., 1874, 401.) For Slocum’s and Harrison’s improved forms of lozenge boards, 
rollers, etc., see A. J. P., 1879, 589 ; 1880, 255. Mr. A. D. Marcy figured an instrument for 
shaping troches in AT. P., Feb. 1882. The Br. Pharm. 1898 adopted four bases for lozenges, 
as follows : fruit basis, rose basis, simple basis, and tolu basis. It will be noticed that in the 
British formulas the quantity of active ingredients for each lozenge is stated and the kind of 
basis indicated. This is done merely to avoid repetition. 
“ Preparation with Fruit Basis. 
“ Take five hundred times the quantity of the drug ordered for one lozenge; mix it inti- 
mately with fifteen and a, half ounces (Imperial) or four hundred and thirty-nine and a half 
grammes of Refined Sugar, in fine powder, and three hundred grains or nineteen and a half 
grammes of Gum Acacia, in powder. Make the mixture into a paste with one fluid ounce 
and a quarter (Imp. meas.) or thirty-five and a half cubic centimetres of Mucilage of Gum 
Acacia and two ounces (Imp.) or fifty-six and three-quarter grammes of the black-currant paste 
of commerce previously softened with boiling Distilled Water, adding any additional Distilled 
Water that may be necessary. Divide the mass into five hundred equal lozenges. Dry them 
in a hot-air chamber at a moderate temperature.” Br. 
“ Take five hundred times the quantity of the drug ordered for one lozenge; mix it inti- 
mately with seventeen and a half ounces (Imperial) or four hundred and ninety-six grammes 
“ Preparation with Rose Basis. 
toici.) Each lozenge contains 2 grains of Catechu, and is marked C. T. Dose, one lozenge every three hours. Use, 
astringent, but less powerful than the Tannin. 
Trochisci Cubebce. Cubebs, in powder, 200 grains; Extract of Liquorice, 1225 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 
70 grains; Refined Sugar, 200 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 
lozenges. (See Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains about one-half grain of Cubebs, and is marked 
C. B. Dose, one lozenge every three or four hours. Use, very serviceable in diminishing excessive secretion of 
mucus from pharynx, larynx, or trachea. These lozenges closely resemble the Brown’s Bronchial Troches, but Black 
Currant Paste is employed, and less gum and sugar. 
Trochisci Guaiaci. Guaiacum Resin, in powder, 700 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 2 grains of Guaiacum, and is marked G. Dose, one lozenge every 
two hours in acute inflammation; three times a day in chronic affections. Use, a specific for arresting crescent 
inflammation of the tonsils, and useful both in acute and subacute inflammation of the pharynx, and in acut$ 
follicular disease of the tonsils, etc. 
Trochisci Kino. Kino, in powder, 700 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains ; Refined Sugar, in powder, 280 
grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See Trochisci Acidi 
Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 2 grains of Kino, and is marked K. Dose, one lozenge every three or four hours. 
Use, astringent; rather less powerful than Rhatany. 
Trochisci Kramerice. Extract of Rhatany, in powder, 1050 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains; Refined 
Sugar, in powder, 280 grains; Red Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Mix and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 3 grains of Extract of Rhatany, and is marked R. Dose, one 
lozenge every three or four hours. Use, a very useful astringent. Rhatany does not disagree with the stomach, as 
is often the case with Tannic Acid, nor does it cause constipation to the same extent as Kino or Catechu. 
Trochisci Lactucce. Extract of Lettuce, 350 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 100 grains; Refined Sugar, in pow- 
der, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See Tro- 
chisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 1 grain of Extract of Lettuce, and is marked L. Dose, one lozenge 
every hour or two. Use, soothing and mildly sedative. 
Trochisci Potassii Chloratis. Potassium Chlorate, in powder, 1050 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 140 grains; 
Refined Sugar, in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 3 grains of Potassium Chlorate, and is marked P. Dose, one 
lozenge every three or four hours. Use, stimulant and antiseptic. Useful in thrush and aphthous ulceration. 
Trochisci Potassii Citratis. Potassium Citrate, in powder, 1050 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 140 grains ; 
Refined Sugar, in powder, 280 grains; Red Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 
lozenges. (See Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 3 grains of Potassium Citrate, and is marked C. P. 
Dose, one lozenge every three or four hours. Use, topical sialagogue. 
Trochisci Potassii Tartratis Addas. Acid Potassium Tartrate, 1050 grains ; Tragacanth, in powder, 140 grains ; 
Refined Sugar, in powder, 280 grains; Red Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 
lozenges. (See Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 3 grains of Acid Potassium Tartrate, and is marked 
T. P. Dose, one lozenge every two or three hours. Use, topical sialagogue. 
Trochisci Pyrethri. Pellitory Root, in powder, 350 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 70 grains; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Trochisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains 1 grain of Pellitory, and is marked P. Y. Dose, one lozenge 
every two or three hours. Use, a very valuable sialagogue. 
Trochisci Sedativi. Extract of Opium, in powder, 35 grains; Tragacanth, in powder, 100 grains; Refined Sugar, 
in powder, 280 grains; Black Currant Paste, as much as is sufficient. Prepare and divide into 350 lozenges. (See 
Troschisci Acidi Benzoici.) Each lozenge contains one-tenth grain of Extract of Opium, and is marked S. Dose, 
one lozenge every three or four hours. Use, sedative, for irritative coughs and painful conditions of the pharynx. 
(Prom the Pharmacopoeia of the Hospital for the Diseases of the Throat, 4th ed., 1881.) 1414 
Trochisci.—Trochisci Ammonii Chloridi. 
PART I. 
of Refined Sugar, in fine powder, and three hundred grains or nineteen and a half grammes 
of Gum Acacia, in powder. Make the mixture into a paste with five fluid drachms (Imp. 
meas.) or seventeen and a half cubic centimetres of Mucilage of Gum Acacia and a sufficient 
quantity of the official Rose Water. Divide the mass into five hundred equal lozenges. Dry 
them in a hot-air chamber at a moderate temperature.” Br. 
“ Preparation with Simple Basis. 
“ Take five hundred times the quantity of the drug ordered for one lozenge; mix it inti- 
mately with seventeen and a half ounces (Imperial) or four hundred and ninety-six grammes 
of Refined Sugar, in fine powder, and three hundred grains or nineteen and a half grammes of 
Gum Acacia, in powder. Make the mixture into a paste with one fluid ounce and a quarter 
(Imp. meas.) or thirty-five and a half cubic centimetres of Mucilage of Gum Acacia and a 
sufficient quantity of Distilled Water. Divide the mass into five hundred equal lozenges. Dry 
them in a hot-air chamber at a moderate temperature.” Br. 
“ Preparation with Tolu Basis. 
“ Take five hundred times the quantity of the drug ordered for one lozenge; dissolve what 
salts of alkaloids may be ordered in three fluid, drachms (Imperial measure) or ten and a half 
cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; mix the solution intimately with seventeen ounces (Imp.) 
or four hundred and eighty-two grammes of Refined Sugar, in fine powder, and three hundred 
grains or nineteen and a half grammes of Gum Acacia, in powder. Thoroughly incorporate 
with the mixture any other drugs ordered for the lozenges, and three fluid drachms (Imp. 
meas.) or ten and a half cubic centimetres of Tincture of Balsam of Tolu. Make into a paste 
with one fluid ounce and a quarter (Imp. meas.) or thirty-five and a half cubic centimetres of 
Mucilage of Gum Acacia and any additional Distilled Water that may be necessary. Divide 
the mass into five hundred equal lozenges. Dry them in a hot-air chamber at a moderate 
temperature.” Br. 
TROCHISCUS ACIDI BENZOICI. Br. Benzoic Acid Lozenge. 
(TBO-CHIS'CUS AQ'I-DI BEN-ZO'l-Cf.) 
“ Benzoic Acid, $ grain or 0-0324 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to form a Lozenge.” 
Br. (See p. 1413.) 
TROCHISCUS ACIDI CARBOLICI. Br. Phenol Lozenge. 
“ Phenol, 1 grain or 0 0648 gramme. Mix with the Tolu Basis to form a Lozenge.” Br. 
(See above.) 
(TRO-eHIS'CUS Xg'l-DI CAR-BOL'I-Cl.) 
TROCHISCI ACIDI TANNICI. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Tannic Acid. 
[Tannin Lozenges.] 
Troohisous Acidi Tannici, Br.; Pastilles de Tannin, Fr.; Tanninpastillen, G. 
“ Tannic Acid, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Sugar, in tine powder, sixty-jive grammes [or 2 
ounces av., 128 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; Stronger 
Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the powders 
together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Stronger Orange Flower Water, form a 
mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
“ Tannic Acid, £ grain or 0-0324 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to form a Lozenge.” 
Br. (See p. 1413.) 
These are useful in relaxation of the uvula, and in chronic angina, being allowed slowly to 
dissolve in the mouth. Each U. S. troche contains about one grain (0-06 Gm.) of the acid. 
(TRO-GHIS'CI XQ'I-DT TAN'NI-CI.) 
TROCHISCI AMMONII CHLORIDI. U. S. Troches of Ammonium 
Chloride. 
(TRO-CHlS'C! AM-MO'NI-I CHLO'RI-DI.) 
Pastilles de Chlorure d’Ammonium, Fr.; Chlorammoniumpastillen, G. 
“ Ammonium Chloride, in fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Extract of Glycyrrliiza, 
in fine powder, twenty-jive grammes [or 386 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, two grammes 
[or 31 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Syrup of Trochiscus Bismuthi Compositus.—Trochisd Oubebse. 
PART I. 
1415 
Tolu, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the powders together until they 
are thoroughly mixed; then, with Syrup of Tolu, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred 
troches." U. S. Each troche contains about one and a half grains (0-10 Gm.) of ammonium 
chloride. 
These troches are largely used in congested conditions of the pharynx and larynx. 
TROCHISCUS BISMUTHI COMPOSITUS. Br. Compound Bismuth 
Lozenge. 
(TRO-CHIS'CUS BI§-MU'THI C0M-P5§'l-TUS.) 
Troches of Bismuth; Pastilles de Sous-nitrate de Bismuth, Fr.; Wismuthpastillen, G. 
“ Bismuth Oxycarbonate, 2 grains or 0-1296 gramme ; Heavy Magnesium Carbonate, 2 grains 
or 0-1296 gramme; Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, 4 grains or 0-2592 gramme. Mix with 
the Rose Basis to form a Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
These may be used to obtain the effects of bismuth subnitrate on the stomach, as well as of 
the magnesium and calcium carbonates as an antacid, two or more being administered for a 
dose. They may also be found useful in chronic inflammation of the throat and oesophagus. 
TROCHISCI CATECHU. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Catechu 
Trochiscus Catechu, Br., Catechu Lozenge; Tabellae cum Catechu, F. P.; Pastilles de Cachou, Fr.; Katechu- 
pastillen, G. 
“ Catechu, in fine powder, six grammes [or 93 grains]; Sugar, in fine powder, sixty-five 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; 
Stronger Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the 
powders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Stronger Orange Flower Water, 
form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
“ Catechu, 1 grain or 0-0648 gramme. Mix with the Simple Basis to form a Lozenge.” Br. 
(See p. 1414.) 
These, like the troches of tannic acid, are useful in prolapsus of the uvula, and in other forms 
of relaxation of the fauces, and may also be used, in the number of three or more at a dose, 
to obtain the effects of catechu on the primse vise and on the system. Each troche contains 
about one grain (0 06 Gm.) of catechu, and the taste is not disagreeable. 
(TRO-£HIS'Ci CAT'E-jSHU.) 
TROCHISCI CRETAE. U. S. Troches of Chalk. 
Pastilles de Craie prepares, Fr.; Kreidepastillen, G. 
“ Prepared Chalk, twenty-five grammes [or 386 grains] ; Acacia, in fine powder, seven grammes 
[or 108 grains] ; Spirit of Nutmeg, three cubic centimeters [or 49 minims] ; Sugar, in fine 
powder, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 180 grains] ; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make 
one hundred troches. Rub the powders with the Spirit of Nutmeg until they are thoroughly 
mixed; then, with Water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches.” IT. S. 
These troches contain each about four grains (0-25 Gm.) of chalk, and are used as a gentle, 
astringent antacid in diarrhoea. They deserve to be used more frequently than they have 
been, being well adapted for children. 
(TBO-jGHIS'C! CRE'TiE.) 
TROCHISCI CUBEBi®. U. S. Troches of Cubeb. 
(TRO-fJHIS'CI CU-BE'BiE.) 
Pastilles de Cubebe, Fr.; Kubebenpastillen, G. 
“ Oleoresin of Cubeb, four grammes [or 61 grains] ; Oil of Sassafras, one cubic centimeter [or 
16 minims] ; Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, twenty-five grammes [or 386 grains] ; 
Acacia, in fine powder, twelve grammes [or 185 grains] ; Syrup of Tolu, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one hundred troches. Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed ; then 
add the Oleoresin and the Oil, and incorporate them with the mixture. Lastly, with Syrup of 
Tolu, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." IT. S. 
Each lozenge contains half a minim (0-04 Gm.) of the oleoresin of cubeb, being about half 
the strength of the troche of 1870. The preparation is intended chiefly for effect upon the 
fauces and other parts of the upper alimentary passages, and may be used advantageously in 
some cases of chronic cough, and in ulceration or chronic inflammation of the fauces. The pro- 
portion of oleoresin of cubeb might be decreased again with great benefit. 1416 
Trochiscus Eucalypti Gummi.—Trochiscus Guaiaci Resinse. 
PART I. 
TROCHISCUS EUCALYPTI GUMMI. Br. Eucalyptus Gum Lozenge. 
(TRO-jSHIS'CUS EU-CA-LYP'TI GUM'MI.) 
“ Eucalyptus Gum, 1 grain or 0-0648 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to form a 
Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
TROCHISCI FERRI. U. S. Troches of Iron. 
(TR0-J3HIS'Cl fek'rl) 
Pastilles d’Oxide de Fer, Fr.; Eisenoxydpastillen, G. 
“ Ferric Hydrate, dried at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. (176° F.), thirty grammes 
[or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Vanilla, cut into slices, one gramme [or 15 grains] ; Sugar, in fine 
powder, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Mucilage of Tragacanth, a suffi- 
cient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the Vanilla, first, with a portion of the 
Sugar to a uniform powder, and afterwards with the Ferric Hydrate and the remainder of the 
Sugar, until they are thoroughly mixed. Then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, 
to be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
Each lozenge contains about five grains (0-3 Gm.) of ferric hydrate, and from one to six may 
be given, according to the effects desired. (See Ferri Oxidum Ilydratumf 
TROCHISCUS FERRI REDACTI. Br. Reduced Iron Lozenge. 
Pastilles de Fer, Tablettes chalybees, Fr.; Eisenpastillen, G. 
“ Reduced Iron, 1 grain or 0-0648 gramme. Mix with the Simple Basis to form a Lozenge.” 
Br. (See p. 1414.) 
From one to five of the lozenges may be taken for a dose. 
(TBO-GHIS'cCS FER'r! RE-DXC'TI.) 
TROCHISCI GLYCYRRHIZA ET OPII. U. S. Troches of Glycyrrhiza 
and Opium. 
(TRO-gHIS'CI GLYQ-YR-RHI'ZYS ET O'PI-I.) 
Pastilles d’Opium, Pastilles de Reglisse opiacees, Fr.; Opiumpastillen, G. 
“ Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, fifteen grammes [or 231 grains] ; Powdered Opium, 
one-half gramme [or 8 grains] ; Acacia, in fine powder, twelve grammes [or 185 grains] ; Sugar, 
in fine powder, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Oil of Anise, two-tenths of a cubic centimeter 
[or 3 minims]; Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the powders 
together until they are thoroughly mixed; then add the Oil of Anise (equivalent to about 4 
drops), and incorporate it with the mixture. Lastly, with Water, form a mass, to be divided 
into one hundred troches." U. S. 
The British Pharm. 1898 no longer recognizes lozenges containing liquorice and opium ; the 
Br. 1885 process is appended * 
A preparation similar to the above is much used in Philadelphia and elsewhere under the 
name of Wistar's cough lozenges. Sometimes morphine sulphate is substituted in equivalent 
proportion for the opium, and occasionally a little tartar emetic is added ; but these modifica- 
tions of the official formula are not admissible without a change of title. Each U. S. troche 
contains about one-twelfth of a grain of powdered opium, the English each one-tenth of a grain 
of extract of opium. These troches are demulcent and anodyne, and useful in allaying cough. 
TROCHISCUS GUAIACI RESIN/E. Br. Guaiacum Resin Lozenge. 
“ Guaiacum Resin, 3 grains or 0.1944 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to form a 
Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
(TBO-CHlS'CCS GUA'IA-CI RE-§!'N^.) 
* Trochisci Opii, Br. 1885. Opium Lozenges. “Take of Extract of Opium seventy-two grains ; Tincture of 
Tolu half a fluidounce ; Refined Sugar, in powder, sixteen ounces [avoirdupois] ; Gum Acacia, in powder, two ounces 
[av.] ; Extract of Liquorice six ounces [av.] ; Distilled Water a sufficiency. Add the Extract of Opium, first softened 
by means of a little Water, and the Tincture of Tolu, to the Extract of Liquorice heated in a water-bath. When 
the mixture is reduced to a proper consistence, remove it to a slab, add the Sugar and Gum previously rubbed to- 
gether, and mix thoroughly. Divide the mass into 720 lozenges, and dry these in a hot-air chamber with a moderate 
heat. Each lozenge contains one-tenth of a grain of Extract of Opium, equivalent to one-fiftieth of a grain of 
morphine.” Br. 1885. Trochisd Ipecacuanhse.—Trochisd Morphinae et Ipecacuanhae. 
1417 
PART I. 
TROCHISCI IPECACUANHA. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Ipecac. 
(TBO-CHI§'Cl IP-E-CAC-U-XN'HiE.) 
Trochiscus Ipecacuanhae, Br., Ipecacuanha Lozenges; Pastilles d’lpecacuanha, Fr.; Brechwurzelpastillen, G. 
“ Ipecac, in No. 60 powder, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, two 
grammes [or 31 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, sixty-five grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 
grains],; Syrup of Orange, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the pow- 
ders together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Syrup of Orange, form a mass, to 
be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
“ Ipecacuanha Root, in powder, 1 grain or 0-0162 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to 
form a Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
These are useful expectorant lozenges in catarrhal complaints. Each of the U. S. lozenges 
contains about one-third of a grain (0 021 Gm.) of ipecac. 
TROCHISCI KRAMERIA. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Krameria. 
(TRO-fJHIS'C! KRA-ME'RI-iE.) 
Trochisous Krameriae, Br., Krameria Lozenge, Rhatany Lozenge; Pastilles de Ratanhia, Fr.f Ratanhapas- 
tillen, G. 
“ Extract of Krameria, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, sixty-five grammes 
[or 2 ounces av., 128 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, two grammes [or 31 grains] ; Stronger 
Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the powders 
together until they are thoroughly mixed; then, with Stronger Orange Flower Water, form a 
mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
“ Extract of Krameria, 1 grain or 0*0648 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to form a 
Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
These are astringent troches, which may be used in chronic angina. 
TROCHISCUS KRAMERIA ET COCAINA. Br. Krameria and Cocaine 
Lozenge. [Rhatany and Cocaine Lozenge.] 
“ Extract of Krameria, 1 grain or 0*0648 gramme ; Cocaine Hydrochloride, fa grain or 
0*00324 gramme. Mix with the Fruit Basis to form a Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
(TRO-j0HIS'CUS KRA-ME'RI-iE ET CO-CA-1'N.E.) 
TROCHISCI MENTHA PIPERITA. U. S. Troches of Peppermint. 
Pastilles de Menthe anglaises, Ft.; Pfefferminzpastillen, G. 
“ Oil of Peppermint, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; Sugar, in fine powder, eighty 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 minims] ; Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one hundred troches. Rub the Oil of Peppermint and the Sugar together until they 
are thoroughly mixed; then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into 
one hundred troches.” U. S. 
Useful in slight gastric or intestinal pains, nausea, and flatulence. 
(TRO-0HIS'Cl MEN'THJE Pl-PE-RI'T^.) 
TROCHISCUS MORPHINA. Br. Morphine Lozenge. 
Pastilles de Morphine, Fr.f Morphinpastillen, G. 
“ Morphine Hydrochloride, fa grain or 0*0018 gramme. Mix with the Tolu Basis to form 
a Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1414.) 
Useful for alleviating cough, and for other purposes which are answered by minute doses of 
morphine, of the hydrochloride of which each lozenge contains about one-thirty-sixth of a 
grain (0*0018 Gm.). 
(TRO-0HIS'CUS MOR-PHI'N/E.) 
TROCHISCI MORPHINE ET IPECACUANHA. U. S. (Br.) Troches of 
Morphine and Ipecac. 
(TRQ-OHIS'Ci MOR-PH!'NjE ET IP-E-ClC-U-AN'H^.) 
Trochiscus Morphinae et Ipecacuanbae, Br., Morphine and Ipecacuanha Lozenge; Pastilles de Morphine et 
d’lpgcacuanha, F>-.: Morphinpastillen mit Breehwurzel, G. 
“ Morphine Sulphate, sixteen centigrammes [or 2\ grains]; Ipecac, in No. 60 powder, fifty 
centigrammes [or 8 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, sixty-five grammes [or 2 ounces av., 128 
grains] ; Oil of Gaultheria, two-tenths of a cubic centimeter [or 3 minims] ; Mucilage of Trag- 1418 
Trochisci Potassii Chloratis.—Trochisci Sodii Bicarbonatis. 
acanth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Rub the powders together until they 
are thoroughly mixed ; then add the Oil of Gaultheria (equivalent to about 4 drops), and incor- 
porate it with the mixture. Lastly, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided 
into one hundred troches." U. S. 
“Morphine Hydrochloride, grain or 0-0018 gramme ; Ipecacuanha Root, in powder, 
grain or 0-0054 gramme. Mix with the Tolu Basis to form a Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1414.) 
Expectorant and anodyne, useful especially in allaying cough. The U. S. and fhe Br. 
lozenges each contain respectively one-fortieth of a grain (0 0016 Gm.) and one-thirty-sixth of 
a grain (0-0018 Gm.) of morphine salt, and one-twelfth of a grain (0 005 Gm.) of ipecacuanha. 
PART I. 
TROCHISCI POTASSII CHLORATIS. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Potassium 
Chlorate. 
(TRO-gHIS'c! PO-TAS'SI-I JSHLO-RA'TIS.) 
Troohiscus Potassii Chloratis, Br., Chlorate of Potash Lozenges; Pastilles de Chlorate de Potasse, Fr.; Pastil- 
len von Chlorsaurem Kali, G. 
“ Potassium Chlorate, in fine powder, thirty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 25 grains] ; Sugar, in 
fine powder, one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 grains] ; Tragacanth, in 
fine powder, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Spirit of Lemon, one cubic centimeter [or 16 minims] ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Mix the Sugar with the Tragacanth 
and the Spirit of Lemon by trituration, in a mortar; then transfer tbe mixture to a sheet of 
paper, and, by means of a bone spatula, mix with it the Potassium Chlorate, being careful, by 
avoiding trituration or pressure, to prevent the mixture from igniting or exploding. Lastly, 
with Water, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
“ Potassium Chlorate, 3 grains or 0-1944 gramme. Mix with the Rose Basis to form a 
Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
These lozenges are very largely employed, and are locally useful in cases of sore throat. If 
dissolved slowly in the mouth they may be used almost continuously. 
TROCHISCI SANTONINI. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Santonin 
(TKO-jSHIS'Cl SlN-TO-NI'Nl.) 
Trochiscus Santonini, Br.; Pastilles de Santonine, Fr.; Santoninpastillen, G. 
“ Santonin, in fine powder, three grammes [or 46 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, one hundred 
and ten grammes [or 3 ounces av., 385 grains] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, three grammes [or 
46 grains] ; Stronger Orange Flower Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. 
Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed ; then, with Stronger Orange 
Flower Water, form a mass, to he divided into one hundred troches. Troches of Santonin should 
he kept in dark, amber-colored vials.” U S. 
“ Santonin, 1 grain or 0-0648 gramme. Mix with the Simple Basis to form a Lozenge.” Br. 
(See p. 1414.) 
The United States process is faulty in the direction that the santonin should be in fine 
powder. The longer the absorption of santonin is delayed in the intestines the more prolonged 
and consequently the more effective is its vermicidal influence. As soon as it is absorbed it 
ceases to act upon the worm, and becomes a more or less deleterious substance in the system. 
A dose of santonin in crystals which is not poisonous may become somewhat toxic when given 
in fine powder. The proportion of crystals in the lozenge mass (2| per cent.) is not sufficient 
to prevent the formation of a good lozenge. Each U. S. lozenge contains about half a grain 
(0-033 Gm.) of santonin. (Sec Santoninum, p. 1191.) Dose, from one to four lozenges. 
TROCHISCI SODII BICARBONATIS. U. S. (Br.) Troches of Sodium 
Bicarbonate. 
(TR0-)3HIS'Cl SO'DI-I BI-CAR-BO-NA'TlS.) 
Troohiscus Sodii Bicarbonatis, Br.; Trochisci Natri Bicarbonici, P. G.; Pastilles de Bicarbonate de Soude, 
Pastilles de Vichy, Pastilles digestives, Fr.; Natron pastil len, G. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, sixty grammes 
[or 2 ounces av., 51 grains] ; Nutmeg, bruised, one gramme [or 15 grains] ; Mucilage of Traga- 
canth, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. Triturate the Nutmeg with the 
Sugar, gradually added, until they are reduced to a fine powder, and mix this intimartely with 
the Sodium Bicarbonate; then, with Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass, to be divided into 
one hundred troches." U. S. Trochiscus Sulphuris.— Ulmus. 
1419 
PAET I. 
“ Sodium Bicarbonate, 3 grains or 0*1944 gramme. Mix with the Rose Basis to form a 
Lozenge.” Br. (See p. 1413.) 
The U. S. troche contains three grains (0-20 Gm.) of the alkaline salt. Antacid and anti- 
lithic, useful in heartburn and in uric acid gravel. From one to six may be given for a dose. 
TROCHISCUS SULPHURIS. Br. Sulphur Lozenge. 
(TRO-eHIS'CUS SUL'PHU-RIS.) 
“ Precipitated Sulphur, 2500 grains or 162 grammes; Acid Potassium Tartrate, in powder, 
500 grains or 32-4 grammes ; Refined Sugar, in powder, 4000 grains or 259-2 grammes ; Gum 
Acacia, in powder, 500 grains or 32-4 grammes; Tincture of Orange, 500 minims or 29-5 
cubic centimetres ; Mucilage of Gum Acacia, 500 minims or 29-5 cubic centimetres. Mix the 
Tincture of Orange with the powders; add the Mucilage of Gum Acacia to form a suitable 
mass. Divide into five hundred Lozenges. Dry them in a hot-air chamber at a moderate 
temperature. Each Lozenge contains Jive grains or 0-324 gramme of Precipitated Sulphur.” Br. 
These lozenges were introduced into the “ Additions” to the British Pharmacopoeia 1885. 
The dose is from one to six lozenges. (See Sulphur Frsedpitatum, p. 1310.) 
TROCHISCI ZINGIBERIS. U. S. Troches of Ginger 
Pastilles de Gingembre, Fr.; Ingwerpastillen, G. 
“ Tincture of Ginger, twenty cubic centimeters [or 325 minims] ; Tragacanth, in fine powder, 
four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Sugar, in fine powder, one hundred and thirty grammes [or 4 
ounces av., 256 grains] ; Syrup of Gringer, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred troches. 
Mix the Tincture of Ginger with the Sugar, and, having exposed the mixture to the air until 
dry, reduce it to a fine powder. To this add the Tragacanth, and mix thoroughly. Lastly, 
with Syrup of Ginger, form a mass, to be divided into one hundred troches." U. S. 
Each lozenge contains three minims (0 2 C.c.) of the tincture, and they may be taken as 
required, being especially calculated to relieve gastric pains resulting from flatulence. 
(TKO-f!HIS'CI ZIN-<JIB'E-RIS.) 
ULMUS. U. S. Kim. [Slippery Elm.] 
“ The inner bark of Ulmus fulva, Michaux (nat. ord. Urticaceae).” U. S. 
Ulmi Cortex; Ecorce d’Orme, Fr.; Ulmenrinde, Riisterrinde, G. 
Ulmus fulva. Michaux, Flor. Bor. Amer. (1803) i. 172.— U. rubra. Michx. f. Hist. Arb. 
Am. iii. 278.— U. pubescens. Walt. FI. Car. (1788) 112. The slippery elm, called also red 
elm, is a lofty tree, fifty or sixty feet in height, with a trunk fifteen or twenty inches in diame- 
ter. The bark of the trunk is brown, that of the branches rough and whitish. The leaves 
are oblong-ovate, acuminate, nearly equal at the base, unequally serrate, pubescent, and very 
rough on both sides, four or five inches in length by two or three in breadth, and supported 
on short footstalks. The buds, a fortnight before their development, are covered with a dense 
russet down. The flowers, which appear before the leaves, are sessile, and in clusters at the 
extremities of the young shoots. The bunches of flowers are surrounded by scales, which are 
downy like the buds. The calyx also is downy. There is no corolla. The stamens are five, 
short, and of a pale rose color. The fruit is a membranaceous capsule or samara, enclosing 
in the middle one round seed, destitute of fringe* The nat. ord. Urticaceae has been subdi- 
vided by Engler and Prantl into three distinct natural orders: (1) the Ulmaceae, including 
Ulmus, etc.; (2) the Moraceae, including Morus, Humulus, Cannabis, etc.; (3) the Urticaceae 
proper, including Urtica, etc. 
This species of elm is indigenous, growing in all parts of the United States north of the 
Carolinas, but most abundantly west of the Alleghany Mountains. It flourishes in open, ele- 
vated situations, and requires a firm, dry soil. From the white elm ( U. americana) it is dis- 
tinguished by its rough branches, its larger, thicker, and rougher leaves, its downy buds, and 
the character of its flowers and seeds. Its period of flowering is in April. The inner bark, 
separated from the epidermis, is the part used. Large quantities are collected in the Lower 
Peninsula of Michigan. 
(UL'MUS.) 
* Fremontia californica, Torr., or California Slippery Elm, is not botanically allied to Ulmus fulva: its bark is 
said, however, to have the same properties as slippery-elm bark, and to be used for a similar purpose. 1420 
Ulmus.— Unguenta. 
PART I. 
It is in long, nearly flat pieces, from one to two lines thick, of a fibrous texture, a tawny 
color which is reddish on the inner surface, a peculiar sweetish, not unpleasant odor, and a 
highly mucilaginous taste when chewed. “ The inner surface finely ridged; fracture fibrous 
and mealy ; the transverse section delicately checkered ; odor slight, peculiar; taste mucilagi- 
nous, insipid.” U. S. By grinding, it is reduced to a light, grayish fawn-colored powder. 
It abounds in mucilaginous matter, which it readily imparts to water. The mucilage is pre- 
cipitated by solutions of lead acetate and subacetate, but not by alcohol. It contains a 
variety of tannin which colors iron solutions green, in amount about 6-5 per cent, according to 
Rink, or, according to Davy, a little less than 3 per cent. 
Much of the bark brought into the market is of inferior quality, imparting comparatively 
little mucilage to water. It has the characteristic odor of the genuine bark, but is much less 
fibrous and more brittle, breaking abruptly when bent, instead of being capable, like the better 
kind, of being folded lengthwise without breaking. To what this inferiority is owing, whether 
to difference in the species or the age, or to circumstances in the growth of the tree producing 
it, we are unable to state. Ground slippery-elm bark is often adulterated, usually with sub- 
stances containing starch. Pure slippery-elm bark should have no starch in it.* 
Dr. C. W. Wright, of Cincinnati, in a communication to the Western Lancet, states that 
slippery-elm bark has the property of preserving fatty substances from rancidity, and that this 
fact was known to the Indians, who prepared bear’s fat by melting it with the bark, in the 
proportion of a drachm of the latter to a pound of the former, keeping them heated together 
for a few minutes, and then straining off the fat. Dr. Wright tried the same process with 
butter and lard, and found them to remain perfectly sweet for a long time. (A. J. Pxxiv.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Slippery-elm bark is an excellent demulcent, applicable 
to all cases in which this class of medicines is employed. It is especially recommended in 
dysentery, diarrhoea, and diseases of the urinary passages. Its mucilage is nutritious ; and we 
are told that it has proved sufficient for the support of life in the absence of other food. The 
case of a lad of 15 is recorded, who, a day or two after eating a portion of this bark, became 
violently ill, and died. The stomach was examined, and found full of the bark twisted into balls. 
The death was no doubt owing to the large amount of indigestible matter in the stomach, and 
not to any poisonous property of the bark. (Phila. Med. Times, Feb. 7, 1874, p. 303.) Dr. J. R. 
Dowler, of Beardstown, 111., reports two cases of tape-worm, one in a child, the other in an adult, 
in which the worm was discharged as a consequence of the patients’ chewing and swallowing 
the bark of the elm. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., March 16, 1865, p. 132.) It is commonly 
used as a drink in the form of infusion. (See Mucilago Ulmi.) The powder may be used 
stirred in hot water, with which it forms a mucilage more or less thick according to the pro- 
portion added. The bark also serves as an emollient application in cases of external inflamma- 
tion. For this purpose the powder may be formed into a poultice with hot water, or the bark 
itself may be applied, previously softened by boiling. Dr. McDowell, of Virginia, recom- 
mended slippery-elm bark for the dilatation of fistulas and strictures (Med. Examiner, i. 
244) ; subsequently Dr. H. R. Storer, of Boston, used it advantageously for dilating the os 
uteri (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., liii. 300), and Dr. A. Abbe, of the same place, succeeded 
in curing with it a case of stricture of the rectum (Ibid., liv. 349). 
(UN-GUEN'TA—yn-gw6n't?.) 
Pommades, Onguents, Fr.; Salben, G. 
These are fatty substances, softer than cerates, of a consistence like that of butter, and such 
that they may be readily applied to the Bkin by inunction. When ointments are prepared by 
merely mixing medicinal substances with simple ointment, hydrous wool fat, lard, or petro- 
latum, care should be taken, if the added substance be a powder, that it be brought to the finest 
possible state of division before being incorporated with the unctuous matter. If soluble in 
water or in alcohol, it may often be advantageously rubbed with a little of one of these liquids. 
Gritty matter should not be allowed to enter these preparations. When an extract is added, 
if not uniformly soft, it should be made so by trituration with a little water or alcohol, accord- 
ing to its nature. Many of the ointments become rancid if long kept, and should, therefore, 
be prepared in small quantities at a time, or only when wanted for use. The tendency to ran- 
UNGUENTA. Ointments. 
* The following test, devised by Mr. Geo. M. Beringer, seems to have practical value. Ten grains of ground or 
pulverized elm bark, thoroughly shaken with one fluidounce of water, will, if pure and of good quality, in fifteen 
minutes form a thick jelly-like mass of a good fawn color. Unguenta.— Unguentum Acidi Borici. 
PART I. 
1421 
cidity may he in a considerable degree counteracted by imbuing the unctuous vehicle with 
benzoin, or with poplar buds, as recommended by M. Deschamps (A. J. P., xv. 260) ; but care 
should be taken that there be no therapeutic objection to the admixture* Elm bark is said 
to have the same effect. (See p. 1420.) According to Dr. Geisler, ten drops of spirit of ni- 
trous ether, incorporated with an ounce of ointment, will overcome the disagreeable fatty odor. 
(Pharm. Centralbl., 1847, 927.) Hydrous wool fat or lanolin, petrolatum, and glycerite of 
starch are now used as bases for ointments. (See Adeps Lanse Hydrosus, Petrolatum, and Glyce- 
ritum Amylii) In the selection of a vehicle for an ointment it is important to consider the 
object for which the ointment is to be used. Lanolin is a natural emollient of the skin, com- 
posed of cholesterin and other substances which cannot pass through the skin, and has hut a 
very moderate power of dissolving the active ingredients ; for this reason, though lanolin makes 
a good vehicle for an ointment to affect the skin, it is not always the best one when absorption 
of a medicinal substance is desired. Glycelseum is a compound of finely powdered almond meal 
1 part, glycerin 2 parts, and olive oil 6 parts. It was proposed by T. B. Groves, Ghem. and 
Drug., Sept. 14, 1867, as a substitute for plasma and other fatty bodies, and has no doubt ad- 
vantages, one of which is the facility with which it can be removed from the skin by a wet 
sponge. It has been proposed to substitute glycerin for oils and fats in the preparation of 
ointments, either wholly or in part; but ointments thus prepared are altogether unfit for ap- 
plication by inunction, as a portion of the glycerin remains upon the skin, producing a rough 
sensation of adhesiveness, very different from the softness caused by oleaginous matter, and in 
some skin diseases glycerin in an ointment would be positively injurious. 
The Cerates having been abolished as a class in the British Pharmacopoeia, a few of the 
individual articles have been transferred to the Ointments, making the definition of the latter 
class of preparations, as given above, not exactly applicable to all the individual substances at 
present included among them in that Pharmacopoeia. We consider no substance to be strictly 
entitled to the name of ointment which is not of such a consistence as to adapt it to application 
to the skin by friction or inunction. Ointments should be dispensed in glass, porcelain, or 
queensware pots or jars, or, if for temporary use, in tight wooden boxes. We have used a very 
convenient method of dispensing soft ointments by introducing them into compressible tubes. 
These tubes are similar to those used for holding artists’ colors, and have the advantage of 
shielding the ointment from the oxidizing action of the air whilst allowing of the use of the 
desired quantity. 
UNGUENTUM. U.S. Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM.) 
Unguentum Adipis, U.S. 1860; Pommade simple, Fr.; Wachssalbe, G. 
“ Lard, eight hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains] ; Yellow Wax, two hundred 
grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 
grains]. Melt the Yellow Wax, and gradually add to it the Lard ; then stir the mixture con- 
stantly until it is cool.” U. S. 
This is emollient, and is occasionally employed as a mild dressing to blistered or excoriated 
surfaces, but more frequently as a vehicle, it being the basis of several official ointments.f 
UNGUENTUM ACIDI BORICI. Br. Boric Acid Ointment. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM Xg'l-Dl BO'EI-CI.) 
“ Boric Acid, in very fine powder, carefully sifted, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes; 
Paraffin Ointment, white, 9 ounces (Imp.) or 270 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
* Populinated Lard. M. Emile Mouehon gives the following method of applying to lard the preservative in- 
fluence of poplar buds and benzoin. Having prepared, by percolation, a tincture of poplar buds from one part of 
the dried buds in powder and four parts of alcohol, he adds by degrees to 1000 parts of melted lard 60 parts of the 
tincture, so that all the alcohol may be driven off-, then strains, and agitates the mixture till it concretes on cool- 
ing. The same method is pursued with tincture of benzoin, in the same proportions; and tincture of guaiac will 
answer the same purpose. Lard thus prepared keeps perfectly well for a very long time. (Journ. de Pharm., xxv. 
458.) Mr. T. B. Groves has shown that oil of pimenta and balsam of Peru have in a powerful degree the same pre- 
servative influence on lard. (P. J. Tr., Nov. 1864, p. 249.) 
■f- Unguentum Simplex, Br., also U. S. 1850. Simple Ointment. “Take of White Wax two ounces [avoirdupois]; 
Benzoated Lard three ounces [av.] ; Almond Oil three flnidounces. Melt the Wax and Lard in the Oil on a water- 
bath ; then remove the mixture, and stir constantly while it cools.” Br. 1885. 1422 
Unguentum Acidi Carbolici.— Unguentum Aquae Rosae. 
PART I. 
UNGUENTUM ACIDI CARBOLICI. U. S., Br. Ointment of Carbolic Acid 
(UN-GUEN'TUM XQ'I-DI CAR-BOL'I-C!.) 
Phenol Ointment; Pommade d’Acide phenique, Fr.; Phenolsalbe, G. 
“ Carbolic Acid, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Ointment, ninety five grammes [or 3 ounces 
av., 154 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Mix them 
thoroughly.” U. S. 
“Phenol, $ ounce (Imperial) or 15 grammes ; Glycerin, 1£ ounces (Imp.) or 45 grammes; 
Paraffin Ointment, white, 10? ounces (Imp.) or 315 grammes. Dissolve the Phenol in the 
Glycerin ; add the Paraffin Ointment; mix.” Br. 
The quantity of carbolic acid in this ointment has been decreased from 10 per cent, in the 
U. S. P. 1880 to 5 per cent, in the 1890 revision. This is an improvement, for it is a very 
strong ointment, which for most purposes still requires dilution. 
UNGUENTUM ACIDI SALICYLICI. Br. Salicylic Acid Ointment. 
“ Salicylic Acid, in powder, 10 grains or 0 5 gramme; Paraffin Ointment, white, 490 grams 
or 24 5 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM IQ'I-DI SAL-I-CYL'I-CI.) 
UNGUENTUM ACIDI TANNICI. U. S. Ointment of Tannic Acid. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM Xg'l-DI TAN'NI-OI.) 
Pommade d’Acide tannique, Fr.; Tanninsalbe, G. 
“ Tannic Acid, in fine powder, twenty grammes [or 309 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, eighty 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Rub the Tannic Acid with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are 
thoroughly mixed, avoiding the use of iron utensils.” U. S. 
Ointment of Tannic Acid was doubled in strength at the U. S. P. 1890 revision. It is an 
excellent application in many cases of piles and prolapsus ani, also for flabby ulcers. 
UNGUENTUM ACONITINE. Br. Aconitine Ointment. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM ac-on-i-ti'na;.) 
Pommade d’Aconitine, Fr.; Aconitinsalbe, G. 
“Aconitine, 10 grains or 0-5 gramme; Oleic Acid, 80 grains or 4 grammes; Lard, 410 
grains or 20-5 grammes. Rub the Aconitine with the Oleic Acid, and gently warm the mix- 
ture until dissolved ; add the Lard; mix.” Br. 
For the uses of this preparation the reader is referred to the articles on Aconitum and 
Aconitina. Care must he taken not to apply it to an abraded or ulcerated surface, lest it 
produce serious constitutional effects. 
UNGUENTUM ROS.®. U. S., Br. Ointment of Rose Water, 
[Cold Cream.] 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM A'QTL3E EO'§JE.) 
Rose Water Ointment; Unguentum Leniens, P. G.; Cerat cosmetique, Creme froide, Fr. 
“Spermaceti, one hundred and twenty-five grammes [or 4 ounces av., 179 grains]; White 
Wax, one hundred and twenty grammes [or 4 ounces av., 102 grains] ; Expressed Oil of 
Almond, six hundred cubic centimeters [or 20 fluidounces, 138 minims] ; Stronger Rose Water, 
one hundred and ninety cubic centimeters [or six fluidounces, 204 minims] ; Sodium Borate, in fine 
powder, five grammes [or 77 grains]. Reduce tlie Spermaceti and the White Wax to fine 
shavings, and melt them at a moderate heat. Then add the expressed Oil of Almond, pour the 
mixture into a warmed, shallow Wedgwood mortar, carefully add, without stirring, the whole of 
the Stronger Rose Water in which the Sodium Borate had previously been dissolved, and stir 
rapidly and continuously, until the mixture becomes uniformly soft and creamy.” U. S. 
“ Rose Water, undiluted, 7 Jl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 210 cubic centimetres; White 
Beeswax, 1£ ounces (Imp.) or 45 grammes; Spermaceti, 1J ounces (Imp.) or 45 grammes; 
Almond Oil, 9 ounces (Imp.) or 270 grammes; Oil of Rose, 8 minims or 0-5 cubic centimetre. 
Melt together the White Beeswax, Spermaceti, and Almond Oil; pour the mixture into a 
warmed mortar and add the Rose Water gradually with constant trituration ; add the Oil of 
Rose; continue the trituration until cold.” Br. PART I. 
Unguentum Aquae House.— Unguentum Canthciridis. 
1423 
In the U. S. P. 1890 process the proportion of rose water has been greatly reduced,—i.e., 
from 30 to 20 per cent.: this will make a more stable preparation, but in our opinion the use- 
fulness of the ointment has been curtailed by the reduction, its soft consistence being one of its 
most valuable characteristics. Sodium borate has been added to increase its whiteness : its 
presence may, however, prove objectionable when the ointment is used as a basis in prescrip- 
tions, by reacting with some of the ingredients ordered by the physician. 
This preparation is a white, very soft, and elegant ointment, deriving a grateful odor from 
the rose water, which remains incorporated with the other constituents if kept enclosed in 
glazed vessels. We have found it an improvement to add oil of rose in the proportion of one 
drop to eight ounces, and to use an instrument known as the “ Dover egg-beater” for giving it 
the desired creamy appearance. It is a pleasant, cooling application to irritated and excoriated 
surfaces, and may be used with great advantage for chapped lips and hands, so frequent in 
cold weather. As the ointment is liable to become rancid when long kept, and the water to 
separate upon exposure, Mr. Joseph Laidley has proposed the substitution for the rose water 
of oil of rose and glycerin, the former in the proportion of two drops, the latter in that of 
four fluidrachms, the quantity of spermaceti being increased by two drachms. (A. J. P., xii. 
119.) For some purposes the substitution is useful; but the official preparation is preferable 
for chapped hands, as the glycerin frequently leaves an unpleasant sensation of stickiness on 
the skin. 
UNGUENTUM ATROPINE. Br. Atropine Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM AT-RO-PI'NE.) 
Pommade d’Atropine, Fr.; Atropinsalbe, G. 
“ Atropine, 10 grains or 0-5 gramme ; Oleic Acid, 40 grains or 2 grammes ; Lard, 450 grains 
or 22-5 grammes. Bub the Atropine with the Oleic Acid, and gently warm the mixture until 
dissolved ; add the Lard ; mix.” Br. 
For the uses of this ointment, see Belladonna and Atropina. Caution must be observed 
that the ointment shall not come in contact with abraded, ulcerated, or wounded surfaces, and 
that it be not applied too freely to sound skin. 
UNGUENTUM BELLADONNA. U.S., Br. Belladonna Ointment. 
Pommade de Belladone, Fr.; Tollkirschensalbe, G. 
“ Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna Leaves, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Diluted Al- 
cohol, jive grammes [or 77 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, eighty-jive grammes [or 3 ounces 
av.], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Bub the Extract with the 
Diluted Alcohol until it is uniformly soft, then gradually add the Lard, and mix thoroughly.” 
US. 
“ Liquid Extract of Belladonna, 2 ji. ounces (Imperial measure) or 40 cubic centimetres; 
Benzoated Lard, 2} ounces (Imp.) or 45 grammes. Evaporate the Liquid Extract of Bella- 
donna on a water-bath until it is reduced to a quarter of an ounce (Imp.) or five grammes; add 
the Benzoated Lard; mix. 100 parts of this Ointment should contain 0 6 part of the alka- 
loids of Belladonna Boot.” Br. 
This is a convenient form for the external application of extract of belladonna. Care must 
be taken in preparing it that the extract employed have the due consistence ; and, if dry and 
lumpy, it may be restored to the proper state by rubbing it with a little water in a heated 
mortar. The use of diluted alcohol, as now officially directed, is still better. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM BEL-LA-DON'NiE.) 
UNGUENTUM CANTHARIDIS. Br. Cantharides Ointment. 
Unguentum Cantharidum, P. G.; Unguentum Irritans, Unguentum ad Fonticulos; Onguent de Cantharides, Fr.; 
Spanisehfliegensalbe, G. 
“ Cantharides, bruised, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes ; Benzoated Lard, 10 ounces (Imp.) 
or 300 grammes. Melt the Benzoated Lard, add the Cantharides, and digest at a temperature 
of about 120° F. (48-9° C.) for twelve hours. Strain through calico and press the residue 
gently; stir until cold.” Br. 
The British process is a better one than that of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870* Olive 
(UN-GUEN'TUM CAN-THXr'I-DIS.) 
* “Take of Cantharides Cerate one hundred and twenty grains; Resin Cerate three hundred and sixty grains. 
Mix them thoroughly.” U. S. 1870. 1424 
Unguentum Cantharidis.— Unguentum Cocainse. 
PART I. 
oil is a good solvent of cantharidin. By its use the active matter of the flies is more uniformly 
diffused through the ointment than when they are directly incorporated in the state of powder, 
with the other ingredients. The preparation is thus better calculated to meet the end proposed 
of maintaining the discharge from blistered surfaces without producing undue irritation. It 
has been said that the virtues of the flies are impaired by boiling; but the contrary has been 
proved to be the case, the cantharidin being neither altered nor volatilized at 100° C. (212° 
F.) (See Cantharis.) It should be recollected that this ointment is intended as a dressing for 
blisters, not to produce vesication. The Committee of Revision wisely omitted the prepara- 
tion from the U. S. P. 1880, as it was frequently prescribed under the impression that it was 
equal in strength to the cerate, in fact, identical with it, and disappointment resulted. Such a 
preparation should be left to extemporaneous prescription. Dupuytren's ointment, employed as 
a local application to prevent the loss of hair, was made by macerating a drachm of flies in a 
fluidounce of alcohol, and incorporating one part of the tincture thus formed with nine parts 
of lard. 
UNGUENTUM CAPSICI. Br. Capsicum Ointment. 
“ Capsicum Fruit, bruised, 120 grains or 12 grammes ; Spermaceti, 60 grains or 6 grammes ; 
Olive Oil, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 44 grammes. Digest on a water-bath for one hour, occasion- 
ally stirring ; strain ; set aside to cool, without stirring.” Br. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM ClP'SI-CL) 
UNGUENTUM CETACEI. Br. Spermaceti Ointment. 
(UN-GUBN'TUM CE-TA'CE-I.) 
Onguent blanc, Fr.; Walrathsalbe, G. 
“ Spermaceti, 20 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes ; White Beeswax, 8 ounces (Imp.) or 80 
grammes ; Almond Oil, 72 ounces (Imp.) or 720 grammes ; Benzoin, in coarse powder, 2 ounces 
(Imp.) or 20 grammes. Melt together the Spermaceti, Beeswax, and Almond Oil; add the 
Benzoin, and, frequently stirring the mixture, continue the application of heat for two hours ; 
remove from the source of heat; strain ; and stir the Ointment constantly until cold.” Br. 
This ointment is employed as a mild dressing for blisters, wounds, and excoriated surfaces. It 
should be made in small quantities at a time, as it is apt to become rancid when long kept. 
UNGUENTUM CHRYSAROBIN I. U. S., Br. Chrysarobin Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM GHRYS-A-RO-BI'NI.) 
Pommade de Poudre de Goa, Fr.; Goapulversalbe, G. 
11 Chrysarobin, five grammes [or 77 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, ninety-jive grammes [or 
3 ounces av., 154 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. 
Rub the Chrysarobin with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thoroughly 
mixed.” U. S. 
“ Chrysarobin, 20 grains or 2 grammes ; Benzoated Lard, 480 grains or 48 grammes. Trit- 
urate the Chrysarobin gradually with the Benzoated Lard, previously melted by heat; continue 
the heat until the Chrysarobin is dissolved; stir until cold.” Br. 
This ointment was reduced one-half in strength at the U. S. P. 1890 revision, which is an 
improvement: it is now very nearly identical with the British ointment. It was formerly 
used in psoriasis, ringworm, and other diseases of the skin, but its use has been to a great extent 
abandoned, on account of the permanent stain that it leaves upon the linen.* It is preferably 
made by dissolving the chrysarobin in a little hot benzol, mixing this rapidly with a portion 
of the melted lard, and subsequently stirring before adding the rest of the lard. 
UNGUENTUM COCAINE. Br. Cocaine Ointment. 
“ Cocaine, 20 grains or 1 gramme; Oleic Acid, 80 grains or 4 grammes; Lard, 400 grains 
or 20 grammes. Rub the Cocaine with the Oleic Acid, and gently warm the mixture until 
dissolved ; add the Lard ; mix.” Br. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM CO-CA-I'NiE.) 
* The ointment of -pyrogallic acid, of the strength of from ten to forty grains to the ounce, has been used to some 
extent as a substitute for chrysarobin ointment. It is slower in its action than the ointment of chrysarobin, and also 
stains the hair, skin, etc. It is said when used too freely to cause constitutional disturbance, with fever, greenish 
urine, etc. PART I. 
Unguentum Conii.— Unguentum Eucalypti. 
1425 
UNGUENTUM CONII. Br. Conium Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM CO-NI'I.) 
“ Juice of Conium, 2 jl. ounces (Imperial measure) or 88 cubic centimetres; Hydrous Wool 
Fat, f ounce (Imp.) or 33 grammes. Evaporate the Juice of Conium on a water-bath to one 
eighth of its volume, at a temperature not exceeding 140° F. (60° C.) ; add the Hydrous Wool 
Fat; mix by trituration.” Br. 
It may he applied locally to cancerous or other painful ulcers, but has little therapeutic value. 
UNGUENTUM CREOSOTI. Br. Creosote Ointment. 
Pommade de Creosote, Fr.; Kreosotsalbe, G. 
“ Creosote, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes; Hard Paraffin, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 120 grammes ; 
Soft Paraffin, white, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes. Melt the Hard and Soft Paraffins to- 
gether ; add the Creosote ; stir until cold.” Br. 
The British ointment is more than twice as strong as that official in the U. S. P. 1870, which 
was made by mixing half a fluidrachm of creosote with a troyounce of lard. For the use of 
this ointment, see Creosotum. It may sometimes be advantageously diluted with lard when 
found to irritate. 
(UN-GUEN'TIJM CRE-O-SO'TI.) 
UNGUENTUM DIACHYLON. U. S. Diachylon Ointment. 
Pominade de Diachylon, Fr.; Diachylonsalbe, G. 
“ Lead Plaster, Jim hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 278 grains] ; Olive Oil, four hundred 
and ninety grammes [or 17 ounces av., 125 grains] ; Oil of Lavender Flowers, ten cubic centi- 
meters [or 162 minims], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Melt 
together the Lead Plaster and the Olive Oil, on a water-bath ; then, having allowed the mixture 
to become partly cool, add the Oil of Lavender Flowers, and stir constantly, until the Oint- 
ment is cold.” U. S. The proportion of lead plaster has been reduced in the U. S. 1890 
formula ten per cent.: this is an improvement. 
This ointment has been largely used by dermatologists in eczema and other skin diseases. It 
is frequently called u Unguentum Diachylon Hebrseon account of its extensive use by the late 
Prof. Hehra, of Vienna. Vulpius states that the ointment used at Hebra’s clinic, made accord- 
ing to the following formula, is very superior and will keep for weeks. Twenty parts of litharge 
are heated with sufficient water and eighty parts of olive oil until the reaction is completed, 
when one part of oil of lavender is added to the strained and cooling mass. 
Our experience with the ointment made by the latter formula is that the tendency to ran- 
cidity constitutes its greatest objection, and in warm weather it is impossible to keep it longer 
than a few days. If even slightly rancid, it is unfit for use in most cases. A. Heringer 
(Pharm. Zeitschr. fur Russland, 1880, p. 103; A. J. P., Sept. 1880) recommends the follow- 
ing modification. Dissolve 200 grammes of lead acetate in 1 liter of distilled water and 300 
grammes of white Marseilles soap in 1£ liters of distilled warm water, filter both solutions, 
mix, wash the resulting precipitate frequently with distilled water, and, after removing the 
moisture from it as much as possible, melt 1 part of it together with 1J parts of the best olive 
oil on a steam evaporating apparatus, and triturate into a white, smooth ointment in a mortar, 
which then possesses all the excellent mild and healing properties of Hebra’s ointment. 
M. Eisner’s modification, approved by Prof. L. A. Duhring, is as follows. One part of 
freshly precipitated (from lead acetate) pure white lead hydroxide is rubbed with two parts 
of water, and mixed well with six parts of the best Lucca olive oil. It should be stirred for 
about two hours over a hot-water bath near the boiling point, and cooled with constant stirring 
until the proper consistence is obtained. While cooling, a drachm of oil of lavender is to be 
added to each half-pound of ointment. (Med. Times, May 7, 1881.) 
(UN-GUEN'TUM DI-ijGH'Y-LON.) 
UNGUENTUM EUCALYPTI. Br. Eucalyptus Ointment 
“ Oil of Eucalyptus, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes; Hard Paraffin, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 
120 grammes; Soft Paraffin, white, 5 ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes. Melt the Hard and 
Soft Paraffins together; add the Oil of Eucalyptus; stir until cold.” Br. 
This ointment is used as a stimulant to indolent ulcers and in skin diseases. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM EU-CA-LYP'TI.) 1426 
Unguentum Gallse.— Unguentum Hydrargyn. 
PART I. 
UNGUENTUM GALL®. U. S., Br. Nutgall Ointment 
Gall Ointment; Ointment of Galls; Pommade de Noix de Galle, Fr. ; Gallapfelsalbe, G. . 
“Nutgall, in No. 80 powder, twenty grammes [or 309 grains]; Benzoinated Lard, eighty 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 360 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Bub the Nutgall with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thor- 
oughly mixed.” V. S. 
“ Galls, in very fine powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes; Benzoated Lard, 4 ounces 
(Imp.) or 120 grammes. Mix by trituration.” Br. 
Care should be taken to have the nutgall in very fine powder and thoroughly sifted. This 
ointment is used chiefly in piles and prolapsus ani, and in flabby or indolent ulcers. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM GXL'L.E.) 
UNGUENTUM GALL.® CUM OPIO. Br. Gall and Opium Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM CUM O'PI-O.) 
“ Gall Ointment, 925 grains or 92 5 grammes; Opium, in very fine powder, 75 grains or 7‘5 
grammes. Mix by trituration. 100 parts of this Ointment contain 7i parts of Opium.” Br. 
This combination of galls and opium is sometimes employed for hemorrhoids. From half a 
drachm to a drachm of camphor is sometimes added. 
UNGUENTUM GLYCERINI PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. Br. Lead Sub- 
acetate Ointment. 
“ Glycerin of Lead Subacetate, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grhmmes; Paraffin Ointment, white, 
5 ounces (Imp.) or 150 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This ointment has therapeutic properties similar to those of Goulard’s cerate. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM GLYQ-E-BI'nI PLUM'BI StXB-ig-E-TA'TIS.) 
UNGUENTUM HAMAMELIDIS. Br. Hamamelis Ointment 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM HXM-A-MEL'r-DIS.) 
“Liquid Extract of Hamamelis, 1 fl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 10 cubic centimetres; 
Hydrous Wool Fat, 2\ ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This was one of the “ Additions” to the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. It is, in our opinion, 
of doubtful utility, but may be rubbed in over sprains. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI. U. S., Br. Mercurial Ointment. [Blue 
Ointment.] 
Mercury Ointment; Unguentum Hydrargyri Cinereum, P. G. ; ITnguentum Mercuriale, s. Neapolitanicum ; Pom- 
made (Onguent) mercurielle, Potnmade napolitaine, Fr.; Graue Quecksilbersalbe, G. 
“ Mercury, five hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 278 grains] ; Lard, two hundred and fifty 
grammes [or 8 ounces av., 358 grains] ; Suet, two hundred and thirty grammes [or 8 ounces av., 
49 grains] ; Oleate of Mercury twenty grammes [or 309 grains], To make one thousand grammes 
[or 35 ounces av., 120 grains]. Triturate the Oleate of Mercury with the Mercury, gradu- 
ally added, in a mortar, until globules of the metal are no longer visible. Then add the Lard 
and Suet, previously melted together and partially cooled, and continue the trituration until 
globules of Mercury are no longer visible under a lens magnifying ten diameters.” U. S. 
“Mercury, 1 pound (Imperial) or 160 grammes; Lard, 1 pound (Imp.) or 160 grammes; 
Prepared Suet, 1 ounce (Imp.) or 10 grammes. Triturate until metallic globules cease to be 
visible.” Br. 
The Pharmacopoeias unite at present in recognizing but one mercurial ointment, which con- 
tains practically equal weights of mercury and fatty matter. When the physician wishes a 
weaker preparation, he may direct the ointment to be diluted with such a proportion of lard 
as may answer his purpose. 
The U. S. official formula is particularly adapted to the extemporaneous preparation of this 
ointment, it having been shown that the extinguishment of the mercury is facilitated by the 
use of oleate of mercury, whilst its presence undoubtedly adds to the efficiency of the oint- 
ment. Oleic acid was suggested by Leo Eliel (see Indiana Pharmacist, 1888) in the pro- 
portion of 1 per cent, for the extinction of the mercury. The addition of 4 per cent, of 
(UN-GUEN'TUM IIY-I)RAR'(JY-E!.) PART I. 
Unguentum Hydrargyri. 
1427 
compound tincture of benzoin aids in the preservation of the ointment. The trituration 
should not be accompanied with pressure, a light, rapid motion of the pestle being most effec- 
tive. In the preparation of mercurial ointment, care is requisite that the mercury should be 
completely extinguished. The trituration is usually performed upon the large scale in a marble 
mortar, as it is difficult to keep iron so clean as not to impart more or less oxide to the oint- 
ment. The mercury is known to be extinguished when a portion of the mass, rubbed upon 
paper or the back of the hand, exhibits no metallic globes under a magnifying glass of ten 
diameters. The operation cannot be considered as satisfactorily accomplished when the 
globules are invisible merely to the naked eye. To facilitate the process, which is very 
tedious, the addition of various substances has been proposed, calculated to hasten the dis- 
appearance of the metal. Turpentine and sulphur have been employed, but are inadmis- 
sible,—the former because it renders the ointment too irritating, the latter because it forms 
with the mercury an active sulphide. Their presence in the ointment may be detected by 
the peculiar odor which they respectively emit when exposed to heat. Sulphur, moreover, 
gives the ointment a darker color. Rancidity in the lard facilitates the extinguishment 
of the mercury, but is liable to the same objection as turpentine, only to a greater degree. 
M. Guibourt recommends the addition of one-sixteenth of old mercurial ointment* M. Si- 
monin proposes the use of lard which has been exposed in thin layers to a damp air for 
fifteen days. This facilitates the extinguishment of the metal, but probably renders the prepa- 
ration more irritant by the chemical alteration of the lard. The following plan of preparing 
the ointment was proposed by M. Chevallier. A pound of mercury, and half a pound of fresh 
lard, previously melted, are introduced into a stone or glass bottle, shaken till the mixture 
acquires the consistence of very thick syrup, then poured into a mortar, and incorporated, by 
constant stirring, with an additional half-pound of lard. In this manner, according to Cheval- 
lier, a perfect ointment may be made in half an hour. Dr. E. R. Squibb prepares this ointment 
by succussion in an apparatus which agitates the mixture of fats and mercury until the metal 
is extinguished. When prepared with lard alone, the ointment is apt, in hot weather, to become 
so soft as to allow the metal to separate. Hence the official use of suet; and even a larger 
proportion might be employed, during the summer season.f Dr. Christison states that the better 
plan is not to complete the process by a continuous trituration, but to operate for a short time 
every day and allow the ointment in the mean time to be exposed to the air. But so much 
time and labor are required in this process that the ointment is preferably made by machinery on 
the large scale. The fatty matters, kept in the fluid state by a heat of about 37'7° C. (100° F.), 
are triturated with the metal by means of two iron balls which are driven rapidly round in a 
circular trough by steam power. The extinguishment of the mercury is thus effected in about 
twelve hours. In buying from the manufacturer, great care should be exercised by the phar- 
macist, as much of the commercial ointment contains less than the official percentage of mer- 
cury. Indeed, it is sometimes found in the market without a trace of mercury, having been 
made by mixing up lampblack with rancid lard and suet until the proper tint is obtained. A 
method of preparing mercurial ointment proposed by Orosi is to precipitate metallic mercury, 
in the pulverulent form, from a solution of corrosive sublimate, by an excess of stannous 
chloride, with the addition of hydrochloric acid, and, having poured off the supernatant fluid, 
washed the precipitate with warm water, and dried it between bibulous paper, to incorporate it 
with the prescribed proportion of lard. To prevent the precipitated mercury from running into 
globules, it is recommended to cover with fat the interior of the vessel in which the precipita- 
tion takes place. For an account of many expedients that have been proposed to facilitate the 
extinguishment of the metal, see a paper by Dieterich (A. J. P., 1880). 
* It appears that Mr. J. Higginbottom made known, so long ago as the year 1814, this mode of extinguishing mer- 
cury. He recommends that equal weights of the old ointment and of mercury should be rubbed together, till the 
globules quite disappear, and the requisite proportion of lard then added. It is not necessary that the mercurial oint- 
ment should be rancid. (P. J. Tr., xvi. 215.) For a process recommended by Mr. J. M. Maisch, of which the pecu- 
liarity is the use of mercury passed through chamois leather, so as to be sprinkled in minute division over the fat, see 
A. J. P. (xxviii. 107); and for another by Mr. E. H. Hance, in which melted spermaceti is employed as the extin- 
guishing materia], and which is said to answer well for small quantities, see the same journal (xxix. 15). M. E. 
Mouchon uses wax or stearin to facilitate extinguishment, and recommends benzoinated lard as the vehicle. (Journ. 
de Chim. Med., Nov. 1856, p. 652.) Geo. Boyle uses a portion of old mercurial ointment and ether. {A. J. P., xlvi. 
561.) M. Melseur affirms that the addition of glycerin very materially hastens the process. (P. J. Tr., 1871, p. 339.) 
-f Oleum Cinereum. Oleum cinereum is a mercurial preparation used by Dr. E. Lang in syphilitic complaints. It 
is prepared by triturating, in a cool place, lard, oil, and mercury until the latter becomes uniformly suspended, the 
finished preparation to contain 20 per cent, of the metal. It is used as a local dressing, also as an injection to en- 
larged glands, 0'01 to 0‘02 C.c. being given once a week or in a fortnight. For use it is melted by the warmth of the 
hand. ( Wien. Med. Wochenschr1886.) 1428 
TJnguentum Hydrargyri. 
PART I. 
Mercurial ointment has when freshly prepared a bluish color, which becomes darker with age. 
It has been thought to contain the mercury in the state of mercurous oxide; but most of the 
metal can be separated by methods not calculated to reduce the oxide, and it is now generally 
admitted that by far the greater part of it exists in a state of minute division and not of chemi- 
cal combination. It has been shown, however, that the metal is slightly oxidized; and the 
change of color which the ointment undergoes with age is attributable to further oxidation. 
If the ointment be kept long melted in a narrow vessel, metallic mercury subsides, and an oily 
liquid floats upon the surface. After this has been filtered so as to separate everything undis- 
solved, it is blackened by hydrogen sulphide, and yields a trace of mercurial oxide to acetic 
acid. Dr. Christison states that he has examined various samples of the ointment, and never 
failed to detect mercurial oxides; and he has inferred from his observations that the oxide 
amounts to rather more than 1 per cent. (Christison's Dispensatory.) But the proportion is 
variable, according to the age and mode of preparation of the ointment. It scarcely admits 
of a doubt that the mercurial oxide formed enters into chemical combination with the lard or 
one of its fatty acids. Mr. Donovan advanced the idea that the medicinal activity of the 
ointment depended exclusively on this compound of the lard with the mercurial oxide. An oint- 
ment made by merely mixing lard and black mercurial oxide has not the same effect, however, 
because there is no chemical union between the ingredients. But upon exposing such a 
mixture to a temperature of 176-6° C. (350° F.), and continually agitating it for two hours, he 
found that every ounce of lard dissolved and combined with twenty-one grains of oxide, and 
the resulting compound was proved to be equally effectual with the common ointment, and 
capable of being introduced into the system in one-third of the time. It has been proposed 
to substitute an ointment thus prepared for that made according to the official directions, as 
being more manageable and of more uniform strength. Care, however, would be required in 
preparing it to avoid a temperature either too high or too low, as the former might decompose 
the oxide, and the latter would be insufficient to effect its union with the lard. There would 
be danger, also, that the lard might be rendered irritant by the influence of the heat. From 
experiments by a committee of the College of Pharmacy of New York, it appears that mer- 
curial ointment in time becomes unequal in strength in consequence of the settling of the 
metallic ingredient. The inference is that, after long standing, the contents of the jar should 
be triturated, so as to restore an equable strength, before being dispensed. (A. J. P., xvi. 2.) 
Medical Uses. Mercurial ointment, when rubbed upon the surface of the body, produces, 
in consequence of its absorption, the general effects of mercury upon the system. It is resorted 
to either alone, when circumstances prevent or discourage the internal use of mercury, or con- 
jointly with the internal use of the medicine, to produce a more speedy or powerful effect in 
urgent cases. It may also be advantageously employed as a resolvent in local affections, as in 
the case of venereal buboes, and of chronic glandular swellings, upon which it may be made to 
operate directly by being applied in the course of the absorbents passing through the enlarged 
glands. The proper quantity to be employed at one time, with a view to salivation, is about a 
drachm, which should be applied night and morning, by means of friction, to the inner surface 
of the thighs, legs, or arms, and continued till the system is affected. (See Oleatum Hydrargyria 
page 911.) 
In urgent cases, or in local affections, it may also be rubbed on other parts of the body, or 
applied to blistered surfaces. The friction should on each occasion be continued till the whole 
of the ointment is absorbed. When frequently rubbed upon the same part, it is apt to produce 
a disagreeable eruption, which interferes with its continued application. Camphor is sometimes 
added, in order to render it more easy of absorption ; but, without producing this effect, it in- 
creases the liability of the ointment to irritate the skin, and is of no other advantage than to 
soften its consistence when too firm from a large proportion of suet. Mercurial ointment has 
been employed, with some success, to prevent the maturation of the small-pox pustule, and the 
consequent pitting. For this purpose it may be applied to the face or other part, thickly spread 
on patent lint or muslin, care being taken to prevent the access of air to the covered part. 
To be successful it must be applied before the third or fourth day of the eruption. The oint- 
ment has been recommended also in erysipelas and in chilblains. Potassium iodide rubbed with 
mercurial ointment is said to promote the separation of the mercury in the form of globules 
(Journ. de Pharm., 3e s6r., x. 356); but the effect will not take place if the iodide have been 
thoroughly dried and well powdered and the ointment be added to it in small portions at a 
time. (Ibid., x. 421.) The ointment, diluted with twice or three times its weight of lard, is- 
sometimes applied to ulcers, and to certain cutaneous eruptions. part I. Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammoniati.— Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. 
1429 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI AMMONIATI. U. S., Br. Ammoniated 
Mercury Ointment. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM HY-DRAR'yY-RI AM-MO-NI-A'TT.) 
White Precipitate Ointment; Unguentum Prmcipitati Albi; Ointment of White Precipitate; Unguentum Hy- 
drargyri Praecipitati Albi, P. G.; Pommade de Pr6cipit6 blanc, Fr.; Weisse Quecksilbersalbe, G. 
“ Ammoniated Mercury, in very fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Benzoinated 
Lard, ninety grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces 
av., 231 grains]. Bub the Ammoniated Mercury with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, 
until they are thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 
“Ammoniated Mercury, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes; Paraffin Ointment, white, 9 
ounces (Imp.) or 270 grammes; Mix.” Br. 
Used chiefly in cutaneous eruptions, such as psora, porrigo, and herpes. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI COMPOSITUM. Br. Compound Mer- 
cury Ointment. 
(UN-GUfiN'TyM HY-DRAR'qY-RI C0M-P5§'I-TUM.) 
Pommade mercurielle composee, Fr.; Kampfer Quecksilbersalbe, G. 
“ Mercury Ointment, 10 ounces (Imperial) or 150 grammes ; Yellow Beeswax, 6 ounces (Imp.) 
or 90 grammes; Olive Oil, 6 ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes; Camphor, in flowers, 3 ounces 
(Imp.) or 45 grammes. Mix the Beeswax, Olive Oil, and Mercury Ointment with the aid of 
heat; add the Camphor; triturate until cold.” Br. 
The addition of camphor to mercurial ointment tends to soften it, and is thought by some 
to promote the absorption of the mercury. (See Unguentum Hydrargyri.) 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI IODIDI RUBRI. Br. Mercuric Iodide 
Ointment. 
Ointment of Red Iodide of Mercury; Pommade de Deutoiodure de Mercure, Fr. ; Jodquecksilbersalbe, G. 
“ Mercuric Iodide, in fine powder, 20 grains or 2 grammes; Benzoated Lard, 480 grains or 
48 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This ointment is employed as a dressing to indolent scrofulous and syphilitic ulcers. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM i-Sd'j-d! ru'bri.) 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. U. S., Br. Ointment of 
Mercuric Nitrate. [Citrine Ointment.] 
(UN-GUEN'TUM NI-TRA'TIS.) 
Unguentum Citrinum; Unguentum Hydrargyri Citrinum; Pommade de Nitrate de Mercure, Fr.; Gelhe Queok- 
silbersalbe, G. 
“ Mercury, seventy grammes [or 2 ounces av., 205 grains] ; Nitric Acid, one hundred and 
seventy-jive grammes [or 6 ounces av., 76 grains] ; Lard Oil, seven hundred and sixty grammes 
[or 26 ounces av., 354 grains]. Heat the Lard Oil, in a glass or porcelain vessel, to a tem- 
perature of 100° C. (212° F.) ; then withdraw the heat, gradually add seventy grammes 
[or 2 ounces av., 208 grains] of Nitric Acid, and, when the reaction moderates, reapply the 
heat, until effervescence ceases. Then allow the mixture to cool to about 40° C. (104° F.). 
Having dissolved the Mercury in the remainder of the Nitric Acid with the aid of sufficient 
heat to prevent the solution from crystallizing, add this solution to the mixture. When the 
mass has become entirely cold, mix it thoroughly by trituration, avoiding the use of a metallic 
spatula.” U. S. 
“ Mercury, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 100 grammes ; Nitric Acid, 3 jl. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 300 
cubic centimetres ; Lard, 4 ounces (Imp.) or 400 grammes; Olive Oil, 7 ounces (Imp.) or 700 
grammes. Dissolve the Mercury in the Nitric Acid without the aid of heat, agitating gently 
from time to time. Heat the Lard and Olive Oil together on a sand-bath, so that the mixture 
when transferred to a heated earthenware jar, capable of holding ten times the quantity, 
shall be at a temperature of 290° F. (143-3° C.). Add the cold mercurial solution very 
gradually, stirring constantly to promote disengagement of the fumes. After frothing has 
ceased, the mixture, which should have a temperature of not less than 200° F. (93-3° C.), 
must be kept stirred until it is cold. The resulting Ointment should be firm in consistence and 
have a pale lemon color.” Br. 1430 
Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. 
PART I. 
The chemical changes which take place in the preparation of this ointment are not precisely 
known. They differ somewhat according to the circumstances under which the operation is 
performed ; for example, according to the proportion and strength of the acid, the nature of 
the fatty matter, and the degree of heat employed. In the British process and that of the 
U. S. P. 1870 the mercury, in the first step of the process, is converted into a mixture of 
mercuric and mercurous nitrate by the addition of nitric acid in excess, with the loss of some 
of the free nitric acid through deoxidation. When the acid mercurial solution is added to the 
fatty matter, a reaction takes place, which results in the fat being oxidized at the expense of 
the free nitric acid, nitrogen dioxide and nitrogen tetroxide being at the same time liberated, and 
the olein of the fat is converted into elaidin, which change is recognized by the beautiful orange 
color of the fat. But the degree to which these changes take place is influenced greatly by 
the temperature to which the mixture is exposed. If this be low, there is little or no escape 
of gas; if elevated, there is a copious evolution of nitrous fumes. In the former case the 
changes are obviously less considerable than in the latter. 
As formerly prepared, this ointment, though at first beautifully yellow and of the proper 
consistence, soon began to change, acquiring in time a dirty-greenish and mottled color, and 
becoming so hard and friable as to be unfit for use unless mixed with lard. These results were 
ascribed to various causes, and many different modifications of the process were proposed in 
order to obviate them. The U. S. process of 1850 was based upon the fact that the olive oil 
of the former British process is hardened by nitrous acid or mercuric nitrate, while the 
same effect is not produced upon neat’s-foot oil. As at first published, the process was defective 
in the direction to add the mercurial solution to the mixed oleaginous fluid when it begins to 
stiffen on cooling. When this direction was complied with, at least with the acid of the ordinary 
strength, the preparation had a brown color and a semi-liquid consistence ; but with some modi- 
fications, such as were introduced into the revised formula of the Pharmacopoeia of 1860, the 
process yielded an excellent ointment, which, though it sometimes assumed a greenish color on 
exposure, retained permanently a soft unctuous consistence. We have had specimens of the 
ointment in our possession for several years which have retained a uniform yellowish color and a 
perfectly good unctuous consistence. B. Bother, however, affirmed that the fault was not in the 
components, but in the processes of the official formula of 1870 (A. J. P., xlii. 420), especially 
in the use of too high a heat ;* and these views have been confirmed by ample experience. The 
present official process is, as will be seen, based on Bother’s formula, the principal modification 
being the substitution of lard oil, which obviates a tendency of the ointment to become too 
hard and of a granular consistence. The value of Bother’s process lies principally in the fact 
that the olein of the oil is first converted into elaidin by the addition of nitric acid alone and 
the application of heat, and when the reaction has ceased and the basis of citrine ointment, as 
it might be called, is prepared, and nearly cold, the mercurial solution is added. In this way 
decomposition of the mercuric nitrate is avoided, as it is not subjected to heat, and the result 
is an ointment which will retain its color and consistence a long time. The drying vegetable 
oils appear, like olive oil, to be converted by nitrous acid or mercuric nitrate into elaidin ; 
and it was a fair inference that they might be employed advantageously in the preparation 
of citrine ointment. Accordingly, Dr. Fessenden, of North Carolina, states, in an inaugural 
essay, that he substituted linseed oil for the neat’s-foot oil of the U. S. process, and succeeded 
in obtaining a perfectly good and durable ointment. M. has found the oil of the 
ground-nut (Arachis hypogsea) to answer very well. (P. J. Tr., 1873, p. 1031.) Purified cotton- 
seed oil makes an excellent base. Washed butter is frequently used as the fat. 
In the British process, when the fatty matter and the mercurial solution are mixed, care must 
be taken that the heat applied be not too great. Gas is extricated at 82-2° C. (180° F.), and 
at 100° C. (212° F.) escapes so abundantly that the mixture boils over unless the vessel is very 
large. (Alsop.) Besides, if the heat be too great, a portion of the mercury will be reduced, 
and the color of the ointment impaired. When large quantities of materials are operated 
* R. Rother’s formula is as follows. “Take of Mercury 1£ troyounces; Nitric Acid, sp. gr. 1*42, 3£ troyounces; 
Lard, pure, 16£ troyounces. Dissolve the Mercury in 900 grains of the Nitric Acid, with the aid of heat, and keep 
the solution gently warm to prevent crystallization before it is used. Melt the Lard in a suitable vessel, with a mod- 
erate heat; then add the remainder of the Nitric Acid, and continue the heat, without stirring the mixture, as long 
as moderate effervescence continues; but if this becomes too violent, remove the mixture from the fire, and re- 
place it only when the action slackens too much. Finally, when effervescence ceases, and the liquid only boils even 
under an increased heat, remove the mixture from the fire altogether; and when it begins to stiffen, add the mer- 
curial solution and mix thoroughly.” (A. J. P., xlii. 420.) (For a formula in which neat’s-foot oil is used, asserted 
by Mr. Thos. J. Covell to be superior to the official, and for a bibliography of the subject, see A. J. P., xlii. 211.) part i. Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis.— Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubn. 
1431 
upon, the reaction which occurs produces of itself a sufficient heat; but in ordinary cases the 
temperature should be kept at about 87-7° C. (190° F.) by means of a water-bath, and if it 
exceed 96-1° C. (205° F.) should be reduced. It should always be sufficient to produce a 
copious extrication of gas. The ointment should be prepared in a glass, porcelain, or well- 
glazed earthen vessel; and a glass rod or a wooden spatula should be employed for stirring 
the mixture. Under no circumstances should an iron or steel spatula or stirrer be used in its 
preparation, because of the discoloration due to the action of the acid upon the iron. 
Medical Uses. This ointment is much and very advantageously employed, as a stimu- 
lant and alterative application, in porrigo or tinea capitis, impetigo larvalis or crusta lactea, pso- 
riasis and pityriasis, certain forms of chronic eczema, psorophthalmia and inflammation of the 
eye and eyelids connected with porrigo of the face or scalp, and various other ulcerative and 
eruptive affections. It should be diluted with lard, unless in cases which require a very stimu- 
lant application. Some care is requisite in its use, to avoid the risk of salivation. When hard 
and friable, it must be rubbed up with fresh lard before it can be applied. An ointment pre- 
pared with lard and nitric acid, called Alyon's ointment, after the person who first prepared it, 
was formerly much used in cases similar to those in which the citrine ointment is now em- 
ployed. The ointment of nitric acid of the former Edinburgh and Dublin Pharmacopoeias was 
of this character. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS DILUTUM. Br. Diluted 
Mercuric Nitrate Ointment. 
“ Mercuric Nitrate Ointment, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 25 grammes; Soft Paraffin, yellow, 4 
ounces (Imp.) or 100 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM HY-DRAR'$Y-RI NI-TRA'TIS DI-LU'TUM.) 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OLEATIS. Br. Mercuric Oleate Oint- 
ment. 
(UN-GUSN'TUM HY-DRAR'yY-RI 6-LB-A'TIS.) 
“ Mercuric Oleate, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 20 grammes; Benzoated Lard, 3 ounces (Imp.) or 
60 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI FLAVI. U. S., Br. Ointment of 
Yellow Mercuric Oxide. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM OX'I-DI FLA'VI.) 
Yellow Mercuric Oxide Ointment; Pommade d’Oxyde jaune de Mercure, Fr.; Gelbe Quecksilberoxydsalbe, G. 
“ Yellow Mercuric Oxide, in very fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Ointment, ninety 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Rub the Yellow Mercuric Oxide with the Ointment, gradually added, until they are 
thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 
“ Yellow Mercuric Oxide, in very fine powder, 10 grains or 0-5 gramme; Soft Paraffin, 
yellow, 490 grains or 24-5 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
The unctuous vehicle of this ointment, without being so liquid as to allow the powder to 
subside, must yet melt at the heat of the body, and thus, when introduced into the eye, spread 
equably over the surface. It should, moreover, be as far as possible chemically indifferent to 
the oxide, and, while perfectly bland in its proper state, should not be liable to become irri- 
tating by rancidity. Simple ointment has been adopted by the revisers of the Pharmacopoeia ; 
but petrolatum, or a mixture of butter of cacao and almond oil, or of spermaceti, wax, and 
almond oil, without the rose water, would be more elegant, (i5. J. Tr., 2d ser., vii. 324.) For 
medical properties, see Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI RUBRI. U. S., Br. Ointment of 
Red Mercuric Oxide. 
Red Precipitate Ointment; Unguentum Hydrargyri Rubrum, P.G.; Unguentum Praecipitatum Rubrum; Pom- 
made de Precipitd rouge, Baume ophthalmique rouge, Fr.; Rothe Quecksilbersalbe, G. 
“Red Mercuric Oxide, in very fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains]; Castor Oil, Jive 
grammes [or 77 grains] ; Ointment, eighty-five grammes [or 3 ounces av.], To make one hun- 
dred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Triturate the Red Mercuric Oxide with the 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM OX'I-DI RU'BRI.) 1432 
TJnguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri.— Unguentum Iodi. 
PART I. 
Castor Oil, until a perfectly smooth mixture results ; then gradually incorporate the Oint- 
ment, and mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“ Red Mercuric Oxide, in very fine powder, \ ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes ; Paraffin Oint- 
ment, yellow, 21 ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
A change has been made in this ointment by the addition of five per cent, of castor oil, to 
facilitate the fine division of the mercuric oxide. 
The red mercuric oxide here referred to is that prepared from the nitrate and usually 
called red precipitate. It is important that the oxide should be thoroughly pulverized before 
being mixed with the lard, as otherwise it might prove injurious in cases of ophthalmia, 
in which it is sometimes used. When great care is taken to have the red oxide very finely 
pulverized, the color is more yellowish than is usual. This ointment loses its fine red color 
when long kept, probably in consequence of the conversion of the red oxide into the black, or 
its reduction to the metallic state. It is best to prepare it in small quantities at a time. We 
have been informed that if the preparation be made by mixing the red oxide with poplar-bud 
ointment it will keep a long time without change. According to R. H. Stabler, of Alexandria, 
Va., an equally effectual method is to mix two drops of liquor potass® with each ounce of the oint- 
ment when prepared (A. J. P., xxiii. 123) ; but Mr. Julius Kalish states that this is not effectual. 
Mr. Emil Martin states that if a mixture of six parts of castor oil to two of wax be used as 
the basis of the ointment the red color will remain unchanged for years. (A. J. P., xliv. 202.) 
Mr. Kalish substitutes oil of sweet almond for the castor oil, on account of the unpleasant 
odor of the latter. (A. J. P., xlv. 69.) Ointment of red mercuric oxide is a highly useful 
stimulating ointment, much employed in indolent and ford ulcers, in porrigo of the scalp, and in 
psorophthalmia and chronic conjunctival ophthalmia, especially when attended with thickening 
of the inner membrane of the eyelids, or with specks upon the cornea, but it is rapidly being 
supplanted by the ointment of yellow mercuric oxide. It may be diluted with lard if found 
too stimulating. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI SUBCHLORIDI. Br. Mercurous 
Chloride Ointment. 
Ointment of Subchloride of Mercury; Unguentum Calomelanos, Br. 1864; Ointment of Calomel; Pommade de 
Calomelas, Fr.; Quecksilberchloriirsalbe, G. 
“ Mercurous Chloride, \ ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes ; Benzoated Lard, 21 ounces (Imp.) 
or 90 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
There is little occasion for such a preparation as this. Calomel is much inferior to the mer- 
curial ointment for affecting the system by inunction ; and as an application to ulcerated surfaces 
the form of cerate would be better. It may, however, be useful in certain cutaneous eruptions. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM HY-DRAR'<?Y-R! SUB-fJHLO'RI-DI.) 
UNGUENTUM IODI. U. S., Br. Iodine Ointment. 
(UN-GUfiN’TUM i-O'DI.) 
Unguentum Iodinii, U. S. 1870; Pommade d’lode, Fr.; Jodsalbe, G. 
“ Iodine, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Potassium Iodide, one gramme [or 15 grains] ; Water, 
two cubic centimeters [or 32 minims] ; Benzoinated Lard, ninety-three grammes [or 3 ounces av., 
123 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Rub the Iodine 
and the Potassium Iodide, first with the Water, and then with the Benzoinated Lard, grad- 
ually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, avoiding the use of a metallic spatula. This 
preparation should be freshly made, when required.” U. S.* 
“ Iodine, 20 grains or 1 gramme; Potassium Iodide, 20 grains or 1 gramme; Glycerin, 60 
grains or 3 grammes; Lard, 400 grains or 20 grammes. Triturate the Iodine, Potassium 
Iodide, and Glycerin, in a glass or porcelain mortar; add the Lard gradually; mix.” Br. 
The object of the potassium iodide and water is simply to bring the iodine into a state in 
which it may be thoroughly and equably incorporated with the lard. They have been found 
to answer better in practice than the alcohol formerly used. Owing to the evaporation of the 
water, this ointment is said at times to contain sharp crystals of iodine. The use of glycerin 
instead of water would obviate this. When rubbed upon the skin it imparts to it an orange 
color, which, however, slowly disappears with the evaporation of the iodine. It is useful as a 
local application in goitre, scrofulous swellings of the glands, and other chronic tumefactions, in- 
* Unguentum Iodinii Compoaitum. XJ. S. 1870. “Take of Iodine fifteen grains ; Iodide of Potassium thirty grains ; 
Water thirty minims ; Lard a troyounce. Rub the Iodine and Iodide of Potassium first with the Water, and then 
with the Lard, until they are thoroughly mixed.” Unguentum Iodoformi.— Unguentum Plumbi Acetatis. 
1433 
PART I. 
ternal or external, operating probably through the medium of absorption. When continued 
for some time it occasionally produces a pustular eruption upon the portion of skin to which it 
is applied. It has also been recommended in chilblains. The ointment should be prepared 
only when wanted for use; for it undergoes change if kept, losing its deep orange-brown 
color, and becoming pale upon its surface. 
UNGUENTUM IODOFORMI. U. S., Br. Iodoform Ointment 
“ Iodoform, in very fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, ninety 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 
231 grains]. Bub the Iodoform with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are 
thoroughly mixed. This preparation should he freshly made, when required.” U. S. 
“Iodoform, in fine powder, I ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Paraffin Ointment, yellow, 
2 J ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
It is important to have the iodoform in very fine powder, as officially directed, and, owing to 
the powerful odor of iodoform, it is usual to add oil of bitter almond or one of the other 
volatile oils, balsam of Peru, or a similar substance, to render the odor more bearable. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM I-O-DO-FOR'MI.) 
UNGUENTUM PARAFFINI. Br. Paraffin Ointment. 
“ Hard Paraffin, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 90 grammes; Soft Paraffin, 7 ounces (Imp.) or 210 
grammes. Melt together in a shallow evaporating dish; as the liquid cools triturate con- 
stantly, until, when cold, a uniform plastic ointment is produced. When Paraffin Oint- 
ment is used as the basis of white ointments, it should be prepared with the white variety of 
Soft Paraffin; and when used in colored ointments it should be prepared with the yellow 
variety of Soft Paraffin. The proportions of Hard and Soft Paraffins in Paraffin Ointment 
may be modified to meet the exigencies of climate and prevailing temperature.” Br. 
This ointment has been introduced in the Br. Ph. 1898 to serve as a vehicle for the exhi- 
bition of various medicaments; it has but limited powers of absorption in this respect, being 
inferior to oleic acid or lard. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM PAR-AF-FI'NI.) 
UNGUENTUM PICIS LIQUIDS. U. S., Br. Tar Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM PI'CIS LIQ'UI-DzE.) 
Pommade de Goudron, Fr.; Theersalbe, G. 
“Tar, jive hundred grammes [or 17 ounces av., 279 grains]; Yellow Wax, one hundred 
and twenty-jive grammes [or 4 ounces av., 179 grains]; Lard, three hundred, and seventy-jive 
grammes [or 13 ounces av., 100 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces av., 
120 grains]. Melt together the Yellow Wax and the Lard at a moderate heat. Then incor- 
porate the Tar, strain the mixture through muslin, and stir the Ointment constantly until it 
is cool.” U.S. 
“ Tar, 5 ounces (Imperial) or 100 grammes; Yellow Beeswax, 2 ounces (Imp.) or 40 
grammes. Melt the Beeswax at a low temperature; add the Tar; stir the mixture until 
cold.” Br. 
The formula for tar ointment in the U. S. P. 1890 differs from that formerly official in the 
use of yellow wax and lard in place of suet. This ointment is highly useful as a stimulant 
application in various scaly and scabby eruptions, particularly in psoriasis and lepra, and in 
that form of porrigo usually called tinea capitis, or scald-head. In the last-mentioned affection 
it should be applied night and morning; and in had cases the patient should constantly wear a 
cap thickly coated internally with the ointment. 
UNGUENTUM PLUMBI ACETATIS. Br. Lead Acetate Ointment. 
“ Lead Acetate, in fine powder, 20 grains or 2 grammes; Paraffin Ointment, white, 480 
grains or 48 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
An official of the Br. Pharmacopoeia, used as a dressing for inflamed and excoriated surfaces, 
though inferior, we think, to the cerate of the suhacetate. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM PLUM'BI Xg-E-TA'TIS.) 1434 
Unguentum Plurnbi Carbonatis.— Unguentum Staphisa.gr ise. 
PART I. 
UNGUENTUM PLUMBI CARBONATIS. U. S., Br. Ointment of Lead 
Carbonate. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM PLUM'BI CAR-BO-NA'TIS.) 
Lead Carbonate Ointment; Unguentum Cerussae, s. Unguentum Album Simplex, P. 6.; Pommade de Carbonate 
de Plomb, Onguent blanc de Rhazis, Fr.; Bleiweissalbe, G. 
“ Lead Carbonate, in very fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, ninety 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Bub the Lead Carbonate with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are 
thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 
“ Lead Carbonate, in fine powder, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Paraffin Ointment, 
white, 21 ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
This ointment is used as a dressing to blistered or excoriated surfaces, burns, etc. 
UNGUENTUM PLUMBI IODIDI. U. S., Br. Ointment of Lead Iodide. 
(UN-GUEN'TUH PLUM'BI I-5d'I-D!.) 
Lead Iodide Ointment; Pommade d’lodure de Plomb, Fr.; Jodbleisalbe, G. 
“ Lead Iodide, in very fine powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, ninety 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains], llub the Lead Iodide with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually added, until they are thor- 
oughly mixed.” U. S. 
“Lead Iodide, in fine powder, 4 ounce (Imperial) or 10 grammes; Paraffin Ointment, 
yellow, 21 ounces (Imp.) or 90 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
For the uses of this ointment, see Plurnbi Iodidum. 
UNGUENTUM POTASSII IODIDI. U. S., Br. Ointment of Potassium 
Iodide. 
Potassium Iodide Ointment; Unguentum Kalii Iodati, P. G.; Pommade iodurSe, Fr.; Jodkaliumsalbe, G. 
“Potassium Iodide, twelve grammes [or 185 grains] ; Sodium Hyposulphite, one gramme [or 
15 grains] ; Water, hot, ten cubic centimeters [or 162 minims] ; Benzoinated Lard, seventy-seven 
grammes [or 2 ounces av., 313 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 
grains]. Dissolve the Potassium Iodide and the Sodium Hyposulphite in the hot Water, then 
mix the solution with the Benzoinated Lard.” U. S. 
“ Potassium Iodide, 50 grains or 5 grammes ; Potassium Carbonate, 3 grains or 0-3 gramme ; 
Distilled Water, 47 grains or 4-7 grammes ; Benzoated Lard, 400 grains or 40 grammes. Dis- 
solve the Potassium Iodide and Potassium Carbonate in the Distilled Water ; mix the solution, 
gradually, with the Benzoated Lard, in a slightly warmed mortar.” Br. 
The U. S. preparation of 1870 was apt to become discolored by time in consequence of the 
liberation of iodine. This was due to rancidity in the lard, and the slightest change in the 
fat would produce some discoloration. It was prevented in the U. S. P. 1880 by the sodium 
hyposulphite, which also produces traces of sodium iodide and sulphur. It is said that the 
same object may be attained by mixing two drops of liquor potassae with each ounce of the 
freshly prepared ointment. (A. J. P., xxiii. 123.) The addition of potassium carbonate by the 
present Br. Pharmacopoeia is no doubt made with this object. The Bulletin de Pharmacie du 
Nord recommended a concentrated solution of potassium iodide in glycerin as a basis for this 
ointment. One gramme of the salt is dissolved in two and a half grammes of hot glycerin, 
and the solution mixed with the fatty constituent in the proper proportion. The advantages 
of this method are that the ointment is free from crystals, and the salt more readily absorbed. 
The glycerin would probably not be objectionable in most cases, and potassium carbonate 
could be added, if desired. Ointment of potassium iodide is employed for the discussion of 
goitres, scrofulous tumors, and other indolent swellings, and is sometimes preferred to the oint- 
ment of iodine, as it does not, like that, discolor the skin. 
(UN-GU£N'TUM PO-TAS'SI-I i-5D'l-DL) 
UNGUENTUM STAPHISAGRI7E. Br. Stavesacre Ointment. 
“ Stavesacre Seeds, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 40 grammes; Yellow Beeswax, 1 ounce (Imp.) 
or 20 grammes; Benzoated Lard, 81 ounces (Imp.) or 170 grammes. Crush the Stavesacre 
Seeds ; digest the crushed seeds with the Benzoated Lard on a water-bath for two hours ; strain 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM STAPH-I-SA'GHI-^E.) Unguentum Stramonii.— Unguentum Veratnnse. 
1435 
PART I. 
and press through calico; add the Beeswax to the liquid ; heat gently to dissolve; stir until 
cold.” Br. 
This ointment is half the strength of that official in the Br. Ph. 1885 ; it is said to be non- 
irritant, and is largely used in Great Britain for destroying body-lice, also in scabies, prurigo, 
and some other cutaneous affections. 
UNGUENTUM STRAMONII. U. S. Stramonium Ointment. 
(UN-GUfiN'TUM STRA-MO'NI-I.) 
Pommade de Stramoine, Fr.; Stechapfelsalbe, G. 
“ Extract of Stramonium Seed, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Diluted Alcohol, five grammes 
[or 77 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, eighty-jive grammes [or 3 ounces av.], To make one hundred 
grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains]. Bub the Extract with the Diluted Alcohol until it is 
uniformly soft; then gradually add the Benzoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
This is a more certain preparation than that of the former editions of the U. S. Pharmaco- 
poeia, which was made by boiling the fresh leaves in lard. For remarks by Mr. A. P. Sharp, 
of Baltimore, on the preparation of this ointment, see A. J. P. (xxvii. 391). A useful anodyne 
application in irritable ulcers, painful hemorrhoids, and certain cutaneous eruptions. 
UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS. U. S., Br. Sulphur Ointment. 
Unguentum Sulfuratum Simplex, P. G.; Pommade soufree, Fr.; Schwefelsalbe, G. 
“ Washed Sulphur, three hundred grammes £or 10 ounces av., 255 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, 
seven hundred grammes [or 24 ounces av., 303 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 
ounces av., 120 grains]. Bub the Washed Sulphur with the Benzoinated Lard, gradually 
added, until they are thoroughly mixed.” U. S. 
“ Sublimed Sulphur, finely sifted, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 30 grammes ; Benzoated Lard, 9 
ounces (Imp.) or 270 grammes. Mix.” Br. 
Washed sulphur has been substituted in the U. S. P. 1890 for the sublimed sulphur of the 
former Pharmacopoeia: the change is of questionable utility, as the products resulting from 
the slight decomposition in sublimed sulphur have value as parasiticides. Sulphur ointment is 
a specific for the itch. It should "be applied every night over the whole surface till the com- 
plaint is cured. Four applications are generally sufficient to effect a cure. Sulphur ointment 
applied freely over the variolous eruption in its early stage is said to prevent the maturation 
of the pustules and the consequent pitting. Its disagreeable odor may be partially concealed 
by oil of lemon or oil of bergamot.* 
(UN-GUEN'TUM SUL'PHU-RlS.) 
UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS IODIDI. Br. Sulphur Iodide Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM SUL'PHU-RIS i-5D'l-DL) 
Pommade d’lodure de Soufre, Fr.; Jodschwefelsalbe, G. 
“ Sulphur Iodide, 20 grains or 2 grammes; Glycerin, 20 grains or 2 grammes; Benzoated 
Lard, 460 grains or 46 grammes. Triturate the Sulphur Iodide and Glycerin in a slightly 
warmed mortar until a smooth paste results; gradually add the Benzoated Lard; stir until 
cold.” Br. 
This ointment is no longer official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia: that of the U. S. P. 1870 
was made by rubbing thirty grains of sulphur iodide with a troyounce of lard, gradually 
added, until thoroughly mixed. 
This is admirably adapted, as a local remedy, to the treatment of chronic cutaneous erup- 
tions unattended with inflammation, and is especially useful in psoriasis, lepra, porrigo, and the 
very advanced dry stages of eczema and impetigo. 
UNGUENTUM VERATRINE. U. S., Br. Veratrine Ointment. 
Unguentum Vera trim, U. S. 1870; Pommade de Veratrine, Fr.; Veratrinsalbe, G. 
11 Veratrine, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Olive Oil, six grammes [or 93 grains] ; Benzoinated 
Lard, ninety grammes [or 3 ounces av., 76 grains], To make one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces 
(UN-GUSN'TUM VER-A-TRI'NjE.) 
* Unguentum Sulphuris Alkalinum. U. S. 1880. Alkaline Sulphur Ointment. “Washed Sulphur, twenty parts [or 
ninety-six grains] ; Carbonate of Potassium, ten parts [or forty-eight grains]; Water, five parts [or half a fluidrachm] ; 
Benzoinated Lard, sixty-five parts [or three hundred and twelve grains], To make one hundred parts [or about one 
ounce]. Rub the Sulphur with the Carbonate of Potassium and the Water, gradually add the Benzoinated Lard, and 
mix thoroughly.” This ointment, dropped at the U. S. P. 1890 revision, is useful in scabies and other skin affections. 1436 
Unguentum, Zinci Oleatis.— Unguentum Zinci Oxidi. 
PART I. 
av., 231 grains]. Bub the Veratrine with the Olive Oil, in a mortar; then gradually add the 
Benzoinated Lard, and mix thoroughly.” U. S. 
“Veratrine, 10 grains or 0.5 gramme; Oleic Acid, 40 grains or 2 grammes; Lard, 450 
grains or 22*5 grammes. Bub the Veratrine with the Oleic Acid, and gently warm the mix- 
ture until dissolved ; add the Lard ; mix.” Br. 
For the uses of Veratrine ointment, see Veratrina and Oleatum Veratrinse. Notice should 
be taken of the fact that the U. S. ointment is twice as strong as the British. It should be 
employed with caution, especially in the case of children. 
UNGUENTUM ZINCI OLEATIS. Br. Zinc Oleate Ointment. 
(UN-GUEN'TUM ZIN'QI 0-LE-A'TIS.) 
“ Zinc Sulphate, 2 ounces (Imperial) or 60 grammes; Hard Soap, in shavings, 4 ounces 
(Imp.) or 120 grammes; Distilled Water, boiling, Soft Paraffin, white, of each a sufficient 
quantity. Dissolve the Zinc Sulphate in four fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or one hundred and 
twenty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water. Dissolve the Hard Soap in forty fluid ounces 
(Imp. meas.) or twelve hundred cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water. Mix the solutions ; 
collect the precipitated zinc oleate; wash with hot Distilled Water until the washings afford 
little or no reaction for sulphate ; dry on a water-bath and mix with an equal weight of the Soft 
Paraffin, melted ; stir until cold.” Br. 
This ointment was radically changed in the Br. Ph. 1898 revision: instead of using zinc 
oleate made from oleic acid and zinc oxide, a process is ordered which directs the zinc oleate 
to be made by double decomposition between zinc sulphate and sodium oleo-stearate (hard 
soap). The product is a white, fine precipitate ; it is, however, not a pure oleate, but a zinc 
oleo-stearate or oleo-palmitate. 
This preparation has therapeutic properties similar to those of the ointment of zinc oxide, but 
is a little more stimulating. It is especially useful in chronic eczema and similar cutaneous eruptions. 
UNGUENTUM ZINCI OXIDI. U. S. (Br.) Ointment of Zinc Oxide. 
Unguentum Zinci, Br., Ointment of Zinc; Unguentum Zinci, P. 0.; Unguentum de Nihilo Albo; Fommade 
d’Oxyde de Zinc, Cerat epulotique, Fr.; Zinksalbe, G. 
“ Zinc Oxide, two hundred grammes [or 7 ounces av., 24 grains] ; Benzoinated Lard, eight 
hundred grammes [or 28 ounces av., 96 grains], To make one thousand grammes [or 35 ounces 
av., 120 grains]. Sift the Zinc Oxide through a No. 20 sieve, upon the surface of the Ben- 
zoinated Lard, previously melted, and incorporate it by stirring, which is to be continued until 
the Ointment is cool.” U. S. 
“ Zinc Oxide, finely sifted, 3 ounces (Imperial) or 75 grammes; Benzoated Lard, 17 ounces 
(Imp.) or 425 grammes. Add the Zinc Oxide gradually to the Benzoated Lard, previously 
melted at a low temperature; stir the mixture constantly until cold.” Br. 
The British ointment is weaker in the proportion of zinc oxide than that of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, the former containing about 15 per cent., the latter 20 per cent. Commercial 
zinc oxide should not be used, as it is usually gritty, and it is difficult to make a smooth oint- 
ment with it; the many expedients that have been suggested by various writers, such as the 
use of a paint-mill or of a flat-iron, or trituration with oil or with glycerin, are unnecessary 
if official or Hubbuck’s zinc oxide is used and the official formula followed. Zinc oxide is a 
difficult powder to sift. Care should be used to employ a coarse sieve (No. 20) as officially 
directed. Cerate of zinc carbonate is no longer official.* 
This ointment is employed as a mild astringent application in chronic ophthalmia with a re- 
laxed state of the vessels, in cutaneous eruptions, and in sore nipples and other cases of exco- 
(UN-GUEN'TUM ZIN'Qf ex'!-©!.) 
* Geratum Zinci Carbonatis. U. S. 1870. Cerate of Carbonate of Zinc. “ Take of Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc 
two troyounces; Ointment of Lard ten troyounces. Mix them.” This preparation is an imitation of the cerate 
recommended by Turner, and is intended as a substitute for the former Ceratum Zinci Carbonatis and the still more 
ancient Ceratum Calaminae of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, as being more reliable, in consequence of the frequent 
falsification of calamine. It is mildly astringent, and is used in excoriations and superficial ulcerations produced 
hy the chafing of the skin, irritating secretions, burns, or other causes. 
Ceratum Calaminae. U. S. 1850. Turner's Cerate. The following is the old official process. “Take of Prepared 
Calamine, Yellow Wax, each, three ounces ; Lard a pound. Melt the Lard and Wax together, and when on cooling 
they begin to thicken, add the Calamine, and stir the mixture constantly until cool.” The uses of this cerate are 
the same as those mentioned above. PART I. 
Uva Ursi. 
1437 
nation or ulceration. It has taken the place of the discarded nnguentum tutise, or tufty ointment, 
prepared from tutty, or impure zinc oxide, by mixing it with five parts of simple ointment. 
UVA URSI. U. S. (Br.) Uva Ursi. [Bearberry.] 
“ The leaves of Arctostaphylos Uva Ursi (Linne), Sprengel (nat. ord. Ericaceae).” IT. S. 
“ The dried leaves of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Spreng.” Br. 
“ Uvse TJrsi Folia, Br.; Feuilles de Busserole, Busserole, Raisin d’Ours, Fr.; Barentraube, Barentraubenblatter, 
0.; Corbezzolo, Uva Ursina, It.; Gayuba, Sp. 
Arctostaphylos uva ursi. Sprengel, Syst. ii. (1825) 287 ; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. i. 61, 
pi. 52 ; B. & T. 163.—Arbutus uva ursi. L. Sp. PL (1753) 395. The uva ursi, or bearberry, 
is a low evergreen shrub, with trailing stems, the young branches of which rise obliquely up- 
ward for a few inches. The leaves are scattered, upon short petioles, from half an inch to 
an inch long, obovate, or oblong-spatulate, acute at the base, obtuse at the apex, entire, with 
a rounded margin, thick, coriaceous, smooth, shining, deep green on their upper surface, paler 
and covered with a net-work of veins beneath; furnished especially near the margin or near 
the midrib with minute hairs, which are usually abundant in young leaves, but may be few 
or absent in old leaves, especially those which have been much handled. The flowers, which 
stand on short reflexed peduncles, are in small clusters at the ends of the branches. The 
calyx is small, five-parted, reddish, and persistent. The corolla is ovate or urceolate, reddish 
white, or white with a red lip, transparent at the base, contracted at the mouth, and divided 
at the margin into five short reflexed segments. The stamens are ten, with short filaments 
and bifid anthers; the germ round, with a style longer than the stamens, and a simple stigma. 
The fruit is a small, round, depressed, smooth, glossy red berry, with an insipid mealy pulp 
and five cohering seeds. 
This humble but hardy shrub inhabits the northern latitudes and high mountains of Europe, 
Asia, and America. On the American continent it extends from Hudson’s Bay as far south- 
ward as New Jersey, in some parts of which it grows in abundance. It prefers a barren soil, 
flourishing on gravelly hills and elevated sandy plains. The leaves 
are the only part used in medicine. They are imported from Europe, 
but are also collected within our own limits; and the market of 
Philadelphia is supplied to a considerable extent from New Jersey. 
They should be gathered in autumn, and only the green leaves 
selected. In Europe the uva ursi is adulterated with the inert leaves 
of the Vaccinium vitis idsea: these may be distinguished by their 
rounder shape, their revolute edges which are sometimes slightly 
toothed, and their dotted under surface. Leaves of the Ckimaphila 
umbellata, sometimes found among the uva ursi, may be readily de- 
tected by their greater length, their cuneiform-lanceolate shape, and 
their serrate edges. 
Another species of Arctostaphylos is A. glauca, Lindl., a small tree 
or shrub indigenous in California, where it generally grows in dry and 
rocky places on the west of the mountain ranges. The leaves are 
highly esteemed as a remedy in diarrhoea and gonorrhoea, being used 
in the form of decoction. Chemically examined by Mr. John Henry 
Flint, they were found to contain 9-8 per cent, of tannin; and the 
ashes of the incinerated leaves, amounting to 0-6 per cent., contained 
potassium, calcium, magnesium, and iron. A crystalline principle 
has been discovered in the leaves, which Mr. Flint found to be 
arbutin. (A. J. P., May, 1873, p. 197.) 
Properties. Uva ursi is inodorous when fresh, but when dried 
and powdered acquires a smell not unlike that of hay. Its taste is 
bitterish, strongly astringent, and ultimately sweetish. It affords 
a light-brown, greenish-yellow powder. It is officially described as 
“ very short-stalked, obovate or oblong-spatulate, coriaceous, from 
15 to 20 Mm. long, and 5 to 8 Mm. broad, obtuse, slightly revolute on the margin, upper sur- 
face with depressed veins; lower surface distinctly reticulate; odor faint, hay-like; taste 
strongly astringent, and somewhat bitter.” U. S. Water and official alcohol extract the active 
principles of uva ursi. Among its ingredients are tannic and gallic acids, bitter extractive. 
(U'VA UR'SI.) 
Leaves of UvaUrsi. 1, trans- 
verse section of the upper 
surface of the leaf, showing 
epithelial layer with paren- 
chymatous cells and raphides; 
2, epidermis of the under sur- 
face, showing stoma. 1438 
Uva Ursi. 
PART I. 
resin, gum, fatty matter, a volatile oil, and salts of potassa and lime. The tannic acid is so 
abundant that the leaves are used for tanning in Russia. Neither tannic nor gallic acid exists 
in the leaves of the Vaccinium vitis idsea. 
A crystallizable principle was extracted from uvi ursi by Mr. J. C. C. Hughes, to which he 
gave the name ursin, but Jungmann (A. J. P., May, 1871, p. 205) afterwards showed it to be 
only impure arbutin. Kawalier (Chem. Gaz., 1853, p. 61) obtained arbiitin, C12HI607, by 
precipitating the decoction with lead acetate, filtering, treating the liquid with hydrogen sub 
phide, again filtering, evaporating to the consistence of syrup, and allowing the product to 
stand for several days. This gradually assumed the form of a crystalline jelly, which, being 
placed upon linen so as to allow the mother-liquor to drain off’, and then pressed, yielded nearly 
colorless crystals, which were purified by solution in boiling water and treatment with animal 
charcoal. Arbutin thus obtained is in long, acicular, colorless crystals, united in tufts, and of 
a bitter taste. It is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, unchanged apparently by a heat of 
212° F., but fusible at 167° to 168° C., without action on vegetable colors, and not precipitated 
by ferric salts or by lead acetate or subacetate. It is a glucoside, being resolvable by emulsin, 
or more rapidly by boiling with sulphuric acid, into glucose and liydroquinone, CeIIe02 (arctuvine 
of Kawalier). The occurrence of methylhydroquinone among the products of decomposition 
led Hlasiwetz and Habermann to give the formula C26H34014 to arbutin, but SchifF showed 
that this was because arbutin was almost always accompanied by methylarbutin, C12H15(CH3)07 
-J- H20. This compound has been made synthetically by SchifF (Per. der Cliem. Ges., 1882, 
p. 1841) by acting upon arbutin with methyliodide and potassium hydrate in methylalco- 
hol solution, and purely synthetically by Michael (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 1885, p. 118) by the 
action of methylhydroquinone and acetochlorhydrose. It is decomposed by dilute acids into 
glucose and methylhydroquinone. Upon heating 1 part of arbutin with 8 parts of manganese 
oxide, 2 parts of sulphuric acid, and 1 part of water, it gives off the penetrating odor of qui- 
none. The watery solution is rendered blue by a small quantity of solution of ferric chloride, 
and green by a larger quantity. No precipitate is produced by either acids or alkalies. It 
blackens ammoniacal solution of silver nitrate after boiling with dilute sulphuric acid, and 
throws down cuprous oxide from alkaline copper solutions upon heating. It dissolves in sul- 
phuric acid, forming a colorless solution, turning red after a short time ; a trace of nitric acid 
turns this solution yellow-brown. An aqueous solution (1 in 20) is not changed by hydrogen 
sulphide. A good test for arbutin is that of Julius Jungmann, as follows. When phospho- 
molybdic acid is added to a solution of arbutin previously rendered alkaline by ammonia or other 
alkali, a blue color is produced, which is deep when the solutions are strong, but observable 
even when they are very dilute. (A. J. P., May, 1871, p. 204.)* After the extraction of 
arbutin, there is obtained from the mother-liquor ericolin, C34H6e0 f Another crystallizable 
principle has been discovered by TrommsdorfF, who calls it urson, C30H4803. It appears to be 
of a resinous character, although it can be obtained in silky needles, being tasteless and inodor- 
ous, insoluble in water, difficultly soluble in alcohol and ether, fusible, at a higher temperature 
volatilizable, and inflammable in the air. It is obtained by treating uva ursi with a very small 
quantity of ether by percolation, allowing the ether to evaporate, washing the crystalline extract 
with ether, and recrystallizing from alcohol. (A. J. P., xxvii. 334.) 
A. G. Perkin has obtained from the leaves of uva ursi a yellow coloring principle of the 
composition C15H1007, crystallizing in glistening yellow needles. On fusion with alkali phloro- 
* Arbutin. Besides being a constituent of the two species of Arctostaphylos above mentioned, this principle 
is somewhat widely diffused in other plants. It is especially found in those belonging to the natural order Eri- 
cacea3, as Chimaphila umbellata (L.), Nutt., Chimaphila maculata (L.), Pursh, Epigcea repens, L., and Gaidtheria 
procumbens, L. In some others it has been supposed to exist because among the products of the dry distillation 
of their extract a principle has been found denominated hydroquinone, which is one of the products of the destruc- 
tive distillation of arbutin ; but, as kinic acid yields the same substance in the same way, the inference in relation 
to the existence of arbutin in the plants is somewhat uncertain. Nevertheless, as kinic acid yields pyrocatechin 
along with hydroquinone, while arbutin gives only the latter, a method of distinguishing the two is afforded; the 
plants from which only hydroquinone is obtained probably contain arbutin; while, if both principles are obtained, 
kinic acid is probably in the plant. (A. J. P., 1874, 314.) 
Analysis of Vaccinium vitis idcea, or lied whortleberry, by Dr. Grager. The berries contain 10• 185 per cent, of 
soluble matter, 4*204 of insoluble matter (cellulose, pectin, etc.), and 85*611 of water. The expressed juice yielded 
1*975 per cent, of free organic acid (citric and malic), 5*185 of sugar, 0*476 of tannin, 2*333 of albuminous and 
pectinaceous substances, suspended fat, etc., 0*216 of inorganic bases (potassa, lime, magnesia, iron), and 89*815 of 
water. The insoluble residue yielded 0.102 per cent, of ashes containing calcium sulphate and phosphate, silicic 
acid, and ferric oxide. (A. J. P., 1871, 543.) 
f Ericolin is a wide-spread constituent of ericaceous plants, having been found in Ledum palustre, L., Calluna 
■vulgaris (L.), Salisb., Rhododendron ferrugineum, L., etc: for chemical discussion, see E. Thai, Jnaug. Diss., 
Dorpat, 1883. PART I. 
Uva Ursi.— Valeriana. 
1439 
glucinol and protocatechuic acid were formed. Though resembling quercetin in these points, 
it forms deep green solutions with dilute potassium hydrate. (A. J. P., 1898, 584.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Uva ursi is astringent and tonic, and is thought to 
have a specific direction to the urinary organs, for the complaints of which it is chiefly used. 
It alters the color of the urine, and its astringent principle has been detected in that secretion. 
Though known to the ancients, it had passed into almost entire neglect, till its use was revived 
by De Haen about the middle of the last century. It has acquired some reputation as an 
antilithic, and has undoubtedly been serviceable in gravel, partly, perhaps, by a direct action on 
the kidneys and bladder, partly by giving tone to the digestive organs. In chronic nephritis it 
is also a popular remedy, and is particularly recommended when there is reason to conjecture 
the existence of ulceration in the kidneys, bladder, or urinary passages. Catarrh of the bladder, 
incontinence of urine, gleet, leucorrhoea, and menorrhagia are also among the diseases in which it 
has occasionally proved serviceable. The dose of the powder is from a scruple to a drachm 
(1-3-3-9 G-m.), to be repeated three or four times a day; but the fluid extract is always pre- 
ferred. According to Mr. Hues, arbutin in the dose of one grain is a powerful diuretic : that it 
is free from poisonous properties was shown by Jolonowski, who took in forty-eight hours over 
two hundred grains of it without discomfort. After large doses the urine varies in color from 
pale greenish to dark greenish brown. The discoloration is due to the breaking up of the arbu- 
tin in the body into glucose and hydroquinone, the change probably occurring in the kidneys. 
There is considerable clinical testimony to show that arbutin is a useful remedy in cystitis when 
given in doses of ten to fifteen grains a day. The influence of the drug has been supposed to 
be due to its conversion into hydroquinone, which, as is well known, is a powerful disinfectant 
and antiferment. H. Paschkis states that only the smaller portion of the arbutin is changed 
into hydroquinone, and this is confirmed by Laurentz. The extract of uva ursi contains only 
three and a half per cent, of arbutin to sixteen per cent, of tannic acid; there is also a volatile 
oil, so that arbutin cannot be considered fully to represent the drug. One grain of the extract 
ought to represent about four grains of the crude leaves, and from half a drachm to a drachm 
of it may be given three or four times a day. 
VALERIANA. U. S. (Br.) Valerian. 
(VA-LE-RI-A'NA.) 
“The rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis, Linn6 (nat. ord. Valerianeae).” TJ. S. 
“ The dried erect rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis, Linn. Collected in the autumn.” Br. 
Valerianae Rhizoma, Br.; Valerian Root; Radix Valerianae Minoris; Racine de Valeriane, Valeriane, Fr.; 
Wilde Baldrianwurzel, Baldrianwurzel, G.; Valeriana silvestre, It.; Valerian silvestre, Sp. 
Valeriana officinalis. L. Sp. PI. (1753) 31; Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 177 ; B. & T. 146. The 
official or great wild valerian is a large, handsome, herbaceous plant, with a perennial root, and 
an erect, round, channelled stem, from two to four feet high, furnished with opposite pinnate 
leaves, and terminating in flowering branches. The leaves of the stems are attached by short, 
broad sheaths; the radical leaves are larger and stand on long footstalks. In the former the 
leaflets are lanceolate and partially dentate, in the latter elliptical and deeply serrate. The 
flowers are small, white or rose-colored, agreeably odorous, and disposed in terminal corymbs 
interspersed with pear-shaped pointed bracts. The number of the stamens is three. The 
fruit is a capsule containing one oblong-ovate, compressed seed. The plant is a native of 
Europe, where it grows either in damp woods and meadows or on dry elevated grounds. As 
found in these different situations, it presents characters so distinct as to have induced some 
botanists to make two varieties. Dufresne makes four, of which three prefer marshy situa- 
tions. The variety which affects a dry soil (sylvestris, L. Ph.) is not more than two feet high, 
and is distinguished by its narrow leaves. It has been generally believed to be superior to 
the others in medicinal virtue; but A. Buchner has demonstrated that the dried roots of the 
variety which grows in low moist grounds are in no respect inferior. (Pharm. Centralblatt. 
June, 1852, 429.)* 
* Valeriana mexicana. D. C. According to the Nueva Farmacopea Mexicana, the roots of this plant contain a 
large percentage of valerianic acid, which they yield readily and economically. In Mexican commerce they are 
said to occur in slices or fleshy disks about four centimetres or more in diameter, or in voluminous tubercles. Ex- 
ternally the color is grayish yellow, internally yellow; the odor is strong and disagreeable, the taste bitter. R. 
McLaughlin (A. J. P., 1893, 329) found 3-3 per cent, of oil in the Mexican valerian root. (See also Schimmel’s 
Report, April, 1897.) 
Japanese Valerian. Kesso root. This, formerly believed to be the product of Patrinia scabioscefolia, Link, is 
now thought to be obtained from a variety of V. officinalis. It yields a volatile oil. (P. J. Tr., xx. 837, xxi. 1069.) 1440 
Valeriana. 
PART I. 
The root should be collected in spring, before the stem begins to shoot, or in the autumn, 
when the leaves decay. It should be dried quickly, and kept in a dry place. It consists of 
numerous long, slender, brittle, cylindrical, thick-barked rootlets, issuing from a tuberculated 
head or rhizome, which is “ from 2 to 4 Cm. long, and 1 to 2 Cm. thick, upright, subglobular 
or obconical, truncate at both ends, brown or yellowish-brown, internally whitish or pale 
brownish, with a narrow circle of white wood under the thin bark. Roots numerous, slender, 
brittle, brown, with a thick bark, and slender, ligneous cord. Odor peculiar, becoming stronger 
and unpleasant on keeping ; taste camphoraceous and somewhat bitter.” U. S. As brought to 
this country, it frequently has portions of the stem attached. The English is superior to that 
from the continent of Europe. Valerian of good quality has been produced by the Shakers 
at Enfield, New Hampshire, also in Northern Vermont and New York. Mr. Thomas Boli- 
ber obtained from the American root 28*97 per cent, of alcoholic extract, and from the Eng- 
lish 17-59 per cent., and states that the native drug has, in our market, almost superseded the 
European. (A. J. P., 1867, p. 70.) 
Properties. The color of the root is externally yellowish or brown, internally white. The 
powder is yellowish gray. The odor, which in the fresh root is slight, in the dried is strong 
and highly characteristic, and, though rather pleasant to many persons, is very disagreeable to 
others. Cats are strongly attracted by it. The taste is at first sweetish, afterwards bitter and 
aromatic. Valerian yields its active properties to water and alcohol. Trommsdorff found it 
to consist of 1*2 parts of volatile oil, 12*5 of a peculiar extractive matter, soluble in water, 
insoluble in ether and alcohol, and precipitated by metallic solutions, 18*75 of gum, 6*25 of 
a soft odorous resin, and 63 of lignin. Runge found in it a peculiar fixed acid, which pro- 
duced with bases white salts, becoming green on exposure to the air. (Chem. Gaz., No. 170, 
p. 452.) Of these constituents the most important is the volatile oi7.* It is of a pale greenish 
color, of the sp. gr. 0*934, with the pungent odor of valerian, and an aromatic taste. It be- 
comes yellow and viscid by exposure. Bruylants (Ber. Chem. Ges., 1878, p. 449) has obtained 
from oil of valerian, 1st, a hydrocarbon or terpene, C10H16, boiling at 157° C.; 2d, a liquid 
compound, C10H180, which by means of chromic acid affords common camphor, and formic, 
acetic, and valerianic acids, which are met with in old valerian root, owing no doubt to the slow 
oxidation of the compound C10H180; 3d, a crystalline compound of the same composition, 
which in the root is probably combined with the three organic acids mentioned, constituting 
with them compound ethers; 4th, at from 285° to 290° C., a greenish, syrupy oil, which 
when rectified is colorless, and seems to have the composition of a borneol oxide, (CJOH17)20. 
Schimmel & Co. (Semi-annual Report, April, 1897) summarize the most recent researches upon 
valerian oil from different sources. In the oil from Hutch and Thuringian roots, the amount 
varying from 0*5 to 1 per cent., they find pinene, camphene, borneol, bornyl formate, bornyl 
acetate, and bornyl isovalerianate, together with a sesquiterpene and an alcohol, C10II2002. 
In the oil from Japanese roots (amounting to from 6 to 6*5 per cent.) (Kesso oil), they 
find pinene, camphene, dipentene, terpineol, borneol, bornyl acetate, bornyl iso valerianate, and 
kessyl acetate. Trommsdorff ascertained the existence in the oil of valerianic acid. This is 
a colorless volatile liquid, of an oleaginous consistence, having an odor analogous to that of 
valerian, and a very strong, sour, disagreeable taste. It is soluble in thirty parts of water, 
and in all proportions in ether and alcohol. It combines with salifiable bases, forming soluble 
salts, which retain, in a diminished degree, the odor of the acid. (Joum. de Pharm., xx. 
316.) The results of Bruylants just given show that the acid does not exist free in the oil, 
but is produced by the decomposition of its borneol ether. Valerianic acid is obtained by 
distilling the impure oil from magnesium carbonate, decomposing by sulphuric acid the 
valerianate of magnesium which remains, and again distilling. The following process by 
Messrs. T. and H. Smith, of Edinburgh, avoids the inconvenience of distilling so bulky a root 
as valerian, while it answers the same purpose as that of M. Rabourdin. Boil the root for 
three or four hours with rather more than its bulk of water in which an ounce of sodium 
carbonate is dissolved for every pound of the root, replacing the water as it evaporates. Ex- 
* Oleum Valerianae. U. S. 1880. Oil of Valerian. (Essence de Valeriane, Fr.; Baldrianol, G.) This volatile oil 
is obtained from the root of Valeriana officinalis by the usual process of distillation with water. According to Zeller 
the dried root of the best quality yields 1*64 per cent, of the oil. Very good oil has been distilled from the root 
cultivated in this country. As first procured, it is of a pale greenish color, of the sp. gr. 0*934, with a pungent 
odor of valerian, and an aromatic taste. Upon exposure it becomes yellow and viscid. “ A slightly acid reaction. 
Sp. gr. about 0*950. It is readily soluble in alcohol.” The oil of valerian exercises the same influence as does the 
root on the nervous system, and is freauently administered as a substitute for it, in the dose of four or five drops 
(0*24-0*3 C.c.). Valeriana.— Vanilla. 
1441 
PART I. 
press strongly, and boil the residuum twice with the same quantity of water, expressing each 
time as before. Mix the liquids, add two fluidrachms of strong sulphuric acid for every 
pound of the root, and distil till three-fourths of the liquid have passed over. Neutralize 
this with sodium carbonate, concentrate the liquid, decompose the sodium valerianate con- 
tained in it by sulphuric acid, and separate the valerianic acid set free by a separatory funnel, 
or by distillation. (A. J. P., xvii. 253.) M. Lefort obtains the acid by the rapid oxidation 
of the volatile oil. He distils 100 parts of the root with 500 of water, 10 of sulphuric acid, 
and 6 of potassium dichromate, and has thus procured a larger proportion of acid than by any 
other process. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., x. 194.) 
The roots of Valeriana Phu, L., and V dioica, L., are said to be sometimes mingled with those 
of the official plant; but the adulteration is attended with no serious consequences, as, though 
much weaker than the genuine valerian, they possess similar properties. The same cannot be 
said of the roots of several of the Ranunculaceae, which, according to Ebermayer, are some- 
times fraudulently substituted in Germany. They may be readily detected by their want of 
the peculiar odor of the official root. According to M. O. Raveil, the valerian in the markets 
of Paris is largely adulterated with the roots of scabious (Scabiosa succisa, L., and S. arvensis, 
L.). They are shorter than the genuine root, with larger radicles, less rough, little or not at all 
striated, very brittle, with a white amylaceous fracture. The roots are inodorous in them- 
selves, but are very apt to acquire smell from contact with the valerian. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xxvi. 209.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Valerian is gently stimulant, with an especial direction 
to the nervous system, but without narcotic effects. In large doses it produces a sense of 
heaviness and dull pain in the head, with various other effects indicating nervous disturbance. 
The oil, largely taken, is said by M. Barailer, from his own observation, to produce dulness of 
intellect, drowsiness ending in deep sleep, reduced frequency of pulse, and increased flow of 
urine. (See A. J. P., 1861, p. 239.) It is useful in cases of irregular nervous action, when not 
connected with inflammation or an excited condition of the system. Among the complaints in 
which it has been particularly recommended are hysteria, hypochondriasis, hemicrania, and low 
forms of fever, attended with restlessness, morbid vigilance, or other nervous disorder. As the 
virtues of valerian reside chiefly in the volatile oil, the medicine should not be given in decoc- 
tion or extract. The distilled water is used on the continent of Europe ; and the volatile oil 
is occasionally substituted with advantage for the root. The dose of the oil is four or five 
drops (0'24—0-3 C.c.). Valerianic acid also has been used internally. (See Acidum Valeriani- 
cum.') Landerer says that, in his experience, the acid prepared from the root is preferable 
therapeutically to the artificial acid: this preference may be due to the presence of impurities, 
having medicinal properties, which are found in the acid from the root. 
VANILLA. U.S. Vanilla.* 
“ The fruit of Vanilla planifolia, Andrews (nat. ord. Orchideae).” TJ. S. 
Fructus (s. Silique) Vanille, P. G.; Vanille, Fr., G. 
Vanilla planifolia. Andrews, Bot. Repository, t. 538 (1808) ; B. & T. 272. This is a fleshy, 
dark green, perennial climbing plant, with a very long, smooth, dark green stem, much branched, 
and furnished at the nodes with aerial roots, which cling to the tree or the wooden framework 
supporting the plant. The dark green, tough leaves are alternate, oval, sessile, attenuate at 
the apex, fleshy, and veinless. The pale greenish-yellow, sessile flowers are about two inches 
in diameter, and occur in loose, axillary racemes of eight or ten. The fruit is a slender pod, 
seven or eight inches long, filled with an oily mass containing numerous small, black, shining 
seeds.f The plant is a native of the West Indies, Mexico, and South America, and is widely 
(VA-NIL'LA.) 
* Vanillons, said to be uncultivated or wild vanillas, are chiefly used by manufacturers of tobacco, sachet powders, 
etc. They are from 4 to 5 inches in length, from § to J or even 1 inch in diameter, frequently sharply angled, exhibit- 
ing almost a triangular shape on cross-sectioning. They are of nearly the same diameter for the greater portion of 
their length, being attenuated at both ends. They are brown to red-brown in color, and longitudinally ridged. The 
transverse markings due to their being wrapped with twine during the process of curing give them a curious 
twisted appearance. They are generally split open and lack almost entirely the odor of vanillin, their odor being 
compared to a cross between a fermented sugar and a heliotrope odor. They are devoid of any crystalline efflores- 
cence. 
f The following account of the structure of vanilla fruit is adapted from that of Prof. S. E. Jelliffe. The trans- 
verse section of the vanilla bean displays a thick-walled, irregular triangular cavity, into which the placenta, sup- 1442 
Vanilla. 
PART I. 
cultivated. It is stated to be grown under glass in England and France, and at Li6ge, with 
commercial success. (A.J. P., xlvi. 419.) Doubts, however, exist whether commercial vanilla 
is entirely derived from this species, and the United States Pharmacopoeia formerly ascribed it 
to V aromatica, Swartz, which is specifically characterized by its ovate, oblong, nerved, oppo- 
site leaves, its waxy sepals, its acute lip, and its very long cylindrical capsules. According to 
R. A. Rolfe, V pompona, Schiede, yields the Guadeloupe variety, and V. gardneri, Rolfe, is 
said to yield Brazilian and Bahia vanilla. V. appendiculata, Rolfe, and V odorata, Presl., 
produce aromatic fruits, but are not known to he cultivated ; whilst V. phoeantha, which pos- 
sesses but little perfume, is under cultivation at Jamaica and Trinidad. (Kew Bulletin, No. 
104, 169.) V. guayanensis and V palmarum are also said to yield an aromatic fruit. (See 
also below.) 
In Mexico the vanilla plant flourishes on the eastern coast, in the States of Vera Cruz and 
Oaxaca. It begins to bear fruit in three years, and continues to bear for thirty or forty years. 
The vanilla of commerce is chiefly derived from plants artificially grown by a very simple 
method of cultivation. All that is necessary is to attach a slip taken from the lower part of 
the stem to the trunk or branch of a tree, or to some other support. The plant immediately 
fastens upon the bark of the tree, and sends out aerial roots which fix themselves upon the 
ground. It does not, however, derive food from the tree: in some places where cultivated it is 
planted on trellises. The vanilla bean is gathered in the late autumn, when nearly matured, 
in the form of a large green pod, and immediately submitted to the process of drying and 
curing, which is said to reduce its weight eighty per cent, and to require three or four 
months for completion. During this process the beans are placed in rows on mats or planks 
in the air during the day, and in the evening put into caldrons and covered with blankets, so 
as to undergo a kind of sweating process, during which an oil is said to ooze from them, and 
to he collected, so that when the beans are dried and ready for bundling each of them may be 
rubbed with it. When thoroughly cured, the pods are assorted, tied into bundles which are 
surrounded with sheet lead or placed in small metallic boxes, and sent into market. 
The cultivation of the vanilla has extended from South America almost over the whole of 
the tropics. Holland is supplied from the Java plantations; France from Tahiti, Madagascar, 
Reunion, Guadeloupe, and other of her colonies. From Mauritius and the Seychelles the 
product goes to London. During the last twenty-five years there has been a great increase in 
the amount of vanilla consumed in the United States, although the maximum importation 
occurred in 1893. In 1897 over 156,000 pounds were imported ; of these 58,521 pounds were 
Bourbon vanilla, 65,378 were Mexican, and 32,191 Tahitan. The Mexican variety is sold at 
almost double the price of the Bourbon, and the Bourbon at almost double the price of the 
Tahitan, although it is stated that the Bourbon beans are improving and the Mexican deterio- 
rating in quality. The Tahitan vanilla is much injured by carelessness in the process of curing. 
For an account of commercial vanillas, see A. J. P., 1892, 289. 
Of Mexican vanilla,* the first quality occurs in pods from eight to ten inches long, flattened, 
two-eighths to three-eighths of an inch in diameter, with the lower end slightly attenuated, 
the upper end gradually tapering for about a quarter of the length of the pod, usually 
curved and slightly twisted near the point. The color is dark brown, the pods fairly plump, 
the surface ridged longitudinally, and with an incrustation of fine crystals beginning at the 
porting two rows of fine black seeds, projects. The wall of the ovary is lined with minute papillae bearing unicellular 
papillose hairs, which project into the central cavity and are believed to secrete the materials out of which the vanil- 
lin is elaborated. Beneath the epicarp or external part of the fruit is a lax tissue, in which there is an oily sub- 
stance with the characteristics of vanillin and numerous fine acicular crystals of calcium oxalate. The polygonal 
mesocarpal cells are for the most part finely pitted, some irregularly marked. The vascular bundles of the mesophyll 
are irregularly scattered or radially or tangentially arranged. Spiral ducts are abundant, annular ducts few. In 
the tissue of the mesophyll irregular resinous masses and prisms of vanillin occur. 
* Of the Mexican vanillas the most valuable variety, called ley, or vainilla mama, by the Spaniards, consists of 
cylindrical, somewhat flattened pods, six or eight inches long, three or four lines thick, nearly straight, narrowing 
towards the extremities, bent at the base, shining and dark brown externally, wrinkled longitudinally, soft and flexi- 
ble, and containing within their tough shell a soft black pulp, in which numerous minute, black, glossy seeds are 
embedded. It has a peculiar, strong, agreeable odor, and a warm, aromatic, sweetish taste. The interior pulpy por- 
tion is most aromatic. In it are more or less numerous, minute crystals. Another variety, called vainilla simarona 
by the Spaniards, is smaller, of a lighter color, and less aromatic. The pods are said to be very dry and to contain 
no vanillin. (Nueva Farmacopea Mexicana.) According to Schiede, it is yielded by a distinct species, the Vanilla 
gylvestris (Schiede). A third variety is the vainilla pompona of the Spaniards (boba vainilla, or pl&tano vainilla). 
In this, the pods are from five to seven inches long, from six to nine lines broad, shaped somewhat like a plantain, 
almost always open, very dark brown or nearly black, soft, viscid, and of a strong, not very pleasant, anise-like odor. 
Schiede states that it is the product of the Vanilla pompona (Schiede). The variety vainilla vezacate is said to 
be derived from pods gathered long before maturity. (Nueva Farmacopea Mexicana.) PART I. 
Vanilla. 
1443 
ends, gradually extending; when fresh somewhat viscid, but always roughish to the feel. 
For an interesting account of the Mexican vanilla plant by Charles E. Hires, see A. J. P., 
1893, 576. 
Bourbon 'vanilla, produced in the Isle of Reunion to the amount of 200,000 pounds a year, 
resembles Mexican vanilla, but is scarcely so long in the tapering portions, is of a dark-brown 
almost black color, is not so firm as the Mexican, has the surface smooth and waxy, and 
soon becomes covered with a coating of acicular crystals known as “ frost.” The odor of this 
vanilla is said to resemble that of Tonka bean rather than that of Mexican vanilla. 
The Seychelles and Mauritius vanilla (inferior Bourbon of the trade) lias the pods about six 
inches in length, not over a quarter of an inch in width, and characterized by the pale color, the 
faint odor, and a smooth but not waxy surface. 
South American or Guadeloupe vanilla resembles the Mexican bean, but is usually recogniza- 
ble, when the bean is entire, by the latter being broad and flattened, usually half an inch or 
more wide, slightly tapering at the lower end, and at the upper sharply attenuated an inch or 
so at the point. It has a reddish-brown color, and is of a rank odor. It is very pulpy, with 
a surface intermediate in feel between the Bourbon and the Mexican, and having but few crys- 
tals. One variety of this vanilla, sold under the name of vanillons, has the odor of heliotrope, 
and is much used by perfumers and manufacturers of tobacco. 
Tahiti vanilla, “ transplanted Mexican vanilla,” has its pods from six to seven inches long, 
flat, from three-eighths to half an inch wide, with a reddish-brown color. They are almost 
destitute of vanilla flavor, and have a rather rank odor, suggesting heliotrope. 
Java vanilla, which is almost exclusively consumed in Holland, has a pod from four to six 
inches long, with a flavor as fine as that of the Mexican bean, and a much more powerful 
odor. 
Vanilla beans from which the vanilla has been removed by means of a solvent are some- 
times offered for sale. The fraud is to be detected by the absence of flavor and odor. Such 
beans, and also beans of an inferior quality, are sometimes improved in appearance and in odor 
by the use of benzoic acid. For the detection of this fraud the apothecary should avail him- 
self of the fact that whilst the crystals of benzoic acid are flattened and rhomboidal and gen- 
erally lie upon the bean, those of vanillin are usually acicular and stand out at right angles 
from the surface of the fruit. 
According to Bucholz, vanilla does not yield volatile oil when distilled with water; and the 
aroma appears to depend on chemical changes which may take place during and after the 
curing of the fruit. Many years since, vanilla was analyzed by Bucholz and Vogel, the former 
of whom found in it a disagreeable-smelling fixed oil, a soft resin smelling feebly of vanilla 
when heated, a bitterish extractive resembling tannin, sugar, starch, and benzoic acid. But 
the characteristic odorous principle was not isolated. This object was accomplished by M. 
Gobley, who, by exhausting vanilla with 85-per-cent, alcohol, evaporating the resulting tincture 
to an extract, softening this with water, and agitating in a flask with ether so long as it gave 
color to that fluid, then evaporating the ethereal liquid and treating the residue with boiling 
water, obtained on the evaporation of the water a crop of crystals having the odor of vanilla. 
Purified by treatment with animal charcoal and recrystallization, the new principle appeared 
in the form of colorless, long, four-sided needles terminated by two faces. It has a strong 
odor of vanilla, with a hot, biting taste, and is frequently seen in acicular crystals upon the 
external surface of the bean. This compound, for which M. Gobley proposed the name vanil- 
( och3 
lin, is now recognized as the methyl-ether of protocatechuic aldehyde, C0H3 -j OH or C8H803, 
(COH, 
and is known to occur somewhat diffused in the vegetable kingdom, being found in the sugar- 
beet and in the wood-tissue of many plants. It forms crystalline needles fusing at 80°-81° 
C., difficultly soluble in cold water, readily soluble in hot water, easily soluble in alcohol and 
ether, chloroform and carbon disulphide. It oxidizes slowly in damp air to vanillic acid, C8Hg04 ; 
when heated with dilute hydrochloric acid to 200° C., it breaks up into methyl chloride and 
protocatechuic acid. Tiemann and Haarmann (Ber. Ch. Ges., 1874), who first ascertained the 
true character of vanillin, also found that it could be made synthetically from coniferin, a gluco- 
side contained in the cambium layer of the pine. This coniferin, CieH2208 -j- 2HaO, or the 
compound C10H1203, which with glucose results from its decomposition, is oxidized by sulphuric 
acid and potassium bichromate with the production of vanillin. Artificial vanillin was made in 
this way from coniferin under Tiemann and Haarmann’s patents, and was made by Reimer and Vanilla.— Veratrina. 
1444 
PART I. 
Tiemann from guaiacol by heating it with caustic soda and chloroform, but it is now made 
(OH 
from eugenol, C6H3 ) 0CH3 . This on heating with alcoholic potash is changed into iso- 
( CH„.CH:CH„ 
fOH f OH 
eugenol, C6H3 < 0CH3 , and this is then oxidized, when vanillin, C0H3 -< OCH3, is formed. 
(_CH: CH.CIIg (CHO 
The oxidation is effected by a variety of oxidizing agents. Sodium peroxide has been used 
with success, or more recently the isoeugenol sodium has been oxidized at the positive pole of 
an electrolytic cell, using an alkaline hydrate as the cathode liquid. Oil of cloves is therefore 
used as a basis for the manufacture of artificial vanillin. Although the latter substance has 
been largely manufactured, it does not take the place of the preparations of vanilla, the flavor 
and odor of the latter being greatly preferred. It passes with water in distillation. If vanilla 
finely divided be distilled with water, a turbid liquid passes, which becomes clear by agitation 
with ether, and the ether on evaporation yields crystals of vanillin. Messrs. Tiemann and 
Haarmann obtained from Mexican vanilla 1-69 per cent, of vanillin, from Reunion vanilla 
2’48 per cent., from Java vanilla 2-75 per cent. Mr. Stokeby found in vanilla, resin, wax, a 
fixed oil, a brown resinous matter, tannic acid changing the salts of iron to green, gum, sugar, 
phosphates, and sulphates; hydrochloric acid separated from it oxalic acid, and potassa, humic 
acid. (Journ de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., iii. 76, 1866; see also paper by Clay W. Holmes, 
Proc. A. P. A., 1887, 526.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. According to Dr. Grasset, vanillin produces in frogs 
spinal convulsions, followed by paralysis affecting both spinal cord and motor nerves. It is 
said to be locally irritant, and has been suggested as a stomachic and an excito-motor remedy 
in doses of three-fourths of a grain. (Archives de Pharm., Aout, 1886.) Vanilla has been 
recommended in hysteria, but is in fact used only as a flavoring agent* 
VERATRINA. U. S., Br. Veratrine. 
“A mixture of alkaloids obtained from the seed of Asagraea officinalis (Schlechtendal et 
Chamisso), Lindley (nat. ord. Liliaceae).” U. S. “ An alkaloid, or mixture of alkaloids, pre- 
pared from cevadilla, the dried ripe seeds of Schoenocaulon officinale, A. Gray.” Br. 
Veratria, U. S. 1870; Veratria, Iir.; Veratrium, P. G.; Veratrine, Fr.; Veratrin, G. 
“ Cevadilla of commerce, 2 pounds (Imperial) or 1 kilogramme ; Distilled Water, Alcohol 
(90 per cent.), Solution of Ammonia, Hydrochloric Acid, of each a sufficient quantity. Macer- 
ate the cevadilla with half its weight of boiling Distilled Water, in a covered vessel, for twenty- 
four hours; remove the cevadilla ; squeeze it; dry it thoroughly in a warm place; then beat 
it in a mortar, and separate the seeds from the capsules. Reduce the seeds to powder ; moisten 
(VER-A-TKi'NA.) 
* Vanilla Poisoning. Twenty years ago, Orfila recorded cases of poisoning by the eating of vanilla ices, and 
recently many cases have occurred both in Europe and in this country. The symptoms are those of intense gastro- 
intestinal irritation, and closely resemble those of cholerine. That the attacks have not simply been cholera morbus 
induced by the ingestion of cold ices is shown by the fact that many of the flavored dishes were pies and even 
simple farinaceous puddings. Elaborate chemical investigations have proved the absence of metallic poisons in the 
ingesta. Schroff believes the poison to be cardol derived from the oil of cashew nut placed upon the vanilla pod to 
preserve it, but there does not seem to be any proof of this; and it is stated that cardol could not be found in the 
vanilla pods obtained from the Vienna cafe at Berlin, where poisoning had occurred. (P. J. Tr., 1874, p. 853.) 
Again, it has been believed that the poisoning was the result of copper derived from vessels in which the ice-cream 
had been preserved; but chemical analysis has disproved this. Certain chemists have been inclined to suppose 
that the poisoning was caused by ptomaines or other products of decomposition of the cream before freezing. Dr. 
Layot (Journ. Pharm. Chem., x.) believes that the poisoning is really due to the vanilla, and especially to an inferior 
variety of bean known as “ vanillon,” the pods of which are free from rime, soft, viscous, and nearly always open. 
If, however, it be correct, as asserted (P. J. Tr., xv. 241), that the poisoning has been caused by ice-cream flavored 
with artificial vanillin, it is almost certain that the symptoms are due to alterations in the cream itself. This is con- 
firmed by the studies of V. C. Vaughan, who, in 1885, succeeded in isolating from cheese a peculiar poisonous pto- 
maine, tyrotoxicon. (See A. J. P., 342, 1886.) Subsequently, Prof. Vaughan obtained the same poison from milk; 
and in June, 1886, melted ice-cream taken from a mass which had produced serious poisoning in eighteen persons, 
with some of the vanilla which had been used in flavoring the cream, was submitted to him for analysis. (See A. J. 
P., xvi. 452). The ingestion of the vanilla in doses of thirty drops of an extract failed to develop in Prof. Vaughan 
or his assistants any symptoms, and he was able to separate the tyrotoxicon from the ice-cream itself and to poison 
animals with it. Dr. H. C. Wood has seen violent poisoning, with gastro-intestinal irritation and symptoms resem- 
bling those of the so-called vanilla poisoning, produced by the ingestion of stale cream puffs in which no vanilla had 
been put, and it is more than probable that in most cases of the so-called vanilla poisoning tyrotoxicon or some allied 
substance is the cause of the symptoms. If the case reported by Dr. Rosenthal be accurately stated (P. J. Tr., xv.. 
24), it must be allowed, however, that in some instances the vanilla itself is at fault. PART I. 
Veratrina. 
1445 
the powder with the Alcohol; pack firmly in a percolator; pass the Alcohol through the marc 
until the percolate ceases to be colored; concentrate the alcoholic solution by distillation, so 
long as no deposit forms, and pour the residue, while hot, into twelve times its volume of cold 
Distilled Water; filter through calico; wash what remains on the filter with Distilled Water, 
until the filtrate ceases to precipitate with Solution of Ammonia. To the filtrate add Solution 
of Ammonia in slight excess; let the precipitate completely subside ; pour off the supernatant 
liquid ; collect the precipitate on a filter; wash it with Distilled Water until the filtrate passes 
colorless ; distribute the moist precipitate through twelve fluid ounces (Imp. meas.) or four hun- 
dred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water ; add gradually, with diligent stirring, sufficient Hy- 
drochloric Acid to make the liquid feebly but persistently acid ; add sixty grains or four grammes 
of the purified animal charcoal of commerce ; digest with moderate heat for twenty minutes ; 
filter ; allow the liquid to cool; add Solution of Ammonia in slight excess, and, when the pre- 
cipitate has completely subsided, pour off the supernatant liquid; collect the precipitate on a 
filter and wash it with cold Distilled Water until free from chloride; dry the precipitate, first 
by imbibition with filtering paper, and then by the application of warmth.” Br. 
The U. S. P. 1880 very properly does not give a process for this alkaloid, as it cannot be 
made profitably by the pharmacist. 
In the U. S. process of 1870 the first step is to obtain a tincture of cevadilla, which is 
evaporated to the consistence of an extract. This contains the veratrine combined with a 
vegetable acid, probably gallic, as it exists in the seeds. From the extract the alkaloid is dis- 
solved by the acidulated water, which at the same time converts it in great measure into a 
sulphate, a small portion possibly remaining in the solution combined with an excess of the 
natural acid. The magnesia combines with the acids and throws down the veratrine, which is 
then taken up by alcohol and again yielded in a purer state by evaporation. To purify it still 
further, it is redissolved in water by the agency of sulphuric acid, is submitted to the action 
of animal charcoal, and is finally precipitated by ammonia. In the British process, the tinc- 
ture is concentrated until it begins to let fall a precipitate, and is then poured into water, which 
throws down the resin and oil with a portion of the coloring matter and retains the salt of 
veratrine. This is then decomposed by ammonia, and the precipitated veratrine is slightly 
washed with cold water to free it from adhering impurities. If much water be employed in 
the washing, a considerable portion of the veratrine will be lost, in consequence of impure 
veratrine being in some degree soluble in water. The remaining steps of the British process 
consist in the purification of the veratrine by forming a hydrochlorate in solution, decolorizing 
this by animal charcoal, and again precipitating by ammonia* 
The U. S. process of 1870 f is essentially that of M. Couerbe. The veratrine obtained by it, 
though not pure, is sufficiently so for medical use. A drachm of it, in this state, may be pro- 
* Mr. James Beatson, manufacturing chemist of the U. S. Naval Laboratory at New York, recommends the fol- 
lowing method of preparing veratrine as less complicated and troublesome than the official, and quite satisfactory in 
its results. Take 73 pounds (avoirdupois) of cevadilla, rub it upon a coarse wire sieve so as to separate the seeds 
from the capsules, and reduce the former to a coarse powder by a Swift’s drug-mill. Pass the capsules also through 
the mill, separate the finer portion, and mix it with the ground seeds. Moisten the mixture with alcohol, and allow 
it to stand 12 hours; then introduce it into a displacement apparatus, and pour upon it 30 gallons of alcohol. When 
a convenient quantity of the liquid has passed, submit it to distillation, and return the distilled alcohol to the dis- 
placement apparatus ; and proceed in the same way until the cevadilla is thoroughly exhausted. Collect all the alco- 
holic liquor from the exhausted seeds, and continue the distillation until the tincture has a syrupy consistence. Pour 
this while hot into eight times its volume of cold water, throw the whole on a calico filter, and wash until the wash- 
ings cease to indicate the presence of the veratrine. Mix the washings with what first passed through the filter, and 
add aqua ammoniae in excess (about 4 pounds). Wash the precipitated veratrine with cold water, and dry it with a 
very gentle heat. Mr. Beatson obtained by this process eleven and a quarter ounces of veratrine but faintly tinged 
with coloring matter. (A. J. P., xxvi. 5.) 
f Ver atria, U. S. 1870. “Take of Cevadilla, in moderately fine powder, twenty-four troyounces ; Alcohol, Sul- 
phuric Acid, Magnesia, Water of Ammonia, Purified Animal Charcoal, Water, each, a sufficient quantity. Digest 
the Cevadilla with eight pints of Alcohol, for four hours, in a distillatory apparatus, with a heat approaching to 
boiling, and pour off the liquid. To the residue add eight pints more of Alcohol mixed with the portion distilled, 
and, having digested for an hour, pour off the liquid as before. Digest for a third time with the same quantity of 
Alcohol, together with the portion last distilled, and again pour off. Press the remains of the Cevadilla, mix and 
strain the liquids, and, by means of a water-bath, distil off the Alcohol. Boil the residue three or four times in 
Water acidulated with Sulphuric Acid, mix and strain the liquids, and evaporate to the consistence of syrup. Add 
Magnesia in slight excess, shake the mixture frequently, then express, and wash what remains. Repeat the ex- 
pression and washing two or three times, and, having dried the residue, digest it with a gentle heat several times in 
Alcohol, and strain after each digestion. Distil off the Alcohol from the mixed liquids, boil the residue for fifteen 
minutes in water mixed with a little Sulphuric Acid and Purified Animal Charcoal, and strain. Having thoroughly 
washed what remains, mix the washings with the strained liquid, evaporate with a moderate heat to the consistence 
of thin syrup, and drop in sufficient Water of Ammonia to precipitate the Yeratria. Lastly, wash the alkaloid with 
Water, and dry it with a gentle heat.” 1446 
Veratrina. 
PART I. 
cured from a pound of cevadilla. Meissner, in 1819, applied the term sabadilline to an alkaloid 
extracted by him. Pelletier and Caventou had probably produced the same preparation when 
they announced the discovery of veratrine in the same year. This substance is the veratrine 
described as prepared by Couerbe’s process. Couerbe, in 1834, announced the discovery of an 
additional alkaloid, to which he gave Meissner’s old name of sabadilline, and Weigelin, in 
1871, announced the discovery of a third alkaloid, which he called sabatrine. Gr. Merck, in 
1855, obtained veratrine in a crystallized state by solution and separation from strong alcohol. 
Wright and Luff (Journ. Chem. Soc., 33, p. 338) have brought order from this confusion by 
a careful study of the whole subject. They find three alkaloids in sabadilla seeds: cevadine, 
Ca2H49NOg (the alkaloid hitherto known as the veratrine of Merck); veratrine, C37H63N011; 
and cevadilline, C34H63N08. Of these, the cevadine (formerly veratrine) forms, when crystal- 
lized from alcohol, needles or compact crystals which fuse at 205° C. (401° F.), effloresce 
rapidly in the air, and become opaque, are insoluble in water, easily soluble in alcohol and 
ether, and dissolve in warm concentrated hydrochloric acid with a dark violet color, which on 
boiling becomes intensely red. When heated with alcoholic potash they are decomposed into 
methyl-crotonic (tiglinie) acid and cevine, C27H43N08. The veratrine of Wright and Luff is ob- 
tained from the mother-liquor of the cevadine by extraction with ether. It forms an uncrys- 
tallizable resinous mass, fusing at 180° C., but yields crystallized salts. Boiled with caustic 
soda it is decomposed into dimethyl-protocatechuic (veratric) acid and verine, C28H46N08. 
Cevadilline remains after the extraction of the veratrine, insoluble in ether. It is also un- 
crystallizable, nearly insoluble in ether and in boiling benzol, but easily soluble in fusel oil. 
Fliickiger recognizes only two of these alkaloids, and makes them both of the composition 
C32H49N09. The first, which he calls cevadine, he states is decomposed by boiling with barium 
hydrate when in alcoholic solution, and yields products as follows: C32H49N09 -(- 2H20 — 
C6Hg02 -j- C27H45N09. The first of these products is methyl-crotonic acid, and the second is 
cevine. The other alkaloid he calls veratridine, and gives its decomposition as follows: 
2C32H49N09 -f- 4H20 = C9H1004 -{- C66H92N 016 -f- 2HaO. The first of these products is 
dimethyl-protocateckuic acid, and the second lie calls veratroin. (Fliickiger, Pharm. Chem., 
1888, ii. p. 532.) Merck still terms the cevadine of Wright and Luff veratrine, and prepares 
it in white crystals of the formula C32H49N09, fusing at 202° C. Frankforter (A. J. P., 
1897, 372) confirms this formula, CqoII.qN0q.Ho0, but gives to the purified veratrine the 
melting point from 146°-148° C. 
Two acids have also been found in sabadilla,—the sabadillic or cevadic acid of Pelletier and 
Caventou, forming needle-like crystals fusing at 20° C., and the veratric acid of Merck, which 
Koerner showed to be dimethyl-protocatechuic acid. 
Properties. Veratrine is officially described as “a white or grayish-white, amorphous or 
semi-crystalline powder, odorless, but causing intense irritation and sneezing when even a 
minute quantity reaches the nasal mucous membrane; having an acrid taste, and leaving a 
sensation of tingling and numbness on the tongue; permanent in the air. Very slightly solu- 
ble in cold or hot water; soluble in 3 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), and very soluble in 
boiling alcohol; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 2 parts of chloroform. When heated 
to 175° C. (347° F.) Veratrine melts, forming a light-brown liquid. Upon ignition, it is con- 
sumed, leaving no residue. An alcoholic solution of Areratrine has an alkaline reaction upon 
litmus paper. With nitric acid, Veratrine forms a yellow solution. On triturating Veratrine 
with concentrated sulphuric acid, in a glass mortar, the yellow or orange-red solution exhibits, 
by reflected light, a greenish fluorescence, which becomes more intense upon the addition of 
more acid, while the liquid is deep red by transmitted light. On heating a small portion 
of Veratrine with a few C.c. of hydrochloric acid, the liquid will acquire a deep red color.” 
U. S. “ Pale gray, amorphous; without odor, but, even in the most minute quantity, power- 
fully irritating the nostrils; strongly and persistently bitter, and intensely acrid ; insoluble in 
water, soluble in 3 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.) or of chloroform, in 6 parts of ether, and in 
diluted acids, leaving slight traces of an insoluble brown resinous matter. It dissolves in 
nitric acid, yielding a yellow solution. Warmed with hydrochloric acid, it dissolves with 
production of a blood-red color lasting several days. Treated with fifty or sixty times its 
weight of sulphuric acid, the mixture turns yellow, subsequently acquires a yellowish-green 
fluorescence which becomes more distinct on the addition of more acid and slowly changes 
to bright red, or, if warmed, violet-red. Heated with access of air, Veratrine melts to a 
yellow liquid, and at length burns away, leaving no appreciable residue (absence of mineral 
impurity).” Br. PART I. 
Veratrina.— Veratrum Viride. 
1447 
Medical Properties and Uses. Veratrine is locally irritant, and exercises a peculiar 
influence on the nervous system, ltubbed upon the skin it excites a sensation of warmth and 
a peculiar tingling. Sometimes an evanescent blush is produced, and still more rarely an 
eruption upon the skin; but, in general, no decided signs of inflammation are evinced. Upon 
the denuded cutis, however, veratrine and its salts are powerfully irritating; in the mouth and 
fauces they produce an almost insupportable sense of acrimony, and snuffed up the nostrils 
excite violent sneezing. Magendie states that when taken internally in the dose of a quarter 
of a grain they promptly produce abundant alvine evacuations, and in larger doses provoke 
more or less violent vomiting. Experimenters have observed similar effects. When taken in 
toxic doses veratrine causes violent vomiting, serous purging, often with intense burning in 
the mouth and throat, and general muscular weakness. No fatal case of poisoning is on 
record; but in the experiments of Esche on himself a half-grain of the acetate produced 
collapse, with a pale, cold, wet skin, pinched features, a rapid, thready, irregular pulse, violent 
vomiting, and marked muscular tremblings. The phenomena of veratrine poisoning in dogs, 
rabbits, etc., are failure of muscular power, along with violent muscular twitchings and con- 
vulsions, which are often plainly excited by external irritants, severe vomiting, generally but 
not always accompanied by purging, and disturbance of motion, respiration, and circulation. 
The pulse is at first, if the dose be not too large, quickened and strengthened, but in a very 
short time it becomes slower and weaker, and finally very frequent, thready, and irregular. 
When very large doses are given, the animal often dies at once of a universal paralysis. 
Veratrine is a powerful muscle-poison, producing a primary stage of muscular hyperexcita- 
bility and a condition in which momentary stimuli produce tetanic spasms, and a final stage 
of rigidity and complete loss of contractility. It is paralyzant to the motor nerves, and prob- 
ably also to the sensory nerves. Upon the cerebral centres it has little action ; its exact in- 
fluence upon the spinal cord has not been determined. It is a powerful depressant to the 
respiratory centres, and acts upon the heart-muscle as upon the voluntary muscles. In the 
earlier stages of its action it slows the pulse and increases the blood-pressure by stimulating 
the inhibitory cardiac nerves, and probably also by stimulating the muscle-fibres in the heart 
itself and in the walls of the arterioles. 
Veratrine has been chiefly employed in gout, rheumatism, and neuralgia, and has also been 
praised in epilepsy and various other nervous diseases. Its remedial value is very doubtful; 
and in this country it is very rarely administered. One-thirtieth of a grain (0002 Gm.) may 
be given in the form of pill, and repeated every three or four hours till the effects of the medi- 
cine are experienced. Some prefer the salts for internal use. Any one of these salts may be 
prepared by treating veratrine with water acidulated with the acid to perfect neutralization, 
and then carefully evaporating to dryness. It is employed to some extent as an alterative 
counter-irritant, locally applied in chronic swellings, stiffening, and induration of the joints, 
whether from rheumatism, from scrofula, or simply from local injuries, as sprains. It may be 
used either dissolved in alcohol, or rubbed up with lard or other unctuous substance in the 
proportion of from five to twenty grains to the ounce. It is advisable that the alkaloid should 
be dissolved in a little alcohol or oleic acid before being mixed with the lard. Of the ointment 
thus prepared, a portion of the size of a filbert may be rubbed upon the skin over the part 
affected, night and morning, from five to fifteen minutes, or until the more urgent symptoms are 
relieved. Veratrine may be used in this way to the amount of from two to four grains in the 
day. Care must be taken to see that the cuticle to which the ointment is applied is sound. 
When the skin is irritable, smaller quantities than those above mentioned must be used. 
VERATRUM VIRIDE. U. S. Veratrum Viride. [American Hellebore.] 
“ The rhizome and roots of Veratrum viride, Solander (nat. ord. Liliacese).” U. S. 
Green Hellebore Rhizome; Veratre vert, Fr.; Griiner Germer, G. 
Veratrum viride. Solander in Art. Hort. Kew. (1789) 422. Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 896; 
Bigelow, Am. Med. Bot. ii. 121 ; B. & T. 286. The American hellebore* known also by 
the names of Indian poke, poke root, and swamp hellebore, has a perennial, thick, fleshy 
rhizome, the upper portion of which is tunicated, the lower solid, and beset with numerous 
whitish roots. The stem is annual, round, striated, pubescent, and solid, from three to six 
(VE-RA'TRUM VIR'I-DE.) 
* The specific distinctness of the American plant from the European is very doubtful. Certain Alpine forms of 
Veratrum album are said to resemble exactly the Veratrum viride. 1448 
Veratrum Viride. 
PART I. 
feet in height, furnished with bright green leaves, and terminating in a panicle of greenish- 
yellow flowers. The leaves gradually decrease in size as they ascend. The lower are from 
six inches to a foot long, oval, acuminate, plaited, nerved, and pubescent, and embrace the 
stem at their base, thus affording it a 
sheath for a considerable portion of its 
length. Those on the upper part of the 
stem, at the origin of the flowering 
branches, are oblong-lanceolate. The pan- 
icle consists of numerous flowers, distrib- 
uted in racemes with downy peduncles. 
Each flower is accompanied by a downy, 
pointed bract, much longer than its pedi- 
cel. The perianth consists of six oval acute 
segments, thickened on the inside at their 
base, with the three alternate segments 
longer than the others. The six stamens 
have recurved filaments and roundish two- 
lobed anthers. The ovary is ovoid, tri- 
carpellary; styles three and persistent. 
Some of the flowers have only the rudi- 
ments of pistils. Those on the upper end 
of the branchlets are barren, those below 
fruitful. The fruit is a three-lobed cap- 
sule, three-celled, and containing flat im- 
bricated seeds. This indigenous species of 
Yeratrum inhabits swamps, wet meadows, 
and the banks of mountain streamlets. 
It is more abundant northward, but 
reaches as far south as Georgia. From 
May to July is the season for flowering. 
It is doubtful whether the root should be 
collected in autumn or just before flower- 
ing. It should not be kept longer than 
one year, as it deteriorates by time. 
Properties. As found in commerce, veratrum viride is usually in small pieces or fragments; 
but sometimes it comes whole or sliced, so that its characteristic form may be observed. In 
this condition it is seen to consist of a rhizome one to three inches in length by somewhat less 
than an inch in thickness where broadest, tapering to a very obtuse or truncated extremity, 
simple or divided, compact but light, of a dark-brown color externally, and either closely invested 
with numerous yellowish rootlets often several inches long, or exhibiting marks on the surface 
whence they have been removed. When sliced, the cut surface is of a dingy-white color. The 
rootlets are from three to six inches long, about as thick as a large knitting-needle, or somewhat 
thicker, obviously much shrunk in drying, and marked by numerous close-set indentations, 
which give them a characteristic appearance. Not unfrequently portions of the dried stem 
or leafstalks remain attached to the rhizome, which should always be rejected, as they were 
ascertained by Prof. Procter to be inert. (A. J. P., 1864, p. 99.) The root has a bitter, acrid 
taste, leaving a permanent impression in the mouth and fauces ; it is inodorous, but its powder 
produces sneezing when snuffed. In sensible properties it closely resembles white hellebore. 
The chemical composition of Veratrum viride is closely analogous to that of Veratrum album, 
so that a brief review of the chemical history of the two will be given. 
Pelletier and Caventou, in 1819, found in the rhizome of Veratrum album a substance which 
they regarded as identical with the veratrine just announced by Meissner as contained in saba- 
dilla seeds. Simon (Ann. Ch. und Ph., 24, p. 214), in 1837, found the alkaloid jervine also in 
Veratrum album. Worthington (A. J. P., 1839, p. 89) found an alkaloid in Veratrum viride 
which he considered to be the veratrine then known from other sources. Richardson, in 1857, 
and Percy, in 1864, confirmed his results. Bullock (A. J. P., 1865, p. 321) shortly after found, 
on examination of Veratrum viride, that while it contained at least two characteristic alkaloids, 
neither of these was veratrine. The alkaloids noted by Bullock were named in a former editictn 
of this work viridine and veratroidine. Peugnet (A7. Y. Med. Record, 1872, p. 120), in 1872, 
Rhizome of Veratrum album. 1. Transverse section; k, ra- 
phides; en, sheath of the medulla. 2. Starch. 3. The brown 
parenchymatous tissue of the riud. Veratrum Vii'ide. 
PART I. 
1449 
stowed the identity of the first of these with jervine, and this was confirmed by Mitchell 
(A. J. P., 1874), who also made out a distinct alkaloid in Veratrum album, to which he applied 
the name of veratralbine. The veratroidine discovered by Bullock in Veratrum viride in 
1865 was also found in Veratrum album by Tobien in 1877. In a paper published in the 
A. J. P., April, 1876, Bullock expressed his doubt as to the existence of veratroidine as a 
distinct alkaloid, considering that it might have been only jervine admixed with resin. Here 
the matter rested until the elaborate researches of Wright and Luff (Journ. Chem. Soc., 35, pp. 
405, 421), who found in Veratrum album, jervine, C26H43N02 -{- 2H20, rubijervine, C2eH43N02, 
pseudojervine, C29H43N07, and veratralbine, C28H43N05(?), and also traces of an alkaloid having 
sternutatory power (possibly cevadine). In Veratrum viride they found jervine, pseudojervine, 
cevadine, very little rubijervine, and traces of veratrine and veratralbine. Of these, rubijer- 
vine probably agrees with Bullock’s veratroidine, although as prepared by Bullock in his 
earlier experiments it was undoubtedly mixed with resin, as the fusing point given (270° to 
275° F.) is much lower than that given by Wright and Luff for their pure crystals, which 
fused at 236° C. (456-8° F.). Pseudojervine forms crystals very similar to those of jervine, but 
it fuses atk299° C. (570-2° F.), instead of 231° to 237° C. (447-8° to 458-6° F.). Pehkschen 
{A. J. P., 1891) finds jervine in both the Veratrum species. Obtained by recrystallization from 
absolute alcohol it forms snow-white crystals of the formula C14H22N02 (determined by the 
analysis of the base and of its hydrochlorate and sulphate). It melts at 237-7° C., and is slightly 
laevogyre. He finds veratroidine (rubijervine of Wright and Luff), and gives it the formula 
C32H53N09 (determined both by analysis and by molecular weight determination). It melts at 
149-2° C., and is optically inactive. He obtained, thirdly, an alkaloid in rhombic crystals, 
which is probably a purer form of Wright and Luff’s pseudojervine. Its formula is C29H49N012. 
It melts at 259-1° G., and is optically inactive. No color reactions could be obtained with this 
base, but if the slightest quantity of veratroidine or jervine is added, color reactions agreeing 
with Wright and Luff’s pseudojervine are obtained. A very small quantity of a fourth alkaloid 
(Wright and Luff’s veratralbine) was obtained, but not enough to allow of present investigation. 
Salzberger (A. J. P, 1891) obtained the three bases jervine, 'rubijervine, and pseudojervine, and 
the new ones protoveratrine * and protoveratridine, from the rhizome of Veratrum album. The 
first of the new bases has the formula C32H61NOi:i, and crystallizes in microscopic four-sided 
plates, which melt with charring at 245° to 25U° C. The base is exceedingly poisonous and vio- 
lently sternutatory. It is insoluble in water, benzene, and light petroleum, slightly soluble in 
chloroform, boiling 96-per-cent, alcohol, and ether. Dilute acids, with the exception of acetic 
acid, dissolve it. Protoveratridine, C26H45N08, occurs as colorless four-sided plates, which melt 
at 265° C. It is not poisonous, and does not cause sneezing. It is almost insoluble in the 
common solvents, but is soluble in dilute acids. Worthington has pointed out the presence of 
gallic acid and sugar in Veratrum viride. 
Medical Properties and Uses. When taken in small doses by man, veratrum viride 
first reduces the force without much lessening the frequency of the pulse, but after a time the 
pulse-rate falls very much. If any exertion be made during this stage of depression, the slow 
pulse will be suddenly converted into an exceedingly rapid one. The slow pulse is sometimes 
moderately full, but is always very soft and compressible; the rapid pulse is exceedingly feeble 
and small, often thready, and may become imperceptible. Severe nausea and vomiting accom- 
pany or follow the reduction of the pulse-rate. That the latter is not due to gastric disturbance 
is, however, shown by the fact that it often precedes the stomachic symptoms, and may exist 
without them. During the stage of depression there is always decided muscular weakness and 
relaxation. After a poisonous dose the symptoms above noted are increased in intensity and 
become very alarming. A running, almost imperceptible pulse, a cold, clammy skin, intense 
nausea and incessant attempts at vomiting, or retching, or hiccough, absolute muscular pros- 
tration, faintness, vertigo, loss of vision, and semi-unconsciousness, make up the group of ex- 
treme symptoms. For full details as to the method in which these symptoms are produced, 
the reader is referred to H. C. Wood’s Treatise on Therapeutics; the allotted space here will 
allow us only to state that veratrum viride is a powerful spinal and arterial depressant, exerting 
little or no direct influence upon the cerebral centres ; it lowers the pulse:rate by a direct action 
on the muscle (jervine) and by stimulating the inhibitory nerves (veratroidine) ; it diminishes 
* According to the experiments of Watts Eden (Arch. f. Exper. Pathol, u. Pharmakol., xxix.), protoveratrine 
is in mammals twenty times more poisonous than crystallized veratrine, paralyzing the vagus, affecting the muscles, 
at first increasing but soon markedly depressing their excitability and power, and causing death by a centric disturb- 
ance of respiration. The alkaloid also affects the heart, and is a powerful local anaesthetic. 1450 
Veratrum Viride.— Viburnum Opulus. 
PART I. 
the force of the heart-beat by a direct influence on the cardiac muscle (jervine), and produces 
a general vaso-motor paralysis (jervine) more or less complete according to the size of the dose. 
By the action especially of the jervine the spinal motor centres are directly depressed. Neither 
the sensory centres nor the motor or sensory nerves are distinctly affected. Veratrum viride 
is used in practical medicine to reduce arterial excitement and to quiet spinal spasms. In 
adynamic fevers it should never be administered ; but in the first stage of frank pneumonia, or 
in any disease when true sthenic arterial excitement is to be combated, except it be in gastritis 
ox peritonitis, it may be employed as a prompt, efficient, and very safe remedy,—very safe, since 
it is almost incapable of producing death in the robust adult unless used with great reckless- 
ness and in repeated doses. In chronic cardiac diseases it may be employed in precisely those 
cases in which digitalis is contra-indicated,—i.e., where there is excessive hypertrophy. 
In poisoning, vomiting should be encouraged by large draughts of warm water until the 
stomach is well washed out. Then the patient should be forced to lie flat upon the back, with 
the head lower than the feet, and the efforts at vomiting should be restrained. If they cannot 
be checked, and if the prostration be severe, on no account should the patient be allowed to rise 
up, but must be made to vomit into a towel. A full dose of laudanum should be given by the 
rectum, and brandy or whiskey administered by the mouth. Spirits will sometimes be retained 
only when given undiluted, and in such form they will often quiet the stomach at once. If the 
stomach refuse alcohol in any shape, the rectum should be made use of. Ammonia may be 
employed as an adjuvant to alcohol, and in extreme cases should be injected hypodermically, or 
even into a vein. Strychnine and digitalis should in all severe cases be used hypodermically. 
The use of external heat is important, and mild flagellations, rubbing with coarse towels, sina- 
pisms, etc., may be used to keep up the external capillary circulation. The drug should always 
be administered in the form of the fluid extract, dose, one to three drops (0-05—015 C.c.) ; or of 
the tincture, dose, three to six drops (0-15-0-30 C.c.), to be given every hour or two, and closely 
watched. The occurrence of nausea should be the signal for the suspension of the remedy. 
VIBURNUM OPULUS. U. S. Viburnum Opulus. [Cramp Bark.] 
(Vi-BUK'NUM OP'U-LCs.) 
“ The bark of Viburnum Opulus, Linne (nat. ord. Caprifoliaceae).” U. S. 
Besides the official species of this genus, the V. obovatum, Walt., a tree shrub growing from 
Virginia southward, which is botanically very closely allied to V.prunifolium, is stated to be 
used in the Southern United States as an antiperiodic. (J.. J. P., 1878.) V lantana, L., a 
European species, probably shares the therapeutic properties of the official species. Viburnum 
opulus, cranberry-tree or high bush cranberry, belongs to the section of the genus which has 
peduncled cymes, light red, acid, roundish drupes, with very flat orbicular not sulcate stones, 
palmately veined leaves, and scaly winter buds. It is a large bush, reaching the height of ten 
feet, growing in low grounds from New Brunswick far westward, and southward to Pennsyl- 
vania. The leaves are from three- to five-ribbed, strongly three-lobed, broadly wedge-shaped or 
truncate at the base, with the spreading pointed lobes mostly toothed in the sides and entire 
in the sinuses. The petioles bear two glands at the apex. The snow-ball tree, or Guelder rose, 
is a variety in which the whole inflorescence has been turned into a mass of showy sterile 
flowers. 
Properties. The bark is officially described as “in flattish or curved bands, or occasion- 
ally in quills, sometimes 30 Cm. long, and from 1 to 1-5 Mm. thick; outer surface ash-gray, 
marked with scattered somewhat transversely elongated warts of a brownish color, due to 
abrasion, and more or less marked with blackish dots, and chiefly in a longitudinal direc- 
tion with black, irregular lines or thin ridges; underneath the easily removed corky layer of 
a pale brownish or somewhat reddish-brown color; the inner surface dingy white or brownish ; 
fracture tough, the tissue separating in layers; inodorous; taste somewhat astringent and 
bitter.” U. S. For a paper giving microscopical examination of Viburnum barks, see A. J. P., 
1895, 387, 394. 
Medical Action and Uses. This bark has been so little employed in medicine that 
we are at a loss to understand the reason of its introduction into the Pharmacopoeia. Its 
berries are used to a considerable extent as a substitute for the ordinary cranberry in the 
making of jellies, and are certainly antiscorbutic. It may be that the bark shares the medical 
properties of the prunifoliuin, but this has not been demonstrated. PAET I. 
Viburnum Prunifolium.— Vinum Rubrum. 
1451 
VIBURNUM PRUNIFOLIUM. U. S. Black Haw. 
(VI-BCIl'NUM PRU-NI-FO'LI-tM.) 
“ The bark of Viburnum prunifolium, Linne (nat. ord. Caprifoliaceae).” U. S. 
Viburnum, U. S. 1880; Sloe; Stagbush. 
V. prunifolium. L. This is a tall, very handsome shrub, which is quite common in the Middle 
and Southern United States, east of the Mississippi, flowering in May and ripening in the early 
autumn its ovoid or oblong blackish fruit. It is specifically distinguished by all its flowers 
being perfect, by its opposite leaves being broadly oval, obtuse at each end, finely and sharply 
serrate, smooth, shiny above, situated on naked petioles, and by its cymes being sessile. 
Properties. The bark is officially described as “in thin pieces or quills, glossy purplish- 
brown, with scattered warts, and minute black dots; when collected from old wood, grayish- 
brown ; the thin, corky layer easily removed from the green layer; inner surface whitish, 
smooth; fracture short; inodorous, somewhat astringent and bitter.” IT. S. Mr. Herman Van 
Allen found the following constituents in viburnum: 1, a brown resinous body, of a very bit- 
ter taste, from which it was found impossible to separate the sugar; 2, a greenish-yellow resin 
or neutral principle of a bitter taste, slightly soluble in water, freely so in alcohol, called by 
Kramer vibumin ; 3, valerianic acid ; 4, a tannic acid giving a greenish-black color with ferric 
salts; 5, oxalic acid ; 6, citric acid ; 7, malic acid ; 8, sulphates; 9, calcium, magnesium, po- 
tassium, and iron chlorides. (A. J. P, 1880, 443.) As the result of elaborate investigation, 
T. Shennan (Royal Coll. Phys. Lab. Rep., Edinburgh, vi., 1897) concludes that the Vibur- 
num prunifolium contains vibumic—i. e., valerianic—acid, and a non-volatile alkaloid which, 
however, he failed to obtain in a pure condition. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Dr. D. L. Phares, who first called the attention of the 
profession to this drug, affirms that it is nervine, antispasmodic, astringent, diuretic, and tonic, 
and is especially useful in the nervous diseases of pregnancy and in the prevention of miscar- 
riage. Prof. R. L. Payne, Jr., has found that when given in toxic amount to the lower ani- 
mals viburnum produces progressive muscular weakness, ending in complete paralysis with loss 
of reflex action, which he believes to be due to an influence upon the motor side of the spinal 
cord. In warm-blooded animals there is also marked lowering of the arterial pressure, be- 
lieved by Dr. Payne to be the result of a direct action of the drug upon the heart. The 
experiments of Payne have in a measure been confirmed by those of T. Shennan, who finds 
that large amounts of the drug injected directly into the vein of a warm-blooded animal lower 
blood-pressure; whilst in the frog the extract produces distinct depression of the voluntary 
muscles and also of the heart. As Shennan took six drachms of the fluid extract within 
thirty minutes, with no demonstrable effect except a doubtful decrease of the rate and force 
of the pulse, it is plain that the drug is very feeble. It has, however, come into some vogue 
as a remedy in the treatment of dysmenorrhoea, after-pains, and ovarian irritation; it has also 
received especial commendation in those cases in which there is a persistent disposition to mis- 
carriage. In menorrhagia, it may be given in full doses several days before the coming on and 
during the continuance of the menstrual hemorrhage. The solid extract (dose, from three to 
ten grains) does not represent the drug completely, owing to loss of volatile acid; so that the 
fluid extract should be preferred, in doses of from one to four fluidrachms (4-16 C.c.). 
VINUM ALBUM. U.S. White Wine. 
“ An alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of fresh grapes, the fruit of Vitis vinifera 
(nat. ord. Yitaceae), freed from seeds, stems, and skins. When White Wine is prescribed with- 
out further specification, it is recommended that a dry White Wine of domestic production (such 
as California Riesling, Ohio Catawba, etc.) be employed. White Wine should be preserved in 
well-closed casks filled as full as possible, or in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” JJ. S. 
(VI'NUM XL'BUM.) 
VINUM RUBRUM. U. S. Red Wine. 
(VI'NUM RU'BRUM.) 
“ An alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of fresh colored grapes, the fruit of 
Vitis vinifera (nat. ord. Vitaeeae), in presence of their skins. When Red Wine is prescribed 
without further specification, it is recommended that a dry Red Wine of domestic production 
(such as a native Claret, Burgundy, etc.) be employed. Red Wine should he preserved in 
well-closed casks filled as full as possible, or in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place.” U. S. 1452 
Vinum Rubrum. 
PART I. 
Wine is the fermented juice of the grape, the fruit of the Vitis vinifera of botanists. The 
juice of sweet grapes consists of a considerable quantity of grape sugar, certain nitrogenized 
principles, which act as ferments when the proper conditions are developed, and a small por- 
tion of extractive, tannic acid, potassium bitartrate, calcium tartrate, common salt, and potas- 
sium sulphate, the whole dissolved or suspended in a large quantity of water. Sour grapes 
contain, in addition, a peculiar acid isomeric with the tartaric, called racemic add. (See page 
105.) Grape juice, therefore, embraces all the ingredients essential to the production of the 
vinous fermentation, and requires only the influence of the atmosphere and a proper temper- 
ature to convert it into wine. 
Owing to the growing excellence in quality of American wines, the Committee of Revision 
of the U. S. P. 1880 decided to abandon the former titles Vinum Xericum and Vinum Por- 
tense, to adopt the old titles Vinum Album and Vinum Rubrum, and to permit any wine to be 
used, whether American or foreign, provided it complies with the requirements of alcoholic 
strength and purity. The British Pharmacopoeia 1898 makes Vinum Xericum the only 
official unmedicated wine, defining it simply as “ a Spanish wine,” but providing that it shall 
contain not less than 16 per cent, of alcohol by volume. 
Preparation. The juice expressed from the ripe grapes by various methods runs into 
vats and constitutes the “ must." The temperature of the air being about 15-5° C. (60° F.), 
fermentation gradually takes place in the must, and becomes fully established after a longer 
or shorter period. In the mean time, the must becomes sensibly warmer, and emits a large 
quantity of carbonic acid, which causes the more solid parts to be thrown to the surface in a 
mass of froth having a hemispherical shape called the head. The liquor from being sweet 
becomes vinous, owing to the conversion of the grape sugar into alcohol. After a while the 
fermentation slackens, when it becomes necessary to accelerate it by thoroughly mixing the 
contents of the vat. When the liquor has acquired a strong vinous taste and become per- 
fectly clear, the wine is considered formed, and is racked off- into casks. But even at this stage 
of the process the fermentation continues for several months longer. During the whole of 
this period a frothy matter is formed, which for the first few days collects round the bung, 
but afterwards precipitates along with coloring matter and tartar, forming a deposit which 
constitutes the wine-lees.* 
Division and Nomenclature. Wines, according to their color, are divided into the red 
and the white, and, according to their taste and other qualities, are either spirituous, sweet, 
dry, light, sparkling, still, rough, or acidulous. Red wines are derived from the must of black 
grapes, fermented with their skins and seeds, or what is collectively called the marc; white 
wines, from white grapes, or from the juice of black grapes fermented apart from the marc. 
The coloring matter of the grape is almost insoluble in water, and hence the juice of the red 
grape is nearly colorless, and will produce a white wine if fermented alone; but when fer- 
mented with the presence of the grape the alcohol generated dissolves the coloring matter, 
which is soluble in that liquid, and thus the wine becomes red. The other qualities of wines 
depend on the relative proportions of the constituents of the must, and on the mode in which 
the fermentation is conducted. The essential ingredients of the must, as a fermentable liquid, 
are water, sugar, and a ferment. The exact composition of the must is shown by the follow- 
ing analysis of must obtained from different sources and ranging through a number of years: 
Sp. Gr. 
Water, 
Per Cent. 
Nitrogenous 
Material. 
Sugar. 
Acid. 
Other Non- 
nitrogenous 
Material. 
Ash. 
Minimum 
1*0690 
51*53 
0*11 
12*89 
0*20 
1*68 
0*20 
Maximum 
1*2075 
82*10 
0*57 
35*45 
1*18 
11*62 
0*63 
Mean 
1*1024 
74*49 
0*28 
19*71 
0*64 
4*48 
0*40 
(Konig’s Nahrungs- und Genussmittel 
vol. ii. p. 436.) 
* In certain parts of France the wine-makers are in the habit, during the fermentation of the wines upon the 
marc, of adding plaster of Paris, under the impression that it improves the color and insures the stability of the 
wines. The process is called by the French pl&trage. It has the drawback of increasing the percentage of potas- 
sium sulphate notably, and its practice is now controlled by law in France. Other methods of treatment are the ad- 
dition of dicalcium phosphate, known as phosphotage, and neutralizing the excess of acidity in the must by the ad- 
dition of marble-dust, known as chaptalization. The addition of sugar and water to the must is called gallization, 
and the addition of glycerin to the finished wine is known as schellization. For fuller particulars, see Sadtler's 
Industrial Chemistry, 2d ed., p. 205. PART I. 
Vinum JRubrum. 
1453 
If the juice be very saccharine, and contain sufficient ferment to sustain the fermentation, 
the conversion of the sugar into alcohol will proceed until checked by the production of a 
certain amount of the latter, and there will be formed a spirituous or generous wine. If, while 
the juice is highly saccharine, the ferment be deficient in quantity, the production of alcohol 
will be less, and the redundancy of sugar proportionately greater, and a sweet wine will be 
formed. It is stated by M. G. Fleury that levulose undergoes the vinous fermentation much 
less readily than glucose, and that the sugar of sweet wines is chiefly levulose. Whether a 
grape yields a sweet or a dry wine seems, then, to depend, to some extent, upon the character 
of its sugar. (Jo-urn. de Pharm., 4e s£r., viii. p. 323.) When the sugar and ferment are in 
considerable amount, and in the proper relative proportions for mutual decomposition, the wine 
will be strong-bodied and sound, without marked sweetness or acidity, and of the kind called 
dry. A small proportion of sugar can give rise only to a small proportion of alcohol, and con- 
sequently the less saccharine grapes will generate a comparatively weak or light wine, which 
will be sound and stable in its constitution in case the ferment is not in excess, but otherwise 
liable to pass into the acetous fermentation and become sharp. In case the wine is bottled 
before the fermentation is fully completed, the process will go on slowly in the bottles, and the 
carbonic acid generated, not having vent, will impregnate the wine and render it effervescing 
and sparkling. The rough or astringent wines owe their flavor to a portion of tannic acid 
derived from the marc of the grape; and the acidulous wines to the presence of carbonic 
acid, or of an unusual proportion of tartar. Several of the above qualities often coexist. 
Thus, a wine may be spirituous and rough, sweet and rough, light and sparkling, etc. Wines 
are made in many countries, and are known in commerce by various names, according 
to their source. Thus, Portugal produces Port and Lisbon ; Spain, Sherry, San Lucar, 
Malaga, and Tent; France, Champagne, Burgundy, Hermitage, Yin de Grave, Sauterne, and 
Claret; Germany, Hock and Moselle; Hungary, Tokay; Sicily, Marsala or Sicily Madeira, 
and Lisa; the Cape of Good Hope, Constantia; Madeira and the Canaries, Madeira and 
Teneriffe. 
In the United States the first attempt to manufacture wine, on an extended scale, was made 
towards the close of the last century, at Spring Mill, near Philadelphia, by Peter Legaux, agent 
of the Pennsylvania Vine Company, and proved unsuccessful. The native grape found most 
suitable by the Company, after the foreign had failed on account of the climate, was the 
Schuylkill muscatel grape. The next attempt was made by the Swiss at Yevay, Indiana, with 
the Schuylkill grape, and was partially successful, a rough red wine being manufactured which 
met with a ready sale in the neighboring States. In a few years the manufacture of this wine 
languished, foreign wines superseding it. The foreign grape, after numerous trials, not suc- 
ceeding as a wine grape, investigations were undertaken to determine the adaptation of our 
various native grapes for making wine. Among these the Catawba grape, a native of North 
Carolina, introduced to public notice by Major Adlum, of Washington City, about the year 
1825, has been largely cultivated in Southern Ohio as a wine grape. The chief objection to it 
is its liability to the rot. Within a few years various other varieties of grape have come into 
vogue, and native wines are constantly improving in quality. The climate of Texas is peculiarly 
favorable to the growth of the grape-vine. The El Paso grape is found in the vicinity of 
the falls of the Rio Grande ; and the great mustang grows luxuriantly in every part of the 
State, and yields a superior red wine. California produces an immense amount of wine, which 
is now coming into general use. Considering its advantages of soil and climate, there is good 
reason to believe that it may at no very distant time rank among the most productive wine 
regions of the globe. According to the report of the State Viticultural Commission, the Cali- 
fornia product in 1890 was 18,000,000 gallons; in 1891, 20,000,000 ; in 1892, 10,000,000 ; in 
1893, 20,000,000.* The smallness of the amount in 1892 was due largely to the frosts in Napa 
* There can be no doubt that the California wines are steadily advancing in quality, and that many of then? 
now rival the European wines of high class. At the late French Exposition, a California wine made from the Car- 
benet Sauvignon grape of the Chateau-Lafitte type received the highest award for excellence over all other wines 
offered in competition, including the finest vintage of France; whilst the second award for brandies was also given to 
a California product. Mr. J. De Barth Shorb, late President of the California State Yiticultural Commission, has 
informed us, as the results of numerous analyses made under the auspices of the Commission, that the California 
red wines or clarets average from 10 to 14 per cent, of alcohol, the white wines 8 to 12 per cent., the ports 18 to 
22 per cent., the sherries 17 per cent. The grapes of which these wines are made are not native to California, as 
is often thought, but are the offspring of cuttings originally introduced from France, Germany, Spain, and Italy. 
The so-called “ Mission grape,” of California, is evidently of Spanish origin, having been brought over by the Catholic 
missionaries in the early history of the country. It varies so much in different localities that it probably comes from 
various original stocks. Mr. Shorb states that whilst there are really some hundreds of varieties of grapes recog- 1454 
Vinum Rubrum. 
PART I. 
and Sonoma counties, and to other temporary causes. Besides these wines, about 2,000,000 
gallons of brandy are produced yearly. The average annual production of wine in Europe for 
the last decade is given as follows: France, 681,181,000 gallons; Italy, 630,000,000; Spain, 
563,500,000 ; Austria-Hungary, 144,200,000 ; Germany, 83,250,000 ; Portugal, 78,750,000 ; 
Russia, 72,300,000; Servia, 60,750,000; Bulgaria, 56,250,000; Turkey, 45,000,000; Rou- 
mania, 40,500,000 ; Greece, 31,550,000 ; Switzerland, 22,500,000. 
The French wine vintage for 1893 was exceptionally large, amounting to 1,125,000,000 
gallons, or nearly double the average of recent years. 
Properties. Wine, considered as the name of a class, maybe characterized as a spirituous 
liquid, resulting from the fermentation of a fruit juice, or, in its more restricted use, of a grape 
juice, and containing coloring matter, and other substances, either combined or intimately 
blended with the spirit. It always contains a small proportion of aldehyde. All its other 
qualities vary with the nature of each particular wine. The principal varieties of foreign wines 
are briefly characterized below. American wines are classed as Sherries, Ports, Dry Red, Dry 
White, Champagnes, Sweet Catawbas, and special brands. 
Sherry (Vinum Xericum, Br. 1898, U. S. 1870) is of a deep amber color, and when good 
possesses a dry aromatic flavor and fragrance, with very little acidity. It is officially defined 
as “ a Spanish wine,” and described as “ a pale yellowish-brown liquid containing not less than 
16 per cent, of ethyl hydroxide by volume.” Br. It is prepared in the vicinity of Xeres, in 
Spain, whence its English name sherry. This wine is supposed to have been the sack of 
Shakespeare, so called from the word sec (dry). Mr. Henry Long has found about a grain of 
sulphuric acid in an ounce and a half of sherry wine, and supposes it to be free ; but in the 
light of the experiments of MM. Bussy and Buignet it is, we think, more likely to be in the 
state of potassium bisulphate, resulting from the reaction between potassium bitartrate and 
calcium sulphate used in preparing the wine. (P. J. Tr., 1867, 732.) 
Port (Vinum Portense, tl. S. P. 1870) is of a deep purple color, and in its new state is a 
rough, strong, and moderately sweet wine. When kept a certain time in bottles, it deposits a 
considerable portion of its astringent matter, loses the greater part of its sweetness, acquires 
more flavor, and retains its strength. If too long kept, it deposits the whole of its astringent 
and coloring matter, and becomes deteriorated. Considerable quantities of brandy are usually 
added to it, which causes its heating quality on the palate. It is one of the strongest wines 
in common use. According to Dr. Muspratt, of Liverpool, the alcohol in genuine port never 
exceeds 19 per cent. {Med. Times and Gaz., 1856, p. 355.) 
Madeira was the strongest of the white wines formerly in use. It was somewhat acid, and, 
when of proper age and in good condition, had a rich, nutty, aromatic flavor. It rarely occurs 
in the market, however, and is of very variable quality, on account of the adulterations and 
admixtures to which it is subjected after importation. 
Teneriffe is a white wine, of a somewhat acid taste, and, when of good quality, of a fine 
aromatic flavor. Its average strength is about the same as that of sherry. It is made from 
the same grape as madeira, to which it bears a close resemblance. 
Claret, called in France vin de Bordeaux, from its being produced near that city, in the 
district of Medoc, is a red wine, and from its moderate strength is ranked as a light wine. It 
has a deep purple color, and, when good, a delicate taste, in which the vinous flavor is blended 
with some acidity and astringency. The most esteemed kinds are the clarets called Chdteau- 
Margaux, Chateau-Lafitte, and Chdteau-Latour. Another celebrated variety is the Chateau- 
Haut-Brion of the Pays de Grave. Claret is the French wine most extensively consumed in 
the United States. 
Pharmacopceial Requirements. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 does not recognize 
any special variety of wine, but only the general classes of white and red. (See page 1451.) In 
nized by the viticulturists of California, the following are most esteemed. All are foreign grapes except the Lenoir, 
an American grape, which has been introduced into France, where it is known as Le Jacque: 
Red Wines, Clarets. 
White Wines, Hocks. 
Ports and Sherries. 
Brandies. 
Carbenet Sauvignon. 
Sauvignon Vert. 
Old Mission. 
Folic Blanche (Cognac grape). 
Burgundy Varieties. 
Riesling. 
Trousseau. 
“ West’s Prolific” (and numer- 
Carignan. 
Golden Chasselas. 
Charbonneau 
ous other hybrids). 
Mataro. 
Bergher. 
Black Burgundy. 
All the white varieties. 
Grenache. 
Pedro Ximenes. 
Z in fan del. 
Black Malvoisie. 
Lenoir. 
For raisins: Muscat of Alexandria and Gordo Blanco. PART I. 
Vinum Rubrum. 
1455 
selecting wines for pharmaceutical purposes the apothecary should see that it conforms to the 
following description and tests of the Pharmacopoeia. White Wine is a “pale amber-colored 
or straw-colored liquid, having a pleasant odor free from yeastiness, and a fruity, agreeable, 
slightly spirituous taste, without excessive sweetness or acidity. The specific gravity, at 15-6° 
C. (60° F.), should not be less than 0-990, nor more than 1-010. If a portion of White Wine 
be evaporated, the residue, when dried during twelve hours on a water-bath, should not amount 
to less than 1-5 nor more than 3 per cent. To neutralize 50 C.c. of White Wine should require 
not less than 3 nor more than 5-2 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution (limit 
of free acid), phenolphtalein being used as indicator. If 10 C.c. of White Wine be diluted 
with an equal volume of water, and treated with 5 drops of ferric chloride test-solution, only a 
faint, greenish-brown color may make its appearance (absence of more than traces of tannic 
acid). Tested by the following method, White Wine should be found to contain not less than 
10 nor more than 14 per cent., by weight (equivalent to 12-4 to 17-3 per cent, by volume), of 
absolute alcohol: Take the specific gravity (to four decimals) of a sufficient portion of the 
White Wine carefully measured at the temperature of 15-6° C. (60° F.), evaporate the Wine 
in a tared capsule to one-third of its original weight, cool, and add water until the liquid 
measures its original volume at 15-6° C. (60° F.); then take the specific gravity (to four deci- 
mals) again. The difference between the two specific gravities deducted from 1-0000 corre- 
sponds to the specific gravity of an alcohol containing the same percentage of absolute alcohol, 
by weight or volume, as the Wine under examination, the corresponding percentage being ascer- 
tained by referring to the alcoholometric tables.” U. S. (See Part III.)* “ Pale yellowish- 
brown, containing not less than 16 per cent, of ethyl hydroxide by volume. When a mixture 
of 50 cubic centimetres of this wine and 50 cubic centimetres of water, acidulated with 5 
cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid, is distilled, the distillate, after re- 
jection of the first 10 cubic centimetres, shaken with ether, the ethereal liquid separated and its 
ether removed by evaporation, the residue should not yield a violet coloration when mixed with 
test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of salicylic acid).” Br. Red Wine is “ a deep red 
liquid, having a pleasant odor free from yeastiness, and a fruity, moderately astringent, pleas- 
ant, and slightly acidulous taste, without excessive sweetness or acidity. The specific gravity, 
at 15-6° C. (60° F.), should not be less than 0-989, nor more than 1-010. If a portion of 
Red Wine be evaporated, the residue, when dried during twelve hours on a water-bath, should 
not amount to less than 1-6 per cent., nor more than 3-5 per cent. !To neutralize 50 C.c. of 
Red Wine should require not less than 3 nor more than 5-2 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal 
test-solution (limit of free acid), eosin or fluorescein being used as indicator. If 10 C.c. of 
Red Wine be diluted with an equal volume of water, and treated with 5 drops of ferric chlo- 
ride volumetric solution, the liquid should acquire a brownish-green color (due to tannic acid). 
With lead acetate test-solution, Red Wine forms a heavy precipitate which may vary in color 
from bluish-green to green. If 2 C.c. of Red Wine be mixed, in a test-tube, with 2 drops of 
chloroform and 4 C.c. of potassium hydrate normal volumetric solution, and the mixture care- 
fully heated, the disagreeable odor of isonitril should not become perceptible (absence of 
various aniline colors). If 50 C.c. of Red Wine be treated with a slight excess of ammonia 
water, the liquid should acquire a green or brownish-green color; if it be then well shaken 
with 25 C.c. of ether, the greater portion of the ethereal layer removed, and evaporated in a 
porcelain capsule with an excess of acetic acid and a few fibres of uncolored silk, the latter 
should not acquire a crimson or violet color (absence of fuchsine). If 25 C.c. of Red Wine, 
heated to about 45° C. (143° F.), be well agitated with 25 Gm. of manganese dioxide, the 
liquid filtered off and acidulated with hydrochloric acid, it should not acquire a red color 
(absence of sidpho-fuchsine). Tested by the following method, Red Wine should be found to 
contain not less than 10 nor more than 14 per cent., by weight (equivalent to 12-4 to 17-3 per 
cent, by volume), of absolute alcohol: Take the specific gravity (to four decimals) of a suf- 
ficient portion of the Red Wine accurately measured at the temperature of 15-6° C. (60° F.), 
evaporate the Wine in a tared capsule to one-third of its original weight, cool, and add water 
until the liquid measures its original volume at 15-6° C. (60° F.) ; then take the specific gravity 
(to four decimals) again. The difference between the two specific gravities deducted from 
T0000 corresponds to the specific gravity of an alcohol containing the same percentage of 
* This method of ascertaining the amount of alcohol in wine was devised by Mr. H. B. Parsons, and, though 
subject to a trifling deviation from strict accuracy where the wine contains acetic acid or other volatile constituents, 
it is far preferable for pharmacists’ use to the method of distillation, which requires special apparatus and great care 
in condensation. The error from the presence of acetic acid could be prevented by neutralizing the wine with a 
few drops of solution of soda before testing. 1456 
Vinum Rubrum. 
PART I. 
absolute alcohol, by weight or volume, as the Wine under examination, the corresponding per- 
centage being ascertained by referring to the alcoholometric tables.” U. S. (See Part III.) 
The official method of ascertaining the alcoholic strength is based upon the following plan 
of Horsley’s. Note the specific gravity of the wine. Then take 5 fluidounces of it, boil it 
down in a flask to 2 fluidounces, and allow it to cool. All the alcohol is thus driven off. Add 
to the residuary liquid sufficient distilled water to bring it to the original measure of 5 fluid- 
ounces, and ascertain the specific gravity of the mixture. Deduct the excess of its specific 
gravity over 1-000, which is the specific gravity of distilled water, from the specific gravity of 
the wine as at first noted, and the difference will be the specific gravity of the alcohol and 
water in the wine. Then by consulting the tables giving the percentage in alcohol of liquids 
containing alcohol and water the percentage of alcohol in the wine will be obtained. Thus, 
suppose the specific gravity of the wine to be 0-997, and that of the liquid, after treatment as 
directed, 1-020. Then 0-020, the excess of the latter specific gravity over that of water or 
1-000, deducted from 0-997, gives 0-977 as the specific gravity of the mixed alcohol and water 
in the wine, which, by referring to the table in Part III., will be found to indicate a per- 
centage by weight of 15 67 of absolute alcohol. 
The intoxicating ingredient in all wines is the alcohol which they contain; and hence their 
relative strength depends upon the quantity of that substance entering into their composition. 
The alcohol, however, naturally in wine is so blended with its other constituents as to be in 
a modified state, which renders it less intoxicating and injurious than the same quantity of 
alcohol separated by distillation and diluted with water. This is hardly true of the alcohol 
which is usually added to wines by manufacturers. The following table, taken in part from 
Girardin’s Chimie appliquie aux Arts industriels, 5th ed., and in part from Kbnig’s Nahrungs- 
und Genussmittel, 1880, shows the percentage of alcohol in the best-known European wines: 
European Wines. 
Percentage of 
Alcohol by Vol. 
Percentage 
by Weight. 
Percentage 
of Sugar. 
Lisa (G.) 
23-47 
Madeira, 1870 (K.) 
19-11 
15-54 
“ 1868 (K.j 
18-81 
15-34 
Sherry, 1870 (K.) 
22-90 
18-66 
“ Amontillado, 1870 (K.) 
Port, white, 1860 (K.) 
20-06 
16-34 
20-03 
16*28 
“ red, 1863 (K.) 
19-46 
15-82 
“ red, 1865 (K.j 
Marsala (Ingham) (K.) 
21-91 
17-93 
20-44 
16-73 
“ (Woodhouse) (K.) 
19-09 
15-52 
Malaga, 1872 (K.) 
16-14 
13-23 
16-57 
Muscat wine, 1872 (K.) 
Tokay, 1868 (K.) 
12-35 
10-02 
15-52 
12-13 
9-80 
22-11 
“ (Ausbruch). 1866 (K.) 
12-74 
10-29 
14-99 
Ruster (Ausbruch), 1872 (K.j 
11-08 
8-96 
21-74 
Samos wine, 1872 (K.) 
Champagne (Carte Blanche) (K.) 
13-55 
10-97 
11-82 
11-75 
9-51 
11-53 
“ (not effervescing) (G.) 
12-69 
Hock (effervescing) (K.) 
12-14 
9-80 
8-49 
Sherry (Lachryma Christi) (G.) 
17-00 
Moselle wine (K.) 
12-06 
Rhine wine (Hesse), red (K.) 
9-55 
“ “ white (K.) 
11-07 
German wine (Riesling) (K.) 
11-30 
“ (Traminer) (K.) 
11-80 
“ (Gutedel) (K.) 
10-30 
Claret (Saint-Estephe) (G.) 
9-70 
“ (Chateau-Latour (G.) 
9-30 
“ (Chateau-Lafitte') (G.)i 
8-77 
“ (Ch&teau-Margaux) (G.) 
8-07 
Chablis, white (G.) 
7-33 
Dr. H. Bence Jones has ascertained the acidity of equal hulks of foreign wines, except 
Teneriffe, expressed in grains of caustic soda. The hulk taken was that of 1000 grains of water 
at 60° F., and the numbers express the extremes of acid: sherry, 1-95-2-85 ; port, 2-10-2-55 ; 
madeira, 2-70-3-60 ; claret, 2-55-3-45. The same authority has determined the proportion of 
sugar to the ounce in sherry, port, and madeira, expressed in grains: sherry, 4-18 ; port, 16— 
34; madeira, 6-20. Claret contains no sugar. Assuming that the sugar becomes acid in the Vinum Rubrum. 
1457 
PART I. 
system, the order of acidity of these wines, beginning with the least acid, is claret, sherry, 
madeira, port. (Chem. Gaz., Jan. 16, 1854, p. 35.) 
In view of the important position accorded to American wines at present, the following val- 
uable table, embodying the results of an official inquiry by the late Prof. H. B. Parsons, will 
be interesting: 
Analysis of American Wines. (H. B. Parsons, Report of Department of Agriculture, 1880.) 
Wines. 
Specific Gravity. 
Percent. Alco- 
hol by Weight. 
Percent. Alco- 
hol by Vol. 
Percent. Total 
Residue. 
Percent. Total 
Ash. 
Percent. Glu- 
cose. 
Percent. Total 
Acid as Tar- 
taric. 
Percent. Fixed 
Acid as Tar- 
taric. 
Percent. Vol. 
Acid as Acetic. 
I. Dry Red Wines. 
Norton's Virginia, 1879 
•9937 
10-21 
12*77 
2-88 
•298 
trace. 
•680 
•498 
•146 
“ “ 1880 
•9941 
8-99 
11-26 
2-38 
•222 
0-12 
•662 
•308 
•283 
Concord, 1880 
•9933 
8-72 
10-91 
2-38 
•185 
0-45 
•619 
•332 
•230 
Ives, 1880 
•9925 
8-65 
10-82 
2-17 
•152 
0-20 
•680 
•363 
•254 
Ives and Clinton, 1880 
•9920 
9-62 
12-05 
2-17 
•183 
trace. 
•635 
•372 
•210 
Clinton, 1880 
•9920 
10-90 
13-62 
2-49 
•165 
0-30 
•620 
•302 
•254 
Cynthiana, 1880 
•9952 
9-26 
11-61 
2-66 
•343 
trace. 
•561 
•289 
•218 
Sonoma Red Mission, 1879 
•9968 
7-99 
10-03 
2-42 
•428 
none. 
•722 
301 
•337 
Zinfandel, 1878 
•9957 
8-21 
10-30 
2-45 
•213 
trace. 
•825 
•437 
•310 
California Claret 
•9964 
8-41 
10-56 
2-43 
•326 
i( 
•903 
•331 
•458 
Prince William 
•9945 
10-20 
12-77 
3-16 
•297 
U 
•699 
•317 
•306 
II. Dry White Wines. 
California Muscatel 
•9913 
10-67 
13-34 
1-41 
•190 
0-12 
•767 
•272 
•396 
California Sonoma Hock 
•9845 
9-66 
12-05 
1-18 
•190 
0-13 
•422 
•213 
•167 
Pleasant Valley Catawba 
•9903 
10-99 
13-71 
2-10 
•135 
trace. 
•833 
•480 
•282 
Brocton Catawba 
•9890 
12-28 
15-30 
2-09 
•121 
0-26 
•789 
•385 
•323 
M issouri Catawba 
•9911 
8-88 
11-08 
1-67 
•129 
trace. 
•772 
•387 
•308 
Sonoma Riesling, 1879 
•9906 
10-54 
13-15 
1-70 
•194 
a 
•575 
•257 
•254 
Sonoma Mission, 1879 ......... 
•9935 
8-30 
10-38 
1-67 
•193 
a 
•619 
•317 
•242 
Sonoma Gutedel, 1879 
•9921 
9-50 
11-87 
1-71 
•197 
u 
•589 
•287 
•242 
White Zinfandel, 1878 
•9928 
9-56 
11-96 
1-96 
•211 
a 
•761 
•393 
•324 
Iona, 1870 
•9892 
12-05 
15-02 
1-62 
•090 
u 
•810 
•561 
•199 
White Concord, 1880 
1-0105 
8-02 
10-21 
1-34 
•183 
u 
•481 
•252 
•183 
III. Sweet Wines. 
Port Wines: 
Brocton Port, N.Y 
1-0508 
10-00 
13-24 
17-04 
•139 
11-80 
•828 
•600 
•182 
California Port 
1-0297 
16-10 
20-89 
12-37 
•285 
5-78 
•510 
•320 
•152 
Speer’s Port, N.J 
1-0213 
13-67 
17-59 
10-69 
•309 
7-44 
•705 
•347 
•286 
Los Angeles, California 
1-0339 
12-68 
16-52 
14-18 
•345 
11-39 
•508 
•348 
•128 
Sherry Wines : 
California Sherry 
•9873 
14-42 
17-92 
1-95 
•197 
0-61 
•532 
•231 
•241 
New York Sherry 
•9944 
20-09 
25-17 
5-17 
•479 
2-97 
•694 
•332 
•290 
Marsala 
1-0052 
16-06 
20-33 
6-42 
•428 
3-53 
•626 
•418 
•166 
Speer’s Sherry 
•9949 
17-62 
22-09 
4-89 
•219 
3-33 
•476 
•271 
•164 
Champagnes : 
“ Dry Sillery” 
1-0293 
9-22 
11-96 
10-70 
•104 
7-34 
•685 
•438 
•198 
“ Grand Prize,” medium dry 
1-0228 
9-75 
12-49 
9-15 
•134 
8-21 
•821 
•323 
•398 
“ Eclipse,” extra dry 
1-0174 
9-26 
11-87 
7;78 
•149 
6-51 
'885 
•295 
•472 
“ Gold Seal” 
1-0402 
8-26 
10-82 
13-31 
•110 
12-02 
•880 
•447 
•346 
Cook’s Imperial 
1-0207 
8-41 
10-82 
8-47 
•130 
7-23 
•779 
•470 
•247 
Sweet Catawbas : 
Bass Island 
1-0338 
11-68 
15-21 
14-49 
•152 
11-00 
•595 
•296 
•239 
Iowa, 1871 
1-0101 
9-89 
12-58 
7-23 
•211 
4-01 
•668 
•318 
•280 
Brocton, N.Y 
1-0512 
10-71 
14-18 
16-71 
•113 
15-22 
•714 
•471 
•194 
Miscellaneous: 
Sweet Muscatel 
1-1022 
13-51 
18-58 
31-34 
•371 
25-37 
•753 
•421 
•266 
Los Angeles Muscatel 
1-0418 
12-81 
17-08 
15-61 
•173 
13-44 
•533 
•360 
•138 
Los Angeles Angelica 
1-0493 
14-77 
18-78 
18-04 
•177 
16-20 
•466 
•314 
•122 
Brocton Sweet Regina 
1-0515 
9-71 
12-87 
16-52 
•101 
15-31 
•628 
•465 
•130 
Seuppernong, 1880 
1-0100 
8-50 
10-82 
5-71 
•111 
1-78 
•653 
•252 
•321 
Sweet Seuppernong, 1878 
1-0404 
9-06 
11-87 
14-13 
•132 
11-56 
•758 
•323 
•348 
Dry Seuppernong, 1879 
•9948 
10-72 
13-43 
3-39 
•108 
1-31 
•925 
•346 
•463 
Brandies : 
Pure Grape, 1878 
•9272 
46-00 
53-70 
0-12 
. . 
•111 
Brandy, 1876 
•9399 
43-81 
51-58 
trace. 
•075 1458 
Vinurn Rubrum. 
PART I. 
An examination of this table reveals the fact that wines of great diversity of flavor, acidity, 
and alcoholic strength are produced in America: there seems to be no difficulty in procuring 
wines in the market of assured purity and freedom from dangerous adulteration, yet nearly 
all of them contain alcohol and sugar, which have been added for the purpose of either pre- 
serving the wine or improving its taste. Glycerin and glucose are frequently added to wines 
when they naturally lack body. Additional analyses of American wines, made in the U. S. 
Government Laboratory in 1884 and 1888, will be found in Bulletin No. 13, Part 3, of the 
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 
Dr. Christison considers it a mistake to suppose that wines become stronger by being kept a 
long time in casks. His experiments appear to prove the reverse. While wine is not rendered 
more alcoholic by age for some time, its flavor is improved, and its value thus increased. It 
becomes less acid, partly by the deposition of tartar, and probably also by the reaction between 
the acids and the alcohol resulting in the production of ether. Most light wines, if not forti- 
fied, finally spoil even when well bottled. 
Composition. Wines consist mainly of water and alcohol. They contain also volatile oil, 
cenanthic ether, grape sugar, sometimes glycerin in minute proportion {Journ. de Pharm, Oct. 
1859, p. 292), gum* extractive, coloring matter, tannic, malic, phosphoric, carbonic, and acetic 
acids, potassium bitartrate (tartar),f and calcium tartrate. The volatile oil has never been 
isolated, but is supposed to be the cause of the delicate flavor and odor of wine, called the 
bouquet. According to Dr. F. L. Winckler, the bouquet depends upon the presence of a nitro- 
genous compound of a volatile organic acid with a volatile base, which has a different smell in 
different wines. CEnanthic ether (ethyl acetate, caproate, and pelargonate) was discovered in 
wine by Pelouze and Liebig. It is obtained towards the end of the distillation of wine on the 
great scale for making brandy. It forms only about one part in ten thousand of the wine. It 
is a colorless liquid, having a peculiar vinous odor, and a taste at first slight, but afterwards 
acrid. It is considered to be identical with pelargonic ether, under which head, in Part II., it 
is more fully described. Glnanthic ether must not be confounded with the substance which 
gives rise to the bouquet of wine. The other ingredients of wine, just enumerated, are some- 
times present and sometimes absent. Thus, sugar is present in sweet wines, tannic acid in 
rough wines, and carbonic acid in those that effervesce. The different kinds of wine derive 
their various qualities from the mode of fermentation, the nature of the grape, and the soil 
and climate in which it may have grown. The alcohol in pure wine is that which results from 
the vinous fermentation, and is intimately united with the other ingredients of the liquid; but 
with almost all the wines of commerce a portion of brandy is mixed, the state of union of 
which is probably different from that of the natural alcohol of the wine. By the British 
custom-house regulations, 10 per cent, of brandy may be added to wines after importation ; but 
to good wines not more than 4 or 5 per cent, is added. 
Most wines on being kept form deposits, whether in the cask or in bottles. M. L. Pasteur 
divides these deposits into three kinds. 1. One consists of crystals of potassium bitartrate, 
of neutral calcium tartrate, or of a mixture of the two salts. This does not adhere to the 
sides of the vessel, but has sufficient weight to collect in a small bulk on repose. It is pro- 
ductive of little inconvenience physically, and has no injurious chemical effect on the wine. 
2. A second deposit, often confounded with the first, but altogether distinct, is formed of the 
coloring substances which adhere to the sides of the bottles, especially the most dependent. 
It is owing to the oxidation, through the air, of the soluble coloring matters of the wine, which 
thus become insoluble. In consequence of its adhesion to the bottle, it allows the wine to be 
poured off quite clear. Its formation is generally coincident with improvement in the wine, 
which becomes at the same time lighter-colored, so that after many years the red wines, like 
port, will be almost as light as madeira. 3. The third kind of deposit is the most troublesome 
and injurious. It consists of cryptogamic vegetations, which, in the opinion of M. Pasteur, 
give rise to all the alterations in wines commonly known as maladies. These never adhere 
to the sides of the bottle, unless confined by the coloring matter, which occurs very rarely. 
They are little bodies so light that the least movement of the bottle disturbs them and the 
* For a paper on the effect of gum upon the determination of the amount of glucose in wine, see Journ. de Pharm 
Oct. 1875, p. 274. 
f M. Phipson has recognized in some wines, especially a red wine of Meudon and some clarets from Bordeaux, 
acid potassium racemate or paratartrate, which ho distinguished by the shape of its crystals floating in the wine, 
and afterwards separated and examined chemically. The crystals are in octagonal tables, partially colored by the 
red matter of the wine. He considers its presence an evidence of good quality in the wine.' (Journ. de Pharm. et 
de Chim., 4e s6r., iii. 274, 1866.) 1459 
PART I. 
Vinum Rubrum. 
liquid becomes turbid to a considerable extent. In a mere physical point of view, therefore, 
they are very inconvenient, by interfering with the decanting of the wine; while, acting as 
ferments, they cause great mischief not only by the change of the principles of the wine, but 
also by adding to it new products, the direct result of their own action. As most wines are 
under their influence, the injury they produce in destroying the better qualities of wine is 
incalculable. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., 1865, ii. 40.) The remedy for this dis- 
order in wines, suggested by M. Pasteur, is to destroy the cryptogams by the aid of heat. All 
that is necessary is, by means of a water-bath, to expose the wine, in bottles, to a heat of 140° 
to 160° F. Experience has shown that in this way the wine soon clarifies itself, and keeps 
well afterwards, with an improved flavor. The process of heating their wines was to some 
extent employed by the ancients. Appert was the first in modern times to try it; and in fact 
it is nothing more nor less than his own peculiar process for preserving vegetable liquids. M. 
de Vergnette-Lamotte also experimented with wines with the same effect; but the theory of 
the change was first made known by Pasteur. (Ibid., 1866, iii. 118.) 
Adulterations. Wines are very frequently adulterated, and counterfeit mixtures are 
often palmed upon the public as genuine wine. Free sulphuric acid in red wines cannot be 
detected by barium salts; for all wines contain a small quantity of the soluble sulphates. It 
may be discovered, however, by dropping the suspected red wine on a piece of common glazed 
paper containing starch. If the wine be pure, the spot, when dry, will be violet blue, and the 
paper unaltered in texture; but if the wine contain even a thousandth part of sulphuric acid, 
the paper will be spotted rose-red, and prove brittle and friable when slightly rubbed between 
the fingers. (Lassaigne, O. Henri, and Bayard.) Formerly the wine-dealers were in the habit 
of putting litharge into wines that had become acescent. The lead oxide formed with the acetic 
acid lead acetate, which, being sweet, corrected the defect of the wine, but at the same time 
rendered it poisonous. At the present day this criminal practice is wholly abandoned. The 
adulteration is readily detected by hydrogen sulphide, which causes a black and flocculent pre- 
cipitate. Mr. Brande, among the numerous samples of wine of suspected purity which he ex- 
amined, did not find one containing any poisonous ingredient fraudulently introduced. Lead, 
in minute quantity, may sometimes be detected ; but it is derived invariably from shot in the 
bottle, or from some analogous source. Rhenish wines, when acid from the presence of free 
tartaric or acetic acid, may be restored by the addition of neutral potassium tartrate, which 
gives rise to the formation of cream of tartar. (Andrew TJrei) Spurious mixtures, frequently 
containing very little of the fermented juice of the grape, and which are sold as particular 
wines, may not be poisonous; but they are, notwithstanding, highly pernicious in their effects 
upon the stomach, and always produce mischief and disappointment when depended on as 
therapeutic agents. The wines most frequently imitated are port and madeira; cider is often 
the chief ingredient in the spurious mixtures. English port is sometimes made of a small por- 
tion of real port, mixed with cider, juice of elderberries, and brandy, and rendered astringent 
with logwood and alum. According to Stracke, genuine wines do not contain salts of potassa 
in quantity sufficient to yield a precipitate with platinic chloride. If, therefore, a suspected 
wine be evaporated to dryness, and the extract, after being washed with alcohol so long as this 
is colored by it, and then dissolved in water, give a precipitate with platinic chloride, the pres- 
ence of cider may be suspected. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1862, p. 442.) By most dealers in 
wine, coloring is employed, made usually of elderberries and alum. The practice of coloring 
wines is very reprehensible. In France coloring is openly sold with impunity, and extensively 
employed, although the wine-dealer who uses it is liable to fine and imprisonment* 
The weaker wines often spoil by keeping. In this case they are apt to dissolve any tartar 
that may have been deposited, and have been found to contain propionic acid. The result is 
* The Detection of Coloring Matter in Wine. Alum may be detected in red wine by boiling it for a few minutes. 
If alum be present, even in part, the wine gradually becomes turbid, and furnishes a flocculent precipitate; 
while a pure red wine is not rendered turbid, even by long boiling. (J. L. Lassaigne.) M. LapeyreSre states (Journ. 
de Pharm., 4e ser., xi. 291) that logwood may be detected by means of bibulous paper which has been saturated with 
a neutral copper acetate: a strip of this, if dipped for a moment into natural wine, takes a gray or grayish rose color, 
but if logwood be present the tint will be a violaceous blue. M. de Cherville dissolves a piece of potash in the wine ; 
if no sediment appear, and the wine become greenish, it is uncolored ; if a precipitate fall, it has been colored: a 
violet sediment indicates elder or mulberries; red, beet root or Pernambuco wood; violet red, logwood; yellow, 
“phytolac” berries; violet blue, privet berries; pale violet, sunflower. (Phila. Med. Times, iv. 639.) A. Dupre 
recommends that a small cube of jelly (prepared by dissolving 5 grammes of gelatin in 100 C.c. of warm water, and 
allowing to cool) be placed in the wine. After from 24 to 48 hours the jelly is removed and washed. If the coloring 
matter be artificial, it will have penetrated the whole cube ; if it be natural, only the surface. Nessler's reagent for toine 
consists of 7 parts of alum and 10 parts of sodium acetate in 100 parts of water. Natural-colored wines are not 
affected by this; artificial colors are altered to a dingy blue. (Proc. A. P. A., xxvii. 213.) 1460 
Vinum Rubrum. 
PART I. 
ascribed by M. Nickl6s to a fermentative decomposition of the tartar. Of course in this state 
the wine contains potassa, and would not respond favorably to the test of platinic chloride 
before given. (Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1862, p. 90.) Lactic acid is one of the products of 
the changes which take place in the spontaneous deterioration of wine; and M. Balard has 
succeeded in discovering the peculiar lactic acid ferment in spoiled wines. The appearance of 
this is preceded by that of globules similar to those of yeast; and after the completion of the 
lactic acid fermentation, and the commencement of the putrefactive, a throng of vihriones is 
observable. After the cessation of the vinous fermentation, and during the progress of that 
of lactic acid, all disengagement of gas ceases.* 
Besides the grape, a number of other fruits yield juices susceptible of the vinous fermen- 
tation. These are all wines : thus, cider is the wine obtained by fermenting the juice of the 
apple, perry is the fermented juice of the pear. Fruit wines maybe distinguished from grape 
wines by the absence in the former of tartaric acid or its salts. The infusion of malt, also, is capa- 
ble of undergoing this process ; and by its fermentation are produced the so-called malt liquors,— 
i.e., ale,porter, brown stout, and lager beer. Of these malt liquors lager beer is produced by a slow 
fermentation at a low temperature; porter, brown stout, and ale, by a rapid fermentation at 
a high temperature. Porter and brown stout differ from ale in that some of the malt out of 
which they have been made has been partially charred, the torrefaction being carried further 
in the manufacture of porter, whence the dark color of the latter. Mr. Brande gives the fol- 
lowing percentages of alcohol in certain wines and malt liquors: currant wine, 20-55; goose- 
berry wine, 11-84; orange wine, 11-26; elder wine, 8-79; cider, from 5-21 to 9-87 ; perry, 
7-26 ; mead, 7-32 ; Burton ale, 8-88 ; Edinburgh ale, 6-20 ; brown stout, 6-80 ; London porter, 
4-20; small beer, 1-28. In the manufacture of these minor wines sugar is often freely added 
to the liquor before fermentation, and it is evident that in this way has been obtained the 
excessive alcoholic strength of some of the wines examined by Mr. Brande. Dr. II. Bence 
Jones gives the following percentages of alcohol in the undernamed liquors: cider, from 5-4 
to 7-5; bitter ale, from 6-6 to 12-3; porter, from 6-5 to 7-0; brown stout, from 6-5 to 7-9. 
According to L. Hoffmann, Burton ale consists, in the 100 parts, of carbonic acid 0-04, abso- 
lute alcohol 6-62, extract of malt 14-97, and water 78-37 ; and pale ale, of carbonic acid 0 07, 
absolute alcohol 5-57, extract of malt 4-62, and water 89-74. All malt liquors contain, be- 
sides water and alcohol, solid substances, which together constitute the so-called extract,—i.e., 
that which is left behind when the alcohol and water are evaporated. The most important of 
these solids are dextrin, grape sugar, glycerin, succinic, acetic, lactic, propionic, glucic, and 
carbonic acids, albumin and albuminous principles, bitter and resinous matters and essential 
oil from the hop, alkaline and earthy salts. The following table is believed to represent the 
strength of various beers at the present time (1894), and also to give a fairly accurate idea of 
the range of the malt liquors of the market: 
Kinds. 
Percentages. 
Contents per Imperial pint. 
Alcohol. 
Extract. 
Alcohol. 
Fluidounces. 
Extract. 
Ounces. 
Burton ale (Allsopp’s) 
8-25 
13-32 
2-16 
2-77 
Bass’s barley wine 
8-41 
11-75 
2-18 
2-42 
Edinburgh ale 
4-41 
3-58 
1-12 
0-72 
Guinness’s stout 
6-81 
6-17 
1-74 
1-25 
Truman, Hanbury & Co.’s porter 
4-02 
5-12 
1-03 
1-01 
Whitbread’s porter 
4-28 
5-15 
1-09 
1-03 
Hoare’s porter 
4-18 
5-04 
1-06 
1-03 
Perry’s ale 
3*87 
3-65 
0-98 
0-73 
Munich lager 
4-70 
6-10 
1-19 
1-22 
New York lager 
5-86 
4-32 
1-48 
0-88 
Munich schenk 
3-90 
5-70 
1-00 
1-16 
Munich bock 
4-60 
9-20 
1-17 
1-90 
* TJnfermented Wine. Under this misnomer the unfermented juice of the grape has had a large sale in America; 
it cannot properly be called wine, because the alcoholic fermentation is an essential part of wine-making. Grape 
juice may be preserved by heating, in order to coagulate albuminous principles, filtering, and subsequently heating 
the bottles containing the filtrate to destroy micro-organisms; this process necessarily affects the flavor. Another 
method is to add a preservative like salicylic acid or boric acid to the grape juice, and to filter without the use of heat; 
this preserves the flavor, but is objectionable on account of the presence of the foreign bodies. PART I. 
Vinum Rubrum.— Vinum Antimonii. 
1461 
Medical Properties and Uses. Wine is consumed in most civilized countries; but in 
a state of health it is at least useless, if not absolutely pernicious. The degree of mischief 
which it produces depends on the character of the wine. Thus, the light wines of France are 
comparatively harmless; while the habitual use of the stronger wines, such as sherry, port, 
madeira, etc., even though taken in moderation, is always injurious, as having a tendency to 
induce gout, apoplexy, and other diseases dependent on plethora and over-stimulation. All 
wines, however, when used habitually in excess, are productive of bad consequences. They 
weaken the stomach, produce disease of the liver, and give rise to gout, dropsy, apoplexy, tre- 
mors, and not unfrequently mania. Nevertheless wine is an important medicine, productive 
of the best effects in certain diseases. As an article of the Materia Medica, it ranks as a 
stimulant and antispasmodic. In the convalescence from protracted fever it is frequently the 
best remedy that can be employed. In certain stages of fever, and in extensive ulceration and 
gangrene, this remedy, either alone, or conjoined with bark and opium, is often our main de- 
pendence. According to Dr. Stokes, of Dublin, the weakness or absence-of the first sound of 
the heart is an indication for the use of wine in typhus fever. When given in low febrile affec- 
tions, if it increase the fulness and lessen the frequency of the pulse, mitigate delirium, and 
produce a tendency to sleep, its further use may be deemed proper ; but if it render the pulse 
quicker, augment the heat and thirst, produce restlessness, or increase delirium, it should be 
immediately laid aside as injurious. In some convulsive diseases, as, for example, tetanus, 
wine, liberally given, has often proved useful. 
Wine, when used medicinally, should be good of its kind; for otherwise it will disagree 
with the stomach and prove detrimental rather than useful. The individual wine selected for 
internal exhibition must be determined by the nature of the disease and the particular object 
in view. Sherry, when in good condition, is a fine wine, and, as it contains very little acid, is 
to be preferred whenever the stomach is delicate or has a tendency to dyspeptic acidity. Port 
is generally used in cases of pure debility, especially when attended with a loose state of the 
bowels, unaccompanied with inflammation. In such cases it often acts as a powerful tonic as 
well as stimulant, giving increased activity to all the functions, especially digestion. Claret is 
much less heating, and is often useful on account of its aperient and diuretic qualities. Cham- 
pagne is applicable to the sinking stage of low fevers with irritable stomach, and is often useful 
in the debility of the aged. All the acidulous wines are contra-indicated in the gouty and uric 
acid diathesis, as they are apt to convert the existing predisposition into disease. 
The quantity of wine which may be given with advantage in disease is very variable. In 
low fevers it may be administered to the extent of a bottle or more in twenty-four hours, 
either pure, or in the form of wine whey. This is made by adding to a pint of boiling milk, 
removed from the fire, from a gill to half a pint of white wine, straining without pressure to 
separate the curd, and sweetening the clear whey with loaf-sugar. 
VINA MEDICATA. Medicated Wines. 
(Vi'NA MED-I-CA'TA.) 
Vins mMicinaux, Fr.; Medicinische Weine, G. 
The advantages of wine as a pharmaceutical menstruum are that, in consequence of the 
alcohol it contains, it dissolves substances insoluble in water, and, to a certain extent, resists 
their tendency to spontaneous change, while at the same time it is less stimulant than recti- 
fied or proof spirit, from its smaller proportion of alcohol. The acid which it usually contains 
serves in some instances to increase its solvent power. But most wines, particularly the light 
varieties, are liable to undergo decomposition, and even the strongest acquire such a liability 
from the principles which they extract from vegetable substances: so that medicated wines, 
though they keep much better than infusions or decoctions, are inferior in this respect to the 
tinctures. The proportion of alcohol, moreover, is not constant; and the preparations, there- 
fore, made with them were formerly of unequal strength. From these causes, few medicated 
wines are at present retained. In the choice of wine, the purest and most generous should 
be selected. The medicated wines, in consequence of their liability to change, should be pre- 
pared in small quantities, from wine of proper strength, and should be kept in a cool place. 
VINUM ANTIMONII. U. S. (Br.) Wine of Antimony. 
(Vi'NUM Xn-ti-mo'ni-!.) 
Vimim Antimoniale, Br.; Antimonial Wine; Vinum Stibiatum, a. Emetieum, P. G.; Vin antimonii, Yin 
stibie, Fr.; Brechwein, G. 
“ Antimony and Potassium Tartrate, four grammes [or 62 grains] ; Boiling Distilled Water, 1462 
Vinum Antimonii.— Vinum Colchici Radicis. 
PART I. 
sixty-five cubic centimeters [or 2 fluidounces, 95 minims] ; Alcohol, one hundred and fifty cubic 
centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make one thou- 
sand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix the Alcohol with eight hundred 
cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims] of White Wine. Dissolve the Antimony and 
Potassium Tartrate in the Boiling Distilled Water, and add the solution to the mixture. 
When the liquid is cold, filter it through paper, and add enough White Wine, through the 
filter, to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” U. S. 
“ Tartarated Antimony, 40 grains or 4 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, 1 fi. ounce (Im- 
perial measure) or 44 cubic centimetres; Sherry, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Tartarated 
Antimony in the Distilled Water ; mix the solution with sufficient Sherry to form one pint 
(Imp. meas.) or eight hundred and seventy-five cubic centimetres of Antimonia! Wine.” Br. 
The Br. Ph. 1898 formula contains 2 grains of tartar emetic in the fluidounce, the U. S. 
preparation slightly less, about 1*8 grains in a fluidounce. 
Difficulty is often experienced in effecting a solution of tartar emetic in wine; and precipi- 
tation is apt to occur after the solution has been effected. These results are attributable either 
to impurity in the antimonial salt, which frequently contains potassium bitartrate and various 
insoluble substances, or to inferiority in the character of the wine, which holds in solution 
vegetable principles that form insoluble compounds with the antimony. Dr. Paris stated 
that he had seen the decomposition of the tartar emetic so complete that no traces of the salt 
could be detected in the supernatant liquid. The difficulty is not avoided by the plan adopted 
in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of first dissolving the antimonial in water and then adding the 
wine; for, even allowing that the solution may be accomplished, the same ingredients are 
present, and their mutual reaction must ultimately result in the same effects. The proper course 
is to select perfectly pure crystallized tartar emetic, and sound wine, which make a permanent 
solution. To obviate the risk of decomposition, the Dublin College directed water and rectified 
spirit in about the proportion in which these exist in the wines just mentioned. The only 
objection to this menstruum is the want of color, which renders the preparation liable to be 
confounded with less active liquids. 
The advantages of antimonial wine are that it affords the means of administering minute doses 
of tartar emetic, and that it is more permanent than an aqueous solution of that salt, which is 
liable to spontaneous decomposition. It is usually administered in small doses as a diaphoretic 
or an expectorant, or as an emetic in infantile cases. When a considerable quantity of tartar 
emetic is requisite, it should always be given in extemporaneous aqueous solution. The dose 
of the wine, as an expectorant or a diaphoretic, is from ten to thirty drops (0-6-1-9 C.c.), given 
frequently; as an emetic for children, from thirty drops to a fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), re- 
peated every fifteen minutes till it operates. 
VINUM AURANTII. Br. Orange Wine. 
(VI'NUM AU-RAN'TI-I—aw-ran'sh(j-i.) 
“ Wine made by tbe fermentation of a saccharine solution to which Fresh Bitter-Orange 
Peel has been added.” Br. 
This is officially described as “ a vinous liquid, having a golden sherry color, and a taste 
and aroma derived from the Bitter-Orange Peel. It contains 10 to 12 per cent, by volume of 
ethyl hydroxide. It is but slightly acid to litmus-paper. When a mixture of 50 cubic centi- 
metres of this Wine and 50 cubic centimetres of water, acidulated with 5 cubic centimetres 
of the volumetric solution of sulphuric acid, is distilled, the distillate, after the rejection of the 
first 10 cubic centimetres, shaken with ether, and the ethereal liquid separated and its ether 
removed by evaporation, the residue should not yield a violet coloration when mixed with test- 
solution of ferric chloride (absence of salicylic acid). It should yield not more than the slightest 
reactions with the tests for sulphites.” Br. 
This wine is used as a vehicle, and when the feeble, tonic action of orange peel may be de- 
sirable. 
VINUM COLCHICI RADICIS. U. S. (Br.) Wine of Colchieum Root. 
Vinum Colchici, Br.; Colchieum Wine; Vin de Bulbes de Colchique, Fr.; Zeitlosenknollenwein, G. 
“ Colchieum Root, in No. 30 powder, four hundred grammes [or 14 ounces av., 48 grains] ; 
Alcohol, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; White Wine, a 
(vi'num coL’em-ci ra-d!'cis.) Vinum Colchici Radids.— Vinum Ergotse. 
1463 
PART I. 
sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix 
the Alcohol with eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 356 minims] of 
White Wine. Moisten the powder with one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 
minims] of the menstruum, pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour 
upon it, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards enough White Wine to make the 
product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
“ Colchicum Corm, in No. 20 powder, 4 ounces (Imperial) or 200 grammes; Sherry, 1 pint 
(Imp. meas.) or 1000 cubic centimetres. Macerate as directed for tinctures.” Br. 
The British 1898 colchicum wine is only half the strength of the U. S. preparation. The 
latter is intended to be a saturated vinous tincture of colchicum. As the colchicum bulb 
imported into the United States is of variable strength, the only method by which an active 
preparation can be insured is to employ a large quantity of it in proportion to that of the 
menstruum. If the former should happen to be in excess, no other injury could result than a 
slight pecuniary loss; while a deficiency in the strength of the preparation would frequently 
be of serious detriment in urgent cases of disease. A wine made from the fresh bulb is occa- 
sionally imported from England, and is thought by some to be more efficacious than our official 
preparation ; but we have seldom been disappointed in obtaining the effects of colchicum from 
the wine prepared according to the directions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. The dose of the 
official wine is from ten minims to a fluidrachm (0-6-3-75 C.c.), repeated three or four times a 
day, or more frequently in severe cases, till its effects are experienced. In gout it is frequently 
given in connection with magnesia and its sulphate ; and in neuralgic cases we have found much 
advantage from combining it with the solution of morphine sulphate, especially when it has 
been desired to give it a direction rather to the skin than to the bowels. It has been employed 
externally with asserted advantage in rheumatism. In overdoses it may produce fatal effects. 
Death is said to have occurred in one instance from two drachms and a half (9-3 C.c.) of the 
wine; but much more would probably in general be requisite to produce this result. 
VINUM COLCHICI SEMINIS. U. S. Wine of Colchicum Seed. 
Vinum Colchici, P. G.; Vin de Semences de Colchique, Fr.; Zeitlosensamenwein, G. 
“ Colchicum Seed, in No. 30 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces av., 127 
grains] ; Alcohol, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; White 
Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Mix the Alcohol with eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 
356 minims] of White Wine. Macerate the powder with nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 
30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of the mixture during seven days, in a closed vessel, with occa- 
sional agitation. Then filter through paper, adding, through the filter, first, the remainder of 
the menstruum, and afterwards enough White Wine to make the product measure one thousand 
cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims].” U. S. 
As the seeds of colchicum are less liable to injury than the bulb, and are, therefore, of more 
uniform strength, there is not the same necessity for preparing a saturated tincture. Dr. 
Williams, who introduced the seeds into use, supposed that their active properties resided in 
their coating, and that it was, therefore, not advisable to bruise them in preparing the wine 
or tincture. But this has been shown to be an error by the experiments of Mr. Bonnewyn, 
who found a larger portion of colchicine in a tincture of the bruised than in a tincture of the un- 
bruised seeds. (See A. J. P., xxvi. 120.) Mr. L. I. Morris has shown, however, that by digesting 
instead of macerating the whole seeds the colchicine can be all extracted. (See Tinctura Col- 
chici.) In order that the seeds may be properly comminuted, Prof. Maisch recommends that 
they be macerated for two or three days in a portion of the wine, before being bruised. 
(Ibid., xxviii. 514.) It is stated that sometimes this tincture becomes turbid from the devel- 
opment of the yeast fungus in it. (Vulpius, A. J. P., xliv. 212.) The dose is from thirty 
minims to two fluidrachms (1-9—7*5 C.c.). Two fluidounces (60 C.c.) have proved fatal. 
(VI'NUM COL'£IHI-C! SEM'l-NIS.) 
(VI'NUM er'go-t^e.) 
Vin de Seigle, Fr.; Mutterkornwein, G. 
“ Ergot, recently ground, and in No. 30 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes [or 5 ounces 
av., 127 grains] ; Alcohol, one hundred and, fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; 
White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
VINUM ERGOTiE. U. S. Wine of Ergot 1464 
Vinum Ergotse.— Vinum Fend Amarum. 
PART I. 
390 minims]. Mix the Alcohol with eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluid- 
ounces, 356 minims] of White Wine. Moisten the powder with forty cubic centimeters [or 1 
fluidounce, 169 minims] of the mixture, pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, and 
gradually pour upon it, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards enough White 
Wine to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims].” U. S. 
The large proportion of fixed oil in ergot interferes with the solvent action of the menstruum, 
unless the grains are properly comminuted. They should not be bruised so as to “ raise” the 
oil, but ground in a mill, which cuts them in minute pieces. The use of such ground ergot, 
and of fortified white wine, will insure a more reliable preparation than that formerly directed, 
which was a diluted fluid extract. The strength has also been increased from twelve and a 
half per cent, to fifteen per cent, of active ingredient. The dose of this wine is for a woman 
in labor from two to three fluidrachms (7-5-11-25 C.c.) ; for other purposes, from one to four 
fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.), to be repeated several times a day, and gradually increased if 
necessary. 
VINUM FERRI. Br. Iron Wine 
Vinum Chalybeatum, s. Martiatum; Vin chalybS, Fr.; Eisenwein, Stahlwein, G. 
“ Iron, in wire, 1 ounce (Imperial) or 50 grammes ; Sherry, 1 pint (Imp. meas.) or 1000 
cubic centimetres. Set aside for thirty days in a closed vessel, the Iron wire being almost, but 
not quite, immersed in the Sherry, the vessel being frequently shaken, and the stopper occa- 
sionally removed ; filter.” Br. 
When wine is made to react on metallic iron with presence of air, the metal is oxidized, and 
then unites with the excess of acid of the potassium bitartrate, which is the characteristic salt 
of wines. The ferruginous salt, therefore, formed is iron and potassium tartrate, or the tar- 
tarated iron of the Br. Pharmacopoeia; and this was the old method of preparing the Wine 
of Iron. But it is obvious that the strength in iron cannot be entirely uniform, as the quan- 
tity dissolved must depend on the proportion of the bitartrate in the wine, which is variable, 
and on various circumstances of the manipulation. In consideration of these objections, it was 
thought best, in the Br. formula of 1864, to substitute a simple solution in the wine of the 
iron and potassium tartrate already formed, and to abandon the old tedious formula. But it 
is obvious that a solution of the ferruginous salt in wine is not exactly the same as the wine 
of iron prepared with the metal, as it contains the potassium bitartrate unaltered. For this 
and other reasons, the Br. Pharmacopoeia has returned to the old method. The dose of the 
wine of iron is from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.). 
(VI'NUM FER-RI.) 
VINUM FERRI AMARUM. U. S. Bitter Wine of Iron. 
Vin Quinquina ferrugineux, Fr.; Bitter Eisenwein, G. 
“ Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate, fifty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Tincture of 
Sweet Orange Peel, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; 
Syrup, three hundred cubic centimeters [or 10 fluidounces, 70 minims] ; White Wine, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the 
Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate in five hundred cubic centimeters [or 16 fluidounces, 435 
minims] of White Wine. Add to this the Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel and the Syrup, and, 
lastly, enough White Wine to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 
fluidounces, 390 minims]. Set the mixture aside for several days, then filter, and pass enough 
White Wine through the filter to restore the original volume.” U S. 
Bitter wine of iron, made official in the U. S. P. 1880, has been very largely used in this 
country, although the objections to the introduction of elixirs into the Pharmacopoeia might 
be made with equal force to its acceptance. It is a mild ferruginous tonic, a fluidounce repre- 
senting twenty-two grains of iron and quinine citrate of official strength* The dose is from 
two to four fluidrachms (7-5-15 C.c.). 
(VI'NUM FEK'Rl a-ma'rum.) 
* Bitter Wine of Iron. The following formula, in which Calisaya bark and gentian are used, is said by Dr. Chas. 
L. Mitchell to yield an elegant preparation : 
Take of ground Calisaya Bark 192 grains; ground Gentian Root 128 grains; Soluble Ferric Citrate 192 grains; 
Sherry Wine 13 fluidounces; Brandy 1 fluidounce; Alcohol 1 fluidounce; Oil of Orange 12 minims; Sugar 2 ounces; 
Solution of Iron Tersulphate 2 fluidounces; Ammonia Water q. s. Dissolve the Oil in the Alcohol and mix with 
the Sherry Wine and Brandy. Percolate with this the ground drugs, recover 15 fluidounces of tincture by pour- Vinum Fend Citratis.— Vinum Opii. 
1465 
PART I. 
VINUM FERRI CITRATIS. U. S., Br. Wine of Ferric Citrate 
(Vl'NUM FER'RI C!-TRA'TlS.) 
Wine of Iron Citrate; Yin ferrugineux, Fr.; Eisenwein, G. 
“ Iron and Ammonium Citrate, forty grammes [or 1 ounce av., 334 grains] ; Tincture of Sweet 
Orange Peel, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 5 fluidounces, 35 minims] ; Syrup, one 
hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To 
make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Dissolve the Iron and 
Ammonium Citrate in seven hundred cubic centimeters [or 23 fluidounces, 321 minims] of White 
Wine. Add to this Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel, and the Syrup, and, lastly, enough White 
Wine to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 390 
minims]. Set the mixture aside for several days, then filter, and pass enough White Wine 
through the filter to restore the original volume.” U. S. 
“ Iron and Ammonium Citrate, 160 grains or 18-3 grammes ; Orange Wine, a sufficient quan- 
tity. Dissolve the Iron and Ammonium Citrate in sufficient Orange Wine to form one pint 
(Imperial measure) or one thousand cubic centimetres. Agitate occasionally for three days ; 
filter.” Br. Dose, from one to four fluidrachms (3-75-15 C.c.). 
This chalybeate preparation was made official by the U. S. P. 1880 : previous to that time 
it had varied much in composition, from the lack of an authoritative formula. A fluidrachm 
(3-75 C.c.), the average dose, contains about two and a quarter grains of the iron salt. 
VINUM IPECACUANHA. U. S., Br. Wine of Ipecac 
(VI'NUM IP-E-CXC-U-SN'H^E—Ip-g-kak-u-in'e.) 
Ipecacuanha Wine; Yin d’lpecacuanha, Fr.; Brech wurzelwein, G. 
“ Fluid Extract of Ipecac, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; 
Alcohol, one hundred cubic centimeters [or 3 fluidounces, 183 minims] ; White Wine, eight hun- 
dred cubic centimeters [or 27 fluidounces, 24 minims], To make one thorisand cubic centimeters 
[or 33 fluidounces, 390 minims]. Mix them. Set the mixture aside for a few days, then 
filter.” U.S. 
“ Liquid Extract of Ipecacuanha, 1 jl. ounce (Imperial measure) or 50 cubic centimetres; 
Sherry, 19Ji. ounces (Imp. meas.) or 950 cubic centimetres. Mix; set aside for forty-eight 
hours; filter.” Br. 
The preparations of the two Pharmacopoeias are not of the same strength,—the IT. S. wine 
containing in a fluidounce the virtue of about 42 grains, the British of only somewhat more 
than 20 grains. Wine of ipecac possesses all the medical properties of the root, and may 
be used as a substitute when it is desirable to administer the medicine in a liquid form. As 
it is milder, without being less efficacious, than antimonial wine, it is preferable as an emetic. 
It is also much used as an expectorant and a diaphoretic; and the effects of the Dover’s pow- 
der may be obtained by combining it with laudanum or other liquid preparation of opium. 
The dose as an emetic for an adult is a fluidounce (30 C.c.) ; as an expectorant and a dia- 
phoretic, from ten to thirty minims (0-6-1-9 C.c.). A fluidrachm (3-75 C.c.) may be given as 
an emetic to a child one or two years old, and repeated every fifteen minutes till it operates. 
VINUM OPII. U. S. Wine of Opium 
Sydenham’s Laudanum; Tinctura Opii Crocata, P. G.; Vin d’Opium compose, Fr.; Safranhaltige Opiumtink,. 
tur, G. 
“ Powdered Opium, one hundred grammes [or 3 ounces av., 231 grains] ; Cassia Cinnamon, 
in No. 60 powder, ten grammes [or 154 grains] ; Cloves, in No. 30 powder, ten grammes [or 
154 grains]; Alcohol, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [ox 5 fluidounces, 35 minims]; 
White Wine, a sufficient quantity, To make one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. Mix the Alcohol with eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters [or 28 fluidounces, 
356 minims] of White Wine. To the mixed powders add nine hundred cubic centimeters [or 
30 fluidounces, 208 minims] of the menstruum, and macerate during seven days, with occa- 
(VI'NUM O'PI-T.) 
ing on water. Dilute the iron solution with twice its bulk of water, and add Ammonia in slight excess. Wash and 
drain the precipitate thoroughly. Mix this with the tincture, and agitate occasionally until a filtered portion has a 
light yellow color and does not precipitate with tincture of Ferric Chloride. Filter, dissolve the Ferric Citrate and 
Sugar, and bring up the measure with a little water to 16 fluidounces; a fluidounce represents 12 grains of Calisaya 
Bark, 8 grains of Gentian Root, and 12 grains of Ferric Citrate. Dose, from one to three fluidrachms. 1466 
Vinum Opii.—Xanthoxylum. 
PART I. 
sional agitation. Then transfer the mixture to a filter, and, when the liquid has drained off, 
gradually pass through the filter, first, the remainder of the menstruum, and afterwards enough 
White Wine to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters [or 33 fluidounces, 
390 minims]. If 100 C.c. of Wine of Opium be assayed by the process given under Tinctura 
Opii, it should yield from 1*3 to 1-5 Gm. of crystallized morphine.” U. S. 
Wine of opium now contains the virtues of one grain of powdered opium in about 10 minims. 
The British wine of opium (1885) contained 22 grains of extract of opium, nearly, in 1 fluid- 
ounce, so that each fluidrachm contained about half a grain of morphine. 
The wine made according to the directions of the U. S. Pharm. of 1890 is a vinous tincture 
of opium. The aromatic additions are thought to adapt it to certain states of the stomach or 
system in which laudanum is found to produce unpleasant effects. On being long kept it 
deposits insoluble matter, a sample of which M. Bihot, of Malines, has shown to consist mainly 
of narcotine, with possibly a little codeine, without any discoverable trace of morphine. (Journ. 
de Pharm., xxx. 200.) Mr. Ware recommended it as a local application to the eye in the 
latter stages of ophthalmia, when the vessels of the conjunctiva still remain turgid with blood. 
Two or three drops are introduced into the eye every morning till the redness disappears. The 
dose of wine of opium is from fifteen to twenty drops (0-9-1-25 C.c.) .* 
VINUM QUININE. Br. Quinine Wine. 
(Vl'NUM QUl-Nl'N^:.) 
Yin de Quinine, Fr.; Chininwein, G. 
“ Quinine Hydrochloride, 20 grains or 2 grammes ; Orange Wine, 1 pint (Imperial measure) 
or 875 cubic centimetres. Dissolve; set aside ; filter if necessary.” Br. The Br. Ph. 1898 
replaced quinine sulphate used in the 1885 process by quinine hydrochloride on account of 
the greater solubility of the latter. Each fluidounce contains one grain of quinine hydro- 
chloride. 
VITELLUS. U. S. Yolk of Egg. 
(VJ-TEL/LUS.) 
“ The yolk of the egg of Gallus Bankiva, var. domesticus, Temminck (class, Aves; order, 
Gallinae).” US. 
The yolk of egg has been made official because of its use in the glycerite of yolk of egg. 
XANTHOXYLUM. U. S. Xanthoxylum. [Prickly Ash.] 
“ The bark of Xanthoxylum americanum, Miller, and of Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis, Linn6 
(nat. ord. llutacese).” XJ. S. 
Toothache Tree, Angelica Tree, Suterberry, Pepper Wood, Tea Ash; Clavalier, Frene 6pineux, Fr.; Zahnweh- 
holz, G. 
There has been much confusion in regard to the nomenclature of the prickly ashes. We 
give in a foot-note the synonyms of the two official species as worked out by Prof. C. S. Sar- 
gent.f Aralia spinosa, or angelica tree, which grows in the Southern States, is occasionally 
confounded with X. Clava-Herculis, L., in consequence partly of being sometimes called, like 
the latter, prickly ash. Its bark is nearly smooth externally, is beset with slender prickles in 
transverse rows, and has a taste different from that of X. Cla.va-IIerculis, L. Besides the 
official trees, the bark of an X. caribseum, Lamarck, the satin-wood of semi-tropical Florida 
and the West ►Indies, has appeared in commerce under the name of yellow Hercules club, or 
yellow-thorn. This bark is thin, with an odor like that of Angustura bark, a bitter, disagreea- 
ble, acrid taste, and a canary-yellow color, which it imparts to the saliva when chewed. It 
(XAN-THOX' Y-LUM.) 
* Rousseau’s laudanum is a tincture of opium made with very weak alcohol, according to the following formula: 
“ Take of White Honey twelve ounces ; Warm Water three pounds. Having dissolved the honey, set the solution 
aside in a warm place; and, as soon as fermentation begins, add of selected opium four ounces, previously dissolved 
in twelve ounces of water. Allow the mixture to stand for a month at the temperature of 24° Reaumur (86° F.); 
then strain, filter, and evaporate to ten ounces ; finally strain, and add four ounces and a half of alcohol of 20° B. 
Seven drops contain about a grain of opium.” (Pharm. Unit-., ii. 265.) 
t X. americanum, Miller, is the Northern prickly ash, X. Clava-Herculis, Lamarck (not Linne); X. fraxinifo- 
lium, Marshall; X.fraxineum, Willdenow; X. mite, Willdenow; X. ramifiorum, Michaux; X. tricarpum, Hooker; 
and Thylax fraxineum, Rafinesque. 
X. Clava-Herculis, Linne, the Southern prickly ash. X. fraxinifolium, Walter (not Marshall); Fagara fraxini- 
folia, Lamarck; X. carolinianum, Lamarck ; X. aromaticum, Willdenow; X. tricarpum, Michaux; Kampmannia 
fraxinifolia, Pseudopetalon glandidosum, P. tricarpum, and X. catesbianum, the last four names being used by 
Rafinesque in his different writings. Xanthoxylum. 
1467 
PART I. 
would seem, also, that under the name of prickly yellow-wood, or yellow-wood, or fustic, the 
products of other West Indian Xanthoxylums and allied plants find their way into commerce. 
X. americanum, Miller, Gard. Diet., 8th ed., No. 2 ; Torrey and Gray, FI. of N. Am. i. 214. The 
northern prickly ash is a shrub from five to twenty-five feet in height, with alternate branches, 
which are covered with strong, sharp, scattered prickles. The leaves are alternate and pin- 
nate, consisting of four or five pairs of leaflets, and an odd terminal one, with a common foot- 
stalk, which is sometimes prickly on the back, and sometimes unarmed. The leaflets are nearly 
sessile, ovate, acute, slightly serrate, and somewhat downy on their under surface. The flowers, 
which are small and greenish, are disposed in sessile umbels near the origin of the young 
shoots. The plant is polygamous, some shrubs bearing both male and perfect flowers, others 
only female. The number of stamens is five, of the pistils three or four in the perfect flowers, 
about five in the pistillate. The capsules are stipitate, oval, punctate, of a greenish-red color, 
with two valves, and one oval blackish seed. This species of Xanthoxylum is indigenous, 
growing in woods and in moist shady places throughout the Northern, Middle, and Western 
States. The flowers appear in April and May, before the foliage. The leaves and capsules 
have an aromatic odor, recalling that of oil of lemon. 
X. Glava-Hereulis, L. Sp. PI. (1753) 270 ; Chapman (Flora of the Southern United States, 
2d ed., 66), varies in size from a large bush to a small tree. Its bark is armed with warty 
prickles, and large prickles occur on the branches and the petioles. The alternate leaves have 
from seven to nine ovate-lanceolate, crenate-serrulate, unequal-sided leaflets, smooth and shining 
on the upper surface. It grows on dry soil, westward as far as Western Texas, and perhaps 
into Mexico, eastward to the Atlantic coast, and northward to Southern Virginia, especially 
affecting the coast region. 
Chemistry. Xanthoxylum fraxineum, now known as X. americanum, was first investi- 
gated by Dr. Edward Staples in 1829, and a crystalline principle extracted, to which he gave 
the name xanthoxylin. It was again examined by J. U. Lloyd in 1876, who obtained the same 
crystalline principle. Edward T. Moffet (A. J. P., 1886, p. 417) also analyzed X. fraxineum, 
and obtained what he considered to be an alkaloid in yellow crystals, soluble in alcohol and 
chloroform, insoluble in benzin, ether, and benzene. Meanwhile, G. H. Colton (A. J. P., 1880, 
p. 191) examined the Southern prickly ash, now known as X. Clava-Herculis, and obtained crys- 
tals forming tasteless, colorless, silky needles, soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, less solu- 
ble in benzene, and insoluble in water. The identity of all these principles was assumed until 
E. G. Eberhardt (A. J. P., 1890, 231) reinvestigated the X. carolinianum (AT. Clava-Herculis) 
aud obtained a colorless crystalline principle agreeing in solubilities with that obtained by 
Colton. On analysis it gave figures indicating the formula C20H19Oe or C3OH28O0. At the 
same time he analyzed a sample of Lloyd’s crystalline principle from X. fraxineum (X'. amer- 
icanum, Mill.), which had been preserved in the cabinet of the Philadelphia College of Phar- 
macy, and found for it the formula C201I27O8. Numerous reactions also indicated that the two 
principles were different. Thus, Lloyd’s crystals dissolve in concentrated sulphuric acid with 
light red color, and on the addition of an excess of water produce a whitish precipitate which 
is taken up by chloroform ; the crystals from the X. Clava-Herculis, L., dissolve in concentrated 
sulphuric acid with dark red color, and on dilution separate a purplish precipitate, which is not 
taken up by chloroform. Lloyd’s principle melts, moreover, at 129-5° C., while Eberhardt’s 
melts at 119° C. The Caribbean Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis was investigated by J. D. 
Perrin in 1863, and yielded an alkaloid which he considered to be herberine. This had also 
been described as early as 1826 by Chevallier and Pelletan under the name qf xanthopicrite. 
X. seneyalense (artar root) has been analyzed by Giacosa and Soave (A. J. P., 1890, 500), who 
find a fixed oil, a neutral crystalline substance, melting at 120° C., and two alkaloids. The 
first of these they call artarine, and give to it the formula C20H17N04 (which makes it agree 
with herberine'), or C21H23N04, in which case they consider that it may be methylhydrober- 
berine. The second alkaloid, crystallizing in blood-red needles, they did not analyze. 
Properties. Although the bark of the Southern prickly ash was not recognized by the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia until the revision of 1880, as long ago as 1864 Professor Bridges pointed 
out that it had entered commerce, and gave the physical characteristics separating it. (Proc. 
A. P. A.) The characteristics of the two barks are very well given in the following official 
description. u Xanthoxylum Americanum (Northern Prickly Ash) is in curved or quilled frag- 
ments, about 1 Mm. thick; outer surface brownish-gray, with whitish patches, and minute, 
black dots, faintly furrowed, with some brown, glossy, straight, two-edged spines, linear at the 
base, and about 5 Mm. long; inner surface whitish, smooth; fracture short, non-fibrous, green 1468 
Xanthoxylum.—Zineum. 
PART I. 
in the outer and yellowish in the inner layer; inodorous ; taste bitterish, very pungent. Xan- 
thoxylum Clava-Herculis (Southern Prickly Ash) resembles the preceding, but is about 2 Mm. 
thick, and is marked by many conical, corky projections, sometimes 2 Cm. high, and by stout, 
brown spines, rising from a corky base. Xanthoxylum should not be confounded with the 
bark of Aralia spinosa Linn6 (nat. ord. Araliacese), which is nearly smooth externally, and 
beset with slender prickles in transverse rows.” U. S. The bark is very light, brittle, nearly 
or quite inodorous, and of a taste which is at first sweetish and lightly aromatic, then bitterish, 
and ultimately acrid. The acrimony is imparted to boiling water and alcohol, which extract 
the virtues of the bark. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Xanthoxylum is stimulant, producing, when swallowed, 
a sense of heat in the stomach, with more or less general arterial excitement, and a tendency 
to diaphoresis. It is thought to resemble mezereum and guaiac in its remedial action, and is 
given in the same complaints. As a remedy in chronic rheumatism, it enjoys some reputation 
in this country. The dose of the powder is from ten grains to half a drachm (0-65-1-95 Gm.), 
to be repeated three or four times a day. A decoction, prepared by boiling an ounce in three 
pints of water down to a quarter, maybe given in the quantity of a pint (473 C.c.), in divided 
doses, during the twenty-four hours. The bark, used as a masticatory, is a popular remedy for 
toothache. Xanthoxylum is capable of being used as a counter-irritant, and great relief is 
sometimes afforded in various forms of chronic pelvic disease in women by means of a hot 
pack, applied to the lower part of the trunk, of two to four ounces of fluid extract of xan- 
thoxylum and an ounce of tincture of cayenne pepper to two quarts of hot water. 
ZEA. U. S. Zea. [Corn Silk.] 
(ZE'A.) 
“ The styles and stigmas of Zea Mays, Linne (nat. ord. Gramineae).” U. S. 
The ordinary Indian corn of our fields is too well known to need description. The portion 
which is used in medicine is that which is commonly known as the “ silk” of the “ ear,” being 
the elongated styles and stigmas of the female flower. It is officially described as “ thread- 
like ; about 15 Cm. long, and 0-5 Mm. broad, yellowish or greenish, soft-silky, finely hairy, and 
delicately veined longitudinally ; inodorous ; taste sweetish.” U. S. 
Rademaker and Fischer (A. J. P., 1886, p. 369) determined the presence of 2-25 per cent, 
of maizenic acid in dried corn-silk. It was first described, however, by Dr. Yautier. It is 
freely soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, but insoluble in benzin. Rademaker and Fischer 
found, in addition to the acid, fixed oil, resin, chlorophyll, sugar, gum, extractive, albuminoids, 
phlobaphene, salt, cellulose, and water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Zea has been highly recommended by various sur- 
geons as a mild stimulant diuretic, useful in acute and chronic cystitis, and in the bladder irri- 
tation of uric acid and phosphatic gravel. It has also been employed in gonorrhoea, and has 
been affirmed by M. Landreux to be a useful diuretic and even cardiac stimulant in the dropsy 
of heart disease. It has been commonly used in the form of infusion, two ounces to the pint 
of boiling water, taken almost ad libitum ; but the fluid extract, dose one to two fluidrachms 
every two or three hours, is an excellent preparation. A solid aqueous extract would probably 
represent all the activity of the drug, and may be given in doses of five to ten grains three to 
six times a day. Maizenic acid has been used in doses of one-eiglith of a grain (0-008 Gm.). 
ZINCUM. U. S., Br. Zinc. 
Zn; 65*1. (ZIN'CUM.) Zn; 64-9. 
“ Metallic Zinc in the form of thin sheets, or in irregular, granulated pieces, or moulded into 
thin pencils, or in a state of fine powder.” U. S. “ The laminated or granulated metal.” Br. 
Spcltrum ; Speltre, Zinc, Fr.; Zink, G.; Zinco, It., Sp. 
Zinc occurs native in two principal states,—as a sulphide, called blende, and as a carbonate 
or silicate, to which two the name of calamine is applied indiscriminately. In this country there 
are two additional ores that are worked for zinc. They both occur at Franklin and Mine Hill 
New Jersey, and are characteristic of those localities. They are the native oxide, called red 
oxide or zincite, and a mixture of zinc oxide with manganese and iron oxide, known as frank- 
linite. Zinc has been detected in the vegetable kingdom in a peculiar violet, Viola calamina, 
growing on the calamine hills of Rhenish Prussia. It is largely produced in Belgium, Ger- 
many, and this country, the chief American localities being the southwestern section of Mis- PART I. 
Zincum. 
1469 
souri, together with the neighboring counties of Kansas, the New Jersey localities before men- 
tioned, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and Wisconsin. The metal is extracted generally 
from blende or calamine. This is roasted and mixed with charcoal powder, and the mixture 
heated in iron cylinders placed horizontally over a furnace. When the reduction of the zinc 
commences, iron receivers are adapted to the opening of the cylinder to condense the volatilized 
metal. The metal is then melted and run into moulds, and forms spelter, or the zinc of com- 
merce. In this state it contains iron, and traces of lead, cadmium, arsenic, copper, sulphur, and 
charcoal. To purify it from these substances, it must he subjected to a second distillation in a 
crucible, furnished with a tube passing through its bottom and open at both ends, its upper 
extremity reaching a little more than half-way up the interior of the crucible, and its lower end 
terminating above a vessel of water. The impure zinc being placed in the crucible, the cover 
luted on, and the fire applied, the pure zinc is volatilized, and, passing down the tube by a 
descending distillation, condenses in the water below. In the arts zinc is purified sufficiently 
for commercial purposes without volatilization. 
The production of spelter in the United States for the year 1897 was 100,387 short tons, 
valued at $8,271,889, and for 1898 was 112,334 short tons, valued at $10,267,327. The 
world’s production of zinc for 1897 was 445,650 metric tons, of which the United States fur- 
nished 91,071 metric tons. The largest producing countries are Germany and Belgium. 
Properties. Zinc has a bluish-white color, a peculiar taste, and a perceptible smell when 
rubbed. Its texture is laminated, and its fracture crystalline. Its malleability and ductility 
are not very great. When perfectly pure, it may be reduced to thin leaves at ordinary tem- 
peratures; but the zinc of commerce requires to be heated to a temperature between 100° C. 
and 148-8° C. (212° F. and 300° F.) to render it sufficiently malleable to be rolled into sheets. 
The softness of zinc is peculiar, as is shown by the circumstance that it clogs the file when the 
attempt is made to reduce it to filings ; and hence to have it in the divided form it is necessary 
to melt it, and triturate it at the moment of solidification. Subjected to heat it fuses at 398° C. 
(773° F.). According to Dr. A. von Riemsdyk, it volatilizes to some extent before fusion at a 
temperature of 268-3° C. (515° F.). (A. J. P., 1869, p. 424.) At full redness it boils, and in 
close vessels may be distilled over ; but in open vessels it takes fire, and burns with a dazzling 
white flame, giving off dense white fumes. It dissolves in most of the acids with disengage- 
ment of hydrogen, and precipitates all the metals either in the metallic state or in that of 
oxide. It forms but one oxide (a monoxide) and but one sulphide. The monoxide is official, 
and will be described under another head. (See Zinci Oxidum.') 
The official zinc is described as “ a bluish-white metal, showing a crystalline fracture, and 
having a specific gravity ranging from 6-9 when it is cast, to 7-2 after it is rolled. Soluble in 
diluted sulphuric or hydrochloric acid with evolution of hydrogen gas. When heated above 
100° C. (212° F.), and not above 150° C. (302° F.),the metal becomes malleable and ductile; 
above 200° C. (392° F.), it becomes sufficiently brittle to be powdered in an iron mortar; at 
412° to 415° C. (773-6° to 779° F.), it melts, and at 940° C. (1724° F.) it boils and may be 
readily distilled. When zinc is dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, the hydrogen gas which 
is evolved should not have any disagreeable odor, nor should it color a strip of paper moistened 
with lead acetate test-solution (absence of sulphur), or with silver nitrate test-solution (absence 
of arsenic, antimony, phosphorus). The solution should be clear and colorless, and should yield 
a pure white precipitate with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, and with ammonium sul- 
phide test-solution. If an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution be added to the 
solution, neither color nor turbidity should be perceptible (absence of arsenic, cadmium, lead, 
copper, etc.). If ammonia water be added to the solution, a white precipitate should form, 
which should redissolve completely in an excess of the reagent, yielding a clear, colorless solu- 
tion (absence of more than traces of iron, lead, copper, etc.).” U. S. 
Zinc of good quality dissolves in dilute sulphuric acid, with the exception of a scanty gray- 
ish-black residue. If absolutely pure, it would be wholly dissolved. The solution is colorless, 
and yields white precipitates with potassium ferrocyanide and ammonium sulphydrate. Am- 
monia throws down from this solution a white precipitate, which is wholly dissolved when the 
alkali is added in excess. 
Zinc is extensively employed in the arts. It is the best metal that can be used, in conjunc- 
tion with copper or carbon, for galvanic combinations. Its solution in dilute sulphuric acid 
furnishes the readiest method for obtaining hydrogen. With copper it forms brass, and, in 
the form of sheet zinc, it is employed to cover the roofs of houses, and for other purposes. It 
is also applied to the covering of iron, to protect it from oxidation, in the same manner as tin, 1470 
Zincum.—Zinci Acetas. 
PART I. 
forming what is known commercially as galvanized iron. A fine powder, known as zinc dust, 
obtained by the condensation of zinc vapor in the distillation of zinc from its ores, is much used 
in chemical laboratories as a convenient reducing agent in many reactions. Zinc should never 
be used for culinary vessels, as it is soluble in the weakest acids. Zinc and its oxide are dis- 
solved to a certain extent by water containing common salt, a double zinc and sodium chlo- 
ride being produced in solution. (Journ. de Pharm., Nov. 1867, p. 397.) 
The compounds of zinc are poisonous, but not to the same extent as those of lead. The 
zinc oxide, used in painting as a substitute for white lead, is said to be capable of pro- 
ducing a colic resembling that caused by lead, and called zinc colic. It attacks workmen 
exposed to the dust of the oxide while engaged in packing it in barrels, and yields to the reme- 
dies appropriate to the treatment of lead colic. (See Chem. Gaz., Sept. 16, 1850.) This latter 
statement, however, is, to say the least, very questionable. 
Pharmaceutical Uses. Zinc is never used as a medicine in the metallic state, but is 
employed in this state to prepare zinc sulphate and zinc chloride, and the Reduced Iron of the 
Br. Pharmacopoeia. In combination it forms a number of important preparations.* 
ZINCUM GRANULATUM. Br. 1885. Granulated Zinc. 
(ZIN'CUM GRAN-U-LA'TUM.) 
u Take of Zinc of commerce one pound. Heat it in an earthen crucible, and immediately 
the metal is fused remove the crucible from the fire and pour the fluid in a thin stream into a 
vessel containing about two gallons of cold water. Drain off the water and dry the granulated 
zinc.” Br. 1885. 
Zn (C2 H3 02)2. 2H2 O ; 218‘74. (ZIN'c! A-CE'TAS.) Zn (C2 H3 02)2. 2II2 O ; 218-9. 
ZINCI ACETAS. U. S., Br. Zinc Acetate. 
“ Zinc Acetate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Zinc Acetate, 
Zn(C2H302)2,3H20, is prepared by neutralizing acetic acid with zinc carbonate.” Br. 
Zinci Aceticum, P. O.; Acetas Zincicus; Acetate de Zinc, Fr.; Essigsaures Zinkoxyd, G. 
In the U. S. process of 1870 f the zinc oxide is acted upon directly by the acetic acid. 
During the evaporation of the solution of the zinc acetate, a small portion of the acetic acid is 
lost; and hence the necessity of acidulating with a few drops of acetic acid before crystallizing. 
Though not economical, these processes have the recommendation of being easily performed, 
and of yielding a pure product. In relation to the zinc acetate, see a paper by Mr. Ambrose 
Smith, A. J. P. (vii. 14.). 
Properties. Zinc acetate is in “ soft, white, six-sided, monoclinic plates, of a pearly lustre, 
having a faintly acetous odor, and an astringent, metallic taste. Exposed to the air, the salt 
* Zinc Nitrate is sometimes used as a caustic either in the form of paste or in pencils. M. Lefort prepares it by 
dissolving commercial zinc with heat in equal volumes of nitric acid and water, maintaining an excess of zinc, and 
concentrating until a slight basic precipitate is formed, which carries down any iron present. Boiling water is then 
added, and, when cool, the solution is filtered, and evaporated at a gentle heat until slight ebullition takes place; if 
then left to cool, it forms a cake, which should be broken up and drained in a glass funnel. Of the zinc nitrate so 
prepared, 100 grammes are dissolved in 50 grammes of water, and afterwards incorporated with 50 grammes of 
wheaten flour. This forms a homogeneous paste, which remains soft, spreads easily over surfaces without afterwards 
contracting, and does not spread at the edges through absorption of moisture. When made into cylinders, it should 
not be dried by heat, as it slightly decomposes and becomes yellow and friable; it may be kept dry by placing it in 
a tin box with some pieces of quicklime, but not in contact with them. (London Medical Record, June 18, 1873; 
A. J. P., Dec. 1873.) Dr. Chas. Rice prepares pencils by pouring fused zinc nitrate into paper cylinders which are 
made by rolling paper around a lead-pencil and sealing with wax. (See N. R., 1876, p. 44 ; also Hydrargyri et Zinci 
Cyanidum, Part II.) The mixed mercury and zinc cyanide was originally suggested as a practical antiseptic by 
Prof. Lister, who claimed for it the advantages of being non-volatile, unirritating, insoluble in water, and soluble 
•only in three thousand parts of blood serum; so that it is not easily washed off the gauze by discharge from wounds. 
Its germicidal value is said to be very slight, but its inhibitory power to be such that a one-twelve-hundredth solu- 
tion will permanently prevent putrefaction in animal fluids. Cyanide gauze may be made actively germicidal by 
impregnation with a solution of one to four thousand of corrosive sublimate. One great objection to the preparation 
is the difficulty of making gauze with it. The statements of Lister in regard to the best method of preparing the 
gauze are devoid of the accuracy essential to pharmaceutical success. His method is by “ mixing a pretty strong 
solution of starch with the double cyanide powder, and adding to this a quantity of ground potassium sulphate. 
The resultant precipitate is dried, and when used is diffused in water in a trough, at the bottom of which the ab- 
sorbed gauze is placed in layers; when soaked the gauze is drawn out and dried, or if to be used immediately is 
folded for a moment or two in a towel. When used the gauze may be wet with the corrosive sublimate solution, one 
to four thousand.” (See Brit. Med. Journ., ii. 1889; also Annals of Surgery, Jan. 1891.) 
f Take of Commercial Zinc Oxide two troyounccs ; Acetic Acid eight fiuidounces and a half; Distilled Water five 
fluidounces. Mix the Acid and Water, and digest the Zinc Oxide in the mixture for half an hour, then heat to the 
boiling point, filter while hot, and set aside to crystallize. Drain the crystals in a funnel, and dry them upon 
bibulous paper. An additional quantity of crystals may be obtained by evaporating the mother-liquor to one-half, 
slightly acidulating with acetic acid, and crystallizing.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Zinci Acetas.—Zinci Bromidum. 
1471 
gradually effloresces, and loses some of its acid. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 2-7 parts of 
water, and in 36 parts of alcohol; in 1-5 parts of boiling water, and in somewhat less than 3 
parts of boiling alcohol. Protracted boiling with water renders the salt less soluble, acid being 
lost and a basic salt formed. When heated, the salt is partially fused, losing water and acid. 
At a higher temperature it is decomposed, evolving acetone and other combustible vapors, and 
leaving a residue of zinc oxide. The aqueous solution reddens litmus paper. In the aqueous 
solution (1 in 20) of the salt hydrogen sulphide test-solution, as well as ammonium sulphide 
test solution, produces a pure white precipitate ; potassium ferrocyanide test-solution also causes 
a white precipitate. Potassium hydrate test-solution, or ammonium carbonate test-solution, 
when added in small quantity, produces a white precipitate, which dissolves upon the addition 
of an excess of the reagent. The addition of a little ferric chloride test-solution produces a 
red color. The aqueous solution (1 in 20), acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should not be 
colored or rendered turbid by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of 
arsenic, cadmium, lead, copper, etc.). If the aqueous solution be completely precipitated by 
hydrogen sulphide test solution (without having been acidulated), the filtrate should, after 
evaporation, leave no fixed residue (absence of aluminum, iron, alkalies, alkaline earths, etc.). 
The aqueous solution should remain perfectly clear after the addition of either barium chloride 
test-solution (absence of sulphate), or silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride)." U. iS. 
“ In thin translucent and colorless crystalline plates, of a pearly lustre, with a sharp unpleasant 
taste ; soluble in 2-5 parts of water. It affords the reactions characteristic of zinc and of 
acetates. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, cadmium, 
arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, chlorides, or 
sulphates.” Br. 
The Br. Pharmacopoeia gives in its formula for zinc acetate three molecules of water. 
Although the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 adopted the formula giving to zinc acetate three 
molecules of water, Dibbit states that it contains but two molecules. Franchimont has con- 
firmed this, and proved that both of these two molecules are lost at the temperature of 100° 
C. (212° F.). (Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1879, p. 11; A. J. P., May, 1879.) The U. S. P. 
1890 has adopted this view, and recognizes two molecules. The precipitate thrown down by 
ammonia from the pure salt is entirely redissolved by an excess of the precipitant; but if 
ferric oxide be present it will be left undissolved. Zinc acetate is decomposed by the mineral 
acids, with the escape of acetous vapors. 
Medical Properties. Zinc acetate is used almost exclusively as a local remedy. It is 
employed principally as an astringent collyrium in ophthalmia, and as an injection in gonorrhoea, 
after the acute stage in these affections has passed. The strength of the solution usually pre- 
scribed is one or two grains to a fluidounce (0-065-0-13 Gm. to 30 C.c.) of distilled water. 
ZINCI BROMIDUM. U. S. Zinc Bromide. 
“ Zinc Bromide should be kept in small, glass-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
Bromure de Zinc, Fr.; Bromzink, G. 
Bromide of Zinc may be made either by the direct combination of zinc and bromine, or 
by dissolving zinc in a solution of hydrobromic acid. Mr. L. Lyons proposes to make this 
salt by dissolving potassium bromide and crystallized zinc sulphate, each, in the smallest quan- 
tity of hot water, and mixing while hot. When the mixture has cooled, twice its bulk of 
alcohol is added, and the whole filtered through asbestos to separate the potassium sulphate. 
The filtrate is then evaporated to dryness. 
Properties. It is officially described as “a white, granular powder, odorless, and having 
a sharp, saline, and metallic taste. Very deliquescent. Readily soluble in water and alcohol. 
When heated to 394° C. (741-2° F.), the salt fuses, and, with careful increase of heat, maybe 
sublimed in the form of needle-shaped prisms. The aqueous solution gives a slightly acid 
reaction with litmus paper. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt yields a pure white pre- 
cipitate with hydrogen sulphide test-solution, ammonium sulphide test-solution, or potassium 
ferrocyanide test-solution. Silver nitrate test-solution produces a yellowish-white precipitate 
insoluble in ammonia water. If a few drops of copper sulphate test-solution be mixed with 5 
C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) of Zinc Bromide, and then some sulphuric acid be care- 
fully poured into the mixture so as to form a separate layer, a deep hrownish-red color will 
appear at the line of contact, and will disappear when the mixture is shaken. If to the aque- 
ZnBr2; 224*62. (zlN'c! BBO'Ml-DUM.) ZnBr2; 224-5. 1472 
Zinci Bromidum.—Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitatus. 
PART I. 
ous solution (1 in 20) a little starch test-solution be added, and then some chlorine water, drop 
by drop, the liquid should assume a pure yellow color, free from any shade of blue (absence of 
iodine'). After acidulation with hydrochloric acid, the aqueous solution should not be colored 
or rendered turbid by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (ab- 
sence of arsenic, cadmium, lead, copper, etc.). On adding ammonium carbonate test-solution to 
the aqueous solution of Zinc Bromide, a white precipitate is produced which should completely 
redissolve in an excess of the reagent (absence of iron, aluminum, calcium, etc.). If from this 
solution in ammonium carbonate test-solution all the zinc be precipitated by ammonium sul- 
phide test-solution, the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation (absence of alka- 
lies, magnesium, etc.). If 0-3 Gm. of the dry salt be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 2 drops 
of potassium chromate test-solution be added, it should require 26-7 C.c. of silver nitrate 
decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color (corresponding to not less 
than 99-95 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. 
Medical Properties. Zinc bromide is capable in excessive doses of acting as an irri- 
tant poison. It has been commended in epilepsy, but its value is very problematical. Dose, 
from one to two grains (0-065-0-13 Gm.). 
ZINCI CARBONAS U. S. (Br.) Precipitated Zinc 
Carbonate. 
(ZIN'ei CAR'BO-NAS PRAi-CIP-I-TA'TUS.) 
“ Zinc Carbonate or zinc hydroxycarbonate, ZnCo3(ZnH202)2,H20, is produced by the inter- 
action of zinc sulphate and sodium carbonate.” Br. 
Zinci Carbonas, Br., Zinc Carbonate; Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitata, U. S. 1870 ; Carbonate of Zinc; Zincum 
Carbonicum, Carbonas Zincicus; Carbonate de Zinc, Fr.; Kohlensaures Zinkoxyd, G. 
Calamina, U. S. 1850, was dropped from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in 1860 on account of its 
impurities, and in the 1880 revision the formula for its substitute was also omitted. In the U. S. 
formula of 1870* a double decomposition takes place between the salts employed, resulting in the 
formation of sodium sulphate in solution, and basic zinc carbonate which precipitated. Sodium 
carbonate is preferable to potassium carbonate for decomposing the sulphate, since the former 
gives rise to sodium sulphate, which is more easily washed away than the potassium sulphate 
derived from the latter. Boiling water is properly used in the process, in order to obtain a 
pulverulent precipitate, which is readily washed. If cold solutions are used, a gelatinous 
precipitate is formed, which is washed with difficulty. When a solution of zinc sulphate is 
precipitated by an excess of acid potassium carbonate, a normal zinc carbonate is obtained. 
With normal sodium carbonate, on tbe other hand, taken as a precipitant, a basic salt results. 
Properties. It is officially described as “an impalpable, white powder, of somewhat 
variable chemical composition, without odor or taste. Permanent in the air. Insoluble in 
water or alcohol; soluble in diluted acids with copious effervescence; also soluble in ammonia 
water, and in ammonium carbonate test-solution. When strongly heated, the salt loses water 
and carbon dioxide, and leaves a residue of zinc oxide, which is yellow while hot, but becomes 
white on cooling. When a small portion of the salt is moistened with a drop of cobaltous 
nitrate test-solution, and heated before tbe blowpipe, it will assume a vivid green color. For 
making tests of identity and purity, add 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid and 10 C.c. of water 
to 1-25 Grin, of the’salt, and, after effervescence has ceased, remove the undissolved excess by 
filtration. In a portion of the filtrate a pure white precipitate is produced by potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution, or by ammonium sulphide test-solution. In another portion of the fil- 
trate, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, no color or turbidity should be produced by the 
addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, cadmium, 
lead, copper, etc.). Another portion of tbe filtrate should yield, with ammonium carbonate 
test-solution, a white precipitate, which should redissolve completely in an excess of the reagent 
(absence of iron, aluminum, calcium, etc.). No insoluble residue should be left, if 0-5 Gm. of 
Zinc Carbonate be dissolved in 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid (absence of lead). If 1 Gm. 
of the salt be placed in a flask with 10 C.c. of boiling water and 2 drops of phenolphtalein 
test-solution be added, not more than 1 C.c. of oxalic acid decinormal volumetric solution should 
* “Take of Sulphate of Zinc, Carbonate of Sodium, each, twelve troyounces; Water, eight pints. Dissolve the 
salts separately, with the aid of heat, each in four pints of the Water. Then mix the solutions, and. having stirred the 
mixture, set it by that the powder may subside. Lastly, having poured off the supernatant liquid, wash the pre- 
cipitate with hot water until the washings are nearly tasteless, and dry it with a gentle heat.” U. S. 1870. PART I. 
Zinci Carboncis Prsecipitalus.—Zinci Chloridum. 
1473 
be required to discharge the red color (limit of alkali')." U. S. “ A white, tasteless, inodor- 
ous powder, insoluble in water, entirely soluble in diluted nitric acid. It affords the reactions 
characteristic of zinc and of carbonates. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the 
tests for lead, copper, cadmium, arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, po- 
tassium, or ammonium, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides or sul- 
phates.” Br. If adulterated with chalk it will be only partly soluble in oxalic acid solution. 
Precipitated zinc carbonate is often sold under the incorrect name of flowers of zinc, a name which 
properly belongs only to the oxide, as obtained by combustion. When obtained from solutions 
of zinc sulphate and sodium carbonate it has a variable composition, as different hydrated basic 
carbonates are formed, according to the temperature used, etc.: the higher the temperature 
and the larger the quantity of water used, the more basic the carbonate becomes. According 
to the Br. Pharmacopoeia, it consists, as thus prepared, of one mol. of zinc carbonate and two 
mols. of zinc oxide, with three mols. of water (ZnC03 -)- 2ZnO -f- 3H20). Its composition is 
sometimes stated as (ZnC03)23Zn(H0)2; 546 96. The basic character of the salt official in 
the U. S. P. 1870 is explained by the fact that effervescence of carbonic acid takes place on 
mixing the solutions. It is employed for the same purposes as prepared calamine, and is 
gradually superseding the spurious article usually sold under that name. The U. S. P. 1870 
ordered a cerate made from it as a substitute for calamine cerate. 
ZnCl2; 135*84. (ZIN'CI jEHLO'Bl-DUM.) ZnCl2; 135-7. 
ZINCI CHLORIDUM. U. S., Br. Zinc Chloride. 
“ Zinc Chloride should be kept in small, glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Zinc Chloride, 
ZnCl2, is produced by the interaction of hydrochloric acid and zinc.” Br. 
Butter of Zinc ; Zincuin Chloratum, P. G.; Chloruretum Zincicum; Ghlorure de Zinc, Fr.; Chlorzink, G. 
The British Pharmacopoeia does not give a detailed process for making this salt; that of the 
Br. Ph. 1885 follows. 
“ Take of Granulated Zinc one pound [avoirdupois] ; Hydrochloric Acid forty-four fluid- 
ounces [Imperial measure] ; Solution of Chlorine a sufficiency ; Carbonate of Zinc half an ounce 
[av.], or a sufficiency ; Distilled Water one pint [Imp. meas.]. Put the Zinc into a porcelain 
basin, add by degrees the Hydrochloric Acid previously mixed with the water, and aid the 
action by gently warming it on a sand-bath until gas is no longer evolved. Boil for half an 
hour, supplying the water lost by evaporation, and allow it to stand on a cool part of a sand- 
bath for twenty-four hours, stirring frequently. Test a few drops of the resulting liquid for 
iron or lead by adding excess of ammonia and then sulphydrate of ammonium, wrhen a black 
precipitate will be produced if iron or lead be present. 
“ In the latter case, filter the remainder of the product into a gallon bottle, and pour in the 
solution of chlorine by degrees, with frequent agitation, until the fluid acquires a permanent 
odor of chlorine. Add the carbonate of zinc, in small quantities at a time, and with renewed 
agitation, until a brown sediment appears, and the whole of the iron or lead is thus precipitated. 
Filter through paper into a porcelain basin, and evaporate until a portion of the liquid, with- 
drawn on the end of a glass rod and cooled, forms an opaque white solid. Pour it out now into 
proper moulds, and when the salt has solidified, but before it has cooled, place it in closely-stop- 
pered bottles. If no iron or lead be present, filter and evaporate, etc., at once.” Br. 1885. 
In the U. S. process of 1870* the zinc chloride is obtained by evaporating the previously 
formed solution. The British first prepares the zinc chloride in solution, and in order to get 
rid of the iron uses chlorine, which combines with the iron to form ferric chloride; and, the 
zinc carbonate being added, the zinc combines with the chlorine to increase the product of 
zinc chloride, whilst ferric oxide is deposited and carbonic acid is set free. As this prepara- 
tion is used chiefly as a caustic, it is melted and cast into moulds as the last step in the Br. 
process. In relation to this chloride, the reader is referred to a paper by Mr. B. J. Crew in 
A. J. P., 1853. M. Bhighini prepares this chloride by double decomposition between solutions 
of barium chloride and zinc sulphate. Barium sulphate is precipitated, and zinc chloride 
remains in solution, from which it is obtained in white flaky crystals by due evaporation. 
Properties. It is officially described as “a white, granular powder, or porcelain-like 
masses, irregular, or moulded into pencils, odorless, of such intensely caustic properties as to 
* “ Take of Solution of Chloride of Zinc a convenient quantity. Evaporate the Solution to dryness in an evaporating 
dish, fuse the dry mass, pour the liquid on a flat stone, and when it has congealed, break the mass in pieces, and 
keep the fragments in a well-stopped bottle.” U. S. 1870. 1474 
Zinci Chloridum. 
PART I. 
make tasting dangerous, unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when it has an astringent, 
metallic taste. Very deliquescent. Soluble in about 0-3 part of water at 15° C. (59° F.), 
forming a clear solution, which, on protracted boiling, deposits a basic salt; very soluble in 
alcohol. When heated to 115° C. (239° F.), Zinc Chloride fuses to a clear liquid. At a 
higher temperature it is partly volatilized in dense, white fumes, and partly decomposed, 
leaving a residue of zinc oxide. The aqueous solution reddens blue litmus paper. A 5-per- 
cent. aqueous solution of the salt yields with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution a pure white 
precipitate, and with ammonium carbonate test-solution a white precipitate, which redissolves in 
an excess of the reagent. Silver nitrate test-solution produces a white precipitate insoluble in 
nitric acid. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should be clear, or at most only very slightly 
opalescent; and, if it be mixed with an equal volume of alcohol, a single drop of hydrochloric 
acid should suffice to render 10 C.c. of the mixture perfectly clear (limit of oxychloride). If 
to the aqueous solution, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, an equal volume of hydrogen sul- 
phide test-solution be added, it should not become colored or turbid (absence of arsenic, cad- 
mium, lead, copper, etc.). If ammonium carbonate test-solution be added to the solution, the 
precipitate should be of a pure white color, and redissolve completely in an excess of the re- 
agent (absence of iron, aluminum, calcium, etc.). If from this solution in ammonium carbon- 
ate test-solution the zinc be completely precipitated by ammonium sulphide test-solution, the 
filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation (absence of alkalies, magnesium, etc.). 
The aqueous solution should not be rendered turbid by the addition of barium chloride test- 
solution (absence of sulphate). If 0-3 Gm. of dry Zinc Chloride be dissolved in 10 C.c. of 
water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate test-solution be added, it should require 44-1 C.c. of 
silver nitrate decinormal volumetric solution to produce a permanent red color (corresponding 
to not less than 99-84 per cent, of the pure salt).” U. S. “ In colorless opaque rods or tablets, 
very deliquescent and caustic ; almost entirely soluble in water, alcohol (90 per cent.), and 
ether. It affords the reactions characteristic of zinc and of chlorides. It should yield no 
characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, cadmium, arsenium, iron, aluminium, 
calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, or sulphates.” Br. 
When pure, it is wholly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether; but as prepared by the U. S. 
formula it contains some oxychloride, which is left undissolved by water. According to 
M. Lassaigne, commercial zinc chloride sometimes contains as much as 12 per cent, of zinc 
arsenate, which, being insoluble in solution of zinc chloride, will be left undissolved when the 
chloride is treated with water. By filtration, however, it may be entirely separated. It yields 
with ammonia and potassa a white precipitate, soluble in those reagents when added in excess. 
It tends to form basic insoluble compounds, the so-called oxychlorides, of which Sorel’s mass, 
Zn j , is an example. These are used for cements and as a filling for teeth. The potas- 
sium and sodium carbonates also throw down white precipitates, which are not dissolved by an 
excess of the precipitants. Zinc chloride has a strong tendency to combine with organic bases, 
forming crystallizable compounds, as with strychnine, morphine, quinine, cinchonine, etc., in 
this respect resembling certain other metallic chlorides, as platinum, palladium, gold, and mer- 
cury chlorides. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iii. 56.) When exposed to heat, zinc chloride first 
melts and then sublimes. It has been obtained in small deliquescent octahedrons of the 
formula ZnCl2 + H20, by evaporating its hydrochloric acid solution to a syrup, and then 
adding a little concentrated hydrochloric acid. It consists of one atom of zinc and two of 
chlorine.* 
Medical Properties and Uses. Zinc chloride was introduced into medicine by Dr. 
Papenguth, of St. Petersburg, and subsequently recommended by Prof. Hancke, of Breslau, 
and Dr. Canquoin, of Paris. Internally it has been given as an alterative and antispasmodic 
in scrofula, epilepsy, chorea, and other nervous diseases, but is of little or no value. Its chief 
use has been as an escharotic in cancerous affections. As a caustic it has the advantage of 
not causing constitutional disorder from absorption. Dr. Canquoin prepares zinc chloride 
as an escharotic by thoroughly and quickly mixing it with wheat flour and water into a 
paste of four different strengths, containing severally an ounce of the chloride incorporated 
with two, three, four, and five ounces of flour, fifteen drops of water being added for every 
ounce of flour, or sufficient to form the paste.f According to the French Codex, Pate de 
* For the chemistry of its influence on camphor, see Chem. News, xx., 1869, p. 229. 
t Dr. Felioc’s Caustic Paste (Lancet, voi. ii., 1887) is made according to the following formula: Starch, 37 grammes; 
Wheat Flour, 112 grammes; Mercuric Chloride, 1 gramme; Dry Zinc Chloride, 110 grammes; pure Iodol, 10 grammes; PART I. 
Zinci Chloridum. 
1475 
Canquoin * (Canquoin's Paste) is prepared by triturating an equal weight of flour with the 
chloride dissolved in a very little water. It is applied in cakes from a twelfth to a third 
of an inch in thickness, and produces an eschar more or less deep (from a line to an inch 
and a half), according to the thickness and strength of the paste, the length of the applica- 
tion, and the nature of the part acted on. The strongest paste is applied to lardaceous and 
fibro-cartilaginous structures; the second, to carcinomatous tumors, and very painful cancers 
which have not much thickness; and the third, to cancerous affections in persons who have a 
dread of the use of the knife. These preparations, applied to the skin denuded of its cuticle 
hy means of a blister, excite in a few minutes a sensation of heat, and afterwards violent burn- 
ing pain. The eschar, which is white, thick, and very hard, falls off, with the aid of an emol- 
lient poultice, between the eighth and twelfth days. To destroy thick cancerous tumors having 
an uneven surface and situated in fleshy parts, Dr. Canquoin uses a caustic formed of one part 
of zinc chloride, half a part of antimony chloride, and two and a half parts of flour, made 
into a paste with water. In all cases the caustic is to be reapplied, after the falling off- of the 
eschar, until the whole morbid structure is destroyed. When the skin is unbroken, it is usual 
to destroy not merely the cuticle, but the true skin also, by means of acid mercuric nitrate, 
to the extent to which the chloride is desired to operate. This is applied spread on lint, 
and the dressing is covered with a portion of cotton wadding, to absorb any discharge and to 
preserve a uniform temperature. The surrounding skin should be protected from the caustic 
by a thickly-spread dressing of simple cerate. M. Bonnet has applied the paste of zinc 
chloride to the treatment of aneurism. He has reported the complete cure of one case of sub- 
clavian aneurism from a penetrating wound by a continued series of applications of the paste. 
Every two or three days the superficial layers of the slough were removed by a bistoury. At 
the end of the second month the eschar began to detach itself without any hemorrhage, and 
the clot came away with the eschar. Zinc chloride has also been used successfully by MM. 
Bonnet and Gensoul in the treatment of aneurism by anastomosis. {Med. Times and Gaz., 
July 23, 1853.) Instead of flour, Dr. Alex. Ure, of Glasgow, mixes the chloride with pure 
anhydrous calcium sulphate in impalpable powder. He states that this has the advantages of 
furnishing a porous medium from which the escharotic gradually exudes into the morbid struc- 
ture, and of forming afterwards, by acquiring a firmer consistence, an impervious case for the 
eschar. Mr. Cock, of Guy’s Hospital, has imitated this mode of preparing the chloride, so as 
to form a caustic which may be limited in its action and does not run. It may be prepared 
as a caustic seton by thickly covering a waxed cotton wick with Dr. Canquoin’s caustic paste, 
and then rolling it out in the form of a cylinder, according to the plan of M. Ancrenis, of 
Lyons. A thread is wound spirally round the cylinder to give it firmness. Mr. Callow'ay, 
of Guy’s Hospital, has employed zinc chloride with considerable success in the treatment of 
nsevi materni. He rubs it, at intervals, on the part until the skin becomes slightly discolored. 
The late Mr. Guthrie used it with advantage for penetrating the hard case of new bone 
which forms over a sequestrum, in order to expose the latter and permit its convenient extrac- 
tion. 
For internal exhibition, the most convenient form is a solution in the spirit of ether, in the 
proportion of half an ounce to three fluidounces. Of this from four to eight drops (O24-0-5 
C.c.) may be given twice a day. Dr. Lloyd, of London, has found zinc chloride useful as an 
injection in the acute stage of gonorrhoea, made of the strength of about two grains to three 
fluidounces of distilled water, and employed once in five or six hours. A solution of one grain 
to the fluidounce is used by Mr. Critchett, of the Boyal Ophthalmic Hospital, London, as a 
collyrium in vascular and thickened conjunctiva, forming a sort of gleet of the eye. 
In overdoses, zinc chloride acts as a corrosive poison, producing burning pain in the gullet 
and stomach, nausea and vomiting, cold sweats, depression of the pulse, and cramps of the 
legs. The antidotes are alkalies, or their carbonates, and, if these be not immediately at hand, 
soap. Dr. Letheby reports a fatal case of poisoning in a child by this chloride. The form 
of chloride swallowed was Burnett’s disinfecting fluid. (See Liquor Zinci Chloridi.) Its local 
effect was that of a corrosive on the lips, mouth, and fauces. Among the constitutional 
Croton Chloral, 10 grammes; Camphor Bromide, 10 grammes; Crystallized Carbolic Acid, 10 grammes; Distilled 
Water, sufficient to form a stiff homogeneous paste. The hand should be wetted when applying it. The paste is 
allowed to remain on from six to twenty-four hours, according to the amount of eschar it is desired to form. 
* P. Carles states that the official paste is too hygroscopic: he triturates in a mortar 10 grammes of fused zinc 
chloride with 2 grammes of 60-per-cent, alcohol, and incorporates, with constant trituration, 15 grammes of wheat 
flour. This mass may be formed into cylinders of suitable size, and when once dry is but little affected by atmos- 
pheric humidity. (L’ Union Pharm., Avril, p. 100.) 1476 
Zinci lodidum. 
PART I. 
effects were paralysis of the voluntary muscles, coldness tf the surface, dilated pupils, and 
coma.* 
Znl2; 318*16. (ZIN'CI I-5d’I-DUM.) Znl2; 318-1. 
Iodure de Zinc, Fr.; Jodzink, O. 
This iodide may be formed by digesting an excess of zinc, in small pieces, with iodine diffused 
in water. Combination takes place, and, by evaporation, a deliquescent, very soluble saline mass 
is obtained, having a metallic styptic taste, resembling that of zinc sulphate. It may also be 
obtained by heating in a flask a mixture of 20 parts of zinc and 170 of iodine, and subliming 
into a vial. Thus prepared, it is in the form of white needles. This salt is very liable to spon- 
taneous decomposition. “ Zinc Iodide should be kept in small, glass-stoppered bottles.” U. S. 
Properties. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 describes it as “ a white, granular powder, 
odorless, and having a sharp, saline and metallic taste. Very deliquescent, and liable to absorb 
oxygen from the air, and to become brown from liberated iodine. Readily soluble in water, 
alcohol, or ether. When heated to about 446° C. (834-8° F.), the salt fuses to a colorless liquid, 
and at a higher temperature sublimes, forming quadratic needles, while a small part is decom- 
posed and leaves a residue of zinc oxide. The aqueous solution reddens blue litmus paper. A 
5-per-cent, aqueous solution of the salt yields a pure white precipitate with potassium ferro- 
cyanide test-solution, or with ammonium sulphide test-solution. With silver nitrate test-solu- 
tion it yields a pale yellow precipitate, insoluble in ammonia water; with mercuric chloride 
test-solution a scarlet-red precipitate, soluble in potassium iodide test-solution. The aqueous 
solution, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should not be colored or rendered turbid by hy- 
drogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, cadmium, lead, copper, etc.) ; nor by barium 
chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate). If ammonium carbonate test-solution be added to 
the aqueous solution, a pure white precipitate will form, which should redissolve completely in 
an excess of the reagent (absence of iron, aluminum, calcium, etc.). If from the solution in 
ammonium carbonate test-solution all the zinc be precipitated by ammonium sulphide test- 
solution, the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation (absence of alkalies, magnesium, 
etc.). If 0-5 Gm. of dry Zinc Iodide be dissolved in 10 C.c. of water, and 2 drops of potas- 
sium chromate test-solution be added, not more than 31-4 C.c. nor less than 31-0 C.c. of silver 
nitrate decinormal volumetric solution should be required to produce a permanent red color 
(31-4 C.c. corresponding to 100 (99-9) per cent., and 31-0 C.c. to 98-62 per cent., of pure Zinc 
Iodide).” U.S. 
Medical Properties. Zinc iodide was proposed by Dr. Barlow as an alterative remedy 
in chorea, scrofula, and hysteria (Med. Times and Gaz., Nov. 1853), but has failed to come into 
general use. The best form of administration is in syrup, to protect it from change. The dose 
is from one-lialf to two grains (0-03-0-13 Gm.).f Zinc iodide has been used for many years as 
an external application. Dr. J. J. Ross, of Scotland, employed a solution containing from ten to 
thirty grains to the fluidounce of water, with great advantage, in enlarged tonsils, applied by 
means of a piece of sponge tied to a quill. After the use of the solution for some time, he 
applied the iodide, rendered liquid by deliquescence, by means of a camel’s-hair brush. A solu- 
tion containing from one to two grains (0-065-0-13 Gm.) to the fluidounce (30 C.c.) of water 
has been used as an astringent injection in gonorrhoea. An ointment made with a drachm 
(3-9 Gm.) of the iodide to an ounce (31-1 Gm.) of lard has been commended by Dr. Ure in 
the treatment of tumors, applied in the quantity of a drachm twice a day. 
ZINCI IODIDUM. U. S. Zinc Iodide 
* Solution of Zinc Hypochlorite. This may be prepared by the process of R. F. Fairtborne, as follows. “ Take 
of Chlorinated Lime, 12 troyounces ; Zinc Sulphate, 24 troyounces; Water, 12 pints. Dissolve the zinc sulphate in 
three pints of water. Triturate the chlorinated lime, a little at a time, with portions of the water added slowly, and 
mix thoroughly with the remainder of the'water. Allow it to stand until the lime has subsided. Pour off the clear 
liquid. Transfer the sediment to a muslin strainer, and allow it to drain until sufficient liquid has passed to measure 
8 pints with the decanted portion of the solution. Mix this with the solution of zinc sulphate, and, having set it 
aside for twelve hours, pour off the clear portion of the liquid and place the remaining portion on a piece of muslin 
to drain. Mix these liquids, and pour more water on the precipitate, if necessary, so as to make 11 pints and a half 
of the finished product.” (A. J. P., March, 1881.) This solution is recommended as having advantages over solu- 
tion of chlorinated soda, in not being alkaline, and as combining astringent and antiseptic properties, and thus use- 
ful as an ingredient in gargles, injections, or lotions. 
t A. B. Taylor, of Philadelphia, prepares a syrup of zinc iodide by gently heating, in an evaporating dish, 
twelve drachms and two scruples of iodine, and an ounce of finely granulated zinc, with nine fuid ounces of water, 
until they unite, filtering the solution, while hot, on a, pound (av.) of sugar, contained in a wide-mouthed bottle 
holding a little more than a pint, and adding, through the filter, sufficient water to make the whole measure a pint. 
This syrup is perfectly clear and colorless, is styptic to the taste, and contains a drachm of zinc iodide in each fluid- 
ounce. (A. J. P., Jan. 1852, p. 33.) The dose of this syrup is from twenty to fifty drops (P25-3T2 C.c.), sufficiently 
diluted with water, three times a day. PART I. 
Zinci Oxidum. 
1477 
ZINCI OXIDUM. U. S., Br. Zinc Oxide. 
ZnO; 81-06. (ZIN'Ci 5x'l-I>UM.) ZnO; 80-9. 
“ Zinc Oxide, ZnO, may be prepared by exposing zinc carbonate to a dull red heat, or from 
metallic zinc by combustion.” Br. 
Zincum Oxydatum Purum, P. G.; Oxydum Zincicum; Oxyde de Zinc, Fr.; Philosophenwolle Zinkblumen, Zink- 
oxyd, G. 
The British Pharm. 1885 and the U. S. P. 1870* prepared the zinc oxide from the carbon- 
ate already formed. By referring to the article on Precipitated Zinc Carbonate, it will be 
found that it is obtained in the process from zinc sulphate, by the decomposing influence of 
sodium carbonate. Other methods of obtaining the zinc carbonate are by the mutual decom- 
position of the sodium chloride and carbonate and the ammonium sulphate and carbonate; 
but the official plan is to be preferred. M. Lefort found it to furnish a carbonate which is 
washed with facility and is convertible by calcination into a pure oxide, readily reduced to an 
impalpable and very light powder. (Joum. de Pharm., 3e ser., xi. 329.) It is, besides, more 
economical. The zinc carbonate, in whatever way obtained, is exposed to heat to drive off the 
carbonic acid and water, in order to obtain the oxide. According to Mohr, a full red heat is 
not necessary, a temperature between 280° and 300° C. (536° and 572° F.) being sufficient. 
It is probable that an unnecessarily high heat injures the oxide as a therapeutic agent. 
Zinc oxide may be obtained by the combustion of the metal; and in this way it was formerly 
prepared by the Dublin College. Zinc melts at 433° C. (801-4° F.), and immediately becomes 
covered with a film of gray oxide. When the temperature reaches nearly to redness, it takes 
fire and burns with an intense white light, generating the oxide in the form of very light and 
white flocculi, resembling carded wool, which quickly fill the crucible, and are in part driven 
into the atmosphere by the current of air. The late Mr. G. D. Midgely, of London, several 
years ago, called attention to the production of zinc oxide by combustion, and gave a description 
of the apparatus by which he was enabled to prepare from one to two hundred-weight of the 
oxide at one operation. It consisted of a large muffle, heated to redness in a suitable furnace, 
and supplied with zinc from time to time as the combustion proceeded. The necessary draught 
of air was conveyed from the muffle by a tube passing through the top of the furnace and 
terminating in a vessel of water, in which the portion of oxide carried up by the current was 
retained. The resulting oxide was freed from particles of metallic zinc by being passed through 
a sieve. Zinc oxide has been very largely produced from calamine by the so-called “ furnace 
and bag” process, at Bethlehem, Pa., by the Lehigh Zinc Company. The process is as follows. 
The ore is first ground fine by a stone crusher, and then carefully mixed with coal known as 
“ buckwheat,” next in grade to “ pea.” It is then transferred to the furnaces, of which there 
are fifty-four, with 1390 feet of grate-surface. Within these the mixed coal and ore are 
reduced by the direct action of heat and the cold blast upon a furnace-bed having a multiplicity 
of small holes, each producing the reducing flame of the blow-pipe. The zinc oxide rises, and 
passes through a huge combustion-flue to a large circular tower, 50 feet high, in which the 
oxide and ashes separate. The ashes being heavier than the oxide, the velocity of the fans 
which impel the product forward lifts the oxide to the top, and the ashes drop to the bottom. 
The oxide is forced onward through a cooling-room, size 80 by 40 feet, and heated to from 400° 
to 700° F. Thence the oxide is blown through large flues into the “bag” room. This is a 
large building, devoid of furniture, except bags of muslin, 45 feet long, in which the oxide is 
deposited. It is now very white, and, after being kiln-dried and bolted, is by heavy pressure 
reduced in bulk and barrelled, ready for shipment. The production of zinc oxide for pigment 
purposes has assumed large proportions, amounting in 1897 to 26,262 tons, valued at $1,686,020, 
and in 1898 to 32,747 tons, valued at $2,226,796. 
Properties. The official zinc oxide is “ an amorphous, white powder, without odor or taste. 
It gradually absorbs carbon dioxide from the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Soluble, without 
effervescence, in diluted acids ; also in ammonia water, and in ammonium carbonate test-solution. 
When heated, it assumes a yellow color, which disappears again on cooling. If a small portion 
of the Oxide be moistened with a drop of cobaltous nitrate test-solution, and heated before the 
blow-pipe, it will assume a vivid green color. For making tests of identity and purity digest 1 
Gm. of Zinc Oxide, during one hour, with occasional agitation, in a mixture of 10 C.c. of diluted 
sulphuric acid and 10 C.c. of water; then remove the undissolved zinc oxide by filtration. In 
* “ Take of Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc twelve troy ounces. Expose it, in a shallow vessel, to a low red heat 
until the water and carbonic acid are wholly expelled.” U. S. 1870. 1478 
Zinci Oxidum. 
PART I. 
a portion of the filtrate a pure white precipitate is produced by potassium ferrocyanide test- 
solution, or by ammonium sulphide test-solution. In another portion of the filtrate, acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, no color or turbidity should be produced by an equal volume of hydro- 
gen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, cadmium, lead, copper, etc.). Another portion 
of the filtrate should yield, with ammonium carbonate test-solution, a pure white precipitate, 
which should redissolve completely in an excess of the reagent (absence of iron, aluminum, cal- 
cium, etc.). If from this solution in ammonium carbonate test-solution the zinc be completely 
precipitated by ammonium sulphide test-solution, the filtrate should, on evaporation, leave no 
fixed residue (absence of alkalies, magnesium, etc.). In another portion of the filtrate silver 
nitrate test-solution should not produce a turbidity (absence of chloride). If Zinc Oxide be 
agitated for some time with water, and a drop of phenolphtalein test-solution be added, no red 
color should appear (absence of alkaline carbonate, etc.). If 10 C.c. of diluted sulphuric acid 
be added to 0-5 Gm. of Zinc Oxide, no effervescence should occur (absence of carbonate'), and 
a perfectly clear solution should result (absence of lead, silicate, etc.). If Zinc Oxide be dis- 
solved in diluted hydrochloric acid, the solution should remain perfectly clear after the addition 
of barium chloride test-solution (absence of sulphate)." U. S. “ Prepared from the carbonate 
it is a soft, nearly white, tasteless and inodorous powder, becoming pale yellow when heated; 
prepared by combustion it is white. It affords the reactions characteristic of zinc. It should 
be entirely soluble when rubbed, and, if necessary, warmed, with solution of ammonia mixed 
with strong solution of ammonia (absence of metallic zinc). It should yield no characteristic 
reaction with the tests for lead, copper, cadmium, arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magne- 
sium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, carbonates, chlorides, or sulphates.” Br. As obtained 
by combustion, it is perfectly white. It dissolves in potassa and soda, but not in their carbon- 
ates. Being anhydrous, it is insoluble in ammonia; but the impure oxide found in commerce, 
being generally hydrated, is soluble in that alkali. At a low white heat it fuses, and at full 
whiteness sublimes. When prepared by combustion it was formerly called pompholix, nihil 
album, lana philosophica, and flowers of zinc. Prepared by the old official process,—namely, by 
precipitating zinc sulphate with ammonia,—it contains the subsulphate, the acid of which may 
be detected by dissolving the oxide in nitric acid and precipitating by barium nitrate. Some- 
times it is obtained by precipitating zinc chloride with ammonia, in which case the oxide con- 
tains subchloride, easily detected by silver nitrate. If it contain white lead or chalk, it will 
not be entirely soluble in dilute sulphuric acid, but an insoluble lead or calcium sulphate will 
be left. If iron be present, brownish-red flocks of ferric oxide will remain undissolved when 
the hydrochloric acid solution of the oxide is treated with ammonia in excess. 
The powder sold in commerce as zinc oxide is often very impure. Sometimes the carbonate 
is substituted for it, showing that the exposure to a red heat has been omitted. In this case 
the preparation will effervesce with acids. Some samples contain a large proportion of subsul- 
phate, showing that the discarded but productive process of precipitating the solution of zinc 
sulphate by ammonia has been employed. Again, other samples contain oxychloride. These 
impure oxides are pointed out by Mr. Redwood, of London, as occurring in the English mar- 
ket, and no doubt are sold in the United States. (See P. J. Tr., 1855, p. 301.) A sample 
of commercial zinc oxide is noticed in N. R., Aug. 1878, which proved to be powdered gyp- 
sum. Unfortunately, a white oxide is preferred by purchasers, though whiteness is generally 
a sign of impurity: the yellowish-white official oxide should be exclusively used by pharmacists. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This oxide is antispasmodic and astringent. It has 
been given in chorea, epilepsy, whooping-cough, and gastric and intestinal catan'hs. Exter- 
nally it is employed as an exsiccant to excoriated surfaces, sometimes by sprinkling it on the 
affected part, but generally in the form of ointment. (See Unguentum Zinci Oxidi.) It has 
also been used in gonorrhoea. (N. R., July, 1874.) The dose is from two to eight grains 
(0-13-0-52 Gm.) or more, repeated several times a day, and given in the form of pill. As a 
cosmetic it has the great advantage over the preparations of lead of not being poisonous. 
Zinc oxide, prepared by combustion, called commercial zinc oxide, is extensively used in 
painting as a substitute for white lead, over which it has the advantage of not being discolored 
by hydrogen sulphide. It is stated that it has greater covering power as a color than white 
lead, 10 parts being equal to 13 of white lead. It is, however, dearer, so that the pure oxide 
has not replaced white lead. The oxide thus prepared, even though pure, should not be sub- 
stituted for the official, as it has not the smoothness and freedom from gritty particles possessed 
by the latter. There is an English preparation known as Griffith's zinc-white, or zincolith, made 
by precipitating zinc sulphate by barium sulphide: it is, therefore, a mixture of zinc sulphide PART I. 
Zinci Phospkidum.—Zinci Sulphas. 
1479 
and barium sulphate. If this be roasted in a current of superheated steam the zinc sulphide 
will be converted into zinc oxide. This process has been patented in Germany by Meissner. 
(Wagner’s Chem. Technol., 11th ed., p. 159.) It has, moreover, the merit of not producing 
injurious effects on the workmen at all comparable to those caused by white lead. It is, indeed, 
usually considered innocuous ; but a case of chronic poisoning by it has been reported by Prof. 
Botkin. (Brit, and For. Med.-Chir. Rev., ii., 1873.) 
ZINCI PHOSPHIDUM. U. S. Zinc Phosphide. 
Phosphure de Zinc, Fr.; Phosphorzink, G. 
According to Hager, zinc phosphide was first prepared by Marggraf in 1740. It was for- 
merly made by fusing, in a bath of iron filings, 74 parts of pure zinc, and adding gradually, in 
small pieces, 26 parts of dry phosphorus. This process gives good results only in small quan- 
tities (10 to 20 Gin.). A more recent process is to pass vapors of phosphorus in a current of 
dry hydrogen over fused zinc. The product is a spongy, gray mass, of metallic appearance, 
containing rhomboidal crystals, and when powdered resembling somewhat reduced iron. The 
metallic particles of zinc should be separated. Its sp. gr. is 4-72. “ Zinc Phosphide should be 
kept in small, glass-stoppered vials.” U. S. 
Properties. It is thus described in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890. “ A gritty powder 
of a dark gray color, or crystalline fragments of a dark, metallic lustre, and having a faint 
odor and taste of phosphorus. In contact with the air it slowly emits phosphorous vapor. In- 
soluble in water or alcohol. Soluble in diluted hydrochloric or sulphuric acid with evolution 
of hydrogen phosphide. When strongly heated with exclusion of air, it melts, and finally 
sublimes. When heated it air, it becomes oxidized to zinc phosphate. If 0-5 Gm. of Zinc 
Phosphide be dissolved in 15 C.c. of diluted hydrochloric acid, heat being applied to expel all 
of the hydrogen phosphide gas, a clear solution should result, leaving no residue (absence of 
insoluble impurities). A portion of this solution should yield a pure, white precipitate with 
potassium ferrocyanide test-solution (absence of iron or copper) ; or with ammonium sulphide 
test-solution (absence of lead or copper). If another portion of this solution be mixed with 
an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution, no color or turbidity should appear (ab- 
sence of arsenic, cadmium, lead, copper, etc.).” U. S. For a method of assay of zinc phos- 
phide, see N. R., June, 1879. 
Medical Properties. It has been proved by direct experiment upon animals, as well as 
by clinical experience, that zinc phosphide affects the system physiologically and therapeu- 
tically in exactly the same manner as does phosphorus, and it is now very frequently em- 
ployed in medicine as a substitute for that element. Theoretically, each grain of the phos- 
phide contains nearly a quarter of a grain of phosphorus. It is asserted in the journals to 
have been administered in doses of one or even two grains; but of the pure salt such amounts 
would be extremely dangerous: the commencing dose is one-twentieth of a grain (0 003 Gm.). 
Zn3p2; 257*22. (ZIN'c! PHOS'PHI-DUM.) Zn3P2; 256-7. 
ZINCI SULPHAS. U.S., Br. Zinc Sulphate. 
“Zinc Sulphate, ZnS04,7H„0, is formed by the interaction of diluted sulphuric acid and 
zinc.” Br. 
Zincum Sulfuricum, P. 0.; Sulfas Zincicus, Yitriolum Album; Sulfate de Zinc, Vitriol blanc, Fr.; Schwefelsaures 
Zinkoxyd, Weisser Vitriol, Galitzenstein, G. 
The Pharmacopoeias no longer give detailed processes for preparing this salt. The Br. Ph. 
1885 process will be found in the foot-note.* 
Strong sulphuric acid is very little acted upon by zinc, some hydrogen sulphide being evolved 
by the reduction of the acid; but when it is diluted, water is instantly decomposed, and, while 
ZnS04. 7H2 O ; 286*64. (zlN'c! SUL'PHAS.) ZnSCL. 7II2 0; 286-9. 
* “ Take of Granulated Zinc sixteen ounces [avoirdupois] ; Sulphuric Acid twelve fluidounces [Imperial measure]; 
Distilled Water four pints [Imp. meas.] ; Solution of Chlorine a sufficiency ; Carbonate of Zinc half an ounce [av.], 
or a sufficiency. Pour the sulphuric acid previously mixed with the water on the zinc contained in a porcelain basin, 
and, when effervescence has nearly ceased, aid the action by heat. Test a few drops of the resulting liquid for iron 
by adding excess of ammonia and then sulphydrate of ammonium, when a black precipitate will be produced if iron 
be present. In the latter case filter the remainder of the fluid into a gallon bottle, and add gradually with constant 
agitation the solution of chlorine until the fluid acquires a permanent odor of chlorine. Add now with continued 
agitation the carbonate of zinc until a brown precipitate appears and the whole of the iron is thus precipitated. Let 
the precipitate subside, filter the solution, evaporate till a pellicle forms on the surface, and set aside to crystallize. 
Dry the crystals by exposure to the air on filtering paper placed on porous tiles. More crystals may be obtained by 
again evaporating the mother-liquor. If no iron be present, filter, and evaporate, etc., at once.” Br. 1885. 1480 
Zinci Sulphas. 
PART I. 
hydrogen escapes with rapid effervescence, oxygen combines with the zinc and the acid, gener- 
ating zinc sulphate. From this it will he perceived that hydrogen is a collateral product of the 
process. The proportion of the zinc to the strong acid in the process is as 4 to 5-53. The 
molecular weights give the ratio of 4 to 6 almost exactly,—which indicates that the metal is 
somewhat in excess. If the materials are mixed at once, without any precaution, the effer- 
vescence of hydrogen is apt to be excessive, and to cause the overflowing of the liquid. This 
may be avoided by commencing the solution of zinc with a very dilute acid, which, as the 
action slackens, is made by degrees stronger and stronger by the addition, at intervals, of small 
portions of fresh acid. As the zinc of commerce generally contains iron, this would contami- 
nate the product, unless precautions were taken to prevent it. Hence the addition of chlorine, 
which reacts with ferrous sulphate to form ferric sulphate and ferric chloride, which, upon the 
addition of zinc carbonate, yield sulphuric acid and chlorine to the zinc, ferric oxide being 
deposited and carbonic acid set free. The former is separated by filtration, the latter escapes 
during the evaporation, the additional zinc sulphate crystallizes with that first formed, and the 
zinc chloride remains in the mother-waters. 
Preparation on the Large Scale. Impure zinc sulphate, as it occurs in commerce, 
is called white vitriol. It is manufactured by roasting blende (native zinc sulphide) in a re- 
verberatory furnace. This mineral, besides zinc sulphide, contains small quantities of iron, 
copper, and lead sulphides, and by roasting is converted, in consequence of the oxidation of 
its constituents, into zinc sulphate, mixed with iron, copper, and lead sulphates. The roasted 
matter is then lixiviated ; and the solution obtained, after having been allowed to settle, is con- 
centrated by evaporation, so that, on cooling, it may concrete into a white crystalline mass. 
In this state it always contains ferrous sulphate, and sometimes a small proportion of copper 
sulphate. It may be purified from these metals by dissolving it in water and boiling the solu- 
tion with zinc oxide, which converts the iron and copper sulphates, by precipitating their bases, 
into zinc sulphate. The purified solution is then decanted or filtered, and, after due evapora- 
tion, allowed to crystallize. It has generally been proposed to purify the white vitriol of com- 
merce by digesting its solution with metallic zinc, under the impression that this is capable 
of precipitating all the foreign metals; but, according to Berzelius, though it will precipitate 
copper readily, it has no action on iron. Prof. F. Stolba recommends a process which has been 
used successfully for the purification of zinc sulphate by the use of zinc carbonate and zinc 
permanganate. (See A. J. P., 1877, p. 72.) 
Properties. Zinc sulphate is in “colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, without odor, 
and having an astringent, metallic taste. Eiflorescent in dry air. Soluble in 0-6 part of 
water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0-2 part of boiling water; also soluble in about 3 parts 
of glycerin; insoluble in alcohol. When rapidly heated, the salt melts. At a higher tem- 
perature it is partly decomposed, losing both water and sulphuric acid. When very 
gradually heated to 50° C. (122° F.), it loses 5 molecules of its water (31-3 per cent.), 
without melting. At 100° C. (212° F.), a sixth molecule is lost, while the last may be 
removed by a current of dry air at 110° C. (230° F.). The aqueous solution gives an 
acid reaction with litmus paper. A 5-per-cent, aqueous solution yields a pure wrhite precipi- 
tate with potassium ferrocyanide test-solution, also with ammonium sulphide test-solution, and 
with barium chloride test-solution. If a small portion of the salt be moistened with a drop 
of cobaltous nitrate test-solution, and heated before the blowpipe, it will assume a vivid green 
color. No residue should be left on dissolving 1 Gan. of the salt in 20 C.c. of water (absence 
of lead and other insoluble matters). The aqueous solution (1 in 20), after being acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, should not be colored or rendered turbid by an equal volume of hy- 
drogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, cadmium, copper, etc.). The aqueous solution 
should yield with ammonium carbonate test-solution a pure white precipitate, which should re- 
dissolve completely in an excess of the reagent (absence of iron, aluminum, calcium, etc.). If 
from this solution in ammonium carbonate test-solution the zinc be completely precipitated by 
ammonium sulphide test-solution, the filtrate should leave no fixed residue on evaporation (ab- 
sence of alkalies, magnesium, etc.). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered 
turbid by silver nitrate test-solution (absence of chloride). If 1 Gm. of Zinc Sulphate, in 
small fragments, be agitated for some time with 10 C.c. of alcohol, the filtrate should not 
redden moistened blue litmus paper (absence of free acid)." U. S. “ Colorless transparent 
prismatic crystals with a strong metallic styptic taste. Soluble in less than an equal weight 
of cold water. It affords the reactions characteristic of zinc and of sulphates. It should 
yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, cadmium, arsenium, aluminium, Zinci Sulphas.—Zinci Sulphocarbolas. 
PART I. 
1481 
calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, or acetates, and only the slightest reac- 
tions with the tests for iron or chlorides.” Br. Its crystals have considerable resemblance to 
those of magnesium sulphate. It effloresces slightly in dry air, and, though neutral in com- 
position, reddens vegetable blues. When heated it dissolves in its water of crystallization, 
which gradually evaporates; and by a prolonged ignition the whole of the acid is expelled, 
and the zinc oxide left. The alkaline carbonates precipitate the metal in the state of white 
carbonate. Pure zinc sulphate is precipitated white by potassium ferrocyanide and ammonium 
sulphydrate. What is thrown down by barium chloride or lead acetate (barium sulphate or 
lead sulphate) is not dissolved by nitric acid. If copper be present, ammonia will produce a 
blue tinge; if iron, the potassium ferrocyanide will cause a bluish-white precipitate instead of 
a white one, and tincture of galls a purple color. Cadmium and arsenic may be detected by 
acidulating the solution writh sulphuric acid and passing a stream of hydrogen sulphide through 
it; when, if either of these metals be present, it will be thrown down as a yellow sulphide. 
Zinc sulphate is incompatible with alkalies and alkaline carbonates, sulphides, lime water, the 
soluble lead salts, and astringent infusions. 
The impure eommercial variety of zinc sulphate is in the form of irregular white masses 
having some resemblance to lump sugar. The lumps usually exhibit, here and there on the 
surface, yellow stains, produced by ferric oxide. It is less soluble than the pure salt, on 
account of its containing less water of crystallization. 
Composition. Crystallized zinc sulphate consists of one sulphuric acid group S04, one 
atom of zinc, and seven molecules of water. The white vitriol of commerce contains but 
three molecules of water. 
Medical Properties and Uses. This salt is tonic, astringent, and, in large doses, a 
prompt emetic, producing very little depression, and much used when it is desired simply to 
evacuate the stomach. In gastric catarrh it is sometimes useful, in the dose of one-quarter of 
a grain (0-016 Gm.) before meals, in pill. It was formerly used in night-sweats, epilepsy, 
chorea, and other nervous diseases, but has now entirely passed out of vogue as a remedy in 
such affections. As an astringent it is chiefly employed externally. Its solution constitutes 
a good styptic to bleeding surfaces, and is frequently resorted to as an injection in Jluor alhus 
and gonorrhoea, and as a collyrium in ophthalmia, also as a stimulant application to ulcers both 
of the mucous membrane and of the skin. Dose, from one-quarter to one-half grain (0-018 
-0-037 Gm.) ; as an emetic, from ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.). When used as a col- 
lyrium, an injection, or a gargle, or as a wash for indolent ulcers, from one to three grains (0-065 
-0-2 Gm.) or more may be dissolved in a fluidounce (30 C.c.) of water. For medicinal pur- 
poses the crystallized salt only should be used. Prof. Simpson, of Edinburgh, employed dried 
zinc sulphate in the form of powder, paste, or ointment, as a powerful, rapid, manageable, and 
safe caustic in indurated inflammatory ulcers of the cervix uteri; in lupus ; in ulcerous forms of 
shin diseases; and in removing urethral caruncles, condylomata, warty excrescences, etc. The 
dried salt should be finely levigated. The caustic paste is made by incorporating an ounce of 
the powder with a drachm of glycerin; and the caustic ointment, by thoroughly mixing the 
same quantity of the powder with two drachms of lard. (See Am. Journ. Med. iSci., April, 
1857, p. 485.) 
Zinc sulphate, in an overdose, acts as an irritant poison. Besides vomiting and incessant 
retching, it produces anxiety, distressing restlessness, and extreme prostration. Few cases are 
on record of fatal poisoning by this salt, the patient being generally relieved by its prompt 
expulsion in vomiting. Death is said to have been caused, however, by an ounce and a half. 
The treatment consists in the free administration of bland drinks, the use of opium to allay 
irritation, and the employment of the usual antiphlogistic remedies should symptoms of in- 
flammation arise. 
Zn (C6 II5 S04)2, H2 O. (ZIN'CI SUL-PHO-CAR'BO-LAS.) 
ZINCI SULPHOCARBOLAS. Br. Zinc Sulphocarbolate. 
“ Zinc Sulphocarbolate, or zinc phenol-para-sulphonate, Zn(OH.C0H4 S03)2,H20, may be 
obtained by beating a mixture of phenol and sulphuric acid, and saturating tbe product with 
zinc oxide.” Br. 
It is officially described as in “ colorless, transparent, tabular, efflorescent crystals; soluble 
in 2-5 parts of alcohol (90 per cent.), and in 2 parts of water. The aqueous solution is colored 
violet by test-solution of ferric chloride, and affords a white precipitate with solution of ammo- 
nium hydrosulphide. It should jield no characteristic reaction with tbe tests for lead, copper, 1482 
Zinci Valerianas. 
PART I. 
cadmium, arsenium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, ace- 
tates, or chlorides, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for sulphates.” Br. 
Medical Properties. Zinc sulphocarbolate is not used internally, but has been employed 
as an antiseptic astringent stimulant to indolent or foul ulcers, and in subacute inflammations 
of the mucous membrane. The solutions used may be a little stronger than those of zinc sul- 
phate employed for similar purposes. 
Zn(C5H9 02)2.2H20 ; 302*56. (ZIN'CI VA-LE-Rl-A'NXs.) Zn (C5 H9 02)2. 2H2 0; 302-9. 
ZINCI VALERIANAS. U. S., Br. Zinc Valerianate 
“ Zinc Valerianate should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles.” U. S. “ Zinc Valerian- 
ate, or zinc iso-valerianate, Zn(C6H902)2, may be prepared by saturating iso-valerianic acid 
with zinc carbonate, or by the interaction of zinc sulphate and sodium iso-valerianate.” Br. 
Zincum Valerianicum, P. G.; Valerianas Zincicus; Valerianate de Zinc, Fr.; Baldriansaures, Zinkoxyd, G. 
Zinc valerianate was formerly included among the preparations of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 
but at the revision of 1880 no process was inserted. The British Pharmacopoeia no longer 
gives a formula for its preparation: for former formulae, see foot-note* 
Properties. This salt is in “ white, pearly scales, having the odor of valerianic acid, and 
a sweetish, astringent, and metallic taste. On exposure to the air, it slowly loses valerianic 
acid. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 100 parts of water, and in 40 parts of alcohol; 
somewhat more soluble in absolute alcohol. Boiling renders the solution turbid from loss of 
acid and formation of a basic salt. When heated, the salt melts. At a higher temperature 
it is decomposed, giving off inflammable vapors, and finally leaving a residue of zinc oxide. 
The aqueous solution reddens blue litmus paper. If 0-5 Gm. of Zinc Valerianate be dissolved 
in a mixture of 0-5 C.c. of hydrochloric acid and 4-5 C.c. of water, the valerianic (isovaleri- 
anic) acid will be liberated, and float as an oily layer on the surface of the liquid. After its 
removal, the clear solution should be neither colored nor rendered turbid by the addition of an 
equal volume of hydrogen sulphide test-solution (absence of arsenic, cadmium, lead, copper, 
etc.). Zinc Valerianate should dissolve without residue in ammonia water (absence of iron, 
etc.). If from this solution the zinc be completely precipitated by ammonium sulphide test- 
solution, the precipitate should have a pure white color, and the filtrate should leave no fixed 
residue on evaporation (absence of alkalies, magnesium, etc.). If 0 5 Gm. of Zinc Valerianate 
be triturated with 2 C.c. of water and 0-2 C.c. of ferric chloride test-solution added, the filtrate 
should not show a red color (absence of acetate). If a concentrated solution of copper acetate 
in water be added to a concentrated, aqueous solution of Zinc Valerianate, the mixture should 
remain perfectly clear (absence of butyrate)." U. S. “ In white pearly tabular crystals, with a 
disagreeable odor, and a metallic taste ; very slightly soluble in cold water or in ether, soluble 
in hot water and alcohol (90 per cent.). On heating to redness, after moistening with a small 
quantity of nitric acid, it should yield not less than 26 nor more than 30 per cent, of zinc 
oxide. It should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, cadmium, ar- 
senium, iron, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, acetates, or car- 
bonates, and only the slightest reactions with the tests for chlorides or sulphates. When heated 
with diluted sulphuric acid it gives a distillate which, when mixed with solution of copper acetate, 
* u Take of Valerianate of Soda two troyounces and a half ; Sulphate of Zinc two troyounces and four hundred 
and twenty grains ; Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the salts separately, each in twenty fluidounces 
of Distilled Water, and, having heated the solutions to 212° F., mix them, and set the mixture aside to crystallize. 
Decant the mother-water from the crystals, and put them upon a filter in a funnel to drain. Mix the mother-water 
and the drainings, evaporate at a heat not exceeding 200° F. to four fluidounces, and again set aside to crystallize. Add 
the crystals, thus obtained, to those in the funnel, wash the whole with a little Distilled Water, and, having removed 
them with the filter, spread them on bibulous paper, and dry them with a heat not exceeding 200° F.” U. S. 1870. 
“ Take of Sulphate of Zinc five ounces and a half [avoirdupois] ; Valerianate of Sodium five ounces [av.] ; 
Distilled Water a sufficiency. Dissolve the Sulphate of Zinc and the Valerianate of Sodium, each, in two pints [Im- 
perial measure] of the Water; heat both solutions to near the boiling point, mix them, cool, and skim off the crys- 
tals which are produced. Evaporate the mother-liquor at a heat not exceeding 200° F., till it is reduced to four 
[fluid]ounces; cool again, remove the crystals which have formed, and add them to those which have been already 
obtained. Drain the crystals on a paper filter, and wash them with a small quantity of cold Distilled Water, till the 
washings give but a very feeble precipitate with chloride of barium. Let them now be again drained, and dried on 
filtering paper at ordinary temperatures.” Br. 
These formulas are essentially the same as the formula of the late Dublin Pharmacopoeia. In the formation of 
the salt a double decomposition takes place between the reacting salts, resulting in the production of zinc valerianate 
and sodium sulphate. Upon mixing the hot solutions, crystals of the sparingly soluble zinc valerianate form on 
the surface of the liquid; and during the progress of its concentration to one-tenth, more of them are successively 
produced. These are then washed with cold distilled water to separate adhering sodium sulphate, drained on a filter, 
and dried. PART I. 
Zind Valerianas.—Zingiber. 
1483 
does not immediately affect the transparency of the liquid, but forms after a little time oily 
drops, which gradually pass into a bluish-white crystalline deposit (absence of butyrates).” 
Br. The salt, as obtained by the British 1885 and U. S. P. 1870 formulas, contained one 
mol. of water ; but when formed by saturating zinc carbonate, made into a paste with water, 
with valerianic acid, it contains six mols. of water, and, when dried at 50° C. (122° F.), per- 
fectly resembles the official salt. (Wittstein.) Other authorities (Fliickiger, Pharm. Chem., and 
Roscoe and Schorlemmer’s Chem. vol. iii. part i.) give the formula of the stable crystallized 
salt as Zn(C6H0O2)2 -f- 2HaO. Zinc acetate impregnated with oil of valerian has been sub- 
stituted for this salt; but at present, from the relative costliness of the oil, there is no induce- 
ment to this fraud. Zinc butyrate has been sold in Paris for the valerianate, and is so like it as 
not to be distinguished by its physical properties. The two salts, however, may be discrimi- 
nated by adding a concentrated solution of the acid of the suspected salt, obtained by distil- 
lation with sulphuric acid, to a concentrated solution of copper acetate. If the acid be the 
butyric, its addition to the solution of the acetate will disturb the transparency of the latter, 
by the formation of a bluish-white precipitate ; if it be the valerianic, no change will be pro- 
duced. (Larocque and Huraut, Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., ix. 430.) 
Medical Properties. Zinc valerianate was proposed as a remedy, on theoretical grounds, 
by Prince Louis-Lucien Bonaparte. Upon trial it was found to possess antispasmodic proper- 
ties, and has been used in diabetes insipidus. By some of the Italian physicians it has been 
extolled as a remedy in neuralgia. Dr. F. Devay, of Lyons, found it useful in epilepsy, and 
in the nervous affections which accompany chlorosis. The dose is from one to two grains 
(0-065-0-13 Grm.), repeated several times a day, and given in the form of pill. 
ZINGIBER. U. S., Br. Ginger. 
“ The rhizome of Zingiber officinale, Roscoe (nat. ord. Scitamineae).” U. S. “ The scraped 
and dried rhizome of Zingiber officinale, Roscoe.” * Br. 
Rhizoma Zingiberis, P. G.; Gingembre, Fr.; Ingwer, G.; Zenzero, It.; Gengibre, Sp. 
Zingiber officinale. Roscoe, Trans. Lin. Soc. (1807) viii. 348 ; Carson, Illust. of Med. Bot. 
ii. 55, pi. 98.—Amomurn zingiber. L. Sp. Plant. 1753, 1 ; B. & T. 270. The ginger plant 
has a biennial or perennial, creeping rhizome, and an annual stem, which rises two or three 
feet in height, is solid, round, erect, and enclosed in an imbricated membranous sheathing. 
The leaves are lanceolate, acute, smooth, five or six inches long by about an inch in breadth, 
and stand alternately on the sheaths of the stem. The flower-stalk rises by the side of the 
stem from six inches to a foot, and, like it, is clothed with oval acuminate sheaths ; but it is 
without leaves, and terminates in an oval, obtuse, bracteal, imbricated spike. The flowers are 
of a dingy yellow color, and appear two or three at a time between the bracteal scales. 
The plant is a native of Hindostan, and is cultivated in all parts of India. It is also culti- 
vated in the West Indies, whither it was transplanted from the East, and at Sierra Leone 
in Africa. The flowers have an aromatic smell, and the stems when bruised are slightly fra- 
grant ; but it is in the rhizome that the virtues of the plant reside. This is fit to be dug up 
when a year old. In the West Indies the ginger crop is gathered in January and February, 
after the stems have withered. After having been properly cleansed, the root is scalded 
in boiling water, in order to destroy its vitality, and is then rapidly dried. Thus prepared, 
it constitutes the ordinary ginger of commerce, or black ginger, as it is sometimes called, 
from the darkish color acquired in the process. It is imported chiefly from Calcutta, and is 
known to the druggists by the name of East India ginger ; but recently considerable quantities 
have been brought from Africa, and some probably reaches us from the West Indies. In Ja- 
maica another variety is prepared by selecting the best roots, depriving them of their epidermis, 
and drying them separately and carefully in the sun. This is called in the books white ginger, 
and is most highly valued. It reaches us from England, where it is said to undergo some 
further preparation, by which its appearance is improved. It is usually called in our markets 
Jamaica ginger. The root is also at present imported from the East Indies deprived of the 
(ZIN'gi-BEK.) 
* A ginger-like root occurs in Siam, which was supposed in 1887, by Sir J. Hooker, to be yielded by a new species 
of Alpinia, A. zingiberina. According to Mr. J. G. Baker, however, this plant is not distinct from A. galanga, 
which yields the greater or Java galangal root of commerce. It was long ago pointed out that ordinary so-called 
preserved ginger from China has larger rhizomes than are common with Zingiber officinale ; and Mr. C. Ford, Direc- 
tor of the Botanical Garden at Hong-Kong, has finally succeeded in getting the ginger plant of China to flower, and 
in identifying it as Alpinia galanga. (See Kew Bulletin, 1891.) 1484 
Zingiber. 
PART I. 
epidermis. Considerable quantities are brought immediately from the West Indies in a recent 
state, and sold by the confectioners. A preserve is made from ginger by selecting the roots 
while young and tender, depriving them of their cortical covering, and boiling them in syrup. 
This is occasionally imported from the East and West Indies. This preserved ginger, when good, 
is translucent and tender. An interesting paper describing the collection of Jamaica ginger, by 
F. B. Kilmer, will be found in A. J. P., 1898, 65. 
The recent root is from one to four inches long, somewhat flattened on its upper and under 
surface, knotty, obtusely and irregularly branched or lobed, externally of a light ash color with 
circular rugae, internally yellowish white and fleshy. It sometimes begins to grow when kept 
in a damp atmosphere. The common or hlack ginger is of the same general shape, but has a 
dark ash-colored wrinkled epidermis, which, being removed in some places, exhibits patches of 
an almost black color, apparently the result of exposure. Beneath the epidermis is a brownish, 
resinous, almost horny cortical portion. The interior parenchyma is whitish and somewhat fari- 
naceous. The powder is of a light yellowish-brown color. This variety is most extensively used. 
The Jamaica or white ginger differs in being entirely deprived of epidermis, and white or yellow- 
ish white on the outside. The pieces are rounder and thinner, in consequence of the loss of sub- 
stance in their preparation. They afford when pulverized a beautiful yellowish white powder, 
which is brought from Liverpool in jars. This variety is firm and resinous, and has more of 
the sensible qualities of ginger than the black. The uncoated ginger of the East Indies re- 
sembles the Jamaica, but is darker, being gray rather than white. As the Jamaica commands 
a much higher price than even the uncoated East India production, the latter is occasionally 
altered to simulate the former. This is sometimes done by coating the exterior with calcium 
sulphate or carbonate, sometimes by bleaching, by which not only the exterior but also the in- 
ternal parts are rendered whiter than in the unprepared root. Trommsdorff found, in a speci- 
men which he examined, evidences off the presence of chlorides, sulphates, and calcium, and 
concluded that the bleaching was effected by chlorine, or by calcium chloride and sulphuric 
acid. Having macerated some black ginger in water, deprived it of the cortical portion, 
treated it for twenty-four hours with sulphuric acid diluted with nine times its weight of 
water, and finally placed it in a mixture of calcium chloride and water, in which it was al- 
lowed to remain for two days, he found it, upon being washed and dried, to present an appear- 
ance closely resembling that of the finest white ginger, both on the surface and internally. 
(Ann. dcr Pharm., xvii. 98.) According to Brande, ginger is often washed in whiting and 
water; and Pereira states that it is sometimes bleached by exposure to the fumes of burning 
sulphur* There is good reason to believe that ginger is sometimes sent into commerce after 
it has been partially exhausted of its activity by treatment with alcohol. For methods of 
detecting this fraud, see The Analyst, 1893, 197 ; A. J. P., 1894, 342. 
* Clifford Richardson has published in Bulletin No. 13, Part 2, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1887, some 
accurate analyses of whole ginger root from various sources, which are here given : 
Source. 
Water. 
Ash. 
Volatile 
Oil. 
Fixed Oil 
and Resin. 
Starch. 
Cmde 
Fibre. 
Albumi- 
noids. 
Undeter- 
mined. 
Total. 
Calcutta 
9-60 
7-02 
2-27 
4-58 
49-34 
7-45 
6-30 
13-44 
100-00 
Cochin 
9-41 
3-39 
1-84 
4-07 
53-33 
2-05 
7-00 
18-91 
100-00 
Unbleached Jamaica 
10-49 
3-44 
2-03 
2-29 
50-58 
4-74 
10-85 
15-58 
100-00 
Bleached Jamaica, London 
11-00 
4-54 
1-89 
3-04 
49-34 
1-70 
9-28 
19-21 
100-00 
Bleached Jamaica, American 
10-11 
5-58 
2-54 
2-69 
50-67 
7-65 
9-10 
11-66 
100-00 
Bleached Jamaica 
9-10 
4-36 
0-96 
3-09 
46-16 
3-15 
5-25 
27-93 
100-00 
African and Indian gingers are stronger than Jamaica ginger. In an assay by Mr. Frank M. Siggins (A. J. P., 
June, 1888), various commercial varieties yielded resin as below: 
I. Jamaica, unbleached 5*0 percent. 
II. Jamaica, bleached . 4*8 per cent. 
III. East India 6*65 per cent. 
IV. East India 6*57 per cent. 
V. African 6*17 per cent. 
VI. African 7*0 per cent. 
The yield of resin forms a fair basis for estimating the strength of the varieties. 
See also a table of percentages of moisture, ash, and oleoresin by Glass. (A. J. P., 1897, 320.) PART I. 
Zingiber. 
1485 
General Properties. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia describes ginger as “ about 5 to 10 Cm. 
long, 10 to 15 Mm. broad, and 4 to 8 Mm. thick, flattish, on one side lobed or clavately branched ; 
deprived of the corky layer; pale buff-colored, striate, breaking with a mealy, rather fibrous 
fracture, showing numerous small, scattered resin-cells and fibro-vascular bundles, the latter 
enclosed by a nucleus sheath ; agreeably aromatic, and of a pungent and warm taste.” U. S. 
The odor of ginger is aromatic and penetrating, the taste spicy, pungent, hot, and biting. 
These properties gradually diminish, and are ultimately lost, by exposure. The virtues of 
ginger are extracted by water and alcohol. 
The peculiar flavor of the root appears to depend on the volatile oil, its pungency partly on 
the resinous or resino-extractive principle. A considerable quantity of pure white starch may 
be obtained from it. The volatile oil, examined by A. Papousck, was yellow, of the odor of 
ginger, and of a hot aromatic taste. Its sp. gr. was 0-893, and its boiling point 246-1° C. (475° 
F. Deprived of water by distillation over phosphoric oxide, it consisted of carbon and 
hydrogen, with the formula C10H16, and therefore belongs to the terpenes. Thresh considers 
that the essential oil is mainly made up of a hydrocarbon, C15H24, or isomers of it, which boil 
at from 245° to 270° C. (Pharm. Journ. Trans., No. 586, 1881.) Schimmel & Co., in a recent 
report (April, 1897), state that the essential oil contains camphene and phellandrene, and hence 
the terpenes have the formula C10Hie, as first stated. Fliickiger obtained from one hundred 
and twelve pounds of Jamaica ginger four and a half ounces of the oil, or about one-quarter 
of one per cent. He states, however, that Messrs. Schimmel & Co., of Leipsic, informed him 
that they obtained as much as 2-2 per cent, from good ginger. (P harmacographia, 2d ed., p. 
637.) Those pieces of ginger which are very fibrous, light and friable, or worm-eaten, should 
be rejected. The commercial powder of ginger is very frequently adulterated, rice starch, pow- 
dered ginger which has been exhausted in making preparations, and even brick-dust and chalk, 
being used, and the loss of pungency made good by the addition of capsicum or mustard. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Ginger is a grateful stimulant and carminative, and is 
often given in dyspepsia, flatulent colic, and the feeble state of the alimentary canal attendant 
upon atonic gout. It is an excellent addition to bitter infusions and tonic powders, imparting 
to them an agreeable, warming, and cordial operation upon the stomach. When chewed it 
produces much irritation of the mouth, and a copious flow of saliva ; and when snuffed up 
the nostrils in powder it excites violent sneezing. Externally it is rubefacient. Dr. Archibald 
G. Thomson (Pkila. Polyclinic, vi. 1897) reports a case of complete blindness following the 
ingestion of one and a half quarts of Jamaica ginger essence, and ending in permanent am- 
blyopia. It may be given in powder or in infusion. The dose of the former is from ten 
grains to a scruple (0-65-1-3 Gm.) or more. The infusion may be prepared by adding half 
an ounce of the powdered or bruised root to a pint of boiling water, and may be given in the 
dose of one or two fluidounces (30-60 C.c.). A fluid extract and an oleoresin of ginger are 
now official, and are very convenient preparations. (See Extractum Zingiberis Fluidum and 
Oleoresina Zingiberis.') The dose of the former may be from ten to thirty minims (0-6-1-9 C.c.), 
that of the latter from two to five minims (0-12-0-3 C.c.). There is also an official tincture, 
the dose of which is about a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.). PART II. 
SECTION I. 
NATIONAL FORMULARY OF UNOFFICIAL 
PREPARATIONS. 
The American Pharmaceutical Association, realizing the necessity for greater uniformity in 
the formulas of many well-known and largely used preparations, has issued a formulary (1896), 
which is here reproduced, in the hope that it will be universally accepted by pharmacists and 
physicians, and a much-needed reform thus inaugurated. In prescriptions these formulas 
should be designated N. F. to distinguish them. The abbreviation F. placed before a num- 
ber—thus, (F. 250)—means a reference to the number of the formula,—i.e., 250. 
1. ACETUM AROMATICUM. N. F. 
Aromatic Vinegar. 
Oil of Lavender 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Rosemary 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Juniper 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Peppermint 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Cinnamon (Cassia) 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Lemon 1 Cc. 
Oil of Cloves 1 Cc. 
Alcohol 175 Cc. 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) 175 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, add the Acetic Acid, 
and, lastly, enough Water to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. Warm the turbid mixture during sev- 
eral hours, at a temperature not exceeding 70° C. (158° 
F.), taking care that it shall not suffer loss by evapora- 
tion. Then set it aside for a few days, occasionally agi- 
tating, and filter. 
2. ACETUM LOBELIjfE. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Vinegar of Lobelia. 
Lobelia, in No. 30 powder 100 Gm. 
Diluted Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Moisten the powder with fifty (50) cubic centimeters 
of Diluted Acetic Acid, pack it firmly in a conical glass 
percolator, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon 
it until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of percolate 
are obtained. 
3. ACETUM SANGUINARIAE. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Vinegar of Sanguinaria. 
Sanguinaria, in No. 30 powder . . . 100 Gm. 
Diluted Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Moisten the powder with fifty (50) cubic centimeters of 
Diluted Acetic Acid, pack it firmly in a conical glass per- 
colator, and gradually pour Diluted Acetic Acid upon it 
until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of percolate 
are obtained. 
4. ACIDUM CARBOLICUM IODATUM. 
N. F. 
Iodized Carbolic Acid. 
Phenol Iodatum. Iodized Phenol. 
Iodine, reduced to powder 20 Gm. 
Carbolic Acid 60 Gm. 
Glycerin 20 Gm. 
Introduce the Iodine into a flask, add the Carbolic 
Acid, previously melted, then the Glycerin, and digest 
the mixture at a gentle heat, frequently agitating, until 
the Iodine is dissolved. 
Keep the product in glass-stoppered vials, in a dark 
place. 
5. ACIDUM CITRICUM SACCHARATUM. 
N. F. 
Saccharated Citric Acid. 
Citric Acid (TJ. S. P.), in very fine 
powder 625 Gm. 
Sugar, in very fine powder 375 Gm. 
Triturate the powders together until intimately mixed, 
and preserve the product in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—This Saccharate, when dissolved in water with an equal 
weight of Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 341), will form a 
neutral solution, and it is introduced into thjp Formulary for 
the convenient preparation of Effervescent Powders (F. 319). 
This Saccharate contains 62.5 per cent, of Crystallized Citric 
Acid. 
6. ACIDUM HYPOPHOSPHOROSUM DI- 
LUTUM. N. F. 
Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid. 
Potassium Hypophosphite 208 Gm. 
Tartaric Acid 300 Gm. 
Distilled Water 588 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.) 600 Gm. 
Dissolve the Potassium Hypophosphite in the Distilled 
Water and the Tartaric Acid in the Diluted Alcohol. 
Mix the two solutions in a flask, cork the latter well, and 
put it aside in a cold place during twelve hours. Then 
carefully decant the liquid into a funnel, the neck of 
which contains a pellet of absorbent cotton, or, if neces- 
sary, pass the liquid through a filter, care being taken 
that it shall not suffer loss by evaporation. Weigh the 
filtrate, which contains ten (10) per cent, of hypophos- 
Ehorous acid, in a tared capsule, and evaporate the alco- 
ol by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not ex- 
ceeding 60° C. (140° F.). Then allow the liquid to cool, 
and add enough Distilled Water to restore the original 1488 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
weight of the filtrate. Preserve the product in well- 
stoppered bottles. 
Note.—This acid is now official in the U. S. P.; but the formula 
is retained because it may be now and then convenient or neces- 
sary to make it. If a 50 per cent, acid is required, the concen- 
tration may be cautiously continued until the desired percentage 
has been attained. A 50 per cent, acid has a specific gravity of 
about 1.406 at 15° 0. (69° F.). 
7. ACIDUM METAPHOSPHORICUM DI- 
LUTUM. N. F. 
Diluted Metaphosphoric Acid. 
Acidum Phosphoricum Glaciate Dilutum. Diluted 
Glacial Phosphoric Acid. 
Glacial Phosphoric Acid 100 Gm. 
Distilled Water, enough to make . . . 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Acid in the Water, without heat. 
This preparation should be kept in a cool and dark 
place, and should not be prepared in larger quantity than 
may be consumed within a few months. 
Note.—The resulting product contains about 10 per cent, of 
metaphosphoric acid, provided the glacial acid was free from im- 
purities. That which is sold in form of glassy lumps is usually of 
sufficient purity. The variety in form of round sticks is more or 
less impure, containing generally more than 15 per cent, of phos- 
phate of sodium. If this variety is alone available, a proportion- 
ately larger quantity must be taken, to be determined, if time 
permits, by an assay of the free acid present. If no special ac- 
curacy is required, about 115 Gm. of this variety of the acid may 
be reckoned to be equivalent to the quantity directed in the above 
given formula. 
8. ACIDUM TARTARICUM SACCHARA- 
TUM. N. F. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid. 
Tartaric Acid (U. S. P.), in very fine 
powder 675 Gm. 
Sugar, in very fine powder 325 Gm. 
Triturate the powders together until intimately mixed, 
and preserve the product in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—This Saccharate, when dissolved in water with an 
equal weight of Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 341), will 
form a neutral solution, and it is introduced into the Formulary 
for the convenient preparation of Effervescent Powders (F. 319). 
This Saccharate contains 67.5 per cent, of Tartaric Acid. 
9. AMYLUM IODATUM. N. F. 
(U.S.P., 1880.) 
Iodized Starch. 
Starch 95 Gm. 
Iodine 5 Gm. 
Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. 
Triturate the Iodine with a little Distilled Water; add 
the starch gradually and continue triturating until the 
compound assumes a uniform blue color, approaching to 
black. Dry it at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. 
(104° F.), and rub it to a fine powder. 
Iodized Starch should be preserved in glass stoppered 
vials. 
10. AQUA HAMAMELIDIS SPIRITUOSA. 
N. F. 
Hamamelis Water. 
Witchhazel Water. Witchhazel Extract. 
Hamamelis, shoots and twigs . . . 10,000 Gm. 
Water . . . 20,000 Cc. 
Alcohol l’sOO Cc. 
Place the Hamamelis in a still, add the Water and Al- 
cohol, and allow the mixture to macerate during twenty- 
four hours. Distil ten thousand (10,000) cubic centime- 
ters by applying direct heat, or preferably, by means of 
steam. 
Note.—This preparation should be made only from the fresh 
young twigs of Hamamelis, which are collected for this purpose 
preferably, when the plant is in flower, in the late autumn of 
the year. 
11. AQUA SEDATIVA. N. F. 
Sedative Water. 
Lotio Ammoniacalis Camphor ata (Codex). Eau 
Sedative de Raspail. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) .... 125 Cc. 
Spirit of Camphor (U. S. P.) .... 12 Cc. 
Sodium Chloride 65 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Chloride in about Jive hundred 
(500) cubic centimeters of Water, add the Ammonia Water 
and Spirit of Camphor, and finally enough Water to 
make one thousand (\000) cubic centimeters. 
Shake the liquid when it is to be dispensed. 
12. BALSAMUM TRAUMATICUM. N. F. 
Traumatic Balsam. 
Turlington's Balsam. Friar's Balsam. 
Benzoin, in coarse powder 100 Gm. 
Storax 35 Gm. 
Balsam of Tolu 35 Gm. 
Balsam of Peru 16 Gm. 
Aloes, in coarse powder 8 Gm. 
Myrrh, in coarse powder 8 Gm. 
Angelica Root, in moderately coarse 
powder 4Gm. 
Alcohol 1000 Cc. 
Macerate the substances with the Alcohol during ten 
days, frequently agitating ; then filter. 
Note.—The official Tinctura Benzoini Composita is a simpli- 
fied preparation intended to replace the above compound. 
13. BISMUTHI OXIDUM HYDRATUM. 
N. F. 
Hydrated Oxide of Bismuth. 
Bismuth Subnitrate 300 Gm. 
Nitric Acid (U. S. P.) 500 Gm. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) 600 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 50 Gm. 
Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. 
Mix the Bismuth Subnitrate with two hundred (200) 
cubic centimeters of Distilled Water in a quart flask, add 
four hundred and fifty (450) cubic centimeters of Nitric 
Acid, and promote the solution of the salt by agitation, 
and, if necessary, by a gentle heat. Pour the solution into 
six thousand (6000) cubic centimeters of Distilled Water 
previously acidulated with fifty (50) grammes of Nitric 
Acid, and filter the liquid through absorbent cotton. Mix 
the Ammonia Water with twelve thousand (12,000) cubic 
centimeters of Distilled Water in a glazed vessel of double 
that capacity, and pour into it, slowly and with con- 
stant stirring, the bismuth solution. Let the mixture 
stand during four hours, so that the precipitate may sub- 
side, then pour off the supernatant liquid, and wash the 
precipitate four times more by decantation with Distilled 
Water, the Sodium Bicarbonate being dissolved in the 
last wash-water. Pour the precipitate upon a wetted 
muslin strainer, and wash it with Distilled Water, until 
the washings run ofl' tasteless. Transfer the strainer to a 
warm place, so that the precipitate may dry. Then rub 
the latter to powder, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—Hydrated Oxide of Bismuth is sometimes demanded in 
the form of a creamy mixture with water, under the name of 
Crenwr Bismuthi or Cream of Bismuth. This may lie prepared 
by triturating 20 parts of the Oxide with 80 parts of Water. 
14. BOROGLYCERINUM. N. F. 
Boroglycerin. 
Glyceryl Borate. Boroglyceride. 
Boric Acid, in powder 620 Gm. 
Glycerin 920 Gm. 
Heat the Glycerin in a tared porcelain capsule to a 
temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add 
the Boric Acid in portions, constantly stirring, When PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1489 
all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same 
temperature, frequently stirring, and breaking up the 
film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has 
become reduced to a weight of one thousand (1000) 
grammes, pour it out on a flat surface previously coated 
with a very small quantity of petrolatum, let it cool, cut 
it into pieces and transfer them immediately to bottles or 
jars, which should be well-stoppered. 
Note.—The official Glycerite of Boroglycerin may be made from 
this by adding an equal weight of Glycerin to the finished Boro- 
glycerin while it is still warm. 
15. CAFFEIN® SODIO-BENZOAS. N. F. 
Caffeine Sodio-Benzoate. 
Caffeine 50 Gm. 
Sodium Benzoate 50 Gm. 
Alcohol a sufficient quantity. 
Triturate the Caffeine with the Sodium Benzoate and a 
sufficient quantity of Alcohol to a smooth paste, and dry 
this by exposure in a moderately warm place. Rub the 
dry mass to powder, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—The product contains 50 per cent, of Caffeine, and is 
soluble in 2 parts of water. 
16. CAFFEIN® SODIO-SALICYLAS. N. F. 
Caffeine Sodio-Salicylate. 
Caffeine 50 Gm. 
Sodium Salicylate 50 Gm. 
Alcohol a sufficient quantity. 
Triturate the Caffeine with the Sodium Salicylate and a 
sufficient quantity of Alcohol to a smooth paste, and dry 
this by exposure in a moderately warm place. Rub the 
dry mass to powder, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—The product contains 50 per cent, of Caffeine, and is sol- 
uble in 2 parts of water. 
17. CARBASUS CARBOLATA. N. F. 
Carbolized Gauze. 
Resin, in coarse powder 40 Gm. 
Castor Oil 5 Gm. 
Carbolic Acid 10 Gm. 
Alcohol 225 Gm. 
Gauze muslin a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Resin, Castor Oil, and Carbolic Acid in the 
Alcohol. Immerse in the mixture loosely-folded pieces 
of gauze muslin, allow them to become thoroughly satu- 
rated, then take them out and press out the excess of liquid, 
until the weight of the impregnated gauze amounts to 
one hundred and seventy (170) grammes, for every one 
hundred (100) grammes of the original fabric. Spread 
out the pieces horizontally, and as soon as the Alcohol has 
nearly all evaporated, fold and wrap the pieces in paraffin 
paper, and preserve them in air-tight receptacles. 
The impregnated Gauze, when dry, contains about 2.5 
per cent, of Carbolic Acid. 
Note.—The most suitable brands of gauze muslin for making 
carbolized or other antiseptic gauze are those known in the mar- 
ket as “ Stillwater,” or “ Lehigh E.” 
18. CARBASUS IODOFORM AT A. N. F. 
Iodoform Gauze. 
Iodoform 10 Gm. 
Ether (U. S. P.) 40 Gm. 
Alcohol 40 Gm. 
Tincture of Benzoin (TJ. S. P.) .... 5 Gm. 
Glycerin 5 Gm. 
Gauze Muslin a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Iodoform in the Ether, then add the Alco- 
hol, Tincture of Benzoin, and Glycerin. Immerse in a 
weighed quantity of this solution, contained in a suitable 
vessel, the exact amount of Gauze Muslin required to ab- 
sorb the whole of it, to produce a product of a prescribed 
percentage of iodoform, work it about with a pestle so as 
to impregnate it uniformly; then take it out, and hang it 
up to dry, in a horizontal position, and in a dark place. 
Lastly, wrap it in paraffin paper and preserve it in air- 
tight receptacles. 
Note.—To calculate the amount of muslin and of iodoform 
solution required to obtain a product approximately of any 
required percentage of iodoform, let x denote this required per- 
centage. Then take of the above Iodoform Solution ten (10) times 
this quantity (or 10 x). Also multiply the required percentage 
(x) by three (3), divide the resulting product by two (2), and sub- 
tract the quotient from one hundred (100). The remainder repre- 
sents the number of parts by weight of Gauze Muslin to be used. 
Regarding the most suitable kind of gauze muslin, see note to 
Carbasus Carbolxta (F. 17). 
19. CERATUM CAMPHOR.® COMPOSI- 
TUM. N. F. 
Compound Camphor Cerate. 
Ceratum Camphoratum. Camphor Ice. 
Camphor, in coarse powder 107 Gm. 
White Wax 150 Gm. 
Castor Oil 250 Gm. 
Spermaceti 480 Gm. 
Carbolic Acid, liquefied by warming . 2 Gm. 
Oil of Bitter Almond 1 Gm. 
Benzoic Acid 10 Gm. 
Melt the White Wax and Spermaceti on a water-bath, 
add the Castor Oil, and afterwards the Camphor, and 
continue heating and stirring until the Camphor is dis- 
solved. Then withdraw the heat, cover the vessel, and 
when the mixture has somewhat cooled, add the remain- 
ing ingredients, and thoroughly incorporate them by 
stirring. Lastly, pour the Cerate into suitable moulds. 
20. CERATUM EXTRACTI CANTHARIDIS. 
N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Cerate of Extract of Cantharides. 
Cantharides, in No. 60 powder . . . 300 Gm. 
Resin 150 Gm. 
Yellow Wax 350 Gm. 
Lard 350 Gm. 
Alcohol a sufficient quantity. 
Moisten the Cantharides with one hundred and eighty 
(180) cubic centimeters of Alcohol, and pack firmly in a 
cylindrical percolator; then gradually pour on Alcohol 
until one thousand eight hundred (1800) cubic centimeters 
of percolate are obtained, or until the Cantharides are ex- 
hausted. Distil off the Alcohol by means of a water- 
bath, transfer the residue to a tared capsule, and evapo- 
rate it, on a water-bath, until it weighs one hundred and 
fifty (150) grammes. Add to this the Resin, Wax, and 
Lard, previously melted together, and keep the whole at 
a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), for fifteen minutes. 
Lastly, strain the mixture through muslin, and stir it 
constantly until cool. 
21. CERATUM SABIN®. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Savine Cerate. 
Fluid Extract of Savine 25 Cc. 
Resin Cerate 90 Gm. 
Melt the Resin Cerate by means of a water-bath, add 
the Fluid Extract of Savine, and continue the heat until 
the Alcohol has evaporated; then remove the heat, and 
stir constantly until cool. 
22. CHARTA CANTHARIDIS. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Cantharides Paper. 
White Wax 80 Gm. 
Spermaceti 30 Gm. 
Olive Oil *0 Gm. 
Canada Turpentine 10 Gm. 
Cantharides, in No. 40 powder .... 10 Gm. 
Water 100 Cc. 
Mix all the substances in a tinned vessel, and boil gently 
for two hours, constantly stirring. Strain through a wool- 
len strainer without expressing, and, by means of a water- 
bath, keep the mixture in a shallow, flat-bottomed ves- 1490 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
sel with an extended surface. Coat strips of sized paper 
with the melted plaster, on one side only, by passing them 
successively over the surface of the liquid; when dry, cut 
the strips into rectangular pieces. 
23. CHLORAL CAMPHORATUM. N. F. 
Camphorated Chloral. 
Chloral et Camphora. Chloral and Camphor. 
Chloral 50 Gm. 
Camphor 50 Gm. 
Mix them by agitation in a bottle, or by trituration in 
a warm mortar, until they are liquefied and combined. 
24. COLLODIUM IODATUM. N. F. 
Iodized Collodion. 
Iodine, reduced to powder 5 Gm. 
Flexible Collodion (U. S. P.) 95 Gm. 
Introduce the Iodine into a bottle, add the Flexible Col- 
lodion, and agitate until the Iodine is dissolved. 
25. COLLODIUM IODOFORMATUM. N. F. 
Iodoform Collodion. 
Iodoform 5 Gm. 
Flexible Collodion (U. S. P.) 95 Gm. 
Dissolve the Iodoform in the Flexible Collodion by 
agitation. 
26. COLLODIUM TIGLII. N. F. 
Croton Oil Collodion. 
Croton Oil 10 Gm. 
Flexible Collodion (IT. S. P.) 90 Gm. 
Mix them. 
27. COLLODIUM SALICYLATUM COM- 
POSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Salicylated Collodion. 
Corn Collodion. 
Salicylic Acid 11 Gm. 
Extract of Indian Hemp 2 Gm. 
Alcohol 10 Gm. 
Flexible Collodion (U. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 100 Gm. 
Dissolve the Extract of Indian Hemp in the Alcohol, 
and the Salicylic Acid in about fifty (50) grammes of 
Flexible Collodion contained in a tared bottle. Then add 
the former solution to the latter, and finally add enough 
Flexible Collodion to make one hundred (100) grammes. 
28. CORDIALE RUBI FRUCTUS. N. F. 
Blackberry Cordial. 
Blackberry Juice 1875 Cc. 
Cinnamon, in No. 40 powder .... 100 Gm. 
Cloves, in No. 40 powder 25 Gm. 
Nutmeg, in No. 40 powder ..... 25 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.) a sufficient quantity. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 1875 Cc. 
Percolate the powdered spices with Dilute Alcohol to 
obtain twelve hundred and fifty (1250) cubic centimeters 
of tincture and add to this the Blackberry Juice. Then 
add thirty (30) grammes of Purified Talcum, set the 
mixture aside for twenty-four hours, occasionally shaking, 
and filter. Wash the filter with sufficient Diluted Alco- 
hol to obtain thirty-one hundred and twenty-five (3125) 
cubic centimeters of filtrate: lastly, add the Syrup, and 
mix well. 
29. DECOCTUM ALOES COMPOSITUM. 
N. F. 
Compound Decoction of Aloes. 
Extract of Aloes (U. S. P.) .... 10 Gm. 
Myrrh 7.5 Gm. 
Saffron 7.5 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 5 Gm. 
Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in powder . 35 Gm. 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom 
(U.S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the Myrx-h and Extract of Aloes to a coarse 
powder, mix this with the Potassium Carbonate and Ex- 
tract of Liquorice in a suitable covered vessel, and pour 
on six hundred. (600) cubic centimeters of Water; boil for 
five minutes, and add the Saffron. When cool, add the 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom, and allow the mixture 
to macerate for two hours. Then filter through flannel, 
and add enough Water to make the product measure one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
This preparation should be freshly made when wanted. 
30. ELIXIR ACIDI SALICYLICI. N. F. 
Elixir of Salicylic Acid. 
Salicylic Acid 85 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 125 Gm. 
Glycerin 500 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Citrate in the Glycerin with 
the aid of a gentle heat. Add the Salicylic Acid, and 
continue the heat until it is dissolved. Then add enough 
Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic cen- 
timeters. 
This Elixir should be freshly made when wanted. 
Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Salicylic Acid. 
31. ELIXIR ADJUVANS. N. F. 
Adjuvant Elixir. 
Sweet Orange Peel, recently dried . . 75 Gm. 
Wild Cherry 150 Gm 
Glycyrrhiza, Russian, peeled .... 300 Gm, 
Coriander 40 Gm. 
Caraway 40 Gm. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 1500 Cc. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 5000 Cc. 
Grind the Wild Cherry to a moderately coarse (No. 40) 
powder, moisten it with one hundred and. fifty (150) cubic 
centimeters of Water and set it aside for twelve hours. 
Reduce the other solids also to a moderately coarse (No. 
40) powder, mix this intimately with the Wild Cherry, 
and having mixed one (1) volume of Alcohol with two 
(2) volumes of Water, moisten the powder with one hun- 
dred and fifty (150) cubic centimeters of the mixture, 
and pack tightly in a percolator. Then gradually pour 
menstruum on top until thirty-five hundred (3500) cubic 
centimeters of percolate are obtained. Mix this with fif- 
teen hundred (1500) cubic centimeters of Syrup, and filter. 
32. ELIXIR AMMONII BROMIDI. N. F. 
Elixir of Ammonium Bromide. 
Ammonium Bromide 85 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ammonium Bromide and the Citric Acid 
in about five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Aromatic 
Elixir, by agitation. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter, 
if necessary. 
Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Ammonium Bro- 
mide. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1491 
33. ELIXIR AMMONII VALERIANATIS. 
N. F. 
Elixir of Ammonium Valerianate. 
Ammonium Valerianate 35 Gm. 
Chloroform 0.8 Cc. 
Tincture of Vanilla (IT. S. P.) ... 16 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear (F. 
419) 16 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.), 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), of each, a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ammonium Valerianate in about seventy- 
five (75) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, in a 
graduated vessel, and add enough Ammonia Water, in 
drops, until a faint excess of it is perceptible in the liquid. 
Then add the Chloroform, Tincture of Vanilla, and Com- 
pound Tincture of Cudbear, and finally enough Aromatic 
Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Filter, if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 2 grains of Ammonium 
Valerianate. 
Note.—Should the odor of valerianic acid become perceptible 
after the Elixir has been kept for some time, it may be overcome 
by slightly supersaturating with Ammonia Water. 
34. ELIXIR AMMONII VALERIANATIS 
ET QUININE. N. F. 
Elixir of Ammonium Valerianate and Quinine. 
Quinine Hydrochlorate 4.25 Gm. 
Elixir of Ammonium Valerianate 
(F. 33) 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Quinine Hydrochlorate in the Elixir by 
agitation, and, if necessary, by occasionally immersing 
the bottle containing the ingredients in hot water, until 
solution has been effected. Finally filter. 
Each fiuidrachm contains £ grain of Quinine Hydro- 
chlorate and 2 grains of Ammonium Valerianate. 
35. ELIXIR ANISI. N. F. 
Elixir of Anise. 
Aniseed Cordial. 
Anethol 3.5 Cc. 
Oil of Fennel 0.5 Cc. 
Spirit of Bitter Almond (U. S. P.) . 12 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol 240 Cc. 
Syrup (IT. S. P.) 625 Cc. 
Water 125 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Mix the Anethol, the Oil, and the Spirit of Bitter Al- 
mond with the Deodorized Alcohol, add the Syrup and 
Water, and set the mixture aside for twelve hours. Then 
mix it intimately with the Magnesium Carbonate, and 
filter it through a wetted filter, returning the first portions 
of the filtrate until it runs through clear. 
Note.—This Elixir is liable to become cloudy, from separation 
of essential oils, when it is exposed to a temperature lower than 
that at which it has been filtered. In general, it is recommended 
that it be cooled to, and filtered at a temperature of about 15° C. 
(59° F.). In the northern sections of this country, or in winter 
time, it should be cooled to a proportionately lower temperature, 
previous to filtration. 
Anethol is the stearopten of oil of anise, and possesses a finer 
and purer aroma and taste than any commercial variety of oil of 
anise. If it cannot be readily obtained, the so-called Saxon oil 
of anise may be substituted for it. Oil of star-anise, which is 
usually supplied by dealers when “oil of anise” without specifi- 
cation is ordered, does not answer well for this purpose. The oil 
of fennel should be that from the seed (“sweet”), and not that 
from the chaff. 
36. ELIXIR APII GRAVEOLENTIS COM- 
POSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Celery. 
Fluid Extract of Celery Seed (F. 139) 62 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Coca (U. S. P.) . 62 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Kola (F. 175) ... 62 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Viburnum Prunifo- 
lium (U. S. P.) 62 Cc. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Alcohol with two hundred and fifty (250) cubic 
centimeters of Aromatic Elixir. To this add the Fluid 
Extract of Celery Seed in several portions, shaking after 
each addition, and afterwards the other Fluid Extracts. 
Finally add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters, allow the mixture to stand 
twenty-four hours, and filter. 
Note.—If this preparation is prescribed or quoted under its 
Latin title, it is recommended that the full title be given, so that 
the word “ Apii” may not be mistaken for “ Opii.” 
37. ELIXIR BISMUTHI. N. F. 
Elixir of Bismuth. 
Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate . . 35 Gm. 
Water, hot 60 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.), 
Aromatic Elixir (IT. S. P.), of each, 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate in the 
hot Water, allow the solution to stand until any undis- 
solved matter has subsided; then decant the clear liquid, 
and add to the residue just enough Ammonia Water to 
dissolve it. Then mix it with the decanted portion and 
add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 2 grains of Bismuth and 
Ammonium Citrate. 
38. ELIXIR BUCHU. N. F. 
Elixir of Buchu. 
Fluid Extract of Buchu (U. S. P.) . 125 Cc. 
Alcohol 62 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 62 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the fluid Extract of Buchu with the Alcohol, then 
add seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of 
Aromatic Elixir, and the Syrup. Incorporate with it the 
Magnesium Carbonate, and filter. Finally, pass enough 
Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about 7£ grains of Buchu. 
39. ELIXIR BUCHU COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Buchu. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu 
(F. 144) 2 50 Cc. 
Alcohol 62 Cc. 
Syrup (IT. S. P.) 62 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu with the 
Alcohol, then add five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of 
Aromatic Elixir, and the Syrup. Incorporate with it the 
Magnesium Carbonate, and filter. Finally, pass enough 
Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 15 minims of Compound 
Fluid Extract of Buchu. 1492 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
40. ELIXIR BUCHU ET POTASSII ACE- 
TATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Buchu and Potassium Acetate. 
Potassium Acetate 85 Gm. 
Elixir of Buchu (F. 38), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Acetate in about seven hundred 
and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Elixir of Buchu, filter, 
if necessary, and add enough Elixir of Buchu to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents 5 grains of Potassium Ace- 
tate and about 7 grains of Buchu. 
41. ELIXIR CAFFEINES. N.F. 
Elixir of Caffeine. 
Caffeine 17.5 Gm. 
Diluted Hydrobromic Acid (U. S. 
P.) 4 Cc. 
Syrup of Coffee (F. 367) 250 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make ......... 1000 Cc. 
Rub the Caffeine, in a mortar, with the Diluted Hydro- 
bromic Acid and about one hundred and twenty-five (125) 
cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, until solution is 
effected. Then add the Syrup of Coffee, and lastly, enough 
Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Caffeine. 
42. ELIXIR CALCII BROMIDI. N. F. 
Elixir of Calcium Bromide. 
Calcium Bromide 85 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Calcium Bromide and the Citric Acid in 
about seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of 
Aromatic Elixir by agitation. Then add enough Aro- 
matic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters, and filter, if necessary. 
Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Calcium Bro- 
mide. 
43. ELIXIR CALCII HYPOPHOSPHITIS. 
N. F. 
Elixir of Calcium Hypophosphite. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 35 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Calcium Hypophosphite in nine hundred 
(900) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, and filter. 
Dissolve the Citric Acid in the filtrate and pass enough 
Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Calcium Hypo- 
phosphite. 
44. ELIXIR CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATIS. 
N. F. 
Elixir of Calcium Lactophosphate. 
Calcium Lactate 17.5 Gm. 
Phosphoric Acid (U. S. P., 85<&) . . 8 Cc. 
Water 60 Cc. 
Syrup (TJ. S. P.) 60 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (TJ. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Calcium Lactate with the Phosphoric 
Acid, the Water, and the Syrup, until the salt is dis- 
solved. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each Jtuidrachm represents 1 grain of Calcium Lac- 
tate, or about 1J grains of so-called Calcium Lactophos- 
phate. 
45. ELIXIR CATHARTICUM COM- 
POSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Cathartic Elixir. 
Fluid Extract of Senna (U. S. P.) . . 125 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Podophyllum (U. S. 
P.) 62 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Leptandra (U. S. P.) 50 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Jalap (P. 162) . . 50 Cc. 
Potassium and Sodium Tartrate . . 125 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 16 Gm. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 250 Cc. 
Elixir of Glycyrrhiza (F. 76), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the fluid extracts with the Compound Elixir of 
Taraxacum; in the mixture, dissolve the salts by agita- 
tion, and add enough Elixir of Glycyrrhiza to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
The product should not be filtered, and should be 
shaken up whenever any of it is dispensed. 
The average dose for an adult is 2 fluidrachms. 
46. ELIXIR CHLOROFORMI COMPOSI- 
TUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Chloroform. 
Chloroform 190 Cc. 
Tincture of Opium (TJ. S. P.) .... 190 Cc. 
Spirit of Camphor (U. S. P.) 190 Cc. 
Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia (U. S. P.) . 190 Cc. 
Alcohol 235 Cc. 
Oil of Cinnamon (Cassia) 5 Cc. 
Mix the Chloroform with the Alcohol, then add the 
Oil of Cinnamon, Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, Spirit of 
Camphor, and Tincture of Opium. Allow the mixture to 
stand a few hours, and filter in a well-covered funnel. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 1 grain of Opium 
and 11 minims of Chloroform. 
Note.—This preparation is called Chloroform Paregoric in some 
sections of the country. It is recommended that this title be 
abandoned, to prevent confusion with the official Paregoric or 
Tmctura Opii Camphorata. 
47. ELIXIR CINCHONA. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona. 
Elixir of Calisaya. 
Tincture of Cinchona (TJ. S. P.).... 150 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
I Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 600 Cc. 
Mix the liquids, allow to stand as long as convenient, 
and filter through a wetted filter. 
Each fluidounce represents about fourteen (14) grains 
of Yellow Cinchona. 
48. ELIXIR CINCHON/E DETANNA- 
TUM. N. F. 
Detannated Elixir of Cinchona. 
Detannated Elixir of Calisaya. 
Detannated Tincture of Cinchona (F. 
403) 150 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (TJ. S. P.) 600 Cc. 
Mix the Liquids, and filter, if necessary. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1493 
Each fluidounce represents about fourteen (14) grains 
of Yellow Cinchona. 
Note.—This preparation may be used when Elixir Cinchonse is 
directed in combination with preparations of Iron, but may be 
replaced by Compound Elixir of Quinine (F. 98), colored by the 
addition of fifteen (15) cubic centimeters of Compound Tincture of 
Cudbear (F. 419) to one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
49. ELIXIR CINCHONE ET HYPO- 
PHOSPHITUM. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona and Hypophosphites. 
Elixir of Calisaya and Hypophosphites. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 17.5 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 17.5 Gm. 
Citric Acid . ... : 4 Gm. 
Water 125 Cc. 
Elixir of Cinchona (F. 47), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Hypophosphites and the Citric Acid in the 
Water, add enough Elixir of Cinchona to make one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain, each, of the Hypo- 
phosphites of Calcium and Sodium. 
50. ELIXIR CINCHONE ET FERRI. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona and Iron. 
Elixir of Calisaya and Iron. Ferrated Elixir of 
Calisaya. 
Soluble Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) . 35 Gm. 
Water, boiling 60 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Quinine (F. 98), 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Soluble Ferric Phosphate in the boiling 
Water, then add enough Compound Elixir of Quinine to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Soluble Ferric 
Phosphate. 
51. ELIXIR CINCHONE, FERRI, BIS- 
MUTHI, ET STRYCHNINE. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, Bismuth, and Strych- 
nine. 
Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, Bismuth, and Strychnine. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Water, hot 10 Cc. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Bis- 
muth (F. 52) 990 Cc. 
Dissolve the Strychnine Sulphate in the hot Water, add 
the Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Bismuth, and filter, if 
necessary. 
52. ELIXIR CINCHONE, FERRI, ET 
BISMUTHI. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Bismuth. 
Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Bismuth. 
Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate . 17.5 Gm. 
Water, hot 30 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) a sufficient quantity. 
Elixir of Cinchona and Iron (F. 
50), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate in the 
hot Water, allow the solution to stand until any undis- 
soived matter has subsided; then decant the clear liquid, 
and add to the residue enough Ammonia Water to dis- 
solve it, carefully avoiding an excess. Then mix the so- 
lution with enough Elixir of Cinchona and Iron to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Let the mixture 
stand twenty-four hours, if convenient, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Bismuth and Am- 
monium Citrate, and nearly 2 grains of Ferric Phosphate. 
53. ELIXIR CINCHONA, FERRI, ET 
CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Calcium Lacto- 
phosphate. 
Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Calcium Lactophos- 
phate. 
Calcium Lactate 8.5 Gm. 
Phosphoric Acid (U. S. P., 85 %) . 4 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.).... 32 Cc. 
Citric Acid 16 Gm. 
Elixir of Cinchona and Iron (F. 50), 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Calcium Lactate in four hundred and fifty 
(450) cubic centimeters of Elixir of Cinchona and Iron, 
with the aid of the Phosphoric Acid. Then add the 
Citric Acid, and, when this is dissolved, the Ammonia 
Water. Finally add enough Elixir of Cinchona and 
Iron to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and 
filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains i grain of Calcium Lactate 
{or about § grain of so-called Calcium Lactophosphate), 
and nearly 2 grains of Ferric Phosphate. 
54. ELIXIR CINCHONA, FERRI, ET 
PEFSINI. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Pepsin. 
Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 17.5 Gm. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) ... 4 Cc. 
Water 175 Cc. 
Elixir of Cinchona and Iron (F. 50), 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Pepsin in the Water mixed with the Hy- 
drochloric Acid; then add enough Elixir of Cinchona 
and Iron to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Let the mixture stand a few days, if convenient, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin and about 
grains of Ferric Phosphate. 
55. ELIXIR CINCHONE, FERRI, ET 
STRYCHNINE. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Iron, and Strychnine. 
Elixir of Calisaya, Iron, and Strychnine. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Water 15 Cc. 
Elixir of Cinchona and Iron (F. 
50), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Strychnine Sulphate in the Water and add 
enough Elixir of Cinchona and Iron to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains grain of Strychnine Sul- 
phate, and about 2 grains of Ferric Phosphate. 
56. ELIXIR CINCHONE, PEPSINI, ET 
STRYCHNINE. N. F. 
Elixir of Cinchona, Pepsin, and Strychnine. 
Elixir of Calisaya, Pepsin, and Strychnine. 
Quinine Sulphate 2 Gm. 
Cinchonine Sulphate 1 Gm. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Elixir of Pepsin (F. 88), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the alkaloidal salts in the Elixir, and filter, if 
necessary. 
Each fluidrachm represents small quantities of Cin- 
chona Alkaloids, grain of Strychnine Sulphate, and 
1 grain of Pepsin. 1494 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
57. ELIXIR CORYDALIS COMPOSITUM. 
N.F. 
Compound Elixir of Corydalis. 
Fluid Extract of Corydalis (F. 154) . 60 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Stillingia (U. S. P.) . 60 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Xanthoxylum 
(U.S.P.) 30 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Iris (U. S. P.) ... 90 Cc. 
Alcohol . 125 Cc. 
Potassium Iodide 50 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Alcohol with the Fluid Extracts, dissolve the 
Potassium Iodide in the mixture, and add enough Aro- 
matic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centime- 
ters. Let the mixture stand a few days, if convenient, 
and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 3 grains of Potassium Iodide, 
and small quantities of the several Fluid Extracts. 
58. ELIXIR CURASSAO. N.F. 
Elixir of Curasao. 
Curasao Cordial. 
Spirit of Cura9ao (F. 348) 16 Cc. 
Orris Root, in fine powder 4 Gm. 
Deodorized Alcohol ........ 250 Cc. 
Citric Acid 7 Gm. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 500 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Spirit of Curasao with the Alcohol, add the 
Orris Root, the Magnesium Carbonate, and one hundred 
and eighty-five (185) cubic centimeters of Water. Allow 
the mixture to stand twelve hours, occasionally agitating; 
then pour it on a wetted filter, returning the first portions 
of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough 
Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure five 
hundred (500) cubic centimeters. In this dissolve the 
Citric Acid, and finally add the Syrup. 
59. ELIXIR DIGESTIVUM COMPOSITUM. 
N. F. 
Compound Digestive Elixir. 
Compound Elixir of Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 10 Gm. 
Pancreatin (U. S. P.) 1 Gm. 
Diastase 1 Gm. 
Lactic Acid 3 Gm. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) .... 6 Cc. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Water 125 Cc. 
Tincture of Cudbear (F. 418) .... 15 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Acids with the Glycerin and Water, add the 
Pepsin, Pancreatin, and Diastase to this mixture, and 
macerate with occasional shaking, until solution is appar- 
ently effected. Then add the Tincture of Cudbear and 
enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. Incorporate the Purified Talcum thor- 
oughly with the mixture, and filter. 
Note.—The best commercial variety of Diastase, capable of 
converting the largest amount of starch into dextrin and glucose, 
should be used for this preparation. 
60. ELIXIR ERIODICTYI AROMATICUM. 
N. F. 
Aromatic Elixir of Eriodictyon. 
Aromatic Elixir of Verba Santa; Elixir Corrigens. 
Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon 
(U. S.P.) 62.5 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 500 Cc. 
Pumice, in fine powder 30 Gm. 
Magnesium Carbonate 11 Gm. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum 
(P. Ill), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix four hundred and fifty (450) cubic centimeters of 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum with the Syrup and 
Pumice, then add the Fluid Extract, and mix the whole 
thoroughly by agitation. Shake the mixture occasionally 
during two hours, then allow it to settle, and carefully de- 
cant the liquid into a funnel, the neck of which contains 
a small pellet of absorbent cotton. Afterwards add the 
dregs and allow them to drain. To the filtrate add the 
Magnesium Carbonate, and shake occasionally during 
several hours. Let the mixture stand at rest during 
twelve hours, if convenient, then decant the liquid and 
filter it through paper. To the filtrate add enough Com- 
pound Elixir of Taraxacum, if necessary, to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
61. ELIXIR ERYTHROXYLI. N. F. 
Elixir of Erythroxylon. 
Elixir of Coca. 
Fluid Extract of Coca (U. S. P.) . 125 Cc. 
Alcohol 62.5 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Tincture of Vanilla (U. S. P.) . . 16 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Fluid Extract with the Alcohol, the Syrup, 
and six hundred and fifty (650) cubic centimeters of 
Aromatic Elixir, add the Purified Talcum and incorpo- 
rate the latter thoroughly. Let the mixture stand during 
forty-eight hours, if convenient, shaking occasionally; 
then filter, add the Tincture of Vanilla to the filtrate, and 
pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to make 
the product measure one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 7£ grains of Erythroxylon 
{Coca). 
62. ELIXIR ERYTHROXYLI ET GUA- 
RANJE. N.F. 
Elixir of Erythroxylon and Guarana. 
Elixir of Coca and Guarana. 
Fluid Extract of Coca (U. S. P.) . . . 125 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Guarana (U. S. P.) . 125 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. Ill) 750 Cc. 
Mix the liquids, and thoroughly incorporate the Puri- 
fied Talcum with the mixture. Let it stand during forty- 
eight hours, if convenient, occasionally agitating, then 
filter. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 7i grains each of Ery- 
throxylon {Coca) and Guarana. 
63. ELIXIR EUCALYPTI. N. F. 
Elixir of Eucalyptus. 
Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 16 Gm. 
Syrup of Coffee (F. 367) 375 Cc. 
Compound Elixirof Taraxacum (F.Ill) 375 Cc. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1495 
Mix the Fluid Extract with the Alcohol, then add the 
other ingredients, shake the mixture occasionally during 
forty-eight hours, and filter. 
Each Jluidrachm represents 7£ grains of Eucalyptus. 
64. ELIXIR EUONYMI. N. F. 
Elixir of Euonymus. 
Elixir of Wahoo. 
Fluid Extract of Euonymus (U. S. P.) . 150 Cc. 
Water 125 Cc. 
Syrup of Coffee (F. 367) 125 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. Ill) 600 Cc. 
Mix them, let the mixture stand forty-eight hours, and 
filter. 
Each Jluidrachm represents about 9J grains of Euony- 
mus. 
65. ELIXIR FERRI HYPOPHOSPHITIS. 
N. F. 
Elixir of Ferric Hypophosphite. 
Solution of Ferric Hypophosphite (F. 
219) 100 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 900 Cc. 
Mix, allow the mixture to stand a few days in a cool 
place, and filter if necessary. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ferric Hypophos- 
phite. 
66. ELIXIR FERRI LACTATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Ferrous Lactate. 
Ferrous Lactate, in crusts 17.5 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 52.5 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Ferrous Lactate with tile Potassium Citrate 
and about tioo hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters 
of Aromatic Elixir, gradually added, until solution has 
been effected. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ferrous Lactate. 
67. ELIXIR FERRI PHOSPHATIS. N.F. 
Elixir of Ferric Phosphate. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) .... 35 Gm. 
Water 60 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferric Phosphate in the Water with the 
aid of heat; then mix this solution with a sufficient quan- 
tity of Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 2 grains of Ferric Phos- 
phate. 
68. ELIXIR FERRI PHOSPHATIS, CIN- 
CHONIDINE, ET STRYCHNINE. N.F. 
Elixir of Ferric Phosphate, Cinchonidine, and 
Strychnine. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) . . 35 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 4.5 Gm. 
Cinchonidine Sulphate .... 8.5 Gm. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Alcohol 65 Cc. 
Water 50 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (TJ. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferric Phosphate and Potassium Citrate 
in the Water, using heat, if necessary. To seven hundred 
and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, con- 
tained in a bottle, add the Alcohol, and afterwards the 
alkaloidal salts, and agitate until the latter are dissolved, 
or nearly so. Then mix the two solutions, and, having 
shaken the mixture, add enough Aromatic Elixir to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Finally filter. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 2 grains of Ferric Phos- 
phate, i grain of Cinchonidine Sulphate, and grain 
of Strychnine Sulphate. 
69. ELIXIR FERRI PHOSPHATIS, QUI- 
NINE, ET STRYCHNINE. N. F. 
Elixir of Ferric Phosphate, Quinine, and 
Strychnine. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) . . 17.5 Gm. 
Quinine (alkaloid) 8.75 Gm. 
Strychnine (alkaloid) 0.275 Gm. 
Alcohol 130 Cc. 
Water 50 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the alkaloids in the Alcohol and add seven 
hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Aromatic 
Elixir, then dissolve the Ferric Phosphate in the Water, 
using heat, if necessary, and add to the previous mixture. 
Finally, add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ferric Phosphate, 
i grain of Quinine, and jfa grain of Strychnine. 
70. ELIXIR FERRI PYROPHOSPHATIS. 
N. F. 
Elixir of Ferric Pyrophosphate. 
Ferric Pyrophosphate (U. S. P.) . . 35 Gm. 
Water 60 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferric Pyrophosphate in the Water, and 
add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 2 grains of Ferric Pyrophos- 
phate. 
71. ELIXIR FERRI, QUININE, ET 
STRYCHNINE. N. F. 
Elixir of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chlo- 
ride (F. 407) 125 Cc. 
Quinine Hydrochlorate .... 8.5 Gm. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Alcohol 30 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the alkaloidal salts in about seven hundred 
and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, then 
add the Tincture and the Alcohol, and, finally, enough 
Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each Jluidrachm represents about 1 grain of Ferric 
Chloride, £ grain of Quinine Hydrochlorate, and 
grain of Strychnine Sulphate. 
72. ELIXIR FRANGULE. N. F. 
Elixir of Frangula. 
Elixir of Buckthorn. 
Fluid Extract of Frangula (U. S. P.) . 250 Cc. 
Alcohol 60 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 250 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 440 Cc. 1496 
National Formulary, 
PART II. 
Mix them, allow the mixture to stand during forty- 
eight hours, if convenient, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm represents 15 grains of Frangula. 
73. ELIXIR GENTIAN.®. N. F. 
Elixir of Gentian. 
Fluid Extract of Gentian (IT. S. P.) . 35 Cc. 
Compound Spirit of Cardamom (F. 
347) 25 Cc. 
Solution of Ferric Sulphate (U. S. P.) 25 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (IT. S. P.) .... 28 Cc. 
Alcohol, 
Water, 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), of each, a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dilute the Solution of Ferric Sulphate with two hun- 
dred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of cold Water, 
and add it, constantly stirring, to the Ammonia Water, 
previously diluted with an equal volume of cold Water. 
Collect the precipitate on a well-wetted muslin strainer, 
allow it to drain completely, return it to the vessel, mix 
it intimately with two hundred and fifty (250) cubic cen- 
timeters of Water, and again drain. Repeat this opera- 
tion once more with the same quantity of Water. When 
the precipitate has been completely drained for the third 
time, fold the strainer, and press it gently so as to re- 
move the Water as completely as possible without loss of 
magma; then remove the magma into a tared bottle, and 
ascertain its weight. Now add to the magma one-fifth 
(£) of its weight of Alcohol, the Fluid Extract, the Com- 
pound Spirit, and seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic 
centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, and shake the mixture 
occasionally during twenty-four hours. Filter through 
paper, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter 
to make the product measure one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 2 grains of Gentian. 
74. ELIXIR GENTIAN® CUM TINCTURA 
FERRI CHLORIDI. N. F. 
Elixir of Gentian with Tincture of Ferric Chlo- 
ride. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride (F. 
407) * 100 Cc. 
Elixir of Gentian (F. 73) 900 Cc. 
Mix and filter, if necessary. 
Each fluidrachm represents about § grain of Ferric 
Chloride and nearly 2 grains of Gentian. 
75. ELIXIR GENTIAN® ET FERRI 
PHOSPHATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Gentian and Ferric Phosphate. 
Elixir Oentiance Ferratum. Ferrated Elixir of 
Gentian. Ferrophosphated Elixir of Gentian. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) . . . 17.5 Gm. 
Water 35 Cc. 
Elixir of Gentian (F. 73), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferric Phosphate in the Water with the 
aid of heat, and add enough Elixir of Gentian to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Filter, if neces- 
sary. 
Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Ferric Phos- 
phate, and nearly 2 grains of Gentian. 
76. ELIXIR GLYCYRRHIZ®. N. F. 
Elixir of Glycyrrhiza. 
Elixir of Liquorice. 
Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza (IT. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P) 875 Cc. 
Mix and filter, if necessary. 
77. ELIXIR GLYCYRRHIZ® AROMATI- 
CUM. N. F. 
Aromatic Elixir of Glycyrrhiza. 
Aromatic Elixir of Liquorice. 
Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza (U. 
S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Oil of Cloves 0.4 Cc. 
Oil of Cinnamon (Ceylon) .... 0.4 Cc. 
Oil of Nutmegs 0.25 Cc. 
Oil of Fennel 0.75 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Oils with the Magnesium Carbonate, and 
gradually add eight hundred and seventy-five (875) cubic 
centimeters of Aromatic Elixir. Shake occasionally during 
an hour, filter, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through 
the filter to make eight hundred and seventy-five (875) 
cubic centimeters of filtrate. Add the fluid extract to the 
filtrate, mix, and filter, if necessary. 
78. ELIXIR GRIND ELI®. N. F. 
Elixir of Grindelia. 
Fluid Extract of Grindelia (U. S. P.) . 65 Cc. 
Compound Spirit of Orange (U. S. P.) . 10 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol 115 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. Ill) 810 Cc. 
Mix them, allow the mixture to stand a few days, if 
convenient, then filter. 
Each fiuidounce represents 30 grains of Grindelia. 
79. ELIXIR GUARANI. N. F. 
Elixir of Guarana. 
Fluid Extract of Guarana (U. S. P.) . . 200 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 200 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 600 Cc. 
Mix them; allow the mixture to stand during forty- 
eight hours, if convenient, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 12 grains of Gua- 
rana. 
80. ELIXIR HUMULI. N. F. 
Elixir of Humulus. 
Elixir of Hops. 
Fluid Extract of Hops (F. 160) . . . 125 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Tincture of Vanilla (IT. S. P.) . . . 30 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 125 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Fluid Extract of Hops with the Magne- 
sium Carbonate, then gradually add the Compound Elixir 
of Taraxacum, Tincture of Vanilla, and enough Aromatic 
Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Allow the mixture to stand several days, if convenient, 
occasionally agitating; then filter. 
Each fluidrachm represents 7i grains of Humulus 
(Hops). 
81. ELIXIR HYPOPHOSPHITUM. N. F. 
Elixir of Hypophosphites. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 52.5 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 17.5 Gm. 
Potassium Hypophosphite .... 17.5 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Water 250 Cc. 
Glycerin 30 Cc. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1497 
Compound Spirit of Cardamom 
(F. 347) 30 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Hypophosphites and the Citric Acid in the 
Water; then add the Glycerin, Compound Spirit of Car- 
damom, and enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each fluidrachm contains 3 grains of Calcium Hypo- 
phosphite and 1 grain, each, of Sodium and Potassium 
Hypophosphites. 
82. ELIXIR HYPOPHOSPHITUM CUM 
FERRO. N. F. 
Elixir of Hypophosphites with Iron. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 25 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 17.5 Gm. 
Potassium Hypophosphite .... 8.5 Gm. 
Ferrous Sulphate, in clear crystals . 13 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Water 250 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Hypophosphites in one hundred and 
seventy-five (175) cubic centimeters of Water, and add the 
Syrup. Dissolve the Ferrous Sulphate in the remainder 
of the Water, and mix this with the other solution. Then 
add three hundred and fifty (350) cubic centimeters of 
Aromatic Elixir, set the mixture aside, in a cold place, for 
twelve hours, and filter from the deposited calcium sul- 
phate. Finally dissolve the Citric Acid in the filtrate, 
and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains about £ grain of Ferrous 
Hypophosphite, about 1 grain, each, of Calcium and 
Sodium Hypophosphites, and £ grain of Potassium Hypo- 
phosphite. 
83. ELIXIR LITHII BROMIDI. N. F. 
Elixir of Lithium Bromide. 
Lithium Bromide 85 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the solids in about nine hundred (900) cubic 
centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, by agitation. Then add 
enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains about 5 grains of Lithium 
Bromide. 
84. ELIXIR LITHII CITRATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Lithium Citrate. 
Lithium Citrate 85 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Lithium Citrate in about nine hundred 
(900) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, by agitation. 
Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Lithium Citrate. 
85. ELIXIR LITHII SALICYLATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Lithium Salicylate. 
Lithium Salicylate 85 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Lithium Salicylate in about nine hundred 
(900) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, by agitation. 
Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains 5 grains of Lithium Salicy- 
late. 
86. ELIXIR MALTI ET FERRI. N. F. 
Elixir of Malt and Iron. 
Extract of Malt 250 Cc. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) . . . 17.5 Gm. 
Water 30 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferric Phosphate in the Water by the 
aid of heat, mix the solution with the Extract of Malt 
previously introduced into a graduated bottle, and add 
enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. Set the mixture aside for twenty-four 
hours, and filter. 
Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Ferric Phos- 
phate and 15 minims of Extract of Malt. 
Note.—Extract of Malt, most suitable for this preparation, 
should have about the consistence of Balsam of Peru at a tem- 
perature of about 15° C. (59° F.). 
87. ELIXIR PARALDEHYDI. N. F. 
Elixir of Paraldehyde. 
(25 per cent.) 
Paraldehyde 250 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Alcohol 315 Cc. 
Tincture of Cardamom (U. S. P.) . . 17.5 Cc. 
Oil of Orange 2 Cc. 
Oil of Cinnamon 2 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear 
(F. 419) 15 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the ingredients in the order given, and filter, if 
necessary. 
Each teaspoonful contains about fifteen (15) minims of 
Paraldehyde. 
88. ELIXIR PEPSINI. N. F. 
Elixir of Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 17.5 Gm. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) ... 4 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 65 Cc. 
Alcohol 175 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Sugar . . 250 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Pepsin with three hundred and fifty (350) 
cubic centimeters of Water, add the Glycerin and Acid, 
and agitate until solution has been effected. Then add 
the Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, Alcohol, and the Puri- 
fied Talcum, and mix thoroughly. Set the mixture aside 
for a few hours, occasionally agitating. Then filter it 
through a wetted filter, dissolve the Sugar in the filtrate, 
and pass enough water through the filter to make the 
whole product measure one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin. 1498 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
89. ELIXIR PEPSINI, BISMUTHI, ET 
STRYCHNIN/E. N. F. 
Elixir of Pepsin, Bismuth, and Strychnine. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Elixir of Pepsin and Bismuth 
(F. 90) 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Strychnine Sulphate in the Elixir. 
Each Jluidrachm represents grain of Strychnine 
Sulphate, 1 grain of Pepsin, and 2 grains of Bismuth and 
Ammonium Citrate. 
90. ELIXIR PEPSINI ET BISMUTHI. N. F. 
Elixir of Pepsin and Bismuth. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) ....... 17.5 Gm. 
Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate . 35 Gm. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) a sufficient quantity. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Alcohol 175 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 65 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Pepsin in two hundred and Jifty (250) 
cubic centimeters of Water. Dissolve the Bismuth and 
Ammonium Citrate in sixty (60) cubic centimeters of 
warm Water, allow the solution to stand until clear, if 
necessary; then decant the clear liquid, and add to the 
residue just enough Ammonia Water to dissolve it, care- 
fully avoiding an excess. Then mix the two solutions, 
and add the Glycerin, Compound Elixir of Taraxacum, 
and Alcohol. Thoroughly incorporate the Purified Tal- 
cum with the mixture, filter it through a wetted filter, 
and pass enough Water through the filter to make the fil- 
trate measure seven hundred and Jifty (750) cubic centi- 
meters. To this add the Syrup. 
Each Jluidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin and 2 
grains of Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate. 
91. ELIXIR PEPSINI ET FERRI. N. F. 
Elixir of Pepsin and Iron. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride (F. 
407) 75 Cc. 
Elixir of Pepsin (F. 88) 925 Cc. 
Mix, and filter, if necessary. 
Each Jluidrachm represents about i grain of Ferric 
Chloride and nearly 1 grain of Pepsin. 
92. ELIXIR PHOSPHORI ET NUCIS 
VOMICA. N. F. 
Elixir of Phosphorus and Nux Vomica. 
Tincture of Nux Vomica (U. S. P.) . . 35 Cc. 
Elixir of Phosphorus (U. S. P.) . . . . 965 Cc. 
Mix them. This preparation should be freshly made 
when wanted for use. 
Each Jluidrachm represents 2 minims of Tincture of 
Nux Vomica and nearly fa grain of Phosphorus. 
93. ELIXIR PICIS COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Tar. 
Syrup of Wild Cherry (TJ. S. P.) . 200 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (TJ. S. P.) .... 200 Cc. 
Morphine Sulphate 0.35 Gm. 
Methylic Alcohol 50 Cc. 
Water, 
Wine of Tar (F. 451), of each, a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Morphine Sulphate in about eight (8) cubic 
centimeters of hot Water, and add the solution to the two 
Syrups previously mixed. Then add the Methylic Alco- 
hoi and enough Wine of Tar to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each jluidrachm contains about fa grain of Morphine 
Sulphate. 
94. ELIXIR PILOCARPI. 
Elixir of Pilocarpus. 
Elixir of Jaborandi. 
Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus (U. S. P.) . 65 Cc. 
Syrup of Coffee (F. 367) 200 Cc. 
Tincture of Vanilla (U. S. P.) .... 35 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 700 Cc. 
Mix them. Allow the mixture to stand during four 
days, if convenient, and filter. 
Each Jluidrachm represents 3| grains of Pilocarpus. 
95. ELIXIR POTASSII ACETATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Potassium Acetate. 
Potassium Acetate 85 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (TJ. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Acetate in nine hundred (900) 
cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, then add enough of 
the latter to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Filter, if necessary. 
Each Jluidrachm contains about 5 grains of Potassium 
Acetate. 
96. ELIXIR POTASSII ACETATIS ET 
JUNIPERI. N.F. 
Elixir of Potassium Acetate and Juniper. 
Potassium Acetate 85 Gm. 
Fluid Extract of Juniper (F. 164) . . 125 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 15 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Fluid Extract of Juniper with the Mag- 
nesium Carbonate, then add seven hundred and fifty (750) 
cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir in which the Potas- 
sium Acetate has previously been dissolved. Filter, and 
add enough Aromatic Elixir, through the filter, to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each Jluidrachm represents 5 grains of Potassium Ace- 
tate and 7i grains of Juniper. 
97. ELIXIR POTASSII BROMIDI. N.F. 
Elixir of Potassium Bromide. 
Potassium Bromide 175 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Bromide and the Citric Acid in 
about eight hundred (800) cubic centimeters of Aromatic 
Elixir by agitation. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each Jluidrachm contains 10 grains of Potassium Bro- 
mide. 
98. ELIXIR QUININE COMPOSITUM. 
N.F. 
Compound Elixir of Quinine. 
Quinine Sulphate 2 Gm. 
Cinchonidine Sulphate 1 Gm. 
Cinchonine Sulphate 1 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 1000 Cc. 
Add the alkaloidal salts to the Aromatic Elixir, and 
dissolve them by agitation. Finally, filter. 
Each fluidounce contains 1 grain of Quinine Sulphate, PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1499 
and £ grain, each, of Cinchonidine and Cinchonine Sul- 
phates. 
Note.—This preparation is intended as a substitute for JSlixir 
of Cinchona in certain cases when the presence of other constitu- 
ents of Cinchona is deemed unnecessary or objectionable. 
If it is desired to impart a color to this Elixir, this may 
be effected by the addition of 16 Cc. of Compound Tinc- 
ture of Cudbear (F. 419) to the above quantity. 
99. ELIXIR QUININE ET PHOSPHATUM 
COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Quinine and Phosphates. 
Quinine Sulphate 4 Gm. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.) .... 17.5 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 17.5 Gm. 
Syrup of Calcium Lactophosphate 
(U.S.P.), 250 Cc. 
Water 30 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Quinine Sulphate in six hundred (600) 
cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, if necessary, with 
the aid of a gentle heat. Dissolve the Ferric Phosphate 
and the Potassium Citrate in the Water, and add the solu- 
tion to that first prepared. Then add the Syrup of Calcium 
Lactophosphate, and lastly, enough Aromatio Elixir to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Filter, if 
necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains J grain of Quinine Sulphate, 
1 grain of Ferric Phosphate, and about f grain of so- 
called Calcium Lactophosphate. 
100. ELIXIR QUININE VALERIANATIS 
ET STRYCHNINE. N. F. 
Elixir of Quinine Valerianate and Strychnine. 
Quinine Valerianate 17.5 Gm. 
Strychnine Sulphate 0.175 Gm. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear 
(F. 419) 15 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Quinine Valerianate and the Strychnine 
Sulphate with about five hundred (500) cubic centimeters 
of Aromatic Elixir, until they are dissolved. Then add 
the Compound Tincture of Cudbear, and lastly, enough 
Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. Filter, if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 1 grain of Quinine Valerian- 
ate and grain of Strychnine Sulphate. 
101. ELIXIR RHAMNI PURSHIANE. N. F. 
Elixir of Rhamnus Purshiana. 
Elixir of Cascara Sagrada. 
Fluid Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana 
(U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. Ill) 750 Cc. 
Mix them. Allow the mixture to stand a few days, if 
convenient, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 15 grains of Rhamnus 
Purshiana. 
102. ELIXIR RHAMNI PURSHIANE 
COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Rhamnus Purshiana. 
Compound Elixir of Cascara Sagrada; Elixir Laxa- 
tivum; Laxative. Elixir. 
Fluid Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana 
(U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Senna (TJ. S. P.) ... 75 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Juglans (F. 163) ... 65 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. Ill) 735 Cc. 
Mix them. Allow to stand a few days, if convenient, 
and filter. 
The average dose of this preparation, for an adult, is 
one (1) to two (2) teaspoonfuls. 
103. ELIXIR RHEI. 
Elixir of Rhubarb. 
Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) . 500 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol 65 Cc. 
Water 185 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Mix them, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about 2£ grains of Rhubarb. 
104. ELIXIR RHEI ET MAGNESII ACE- 
TATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Rhubarb and Magnesium Acetate. 
Elixir Rhei et Magnesice. Elixir of Rhubarb and 
Magnesia. 
Magnesia, calcined 20 Gm. 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) . . a sufficient quantity. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P ) 125 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Magnesia in one hundred and fifty (150) 
cubic centimeters of Acetic Acid, with the aid of a gentle 
heat, adding, if necessary, a little more Acetic Acid, drop 
hy drop, until the solution is neutral to test-paper. Then 
add the Fluid Extract and enough Aromatic Elixir to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm represents abotit 4 grains of Magne- 
sium Acetate and 7£ grains of Rhubarb. 
105. ELIXIR RUBI COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Blackberry. 
Blackberry Root 160 Gm. 
Galls 160 Gm. 
Cinnamon, Saigon 160 Gm. 
Cloves 40 Gm. 
Mace 20 Gm. 
Ginger 20 Gm. 
Blackberry Juice, recently expressed 3750 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 1875 Cc. 
Glycerin 1875 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 10000 Cc. 
Reduce the solids to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, moisten it with Diluted Alcohol, and percolate it 
with this menstruum in the usual manner, until tiventy- 
five hundred (2500) cubic centimeters of percolate are ob- 
tained. To this add the Blackberry Juice, Syrup, and 
Glycerin, and mix thoroughly. 
106. ELIXIR SODII BROMIDI. N. F. 
Elixir of Sodium Bromide. 
Sodium Bromide 175 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Bromide and the Citric Acid in 
about eight hundred (800) cubic centimeters of Aromatic 
Elixir, by agitation. Then add enough Aromatic Elixir 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter, 
if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 10 grains of Sodium Bro- 
mide. 1500 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom (U. 
S.P.) • 30 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 800 Cc. 
Mix them, allow the mixture to stand several days, if 
convenient, and filter. 
Note.—If a precipitate should make its appearance in this 
preparation, it ought to be removed by filtration. This Elixir is 
chiefly intended as a vehicle or corrigent, to cover the bitter taste 
of Quinine and similar substances. 
112. ELIXIR TURNER/E. N. F. 
Elixir of Turnera. 
Elixir of Damiana. 
Fluid Extract of Turnera (F. 178) . . 150 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate 30 Gm. 
Alcohol 250 Cc. 
Glycerin 65 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Fluid Extract with the Alcohol, Glycerin, and 
five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir. 
Incorporate the Magnesium Carbonate thoroughly with 
the mixture by trituration. Then filter through a wetted 
filter, and pass enough Aromatic Elixir through the filter 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about 9 J grains of Turnera. 
113. ELIXIR VIBURNI OPULI COMPOS- 
ITUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Viburnum Opulus. 
Compound Elixir of Crampbark. 
Fluid Extract of Viburnum Opulus (U. 
S. P.) 75 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Trillium (F. 177) . . . 150 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Aletris (F. 187) .... 75 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. Ill) 700 Cc. 
Mix them. Allow the mixture to stand a few days, if 
convenient, and filter. 
114. ELIXIR VIBURNI PRUNIFOLII. N. F. 
Elixir of Viburnum Prunifolium. 
Elixir of Black Haw. 
Fluid Extract of Viburnum Prunifolium 
(U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom (U. 
S. P.) 75 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 800 Cc. 
Mix them. Allow the mixture to stand a few days, if 
convenient, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about 7£ grains of Vibur- 
num Prunifolium. 
115. ELIXIR ZINCI VALERIANATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Zinc Valerianate. 
Zinc Valerianate 17.5 Gm. 
Stronger Solution of Ammonium 
Citrate (F. 210) 100 Cc. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Spirit of Bitter Almond (TJ. S. P.) . 10 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear (F. 
419) 15 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Stronger Solution of Ammonium Citrate with 
two hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of Aromatic 
Elixir and the Alcohol, and triturate the Zinc Valerian- 
ate with this mixture, added gradually and in portions, 
until solution has been effected. Then add the Spirit of 
Bitter Almond, the Compound Tincture of Cudbear, and 
finally, enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand 
107. ELIXIR SODII HYPOPHOSPHITIS. 
N. F. 
Elixir of Sodium Hypophosphite. 
Sodium Hyophosphite 35 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Hypophosphite and the Citric 
Acid in about eight hundred (800) cubic centimeters of 
Aromatic Elixir, by agitation. Then add enough Aro- 
matic Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters, and filter, if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 2 grains of Sodium Hypo- 
phosphite. 
108. ELIXIR SODII SALICYLATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Sodium Salicylate. 
Sodium Salicylate 85 Gm. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Salicylate in about eight hundred 
(800) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, by agitation. 
Then add enough Aromatic Elixir to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters, and filter, if necessary. 
This preparation should be freshly prepared when re- 
quired for use. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 5 grains of Sodium Salicy- 
late. 
109. ELIXIR STILLINGIA COMPOSI- 
TUM. N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Stillingia. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia 
(F. 176) 250 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 750 Cc. 
Mix them, allow the mixture to stand a few days, or 
longer, if convenient, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 15 minims of Compound 
Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 
110. ELIXIR STRYCHNIN/E VALERI- 
ANATIS. N. F. 
Elixir of Strychnine Valerianate. 
Strychnine Valerianate .... 0.175 Gm 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) ... a sufficient quantity. 
Tincture of Vanilla (TJ. S. P.) . . 15 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear 
(F. 419) 15 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (TJ. S. P.), a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Strychnine Valerianate with about sixty 
(60) cubic centimeters of Aromatic Elixir, gradually 
added, and effect complete solution by the addition of 
one or more drops of Acetic Acid, avoiding an excess. 
Then add the Tinctures, and lastly, enough Aromatic 
Elixir to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Filter, if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains grain of Strychnine 
Valerianate. 
111. ELIXIR TARAXACI COMPOSITUM. 
N. F. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum. 
Fluid Extract of Taraxacum (TJ. S. P.) 35 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry (TJ. S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Sweet Orange Peel 
(U. S.P.) . 20 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Liquorice (TJ. S. P.) 60 Cc. 
Tincture of Cinnamon (TJ. S. P.) . . . 35 Cc. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1501 
(1000) cubic centimeters. Allow the mixture to stand a 
few days, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 1 grain of Zinc Valerianate. 
116. EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Ammoniac Plaster. 
Ammoniac 100 Gm. 
Diluted Acetic Acid 140 Cc. 
Digest the Ammoniac with the Diluted Acetic Acid, in 
a suitable vessel, avoiding contact with metals, until it is 
entirely emulsionized; then strain and evaporate the 
strained liquid, by means of a water-bath, stirring con- 
stantly, until a small portion, taken from the vessel, 
hardens on cooling. 
117. EMPLASTRUM AROMATICUM. N. F. 
Aromatic Plaster. 
Spice Plaster. 
Cloves 10 Gm. 
Cinnamon, Saigon 10 Gm. 
Ginger 10 Gm. 
Capsicum 5 Gm. 
Camphor 5 Gm. 
Cotton-Seed Oil 35 Gm. 
Lead Plaster 25 Gm. 
Melt together the Lead Plaster and Cotton-Seed Oil, 
with the aid of heat. Cool the mixture and, while it is 
still soft, thoroughly incorporate with it the aromatic 
ingredients, previously reduced to a very fine powder. 
118. EMPLASTRUM ASAFCETIDzE. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Asafetida Plaster. 
Asafetida 35 Gm. 
Lead Plaster 35 Gm. 
Galbanum 15 Gm. 
Yellow Wax 15 Gm. 
Alcohol 120 Cc. 
Digest the Asafetida and Galbanum with the Alcohol 
on a water-bath, separate the liquid portion, while hot, 
from the coarser impurities by straining, and evaporate it 
to the consistence of honey; then add the Lead Plaster 
and the Wax, previously melted together, stir the mixture 
well, and evaporate to the proper consistence. 
119. EMPLASTRUM FUSCUM CAMPHO- 
RATUM. N. F. 
Camphorated Brown Plaster. 
Emplastrum Matris Camphoratum; Camphorated 
Mother Plaster. 
Red Oxide of Lead 300 Gm. 
Olive Oil 600 Gm. 
Yellow Wax 150 Gm. 
Camphor 10 Gm. 
Triturate the Red Oxide of Lead with a portion of the 
Oil in a capacious copper kettle until a smooth paste 
results. Then add the remainder of the Oil, excepting a 
small quantity required for trituration with the Camphor, 
and boil the whole over a naked fire, under constant stir- 
ring, until gas bubbles rise, or until the red color of the 
mixture begins to turn brown. Then moderate the heat, 
but keep up the stirring until the mixture has acquired a 
dark-brown color, and from time to time allow some drops 
of it to fall into cold water to test its consistence. When 
this is satisfactory, remove the vessel from the fire, add 
the Wax in small pieces, and finally the Camphor, pre- 
viously rubbed to a smooth paste with a little Olive Oil. 
Mix thoroughly, allow the mixture to become somewhat 
cool, and while it is still warm, pour the plaster into 
paper moulds previously coated with mucilage containing 
about five per cent, of glycerin, and dried. 
Note.—This preparation is official in the German Pharmaco- 
poeia. 
120. EMPLASTRUM GALBANI. N. F. 
(U.S.P., 1880.) 
Galbanum Plaster. 
Galbanum 16 Gm. 
Turpentine 2 Gm. 
Burgundy Pitch 6 Gm. 
Lead Plaster 76 Gm. 
To the Galbanum and Turpentine, previously melted 
together and strained, add, first, the Burgundy Pitch, 
then the Lead Plaster, melted over a gentle fire, and mix 
the whole thoroughly. 
121. EMPLASTRUM PICIS CANADENSIS. 
N.F. 
(U.S. P., 1880.) 
Canada Pitch Plaster. 
Canada Pitch 90 Gm. 
Yellow Wax 10 Gm. 
Melt them together, strain the mixture, and stir con- 
stantly until it thickens on cooling. 
122. EMPLASTRUM PICIS LIQUIDS 
COMPOSITUM. N.F. 
Compound Tar Plaster. 
Resin 50 Gm. 
Tar 40 Gm. 
Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder .... 10 Gm. 
Phytolacca Root, in No. 60 powder . . 10 Gm. 
Sanguinaria, in No. 60 powder 10 Gm. 
Melt the Resin and Tar together, then stir in the mixed 
powders, and, as the mass cools, mould it into rolls or pour 
it into boxes. 
123. EMULSIONES. N.F. 
Emulsions. 
The successful formation of Emulsions, whether of fixed 
or volatile Oils, is most satisfactorily and expeditiously ac- 
complished with Acacia as the emulsifying agent. Hence,, 
preference is given Acacia in this Formulary, though 
other emulsifying agents are not ignored, and their use 
and application are exemplified in a number of alterna- 
tive formulas for preparing Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. 
A. Emulsification. When Acacia is used as the emul- 
sifying agent, it is important that the Oil, the Acacia, and 
the Water shall primarily be in absolutely definite propor- 
tion by weight. This proportion is eight (8) parts of Oil,. 
two (2) parts of Acacia, and three (3) parts of Water. 
The Oil (8) and Acacia (2), in fine powder, are weighed 
into a mortar, and well mixed by trituration; the Water 
(3) is then added in one portion, and the whole is tritu- 
rated briskly until a thick, creamy emulsion is produced, 
the sides of the mortar being carefully scraped, and the 
mixture again triturated so as to insure the complete 
emulsification of all the Oil. During warm weather, the 
Water and Oil should be cooled. The other ingredients 
may then he gradually added; first the flavoring, then 
the greater part of Water necessary to make the final 
quantity, then the Syrup, etc. Finally the quantity is 
adjusted by the addition of sufficient Water. 
Alcoholic liquids should be added last, and should be 
previously mixed with a portion of the Water. 
If these simple conditions and directions are carefully 
observed, and particularly if the proportions by weight 
are accurate, a perfect Emulsion is obtained with cer- 
tainty and rapidity. 
With other emulsifying agents—Mucilage of Irish Moss, 
Mucilage of Dextrin, Glycerite of Egg, Tincture of Quil- 
laja—the proportions need not be adjusted with the same 
minuteness. It suffices to place the emulsifier into a 
bottle or mortar, and to add the oil in small portions at 
a time, shaking or triturating briskly after each addition 
until emulsification is completed. Obviously, the prepa- 
ration of this class of emulsions is very much facilitated 
by mechanical contrivances that are capable of producing 
brisk agitation and mingling of the two fluids, and such 
are necessarily resorted to when emulsions are to he made 1502 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
in large quantities for the market. But none of them are ( 
as perfect as the emulsions made with Acacia. 
B. Flavoring. Since no single or compound aromatic 
can be devised which would be acceptable under all cir- 
cumstances as a flavoring for Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil, 
the selection of the most suitable aromatic must be left to 
the prescriber or dispenser. Among those which are found 
to be most serviceable are the following, the quantities 
given below being intended for one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of finished emulsion, though in some cases a 
smaller or larger quantity, in the same proportions, may 
be preferable: 
1. Oil of Gaulthcria 4 Cc. 
2. Oil of Gaultheria 2 Cc. 
Oil of Sassafras 2 Cc. 
3. Compound Spirit of Orange (U.S.P.) 1.5 Cc. 
4. Oil of Gaultheria 2 Cc. 
Oil of Bitter Almond 0.25 Cc. 
Oil of Coriander 0.25 Cc. 
5. Oil of Gaultheria 1.5 Cc. 
Oil of Sassafras 1.5 Cc. 
Oil of Bitter Almond 0.25 Cc. 
6. Oil of Gaultheria 2.5 Cc. 
Oil of Bitter Almond • 2.5 Cc. 
7. Oil of Neroli 1.5 Cc. 
Oil of Bitter Almond 1.5 Cc. 
Oil of Cloves 0.25 Cc. 
C. Preservation. When an Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil 
is to be kept for some time, its deterioration may be pre- 
vented or retarded by the addition of sixty-five (65) cubic 
centimeters of Alcohol in the place of the same quantity 
of Water, when making one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters of Emulsion. 
124. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHU2E. N. F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. 
Cod-Liver Oil 464 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 116 Gm. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Oil and Acacia together in a mortar. 
Carefully weigh out one hundred and seventy-four (174) 
grammes of Water, and add it at once to the mixture of 
Oil and Acacia, triturating briskly until a thick creamy 
emulsion is produced. To this add the desired flavoring, 
the Syrup of Tolu, and enough Water to make one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters of finished emulsion. 
Alternative Formulas. Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil may 
also be prepared by any other method capable of emulsi- 
fying Oil, the following formulas being given as ex- 
amples : 
1. Irish Moss Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. 
Cod-Liver Oil 500 Cc. 
Mucilage of Irish Moss (F. 275) . . . 325 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Pour the Mucilage of Irish Moss into a suitable bottle, 
add the Cod-Liver Oil in divided portions, shaking well 
after each addition, and, when a perfect Emulsion is 
formed, add the Syrup of Tolu, and Flavoring, and lastly, 
enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. Finally, mix the whole thoroughly together. 
2. Glyconin Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. 
Cod-Liver Oil 500 Cc. 
Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (IT. S. P.) . 175 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, BJ, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Gllycerite of Yolk of Egg (Glyconin) in a 
mortar with the Oil, added in small portions at a time, 
and thoroughly incorporate each portion before adding the 
next. Then, continuing the trituration, gradually add 
the Syrup of Tolu, and Flavoring. Finally, add enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and 
mix the whole thoroughly together. 
3. Dextrin Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. 
Cod-Liver Oil 500 Cc. 
Mucilage of Dextrin (F. 277) .... 325 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
To the Mucilage of Dextrin contained in a suitable bot- 
tle add the Cod-Liver Oil, first in small portions, agitating 
each time, until the last added portion is emulsified. 
Then add the Flavoring, the Syrup of Tolu, and lastly, 
enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters, and mix the whole thoroughly together. 
4. Quillaja Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil. 
Cod-Liver Oil 500 Cc. 
Tincture of Quillaja (U. S. P.) ... 65 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.J, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Pour the Tincture into a suitable bottle, then add the 
Cod-Liver Oil in portions of about one hundred and twenty- 
five (125) cubic centimeters each, and shake after each 
addition until a perfect emulsion results. Next add the 
Syrup of Tolu, and the Flavoring, and lastly, enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Finally, mix the whole thoroughly together. 
An 85-per-cent. Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil may be pre- 
pared by mixing in the manner just prescribed : 
Cod-Liver Oil 850 Cc. 
Tincture of Quillaja (U. S. P.) . . . 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.), of each, a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Note.—Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil made with Quillaja should 
not be dispensed without the direction or consent of the pre- 
scriber. 
125. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHU2E CUM 
CALCII ET SODII PHOSPHATIBUS. N. F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Calcium and 
Sodium Phosphates. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Phosphates of Lime 
and Soda. 
Cod-Liver Oil 464 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 116 Gm. 
Calcium Phosphate 17.5 Gm. 
Sodium Phosphate 17.5 Gm. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Emulsify the Oil with the Acacia and one hundred and 
seventy-four (174) grammes of Water, as directed under 
Emulsio Olei Morrhuse (F. 124), and add the Flavoring. 
Then tritujate the Salts to a fine powder, incorporate 
with the Syrup and a portion of the remaining Water, 
and triturate with the emulsified Oil. Finally, .add 
enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters, and mix the whole thoroughly together. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1503 
126. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHU2E CUM 
CALCII LACTOPHOSPHATE. N.F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Calcium Lacto- 
phosphate. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Lactophosphate of 
Lime. 
Cod-Liver Oil 464 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 116 Gm. 
Calcium Lactate 35 Gm. 
Phosphoric Acid (U. S. P., 85 %) . . 20 Gm. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Gm. 
Flavoring (F. 123, BJ, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Emulsify the Oil with the Acacia and one hundred and 
seventy-four (174) grammes of Water, as directed under 
Emulsio Olei Morrhuae (F. 124), and add the Flavoring. 
Then dissolve the Calcium Lactate in sixty-five (65) cubic 
centimeters of Water with the aid of the Phosphoric Acid, 
add the solution gradually to the Emulsified Oil, then the 
Syrup, and lastly, enough Water to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. Mix the whole thoroughly. 
This Emulsion should be freshly prepared when dis- 
pensed. 
127. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHU2E CUM 
CALCII PHOSPHATE. N.F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Calcium 
Phosphate. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Phosphate of Lime. 
Cod-Liver Oil 464 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 116 Gm. 
Calcium Phosphate 35 Gm. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Emulsify the Oil with the Acacia and one hundred and 
seventy-four (174) grammes of Water, as directed under 
Emulsio Olei Morrhuae (F. 124), and add the Flavoring. 
Then triturate the Calcium Phosphate with the Syrup and 
a portion of the remaining Water, add the mixture grad- 
ually to the emulsified Oil, and lastly, enough Water to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Mix the 
whole thoroughly. 
128. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHUiE CUM 
EXTRACTO MALTI. N. F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Extract of Malt. 
Cod-Liver Oil 500 Cc. 
Mucilage of Dextrin (F. 277) 125 Cc. 
Extract of Malt 375 Cc. 
To the Mucilage of Dextrin, contained in a suitable bot- 
tle, add the Extract of Malt, and mix them thoroughly by 
agitation. Then gradually add the Cod-Liver Oil, first in 
small portions, agitating each time until the last-added 
portion is perfectly incorporated. 
Note.—Extract of Malt, most suitable for this preparation, 
should have about the same consistence as Balsam of Peru, at a 
temperature of 15° C. (59° F.). 
129. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHUAE CUM 
HYPOPHOSPHITE. N.F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Hypophosphite. 
Cod-Liver Oil 464 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 116 Gm. 
Any Soluble Hypophosphite ... 17.5 Gm. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. 8. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Emulsify the Oil with the Acacia and one hundred and 
seventy-four (174) grammes of Water, as directed under 
Emulsio Olei Morrhuae (P. 124), and add the Flavoring. 
Then dissolve the Hypophosphite in sufficient Water, mix 
this solution with the Syrup, and add the mixture gradu- 
ally to the emulsified Oil. Lastly, add enough Water to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and mix the 
whole thoroughly. 
Note.—If several Hypophosphites are required, equal parts of 
them may be used, amounting altogether to seventeen and one-half 
(17.5) grammes for the above formula. Varying quantities, larger 
or smaller than the above, may, of course, be used upon prescrip- 
tion. 
130. EMULSIO OLEI MORRHU/E CUM 
PRUNO VIRGINIAN A. N. F. 
Emulsion of Cod-Liver Oil with Wild Cherry. 
Cod-Liver Oil 464 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 116 Gm. 
Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry 
(U. S.P.) 65 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Flavoring (F. 123, B.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Emulsify the Oil with the Acacia and one hundred and 
seventy-four (174) grammes of Water, as directed under 
Emulsio Olei Morrhuae (F. 124), and add the Flavoring. 
Mix the Fluid Extract and the Syrup with a portion of the 
remaining Water, and add the mixture gradually to the 
emulsified Oil. Lastly, add enough Water to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and mix the whole 
thoroughly. 
131. EMULSIO OLEI RICINI. N. F. 
Emulsion of Castor Oil. 
Castor Oil 32 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 8 Gm. 
Tincture of Vanilla (U. S. P.) . . . 2.5 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 100 Cc. 
Carefully weigh the Castor Oil and the Acacia into a 
mortar, triturate until well mixed; carefully weigh out 
twelve (12) grammes of Water, and add at once to the 
mixture of Oil and Acacia, triturating briskly until a 
thick, creamy emulsion is produced. To this add grad- 
ually, with stirring, a mixture of the Syrup and Tincture 
with a portion of the remaining Water, and finally enough 
Water to make one hundred (100) cubic centimeters. 
The Emulsion contains about one-third of its vol- 
ume of Castor Oil. The flavoring may be varied to suit 
prescription. It should be freshly prepared as required. 
132. EMULSIO OLEI TEREBINTHIN2E. 
N.F. 
Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine. 
Oil of Turpentine 12.5 Cc. 
Acacia, in fine powder 2 Gm. 
Yolk of Egg 15 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 15 Cc. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 100 Cc. 
Triturate the Acacia with the Yolk of Egg, then add 
the Oil of Turpentine very slowly, continuing the tritura- 
tion, and finally add the Aromatic Elixir, and enough 
Cinnamon Water to make one hundred (100) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine, or of any Volatile Oil, 
may also be prepared according to the following general 
I formula: 1504 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Volatile Oil 12.5 Cc. 
Acacia, in fine powder 6 Gm. 
Syrup 25 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 100 Cc. 
Pour the Volatile Oil into a dry bottle, and, having 
corked the latter, agitate it so that the inner surface may 
he completely wetted by the Oil. Then add the Acacia 
and shake again. Finally, add the Syrup, and enough 
Water to make one hundred (100) cubic centimeters, and 
mix thoroughly. 
Note.—If this general formula is applied to Emulsion of Oil of 
Turpentine, and a product similar to that obtained by the {list 
formula is desired, the Syrup should be replaced by Aromatic 
Elixir and the Water by Cinnamon Water. 
If a so-called “Emulsion” of a Volatile Oil is to be made more 
permanent, this may be accomplished by incorporating with it a 
small portion of some bland fixed Oil, such as Expressed Oil of 
Almond. Usually, 1 volume of the Fixed Oil will be suflicient 
for 2 volumes of the Volatile Oil. 
In this case, the mixture should be made in a mortar, by tritu- 
ration, and under observation of the rule laid down in general 
formula for Emulsions (F. 123). 
133. EMULSIO OLEI TEREBINTHIN® 
FORTIOR. N. F. 
Stronger Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine. 
Forbes’s Emulsion of Oil of Turpentine. 
Oil of Turpentine 50 Cc. 
Acacia, in line powder 2.5 Gm. 
Water 50 Cc. 
Pour the Oil of Turpentine into a perfectly dry vial, 
having a capacity of a little more than one hundred (100) 
cubic centimeters, and shake so that the inDer surface may 
be completely wetted by the Oil. Then add the Acacia, 
and shake again. Now add one-half of the Water, and 
shake until the Oil separates in form of a milky Emul- 
sion. Add the remainder of the Water, and continue the 
shaking until the Oil separates from the Water in the 
form of a creamy Emulsion upon standing. 
This Emulsion must be shaken before dispensing. 
Note.—The formula for this strong Emulsion of Oil of Tur- 
pentine is essentially that proposed by Mr. J. Winchell Forbes, 
in 1872. While ttie Oil separates in the form of a cream-like 
layer upon standing, the two liquids are easily united by brief 
shaking. It keeps well, and is useful for dispensing small quan- 
tities of Oil of Turpentine in a fairly well emulsified condition. 
134. EMULSIO PHOSPHATICA. N. F. 
Phosphatic Emulsion. 
Mistura Phosphatica. 
Cod-Liver Oil 250 Cc. 
Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (U. S. P.) 165 Gm. 
Diluted Phosphoric Acid (U. S. P.) 50 Cc. 
Oil of Bitter Almond 1.5 Cc. 
Rum (Jamaica) 250 Cc. 
Orange Flower Water (U. S. P.), a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
To the Glycerite of Yolk of Egg (Glyconin) contained 
in a suitable bottle, gradually add the Cod-Liver Oil, in 
small portions at a time, shaking after each addition, 
until the added portion is emulsified. Then gradually 
add the Phosphoric Acid, Rum, and Oil of Bitter Almond, 
incorporating them thoroughly. Finally, add enough 
Orange Flower Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters, and mix the whole thoroughly. 
135. EXTRACTA FLUIDA. N. F. 
Fluid Extracts. 
The Fluid Extracts for which formulas are given in 
this Formulary are intended to be of the same strength 
as the Fluid Extracts of the United States Pharmacopoeia, 
which directs that one hundred (100) cubic centimeters 
of Fluid Extract shall be obtained from one hundred 
(100) grammes of the drug. 
General Processes. The Fluid Extracts of this Formu- 
lary are to be prepared according to one of the following 
two processes, the particular one to be employed being 
designated in each case. These two processes are neces- 
sary because, in the preparation of some Fluid Extracts, 
two fluids are successively used, the first containing 
Glycerin, and being in definite proportion to the drug 
used, while the second is free from Glycerin, being in- 
tended for the exhaustion of the drug and subsequent 
evaporation. Accordingly these menstrua are designated 
as Menstruum I. (containing Glycerin) and Menstruum 
II. (containing no Glycerin). As an alternative to either 
of these processes, a third process, dependent upon Frac- 
tional Percolation, may be used. In this the use of heat 
is avoided, and it involves the use of only one kind of 
menstruum, even in the case of drugs, for which two 
different menstrua (I. and II.) are prescribed in this 
Formulary. In the case of the latter, a suflicient quan- 
tity of Menstruum I. must be prepared to serve through- 
out the process. 
Process A. The Menstruum contains no 
Glycerin. 
Moisten one thousand (1000) grammes of the drug with 
a sufficient quantity of the prescribed menstruum to 
render it distinctly damp and to maintain it so after sev- 
eral hours’ maceration in a well-covered vessel. When 
the drug has ceased to swell, pack it in a suitable percola- 
tor, pour a sufficient quantity of the menstruum on top, 
and, when the percolate begins to drop from the orifice, 
close the latter, cover the percolator, and allow the con- 
tents to macerate twenty-four hours. Then permit the 
percolation to proceed. Receive the first eight hundred 
and seventy-five (875) cubic centimeters of the percolate 
separately and set it aside. Then continue the percola- 
tion with the same menstruum until the drug is practi- 
cally exhausted. Evaporate this second portion—at a 
temperature sufficiently low to prevent the loss of any im- 
portant volatile constituent—to a soft extract, and dis- 
solve this in a sufficient quantity of menstruum so that 
when this is added to the reserved portion, the product 
will measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Allow 
the Fluid Extract to stand a few days, or longer, if con- 
venient, and filter, if necessary. 
Process B. The Menstruum contains Glycerin. 
Moisten one thousand (1000) grammes of the drug with 
a sufficient quantity of Menstruum I. to render it dis- 
tinctly damp and to maintain it so after several hours’ 
maceration in a well-covered vessel. When the drug has 
ceased to swell, pack it in a suitable percolator and pour 
the remainder of Menstruum I. on top. When this has just 
disappeared from the surface, follow it by a sufficient 
quantity of Menstruum II. As soon as the percolate 
begins to drop from the orifice, close the latter, cover the 
percolator, and allow the contents to macerate during 
twenty-four hours. Then permit the percolation to pro- 
ceed. Receive the first eight hundred and seventy five 
(875) cubic centimeters of the percolate separately and set 
it aside. Then continue the percolation with Menstruum 
II., until the drug is practically exhausted. Evaporate 
this second portion—at a temperature sufficiently low to 
prevent the loss of any important volatile constituent—to 
a soft extract, and dissolve this in a sufficient quantity 
of Menstruum II., so that when this is added to the re- 
served portion, the product will measure one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. Allow the Fluid Extract to 
stand a few days, or longer, if convenient, and filter, if 
necessary. 
Process C. Fractional Percolation. 
Take of the drug, in powder of the prescribed fineness, 
one thousand (1000) grammes, and divide it into three 
portions, of five hundred (500), three hundred and twenty- 
five (325), and one hundred and seventy-five (175) 
grammes, respectively. 
Moisten the first portion of the drug (500 Gm.) with 
the menstruum and percolate in the usual manner. Set 
aside the first one hundred and seventy-five (175) cubic 
centimeters of percolate, and continue until fifteen hun- PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1505 
dred (1500) cubic centimeters more of percolate have 
passed, which must be received in several portions, so 
that the more concentrated will be separate from the last, 
weak percolate. 
Then moisten the second portion of the drug (325 Gm.) 
with the more concentrated percolates received during 
the preceding operation after the first one hundred and, 
seventy-five (175) cubic centimeters have passed, and perco- 
late again in the usual manner, using the several reserved 
percolates, successively, as menstrua. Set aside the first 
three hundred and twenty-five (325) cubic centimeters, 
and continue the percolation until six hundred and fifty 
(650) cubic centimeters more have passed, which should 
also be received in several portions. 
Finally moisten the third portion of the drug (175 Gm.) 
with the most concentrated of the last reserved percolates, 
and proceed as directed for the second portion. Collect 
five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of percolate, and mix 
with the two portions (325 and 175 Cc.) previously set 
aside, so as to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters 
of Fluid Extract. 
Note.—If this method is applied to drugs for which the Process 
B. is directed, use a sufficient quantity of Menstruum I to obtain 
the required quantities of percolate, and omit the use of Men- 
struum II. 
136. EXTRACTUM ADONIDIS FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Adonis. 
From the root of Adonis vernalis Linne (Bird’s Eye). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol. 
137. EXTRACTUM ALETRIDIS FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Aletris. 
From the rhizome of Aletris farinosa Linne (Star- 
grass). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
138. EXTRACTUM ANGELICAS RADICIS 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Angelica Root. 
From the root of Angelica Archangelica Linne (An- 
gelica). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 2 volumes. 
139. EXTRACTUM APII GRAVEOLENTIS 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Celery. 
From the seed of Apium graveolens Linne (Celery). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum : Alcohol, 2 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
140. EXTRACTUM ARALIAS RACEMOSAS 
FLUIDUM. N F. 
Fluid Extract of Aralia Racemosa. 
From the root of Aralia racemosa Linne (American 
Spikenard). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 2 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
141. EXTRACTUM ARNICAS FLORUM 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Arnica Flowers. 
From the flower heads of Arnica montana Linne 
(Arnica). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
142. EXTRACTUM BERBERIDIS VUL- 
GARIS FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Berberis Vulgaris. 
From the bark of the root of Berberis vulgaris Linne 
(Barberry). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 2 volumes. 
143. EXTRACTUM BOLDI FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Boldo. 
From the leaves of Peumus Boldus Molina (Boldo). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 2 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
144. EXTRACTUM BUCHU FLUIDUM 
COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Buchu. 
Buchu 625 Gm. 
Cubeb 125 Gm. 
Juniper 125 Gm. 
Uva Ursi 125 Gm. 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 2 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
145. EXTRACTUM CALENDULAS FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Calendula. 
From the flowering herb of Calendula officinalis 
Linne (Marigold). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 2 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
146. EXTRACTUM CAMELLIAS FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Camellia. 
From the commercial dried leaves of Camellia Thea 
Link (Tea). 
Process B (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum I.: Alcohol, two hundred aud fifty 
(250) cubic centimeters. 
Water, six hundred and eighty-five 
(685) cubic centimeters. 
Glycerin, sixty-five (65) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Menstruum II. : Alcohol, 1 volume. 
Water, 3 volumes. 
Note.—It is recommended that the best quality of commercial 
black tea, preferably “ Formosa Oolong,” be employed for this 
preparation. 
147. EXTRACTUM CAULOPHYLLI 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Caulophyllum. 
From the rhizome and rootlets of Caulophyllum 
thalictroides Michaux (Blue Cohosh). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
148. EXTRACTUM COFFEAS VIRIDIS 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Green Coffee. 
From the commercial, unroasted seeds of Coffea 
arabica Linne (Coffee). 
Process B (see F.). 135—No. 20 powder. 1506 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
155. EXTRACTUM COTO FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Coto. 
From Coto bark, derived from an undetermined 
tree, native of tropical South America. 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 9 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
156. EXTRACTUM FERRI POMATUM. 
N.F, 
Ferrated Extract of Apples. 
Ferri Malas Crudus. Crude Malate of Iron. 
Iron, in the form of fine, bright wire, 
and cut 20 Gm. 
Ripe Sour Apples 1000 Gm. 
Water a sufficient quantity. 
Convert the Sour Apples into a homogeneous pulp by 
pounding or grinding, and express the liquid portion. 
Then mix the latter with the Iron in an enamelled or 
porcelain vessel, macerate for forty-eight hours, and then 
apply the heat of a water-bath, until no more bubbles of 
gas are given off, adding a little water from time to time 
tc make up any loss by evaporation. Dilute the liquid 
with Water to make it weigh one thousand (1000) grammes, 
and set it aside for a few days. Then filter, and evaporate 
the filtrate in the before-mentioned vessel to a thick 
extract, which should be greenish-black, and should yield 
a clear solution with water. 
157. EXTRACTUM FUCI FLUIDUM. N.F. 
Fluid Extract of Fucus. 
From the thallus of Fucus vesiculosus Linne (Blad- 
der-wrack). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
158. EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZ® 
DEPURATUM. N.F. 
Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza. 
Purified Extract of Liquorice. 
Extract of Glycyrrhiza, in sticks, 
Water, each a sufficient quantity. 
Put a layer of well-washed rye-straw over the bottom 
of a keg or other suitable tall vessel. Then put a single 
layer of sticks of Extract of Glycyrrhiza, broken into 
coarse pieces, over it. Continue to put in alternate layers 
of straw and Extract of Glycyrrhiza until the vessel is 
full or the whole of the Extract has been disposed of. 
Fill the vessel with cold Water, and allow it to remain 
for three days. Then draw off the solution which has 
formed, by means of a faucet, or siphon, or otherwise, 
refill the vessel with cold Water, and proceed as before. 
Mix the several solutions obtained, allow any suspended 
matter to subside, decant the clear solution, and strain 
the remainder without pressure. Finally, evaporate the 
liquid on a water-bath to the consistence of a pilular 
extract. 
Note.—Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza should not he con- 
founded witti the ofikial Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza (Extraction 
Glycyrrhixse Purum). 
159. EXTRACTUM H ELI AN THEM I 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Helianthemum. 
From the herb of Helianthemum canadense Mi- 
chaux (Frost-wort). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
160. EXTRACTUM HUMULI FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Hops. 
From the strobiles of Humulus I/upulus Linne 
(Hops). 
Menstruum I.: Alcohol, two hundred and fifty 
(250) cubic centimeters. 
Water, six hundred and eighty- 
five (685) cubic centimeters. 
Glycerin, sixty-five (65) cubic 
centimeters. 
Menstruum II.: Alcohol, 1 volume. 
Water, 3 volumes. 
Note.—It is recommended that the best quality of either of the 
commercial varieties known as “ Java” or “ Mocha” Coffee be 
employed for this preparation. 
149. EXTRACTUM COFFE® TOST.® 
FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Roasted Coffee. 
From the commercial roasted seeds of Coffea ara- 
bica Linne (Coffee). 
Process B (see F. 135).—No. 20 powder. 
Menstruum I.: Alcohol, two hundred and fifty 
(250) cubic centimeters. 
Water, six hundred and eighty- 
five (685) cubic centimeters. 
Glycerin, sixty-five (65) cubic 
centimeters. 
Menstruum II.: Alcohol, 1 volume. 
Water, 3 volumes. 
Note.—See the note to the preceding. 
150. EXTRACTUM CONVALLARI® 
FLORUM FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Convallaria Flowers. 
From the flowers of Convallaria majalis Linne 
(Lily of the Valley). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
151. EXTRACTUM COPTIS FLUIDUM. 
N.F. 
Fluid Extract of Coptis. 
From the rhizome and rootlets of Coptis trifolia 
Salisbury (Goldthread). 
Process A (see F. 135.—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
152. EXTRACTUM CORNUS FLUIDUM. 
N.F. 
(U.S. P., 1880.) 
Fluid Extract of Cornus. 
From the bark of the root of Cornus Florida Linne 
(Dogwood). 
Process B (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum I.: Glycerin, one hundred and fifty 
(150) cubic centimeters. 
Diluted Alcohol, eight hundred 
and fifty (850) cubic centimeters. 
Menstruum II.: Diluted Alcohol. 
153. EXTRACTUM CORNUS CIRCINAT® 
FLUIDUM. N.F. 
Fluid Extract of Cornus Circinata. 
From the bark of Cornus circinata L’Heritier (Green 
Osier). 
Process A (see F. 135.—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
154. EXTRACTUM CORYDALIS FLUI- 
DUM. N.F. 
Fluid Extract of Corydalis. 
From the tubers of Dicentra canadensis De Candolle 
(Turkey Corn). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum : Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1507 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 20 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 5 volumes. 
Water, 3 volumes. 
161. EXTRACTUM HYDRANGEA FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Hydrangea. 
From the root of Hydrangea arborescens Linne 
(Seven Barks). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 2 volumes. 
162. EXTRACTUM JALAP.® FLUIDUM. 
N F. 
Fluid Extract of Jalap. 
From the tuberous root of Exogonium Purga, Ben- 
tham (Jalap). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 60 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol. 
163. EXTRACTUM JUGLANDIS FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Juglans. 
From the inner bark of the root of Juglans cinerea 
Linne (Butternut). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
164. EXTRACTUM JUNIPERI FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Juniper. 
From the fruit of Juniperus communis Linne 
(Juniper). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 10 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
165. EXTRACTUM KAV® FLUIDUM. N.F. 
Fluid Extract of Kava. 
From the root of Piper methysticum Forster (Kava; 
Kava-kava; Ava). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 2 volumes. 
166. EXTRACTUM LACTUCARI1 FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
(U. S.P., 1880.) 
Fluid Extract of Lactucarium. 
Lactucarium, in coarse pieces 100 Gm. 
Ether 125 Cc. 
Alcohol, 
Water, each a sufficient quantity. 
Add the Lactucarium to the Ether contained in a tared 
flask having the capacity of six hundred (600) cubic cen- 
timeters, and let it macerate for twenty-four hours; then 
add three hundred (300) cubic centimeters of Water, and 
shake the mixture well. Fit a bent glass tube into the 
neck of the flask, and, having immersed the flask in hot 
water, recover the Ether by distillation. When all the 
Ether has distilled over, remove the tube, and, after 
thoroughly shaking the contents of the flask, continue 
the heat for half an hour. Let the mixture cool, add one 
hundred (100) grammes of Alcohol, and enough Water 
to make the whole mixture weigh five hundred (500) 
grammes; after maceration for twenty-four hours, with 
occasional agitation, express and filter the liquid. Re- 
turn the dregs to the flask and macerate them with two 
hundred (200) grammes of a mixture of Alcohol and 
Water made in the proportion of one (1) part of Alcohol to 
three (3) parts of Water; repeat the maceration two or 
three times, successively, with fresh portions of the 
mixture, until the dregs are tasteless, or nearly so. Mix, 
and filter the liquids thus obtained, and concentrate them, 
by means of a water-bath (the first expressed liquid by 
itself), until the combined weight of the liquids is sixty 
(60) grammes ; mix the liquids, add forty (40) grammes 
of Alcohol, and let the mixture cool in the evaporating 
vessel, stirring the mixture frequently, and during the 
intervals keeping the vessel well covered. When cool, 
add enough Alcohol to make the mixture weigh one hun- 
dred (100) grammes, transfer the liquid to a flask, and 
add enough Water to make the mixture measure one hun- 
dred (100) cubic centimeters, using the Water so required 
to rinse the evaporating vessel. Shake the mixture occa- 
sionally, during several hours (and frequently, if a portion 
of the precipitate is found to be tenacious), and, when a 
uniform mixture results, set it aside for twenty-four hours, 
so that any precipitate formed may subside. Decant the 
clear liquid, transfer the precipitate to a filter, and, after 
thoroughly draining it into the decanted liquid, wash it 
with a mixture of Alcohol and Water made in the pro- 
portion of three (3) parts of Alcohol to four (4) parts of 
Water, until the washings pass tasteless. Concentrate 
the washings, by evaporation, to a syrupy consistence, mix 
with the decanted liquid, and add enough to the last- 
named mixture of Alcohol and Water to make the whole 
measure one hundred (100) cubic centimeters. Lastly, 
after twenty-four hours, having meanwhile shaken the 
Fluid Extract occasionally, filter it through paper. 
167. EXTRACTUM MALTI. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Extract of Malt. 
Malt, in coarse powder, not finer than 
No. 12 1000 Gm. 
Water a sufficient quantity. 
Upon the powder, contained in a suitable vessel, pour 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of Water, and 
macerate for six hours. Then add four thousand (4000) 
cubic centimeters of Water, heated to about 30° C. (86° 
F.), and digest for an hour at a temperature not exceeding 
66° C. (131° F.). Strain the mixture with strong ex- 
pression. Finally, by means of a water-bath or vacuum- 
apparatus, at a temperature not exceeding 66° C. (131° 
F.), evaporate the strained liquid rapidly to the consist- 
ence of thick honey. 
Keep the product in well-closed vessels, in a cool place. 
168. EXTRACTUM MALTI FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Malt. 
Malt lOOO Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, each a sufficient quantity. 
Reduce the Malt to a coarse powder, not finer than No. 
20. Moisten it with five hundred (500) cubic centimeters 
of a mixture of one (1) volume of Alcohol and three (3) 
volumes of Water, and set it aside, well covered, until it 
has ceased to swell. Then mix it with as much of the 
menstruum as it will take up without dripping, pack it 
uniformly, but without pressure, in a percolator, and add 
enough of the before-mentioned menstruum to cover it. 
When the liquid begins to drop from the orifice, close the 
latter, and allow the contents to macerate during twenty- 
four hours, adding from time to time more menstruum, if 
necessary, to keep the malt just covered. Then remove 
the cork and allow the percolation to proceed until the 
percolate weighs seven hundred and fifty (750) grammes. 
Set this aside, well corked, until any suspended matterB 
have been deposited. Then decant the clear liquid and 
preserve it for use. 
Note.—The product thus obtained may be regarded as being 
practically equivalent to the drug in the proportion of minim for 
grain, the apparent excess of dissolved matters present in the first 
portions of the percolate being about offset by the soluble matters 
still remaining in the drug when the percolation is interrupted. 
169. EXTRACTUM MENYANTHIS FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Menyanthes. 
From the leaves of Menyanthes trifoliata Linne 
(Buckbean. — Trifolium fibrinum Germ. 
Pharm.). National Formulary. 
1508 
PART II. 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 20 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
170. EXTRACTUM MEZEREI FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Fluid Extract of Mezereum. 
From the bark of Daphne Mezereum Linne, and of 
other species of Daphne {Mezereum). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 30 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol. 
171. EXTRACTUM PETROSELINI RADI- 
CIS FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Parsley Root. 
From the root of Petroselinum sativum Hoffmann 
(Parsley). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
172. EXTRACTUM QUILLAJ2E FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Quillaja. 
From the bark of Quillaja Saponaria Molina (Soap- 
Bark). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
173. EXTRACTUM RHAMNI 
FLUIDUM AROMATICUM. 
Aromatic Fluid Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana. 
Aromatic Fluid Extract of Cascara Sagrada. 
Rhamnus Purshiana, in No. 60 powder 1000 Gm. 
Glycyrrhiza, in No. 40 powder .... 100 Gm. 
Calcined Magnesia 125 Gm. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Compound Spirit of Orange (U. S. P.) 10 Cc. 
Alcohol 500 Cc. 
Water, 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), of each, a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the powdered drugs and the Magnesia with two 
thousand (2000) cubic centimeters of Water; macerate for 
twelve hours and then dry the mixture on a water-bath 
at a gentle heat. Mix the Glycerin and the Alcohol with 
two hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of Water, 
and percolate the dried powders with this menstruum, 
followed by Diluted Alcohol, according to the directions 
given under Process B (see F. 135). Reserve the first 
eight hundred and fifty (850) cubic centimeters that pass, 
and set this aside. Continue the percolation with Diluted 
Alcohol to practical exhaustion, evaporate this second 
portion to a soft extract, dissolve it in the reserved por- 
tion, and add the Compound Spirit of Orange and suffi- 
cient Diluted Alcohol to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of Fluid Extract. 
174. EXTRACTUM SENNiE FLUIDUM 
DEODORATUM. N. F. 
Deodorized Fluid Extract of Senna. 
Senna, in No. 60 powder 1000 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, each, ...... a sufficient quantity. 
Moisten the Senna with three hundred and fifty (350) 
cubic centimeters of Alcohol, pack it firmly in a perco- 
lator, and percolate it with Alcohol until it is practically 
exhausted by this menstruum. The alcoholic percolate 
thus obtained is to be rejected, and the alcohol may be 
recovered therefrom by distillation. Then take out the 
moist powder, dry it, and prepare a Fluid Extract by the 
Process and Menstruum below-mentioned : 
Process A (see F. 135). 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
175. EXTRACTUM STERCULI2E FLUI- 
DUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Sterculia. 
From the seeds of Sterculia acuminata R. Brown 
(Cola: Kola). 
Process B (see F. 135).—No. 20 powder. 
Menstruum I.: Alcohol, two hundred and fifty 
(250) cubic centimeters. 
Water, six hundred and eighty- 
five (685) cubic centimeters. 
Glycerin, sixty-five (65) cubic 
centimeters. 
Menstruum II.: Alcohol, 1 volume. 
Water, 3 volumes. 
176. EXTRACTUM STILLINGI2E FLUI- 
DUM COMPOSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 
Stillingia 250 Gm. 
Corydalis (root) 250 Gm. 
Iris 125 Gm. 
Sambucus 125 Gm. 
Chimaphila 125 Gm. 
Coriander 65 Gm. 
Xanthoxylum Berries 60 Gm. 
Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, and prepare a Fluid Extract in the usual manner, by 
the Process and Menstrua below mentioned. 
Process B (see F. 135). 
Menstruum I. : Alcohol, five hundred (500) cubic 
centimeters. 
Glycerin, two hundred and fifty 
(250) cubic centimeters. 
Water, two hundred and fifty 
3 cubic centimeters. 
Alcohol. 
177. EXTRACTUM TRILLII FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Trillium. 
From the rhizome of Trillium erectum Linne, and 
other species of Trillium (Bethroot). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum : Alcohol, 3 volumes. 
Water, 2 volumes. 
178. EXTRACTUM TURNERS FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Turnera. 
From the leaves of Turnera microphylla De Can- 
dolle, and other species of Turnera (Dami- 
an a). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 20 powder. 
Menstruum: Alcohol, 2 volumes. 
Water, 1 volume. 
179. EXTRACTUM URTIC2E FLUIDUM. 
N.F. 
Fluid Extract of Urtica. 
From the root of Urtica dioica Linne (Nettle). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
180. EXTRACTUM VERBASCI FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Verbascum. 
From the leaves and flowers of Verbascum Thapsus 
Linne (Mullein). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 20 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1509 
181. EXTRACTUM VERBENA FLUIDUM. 
N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Verbena. 
From the root of Verbena hastata Linne (Vervain). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
182. EXTRACTUM ZEJE FLUIDUM. N. F. 
Fluid Extract of Zea. 
Extractum Stigmatum Maydis Fluidum. Fluid Ex- 
tract of Corn Silk. 
From the stigmata of Zea Mays Linne (Indian 
Corn). 
Process A (see F. 135).—No. 40 powder. 
Menstruum: Diluted Alcohol. 
183. FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS. N. F. 
Hypophosphite of Iron. 
Ferric Hypophosphite. 
Iron and Ammonium Sulphate (U. S. 
P.), in perfect crystals 100 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 67 Gm. 
Distilled Water a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Iron and Ammonium Sulphate in four 
hundred (400) cubic centimeters, and the Sodium Hypo- 
phosphite in one hundred and twenty-five (125) cubic cen- 
timeters, of Distilled Water, and, if necessary, filter each 
solution. Then mix them, and stir thoroughly; after a 
short time transfer the mixture to a close linen or muslin 
strainer, and wash the precipitate with Distilled Water 
until the washings run off tasteless. Transfer the strainer 
to a warm place, and, when the contents are dry, preserve 
them for use. 
Hypophosphite of Iron (ferric) may also be prepared 
in the following manner: 
Calcium Hypophosphite 100 Gm. 
Solution of Ferric Chloride (U. S. P.), 
Distilled Water, of each . . a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Calcium Hypophosphite in twelve hundred 
(1200) cubic centimeters of Distilled Water, and filter the 
solution. To this add Solution of Ferric Chloride, in 
small portions, stirring well each time and allowing the 
precipitate to subside before adding a fresh portion. To- 
wards the end, remove a small quantity of the clear super- 
natant liquid, add to it some Solution of Ferric Chloride 
diluted with ten times its volume of Water, and observe 
whether any turbidity occurs either at once or after a few 
minutes. If it remains clear, the precipitation may be re- 
garded as complete. Then transfer the mixture to a close 
linen or muslin strainer, and wash the precipitate with 
Distilled Water, until the washings run off tasteless. 
Transfer the strainer to a warm place and, when the con- 
tents are dry, preserve them for use. 
184. GELATINUM CHONDRI. N. F. 
Irish Moss Gelatin. 
Irish Moss 1000 Gm. 
Water a sufficient quantity. 
Wash the Irish Moss with cold Water, then place it in 
a suitable vessel, add fifty thousand (50,000) cubic centi- 
meters of hot Water, and heat it on a boiling water-bath, 
for fifteen minutes, frequently stirring. Strain the decoc- 
tion, while hot, through a strong muslin strainer; return 
the strained, mucilaginous liquid to the water-bath, evap- 
orate it to a semi-fluid consistence, then transfer it to 
shallow, flat-bottomed trays, and evaporate it at a tem- 
perature not exceeding 90° C. (194° F.), so that the 
Gelatin may become detached in scales. 
Note.—Irish Moss Gelatin thus prepared furnishes a Mucilage 
of Irish Moss which is opaque, like that made directly from the 
Moss itself. It may be prepared so as to yield a transparent mu- 
cilage by following the plan pointed out in the Note to Mucilago 
Chondri (F. 275). 
185. GLYCER1TUM BISMUTHI. N. F. 
Glycerite of Bismuth. 
Liquor Bismuihi Concentratus. Concentrated Solu- 
tion of Bismuth. 
Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate . . 275 Gm. 
Stronger Ammonia Water (U. S. P.), 
a sufficient quantity. 
Glycerin 500 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate with 
three hundred and fifty (350) cubic centimeters of Water 
and two hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of 
Glycerin, and add to it gradually just enough Stronger 
Ammonia Water to dissolve the Salt, and to produce a 
neutral solution. Then add the remainder of the Glycerin 
and enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 16 grains of Bismuth and 
Ammonium Citrate. 
186. GLYCERITUM GUAIACI. N. F. 
Glycerite of Guaiac. 
Guaiac (U. S. P.), in powder .... 85 Gm. 
Solution of Potassa (U. S. P.) ... 65 Cc. 
Glycerin 600 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Solution of Potassa with three hundred (300) 
cubic centimeters of Water, add the powdered Guaiac, and 
macerate for 24 hours with occasional agitation. Then 
filter, add the Glycerin and sufficient Water to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
187. GLYCERITUM PEPSINI. N. F. 
Glycerite of Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 85 Gm. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) .... 10 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Glycerin 500 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Pepsin with four hundred and fifty (450) cubic 
centimeters of Water and the Hydrochloric Acid, and agi- 
tate until solution has been effected. Then incorporate 
the Purified Talcum with the liquid, filter, returning the 
first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, 
and pass enough Water through the filter to make the fil- 
trate measure five hundred (500) cubic centimeters. To 
this add the Glycerin, and mix. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 5 grains of Pepsin (U. 
S. P.). 
188. GLYCERITUM PICIS LIQUIDS. N. F. 
Glycerite of Tar. 
Tar 65 Gm. 
Magnesium Carbonate 125 Gm. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Upon the Tar, contained in a mortar, pour two hundred 
(200) cubic centimeters of cold Water, stir them thoroughly 
together, and pour off the Water. Repeat this once or 
twice, until the Water only feebly reddens blue litmus- 
paper. Now triturate the washed Tar with the Alcohol, 
gradually incorporate the Magnesium Carbonate and 
Glycerin, and lastly, six hundred and twenty-five (625) 
cubic centimeters of Water. Pour the mixture upon a 
filter of loose texture spread over a piece of straining mus- 
lin, and, after the liquid portion has passed through, wash 
the residue on the filter with Water, until the whole fil- 
trate measures one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 1510 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
189. GLYCERITUM TRAGACANTH/E. 
N. F. 
Glycerite of Tragacanth. 
Tragacanth, in fine powder 125 Gm. 
Glycerin 775 Cc. 
Water 185 Cc. 
Triturate the Tragacanth with the Glycerin in a mor- 
tar, add the Water, and continue the trituration, until a 
homogeneous, thick paste results. 
Note.— Unguentum Glycerin of the German Pliarm. is prepared 
by triturating 1 part of powdered Tragacanth with 5 parts (by 
weight) of Alcohol (of about 91 per cent.), then adding 50 parts 
of Glycerin, and heating on a steam bath. 
190. GOSSYPIUM STYPTICUM. N. F. 
Styptic Cotton. 
Purified Cotton (U. S. P.), 
Solution of Ferric Chloride (U. S. P.), 
Glycerin, 
Water, of each a sufficient quantity. 
Mix the liquids in the proportion of five (5) parts of 
the Iron Solution, one (1) part of Glycerin, and four (4) 
parts of Water, in such quantities that the Purified Cot- 
ton shall be completely immersed in the liquid when 
gently pressed. Allow the Cotton to remain in the 
liquid one hour, then remove it, press it until it has 
been brought to twice its original weight, spread it 
out in thin layers, in a warm place, protected from dust 
and light, and when it is sufficiently dry transfer it to 
well-closed receptacles. 
191. INFUSUM BRAYER®. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Infusion of Brayera. 
Infusion of Kousso. 
Brayera, in No. 20 powder 60 Gm. 
Boiling Water 1000 Cc. 
Pour the Boiling Water upon the Brayera, and let it 
macerate in a covered vessel until cool. 
This infusion should be dispensed without straining. 
192. INFUSUM GENTIAN.® COMPOSI- 
TUM FORTIUS. N. F. 
Stronger Compound Infusion of Gentian. 
Gentian 125 Gm. 
Coriander 35 Gm. 
Bitter Orange Peel 35 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, moisten it with Diluted Alcohol, pack it in a perco- 
lator, and percolate with Diluted Alcohol, until one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters are obtained. 
Note.—When Infusion Geutianee Composition is prescribed, mix 
1 volume of this preparation with 3 volumes of water. A little 
alcohol may be added to clear the Infusion. 
193. INFUSUM ROS® COMPOSITUM. 
N. F. 
Compound Infusion of Rose. 
Red Rose 13 Gm. 
Diluted Sulphuric Acid (U. S. P.) . . 9 Cc. 
Sugar 40 Gm. 
Boiling Water 1000 Cc. 
Pour the Boiling Water upon the Rose in a glass or 
porcelain vessel, add the Acid, cover the vessel, and 
macerate for an hour. Then dissolve the Sugar in the 
liquid and strain. 
194. IODOFORMUM AROMATISATUM. 
N. F. 
Aromatized Iodoform. 
Deodorized Iodoform. 
Iodoform 96 Gm. 
Cumarin 4 Gm. 
Mix them intimately by trituration. 
Note.—Should cumariu not be available, or should it be objec- 
tionable to the patient, the odor of Iodoform may also be more 
or less masked by many essential oils,—for instance, those of 
peppermint, cloves, cinnamon, citronella, bergamot, sassafras, 
eucalyptus, etc. Another efficient covering agent is freshly- 
roasted and powdered coffee. 
The odor of Iodoform may be removed from the hands, or any 
utensils which it has come in contact with, by washing them 
with an aqueous solution of tannic acid. 
195. LAC FERMENTATUM. N. F. 
Fermented Milk. 
Kumyss. 
Cow’s Milk, fresh 1000 Cc. 
Yeast, semi-liquid 5 Cc. 
Sugar 35 Gm. 
Dissolve the Sugar in the Milk, contained in a strong 
bottle, add the Yeast, cork the bottle securely, and keep 
it at a temperature between 23° and 32° C. (73.4° to 
89.6° F.) for six hours; then transfer it to a cold place. 
Note.—In place of preparing Kumyss with sweet milk and 
waiting until it turns sour, the casein may be precipitated at 
once by the addition of one-thiid of ready Kumyss to fresh milk. 
Yeast is not necessary, but Sugar must be added to produce 
enough Carbonic Acid Gas to cause effervescence. 
Kumyss may also be made from sour milk, freed from its 
! crusts of cream, by breaking up the curd by vigorous stirring, 
and causing alcoholic fermentation by addition of Sugar and 
Yeast. The cream removed may7 be replaced by sweet cream. 
Kepliir-Kumyss is prepared by adding active Kephir grains to 
fresh milk, kept at a temperature of 70° to 80° F., until the effect 
of fermentation becomes apparent by the rising of the grains to 
the surface. The grains may then be strained off, and the milk, 
which now contains enough Yeast-cells to insure continuance of 
the fermentation, left to itself in well-corked bottles. 
196. LINIMENTUM ACONITI ET CHLO- 
ROFORMI. N.F. 
Liniment of Aconite and Chloroform. 
Tincture of Aconite (U. S. P.) .... 125 Cc. 
Chloroform 125 Cc. 
Soap Liniment (U. S. P.) 750 Cc. 
Mix them. 
197. LINIMENTUM AMMONII IODIDI. 
N. F. 
Liniment of Ammonium Iodide. 
Iodine 4 Gm. 
Oil of Rosemary ........ 15 Cc. 
Oil of Lavender 15 Cc. 
Camphor 30 Gm. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) .... 110 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity .... 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Iodine, the Oils, and the Camphor, in 
seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Alco- 
hol, then add the Ammonia Water, and lastly, enough 
Alcohol to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—On standing, the liquid will become colorless, and there 
will, usually, be a slight precipitate, which may be separated by 
filtration. 
198. LINIMENTUM CANTHARIDIS. N. F. 
(IT. S. P., 1880.) 
Cantharides Liniment. 
Cantharides, in No. 60 powder . . . 150 Gm. 
Oil of Turpentine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Digest the Cantharides with one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of Oil of Turpentine, in a closed vessel, by 
means of a water-bath, for three hours ; then strain, and 
add enough Oil of Turpentine through the strainer to 
make the liniment measure one thousand (1000) cubic 
cen timeters. 
199. LINIMENTUM IODI. N. F. 
Iodine Liniment. 
Iodine 125 Gm. 
Potassium Iodide 50 Gm. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1511 
Glycerin 35 Cc. 
Water 65 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix eight hundred (800) cubic centimeters of Alcohol 
with the other ingredients, and dissolve the solids by 
agitation. Then add enough alcohol to make one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—The proportion of the ingredients above given yields a 
product practically identical with that prescribed by the British 
Pharmacopoeia. 
200. LINIMENTUM OPII COMPOSITUM. 
N.F. 
Compound Liniment of Opium. 
Canada Liniment. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) . . . 100 Cc. 
Camphor 17.5 Gm. 
Alcohol 250 Cc. 
Oil of Peppermint 25 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) .... 375 Cc. 
Oil of Turpentine, a sufficient quan- 
tity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Camphor and the Oil of Peppermint in the 
Alcohol, then add the Tincture of Opium, Ammonia 
Water, and enough Oil of Turpentine to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. Shake the mixture, whenever 
any of it is to be dispensed. 
Note.—This Liniment will separate a short time after it has 
been mixed. It may be made somewhat more permanent by 
adding twenty-five (25) cubic centimeters of Tincture of Quillaja 
(U. S. P.) to the Ammonia Water before adding to the mixture. 
201. LINIMENTUM PLUMBI SUBACE- 
TATIS. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Liniment of Lead Subacetate. 
Solution of Lead Subacetate (U. S. P.) 350 Cc. 
Cotton Seed Oil 650 Cc. 
Mix them. 
202. LINIMENTUM SAPONATO-CAM- 
PHORATUM. N. F. 
Camphorated Soap Liniment. 
Opodeldoc. Solid Opodeldoc. 
White Castile Soap, dried and powdered 75 Gm. 
Camphor 25 Gm. 
Alcohol 950 Cc. 
Oil of Thyme 3 Cc. 
Oil of Rosemary 6 Cc. 
Stronger Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) . 50 Cc. 
Introduce the Castile Soap, Camphor, and Alcohol into 
a flask or suitable bottle, and apply a gentle heat until 
solution is effected, taking care that no loss of Alcohol be 
incurred by evaporation. Filter the liquid, while hot, 
into another flask or bottle; warm again, if necessary, to 
render the contents liquid, add the Oils and Stronger 
Ammonia Water, and when the whole has been thor- 
oughly mixed, pour it into small dry vials, which should 
have been previously warmed, and should immediately 
be corked and cooled. 
Note.—The quantity above given is usually divided into 18 to 
20 vials. Solid Opodeldoc is directed by the German Pharm. to 
be prepared with soap made from animal fats; but pure, white 
Castile Soap may be used, provided it has been previously de- 
prived of water. The Stronger Ammonia Water should be of the 
full strength prescribed by the U. S. Pharm. 
203. LINIMENTUM TEREBINTH IN.® 
ACETICUM. N. F. 
Acetic Turpentine Liniment. 
Linimentum Album. Stokes’s Liniment. St. John 
Long’s Liniment. 
Oil of Turpentine 100 Cc. 
Fresh Egg, albumen and yolk 1 
( Oil of Lemon 4 Cc. 
Acetic Acid (TJ. S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Rose Water (U. S. P.) 85 Cc. 
Triturate or beat the contents of the Fresh Egg with the 
Oil of Turpentine and the Oil of Lemon in a mortar until 
they are thoroughly mixed. Then incorporate the Acetic 
Acid and Rose Water. Shake the mixture, whenever any 
of it is to be dispensed. 
204. LINIMENTUM TIGLII. N. F. 
Liniment of Croton Oil. 
Linimentum Crotonis (Brit. Ph.). 
Croton Oil ... 12 Cc. 
Oil of Cajuput 44 Cc. 
Alcohol 44 Cc. 
Mix them. 
205. LINIMENTUM TIGLII COMPOSI- 
TUM. N. F. 
Compound Croton Oil Liniment. 
Croton Oil 20 Cc. 
Oil of Sassafras 20 Cc. 
Oil of Turpentine 20 Cc. 
Olive Oil 40 Cc. 
Mix them. 
206. LIQUOR ACIDI PHOSPHORICI 
COMPOSITUS. N. F. 
Compound Solution of Phosphoric Acid. 
Solution of Acid Phosphates. 
Bone Ash, in fine powder 1000 Gm. 
Sulphuric Acid (sp. gr., 1.830) ... 7 80 Gm. 
Water 4000 Cc. 
Mix the Bone Ash with one 1000) cubic centi- 
meters of Water, add the Sulphuric Acid, diluted with 
two thousand (2000) cubic centimeters of Water, and mix 
thoroughly with a porcelain or glass stirrer. Now add 
the remainder of the Water and set the mixture aside for 
twenty-four hours, stirring occasionally. Then transfer 
the mixture to a strong muslin strainer, and subject this 
to a gradual pressure (avoiding contact with metals), so 
as to express as much of the liquid as possible. Lastly, 
filter this through paper. 
The specific gravity of this solution is about 1.113 at 
15° C. (59° F.). 
Note.—The quantity of product obtained depends on the degree 
of force used in pressing. By strong pressure, about 3500 parts 
may be obtained. If desired, the magma may also be poured in 
a glass percolator, the neck of which contains a layer of fine 
quartz sand or asbestos, previously deprived of matters soluble 
in sulphuric or phosphoric acids. On cautiously pouring water 
on top, so as not to mix it with the magma, the acid solution 
will be displaced. But the percolation must be interrupted as 
soon as the specific gravity of the percolate begins to fall below 
1.113. The Sulphuric Acid used in this preparation may be the 
commercial variety, provided it is free from arsenic, and of a 
specific gravity not less than 1.830. 
207. LIQUOR ALUMINI ACETATIS. N. F. 
Solution of Aluminum Acetate. 
Aluminum Sulphate, crystallized . . 300 Gm. 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) 300 Gm. 
Calcium Carbonate 130 Gm. 
Water 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Calcium Carbonate in the Acetic Acid 
mixed with two hundred (200) cubic centimeters of Water, 
and the Aluminum Sulphate in eight hundred (800) cubic 
centimeters. Mix the two solutions, and allow the mix- 
ture to stand for twenty-four hours, agitating occasionally. 
Then pour off the clear solution and filter. 
The Solution contains from 7.5 to 8 per cent, of basic 
Aluminum Acetate. 
Note.—Practically identical with the Liquor Aluminii Acetici 
of the German Pharm. 1512 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
208. LIQUOR ALUMINI ACETICO-TAR- 
TRATIS. N. F. 
Solution of Aluminum Acetico-Tartrate. 
Alum (U. S. P.) 750 Gm. 
Sodium Carbonate 700 Gm. 
Glacial Acetic Acid (U. S. P.).... 150 Gm. 
Tartaric Acid 135 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Gm. 
Dissolve the Alum and the Sodium Carbonate each in 
ten thousand (10,000) cubic centimeters of Water, mix the 
solutions, and wash the precipitate with water, first by 
decantation, and afterwards on a strainer, until the wash- 
ings run off tasteless. Allow the precipitate to drain and 
to shrink in volume by exposure on the strainer. Then 
transfer it to a tared capsule, add the Glaoial Acetic and 
the Tartaric Acids, and apply heat until solution has been 
effected. Finally, evaporate the liquid to one thousand 
(1000) grammes. 
The product contains about 50 per cent, of dry, so- 
called Aluminum Acetico-Tartrate. 
Note.—The dry salt may be obtained by evaporating the solu- 
tion. 
209. LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS CON- 
CENTRATUS. N. F. 
Concentrated Solution of Ammonium Acetate. 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) 500 Cc. 
Ammonium Carbonate, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Neutralize the Acetic Acid with a sufficient quantity 
of Ammonium Carbonate, carefully avoiding an excess. 
Then add enough Water to make the product measure 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—The product is of about 3 times the strength of the offi- 
cial Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. 
Note.—It is not recommended to keep this solution on hand for 
the preparation of the official Liquor Ammonii Acetatis, as this is 
preferably made freshly when wanted for use. When it is, how- 
ever, required, or deemed of advantage, to dispense the concen- 
trated solution, it is suggested that it be diluted with Carbonic 
Acid Water, or be directed to be diluted with this at the time of 
administration. 
210. LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS FOR- 
TIOR. N. F. 
Stronger Solution of Ammonium Citrate. 
Citric Acid 560 Gm. 
Stronger Ammonia Water (TJ.S. P.), 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Neutralize the Citric Acid with the Stronger Ammonia 
Water, and add enough Water to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. The solution should be kept in 
bottles free from lead. 
Each fluidrachm contains about 40 grains of Ammo- 
nium Citrate. 
Note.—This Solution is apt to take up notable quantities of lead 
if kept in bottles made of flint glass. 
Liquor Ammonii Gitratis (Brit. Pharm.) may be prepared from 
this solution by mixing 1 volume of it with 4 volumes of Water. __ 
211. LIQUOR AURI ET ARSENI BRO- 
MIDI. N. F. 
Solution of Gold and Arsenic Bromide. 
Arsenous Acid 2.5 Gm. 
Gold Tribromide 3.25 Gm. 
Bromine Water, 
Distilled Water, of each, a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Introduce the Arsenous Acid and about one hundred 
and thirty-five (135) cubic centimeters of Bromine Water 
into a flask and heat gently until all free Bromine has dis- 
appeared. Then add Bromine Water, twenty (20) to thirty 
(30) drops at a time, until it will be present in slight ex- 
cess, or until the solution does not become colorless after 
some time. Transfer the solution to a porcelain capsule, 
expel the excess of Bromine with the aid of gentle heat, 
dilute it with Water to about nine hundred (900) cubic 
centimeters, and dissolve in this the Gold Tribromide, 
adding enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Ten (10) minims of this solution contain -fa grain of 
Gold Tribromide and the equivalent of grain of Arsenic 
Tribromide. 
Note.—Bromine Water is made by shaking Bromine with about 
thirty times its weight of Water occasionally during several 
hours, and decanting the Water from the undissolved Bromine. 
212. LIQUOR BISMUTHI. N. F. 
Solution of Bismuth. 
Liquid Bismuth. 
Glycerite of Bismuth (F. 185) .... 125 Cc. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Distilled Water 750 Cc. 
Mix the Glycerite of Bismuth with the Distilled Water, 
then add the Alcohol. 
Solution of Bismuth may also be prepared in the follow- 
ing manner: 
Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate . 17.5 Gm. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Glycerin 65 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (IT. S. P.), 
Distilled Water, of each, a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Bismuth and Ammonium Citrate in seven 
hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Distilled 
Water, and allow the solution to stand a short time. 
Should any insoluble matter have deposited, pour off the 
clear liquid and add just enough Ammonia Water to the 
residue to dissolve it, or to cause it to retain a faint odor 
of Ammonia. Then filter the united liquids, add the 
Alcohol, the Glycerin, and enough Distilled Water to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
This preparation should be freshly made when wanted. 
Each fluidrachm represents 1 grain of Bismuth and 
Ammonium Citrate. 
213. LIQUOR BROMI. N. F. 
Solution of Bromine. 
Smith's Solution of Bromine. 
Bromine 25 Gm. 
Potassium Bromide 12.5 Gm. 
Water 100 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Bromide in the Water con- 
tained in a bottle, add the Bromine, and shake the mix- 
ture until this is dissolved. Keep the solution in glass- 
stoppered vials in a dark place. 
Note.—As bromine vapor is very injurious to the respiratory 
passages and destructive to balances, it is often preferable to take 
the contents of an original bottle of Bromine,—weigtiing the 
bottle, both before opening it and after emptying it, in order to 
ascertain the exact weight of the Bromine contained therein,— 
and then to use a quantity of Potassium Bromide and of Water 
proportionate to the quantities above given. 
214. LIQUOR CALCIS SULPHURATE. 
N. F. 
Solution of Sulphurated Lime. 
Solution of Oxysulphuret of Calcium. Vleminck's 
Solution (or Lotion). 
Lime, freshly slaked 165 Gm. 
Sublimed Sulphur 250 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Gm. 
Mix the slaked Lime with the Sulphur, and add the 
mixture gradually to sixteen hundred and fifty (1650) PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1513 
grammes of boiling Water. Then boil the whole, under 
constant stirring, until it is reduced to one thousand 
(1000) grammes, strain, and having allowed the solution 
to become clear by standing in a well-stoppered bottle, 
decant the clear brown liquid, and keep it in completely 
filled and well-stoppered bottles. 
215. LIQUOR CARMINI. N. F. 
Solution of Carmine. 
Carmine 60 Gm. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) .... 350 Cc. 
Glycerin 350 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Triturate the Carmine to a fine powder in a wedgwood 
mortar, gradually add the Ammonia Water, and after- 
wards the Glycerin, under constant trituration. Transfer 
the mixture to a porcelain capsule, and heat it upon a 
water-bath, constantly stirring, until the liquid is en- 
tirely free from ammoniacal odor. Then cool, and add 
enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Note.—The best quality of Carmine, known in commerce as 
“ No. 40,” should be used for this preparation. 
216. LIQUOR COCCINEUS. N. F. 
Cochineal Color. 
Cochineal, in No. 50 powder .... 60 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 30 Gm. 
Alum 30 Gm. 
Potassium Bitartrate 60 Gm. 
Glycerin 500 Cc. 
Alcohol 30 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Cochineal intimately with the Potassium 
Carbonate and five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of 
Water. Then add the Alum and Potassium Bitartrate 
successively, heat the mixture to boiling in a capacious 
vessel, then set it aside to cool, add to it the Glycerin 
and Alcohol, filter, and pass enough Water through the 
filter to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
217. LIQUOR ELECTROPOEICUS. N. F. 
Battery Fluid. 
A. For the Carbon and Zinc Battery. 
I. For ordinary use. 
Sodium Bichromate, in coarse pow- 
der 125 Gm. 
Sulphuric Acid, commercial .... 125 Cc. 
Water, cold lOOO Cc. 
Pour the Sulphuric Acid upon the powdered Bichro- 
mate, and stir the mixture occasionally during one hour. 
Then slowly add the Water. 
II. For use with the Oalvano-Cautery. 
Sodium Bichromate, in coarse pow- 
der 140 Gm. 
Sulphuric Acid, commercial .... 300 Cc. 
Water, cold lOOO Cc. 
Proceed in the same manner as directed under I. 
Note.—Sodium Bichromate is more soluble than the potassium 
salt, and its products of decomposition, in the battery, are also 
more soluble. As it is also much cheaper, it is now preferred 
in all large electric laboratories. When it cannot be obtained, 
Potassium Bichromate may be used in place of it, as heretofore. 
The two salts may be substituted for each other, weight for 
weight. 
B. For the Leclanch6 Battery. 
Ammonium Chloride 325 Gm. 
Water, enough to make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the salt in the Water. 
218. LIQUOR EXTRACTI GLYCYRRHIZA. 
N. F. 
Solution of Extract of Glycyrrhiza. 
Solution of Extract of Liquorice. 
Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza (F. 
158) a sufficient quantity. 
Alcohol 125 Cc. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
In a small portion of Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 
weighed into a tared capsule, determine the amount of 
water, by drying it to a constant weight. Then take of 
the Purified Extract a quantity equivalent to tioo hun- 
dred and fifty (250) grammes of dry extract, dissolve 
this, on a water-bath, in two hundred and fifty (250) 
cubic centimeters of Water, add the Glycerin, and allow 
the liquid to cool. Lastly, add the Alcohol, and enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 15 grains of dry Extract 
of Glycyrrhiza. 
219. LIQUOR FERRI HYPOPHOSPHITIS. 
N. F. 
Solution of Hypophosphite of Iron. 
Solution of Ferric Hypophosphite. 
Iron and Ammonium Sulphate (U. S. 
P.), in perfect crystals 330 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 220 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 215 Gm. 
Glycerin 150 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Iron and Ammonium Sulphate, and the 
Sodium Hypophosphite, each, in fifteen hundred (1500) 
cubic centimeters of Water, and, if necessary, filter each 
solution. Then mix them, and stir thoroughly; after a 
few minutes transfer the resulting magma to a close linen 
or muslin strainer, and wash the precipitate with about 
five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Water. Allow it 
to drain, and then press it forcibly in the strainer, so as 
to remove as much of the liquid as possible. Transfer 
the precipitate from the strainer to a mortar, add to 
it the Potassium Citrate, and triturate until a perfectly 
smooth paste results. Then add the Glycerin, and grad- 
ually, while stirring, enough Water to make the solution 
measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Place it 
for several days in a cold place, if convenient; then pour 
oflF the clear solution from any precipitate or crystals that 
may have formed, and keep the solution in small, com- 
pletely-filled, and well-corked bottles. 
Solution of Hypophosphite of Iron (ferric) may also be 
prepared in the following manner: 
Hyp°ph°sphite of Iron (F. 183) . . . 165 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 215 Gm. 
Glycerin 150 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Hypophosphite of Iron with three hun- 
dred and fifty (350) cubic centimeters of Water to a per- 
fectly smooth mixture, then add the Potassium Citrate 
and Glycerin, and apply a gentle heat until solution has 
been effected. Allow the liquid to cool, and add enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Place the solution for several days in a cold place, if con- 
venient; then pour off the clear solution from any pre- 
cipitate or crystals that may have formed, and keep the 
solution in small, completely-filled and well-corked bottles. 
About 6 minims of this Solution represent 1 grain of 
Hypophosphite of Iron {ferric). 1514 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
220. LIQUOR FERRI IODIDI. N. F. 
Solution of Ferrous Iodide. 
Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and 
finely-cut wire 200 Gm. 
Iodine 664 Gm. 
Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid (U. 
S. P.) 25 Cc. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Iron with seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic 
centimeters of Distilled Water in a flask, add about one- 
half of the Iodine, and agitate continuously until the 
liquid becomes hot. Then moderate the reaction by 
placing the flask in cold water, or by allowing cold water 
to flow over it, meanwhile keeping up the agitation. 
When the reaction has moderated, add the remaining 
Iodine one-half at a time, and carefully moderate the 
reaction each time, in the manner above directed. Finally, 
raise the contents of the flask to boiling, and filter imme- 
diately through moistened pure filtering paper (the point 
of the filter being supported by a pellet of absorbent 
cotton) into a bottle containing the Diluted Hypophos- 
phorous Acid. When all the liquid has passed, rinse the 
flask with thirty-five (35) cubic centimeters of boiling Dis- 
tilled Water, and pass this through the filter. Cork the 
bottle and set it aside to cool. Finally, add enough Dis- 
tilled Water to make the product measure one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—This solution contains about 85 per cent, of Ferrous 
Iodide. On mixing 1 volume with 7 volumes of Syrup (U. S. 
P.), the product will be practically identical with Syrup of Fer- 
rous Iodide (U. S. P.). 
221. LIQUOR FERRI OXYSULPHATIS. 
N. F. 
Solution of Oxysulphate of Iron. 
Ferrous Sulphate 165 Gm. 
Nitric Acid (U. S. P.) 165 Gm. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferrous Sulphate in eight hundred and 
fifty (850) cubic centimeters of boiling Distilled Water, in 
a flask, gradually add the Nitric Acid, and continue the 
heat until the escaping vapors cease to have a nitrous 
odor. When the reaction is completed, allow the liquid 
to cool and add enough Distilled Water to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
222. LIQUOR FERRI PROTOCHLORIDI. 
N. F. 
Solution of Protochloride of Iron. 
Solution of Ferrous Chloride. 
Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and 
finely-cut wire 160 Gm. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) .... 625 Gm. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid (U. 
S. P.) 10 Cc. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
To the Iron, contained in a flask, add three hundred 
and fifty (350) cubic centimeters of Distilled Water, and 
the Hydrochloric Acid, and apply a gentle heat, until 
effervescence ceases. Then raise the liquid to boiling, 
keep it at this temperature for a short time so that the 
Iron may be brought into solution as far as possible, filter 
the solution through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed 
in the neck of a funnel, and wash the cotton with a little 
Distilled Water. Evaporate the filtrate, over a boiling 
water-bath, until crystals begin to form, and the escaping 
vapors cease to redden, or only slightly affect, moistened 
blue litmus paper. Now add the Glycerin and the Di- 
luted Hypophosphorous Acid, continue the heat, if neces- 
sary, until a perfect solution is obtained.; then transfer the 
liquid to a graduated bottle, allow it to cool, and add 
enough Distilled Water to make one thousand, (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Each fitiidrachm represents about 20 grains of Proto- 
chloride of Iron (ferrous chloride). 
223. LIQUOR GUTTA-PERCHA. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Solution of Gutta-Percha. 
Gutta-Percha, in thin slices 15 Gm. 
Commercial Chloroform 100 Cc. 
Lead Carbonate, in line powder .... 17 Gm. 
Add the Gutta-Percha to seventy-five (75) cubic centi- 
meters of the Chloroform, contained in a bottle, cork it 
well, and shake it occasionally until the Gutta-Percha is 
dissolved. Then add the Lead Carbonate, previously 
mixed with the remainder of the Chloroform, and, having 
several times shaken the whole together, at intervals of 
half an hour, set the mixture aside until the insoluble 
matters have subsided and the solution has become per- 
fectly clear. Lastly, decant the liquid and preserve it in 
small, cork-stoppered vials. 
224. LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI ET PO- 
TASSII IODIDI. N. F. 
Solution of Iodide of Mercury and Potassium. 
Solution of Potassium Iodohydrargyrate. Channing's 
Solution. 
Red Mercuric Iodide 10 Gm. 
Potassium Iodide 8 Gm. 
Distilled Water 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the salts in the Distilled Water. 
225. LIQUOR HYPOPHOSPHITUM. N. F. 
Solution of Hypophosphites. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 35 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 20 Gm. 
Potassium Hypophosphite .... 17.5 Gm. 
Citric Acid 16 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the salts and the Citric Acid in Water so as 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters ; filter, if 
necessary, and pass enough Water through the filter to 
restore the original volume. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 2 grains of Calcium Hypo- 
phosphite, 1 i grain of Sodium Hypophosphite, and 1 grain 
of Potassium Hypophosphite. 
226. LIQUOR IODI CARBOLATUS. N. F. 
Carbolized Solution of Iodine. 
Boulton's Solution. French Mixture. 
Compound Tincture of Iodine (U. 
S. P.) . . . 15 Cc. 
Carbolic Acid, liquefied by a gentle 
heat 5.5 Cc. 
Glycerin 165 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Glycerin with the Carbolic Acid and Com- 
pound Tincture of Iodine, add enough Water to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and expose the 
mixture to sunlight until it has become colorless. 
227. LIQUOR IODI CAUSTICUS. N. F. 
Caustic Solution of Iodine. 
Iodine Caustic. Churchill’s Iodine Caustic. 
Iodine 25 Gm. 
Potassium Iodide 50 Gm. 
Water 100 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Iodide and the Iodine in the 
W ater. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1515 
228. LIQUOR MAGNESII BROMIDI. N. F. 
Solution of Magnesium Bromide. 
Diluted Hydrobromic Acid (U. S. P.) . 1000 Cc. 
Magnesium Carbonate . . a sufficient quantity. 
Saturate the Diluted Hydrobromic Acid with a suffi- 
cient quantity (about sixty-five (65) grammes) of Magne- 
sium Carbonate. When effervescence has ceased, filter. 
Each fiuidrachm contains about 7 grains of Magnesium 
Bromide. 
229. LIQUOR MAGNESII SULPHATIS 
EFFERVESCENS. N. F. 
Liquor Magnesise Effervescens. 
Effervescent Solution of Magnesium Sulphate. 
Magnesium Sulphate 25 Gm. 
Citric Acid 4 Gm. 
Syrup of Citric Acid (U. S. P.) . . 60 Cc. 
Potassium Bicarbonate, crystals . . 2.5 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 350 Cc. 
Dissolve the Magnesium Sulphate and the Citric Acid 
in two hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of Water, 
add the Syrup of Citric Acid, and filter the solution into 
a strong bottle of about three hundred and sixty (360) 
cubic centimeters capacity. Then add enough Water to 
nearly fill the bottle, drop in the crystals of Potassium 
Bicarbonate, immediately close the bottle with a cork, and 
secure it with twine. Lastly, shake the bottle occasion- 
ally, until the crystals are dissolved. 
230. LIQUOR MORPHINE CITRATIS. 
N. F. 
Solution of Morphine Citrate. 
Morphine (alkaloid) 3.5 Gm. 
Citric Acid 3 Gm. 
Cochineal O.l Gm. 
Alcohol 12.5 Cc. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 100 Cc. 
Triturate the solids with the Alcohol and eighty (80) 
cubic centimeters of Water; filter and pass enough Dis- 
tilled Water through the filter to make one hundred (100) 
cubic centimeters. 
This Solution should not be kept on hand, but prepared 
only when required. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 2 grains of Morphine in the 
form of Citrate. 
231. LIQUOR MORPHINE HYPODERMI- 
CUS. N. F. 
Hypodermic Solution of Morphine. 
Magendie’s Solution of Morphine. 
Morphine Sulphate 3.5 Gm. 
Distilled Water, warm 100 Cc. 
Dissolve the Morphine Sulphate in the warm Distilled 
Water, and filter the solution through a small pellet of 
absorbent cotton. When the solution is cold, pass a little 
Distilled Water through the cotton, if necessary, to make 
the filtrate measure one hundred (100) cubic centimeters. 
Keep the Solution in well-stoppered vials, in a dark place. 
232. LIQUOR PANCREATICUS. N. F. 
Pancreatic Solution. 
Pancreatin (U. S. P.) 17.5 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 50 Gm. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Compound Spirit of Cardamom (F. 
347) 35 Cc. 
Alcohol 35 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Pancreatin and the Sodium Bicarbonate 
gradually with six hundred and fifty (650) cubic centi- 
meters of Water; add the Alcohol, Compound Spirit of 
Cardamom, and Purified Talcum; mix them thoroughly 
by shaking, and pour the mixture upon a wetted filter, 
returning the first portions of the filtrate, until it runs 
olf clear. Wash the filter with enough Water to obtain 
seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of filtrate. 
To this add the Glycerin. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 1 grain of Pancreatin ( U. 
233. LIQUOR PEPSINI. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Solution of Pepsin. 
Saccharated Pepsin (U. S. P.) .... 40 Gm. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) .... 12 Gm. 
Glycerin 325 Cc. 
Water 650 Cc. 
Dissolve the Saccharated Pepsin in the AVater, previ- 
ously mixed with the Hydrochloric Acid, add the Glycerin, 
let the mixture stand twenty-four hours, and filter. 
234. LIQUOR PEPSINI AROMATICUS. 
N. F. 
Aromatic Solution of Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 17,5 Gm. 
Oil of Cinnamon 4 Drops. 
Oil of Pimenta 4 Drops. 
Oil of Cloves 8 Drops. 
Purified Talcum (P. 395) ... 15 Gm. 
Alcohol 35 Cc. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) . . 10 Cc. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Pepsin with five hundred (500) cubic centi- 
meters of Water and the Hydrochloric Acid, and shake the 
mixture frequently until the Pepsin is dissolved. Then 
add the Oils, previously dissolved in the Alcohol, and the 
Purified Talcum; mix the whole thoroughly, by agitation, 
and filter it through a wetted filter, returning the first 
portions of the liquid until it runs through clear. Pass 
enough Water through the filter to make the filtrate 
measure seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters. 
To this add the Glycerin. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin ( U. S. P.). 
235. LIQUOR PHOSPHORI. N. F. 
Solution of Phosphorus. 
Thompson's Solution of Phosphorus. 
Phosphorus 0.07 Gm. 
Absolute Alcohol 35 Cc. 
Spirit of Peppermint (U. S. P.) . . 0.5 Cc. 
Glycerin 64.5 Cc. 
Dissolve the Phosphorus in thirty (30) cubic centimeters 
of Absolute Alcohol, in a stoppered vial or test-tube, by 
immersion in a water-bath and frequent agitation, taking 
care that any loss of Alcohol, by evaporation, be made 
up from time to time. Allow the solution to become 
nearly cold, and then add to it the remainder of the Abso- 
lute Alcohol and the Glycerin, previously mixed and 
slightly warmed. Finally add the Spirit of Peppermint. 
Keep the Solution in a well-stoppered bottle, in the dark. 
Each fiuidrachm contains about -fa grain of Phos- 
phorus. 
t Note.—This solution must not be confounded with the Spiritug 
Phosphori (U. S. P.), which is not intended to be administered 
as such, but is only to be used in compounding the Elixir or 
other preparations of phosphorus. 
| The Phosphorus should be perfectly translucent, cut and 
! weighed under water, and quickly dried with filtering paper 
I before being dropped into the alcohol. 1516 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
236. LIQUOR PICIS ALKALINUS. N. F. 
Alkaline Solution of Tar. 
Tar 250 Gm. 
Potassa 125 Gm. 
Water 625 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassa in the Water. Shake the solution 
with the Tar so that the latter may be dissolved, and 
strain the solution through muslin. 
237. LIQUOR POTASS.® CHLORAT®. 
N. F. 
Solution of Chlorinated Potassa. 
Liquor Potassce Chlorinatce. Javelle Water. 
Potassium Carbonate 58 Gm. 
Chlorinated Lime (U. S. P.) .... 80 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Gm. 
Mix the Chlorinated Lime, contained in a tared flask, 
with four hundred (400) grammes of Water. Dissolve the 
Potassium Carbonate in three hundred (300) grammes of 
boiling Water, and pour the hot solution into the mixture 
first prepared. Shake the flask well, stopper it, set it 
aside to cool, and then add enough Water to make the 
contents weigh one thousand (1000) grammes. Allow the 
suspended matters to subside, and remove the clear solu- 
tion by means of a siphon, or by straining through mus- 
lin. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—The Chlorinated Lime should not contain less than 26 
per cent, of available chlorine. 
238. LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENATIS ET 
BROMIDI. N. F. 
Solution of Potassium Arsenate and Bromide. 
Liquor Arsenii Bromidi. Solution of Bromide of 
Arsenic. Clemens's Solution. 
Arsenous Acid 10 Gm. 
Potassium Bicarbonate 10 Gm. 
Bromine 15.5 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Boil the Arsenous Acid with the Potassium Bicarbon- 
ate and one hundred and twenty-five (125) cubic centi- 
meters of Water, until solution is effected. Allow this to 
cool, add six hundred and twenty-five (625) cubic centime- 
ters of Water, then the Bromine, and afterwards enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Let the mixture stand a few hours, agitating it occasion- 
ally, then filter. 
This Solution contains an amount of Arsenic in combi- 
nation, corresponding to 1 per cent, of Arsenous Acid. 
Note.—The title “Solution of Bromide of Arsenic” (Liquor 
Arnenii Bromidi"), which is often applied to Clemens’s Solution or 
similar preparations, is a misnomer, since arsenic bromide can- 
not exist, as such, in the presence of water, but is split up into 
liydrobromic and arsenous acids. The proportions of the ingre- 
dients, in the formula above given, have been adjusted, as closely 
as practicable, so as to yield definite compounds,—viz., potassium 
arsenate and bromide. 
239. LIQUOR SACCHARINE N. F. 
Solution of Saccharin. 
Saccharin 70 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 33 Gm. 
Alcohol 250 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Saccharin and the Sodium Bicarbonate in 
six hundred and fifty (650) cubic centimeters of Water,* 
filter the solution, add the Alcohol to the filtrate, and pass 
enough Water through the filter to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 4 grains of Saccharin. 
240. LIQUOR SERIPARUS. N. F. 
Liquid Rennet. 
Calves’ Rennet, fresh 100 Gm. 
Sodium Chloride 40 Gm. 
Alcohol 200 Cc. 
Water 800 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Chloride in the Water, add the 
Alcohol, and macerate in this mixture the Rennet (or the 
washed mucous membrane of the fresh stomach of a suck- 
ing calf), during three days, under frequent agitation. 
Then filter. 
241. LIQUOR SODII ARSENATIS, PEAR- 
SON. N. F. 
Pearson’s Solution of Sodium Arsenate. 
Sodium Arsenate, in perfect crystals . 1 Gm. 
Distilled Water 600 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Arsenate in the Distilled Water, 
and filter, if necessary. 
Pearson’s Solution of Sodium Arsenate may also be pre- 
pared as follows : 
Solution of Sodium Arsenate (U. S. P.) . 10 Cc. 
Distilled Water 90 Cc. 
Mix the Solution of Sodium Arsenate with the Distilled 
Water. 
This Solution contains about per cent, of anhydrous 
Sodium Arsenate. 
Note.—This preparation should not be confounded with the 
Liquor Sodii ArsenatU, U. S. P., which is ten times stronger than 
the above preparation. Pearson’s Solution is recognized in the 
French Pliarm., under the title Solute d'Arsenate de Soude (or 
Solution Arsenicale de Pearson). It is recommended that Pearson’s 
Solution be dispensed only when expressly designated as “ Pear- 
son’s.” 
242. LIQUOR SODII BORATIS COMPOS- 
ITUS. N. F. 
Compound Solution of Sodium Borate. 
Dobell’s Solution. 
Sodium Borate 15 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 15 Gm. 
Carbolic Acid, crystallized 3 Gm. 
Glycerin 35 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the salts in about five hundred (600) cubic 
centimeters of Water, then add the Glycerin, and the Car- 
bolic Acid previously liquefied by warming, and lastly, 
enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
243. LIQUOR SODII CARBOLATIS. N. F. 
Solution of Sodium Carbolate. 
Phenol Sodique. 
Carbolic Acid, crystallized 50 Gm. 
Soda (U. S. P.) . 3.5 Gm. 
Water 46.5 Gm. 
Dissolve the Soda in the Water, add the Carbolic Acid, 
and warm gently until it is dissolved. 
This preparation should be made freshly when wanted. 
244. LIQUOR SODII CITRATIS. N. F. , 
Solution of Sodium Citrate. 
Mistura Sodii Citratis. Saturatio. Potio Riveri 
(Germ. Pharrm). 
Citric Acid 20 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 25 Gm. 
Water 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Citric Acid in the Water contained in a 
bottle, add the Sodium Bicarbonate, dissolve it by agita- 
tion, and immediately stopper the bottle securely. 
This preparation should be freshly prepared when 
wanted for use. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1517 
Note.—The German Pharm. directs that, when “Saturatio” is [ 
prescribed, without any specification of the ingredients or 
strength, Polio liiveri, represented here by Liquor Sodii Citratis, 
be dispensed. 
245. LIQUOR SODII CITRO-TARTRATIS 
EFFERVESCENS. N. F. 
Effervescent Solution of Sodium Citro-Tartrate. 
(Tartro-Citric Lemonade.) 
Sodium Bicarbonate 26 Gm. 
Tartaric Acid 24 Gm. 
Citric Acid 2 Gm. 
Syrup of Citric Acid (U. S. P.) ... 50 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 350 Cc. 
Dissolve twenty-four (24) grammes of the Sodium Bicar- 
bonate in two hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters 
of Water, add the Tartaric and Citric Acids, and, when 
they are dissolved, the Syrup of Citric Acid. Filter the 
solution into a strong bottle of about three hundred and 
sixty (360) cubic centimeters capacity, and pass enough 
Water through the filter to make the filtrate measure 
three hundred and twenty (320) cubic centimeters. Dis- 
solve the remainder of the Sodium Bicarbonate (2 grammes) 
in thirty (30) cubic centimeters of Water, filter the solu- 
tion, pour it on top of the solution in the bottle, which 
close immediately with a cork, and secure it with twine. 
Then shake the bottle. 
246. LIQUOR SODII OLEATIS. N. F. 
Solution of Sodium Oleate. 
White Castile Soap, dry and pow- 
dered 625 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 10000 Cc. 
Mix the Castile Soap with twenty-five hundred (2500) 
cubic centimeters of Water so as to produce a uniform and 
gelatinous mixture. Then add sixty-five hundred (6500) 
cubic centimeters more of Water, apply heat until the Soap 
is dissolved, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough Water 
to make it measure ten thousand (10,000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Note.—This solution is intended to be used in the preparation 
of Oleates. 
247. LIQUOR STRYCHNIN,® ACETATIS. 
N. F. 
Solution of Strychnine Acetate. 
Hall’s Solution of Strychnine. 
Strychnine Acetate 2.1 Gm. 
Diluted Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) . . 35 Cc. 
Alcohol 250 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom 
(U. S. P.) 10 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 • Cc. 
Dissolve the Strychnine Acetate in about five hundred 
(500) cubic centimeters of Water mixed with the Diluted 
Acetic Acid, then add the Alcohol, Compound Tincture 
of Cardamom, and, lastly, enough Water to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Allow the mixture to 
stand a few days, if convenient, and filter. 
Each fiuidrachm contains | grain of Strychnine Ace- 
tate. 
Note.—The Brit. Pharm. directs a Liquor Strychninse Hydro- 
chloratis (with synonyme: Liquor Strychnine) which is much 
stronger, and should not bo confounded with the above prepara- 
tion. It should never be dispensed unless expressly designated. 
It may be prepared by dissolving 1 grain of crystallized Strych- 
nine (alkaloid) in 80 minims of Water with the aid of 2 drops 
of Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, and then adding 20 minims of 
Alcohol. The product contains § grain of Strychnine in each 
fiuidrachm. 
248. LIQUOR ZINCI ET ALUMINI COM- 
POSITUS. N.F. 
Compound Solution of Zinc and Aluminum. 
Zinc Sulphate 1000 Gm. 
Aluminum Sulphate 1000 Gm. 
Naphtol 3 Gm. 
Oil of Thyme 10 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 5000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Zinc Sulphate and the Aluminum Sulphate 
in five thousand (5000) cubic centimeters of Water, by the 
aid of heat, add the Naphtol and Oil of Thyme, and 
shake the mixture occasionally, in a stoppered bottle, un- 
til it cools. Set it aside for a few days, if convenient, and 
then pass it through a wetted filter, following it with enough 
Water to make five thousand (5000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—The commercial Aluminum Sulphate (not Alum) may 
be used for this preparation. This generally contains a trace of 
iron, hut by allowing the liquid to stand this will be gradually 
precipitated. 
249. LIQUOR ZINCI ET FERRI COM- 
POSITUS. N.F. 
Compound Solution of Zinc and Iron. 
Deodorant Solution. 
Zinc Sulphate 1000 Gm. 
Ferrous Sulphate 1000 Gm. 
Copper Sulphate 325 Gm. 
Naphtol 3 Gm. 
Oil of Thyme 10 Cc. 
Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid (U. 
S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 5000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Zinc Sulphate, Ferrous Sulphate, and 
Copper Sulphate, in five thousand (5000) cubic centimeters 
of boiling Water, add the Naphtol and Oil of Thyme, 
and shake the mixture occasionally, in a stoppered bottle, 
until it is cold. Then add the Diluted Hypophosphorous 
Acid, filter the liquid through a wetted filter, and, lastly, 
pass enough Water through the filter to make five thousand 
(5000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—This solution is used as a simple deodorant and anti- 
septic for common domestic use, when it is unnecessary or 
impracticable to employ more powerful agents. 
When a deodorant solution is required for purposes where iron 
is objectionable, as, for instance, when woven fabrics are to be 
steeped in it, the Compound Solution of Zinc and Aluminum 
(F. 24&) may be employed. 
250. LIQUOR ZINGIBERIS. N.F. 
Solution of Ginger. 
Soluble Essence of Ginger. 
Fluid Extract of Ginger (U. S. P.). . 335 Cc. 
Pumice, in moderately fine powder . . 100 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Pour the fluid Extract of Ginger into a bottle, add to 
it the Pumice, and shake the mixture thoroughly and 
repeatedly in the course of several hours. Then add the 
Water in portions of about one hundred and tiventy-five 
(125) cubic centimeters, shaking well and frequently after 
each addition. When all is added, repeat the agitation 
occasionally during twenty-four hours, then filter, return- 
ing the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through 
clear, and, if necessary, pass enough water through the 
filter to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
251. LOTIO ADSTRINGENS. N.F. 
Astringent Lotion. 
Warren’s Styptic. 
Sulphuric Acid (U. S. P.) 38 Cc. 
Oil of Turpentine 31 Cc. 
Alcohol 31 Cc. 1518 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
To the Sulphuric Acid, contained in a A\redgwood 
mortar, slowly add the Oil of Turpentine, in small por- 
tions at a time, constantly stirring. Allow the mixture 
to cool, then add the Alcohol cautiously, in the same 
manner, and continue stirring until no more fumes arise. 
AVhen the liquid is cold, pour it into a glass-stoppered 
bottle. 
Note.—In preparing this mixture, caution should be used, so 
that the temperature may not rise too high. Particular care is 
to be observed, if a larger quantity of this mixture is to be pre- 
pared. In this case it is preferable to prepare it in several por- 
tions. 
252. LOTIO FLAVA. N. F. 
Yellow Lotion. 
Yellow Wash. Aqua Phagedoenica Flava. 
Corrosive Chloride of Mercury ... 3 Gm. 
Boiling Water, 
Solution of Lime (U. S. P.), of each, 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in thirty- 
five (35) cubic centimeters of boiling Water, and add the 
solution to a sufficient quantity of Solution of Lime to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of 
it is to be dispensed. 
253. LOTIO NIGRA. N. F. 
Black Lotion. 
Black Wash. Aqua Phagedoenica Nigra. 
Mild Chloride of Mercury .... 7.5 Gm. 
Water, 
Solution of Lime (U. S. P.), of each, 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Mild Chloride of Mercury with thirty- 
five (35) cubic centimeters of AVater, and gradully add a 
sufficient quantity of Solution of Lime to make one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of 
it is to be dispensed. 
254. LOTIO PLUMBI ET OPII. N. F. 
Lotion of Lead and Opium. 
Lead and Opium Wash. 
Lead Acetate 17.5 Gm. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) . . 35 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Lead Acetate in about six hundred and 
fifty (650) cubic centimeters of Water, add the Tincture 
of Opium, and enough Water to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of 
it is to be dispensed. 
255. MISTURA N. F. 
Mixture of Acacia. 
Mixtura Gummosa (Germ. Pharm. I.). 
Acacia, in coarse powder 75 Gm. 
Sugar 75 Gm. 
Water 850 Cc. 
Dissolve the Acacia and Sugar in the AVater. 
This preparation should be freshly made when wanted. 
256. MISTURA ADSTRINGENS ET ES- 
CHAROTICA. N. F. 
Astringent and Escharotic Mixture. 
Villate's Solution. 
Solution of Lead Subacetate (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Copper Sulphate 65 Gm. 
Zinc Sulphate 65 Gm. 
Diluted Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) .... 850 Cc. 
Dissolve the Copper Sulphate and Zinc Sulphate in the 
Diluted Acetic Acid, add the Solution of Lead Subacetate, 
and agitate thoroughly. Set the mixture aside, so that 
the precipitate may subside. Then decant, or siphon off, 
the clear liquid and preserve it for use. 
Note.—In attempting to pass the liquid through a filter, it will 
usually be found that the finely divided precipitate of lead sul- 
phate will partially pass along with it. This may be prevented 
(in this and many similar cases) by adding to the mixture a small 
quantity of starch, thoroughly incorporating this by agitation, 
and pouring the mixture on the previously wetted filter. The 
first portions of the filtrate are poured back until it runs through 
clear. 
257. MISTURA AMMONII CHLORIDI. 
N. F. 
Mixture of Ammonium Chloride. 
Mistura (or Mixtura) Solvens Simplex. 
Ammonium Chloride 25 Gm. 
Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza (F. 
158) 25 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the solids in a sufficient quantity of Water to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—Sometimes a Mistura (or Mixtura) Solvens Slibiata is pre- 
scribed. This may be prepared by dissolving thirty centigrammes 
(0.30 Gm.) of Antimony and Potassium Tartrate in one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters of Mistura Ammonii Chloridi. 
258. MISTURA CAMPHORS ACIDA. N. F. 
Acid Camphor Mixture. 
Mistura Antidysenterica. Hope's Mixture. 
Nitric Acid (U. S. P.) 17.5 Cc. 
Tincture of Opium (IJ. S. P.) ... 12 Cc. 
Camphor Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Nitric Acid with about five hundred (500) 
cubic centimeters of Camphor Water, add the Tincture of 
Opium, and, lastly, enough Camphor Water to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
259. MISTURA CAMPHORS AROMAT- 
ICA. N. F. 
Aromatic Camphor Mixture. 
Parrish's Camphor Mixture. 
Compound Tincture of Lavender 
(U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Sugar 35 Gm. 
Camphor Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Compound Tincture of Lavender with about 
five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Camphor AVater, 
dissolve the Sugar in the mixture, and add enough Cam- 
phor AVater to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, 
260. MISTURA CAR M IN ATI V A. N. F. 
. Carminative Mixture. 
Dalby's Carminative. 
Magnesium Carbonate 65 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 3 Gm. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) . . 25 Cc. 
Oil of Caraway 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Fennel 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Peppermint 0.5 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 160 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Oils with about ten (10) grammes of Mag- 
nesium Carbonate, and seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic 
centimeters of AVater gradually added. Then add the 
remainder of the Magnesium Carbonate and the other PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1519 
ingredients, and, lastly, add enough Water to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
This preparation should be freshly made when wanted. 
Each fluidounce represents about 1 grain of Opium. 
261. MISTURA CHLORALI ET POTASH 
BROMIDI COMPOSITA. N. F. 
Compound Mixture of Chloral and Potassium 
Bromide. 
Chloral (U. S. P.) 250 Gm. 
Potassium Bromide • 250 Gm. 
Extract of Indian Cannabis (U. S. P.) 2 Gm. 
Extract of Hyoscyamus (U. S. P.) . 2 Gm. 
Alcohol 60 Cc. 
Tincture of Quillaja (U. S. P.) . . . 65 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Chloral and Potassium Bromide in six 
hundred (600) cubic centimeters of Water, dissolve in this 
solution the Extract of Hyoscyamus, and add the Tinc- 
ture of Quillaja. Then dissolve the Extract of Indian 
Cannabis in the Alcohol, and add this solution gradually, 
and under shaking, to that first prepared. Finally, add 
enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
This preparation should be shaken whenever any of it 
is to be dispensed. 
Each fluidrachm contains 15 grains each of Chloral 
and of Potassium Bromide, and £ grain each of Extract 
of Indian Cannabis and of Extract of Hyoscyamus. 
262. MISTURA CHLOROFORMI ET CAN- 
NABIS INDICj® COMPOSITA. N. F. 
Compound Mixture of Chloroform and Cannabis 
Indica. 
Chloroform Anodyne. 
Chloroform 125 Cc. 
Ether 35 Cc. 
Tincture of Indian Cannabis (U. S. 
P) 125 Cc. 
Tincture of Capsicum (U. S. P.) . 65 Cc. 
Morphine Sulphate 2.5 Gm. 
Oil of Peppermint 2 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Water 65 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Oil of Peppermint in five hundred (500) 
cubic centimeters of Alcohol, add the Chloroform, Ether, 
and the Tinctures. Mix well, and add the Morphine 
Sulphate, previously dissolved in the Water and Glycerin. 
Finally, add enough Alcohol to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 7i minims of Chloro- 
form, 7i minims of Tincture of Indian Cannabis, 3| 
minims of Tincture of Capsicum, and if of a grain of 
Morphine Sulphate. 
263. MISTURA CONTRA DIARRHCEAM. 
N. F. 
Diarrhoea Mixture. 
Cholera Mixture, 
i. Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.), 
Tincture of Capsicum (U. S. P.), 
Tincture of Rhubarb (TJ. S. P.), 
Spirit of Camphor (TJ. S. P.), 
Spirit of Peppermint (TJ. S. P.), of 
each 20 Cc. 
Mix them, and filter. 
Note.—The formula above given, which appears to be that in 
most general use, is also known under the name of “ Sun 
Mixture.” 
Of other similar preparations, in more or less general use, the 
following may be mentioned here : 
2. Loomis’ a Diarrhoea Mixture. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) 12.S Cc. 
Tincture of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) 12.5 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Catechu (D. S. P.) 25 Cc. 
Oil of Sassafras 1 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Lavender (U. S. 
V) 49 Cc. 
3. Squibb’s Diarrhoea Mixture. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Tincture of Capsicum (U. S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Spirit of Camphor (D. S. P.) 20 Cc. 
Chloroform (U. S. P.) 7.5 Cc. 
Alcohol 32.5 Cc. 
4. Thielemann’a Diarrhoea Mixture. 
Wine of Opium (U. S. P.) 25 Cc. 
Tincture of Valerian (U. S. P.) 37.5 Cc. 
Ether (U. S. P.) 12.5 Cc. 
Oil of Peppermint 3 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecac (U. S. P.) . . . 0.75 Cc. 
Alcohol 21.25 Cc. 
This preparation is practically identical with the Mittura 
Thielemanni of the Swedish Pharm. 
5. Velpeau’s Diarrhoea Mixture. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.), 
Compound Tincture of Catechu (U. S. 
P.), 
Spirit of Camphor (P. S. P.), of each . . 33.33 Cc. 
264. MISTURA COPAIBA COMPOSITA. 
N.F. 
Compound Copaiba Mixture. 
1. Lafayette Mixture. 
Copaiba 125 Cc. 
Spirit of Nitrous Ether (U. S. P.) . . 125 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Lavender 
(U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Solution of Potassa (U. S. P.) ... 35 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 325 Cc. 
Mucilage of Dextrin (F. 277), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Copaiba with the Solution of Potassa and the 
Spirit of Nitrous Ether, Then add the Compound Tinc- 
ture of Lavender, and, lastly, the Syrup and Mucilage of 
Dextrin. Mix the whole thoroughly by shaking. 
This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of 
it is to be dispensed. 
Each fluidrachm contains 7 J mimims of Copaiba. 
Note.—The above mixture has usually been, and may be, pre- 
pared with Mucilage of Acacia ; but if Mucilage of Dextrin be 
used, it will keep for a longer time without separating. 
A mixture of somewhat similar composition, in considerable 
use in some parts of the country, is the following : 
2. Chapman’s Mixture. 
Copaiba 250 Cc. 
Spirit of Nitrous Ether (U. S. P.) . . . . 250 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Lavender (U. S. 
P.) 65 Cc. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) 30 Cc. 
Mucilage of Acacia (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
265. MISTURA EXPECTORANS, STOKES. 
N.F. 
Stokes’s Expectorant Mixture. 
Stokes’s Expectorant. 
Ammonium Carbonate 17.5 Gm. 
Fluid Extract of Senega (U. S. P.) 35 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Squill (TJ. S. P.) . 35 Cc. 
Camphorated Tincture of Opium 
(U. S. P.) 175 Cc. 
Water 100 Cc. 
Syrup of Tolu (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ammonium Carbonate in the Water, add 
the Fluid Extracts and Tincture, and, lastly, enough Syrup 
of Tolu to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 1520 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
266. MISTURA GUAIACI. N. F. 
Mixture of Guaiac. 
Guaiac (U. S. P.), in powder 25 Gm. 
Sugar 25 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 15 Gm. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.) 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the powdered Guaiac with the Sugar and 
Acacia, then gradually add the Cinnamon Water, and mix 
thoroughly. 
This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of 
it is to be dispensed. 
267. MISTURA MAGNESI® ET ASAFCE- 
TID®. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Mixture of Magnesia and Asafetida. 
Dewees’s Carminative. 
Magnesium Carbonate 50 Gm. 
Tincture of Asafetida 75 Cc. 
Tincture of Opium 10 Cc. 
Sugar 100 Gm. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Rub the Magnesium Carbonate and Sugar, in a mortar, 
with the Tincture of Asafetida and the Tincture of Opium. 
Then gradually add enough Distilled Water to make the 
mixture measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
268. MISTURA OLEO-BALSAMICA. N. F. 
Oleo-balsamic Mixture. 
Mixtura Oleoso-balsamica (Germ. Pharm.). Bal- 
samum Vitae Hoffmanni. 
Oil of Lavender 4 Cc. 
Oil of Thyme 4 Cc. 
Oil of Lemon 4 Cc. 
Oil of Mace 4 Cc. 
Oil of Orange Flowers 4 Cc. 
Oil of Cloves 3.5 Cc. 
Oil of Cinnamon 3.5 Cc. 
Balsam of Peru 10.5 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Oils and the Balsam of Peru in the Alco- 
hol, let the solution stand a few days, and then filter. 
269. MISTURA OLEI PICIS. N. F. 
Mixture of Oil of Tar. 
Mistura Picis Liquidce. Tar Mixture. 
Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza (F. 
158) 65 Gm. 
Oil of Tar (U. S. P.) 35 Cc. 
Sugar 250 Gm. 
Chloroform (U. S. P.) 10 Cc. 
Oil of Peppermint 3 Cc. 
Alcohol 160 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Add the Purified Extract of Glycyrrhiza and Sugar to 
six hundred (600) cubic centimeters of Water, contained in 
a covered vessel, and heat the mixture to boiling until 
the Extract and Sugar are dissolved. Then add the Oil 
of Tar, cover the vessel, and allow the contents to cool, 
stirring occasionally. Next add the Chloroform and Oil 
of Peppermint previously dissolved in the Alcohol, and, 
lastly, enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of 
it is to be dispensed. 
270. MISTURA RHEI COMPOSITA. N. F. 
Compound Mixture of Rhubarb. 
Squibb's Rhubarb Mixture. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) 12 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecac (U. S. P.) . . 2 Cc. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 24 Gm. 
Glycerin 250 Cc. 
Peppermint Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Bicarbonate in about five hundred 
(500) cubic centimeters of Peppermint Water, then add 
the Fluid Extracts and Glycerin, and, lastly, enough Pep- 
permint Water to make one thousand, (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
271. MISTURA SASSAFRAS ET OPII. N. F. 
Mixture of Sassafras and Opium. 
Mistura Opii Alkalina. Godfrey's Cordial. 
Oil of Sassafras 1 Cc. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) .... 35 Cc. 
Alcohol 50 Cc. 
Potassium Carbonate 8 Gm. 
Molasses 325 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Tincture of Opium with the Alcohol, in which 
the Oil of Sassafras has previously been dissolved. Dis- 
solve the Potassium Carbonate in about five hundred (500) 
cubic centimeters of Water, mix this with the Molasses, 
then add the mixture first prepared, and, lastly, enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Allow the mixture to become clear by standing, then 
pour off the liquid portion and preserve it for use. 
Each fluidrachm contains 2 minims of Tincture of 
Opium, corresponding to about £ grain of Opium. 
272. MISTURA SOD.® ET MENTH®. N. F. 
Mixture of Soda and Spearmint. 
Soda Mint. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 50 Gm. 
Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia (U. S. 
P.) 10 Cc. 
Spearmint Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Bicarbonate in about seven hun- 
dred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Spearmint Water, 
add the Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia and enough Spear- 
mint Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Filter, if necessary. 
273. MISTURA SPLENETICA. N. F. 
Splenetic Mixture. 
Spleen Mixture. Gadberry's Mixture. 
Ferrous Sulphate 14 Gm. 
Quinine Sulphate 14 Gm. 
Nitric Acid (U. S. P.) 14 Cc. 
Potassium Nitrate 42 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Ferrous Sulphate, reduced to powder, 
with the Nitric Acid previously mixed with an equal 
volume of Water. When effervescence has ceased, warm 
the mixture gently, until it no longer evolves visible 
vapors of a yellowish tint. Then add to it the Quinine 
Sulphate, the Potassium Nitrate, and, lastly, enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
When solution has been effected, filter. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1521 
274. MISTURA SULPHURICA ACIDA. 
N. F. 
Sulphuric Acid Mixture. 
Mixtura Sulphurica Adda (Germ. Phar.). Haller's 
Acid Elixir. 
Sulphuric Acid (U. S. P.) 250 Gm. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make . . 1000 Gm. 
Add the Acid very gradually to seven hundred and fifty 
(750) grammes of Alcohol, contained in a flask, agitating 
after each addition, and taking care that the temperature 
of the mixture be not allowed to rise above 50° C. (122° 
F.). When the mixture is cold, add enough Alcohol, if 
necessary, to make one thousand (1000) grammes. 
Note.—The same product may be obtained, approximately, by 
carefully and slowly adding 1 volume of Sulphuric Acid to 7 
volumes of Alcohol, and this method may be used when small 
quantities are required for immediate use in a prescription. 
275. MUCILAGO CHONDRI. N. F. 
Mucilage of Irish Moss. 
Irish Moss 30 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Wash the Irish Moss with cold Water, then place it in 
a suitable vessel, add one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters of Water, and heat it on a water-bath, boiling 
for fifteen minutes, frequently stirring. Then strain it 
through muslin, and pass enough Water through the 
strainer to make the liquid, when cold, measure one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Mucilage of Irish Moss may also be prepared in the 
following manner: 
Irish Moss Gelatin (F. 184) 20 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Heat the Irish Moss Gelatin with one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters of Water, at a boiling temperature, un- 
til it is completely dissolved. Then allow the solution to 
cool, and add enough Water, if necessary, to make up 
the volume to one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—Mucilage of Irish Moss, thus prepared, is well adapted 
for the preparation of emulsions of fixed oils. If it is, however, 
required for admixture with clear liquids, it should be diluted, 
when freshly made, and while still hot, with about 3 volumes of 
boiling water, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to the volume 
corresponding to the proportions above given. The filtration 
may be greatly facilitated by filling the filter loosely with ab- 
sorbent cotton, and pouring the liquid upou the latter. 
276. MUCILAGO CYDONII. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Mucilage of Cydonium. 
Mucilage of Quince Seed. 
Cydonium 2 Gm. 
Distilled Water . 100 Cc. 
Macerate the Cydonium for half an hour, in a covered 
vessel, with the Distilled Water, frequently agitating. 
Then drain the liquid through muslin without pressure. 
This preparation should be freshly made when required 
for use. 
277. MUCILAGO DEXTRINI. N. F. 
Mucilage of Dextrin. 
Dextrin 335 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Mix them in a tared vessel, and heat the mixture, 
under constant stirring, to near boiling, until the Dextrin 
is dissolved and a limpid liquid results. Then restore 
any loss of water by evaporation, strain the liquid 
through muslin, and allow it to cool short of gelatinizing, 
when it will be ready for immediate use. 
Hole,—if the Mucilage is not at once to be used for preparing 
emulsions or other mixtures, transfer it, while hot, to bottles, 
which should be filled to the neck. Then pour into each bottle 
! a sufficient quantity of Olive Oil to form a protecting layer, and 
when the mucilage hag gelatinized, securely cork the bottles, and 
keep them in a cool place, in an upright position. 
When gelatinized Mucilage of Dextrin is to be used for the 
preparation of emulsions or for other mixtures, pour off the pro- 
tecting layer of oil from the surface, remove the remainder of 
the oil by a pellet of absorbent cotton, and warm the bottle 
gently, until the Mucilage is liquefied. Then allow it to cool 
short of gelatinizing. 
The kind of Dextrin suitable for this preparation is the com- 
mercial, while variety, provided it still contains some unaltered 
or only partially altered starch, and forms a jelly on cooling, 
when made into a mucilage after the formula above given. The 
yellow variety, which is completely soluble in about 2 parts of 
cold water, will not answer the purpose. 
278. MUCILAGO SALEP. N. F.\ 
Mucilage of Salep. 
Salep, in fine powder 10 Gm. 
Cold Water 100 Cc. 
Boiling Water 900 Cc. 
Place the powdered Salep in a flask containing the 
Cold Water, and shake until the powder is divided. Then 
add the Boiling Water, and shake the mixture continu- 
ously until it has cooled to 25° C. (77° F.), or below this 
temperature. The cooling may be hastened by frequent 
and brief immersion of the flask in cold water. 
Mucilage of Salep should be freshly made when wanted. 
Note.—If Sugar or Syrup is prescribed in the same mixture 
with Mucilage of Salep, it is preferable to triturate the required 
quantity of powdered Salep with either of the former, as the case 
may be, and then to add rapidly the proportionate amount of 
Boiling Water. 
279. OLEA INFUSA. N. F. 
Infused Oils. 
The Dry Herb, in moderately coarse 
(No. 40) powder 200 Gm. 
Alcohol 150 Gm. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) 4 Gm. 
Lard Oil 500 Gm. 
Cotton-Seed Oil 500 Gm. 
Moisten the powdered Herb with a sufficient quantity 
of the Alcohol and Ammonia Water previously mixed, 
then pack it tightly into a stone or enamelled iron vessel 
of suitable capacity, pour on the remainder of the ammo- 
niated Alcohol, cover it well, and allow the mixture to 
macerate for twenty-four hours. Then add one hundred 
and twenty (120) grammes of the mixed Oils, digest, under 
frequent agitation, during twelve hours, at a temperature 
between 50° and 60° C. (122° to 140° E.), transfer the 
mixture to a strainer, and express strongly. To the resi- 
due, returned to the vessel, add the remainder of the Oils, 
digest and express in the same manner, and unite the 
expressed portions. 
280. OLEATUM ACONITINE. N. F. 
Oleate of Aconitine. 
Aconitine, alkaloid 2 Gm. 
Oleic Acid 98 Gm. 
Triturate the Aconitine with a small portion of the 
Oleic Acid in a mortar, then incorporate the remainder 
of the Oleic Acid, and stir the mixture frequently until 
the alkaloid is dissolved. 
Note.—The market affords a variety of Aconitines made by 
different processes, by different manufacturers, and of greatly 
different potency. Only the pure crystallized or crystallizable 
alkaloid, prepared by Dnquesnel’s method, or at least one equal 
to it in strength, should be used for this preparation. 
281. OLEATUM PLUMBI. N. F. 
Lead Oleate. 
Lead Acetate 75 Gm. 
Solution of Sodium Oleate (F. 246) . 2000 Cc. 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), 
Water, each a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Lead Acetate in four thousand (4000) cubic 
centimeters of Water. Should the solution be turbid or 
opalescent, add to it Acetic Acid, in drops, until it has 
become clear. Then filter it, if necessary, through a pel- 
let of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, and 
mix it slowly, and under constant stirring, with the Solu- 1522 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
tion of Sodium Oleate. Heat the mixture to boiling, trans- 
fer it to a strainer, and when the liquid has drained off, wash 
the residue with four thousand (4000) cubic centimeters 
of boiling Water. Lastly, take the mass from the strainer, 
remove any occluded Water by pressure, and transfer it, 
while warm and soft, to suitable vessels. 
The product contains an amount of Lead corresponding 
to about 28 per cent, of Lead Oxide. 
Note.—The theoretical yield of Lead Oleate obtainable from 75 
grammes of lead acetate is 143 grammes ; in practice, about 125 
grammes will be obtained. Lead Oleate prepared by the above 
process is of about the consistence of lead plaster, and may be 
converted into an ointment by mixing with it such a proportion 
of oleic acid as may be required. 
282. OLEATUM QUININE. N. F. 
Oleate of Quinine. 
Quinine (U. S. P.), dried at 100° C. (212° 
F.) until it ceases to lose weight ... 25 Gm. 
Oleic Acid 75 Gm. 
Triturate the Quinine with the Oleic Acid, gradually 
added, then apply a gentle heat, and stir frequently, until 
the Quinine is dissolved. 
The product contains 25 per cent, of dry Quinine. 
Note.—When the official Quinine (C20H24N202.3II20) is not 
available, the quantity corresponding to 25 grammes of dry Qui- 
nine may be prepared as follows : Take 34 grammes of official 
Quinine Sulphate, dissolve it in 200 grammes of Water with the 
aid of a sufficient quantity of Diluted Sulphuric Acid, then pre- 
cipitate the Quinine by means of Ammonia Water, added, under 
constant stirring, until it is in slight excess. Transfer the 
magma to a close muslin strainer, previously wetted, allow the 
liquid to drain off, and wash the precipitate with ice-cold Water, 
until the washings are practically tasteless, but using not more 
than 200 grammes of Water. Lastly, dry the precipitate. 
The theoretical quantity of dry Quinine obtainable from 34 
grammes of the Sulphate is 25.27 grammes. In practice, approxi- 
mately 25 grammes will be obtained. 
283. OLEATUM ZINCI. N. F. 
Zinc Oleate. 
Zinc Acetate, crystallized 115 Gm. 
Solution of Sodium Oleate (F. 246) . 50 00 Cc. 
Water a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Zinc Acetate in ten thousand (10,000) 
cubic centimeters of cold Water, filter the solution, if 
necessary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in 
the neck of a funnel, and then mix it slowly, and under 
constant stirring, with the Solution of Sodium Oleate. 
Transfer the mixture to a wetted muslin strainer, and, 
when the liquid has drained off, wash the precipitate with 
Water, until the washings are practically tasteless. 
Lastly, dry the precipitate, spread on paper, by exposure 
to dust-free air, without heat. 
The product contains an amount of Zinc corresponding 
to about 13 per cent, of Zinc Oxide. 
Note.—The theoretical yield of Zinc Oleate obtainable from 
115 grammes of zinc acetate is 287.5 grammes; in practice, about 
265 grammes will be obtained. Zinc Oleate, prepared by the 
above process, is in the form of a soft, white powder, and may be 
converted into a plaster or ointment by mixing it with such a 
proportion of oleic acid as may be required. 
284. OLEOSACCHARA. N. F. 
Oil-Sugars. 
Elceosacchara (Germ. Pharm.). 
Any Volatile Oil 1 Drop. 
Sugar 2 Gm. 
Triturate the Sugar with the Volatile Oil to a fine 
powder. 
This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted. 
Note.—When Elseosnccharum Anisi, E. Foeniculi, E. Menthse 
Piperitse, etc., etc., are prescribed, these are to be prepared from 
the corresponding essential oils, according to the above formula. 
285. OLEUM CARBOLATUM. N. F. 
Carbolized Oil. 
Carbolic Acid 5 Gm. 
Cotton-Seed Oil 95 Gm. 
Melt the Carbolic Acid with a gentle heat, and mix it 
with the Cotton-Seed Oil. 
286. OLEUM HYOSCYAMI COMPOSI- 
TUM. N. F. 
Compound Oil of Hyoscyamus. 
Balsamum Tranquillans. 
Oil of Absinth, 
Oil of Lavender, 
Oil of Rosemary, 
Oil of Sage, 
Oil of Thyme, of each 2 Drops. 
Infused Oil of Hyoscyamus (F. 279) 100 Cc. 
Mix them. 
Note.—Oil of Absinth is the volatile oil of Artemisia Absinthium 
LinnS (Wormwood), and Oil of Sage is the volatile oil of Salvia 
officinalis LinnA Infused Oil of Hyoscyamus is the Oleum Hyos- 
cyami of the Germ. Pharm.; see under No. 279. The Beaumi 
'JYanquille (Balsamum tranquillans) of the Codex is a more complex 
preparation, not identical with the above, but possessing about 
the same properties. 
287. OXYMEL N. F. 
Oxymel of Squill, 
Vinegar of Squill (U. S. P.) 50 Gm. 
Honey 100 Gm. 
Mix them in a tared porcelain capsule or enamelled 
iron vessel, and apply the heat of a water-bath until the 
mixture has been reduced to the weight of one hundred 
(100) grammes. Then strain, allow it to cool, and transfer 
it to bottles, which should be well corked. 
288. PEPSINUM AROMATICUM. N. F. 
Aromatic Pepsin. 
Saccharated Pepsin (U. S. P.) ... 97 Gm. 
Aromatic Fluid Extract (U. S. P.) . 6 Cc. 
Tartaric Acid 1.5 Gm. 
Sodium Chloride 1.5 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients by trituration, dry the product by 
exposure to warm air, and keep it in well-stoppered 
bottles. 
289. PILULE. N. F. 
Pills. 
In giving the formulas for Pills, the quantities of the 
several ingredients required for one hundred (100) pills 
are given in Metric Weights in the first column, while the 
quantities required for each single pill are given in Apothe- 
caries’ Weight in the second column. When it is desira- 
ble to prepare a number of pills by the proportion given 
for the single pill, it is recommended that upon multiply- 
ing by the number of pills required, the nearest whole 
number, or nearest convenient fraction, in each case, be 
chosen. 
290. PILULE AD PRANDIUM. N. F. 
Dinner Pills. 
1. When “ Dinner Pills,” under this or some other 
equivalent name, are prescribed without further specifica- 
tion, it is recommended that the Pilules Aloes et Mastich.es 
of the U. S. P., also called Lady Webster’s Dinner Pills, 
be dispensed. 
Note.—Of other combinations, bearing similar names, or used 
for similar purposes, the following appear to be those most com- 
monly in use: 
2. Chapman’s Dinner Pill. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 
. . . . 9 7 Gm. 
1J grains. 
Mastic 
.... 9.7 Gm. 
lj grains. 
Ipecac, in fine powder . . . 
. . . . 6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Oil of Fennel 
.... 1.6 Cc. 
about J 
minim. 
3. Cole’s Dinner Pill. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . . 
. . . 7.8 Gm. 
li grains. 
Mass of Mercury (U. S. P.) . 
. . . 7.8 Gm. 
lj> grains. 
Jalap, in fine powder .... 
. . . 7.8 Gm. 
H grains. 
Antimony and Potassium 
Tar- 
trate 
S*b grain- PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1523 
4 Hall’s Dinner Pill. 
296. PILUL® ANTINEURALGIC®. N. F. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain : 
contains: 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 
1 grain. 
Extract of Glycyrrhiza . 
1 grain. 
Soap, in powder 
1 grain. 
Molasses 
1 grain. 
1. Gross’s Antineuralgic Pills. 
Antineuralgic Pills. 
One hundred (100) 
pills contain: 
Each pill 
contains: 
Quinine Sulphate . . . 
13 Gm. 
2 grains 
Morphine Sulphate . . 
0.32 Gm. 
2*3 grain. 
Strychnine, alkaloid . . 
0.22 Gm. 
TV grain- 
Arsenous Acid .... 
Extract of Aconite 
0.32 Gm. 
2*3 grain. 
Leaves (U.S.P., 1870) 
3.2 Gm. 
i grain. 
291. PILUL® ALOES ET PODOPHYLLI 
COMPOSIT®. N. F. 
Compound Pills of Aloes and Podophyllum. 
Janeway's Pills. 
One hundred, (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain : 
contains : 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Resin of Podophyllum (U. 
S. P.) 3.25 Gm. 
£ grain. 
Alcoholic Extract of Bel- 
ladonna Leaves (U. S. 
P.) 1.6 Gm. 
i grain. 
Extract of Nux Vomica 
(U. S. P.) 1.6 Gm. 
J grain. 
Note.—When “Antineuralgic Pills,” or “Neuralgia Pills," 
without other specification, are prescribed, it is recommended 
that the above preparation be dispensed. Sometimes the Morphine 
Sulphate is directed to be omitted. 
2. Brown-Sequard's Antineuralgic (or Neuralgia) PUls have the 
following composition: 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Extract of Hyoscyamus (U. S. P.) . 
4.5 Gm. 
§ grain. 
Extract of Conium (U. S. P.) . . . . 
4.5 Gm. 
§ grain. 
Extract of Ignatia (U. S. P.) . . . . 
3.2 Gm. 
J grain. 
Extract of Opium (U. S. P.) .... 
Extract of Aconite Leaves (U. S. P., 
3.2 Gm. 
4 grain. 
1870) 
4 grain. 
Extract of Indian Cannabis (U.S.P.) 
1.6 Gm. 
i grain. 
Extract of Stramonium (U. S. P.) . 
Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna 
1.3 Gm. 
4 grain. 
Leaves (U. 8. P.) 
i grain. 
292. PILUL® ALOINI COMPOSIT®. N. F. 
Compound Pills of Aloin. 
One hundred (100) 
pills contain : 
Each pill 
contains : 
Aloin 
Resin of Podophyllum (U. 
i grain. 
S. P.) 
Alcoholic Extract of Bel- 
ladonna Leaves (U. S. 
4 grain. 
P-) 
1.6 Gm. 
\ grain. 
297. PILULE ANTI PERIODIC®. N. F. 
Antiperiodic Pills. 
1. With Aloes: 
Warburg's Pills. 
293. PILUL® ALOINI, STRYCHNIN®, 
ET BELLADONN®. N. F. 
One hundred (100) 
Each piU 
pills contain: 
contains : 
Extract of Aloes (U. S. P.) . 6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Rhubarb .... 
3.2 Gm. 
\ grain. 
Angelica, seed . 
3.2 Gm. 
\ grain. 
Elecampane . . 
1.6 Gm. 
J grain. 
Saffron 
\ grain. 
Fennel 
1.6 Gm. 
\ grain. 
Zedoary, root . . 
0.8 Gm. 
i grain. 
Cubebs 
i gram. 
Myrrh 
1 grain. 
White Agaric . . 
0.8 Gm. 
} gram. 
Camphor .... 
i grain. 
Quinine Sulphate 
If grains. 
Extract of Gentian (TJ. S.P.) 
a sufficient 
a 
sufficient quantity. 
quantity. 
Pills of Aloin, Strychnine, and Belladonna. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Aloin .... 1.3 Gm. 
i grain- 
Strychnine, alkaloid . . . 0.05 Gm. 
Alcoholic Extract of Bel- 
jh grain. 
ladonna Leaves (U. S. 
P.) 0.8 Gm. 
i grain. 
Note.—These pills are also prepared with double the amount 
of Strychnine. It is recommended that the stronger pills be dis- 
pensed only when specially demanded. 
294. PILUL® ALOINI, STRYCHNIN®, 
ET BELLADONN® COMPOSIT®. N. F. 
Compound Pills of Aloin, Strychnine, and 
Belladonna. 
Reduce the drugs to a fine, uniform powder, and make 
this into pills, by means of Extract of Gentian, in accord- 
ance with the formula above given. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain ; 
contains: 
Aloin 1.3 Gm. 
i grain. 
Strychnine, alkaloid . . . 0.05 Gm. 
Tb grain- 
Alcoholic Extract of Bel- 
ladonna Leaves (U. S. 
P.) 0.8 Gm. 
i grain. 
Extract of Rhamnus Pur- 
shiana 3.25 Gm. 
\ grain. 
2. Without Aloes : 
Prepare the pills in the same manner as directed in the 
previous formula, but omit the Extract of Aloes. 
Note.—These pills have been introduced for the purpose of facili- 
tating the administration of Warburg’s Tincture in a solid form. 
When “Warburg’s Pills,” or “Pills of Warburg’s Tincture,” are 
prescribed, without further specification, those containing Aloes 
should be dispensed. Those without Aloes should be furnished 
only when they are expressly demanded. 
Each Warburg’s Pill represents about 1 fluidrachm of War- 
burg’s Tincture, with or without Aloes, respectively (see Tinctura 
Antiperiodica, F. 400). 
Note.—These pills are also prepared with double the amount of 
Strychnine. It is recommended that the stronger pills be dis- 
pensed only when specially demanded. 
295. PILUL® ANTIDYSPEPTIC.®. N. F. 
Antidyspeptic Pills. 
298. PILULE COLOCYNTHIDIS COM- 
POSIT®. N. F. 
One hundred (100] 
pills contain: 
Each pill 
contains: 
Strychnine, alkaloid . . 
0.16 Gm. 
tV grain. 
Ipecac, in fine powder . . 
0.65 Gm. 
to gram. 
Alcoholic Extract of Bel- 
ladonna Leaves (U. 
S.P.) 
0.65 Gm. 
rV grain. 
Mass of Mercury (U. S. 
P.) 
13 Gm. 
2 grains 
Compound Extract of 
Colocynth (U. S. P.) 
13 Gm. 
2 grains 
Compound Pills of Colocynth. 
Pilulce Coccice. Cochia Pills. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Extract of Colocynth (U. 
S. P.) 
1.1 Gm. 
i Sram- 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 
13 Gm. 
2 grains. 
Resin of Scammony (U. 
S. P.) 
13 Gm. 
2 grains 
Oil of Cloves 
1.5 Cc. 
\ minim. 1524 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Note.—The Pilula Colocynthidis Composita of the Brit. Pharm., 
for which the above is an equivalent, is prepared with Oolycynth 
Pulp, and contains Potassium Sulphate, which was originally 
added as an aid to reduce the ingredients to powder. With the 
use of Extract of Colocynth, this becomes unnecessary. 
The Brit. Pharm. directs the above to be kept as a pill-mass, to 
be made into pills of such weight as may be prescribed. When 
such specification is omitted, it is recommended to dispense pills 
containing the quantities above directed. 
Each pill contains grain of Glonoin (Nitro- 
glycerin. 
304. PILULE LAXATIVE POST PARTUM. 
N. F. 
Laxative Pills after Confinement. 
One hundred, (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain : 
contains: 
Compound Extract of Col- 
ocynth (U. S. P.) . . . 
11 Gm. 
If grains. 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 
5.5 Gm. 
i grain. 
Extract of Nux Vomica 
(U. S. P.) 
2.5 Gm. 
A grain. 
Resin of Podophyllum (U. 
S. P.) 
0.5 Gm. 
A grain. 
Ipecac, in fine powder . . 
0.5 Gm. 
A grain. 
Extract of Hyoscyamus 
(U. S. P.) 
8 Gm. 
1| grains. 
Barker’s Post-Partum Pills. 
299. PILULE COLOCYNTHIDIS ET HY- 
OSCYAMI. N. F. 
Pills of Colocynth and Hyoscyamus. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Extract of Colocynth (U. 
S. P.) 0.65 Gm. 
TS g™n- 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 9.7 Gm. 
1| grains. 
Resin of Scammony (U. 
S. P.) 9.7 Gm. 
11 grains. 
Oil of Cloves 1 Cc. 
| minim. 
Extract of Hyoscyamus 
(U. S.P.) 9.7 Gm. 
\\ grains. 
Note.—This is the formula generally employed by Dr. Fordyce 
Barker, except where special circumstances render modifications 
necessary. The formula usually quoted in manufacturers’ lists 
and some formularies is not correct. 
Note.—The Pilula Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami of the Brit. Pharm. 
is directed to be made by mixing 2 parts of Compound Pill of 
Colocynth (F. 298) with 1 part of Extract of Hyoscyamus, and is 
directed to be kept as a pill-mass, to be made into pills of such 
weight as may be directed. When such specification is omitted, 
it is recommended to dispense pills containing the quantities 
above directed. 
305. PILULE METALLORUM. N. F. 
Metallic Pills. 
Pilulce Metallorum Amarce. Bitter Metallic Pills. 
Reduced Iron . . . 
One hundred (100) 
pills contain: 
Each pill 
contains : 
1 grain. 
1 grain. 
Quinine Sulphate . . 
. . 6.5 Gm. 
Strychnine, alkaloid . 
. . 0.32 Gm. 
A g™in. 
Arsenous Acid . . . 
A grain. 
300. PILULE COLOCYNTHIDIS ET PO- 
DOPHYLLI. N. F. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Compound Extract of Col- 
ocynth (U. S. P.) . . 16.2 Gm. 
grains 
Resin of Podophyllum (U. 
S. P.) 1.6 Gm. 
\ grain. 
Pills of Colocynth and Podophyllum. 
Note.—A similar combination is known under the name of 
Aitken's Tonic Pills, as follows : 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains : 
Reduced Iron 
1 § grain. 
Quinine Sulphate . . . 
I 1 grain. 
Strychnine, alkaloid . . 
A grain. 
Arsenous Acid 
0.13 Gm. | 
| A grain. 
301. PILUL/E FERRI COMPOSITE. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Compound Pills of Iron. 
306. PILULE OPII ET CAMPHORS. N. F. 
Pills of Opium and Camphor. 
Myrrh 
One hundred (100) 
pills contain: 
Each pill 
contains: 
1| grains. 
Sodium Carbonate 
.... 4.85 Gm. 
| grain. 
Ferrous Sulphate 
.... 4.85 Gm. 
| grain. 
Syrup a 
sufficient quantity. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain : 
contains: 
Powdered Opium 
. . . 6.5 Gm. 1 
| 1 grain. 
Camphor 
1 2 grains, 
307. PILULE OPII ET PLUMBI. N. F. 
302. PILULiE GALBANI COMPOSITE. 
N. F. 
One hundred (100) 
Each piU 
pills contain: 
contains r 
Powdered Opium . 
. . . . 6.5 Gm. 11 grain. 
Lead Acetate . . . 
Pills of Opium and Lead. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Compound Pills of Galbanum. 
Galbanum . 
One hundred (100) 
p ills contain: 
9.75 Gm. 
Each pill 
contains : 
1 if grains 
Myrrh . . . 
IV grains 
Asafetida 
i grain. 
Syrup . . . 
308. PILULE PODOPHYLLI, BELLA- 
DONNiE, ET CAPSICI. N. F. 
Pills of Podophyllum, Belladonna, and Cap- 
sicum. 
Squibb’s Podophyllum Pills. 
303. PILUL/E GLONOINI. N. F. 
Pills of Glonoin. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Resin of Podophyllum (U. 
S. P.) 1.6 Gm. 
£ grain. 
Alcoholic Extract of Bella- 
donna leaves (TJ. S. P.) 0.8 Gm. 
i grain. 
Capsicum, in moderately fine 
powder 3.2 Gm. 
£ grain. 
Sugar of Milk, in fine powder 6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Acacia, in fine powder ... 1.6 Gm. 
} grain. 
Glycerin. 
each, a 
Syrup (U. S. P.), each . . . 
sufficient 
a sufficient quantity. 
quantity. 
Pills of Nitroglycerin. 
Spirit of Glonoin (U. S. P.) 6.5 Gm. 
Althaea, in fine powder 6.5 Gm. 
Confection of Rose (U.S.P.) a sufficient quantity. 
Mix the Spirit of Glonoin intimately with the powdered 
Althaea, expose the mixture for a short time to the air, so 
that the alcohol may evaporate, then make a pill-mass by 
means of Confection of Rose, and divide it into one hun- 
dred (100) pills. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1525 
309. PILULAE QUADRUPLICES. N. F. 
they form a mass of a smooth consistence. Mix the Acacia 
and Sugar, add them to the mass previously prepared, and 
rub the whole to a coarse powder, which is to be preserved 
in a lightly covered jar. 
Note.—If 820 grains of this preparation be thoroughly tritu- 
rated with 17 fluidounces of Water, gradually added, and the 
mixture finally strained, the product will be about 16 fluidounces 
of Mistura Amygdalse (U. S. P.). 
315. PULVIS ANTICATARRHALIS. N. F. 
Catarrh Powder. 
Catarrh Snuff. 
Morphine Hydrochlorate 0.41 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 25 Gm. 
Bismuth Subnitrate 75 Gm. 
Mix them intimately by trituration. 
316. PULVIS CATECHU COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Powder of Catechu. 
Catechu, in fine powder 40 Gm. 
Kino, in fine powder 20 Gm. 
Krameria, in fine powder 20 Gm. 
Cinnamon, in fine powder 10 Gm. 
Nutmeg, in fine powder 10 Gm. 
Mix them intimately, pass the powder through a fine 
sieve, and afterwards rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it 
in a stoppered bottle. 
Note.—This preparation is official in the Brit. Pharm. 
317. PULVIS CRET./E AROMATICUS. N. F. 
Aromatic Powder of Chalk. 
Cinnamon 8 Gm. 
Saffron 6 Gm. 
Nutmeg 6 Gm. 
Cloves 3 Gm. 
Cardamom 2 Gm. 
Prepared Chalk 23 Gm. 
Sugar 52 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients and reduce them to a fine powder. 
Pass this through a fine sieve, and afterwards rub it 
lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. 
Note.—This preparation is equivalent to the Pulvis Cretse Aro- 
maticus of the Brit. Pharm. This authority adds the following 
note : “ If a product of bright color be desired, the saffron may 
previously be moistened and triturated with a little water or 
alcohol, or the fresh and faintly damp mixture may be subjected 
to considerable pressure in the triturating process.” 
318. PULVIS CRETAE AROMATICUS CUM 
OPIO. N. F. 
Aromatic Powder of Chalk with Opium. 
Aromatic Powder of Chalk (F. 317) . 97.5 Gm. 
Powdered Opium 2.5 Gm. 
Mix them intimately. 
Every 40 grains of this preparation contain 1 grain of 
Powdered Opium. 
Note.—This preparation is official in the Brit. Pharm. 
319. PULVERES EFFERVESCENTES. 
Effervescent Powders. 
The Effervescent Powders for which formulas are given 
in the Formulary are most conveniently and efficiently 
dispensed in the form of fine powders, because in this con- 
dition they can be made extemporaneously and with an 
assurance of their freshness and efficiency. The popular 
demand, however, seems to be for Granular Effervescent 
Powders, the preparation of which requires certain modi- 
fications of the formulas, important only in so far as they 
enable the dispenser to granulate the powder in a con- 
venient and expeditious manner. 
General Observations and Directions. 
Effervescent Powders are composed of the medicinal 
agent in admixture with an alkaline bicarbonate, an or- 
ganic acid, and sugar. The proportion of the medicinal 
agent is dependent upon its dose; that of the alkaline 
Quatuor Pills. Pilulce Ferri et Quinince Composites. 
Quadruplex Pills. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains: 
Dried Ferrous Sulphate . . 6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Quinine Sulphate 6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 6.5 Gm. 
Extract of Nux Vomica (U. 
1 grain. 
S. P.) 1.6 Gm. 
} grain. 
Extract of Gentian (U. S. P.) 
a sufficient 
a sufficient quantity. 
quantity. 
310. PILUL.E TRIPLICES. N. F. 
Triplex Pills. 
Pilula Triplex. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain : 
contains: 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) . 
Mass of Mercury (U. S. 
13 Gm. 
2 grains 
P-) 
6.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Resin of Podophyllum (U. 
S. P.) 
1.6 Gm. 
J grain. 
Note.—When Pilula Triplex, under this name or some equiva- 
lent, is prescribed without farther specification, it is recom- 
mended that the above preparation be dispensed. A formula 
devised by Dr. John W. Francis is also in use, as follows: 
Francis’s Triplex Pill. 
One hundred (100) 
Each pill 
pills contain: 
contains : 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) 
g grain. 
Scammony 
5.5 Gm. 
| grain. 
Mass of Mercury (U. S. 
P.) .... 5.5 Gm. 
1 grain. 
Croton Oil 
0.32 Cc. 
minim. 
Oil of Caraway 
1.6 Cc. 
J minim. 
Tincture of Aloes and 
Myrrh (U. 
a sufficient 
S. P.) 
a sufficient quantity. 
quantity. 
311. PULVIS ACACIA COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Powder of Acacia. 
Pulvis Qummosus (Germ. Pharm.). 
Acacia, in fine powder 50 Gm. 
Glycyrrhiza, in fine powder 34 Gm. 
Sugar, in fine powder 16 Gm. 
Mix them intimately. 
312. PULVIS ACETANILIDI COMPOSI- 
TUS. N. F. 
Compound Powder of Acetanilid. 
Acetanilid 50 Gm. 
Caffeine 2 Gm. 
Tartaric Acid 3 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 45 Gm. 
Reduce the ingredients separately to a fine powder and 
mix them thoroughly. 
Note.—This preparation is popularly prescribed in New Or- 
leans, under the name of “ Kamna-Fuga,” as an antipyretic, and 
is claimed to have some advantages over acetanilid by itself. 
313. PULVIS ALOES ET CANELLiE. 
N. F. 
Powder of Aloes and Canella. 
Hiera Picra. 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.), in fine powder 80 Gm. 
Canella, in fine powder 20 Gm. 
Mix them intimately. 
314. PULVIS AMYGDALAE COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Powder of Almond. 
Sweet Almond 60 Gm. 
Sugar, in fine powder 30 Gm. 
Acacia, in fine powder 10 Gm. 
Blanch the Sweet Almonds, then dry them thoroughly 
With a soft cloth, and rub them lightly in a mortar, until 1526 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
bicarbonate and of the organic acid is dependent upon 
their molecular relation to each other ; while the propor- 
tion of sugar is dependent upon the quantity necessary 
as a sweetening agent and diluent. 
The ingredients for making the fine pulverulent form of 
Effervescent Powders are: The Medicinal Agent, Sodium 
Bicarbonate, Tartaric Acid, and Sugar, and it is neces- 
sary that these be well dried before mixing them. 
To make the granular form of Effervescent Powders 
the ingredients need not be dried, unless specially 
directed, and the ingredients are the same as for the i 
pulverulent form, with the single exception that one-half 
the molecule of Tartaric Acid is replaced by one-half a 
molecule of Crystallized Citric Acid. 
With the view to simplifying the formulas for Efferves- 
cent Powders, three new preparations have been embodied 
in this Formulary, viz.: 
Acidnm Citricum Saccharatum (Saccharated Citric 
Acid), Formula No. 5. 
Aci.dum Tartaricum Saccharatum (Saccharated Tar- 
taric Acid), Formula No. 8. 
Sodii Bicarbonas Saccharatus (Saccharated Sodium 
Bicarbonate), Formula No. 341. 
The proportion of Sugar in these new Saccharates is so 
adjusted that when either of the Acid Saccharates is 
mixed with an equal weight of the Alkaline Saccharate, 
the acid and alkali are in molecular relation to each 
other, and when dissolved in Water, will form the Neutral 
Tartrate and Citrate of Sodium respectively. 
With these three Saccharates in stock it becomes possi- 
ble to make Effervescent Powders quickly with any 
medicinal agent that may be prescribed, while they sim- 
plify the formulas for the Effervescent preparations now 
in the Formulary, their use being exemplified by the fol- 
lowing General Formulas : 
General Formulas. 
Formula A. Fine Powder. 
Medicinal Agent, in fine powder . . 50 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate 
(F. 341) 47 5 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) .475 Gm. 
Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, until a 
uniformly mixed powder is obtained. 
Formula B. Granular Powder. 
Medicinal Agent, in fine powder . 50 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate 
(F. 341) 475 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . 237.5 Gm. 
Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5) . . 237.5 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients in a mortar, transfer them to an 
evaporating dish, and heat upon a water-bath, kept at 
60°-71° C. (140°-160° F.), under constant stirring with a 
wooden spatula, until dry and uniformly granular. 
The Saccharated Citric Acid, being made from crystal- 
lized Citric Acid containing one molecule of Water of 
Crystallization, supplies the moisture necessary to cause 
the powder, when heated, to cake and adhere together. 
If the somewhat pasty mass is then stirred with the spat- 
ula, small granules are readily formed, and these become 
firm when completely dried. 
Throughout this process the contact of the powder with 
metals should be carefully avoided. 
Effervescent Powders should be preserved in well-stop- 
pered wide-mouthed vials. 
Note.—To make these Effervescent Compounds it is not neces- 
sary to have the Saccharated Alkali and Saccharated Acids in 
stock. The quantities of Sodium Bicarbonate, of Tartaric Acid, of 
Citric Acid, and of Sugar, required for each formula are readily 
ascertained by simple calculation, according to the following 
rule 
Multiply the number of grammes of the Saccharate prescribed 
by the figures indicating the percentage of alkali or acid it con- 
tains, and divide the sum of this by one hundred. The quotient 
is the quantity of Alkali or Acid, expressed in grammes, and by 
deducting this quantity from the total quantity of the Saccharate, 
the quantity of Sugar necessary is ascertained. 
! Applying this rule, by way of example, to General Formula B., 
we have the following reBult: 
(a) 475 Gm. of Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate, containing 
i 75 j, require 356.25 Gm. of Sodium Bicarbonate and 118.75 Gm. 
I of Sugar. 
j (6) 237.5 Gm. of 8accharated Tartaric Acid, containing 67.5 £, 
require 160.3 Gm. of Tartaric Acid and 77.2 Gm. of Sugar. 
(c) 237.5 Gm. of Saccharated Citric Acid, containing 62.5 
require 148.4 Gm. of Citric Acid and 89.1 Gm. of Sugar. 
And the formula would then be: 
, Medicinal Agent 50 Gm. 
j Sodium Bicarbonate 356.25 Gm. 
Tartaric Acid 100.3 Gm. 
Citric Acid 148.4 Gm. 
Sugar 285.05 Gm. 
To make 1000 Gm. 
320. PULVIS FERRI ET QUININE CI- 
TRATIS EFFERVESCENS. N. F. 
Effervescent Powder of Citrate of Iron and 
Quinine. 
Effervescent Iron and Quinine Citrate. 
Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate 
(U. S. P.), in very line powder . . 10 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 495 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . . 495 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and tritu- 
rate them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Iron and Quinine Citrate, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, two 
hundred and forty-seven and one-half (247.5) grammes, 
for an equal weight of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and 
prepare the granulated compound as directed under Gen- 
eral Formula (F. 319, B.). 
Ninety (90) grains (or about, a heaped teaspoonful) of 
this preparation represent about one (1) grain of Iron and 
Quinine Citrate. 
321. PULVIS FERRI PHOSPHATIS EF- 
FERVESCENS. N.F. 
Effervescent Powder of Ferric Phosphate. 
Effervescent Phosphate of Iron. 
Ferric Phosphate (U. S. P.), in very 
fine powder 24 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
841) 488 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . 488 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Ferric Phosphate, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, two 
hundred and forty-four (244) grammes, for an equal 
weight of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and prepare the 
granulated compound as directed under the General 
Formula (F. 319, B.). 
Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of 
this preparation represent about two (2) grains of Ferric 
Phosphate. 
322. PULVIS HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI 
MITIS ET JALAPS. N. F. 
Powder of Mild Mercurous Chloride and Jalap. 
Calomel and Jalap. 
Mild Mercurous Chloride 34 Gm. 
Jalap, in fine powder 66 Gm. 
Mix them intimately. 
Note.—When “ Calomel and Jalap” is prescribed for an adult, 
without any specification of quantities, it is recommended that 
about 30 grains be dispensed as one dose. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1527 
323. PULVIS IODOFORMI COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Powder of Iodoform. 
Iodoform and Naphtalin. 
Iodoform, in fine powder 20 Gm. 
Boric Acid, in fine powder 30 Gm. 
Naphtalin 50 Gm. 
Oil of Bergamot 2.5 Cc. 
Triturate the Naphtalin with the Oil of Bergamot, then 
mix it with the Iodoform and Boric Acid, and triturate 
until a homogeneous powder is produced. 
Note.—This powder is used in many cases where a diluted 
preparation of Iodoform, for external purposes, is desired. The 
odor of the Iodoform is masked both by the Oil of Bergamot and 
by the Naphtalin. 
324. PULVIS KINO COMPOSITUS. N. F. 
Compound Powder of Kino. 
Kino, in fine powder 75 Gm. 
Powdered Opium 5 Gm. 
Cinnamon, in fine powder 20 Gm. 
Mix them intimately, pass the mixed powder through 
a moderately tine sieve, and afterwards rub it lightly in a 
mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. 
Every 20 grains of this preparation contain 1 grain of 
Powdered Opium. 
Note.—This preparation is official in the Brit. Pharm. 
325. PULVIS MYRIC/E COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Powder of Bayberry. 
Composition Powder. 
Bayberry, bark of the root 60 Gm. 
Ginger 30 Gm. 
Capsicum 5 Gm. 
Cloves 5 Gm. 
Reduce the substances to a moderately fine powder. 
326. PULVIS PANCREATICUS COMPOSI- 
TUS. N. F. 
Compound Pancreatic Powder. 
Peptonizing Powder. 
Pancreatin (U. S. P.) . 20 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 80 Gm. 
Mix them by trituration. 
Note.—If Pancreatin of proper strength is not available, any 
other commercial preparation of the pancreas, as, for instance, 
the extract, may be used in place of it, provided it attains the 
required standard. See page 1006, 
Twenty-five (25) grains of this powder are sufficient to peptonize 1 
pint of fresh cow’s milk, by proceeding in the following manner : 
Add the Compound Pancreatic Powder to 4 fluidounces of 
tepid Water, contained in a suitable flask, and afterwards add 
1 pint of fresh cow’s Milk, previously heated to 38° C. (100.4° F.). 
Maintain the mixture at this temperature during thirty minutes, 
then transfer the flask to a cold place. 
Milk thus peptonized should not be used when it has been 
kept over twenty-four hours, or when it has developed a bitter 
taste. 
327. PULVIS PEPSINI COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Powder of Pepsin. 
Pulvis Digestivus. 
Saccharated Pepsin (U. S. P.) .... 15 Gm. 
Pancreatin (U. S. P.) 15 Gm. 
Diastase 1 Gm. 
Lactic Acid (U. S. P.) 1 Cc. 
Hydrochloric Acid (TJ. S. P.) 2 Cc. 
Sugar of Milk 66 Gm. 
Add the Acids gradually to the Sugar of Milk, and 
triturate until they are thoroughly mixed. Mix the Pep- 
sin, Pancreatin, and Diastase, and then incorporate this 
mixture, by trituration, with the Sugar of Milk. Finally, 
rub the mixture through a hair-sieve, and preserve the 
powder in bottles. 
Note.—-The best commercial variety of Diastase, capable of con- 
verting the largest comparative amount of starch into dextrin 
and glucose, should be used for this preparation. 
328. PULVIS POTASSII BROMIDI EF- 
FERVESCENS. N. F. 
Effervescent Powder of Potassium Bromide. 
Effervescent Potassium Bromide. 
Potassium Bromide, in very line 
powder 110 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 445 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . 445 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Potassium Bromide, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, two 
hundred and twenty-two and one-half (222.5) grammes, for 
an equal weight of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and 
prepare the granulated compound as directed under the 
General Formula (F. 319, B.). 
Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of 
this preparation represent about ten (10) grains of Potas- 
sium Bromide. 
329. PULVIS POTASSII BROMIDI EF- 
FERVESCENS CUM CAFFEINA. N. F. 
Effervescent Powder of Potassium Bromide with 
Caffeine. 
Effervescent Potassium Bromide with Caffeine. 
Potassium Bromide, in very line 
powder 110 Gm. 
Caffeine, in very fine powder 11 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 440 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . . 440 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients,previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Potassium Bromide with 
Caffeine, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, two 
hundred and twenty (220) grammes, for an equal weight 
of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and prepare the granu- 
lated compound as directed under the General Formula 
(F. 319, B.). 
Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of 
this preparation represent about ten (10) grains of Potas- 
sium Bromide and one (1) grain of Caffeine. 
330. PULVIS RHEI ET MAGNESIA ANI- 
SATUS. N. F. 
Anisated Powder of Rhubarb and Magnesia. 
Compound Anise Powder. 
Rhubarb, in fine powder 35 Gm. 
Heavy Magnesia, calcined 65 Gm. 
Oil of Anise 8 Cc. 
Alcohol 10 Cc. 
Mix the powders, add the Oil of Anise previously dis- 
solved in the Alcohol, and triturate until a uniform mix- 
ture results. 
331. PULVIS SALIS CAROLINI FACTITII 
EFFERVESCENS. N.F. 
Effervescent Powder of Artificial Carlsbad Salt. 
Effervescent Artificial Carlsbad Salt. 
Artificial Carlsbad Salt (F. 336), in 
form of dry powder 180 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 410 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . . 410 Gm. 1528 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Artificial Carlsbad Salt, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, two 
hundred and five (205) grammes, for an equal weight of 
the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and prepare the granu- 
lated compound as directed under the General Formula 
(F. 319, B.). 
A solution of about eighty-seven (87) grains of this 
preparation, in six (6) fluidounces of Water, represents 
an equal volume of Carlsbad Water (Sprudel), in its essen- 
tial constituents. 
332. PULVIS SALIS KISSINGENSIS FAC- 
TITII EFFERVESCENS. N. F. 
Effervescent Powder of Artificial Kissingen Salt. 
Effervescent Artificial Kissingen Salt. 
Artificial Kissingen Salt (F. 337) . . . 280 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 360 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . 360 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Artificial Kissingen Salt, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, one 
hundred and eighty (180) grammes, for an equal weight 
of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and prepare the granu- 
lated compound as directed under the General Formula 
(F. 319, B.). 
A solution of about eighty (80) grains of this prepara- 
tion, in six (6) fluidounces of Water, represents an equal 
volume of Kissingen Water (Rakoczi Springs) in its essen- 
tial constituents. 
333. PULVIS SALIS VICHYANI FACTITII 
EFFERVESCENS. N. F. 
Effervescent Powder of Artificial Vichy Salt. 
Effervescent Artificial Vichy Salt. 
Artificial Vichy Salt (F. 338) ..... 240 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 380 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . 380 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Artificial Vichy Salt, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, one 
hundred and ninety (190) grammes, for an equal weight 
of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and prepare the granu- 
lated compound as directed under the General Formula 
(F. 319, B.). 
A solution of about fifty-seven (57) grains of this prep- 
aration, in six (6) fluidounces of Water, represents an 
equal volume of Vichy Water (Grande Grille Spring), in 
its essential constituents. 
334. PULVIS SALIS VICHYANI FACTITII 
EFFERVESCENS CUM LITHIO. N.F. 
Effervescent Powder of Artificial Vichy Salt with 
Lithium. 
Effervescent Artificial Vichy Salt with Lithium. 
Artificial Vichy Salt (F. 338) 156 Gm. 
Lithium Citrate, in very fine powder . 56 Gm. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate (F. 
341) 394 Gm. 
Saccharated Tartaric Acid (F. 8) . . . 394 Gm. 
Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate 
them until a uniform powder is obtained. 
To make 
Granular Effervescent Artificial Vichy Salt with 
Lithium, 
Substitute Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), not dried, one 
hundred and ninety-seven (197) grammes, for an equal 
weight of the Saccharated Tartaric Acid, and prepare 
the granulated compound as directed under the General 
Formula (F. 319, B.). 
Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of 
this preparation represent fourteen (14) grains of Artificial 
Vichy Salt and five (5) grains of Lithium Citrate. 
335. PULVIS TALCI SALICYLICUS. N. F. 
Salicylated Powder of Talcum. 
Salicylic Acid 30 Gm. 
Boric Acid, in fine powder 100 Gm. 
Talcum, in fine powder 870 Gm. 
Mix them intimately. 
336. SAL CAROLINUM FACTITIUM. N. F. 
Artificial Carlsbad Salt. 
I. In a dry, amorphous form (Germ. Pharm.). 
Potassium Sulphate 20 Gm. 
Sodium Chloride 180 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 360 Gm. 
Sodium Sulphate, dried 440 Gm. 
Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a 
fine, uniform powder. 
Note.—The dried Sodium Sulphate is prepared by slowly drying 
the crystalline salt until it has lost one-half of its weight. 
II. In a crystalline form. 
Potassium Sulphate 20 Gm. 
Sodium Chloride 180 Gm. 
Sodium Carbonate, in clear crystals . 610 Gm. 
Sodium Sulphate, crystallized . . . 880 Gm. 
Distilled Water 500 Gm. 
Dissolve the Potassium Sulphate and Sodium Chloride 
in the Distilled Water, and add this solution to the other 
two salts, previously melted in a tared capsule and at a 
gentle heat in their own water of crystallization. Evap- 
orate the mixture to about eighteen hundred (1800) 
grammes, set it aside in a cool place, and stir frequently, 
so as to prevent the formation of large crystals, taking 
care, however, that none of the salt separates in a pulveru- 
lent form. Distribute any remaining water of crystalliza- 
tion uniformly over the crystals, and dry the whole 
mixture sufficiently by exposure to air, so that it will 
retain its crystalline character. 
A solution of about 16 grains of the dry, or about 27 
grains of the crystalline salt, in 6 fluidounces of water, 
represents an equal volume of Carlsbad Water (Sprudel) 
in its essential constituents. 
Note.—The salts employed in the preparation of the crystalline 
form must have been purified by recrystallization. 
337. SAL KISSINGENSE FACTITIUM. 
N. F. 
Artificial Kissingen Salt. 
Potassium Chloride 17 Gm. 
Sodium Chloride 357 Gm. 
Magnesium Sulphate, anhydrous ... 59 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 107 Gm. 
Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a 
fine, uniform powder. 
A solution of about 24 grains of this preparation, in 6 
fluidounces of water, represents an equal volume of Kis- 
singen Water (Rakoczi Spring) in its essential con- 
stituents. 
338. SAL VICHYANUM FACTITIUM. N.F. 
Artificial Vichy Salt. 
Sodium Bicarbonate 846 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 38.5 Gm. 
Magnesium Sulphate, anhydrous . . 38.5 Gm. 
Sodium Chloride 77 Gm. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1529 
Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a 
fine, uniform powder. 
A solution of about 14 grains of this preparation, in 6 
fiuidounces of water, represents an equal volume of Vichy 
Water (Grande Grille Spring) in its essential con- 
stituents. 
339. SODA CUM CALCE. N. F. 
Soda with Lime. 
London Paste. 
Soda, 
Lime, each equal parts. 
Reduce them to powder in a clean iron mortar, pre- 
viously warmed, and mix them intimately. Keep the 
powder in small, well-stoppered vials. 
340. SODII BORO-BENZOAS. N. F. 
Sodium Boro-Benzoate. 
Sodium Borate, in fine powder 3 parts. 
Sodium Benzoate 4 parts. 
Mix them intimately. 
341. SODII BICARBONAS SACCHARATUS. 
N. F. 
Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate. 
Sodium Bicarbonate (U. S. P.), in very 
fine powder 750 Gm. 
Sugar, in very fine powder 250 Gm. 
Triturate the powders together until intimately mixed, 
and preserve the product in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—This Saccharate, when dissolved in water with an equal 
weight of Saccharated Citric Acid (F. 5), or of Saccharated Tar- 
taric Acid (F. 8), will form a neutral solution, and it is intro- 
duced into the Formulary for the convenient preparation of 
Effervescent Powders (F. 319). 
This Saccharate contains 75 $ of Sodium Bicarbonate. 
342. SPECIES EMOLLIENTES. N. F. 
Emollient Species. 
Emollient Cataplasm. (Germ. Pharm.) 
Althaea Leaves, 
Mallow Leaves, 
Melilot Tops, 
Matricaria, 
Flaxseed, of each equal parts. 
Reduce them to a coarse powder, and mix it uniformly. 
343. SPECIES LAXANTES. N. F. 
Laxative Species. 
St. Germain Tea. (Germ. Pharm.) 
Senna, cut 16 parts. 
Elder Flowers 10 parts. 
Fennel, bruised 5 parts. 
Anise, bruised 5 parts. 
Potassium Bitartrate, in fine powder . 4 parts. 
Moisten the Senna with a small quantity of water; 
then sprinkle over it, as uniformly as possible, the Potas- 
sium Bitartrate. When it has become dry, mix it lightly 
and uniformly with the other ingredients. 
344. SPECIES PECTORALES. N. F. 
Pectoral Species. 
Species ad Infusum Pectorale. Breast Tea. (Germ. 
Pharm.) 
Althaea, peeled 8 parts. 
Coltsfoot Leaves 4 parts. 
Glycyrrhiza, Russian, peeled 3 parts. 
Anise 2 parts. 
Mullein Flowers 2 parts. 
Orris Root 1 part. 
Cut, bruise, and mix them. 
Note.—Infusum pectorale (Pectoral Infusion, or Infusion of 
Pectoral Species) is made by infusing 1 troyouuce of the above 
preparation in the usual manner, so as to obtain 10 fiuidounces 
of strained product. 
345. SPIRITUS ACIDI FORMICI. N. F. 
Spirit of Formic Acid. 
Spiritus Formicarum (Germ. Pharm.). Spirit of 
Ants. 
Formic Acid 35 Cc. 
Distilled Water 225 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Formic Acid with the Distilled Water, and add 
enough Alcohol to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Note.—Formic Acid is required by the Germ. Pharm. to have 
a specific gravity of 1.060 to 1.063. 
346. SPIRITUS AROMATICUS. N. F. 
Aromatic Spirit. 
Compound Spirit of Orange (U. S. P.) . 65 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol 935 Cc. 
Mix them. Preserve the product, if it is to be kept in 
stock, in completely filled and well-stoppered vials or 
bottles, and stored in a cool and dark place. 
Aromatic Spirit may also be prepared in the following 
manner: 
Sweet Orange Peel, fresh, and de- 
prived of the white, inner portion 675 Gm. 
Lemon Peel, fresh 85 Gm. 
Coriander, bruised 85 Gm. 
Oil of Star-anise 1.5 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 5000 Cc. 
Macerate the solids during four days with forty-five 
hundred (4500) cubic centimeters of Deodorized Alcohol; 
then add the Oil of Star-anise, filter, and pass enough De- 
odorized Alcohol through the filter to make the product 
measure five thousand (5000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—When good, fresh essential oils cannot be readily obtained 
for preparing the Compound Spirit of Orange, the second formula 
may be used. But the product obtained by it should not be em- 
ployed in mixtures containing iron, as the latter would cause a 
darkening of the mixture. 
347. SPIRITUS CARDAMOMI COMPOS- 
ITUS. N. F. 
Compound Spirit of Cardamom. 
Oil of Cardamom 2 Cc. 
Oil of Caraway 0.75 Cc. 
Oil of Cinnamon, Cassia 0.50 Cc. 
Alcohol 500 Cc. 
Glycerin 65 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make . 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Oils in the Alcohol, add the Glycerin, and, 
lastly, enough Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Note.—This preparation is intended as a flavoring ingredient, 
being equivalent to the official Tinclura Cardamomi Compositei, 
without the coloring matter. 
348. SPIRITUS CURASSAO. N. F. 
Spirit of Cura9ao. 
Oil of Cura9ao Orange 165 Cc. 
Oil of Fennel 3 Cc. 
Oil of Bitter Almond 0.75 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol 832 Cc. 
Mix the Oils with the Deodorized Alcohol, and keep the 
Spirit in completely filled and well-corked bottles, and 
stored in a cool and dark place. 
349. SPIRITUS ODORATUS. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Perfumed Spirit. 
Cologne Water. 
Oil of Bergamot 15 Cc. 
Oil of Lemon 8 Cc. 1530 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Oil of Rosemary . 7 Cc. 
Oil of Lavender Flowers 4 Cc. 
Oil of Orange Flowers 4 Cc. 
Acetic Ether 2 Cc. 
Water 120 Cc. 
Alcohol 840 Cc. 
Dissolve the Oils and the Acetic Ether in the Alcohol, 
and add the Water. Set the Mixture aside, in a well- 
closed bottle, for eight days, then filter through paper, in 
a well-covered funnel. 
350. SPIRITUS OLEI VOLATILIS. N. F. 
Spirit of a Volatile Oil. 
Any Spirit or alcoholic Solution of a Volatile Oil, for 
which no formula is given by the U. S. P. or by this 
Formulary, should be prepared in accordance with the 
following general formula: 
Any Volatile Oil 65 Cc. 
Deodorized Alcohol 935 Cc. 
Dissolve the Volatile Oil in the Deodorized Alcohol. 
Note.—The strength of the Spirit thus prepared is approxi- 
mately 5 per cent, by weight, provided the specific gravity of the 
Oil is in the neighborhood of 0.900. 
351. SPIRITUS OPHTHALMICUS. N. F. 
Ophthalmic Spirit. 
Alcoholic Eye- Wash. 
Oil of Lavender 2 Cc. 
Oil of Rosemary 6 Cc. 
Alcohol 92 Cc. 
Mix them by agitation, and, if necessary, filter the 
liquid through paper. 
352. SPIRITUS SAPONATUS. N. F. 
Spirit of Soap. 
Castile Soap, in shavings 175 Gm. 
Alcohol 600 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Introduce the Soap into a bottle, add the Alcohol and 
two hundred (200) cubic centimeters of Water, cork the 
bottle, and immerse it in hot Water, frequently shaking. 
When the Soap is dissolved, allow the bottle and contents 
to become cold, then add enough Water to make one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
Note.—The Spirilus Saponaius of the Germ. Pharm. is prepared 
by saponifying Olive Oil with Potassa, and then adding Alcohol 
and Water. 
If time permits, the Spirit ought to be set aside, in a moderately 
cold place, for about twelve hours, before it is filtered. 
353. SPIRITUS SINAPIS. N. F. 
Spirit of Mustard. 
Volatile Oil of Mustard 2 Gm. 
Alcohol 100 Gm. 
Mix them. 
354. SPONGIA COMPRESSA. N. F. 
Compressed Sponge. 
Sponge Tent. 
Sponge a sufficient quantity. 
Mucilage of Acacia (U. S. P.) ... 1 volume. 
Water 9 volumes. 
Mix a sufficient quantity of Mucilage of Acacia and of 
Water, in the proportion of one (1) volume of the former 
to nine (9) volumes of the latter, and immerse in the 
liquid the Sponge, previously freed from sand and other 
obvious impurities, and cut into suitable pieces. When 
the Sponge has been thoroughly impregnated, firmly 
wrap twine around it so as to bring it to the desired 
shape, and then dry it. 
Note.—Sponge thus prepared is best preserved with the twine 
wrapped around it. If the twine is removed, special care must 
be taken to protect the Sponge against damp air. 
355. SPONGIA DECOLORATA. N. F. 
Decolorized Sponge. 
Bleached Sponge. 
Sponge, 
Potassium Permanganate, 
Sodium Hyposulphite, 
Hydrochloric Acid, 
Water, each a sufficient quantity. 
Free the Sponge from sand and any other obvious im- 
purities or damaged portions by beating, washing, and 
trimming, then soak it for about fifteen minutes in a 
sufficient quantity of Solution of Potassium Perman- 
ganate, containing fifteen (15) grammes to the liter, 
wringing the Sponge out occasionally and replacing it in 
the liquid. Then remove it and wash it with Water, 
until the latter runs off colorless. Wring out the Water, 
and then place the Sponge in a Solution of Sodium Hy- 
posulphite, containing sixty (60) grammes to the liter. 
Next add, for every liter of the last-named solution used, 
sixty (60) cubic centimeters of Hydrochloric Acid diluted 
with two hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of 
Water. Macerate the Sponge in the liquid for about 
fifteen minutes, expressing it frequently and replacing it 
in the liquid. Then remove it, wash it thoroughly with 
Water, and dry it. In the case of large and dark-colored 
sponges, this treatment may be repeated until the color 
has been removed as far as possible. 
Note.—If it is desired to keep the Sponge soft and to prevent 
it from shrinking when dry, it may bef dipped, after having been 
finally washed, into a mixture of 1 volume of Glycerin and 5 Vol- 
umes of Water, after which it is to be wrung out and allowed to 
dry. 
356. SUCCUS LIMONIS CUM PEPSINO. 
N. F. 
Lime Juice and Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 35 Gm. 
Water 175 Cc. 
Glycerin 175 Cc. 
Alcohol 90 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Lime Juice, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Pepsin in the Water, mixed with about five 
hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Lime Juice. Then add 
the Glycerin and Alcohol, and, lastly, enough Lime Juice 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Incorpo- 
rate the Purified Talcum with the liquid, let it stand a few 
days in a cold place, if convenient, occasionally agitating, 
then filter it through a wetted filter, and finally pass 
enough Lime Juice through the filter to restore the 
original volume. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 2 grains of Pepsin (U. 
S. P.). 
357. SYRUPUS COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Syrup of Actaea. 
Compound Syrup of Cimicifuga (or Black Cohosh). 
Fluid Extract of Cimicifuga (U. S. P.) 40 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza (U. S.P.) 20 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Senega (U. S. P.) . 20 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecac (U. S. P.) . 10 Cc. 
Wild Cherry, in moderately fine 
powder 40 Gm. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Sugar 650 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Wild Cherry with three hundred and fifty (350) 
cubic centimeters of Water, and allow it to macerate during 
one hour. Then add to it the Fluid Extracts and the Tal- 
cum, and stir or agitate the mixture frequently and thor- 
oughly during about fifteen minutes. Transfer it to a 
wetted filter, and, when the liquid ceases to drop from the PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1531 
funnel, wash the contents of the filter with Water to ob- I 
tain five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of filtrate. In j 
this dissolve the Sugar by agitation, and add enough i 
Water, previously passed through the filter, to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
358. SYRUPUS ASARI COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Syrup of Asarum. 
Compound Syrup of Canada Snake-Root. 
Asarum, root, in moderately coarse 
(No. 40) powder 60 Gm. j 
Alcohol 185 Cc. 
Cochineal, in fine powder 1.5 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 2.5 Gm. 
Wine of Ipecac (U. S. P.) .... 30 Cc. 
Sugar 700 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Asarum intimately with the Cochineal and 
Potassium Carbonate, previously triturated together. 
Moisten the powder with a sufficient quantity of a men- 
struum prepared by mixing the Alcohol with three hun- 
dred and, fifty (350) cubic centimeters of Water, and allow 
it to macerate, in a covered vessel, for twenty-four hours. 
Then transfer it to a small percolator, and pour on the re- 
mainder of the menstruum. Allow the percolation to pro- 
ceed slowly, and then follow up the menstruum by Water, 
until five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of percolate are 
obtained. To this add the Wine of Ipecac, and after- 
wards the Sugar, and dissolve the latter by agitation. 
Finally, add enough Water, previously passed through 
the percolator, to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 3J grains of Asarum. 
359. SYRUPUS CALCII CHLORHYDRO- 
PHOSPHATIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Calcium Chlorhydrophosphate. 
Syrup of Chlorhydrophosphate of Lime. 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate . 17.5 Gm. 
Spirit of Lemon (U. S. P.) .... 20 Cc. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.), 
Water, 
Syrup (U. S. P.), of each, a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Precipitated Calcium Phosphate with 
thirty (30) cubic centimeters of Water, and dissolve it with 
the aid of Hydrochloric Acid, avoiding an excess. Then 
add the Spirit of Lemon, filter the liquid, and wash the 
filter with a mixture of thirty (30) cubic centimeters, each, 
of Water and of Syrup. Lastly, add enough Syrup to the 
filtrate, to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Calcium Phos- 
phate. 
360. SYRUPUS CALCII ET SODII HYPO- 
PHOSPHITUM. N.F. 
Syrup of Calcium and Sodium Hypophosphites. 
Syrup of Hypophosphite of Lime and Soda. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 35 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 35 Gm. 
Citric Acid '. ... . 1.5 Gm. 
Sugar 775 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the two Hypophosphites and the Citric Acid 
in five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Water, filter the 
solution, add the Sugar to the filtrate, and pass enough 
Water through the filter to make the product, after the j 
Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure one thou- i 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters. 1 
Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains, each, of Calcium 
Hypophosphite and Sodium Hypophosphite. 
361. SYRUPUS CALCII HYPOPHOSPHI- 
TIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Calcium Hypophosphite. 
Syrup of Hypophosphite of Lime. 
Calcium Hypophosphite 35 Gm. 
Citric Acid 1.5 Gm. 
Sugar . . . 775 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Calcium Hypophosphite and the Citric 
Acid in five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Water, 
filter the solution, add the Sugar to the filtrate, and pass 
enough Water through the filter to make the product, 
after the Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains 2 grains of Calcium Hypo- 
phosphite. 
362. SYRUPUS CALCII IODIDI. N. F. 
Syrup of Calcium Iodide, 
Iodine 76 Gm, 
Iron Wire, fine, bright, and finely cut 28 Gm. 
Precipitated Calcium Carbonate . . 34 Gm. 
Sugar 700 Gm. 
Distilled Water, 
Syrup (U. S. P.), of each, a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Iron Wire with fifty-seven (57) grammes of the 
Iodine and one hundred and eighty-five (185) cubic centi- 
meters of Distilled Water, and apply a gentle heat, until 
the Iodine is combined, and the liquid has acquired a 
greenish color. Filter the liquid through a small filter 
into a flask containing the remainder of the Iodine, wash 
the filter with sixty (60) cubic centimeters of Distilled 
Water, and heat the solution gently, taking care that no 
iodine is lost by evaporation. Heat two hundred and fifty 
(250) cubic centimeters of Distilled Water in a capacious 
capsule to boiling, and add to it small alternate portions, 
first of the Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, and then of 
the Solution of Ferrous Iodide, in small portions at a time, 
stirring briskly and waiting until the violence of the re- 
action moderates before adding a fresh portion. From 
time to time, add a little Distilled Water, to replace that 
lost by evaporation. When all the Iron solution has been 
added, continue heating the mixture until it is quietly 
boiling, then filter it through a wetted filter, and wash the 
latter with enough Distilled Water to make the product, 
when cold, measure five hundred (500) cubic centimeters. 
In this dissolve the Sugar by agitation, then make up the 
volume with Syrup to one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters, and strain, if necessary. 
Each fluidrachm contains about 5 grains of Calcium 
Iodide. 
363. SYRUPUS CALCII LACTOPHOSPHA- 
TIS CUM FERRO. N. F. 
Syrup of Calcium Lactophosphate with Iron. 
Syrup of Lactophosphate of Lime with Iron. 
Ferrous Lactate 8.5 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 8.5 Gm. 
Water 60 Cc. 
Syrup of Calcium Lactophosphate 
(U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferrous Lactate and Potassium Citrate in 
the Water with the aid of heat, and add enough Syrup of 
Calcium Lactophosphate to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 1532 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Each fiuidrachm contains (j grain of Ferrous Lactate 
and about J grain of Calcium Lactate (or about § grain 
of so-called Calcium Lactophosphate). 
364. SYRUPUS CHONDRI COMPOSITUS. 
N. F. 
Compound Syrup of Chondrus. 
Compound Syrup of Irish Moss. 
Irish Moss 1 Gm. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecac (U. S. P.) . 1 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Squill (U. S. P.) . 16 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Senega (U. S. P.) . 16 Cc. 
Camphorated Tincture of Opium (U. 
S. P.) 28 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Sugar 650 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Macerate the Irish Moss in sixty (60) cubic centimeters 
of Water until it is softened, then heat it on a boiling 
water-bath for fifteen minutes, strain it through flannel, 
without pressure, and wash the flannel and contents with 
sixty (60) cubic centimeters of hot Water. Mix the 
Fluid Extracts and Tincture with the Purified Talcum 
and three hundred and twenty-five (325) cubic centimeters 
of Water, shake the mixture frequently and thoroughly 
during half an hour, and then filter it through a wetted 
filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it 
runs through clear. Mix the mucilage of Irish Moss 
with the filtrate, then add the Sugar, and pass enough 
Water through the filter to make the product, after the 
Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
365. SYRUPUS CINNAMOMI. N.F. 
Syrup of Cinnamon. 
Cinnamon (Cassia), in moderately 
coarse powder 100 Gm. 
Alcohol 50 Cc. 
Sugar 700 Gm. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Alcohol with four hundred and fifty (450) 
cubic centimeters of Cinnamon Water, moisten the Cinna- 
mon with a sufficient quantity of this menstruum, and 
allow it to macerate for about two hours. Then transfer 
it to a small percolator, and percolate, in the usual man- 
ner, using first the remainder of the menstruum above 
directed, and afterwards, Cinnamon Water. Collect the 
first five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of the percolate 
separately, and dissolve in it the Sugar. Then collect an 
additional quantity of percolate and add it to the Syrup, 
so as to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
366. SYRUPUS CODEINE. N. F. 
Syrup of Codeine. 
Codeine Sulphate 1 Gm. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Reduce the Codeine Sulphate to a fine powder and dis- 
solve it in the Syrup previously warmed. 
A fiuidrachm of this preparation contains about one- 
half (£) grain of Codeine Sulphate. 
Note.—The Syrupus Oodeini of the French Pharmacopoeia is a 
weaker preparation, containing only about $ graiu of Codeine 
(alkaloid) in a fiuidrachm. 
367. SYRUPUS COFFE.E. N. F. 
Syrup of Coffee. 
Coffee, roasted 250 Gm. 
Sugar 750 Gm. 
Water a sufficient quantity. 
Introduce the Coffee, reduced to a moderately coarse 
powder, into a suitable vessel; pour upon it five hundred 
(500) cubic centimeters of boiling Water, then cover it 
well, and boil for five minutes. Allow it to become cold, 
keeping the vessel well covered; strain off the liquid and 
pass enough Water through the strainer to make the 
strained liquid, when cold, measure five hundred (500) 
cubic centimeters. In this dissolve the Sugar, by agita- 
tion, without heat, and strain through muslin. 
368. SYRUPUS ERIODICTYI AROMATI- 
CUS. N. F. 
Aromatic Syrup of Eriodictyon. 
Aromatic Syrup of Yerba Santa. Syrupus Corrigens. 
Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon (U. 
S. P.) 32 Cc. 
Solution of Potassa (U. S. P.) . . . 25 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cardamom 
(U. S. P.) 65 Cc. 
Oil of Sassafras 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Lemon 0.5 Cc. 
Oil of Cloves 1 Cc. 
Alcohol 32 Cc. 
Sugar 800 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon and Solution of 
Potassa, then add one hundred (100) cubic centimeters of 
Water previously mixed with the Compound Tincture of 
Cardamom, and afterwards add the Oils dissolved in the 
Alcohol. Shake the mixture thoroughly, then filter it, 
and pour enough Water through the filter to obtain three 
hundred and seventy-jive (375) cubic centimeters of filtrate. 
Pour this upon the sugar contained in a bottle, and dis- 
solve it by placing the bottle in hot water, frequently agi- 
tating. Lastly, cool the product and add enough Water, 
passed through the filter previously used, to make one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
369. SYRUPUS FERRI ARSENATIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Arsenate of Iron. 
Sodium Arsenate (U. S. P.), dried 
to a constant weight at a heat 
not exceeding 149° 0. (300° F.) 0.40 Gm. 
Ferric Citrate (U. S. P.) 0.35 Gm. 
Water 30 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient quan- 
tity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Arsenate and Ferric Citrate in the 
Water, contained in a test-tube, by the aid of heat. Then 
mix the solution with enough Syrup to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm contains about grain of Ferric 
Arsenate. 
370. SYRUPUS FERRI BROMIDI. N. F 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Syrup of Bromide of Iron. 
A syrupy liquid containing 10 per cent, of Ferrous 
Bromide (FeBr2, 215.4). 
Iron, in the form of line wire, and cut 
into small pieces 30 Gm. 
Bromine 75 Gm. 
Sugar, in coarse powder 600 Gm. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Gm. 
Introduce the Iron into a flask of thin glass of suitable 
capacity, add to it two hundred (200) grammes of Dis- 
tilled Water and afterwards the Bromine. Shake the 
mixture occasionally, until the reaction ceases and the 
solution has acquired a green color and has lost the odor 
of Bromine. Place the Sugar in a porcelain capsule and 
filter the Solution of Ferrous Bromide into the Sugar. 
Kinse the flask and Iron wire with ninety (90) grammes 
of Distilled Water and pass the washings through the fil- 
ter into the Sugar. Stir the mixture with a porcelain or 
wooden spatula, heat it to the boiling point on a sand- PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1533 
bath, and, having strained the Syrup through linen into 
a tared bottle, add enough Distilled Water to make the 
product weigh one thousand (1000) grammes. Lastly, 
shake the bottle and transfer its contents to small vials, 
which should be completely filled, securely corked, and 
kept in a place accessible to daylight. 
371. SYRUPUS FERRI CITRO-IODIDI. 
N. F. 
Syrup of Ferric Citro-Iodide. 
Tasteless Syrup of Iodide of Iron. 
Iodine 59 Gm. 
Iron Wire, fine, bright, and finely 
cut 28.5 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 88 Gm. 
Sugar 650 Gm, 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Iron with one hundred and fifty (150) cubic 
centimeters of Distilled Water in a flask, add forty-five 
(45) grammes of the Iodine, apply a gentle heat, and set 
aside until the Iodine is combined and the solution has 
acquired a green color. Then heat the contents of the 
flask to boiling, filter the liquid, and wash the filter with 
thirty (30) cubic centimeters of warm Distilled Water. Add 
to the filtrate the remaining fourteen (14) grammes of 
Iodine, and, as soon as solution has been effected, mix 
with the Potassium Citrate previously dissolved in one 
hundred (100) cubic centimeters of Distilled Water, and 
agitate the liquid until it has assumed a green color. 
Pour this upon the Sugar contained in a bottle, agitate 
until solution has been effected, and when the liquid is 
cold, add enough Distilled Water to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains an amount of Iron corre- 
sponding to about 3.6 grains of Ferric Iodide. 
372. SYRUPUS FERRI ET MANGANI 
IODIDI. N. F. 
Syrup of Ferrous Iodide and Manganese. 
Iodine 81.5 Gm. 
Iron Wire, fine, bright, and finely 
cut 26.5 Gm. 
Manganese Sulphate 26.5 Gm. 
Potassium Iodide 31.5 Gm. 
Sugar 775 Gm. 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Iron with two hundred and fifty (250) cubic 
centimeters of Distilled Water in a flask, add the Iodine, 
and prepare a solution of ferrous iodide, in the usual 
manner, aiding the process, if necessary, by heating the 
contents of the flask, at first gently, and finally to boil- 
ing. Filter the liquid, through a small filter, directly 
upon the Sugar, contained in a suitable bottle. Dissolve 
the Manganese Sulphate in one hundred and twenty-five 
(125) cubic centimeters of Distilled Water, and the Po- 
tassium Iodide in one hundred and twenty-five (125) 
cubic centimeters of Diluted Alcohol, mix the two solu- 
tions, and filter into the same bottle which contains the 
Sugar and the Iron solution. Wash the filter with thirty 
(30) cubic centimeters of cold Distilled Water, receiving 
the washings in the same bottle. Agitate until the Sugar 
is dissolved, and, if necessary, strain. Finally, make up 
the volume with Distilled Water to one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains about 6 grains of Ferrous 
Iodide and 3 grains of Manganese Iodide. 
373 SYRUPUS FERRI HYPOPHOSPHI- 
TIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Ferric Hypophosphite. 
Ferric Hypophosphite 17.5 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 25 Gm. 
Orange Flower Water 65 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferric Hypophosphite, with the aid of 
the Potassium Citrate, in the Orange Flower Water, and 
add enough Syrup to make one thousand, (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ferric Hypo- 
phosphite. 
374. SYRUPUS FERRI LACTOPHOSPHA- 
TIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Lactophosphate of Iron. 
Ferrous Lactate 17.5 Gm. 
Phosphoric Acid (85 </0, U. S. P.) 
a sufficient quantity. 
Water 30 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient quan- 
tity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferrous Lactate in the Water with the aid 
of a sufficient quantity of Phosphoric Acid, avoiding an 
excess, and add enough Syrup to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains 1 grain of Ferrous Lactate, 
or about 1£ grains of so-called Lactophosphate of Iron. 
375. SYRUPUS FERRI PROTOCHLORIDI. 
N. F. 
Syrup of Protochloride of Iron. 
Syrup of Ferrous Chloride. 
Solution of Ferrous Chloride (F. 222) 50 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Orange Flower Water 125 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Solution of Ferrous Chloride with the Glycerin 
and Orange Flower Water, and add enough Syrup to 
make one thousand (1000) cxibic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains about 1 grain of Ferrous 
Chloride. 
376. SYRUPUS FERRI SACCHARATI 
SOLUB1LIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Soluble Saccharated Iron. 
Syrupus Ferri Oxydati Solubilis. (Germ. Pharm.). 
Syrup of Saccharated Oxide of Iron. Syrup 
of Soluble Oxide of Iron. 
Solution of Ferrous Chloride (U. 
S. P.) 80 Gm. 
Soda (U. S. P.) 32.5 Gm. 
Solution of Soda (U. S. P.) a sufficient quantity. 
Sugar 300 Gm. 
Distilled Water, 
Syrup (U. S. P.), of each, a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Gm. 
Dissolve the Soda in two hundred and ten (210) cubic 
centimeters of Water; add this solution to the Solution 
of Ferrous Chloride previously mixed with seventy (70) 
grammes of Syrup, and set the mixture aside, during 
twenty-four hours, in a dark place. Then pour the clear 
liquid slowly into sixteen hundred (1600) cubic centimeters 
of boiling Distilled Water, continue the boiling for a few 
minutes, and then set the mixture aside during one day, 
in a dark place, so that it may become clear by settling. 
| Withdraw the supernatant liquid by means of a siphon, 
then wash the residue again with sixteen hundred (1600) 
cubic centimeters of boiling Distilled Water, by decanta- 
tion. Transfer the magma to a wetted strainer, and wash 
it with hot Distilled Water, until this runs off colorless, 1534 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
but so that the mass on the strainer still retains a moder- 
ately strong alkaline reaction. Then allow the excess of 
liquid to drain off, transfer the moist magma to a tared por- 
celain capsule, add the Sugar, and heat it on a water- 
bath, with exclusion of daylight, during two hours, 
replacing from time to time any Water lost by evapora- 
tion, and adding, if necessary, Solution of Soda, drop by 
drop, until the magma is entirely dissolved. Lastly, add 
enough Syrup to make the product weigh one thousand 
(1000) grammes, and transfer the product to bottles, which 
should be completely filled, and stored in a cool and dark 
place. 
One hundred grains, or about 75 minims, of this Syrup 
represent approximately 1 grain of metallic Iron. 
Note.—The above process is based upon that of the Germ. 
Pharm. (1st edition). The formula given by the second edition 
of this work presupposes the keeping in stock of a dry “ Ferrum 
Oxydatum Saccharatum Solubile” (8accharated Oxide of Iron), 
representing 3 per cent, of metallic iron. When this is available, 
the Syrup of Soluble Saccharated Iron may also be prepared by the 
following formula ; 
Saccharated Oxide of Iron, 
Syrup, 
Water, each equal parts. 
Dissolve the Saccharated Oxide of Iron in the mixed liquids. 
377. SYRUPUS GLYCYRRHIZA. N. F. 
Syrup of Glycyrrhiza. 
Syrup of Liquorice. 
Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza (U.S.P.) 125 Gm. 
Glycerin 125 Gm. 
Sugar 650 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza in five hun- 
dred (500) cubic centimeters of Water, add the Sugar, dis- 
solve it by agitation, and strain. Then add the Glycerin, 
and, lastly, enough Water to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about 30 grains of Gly- 
cyrrhiza. 
3MB. SYRUPUS HYPOPHOSPHITUM COM- 
POSITUS. N.F. 
Coupound Syrup of Hypophosphites. 
Compound Hypophosphites. 
Calcium Hypophosphite .... 35 Gm. 
Potassium Hypophosphite . . . 17.5 Gm. 
Sodium Hypophosphite .... 17.5 Gm. 
Ferric Hypophosphite 2.25 Gm. 
Manganese Hypophosphite . . 2.25 Gm. 
Potassium Citrate 5 Gm. 
Citric Acid 2 Gm. 
Quinine Hydrochlorate .... 1.125 Gm 
Tincture of Nux Vomica (U. S. 
P.) 22 Cc. 
Sugar . 775 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Rub the Hypophosphites of Iron and of Manganese 
with the Potassium Citrate and Citric Acid to powder, 
add sixty (60) cubic centimeters of Water, and warm the 
mixture a few minutes until a clear greenish solution is 
obtained. Introduce the other Hypophosphites and the 
Quinine Hydrochlorate, previously triturated together, 
into a graduated bottle, next add the Sugar, the Iron and 
Manganese solution first prepared, the Tincture of Nux 
Vomica, and, lastly, enough Water to make up the volume, 
as soon as the Sugar is saturated by the liquid, to one 
thousand(l 000) cubic centimeters. Agitate, until solution 
has been effected, and strain, if necessary. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 2 grains of Calcium Hypo- 
phosphite, 1 grain, each, of Potassium and Sodium Hypo- 
phosphites, | grain, each, of the Hypophosphites of Iron 
and of Manganese, -fa grain of Quinine Hydrochlorate, 
and li minims of Tincture of Nux Vomica. 
379. SYRUPUS IPECACUANHA ET OPII. 
N. F. 
Syrup of Ipecac and Opium. 
Syrup of Dover’s Powder. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecac (U. S. P.) . 8.5 Cc. 
Tincture of Deodorized Opium (U. 
S. P) 85 Cc. 
Sugar 775 Gm. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Fluid Extract and Tincture with three hundred 
and fifty (350) cubic centimeters of Cinnamon Water, and 
filter the liquid; to this add the Sugar, and enough Cin- 
namon Water to make the product, after the Sugar has 
been dissolved by agitation, measure one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 5 grains of Dover’s Pow- 
der, or i grain, each, of Ipecac and Opium. 
Note.—In place of the above-directed quantities of Fluid Ex- 
tract of Ipecac and Tincture of Deodorized Opium, eighty-five (85) 
cubic centimeters of the official Tinclura Ipecacuanha et Opii may 
he taken. 
380. SYRUPUS MANNA. N. F. 
Syrup of Manna. 
Manna, in flakes 125 Gm. 
Sugar 775 Gm. 
Alcohol .... 65 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Manna in four hundred and fifty (450) 
cubic centimeters of hot Water, add the Alcohol, set the 
liquid aside for twelve hours in a moderately warm place, 
and filter. Dissolve the Sugar in the filtrate, with the 
aid of a gentle heat, allow the Syrup to cool, and add 
enough Water, passed through the filter previously used, 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
381. SYRUPUS MORPHINA COMPOSI- 
TUS. N. F. 
Compound Syrup of Morphine. 
Fluid Extract of Ipecac (U. S. PA 2 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Senega (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. 
P.) 16 Cc. 
Morphine Sulphate 0.55 Gm. 
Oil of Sassafras 1 Cc. 
Syrup (TJ. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Dissolve the Morphine Sulphate in about sixty (60) 
cubic centimeters of Syrup, then add the Fluid Extracts 
and the Oil of Sassafras, and, lastly, enough Syrup to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Mix the 
whole thoroughly by shaking. 
Note.—In some sections of the country this preparation is dis- 
pensed when Pectoral Syrup or Jackson’s Cough Syrup is 
demanded or ordered. As the formula differs too much from that 
originally used by Dr. Jackson (see Note to F. 384), it is recom- 
mended that the above preparation be dispensed only when it is 
designated by the title above given. 
382 SYRUPUS MORPHINA SULPHATIS. 
N. F. 
Syrup of Morphine Sulphate. 
Syrupus Morphines. Syrup of Morphine. 
1. Morphine Sulphate 2.2 Gm. 
Water, hot 30 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Morphine Sulphate in the hot Water, and 
add enough Syrup to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1535 
Each fluidrachm contains J grain of Morphine Sul- 
phate. 
Note.—This preparation is in considerable use in the Southern 
States. It should, however, never be dispensed in prescriptions, 
unless it is known to be the preparation intended, or unless it is 
designated as that of the National Formulary (N. F.). 
When Syrup of Morphine is prescribed without any such spe- 
cific designation or knowledge, it is recommended that the cor- 
responding, but weaker, preparation of the French Pharm. be 
dispensed. The official title of this is Sirop de Chlorhydrate de 
Morphine (or Sirop de Morphine). 
This may be prepared approximately of the strength required 
by the Codex, as follows: 
2 Morphine Hydrochlorate 0-7 Gm. 
Water 30 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Morphine Hydrochlorate in the Water, and add 
enough Syrup to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains abend 55 grain of Morphine Hydrochlo- 
rate. 
383. SYRUPUS PAPAVERIS. N. F. 
Syrup of Poppy. 
Tincture of Poppy (F. 416) 875 Cc. 
Sugar 775 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Evaporate the Tincture of Poppy, on a water-bath, at a 
gentle heat, until its volume is reduced to four hundred 
and fifty (450) cubic centimeters. In this dissolve the 
Sugar with a gentle heat, strain, and when the Syrup is 
cold, add enough Water to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Note.—The product is practically identical with the Syrupus 
Papaveris of the Brit. Pharm. The corresponding preparation of 
tlie Germ. Pliarm. (Syrupus Papaveris, or Syrupus Diacodii) is 
much weaker, and may be prepared as follows: 
Tincture of Poppy (F.416) 125 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 875 Cc. 
Mix them. 
384. SYRUPUS PECTORALIS. N. F. 
Pectoral Syrup. 
Jackson's Pectoral (or Cough) Syrup. 
Morphine Hydrochlorate .... 0.55 Gm. 
Oil of Sassafras 0.5 Cc. 
Syrup of Acacia (U. S. P.), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make IOOO Cc. 
Dissolve the Morphine Hydrochlorate in about sixty 
(00) cubic centimeters of the Syrup, add the Oil of Sassa- 
fras, and enough Syrup to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains grain of Morphine Hydro- 
chlorate. 
Note.—The original formula of Dr. Samuel Jackson’s Cough 
Syrup was as follows; Sassafras Pith, 60 grains; Acacia, 1 ounce; 
Sugar, 28 av.'ounces; Muriate of Morphine, 8 grains; Water, 
enough to make 32 fluidounces. The Sassafras Pith was after- 
wards uniformly replaced by Oil of Sassafras, and the other con- 
stituents of the Syrup have been more or less altered, so that a 
number of different formulas are in vogue in different sections of 
the country. It is recommended that the above be followed, if 
possible, for the sake of uniformity. (See Note to F. 381.) 
385. SYRUPUS PHOSPHATUM COMPOSI- 
TUS. N. F. 
Compound Syrup of the Phosphates. 
Chemical Food. 
Precipitated Calcium Carbonate . 35 Gm. 
Soluble Ferric Phosphate (U.S.P.) 17.5 Gm. 
Ammonium Phosphate ..... 17.5 Gm. 
Potassium Bicarbonate 4 Gm. j 
Sodium Bicarbonate 4 Gm. 
Citric Acid 60 Gm. ; 
Glycerin 65 Cc. ! 
Phosphoric Acid (50 f0) ..... 125 Cc. i 
Orange Flower Water 125 Cc. 
Tincture of Cudbear (F. 418) ... 16 Cc. 
Sugar 525 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Precipitated Calcium Carbonate with the 
Potassium and Sodium Bicarbonates, the Citric Acid, 
Glycerin, and Orange Flower Water, and gradually add 
the Phosphoric Acid, stirring until solution has been 
effected. Dissolve the Ferric Phosphate and the Ammo- 
nium Phosphate in two hundred and fifty (250) cubic 
centimeters of hot Water, cool, and add the solution to 
that previously prepared. Filter the whole through a 
pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, 
and receive the filtrate in a graduated bottle containing 
the Sugar. Agitate until the latter is dissolved, then add 
the Tincture of Cudbear, and, lastly, enough Water to make 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains about 2 grains of Calcium 
Phosphate, 1 grain, each, of the Phosphates of Iron and 
of Ammonium, and smaller quantities of Potassium and 
Sodium Phosphates. 
Note.—Phosphoric Acid (60 f) may be made by adding seventy 
(70) grammes of Distilled Water to one hundred (100) grammes of 
Phosphoric Acid (U. S. P.), which contains 85 jf, by weight, of 
absolute Orthophosphoric Acid (H3P04). 
386. SYRUPUS PINI STROBI COMPOSI- 
TUS. N. F 
Compound Syrup of White Pine. 
White Pine Bark (Pinus Strobus) . 75 Gm. 
Wild Cherry Bark 75 Gm. 
Spikenard Root 10 Gm. 
Balm of Gilead Buds 10 Gm. 
Sanguinaria Root 8 Gm. 
Sassafras Bark 7 Gm. 
Morphine Sulphate 0.5 Gm. 
Chloroform 6 Cc. 
Sugar 750 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, 
Syrup (U. S. P.), of each, a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the vegetable drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 
40) powder, moisten the powder with a menstruum com- 
posed of 1 volume of Alcohol and 3 volumes of Water, and 
macerate for 12 hours. Then percolate with the same 
menstruum until five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of 
tincture have been obtained, in which dissolve the Sugar 
and the Morphine Sulphate; lastly, add the Chloroform, 
and sufficient Syrup to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters, and strain. 
387. SYRUPUS RHAMNI CATHARTIC.®. 
N.F. 
Syrup of Rhamnus Cathartica. 
Syrup of Buckthorn Berries. Syrupus Spince Cer- 
vince. 
Sugar . . 800 Gm. 
Fermented Juice of Buckthorn Ber- 
ries, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sugar in four hundred and fifty (450) 
cubic centimeters of the Juice, with the aid of a gentle 
heat, allow the Syrup to cool, then add enough of the Juice 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and strain, 
if necessary. 
Note.—This preparation is practically identical with that offi- 
cial in the Germ. Pharm. The species of Buckthorn to be used is 
the Bhamnns cathartica I.inne, native of Europe, and naturalized, 
to some extent, in the U. S. If the fresh berries cannot be ob- 
tained, the imported fermentod juice may be used in preparing 
the Syrup. 1536 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
388. SYRUPUS RHEI ET POTASSII COM- 
POSITUS. N. F. 
Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa. 
Neutralizing Cordial. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) 17.5 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Hydrastis (U. S. P.) . 8.5 Cc. 
Potassium Carbonate 17.5 Gm. 
Tincture of Cinnamon (U. S. P.) . 65 Cc. 
Spirit of Peppermint (TJ. S. P.) . 8 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Carbonate in the Syrup, and add 
the solution to the Fluid Extracts, Tincture, and Spirit, 
previously mixed with six hundred (600) cubic centimeters 
of Diluted Alcohol. Mix well, add enough Diluted Alco- 
hol to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and 
filter, if necessary. 
389. SYRUPUS RUBI AROMATICUS. N.F. 
Aromatic Syrup of Blackberry. 
Rubus (U. S. P.) 125 Gm. 
Cinnamon 15 Gm. 
Nutmeg 15 Gm. 
Cloves 8 Gm. 
Allspice 8 Gm. 
Sugar 650 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), 
Blackberry Juice, of each, a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the Rubus (Blackberry Root) and the Aromatics 
to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, and percolate it, 
in the usual manner, with the Diluted Alcohol, until two 
hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of percolate are 
obtained. To this add four hundred and fifty (450) cubic 
centimeters of Blackberry Juice, and dissolve the Sugar in 
the liquid by agitation. Lastly, add enough Blackberry 
Juice to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
390. SYRUPUS SANGUINARIA. N. F. 
Syrup of Sanguinaria. 
Syrup of Bloodroot. 
Sanguinaria, in No. 20 powder . . . 225 Gm. 
Acetic Acid (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Sugar 800 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Acetic Acid with three hundred and seventy- 
five (375) cubic centimeters of Water, moisten the San- 
guinaria with a sufficient quantity of this menstruum, 
and allow it to macerate for two hours. Then pack it in 
a glass percolator, and percolate in the usual manner, first 
with the remainder of the menstruum previously pre- 
pared, and afterwards with Water, until seven hundred 
and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of percolate are obtained, 
or until the Sanguinaria is practically exhausted. Evap- 
orate the percolate, at a moderate heat, to four hundred 
and fifty (450) cubic centimeters. In this dissolve the 
Sugar, with a gentle heat, if necessary, and add enough 
Water to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about 13 grains of Sangui- 
naria. 
391. SYRUPUS SENNA AROMATICUS. 
N. F. 
Aromatic Syrup of Senna. 
Senna 125 Gm. 
Jalap 50 Gm. 
Rhubarb 17.5 Gm. 
Cinnamon 4 Gm. 
Cloves 4 Gm. 
Nutmeg 2 Gm. 
Oil of Lemon 1.5 Cc. 
Sugar 750 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the drugs to a moderately fine (No. 50) powder, 
add to it the Oil of Lemon, and percolate it, in the usual 
manner, with Diluted Alcohol. Remove the first five 
hundred (500) cubic centimeters of the percolate, and dis- 
solve in this the Sugar, with the aid of a gentle heat, if nec- 
essary, but avoiding loss of alcohol by evaporation. Allow 
the solution to cool, collect a further portion of percolate, 
and add it to the Syrup, so as to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 7£ grains of Senna, 3 
grains of Jalap, and 1 grain of Rhubarb, with aromatics. 
392. SYRUPUS SENNAS COMPOSITUS. 
Compound Syrup of Senna. 
Fluid Extract of Senna (U. S. P.) . . 135 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) . 35 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Frangula (U. S. P.) . 35 Cc. 
Oil of Gaultheria 4 Cc. 
Alcohol 60 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Oil of Gaultheria in the Alcohol, and add 
this to the mixed Fluid Extracts. Then add enough Syrup 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and mix 
by agitation. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 8 grains of Senna, 2 
grains of Rhubarb, and 2 grains of Frangula. 
393. SYRUPUS SODII HYPOPHOSPHITIS. 
N. F. 
Syrup of Sodium Hypophosphite. 
Sodium Hypophosphite 35 Gm. 
Citric Acid 1.5 Gm. 
Sugar 775 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Hypophosphite and the Citric 
Acid in five hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Water, and 
filter the solution. In this dissolve the Sugar by agita- 
tion, and pass enough Water through the filter to make 
the product measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm contains 2 grains of Sodium Hypo- 
phosphite. 
394. SYRUPUS COMPOSI- 
TUS. N.F. 
Compound Syrup of Stillingia. 
Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia 
(F. 176) 250 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Sugar 700 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Compound Fluid Extract of Stillingia with the 
Purified Talcum, and afterwards with two hundred and 
seventy-five (275) cubic centimeters of Water, and shake 
them together thoroughly. Then pour the mixture upon 
a wetted filter, add the Sugar to the filtrate, and pass 
enough Water through the filter to make the product, 
after the Sugar has been dissolved by agitation, measure 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 15 minims of Compound 
Fluid Extract of Stillingia (see F. 176). 
395. TALCUM PURIFICATUM. N. F. 
Purified Talcum. 
Talcum, in fine powder 100 parts. 
Hydrochloric Acid 15 parts. 
Water a sufficient quantity. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1537 
Mix five hundred (500) parts of boiling Water with the 
Talcum, gradually add ten (10) parts of the Hydrochloric 
Acid, and boil the mixture during fifteen minutes. Then 
allow the suspended Talcum to subside, pour off the super- 
natant liquid, and boil the residue again with five hundred 
(500) parts of Water mixed with the remainder of the 
Hydrochloric Acid. Again allow the mixture to become 
clear by settling, pour off the supernatant liquid, and 
wash the residue with Water, by repeated decantation, 
until a portion of the wash-water, filtered and placed in a 
test-tube, ceases to produce a precipitate with test-solution 
of silver nitrate acidified with nitric acid. Then transfer 
the magma to a close linen or muslin strainer, allow it to 
drain, and dry it by heat. 
Note.—Purified Talcum is used as an aid in filtering turbid 
liquids containing finely-divided matters in suspension, which 
are apt to pass through the filter, or to stop up its pores. 
396. TINCTURE. N. F. 
Tinctures. 
General Process.—All Tinctures for which no working 
formula is provided by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, the 
National Formulary, or some other work of authority, and 
the strength of which is not otherwise specified by the 
prescriber, should be prepared in the following propor- 
tions : 
The Drug, properly comminuted . . . 125 Gm. 
The Menstruum, enough to make . . 1000 Cc. 
397. TINCTURA ACONITI, FLEMING. 
N.F. 
Fleming’s Tincture of Aconite. 
Aconite (root), in fine powder .... 700 Gm. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Moisten the Aconite with enough Alcohol to render it 
distinctly damp and to maintain it so after twenty-four 
hours’ maceration in a well-covered vessel. Then pack it 
tightly in a percolator, and percolate it slowly, in the usual 
manner, with Alcohol, until one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of tincture are obtained. 
Note.—This preparation is still prescribed by many physicians. 
It is recommended that their attention be directed to the official 
Fluid Extract and Tincture of Aconite, so that the above prepara- 
tion may be gradually abandoned. 
When this preparation is required for immediate use, and it is 
not otherwise available, it may be prepared in the following 
manner: 
Fluid Extract of Aconite (U. S. P.) 70 Cc. 
Alcohol 30 Cc. 
Mix them. 
398. TINCTURA AMARA. N. F. 
Bitter Tincture. 
Stomachic Tincture. Bitter Stomachic Drops. 
Stomach Drops. 
Gentian 50 Gm. 
Centaury, herb 50 Gm. 
Bitter Orange Peel 35 Gm. 
Orange Berries 17 Gm. 
'Zedoary, root 17 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with a mixture 
of two (2) volumes of Alcohol and one (1) volume of Water, 
until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of percolate 
are obtained. 
399. TINCTURA ANTACRIDA. N. F. 
Antacrid Tincture. 
Dysmenorrhea Mixture. Fenner’s Quaiac Mixture. 
Corrosive Chloride of Mercury . . 5.5 Gm. 
Guaiac (U. S. P.), in fine powder . 125 Gm. 
Canada Turpentine 125 Gm. 
Oil of Sassafras 30 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Introduce the Guaiac and the Canada Turpentine into 
a flask, together with seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic 
centimeters of Alcohol, cork the flask loosely, and heat the 
contents, on a water-bath, slowly to boiling. Then cool 
the flask, and filter the contents through a small filter. 
Dissolve the Corrosive Chloride of Mercury in thirty (30) 
cubic centimeters of Alcohol, and add this solution, as well 
as the Oil of Sassafras, to the filtrate. Lastly, pass enough 
Alcohol through the filter to make the product measure 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm contains nearly J grain of Corrosive 
Chloride of Mercury. 
Note.—The dose of this preparation is about 10 to 20 minims. 
400. TINCTURA ANTIPERIODICA. N. F. 
Antiperiodic Tincture. 
Warburg's Tincture. 
1. Without Aloes. 
Rhubarb 36 Gm. 
Angelica, seed 36 Gm. 
Elecampane 18 Gm. 
Saffron 18 Gm. 
Fennel 18 Gm. 
Gentian 9 Gm. 
Zedoary, root 9 Gm. 
Cubeb 9 Gm. 
Myrrh 9 Gm. 
White Agaric 9 Gm. 
Camphor 9 Gm. 
Quinine Sulphate 100 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 5000 Cc. 
Reduce the fibrous vegetable drugs to a coarse (No. 20) 
powder, mix this with the Myrrh and Camphor, pre- 
viously powdered, and digest the whole, during twelve 
hours, in a suitable, well-covered vessel, with forty-two 
hundred and fifty (4250) cubic centimeters of Diluted 
Alcohol, on a water-bath, avoiding, as much as possible, 
any loss of Alcohol by evaporation. Then strain off the 
liquid with pressure, dissolve the Quinine Sulphate in the 
strained liquid, with a gentle heat, if necessary, filter, and 
pass enough Diluted Alcohol, first through the strainer 
and then through the filter, to make the product measure 
five thousand (5000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidounce contains 10 grains of Quinine Sulphate. 
Note.—This preparation, made without Aloes, is intended to 
serve as a stock-tincture, from which the regular “ Warburg’s 
Tincture” is to be made, when required. “ Warburg’s Tincture 
without Aloes” is also often prescribed or asked for, and in this 
case the above preparation is to be dispensed. 
The original formula directed by Dr. Warburg contained the 
old Confectio Damocratis as one of the ingredients. This is a very 
complex preparation, many of the constituents of which are 
unobtainable at the present day. It has, therefore, been omitted. 
2. With Aloes. 
Extract of Aloes (U. S. P.) . . 17.5 Gm. 
Antiperiodic Tincture, without Aloes 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Extract in the Tincture. 
Note.—When “Warburg’s Tincture,” without any further speci- 
fication, is ordered, this preparation (containing Aloes) is to be 
dispensed. 
401. TINCTURA AROMATICA. N. F. 
Aromatic Tincture. 
Cinnamon (Cassia) 85 Gm. 
Ginger 36 Gm. 
Galangal, root 18 Gm. 
Cloves 18 Gm. 
Cardamom 18 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 1538 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with a mixture 
of two (2) volumes of Alcohol and one (1) volume of Water, 
until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of percolate 
are obtained. 
402. TINCTURA CAPSICI ET MYRRHS. 
N. F. 
Tincture of Capsicum and Myrrh. 
Hot Drops. 
Capsicum, in No. 20 powder .... 32 Gm. 
Myrrh, in moderately coarse powder . 125 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the powders with an equal bulk of clean, fine 
sand, and percolate them, in the usual manner, with a 
mixture of nine (9) volumes of Alcohol, and one (1) volume 
of Water, until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of 
percolate are obtained. 
Note.—This preparation is known in some parts of this country 
by the old Thompsonian name “ Number six.” 
403. TINCTURA CINCHONAE DETAN- 
NATA. N. F. 
Detannated Tincture of Cinchona. 
Fluid Extract of Cinchona (U. S. P.) . 185 Cc. 
Alcohol 500 Cc. 
Solution of Ferric Sulphate (U. 
S. P.) 375 Cc. 
Ammonia Water (U. S. P.) 375 Cc. 
Water, 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), of each, 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
To the Ammonia Water, diluted with fifteen hundred 
(1500) cubic cemtimeters of Water, gradually add the 
Solution of Ferric Sulphate, previously diluted with 
twenty-five hundred (2500) cubic centimeters of Water, 
under constant stirring. Pour this mixture, containing 
Ferric Hydrate as a precipitate, upon a wet muslin 
strainer (which has been tared, after having been wetted 
and deprived of the excess of water by moderate press- 
ure), and when the liquid has drained off, return the 
precipitate to the vessel, and mix it intimately with about 
four thousand (4000) cubic centimeters of water. Again 
drain it on the strainer, transfer it once more to the vessel, 
and treat it as before. Finally drain and press the pre- 
cipitate on the strainer until it weighs five hundred (500) 
grammes. 
Mix the Fluid Extract of Cinchona with five hundred 
(500) cubic centimeters of Alcohol, and add the Ferric 
Hydrate previously prepared. Agitate the mixture fre- 
quently, until the tincture is deprived of tannin, which 
may be known by the absence of a blackish-green color 
when a small portion of the clear tincture is treated with 
a drop or two of tincture of ferric chloride. Insert a 
plug of absorbent cotton into a suitable percolator, and 
introduce the mixture. As soon as the liquid has dis- 
appeared from the surface, pour on enough Diluted Alco- 
hol to make the product measure one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Note.—This preparation is practically identical, in strength of 
Cinchona (without the tannin), with the official Tinctura Cinchonse. 
404. TINCTURA CONII. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Tincture of Conium. 
Conium (fruit), in No. 30 powder . . . 150 Gm. 
Diluted Hydrochloric Acid 4 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Moisten the powder with fifty (50) cubic centimeters 
of Diluted Alcohol, previously mixed with the Diluted 
Hydrochloric Acid, and macerate for twenty-four hours; 
then pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, 
and gradually pour Diluted Alcohol upon it until one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of Tincture are ob- 
tained. 
405. TINCTURA COTO. N. F. 
Tincture of Coto. 
Coto (bark), bruised 125 Gm. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Macerate the Coto with eight hundred and fifty (850) 
cubic centimeters of Alcohol during seven days; then pour 
off the liquid, press the residue, and filter the united 
liquids through paper. Lastly, wash the residue trans- 
ferred to the filter with enough Alcohol to make the 
product measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—Coto bark is derived from an undetermined tree, prob- 
ably belonging to the natural order Lauraceae, and is obtained 
from Bolivia. There are two varieties known, one as “ Coto,” 
and the other as “ Paracoto” bark. True Coto bark is, at times, 
difficult to obtain in the market, and the Paracoto bark is then 
frequently substituted for it. While they possess some useful 
properties in common, yet they differ materially in other re- 
spects. Hence, the Paracoto bark should not be substituted for 
the true Coto bark. 
406. TINCTURA FERRI CHLORIDI 
iETHEREA. JV. F. 
Ethereal Tincture of Ferric Chloride. 
Bestucheff's Tincture. Lamotte's Drops. 
Solution of Ferric Chloride (U. S. P.) 45 Cc. 
Ether (U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Solution of Ferrie Chloride with six hundred 
(600) cubic centimeters of Alcohol, add the Ether, and, 
lastly, enough Alcohol to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. Introduce the Tincture into bottles made of 
white (flint) glass, which should not be entirely filled. 
Cork them tightly and expose them to the rays of the 
sun, until the Tincture has been completely decolorized. 
Then remove the bottles to a shady place, and open them 
occasionally, until the contents have again assumed a 
yellow color. Lastly, transfer the tincture to bottles, 
which should be well stoppered and kept in a cool and 
dark place. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about £ grain of metallic 
Iron. 
407. TINCTURA FERRI CITRO-CHLO- 
RIDI. N. F. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride. 
Tasteless Tincture of Chloride of Iron. Tasteless 
Tincture of Iron. 
Solution of Ferric Chloride (U. S. P.) 250 Cc. 
Sodium Citrate 460 Gm. 
Alcohol 160 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Solution of Ferric Chloride with two hundred 
and fifty (260) cubic centimeters of Water, and dissolve 
in this mixture the Sodium Citrate with the aid of a gen- 
tle heat. Then add the Alcohol, and when the solution 
has become cold, make up the volume with Water to one 
000) cubic centimeters. Set the product aside 
in a cold place for a few days, if convenient, so that the 
excess of saline matter may separate. Then filter, and 
pass enough cold Water through the filter to restore the 
original volume. 
Each fiuidrachm contains an amount of Iron equivalent 
to about 7 i grains of dry Ferric Chloride. 
Note.—This preparation is practically identical in the strength 
of iron, but not in the quantity of alcohol, with the official 
Tinctura Fern Chloridi. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1539 
408. TINCTURA FERRI POMATA. N.F. 
Tincture of Ferrated Extract of Apples. 
Tinctura Ferri Malatis Crudi. Tincture of Crude 
Malate of Iron. 
Ferrated Extract of Apples (F. 156) . 100 Gm. 
Alcohol 100 Cc. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Ferrated Extract of Apples in seven hun- 
dred and fifty (750) cubic centimeters of Cinnamon 
Water, add the Alcohol, filter, and pass enough Cinnamon 
Water through the filter to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents about § grain of metallic 
Iron. 
409. TINCTURA GUAIACI COMPOSITA. 
N. F. 
Compound Tincture of Guaiac. 
Dewees's Tincture of Guaiac. 
Guaiac (TJ. S. P.) 125 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 6 Gm. 
Pimenta, in moderately fine powder . 30 Gm. 
Pumice, in fine powder 60 Gm. 
Alcohol 435 Cc. 
Water . 435 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Guaiac and Potassium Carbonate with the 
Pimenta and the Pumice, and afterwards gradually with 
the Alcohol. Next add slowly four hundred and thirty- 
five (435) cubic centimeters of cold Water and triturate the 
mixture thoroughly. Then filter, and pass enough Di- 
luted Alcohol through the filter to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 7£ grains of Guaiac. 
410. TINCTURA IGNATI®. N.F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Tincture of Ignatia. 
Ignatia, in No. 60 powder 10 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each a sufficient quantity. 
Mix Alcohol and Water in the proportion of eight (8) 
parts by weight of Alcohol to one (1) part of Water. 
Moisten the Powder with ten (10) grammes of the men- 
struum, and macerate for twenty-four hours; then pack 
it firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour 
menstruum upon it, until the Ignatia is exhausted. Re- 
serve the first ninety (90) grammes, evaporate the re- 
mainder to ten (10) grammes, and mix with the reserved 
portion. Of this tincture take any convenient number of 
parts, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate it to dry- 
ness. Weigh the resulting extract, and from its weight 
calculate the quantity of extract contained in the one 
hundred (100) parts of Tincture obtained; then dissolve the 
dried extract in the remainder of the Tincture, and add 
enough of the above menstruum to make the product 
weigh so many parts that each one hundred (100) parts 
of Tincture shall contain one (1) part of dry extract. 
Lastly, mix thoroughly, and filter through paper. 
Tincture of Ignatia thus prepared represents about 10 
grammes of Ignatia in 100 grammes. 
411. TINCTURA IODI, CHURCHILL. N. F. 
Churchill’s Tincture of Iodine. 
Iodine 165 Gm. 
Potassium Iodide 33 Gm. 
Water 250 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make lOOO Cc. 
Dissolve the Potassium Iodide in the Water, then add 
the Iodine, and, lastly, enough Alcohol to make the Tinc- 
ture, when completed, measure one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Note.—Churchill’s Tincture of Iodine should not be confounded 
with Churchill’s Iodine Caustic (Liquor Iodi Causticus, F. 227). 
412. TINCTURA IODI DECOLORATA. 
N. F. 
Decolorized Tincture of Iodine. 
Iodine 83 Gm. 
Sodium Hyposulphite 83 Gm. 
Water 100 Cc. 
Stronger Ammonia Water (TJ. S. P.) 65 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Digest the Iodine, Sodium Hyposulphite, and Water, at 
a gentle heat, until a perfect solution, of a dark reddish- 
brown color, is produced. Then add one hundred and 
twenty-five (125) cubic centimeters of Alcohol, and after- 
wards, the Stronger Ammonia Water. Shake a few min- 
utes until no more bubbles of gas escape, and the liquid 
has become colorless, with a whitish precipitate (of sul- 
phur) suspended in it. Cool it, if necessary, and add 
enough Alcohol to make one thousand (1000) cubic centi- 
meters. Place the bottle containing it in a refrigerator for 
a few hours, or longer if convenient, then filter, in a cov- 
ered funnel, and preserve the liquid for use. 
Note.—On prolonged standing a crystalline precipitate, of 
sodium tetrathionate, will usually form in the liquid. This 
may be removed by filtration. 
413. TINCTURA JALAP.®. N. F. 
Tincture of Jalap. 
Jalap, in fine powder 200 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix two (2) volumes of Alcohol with one (1) volume of 
Water. Percolate the Jalap with this mixture, in the usual 
manner, until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of the 
Tincture are obtained. 
414. TINCTURA JALAP® COMPOSITA. 
N. F. 
Compound Tincture of Jalap. 
Jalap, in fine powder 125 Gm. 
Scammony, in powder 32 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix two (2) volumes of Alcohol with one (1) volume of 
Water. Mix the powders with half their weight of 
sand; moisten the mixture with a sufficient quantity of 
the menstruum, pack it in a percolator, and percolate it 
with the menstruum, in the usual manner, until one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters of Tincture are obtained. 
415. TINCTURA KINO COMPOSITA. N. F. 
Compound Tincture of Kino. 
Tincture of Kino (TJ. S. P.) . . . 100 Cc. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) . . . 100 Cc. 
Spirit of Camphor (TJ. S. P.) ... 65 Cc. 
Oil of Cloves 1.5 Cc. 
Cochineal, in powder 9 Gm. 
Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia (TJ. S. 
P.) . . . 8 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol (TJ. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Cochineal with the Aromatic Spirit of 
Ammonia, and gradually add seven hundred (700) cubic 
centimeters of Diluted Alcohol. Then add the two Tinc- 
tures, the Spirit of Camphor, and the Oil of Cloves, and National Formulary. 
1540 
PART II. 
filter the mixture through paper. Lastly, pass enough 
Diluted Alcohol through the filter to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents about J grain, each, of 
Kino and of Powdered Opium. 
416. TINCTURA PAPAVERIS. N. F. 
Tincture of Poppy. 
Poppy Capsules, freed from seeds, and 
in coarse powder 500 Gm. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Digest the Poppy capsules with three thousand (3000) 
cubic centimeters of boiling Water during two hours, then 
express and strain. Evaporate the strained liquid to 
five hundred (500) cubic centimeters, mix it with two 
hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of Alcohol, and 
set the mixture aside, well covered, until it is quite cold. 
Then filter, add the Glycerin to the filtrate, and pass 
enough of a mixture of two (2) volumes of Water and one 
(1) volume of Alcohol through the filter to make the 
product measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents 30 grains of Poppy ( Cap- 
sule) freed from seeds. 
417. TINCTURA PECTORALIS. N. F. 
Pectoral Tincture. 
Guttce Pectorales. Pectoral Drops. Bateman's 
Pectoral Drops. 
Tincture of Opium (U. S. P.) . . . . 42 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Catechu (U. S. 
P.) 30 Cc. 
Spirit of Camphor (U. S. P.) 40 Cc. 
Oil of Anise 1 Cc. 
Caramel 16 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the first five ingredients with enough Diluted Al- 
cohol to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and 
filter. 
Each fluidrachm contains 2J minims of Tincture of 
Opium. 
418. TINCTURA PERSIONIS. N. F. 
Tincture of Cudbear. 
Cudbear, in fine powder 125 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Pack the Cudbear in a suitable percolator, and percolate 
it with a mixture of one (1) volume of Alcohol and two 
(2) volumes of Water, until one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of Tincture are obtained. 
Note.—This preparation is intended as a coloring agent when 
a bright-red tint or color is to be produced, particularly in acid 
liquids. 
419. TINCTURA PERSIONIS COMPOS- 
ITA. N.F. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear. 
Cudbear 20 Gm. 
Caramel 100 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix one (1) volume of Alcohol with two (2) volumes of 
Water. Macerate the Cudbear with seven hundred and 
fifty (750) cubic centimeters of the menstruum, during 
twelve hours, agitating occasionally, and then filter 
through paper, and add the Caramel, previously dissolved 
in one hundred and twenty-five (125) cubic centimeters of 
Water. Then pass enough of the before-mentioned men- 
struum through the filter to make the whole measure one 
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—This preparation is intended as>a coloring agent when 
a brownish-red tint or color is to be produced. 
420. TINCTURA PIMPINELLiE. N. F. 
Tincture of Pimpinella. 
Pimpinella, root 165 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix two (2) volumes of Alcohol with one (1) volume of 
! Water. Macerate the Pimpinella, reduced to a moder- 
I ately coarse (No. 40) powder, with enough of the men- 
struum to keep it distinctly damp during twelve hours. 
! Then percolate it with the same menstruum, in the usual 
s manner, until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of 
Tincture are obtained. 
421. TINCTURA RHEI AQUOSA. N. F. 
Aqueous Tincture of Rhubarb. 
Rhubarb 100 Gm. 
Sodium Borate 10 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 10 Gm. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.) .... 150 Cc. 
Alcohol 120 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Borate and the Potassium Car- 
bonate in seven hundred (700) cubic centimeters of Water,, 
and macerate in this solution, during twenty-four hours, 
I the Rhubarb, cut into thin slices and carefully freed from 
j any adhering fine powder. Then strain it through mus- 
[ lin, heat the strained liquid to boiling, add the Cinnamon 
Water and Alcohol, stir it well and filter, while warm, in 
a covered funnel. To the cold filtrate add enough Water 
to make the product measure one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 5§ grains of Rhu- 
I barb. 
Note.—The product is practically identical with that obtained 
by the process of the Germ. Pliarm., in which this preparation is 
official. It is liable to deteriorate when kept too long, and should 
not be prepared in larger quantity than may be consumed within 
I a short time. 
When this preparation is required for immediate use, and it is 
not otherwise obtainable, it may be prepared in the following- 
manner; 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) 100 Cc. 
| Sodium Borate 10 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 10 Gm. 
Cinnamon Water (U. S. P.) 150 Cc. 
Alcohol 75 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sodium Borate and the Potassium Carbonate in 
| about Jive hundred (500) cubic centimeters of Water. Add the Cin- 
namon Water, Alcohol, and Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, and, lastly, 
enough Water to make the product measure one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. Filter, if necessary. 
422. TINCTURA RHEI ET GENTIANS. 
N. F. 
Tincture of Rhubarb and Gentian. 
Rhubarb 70 Gm. 
Gentian 17.5 Gm. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the solids to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, and percolate it, in the usual manner, with Diluted 
Alcohol, until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of 
percolate are obtained. 
Each fluidrachm represents 4 grains of Rhubarb and 
1 grain of Gentian. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1541 
Note.—When this preparation is required for immediate use, 
and it is not otherwise obtainable, it may be prepared in the fol- 
lowing manner: 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) 70 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Gentian (U. S. P.) 17.5 Cc. 
Diluted Alcohol (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Fluid Extracts with enough Diluted Alcohol to make 
one thousand, (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
423. TINCTURA RHEI VINOSA. N.F. 
Vinous Tincture of Rhubarb. 
Fluid Extract of Rhubarb (U. S. P.) . 80 Cc. 
Fluid Extract of Bitter Orange Peel 
(U.S.P.) . 20 Cc. 
Tincture of Cardamom (U. S. P.) . . 80 Cc. 
Sugar 125 Gm. 
Sherry Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Fluid Extracts and the Tincture with five hun- 
dred (500) cubic centimeters of Sherry Wine. In this 
dissolve the Sugar by agitation, then add enough Sherry 
Wine to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters, and 
filter. 
424. TINCTURA SAPONIS VIRIDIS COM- 
POSITA. N.F. 
Compound Tincture of Green Soap. 
Soft Soap (U. S. P.) 150 Gm. 
Oil of Cade 20 Cc. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Soft Soap in seven hundred and fifty (750) 
cubic centimeters of Alcohol, add the Oil of Cade, and then 
enough Alcohol to make the product measure one thou- 
sand (1000) cubic centimeters, and filter. 
425. TINCTURA TOLUTANA SOLUBILIS. 
N. F. 
Soluble Tincture of Tolu. 
Balsam of Tolu 100 Gm. 
Magnesium Carbonate 10 Gm. 
Glycerin 400 Cc. 
Water, 
Alcohol, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix two hundred (200) cubic centimeters of Alcohol 
with the Glycerin, and dissolve the Balsam of Tolu in the 
mixture with the aid of heat, avoiding loss by evapora- 
tion. Next add four hundred (400) cubic centimeters of 
Water, and allow the mixture to become cold. Pour off 
the milky liquid from the resinous precipitate (which lat- 
ter is to be rejected), mix it with the Magnesium Carbo- 
nate, by trituration, and filter. Lastly, pass enough of a 
mixture of one (1) volume of Alcohol and two (2) volumes 
of Water through the filter, to make the whole filtrate 
measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Note.—This preparation may be added to Syrup or Water 
without producing cloudiness. A mixture of 1 fluidounce of 
this preparation with 15 fluidounces of Syrup yields a product 
which may be used as Syrup of Tolu in all cases where the 
official preparation is not required. 
426. TINCTURA VANILLINI COMPOS- 
ITA. N. F. 
Compound Tincture of Vanillin. 
Compound Essence of Vanillin. 
Vanillin 6.5 Gm. 
Cumarin 0.4 Gm. 
Alcohol 200 Cc. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Syrup (U. S. P.) 125 Cc. 
Compound Tincture of Cudbear 
(F. 419) 16 Cc. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. i 
Dissolve the Vanillin and Cumarin in the Alcohol, add 
the Glycerin, Syrup, and Compound Tincture of Cudbear, 
and, lastly, enough water to make one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
427. TINCTURA VIBURNI OPULI COM- 
POSITA. N. F. 
Compound Tincture of Viburnum. 
Viburnum Opulus 35 Gm. 
Dioscorea • . . . . 35 Gm. 
Scullcap 10 Gm. 
Cloves 50 Gm. 
Cinnamon 65 Gm. 
Glycerin 65 Cc. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the drugs to a moderately coarse (No. 40) 
powder. Mix the Glycerin with seven hundred and fifty 
(750) cubic centimeters of Alcohol and moisten the pow- 
der with one hundred and fifty (150) cubic centimeters of 
this Mixture, and macerate for 48 hours in a percolator. 
Then percolate with the remainder of this menstruum, 
followed by a mixture of five (5) volumes of Alcohol and 
one (1) volume of Water, until one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of tincture are obtained. 
428. TINCTURA AMARA. 
N.F. 
Bitter Tincture of Zedoary. 
Compound Tincture of Zedoary. 
Zedoary, root 250 Gm. 
Aloes 125 Gm. 
Rhubarb 62 Gm. 
Gentian 62 Gm. 
White Agaric 62 Gm. 
Saffron 62 Gm. 
Glycerin 125 Cc. 
Alcohol, 
Water, of each, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the solids to a moderately coarse (No. 40) pow- 
der, moisten this with a sufficient quantity of a mixture 
of two (2) volumes of Alcohol and one (1) volume of Water, 
and percolate it in the usual manner, with this men- 
struum, until seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic centi- 
meters of percolate are obtained. Add to this the Glycerin 
and set it aside. Then continue the percolation until the 
drugs are practically exhausted, evaporate the new per- 
colate to one hundred and twenty-five (125) cubic centi- 
meters, and add it to the reserved portion. 
Each fluidrachm represents 15 grains of Zedoary, 7£ 
grains of Aloes, and 3§ grains, each, of the other drugs. 
Note.—The above preparation is not identical witli the Tinc- 
tura Zedoarise Composite, (also known as Tincture Carminaliva, 
Tincture Wedelli) which was formerly official in some continental 
Pharmacopoeias. 
429. TINCTUR/E ffiTHEREffi. N.F. 
Ethereal Tinctures. 
General Formula. 
The Drug, properly comminuted . . 125 Gm. 
Alcohol, 
Ether (U. S. P ), ot each a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Percolate the Drug in the usual manner, but with 
proper precautions to avoid loss of menstruum by evap- 
oration, with a mixture of one (1) volume of Ether, and 
two (2) volumes of Alcohol, until one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters of percolate are obtained. 
Note.—This formula is to be used when Ethereal Tinctures of 
Belladonna, Castor, Digitalis, Lobelia, Valerian, or of other drugs, 
are to be prepared. 1542 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
430. TROCHISCI MAGNESIA. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Troches of Magnesia. 
Magnesia 19.5 Gm. 
Nutmeg, in fine powder 1 Gm. 
Sugar, in fine powder 58.5 Gm. 
Mucilage of Tragacanth (U. S. P.), 
a sufficient quantity 
To make 100 troches. 
Rub the Magnesia and the powders together until they 
are thoroughly mixed; then with Mucilage of Tragacanth 
form a mass, to be divided into one hundred (100) troches. 
431. TROCHISCI SODII SANTONINATIS. 
N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Troches of Sodium Santoninate. 
Sodium Santoninate, in fine powder 6.5 Gm. 
Sugar, in fine powder 130 Gm. 
Tragacanth, in fine powder . . . 3.75 Gm. 
Orange Flower Water, a sufficient 
quantity 
To make 100 troches. 
Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly 
mixed; then with Orange Flower Water form a mass, to 
to be divided into one hundred (100) troches. . 
Troches of Sodium Santoninate should be kept in dark- 
amber-colored vials. 
432. UNGUENTUM ACIDI GALLICI. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Ointment of Gallic Acid. 
Gallic Acid 10 Gm. 
Benzoinated Lard (U. S. P.) 90 Gm. 
Rub the Gallic Acid with the Benzoinated Lard, grad- 
ually added, until they are thoroughly mixed, avoiding 
the use of an iron spatula. 
433. UNGUENTUM CALAMINZE. N. F. 
Calamine Ointment. 
Unguentum Zinci Carbonatis (Impuri). Unguentum 
Calaminare. Turner's Cerate. 
Prepared Calamine 16.5 Gm. 
Ointment (U. S. P.) 83.5 Gm. 
Mix them intimately, by trituration, so as to produce a 
smooth and homogeneous ointment. 
434. UNGUENTUM CAMPHORZE. N. F. 
Camphor Ointment. 
Unguentum Camphoratum. 
Camphor, in coarse powder 22 Gm. 
White Wax 11 Gm. 
Lard 67 Gm. 
Melt the White Wax and Lard with a gentle heat, then 
add the Camphor, and stir the Ointment until it is cold. 
435. UNGUENTUM FUSCUM. N. F. 
Brown Ointment. 
Unguentum Matris. Mother's Salve. 
Camphorated Brown Plaster (F. 119) . 50 Gm. 
Olive Oil 25 Gm. 
Suet 25 Gm. 
Melt them together, and stir the mass until it is cold. 
436. UNGUENTUM MEZEREI. N. F. 
(U.S. P., 1880.) 
Mezereum Ointment. 
Fluid Extract of Mezereum (F. 170) . . 25 Cc. 
Lard 80 Gm. 
Yellow Wax 12 Gm. 
Melt together the Lard and Wax with a moderate heat, 
add the Fluid Extract, and stir the mixture constantly 
until the Alcohol has evaporated; then continue to stir 
until cool. 
437. UNGUENTUM PICIS COMPOSITUM. 
N. F. 
Compound Tar Ointment. 
Oil of Tar 4 Gm. 
Tincture of Benzoin (U. S. P.) .... 2 Cc. 
Oxide of Zinc 3 Gm. 
Yellow Wax 26 Gm. 
Lard 32 Gm. 
Cotton-Seed Oil 35 Gm. 
Melt the Yellow Wax and Lard with the Cotton-Seed 
Oil at a gentle heat. Add the Tincture of Benzoin, and 
continue heating until all the Alcohol has evaporated. 
Then withdraw the heat, add the Oil of Tar, and finally 
the Oxide of Zinc, incorporating the latter thoroughly, so 
that, on cooling, a smooth, homogeneous ointment may 
result. 
438. UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS ALKA- 
LINUM. N. F. 
(TJ. S. P., 1880.) 
Alkaline Sulphur Ointment. 
Washed Sulphur 20 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 10 Gm. 
Water 5 Cc. 
Benzoinated Lard (U. S. P.) 65 Gm. 
Rub the Sulphur with the Potassium Carbonate and 
the Water, gradually add the Benzoinated Lard, and 
mix thoroughly. 
439. UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS COM- 
POSITUM. N. F. 
Compound Sulphur Ointment. 
Wilkinson's Ointment. Hebra’s Itch Ointment. 
Precipitated Calcium Carbonate .... 10 Gm. 
Sublimed Sulphur 15 Gm. 
Oil of Cade 15 Gm. 
Soft Soap (U. S. P.) 30 Gm. 
Lard 30 Gm. 
Mix the Lard with the Soft Soap and Oil of Cade. 
Then gradually incorporate the Sublimed Sulphur and 
Precipitated Calcium Carbonate. 
440. VINUM ALBUM FORTIUS. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Stronger White Wine. 
White Wine 875 Gm. 
Alcohol 125 Gm. 
Mix them. 
When tested for Alcohol, Stronger White Wine should 
contain not less than twenty (20) per cent, nor more than 
twenty-five (25) per cent, of Absolute Alcohol by weight. 
441. VINUM ALOES. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Wine of Aloes. 
Purified Aloes (U. S. P.) 60 Gm. 
Cardamom 10 Gm. 
Ginger 10 Gm. 
Stronger White Wine (F. 440), a suffi- 
cient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Aloes, Cardamom, and Ginger, and reduce 
them to a moderately coarse (No. 40) powder. Macerate 
the powder with nine hundred (900) grammes of Stronger 
White Wine for seven days, with occasional agitation, 
and filter through paper, adding, through the filter, 
enough Stronger White Wine to make the filtered liquid 
weigh one thousand (1000) grammes. PART II. 
National Formulary. 
1543 
442. VINUM AURANTII. N. F. 
Wine of Orange. 
Oil of Bitter Orange 1 Cc. 
Alcohol 10 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Sherry Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Triturate the Purified Talcum, first with the Alcohol, 
in which the Oil of Bitter Orange had previously been 
dissolved, and afterwards with seven hundred and fifty 
(750) cubic centimeters of Sherry Wine, gradually added. 
Filter the mixture through a wetted filter, returning the 
first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, 
and, lastly, pass enough Sherry Wine through the filter to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
443. VINUM AURANTII COMPOSITUM. 
N. F. 
Compound Wine of Orange. 
Elixir Aurantiorum Compositum (Germ. Pharm.). 
Compound Elixir of Orange. 
Bitter Osange Peel 200 Gm. 
Absinthium 65 Gm. 
Menyanthes, leaves 65 Gm. 
Cascarilla 65 Gm. 
Cinnamon (Cassia) 40 Gm. 
Gentian 40 Gm. 
Potassium Carbonate 10 Gm. 
Sherry Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Reduce the six first-named drugs to a moderately coarse 
(No. 40) powder, mix with this the Potassium Carbonate, 
moisten the mixture with Sherry Wine, and let it macer- 
ate during twenty-four hours. Then pack it in a percola- 
tor, and percolate with Sherry Wine, in the usual man- 
ner, until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of product 
are obtained. 
444. VINUM CARNIS. N. F. 
Wine of Beef. 
Beef and Wine. 
Extract of Beef 35 Gm. 
Hot Water 60 Cc. 
Sherry Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Pour the Hot Water upon the Extract of Beef, con- 
tained in a mortar or other suitable vessel, and triturate 
until a smooth mixture results. Then gradually add, 
while stirring, nine hundred (900) cubic centimeters of 
Sherry Wine. Transfer the mixture to a bottle, set this 
aside for a few days in a cold place, if convenient, then 
filter, and pass enough Sherry Wine through the filter to 
make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents 2 grains of Extract of 
Beef. 
Note —The Extract of Beef suitable for this or similar prepa- 
rations is that which is prepared by Liebig’s method. 
445. VINUM CARNIS ET FERRI. N. F. 
Wine of Beef and Iron. 
Beef, Wine, and Iron. 
Extract of Beef 35 Gm. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride (F. 
407) 35 Cc. 
Hot Water . . 60 Cc. 
Sherry Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Pour the Hot Water upon the Extract of Beef, contained 
in a mortar or other suitable vessel, and triturate until a 
smooth mixture results. Then gradually add, while stir- 
ring, eight hundred (800) cubic centimeters of Sherry 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. Transfer 
the mixture to a bottle, set this aside for a few days in a 
cold place, if convenient, filter, and pass enough Sherry 
Wine through the filter to restore the original volume. 
Each fluidrachm represents 2 grains of Extract of 
Beef and 2 minims of Tincture of Ferric Citro- Chloride. 
Note.—Regarding Extract of Beef, see Note to F. 444. 
446. VINUM CARNIS, FERRI, ET CIN- 
CHONA. N. F. 
Wine of Beef, Iron, and Cinchona. 
Beef, Wine, Iron, and Cinchona. 
Extract of Beef 35 Gm. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride 
(F. 407) 35 Cc. 
Quinine Sulphate 2 Gm. 
Cinchonidine Sulphate 1 Gm. 
Citric Acid 0.75 Gm. 
Hot Water 60 Cc. 
Angelica Wine, a sufficient quan- 
tity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Citrio Acid and the Quinine and Cinchoni- 
dine Sulphates in the Hot Water, and pour the solution 
upon the Extract of Beef, contained in a mortar or other 
suitable vessel. Triturate the liquid with the Extract 
until they form a smooth mixture, then gradually add, 
while stirring, eight hundred (800) cubic centimeters of 
Angelica Wine, and afterwards the Tincture of Ferric 
Citro-Chloride. Transfer the mixture to a bottle, set 
this aside for a few days in a cold place, if convenient, 
filter, and pass enough Angelica Wine through the filter 
to make one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidrachm represents about 2 grains of Extract 
of Beef, 2 minims of Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride, 
and small quantities of Cinchona alkaloids. 
Note.—Regarding Extract of Beef, see Note to F. 444. Angel- 
ica Wine is a variety of sweet California wine. 
447. VINUM ERYTHROXYLI. N. F. 
Wine of Erythroxylon. 
Wine of Coca. 
Fluid Extract of Coca (U. S. P.) . . 65 Cc. 
Alcohol 65 Cc. 
Sugar 65 Gm. 
Claret Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sugar in about six hundred (600) cubic 
centimeters of Claret Wine, add the Alcohol and Fluid 
Extract, and enough Claret Wine to make one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters. Let the mixture stand a few 
days in a cold place, if convenient, then filter, and pass 
enough Claret Wine through the filter to restore the origi- 
nal volume. 
Each fluidounce represents 30 grains of Erythroxylon 
(Coca). 
Note.—In place of Claret Wine, any other palatable wine may 
be used, according to the demand or preference of the prescriber 
or consumer. 
448. VINUM ERYTHROXYLI AROMATI- 
CUM. N. F. 
Aromatic Wine of Erythroxylon. 
Aromatic Wine of Coca. 
Fluid Extract of Coca (U. S. P.) ... 65 Cc. 
Compound Elixir of Taraxacum (F. 
Ill) 10 Cc. 
Syrup of Coffee (F. 367) ....... 25 Cc. 
Port Wine 165 Cc. 
Aromatic Elixir (U. S. P.) 300 Cc. 
Sherry Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the five first-named ingredients with/owr hundred 
Wine. Next add the Tincture and enough Sherry Wine 1544 
National Formulary. 
PART II. 
(400) cubic centimeters of Sherry Wine. Let the mix- 
ture stand several days in a cold place, if convenient, 
then filter, and pass enough Sherry Wine through the 
filter to make the product measure one thousand (1000) 
cubic centimeters. 
Each fluidounce represents 30 grains of Coca. 
449. VINUM FRAXINI AMERICAN.®. N. F. 
Wine of White Ash. 
Fraxinus (bark), in No. 40 powder . . 500 Gm. 
Stronger White Wine (F. 440), a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Moisten the powdered Fraxinus with one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters of Stronger White Wine, macer- 
ate it during three days in a well-covered vessel, then 
paok it in a percolator, and gradually pour on Stronger 
White Wine, until one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters 
of percolate are obtained. Keep the product in well- 
stoppered bottles, which should be completely filled, and 
stored in a cool place. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 30 grains of Fraxinus 
(bark). 
450. VINUM PEPSINI. N. F. 
Wine of Pepsin. 
Pepsin (U. S. P.) 17.5 Gm. 
Glycerin 50 Cc. 
Hydrochloric Acid (U. S. P.) ... 4 Cc. 
Water 60 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 16 Gm. 
Stronger White Wine (F. 440), a 
sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Water, Glycerin, and Hydrochloric Acid, and 
agitate the Pepsin with the mixture until it is completely 
disintegrated and apparently dissolved. Then add enough 
Stronger White Wine to make one thousand (1000) cubic 
centimeters, mix the liquid intimately with the Purified 
Talcum, allow it to stand for a week, if convenient, fre- 
quently shaking, then filter, and pass enough Stronger 
White Wine through the filter to restore the original 
volume. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 1 grain of Pepsin (U. 
S. P.). 
451. VINUM PICIS. N. F. 
Wine of Tar. 
Tar 100 Gm. 
Water 250 Cc. 
Pumice, in moderately fine powder . 125 Gm. 
Stronger White Wine (F. 440), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Upon the Tar contained in a suitable vessel pour tico 
hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimeters of cold Water, 
and triturate the mixture thoroughly; then pour off the 
Water and throw it away. Mix the remaining Tar thor- 
oughly with the powdered Pumice, and add one thousand 
(1000) cubic centimeters of Stronger White Wine. Stir 
frequently during four hours, then transfer the mixture 
to a wetted filter, and, after the liquid has passed, pour on 
enough Stronger White White to make the filtrate measure 
one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
452. VINUM PRUNI VIRGINIAN®. N. F. 
Wine of Wild Cherry. 
Wild Cherry, in No. 40 powder . . . 250 Gm. 
Sugar 165 Gm. 
Water 200 Cc. 
Alcohol 75 Cc. 
Purified Talcum (F. 395) 15 Gm. 
Angelica Wine, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 Cc. 
Dissolve the Sugar in the Water. Moisten the Wild 
Cherry with a sufficient quantity of this solution, and 
allow it to macerate during one hour. Then transfer it to 
a percolator, pour upon it the remainder of the solution, 
and afterwards enough Angelica Wine until nine hundred 
(900) cubic centimeters of percolate are obtained. Add to 
this the Alcohol, mix the Purified Talcum intimately with 
the liquid, then filter, returning the first portions of the 
filtrate until it runs through clear, and finally pass enough 
Angelica Wine through the filter to make the product 
measure one thousand (1000) cubic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm represents 15 grains of Wild Cherry. 
453. VINUM PRUNI VIRGINIAN® FER- 
RATUM. N. F. 
Ferrated Wine of Wild Cherry. 
Tincture of Ferric Citro-Chloride (F. 
407) 85 Cc. 
Wine of Wild Cherry (F. 452), 
enough to make 1000 Cc. 
Mix the Tincture with enough Wine of Wild Cherry to 
make one thousand (1000) ctibic centimeters. 
Each fiuidrachm, represents 5 minims of Tincture of 
Ferric Citro-Chloride and 13| grains of Wild Cherry. 
454. VINUM RHEI. N. F. 
(U. S. P., 1880.) 
Wine of Rhubarb. 
Rhubarb, in No. 30 powder 100 Gm. 
Calamus, in No. 30 powder 10 Gm. 
Stronger White Wine (F. 440), a suf- 
ficient quantity 
To make 1000 Gm. 
Moisten the mixed powders with fifty (50) grammes 
of Stronger White Wine, pack the mixture in a conical 
glass percolator, and gradually pour enough Stronger 
White Wine upon it to make the filtered liquid weigh one 
thousand (1000) grammes. PART I I. 
SECTION II. 
DRUGS AND MEDICINES NOT OFFICIAL.* 
In the present section it is proposed to consider remedies which are not recognized in the 
United States or British Pharmacopoeias, but which, on account of their use in domestic or 
professional medicine, their toxic properties, their history, or the probability that they may 
prove in the future remedies of power, or valuable products, require notice in an encyclopedic 
work like the United States Dispensatory. The limit of the present volume forbids a com- 
plete description of all of these substances, but the attempt is made to give at least the 
information where to look for an account of almost everything used in medicine. 
ABRASTOL. Asaprol (/3-naphtol-monosul- 
phonate of calcium), a sulphonic derivative of beta- 
naphtol. It has been recommended as a food 
preservative, and is stated to have anti-arthritic 
properties. Dujardin-Beaumetz affirms that it can 
be given in daily doses of one hundred and fifty 
grains (10 Gm.) without injurious effects. Dose, 
from eight to fifteen grains (0-5-1 Gm.). 
ABROMA AUGUSTA. Linn. f. (Nat. ord. 
Sterculiacese.) A viscid white fluid found in the 
fleshy bark of the root of this Indian plant is said 
to be of great service in dysmenorrhoea. A half- 
drachm of the fresh root is given at a dose. (Am. 
Journ. Med. Sci., July, 1873.) 
ABRUS PRECATORIUS. L. Jequirity. 
Kunch. Ratti. (Nat. ord. Leguminosse.) The 
seeds of this plant, which grows in India and also 
in Brazil, are employed in India as a standard 
weight, and also for criminal poisoning. They are 
said to be inert when taken whole into the stomach. 
They contain abric acid, C12H24N30, and, according 
to the researches of Sidney Martin (P. J. Tr., Sept. 
1887 ; Proc. Roy. Soc., vo*l. xlvi., 1889), two proteid 
poisons, a paraglobulin and an albumose, which are 
almost identical in their physiological and toxic 
properties with the similar principles found in snake 
venom, although less powerful. According to Flex- 
ner, the toxic action of these substances also closely 
resembles that of the toxins produced by bacteria, 
the most characteristic result being focal necroses in 
various organs. Flexner suggests that these in turn 
are due to a lesion in the biood-vessel walls caused 
by the abrin. (Journ. Experimental Med., 1897, vol. 
ii.) The ordinary lethal dose of abrin for animals is 
said to be 0-00001 6m. per kilo of weight. (Consult 
The Non-Bacillous Nature of Abrus Poisoning, J. H. 
Warden and L. A. Waddel, Calcutta, 1884; Bufa- 
lini, Ann. <li Chim. e di Farm., No. 2, 1886; Ko- 
bert, Wien. Med. Blatter, Nov. 1889.) The cold 
infusion, one part to twenty, has been used in 
chronic granular conjunctivitis; but, according to 
L. de Wecker, this is much too strong, and is liable 
to set up violent conjunctivitis or even keratitis. 
Pannus and trachoma, are said to have yielded to the 
remedy. Two drops of a solution of the fluid ex- 
tract (one part to ten) may be put in the eye once 
or twice a day. The solution. should always be 
freshly made. The root of the plant is official in 
the India Pharmacopoeia as a substitute for liquorice. 
David Hooper obtained from the root glycyrrhizin 
in small quantity, an organic acid, and traces of an 
alkaloid. (P. J. Tr., 1894, 937.) 
ABUTILON INDICUM. The seed of this 
plant (Balbij) is recommended as a diuretic. 
ACER SACCHARINUM. L. (A. dasycar- 
pum, Ehrh.) (Nat. ord. Sapindaceae.) Emil 
Weschcke believes that there is an alkaloid in the 
ordinary white or silver maple. (Contrib. Dep. 
Phar. Univ. Wise., 1886.) 
ACERATES DECUMBENS. Decne. (As- 
clepiodora decumbens, A. Gray.) (Nat. ord. Ascle- 
piadacese.) This plant, a native of New Mexico, 
is stated by Wm. J. Wilson to be used as a specific 
in snake-bite. (Phila. Med. Times, v. 183.) 
ACETAL. C6H1402orCH3CH(OEt)2. Ethy- 
lidene Diethylic Ether, a limpid liquid, sparingly 
soluble in water, readily soluble in alcohol, is stated 
to be narcotic in dose of one drachm. 
* By the term official medicines, here as well as elsewhere in this work, are meant such as are embraced in the United 
States and British Pharmacopoeias. 1546 
A cetone.—A cetum. 
PART II. 
ACETONE. Dimethyl-ketone (formerly called 
Pyroacetic Spirit) (C3HeO or CH3.C0.CH3) is found 
in small amount in normal urine, in blood, etc., and 
in larger amount in certain pathological conditions. 
It is produced by the dry distillation of sugar, gum, 
cellulose, etc., and therefore is always contained in 
crude wood naphtha. Dr. E. R. Squibb has also pre- 
pared it on a large scale by passing acetic acid vapor 
through a rotating iron cylinder heated to from 500° 
to 600° C. and containing pumice stone with pre- 
cipitated barium carbonate. (Journ. Amer. Chem. 
Soc., 1895, 197.) Prepared commercially by the 
dry distillation of calcium acetate, it boils at 56° C., 
and has a peculiar ethereal odor and sharp, burning 
taste. Its sp. gr. is 0-7920 at 16-4° C. 
Distilled with water and lime hypochlorite, it 
yields nearly 200 per cent, of its weight in chloro- 
form, and is hence largely used in the manufacture 
of this substance, both in this country and in Ger- 
many. In the presence of an alkali, iodine converts 
it into iodoform, so that a trace of acetone in methyl 
alcohol can be detected by the iodoform formation 
{Kraemer’s test). 
It is used largely as a solvent for fats, resins, and 
camphors. It mixes in all proportions with water, 
alcohol, and ether. Schlagdenhauffen asserts that 
commercial acetone contains an alkaloidal substance. 
{P. J. Tr., 1884, 163.) For a method of detecting 
acetone in urine, see A. J. P., 1889, 175. See also 
Proc. A. P. A., 1894, 281, 1897, 690; Ephemeris, 
1895, 1653. 
ACETO-ORTHO-TOLUID. C,H7.NH. 
C„H30. This occurs in colorless needles, easily 
soluble in hot water, alcohol, and ether. According 
to E. Barbarini (Terap. mod., 1892, 532), it is a 
powerful depressant of animal temperature and but 
slightly poisonous. 
ACETOPHENONE. Hypnone. Phenyl-methyl- 
ketone (C8HsO or C-HgCO.CHg), A colorless liquid, 
boiling at 200° C., having a very tenacious, persist- 
ent odor, recalling that of bitter almonds, not inflam- 
mable, not soluble in water or in glycerin, but very 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzin, and 
also certain oils, especially that of sweet almonds. 
It is made by distilling a mixture of calcium acetate 
and benzoate, just as acetone is made by distilling 
the former salt alone. Hypnone was first proposed 
as an hypnotic by Dujardin-Beaumetz, who affirms 
that it produces in the lower animals deep sleep. 
The more recent researches of Laborde, of Grasset, 
of Mairet and Combemale, however, are concordant 
in showing that unless in toxic dose it does not act 
as a certain hypnotic in the lower animals; after 
a fatal dose, coma, general muscular paralysis, and 
death from asphyxia result. Further, according to 
Regnier, the effect of hypnone upon nutrition is ex- 
traordinarily active, a few days’ use of it notably 
lowering the quantity of haemoglobin in the blood, 
and causing appreciable loss of weight. Somewhat 
similar results have been arrived at by Kamensky. 
The general verdict of clinicians is that it acts in man 
as a very uncertain hypnotic, and, according to W. 
H. Flint, when it is used the system rapidly becomes 
tolerant of it, so that the dose has to be largely in- 
creased. It would seem, therefore, that hypnone is 
of little practical value, although Norman claims ex- 
cellent results from hypodermic injections of from 
five to twelve minims in insanity {Journ. Ment. Sci., 
xxxiii.). Dose, from three to ten'minims (0-194-0-648 
C.c.), although Rey has given as much as twenty- 
three grains (1-6 Gm.) without producing sleep. 
ACETUM. Vinegar, which is no longer official 
either in the American or British Pharmacopoeias, 
is a sour liquid, the product of the acetous fermen- 
tation in infusions of mixed malted and unmalted 
grain, or in various fruit juices. Any substance 
which is capable of undergoing the alcohol fer- 
mentation is further liable, under the influence of a 
microscopic plant, Mycoderma aceti, and exposure 
to the air at a temperature between 24° C. (75° F.) 
and 35° C. (95° F.), to undergo further change 
with oxidation, which converts the alcohol into 
acetic acid. Practically for success there should not 
be more than 12 per cent, of alcohol in the original 
fluid. The mycoderm may exist as a pellicle formed 
of extremely small cells (micrococci) in contiguous 
rows, or finally enveloped in a glue-like mass, or it 
may be in the form of rod-like cells (bacilli) more 
or less dispersed through the fluid. 
Vinegar is frequently made by the German pro- 
cess, by which the time consumed in its formation 
is greatly abridged. A mixture is prepared of one 
part of alcohol of 80 per cent., four or six parts of 
water, and one-thousandth of honey or extract of 
malt, to act as a ferment. This mixture is allowed 
to trickle through a mass of beech shavings, pre- 
viously steeped in vinegar, and contained in a deep 
oaken tub, called a vinegar generator. The tub is 
furnished near the top with a wooden diaphragm 
perforated with numerous small holes, which are 
loosely filled with packthread about six inches long, 
prevented from slipping through by a knot at one 
end. The alcoholic mixture, heated to between 
24° C. (75° F.) and 35° C. (95° F.), is placed on 
the diaphragm, and slowly percolates the beech 
shavings, whereby it becomes minutely divided. 
It is essential to the success of the process that a 
current of air should pass through the tub. In 
order to establish this current, eight equidistant 
holes are pierced near the bottom of the tub, form- 
ing a horizontal row, and four glass tubes are in- 
serted vertically in the diaphragm, of sufficient 
length to project above and below it. The air 
enters by the holes below, and passes out by the 
tubes. Although the air is necessary for the fur- 
nishing of oxygen, acetification consisting chiefly 
in the oxidation of the alcohol, the beech shavings 
and similar articles chiefly aid in the process by 
affording surface upon which the myeoderms can 
grow. During the process the temperature rises to 
37° C. (100° F.) or 40° C. (104° F.), and re- 
mains nearly stationary while the process is going 
on favorably. The liquid is drawn off by a dis- 
charge-pipe near the bottom, and must be passed 
three or four times through the tub before the acet- 
ification is completed, which generally occupies 
from twenty-four to thirty-six hours. According 
to Wimmer, pieces of charcoal, about the size of a 
walnut, may be substituted for the beech shavings 
in the process, with the effect of expediting the 
acetification. The charcoal must be deprived of 
saline matter by diluted hydrochloric acid, and 
afterwards washed with water. 
In his Etudes sur le Vinaigre, published in 1862, 
Pasteur proposed to substitute for the German pro- 
cess the sowing of the mycoderm upon the surface 
of a mixture of wine and vinegar, or of water, 
alcohol (2 per cent.), and acetic acid (1 per cent.), 
adding alcohol daily in small quantities after about 
half that contained in the original liquid had been 
converted into acetic acid, until a vinegar of suf- 
ficient strength was produced. In 1869, Beton- PART II. 
Acetum. 
1547 
Laugier announced that he had succeeded in carry- 
ing out this method, and in 1870 he received a prize 
from the Societe d’Encouragement de l’lndustrie 
National. Subsequently Mr. Emanuel Wurm fur- 
ther elaborated this French process with asserted 
great success For details, see P. J. Tr., xi. 133. 
In England, vinegar is made from the infusion 
of malt by the German process, which is said to 
have originated with Mr. Ham, of Bristol, England, 
as early as 1822. The fermented wort is made to 
fall in a shower upon a mass of fagots of birch 
twigs occupying the upper part of a large vat, and, 
after trickling down to the bottom, is pumped up 
repeatedly to the top, to he again allowed to fall, 
until the acetification is completed. This mode of 
oxidizing the alcohol in the fermented wort has the 
advantage of rendering insoluble certain glutinous 
and albuminous principles, which, if not removed, 
would cause a muddiness in the vinegar and make 
it liable to spoil. 
In the United States, vinegar is largely made by 
the German method of oxidizing very diluted alco- 
hol, and is called spirit vinegar; it is often prepared 
from cider—cider vinegar. The cider is placed in 
barrels (with their bung-holes open), which are ex- 
posed during the summer to the heat of the sun. 
The acetification is completed in the course of about 
two years. The progress of the fermentation, how- 
ever, must he watched; and as soon as perfect vine- 
gar is formed, it should he racked off into clean 
barrels. Without this precaution, the acetous fer- 
mentation would run into the putrefactive, and the 
vinegar he spoiled. Cider vinegar contains no alde- 
hyde. It contains malic acid, and therefore yields 
a precipitate with lead acetate. The want of such 
a precipitate indicates that the alleged cider vine- 
gar is a manufactured substitute, although a ficti- 
tious article might yield a similar precipitate. 
Vinegar may be clarified, without impairing its 
aroma, by throwing about a tumblerful of boiling 
milk into from fifty to sixty gallons of the liquid, 
and stirring the mixture. This operation also makes 
red vinegar pale. 
The series of changes which occur during the 
acetous fermentation is called acetification. During 
its progress there is a disengagement of heat; the 
liquor absorbs oxygen and becomes turbid; and 
filaments form, which move in various directions, 
until, finally, upon the completion of the fermenta- 
tion, they form a pultaceous mass. The liquor now 
becomes transparent, its alcohol having been con- 
verted into acetic acid. The explanation of Liebig 
is that the alcohol, consisting of two atoms of car- 
bon, six of hydrogen, and one of oxygen, loses two 
atoms of hydrogen as the first effect of oxidation, 
and becomes aldehyde, composed of two atoms of 
carbon, four of hydrogen, and one of oxygen. This, 
by the absorption of one atom of oxygen, becomes 
two atoms of carbon, four of hydrogen, and two of 
oxygen; that is, acetic acid (C2H30,0H). Thus 
the conversion of alcohol into acetic acid consists in, 
first, the removal of two atoms of hydrogen, and 
afterwards the addition of one atom of oxygen. 
The following equation represents this change : 
c2h6o + o = c2h4o + h2o 
c2h4o + o = c2h4o2. 
Aldehyde is a colorless, inflammable, ethereal 
liquid, having a pungent taste and smell. Its 
density is 0-79. It absorbs oxygen gradually, and 
is thus converted into acetic acid, as just stated. 
Its property of absorbing oxygen gives it a reducing 
power like that possessed by glucose. Hence it re- 
sponds to Fehling’s test for that substance (Part 
III.). It is characterized by its forming a crystal- 
line compound with ammonia, and also with alka- 
line bisulphites ; it is polymerized hv the action of 
acids and some other reagents, and thus yields 
Paraldehyde (C2H403), a liquid boiling at 124° C. 
The name aldehyde alludes to its relation to alcohol, 
aicohol rie/«/(/rogenated. Its aqueous solution is 
decomposed by caustic potassa, with formation of 
aldehyde resin. This is a soft, light brown mass, 
which, heated to 100° C. (212° F.), gives olf a 
nauseous soapy smell. 
Properties. Vinegar, when good, is of an agree- 
able, penetrating odor, and a pleasant acid taste. 
According to Magnes-Lahens, wine vinegar always 
contains a little aldehyde. The better sorts of vin- 
egar have a grateful aroma, probably due to the 
presence of an ethereal substance, perhaps acetic 
ether. The color of vinegar varies from pale yellow 
to deep red. When long kept, especially if exposed 
to the air, it becomes ropy, acquires an unpleasant 
smell, putrefies, and loses its acidity. 
The essential ingredients of vinegar are acetic 
acid and water; but, besides these, it contains 
various other substances, derived from the particular 
vinous liquor from which it may have been pre- 
pared. Among these may be mentioned coloring 
matter, gum, starch, gluten, sugar, a little alcohol, 
and frequently malic and tartaric acids, with a 
minute proportion of alkaline and earthy salts. 
Vinegar should be devoid of lead and copper and 
of free sulphuric acid, as shown by its not being 
discolored by hydrogen sulphide, and yielding no 
precipitate when boiled with a solution of calcium 
chloride ; and of such a strength that a fluidounce 
would require, for saturation, not less than thirty- 
five grains of potassium bicarbonate. After satura- 
tion it should be free from acrid taste, indicating the 
absence of acrid substances the taste of which may 
have been concealed by that of the acetic acid. 
Malt Vinegar (Acetum Britannicum) has a 
brown color, and a sp. gr. from 1-006 to 1-019. The 
strongest kind, called proof vinegar, contains from 
4-6 to 5 per cent, of acetic acid. That of British 
manufacture usually contains sulphuric acid, which 
the manufacturer is allowed by law to add in a pro- 
portion not exceeding one part in a thousand. This 
addition was at one time thought necessary to pre- 
serve the vinegar; but if the vinegar be properly 
made it does not require to be thus protected. 
Vinegar is “ a liquid of a brown color and pecu- 
liar odor. Specific gravity 1017 to 1-019. 445-4 
grains by weight (1 fluidounce) of it require about 
402 grain-measures of the volumetric solution of 
soda for their neutralization, corresponding to 5-41 
per cent, of real acetic acid, HC2H302. If ten 
minims of solution of chloride of barium be added 
to a fluidounce of the vinegar, and the precipitate, 
if any, be separated by filtration, a further addition 
of the test should give no precipitate. Sulphuretted 
hydrogen causes no change of color. ’ ’ Br. Pharm., 
1885. 
W ine Vinegar (Acetum Gallicum) is nearly one- 
sixth stronger than pure malt vinegar. It is of two 
sorts, the white and the red, according as it has been 
prepared from white or from red wine. White wine 
vinegar is usually preferred. Red wine vinegar may 
be deprived of its color, and rendered limpid, by 
being passed through animal charcoal. 
Distilled Vinegar (Acetum Destillatum; Vin- 1548 
Acetum.—Acetylene. 
aigre distille, Oxeolat simple, Fr. ; Destillirter Essig, 
G.) was official in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1870, 
and was prepared by obtaining seven pints of dis- 
tillate from eight pints of vinegar placed in a glass 
retort, one pint left in the retort retaining the fixed 
impurities, salts, etc. One hundred grains should 
saturate not less than seven and six-tenths grains of 
potassium bicarbonate. It should be wholly vola- 
tilizable by heat, yield no precipitate with lead ace- 
tate or silver nitrate, nor change color upon the 
addition of hydrogen sulphide or ammonia. If 
silver be digested with it and hydrochloric acid after- 
wards added, no precipitate is produced. 
Adulterations. The principal foreign substances 
which vinegar is liable to contain are sulphuric and 
sulphurous acids, certain acrid substances, and cop- 
per and lead, derived from improper vessels used in 
its manufacture. Tin has been found in it after 
standing a short time in tin vessels. Hydrochloric 
and nitric acids are but rarely present. A test said 
to have been discovered by Chevallier (A. J. P., 
April, 1872) is as follows. Put an ounce of the 
suspected vinegar into a small porcelain capsule, 
over a water-bath, and evaporate to about half a 
drachm, or to the consistence of a thin extract. 
When cool, add half a fluidounce of stronger alcohol, 
and thoroughly triturate. The free sulphuric acid, 
if present, will be taken up by the alcohol to the 
exclusion of any sulphate. Filter the alcoholic 
solution, add one fluidounce of distilled water, evap- 
orate off’ the alcohol, and filter. Acidulate the fil- 
trate with hydrochloric acid, add a few drops of a 
solution of barium chloride, and a white precipitate 
of barium sulphate will result if the sample of vine- 
gar has been adulterated with sulphuric acid. Other 
methods are described by O. Hehner (Arch, der 
Pharmacie, May, 1877), see A. J. P., May, 1877, 
Nessler (Pharm. Cent. Halle, No. 40, 1877), Chem. 
and Drug , April 14, 1877, The Analyst, 1877, 163, 
N. R., Feb. 1878, F. Masset (Journ. de Pharm. 
d’Anvers, 1879, 88), A. J. P., Feb. 1880, Drug. 
Circ., 1882, 100, Amer. Drug., 1885, 147, Archiv'd. 
Pharm., 1886, 597, Amer. Drug., 1892, 103, A.J.P., 
1899, 71. 
Barium chloride is not a suitable test for the pres- 
ence of free sulphuric acid, as it will cause a pre- 
cipitate with sulphates, which are often found in 
vinegar when no free sulphuric acid is present. The 
evaporation of a sample of vinegar in contact with a 
piece of white sugar or on white paper will often show 
the presence of free sulphuric acid by the charring 
which ensues. A very simple method, discovered 
by A. Ashby, of detecting free mineral acids in 
vinegar is mentioned by Allen (Com. Org. Anal- 
ysis, 2d ed., i 392). A solution of logwood is pre- 
pared from boiling water and fresh logwood chips. 
Separate drops of this solution are spotted on the 
surface of a flat porcelain dish and evaporated to 
dryness over a water-bath. To each spot a drop of 
the suspected sample (concentrated first if desirable) 
is added, and the heating continued until it has 
evaporated. If the vinegar be pure the residue 
will be found to have a bright yellow color, but in 
the presence of a very small proportion of mineral 
acid the residue assumes a red color. The acrid sub- 
stances usually introduced into vinegar are red pep- 
per, long pepper, pellitory, grains of paradise, and 
mustard seed. These may be detected by evapo- 
rating the vinegar to an extract, which will have 
an acrid, biting taste, if any one of these substances 
be present. By far the most dangerous impurities 
in vinegar are copper and lead. The former may 
be detected by a brownish precipitate on the addi- 
tion of potassium ferrocyanide to the concentrated 
vinegar; the latter, by a blackish precipitate with 
hydrogen sulphide, and a yellow one with potas- 
sium iodide. Pure vinegar is not discolored by 
hydrogen sulphide. According to Chevallier, wine 
vinegar which has been strengthened with acetic 
acid from wood sometimes contains a minute pro- 
portion of arsenic, which is probably derived from 
arseniferous sulphuric acid, employed in preparing 
the acetic acid. 
Medical Properties. Vinegar acts as a refrigerant 
and diuretic. With this view it is added to diluent 
drin ks in inflammatory fevers. It is sometimes used 
against seat-worms, and for other purposes, as a clys- 
ter, diluted with twice or thrice its bulk of water. 
Externally it is employed as a fomentation in bruises 
and sprains; it is a very valuable remedy in der- 
matitis from exposure to the sun. Diluted with 
water, it forms the best means of clearing the eye 
from small particles of lime. Its vapor is inhaled 
in certain states of angina, and it is diffused through 
sick-rooms under the impression that it destroys un- 
wholesome effluvia, though, in fact, it has no such 
action. The dose is from one to four fluidrachms 
(3-69-14-7 C.c.); as a clyster, the quantity used is 
one or two fluiaounces (29-5-59-1 C.c.). 
At one time vinegar was very much used in 
pharmacy as a menstruum capable of dissolving out 
alkaloidal and other active principles in drugs. The 
organic matters contained in it make it, however, 
liable to undergo decomposition, and although for 
a time this was in great measure overcome by the 
use of distilled vinegar, dilute acetic acid has finally 
been preferred by the revisers of both Pharmaco- 
poeias. 
ACETYLENE. C2H2. The wide-spread use 
of acetylene for purposes of lighting, and the com- 
mon fear of poisoning by it, seem to require notice 
of the substance in the present volume. 
Acetylene was first prepared by Berthelot, who 
obtained it by passing the electric spark between car- 
bon points in an atmosphere of hydrogen. It may 
also be prepared from ethylene by forming etbylene 
bromide and acting upon this with caustic potash. 
It is, however, now prepared on a large scale by the 
decomposition of carbides like calcium carbide with 
water according to the reaction : 
C2Ca -f 2HgO = C2H2 + Ca(OH)2. 
The product so obtained is almost always contami- 
nated. with phosphine, which can be removed by 
washing it with bromine water. 
Acetylene is a colorless gas of ethereal odor, 
slightly soluble in water, more readily in alcohol 
and ether, and most abundantly in acetone. It 
burns ordinarily with a very smoky flame, but from 
a burner with a fine slit gives a clear white flame. 
It forms an explosive mixture with air, also a series 
of explosive acetylides with copper, silver, and other 
metals. 
Acetylene appears to be practically free from 
poisonous properties. Kosemann (Archivf. Exper. 
Path.., xxxvi., 1895) found that blood which had 
been exposed outside of the body to the point of 
saturation gave easily the spectroscopic lines of oxy- 
hsemoglobin, as did also the blood of animals which 
had been killed by breathing acetylene vapor. He 
also found it necessary to use for a length of time 
in very large quantities acetylene in order to pro- 
duce any toxic symptoms whatever. 
PART II. PART II. 
Acetylphenylhydrazin.—Acidurn Phenylo-Boricum. 
1549 
In Moissan’s experiments from 40 to 79 per cent, 
of the vapor was necessary in the air breathed be- 
fore toxic manifestations were produced (Compt.- 
Rend., cxxi.), whilst Oliver found that no symp- 
toms were caused so long as even a moderate 
amount of atmospheric air was maintained with the 
vapor ; and when the animal was made to breathe 
pure acetylene gas the symptoms were very similar 
to, if not identical with, those of asphyxiation. 
(British Med. Journ., i. 1898.) 
ACETYLPHENYLHYDRAZIN. C0H6NH, 
NH.CHgCO. This substance, first introduced into 
medicine in an impure form, under the name of 
pyrodin, has since been used in an alleged pure 
condition under the name of hydracetin. It is chem- 
ically closely allied to acetanilid, differing solely in 
the possession of one imido-group (NH) ; it is, as 
indicated by its name, hydrazin in which the hydro- 
gen atoms are replaced by phenyl and acetyl. It is 
made by heating together phenylhydrazin and gla- 
cial acetic acid, and purifying the product by recrys- 
tallization. Dr. Guttmann (Prager Med. Wochensch., 
1889) demonstrated that this substance is a power- 
ful poison, seven and a half grains being sufficient 
to kill a rabbit, with a remarkable destruction of 
the red blood-cells. He found it a powerful anti- 
pyretic, in doses of from one and a half to two and a 
half grains, but believes it to be a very dangerous 
remedy on account of its action on the blood. Ex- 
ternally he considered it to be safe, and allied to pyro- 
gallic acid in its influence upon skin diseases; but 
Dr.Basch (Lancet, 1890) has seen very violent poi- 
soning from the use of a 10 per cent, ointment, with- 
out benefit to the psoriasis. On the other hand, Dr. 
George Lemoine {Bull. Med., 1889) finds it, in doses 
of three-quarters of a grain, a valuable remedy in 
the treatment of hectic fever of phthisis, reducing 
the temperature and checking night-sweats. When 
the dose of two and a half grains (0-16 Gm.) per day 
is exceeded, violent symptoms are apt to be produced. 
ACHILLEA. U. S. 1870. Herbe aux Charpen- 
tiers, Millefeuille, Fr. Schafgarbe, Schafrippe, G. 
Millefoglie, It. Cientoenrama, Yerba de San Juan, 
Sp. Achillea Millefolium, L. Milfoil, or yarrow, is a 
perennial herb, very common both in Europe and 
America. It is from a foot to eighteen inches high, 
and is specifically distinguished by its doubly pin- 
nate, downy, minutely divided leaves, with linear, 
dentate, mucronate divisions, from which it derived 
the name of milfoil, by its furrowed stem and calyx, 
and by its dense corymb of whitish flowers, which 
appear throughout the summer, from June to Sep- 
tember. The whole herb is medicinal. Achillea 
Nobilis, L., and A. Moschata, Jacq., or Iva of Eu- 
rope, are sometimes used as substitutes for A. Mille- 
folium. Von Planta-Beichenau found in it a bitter, 
aromatic, bluish-green volatile oil, Ivaol (C12H200), 
and a peculiar nitrogenous principle, Moschatin 
(C2iH27N07). {Ann. Chem. Pharm., civ. 145, 
1870. For further particulars, see P. J. Tr., March, 
1871. Ivdin, C24H 4206, has also been isolated; it 
occurs as a dark yellow resinous mass, insoluble in 
water, readily soluble in alcohol, and producing an 
intensely bitter solution. 
Both the flowers and leaves of A. Millefolium have 
an agreeable, though feeble aromatic odor, which 
continues after drying, and a bitterish, astringent, 
pungent taste. The aromatic properties are strongest 
in the flowers, the astringency in the leaves. The 
plant contains besides a volatile oil and tannin a 
peculiar principle, Achillein, which was discovered 
by Zanon. (Ann. Chem. Pharni., lviii. 21.) As an- 
alyzed by Von Planta (Ann. Chem. Pharm., civ., 
1870) its formula is C20H38N„O16. It occurs in a 
brownish-red mass of a strongly bitter taste, soluble 
in water, more feebly in alcohol, not at all in ether. 
It has been surmised to be an alkaloid, but this is 
very doubtful. Achilleic acid, also discovered by 
Zanon, is affirmed by Hlasiwetz to be identical with 
aconitic acid. The oil, which may be obtained sep- 
arately by distillation with water, has a beautiful 
azure-blue color, and the peculiar flavor of milfoil. 
The active principles are extracted both by water 
and alcohol. A. Millefolium is a mild aromatic 
sudorific tonic and astringent, and is sometimes 
used in acute suppression of the menses, in the form 
of a hot infusion (5i to Oi). Dose, from four to six 
ounces ; the volatile oil has been used in doses of 
twenty or thirty drops. Rappi states that achillein 
given in divided doses up to from thirty to seventy- 
five grains (1-9-4-8 &m.) causes marked irregu- 
larity of the pulse. 
ACIDUM BETA - NAPHTOLINSUL- 
PHONICUM. C10H,.SO3H. Beta-naphtol sul- 
phonic acid occurs in white pearly scales, tinged with 
red. It is readily soluble in water and alcohol, and 
appears to be interesting to the physician only as 
a test for albumin in the urine. According to E. 
Riegler, the reaction is so delicate that it will make 
plainly visible the presence of one part of albumin 
in forty thousand of water. Albumoses and pep- 
tones are also thrown down, but such precipitates 
disappear on the application of heat, which does 
not occur with albumin. Riegler's test is best per- 
formed by adding to five or six cubic centimetres 
of the urine from twenty to thirty drops of a 5 per 
cent, aqueous solution of the reagent. 
ACIDUM BUTYRICUM/ (See Fruit Es- 
S671C6S j 
ACIDUM GLYCERINO - PHOSPHORI- 
CUM. Glycerin Phosphoric Acid.C3H6\^q^pq2 jj • 
This is an oily liquid whose salts have been com- 
mended as powerful nerve tonics in neurasthenia 
and allied conditions. The 25 per cent, sterilized 
solution of the sodium salt given hypodermically, 
in dose of one Cm., increased to four Cm., has been 
especially used in sciatica. The iron salt has been 
used in chlorosis. (Klin. Therap.Wochenschr., 1898.) 
ACIDUM HYDROFLUORICUM. Hydro- 
fluoric Acid. (See Fluorides.) 
ACIDUM NAPHTYLAMINSULFONI- 
CUM. Naphtionic Acid. Sulpho - naphtylaminic 
Acid, (C10H6(NE2)HS03), is a white powder, solu- 
ble in about four thousand parts of cold water, 
which has been proposed by E. Riegler on chemical 
grounds as an antidote for poisoning by the nitrites 
and in severe iodism. It is eliminated through the 
kidneys, causing acidity of the urine, and has been 
recommended in the treatment of chronic cystitis. 
The dose is seven and one-quarter grains (0-5 6m.), 
taken with starch in a capsule every three or four 
hours. 
ACIDUM ORTHO AM IDOSALICYLICUM. 
CeH3(NH2)(OH)COOH. This is a grayish, amor- 
phous, almost odorless, slightly sweetish powder, 
insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether ; which has 
been used by R. Neisser (Inaug. Dissert., Bern, 
1892) in subacute rheumatism, with alleged good 
results. 
ACIDUM PHENYLO-BORICUM. Phenylo- 
boric Acid. CeH6.B(OH)2. A white powder, solu- 1550 
Acidum Phenylo-Salicylicum.—Adonis Vernalis. 
PART II. 
ble with difficulty in cold water, which was found 
by G. Molinari (Chem. Centralb., 1892, ii. 224) to 
be a powerful germicide, checking putrefaction in 
0-75 per cent, solution, and being very poisonous to 
the cholera and other pathogenetic bacilli. It is 
said to act especially well locally upon venereal 
ulcers, and to be less poisonous than carbolic acid. 
The fatal dose for the rabbit is fixed at twenty-three 
grains (1-5 Gm.). 
ACIDUM PHENYLO - SALICYLICUM. 
CeHa(OH)(CeH6) COOH. A whitish powder, solu- 
ble in water with difficulty, easily soluble in alcohol, 
ether, and glycerin; which, according to F. Bock 
(Inaug. Diss., Berlin, 1892), is about equivalent in 
germicidal properties to salicylic acid. Its salts are 
said to be less poisonous than those of salicylic acid. 
ACOIN. Dipara-anisyl-mono-phenetol-guanidin- 
chlorhydrate has been proposed by Tralldenier 
(Therap. Monatsheft, 1899, i.) as a local anaesthetic 
in place of cocaine. It is alleged to be less poison- 
ous than cocaine, but its concentrated solutions are 
eorrosive. For subcutaneous injection a solution 
composed of one part of acoin, eight parts of sodium 
chloride, and a thousand parts of distilled water 
should be used. It is essential that there be no 
free alkali, and that the solution be kept in the 
dark. 
ACT AS A SPICATA. Baneberry. Herb Chris- 
topher. Radix Christophoriance. Racine de Saint 
Christophe, Fr. Christophswurz, Wolfswurz, G. 
This is a perennial, herbaceous plant (nat. ord. 
Kanunculaceae) growing in the woods of mountain- 
ous regions from Japan to Central Europe as well 
as in Siberia, and attaining a height of two feet or 
more. The root is of a dark brown color, and 
bears some resemblance to that of Helleborus niger, 
for which it is said to be occasionally substituted. 
Its odor, in the recent state, is sweetish and rather 
nauseous, but is in great measure dissipated by dry- 
ing. The taste is bitterish and somewhat acrid. In 
its operation on the system, the root is purgative 
and sometimes emetic, and is capable, in overdoses, 
of producing dangerous effects. It is unknown in 
this country. We have, however, two native spe- 
cies of Actaea,—viz., A. alba, L. (Mill.) (A. spicata, 
v&v.alba, L.),and Arubra, Ait. (Willd.) (A. spicata, 
var. rubra, Ait.),—distinguished by the color of their 
berries, which in the former are white, and in the 
latter red. They are sometimes called white and 
red cohosh, a name derived from the language of 
the aborigines. They grow in the rich deep mould 
of rocky woods, from Canada to Virginia. They 
are said to have been much esteemed by the Indians. 
Their medical properties are probably similar to 
those of A. spicata,. The name baneberry, given 
to different species of Actsea, was derived from 
the reputed poisonous properties of their berries. 
According to Frederick Stearns, the rhizome of 
Aciasa alba is violently purgative. (Proc. A. P. A., 
1858.) 
ACTINOMERIS HELIANTHOIDES. 
Nutt. Gravel Weed. Diabetes Weed. (Nat. ord. 
Compositse.) The root is said to be largely used in 
Upper Georgia in dropsy and chronic cystitis. Dose 
of infusion (ounce to a pint), one fluidoiince (31 C.c.). 
ADANSONIA DIGITATA. L. Baobab. A 
tree of enormous magnitude, belonging to the Mal- 
vaceae. It is a native of Africa, "extending quite 
through that continent from Senegal to Abyssinia, 
and has been introduced into the West Indies. The 
-leaves and bark of this tree abound in mucilage, 
and have little smell or taste. By the Africans the 
leaves are used as a diaphoretic, and the subacid 
pulp of the fruit in dysentery. Under the name of 
cream-of-tartar tree various trees whose fruit con- 
tains or has been supposed to contain cream of tartar 
are spoken of in books. The most important of 
these is the Adansonia Gregorii of North Australia. 
Another cream-of-tartar fruit is yielded by a tree 
of South Africa, which, according to Mr. E. M. 
Holmes, is probably the Adansonia Madagascariensis, 
Baillon. This fruit has been examined by E. J. 
Millard (P. J. Tr., April, 1890),'who found that 
it contains no cream of tartar at all. It is probably 
identical with a cream-of-tartar fruit examined by 
F. L. Slocum. (A. J. P., 1880.) It is worthy of 
remark that Messrs. Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen 
(.Nouv. Rem., xxi. 487) have found in the fruit 
of the Adansonia digitata, or the baobab tree, as 
much as 2 per cent, of free tartaric acid and 12 per 
cent, of potassium bitartrate. Hr. Duchassaing, 
of Guadeloupe, West Indies, and M. Pierre, of 
France, commend the bark of A. digitata highly as 
an antiperiodic. (Arch. Gen., 3e ser., xxiii. 535.) 
It is said to be acceptable to the stomach, and to 
produce no other observable physiological effect than 
increase of appetite, increased perspiration, and per- 
haps diminished frequency of pulse. An ounce may 
be boiled in a pint and a half of water to a pint, and 
the whole taken in a day. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e 
ser., xiii. 412 and 421.) 
ADENIA VENENATA. A climbing passion- 
flower of Africa, said by Schweinfurth to be used 
as a vesicant. (P. J. Tr., March, 1874.) 
ADHATODA VASICA. Nees. (Nat. ord. Acan- 
thaceae.) This Indian plant is asserted to contain an 
alkaloid, vasicine, in combination with adhatodic 
acid. Vasicine, isolated by Hooper, is soluble in 
water, sparingly in benzin and carbon disulphide, 
readily soluble in ether and chloroform. The claim 
is made for it that it exerts a powerful toxic influ- 
ence upon lower forms of vegetable and animal life, 
and is not poisonous to the higher animals. 
ADIANTUM PEDATUM. Maidenhair. Herba 
Capillorum Veneris. Capillaire, Fr. Frauenhaar, 
Venushaar, G. An indigenous fern, the bitterish 
and aromatic leaves of which have been used in 
chronic catarrhs and other pectoral affections. A. 
Capillus- Veneris, L., of Europe and this country 
has similar though feebler properties. It is also 
employed as an emmenagogue, and termed poly- 
trichi, polytrichon, or kalliphyllon, and is given in 
the form of infusion, sweetened with sugar or honey ; 
and a syrup prepared from it is popular in France, 
under the name of sirop de capillaire. The name 
of maidenhair has also been given to Asplenium 
Trichomanes, L., the leaves of which have a muci- 
laginous, sweetish, somewhat astringent taste, and 
have been used for the same purposes with those of 
the plants above mentioned. Another species of 
Asplenium, A. Adiantum nigrum, has been sub- 
stituted for the genuine maidenhair; but neither of 
them has the aromatic flavor of that fern. In India, 
according to Mr. E. M. Holmes, Adiantum lunu- 
latum is used as a substitute for the European 
maidenhair. 
ADONIS VERNALIS. L. This plant belongs 
to the family of Ranunculacese, and inhabits the 
northern portion of Europe and Asia, in some parts 
of which it has long been used as an abortifacient, 
whilst its rhizome sometimes occurs in commercial 
black hellebore as an adulteration. Linderos ex- PART II. 
Adonis Vernalis.—AEsculus Hippocastanum. 
1551 
amined the leaves and found in them 10 per cent, 
of aconitic acid. (Liebig's Annalen d. Chem., N. R., 
1876, 340.) Dr. Cervello, in 1882, obtained from 
the plant a glucoside, to which he gave the name of 
adonidin. For improved method of preparation, 
see P. J. Tr., vol. xvi. 145, and A. J. P., 1887, 
609. This glucoside occurs in the form of a some- 
what hygroscopic, canary-yellow powder of an in- 
tensely bitter taste; soluble in water, alcohol, and 
amylic alcohol; insoluble in anhydrous ether, chlo- 
roform, oil of turpentine, and benzin. Its reaction 
is neutral. It reduces Fehling’s solution, if a few 
drops of hydrochloric acid have been added before 
heating. It exists in small quantities in all portions 
of the plant. For further details as to reaction, see 
P. J. Tr., xv. 145. Podwyssotzki found commer- 
cial samples of adonidin to be mixtures of the active 
principle with other constituents of the plant. He 
gives the name of picroadonidin to the active prin- 
ciple, which he describes as an amorphous glucoside 
having an excessively bitter taste, possessing the 
properties of a cardiac poison in the highest degree, 
and being easily soluble in water and alcohol and 
entirely soluble in ether. (P. J. Tr., xix., 1888, 
346.) According to Cervello (Archiv f. Exper. 
Path, und Pharm., xv.), adonidin exists also in the 
Adonis cupaniana of Southern Europe, and F. Bor- 
giotti affirms the value of A. cestivalis in heart affec- 
tions (Deutsch. Med. Zeit., Aug. 1888.) Tahara 
asserts that the glucoside of Adonis autumnalis is 
distinct, and calls it adonine (C24H40O9) (Ber. d. 
Chem. Oesell., xxiv.), whilst Dr. Y. ln<>ko (Arch. 
Exper. Path. u. Pharm., xxviii.) affirms that the 
glucoside of A. amurensis of Japan is also peculiar, 
and assigns to it the formula C20H4009, allied to 
adonidin, but much less powerful. 
Merck has described an additional crystalline prin- 
ciple, which fuses at 102° C., is very soluble in water 
and warm alcohol, and crystallizes in clear needle- 
like prisms. It has a neutral reaction, does not re- 
duce Fehling’s solution, and is not colored brown 
by alkalies. Its analysis seems to indicate a formula 
C5H120g, and Merck considers that it is a hitherto 
undescribed pentatomic alcohol, and calls it adonite. 
Whether it be identical with the adonidulcite an- 
nounced in a preliminary communication by Pod- 
wyssotzki shortly before his death, Merck is not able 
to state, as no details of fusing point, formula, or 
chemical reactions were given by the former. 
(Merck's Bulletin, Jan. 1893 ) E. Fischer (Ber. 
Chem. Oes., 1893, 633) confirms the formula C6II1?06 
given by Merck, as well as the statement that it is a 
pentatomic alcohol; by oxidation with sodium hypo- 
bromite it is changed into ribose, C5H1(j06, which 
treated with sodium amalgam again yielas adonite. 
According to Dr. Cervello and Dr. H. A. Hare, 
adonidin at first slows the action of the frog’s heart, 
increasing at the same time the force of the systole, 
and finally produces arrest. Dr. Hare states that 
this arrest is diastolic; Dr. Cervello, that it is sys- 
tolic. Both experimenters found that in mammals 
adonidin increases very markedly the arterial press- 
ure whilst decreasing the pulse-rate, and that after 
toxic doses the primary rise is followed by a marked 
fall of arterial pressure, with irregularity of the 
heart’s action. The primary rise of the pressure 
appears to be chiefly cardiac, although there is some 
reason for supposing that the drug does exert some 
influence upon the vaso-motor system. The first 
slowing of the pulse was found by Dr. Hare to be 
due to stimulation of the inhibitory nerves, as it was 
prevented by their previous section, whilst finally the 
fall of pressure was at least in great part owing to 
the vaso-motor palsy. In 1879 the Adonis vernalis 
was introduced to the medical world as a cardiac 
stimulant hy Bubnow, a pupil of Prof. Botkin. 
Since then it has been tested by a number of phy- 
sicians with fairly concordant results. The general 
testimony is that its action in disease resembles that 
of digitalis, and that it is useful in the same class 
of cases. It is much more prompt than digitalis, 
and it is affirmed hy Durand to have no cumulative 
tendency. There have been some differences of 
opinion in regard to its diuretic action. Any such 
influence that it may have must he attributed to 
the effect upon the circulation in the kidneys rather 
than to any marked direct power over the secreting 
structure. Durand asserts that it never produces dis- 
turbances of the alimentary canal, hut Luhlinski 
and Huchard have both seen it cause so much vomit- 
ing or diarrhoea as to require its withdrawal. In a 
case reported hy Durand, in which hy mistake three 
grains of adonidin were given every half-hour, vio- 
lent vomiting and diarrhoea were the most trouble- 
some symptoms. Bubnow employed the infusion 
made from the whole herb, from 4 to 8 parts in 180 
parts of water, and of this he administered a table- 
spoonful every two hours. Durand put the dose of 
adonidin as two centigrammes (one-third of a grain) 
repeated at intervals of three or four hours. 
ALSCULUS HIPPOCASTANUM. L. Horse- 
chestnut. Cortex Hippocastani. Cortex Castanece 
Equince. Ecorce de Marronnier (Chataignier) d’Inde, 
Fr. Rosskastanienrinde, G. (Nat. ord. Hippocas- 
tanacese.) The horsechestnut is a native of Asia, 
and was introduced about the middle of the sixteenth 
century into Europe. Quercitrin has been found by 
Bochleder in very small proportion in the leaves. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1859, 393.) Fraxin, a 
peculiar principle of the bark of Fraxinus excelsior, 
has been detected also, by Mr. Stokes, in the bark 
of the horsechestnut; and Rochleder has discov- 
ered in the capsules of the fruit a peculiar acid, 
which he names capsulcesic acid. (Ibid., A out, 1860, 
151.) The fruit and bark have been used in medi- 
cine. The fruit abounds in starch, but has a rough, 
disagreeable, bitter taste, of which it may in great 
measure be deprived by maceration in an alkaline 
solution. The starch has been prepared in France 
for use, the nut being reduced to pulp, washed, 
and treated like the potato. (Am. Journ. of Sci. 
and Arts, Sept. 1856, 264.) The bitter principle is 
denominated escidin, and, according to Rochleder, 
may be obtained by precipitating with lead acetate 
a decoction of the rind, then filtering, treating the 
filtered liquor with hydrogen sulphide and again 
filtering, evaporating to the consistence of syrup, 
and setting the residue aside in a cool place. In a 
few days the liquid is converted into a mass of crys- 
tals, which are to be expressed, and purified by re- 
peated crystallization from alcohol, and afterwards 
from boiling water. If now washed on a filter with 
cold water till they have lost one-third of their 
weight, they are rendered as pure as it is pos- 
sible to obtain them. For another process of pre- 
paring it, see A. J. P., xliv. 400. Esculin is in 
shining white, prismatic crystals, inodorous, bitter, 
but slightly soluble in cold water, more soluble 
in boiling water, and very readily so in boiling 
alcohol and in alkaline solutions. Its solution is 
precipitated by lead subacetate, and its formula, ac- 
cording to Schiff, is C16H1609. When treated 1552 
jEthusa Cynapium.—Agaric. 
PART II. 
with dilute sulphuric acid, it is converted into grape 
sugar and a substance called esculetin, C9He04, 
which is now known to be a dioxycoumarin, 
o — CO . 
2(CH)2 Tannin is found in all 
parts of the tree, including the leaves as well as the 
bark and fruit. According to Eochleder, when 
pure, it is white and soluble in water, alcohol, and 
ether; becomes red by the absorption of oxygen; 
colors ferric salts green, but violet on the addition of 
a little alkali; precipitates gelatin but not tartar 
emetic; in concentrated solution is precipitated, at 
least partially, by sulphuric, hydrochloric, and meta- 
phosphoric acids, while acetic acid is opposed to this 
result; and forms also, with potassium and sodium 
sulphites and ammonium sulphide, precipitates 
which are readily dissolved by dilute acetic acid. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Janv. 1868, 72.) The pow- 
dered kernel of the nut is a sternutatory. The ex- 
tract of the wood is said to be used in dyeing silk 
black. The fixed oil, extracted from the kernels by 
ether, has been employed in France as a topical 
remedy in rheumatism; and the bark as an anti- 
periodic in doses of half an ounce in the twenty- 
four hours, given in the form of decoction. In the 
United States a decoction of the leaves is popularly 
employed for whooping-cough, and to the seeds them- 
selves, when “ carried in the pocket of the patient,” 
is attributed the marvellous pi’operty of curing hem- 
orrhoids. Esculin has also been successfully ad- 
ministered in malarial disorders, in fifteen-grain 
(0-97 Gm.) doses repeated once during the inter- 
missions. (Ann. de Therap., 1859, 1860.) 
The fruit of the JEsculus Pavia, or the Red 
Buckeye of the Southern United States, is said to 
be an active convulsant. Mr. E. C. Batchelor (A. 
J. P., xlv. 144) found in the cotyledons of the 
seeds about 2J per cent, of a peculiar glucoside. 
AEsculus glabra, the Ohio Buckeye, is asserted to be 
useful in portal congestion. (New Preparations, 
ii. 21.) 
iETHUSA CYNAPIUM. L. Poisonous prop- 
erties are alternately attributed and denied to this 
British plant. (See P. J. Tr., 1874, 202; Nov. 
1880, 438.) 
AGARIC. Touchwood. Spunk. Tinder. Fun- 
gus laricis. Purging Agaric. Agaric blanc, Agaric 
purgatif, Fr. Larchenschwamm, G. The term 
Agaric is more properly applied to the fungi of 
the genus Agaricus. The name white agaric or 
agaricus albus is referred, however, to Polyporus 
officinalis, Fries (Boletus laricis, J acquin ; B. pur- 
gans, Persoon), which is found upon the old trunks 
of the European larch and upon Larix sibirica, 
Ledebour, of Asia, and is the white agaric or purging 
agaric of medical writers. It is of various sizes, 
from that of the fist to that of a child’s head, or 
even larger, hard and spongy, externally brownish 
or reddish; but, as found in commerce, it is de- 
prived of its exterior coat, and consists of a light, 
white, spongy, somewhat farinaceous, friable mass, 
which, though capable of being rubbed into powder 
upon a sieve, is not easily pulverized in the ordinary 
mode, as it flattens under the pestle. That which 
is most esteemed is said to be brought from Siberia ; 
but it is probably produced wherever the European 
larch grows. Dr. Wm. M. McPheeters (St. Louis 
Med. and. Surg. Journ., x. 421) found a specimen 
brought from the Rocky Mountains decidedly ca- 
thartic in doses of twenty-five grains. An agaric 
growing on the Larix leptolepis, and used in Japan 
as a sacred medicine under the name of Toboshi or 
Eburiko, has been found by Dr. Y. Inoko to contain 
agaric acid. (Sei-I-Kwai, April, 1891.) Agaric 
has a sweetish very bitter taste. Agaric acid, as 
described by Hofmeister, has the formula C14H27 
-f- H20. The pure acid forms a 
white, silky, lustrous powder, only slightly soluble 
in cold water, but moderately soluble in hot water. 
From this hot solution the acid separates out on 
cooling in a finely crystalline state. It fuses at 
138° C. According to J. Schmieder, agaric con- 
tains a small amount of a soft resin, C16H20O4, 
extracted with petroleum ether, and from 4 to 6 
per cent, of a fatty body, which is made up of (1) 
agaricol, CloH]0O, fusing at 223° C. ; (2) phyto- 
sterin C«eH440; (3) solid hydrocarbons, C22H46 
and C29H64; (4) cetyl alcohol, C16H33.0H ; (5) a 
liquid aromatic alcohol, C9H130; (6) a fatty acid, 
Cl4H2402; and (7) ricinoleic acid, ClgH3403. 
(Schmidt, Lehrbuch der Pharm. Chem., ii., 3te 
Auf., 1528.) 
Medical Properties. The physiological properties 
of agaric are not well known. In overdose it is 
said to cause purging. Under the name of agaricin 
an impure alcoholic extract of agaric has been much 
used, in doses of from one to three grains (0065- 
0-195 Gm.) three times a day, against colliquative 
sweats. It is certainly a valuable remedy, free 
from danger, and effective, although it has some 
tendency to produce purging. Agaric or agaricinic 
acid was found by Hofmeister to act upon the lower 
animals as an anhidrotic, and unless in enormous 
doses to have little other influence except as an 
irritant to the gastro-intestinal canal. Doses of from 
one-sixteenth to one-third of a grain (0-004-0-02 
Gm.) were well borne by phthisical patients, and 
promptly controlled the night-sweats. (Arch. Exper. 
Pharm., xxv.) Kohler, Combemale, Klemperer, 
and other clinicians have confirmed these results, 
and it would seem that the acid is one of the most 
certain remedies of its class, and may be used 
almost indefinitely without affecting the general 
system. Dose, from one-third to three-quarters of a 
grain (0-02-0-05 Gm.), given in pill three times a 
day. A tincture of the agaric of the Canadian larch 
has been used successfully in rheumatism by Dr. J. 
A. Grant. (British-Am. Journ., April, 1862.) For 
study of the precipitate found in tincture of Boletus 
laricis, see Proc. A. P. A., 1889, 194. 
Thoerner obtained from Agaricus atramentosus 
crystalline, dark-brown scales, which he believed to 
be dioxykinon. (Ber. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1878, 
533.) According to T. L. Phipson, Agaricus ruber 
contains a rose-red coloring matter, ruberin, which 
appears bright i blue by transmitted light; being 
soluble in water, it is washed out of the head of the 
fungus by a heavy fall of rain. Ether extracts 
from the fungus a yellowish-white alkaloid, agary- 
thrine, which has a bitter, afterwards burning, taste, 
somewhat like aconitine; its chloride is soluble, but 
the sulphate insoluble in water, the latter dissolving 
in alcohol; it dissolves in nitric acid with red color, 
and is colored red by chlorinated lime and after- 
wards bleached. On agitating the solution of the 
alkaloid with ether, it is oxidized by the air to a 
red coloring matter, which is probably the cause of 
the red color of the surface of the fungus. (Chem. 
News, 1882, 199.) 
Fungus chirurgor. Boletus chirurgorum, Wund- PART II. 
Agathin.—Ailantus Glandulosa. 
1553 
schwamm, G. Surgeon's agaric is the product of 
Polyporus fomentarius, Fries, which is found upon 
the oak- and beech-trees of Europe. It is shaped 
somewhat like the horse’s hoof, with a diameter of 
from six to ten inches. It is soft like velvet when 
young, but afterwards becomes hard and ligneous. 
It usually rests immediately upon the bark of the 
tree, without any supporting footstalk. On the 
upper surface it is smooth, but marked with circular 
ridges of different colors, more or less brown or black- 
ish ; on the under, it is whitish or yellowish, and full 
of small pores ; internally it is fibrous, tough, and 
of a tawny-brown color. It is composed of short 
tubular fibres compactly arranged in layers, one of 
which is added every year. The best is that which 
grows on the oak, and the season for collecting it is 
August or September. It has neither taste nor 
smell. Among its constituents, according to Bouil- 
lon-Lagrange, are extractive, resin in very small 
proportion, nitrogenous matter also in small quan- 
tity, potassium chloride, and calcium sulphate; and 
in its ashes are found iron, and calcium and mag- 
nesium phosphate. It is prepared for use by re- 
moving the exterior rind or bark, cutting the inner 
part into thin slices, and beating these with a ham- 
mer until they become soft, pliable, and easily torn 
by the fingers. In this state it was formerly much 
used by surgeons for arresting hemorrhage, being 
applied with pressure. P. igniarius, Fries, and P. 
marginatus, Fries, yield similar products. 
When prepared polyporus (so-called agaric) is 
steeped in a solution of nitre, and afterwards dried, 
it constitutes spunk, or tinder, the amadou of the 
French, which occurs in flat pieces, of a consistence 
somewhat like that of very soft, rotten buckskin 
leather, of a brownish-yellow color, capable of ab- 
sorbing liquids, and inflammable by the slightest 
spark. It is said to be prepared also from various 
other species of Polyporus, as P. ungulatus, P. 
fomentarius, P. ribis, etc. 
AGATHIN. CeH4(0H).CH=N.N(CH3).CaH6 
Salicyl-a-methyl-phenyl-hydrazone. This is obtained 
by the reaction of salicylic aldehyde upon a-methyl- 
phenyl-hydrazin. It is a colorless or greenish- 
white crystalline substance, without odor or taste, 
is insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, 
and melts at 74° C. It was proposed as a remedy 
by Dr. Israel Boos, and is said by Dr. E. Rosen- 
baum to act like salicylic acid. Although excel- 
lent results (see Deutsch. Med. Zeit., 1892, Nos. 50, 
93) have been claimed for it in neuralgia and rheu- 
matism, without unpleasant effects other than head- 
ache, in trials by Dr. H. C. Wood it did not seem 
serviceable. Dose, from eight to ten grains (0'52- 
0.65 Gm.). 
AGAVE AMERICANA. L. American Agave. 
American Aloe. Maguey. (Nat. ord. Amaryllidaceae.) 
An evergreen succulent plant, indigenous in Florida, 
Mexico, and other parts of tropical America, and 
largely cultivated chiefly for hedges, in the south of 
Europe, especially in Spain. This and other species 
of Agave bear a considerable resemblance, in ap- 
pearance, to the plants of the genus Aloe. From the 
root and leaves of the American agave, when cut, a 
saccharine juice flows out. which may be converted 
by evaporation into syrup and even sugar, and by 
fermentation into a vinous liquor. The saccharine 
principle has been extracted and is known as agavose. 
Its formula is C12H220u, and it is an optically in- 
active reducing sugar. According to M. Lenoble, 
this juice when fresh has an herbaceous somewhat 
nauseous odor and acrid taste, and reddens litmus 
paper. It is said to be laxative, diuretic, and 
emmenagogue, ana in doses of two fluidounces, 
three times a day, has been found very useful in 
scurvy. (Dr. G-. Perin, U.S.A., N. F. Journ. of 
Med., N. S., vii. 181.) According to M. Bazire, 
however, it is not the A. Americana which pro- 
duces the sweet juice from which the intoxicating 
pulque of the Mexicans is obtained, hut another 
species, hearing considerable resemblance to the 
Americana. The latter plant, he informs us, yields 
a very hitter, viscid, and astringent juice, while it 
is from the Agave pulque that the sweet fermentable 
juice is procured. [Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iv. 
103-4.) The expressed juice, evaporated to the 
consistence of a soft extract, forms a lather with 
water, and is employed as a substitute for soap. 
The fibres of the old leaves, separated by bruising 
and maceration in water, are used in the manu- 
facture of rope, twine, paper, etc. The leaves are 
employed as a counter-irritant; in them M. Lenoble 
found an acrid volatile oil, a gum-resinous princi- 
ple, lignin, salts of potassa and lime, and silica; 
and thinks that a vinegar or ointment of the leaves 
might be advantageously used as an epispastic. 
[Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., xv. 350.) It is said 
that a gum exudes and hardens on the leaves of the 
Maguey, which has been compared to gum arabic, 
but in fact differs from it in containing a much 
larger proportion of lime, and in being only par- 
tially soluble in water; the soluble portions resem- 
bling pure gum, but the larger insoluble portions 
having all the characteristics of bassorin. [Ibid., 4e 
ser., iv. 104.) Agave Virginica, which grows in our 
Southern States, and is known in South Carolina by 
the name of rattlesnake's master, has a very bitter 
root, which is used, in the form of tincture, in colic. 
(Robert King Reid, Inaug. Thes., 1849.) 
AGERATUM CONYZOIDES, a Brazilian 
plant (nat. ord. Composite) said by Mr. Barker 
Smith (Chem, and Drug., May 15, 1876) to be 
used as an emmenagogue. 
AGOPYRIN. This is said to be a mixture of 
salicin, ammonium chloride, and cinchonine sul- 
phate. It has been exploited as an antipyretic. 
AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA. L. Common 
Agrimony. Herba Agrimonioe. Aigremoine, Eu- 
patoire des Grecs, Fr. Odermennig, Leberklette, G. 
[Nat. ord. Rosace®.) This species of agrimony is a 
perennial herb, inhabiting Asia, Europe, and North 
America, and, in this country, found in fields and 
on the borders of woods, and flowering during the 
summer months. Its stem, which rises from one to 
three feet in height, is hairy, furnished with inter- 
ruptedly pinnate leaves, and terminated by a long 
simple spike of yellow flowers. Both the herb and 
root have been employed. The former has a weak 
but agreeable aromatic odor, and a rough, bitterish, 
somewhat aromatic taste. The fragrance is strongest 
in the flowers. The root has similar properties ; but 
its taste is more bitter and astringent. A volatile 
oil may be obtained from the plant by distillation. 
Agrimony is a mild astringent, given in doses of a 
drachm (3-8 Cm.) or more. For further therapeutic 
details, see 16th ed. U. S. D.) 
AILANTUS GLANDULOSA. Desf. Ailan- 
thus. Tree of Heaven. Chinese Sumach. Gotterbaum, 
G. This well-known shade-tree, belonging to the 
nat. ord. of Simarubacese, in its general aspect and 
the character of its foliage appears like a gigantic 
sumach, and was at one time considered to be a 1554 
Airol.—AJcazga. 
PART II. 
Khus. In France it is cultivated for the sake of its 
leaves, upon which the Chinese silk-worm is fed, 
and is known by the name of Japan varnish (yernis 
du Japon), from its having been mistaken for the 
true Japan varnish tree, which is a species of Su- 
mach. (P. J. Tr., vii. 370.) According to Prof. 
Hetet, the bark is an active vermifuge. When in 
powder it is of a greenish-yellow color, a strong, 
narcotic, nauseating odor, in its recent state, and of 
a strongly bitter taste. When chewed, besides the 
bitterness, it appears, through its influence on the 
gustatory nerves, to produce in a few moments a 
general uneasiness, a sense of increasing weakness, 
dazzling, cold sweats, with shivering and nauseous 
sensations, which are very remarkable, but seem to 
be well attested. The inference from these effects is 
that it has probably a powerful depressing agency 
on the nervous system, similar to that of tobacco. 
Examined chemically, the bark has been found to 
contain lignin, chlorophyll, a yellow coloring prin- 
ciple, a gelatinous substance (pectin), a bitter sub- 
stance, an odorous resin, traces of a volatile oil, a 
nitrogenous fatty matter, and several salts. Mr. F. 
H. Davis examined the bark chemically, but, whilst 
finding traces of a crystallizable organic acid, failed 
to detect an alkaloid or glucoside. (A. J. P., 1885, 
600.) By the action of alcohol, there is obtained 
from the bark an oleoresin which has the consistence 
of tar, a very dark greenish-brown color, and in a 
high degree the smell and taste of the bark. M. 
Hetet experimented upon dogs with the powdered 
bark, powdered leaves, and various preparations of 
the bark. As a general result, they were found to 
produce a purgative effect, with copious stools and 
the discharge of worms. The resin purged, but 
rarely acted as an anthelmintic. The depressing 
effects on the nervous system in man were found to 
depend on the volatile oil, as the resin alone had no 
such influence. The oil is so powerful that persons 
exposed to the vapors, in preparing the extract, are 
liable to be seized with vertigo, cold sweats, and 
vomiting. The powdered bark has been given in 
several cases of tape-worm in the human subject, 
and proved remarkably successful in causing its ex- 
pulsion, at the same time operating on the bowels. 
Dose, from seven to thirty grains (0-460-1-95 Gm.). 
The oleoresin produced the same effect in a some- 
what smaller dose, and has the advantage that it 
keeps better than the bark, which loses its powers 
with age. A fact worthy of remark is that neither 
the bark nor its preparations, taken internally, pro- 
duce vomiting in man ; while this effect is deter- 
mined by the inhalation of its vapors, when it is 
boiled. The cathartic operation is not violent. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Mars, 1859, 163.) In China 
the bark is very popular as a remedy in dysenteric 
and other bowel complaints. [A. J. P., 1874, 276; 
P. J. Tr., vii. 372.) 
In India the bark of the Ailantus excelsa is used 
as a bitter tonic. It is said to occur in rough, dirty- 
green pieces, originally large, but of so friable a 
character that in handling they become very much 
broken up. Mr. Narayan Daji found in it a pecu- 
liar bitter uncrystallizable principle and a bitter 
nitrogenous acid, Atlantic Acid, to which he attrib- 
utes medical virtues. (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1870, Oct. 
1876, June, 1877.) 
AIROL. Bismuth Oxyiodogallate. C6H„(OH)a 
COO(BiOHI). Under this name Liidy has de- 
scribed a grayish-green, tasteless, and odorless 
powder which is a basic combination of bismuth, 
oxygen, and iodine, containing 44-5 parts of BiaOa 
to 24-8 parts of I. 
Airol has been satisfactorily used by Socin, of 
Basel, as a substitute for iodoform in over two thou- 
sand surgical cases ; also with alleged excellent re- 
sults in burns, ulcers, chancres, skin diseases, cold 
abscess, and fissures by various surgeons, and has 
been elaborately investigated by Carl S. Haegler 
(Bruns, Beitrage z. Klin. Chir., xv., 1896), who 
finds that in its antiseptic influence it is at least 
as active as iodoform. It produces no pain or irri- 
tation, and is said rapidly to dry the surface of a 
wound or ulcer. It is claimed for it that it is not 
only free from the objectionable odor of that drug, 
but is much less poisonous, Haegler having him- 
self taken internally in the course of three days 
fifteen grains of the airol without the production 
of any disagreeable symptoms. Injected into the 
peritoneal cavities of the lower animals in the dose 
of from one to two grammes per kilo, it causes 
clonic convulsions, with coma, nephritis, and fatty 
degeneration of the liver. Airol is insoluble in 
ordinary menstruum, but may he dissolved in a 
solution of soda or in diluted mineral acids, and, like 
iodoform, can he used for the production of antiseptic 
gauze or other dressings. It may he used as a 
powder or as a 10 to 20 per cent, salve, which 
should be prepared with lard or vaseline free from 
water, since with water airol undergoes rapid de- 
composition. The 10 per cent, glycerin solution 
has been much employed for tubercular and other 
abscesses. It has been used in the form of sup- 
positories made with cacao butter, with alleged 
excellent results, in metritis, vaginitis, rhinitis, 
etc., and its emulsion has been injected into cold 
abscesses. 
Nemmer has recorded a case in which symptoms 
of bismuth poisoning followed the injection into the 
cavity of an abscess of nine and a half fluidrachms 
(36 Gm.) of a 10 per cent, glycerin solution. 
AJUGA CHAMAEPYTIS. (A. Chamaepithys, 
L.) Ground Pine. Chamcepitys. Ivette, Fr. G un- 
set, Feldcypresse, G. A low, creeping, annual, 
labiate plant, a native of Southern Europe and the 
Orient. The leaves have a strong, peculiar, resinous, 
not disagreeable odor, and a bitter, balsamic taste. 
They contain a small proportion of volatile oil, and 
are said to be stimulant, diuretic, and aperient. 
They have been given in rheumatism, gout, palsy, 
and amenorrhaea; dose, from one to two drachms 
(3-88-7-77 Gm.). 
Ajuga reptans, mountain bugle or common bugle, 
and A. pyramidalis, perennial plants of Europe 
(the former locally naturalized in fields from Can- 
ada to Southern New York), have also been used in 
medicine. Their virtues are probably those of a 
mild astringent and tonic. 
AKAZGA. Boundou. Quai. Ikaga. Icaya. An 
ordeal poison, largely used in a district on the west 
coast of Africa, extending far into the interior, 
north and south of the equator. It occurs in bundles 
consisting usually of long, slender, crooked stems, 
with the root generally attached, sometimes of the 
branches, but seldom of the whole plant. This is 
about six feet high, with a yellowish-orange bark, 
in some parts light red, and covered by a gray efflo- 
rescence. The leaves are opposite, oval-acuminate, 
with a linear prolongation at the end more than an 
inch long. The precise botanical character of the 
plant is unknown, but it is thought to belong to one 
of the Loganiacea. Thomas li. Fraser found in the PART II. 
Alangi ne.—A Idehyde. 
1555 
plant an alkaloid, akazgine. It is colorless, crystal- 
lizable with difficulty, soluble in 60 parts of cold 
absolute alcohol, 16 parts of official alcohol, 130 
parts of anhydrous ether, and 13,000 parts of 
water at 15-5° C. (60° F.). It is freely soluble in 
chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzene, and ether 
of sp. gr. 0-735. The alcoholic extract or the alka- 
loid acts on the system similarly to nux vomica. 
(Chem. News, Oct. 18, 1867, 203 ; see also A. J. P., 
March, 1867.) 
ALANGINE. This alkaloid, according to Sche- 
riff, occurs in the bark of the stem and root of 
Alangium Lamarckii, Thwaites. It is very bitter 
and not crystallizable ; soluble in alcohol, chloro- 
form, and acetic ether, but insoluble in water. In 
small doses it has been used as a febrifuge; in doses 
of fifty grains (3 Gm.) it is strongly emetic. 
ALCHEMILLA VULGARIS. L. Ladies' 
Mantle. (Nat. ord. Rosace®.) This astringent, 
bitterish perennial European herb was formerly em- 
ployed in diarrhoea. By the ancients it was highly 
esteemed; extraordinary powers were ascribed to it 
by the alchemists. (See also P. J. Tr., 1885, 791.) 
ALCOHOL AMYLICUM. Amylic Alcohol, 
C6H11HO ; 88. Fusel Oil. Hydrated Oxide of Amyl. 
Amylic Alcohol. Grain Oil. Potato Spirit Oil. 
Alcool Amylique, Huile de Grain, Fr. Amylalcohol, 
Fuselol, G-. Fousel Oil. Hydrate of Amyl. This 
oil is always present in the products of alcoholic 
fermentation, and, according to the experiments of 
L. Perdrix (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1892, 90), the ba- 
cillus B. amylozymicus produces a fermentation in 
starch resulting in the large production of amyl 
alcohol. It is an ingredient in the ardent spirit 
obtained from various grains, but is most abundant 
in that procured from fermented potatoes. In grain 
spirit it is present in the proportion of about one 
part in five hundred by measure. When grain or 
potato whiskey is distilled for the purpose of obtain- 
ing alcohol, the pure spirit will continue to come 
over for a certain time, after which, if the distilla- 
tion be continued, a milky liquid will be obtained, 
which, upon standing, will be covered with a 
stratum of this peculiar oil. Subjected to distilla- 
tion, the milky liquid will at first boil at a com- 
paratively low temperature, and yield water and a 
little of the oil; but after a time the boiling point 
will rise to 132° C. (269° F.), when the oil will come 
over pure, and by changing the receiver may be so 
collected. 
Properties. Amylic alcohol is an oily, colorless 
liquid, of a strong, offensive odor, and an acrid, 
burning taste. As usually prepared it has a pale 
yellow color. Its sp. gr. is 0-818 ; that of its vapor 
3-15. It boils at 132° C. (269° F.), and congeals 
at —25° C. (—13° F.) in the form of crystalline 
leaves. It is very sparingly soluble in water, but 
unites in all proportions with alcohol, ether, and 
essential oils. It dissolves iodine, sulphur, and 
phosphorus, and is a good solvent for fats, resins, 
and camphor. When dropped upon paper it does 
not leave a permanent greasy stain. It does not 
take fire like alcohol by the contact of flame, but 
requires to be heated to a temperature of about 
54-5° C. (130° F.) before it begins to burn. Pasteur 
first observed that the ordinary amyl alcohol of fer- 
mentation was a mixture of two distinct alcohols, 
one present in smaller amount, optically active, 
lfevogyrate. and the other, the main portion, opti- 
cally" inactive. Their boiling points are very close, 
but they may be separated by the difference in solu- 
bility of the barium amyl-sulphates, and yield dif- 
ferent sets of derivatives. (Compt.-Rend., 41, 296.) 
Amyl alcohol consists of five atoms of carbon 60, 
twelve of hydrogen 12, and one of oxygen 16 = 88. 
It is recognized as the hydrate of the radical amyl 
(CgHj,), and its formula is, therefore, 
Heatecl with phosphoric oxide, it loses a molecule 
of water, and forms a hydrocarbon, C6H10, homolo- 
gous with ethylene, called amylene ovvalerene, which 
has been proposed as an anaesthetic. According to 
Long and Linebarger, American fusel oil consists 
chiefly of active and inactive amyl alcohol, with 
some isobutyl alcohol, isopropyl and ethyl alcohols, 
and traces of normal propyl and normal butyl alco- 
hols. (Chem. News, lxi. 185-187.) Amyl alcohol 
should not affect the color of litmus paper, pre- 
viously moistened with water, should leave no fixed 
residue upon evaporation, should require to dissolve 
it about 40 parts of distilled water at 15° 0. (59° 
F.), and should become not more than slightly 
turbid upon mixture with benzin (absence of more 
than a little alcohol, or water). (See Amylene in 
Part II.) When subjected to oxidizing agents, it 
loses two atoms of hydrogen and gains one of oxy- 
gen, and becomes C6H10O2, or amylic acid,, which 
is identical with valerianic acid, the acid found in 
valerian. Hence the test given in the Br. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1885: “exposed to the air in contact 
with platinum-black, it is slowly oxidized, yielding 
valerianic acid. ” This acid bears the same relation 
to amylic alcohol that acetic acid does to ethylic 
alcohol, and formic acid to methylic alcohol. The 
free amvl, (C6H,1)a, has been isolated by E. Frank- 
land. It is a colorless pellucid liquid, of the sp. gr. 
0 7704. (Chem. Gaz., March 15, 1850.) Its hydride, 
C6Hi:i,H, was discovered to be an energetic anaes- 
thetic by Simpson, of Edinburgh. 
Crude fusel oil may be obtained from the alcohol 
distillers. Mr. Kent, of New York, found in it, as 
impurities, water, alcohol, acetic and amylic acids, 
oxide of iron, and an amyl compound analogous to 
cenanthic ether. According to Messrs. T. and H. 
Smith, the crude oil is a mixture of propvlic, buty- 
lic, and amylic alcohols, and of other alcohols much 
higher in the series. Fusel oil is now used largely 
by the manufacturers of alkaloids as a solvent and 
in the preparation of amyl acetate (pear oil), which 
is used in the manufacture of pyroxylin varnishes 
and smokeless powder. 
Fusel oil was made official by the Dublin College 
in 1850, as an artificial source of valerianic acid. 
It was introduced in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for a 
similar purpose, but has finally been dismissed from 
both the U. S. and the Br. Pharmacopoeias. 
Amylic alcohol is an active poison, producing, 
according to the experiments of Richardson, general 
muscular relaxation, with violent paroxysms of con- 
vulsive tremblings. Several cases of poisoning by 
it have been reported. (Lancet, Dec. 1889; La 
Normandie Med., Dec. 1889.) The general symp- 
toms are headache, giddiness, double vision, stagger- 
ing, unconsciousness, fall of temperature, abolition 
of reflexes, muscular rigidity, followed by complete 
relaxation, pronounced cyanosis, and a peculiar odor 
from the breath suggesting that of a Jargonelle 
pear. 
ALCORNOQUE. For an account of this bark, 
which has long since fallen into entire neglect, see 
16th edition U. S. D., p. 1545. 
ALDEHYDE. (C2H40.) Acetic Aldehyde. 
Acetaldehyde. Aldehyde acetique (vinique), Fr. Al- 1556 
Aletris.—Alisma Plantago-Aquatica. 
PART II. 
dehyde is a generic term understood by chemists to 
apply to a class of bodies holding an intermediate 
position between the alcohols and the acids derived 
from them by oxidation. And, as with alcohol, 
when the kind is not mentioned, ethylic alcohol is 
always understood, so acetic aldehyde is always 
meant when the term aldehyde is used. The word 
means alcohol deprived of hydrogen (alcohol dehy- 
drogenatum). (Liebig.) Aldehyde may he prepared 
in many ways : usually, however, by the oxidation 
of alcohol in some form. W. and R. Rodgers (J. P. 
Chem., 40, 248) give the following. 1 part of alco- 
hol sp. gr. -842, and 1 part of potassium bichromate, 
are introduced in a large tubulated retort, and lj 
parts of sulphuric acid dropped in through the 
tubulure. Sufficient heat is evolved to start the 
distillation, but heat must he applied towards the 
end. The distillate is slightly contaminated with 
acetic acid. If the aldehyde be desired pure, the 
distillate is to be mixed with twice its volume of 
ether, surrounded with cold water, and dry am- 
moniacal gas passed in to saturation. Aldehyde- 
ammonia crystallizes out. This is to he decomposed 
in a retort by a mixture of 3 parts of sulphuric acid 
and 4 parts of water, and the distillate rectified and 
dried by contact with calcium chloride. Aldehyde 
is a colorless, mobile, inflammable liquid, having a 
decidedly pungent, ethereal, and suffocating odor. 
Its sp. gr. is 0-790, and boiling point 22° C. 
(71-6° F.). It mixes in all proportions with water, 
alcohol, and ether, and is rapidly converted into 
acetic acid on exposure to the air, through ab- 
sorption of oxygen. It possesses very marked anti- 
putrescent properties, meat being preserved for 
months by its 2 per cent, aqueous solution. The 
intoxication caused by it in animals is characterized 
by a very great loss of sensibility. It appears to 
paralyze the vagi, although its cardiac action is 
comparatively feeble. Upon the respiration it 
exerts a most powerful influence, in small doses 
quickening it, in large doses depressing it. The 
temperature is much diminished. Locally it is very 
irritating. [Med. Times and Gaz., Sept. 1875.) 
Iodaldehyde may be made by mixing iodine, iodic 
acid, and a solution of aldehyde together, and sep- 
arating by adding water. (See paper by P. Chau- 
tard, P. J. Tr., 1886, 224.) 
ALETRIS. Star Grass. Aletris farineux, Fr. 
Mehlige Aletris, G. Aletris farinosa. Blazing Star. 
Mealy Starwort. Colic Root. (Nat. ord. Liliaceas.) 
An indigenous perennial plant, the leaves of which 
spring immediately from the root, and spread on the 
ground in the form of a star. The root, which was 
formerly included in the U. S. secondary list, is 
small, crooked, branched, blackish externally, 
brown within, and intensely bitter. The bitterness 
is extracted by alcohol, and the tincture becomes 
turbid upon the addition of water. The decoction 
is moderately hitter; hut much less so than the 
tincture. It affords no precipitate with the salts of 
iron. (Bigelow.) In small doses (ten grains, or 
0-647 Gm.) it appears to be a simple hitter tonic. 
In very large doses it is said to be cathartic and 
emetic. It has been employed, with asserted benefit, 
in colic, dropsy, and chronic rheumatism. (See Ex- 
tractum Aletridis Fluidum., N. F.) 
ALEURITES TRILOBA, OIL OF. The 
Aleurites triloba, Forst., is a small tree belonging to 
the Euphorbiacese. It is widely diffused through the 
tropics, being indigenous in the East Indies and 
islands of the Pacific, and naturalized in the West 
Indies. The fruit is a nut nearly as large as a wal- 
nut, consisting of a thick shell enclosing a kernel 
containing much azotized matter and rich in oil, of 
which it is said to yield nearly one-half its weight 
by expression. The nuts, strung together on the 
fibres of the palm-leaf, are used in the South Pacific 
islands as a substitute for candles. The oil has been 
long known in the various countries inhabited by 
the plant, being called in Jamaica Spanish walnut 
oil, in India Belgaum walnut oil, in Ceylon kekune 
oil, and in the Sandwich Islands kukui oil. It may 
be obtained by boiling with water the kernels pre- 
viously beaten in a mortar, or by expression. Six- 
teen pints of kernels yield about three pints of oil. 
The yearly product of the Sandwich Islands is said 
to be 10,000 gallons. (M. C. Cooke, P. J. Tr., 
Nov. 1800, 282.) The oil is very fluid, of an amber 
color, without smell, congealing at 82° F., insoluble 
in alcohol, readily saponifiable, “ and very strongly 
drying.” It is said to he a mild cathartic, acting 
upon the intestines in the same manner as castor 
oil, hut causing no nausea or griping, and having 
the further advantages of a nutty flavor and of 
being more prompt in its effects. (Journ. de Pharm., 
Be ser., xxiv. 228.) The dose is from one-half to 
one ounce (14-78-29-57 C.c.), the smaller quan- 
tity generally answering. The cake left after the 
expression of the oil, given to a dog in the dose of 
about half an ounce (15-5 C.c.), produced no vomit- 
ing, but acted strongly as a purgative. 
The oil of the Tung Tree, Aleurites cordata (the 
synonyms being Elceococca cordata, Elceococca ver- 
nicia, Dryandra cordata, and Dryandra vernicia), is 
enormously used in the arts in China, under the 
name of wood oil. It has a brown color and a dis- 
agreeable odor, is rather more fluid than castor oil, 
and on exposure dries rapidly. According to R. 
H. Davies, its sp. gr. at 60° F. is 0 94015; it re- 
mains liquid at —13-3° C. (8° F.). 100 6m. of the 
oil require 0-39 Gm. caustic potash for neutraliza- 
tion, and 21T Gm. for complete saponification. (P. 
J. Tr., 1885, 636.) E. M. Holmes believes that 
this dark-colored oil is made by boiling the kernels 
previous to expression, the cold-drawn oil being 
colorless, inodorous, and nearly tasteless. The lat- 
ter, according to Cloez (Compt.-Rend., 1875, vol. 
lxxxi. 469), has the sp. gr. 0 9362, congeals at 
—18° C. to a transparent mass, solidifies rapidly 
when exposed to light in a closed vessel, and is the 
most drying oil known. It is used in skin diseases, 
and for ulcerated wounds and carbuncles, but prin- 
cipally for varnishing. 
ALGAROBILLA, the pod of Balsamocarpon 
brevifolium, Clos., Ccesalpinia brevifolia, Baill. (nat. 
ord. Leguminosae), a drug containing over 60 per 
cent, of tannin and a quantity of ellagic acid, is 
obtained from Chili. (Gehe’s Report, N. R., 1878, 
332; Journ. Chem. Soc., 1891, 918.) 
ALISMA PLANTAGO-AQUATICA. L. 
Water Plantain. Plantain d’Eau, Painde Grenou- 
illes, Fr. Froschloffel, Wasserwegerich, G. (Nat. 
ord. Schenchzeriaceffi ) A perennial herbaceous 
plant, common to Asia, Europe, and the United 
States, and growing in streams, pools, ditches, and 
other standing waters. The root has when fresh an 
odor like that of Florentine orris, but loses it when 
dried. Its taste is acrid and nauseous. It contains 
a pungent volatile oil and an acrid resin, to which 
all its virtues must he ascribed. The Calmucks in 
Russia are said to use it for food. The leaves are 
rubefacient, and will sometimes even blister. They Alkanet.—Aluminum Salts. 
PART II. 
1557 
have been recommended in gravel and complaints 
of the bladder in the dose of a drachm (3-88 Gm.). 
ALKANET. Alkanna. Orcanette, Fr. Alkanna- 
vmrzel, G. This is the root of Alkanna tinctoria, 
Tansch. (Anchusa tinctoria, L.), or dyers' alkanet, 
an herbaceous perennial plant, of the nat. ord. Bor- 
raginacese, growing in the Grecian Archipelago 
and the south of Europe. It is said in some medi- 
cal works to be cultivated abundantly in the south 
of France; but another plant is probably referred 
to—Lithospermum tinctorium of Linnaeus and De 
Candolle, Anchusa tinctoria of Lamarck—which is 
a native of that country, and the root of which 
is considered as the true alkanet by the French 
writers. Others regard Laivsonia inermis as the 
source of true alkanet. For an account of Syrian 
alkanet and allied plants, see Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 
565. Alkanet, as found in the shops, is in pieces 
three or four inches long, from the thickness of a 
quill to that of the little finger, somewhat twisted, 
consisting of a dark red, easily separable bark, and 
an internal ligneous portion, which is reddish exter- 
nally, whitish near the centre, and composed of 
numerous distinct, slender, cohering fibres. As it 
comes to us it is usually much decayed internally, 
very light, and of a loose, almost spongy texture. 
The fresh root has a faint odor, and a bitterish, as- 
tringent taste ; but when dried it is nearly inodorous 
and insipid. Its coloring principle, which abounds 
mostly in the cortical part, is soluble in alcohol, 
ether, and the oils, to which it imparts a fine deep 
red ; but is insoluble in water. It may be obtained 
by first exhausting the root with water, and then 
treating it with a weak solution of potassium or 
sodium carbonate, from which the coloring prin- 
ciple may be precipitated by an acid. According to 
Pelletier, by whom it was discovered, it possesses 
acid properties, forming with the alkalies and earths 
neutral compounds, which are of a blue color, and 
soluble in alcohol and ether. Its weak acid char- 
acter resembles that of alizarin. Indeed, it is 
chemically related, as when distilled with zinc-dust 
it yields methyl-anthracen. It has also received 
the names of anchusin and alkannin. The an- 
chusin has been extracted and studied by O. J. S. 
Thompson. (A. J. P., 1886, 409.) He finds it to 
vary in amount between 5-25 and 6-02 per cent. It 
is red, resin-like, insoluble in water, soluble in oils, 
alcohol, chloroform, and ether, and with a rich deep 
blue color in alkali hydrates, the color changing 
again to crimson on addition of an acid. The author 
recommends its use in place of litmus as an indi- 
cator. The extract obtained by evaporating the 
tincture is dark brown. Alkanet is somewhat as- 
tringent, and was formerly used in several diseases ; 
but it is now employed exclusively for coloring oils, 
ointments, and plasters, which are beautifully red- 
dened by one-fortieth of their weight of the root. 
The best way to use it with this object in view is to 
suspend the alkanet, after tying it in a piece of 
flannel, in the melted fat. It is said also to be used 
in the preparation of spurious port wine. 
ALLAMANDA CATHARTICA, L., is a shrub 
of the nat. ord. Apocynaceae, growing in Porto 
Rico, the extract of whose bark is said to be an ex- 
cellent hydragogue cathartic, in doses of from one 
to two grains (0.065-0-13 Gm.). 
ALLIARIA OFFICINALIS. Sisymbrium 
Alliaria, Scop. Erysimum Alliaria, L. Alliaria 
Alliaria (L.), Brit. Hedge Garlic. A perennial 
European herb, a native also of Northern Asia, and 
naturalized from Canada to Virginia, having an alli- 
aceous odor when rubbed, and a bitterish, somewhat 
acrid taste. When eaten it communicates its smell 
to the breath. Mr. Wertheim obtained from the root 
a volatile oil, apparently identical with that of mus- 
tard. (Ann. dev Chem. und Pharm., liii. 52.) The 
herb and seeds are esteemed diuretic, diaphoretic, 
and expectorant, and as an external application in 
gangrenous affections, and to promote suppuration. 
ALLYL TRI BROMIDE. (C3H6Br3.) Tri- 
bromhydrin. This incorrectly named substance is a 
colorless or faintly yellowish liquid at the ordinary 
temperature, but solidifying when cooled below 
10° C. (50° F.) to a mass resembling a stearopten, 
and having a specific gravity of 2-430, which has 
been used with alleged good results in hysteria and 
asthma, given in capsules containing each five drops. 
(Pharm. Post, Dec. 1888.) 
ALNUS GLUTINOSA. (L.) Medic. Common 
European Alder. Black Alder. Aune noir, Fr. 
Erlenrinde, Schwarzerle Eller, G. (Nat. ord. Betu- 
lacese.) A European tree twenty-five feet or more 
in height, growing in swamps, on the sides of 
streams, and in other damp places. The bark and 
leaves are very astringent, and somewhat bitter. 
The former has been used in intermittent fever, the 
latter as a topical remedy in wounds and ulcers. 
The bruised leaves are sometimes applied to the 
breast for the purpose of repelling the milk. The 
astringent cones are used in making gargles. All 
these parts of the tree are used in dyeing, and the 
leaves and bark in tanning. According to Eitner, 
the bark contains from 16 to 20 per cent, of tannic 
acid. (Gerber, 1878, 85 and 124.) The tannic acid, 
however, appears to differ from that of galls and 
oak bark, as, according to Dr. Stenhouse, it does 
not yield glucose when acted on by sulphuric acid. 
(P. J. Tr., Dec. 1861.) F. Dreykorn and E. Reich- 
ardt, however, state that it is resolved by sulphuric 
acid into alnine red and sugar. (A. J. P., xlii. 403.) 
Alnus serrulata, or common American alder, and 
Alnus incana, or Tag alder, appear to have analo- 
gous properties. The latter has been strongly com- 
mended as a haemostatic. (N. R., Jan. 1872.) 
ALPHOL. Salicylic Ether of Alp ha-nap htol, 
COOC H ) ’ *s Stained by re- 
action between salicylic and alpha-naphtol. 
It is a white, crystalline powder, melting at 83° C. 
Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed oils; insoluble 
in water. It is used as an antiseptic and antirheu- 
matic. Dose, from eight to fifteen grains (0-5-1 
Gm.). 
ALSTONIA CONSTRICTA. F. Muell. Bit- 
ter Bark. Australian Fever Bark. An apocyna- 
ceous tree of New South Wales and Queensland, 
whose yellowish-brown, thick, deeply fissured bark 
is said to be used by English brewers. F. V. 
Muller and A. Rummel obtained from it a proxi- 
mate principle supposed to be an alkaloid, which 
they named alstonine. Oberlin and Schlagden- 
hauffen found in 1879 another alkaloid, alstonicine. 
Hesse subsequently analyzed the bark and found 
alstonine, the chlorogenine of a former investigation, 
which has the composition C21H20N„04, porphy- 
rine, C21H25N<j02, and alstonidine. The alkaloids 
and their salts in acidulated solutions show decided 
blue fluorescence. The bark has been successfully 
used in intermittent fevers. (See Dita Bark.) 
ALUMINUM SALTS. Locally the salts of 
aluminum are, many of them, distinctly astringent. 1558 
Alumnol.—Amanita. 
PART II. 
For official salts of alumina, see page 144. The 
aluminum acetate as well as the subacetate have 
been employed to some extent in medicine as a sub- 
stitute for the sulphate. The deliquescent acetate 
may be obtained by the direct combination of 
hydrated alumina with acetic acid, or by reaction 
between aluminum sulphate and lead acetate, 
Ala (S04)s + 3Pb (C2H302)2 = 3PbS04 4- Ala (C, 
II3< >2)e- Alsol, a 50 per cent, aqueous solution of 
aluminum aceto-tartrate, has been patented. It is 
used as a gargle. (Pharm. Era, 1898, 362.) 
Under the names of chloralum and chloralum 
powders have been put upon the market as dis- 
infectants (though in fact extremely feeble and 
uncertain in their action) certain mixtures contain- 
ing aluminum chloride, which may be prepared by 
double decomposition between aluminum sulphate 
and calcium chloride in solution, the resulting cal- 
cium sulphate being separated by filtration and the 
chloride obtained in crystals by evaporation at a 
very gentle heat. Mr. Rogers Harrison claims to 
have obtained very good results in gonorrhoea from 
aluminum tannate. (.London Med. Gaz., xiii.; also 
A. J. P., xxv.) 
Aluminum boroformicum occurs in lustrous crys- 
tals, and may be prepared by introducing freshly 
precipitated alumina into a mixture of two parts of 
formic acid, one part of boric acid, and seven parts 
of water. The solution is evaporated and crystal- 
lized. (Pharm. Rund., 1894, 256.) 
Even the soluble salts of aluminum have very 
little influence upon the general organism, but Siem 
(Ueber die Wirkung des Aluminiums und des Beryl- 
liums auf den thier. Organismus, Dorpat, 1886) has 
shown that the aluminum and sodium lactate or 
tartrate, given in sufficient doses, will produce in 
frogs and also in mammals a centric general muscu- 
lar relaxation, deepening into a complete loss of 
reflex excitability, and general paralysis. When 
administered in continuous doses for a series of days, 
these salts cause in the lower animals loss of appe- 
tite, constipation, depression, lessening of general 
sensibility, pronounced apathy with great weak- 
ness, ending commonly in paralysis with convulsive 
tremblings, fall of temperature, stupor, and death, 
which sometimes occurs in the midst of tetanic con- 
vulsions, more usually through an almost imper- 
ceptible diminution of the respiratory movement. 
These results have been confirmed by Dollken 
(Archiv f. Exper. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. xl., 1897), 
who finds the symptoms to be due to an action ex- 
erted upon the nerve-centres, with demonstrable 
anatomical changes in the ganglionic cells. 
ALUMNOL. Aluminum Naphtol Sulphonate. A 
whitish, not hygroscopic powder, easily soluble in 
cold water and glycerin, slightly soluble in alcohol, 
which has been locally used as a powerful astrin- 
gent, desiccant, and antiseptic. Though it coagu- 
lates albumen, it is said to be dissolved in an excess 
of albumen, and, therefore, to be able to reach deep 
recesses of wounds. It has been strongly recom- 
mended in nasal, uretbral, and other catarrhal 
inflammations. The strength of the solution em- 
ployed varies from 1 per cent, in gonorrhoea, to 10 
per cent, in abscesses. (See Berl. Klin. Wochensch., 
1892; Dermatologen - Congress zu Wien, 1892; 
Therap. Monatsch., 1892, 644.) In laryngitis from 
two to ten parts to ten parts of starch has been highly 
commended for use by insufflation. It is probably 
an aluminum naphtol-sulphonate. 
AMANITA. Of the fungus genus Amanita, 
some species, such as A. ccesarea, are edible, whilst 
many others are violently poisonous. Among these 
may be mentioned the A. phalloides, or skunk 
mushroom and the A. muscaria, or fly fungus. 
The most characteristic symptom of poisoning by 
the former is the saffron color, deepening as the 
poisoning progresses into purple, of the urine; the 
symptoms otherwise resembling those caused by 
the more notorious A. muscaria, which has been 
employed from time immemorial by the Tartars as 
a means of producing intoxication. A. panthe- 
rina, used in Japan as a fly poison, is said to be 
exceedingly active. According to Dr. Inoko, it con- 
tains 1 per cent, of a mixture of alkaloids, the 
greater part of which is choline and the rest mus- 
carine. It grows chiefly in woods and under trees, 
and is variable in color, being found scarlet, car- 
mine, orange, greenish yellow, pale brown, and 
even white in hue. The pileus, which is often 
seven or eight inches in diameter, is covered with 
whitish, angular warts or spongy scales, which 
when moist are viscid. When growing it is con- 
vex, but becomes flat or depressed when it has at- 
tained its full size; the stem is not so solid as that 
of the mushroom, and is bulbous below, and cov- 
ered at the base with scales. The gills are white 
and broad. 
The active principles of probably all poisonous 
species of amanita are choline (see page 603) and 
muscarine, C6H16N08. Choline was first prepared 
by Strecker in 1649, from bile. It has been found 
by Boehm in various mushrooms, and by Brieger as 
one of the ptomaines of putrefying meat. Chemi- 
cally it is the trimethyl-oxyethylammoniumoxy- 
hydrate. It causes in the frog general muscular 
paralysis, similar to curare, due to paralysis of the 
motor nerve-endings. On the non-striated muscles 
it acts as a stimulant; it is also an excitant to the 
salivary, lachrymal, gastric, and probably other 
glands ; it has no action on the biliary secretion ; it 
stimulates slightly the vaso-motor centres, causing 
a rise of pressure, followed later by a fall below the 
normal. The primary rise of pressure is not de- 
pendent on the asphyxia which the drug causes. 
(Unpublished Research, Horatio C. Wood, Jr.) It 
will be seen from this summary of its action that 
choline is very similar in its pharmacology, as it 
is in its chemistry, to muscarine, from which it 
differs principally in acting less powerfully on the 
cardiac inhibitors, and in causing death by paralysis 
of the respiration. It differs apparently from its 
congener neurine principally in its action on the 
motor nerves. 
Muscarine was first obtained by MM. Schmiede- 
berg and Koppe in a state of purity. (Das Musca- 
rin, Leipzig, 1869.) The alkaloid may be produced 
artificially by gently heating choline platinochloride 
with strong nitric acid. Potassium chloride is used 
to decompose the muscarine platinochloride and 
produce muscarine hydrochloride; treatment with 
moist silver oxide yields the muscarine as a hydrate 
(C6H13N03H20). Muscarine resembles physostig- 
mine somewhat in its physiological action, and is 
antagonistic to atropine, producing free salivation 
and weeping, vomiting, diminution of the force and 
frequency of the pulse, dyspnoea, great muscular 
weakness deepening into paralysis and finally death, 
usually by arrest of respiration. The pupil is in- 
tensely contracted, but dilates before death. The 
diastole of the heart is very much prolonged, and 
after very large doses diastolic arrest occurs. This PART II. 
Amaranthus Hypochondriacus.—Ammoniated Iron. 
1559 
is due to an action upon the inhibitory nerves, and 
if atropine be given so as to paralyze them the car- 
diac movements reoccur. The vaso-motor nerves 
are said to be paralyzed. The action on the ab- 
dominal viscera is very marked. The muscles of 
the intestines, bladder, and spleen are tetanically 
contracted. Thus the intestines are transformed 
into hard white cords, or afterwards, becoming 
somewhat relaxed, exhibit a tumultuous peristalsis. 
The abdominal secretions are greatly increased. 
Most of the physiological results obtained by 
Schmiedeberg and Koppe have been confirmed by 
M. J. L. Prevost. [Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xx. 
385; Cong res Med. Internat., Comptes-Rendus, 
Geneva, 1878. See also Arch. f. Exper. Pathol, u. 
Pharm., xxxi.^ 
ama!ranthus hypochondriacus. 
L. Prince’s Feather. (Nat. ord. Amarantacese.) 
This annual, growing sparingly in the Middle 
United States, is said to be an astringent. 
AMBERGRIS. AmbraGhrisea(cinerea'). Ambre, 
Ambregris, Fr. Amber, Gh'aue Ambra, G. This sub- 
stance, which is found floating on the sea, or thrown 
by the waves upon the shores of various countries, 
particularly in the southern hemisphere, is now gen- 
erally believed to be produced in the intestines of 
the Physeter macrocephalus, or spermaceti whale, 
and perhaps in those of some other fish. It is in 
roundish or amorphous pieces, usually small, but 
sometimes weighing as much as 50, 100, or even 
200 pounds. These pieces are often composed of 
concentric layers. They are of various colors, usu- 
ally gray, with brownish, yellow, and white streaks, 
often dark brown or blackish on the external sur- 
face. They are opaque, lighter than water, and of 
a consistence like that of wax. Ambergris has a 
peculiar aromatic agreeable odor, is almost tasteless, 
softens with the warmth of the hand, melts under 
100° C. (212° F.), is almost completely volatilizable 
by heat, and is inflammable. It is insoluble in water, 
but is readily dissolved, with the aid of heat, by 
alcohol, ether, and the volatile and fixed oils. It 
consists chiefly of a peculiar fatty matter analogous 
to cholesterin, and denominated by Pelletier and 
Caventou ambrein. This may be obtained by treat- 
ing ambergris with heated alcohol, filtering the 
solution, and allowing it to stand. Crystals of 
ambrein are deposited. It is incapable of forming 
soaps with the alkalies When pure it has little or 
no odor. Ambergris is often adulterated, but does 
not then exhibit its ordinary fusibility and volatility. 
It was long regarded as a cordial and antispasmodic, 
somewhat analogous to musk; useful in typhoid 
fevers, and various nervous diseases. It formerly 
entered into many official preparations, and is still 
retained in some European Pharmacopoeias. The 
French Codex directs a tincture to be prepared by 
macerating, for ten days, 100 parts of powdered 
ambergris with 1000 parts of alcohol at sp. gr. 0-864, 
expressing and filtering. M. Stan. Martin assures 
us that the tincture will keep better, deposit nothing, 
and have a more agreeable odor, if the ambergris, 
instead of being merely powdered in a mortar, be 
subjected to porphyrization, especially with the 
addition of washed sand. Heat, he says, should 
never be used in its preparation. [Journ. de Pharm., 
4e ser., i. 448.) It is, however, feeble as a remedy, 
and is chiefly used in perfumery. The dose is from 
five grains to a drachm (0-324-3-88 Gm.). 
AMBROSIA TRIFIDA. L. Ragweed. Am- 
brosie, Fr. Traubenkraut, G. [Gray’s Manual, 
212.) (Nat. ord. Compositaj.) This and another 
indigenous annual, A. artemisicefolia, L., have found 
a place in the Materia Medica of the eclectics, by 
whom they are deemed astringent and somewhat 
stimulant, and are given in low forms of fever. Dr. 
,J. Hill [N. Carolina Med. Journ., 1885, 16) affirms 
that the decoction is a powerful haemostatic in epis- 
taxis and internal hemorrhages. L.W. Schwab has 
found in A. artemisicefolia a bitter glucoside. (A. 
J. P., 1890.) 
AMIDOACETAL. H2N.CH2CH(0.C2H6)„. 
According to the experiments of A. Mallevre [Arch, 
f. Physiol., xlix.), this substance is an active poison, 
causing death in mammals by paralysis of the re- 
spiratory centre. 
AMIDOPHENOLS. (Derivatives of p-amido- 
phenol, CeH4(OH)NH2.) in an elaborate series of 
experiments [Centralb. f. Innere Medicin, 1897) 
Treupel and Hinsberg find that derivatives from 
amidophenol are active as antipyretics in propor- 
tion as they are decomposed in the system, and 
that the decomposition is to be measured by the 
amount of indophenol in the urine. The most 
important of these substances is Dulcin, called 
also Para-phenetolcarbamide, Valzin, and Sucrol, 
co{NH.CeH4.OC2H6; occurs jn colorless 
crystals, melting at from 173°-174° C., soluble in 
800 parts of cold and 55 of boiling water, and 25 
of alcohol, having a taste which is said to be two 
hundred times sweeter than sugar. It has been 
recommended as a substitute for sugar in diabetes, 
and, on account of its slight solubility, to impi-ove 
the flavor of castor, cod-liver, or other oils. Ac- 
cording to Treupel and Hinsberg, fifteen grains of it 
will reduce the temperature in fever about one de- 
gree centigrade in the course of about three hours, 
and no unaltered dulcin is to be found in the urine, 
but indophenol. 
Besides dulcin, Treupel and Hinsberg examined 
physiologically the following amidophenol deriva- 
tives : Lactylamidophenolethylcarbonate, Benzoyl- 
acetamidophenol, Ethyldiacetamidophenol, Oxyphe- 
nacetinsalicylate. 
AMINOL. This is an antiseptic liquid, colorless, 
slightly turbid, and having the odor of trimethyla- 
mine, It is alkaline in reaction. Sp. gr. 1 •01. It is 
obtained commercially from herring pickle. A 
tablespoonful diluted with two tablespoonfuls of 
water may be used for a lotion, gargle, or spray. 
AMMI VISNAGA. Lam. The fruit of this 
umbelliferous plant, indigenous in the countries 
around the Mediterranean, contains a crystalline 
principle, kellin (Compt.-Rend,, Aug. 25, 1879), 
which is asserted in Union Med., April, 1886, to act 
upon the heart and spinal cord. Mild antipyretic 
and antilithic properties have been attributed to the 
fruit. 
AMMONIATED IRON. Ferrum Ammoni- 
atum. Ammoniated Iron. Ammonio-chlorule of 
Iron. Ammonii et Ferri Chloridum. Ammonium 
Chloratum Ferratum. Sel Ammoniac Martial, Fr. 
Fisensalmiak, G. This drug was formerly recog- 
nized both by the U. S. and London Pharmaco- 
poeias, which contained formulas for its preparation. 
(See U. S. Dispensatory, 15th edition, 1568.) There 
is no reason to believe that the ferric chloride and 
ammonium chloride are chemically combined in the 
preparation. According to Mr. Phillips, they are in 
the proportion of 15 parts of the iron to 85 of the 
ammonium salt. 1560 
Ammonii Sulphas.—Ammonium Borate. 
PART II. 
Ammoniated iron is in crystalline grains, of a 
fine reddish-orange color, and a sharp, styptic, saline 
taste. It is entirely soluble in water and diluted 
alcohol, is deliquescent, and should be kept in well- 
stoppered bottles. As procured by sublimation 
{Flores martiales, Ens martis), it is of a yellow 
color and feeble odor. It unites aperient with cha- 
lybeate properties, and is said to have been used with 
advantage in amenorrhoea, epilepsy, scrofula, rickets, 
etc.; but it is at best uncertain, and is now very 
seldom prescribed. The dose is from four to twelve 
grains (0-259-0-775 Gm.). 
AMMONII SULPHAS. V. S. 1880. Sulphate 
of Ammonium. (NH4)2S04; 132. Ammonium 
Sulphuricum. Sal Ammonium Secretum Glauberi. 
Sulfate d’Ammoniaque, Sel secret de Glauber, Fr. 
Schwefelsaures Ammon, Ammonium, Ammonia,k, G. 
Gas liquor is distilled with lime and the gas received 
in sulphuric acid, which yields a purer product. 
Most of the ammoniacal liquor is worked up into 
the ammonium sulphate at present. The English 
production from gas-works, shale distilling, and 
coke ovens now amounts to about 200,000 tons an- 
nually, that of Germany to 100,000, and France 
35,000 tons. In the United States the production 
from gas-works amounted ten years ago to 11,000 
tons, and has probably not increased because of the 
general introduction of water-gas processes, in which 
no ammoniacal liquor is formed ; on the other hand, 
the production in connection with the coking of 
coal has increased very rapidly since 1897; at 
that time it was over 3000 tons, and is now proba- 
bly 20,000 tons. “ Colorless, transparent, rhombic 
prisms, permanent in the air, odorless, having a 
sharp, saline taste and a neutral reaction. Soluble 
in 1-3 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.) and in 1 
part of boiling water; insoluble in absolute alcohol, 
but slightly soluble in alcohol of sp. gr. 0-817; 
when heated to about 140° C. (284° F.), the salt 
fuses, is gradually decomposed, and on ignition is 
wholly dissipated. The aqueous solution of the 
salt, when heated with potassa, evolves vapor of 
ammonia. With test-solution of chloride of barium 
it yields a white precipitate insoluble in hydro- 
chloric acid. A 1 per cent, solution of the salt 
should not be blackened by test-solution of sulphide 
of ammonium (lead and iron), nor, when acidulated 
with nitric acid, should it be rendered more than 
opalescent by test-solution of nitrate of silver (limit 
of chloride).” U. S. 1880. It is not used as a medi- 
cine, but enters into the composition of ammonia- 
alum and the iron and ammonium sulphate. 
AMMONII URAS. Ammonium Urate. C6H3 
(NH4)N403. This is an acid salt, and may be 
formed by digesting uric acid in solution of ammo- 
nia, or by adding sal ammoniac to the solution of 
other urates. Uric acid is generally obtained from 
the dried and powdered excrement of the boa ser- 
pent, and of other large snakes, by dissolving it in 
a weak solution of potassa with the aid of heat, and 
precipitating the uric acid from the filtered solution 
by hydrochloric acid, added in excess. Ammonium 
urate is a white, amorphous, very sparingly solu- 
ble salt. It is a constituent of some varieties of 
guano. It has been used with asserted good effects 
externally in chronic eczema, in the form of an 
ointment (twenty grains to the ounce). (See 16th 
edition U. S. D.) Dr. Neubauer found that when 
given internally to rabbits it causes increase in the 
urea, uric acid, and oxalates of the urine. {Rank- 
ing's Abstract, 1857.) 
AMMONIUM ARSENATE. Ammonii Ar- 
senas. (NH4)2,H,As04. This salt is obtained in 
crystals by saturating a concentrated solution of ar- 
senic acid with ammonia or ammonium carbonate, 
and allowing it to evaporate spontaneously. The 
crystals, which belong to the trimetric system, efflo- 
resce on exposure to the air, and lose half their am- 
monia. Its solution is alkaline. It has been used 
with advantage by Biett in several inveterate diseases 
of the skin. It is administered in solution, one grain 
of the salt in a fluidounce of distilled water. Of 
this the dose is from twenty to twenty-five drops, 
given in divided portions in the course of the day, 
and gradually increased. 
AMMONIUM BICARBONATE. Acid Car- 
bonate of Ammonium. H(NH4)COs. This salt 
was brought into notice by Prof. Wm. Procter, in 
reference to its antacid properties. It is formed by 
exposure of the ordinary carbonate to the air, and 
is found in considerable quantities on the sides of 
casks in which that salt is imported, and less largely 
even in the bottles in which it is kept in the shops. 
Crystals of this salt are sometimes found in Pata- 
gonian guano and in the purifiers of gas-works. 
When pure, the ammonium bicarbonate is white, 
having the same crystalline form as potassium bi- 
carbonate, of a saline slightly ammoniacal taste, and 
a feeble odor of ammonia, ascribable to a very slow 
volatilization. On exposure to heat, it gives off 
carbonic acid. It is soluble in eight parts of water 
at 15-6° C. (60° F.), is nearly insoluble in official 
alcohol, but soluble in diluted alcohol; and its solu- 
tion has an alkaline reaction with syrup of violets. 
It may be prepared by treating commercial ammo- 
nium carbonate (ammonium sesquicarbonate) with 
official alcohol, whereby the neutral carbonate is 
dissolved and the bicarbonate left. To render this 
still purer it should be washed with alcohol and dried. 
It is obtained as a crystalline precipitate by adding 
alcohol to a saturated solution of the ordinary car- 
bonate, or by passing carbonic acid through the 
same solution. It may be used as an antacid in the 
same manner and the same doses as sodium bicar- 
bonate, being preferable to that salt when a stimu- 
lant impression on the stomach is desired. (A. J. P., 
July, 1869, 294.) 
AMMONIUM BORATE. Ammonium Bibo- 
rate. 2(NH4HB„04)3H„0. Only acid salts are 
known. The salt usually formed by dissolving 
boric acid in ammonia solution and heating until 
the excess of ammonia is driven off is, according to 
Gnielin, confirmed by Rammelsberg, B02NH4 -)- 
3HBOg -(- 1|H20. By dissolving one part of boric 
acid in excess, in three parts heated water of am- 
monia, sp. gr. 960, and allowing the solution to 
cool slowly, this salt is obtained in crystals. These 
are rhombic octahedrons, with truncated summits, 
and often truncated edges, and are semi-transparent. 
The taste of the salt is alkaline, and it has an alka- 
line reaction. On exposure, it effloresces, losing 
ammonia, and becoming in time the quadriborate. 
It is soluble in about twelve parts of water. 
(Gnielin, ii. 435.) M. Beeker has used it with as- 
serted great advantage in stone in the bladder and 
renal colic. Under its influence the urine becomes 
loaded with uric acid and the earthy phosphates. 
It is said also to be an excellent remedy in chronic 
catarrh of the bladder. It is believed by M. Beeker 
to be the ludus of Paracelsus, which had a great 
reputation in the treatment of urinary calculi. It 
may be given in the dose of from ten to twenty grains PART II. 
Ammonium Embelicum.—Amylene. 
1561 
(0-648-1-29 Gm.) every hour, in water sweetened 
with liquorice. (Journ. de Therap. Med.-Chir., Sept. 
1, 1866.) 
AMMONIUM EMBELICUM. According to 
the experiments of G. Coronedi (Sperimentale, 1892, 
fasc. 2), this substance is a practical anthelmintic in 
tapeworm. Dose, one-fifteenth of a grain (0-005 
Gm.), in pill, three times a day for a child, seven 
times a day for an adult. 
AMMONIUM PERSULPHATE, (NH4)2 
Sg08, is prepared by electrolyzing an acid solution 
of ammonium sulphate, and is a most efficient oxi- 
dizing agent in acid, neutral, or alkaline solutions. 
It occurs in small colorless crystals, soluble in water. 
Its solution evolves oxygen when heated, and is 
used as an antiseptic for preserving meat and other 
food, and as a cheap and effective mouth-wash. 
AMMONOL. This proprietary remedy is stated 
by its manufacturers to he Ammoniated-Phenyl- 
acetamide. It has been used internally as an anal- 
gesic in doses of from five to ten grains. According 
to the analysis of Mr. George M. Beringer (A. J. P., 
lxix.), it is composed of acetanilid, 10 grammes; 
sodium bicarbonate, 5 grammes ; ammonium bicar- 
bonate, 5 grammes; metanil-yellow, 0.005 gramme. 
AMYGDOPHENIN. Ethyl Amygdophenin. 
This is a derivative of p-amidophenol, analogous to 
phenacetin. In constitution it is a light crystalline 
greenish-white powder, soluble with difficulty in 
water. It is obtained by the action of mandelic 
acid upon p-phenetidin in the presence of dehy- 
drating agents. R. Stiive asserts that it is practi- 
cally free from antipyretic properties ; that it is an 
analgesic which is often useful in neuralgias and 
the pains of spinal scleroses; and that it is very 
useful in rheumatism, it having had more effect in 
some comparative trials than the salicylates. It is 
best administered in capsules, one gramme from 
three to six times a day. 
AMYL VALERIANATE. The valerianate of 
amyl is said by Dr. W. F. Wade, of Birmingham, 
to $ct similarly to valerian, and to afford a most 
elegant remedy. He dissolves one part of it in nine- 
teen parts of alcohol and 2 per cent, of a spirit of 
amyl acetate (one part to twenty). The dose of this 
mixture is from six to eight drops. 
AMYLAMINE HYDROCHLORATE, Amyl- 
amine Chloride, C6H13N,HC1, crystallizes either in 
efflorescent scales or in quadratic octahedrons. Ac- 
cording toM. Dujardin-Beaumetz (Comptes-Rendus, 
lxxvii. 1247), in small doses (from one to five centi- 
grammes to a rabbit) this salt lowers the tempera- 
ture and also the force and frequency of the pulse. 
In larger amounts it produces profound nervous dis- 
turbance, with tonic and clonic convulsions, ending 
often in death. In man, doses of from seven to 
fifteen grains (0-460-0-972 Gm.) diminish the pulse 
and temperature. 
From amylamine hydrochlorate by boiling with 
an excess of calcium chloride is formed amyldi- 
chloramine, a yellowish-green oily liquid, the smell- 
ing of which produces violent irritation of the nose, 
followed by severe headache and vertigo. Accord- 
ing to the researches of Boinet (Congres Franr/iis 
de Med., 1, 1894), it is not only a violent local irri- 
tant, but also a powerful centric poison, producing 
death by asphyxia. Boinet has also examined 
physiologically propyldichloramine and isobutyldi- 
chloramine, finding that they are similar in their 
toxic influence to amyldichloramine. 
AMYLENE. Valerene. Pentene. C6H10. This 
compound was alluded to under amylic alcohol. 
The name is given to the isomeric hydrocarbons of 
the olefin series, having the formula C6il,0, of which 
five are possible. Amylene is prepared by distil- 
ling amylic alcohol with a concentrated solution 
of zinc chloride, which acts by dehydrating and 
withdrawing a molecule of water. The product is 
redistilled, and that which comes over first, con- 
stituting the more volatile part, is separately col- 
lected, and agitated with concentrated sulphuric 
acid, when the amylene, freed from water, will rise 
to the surface. Amylene is a colorless, very mobile 
liquid, having the density 0-655 at 10° C. (50° F.). 
Its boiling point is 34° 0. (93-2° F.). Its smell is 
peculiar and disagreeable. It is soluble in alcohol 
and ether in all proportions, hut very sparingly so 
in water. When pure it does not act on potassium, 
and is not colored by a prolonged contact with 
caustic potassa. 
In 1857, Dr. Snow, of London, proposed amylene 
as a new anaesthetic, claiming for it certain advan- 
tages over the older remedies. It was soon shown, 
however, to he too dangerous for use. Two deaths 
resulted from it, and the French Academy of Medi- 
cine formally condemned it. 
Amylene Hydrate. Tertiary Amyl Alcohol. Di- 
methylethylcarbinol (C6II120 or (CH3)2C2HgCOH) 
is a clear, colorless liquid, of a strong, penetrating 
odor, soluble in eight parts of water, and miscible 
with alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzin, glycerin, 
and fixed oils in almost all proportions; sp. gr. 
0-812 at 53-6° F. It is made by shaking together 
at 0° €., or under, 300 C.c. of amylene (CBH,„) and 
600 C.c. of sulphuric acid (equal volumes of Ii2S04 
and HaO). The amylensulphuric acid is separated, 
diluted with iced water, filtered, neutralized with 
calcium carbonate, and distilled ; the product is re- 
distilled fractionally, the portion passing over be- 
tween 100° and 102-5° C. (212° and 216-5° F.) being 
retained. 
In 1887, Yon Mering proposed the use of amy- 
lene hydrate as a soporific, stating that it stood mid- 
way between chloral and paraldehyde, one drachm 
of chloral, two drachms of amylene hydrate, and 
three drachms of paraldehyde being about equiva- 
lent in power. In cases of poisoning, as reported 
by C. Dietz, by the amylene hydrate, the symp- 
toms were deep narcosis, dilated pupils, loss of 
corneal reflexes, slow, deep, irregular breathing, 
small, slow pulse, and fall of temperature. The 
general clinical reports show that amylene hydrate 
is a safe, rapidly acting, and occasionally useful 
but not analgesic hypnotic, in doses of from thirty 
to forty minims (1-84-2-46 C.c.). 
Pental. Trimethylethylene. (i-isoamylene, 
(CH3)2 or CgH10, is obtained from 
crude amylene, which consists of pentane (C6H12), 
pental (C6H10), and a- and y-amylene. If the mix- 
ture he shaken with diluted sulphuric acid at a low 
temperature, —20° C. (—4° F.), the trimethyleth- 
ylene and y-amylene will he decomposed and amyl- 
sulphuric acid produced, which after dilution with 
water yields tertiary amyl alcohol and pure trimeth- 
ylethylene ; by fractional distillation the pental is 
obtained in a pure state. 
Pental is a colorless, highly inflammable liquid ; 
sp. gr. 0-678; boiling point 100-4° F. (38° C.). It 
was highly commended by Dr. W. Lombardino as 
an anaesthetic of great practical value. H. C. Wood 
and David Cerna have, however, shown that pental 
acts upon the lower animals as a powerful cardiac 1562 
Amyloform.—Anagyris Fodida. 
PART II, 
depressant, and is probably a dangerous anaesthetic. 
The more recent clinical trials of the drug have 
proved that this danger is real, there having been, 
according to the statistics of Gurlt, in six hundred 
pental narcoses, six deaths. Moreover, N. Klein- 
dienst found that vei-y frequently in man severe 
albuminuria, and not infrequently hasmaturia and 
haemoglobinuria, occurred three or four days after 
pental narcosis. 
Pentane. Amyl hydride, CHg.CHjj.CHg CHa. 
CH3, was discovered by Dr. E. Frankland, of Man- 
chester. It is a saturated hydrocarbon, and has 
been proved to be one of the light products in Amer- 
ican petroleum, being the portion boiling at from 
37°-39° C. (98-6°-102° F.) (Schorlemmer). Amyl 
hydride is a colorless, volatile, mobile liquid, pos- 
sessing a grateful fruity odor, having no taste. It is 
one of the lightest liquids known, having the sp. 
gr. 0-626 at 17° C. (62-6° F.). It boils at 37-7° C. 
(100° F.), and the sp. gr. of its vapor is 2-5. It is 
very inflammable, and burns with a brilliant white 
flame. It is readily soluble in alcohol and ether, 
but insoluble in water. Belonging to the paraffin or 
saturated series of hydrocarbons, it is a very stable 
compound, resisting the action of fuming sulphuric 
acid and the most powerful oxidizing agents. This 
substance was proposed by Prof. Simpson as an 
anaesthetic, but has not sustained the claims made 
for it. 
AMYLOFORM is a patented chemical com- 
pound of formaldehyde and starch, introduced by 
Classen as a substitute for iodoform. It is stated to 
be odorless, innocuous, and non-irritant. Dextro- 
form is a similar compound, in which dextrin is 
used in place of starch. Dextroform is soluble in 
water and glycerin. 
AMYTIN. Under the name of amytin, Unna 
has introduced into medicine a 33 per cent, aqueous 
solution of ichthyol-sulphonic acid, which has the 
property of dissolving ichthyol, various ethereal 
oils, phenol, and camphor, forming solutions which 
are known by Unna as Amytoles. Many of these 
amytoles, especially those made with a phenol, are 
powerfully antiseptic. The 10 per cent, cresol solu- 
tion is said to entirely disinfect catgut ligatures in 
from thirty-six to forty-eight- hours, after which 
time the ligatures must be removed and preserved 
in alcohol. Amytin is more or less irritant to the 
skin, and is affirmed to be useful in those skin diseases 
which need stimulation. It is stated that a 3 per 
cent, solution of the cresol amytole affords an excel- 
lent means of disinfecting the hands, and is very 
actively poisonous against the diphtheritic bacillus. 
ANACAHUITE WOOD. In the year 1860 
considerable quantities of this wood were imported 
from Mexico, into Germany, as a supposed remedy 
in phthisis, but it failed to sustain its first reputation. 
It is the product of Cordia, Boissieri, I)e Cand. (See 
P. J. Tr.j Dec. 1862, 272, with figure.) 
ANACARDIUM OCCIDENT ALE. Linn. 
Cassuvium pomiferum. Lam. Acajou a Pornmes, 
Fr. Caschunuss, G. Cashew-nut. A small and ele- 
gant tree of the nat. ord. Anacardiaceae, growing in 
the West Indies and other parts of tropical Amer- 
ica. A gum exudes from the bark, which bears 
some resemblance to gum arabic, but is only in part 
soluble in water, and consists of true gum and bas- 
sorin. It is the gomme d'acajou of the French 
writers. The fruit is a fleshy, pear-shaped recep- 
tacle, supporting at its summit a hard, shining, 
ash-colored, kidney-shaped nut, an inch or more 
in length and three-quarters of an inch broad, con- 
sisting of two shells, with a black juice between 
them, and of a sweet oily kernel. The receptacle 
is red or yellow, and of an agreeable subacid flavor 
with some astringency. It is edible, and affords a 
juice which has been recommended in uterine com- 
plaints and dropsy. This juice is converted by fer- 
mentation into a vinous liquor, which yields a spirit 
by distillation, used in making punch, and said to 
be powerfully diuretic. The nuts are well known 
under the name of cashew-nuts. The black juice 
contained between their outer and inner shell is ex- 
tremely acrid and corrosive, producing, when ap- 
plied to the skin, severe inflammation, followed by 
blisters or desquamation. Staedeler found in it two 
peculiar principles,—anacardic acid and a yellow, 
oleaginous liquid, cardol. (See Journ de Pharm., 
3e ser., xiii. 459.) The juice is used in the West 
Indies for the cure of corns, warts, ringworms, and 
obstinate ulcers, and even of elephantiasis. It is 
said to be sometimes applied to the face by females, 
in order to remove the cuticle, and produce a fresher 
and more youthful aspect. In a case of external 
poisoning which came under our notice, in a lady 
who was exposed to the fumes of the feasting nuts, 
the face was so much swollen that for some time 
not a feature was discernible. A similar case, oc- 
curring in a hoy who had cut open one of the 
nuts, eaten a small portion raw, and by handling 
it had spread the juice over different parts of the 
body, is recorded by Dr. Monkur in the N. J. Med. 
Reporter (April, 1855, 187). The tongue, face, 
neck, hands, forearms, scrotum, etc., were red and 
enormously swollen, and very painful. The tinc- 
ture of iodine was found useful as a local application. 
The kernel has a sweet, agreeable taste, and is eaten 
like chestnuts, either raw or roasted, in puddings, 
and as a chocolate when ground with cocoa. By 
age it becomes rancid. The black juice of the nut 
and a milky juice which flows from the tree after in- 
cision are used for, almost indelibly, marking linen. 
AN AG ALLIS ARVENSIS. L. Scarlet Pim- 
pernel. Red Chickenweed. Weather-glass. Moiiron 
rouge, Fr. Gauchheil, Rothemiere, G. (Nat. ord. 
Primulaceae.) An annual plant, growing in Europe 
and this country, with small, delicate, procumbent 
stems, furnished with opposite branches, opposite 
ovate leaves, and small scarlet flowers, which are 
supported upon axillary, solitary peduncles, and 
appear in June and July. It has little smell, but 
a bitterish, somewhat acrid taste. The ancients 
esteemed it a counter-poison, and Orfila found three 
drachms of its extract to cause fatal gastro-enteritis 
in a dog. It has been recommended as a local 
application to old and ill-conditioned ulcers, and 
has been given internally in visceral obstructions, 
consumption, dropsy, etc. J. A. Heintzelman ob- 
tained from it a volatile oil of a strong peculiar 
odor, a pungent and somewhat acrid taste, and the 
sp gr. 0-987. Four drops of it produced intense 
headache and nausea, lasting for twenty-four hours, 
with pains throughout the body. According to 
Daccomo and Tommasoli, it contains an active fer- 
ment, which rapidly digests raw meat. (Rassegna 
di Sci. Med., 1892, No 4.) A. coerulea is probably 
a variety of A. arvensis, and shares its medical 
properties. 
ANAGYRIS FCETIDA. (Nat. ord. Leeu- 
minosao ) Messrs. Hardy and Gallois have sepa- 
rated from the Anagyris foetid a an alkaloid, anagy- 
rine, which is a respiratory poison. PART II. 
Analgen.—Angelica. 
1563 
A N A L G E N. Ortho-ethoxy- anamonobenzoylam- 
ido-quinoline. Benzanalgene. Quinalgene. Labor- 
din. C18HieN202. The name analgen was first 
given to the acetyl derivative, but it was found that 
the benzoyl radical gave a more desirable product, 
and this is now made exclusively and the name 
analgen applied to it. It is in colorless crystals, 
insoluble in water, soluble in hot alcohol, melting 
point 208° C. (406 4° F.) 
First produced and brought forward by Vis as 
an antipyretic, analgesic, and antirheumatic remedy, 
it was subsequently investigated by Maass (Zeitsch. 
fur Klin. Med., xxviii., 1895), who found that in 
sufficient dose it depresses the heart and the reflexes, 
finally causing convulsions with loss of power, and 
death by centric paralysis of respiration. Both it 
and its derivative, oxyethylamidoquinoline, act upon 
the peripheral nerves as local anaesthetics. The 
fatal dose for the lower animals was found bjT Maass 
to be three grammes per kilo. The continuous use 
of small doses produces emaciation, feebleness, and 
lessening of the reflexes. In cases of fever it causes 
active depression of temperature, often with free 
sweating, and usually decrease in the urinary secre- 
tion, and especially of the nitrogenous elimination. 
After chronic poisoning in the lower animals fatal 
degeneration was found in the liver and kidneys. 
The urine of patients taking it is said to become 
red, owing to the presence of oxyethylamidoquinoline 
urate. In headaches and the other nervous disturb- 
ances of chlorotic neurasthenic individuals it is said 
to act well without affecting digestion. It is said 
also to relieve the pain of organic diseases, and to 
be distinctly anti-malarial. (See Bull. Acad. Med., 
xxxvi.) The dose is from seven and a half to fifteen 
grains (0-5-097 Gm.), increased to seventy-five 
grains (4-86 Gm.) a day if required; best admin- 
istered in capsule or in acidulated water. 
ANCHIETEA SALUTARIS. Cipo Suma. 
Cipo Carneiro. Pirageia. The bark of the root of 
this Brazilian plant contains anchietine, an alkaloid 
isolated by Peckoldt. It is used in Brazil in treat- 
ing scrofula, erysipelas, and eczema. Given in doses 
of two drachms it acts as an aperient, while three- 
drachm doses produce vomiting. 
ANCHUSA OFFICINALIS. L. Bugloss. Ox- 
tongue. (Nat. ord. Boraginacese.) This is a Euro- 
pean biennial plant, from one to three feet high, 
whose root, leaves, and flowers were official. These 
are inodorous and nearly tasteless. The root is mu- 
cilaginous and slightly sweetish, and the flowers 
very feebly bitter. The plant has no claim what- 
ever to the credit, formerly attached to it, of possess- 
ing cordial and exhilarating properties. In France, 
the Anchusa Italica, which is there known as bu- 
glosse, is substituted for A. officinalis. 
ANDROGRAPHIS PANICULATA. Nees. 
(Nat. ord. Acanthacese.) This plant, which is a 
native of India, Ceylon, and Java, is said to have 
been introduced into the West Indies and Mauritius 
and is being marketed. It is an active bitter tonic. 
(Pharm. Her., 1896.) 
ANDROMEDA. The Oxydendrum arboreum, 
(L.) D. C. (Andromeda arborea, L.), Sour Wood, or 
Sorrel-tree, grows in the valleys of the Alleghanies, 
from Pennsylvania to Florida. The leaves have a 
pleasant acid taste, and are used by hunters to allay 
thirst, and form in decoction a grateful refrigerant 
drink in fevers. Dr. Barton, in his Collections 
states that a decoction of Pieris Mariana, (L.) B. 
and H. (Andromeda Mariana, L.), is employed in 1 
the Southern States as a wash in ulcerations of the 
feet. The powder of the leaves and buds of 
Leucothde racemosa, L. (A. Gray), is said to he a 
powerful errhine. Prof. J. F. Eykman, of Japan, 
found a poisonous glucoside, asebotoxin, in An- 
dromeda (Pieris) japonica. (N. R., 1882, 290.) 
In 1883, Prof. Pliigge separated from Andromeda 
japonica a colorless crystallizable poisonous prin- 
ciple, andrometoxin. Subsequently he found that 
various ericaceous plants contain it. {Arch. d. 
Pharm., xxvi.; also A. J. P., 1889.) It exists in 
the Azalea Indica and Rhododendron maximum, 
and has been found by De Zaayer (Chem. Zeit., 
July, 1887) in the Rhododendron ponticum, and in 
Kalmia angustifolia and latifolia, also in Monotropa 
uniflora by A. J. M. Easche [Pharm. Rundschau, 
Sept. 1889). It occurs in acicular crystals, melting 
at from 228° to 229° C., soluble in alcohol, amylic 
alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzol, much more solu- 
ble in cold than in boiling water, yielding solutions 
of an alkaline reaction, but not precipitated by 
ordinary alkaloidal reagents nor by solutions of 
metallic salts. For further tests, see reference ; also 
P. J. Tr., vol. xviii. 171. The poisonous honey of 
Xenophon, derived from the flowers of R. ponticum, 
probably owed its toxic properties to andrometoxin. 
(See also Pharm. Zeits. f. Russland, 1883, xxii.) 
The oil of A. Leschenaultii, of India, was found by 
Mr. J. Broughton to be methyl salicylate. (P. J. 
Tr., Oct. 1871.) 
ANESIN. Aneson. Anasin. This is a patented 
1 per cent, aqueous solution of Tri-chlor-pseudo- 
butyl-a.lcohol or Aceto-chloroform. H0.C(CHa)2 
CClg+ljHgO. This compound is obtained when 
acetone combines with chloroform in the presence 
of caustic alkalies. 
It was first studied pharmacologically by J. 
Kossa, and subsequently by Zoltan von Vamossy. 
[Deutsch. Med. Wochen., xxiii.) It is alleged that 
it is a powerful local anaesthetic, equivalent to a 
2| per cent, solution of cocaine, and having the 
advantage of being non-irritant and non-toxic, and 
of not being mydriatic. Its anaesthetic effects are 
said to he of slow development, as it seemingly does 
not pass rapidly through the mucous membrane. 
Internally aceto-chloroform is affirmed to resemble 
chloral hydrate in its hypnotic action in doses of 
from seven and a half to fifteen grains 6m.). 
ANGELICA. Racine d' Angelique, Fr. Engel- 
wurzel, G. Angelica atropurpurea, L. (nat. ord. 
Umbelliferae), sometimes called masterwort, has a 
perennial purplish root, and a smooth, dark-colored 
herbaceous stem. The ternate leaves are supported 
by very large inflated petioles. The partitions of 
the leaf are nearly quinate, with ovate, acute, 
deeply serrate, somewhat lobed leaflets, of which 
the three terminal are confluent • The flowers 
are greenish white. The purple angelica extends 
throughout the United States from Canada to 
Carolina, growing in meadows and marshy woods, 
and flowering in June and July. The whole 
plant was formerly official. It has a strong odor 
and a warm aromatic taste. The juice of the re- 
cent root is acrid, and is said to he poisonous; 
but the acrimony is dissipated by drying. The 
medical virtues of the plant are similar to those of 
the garden angelica of Europe, for which it has 
been proposed as a substitute. It is, however, 
little employed. An infusion is occasionally used 
in flatulent colic, and we are told that the stems 
are sometimes candied by the country people. 1564 
Angclica.—Anhalonium. 
PART II. 
Angelica Archangelica,(Archangelica officinalis, 
Hofm.) Garden angelica has a long, thick, fleshy, 
biennial root, furnished with many fibres, and send- 
ing up annually a hollow, jointed, round, chan- 
nelled, smooth, purplish stem, which rises five feet 
or more in height, and divides into numerous 
branches. The leaves, which stand upon round 
fistulous footstalks, are very large, doubly pinnate, 
with ovate-lanceolate, pointed, acutely serrate leaf- 
lets, the terminal being three-lobed. The flowers 
are small, greenish white, and disposed in very 
large, many rayed terminal umbels, composed of 
numerous dense, hemispherical umbellets. This 
plant is a native of the north of Europe, and is 
found in the high mountainous regions in the 
southern section of that continent, as in Switzer- 
land and among the Pyrenees. It is often culti- 
vated. The whole plant is aromatic, hut the root 
and the fruit only were official. The root should he 
dug up in the autumn of the first year, as it is then 
least liable to become mouldy and worm-eaten. It 
is spindle-shaped, an inch or more thick at top, and 
beset with long descending radicles. The fresh root 
has a yellowish-gray epidermis, a fleshy yellow 
parenchyma, and when wounded yields a honey- 
colored juice, having all the aromatic properties of 
the plant. The dried root is grayish brown and 
much wrinkled externally, whitish and spongy 
within, and breaks with a starchy fracture, exhibit- 
ing shining resinous points. It is very apt to be 
attacked by worms, and is said to keep best, in the 
state of powder, in full and well-closed vessels. The 
smell is strong and fragrant, and the taste at first 
sweetish, afterwards warm, aromatic, bitterish, and 
somewhat musky. These properties are extracted 
by alcohol, and less perfectly by water. The con- 
stituents of the root, according to the younger Buch- 
ner, are volatile oil, a volatile acid which he calls 
angelicic acid, a wax-like substance, a crystallizable 
sub-resin, a brittle amorphous resin, a bitter prin- 
ciple, tannic acid, malic acid, sugar, starch, albu- 
men, pectic acid, fibrin, and various salts. Five 
hundred parts yield nearly four parts of the volatile 
oil. Schimmel & Co. (Berichte. April, 1889) re- 
port the results of an examination of Japanese an- 
gelica, believed to be roots of A refracta or A. anom- 
ala. It contained a small quantity of volatile oil, 
which had an extremely persistent odor. The an- 
gelicic acid of Buchner is now known as angelic acid, 
c6h802, a monatomic acid of the acrylic acid series. 
Valerianic acid, CBH1002, has also been recognized 
as occurring in the root. The volatile oil has been 
examined by Beilstein and Wiegand, who found 
three terpenes: one boiling at 158° C., forming no 
crystallizable hydrochloride ; the second boiling at 
175° C. and forming a crystalline hydrochloride 
having the properties of artificial camphor; this 
second terpene forming the main body of the oil; 
and a third, boiling at 250° C. (Ber. der Chem. 
Ges., 1882, 1741.) The main terpene product is 
now recognized as phellandrene. Besides valerianic 
(methyl-etliylacetic) acid, oxymyristic, C14H2803, 
and oxypentadecylic acids, (C15H30O3), have been 
identified. (Schimmel Co.’s Report, April, 1897.) 
The seeds, as the fruit is commonly called, are two 
or three lines long, oval, obtuse or somewhat notched 
at the ends, flat, with a longitudinal furrow on one 
side, convex with three angular ridges on the other. 
They are ash-colored, and have the smell and taste 
of the root. They are said to keep well. 
Garden angelica is an elegant aromatic tonic. 
The Laplanders, in whose country it flourishes, 
esteem it highly as a condiment and medicine. In 
Europe the stems are frequently made into a pre- 
serve and used in desserts in order to excite the 
stomach. The dose of the root or seeds is from 
thirty grains to a drachm (1 94-3 88 Gm.). 
ANGR/ECUM FRAGRANS. This is an orchi- 
daceous plant, indigenous in the Isle of Reunion 
and Mauritius, where the leaves have been long 
used, under the name of faham, for the same pur- 
poses as Chinese tea. For description, see P. J. Tr., 
1881, 913 They have a somewhat pungent aro- 
matic taste, and a strong and highly agreeable odor, 
scenting the whole apartment with a delicious per- 
fume. Given in infusion, they appear to have an 
effect on the system somewhat similar to that of 
Chinese tea, and they have been introduced into 
Paris as a rival of that popular beverage. The 
drink is made by putting the leaves and stalks, in 
the proportion of fifteen grains to a teacupful, into 
cold water, boiling for about ten minutes, and then 
pouring into a closed vessel, and sweetening it when 
used. (A. J. P., 1866, 441.) 
ANHALONIUM. Under the name of Pellote 
there appear to be used for narcotic purposes by 
the natives of Mexico several cacti belonging to 
the genus Anhalonium. The best known of these 
species is the Anhalonium lewinii, which inhabits 
the valley of the Rio Grande in Mexico, has a stem 
reaching about half an inch above the surface of 
the ground, surmounted by a top composed mainly 
of the blunt leaves of the plant, bent around a tuft, 
of from half an inch to an inch in diameter, com- 
posed of short yellow-white filaments or hairs. It 
is this top which constitutes the mescal button, 
which is from an inch to an inch and a half in di- 
ameter, a quarter of an inch in thickness, with a 
convex under surface, a texture which is brittle and 
hard when dry, but becomes soft when moistened, a 
very bitter disagreeable taste, and an odor when 
moist which is peculiar and disagreeable, and is 
especially marked in the powdered drug. The flow- 
ers of the anhalonium protrude from the centre of 
the top as small bell-shaped blossoms, with eight 
outer and twelve inner segments; the former are 
dark green on the back; each has a long triangular 
transparent point, and is three-sixteenths of an inch 
(5 Mm.) long. The petaloid segments are spatulate, 
blunt, smooth-edged, and about three-sixteenths of 
an inch (5 Mm.) long. The fruit is an oblong 
berry, a quarter of an inch (6 Mm.) long, and con- 
tains about fourteen seeds of the size of a mustard- 
seed. 
The alkaloid anhalonine, which seems first to 
have been separated from Anhalonium lewinii by 
L. Lewin in 1888, has the formula C12H16N03. 
It crystallizes in small white prisms, and is solu- 
ble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Anhaline, 
C10H„NO, has been extracted from A. fissuratum; 
it crystallizes in colorless stellate prisms melting at 
115° C. Pellotine, C13H10NOa, crystallizes in color- 
less, anhvdrous plates melting at 110° C. (P. J. 
Tr., 1896", 502.) 
Besides anhalonine, A. lewinii is said to yield 
mescaline, C11H1?N03, in white needles melting at 
151° C., anhalonxdine, C12H16N03, fusing at 160° 
C , and oily lophophorine, C13H 17N03. (Schmidt, 
Lehrbuch, II., 3te Auf., 1476.) 
From time immemorial the Kiowa Indians of the 
Rio Grande have used the mescal buttons for the 
purpose of producing intoxication during their re- Anhalonium.—Anilina. 
1565 
PART II. 
ligious ceremonies. Attention was first called to 
the peculiar cerebral action of the drug by D. W. 
Prentiss and Francis P. Morgan (T. G., 1895); who 
find that from fourteen to fifteen grammes (four 
to five buttons) will produce a peculiar cerebral ex- 
citement attended with an extraordinary visual 
disturbance, characterized by an incessant flow of 
visions of infinite beauty, grandeur, and variety, of 
both color and form, often followed after a time by 
the seeing of monsters, grotesque faces, and grue- 
some shapes. During the intoxication there are dila- 
tation of the pupil, muscular relaxation, and some 
slowing of the pulse. Loss of sense of time, partial 
anaesthesia, weakened heart’s action, great muscular 
relaxation, wakefulness, and in some cases nausea 
and vomiting also have been noted, but no distinct 
alteration of the respiration. These results have 
been confirmed by several observers. 
The symptoms produced by anhalonium more 
closely resemble the intoxication of cannabis indica 
than the effect of any other known drug, but are 
very distinct. No cases of severe poisoning by it 
in man are on record. In the lower animals Dr. 
Lewin found that the aqueous extract of the drug 
is a violent convulsant, increasing reflex activity 
and causing death by respiratory failure. The 
value of anhalonium as a remedial agent has not 
been determined. It has been used to a slight extent 
as a stimulant in hypochondriases, neaurasthenia, 
nervous headaches, hysteria, insomnia, angina pec- 
toris, and asthmatic dyspnoea. S. F. Landry (T. 
G., 1888) believes it to be a very powerful cardiac 
and respiratory stimulant, especially useful in cases 
of asthma. Dr. A. Richardson attributes (with 
doubtful accuracy) the cure of neuralgias, inflam- 
matory rheumatism and gout, and obesity to doses 
of five drops of the tincture three times a day', and 
believes that the drug resembles in its action a com- 
bination of strychnine and digitalis, causing a slow- 
ing of the pulse with increase of the urine. 
Prentiss and Morgan give the dose of the crude 
drug as from seven to fifteen grains (0-5-0-97 Gm.); 
of the fluid extract, from ten to fifteen drops ; of the 
10 per cent, tincture, from one to two teaspoonfuls. 
In a mass of cactus tops sent to the Pharmaco- 
logical Institute of Leipzig from Mexico as pel- 
lote, experts believed that they recognized the 
products of Anhalonium flssuratum, A. prismat- 
icum, A. williamsii, A. lewinii. In experiments 
made upon frogs anhaline was found to be almost 
without physiological influence ; four and a half 
grains of the sulphate produced in a cat only vom- 
iting, whilst one and a half grains were taken by 
Heffter without causing any symptoms. Pellotine 
was also found to be physiologically inactive ; five 
milligrammes causing only temporary stiffness in 
the legs of the frog, ten milligrammes producing 
stiffness, heightened reflexes, strychnic-like tetanus, 
lasting from three to four days, ending in recovery. 
In man from seven-tenths to nine-tenths of a grain 
(0-045-0-058 Gm.) produced only temporary sleep- 
lessness with sense of weariness. Pilcz ( Wien. Klin. 
Wochen., ix., 1896) has used pellotine as a calmative 
in fifty-eight cases of insanity in doses of from 0-02 
to 0-06 Gm. About half the cases were markedly 
affected, sleep coming on in from half an hour to 
an hour and a half after the hypodermic injection 
and continuing through the night. No disagreeable 
results and no collapse occurred, although Lang- 
stein is said to have seen collapse following the 
dose of seven-tenths of a grain (0 04 Gm.). 
From Anhalonium jourdanianum, L., Lewin has 
obtained a minute quantity of an alkaloid. (Arch, 
f. Exp. Path, und Ph., Bd. xxxiv.) 
ANILINA. Aniline. Amidobenzene. Phenyl- 
amine. (CeH6.NH2.) This is an organic base ob- 
tained from coal tar or more immediately from 
nitrobenzene. It was first discovered by Unver- 
dorben, in 1826, among the products of the dry 
distillation of indigo, and was named by him 
crystalline. Fritzsche, who obtained it afterwards 
from indigo by another process, seems to have 
been the first to give it the name of aniline, from 
the Portuguese word anil (indigo). In 1887, Kunge 
obtained three volatile principles from coal tar, 
which he named kyanol, leucol, and pyrrhol. Of 
these, kyanol was afterwards found by Hofmann to 
be identical with aniline, and leucol has been ascer- 
tained to he the same as quinoline (chinoline). 
Nitrobenzene is now the source whence most of the 
aniline of commerce is derived. Nitrobenzene, 
hydrochloric acid, and iron turnings, in equal 
weights, are introduced into a cast-iron vessel, care 
being taken that the heat produced does not rise too 
high, when the following reactions take place: 
C-Hg.NO, + He = + (H20)2; C6H6 
NH2 + HC1 = CeH6NH2HCl. The semi-solid 
mass which soon forms consists principally of fer- 
rous chloride and aniline hydrochlorate. This is 
distilled in a large cast-iron cylinder, and the dis- 
tillate redistilled, the portion coming over between 
175° C. (347° F.) and 190° C. (374°"F.) being col- 
lected, and considered sufficiently pure for manu- 
facturing purposes. 
Properties. Pure aniline is a thin colorless fluid, 
of an oily appearance; hut as found in commerce 
it is generally more or less colored, and sometimes 
of a deep reddish brown. Tt has a peculiar, not 
disagreeable odor, and a pungent, aromatic, burn- 
ing taste; its sp. gr. is 1-020 (Hofmann), 1-028 
(Fritzsche). It is not solidified at —20° C. (—4° 
F.), boils at 182° C. (360° F.), and its vapors are 
condensed unchanged. It is slightly soluble in 
water, but dissolves in all proportions in ether, 
alcohol, wood-spirit, acetone, carbon disulphide, and 
the oils, fixed and volatile. Though possessed of 
strong basic powers, it does not restore the color of 
reddened litmus, nor does it change turmeric. It 
changes, however, the violet color of dahlias to 
green. With the acids it forms soluble and readily 
crystallizable salts. It is inflammable, and absorbs 
oxygen from the air, becoming at first yellowish, 
afterwards reddish, and ultimately brown. A char- 
acteristic property is that it produces instantly a 
deep blue or purple color when brought into contact 
with chlorinated lime or other hypochlorite. Dr. 
Lethehy has described a very delicate test for this 
base. If a drop of a very weak solution of the 
sulphate be placed on a piece of clean platinum foil, 
and touched with the negative pole of a galvanic 
battery, the solution acquires a bluish, then a violet, 
and ultimately a pink color. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 1862, 
128.) It is a derived ammonia, having the group 
0eH5 in place of a hydrogen atom of the NH3 
molecule. It is hence often called phenyl-amine. 
The chief value of aniline at present is for the 
coloring matters derived from it, or rather from its 
derivative, rosaniline, contained in commercial ani- 
line oil. Beautiful reds, purples, yellows, blues, and 
various other tints are obtained from it. For the 
mode of making inks from these colors, see Roscoe 
cf- Schorlemmer’s Chemistry, vol. iii., part 3, pp. Anilina, 
1566 
PART II. 
318, etc. The following table shows the solubilities 
of aniline colors in water and alcohol: 
urine. At the autopsy reported by Muller (A. J. 
P., 1887), in a woman killed by the swallowing of 
about a fluidounce (29 C.c.) of aniline, the blood 
was chocolate brown, and gave the spectrum of 
methsemoglobin; the urine was free from sugar, 
albumen, or blood, but contained paramidophenol, 
and its distillations gave aniline reactions. The 
hHemoglobinuria is evidently connected with an ex- 
traordinary destruction of the red blood-corpuscles, 
for in the case reported by Dehio (A. J. P., 1888), 
in a woman who had taken one hundred and fifty 
grains (9-77 Gm.) of aniline, the red blood-corpus- 
cles fell from normal 5,000,000 per C.c. to 2,700,000 
on the seventh, and 1,400,000 on the eleventh 
day. The globules were replaced slowly; on the 
eighteenth day their number was about one-third 
of the normal quantity. 
The violent local effects which have been noticed 
as produced by some aniline dyes have probably 
been due to the presence of arsenic, which is used 
in the production of aniline and may remain as a con- 
tamination. See and Morau (La Med. Mod., 1890) 
believe that safranin and methyl-violet are practi- 
cally free from poisonous properties ; and Penzoldt, 
in a series of experiments, found that methyl-violet 
(0-05 per kilo) caused only local alterations,—viz., 
extensive gangrene of the skin ; malachite-green (0T 
per kilo) caused motor paralysis and cramps, fatal 
on the ninth day; trimethyl-rosaniline (0-02 per 
kilo) caused similar symptoms; Bengal-rose (0-25 
per kilo), phenyl-blue (0-1 per kilo), and methylene- 
blue (0-075 per kilo) caused no special symptoms. 
In an elaborate research published in the Bull. 
Gen. de Therap., Avril, 1891, Combemale deter- 
mined that in the guinea-pig the fatal dose of 
methyl-blue, hypodermically given, is three deci- 
grammes per kilo in weight; and that the symptoms 
produced are great prostration, loss of responding to 
external irritants, anuria, and chocolate discolora- 
tion of the blood. For a physiological study of 
fuchsine and of pararosaniline, see Lyons Thesis, 
1892, L. Dupays. 
According to J. Stilling, the aniline dyes are 
possessed of active germicidal properties, the most 
active of them being the methyl-blue or violet, to 
which he has given the name of pyoktanin, cer- 
tain auramines being next in rank. In Stilling’s 
experiments, two parts of methyl-violet per thou- 
sand indefinitely prevented flour-paste, milk, but- 
ter, lard, etc., from turning sour or rancid; whilst 
the solution of the strength of one to four thou- 
sand was sufficient to prevent the development of 
bacteria of putrefaction ; the staphylococcus pyo- 
genes aureus was found to be very susceptible to 
the germicidal power of the methyl-violet. Pen- 
zoldt also found that contact for one month with 
a concentrated solution of methyl-violet, maJachite- 
green, trimethyl-rosaniline, and phenyl-blue was 
sufficient to kill the anthrax-bacilli. See and Morau 
found that one part to twenty-five hundred of saf- 
ranin and cyanin would destroy the organisms 
of diphtheria and of pus. Janicke, experimenting 
with the pathognomonic organisms of pus, of an- 
thrax, of cholera, of typhus, and of pneumonia, 
found the activity of pyoktanin even greater than 
asserted by Stilling, and noticed a very remarkable 
difference in the susceptibility of different species 
of bacteria ; making the further important observa- 
tion that those bacteria that were most readily stained 
by the methyl-violet were most readily influenced 
by it. On the other hand, M. Yalude states (Intern. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
Aniline color 
soluble in 
soluble in 
water. 
alcohol. 
Aurin 
Bismarck-brown . 
. . . 3-00 
0-35 
Corallin 
. . . 2-00 
050 
Dahlia-blue . . . 
1(10 
Eosin 
. . . 2-00 
1-00 
Ethyl-orange . . . 
Fuchsin 
. . 0'30 
1000 
Gentian-violet. . . 
. . 1'50 
3-00 
Luteolin 
0-60 
Magenta-red . . . 
. . 0-20 
2-50 
Malachite-green . 
. . 4 00 
500 
Manchester-vellow 
. . 2-00 
015 
Methylene-blue . . 
. . 3 00 
1-50 
Methyl-green . . . 
025 
Methyl-violet . . . 
. . . 2 00 
1-50 
Safranin 
. . . 0-60 
0'40 
Tropseolin 00 . . . 
. . . 0-05 
o-io 
Vesuvin 
0-20 
IJharm. Centraih.. 
, 1887, 385. 
Aniline-black or nigrosin was discovered by Wolff 
in 1868. As it occurs in commerce it is a salt having 
the composition Co6Ho9N3HC1 ; if prepared from 
pure aniline it is of a deep blue color; if toluidine 
is present, it approaches a black in direct proportion 
to the amount of toluidine in it; it is very soluble in 
water, and ten grains dissolved in one fluidounce of 
water make a good nigrosin ink, which, however, 
should not be exposed to too strong a light, as all 
aniline inks fade in time. Bottger's test is for de- 
tecting cotton in linens. He dips a portion of the 
texture in an alcoholic solution of aniline-red, then 
washes it with water till the washings are colorless, 
and puts it into a watery solution of ammonia. If 
cotton be present, its threads will be deprived of 
color, while the linen will continue of a bright rose- 
color. (See A. J. P., Jan. 1866, 86.) Under the 
name of aniline oil a liquid is to be found in com- 
merce which consists of a mixture of aniline, tolui- 
dine, xylidine, cumidine, and varying quantities 
of by-products found in the “ tailings;” the boiling 
point ranges between 180° C. (856° F.) and 210° 
C. (410° F.), and the sp. gr. is also variable ; it is 
used as a solvent for rubber, copal, etc. 
Methyl-violet or pyoktanin, according to Liebreich, 
is a mixture of aniline compounds. The pyoktanini- 
num coeruleum is methyl-violet, a mixture of the 
hydrochlorides of penta- and hexa-methyl-para- 
rosaniline, C24H28N3C1 and C26HqqN3C1, while 
pyoktanin aureum is auramine, C17II24N3OCl, or 
imido - tetramethyl - di-p - amido - diphenyl - methane, 
known commercially as auramine O. Apyonin, 
introduced by Pettitas as an antiseptic similar to 
pyoktanin, is a yellow crystalline powder slightly 
soluble in cold water, soluble in alcohol. Methy- 
lene-blue, or tetra-methyl-thionine- 
chloride, is a derivative of diphenylamine, occurring 
in dark blue or reddish-brown bronze-tinged crys- 
tals, slightly soluble in water and alcohol. 
Medical Properties. The symptoms which are 
produced by the inhalation or ingestion of aniline 
are great prostration, heaviness in the head, giddi- 
ness, vomiting, violent neuralgic pains, and, if the 
dose have been large enough, cyanosis, coma with 
dilatation of the pupils, excessive perspiration, loss 
of reflexes and of voluntary movement, hurried 
weak pulse, rapid or irregular respiration, haemo- 
globinuria, a peculiar discoloration of the skin, and, 
if the patient survive sufficiently long, jaundice 
with great increase in the biliary pigment of the PART II. 
Anilina.—Anise Bark Oil. 
1567 
Med. Congress, 1890) that a contact for at least one 
hour in a 1 per cent, solution of pyoktanin was re- 
quired to effect the same result on pathognomonic 
bacteria as was caused in ten minutes by 1 to 
4000 corrosive sublimate. The practical value in 
surgery of pyoktanin has been asserted by Stilling, 
by See and Morau, by Patterson, and by numer- 
ous other surgeons, but the remedy has not come 
into general use. It has even been used with alleged 
success superficially and parenchymatously in epi- 
thelioma and cancer, but the majority of the reports 
are in these affections unfavorable. In gonorrhoea, 
the strength used has varied from 1 in 500 to 2 per 
cent. ; in ulcers, carbuncles, and cancers it may be 
employed pure after free incision, or be parenchyma- 
tously injected. Stilling uses the following prepara- 
tions, insisting at the same time on the great neces- 
sity of having the methyl-blue absolutely pure : 1. 
Pure methyl-violet.—To be used as powder for large 
wounds and ulcers. 2. Large pencils.—For small 
wounds, burns, etc. For purulent cases the blue 
pencil is better than the yellow, on account of its 
greater antiseptic property. 3. Small pencils.—For 
application to the eye, in cases of corneal ulcer, etc. 
4 Powders.—Of 1 in 1000 strength for mild cases 
of conjunctivitis, and for more severe cases (blen- 
norrhcea) of 2 per cent, strength. These can also 
be used as a snuff in affections of the nasal mucous 
membrane. 5. Ointments.—In strength varying 
from 2 per cent, to 1 in 10. 6. Solutions.—Used in 
strengths of 1 in 1000 to 1 per cent. The 1 in 1000 
solution is to be employed for ordinary cases of con- 
junctivitis. keratitis, etc. The solutions should be 
filtered and kept in dark glass bottles, and changed 
every eight days. E. Vonder Goltz has proposed to 
substitute for methyl-violet a 10 per cent, alcoholic 
solution of aniline-red to be diluted according to 
needs of surgeon. [Med. Monatsschrift, July, 1890.) 
The fact that methylene-blue will stain, during 
life, the axis-cylinders of both sensory and motor 
nerve fibres led Ehrlich and Leppmann [Deutsche 
Med. Wochensch., June, 1890) to experiment with 
it as an analgesic in doses of from two to four grains 
(0T30-0-260 Gm.) internally (fifteen grains, or 
0-972 Gm., a day) and one grain (0-065 Gm.) hypo- 
dermically. The urine rapidly became bluish green ; 
or if no change in the color of the urine was ap- 
parent, warming it developed the color; the saliva 
and faeces were also stained. They found the anal- 
gesic properties very pronounced, but not coming 
on until two hours after the administration of the 
remedy. They also stated that they saw coloration 
of the nerves after the hypodermic injection. Com- 
bemale [La Semaine Med , May, 1891) denies the 
coloration of the nerves, and believes that any anal- 
gesic effects are due to the methaemoglobinization 
of the blood. Gaillard and Piotrowski also deny 
the existence of analgesic properties in methylene- 
blue, and consider it of no value as an internal medi- 
cine. On the other hand, Pilliet [La Tribune Med., 
Oct. 1890) affirms the correctness of the observa- 
tions of Ehrlich and Leppmann, both as to the 
action of the drug in staining the nerves and of 
relieving pain; and Combemale asserts that in 
doses of three grains (0-195 Gm.) a day the remedy 
is useful in neuralgia and ataxic pains. It would 
appear probable that methylene-blue has local anal- 
gesic effects; but that it is capable of acting as a 
practical analgesic when given by the mouth re- 
mains doubtful. Ehrlich and Leppmann also em- 
ployed methylene-blue in malaria, because they had 
found it to stain the plasmodia, and the practice has 
found imitators, especially Prof. Osier, who finds 
that methylene-blue has a distinct action upon the 
specific organisms in malarial fever, but is markedly 
inferior to quinine.* 
Methylene-blue, which, as stated, is administered 
internally, is a different compound from methyl-blue 
or pyoktanin, and the two should not be confounded. 
Aniline sulphate was employed as a nervine by 
Drs. Fraser and Davis many years ago [Med. Times 
and Gaz., Aug. 1865) with success, especially in the 
treatment of chorea, the dose being five grains (0 324 
Gm.) three times a day. and the immediate results 
some headache and giddiness and staining of the 
mouth and nails. The practice was followed to 
some extent, but never gained the confidence of 
the profession. 
ANILINE CAMPHORATE. This is a com- 
pound which has been used by Tomaselli in doses 
of from eight to twelve grains (0-52-0-77 Gm.) a 
day as an antispasmodic. [P. J. Tr., June, 1887.) 
ANILIPYRIN. Gilbert and Yvon have given 
this name to a substance obtained by the melting 
together of one part of acetanilid and two parts of 
antipyrin. Anilipyrin is stated by Gilbert and 
Yvon to be extremely soluble in water and to be 
toxically very feeble. The fatal dose for the guinea- 
pig is 1-8 Gm. per kilogramme. Anilipyrin has 
been used by its introducers as an antipyretic and 
analgesic in migraine, neuralgia, rheumatism, etc. 
The dose is seven and a half grains (0-5 Gm.) from 
two to four times a day. 
ANIMfe. Gum Anime. The substance known 
at present by the name of anime is a resin supposed 
to be derived from the Hymenoea Courbaril, a tree 
of South America, though this origin is denied by 
Hayne. According to Dr. W. Hamilton, the resin 
exudes from wounds in the bark, and is found also 
underneath the surface of the ground, between the 
principal roots. [P. J. Tr., vi. 522.) It is in 
small irregular pieces, of a pale lemon-yellow color, 
sometimes inclining to reddish, more or less trans- 
parent, covered with a whitish powder, brittle and 
pulverizable, with a shining fracture, a weak but 
agreeable odor, and a mild, resinous taste. It 
softens in the mouth, adheres to the fingers when 
in powder, and readily melts with heat, diffusing its 
agreeable odor in an increased degree. It consists 
of two resins, one soluble, the other insoluble in 
cold alcohol, and of a small proportion of volatile 
oil. There is a variety of a darker color, less trans- 
parent, and with small cavities in the interior; in 
other respects resembling the preceding. Another 
variety is the East Indian, supposed to be derived 
from Valeria Indica; but this never reaches Ameri- 
can commerce. According to Dr. W. C. Ondaatje, 
the bark of this plant is in daily use by the natives 
of Ceylon to arrest the alcoholic fermentation of the 
juice of t-he Jaggery palm, Caryota urens, a favorite 
beverage. (P. J. Tr., 1883, 818.) Anime formerly 
entered into the composition of various ointments 
and plasters; but it is now used only as incense, or 
in the preparation of varnishes. The Brazilians 
employ it internally in diseases of the lungs. 
ANiSE BARK OIL. There has appeared in 
the European markets a bark, closely resembling 
Massoi bark, derived from an unknown source in 
Madagascar, which yields fully three and a half 
per cent, of a light yellow oil, the odor of which 
* For an article upon the methods of detecting aniline in 
the body, see Journ. de Pharm., 4e s6r., xix. 341, 417. 1568 
Anisodus Luridus.—Antihydropin. 
PART II. 
slightly resembles safrol. It has a spicy taste, but 
is only slightly sweet. Its specific gravity is 0-969 
at 15° C. Optical rotation—0° 46x in a 100-Mm. 
tube. Refraction equivalent for the sodium line at 
16° 1-52510. It contains a small quantity of ordinary 
anethol, but consists principally of the isomeric 
fluid anethol, the methyl-chavicol of Eykman, 
CH3O.C6H4.CH2.CH:CH2. 
ANISODUS LURIDUS. Link and Otto. 
(Now Scopolia lurida, Dun.) This is a Himalayan 
solanaceous plant in which Dr. Siebert has found 
atropine and hyoscyamine. {Archiv der Pharm., 
Feb. 1890; P. J. Tr., March, 1890.) 
ANNATTO. Orleana. Annotta. Arnotta. Terre 
dela Nouvelle-Or leans, J?r. Orellana, Or lea,n, G. The 
coloring substance called annatto, arnatta, or roucou, 
is the reddish pulp surrounding the seeds in the fruit 
of Bixa Orellana, L. (nat. ord. Bixinese), a middle- 
sized tree growing in Guiana and other parts of South 
America. The pulp is separated by bruising the 
fruit, mixing it with water, then straining through 
a sieve, and allowing the liquid to settle. The mass 
which remains is dried and formed into flat cakes 
or cylindrical rolls. Another mode is to bruise the 
seeds, mix them with water, and allow the mixture to 
ferment. The coloring matter is deposited during 
the fermentation, after which it is removed and 
dried. In commerce there are two kinds of annatto, 
the Spanish or Brazilian, and French ; the former 
coming in baskets from Brazil, the latter in casks 
from French Guiana. The French, which is also 
called flag annatto, has a disagreeable smell, prob- 
ably from having heen prepared by the fermenting 
process; but is superior, as a dye-stuff, to the 
Spanish, which is without any disagreeable odor. 
Annatto is of a brownish-red color, usually rather 
soft, but hard and brittle when dry, of a dull frac- 
ture, of a sweetish peculiar odor, and a rough, 
saline, bitterish taste. It is inflammable, but does 
not melt with heat. It softens in water, to which 
it imparts a yellow color, but does not dissolve. 
Alcohol, ether, the oils, and alkaline solutions dis- 
solve the greater part of it. It contains a peculiar 
coloring principle, to which M. Preisser, its discov- 
erer, gave the name of bixin. This has the formula 
C16H,804, and when pure is an amorphous resinous 
cinnabar-red substance. It is accompanied by a 
yellow coloring matter, orellin, which has been but 
little studied. (Wynter Blyth, Foods: Composition 
and Analysis, 507, London, 1882.) The chief 
uses to which annatto is applied are for dyeing silk 
and cotton orange-yellow, and for coloring cheese 
and butter. The color, however, which it imparts 
to cloth is fugitive. It has been given internally 
as a medicine; but is not now used, and probably 
exercises little influence upon the system. In phar- 
macy it is employed to color plasters, and has occa- 
sionally been substituted for saffron. It is frequently 
adulterated with red ochre, powdered bricks, col- 
cothar, farinaceous substances, chalk, calcium sul- 
phate, turmeric, etc. The mineral substances, if 
present, will be left behind when the annatto is 
burned. (See, in reference to its adulteration, P. J. 
Tr., xv. 199, 299, and 823 ; also xvi. 646.) 
ANNIDALIN. This substance was proposed by 
Messinger and Nortmann as a substitute for iodo- 
form. Aristol was originally called annidalin ; the 
latter is probably a combination of two molecules 
of thymol with three atoms of iodine; in other 
words, a dithymol triiodide, whereas aristol is sup- 
posed to be dithymol diiodide. As a substitute for 
the proprietary aristol, the pure dithymol diiodide 
(C20H24I2Oa2H20) has been put upon the market 
under the name of Thymol Iodide. It appears to 
have the same physiological and therapeutic prop- 
erties as the proprietary remedy. Annidalin is a 
reddish-brown powder, which may be kept for sev- 
eral months, at least with proper care. It is decom- 
posed by the action of light and moisture, giving 
oil iodine and turning yellow. It is insoluble in 
water, slightly soluble in alcohol, readily so in chlo- 
roform and ether. (Journ. de Med. de Paris, Fev. 
1890.) (See Aristol.) 
ANONA. Theseedsof A. squamosa, Linn., sugar 
apple of the West and East Indies, are said to be 
poisonous and to be used to kill lice; whilst the 
bark is a drastic cathartic. The seeds of A. muri- 
atica., L., A. palustris, L., and A. spineseens, Mart., 
are employed to poison fish and to exterminate de- 
structive insects. (Pharm. Rev., Oct. 1896.) 
ANTENNARIA MARGARITACEA. Hook., 
also Benth. and Hook. Gnaphalium margarita- 
ceum, L., now commonly known as Anaphalis mar- 
garitacea, (L.) Benth. and Hook. Life Everlasting. 
This indigenous plant, of the nat. ord. Composite, 
has the credit, with the “ eclectics,” of being some- 
what astringent and expectorant. 
ANTHRAKOKALI. For an account of this 
preparation, which was introduced by Dr. Polya, 
see 16th ed. U. S. D., p. 1711. 
ANTHRAROBIN. Anthro-arohin. CeH4 
f C(OH) ) „ 
•j v C6H2(OH)2. This substance, which is 
produced from commercial alizarin by reduction, 
was first described by Liebermann (Berichte d. Chem. 
Ges., 1888), and proposed as a substitute for chry- 
sarobin. It is a yellowish-white granular powder, 
almost insoluble in water and acidulated solutions, 
sparingly soluble in chloroform and ether, and 
readily soluble in alcohol and weak alkaline solu- 
tions. It mixes readily with fats to form ointments. 
It is a powerful deoxidizing agent, which seems 
to be less toxic than chrysarobin, and probably 
equally effective in the treatment of diseases of the 
skin, it having been used by G. Behrend E. B. 
Bronson, Kobner, and other clinicians, with as- 
serted advantage in those diseases for which chrysa- 
robin is employed. Behrend recommends the fol- 
lowing. Solution of anthrarobin: anthrarobin, 10 
parts ; borax, 8 parts ; water, 80 parts. Glycerite of 
anthrarobin: anthrarobin, 10 parts; glycerin, 80 
parts. (Therap. Monatshefte, 1888.) As a topical 
application, the ointment or the alcoholic solution 
(each 10 per cent.) may be used. 
ANTHRISCUS CERE FOLIUM. Hoffm., 
also (L.) Hoffm. Chcerophyllum Sativum. Lam. 
Scandix Cerefolium. Linn. Chervil. An annual 
European plant of the nat. ord. Umhelliferae, culti- 
vated in gardens as a pot-herb, and naturalized in 
Eastern and Southern Pennsylvania. It has a strong 
agreeable odor, especially when rubbed, and a pun- 
gent, slightly bitterish taste. These properties it 
owes to a volatile oil. It is said to be deobstraent, 
diuretic, and emmenagogue, and lias been recom- 
mended by different authors in consumption, scrof- 
ula, dropsy, cutaneous and scorbutic affections, and 
as an external application to swollen breasts, bruises, 
and other local complaints or injuries. It is very 
feeble, and is used chiefly as an addition to broths. 
ANTIHYDROPIN. Pulvis Taracance. The 
powdered Russian cockroach (Blatta lapponica, PART II. 
Antimoniatecl Hydrogen.—Apiuin Petroselinum. 
1569 
Blatta orientalis) is asserted, in the dose of from ten 
to fifteen grains (0-648-0-972 Gm.), to be actively 
diuretic and useful in dropsy. Bogomolow (Ph. 
Centralb., July, 1879) found in them a crystalline 
principle, antihydropin, or taracanin. L. Reuter 
{Archiv d. Pharm., 868-873) affirms that the dis- 
credit into which cockroaches have fallen is due to 
the indifferent quality of the powdered insects in 
the market, and gives tests for their purity. 
ANTIMONIATED HYDROGEN." H3Sb. 
This is a gaseous substance, and, being taken by 
inhalation, should be prepared at the moment of 
administration. For process, see Bouchardat’s An- 
nuaire, 1860, 143; also Med. Times and Gaz., Oct. 
1865. 
ANTIMONY ARSENATE. This is a heavy 
snow-white powder, containing 56 per cent, anti- 
mony oxide and 44 per cent, arsenic acid. It is 
stated that it is used in Russia as an alterative in 
doses of one-fiftieth of a grain (0-0013 Gm.) four 
times a day. (A. J. P., xliv. 301.) 
ANTIMONY IODIDE. Antimonii Iodidum. 
Teriodide of Antimony. (Sbl3.) According to Mr. 
W. Copney, of London, this iodide may be con- 
veniently prepared by gently heating, in a Florence 
flask, metallic antimony and iodine, in the propor- 
tion of one atom to three. The elements combine 
with sudden heat and liquefaction, and, upon the 
withdrawal of the heat, the iodide formed solidifies, 
and is removed by breaking the flask. Antimony 
iodide, as thus prepared, forms a somewhat crys- 
talline, foliated mass, which, when pulverized, 
yields a deep orange-red powder. By the action of 
water it is decomposed. It has been tried as an 
alterative in dose varying from a quarter of a grain 
to a grain (0 016-0-065 Gm.), given in pill. 
ANTINERVIN. Salicyl-bromanilid. Salbro- 
malid. This substance is said to be a mixture of 
ammonium bromide and salicylic acid, one part of 
each, with two parts of acetanilid. It has been es- 
pecially commended by Maragliano as an antipy- 
retic and antirheumatic in doses of about fifteen 
grains (0-9 Gm.) three or four times a day. 
ANTINONNIN. According to Harz and Yon 
Miller, this yellowish pasty compound is Potassium 
Ortho-di-nitro-cresolate. It is said to be actively 
germicidal, odorless, and poisonous. On account 
of its being very effective, non-volatile, and inex- 
pensive, it has been highly recommended for 
spraying plants, etc., when attacked with mildew 
or'other vegetable parasites: 1 to 2000 in soap 
solution may be used. It stains bright yellow. 
ANTIRRHINUM LINARIA. Linn. (Now 
known as Linaria Vulgaris, L., or Linaria Linaria, 
(L.) Karst.) Common Toadflax. Butter and Eggs. 
Ramsted. Snapdragon. Linaire commune, Fr. 
Leinkraut, Flachskraut, Lowenmaul, G. This is 
a perennial herbaceous plant very common in 
America, Europe, and Asia. It should be col- 
lected when in flower, dried quickly, and kept 
excluded from the air. When fresh it has a pe- 
culiar, heavy, rather disagreeable odor, which is in 
a great measure dissipated by drying. The taste is 
herbaceous, weakly saline, bitter, and slightly acrid. 
This plant is said to be diuretic and cathartic, and 
has been used in dropsy, jaundice, and cutaneous 
eruptions. It is most conveniently employed in 
infusion. The fresh plant is sometimes applied, in 
the shape of poultice or fomentation, to hemor- 
rhoids ; and an ointment of the flowers has been 
employed for the same purpose, and also locally in 
diseases of the skin. The flowers are used in Ger- 
many as a yellow dye. 
ANTISEPSIN. Asepsin. Monobromacetanilid. 
Parabromacetanilid. CgH4Br.NH(C2H30). This 
substance has been used by Cattani as an antipyretic 
and analgesic {Gaz. Med., Paris, 1890), but as such 
seems to he dangerous. Cattani affirms it to be a 
valuable antiseptic. Dose, from six to seven grains 
(0-40-0-46 Gm.). Another compound, called anti- 
sepsin (or antiseptin), has been exploited as iodo- 
boro-thymolate of zinc, which, according to Squibb, 
is a mixture of zinc sulphate, boric acid, zinc iodide, 
and thymol. (Pharm. Post, 1893, 106.) 
ANTISEPTOL. Under this name Yvon has 
lauded the cinchonine iodsuiphate as a substitute 
for iodoform. It contains 50 per cent, of iodine. 
Yvon prepares it as follows. Twenty-five grammes 
of the cinchonine sulphate are dissolved in two thou- 
sand grammes of water; to this solution is added 
sufficient of the solution of iodine to cause a precipi- 
tate, avoiding an excess; this solution is made by 
dissolving ten grammes each of iodine and potassium 
iodide in one thousand grammes of water. The 
precipitate is placed on a filter and well washed with 
water until the washings are free from iodine, and it 
is then air-dried. ((Nouv. Rem., Julv, 1890.) 
ANTISPASMIN. C23H26N08Na-(-3CeH. 
(OH)COONa. In this compound 1 molecule of 
narcein sodium is considered to have united with 
3 molecules of sodium salicylate. This white, 
slightly hygroscopic powder contains about 50 
per cent, of narcein, and is said to have the ad- 
vantage over the other narcein preparations of 
readily forming with water a somewhat per- 
manent solution. According to Prof. Demme, 
it is a valuable hypnotic and analgesic, especially 
advantageous in painful cramps. Dose, from one- 
half to one grain (0-032-0-065 Gm.). 
ANTITHERMIN. Phenylhydrazin-Loevulinic 
acid. C0H5.NgH=C(CH3).C3H66p. This substance, 
which is obtained by tbe action of phenylhydrazin 
upon acetopropionic acid, occurs in colorless crystals, 
insoluble in cold water, soluble in ether and hot 
alcohol, melting point 108° C. It was first proposed 
in 1887 by Nicotas an antipyretic; and it has been 
especially experimented upon by Drobner (Wien. 
Med. Presse, 1892, 540), who finds it very active in 
doses of from seven and a half to ten grains (0-48- 
0-647 Gm.). It produces, however, pallor, cephalic 
distress, excessive sweating, and other evidences of 
vaso-motor depression, which require great caution 
in its use ; and not more than three grains (0-2 Gm.) 
should be given when there is any weakness. 
ANUSOL. A proprietary suppository alleged 
to contain a bismuth compound of iodo-resorcin- 
sulphonic acid has been recommended for the 
treatment of hemorrhoids. Zinc oxide, resorcin, 
bismuth oxyiodide, balsam of Peru, and cacao 
butter are said to be the ingredients, ( West Drug., 
1898, 75.) 
APIUM GRAVEOLENS. L. (Nat. ord. Um- 
belliferse.) Ache, Celeri, Fr. Sellerie, Eppich, G. 
The ordinary celery of the gardens is believed by 
some persons to possess antispasmodic properties, and 
has been used as a nerve stimulant. It contains 
apiol, although in much less quantity than does 
parsley. 
APIUM PETROSELINUM. L. Petroselinum. 
U. S. 1870. Persil, Fr. Petersilie, G. Prezzemolo, 
It. Petroselinum sativum. Hoffman, TJrnb. i. t. 1, 
f. 2. Parsley is an umbelliferous plant having a 1570 
Apium Petroselinum.—Aquilegia Vulgaris. 
PART II. 
biennial root, with an annual, round, furrowed, 
jointed, erect, branching stem, about two feet in 
height. The radical leaves are compound, pinnated 
in ternaries, with the leaflets smooth, divided into 
three lobes, and notched at the margin. In the 
cauline leaves, the segments of the leaflets are linear 
and entire. The flowers are small, pale yellow, and 
disposed in terminal compound umbels, with a one- 
or two-leaved general involucre, and partial ones 
composed of six or eight leaflets. The petals are 
five, roundish, and indexed at their apex. The 
seeds (half fruits) are small, ovate, flat on one side, 
convex on the other, dark green, and marked with 
five longitudinal ridges. They have a strong tere- 
binthinate odor, and a warm aromatic taste. 
The plant is a native of Sardinia and other parts of 
Southern Europe, is naturalized in salt marshes on 
the coast of California, and is cultivated everywhere 
in gardens. All parts of it contain a volatile oil, to 
which it owes its odor and mainly its taste, as well 
as its use in seasoning. This oil consists of a hydro- 
carbon, C1OH,0, and a camphor, C1„H^404, crys- 
tallizing in white silky needles, which fuse at 30° 
C. (86° F.), and boil at about 300° C. (572° F.), 
subliming with partial decomposition. Braconnot 
obtained from the herb a peculiar substance, re- 
sembling pectic acid in appearance, which he named 
apiin. It is procured by boiling the herb in water, 
straining the liquor, and allowing it to cool. The 
apiin then forms a gelatinous mass, which requires 
only to be washed with cold water. V. Gerichten 
(Ber. Chem. Ges., 1876, 1121) found that by re- 
peated dissolving of this gelatinous mass in alcohol 
and precipitation by water it could be purified and 
then obtained from concentrated alcoholic solution 
in silky needles of the formula C27H32016. MM. 
Joret and Homolle found the seeds to contain a 
volatile oil, a crystallizable fatty matter, pectin, 
what they believe to be the apiin of Braconnot, 
chlorophyll, tannin, a coloring matter, extractive, 
lignin, various salts, and, in addition to these, a 
peculiar substance to which they gave the name of 
apiol. This is a yellowish oily liquid, not volatile, 
heavier than water, of a peculiar and tenacious odor 
distinct from that of the plant, and an acrid pun- 
gent taste. It is inflammable, insoluble in water 
hot or cold, very soluble in alcohol, and dissolved 
in all proportions by ether and chloroform. It is 
analogous to the fixed oils, but is not chemically 
modified by the alkalies. It contains no nitrogen. 
According to Dr. L. Wolfl’ (A. J. P., 1877, 2), 
commercial apiol is merely the oleoresin: he pro- 
poses a very simple process for true apiol. Pow- 
dered parsley seed is exhausted with benzin, and 
the liquid is spontaneously evaporated; the residue 
is a mixture of fixed oil, wax, and apiol; the apiol 
alone being soluble in alcohol can easily be separated 
by repeated washings with strong alcohol; the wash- 
ings evaporated over a water-bath at a gentle heat 
leave as a residue “true apiol.” L. Ough (Chem. 
and Drug., 1894, 17) obtains apiol by percolating 
freshly powdered parsley seeds with alcohol (sp. gr. 
0833), distilling the alcohol from the percolate, and 
separating the oily residue from the deposited waxy 
solid. 
Ciamician and Silber (Pharm. Post, 1888, 391) 
have investigated apiol, and state that the pure sub- 
stance occurs in white crystals having the com- 
position melting at 30° C. (86° F.), and 
boiling at 294° C. (661-2° F.). Isapiol, Apiolic 
Acid, Apiolaldehyde, and Apion are decomposition 
products. They state that isapiol has physiological 
properties resembling pure apiol. 
Mr. H. C. Whitney (N. Ji., January, 1880) pro- 
poses to change the name of commercial apiol, and 
call it oil of parsley seed. He believes that the vola- 
tile oil of parsley seed is the active and emmena- 
gogue principle, and obtains it by distilling the 
freshly powdered seed with salt water. The yield 
was 4-27 per cent, of an oil which corresponded 
closely with Joret and Homolle’s apiol. Gerichten 
(Berichte d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 16, 17) obtained 
besides the peculiar terpene, parsley camphor, which 
he thinks is alone entitled to the name of apiol. He 
gives its melting point at 30° C. (86° F.), boiling 
point 300° C. (572° F.), and sp. gr. 1-015. 
Parsley root is spindle-shaped, about as thick as 
the finger, externally white, and marked with close 
annular wrinkles, internally fleshy and white, with 
a yellowish central portion. It has a pleasant smell, 
and a sweetish, slightly aromatic taste, but loses 
these properties by long boiling and by time. Pars- 
ley root in the recent state is said to be aperient and 
diuretic, and is occasionally used in nephritic and 
dropsical affections. The juice of the fresh herb 
and the seeds have been employed in intermittents. 
According to MM. Joret and Homolle, apiol pro- 
duces, in the dose of about fifteen grains (0-9 Gm.), 
a slight cerebral excitation without unpleasant 
effects of any kind, and, in double or quadruple 
the quantity, a species of intoxication, with gid- 
diness, morbid sights and sounds, and frontal 
headache. They found it to cure intermittents; 
hut subsequent observations have shown that it 
has very little antiperiodic power. MM. Joret 
and Baillot commend it in amenorrhcea and dys- 
menorrhcea, in the dose of about four grains 
morning and evening; in the former affection in 
anticipation of the menstrual period, in the latter 
during its continuance. Experience has confirmed 
its value as an emmenagogue, but it is best used in 
a single dose of fifteen grains (0 9 Gm.), given in 
capsules, at the time of the molimen. Isapiol is 
said to produce headache and temporary intoxica- 
tion, and to have no practical advantages over apiol. 
APOLYSIN. Apolisin. Monophenetidin Citrate. 
A compound of citric acid and paraphenetidin. 
It is a crystalline, yellowish-white powder of pe- 
culiar odor and taste, less acid than citric acid. Its 
melting point is 72° C. It is soluble in cold water 
(1 in 25), alcohol, and glycerin, and in concen- 
trated sulphuric acid without change of color. The 
solution in nitric acid turns a pale orange color. 
The aqueous solution is not clouded by silver ni- 
trate, nor the acid solution by hydrogen sulphide. 
Dr. R. Seifert (Deutsch Med. Wochen., xxi., 1895) 
asserts that in the dose of from eight to twenty- 
four grains three or four times a day (0-5-1-5 Gm.) 
it is a very valuable remedy as an antipyretic 
in various febrile diseases, and possessed of great 
power as an analgesic, similar in range of useful- 
ness to phenacetin, but free from poisonous 
properties or disagreeable after-effects. 
AQUILEGIA VULGARIS. L. Columbine. 
A perennial herbaceous plant of the nat. ord. 
Ranunculaceae, indigenous to Europe, but culti- 
vated in our gardens as an ornamental flower. All 
parts of it have been medicinally employed. The 
root, leaves, and flowers have a disagreeable odor, 
and a bitterish acrid taste. From the small black 
shining seeds A. T. De Rochebrune (Toxicol. Afri- 
caine,\. 1897) has separated an alkaloid, Aquilegine. PART II. 
Aralia.—Areca Nut. 
1571 
in the form of long, prismatic, slightly iridescent 
crystals. The same investigator found that the ex- 
tract of the plant produces in the lower animals 
symptoms very similar to those caused by aconite. 
At one time considered diuretic and diaphoretic, 
columbine is not at present used in practical medi- 
cine. 
ARALIA (Racine d’aralie nude, Fr. ; Nachte 
Aralienwurzel, G.). Aralia Nudicaulis. L. False 
Sarsaparilla, Wild Sarsaparilla, Shotbush, Small 
Spikenard, Wild Liquorice. (Racine d’aralie a tige 
nue, Petitnard, Fr.) This plant is an indigenous 
perennial, belonging to the nat. ord. Araliacese, 
having one leaf and one flower-stem, springing 
together from the rhizome, or from a very short 
smooth stalk, and seldom rising two feet in height. 
The leaf, which stands upon a long footstalk, is 
twice ternate, or once and quinate, with oblong- 
oval, acuminate leaflets, rounded at the base, 
serrate on the margin, and smooth on both sur- 
faces. The scape or flower-stem is naked, shorter 
than the leaf, and terminated by three small umbels, 
each consisting of from twelve to thirty small yel- 
lowish or greenish flowers. The fruit consists of 
small round berries, about as large as those of the 
common elder. The plant grows throughout the 
United States, from Canada to the Carolinas, in- 
habiting shady and rocky woods, and delighting in 
a rich soil. It flowers in May and June. The 
root is horizontal, creeping, sometimes several feet 
in length, about as thick as the little finger, more 
or less twisted, of a yellowish-brown color ex- 
ternally, of a fragrant odor, and a warm, aromatic, 
sweetish taste. Alpers and Murray (Proc. A. P. 
A., 1897,182) found in it 3-05 per cent, of resin, 0 33 
per cent, of oil, tannin, an acid, albumen, and 
mucilage and cellulose. Aralia racemosa, L. 
(.American Spikenard), is distinguished by its her- 
baceous widely branched stem, which is furnished 
with leaves, whose leaflets are heart-ovate, pointed, 
doubly serrate, slightly downy, and also by its 
blackish or dark purple fruit being in very nu- 
merous umbels, and so clustered as to make a large 
compound panicle. Its rhizome is short, two or 
more inches thick, furnished with closely placed, 
large, nodose stem-scars, and numerous roots from 
one to two feet long, which are much branched be- 
low. In odor and taste it resembles A nudicaulis, 
hut is more spicy. Aralia hispida, Vent. (Bristly 
Sarsaparilla, Dwarf Elder), closely resembles A. 
nudicaulis, but is distinguished by its larger stem, 
which is also bristly and leafy. Its root has been 
used as a diuretic in dropsy. [Am. J. Med. Sci., 
xix. 117.) For microscopic description with illus- 
trations of the root of A. nudicaulis, by Prof. E. S. 
Bastin, see Western Druggist, 1885, 314. 
Aralia racemosa and A. nudicaulis have been used 
especially in domestic practice as a gentle stimulant 
diaphoretic and alterative, chiefly in rheumatic, 
syphilitic, and cutaneous affections, in the same 
manner and dose as genuine sarsaparilla. A strong 
decoction has proved useful as a stimulant to old 
ulcers. W. R. Monroe (A. J. P., Oct. 1898) found 
in the rhizome of the Aralia californica a small 
amount of a pale yellow, very aromatic, volatile 
oil, but failed to detect saponin. 
ARALIA SPINOSA. L. Angelica-tree. Her- 
cules' Club. Toothache-tree. Prickly Elder. Prickly 
Ash. The name prickly ash should be dropped, as it 
belongs properly to Xanthoxylum fraxineum. The 
stem of this arborescent shrub is erect, simple, from 
eight to twelve feet high, armed with numerous 
prickles, and furnished near the top with very large 
bipinnate or tripinnate leaves, which are also 
prickly, and are composed of oval, pointed, slightly 
serrate leaflets. It terminates in an ample panicle, 
very much branched, and bearing numerous small 
hemispherical umbels, in each of which are about 
thirty white flowers. This species of Aralia is 
found most abundantly and of the largest growth 
in the Southern States, where it is said to sometimes 
attain a height of from thirty to sixty feet. It 
grows also in the Western States, and as far north 
as New York. It flourishes in low, fertile woods, 
and flowers in August and September. The bark, 
root, and berries are medicinal. 
The bark (Ecorce d’aralie epineuse, Fr.; Dornige 
Aralienrinde, G.), as in the shops, is usually in 
small quills or half quills, from two or three lines to 
half an inch in diameter, thin, fibrous, grayish ex- 
ternally, and armed with prickles or the remains of 
them, yellowish within, of an odor somewhat aro- 
matic, and a bitterish taste, which becomes slightly 
acrid on chewing, and leaves a lasting sense of 
pungency upon the tongue. It yields its virtues to 
boiling water. G. W. Elkins found in the bark 
starch, glucose, gum, pectin, two acrid resins, vola- 
tile oil in small quantity, and what he believed to 
be an uncrystallizable alkaloid. (A. J. P., Aug. 
1880.) L. H. Holden {A. J. P., 1880, 390) found 
along with tannin and other ingredients a glucoside, 
araliin. J. K. Lilly (A. J. P., 1882, 433) obtained 
the glucoside by adding ether to the alcoholic ex- 
tract. The glucoside is thrown out, then dissolved 
in water, precipitated first with neutral lead acetate 
and then the filtrate with basic acetate. This pre- 
cipitate decomposed with hydrogen sulphide yields 
the glucoside, which is recrystallized out of alco- 
hol. Decomposed by boiling with dilute hydro- 
chloric acid, it yields sugar and araliretin. The 
virtues of Aralia spinosa are those of a stimulant 
diaphoretic. According to Elliot, an infusion of the 
recent bark of the root is emetic and cathartic. The 
remedy is used in chronic rheumatism and cutaneous 
eruptions-, and in some parts of the South has been 
employed in syphilis. Pursh states that a vinous or 
spirituous infusion of the berries is remarkable for 
relieving rheumatic pains ; and a similar tincture is 
said to be employed in Virginia with advantage in 
violent colic. The pungency of this tincture has 
also been found useful in relieving toothache. The 
hark is best administered in decoction. 
ARECA NUT. Semen Arecce. Betel Nut, E. 
Noix d’Arec, Fr. Arekanusse, Betelnusse, G. The 
Areca Catechu, L., is an East India paim. The 
fruit, which is about the size and shape of a small 
egg, and of an orange-yellow color, contains the 
nut embedded in a fibrous, fleshy envelope, and 
invested with a brittle shell which adheres to the 
exterior flesh. The kernel, the betel nut of com- 
merce, is of a roundish-conical shape, rather larger 
than a chestnut, externally of a deep brown, diver- 
sified with a fawn color, so as to present a reticular 
appearance, internally brownish red with whitish 
veins, very hard, of a feeble odor when broken, 
and of an astringent, somewhat acrid taste. It 
abounds in tannin, and contains also gallic acid, a 
fixed oil, gum, a little volatile oil, lignin, and vari- 
ous saline substances. Fliickiger found that the 
tannic acid gives a green color turning to brown 
with ferric salts. (Pharmacographia, 671.) It 
yields its astringency to water ; and in some parts 1572 
Areca Nat.—A rgentamin. 
PART II. 
of Hindostan an extract is prepared from it having 
the appearance and properties of catechu. A red 
coloring matter known as Areca red is extracted, 
probably resulting from the decomposition of a 
tannin. It is insoluble in cold water and ether, 
soluble in boiling water and alkaline liquids, out 
of which it is precipitated by acids. E. Jahns (Ber. 
d. Chem. Ges., 1888, 3404) has found three alkaloids 
in areca nut: 1. Arecoline, C8H13N02, identical 
with the arekane of Bombalon. 2. Arecaine, C7 
HuN02, HaO, which occurs in permanent, col- 
orless crystals, soluble in water, insoluble in abso- 
lute alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzol. 3. An 
alkaloid which exists in such small quantities that 
sufficient was not obtainable for close examination. 
On heating arecoline with strong hydrochloric acid 
to 150° C. it is decomposed into methyl chloride, 
CHgOl, and arecaidine, This latter 
base forms colorless plates, stable in the air, fusing 
at from 223° to 224° C., easily soluble in water, diffi- 
cultly soluble in strong alcohol, and insoluble in 
ether and chloroform. Arecaidine has been shown 
to be methyltetrahydronicotinic acid, and has been 
made synthetically from nicotinic acid. The third 
alkaloid of Jahns is probably guvacine, CeH0lSrO?, 
of which the methyl derivative is the base arecai- 
dine before mentioned. Betel leaves from Piper 
Betel, according to D. S. Kemp (P. J. Tr., xx. 759), 
contain two volatile oils, one heavy, sp. gr. 1-046, 
and the other light, sp. gr. 0-9404. Immense 
quantities of areca nut are consumed in the East, 
mixed with the leaves of the Piper Betel and 
with lime, forming the masticatory so well known 
by the name of Betel. The red color which this 
mixture imparts to the saliva and the excrements 
is owing to the areca nut, which is also powerfully 
astringent, and, by its internal use, tends to coun- 
teract the relaxation of bowels to which the heat of 
the climate so strongly predisposes. (See N. R., 
1876, 71.) Marme affirms that arecoline resembles 
muscarine in its action upon the heart, and is a 
respiratory depressant. According to Jahns [Bull. 
Gen. Therap., 1889), arecaine is the active principle 
of the areca nut, and a powerful tcenicide, resem- 
bling in its action pelletierine. It is an active poi- 
son, half a grain (0-032 Gm.) sufficing to kill a rabbit 
in a few moments. Its general action seems to be 
like that of muscarine, but it influences the respi- 
ration as well as the heart, causes tetanic convul- 
sions, and has an extraordinary influence in increas- 
ing intestinal peristalsis. Locally applied, or when 
given internally, it contracts the pupils. It is be- 
lieved that it will prove a valuable remedy on ac- 
count of its taenicidal and vermifugal properties, 
and its action upon peristalsis. (Pharm. Zeitung, 
Feb. 1889.) Arecaine is said to resemble in its 
physiological action methyl-nicotinic acid. 
Arecoline hydrobromate, a commercial salt, ac- 
cording to the experiments of Frohner, is more 
powerful as a stimulant to the salivary glands than 
pilocarpine, and more active as a laxative than 
eserine. It is especially commended by veterina- 
rians in the colic of horses, given subcutaneously 
in the dose of from 0-3 to 0-6 Gm. In human medi- 
cine it has been used in the dose of from 0-004 to 
0-006 Gm. against the tapeworm, and as a myotic. 
According to Lavagna {Therap. Monat., 1895),the 1 
per cent, solution dropped into the eye will pro- 
duce violent myosis, reaching its maximum in 
ten and beginning to disappear in thirty minutes. 
Lavagna and also Bietti extol the salt as a prac- 
tical remedy in glaucoma, in which it is even superior 
to esCrine, although its action is less enduring. 
In India the areca nut has long been used as a 
vermifuge, the dose being a teaspoonful of the 
freshly grated nut, and its value against the tape- 
worm has been confirmed by various European and 
American practitioners. The usual dose is from 
one to two drachms (3-9-7‘8 Gm.). In this coun- 
try the nut has also been used for the making of a 
hard charcoal, employed as a basis of tooth-powder. 
ARGEMONE MEXICANA. L. Prickly 
Poppy. Argemone, Er. Stachelmohn, G. An annual 
plant, belonging to the Papaveracese, growing in our 
Southern and Western States, Mexico, the West 
Indies, Brazil, and in many parts of Africa and 
Southern Asia. The whole plant abounds in a 
milky, viscid juice, which becomes yellow on ex- 
posure to the air. M. Charbonnier obtained from 
the plant an alkaloid, which he believes to be mor- 
phine. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1868, 352.) For 
description of plant, see 16th ed. U. S. D. The 
plant is emetic and purgative, and possesses also 
narcotic properties. The milky, yellowish juice, 
which is acrid, has been used internally in obstinate 
cutaneous eruptions, and as a local application to 
warts and chancres, and in diseases of the eyes. 
The flowers are stated by De Candolle to have been 
employed as a soporific. The seeds, which are 
small, round, black, and roughish, are emetic in 
dose of two drachms infused in a pint of water ; in 
smaller doses they are purgative. The expressed ca- 
thartic oil may be separated by means of carbon di- 
sulphide, and it is described by M. Charbonnier as of 
a light yellow color, limpid, transparent, retaining 
its fluidity at 5° C. (41° F.), of a somewhat nauseous 
odor, and of a slightly acrid taste, which, however, 
is not very disagreeable. It is a drying oil, and is 
entirely soluble in 5 or 6 measures of alcohol at 
32-2° C. (90° F.). According to Fliickiger, it has 
a sp. gr. of 0-919 and dries slowly, and is not solu- 
ble in 6 parts of alcohol. The volatile fatty acids, 
acetic, butyric, and valerianic acids, were found by 
Froelich to be present. It is thought applicable to 
various purposes in the arts, especially to painting. 
M. Charbonnier found it gently cathartic in the 
dose of from fifteen to twenty-five drops, and emeto- 
cathartic in larger doses. (Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 
1868, 348.) According to Dr. W. Hamilton, the 
seeds unite an anodyne and soporific with the 
cathartic property ; and, in the hands of Dr. Af- 
fleck, of Jamaica, have proved useful in flatulent 
colic, given in emulsion, in the dose of about eight 
grains (0 518 Gm.), repeated every half-hour till 
three doses are taken. (P. J. Tr., xiii. 642.) Dr. 
Bonavia also found it useful in colic with constipa- 
tion, and, following a practice common in Upper 
India, applied it very successfully, as a local remedy, 
in a troublesome cutaneous affection about the waist, 
called the dhad. 
ARGENTAMIN. Argentamin is a solution of 
silver phosphate in ethylene diamine. It is a clear, 
strongly alkaline liquid, sp. gr. 0-97, which does 
not precipitate albumin. Its use in medicine was 
proposed in 1894 by Jean Schaeffer (Zeitsch. f. Hyg. 
u. Infektions, 1894, xvi., Bd. ii.) Hoor used it in 
a large number of eye cases ; he asserts that it causes 
less pain and irritation than the silver nitrate, and 
penetrates deeper. He used a 5 per cent, solution 
in the eye from one to four times a day in the 
same cases as those in which silver nitrate is useful. 
According to Aschner (Orv. hetil., 1895), it is well PART II. 
Argenti Ammonii- Chloridum.—Argonin. 
1573 
borne by the posterior urethra in a strong solution, 
as 1 to 250; but the anterior urethra will not bear 
more than 1 to 2000. 
ARGENTI AMMONII-CHLORIDUM. Ar- 
gentum Chlorato-ammoniatum. Silver Ammonio- 
chloride. This substance is formed by saturating 
solution of ammonia, by the aid of heat, with silver 
chloride, and allowing the liquid to cool in a stop- 
pered bottle. It crystallizes in cubes. Silver am- 
monio-chloride has been used in the treatment of 
chorea, epilepsy, and syphilis, and as an anthel- 
mintic, in doses of from one-twelfth to one and a 
half grains (0-005-0-1 Gm.). It is very rarely 
employed, and is probably of little value. 
ARGENTI CHLORIDUM. Silver Chloride. 
(AgCl.) This is readily prepared by adding a solu- 
tion of common salt to one of silver nitrate, as long 
as it produces a precipitate. As first thrown down, 
it is a white, curdy substance, but it soon becomes 
discolored when exposed to the light. It is decom- 
posed by solutions of the caustic alkalies, which 
convert it into oxide, but not by their carbonates. 
After the formation of the oxide in this way, the 
addition of sugar reduces it, and revives the silver. 
(Levol.) Silver chloride has been used in syphilis, 
epilepsy, chronic dysentery and diarrhoea, and other 
diseases in which silver nitrate has been given. 
The dose is from one to three grains or more 
(0-06-0-18 Gm.), four or five times a day. 
ARGENTI CITRICUM. Silver Citrate. Itrol. 
AgoC6H607. A dry, odorless powder, soluble with 
difficulty in water. This salt is recommended by 
Crede as an antiseptic powder which may be dusted 
over a wound without producing irritation, or it 
may be injected subcutaneously into the surround- 
ing tissue. It has been very highly recommended 
by O. Werler (Dermatolog. Zeitsch., Bd. cxi.) as 
intensely poisonous to the organism of gonorrhoea, 
and non-irritant to the urethral mucous membrane; 
and as further having the power of penetrating 
deep into this membrane. The patient is to inject 
in the usual manner, four times a day, a solution 
of a strength varying from 1 to 4000 to 1 to 8000. 
As the itrol solution is immediately decomposed in 
contact with organic material, it is essential that 
the syringe and vessels used be kept absolutely 
clean. Even in acute gonorrhoea it is said that no 
burning or disagreeable sensations are caused. 
Werler also commends it as a remedy in the treat- 
ment of chronic cystitis. Tilger and other surgeons 
have commended the remedy in the treatment of 
all forms of infected mucous membrane in saturated 
solution (1 to 3800). 
ARGENTI FLUORIDUM. Argentum Fluora- 
turn. Silver Fluoride. AgF. Lazzaro claims for 
this preparation great antiseptic power, but there 
seems to be but little clinical or experimental evi- 
dence as to its value. 
ARGENTI LACTAS. Argentum Lacticum. 
Silver Lactate. Actol. AgC3H603. Silver lactate 
was introduced by Crede on account of its great 
bacterial influence as a surgical germicide. It is 
affirmed that its injection renders an already in- 
fected wound rapidly aseptic without much irri- 
tation. It is soluble in 15 parts of water, and 
may be used in very strong, even saturated, solu- 
tion. D. A. Tilger finds that the application of 
the pure powder to the curetted infected sore causes 
only moderate burning pain of short duration and 
acts most happily. (Munch. Med. Wochen., 1897.) 
Its therapeutic properties seem to be purely local, 
since E. Marx found that after very large doses 
of it injected into animals it does not prevent the 
development of pathogenetic germs. It is almost 
certainly decomposed at the point of injection, 
hut, unlike corrosive sublimate, it does not form 
an insoluble compound when brought in contact 
with tissues, but is able to find its way through 
these tissues. One gramme of it has been given 
hypodermically without other serious symptoms ex- 
cept some burning pain at the point of injection. 
According to Marx, a remarkable rise of tempera- 
ture follows the use of it in very large doses. Actol 
has been used to a considerable extent in dentistry, 
decayed or decaying pulp being washed with a 1 to 
2000 solution and then dusted with itrol. 
ARGENTI QUINASEPTOLAS. Argentol. 
C0H6N.OHSO3Ag. According to Crede, this is an 
extremely unstable compound, which in the pres- 
ence of septic matter splits up into oxyquinoline 
and metallic silver. It is a yellow powder, sparingly 
soluble in water, and has been employed either as 
a dusting powder or in the form of spray, or in- 
jection, 1 to 300 to 1000, in chancres, gonorrhoeas, 
and various other surgical infections. 
ARGENTI SULPHOPHENAS. Silver Sul- 
phocarbolate. CeH4(0H)S03Ag. A crystalline pow- 
der containing 28 per cent, of metallic silver, soluble 
in water; proved to undergo spontaneous decom- 
position, but said to be more permanent than itrol. 
P. Zanardi asserts that it has the antiseptic prop- 
erties of the soluble silver salts and is not corrosive. 
ARGENTUM SOLUBILE. Soluble Silver. 
Several allotropic modifications of silver were dis- 
covered by M. Carey Lea in 1891. One of these 
has been introduced into medicine because of its 
antiseptic characters,—viz., the bluish or greenish 
colloidal variety, under the name of “Soluble Sil- 
ver.” It can be prepared by taking a mixture of 
30 Gm. ferrous sulphate dissolved in 100 C.c. of 
water and 36 Gm. of crystallized sodium citrate 
dissolved in 140 C.c. of water and pouring this 
mixture with stirring into 100 C.c. of a 10 per 
cent, silver nitrate solution. After allowing the 
precipitate to settle, the supernatant liquid is poured 
off, the precipitate dissolved in water, and again 
precipitated with absolute alcohol. When dried, 
the colloidal silver is a bluish- or green-colored mass, 
which dissolves in water with a deep red color, but 
is precipitated from its solution by the addition of 
salt solutions. It contains 97-2 per cent, silver. 
It is affirmed by Crede that soluble silver is non- 
poisonous and useful as an internal antiseptic medi- 
cament in various general infections, such as septi- 
caemia, tuberculosis, diphtheria. He uses it especially 
in inunction (45 grains, 3 grammes) for the adult. 
Several grammes of the 1 per cent, solution may be 
injected hypodermically without causing pain. It 
is probably physiologically inert, and of no medici- 
nal value. 
ARGONIN. Argentum Casein. This is a white 
powder; neutral reaction; prepared by mixing a 
solution of a sodium compound of casein with silver 
nitrate and precipitating with alcohol. It is readily 
soluble in warm or albuminous water, with diffi- 
culty in cold water. A 10 per cent, solution in 
warm water is said to be permanent in the dark. 
(A. Leibrecht, Therap. Monatssch., vii. 1895.) 
Fifteen grains of this substance contain as much 
silver as does one grain of the silver nitrate. It 
makes a neutral solution in water, and has been 
very highly recommended by both German and 1574 
Aristol.—Arrow-Poisons. 
PART II. 
American clinicians in the treatment of acute and 
chronic cases of gonorrhoea. Its 10 per cent, solu- 
tion causes no pain in acute gonorrhoea. Accord- 
ing, however, to the elaborate study of H. M. 
Christian, it is not of much service in the treatment 
of posterior urethritis. Ten cubic centimetres of a 
to 3 per cent, solution may in the acute stages 
of the disease be injected into the urethra and 
allowed to remain there for five minutes. A solu- 
tion—0-3 ammonia, 0-6 argonin, 100 of water—is 
said by R. Mayer to be much more powerful than 
argonin itself. 
ARISTOL. Dithymoldiiodide. C20H2402I2 or 
Verairum album and snake venom were used. The 
peregrinations of English and American travel- 
lers in Africa, and the various political changes 
and fermentations which have been the fruit of 
their discoveries,—the war with Spain and the con- 
sequent bringing of attention to the Philippine 
Islands,—has produced so much of general interest 
in the wild natives of these various remote regions 
that we have thought it proper to prepare for 
our readers a general summary of what is known 
in regard to the poisons used by these various na- 
tives for the killing of game and the destruction 
of their enemies. In doing this we have thought 
that a geographical arrangement might well suf- 
fice. We shall omit strophanthus and the wooraris, 
which have become commercial products. 
So far as our knowledge goes no poisonous arrows 
have ever been used in North America or in North- 
ern Asia, unless, indeed, the statements made by 
Kracheninikow be correct. In the second volume 
of his Voyage en Siberie French edition, 1768, 
this traveller states that the roots of the plant 
known as Zgate are employed by several tribes 
living in the far north of Asia as an arrow-poison, 
and it has been suggested, probably with insufficient 
reason, that the plant is an anemone. We have 
met with no recent author who has seen this poison. 
Of the Asiatic arrow-poisons the most im- 
portant are those which have long been used by 
the natives of Java and other East India islands 
under the names of Upas antiar and Upas tieute. 
The Upas antiar is a gum-resinous exudation ob- 
tained from the Antiaris toxicaria, a large tree be- 
longing to the Urticaceas, growing in Java, Cele- 
bes, and the neighboring islands. Like certain 
species of Rhus, this plant exhales an aeriform mat- 
ter, which very unpleasantly affects some of those 
who approach it, causing eruptions upon the skin 
and attended with much swelling ; hence the fable 
of the deadly upas tree. The juice is mixed with 
various substances to give it due consistency. 
Whether taken internally or introduced into the 
system through a wound, upas acts with extreme 
violence, producing vomiting, great prostration, a 
feeble, irregular pulse, involuntary evacuations, 
and convulsive movements, which are soon fol- 
lowed by death. Maurice Doyon found Upas an- 
tiar to be a powerful cardiac poison, causing in 
small doses rise of the arterial pressure, largely by 
an action upon the vaso-motor centres, but in large 
doses arresting the heart. (Archiv. de Physiol., 
1892.) Pelletier and Caventou obtained from it a 
glucoside, antiarin, crystallizable, soluble in water 
and alcohol, but scarcely so in ether, and of the 
formula C14H2q06. For a recent elaborate study 
of antiarin by Kiliani, see P. J. Tr., Ivii. Anti- 
arin acts directly on the cardiac muscle, diminish- 
ing the irritability of the peripheral vagus and 
stimulating the vaso-motor centres. It belongs to 
the digitalis group. According to the experiments 
of Stockman, antiarin is the most active of known 
cardiac poisons, the relative powers of strophan- 
thin, urechitin, and antiarin being such that 
gr. strophanthin, gr. urechitin, gr. an- 
tiarin are equivalents. H. W. Bettink claims 
(Ned. Tijdschr. v. Pharm.) that besides antiarin 
there are present in Upas antiar two other active 
principles, cepain and toxicarine. 
The Upas tieute is said to be obtained from a 
climbing woody plant growing exclusively in Java, 
the Strychnos tieute of Leschenault. This author 
C„II7 
cV 
CH3 
C3H7. 
CeHa(OI) 
. This substance contains about 
46 per cent, of iodine ; it is believed to be tbe prod- 
uct of the condensation of two molecules of thymol 
and the substitution of the hydrogen in the hydroxyl 
group in each by iodine. It may be prepared by 
decomposing a solution of iodine in potassium 
iodide by an alcoholic solution of thymol. For pro- 
cess, see A. J. P., 1891, 175. Aristol is a red-brown 
powder, insoluble in water and glycerin, slightly 
soluble in alcohol, and freely so in ether, chloro- 
form, and in fixed oils. It is precipitated from 
ethereal solutions by alcohol. Heat must not be 
used in making the solution ; and light decomposes 
aristol, which must therefore be protected from it. 
Medical Properties and Uses. The therapeutic 
properties of aristol were first brought to the notice 
of the profession by Eichhoff {Mount, fur Prak. 
Dermat., 1890), who claimed that it is a non-toxic 
and non-irritant application, having similar local 
properties to iodoform, and useful in the treatment 
of superficial ulcerations, eczema, psoriasis, and va- 
rious other skin affections. The non-poisonous 
properties of it have been confirmed by Neisser, 
Quinquaud, and Fournioux. The mode of its elimi- 
nation from the system has not been thoroughly 
worked out, but it appears to be partially decom- 
posed, as iodine has been found in the urine after its 
ingestion. Neisser found that the powder has no 
effect upon the lower organisms, although its ethereal 
solution is germicidal, probably through decom- 
position of the aristol. It may be used as a sub- 
stitute for iodoform, but the general trend of the 
reports is that it is not equal in antiseptic surgery 
to iodoform. It is, however, considerably used, 
especially in affections of the membranes of the 
nose and larynx. It has been employed by sup- 
pository in chronic dysentery, three grains (0-19 
Gm.) three times a day, with alleged excellent re- 
sults. Nadaud claims great success in pulmonary 
tuberculosis from the hypodermic injection of from 
one to three C.c daily of its 1 per cent, solution in 
sweet almond oil. 
ARMERIA VULGARIS. Willd. (Now known 
as Statice Armeria. L.) Maiden Pink. (Nat. ord. 
Plumbaginacese.) This plant, found in Europe, 
Asia, and Western North America, is said to be an 
active diuretic. {Pharmaceut. Post, May, 1890.) 
ARROW-POISONS. Up to the seventh cen- 
tury poisoned arrows were used in Europe in war- 
fare, and they seem not to have disappeared from 
Spain until the sixteenth century, whilst poisoned 
daggers and poisoned swords were used even later 
for assassinations. The nature of the poisons em- 
ployed is obscure, though it is stated that the 
CeH2(OI)J PART II. 
Arrow- Poisons. 
1575 
states that a decoction of the bark of the root is 
concentrated to the consistence of a thin syrup, 
then mixed with onions, garlic, pepper, etc., and 
allowed to stand till it becomes clear. This poison 
produces death in violent convulsion, and strych- 
nine is said to have been found in it. (Amer. 
Journ. Med. Sci., 1860; Chem. and Drug., 1868.) 
It is very probable that different extracts are 
employed by different tribes in the islands of 
the Malay Archipelago. Dr. Braidwood (Edin- 
burgh Med. Journ., 1864) found the arrow-poison 
known as Dajaksh to be a cardiac paralyzant. It 
is not clear whether this is or is not the same as an 
arrow-poison produced in Borneo, which was re- 
cently examined by Prof. Leubuscher. (Centralb. 
fiir Innere Med., Bd. xvii., 1896.) This is a 
blackish-brown, structureless extract, with yellow- 
ish streaks through it; it is believed by Prof. Leu- 
buscher to contain an alkaloid which he failed to 
isolate. This poison produced in the lower ani- 
mals great muscular relaxation, with convulsive 
movements and cardiac arrest in systole. It was 
found to have no direct effect on the respiration, 
the peripheral nerves, or the muscles. In the higher 
animals the blood-pressure was reduced even by 
minute doses ; the action upon the heart appeared 
to be direct. 
The arrow-poisons used by the natives of the 
Philippine Islands are, according to the researches 
of P. C. Plugge (Archiv. d. Pharmacod., ii. 1896), 
obtained from the Rabelaisiaphilippinensis. Plugge 
has found it in a non-nitrogenons glucoside, rabe- 
laisia. This given in very large doses produced 
in animals some convulsive movements, followed 
by profound muscular relaxation, loss of reflexes, 
and general paralysis, ending in death from as- 
phyxia. On the heart it acted as an energetic 
stimulant, belonging to the digitalin group. In 
the frog 0-008 milligramme produced great cardiac 
excitement. (See also I. Rosenthal, Sitzungsb. f. 
Physk. u. Med. Soc., Erlangen, 1894.) 
An arrow-poison is used by the Malays, under 
the name of Ipoh; it is said to be obtained from 
Derris elliptica, or the tuba root, which is much 
used in Java as a fish-poison. It contains an 
active acid resin, to which the name of derrid has 
been given. Derrid appears to be one of the most 
powerful fish-poisons known, as one-five-millionth 
part stupefied gold-fish in a few moments, and 
killed them within half an hour. The physiological 
action of the principle has not been studied. (P. 
J. Tr., vol. xxi., 1890.) Later researches seem 
to throw doubt upon the distinctness of Ipoh 
poison from Upas antiar. (See P. J. Tr., 1892.) 
The natives of Perak, in the Straits Settlements, 
use an arrow-poison stated to be a combination of 
aqueous extracts from the root-bark of three trees, 
the individual extracts being known as ipoh aker, 
aker lampong, and prual. Ipoh aker and aker 
lampong are believed to be obtained from unde- 
scribed species of Strychnos; extracts were pre- 
pared from the root-bark of these trees by Ralph 
Stockman {Lab. Rep. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. vi., 
1897), and found to be of similar physiological 
power, each of them having a digitalis-like action 
and also a well-marked curare-like action, causing 
arrest of the heart in systole and loss of power in 
the motor nerve-endings. Prual is said to be made 
from the root-bark of Coptosapelta jlavescens; in 
the experiments of Stockman it was found to be a 
violent poison, very rapidly killing the muscle at 
the point of inoculation, and soon involving in a 
fatal influence the whole muscular system, so that 
the animal after a large dose collapsed almost at 
once with diastolic cardiac arrest. 
The African akkow-potsons are quite numer- 
ous. Exuja or Echugin is a blackish-brown, crum- 
bly, odorless, and intensely bitter arrow-poison, used 
by the Ovambos of Southwest Africa. It is said to 
be yielded by an apocynaceous shrub, Adenium 
boehmianum. From it R. Bohm (Centralb.f. d. Med. 
Wissensch., 1889) isolated the crystalline glucoside, 
(C6H8Oa), echugin, and a resinous body, echugon. 
The glucoside crystallizes in small, colorless, satiny, 
rhombic plates, easily soluble in water and alcohol, 
and insoluble in ether. It is present to about 10 
per cent, in the crude substance, and is said to very 
closely resemble strophanthin in its physiological 
properties. 
The arrow-poison used by the Pygmies of Cen- 
tral Africa has been obtained by Surgeon Parke, 
and is described in the P. J. Tr., April, 1891. It 
has been found to contain two active alkaloids, 
erythrophlceine and strychnine. 
The Sakayes, the Somangs, and the 'Wakamba 
tribes in Eastern Africa produce arrow-poisons 
whose relations with one another are still obscure. 
Hippo, according to Laborde, causes in the lower 
animals vomiting, followed by tetanic convulsions 
and an almost simultaneous arrest of the respiration 
and cardiac action. (P. J.Tr., July, 1887.) Vakamba 
of Laborde (Ibid.) is probably the same as the ukam- 
bin which has been studied by H. Paschkis, who 
found its active principle to be a crystalline body 
belonging to the digitalis group, and causing in the 
lower animals elevated blood-pressure, fibrillary 
contractions of the muscles, and systolic arrest of 
the heart. (Centralb. Med. Wissen., 1862.) 
Ouabdio is an arrow-poison used by the natives of 
Obok, on the Gulf of Aden, which occurs in the 
form of small, hard, resinous, brown balls. MM. 
Yarigny and Langlois found that one-twelfth of a 
grain was sufficient to kill rabbits and guinea-pigs 
very quickly. After large doses arrest occurred of 
both heart and lungs, but after small doses death 
occurred by failure of respiration, the heart con- 
tinuing to beat after the respiratory movements had 
ceased. (Brit. Med Journ., 1888.) 
An exceedingly bitter arrow-poison, used by the 
tribes who inhabit the country of Segon in the 
French Soudan, has been examined by Ferre and 
Busquet (Archiv. de Physiol. Norm, et Path., vii., 
1895), who find that its active principle is a crystal- 
line glucoside which is a very powerful muscle- 
poison, affecting directly the heart, and producing 
very rapidly general paralysis, with salivation, ex- 
ophthalmia, disturbance of respiration and of cir- 
culation. The first influence is to increase greatly 
the arterial pressure. The whole action of the 
poison is very similar to that of strophanthin. 
The botanical sources of the rare African arrow- 
poisons just mentioned are unknown, and it is un- 
certain whether these poisons are or are not distinct 
from better-known African poisons. It is certain 
that several species of the genus Acokanthera afford 
several arrow-poisons to the natives of Africa. 
Of the four principal species, A. schimperi (Alph.) 
is found abundantly in the highlands of Abyssinia 
and through a great portion of Eastern Africa; 
A. deflersii (Schwf.), which resembles the last- 
named species closely but, according to Schwein- 
furth, differs in that its flowers are larger, sweet- 1576 
Arrow-Poisons.—Arum. 
PART II. 
smelling and pure white, has been found in the 
neighborhood of Yemen ; A. ouabdio is a native of 
Somaliland, and A. venenata of South Africa. For 
description of these plants and microscopic exam- 
ination of some of the drugs, see Engler, Botanische 
Jahrbucher, Bd. xvii. 
The Wa Nyika, the Wa Gyriama, and the Wa 
Kamba tribes of Eastern Africa prepare vegetable 
arrow-poisons probably from different species of 
plants, although the names ouabain, wabayo, and 
ouabdio seem to have been used by missionaries 
and others sending the extract to Europe as syno- 
nyms. One of these extracts was long since re- 
ferred to the root Acokanthera schimperi, Benth. 
and Hook., a reference which has been confirmed 
by an examination of the leaves, flowers, and fruit 
by Thomas R. Fraser. (P. J. Tr., July, 1895.) 
In 1882 Arnaud obtained from an unidentified 
species of the genus Acokanthera (which he named 
provisionally A. ouabdio), a crystalline glucoside; 
and in 1893 Lewin separated from the Acokan- 
thera defiersii an amorphous glucoside. 
The French investigator, Arnaud, gives to 
ouabain the formula L30H4e012, and says that 
when injected into the stomadh it is not poisonous, 
but when taken directly into the blood is most 
deadly; the one-sixty-fifth of a grain (0.00101 
Gm.) being sufficient to kill a man, and acting 
both upon the heart and the respiratory centres. 
Gley states that this ouabain is a local anaesthetic, 
having ten times the power of cocaine; and in this 
he has been largely corroborated by Sailer, Lewin, 
and others. (Compt.-Rend. Soc. Biol., ii. 1895.) 
For the glucoside produced by the Acokanthera, 
schimperi, Fraser proposes the name of acokanthe- 
rin. In his experiments it crystallized from water 
in the form of colorless, transparent, quadrangular 
plates; from alcohol in needle-shaped crystals, 
often grouped in tufts and rosettes ; had a melting 
point of about 186° C.; was slowly soluble in 
water, more so in alcohol; and yielded to Dobbin 
the formula of C30H48013. (See P. J. Tr., lv. 
1895.) 
Physiologically Fraser found this glucoside to 
act very much like strophanthin ; it is a muscle- 
poison, which affects directly the heart muscle and 
thereby causes rise of the arterial pressure. Its 
influence upon the blood-vessels appears to be 
very much less than is that of digitalin. 
The term ouabain (which we believe originated 
with Rochebrune and Arnaud as the name of a 
glucoside which they separated from an unknown 
root of North Somaliland) has been applied to 
glucosides which have been obtained from various 
African poisons and from various species of the 
genus Acokanthera. The formulas given by in- 
vestigators for these glucosides have been for the 
most part closely similar, but have varied consider- 
ably even for the glucosides obtained from the same 
species. The difference in the formulas are not, how- 
ever, important, and the researches of Lewin in 1893 
(Virchow’s Archiv, Bd. cxxxiv.) strongly indicate 
that the glucosides of the North African species 
—that is, of A. defiersii, A. ouabdio, and A. schim- 
peri—are identical, but that the glucoside of A. 
venenata is diverse; it differing from the others 
chemically in not being precipitated by tannic 
acid, and in not producing with concentrated sul- 
phuric acid a typical green fluorescence. It was 
found by Lewin when injected hypodermically to 
act with great rapidity in the production of violent 
dyspnoea and great weakness. It is from that 
species, A. venenata, Don., that the Bushmen of 
South Africa make an arrow-poison by pounding 
the bark between stones, boiling it with water, then 
straining and boiling the water again until a jelly is 
formed, into which the point of the arrow is 
dipped. It is said that no snake-poison is added ; 
but it is farther affirmed that under the name of 
Incwadi the Bushmen also use the bulbous plant 
Buphane disticha in poisoning their arrows. 
Animal Poisons. The use of animal arrow- 
poisons is very uncommon, though the Choco In- 
dians, in Colombia, South America, are said to 
prepare a very deadly extract by holding a tree- 
frog, the Phyllobates choccensis, on a stick near a fire, 
and scraping off the subsequent exudate from the 
skin. As it is asserted that an exudate can be ob- 
tained from the skin of the ordinary European toad 
which is a violent heart-poison, the extract em- 
ployed by the Choco Indians is probably a cardiac 
paralyzant. Again, according to Livingstone, con- 
firmed by Baines, some of the Bushmen prepare a 
poison from a cream-colored grub or caterpillar, 
which they term ’Nga, said to be the first stage of 
the beetle Diamphidia locusta. The grub is grad- 
ually squeezed between the forefinger and thumb, 
and the colorless exudate smeared over the arrow- 
head. Boehm and his pupil Starcke have found 
this poison to he similar in its action to the snake- 
poisons, to he dependent for its activity upon a 
toxic alhumose, and to he non-toxic when given by 
the mouth. As previously stated, it is also probable 
lhat snake venom is sometimes mixed with the 
various vegetable poisons used by barbarians. 
ARTAR ROOT. This is a drug coming from 
the west coast of Africa, possibly the product of 
Xanthoxylum senegalense, D. C. (nat. ord. Rutacese), 
the leaves of which have been found in commercial 
specimens. Two alkaloids have been discovered in 
it by Giacosa and Nionari, one of which is said to 
resemble somewhat in its action veratrine, and to 
he a stimulant to the heart. (Pharm. Centralhalle, 
No. xxv., 1887.) 
ARTEMISIA FRIGIDA. Willdenow. Sierra 
Salvia. Colorado Mountain Sage. (Nat. ord. Com- 
positse.) This Rocky Mountain plant, which is found 
growing in immense quantities in Western America, 
is said to he much used in that region as a diuretic, 
antiperiodic, and mildly cathartic remedy. F. A. 
Weiss {A. J. P., 1890) found indications of a glu- 
coside. The dose of cold infusion (ifii to Oi) is a 
wineglassful three times a day. One or two drachms 
(3-96 or 7-8 Gm.) of the powdered leaves, or one 
or two fluidrachms (3-75 or 7-5 C.c.) of the fluid 
extract, may he administered in hot infusion every 
half-hour until perspiration has set in. 
ARUM. The root or cormus of Arum macula- 
tum is occasionally used as a medicine in Europe. 
Its properties closely resemble those of A. triphyl- 
lum. Its constituents, according to Enz, are a 
neutral acrid volatile principle soluble in ether, 
starch, gum, mucilage, sugar, lignin, albumen, 
saponin, fixed oil, resin, and phosphate of calcium ; 
the fresh cormus containing 58-4 percent, of water, 
5-2 of lignin, and 27 2 of starch. (A. J. P., xxxi.) 
Arum triphyllum. L. Ariscema triphyllum. Torr. 
and (L.) Torr. Goueta trois Feuilles, Fr. Dreiblatt- 
riger Aron, G. (Nat. ord. Araceae.) The dragon-root, 
Indian turnip, Jack-in-the-pulpit, or wake-robin, as 
this plant is variously called, has a perennial root 
or cormus, which, early in spring, sends up a large, PART II. 
Asaprol.—Asarabacca 
1577 
ovate, acuminate, variously colored spathe, convo- 
luted at bottom, flattened and bent over at top like 
a hood, and supported by an erect, round, green, or 
purplish scape. Within the spathe is a club-shaped 
spadix, green, purple, black, or variegated, rounded 
at the end and contracted near the base, where it is 
surrounded by the stamens or germs in the dioecious 
plants, and by both in the monoecious, the female 
organs being below the male. The spathe and upper 
portions of the spadix gradually decay, while the 
germs are converted into a compact bunch of shining 
scarlet berries. The leaves, usually one or two in 
number, and upon long sheathing footstalks, are 
composed of three ovate acuminate leaflets, paler on 
their under than their upper surface, and becoming 
glaucous as the plant advances. There are three 
varieties of this species, distinguished by the color 
of the spathe, which in one is green, in another dark 
purple, and in a third white. The plant is a native 
of North and South America, and is common in all 
parts of the United States, growing in moist shady 
places. The corm was formerly official. This is 
roundish, flattened, an inch or two in diameter, 
covered with a brown, loose, wrinkled epidermis, 
and internally white, fleshy, and solid. In the 
recent state it has a peculiar odor, and is violently 
acrid. It was found by Mr. D. S. Jones, besides 
the acrid principle and from 10 to 17 per cent, of 
starch, to contain albumen, gum, sugar, extractive, 
lignin, and salts of potassa and lime. (A. J. P., xv. 
83.) The Indian turnip may be preserved fresh for 
a year, if buried in sand. 
Both the European and American arum are, in 
their fresh state, violent irritants to the mucous 
membranes, producing when chewed insupportable 
burning in the mouth and throat; although, accord- 
ing to Dr. Bigelow, the application of the freshly 
bruised root to the skin, of the American species at 
least, does not produce local inflammation. Taken 
internally, this plant causes violent gastro-enteritis, 
which may end in death. (See Annuaire Therap., 
1862.) The fresh, partially dried root has been 
used internally as a stimulant to the secretions, es- 
pecially in asthma, whooping-cough, chronic catarrh, 
and rheumatism. Dose, ten grains (0-648 Gm.), 
two or three times a day, increased to half a drachm 
(1-95 Gm.). 
The perfectly fresh root should not be used, and 
the fully dried root is inactive. The corm of the 
European arum contains much starch, and a farina 
is prepared from it, in small quantities, in the Isle of 
Portland, on the south coast of England, and called 
Portland or Portland sago. The root 
of A. esculentum, which abounds in starch, is much 
used by the natives of the Sandwich and other 
islands of the Pacific as an article of food, having 
been previously deprived of its acrimony by heat. 
ASAPROL (Calcium a-monosulphonate of [i- 
teen to sixty grains (0-971-3-88 Gm.) in rheuma- 
tism, typhoid fever, etc. [Bull. Gen. de Therap., 
1892.) Dujardin-Beaumetz [Ibid., Jan. 1894) finds 
that when given by the mouth to rabbits in the 
dose of 0-25 gramme per kilo it has no deleterious 
effect, although less than one gramme per kilo 
proves fatal. It escapes from the kidneys in the 
form of sulphuric ether-naphtol, which is to he 
recognized by the dark blue coloration of the 
urine ou the addition of ferric chloride. In acute 
rheumatism, Dujardin-Beaumetz believes that the 
remedy is equal to salicylates, and that it has the 
advantage of not producing tinnitus aurium or 
eruptions upon the skin. From sixty to ninety 
grains (4-6 Gm.) may he given daily in capsules or 
aqueous solution. Dr. Buck [Therap. Wochens., 
1897) confirms the value of asaprol in rheumatism. 
Moncorvo [Bull. Gen. Therap., March and April, 
1895) recommends it in chorea and in malarial 
diseases. He also affirms that, used locally, it is an 
excellent antiseptic, haemostatic, and cicatrizant. 
He uses it in the 1 to 4 per cent, solution, or as an 
ointment with vaseline. He even asserts that a 1 
per cent, solution applied to the periglotteal re- 
gion will rapidly cure whooping-cough. 
AS ARAB ACC A. Asarum Europceum, L., is an 
acrid, herbaceous perennial plant, of the nat. ord. 
Aristolochiaceae, growing in Europe, between 37° 
and 60° north latitude, in woods and shady places. 
The root is about as thick as a goose-quill, of a 
grayish color, quadrangular, knotted and twisted, 
and sometimes furnished with radicles at each 
joint. It has a smell analogous to that of pepper, 
an acrid taste, and affords a grayish powder. The 
leaves, which have long footstalks, are kidney- 
shaped, entire, somewhat hairy, of a shining deep 
green color when fresh, nearly inodorous, with a 
taste slightly aromatic, bitter, acrid, and nauseous. 
According to MM. Eeneulle and Lassaigne, the 
root contains a concrete volatile oil, a very acrid 
fixed oil, a yellow substance analogous to cytisin, 
starch, albumen, mucilage, citric acid, and saline 
matters. Grager found in the root a liquid volatile 
oil, two concrete volatile substances called respec- 
tively asarum-camphor or asaron, and asarite, a 
peculiar bitter principle called asarin, tannin, ex- 
tractive, resin, starch, gluten, albumen, lignin, cit- 
ric acid, and various salts ; in the leaves asarin, tan- 
nin, extractive, chlorophyll, albumen, citric acid, 
and lignin. Rizza and Butlerow give to asaron the 
formula C12Hie08, and state that it melts at 59° C., 
boils at 296° C., has the sp. gr. 1-165 at 18° C., is 
inodorous, has a faintly pungent taste, is somewhat 
soluble in boiling water, and crystallizes on cooling 
in delicate needles and scales. Grager’s asarite is 
merely asaron crystallized in fine needles. [Ber. der 
Chem. Ges., 1884,1159.) Poleck [Ibid., 1415) gives 
the fusing point of asaron as 61° C., and its for- 
mula as C8H1002. The active principles appear 
to be the volatile oil, which is lighter than water, 
glutinous, yellow, of an acrid and burning taste, 
and a smell like that of valerian, and the asarin, 
which is soluble in alcohol and very bitter, and is 
probably the same as the cytisin of Feneulle and 
Lassaigne. (See Cytisus Laburnum.) The volatile 
oil has been examined by Petersen : it consists of an 
oil which has the composition C11H1402, and is 
identical with the methyl ether of eugenol, and a 
terpene, C10H18, boiling between 162° 0. (323-6° 
F.) and 165° C. (329° F.). [Archiv d. Pharm., 
1888-89, 123.) The root and leaves of asarahacca are 
naphtol, 
f H 1 
10 S tS°s>a) 
c^Moir 
is a white powder, 
easily soluble in water and alcohol, and resembling 
salicylates in its taste. It is said to be neutral in 
reaction, readily soluble in alcohol and water, and 
not altered by heat, non-irritant, slightly toxic, well 
borne by the digestive tract, and rapidly eliminated 
by the kidneys. Asaprol was originally brought 
forward by A. Stackler as a germicide, antipyretic, 
and antirheumatic, to be used in doses of from fif- 1578 
Asarum.—Asparagus Officinalis. 
PART II. 
powerfully emetic and cathartic, in doses of from 
thirty grains to a drachm (1-95-3-9 Gm.), but are 
used almost exclusively as an errhine in headache, 
and rheumatic affections of the face, mouth, and 
throat. One or two grains (0-065 or 013 Gm.), 
snuffed up the nostrils, produce much irritation, 
and a copious, persistent flow of mucus. 
ASARUM. Wild Ginger, or Canada Snake-root. 
Asaret du Canada, Fr. Canadische Haselwurzel, G. 
Under this name the U. S. Pharmacopoeia formerly 
recognized the rhizome of the indigenous A. Can- 
adense, L. (Nat. ord. Aristolochiaceae.) This plant 
has a short stem, which divides before it emerges 
from the ground into two hairy leaf-stalks, each 
bearing a broad, kidney-shaped, pubescent leaf. 
A single flower is attached to the fork of the stem 
by a pubescent, pendulous peduncle ; it has a deep 
brownish-purple, woolly, three-segmented calyx, 
with petals reduced to nectaries, and a six-celled 
capsule in fruit. For more recent botanical studies 
of Asarum Canadense, L., see A. J. P., 1898, 144. 
It has in all its parts an aromatic odor and an aro- 
matic slightly bitter taste, which it imparts to al- 
cohol and hot water. The rhizome occurs in long, 
more or less contorted pieces, from the thickness 
of a straw to that of a goose-quill, brownish and 
wrinkled externally, whitish within, hard and brit- 
tle, and frequently furnished with short fibres. 
The chief constituent is the volatile oil, now largely 
used in perfumery. F. B. Power found in the 
rhizome volatile oil, resin, fat, amorphous yellow 
coloring matter (asarin of Griiger), uncrystallizable 
sugar, and a small quantity of a feebly basic prin- 
ciple. The volatile oil consisted of, l,pinene; 2, 
an isomer of borneol, C10H180, asarol (believed 
to be identical with linalool) ; 3, a neutral sub- 
stance, CjoHjpOg, asarin, which should not be 
confounded with asarum-camphor; 4, a small 
amount of ccerulene. According to Petersen, the 
oils of Asarum Europceum and Asarum Canadense 
are composed in the main of one compound, which 
is identical with the methyl ether of eugenol, 
CeHa(OCH3)3.C8H5, a compound which had been 
made synthetically but not previously found in 
nature. Power (Pharm. Rundschau, 1888, 101) as- 
serts that the oils differ in at least two respects, the 
oil of A. Canadense containing no asarone, asarol, a 
very fragrant body, taking its place; there are 
also present acetic and valerianic acids (present 
as linalool acetate and valerianate. Schimmel $ 
Co.’s Report, April, 1897, 45.) For formulas for 
fluid extract, syrup, and oleoresin, see A. J. P., 
1876, 155. F. P. Streeper (A. J. P., 1888, 6) proved 
that strong alcohol was the proper menstruum for 
the fluid extract. 
The medical properties of this drug are those 
of a feeble aromatic. From a half to one drachm 
1-95-3-9 Gm.) may he used. It is employed as an 
aromatic adjuvant to tonic mixtures and infusions. 
ASBESTOS. This term is applied to several 
mineral substances which occur in long capillary 
crystals placed side by side, the whole producing a 
fibrous mass which possesses qualities that render 
asbestos very valuable in the arts. Asbestos is in- 
combustible, insoluble, and a poor conductor of heat. 
It is usually magnesium silicate, or a compound 
of silicon, lime, and magnesium, and is found in 
Italy, in the Tyrol, Corsica, Savoy, in the Pyrenees, 
in Cornwall, Scotland, and elsewhere in Europe. 
Beautiful specimens occur in Canada and the United 
States, North Carolina and Staten Island having 
furnished asbestos having very long fibres. For its 
general properties and uses, see Pharm. Record, 
1885, 232. In the laboratory it is used for filters, 
for which it is admirably adapted. (See A. J. P., 
1883, 37; Pharm. Rundschau, 1885, 252.) 
ASBOLIN. Under this name Braconnot has 
introduced a brownish-yellow syrupy liquid, pre- 
Sared from an aqueous infusion of lamp-black. 
lehal and Desvignes state that it consists mainly 
of pyrocatechin and homopyrocatechin. It has 
been used in the treatment of tuberculosis. 
ASCLEPIAS CURASSAVICA. Bastard Ipe- 
cacuanha. Redhead. Blood Weed. (Nat. ord. As- 
clepiadaceae.) This is a native of the West Indies, 
abounding especially in Nevis and St. Kitts. Both 
the root and expressed juice are emetic, the former 
in the dose of one or two scruples (13 or 2-6 Gm.), 
the latter in that of a fluidounce (30 C.c.) or more. 
They are also cathartic and vermifuge in somewhat 
smaller doses. (A. J. P., xix. 19.) For analysis, 
see A. J. P., 1887, 347. 
ASIMINA TRILOBA. Dunal, also (L.) Dunal. 
(Nat. ord. Anonacese.) J. U. and C. G. Lloyd 
have found in the common pawpaw an alkaloid 
asiminine, besides a volatile oil. (A. J. P., 1886.) 
T. M. Fletcher failed to find an alkaloid, but gives 
the principal constituents as fixed oil, 3-53 percent. ; 
resin, 3-43 per cent.; resin insoluble in ether, 9-5 
per cent.; glucose and extractive, 8 per cent. (A. 
J. P. 1891, 476.) 
ASPARAGUS OFFICINALIS. L. Aspara- 
gus. Asperge, Fr. Spar gel, G. (Nat. ord. Con- 
vallariacese.) This well-known garden vegetable 
is a native of Europe. It is perennial and herba- 
ceous. The root, which is inodorous, and of a 
weak, sweetish taste, is used in France as a diuretic, 
aperient, and purifier, in the form of decoction, 
made in the proportion of one or two ounces of the 
root to a quart of water. Hayne asserts that, in the 
dried state, it is wholly inert. In the berries H. 
Reinsch has found a large proportion of glucose and 
a yellowish-red coloring matter, Spargin. (A. J. P., 
xlii. 371.) From the juice of the young shoots 
Robiquet and Yauquelin obtained a peculiar crys- 
tallizable principle, called asparagin, C4H8N2Oa, 
which has since been found in a number of plants. 
(See Althaea.) Asparagin is said to be obtained with 
facility by the process of dialysis. If the thick 
viscid mucilage of the marshmallow (Althaea offici- 
nalis) be put into a dialyzer, with distilled water 
outside, the asparagin passes into the water, and 
may be obtained in crystals by evaporating the so- 
lution. (See P. J. Tr., May, 1862, 572.) It might 
probably be obtained in the same way from an in- 
fusion of asparagus. 
There is at present no sufficient reason for be- 
lieving that asparagus is of value in practical medi- 
cine, nor is it more than conjecture that it has an 
effect upon the heart, or is actively diuretic, as has 
been alleged. The peculiar heavy odor which it im- 
parts to the urine has been the chief foundation for 
the belief in its diuretic properties; but Nencki 
(Provincial Med. Journ., March, 1891) appears to 
have demonstrated that this odor is due to the 
presence in the urine of methyl-mercaptan, a gas 
which is frequently produced in minute quantities 
in the intestines by the decomposition of proteids. 
A. Dedrick affirms that eight grains of asparagin 
caused marked reduction and irregularity of the 
pulse, frontal headache, and muscular weakness, 
lasting less than two hours. (Virchow's Archiv, Bd. PART II. 
Asphodelus Bulbosus.—Ava. 
1579 
xciv. and xcviii.) According to Justin D. Lyle (N. Y. 
Med. Journ., July, 1892), eating asparagus causes 
the urine to answer Trommer’s, Fehling’s, and Bott- 
ger’s glycosuria tests, although sugar is not present. 
The effect of asparagin upon tissue-change has been 
studied by several physiologists, with somewhat di- 
verse results. Weiske and his students are in accord 
with Zuntz in the conclusion that in herbivorous 
animals it reduces the destruction of albuminous 
material; whilst Munk, Politis, and Mauthner, ex- 
perimenting upon dogs and rats, have reached the 
conclusion that asparagin has no influence, at least 
in carnivora, upon tissue-change. (Zeitsch. f. Biolo- 
gie, x., 1892.) Asparagus may be administered in- 
ternally in the form of the syrup produced from the 
fresh juice or from the tincture. 
ASPHODELUS BULBOSUS. (Nat. ord. 
Liliaceae.) Under the name of Tsinisse, the corm 
of this plant is used in the East for mucilage and 
the adulteration of salep powder. 
ASPLENIUM. Female Fern is the Polypodium 
Filix-fcemina of Linn., the Asplenium Filix-fcemina 
of Bernh., the Aspidium Filix-fcemina of Swartz, 
and the Athyrium Filix-fcemina of Both. It has 
a root analogous in character to that of the male 
fern (.Aspidium Filix-mas, Sw., now Dryopteris 
Filix-mas (L.), Schott), and has been supposed to 
possess similar vermifuge properties. At present, 
however, it is not used. The vulgar name of 
female fern is also given to the Pteris aquilina, or 
common brake, which is said by some authors to 
have the property of destroying the tape-worm. 
The leaves of two species of Asplenium, A. tricho- 
manes, L., or common spleenwort, and A. adiantum- 
nigrum, or black spleenwort, are mucilaginous, and 
have been used as substitutes for the maidenhairs 
(Adiantum capillus veneris, L., and A. pedatum, 
L.) as pectorals, though destitute of their aromatic 
flavor. 
ASTER PUNICEUS. L. (Nat. ord. Com- 
posite.) The aromatic astringent rootlets of this 
indigenous plant have been employed as a stimu- 
lating diaphoretic in rheumatic and catarrhal af- 
fections. 
ASTERACANTHA LONGIFOLIA. Nees. 
(Now known as Hygrophila spinosa. T. Anders.) 
Ik Kirit. (Nat. ord. Acanthaceae.) This Indian 
plant is said by Dr. A. Jayesingba to be an ener- 
getic hydragogue diuretic. (Pharm. Zeitsch. f. 
Russland, Sept. 1887.) 
ATHEROSPERMA MOSCHATUM. Labill. 
Australian Sassafras. (Nat. ord. Monimiacese.) 
The bark of this tree, a native of Southern Aus- 
tralia, is said to have been long used bj’ the Bush- 
men, and later by the settlers, in rheumatism and in 
secondary syphilis, and has been highly commended 
by Greeves (London Lancet, 1862) in acute bron- 
chitis. It has been stated that both the bark and 
the volatile oil are powerful poisons, and M. Zeyer 
(Vierteljahrschr. f. pract. Pharm., x. 504) ob- 
tained from the drug an alkaloid atherospermine 
(C30H20NO5); see also Wittstein's Organic Con- 
stituents of Plants, 20. The abundant volatile oil is 
light yellow, and has a pleasant aromatic smell and 
taste, resembling those of oil of sassafras. Kalph 
Stockman (Lab. Rep. Royal Coll. Phys., vi., 1897) 
found it to resemble in its physiological action oil of 
sassafras and other allied volatile oils. He took 
repeatedly ten minims without any pronounced 
effect; and one drachm given to a rabbit caused 
only temporary stupor, with slowing of the res- 
piration, but not of the pulse. Three drachms 
caused in the rabbit marked depression of the heart 
and of the respiration, coma, and death in twelve 
hours by asphyxia. 
AVA, KAVA. This is an intoxicating liquor, 
made in the Sandwich Islands from the large fibrous, 
spongy root of the Piper methysticum (Macropiper 
methysticum, Miquel.). The root is grayish brown; 
bark very thin, internally yellowish white. A 
transverse section shows a number of narrow lines 
(woody bundles) radiating from near the centre to- 
wards the circumference, the interstitial tissue being 
much wider than the lines themselves. The central 
portion of the root is soft and cellular, with a few 
woody bundles anastomosing with one another, and 
proceeding at right angles to the radiating bundles, 
so as to form a net-work in the centre of the trans- 
verse section. Its odor resembles that of the meadow- 
sweet ; its taste is slightly pungent, scarcely percep- 
tibly bitter, and causes an increased flow of saliva. 
M. Gobley isolated from kava root a crystalline 
principle (analogous to piperin), methysticin, or 
kava.hin, which is without odor and taste, and is 
probably inert (Journ. de Pharm., Jan. 1860.) It 
possesses the formula CleH1806. It may be obtained 
in acicular crystals from a concentrated tincture. 
Kavahin differs from piperin and cubebin in being 
colored red by hydrochloric acid, the red color fading 
on exposure to air into a bright yellow, and in being 
colored by strong sulphuric acid a purplish violet, 
which passes into green. In 1844 Morson dis- 
covered an active principle, kawine. This is a 
greenish-yellow, strongly aromatic and acrid resin. 
It was again studied by Cuzaut in 1860, and by 
Lewin in 1886. This latter investigator separates 
it into two resins, of which the /?-resin is greasy 
and of a reddish-brown color, appearing in mass 
almost black. This is less active than the a-resin, 
which is yellowish brown, has the characteristic 
odor of the drug, is freely soluble in alcohol, and 
placed upon the tongue produces a burning sensa- 
tion followed by local anaesthesia. {A. J. P., 1886, 
450.) A volatile oil has also been found in the 
root. {Journ. de Pharm., March, 1862.) Lavi- 
alle (L’ Union Pharm., Jan. 1889) claims to have 
obtained an alkaloid, kavaine, whose sulphate occurs 
in slightly deliquescent prismatic crystals, which are 
soluble in an equal part of water and sparingly 
soluble in alcohol. (See also Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 
564.) 
The liqueur “ kava” is a stimulant, which when 
in sufficient dose produces an intoxication said to 
differ from that ordinarily caused by alcohol, in 
being of a silent and drowsy nature, accompanied 
by incoherent dreams (the drinker not being quar- 
relsome or excited) and great loss of muscular 
power, which is due probably to the action of the 
kava resin upon the spinal cord. The physiological 
action of kava root and its resin has been especially 
investigated by L. Lewin {Piper methysticum, Ber- 
lin, 1886), and David Cerna {T. G., 1891.) The phe- 
nomena which follow the hypodermic injection of 
the fluid extract of kava or of a solution of its resin 
are, anaesthesia at the point of injection, followed 
after absorption by general paralysis, due to a direct 
paralysis of the motor side of the spinal cord, the 
motor nerves and the muscles remaining intact. The 
local anaesthesia is due to a paralysis of the sensory 
nerve filaments, and when the resin is brought in 
contact with the mucous membranes there is a burn- 
ing pain, followed in time by a complete loss of 1580 
Azedarach.—Balata. 
PART II. 
sensibility, which is remarkably permanent, since 
Lewin found that from six to seven minims of a 
solution of kava injected beneath the skin produced 
a complete loss of sensibility in the surrounding 
area, which did not pass away for eight days. 
(Deutsche Med. Zeitung, Feb. 1886.) The action of 
the drug upon the circulation is subordinate to its 
nervous influence, but according to the experi- 
ments of Cerna it does stimulate the heart, although 
it decreases the number of pulsations by stimulating 
the inhibitory nerve centres. The same investigator 
found that at first it stimulates, afterwards de- 
presses, and finally paralyzes the respiration, by 
an action upon the centres. 
The insolubility and irritant action of kava resin 
prevent its use as a practical local anaesthetic. As 
long ago as 1857 kava root was employed in the 
treatment of gonorrhoea, and there is much testi- 
mony to its value both in the acute and chronic form 
of the disease, as well as in vaginitis, leucorrhoea, 
nocturnal incontinence, and similar conditions of the 
genito-urinary tract. Dose of the fluid extract, 
from fifteen to sixty minims (0-92-3-70 C.c.) three 
times a day. 
AZEDARACH. U. S. 1880. Pride of India. 
Pride of China. Common Bead Tree. Ecorce dJ Aze- 
darach, Ecorce de Margousier, Fr. Zedrachrinde, G. 
This is the bark of the root of the Melia azedarach, 
L. (nat. ord. Meliaceae), a beautiful tree, thirty or 
forty feet high, with a trunk fifteen or twenty 
inches in diameter. When alone, it attains less 
elevation, and spreads out into a capacious sum- 
mit. Its leaves are large and doubly pinnate, 
consisting of smooth, acuminate, denticulate, dark 
green leaflets, disposed in pairs with an odd one at 
the end. The flowers are of a lilac color, delight- 
fully fragrant, and in beautiful axillary clusters 
near the ends of the branches. The fruit is a 
round drupe, about as large as a cherry, and yellow- 
ish when ripe. This species of Melia is a native of 
Syria, Persia, and the north of India, and is widely 
cultivated. It is abundant in our Southern States. 
North of Virginia it does not flourish. It flowers 
early in the spring. “ The bark is in curved pieces 
or quills of variable size and thickness ; outer sur- 
face red-brown, with irregular, blackish longitudi- 
nal ridges; inner surface whitish or brownish, lon- 
gitudinally striate ; fracture more or less fibrous ; 
upon transverse section tangentially striate, with 
yellowish bast-fibres; inodorous, sweetish, after- 
wards bitter and nauseous. If collected from old 
roots, the bark should be freed from the thick, 
rust-brown, nearly tasteless, corky layer.” (17. S. 
1880.) Jacobs (A. J. P., 1879, 444) believes that 
the active principle is a yellowish-white resin, and 
that the activity of the bark resides in the liber. 
Hanausek (1878) states that two kinds of oil of 
azedarach are used in Eastern Asia,—one from the 
fruit and the other from the seeds ; the former is 
used medicinally, the latter only for burning. 
For characters of oil, see P. J. Tr., Oct. 1888. 
Azadirachta Indica, A. Juss. (now Melia Aza- 
dirachta, L.), or Nim Tree, according to Broughton 
(P. J. Tr., 1873, 992), contains a bitter amorphous 
resin, which fuses at 92° C. (197-6° F.), 
and a crystallized principle, melting at 175° C. 
(347° F.). (See also Pharm.. Rev., 1896, 231.) 
Cornish (Indian Annals of Med. Sc., 4, 104) had 
previously announced the presence of a bitter alka- 
loid, to which he gave the name margosine, from the 
Portuguese name for the tree, Margosa. 
The decoction of azedarach is affirmed to be 
cathartic and emetic, and in large doses narcotic; 
but in a number of experiments made by H. C. 
Wood with extracts from the dried bark and fruit, 
it was found impossible to poison frogs or rabbits. 
Robins eating of the sweetish fruit, of which they 
are very fond, are often rendered so far insensible as 
to be picked up under the tree ; though they usually 
recover in a few hours. It has been suggested that 
sufficient alcohol is produced by the spontaneous fer- 
mentation of the berries to cause intoxication. Chil- 
dren are said to eat the fruit without inconvenience, 
and possibly the robins simply choke themselves 
with the large berries. The bark is considered in 
the Southern States an efficient anthelmintic. The 
form of decoction is usually preferred. A quart 
of water is boiled with four ounces of the fresh 
bark to a pint, of which the dose for a child is a 
tablespoonful every two or three hours, till it 
affects the stomach or bowels. Another plan is to 
give a dose morning and evening for several suc- 
cessive days, and then to administer an active 
cathartic. The fresh bark and the fruit are said 
to be superior as vermifuges. A fluid extract and 
syrup of azedarach are proposed by J. J. Miles 
(A. J. P., Aug. 1874), the former made in the 
usual way with diluted alcohol, except that 6 troy- 
ounces of white sugar are added. The syrup is 
made by taking 4 fluidounees of the fluid extract, 
8 fluidounees of vanilla syrup, and sufficient simple 
syrup to make a pint. 
AZOLE. The chemical substances which 
Hantzsch has gathered together under the name 
of Azole have been the subject of considerable 
physiological study. As, however, so far these 
subjects, with the exception of antipyrin, have 
yielded no practical result, it is sufficient here to 
point out the article of Tappeiner (Archiv f. Exper. 
Path. u. Pharm., xxxvii., 1896), which contains 
references to the previous articles upon the sub- 
ject. 
BACCHARIS CORIDIFOLIA. D. C. Mio 
Mio. This composite plant of Southeastern South 
America is notorious from its deadly effect upon 
sheep and cattle. Mr. Pedro N. Arata has isolated 
from it an alkaloid, baccharine. (P. J. Tr., x. 6.) 
BALANITES ROXBERGHII. The fruit of 
this plant is used medicinally in India. It con- 
tains a principle closely resembling saponin. The 
ripe seeds yield about 50 per cent, of a fixed oil 
(Zachun Oil), which is used for burning. The un- 
ripe fruit is anthelmintic and purgative. 
BALATA. Gum Chicle. Chicle. Tuno Gum. 
Leche de Popa. Zapota Gum. This is the dried 
milky juice of the Bully Tree, Mimusops Kanki, 
L. (Mimusops Balata,G&evtn.-, Achras Balata, Aub.; 
Sapota Muelleri, Blume), of thenat. ord. Sapotaceae, 
a native of Northern South America from Mexico 
to Guiana. It is an oxidized hydrocarbon, con- 
taining a little resin, and is said to be midway 
between caoutchouc and gutta-percha in its physi- 
cal properties. It is more plastic and more easily 
kneaded than caoutchouc, however, and it is more 
elastic than gutta-percha. At ordinary tempera- 
tures it is solid and horny, but softens at 49° C., 
and can then be moulded. When bleached it is 
very white. Towards solvents it behaves like 
gutta-percha. It is used largely in England as 
a substitute for and adulterant of gutta-percha. 
In the United States it is employed in enormous 
quantities as the basis of chewing gum, four mil- PART II. 
Bahi of Gilead.—Baptisia Tinctoria. 
1581 
lion pounds’ weight, with an estimated value of one 
and a half million dollars, having been imported in 
1895 into New York from Mexico. 
BALM OF GILEAD. Balsam of Gilead. 
Mecca Balsam. Balsamum Gileadense. Baume de 
la Mecque, Fr. The genuine balm of Gilead is the 
resinous juice of Commiphora opobalsamum, Engl. 
(Amyris Gileadensis, Linn., Balsamodendron Gilea- 
dense, Kunth) (nat. ord. Burseraceas), a small ever- 
green tree, growing on the Asiatic and African shores 
of the Red Sea. It was in high repute with the 
ancients, and is still esteemed by the Eastern na- 
tions as a medicine and cosmetic. In Western 
Europe and in this country it is seldom found in 
a state of purity, and its use has been entirely 
abandoned. It is described as a turbid, whitish, 
thick, gray, odorous liquid, becoming solid by ex- 
posure. It possesses no medical properties which 
do not exist in other balsamic or terebinthinate 
juices. It was formerly known as opobalsamum; 
while the dried twigs of the tree were called xylo- 
balsamum, and the dried fruit, carpobalsamum. 
BALSAM OF ST. THOME. Pan Olceo, 
Belam Bo. A balsam obtained from Santiriopsis 
balsamifera. It is a resinous juice obtained by 
incisions in the trunk of the tree. It is used as 
a vulnerary and in diseases of the bladder and 
respiratory organs. (Apoth. Zeit., 1898.) 
BALSAM OF SULPHUR. Oleum Uni sul- 
furatum. This name was formerly given to a sub- 
stance recognized by the old Edinburgh Pharma- 
copoeia under the name of Oleum Sulphuratum. 
The directions of the College were to boil eight 
parts of olive oil and one part of sublimed sul- 
phur together, with a gentle fire, in a large iron 
pot, stirring them constantly till they united. The 
iron pot was directed to be large enough to hold 
three times the quantity of the materials employed, 
as the mixture might otherwise boil over. As the 
vapors which rose were apt to take fire, a lid was 
to be at hand to cover the pot, and thus extinguish 
the flame if necessary. Sulphur is soluble to a 
considerable extent in heated oil, from which, if 
the solution be saturated, it will be deposited in a 
crystalline state on cooling. But it is not a mere 
solution which this process was intended to effect. 
The oil was partly decomposed, and the resulting 
preparation was an extremely fetid, acrid, viscid, 
reddish-brown fluid. In order that it might be 
obtained, it was necessary to heat the oil to the 
boiling point. Sulphurated oil, or balsam of sul- 
phur, was formerly thought useful in chronic ca- 
tarrh, consumption, and other pectoral complaints ; 
but inconvenience arose from its acrid properties, 
and its internal use was abandoned. It is some- 
times applied as a stimulant to foul ulcers. The 
dose is from five to thirty drops. 
BALSAM WOOD. Palo Balsamo. This is a 
South American wood, derived from an unknown 
tree, which is believed to contain guaiacin, and 
which yields to distillation nearly six parts of a 
thick viscous aromatic oil. This contains as its 
chief constituent a crystalline solid of alcoholic 
character melting at 91° C., and corresponding 
closely to the formula C14H240. It has found em- 
ployment in perfumery. (See Schimmel & Co., 
Semi-annual Reports, April and Oct. 1892.) 
BALSAMODENDRON BERRYI. Arn. (Now 
Commiphora Berryi. Engl.) (Nat. ord. Burseracese.) 
Mulu Kilivary. This Indian thorn yields an abun- 
dant gum resin. (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1899.) 
BALSAMORRHIZA TEREBINTHACEA. 
The root of this plant, obtained from Idaho and 
Oregon, has a strong terebinthinate odor, and is 
used medicinally in the Western States. It con- 
tains volatile oil, fixed oil, resin, organic acid, and 
sugar (Herma T. Kelly, Drug Circ., 1897, 32). 
BALSAMUM ANTARTHRITICUM INDI- 
CUM. This oily product is said to be obtained 
from the wood of Eperua falcata, Aubl. (Nat. ord. 
Leguminosae.) (Proc. A. P. A., xxvii. 253; A. J. 
P., 1880, 168.) Mr. Carl Mezger found in it free 
butyric acid and an acid resin. (Archiv d. Pharm., 
1884, 889.) 
BALSAMUM TRANQUILLANS. Baume 
Tranquille. This is a preparation of some note, 
directed by the French Codex, and consisting es- 
sentially of olive oil holding in solution the active 
matters of certain narcotic and aromatic plants. 
The fresh plants are boiled with the oil until all 
their water is driven off; the oil is then expressed 
and poured upon the dried plants properly com- 
minuted ; and the mixture, having been allowed to 
stand for a month, is strained, and the oil decanted. 
The preparation is used externally by friction as an 
anodyne in local pains, but especially to relieve ear- 
ache, a few drops being placed in the ear on a pledget 
of cotton. A formula for it is contained in the Journ. 
de Pharm. (Aout, 1862, 121). An improved pro- 
cess is proposed by W. C. Bakes. (A. J. P., 1862, 
22.) We have still further modified this, and the 
formula is as follows. Take of Alcoholic Extract 
of Belladonna, Conium, Hyoscyamus, and Stramo- 
nium, each 30 grains; Aqueous Extract of Opium, 
12 grains. Soften the extracts with one fluidounce 
of Boiling Water, and add four fluidounces of 
Olive Oil. Digest this mixture with a gentle heat 
until the water has been evaporated, and then 
strain or filter. To this add 10 minims of each of 
the following volatile oils: Sage, Wormwood, 
Lavemier, Thyme, Peppermint, Rue. It should 
be used with care. 
BAPTISIA TINCTORIA. R. Br. and (L.) R. 
Br. Sophora tinctoria. Linn. Podalyria tinctoria. 
Lam. Wild Indigo. Indigo sauvage, Fr. Baptisie, 
G. (Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) This is an indigenous 
perennial plant, abundant throughout the Eastern 
United States, in woods and dry barren uplands. 
It is from one to three feet high, with a smooth, 
very branching stem, small, ternate, cuneate-obo- 
vate, bluish-green leaves, and yellow flowers, which 
appear in July and August, and, like the whole 
plant, become black when dried. The root, which is 
the part most highly recommended, is of a dark 
brown color, of a slight peculiar odor in the dried 
state, and of a nauseous, bitter, somewhat acrid 
taste. Its virtues appear to reside chiefly in the 
cortical portion. B. L. Smedley thought that he 
had found in it a peculiar alkaloid. (A. J. P., July, 
1862, 311.) Jno. A. Weaver has shown this to 
be a salt of lime. (A. J. P., xliii. 251.) F. V. 
Greene, U.S.N., proved the presence of an alkaloid, 
and obtained its chloride in a crystalline condition. 
(A. J. P., 1879, 577.) Von Schroeder (Pharm. Post, 
Oct. 1885) affirms that there are in baptisia root three 
active principles: a glucoside, baptisin, insoluble in 
water; a glucoside, baptin, soluble in water; and 
an alkaloid, baptitoxine. Of these baptisin is an in- 
different, bitter substance, baptin a feeble laxative, 
and baptitoxine an active poison, causing at first 
acceleration of respiration and increase of reflex ac- 
tivity, and afterwards death from central paralytic 1582 
Barbcidoes Nuts.—Barii Chloridum. 
PART II. 
asphyxia. Plugge (Archiv d. Pharm., 233, 4te Heft, 
1895) finds the alkaloid of Baptisia tinctoria to be 
cystisine. Both the seeds and root contain the 
alkaloid. In large doses wild indigo is said to 
operate violently as an emetic and cathartic; in 
smaller, to produce only a mild laxative effect. 
Stevens has employed a decoction of the root ad- 
vantageously in epidemic dysentery. (N. Y. Journ. 
of Med., iv. 358.) A pale blue coloring substance 
has been prepared from the plant as a substitute 
for indigo) but is greatly inferior. Another spe- 
cies, B. alba (L.), R. Br., or prairie indigo, which 
is abundant in our northwestern prairies, is said 
to have similar properties, and to be sometimes 
used as a substitute for B. tinctoria. 
BARBADOES NUTS. Purging Nuts. Physic 
Nuts. Semen Ricini Majoris. Pignon d’Inde (lies 
Barbades); Semence du Medicinier, Fr. Purgir- 
nuss, Schwarze Brechnuss, G. These are the seeds 
of the Curcas purgans, Adanson (now Jatropha 
Ourcas, Linn.) (nat.ord. Euphorbiacese), growing in 
Brazil, the West Indies, and on the western coast 
of Africa. The fruit is a three-celled capsule, con- 
taining one seed in each cell, and is about the size 
of a walnut. The seeds are blackish, oval, about 
eight lines long, flat on one side, convex on the 
other, and the two sides present a slight longitudinal 
prominence. They yielded to Soubeiran fixed oil, 
an acrid resin, sugar, gum, a fatty acid, glutin, a 
free acid, and salts. The oil may be separated by 
expression. When fresh it is without smell or 
color, but becomes yellowish and slightly odorous 
by time. When cold it deposits a white substance, 
which is probably palmitin. Alcohol does not 
readily dissolve it. Some call it jatropha oil. It is 
colorless, odorless, of sp. gr. 091 at 19° C., solidi- 
fies to buttery consistence at —8° C. Bouis believed 
it to be the glyceride of a peculiar acid, isocetic acid, 
but it is now considered to be a mixture of palmitin 
and myristin. Its purging quality is, however, un- 
doubtedly due to the presence of ricinoleic acid. 
From three to five of the seeds, slightly roasted 
and deprived of their envelope, operate actively as 
a cathartic, and not infrequently produce nausea 
and vomiting, with a sense of burning in the 
stomach. The oil purges in the dose of twelve or 
fifteen drops, and is analogous in its action to croton 
oil, though less powerful. The cake left after the 
expression of the oil is an acrid emeto-cathartic, 
operating in the dose of a few grains. Either of 
these substances may produce serious consequences 
in overdoses. The leaves of the plants are rubefa- 
cient, and the juice is said to have been usefully 
employed as a local remedy in piles. (A. J. P., 1893, 
335.) 
The seeds of Curcas multifidus (Jatropha multi- 
fida, Linn.) have similar properties, and yield a 
similar oil. This species also grows in Brazil and 
the West Indies. For an account by Mr. Peckolt 
of the use of the latex and seeds, see Archiv d. 
Pharm., 1887, 415. Jatropha urens must be ex- 
cessively poisonous, as accidental contact of the 
wrist of a gardener in Kew with a young plant 
produced such symptoms that for five minutes the 
man was thought to be dead. (P. J. Tr., April, 
1872, 863.) 
BARII CHLORIDUM. U. S. 1870. Barium 
Chloride. Baryum Chloratum. Baryta Muriatica. 
Chlorure de Baryum, Fr. Chlorbarium, Chlorba- 
ryum, G. BaCl2,2H20. “ Take of Carbonate of 
Barium, in small pieces, Muriatic Acid, eacb,/owr 
troyounces; Water a pint. Mix the Acid with the 
Water, and gradually add the Carbonate of Barium. 
Towards the close of the effervescence apply a gentle 
heat, and when chemical action has ceased, filter 
the liquor, and evaporate so that crystals may form 
when it cools.” U. S. 1870. When barium carbon- 
ate is employed for obtaining barium chloride, as 
in the above process, the reactions are very simple. 
The hydrochloric acid displaces the carbonic acid 
with effervescence, and forms barium chloride and 
water. The solution of barium chloride, thus ob- 
tained, yields crystals of the chloride by concen- 
tration and cooling. Another plan is that which 
procures it from the sulphate, as directed in the 
late Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. In this the sul- 
phate, previously ignited and powdered, is mixed 
with charcoal and exposed to a low white heat, by 
which its constituents are deoxidized, and barium 
sulphide produced, the oxygen escaping in com- 
bination with the carbon as carbonic oxide and 
acid. The barium sulphide, after having been 
dissolved in water, is decomposed by the addition 
of hydrochloric acid; hydrogen sulphide being 
evolved, and barium chloride formed in solution, 
from which, in the usual manner, the solid salt is 
obtained. The reactions for these two processes 
are: 1. BaC03 + 2HC1 = BaCl„ + H„0 + C02. 2. 
BaS04 + C4 = BaS + (C0)4. 3. BaS + 2HC1 = 
BaCl2 -(- H2S. Of these processes, that in which 
the native carbonate is used is the simplest and 
most convenient; but the carbonate is compara- 
tively a rare mineral, and, as the sulphate in fine 
powder is a cheap article of commerce, being ex- 
tensively employed for mixing with white lead, it 
is almost always used for obtaining barium chlo- 
ride and the other barium compounds. 
Barium chloride is a permanent white salt, pos- 
sessing a bitter and disagreeable taste. It crystal- 
lizes in rhombic tables with bevelled edges. It 
dissolves in about two and a half times its weight 
of cold water, and in a little more than its own 
weight at 106° C. (222° F.), the boiling point of a 
saturated solution. It is scarcely soluble in abso- 
lute alcohol, but dissolves in rectified spirit. Alco- 
hol impregnated with it burns with a yellow flame. 
When exposed to heat, it decrepitates and loses its 
water of crystallization, and at a red heat fuses. 
It is decomposed by the sulphates, oxalates, and 
tartrates, and the alkaline phosphates, borates, and 
carbonates ; also by silver nitrate, mercuric acetate 
and phosphate, and lead acetate. W'hen pure it 
does not deliquesce. Its solution is not affected by 
ammonia, which proves the absence of alumina 
and ferric oxide, or by hydrogen sulphide, which 
shows that neither copper nor lead is present. 
After the whole of the barium has been precipi- 
tated by an excess of sulphuric acid, the super- 
natant liquid is shown to be free from lime by the 
non-action of sodium carbonate. Lime may be 
separated by the process of Dr. Wolcott Gibbs, 
which consists in adding to the solution of the 
chloride a small portion of the solution of barium 
hydrate, and then passing through it carbonic 
acid, when the whole of the lime will be thrown 
down as a carbonate. (Wurtz, N. Y. Journ. of 
Pharm., i. 164.) If strontium be present, an alco- 
holic solution of the salt will burn with a red flame. 
Medical Properties. Rabuteau found that the 
inti'avenous injection of the barium chloride pro- 
duces in the dog a sudden cry, convulsions, and 
death, with remarkable fibrillary muscular contrac- Barii Iodidum.—Bdellium. 
1583 
PART II. 
heat, air, or hydrogen sulphide. It is used by the 
manufacturers of paper hangings, and for mixing 
with colors, the tone of which it does not impair. 
BASSORA GALLS are cultivated in Persia and 
Asia Minor, and are exported by way of Smyrna for 
tanning purposes. They come into commerce ground 
and pressed into the form of bricks. They contain, 
on an average, 27 per cent, of tannin. 
BASSORA GUM. Cnramania Gum. Hog Gum 
Tragacanth. Kutera Gum. This substance came into 
commerce originally from the neighborhood of Bas- 
sora, on the Gulf of Persia ; but is often found mixed 
with gum brought from other countries, and is said 
to be the product of the almond- and plum-trees. It 
is in irregular pieces, of various sizes, never very 
large, brown or yellow, intermediate in the degree 
of its transparency between gum arabic and traga- 
canth, inodorous, tasteless, and possessed of the 
property of yielding a slight sound when broken 
under the teeth. But a small portion of it is soluble 
in water, whether hot or cold. The remainder swells 
up considerably, though less than tragacanth, and 
does not, like that substance, form a gelatinous mass, 
as it consists of independent granules which have 
little cohesion. The soluble portion is pure gum or 
arabin, and, according to M. Guerin, constitutes 11-2 
per cent. The insoluble portion consists of bassorin, 
associated with a small proportion of saline sub- 
stances, which yield, when the gum is burnt, 5-6 per 
cent, of ashes. The gum is employed only to adul- 
terate tragacanth, and for this purpose is sometimes 
whitened by means of white lead. 
BATIATOR ROOT. The root of the Vernonia 
nigritiana, Oliver and Hiern. (nat. ord. Compositse), 
a widely distributed plant of West Africa, is said to 
be largely used in Senegal as a febrifuge, emetic, 
and anti-dysenteric, resembling ipecacuanha some- 
what in its therapeutic application. The plant is a 
composite which climbs to the height of a foot and 
a half, and yields a root composed of numerous 
fibres from twenty to thirty centimetres long, slender 
and grayish yellow externally, a number of which 
are united to form an irregular knotty rhizome, un- 
equally spherical at the neck or crown, and covered 
at this point with silky hairs. The active constitu- 
ent is a glucoside, vernonin (C10Ho407). (Heckel 
and Schlagdenhauifen, Archiv. de Physiolog. Norm, 
et Path., Aug. 1888.) This is a hygroscopic whitish 
powder, forming a pale yellow solution with water, 
and only slightly soluble in ether and in chloroform. 
By the absorption of 2 mols. of water it is split 
into a resinous body and glucose. Physiological 
experiments made upon frogs show vernonin to be 
a cardiac poison comparable to digitalin, but about 
twenty-four times less active; it is also said to act 
as a paralvzant to the motor nerve-trunks. (P. J. 
Tr., June 30, 1888.) 
BAYACURA ROOT. This is the root of a 
Brazilian plant, probably the Statice Brasiliensis, 
Boiss. (nat. ord. Plumbagineas), which is used by the 
natives as a discutient in glandular swellings and as 
an astringent gargle. F. A. Dalpe (A. J. P., xiv. 
361) believes that he has found in it an alkaloid, 
baycurine, besides volatile oil, gum, glucose, etc. 
Dr. C. Symes found in it 12-5 per cent, of tannic 
acid. (Newer Mat. Med., 51.) 
BDELLIUM. This name has been given to two 
different gum-resins, distinguished as Indian and 
African bdellium. Royle was informed that the 
former was obtained from the Amyris Commiphora, 
Roxb. (nowCommiphora Agallocha, Engl.) (nat. ord. 
tions, continuing after death. M. Laborde (Bull. 
de VAcad. de Sled., July, 1891) has shown that 
when the chloride is very slowly injected, the heart- 
beats become slower, the pupils dilate, the animal 
gives a shriek, and death occurs from centric arrest 
of the respiration; the blood and the muscles, after 
death, remaining of a bright red color Given by 
the mouth, it produced in the dog vomiting, chol- 
eraic diarrhoea, paresis, collapse, and death. After 
small doses, barium has been found by Krahmer 
and by J. Neumann in the liver, kidney, spleen, 
lungs, and nerve-centres, and especially abundant 
in the bones. (Pfluger's Archiv, Bd. xxxvi.) In a 
case reported by MM. Ogier and Socquet (Annales 
d'Hygiene Publ., May, 1891) death followed in five 
hours the ingestion of three hundred grains (19-4 
Gm.). Bardet (La Semaine Med., Dec. 1891) re- 
ports recovery after sixty grains (3 8 Gm.). Barium 
chloride has been employed in sclerosis of the nerve- 
centres, but is of no value. It may prove to be a 
useful heart stimulant, since it is asserted by Lauder 
Brunton, confirmed by Hobart A. Hare, that in 
small doses it is a rapidly acting stimulant to the 
heart, steadying its rhythm and increasing the vol- 
ume and force of the blood thrown out by the sys- 
tole. (London Pract., June, 1889.) Liquor Barii 
Chloridi, U. S. P. 1870, a troyounce in three fluid- 
ounces of water, is given in five-drop (0-3 C.c.) doses. 
BARII IODIDUM. Barium Iodide. Iodure 
de Baryum, Fr. Jodbarium, G. (Bal2.) This 
compound may be formed by double decomposition, 
by adding native barium carbonate in powder to a 
boiling solution of ferrous iodide. M. Henry, Jr., 
obtained it by decomposing a solution of barium 
sulphide by a concentrated alcoholic solution of 
iodine. Sulphur is precipitated, which is separated 
by filtration, and barium iodide formed in solution, 
from which it is obtained in the solid state by rapid 
evaporation to dryness. Barium iodide crystallizes 
in small, colorless needles, which deliquesce slightly, 
and are very soluble in water. The solution 
promptly undergoes decomposition on exposure to 
the air, barium carbonate being precipitated, and 
iodine set free, which colors the solution. It has 
been used with advantage by Jahn and Lugol, as 
an alterative, in scrofulous affections and morbid 
growths. The dose is the eighth of a grain (0-008 
Gm.) three times a day, gradually increased to three 
grains (0-194 Gm.). 
BARII SULPHAS. Barium Sulphate. (BaS04.) 
(See Barii Chloridum.) Barium sulphate is a heavy, 
lamellar, brittle mineral, varying in sp. gr. from 4-4 
to 4-6. It is generally translucent, but sometimes 
transparent or opaque, and its usual color is white or 
flesh-red. When crystallized, it is usually in very 
flat rhombic prisms. Before the blowpipe it strongly 
decrepitates, and melts into a white enamel, which, 
in the course of ten or twelve hours, falls to powder. 
It is thus partially converted into barium sulphide, 
and, if applied to the tongue, will give a taste like 
that of putrid eggs, from the formation of hydrogen 
sulphide. This salt, on account of its great insolu- 
bility, is not poisonous. It is, however, soluble in 
a great excess of dilute hydrochloric acid. (Chem. 
News, 1871, 69.) Ground to fine powder it is some- 
times mixed with white lead, but impairs the 
quality of that pigment. The artificial barium sul- 
phate, under the name of permanent white or blanc- 
fixe, is much used in the arts as a water-color. It is 
made from both the native sulphate and carbonate. 
It forms a dazzling white color, unalterable by light, Bedeguar.—Benzoin Benzoin. 
1584 
PART II. 
Burseracese), growing in India and Madagascar. 
The latter is said to be the product of Heudelotia 
Africana, A. Bich. (now Commiphora Africanum, 
Endl.), which grows in Senegal. According to A. 
Engler, the resin of Commiphora Roxburghiana 
(Stocks), Engl., is the commercial Gugul, or India 
Bdellium, which is employed in the East Indies as 
a remedy for leprosy, rheumatism, and syphilis. 
Bdellium sometimes comes mixed with gum arabic 
and gum Senegal. It is either in small roundish 
pieces, of a reddish color, semi-transparent, and 
brittle, with a wax-like fracture, or in large irregu- 
lar lumps, of a dark brownish-red color, less trans- 
parent, somewhat tenacious, and adhering to the 
teeth when chewed. It has an odor and taste like 
those of myrrh, but weaker. It is infusible and in- 
flammable, diffusing while it burns a balsamic 
odor. According to Pelletier, it consists of 59 per 
cent, of resin, 9-2 of gum, 30 6 of bassorin, and 
1-2 of volatile oil, including loss. In medical prop- 
erties it is analogous to myrrh, and was formerly 
used for the same purposes. In Europe it is still 
occasionally employed in plasters. The dose is from 
ten to forty grains (0-648-2-59 Gm.). 
BEDEGUAR. Fungus Rosarum. An excres- 
cence upon the sweetbrier or eglantine, and other 
species of Rosa, produced by the puncture of insects, 
especially by one or more species of Cynips. It is 
of irregular shape, usually roundish, about an inch 
in diameter, with numerous cells containing larvae. 
It is nearly odorless, of slightly astringent taste, 
and was formerly considered a diuretic and anthel- 
mintic. Dose, from ten to forty grains (0-648-2-59 
Gm.). 
BELZE FRUCTUS. Bael Fruit. Under this 
name the British Pharmacopoeia formerly recog- 
nized the dried, half-ripe fruit of the aurantiaceous 
plant JEgle marmelos, Correa. The so-called Bengal 
quince is a rather large tree, with an erect stem, few 
and irregular branches, an ash-colored hark, strong, 
very sharp, axillary thorns, single or in pairs, 
leaves and large white flowei-s ternate. The fruit 
is a berry of delicious flavor, of about the size of a 
large orange, somewhat spherical, hut flattened at 
the base, and depressed at the insertion of the stem, 
with a hard smooth shell, and from ten to fifteen 
cells containing besides the seeds a large quantity of 
exceedingly tenacious mucilage, which when dried is 
hard and transparent. The tree is a native of Hin- 
dostan and of Farther India. The mucilage about 
the seeds is applied to various purposes in the arts, 
on account of its viscid properties. The rind is 
used in dyeing. The flowers are deemed refrigerant 
by the native physicians. The fresh leaves j-ield 
by expression a bitterish and somewhat pungent 
juice, which, diluted with water, is occasionally 
used in the early stage of catarrhal and other fevers. 
The bark of the stem and root is thought to pos- 
sess febrifuge properties. 
The dried fruit is imported into England in ver- 
tical slices, or in broken pieces consisting of a part 
of the rind with the adherent pulp and seeds. The 
rind is about one-eighth of an inch thick, covered 
with a smooth pale brown or grayish epidermis, 
and internally, as well as the dried pulp, pale 
brownish orange, or cherry-red. When moistened, 
the pulp becomes mucilaginous. The fruit is as- 
tringent to the taste, and yields its virtues to water 
by maceration or decoction. Mr. Pollock found in 
it tannic acid, a concrete essential oil, and a vege- 
table acid [Med. Times and Gaz., Feb. 1864), but 
Prof. Fluckiger states that the drug does not con- 
tain any appreciable quantity of tannin. 
The difficulty of obtaining bael in England is 
said to have led to the substitution for it of man- 
gosteen, the fruit of Garcinia mangostana. This 
is in irregular fragments of the rind, without ad- 
hering pulp. The pieces are convex, three or four 
lines or more in thickness, externally covered with 
a smooth, deep reddish-brown, easily separable 
coating, and internally pale reddish brown or red- 
dish yellow, smooth, with projecting vertical lines. 
(P. J. Tr., May, 1867.) 
Bael is employed in diarrhoea, dysentery with de- 
bility of the mucous membrane, and other diseases 
of the bowels with relaxation. It is much used by 
some practitioners in India, generally in the form 
of decoction, made by slowly boiling down a pint 
of water containing two ounces of the dried fruit to 
four fluidounces. Of this one or two fluidounces 
(30 or 60 C.c.) are given in acute cases every two or 
three hours, in chronic cases two or three times a 
day. A. C. Abraham has devised an improved 
formula for the liquid extract of bael. (Year-Book 
of Pharmacy, 1896, 348.) Of the fluid extract from 
one to two fluidrachms (3-7-7-4 C.c.), of the solid 
extract thirty to sixty grains (1-95-3-9 Gm.) may 
he given at a dose. 
BENZACETIN. Acet - amido - ethyl Salicylic 
( OC„Hb 
Acid. CeIIsK NH.COCHo. This occurs in color- 
I.COOH 
less crystals, melting at 401° F. (205° C.), sparingly 
soluble in water. It has been recommended by 
Frank as an analgesic in migraine and other forms 
of neuralgia, and as a sedative in nervous excite- 
ment. It has been used with alleged excellent 
results in conjunction with caffeine, ten parts to 
one. Dose, from eight to fifteen grains (0-5-1 Gm.) 
two or three times a day, or repeated in an hour 
for relief. 
BENZ-ANILID, C6H6.NH(C7Hf0), is closely 
related to acetanilid, containing the benzoyl radi- 
cal C7H60 instead of the acetyl radical 
White, crystalline, odorless powder, practically in- 
soluble in water. This substance has been recom- 
mended by Cahn as an antipyretic in diseases of 
children in doses of,—for from one to three years, 
one and a half to three grains (0-1-0-2 Gm.); 
for from four to eight years, three to six grains 
(0-2-0-4 Gm.). Three grammes can he given to the 
adult without injury. The remedy has been very 
little used. 
BENZOIN BENZOIN (L.). Coulter. (For- 
merly known as Lindera Benzoin. Blume.) (Nat. 
ord. Lauraceae.) Laurus Benzoin. Linn. Spice- 
wood. Spice-bush. Fever-bush. Wild Allspice. Lau- 
rier Benzoin, Fr. Benzoelorbeer, G. An indigenous 
shrub, all parts of which have a spicy, agreeable 
flavor, strongest in the bark and berries. By warm- 
ing and expression A. W. Miller obtained from the 
berries 50 percent, of oily material, which, on dis- 
tillation, yielded about 2 per cent, of volatile oil. 
The latter had a sp. gr. of 0 850, was thin, bright 
green, of a warm aromatic taste, and a fragrant 
odor. J. M. Jones found it to he of the cinnamyl 
series. (Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 772; also A. J. P., 
xlv. 300; xlvii. 246.) The small branches are said 
to be employed in the form of infusion or decoction, 
by the country-people, as a vermifuge, and an 
agreeable drink in low fevers; and the hark has 
I been used in intermittents. The berries, dried and Benzo- Iodo-IIydrine.—Berberis. 
1585 
PART II. 
powdered, were sometimes substituted, during the 
Revolutionary War, for allspice. The oil is feebly 
aromatic. (A. J. P., xlv. 300; Ibid., xlvii. 246.) 
BEN ZO-IODO-HYDRINE. Chloro-iodo-ben- 
zoic-glycerinester. (C3H»)C1I(C7H602.) A brown- 
ish-yellow, oily mass, soluble in alcohol, ether, and 
benzin, insoluble in glycerin. For dispensing, it is 
usually mixed with powdered sugar, so that the 
mixture contains per cent, of benzo-iodo-hydrine, 
and a teaspoonful is about the equivalent of sixteen 
grains of potassium iodide. It is used as a substi- 
tute for potassium iodide, because of its freedom 
from irritating properties and from tendency to 
produce iodic poisoning. 
BENZO-NAPHTOL. Benzoyl-Naphtol. Ben- 
zoate of Naphtol. C10H7.0(C-H50). A compound 
of /3-naphtol and benzoic acid, made by the action 
of benzoyl chloride upon /3-naphtol. It is a whitish 
crystalline powder, without taste or smell, melting 
at 110° C. (230° F.). It occurs in microscopical 
crystals, almost odorless and tasteless, nearly insolu- 
ble in water at ordinary temperatures, more soluble 
in alcohol, the solubility rising rapidly with the 
temperature, but most soluble in chloroform. “ A 
hot alcoholic solution should not give any cherry- 
red coloration when an equal volume of nitric acid 
and a few drops of mercuric nitrate solution are 
added, which would indicate the presence of free 
/3-naphtol.” This substance, which was proposed by 
Yvon and Berlioz (Pract., Dec. 1891) as especially 
efficacious as an intestinal antiseptic, has been re- 
ported upon by Gilbert [La Semaine Medicate, May, 
1892), who affirms that it is of little value in gastric 
fermentation, but very valuable in intestinal fer- 
mentation. It is probably slowly broken up in the 
intestines into benzoic acid and naphtol, and the 
experiments made byEwald (Berlin. Klin. Wochen., 
1892) indicate that it has a positive influence upon 
intestinal fermentation. It appears to be free from 
irritant properties, and to be a very useful remedy 
in chronic diarrhoea. It is best administered in 
small doses of from four to eight grains (0’260-0-518 
Gm.), repeated frequently, in capsule; as much as 
seventy-five grains (4-86 Gm.) daily may be given 
to an adult. 
BENZO-PHENONEID. Tetra-methyl-diap- 
sido-benzo-phenoid. This substance, which is soluble 
in 100 parts of water, has been proposed by M. Gale- 
zowski as a non-irritant and efficient germicide, and 
local application in ulcerative diseases of mucous 
membranes or skin. (Lancet, Jan. 1891.) 
BENZOSOL. Guaiacol Benzoate. A colorless 
crystalline powder, almost free from smell and 
taste. It melts at 59° C. (138° F.). It is pre- 
{OH 
och anc* frenz°yi 
chloride or benzoic acid, and has the formula 
C6H4 | 0CQ3C (2) compound is insoluble 
in water, difficultly soluble in hot glacial acetic acid, 
readily so in chloroform, ether, and hot alcohol. 
In the digestive tract, it soon splits up into guaiacol 
and benzoic acid; this decomposition occurs par- 
tially in the stomach, but chiefly in the small in- 
testine. It is said to appear in the urine as guaiacol 
and benzoic acid, and their derivatives. 
Benzosol was first made by Apothecary Bougartz, 
and highly commended by Walzer and Hughes 
(Deutsch. Med. Wochen., 1891) as a substitute for 
creosote in phthisis, and has been used to a consid- 
erable extent by clinicians as an intestinal antiseptic 
in intestinal indigestion, diarrhoea, typhoid fever, 
and other conditions. It has also been used suc- 
cessfully in cystitis, and is affirmed by Piatokowski, 
J. Blake White, and others to he valuable in the 
treatment of diabetes. Summerbrodt has given it 
continuously in phthisis with excellent results in 
doses of twenty-four grains a day, and it is prob- 
able that larger amounts may be safely adminis- 
tered. 
BENZOYL ECGONINE. This substance is 
made by heating cocaine in aqueous solution to de- 
composition. For details, see Paul, Pharm. Journ. 
and Trans., Oct. 17, 1885, March 27, 1886; also, 
Skraup, Sitzungsb. Wiener Akad., 1885. The re- 
action is C16(CHq)H18N04 = cocaine ; one methyl 
molecule, UHg, being replaced by one atom of 
hydrogen, there results C16(H).H18N04 or C9H14 
(C7H60(N0g = benzoyl ecgonine ; while CH3 Oil 
(methyl alcohol) is formed at the same time. 
The physiological action of this substance has 
been investigated by M. K. Stockman [Journ. Anat. 
and Physiology, vol. xxi.), who finds that it acts 
very much as does caffeine, but less powerfully. It 
does not paralyze the sensory nerves. 
BENZOYL-EUGENOL. Benzeugenol, C17 
H1603, occurs in colorless prisms or crystals, melt- 
ing at 70-5° 0., soluble in alcohol, ether, and 
chloroform, insoluble in water. It is similar in its 
properties and medical uses to cinnamyl-eugenol, 
C19H1803. Both are used as antiseptics and in the 
treatment of tuberculosis. 
BENZOYL TROPEINE (C16H19N02 -f- 
2H„0) is formed by heating tropine with benzoic 
and dilute hydrochioric acids to 100° C., when the 
benzoyl radical, C7H50, derived from benzoic acid, 
CgHgCO.OH, replaces a hydrogen atom of the 
tropine, C8H^5NO, and C8H,4(C61I6C0)N0 is pro- 
duced. It tonus silky needles, fusing at 58° C. 
When deprived of water, the anhydrous base fuses 
at from 41°-42° C., and can be sublimed without 
decomposition. It has a strong basic reaction, and 
its salts are not very soluble. 
Filehne (Berlin. Klin. Wochen., vii. 1887) has 
found that benzoyl tropeine is a powerful local 
anaesthetic, also affecting the pupil and accommo- 
dation like other tropeines. He also found other 
benzoyl compounds to be local anaesthetics, benzoyl 
methyl-triacetonalkamine being the most powerful, 
benzoyl quinine next, benzoyl morphine the least. 
BERBERIS. This genus belonging to the natu- 
ral order Berberidacese comprises various shrubs 
having a yellow inner bark and wood, probably 
most of which are more or less medicinal. The 
bark of the root of B. vulgaris, L., was formerly 
included in the secondary list of the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia, under the name of Berberis. 
Lycium, or 'hvn/ov of the ancients, highly valued 
as a local application in affections of the eye and 
eyelids, and used for various other purposes, is sup- 
posed to be the medicine still used in India for the 
same affections, under the name of rusot or ruswut. 
This, according to Boyle, is an extract from the 
wood or roots of different species of Berberis, as B. 
Lycium, Royle, B. aristata, etc., growing in Upper 
India, especially near Lahore. Combined with 
opium and alum, it is much used, and with great 
asserted benefit, in both incipient and chronic 
ophthalmia. It has been employed also by Eu- 
ropean practitioners for the same purpose. The 
remedy has also been used by L W. Stewart, with 
highly favorable results, in the treatment of inter- 1586 
Berberis.—Betol. 
PART II. 
mittent, remittent, and typhoid fevers, diarrhoea, 
and dyspepsia. {P J. Tr., Dec. 1865.) 
B. aquifolium, Oregon Grape Root, is used in the 
mountainous parts of Oregon, Utah, California, 
Colorado, Nevada, etc. The root occurs in pieces 
about a foot long, one-fourth of an inch thick, of a 
brownish exterior, hut yellowish within, yielding a 
bright lemon-colored hitter powder. H. B. Par- 
sons (N. R., 1882, 83) found in it berberine and 
oxyacanthine. The percentage of the former is 
said to be 2-35 and of the latter 2-82. Both the 
berries and the roots of the Berberis aquifolium 
have been strongly recommended by various clin- 
icians as alterative, laxative, tonic, and diuretic; 
very useful in chronic syphilitic and scrofulous 
cachexia, in chronic skin diseases, especially of the 
scaly type, in the convalescence from malarial and 
other fevers, and in chronic uterine disease. By 
some they are believed to have a distinct action 
upon the liver, and to be very valuable in chronic 
hepatitis. The dose of the fluid extract is from ten 
to thirty minims (0-62-1-85 C.c.), three or four 
times a day. 
Barberry. Berberis Vulgaris. Epinevinette, 
Vinettier, Ecorce de Racine de Berberides, Fr. 
Fauerach, gemeiner Sauer dorn, Berberitze, Berber- 
itzen- (Saurach) Wurzelrinde, G. Berbero, It., Sp. 
This is a native of Europe, but grows wild in waste 
grounds in the eastern parts of New England, and 
is sometimes cultivated in gardens on account of its 
berries. It is a spreading shrub, from four to six 
feet or more in height, with thorny branches, a 
light gray bark, and a fine yellow wood. The 
leaves are somewhat obovate, with ciliated teeth on 
their edges, and upon the young shoots three- 
parted and spiny. The flowers, which are in 
drooping many-flowered racemes, have yellow 
entire petals, and are succeeded by oblong scarlet 
berries. It is a vulgar error to suppose that the 
vicinity of this plant is injurious to wheat. Under 
the name of Berberis canadensis, Pursh described 
an American plant, which grows in hilly districts, 
from the borders of Canada to the Carolinas, and 
which is characterized, according to Gray, by its 
repandly-toothed leaves, with the teeth less bristly- 
pointed, by its few-flowered racemes, its petals 
notched at the apex, and its oval berries. By 
Hooker, however, it is considered a variety of 
B. vulgaris, from which it differs only in the points 
mentioned. It is from one to three feet high. 
The berries of B. vulgaris, which grow in loose 
bunches, are oblong and of a red color, have a 
grateful, sour, astringent taste, and contain malic 
and citric acids. They are refrigerant, astringent, 
and antiscorbutic, and are used in Europe, in the 
form of drink, in febrile diseases and diarrhoeas. 
An agreeable syrup is prepared from the juice, and 
the berries are sometimes preserved for the table. 
Dr. Graeger found in the ripe fruit 15-58 per cent, 
of integuments and seeds, 17-20 of soluble solid 
constituents, and 67-22 of water. The constituents 
of the juice iri 100 parts of fresh berries were 5-92 
parts of malic acid, 4-67 of sugar, 6-61 of gum, 
67-16 of water, and 0-06 of salts of potassa and lime. 
{A. J. P., Jan. 1, 1873, 14.) The root and inner 
bark have been used for dyeing yellow. The bark 
of the root is grayish on the outside, yellow within, 
very bitter, and stains the saliva when chewed. 
Brandes found in 100 parts of the root 6-63 of bitter, 
yellow extractive (impure berberine), 1-55 of brown 
coloring matter, 0-35 of gum, 0-20 of starch, 0-10 
of cerin, 0-07 of stearin, 0-03 of chlorophyll, 0-55 
of a sub-resin, 55-40 of lignin, and 35-00 of water. 
O. Hesse has found in barberry root four alkaloids 
besides berberine. The mother-liquor from berber- 
ine hydrochloride when precipitated with soda 
yielded to ether, besides oxyacanthine, two other 
alkaloids, and a fourth, which is amorphous, re- 
maining undissolved. One of the two alkaloids in 
the ethereal solution crystallizes from alcohol in 
small tabular crystals, and is named by the author 
berbamine. It has the composition CjoHjgNOg-f- 
2H20. (Ber. cL. Ch. Gres., 19, 3190). To a second 
alkaloid the name of oxyacanthine has been applied. 
It can be obtained from the mother-liquor from 
which the berberine hydrochloride has been sepa- 
rated. The liquid is treated with caustic soda, 
when a dark-colored precipitate is thrown down, 
from which ether dissolves oxyacanthine, berba- 
mine, and an unnamed alkaloid, while another 
brown-colored amorphous base remains dissolved. 
The ethereal solution is treated with acetic acid, and 
the resultant acetate decomposed by sodium sul- 
phate, when oxyacanthine sulphate is precipitated, 
berbamine remaining in solution. On decomposing 
the solution of oxyacanthine sulphate with ammonia 
the free alkaloid is precipitated in flocks, which, 
after drying at 100° C., melt at from 138°-150° C., 
hut when crystallized from alcohol or ether it forms 
anhydrous needles, melting at from 208°-210° C. 
Its formula is given as Ci0II21NO3. It is readily 
soluble in chloroform and benzene, but only spar- 
ingly in petroleum spirit. (Allen, 2d ed., vol. iii., 
part 2, 466.) Schmidt and Schilbach have made 
some interesting studies upon the salts and decom- 
position products of berberine. (See Archiv d. 
Pharm., 1887, 141 ; Journ. Chem. Soc., 1892, 641.) 
Barberry is in small doses tonic, in larger ones 
cathartic, and was formerly given in jaundice. It 
may be useful when the influence of a gentle tonic 
and laxative is required. It may he used in the 
form of decoction. 
BETAINE. This is a new alkaloid of weak 
basic properties which Scheibler discovered in the 
juice of the sugar beet. (A. J. P., xli. 559.) 
Husemann showed it to he identical with lycine, 
and to have the composition CgHjjNOg. (A. J. P., 
1875, 209.) Liebreich also obtained it by the oxi- 
dation of choline, and called it oxyneurine. (Ber. 
Chem. Ges., iv. 735.) It has been made syntheti- 
cally. and its relation to choline and similar com- 
pounds established. It is now known to he tri- 
CH2.N(CH3)3 
methyl glycocoll, | / 
COO. 
BETOL. Naphthalol. Napthosalol, Salinapthol, 
Salicylic-napthyl ether. Salicylate of (i-naphiol. 
C6H4OH.COO.C^0H7. Betol occurs in white, 
shining crystals, is odorless and tasteless, melts at 
95° C. (203° F.), and is insoluble in cold or hot 
water, soluble in cold alcohol with difficulty, but 
readily dissolves in hot alcohol (1 : 3), in ether, and 
in benzol. It is not decomposed by acids or alkalies 
in the cold, but the alkaline pancreatic fluid has the 
power to decompose it into ,3-naphtol and salicylic 
acid. 
Betol was proposed by Sahli as a substitute for 
salol, on the ground of its being less disagreeable 
and yielding in the intestines naphtol instead of 
the more poisonous phenol. It contains, however, 
10 per cent, less salicylic acid than does salol, and, 
having a much higher melting point, splits up much PART II. 
Betonica Officinalis.—Bismuth i Benzoas. 
1587 
less readily in the intestines; a fact which gains 
importance from the observation that frequently 
salicylic acid cannot be found in the urine after its 
ingestion. Sahli has given as much as one hun- 
dred and eighty grains (11-6 Gm.) in twenty-four 
hours. Betol may be used in rheumatism, and is 
especially commended by Kobert in ammoniacal 
cystitis. Butter of cacao will dissolve one-quarter 
of its weight of betol, so that suppositories or bou- 
gies are readily made. 
BETONICA OFFICINALIS. Wood Bctony. 
A perennial European labiate herb, feebly aro- 
matic and astringent. Its root has been considered 
emetic and purgative. 
BETULA ALBA. L. Common European Birch. 
Bouleau, Fr. Birke, G. (Nat. ord. Cupuliferse or 
nat. ord. Betulacese.) Yarious parts of this tree have 
been applied to medical uses. The young shoots 
and leaves secrete a resinous substance, having acid 
properties, which, combined with soda, is said to 
produce the effects of a tonic laxative. (Journ. de 
Pharm., xxvi. 208.) The inner bark, which is bit- 
terish and astringent, has been employed in inter- 
mittent fever. The epidermis is separable into thin 
layers, which may be employed as a substitute for 
paper, and are applied to various economical uses. 
The bark contains betulin, or betula camphor, which 
Hausmann (Ann. Ch. und Pharm., 182, 368) has 
shown to be a diatomic alcohol, as it forms a diace- 
tate. Its formula is C36H60O3, fusing point 258° C. 
When oxidized it yields betulinic acid, C36H64Oe, 
and betulina.maric acid, C30H52O16 Submitted to 
dry distillation it yields an oily body of charac- 
teristic Russia leather smell. When the bark is 
distilled, it yields an empyreumatic oil, Daggett, 
Oleum Rusci, Betulinum, or Muscoviticum ; a thick, 
brownish-black liquid, sp. gr. 0-955, having the 
peculiar odor of Russia leather, in the preparation 
of which it is employed. This oil has been found 
very useful as a local application in chronic eczema 
and other skin diseases. Its medical properties 
closely resemble, if they be not identical with, those 
of oil of cade. Dutch and German oil of birch 
are quite different from the Russian oil. (See P. 
J. Tr., xv. 769.) The leaves of birch, which have 
a peculiar aromatic, agreeable odor, and a bitter 
taste, have been employed, in the form of infusion, 
in gout, rheumatism, and dropsy. When the stem 
of the tree is wounded, a saccharine juice flows out 
which is considered useful in complaints of the 
kidneys and bladder, and is susceptible, with yeast, 
of the vinous fermentation. A beer, wine, spirit, 
and vinegar are prepared from it in some parts 
of Europe. Tinctura Rusci is made, according 
to Hager, as follows. Olei Rusci 10, Alcoholis, 
HCtheris, aa 15, Olei Lavandulae, Rosmarini, Rutae, 
aa 0-4 parts; filter. (A. J. P., 1881.) 
BEZOAR. This name has been given to con- 
cretions formed in the stomach or intestines of ani- 
mals, which were formerly thought to possess ex- 
traordinary medical virtues. Many varieties have 
been noticed ; hut they were all arranged in two 
classes, the oriental bezoar (lapis bezoar orientalis), 
and the western bezoar (lapis bezoar occidentals), 
of which the former was most esteemed. 
BICHETIA OFFICINALIS. Murere Juice 
is extracted in Brazil from the incised bark of this 
plant; it is a thick reddish liquid, sp. gr. 1*100, and 
is said to contain an alkaloid and to be useful in 
rheumatism and syphilis. The dose of the juice is 
one fluidrachm in water; in large doses it is drastic. ' 
BIDENS BIPINNATA. L. Spanish Needles. 
An indigenous composite plant, of which the root 
and seeds are popularly used as emmenagogues, and 
by the “eclectics” in laryngeal and bronchial dis- 
eases as expectorants. 
BIRD-LIME. Bird-glue. Vogelleim, G. A 
viscid substance, existing in various plants, par- 
ticularly in the hark of Viscurn album and Ilex 
aquifolium or European holly, from the latter of 
which it is usually procured. The process for pre- 
paring it consists in boiling the middle hark for 
some hours in water, then separating it from the 
liquid, and placing it in proper vessels in a cool 
situation, where it is allowed to remain till it 
thickens, when it is washed to separate impurities. 
Bird-lime thus prepared is greenish, tenacious, gluti- 
nous, bitterish, and of an odor analogous to that of 
flaxseed oil. Exposed to the air in thin layers it 
becomes dry, brown, and pulverizable, hut reac- 
quires its viscidity upon the addition of water. It 
is a complex 'body, but is thought to owe its charac- 
teristic properties to a proximate principle, which 
is called glu by the French chemists. This 
principle is without odor or taste, extremely ad- 
hesive, fusible by heat, inflammable, insoluble in 
water, nearly insoluble in alcohol, but dissolved 
freely "by ether and oil of turpentine. According to 
M. Macaire, it is insoluble in the fixed oils, either 
hot or cold ; a property which distinguishes it from 
the resins. M. Macaire proposes for it the name of 
viscin. (Journ. de Pharm., xx. 18.) Its analysis 
corresponds to the formula C20H48 (or possibly 
C20H32 4- 8H„0). After the extraction of the vis- 
cin by ether, Reinsch found a substance soluble in 
oil of turpentine which he called viscaoutchin, be- 
cause of its elastic caoutchouc-like character. He 
gives it the formula C8H160. Bird-lime is so tena- 
cious that it may he employed to catch small birds, 
which, when they alight on a stick thickly covered 
with it, are unable to escape. 
BISMAL. 3Bi(OH)3+4C15H12010. The bis- 
muth salt of methylene-digallic acid. It is used 
as an astringent in diarrhoea. Dose, from one 
and a half to five grains (01-0'32 Gm.). 
BISMUTAN. Isutan. A yellow, odorless pow- 
der, consisting of bismuth, resorcin, and tannin. 
It is recommended for intestinal catarrh in doses 
for adults of from eight to fifteen grains (0-5-1 Gm.). 
BISMUTH AND POTASSIUM IODIDE. 
This salt has been proposed as a test for the alka- 
loids, but it seems to offer few advantages. For 
preparation and use, see A. J. P., xlvii. 374. 
BISMUTH-CERIUM SALICYLATE is a 
reddish-white powder, insoluble in water and alco- 
hol. This salt has been highly commended in diar- 
rhoea, enteritis, and dysentery by Salaya. Dose, five 
grains (0-32 Gm.). 
BISMUTHI BENZOAS. BiO.(C7H602). 
Basic Bismuth Benzoate is official in the French 
Codex. It is a white powder, insoluble in water, 
which was originally proposed by M. P. Vigier as 
a substitute for the bismuth salicylate; it may be 
made by double decomposition between bismuth 
nitrate and sodium benzoate; like that salt, being 
decomposed in the alimentary canal, benzoic acid 
is set free. It contains about 65 percent, of bis- 
muth, and may be given as an intestinal antiseptic 
in diarrhoeas, in doses of from eight to fifteen grains 
(0-5-0-97 Gm.) four to six times a day. The ben- 
zoate has been commended by Finger as a substi- 
tute for iodoform. 1588 
Bismuthi Boras.—Bismuthi Sulphis. 
PART II. 
It may be made by adding a solution (prepared 
with heat) of 76 parts of sodium benzoate in 200 
parts of distilled water to a solution of 100 parts of 
bismuth nitrate in 20 parts of glycerin and 60 parts 
of distilled water. It contains 27 per cent, of ben- 
zoic acid. 
BISMUTHI BORAS. BiBOa. Bismuth 
Borate is a grayish-white powder which has been 
used as an intestinal antiseptic in doses of from 
seven to fifteen grains (0-5-1 Gm.). 
BISMUTHI BOROPHENAS. Markasol. 
Bismuth Borophenate (Bi203B(CeH6)(C03)3H20) 
has been recommended as a slightly astringent ab- 
sorbent powder, to be used in the same way and for 
the same purposes as iodoform. It is free from odor, 
and is alleged to be locally antiseptic. 
BISMUTHI DITHIOSALICYLAS. (Thio- 
form.) Bismuth Dithiosalicylate. (S.CeH3(0H) 
COO)2.BiO.BiG2.Bi202 + 2H20. This is a yel- 
lowish-gray, odorless, and tasteless powder, insolu- 
ble in water, alcohol, or ether. It has been used 
externally as a dusting powder in skin diseases 
and in surgery, and probably acts precisely as does 
dermatol. It lias been employed upon the eye to a 
considerable extent and is not irritant. Internally 
it has been given in diarrhoea as an intestinal anti- 
septic in doses of five grains (0-32 Gm.) three or 
four times a day in capsules. 
BISMUTHI GALL AS. Bismuthum Gallicum 
Basicum. Dermatol. C6H2(0H)3.C00Bi(0H)2. 
F. T. Greene proposes the following formula. 
Normal bismuth nitrate, 1 oz. av. ; glacial acetic 
acid, 2 fl. oz. or q. s.; gallic acid, 250 grains. Dis- 
solve the normal bismuth nitrate in the glacial 
acetic acid; add a pint of water. If bismuth 
salts should precipitate, add more glacial acetic 
acid until clear. Filter off1 impurities. Dissolve the 
gallic acid in a pint of warm water; mix the so- 
lutions; allow the precipitate to subside; decant; 
wash by decantation with warm water until wash- 
ings no longer show acid reaction. Dry at 100° 
C. ; rub to powder. Bismuth Subgallate is a dry, 
fine powder, without odor, of a yellowish saffron 
color, which has been used by Ileintz and Lie- 
breich (Gaz. Med. de Paris, June, 1891) as a 
substitute for iodoform. They have given in- 
ternally as high as thirty-grain (1-94-Gm.) doses 
without the production of any disagreeable symp- 
toms. Glaeser, after trial, condemns the remedy. 
(Centralb. f. Gynaekolog., Oct. 1891.) On the 
other hand, dermatol has been strongly com- 
mended by Stierlin (Gorr.-Blattf. Scliweizer Aerzte, 
April 1, 1892), by Doernberger (T. (?., May, 1892), 
by Werther, Rosenthal, Barber and Konig, and 
other clinicians, so that there would seem to be no 
doubt of its value in the local treatment of eczemas, 
superficial ulcerations, wounds, and other affections 
in which iodoform has been employed. It would 
appear, however, not to be a true substitute for 
iodoform, but a distinct astringent-sedative dress- 
ing, more like other bismuth preparations. The 
laboratory experiments of Bluhn and of Colasanti 
would seem to show that it is a feeble germicide, and 
to confirm the assertion of some surgeons that it 
cannot be relied upon in infected wounds, though 
useful in aseptic wounds and skin affections. Ac- 
cording to Rosenthal, it is entirely free from toxic 
properties, but dermatol intoxication has occurred. 
{Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., xxv., 1892.) In labo- 
ratory experiments, Colasanti found that the dried 
dermatol had no influence upon the growth of dis- 
ease bacilli, but that in the wet state it was not in- 
ferior to iodoform. Dermatol has also been used 
with satisfactory results in diarrhoeas as an astrin- 
gent. It is no longer a patented medicine, and is 
much employed. Dose, from seven to thirty grams 
(0.5-2-9 Gm.). 
BISMUTHI LACTAS. Bismuth Lactate. 
This salt may be made as follows. Take of bis- 
muth subnitrate, sixty-one parts; ammonia water, 
fifty parts; lactic acid, fifty-five parts; distilled 
water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the bismuth sub- 
nitrate, in a flask, with the ammonia water pre- 
viously diluted with seventy-five parts of distilled 
water. Let the mixture stand for one hour, pour 
off the supernatant liquid, and wash the residue 
thoroughly with distilled water. To the moist resi- 
due add the lactic acid, and evaporate the mixture 
to dryness on the water-bath. The product is a 
white powder, slowly soluble in water and insoluble 
in alcohol. 
BISMUTHI OXYBROMIDUM. Bismuth 
Oxybromide, BiOBr, is an impalpable yellow pow- 
der, used internally in gastric affections. 
BISMUTHI OXYIODIDUM. Bi.OI. This 
compound, sometimes termed Bismuthi Subiodidum, 
may be made by F. X. Moerk’s process, as follows. 
Take of iodine, 4-6 Gm. ; bismuth subnitrate, 10 
Gm.; nitric acid, sp. gr. 1-42, 10 C.c.; solution of 
soda, U. S. P., 150 C.c.; water, a sufficient quantity. 
The iodine is covered with 50 C.c. of water, and 
converted into hydriodic acid by passing hydrogen 
sulphide through the mixture, boiling to remove 
excess of hydrogen sulphide, and filtering. The 
subnitrate is dissolved in the nitric acid, diluted 
with 10 C.c. of water, and then enough water added 
to produce a slight permanent opalescence; this 
mixture is then slowly poured into the solution of 
soda, taking the precaution to stir constantly. The 
precipitate is washed by decantation until the wash- 
ings cease to turn red litmus-paper blue; 50 C.c. 
of water are added to it, and the hydriodic acid 
gradually poured in, until after stirring and allow- 
ing to settle the supernatant liquid has a yellow 
color. The oxyiodide is washed by decantation, 
removed to a filter, allowed to drain, and, finally, 
dried at a temperature not exceeding 100° C. The 
oxyiodide has a light yellowish-red color, and con- 
tains no water of crystallization. (A.J.P., 1887, 
273.) In 1877 the bismuth oxyiodide was recom- 
mended as a local antiseptic and substitute for 
iodoform, by A. Sidney Reynolds, and in the Medi- 
cal News, Oct. 1886, he reaffirmed its value. It has 
been used to a considerable extent with success in 
the Philadelphia Hospital, but its high price inter- 
feres with its general adoption. It has also been 
given internally in gastric ulcer and other gastric 
affections for which bismuth is usually employed. 
The dose is from five to ten grains (0-32-0-64 Gm.). 
BISMUTHI SUBSALICYLAS. Bi(C7H60jj)s. 
Bi203. Basic Bismuth Subsalicylate is a white, 
amorphous, tasteless and odorless powder, containing 
63 per cent, of bismuth. It is probably to some 
extent broken up in the alimentary canal, as Schmey 
has seen a rash follow its use, but as much as one 
hundred and fifty grammes of it have been given 
without disagreeable effects. It has been used in 
diarrhoea, typhoid fever, etc., as an intestinal anti- 
septic in doses of from five to fifteen grains (0 32- 
0-97 Gm.) frequently repeated. 
BISMUTHI SULPHIS. Bi2(S03)„. Bismuth 
Sulphite is made by reacting on normal bismuth ni- PART II. 
Bismuthi Tannas.—Black Wax. 
1589 
trate with sodium sulphite. It is an antiseptic and 
antiferment with anthelmintic properties. 
BISMUTHI TANNAS. Bismuth Tannate has 
been used as astringent in diarrhoeas in doses of 
from ten to thirty grains (0-65-L98 Gm.). 
BISMUTHI VALERI AN AS. Bismuth Vale- 
rianate. Valerianas Bismuthicus. Valerianate de 
Bismuth, Vr. Wismuthvalerianat, G. Bi(C5Hg02)a. 
This salt is formed by double decomposition between 
solutions of bismuth ternitrate and sodium valeri- 
anate. Bismuth valerianate precipitates as a white 
powder, which is washed with water, and dried with 
a gentle heat. It has been recommended by Righini 
in neuralgia, and in gastrodynia. The dose is from 
half a grain to two grains (0•082-0*13 Gm.), re- 
peated several times a day, and given in the form 
of pill. 
BISMUTHUM CHRYSOPHANICUM. Der- 
mol. Bi(C16H904)3.Bi203. This is a yellow, amor- 
phous, insoluble powder, which has been used in 
the treatment of various diseases of the skin. 
BISMUTHUM LORETINICUM. Loretin 
Bismuth. Bismuth Iodo-oxyquinoline-sulphonate. 
This compound has been used in the dose of 0-5 
Gm. every four hours in the treatment of tuber- 
cular and other obstinate diarrhoeas, and as a local 
application in powder form to epithelioma, syphilitic 
and other forms of infected ulcers. The 10 per 
cent, lanolin ointment has been recommended in 
eczema and psoriasis. 
BISMUTHUM PHOSPHORICUM SOLU- 
BILE. Soluble Bismuth Phosphate, which is pre- 
pared by the melting together of bismuth, soda, and 
phosphoric acid, is a powder easily soluble in water, 
precipitated by alkalies, acids, or heat, and under- 
going spontaneous decomposition when in concen- 
trated solution. It contains 20 per cent, of bis- 
muth, and has been used as an intestinal antiseptic 
in choleraic and other acute diarrhoeas in the dose 
of from three to eight grains (0-2-0-5 Gm.) three 
times a day. 
BISMUTHUM PYROGALLICUM. Helco- 
sol. CeH3(0H)20Bi0. Bismuth Pyrogallate is a 
yellowish-green, amorphous powder, insoluble in 
water and alcohol, soluble in acid and alkaline 
solutions and in the gastro-intestinal juices. Ac- 
cording to von Heyden, it contains about 60 per 
cent, of bismuth. In very large doses it is said to 
be non-poisonous, and to be a valuable intestinal 
antiseptic; if, however, pyrogallic acid should be 
liberated in the alimentary canal, it might produce 
disagreeable effects, and the remedy seems to us 
very ineligible. 
BISMUTHUM SODIUM PHOSPHATE 
SALICYLATE. Bismuthol. Bismutal. This 
substance, which is probably a mere mixture of the 
bismuth phosphate and the sodium salicylate, is a 
white, crystalline, odorless powder, soluble in water, 
which has been commended by Radlauer as an an- 
tiseptic in the treatment of wounds and inflamma- 
tions of the mucous membrane. It may be used 
with talc (from 1 to 2 to 1 to 5) as a powder, or in 
a 10 to 20 per cent, salve with vaseline, or as a 1 to 
4 per cent, aqueous solution, in the treatment of in- 
fected wounds, syphilitic and other ulcers, and as an 
injection in gonorrhoea, in chronic sinuses, etc. It 
has been especially recommended for excessive 
sweating of the feet. 
BISTORT. Snakeweed. Bistorte, Couleuvrine, 
Fr. Weissenknoterich Natterwurz, G. This is the 
root of Polygonum Bistorta, L. (nat. ord. Poly- 
gonacese), a perennial herbaceous plant, growing in 
Europe and the north of Asia. The root is cylin- 
drical, somewhat flattened, about as thick as the little 
linger, marked with annular or transverse wrinkles, 
furnished with numerous fibres, and folded or bent 
upon itself, so as to give it the tortuous appearance 
from which its name was derived. When dried, it 
is solid, brittle, of a deep brown color externally, 
reddish within, inodorless, and of a rough, astrin- 
gent taste. It contains much tannin, some gallic 
acid and gum, and a large proportion of starch. H. 
K. Bowman found 21 per cent, of tannin in bistort 
root. (A. J. P., 1869, 193.) Its medical properties 
are like those of kino, but it is less efficient, and in 
this country is seldom used. It may be employed 
in powder, decoction, or extract. The dose of the 
powder is twenty or thirty grains (1-29 or 1-94 Gm.). 
Besides the bistort, some other plants belonging to 
the genus Polygonum have been used as medicines. 
Among these are P. aviculare, L., or knot grass, a 
mild astringent, formerly employed as a vulnerary 
and styptic; P. persicaria, L. (Persicaria mitis, 
Gilib.), of a feebly astringent saline taste, and at 
one time considered antiseptic; and P. hydropiper, 
L. or water-pepper (Persicaria hydropiper, Opiz), 
the leaves of which have a burning and biting taste, 
inflame the skin when rubbed upon it, and are es- 
teemed diuretic, and have been used with asserted 
success in amenorrhoea and other uterine disorders. 
Its irritant and also medicinal properties are due to 
an acid, polyyonic acid, discovered by C. J. Iiade- 
maker. (A. J. P., xliii. 490.) The water-pepper or 
smart-weed of this country,—P. punctatum, Ell., P. 
hydropiperoides, Mich.,—which grows abundantly 
in moist places, possesses properties similar to those 
of the European water-pepper, and is occasionally 
used as a detergent in chronic ulcers, and internally 
in gravel. B. Woodward finds that the dried plant 
contains 18 per cent, of tannin, and uses a saturated 
tincture with great advantage in diarrhoea and dys- 
entery, in doses of from twenty to sixty minims 
(T23-3-69 C.c.). Aughey finds that P. amphibium 
is readily cultivated, with a yield of from three to 
six tons to the acre, that the roots contain 2T75 per 
cent., the stems 17T per cent, of tannic acid, and 
urges the growth of it for tanning purposes. (N. 
R., 1876, 75.) P. fagopyrum is common buckwheat. 
The leaves of this plant have been found by Ed. 
Schunck to contain a crystallizable coloring prin- 
ciple, identical with the rutin or rutic acid pre- 
viously discovered by Weiss in the leaves of the 
common rue, and probably, with the ilixanthin of 
Moldenhaus, existing in the leaves of Rex aquifo- 
lium or common holly. Buckwheat leaves yielded 
to Schunck somewhat more than one part of rutin 
in a thousand. (Chem. Gaz., No. 399,201.) From 
P. cuspidatum has been separated a glucoside, Poly- 
gonin, and also Emodin. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1896.) 
Various species of the genus Polygonum are used 
for the production of dye-stuffs; thus, indigo is 
obtained largely in China, Japan, and in some 
parts of Russia, from the leaves of the P. tinctorium, 
and is said also to be yielded by those of P. aviculare 
and P. barbatum; whilst in India, China, and Japan 
the roots of the P. cuspidatum are employed for 
making a yellow dye. (Journ. Chem. Soc., Dec. 
1895.) 
BLACK WAX. This appears to be a product 
of animal life which has found its way to England 
from India and the Pacific Islands. (P. J. Tr., 2d 
ser., x. 11, 219.) 1590 
Blennostasine.—Boral. 
PART II. 
BLENNOSTASINE. W. F. Chappell (N. 
Y. Med. Journ., lxiv., 1896) asserts that this deriva- 
tive of a cinchona bark alkaloid is a powerful sed- 
ative to the brain and spinal cord, and that in 
doses of from one to four grains every hour it is a 
valuable remedy in nasal and laryngeal hyperaes- 
thesia. 
BLOOD OF BULLOCKS. As long ago as 
1852 Samuel Jackson, of Philadelphia, employed 
as a tonic the blood of bullocks carefully dried in 
vacuo, giving from five to ten grains of it as a dose. 
Recently it has been used considerably in Europe, 
and even drinking fresh bullock’s blood was at one 
time in fashion. Under the name of Sanguis Bovi- 
nus Exsiccatus, F. E. Stewart has introduced de- 
fibrinated dried bullock’s blood, claiming for it that, 
by the simple addition of water, bullock’s blood 
can be reproduced minus a small quantity of fibrin. 
There is no reason for believing that dried blood 
is more valuable than the more usual ferruginous 
tonics, if indeed it be of equal value. 
BLUMEA LACERA. D. C. (Nat. ord. Com- 
positae.) From this plant, which is used in India 
as an insect powder, Dymock has obtained a light 
yellow volatile oil. It has a sp. gr. of 0-9144 at 
80° F., and an extraordinary rotating power, 1 Mm. 
turning the ray 66° to the left. 
BOCCONIA. It is probable that various species 
of this papaveraceous genus have active medical 
properties. B. arborea, Watson, of Mexico, has 
beer, found by Elliott to contain two alkaloids, 
one of which is probably sanguinarine; and the 
leaves of other species are Used in South America 
as abortifacients, purgatives, etc. (See Rusby, Bull. 
Pharm., 1891.) 
BOLDO. Boldus. This plant is an evergreen 
shrub, frequenting the meadows of the Andes in 
Chili, where its yellowish-green fruit is eaten, its 
bark used in tanning, and its wood in charcoal- 
making. It is the Peumus Boldus of Molina (1782); 
Peumus fragrans, Pers. ; Boldea fragrans, C. Gay, 
also Juss. ; Ruizia fragrans, Pav. (Nat. ord. Moni- 
miacese.) The leaves, which contain a large amount 
of an aromatic volatile oil in especial cells, are the 
parts used in medicine. They are entire, reddish 
brown when dry, coriaceous, with a prominent 
midrib and very numerous small glands upon their 
surface. A peculiar alkaloid, Boldine, has been 
found in them by MM. Bourgoin and Yerne (Journ. 
de Pharm., 4e ser., xvi. 191), and a glucoside, Boldo- 
glucin, C3qH6208, by P. Chapoteaut. (Compt.-Rend.., 
xcviii. 1052.) According to Sigismond Pascaletti 
(Terapia Moderna, 1891), boldine when injected hy- 
podermically paralyzes both the motor and sensory 
nerves, and also attacks the muscle fibres. As a local 
anassthetic he believes it to he superior to caffeine 
but inferior to cocaine. When given internally in 
toxic dose it produces great excitement, with exag- 
geration of the reflexes and of the respiratory 
movements, increased diuresis, cramps, disorder of 
coordination, convulsions, and finally death from 
centric respiratory paralysis ; the heart continuing 
to beat long after the arrest of respiration, and 
finally stopping in diastole. Boldoglucin is said to 
acton the lower animals as a narcotic, and has been 
given by Rene Juranviller, with asserted success, as 
a hypnotic and calmative remedy in insanity. The 
dose is from twenty to sixty grains enclosed in cap- 
sules. (Paris These, 1885, 346.) Fifteen minims of 
the oil cause in man some warmth in the epigas- 
trium ; half a drachm, much gastric irritation, with 
pain and vomiting, and passage of urine smelling 
strongly of the oil. Dujardin-Beaumetz finds the 
oil useful in genito-urinary inflammations in doses 
of five drops (Bull. Gen. de Therap., Mars, 1875), 
in diseases of which character the drug has long 
been employed in South America. (Ibid., Ixxxvi. 
165.) In France boldo has been employed as 
a tonic in chronic hepatic torpor and in hepa- 
titis. (Etude sur le Boldo, C. Verne, Paris, 1883.) 
Eight minims (0-5 C.c.) of a tincture (1 to 5) or 
four minims (0-24 C.c.) of a fluid extract may 
be considered as the commencing dose, increased 
pro re nata. Large doses are apt to vomit and 
purge. 
According to A. T. De Rochebrune (Toxicol. 
Africainef., 1897), the tree Monimia rotundifolia, of 
Australia, contains an abundant volatile oil, an 
alkaloid, and a glucoside, which are very similar to, 
if they he not identical with, those obtained from 
the Boldo, for which they may be substituted in 
therapeutics 
BOLE ARMENIAN. Bolus Armena. Bolus 
Rubra. Argilla Ferruginea. The term bolus or 
bole was formerly applied to various forms of argil- 
laceous earth, differing in color or in place of origin. 
Such were the Armenian, Lemnian, and French 
boles, and the red and white boles. Some of these 
substances were so highly valued as to be formed 
into small masses and impressed with a seal, and 
hence received the name of terroe sigillatce. They 
were all similar in effect, though the small propor- 
tion of oxide of iron contained in the colored boles 
may have given them greater activity. The only 
one at present kept in the shops is that called bole 
Armenian, from its resemblance to the substance 
originally brought from Armenia. It is prepared, 
by trituration and elutriation, from certain native 
earths existing in different parts of Europe. It is 
in pieces of various sizes, reddish, soft, and unc- 
tuous, adhesive to the tongue, and capable of form- 
ing a paste with water. It consists chiefly of a 
hydrated aluminum silicate with ferric hydrate. 
The boles were formerly employed as absorbents 
and astringents in acidity of the stomach and in 
relaxed bowels. Bole Armenian is used chiefly as a 
coloring ingredient in tooth-powders. 
BONDUC SEEDS. These are seeds derived 
from several species of the genus Guilandina, now 
Ccesalpinia (nat. ord. Leguminosse), which are 
used in India as febrifuges, tonics, and anti- 
periodics. Messrs. Heckel and Schlagdenhauf- 
fen have discovered in them a bitter principle 
(Compt.-Rend., 103, 89), probably identical with 
that previously isolated by Professor Fliickiger. 
(Pharmacographia, 2d ed., 212.) 
BORAGO OFFICINALIS. L. Borage. Bour- 
rache, Fr. Borasch, Boretsch, G. (Nat. ord. Bo- 
rnginacesB.) This European annual abounds in mu- 
cilage, and the stem and leaves contain potassium 
nitrate with other salts. To these constituents the 
plant owes all its virtues. It is much used in 
France. An infusion of the leaves and flowers, 
sweetened with honey or syrup, is employed as a 
demulcent, refrigerant, and gently diaphoretic drink 
in catarrhal affections, rheumatism, diseases of the 
skin, etc. The expressed juice of the stem and 
leaves is also given in the dose of from two to four 
ounces. The flowers are sometimes applied exter- 
nally as an emollient. 
BORAL. Aluminum boro-tartrate is soluble in 
water, and is in fine powder. Aluminum boro-tan- PART II. 
Boroglyceride.—Bromal. 
1591 
nate (cutol) contains 47 per cent, of tannin. Both 
salts are used as astringents by dermatologists. 
BOROGLYCERIDE. Boroglycerinum. Glyce- 
rylborate. This substance has been largely employed 
as a convenient form of obtaining boric acid in a 
soluble condition. It is made by heating boric acid 
and glycerin together so as to effect a combination 
without discoloring the product by overheating. 
(See Boroglycerinum, National Formulary, p. 1488 ; 
also Glyceritum Boroglycerini, Part I.) Mr. James 
Kennedy (Nat. Druggist, 1887, 46) maintains that 
it is a chemical compound, and not a mere mechan- 
ical mixture, as has been supposed ; he gives it the 
formula CgHgBOg, and expresses the reaction in its 
formation thus: C’3H,(OH)3 -f- H3B03 = C3H4B03 
-j- 3H20. The metallic boroglycerides, such as so- 
dium and calcium boroglyceride, are not explained, 
however, in this case. Aqueous solutions of boro- 
glyceride are used for preserving milk, meat, fruit- 
juices, etc. Under the name of glacialin a sub- 
stance has been largely sold in England which is 
simply boroglyceride. 
BOROL. This is a compound in which either 
Potassium (K) or Sodium (Na) joins with Boron 
(B) to replace the two atoms of Hydrogen (H) 
in Sulphuric Acid (HgSOA, giving either of the 
two formulae, BKS04 or BNaS04. It occurs in 
irregular, colorless, odorless, vitreous fragments, 
soluble in five times its weight of water. Accord- 
ing to H. Jager, it is three times as powerful as 
carbolic acid as an antiseptic, the 2 per cent, solu- 
tion rapidly destroying most pathogenetic germs. 
It has been used internally in various germ dis- 
eases, and externally in diphtheria, gonorrhoea, 
ozcena, psoriasis, and other surgical affections. 
Dose, from thirty to fifty drops of a 20 per cent, 
solution, well diluted. Locally a 1 to 2 per cent, 
solution has been used. (Therap. Wochensch., iv.) 
BORO-PHENOL is a combination of borax 
and carbolic acid. It has an agreeable odor, is 
completely soluble in water, and can be used for 
all the purposes for which carbolic acid disinfect- 
ants are used. 
BORO-SALICYLIC ACID has been intro- 
duced by Cesaris and Carcano as an antiseptic ; the 
solution contains 4 per cent, each of boric and sal- 
icylic acids. 
BORSALICYL is made by Bernegau by tritu- 
rating thirty-two parts of sodium salicylate with 
twenty-five parts of finely powdered boric acid with 
a little water; the hardened mass is dried and 
powdered. It is used as an antiseptic. (Apoth. 
Zeit., 1894, 876.) 
BOWDICHIA MAJOR. Mart. (Now B. vir- 
giloides, H. B. K.) (Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) Un- 
der the name of Sucupira, the hard, yellow, very 
hitter bark yielded by this tree is employed in Bra- 
zil in fevers and rheumatism. Mr. Petit has found 
in it a mydriatic alkaloid. (P. J. Tr., June, 1885.) 
BRAGANTIA WALLICHII. The roots of 
this shrub of India contain an alkaloid allied to 
aristolochine, a soft resin, a resinous acid, and a 
substance related to dulcite. (P. J. Tr., 1894, 231.) 
BRASSICA. In China the oil of Brassica si- 
nensis, or petsai, is used for lighting, and is said also 
to be purgative, and useful in skin diseases, whilst 
the Japanese employ the yellow oil of B. campestris, 
under the name of aburana, for culinary and light- 
ing purposes. (A. J. P., June, 1885.) 
BRAZIL NUTS. Cream Nuts. Para Nuts. 
Chataigne du Bresil, Fr. Paranuss, G. These are 
edible nuts imported from Brazil, and sometimes 
employed in making cream syrups for giving flavor 
to carbonic acid water. In Brazil an expressed oil 
is obtained from them, which is said to be used for 
burning, making ointments, and adulterating co- 
paiba. Dr. Edward Donnelly, of Philadelphia, 
states (Proceedings Am. Pharm. Assoc., 1858, 327) 
that the nuts are the product of the Bertholletia ex- 
celsa (Humboldt and Bonpland), a large and beau- 
tiful tree of the nat. ord. Myrtacese, growing over 
extensive regions in South America. Corenwinder 
has found in the kernel of the nut 65-60 per cent, 
of oil, and 15-31 per cent, of nitrogenous matter. 
(P. J. Tr , Aug. 1873.) 
BRAZIL WOOD. A red dye-wood, the prod- 
uct of different species of Cassalpinia, growing in the 
West Indies and South America. Two varieties are 
known in commerce,—1, the proper Brazil wood, 
said to be derived from Ccesalpinia echinata, Lam., 
and sometimes called Pernambuco or Fernambuco 
wood, from the province of Brazil, where it is col- 
lected ; 2, the brasiletto, produced by C. brasiliensis, 
L., and C. crista, L., which grow in Jamaica and 
other parts of the West Indies. The former is the 
most highly valued. The sappan or samfen wood 
may be referred to the same head, being obtained 
from the Ccesalpinia sappan, and possessing proper- 
ties analogous to those of the brasiletto. The Nica- 
ragua or peach wood is also analogous to the bra- 
siletto, and is said by Bancroft to be derived from 
a species of Caesalpinia. It is produced in the East 
Indies. Brazil wood is nearly inodorous, has a 
slightly sweetish taste, stains the saliva red, and 
imparts its coloring matter to water. It was for- 
merly used in medicine ; but has been abandoned 
as inert. In pharmacy it serves to color tinctures, 
etc.; but its chief use is in dyeing. A red lake is 
prepared from it, and it is an ingredient in a red 
ink. Its dyeing properties are owing to a crystal- 
lizable coloring principle, named brazilin or brasi- 
lin, CieH140„. This, as usually obtained, is of & 
sulphur-yellow color, which it preserves in the 
dark, but soon loses in the sunlight, to which it is 
remarkably sensitive, changing to a reddish hue 
after a few minutes’ exposure, and undergoing a 
similar alteration in diffused daylight, though more 
slowly. The principle should, therefore, be kept in 
perfectly opaque vessels. It is now stated that when 
absolutely pure it is colorless, and becomes red on 
exposure to the air. The change is due to the for- 
mation of brasilein, C-l6H1206, which can be pre- 
pared from the brasilm by a variety of methods, 
such as oxidation by nitrous acid, by alcoholic iodine 
solution, etc. Brasilin is sparingly soluble in water, 
yielding a sweet and almost colorless solution which 
is not changed by acids, but is deeply reddened by 
alkalies. In alcohol and ether it is somewhat more 
soluble than in water, giving a light yellow solu- 
tion. The colorless aqueous solution soon becomes 
reddish in the air, afterwards yellowish red, and 
acquires the curious property of phosphorescing in 
a golden-yellow light. (C. F. Schonbein, Neues 
Repertor., 1868, Bd. xvii., Theil vii., 390; Journ. 
de Pharm., 4e ser., xix. 88.) 
BROMAL. C2HBr30. This substance resem- 
bles chloral in its chemical properties, like it exist- 
ing as an oily colorless liquid, or, when united with 
water or alcohol, as a crystalline hydrate or alcohol- 
ate. It boils at about 172° C. (342° F.), and distils 
without decomposition. It is prepared by adding, 
little by little, from 3 to 4 parts of bromine to re- 1592 
Bromalin.—Bromol. 
PART II. 
frigerated alcohol. After fifteen hours of contact 
the mixture is distilled. The bromine and other 
very volatile products come over first, and after- 
wards, at a temperature of from 160° C. (320° F.) 
to 180° C. (356° F.), the bromal, with an oily sub- 
stance insoluble in water. Water being added, 
bromal hydrate (C2HBr30,H20) is formed in rhom- 
bic scales fusing at 53-5° C. (128° F.). By the ac- 
tion of an alkali, bromoform is produced from the 
bromal hydrate. According to S. Steinauer ( Vir- 
chow's Archie, May 19, 1870), in frogs and mam- 
mals bromal produces at first great restlessness, fol- 
lowed by sleep of moderate intensity, accompanied 
by an almost complete analgesia. Dyspnoea was 
usually very marked, and death sometimes oc- 
curred in convulsions. The cardiac ventricles after 
death were relaxed or tetanized, according as the 
dose had been large or small. Dr. Steinauer be- 
lieves that the succession of symptoms is due to the 
first action being that of the bromal, and the sub- 
sequent, that of bromoform and nascent bromides 
generated in the blood from the bromal hydrate. 
Dr. Steinauer administered the drug to several pa- 
tients, in doses of three grains (0T94 Gm.) at bed- 
time, with the effect of relieving pain or producing 
sleep. In epilepsy it seemed to avert the paroxysms. 
BROMALIN. Bromethylformin. Hexameth- 
ylenetetramine-bromethylate, (CH2)6N4.C2H6Br, is 
formed by the action of ethyl bromide upon hex- 
amethylenetetramine. It occurs in colorless scales 
or white powder, melting at 200° C. with decom- 
position ; nearly tasteless, readily soluble in water. 
It has been used, especially by Bardet, as a seda- 
tive and substitute for the bromides. The dose is 
from thirty to sixty grains (T9-3-88 Gm.). 
BROMAMIDE. Tribromaniline Hydrobromate. 
CeH2Br3NH2HBr. This substance, which is said 
to contain 75 per cent, of bromine, and to be very 
stable, occurs in odorless, tasteless, colorless, needle- 
shaped crystals, insoluble in water, but soluble in 
sixteen parts of boiling alcohol, in chloroform, 
ether, and the fixed oils. It melts at 243° F., and 
volatilizes at 310° F. without change. It has been 
proposed by A. Caille (New York Med. Journ., 1892) 
as an antipyretic, antirheumatic, and analgesic. 
Dose, from ten to fifteen grains (0-65-0-97 Gm.). 
BROMINECHLORIDE. Brominii Chloridum. 
BrCl. This chloride is prepared by passing chlo- 
rine gas through bromine, and condensing the 
vapors which form by a freezing mixture. It is a 
reddish-yellow, very mobile and volatile liquid, 
emitting dark yellow fumes, which have a very 
powerful odor, and cause a flow of tears. Its taste 
is hot and unpleasant. Bromine chloride is used 
by Landolfi, of Naples, internally, in the treatment 
of cancer and as an ingredient in his caustic. 
BROMOFORM. Tri-brom-methane. Formyl 
bromide (CHBr3) is produced by the action of 
bromine upon alcohol in the presence of an alkali. 
In practice, milk of lime is saturated with bromine, 
alcohol added, and the mixture distilled. It is also 
prepared by the action of sodium hypobromite upon 
acetone by a reaction analogous to that used in the 
manufactureof chloroform. It is a colorless liquid, 
boiling at 151° C. and solidifying at 2-5° C. Sp. gr. 
2-83 at 0° C. 
In 1849 Nunneley and Schuchard called attention 
to bromoform as a possible agreeable anaesthetic, 
and in 1869 Rabuteau (Oaz" Hebdom. de Med.) 
brought the drug forward as a new anaesthetic. 
Given to the lower animals by inhalation or hypo- 
dermic injection, bromoform produces rapid nar- 
cosis, in which, according to the researches of Yon 
Horoch ( Wien. Medizin. Jahrb., 1883), the breath- 
ing is not distinctly lessened, and the pulse remains 
full, regular, and strong, although the blood- 
pressure is distinctly reduced; the heart itself 
is said not to suffer from the influence of the drug, 
and the peripheral vagi are not affected ; further, 
as powerful irritation of a sensory nerve has 
no influence upon the blood-pressure, it is probable 
that the fall is the result of vaso-motor paralysis, 
which is confirmed by the rapid sinking of the 
temperature. The excitability of the cerebral 
psycho-motor centres and the general reflexes 
are entirely destroyed. Yon Horoch has used the 
bromoform as an anaesthetic in several cases in 
man. The most marked symptom was excessive 
cyanosis of the face. The urine passed after recovery 
contained bromine. Binz has also found bromine 
in the urine of animals poisoned with bromoform. 
Elimination of the drug would seem, however, to 
take place very slowly, as unless the animal survived 
several days no bromine could be detected. (Deutsch. 
Med. Zeitung, 1891.) A number of cases of poison- 
ing by bromoform have been recorded. (L' Union 
Med., Sept. 1891.) The symptoms have been pallor, 
titubation, dilatation of the pupil, coma, heart 
failure, collapse. Bromoform has been strongly 
recommended in whooping-cough by Stepp and 
other clinicians, and is said to act as a local anaes- 
thetic upon the pharyngo-laryngeal mucous mem- 
branes. Stepp’s dose, administered in a teaspoonful 
of water, is, for children three or four weeks old, one 
drop three or four times daily; in older, nursing 
children, three drops, according to the intensity of 
the attack; in children from two to four years of 
age, four to live drops three or four times daily; 
up to seven years of age, six to seven drops three 
or four tiu.es daily. Three drops, however, are 
reported to have produced very serious symptoms 
in a child four years old, and two drops in one 
fifteen months old. When bromoform is given 
internally it should be administered in capsules 
or dropped on sugar, as it is very prone to pre- 
cipitate from mixtures. 
BROMOL. Tribromophenol. Tribromphenol. 
CeH2BiaOH. Bromol is obtained as a white floc- 
culent and gradually crystallizing sediment when 
bromine water is added to an aqueous solution of 
carbolic acid. Pure tribromophenol occurs as a 
white crystalline substance which melts at a tem- 
perature of 203° F., and is nearly insoluble in water, 
but readily so in alcohol, ether, chloroform, glycerin, 
and in fatty and ethereal oils ; the odor is disagreea- 
ble, like that of bromine, but more penetrating ; the 
taste is sweet and astringent. According to Grimm 
and Bademacher, tribromophenol is a powerful anti- 
septic and disinfectant, which, when in concentrated 
form, acts as a .caustic, and is especially valuable 
in the treatment of tuberculous ulcers and gangrene. 
Grimm considered the remedy too caustic to be used 
upon the mucous membranes of the upper air-pas- 
sages, but Rademacher has used it in the solution 
of olive oil (one to thirty) with asserted excellent 
results in diphtheria. It is said to be very slowly 
acted upon by the intestinal juices, and has been 
used as an intestinal disinfectant in doses of from 
three to seven and one-half grains (0T9-0-48 Gm.) 
a day. That it is absorbed in some form is shown 
by the fact of its excretion in the urine in the form 
of tribromophenol-sulphonic acid. PART II. 
Bromopyrin.—Cactus Grandijiwus. 
1593 
BROMOPYRIN. Monobromantipyrin. C11H11 
BrN20. This occurs in white crystalline needles, 
almost insoluble in cold water, scarcely soluble 
in hot water, easily soluble in alcohol and chloro- 
form. Its melting point is 114° C. Its influence 
upon the system seems not to have been investi- 
gated. A mixture of antipyrin, caffeine, and 
sodium bromide has been sold as bromopyrin. 
BURRA GOOKEROO. Under this name, in 
India, the fruit and sometimes the whole plant of 
the Tribulus lanuginosus (nat. ord. Zygophyllese) is 
used as a diuretic and aphrodisiac. The carpels 
have been commended in London as a remedy in 
nocturnal emissions; dose of fluid extract, from 
twenty minims to one drachm (1-23-3-7 C.c.). 
BUTEA FRONDOSA. This is a plant which 
grows in Western India. The leaves are said to be 
astringent and stimulating to the sexual organs, 
and the seeds anthelmintic. The resin has reached 
Europe in small pieces of a deep red color, usually 
opaque, and of a pure astringent taste. N. Weber 
(Pharm. Zeitschrift fur Russland, 1886) failed to 
find an alkaloid in the seeds. 
BUXUS SEMPERVIRENS. L. Box. (Nat. 
ord. Euphorbiacese.) This evergreen shrub is too 
well known to require description. Though 
much cultivated in this country as an ornamental 
plant, it is a native of Europe and Western Asia. 
The wood is considered diaphoretic in its native 
countries, and is used in decoction in rheumatism, 
secondary syphilis, etc. The leaves, which have 
a peculiar odor and a bitter and disagreeable 
taste, are said to be purgative in the dose of a 
drachm. A volatile oil distilled from the wood has 
been given in epilepsy. A tincture formerly enjoyed 
some reputation as an antiperiodic. (Merat and De 
Lens.) In 1860 it was determined by Walz that 
buxine, an alkaloid which had been discovered in 
the leaves of this tree, is identical with the bebee- 
rine of the bebeeru or nectandra bark. (See Nectan- 
dra; also P. J. Tr., Oct. 1869, 194.) Pavia ob- 
tained a second alkaloid from Buxus sempervirens, 
which was investigated by Pavesi and Botondi. 
(Jahresberiqhte, 1874, 903.) They name itparabux- 
ine, and ascribe to it the formula C24H48N20. Bar- 
baglia (A. J. P., 1885, 145) describes still another 
alkaloid, parabuxinidine. It crystallizes in thin, 
colorless prisms, is insoluble in water, soluble in 
ether, freely soluble in alcohol, and colors turmeric 
paper deep red. 
BYTTERA FEBRIFUGA. Bitter Ash. The 
name Byttera febrifuga was given by M. Belanger 
to a tree growing in Martinique, in the West Indies, 
which is now believed to'be the Quassia excelsa of 
Linn. (See 16th ed. U. S. D.) 
CABBAGE-TREE BARK. Ecorcede Geo free, 
Fr. Kohlbaumrinde, Wurmrinde, G. The bark of 
Andira inermis, H. B. K. (Geoffrcea inermis, Sw.) 
This is a leguminous tree, with a stem rising to a 
considerable height, branched towards the top, and 
covered with a smooth gray bark. The leaves are 
pinnate, consisting of six or seven pairs of ovate- 
lanceolate, pointed, veined, smooth, petiolate leaf- 
lets, with an odd one at the end. The flowers are 
rose-colored, and in terminal panicles, with very 
short pedicels. The tree is a native of Jamaica, 
and other West India islands. The bark, which is 
the part used, is in long pieces, thick, fibrous, 
externally of a a brownish-ash color, scaly, and 
covered with lichens, internally yellowish, of a res- 
inous fracture, a disagreeable smell, and a sweetish, 
mucilaginous bitterish taste. Its powder resembles 
that of jalap. Huttenschmidt obtained from it a 
crystallizable, very bitter substance, having the 
composition and neutralizing properties of the vege- 
table alkaloids, and named it jamaicine. Two grains 
of it produced violent purging in pigeons. 
Theodore Peckolt says of the wood of the tree, 
which he calls Andira anthelmintica (Benth.), that 
the workmen engaged in sawing it are apt to be 
affected with inflammation of the eyes, constriction 
of the throat, excessive thirst, a bitter, burning taste, 
a troublesome itching over the body, and sometimes 
eruptions on the skin. By treating a concentrated 
decoction of the wood with lime hydrate, then 
filtering after forty eight hours, evaporating to the 
consistence of syrup, and exhausting the residue 
with alcohol, Peckolt obtained a yellowish-brown 
coloring matter which he called andirin. (This 
name has also been given to a glucoside said to 
have been found in Andira inermis. See A. J. 
P., 1885, 558.) Peckolt also obtained a peculiar 
resin by treating the wood with alcohol, filtering, 
distilling off most of the alcohol, and then pre- 
cipitating by water. The resin is inodorous, of a 
bitter, acrid taste, soluble in alcohol, and but par- 
tially soluble in ether. This resin, and especially 
the portion soluble in ether, gives its irritating 
properties to the sawdust. (Chem. Centralbl., Nov. 
17, 1858.) 
Cabbage-tree bark is cathartic, and, in large doses, 
apt to occasion vomiting, fever, and delirium. It is 
said that these effects are more liable to result if 
cold water be drunk during its operation, and may 
be relieved by the use of warm water, castor oil, or 
a vegetable acid. In the West Indies it is esteemed a 
powerful vermifuge, and is much employed for ex- 
pelling lumbrici; but it is dangerous if incautiously 
administered, and instances of death from its use 
have occurred. It is almost unknown in this coun- 
try. The usual form of administration is that of 
decoction, though the medicine is also given in pow- 
der, syrup, and extract. The dose of the powder 
is from twenty grains (1-29-1’95 Gm.) to half a 
drachm, of the extract three grains, of the decoction 
two fluidounces (59-1 C.c ). 
On the continent of Europe the bark of Andira 
retusa, H. B. K. (Geoffroea surinamensis, Bondt.), 
which grows in Surinam, has also been used. It 
is considered more powerfully vermifuge and less 
liable to produce injurious effects. It has a grayish 
epidermis, beneath which it is reddish brown, lami- 
nated, compact, and very tenacious, and, when cut 
transversely, exhibits a shining and variegated sur- 
face. In the dried state it is inodorous, but has 
an austere bitter taste. The powder is of a pale 
cinnamon color. 
CACTUS BONPLANDII. H. B. K. (Now 
Opuntia Tuna. Mill.) (Nat. ord. Cactacese.) This 
plant is asserted to have the properties of C. grandi- 
florus. (See Newer Mai. Med.) 
CACTUS GRANDIFLORUS. L. (NowCereus 
grandiflorus. Mill.) Night-blooming Cereus. Cierge 
d grandes Fleurs, Fr. Konigin der Nacht, G. 
(Nat. ord. Cactaceie.) This plant, a native of 
tropical America, has a branching, fleshy, green 
stem, with five or six angles; beset with clusters, 
with five or six short radiating spines. The nu- 
merous imbricated calyx lobes are linear, acute, 
brownish, the inner ones yellow. The flowers, 
which open in the night, are very fragrant, and 
produce an orange-colored, internally white berry, 1594 
Caeur.—Cadmium. 
PART II. 
the size of an egg. F. W. Sultan finds in it cactine, 
a supposed alkaloid. (A. J. P., 1891, 424.) 
The cactus grandiflorus has long had a reputa- 
tion among the natives of those countries in which 
it grows as a cure for dropsy, but appears to have 
been first brought into notice by Dr. Rubini, of 
Naples, as a cardiac remedy. Dr. O. M. Myers 
{N. Y. Med. Journ., June, 1891) alleges that in 
therapeutic dose it,—1. Increases the musculo-motor 
energy of the heart,—probably through its influence 
upon the intra-cardiac motor and accelerator gan- 
glia, in consequence of which the cardiac impulses 
become regular and much stronger. 2. Elevates 
the arterial tension, increasing correspondingly the 
height and force of the pulse-wave: this is pro- 
duced by,—a, increased cardiac action ; b, stimula- 
tion of the vaso-motor centre at the base of the 
brain. 3. Stimulates the spinal motor centres, in- 
creasing the activity of the centres and the general 
nerve-tone. The results of Myers have been par- 
tially confirmed by MM. Boy-Teissier and Boinet. 
{Marseille Med., 1891.) According to Dr. Myers, 
cactine is not irritating, but the crude drug is said 
to be used as a counter-irritant, and to produce 
pustulation. 
Cactus has been favorably reported upon as a 
cardiac stimulant by a number of practitioners as 
a partial substitute for digitalis. It is affirmed to 
be especially valuable in the functional disorders 
of the heart connected with dyspepsia, neurasthenia, 
anaemia, Graves's disease, tobacco toxaemia, sexual 
exhaustion, and allied affections. It has also been 
used with asserted good results as a stimulant to 
the heart in low fevers, and even in angina pectoris. 
Dr. P. W. Williams, of London, however, states 
that whilst of great value in pseudo-angina, it has 
little power over the true disease. It appears not 
to prolong the diastole, as does digitalis, and on 
this account has been especially recommended in 
complicated aortic regurgitation. In our own thera- 
peutic trials cactus has failed to produce any results; 
and certainly the existence of the alleged alkaloid 
cactine is not assured. Sharp could only obtain 
from the drug resins which were not physiologically 
active, and concludes that the drug is inert. {Prac- 
titioner, Sept. 1894.) According to Williams, the 
maximum dose of the tincture, four ounces of the 
fresh stems to a pint of strong alcohol, is thirty 
minims (1-85 C.c.) every four hours, and of the 
fluid extract twelve minims (0-74 C.c.). The dose 
of cactine seems not to have been determined. 
CACUR. This is a small gourd which while 
still unripe is used by the Caffirs as an emetic, and 
which, according to Professor Oliver, is yielded by 
the Cucumis myriocarpus, Nand. (Nat. ord. Cu- 
curbitaceas.) Dr. G. A. Atkinson {A. J. P., 1887) ob- 
tained from it a neutral resinous body, myriocarpin, 
and found that twenty grains (1-29 Gm.) of the 
fresh pulp produced in man nausea and slight pur- 
gation. {Edin. Med. Journ., July, 1886.) 
CADMIUM. Cadmium. Cadmium, Fr., G. 
Kadmium, G. This metal is associated with zinc 
in its ores, occurring principally as greenockite 
(CdS), a yellowish incrustation upon zinc blende 
(ZnS), and, being more volatile than that metal, 
comes over with the first portions of the zinc in 
the process for obtaining it. (See Zincum.) The 
cadmium is separated by dissolving the mixed metal 
in dilute sulphuric acid, precipitating the sulphate 
by hydrogen sulphide, treating the precipitate with 
hydrochloric acid, and again precipitating with am- 
monium carbonate. The cadmium carbonate thus 
obtained, after being washed and dried, is mixed 
with charcoal, and exposed to a dull red heat in an 
earthen retort, when the reduced metal distils over. 
Properties. Cadmium is a white metal, resem- 
bling tin, but somewhat heavier and more tenacious. 
Like that metal, it crackles when bent. Its sp gr. 
is 8-7, melting point from 316° to 320° C. (601°-608° 
F.). It begins to volatilize at a temperature slightly 
above this, but under the boiling point of mercury, 
while it boils only at 860° C. (1580° F.). It is little 
affected by the air, but, when heated, combines with 
an atom of oxygen, forming a reddish-brown or 
orange-colored oxide, CdO, which combines with 
the acids to form salts. From its saline solutions the 
oxide is precipitated by the alkalies in the form of 
a white hydrate. Cadjnium also combines with 
chlorine, iodine, bromine, and sulphur. It is dis- 
tinguished by forming a colorless solution with nitric 
acid, from which hydrogen sulphide or ammonium 
sulphydrate precipitates a lemon-yellow sulphide in- 
soluble in an excess of the reagent or in potassa or 
ammonia, and not volatilized at a red heat. Potassa 
produces a white precipitate insoluble in an excess, 
and ammonia a similar precipitate soluble in an ex- 
cess of the precipitant. Zinc precipitates cadmium 
in the metallic state. “A neutral solution of the 
metal in nitric acid, after having been fully precip- 
itated by carbonate of sodium in slight excess, yields 
a filtrate which is not affected by ammonium sul- 
phide.” U. S. 1870. This proves the absence of 
arsenic. 
Cadmii Iodidum,. Cadmium Iodide. (Cdl2. Mol. 
wt. 365.) Cadmium lodatum. Iodidum Cadmium. 
Iodure de Cadmium, Fr. Iodcadmium, Kadmium- 
jodiir, G. Cadmium iodide may be prepared by 
mixing iodine and filings of cadmium in a moist 
state, or by dissolving the metal in hydriodic acid, 
or by double decomposition between potassium 
iodide and cadmium sulphate. It is soluble in 
water and alcohol, and may be crystallized from 
either solution, in large, white, transparent crystals, 
in the form of six-sided tables, of a pearly lustre. 
These are permanent in the air, melt at about 
315-6° C. (600° F.), forming an afnber-colored 
liquid, and give off violet vapors at a dull red heat. 
The salt is freely soluble in water and in alcohol, 
and the solution has an acid reaction. The Br. 
Pharmacopeia of 1867 gives the following tests. 
The aqueous solution gives a yellow precipitate with 
hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide, insol- 
uble in excess of the sulphide; and a white gelati- 
nous precipitate with excess of solution of potash, 
the filtrate from which is unaffected by ammonium 
sulphide. Ten grains dissolved in water give with 
an excess of silver nitrate a precipitate which, 
washed with water and afterwards with half an 
ounce of water of ammonia and dried, weighs 12-5 
grains. 
Cadmii Salicylas. Cadmium Salicylate, Cd(CeH4 
OHCOO)a, is prepared by acting on cadmium oxide 
with salicylic acid. It is colorless and crystalline, 
soluble in 24 parts of boiling water, and in alcohol, 
ether, and glycerin. It is used as an antiseptic. 
Cadmii Sulphas. Cadmium Sulphate. Cadmium 
Sulfuricum. Sulfas Cadmicus. Sulfate de Cad- 
mium, Fr. Schwefelsaures Cadmiumoxyd, Kadmi- 
umsulfat, G. CdS04,4H20. “ Take of Cadmium, 
in small pieces, a troyounce; Nitric Acid two troy- 
ounces; Sodium Carbonate three troyounces; Sul- 
phuric Acid four hundred and twenty grains ; Dis- PART II. 
Cadmium.— Caesium. 
1595 
tilled Water a sufficient quantity. To the Cadmium 
and two fluidounces of Distilled Water, contained 
in a glass vessel, add by degrees the Nitric Acid, 
and, when the action slackens, apply a gentle heat 
until the metal is dissolved. Filter the solution, 
and, having dissolved the Sodium Carbonate in six 
fluidounces of Distilled Water, mix the solutions 
thoroughly. Wash the precipitate obtained until 
the water passes tasteless, and dissolve it in the Sul- 
phuric Acid, diluted with four fluidounces of Dis- 
tilled Water. Then evaporate the solution to one- 
third, and set it aside to crystallize. Lastly, dry 
the crystals on bibulous paper.” U. S. 1870. 
A cadmium nitrate is formed first, in consequence 
of the greater facility with which nitric acid acts 
upon that metal than sulphuric acid. The cadmium 
is oxidized at the expense of a part of the acid, with 
the production of fumes of nitrogen tetroxide, and 
the resulting oxide unites with the undecomposed 
part of the acid to form the nitrate. This is then 
decomposed in solution by sodium carbonate with a 
mutual interchange of principles ; the nitric acid of 
the cadmium nitrate taking the soda of the carbon- 
ate, and forming sodium nitrate which is retained 
in solution, while the insoluble carbonate of the 
metal is deposited. This, having been washed, is 
treated with diluted sulphuric acid, by which the 
carbonic acid is expelled, and the cadmium sulphate 
remains in solution, from which it is obtained by 
concentration and crystallization ; or the cadmium 
is dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid in the presence 
of nitric acid, according to the reaction: 3Cd„ -f- 
6H„S04 +' 4HN03 = 6CdS04 + 8HaO + 4NO. 
Cadmium sulphate crystallizes in oblique prisms 
with rhomboidal bases, which are transparent and 
colorless, and said to resemble those of the zinc sul- 
phate. They have an astringent, slightly acidu- 
lous, and austere taste, effloresce on exposure to the 
air, and are very soluble in water. The solution, 
even though acidulated, gives with hydrogen sul- 
phide a yellow precipitate, becoming orange-yellow, 
of cadmium sulphide, which is dissolved by strong 
hydrochloric acid, but is insoluble in solutions of 
potassa or ammonia, and is thus readily distin- 
guished from the arsenic sulphide. With ammo- 
nium sulphide it gives a yellow precipitate insol- 
uble in an excess of the sulphide. Ammonia 
produces a white precipitate, soluble in an excess 
of the precipitant; ammonium carbonate a white 
one insoluble in an excess ; potassium ferrocyanide 
a white precipitate not dissolved by hydrochloric 
acid; and the ferricyanide a brownish-yellow one 
soluble in a large excess of that acid. (Brande and 
Taylor.) By these tests cadmium sulphate is dis- 
tinguished as a salt of that metal. As a sulphate it 
is known by yielding a precipitate with barium chlo- 
ride not soluble in nitric acid. Zinc precipitates 
cadmium in the metallic state from the solution. 
Cadmium suspended in a solution of copper sulphate 
precipitates that metal, leaving cadmium sulphate 
in solution ; and this has been proposed as a method 
of obtaining the salt. 
Medical Uses of Cadmium. It is probable that 
the insoluble preparations of cadmium are not 
actively poisonous, but it is certain that the sol- 
uble preparations are corrosive poisons, producing 
symptoms very similar to those caused by the cor- 
responding salts of zinc. The symptoms caused 
by overdoses are giddiness, vomiting, purging, 
slowing of the pulse and respiration, loss of con- 
sciousness, and spasm. In three cases in which 
the carbonate is said to have been inhaled, the 
chief symptoms were constriction of the throat, em- 
barrassed respiration, vomiting and purging, giddi- 
ness, and painful spasms. (Annuaire de Therap., 
1859.) For a case of poisoning by the bromide, see 
Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., 1876. 
It has been shown by Athanasiu and Langlois 
(Compt.-Rend. des Seances et Memoires de la Soc. 
Biol., ii. 1895) that the soluble salts of cadmium act 
very powerfully in arresting the lactic fermentation. 
When given hypodermically to the frog they pro- 
duce symptoms similar to those caused by zinc salts, 
than which, however, they are less powerful; the 
symptoms are rapid loss of voluntary motion with 
persistence of the reflexes and pronounced cardiac 
depression. In the higher animals there is destruc- 
tion of the red blood-corpuscles. 
Cadmium sulphate has been used to a consider- 
able extent as a local astringent and stimulant in 
diseases of the eye and in gonorrhoea, and is believed 
by many oculists to have special power in relieving 
specks and opacities of the cornea. It is employed 
either in solution, from half a grain to four grains 
to the fluidounce of distilled water, or in ointment, 
twelve grains to the ounce. 
Cadmium iodide was introduced by A. B. Garrod 
as an external remedy in the treatment of scrofulous 
glands, nodes, chronic inflammations of joints, and 
various cutaneous diseases. The ointment, which 
was formerly official in the British Pharmacopoeia 
under the name of Unguentum Cadmii Iodidi (sixty- 
two grains to one ounce of simple ointment), is 
soft, white, and said to readily yield its iodine 
to absorption when applied by persistent gentle 
friction. 
CALSIUM. The physiological effect of the 
caesium chloride has been investigated by S. Bot- 
kin. (Inaug. Diss., St. Petersburg, 1888.) He finds 
that it increases the blood-pressure and retards the 
heart movement to a slight extent. Laufenauer 
(Therap. Monatssch., 1889, and Pester Med.Chirurg. 
Presse, 1889) asserts that the caesium bromide theo- 
retically ought to, and practically does, control epi- 
lepsy better than do the ordinary bromides. The 
physiological and medical properties of rubidium 
have also been studied by these investigators and 
found to resemble those of caesium. This has led 
to the putting upon the market, by Merck, of the 
following preparations: 
Rubidium and Ammonium Bromide (RbBr -f- 
3NH4Br). A white or slightly yellowish, crystal- 
line powder, readily soluble in water. Its taste is 
somewhat cooling at first, and pungently saline 
afterwards. This salt, one hundred parts of which 
contain thirty-six parts of rubidium bromide and 
sixty-four of ammonium bromide (NH4Br), was 
especially used by Laufenauer in doses of from one 
to two drachms (3-88-7-77 Gm.). 
Caesium and Ammonium Bromide (CsBr -f- 
3NH4Br) A white, crystalline powder, readily 
soluble in water. 
Caesium Carbonate (CsoC03). Sand-like, white ; 
melting at red heat; very hygroscopic; very soluble 
in water ; soluble also in alcohol. 
Caesium Hydroxide (CsOH). A grayish-white 
mass melting below red heat; rather deliquescent, 
behaving towards water or alcohol as potassium hy- 
droxide does. 
Caesium Sulphate (Cs2S04). Anhydrous, color- 
less prisms, permanent in the atmosphere ; extremely 
soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol. 1596 
Caffea, 
highly esteemed in this country ; but our chief sup- 
plies are derived from the West Indies and South 
America. Some good coffee has been brought from 
Liberia.* Coffee improves by age, losing a portion 
of its strength and acquiring a more agreeable fla- 
vor. It is said to be much better when allowed to 
ripen perfectly on the tree than as usually collected. 
The grains should be hard, and should readily sink 
in water. When soft, light, black or dark colored, 
or musty, they are inferior. 
Mussaenda Coffee, so called, is not a true coffee, 
but, according to Lapeyrere, is the seeds of the Mus- 
saenda borbonica, or “ wild orange” of the Island of 
Reunion, and contains from 03 to 0-5 per cent, of 
caffeine. Prof. Dunstan, however, found no alka- 
loid in the seeds of M. borbonica; whilst, according 
to the botanists of Kew Gardens, the seeds which 
Lapeyrere examined were really derived from 
Qaertnera vaginata. {P. J. Tr., Nov. 1889.) 
Coffee has a faint, peculiar odor, and a slightly 
sweetish, somewhat austere taste. An analysis by 
M. Payen gives for its constituents, in 100 parts, 
34 of cellulose, 12 of hygroscopic water, from 10 
to 13 of fatty matter, 15 5 of glucose, with dextrin 
and a vegetable acid, 10 of legumin, 3 5 of potas- 
sium, and caffeine chlorogenate, 3 of a nitrogenous 
body, 0-8 of free caffeine (see article Caffeina), 
0 001 of concrete volatile oil, 0-002 of fluid vola- 
tile oil, and 6-697 of mineral substances. (Journ. 
de Pharm., 3e ser., x. 266.) Pfaff recognized, in the 
precipitate produced by lead acetate with the de- 
coction of coffee, two peculiar principles, one re- 
sembling tannin, called caffe-tannic acid, and the 
other an acid, called by him caffeic acid. The latter 
is thought to be identical with the chlorogenic acid, 
of Payen. When strongly heated, it emits the odor 
of roasted coffee, and it is supposed to be the prin- 
ciple to which the flavor of coffee as a drink is owing. 
A remarkable property of caffeic acid is that, when 
acted on by sulphuric acid and manganese dioxide, 
it is converted into quinone, being in this respect 
analogous to quinic acid. The sugar of coffee is 
probably neither glucose as supposed by Payen, nor 
cane-sugar as stated by Rochleder, but peculiar; 
for, when the coffee is roasted, it does not answer to 
Trommer's test for glucose. Caffe-tannic acid has 
been ascertained by Hlasiwetz to be a glucoside with 
the formula C14H8G7, and resolvable into glucose 
and a peculiar crystallizable acid, C8H804, named 
by him caffeic acid {Journ. de Pharm., 1867, 307), 
and which may be obtained from coffee by boiling 
a solution of the extract with caustic potassa, treat- 
ing the resulting liquid with sulphuric acid in excess, 
and extracting the caffeic acid with ether, which 
yields it somewhat impure by evaporation. {Ibid., 
January, 1868, 75.) Caffeic acid has the consti- 
tution of a dihydroxy-cinnamic acid, and on fusion 
with caustic potash yields protocatechuic and acetic 
acids. The coffee fat, which ranges in different 
varieties from 14 to 21 per cent., is, when purified, 
white, without odor, of a buttery consistence, melt- 
ing at 37-5° C., and becomes rancid on exposure. 
According to Rochleder {Wien. Akad. Ber., xxiv. 
40), it contains glycerides of palmitic acid and of an 
acid of the composition C12H2402 
Coffee undergoes considerable change during the 
PART II. 
Also the triple Caesium, Rubidium, and Ammo- 
nium Bromide. 
CAFFEA. Coffee. Semen Caffeae. Cafe, Fr. 
Kaffee, G. Caffe, It. Cafe, Sp. Bun, Ar. Copi 
Cotta, Cingalese. Kaeva, Malay. The coffee plant 
(Coffea arabica, Linn.) is a small evergreen tree from 
fifteen to thirty feet in height. The branches are op- 
posite, the lower spreading, the upper somewhat de- 
clining, and gradually diminishing in length, as they 
ascend, so as to form a pyramidal summit. The 
opposite leaves are upon short footstalks, oblong- 
ovate, acuminate, entire, wavy, four or five inches 
long, smooth and shining, of a dark green color on 
their upper surface, paler beneath, and accompanied 
by a pair of small pointed stipules. The flowers are 
white, with an odor not unlike that of the jasmine, 
and stand in groups in the axils of the upper leaves. 
The calyx is very small, the corolla salver-form, 
with a nearly cylindrical tube, and a flat border 
divided into five lanceolate, pointed segments. The 
stamens project above the tube. The fruit, which is 
inferior, is a roundish berry, umbilicate at top, at 
first green, then red, and ultimately dark purple. 
It is about as large as a cherry, and contains two 
seeds surrounded by a paper-like membrane, and 
enclosed in a yellowish-purple matter. These seeds, 
divested of their coverings, constitute coffee. 
This tree is a native of Southern Arabia and 
Abyssinia, and probably pervades Africa about the 
same parallel of latitude, as it is found growing wild 
in Liberia, on the western coast of the continent. 
It is cultivated in various parts of the world where 
the temperature is sufficiently elevated and uniform. 
Considerable attention has long been paid to its cul- 
ture in its native country, particularly in Yemen, in 
the vicinity of Mocha, from which the demands of 
commerce were at first almost exclusively supplied. 
About the year 1690 it was introduced by the Dutch 
into Java, and in 1718 into their colony of Surinam. 
Soon after this latter period the French succeeded 
in introducing it into their "West India Islands, 
Cayenne, and the Isles of France and Bourbon ; 
and it has subsequently made its way into the other 
West India Islands, various parts of tropical Amer- 
ica, Hindostan, and Ceylon. 
The tree is raised from the seeds, which are sown 
in a soil properly prepared, and, germinating in less 
than a month, produce plants which, at the end of 
the year, are large enough to be transplanted. These 
are then set out in rows at suitable distances, and 
in three or four years begin to bear fruit. It is cus- 
tomary to top the trees at this age, in order to pre- 
vent their attaining an inconvenient height, and to 
increase the number of the fruit-bearing branches. 
It is said that they continue productive for from 
thirty to forty years. Though almost always cov- 
ered with flowers and fruit, they yield most largely 
at two seasons, and thus afford two harvests during 
the year. Various methods are employed for free- 
ing the seeds from their coverings; but that con- 
sidered the best is, by means of machinery, to re- 
move the fleshy portion of the fruit, leaving the 
seeds surrounded only by their papyraceous en- 
velope, from which they are separated by peeling 
and winnowing mills. 
The character of coffee varies considerably with 
the climate and mode of culture. Consequently, 
several varieties exist in commerce, named usually 
from the sources from which they are derived. The 
Mocha Coffee, which is in smail roundish grains, 
takes precedence of all others. The Java Coffee is 
♦Julian E. Walter gives the following results of the anal- 
yses of several kinds of unroasted coffee: Java,0-89 per 
cent, caffeine; Liberian Java. 1'08 per cent, caffeine; Costa 
Rica, 1‘24 percent, caffeine; Mocha, 0'54 per cent, caffeine; 
Peaberry or Fenroll, 077 per cent, caffeine; Rio, 1'12 per 
cent, caffeine. (Pharm. Rec., May 5, 1890,176.) Caffea.—Cahinca. 
1597 
PART II. 
roasting process. It swells up very much, acquiring 
almost double its original volume, while it loses from 
15 to 23 per cent, of its weight. (Pharm. Central- 
blatt, 1850, 687.) It acquires, at the same time, a 
peculiar odor entirely different from that of the un- 
roasted grains, and a decidedly bitter taste. An 
active empyreumatic oil (caffeol, C8H1002) is de- 
veloped during the process, probably at the expense 
of a portion of the caffeine. Much of the alkaloid, 
however, escapes change, and a portion of it is vola- 
tilized. The excellence of the flavor of roasted 
coffee depends much upon the manner in which the 
process is conducted, and the extent to which it is 
carried. It should be performed in a covered vessel, 
over a moderate fire, and the grains should be kept 
in constant motion. When they have acquired a 
chestnut-brown color, the process should cease. If 
too long continued, it renders the coffee bitter and 
acrid, or, by reducing it to charcoal, deprives it 
entirely of flavor. During a severe roasting the 
coffee loses a portion of caffeine, which sublimes; 
while in a slight roasting it loses none : yet ordinary 
coffee for drinking, prepared by percolation, con- 
tains rather more caffeine when prepared from 
strongly roasted than from slightly roasted coffee, 
because the caffeine is more easily extracted from the 
former. (Herman Aubert. See A. J. P., 1873, 121.) 
The coffee should not be roasted long before it is 
used, and should not be kept in the ground state. 
Paul and Cownley found in preparing “low and 
medium roasted” coffee no perceptible loss of alka- 
loid, whilst in “over-roasted” coffee the loss 
amounted to one-third. The average amount of 
caffeine in moderately roasted coffee they fix at 1-3 
per cent. (P. J. Tr., 1887, 822.) 
The leaves of the coffee plant possess properties 
analogous to those of the fruit, and are extensively 
used by the Malays. Dr. Stenhouse found them to 
contain caffeine in larger proportion than the coffee- 
bean, and also caffeic acid. The leaves are prepared 
for use by drying over a clear fire and then powder- 
ing by rubbing in the hands. The powder is made 
into an infusion like common tea. The taste is said 
to be like that of tea and coffee combined. (P. J. 
Tr., xii. 443, xiii. 207 and 382, and xvi. 1067.) 
For its activity coffee depends chiefly upon the 
presence in it of caffeine, for the physiological and 
therapeutic action of which, see page 283. Accord- 
ing to Paul and Cownley, a cup of coffee 
prepared by percolation through half an ounce of 
coffee, contains a little less than two and a half 
grains of caffeine. (P. J. Tr., April, 1887.) The 
ordinary effects of coffee taken into the stomach 
are too well known to require description ; as an 
exhilarant and cerebral stimulant it is one of the 
most efficacious of the caffeinic drinks. It differs 
from many of these drinks, however, in having a 
tendency to derange digestion and to act upon the 
bowels, so that in cases of chronic or acute diar- 
rhoea its use frequently has to be forbidden. Its 
habitual excessive use may give rise to troublesome 
dyspepsia, to cardiac irritability, or to headache, 
and even to vertigo. The caffeinic headache is 
well recognized by the profession, and is only to be 
cured by abstinence from its cause. These dis- 
agreeable symptoms are much more apt to be pro- 
duced by coffee than by tea ; indeed, although the 
active principle of these drinks is probably the 
same, their action upon the human system, al- 
though very similar, is not identical. The reason 
of the difference is not evident. It has been sup- 
posed to be due to the empyreumatic oil of coffee, 
caffeol or caffeone, but the researches of Prof. E. 
T. Reichert seem to lead to a different conclu- 
sion. (Med. News, lvi. 1890.) It is probable that 
some active principle, volatile or otherwise, is 
formed during the process of roasting, or caffeic 
acid may be active. Coffee has been used in times 
past in various diseases, but as a medicine it has 
been replaced by caffeine. Roasted coffee, espe- 
cially in the form of powder, has long been known 
to have some disinfecting and deodorizing power. 
Leuderitz has found that this is based upon a 
feeble though positive influence exerted upon 
bacteria ; this influence being probably dependent 
upon the presence of the empyreumatic substances 
formed during the roasting. 
Coffee is usually prepared in this country by 
boiling the roasted grains, previously ground into 
a coarse powder, in water for a short time, and 
then clarifying by the white of an egg. Some 
prefer the infusion, made by a process similar to 
that of percolation. It has more of the aroma of 
the coffee than the decoction, with less of its bit- 
terness. The proper proportion for forming the 
infusion for medical use is an ounce to a pint of 
boiling water, of which a cupful may be given 
warm for a dose, and repeated, if necessary. A 
syrup of coffee is prepared by Dorvault in the fol- 
lowing manner. Treat a pound of ground roasted 
coffee by percolation with boiling water until two 
pints have passed. Evaporate eight pounds of 
simple syrup to six, add the infusion, and strain. 
Two tablespoonfuls of this syrup may be added to 
a cup of hot water or milk. It is also used with 
carbonic-acid water. 
CAHINCA. Radix Caincce. Radix Cainance. 
Cain$a, Er. Caincawurzel, G. This medicine at- 
tracted at one time considerable attention. The 
name of cahinca or cainca was adopted from the 
language of the Brazilian Indians. The Portu- 
guese of Brazil call the medicine raiz pretia, or 
black root. When first noticed in Europe, it was 
supposed to be derived from the Chiococca race- 
mosa of Linnaeus, which was known to botanists as 
an inhabitant of the West Indies. But Martius, 
in his Specimen Material Medicce Brasiliensis, de- 
scribes two other species of Chiococca, C. angui- 
fuga, Mart., andC. densifolia, Mart., both of which 
are now known as C. brachiata, Ruiz and Pav., 
which afford roots having the properties of the root 
ascribed to C. racemosa; and, as the medicine was 
brought from Brazil, there seemed to be good 
reason for referring it to one or both of the plants 
named by that botanist. A. Richard, however, 
received from Brazil specimens of C. racemosa as 
the cahinca plant. 
A specimen brought into this market consisted 
of cylindrical pieces, varying in size from the 
thickness of a straw to that of the little finger, 
somewhat bent or contorted, slightly wrinkled 
longitudinally, with occasional small asperities, 
internally ligneous, externally covered with a thin, 
brittle, reddish-brown bark, having a light brown 
or brownish ash-colored epidermis. The cortical 
portion, which was of a resinous character, had a 
bitter disagreeable taste, somewhat acrid and astrin- 
gent ; the ligneous part was quite tasteless. The 
virtues of the root reside almost exclusively in its 
bark. They are extracted by water and alcohol. 
Cahinca has been analyzed by several chemists. 
Pour distinct principles were discovered in it by 1598 
Calamina.—Calcii Hyposulphis. 
Pelletier and Caventou,—1, a crystallizable bitter 
substance, believed to be the active principle, and 
called cahincic acid, C4oH04O18; 2, a green fatty 
matter of a nauseous odor ; 3, a yellow coloring 
matter ; and 4, a colored viscid substance. Roch- 
leder and Hlasiwetz found also caffe-tannic acid. 
By these chemists a tincture, obtained by boiling 
the bark in alcohol, was precipitated first with a 
spirituous solution of lead acetate, and afterwards, 
having been previously filtered, with the tribasic 
lead acetate. The first precipitate consisted chiefly 
of lead caffe-tannate and a portion of lead cahin- 
cate, the second of lead cahincate exclusively. 
Cahincic acid is white, without smell, of a taste at 
first scarcely perceptible, but afterwards extremely 
bitter and slightly astringent, of difficult solubility 
in water, but readily soluble in alcohol, permanent 
in the air, and unaltered at 100° C. (212° F.). It 
reddens vegetable blues, and unites with the alka- 
lies, hut does not form crystallizable salts. It is 
thought to exist in the root as calcium subcahin- 
cate. When treated with diluted hydrochloric acid 
it is decomposed into glucose and other products, of 
which is obtained at first chiococcaic acid, C28II4207 
(thought by some to be identical with quinovic 
acid), and later, by prolonged boiling with alco- 
holic hydrochloric acid, caincetin, C22H34Oa. 
Medical Properties.—Cahinca is tonic, diuretic, 
purgative, and emetic. In moderate doses it gently 
excites the circulation, increases the discharge of 
urine, and produces evacuations from the bowels, 
hut is rather slow in its operation. It may be made 
to act also as a diaphoretic, by keeping the skin 
warm, using warm drinks, and counteracting its 
purgative tendency. In some patients it occasions 
nausea and griping, and in very large doses always 
acts powerfully both as an emetic and cathartic. In 
Brazil it has long been used by the natives as a 
remedy for the bites of serpents; and its Indian 
name is said to have been derived from this prop- 
erty. According to Martius, the bark of the fresh 
root is rubbed with water till the latter becomes 
charged with all its active matters ; and the liquid, 
while yet turbid, is taken in such quantities as to 
produce the most violent vomiting and purging, 
preceded by severe spasmodic pains. Patrick 
Brown speaks of the root of C. racemosa as very 
useful in obstinate rheumatism. But the virtues of 
cahinca in dropsy, though well known in Brazil, 
were first made known to the European public in 
the year 1826 by M. Langsdorf, Russian consul at 
Rio Janeiro. Achille Richard, Franqois, and other 
practitioners attested its value in dropsy, but it is 
now little used. Dose of the powdered bark, from 
twenty grains to a drachm (1-29-3-88 Gm.) ; of 
the aqueous or spirituous extract, from ten to twenty 
grains (0-648-1-29 Gm.). 
CALAMINA. Calamine. Lapis Calaminaris. 
Calamine is the old name of the native zinc carbon- 
ate, although, strictly speaking, the name of the 
mineral Calamine is now applied to zinc silicate, 
while the name Smithsonite is given to -the carbon- 
ate. It is found in the United States, as well as in 
Belgium, Germany, and England. It occurs in 
compact or earthy masses, or concretions, of a dull 
appearance, readily scratched by the knife, and 
breaking with an earthy fracture, or it occurs 
crystallized in rhombic forms. Its color is very 
variable; being, in different specimens, grayish, 
grayish yellow, reddish yellow, and, when "very 
impure, brown or brownish yellow. Its sp. gr. 
PART II. 
varies from 3-4 to 4-4. Before the blow-pipe it 
does not melt, but becomes yellow and sublimes. 
When of good quality, it is almost entirely soluble 
in the dilute mineral acids; and, unless it has been 
previously calcined, emits a few bubbles of carbonic 
acid. If soluble in sulphuric acid, it can contain 
but little calcium carbonate and no barium sul- 
phate. 
Prepared Calamine. Calamina Praeparata. Cal- 
amine must be impalpable before being used in 
medicine. The following is the U. S. formula of 
1850. “ Take of Calamine a convenient quantity. 
Heat it to redness, and afterwards pulverize it; 
then reduce it to a very fine powder in the manner 
directed for Prepared Chalk.” The object of this 
process is to reduce the native zinc carbonate, or 
calamine, to the state of an impalpable powder. 
Calamine, as sold in England and the United 
States, was formerly almost always spurious, con- 
sisting wholly or principally of barium sulphate, 
colored with ferric oxide. Of the six samples an- 
alyzed by Ferris Bringhurst, of Wilmington, Del., 
five were totally devoid of zinc, and the sixth con- 
tained only 2 per cent, of the oxide. (A. J. P., 
July, 1857.) But more recently (P. J. Tr., 1866), 
Mr. R. H. Davis has found that most of the cala- 
mine sold as such in Great Britain is genuine. 
Prepared calamine is in the form of a pinkish or 
flesh-colored powder, of an earthy appearance. 
Sometimes it is made up into small masses. It is 
used only as an external application, being em- 
ployed as a mild astringent and desiccant in excori- 
ations and superficial ulcerations. For this purpose 
it is usually dusted on the part, and hence the 
necessity for its being in very fine powder. It is 
often employed in the form of cerate. 
CALCII BENZOAS. Calcium Benzoate. 
Ca(C7H602)2 -(- 3H20. This salt may he made by 
adding calcium carbonate to a hot aqueous solution 
of benzoic acid, filtering, and evaporating the solu- 
tion, and collecting and drying the crystals, which 
usually form in beautiful radiating tufts. It is 
soluble in 18 parts of cold water and 6 parts of 
boiling water. Calcium Hippurate, Ca(C0H8NOa)2 
4- 3H20, is made in a similar manner, and is iden- 
tical in appearance and uses. Poulet recommends 
the latter highly in the uric acid diathesis, for 
scrofula, incipient cirrhosis of the liver, and in 
struma. Dose, ten grains (0-648 Gm.). 
CALCII BORAS. Caa(BOa)2. Calcium borate 
is prepared by mixing solutions of sodium borate 
and calcium chloride. It is a white, inodorous, 
tasteless powder. It is given internally in diarrhoea, 
and used externally as a deodorant and antiseptic. 
CALCII HYPOSULPHIS. Calcium Sulpho- 
sulphate or Thio-sulphate. Calcium Hyposidphite. 
CaS20a6H20. The following mode of preparing 
this salt is recommended by M. J. Laneau, of Paris. 
Take 1000 parts of sulphur, 400 of lime, and 4000 
of rain-water; slake the lime with sufficient of the 
water, add the sulphur and the residue of the water, 
and boil for an hour and a half, adding water to 
keep up the measure; when cool filter the liquid 
through linen covered with filtering paper, and 
wash the residue with 1000 parts of water. A 
solution is thus obtained of calcium polysulphide 
of the sp. gr. 1-141. Into this pass a current of 
washed sulphurous acid gas until the solution 
becomes colorless ; separate the precipitated sulphur 
(which may be used for the official Precipitated 
Sulphur); and evaporate the clear solution at a PART II. 
Calcii Iodidum.— Calotropis Gigantea. 
1599 
heat not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.), until it begins 
to crystallize, when it is to be set aside. The 
product is 700 parts of calcium hyposulphite. This 
is in six-sided crystals, which effloresce in a dry air. 
M. Laneau prepares a syrup of the hyposulphite by 
dissolving 10 parts of the crystallized salt in 20 
parts of distilled water, and mixing with the solu- 
tion 170 parts of syrup of orange flowers. (See A. 
J. P., 1863, 223.) The dose of the salt is from ten 
to twenty grains three times a day, of the syrup 
from two to four fluidrachms. 
Of the hyposulphites, generally, it may be said 
that they closely resemble the sulphites in medical 
properties, and may be employed as substitutes for 
those salts, over which they have the advantage of 
greater stability, passing less readily into sulphates 
on contact with the air. They may be prepared by 
boiling a sulphite or bisulphite for some time with 
sulphur. They are very soluble in water, and are 
recognized by the precipitation of sulphur when 
decomposed bv an acid. 
CALCII IODIDUM. Calcium Iodide. Cal- 
cium lodatum. Iodure de Calcium, Fr. Jodcal- 
cium, Calcium Jodid, G. Cal„, According to 
M. Malem (Bull. Therap., Avnl 30, 1868), this 
salt is preferable to any other iodic compound in 
phthisis. Malem prepares it by treating a solution 
of ferrous iodide with milk of lime. This liquor 
thus obtained, being filtered and evaporated, 
yields crystals of calcium iodide. It may also 
be made by dissolving lime or its carbonate in 
hydriodic acid. Pure calcium iodide is white, and 
crystallizes in large plates of a pearly lustre. Pro- 
cured as recommended, it is yellowish, probably in 
consequence of the presence of iodine in excess. It 
is deliquescent, and very soluble in water, and its 
solution is capable of dissolving iodine added to it. 
Calcium iodide is much more unstable than potas- 
sium iodide. When taken, it is rapidly decomposed 
into hydriodic acid and salts of lime, which are 
almost immediately absorbed. Most patients bear 
it very well. From one to three or four grains 
may be given after each meal. (Ann. de Therap., 
1869, 194. j To make the syrup of calcium iodide 
the following formula has been proposed by Mr. O. 
Eberbach (P. J. Tr., 3d ser., i. 364). Take of 
iodine 4 oz. ; iron (in form of wire) dr.; dis- 
tilled water q. s. ; milk of lime (fresh) q. s. ; sugar 
28 oz. ; simple syrup q. s.; mix 3 oz. of the iodine 
with the iron and 4 oz. of water, in a thin flask 
with long neck; shake occasionally until the re- 
action has ceased and the solution assumes a pale 
green color; filter the solution, and add the re- 
mainder of the iodine; heat to the boiling point, 
and add milk of lime until all of the iron is pre- 
cipitated. Filter, and wash the precipitate with 
hot water until all the iodide is washed out, and 
then bring the whole to the measure of 20 fl. oz. ; 
add the sugar, and dissolve by a gentle heat; to 
the solution add enough simple syrup to make it 
measure 40 fl. oz.; mix thoroughly, and fill into 
2-oz. bottles well corked. Stanislaus Martin pre- 
pares the syrup by triturating 5 parts of calcium 
hydrate in a mortar with 30 parts of sugar, adding 
100 parts of water in small portions at a time, 
allowing it to stand several hours; filtering, adding 
2 parts of iodine, and when this is dissolved, 170 
parts more of sugar, and flavoring with orange- 
flower water. (P. J. Tr., 1875, 299.) 
CALCII PERMANGANAS. Calcium Per- 
manganate. CaMn208. This salt probably has 
the same physiological and medical properties as 
the corresponding salt of potassium. It has been 
used in gastro-enteritis and diarrhoea in doses of 
from one-half to one and a half grains, but has been 
especially urged for the purification of water. For 
spring water twenty milligrammes, for river water 
forty milligrammes, per litre are recommended. 
If the water becomes red the permanganate is in 
excess. 
CALCII SALICYLAS. CaC7H403 + H?0. 
This compound is the basic calcium salt. It is a 
sandy, white powder, almost insoluble in water. 
It is formed when an excess of milk of lime is 
used. The neutral salt is also known and is quite 
soluble in water. Calcium salicylate has been used 
in Austria in doses of from seven to twenty grains 
(0-453-1 -29 Gm.), for diarrhoea and gastro-enteritis. 
For method of preparation, see P. J. Tr., vol.-xxii., 
1891. 
CALCIUM IODATE. Ca(I03)25H2,0. Iodate 
de Chaux, Fr. Iodsaurer Kalk, G. This salt has 
been brought forward by E. Sonstadt as a valuable 
antiseptic, to be used in the preservation of food. 
(Chem. News, xxviii. 297; confirmed in Provincial 
Med. Journ., March, 1890.) S. W. Moore states 
that it is a useful antipyretic. (Am. Journ. Med. 
Sci., lxx. 190.) It exists in sea-water, but may be 
prepared by acting upon iodine with chlorinated 
lime. (A. J. P., 1874, 558.) 
CALI NUTS. These nuts, which come from 
the west coast of Africa, are the seeds of a papilio- 
naceous plant, and have a more circular shape than 
Calabar beans, but otherwise agree with the latter 
in essential external characters. They contain an 
alkaloid which is said to be chemically and phys- 
iologically closely allied to physostigmine. (Merck, 
Chem. Centralb., 1887.) 
CALLITRICHE VERNA. L. (Now C. palus- 
tris. L.) (Nat. ord. Callitrichacese.) Water Star- 
wort. This indigenous water-plant is given in 
decoction in dropsical and urinary affections. 
CALOTROPIS GIGANTEA. Dryand. As- 
clepias gigantea. Willd, Madar or Mudar, of the 
East Indies, is the bark of the root of a species of 
Calotropis, generally considered as C. gigantea, but 
asserted by Dr. Casanova to be a distinct species, 
and named by him C. Madarii Indico-orientalis. 
C. gigantea is a native of Hindostan, but is natural- 
ized in the West Indies. The bark, as employed, 
is without epidermis, of a whitish color, nearly or 
quite inodorous, and of a bitter somewhat nauseous 
taste. According to C. J. H. Warden and L. A. 
Waddel, it contains an acid resin, a crystalline col- 
orless substance, madaralban, an amber-colored vis- 
cid body, madarfluavil, and caoutchouc. (P. J. Tr., 
1885, 165.) It appears to have the general proper- 
ties of many other acrid medicines ; in small doses 
increasing the secretions, and in larger, producing 
nausea and vomiting. It has been very largely 
used as a local remedy in Hindostan in elephantiasis 
and leprosy; and in the form of a poultice of its 
leaves it is asserted by John Morton (Indian Medi- 
cal Record, viii., 1895) to act with extraordinary 
efficiency upon chronic eczema. It has also been 
employed internally as a remedy in diarrhoea and 
dysentery; also with less probability of usefulness 
in syphilis and rheumatism. Dose of powder, from 
three to twelve grains (0-194-0-775 Gm.), three 
times a day, gradually increased till it affects the 
system. 
The root of the Calotropis procera closely resem- Calycanthus Glaucus.— Caoutchouc, Artificial. 
1600 
PART II. 
bles that of the C. gigantea, and probably has simi- 
lar medicinal properties. The milky juice of both 
of these plants is said to be habitually used in India 
for killing female infants. (See P J. Tr., vol. xvi. 
166.) The plant has of late years been applied to 
various economical purposes in India. The most 
important of these is the manufacture of cords, 
ropes, etc., from the fibres of its branches, which 
are said to possess many of the properties of flax. 
CALYCANTHUS GLAUCUS. Willd. (But- 
neria fertilis (Walt.), Kearney, in Britton and 
Brown’s Flora.) This is a shrub of the nat. ord. 
Calycanthaceae, from six to eight feet high, with 
rather rigid ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminated 
leaves, from four to seven inches long; with 
purplish-brown or chocolate-colored flowers, nearly 
two inches in diameter, and having lanceolate and 
abruptly sharp-pointed sepals and petals. It in- 
habits the low, shady woods along the mountains 
of Georgia and North Carolina, and also Tennessee, 
where it is known as sweet shrub or hubby. Accord- 
ing to R. G. Eccles, the seeds contain a fixed oil, 
and an alkaloid, calycanthine, of unknown physio- 
logical properties. Dr. H. W. Wiley (A. J. P, 
1890, 96) found in the seeds over 47 per cent, of oil 
and notable quantities of sugars (dextrose, sucrose, 
and dextrin); also 4-25 per cent, of alkaloid. 
This latter crystallizes from ether in feathery 
crystals. The whole plant is aromatic, having 
when crushed the odor of strawberries. 
CAM WOOD. A red dye-wood, procured from 
the Baphia nitida, Lodd, a leguminous tree, grow- 
ing on the western coast of Africa. The wood 
is usually kept in the shops in the ground state. It 
yields its coloring matter scarcely at all to cold 
water, slightly to boiling water, and readily to alco- 
hol and alkaline solutions. The coloring matter is 
thought to be identical with santalin, C16H1406. 
CANARY SEED. Fructus (Semen) Canariense. 
Semence de Canarie, Pr. Kanariensamen, G. The 
seeds of Phalaris Canariensis, L., an annual grass 
originally from the Canary Islands, but now grow- 
ing wild in Europe and the United States. The 
seeds are ovate, somewhat compressed, about two 
lines long, shining, and of a light yellowish-gray 
color externally and brownish within. Their chief 
constituent is starch, and they are now used chiefly 
as a bird-seed. 
CANCHALAGUA. This plant, Erythrcea ve- 
nusta, A. Gray (nat. ord. Gentianaceae), found on 
our Pacific coast, is a valuable bitter tonic and 
stomachic. (Pharm. Record, 1887, 363.) Erythrcea 
australis, R. Br., is said to be similarly used in Aus- 
tralia. (P J. Tr., xix.) 
CANELLA. The bark of Canella alba, Mur- 
ray, was formerly recognized by both Pharmaco- 
poeias. The tree rises sometimes to the height of 
fifty feet, branching only at the top, and is covered 
with a whitish bark and alternate, petiolate, oblong- 
obtuse, entire, dark green, fragrant leaves. The 
flowers are small, clustered, and of a violet color. 
The fruit is an oblong berry, containing one, 
two, or three black, shining seeds. 
Canella alba is a native of Florida and the Ba- 
hama and West. India Islands. The bark of the 
branches, which is the part employed in medicine, is 
loosened and deprived of its epidermis by beating. 
After removal from the tree it is dried in the shade. 
It enters commerce solely from the Bahamas, where 
it is known as cinnamon bark, or as white wood bark. 
It occurs in pieces partially or completely quilled, 
occasionally somewhat twisted, of various sizes, 
from a few inches to two feet in length, from half a 
line to two or even three lines in thickness, and, in 
the quill, from half an inch to an inch and a half 
in diameter. 
Canella is of a pale orange-yellow color exter- 
nally, yellowish white on the inner surface, with 
an aromatic odor somewhat resembling that of 
cloves, and a warm, bitterish, very pungent taste. 
It is brittle, breaking with a short fracture, and 
yielding, when pulverized, a yellowish-white pow- 
der. Boiling water extracts nearly one-fourth of 
its weight; but the infusion, though bitter, has 
comparatively little of the warmth and pungency 
of the bark. It yields all its virtues to alcohol, 
forming a bright yellow tincture, which is ren- 
dered milky by the addition of water. By distil- 
lation with water it affords a large proportion of a 
yellow or reddish, fragrant and very acrid volatile 
oil. It contains, moreover, according to the anal- 
ysis of MM. Petroz and Bobinet, mannite, a pecu- 
liar very bitter extractive, resin, gum, starch, 
albumen, and various saline substances. Meyers 
and Reiche obtained twelve drachms of the vola- 
tile oil from ten pounds of the bark. They found 
it to consist of four different oils, the first being 
identical with the eugenol or eugenic acid of oil 
of cloves; the second is closely allied to the chief 
constituent of cajuput oil; the other oils require 
further examination. The bark yielded to Fliick- 
iger 0-74 per cent, of oil. Meyers and Reiche also 
obtained 8 per cent, of mannite and 6 per cent, of 
ash, chiefly calcium carbonate. Canella has been 
sometimes confounded with Winter’s bark, from 
which, however, it differs widely. (See Wintera.) 
According to Mr. John P. Prey, it contains volatile 
oil, 1-28 per cent.; resin, 8 2 per cent.; mannite, 8 
per cent.; ash, 8-9 per cent. ; also starch, bitter 
principle, albumen, and cellulose. (A. J. P, 
1884, 1.) It is a mild, aromatic tonic, very 
acceptable to the stomach, and especially as an 
addition to tonic or purgative medicines. It is 
scarcely ever prescribed except in combination. 
In the West Indies it is employed by the negroes 
as a condiment, and has some reputation as an 
antiscorbutic. Dose, from ten to forty grains 
(0-65-2-6 Gm.). 
CANGOURA. An evergreen creeper, from the 
seeds of which the natives of Salvador are said to 
produce a paste which is a violent nerve poison, 
producing in some cases delirium lasting as long as 
eight days. (Les Nouv. Rented., Avril, 1892.) 
"CAOUTCHOUC, ARTIFICIAL. Prof. Son- 
nenschein has discovered that an elastic mass re- 
sembling caoutchouc may be obtained by combining 
sodium tungstate with certain organic substances. 
If tungstic acid or the sodium tungstate be added 
to a solution of glue and afterwards hydrochloric 
acid, a compound of tungstic acid glue is precipi- 
tated, which is so elastic at from 29-4° C. (85° P.) 
to 40-5° C. (105° F.) that it can be drawn out into 
very thin fibres. On cooling, the mass becomes very 
solid and brittle. (A. J. P, xliii. 471.) Within 
recent years many attempts have been made to 
make artificial rubber by the vulcanization of fatty 
oils with either sulphur or sulphur chloride. Lin- 
seed oil, cotton-seed oil, and the fish oils have all 
been used for this purpose with varying success. 
Latterly it is asserted that very successful results 
have been attained by the vulcanization of maize 
oil. PART II. 
Capparis Spinosa.—Carota. 
1601 
CAPPARIS SPINOSA. L. Caper-bush. (Nat. 
ord. Capparideae.) A low, trailing shrub, grow- 
ing in the south of Europe and north of Africa. 
The buds or unexpanded flowers, treated with salt 
and vinegar, form a highly esteemed pickle, which 
has an acid, burning taste, and is considered useful 
in scurvy. The dried bark of the root was formerly 
official. It is in pieces partially or wholly quilled, 
about one-third of an inch in mean diameter, 
transversely wrinkled, grayish externally, whitish 
within, inodorous, and of a bitterish, somewhat 
acrid, and aromatic taste. It contains rutic acid 
and a volatile substance of garlic-like odor. It 
is considered diuretic, and was formerly used in 
amenorrhcea and chronic rheumatism. 
CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS. Medic. 
Shepherd's Purse. Thlaspi Bursa-Pastoris. Linn. 
Bursa-Pastoris. Weber. Bursa Bursa-Pastoris (L.). 
Britt. Bourse a Pasteur, Molette, Fr. Hirtena- 
schlein, G. (Nat. ord. Cruciferse.) This very com- 
mon weed is bitter and pungent, yields on distilla- 
tion a volatile oil identical with oil of mustard, 
and, according to E. Bomhelon, contains an alka- 
loid, bursine. (See A. J. P., 1888; also Provincial 
Med. Journ., 1858.) It has been used as an anti- 
scorbutic, also in hcematuria and other hemor- 
rhages, and in amenorrhcea and dropsy. From two 
to four fluidounces (59T4-1182 C.c.) of the fresh 
expressed juice may be given at a dose ; or from a 
quarter to a half fluidracbm (0-92-1-85 C.c.) of the 
fluid extract of the dried plant. 
CAPTOL. This is a proprietary preparation, 
and is said to he of variable composition, but is 
in the main a condensation product of tannin and 
chloral. It is a brown hygroscopic powder, 
slightly soluble in cold water, very soluble in hot 
water and alcohol, not altered by acids hut de- 
composed by alkalies, striking a dark color with 
ferric salts. It has been very strongly recom- 
mended by Eichhoff in seborrhcea capitis. The head 
is to be washed morning and evening with a 1 to 2 
per cent, alcoholic solution of captol. 
CARANNA. Gum Caranna. A resinous sub- 
stance, in pieces of a blackish-gray color, externally 
dark brown, internally somewhat shining and trans- 
lucent, brittle and pulverizable when dry, hut, in 
the recent state, soft and adhesive, like pitch, easily 
fusible, of an agreeable balsamic odor when heated, 
and of bitterish resinous taste. (Geiger.) It is said 
to be derived from the Amyris Caranna of Hum- 
boldt (now Protium Caranna, March.), a tree grow- 
ing in Mexico and South America. Geiger re- 
fers it also to Bursera gummifera, L., of the West 
India Islands ; but the resin obtained from this tree 
is described by the French writers under the name 
of resine de Gomari or resine de chibou or cachibou, 
and is said to bear a close resemblance to the resin 
tacamahac. It is probable that in different parts 
of South America the name Caranna is applied to 
the products of different trees. (A. J. P., xli. 233.) 
CARD AMINE PRATENSIS. L. Cuckoo- 
flower. Herba Nasturtii Pratensis. Cresson des 
Pres, Fr. Wiesenkresse, Kukukskraut, G. This is 
a perennial herbaceous plant, of the nat. ord. Cru- 
ciferse, with a simple, smooth, erect stem, about a 
foot in height. The leaves are pinnate, the radical 
composed of roundish irregularly toothed leaflets, 
those of the stem alternate, with leaflets which be- 
come narrower, more entire, and pointed as they 
ascend. The flowers are purplish white or rose- 
colored, and terminate the stem in a raceme ap- 
proaching the character of a corymb. The plant is 
a native of Europe, and is found in the northern 
parts of our continent, extending from Labrador 
to New Jersey, and west to Minnesota and the Pa- 
cific coast of British America. The bitterish and 
slightly pungent leaves are supposed to he anti- 
scorbutic. The seeds are said to contain myronic 
acid, and to yield on decomposition an oil analogous 
to oil of mustard. In Europe they are sometimes 
added to the salads. The flowers have the same 
taste as the leaves, and, when fresh, a somewhat 
pungent odor. When dried they become inodorous 
and nearly insipid. They formerly possessed the 
reputation of being diuretic, and of being useful 
in chorea and asthma. 
CARISSIN. This is a glucoside which has 
been isolated from the bark Carissa ovata, R. Br. 
(nat. ord. Apocynaceae), by J. H. Maiden and 
H. G. Smith. It is stated to be exceedingly bitter 
and very poisonous, and in its chemical relations 
to resemble strophanthin, from which it differs, 
however, in being precipitated by basic acetate of 
lead and by tannic acid. Its most characteristic 
reaction is the production of a beautiful emerald- 
green color on the addition of a minute fragment 
of potassium bichromate to its solution in concen- 
trated sulphuric acid. (P. J. Tr., 1896.) 
CARNALLITE. This mineral, found in Stass- 
furt, Prussia, is very extensively used in the prep- 
aration of potassium salts. It is a double magne- 
sium and potassium chloride, associated with rock 
salt. (See P. J. Tr., March, 1872,787.) The amount 
of carnallite mined reached a maximum in 1882, 
when it was 1,059,300 tons. In 1897 it amounted 
to 950,367 metric tons, valued at f>3,019,848. 
CARNAUBA ROOT. This root, the product 
of Corypha cerifera, a wax palm of Brazil, is sev- 
eral feet in length, about three-eighths of an inch 
thick, with a thick friable cortex of a mixed gray- 
ish and reddish-brown color. (A. J. P., 1875, 349.) 
Mr. E. L. Cleaver found in it tannic acid, an acrid 
resinous body, a red coloring matter, and a minute 
portion of volatile oil and of an alkaloid. (P. J. Tr., 
1875, 965.) It is said to act like sarsaparilla. 
CAROTA. U. S. 1870. Daucus Carota. L. 
Carotte, Fr. Gemeine Mohre, Gelbe Rilbe, G. 
Carota, It. Lanahoria, Sp. (Nat. ord. Umbelli- 
ferae.) The wild carrot has a biennial, spindle- 
shaped root, and an annual, round, furrowed, hairy 
stem, which divides into long, erect, flower-bear- 
ing branches, and rises two or three feet in height. 
The leaves are hairy and stand on footstalks nerved 
on their under side. The lower are large and tri- 
pinnate ; the upper, smaller and less compound; 
in both, the leaflets are divided into narrow pointed 
segments. The flowers are small, white, and dis- 
posed in many-rayed compound umbels, which are 
at first flat on the top and spreading, but when the 
seeds are formed, contract so as to present a con- 
cave cup-like surface. A sterile flower, of a deep 
purple color, is often observable in the centre of 
the umbel. The general involucrum is composed 
of several leaves, divided into long narrow seg- 
ments ; the partial is more simple. The petals are 
five, unequal, and cordate. The fruit consists of 
two plano-convex hispid portions, connected by 
their flat surfaces. Daucus carota is exceedingly 
common in this country, growing along fences, and 
in neglected fields. It grows wild also in Europe. 
The well-known garden carrot is the same plant 
somewhat altered by cultivation. The seeds or 1602 
Carota.—Carthamus. 
soluble in boiling water, and forming with the 
latter a solution, which, though it does not become 
solid on cooling, is coagulated by alcohol, lime 
water, acids, or salts, and even by sugar if allowed 
to stand for some time. With the alkalies it fornis 
salts, capable of gelatinizing ; with the earths and 
metallic oxides, insoluble salts. Braconnot thinks 
that pectic acid exists in many plants already 
formed. M. Fremy found that pectin results, in 
fruits, from the reaction of acids upon a peculiar 
insoluble substance they contain when immature, 
called by him pectose ; and that pectin is changed 
into pectic acid not only by alkalies, but also by 
vegetable albumen. Carrot seeds are slightly 
aromatic, moderately excitant and diuretic, and 
are employed in chronic nephritic affections, 
dropsy, and in the strangury from blisters. From 
thirty grains to a drachm (1-94-3-88 Gm.) of the 
bruised seeds may be given at a dose, or a pint of 
the infusion, containing the virtues of half an 
ounce or an ounce of the seeds, may be taken 
during the day. The whole umbel is often used 
instead of the seeds alone. The scraped root of the 
garden plant was formerly used as a stimulant 
application to phagedenic, sloughing, ill-condi- 
tioned, and even cancerous ulcers. Boiled and 
mashed, the root is perfectly mild, and fit only to 
form emollient cataplasms. An ointment was pre- 
pared by the late Prof. Procter as follows. Take 
of grated carrot root half a pound, lard a pound, 
wax four ounces. Melt the lard and wax, add the 
carrot root, evaporate with a moderate heat the 
moisture of the root, and strain. 
CARTHAMUS. Carthamus Tinctorius. L. 
(Nat. ord. Composite.) The African, false, Ameri- 
can, or dyers' saffron is an annual plant, with a 
smooth, erect stem, somewhat branched at top, 
and a foot or two in height. The leaves are 
alternate, sessile, ovate, acute, entire, and fur- 
nished with spiny teeth. The flowers are com- 
pound, in large terminal, solitary heads. The 
florets are of an orange-red color, with a funnel- 
shaped corolla, of which the tube is long, slender, 
and cylindrical, and the border divided into five 
equal, lanceolate, narrow segments. The plant is 
a native of India, the Levant, and Egypt, and is 
cultivated in those countries, as well as in various 
parts of Europe and America. The florets are 
brought to us chiefly from the ports of the Medi- 
terranean. Safflower (Flores Carthame; Fleurs de 
carthame, Safran batard, Fr.; Sqfflor, G.; Car- 
tamo, It., Sp.) in mass is of a red color, diversified 
by the yellowness of the filaments contained within 
the floret. It has a peculiar slightly aromatic 
odor, and a scarcely perceptible bitterness. It con- 
tains two coloring substances,—one red, insoluble 
in water, slightly soluble in alcohol, very soluble 
in alkaline liquids, and called carthamin or car- 
thamic acid by Dobereiner, who found it to possess 
weak acid properties ; the other yellow, and soluble 
in water. Carthamin, C14Hie07, exists to the 
amount of from 0-3 to 0-6 per cent, only in the 
safflower, while the safflower-yellow, to which 
Malin gives the formula C24H30016, is present to 
the amount of from 24 to 30 per cent. It is the 
former which renders safflower useful as a dye- 
stuff. These flowers are sometimes fraudulently 
mixed with saffron, which they resemble in color, 
but from which they may be distinguished by 
their tubular form, and the yellowish style and 
filaments which they enclose. In large doses 
PART II. 
fruits are very light, of a brownish color, an oval 
shape, flat on one side and convex on the other, 
and on their convex surface present four longitu- 
dinal ridges, to which stiff, whitish hairs or bristles 
are attached. They have an aromatic odor, and a 
warm, pungent, and bitterish taste. By distilla- 
tion they yield a pale yellow volatile oil, upon 
which their virtues chiefly depend. The root 
of the wild plant may be substituted for the seeds. 
The root of the wild carrot is whitish, hard, cori- 
aceous, branched, of a strong smell, and an acrid, 
disagreeable taste; that of the cultivated is red- 
dish, fleshy, thick, conical, rarely branched, of a 
pleasant odor, and a peculiar, sweet, mucilaginous 
taste. The constituents of the root are crystal- 
lizable and uncrystallizable sugar, a little starch, 
extractive, gluten, albumen, volatile oil, vege- 
table jelly or pectin, malic acid, saline matters, 
lignin, and a peculiar crystallizable, ruby-red, 
neutral principle, without odor or taste, called 
carotin. According to Husemann, its formula is 
C18II240. It forms reddish-brown, golden-green, 
lustrous quadratic crystals, fusing at 167-8° C., 
easily soluble in carbon disulphide, difficultly sol- 
uble in alcohol and ether; dissolving in concen- 
trated sulphuric acid with violet or blue color ; 
colored by sulphurous oxide blue. Husemann has 
also described a colorless compound, hydrocarotin, 
C18HaoO, which exists with carotin in the juice of 
the carrot, and is probably changed into the latter 
by oxidization as the plant develops in growth. 
According to MM. Frorde and Soeauer, carotin, as 
well as the modification which has been named 
hydrocarotin, is in fact cholesterin colored by a red 
pigment (A. J. P., 1866, 605), but Husemann seems 
to have disproved this assertion. Arnaud (Compt.- 
Rend., cii. 1319), however, isolated cholesterin from 
carrots, which, after repeated purifying with alco- 
hol, was obtained crystallized in leaflets with 1 mol. 
of water. It melts at 136-5° C., losing the 1 mol. 
of water. It seems to be identical with the choles- 
terin obtained by Hesse from Calabar beans and 
from peas, and differs only very slightly from ani- 
mal cholesterin. The substance called vegetable 
jelly was by some considered a modification of 
gum or mucilage, combined with a vegetable acid. 
Braconnot found it to be a peculiar principle, and 
named it pectin, from the Greek (irr/KTig), expressive 
of its characteristic property of gelatinizing. It 
exists more or less in all vegetables, and is abun- 
dant in certain fruits and roots from which jellies 
are prepared. It may be separated from the juice 
of fruits by alcohol, which precipitates it in the 
form of a jelly. This, being washed with weak 
alcohol and dried, yields a semi-transparent sub- 
stance bearing some resemblance to ichthyocolla. 
Immersed in 100 parts of cold water, it swells like 
bassorin, and ultimately forms a homogeneous 
jelly. With a larger proportion it exhibits a 
mucilaginous consistence. It is less acted on by 
boiling than by cold water. When perfectly pure 
it is tasteless, and has no effect on vegetable blues. 
A. striking peculiarity is that, by the agency of a 
fixed alkali or alkaline earthy base, it is instantly 
converted into pectic acid, which unites with the 
base to form a pectate. This may be decomposed 
by the addition of an acid, which unites with the 
base, and separates the pectic acid. Pectic acid 
thus obtained is in the form of a colorless jelly, 
slightly acidulous, with the property of reddening 
litmus paper, scarcely soluble in cold water, more PART II. 
Caruba di Giuden.— Cassia Marylandica. 
1603 
carthamus is said to be laxative; and, admin- 
istered in warm infusion, diaphoretic. It is used 
in domestic practice, as a substitute for saffron, in 
measles, scarlatina, and other exanthematous dis- 
eases, to promote the eruption. An infusion, two 
drachms to a pint of boiling water, is usually 
employed pro re nata. 
CARUBA DI GUIDEN. Under this name are 
largely used, for the relief of asthma, certain gall- 
like bodies, formed on various species of Pistacia 
(especially P. terebinthina), as the result of the 
stings of an hemipterous insect. According to 
Ignaz Hoffmann, they are used by smoking and 
fumigation. For this purpose they are coarsely 
pulverized and burnt in the bowl of a pipe, or in 
a dish, with some arrangement by which the 
fumes may be inhaled. Preparations should be 
made beforehand, so that the smoke may be in- 
haled at the commencement of the attack. They 
appear to act by exciting free secretion, probably 
through the turpentine with which they are satu- 
rated. They are also said to be very useful in 
chronic bronchitis. (Schmidt's Jahrb., Bd. clii.) 
CARVACROL. C10H13OH. A phenol-like 
body existing in the essential oils of species of 
Origanum. It forms a thick oil which does not 
solidify at 25° C., boils at from 233°-235° 0., and 
possesses powerful antiseptic properties. 
CARVACROL IODIDE lodocrol, C10II13OI, 
is a bulky, grayish-yellow or buff-colored amor- 
phous powder having a faint aromatic odor. It is 
insoluble in water, slightly so in alcohol, soluble in 
ether, chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, vola- 
tile and fixed oils. From its solution in ether 
and chloroform it is precipitated on the addition 
of alcohol, becoming paler in color. This purified 
product does not show signs of shrinkage until 
above 170° C., and at 200° C. becomes tarry and 
black. It is alleged that it combines the anti- 
septic properties of carvacrol with those of iodine, 
and possesses the advantage over iodoform in being 
odorless or nearly so, and in being five times as 
bulky. 
A. H. Cohn finds it to be actively antiseptic, and 
has used it successfully in almost all surgical 
dressings : eczema, pruritus, chancres, chancroids. 
CARYA. Hickory. (Nat. ord. Juglandaceas.) 
Several species of the genus Carya, of Nuttall, sepa- 
rated by that botanist from the Juglans of Linnaeus, 
grow in the United States, of which C. olivceformis, 
Nutt., bears the pecan-nut of the Southwest, C. 
alba, Nutt., the fruit so well known by the name of 
shell-bark, derived probably from the ragged state 
of the bark of the stem, C. sulcata, Nutt., another 
variety of shell-bark, and C. tomentosa, Nutt., the 
common thick-shelled hickory-nut. Other indige- 
nous species are G. amara, Nutt., C. porcina, Nutt., 
and C. microcarpa, Nutt. The leaves of most if not 
all of these trees are somewhat aromatic and astrin- 
gent, and the bark astringent and bitter. In the 
bark of C. tomentosa Mr. F. R. Smith found a 
crystalline principle, caryin, which he believes to 
he identical with quercitrin. Mr. Caffinbury, of 
Michigan, commends the inner bark of the hickory 
in dyspepsia and in intermittent fever. (Proc. A. 
P. A., 1859, 249.) Sargent and Britton and 
Brown restore the generic name of Hicoria of 
Rafinesque for this genus, and refer Carya olivce- 
formis, Nutt., to Hicoria pecan (Marsh ), Britt.; 
C alba, Nutt., to H. ovata (Mill.), Britt.; C. 
tomentosa, Nutt., to H. alba (L.), Britt.; C. sulcata, 
Nutt., to H. laciniosa (Michx. f.), Sarg.; C. amara, 
Nutt., to H. minima (Marsh), Britt. 
CASCARA AMARGA. For an elaborate dis- 
cussion of the microscopic and chemical characters 
of Honduras bark of commerce and its alkaloid 
picramnine, by Dr. F. A. Thompson, see A. J. P., 
June, 1884. 
CASEARIA ESCULENTA. This Indian 
plant is said to be a valuable remedy in hepatic tor- 
por, and to contain an organic acid allied to cathar- 
tic acid. (P. J. Tr., xx.) 
CASEIN. This substance is one of the important 
constituents of milk and cheese, and is alluded to 
under Lac. It has been proposed by Mr. Seger as 
an emulsifying agent in pharmacy. One gallon of 
milk is treated with two and a half fluidounces of 
water of ammonia for twenty-four hours, and, after 
removing the saponaceous matter from the surface 
of the mixture, the serum is precipitated with 
acetic acid. The magma of casein, strongly 
pressed, is treated with sodium bicarbonate, and 
with a sufficient quantity of sugar to make the 
dried product contain one-tenth of its weight of 
casein. The powdered substance dissolves easily 
in water, and, mixed with its weight of gum, may 
be used for almost all of the emulsions. Resinous 
matters and balsams previously dissolved in alcohol, 
essences, and oils, may be mixed with it in the 
bottle itself without using the mortar. The only 
defect in this casein saccharate is its slight odor. 
(L’ Union Pharm., May, 1887.) 
CASIMIROA EDULIS. Zapote bianco. Coch- 
ilsapote. White Sapota. This is a large tree be- 
longing to the family of Rutaceae, a native of 
Mexico, whose leaves are employed in diarrhoea, 
and whose seeds are said to be narcotic. 
CASSIA MARYLANDICA. L. Sene Ameri- 
cain, Fr. Amerikanische Senna, G. (Nat ord. 
Leguminosse.) American senna is an indigenous 
perennial plant of vigorous growth, sending up 
annually numerous round, erect, nearly smooth 
stems, which are usually simple, and rise from 
three to six feet in height. The leaves are alter- 
nate, and composed of from eight to ten pairs of 
oblong-lanceolate, smooth,mucronate leaflets, green 
on their upper surface, pale beneath, and connected' 
by short petioles with the common footstalk, which 
is compressed, channelled above, and furnished 
near its base with an ovate, stipitate gland. The 
flowers, which are of a beautiful golden-yellow 
color, grow in short axillary racemes at the upper 
part of the stem. The calyx is composed of five 
oval, obtuse, unequal yellow sepals; the corolla of 
the same number of spatulate, concave petals, of 
which three are ascending, and two descending and 
larger than the others. The stamens are ten, with 
yellow filaments and brown anthers, which open by 
a terminal pore. The three upper stamens bear 
short abortive anthers; the three lowermost are 
long, curved, and tapering into a beak. The ovary 
bears an erect style terminating in a hairy stigma. 
The fruit is a pendulous legume, from two to four 
inches long, linear, curved, swelling at the seeds, 
somewhat hairy, and of a blackish color. The 
American senna, or wild senna, is very common in 
all parts of the United States south of New York, 
and grows as far northward as New England. It 
prefers a low, moist, rich soil, in the vicinity of 
water, and, though frequently found in dryer and 
more elevated places, is most abundant and luxuri- 
ant in the flat ground on the borders of rivers and 1604 
Castanea Pumila.— Castoreum. 
PART II. 
ponds. The leaves, which should be collected in 
August or the beginning of September, are some- 
times brought into the market, compressed into 
oblong cakes, like those prepared by the Shakers 
from most herbaceous medicinal plants. The leaf- 
lets are from an inch and a half to two inches 
long, from one-quarter to half an inch in breadth, 
thin, pliable, and of a pale green color. They 
have a feeble odor, and a nauseous taste, somewhat 
analogous to that of senna. Water and alcohol ex- 
tract their virtues. Hermann J. M. Schroeter 
{A. J. P., 1888, 231) found in them a yellow color- 
ing matter identical with chrysophanic acid; also 
an active principle corresponding in all respects 
with cathartic acid. For earlier analysis by Mar- 
tin, see A. J. P., i. 22. American senna is an 
eflicient and safe cathartic, acting like senna but 
more feebly. 
Cassia nictitans, L., was investigated by Gallaher 
{A. J. P., 1888, 280), who failed to find any gluco- 
side or alkaloid. The amount of volatile oil found 
was very small, and cathartic acid could not be pre- 
pared from it, although the powder produced griping. 
The leaves of Cassia alata, L., are recommended by 
Conillebault in ringworm; they are moistened and 
the parts affected rubbed with them. (A. J. P., 
1887, 266.) 
Under the names of Cheshmat, Chashmizok, 
Schischen, the seeds of C. absus, L., are said to 
be used in India and Africa in the treatment of 
inflammations of the eye, either in the form of a 
fine powder or an infusion to which several medici- 
nal substances are added. 
CASTANEA PUMILA. (L.) Mill. Chin- 
quapin. (Nat ord. Fagaceae.) Tbe chinquapin is 
a shrub or small tree, which in the Middle States 
rarely much exceeds seven or eight feet in height, 
but in the Carolinas, Georgia, and Louisiana some- 
times attains an elevation of thirty or forty feet, 
with a diameter of trunk equal to twelve or fifteen 
inches. The leaves are oblong, acute, mucronately 
serrate, and distinguished from those of the chest- 
nut, which belongs to the same genus, by their 
whitish and downy under surface. The stami- 
nate flowers are grouped upon axillary peduncles, 
.three or four inches long ; the fertile aments are 
similarly disposed, but less conspicuous. The fruit 
is spherical, covered with short prickles, and in- 
closes a brown nut, which is sweet and edible, but 
differs from the chestnut in being much smaller, 
and convex on both sides. The tree extends from 
the banks of the Delaware southward to the Gulf of 
Mexico and southwestward to the Mississippi. The 
bark is the part used. It is astringent and tonic, 
and has been employed in intermittents. For an- 
alysis of chinquapins and economic consideration, 
see A. J. P., 1895, 453. 
CASTELLA NICHOLSONI. Hook. (Nat. 
ord. Simarubeae.) This plant is reputed to have 
antiseptic properties, probably due to a resinous 
principle discovered by J. L. Putegnat and named 
by him amargosin. (See A. R., April, 1883.) 
CASTOREUM. Castor. Castoreum, Fr. Biber- 
geil, G. Castoro, It. Castoreo, Sp. In the beaver, 
Castor fiber, between the anus and external genitals 
of both sexes, are two pairs of membranous follicles, 
of which the lower and larger are pear-shaped, and 
contain an oily, viscid, highly odorous substance, 
secreted by glands which lie externally to the sac. 
After death, the follicles containing castor are re- 
moved, and dried either by smoke or in the sun. 
This drug is derived either from the northern and 
northwestern parts of America, or from Russia, and 
is distinguished, according to its source, into the 
Canadian or American and Kussian castor. It is 
supposed by some that the American and Russian 
beavers are distinct species, the former being a 
building, the latter a burrowing animal; and addi- 
tional ground for the supposition is afforded by the 
fact that the products of the two differ consider- 
ably. Of the Russian but a very small portion 
reaches this country; large quantities were for- 
merly collected in the northwestern regions of 
British America. 
Castor comes to us in the form of solid unctuous 
masses, contained in sacs about two inches in length, 
larger at one end than at the other, much flattened 
and wrinkled, of a brown or blackish color exter- 
nally, and united in pairs by the excretory ducts 
which connect them in the living animal. In each 
pair one sac is generally larger than the other. They 
are divided internally into numerous cells, contain- 
ing the castor, which, when the sacs are cut or torn 
open, is exhibited of a brown or reddish-brown 
color, intermingled more or less with the whitish 
membrane forming the cells. Those brought from 
Russia are larger, fuller, heavier, and less tenacious 
than the American ; and their contents, which are 
of a rusty or liver color, have a stronger taste and 
smell, and are considered more valuable as a medi- 
cine. A variety of Russian castor, described by 
Pereira under the name of chalky Russian castor, 
is in smaller and rounder sacs than the American, 
has a peculiar empyreumatic odor very different 
from that of the other varieties, breaks like starch 
under the teeth, and is characterized by effervescing 
with dilute'hydrochloric acid. Muller found 40-646 
per cent, of calcium carbonate. According to M. 
Kohli, Canadian castor, treated with distilled water 
and ammonia, affords an orange precipitate, while 
the matter thrown down from the Russian under 
similar treatment is white. 
Properties. Good castor has a strong, fetid, pecu- 
liar odor; a bitter, acrid, and nauseous taste ; and 
a color more or less tinged with red. It is of a 
softer or harder consistence according as it is more 
or less thoroughly dried. When perfectly desic- 
cated, though still somewhat unctuous, it is hard, 
brittle, and of a resinous fracture. Its chemical 
constituents, according to Brandes, are volatile oil; 
a resinous matter ; albumen; a substance resem- 
bling osmazome; mucus ; calcium urate, carbonate, 
benzoate, phosphate, and sulphate ; sodium acetate 
and chloride; potassium chloride, sulphate, and 
benzoate; ammonium carbonate; membranous 
matter; and a peculiar proximate principle dis- 
covered by M. Bizio, an Italian chemist, and called 
by him castorin. This principle crystallizes in long, 
diaphanous, fasciculated prisms, has the smell of 
castor, and a copperish taste. It is insoluble in 
cold water and cold alcohol; but is dissolved in 
100 parts of the latter liquid at the boiling tem- 
perature, and by the essential oils. It possesses 
neither alkaline nor acid properties, and is consid- 
ered as belonging to the cholesterin group of bodies. 
It may be obtained by treating castor, minutely 
divided, with six times its weight of boiling alco- 
hol, filtering the liquor while hot, and allowing it 
to cool. The castorin is slowly deposited, and may 
be purified by means of cold alcohol. M. Valen- 
ciennes, who could not obtain the crystals white 
and pure by simple treatment with alcohol, suc- PART II. 
Catalpa Bignonioides.— Catha Edulis. 
1605 
ceeded by first boiling a mixture of equal parts of 
castor and hydrated lime with water, and acting 
upon the residue, separated and dried, with boiling 
alcohol of the sp. gr. 0-823. Canadian castor is said 
to yield 1-98 per cent., and Russian castor 4-60 per 
cent., of castorin. This, together with the volatile 
oil and the peculiar resin, are said to constitute the 
medicinal principles. (Pennetier, Matieres Pre- 
mieres Organiques, 783.) The volatile oil maybe 
obtained by repeated distillation with the same por- 
tion of water. It is pale yellow, and has the smell 
and taste of castor. 
E. Wohler ascertained the existence of salicin 
and of carbolic acid in a specimen of castor; Dr. 
Pereira detected salicylic aldehyde (oil of Spiraea 
ulmaria) in castor, and concluded that the oil of 
castor had been converted into that principle. 
(P. J. Tr., xi. 200.) The salicin of the castor, 
however, probably proceeds from the willow and 
poplar on which the beaver feeds. 
Alcohol and ether extract the virtues of castor. 
An infusion made with boiling water has its sensi- 
ble properties in a slight degree ; but the odorous 
principle of the drug is dissipated by decoction. 
The virtues of castor are impaired by age. 
Warmth, and especially moisture, promote its de- 
composition. In a dry cool place it may be kept 
for a long time without material deterioration. 
When quite black, with little taste or smell, it is 
unfit for use. The castor follicles are sometimes 
partly deprived of the castor, and its place sup- 
plied with sawdust. A factitious preparation has 
been sold, consisting of a mixture of various drugs, 
scented with genuine castor, intermingled with 
membrane, and stuffed into the scrotum of a goat. 
The fraud may be detected by the comparatively 
feeble odor, the absence of other characteristic 
sensible properties, and the want of the smaller 
follicles containing fatty matter, often attached to 
the bags of castor. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Castor is moder- 
ately stimulant and antispasmodic. It has also 
enjoyed a high reputation as an emmenagogue. 
It was employed by the ancients. Pliny and 
Dioscorides speak of it as useful in hysteria and 
amenorrhoea. In Europe, especially on the con- 
tinent, it is still prescribed in low forms of fever 
attended with nervous symptoms, and in spasmodic 
diseases, such as hysteria and epilepsy. Dose, from 
ten to thirty grains (0-65-1-95 Gm.), in capsules or 
emulsion. Tincture of Castor, made by macerating 
one ounce of bruised castor for seven days in one 
imperial pint of alcohol, was formerly official in 
the British Pharmocopceia. 
A substance allied to castor is the secretion of 
the anal glands, used for the purpose of defence by 
the Mephitis mephitica, or common skunk of North 
America. According to T. B. Aldrich, this is a 
neutral, golden-colored liquid, having an ex- 
tremely penetrating and not altogether agreeable 
odor, containing mercaptan, allyl-sulphide, and 
traces of butvl-mereaptan. (Chem. and Drug., 1897.) 
CATALPA BIGNONIOIDES. Walt. Big- 
nonia Catalpa. Linn. Catalpa Catalpa. (L.) 
Karst. Catalpa-tree, or Catawba-tree. This is a 
beautiful indigenous flowering tree, of the nat. 
ord. Bignoniacese, the seeds of which have been 
employed in asthma. Eugene O. Kau obtained 
from them tannin and a bitter crystalline principle. 
(A. J. P., xlii. 204.) E. K. Brown obtained from 
the seeds resin, fixed oil, tannin, sugar, and two 
crystalline bodies, their exact nature not being de- 
termined. (A. J. P., 1887, 280.) I. Schneck states 
that large doses cause nausea, vomiting, and slow, 
weak, intermittent pulse. He gave two drachms 
of tincture to Oi) every one to three hours. 
CATAPLASM AT A. Cataplasms. Poultices, 
E. Cataplasmes, Fr. Umschlage, Breiumschlage, 
G. Cataplasms, or poultices, are moist substances 
intended for external application, of such a con- 
sistence as to accommodate themselves accurately 
to the surface to which they are applied, without 
being so liquid as to spread over the neighboring 
parts, or so tenacious as to adhere firmly to the 
skin. As they are in this country seldom made by 
the apothecary, they were not deemed by the com- 
pilers of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia proper objects 
for official direction. For formulas for cataplasms, 
see pp. 337-339, 17th edition U. S. Dispensatory. 
CATARIA. Nepeta Cataria. L. Catnep or 
Catmint (Cataire, Fr.; Katzenmunze, G.; Cattara, 
It.; Oatera, Sp.) is a perennial labiate plant, with 
a quadrangular, branching, somewhat hoary stem, 
from one to three feet high, and furnished with op- 
posite petiolate, cordate, dentate, pubescent leaves, 
which are green above and whitish on their under 
surface. The flowers are whitish or slightly purple, 
are arranged in whorled spikes, and appear in July 
and August. The plant is abundant in the United 
States, but is supposed to have been introduced 
from Europe. The whole herb is used: it has a 
strong, peculiar, rather disagreeable odor, and a 
pungent, aromatic, bitterish, camphorous taste. 
The active constituents are volatile oil, and tannin 
of the kind which produces a greenish color with 
the salts of iron. In its operation upon the system, 
catnep is tonic and excitant, bearing considerable 
resemblance to the mints. It has had the reputa- 
tion also of being antispasmodic and emmenagogue. 
Cats are very fond of it, and it has been asserted to 
act as an aphrodisiac in these animals. Its in- 
fusion—dose, two drachms (7-77 Gm.)—is employed 
as a domestic remedy in amenorrhcea, chlorosis, 
hysteria, and the flatulent colic of infants. 
CATHA EDULIS. Under various Arabic 
names, such as Kdt, Khat, Chaat, Kus es Salahin, 
Tch(iad, Tschuty Tohat, Tohai, Gat, the leaves of the 
Catha Edulis (Abyssinian or African tea) are very 
largely used as a stimulant in North Africa, the 
plant in some localities being extensively cultivated. 
According to Collin, from 1400 to 1500 camel-loads 
are sold in a year at the centre of commerce in Aden. 
The plant is a shrub, reaching the height of three or 
four yards, with thin coriaceous leaves whose mar- 
gin is bluntly serrate. The rounded, grayish-green 
twigs are, for commercial purposes, dried with the 
leaves and tied together in bundles containing 
about forty twigs, from twelve to fourteen inches in 
length and three to four inches in diameter. Some- 
times the bundles are much smaller. The leaves 
are chewed both green and fresh, and are in some 
places made into a tea. Their taste is said to re- 
semble that of coca, and the inebriation which they 
produce in the Arabs is described as similar to that 
caused by coca in the South American natives. 
So far as known Catha is not used as a medicine 
in Africa, but has been employed to some extent 
as a stimulant in Europe in neurasthenia, mi- 
graine, and allied conditions. It has been studied 
by various European chemists. Bernon concluded 
that there is no alkaloid in it. Fliickiger and Ge- 
rock isolated a volatile liquid, which they believe to 1606 
Catramine.—Celluloid. 
PART II. 
be an alkaloid, and to which they gave the name of 
katine. Mosso [Med. Bull., vol. xiii. No. 8) also 
isolated an alkaloid, celastrine, which he believed 
to resemble in its physiological action cocaine, 
though more energetic. In 1897 T. Shennan 
[Royal Coll. Phys. Lab. Rep , vi. 1897) obtained 
evidences of the existence of a non-volatile alka- 
loid in the leaves, different from caffeine. He 
found that catha, both in cold-blooded and warm- 
blooded animals, produces drowsiness, followed by 
excessive reflex activity, and, if the dose has been 
large enough, violent tetanus. Catha evidently 
belongs among the domestic stimulants, such as tea 
and coffee, and probably contains an active alka- 
loid belonging to the caffeine group. 
CATRAMINE. A terebinthinate, essential oil, 
recommended by Vincenzo Gauthier [Gazz. degli 
Ospitali, Feb. 1892) as a stimulant expectorant 
and diuretic, resembling the oil of turpentine. 
CAYAPONIA GLOBOSA. Silva Manso. This 
is a cucurbitaceous plant of Brazil, from which 
Prof. Gubler has extracted the alkaloid Cayapo- 
nine, said to purge without griping. Dose, one 
grain (0 06 Gm.). [Rep. de Pharm., 1879, 193.) 
CEANOTHUS AMERICANUS. L. New 
Jersey Tea. Red-root Ceanothe, Fr. Seckelblu- 
men-wurzel, G. A small indigenous shrub, of the 
nat. ord. Rhamnacese, growing throughout the 
United States. The root is astringent, and imparts 
a red color to water. H. K. Bowman found in it 
9-21 per cent, of tannin. [A. J. P., 1869, 195.) F. 
C. Gerlach has again examined the root. [A. J. P., 
1891, 332.) He finds 6-48 per cent, of tannin and 
0-52 per cent, of an alkaloid to which he gives the 
name ceanothine. J. H. M. Clinch has found in 
the leaves a resin and a volatile oil. [A. J. P., xiv., 
1884.) J. A. Buckner [A. J. P., 1891, 428) found 
9-45 per cent, of tannin in the leaves. It is said to 
be useful in syphilis. Schoepf states that it is pur- 
gative. The leaves were used during the Revolu- 
tionary War as a substitute for tea. 
CEARIN. An ointment vehicle capable of 
taking up a large proportion of water. Issleib 
recommends a mixture of one part of carnauba 
wax and three parts of paraffin (bleached by ex- 
posure to sunlight only) ; this is fused and mixed 
with four times its weight of liquid petrolatum and 
stirred until cold. 
CEBUR or TAGULAWAY BALSAM is pre- 
pared in the Philippine Islands by boiling the root 
and twigs of Parameria vulneraria, Radi (nat. 
ord. Apocynaceae), in cocoa-nut oil, so as to form a 
yellowish-white, oily liquid, which is used with 
asserted excellent results for skin diseases and 
wounds. (Archiv. de Pharm., Nov. 1885.) 
CEDAR GUM. This, the product from Cedrela 
Australis, F. Muell., or Red Cedar of Queensland 
(nat. ord. Meliaceae), is a very pale yellow gum, 
occurring in tears about an inch long, feeling 
leathery between the teeth, swelling and, finally, 
almost dissolving in water. It contains about 68 
per cent, of arabin, and 6 per cent, of metarabin, 
but no resin. [P. J. Tr., vol. xx., 1890.) 
CEDRON. The seeds <>f the Simaba cedron, 
Planch., a tree growing in Colombia and Central 
America, belonging to the Simarubaceae. For 
description of the tree and its botanical and medi- 
cinal history, see 16th ed. V. S. D. The fruit is a 
large solitary drupe, containing a single seed. A 
specimen of the dried fruit, sent to George B. 
Wood from Cartago, in Costa Rica, by Dr. Guier, 
formerly of Philadelphia, was light, of a yellowish- 
ash color, flattish-ovate, with one edge convex and 
the other nearly straight, the convex outline ter- 
minating at each end in an obtuse point, of which 
that at the apex was most prominent. It was 
about two inches long and sixteen lines in its 
greatest breadth. Within, the seed was loose and 
movable. Cedron seed is about an inch and a half 
long, ten lines broad, and half an inch thick, 
convex on one side, flat or slightly concave on the 
other, and presenting an oval scar near one ex- 
tremity of the flat surface. It is often yellowish, 
hard and compact, but readily cut with a knife, is 
inodorous, but of a pure and intensely bitter taste, 
not unlike that of quassia. It yields its virtues to 
water and alcohol. M. Lowry obtained from it a 
crystalline substance, intensely bitter, freely soluble 
in boiling water, and neutral to test-paper, which 
he supposes to be the active principle, and named 
cedrin. He first exhausted the cedron with ether, 
then treated it with alcohol, and crystallized from 
the tincture. [Journ. de Pharm., xix. 335.) Cedrin 
is now an article of commerce in form of yellowish 
transparent crystals, easily soluble in water, less so 
in alcohol. 
This medicine has long had great reputation in 
Central America as a remedy for the bite of ser- 
pents, being mentioned in the History of the Buc- 
caneers, published in 1699, as useful for this pur- 
pose. It has also been alleged that cedron-seed 
will cure hydrophobia, and S. S. Purple, of New 
York, affirms it to have valuable antiperiodic 
properties when given in doses of from ten to thirty 
grains (0-647-1'94 Gm.) every four hours. In 
very large dose, Purple found it to gripe and 
purge. [N. Y. Med. Journ., N. S., xiii.) 
CELASTRUS. Various species of the Celas- 
traceae have medicinal properties. In the East 
Indies the oil obtained from the seeds of the Celas- 
trus paniculata, Willd., is used as a powerful stim- 
ulant and diaphoretic in rheumatism, gout, and va- 
rious fevers. The oil is said to be deep reddish 
yellow, and to become thick and honey-like on 
keeping. It is sometimes known as oleum nigrum. 
In Abyssinia, according to Prof. Dragendoriff, the 
leaves of the C. obscurus, A. Rich (now C. serratus, 
Hochst.), are used as an antiperiodic under the 
name of Add-add. Dragendorff found in them 
tannic acid, a volatile oil, and a bitter principle, 
celastrine. (A. J. P., xxvi.) In North America the 
bark of the Celastrus scandens, L. (Climbing staff- 
tree, False bittersweet, Fever-twig), has been used 
in chronic affections of the liver and in secondary 
syphilis; and is said to be emetic, diaphoretic, and 
alterative. C. H. Bernhard found in the bark acid 
and neutral resin, starch, glucose, gum, a caout- 
chouc-like body, coloring matter, and volatile oil. 
It yields its virtues best to alcohol of 80 per cent. 
(A. J. P., 1882, 1.) Prof. Wayne states that he 
has isolated from C. scandens white minute crystals, 
to which he gave the name of celastrine 
CELLULOID. Zylonite. This material, which 
has been manufactured into so many useful forms, 
furnishes an excellent substitute for ivory, tortoise- 
shell, amber, and vulcanite. It is a nitro-cellulose, 
which is made capable of moulding into any de- 
sired form by the admixture of a small amount of 
camphor. At the temperature at which the cam- 
phor melts, it acts as a solvent for the nitro-cellu- 
lose and forms a uniform plastic mass with it. This 
mass may be used directly in the manufacture of PART II. 
Celtis Reticulosa.—Ceratopetalam. 
1607 
various articles, or it may be admixed with mineral 
coloring matters so as to imitate the various natu- 
ral stones. The stratified appearance of ivory and 
the mottled appearance of tortoise-shell and amber 
are obtained by passing between heated rolls plain 
and colored or clouded celluloid in alternating 
layers. The material is combustible when ignited, 
and in thin pieces burns rapidly with a bright light. 
CELTIS RETICULOSAl Miq. (Now C. cin- 
namomea. Lindl.) Prof. W. R. Dunstan has iso- 
lated skatole, the substance to which the odor of 
the human faeces is due, from the wood of this East 
Indian tree. (P. J. Tr., June, 1889.) 
CENTAUREA BENEDICTA. L. Blessed 
Thistle. Carduus Benedictus. Cnicus Benedictus. 
Herba Cardui Benedicti, P. G. Ghardon benit, Er. 
Benedicten Distel, G-. This is an annual herba- 
ceous plant of the nat. ord. Compositae, common in 
Europe and the United States. For description, 
see 16th ed. U. S. D. The period of flowering 
is June, when its medicinal virtues are in greatest 
perfection. The leaves were formerly official. 
They should be gathered when the plant is in flower, 
quickly dried, and kept in a dry place. The herb 
has a feeble, unpleasant odor and an intensely bitter 
taste, more disagreeable in the fresh than in the 
dried plant. Water and alcohol extract its virtues. 
The infusion with cold water is a grateful bitter; 
the decoction is nauseous, and offensive to the 
stomach. The active constituents are volatile oil 
and cnicin. This is crystallizable, inodorous, very 
bitter, neutral, scarcely soluble in cold water, more 
soluble in boiling water, and soluble in all propor- 
tions in alcohol. Its formula is C42H6e015, and 
it is analogous to salicin in composition, in the 
dose of four or five grains it is said often to vomit, 
whilst eight grains, given in divided doses, is 
useful in intermittent fevers. (Ann. de Therap., 
1843, 206.) In cold infusion this drug is tonic; 
when taken in hot infusion in large quantities 
it is diaphoretic, or in larger quantities, emetic. 
Tonic dose of the infusion (ounce to a pint), two 
fluidounces (60 O.c.) ; of the powder, from half a 
drachm to one drachm (1-94-3-88 Gm.). 
Carduus Marianus, L. (now Silybum Marianum, 
Gaertn.), was of old used for the same purpose as 
the C. benedictus. Rademacher attributed great 
value to the seeds in hemorrhages, particularly 
when connected with diseased liver or spleen. Dr. 
Lobach found the decoction (two ounces to the pint 
of water), in doses of a tablespoonful (15 C.c.) 
every hour, useful in amenorrhcea and menorrhagia. 
(Am. Journ. Med. Sci., April, 1859.) 
CENTAURY. Common European Centaury. 
Centaurium. The Erythraea Centaurium (Pers., 
also (L.) Pers.), Gentiana Centaurium (L.), Ghi- 
ronia Centaurium (Schmidt), (Willd. Sp. Plant, i. 
1068), Herba Centaurii (P. G.), is a small, annual 
herbaceous plant which grows wild in most parts 
of Europe. It rises about a foot in height, with a 
branching stem, which divides above into a dichot- 
omous panicle, and bears opposite, sessile, ovate- 
lanceolate, smooth, and obtusely pointed leaves. 
The flowers are of a rose color, sessile in the axils 
of the stems, with their calyx about half as long as 
the tube of the corolla. 
The herb, though without odor, has a strong bit- 
ter taste, which it imparts to water and alcohol. 
The flowering summits were formerly official in the 
Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. The fresh herb yields by 
distillation an odorous watery product, of pungent 
taste (Geiger, ii. 482), in which M. Mehu has found 
valerianic acid, also a peculiar colorless, crystal- 
lizable, non-nitrogenous substance, erythrocentau- 
rin (C27H2408), which he obtained by exhausting 
the tops with water, evaporating a portion of the 
water, allowing the residue to stand, separating the 
precipitated matter or apotheme, adding alcohol to 
the remaining liquid, which now deposited a bitter 
substance, and, after the separation of this by de- 
cantation, evaporating the liquid to the consistence 
of syrup, and treating the residue with ether. 
The ethereal solution, upon evaporation, yielded 
the erythrocentaurin in crystals. These are needle- 
shaped, fusing at 136° 0., and crystallizing easily 
on cooling again. They are strongly reddened 
by exposure to solar light, and reacquire their 
colorless character upon being again dissolved and 
crystallized, or by mere heating to 130° C. They 
are almost insoluble in cold water, more readily 
soluble in boiling water, alcohol, ether, and chloro- 
form. Carbon disulphide, benzol, volatile and 
fatty oils dissolve them easily. J. F. Huneker 
believes that erythrocentaurin exists also in 
American centaury. (See Sabbatia.) Besides these 
principles, Mehu found also in centaury a wax-like 
substance and saline matter. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xliii. 38.) Leuderich assigns to erythrocentaurin 
the formula C0H14O5. and states that in its decom- 
position a dextro-rotatory carbohydrate is pro- 
duced. (A. J. P., 1892, 311.) The common cen- 
taury of Europe has tonic properties very closely 
resembling those of gentian. It is employed in 
dyspeptic complaints. It was one of the ingredi- 
ents of the Portland powder. The dose of the 
powder is from thirty grains to a drachm (T94- 
3-88 Gm.). 
A species of Erythrsea (E. Chilensis) is employed to 
a considerable extent in Chili as a mild tonic. For 
details, see Journal de Pharmacie (3e ser., xxv. 434). 
E. acaulis, which grows in great abundance in the 
territory of French Algiers bordering on the Sahara, 
yields a root which, under the name of rejagnou, 
is much employed by the natives for dyeing yellow. 
[Ibid., 4e ser., v. 87.) 
CEPHALANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS. L. 
Button-bush. Buttonwood. Crane-willow. Swamp 
Dogwood. (Nat. ord. Rubiaceae.) A common in- 
digenous shrub which grows in moist places, as 
along streams or on the borders of swamps. Its 
bark is bitter, is said to be laxative as well as tonic, 
and has been given in periodical fevers, in decoc- 
tion or infusion. E. M. Hattan found in it a 
crystallizable fluorescent acid, a bitter uncrystal- 
lizable principle, a principle resembling saponin, 
tannin, two resins, fatty matter, gum, glucose, and 
starch. (A. J. P., xlvi. 314.) According to Claasen 
(Pharmaceut. Rundschau, Bd. vii., 1889), the 
fluorescent acid of Hattan is composed of two sub- 
stances, Cephalin and Cephaletin. Carl Mohrberg 
has separated from the bark a substance which he 
knows as Cephalanthin; and also a toxic saponin- 
like principle which, like its allied poisons, has the 
power of dissolving the blood-corpuscles. Cepha- 
lanthin he finds to be a distinct poison to both 
cold- and warm-blooded animals, causing destruc- 
tion of the blood-corpuscles (with conversion of 
oxyhaemoglobin into methaemoglobin), violent 
vomiting, convulsions, and paralysis. (See Robert's 
Arbeiten, viii., 1892.) 
CERATOPETALUM. The New South Wales 
species of this genus, of the nat. ord. Saxifragaceae, 1608 
Cercis Canadensis.— Cerium Bromide. 
PART II. 
yield considerable quantities of a kino-like gum. 
(See P. J. Tr., xxi. 742.) 
CERCIS CANADENSIS. L. Judas Tree. 
Red-bud. The bark of this beautiful leguminous tree, 
indigenous and well known throughout the Eastern 
United States on account of its brilliant red-purple 
flowers, which appear before the leaves, has been 
highly recommended by Dr. Wm. R. Smith as a 
mild but very active astringent in the treatment of 
chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. Dose of the fluid 
extract, from half to one fluidrachm (1-85-3-7 C.c.). 
CERESIN. Under this name there has been 
introduced into commerce, as a substitute for wax, 
a substance which closely resembles white wax, but 
which is a natural mineral product. It is found 
most abundantly in Galicia, on the slopes of the 
Carpathian Mountains, and also on the Wallachian 
side of the range, under the name of ozokerite 
(earth-wax), but occurs in smaller deposits on the 
Caspian under the name neft-gil. A valuable de- 
posit has also been discovered in Southern Utah. 
It consists of a mixture of solid paraffin with some 
oxygenated bodies present. The crude ozokerite 
is melted to allow earthy impurities to settle out, is 
treated with sulphuric acid and alkali, as in the 
treatment of paraffin, and is clarified by bone-black, 
or, better, the black from the manufacture of yel- 
low prussiate of potash. The refined ozokerite or 
ceresin melts between 61° and 78° C., is quite odor- 
less and colorless, and has the appearance of bees- 
wax. It may be distinguished from the latter by 
its lower specific gravity (0-753 at 98° C. against 
0-822) and its absolute resistance to alcoholic pot- 
ash, no trace of saponifiable matter being pres- 
ent. The production of Galician ozokerite in 1886 
amounted to 13,925 tons, but had fallen in 1896 to 
7925 tons. The production of Utah ozokerite in 
1890 amounted to 350,000 pounds. The Galician 
product is worked chiefly in Vienna and in Lon- 
don, where ozokerite candles are manufactured. 
(See A. J. P., xlv. 11.) In this country ceresin 
bottles have been used for hydrofluoric acid, and 
seem to be superior to the common gutta-percha 
bottles. 
CEREVISIzE FERMENTUM. Beer Yeast. 
The ferment obtained in brewing beer, and pro- 
duced by Saccharomyces (Tor-ula, Turpin) cere- 
visice, Meyen, was dismissed from the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia in 1880, from the British in 1898. Two 
well-marked varieties of the Saccharomyces cere- 
visice have been recognized. The one is the most ac- 
tive at the ordinary temperature (16°-20° C.), and 
carries through its fermentative work in from three 
to four days ; the other works at a lower tempera- 
ture (6°-8° C.), and the fermentation is much 
slower. The first placed in a saccharine liquid is 
carried by the carbon dioxide which it liberates to 
the surface of the liquid, where it continues its 
activity ; it is, therefore, known as a surface or top 
yeast. The second, on the contrar}', is not carried 
up, and rests during its entire activity on the bot- 
tom of the fermenting vessel, and is hence called 
a bottom yeast. Two quite distinct methods of 
beer-brewing are practised, depending upon the 
use of the one or the other of these varieties of 
yeast. Eor fuller information as to the nature of 
yeast and its conditions of culture and activity, 
see Sadtler’s Industrial Organic Chemistry, Phila- 
delphia, 2d ed., 1895, 184 et seq.) 
Yeast is flocculent, frothy, somewhat viscid, 
semi-fluid, of a dirty yellowish color, a sour vinous 
odor, and a bitter taste. Exposed to a moderate 
heat it loses its liquid portion, becomes dry, hard, 
and brittle, and may in this state be preserved for 
a long time, though with the loss of much of its 
peculiar power. Yeast cakes are made by putting 
yeast into sacks, washing it with water, then sub- 
mitting it to pressure, and ultimately drying it. 
(Ibid,., 225.) 
Yeast is insoluble in alcohol or water. Its ulti- 
mate composition, according to Schlossberger (Ann. 
Chern. und Pharrn., 51, 199), is carbon 49-9 per 
cent., hydrogen 6 6 per cent., nitrogen 12-1 per 
cent., and oxygen 31-4 per cent. Its proximate 
constituents are albuminoids, celullose, fats, and 
resinous substances. 
The chief function of yeast is the production of 
the vinous fermentation, in which are produced 
alcohol and carbonic acid, and various other sub- 
stances in smaller or larger proportions. Pasteur 
has shown that while from 94 to 95 per cent, of 
the sugar decomposes into ethyl alcohol and car- 
bon dioxide, the other 5 or 6 per cent, decomposes 
by secondary reactions, yielding glycerin from 2 5 
to 3-6 per cent, and succinic acid from 04 to 0-7 
per cent. The higher homologues of ethyl alcohol 
are also produced in small amount, forming the 
fusel oil or the raw spirit. 
The activity of yeast is due to the presence of a 
microscopic fungus, first discovered in it by Leu- 
wenhoek in 1680. As originally announced by 
Thenard in 1803, this yeast plant is the cause of 
the alcoholic fermentation. It consists of numer- 
ous cells, irregular, roundish, or cylindrical in 
shape, separate, jointed into rows, or budding one 
from the other. It is most probable that the yeast 
plant is the mycelium, or early vegetative stage, 
of more than one species of mucor or mould ; and 
some authorities recognize various species of the 
yeast fungus. The name of Torula, or Torula 
cerevisice, was first given to the yeast plant, which 
was subsequently called My coderma vini; Dr. M. 
Eeess, in his elaborate work (Alkoholsgahrungs- 
pilze, Leipsic, 1870), made a distinct genus of it, 
Saccharomyces, including many species. 
There have been three theories in regard to fer- 
mentation: 1st, that it is a chemical process; 2d, 
that it is of galvanic origin ; 3d, that it is the re- 
sult of the vital actions of the yeast plant. The 
chemical theory founded by Trommsdorff and 
Meissner was advocated by Liebig, but, chiefly 
owing to the labors of Pasteur, the vital theory is 
now universally accepted. 
Yeast has been highly commended as a stimulant 
remedy in typhoid, hectic, and other similar fevers, 
but is at present very rarely used. In some of 
these cases it has been given with great asserted 
advantage in doses of a pint (473T C.c.) a day. 
It still continues to be employed to a consider- 
able extent as a remedy against successive erup- 
tions of boils, in doses of an ounce (29-5 C.c.) three 
times a day. Locally applied it is probably stimu- 
lant, although it may be the products of fermenta- 
tion rather than the yeast which give the peculiar 
value to the “yeast poultice.” 
CERIUM BROMIDE. Ce2Bre. This salt is 
prepared by Mr. Charles Bullock by calcining the 
oxalate in a porcelain capsule until it becomes con- 
verted into the yellowish-brown sesquioxide, dis- 
solving this in hydrochloric acid, precipitating 
with sodium carbonate, and dissolving in hydro- 
bromic acid, then evaporating at a low tempera- PART II. 
Chameelinum Luteum.— Chinoidinum. 
1609 
ture to dryness. The salt is of a light chocolate 
color, and of a very styptic sweetish taste, soluble 
in 95 per cent, alcohol, partially soluble in water. 
(A. J. P., xliii. 345.) 
LUTEUM. A. Gray, also 
(L.) A. Gray. C. Carolinianum. Willd. Vera- 
trum luteum. L. Helonias lutea. Ker-Gawl in Bot. 
Mag. Helonias Dioica. Pursh. Starwort. False 
Unicorn Root. Devil’s Bit. Blazing Star. This 
plant is indigenous to the United States. The 
rhizome is the part employed in medicine. Dr. F. 
Y. Greene obtained a bitter principle, chamcelirin, 
from it in 1878. He states that it is a cardiac 
poison. Helonin is a term used by the eclectics 
to define the alcoholic extract found in commerce. 
Chamaelirium, or starwort, is said to be diuretic, 
tonic, and anthelmintic. It is usually given in 
aqueous infusion, one ounce in a pint, in the dose 
of a wineglassful. 
CHAMPACA - CAMPHOR. Champacol. 
C,7H300. This camphor was first separated by 
Merck from champaca-wood. (See Merck's Annual, 
1893, also Schimmel's Report, 1897, 11. 
CHELONE GLABRA. L. Snake-head. Tur- 
tle-head. Balmony. Shellflower. Chelone, Fr., G. 
The leaves of this very common indigenous, peren- 
nial, herbaceous plant, of the nat. ord. Scrophu- 
lariaceae, have a bitter taste, and are said to be 
tonic and aperient, with a supposed peculiar action 
on the liver. The decoction (two ounces of the 
fresh herb to the pint) may be given in the dose 
of one or two fluidounces (29-5 or 59 C.c.). 
CHELTENHAM SALT, ARTIFICIAL. 
Several artificial mixtures have been prepared as 
imitations of the salts of the chalybeate Chelten- 
ham water. One frequently used is equal parts of 
magnesium sulphate, sodium sulphate, and com- 
mon salt; other formulae contain some iron. These 
combinations are used as laxatives in glandular 
obstructions, especially of the liver, and in scrofu- 
lous affections, attended with feeble digestion, 
sluggish bowels, and pallidness of skin; also in 
habitual costiveness and hemorrhoids. 
CHINA MORADA. Under this name there 
appear to be used in Bolivia several barks. One 
of these has been ascertained by Messrs. Arati and 
Canzoneri (L'Orosi, Feb. 1889) to be the product 
of a rubiaceous tree, Pogonopus febrifugus, and to 
contain an alkaloid, moradeine, besides a fluores- 
cent substance, moradin, allied to scolopetin. (See 
P. J. Tr., xix.) 
CHINAPHTOL. (i-Naphtol - a - monosulpho- 
nate of Quinine. C2oH24N202.(C10HeOHS03H)2. 
This substance is a yellow crystalline powder, of a 
bitter taste, insoluble in cold water, moderately 
soluble in hot water and alcohol, which has been 
proposed by Dr. E. Riegler (Wien. Med. Blatt., 
xix., 1896) as an antipyretic and intestinal anti- 
septic. He states that it is decomposed by the alka- 
lies of the intestinal juices into its constituents, 
—namely, quinine and /3-naphtol sulphuric acid ; 
and that he has used it up to five grammes a day 
with satisfaction in acute rheumatism as well as in 
typhoid fever. It contains about 42 per cent, of 
quinine. 
CHINOIDINUM. U. S. 1880. Chinoidin. 
Quinoidin. Chinoidine. Quinoidine. Precipitated 
Extract of Bark. Amorphous Quinine. Quinine 
brute ou amorphe, Fr. The term chinoidine was 
first applied to all of the amorphous alkaloids found 
in and existing naturally in cinchona bark, but it 
is now used to define a complex body consisting 
not only of the natural amorphous alkaloids, but 
those which are artificial and accidental in the 
derivative products resulting from the application 
of heat. Upon the evaporation of the mother- 
liquor left after the crystallization of the quinine 
sulphate in the preparation of that salt, a dark- 
colored substance is obtained, having the appear- 
ance of an extract. Sertiirner supposed that he 
had discovered a new alkaline principle in this prod- 
uct ; but his conclusions were invalidated by the 
experiments of MM. Henry and Delondre, which 
went to prove that the alkaline matter contained in 
it consisted of quinine and cinchonine, obscured 
by admixture with a yellowish substance that 
interfered with their crystallization. Nevertheless, 
under the name of quinoidine or chinoidine, given 
to the supposed new alkaloid by Serturner, there 
has been long employed in Europe a substance 
precipitated from the mother-liquor of quinine 
sulphate by means of an alkaline carbonate, hav- 
ing a yellowish-white or brownish color, and, when 
moderately heated, agglutinating into a mass of 
resinous appearance. By the conjoint labors of 
F. L. Winckler, of Liebig, and of Pasteur, it has 
been proved that ordinary quinoidine, or amorphous 
quinine, consists of two alkaloids, derivatives from 
quinine and cinchonine, with which they are re- 
spectively isomeric, though differing in being un- 
crystallizable, and named, in view of their origin, 
quinicine and cinchonicine. The pure amorphous 
quinine of Liebig is the former of these alkaloids. 
The amorphous quinine, as Liebig calls it, is entirely 
soluble in diluted sulphuric acid and in alcohol; 
and, if its solution in a diluted acid yield upon the 
addition of ammonia exactly as much precipitate 
as there was of the original substance dissolved, it 
may be considered pure. (A. J. P., xviii. 181.) 
We have been informed that, in an extensive 
chemical manufacturing establishment in Phila- 
delphia, the loss by quinoidine in the preparation 
of quinine sulphate has much diminished since the 
introduction of steam heat, showing the agency of 
heat in converting the crystallizable into the un- 
crystallizable salt; by the use of vacuum apparatus 
this loss is still further diminished. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 described chi- 
noidine as “ a brownish-black or almost black solid, 
breaking, when cold, with a resinous, shining frac- 
ture, becoming plastic when warmed, odorless, hav- 
ing a bitter taste and an alkaline reaction. Almost 
insoluble in water, freely soluble in alcohol, chlo- 
roform, and diluted acids; partially soluble in 
ether and in benzol. The solutions have a very 
bitter taste. If Chinoidin be triturated with boil- 
ing water, the liquid, after filtration, should be 
clear and colorless, and should remain so on the 
addition of an alkali (abs. of alkaloidal salts). On 
ignition, Chinoidin should not leave more than 0-7 
per cent, of ash.” 
A simple method of purification consists in dis- 
solving the chinoidine in diluted hydrochloric acid, 
adding water and precipitating with an alkali, wash- 
ing and drying.* 
* The following process has been adopted by the Dutch 
Society for the Advancement of Pharmacy. Digest one part 
of chinoidine with two parts of benzol on a water-bath. 
Pour off the clear solution and wash the residue with one 
part of benzol. Agitate the united clear liquids with a small 
excess of diluted hydrochloric acid, allow the mixture to 
subside, remove the acid liquid, and add solution of soda 
until fairly alkaline. A portion of the filtered solution is 1610 
Chinol.— Chinosol. 
PART II. 
Tinctura Chinoidini is made, by the German 
Pharmacopoeia, by simply dissolving 3 parts of 
chinoidine in one of hydrochloric acid and 17 of 
alcohol, sp gr. -894. 
Chinoidine Hydrochloride is made by heating 1 
part of the purified chinoidine with 4 parts of dis- 
tilled water, adding sufficient diluted hydrochloric 
acid to complete the solution, filtering, evapo- 
rating, and powdei’ing the residue. Zimmer fur- 
nishes the German market with the purified 
hydrochloride, under the name of Chininum amor- 
phum muriaticum purum. It has been largely 
used medicinally. For formulas for various salts 
of chinoidine, see N. R., 1882, 11, or Proc. A. P. 
A., 1882, 417. 
Chinoidine is possessed of decided 
antiperiodic properties, but in these it is inferior 
to the cinchona alkaloids. It is, moreover, much 
more apt to disagree with the stomach, and is un- 
certain in its dose, so that, notwithstanding its 
great cheapness, it is but rarely used. From thirty 
grains to a drachm (1-9-3 9 Gm.) may be given in 
the interparoxysmal periods of an intermittent, and 
its action closely watched. 
CHINOL. Quinoline mono-hypochlorite. CeH0 
N.Cl.O. A white crystalline powder, odorless, 
having a pungent but not disagreeable taste. It 
is almost insoluble in cold and hot water, but quite 
soluble in alcohol. This substance is said to be 
actively antipyretic and analgesic, useful for the 
purposes for which antipyrin is employed. Dose, 
from three to five grains (0-19-0-32 Gm.). 
CHINOLINE. Quinoline. Leucoline. Chino- 
line, Fr. Chinolin, G. (C9H?N.) This is an ar- 
tificial alkaloid prepared by tne destructive distil- 
lation of quinine or cinchonine with potassium 
hydrate, and also synthetically by Konig’s and 
Skraup’s processes by the action of sulphuric acid 
and glycerin upon nitrobenzol and aniline, or a 
mixture of these two latter substances. Quinoline 
is a colorless, strongly refractive oily liquid, having 
a specific gravity of 1081 at 10° C. (50° F.) (Hof- 
mann), boiling at 235-6° C. (456-8° F.) without 
decomposition; the oily stain left on bibulous 
paper disappearing readily on exposure Its odor 
is aromatic, resembling that of oil of bitter almond. 
It is sparingly soluble in cold water, more so in hot 
water, soluble in alcohol, and mixes in all propor- 
tions with ether, carbon disulphide, methylic alco- 
hol, etc. It easily dissolves camphor and resin. It 
gradually turns reddish brown in color on exposure 
to the air. It forms readily crystallizable salts 
with acids, the tartrate now being a commercial 
article ; these salts are decomposed by contact with 
fixed alkalies and the peculiar odor of chinoline 
developed. Ekin (P. J. Tr., Feb. 11, 1882) found a 
sample of commercial German quinoline to consist 
largely of a mixture of aniline and nitrobenzol, 
although labelled pure. Quinoline tartrate is in 
the form of a whitish, micaceous, crystalline pow- 
der, melting at 125° C. It dissolves in 80 parts of 
cold water, in about 150 parts of alcohol, and in 
300 parts of ether, having a peculiar pungent odor 
and a rather sharp though not unpleasant taste. 
Quinoline hydrochlorate melts at 94° and sublimes 
unchanged. It dissolves in water, alcohol, and 
chloroform. Quinoline salicylate is a white crys- 
talline powder, soluble in water and in glycerin, 
very soluble in alcohol, ether, vaseline, and fatty 
oils. 
Quinoline was first brought forward as a substi- 
tute for quinine by Julius Donath, of Hun- 
gary. (Ber. Deutsch. Chem. Gesell., xiv. 1769.) 
It appears to be a powerful antipyretic and a 
stronger antiseptic even than carbolic acid, and to 
act as a powerful depressant upon the central ner- 
vous system. A 1 per cent, solution completely 
destroys the coagulability of the blood. Quinoline 
was at first used by various Continental physicians 
with alleged excellent results in malarial fevers, 
but subsequent experience showed that the drug is 
only feebly, if at all, antiperiodic, and very apt to 
disagree with the stomach. The tartrate was given 
in doses of fifteen grains (0-97 Gm.). It has been 
highly commended as a preservative for anatomi- 
cal specimens. The formula adopted in the Er- 
langen Physiological Institute is: quinoline, 5 
grammes; sodium chloride, 6 grammes; glycerin, 
100 grammes ; water, 900 grammes. The ordinary 
tar quinoline can be used. The liquid is said to 
have the advantage of preserving all the tissues in 
their natural condition, except that it removes 
from them all coloring matter. 
For a paper on the physiological activities of 
various derivatives of chinoline, by Ralph Stock- 
man, see Trans. College of Physicians, Edinburgh 
(Laboratory), 1893. 
CHI NOSOL. Quinosol. C9HeON.S03K + Aq. 
Potassium Oxyquinoline Sulphonate. This is a 
neutral compound of oxyquinoline which readily 
liberates the latter in a nascent condition, and 
thus possesses very active antiseptic properties. 
It is a crystalline yellow powder, very soluble in 
water, insoluble in alcohol and ether, having a 
feeble aromatic odor. Its aqueous solution when 
very dilute strikes with ferric chloride a lively 
green color. 
Chinosol does not precipitate albumin, is af- 
firmed to be very slightly toxic, unirritating, and 
possessed of an extraordinary power of pene- 
trating tissues. It has been commended by a large 
number of German and English clinicians as a 
very advantageous antiseptic, which even exceeds 
in power corrosive sublimate ; but Giovanni asserts 
that in regard to the chancre poison it is inferior 
to carbolic acid. The bacillus of the plague Moor 
found to be killed by it in ten minutes in a dilu- 
tion of 1 to 500. It has been very highly rec- 
ommended by Gilles and others in the treatment 
now tested by adding a few drops of concentrated solution 
of sodium hyposulphite; if a precipitate occurs which does 
not disappear on further dilution with water, the solution 
has not been sufficiently purified ; then the whole solution 
must be purified by adding hyposulphite until a permanent 
precipitate is no longer produced. The liquid is then heated 
on a water-bath, mixed with solution of soda in excess, the 
precipitate washed with water, and dried. (N. R., 1882,11.) 
The objection to the above process is, that it is sometimes 
difficult to entirely get rid of the odor of benzol. Dr. J. E. 
De Yrij proposes the following improvement One hundred 
parts of chinoidine are boiled during ten minutes with a 
diluted solution of soda, with constant stirring. When cold, 
the alkaline liquid is poured off, and the remaining chinoi- 
dine washed with a little water. Three hundred parts of 
water are now added to the washed chinoidine, the whole 
heated to boiling, and then mixed very slowly with the least 
necessary quantity of nitric acid to obtain a'homngeneous 
dark-colored solution ; great care must be observed not to 
add one drop too much of nitric acid. The still alkaline 
liquid is set aside for twelve hours to separate. The upper 
layer is poured off as clear as possible, and the lower laver 
washed with water until a brownish-black insoluble mass 
remains, which is worthless. The united liquids are fil- 
tered, water added, and if turbidity results, still more 
water until the addition ceases to produce cloudiness. The 
liquid is then filtered, and an excess of soda added, which 
precipitates the chinoidine. This is washed with water, 
and the mass heated carefully until free from water. 
(Amer. Drug., 1884, 134.) PART II. 
Chinotoxine.—Chloralamide. 
1611 
of vaginitis and other affections of the female 
genital organs, in the form of douches of 1 to 1000 
to 1 to 8000; also as a local application in leprosy, 
in lung and bone tuberculosis, and, mixed with from 
5 to 10 per cent, of boric acid, as a powder to be 
used as a substitute for iodoform. Schifl'erdecker 
states that the irrigation of cadavers through their 
arteries with a 5 per cent, solution is an effective 
means of preservation. 
As a disinfectant to the hands, skin, and suture 
threads, according to F. Hobday, Chinosol may be 
used in as strong solution as 1 in 60, without the 
production of irritation of skin or wound. On the 
other hand, it rapidly attacks surgical instruments, 
taking off their edge and causing greenish-black 
spots upon them. Internally it has been especially 
used by A. G. Cipriani in the treatment of tuber- 
culosis, both by mouth and injected locally. (All- 
gemeine Medicin Central-Zeitung, Bd. lxvi.) It is 
probably more toxic than has been generally sup- 
posed, since in Hobday's experiments a dose of 
one-sixteenth of a grain for each pound of body 
weight was found to be the extreme limit that 
could be given to cats without serious danger. As 
a local application the strength most generally use- 
ful is probably from one-half to one grain to the 
fluidounee; although to a very badly infected 
wound a solution of 1 to 500 may be often applied 
once, twice, or three times a day with great ad- 
vantage. 
CHINOTOXINE. Dichinolindimethylsulphate. 
This synthetic compound is said to possess proper- 
ties similar to those of curare. 
CHIONANTHUS VIRGINICA. L. Fringe 
Tree. (Nat. ord. Oleacete.) In the bark of this 
indigenous plant saponin was found by Mr. B. S. 
Justice. (A. J. P., xlvii. 195), but not by W. von 
Schulz, who, however (Pharm. Zeit. f. Russl., 
1893, 579), detected a glucoside. The fluid extract 
has been recommended in doses of from one-half 
to one fluidrachm (1-84-3-69 C.c.) two or three 
times a day, as an aperient and a diuretic. 
CHLORAL-AMMONIUM. CClg.CH(NH2) 
OH. Trichloramido-ethylic Alcohol. This subdance 
is said by Dr. W. B. Nesbit to act as chloral, but 
to be stimulant to the,circulation in doses of from 
five to twenty grains (0-323-1-3 Gm.). For method 
of preparation, see T. G., 1888. 
CHLORAL-CAMPHOR. Camphorated Chlo- 
ral. This is a thick, oily liquid, obtained by rub- 
bing up equal parts of camphor and chloral. It 
distils slowly without change, and dissolves in 60 
per cent, alcohol, from which it is precipitated by 
the addition of water. (A. J. P., 1886, 282.) Chlo- 
ral camphor is used in neuralgia as a counter- 
irritant and local anaesthetic. Conflicting opin- 
ions have been expressed about the character of 
this liquid, the fact that both substances could be 
obtained unchanged by precipitating its alcoholic 
solution with water being regarded as proof of its 
being simply a mechanical mixture. Cazeneuve 
and Joubert believe, however, that chemical com- 
bination has been effected, and point to its opti- 
cal behavior as proof. (See Chloral Camphoratum, 
N. F.) 
CHLORAL CARBAMIDE. When 165 5 parts 
of the hydrate of trichloraldehyde are mixed in a 
porcelain mortar with 60 parts of carbamide (urea), 
the mixture liquefies. On dissolving this substance 
in three times its quantity of water warmed to 60°, 
and then allowing the mixture to cool, a crystalline 
mass, chloral carbamide, is obtained. This substance 
dissolves readily in warm water and in alcohol, and 
less readily in warm alcohol. According 10 
Kobert, it acts like chloral, but is too slow and un- 
certain to be of practical value. 
CHLORAL-CARBOL. Carbolated Chloral. 
According to Boureiz, when chloral hydrate and 
carbolic acid are rubbed up in the proportion not 
exceeding one to one and four-tenths parts, a liquid 
is obtained which has the sp. gr. of about 1-6, and 
is soluble in all proportions in water, alcohol, and 
ether. (P. J. TV., xvi. 188.) When applied locally 
it is a counter-irritant and local anaesthetic. 
CHLORAL CYANHYDRATE. This is a com- 
pound first prepared by Messrs. Pinner and Bischoff, 
and recommended by Mr. Hermes (Pharm.Centralh 
Aug. 1887) as a substitute for hydrocyanic acid, 
whose physiological action it is stated to share. 
Chloral cyanhydrate is represented by the formula 
CC13— CH — | and is described as a crystal- 
line powder, consisting partly of colorless prisms 
and partly of rhombic tables, fusing at 61° C., easily 
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. With the vapor 
of water it volatilizes in small quantity, and breaks 
up into its components, chloral and hydrocyanic 
acid. It is also decomposed by alkalies, with the 
re-formation of hydrocyanic acid. Its aqueous 
solutions remain unaltered for a long time. Six 
and a half parts by weight of chloral cyanhydrate 
correspond with one part of anhydrous hydro- 
cyanic acid. 
CHLORAL-MENTHOL. Mentholated Chlo- 
ral. This is obtained by triturating together equal 
weights of chloral and menthol, and heating gently 
in a water-bath until liquefied. It is an oily, color- 
less liquid, with a distinct mint-like odor and warm 
taste, having a specific gravity of 1-1984. It is freely 
soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and benzin. {A. J. 
P., 1886, 283.) Chloral-menthol has been used as 
a counter-irritant and local anaesthetic in facial 
and other neuralgias. 
CHLORAL-URETHANE. Uralium, CC1„, 
f OH 
CH < njjqo q jj , is a compound of chloral and 
urethane. It is insoluble in cold water, and is de- 
composed by boiling water; it is soluble in alcohol 
and ether, and melts at 103° C. According to G. 
Poppi [Rtforma Medica, 1889), this substance as an 
hypnotic is equal to chloral, and has the superiority 
of not acting on the heart and of being tolerated 
better. J. Schmitt, however (Revue Med. de I’Est, 
May, 1890), finds that it does act upon the heart, 
arresting it in diastole, and resembling very closely 
chloral in its physiological action, and having the 
inconvenience of great insolubility. J. Schmitt 
and P. Parisot (Revue Med de I’Est, Dec. 1890) 
find that unless given in doses of fifteen and a half 
grains (1 Gm.) it is very uncertain in its action 
as a medicine, and is apt to disagree with the 
stomach, being on the whole inferior to chloral. 
CHLORALAMIDE. (Chloral formamide), 
f OH 
CClg.CH < ) is formed by the action of for- 
mamide upon chloral. Lustrous, colorless crystals, 
with somewhat bitter taste; melting point 115° 
C.; decomposed at a somewhat higher tempera- 
ture ; soluble in about 20 parts of cold water or 
in 1J parts of 96 per cent, alcohol; is decomposed 
by water at 60° C. or by alkalies, but not by dilute 
acids. 1612 
Chloralose.—Chlorinated Anaesthetic Compounds. 
When given to the lower animals, chloralamide 
produces lethargy, sleep, muscular relaxation, 
arrested respiration; followed by coma, failing 
respiration, and, if the dose has been sufficient, 
death by paralysis of the respiratory centres. In 
the experiments of Drs. H. C. Wood and Cerna 
(subsequently confirmed by various observers) the 
influence of chloralamide upon the circulation was 
very feeble, no distinct effect being produced ex- 
cept after the largest toxic dose. The action of 
the drug upon the spinal cord was also very feeble, 
and no perceptible influence could be made out 
upon the nerves and muscles. On the other hand, 
the effect of the drug upon the cerebral cortex 
was very pronounced. As an hypnotic in man, 
chloralamide resembles chloral closely, but is 
somewhat slower and less certain in its action than is 
chloral. It usually does not produce any unpleas- 
ant after-effects, though confusion, giddiness, and 
headaches have been occasioned in some cases. 
It does not seem to be more irritating than is 
chloral. The assertion of various clinicians that 
it is safer than chloral in cases in which there is 
cardiac weakness is borne out by studies of its 
physiological action. When insomnia is produced 
by pain it is of little use. It has been found suc- 
cessful in quieting hysteria. The toxic dose of 
chloralamide depresses the heart and the spinal 
cord. No severe cases of poisoning have been re- 
ported from it. It is eliminated in the form of 
uro-chloralic acid. Dose, from half to one drachm 
(1-9-3*88 Gm.), administered in aqueous solution 
or capsules, half an hour before the expected time 
of sleep. 
Chloralimide, CClg.CH—NH, should not be con- 
founded with Chloralamide. Chloralimide is in 
colorless, inodorous, and insipid, long crystalline 
needles; melting at about 166° C. (330-8° F.); in- 
soluble in water; readily soluble in alcohol, in 
ether, in chloroform, and in oils. Concerning its 
physiological action we have no certain knowl- 
edge ; it is asserted to be hypnotic in doses of from 
fifteen to sixty grains (0-9-3-8 Gm.). 
CHLORALOSE. Anhydro-gluco- 
chloral. When equal parts of anhydrous chloral 
and glucose are heated together for an hour at the 
temperature at which chloral boils, two isomeric 
substances—chloralose, which is soluble, and para- 
chloralose, which is insoluble—are formed. Chlo- 
ralose occurs in small crystals having a very bitter 
and disagreeable but not acrid taste. It is freely 
soluble in alcohol and in hot water, slightly so in 
cold water, a little less than five grammes to the 
litre. Its melting point is 185° C. Chloralose was 
first brought forward as a remedial agent by Hanriot 
and Kichet {Bull. Soc. Biolog., 1893), who state that 
five grammes of it will produce in a dog of ten 
kilogrammes’ weight symptoms of intoxication, 
followed by a most profound sleep, in which all 
sensibility is lost, although the reflex activities are 
greater than normal. Upon the circulation the 
drug has but little power, the arterial pressure, 
even when there is profound anaesthesia, being 
scarcely affected. During the anaesthesia not only 
was the spinal motor side of the cord more active 
than normal, but the motor cerebral cortex was 
found to be excessively excitable, the animals ex- 
perimented upon offering a strong contrast with 
chloralized dogs, in which the psychomotor cortex 
was almost devoid of responding power. 
As a practical hypnotic, the action of chloralose 
is very variable and is often attended by dis- 
agreeable results, ten grains frequently failing to 
cause sleep, although the same amount has pro- 
duced complete unconsciousness with alarming 
symptoms. Partial general paralysis, tremors, 
great slowing of the pulse, and marked evidences 
of enfeebled heart action have not rarely followed 
the use of the drug; whilst involuntary discharges 
of urine, delirious intoxication, excessive vomit- 
ing, and other disagreeable symptoms have been 
noted. The dose is from five to ten grains (032- 
0*65 Gm.), given in capsules. 
Dr. M. H. Rendu [Bull, et Mem. de la Soc. Med. 
de Hop. de Paris, xx. 1895), has reported violent 
collapse, excessive rapid feeble pulse, pronounced 
disturbance of respiration, epileptiform convul- 
sions, and collapse as produced by twenty-five 
centigrammes of chloralose. 
CHLORALOXIMES. A series of compounds, 
whose strong physiological activities are asserted 
to be due to their splitting up in the system 
into chloral hydrate and their respective oximes. 
They are chloralacetoxime (melting point, 72° 
C.); chloralcamphoroxime (melting point, 98° C.) ; 
chloralnitroso (3-naphtol (melting point, 100° C.); 
chloralacetaldoxime (melting point, 74° C.); chlo- 
ralbenzaldoxime (melting point, 62° C.). The com- 
pounds are easily soluble in alcohol and ether, and 
are readily recrystallized from petroleum ether. 
Water dissolves them with difficulty, and when 
applied hot is apt to cause decomposition and the 
re-formation of chloral hydrate. (Deut. Chem. 
Zeit., 1892.) 
CHLORINATED ANESTHETIC COM- 
POUNDS. Bichloride of Ethylene. Ethene Di- 
chloride. Dutch Liquid. JEthyleni Bichloridum. 
JEthylenum Chloratum. Elaylum Chloratum. 
Liquor Hollandicus. Liqueur des Hollandais, Huile 
du Gas olefiant, Fr. Aethylenchlorid, Elaylchlorid, 
G. C2H4C12. By the mutual action of chlorine 
and olefiant gas an oily liquid is obtained, discov- 
ered by four associated Dutch chemists, and called 
Dutch liquid. The Dutch liquid has been tried as 
an anaesthetic by Prof. Simpson and Mr. Nunneley. 
Prof. Simpson was not satisfied with its effects ; but 
Mr. Nunneley, having administered it frequently in 
practice, found it perfectly agreeable in every re- 
spect. Its use, he alleges, is not attended by the 
troublesome excitement produced by ether, or by 
the tendency to collapse caused by chloroform. 
Two forms of the Dutch liquid have been experi- 
mented with by Dr. Aran, of Paris; and one of 
them furnished very satisfactory clinical results. 
The liquid which gave the favorable results has 
been ascertained by Mialhe and Flourens to be the 
monochlorinated Dutch liquid (monochlor-ethylene 
chloride, CH„C1,CHC12), but its cost proved to be 
too high to allow of its general use at that time as 
a therapeutic agent. In consequence of this objec- 
tion to the monochlorinated liquid, Mialhe and 
Flourens were induced to search for a substitute in 
the corresponding compound of a parallel series of 
ethers, formed by the action of chlorine on hydro- 
chloric ether. When ethyl chloride (hydrochloric 
ether, C2H6C1) is acted on by successive portions 
of chlorine, the hydrogen is replaced by the latter, 
atom for atom, and there are formed the five fol- 
lowing compounds : C2H4C12 — C2H3C13 — C2H2 
Cl4 — C2HC16 — C2Cle. Of this series, the first 
member is isomeric with the Dutch liquid ; the 
second, third, and fourth with the mono-, bi-, and 
PART H. Chlorinated Ansesthetio Compounds. 
PART II. 
1613 
trichlorinated Dutch liquid, and the fifth is a chlo- 
ride of carbon, frequently called the “ sesquichlo- 
ride of carbon. ’ ’ The first member, though identical 
with the Dutch liquid in elementary composition 
and having a vapor of the same density, has, never- 
theless, a lower boiling point,—60°-64°C. (148° 
F.), while the Dutch liquid boils at 84-9° C. (185° 
F.),—and is different in chemical properties. Thus, 
it is not decomposed by an alcoholic solution of po- 
tassa, as the Dutch liquid is, and is not acted on 
by potassium, while the Dutch liquid is imme- 
diately attacked by it. The explanation of these 
facts is that the two compounds, while isomeric, or 
having the same empiric formula, are differently 
constituted molecularly. Thus, Dutch liquid is 
known chemically as ethene dichloride, CH2C1,CH2 
Cl, while the chlorinated ethyl chloride is known 
as ethylidene chloride, CHS, CHC12. This difference 
of molecular structure, of course, runs all through 
their derivatives until the final product C2C16 is 
reached in both cases, and here there is identity of 
product. 
The conclusion arrived at by Mialhe and Flou- 
rens appears to be that the four chlorinated hydro- 
chloric ethers all possess anesthetic properties ; and, 
as it would be difficult to separate them, they 
propose the use of the mixed ethers, consisting 
principally of the tri- and quadrichlorinated com- 
pounds, as an anesthetic, under the indefinite name 
of chlorinated muriatic ether. Since the time of 
Mialhe and Flourens’s experiments, the matter has 
been taken up again, and Dr. Taube (A. J. P., 
1880, 603, and 1881, 119) has proved the availa- 
bility as anesthetics of monochlorethylidene chlo- 
ride, CH3,CC13, and of monochlorethjdene chlo- 
ride, CH2C1,CHC12. 
The precise action of the various ethers upon the 
organism is at present unknown. The committee 
of the British Association found (Brit. Med. Journ., 
i., 1879) the ethene dichloride (“ formerly named 
ethylene dichloride, or Dutch liquid, C2H4C1„”) to 
cause convulsions in the lower animals ; whust E. 
T. Reichert (Phila. Med. Times, xi. 518) has found 
that the “ethylenedichloride” produces anaesthesia 
with the usual stages, and that, like chloroform, 
it depresses the heart and steadily lowers the arte- 
rial pressure. His experiments seem to show, how- 
ever, that its action upon the heart is much less 
powerful than that of chloroform, and in all of his 
trials the animal died of centric respiratory paraly- 
sis whilst the heart was still maintaining some de- 
gree of circulation. He believes, therefore, that it 
is a much safer agent than chloroform, ranking it 
between the latter and ether. It is evident that Dr. 
Reichert was not using the same agent as the Eng- 
lish committee were, but exactly what he did have 
is uncertain. 
The above bodies are produced sometimes on a 
considerable scale in the manufacture of chloral. 
A very variable mixture of the middle members 
of the series is at present an article of commerce 
under the name of Liquor ancestheticus. Another 
similar mixture containing the less chlorinated 
bodies is the AEther ancestheticus Aranii, boiling 
between 84° C. (183-2° F.) and 103° C. (217-4° F.). 
The JEther ancestheticus, Wiggers, contains the 
more highly chlorinated products. 
Ethylidene Chloride, Chlorinated Muriatic 
Ether, Ethydene Chloride (CH3,CHC12), is a color- 
less, very mobile, neutral liquid, having an aro- 
matic ethereal odor, and a hot, saccharine taste. It 
is sparingly soluble in water, but readily soluble in 
alcohol, ether, and most of the fixed and volatile 
oils. It is not inflammable, in which respect it 
agrees with chloroform. When purified it is a 
liquid somewhat resembling chloroform, of sp. gr. 
1-174 at 17° C., boiling at 60° C., and not miscible 
with water. It can be distinguished from chloro- 
form in that it combines with chlorine even in the 
dark, liberating hydrochloric acid. According to 
Flourens, its action is similar to that of chloroform. 
It has been studied to some extent by the British 
Association Committee {Brit. Med. Journ., 1879, 
i.), who believe it to be a most valuable anaesthetic, 
exerting little or no depressing effect upon the 
heart; but the work of the committee was not suf- 
ficiently thorough to be conclusive. Many years 
ago Snow used it on man, and gave judgment in 
its favor, and recently Binz has produced anaes- 
thesia with it in the same way satisfactorily, and 
thinks it increases the circulation (Lond. Med. 
Times and Gaz., 1879, i.) ; but Reeve finds (N. R., 
1880, 334) that in animals it lowers the arterial 
pressure, but does not suddenly paralyze the heart, 
as does chloroform. It is extremely probable that 
the liquid used by Dr. Reichert was this substance, 
and not the ethylene dichloride, as he thought. 
(See Ethylene Dichloride.) 
Within a very short time various other chlori- 
nated compounds have been brought forward as 
having anaesthetic virtues, of which those most de- 
serving of attention are probably methylene di- 
chloride and carbon tetrachloride. It will be more 
convenient to consider these under the general 
name at the head of this article, than to scatter 
them here and there according to the position of 
their titles in an alphabetical catalogue. 
Methylene Dichloride. Dichloro-methane. 
Bichloride of Methylene. CH2C12. This was in- 
troduced by B. W. Richardson, of London. It 
may be prepared by exposing to sunshine, in a 
glass globe, pure chlorine and gaseous methyl 
chloride. The globe has two lateral apertures for 
the admission of the gases, and below an open 
neck, which communicates with one of the tubu- 
lures of a Woulfe’s bottle, of which the other 
tubulure communicates by a bent tube with a sec- 
ond Woulfe’s bottle, and this by another bent tube 
with a flask. The second bottle is surrounded with 
ice, and the flask immersed in a freezing mixture, 
to condense the volatile products. The dichloride 
condenses in the flask in a pure state, while the 
contents of the two Woulfe’s bottles consist chiefly 
of chloroform. (Gmelin, vii. 288.) 
The methyl chloride may be made for this pur- 
pose by heating together 1 part of wood-spirit, 2 
parts of common salt, and 3 of sulphuric acid, and 
collecting the evolved gas over water, which re- 
tains the impurities. Methyl chloride is a color- 
less gas, having an ethereal odor and a sweetish 
taste. (G-melin.) Richardson found it to possess 
anaesthetic properties, but to be less manageable 
than the methylene dichloride. It has been since 
made more practically by reducing chloroform 
(trichlormethane) in alcoholic solution by zinc and 
by hydrochloric acid, the product being mixed with 
water ; the specifically heavier liquid separates and 
is purified by successive treatment with soda solu- 
tion, sulphuric acid, water, calcium chloride, and 
fractional distillation. 
Methylene dichloride is a colorless liquid, of an 
odor analogous to that of chloroform, of the sp. 1614 
Chlorinated Anaesthetic Compounds. 
PART II. 
gr. 1-844, and the boiling point 40° C. (104° F.). 
The density of its vapor is 3-0T2 (Gmelin), 2-937 
(Richardson). In its preparation the chlorine re- 
places one atom of hydrogen in the methyl chlo- 
ride ; thus converting the CH3C1 (methyl chloride) 
into CHjjClg (methylene dichloride). The vapor 
of the dichlonde does not, like that of chloroform, 
extinguish the flame of a taper, hut itself takes 
fire, burning with a brilliant flame, and yielding, 
as the result of its combustion, carbonic and hydro- 
chloric acids. Methylene dichloride mixes readily 
with absolute ether, and, as the boiling points of 
the two approach nearly, they volatilize evenly 
and equably. It is neutral to test-paper; and an 
acid reaction in any specimen would be an evi- 
dence of the presence of hydrochloric acid, and 
should preclude its use as a respiratory anassthetic. 
To prevent the generation of the acid, the liquid 
should be kept carefully secluded from the sun- 
light, and the addition of a small quantity of ab- 
solute alcohol is recommended. 
In his experiments upon the lower animals, 
Richardson found that methylene dichloride was a 
powerful anaesthetic, in which he believed he had 
discovered certain advantageous properties, making 
it practically more powerful than chloroform. He 
asserted that the narcotism is produced more rapidly 
and continued longer than when caused by other 
anaesthetics, passing off, however, with great sud- 
denness ; and that general muscular irritability is 
affected less by the dichloride than by other anaes- 
thetics ; also that its influence upon the respiration 
and circulation is more uniform and more equal 
than other anaesthetics. (Med. Times and Gaz., 
1867.) As the result of the paper of Dr. Richard- 
son, the dichloride was used as an anaesthetic by 
various English surgeons, also in Germany and 
America. 
Judging from its chemical constitution, methyl- 
ene dichloride, containing less chlorine than chlo- 
roform, should be the safer of the two agents. It 
may very well be that the deaths which have 
occurred from it have been due to the commercial 
drug being something else than it purported to 
be. Some years ago H. C. Wood had examined in 
the chemical laboratories of the University of 
Pennsylvania methylene dichloride, supplied by 
one of the most reputable of the English manufac- 
turing chemical firms, and sold as first quality. It 
contained, however, little or none of the methylene 
dichloride, and was largely chloroform. Gutzart 
states, as the result of examination of German 
specimens of the drug, that they are mixtures 
of alcohol, methylene dichloride, and chloroform 
in varying proportions. It seems even probable 
that Dr. Richardson did not have the pure article. 
The experiments of Geuther and Eichholz, and of 
Heymanns and Debuck (Arch, de Pharmacod., i.) 
show that the dichloride acts upon guinea-pigs and 
rabbits similarly to chloroform, but that chloro- 
form is twice as poisonous to the heart. It is pos- 
sible that methylene dichloride has advantages 
over chloroform, but the high price of the pure 
drug must interfere with its use. Any commercial 
article offered below price may be relied upon as 
impure. The quantity used by Richardson aver- 
aged a drachm (3-88 6m.) every five minutes. Ex- 
perience has shown the fallaciousness of the first 
estimates of its safety, as several deaths have been 
produced by it. (See British Med. Journ., Oct. 
1869 ; Dublin Quarterly Journ., Aug. 1870; P. J. 
Tr., 1871, 875.) Even the mixture of methylene 
dichloride and absolute ether, which Dr. Richard- 
son has introduced under the name of methylene 
ether (Med. Times and Gaz., ii. 1872; i. 1873), has 
caused death. (Phila. Med. Times, iii. 718 ; Med. 
Times and Gaz., July, 1873.) 
The methylene dichloride may be given inter- 
nally in the dose of from ten to thirty minims (0.62- 
1-85 6m.) or be given in dilute spirit. 
Carbon Tetrachloride. Tetrachlor-methane. 
Carbonei Tetrachloridum. Carboneum Chloratum. 
Chlorocarbon. Tetrachlorure de Carbone, Formene 
Perchlore,~F. Chlorkohlenstoff, G-. This substance, 
though discovered by Regnault so early as 1839, 
did not come into general notice until December, 
1865, when it was suggested as an anaesthetic by 
Simpson, of Edinburgh. (Med. Times and Gaz., 
Dec. 1865.) It had, however, been previously used 
as an anaesthetic by A. E. Sansom and John 
Harley, who experimented with it in 1864, and re- 
corded their experience in Sansom’s work on 
Chloroform, published in May, 1865. (B. and F. 
Med.-Chir. Rev., 1867, 551.) To procure it, dry 
chlorine is passed first through a bottle containing 
carbon disulphide, and then through a porcelain 
tube filled with pieces of porcelain and kept at a 
bright red heat. The vapors are condensed in a 
well-cooled receiver, forming a yellowish-red liquid, 
which is a mixture of carbon tetrachloride and sul- 
phur chloride. The sulphur chloride is removed 
by slowly adding the liquid to an excess of potash 
lye or milk of lime; the mixture being set aside, 
and agitated from time to time till the sulphur com- 
pound is decomposed, and then distilled. A recent 
patent claims that by heating together carbon di- 
sulphide and sulphur chloride, S2C12, in the pres- 
ence of small quantities of iron, carbon tetra- 
chloride is formed by the following reaction: 
CS2 -(- 2S2C12 = CC14 + 6S. There are other modes 
of preparing it, which may be found in Gmelin’s 
Handbook (vii. 356). By one of these chloroform 
is made to yield it by the substitution of an atom 
of chlorine for one of hydrogen; thus CHCla 
(chloroform) becomes CC14 (carbon tetrachloride). 
Carbon tetrachloride is a transparent colorless 
liquid, of the sp. gr. 1-599 (Regnault), boiling at 
77° C. (170-6° F.), with a vapor density 5-33, and 
an agreeable aromatic flavor. At 30° C. it solidi- 
fies to a crystalline mass. 
Its formula is CC14, and its derivation from me- 
thane or marsh gas is expressed in the term tetra- 
chlormethane. P. Smith describes its effects as 
follows. About half a drachm (1-85 Gm.) on a 
handkerchief was inhaled. The vapors had a 
quince-like odor, with a sense of coolness in the 
fauces, followed by a feeling of calmness and com- 
fort. A very rapid and fugacious anaesthesia was 
produced by a larger dose. Small doses of th e carbon 
tetrachloride caused in animals entire loss of power 
and consciousness, from which they soon recovered 
entirely; hut larger doses occasioned death ; the 
animal becoming first unconscious, then gradually 
ceasing to respire, and dying in eight minutes. 
The heart was not felt to beat after the breath had 
ceased. Similar experiments were performed by 
John Harley with essentially similar results. 
From numerous trials afterwards made on human 
subjects, the conclusion was arrived at, that the 
carbon tetrachloride may he usefully employed, by 
inhalation, for the relief of pain, especially head- 
ache, tic douloureux, toothache, dysmenorrhcea, etc., Chlorinated Potassa, Solution of.—Chromium. 
1615 
PART II. 
but the remedy has not come into practical use. 
Like all anaesthetics, carbon tetrachloride may de- 
stroy life if recklessly used. (Lancet, June 1, 8, 
and" 29, 1867.) 
Sir J. Y. Simpson says, of this anaesthetic, that 
the effects of its vapor approach near to those of 
chloroform, but its depressing influence on the 
heart is far greater, and, consequently, its employ- 
ment far more dangerous. Its vapor, applied to 
the eye by sprinkling a few drops on the hand, is 
asserted to be an effectual means of relieving some 
forms of conjunctivitis, ulceration of the cornea, pho- 
tophobia, etc. Injected subcutaneously, in the dose 
of from ten to twenty drops, it relieved pains in 
the walls of the chest and abdomen without sub- 
sequent nausea. Internally, Sir James tried it 
only in small doses in gastrodynia, in which it had 
the same effects as chloroform. (Med. Times and 
Gaz., 1865, 651.) 
CHLORINATED POTASSA, SOLUTION 
OF. Liquor Potasses Chlorinatce. Chlorure de 
Potasse, Fr. Chlorkalilosung, G. Javelle's Water. 
Eau de Javelle. This is prepared from potassium 
carbonate precisely as the solution of chlorinated 
soda from sodium carbonate, and probably has an 
analogous composition. (See Liquor Sodas Chlo- 
rates.) It is employed for taking out fruit-stains, 
etc., from linen. 
CHLORPHENOLS. CeH4C1.0H. By the 
action of chlorine upon phenol is produced a mix- 
ture of ortho- and parachlorphenol, and by con- 
tinued action trichlorphenol, CeH2Cl3.OH. Ortho- 
chlorphenol is a liquid boiling at 175° C. and 
solidifying at 7° C.; the parachlorphenol forms 
crystals melting at 37° C. and boiling at 217° C. 
Both have an unpleasant, penetrating odor. Tri- 
chlorphenol, (CgHgClgOH), which was discovered 
by Laurent, crystallizes in needles, which melt at 
68° C. (154-4° F.) and boil at 244° C. (471-2° F.). 
It is easily soluble in alcohol and ether. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Cech (Journ. f. 
Prakt. Ch., Bd. xxii.) was the first to show that a 
mixture of three isomers of monochlor- and tri- 
chlorphenols was an extremely active antiseptic, 
more powerful than carbolic acid ; but it is chiefly 
to Ivarpow, working in the laboratory of Prof. 
Nencki, that we are indebted for our knowledge 
of these subjects. This investigator found that 
metachlorphenol is poisonous to the rabbit, the 
minimum fatal dose being 1-08 Gm. per kilo- 
gramme, and the chief symptom violent clonic 
convulsions. He experimentally demonstrated that 
both orthochlor- and parachlorphenol escape with 
the urine, the urine becoming rapidly black- 
ish on exposure to air, in combination with sul- 
phuric acid and probably also with glyco-uronic 
acid; and confirmed the observations of M. Kiilz 
(Pfluger’s Archiv f. Physiol., Bd. xxx.) that the 
urine of dogs poisoned with the chlorphenols polar- 
izes to the left. It would appear almost cer- 
tain that the chlorphenols undergo at least partial 
decomposition in the organism, giving origin to 
hydroquinone, pyrocatechin, and other eduots 
found after poisoning with carbolic acid. The 
action of these chlorphenols upon the general 
system is probably practically that of phenol. 
As germicides these compounds were found by 
Nencki to be very active, the 2 per cent, solution 
being stronger than the 5 per cent, phenol solu- 
tion, and only a little weaker than the one- 
thousandth sublimate solution. 
In practical medicine chlorphenols have been 
used by Simanoffski, by Girard, and by others. Ac- 
cording to Girard, the 2 per cent, solution is irri- 
tant to the surlace of wounds, but Simanoffski 
asserts that even the 20 per cent, solution in 
glycerin is not irritant to mucous membranes. 
A. Spengler (Arch, des Sci. Biolog., vol. iv., 
1895-96) states that the parachlorphenol acts very 
energetically upon the tubercular bacillus; and 
that its 10 per cent, glycerin solution, applied lo- 
cally to the larynx, causes no irritation but an 
anaesthesia, which lasts some days, and is very ad- 
vantageous in the treatment of tubercular laryn- 
gitis. These statements have been confirmed by 
Simanoffski. The chlorphenols have been used in 
ozcena, gonorrhoea, ulceration, and various other 
surgical affections, and Girard affirms that a 1 per 
cent, solution affects wounds favorably, and that a 
2 per cent, solution affords an excellent method of 
sterilizing the instruments and hands of surgeons. 
The chlorsalols, the salicylic esters of chlorphe- 
nols, were also studied by Nencki and found to 
undergo decomposition in the intestines or system, 
the salicylic acid or its derivatives appearing in the 
urine. The antiseptic properties of these chlor- 
salols were found to be much greater than that of 
salol. Girard has used them in doses of from four 
to six grammes a day in cystitis and diarrhoea with 
excellent results. Passerini has employed them in 
phthisis and in bronchitis by means of an inhaling 
apparatus, in which fifteen drops are placed on a 
piece of cotton ; the patient inhaling with slow and 
deep inhalations from five to ten minutes daily. 
Usually at first some pulmonic irritation, and even 
for a day or two temporary exacerbation, occur, but 
the final results are said to he remarkable. 
CHROATOL. Terpin-iodo-hydrate, C10Hie. 
2HI, occurs in greenish-yellow crystals, having 
an aromatic odor; it is insoluble in water, soluble 
in alcohol and glycerin, slightly soluble in ether 
and chloroform. It has been used externally in 
the treatment of psoriasis and other skin diseases 
as a dusting powder or 10 per cent, ointment. 
CHROME YELLOW. Chromate of Lead. 
Lemon Yellow. Leipsic Yellow. Paris Yellow. 
PbCr04. This is the neutral lead chromate pre- 
pared by precipitating a solution of lead nitrate with 
potassium chromate. It is of a beautiful lemon- 
yellow color. The basic lead chromate (PbO, 
PbCr04) possesses a red color, and is sometimes 
used as a pigment. Chrome green is either the 
chromium sesquioxide or a mixture of chrome yel- 
low and Prussian blue. The chromates are often 
adulterated with lead sulphate. M. Duviller 
(Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1873, 114) detects this by 
heating one part of the suspected pigment with a 
mixture of from two to three parts of nitric acid, sp. 
gr. 1-420, one to two parts of water, and one-fourth 
part of alcohol. The chromate is all dissolved, but 
any sulphate present remains unaffected. Lead 
chromate has been used by bakers for giving a rich 
yellow coloring to buns; and there can be no 
doubt of its having produced fatal poisoning in a 
number of cases. Prof. John Marshall has shown 
that its exhibition in animals is followed by an 
absorption, which takes place very slowly and 
probably for the greater part in the intestinal tract, 
where the chromate enters the blood as sodium 
chromate; the lead, probably, as an albuminate. 
CHROMIUM. Chromium was discovered by 
Yauquelin in 1797. Its most common ore is the 1616 
Chrysarobini Oxidum.—Cinchonidinse Salicylas. 
PART II. 
chrome iron, consisting of ferrous oxide and 
chromium sesquioxide. This is not an abundant 
mineral, the principal source of supply being at 
present Asia Minor. Chromium is obtained by 
igniting its oxide in contact with charcoal with the 
aid of the electric arc. It is a brittle metal, of a 
grayish-white color like platinum, with some lustre, 
and very hard, so that it scratches glass. Its sp. 
gr. is 5-9, atomic weight 52'4, and symbol Cr. It 
does not change by exposure to the air, and is with 
difficulty attacked by the acids. It forms with 
oxygen five compounds : 1, the monoxide (CrO), 2, 
the sesquioxide (Cr„03), 3, the trioxide or chromic 
acid (Cr03). Of the two others, one may be con- 
sidered as a compound of the monoxide and sesqui- 
oxide (Cr0,Cr203), and the other, called per- 
chromic acid, is said to consist of two atoms of 
chromium and seven of oxygen (Cr207). Chro- 
mium combines with chlorine in two proportions, 
forming the dichloride and sesquichloride. The 
chief value of chromium in the arts is as the source 
of potassium bichromate and of pigments, although 
recently it has come into extensive use as an alloy, 
called ferro-chromium, for the manufacture of 
chrome steel and nickel-chrome steel. 
CHRYSAROBINI OXIDUM. Chrysarobin 
Oxide is a brownish-black powder, obtained by 
boiling chrysarobin in water with sodium per- 
oxide ; its 5 to 10 per cent, ointment has heen 
highly recommended by Unna in the treatment of 
facial, genital, and other forms of eczema for which 
chrysarobin is too irritating. It has no influence 
on dry eruptions. 
CICHORIUM INTYBUS. L. Chicory. Suc- 
cory. A perennial herbaceous composite plant, 
indigenous in Europe, but naturalized in this coun- 
try, where it grows in fields, and in roads along 
the fences, in neighborhoods which have been long 
settled. It is one or two feet high, with large, 
compound, beautifully blue flowers, which appear 
in July and August, and serve to distinguish the 
plant at first sight. The whole plant has a bitter 
taste, without acrimony or any very peculiar flavor. 
The taste is strongest in the root and weakest in 
the flowers. The leaves, when young and tender, 
are said to be sometimes eaten as salad in Europe. 
Chicory is gently tonic without being irritating, 
and is considered by some authors as aperient and 
deobstruent. The decoction (two ounces of root 
to a pint) is said to be useful, if freely taken, in 
hepatic congestion, and even in pulmonary con- 
sumption. 
The root is much used as a substitute for or 
adulterant of coffee. In preparing it, Dausse 
recommends that the dried root should be cut into 
rather large and equal pieces, which are to be 
roasted until they lose 140 out of 500 parts. The 
pieces are then easily ground in a mill, and afford 
a yellowish-brown powder. {Pharm. Centralb., 
1850, 688.) In France alone the annual consump- 
tion of chicory root amounted in 1860 to sixteen 
million pounds. For methods of detection in 
ground coffee, see P. J. Tr., 1867, 141 ; also Allen 
{Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed , vol. iii., part 2, 540), 
and Mr. J. R. Leebody {Chem. News, 1874, 243). 
A glucoside has been obtained from the blossoms 
of the Cichorium Intybus by Nietzki {Arch. 
Pharm., (3) 8, 327), to which the formula 032 
H34Oi9 is assigned. On boiling with dilute acids 
it yields glucose and a compound, C20H14O9. 
This decomposition product seems to exist in the 
blossoms ready formed along with the glucoside. 
The garden endive is a species of Cichorium, de- 
nominated C. endivia. 
CICUTA VIROSA. L. Water Hemlock. Cow- 
bane. Cigu'e Vireuse, Fr. Wasserschierling, Gr. 
A perennial, umbelliferous European plant, grow- 
ing on the borders of pools and streams. It is very 
poisonous to most animals which feed upon it, 
though said to be eaten with impunity by goats and 
sheep. According to Wikszemski, it acts upon 
frogs similarly to picrotoxin, at first stimulating the 
convulsive centres in the medulla and producing 
violent general spasms, and later causing general 
centric paralysis. (Dragendorff, Jahresbericht, 
1875, 494.) Upon man it operates as an acrid nar- 
cotic, producing vertigo, intoxication, and convul- 
sions, followed by general paralysis and death. 
(See Ibid.) Infusion of galls is recommended as an 
antidote, but should not be relied on to the exclu- 
sion of emetics. When the plant causes vomiting, 
as it frequently does, fatal effects are less apt to 
ensue. It is said to be less poisonous dried than 
fresh; Yan Ankum (Journ. Pract. Chem., 1868, 
105, 151) showed that the active principle was a 
resinous, chemically indifferent substance, to which 
the name cicutoxin has been given. Bohm (Archiv 
f. Exper. Path., v. 281) has since obtained this 
principle pure as a thick, tenacious, amorphous 
substance, of acid reaction, of slight odor but dis- 
agreeable taste. The dry root yielded about 3-6 per 
cent., the fresh 0 2 per cent., of cicutoxin. The 
presence of a volatile alkaloid resembling coniine, 
and termed cicutine, has been observed by Witt- 
stein and Buignet. The volatile oil, obtained 
by distillation, was found by Simon not to be 
poisonous. According to M. Julius Trapp, it is 
identical with the aromatic oil of cumin seeds. 
(Chem. Centralblatt, 1858, 414.) On the other 
hand, the alcoholic extract of the dried root operated 
as a violent poison upon animals. (Annal. der 
Pharm., xxxi. 258.) At present the plant is never 
used internally, and rarely externally as an ano- 
dyne poultice in local pains. 
Cicuta maculata, L., American water hemlock, 
Musquash root, Beaver poison, Spotted cowbane, 
which grows in meadows and on the borders of 
streams throughout the United States, is closely 
analogous, in botanical character and in effects, to 
the European species. In several instances chil- 
dren have been fatally poisoned by eating its root. 
This consists of several oblong, fleshy tubers, some- 
times as long as the finger, spreading out from the 
base of the stem, and having a smell and taste not 
unlike those of parsnip. For microscopic exami- 
nation of plant, see A. J. P., July, 1891. Cicuta 
has been strongly lauded as a specific in nervous 
and sick headache {Proc. A. P. A., 1858, 253), but 
is rarely if ever used. Mr. J. E. Young found in 
the seeds an organic alkaloid supposed to be iden- 
tical with coniine. (A. J. P., xxvii. 294, confirmed 
by R. Glenk, A. J. P., 1891, 328.) 
In poisoning by either of these species of Cicuta, 
free vomiting should be induced as speedily as 
possible, and symptoms met as they arise. 
CINCHONIDINiE SALICYLAS. Cinchoni- 
dine Salicylate. C,9H22N2O.C7He03. This salt 
occurs in needles soluble at 18° C. in 766 parts of 
water. It is capable of producing physiologically 
the action of the quinine salts, and no doubt is a 
powerful antiperiodic, inferior, however, to the 
ordinary preparations of the alkaloid. It has been PART II. 
Citrophen.— Coal Tar. 
1617 
recommended and considerably used as a specific in 
chronic and subacute rheumatism, in doses of from 
fifteen to twenty grains (0-971-1-29 Gm.) a day, 
best given in pill or capsule. 
CITROPHEN. C3H4(OH)(CONH.CgH4OC2 
H5)3. This compound of citric acid and jo-phene- 
tidin originated with Roos. It is a white crystal- 
line powder, soluble in forty parts of water. It is 
used as an antipyretic, also in migraine and neu- 
ralgia. Dose, from ten to fifteen grains (0-65-1 
Gm.). 
CIVET. Zibethum. Civette, Fr. Zibeth, G. 
This is an odorous substance, obtained from two 
animals of the genus Viverra; the V. civetta or 
civet cat of Africa, and the V. zibetha, which in- 
habits the East Indies. It is secreted in a cavity 
opening between the anus and external genitals, 
and is collected from animals confined for the pur- 
pose. It is semi-liquid, unctuous, yellowish, be- 
coming brown and thicker by exposure to the air, 
of a very strong, peculiar odor, similar to that of 
musk, though less agreeable and less diffusible, 
and of a bitterish, subacrid, disagreeable, fatty 
taste. When heated it becomes quite fluid, and at 
a higher temperature takes fire and burns with a 
clear flame, leaving little residue. It is insoluble 
in water, and only slightly soluble in ether and 
cold alcohol; but heated alcohol dissolves it almost 
entirely, depositing it again upon cooling. It con- 
tains, among other ingredients, a volatile oil, fat, 
and free ammonia. In medicine it was formerly 
employed in lieu of castor and musk; it is now 
used exclusively as a perfume. For analyses of 
commercial samples, see P. J. Tr.. 1897, 101. 
CLEMATIS ERECTA. L. (Now C. recta. L.) 
Upright Virgin’s Bower. Clematite, Fr. Waldrebe, 
G. A perennial European plant. The leaves and 
flowers have an acrid, burning taste. When 
bruised in a mortar they irritate the eyes and 
throat, giving rise to a flow of tears and to cough- 
ing ; and applied to the skin they produce inflam- 
mation and vesication; hence their old name of 
jlammula Jovis. The acrimony is greatly dimin- 
ished by drying. Storck found this clematis to be 
diuretic and diaphoretic, in doses of from one to 
two grains (0 064-0-129 Gm.) of the extract a day, 
or from thirty to forty grains (1-94-2-59 Gm.) of 
the leaves given in infusion three times a day; 
and to be useful, locally and internally, in syphi- 
litic, cancerous, and other foul ulcers. 
Other species of Clematis have the same acrid 
properties ; among these C. jlammula, L., or sweet- 
scented virgin’s bower, which, though a native of 
Europe, is cultivated in our gardens, C. vitalba, L., 
or traveller's joy, also a native of Europe, and 
’ several indigenous species, of which C. virginiana, 
L., or common virgin's bower, C. viorna, L., or 
leather flower, and C. crispa, L., have been used as 
substitutes for C. erecta, L. All these are climb- 
ing plants. Rochebrune (Toxicol. Africaine, i.) 
affirms that he has found in C. jlammula, L., an 
alkaloid, clematine, two milligrammes of which 
will produce in the guinea-pig copious and fre- 
quent urination, general tremors, great disturb- 
ance of respiration, feebleness and intermittency 
of the heart-beat, followed in seven minutes by 
convulsions ending in coma and death. 
From the bruised roots and stems of C. vitalba, 
L., boiled for a few moments in water to diminish 
their acrimony, and then digested in sweet oil for 
a little while, is made a preparation used locally 
in Europe for the itch. Twelve or fifteen applica- 
tions are said to be usually sufficient. M. Gaube 
has found in this species an alkaloid, also named 
clematine, which forms with sulphuric acid a salt 
crystallizable in six-sided needles; also an acrid 
volatile oil analogous to mezereon in its properties, 
tannic acid, mucilage, and earthy salts. (Journ. 
de Pharm., Aout, 1869 ) 
CNICUS ARVENSIS. Hoflfm. (Carduus ar- 
vensis. (L.) Robs.) Canada Thistle. This indige- 
nous, composite plant, to which have been attrib- 
uted diaphoretic, emetic, and tonic properties, 
according to Herman J. Pierce (A. J. P., lxviii., 
1896) contains a volatile alkaloid. 
COAL TAR. When bituminous coal is sub- 
jected to dry distillation, besides the incondensible 
gases which serve for lighting, and the charcoal 
left behind as coke, which is a valuable fuel, there 
are formed, through the reactions between the dis- 
engaged principles of the coal, numerous other 
products, necessarily more or less varying in char- 
acter and amount, not only according to the kind 
of coal used, but also with the varying circum- 
stances of the decomposing process. Most of these 
newly formed bodies, all of which are volatile, are 
condensed into a dark thick liquid or semi-liquid 
substance called coal tar. Formerly this was con- 
sidered as refuse matter, but from it are now pre- 
pared substances of great value in the arts and in 
medicine. Our purpose is to give a condensed view 
of these substances. For greater details, see A. J. 
P., vol. xxxiii., 39, 129, 245; also Lunge, Coal-Tar 
and Ammonia, 2d ed., London, 1887. The com- 
position of coal tar varies considerably with the 
temperature at which the distillation of the coal is 
effected, the yield of solid bodies and of gases 
being larger when the temperature is higher, 
while at a lower temperature the liquid portion of 
the tar is in increased amount. When coal tar is 
submitted to distillation and rectification, it yields 
the following products, solids, liquids, and gases, 
in variable proportion : 
1. Solids. Naphthalene, C10Hg, methyl-naph- 
thalene, C11H10, acetyl-naphthalene and diphenyl, 
Ci2Hi0, fluorene, C13H10, anthracene and phenan- 
threne, C14H1(j, fluoranthene, C16H10, methyl-an- 
thracene, C16H1o, retene, C,eH,„, chrysene, C19 
H12, pyrene, CieH10, picene, C22H14, and carbazoi, 
2. Liquids. These may be neutral hydrocarbons, 
acids, and ethers of the same, or bases. Th& neutral 
hydrocarbons are benzene, CeHe, toluene, C7H8, 
methyl-toluene, and iso-xylene, C8H10, pseudocu- 
mene, and mesitylene, C9H12, cymene, C10H14. 
The acid constituents are phenol, CgHeO, ortho- 
cresol, paracresol, and metacresol, C7H80, phlorol, 
CgHjA), rosolic acid, C20H1803, pyrocatechin, 
C-He02, and creosote, consisling of the methyl 
ethers of pyrocatechin and its homologues, C7H802, 
C8H1002, and CgHjoOg. There are also pres- 
ent, probably in combination with the ammonia 
of the ammoniacal liquor, acetic, butyric, car- 
bonic, hydrocyanic, sulphocyanic, and hydrosul- 
phuric acids. The bases are ammonia, NH3, 
methylamine, CH3,NH„, ethylamine, C2H6,NH„, 
phenylaminej C6He,NH2, pyridine, C8H5N, 
picoline, CeH8N, lutidine, C7H0N, collidine, 
C8HnN, leucoline, C0H7N, iridoline, C10II9N, 
cryptidine, C,1H11N, acridine, C12H0N, cori- 
dine, C10H16N, rubidine, Ci:iH17N, and viridine, 
-®i9N. 1618 
Cobalt.—Cochlearia Officinalis. 
PART II. 
3. Oases. (1) Illuminating gases. Acetylene, 
C2H2, ethylene, C2H4, propylene, C3IIe, butylene, 
C4Ha, allylene, C3II4, crotonylene, C4He, terene, 
CbH8, and vapors of benzene, CeH8, styrolene, 
CgHg, naphtalin, Ci0H8, methyl-naphtalin, 
CijHjo* fluorene, C13li10, fluoranthene, C16H10, 
hexane, CeH14, heptane, (J7H16, and octane, C8H,8. 
(2) Heating and diluting gases. Hydrogen, Id2, 
marsh-gas (methane), CH4, carbon monoxide, CO. 
(3) Impurities. Carbon dioxide, COg, ammonia, 
NHo, cyanogen, (CN)„, methyl cyanide, CH3,CN, 
sulpnocyanic acid, CN,SH, hydrogen sulphide, 
H2S, carbon disulphide, CS2, carbon oxysulphide, 
COS, and nitrogen, N2. 
COBALT. (Co. 58-6.) This not very abundant 
metal is usually found associated with arsenic, and 
is rarely used in its pure condition in medicine or 
pharmacy. It occurs as smaltine or tin-white co- 
balt, cobalt glance, or sulpharsenate; cobalt bloom, 
erythrine, or arsenate; earthy cobalt or wad, a 
mixture of cobaltous oxide and black manganese 
oxide, and spiess cobalt, (Co,Ni,Fe) As2. 
Spiess cobalt is frequently employed as the 
source of cobalt salts, and the substance called in 
commerce zaffre is an impure cobalt arsenate, made 
by simply roasting the crude cobalt ores or cal- 
cining them, with access of air, and is used to give 
a blue color to glass, enamels, and pottery glaze. 
The native ore is frequently found in commerce 
under the name of fly-stone, and is used for poison- 
ing flies, by roughly grinding it and putting a 
small quantity in a saucer with sweetened water. 
Smalt is the common name used for glass colored 
by fusing with oxide of cobalt, producing a blue 
pigment, for coloring glass, etc. The soluble salts 
of cobalt, particularly the chloride and sulphocya- 
nate, have been used to impregnate paper, etc., 
giving it ordinarily a pink tint, indicative of the 
presence of moisture, while on elevation of tem- 
perature and drying the color changes to blue. 
Advantage has been taken of this fact to produce 
the so-called barometer paper. 
COBALT BLUE. This beautiful pigment is a 
compound of cobalt oxide and alumina, obtained 
by precipitating the mixed solution of a salt of 
alumina and of cobalt by means of an alkali, and 
washing, drying, and strongly calcining the pre- 
cipitate. (Berzelius.) The cobalt blue of Thenard 
is made by heating together the hydrated cobalt 
subphosphate and alumina hydrate. It is used in 
painting. A cobalt oxide, prepared by precipi- 
tating the chloride with potassa, has been em- 
ployed in rheumatism. It is emetic in the dose of 
10 or 20 grains (0-647 or 1-3 Gm.). The salts of 
the metal are irritant poisons. 
COBWEB. Spiders' Web. Tela Araneae. 
Spiders’ webs were formerly much used in head- 
ache, hectic fever, asthma, hysteria, and nervous 
irritation, but probably acted solely through the 
imagination. Dose, from ten to twenty grains pro 
renata. (SeeLancet, 1867.) Spiders’ web is useful 
as a styptic, especially after extraction of teeth, 
the socket being stuffed full of the web. 
COCCULUS. Cocculus Indicus. Cogue du Le- 
vant, Fr. Kokkelskorner, Fischkorner, G. Indian 
Berries. Fish Berries.—Menispermum Cocculus. 
Linn.—Anamirta Cocculus. Wight, and Arn.— 
Cocculus suberosus. D. C. (Now Anamirta pani- 
culata. Colebr.) (Nat. ord. Menispermaceas.) 
This is a climbing shrub, with a suberose or corky 
hark ; having thick, coriaceous, smooth, shining, 
roundish or cordate leaves, sometimes truncate at 
the base, and the flowers in lateral compound 
racemes. It is a native of the Malabar Coast, 
and of Eastern Insular and Continental India. 
By Roxburgh it was proved to be one source of 
Cocculus, which is, however, probably derived also 
from other plants, notably from the Cocculus plu- 
kenetii, D. C. (now Pachygone ovata, Miers.), of 
Malabar, and C. lacunosus, D. C. (now Anamirta 
paniculata, Colebr.Lof Celebes and the Moluccas. 
It was known to the Arabian physicians, and was 
imported into Europe from the Levant, from which 
circumstance it was called Cocculus levanticus. 
It is now brought exclusively from the East Indies. 
Properties, etc. Cocculus indicus, as found in 
the shops, is roundish, somewhat kidney-shaped, 
about as large as a pea; having a thin, dry, 
blackish, wrinkled exterior coat, within which is a 
ligneous bivalvular shell, enclosing a whitish, oily, 
very bitter kernel. It is without smell, but has an 
intensely and permanently bitter taste. It bears 
some resemblance to the bayberry, but is not quite 
so large, and may be distinguished by the fact that 
in the Cocculus indicus the kernel never wholly 
fills the shell. "When the fruit is kept long, the 
shell is sometimes almost emptj-. The Edinburgh 
College directed that “ the kernels should fill at 
ieast two-thirds of the fruit.” M. Boullay dis- 
covered in the kernel picrotoxin. 
A tincture of Cocculus indicus is sometimes used, 
made by macerating the ground fruit in diluted 
alcohol two weeks, in the proportion of four ounces 
in a pint. For Procter’s formula for preparing a 
fluid extract, seeZ7. S. D., 17th ed., or A. J. P., 1863. 
Cocculus indicus is used in India and elsewhere 
to stupefy fishes. Its powder, mixed with oil, is 
locally employed in the East Indies in obstinate 
cutaneous affections. An ointment of it has been 
used in tinea capitis, and to destroy vermin in the 
hair. Death in a child six years old, preceded by 
tetanic spasms and extremely contracted pupil, 
resulted from the application of a strong tincture 
of the fruit to the scalp. [Med. Exam., N. S., viii. 
227.) It should be used with great caution when 
the surface is abraded. For cases of poisoning, 
see Sozinsky, Phila.. Med. News, Nov. 3, 1886 ; 
Mitchell, Therapeutics, Philadelphia, 1850; T. 
F. Haynes, Phila. Med. Times, vol. xiv. 748. 
Moderate doses produce vertigo, weakness, and 
headache ; after large doses there are violent head- 
ache, vomiting, and furious epileptiform convul- 
sions. (See Picrotoxinum, Pakt I.) 
COCHLEARIA OFFICINALIS. L. Com- 
mon Scurvy-grass. Herba. Cochlearice, P. G. Herbe 
au Scorbut, Fr. Loffelkraut, G. Spoonwort. This 
is an annual or biennial cruciferous plant, sending 
up early in the spring a tuft of radical leaves, 
which are heart-shaped, roundish, of a deep 
shining green color, and supported on long foot- 
stalks. The leaves of the stem are alternate, 
oblong, somewhat sinuate, the lower petiolate, the 
upper sessile. The stem is erect, branched, angu- 
lar, six or eight inches high, and bears, at the 
extremity of the branches, numerous white cruci- 
form peduncled flowers in thick clusters. The 
fruit is a roundish two-celled pod, containing 
numerous seeds. The whole plant is smooth and 
succulent. It is a native of the northern countries 
of Europe as well as the United States. The 
whole herb is active. It has, when fresh, a 
pungent, unpleasant odor if bruised, and a warm, PART II. 
Coeillana Bark.—Codoeline Polycarpa. 
1619 
acrid, bitter taste. These properties are lost by 
drying. They are imparted to water and alcohol 
by maceration, are retained by the expressed juice, 
and probably depend on a peculiar volatile oil, 
which is separable in very small quantity by dis- 
tillation with water, and is probably produced by 
reaction between a fixed principle in the plant and 
water, under the influence of my rosin acting as a 
ferment. (Chem. Centralb., 1856, 124.) The oil 
was at first supposed to be identical with the oil 
of mustard, and, later, Geiseler gave its formula 
(C3H6)?CS. (See A. J. P., 1859, 416.) The boil- 
ing point, according to A. W. Hofmann, is 
about 160° C. (320° F.) ; while that of mustard oil 
is 147° C. (296-6° F.). (Chem. Neivs, 1869, 286.) 
According to Hofmann, the oil is a mustard oil of 
the butvlic series, having the formula C6H9NS = 
C4H9,CSN. Hofmann has made it synthetically. 
Common scurvy-grass is gently stimulant, aperi- 
ent, and diuretic. It is highly celebrated as a 
remedy in scurvy, and has been recommended 
in chronic rheumatism. The fresh plant may be 
eaten as a salad, or used in the form of infusion in 
water or wine ; the expressed juice has also been 
used. 
COCILLANA BARK. The bark of a number 
of species of Guarea (nat. ord. Meliacese) has in 
former times attracted attention on account of 
its asserted purgative and emetic properties. A 
species related to Guarea trichiloides, L., is sup- 
posed to yield cocillana. (A. J. P., 1890, 178; 
Bull. Pharm., 1893, 350.) The bark of this large 
Bolivian tree, which was discovered by Prof. 
Rusby, is believed by him (T. G., 1888) to contain 
an alkaloid; hut by Dr. John W. Eckfeldt (Med. 
Bull., 1891) its active principle is thought to be a 
glucoside. In doses of from twenty to fifty grains 
(1-29-3-2 Gm.) the bark causes vomiting, with 
prostration and some purging; also, it is said, 
much sneezing, dull frontal headache, and dis- 
charge from the nasal mucous membrane. The 
therapeutic action of the drug resembles that of 
ipecacuanha, although as an expectorant it is some- 
what more stimulant. (See N. Y. Med. Journ., 
Dec. 1889, and April, 1890.) It has been used in 
acute and subacute bronchitis, bronchial pneumonia, 
phthisis, etc., with asserted success. Dose of the 
fluid extract, from ten to twenty-five drops (0'49- 
1-23 C.c.) every three or four hours. 
COCO-NUT OIL. Cocoa-nut Oil. Cocoa-nut 
Butter. Oleum Cocos, P. G. Oleum Cocois. Beurre 
de Coco, Fr. Kokosnussol, G. This must not be 
confounded with the fixed oil of the chocolate nut, 
which is often called cocoa-butter. (See Part I.) 
The substance here considered is the fixed oil of 
the coco-nut, which is the fruit of a species of 
palm, Cocos nucifera, L., universally known as 
the coco-nut tree, or cocoa-nut tree. The oil is 
obtained either by expression or decoction. It is 
of a fine white color, of the consistence of lard 
at ordinary temperatures, becoming solid, like 
suet, between 40° F. and 50° F., and liquid at 
about 80° F., of a bland taste, and a peculiar, not 
disagreeable odor. It is readily dissolved by alco- 
hol. It contains large quantities of the glycerides 
of myristie and lauric acids, with smaller quan- 
tities of the glycerides of palmitic and oleic acids. 
It has also been found to contain several volatile 
acids, as caproic, caprylic, and capric acids. (Lew- 
kowitsch, Chemical Analyses of Oils, Fats, and. 
Waxes, 2d ed., 1898, 538.) 
The oil has been used for various purposes in 
medicine and pharmacy. It has been employed as 
a substitute for cod-liver oil, especially in the form 
of a proprietary preparation, coco-olein. In Ger- 
many it has been used in pharmacy, to a consid- 
erable extent, as a substitute for lard, to which, 
according to Pettenkofer, it is preferable on ac- 
count of its less tendency to rancidity, its more 
ready absorption when rubbed on the surface of the 
body, and its less liability to produce chemical 
changes in the substances with which it is asso- 
ciated. Thus, the ointment of potassium iodide, 
when it is made with lard, becomes yellow in a 
few days ; while, if made with coco-nut oil, it re- 
mains unchanged for two months or more. Vege- 
table substances also keep better in ointment pre- 
pared with this oil than with lard. Besides, it 
takes up one-third more water, which is a useful 
quality when it is desirable to apply saline solu- 
tions externally. To prepare it for use, nothing 
more is ordinarily necessary than to melt it at a 
moderate heat, and strain it through linen. If col- 
ored, it may he digested with powdered animal 
charcoal, and subsequently filtered through paper. 
(A. J. P., xxix. 331.) Coco-nut oil is employed 
in the manufacture of soap, particularly of the 
transparent varieties, and the so-called “ marine 
soaps” and filled soaps ; it is also largely used for 
giving firmness to the ordinary soap; this prop- 
erty also permits of the addition of a large quan- 
tity of water to the soap. Unfortunately, coco-nut 
oil soap is very apt to contain free caprylic acid ; 
and the persistent rancid odor, resembling that of 
infants’ vomit, left upon the skin after washing 
with its soap is an effectual bar to its very extended 
use. The exportations of coco-nut oil from Ceylon 
amount to 15,000 tons annually, from British India 
to 4000 to 6000 tons, and from the Dutch Indies to 
1300 tons per annum. Besides the oil itself, the 
dried pulp of the coco-nut is sent to European 
markets in large amounts under the name of copra. 
The export of copra from Ceylon amounts to 5000 
tons annually, from Tahiti to 4000 tons, from 
Samoa to 3000 tons, and from Singapore to 4000 
tons. 
According to Dr. Parisi, the endocarp or meat 
of the coco-nut is a powerful tsenicide. The pa- 
tient should drink the milk and then eat the flesh 
of the nut. The coco-nut is said to be largely 
used in India as a vermifuge, and the matter ap- 
pears to have practical importance. 
CCELOCLINE POLYCARPA. A. D. C. 
Unona polycarpa. De Cand. (Now Xylopia poly- 
carpa, Oliver.) Berberin Tree. Yellow-dye Tree of 
Soudan. This small tree, of the nat. ord. Ano- 
nacese, growing in Soudan, Sierra Leone, and cer- 
tain parts of Western Africa, was described by 
Dr. William F. Daniell. (P. J. Tr., Feb. 1857.) 
When wounded, the tree exudes a juice which 
produces a yellow stain upon linen that cannot be 
washed out. The epidermis of the bark is greenish 
gray, interrupted by occasional blackish patches ; 
the inner layers are of a golden yellow, and very 
fibrous, so that they can be separated in ribbon- 
like bands. The bark is moderately but disagree- 
ably bitter, and stains the saliva yellow. Water 
extracts its color and bitterness. Dr. Stenhouse 
has ascertained that it contains berberine. The 
bark is much used in Africa for dyeing yellow. 
In Sierra Leone it is employed topically, in pow- 
der or decoction, for obstinate ulcers. 1620 
Coix Lacryma.—Condurango. 
PART IL 
COIX LACRYMA. L. (Now C. Lacryma-Jobi. 
L.) Job's Tears. A graminaceous plant, whose 
very hard fruit is used as beads. 
COLCHICINE. C22H26N06. Salts of this al- 
kaloid have been used to some extent in the treat- 
ment of rheumatic affections. Colchicine tannate 
is a yellow powder, containing 38 per cent, of col- 
chicine, which may be given in doses of from 0 001 
to 0-004 Gm. Colchicince salicylas, Colchisal, Col- 
chicine salicylate, is a yellow amorphous powder, 
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. It has been 
alleged to be of especial value in the treatment of 
rheumatism and gout, as combining the activities 
of its constituents. It is plain, however, that the 
amount of salicylic acid in it is too small to influ- 
ence the system. The pure colchicine salicylate is 
scarcely a commercial article; the liquid prepara- 
tion sold under that name by French manufac- 
turers is of unknown constitution. Dose of pure 
salicylate, from to of a grain (0-0005-0-002 
Gm.) three or four times a day. 
COLLIN SON IA CANADENSIS. L. Horse- 
weed. Horse-balm. Richweed. Heal-all. Stone- 
root. Knot-root. Knob-weed. Guerit tout, Baume 
de Cheval, Fr. Collinsonie, G. An indigenous 
labiate plant, with a perennial, knotty root, and 
an herbaceous simple stem, about two feet high, 
furnished with two or three pairs of broad cordate- 
ovate, smooth leaves, and terminating in a panicle 
of yellow flowers in branched racemes. The flow- 
ers are diandrous and monogynous, with a labiate 
calyx and corolla, the latter of which has the 
lower lip fringed. The plant grows in woods from 
Canada to the Carolinas, and flowers from July to 
September. The whole plant has a strong disa- 
greeable odor, and a warm pungent taste. C. N. 
Lochman (A. J. P., 1885, 228) found in the root a 
resin, tannin, starch, mucilage, and wax ; in the 
leaves resin, tannin, wax, and volatile oil. It is 
considered tonic, astringent, diaphoretic, and diu- 
retic ; and the root, in substance, is said to irritate 
the stomach, and produce vomiting, even in small 
doses. A decoction of the fresh root has been used 
in catarrh of the bladder, leucorrhoea, gravel, dropsy, 
and other complaints; and the leaves are applied 
by the country-people, as cataplasm or fomenta- 
tion, to wounds and bruises, and in internal ab- 
dominal pains. 
COLUBRINA. Mabee bark, yielded by the 
Colubrina reclinata, Brongn. (now Ceanothus recli- 
natus, L’Herit.), of South America, has been ana- 
lyzed by Messrs. Elborne and Wilson, who find in 
it a glucoside. It is used in the West Indies as a 
stomachic. (See P. J. Tr., April 11, 1885.) 
COLUTEA ARBORESCENS. L. Bladder 
Senna. Baguenaudier, Sene Indigene, Fr. Falsche 
Senna, G. A leguminous shrub growing sponta- 
neously in the southern and eastern parts of Eu- 
rope, and cultivated in gardens as an ornamental 
plant. Its leaves are pinnate, consisting of from 
three to five pairs of leaflets, with an odd one at 
the end. The leaflets are obovate, slightly emar- 
ginate, smooth, and of a deep green color on the 
upper surface, grayish green and somewhat pubes- 
cent beneath. The flowers are yellow, and the 
fruit vesicular, whence the plant derived its vulgar 
name. The leaflets are purgative, and in some 
parts of Europe are used as a substitute for senna, 
which is said to be sometimes adulterated with 
them. Barbey (P. J. Tr., 1895, 261) isolated co- 
luteic acid, which occurs in white crystals, insolu- 
ble in water, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and 
carbon disulphide. Bladder senna is compara- 
tively very feeble. It is administered in infusion 
or decoction, of which the dose is about half a 
pint, containing the virtues of from one to three 
ounces of the leaves. 
COLZA OIL. This is an oil expressed from the 
seed of the Brassica campestris, L., or field cabbage, 
a cruciferous plant which grows wild through the 
greater part of Europe, and is largely cultivated in 
France and Germany for the sake of the oil ob- 
tained by expression from its seeds. Colza oil is 
used in Europe as a burning oil, as a lubricating 
oil, and, after purification by heating with starch, 
as a table oil. The raw oil has a sp. gr. of 0-915, 
and the refined oil 0-9136. Chilled to —4° C., 
stearin separates out, and at —6° C. it becomes a 
yellowish buttery mass. The oil contains the glyce- 
rides of stearic, erucic (or brassic acid, C22H4202), 
arid an oleic acid differing in some respects from 
ordinary oleic acid. It also contains a small 
amount of some sulphur compound not as yet inves- 
tigated. The total consumption of rape and colza 
oil in Europe is estimated at from 280,000 to 300,000 
tons per annum. For analysis of commercial sam- 
ples, see Chem. and Drug., 1894, 140. 
COMMELINA. Under the name of Yerba del 
Polio, the Commelina tuberosa, Linn., is said to be 
very largely used in Mexico in the treatment of 
internal hemorrhage, especially from the womb. 
From thirty to sixty grains (1-9-3-8 Gm.) of the 
extract may be taken in the course of one day. (See 
A. J. P., 1897, 290.) The North American species, 
Commelina communis, L., has also had haemostatic 
properties attributed to it. For chemical and 
microscopical study, see A. J. P., July, 1898. 
COMPTONIA ASPLENIFOLIA. Gaertn. 
(Now C. peregrina. (L.) Coulter.) Sweet Fern. 
Ferngale. Meadow-fern. (Nat. ord. Myricaceae.) 
A shrubby indigenous plant, named from the re- 
semblance of its leaves to the spleenwort fern. It 
grows in thin sandy or stony woods, from Nova 
Scotia to North Carolina and Michigan. All 
parts of it possess a resinous spicy odor. Mr. B. T. 
Chiles has found in it tannic and gallic acids, vola- 
tile oil, extractive, gum, resin, and a substance re- 
sembling saponin. (A. J. P., xlv. 306.) H. K. 
Bowman found it to contain 8-20 per cent, of tan- 
nin. (A. J. P., 1869, 193.]) It is said to be tonic 
and astringent; its decoction is used in diarrhoea. 
CONDURANGO. Cundurango. Cortex Con- 
durango, P.G. This drug some years ago attracted 
a great deal of attention as a reputed remedy in 
cancerous disease, but further experience has de- 
monstrated its uselessness. It appears, however, to 
be used largely in South America as an alterative 
in chronic syphilis, has been recognized by the Ger- 
man Pharmacopoeia, and merits a brief notice here. 
According to an official investigation [At Report on 
the Origin and Therapeutic Properties of Cundu- 
rango. By Dr. Ruschenberger, Washington, 1873) 
made by Passed Assistant Surgeon Jos. G. Ayers, 
U. S. N., there are at least ten different plants 
known in the republic of Colombia as condurango. 
The variety which has been used in cancer, and which 
may be considered as genuine condurango, is the 
condurango bianco, the product of an asclepiadace- 
ous vine from ten to thirty feet in length and from 
one to two inches in diameter. The plant, which 
has been named Pseusmagenuetus equatorium, is the 
Gonolobus cundurango, Triana, and now the Mars- PART II. 
Conioselinum Canadense.—Convolvulus Panduratus. 
1621 
denia cundurango, Rchb. fil. The bark is prepared 
by pounding the stem with a mallet, to separate it, 
and then drying it in the sun. It is from one-six- 
teenth to one-sixth of an inch thick, with a smooth 
external surface of an ash-gray color, diversified 
with greenish and blackish lichens. When dried 
on the stem the bark has a darker color. Dr. 
Thomas Antisell (A. J. P., xliii. 289) found in it 
tannin, extractive matter, and a yellow resin, to 
which he attributes whatever of virtue the plant 
may contain. Dr. Vulpius (P. J. Tr., 1066) has 
found in it condurangin, a substance very closely 
allied to vincetoxin of Tanret, and, like it, con- 
verted by warming when in concentrated solution 
into a tolerably stiff jelly. Dor Barthe’s method 
of isolating it, see A. J. P., 1892, 640. Carrara 
(A. J. P., 1892) obtained from the so-called con- 
durangin of commerce two principles : one insolu- 
ble in water, soluble in benzene, a light, almost 
white, powder, melting at from 60°-61° C., and 
of the composition C20H32Oe; the other soluble 
in water, of yellowish color, melting at 134° C., 
and of the formula C18H2807. Both compounds 
are decomposed by acids, yielding a brown pitchy 
substance, insoluble in water. Condurango bianco 
seems to have little or no positive physiological 
action. Gianuzzi and Bufalini, indeed, affirm that 
it is a convulsant, like strychnine, but Dr. Lau- 
der Brunton has shown (Journ. of Physiol., vol. 
v ) that it has no action upon frogs or rabbits 
unless the unfiltered solution be injected into the 
jugular vein, and it would seem probable that 
the convulsions seen by the Italian observers were 
the result of cerebral embolisms. Nevertheless, 
Prof. Kobert found condurangin to be a violent 
poison, causing convulsions followed by paralysis ; 
he believes it to be a mixture of several prin- 
ciples. (Schmidt's Jahrb., 1889, No. 9.) Dr. H. 
Chiriboga states that two or three drachms of it 
taken by himself in the form of decoction produced 
considerable activity of the circulation, copious 
diaphoresis, increased secretion of urine, and even 
some vertigo and disturbance of vision. Under the 
name of Guayaquil condurango a drug has appeared 
in the European markets composed of pieces of 
bark and fragments of woody branches, believed 
to be derived from an asclepiadaceous plant closely 
related to the genus Gonolobus. Mexican condu- 
rango is composed of split stems or thin adherent 
bark, and is thought to be yielded by an Aristolo- 
chia. For full description, see Pharm. Rundschau, 
May, 1888. 
CONIOSELINUM CANADENSE. H. G. 
Selinum Canadense. Michx. (Now Conioselinum 
Chinense. (L.) B. S. P.) Hemlock Parsley. This 
plant grows in swamps in the northern parts of the 
United States and in Canada. (See Edin. Med. 
Journ., 1865, 1106.) It is occasionally used in 
dysentery. 
CONNARUS AFR1CANUS. G. F. W. Mey. 
(Now C. guianensis. Lamb.) Seribele. The seeds 
and root bark of this plant (nat. ord. Connaraceae), 
from French Guinea, are used as taenifuges ; two 
ounces of the seeds in decoction, without straining. 
(Maclaud, P. J. Tr., 1896, 243.) 
CONTRAYERVA. Contrayerva. Contrayerve, 
Fr. Bezoarwurzel, Giftwurzel, G. The root of 
Dorstenia Contrayerva, L., of the nat. ord. Urti- 
caceae, a native of Mexico, the West Indies, and 
Peru. According to Pereira and Dr. Martius, the 
contrayerva of the shops is the product of D. 
Brasiliensis, Lam., and is brought from Brazil. 
The term contrayerba, in the language of the 
Spanish Americans, signifies counterpoison or anti- 
dote, and was applied to this root under the impres- 
sion that it had the property of counteracting all 
kinds of poison. The probability is that the root 
sold as contrayerva is derived from several species 
of Dorstenia, among which, besides D. Contrayerva, 
two others are mentioned by Dr. Houston, D. Hous- 
toni, L. (now D. Contrayerva, L.), and D. Drakena, 
L., the former growing near Campeachy, the latter 
near Vera Cruz. 
The root, as found in commerce, is oblong, an 
inch or two in length, of varying thickness, very 
hard, rough, and solid, of a reddish-brown color 
externally, and pale within; and has numerous, 
long, slender, yellowish fibres attached to its in- 
ferior part. The odor is aromatic ; the taste warm, 
slightly bitterish, and pungent. The fibres have 
less taste and smell than the tuberous portion. The 
sensible properties are extracted by alcohol and 
boiling water. The decoction is highly mucilagi- 
nous. The tincture reddens infusion of litmus, 
and lets fall a precipitate on the addition of water. 
Mussi (L. Orosi, 1894, 259) investigated this plant 
and found two substances, which he calls provi- 
sionally cajapine and contrayerbine. Contrayerva 
is a stimulant tonic and diaphoretic, and has been 
given in low fevers, typhoid dysentery, and diar- 
rhoea, and other diseases requiring gentle stimula- 
tion. Dose, of powdered root, half a drachm 
(1-94 Gm.). 
CONVALLARIA POLYGONATUM. Linn. 
(Polygonatum unijlorum, Gilib. ; now P. officinale, 
All.) Solomon’s Seal. Sceau de Salomon, Genou- 
illet, Fr. Weisswurzel, Salomon's Siegel, G. (Nat. 
ord. Liliacese.) A perennial, herbaceous European 
plant, whose root is inodorous. It is said to be 
emetic. In former times it was used externally in 
bruises, especially those about the eyes, in tumors, 
wounds, and cutaneous emiptions, and was highly 
esteemed as a cosmetic. At present it is not em- 
ployed. The berries and flowers are said to be acrid 
and poisonous. C. multiflora, L. (Polygonatum 
multiflorum, All.), which grows both in this coun- 
try and in Europe, is analogous to the preceding in 
properties. (See Dr. John H. Rauch, Inaug. Essay, 
1849.) 
CONVOLVULUS PANDURATUS. L. 
(Now Ipomoea pandurata (L.), Meyer.) Wild Po- 
tato. Man-root. Man of the Earth. Wild Jalap. 
The wild potato plant has a perennial root, and 
a round, purplish, procumbent or climbing stem, 
which twines around neighboring objects, and 
grows sometimes twelve feet in height. The leaves, 
which stand alternately on long petioles, are broad, 
heart-shaped at the base, entire or lobed on the sides 
like a guitar or violin, somewhat acuminate, deep 
green on the upper surface, and paler beneath. The 
flowers are in fascicles, upon long axillary pedun- 
cles. The calyx is smooth and awnless ; the corolla 
tubular, campanulate, very large, white at the bor- 
der, but purplish red at the base. The plant is in- 
digenous, growing throughout the United States 
in sandy fields and along fences, and flowering 
from June to August. A variety with double 
flowers is cultivated in the gardens for the sake 
of ornament. The root, which was the official 
part, is very large, two or three feet in length, 
about three inches thick, branched at the bottom, 
externally of a brownish-yellow color, and full of 1622 
Copal. 
PART II. 
longitudinal fissures, internally whitish and milky, 
and of a somewhat acrid taste. The wild potato 
is feebly cathartic and diuretic. [N. Y. Journ. of 
Med., x. 375), useful in strangury and calculous 
complaints. Forty grains (2-59 Gm.) of the dried 
root are said to purge gently. 
COPAL. A resinous substance, brought from 
the East Indies, South America, and the eastern and 
western coasts of Africa, but most abundantly from 
the first mentioned source. It is the concrete juice 
of different trees, and is furnished by exudation. 
The East India copal has been ascribed to the Va- 
teria Indica, L. (nat. ord. Dipterocarpese), the Elce- 
ocarpus copaliferus, Betz, (now Vateria acuminata, 
Hayne), and the Brazilian, by Martius and Hayne, 
probably with reason, to different species of Hy- 
mensea. (Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) There are some 
grounds for believing that the East India copal is 
also the product of a Hymenaea ; at least a speci- 
men of this resin was collected by M. Perottet from 
the Hymenaea verrucosa, Hornem. (now Trachylo- 
bium Hornemannianum, Hayne), which he found 
growing in the Isle of Bourbon. This tree is a 
native of Madagascar, and probably of the neigh- 
boring parts of Africa ; and M. Perottet was in- 
formed that the copal of India is taken thither 
by the Arabs of Muscat, who obtain it from the 
east coast of Africa. [Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., i. 
406.) It is stated by James Vaughan, who was 
stationed as army surgeon at Aden in Arabia, 
that copal is taken to that port from the African 
coast, opposite the island of Zanzibar, where it is 
said to be dug up from the earth. [Pharm. Journ., 
xii. 385.) Col. Playfair, British consul at Zanzi- 
bar, has sent to the Kew Museum specimens of the 
bark of a tree, with the resin in situ, and speci- 
mens of the collected resin, and of the fruit of the 
tree, which leave little doubt that the Zanzibar 
copal is obtained from the Hymenaea Mozambicensis. 
[Trachylobium mossambicense, Klotzsch. ; now T. 
Hornemannianum, Hayne.) In a communication 
from John Kirk, dated Zanzibar, March 20, 
1865, it is stated that the smooth copal exported 
from that region is obtained from the Trachylobium 
mossambicense, Klotzsch. (now T. Hornemannia- 
num., Hayne), a small tree or bush, distinguished 
by its rounded head of glossy leaves, with groups 
of white flowers at the ends of the branches. The 
trunk and limbs are covered with a clear resinous 
exudation, portions of which, after solidifying, 
drop to the ground and are collected, while other 
portions are broken from the tree. This kind of 
resin is always smooth, and is exported to India. 
Another variety, with an indented goose-flesh sur- 
face, known in the English market as anime, is 
dug from the earth, and, though the product of 
forests now extinct, originated probably from the 
same tree. (P. J. Tr., 1869,654.) W. F. Daniell 
(P. J. Tr., xvi. 369 and 423) has given an account 
of several varieties of copal produced on the coast 
and interior parts of Western Africa, from Sierra 
Leone to Angola and Benguela. Those from 
Sierra Leone, which are most highly valued for 
their superior hardness and transparency, are 
said by Dr. Daniell to be derived from the 
Guibourtia copallifera of Bennett (now Copaifera 
Guibourtiana, Benth.), a large leguminous tree, 
growing preferably in mountainous regions, and 
very nearly related, botanically, to the Hy- 
mencece which produce copal in other regions. 
The drug is mostly collected, not from the tree 
itself, but from the beds and borders of streams, 
into which it is washed down, during the rains, 
from the hill-sides, in the soil of which it had been 
deposited. Copal varies in appearance and prop- 
erties as procured from different sources. It is in 
roundish, irregular, or flaitish pieces, often rough 
over the surface, probably from the impression of 
sand in its soft state, colorless, yellowish, or brown- 
ish yellow, more or less transparent, very hard, 
with a shining, conchoidal fracture, inodorous and 
tasteless, of a sp. gr. varying from 1-045 to 1-139, 
insoluble in alcohol, partially soluble in ether, 
and slightly so in oil of turpentine. Some vari- 
eties unite with alcohol, if suspended in its vapor 
while boiling. By heat it melts and emits gases, 
loses from 15 to 20 per cent, of weight, and is 
altered so as to become soluble in ether, alcohol, 
and oil of turpentine, and in this way copal var- 
nishes are usually made. It is not a proximate 
principle, but consists of various resins united in 
different proportions. According to Unverdorben 
and Filhol, some five different resins can be ob- 
tained by the successive action of solvents. On 
the distillation of copal, an oil is obtained of the 
composition C10Hie, boiling at from 160°-165° C., 
and sp. gr 0-965, together with an oxygenated oil, 
showing it to have arisen from the oxidation of 
various terpenes, The East India or Afri- 
can copal is described by Mr. Schindler as of a 
globular form, softer and more transparent than the 
other varieties, with a surface always clear, and 
having an agreeable smell when heated. It is 
readily and freely dissolved by the oils of turpen- 
tine and rosemary when pure, but not bv these 
fluids when rendered resinous by age. It is more 
readily fusible than the others, and makes the best 
varnish. The West India copal is in flat pieces, 
seldom weighing more than three ounces, rarely 
containing insects, very hard, of a rough appear- 
ance, of a yellowish color, and without smell or 
taste. It is much less readily dissolved by oil of 
turpentine than the East India variety, swells but 
does not dissolve in oil of rosemary, and is slightly 
soluble in absolute alcohol. A third kind, probably 
also American, is in convex or concave pieces, about 
a pound in weight, often containing insects and 
other impurities. In solubility it resembles the last- 
mentioned variety, in fusibility is intermediate 
between it and the East Indian, and is altogether 
inferior. (P. J. Tr., 1850.) The African or Sierra 
Leone copal is described by Daniell as occurring 
“ in small round tears, or irregular conical and 
smooth nodulated masses, seldom exceeding in size 
an ordinary duck egg. They are covered, to a 
greater or less extent, by a peculiar white efflo- 
rescence, which increases by age. Their color 
graduates from a pale green to a lemon or dull 
yellow.” (Ibid., xvi. 369.) Welwitsch states that 
this drug is mostly found in sandy soil, in the 
hilly districts, along the whole coast of Angola, 
where its prevalence coincides with that of Adan- 
sonia digitata, L. (Nat. ord. Malvaceae.) It is 
dug from the earth, or found in spots where it 
has been collected by the washing of the rains, or 
laid bare by earth-falls ; and the quantity annually 
collected in this region, and exported from Ben- 
guela, from 1850 to 1860, was 1,600,000 pounds. 
The surface, like that described by Daniell, is cov- 
ered with a whitish earthy crust, sometimes exhibit- 
ing veins or net-work, probably produced by attri- 
tion in their conveyance by floods. (A. J. P., 1866.) PART II. 
Copper, Black Oxide of.— Corallin. 
1623 
Inhabane copal has been shown to be the product 
of Copaifera Gorskiana, Benth. (nat. ord. Legumi- 
nosse), and seeds sent to Kew Gardens in 1886 ger- 
minated, and the plant has been widely introduced 
into both the East and West Indies, and into Aus- 
tralia. (P. J. Tr., xix. 508.) 
Crude and scraped copal are known in the 
market; the former of a dull opaque appearance 
externally, the latter much clearer and more trans- 
parent, in consequence of being deprived of its 
outer coat. The process of scraping is said to con- 
sist in the removal of the exterior portion by means 
of an alkaline solution, which readily dissolves 
copal. This resin is used chiefly in making var- 
nishes. H. Violette states (A. J. P., 1863, 140) 
that certain varieties of copal used for varnish, 
which are not naturally soluble in ether, oil of tur- 
pentine, benzin, petroleum, etc., become soluble in 
these menstrua, whether cold or hot, by being 
heated in close vessels to the temperature of from 
350° to 400° F., and thus yield excellent varnishes 
without loss of matter ; and the same resin, heated 
as above with one-third of linseed oil and three- 
fourths of oil of turpentine, gives directly a clear, 
limpid, slightly yellowish varnish, fit for the most 
delicate uses. (Journ. dePharm., 4e ser., iv. 284.) 
Edison found aniline oil a good solvent for copal. 
COPPER, BLACK OXIDE OF. Cuprum 
Oxydatum, P. G. Oxyde de Cuivre, Safran de Venus, 
Fr. Kupferoxyd, G. Cupric oxide, CuO, is ob- 
tained most conveniently by heating to redness the 
nitrate. This oxide, in the form of ointment, made 
by mixing four parts with thirty of lard, has been 
locally used twice a day to remove chronic indura- 
tions of the glands. (Hoppe, Ann. de Therap., 1855.) 
COPTIS. Goldthread. Coptide, Fr. Gelbe 
(Kleinste) Niesswurz, G. The slender, bright yel- 
low root of the indigenous creeping plant Coptis tri- 
folia (L.), Salisb., was formerly official in the U. 
S. Pharmacopoeia. The plant belongs to the Ra- 
nunculacese ; the leaves, which stand on long slen- 
der footstalks, are ternate, with firm, rounded or 
obovate, sessile leaflets, having an acute base, a 
lobed and acuminately crenate margin, and a 
smooth veined surface. The flower-stem is slen- 
der, round, rather longer than the leaves, and sur- 
mounted by one small white flower, with, a minute 
mucronate bract beneath it. The five or six cadu- 
cous petals are oblong, concave, and white; the 
nectaries inversely conical, hollow, and yellow at 
the top. The stamens have capillary filaments 
and globose anthers. The carpels are from five to 
eight, stipitate, oblong, compressed, and support 
short recurved styles, with acute stigmas. The 
follicles, which diverge in a star-like form, are 
pedicelled, compressed, beaked, and contain numer- 
ous black seeds attached to the inner side. The 
goldihread inhabits the northern region of this con- 
tinent and of Asia, and is found in Greenland and 
Iceland. It delights in the dark shady swamps 
and cold morasses of northern latitudes and alpine 
regions, and abounds in Canada and in the hilly 
districts of the Northern United States. 
Dried goldthread, as brought into the market, is 
in loosely matted masses, consisting of the long, 
thread-like, orange-yellow roots, frequently inter- 
laced, and mingled with the leaves and stems of the 
plant. It is without smell, and has a purely bitter 
taste, unattended with aroma or astringency. It 
imparts a bitterness and yellow color to water and 
alcohol, but most perfectly to the latter, with which 
it forms a bright yellow tincture. The infusion is 
precipitated by silver nitrate and lead acetate. 
(Bigelow.) It affords no evidence of containing 
either resin, gum, or tannin. The plant undoubt- 
edly contains berberine, which, according to Prof. 
F. F. Mayer (A. J. P., 1863) and Mr. E. Z. Gross 
[Ibid., 1873), is associated with another alkaloid. 
Mr. Gross states that coptine differs from berberine 
in its colorless crystals, and by forming with potas- 
sium iodohydrargyrate a crystalline instead of floc- 
culent precipitate. (See also paper by John J. 
Schulz, A. J. P., 1884, 261.) Mr. C. W. Burr 
detected starch in Coptis trifolia. (A. J. P., 1884, 
31.) Goldthread is a simple tonic bitter, bearing 
a close resemblance to quassia in its mode of action, 
and applicable to all cases in which that medicine 
is prescribed, though, from its higher price, not 
likely to come into general use as a substitute. In 
Hew England it is employed as a local application 
in aphthous ulcerations of the mouth ; but it prob- 
ably has no other virtues in this complaint than 
such as are common to the simple bitters. It may 
be given in substance, infusion, or tincture. The 
dose of the powder is from ten to thirty grains, of 
a tincture made with an ounce of the root to a 
pint of diluted alcohol, one fluidrachm. 
The Coptis Teeta of Wallich, which grows in 
the mountainous regions bordering on Assam, is 
much used as a tonic by the natives and by the 
Chinese. It is analogous in properties to C. tri- 
folia, and is said to contain 8J per cent, of ber- 
berine. It has been brought into use in British 
India. It is highly commended by Mr. Twining 
as a stomachic tonic. (P. J. Tr., 1870, 161.) Coptis 
anemoncefolia (Lieb. and Zucc.) is said to contain 
berberine, and has been used in Japan in intestinal 
catarrh. (Sei-i-Kwai, 1892.) 
CORAL. Corail, Fr. Koralle, G. The solid 
mesodermal calcareous skeletons of the coral 
polyps, anthozoa, were formerly used in medicine, 
but have passed out of vogue. Their chief con- 
stituent is calcium carbonate, colored by ferric 
oxide, and united with more or less animal matter. 
CORALLIN. Pceonin. A coloring or dyeing 
material, derived from rosolic acid or aurin (CJ9 
H1403), which is itself derived from carbolic acid 
or phenol by the joint action of sulphuric and 
oxalic acids upon it. It is formed by exposing 
together rosolic acid and alcoholic ammonia to a 
heat of 149° C. (300° F.), and is considered to be 
an intermediate product between pararosaniline 
and pararosolic acid. A solid substance is thus 
obtained, in scales of a peony redness, with re- 
flected green or dull yellow rays, almost insoluble 
in water, soluble in alcohol and the fixed oils. 
Dr. Ambrose Tardieu, having met with some ex- 
traordinary cases of a severe vesicular eruption 
upon the feet, attended with violent inflammation 
and swelling, and with general febrile symptoms, 
attributed to the wearing of red socks, found that 
these socks yielded nothing to water, cold or hot, 
feebly acidulated or alkaline, but did give up 
their red coloring matter to boiling alcohol of 85°. 
By evaporating the alcoholic solution thus made, 
an extract was obtained, which, on being injected 
in alcoholic solution into the areolar tissue of a 
dog, rabbit, and frog, produced death in all: in the 
frog in four hours, in the dog after thirty-six 
hours, and in the rabbit later; the two latter ani- 
mals having been copiously and almost incessantly 
purged. An alcoholic solution of pure corallin 1624 
Corallorhiza Odontorhiza.— Coriaria Myrtifolia. 
was then injected into animals as before, with the 
same result. A dog was killed by twenty centi- 
grammes (about three grains), a rabbit by half 
the quantity, and a frog by five centigrammes, or 
less than a grain. In the dog and rabbit there 
was violent purgation, with intense fever and pro- 
gressive prostration, and the leg of the side in 
which the injection had been made was very pain- 
ful. After death the neighborhood of the wound 
was found suppurating, the stomach sound, and 
the intestines distended, with signs of violent in- 
flammation of the mucous membrane; the liver 
presented evidences of fatty degeneration ; and the 
lungs appeared as if dyed by the scarlet coloring 
matter. M. Roussin succeeded in extracting a por- 
tion of the coloring matter from the lungs and 
liver, and dyeing with it a skein of silk. These 
experiments are very interesting from a medico- 
legal point of view; as corallin might be readily 
detected in this way, if at any time, accidentally 
or otherwise, the cause of fatal results. Hitherto 
the effects on the human subject have been con- 
fined to the painful cutaneous affection, which has 
been so satisfactorily traced to contact of the skin 
with the silk fabrics dyed with it; but even in 
these cases there were serious constitutional symp- 
toms, as fever, headache, giddiness, and nausea. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 1859, 262.) 
Local poisoning may be caused by aniline red as 
well as by corallin: the two colors may be distin- 
guished in tissues. Aniline red disappears very 
rapidly by contact with ammonia; but the color 
reappears by the addition of an acid, or by the 
evaporation of the alkali. Corallin red is not dis- 
solved by cold water, yields a slight color to boiling 
water, but rapidly disappears from the tissue under 
the action of boiling alcohol. Alkalies brighten 
the color without changing it; acids precipitate the 
coloring matter in yellow flakes. (Ibid., 1869, 371.) 
Some observers later than Tardieu believe that 
pure corallin is not poisonous, and that the symp- 
toms have been produced by arsenic or other con- 
taminating substances. (See Med. Times and Gaz., 
1869, 421; P. J. Tr., 2d ser., xi. 360; also New 
York Med. Journ., 1870, 599 ; N. R., i. 288.) 
CORALLORHIZA ODONTORHIZA. 
(Willd.) Nutt. Coral-root. (Nat. ord. Orchida- 
cese.) This is a parasitic leafless herb, sending up 
from a coral-like rhizome a simple scape or flower- 
stem, from six to sixteen inches high, furnished 
with sheaths instead ot leaves, of a light brown or 
purplish color, and bearing small, greenish-brown 
flowers in a long spike. The plant grows through- 
out the United States east of the Mississippi. The 
rhizome is the part used. It is much branched 
and toothed, and of a brown color, and from its 
resemblance to coral gave name to the plant. It 
has- a strong peculiar odor, and an astringent 
bitterish taste. It is much valued by the “eclec- 
tics” as an energetic diaphoretic, destitute of gen- 
eral stimulant properties. It is given in fevers; 
dose of powder, thirty grains (1-94 Gm.) every two 
hours. 
CORDOL. Salol Tribromide, CeH4.OHCOO.C6 
H2Br3. A white, tasteless, and odorless powder, 
insoluble in water, ether, and alcohol, freely soluble 
in chloroform and glacial acetic acid. Cordyl or 
acetyl tribromsalol is insoluble in water, and occurs 
in the form of fine white needles. Cordeine or 
methyl tribromsalol occurs in small white crvstals, 
which are insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol 
and chloroform. Cordol, cordyl, and cordeine are 
said to be hypnotics which have the advantage of 
being almost tasteless. The dose of either is from 
eight to fifteen grains (0-5-1 6m.). 
CORIARIA MYRT1FOLIA. L. Currier's 
Sumach. Redoul, Sumach des Corroyeurs, Fr. 
Gerberstrauch, G. (Nat. ord. Coriarieae.) This is 
a shrub growing wild in Southern Europe, which is 
sometimes cultivated in gardens on account of its 
handsome foliage. The leaves, which are used for 
dyeing black, were at one time employed to a con- 
siderable extent in France in the adulteration of 
senna. The fruit, resembling berries in form, are 
black, and about the size of a pea. Both these and 
the leaves are poisonous in large doses, and several 
instances of death are on record from eating the 
fruit. (Merat and De Lens.) M. Riban has discov- 
ered in the fruit coriamyrtin. This is in the form 
of white crystals, inodorous, excessively bitter, and 
extremely poisonous. It fuses at 220° C., and crys- 
tallizes again on cooling. It is but slightly soluble 
in water, hot or cold, but freely so in alcohol, ether, 
chloroform, and benzol. Its composition is repre- 
sented by the formula CaoII36010. It ranks with 
the glucosides, as when boiled with diluted hydro- 
chloric acid at least three decomposition products 
are formed, of which one separates in yellow flocks, 
while the solution reduces alkaline copper solu- 
tions. About three grains caused in a dog vomit- 
ing, severe convulsions, and death in an hour and 
a quarter. M. Riban obtained it by treating the 
juice of the fresh or an infusion of the dried fruit 
and leaves at first with lead acetate, then with 
hydrogen sulphide to throw down the lead, con- 
centrating the filtered liquid to a syrupy consist- 
ence, and agitating this with ether, which extracted 
the poison, and yielded it on evaporation. (Journ. 
de Pharm., 1864, 487.) 
Toot-poison. Tu-tu. In New Zealand a poisonous 
plant, known as the toot-plant, has proved very de- 
structive to the domestic animals. W. Lauder 
Lindsay found it to be the Coriaria ruscifolia of 
Linnaeus (C. sarmentosa, Forst. ?),and in its ac- 
tion on the system to be an irritant narcotic. For 
an elaborate account of the toot-plant, and its poi- 
sonous effects, see Brit, and For. Med.-Chir. 
Rev. (1865, 153, and 1868, 465). From these it 
appears that more than one species of Coriaria 
inhabit New Zealand, C. thymifolia, Humb. et 
Bonpl., and C. angustissima, Hook, f., besides the 
ruscifolia; though Lindsay appears to think that 
the two former may be merely varieties of the 
third. It is not only cattle that are poisoned by 
the plant, hut not infrequently also children, 
and occasionally even an adult. The cattle are 
probably, in general, poisoned by eating the young 
shoots. It has been conjectured that the same 
narcotic principle found in C. myrtifolia (coria- 
myrtin) is that which renders the New Zealand 
species poisonous. W. S. Key has found an oil 
in it, to which he attributes the poisonous quali- 
ties. (Chem. News, 1870, xxii. 315.) It is affirmed 
by T. H. Hustwick (P. J. Tr., 22, vol. xv.) 
that goats are not poisoned by the tu-tu, and 
have even been used to eradicate the plant by 
browsing; also that the berries when ripe are not 
only not poisonous to man, hut, if care is taken to 
reject the seeds, are a grateful and refreshing fruit. 
The prominent symptoms of the poisoning in man 
are giddiness, stupor, and coma, with or without 
delirium or convulsions. Occasionally the delirium 
PART II. PART II. 
Cork.—Cornus. 
1625 
resembles that of alcoholic intoxication, in other 
instances approaches that of acute mania, and is 
attended with violent muscular action. Loss of 
memory is characteristic of the convalescence. 
CORK. Suber, Lat. Liege, Fr. The great use 
made of this substance in pharmacy and the arts 
justifies a brief notice of it. Though in general as- 
cribed exclusively to the Quercus Suber, L. (now Q. 
Ilex, L.) (nat. ord. Cupuliferse), a large oak grow- 
ing in Spain, the south of France, north of Italy, 
Algeria, and some of the Mediterranean islands, 
it is said by M. Casimir de Candolle to be obtained 
also for commercial purposes from another species, 
the Q. occidental^, F. Gay, growing in the south- 
west of France and in Portugal. It consists of 
the exterior layers of the bark beneath the epi- 
dermis, which acquire in these species an extraor- 
dinary development, becoming thick, and of that 
peculiar spongy consistence which characterizes 
cork. The tree begins to yield cork when fifteen 
or sixteen years old, and every six or eight years 
furnishes a fresh supply* even for a century and a 
half, before it perishes ; that interval of time being 
required for the renewal of the suberose layers by 
the living portions of the bark beneath. There 
are four constituent layers of the bark: the epi- 
dermis, within this the cork, next the cellular 
envelope, and lastly the liber which lies upon the 
wood. Each of these increases year by year ; but 
the cork thus naturally produced is not valued. 
The commercial product is obtained by an artificial 
process. The exterior layers are removed, and the 
liber exposed. In the interior of this, at a variable 
distance from the surface, a layer of the proper 
cork is now formed, apparently by a change in the 
substance of the liber, the outer portions of which 
perish, while annually a new layer is added to the 
cork already existing, until it acquires a thickness 
which will justify its removal. Incisions are made 
in such a way that the cork is removed in large 
concave plates, which are then flattened under 
pressure, and dried. 
In selecting cork for use, those parts should be 
preferred which are soft and of uniform consistence ; 
and in the choice of the larger plates those should 
be selected which are thick, flexible, elastic, finely 
porous, and of a reddish color. Boiling hot alcohol 
extracts from rasped cork tissue some 10 per cent, 
of soluble principles. From the hot alcohol solu- 
tion a substance crystallizes which was first noticed 
by Chevreul under the name of cerin. According 
to Kugler (Dissertation on Suberin, Halle, 1884), 
besides cellulose and lignin, cork contains two con- 
stituents, cerin, to which he gives the formula 
C20H32O, and suberin, which is a fat, and contains 
stearic acid and phellonic acid, C22H4203. This 
constituent, suberin, prevents the penetration of 
liquid into the cork, and is only completely ex- 
tracted by alcoholic potash. When treated with 
nitric acid, cork yields a peculiar acid, which has 
been denominated suberic acid. This is a dibasic 
acid homologous with oxalic acid, and has the for- 
mula C8H1404. It is formed by the oxidation of 
many other suostances, such as the oils from lin- 
seed, castor bean, cocoa-nut, and almond, sperma- 
ceti, etc. 
M. Stanislaus Martin has called attention in 
France to the use of refuse corks in Paris, where 
they are collected by the scavengers, and sold to 
persons whose business it is to revive them ; recut- 
ting such as are of unsuitable shape, filling up the 
vacuities with mastic, and covering them over with 
some powder which may give them a fresh and 
proper appearance. In consequence of the high 
price of cork, those which are thus prepared over 
again are said to he used in the bottling of bever- 
ages. Corks are sometimes bleached with sulphur- 
ous acid, and the odor of hydrogen sulphide has 
been noticed in prescriptions which have been com- 
pounded, when such corks have been used in the 
dispensing bottle. (P. J. Tr., 1881, 1080.) Mohr 
has found that old corks may be regenerated by 
allowing them to soak for twenty-four hours in 
hot water, washing well several times, allowing to 
stand for a few hours in a mixture of one part of 
hydrochloric acid and fifteen parts of hot water, 
and finally washing well in pure water. (See also 
A. J. P., 1875, 467.) It is easy to conceive that a 
cork at one time used to enclose arsenical or other 
deadly solution may become saturated with the 
poison, and afterwards impart enough of it to 
another liquid, if not to produce dangerous effects 
on the health, at least to give to tests evidence of 
its presence, and thus lead to serious suspicions. 
No cork, therefore, which has been used in a bottle 
containing a poisonous substance should be em- 
ployed a second time. 
CORNUS. Dogwood. Ecorce de Cornouiller a 
grandes Fleurs, Fr. Orossbluthige Cornelrinde, G. 
Under the name of cornus, the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia formerly recognized ihe bark of the root of 
the Cornus florida, L. (Nat. ord. Corn ace*.) This is 
the only American species of the genus which at- 
tains the size of a tree, reaching at times the height 
of thirty-five feet. It is especially characterized by 
its greenish flowers, which are collected in a head 
or close cluster, and surrounded by a large, showy, 
four-leaved, corolla-like, white involucre; and by 
its bright red fruit. These flower-clusters are ex- 
traordinarily showy in the months of May and 
June, and are commonly spoken of as “flowers.” 
The fruit, an oval drupe of a vivid glossy redness, 
usually ripens in September. 
The bark of two other indigenous dogwoods is 
sometimes substituted for that of C. florida, L. 
Each of these is a shrub with opposite leaves, the 
flowers in flat spreading cymes, and the fruit 
globular and blue. C. circinata, L’Her., is further 
distinguished by its branches being greenish and 
warty; its leaves round-oval, abruptly pointed, 
and woolly underneath. C. sericea, L. (now C. 
amomum, Mill.), is to be recognized by its purplish 
branches, and the branchlets, stalks, and lower 
surface of the elliptical pointed leaves being silky 
and downy. 
These dogwoods are found in all portions of the 
United States east of the Mississippi, being most 
abundant in the Middle States, and finally disap- 
pearing southward and northward. 
Dogwood bark was used many j’ears ago as an 
antiperiodic in intermittent fever, but it is only a 
feeble, astringent tonic. Formerly from one to two 
ounces of the powder were given in the interval 
between the paroxysms of intermittent fever, and 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia recognized the fluid ex- 
tract, and gave in the edition of 1880 the following 
formula for its production: “Cornus, in No. 60 
powder, one hundred grammes [or fifty ounces 
av.] ; Glycerin, twenty grammes [or seven and a 
half fluidounces] ; Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient 
quantity, To make one hundred cubic centimeters 
[or three pints]. Mix the Glycerin with eighty 1626 
Cornutinii dims.—Cory dolus Formosa. 
PART II. 
grammes [or forty-one fluidounces] of Diluted 
Alcohol. Moisten the powder with thirty grammes 
[or fifteen fluidounces] of the mixture, and pack it 
firmly in a cylindrical perolator ; then add enough 
of the menstruum to saturate the powder and leave 
a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to 
drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, 
and, having closely covered the percolator, macer- 
ate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the percola- 
tion to proceed, gradually adding, first, the re- 
mainder of the menstruum, and afterward, Diluted 
Alcohol, until the Cornus is exhausted. Reserve 
the first eighty-five cubic centimeters [or forty 
fluidounces] of the percolate, and evaporate the 
remainder to a soft extract; dissolve this in the 
reserved portion, and add enough Diluted Alcohol 
to make the Fluid Extract measure one hundred 
cubic centimeters [or three pints].” The dose of 
this fluid extract was from half a fluidrachm to a 
fluidrachm (T85-3-7 C.c.). 
CORNUTINII CITRAS. Cornutine Citrate. 
Cornutine citrate of commerce is a blackish-brown 
powder. According to Robert, Lewitzky, Krohl, 
and others, the alkaloid cornutine is the active 
principle of ergot. For practical purposes the 
citrate is preferable on account of the difficulty of 
solution of cornutine. Lewitzky affirms that, in 
doses of from one-twelfth to one-sixth grain, cor- 
nutine administered by the mouth is very active 
and certain in its influence upon uterine contrac- 
tion and in congestive and hemorrhagic metritis. 
These statements are confirmed by Thompson and 
Krohl. Meisel alleges that it is a powerful remedy 
in the treatment of hemorrhage and of paralytic 
spermatorrhoea. The citrate may be given hypo- 
dermically. 
CORONILLA SCORPIOIDES. Koch. In 
1886 (Nancy Thesis) Cardot announced that the 
Coronilla Scorpioides, Koch, a papilionaceous plant 
of South France, is an active cardiac poison. In 
1889 Schlagdenhauffen and Reeb (Revue Gen. 
Clin. Therap., July, 1889) isolated a glucoside, 
coronillin, to which they assigned the formula 
It was a yellowish powder, soluble in 
water, acetone, and amylic alcohol; slightly solu- 
ble in chloroform and ether. Heated with diluted 
hydrochloric acid an amorphous resin was sepa- 
rated, coronillein. This also occurs as a yellow 
powder, but is not bitter to taste. It is insoluble 
in water, but dissolves in alcohol, acetone, and 
chloroform. The physiological studies by Gley, 
by Schlagdenhauffen and Reeb, and by Prevost, 
some years since, lead to the conclusion that coro- 
nillein acts upon the heart in a manner similar to 
digitalis, and to the practical trials of the drug as 
a succedaneum for digitalis. The most recent re- 
searches are those of Luigi Max-amaldi [Rev. Gen. 
de Therap., cxxxvi.), who finds as the result of 
elaborate experiments that coronillin in small dose 
lowers the rate and increases the energy of the 
cardiac beats; whilst in larger doses it increases 
the systolic contraction up to the point of perma- 
nent ventricular spasm; these results being due to 
a direct influence upon the cardiac muscular fibre, 
which increases gradually its tonicity so that it be- 
comes less extensible during diastole, contracts with 
more than the normal force, and finally fixes itself 
in systolic arrest. This action upon the heart is 
accompanied by increase in the arterial pressure, 
followed after a time by lowering of the pressure; 
which apparently is the result of failure of diastole, 
causing the amount of blood forced out of the heart 
at each systole to be insufficient to fill the arteries. 
The inhibitory intra-cardiac ganglia are said to be 
at first stimulated, afterwards paralyzed. The drug 
also depresses the spinal cord, and lowers the re- 
spiratory movements by an action which is be- 
lieved by Maramaldi to be partty centric and partly 
peripheral. Death is produced by cardiac arrest. 
The toxic lethal dose for the frog weighing about 
30 6m. was found by Maramaldi to be from 0-0004 
to 0-0005 Gm.; for the dog to be 0-0005 Gm. per 
kilo (1 to 2,000,000) of the animal’s weight. 
Locally coronillin appears to be actively irritant. 
In Maramaldi’s experiments it failed to assert its 
physiological action when administered to the dog 
by the mouth ; a result believed by the investigator 
to be due to its decomposition by the acid in the 
stomach. It is claimed for it that it is an excellent 
cardiac tonic, superior to digitalis in that it is very 
rapidly eliminated. As it has been found by vari- 
ous clinicians to be active in man when given by 
the mouth, it is probable that the comparative fee- 
bleness of human gastric juice permits of its ab- 
sorption unchanged. The dose given by various 
clinicians has varied greatly, from three to five 
grains (0T94-0-324 Gm.) — Spillemann— down- 
ward. These differences probably depend upon 
differences of purity of the various samples used ; 
of the commercial coronillin the dose is commonly 
stated at present to be one and one-half grains 
from four to six times a day, but it must be noted 
that Schlagdenhauffen affirms that three-fourths 
of a grain is a toxic dose. Coronilla varia of 
Europe also probably contains coronillin. (V. 
Poulet, Bull. Gen. Therap., 1891.) 
CORTEX CARYOPHYLLATA. Cassia 
Caryophyllata. Clove Bark. These names have 
been given to a bark, brought from the West 
Indies, and derived from a tree belonging to the 
family of Myrtaceae, supposed to be the Myrtus 
acris of Swartz (now Pimenta acris, Kostel). It 
is usually in cylinders from one to two feet long by 
an inch in diameter, composed of numerous sepa- 
rate pieces rolled around one another, having a 
dark brown color, a pungent taste, and an odor 
similar to that of cloves. It is sometimes in frag- 
ments, of a similar color, taste, and smell, but 
softer and lighter, and supposed to be derived from 
older branches. A similar bark is said to be de- 
rived from the Myrtus caryophyllata of Linn, 
(now Eugenia caryophyllcea, Wight), which grows 
in Ceylon. This clove bark has aromatic proper- 
ties not unlike those of the spice from which it 
derived its name; but it is much inferior, and is 
not used in this country. Some authors have con- 
founded with it a different bark, produced in the 
Moluccas, and known by the Indian name of culi- 
lawan. (See Culilawan.) For description of a 
false clove bark, see A. J. P., vol. xv. 
CORYDALIS FORMOSA. Pursh. Dicentra 
canadensis, Walp. ; Bicuculla, Canadensis (Goldie), 
Millsp. Turkey Corn. Turkey Pea. Squirrel 
Corn. (Nat. ord. Papaveracem.) This little indig- 
enous plant, growing in the Middle and Western 
States, is highly esteemed by the “ eclectics.” The 
root is used. It is a small roundish tuber, having a 
slight peculiar smell, and a bitterish somewhat pun- 
gent and persistent taste. It is said to yield its ac- 
tive properties to water and alcohol. According to 
Mr. W. T. Wenzell {A. J. P., 1855, 205), it con- 
tains an alkaloid denominated corydaline, fumaric PART II. 
Coryl.—Coto Bark. 
1627 
acid, hitter extractive, an acrid resin with volatile 
oil, a tasteless resin, brown coloring matter, starch, 
albumen, arabin, bassorin, cellulose, and various 
inorganic salts. The alkaloid was obtained by 
making a hydro-alcoholic tincture, distilling off 
the alcohol, filtering, precipitating with ammonia 
in slight excess, washing the precipitate, treating 
it with boiling alcohol, evaporating the solution to 
dryness, treating the residue with dilute hydro- 
chloric acid, precipitating with ammonia, dis- 
solving the precipitate in boiling alcohol, concen- 
trating the tincture, and allowing it to stand. The 
corydaline was deposited in crystals, and was puri- 
fied by repeated solution in alcohol and crystal- 
lization. The crystals, which are slender four- 
sided prisms, are inodorous, tasteless, insoluble in 
water, soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, 
reddened by nitric acid, and capable of forming 
soluble salts with the acids. It appears to be 
identical with the alkaloid found in European 
species of Corydalis, whose formula, according to 
H. Wicke, is C18H19N04. (Chemistry, P. J. Tr., 
xix. 990.) 
According to Merck (Berichte uber das Jahr 
1892), there are in Corydalis cava four alkaloids, 
two of which (corydaline and corycavine) are weak 
bases, and two (bulbocapnine and corydine) strong 
bases. Corydaline was obtained crystallized in 
large prisms, fusing at 135° C., and easily soluble 
in alcohol and ether. Corycavine is difficultly sol- 
uble in all solvents, crystallizes in small matted 
needles, and fuses at 218° 0. with partial decompo- 
sition. Bulbocapnine is a crystallizable base, melt- 
ing at 199° C., and soluble in excess of caustic 
potash. This alkaloid is the one present in largest 
amount, and was first called corydaline ; but Merck 
accepts the name bulbocapnine, proposed for it by 
Freund and Josephy. (Ber. Chem. Ges., 25, 2411.) 
Corydine is obtained from the mother-liquors of the 
bulbocapnine, and is also a strong base. It is in- 
soluble in water, very readily soluble in alcohol 
and ether, but cannot be obtained in crystallized 
form. The alkaloids of Corydalis nobilis, Pers., 
have been studied by Birsmann. (A. J. P., 1893, 
135.) Benzene extracts an amorphous white base 
of the composition C21H21NOe, resembling the 
amorphous base (corydine?) of C. cava. On 
making the mother-liquor alkaline, a brown resin- 
ous mass is thrown down, from which benzene 
separates a base crystallizing from boiling water, 
with the formula C22H25N05, to which he gives 
the name corydalnobiline. Several other alkaloids 
were obtained, and indications of hydroberberine 
and berberine. 
The root of C. formosa, Pursh, is supposed to 
be tonic, diuretic, and alterative, and is given in 
syphilitic, scrofulous, and cutaneous affections, in 
the dose of from ten to thirty grains. It is also 
used in the form of tincture and decoction. The 
“ eclectics” use a preparation which they call 
corydalin or corydalia, made by precipitating a 
tincture of the root with water, in the dose of 
half a grain or a grain ((M)32 or 0 064 Gm.). It 
is not the active principle, and has no claim to 
the title, hut contains more or less of the proper 
alkaloid. 
CORYL is a mixture of methyl chloride and 
ethyl chloride. It has been used in dentistry and 
minor surgery as an anaesthetic. 
CORYLUS ROSTRATA. Ait. Beaked Hazel. 
This is a small indigenous shrub of the nat. ord. 
Cupuliferae, growing especially in mountainous dis- 
tricts. The nut is invested with a scaly involucre, 
projecting beyond it like a beak, and thickly cov- 
ered with short spicula like those of Mucuna 
pruriens, D. C. (Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) These 
spicula have been employed by Huebener as an 
anthelmintic. They operate in the same way as 
cowhage, and may be administered in the same 
manner and dose. (See A. J. P., xiv. 280.) 
COSAPRIN, C6H4<®^|^)_CHa(4), is the 
acetyl derivative of sodium sulphanilate, and is 
obtained by the reaction of acetic anhydride upon 
the sodium salt of sulphanilic acid. Cosaprin 
forms a greenish-wbite finely crystalline tasteless 
powder, of a mild saline taste, freely soluble in 
water, difficultly soluble in alcohol, and almost in- 
soluble in ether, forming a colorless solution with a 
weak acid reaction. It has been studied by V. 
Vamossy and Fenyvessy (Therap. Monat., 1897), 
who find that it resembles phenacetin very closely 
in its action, but is characterized by the prompt- 
ness and shortness of its influence. 
COTARNINE HYDROCHLORATE. Styp- 
ticin. C1SiH16N04.HCl. This salt occurs in 
commerce in yellow crystals, readily soluble in 
water and alcohol.' It is made by oxidizing narco- 
tine, one oi the opium alkaloids. The fact that 
the only chemical difference between hydrastinine 
and cotarnine is that in the latter OCHa is sub- 
stituted for one atom of hydrogen led Dr. Freund 
to suggest the substitution of cotarnine in dysmen- 
orrhcea and menorrhagia for hydrastinine; and 
on trial Gottschalk found that it was powerfully 
haemostatic and also analgesic. The haemostatic 
value of the drug has been confirmed by Gartig. 
(Therap. Monat., 1896.) Falk (Therap. Monat., 
vol. x., 1896) found that cotarnine produces in 
frogs paralysis by depression of the spinal cord, 
and in warm-blooded animals a slightly narcotic 
condition followed by paralysis, results of an in- 
fluence respectively upon the cerebral cortex and 
the spinal cord. On the circulation it has no direct 
influence. On the respiratory centres it so acts as 
to produce a primary stimulation, soon followed 
after the large dose by lessened respiratory move- 
ments, and finally central asphyxia and death. If 
Falk be correct, that the drug has no primary 
influence upon the heart or blood-vessels, arrest 
by it of uterine hemorrhage must be due to an 
influence upon the uterus itself or its spinal 
centre. 
In human medicine cotarnine has been given in 
doses of three-quarters of a grain (0 05 Gm.) from 
six to eight times a day, for a few days previous to 
and during the menstrual flow. It may be ad- 
ministered in capsules or dissolved in tincture of 
cinnamon. It has also been employed hypodermi- 
cally, dissolved in distilled water. 
COTO BARK. In the years 1873 and 1874 a 
bark bearing this name appeared in the London 
drug market, coming from Bolivia. Its botanical 
origin still remains unknown. Under the name of 
coto-coto, the bark of a rubiaceous plant (Palicourea 
densiflora') is employed in Brazil in rheumatism. 
Whether this be the Bolivian plant or not is uncer- 
tain. Beyond this point there has been much of 
surmise by writers, but no clear evidence. 
Coto bark occurs in pieces a foot or more long, 
from three to four inches wide, and from one-half 
to three-quarters of an inch thick. The outer sur- 1628 
Coto Bark.—Cotula. 
PART II. 
face is irregular, often looking as though it had 
been shaved or split off, and in other parts covered 
with a fine adherent epidermis free from lichens; 
the inner surface also is irregular, with numerous 
rather closely placed, longitudinal projecting bark 
bundles. 
The general color approaches cinnamon-brown ; 
upon fresh cross-section the bark is seen to be 
filled with yellowish spots, except in the outer 
portions. The odor is aromatic, and much more 
apparent if bruised; the taste hot, and somewhat 
aromatic; the powder is very pungent to the nos- 
trils. The microscope shows the outer bark to be 
composed of thin-walled, colorless, parenchyma- 
tous cells, containing starch granules, with numer- 
ous yellowish sclerenchymatous cells joined into 
groups. The inner bark contains numerous yellow 
bark cells, mostly joined into bundles of from 
twenty to fifty. For microscopic structure, see P. J. 
Tr., vi. 301, also Pharm. Era, May, 1888. The coto 
bark which we have seen in the American market 
conforms with the original description, but other 
barks are said to pass under the name. The most 
important of these is the so-called Paracoto bark, 
which is stated to differ from true coto bark chiefly 
in its having a less pungent odor and taste, and 
being marked with deep whitish furrows upon its 
surface. Wittstein found in coto bark a volatile 
alkaloid, a pungent aromatic volatile oil, yellowish- 
brown soft resin, brown hard resin, starch, gum, 
sugar, calcium oxalate, tannin, and formic, butyric, 
and acetic acids. (Archiv d. Pharm., iii. 4, 219.) 
Jobst and Hesse have obtained a crystallizable body 
from coto bark (true), Cotoin, by making an ethe- 
real extract from the powdered bark, treating this 
with warm benzin, and allowing the mixture to 
stand until clear. The clear liquid yields cotoin 
in crystals on spontaneous evaporation. The oily 
resinous residue contains considerable cotoin, 
which may be obtained by boiling with milk of 
lime and adding to the solution hydrochloric acid. 
After twenty-four hours the clear liquid will be 
found studded with large, glistening, laminated 
crystals of cotoin, of a pale yellow color. Cotoin, 
Ci4Hi204, is sparingly soluble in cold water, 
more soluble in hot water, insoluble in benzin, 
very soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, ace- 
tone, and carbon disulphide. Nitric acid becomes 
blood-red in contact with cotoin, sulphuric acid 
is colored brownish yellow, and ferric chloride 
blackens a dilute solution of cotoin. 
Paracotoin, Cj9H4206, is extracted from para- 
coto bark, in which it exists associated with oxyleu- 
cotin, C34H32012, leucotin, C34H32OJ0, hydrocotin, 
Ci6IIi404, ana dibenzoyl hydrocotin, C32H3a08. 
Paracotoin may be distinguished from cotoin by 
giving no reaction with ferric chloride. Piper- 
onylic acid (methyleneprotocatechuic acid), C8H604, 
is present in both barks. Coto bark is decidedly 
irritating; its powder, rubbed upon the skin, is 
said to produce heat and redness; and, according 
to Burkart, fifteen grains (0 971 Gm.) taken into 
the stomach produce persistent burning pain, fol- 
lowed by repeated vomiting. The remedy was 
first introduced as serviceable in diarrhoea, and 
seems to have established its reputation. Although 
observers are not explicit upon this point, it is evi- 
dent that when there is a tendency to acute inflam- 
mation it must be used with great caution. The 
paracoto bark is said to resemble it in its action, but 
to be much less powerful. The fluid extract and 
tincture are very eligible preparations, the former 
made with alcohol in the usual way, and the tinc- 
ture 1 part in 10 of alcohol, which may be given in 
from five- to fifteen-minim (0-31-0 92 C.c.) doses 
every two or three hours. The alkaloid cotoin is 
given by Dr. Burkart in doses of three-quarters 
of a grain (0 048 Gm.) every two or three hours. 
He states that he could detect it in the urine from 
four to six hours after the ingestion of the dose. 
Prof. Balz (Tokio, Japan) is said to have treated 
cholera successfully by hypodermic injections of 
three grains (0-194 Gm.) of paracotoin. Oxyleu- 
cotin, leucotin, and hydrocotin are very feeble. 
The value of cotoin in the treatment of diarrhoea 
has been confirmed by various clinicians. It has 
been used in catarrhal diarrhoeas and the diar- 
rhoeas of tubercular ulceration, of typhoid fever, 
and of other conditions. (See Bull, de Therap., 
vol. xi. 167.) It does appear to have some espe- 
cial effect upon the alimentary canal, as, accord- 
ing to Pribram (Prayer Med. Wochens., 1880) and 
Albertoni (Arch. f. Exper. Path. u. Pharm., xvii. 
293), it markedly lessens the excretion of indican. 
Albertoni also believes that it actively dilates the 
abdominal vessels and thereby hastens absorption; 
and Bibrana, that it is an antiseptic. It is not 
probable that cotoin has any general action upon 
tfie system, and Jobst found that even fifteen 
grains (0-971 Gm.) injected hypodermically into 
the rabbit produced no other than local symp- 
toms. Dose of cotoin, from one to three grains 
(0-064-0 194 Gm.) ; of fluid extract, from five to 
twenty minims (0 3-1 -3 C.c.), four to six times a 
day. 
COTULA. V. S. 1870. Mayweed. (Camomille 
puante, Maroute, Fr. ; Hunds-Kamille, Stinkende- 
Kamille, G. ; Camomilla fetida, Cotula, It. ; Man- 
zanilla loca, Sp.) Anthemis Cotula. L. Maruta 
Cotula. De Cand. Herba Chamomillce Fcetidce. 
Wild Chamomile. Dog Chamomile. Herbe de 
Camomille Puante, Herbe de Maroute, Fr. Hunds- 
Kamillenkraut, G. The mayweed is an annual 
composite plant, with a fibrous root, and an erect, 
striated stem, very much branched even to the 
bottom, from one to two feet in height, and sup- 
porting alternate, sessile, flat, doubly pinnated, 
somewhat hairy leaves, with pointed linear leaflets. 
The flowers stand singly upon the summits of the 
branches, and consist of a central, convex, golden- 
yellow- disk, with white ray florets, which spread 
horizontally during the day, but are reflexed, or 
bent towards the stem, at night. The calyx, -which 
is common to all the florets, is hemispherical, and 
composed of imbricated hairy scales. The re- 
ceptacle is conical or nearly cylindrical, and sur- 
mounted by rigid, bristle-shaped paleae, shorter 
than the florets. The achenes are naked. This 
plant grows abundantly both in the United States 
and in Europe. In this country it is found in 
tbe vicinity of inhabited places, growing among 
rubbish, along the sides of roads, and in waste 
grounds. It flowers from the middle of summer 
till late in autumn. Mr. W. H. Warner found 
in the flowers volatile oil, oxalic, valerianic, and 
tannic acids, coloring matter, acrid fatty matter, 
bitter extractive, and salts of potassa, lime, mag- 
nesia, and iron. (A. J. P., 1858, 390.) Pattone 
(1859) claimed to have found an alkaloid, anthemi- 
dine, and a crystallizable bitter acid, anthemidic 
acid, but his results have not been confirmed. The 
whole plant has a strong, disagreeable smell, and PART II. 
Cotyledon Umbilicus.— Creosotum Carbonicum. 
1629 
a warm, bitter taste, and imparts these properties 
to water. 
The medical properties of this species of Anthe- 
mis are essentially the same as those of chamomile, 
for which it may be substituted ; but its disagree- 
able odor is an obstacle to its general use. On the 
continent of Europe it has been given in hysteria 
as an antispasmodic. It has also been thought to 
be emmenagogue. It is said to have the property 
of vesicating, if applied to the surface fresh and 
bruised. The whole plant is active ; but the flow- 
ers, being less disagreeable than the leaves, are 
preferred for internal use. The remedy is best 
administered in the state of infusion. 
COTYLEDON UMBILICUS. L. Navel- 
wort. Penny-wort. Cotylet, Nombril de Venus, Fr. 
Nabelkraut, G. Thu is a perennial, herbaceous, 
succulent plant, of the nat. ord. Crassulacese. It 
is about six inches high, with fleshy, peltate, cre- 
nate leaves, and a flower-stem bearing, in the form 
of a spike, pale yellow, bell-shaped, pendulous 
flowers, which appear in June and July. The 
plant is a native of England, where it grows upon 
old walls and rocks, and dry sandy hanks. 
According to M. Fletet, it contains trimethyla- 
mine, combined with an unknown acid. When 
the powder of the plant is exposed to the air, it at- 
tracts moisture, and exhales a disagreeable smell 
strikingly analogous to that of fish ; and an ex- 
tract treated with a fixed alkali disengages, even 
in the cold, an odor which, at first ammoniacal, 
soon acquires the fishy character referred to. The 
plant contains cellulose, starch, glucose, mucilage, 
chlorophyll, yellow coloring matter, a volatile oil 
smelling like sandarac, tannin, iron, and salts of 
potassa, soda, lime, and oxide of iron, with 0-9 per 
cent, of nitre, and 95 of water. (Ann. de Therap., 
1865, 125.) It has been highly lauded in epilepsy 
(for references, see 16th ed. U. S. D.), but it has 
very feeble and uncertain therapeutic properties. 
Dose, of fresh juice, from one-half to one fluid- 
ounce, twice or three times a day; of fluid extract, 
one fluidrachm ; of dry extract, five grains ; to he 
increased and given steadily for months. 
COW TREE. Palo de Vaca. Palo de Leche. 
The milky juice of the Brosimum galactodendron, 
D. Don (nat. ord. Urticaceae), is much used in South 
America instead of cream in tea and coffee, etc. It 
is obtained by making incisions in the tree, is white 
and viscous, turns sour on exposure to the air, and 
deposits a caseous substance. According to the 
analysis of M. Boussingault, its composition varies 
very much, but it always contains a large per- 
centage of fatty matters (32-2 per cent.), and much 
less casein, albumen, sugar, and phosphates. (P. J. 
Tr., ix. 679.) 
CRAB ORCHARD SALT. A mild, saline 
purgative, obtained by evaporating the waters of 
springs at Crab Orchard, Lincoln County, Ken- 
tucky. Its principal active ingredients are the 
magnesium, sodium, and potassium sulphates; it 
contains also a little iron and lithium. In its 
crude form it is not wholly soluble, and sometimes 
it is purified by dissolving and straining through 
flannel, and evaporating. As thus prepared, it is 
white, and as a purgative is about 20 per cent, 
stronger than the crude salt. It, however, lacks 
the tonic properties of the latter. According to 
Dr. R. Peter, the composition of the dry salt is: 
magnesium sulphate, 63-19 per cent. ; sodium chlo- 
ride, 4-77 ; sodium sulphate, 4-20; potassium sul- 
phate, 1-80; calcium sulphate, 2-54; calcium, 
magnesium, and iron carbonates, and silica, 0-89; 
water of crystallization and loss, 22-61; total, 
100 00. Dose from one to two teaspoonfuls. (See 
A. J. P., 1874, 5.) 
CRABS’CLAWS. Chelae Cancrorum. These, 
finely powdered, were formerly official. In the 100 
parts are 60 parts of calcium carbonate and 14 of 
calcium phosphate, with 26 of animal matter. They 
were formerly used as an absorbent and antacid. 
CRABSTONES. Lapilli Cancrorum. Crabs’ 
Eyes. Oculi (Calculi) Cancrorum. Yeux (Pierres) 
d’Ec?'evisses, Fr. Krebsaugen, Krebssteine, G. Con- 
cretions found in the stomach, one on each side, of 
the European crawfish, at the time the animal is 
about to change its shell; chiefly procured in the 
province of Astrakhan, in European Russia. The 
crawfish are bruised with wooden mallets and laid 
up in heaps to putrefy. The animal remains are 
then washed away, and the stones picked out. They 
are inodorous, insipid bodies, somewhat hemispher- 
ical in shape, of a whitish or reddish color, hard and 
stony consistence, and laminated texture. They are 
very variable in size, weighing from one to twelve 
grains each. They effervesce with acids, and, with- 
out dissolving, become converted, owing to the 
animal matter which they contain, into a soft trans- 
parent mass, retaining the original shape of the 
stone. By this character they are distinguished 
from counterfeit stones, which are sometimes fabri- 
cated of chalk, mixed with mucilaginous sub- 
stances. They consist of calcium carbonate and 
phosphate, cemented together by animal matter. 
Crabstones have been used as an absorbent and 
antacid, given in the same dose with prepared 
chalk. 
CRANBERRIES. Fruit of Vaccinium Macro- 
carpon, Aiton. (Now Oxycoccus macrocarpus. Pers.) 
(Nat. ord. Yacciniacese.) These familiar berries, so 
well known as an article of diet, have come into no- 
tice as a source of citric acid. For method, see Journ. 
de Pharm., 4e ser., xviii. 439. Mr. Edo Claassen 
announced in 1870 the existence of a bitter prin- 
ciple, vacciniin, in the Vaccinium Vitis-idcea, L., 
or cowberry. He subsequently (1885) proved its 
identity with arbutin. He failed to find arbutin in 
the cranberry, but states that the bitter principle 
here is uncrystallizable and a glucoside, and pro- 
poses the name oxycoccin for it. (A. J. P., 1886.) 
CREOSOTUM ALBUMINATUM. Nutrin- 
creosote. A yellow-gray powder, which is said to 
contain 40 per cent, of pure creosote and to he free 
from irritant action. 
CREOSOTUM CARBONICUM. Creosote 
Carbonate. Creosotal. This is a mixture of the 
phenol-carbonates of the several constituents of creo- 
sote, and is obtained by the action of carbon oxy- 
chloride upon the phenol-sodium compounds of creo- 
sote. It is a thick, oleaginous, pale yellow, almost 
tasteless liquid, soluble in ethylic and methylic 
chloroform, in benzol, and in fatty oils; insolu- 
ble in water; having an oleaginous taste, which 
after a time suggests that of creosote. Its specific 
gravity is from 1-165 to 1-168. It contains 90 per 
cent, of pure creosote and is analogous to guaiacol 
carbonate. 
It is stated that this substance is free from the 
poisonous activity of creosote and is well tolerated 
by the digestive apparatus, and that it has the ac- 
tivity of creosote in phthisis and other forms of 
tuberculosis, in chronic bronchitis and enteritis, 1630 
Creosotum Tannicum.—Cresols. 
ulcerations, intestinal indigestion, and in various 
other derangements of the alimentary canal. It is 
decomposed in the system, as the odor of creosote 
is imparted to the breath and the urine becomes 
blackish from the appearance in it of the educts 
from creosote. There is much clinical testimony 
as to the value of the remedy, which seems to be 
growing in professional favor. In Leyden’s clinic, 
in Berlin, it has been found greatly to lessen the 
fever and the night-sweats of phthisis. Four 
drachms a day, and even larger amounts of it, may 
be given to the adult without producing disagree- 
able symptoms. It may be administered in capsules, 
in emulsion dissolved in wine, or added to cod-liver 
oil. Fifteen drachms a day are asserted to have 
been given without any unpleasant symptoms. An 
emulsion in milk affords the best method of admin- 
istering large doses. It has been used to a con- 
siderable extent hypodermically. Before the ad- 
ministration it should be warmed, so as to obtain 
complete fluidity. 
CREOSOTUM TANNICUM. Creosal. Tan- 
nosal. The tannic acid ester of creosote. Creosal 
is a compound of creosote and tannin. It is ob- 
tained by heating equal quantities of beech wood 
creosote and pure tannin to 80° C. and adding 
gradually phosphorus oxychloride and purifying 
the product. It is soluble in water, alcohol, glyce- 
rin, and acetone, and occurs as a dark brown, hy- 
groscopic powder. It is astringent and antiseptic, 
and may be given in daily doses of forty-six grains 
(3 Gm.), representing 1-8 Gm. of creosote. 
CREOSOTUM VALERIAN I CUM. (Eosote.) 
A mixture of the valerianic esters of the phenols 
contained in creosote. It forms a rather mobile 
oily liquid, boiling at about 240° C., and soluble 
in alcohol and ether. This substance as an internal 
medicine is practically identical with the creosote 
carbonate. 
CRESCENTIA CUJETE. The fruit of this 
South American plant has been found by Mr. Gus- 
tav Peckolt to contain crescentinic acid and a blue 
coloring matter allied to indigo. (Pharm. Rund- 
schau, Aug. 1884.) 
CRESOLS. Cresylic Acid. C6H4(CH3)OH. 
These compounds are the first homologues of phenol 
or carbolic acid. (See Acidum Carbolicum.) There 
are three isomeric cresols: orthocresol, melting at 
31° C. and boiling at 188° C. ; metacresol, a liquid 
boiling at 201° C., but not solidifying even at —80° 
C. ; and paracresol, forming colorless prisms, melt- 
ing at 36° C. and boiling at 198° C. These cresols 
are all obtainable by fractional distillation from that 
portion of coal-tar boiling between 200° and 210° C. 
Although Fraenkel long since established the ger- 
micidal activity of the cresols, their insolubility 
prevented their practical use. Recently, however, 
attempts have been made to overcome this diffi- 
culty, and various preparations have been brought 
forward. The most important of these are Creolin 
and Lysol, Solveol, Solutol, Paracresol, and Cresol- 
salicylates. 
Creolin is said to he an emulsion of cresol, ob- 
tained by means of resin soap. There are in the 
market at least two sets of preparations, the one 
of German the other of English origin. An 
analysis of Creolin-Pearson, published by Pfrenger 
(Archiv der Pharm., 1890, 701), gives: phenols, 
2-67; hydrocarbons, 44-94; organic bases, 2-76; 
sodium, 1-45; resin, 32-45 ; sulphur, 0-248 ; chlo- 
rine, 014; water (by difference), 5-34. The phe- 
nols consisted of ortho- and meta-cresol, with 
traces of carbolic acid and the oxyleucols; the 
hydrocarbons, of the higher homologues of ben- 
zene, with naphthalene and anthracene ; the bases 
belonged to the quinoline group. Creolin forms a 
milky emulsion or mixture with water ; with 
chloroform, ether, and absolute alcohol it mixes in 
all proportions. It is sometimes called cresoline or 
sanutol. 
Medical Properties. According to Dr. Jessner, 
the first report upon creolin was that of Dr. F. von 
Esmarch (Centralb. fur Bacteriologies Bd. ii., Nos. 
10 and 11), who stated, as the result of experiments 
made with creolin and carbolic acid upon putre- 
factive bacteria and upon the bacteria of cholera, 
typhoid fever, and anthrax, that it was much more 
powerful than carbolic acid as a germicide, except 
in the case of the anthrax bacillus. It is claimed 
for creolin that it is not poisonous. Dr. Jessner 
(Lond. Med. Rec., Aug. 1889) gave eight ounces 
(250 Gm.) to a cow without any effect; and daily 
doses of one hundred and twenty grains (7-77 Gm.) 
were given to a man without any bad general symp- 
toms, or any noticeable effect except decrease of 
intestinal gases and limitation of the putrefactive 
processes in the intestine. The urine also required 
longer than usual for ammoniacal fermentation. 
In a case reported by Dr. Kortiim, nine hundred 
grains (60 Gm.) are said to have been taken without 
bad effects, whilst in a case reported by 8. Korach 
(Deutsch. Med. Wochen., xxi. 1895), seventy-five 
grammes of creolin were taken for suicidal pur- 
poses. Although both coma and collapse, with 
complete loss of corneal reflexes, and tracheal rales, 
also vomiting and diarrhoea, occurred, the patient 
finally recovered without permanent injury. It is 
true that Neudorfer (Internat. Klinisch. Rundsch., 
April, 1888) has shown that injection of creolin into 
the venous circulation of dogs produces a marked 
effect, but this may be mechanical, connected 
with the insolubility of the remedy. Fatal human 
Soisoning by creolin has, however, occurred. Dr. 
otter (Brit. Med. Journ., 1890) has seen restless- 
ness, anxiety, nausea, amblyopia, and a tendency 
to syncope, with a peculiar strong taste of tea or 
smoke, produced by the drug. The urine in some 
of these cases was dark and strongly albuminous, 
evidently acute nephritis having set in. Dr. Flies- 
burg (Northwestern Lancet, Dec. 1891) details a 
case of a three-weeks-old babe who was killed by 
thirty drops of undiluted creolin, the chief symp- 
toms being those of violent irritation of the mouth 
and upper respiratory and digestive tracts. Death 
occurred chiefly through inflammation of the 
glottis. 
Compared with other antiseptics, creolin seems 
to be innocuous. Externally, according to Neu- 
dorfer, the solution of 1 to 5 per 1000 is non-poi- 
sonous and very antiseptic. He claims that it does 
not affect the hands or instruments of the surgeon, 
and is the best of the antiseptics for practical pur- 
poses. Creolin gauze, as usually sold, contains from 
5 to 10 per cent, of the creolin ; Neudorfer believes 
that the 1 per cent, is sufficiently strong. He rec- 
ommends, especially for local use, the creolin in a 
powder combined with asbestos, in the proportion 
of 5 to 100; and for the disinfection of catheters 
and other instruments, a 38 per cent, solution with 
olive oil. 
Internally, creolin is probably a very important 
remedy when it is desired to check fermentation in 
PART II. Cresols. 
PART II. 
1631 
the alimentary canal. Locally applied, it has been 
largely used with great success in the treatment of 
scabies, in the form of a 5 per cent, ointment with 
vaseline. In ammoniacal cystitis, washing out the 
bladder with a half per cent, solution of creolin has 
yielded excellent results. It also seems to be a very 
eti'ective local application in the treatment of acute 
and chronic dysentery, and also in the cholera mor- 
bus of children. In the case of adults, large enemas 
of a one-half of one per cent, solution may be 
used ; in the case of infants the strength should be 
about one-half of this. As a local application in 
gonorrhoea, creolin has been used with alleged most 
excellent results, both in the form of bougies con- 
taining half a grain of creolin and the injection of 
creolin dissolved in olive oil (1 in 3). For wash- 
ing out the uterus after labor, the strength of the 
creolin solution should be 1 per cent. 
Creolin is recommended by Jaksch as a deodo- 
rant to iodoform ; a mixture of from 1 to 2 per 
cent, of creolin with iodoform produces a com- 
pound creolin-iodoform of a faint aromatic odor, 
soluble in alcohol and ether, and believed to pos- 
sess the therapeutic properties of iodoform. "Water 
removes from it the creolin and leaves the iodo- 
form. 
Lysol is made by dissolving the fraction of tar 
oil which boils between 190° and 200° C. in fat, 
and subsequently saponifying with the addition of 
alcohol ; it is a brown, oily looking, clear liquid, 
with a feebly aromatic, creosote-like odor. It is 
described as containing 50 per cent, of cresols, 
miscible with water (forming a clear, saponaceous, 
frothing liquid), also with alcohol, petroleum 
spirit or benzm, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and 
glycerin. To the aqueous solution of the saponi- 
fied cresols and fat may be added any desired 
quantity of the higher phenols. 
Lysol was introduced as a disinfectant by Dr. Y. 
Gerlach (Zeit. fur Hygiene, June, 1891), who, as 
the result of an elaborate research, found that both 
in pure cultures and in mixed masses of patho- 
genetic bacteria it is more powerful as a germicide 
than is carbolic acid or creolin ; that its 1 per cent, 
solution has a soapy feeling, and can be used for 
the purpose of disinfecting the hands without the 
use of soap; that for the purposes of disinfecting 
sputa and stools it is by far the most powerful of 
the germicides ; that it is free from irritating prop- 
erties, unless in strong solution, so that wounds 
may be sprayed with a 3 per cent, solution and 
absolutely disinfected ; and that comparatively it 
is much less poisonous than carbolic acid, corro- 
sive sublimate, or even oreolin. 1 or 2 per cent, 
solutions were said to produce some slight tran- 
sient burning when brought in contact with the 
mucous membranes. According to Lemke and 
Straube, a 0-3 per cent, solution will, in fifteen 
minutes, completely arrest the development of pus 
organisms, and a 0-5 per cent, solution even re- 
move the odor of putrefying flesh. The value of 
lysol as an antiseptic has been confirmed by Vul- 
pius, by Michelsen, and other surgeons, and there 
can be little doubt as to its applicability to the 
needs of antisepsis, although various surgeons 
seem to find it a little more irritating than at first 
stated, and some condemn it as not superior to the 
older antiseptics. Szuman (Nowiny Lekarskie, 
June, 1891) affirms that a stronger than 1 per cent, 
solution produces irritation, and that even two 
parts to a thousand are irritating to the bladder. 
It does not injure the surgeon’s hands or his me- 
tallic or rubber instruments ; but celluloid articles 
are said to become friable and useless under its 
action. It is not free from poisonous properties, 
and may produce fall of temperature, and depres- 
sion with nephritis. 
Solveol and Solutol are said to be respectively 
solutions of sodium cresotate in excess of cresol, 
and of cresol in excess of sodium cresotate. They 
are affirmed to be about as poisonous as carbolic 
acid Solveol has been especially praised, it being 
affirmed to be distinctly more powerful than car- 
bolic acid as a germicide, and in a one-half to five 
per cent, solution a very valuable antiseptic, espe- 
cially in major gynaecological operations. (See 
Deutsch. Med. Wochen., Sept. 1892; Journ. Med. de 
Paris, 1892 ) 
Paracresol is a patented disinfectant, to which 
the formula CeH4 j is ascribed. It is said 
to give with water in every proportion a pure, 
neutral, non-caustic, almost odorless solution, simi- 
lar to that of carbolic acid, but more active and 
safer. It is evidently not paracresol, before de- 
scribed, as that has odor and is difficultly soluble 
in water. 
Tricresol is a clear, colorless liquid, of a creosote- 
like odor, a specific gravity of from 1-042 to 1 049, 
and boiling between 185° and 205° C. It is soluble 
in cold water to the extent of from 2-2 to 2-5 per 
cent., and forms a clear solution ; thus showing it 
to be free from neutral-oil, naphthalene, etc. It is 
said to be composed of orthocresol, 35 per cent. ; 
metacresol, 40 per cent.; paracresol, 25 per cent. 
The concurrent testimony of Gruber (Archiv fur 
Hygiene, 1893), of Walter Reed, U.S.A. (St. Louis 
Med. and Surg. Journ., 1894), of Charteris (Lancet, 
1894), and other investigators and surgeons, show 
that tricresol is a very active germicide, which is 
probably three times as powerful as pure phenol. 
Its 1 per cent, solution even in the presence of 
albuminous fluids readily destroys pathogenetic 
bacteria. It may be used for all the purposes for 
which carbolic acid is employed. It is said to af- 
fect the skin of the operator much less than does car- 
bolic acid, and to be much less irritating to wounds 
than either carbolic acid or bichloride solutions. 
It does not act on surgical instruments. For the 
ordinary purposes of surgery the 1 per cent, solu- 
tion may be employed. It is probably less toxic 
than carbolic acid. Charteris, indeed, claims that 
it is only one-third as active a poison as is phenol. 
Ethylenediaminetricresol or Kresamin is a mix- 
ture of tricresol with ethylenediamine. It is a 
colorless aqueous liquid, having a carbolic-acid- 
like odor, and after standing in the air becomes of 
a light yellow color without losing disinfecting 
power. According to H. Eckstein, it is an exceed- 
ingly powerful antiseptic, especially adapted to the 
preserving of specimens for microscopic use. As 
a local application the same author has found it 
very valuable in those cases of eczema in which 
there was a pronounced secondary infection of the 
skin, and also in sycosis and similar parasitic dis- 
eases. Bandages of it wet with a solution of from 
1 to 4000 to 1 to 400 were kept applied to the part. 
In lupus and some similar conditions local pro- 
tracted baths of from three to twelve hours’ 
duration, with a concentration of 1 to 4000, were 
found efficacious. From 10 to 15 per cent, salves 
of it were also employed. 1632 
Cresol Iodide.—Cucumber Ointment. 
PART II. 
CRESOL IODIDE. Iodocresol. Traumatol. 
CflHg. l.(CHg)OH. This is formed by the action 
of potassium iodide solution upon an emulsion of 
cresol and water. It contains but one atom of 
iodine, while losophan or cresol triiodide contains 
three atoms, and, consequently, a higher percentage 
of iodine. This is a violet-red, odorless, amor- 
phous powder ; insoluble in water, acids, and alco- 
hol ; dissolving with difficulty in ether, readily in 
alkaline solutions, and freely in chloroform. It 
contains 55 per cent, of iodine, and has been com- 
mended as powerfully antiseptic, non-irritant, and 
having local anaesthetic properties. It is used 
locally in syphilitic and other ulcers, eczema, espe- 
cially when attended with much discharge, inter- 
trigo, and various other skin diseases. Also as a 
substitute for iodoform in surgery. In herpes a 
10 per cent, traumatol collodium has been found 
very useful, and a 5 to 10 per cent, traumatol 
zinc ointment has been highly commended. Pure 
traumatol may also be used as a dusting powder. 
CRESOL-NAPHTOL. A brown, viscous, tar- 
like liquid, insoluble in, but emulsifying with, 
water. Guinard states that it is a very active 
germicide, and that it is impossible to produce 
poisoning in the lower animals by giving by the 
mouth, largely on account of its inducing vomit- 
ing at once. Its aqueous solution, like that of 
other creolin products, has the disadvantage of 
depositing in wounds. 
CRESOL SALICYLATES. Cresalols. Cresol 
I Qjj 
Salols. CeII4 ) (jqq jj qjj • Salicylates may he 
prepared from ortho-, meta-, or para-cresol by a 
process similar to that used in the making of salol. 
They are insoluble in water, slightly soluble in 
cold alcohol, and are easily crystallized. The 
meta-cresol salicylate is the cresalol generally re- 
ferred to by that name. It fuses at 74° C., and is 
easily soluble in alcohol and ether. Mr. Nencki 
states that the cresalols decompose in the alimen- 
tary canal, and are efficient substitutes for salol, 
and less poisonous. (Compt- Rend., Feb. 1889.) 
CRESOL TRIIODIDE. Meta-cresol Tri- 
iodide. [Losophan.) CeHI3(CH3)OH. A fine, 
yellowish powder, with a rather strong, not alto- 
gether disagreeable smell ; insoluble in water, sol- 
uble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, exceedingly 
so in oil. Merck (Jahresbericht, 1892, 77) describes 
it as obtained in colorless needles, fusing at 121-5° C. 
It contains 78-39 per cent, of iodine. A specimen 
prepared by Friedrich Baeyer & Co. was found by 
Petersen [Munch. Med. Wochensch., July, 1891) 
to yield its iodine with difficulty, passing through 
the alimentary canal almost without absorption ; 
applied to the mucous membrane of the nose in 
acute inflammation, it was found to act very well 
in checking secretion and lessening inflammatory 
action. 
CRESOTINIC ACID, or Cresotic Acid, 
fCH3 
CeH3x OH , may exist as ortho, meta, or para 
[COOH 
modification, and is the homologue of salicylic acid, 
bearing the same relation to cresol that salicylic 
acid does to phenol. The cresotic acids may be 
made artificially from the cresols by a reaction anal- 
ogous to that used in making salicylic acid. 
Only the para compound is used in medicine. It 
crystallizes in white needles, melting at 151° C. 
As long ago as 1876 sodium cresotate was proposed 
as an antipyretic, but the commercial drug fur- 
nished was proved to be a mixture of varying com- 
position, and has been replaced by the pure sodium 
paracresotate, a white, finely crystallized powder, 
having a somewhat bitter taste, forming a perma- 
nent solution in twenty-four parts of hot water. It 
is made as stated by the Kolbe process of heating 
the sodium paracresol with carbon dioxide under 
pressure. M. Charteris {Brit. Med. Journ., March, 
1891) found that ortho- and para-cresotic acids act 
upon rabbits as poisons, the lethal dose being less 
than half a grain (0-032 Gm.) of the ortho, and 
one grain (0-064 Gm.) of the para, acid per pound. 
According to the experiments of Demme ( Wiener 
Med. Blatter, Feb. 1870), sixty grains (3-88 Gm.) 
of the sodium paracresotate may be taken by man 
without producing very distinct symptoms, except 
an antipyretic action in cases of fever. The same 
authority used the drug with asserted good results 
in acute articular rheumatism. In some of the 
cases marked collapse occurred, in others erythe- 
matous eruption. 
CROCUS OF ANTIMONY. Saffron of Anti- 
mony. This compound is formed during the defla- 
gration of a mixture of equal weights of antimony 
tersulphide and potassium nitrate, to which one- 
twelfth of hydrochloric acid has been added. Fused 
crocus of antimony is in masses of a liver-brown 
color ; the unfused is a saffron-brown insoluble 
powder, containing about four-fifths of teroxide, 
one-fifth of tersulphide. It was formerly used in 
making tartar emetic. {Lond. Pharm., 1836.) 
CRYPTOCARYA AUSTRALIS. Bentham. 
(Nat. ord. Laurineae.) From the bark of this 
Queensland tree, Dr. T. L. Bancroft {Austral. 
Journ. Pharm., March, 1887) has separated an 
alkaloid which is said to be a powerful respiratory 
poison. 
CUCUMBER OINTMENT. An emollient 
ointment, prepared from the common cucumber 
(fruit of Cucumis sativus, L., nat. ord. Cucurbita- 
ceas), has been considerably employed in irritated 
states of the skin. The following is the mode 
of preparing it, recommended by Prof. Procter. 
Take of green cucumbers 7 pounds avoirdupois, 
pure lard 24 ounces, veal suet 15 ounces. Grate 
the washed cucumbers to a pulp, express, and 
strain the juice. Cut the suet into small pieces, 
heat it over a water-bath till the fat is melted out 
from the membrane ; then add the lard, and, when 
melted, strain through muslin into an earthen ves- 
sel capable of holding a gallon, and stir until thick- 
ening commences, when one-third of the juice is 
to be added, and the whole beaten with a spatula 
till the odor has been almost wholly extracted. 
The portion which separates is to be decanted, and 
the remaining two-thirds of the juice are to be con- 
secutively incorporated and decanted in the same 
manner. The jar is then closely covered and placed 
in a water-bath, until the fatty matter entirely sep- 
arates from the juice. The green coagulum float- 
ing on the surface is now removed, and the jar put 
in a cool place that the ointment may solidify. The 
crude ointment is then separated from the watery 
liquid on which it floats, melted and strained, and 
placed in glass jars, which must be kept closely 
sealed. A layer of rose-water upon its surface 
will favor its preservation. A portion may be 
triturated with a little rose water until white and 
creamy, and put into a separate jar for present use. 
{A. J. P., xxv. 409.) PART II. 
Cucurbita Citrullus.— Cunila Mariana. 
1633 
M. Emile Mouchon prepares the ointment by ob- 
taining the juice mixed with a little alcohol, and in- 
corporating this with benzoinated lard and stearin. 
He directs 16 parts of the cucumber to be reduced 
to a pulp, 1 part of alcohol of 36° B. to be added, 
and the mixture to be placed on the diaphragm of a 
percolator. Twenty-four hours afterwards 10 parts 
of the liquid are obtained of 19° B. Of this liquid 
6 parts are to be incorporated with 37 ’5 parts of 
benzoinated lard and 12-5 of stearin ; the fatty mat- 
ters having been previously melted together by 
means of a water-bath, and beaten vigorously on 
cooling. The liquid is to be added before the com- 
pletion of the beating, which should then be con- 
tinued until the whole becomes as light and white 
as possible. The benzoin and alcohol enable the 
ointment to keep a long time. (Journ. de Pharm., 
Juillet, 1854, 41.) We prefer to make this oint- 
ment by incorporating one part of distilled spirit 
of cucumbers with seven parts of benzoinated oint- 
ment. The spirit is made by distilling a mixture 
of one part of grated cucumbers with three parts 
of diluted alcohol, retaining the first two parts or 
distillate which come over. This spirit is perma- 
nent, and ointment or cream made from it keeps 
well. 
CUCURBITA CITRULLUS. L. (Citrullus 
vulgaris, Schrad ; Citrullus Citrullus (L.), Karst.) 
Watermelon. The seeds of the watermelon are 
employed, to a considerable extent, as a domestic 
remedy in strangury and other affections of the 
urinary passages. They have similar properties 
with the seeds of the other Cucurbitacese, of which 
four different kinds were formerly official under 
the name of the greater cold seeds,—viz., those of 
the Oucurbita pepo, L., or pumpkin, the Cucurbita 
Lagenaria (now Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser.), or gourd, 
the Cucumis melo, L., or muskmelon, and the Cu- 
cumis sativus, or cucumber. These when bruised 
and rubbed up with water form an emulsion, 
which was formerly thought to possess consider- 
able virtues, and was much used in catarrhal affec- 
tions, disorders of the bowels and urinary passages. 
Watermelon-seeds are also esteemed by some as a 
diuretic. The infusion of two ounces of the bruised 
seeds to a pint may be taken ad libitum. In the 
form of Arbooznyi miod, or watermelon honey, or 
as a freshly expressed juice, the Russian peasants 
are said to employ watermelon in the treatment of 
dropsy, urino-genital affections, chronic hepatic con- 
gestion, and chronic intestinal catarrh. Manassein 
(Vrach, Nov. 1881) found that the melon honey 
acts upon the lower animals as a very powerful 
diuretic, and causes when in sufficient dose fall of 
the arterial pressure, rapid pulse, and death from 
cardiac paralysis. 
The pulp of the root of Cucurbita Lagenaria, or 
gourd, is said by Chapin to be a powerful and even 
drastic purgative, and to be used by the natives 
of the Sandwich Islands successfully in dropsy. 
(See N. K Journ. of Med., 1855, 203.) 
CULILAWAN. Cortex Culilaban. An aro- 
matic bark, produced by Cinnamomum Culilawan, 
Blume (Laurus Culilaban, Linn.), a tree of con- 
siderable size, growing in the Molucca Islands, 
Cochin-China, and other parts of the East. It is 
usually in flat or slightly rolled pieces, several 
inches long, an inch or more in breadth, and one 
or two lines thick. Sometimes the bark is thinner 
and more quilled, bearing considerable resemblance 
to cinnamon. The epidermis is for the most part 
removed, but when present is of a light brownish- 
gray color, soft to the touch, and somewhat spongy. 
The color of the bark itself is a dull, dark, cinna- 
mon-brown, the odor highly fragrant, the taste 
agreeably aromatic, and not unlike that of cloves. 
The active constituent is a volatile oil, smelling 
like a mixture of the oils of cajuput and cloves. 
Culilawan has the medical properties of the aro- 
matics, but is scarcely used at present. (See Cortex 
Caryophyllata.) 
CUMIN. Ctminum, Lond. Cuminum, Ed: 
Cumin, Fr. Kreuzkummel, Mutterkummel, Ro- 
mischer (langer, scharfer) Kummel, G. The so- 
called cumin seeds are the fruit of the Cuminum 
Cyminum, L., an annual umbelliferous plant, about 
six or eight inches high, having a round, slender, 
branching stem, with numerous narrow, linear, 
pointed, smooth, grass-like leaves, of a deep green 
color. The white or purple flowers are in numerous 
terminal umbels, which have very few rays, and are 
attended with general and partial involucres, con- 
sisting of three or four linear leaflets. The plant 
is a native of Egypt, but is cultivated for its fruit 
in Sicily, Malta, and other parts of Europe. 
The cumin fruits (seeds) are elliptical, flat on 
one side, convex, furrowed, and rough on the 
other, about one-sixth of an inch in length, and of 
a light brown color. Each has seven longitudinal 
ridges. Two fruits are sometimes seen united to- 
gether. Their odor is peculiar, strong, and heavy ; 
their taste warm, bitterish, aromatic, and disagree- 
able. They contain much essential oil, which is 
lighter than water, yellowish, and has the sensible 
properties of the seeds. It consists of three distinct 
oils, one a hydrocarbon, cymene, C10H14, recog- 
nized now as isopropyl-p-methyl-benzene, another 
cuminol, C10H12O, which may be regarded as 
cumin aldehyde, C10HnOH, and the third a ter- 
pene, C10H16. Dumas, a long time since, obtained 
a cymene identical with that of oil of cumin seeds, 
by dehydrating camphor, and M. Paternd pre- 
pared it in a similar way from oil of turpentine. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 4e sei\, xx. 409.) In his dis- 
covery M. Paterno seems, however, to have been 
preceded by several chemists, Mr. G. R. A. Wright 
apparently having the priority. (A. J. P., xlvi. 
117; see especially A. J. P., xliv. 452). Cumin 
aldehyde has also, together with cymene, been ob- 
tained from the seeds of Cicuta virosa. (Trapp, Ann. 
Ch. Pharm., cviii. 386.) In medical properties 
cumin seeds resemble the other aromatic umbel- 
liferous fruits. Dose, from fifteen grains to half a 
drachm (0-971-l-944 Gm.). 
CUNILA MARIANA, L. (Now C. origanoides. 
(L.) Britt.) American Dittany. Sweet Horsemint. 
Stone Mint. A small indigenous perennial herb, 
growing on dry, sbady hills, from New England 
to Georgia, and flowering in June and July. The 
whole herb has a warm pungent taste and a fragrant 
odor, dependent on an essential oil, which, according 
to Mr. Philip Milleman, of Chicago, is of reddish- 
amber color, becoming light yellow by exposure to 
light, of a delicate, fragrant odor, very similar to 
that of oil of monarda, of a warm, pungent taste, 
and of the sp. gr. 0 920. It is readily soluble in 
alcohol, ether, and chloroform. On spontaneous 
evaporation, it leaves a small crystalline residue. 
Iodine decomposes it, producing white vapors ; by 
sulphuric acid it is reddened and decomposed, by 
nitric acid resinified, and by hydrochloric acid de- 
colorized, though its color returns on exposure. It 1634 
Capri Acetas.—Capri Nitras. 
PART II. 
is slightly rubefacient; in the dose of five or ten 
drops it is carminative, and of from fifteen to twenty 
drops diaphoretic. The same author found in the 
dried herb tannic acid, a trace of glucose, gum, 
bitter extractive, resin, and salts of potassa, lime, 
magnesia, and iron. (A. J. P., Nov. 1866, 495.) 
American dittany is a gently stimulant aromatic, 
analogous to the mints. 
CUPRI ACETAS. U. S. 1880. Copper Acetate. 
Cu(C2H302) H20; 199-2. Crystallized Verdigris. 
Crystals of Venus. Verdet, Cristaux de Venus, Fr. 
Essigsaures Kupfer, G. This salt may be prepared 
by dissolving verdigris in acetic acid, or by precipi- 
tating a concentrated solution of lead acetate with 
copper sulphate. It is the normal cupric acetate, 
as distinguished from the basic salts. “Deep- 
green, prismatic crystals, yielding a bright green 
powder, efHorescent on exposure to air, odorless, 
having a nauseating, metallic taste and an acid 
reaction. Soluble in 15 parts of water and in 135 
parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), in 5 parts of 
boiling water and in 14 parts of boiling alcohol. 
"When heated above 100° 0. (212° F.), the salt loses 
its water of crystallization, and at a temperature 
above 200° C. (392° F.), it is gradually decomposed. 
The aqueous solution of the salt has a bluish-green 
color, which is rendered deep blue by an excess of 
ammonia. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, 
acetous vapors are evolved. If the aqueous solu- 
tion of the salt be treated with hydrosulphuric 
acid until all the copper is precipitated, the filtrate 
should leave no residue on evaporation (alkalies, 
alkaline earths, and iron). If the aqueous solution 
be heated to boiling with solution of soda in excess, 
it will yield a filtrate which should not be clouded 
by hydrosulphuric acid (abs. of lead, zinc).” U. S. 
1880. 
Verdigris (Impure Subacetate of Copper, U. S. 
1870; Copper Subacetate; Aeruga, P. G.; Viride 
JEris, JEh'ugo, Lat. ; Acetate de Cuivre brut, Vert- 
de-gris, Acetate basique de Cuivre, Verd-et-gris, Fr.; 
Grunspan, Spangriin, Basisches Essigsaures Kupfer 
(Kupferoxyd), G. ; Verde Rame, It. ; Cardenillo, 
Sp ) is prepared in large quantities in the south 
of France, more particularly in the neighborhood 
of Montpellier. It is also manufactured in Great 
Britain and Sweden. In France the process is 
conducted in the following manner. Sheets of 
copper are stratified with the residue of the grape 
after the expression of the juice in making wine, 
and are allowed to remain in this state for a 
month or six weeks. At the end of this time the 
plates are found coated with a considerable quan- 
tity of verdigris. This is scraped off, and the 
plates are then replaced as at first, to be further 
acted on. The scrapings thus obtained form a paste, 
which is afterwards well beaten with wooden mal- 
lets, and packed in oblong leathern sacks, about 
ten inches in length by eight in breadth, in which 
it is dried in the sun, until the loaf of verdigris, 
as it is called, attains the proper degree of hard- 
ness. The rationale of the process is easily under- 
stood. The juice of the grape refuse undergoes the 
acetous fermentation, and the acetic acid attacking 
the copper forms the subacetate. In England a 
purer verdigris is prepared by alternating copper 
plates with pieces of woollen cloth steeped in pyro- 
ligneous acid. Verdigris comes to this country 
exclusively from France, being imported princi- 
pally from Bordeaux and Marseilles. It occurs in 
masses of a pale green color, and composed of a 
multitude of minute silky crystals. Sometimes, 
however, it occurs of a bright blue color. Its taste 
is coppery. It is insoluble in alcohol, and, by the 
action of water, a portion of it is resolved into the 
neutral acetate which dissolves, and the tri-acetate 
which remains behind in the form of a dark green 
powder, gradually becoming black. It is hence 
evident that, when verdigris is prepared by leviga- 
tion with water, it is altered in its nature. When 
verdigris is acted on by sulphuric acid, it is decom- 
posed, vapors of acetic acid being evolved, easily 
recognized by their vinegar odor. It is soluble 
almost entirely in ammonia, and dissolves in hy- 
drochloric and dilute sulphuric acids, with the ex- 
ception of impurities, which should not exceed 5 
per cent. When of good quality, it has a lively 
green color, is free from black or white spots, 
and is dry and difficult to break. The green rust, 
called in popular language verdigris, which copper 
vessels are apt to be coated with when not kept 
clean, is a copper carbonate, and should not be 
confounded with true verdigris. Verdigris, apart 
from its impurities, is a variable mixture of the 
basic copper acetates. 
The blue variety has approximately the com- 
position (C2H302)2Cu,Cu(0H)2 + 5H20. When 
treated with water it is gradually decomposed into 
two parts, according to the reaction : 3(Cu(C2Ha 
02)2,Cu(0H)2) = Cu(C„II302) + 2Cu(OH)2 and 
2Cu(C2H302)2 Cu(OH)2. The latter of these 
products constitutes the green variety of verdigris. 
(Fliickiger, Pharm. Chem., 758 ) The local and 
general action of verdigris upon the animal econ- 
omy and the treatment of its poisoning are the 
same as those of copper sulphate. It is never used 
internally.* 
CUPRI ARSENITUM. Copper Arsenite. 
Scheele’s Green. This salt was brought forward for 
the purpose of treating diarrhoea, on the homoeo- 
pathic principle, in the Symptomen Codex of Jahn. 
in 1865, and has been greatly lauded by John 
Aulde and other regular practitioners in the treat- 
ment of diarrhoea, entero-colitis, cholera morbus, and 
dysentery. It is to be given in doses of from one- 
three-thousandth to one-two-thousandth of a grain 
(0 00013-0-00020 Gm.), at intervals of from ten to 
twenty minutes, until some effect is produced. It 
does not seem to be sustaining its first reputation. 
CUPRI NITRAS. Br. 1885. Nitrate of Cop- 
per. Cupric Nitrate. Cu(N03)2,3H20. “May 
* Linimentum JZruginis, Mel JEgyptiacum, Unguentum JEgyp- 
tiacum. This is an old preparation, formerly official in 
Great Britain. The following is the process for it given in 
the old London Pharmacopoeia. “ Take of Verdigris (Sub- 
acetate of Copper), in powder, an ounce; Vinegar seven 
fluidounces; Honey fourteen ounces. Dissolve the Verdigris 
in the Vinegar, and strain through linen; then gradually 
add the Honey, and boil down to a proper consistence. 
The ounces used here are troyounces. It sometimes hap- 
pens, during the boiling of the acetic solution of the verdi- 
gris, that a red deposit rapidly forms, consisting of the red 
or suboxide of copper (cuprous oxide); and that at the end 
of the process little or none of the metallic salt remains in 
the preparation. This happens especially when graular 
honey is employed. (Harley. P. J. Tr., xi. 357.) The change 
is owing to the decomposition of the cupric oxide by the 
grape sugar of the honey, converting it into cuprous oxide. 
The inference is that, in making the preparation, so as to 
fulfil the objects of the original prescription, simple syrup 
should be used. It was formerly employed, either undi- 
luted or mixed with some mild ointment, to destroy fun- 
gous granulations or to repress their growth. In the latter 
state it acts as a stimulant to flabby, indolent, and ill-con- 
ditioned ulcers; and, largely diluted with water, it has been 
used as a gargle in venereal ulcerations of the mouth and 
throat. It is sometimes also applied undiluted, by means 
of a camel’s-hair brush. PART II. 
Cuprum, Ammoniatum.—Curcuma. 
1635 
be obtained by dissolving copper in diluted nitric 
acid and evaporating the solution until crystal- 
lization takes place on cooling to a temperature 
not lower than 70° F. (21-1° C.).” Br. 1885. This 
salt was introduced in the 1885 revision of the 
British Pharmacopoeia, to be dropped in 1898. As 
obtained by the above process, the crystals are 
prismatic and of a deep blue color, and very de- 
liquescent and corrosive. At a temperature below 
70° F. (21-1° C.), with one-third of its weight of 
water it forms tabular crystals which have the 
composition Cu(N03)2,6H20. The addition of a 
very little more water causes the crystals to form a 
styptic and caustic fluid. The diluted aqueous 
solution should show only a faintly acid reaction 
to litmus-paper. This salt has the physiological 
and medical properties of copper sulphate, and 
may be used in the same dose. 
CUPRUM AMMONIATUM. Ammoniated 
Copper. Cuprum Sulfuricum Ammoniatum, P.G. 
Ammonio-sulphate of Copper, E. Sulfate de Cuivre 
ammoniacal, Cuivre ammoniacal, Fr. Schwefel- 
saures Kupferoxyd-Ammoniak {Kupfer-Ammonium, 
Cuprammonium), G. “Take of Copper Sulphate 
half a troyounce; Ammonium Carbonate three hun- 
dred and sixty grains. Bub them together in a glass 
mortar until effervescence ceases. Then wrap the 
Ammoniated Copper in bibulous paper, dry it with 
a gentle heat, and keep it in a well-stopped glass 
bottle.” U. S. 1870. 
When the two salts above mentioned are rubbed 
together, a reaction takes place between them, at- 
tended with the elimination of the water of crystal- 
lization of the copper sulphate, which renders the 
mass moist, and with the simultaneous escape of 
carbonic acid gas from the ammonium carbonate 
(sesquicarbonate), which occasions an efferves- 
cence. The color is at the same time altered, 
passing from the light blue of the powdered copper 
sulphate to a beautiful deep azure. The nature 
of the chemical changes which take place in the 
formation of what is commonly called “ammo- 
niated copper” depends somewhat upon the condi- 
tions of action. When anhydrous cupric sulphate 
is exposed to the action of dry ammonia gas, the 
mass becomes heated, and a deep blue powder, 
CuS04 -(- 5NH3, results, which on exposure to the 
air is capable of exchanging the 5 mols. of am- 
monia for a corresponding amount of water. If, 
on the other hand, one part of powdered cupric 
sulphate be added to three parts of ammonia solu- 
tion (sp. gr. 0-960), and after the subsidence of any 
ferric hydrate present as impurity, six parts of 
alcohol be added to the clear liquid, crystals will be 
formed of the composition CuS04 -j- HaO -f 4NH3. 
If this preparation be allowed to remain exposed to 
the air, it will lose ammonia and water, and be 
changed into a mixture of basic sulphates. Am- 
moniated copper sulphate loses one molecule of 
NH3 at 200° C. (392° F.),and at 260° C. (500° F.), 
only anhydrous sulphate remains, which frequently, 
however, contains cuprous oxide. 
This salt has a beautiful deep azure-blue color, a 
strong ammoniacal odor, and a styptic, metallic 
taste. It is soluble in water, and the solution has 
an alkaline reaction on vegetable colors ; but, un- 
less there is excess of ammonium sesquicarbonate, 
the solution deposits copper subsulphate if much 
diluted. When exposed to the air it parts with 
ammonia, and is said to be ultimately converted 
into ammonium sulphate and copper carbonate. I 
This change is apt to occur, to a greater or less ex- 
tent, while it is drying. It should not, therefore, 
he prepared in large quantities at a time, and 
should be kept in well-closed bottles. By heat the 
whole of it is dissipated, except the copper oxide. 
Arsenous acid precipitates a green copper arsenite 
from its solution. Potassa, soda, lime water, and 
the acids are incompatible with it. Ammoniated 
copper was formerly much employed in epilepsy, 
chorea, hysteria, etc. It is at present very seldom 
exhibited. In overdoses it produces vomiting, and 
the poisonous effects which result from the other 
preparations of copper. Dose, in pill or solution, 
a quarter or half a grain (0-016 or 0-03 Gm.), twice 
a day, and gradually increased to four or five grains 
(0-26 or 0-33 Grn.). 
CURCUMA. U. S. 1870. Turmeric. Curcuma 
Longa. L. (Nat. ord. Scitaminese.) The root of 
this plant is perennial, tuberous, palmate, and in- 
ternally of a deep yellow or orange color. The leaves 
are radical, large, obliquely nerved, sheathing at 
their base, and closely embrace each other. The 
scape or flower-stem, which rises from the midst of 
the leaves, is short, thick, smooth, and constitutes a 
spike of numerous imbricated bracteal scales, be- 
tween which the flowers successively make their ap- 
pearance. The plant is a native of the East Indies 
and Cochin-China, and is cultivated in various 
parts of Southern Asia, particularly in China, 
Bengal, and Java, whence the root is exported. 
The best is said to come from China. 
The dried root (Safran des Jndes, Souchet des 
Indes, Er. ; Kurkuma, Gelbwurz, G. ; Curcuma, 
It., Sp. ; Zirsood, Arab. ; liuldie, Hindoo) is in 
cylindrical or oblong pieces (Curcuma longa), about 
as thick but not as long as the finger, tuberculated, 
somewhat contorted, externally yellowish brown 
or greenish yellow, internally deep orange-yellow, 
hard, compact, breaking with a fracture like that 
of wax, and yielding a yellow or orange-yellow 
powder. Another variety {Curcuma rotunda), com- 
paratively rare, is round or oval, about the size 
of a pigeon’s egg, and marked externally with 
numerous annular wrinkles. Sometimes it comes 
cut into two transverse segments. The two varie- 
ties have a close resemblance in sensible prop- 
erties, and are thought to he derived from the 
same plant, though formerly ascribed to different 
species. The odor of turmeric is peculiar; the 
taste warm, bitterish, and feebly aromatic. It 
tinges the saliva yellow. Analyzed by Pelletier 
and Vogel, it was found to contain lignin, starch, 
a peculiar yellow coloring matter called curcumin, 
a brown coloring matter, gum, an odorous and very 
acrid volatile oil, and a small quantity of calcium 
chloride. Curcumin was obtained, mixed with a 
little volatile oil (about 1 per cent.), by digesting 
the alcoholic extract of turmeric in ether, and 
evaporating the ethereal tincture. It has been ob- 
tained, by E. A. Daube, in deep yellow crystals, 
of a diamond lustre, by a process which may be 
found in the A. J. P. (1871, 308). C. L. Jackson 
and Menke have submitted turmeric root to a 
thorough examination, and give the following re- 
sults. The turmeric oil is first removed from the 
ground root by treatment with ligroine, then the 
curcumin mixed with a large quantity of resin is 
extracted with ether, and finally purified by crys- 
tallization from alcohol. The oil extracted by 
ligroine was dark yellow, and amounted to 11 per 
cent, of the root. The purified curcumin amounted 1636 
Gurry Leaves.—Cyclamen Europseum. 
PART II. 
to 0-3 per cent., and melted at 178° C. (352-4° F.). 
Analyses of the pure curcumin, of several of its 
salts, and of derivatives, show its formula to be 
Ci4H1404. (Am. Chem. Journ., iv. 77.) It is 
brown in mass, but yellow in the state of powder, 
without odor or taste, insoluble in benzin, scarcely 
soluble in water, but very soluble in alcohol, ether, 
and the oils. It is a diatomic monobasic acid. 
When treated with weak oxidizing agents it yields 
vanillin. The alkalies rapidly change its color to 
a reddish brown ; and paper tinged with tincture 
of turmeric is employed as a test of their presence. 
When treated with a mixture of sulphuric and 
boric acids it yields a product called rosocyanin, 
because it dissolves in alcohol with a fine red color, 
and is turned blue by alkalies. Its alcoholic so- 
lution produces colored precipitates with lead ace- 
tate, silver nitrate, and other salts. Turmeric 
is used for dyeing yellow ; but the color is not 
permanent. Mr. James Cook has found in tur- 
meric an alkaloid, which forms crystallizable salts 
with sulphuric and nitric acids, and, separated 
from these acids by ammonia, yields a semi-crys- 
talline precipitate. He observed also indications 
of a second base. (P. J. Tr., Nov. 1870.) Ivanow 
Gajewsky also states that there is an alkaloid in 
the root. (Pharmacographia, 641.) 
This root is a stimulant aromatic, hearing some 
resemblance to ginger in its operation, and is much 
used in India as a condiment. It is a constant in- 
gredient in the curries so generally employed in 
the East. In former times it had some reputation 
in Europe as a remedy in jaundice ; hut at present 
it is employed only to impart color to ointments 
and other pharmaceutic preparations. 
Turmeric paper, used as a test, is prepared by 
tingeing white unsized paper with a tincture or 
decoction of turmeric. The tincture may he made 
with one part of turmeric to six parts of proof 
spirit; the decoction, with one part of the root to 
ten or twelve of water. The access of acid or al- 
kaline vapors should be carefully avoided. 
African Turmeric. Dr. Wm. F. Daniell has 
brought into notice a product, much used by the 
native Africans of Sierra Leone in dyeing, consist- 
ing of rhizomes, closely resembling the East In- 
dian turmeric, having a similar odor and taste, and 
in like manner tingeing the saliva yellow, and im- 
parting their coloring matter readily to alcohol 
and water. He found it to he derived from a 
Canna, supposed to be the C. speciosa of Roscoe 
(now C. indica, L.). (P. J. Tr., 1859.) 
CURRY LEAVES. Currie. The leaves of 
the Murraya Koenigii, Spreng. (nat. ord. Ruta- 
ceae), a tree of India, are very largely used in that 
country as an aromatic, stomachic stimulant; 
when powdered and mixed with spices and other 
substances it forms curry powder, which is much 
used for seasoning food, rice, cooked dishes, etc. ; 
it is also employed in dyspepsia, diarrhoea, and even 
dysentery. According to Mr. J. G. Prebble (Phar- 
macographia Indica., vol. i.), curry leaves yield to 
distillation a small quantity of volatile oil, and 
also contain a greenish-black resin, and a gluco- 
side, Koenigin. The clear oil extracted from the 
seeds is known as Simabolee oil. 
CUTTLE-FISH BONE. Os Sepice, Os de 
Seche, Fr. Sepie, Weisses Fischbein, G. This is a 
calcareous body, situated underneath the skin, in 
the back of the Sepia officinalis, or cuttle-fish, of 
European seas. It is oblong-oval, from five to ten 
inches long, and from one and a half to three 
inches broad, somewhat convex on both sides, with 
thin edges, of a rather firm consistence upon the 
upper surface, very friable beneath, and composed 
of numerous layers, loosely connected, so as to give 
to the mass a porous consistence. It is lighter 
than water, of a white color, a feeble sea odor, 
and a saline taste. It contains, according to John, 
from 80 to 85 per cent, of calcium carbonate, be- 
sides animal matter, a little common salt, and 
traces of magnesia. Its fine powder may be given 
as an antacid, and it is sometimes used as an in- 
gredient of tooth-powders. Small pieces of it are 
often put into bird-cages that the birds may rub 
their bills against them ; and the powder is em- 
ployed for polishing. Another product of the 
cuttle-fish is a blackish-brown liquor, secreted by 
a small gland into an oval pouch, communicating 
externally near the rectum by a long excretory 
duct, through which the animal is said to have 
the powerof ejecting it at will. This, when taken 
from the fish, is dried, and used in making the 
water-colors sepia and India ink. 
CYCLAMEN EUROPIUM. L. Pain de 
Pourceau, Arthanite, Fr. Erdscheibe, Erdbrot, 
Schweinebrot, G. Sow-bread. This is an herba- 
ceous, perennial, stemless plant, belonging to the 
natural order Primulacese, which is indigenous in 
the south of Europe, and cultivated in gardens 
for the beauty of its purple flowers with reflected 
petals. The root is globular, with many branched 
fibres, almost black without, and white within, 
inodorous, and, when fresh, of a bitter, acrid, 
burning taste. By drying it loses much of its ac- 
rimony, and is said to be rendered edible by roast- 
ing. Hogs are said to root it up from the ground 
and to eat it with impunity ; and hence its common 
French name. The root is a drastic cathartic, and 
is used to cause abortion, but has in such cases pro- 
duced fatal gastro-enteritis. Its active principle 
appears to be arthaniiin of Saladin, cyclamin of 
S. De Luca. This is a poisonous glucoside, which, 
when boiled with diluted acids, splits into cycla- 
miretin, C16H2202, and glucose. It is white, amor- 
phous, inodorous, and, when held a short time in 
the mouth, intensely acrid, extending its action 
even to the throat. With cold water it swells and 
becomes gelatinous, but is readily dissolved, and 
forms a solution which froths like soap and water, 
and is coagulated by a heat of about 65-5° C. (150° 
F.). Alcohol dissolves it with difficulty when 
cold, but freely when hot; it is soluble in glycerin 
with the aid of heat; and is insoluble in ether, 
chloroform, disulphide of carbon, and the essential 
oils. Its formula, according to an analysis by 
Klinger, is C20H34010, although Robert (Chem. 
Centr., 1898, i. 32) makes it one of the class of 
saponins, and gives it the formula C20H32010, 
which is the same as that of sarsapari 1-saponin 
and smilacin. Dr. T. W. C. Martius recommends 
the following method of preparing it. The tubers, 
collected in the autumn, dried and powdered, are 
mixed with animal charcoal, and exhausted at a 
boiling heat by alcohol of 0-825; the tincture is 
filtered, concentrated, and set aside for six or eight 
weeks, when the cyclamin is deposited. This should 
be washed on a filter with alcohol till it passes 
colorless; and if the filtrate be concentrated, and 
set aside, it will deposit a further quantity in a few 
weeks. The whole is then mixed with animal 
charcoal and treated with boiling alcohol, which PART II. 
Cydonium.— Cytisus Laburnum. 
1637 
will slowly deposit the pure cyclamin on cooling. 
The dose of the powdered root is said to be from 
twenty to forty grains (1-29-2-59 Gm.). 
CYDONIUM. Quince Seed. Semen Cydoniae, 
P. G. Sentences (Pepins) de Coing, Semences de 
Going, Fr. Quittenkerne, Quittensamen, G. Semi 
di Cotogno, It. Simiente de Membrillo, Sp. The 
Gydonia vulgaris, Pers. (now Pyrus Gydonia, L.), 
or common quince-tree, is characterized as a species 
by its downy deciduous leaves. It is supposed to 
be a native of Crete, but grows wild in Austria, 
on the banks of the Danube. The fruit is about 
the size of a pear, yellow, downy, of an agreeable 
odor, and a rough, astringent, acidulous taste ; and 
in each of its five cells contains from eight to four- 
teen seeds. Though not eaten raw, it forms a very 
pleasant confection ; and a syrup prepared from it 
may be used as a grateful addition to drinks in 
sickness, especially in looseness of the bowels, 
which it is supposed to restrain by its astringency. 
The seeds, which were formerly official, are ovate, 
angled, reddish brown externally, white within, 
inodorous, and nearly insipid, being slightly bit- 
ter when long chewed. Their coriaceous envelope 
abounds in mucilage, which is extracted by boiling 
water. “ About a quarter of an inch (6 Mm.) long, 
oval or oblong, triangularly compressed, brown, 
covered with a whitish, mucilaginous epithelium, 
causing the seeds of each cell to adhere. With 
water the seeds swell up, and form a mucilaginous 
mass. The unbroken seeds have an insipid taste.” 
U. S. 1880. Two drachms of the seeds will render 
a pint of water thick and ropy. (A. J. P., 1876, 
35.) It has been proposed to evaporate the decoc- 
tion to dryness, and powder the residue. Three 
grains of this powder form a sufficiently consistent 
mucilage with an ounce of water. According to 
M. Garot, one part communicates to a thousand 
parts of water a semi-syrupy consistence. (Journ. 
de Pharrn., 3e ser., iii. 298.) Dr. Pereira con- 
siders the mucilage as peculiar, and proposes to 
call it cydonin. It differs from arabin in not yield- 
ing a precipitate with potassium silicate, and from 
bassorin and cerasin in being soluble in water both 
hot and cold. Tollens and Kirchner [Ann. d. 
Chimie, clxxv. 205-226) assign to it the formula 
regarding it as a compound of gum, 
Ci2H20Oi0, and cellulose, CeH1005, less one mole- 
cule of water. Quince mucilage is very bland, 
and may be used for the same purposes as other 
mucilaginous liquids. The U. S. P. 1880 gave the 
following formula for its preparation. “ Cydo- 
nium, two parts [or thirty-six grains] ; Distilled 
Water, one hundred parts [or four fluidounces]. 
Macerate the Cydonium for half an hour, in a cov- 
ered vessel, with the Distilled Water, frequently 
agitating. Then drain the liquid through mus- 
lin, without pressure. This preparation should be 
freshly made, when required for use.” 
CYNANCHUM VINCETOXICUM. Pers. 
Asclepias Vincetoxicum. Linn. (Now Vincetoxicum 
Officinale, Moench.) White Swallow-wort. Vince- 
toxicum. Dompte-venin, Hirundinaria, Fr. Schwal- 
benwurz, Giftwende, G. A perennial, herbaceous 
European plant, the root of which was formerly 
esteemed a counterpoison, and hence the botanical 
name. It has a bitterish, acrid taste, and, when 
fresh, a disagreeable odor, which is diminished by 
drying. Taken internally, especially in the recent 
state, it excites vomiting, and is capable, in larger 
quantities, of producing dangerous if not fatal 
inflammation of the stomach. It is said to be 
useful in cutaneous diseases and scrofula. Feneulle 
found in the root a principle analogous to emetin. 
CYNARA SCOLYMUS. L. (Now C. Car- 
dunculus. L.) Garden Artichoke. This is a per- 
ennial composite plant, indigenous in the south of 
Europe, and cultivated as a culinary vegetable. 
The receptacle and the lower portion of the fleshy 
leaflets of the flower-heads are eaten. When young, 
the heads are cut up raw and eaten as salad; when 
older, the}7 are boiled, and dressed variously. The 
flowers are said to curdle milk, and the plant to 
yield a good yellow dye. The leaves and their 
expressed juice are very bitter, and have been 
thought to be actively diuretic. They have been 
used in dropsies and rheumatic affections. 
CYNOGLOSSUM OFFICINALE. L. 
Hound’s Tongue. Langue de Ghien, Fr. Hunds- 
zunge, G. A biennial plant of the nat. ord. 
JBoraginacese, common both in Europe and in 
this country. The leaves and root have been em- 
ployed, but the latter has been generally preferred. 
The fresh plant has a disagreeable narcotic odor, 
resembling that of mice, which is dissipated by 
drying. The taste is nauseous, bitterish, and muci- 
laginous. Different opinions as to its powers have 
been entertained, some considering it nearly inert, 
others as a dangerous poison. Diediilin, of St. 
Petersburg, Russia, affirms that an extract of this 
plant will paralyze the motor nerves in verte- 
brate animals ; and J. Setschenow, of Gratz, states 
that, upon introducing a piece of the extract, about 
as large as the head of a pin, which he had re- 
ceived from Dr. Diediilin, into the dorsal lymph 
sac of each one of four frogs, he produced total 
paralysis of motion in from five to ten minutes; 
the heart continuing to beat, the irritability of the 
muscles continuing, and sensation remaining un- 
disturbed. (See Med. and Surg. Reporter, 1868, 
153.) Hound’s tongue has been used as a demul- 
cent and sedative in coughs, catarrh, spitting of 
blood, dysentery, and diarrhoea. The pilulce de 
cynoglosso owe their properties chiefly to opium. 
CYPERUS ARTICULATUS. Adrue. (Nat. 
ord. Cyperacese.) This Guinea rush is said to be 
largely used in its native country as an anti- 
emetic and tonic. Dose, of fluid extract, thirty 
minims (1-85 C c.). (New Mat. Med.) 
CYPRESS OIL. An oil derived from the 
Cupressus sempervirens, L. (nat. ord. Coniferse), 
has been strongly recommended by Bravo in 
whooping-cough; it is used by sprinkling the 
clothes, bed, etc., about the patient. 
CYTISUS LABURNUM. L. (Now Laburnum 
vulgare. Grisebach.) Laburnum. The laburnum 
is a small tree, indigenous in the higher moun- 
tains of Europe, and cultivated, throughout the 
civilized world, for its flowers, which appear early 
in the spring in rich pendent yellow clusters. All 
parts of the plant are probably poisonous. In 
fifty-eight boys poisoned simultaneously by the 
roots, the symptoms were intense sleepiness, vomit- 
ing, convulsive movements, coma, slight frothing 
at the mouth, and unequally dilated pupils. [Med. 
Times and Gaz.,wol. ii., 1875.) In some cases the 
diarrhoea has been severe. The convulsions have 
at times been markedly tetanic ; wide-spread anaes- 
thesia has been noted, and also excessive mydriasis, 
with loss of the pupillary reflex, elevation of temper- 
ature, delirium, and cyanosis. After death there 
have been found erosion of the colonic mucous 1638 
Cytisus Laburnum.—Damiana. 
PART II. 
membrane, extreme hyperaemia of the brain, and 
nephritis. (Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., xxi. 1895.) 
For cases, see also previous editions of the U. S. D.; 
Arbeiten Pharm. Instit. Dorpat, ii., 1888; Le 
Mouvement Med., 1875, No. 28 ; Dub. Quart. Journ., 
1863, 248 ; Med. Times and Gaz., Sept. 1862 ; Lan- 
cet, Aug. 1870.) Caventou found in the flowers 
an odorous fixed oil, gum, lignin, gallic acid, and 
traces of calcium sulphate and chloride. Chev- 
allier and Lassaigne discovered in the seeds of 
cytisus a white, amorphous, deliquescent, non- 
nitrogenous substance, of a bitter nauseous taste, 
soluble in water and weak alcohol, and insoluble 
in ether. In small doses it produced, in animals, 
vomiting, convulsions, and death. (Merat and De 
Lens.) Husemann and Marme isolated in 1884 
an alkaloid, cytisine, a white, crystalline solid, of 
a bitter somewhat caustic taste, soluble in water 
and alcohol, but scarcely at all soluble in ether, 
chloroform, benzol, or carbon disulphide. A 
second alkaloid, laburnine, was also announced by 
them. (Chem. News, July 16, 1869, 36.) Partheil 
(Arch, der Pharm., 1892, 448) 1 as since studied 
cytisine, and gives it the formula 
which has been adopted by other authorities. He 
considers it to be identical with the ulexine of the 
TJlex europceus, L. (nat. ord. Leguminosse). 
When cytisine is distilled with soda lime, a pyri- 
dine derivative is obtained, besides a base, C0H13N, 
which is possibly a hydroquinoline. Cytisine is 
stated to be found also in arnica flowers. 
According to the researches of P. C. Plugge 
(Archiv der Pharm., 1895), cytisine is a very 
widely distributed alkaloid. He has found it in 
eight species of the genus Cytisus, two of the genus 
Genista, two of the genus Sophora, two of the 
genus Baptisia, and in other plants. He asserts 
that ulexine of Gerrard, from IJlex europceus, L. ; 
sophorine of H. C. Wood, from Sophora speciosa, 
Benth. (now S. secund flora, Lag.), and bapiitoxine 
of Von Schroeder/from Baptisia tinctoria, R. Br., are 
identical with cytisine. Prof. Plugge also believes 
that the alkaloid of Euchresta horsfieldii, Benn. 
(nat. ord. Leguminosae), a Javanese pea, whose 
seeds are used as a contra-poison by the natives, 
is identical with cytisine. Robert and Radzi- 
willowicz (loc. cit.) find that in the lower animals 
the symptoms of poisoning by cytisine resemble 
somewhat those of strychnine-poisoning, but are 
attended by much vomiting of centric origin; 
that the alkaloid depresses even in the living organ- 
ism ozonizing properties of the red corpuscles ; that 
it first excites and afterwards paralyzes the centre 
of respiration, and probably in this way causes 
death ; that it also powerfully stimulates the vaso- 
motor centres, producing a marked elevation of 
blood-pressure which is independent of the heart 
and is followed, if the dose have been large enough, 
by a gradual fall of pressure, due to paralysis of the 
vaso-motor centres. The motor side of the spinal 
cord is also strongly excited by small, and finally 
paralyzed by large, doses. The peripheral ends of 
the motor nerves are paralyzed in a curare-like 
method. The alkaloid also seems to have a distinct 
action upon the uterus, and has frequently pro- 
duced abortion. Therapeutic trials were made with 
the alkaloid in hypodermic doses of 0 005 Gm., or 
by the mouth in from one- to three-drop doses of 
the 1 per cent, solution, in conditions of depression, 
without much effect. Dr. Gray (Journ. de Pharm,., 
1862) found laburnum to produce in man narcotic 
effects, and commends it in vomiting, bronchitis, 
whooping-cough, and asthma. 
DAMIANA. Under this name have been sold 
in the American market as aphrodisiacs several 
distinct Mexican drugs. According to Mr. Well- 
come, there were in 1875 (A. J. P., xlvii.) at least 
three of these, each claiming to be genuine. 
Of these various drugs, one had a smooth, dark 
green, broadly lanceolate, dentate leaf, usually 
having six teeth on each side, heavy midrib, and 
ribs extending to the point of the teeth, from two 
to five lines in width and from six to twelve in 
length; the stem was red and woody, and the 
leaves gave a minty flavor when chewed. The 
second variety had a light green, obovate, deeply 
toothed leaf, having three and occasionally four 
teeth on each side, with a heavy midrib, and 
branching ribs extending to the edge. The sur- 
face was rough, and both sides were covered with 
short hairs. It was from two to five lines in 
width and five to eight in length. The stem was 
very woody, and near the apex it was quite hairy; 
on chewing it yielded a sage-like flavor. In the 
third variety the leaf was light green, lanceolate, 
having three teeth on each side, which terminated in 
hard, sharp points ; it had a distinct midrib, and 
was rather indistinctly veined ; was from one and 
a half to three lines in width and four to ten in 
length. It was quite thick and had a rough sur- 
face, with occasional black dots. To the naked 
eye the leaf appeared to be covered with shining 
scales, which, under the glass, appeared as minute 
resin-like globules. This was the only specimen 
accompanied by flowers. They were compound, 
with yellow florets and white pappus; the stem 
was woody, with green epidermis, and covered 
with resinous secretion. In 1882 there were two 
damianas in the Philadelphia market. One was 
chiefly composed of pieces of stems and branches, 
but contained enough of floral heads and leaves to 
show that it was the third variety of Wellcome, 
and was the product of one of the Compositas, 
Bigeloioia veneta, Gray (Aplopappus discoideus, 
Do C.). (Med. and Surg. Rep., xxxiv. 180.) The 
second variety was that considered by the intro- 
ducers as genuine damiana. It was the leaves and 
terminal twigs of aTurnera (nat. ord. Turneracem), 
supposed by some to be a new species, T. aphro- 
disiaca, L. F. Ward (now T. diffusa, Willd.), but 
which is probably only a variety of T. micro- 
phylla, De C. It is this drug which constitutes 
the damiana of commerce. The leaves are from 
three to eight lines long, one to three lines broad, 
obovate to lanceolate, eight to ten sharp-toothed, 
smooth or with a few hairs on ribs below, mid- 
rib marked with, in some cases, strong, straight 
veins running to the edge between the teeth ; in 
other cases veins branched and sending a final vein 
into the tooth ; stems fine, woody, reddish, ends of 
branches hairy. F. W. Rantzer (A. J. P., 1887, 
69) obtained from the leaves of Turnera aphro- 
disiaca about one-half per cent, of an amber-colored 
volatile oil, with a heavy aromatic odor, and a 
warm, camplioraceous, and bitter taste; also tan- 
nin, two tasteless resins, and extractive. 
The published reports as to the value of the drug 
vary greatly, some having had great success with it 
in sexual atony, most finding it useless ; it is prob- 
ably nothing more than a feeble tonic. An ounce 
(31 1 Gm.) of the leaves, either in the form of 
infusion or fluid extract, may be given daily. PART II. 
Dcinais Fragrans.—Dionine. 
1639 
DANAISFRAGRANS. Gaertn. f. (Nat. ord. 
Rubiaceae.) In this Madagascar plant, whose root 
is said to be tonic and antiperiodic, Henkel and 
Schlagdenhauffen found a glucoside, danain. (A. 
J. P., 1886.) 
DAPHNANDRA. The bark of several species 
of Australian trees belonging to the genus Daph- 
nandra (nat. ord. Monimiaceae) is asserted to be 
rich in poisonous alkaloids. (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1887.) 
Dr. Bancroft states that the active alkaloid is solu- 
ble in water, and to some extent is antagonistic to 
strychnine. 
DELPHINIUM. It is probable that most if 
not all of the species of this genus of Ranunculaceae 
are actively poisonous. Rochebrune (Toxicol. Afri- 
caine, i.) has separated alkaloids believed by him 
to be identical with delphinine from the D. pere- 
grinum, L., and D. mauritanicum, Coss.; whilst 
Thomas C. Hopkins, of Baltimore, found in the 
seeds of the D. consolida, L., or Larkspur (Lark's 
claw, Knight’s spur), delphinine (C24H35N02), 
volatile oil, fixed oil, gum, resin, chlorophyll, 
gallic acid, and salts of potassa, lime, and iron. 
(A. J. P., xi.) From the expressed juice of the 
larkspur aconitic acid was obtained by W. Wicke 
(Journ. de Pharm., 1854.) Moreover, the seeds of 
the indigenous D. exaltatum, Art. (now D. urceo- 
latum, Jacq.), are stated to have a similar physio- 
logical action with those of the larkspur. The 
larkspur (D. consolida) is a showy annual, whose 
leaves are divided into linear segments, widely 
separated, and forked at the summit. The flowers 
are usually of a beautiful azure-blue color, and 
disposed in loose terminal racemes, with pe- 
duncles longer than the bracts. The nectary is 
one-leaved, with an ascending horn nearly equalling 
the corolla. The seeds are contained in smooth, 
solitary capsules. The species has been introduced 
from Europe into the United States, where it has 
become naturalized, growing in the woods and 
fields, and flowering in June and July. The 
flowers are bitter and acrid. In large doses the 
seeds produce violent vomiting and purging, and 
are said also to be diuretic. They were formerly 
in the Secondary List of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 
and a tincture (J;i to Oi diluted alcohol) has been 
used in spasmodic asthma and dropsy; dose, ten 
drops (0*6 C.c ) gradually increased. Mr. Brett 
has found that-D. peregrmum, L., when growing is 
very effective in the destruction of grasshoppers. 
(P. J. Tr., vol. xxi., 1891.) 
DERMATOL. (See Bismuthi Gallas.) 
DERMOL is said to be obtained by treating 
bismuth oxide with chrysophanic acid. It is used 
principally in ointment for skin diseases. 
DIABETIN is a proprietary saccharine body 
nearly identical with levulose. It is intended for 
the use of diabetic patients. 
DIALYSIS. This name was given by the late 
Prof. Graham, Master of the Mint, London, to a 
process based upon the different diffusibility of 
liquids, by which mixed substances may often be 
separated from each other. For a brief history, 
see p. 1781. U. S. D., 16th edition. 
DIANTHUS CARYOPHYLLUS. L. Clove 
Pink. (Nat. ord. Caryophyllaceae.) Of the ordi- 
nary garden pink those specimens should be selected 
for medicinal use which have the deepest red color 
and the most aromatic odor. The petals should not 
be collected till the flower is fully blown, and 
should be employed in the recent state. They 
have a fragrant odor, thought to resemble that of 
the clove. Their taste is sweetish, slightly bitter, 
and somewhat astringent. Both water and alcohol 
extract their sensible properties, and they yield a 
fragrant essential oil by distillation. In Europe 
they are employed to impart color and flavor to a 
syrup, used as a vehicle. The Edinburgh Pharma- 
copoeia directed this to be made by macerating one 
part of the flowers, without their claws, in four 
parts of boiling water for twelve hours, then filter- 
ing, and adding seven parts of sugar. 
DIAPHORETIC ANTIMONY. Anlimonium 
Diaphoreticum. Potassii Biantimonias. This com- 
pound is directed, in the French Codex, to be 
formed by deflagrating in a red-hot crucible, and 
keeping red-hot for half an hour, a mixture of 
pure antimony with twice its weight of potassium 
nitrate, both being in fine powder. The product, 
washed with water and dried, is washed diaphoretic- 
antimony. For improved process, see 14th edition of 
U. S. D., p. 1640. Dose, from two to three drachms 
(7-77—11-66 Gm.). Weak, variable, rarely used. 
DIAPHTHOL. Quinaseptol. Orthoxyquino- 
line-metasulphonic Acid. Occurs in yellowish-white 
crystals slowly soluble in cold water. It is an 
antiferment said to be without toxicity. 
DICTAMNUS ALBUS. L. White Fraxinella. 
Bastard Dittany. (Nat. ord. Rutacese.) The aro- 
matic bitter bark of the root of this European plant 
was formerly used, Storck gave it in intermittents, 
worms, amenorrhcea, hysteria, and epilepsy. Dose, 
front a scruple to a drachm (1-29-3 88 6m.). 
DIDYMII NITRAS. Didymium Nitrate. 
Di2(N03)6 12H20. This salt occurs in rose-col- 
ored crystals soluble in water and alcohol. It has 
been used as an antiseptic, preventing the growth 
of bacteria when used in solutions of the strength 
of 1 in 2000. (Centralb. Bad. und Parasiten, xxi.) 
DIERVILLA TRIFIDA. Moench. D. Cana- 
densis. Muhl. D. Diervilla. (L.) MacM. Bush 
Honeysuckle. A low, erect, indigenous shrub, 
growing especially in rocky places throughout the 
Northern States. The whole plant is supposed to 
be possessed of diuretic and astringent properties, 
and is given in infusion by the “eclectics” in dis- 
eases of the urinarv passages. 
DI-ETHYL-KETONE. Propione, C2H5.CO. 
CaH5, is obtained by the dry distillation of cal- 
cium propionate, (C3H502)2Ca. A transparent 
liquid, soluble in twenty-four parts of water, mix- 
ing with water, alcohol, and ether, boiling at 101° 
C.; recommended by Albanese and Barabini in 
1892 as inducing sleep in animals. It has been used 
by Giovanni in the treatment of maniacal and hys- 
terical excitement in doses of from eight to twenty 
grains (0-5-1-3 Gm.). It should be administered in 
dilute solution. 
DINITROCRESOL. C6H2(N02)2 j 
Commercial Saffron Substitute is a mixture of the 
potassium salts of dinitro-ortho- and para-cresols. 
It is said to have been sold for saffron in Berlin, 
with fatal results. (Rundschau, Prague, 1887.) 
DIONINE. Hydrochlorate of mono-ethyl-ester 
of morphine. This substance is a white, somewhat 
bitter, micro-crystalline powder, soluble in seven 
parts of water, one and a half parts of alcohol, and 
twenty parts of syrup; insoluble in ether and chlo- 
roform; precipitated from its solutions by most of 
the alkaloidal reagents. It was first brought for- 
ward by Ludwig Hesse (Pharm. Centralb., xl.) It 1640 
Dioscorea Villosa.—Dita. 
PART II. 
has been studied therapeutically by Schroder and 
Korte and by Von Mering. Its action is said to 
be very similar to that of codeine, but somewhat 
stronger and more prolonged. It appears not to be 
comparable with morphine as an analgesic, but to 
be of especial service in quieting cough. It is said 
to increase rather than decrease expectoration in 
phthisis and other pulmonic affections, and to be 
of especial value in the lessening of night-sweats. 
The dose is from one-sixth to one-fourth of a grain 
(0-012-0-016 Gm.) every four or five hours, or a 
single dose of half a grain (0-032 Gm.) at bedtime. 
DIOSCOREA VILLOSA. L. Wild Yam- 
root. Colic-root. Rheumatism-root. (Nat. ord. 
Dioscoreacese.) An indigenous perennial creeper, 
with long, branching, contorted, fibrous, ligneous 
roots. It grows from Ontario to Wisconsin, and 
south to Florida and Texas. For an excellent 
illustrated microscopical description of the plant, 
by Prof. E. S. Bastin, see West. Drug., 1885, 203. 
The roots are used by the “eclectics,” who con- 
sider them efficacious in bilious colic, and by the 
Southern negroes in rheumatism. W. C. Kal- 
teyer found saponin in it in considerable quantity. 
(A. J. P., 1888.) A substance, improperly called 
dioscorein, obtained by precipitating the tincture 
with water, is used in a dose of from one to four 
grains (0 064-0-259 Gm.). Dose, from four to eight 
fluidounces (118-2-236-5 C.c.) of decoction (^i-Oi); 
ten minims to one fluidraehm (0-62-3-69 C.c.) of 
fluid extract. 
Dioscorea hirsuta, Bl., grows in the island of Java, 
where it is known as Gadoeng. In 1894 W. G. 
Boorsma (Mededeelingen uit’s Lands Plantentuin, 
xiii.) separated from it an alkaloid to which he gave 
the name of dioscorine. This alkaloid has been 
elaborately studied chemically and physiologically 
by Plugge and Schutte (Arch. Internat. d. Phar- 
macod., iv., 1897), who obtained it in crystals having 
the formula C13H19N02, and found it to be a con- 
vulsant poison, resembling closely in its action 
picrotoxin, but much more feeble. Dioscorea bul- 
bifera, L., grows in the Gaboon country of tropical 
Africa. Heckel and Schlagdenhaufl'en found in the 
tuber a glucoside, together with wax, chlorophyll, 
saccharose, and resin. 
DIOSPYROS. Persimmon. Date-plum. Fruits 
de Plaqueminier de Virginie, Fr. Persimmon- 
friichte, Dattelpflaumen, G. The Diospyros Vir- 
giniana, L. (nat. ord. Ebenacese), or per-immon, is 
an indigenous tree, rising sometimes in the Southern 
States to the height of sixty feet, with a trunk 
twenty inches in diameter; but seldom attaining 
more than half that size near its northern limits, 
and often not higher than fifteen or twenty feet. 
The stem is straight, and in the old tree covered 
with a furrowed blackish bark. The branches are 
spreading; the leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate, 
entire, smooth, reticulately veined, alternate, and 
supported on pubescent footstalks. The buds are 
smooth. The male and female flowers are on sepa- 
rate trees. They are lateral, axillary, solitary, 
nearly sessile, of a pale orange color, and not 
conspicuous. The fruit is a globular berry, dark 
yellow when ripe, and containing numerous seeds 
in a soft yellow pulp. The dried, roasted, and 
ground seeds are used in some parts of Georgia as 
a substitute for coffee. (Med. and Surg. Reporter, 
1873, 437.) 
This tree is very common in the Middle and 
Southern States, but, according to Michaux, does 
not flourish beyond the forty-second degree of north 
latitude. The flowers appear in May or June ; but 
the fruit is not ripe till the middle of autumn. 
While green, the fruit is excessively astringent, and 
in this form was formerly included in the U. S. 
Secondary List; but, when perfectly mature, and 
after being touched by the frost, it is sweet and 
palatable. The unripe fruit, according to Mr. B. 
B. Smith, of Philadelphia, contains tannic acid, 
sugar, malic acid, coloring matter, and lignin. (A. 
J. P., xviii. 167.) The tannic acid was considered 
by Mr. John E. Bryan not to be of the kind existing 
in galls and oak-bark. [Ibid., xxxii. 215.) Char- 
ropin (Pharmacographia, 403), however, believes 
the tannic acid to be identical with that of nutgalls, 
and finds besides an abundance of pectin, glucose, 
and a yellow coloring matter insoluble in water, 
but dissolving freely in ether. Wm. Schleif, Jr. 
(A. J. P., 1890, 390), has extracted from per- 
simmon-bark a resinoid principle, in the form of 
crystalline masses, soft and waxy when freshly 
crystallized from alcohol or ether, drying to a 
brownish mass of peculiar odor and slightly astrin- 
gent taste, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
very slightly in water. Heated to 258° C. it 
darkens considerably, and is decomposed at 262° 
C. The persimmon has been used by Mettauer 
in diarrhoea, chronic dysentery, and uterine hemor- 
rhage. The dose of the vinous tincture (an ounce 
of the fresh green fruit to two fluidounces of dilute 
alcohol) is a fluidraehm (3-69 C.c.) or more for 
infants, and half a fluidounce (14-7 C.c.) or more 
for adults. The bark is astringent and verv bitter. 
DIOXYNAPHTHALENE (C10H802) maY 
exist in several modifications, the best known being 
the a- and (i-hydronaphthoquinones. They are dia- 
tomic phenols in character. Lepine (La Semaine 
Med., No. 31, 1887) finds that dioxvnaphthalene 
produces in dogs and guinea-pigs violent convul- 
sions, alteration in the color of the blood, due to 
the formation of methasmoglobin, and blacken- 
ing of the urine. He asserts that in asthenic 
persons three grains (0T94 6m.) a day increase 
power. 
DIPPEL’S ANIMAL OIL. Oleum Cornu 
Cervi. This oil was formerly produced in the 
process of obtaining ammoniacal products from 
bone or horn. (See earlv editions of U. S. D.) 
DIRCA PALUSTRIS. L. Leather Wood. 
(Nat. ord. Thymelaceae.) An indigenous shrub, 
usually very small, but sometimes attaining the 
height of five or six feet, growing in boggy woods, 
and other low wet places, in almost all parts of the 
United States. The berries, which are small, oval, 
and of an orange color, are said to be narcotic and 
poisonous. The tough bark, in the fresh state, has 
a peculiar rather nauseous odor, and an unpleasant 
acrid taste, and when chewed excites a flow of 
saliva. It yields its acrimony completely to alco- 
hol, but imperfectly to water even by decoction. 
Six or eight grains of the fresh bark produce vio- 
lent vomiting, preceded by a sense of heat in the 
stomach, and often followed by purging. Applied 
to the skin it slowly excites redness and ultimately 
vesicates. It is analogous to mezereon in its medi- 
cal as well as botanical characters. 
DITA. Ecorce de Dita, Fr. Ditarinde, G. 
This is the bark of a tree, Alstonia. Scholaris, B. 
Br. (Echites Scholaris, L.), belonging to the family 
of Apocynaceae, and growing in the Philippine 
Islands. It occurs in pieces from three to six PART II. 
Ditana Digitifolia. —Dracontium. 
1641 
inches long and three to four lines thick, some- 
times flat, sometimes slightly curved ; its internal 
surface is fibrous and of a brown sepia tint; its 
section has the color of leather, and its external 
surface is of the same tint, with brown spots. It is 
compact, but readily pulverized ; is without odor, 
and has a taste at first slight, afterwards decidedly 
bitter. M. Gruppe extracted from it, by a process 
similar to that used for quinine, an uncrystallizable, 
hygroscopic, bitter principle, ditaine. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., xviii. 225; xix. 84; P. J. Tr., Aug. 
1875.) Harnack (Be?-. Chem. Ges., 1878) first ob- 
tained ditaine in pure crystallized form, and gave 
it the formula C20H30N204. According to Erich 
Harnack (Ditaine, Leipsic, 1877), ditaine in the 
frog acts as a paralyzant upon the motor nerve- 
centres and the motor nerve-trunks, and also upon 
the vagi. Upon mammals its influence resembles 
closely that of curare. The peripheral nerve- 
endings are paralyzed by it, as are also the periph- 
eral vagi and the vaso-motor nerves. O. Hesse 
(P. J. Tr., Oct. 23, 1880) finds in dita the follow- 
ing principles. Three alkaloids : ditamine, C16H19 
N02, the relative amount of which he estimates at 
0-04 per cent. ; echitamine, C22H28N204 H20 
(identical, according to Hesse, with Harnaclt’s 
ditaine) ; and echitenine, C20H27N04. Of these, 
the second is the strongest base, and resembles 
ammonia in its chemical characters. Hesse con- 
siders the compound given above with one mole- 
cule of water as the hydroxide of a strong basic 
radical, echitammonium, C22H20N2O4. The solu- 
tions of echitammonium hydroxide are so strongly 
basic that they precipitate the hydrates of copper, 
iron, aluminum, and lead, and decompose sodium 
and potassium chlorides, liberating the correspond- 
ing hydrates. Hesse considers echitammonium 
the most strongly basic of all the alkaloids. Hesse 
also obtained by extraction with petroleum benzin 
echicaoutchin, echiretin, echicerin, echitin, and echi- 
tein, of which the three last mentioned are crystal- 
line. (See A. J. P., 1895, 166.) Dita bark has been 
used as a tonic and in dysentery. Dose, of fluid 
extract, from eight to ten minims (0-5-0-61 C.c.). 
For microscopic characters, see Newer Mat. Med. 
DITANA DIGITIFOLIA. This alleged med- 
ical plant seems to be a myth. (H. H. Busby, T. 
G., iii. 588.) 
DITHIO-CALCIUM CARBONATE. Dithio- 
carbonate of lime. CaCOSo. This orange-red crys- 
talline, hygroscopic powder, slightly soluble in 
water, less so in alcohol, has been especially em- 
ployed by Tommasoli and Yicini (Monatssch. f. 
Prakt. Dermatol., 1892) as a local application in 
eczema, psoriasis, lupus, purulent venereal and other 
skin diseases, in the form of a 5 per cent, salve or 
a somewhat stronger aqueous solution. A 20 per 
cent, solution produced distinct burning irritation 
and even pustulation. Sabbatini states that the 
1 per cent, solution inhibits, but does not kill pyo- 
genic micro-organisms. On exposure, its aqueous 
solution undergoes decomposition with the sepa- 
ration of sulphur and hydrogen sulphide. 
DITHION. Sodium Dithio-salicylicum. An 
energetic antiseptic for wounds, it is used in the 
form of a solution, powder, or ointment. 
DITHIO-SALICYLIC ACID. 
CeH®((OH jcOOHAccordinSto 0est Zeitsch- 
f. Pharm. (1889, 298), dithio-salicylic acid, a pro- 
posed substitute for salicylic acid, is made by heat- 
ing equal molecules of sulphur chloride and salicylic 
acid to from 120°-150° C., dissolving the light 
yellow fusion in sodium hydrate, and precipitating 
the acid, by addition of HC1, as a resinous straw- 
colored mass, forming, after pulverization, a light 
yellow powder, easily soluble in alcohol, benzol, 
and glacial acetic acid. The sodium salt of the 
acid, Sodium dithio-salicylate, is said by Linden- 
born [Rep. de Pharm., Sept. 1889) to be prefer- 
able in the treatment of rheumatism to salicylic 
acid, because more energetic and less apt to disturb 
the digestion. It is asserted that, as an antiseptic, 
it is fully equal to sodium salicylate. Dose, three 
grains (0T94 Gm.), repeated according to circum- 
stances. Ten grains (0-647 Gm.) are said to pro- 
duce nausea, tinnitus aurium, and sweating. 
DOUNDAKE. Quinquina Africaine. Kina 
du Rio Nunez. The Sarcocephalus esculentus, Afzel 
(nat. ord. Rubiaceae), of Africa yields a bark which 
is said to be an astringent and tonic febrifuge. For 
a description of the bark and its chemical char- 
acteristics, see P. J. Tr., vol. xvi. 49. Heckel and 
Schlagdenhauffen do not believe that doundake 
contains an alkaloid, but attribute its power to 
three distinct principles of a resinous nature, the 
first of which is of an orange-yellow color and very 
bitter, soluble in water, alcohol, and potash ; the 
second light yellow in color, soluble in potash but 
not in water; the third soluble in potash, insoluble 
in water and in alcohol. (Journ. Soc. Chem. Indus., 
1886, 435.) 
DRACONTIUM. Skunk Cabbage. Skunk Weed. 
Polecat Weed. Racine de Pathos fetide, Fr. Stink- 
ende Drachenwurzel, G. Symplocarpus fcetidus. 
Nutt. Dracontium fcetidum. L. Ictodes fcetidus. 
Bigelow. Spathyema fcetida. (L.) Raf. The rhi- 
zome is perennial, large, abrupt, and furnished 
with numerous fleshy fibres, which penetrate to 
the depth of two feet or more. The spathe, which 
is the first part of the plant to appear, is ovate, 
acuminate, obliquely depressed at the apex, auric- 
ulated at the base, folded inward at the edges, 
and of a brownish-purple color, varied with spots 
of red, yellow, and green. Within the spathe, 
the flowers, which resemble it in color, are placed 
in great numbers upon a globose peduncled spadix, 
for which they form a compact covering. After 
the spathe has decayed, the spadix continues to 
grow, and when the fruit is mature, has attained 
a size exceeding several times its original dimen- 
sions. At the base of each style is a roundish seed 
about the size of a pea, immersed in the spadix, 
and speckled with purple and yellow. The leaves, 
which appear after the flowers, are numerous and 
crowded, oblong-cordate, acute, smooth, strongly 
veined, and attached to the rhizome by long pe- 
tioles, which are hollowed in front, and furnished 
with colored sheathing stipules. At the beginning 
of May, when the leaves are fully developed, they 
are very large, being from one to two feet in length, 
and from nine inches to a foot in breadth. The 
plant is abundant in wet places throughout the 
northern and middle sections of the Union. Its 
flowers appear in March and April, and in the 
lower latitudes often so early as February. The 
fruit is usually quite ripe and the leaves are de- 
cayed before the end of August. All parts of it 
have a fetid odor, dependent upon an extremely 
volatile principle, which is rapidly dissipated by 
heat. The rhizome should be collected in autumn, 
or in early spring, and dried with care. 1642 
Dragon’s Blood.—Duboisia. 
PART II. 
The rhizome occurs either whole or in transverse 
slices. When entire, it is cylindrical or in the 
shape of a truncated cone, two or three inches long 
by about an inch in thickness, externally dark 
brown and very rough from the insertion of the 
radicles, internally white and amylaceous. The 
rootlets are of various lengths, about as thick as 
a hen’s quill, very much flattened and wrinkled, 
white within, and covered by a yellowish or red- 
dish-brown epidermis, considerably lighter colored 
than the body of the rhizome. The odor is fetid, 
the taste acrid; both are lessened by drying and 
progressively diminish with time, so that the dried 
rhizome should not be kept longer than a single 
season. This acrimony is entirely absent in the 
decoction. The radicles are said to have less 
acrimony than the caudex. The seeds are very 
acind, and, though inodorous when whole, give out, 
when bruised, the peculiar odor of the plant. 
The rhizome is affirmed to be antispasxm.dic and 
narcotic; occasioning nausea and vomiting, with 
headache, vertigo, and dimness of vision. It has 
been used with alleged success in asthma, chronic 
catarrh, chronic rheumatism, chorea, hysteria, and 
dropsy. Dose of powder, from ten to twent}7 grains 
(0-647-1-29 6m.), increased till some evidence of 
action is afforded. 
DRAGON’S BLOOD. Sanguis Draconis. 
Sang-dragon, Fr. Drachenblut, G. This is a res- 
inous substance obtained from the fruit of sev- 
eral species of Calamus, especially C. Rotang, L., 
and C. Draco, Willd. (now Dcemonorops Draco, 
Blume), small palms, growing in Siam, the Mo- 
lucca Islands, and other parts of the East Indies. 
On the surface of the fruit, when ripe, is an exu- 
dation, which is separated by rubbing, or shaking 
in a bag, or by exposure to the vapor of boiling 
water, or finally by decoction. The finest resin is 
procured by the two former methods. It comes in 
two forms: sometimes in small oval masses, of a 
size varying from that of a hazelnut to that of a 
walnut, covered with the leaves of the plant, and 
connected in a row like beads in a necklace; some- 
times in cylindrical sticks, eighteen inches long and 
from a quarter to half an inch in diameter, thickly 
covered with palm leaves, and bound round with 
slender strips of cane. In both these forms it is 
of a dark reddish-brown color, opaque, and readily 
pulverizable, affording a fine scarlet powder. It 
sometimes comes also in the form of a reddish 
powder, and in small irregular fragments or tears. 
An inferior kind, said to be obtained by boiling 
the fruit in water, is in flat circular cakes, two or 
three inches in diameter and half an inch thick. 
This also yields a fine red powder. A fourth vari- 
ety, much inferior even to the last mentioned, is in 
large disks, from six to twelve inches in diameter 
by an inch in thickness, mixed with various im- 
purities, as pieces of the shell, stem, etc., and sup- 
posed to be derived from the fruit. 
According to the British Resident at Pontianak 
(1891), dragon’s blood is sent into commerce from 
Pontianak, first, in flat cakes of various dimen- 
sions; second, in small cakes from three to seven 
inches long and an inch wide ; third, in long pipes ; 
whilst the regular cakes of dragon’s blood, three 
inches wide, three inches long, and a quarter-inch 
thick, are manufactured at Singapore. One sub- 
stance known by the name of dragon’s blood is 
derived by exudation from the trunk of Dracaena 
Draco, L. (nat. ord. Liliaceae), a large tree inhab- 
iting the Canary Islands and the East Indies, and 
another from Pterocarpus D?'aco, L. (nat. ord. Le- 
guminosae), a tree of the West Indies and South 
America, by incision into the bark : these, how- 
ever, are little known in commerce. Drop Dragon's 
Blood is the product of the Dracaena schizantha, 
Baker (nat. ord. Liliaceae), of Socotra. It is 
occasionally seen in the London market. It is 
in small tears and fragments, seldom exceeding 
an inch in length, has a clean glassy fracture, and 
in thin pieces is transparent and of a splendid 
ruby color. It may be distinguished from true 
dragon’s blood by the absence of shell-like scales, 
and by not evolving the ix-ritating fumes of ben- 
zoic acid when heated. 
Dragon’s blo< d is inodorous and tasteless, insolu- 
ble in water, hut soluble in alcohol, ether, and the 
volatile and fixed oils, with which it forms red 
solutions. According to Herberger, it consists of 
90-7 parts of a red resin, which he calls draconin, 
2 0 of fixed oil, 3-0 of benzoic acid, 1‘6 of calcium 
oxalate, and 3 7 of calcium phosphate. Johnston 
{Journ. Bract. Chem., xxvi. 145) gives the formula 
C10Hi0O2 to the resin, while Dobbie and Hender- 
son (A. J. P., 1884, 327) give C18H1804 as the for- 
mula of the same. By distilling the resin, toluene, 
and styrene, C8H8, have been obtained. 
Cinnamic acid has also been noted by Ilirschsohn. 
By distillation with caustic potash, it yields phlo- 
roglucin protocatechuic acid, and paraoxybenzoic 
and oxalic acids (Pharniacographia, 674). It was 
formerly employed in medicine as an astringent, 
but is nearly or quite inert, and is now never 
given internally. It is sometimes used to impart 
color to plasters, but is valued chiefly as an ingre- 
dient of paints and varnishes. 
Messrs. Dobbie and Henderson have found that 
the dragon’s blood resins are chemically of several 
varieties. (See Journ. Chem. Soc., April, 1884, or 
A. J. P., 1884, 327.) 
DROSERA. Sundevjs. Herba Rorellce. Rossolis. 
Roseedu Soleil, Fr. Sonnentha.u, G. D. rolundifolia, 
L., and D. longifolia, L. (nat. ord. Droseraceae), 
are said to be useful in phthisis, but they are prob- 
ably of no value. (See Proc. A. P A , xxvii. 225.) 
DUBOISIA. D. myoporoides, R. Br. (nat ord. 
Solanaceae), is a tall, glabrous shrub or small tree, 
with alternate obovate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate 
entire leaves, which are from two to four inches 
long, about an inch wide, and contracted into the 
petiole. The small flowers are of a white or pale 
lilac color, arranged in terminal panicles. The 
berry is nearly globular. The tree is a native of 
Austi'alia, and has been found in New South 
Wales, New Caledonia, and Queensland. The 
medical properties of the leaves of this plant were 
made known by Baron von Mueller, who received 
them from Dr. J. Bancroft, with the statement 
that they would be found to act like stramonium 
leaves. The alkaloid duboisine was discovered in 
the leaves by A. W. Gerrard ( P. J. Tr.. viii. 787). 
For his method, see 16th ed. U. S. D. ; also, for an 
account of the chemical and medicinal properties 
of this alkaloid, and its relations to atropine and 
hyoscyamine, see Belladonna, in Part I. 
According to the researches of Jos. Lanterer 
{Lancet., 1896), the old leaves and twigs of Duboi- 
sia myoporoides, R. Br., contain hyoscyamine, the 
fresh young leaves scopolamine, the dried leaves 
being stronger than are belladonna leaves, and 
yielding 0-97 per cent, of alkaloid. Duboisia leich- PART II. 
Eggs.—Elemi. 
1643 
hardtii, P. Muell., is said to be still richer in al- 
kaloid which is chiefly amorphous scopolamine; 
whilst the leaves of Brugmansia arborea, Stend. 
(now Datura arborea, L.), and B. knightii, Hort. 
(now Datura cornigera, Hook.), natives of South 
America acclimatized in Queensland, contain a 
mixture of hyoscyamine and atropine. 
D. Hopwoodii, F. Muell., is the source of Pituri, 
a narcotic stimulant largely used by the natives of 
Central Australia. The drug itself is a fine pow- 
der, composed of the leaves and twigs which are 
gathered during the month of August, while the 
flower is in bloom, and are put up in various forms 
of circular mats about six inches in diameter. 
The natives smoke and chew the pituri, and it is 
alleged to have a powerful stimulating effect, as- 
suaging hunger, and enabling those who are its 
devotees to perform much labor and go long jour- 
neys with but little food. Pituri yielded to Mr. 
A. W. Gerrard minute quantities of an alkaloid 
which he believed to be identical with nicotine, 
but Prof. Liversidge has shown that the liqu d, 
acrid alkaloid, piturine, C12H16N2, is distinct 
from nicotine. (Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880.) 
The pituri contains from 1 to 2£ per cent, of the 
alkaloid. 
EGGS. The egg of the ordinary hen consists of 
an exterior covering, the shell; a white, semi-opaque 
membrane, lining the internal surface of the shell; 
the white; and the yolk. 
The shell—testa ovi or putamen ovi—consists, ac- 
cording to Yauquelin, chiefly of calcium carbonate, 
with animal matter, and a minute proportion of 
calcium phosphate, magnesium carbonate, ferric 
oxide, and sulphur. When exposed to a high 
degree of heat in the open air, the carbonic acid is 
driven off, the animal matter consumed, and the 
lime left nearly pure. The membrane lining the 
shell appears to be of an albuminous nature. The 
white—ovi albumen, Br. 1883—is a glairy viscid 
liquid, contained in very delicate membranes, with- 
out odor or taste, readily soluble in water, coagula- 
ble by the stronger acids, by alcohol, and by a heat 
of 56° C. (132-8° F.). Exposed in thin layers to a 
current of air, it becomes solid, retaining its trans- 
parency and solubility in water. By coagulation it 
is rendered sapid, white, opaque, and insoluble. At 
a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), one part of it 
renders one thousand parts of water in which it has 
been dissolved opaque. It contains, according to 
Dr. Bostock, in 100 parts, 85 of water, 12 of pure 
albumen, 2-7 of mucus or uncoagulable matter, and 
0-3 of saline substances, including soda with traces 
of sulphur. The white of egg is precipitated by 
stannous chloride, gold chloride, lead subacetate, 
copper sulphate, corrosive sublimate, and tannin. 
When kept in the fluid state it soon putrefies ; but 
if carefully dried without coagulation it may be 
long preserved unaltered, and may be applied in 
solution to the same purposes as in its original con- 
dition. 
The yolk—ovi vitellus, Br. 1883—is inodorous, of 
a bland oily taste, and forms an opaque emulsion 
when agitated with water. By heat it is coagu- 
lated into a granular solid, which yields a fixed 
oil by expression. The researches by Gohley and 
others have established the constitution of the yolk 
about as follows: water, 51-8 per cent.; vitellin, 
15-8 per cent.; nuclein, 1-5 per cent.; palmitin, 
stearin, and olein, 20-3 per cent.; cholesterin, 0 4 
per cent.; phosphoglyceric acid, 1-2 per cent.; 
lecithin, 7-2 per cent.; cerebrin, 0-3 per cent.; 
coloring matter, 0-5 per cent.; salts, 1*0 per cent. 
(Konig, Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 180.) Vitel- 
lin belongs to the class of globulins, and, while not 
precipitated from its solution by sodium chloride, is 
precipitated completely on saturation of its solu- 
tion with ammonium sulphate. Chevreul states 
that there are two coloring principles, one reddish 
containing iron, the other yellow and similar to 
the coloring matter of bile. The former is more 
difficultly soluble in ether than the latter. (Neues 
Repert., 1867, xvi. 697.) It is said that the yolk 
may he kept for a considerable time without ob- 
servable change by adding to it 5 per cent, of 
sodium sulphate, in powder or concentrated solu- 
tion. Granules have been found, with the aid of 
the microscope, in the yellow of the egg, which are 
rendered blue by iodine, and have all the other 
properties of the starch granules. (Journ. de 
Phcuhn., Oct. 1868, 261.) 
Eggs are applied to various purposes in medicine 
and pharmacy. The shells, powdered and levi- 
gated, have been used as an antacid in diarrhoea, 
in doses of from five to ten, grains (0-33-0-65 6m ). 
The white of egg is used chiefly for the clarifica- 
tion of liquids, which it effects by involving, during 
its coagulation, the undissolved particles, and rising 
with them to the surface, or subsiding. It is highly 
recommended as an antidote for corrosive sublimate 
and copper sulphate, with which it forms insoluble 
and comparatively inert compounds. It is some- 
times also used for the suspension of insoluble sub- 
stances in water, but is inferior for this purpose to 
the yolk, and even to mucilage of gum arabic. 
Agitated briskly with a lump of alum, it coagu- 
lates, at the same time dissolving a portion of the 
alum, and thus forming the so-called alum curd, 
which is used between folds of gauze over the eye, 
in some states of ophthalmia. It is also used in the 
official pepsin valuation. 
The yolk in its raw state is thought to be laxative. 
In pharmacy, the yolk is highly useful as an inter- 
medium between water and insoluble substances, 
and is to be preferred to the white in preparing 
emulsions. 
ELEMI. Gum Elemi. The botanical source of 
this concrete resinous exudation is not positively de- 
termined, and it is, indeed, probable that the drug 
usually known by the name of elemi is derived from 
several different trees. That known to the ancients 
is said to have been obtained from Ethiopia, and all 
the elemi of commerce was originally brought from 
the Levant. The tree which afforded it was not ac- 
curately known, hut was supposed to be a species of 
Amyris. At present the drug is said to be derived 
from three sources,—namely, Brazil, Mexico, and 
Manila. The Brazilian is believed to be the product 
of a plant mentioned by Marcgrav under the name 
of icicariba, and called by De Candolle Idea ici- 
cariba (now Protium icicariba (D.C.), L., March), 
of the nat. ord. Burseraceae. It is a lofty tree, with 
pinnate leaves, consisting of three or five pointed, 
perforated leaflets, smooth on their upper surface 
and woolly beneath. It is erroneously stated in 
some works to he a native of Carolina. The elemi 
is obtained by incisions into the trees, through 
which the juice flows and concretes upon the bark. 
The Mexican is said by Dr. Boyle to be obtained 
from a species of Elaphrium, which that author has 
described from dried specimens and proposes to 
name E. elemiferum. (Mat. Med., Am. ed., 339.) 1644 
Embelia Ribes.—Eosin. 
PART II. 
The Manila elemi is conjecturally referred to Cana- 
rium commune (L.). [Ibid,., 340.) 
Elemi is in masses of various consistence, some- 
times solid and heavy like wax, sometimes light and 
porous; unctuous to the touch; diaphanous; of 
diversified colors, generally greenish with intermin- 
gled points of white or yellow, sometimes greenish 
white with brown stains, sometimes yellow like sul- 
phur ; fragile and friable when cold; softening by 
the heat of the hand ; of a terebinthinate somewhat 
aromatic odor, diminishing with age, and resembling 
to some extent that of lemon and fennel; of a warm, 
slightly bitter, disagreeable taste; entirely soluble, 
with the exception of impurities, in boiling alcohol; 
and affording a volatile oil by distillation. “ Mois- 
tened with rectified spirit, it breaks up into small par- 
ticles, which, when examined by the microscope, are 
seen partly to consist of acicular crystals. ” Br, 1885. 
A variety examined by M. Bonastre was found to 
consist of 60 parts of resin, 24 of a resinous matter 
soluble in boiling alcohol, but deposited when the 
liquid cools, 12-5 of volatile oil, 2 of extractive, and 
1-5 of acid and impurities. M. Baup found the 
resin to be of two kind?, one amorphous, the other 
crystallizable ; the latter of which, as obtained from 
West India elemi, he proposes to call elemin, and 
considers identical with the crystallizable resin 
amyrin, obtained from Manila elemi. [Journ. de 
Pharm., 3e ser., xx. 331.) Elemi is sometimes 
adulterated with colophony and turpentine. Dr. 
Emil Mannkoff obtained from Brazilian elemi about 
6 per cent, of a colorless volatile oil, insoluble in 
water, but easily dissolved both by alcohol and 
ether, of a not unpleasant odor, and a somewhat 
acrid and bitter taste. [B. and F. Medico-Chir. Rev., 
July, 1859, 170.) Prof. Fluckiger obtained as 
much as 10 per cent, of essential oil from Manila 
elemi. He found it to be a fragrant, colorless, 
neutral oil, of sp. gr. 0-861 at 15° C. (59° F.), 
and strongly dextrogyrate. Deville, on the other 
hand, obtained an oil equally strongly laevogyrate. 
Fluckiger thus sums up the constituents of elemi: 
essential oil, C1OH10; amyrin, 3(CjpHie) -f- HaO; 
amorphous resin, 2(C10H16) 2H20; bryoidin, 
2(C10H16) +3H20; elemic acid, and bitter extrac- 
tive. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Elemi has prop- 
erties analogous to those of the turpentines, but is 
exclusively applied to external use. In the United 
States it is rarely employed even in this way. In 
the pharmacy of Europe it enters into the composi- 
tion of numerous plasters and ointments. We are 
told that it is occasionally brought to this country 
in small fragments mixed with the coarser kinds 
of gum arabic from the Levant and India. Un- 
guentum Elemi, Br. Ph. 1885, was of the strength of 
about 20 per cent. 
EMBELIA RIBES. Burm. f. (Nat. ord. 
Myrsinacese.) The small peppercorn-like, very 
aromatic fruit of this East India plant is said by 
Harris to be a powerful taenicide. From one to four 
drachms (3-88-15-5 Gm.) of the powder is given in 
milk, early in the morning. C. H. Warden has 
isolated from it embelic acid. (Lancet, July, 1887 : 
P. J. Tr., Jan. 1888.) 
EMERY. Lapis Smiridis, s. Smiris. Emeri, 
Corindon granuleux ferrifere, Fr. Smirgel, Schmir- 
gel, G. A very hard mineral, the powder of which 
is capable of wearing down all other substances ex- 
cept the diamond. It was formerly derived almost 
solely from the island of Naxos, in the Grecian 
Archipelago. According to Landerer, it has been 
found in Asia Minor and the Morea, and it occurs 
in Chester, Hampden County, Mass. (See J. Law- 
rence Smith, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1866, 
xlii.) Emery is pulverized by grinding it in a steel 
mill, and the powder is kept in the shops of different 
degrees of fineness. It is used for polishing metals 
and hard stones. Compact corundum is now ground 
extensively for the manufacture of emery-wheels, 
etc. The corundum is found abundantly in North- 
ern Georgia, in North Carolina, and in Chester Co., 
Pa. The production of emery in the United States 
amounted in 1896 to 1550 tons, valued at $108,500, 
and in 1897 to 1500 tons, valued at $105,000. The 
value of the imported emery in these years amounted 
to $148,158 and $129,882 respectively. Emery is 
being steadily replaced in use by the new product 
of the electric furnace, carborundum. 
EMODIN. This compound, now recognized as 
trioxyme thylanthraquinone, C14H4(CH3) (OH)s02 
(see Rheum, 1160), as prepared from aloes, forms 
orange-red needles, melting at 216° C. It may be 
prepared from barbalo'in by extraction with ether, 
in which the emodin is soluble, while the aloin is 
left undissolved. This ethereal extract turns red 
on the addition of ammonia (Borntraeger’s reac- 
tion for oxymethylanthraquinones). 
According to Professor Tschirch, aloe-emodin is 
a certain, moderate purge in man, in doses of 
one and three-tenths grains (0-08 Gm.), frangula 
emodin having about the same purgative strength. 
In view of the fact that in Barbadoes aloes there 
is only 2 per cent, of aloe-emodin, that in rhubarb 
there is only 2 per cent, of rhubarb-emodin with 
4 or 5 per cent, of chrysophanic acid, and that 
in senna the percentage of emodin is much less 
than these figures, the belief of Prof. Tschirch 
that emodin is the active principle of these drugs 
seems highly improbable. It constitutes only a 
fraction of aloin, but has to be given in four or 
five times the dose of aloin to have purgative ef- 
fect. In Prof. Tschirch’s estimation, the superior 
activity of crude drugs is due to the presence in 
them of educts produced by oxidation or hydrolysis 
from the oxymethylanthraquinone. The experi- 
ments of Dr. "Asher, upon which Tschirch bases his 
belief that in the emodin group the purgation is 
caused by local stimulation of the nerve-endings 
in the intestinal mucous membranes and reflexly 
excited peristalsis, were certainly not sufficient in 
number or thoroughness to establish the correct- 
ness of the theory. 
EOSIN. C„pH8Br406. A dye obtained by the 
action of phthalic anhydride upon phenols. When 
phthalic anhydride acts upon resorcin, C6H4(0H)„, 
in the presence of a dehydrating agent like sul- 
phuric acid or stannic chloride, at a temperature 
of 120° C., there is formed a compound Resorcin- 
phthalein, C20H.2O6, better known as Fluorescein. 
By the action of bromine upon this is formed tetra- 
brom-jluorescein or Eosin, C2oH8Br40B. Solu- 
ble eosin is the potassium salt of this compound, 
C2pH6Br406K2. It forms a bronze-colored crys- 
talline powder having a strong green reflection. 
Its solution in water is a red liquid having a fine 
green fluorescence. On the addition of hydro- 
chloric acid the fluorescence is destroyed, the liquid 
becoming yellow. Eosin is largely used at present 
as a dve: to make a brilliant red ink, dissolve 6 
grains of eosin and 10 grains of gum arabic in a 
fluidounce of water. Ephedra Vulgaris.—Erigeron. 
PART II. 
1645 
EPHEDRA VULGARIS. (L.) Prof. Nagai 
has extracted from this Japanese gentianaceous 
plant an alkaloid, ephedrine, which, according to M. 
Rinnossuke, produces in the lower animals accelera- 
tion of the pulse, with lowering of the blood-press- 
ure, elevation of the rectal temperature, dilatation 
of the pupils, convulsions, and death by arrest 
of the heart and respiration. [Berlin. Klin. 
Wochensch., No. 38, 1887.) Scriba found that a 
10 per cent, solution dilates the pupil with cer- 
tainty, in from forty to sixty minutes, without 
irritation; the dilatation not being complete, and 
the accommodation not at all or only slightly af- 
fected ; and the pupils returning to normal in 
from live to twenty hours. An alkaloid has also 
been discovered in the Ephedra monostachya, Linne 
(now E. distachya, L.), a shrub whose branches and 
root are used in Siberia as a powerful remedy 
in gout and syphilis. According to Robert, this 
alkaloid is essentially different from ephedrine, in 
not being mydriatic or poisonous. P. Spehr (A. 
J. P., 1892, 234) considers that E. vulgaris contains 
two alkaloids, ephedrine and pseudo-ephedrine, iso- 
meric and of the formula while E. mono- 
stachya contains a distinct alkaloid having the for- 
mula C13H19NO. This latter, as stated by Robert, 
is not mydriatic or poisonous. According to Giins- 
berg, pseudo-ephedrine is a powerful mydriatic, its 
10 per cent, solution causing in fifteen minutes 
dilatation of the eye through excitement of the 
sympathetic. 
Ephedra antisyphilitica, S. Wats, (now E. neva- 
densis, S. Wats), which grows abundantly in the 
Nevada mountains at a height of from 4000 to 6000 
feet, is much used in Arizona as a remedy in gonor- 
rhoea. Prof. Loew thinks that its virtues reside 
in a peculiar tannin. Dose, of fluid extract, from 
one to two fluidrachms (3-69-7-39 O.c.). 
EPIDERMIN. A surgical dressing made by 
fusing 15 Gm. of white wax, and triturating in a 
warm mortar with 15 Gm. of powdered acacia 
until uniform, and adding a boiling mixture of 15 
Gm. each of water and glycerin, and stirring until 
cold. Valentine and Schwarz have given the 
name epidermin to an ointment vehicle said to be 
composed of fluorxylol and difluordiphenyl. 
EPIGASA REPENS. L. Trailing Arbutus. 
Ground Laurel. May-flower. Gravel-plant. This 
is a small trailing ericaceous plant, with woody 
stems from six to eighteen inches long, entire, 
cordate-ovate leaves, and small, very fragrant 
flowers, which appear early in the spring. It is 
found in the woods, -and affects the sides of hills 
with a northern exposure. Dr. Darlington states 
that the plant has been supposed to be injurious to 
cattle, when eaten by them. (Flora Cestrica, 259.) 
Mr. Jefferson Oxley has found in this plant arbutin, 
C;2Hle07, urson, C20H3202, ericolin, C34H66021 
(the same constituents as are in uva ursi), tannic 
and formic acids, and a principle allied to gallic 
acid. (A. J. P., xliv. 253.) Thai gives the simpler 
formula C26H30Os to ericolin. Dr. Eli Ives, of 
New Haven, Connecticut, in 1849, highly com- 
mended epigaea as a substitute for uva ursi, and we 
now know that the two drugs contain the same ac- 
tive principles. The decoction of the leaves and 
stem may be used freely. 
EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM. L. (Now 
Chamcenerion angustifolium (L.). Scop.) Willow- 
herb. Herbe de St. Antoine, Fr. Weiaenroschen, 
Antonskraut, G. (Nat. ord. Onagraceae.) There 
are several indigenous species of Epil.obium, 
which have the common name of willow-herb 
from the resemblance of their leaves to the willow, 
and probably have nearly identical properties. The 
E. angustifolium, L., is the largest of them. Its 
leaves and roots are said to be demulcent, tonic, 
and astringent, and yield their virtues to water and 
alcohol. They are used by the “ electics,” generally 
and locally, in decoction, infusion, or cataplasm, as 
astringents. Oliver reports [Brit. Med. Journ., ii. 
1897) violent poisoning with epileptiform convul- 
sions caused by the berries of E. hirsutum. 
EQUISETUM HYEMALE. L. Horsetail. 
Scouring Rush. Prele, Fr. Sehachtelhalm, G. 
An indigenous equisetaceous plant, with slender 
annual stems from a foot and a half to three feet 
high, growing abundantly in the Northern States, 
and preferring wet places, as the banks of streams, 
etc. The plant derives its name of scouring rush 
from its use in scouring, for which it is fitted by 
the silicious character of the stems. Examined by 
F. J. Young (A. J. P., 1886, 419), it yielded to 
petroleum benzin as a solvent 1-4 per cent, of a 
brownish-green, semi-liquid, fixed oil, which was 
readily saponified. It also contained a green semi- 
solid resin, sugar, and mucilage. The infusion of 
the whole plant has the reputation of being diu- 
retic, and is used sometimes in dropsical and renal 
diseases. 
ERECHTHITES HIERACIFOLIA. (L.) 
Eaf. Fireweed. An annual indigenous composite 
plant, growing in moist woods and recent clearings, 
and having a rank somewhat aromatic odor. Its 
taste is bitterish, slightly acrid, and disagreeable. 
It yields to water. It has been especially recom- 
mended in dysentery. It is apt to infest the pep- 
permint fields of Michigan ; and its oil is said 
sometimes to deteriorate the oil of peppermint from 
that region. It has been shown, however, that 
Erigeron Canadense is far more injurious. 
ERGOTINOL. Liquor Ammonii Ergotinatis, 
a preparation of ergot made by Vosswinkel, six- 
teen minims (1 C.c.) corresponding to eight grains 
(0.5 Gm.) of extract of ergot. The dose for sub- 
cutaneous injection is sixteen minims (1 O.c.). It 
is recommended in excessive menorrhagia. 
ERIGERON. Fleabane. Scabious. Sweet Sca- 
bious. Daisy Fleabane. Herbe d'erigeron, Herbe de 
Vergerette, Fr. Beruf kraut, G. Under this name 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870 recognized the 
herbal portions of E. heterophyllus, Muhl (now 
E. annuus (L.) Pers.), and E. Philadelphicus, L. 
(Nat. ord. Compositse.) 
E. heterophyllus, Muhl., is a biennial herbaceous 
plant, belonging both to North America and to 
Europe. It has a branching root, with several 
erect, roundish, striated, pubescent stems, much 
divided near the top, and two or three feet high. 
The lower leaves are ovate, acute, deeply toothed, 
with long winged footstalks; the upper are lanceo- 
late, acute, deeply serrate in the middle, and sessile; 
the floral leaves are lanceolate and entire ; all, ex- 
cept the radical, are ciliate at the base. The flowers 
are in terminal corymbs. The florets of the disk 
are yellow ; those of the ray numerous, very slen- 
der, and of a white, pale blue, or pale purple color. 
The flowering period is from June to October. 
E. strigosum, Muhl. (now E. ramosus (Walt.), 
B. S. P.), grows with E. annuus, and is frequently 
collected with it. It is distinguished by its leaves 
being nearly entire, and by both stems and leaves 1646 
Erigeron.—Erythrol Tetranitrate. 
PART II. 
being almost smooth or furnished only with minute 
appressed hairs. 
Erigeron Philadelphicus. L. Philadelphia flea- 
bane is perennial and herbaceous, with a branching 
yellowish root, and from one to five erect stems, 
which rise two or three feet in height, and are 
much branched at top. The whole plant is pubes- 
cent. The lower leaves are ovate-lanceolate, nearly 
obtuse, ciliate on the margin, entire or marked with 
a few serratures, and supported on very long foot- 
stalks ; the upper are narrow, oblong, somewhat 
wedge-shaped, obtuse, entire, sessile, and slightly 
embrace the stem ; the floral leaves are small and 
lanceolate. The flowers are numerous, radiate, and 
disposed in a panicled corymb, with long pedun- 
cles bearing from one to three flowers. They re- 
semble those of the preceding species in color, and 
make their appearance about the same period. 
The three species are abundant in the middle por- 
tions of the United States, grow in open fields, and 
are probably of identical medical value. They are 
popularly known as scabious. The whole herb is 
used, and should be collected while the plants are in 
flower. It has a feebly aromatic odor and bitterish 
taste, and imparts its properties to boiling water. 
Mr. F. L. John, of Philadelphia, obtained from 
E. Philadelphicus a volatile oil by distillation, but 
in exceedingly small proportion, forty-five pounds 
of the herb having yielded only half a drachm of 
the oil. As described by Prof. Procter, this is of a 
greenish-yellow color, a powerful penetrating, aro- 
matic odor, and a bitterish, pungent, disagreeable 
taste. It is more viscid than the oil of E. Canadense, 
L., has a higher sp. gr. (0-946), and contains more 
oxygen. (A. J. P., xxvii. 105.) Fleabane is diuretic 
and stomachic, and has been used in gravel and in 
dropsy; infusion (gi to Oi), one pint in twenty-four 
hours. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia also formerly recog- 
nized Erigeron Canadense. L. (now Leptilon Cana- 
dense (L.), Britt.). Horseweed. Mare's tail. Fire- 
weed. Butter-weed. Colt's-tail. Canada fleabane 
is an indigenous annual plant, with a stem from 
two to six feet high, covered with stiff hairs, and 
divided into many branches. The leaves are linear- 
lanceolate, and edged with hairs ; those at the root 
are dentate. The flowers are very small, numerous, 
white, and arranged in terminal panicles. They 
differ from those of the other species of Erigeron 
in having an oblong calyx, the rays very minute 
and more numerous than the florets of the disk, 
and the seed-down simple. Hence by some bota- 
nists the plant is placed in a sub-genus with the title 
Ccenotus, Raf. Another variety of E. Canadense, 
which Mr. Nuttall makes a distinct species, with 
the title E. pusillus, is not more than from four to 
six inches high, and has an erect smooth stem, less 
branched than the preceding, with all its leaves 
entire, and scabrous on the margin. The panicle 
is simple, and the peduncles filiform, nearly naked, 
divaricate, each bearing two or three flowers. 
Canada fleabane is very common throughout the 
northern and middle sections of the United States, 
and has become naturalized in many parts of 
Europe. It abounds in neglected fields, and is 
reported to be a very troublesome weed on the 
peppermint plantations of the West. It blooms in 
July and August. The plant, all parts of which 
are medicinal, should be collected while in flower. 
The leaves and flowers are said to be the most active 
parts. It has an agreeable odor, and a bitterish, 
acrid, somewhat astringent taste. Among its con- 
stituents, according to I)e Puy, are bitter extractive, 
tannin, gallic acid, and volatile oil. Both alcohol 
and water extract its virtues. Its acrimony is 
diminished by decoction, in consequence, probably, 
of the escape of the oil, upon which its virtues in 
part depend. (See Oleum Erigerontis Canadensis.) 
According to I)e Puy, Canada fleabane is diuretic, 
tonic, and astringent; and useful in dropsical 
complaints and diarrhoea. It has been given in 
substance (dose, a drachm, or 3-88 6m.), infusion, 
tincture, or extract (dose, ten grains, or 0-647 Gm.), 
but the oil is the only proper preparation. The 
oil is certainly of value in uterine, pulmonary, and 
other internal hemorrhages, in doses of from five 
to fifteen drops (0-25-0-75 C.c.) every two hours. 
ERIOBOTRYA JAPONICA. Lindl. Loquat. 
(Nat. ord. Rosaceae.) The seeds and leaves of 
this tree are said to contain amygdalin and emul- 
sin, and to yield hydrocyanic acid in poisonous 
quantities. (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1885.) 
ERODIUM CICUTARIUM. L’Herit. Storks- 
bill. An annual hairy plant, belonging to the 
Geraniacese. It is highly recommended by W. 
Abbotts Smith in dropsy. (See Am. Journ. of 
Med. Sci., 1866.) 
ERYNGIUM AQUATICUM. L. Button 
Snakeroot. Corn Snakeroot. Rattlesnake's Master. 
The button snakeroot or water eryngo is an indig- 
enous umbelliferous plant, with a perennial tu- 
berous root, and a stem two or three feet high 
(sometimes, according to Pursh, six feet), generally 
branching by forks, but trichotomous above. The 
leaves are very long, linear-lanceolate on the upper 
part of the stem, sword-shaped below, with bristly 
spines at distant intervals upon their margin. The 
floral leaves are lanceolate and dentate. The flowers 
are white or pale, and in globose heads, with the 
leaflets of the involucrum shorter than the head, 
and, like the scales of the receptacle, entire. This 
plant is found in low wet places, as far south as 
Florida and Texas. The root, which is the me- 
dicinal portion, has a bitter, pungent aromatic 
taste, provoking, when chewed, a flow of saliva. 
It is said to be diaphoretic, expectorant, in large 
doses emetic, and has been used as a substitute for 
senega. (Bigelow.) 
ERYTHRINA BROTEROI. An Australian 
tree of the nat. ord. Leguminosae, the bark of which 
yields an alkaloid, erythrinine, which is asserted to 
be identical with the alkaloid erythrine obtained 
from E. corallodendron, L., a Brazilian plant. The 
name ervthrin is also applied to a dve-stuff. 
ERYTHROL TETRANITRATE. C4H6 
(N03)4. Erythrol tetranitrate is solid and crystal- 
line, and melts at 61° C. (142° F.). When pure 
it is colorless, and if kept in a dark and moderately 
cool place is fairly stable. If exposed to warmth, 
and especially sunlight, it rapidly undergoes de- 
composition, turning yellow and giving off nitrous 
fumes. It is also capable of rapid decomposition, 
and death has been caused by the explosion follow- 
ing its trituration in a mortar with glucose. (Brit. 
Med. Journ., i. 1896.) Its solubility in water 
is slight, but it dissolves readily in alcohol and in 
ether. It is a vaso-dilator, and belongs to the group 
of which glycerol trinitrate (glonoin) is the repre- 
sentative. Blood-pressure experiments show that 
the nitrates of erythrol and mannitol have a less 
marked but more prolonged action than those of 
glycerol and glycol. In man the effects of the PART II. 
Erythronium Americanum.—Ethyl Bromide. 
1647 
remedy are said not to be apparent in less than 
half an hour and to last for over an hour. It may 
be used in all cases for which glonoin is employed, 
and has been especially commended in angina. 
Its alcoholic solution is explosive, so that it should 
always be used in tablets, in whose preparation 
great care is necessary. Dose, from a half to one 
grain (0 03-0-064 Gm.). 
ERYTHRONIUM AMERICANUM. Ker. 
(E. lanceolatum. Pursh.) This is an indigenous, 
perennial, liliaceous plant, sometimes called, after 
the European species, dog's-tooth violet. The bulb 
(corm), which is brown externally, white and 
solid within, sends up a single naked slender flower- 
stem, and two smooth, lanceolate, nearly equal 
leaves, sheathing at their base, with an obtuse, cal- 
lous point, and of a brownish-green color diversified 
by numerous irregular spots. The flower is solitary, 
nodding, yellow, with oblong-lanceolate petals ob- 
tuse at the point, a club-shaped undivided style, and 
a three-lobed stigma. The Erythronium ■ grows in 
woods and other shady places from Nova Scotia to 
Florida and west to Minnesota and Arkansas. It 
flowers in the latter part of April or early in May. 
All parts of it are active. In the dose of twenty 
or thirty grains (1-29 or 1-94 Gm.) the recent bulb 
is emetic. The leaves are said to be more powerful. 
The activitv of the plant is diminished by drying. 
ESCHSCHOLZIA CALIFORNIO A. Cha- 
misso. Attention has been brought to this Cali- 
fornian member of the Papaveracese, as a power- 
ful soporific and analgesic, which is free from the 
disadvantages of opium. It was analyzed many 
years ago by Prof. G. F. Walz, who found in it 
sanguinarine and two new alkaloids. It is stated 
also that in 1862 Walz found succinic acid in it. 
Bardet and Adrian (Gaz. Hebdom. Med. et Chir., 
Nov. 1888) assert that they .have obtained a gluco- 
side, an alkaloid, and morphine in the proportion of 
from five to six grains in two pounds of the dried 
product. The narcotic power of the drug seems to 
be very weak, since, according to Bardet, three 
drachms were necessary to kill a rabbit. Ter- 
Zakariant (Gaz. Med. de Paris, Feb. 1889) states 
that the alcoholic extract acts as a respiratory de- 
pressant and narcotic, affecting in toxic dose also 
the spinal cord. Dujardin-Beaumetz has used the 
extract in commencing doses of twelve and three- 
tenths grains (0-8 Gm.), increasing to one hundred 
and eighty-five grains (12 Gm.) a day, and affirms 
that it is a harmless soporific and analgesic. 
ETHOXYCAFFEINE (C10H14N.03) is pre- 
pared by boiling 3 parts of bromocafleine with 2 
parts of potassium hydrate and 10 parts of alcohol. 
It forms crystals fusing at 140° C ; is difficultly solu- 
ble in water and ether, easily soluble in hot alcohol, 
insoluble in alkalies, soluble without decomposition 
in cold dilute hydrochloric acid; on warming it is 
decomposed. Filehne (Archivfur Anat. und Phys., 
1886) finds that ethoxycaffeine has upon frogs and 
rabbits a narcotic effect. From seven to ten grains 
of it produced in man vertigo, intellectual torpor, 
and sometimes pain in the head. Dujardin- 
Beaumetz (Bull de Therap., March, 1886) finds 
that it acts in the guinea-pig as a narcotic and 
diuretic, and has given it for headache in doses of 
from three to fifteen grains (0194-0-971 Gm.) a 
day, in capsules or dissolved in water hy means 
of sodium salicylate. Cases of painful zona, 
migraine, and nervous headaches were relieved. 
The larger doses produced gastric irritation. 
ETHYL BROMIDE. Bromide of Ethyl. Hy- 
drobromic Ether. Bromic Ether. JEther Bromatis. 
Bromure d’ethyle, Ether hydrobromique, Fr. Brom- 
athyl, Bromwasserstoffather, G. C2H5Br. This 
ether was discovered by Serullas in 1827, who pre- 
pared it by acting on alcohol with bromine in the 
presence of phosphorus. (Ann. Ch. Phys., xxxiv. 
99.) Personne suggested the use of amorphous phos- 
phorus, as less dangerous than ordinary phosphorus, 
and more convenient to manipulate. (Compt.-Rend., 
iii. 468.) A process was also recommended by Prof. 
Remington, based upon Personnel suggestion. 
(Proc. A. P. A., 1877.) De Yrij proposed to de- 
compose potassium bromide with sulphuric acid 
in the presence of alcohol, and a modification of 
his method is now generally employed. We have 
obtained good results from the following. 
Take of potassium bromide (not powdered) 58 
parts; sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1-838, 44 parts; alco- 
hol (clean), 95 per cent., 44 parts ; water, 28 parts. 
Pour the water into a flask having double the ca- 
pacity of the liquid ingredients above, and gradu- 
ally add the acid ; when the liquid has become cool, 
add the potassium bromide, and having placed the 
flask in a sand-bath, adjust a thermometer, and with 
a bent glass tube connect the flask with a well-cooled 
condenser ; insert a narrow glass tube in the cork of 
the flask, and by means of a short rubber tube con- 
nect it with a narrow glass tube which is terminated 
by a siphon ; the shorter limb of this siphon is in- 
serted in the bottle containing the alcohol, which is 
elevated three feet or more above the flask. Heat 
the contents of the flask to 116° C. (240 8° F.), and 
having attached a screw pinch-cock to the short 
rubber tube ot the siphon, allow the alcohol to drop 
or flow in a small stream into the flask, carefully 
regulating the rate or flow so that the temperature 
shall not fall below 100° C. (212° F.), nor rise above 
116° C. (240 8° FA When all the alcohol has 
passed into the flask, continue the distillation until 
the temperature rises to 116° C. (240-8° F.), and 
then disconnect the receiving flask. Agitate the 
distillate with an equal hulk of distilled water, to 
which has been added five parts of solution of soda 
(or sufficient to render the liquid slightly alkaline), 
and when the mixture has clearly separated into two 
layers, pour off the uppermost layer, and, having 
introduced the heavier liquid into a clean flask con- 
taining a few fragments of calcium chloride, redistil 
it. For other methods of manufacture, see N. R., 
1877, 200 ; 1879, 8; A. J. P., 1879, 292 ; 1880, 248, 
280, 298; also Pharm. Centralh., xxviii., 1887, 
122. For Dr. L. Wolff’s process for making it 
economically, see A. J. P., 1880. 
Ethyl bromide is a colorless, very volatile liquid, 
not inflammable, having an agreeable odor, and a 
hot, saccharine taste. Its sp. gr. is 1-450. It 
boils at from 38°-39° C. (100-4°-102° F.). It is 
very sparingly soluble in water, freely soluble in 
strong alcohol and ether. When a small portion 
is evaporated from a porcelain plate by causing 
it to flow to and fro over the surface, little or no 
foreign odor is yielded as the last portions pass off, 
and the plate is covered with a slight deposit of 
moisture. 
The ethyl bromide prepared from alcohol and 
bromine in the presence of amorphous phosphorus 
should not be used in medicine because of the pos- 
sible presence of organic compounds of sulphur 
and arsenic. Shaken with distilled water, the latter 
should not show any acid reaction from hydrobromic 1648 
Ethyl Chloride.—Ethyl Formate. 
PART II. 
acid, nor should it cause any appreciable turbidity 
with silver nitrate. Shaken with an equal volume 
of pure concentrated sulphuric acid, no color should 
develop even after an hour’s time; otherwise ethylene 
bromide may be present. Dropped slowly into po- 
tassium iodide solution, the drops of the ethyl bro- 
mide should settle to the bottom of the vessel with- 
out developing any appearance of violet color, which 
would indicate free bromine. Ethyl bromide should 
be kept in amber-colored glass bottles, completely 
filled and well stoppered. (Fischer, Die Neuere 
Arzneimittel, 6te Aufl., 74.) 
Some years ago ethyl bromide was proposed and 
largely used as an anaesthetic. In a series of experi- 
ments made with it at that time, Dr. H. 0. Wood 
found that its action upon the heart is the same as 
that of chloroform, and that injected into the jugu- 
lar vein it causes cardiac arrest. The occurrence of 
two deaths from it, one of them distinctly syncopal, 
partly arrested its successful career, although it cer- 
tainly acts very promptly and agreeably, and its 
influence passes off with extraordinary rapidity. 
Recently, professional attention has been strongly 
redirected to the bromide, and it is asserted that the 
evil effects produced in its early use were due to the 
presence of impurities, especially of ethylene bro- 
mide. Hamecker (Internat. Klin., Dec. 20, 1891) 
affirms that in experiments upon the lower animals, 
made with pure ethyl bromide, death always 
occurred through arrest of the respiration, the heart 
continuing to beat from fifteen to nineteen minutes 
after cessation of the breathing. 
In accordance with this, Dr. Gilles asserted in 
1892 that in twenty thousand successive adminis- 
trations with the ethyl bromide in Germany there 
had been no fatal results when a chemically pure 
bromide had been used. Since this assertion a num- 
ber of deaths (five or six) have been reported, in 
which it has been distinctly proved that a pure 
ethyl bromide was given. Gurlt (Arch. f. Klin. 
Chir., lv.) puts the mortality-rate at 1 in 5396 in- 
halations, and the studies of Wood and Cerna indi- 
cate that it is about as dangerous as chloroform. 
Moreover, it has been shown by Hennicke that 
the ethyl bromide undergoes decomposition with 
the liberation of bromine compounds from the sys- 
tem. We have at present no definite knowledge 
as to the action of these bromine compounds, but 
it is probable that they are capable of producing 
secondary changes in the organic structure, espe- 
cially since cases have been reported by Reich and 
by Hatten of death from acute fatty degeneration 
after ethyl bromization. It has been largely used 
as a practical anaesthetic. (<S. J., Bd. cclvii. 234; 
Bd. cclx. 18.) The narcosis is said to be produced 
almost abruptly, with practically no stage of pre- 
liminary excitation, and to be accompanied by 
little tendency to muscular relaxation. Its effects 
pass off so suddenly as to endanger their continu- 
ance during the operation. On account of its loss 
by evaporation it is a very expensive anaesthetic. 
Ethyl bromide has been especially recommended 
for use in 'parturition, it being stated that it sus- 
pends the pain of the uterine contractions without 
influencing their force, and has been employed to 
a considerable extent in cases when a brief anaes- 
thetic is required. In using it, from two to four 
drachms may be put upon an Allis inhaler or upon 
a napkin. 
ETHYL CHLORIDE. Chlorethyl. This ether 
was discovered by Rouelle, but first obtained in 
sufficient quantities to permit the examination of 
its properties by Basse. It may be procured by 
several processes, but the following is the best. Dis- 
til a mixture of equal measures of concentrated 
hydrochloric acid and alcohol, and receive the 
product, by means of a curved glass tube, in a tu- 
bulated bottle, half filled with water at a tempera- 
ture between 21-1° C. (70° F.) and 26-6° C. (80° 
F.), and connected by means of a second tube with 
another bottle, loosely corked, and surrounded by a 
mixture of common salt with snow or pounded ice. 
The ether, as it enters the first bottle, is mixed with 
alcohol and acid, which are retained by the water; 
while the pure, ether passes forward, and is con- 
densed in the refrigerated bottle. It must be kept 
in strong bottles, well secured with ground stoppers 
covered with leather. Before being opened, the 
bottle should be cooled to the freezing point. 
Ethyl chloride is a colorless liquid, having a 
strong, slightly saccharine, alliaceous taste, and a 
penetrating, ethereal, alliaceous smell. Its sp. gr. 
at the temperature of 0° C. (32° F.) is 0-9214. It 
is extremely volatile, entering into ebullition at 10° 
C. (50° F.), so that in summer it may be collected 
in the gaseous state, in bell-glasses over water. Its 
sp. gr. in the state of vapor is 2-22. "When kindled 
as issuing from a fine orifice, it burns with an emer- 
ald-green flame, without smoke, diffusing a strong 
odor of hydrochloric acid; but, when set on fire in 
quantities, it burns with a greenish-yellow, smoky 
flame. "Water dissolves one-fiftieth of its weight 
of this ether, and acquires a sweetish, ethereal taste ; 
and alcohol unites with it in all proportions. These 
solutions are not precipitated by silver nitrate, show- 
ing that the chlorine present is in a peculiar state of 
combination. Like common ether and ethyl nitrite, 
it dissolves sulphur and phosphorus, the fixed and 
volatile oils, and many other substances. It con- 
sists of one atom of chlorine combined with the 
monatomic radical or group C2H6, ethyl, and its 
composition is sufficiently shown by the reaction 
for its production: 
C2H6,OH + HC1 = C„H6,C1 + H20. 
Owing to its extreme volatility, it cannot be kept 
readily. It may, however, be preserved in a cool 
cellar, the temperature of which does not rise above 
7-2° C. (45° F.) or 10° C. (50° F.), being well se- 
cured in bottles, which should be placed reversed. 
Advantage has been taken of the great volatility 
of ethyl chloride for practical use as a local anaes- 
thetic by freezing. It is now furnished for dental 
and other use, in hermetically sealed tubes, so made 
that when the end is broken off, and the tube held 
in the hand, the liquid comes out in a fine stream 
which may be directed upon the gum to be frozen. 
Drs. H. C. "Wood and David Cerna (Dental Cosmos, 
1892) find that ethyl chloride taken into the blood 
acts very much like chloroform. On account of its 
great inflammability it should not be used near a 
light or flame. Alcoholic muriatic ether, or a solu- 
tion of ethyl chloride in an equal bulk of alcohol, 
has been used as an internal stimulant. Dose, 
from ten to thirty drops. 
ETHYL FLUORIDE. Fluoride of Ethyl, 
C2H6F, is said to cause in animals violent excite- 
ment, followed quickly by death. For properties 
and method of preparation, see Chem. News, Jan. 
1889, also Bull. Acad, de Med., Mars, 1890. 
ETHYL FORMATE. Formic Ether. EthyU 
formic ether. A liquid with a peach-kernel odor, 
sp. gr. 0-937, soluble in ten parts of water. This PART II. 
Ethyl Iodide.—Eucaine. 
1649 
ether is reputed to he useful in the treatment of 
infectious diseases of the respiratory organs. 
ETHYL IODIDE. Hydriodic Ether. Iodide 
of Ethyl. Iodure d'ethyle, Ether hydriodique, Er. 
Jodathyl, Jodwasserstoffcither, Gr. C2H6I. ’ This 
ether may he obtained by gradually and cautiously 
mixing five parts of alcohol, ten of iodine, and one 
of phosphorus, and distilling. The residue of the 
distillation, as ascertained by D. K. Tuttle, is ethyl- 
phosphoric acid. The best method of proceeding, 
in order to avoid danger, according to Soubeiran, 
is to melt the phosphorus with a gentle heat under 
the alcohol, contained in a wide-mouthed matrass, 
and to add the iodine gradually through a tube, 
sealed at the lower end, but perforated at the same 
end with a number of small holes. The tube is 
made to pass through a grooved cork, to give exit 
to the vapors, and is so adjusted as to reach nearly 
to the surface of the melted phosphorus. The 
matter in the matrass is distilled to the extent of 
four-fifths, the distillate is washed with water to 
separate alcohol, and the decanted ether is dried by 
the addition of a few pieces of calcium chloride. 
Dr. de Yrij recommends the following method for 
procuring this ether on a large scale. Absolute 
alcohol is to be saturated with dry hydrochloric 
acid gas, the liquid being kept well cooled; and 
the amount of the acid is to be determined by a 
sample. The liquid thus saturated is to be put into 
a retort, with as much potassium iodide as may be 
necessary to form potassium chloride; the mixture 
is to stand for a day, and is then to be submitted to 
distillation. Finally, the ether which comes over 
is to be washed and rectified. (See A. J. P., 1859, 
170.) Personne (Comptes-Rendus, 51, 468) pro- 
posed to use amorphous phosphorus instead of the 
ordinary kind, thus avoiding danger. Reith and 
Beilstein (Ann. Chem. Pharm., 126, 250) propose 
the following process. Mix 10 parts amorphous 
phosphorus with 50 parts alcohol of sp. gr. 0-83; 
add 100 parts dry iodine in small portions. The 
mixture should be allowed to stand twenty-four 
hours before distillation, and the distillation de- 
colorized by a solution of soda, and deprived of 
water by redistilling in contact with calcium chlo- 
ride. Hydriodic ether is a colorless non-inflam- 
mable liquid, insoluble in water, with a penetrating 
ethereal odor and pungent taste. Its density is 
1-92, and boiling pointfrom 71°-72° C. (160°-16T6° 
F.). Exposed to the air it becomes red from the 
liberation of iodine; the change in color is pre- 
vented by adding to the bottle containing it a glob- 
ule of mercury. M. Huette has proposed this 
ether, placed under a layer of water, as a medicine, 
to be used by inhalation. Fifteen or twenty in- 
spirations suffice to impregnate the system with 
iodine. It acts as a powerful anaesthetic, when 
sufficiently long inhaled. It is said to increase the 
appetite, render the pulse fuller, and give vivacity 
to the feelings and activity to the intellect. (See 
A. J. P., xxiii. 156.) Mr. James Turnbull, of Liv- 
erpool, and Dr. Henry Fisher, of New York, have 
used this ether by inhalation with satisfactory re- 
sults in chronic bronchitis and phthisis. Tho dose 
is fifteen drops, three or four times a day, inhaled 
from a handkerchief. Hydriodic ether often has an 
unpleasant smell from the presence of foreign sub- 
stances, which renders it offensive to patients. 
Phosphorus is a common and injurious impurity. 
According to Linosier and Lannois (Semaine 
Med., 1897), ethyl iodide affords an excellent 
method of affecting the general system by external 
application. Absorption of the iodine is rapid ; the 
liquid should be applied with a brush and then 
covered with paraffined paper: after applying two 
fluidrachms they recovered thirteen grains of iodine 
from the urine. 
ETHYLENE BROMIDE. Brom-ethylene. 
JEthylenum Bromatum. C2H4Br2. This is a color- 
less oily liquid smelling like cmoroform, with a 
sweet burning taste. It boils at 131-6° C., and 
solidifies at 0° C. to a crystalline mass ; sp. gr. at 20° 
C. 2-178. It is insoluble in water, miscible with 
alcohol in all proportions. The chief medical im- 
portance of this agent grows out of its liability to 
bo confounded with the ethyl bromide. One death 
has in this way been produced. Ten drachms of it 
were inhaled without the production of anaesthesia, 
followed by uncontrollable vomiting and complete 
suppression of urine. On account of its containing 
over 85 per cent, of bromine, Prof. Donath has 
used it in epilepsy. He gives it in an emulsion with 
oil, or mixed with almond oil in capsules. Chil- 
dren from eight to ten years begin with from ten 
to twenty drops of a 5 per cent, solution; the 
adult dose is six drops of ethylene bromide, three 
times a day. (See also P. J. Tr., xxi. 1068.) 
EUCAINE. Eucaine Hydrochlorate. Alpha-Eu- 
caine, Beta-Eucaine. Under the name of Eucaine 
Hydrochlorate, manufacturers have introduced 
into practical medicine two distinctly differ- 
ent substances, distinguishing them as Eucaine 
Hydrochlorate A, or Alpha-Eucaine, and Eucaine 
Hydrochlorate B, or Beta-Eucaine, producing much 
confusion in clinical reports, as it is often impossible 
to be certain which substance the writer of the 
article has worked with. The difficulty has been 
increased by the extraordinary “ puffing” of the 
article for commercial purposes. 
Eucaine Hydrochlorate A, or Alpha-Eucaine, was 
first described, and should have had the name of 
Eucaine confined to it. It is n-methyl-benzoylte- 
tramethyl-y-oxypiperidincarboxylicmethylester. Eu- 
caine Hydrochlorate B, or Beta-Eucaine, is ben- 
zoylvinyldiacetonalkamine. The first of these has 
the formula C19H27N04.HC1-f H20, and is a 
derivative of triacetonamine. This triacetonamine 
is changed by treatment with hydrocyanic acid, 
followed by boiling with water, into oxymethyl 
piperidincarhonic acid, and this by the introduc- 
tion of the benzoyl and methyl groups into the 
base eucaine, which is then crystallized out as the 
hydrochlorate. Eucaine B, on the other hand, is the 
benzoyl derivative of vinyl-diaceton alkalamine. 
It is asserted to be free from irritating properties 
and less toxic than Eucaine A. Its formula is 
Ci6H2iN02.HCh 
As the manufacturers themselves, when the name 
Eucaine Hydrochlorate is used, supply Alpha-Eu- 
caine, and as it was the first brought forward, we 
shall consider it in this article as the proper Eu- 
caine Hydrochlorate, C19II27N04.HC1 -|- H20. It 
is a white, neutral, crystalline powder, soluble in 
ten parts of cold water,—i.e., about 9 per cent. 
Physiological Action. The physiological action 
of eucaine has not been sufficiently studied to allow 
certainty of knowledge. According to Ver Eecke, 
it produces in the frog violent convulsions, followed 
by paralysis of peripheral origin; and in the 
warm-blooded animals convulsions resulting in 
death from asphyxia. It is affirmed by the ob- 
server mentioned to lower the blood-pressure by 1650 
Eucalyptus Manna.—Eugenia Jambolana. 
PART II. 
diminishing peripheral resistance, although acting 
at the same time on the heart directly both upon 
the intra-cardiac ganglia and the muscle structure. 
It is said also to increase diuresis, with, after toxic 
doses, glycosuria. (Bull. Boy. Acad. Med., Bel- 
gium, 1897.) 
In practical medicine the only value of eucaine 
hydrochlorate is as a local anaesthetic. There can 
be no doubt but that it is endowed with distinct 
local anaesthetic powers, but its superiority over 
cocaine seems to be more than doubtful. It has 
been affirmed that it is free from toxic properties. 
This is incorrect, but it is less toxic than cocaine. 
The disagreeable symptoms which have occasion- 
ally followed its use are very similar to those seen 
after cocaine. It is more irritant than cocaine, so 
that when dropped into the eye it produces much 
smarting. The anaesthesia is said to be complete 
in five minutes after application to the eye, and to 
last not over twenty-five minutes; in relative 
strength eucaine is stated to be to cocaine as seven 
is to ten. Its influence upon the blood-vessels is 
entirely different from that of cocaine, it causing 
dilatation rather than contraction, so that it fails 
in rhinoscopic surgery to lessen the turbinated 
bodies, and is not haemostatic. 
In the Jefferson College Surgical Clinic it has 
been very largely tested as a surgical anaesthetic. 
In no case have any toxic symptoms been produced, 
and the anaesthetic action of the eucaine has been 
very satisfactory ; but in a number of cases a pecu- 
liar slow, persistent sloughing has followed its 
use, especially when, as in the removal of an in- 
growing nail, fatty tissues, bursa, or tendon sheaths 
are concerned in the operation. Its employment 
in diseases of the bladder has not unusually been 
followed by pronounced inflammation. (J. Chal- 
mers Da Costa.) In minor surgery a 5 per cent, 
solution is to be used ; for dental purposes 4 to 9 
per cent. ; for diseases of the nose, throat, and ear 
2 to 8 per cent.; for infiltration anesthesia tl to 1 
per cent. 
Eucaine Hydrochlorate B (CjgHojNOg.HCl) is 
a white, neutral, crystalline powder, soluble in 
from 27 to 28 parts of cold water,—i.e., to the 
amount of from 3 to 4 per cent, at the ordinary 
temperature of the room. To make more con- 
centrated solutions it must be slightly warmed. 
Such concentrated solutions remain perfectly clear 
quite long enough for the completion of an opera- 
tion. If precipitation occurs after prolonged 
standing, the solution may be clarified by moder- 
ately warming it. It is much less irritant than 
either Eucaine A or cocaine; its anesthetic action 
appears to be equally powerful with, and its toxic 
action is only half as strong as, that of Eucaine 
A. It has been especially used in ophthalmic prac- 
tice. 
EUCALYPTUS MANNA. Australian Manna. 
This substance exudes during the summer months 
from punctures made in the bark and leaves of the 
Australian trees Eucalyptus mannifera., A. Cunn 
(E. viminalis, Labill). It occurs in small rounded 
opaque masses, and is said medically to resemble 
ordinary manna. 
EUCASIN is a casein ammonia compound which 
is obtained by passing ammonia gas over casein. 
It is a grayish-white powder, having an odor some- 
what like buttermilk, readily soluble in hot water. 
It has been brought forward by Salkowski as a 
very easily digested food. It may be given in 
broths, or with cocoa; and, according to Feustell 
(Deutsche Medicin. Wochensch., xxii. 1896), is a 
valuable food in cases of great failure of digestion. 
From thirty to forty grains of eucasin correspond 
to twenty-four to thirty-two grains of albumen. 
EUDERMOL. Nicotine Salicylate. A colorless, 
odorless crystalline salt soluble in water, containing 
54 per cent, of nicotine. It is used externally in 
skin diseases in the form of an ointment. 
EUGALLOL. Pyrogallol-mono-acetate. A 
thick transparent mass, brownish yellow in color, 
soluble in water and in its own weight of acetone. 
A 33 per cent, acetone solution is used externally 
as a substitute for pyrogallol in the treatment of 
psoriasis. 
EUGENIA CHEQUEN. Molina. Myrtus Che- 
ken. Spreng. Cheken. Chekan. Chequen. The leaves 
of this myrtaceous evergreen shrub, indigenous to 
Chili, are used in their native country as a remedy 
in chronic respiratory catarrh, and have been 
strongly recommended by Dr. Murrell and others 
in chronic bronchitis. Their virtues appear to reside 
in the tannin, and especially in the volatile oil that 
they contain. Fritz Wein (Arch. de Pharrn., 1888, 
665) examined cheken leaves proximately ; he found 
a volatile oil and three crystalline bodies, chekenon, 
chekenin, and chekenetin, and an amorphous bitter 
principle. The volatile oil is probably the proper 
preparation for use. The dose of the fluid extract 
is from one to three fluidrachms (3-7-11 C.c.). 
EUGENIA JAMBOLANA. Lam. Jambul. 
Jamboo. Java Plum. This is a large tree belong- 
ing to the Myrtacese, growing in East India and 
also in Queensland; well known on account of its 
popular edible fruit. Jarnbul bark is a dense, hard 
bark, of a pinkish-brown or reddish-brown color, 
with a whitish-gray mottled epidermis adherent to 
portions of its outer surface ; the inner surface is of 
a somewhat silky lustre, frequently coarsely marked 
by waving lines or ridges; the fresh fracture varies 
from pinkish or purplish to fawn color, sometimes 
distinctly but shortly fibrous, more commonly abso- 
lutely abrupt; the thickness of the bark varies from 
a quarter to nearly one inch. The taste is somewhat 
bitter, astringent, after a time distinctly pungent. 
The seeds are grayish black or blackish gray, having 
a shape resembling that of the cut-off ends of a 
cylinder, being abruptly truncated at the base, above 
rounded or dome-shaped. They are about a third of 
an inch in diameter and three-eighths of an inch 
long ; so hard and dense that they cannot be chewed, 
and are almost tasteless. The analysis of the seeds 
by Mr. Thomas Christy yields the following results. 
Essential oil, a trace; chlorophyll and fat, 0-37 ; 
resin soluble in alcohol and ether, 0-30 ; gallic acid, 
1-65; albumen, 1-25; colored extractive soluble in 
water, 2-70; moisture, 10 00; insoluble resin, 83-73. 
In the experiments made by Mr. Thomas Christy, 
of London (P. J. Tr., 1888), it was found that when 
sufficient diastatic matter was mixed with fifty grains 
of starch to convert 45 per cent, of the latter in fifty 
minutes into sugar, the addition of twenty-five 
grains of powdered jambul seeds reduced the con- 
version of the starch to 12 per cent. We have 
no knowledge of the effect of jambul or its ac- 
tive properties upon the general organization, 
but Prof. Binz (Verhandl. der Kongr. fur Innere 
Med., Wiesbaden, 1886) found that when dogs were 
made diabetic by the administration of phlorizin, 
according to the method of Von Mering, the exhi- 
bition of jambul reduced the excretion of sugar from PART II. 
Eugenol Acetamide.—Euphorbia. 
50 to 90 per cent, without the production of any 
evidences of poisoning by the jambul. In India, 
jambul has long been used as a stomachic astrin- 
gent and carminative in diarrhoea, and also in the 
treatment of diabetes. The first therapeutic trials 
in Europe appear to have been made by Clacius, 
who found that the drug notably reduced the ex- 
cretion of sugar in diabetic patients. The practice 
has been largely followed, and there would seem to 
be no doubt that in occasional cases of glycosuria 
jambul does good. Dr. H. C. Wood has seen the 
sugar of the urine entirely disappear under its use. 
No cases of poisoning or of disagreeable results from 
it have been reported. The best preparation ap- 
pears to be the fluid extract. The commencing dose 
may be ten minims (0-62 C.c.), three times a day, 
given in emulsion or in capsules, rapidly increased 
to a fluidrachm (3-69 C.c.). 
EUGENOL ACETAMIDE. C19HuOa.(CO. 
CH2N H2). This substance occurs in sninmg scales 
or needles, soluble in alcohol and water, melting at 
110° C. According to Merck, it is a local anaes- 
thetic and at the same time antiseptic. 
EUGENOL IODIDE. Iodo-eugenol. CeH2I 
(C3Hg)(0CH3)0H. A yellowish, inodorous, in- 
soluble powder obtained by acting on eugenol- 
sodium with iodine. It is used as an antiseptic, 
and said to resemble aristol. 
EULACHON OIL. The fish known by the 
Indians of the North Pacific under the name of 
Eulachon or Oulachon, and by the English as Hoola- 
kms or Candle Jish, the Thaleichthys Pacijicus of 
scientists, yields a great abundance of an oil which 
has been proposed as a substitute for cod-liver oil. 
According to the editor of N. R. (1881, 356), this 
oil first begins to congeal and become opaque at 
—7° C. (19-4° F.), although authorities state that at 
ordinary temperatures it grows solid and lard-like. 
Specific gravity at 60° F. 0-907; mixed with one- 
half its volume of nitric acid, specific gravity 1-37, 
it develops a beautiful pink color which fades slowly 
to amber, and after standing fifteen hours it is con- 
siderably thickened and changed to a deep amber 
color of a reddish cast. It contains about 20 per 
cent, of palmitic acid and stearic acid, and 60 per 
cent, of oleic acid and 13 per cent, of an unsaponi- 
fiable substance, which resembles the similar con- 
stituent of sperm oil. (Therap. Gaz., Sept. 15, 
1884.) 
EUPHORBIA. Wild Ipecac. Wild Hippo. 
Euphorbe, Fr. Wolfsmilch, G. The genus Eu- 
phorbia (nat. ord. Euphorbiacese) contains numer- 
ous species, having the common property of yielding 
a milky juice. They are herbaceous or shrubby, 
with or without leaves ; and the leafless species, 
which are chiefly confined to the African deserts, 
have fleshy, naked, or spiny stems, like those of the 
Cactus. They nearly all afford products which act 
powerfully as emetics and cathartics, and in over- 
doses occasion dangerous if not fatal prostration, 
with symptoms of inflamed gastro-intestinal mucous 
membrane. Their milky juice, which concretes on 
exposure, usually possesses these properties in a high 
degree, and, in addition, that of powerfully irri- 
tating the skin when applied to it. The U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized the indigenous 
species E. corollata, L., and E. ipecacuanha, L. In a 
full dose, the root of E. corollata, L., operates ac- 
tively and with sufficient certainty as an emetic, 
producing ordinarily several discharges from the 
stomach, and sometimes acting with considerable 
energy upon the bowels. In quantities insufficient 
to vomit, it excites nausea, almost always followed 
by brisk purging. In still smaller doses it is dia- 
phoretic and expectorant. It is, however, too harsh 
and uncertain in its action for practical use, and has 
passed entirely out of vogue. The dose of the dried 
root as an emetic is from ten to twenty grains (0-647 
-T29 Gm.), as a cathartic from three to ten grains 
((M94-0-647 Gm.). The recent root, bruised and 
applied to the skin, produces vesication. C. Petzolt 
found in the root of E. ipecacuanha, L., fixed oil, 
resin, starch, glucose, and various salts. The resin- 
ous matter was a dark mass, of a taste slight at 
first but after a time nauseous and pungent, readily 
dissolved by alcohol, but insoluble in ether and 
benzin, and, when swallowed, producing in half- 
grain doses watery stools, and in one-and-a-half 
or two-grain doses nausea and vomiting. It gave 
no evidence of the presence of an alkaloid. (A. 
J. P., 1873, 255.) The medical properties of E. 
ipecacuanha, L., resemble those of E. corollata, L., 
though it is said to be somewhat milder. The in- 
digenous E. hypericifolia, A. Gray (E. nutans, 
Lag.), and E. maculata, L., are said by Zollickoffer 
to be a valuable remedy in dysentery, diarrhoea, men- 
orrhagia, and leucorrhoea. (See 16th ed. U. S. D., 
also Am. Journ. Med. Sci., xi.) Dr. B. J. D. Irwin, 
U. S. A., states that, under the name of gollindri- 
nera, the native Mexican uses the Euphorbia pros- 
trata, Ait., in New Mexico and Arizona as a remedy 
for snake-bites. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., 1861.) In 
Chili the juice of the Euphorbia chilensis, C. Gay 
(now E. portulacoides, L.), is said to be used as a 
drastic purgative. (A. J. P., 1866, 102.) The juice 
of the Euphorbia drummondii, Boiss., is said in 
Australia to kill annually a great many sheep and 
cattle, and in 1886 Dr. John Beid (Australasian 
Med. Oaz., No. 61) announced the discovery in it 
of a new anesthetic alkaloid, drummine, which he 
obtained in colorless crystals almost insoluble in 
ether, hut freely soluble in chloroform and in water. 
The report of Dr. Alexander Ogsden (Brit. Med. 
Journ., Feb. 1887) throws, however, very grave 
doubts upon the anesthetic power of this new alka- 
loid. The E. ocellata, Durand and Hilgard, of the 
Pacific coast is used as an antidote for snake-bites, 
and is said to contain 2 82 per cent, of resin, besides 
gallo-tannic acid ; whilst Euphorbia cremocarpus of 
the same region is employed for the purpose of 
catching fish in still pools and streams, and is said to 
contain a volatile oil, besides acid and resins. (See 
Proc. California Coll. Pharm., 1885.) The oil of 
E. lathyris, L., is stated to physiologically resemble 
croton oil. (Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 305.) 
The E. lieterodoxa, Muell. Arg., alveloz or aveloz, 
a Brazilian species, has been used with asserted ex- 
traordinary advantage against cancerous and syph- 
ilitic ulcers. It is a powerful irritant, and even 
mild caustic. The milky juice, preserved with sali- 
cylic acid, or a resin obtained by precipitating with 
water is employed. The ointment of the resin may 
he made 3 parts in 100 with vaseline. 
Euphorbia pilulifera. L. A prostrate or ascend- 
ing branched annual, found in almost all tropical 
countries; is furnished with leaves which are op- 
posite, shortly stalked, ovate to ovate-lanceolate or 
oblong, from three-quarters to one and a half inches 
long, denticulate, very oblique and narrow below, or 
with a semi-cordate base. Stipules minute, linear, 
inserted on a transverse raised line. The flower- 
heads are minute, numerous, crowded in head-like 1652 
Euphorbium.—Euphthalmme Hydrochloride. 
PART II. 
cymes, globular, and are borne on a short stalk in 
one axil only of each pair of opposite leaves. The 
involucre is about one-third of a line long, small, 
entire, and without petal-like appendages. Ac- 
cording to De Candolle, the seeds are reddish, 
acutely oblong, four-sided, and transversely wrin- 
kled, the ridges uniting irregularly. It is to be 
distinguished from E. parvifiora (L. ?), which is 
sometimes substituted for it, by the flower-head 
of the latter having but few flowers, by the glands 
of the involucre being furnished with a white, 
obovate-orbicular appendage, and seeds which are 
minutely papillose. Levison found in it (A. J P., 
1885, 147) several glucoside resins, wax, and vola- 
tile matter. 
A physiological study of Euphorbia pilulifera led 
A. Marsset (T. G., 1885) to the conclusion that the 
active principle acts directly upon the heart and 
respiration ; that it is not an irritant to the skin, but 
in large dose it is to the gastric mucous membrane. 
It has been used by Dujardin-Beaumetz and a num- 
ber of other clinicians with asserted excellent results 
in the treatment of asthma and asthmatic bronchitis, 
also in chronic bronchitis, and in advanced or subacute 
bronchitis. The best preparation is the fluid extract, 
the dose of which is from a half to one fluidrachm 
(1-8-3-6 C.c.) three or four times a day. 
EUPHORBIUM. Euphorbium, V.G. Euphorbe, 
Gomme-resine d’ Euphorbe, Fr. Euphorbiumharz, G. 
The concrete resinous juice of one or more species 
of Euphorbia (nat. ord. Euphorbiacese); but its 
precise source is uncertain. It has been ascribed 
to E. officinalis, Jack, (now E. resinifera, Berg.), 
growing in the north of Africa and at the Cape of 
Good Hope, E. canariensis, L., a native of the 
Canary Islands and Western Africa, and E. anti- 
quorum (L. ?), inhabiting Egypt, Arabia, and the 
East Indies, and supposed to be the plant from 
which the ancients derived this resinous product. 
These species of Euphorbia bear some resemblance 
in form to the Cactus, having leafless, jointed, an- 
gular stems, divided into branches of a similar 
structure, and furnished with double prickles at the 
angles. When wounded they yield an acrid milky 
juice, which concretes on the surface, and consti- 
tutes the euphorbium of commerce. 
Euphorbium occurs in the shape of tears, or in 
oblong or roundish masses, about the size of a pea 
or larger, often forked, and perforated with one or 
two small conical holes, produced by the prickles of 
the plant, around which the juice has concreted, and 
which sometimes remain in the holes. The masses 
are occasionally large and mixed with impurities. 
The surface is dull and smooth, bearing some re- 
semblance to that of tragacanth; the consistence 
somewhat friable, the color light yellowish or red- 
dish ; the odor scarcely perceptible; the taste at first 
slight, but afterwards excessively acrid and burning. 
The color of the powder is yellowish. The sp. gr. 
of euphorbium is 1-124. Triturated with water it 
renders the liquid milky, and is partially dissolved. 
Alcohol dissolves a larger portion, forming a yel- 
lowish tincture, which becomes milky on the addition 
of water. Its constituents, according to Pelletier, 
are resin, wax, calcium malate, potassium malate, 
lignin, bassorin, volatile oil, and water. Brandes 
found caoutchouc. It contains no soluble gum. 
The proportions of the ingredients are variously 
stated by different chemists, and probably vary in 
different specimens. The most abundant is resin, 
and the remainder consists chiefly of wax and cal- 
cium malate. The resin is excessively acrid, is 
soluble in alcohol, and, when exposed to heat, melts, 
takes fire, and burns with a brilliant flame, diffusing 
an agreeable odor, and has, according to Fliickiger, 
the formula C10H16O2. Fliickiger also found a 
substance analogous to lactucon, which he names 
euphorbon. It is neutral, fusible above 106° C. 
(223° F.), readily dissolved by boiling alcohol, and 
soluble in ether, benzin, amylic alcohol, chloroform, 
acetone, and glacial acetic acid. From its solution 
in ether and benzin it separates on spontaneous 
evaporation, in feathery needles. Its solution in 
sulphuric acid, spread on a plate, is colored violet 
by nitric acid. Its composition is C13H220. While 
the acrid resin constitutes 38 per cent, of euphor- 
bium, euphorbon constitutes 22 per cent. (A. J. P., 
1868, 393; from Schweizerische Wochenschri/t.) 
Hesse (Ann. Chem. Pharm., cxcii. 182) has prepared 
pure euphorbon, and gives it the formula 
fusing point from 113°-114° C., making it isomeric 
with lactucon. It is laevo-rotatory. 
Euphorbium taken internally is a very irritant 
emetic and cathartic, and in large doses acts as a 
violent gastro-intestinal irritant poison. In conse- 
quence of the severity of its action, its internal use 
has been entirely abandoned. Applied to the mu- 
cous membrane of the nostrils, it excites violent irri- 
tation, attended by incessant sneezing and some- 
times bloody discharges. Persons who powder it 
are under the necessity of guarding their eyes, 
nostrils, and mouth against the fine dust which 
rises. Largely diluted with wheat flour or starch, 
it has been used as an errhine in amaurosis and 
deafness. Externally applied, it inflames the skin, 
often producing vesication. It enters into some 
epispastic preparations, and is especially employed 
in veterinary practice as a vesicant. 
EUPHORIN. Phenyl Urethane. 
y This combination is a white, 
crystalline powder, melting at 51° C., with a faint 
aromatic odor, and a taste which, at first scarcely 
appreciable, subsequently becomes more marked, 
and resembles cloves; soluble with great difficulty 
in cold water, very soluble in alcohol and in dilute 
alcohol. Dr. Sansoni (Therap. Monatsheft'e, Nov. 
1890) has found that in enormous doses this drug 
produces in rabbits collapse, progressive weakness, 
anaesthesia, and suppression of reflexes. Methaemo- 
globin is stated never to be found in the blood, 
though the drug escapes from the body as paramido- 
phenol. Dr. Sansoni has employed euphorin with 
satisfaction as an antipyretic, antiseptic, analgesic, 
and antirheumatic. Dose, seven and a half grains 
(0-48 Gm.), equivalent to fifteen grains (0-97 Gm.) 
of antipyrin, in capsule or vinous solution. 
EUPHRASIA OFFICINALIS. L. Eye- 
bright. Euphraise, Fr. Augentrost, G. (Nat. 
ord Scrophularine®.) A small annual plant, com- 
mon to Europe and the United States, without odor, 
and of a bitterish, astringent taste. Enz ( Viertelj. 
f. Prakt. Pharm.., viii. 175) obtained a little volatile 
oil, an acrid and bitter principle, mannite and glu- 
cose, and a tannic acid, the lead salt of which showed 
on analysis the formula CS2H20017.3PbO and had a 
bright green color. It was formerly used in tooth- 
ache. G. M. Garland (A. J. P., 1890) states that 
ten drops of a concentrated tincture every two hours 
is a specific in acute nasal catarrh. 
EUPHTHALMINE HYDROCHLORIDE. 
This is the mandelic acid derivative of Eucaine B, Euquinine.—Exalgine. 
1653 
PART II. 
just as homatropine is the mandelic acid derivative 
of the base tropine. A permanent snow-white crys- 
talline powder, very soluble in water and soluble in 
about two parts of boiling absolute alcohol, sepa- 
rating again on addition of ether in crystalline ag- 
gregates. The salt is anhydrous ; it melts at from 
183°-184° C. and begins to run together at 181° 0. 
The salicylate, C17H2503N,C6H4(0H)C00H, pre- 
pared by mixing ether solutions of the base and of 
salicylic acid, and recrystallizing from absolute al- 
cohol and ether, melts at from 115°-116° C. and is 
very readily soluble in water. The hydrochlorate 
of the unstable n-methyl-vinyl-diacetone-alkamine 
is a colorless crystalline powder, freely soluble in 
water, to which Treutler and Yossius have called 
attention as a powerful local mydriatic. From two 
to three drops of a 2 per cent, solution will pro- 
duce in from twenty to thirty minutes pronounced 
mydriasis, which "disappears after two or three 
hours (seven hours, Winselmann) and is not ac- 
companied by pain or other unpleasant secondary 
effects. There is no irritation of the cornea, or 
local anaesthesia, and accommodation is said to be 
less affected than with the mydriatics in common 
use. (Therap. Wochenschr., 1897 ; Berichte, xxxi. 
665; Pharm. Journ.) 
EUQUININE. Quinine Ethyl Carbonic Ether. 
CO<^'p2*jf -vi- n. Euquinine is made by the 
2^ 
action of chloro-carbonic ethyl-ether on quinine. 
It occurs in the form of fine needle-like white crys- 
tals, melts at 95° C., is scarcely soluble in water, but 
easily so in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. It 
forms crystalline salts. A solution in sulphuric or 
nitric acid fluoresces with a blue color like quinine. 
The thaileioquin reaction of euquinine is the same 
as that of quinine, but there is no herapathite 
reaction. The euquinine hydrochlorate dissolves 
readily in water, the sulphate much less easily, 
while the tannate is almost insoluble. 
It has been alleged that it is possible by the use 
of euquinine to obtain the beneficial effects of 
quinine without unpleasant accompaniments of 
cerebral congestion and irritation, although tinnitus 
aurium is produced. Euquinine has been em- 
ployed with asserted satisfactory results by C. von 
Noorden {Centralb. f. Innere Med., 1896) in pneu- 
monia, pleurisy, and various other acute diseases, as 
a substitute for quinine; and the results have been 
confirmed by Goliner (Allge. Med. Central-Zeitung, 
1897) and by Overlach (Deutsche Med. Ztg., 1897) ; 
whilst Panegrosso (Oaz. degli ospedali, Oct., 1897) 
has used it in malaria with results which seem to 
have been decided but inferior to those obtainable 
with quinine. The necessary doses are larger than 
those of quinine; in ordinary acute diseases thirty 
grains maj7 be given daily; in malaria forty grains. 
EUROBIN. Chrysarobin triacetate is used as a 
substitute for chrysarobin ; it is soluble in chloro- 
form, acetone, and ether, insoluble in water. 
EURO PHEN. Di-isobutyl-ortho-cresol-iodide. 
2(^9 | CeH30)HI. This is a yellow amorphous 
powder, of a specific aromatic odor, which has been 
proposed as a substitute for iodoform. It contains 
28-1 per cent, of iodine. It is asserted that it is five 
times lighter than iodoform, and can be used in 
much larger bulk ; that it is equally efficacious with 
iodoform ; also that it is decomposed more slowly 
than iodoform, and is, therefore, less poisonous. 
(See Pharm. Zeitung, July, 1891 ; also Therap. 
Monats., July, 1891.) This substance is made by 
the action of iodine upon isobutylorthocresol in a 
solution of potassium iodide. It occurs as a fine, 
soft, amorphous powder, light yellow, tasteless, and 
having but a faint odor. It is soluble in ether, 
chloroform, collodion, alcohol, and fixed oils; in- 
soluble in water and glycerin ; melting at 230° F. 
Its solution undergoes decomposition when exposed 
to light or heat. 
Europhen contains about 28 per cent, of iodine, 
which element is slowly liberated from its alcoholic 
and ethereal solutions. It is incompatible with 
metallic oxides and mercurial salts, and undergoes 
slight change in the presence of organic matter. 
Taken internally it is said to pass out in great part 
from the alimentary canal with the faeces unchanged, 
though some absorption takes place. It is asserted 
that it is non-toxic, two or three drachms having 
been given to dogs and fifteen grains to human 
beings without effect. As a microbicide it is atfirmed 
to be about equivalent to iodoform. (Revue Med. de 
I’Est, Feb. 1892.) 
It has been used by a number of clinicians with 
asserted good results as a local application to 
chancres, syphilitic ulcers, burns, psoriasis, eczema, 
lupus, and various skin diseases. It is usually ap- 
plied in an ointment varying in strength, accord- 
ing to the individual cases, from 1 to 10 per cent. 
A stronger ointment is distinctly irritant. It has 
also been employed in rhinitis, laryngeal tuber- 
culosis, and other inflammatory disorders of the pre- 
liminary air-passages. Internally it has been used, 
especially hypodermically, dissolved in oil, in con- 
stitutional syphilis, with not very encouraging re- 
sults. Dose, from a half to one and a half grains 
(0 03-1-1 6m.), 
Under the name of europhen-aristol a mixture 
of europhen and aristol has been put upon the 
market. 
EURYBIN. A glucoside obtained from a New 
Zealand plant, Eurybia moschata. (Merck's Bericht, 
1893, 12.) 
EVODIA. Several species of this genus are 
stated to have medicinal properties. E. febrifuga 
of Brazil is astringent and tonic, E. glauca of Japan 
contains berberine, whilst E. longifolia of the Feejee 
Islands is to prevent abortion. 
EXALGINE. Methylacetanilid. C6H6N(CH3) 
COCHg or C9HuNO. This substance, which was 
discovered by Brigonnet, is one of the three iso- 
meric methyl derivatives of acetanilid (Compt.- 
Rend., cviii. 571), and is made by warming to- 
gether monomethylaniline and acetylchloride. It 
occurs in needles, or in long tablet-like crystals, 
according as it is obtained by crystallization or 
from the mass after fusion. It is sparingly soluble 
in cold water, quite soluble in hot water, and readily 
soluble in very dilute alcohol, or in water to which 
a small amount of alcohol has been added ; it fuses 
at 101° C., and boils between 240° and 250° C. 
without decomposition. The hot aqueous solution 
is said by Upton to retain most of its exalgine on 
cooling. 
According to Dr. Brigonnet, hypodermic injec- 
tions of exalgine produce in the lower animals 
violent epileptiform convulsions, profuse saliva- 
tion, cyanosis, disturbance of breathing, fall of 
temperature, and alteration of the blood, which 
becomes dark prune-colored and contains an abun- 
dance of methjemoglobin. The muscles at the seat 
of the injection are said to be locally paralyzed, and 1654 
Exodyne.—Extradum Carnis. 
PART II. 
although small doses increase slightly the blood- 
pressure, after the toxic dose the pressure suddenly 
falls. The urine does not become albuminous or 
bloody. When given to man in full, non-poisonous 
doses, it produces some slight amblyopia, vertigo 
accompanied in some patients by vomiting, tinnitus 
aurium, headache, drowsiness, and vaso-motor dis- 
turbances, such as sweating. After large doses, 
cyanosis is pronounced, but no eruption upon the 
surface of the skin seems as yet to have been 
noticed. No fatal poisoning by it has been re- 
ported, but in a case of Mr. A. C. Hartley’s, 
eighteen grains in divided doses produced a general 
motor paralysis, with dyspnoea, intense pallor, 
dilated pupils, and pronounced palpitation of the 
heart. In a second case, two doses of three grains 
each produced in a boy fourteen years old a sudden 
almost lethal heart-failure, with dilated pupils and 
dyspnoea. In a case reported by Gillespie {Med. 
Press and Oirc., March, 1892) there were violent 
convulsions. (See also Bull, de Therap., March, 
1891, and Brit. Med. Journ., Feb. 1890.) 
Therapeutically, exalgine seems to be an antipy- 
retic, but it has been used almost exclusively as an 
analgesic and antispasmodic ; it being claimed for 
it that as such it acts much more certainly and 
powerfully than antipyrin and other drugs of this 
class. According to Moncorvo, it is very well 
borne in children ; he has used it extensively in 
chorea, polyuria, and for the relief of pain. He 
believes that its analgesic effect is at least five 
times as strong as that of antipyrin ; his dose, to 
a child five years old, is one and a half grains. 
The dose for the adult is from three to six grains 
(0-194-0-389 Om.), not more than twelve grains 
being administered in the twenty-four hours, and 
the smaller dose being always used at first. 
EXODYNE. A commercial compound said by 
Goldman to consist of acetanilid 90 per cent., so- 
dium bicarbonate 5 per cent., and sodium sali- 
cylate 5 per cent. It is used as an antipyretic. 
EXTRACTUM CARNIS. Extract of Flesh. 
Extract of Meat. Extract of Beef. Extrait de 
Viande de Liebig, Fr. Liebig's Fleischextrakt, G. 
The object of this preparation is to obtain the nu- 
tritive matters of the flesh of animals in a concen- 
trated state, in which they may be long kept with- 
out change. Two great advantages are thus gained, 
cheapness of carriage, and the facility of transfer 
from places, however remote, where meat is plenti- 
ful, to others where it is most needed. Thus, the 
cattle so abundant on the plains of South America, 
Australia, and Russia may be made to contribute 
to the support of the people of Europe and North 
America; and this object has already been in some 
degree accomplished, as factories are in operation 
in these regions by which, in the condition of extract 
of flesh, beef is very largely prepared; and South 
American extract of beef is well known all over 
the world. Though to Liebig belongs the credit 
of setting this movement on foot, and his process 
is probably most extensively used, others have 
employed processes of their own, and some are 
perhaps equal if not superior to his. 
Liebig’s extract of beef, besides what is made by 
various independent operators, who, employing his 
process, take advantage of the popularity of his 
name in spreading their products abroad, is now 
very largely prepared by a company which, under 
his supervision, established itself in South America. 
For methods of preparation, see 16th ed. V. S. D. 
It is said that 100 parts of meat yield 2-5 of extract. 
The preparation keeps well, contains neither fat nor 
gelatin, and is rich in the nitrogenous principles. 
It is of a reddish-brown color, a slightly acrid taste, 
and an odor that is not agreeable; so that when 
dissolved in hot water to make soup, it is necessary, 
in order to make a savory dish, to add leguminous 
fruits to the extract. To avoid this flavor it would 
be necessary to effect the evaporation out of contact 
with the air, and if possible altogether in a vacuum. 
The varying quality of the extract is ascribed, in 
part at least, to the character of the meat. 
Essence of Beef, or Beef tea, and Essence of Mut- 
ton are similar in their powers to the extracts, but 
are much preferable to them. They may be used 
with advantage as stimulants in low fevers, etc., in 
doses of from half an ounce to two ounces, and are 
prepared as follows. The flesh, having been de- 
prived as far as possible of fatty matter, and cut 
into very small pieces, is introduced without water 
into a convenient long-necked bottle (a common quart 
porter-bottle will answer the purpose very well) 
until this is filled; the bottle is then placed upright 
The Organic Matter contains: 
Water. 
Organic Substances. 
Salts. 
Nitrogen in form of 
Albumen, easily 
soluble. 
Corresponding Per- 
centage of Albu- 
men. 
Nitrogen in form of 
Peptones. 
Corresponding Per- 
centage of Pep- 
tones. 
Nitrogen in form of 
Albumen, insol- 
uble. 
Nitrogen in form of 
Bases (creatine, 
carnine, etc.). 
1. Kemmerich’s Extract of Meat . 
P. c. 
20-95 
P. c. 
60-81 
P. c. 
18-24 
P. c. 
1-258 
P. c. 
7-86 
P. c. 
2-308 
P.c. 
14-42 
P. c. 
P. c. 
6-167 
2. Liebig’s Extract of Meat 
19-33 
57-52 
23-25 
0-848 
5-30 
0-284 
1-77 
7-782 
3. Murdock’s Liquid Food 
83-61 
15-83 
0-56 
2-066 
12-91 
0-037 
0-23 
0-187 
4. Valentine’s Meat Juice 
59-07 
29-41 
11-52 
0-292 
1-82 
0-760 
4-75 
1-448 
5. Johnston’s Fluid Beef 
49-49 
45-32 
5-19 
2-824 
17-65 
2-837 
17-73 
0-148 
1-394 
6. Benger's Peptonized Beef Jelly . . . 
89-68 
9-43 
0-89 
0-386 
2-41 
0-741 
4-63 
0-422 
7. Savory & Moore’s Fluid Beef .... 
27-01 
60-89 
12-10 
0-869 
5-43 
0-402 
2-66 
7-472 
8. Brand & Co.’s Essence of Beef . . . 
89-19 
9-50 
1-31 
0-360 
2-25 
0-968 
6-05 
0-154 
9. Carnrick’s Beef Peptonoids 
6-75 
87-57 
5-50 
9 060 
56-62 
1-109 
6-93 
0-202 
1-100 
10. Wyeth’s Beef Juice 
56-07 
26-32 
17-61 
10-23 
• • 
9-54 PART II. 
Fabiana Imbricata.—Farina Tritici. 
1655 
in a pot of boiling water, so that the top of the 
bottle shall be above the surface of the liquid, and 
is exposed to a boiling heat for an hour or more, 
the mouth of the bottle being closed with a cork so 
tightly as to prevent the escape of vapor, but not so 
as to endanger the breaking of the vessel. At the 
end of the process the liquid is to be poured out of 
the bottle, and, when sufficiently cool, is ready for 
use. 
Under the name of Johnston's Fluid Beef, a prep- 
aration, made in Philadelphia, has been introduced, 
which differs from other extracts in the fact that 
albumin is replaced by the finely powdered dried 
residue of the meat; the muscular fibre is plainly 
visible under the microscope. The name fluid beef 
is a misnomer, as it is of extractiform consistence; 
it is, however, a good extract. Wyeth's Beef 
Juice is a dark red fluid, sp. gr. 1-225, with 
an acid reaction, which, when mixed with cold 
water, forms an unaltered brownish-red liquid. 
When heated, albumin is separated, a pulpy mass 
being formed. Fresenius’s analysis shows that it 
contains of organic substances 25-61 per cent., min- 
eral constituents 15-54 per cent., water 58-85 per 
cent., the organic substances being composed of ni- 
trogenous substance 19-95 per cent., fat 065 per 
cent., lactic acid -604 per cent., nitrogen-free sub- 
stances 4-991 per cent. ; the mineral constituents 
are mainly sodium and potassium chlorides and 
phosphates. 
For a table of analyses of some of the best-known 
meat preparations, mainly from A. Stutzer, see p. 
1654. (Rep. Anal. Chem., v. 217, 218.) 
The extract of meat by no means represents the 
nutritive qualities of the meat itself, as the two 
most nutritious ingredients of flesh, albumin and 
fibrin, are usually wanting; and efforts are made 
as far as possible to get rid of fat, and in most 
instances of gelatin also, though, in relation to the 
latter principle, with, in our opinion, questionable 
propriety. In low fevers it is recommended by 
some as possessing, in addition to its slightly nutri- 
tious qualities, the somewhat stimulant properties 
characteristic of the meat essences. 
FABIANA IMBRICATA. Euiz and Pavon. 
Pichi. (Nat. ord. Solanaceae.) This is a shrub 
growing in Chili and the Argentine Kepublic, 
attaining the height of about six feet, with its 
smaller branches covered with very thick, almost 
scale-like, ovate leaves, about one-twelfth of an 
inch in length, having their bases and margins 
whitened with a resinous deposit. The appearance 
of the plant is almost that of a conifer, but it has 
white flowers. The wood is uniformly yellowish, 
hard, heavy, and very fine grained. The thin bark 
is light gray, minutely roughened by small, sharp, 
longitudinal ridges, and minute gland-like protu- 
berances, which exhibit under the lens a peculiar 
resinous lustre. For microscopic structure, see 
Proc. A. P. A , 1889. 
Dr. A. B. Lyons first obtained a fluorescent body 
resembling aesculin, a neutral crystalline principle, 
some volatile oil, resin, and apparently traces of an 
alkaloid. (A. J. P., 1886, 65.) G. A. Deitz suc- 
ceeded in crystallizing the fluorescent principle, but 
found no alkaloid. He also obtained the neutral 
crystalline principle referred to, but did not ex- 
amine it further. This was done by Henry Trimble 
and J. M. Schroeter (A. J. P., 1889, 407), who con- 
sidered it to be a resin, and gave it the formula 
(C18H3102)x. It crystallizes in white acicular 
needles from, hot alcohol, turns brown at 240° C., 
and decomposes without melting at 270° C. H. C. 
Loudenbeck (A. J. P., 1891, 432) examined the 
fluorescent principle, and found it to he a glucoside. 
It forms light, nearly white crystals, which have a 
bitter taste, fluoresce intensely blue with ammonia, 
changing to a paler rose fluorescence with acids, 
melt at 180° C. to a yellow liquid, and decompose 
at a slightly higher temperature. 
Pichi appears to be a terebinthinate diuretic, to 
which also are attributed tonic and cholagogue 
properties. It has been used to a considerable 
extent in the treatment of acute and chronic vesical 
catarrh, giving especially favorable results in cases 
in which the urinary irritation is kept up by gravel. 
It is said even to calm the irritability and aid in the 
expulsion of renal, urethral, or cystic calculi. It 
has been further recommended in the treatment of 
jaundice and dyspepsia, with lack of biliary secre- 
tion. It is somewhat irritating, and is usually said 
to be contra-indicated by the existence of organic 
disease of the kidneys ; but cases have been reported 
in which renal hemorrhage connected with Bright’s 
disease has been greatly benefited by the remedy. 
It has also been employed in gonorrhoea and in 
gonorrhoeal prostatitis. The solid extract may be 
used in the dose of from two to ten grains (0T3-0-65 
Gm.); the fluid extract, in the dose of from ten to 
forty minims (06-2-5 C.c.). It is probable that the 
resinoid precipitate, made from a strong tincture by 
means of water, would be the best preparation of 
the drug. The fluid extract does not mix with 
water unless the solution be made alkaline. It may 
be administered in capsules or aromatized emulsion. 
FARINA TRITICI. Under this name the 
Br. Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized ordinary 
wheat flour. Bran is the husk separated from the 
wheat during the process of grinding, and consti- 
tutes from 25 to 33 per cent, of the whole yield. 
Flour is white, inodorous, and nearly insipid. 
Its chief constituents are starch, gluten, albumen, 
saccharine matter, and gum, the proportions of 
which are not constant. Clifford Richardson (Bul- 
letin No. 9, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1886) 
gives as the average of 27 analyses of wheat the 
following composition : moisture, 9-25 ; ash, T84 ; 
oil, 2-30 ; sugar, 3-50 ; dextrin and soluble starch, 
2 30; starch, 67 88; albuminoids soluble in 80 per 
cent, alcohol, 3-58 ; albuminoids insoluble in 80 per 
cent, alcohol, 7-45; fibre, 1-90; total, 100. The 
gummy substance found in wheat flour is not 
precisely identical with ordinary gum, as it con- 
tains nitrogen, and does not yield mucic acid by 
the action of nitric acid. The starch, which is by 
far the most abundant ingredient, is much em- 
ployed in a separate state. (See Amylum.) The 
gluten, however, is not less important, as it is to 
the large proportion of this principle in wheat 
flour that it owes its superiority over that from 
other grains for the preparation of bread. The 
gluten here referred to is the substance first noticed 
as a distinct principle by Beccaria. It is the soft, 
viscid, fibrous mass which remains when wheat 
flour enclosed in a linen bag is exposed to the ac- 
tion of a stream of water and at the same time 
pressed with the fingers till the liquor comes away 
colorless. But this has been ascertained to consist, 
in fact, of two different substances. When boiled 
in alcohol, one portion of it is dissolved, while 
another remains unaffected. Einhof ascertained 
that the part of the glutinous mass left behind by 1656 
Farina Tritici. 
PABT II. 
alcohol is identical with vegetable albumen, while the 
dissolved portion only is strictly entitled to the 
name of gluten, which had been previously ap- 
plied to the whole mass. As these two principles 
are contained in numerous vegetable products, and 
as they are frequently referred to in this work, it 
is proper that they should be briefly noticed. They 
both contain nitrogen, and both, when left to 
themselves in a moist state, undergo putrefaction. 
From these circumstances, and from their close re- 
semblance to certain proximate animal principles 
in chemical habitudes and relations, they were 
sometimes called, in old works on chemistry, vegeto- 
animal substances. They are separated from each 
other by boiling the gluten of Beccaria, above re- 
ferred to, with successive portions of alcohol, till 
the liquid, filtered while yet hot, ceases to become 
turbid on cooling. The proper gluten dissolves, 
and may be obtained by adding water to the solu- 
tion and distilling off the alcohol. Large cohering 
flakes float in the liquor, which, when removed, 
form a viscid, elastic mass, consisting of the sub- 
stance in question with slight impurity. The part 
left behind by the alcohol is coagulated albumen. 
Pure gluten, sometimes called vegetable fibrin, is 
a pale yellow, adhesive, elastic substance, which 
by drying becomes more deeply yellow and trans- 
lucent. It is almost insoluble in water, and quite 
insoluble in ether and in the oils, both fixed and 
volatile. Hot alcohol dissolves it much more read- 
ily than cold ; and from its solution in boiling al- 
cohol it separates unchanged when the liquor cools. 
It is soluble in dilute acids, and in caustic alkaline 
solutions, in consequence of forming soluble com- 
pounds with the acids and alkalies. With the 
earths and metallic oxides it forms nearly insolu- 
ble compounds, which are precipitated when earthy 
or metallic salts are added to the solution of gluten 
in solution of potassa. Corrosive sublimate pre- 
cipitates it from its acid as well as alkaline solu- 
tions, and, added in solution to moist gluten, 
forms a compound with it, which, when dry, is 
hard, opaque, and incorruptible. Gluten is pre- 
cipitated by infusion of galls. Its name originated 
in its adhesive property. It exists in most farina- 
ceous grains and in the seeds of some leguminous 
plants. ( 
Vegetable albumen is destitute of adhesiveness, 
and, when dried, is opaque and of a white, gray, 
or brown color. Before coagulation, it is soluble 
in water, but insoluble in alcohol. By heat it 
coagulates and becomes insoluble in water. It 
is dissolved by solutions of the caustic alkalies. 
Most of the acids, if added to its solution in ex- 
cess, precipitate compounds of the acids respec- 
tively with the albumen, which, though soluble in 
pure water, are insoluble in that liquid when 
acidulated. It is not, however, precipitated by 
an excess of phosphoric or acetic acid. Its rela- 
tions to the earthy and metallic salts are similar to 
those of gluten. Corrosive sublimate precipitates 
it from its solutions, except from those in phos- 
phoric and acetic acids, and, when added in a state 
of solution to moist albumen, forms with it a hard, 
opaque compound. It is also precipitated by infu- 
sion of galls. This principle derived its name 
from its very close resemblance to animal albu- 
min. It is associated with gluten in most of the 
farinaceous grains, is a constituent of all the seeds 
which form a milky emulsion with water, and exists 
in all the vegetable juices which coagulate by heat. 
The mixture of vegetable fibrin and albumen 
which constitutes the gluten of Beccaria exercises 
an important influence over starch, which, with 
the presence of water, and the aid of a moderate 
heat, it converts partly into gum and partly into 
sugar. The production of saccharine matter in 
the germination of seeds, and in malting, which is 
an example of germination, is thus explained. 
The gluten becomes acid in the process, and loses 
the property of reacting on starch. 
It is thought by some chemists that vegetable al- 
bumen is identical in all respects with animal albu- 
min., and the gluten of vegetables with animal 
fibrin, and that both these principles, as well as 
another named casein, found also both in the ani- 
mal and in the vegetable kingdom, belong to a 
class of compounds termed proteids. Proteids con- 
sist of nitrogen, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and sul- 
phur, and their average composition may be ex- 
pressed by the empirical formula L,2H112N,802gS. 
A poisonous alkaloid has been detected by Mr. 
Ballaud in flour which had been kept in sacks for 
twelve or eighteen months. (P. J, Tr., 1885, 368.) 
It is scarcely necessary to state that bread is 
formed by making flour into a paste with water, 
with the addition of yeast, setting it aside to fer- 
ment, and then exposing it to the heat of an oven. 
The fermentation excited by the yeast is accompa- 
nied by the extrication of carbonic acid gas, which, 
being retained by the tenacity of the gluten, forms 
innumerable little cells throughout the mass, and 
thus renders the bread light.* Alcohol is also 
generated during the fermentation, most of which 
is driven off from the bread in baking ; but a 
small portion remains, averaging, according to 
Mr. Thos. Polas, 0-314 per cent. (Chem News, May 
30, 1873.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Wheat flour in its 
unaltered state is seldom used in medicine. It is 
sometimes sprinkled on the skin in erysipelatous 
inflammation, and in various itching or burning 
eruptions, particularly the nettle-rash ; though rye 
flour is generally preferred for this purpose. 
Bread is more employed. An infusion of toasted 
bread in water is a nutritive drink well adapted to 
febrile complaints. Within our experience, no 
drink has been found more grateful in such cases 
than this infusion, sweetened with a little sugar, 
* Adulteration of bread, Among the adulterations of 
bread practised by the bakers, alum, employed to cause 
whiteness and thus cover defects in the flour, is perhaps the 
one which has most attracted notice, and which, being 
sometimes noxious, it is most important to be able to test. 
One of the means of detection recommended is that of in- 
cineration, by which the bread is consumed, while the 
alum, if there be any, is left behind. But this method is 
somewhat tedious; and logwood has been recommended as 
being at once most convenient and, according to Mr. John 
Horsley, “ 'perfectly reliable," if applied as he directs. The 
following is Mr. Horsley’s method, by which in the county 
of Gloucester, England, alone, in the course of two sur- 
veys, he succeeded in obtaining two hundred convictions 
out of some thousands of cases examined by him. He first 
makes a tincture of logwood by digesting, for eight hours, 
two drachms of freshly cut chips iii five ounces of methyl- 
ated spirit and filtering; next makes a saturated solution 
of ammonium carbonate in distilled water; then mixes a 
teaspoonful of each solution with a wineglass of water in a 
white-ware dish, thus forming a pink-colored liquid ; and 
lastly immerses a portion of the suspected bread, “ for five 
minutes or so,” in the mixed fluids. If alum be present, 
the bread, placed on a plate to drain, will in the course of 
an hour or two assume a blue color; if not present, the 
pink color will fade away. The appearance of a greenish 
color on drying will indicate the presence of copper. 
(Chem. News, May 17, 1872, p. 1872.1 For some modifications 
of this method by Herz, see Archiv de Pliarm., 1886, 676. PART II. 
Ferratin.—Fern lodidum. 
1657 
and flavored by lemon-juice. Boiled with milk, 
bread forms a good emollient poultice, which may 
be improved by the addition of a little perfectly 
fresh lard. Slices of it steeped in lead water, 
and the crumb mixed with the fluid and confined 
within gauze, afford a convenient mode of apply- 
ing this preparation to local inflammations. The 
crumb (micapanis) is, moreover, frequently used 
to give bulk to minute doses of very active medi- 
cines administered in the form of pill. It should 
be recollected that it always contains common salt, 
which is incompatible with certain substances, as, 
for example, silver nitrate. 
Bran is sometimes used in decoction, as demul- 
cent in catarrhal affections and complaints of the 
bowels. When taken in substance, it is laxative, 
and may be used with advantage to prevent cos- 
tiveness. Bran bread, made from the unsifted 
flour, is an excellent laxative article of diet in 
some dyspeptic cases. The action of the bran is 
probably mechanical, consisting in the irritation 
produced upon the mucous membrane of the 
bowels by its coarse particles. Bran also forms an 
excellent demulcent bath. 
FERRATIN. This is a light brown powder con- 
taining from 6 to 8 per cent, of iron in a form solu- 
ble in alkaline liquids. It is an albuminous com- 
pound, originally prepared by Schmiedeberg from 
the liver of the hog, and believed to be the natural 
compound of iron as it exists in the system, and 
therefore of especial value in therapeutics. It is 
now made by the reaction of the albumin with a 
double tartrate of iron and an alkali. It is almost 
insoluble in water, soluble in alkalies, and con- 
tains 7 per cent, of iron in organic compounds. 
Soluble sodium ferratin has also been put upon the 
market. 
Ferratin may be given in doses of from three to 
five grains (0-19-0-3 Gm.) three times a day. It 
appears to be capable of acting as a chalybeate, but 
there is no sufficient reason for believing it to be 
superior to the older preparations of iron. 
FERRI ALBUMINAS. Ferric Albuminate. 
This preparation has come into some prominence, 
more particularly in Europe, on account of its as- 
serted advantages over various other compounds of 
iron, Demarquay, Chrisnard, and others recom- 
mending its employment in chlorosis and arnemia 
as being more readily absorbed. Friese, Kobligk, 
Bernbeck, Biel, HAdermann, Nierck, Donitz, and 
Hager have each proposed methods for preparing 
either the solution or dry salt. Prof. C. L. Diehl, 
however, after a careful review of the processes of 
these investigators, offers the following. 4 troy- 
ounces of white of eggs are diluted with 8 fluid- 
ounces of water; 50 minims of official solution of 
ferric chloride diluted with 4 fluidounces of water 
are added, and the solution filtered. The filtrate is 
now mixed with 10 fluidounces of a saturated solu- 
tion of sodium chloride, the precipitate collected on 
a wet muslin strainer, washed with a mixture of 1 
volume of the saturated solution of sodium chloride 
and 3 volumes of water, until the washings give 
but a faint reaction for iron. The washed ferric 
albuminate is, after draining, powerfully pressed to 
get it as dry as possible, and then exposed to a dry 
atmosphere, and finally powdered. This salt con- 
tains the equivalent of 5 per cent, of ferric oxide, 
or 10 per cent, of ferric chloride. For other pro- 
cesses, see A. J. P., 1880, 177. As thus obtained, 
ferric albuminate is a cinnamon-brown powder, 
haying a slight taste of common salt (due to the 
presence of a small quantity), soluble in water, par- 
ticularly if slightly acidulated with hydrochloric 
acid. It is best administered in doses of from 
twenty to thirty grains (1-3-1-95 Gm.) in simple 
aqueous solution, which should be freshly prepared. 
It may also be given in the form of a pill, either 
alone or combined with strychnine, quinine, etc. 
For method of preparing iron and potassium albu- 
minate, and iron and sodium albuminate, see 16th 
ed. U. S. D. 
FERRI BROMIDUM. Bromide of Iron. Fer- 
rum Bromatum. Bromure ferreux, Fr. Eisen- 
bromur, Ferrobromid, G. FeBr2. This bromide 
is obtained by heating gently, in thirty parts of 
water, two parts of bromine and one of iron filings. 
When the liquid has become greenish, it is filtered 
and evaporated to dryness in an iron vessel; and 
the dry mass, again dissolved and evaporated to 
dryness, furnishes the bromide. Ferrous bromide 
is a yellowish, deliquescent salt, very soluble, and 
extremely styptic. For medical employment it 
should be in aqueous solution, protected by sugar. 
Mr. Dillwyn Parrish has proposed the following 
formula. Take of bromine two hundred grains ; 
iron filings eighty-five grains ; distilled water four 
and a half fluidounces ; sugar three ounces. Make 
a solution in the manner directed for preparing so- 
lution of ferrous iodide. (See Ferri Iodidum.) For 
other formulas, see P. J. Tr., 3d ser., v. 67, 162. 
This solution has been used with alleged success as 
an alterative tonic in chorea, and in various scrof- 
ulous and erysipelatous affections. (See 16th ed. 
U. S. D.) The dose of ferrous bromide is from 
one to three grains (0-064-0-19 Gm.), three times 
a day, gradually increased until its effects are mani- 
fested. 
FERRI ET BISMUTHI CITRAS. Iron and 
Bismuth Citrate. A solution of this so-called salt 
has been used in dyspepsia. It is made by dis- 
solving bismuth citrate in an aqueous solution of 
ammonia, and adding the ferric ammonio-citrate. 
It is a mere mixture. (A. J. P., xliv.) 
FERRI ET MAGNESII CITRAS. Iron and 
Magnesium Citrate. This double salt, introduced 
by Van der Corput, is made by dissolving two 
ounces of freshly precipitated ferric hydrate in a 
moderately heated solution of three ounces of citric 
acid, and saturating the liquor with magnesium car- 
bonate. The solution, after filtration, is evaporated 
by means of a water-bath to a syrupy consistence, 
and spread on glass to dry in scales. Three and a 
quarter ounces of ferrous sulphate will furnish by 
decomposition the necessary hydrated oxide for 
three ounces of the acid. (See formula for Ferri 
Oxidum Hydratum.) This salt is in transparent, 
greenish-yellow scales, having a slightly ferrugi- 
nous, somewhat acid taste. It is very soluble in 
water, but insoluble in alcohol and ether. Dose, 
from five to ten grains (0 323-0-647 Gm.). (See 
A. J. P., 1850. 315.) 
FERRI IODIDUM. Iodide of Iron. Ferrous 
Iodide. Ferrum Iodatum, P. G. Iodure de Fer, Fr. 
Eisenjodur, Jodeisen, G. 
“ Take of Fine Iron Wire one ounce and a half 
[avoirdupois] ; Iodine three ounces [avoird.] ; Dis- 
tilled Water fifteen fluidounces. Put the Iodine, 
Iron, and twelve [fluid] ounces of the Water into 
a flask, and, having heated the mixture gently for 
about ten minutes, raise the heat and boil until the 
froth becomes white. Pass the solution as quickly 1658 
Ferri Iodidum 
PART II. 
as possible through a wetted calico filter into a dish 
of polished iron, washing the filter with the re- 
mainder of the Water, and boil down until a drop 
of the solution taken out on the end of an iron wire 
solidifies on cooling. The liquid should now he 
Soured out on a porcelain dish, and, as soon as it 
as solidified, should be broken into fragments, and 
enclosed in a well-stoppered bottle.” Br. 1867. 
The solid ferrous iodide in its unprotected state is 
omitted in the present editions of the U. S. and Br. 
Pharmacopoeias. The former directs it in pills and 
syrup prepared immediately from the materials, and 
as Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum. The iodide is ex- 
tremely liable to spontaneous change. 
In the Br. process of 1867, which is a modifica- 
tion of that of the late Dublin Pharmacopoeia, iron 
is made to unite with iodine by the intervention of 
water, and the combination takes place readily and 
quickly. The liquid at first is red or orange col- 
ored, from the circumstance that all the iodine has 
not united with the iron ; but, after the application 
of heat, it becomes fully saturated and limpid, and 
assumes a greenish color. It is now a solution of 
ferrous iodide, and yields the solid salt by evapora- 
tion. The proportion of the iron taken is half the 
weight of the iodine. Fine iron wire, recently 
cleaned, is directed on account of its purity; but 
iron filings dissolve more readily, and, if carefully 
selected, will be sufficiently pure. It is exceedingly 
difficult to obtain the salt in the solid state perfectly 
pure, so great is the proneness of its solution to 
absorb oxygen, whereby tlie iodide becomes, in 
part, converted into sesquioxide. This change is 
prevented to a certain extent by evaporating to 
dryness in an iron vessel. 
The Messrs. T. & H. Smith, of Edinburgh, recom- 
mended the following improved process, which more 
effectually excludes atmospheric air. Boil, in a 
Florence flask, six drachms of pure iron filings with 
two ounces and a quarter of iodine, in four and a 
half ounces of distilled water, until the liquid loses 
its dark color. Then filter the liquid rapidly into 
another flask, and evaporate it, at a boiling heat, 
until its green shade passes into black. Alter this 
period, the heat is kept up as long as the evapora- 
tion of moisture continues, which may be ascertained 
by its condensation on a cold piece of glass, placed, 
from time to time, over the mouth of the flask. 
When this ceases, the flask contains pure, anhy- 
drous, spongy ferrous iodide, which, when cold, is 
to be removed by breaking the flask, bruised 
coarsely in a warm dry mortar, and enclosed imme- 
diately in small well-corked bottles. If it be 
wished to obtain the iodine as a crystallized hydrate, 
the heat is to be withdrawn as soon as the liquid is 
sufficiently concentrated to congeal, in a dry and 
hard crust, on the end of an iron wire dipped into 
it. A modification of this process by Dr. Squibb 
will be found in A. J. P., 1859, 52. Iron Iodates 
have been used to some extent as therapeutic agents 
in Dublin. For formulas for their preparation, see 
P. J. Tr., i. 624. 
Ferrous iodide is a crystalline substance, exceed- 
ingly deliquescent, of a greenish-black color, and 
styptic, chalybeate taste. Its solution, by evapo- 
ration with as little contact of air as possible, affords 
transparent, green, tabular crystals. When heated 
moderately it fuses, and, on cooling, becomes an 
opt»que crystalline mass, having an iron-gray color 
and metallic lustre. At a higher temperature it 
emits violet-colored vapors, and the iron is left in 
the state of sesquioxide. It is very soluble both in 
water and in alcohol. When recently prepared it 
is wholly soluble in water, forming a pale green 
solution ; but, if made for some time, it almost un- 
avoidably contains some ferric oxide, from a partial 
decomposition, and will not entirely dissolve. M. 
Lecocq, of Saint-Quentin, has proposed to preserve 
it in a wide-mouthed, ground-stoppered bottle, cov- 
ered with a layer of reduced iron, which cannot 
decompose it, and protects it from the action of the 
air. When the iodide is wanted, the iron is re- 
moved with a bone spatula or a little brush. The 
aqueous solution is very liable to spontaneous de- 
composition, becoming at last orange-red from the 
generation of free iodine, and depositing ferric oxide. 
According to Mr. Kichard Phillips, Jr., the first 
step in this change is the formation of ferrous oxide 
and hydriodic acid, from the decomposition of water. 
As the ferrous oxide immediately begins to be con- 
verted into ferric oxide by absorbing oxygen from 
the air, and in this state is precipitated, the hydri- 
odic acid is set free; and hence is explained the 
acidity of the solution from the first moment the 
ferric oxide is deposited. Afterwards, the hydriodic 
acid is decomposed by the air, and iodine liberated. 
When the solution is prevented from generating 
free iodine, by placing in it a coil of iron wire, ac- 
cording to the plan of Mr. Squire, the iron acts by 
combining with the iodine of nascent hydriodic 
acid, and not with nascent iodine. (P. J. Tr., iv. 
19.) The plan of Mr. Squire does not prevent the 
deposition of ferric oxide, and has, therefore, been 
superseded by the use of saccharine matter, which 
affords a better protection to the solution. (See 
Syrupus Ferri Iodidi.) Ferrous iodide is incom- 
patible with alkalies and their carbonates, with 
lime water, and with all other substances by which 
ferrous sulphate is decomposed. When crystal- 
lized, it has the composition FeI2.5H20. 
Ferrous iodide was first employed in medicine by 
Dr. Pierquin in 1824. It was first used in the 
United States in 1832 by the late Prof. Samuel 
Jackson. Its powers are those of a tonic, altera- 
tive, and diuretic. It acts more like the prepara- 
tions of iron than like those of iodine. It some- 
times sharpens the appetite and promotes digestion, 
and occasionally proves laxative. When it does 
not operate on the bowels, it generally augments 
the urine. Its use blackens the stools and lessens 
their fetor. It is chiefly employed in scrofulous 
complaints, swellings of the cervical glands, chloro- 
sis, atonic amenorrhcea, and leucorrhoea. In second- 
ary syphilis, occurring in debilitated and scrofulous 
subjects, Bicord has found it a valuable remedy. 
The dose is a grain (.0-065 Gm.), gradually increased 
to eight grains (0 52 Gm.). 
This salt, on account of its deliquescent property 
and proneness to decomposition, should not be 
given in pill, unless protected from change by 
saccharine matter or other means. (See Pilulce 
Ferri Iodidi, p. 1046 and Ferri Iodidum Saccha- 
ratum, p. 620.) The most convenient form of 
exhibition is that of syrup or glycerate.* 
* Olycerate of Ferrous Iodide. Glycerin has the property 
at once of dissolving and preserving ferrous iodide, and 
therefore makes an excellent excipient. M. Veza proposes 
the following formula, “ Take of Iodine 70 pans, Iron, in 
powder, 35 parts, and Glycerin 400 parts. Mix them.” The 
color of the solution is an emerald-green; its taste is bitter 
and astringent; and tests do not detect in it the presence 
of free iodine. It may be used for preparing the syrup or 
pills. Five grains of it contain one of ferrous iodide. Ferri Oxalas.—Ferri Tannas. 
PART II. 
1659 
FERRI OXALAS. U. S. 1880. Oxalate of 
Iron. Ferrous Oxalate. FeC204.H20 ; 16162. 
Ferrum Oxalicum. Oxalas Ferrosus. Oxalate de 
Fer, Fr. Oxalsaures Eisenoxydul, G. 
“ Take of Sulphate of Iron two troyounces; Ox- 
alic Acid four hundred and thirty-six grains ; Dis- 
tilled Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the 
Sulphate of Iron in thirty fluidounces, and the 
Oxalic Acid in fifteen fluidounces of Distilled 
Water, filter the solutions, and, having mixed 
them with agitation, set aside the mixture until the 
precipitate is deposited. Decant the clear liquid, 
wash the precipitate until the washings cease to 
redden litmus, and dry it with a gentle heat.” 
U. S. 1870. 
This salt was made official in 1870, and was very 
properly dropped in 1890, as it is a very feeble, in- 
efficient chalybeate. “ A pale yellow, or lemon- 
yellow, crystalline powder, permanent in the air, 
odorless and nearly tasteless, very slightly soluble 
in cold or hot water, but soluble in cold, concen- 
trated hydrochloric acid, and in hot diluted sul- 
phuric acid. When heated in contact with air, 
it decomposes with a faint combustion, and, on 
ignition, leaves a residue, amounting to not less 
than 49-3 per cent, of the original weight. On 
heating the salt with excess of test-solution of 
carbonate of sodium, it is decomposed, yielding 
a precipitate which, when dissolved in diluted 
hydrochloric acid, affords a blue precipitate with 
test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium, and a 
filtrate which, when supersaturated with acetic 
acid, yields, with test-solution of chloride of cal- 
cium, a white precipitate soluble in hydrochloric 
acid.” U. S. 1880. Dose, from two to three grains 
(0-13-0-20 Gm.). 
FERRI OXIDUM MAGNETICUM. Mag- 
netic Iron Oxide. Martial Ethiops. Ferrum Oxy- 
datum Magneticum. Oxydum Ferroso-Ferricum. 
Black Iron Oxide. Oxyde de Fer noir (magnetique), 
Oxyde ferroso-ferrique, Fr. Magneteisen, Eisen- 
oxyd Oxydul, G. 
“ Take of Solution of Persulphate of Iron five 
and a half fluidounces [Imperial measure] ; Sul- 
phate of Iron two ounces [avoirdupois] ; Solution 
of Soda four pints [Imp. meas.] ; Distilled Water 
a sufficiency. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron in two 
pints [Imp. meas.] of the Water, and add to it the 
Solution of Persulphate of Iron, then mix this 
with the solution of Soda, stirring them well to- 
gether. Boil the mixture, let it stand for two 
hours, stirring it occasionally, then put it on a 
calico filter, and, when the liquid has drained away, 
wash the precipitate with Distilled Water, until 
what passes through the filter ceases to give a pre- 
cipitate with chloride of barium. Lastly, dry the 
precipitate at a temperature not exceeding 120°.” 
Br. 1867. 
Though the object of this formula is the same as 
that of the Br. Pharmacopoeia of 1864, the pro- 
ceeding is different. The point aimed at is to 
get an iron oxide containing one molecule of fer- 
rous oxide and one of ferric oxide (Fe0,Fe203 or 
Fe304, Br.). This was attained in the former pro- 
cess by converting a portion of ferrous sulphate by 
boiling with nitric acid into ferric sulphate, and 
then, having mixed this in solution with solution 
of ferrous sulphate, precipitating the two oxides 
conjointly with solution of soda. In the present 
formula the two sulphates are taken already formed ; 
and the process consists essentially in precipitating, 
as before, their joint solutions by solution of soda, 
the proportion of the ferruginous salts being so ad- 
justed as to yield a moleeule each of the ferrous 
and ferric oxide. The solution of the salts of iron 
is directed to be added to that of the alkali; because, 
if the alkaline be added to the ferruginous solution, 
as there would be a great excess of the salt of iron, 
an insoluble basic sulphate would be precipitated, 
and might wholly or partially escape decomposition. 
(Redwood, P. J. Tr., 1868, 464.) Such a com- 
pound oxide corresponds in composition with the 
native magnetic black oxide. The precipitate is 
washed to remove sodium sulphate, and the wash- 
ings are known to be completed when barium chlo- 
ride ceases to give a precipitate with them. 
Properties. The artificial magnetic iron oxide is a 
brownish-black powder, without taste, and strongly 
magnetic According to the former Br. Pharma- 
copoeia, it consists of a 8-4 iron oxide, Fe304, with 
about 20 per cent, of water of hydration, and a por- 
tion of iron peroxide (sesquioxide). It dissolves 
without effervescence in hydrochloric acid diluted 
with half its bulk of water; and the solution gives 
a blue precipitate both with the potassium ferrocy- 
anide and the potassium ferricyanide, showing the 
presence of ferrous and ferric oxide. 
The former Br. Pharmacopoeia gave the following 
tests. “ When a small quantity is heated in a dry 
test-tube by the flame of a lamp, a deposit of moist- 
ure takes place on the cool part of the tube. Twenty 
grains dissolved in hydrochloric acid continue to 
give a blue precipitate with the red prussiate of 
potash (ferricyanide of potassium) until 88 grain- 
measures of the volumetric solution of bichromate of 
potash have been added.” The former test simply 
indicates the presence of water in the oxide; the 
second the quantity of ferrous oxide present, which 
must be such as to require the indicated quantity of 
the bichromate for its conversion into ferric oxide. 
The dose is from five to twenty grains (033-1-3 
6m.). 
Scales of iron (ferri squamae) were formerly offi- 
cial with the Dublin College under the name of 
black oxide. They were prepared from the scales 
found at the blacksmith’s anvil, by washing them 
with water, separating them from impurities by 
means of a magnet, and reducing them to a fine 
powder. They are of variable composition, being 
mixtures of the two oxides of iron with metallic 
iron. 
FERRI SUCCINAS. Ferric Succinate. Suc- 
cinate of Iron. The precipitate obtained by adding 
ferric chloride to a solution of a succinate is a basic 
salt (C4H404)2Fe2(0H)2. This is yellowish in color, 
becoming darker on standing. Ferric succinate has 
been introduced as a remedy for jaundice resulting 
from obstruction of the biliary duct; also as a cha- 
lybeate. Dose, five grains (0-32 Gm.). 
FERRI TANNAS. Tannateof Iron. This salt 
is prepared by dissolving 44 parts of precipitated 
ferric subcarbonate, moderately dried, in a boiling 
solution of 9 parts of pure tannic acid, evaporating 
the solution at the temperature of 176°, in a porce- 
lain vessel, until it becomes thick, pouring it out on 
a glass or porcelain plate, and drying it with a gentle 
heat. As thus obtained, ferric tannate is in flat 
pieces, of a crimson color, without taste, and insolu- 
ble in water. It is not a definite chemical com- 
pound. It acts as an astringent and tonic, and may 
be given in chlorosis, in the dose of from eight to 
thirty grains (0-518-1-94 Gm.), in the course of the Ferric, Iodate.—Flavoring Extracts. 
1660 
PART II. 
day, made into pills. Ink is an aqueous solution 
of the ferric gallo-tannate, and probably possesses 
similar medical properties. It is a popular appli- 
cation for ringworm. 
FERRIC IODATE. lodate of Iron. Iodaie of 
Sesquioxide of Iron. 2Fe2(I03)e,Fe203,24H20. This 
has been proposed as a substitute for the iodide by 
Prof. Cameron. (Dublin Quarterly, 1869, 354.) It 
is prepared by precipitating five fluidrachms of the 
stronger solution of iron perchloride in four fluid- 
ounces of water with a solution of one ounce of the 
potassium iodate in ten ounces of water. It is said 
to be nearly tasteless, and not to injure the teeth. 
Dose, from two to five grains (0T3-0-3 6m.). 
FERRIC SACCHARATE. Saccharate de Fer, 
Saccharure d’Oxyde de Fer soluble, Fr. Eisenzucker, 
Losliches Eisenoxyd, G. The Ferrum Oxydatum 
Saccharatum Solubile of the German Pharmacopoeia 
is of importance as an antidote to arsenic. (Brit, and 
For. Med.-Chir. Rev., 1870, xlv. 558.) To twenty 
parts of a solution (43-5 per cent.) of the sesqui- 
chloride of iron are added 20 parts of simple syrup, 
and afterwards 40 parts of a solution of soda (30 per 
cent.). After twenty-four hours 300 parts of hot 
distilled water are added, and the precipitate washed 
by decantation and filtration ; 90 parts of sugar are 
added, the whole dried in a water-bath, and enough 
sugar added to make the whole weigh 100 parts, 
containing the equivalent of 3 parts of metallic 
iron. E. Hoffmann has published a formula which 
he considers superior to the official. (See Aridum 
Arsenosum, Part I., and A. J. P., xlvi. 559.) 
FERRIPYRINE (Ferropyrine). It is stated by 
the manufacturers that this is a double compound 
of ferric chloride and antipyrin, with the formula 
Fe2Cle.3(CuH12N20). It is an orange-red powder, 
containing 12 per cent, of iron ; it dissolves easily 
in 5 parts of cold water, forming a dark red solu- 
tion. It has been used in chlorosis as a chalybeate; 
is strongly astringent, and affirmed to be often use- 
ful in chronic diarrhoeas. Dose, from three to six 
grains (0-16-0-33 Gm.). In strong solution (1 to 5) 
it is said to be a powerful non-irritant styptic. 
FERROSO-ALUMINIC SULPHATE. Sul- 
phate of Aluminum and Iron. Al2Fe(S04)4,24H20. 
This double salt was brought forward by Sir James 
Murray, of Dublin, as an astringent, styptic, and 
vermifuge. His method of preparing it is not very 
clearly expressed, but it may be presumed to be 
formed by dissolving alumina and ferrous carbonate, 
both recently precipitated, in sulphuric acid, and 
duly evaporating the solution. Klauer states that 
is is produced in crystalline tufts when a solution of 
the component salts mixed with an excess of sul- 
phuric acid is left to stand in a warm place. 
( Watt’s Diet., vol. v. 583.) Murray recommended 
it in chronic dysentery, diarrhoea, Jluor albus, and the 
colliquative sweats and diarrhoea which attend hectic 
fever and consumption. Externally he found it a 
powerful styptic, useful as a gargle in relaxation of 
the tonsils and uvula, and in salivation, as an injec- 
tion in hemorrhages, and as a wash for foul and 
flabby ulcers. Dose, from five to ten grains (0'324- 
0 648 Gm.), dissolved in some aromatic water. 
FERROSOL. A double saccharate of ferrous 
oxide and sodium chloride. It contains 0 77 per 
cent, of iron, and is employed in anaemia and 
chlorosis. 
FERROSTYPTIN. Dr. A. Eichengriin has 
introduced this antiseptic haemostatic. It is in 
dark yellow crystals, soluble in water. Its solution 
is coagulated by beat. Dose, from five to eight 
grains (0-3-0-5 Gm.). 
FERRUM PEPTONATUM. (German Unoff. 
Form.) Albumen, dry, 20 parts; hydrochloric 
acid (sp. gr. 1-124), 33 parts; pepsin (Germ. Ph. 
1 to 100), 1 part; solution of oxychloride of iron 
(German Ph. “Dialyzed Iron”), 240 parts; water, 
a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the albumen in 
2000 parts of water, add 30 parts of the hydro- 
chloric acid, and the pepsin, and macerate the mix- 
ture during twelve hours at 40° C. Then neutralize 
it exactly with solution of soda, separate any pre- 
cipitate which may have formed, and add the solu- 
tion of oxychloride of iron previously mixed with 
2000 parts of water. Now neutralize exactly with 
a dilute solution of soda, so as to precipitate the 
iron peptonate formed, and wash the latter with 
water by decantation until the washings are no 
longer rendered opalescent by silver nitrate. Then 
collect the precipitate upon a moistened straining 
cloth, allow it to drain, transfer it to a porcelain 
capsule, add 3 parts of hydrochloric acid, and warm 
gently until solution has taken place. Evaporate 
the liquid on a water- or steam-bath to a syrupy 
consistence, spread it on plates of glass, and dry it 
at a temperature of 50° C. (122° F.). 
The product appears in the form of shining, 
brown, transparent laminae or scales containing 
from 24 to 25 per cent, of metallic iron. It is slowly 
soluble in cold, more rapidly in warm water, to a 
clear, faintly acid liquid, which is not rendered 
turbid either by boiling or by alcohol. On slowly 
heating 10 C.c. of a solution (1 in 20) of iron pep- 
tonate with 2 C.c. of hydrochloric acid to boiling, 
the liquid at first becomes turbid, then separates 
flakes, which finally dissolve. 
Liquor Ferri Peptonati. (German Unoflf. Form.) 
Peptonate of iron prepared from 20 parts of albu- 
men. Brandy, 200 parts; water, enough to make 
2000 parts. Mix the liquid iron peptonate obtained 
from 20 parts of dry albumen (by the above formula), 
after solution has been effected by means of the 
hydrochloric acid, with the brandy and enough 
water to make 2000 parts. 
FILMOGEN. Liquor Adhesivus. A vehicle 
for the application of medicinal substances to the 
skin. It is said to be a solution of pyroxylin in 
acetone containing a trace of fixed oil. It forms 
an elastic coating impervious to water. 
FLAVORING EXTRACTS. Under this name, 
preparations from various aromatics are considerably 
used for culinary purposes. They are in the liquid 
form, and are generally alcoholic solutions of the 
sapid and odorous principles of substances having 
an agreeable flavor. For Extract of Lemon, Orange, 
Cinnamon, Teaberry, the official formulas may be 
used or modified to suit individual purposes. (See 
Spiritus Limonis, Aurantii, Cinnamomi, Gaul- 
therice, in Part I. of this work.) Extract of Al- 
mond may be made by dissolving one fluidounce of 
oil of bitter almond, deprived of hydrocyanic acid, 
in one pint of alcohol; Extract of Rose, by dis- 
solving half a fluidrachm of otto of rose in a pint 
of alcohol, macerating half an ounce of red rose 
leaves in the solution until the extract is of the de- 
sired depth of color, and filtering. For Extracts 
of Vanilla, and Ginger, see Tinctura Vanillce and 
Tinctura. Zingiberis (Part I.). Extracts of Celery 
Seed, Thyme, Sweet Marjoram, Sweet Basil, Sum- 
mer Savory, etc., may be made by bruising well two 
ounces of either, moistening with half a fluidounce Flindersia Maculosa.—Formaldehyde. 
1661 
PART II. 
of diluted alcohol, packing in a percolator, and 
pouring on diluted alcohol until a pint is obtained. 
For formulas by Prof. Procter, see A. J. P., 1856, 
215, and 1866, 294. 
FLINDERSIA MACULOSA. F. Muell. 
Leopard-tree. This is a tree of Hew South Wales, 
belonging to the Meliaceae. During the summer it 
yields large masses of a clear amber-colored gum 
having a pleasant taste, which is eaten by the 
aborigines, and is used as a remedy for diarrhoea. 
Leopard-tree Gum occurs in pieces as large as 
pigeons’ eggs ; dissolves rapidly in cold water, and 
has been found by J. H. Maiden to contain eighty 
per cent, of arabin hut no metarabin. (P. J. Tr., 
vol. xxi., 1890.) 
FLUORESCENCE. It has been proposed to 
use this property of various drugs to detect adultera- 
tions. (See P. J. Tr., 1875 ; A. J. P., 1875; Phila. 
Med. Times, 1875.) 
FLUORESCIN. Fluorescein. C20H1205. It 
may be prepared by heating phthalic anhydride (5 
parts) with resorcin (7 parts) to 200° C. Yellowish- 
red or dark red powder. Soluble in alcohol with 
yellow-red color and green fluorescence. With 
alkalies it exhibits a magnificent yellow-green fluor- 
escence. This substance has the faculty of coloring 
abrasions of the cornea greenish, and has been used 
by some oculists for diagnostic purposes. The solu- 
tion (10 grains to a fluidounce) in water containing 
sodium bicarbonate is not irritant. 
FLUORIDES. Hydrofluoric Acid is a pungent, 
fuming, acid gas, very corrosive, attacking glass 
and porcelain and etching its surface. It is very 
soluble in water, the specific gravity of the solution 
rising to 1-25. The concentrated aqueous acid be- 
comes weaker on boiling until, when boiling at 
120° C., it attains a constant composition of from 
36 to 38 per cent, of the anhydrous acid. Concen- 
trated hydrofluoric acid is a powerful corrosive, 
having the peculiar property of hardening the skin 
or tissue with which it comes in contact and con- 
tinuing its action underneath the hardened tissue, 
with an extraordinary amount and persistency of 
pain. For case, see Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., 
Jan. 1882; also Brit. Med. Journ., vol. i., 1880. 
According to L. A. Waddell (Indian Med. Gaz., 
1833), the dilute 8 per cent, acid applied to the 
skin causes stinging sensation and pallor, followed 
by redness and desquamation. From 15 to 20 per 
cent, acid destroys the epithelium and produces 
severe burning and aching pain. The vapor of the 
acid is exceedingly irritant to the lungs, causing, 
even when very dilute, spasm of the glottis and 
other symptoms of irritation. According to Huse- 
mann, death has been produced by it. Waddell 
states that the alkaline fluorides are not pronounced 
irritants, and when taken internally in doses of from 
a grain to a grain and a half continuously, they re- 
duce the force and the frequency of the pulse, at 
the same time depressing the temperature and 
increasing somewhat the flow of urine, but not 
distinctly affecting either the respiratory or the 
cutaneous functions. This accords with the physio- 
logical studies of Tappeiner, who found in animals 
the soda salt to powerfully depress blood-pressure 
by acting on the vaso-motor centres. Death, after 
profound collapse, was produced by centric failure 
of respiration. [Arch. Exper. Path. Pharm., xxvii.) 
Dr. Waddell also affirms that there is an enormous 
decrease in the number of the red blood-corpuscles, 
which he believes, but does not prove, to be the re- 
suit of a direct action upon the spleen. According 
to the experiments of Brandi and Tappeiner, when 
solid fluorides are given in minute quantities with 
the food, they become separated in the body, espe- 
cially in the bones, where they form a crystalline 
combination. (Zeitsch. f. Biologie, x., 1892.) M. 
Maumene has asserted that when the alkaline fluo- 
rides are given to dogs for five months goitrous 
enlargement of the thyroid gland is developed. On 
the other hand, M. Rabuteau failed in a series of 
experiments to obtain any such results, and Dr. 
Woakes has employed the remedy in goitrous en- 
largement of the thyroid with asserted good results. 
The remedy has also been used by Dr. Da Costa in 
rheumatism, but in the clinical studies of Waddell 
the fluorides failed to do any good either in rheuma- 
tism or in epilepsy, although they did seem to 
accomplish something in goitre. Dose of the alka- 
line fluorides, one grain (0.065 6m.). 
The fluorides are stated to be active antiseptics, 
and as such to be used in distilleries. Under the 
name of Fluorol, Duclos has proposed the use of the 
sodium fluoride as being equally powerful and less 
toxic than the ordinary antiseptics. He reports that 
a 2 per cent, solution may be used upon the skin, 
mucous membranes, and wounds without irritation, 
and has used a half per cent, solution in diseases ot' 
the eye. In a very elaborate study, however, 
Bokorny found that the sodium fluoride is much 
less powerful as a germicide than is the potassium 
fluoride. 
FORMALDEHYDE. HCHO + Ag. For- 
maldehyde was first prepared in 1868 by Hofmann 
by passing a mixture of air and methyl-alcohol vapor 
over heated platinum, and it is still practically ob- 
tained only from the oxidation of methyl alcohol. 
This is accomplished in “ formaldehyde lamps,” or 
on a larger scale in forms of apparatus such as that 
described by Gr. L. Taylor in Amer. Journ. Pharm., 
1898, 195. Formaldehyde is a gas condensing to a 
colorless mobile liquid at—21° C., and at a tempera- 
ture slightly above this begins to change into a poly- 
meric form known as paraformaldehyde. Hence the 
aqueous solution of formaldehyde probably contains 
paraformaldehyde. The commercial products are 
always aqueous solutions, the common strength 
being the 40 per cent, solution; a 50 per cent, solu- 
tion is not permanent. Formaldehyde may be 
determined in aqueous solutions by treatment 
with excess of standard ammonia, which converts it 
into hexamethylene-amine. The excess of ammonia 
may then be titrated with standard acid. The mix- 
ture of the formaldehyde solution and ammonia 
should stand for at least twelve hours. 
The discovery of Trillat in 1888 of the germ- 
icidal powers of formaldehyde has been abundantly 
confirmed. It probably ranks in power as a little 
inferior to corrosive sublimate, although it certainly 
is much stronger than carbolic acid. According to 
K. Walker, its 1 percent, aqueous solution will de- 
stroy all pathogenetic spores within an hour. It is 
further claimed for it that it has the power of de- 
stroying the toxins of various diseases. (Schmidt’s 
Jahrb., Bd. cclii.) It has a very powerful action on 
various forms of organic matter; one part in four 
thousand completely decolorizes wine, precipitating 
extractive and coloring matters. 
Upon the higher animals its action is compara- 
tively feeble, excepting in that it is one of the most 
irritating substances known, producing when in- 
haled even in an extremely dilute form violent Formaldehyde.—Formanilidum. 
1662 
PART II. 
irritation of the respiratory mucous membranes. 
According to Trillat, sixty-six centigrammes of it 
per kilo are not mortal to the guinea-pig, although 
the urine passed by the animal is not capable of 
putrefaction. Mosso and Paoletti found that fifty 
cubic centigrammes of it would produce in the dog, 
when given by the mouth, violent convulsions fol- 
lowed by death, which evidently were largely due 
to gastro-intestinal irritation, as the same amount 
injected hypodermically had much less effect 
In practical medicine formaldehyde is useful only 
as a disinfectant, and is certainly one of the most 
effective of known substances when it can be used 
with propriety. Its gaseous nature especially fits 
it for employment in the disinfecting of rooms, for 
which purpose it is practically the only germicide 
that should be employed. Van Ermengen and 
Sugg have shown that books and other small ob- 
jects containing the germs of diphtheria, tubercu- 
losis, scarlet fever, small pox, etc., were disinfected 
by 5 G.c. of formaldehyde in a litre of air. Horton 
got the same result from 1 O.c. of formalin to 300 C.c. 
of air. It does not injure books, clothes, or furni- 
ture. Trillat, using methylic alcohol, found that it 
was possible to completely disinfect rooms and the 
furniture therein in six hours by the consumption 
of from four to six litres of the alcohol for each 
three hundred cubic metres of the room. According 
to Walter, washing the hands in a 3 percent, so- 
lution, followed by alcohol, renders them com- 
pletely aseptic, whilst the use of the 1 per cent, 
solution almost instantly deodorizes faeces. The 2 
per cent, solution rapidly renders surgical instru- 
ments aseptic without injury. The 1 per cent, 
solution is strong enough for the cleansing of 
vessels. 
Formaldehyde is much used for the preservation 
of human bodies; an injection of a 1 per cent, 
solution usually suffices, the body in a dry room 
rapidly hardening without decomposition. Orth's 
solution for microscopic purposes consists of one 
hundred parts of Muller’s solution with ten parts 
of a 40 per cent, solution of formaldehyde. The 
constituents must be mixed at the time of use, as 
the solution rapidly undergoes decomposition. 
Kaiserling's solution is highly recommended for 
the preservation of pathological specimens without 
change of color, provided the specimen in the solu- 
tion be stored in the dark. The solution and method 
of using are as follows : formaldehyde (40 per cent.), 
750 C.c.; distilled water, 1000 C.c. ; potassium ni- 
trate, 10 Gm. ; potassium acetate, 30 Gm. The 
heart, kidneys, and brain are kept during a period 
of twenty-four hours in Kaiserling’s fluid, though 
no harm is done if they remain from thirty-six to 
forty-eight hours. The specimen is then transferred 
to alcohol of 80 per cent., where it should remain for 
not longer than twelve hours. Subsequently it is to 
be put in alcohol of 95 per cent, for two hours, and 
finally preserved in a mixture of equal parts of water 
and glycerin, to which thirty parts of potassium ace- 
tate have been added. 
As an antiseptic in the treatment of wounds for- 
maldehyde appears to be of little value, on account 
of its extremely irritant nature, though in 2£ per 
cent solutions it has been used with alleged suc- 
cess in psoriasis and similar skin diseases, and has 
been recommended in gonorrhoeal vaginitis and 
urethritis, 1 to 10,000. 
Formaldehyde has been put upon the market by 
various manufacturers in various combinations with 
proprietary or trade names; probably all of these 
preparations are active, but certainly most of them 
are more expensive than is justified by the cost of 
manufacture. 
For the disinfecting of apartments the formalde- 
hyde may be made directly from methyl alcohol 
by means of the Trillat or other automatic lamps, 
such as are for sale. The difference in cost is 
shown by the fact that by the immediate forma- 
tion of the gas with suitable apparatus the practi- 
tioner can make over thirty gallons of formaldehyde 
vapor for the cost of one pound of a commercial 
proprietary solution containing less than half a pint 
of the gas. In disinfecting a room, windows, doors, 
etc., should be tightly closed; closets, drawers, etc., 
thrown widely open ; and all furniture should be so 
prepared as to be reached by the vapors as com- 
pletely as possible. After the automatic apparatus 
has been started, the attendant, of course, must leave 
the apartment. The danger of fire with a proper 
apparatus is theoretical, and it can be entirely ob- 
viated by placing the lamp in a large metal pot or 
similar utensil. As the cost of the formaldehyde 
prepared in this way amounts to very little, at least 
twice as much methylic alcohol should be used as 
would be called for by Trillat’s statement as given 
above. 
The most important of the proprietary remedies 
containing formaldehyde are: 
Formalin or formal, which is a 40 per cent, solu- 
tion of formaldehyde in water. This percentage 
was probably selected by the manufacturers on 
account of the fact that the 50 per cent, solution 
undergoes decomposition upon standing. 
Amyloform is a white, odorless powder, insoluble 
in ordinary menstruum, which is claimed to be a 
chemical union of formaldehyde with starfeh. It 
can be heated to 180° C. without decomposition, 
and therefore is readily sterilized. It is said to be 
non-poisonous, and has been used by Lditggard, 
Krabbel, and others as a dusting powder in the 
treatment of infected ulcers and wounds of all kinds. 
It is said to act more energetically in lessening se- 
cretion and as a disinfectant than iodoform. 
Olutol (Glutoform) is made by the action of the 
solution of formaldehyde upon gelatin. It is a 
hard, clear, transparent mass, which may be pul- 
verized. 
Dextroform is a combination of formaldehyde 
and dextrin, soluble in water and glycerin; it 
affords, according to Bongartz, in from 10 to 20 
per cent, solution, a very useful injection in gonor- 
rhoea and other toxic diseases, or may be used for 
irrigation in half strength. 
FORMANILIDUM. Formanilid. CeH6NH. 
COH. This substance, which is made by heating 
aniline with formic acid, or by distilling equal 
molecules of aniline and oxalic acid, occurs in 
long, colorless, prismatic needles, melting at 46° C., 
soluble in water, alcohol, glycerin, and oil. It has 
been used as an antipyretic and analgesic in the 
dose of from two to five grains (Olff-OS Gm.), 
but is said frequently to produce cyanosis and car- 
diac depression. Externally, mixed with equal 
parts of chalk, it has been used in diseases espe- 
cially of the nasal pasages by Preisach, and in 
2 per cent, solution by Meisel in genito-urinary 
inflammations. It is said to produce burning pain, 
lasting about a quarter of an hour, and followed by 
a mild analgesia continuing from eight to twelve 
hours. Formic Acid.—Frasera. 
1663 
PART II. 
FORMIC ACID. Acidum Formicum. HCH02. 
This acid, although deriving its name from having 
first been obtained from the ant (Formica rufa), is 
remarkable for the number of sources of its produc- 
tion. It can be made from some species of cater- 
pillars, from the blood, urine, fluid of the spleen, 
and perspiration of human beings ; it is found in the 
products of decomposition of a number of vegetable 
substances, in common oil of turpentine, as a de- 
composition product of tartaric acid contained in 
various fruits and in the juice of the stinging nettle. 
It may be produced artificially in many ways. The 
best method (Berthelot’s) only will be given (Ann. 
Ch. Phys., 3, 46, 477). Equal weights of oxalic 
acid and glycerin with 10 per cent, of water are 
gently heated, slightly over 100° C. (212° F.), in a 
capacious retort; carbonic acid gas and formic acid 
are produced, a little formic acid passing over into 
the distillate, the greater portion remaining in the 
retort, however, with the glycerin, from which it 
can be separated by adding an equal bulk of water, 
distilling slowly, and renewing the water in the re- 
tort as required, until the acid is all distilled off. 
Formic acid, in its most concentrated state, is a 
colorless liquid, sp. gr. 1-235 (medicinal acid, sp. 
gr. 1-063), fuming slightly upon exposure to the 
air, having a pungent sour taste, and, when applied 
to the soft skin, producing violent pain, and often 
ulceration. Diluted solutions are alone suitable for 
medicinal applications; equal parts of the strong 
acid and water have been used. Spirit.us Formi- 
carum of the German Pharmacopoeia is made as 
follows: “ Alcohol, seventy parts: Water, focenfy- 
six parts-, Formic Acid, four parts. Mix them. A 
clear, colorless liquid of an acid reaction. Specific 
gravity from 0-894 to 0-898.” P. G. 
The tests for Acidum Formicum, as given in the 
German Pharmacopoeia, are as follows: “ When 
mixed with solution of subacetate of lead, it throws 
down a white, crystalline precipitate. When the 
Acid is mixed with five parts of water, and satu- 
rated by yellow oxide of mercury, a clear solution 
results, which, on heating, evolves a gas and de- 
posits a white precipitate, which rapidly turns gray 
and afterwards changes into shining, metallic, coa- 
lescing globules. 10 Gm. of the Acid should neu- 
tralize 54-35 C.c. of volumetric solution of soda, 
corresponding to 25 per cent, of absolute Formic 
Acid. When diluted with five parts of water, the 
Acid should not be affected by chloride of calcium 
nor by hydrosulphuric acid. On diluting 1 Gm. of 
the Acid with 5 Gm. of water and heating for ten 
minutes with 1 Gm. of yellow oxide of mercury, it 
should yield a neutral filtrate.” P. G. 
Formic acid, diluted with an equal measure of 
water, is sometimes used to excite the circulation 
in paralyzed limbs. It is rarely used internally; 
dose, five minims (0-33 C.c.). 
Among the salts of formic acid, ammonium for- 
mate (NH4CHOa) has been used medicinally. 
Ramskill, at the Hospital for the Epileptic and 
Paralytic, in London, considers it useful in chronic 
paralytic disease with general torpor. It is con- 
traindicated by any remaining active irritation or 
inflammation of the nervous centres or about them, 
which may have been the original seat of the lesion. 
Dose, five grains (0-33 Gm.); a larger quantity than 
this is apt to vomit. Grehaut and Quinquaud have 
found that the formates are eliminated by the 
kidneys unchanged. 
FORMIC ETHER. A paper on the physio- 
logical action of this substance may be found in the 
Journ. de Pharm., Juin, 1872, 453. 
FRANKENIA GRANDIFOLIA. Cham, and 
Schlecht. YerbaReuma. (Nat. ord. Frankeniaceae.) 
This California herb, which contains about 6 per 
cent, of tannin, is employed as a topical remedy 
in catarrhal affections, especially of the nose and 
genito-urinary tract; also internally in doses of 
from ten to twenty minims (0-62-1-23 C.c.) of the 
fluid extract. For local application the fluid ex- 
tract may be diluted with from two to five times its 
volume of water. 
FRASERA. Radix Fraserce. Radix Colombo 
Americanoe. Racine de Colombo de Mariette 
(d’Amerique), Fr. Fraserawurzel, Amerikanische 
Colombowurzel, G. American Columbo [Frasera 
Walteri, Michaux ; now F. Carolinensis, Walter) 
is a most elegant representative of the family of 
Gentianaceae. From the root, which is triennial, 
long, spindle-shaped, horizontal, fleshy, and yellow, 
a strong, succulent, solid, smooth stem rises, from 
five to ten feet in height. The leaves are sessile, 
entire, glabrous, of a deep green color, and disposed 
in whorls, which commence at the root and ascend 
to the summit with successively diminishing inter- 
vals. The radical leaves, from five to twelve in 
number, are elliptical, obtuse, a foot or more in 
length by about four inches in breadth, and lie 
upon the ground in the form of a star. Those 
constituting the whorls are successively smaller as 
they ascend; the lowest oblong-lanceolate, the 
upper lanceolate and pointed. The flowers are nu- 
merous, large, yellowish white, and disposed in a 
beautiful terminal pyramidal panicle, from one to 
five feet long, the branches of which spring from 
the axils of the upper leaves. The segments of the 
calyx are lanceolate, acute, and somewhat shorter 
than those of the corolla. The filaments are in- 
serted into the base of the corolla, between its seg- 
ments, which they do not equal in length. The 
anthers are oblong and notched at the base. The 
ovary is oblong-ovate, compressed, and gradually 
tapers into the style, which ends in a bifid stigma. 
The fruit is an oval, acuminate, compressed, two- 
valved, one-celled, yellow capsule, containing from 
eight to twelve flat elliptical seeds. 
The Frasera flourishes in the southern and west- 
ern portions of the United States. It prefers rich 
woodlands and moist meadows. The period of 
flowering is from May to July ; but the stems and 
flowers are produced only in the third year, the 
radical leaves being the only part of the plant 
which previously appears above ground. From this 
manner of growth, it is inferred that the roots, 
which were formerly included in the Secondary 
List U. S. P., should he collected in the autumn 
of the second or the spring of the third year. Be- 
fore being dried, it should he cut into transverse 
slices. 
As formerly in the market, Frasera was in pieces 
irregularly circular, an eighth of an inch or more 
in thickness, about an inch in diameter, somewhat 
shrunk in the middle, consisting of a central medul- 
lary matter and an exterior cortical portion, of a 
yellowish color on the cut surfaces, with a light 
reddish-brown epidermis. In appearance these 
pieces somewhat resembled columbo, but were 
easily distinguishable by the greater uniformity of 
their internal structure, the absence of concentric 
and radiating lines, and their purer yellow color 
without a greenish tinge. The root sliced longi- 1664 
Fraxinus Americana.—Fruit Essences, Artificial. 
PART II. 
tudinally, so as to imitate gentian, has been offered 
in the market as American gentian. The taste of 
Frasera is bitterish and sweetish. Water and diluted 
alcohol extract its virtues ; and the tincture lets fall 
a precipitate upon the addition of water, but is not 
disturbed by tincture of galls. The hot infusion is 
not precipitated by solution of gelatin, and gives 
with iodine no signs of starch. These reactions 
afford additional means of distinguishing the 
root from columbo. Higinbothom, of Bermuda, 
found in it gum, pectin, glucose, wax, resin, fatty 
matter, yellow coloring matter, bitter extractive, 
and an acid which was probably peculiar. (A. J. 
P., Jan. 1862, 23.) Mr. Frank W. Thomas has 
determined the entire absence of berberine. (Ibid., 
July, 1868, 310.) G. W. Kennedy obtained gen- 
tisic acid, C14HlnOB, and qentiopicrin, ConHon010. 
(Proc. A. P A™ 1873, 636.) Prof. Pabh points 
out (Ibid., 1881, 467) that the yellow coloring 
matter differs from gentisic acid in being less 
soluble in cold alcohol, more soluble in hot alcohol 
and in ether, in having a lower melting point (187° 
F.), and in behaving differently with nitric and 
sulphuric acids. 
Frasera, American Columbo, is a feeble, simple 
hitter. Dose of powder, one drachm (3-8 Gm.); 
of infusion to Oi boiling water), two fluid- 
ounces (59 C.c.) a day. The fresh root is said to 
be emetic and cathartic. 
FRAXINUS AMERICANA. L. White Ash. 
(Nat. ord. Oleacese.) The hark has been used in 
dysmenorrhcea by Charles P. Turner and others 
of Philadelphia. The wine may he made (Thomas 
S. Wiegand, A. J. P., 1882) by macerating eight 
troyounces of powdered hark for three days in one 
pint of sherry wine, then transferring to a perco- 
lator, and pouring on sufficient menstruum to ob- 
tain two pints of percolate. The dose is a teaspoon- 
ful (3-69 C.c.). 
FRAXINUS EXCELSIOR. L. Frene, Fr. 
Esche, G. (Nat. ord Oleaceas.) The hark of the 
Common European Ash is bitter and astringent, and 
at one time was employed in the treatment of in- 
termittent fever. Keller believed that he had found 
in the bark a peculiar crystallizable principle which 
Buchner denominated fraxinin; but Rochleder 
and Schwartz proved that the crystals, formed 
along with the bitter substance obtained by the 
process of Keller, were nothing but mannite. 
(Pharm. Centralblatt, 1853, 312.) Fraxin orpaviin, 
the crystallizable bitter principle discovered by 
Salm-Horstmar, is obtained by precipitating the 
decoction with lead acetate, washing the precipi- 
tate, decomposing it by hydrogen sulphide, and 
concentrating the solution, which deposits the fraxin 
in needle-shaped crystals. These are four-sided 
prisms, shining, white with a tinge of yellow, feebly 
bitter and astringent, inodorous, soluble with diffi- 
culty in cold but readily in hot water. They have 
the formula CieH18010. Fraxin is a glucoside, di- 
lute acids decomposing it into fraxetin, C10H806, 
and glucose, CeH,20e. The concentrated warm so- 
lution has an acid reaction. When much diluted, 
it exhibits a clear blue fluorescence by daylight, es- 
pecially if a trace of ammonia be present. Alka- 
lies, alkaline earths, and the carbonates color it yel- 
low ; ferric chloride first colors it green, and then 
throws down a yellow precipitate. (Chem. Central- 
blatt, 1857, 452.) The leaves have long been used 
in rheumatic affections, and by the peasants of Au- 
vergne as a specific in gout. M. Garot has shown that 
they contain 16 per cent, of calcium malate. (See 
Journ. de Pharm3e ser., xxiv. 311; also 4e ser., 
xii. 60.) Dose, an ounce (31 *1 Gm.), infused in 
half a pint (236 C.c.) of boiling water, three 
times a day. (See Am. Journ. of Med. Sci., N. S., 
xxv. 492.) 
FRENCH CHALK. A compact, unctuous, in- 
durated talc, of a greenish color, glossy, somewhat 
translucent, soft and easily scratched, and leaving a 
silvery line on paper; used chiefly for marking cloth 
and for extracting grease-spots. (See Talcum.) 
FRUIT ESSENCES, ARTIFICIAL. Several 
of the compound ethers have been found to possess 
the odor and flavor of certain fruits, a property 
which has led to their employment as flavoring ma- 
terials for confectionery and desserts, under the 
name of fruit essences. The simple ethers present 
in these compounds, so far as they have become of 
commercial importance, are common ether or ethyl 
oxide, which should be called ethylic ether, and 
amyl oxide or amylic ether. Each of these ethers 
possesses basic properties, and has its alcohol; com- 
mon or ethylic ether corresponding to common or 
ethylic alcohol, and amylic ether to amylic alcohol 
or fusel oil. These alcohols are hydrates of ethyl 
and amyl respectively. (See Alcohol Amylicum, 
and Alcohol, Part I.) Colored artificial essences 
are to he distinguished from the real by the follow- 
ing tests, founded upon the presence of aniline. 
Fuchsine dyes a woollen or silken thread a perma- 
nent rose color, the tint imparted by natural fruit- 
juice washes out (C. Puscher, Journ de Pharm., 4e 
ser., xlv. 395) ; dilute mineral acids redden natural 
fruit essences, turning yellow those containing an 
aniline dye; half a volume of nitric acid instantly 
turns an artificial syrup yellow; potassium carbon- 
ate reddens artificial syrups, hut has no effect on 
natural syrups; lead subacetate precipitates red 
with fuchsine, green with natural fruit. (M. Van- 
deyvere, Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., x. 457 ; Dr. 
Hagar, A. J. P., xlv. 395.) 
Ethyl Butyrate. Butyric Ether. C4H7(C2H6)02. 
This ether is readily prepared by mixing 100 parts 
of butyric acid with 100 of alcohol and 50 of con- 
centrated sulphuric acid, and agitating the mixture 
for a short time. The ether forms a layer on the 
surface, and may he purified by washing it with 
water and subjecting it to the action of calcium 
chloride. Butyric ether is sparingly soluble in 
water, but very soluble in alcohol, and boils at 
121° C. (249 8° F.). It is said to be much used to 
communicate a pineapple flavor to rum. Dissolved 
in 8 or 10 parts of alcohol, it forms the pineapple 
essence. From twenty to twenty-five drops of this 
essence, added to a pound of sugar containing a 
little citric acid, imparts to the mixture a strong 
taste of pineapple. Butyric acid, C4H802, is formed 
during what is called the butyric fermentation, which 
usually consumes two or three months before it is 
completed, and which is preceded by the lactic fer- 
mentation. To prepare it, a solution of grape sugar 
is mixed with half its weight of chalk, and with 
about one-tenth of its weight of cheese to act as a 
ferment, and tbe whole is kept at the temperature 
of 32-2° C. (90° F.). The sugar is first transformed 
into a viscous substance, and afterwards into lactic 
acid, which is gradually converted into butyric acid, 
with the disengagement of hydrogen and carbonic 
acid. At the end of the fermentation the liquid 
contains principally a mixture of calcium butyrate 
and lactate, from which the butyric acid may beob- PART II. 
Fruit Essences, Artificial. 
1665 
tained by precipitating the lime as a carbonate by 
sodium carbonate, and decomposing the resulting 
sodium butyrate with sulphuric acid. Butyric acid 
is a colorless liquid, of disagreeable odor and rancid 
taste. It dissolves in all proportions in water and 
alcohol, boils at 163° C. (325-4° F.) ; density, 0-973. 
Ethyl Pelargonate. Pelargonic Ether. (Enan- 
thic Ether. C2H5,CgH1702. A preliminary step 
in forming this ether is to prepare the pelargonic acid. 
This is most conveniently obtained, according 10 Dr. 
B. Wagner, by the action of nitric acid on oil of 
rue. Treat the oil with double its weight of very 
dilute nitric acid, and heat the mixture until it be- 
gins to boil. Two layers are formed in the liquid ; 
the upper one being brownish, and the lower con- 
sisting of the products of the oxidation of the oil, 
with the excess of nitric acid. The lower layer, 
having been separated, is freed from the greater part 
of the nitric acid by evaporation in a zinc chloride 
bath, and then filtered. This filtrate is a solution 
of pelargonic acid, and may be converted into pelar- 
gonic ether by a prolonged digestion, at a gentle 
heat, with alcohol. The ether as thus prepared has 
the agreeable odor of quince, and when dissolved in 
alcohol in due proportion, forms the quince essence. 
(See A. J. P., 1853, 320.) It is also obtained from 
wine lees, by adding sulphuric acid and water, and 
distilling in a current of steam. Pure pelargonic 
ether (oenanthic ether) is a colorless liquid, having 
a peculiar, vinous, stupefying odor, and a taste at 
first slight but afterwards acrid. Its sp. gr. is 0-8635 
at 17-5° C., and its boiling point from 227° to 228° 
C. (440-6°-442-4° F.). It is insoluble in water, but 
dissolves readily in alcohol and ether. Pelargonic 
acid, first obtained from Pelargonium roseum, or 
rose geranium, belongs to the fatty acid series, and 
has the formula C9H1802. Delffs’s analysis of 
oenanthic acid gives it the same composition, and 
he considers the two acids identical. 
Amyl Acetate. Pentyl Acetate. C6H11,C2H302. 
This is prepared by distilling a mixture of one part 
of amylic alcohol (fusel oil), two of potassium ace- 
tate, and one of concentrated sulphuric acid. The 
distilled liquid is purified from free acid by washing 
with a weak alkaline solution, and from water by 
distillation from calcium chloride. It is a colorless, 
limpid liquid, lighter than water, boiling at 137° C. 
(278-6° F.), insoluble in water, hut soluble in alco- 
hol. It possesses the odor, in a remarkable degree, 
of the Jargonelle pear, and is manufactured on a 
large scale for flavoring syrups and confectionery. 
An alcoholic solution of this ether forms the 
Jargonelle pear essence. Fifteen parts of amylic 
ether acetate, with half a part of acetic ether, dis- 
solved in 100 parts of alcohol, form what may be 
called the bergamot pear essence, which, when em- 
ployed to flavor sugar acidulated with a little citric 
acid, imparts the odor of the bergamot pear, and a 
fruity, refreshing taste. Amyl acetate, mixed with 
butyric ether, forms another fruity compound, which 
recalls the odor of the banana, and forms, in alco- 
holic solution, the banana essence. 
Amyl Valerianate. C5Hi;i,C5H0O2. Amyl 
Valerate. Apple Oil. This is made by carefully 
mixing four parts of pure amylic alcohol (fusel oil) 
with four of sulphuric acid, and adding the mixture, 
when cold, to five parts of valerianic acid. The 
whole is warmed for a few minutes in a water-hath, 
and then mixed with a little water, which causes the 
ether to separate. Lastly, it is purified by washing 
it with water and a weak solution of sodium carbon- 
ate. It boils at 188° C. (370-4° F.), and has a sp. 
gr. of 0-879 at 0° C. An alcoholic solution of this 
ether, in the proportion of one part to six or eight 
of alcohol, forms a flavoring liquid under the name 
of apple essence. (See Acidum Valerianicum.) 
Besides the essences here described, there are found 
in commerce the strawberry, raspberry, apricot, 
greengage, mulberry, and black currant essences, all 
of which may he viewed as various mixtures of the 
ethers of the ethyl and amyl series, modified by the 
addition of pure nitrous ether, tincture of orris, 
vanilla, volatile oils, etc., to bring about a resem- 
blance to the fruit the odor and taste of which it is 
the object to imitate. In making these essences it is 
important that the materials should he pure, espe- 
cially the fusel oil and alcohol. The alcohol used 
as a solvent should be rectified and deodorized. 
Pine-apple . 
Melon . . . 
Strawberry . 
Raspberry . 
Gooseberry . 
Grape . . . 
Apple . . . 
Orange . . . 
Pear .... 
Lemon . . . 
Black Cherry 
Cherry . . . 
Plum . . . 
Apricot . . 
Peach . . . 
Currant . . 
* 
Names of the 
Essences. 
. . M. . . M . WHM. • • • M 
Chloroform. 
M . . M . . M M . • 
Nitrous Ether. 
M fcO . O' . . tO . W M M H H i fcO M 
Aldehyde. 
O'O'. O' O' ® O O' O' h-* . O' O' O' . . 
Acetic Ether. 
. O'. M. . . . M. to. M M M . 
Formic Ether. 
. O' ® tO . . • . M . . • M O' M O' 
Butyric Ether. 
. O' O' O'. 
Valerianic Ether. 
M . • . O'O'. • M . . MM. . . 
Benzoic Ether. 
• * M ... 
M. M. M OMM. . . 
CEnanthylic Ether. 
. Oi. 
Oil of Persicot. 
I 
I 
01 
Sebacic Ether. 
M.M.MM.. 
Methyl-Salicylic Ether. 
. to to 
Amylic Alcohol. 
1 Amyl-Acetic Ether. 
• . M M tO • ® 
Amyl-Butyric Ether. 
Amyl-Valerianic Ether. 
Oil of Lemon. 
Oil of Orange. 
O'. M. • . ®. M. O' O' O' • . • 
Tartaric Acid. 
Alcoholic Solu- 
tions saturated 
in the cold of 
: : : : : 
Oxalic Acid. 
M. . . . . M. . . COMM. . . 
Succinic Acid. 
M*.*MtO. . . . . M . ... 
Benzoic Acid. 
. .muw | Glycerin. 1666 
Fuchsine.—Fucus Vesiculosus. 
PART II. 
The fruit essences are extensively employed for 
flavoring ices, jellies, lozenges, and drops, and for 
making fruit syrups and effervescent beverages. 
M. Kletzinsky prepared a table giving the ingre- 
dients, and their proportions, of a large number of 
fruit essences. This table has been carefully revised, 
as several important errors occurred in it. They are 
alcoholic solutions of different ethers, to which are 
sometimes added certain acid and natural essences. 
Glycerin is present in nearly all, being useful in 
blending and harmonizing the different flavors. 
The alcohol and other ingredients must be chemi- 
cally pure. Each column represents the number of 
measures to be added to 100 measures of alcohol. 
FUCHSINE. This compound, one of the older 
coal-tar colors, is either rosaniline hydrochloride 
or acetate, a complex body, the formula being 
C20Hi9N3.HC1 or C20HJ9N3.C2H4O,. They form 
large crystals of a greenish lustre, which dissolve in 
water (the acetate more easily in cold water) with 
carmine-red color. They stain animal tissue directly 
violet-red, while vegetable fibre must first be mor- 
danted. Dr Reiss (Gaz. Heb. Med. et Chir., 1888) 
recommends fuchsine in doses of from one-tenth to 
one-sixth of a grain (0-006-0-010 Gm.) as a specific 
in acute and chronic Bright's disease. Fuchsine and 
Safranine, G21II20N4, are said to be largely em- 
ployed in France for coloring wines red. In the 
experiments of Cazeneuve and Lepine (Gaz Heb- 
dom., Nov. 1885) fuchsine was found to be free 
from toxic properties, but safranine proved itself a 
violent poison, causing marked dyspnoea, accel- 
eration of the heart’s beat, violent diarrhoea and 
albuminuria, and death from respiratory paralysis. 
FUCUS VESICULOSUS. L. Sea-wrack. 
Bladder-wrack. Kelp-ware, Black-tang, Cutweed. 
Quercus Marina. Fucus (Varech) vesiculeux, Fr. 
Blasentang, Seetang, Meereiche, G. (Nat. ord. 
Fucaceae.) This sea-weed is perennial, with the 
frond or leaf flat, smooth and glossy, from one to 
four feet long, from half an inch to an inch and a 
half broad, furnished with a midrib throughout its 
length, dichotomous, entire upon the margin, and 
of a dark olive-green color. Small spherical vesicles, 
filled with a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen but 
no C02, are immersed in the frond near the midrib. 
The air in these vesicles has not the exact compo- 
sition of the atmosphere; consisting, according to 
the analysis of M. Ernest Baudrimont, in one in- 
stance of 28-4 per cent, of oxygen and 71-6 of 
nitrogen, in another of 26-5 of the former and 73-5 
of the latter. (Journ de Pharm., 4e ser., ii. 446.) 
The fruit consists of roundish, compressed concep- 
tacles, at the ends of the branches, filled with a 
clear tasteless mucus and containing oogonia and 
antheridia on distinct plants. The plant grows 
upon the shores of Europe and of this continent, 
attaching itself to the rocks by its expanded woody 
root. On the coasts of Scotland and France it is 
much used in the preparation of kelp. It is also 
employed as a manure, and is mixed with the fodder 
of cattle. It has a peculiar odor, and a nauseous 
saline taste. Several chemists have undertaken its 
analysis, but the results are not satisfactory. It 
contains much soda in saline combination, and 
iodine, according to Gaultier de Claubry, in the 
state of potassium iodide. M. Convoy has found 
in it 0-21 per cent, of iodine. (P. J. Tr., x. 434.) 
These ingredients remain in its ashes, and in the 
charcoal resulting from its exposure to heat in close 
vessels. On the coast of France about a dozen 
species of sea-weed have been used in making kelp. 
According to M. Eugene Marchand, Fucus vesiculo- 
sus is one of those poorest in iodine, the ditferent 
species of Laminaria containing far larger amounts 
of iodine than the Fucaceas. (See P. J. Tr., 1884, 
1011.) Laminaria digitaia (L.), Lam., and L. 
stenophylla contain ten times as much iodine astlie 
Fuei, and are practically now the only kelps used 
in making iodine (See P J Tr., 1884, 1026.) 
The charcoal, which is sometimes called jEthiops 
vegetabilis or vegetable ethiops, has long had the 
reputation of a deobstruent, and been given in 
goitre and scrofulous swellings. The mucus con- 
tained in the vesicles was applied externally, with 
advantage, by Dr. Russell, as a resolvent in scrof- 
ulous tumors. M. Duchesne Duparc has obtained 
from it very good results in the treatment of morbid 
obesity. (Journ. de Pharm., 1862, 65.) Dr. A. T. 
Carson affirms, however, that the Fucus vesiculosus 
is largely used in Ireland for fattening pigs ; and it 
is doubtful whether its preparations are capable of 
reducing human obesity unless given in such doses 
as to interfere with digestion and injure the health. 
M. Dannecy prepares the extract from the plant, 
collected at the period of fructification and rapidly 
dried in the sun. The coarse powder he treats for 
three days, with four times its weight of alcohol of 
86°, expresses at the end of this time, and subjects 
the residue twice successively to a similar treatment 
with alcohol of 54°. The tinctures are then mixed, 
the alcohol distilled ofif, and the remainder evapo- 
rated to the consistence of an extract. Of this ex- 
tract, which is one-fifteenth of the plant, three pills, 
each containing twenty-five centigrammes (3-75 
grains), may be taken daily in the beginning, and 
increased gradually to twenty-four pills. { Journ. 
de Pharm., 1862, 434.) From the tincture a syrup 
may be prepared. 
Other species of Fucus are in all probability pos- 
sessed of similar properties. Many of them con- 
tain a gelatinous matter and a sweet principle 
analogous to mannite, and some are used as food in 
times of scarcity. Large quantities of a sea-weed, 
agar-agar, are gathered on the rocky coasts of the 
East India Islands, and sent to China, where it is 
valued for making jellies and as a size for stiffen- 
ing silks. The varieties are classified by Fristedt as 
follows. ♦ 
1. Ceylon Agar-agar, consisting chiefly of Sphce- 
rococcus lichenoides, Ag., the alga used by the Hi- 
rundo esculenta in the formation of its edible nest. 
2. Macassar Agar-agar, coming from the straits 
between Borneo and Celebes, consisting of impure 
Eucheuma spinosum, incrusted with salt. 
3. Japanese Agar-agar, known as Japanese isin- 
glass (see p. 726), derived from several algae, es- 
pecially Sphaerococcus compressus, Ag., Gloiopeltis 
tenax, J. Ag., Gelidium corneum, Lam., and G. 
cartilagineum, Gaill. It occurs in European com- 
merce either in transparent pieces, two feet long and 
as thick as a straw, prepared in Singapore by putting 
the algae named in hot water, or, more frequently, 
in yellowish-white masses, a foot long and upward 
of an inch in width. It is the latter kind that is 
suitable for the culture of bacteria, according to 
Koch’s method. (P. J. Tr., 1885, 188.) 
Morin has investigated the gelose of Payen, con- 
tained in the agar-agar. When a solution of gelose 
is cooled, even that of 1 in 500 parts of water, a 
colorless, transparent, and stiff jelly is obtained, 
which, when heated with moderately strong nitric Fuligoka li.—Fustic. 
1667 
PART II. 
acid, yields mucic and oxalic acids. It dissolves on 
heating with acidulated water without yielding a 
jelly on cooling. 
Gelose leaves 3-88 per cent, of ashes, and when 
air-dried contains 22-85 per cent, of moisture. When 
dissolved there also separates out a flocculent mass 
amounting to T9 per cent. Alcohol precipitates 
gelose, hut it cannot be obtained pure in this man- 
ner, as the precipitate contains some ash. (Compt.- 
Rend.. No. 90, 924-926.) 
U nder the name of gelosine a mucilaginous sub- 
stance, extracted from a Japanese alga, has entered 
commerce in the form of dry, whitish leaves. Gelo- 
sine is soluble in alcohol and water, and is said when 
wet to gradually contract and expel water and the 
medicinal substances which it may contain. It has 
been proposed as a pharmaceutical basis for various 
preparations for local use. (See Brit. Med. Journ., 
vol. ii. 1886.) 
The Ceylon moss is a delicate fucus (Gigartinn 
lichenoides) growing on the coast of Ceylon. It 
abounds in starch and vegetable jelly, and is used 
like carrageen or Irish moss. (P. J. Tr., xiii. 355.) 
F. Helminthocorton (Oigartina Helminthocorton of 
Greville) has some reputation in Europe as an an- 
thelmintic and febrifuge. It is an ingredient in the 
mixture of marine plants sold in Europe under the 
name of Corsican moss or helminthocorton. This is 
used in decoction, from four to six drachms to the 
pint; dose, a wineglassful three times a day. 
Attention has been called by Sloan, of Ayr, 
Scotland, to the Laminaria digitata, L., Lamx., 
commonly called sea-girdles or tangles, of Scotland, 
as supplying an admirable material for bougies. 
The stem is from two to twelve feet long and an 
inch or more in breadth, is of great strength and 
tenacity, with the property of drying readily, and, 
in doing so, of shrinking much, and acquiring an 
elastic firmness, with a consistence, if the desiccation 
be arrested at the proper point, somewhat softer 
than horn. In this state the plant may be kept for 
years; and, if at any time exposed to moisture, 
will absorb it readily, and swell up to the original 
size. This last property renders it especially ap- 
plicable for the formation of bougies or tents to be 
used in the dilatation of strictures and sinuses. 
FULIGOKALI. This preparation, proposed by 
M. Deschamps, is formed by boiling for an hour 20 
parts of caustic potassa and 100 of shining soot, in 
powder, in a sufficient quantity of water. The solu- 
tion, when cold is diluted, filtered, and evaporated 
to dryness. Fuligokali is in the form of a black 
powder, or of scales, very soluble in water, and 
having an empyreumatic odor and mild alkaline 
taste. It is used in the same affections as anthra- 
kokali. The dose is two or three grains, repeated 
several times a day. An ointment, containing from 
sixteen to thirty-two grains to the ounce of lard, 
was found by Dr. Gibert. of Paris, to be detersive, 
resolvent, and gently stimulant. (A. J. P., xiv. 284.) 
FUMARIA OFFICINALIS. L. Fumitory. 
Fumeterre, Fr. Erdrauch, Feldraute, G. (Nat. 
ord. Papaveracese.) A small annual European plant, 
naturalized in this country, growing in cultivated 
grounds, and flowering from May to August. It 
was formerly considerably employed as a medicine, 
and is still used in Europe. The leaves are the 
official part. They are inodorous, have a bitter, 
saline taste, and are very succulent, yielding by ex- 
pression a juice which has the sensible and medici- 
nal properties of the plant. An extract, prepared 
by evaporating the expressed juice or a decoction 
of the leaves, throws out upon its surface a copious 
saline efflorescence. Fumaric acid, C4H^04, was 
early identified as present, and its isomerism with 
maleic acid, the acid obtained from malic acid by 
heat, was established later. The alkaloid fumarine, 
which was first observed by Peschier, has been be- 
lieved by some chemists to be identical with coryda- 
line, but according to Reichwald (P. J. Tr., xix. 
990) its formula, C21HJ9N.04, is different from that 
of corydaline, from which it further differs in striking 
immediately an intense violet with concentrated 
sulphuric acid and an intense golden color with 
strong nitric acid. It occurs in colorless, tasteless 
crystals, freely soluble in chloroform, less so in 
benzole, still less so in alcohol and ether, sparingly 
soluble in water. He obtained it by treating the 
pulp of the leaves with concentrated acetic acid, 
with the aid of heat, filtering, evaporating the 
liquid, treating the extract with boiling alcohol, 
filtering the alcoholic solution, and, finally, decolor- 
izing, and evaporating so that crystals might form. 
The acetate thus procured was decomposed by the 
alkalies, and yielded the fumarine. (See Ader- 
mann. A. J. P., 1890, 396.) Fumitory has been 
considered gently tonic, alterative, and, in large 
doses, laxative and diuretic. M. Hannon has found 
fumarine, in the dose of about one-third or one- 
fourth of a grain, to be moderately excitant; in 
that of three grains, to be at first irritant and after- 
wards sedative. (Ann. de Therap., 1854, 78.) Both 
in ancient and modern times fumitory has been 
esteemed a valuable remedy in visceral obstructions, 
particularly those of the liver, in scorbutic affections, 
and in various troublesome eruptive diseases. Cullen 
gave two ounces of the expressed juice twice a day. 
Others have prescribed it in much larger quantities. 
The leaves, either fresh or dried, may be used in de- 
coction or extract, in almost indefinite dose. The 
inspissated juice has also been employed. 
FUSTIC. A yellow dye-wood, obtained from 
Morus tinctoria, L. (Broussonetia tinctoria, H B. 
K. ; Maclura tinctoria, D. Don (now Chlorophora 
tinctoria (L.), Gaudich), a tree of the nat. ord. 
Moracese, growing in the West Indies and South 
America. It is not used in medicine or pharmacy. 
According to Bancroft, two different woods bear in 
England the name of fustic, one the product of the 
tree just mentioned, distinguished as old fustic, 
probably from the greater magnitude of the billets 
in which it is imported ; the other derived from the 
Rhus Cotinus or Venice sumach, and called young 
fustic, or sometimes Hungarian fustic. The wood 
of M. tinctoria, L., owes its coloring properties to 
two principles, which have been isolated by R. 
Wagner; one denominated morin, or m-orindon, 
C16H j006, and the other moritannic acid, C13H8Oe, 
from its resemblance to tannin. The former, when 
distilled with zinc-dust, yields methyl-anthracene, 
whence the conclusion has been drawn that it 
is a trioxymethylanthraquinone, C,6H70„(0H )3. 
(See Chem. Gaz., ix. 1, 21, and 241.) From the fustic 
of Rhus Cotinus, L. (nat. ord. Anacardiacese), or 
Hungarian fustic, M. Chevreul extracted a yellow 
coloring matter, in small crystalline needles when 
pure, which he called fisetin. J. Schmidt (Ber. der 
Chem. Ges., 19, 1734-1749) has made a thorough 
study of fisetin, and prepared a number of deriva- 
tives of it. He states that it occurs in the wood as 
a tannic acid compound of the glucoside of fisetin, 
which he calls fustin. This latter body crystallizes 1668 
Galangal.—Gallinol. 
PART II. 
from hot water in fine silvery needles, easily soluble 
in alcohol and dilute alkalies, sparingly in ether. It 
melts at from 218°-219° C. with decomposition. By 
warming with dilute H„S04 it is split up into fisetin 
and a glucose (probably isodulcite). The fisetin 
has the formula C16H1006, and as it contains four 
hydroxyl groups, it is probably a tetroxymethyl- 
anthraquinone, C16H„(0H)4. 'it is obtained by 
recrystallization from dilute alcohol or acetic acid ; 
it forms fine yellow needles or yellow prisms 
(+ 6H20). It is very slightly soluble in hot water, 
easily soluble in alcohol and acetic ether, sparingly 
in ether and benzene. 
GALANGAL. Galanga. China Root. India 
Root. Rhizoma Galangce, P. G. Galanga, Fr. Gal- 
gant, G. Two varieties are described by authors, 
the galanga major and galanga minor, or large and 
small galangal. They are probably the roots of dif- 
ferent plants. The large galangal is derived from 
Maranta Galanga of Linn. (Alpinia Galanga of 
Willd.). According to H. F. Hance, of Canton, 
the smaller galangal is the product of a distinct but 
closely allied plant, Alpinia officinarum, Hance. 
(A. J. P., xliii. 408J Both forms are brought from 
the East Indies. The larger variety is cylindrical, 
three or four inches long, as thick as the thumb or 
thicker, often forked, reddish brown externally, 
slightly striated longitudinally, marked with whitish 
circular rings, orange-brown internally, rather hard 
and fibrous, difficultly pulverizable, of an agreeable 
aromatic odor, and a pungent, hot, spicy, perma- 
nent taste. The small galangal resembles the pre- 
ceding in shape, but is smaller, not exceeding the 
little finger in thickness, of a darker color, and of 
a stronger taste and smell. According to Morin, 
galangal contains a volatile oil, an acrid resin, ex- 
tractive, gum, bassorin, and lignin. A. Vogel, 
Jr., found also starch and fixed oil. (Pharm Cen- 
tralblatt, 1844, 158.) R. Brandes discovered a pecu- 
liar crystallizable substance called kcempferid. (An- 
nal. der Pharm., xxxii. 311; see also Arch. d. 
Pharm., 1882, 161.) The active principles are the 
volatile oil and acrid resin. Thresh has described 
{A. J. P., 1884, 553) an active pungent principle, 
which he has named galangol. Galangal is a stimu- 
lant aromatic. It was known to the ancient Greeks 
and Arabians, and formerly entered into numerous 
compounds. (A. J P., xliii.) Dose, from fifteen to 
thirty grains (0 972-1 94 Gm.) in substance, and 
twice as much in infusion. 
GALEGA OFFICINALIS. L. Goat’s Rue. 
Herbarutce Caprarice. Galega, Rue de Chevre, Fr. 
Geisraute, G. A perennial leguminous herb, grow- 
ing in the south of Europe, and sometimes culti- 
vated in gardens. It is without smell unless bruised, 
when it emits a disagreeable odor. Its taste is un- 
pleasantly bitter and somewhat rough, and when 
chewed it stains the saliva yellowish brown. In 
former times it was much employed in malignant 
fevers, the plague, the bites of serpents, worms, etc. 
In 1873 Gillet-Damitte, in a communication to the 
French Academy, stated that this plant when fed 
to cows would increase the secretion of milk from 
35 to 50 per cent. ; since which time Cerisoli, 
Goubeaux, Masson d Audry, Dr. Millbank, and Dr. 
Carron de la Carriere have affirmed that goat's 
rue is a powerful galactagogue. The best prep- 
aration appears to be an aqueous extract prepared 
from the fresh plant. This almost black extract 
has a pronounced odor, and may be given in doses 
of from seven and a half to fifteen grains (0 49- 
0’97 6m.), from three to five times a day. The 
roots of the indigenous Galega Virginiana, L. 
(Tephrosia Virginiana, Pers., now Cracca Virgin- 
iana, L.), are said to he diaphoretic and powerfully 
anthelmintic. They are given in decoction. 
GALIUM APARINE. L. Cleavers. Goose- 
grass. Grateron, Rieble, Fr. Klebkraut, G. This 
is an annual, succulent, rubiaceous plant, common 
to Europe and the United States, growing in 
cultivated grounds, and along fences and hedges. 
It is inodorous, and has a bitterish, herbaceous, 
somewhat acrid taste. Analyzed by Schwartz, it was 
found, besides chlorophyll, starch, and other princi- 
ples common to all plants, to contain three distinct 
acids,—viz., a variety of tannic acid, which he names 
galitannic acid, citric acid, and a peculiar acid, pre- 
viously discovered by Schwartz and Rochleder, and 
named rubichloric acid, C14H802. (P. J. Tr., xii. 
190.) The expressed juice is said to be aperient, 
diuretic, and antiscorbutic, and has been used in 
dropsy, congestion of the spleen, scrofula, scorbutic 
eruptions, and lepra. Three ounces (88*7 C.c.) may 
be taken twice a day. Dr. Orwin (Therap. Gaz., 
vol. i. 767) commends it highly in psoriasis. 
GALIUMVERUM. L. Yellow Ladies’Bedstraw. 
Cheese Rennet. Caille-lait jaune, Fr. Megerkraut, 
Liebfrauenstroh, G. The flowers of this European 
Galium (nat. ord. Rubiacese) are yellow, have a 
peculiar agreeable odor, and have been used as 
an antispasmodic. The herb is inodorous, but 
has an astringent, acidulous, bitterish taste. The 
bruised plant is sometimes used to color cheese yel- 
low, being introduced into the milk before coagu- 
lation. It is also used for dyeing yellow. The 
roots of this and of most other species dye red ; 
and the plant, eaten by animals, colors the bones 
like madder. Schwartz found the same principles 
in it as in G. Aparine. It was formerly highly 
esteemed as a remedy in epilepsy and hysteria, and 
was applied externally in cutaneous eruptions, in 
the form either of the recently expressed juice or of 
a decoction from the fresh plant. Of the American 
species, G. tinctorium, L., is closely allied in proper- 
ties to G. verum. It is said to be useful in cutaneous 
diseases ; and the root is employed by the Indians 
for staining their feathers and other ornaments red. 
G. triflorum (Michx.) contains coumarin, as pointed 
out by L. von Cotzhausen. (A. J. P., 1876, 405.) 
GALLACETOPHENONE. (Alizarine Yel- 
low. 0.) CeH2 | This is a derivative of 
pyrogallol, containing an acetyl group replacing a 
H atom of the benzene nucleus. Forms a pale 
yellow powder, crystallizing from hot water, in 
which, as well as in alcohol and ether, it is readily 
soluble. It is also soluble in glycerin in all pro- 
portions. This substance has been proposed as a 
substitute for pyrogallic acid in the local treatment 
of psoriasis, it being claimed that it does not stain, 
and is not so poisonous as the acid. 
GALLINOL. GaUanol. Gallo,nilid. 
CeH2 | () • This anilid of gallic acid 
is formed by boiling tannin with aniline, and was 
brought forward by Cazeneuve and Rollet as a 
local remedy to replace chrysarobin in the treatment 
of skin diseases. (Comptes-Rend. de l’Acad, des Sci., 
1893.) It occurs in colorless crystals melting at 205° 
C., of a bitter taste, soluble in hot water, ether, and 
alcohol, insoluble in benzene and chloroform. It 
has been especially commended by Gonon, Bayet, PART II. 
Gallobromol.— Gaultheria. 
1669 
Max Joseph, and others, not only in psoriasis, 
but also in chronic eczema, to be used in a 10 
per cent, solution or ointment, or sometimes in 
very advanced cases as high as 20 per cent.; it is 
affirmed never to produce irritation. The removal 
of the hair is not necessary, provided the skin be 
thoroughly cleansed with alkaline soap solutions. 
GALLOBROMOL. Dibromgallic Acid. C6Br2 
(OH)3COOH. A colorless or pale grayish-red pow- 
der, composed of fine needles melting at 205° C.; 
soluble with difficulty in cold water, easily soluble 
in hot water, alcohol, and ether, and having a 
strong acid reaction and a slightly bitter taste. It 
has been used by Lepine in neurasthenia and epi- 
lepsy to replace bromide of potassium, but it would 
seem to be a somewhat dangerous remedy, as in 
Lepine’s experiments a dog weighing 11 kilo- 
grammes was killed in two hours by 11 6m., death 
having been preceded by slowing of the heart’s 
action, depression of respiration, rise of tempera- 
ture, convulsions, and methaemoglobinuria. Ac- 
cording to Stein, it is to dogs more poisonous than 
the sodium bromide, less than the potassium bro- 
mide. In the dog small doses produce a primary 
moderate rise of the blood-pressure, followed by 
fall of pressure, with cardiac arythmia. Dose (Lu- 
pine) : as a sleeping potion, forty-five grains; in 
epilepsy, from thirty to forty-five grains a day. (See 
Centralb. f. Gesammte Therap., xiii., 1895.) 
GALLOLS. E. Kromayer (Monatshefte fur 
Prakt. Dermatologie, vii.) has tested as remedies for 
diseases of the skin a number of chemical combina- 
tions of pyrogallol, chrysarobin, and resorcin, with 
various acids. Of these a few give promise of 
therapeutic usefulness. 
Lenigallol, pyrogallol triacetate, is described as a 
white insoluble powder, slowly soluble on warming 
with aqueous solutions of alkalies, with decompo- 
sition. 
Eugallol, pyrogallol monoacetate, is a very thick, 
syrupy, transparent, dark yellow mass, readily solu- 
ble in water. 
These substances are stated not to be affected by 
contact with healthy skin, but to be slowly decom- 
posed by the diseased skin with the liberation of 
pyrogallol. Strong ointments of lenigallol are to 
be employed in psoriasis, 1 to 2 parts of lenigallol 
to 200 parts of zinc paste in eczemas. Even the 
most acute eczemas, as well as those with impe- 
tiginous crusty exudations, are reached by the 
ointment. 
Eugallol produces great local excitement, and is 
only to be employed in the most obstinate cases of 
psoriasis. Under such circumstances, however, 
the direct local application as a paint, daily or every 
other day, produces a marked inflammation, under 
which the most stubborn patches are said to disap- 
pear. Dusting the painted parts with zinc oxide 
before drying makes the action more vigorous. The 
value of eugallol has been strongly confirmed by 
Paul Gruneberg (Dermat. Zeit.,\\., 1899), who uses 
in lupus a zinc paste with from 11 to 12 per cent, of 
eugallol continuously applied after free curetting, 
and in psoriasis a 33£ per cent, acetone solution 
followed by zinc oxide dressing. 
Saligallol, pyrogallol disalicylate, is a resinous 
solid, useful in the preparation of skin varnishes, 
soluble in six parts of acetone or fifteen parts of 
chloroform. The deposit is very adhesive, but has 
no curative effect. It is useful as a means of ap- 
plying eugallol. 
Eurobin is chrysarobin triacetate. It is insoluble 
in water, but is readily soluble in chloroform, acetic 
acid, acetone, or ether. It acts like chrysarobin on 
the skin, but is more powerful. Kromayer com- 
mends it applied as a paint, according to the fol- 
lowing formula. Saligallol, 5 to 10 parts ; eurobin, 
1 to 20 parts; acetone, to make 100 parts. 
Lenirobin, chrysarobin tetra-acetate, is less irritant 
than chrysarobin, and has the especial advantage of 
not staining the linen. 
Euresol, resorcin monoacetate, is a viscid, rather 
fragrant, transparent, yellow mass, which is com- 
mended by Kromayer in acne rosacea, seborrhoea, 
and other conditions for which resorcin is com- 
monly used. 
GARDENIA GRANDIFLORA. (Lour.?) 
(Nat. ord. Rubiacese.) A Chinese tree, the fruit of 
which is employed in dyeing the yellow robes of 
the mandarins; and, according to Lorenz Mayer, 
contains crocin, which in powder is of a bright red 
color, and soluble in water and alcohol. According 
to the latest researches of Kayser (Ber. der Chem. 
Ges., 1884, 2228), its formula is C44H70028. "When 
heated with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, 
it is decomposed into crocetin, C341I4„09, and a dex- 
tro-rotatory sugar called crocose. Alkalies bring 
about the same decomposition almost instantly. 
Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves both the 
crocin and crocetin with deep blue color. The 
fruit of another species, G. campanulata, Roxb., 
growing in the forests of Chittagong, in India, is 
said to be used by the natives as a cathartic and 
anthelmintic. (Lindley, Flor. Med., 434.) 
GARRYA FREMONTII. Torr. California 
Fever Bush Skunk Bush. The leaves of this Cali- 
fornia bush (nat. ord. Cornacese) have an intensely 
bitter taste, and are said to be largely used by Cali- 
fornians as a tonic and antiperiodic. Mr. D. W. 
Ross (A. J. P., 1877) states that he has found in 
them a new alkaloid, Garryine. The dose of the 
fluid extract of the leaves is from ten to thirty 
minims (0-62-1 *85 C.c.). 
GAULTHERIA. Wintergreen. Boxberry. Check- 
erberry. Feuilles de Gaultherie {de Paloninier), The 
du Canada, The de Terreneuve, Fr. Canadischer 
Thee, Bergthee, G. Gaultheria procumbens, L. (nat. 
ord. Ericaceae), is a small, indigenous, shrubby, 
evergreen plant, with a long, creeping, horizontal 
stem, which sends up at intervals one or two erect, 
slender, round, reddish branches. These are naked 
below, leafy at top, and usually less than a span in 
height. The leaves, which were formerly official in 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, are short-petiolate, obo- 
vate or roundish oval, about an inch and a half (4 
centimetres) long, and three-quarters of an inch (2 
centimetres) or more broad, acute, revolute at the 
edges with a few mucronate serratures, coriaceous, 
shining, bright green above, paler beneath, of un- 
equal size, and supported irregularly on short red 
petioles. The flowers, of which not more than 
from three to five are usually on each stem, stand 
upon curved, drooping, axillary peduncles. The 
calyx is white, five-toothed, and furnished at its 
base with two concave cordate bracts, described by 
some as an outer calyx. The corolla is white, ovate, 
or urceolate, contracted at the mouth, and divided 
at the border into five small acute segments. The 
stamens have curved, plumose filaments, and ob- 
long orange-colored anthers opening on the outside. 
The ovary, which rests upon a ring having ten 
teeth alternating with the ten stamens, is roundish, Gelanthum.— Geum. 
1670 
PART II. 
depressed,and surmounted by an erect filiform style, 
ending in an obtuse stigma. The fruit is a small, 
five-celled, many-seeded capsule, with a fleshy cov- 
ering, formed by the enlarged calyx, and present- 
ing the appearance of a bright scarlet berry. 
The plant extends from Canada to Georgia, grow- 
ing in large beds in mountainous tracts, or in dry 
barrens and sandy plains, beneath the shade of 
shrubs and trees, particularly of other evergreens, 
as the Kalmiae and Khododendra. It is abundant 
in the pine-barrens of New Jersey. In different 
parts of the country it is variously called partridge- 
berry, deer-berry, tea-berry, wintergreen, and moun- 
tain-tea. The flowers appear from May to Septem- 
ber,- and the fruit ripens at corresponding periods. 
To the very pecular aromatic odor and taste which 
belong to the whole plant the leaves add a marked 
astringency. The aromatic and medicinal proper- 
ties of wintergreen reside exclusively in an official 
volatile oil. (See Oleum Gaultherice, Part I.) 
GELANTHUM. Gelanth. Gelanth is a com- 
bination of equal weights of tragacanth and gelatin, 
prepared by Unna as a basis for various pastes for 
the skin. It is stated to be superior to the older 
pastes in drying more quickly and leaving a 
smoother coating upon the skin, as well as in hold- 
ing more uniformly and in tighter suspense the 
drug used with it, and finally in not spoiling read- 
ily. It is made by allowing tragacanth to soften 
with twenty times its mass of water for four weeks, 
then warming the mass to fluidity with steam and 
pressing it through a mill. In the mean while 
gelatin has been softened in the water and then for 
some time exposed to a high pressure of steam in 
Unna’s boiler, which exposure lessens its capability 
of gelatinization. The mixture of the two masses 
is allowed for two days to soften in the steam, then 
passed through a mill and mixed with 5 per cent, 
of glycerin, a little rose-water, and 2 per cent, of 
thymol. The finished gelanth contains about 2£ 
per cent, (each) of dry gelatin and tragacanth. In 
using it as a basis, fatty matters must first be 
emulsified and insoluble substances rubbed up with 
water to a soft paste before they are mixed with the 
gelanth. 
GENISTA TINCTORIA. L. Dyers’ Broom. 
Dyers' Weed. Green Weed. Wood-Waxen. Genet 
des Teinturiers, Fr. Farberginster, G. (Nat. ord. 
Leguminosse.) A low shrub, growing wild in Eu- 
rope, and sometimes cultivated in this country in 
gardens. The flowering tops of the plant are em- 
ployed to dye yellow, whence its name was derived. 
Both these and the seeds have been used in medi- 
cine. They are said to be purgative and even 
emetic, especially the seeds, which were formerly 
given as a cathartic in the dose of a drachm and a 
half. By some authors they are said to be diuretic, 
and to be useful in dropsy. 
GERANIUM ROBERTIANUM. L. Herb 
Robert. Herbe a Robert, Fr. Ruprechtskraut, G. 
(Nat. ord. Geraniaceas.) This species of geranium 
grows wild both in Europe and the United States, 
and Pursh states that the American plant is desti- 
tute of the heavy smell by which the European is 
so well known, though the two agree in all other 
respects. The herb has a disagreeable, bitterish, 
astringent taste, and imparts its virtues to boiling 
water. It has been used internally in intermittent 
fever, consumption, hemorrhage, nephritic com- 
plaints, jaundice, etc., has been employed as a 
gargle in affections of the throat, and has been ap- 
plied externally as a resolvent to swollen breasts 
and other tumors. 
GEUM. Water Avens. Radix Caryophyllatce 
Aquaticce. Radix Benedictce Sylvestris. Racine de 
Benoite aquatique (de Benoite des Ruisseaux), Fr. 
Sumpfnelkenwurzel, Wasser-Benedikten-Wurzel, G. 
Several species belonging to this genus have been 
medicinally employed, hut three or four are de- 
serving of particular notice,—Geum rivale, L., 
which once had a place in the 0. S. Secondary 
List, G. urbanum, L., formerly recognized by the 
Dublin College, G. virginianum, L., an indigenous 
species, the root of which has been recommended in 
dysentery by Dr. W. A. Gibson, of St. Louis {Med. 
Record, 1868), and G. album, Gmel. (now G. cana- 
dense, Jacq.), recommended by W. A. Spurgeon in 
gastric irritation and headache. (A. J. P., 1883.) 
Geum urbanum, or avens, is a native of Europe, 
where it grows wild in shady places. The root, 
which is the part used, consisis of a short, oblong 
body, from a quarter to half an inch in thickness, 
externally brown, internally white towards the cir- 
cumference and reddish at the centre, and fur- 
nished with numerous long descending fibres. 
When quite dry it is nearly inodorous, hut in 
the recent state has a smell like that of cloves, 
whence it is sometimes called radix caryophyllatce. 
The taste is bitterish and astringent. It imparts 
its virtues to water and alcohol, which it tinges red. 
Buchner obtained a yellow, amorphous, neutral, 
bitter-tasting mass, which he calls geum-bitter. Dis- 
tilled with water it yields 0 04 per cent, of a thick, 
greenish-yellow volatile oil, and gives a pleasant 
clove-like flavor to the liquid. It contains, besides, 
according to Trommsdorff, tannic acid, which is 
abundant, a tasteless resin, gum, bassorin, and lig- 
nin. It has been much used in Europe as a tonic 
and astringent, in chronic and passive hemorrhages, 
chronic dysentery and diarrhoea, leucorrhoea, inter- 
mittent fever, etc. The dose is from thirty grains 
to a drachm of the powder three or four times a 
day, or an equivalent quantity in decoction. 
Geum rivale. L. Water avens has a perennial, 
horizontal, jointed, scaly, tapering root, about six 
inches long, of a reddish-brown color externally, 
white internally, and furnished with numerous 
descending yellowish fibres. One or more stems 
rise from the same root, which also sends up numer- 
ous leaves. The stems are about a foot and a half 
high, simple, erect, pubescent, and of a purplish 
color. The radical leaves are interruptedly pinnate, 
with large terminal leaflets, and long, hairy foot- 
stalks ; those of the stem are petiolate, and divided 
into three serrate, pointed segments. The flowers 
are few, solitary, nodding, yellowish purple, and 
supported on axillary and terminal peduncles. The 
color of the stems and flowers gave rise to the name 
of purple avens, sometimes applied to the plant. 
The calyx is inferior, with ten lanceolate, pointed 
segments, of which the five alternate are smaller 
than the others. The petals are five, and as long as 
the calyx. The achenes are oval, with plumose 
awns, minutely uncinate, and nearly naked at the 
summit. This species of Geum is common to 
Europe and the United States, though the plant 
of this country has smaller flowers, with petals more 
rounded on the top, and leaves more deeply incised 
than the European. It delights in wet, boggy 
meadows, and extends from Canada into New Eng- 
land, New York, and Pennsylvania. Its flowers 
appear in June and July. The dried root is hard, PART II. 
Gillenia.— Glass of Antimony. 
1671 
brittle, easily pulverized, reddish or purplish, with- 
out smell, and of an astringent, bitterish taste. 
Boiling water extracts its virtues. 
Water avens is tonic and powerfully astringent. 
It may be used with advantage in chronic or passive 
hemorrhages, leucorrhoea, and diarrhoea, and is said 
to be beneficially employed in the Eastern States as 
a popular remedy in the debility of phthisis pulmo- 
nalis and in simple dyspepsia. In Europe it is some- 
times substituted for the root of common avens, or 
Geum urbanum, but is less esteemed. The dose of 
the powdered root is from a scruple to a drachm, t<> 
be repeated three times a day. Dose of the decoction 
(ounce to the pint), one or two fluidounces (29*7- 
59*00 C.c.). A weak decoction is sometimes used by 
invalids in New England as a substitute for tea and 
coft'ee. 
GILLENIA. Bowman’s Root. Racine de Gil- 
lenie, Fr. Gillenienwurzel, G. Under this name 
the U. S. P. formerly included in its Secondary List 
the roots of G. trifoliata, Moench., and G. stipu- 
lacea, Nutt. (Nat. ord. Kosacese.) 
Gillenia trifoliata, Moench. (Porteranthus trifo- 
liatus (L.), Britt.), is an herbaceous plant with a 
perennial root, consisting of many long, slender, 
brown bi*anches, proceeding from a thick, tuber-like 
head. The stems, several of which usually rise 
from the same root, are two or three feet high, erect, 
slender, smooth, flexuose, branched, and commonly 
of a reddish color. The leaves are ternate, with 
very short petioles, and small linear-lanceolate stip- 
ules. The leaflets are ovate-lanceolate, sharply ser- 
rate, and acuminate. The flowers grow in a loose 
terminal nodding panicle, with long peduncles. 
The calyx is tubular campanulate, ventricose, and 
terminates in five-pointed segments. The corolla is 
composed of five linear-lanceolate, recurved petals, 
the two upper separated from the three lower, white, 
with a reddish tinge on their border, and of three 
times the length of the calyx. The stamens are 
twenty, the filaments short, the anthers small and 
yellow. Each flower is succeeded by five capsules, 
connate at the base, oblong, acuminate, gibbous 
without, acute within, two-valved, one-celled, open- 
ing inward, and containing each one or two oblong 
seeds. This plant grows throughout the United 
States, east Of the Alleghany ridge, and, in Penn- 
sylvania, may also be found abundantly west of 
these mountains. It frequents light soils, in shady 
and moist situations, and flowers in June and July. 
The root should be gathered in September. (See 
A. J. P., 1898, 501.) 
G. stipulacea, Nutt. [Porteranthus stipulatus 
(Muhl.), Britt.), is herbaceous and perennial, 
though much taller and more bushy than the pre- 
ceding. The stems are brownish and branched. 
The upper leaves are ternate, lanceolate, serrate; 
the lower more deeply incised, becoming towards 
the root pinnatifid, and of a reddish-brown color at 
the margin. The stipules are ovate, acuminate, 
deeply serrate, resembling leaves, and marking the 
species at the first glance. The flowers are smaller 
than those of G. trifoliata, Moench., and grow on 
long slender peduncles in a lax corymb. In the 
valley of the Mississippi this plant occupies the 
place of G. trifoliata, Moench., which is not found 
beyond the Muskingum. It grows as far north as 
the State of New York, extends through Ohio, 
Indiana, Illinois, and Missouri, and probably into 
the States south of the Ohio, as it has been found 
in West Virginia. Its root is precisely similar to 
that of the Eastern species, and is reputed to possess 
the same properties. 
The dried root of Gillenia (Indian Physic, Ameri- 
can Ipecacuanha) is not thicker than a quill, 
wrinkled longitudinally with occasional transverse 
fissures, and, in the thicker pieces, presenting in 
some places an irregular, undulated, somewhat 
knotty appearance, arising from indentations on one 
side corresponding with prominences on the other. 
It is externally of a light brown color, and consists 
of a thick, somewhat reddish, brittle cortical por- 
tion, with an interior slender, tougher, whitish, 
ligneous cord. For microscopic characters, see G. L. 
Curry. (Amer. Pract. and News, May, 1892.) The 
bark, which is easily separable, has a bitter, not 
disagreeable taste; the wood is nearly insipid and 
comparatively inert, and should be rejected. The 
powder is of a light brownish color, and possesses a 
feeble odor, which is scarcely perceptible in the root. 
The bitterness is extracted by boiling water, which 
acquires the red color of wine. The root yields 
its bitterness also to alcohol. By various experi- 
menters it has been shown to contain gum, starch, 
gallo-tannic acid, fatty matter, wax, resin, coloring 
matter, albumen, and lignin, besides salts. (A. J. 
P., xxvi. 490.) Gillenin of Mr. W. B. Stanhope 
is a whitish substance, very bitter, slightly odorous, 
permanent in the air, soluble in water, alcohol, 
ether, and the dilute acids, and neutral to test- 
paper. Nitric acid rendered it blood-red, chromic 
acid green. Tannic acid produced no effect. It 
gave white precipitates with potassa, lead subace- 
tate, and tartar emetic. Half a grain of it produced 
nausea and retching. (A J. P., xxviii. 202.) G. L. 
Curry (A. J. P., 1892, 513) has found two gluco- 
sides: the first, gillein, obtained from the ethereal 
extract, formed white feathery crystals, was colored 
red by sulphuric acid, yellow by nitric acid, and 
deepened the color of chromic acid; the second, 
gilleenin, obtained from the aqueous infusion, was 
amorphous, of yellowish color, of faint taste at first 
but becoming very bitter, and giving no color reac- 
tions with the acids. 
Gillenia is a mild and efficient emetic, and, like 
most substances belonging to the same class, occa- 
sionally acts upon the bowels. In very small doses 
it has been thought to be tonic, and has been used 
as a substitute for ipecacuanha, which it is said to 
resemble in its mode of operation. It was employed 
by the Indians, and became known as an emetic to 
the colonists at an early period. Linnaeus was aware 
of its reputed virtues. Dose of the powdered root, 
from twenty to thirty grains (1*29-1*95 Gm.). 
GLASS OF ANTIMONY. Vitrum Aniimonii. 
This is prepared from antimony tersulphide by a 
partial roasting and subsequent fusion. Glass of anti- 
mony is in thin irregular pieces, which have a vitre- 
ous fracture, and a metallic steel-gray lustre. When 
well prepared, it is transparent, and, upon being 
held between the eye and the light, appears of a 
rich orange-red or garnet color; but if of inferior 
quality it is black and opaque. It is hard and brit- 
tle, and rings when struck with a hard substance. 
It is insoluble in water, but soluble in acids and 
cream of tartar, with the exception of a few red 
flocculi. Its essential constituents are the teroxide 
and tersulphide, united in variable proportions. 
Sometimes glass of lead is sold for glass of anti- 
mony, a fraud readily detected by the difference be- 
tween the two substances in specific gravity; glass 
of lead having a density of nearly seven, while that 1672 
Glecoma Hederacea.— Glutoid Capsules. 
PART II. 
of glass of antimony is not quite five. Glass of anti- 
mony is an active antimonial; hut, owing to its vari- 
able composition and unequal operation, it is very 
seldom used When the levigated powder is mixed 
with one-eighth of its weight of melted yellow wax, 
and the mixture roasted over a slow fire, with con- 
stant stirring, until it ceases to exhale vapors, a coal- 
like pulverizable mass is formed, the aerated glass of 
antimony of the old Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. 
GLECOMA HEDERACEA. L. HerbaHederae 
Terrestris. Lierre terrestre, Fr. Gundermann, 
Gundelrebe, G. Nepeta Glechoma, Benth. Ground- 
ivy. A small perennial, labiate herb, indigenous in 
Europe and the United States, and growing in shady, 
grassy places, as in orchards and along fences and 
hedges. The herb was formerly official, and still 
enjoys some credit as a domestic remedy. It has a 
peculiar disagreeable odor, and a bitterish, some- 
what aromatic taste, and imparts its properties to 
boiling water. It is very prone to have galls de- 
veloped on it, and to he infested with certain fungi. 
(Journ. de Pharm., 1875, 127.) It is said to be 
gently stimulant and tonic, diuretic, and aperient; 
useful in chronic pulmonary and urinary catarrhs. 
From a half-drachm to a drachm (1-9-3-8 Gm.) 
was usually given in infusion as a dose. 
GLEDITSCHINE. In 1878 (Phila. Med. 
Times) Gleditschia triacanthos, L., and G. ferox, 
Desf. (nat. ord. Leguminosae), were chemically 
studied by B. F. Lautenbaeh, who abstracted from 
them an alkaloid, which he found to produce in the 
frog stupor and loss of reflex activity, due to an ac- 
tion upon the spinal cord. To this alkaloid Dr. 
Lautenbaeh gave the name of gleditschine. In 1887 
(Med. Rec., July 31, 1887) Mr. Goodman and Drs. 
Seward and Claiborne brought before the profession, 
as a local anaesthetic, an alkaloid under the name of 
stenocarpine. Subsequently Dr. Caiborne (Med. 
Rec., Oct. 1, 1887) announced that the tree from 
which this alkaloid is obtained is the Gleditschia 
triacanthos, and suggested the name of gleditschine 
for it. The alleged alkaloid was placed upon the 
market in solution, and was largely used as a local 
anaesthetic and mydriatic by oculists. In October 
or November, 1888, however, Mr. F. H. Thompson, 
of Detroit (Med. Age) and Prof. T. G. Novy 
(Pharm. Rundschau) and Dr. John Marshall, of the 
University of Pennsylvania (Phila. Med. News), 
published analyses of this solution, showing that it 
contained 6 per cent, of cocaine, besides some atro- 
pine or other mydriatic alkaloid : gleditschine was 
a fraud. (See also A. J. P., 1887, 589.) 
GLOBULARIA ALYPUM. Delile. (Now G. 
arabica, Jaub. and Spach.) Wild Senna of Europe. 
(Nat. ord. Selagineae.) This is a small shrub, grow- 
ing on the European shores of the Mediterranean, 
the leaves of which have been occasionally used as 
a cathartic since the middle ages. Dose, accord- 
ing to Planchon, one ounce in decoction. Heckel 
and Schlagdenhauffen obtained from the leaves 
globularin, an amorphous glucoside which splits by 
treatment with mineral acids into glucose and 
globularetin. Globularia vulgaris, L., was found to 
contain the same substances. (Joum. Pharm. 
Chim , 1883, 361.) 
GLORIOSA SUPERBA. L. The roots, stalk, 
and leaves of this climbing liliaceous plant are said 
to be an acrid narcotic poison, and not infrequently 
used for suicidal purposes in India. C. J. H. War- 
den found in them two resins, and a very poisonous 
bitter principle, superbine. (P. J. Tr., xi. 496.) 
GLUE. An impure form of gelatin, obtained 
from various animal substances by boiling them in 
water, straining the solution, and evaporating it till 
upon cooling it assumes the consistence of jelly. 
The soft mass which results is then divided into thin 
slices, which are dried in the open air. Glue, when 
of good quality, is hard and brittle, of a color vary- 
ing from light yellow to brown, and equally trans- 
parent throughout. It softens and swells very much 
in cold water, without dissolving ; but is readily dis- 
solved by hot water. It is soluble in a large pro- 
portion of glycerin, and with heat forms with it in 
smaller proportion a jelly. (Maisch, A. J. P., xlii. 
518.) It is employed chiefly for cementing wood. 
An elastic and imputrescible preparation of glue 
may be made by dissolving glue in water by means 
of a water-bath, concentrating the solution, then 
adding a weight of glycerin nearly equal to that of 
the glue employed, thoroughly mixing, evaporating 
the residue of the water, and finally pouring into 
moulds, or on a marble slab. It is especially appli- 
cable to the preparation of artificial anatomical 
specimens. (Journ. de Pharm., 1857, 23.) The 
various hectograph compositions introduced within 
recent years for copying purposes are similar mix- 
tures. One of the best copying masses is made by 
dissolving one part of glue or gelatin in a mixture 
of two parts of water and four parts of glycerin, 
with a few drops of carbolic acid, heating, straining, 
and adding three parts of sifted whiting or terra alba. 
(See N. R., 1879, 338, 364.) A good liquid glue 
may be made by rubbing up in two pints of rain- 
water, with the heat of a water-bath, sixteen ounces 
of the best white glue and four ounces of dry white 
lead, until thoroughly mixed, then adding four 
iluidounces of alcohol, and continuing the heat and 
the agitation for a few minutes. The mixture is to 
be poured into bottles while still hot. A liquid glue 
may also be prepared by mixing in a stoppered 
bottle 38 parts of glue, properly divided, and 100 
parts of acetic acid of commerce, the latter of which 
dissolves the glue. On exposure the acid evaporates, 
leaving the glue unchanged. (Journ de Pharm., 3e 
s6r., xlvi. 35.) It is stated that an excellent liquid 
glue may be made by dissolving glue in sweet spirit 
of nitre. M. Knaff prepares strong liquid glue by 
covering three parts of good glue, in small pieces, 
with eight parts of water, and, after it has stood 
for some hours, adding half a part of hydrochloric 
acid and three-fourths of a part of zinc sulphate, 
and exposing the whole for ten or twelve hours to 
a heat from 811° to 87-2° C. (178°-189° F.). This 
does not gelatinize, and keeps well. (A. J P.,1868, 
330.) For a water-proof glue add potassium bichro- 
mate to the solution of glue just before using, one 
part to fifty. (A. J. P., xliii. 420.) Chromatized gela- 
tin, obtained by the addition of one part of potassium 
bichromate to five parts of a solution (5 or 10 per 
cent.) of gelatin, forms an excellent cement for 
glass. The surfaces to be united, after being smeared 
with the cement, are placed upon each other and 
exposed to the sun. After a few hours the adhesion 
is perfect and almost invisible, and boiling water it- 
self has no action on the cement. (Lond. Lancet, 
Nov. 11, 1876.) For other formulas for liquid glue, 
see A. J. P., xliii. 421. 
GLUTOID CAPSULES. Gelatin capsules 
which have been hardened by exposure to formal- 
dehyde are recommended by Sabli in three grades, 
the weak capsule capable of withstanding the action 
of the gastric juices for from one and a half to seven PART II. 
Gnaphalium Margaritaceum.— Gold. 
1673 
hours, the strong for twelve hours. They appear to 
have great therapeutic value for the purpose of con- 
veying intestinal antiseptics, medicinal, substances 
which are destroyed by the peptic secretions, and ir- 
ritating drugs through the stomach into the intes- 
tines. They have been used by Sahli (Deutsch. 
Arch. f. Klin. Med., lxi.) for diagnostic purposes. 
By their means he asserts that he is able to deter- 
mine the condition of the pancreatic secretion and 
the closure of the pancreatic duct, the varieties of 
jaundice, etc. 
GNAPHALIUM MARGARITACEUM. L. 
(Now Anaphalis margaritacea (L.), Benth. and 
Hook.) Cudweed. Life-everlasting. Pied de Chat, 
Immortelle, Fr. Katzenpfotchen Immerschbn, G. 
(Nat ord. Composite.) An indigenous herbace- 
ous perennial, growing in fields and woods, and 
flowering in August. The herb of this species and 
of G. polycephalum, Michx. (now G. obtusifolium, 
L.), or sweet-scented life-everlasting, is sometimes 
used in the form of tea in intestinal and pulmonary 
catarrhs, and, externally, in the way of fomentation, 
in bruises; but it probably possesses little medical 
virtue Schoepf says that it is anodyne. In Europe 
different species of Gnaphalium are occasionally 
employed for similar purposes. (See Antennaria 
margaritacea.) 
GOLD. The chief preparations of gold which 
have been employed in medicine are metallic gold 
in a finely divided state, the oxide (teroxide, incor- 
rectly called auric acid), the chloride (terchloride), 
the iodide, the double gold and sodium chloride, now 
official, the ammonium chloraurate (a compound 
of gold terchloride and ammonium chloride), and 
the gold cyanide (tercyanide). Gold in powder may 
be obtained by rubbing up gold-leaf with ten or 
twelve times its weight of potassium sulphate until 
brilliant particles are no longer visible, and then dis- 
solving away the sulphate with boiling water. The 
oxide may be procured by treating the nitrohydro- 
chloric solution of gold with an excess of magnesia, 
and washing the precipitate, first with water, and 
afterwards with dilute nitric acid. This process 
being tedious, M. L. Figuier prefers to obtain the 
oxide by precipitating the cold solution of gold chlo- 
ride, rendered strongly alkaline by caustic potassa, 
with a solution of barium chloride. The precipitate, 
consisting of barium aurate, is then treated with 
dilute nitric acid, which dissolves the barium and 
leaves the gold oxide pure. Ten parts of gold, thus 
treated, produced 11-75 parts of oxide; while the 
same quantity of gold by the magnesia process 
yielded only 9 parts. (Journ. de Pharm.. Dec. 1847.) 
The chloride is obtained by dissolving pure gold in 
three times its weight of nitrohydrochloric acid, with 
the aid of moderate heat. The solution is evapo- 
rated by a gentle heat nearly to dryness, being at 
the same time stirred with a glass rod. It is in the 
form of a crystalline mass of a deep red color. Its 
solution has a fine yellow tint. Being deliquescent, 
it requires to be kept in ground-stoppered bottles. 
(See Auri et Sodii Chloridum.) The iodide may be 
made by precipitating a solution of gold terchloride 
by one of potassium iodide, and washing the pre- 
cipitate with alcohol to remove the excess of iodine. 
It is of a greenish-yellow color, and, when heated 
in a porcelain crucible, is resolved into iodine va- 
pors and a residue of pure gold. The ammonium 
chloraurate is formed by dissolving one part of the 
gold terchloride and two parts of ammonium chlo- 
ride in distilled water, assisted by a few drops of 
nitrohydrochloric acid, and evaporating the solu- 
tion to dryness by a gentle heat. The cyanide is 
best obtained, according to M. Oscar Figuier, as 
follows. Prepare the gold chloride as neutral as 
possible by repeated solutions and crystallizations ; 
and to the solution of this salt add, very cautiously, 
avoiding any excess, a solution of pure potassium 
cyanide, so long as any precipitate falls. (See Po- 
tassii Cyanidum.) The precipitate, consisting of 
gold cyanide, is to be washed with pure water, and 
dried in the dark. Gold in powder, and the oxide, 
chloride, iodide, sodio-chloride, and cyanide, are 
official in the French Codex. 
The preparations of gold are decidedly poisonous, 
though in different degrees. The chloride is most 
virulent, and, according to Dr. Chrestien, is even 
more active than corrosive sublimate. In an over- 
dose, it produces pain, inflammation, and even ul- 
ceration of the stomach and bowels, and otherwise 
acts as a corrosive poison. It is said that these 
preparations, in moderate doses, produce increased 
fulness and frequency of the pulse, and augment 
the urine and insensible perspiration, without inter- 
fering with the appetite or the regular action of the 
bowels; but, if the dose be pushed too far, general 
irritation is apt to be produced, inflammation seizes 
upon some organ, according to the predisposition 
of the individual, and fever is developed. 
Gold in powder, the oxide, chloride, and iodide are 
not as much used as the soluble gold and sodium 
chloride. The oxide may be given in the form of 
pill, containing the tenth of a grain (0-006 Gm.), 
in scrofula and lymphatic swellings, beginning with 
one pill daily, and afterwards gradually increasing 
to seven or eight in twenty-four hours. The chloride 
has been used with advantage as a caustic in lupus, 
and in syphilitic tubercles and ulcers, by M. Cha- 
vannes. The iodide may be given in the same cases 
with the other preparations. The dose is from the 
fifteenth to the tenth of a grain (0-004-0-006 Gm.). 
In 1889 Goubert asserted before the French 
Academy that gold bromide, administered in a weak 
solution, is more efficacious and durable in its action 
in epilepsy than are any of the other bromides, and 
is also better tolerated. This statement led Shtcher- 
bak to study the effect of the gold bromide upon 
the motor area of the cerebral cortex, according to 
the method of Albertoni. He found that in the dose 
of from one-half to three grains per kilogramme of 
weight it so depressed the cortical motor centres 
that even the strongest electric stimulation failed to 
bring about any epileptic seizures. It is further 
asserted that the gold bromide never causes in man 
general depression, languor, emaciation, or other 
pronounced symptoms of bromism. The amount 
of bromine in the bromide, 55 per cent, by weight, 
would seem too small to make it probable that the 
bromine is the active ingredient of the salt. The 
dose of the bromide for the adult is from eight to 
twelve milligrammes; for children, three to six 
milligrammes. As a substitute for this preparation, 
E. Merck has proposed gold and sodium bromide 
(Aurum-Kalium bromatum, AuBrg.KBr-|-2H20), 
which has been tested by I. Jankura and Frof. 
Laufenauer (Pest. Med. Chirurg. Presse, 1892), and 
found to be a valuable anti-epileptic. It may be 
used hypodermically, by dissolving 2 parts of the 
salt in 100 parts of distilled water, and injecting of 
this half a cubic centimetre (8 minims), and in- 
creasing the dose to two cubic, centimetres (82 
minims). 1674 
Grass-Tree Gum.— Guaco. 
PART If. 
Ammonium chloraurate has been recommended by 
Bouchardat in amenorrhoea and dysmenorrhoea in 
debilitated subjects, in the dose of about the tenth 
of a grain (0-006 Gm.). A grain may be dissolved 
in five teaspoonfuls of alcohol and five of water, and 
a teaspoonful given morning and evening, mixed 
with sweetened water. 
Gold cyanide is employed, like the gold and so- 
dium chloride, mixed with inert powders by friction, 
and in the form of pill. The fifteenth of a grain 
(0-004 Gm.) may be rubbed into the gums daily 
for fifteen days, next, the fourteenth of a grain for 
fourteen days, and so on, increasing until the dose 
amounts to the ninth or eighth of a grain (0-0075 
or 0-008 Gm.). The dose for internal exhibition 
is the eighteenth of a grain, gradually increased 
to the eighth (0-0038-0-008 Gm.). Gold cyanide 
has been found useful in the treatment of syphilis 
and scrofula by M. Pourche, and is said to be less 
exciting than the double chloride. 
The different medicinal compounds of gold should 
not be prepared in pill, powder, or otherwise until 
they are wanted for use, as they are liable to 
undergo decomposition when kept. They should 
be carefully secluded from the light. 
GRASS-TREE GUM. An Australian prod- 
uct, said to be obtained by exudation from different 
species of Xanthorrhoea, especially X. hastilis. R. 
Br. (Nat. ord. Juncaceae.) It is of a resinous 
character, usually as found in the markets in the 
state of small fragments or coarse powder, resulting 
from the breaking up of the larger brittle masses in 
which it first occurs. It is of a deep reddish-yellow 
color in mass, but greenish yellow in powder. It 
does not dissolve in the mouth when chewed, nor 
adhere to the teeth, but has a slightly astringent 
and aromatic flavor. It melts with heat, and at a 
higher temperature takes fire in the air, burning 
with a smoky flame, and emitting a fragrant odor 
not unlike that of balsam of Tolu. ' It yields 
picric acid largely under the action of nitric acid. 
The natives and early settlers employed it as a 
medicine in diarrhoea. It is said to be used ex- 
tensively, instead of shellac, in cabinet work, but 
to be distinctly inferior. For much interesting 
information concerning it and other resinous prod- 
ucts of the genus Xanthorrhoea, see paper by J. 
H. Maiden, P. J. Tr., vol. xxi., 1891. It is ob- 
tainable in inexhaustible quantities, as the plants 
producing it are abundant throughout almost the 
whole of Australia. (A. J. P., 1866,465.) Three 
hundred tons of the resin of X. hastilis have been 
exported in one year, and at one time the price rose 
to £65 per ton for the best quality, but for ordinary 
quality it is from £7 to £10. (A. J. P., 1885, 
405.) (See article Xanthorrhoea Resins, p. 1833.) 
GRATIOLA VIRGINIAN A. L. Gratiola 
Officinalis. Michx. Hedge-hyssop. Gratiole, Fr. 
Gnadenkraut, Gottesgnadenkraut, G. (Nat. ord. 
Scrophulariaceae.) This is a perennial herb, indige- 
nous in the south of Europe, in meadows and other 
moist grounds. The whole herb is used. It is 
nearly inodorous, but has a bitter nauseous taste. 
Both water and alcohol extract its active proper- 
ties. F. G. Walz found in it the following con- 
stituents: l,gratiolin; 2, gratiosolin; 3, gratioloic 
acid; 4, gratiola fat; and 5, a brown resin, The 
gratiolin is decomposed on prolonged boiling with 
dilute H2S04 into gratioletin, gratiolaretin, and 
sugar; the gratiosolin is similarly decomposed by 
dilute acids or alkalies into gratiosoletin and sugar; 
the gratioloic acid is obtained in the form of 
pearly white scales of a fatty odor. Hedge-hyssop 
is a drastic cathartic and emetic, possessing also 
diuretic properties, and has been used in Europe 
for the relief of dropsy, jaundice, worms, chronic 
hepatic affections, and scrofula. The dose of the 
powdered herb is from fifteen to thirty grains 
(0-972-1-94 Gm.); of the infusion (half an ounce 
to the pint of boiling water), half a fluidounce. 
GROUND-NUTS. Pea Nuts. Goober Nuts. 
The fruit of Arachis hypogcea, L., a leguminous, 
annual plant, indigenous probably in Africa and 
South America, and abundantly cultivated in our 
Southern States, China, etc. Thirty thousand tons 
are said to be produced annually in Senegal, whilst 
the export from Madras in a single year amounts 
to one hundred thousand tons of the nuts (known 
there as pista&hes), besides large quantities of the 
oil; the present annual product of Virginia and 
North Carolina is over two million bushels. A 
remarkable property of the plant is that its fruit 
ripens under the surface of the ground, into which 
the pods penetrate in the progress of their growth. 
The seeds constitute the well-known ground-nuts 
of our markets, which consist of a dry, brittle 
envelope and a yellowish-white kernel. When 
roasted, ground-nuts constitute for many a very 
agreeable article of food, and in the South are said 
to be much used as a substitute for coffee. They 
contain about 45 per cent, of a fixed oil. It 
is obtained by expression; the nuts being ground 
into a paste, and moderately heated before being 
submitted to pressure. The oil consists of the 
glycerides of four different fatty acids. The chief 
of these is oleic acid, C13H3402, with which are 
associated hypogaeic acid, C16tl3002, arachidic acid, 
C20H4OO2, and lignoceric acid, C24H4802. As de- 
scribed by Mr. Jonas Winter, the oil has a bright 
yellow color, the characteristic odor of the fruit, 
and a mild not unpleasant taste, although a bleached 
ground-nut oil now manufactured in France and 
used for adulterating lard oil and olive oil is nearly 
colorless and almost free from taste. It is soluble 
in all proportions in ether, chloroform, and benzin, 
but insoluble in alcohol. Its sp. err. is 0 918 at 
15-5° C. (60° F.). At 3-3° C. (38° F.) it thickens, 
solidifies at about —5°C. (+23° F.), and at 326-6° 
C. (620° F.) is decomposed, giving out spontane- 
omly inflammable vapors. Mr. Winter made ex- 
periments to ascertain how far it might be em- 
ployed with advantage in pharmacy, and found 
that it answered well in the preparation of cerates 
and ointments, but would not serve as a substitute 
for olive oil in the preparation of lead plaster. 
(See Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 179, for later views on 
the subject.) It is a non-drying oil, and will not 
therefore answer for painting ; but it is enormously 
used for adulteration and for various purposes in 
the arts, as for lubricating machinery, and in the 
manufacture of woollen cloths; in lamps it burns 
with a bright light. It saponifies slowly, but yields 
an excellent firm, white, and odorless soap. 
GUACO. This name is given in Central and 
South America and the West Indies to various 
plants belonging to the genera Mikania and Aris- 
tolochia; but it is to the different species of the 
former genus that the name properly belongs, espe- 
cially to Mikania Guaco, Humb. and Bonpl. (now 
M. amara, Willd.). The plants are closely allied 
to the Eupatoria. Mikania houstonis, Willd., M. 
gonoclada, D. C. (all of the nat. ord. Composite) ; Guaco.— Guaiacol. 
PART II. 
1675 
Aristolochia frayrantissima, Ruiz, A. grandiflora, 
Sw., A. pentandra, Jacq. (all of the nat ord. Aris- 
tolochiacese); Comocladia integrifolia, Jacq. (nat. 
ord. Anacardiacese), are also said to furnish guaco. 
Mikania Guaco, Humb. and Bonpl., is described as 
having twining stems, with round, sulcate, and 
hairy branches ; ovate, subacuminate, remotely den- 
tate leaves, somewhat narrowed at the base, rough 
above and hairy beneath; and flowers in opposite 
axillary corymbs. The plant is a native of inter- 
tropical America, and has been introduced into the 
West India Islands from the continent. The leaves 
are the part used. The result of a long and close 
investigation into the natural history of guaco by 
the distinguished Guibourt is, that the Mikania 
Guaco, instead of possessing, as has been asserted, 
a strong, penetrating, and nauseous odor, is in fact 
inodorous, and destitute of all active properties ; 
and that the strongly aromatic plants which have 
been employed under the name of guaco all belong 
to the genus Aristolochia, especially A. cymbifera, 
Mart, and Zucc., growing in Brazil, after this A. 
maxima (De Gand. ?), and in less degree A. gemi- 
niflora, H. B. K. (now A. maxima, Jacq.). (Journ. 
de Pharm., 1867, 99.) 
Although the guacos of South America seem to 
be entirely distinct drugs, they appear to be indis- 
criminately used by the natives for the cure of the 
bites of poisonous serpents, as was first made known 
by Mutis, and afterwards confirmed by Humboldt 
and Bonpland. The medicine is also used in South 
America as a febrifuge and anthelmintic, and has 
been considered anti-syphilitic. A few years ago it 
attracted on the continent of Europe considerable 
attention on account of its alleged power in epidemic 
cholera and chronic diarrhoea. The Aristolochia 
cymbifera, Mart, and Zucc., has been the subject of 
a careful study by Dr. L. Butte. The root of this 
plant as it occurs in commerce is cylindrical, from 
three to four centimetres in diameter, much broken 
up into long rootlets, yellowish, with a strong odor, 
especially in the bark. The plant itself is a vine, 
growing in great abundance in the province of Ta- 
basco in Mexico. Dr. Butte was not able to find in 
it either an alkaloid or a glucoside, but he found a 
blackish resin which may be the active principle of 
the plant, though this does not seem probable, since 
Dr. Butte found the alcoholic extract much less ac- 
tive than the aqueous extract, which would hardly be 
the case if the resin were really the active principle. 
In the physiological experiments made with the 
aqueous extract it was found that in the guinea-pig 
and rabbit massive doses produced cries and excite- 
ment, followed after a time by sleep, with muscular 
relaxation and diarrhoea. In the dog vomiting and 
diarrhoea were very marked. The muscular relaxa- 
tion was probably centric, as the motor nerves and 
muscles were in a condition of activity. An ap- 
parent loss of function in the sensory nerve-trunks 
Dr. Butte believed to be due not to paralysis of the 
nerve-fibres, but of the centres of sensation. Al- 
though the muscle was not completely paralyzed, 
careful experimentation showed that its contrac- 
tility was less than the norm after death from the 
poisoning. Death was produced by an arrest of 
the respiration. The heart continued to beat both 
in the reptile and the mammal after the cessation of 
respiration; nevertheless there was depression of 
the arterial pressure, apparently due to the action 
of the drug upon the heart After death marked 
signs of gastro-intestinal irritation were found, the 
medicine having been given by the mouth. During 
life the urine was albuminous, and at the autopsy 
the kidneys were found congested. The temperature 
gradually rose during the poisoning, and less glucose 
than normal was found in the blood. Dr. Butte 
believes that guaco has valuable therapeutic princi- 
ples in the treatment of skin affections, especially 
eczema and pruriginous maladies, in which he used 
it both locally and internally. He gives the dose of 
the aqueous extract of guaco as three grains, three 
times a day. In the external application the follow- 
ing formula was used. Guaco (bruised), 30 parts; 
sodium bicarbonate, 5 parts ; water, 1000 parts; boil 
for a quarter of an hour, allow to macerate one 
hour, decant, and use the liquid as a lotion. (An- 
nales de la Policlin. de Paris, Sept. 1890.) Guaco 
is said to be largely used in South America as 
an anti-rheumatic, and Dr. E. W. Pritchard (P. 
J. Tr., 1861) affirms that in the gouty paroxysms 
it is especially effective given in the dose of a 
drachm of the tincture every four hours, and applied 
locally. 
GUAIACOL. Methyl Pyrocatechin. Mono- 
f OH 
methyl Ether. CeH4 < qqjj • This is obtained by 
the fractional distillation of beech wood creosote, of 
which it constitutes from 60 to 90 per cent. It may 
also be made synthetically from pyrocatechin and 
methyl sulphuric acid, and is obtained in the dry dis- 
tillation of guaiac resin. The chemically pure guaia- 
col is a liquid with an agreeable odor, sp. gr. at 15° C. 
of 1-33, and boiling at from 206°-207° C. (402-8°- 
404-6° F.). Among the derivatives of guaiacol that 
have been used in medicine recently are benzosol 
(benzoyl-guaiacol, C0H4 j 6^6j, guaiacol salol 
{salicyl-guaiacol, C6H4 | styracol (cin- 
namyl-guaiacol, C6H4 | 0C?I^ ’ 9ua^ carbon- 
ate, CO(OCeH4OCH3)2, guaiacol biniodide, 
CeH2I21 QQjq i guaiacol-ethyl, guaethol, guaiacol 
valerianicum. 
Medical Properties. Guaiacol was originally pro- 
posed as a substitute for creosote in the treatment of 
phthisis, and has been especially commended by 
Max Schueller, of Berlin. According to the belief 
of Max Schueller, it acts in all forms of tuberculosis 
by affecting the tubercle bacillus, and is useful not 
only in surgical, but also in external tubercle, in- 
cluding lupus. Schueller at one time used it largely 
by inhalation, employing an aqueous solution of one 
part to six hundred. he teaches that the 
inhalation should not be used unless there is tuber- 
cular catarrh of the respiratory mucous membrane. 
He administers it, from two to three drops to 
children, three to five drops to adults, four times 
a day, in milk or in wine, continuing the use 
for many months. 
It has been asserted that guaiacol does good in 
pulmonary tuberculosis by forming compounds in 
the blood with the toxic by-products of the tubercle 
bacillus and aiding their elimination. Guaiacol has 
been used hypodermically, but the method does not 
seem justifiable. As an antipyretic in typlioid and 
other fevers, from twenty to forty drops of it 
painted on the previously well-washed skin of 
the abdomen and covered with some impermeable 
dressing are often very effective, the temperature 
sometimes being reduced as much as six or more 1676 
Guaiacol.—Guano. 
PART II. 
degrees; but the frequent occurrence of collapse 
has led to the abandonment of the method. 
Certain derivatives of guaiacol have been found 
efficient substitutes for guaiacol in tuberculosis, 
given in doses of eight grains increased up to one 
and a half drachms a day ; of these the best is the 
carbonate. 
Guaiacol Benzyl Ether or Pyrocain occurs in 
colorless crystals, soluble in ether and melting at 
62° C. It possesses the general therapeutic proper- 
ties of guaiacol. 
Guaiacol Biniodide, a reddish-brown powder, with 
something of the iodine odor, soluble in alcohol and 
fatty oils, has been proposed by Yicario as a local 
application in tuberculosis. 
Guaiacol Bisulphonate of Quinine or Guaiaquin. 
(CeII402CH3HS03)?C20H24N20„. Guaiaquin is 
an acid salt, occurring as a yellowish crystalline 
powder, very soluble in water, alcohol, and dilute 
acids, and of a bitter taste. It contains 44-26 per 
cent, of alkaloid quinine, combined with 55-74 
Eer cent, of guaiacol sulphonic acid, the latter 
eing equivalent to 33 38 percent, of pure guaiacol. 
It has been brought forward as an anti-malarial 
remedy and a gastro-intestinal stimulant and anti- 
septic. Dose, as a tonic, from three to six grains 
(0-19-0 39 Gm.); as an antiperiodic, ten grains 
(0-65 Gm.) three times a day. 
Guaiacol Carbonate or Duotal [C03(C3H4 
OCH3)2] is prepared by decomposing guaiacol in 
a solution of soda with carbonyl chloride. It is a 
neutral white crystalline powder having a slight 
taste and odor, insoluble in water and cold alcohol, 
soluble in ether, chloroform, benzene, and boiling 
alcohol, slightly soluble in fixed oils and glycerin. 
Dose, from three to eight grains (0-2-0-5 Gm.). 
Guaiacol Cinnamate or Styracol. It is asserted that 
this substance is broken up into cinnamic acid and 
guaiacol in the intestines, and is a useful remedy 
in phthisis, also in chronic catarrh of the gastro- 
intestinal and genito-urinary tracts. (P. J. Tr., 
March, 1891.) 
Guaiacol Ethyl is an oily liquid of an agreeable 
aromatic odor, soluble in water, which was brought 
forward as a remedy in tuberculosis, with the state- 
ment that it acts upon the human system like 
guaiacol, but more quickly and energetically. The 
researches of De Buck (Belg. Med., 1897) indicate, 
however, that it is not more effective than is guaia- 
col in tubercular diseases. It is affirmed, however, 
to be a pronounced analgesic, which when applied 
to the skin by means of a brush is rapidly 
absorbed, and in cases of neuralgia or neuritis pro- 
duces great relief. It may also be used subcutane- 
ously in 10 per cent, emulsions with sterilized 
glycerin, and has been so applied ; this glycerin 
solution has also been successfully used in cystitis. 
Guaiacol Iodoform is a reddish-brown syrupy 
liquid, which is really a solution of iodoform in 
guaiacol. It has been used hypodermically for 
tuberculosis, in doses of three cubic centimetres di- 
luted with sixteen parts of olive oil. 
Guaiacol Phosphate. Phosphoric Guaiacyl-ether 
has been shown by A. Gilbert (Sem. Med , 1897) to 
be split up in the intestines, with the liberation of 
its constituents, and to afford, therefore, a method 
of administering guaiacol, over which it has the 
advantage of being innocuous to the mucous mem- 
brane of the stomach. It would appear, however, 
much less active and much more uncertain in its 
influence than is guaiacol. 
Guaiacol Phosphite. P(0CeH40CH3)3. Phos- 
pho-guaiacol. Phosphite of Guaiacyl-ether is a 
white crystalline powder, possessing a sharp taste 
and indifferent odor. It is soluble in water, dis- 
solves very freely in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
acetone, benzene, toluol, and the fatty oils, but it is 
sparingly soluble in oil of turpentine and in glycerin. 
Melting point, 77-5° C. It contains 92-25 per cent, 
of guaiacol, and was introduced in 1897 by Ballard. 
(Rep. de Pharm., 1897.) It is but slightly poison- 
ous, and probably is capable of acting as do other 
preparations of guaiacol. 
Guaiacol Salol is probably decomposed in the 
alimentary canal, and has been used as an intestinal 
antiseptic in diarrhoeas and dysenteries. It has 
also been employed in phthisis and in rheumatism. 
The dose is one gramme, repeated at short intervals, 
up to ten grammes a day. 
Guaiacol Valerianate or Geosote is used for similar 
purposes as the other preparations of guaiacol, in 
the same doses as the carbonate. According to 
Kieck (Deut. Med. Zeitung, Aug. 1897), it is es- 
pecially valuable as a local application in tubercu- 
lar diseases of the hones; by injection or in other 
ways brought in direct contact with the diseased 
tissue. 
GUAIPEROL. Piperidin Guaiacolate. This 
salt occurs in colorless crystals, having a feeble 
creosote odor, soluble in water 1 to 30, freely soluble 
in alcohol, and has been used to a moderate extent. 
(Brit. Med. Journ., vol. ii. 1898.) In doses of from 
live to ten grains (0-33-0-65 6m.) in capsules, three 
times a day, after meals, in phthisis it is said to 
lessen cough, increase the appetite, and cause 
general improvement. 
GUANO. Bird-manure. This is a valuable 
manure, consisting of the decomposed excrement 
of countless aquatic birds, which has accumulated 
for ages on certain barren and uninhabited islets of 
the western coast of South America and in other 
localities throughout the world. Guano is a coarse 
dry powder of a brown color. Exposed to the air 
it absorbs moisture, and becomes somewhat sticky. 
Its smell is offensive and slightly ammoniacal. 
With the powder are intermingled friable lumps, 
which exhibit in their inside whitish specks, and 
which, when exposed to the air, fall to powder, ex- 
haling an ammoniacal smell. It is soluble in great 
part in water, and the solution formed contains 
chiefly ammonium oxalate. When exposed to heat 
it blackens, burns with a slight flame, exhales the 
smell of ammonia, and leaves a whitish ash, vary- 
ing in amount from 27 to 35 per cent. The value 
of guano as a fertilizer depends chiefly upon the 
proportion of the organic ingredients, the phos- 
phates being of secondary importance. M. E. 
Baudrimont infers, from the analyses of seventeen 
samples of Peruvian guano, that the proportion of 
nitrogen may be obtained approximately by dividing 
the amount of the organic matters by five. The 
samples varied greatly in value. (Journ. de Pharm., 
Oct. 1857.) Crystals of ammonium carbonate have 
often been observed in guano. Colombian guano 
was found by Dr. C. Morfit, of Baltimore, to be 
rich in phosphoric acid and lime. (Chem, Gaz., Dec. 
1, 1855.) Unger obtained from Peruvian guano, 
in 1845, a peculiar substance, called guanine. C6H6 
NgO. (See Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xvii. 328.) By 
the oxidation of guanine, as well as by other pro- 
cesses, chemists have prepared guanidin. CH3H6. 
and from this in turn a series of derivatives. For Guarea Purgans.—Gutta-Percha. 
PART II. 
1677 
an elaborate investigation of the chemistry and 
physiological action of these substances, see Arbeiten 
des Pharmak. Inst, zu Dor pat, Bd vii.-xii. By 
the action of nitrous acid upon guanine there is 
produced the base xanthine, 06H4N402, and Emil 
Fischer has recently shown that theobromine and 
caffeine are capable of being produced from xan- 
thine, and are, in fact, dimethyl- and trimethyl-* 
xanthine respectively. (A. J. P.} 1882, 218.) Guano 
is a powerful local irritant, which, when mixed 
with equal parts of potters’ clay or other diluent, 
is capable of causing vesication. It has been used 
as a counter-irritant and also as a stimulant in 
certain cutaneous diseases, especially in eczema, 
ecthyma, and tinea capitis. For various prepara- 
tions of guano, see 16th ed. U. S. D. 
GUAREA PURGANS. Qito. The root and 
bark of this Brazilian plant are said to be drastic 
purgatives. 
GUTTA-PERCHA. This valuable concrete 
juice was first brought into notice by Dr. Wm. 
Montgomerie, a British army surgeon, who in 1848 
sent specimens from Singapore to Europe. It was 
originally altogether or in chief part a product of 
a large saponaceous tree, formerly recognized by 
the Pharmacopoeias as Isonandra gutta, which grows 
in the southern extremity of the Malay Peninsula 
and the neighboring islands. Its trunk, which 
sometimes reaches six feet in diameter, has nu- 
merous ascending branches which are crowded at 
their extremities with petiolate, oblong leaves, four 
or five inches long by two in breadth, bright green 
above and brownish beneath, and giving origin to 
small white flowers. This tree is the Dichopsis 
gutta of Benth. and Hook. The gutta-percha-yield- 
ing Isonandra and Dichopsis have been referred by 
Engler to the genus Palaquium, which includes 
about fifty species, of which the most important as 
yielding the gutta-percha are P gutta (Hook.), 
Burck. ; P. oblongifolium, Burck. ; P. borneense, 
Burck.; and P. treubii, Burck. Inasmuch, how- 
ever, as it appears that P. gutta, (Hook.), Burck., 
has been practically exterminated, the commercial 
product from the Indian Archipelago is yielded by 
the remaining three species and Payena leerii 
(Teysm. and Binnd.), Benth. and Hook., a closely 
related genera of the same natural order. It seems 
further that Palaquium borneense, Burck. (of Bor- 
neo), and P. treubii, Burck. (of Banca), have also 
disappeared in their respective countries. P. oblongi- 
folium, Burck. (of Malacca, Riouw, Sumatra, and 
Borneo), yields the best gutta-percha, being homo- 
geneous, compact, and elastic ; upon treatment with 
warm water, it may be made into any form, and upon 
cooling stiffens. Payena leerii (Teysm. and Binnd.), 
Benth. and Hook, (of Borneo, Banca, Amboina, 
Sumatra, and Malacca), yields a product which is 
lighter in color, less elastic, and more fibrous. 
Further, it is probable that gutta-percha-like 
materials are yielded by numerous tropical or sub- 
tropical trees. Thus, according to Prof. Engler, 
four different species of trees in King Wilhelm’s 
Land produce such a concrete juice. (P. J. Tr., 
1896, lvii.) 
In Singapore the gutta-perchas of various sources 
are mixed, and three commercial articles are sold, 
—viz. (1) first quality, (2) medium quality, (3) 
white gutta-percha. The exportations from Singa- 
pore (which port furnishes the bulk of all the gutta- 
percha of commerce) amount to four and a half 
million kilogrammes annually, valued at three and 
a quarter million dollars. As found in commerce, 
gutta-percha is generally impure, containing frag- 
ments of vegetable matter and earth. From these 
it may be freed by kneading it in hot water, or by 
melting it with oil of turpentine, straining, and 
evaporating. It may also be purified by means of 
chloroform. One part of gutta-percha cut into small 
pieces, put into a flask with twenty parts of chloro- 
form, and frequently shaken, will be fully dissolved 
in two or three days. To this solution, which can- 
not be readily filtered, add one-fourth of a part of 
water, shaking the mixture, and then allowing it 
to rest for two weeks. The impurities rise or sink, 
and the clear intervening liquid yields pure gutta- 
percha by the distillation of the chloroform. (Chem. 
Centralbl., Feb. 1857, 108.) A more satisfactory 
method is probably by dissolving one part of gutta- 
percha in twenty of boiling benzene, shaking the 
solution frequently with calcium sulphate, which 
upon standing two or three days carries down with 
it the coloring matter, then decanting the clear 
liquid, and adding it, in small portions at a time, 
to alcohol, agitating continually. During this 
process the gutta-percha is deposited perfectly 
white. Thorough desiccation requires an exposure 
of several weeks, but it may be hastened by rub- 
bing in a mortar. (Journ. de Pharm., Aout, 1863, 
138.) 
Gutta-percha is of a dull white or whitish color, 
often with reddish-brown streaks, of a feeble odor, 
tasteless, at ordinary temperatures hard and almost 
horny, somewhat flexible in thin pieces, having an 
unctuous feel under the fingers, and very tenacious. 
Its sp. gr. is 0-9791. (Soubeiran.) At about 49° 
C. (120° F.) it becomes softer and more flexible, 
but is still elastic, resisting, and tenacious. At from 
66° to 71° C. (150°-160° F.) it is soft, very plastic, 
and capable of being welded and moulded into any 
form ; “ plastic above 120° F. (48-8° C.).” Br. It 
can be softened either by means of hot water or by 
dry heat. On cooling, it reassumes its former state, 
and retains any form which may have been given 
to it. In the softened state it is readily cut with a 
knife, though with some difficulty when cold. Ex- 
posed to a heat of 166° C. (330° F.), it loses a por- 
tion of water, and on hardening becomes translu- 
cent and gray ; but it recovers its original characters 
if immersed in water. Subjected to igneous distil- 
lation, it yields volatile products resembling closely 
the volatile oil obtained from caoutchouc by the 
same process. Heated in an open vessel, it melts, 
foams up, and takes fire, burning with a brilliant 
flame and much smoke. A portion thus melted 
retains the state of a viscid fluid on cooling. Gutta- 
percha is a non-conductor of electricity. It is in- 
soluble in water, alcohol, alkaline solutions, and 
the weak acids. Ether and the volatile oils soften 
ifc in the cold, and imperfectly dissolve it with the 
aid of heat. Oil of turpentine dissolves it perfectly, 
forming a clear, colorless solution, which yields it 
unchanged by evaporation. It is also dissolved by 
carbon disulphide, chloroform, and benzene and 
benzin. According to Soubeiran, it contains, be- 
sides pure gutta-percha, small portions of a vegeta- 
ble acid, casein, and two resins, one soluble in 
ether and oil of turpentine, the other in alcohol. 
(Journ.de Pharm,., 3e ser., xi.) Freed from these 
impurities, it has an ultimate composition closely 
analogous to if not identical with that of caoutchouc. 
For a particular account of the distinctive proper- 
ties of pure gutta-percha, and the two resins mixed 1678 
Gutta-Percha.— Gynocardia Odorata. 
PART II. 
with it, the reader is referred to an article by M. 
Payen in the Journ. de Pharm. (3e ser., xxii.), 
also in the Chem. Gaz. (x.). According to Baum- 
hauer, pure gutta-percha, as it issues from the tree, 
is a hydrocarbon, with the formula C10Hie, which 
he calls gutta, and by the oxidation of which, in 
various degrees, the different bodies constituting 
gutta-percha are produced. This hydrocarbon can 
be separated by treating gutta-percha with dilute 
hydrochloric acid, and boiling the residue with 
ether, which deposits the gutta on cooling ; hut the 
ethereal treatment must be frequently repeated to 
obtain it quite pure (Journ fur prakt. Chem., 
lxxviii. 279 ) M. Arppe considers gutta-percha as 
a mixture of six different resins, which may have 
been formed from a hydrocarbon, C1OH10. (See 
Chem. Gaz., ix. 471.) Oudemans [Jahresber., 1859, 
517) finds two resinous products in gutta-percha: 
fluavil, fusing at 42° C., with the formula C20H320, 
and soluble in cold alcohol, and albane, fusing at 
140° C., with the formula C10HleO, and soluble in 
chloroform, carbon disulphide, and ether, from 
which last it crystallizes out on cooling. Gutta- 
percha resists putrefaction strongly ; but in certain 
situations, as when employed to protect under- 
ground telegraph wires passing near the roots of 
the oak, it has been observed to undergo speedy de- 
composition, in consequence, it is supposed, of the 
action of fungi. (P. J. Tr., xvii. 193.) 
The concrete juice of the Abyssinian trees Mim- 
usops schimperi, Hochst., and M. hummel, Bruce 
(nat. ord. Sapotacese), have been found by Heckel 
and Schlagdenhauffen to contain 48-20 per cent, of 
gutta, 42-80 per cent, of an amorphous resin, and 
9-80 per cent, of inorganic salts. They seem, how- 
ever, to serve the purposes of the arts only when 
mixed with true gutta-percha. Under the name 
of balata, the concrete juice of Sapota mulleri, or 
Bully-tree, which is abundant in Dutch Guiana, has 
been imported into England. It is said to be more 
durable than and equally elastic with gutta-percha, 
while requiring much greater heat to soften. 
Gutta-percha has been applied to many useful 
and ornamental purposes. Its plasticity when 
moderately heated, great firmness and tenacity at 
ordinary temperatures, and insolubility in water 
and alcohol are the properties to which it chiefly 
owes its value. By immersing it in hot water it is 
made susceptible of being formed into any desira- 
ble shape, so that utensils of various kinds, orna- 
mental impressions, casts, sheets, bands, cords, 
sticks, tubes, etc., applicable to numerous purposes 
in the arts, may he made from it with great facility. 
To give it greater pliability, it is sometimes mixed 
with the tar resulting from the igneous decomposi- 
tion of caoutchouc, or with its own tar and lamp- 
black. It may he vulcanized in the same manner 
as india-rubber, and undergoes a similar change 
properties. In the dissolved state it may be em- 
ployed as a varnish, impervious to moisture. 
Gutta-percha has no medicinal properties, but is 
used in surgery for the formation of splints or other 
external artificial supports, as well as in the manu- 
facture of various surgical instruments. The pure 
gutta-perch, when softened by immersion in warm 
water, may be moulded without difficulty into any 
form. For the method of application, the reader 
is referred to works upon surgery. Gutta-percha 
is also largely used by dentists for filling various 
cavities in teeth. For this purpose it is mixed 
with zinc oxide, silica, finely powdered glass, or 
other mineral substance, to give it density and 
firmness. Another application of gutta-percha is 
to serve as a vehicle of certain caustic substances, 
particularly zinc chloride and caustic potassa. The 
preparation is made by reducing the caustic sub- 
stance to fine powder, and then thoroughly mixing 
it with its weight of gutta-percha, melted at the 
lowest possible temperature. 
GYMNEMA SYLVESTRE. This is a woody 
climber, belonging to the Asclepiadaceas, which 
grows in India and also in Africa. The root has 
for a long time been employed by the natives as a 
remedy in snake-bite, and it is affirmed by Dr. T. 
Dyer (Nature, 1887) that directly after the eating 
of one or two leaves it is impossible to taste sugar, 
though other tastes are not obscured. Thus, pun- 
gency alone is detected in gingerbread, and a sweet 
orange tastes like a lime. The active principle, 
gymnemic acid,, was discovered by Mr. Hooper, and 
has been used with considerable success as a remedy 
for parageusis and hallucinations of taste. The 1 
per cent, aqueous solution is to be applied with a 
brush to the inside of the mouth, or a hot infusion 
(15 per cent.) of the crude drug may be used. 
(See Therap. Monatssh., Bd ix.) 
GYMNOCLADUS CANADENSIS. Lam. 
(Now G. dioica (L.), Koch.) Coffee-tree. Kentucky 
Mahogany. (Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) According 
to Bartholow, the aqueous extract of the so-called 
seeds is toxic. [Amer. Drug., April, 1886.) Samuel 
S. Mell (A. J. P., 1887, 230) obtained from them 
by petroleum benzin about 10 per cent, of fixed oil 
which is yellowish, saponifiable, and of sp. gr. 0-919. 
Ether extracted a little wax, fat, and resin. A little 
tannin and a small quantity of glucoside were also 
obtained. This latter had a peculiar odor and an 
acid burning taste. Jas. H. Martin (A. J. P., 1892, 
558) has examined the various parts of the plant, 
with similar results, obtaining a yellow saponifiable 
oil from the bean and the bark, and a glucoside 
from the pulp. 
GYNOCARDIA ODORATA. R. Br. Chaul- 
moogra. (Nat. ord. Bixineae.) This is an East In- 
dia plant, the oil of which has been largely em- 
ployed, with asserted benefit, in elephantiasis or the 
leprosy of the East. The fruit is a succulent inde- 
hiscent pericarp, which yields a fixed oil by expres- 
sion. Chaulmoogra oil, as it occurs in commerce, is 
solid at 42° C. (107-6° F.), of a whitish color, some- 
times tinged with brown, and is usually prepared by 
expressing the kernels of the seed. It is sometimes 
prepared by boiling the crushed seeds with water 
and separating the oil. It has an acid reaction to 
litmus-paper, melts at 42° C. (107-6° F.), and at 
this temperature its sp. gr. is 0-930. Alcohol dis- 
solves a considerable portion of it, whilst ether, 
chloroform, carbon disulphide, and benzin dissolve 
it freely. John Moss (P. J. Tr., x. 251) found in 
chaulmoogra oil, gynocardic acid 11-7, palmitic acid 
6-3, hypogceic acid 4, cocinic acid 2 3 per cent, in 
combination with glyceryl as fats, whilst gynocardic 
and palmitic acids were also found in the free state ; 
the activity of the oil he believes to he due to gyno- 
cardic acid, and states that the green coloration 
produced by treating the oil with sulphuric acid 
(Dymock’s test) can also he obtained by treating 
palm oil in the same manner, yet purified gyno- 
cardic acid gives the same green color. Gynocardic 
acid has a yellowish color, forms crystalline plates, 
melting at 29-5° C. (80° F.), has an acrid burning 
taste, and is probably of the formula C14H24Oa. PART II. 
Haemoglobin.—Hederct Helix. 
1679 
The ehaulmoogra seeds are in themselves an article 
of commerce, and are sometimes given internally 
in place of the oil in doses of six grains (0-39 Gm.). 
Chaulmoogra oil is said at present to be very 
largely used in England, being sold by the ton, as 
a local application to open sores, wounds., sprains, 
etc., in domestic animals, and to be officially em- 
ployed in the English cavalry and artillery. It 
is also said to be employed against bruises, sprains, 
rheumatism, and stiffness by sportsmen and ath- 
letes. In leprosy it is given internally, and also 
applied regularly and freely externally, and seems 
to be one of the most useful of known drugs. 
It has also been given with asserted benefit in 
various forms of external syphilis, ichthyosis, and 
in other chronic skin diseases. The dose of the 
oil is from five to ten minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.), 
gradually increased, but administered in capsule or 
in olive oil solution. Gynocardic acid is sometimes 
used as a substitute for chaulmoogra oil internally 
in doses of from one-half to two grains, (0-03- 
0T3 Gm.) or externally dissolved in oil (1 to 10 
or 30). According to Dr. J. Moeller, the com- 
mercial seed is not the product of Gynocardia 
odorata alone. For a description of seed and 
plants, see P. J. Tr.. xv. 321. 
HEMOGLOBIN. Hemoglobin. A constituent 
of venous blood, passing in the arterial blood into 
oxyhsemoglobin. Its molecular formula is ex- 
traordinarily complex, the haemoglobin from the 
blood of swine having, according to some writ- 
ers, the formula C0OSHloOgN15gSgFeO179, while 
that from dogs’ blood is given as C030H1O25 
-^I64®3^' Various preparations of desiccated 
blood containing haemoglobin have been put upon 
the market. Crystals of haemoglobin may be ob- 
tained from the blood of certain animals (guinea- 
pigs, rats, etc.) with ease by simply adding water 
to the blood. The haemoglobin dissolves in the 
water, the corpuscles separating, and the crystals 
form in a few minutes. Another method consists 
in adding to defibrinated blood 6 per cent, of its 
volume of ether, or a mixture of alcohol and ether; 
on shaking the mixture, the corpuscles dissolve, 
and a thick magma of crystals forms sooner or 
later; these may be purified by washing with 25 
per cent, alcohol and by recrystallization. Freezing 
has been resorted to for the purpose of separating 
the crystals. 
Ferrohemol is a brown, almost tasteless, powder 
containing 3 per cent, of iron, which is made by 
the precipitation of blood by a dilute solution of 
iron and neutralization with soda. Fer cremol is a 
similar substance. 
Hemol, Hemogallol, are made, as suggested by 
Prof. Kobert, by the action of reducing agents 
upon the blood-colorinsr matter. (See E. Merck’s 
Jahresber., 1891.) With the hemol, zinc-dust is 
used as the reducing agent; with the hemogallol, 
pyrogallol is used. The former is a dark brown, 
the latter a red-brown tasteless powder. 
Either of these blood derivatives maj’’ be used in 
doses of from five to ten grains (O33-0-64 Gm.), 
but there is no sufficient reason for believing that 
they have any sup riority over the older prepara- 
tions of iron. 
HAPLOPAPPUS BAYLAHUEN. (NowAp- 
lopappus Baylahuen, Remy.) Hysteronica Bayla- 
huen. This composite herb is a native of Chili, 
where it is said to be relied upon as a stimulant in 
flatulent dyspepsia and chronic inflammation with 
hemorrhage of the lower bowels. It has been an- 
alyzed by Dr. H. H. Rusby (A. J. P., 1890, 488), 
and later by H. Kalm (A. J. P., 1891, 377). The 
former found a volatile oil, a fatty oil which had 
the specific odor of the plant, a brown acid resin 
of sharp taste, and tannin. The latter determined 
the percentage of volatile oil as 6-65, and of resin 
as 21-15. He also considers that this resin is a mix- 
ture of four different resins. Dr. G. Bailie asserts 
[Bull. Gen. de Therap., Feb. 1889) that the remedy 
is valuable not only in dysentery, but in genito- 
urinary catarrhs, and also as a stimulating expec- 
torant. A strong decoction, one part to five, may 
he given, from one to two tablespoonfuls every two 
hours; a better preparation is the fluid extract, 
dose, from five to twenty minims (0 3-1-23 ,C.c.). 
HARTSHORN. Cornu. Lond., Ed. Fh. The 
horn of the Cervus Elaphus, or stag. (See 16th ed. 
U. S. D .) 
HEDERA HELIX. L. Ivy. (Nat. ord. Arali- 
aceae.) This well-known evergreen creeper is a 
native of Europe. The fresh leaves have a bal- 
samic odor, especially when rubbed, and a bitterish, 
harsh, unpleasant taste. They are used for dressing 
issues, and, in the form of decoction, have been 
recommended in sanious alcers and cutaneous erup- 
tions, particularly tetter and the itch. The berries, 
which have an acidulous, resinous, somewhat pun- 
gent taste, are said to be purgative and even emetic. 
MM. Yandamme and Chevallier discovered in 
ivy seeds a peculiar very bitter alkaline principle, 
hederine. It is obtained by treating the seeds wjth 
calcium hydrate, dissolving the precipitated alka- 
loid in boiling alcohol, and evaporating the alco- 
holic solution. (A. J. P., xiii. 172.) Prof. Posselt 
has discovered two acids in the seeds, one of which 
has their taste in a high degree, and was named by 
him hederic acid, the other he did not obtain quite 
pure. (See Chem. Gaz., 1849, 93.) The seeds were 
also found to contain a variety of tannic acid, 
turning ferric salts dark green, to which Posselt 
gave the name of hedera-tannic acid. [Ann. Ch. 
und Phar., 69, p. 62.) Dr. F. A. Ilartsen has found 
in the leaves a crystalline glucoside allied to sapo- 
nin. (A. J. P., 1875, xlvii. 268.) Davies and Hutch- 
inson confirmed the existence of Posselt’s hederic 
acid, and gave it the formula C16H2604. Kingzett 
believes that it is not an acid, but a glucoside. J. 
Yernet (Ber der Chem. Ges., xiv. 685) obtained a 
glucoside, which separated from solution in boiling 
acetone in silky needles, melting at 233° C., in- 
soluble in water, chloroform, and ligroine, slightly 
soluble in cold acetone, benzol, and ether, more 
soluble in hot alcohol and hot alkalies. Its formula 
he gives as C32H64Oxl, and states that it decom- 
poses on heating with dilute sulphuric acid into a 
body, C26H44Oe, which fuses at from 278°-280° C., 
and a non-fermentable sugar which reduces Fehl- 
ing’s solution. [Year-Book of Ph., 1877, 508.) From 
the trunks of old ivy plants, growing in the south 
of Europe and the north of Africa, a resinous sub- 
stance exudes through incisions in the bark, which 
has been employed in medicine under the name of 
ivy gum. It is in pieces of various sizes, of a dark 
yellowish-brown color, sometimes inclining to 
orange, more or less transparent, sometimes of a 
deep ruby-red color internally, of a vitreous frac- 
ture, pulverizable, yielding a lively orange-yellow 
powder, of a peculiar not disagreeable odor when 
heated or inflamed, and of a bitterish resinous taste. 
Its chief constituent is resin, though some pieces 1680 
Hedwigia Balsamifera.—Helleborus Fcetidus. 
PART II. 
contain a considerable proportion of bassorin, and 
others large quantities of ligneous matter. It was 
formerly used as a stimulant and emmenagogue, 
but is now scarcely employed. Placed in the cavi- 
ties of carious teeth, it is said to relieve toothache. 
The light and porous wood of the ivy is sometimes 
used for making issue-peas. 
HEDWIGIA BALSAMIFERA. Engl. (Now 
H. panamensis, Engl.) Bois Cochon, or Sucrier de 
Montague. (Nat. ord. Burseraceae.) This native 
of the Antilles has been examined by Messrs. 
Gaucher, Combemale, and Marestang (La France 
Med., Oct. 1888), who find in it an alkaloid and a 
resin. The extract of the root and stems produces 
in the guinea-pig rapid considerable lowering of 
temperature, progressive paralysis, general con- 
vulsions, dilatation of the pupils, respiratory irreg- 
ularity, and cardiac paresis. The alkaloid was 
found to be a convulsive agent, acting upon the 
spinal cord. The resin, which seemed much more 
active than the alkaloid, acted as a paralyzant. 
HEDYCHIUM SPICATUM. Ham. (Nat. 
ord. Scitaminese.) The root of this plant, which 
is used in India as incense, has been found by Mr. 
J. 0. Thresh to contain ethylmethylparacoumarate. 
(P. J. Tr., Nov. 8, 1884.) 
HELENIUM AUTUMNALE. L. False 
Sunflower. Sneezewort. Sneezeweed. An indige- 
nous perennial, bitter, somewhat acrid composite 
herb. The leaves and flowers snuft'ed up in the 
state of powder produce violent sneezing, and have 
been used as an errhine. F. J. Koch (A. J. P., 
1874, 221) found in the plant a bitter principle 
believed to be a glucoside, malic acid, traces of 
tannic acid, albumen, volatile oil, etc. Helenium 
nudiflorum, Nutt., has similar properties; as has 
also H. mexicanum. H. tenuifolium, Nutt., a 
common roadside weed of Mississippi and Louisi- 
ana, is stated by Dr. Galloway to produce in animals 
muscular twitchings, passing into violent convul- 
sions, terminating in death. In four negroes it 
caused spasms, with delirium and loss of con- 
sciousness. (A. J. P., 1872, 309.) 
HELIANTHEMUM. Frostivort. Herbe de 
Heliantheme de Canada, Fr. Canadisches Sonnen- 
rbschen, G. The herb of the Helianthemum cana- 
dense (L.), Michx., belonging to the natural order 
of Cistaceae, was formerly included in the U. S. 
Secondary List. The frostwort, frost-weed, or rock 
rose, as this plant is variously called, is an her- 
baceous perennial, from six to eighteen inches high, 
with a slender, rigid, pubescent stem, oblong, some- 
what lanceolate leaves about an inch in length, and 
large yellow flowers, the calyx and peduncles of 
which, as well as the branches, are covered with 
a white down. The flowers which first appear are 
terminal, few or solitary, large, on short peduncles, 
with erosely emarginate petals about twice as long 
as the calyx. Later in the season, or on different 
plants, other flowers appear, very small, axillary, 
solitary or somewhat clustered, nearly sessile, some- 
times destitute of petals, and usually wanting the 
two outer sepals of the calyx. The fruit is a cap- 
sule, smooth and shining, with brown, scabrous, 
punctate seeds. Frostwort grows in all parts of 
the United States, preferring dry sandy soils, and 
flowering in June in the Middle States. It was 
William Crutcher (A. J. P., 1888, 390) who found 
in it volatile oil, wax, fatty oil, tannin, and appar- 
ently a glucoside crystallizing in white needles. 
Fred. J. Ivruell found in it H. corymbosum, Michx., 
tannin in large proportion, resin, glucose, gum, 
extractive, chlorophyll, and inorganic salts. (A. 
J. P., 1874, 358.) Frostwort has an astringent, 
slightly aromatic, and bitterish taste, and appears 
to possess tonic and astringent properties; it was 
formerly employed in scrofulous diseases. (See 
U. S. Z>., 14th ed.) According to D. A. Tyler 
(Pamphlet, New Haven, 1846), H. corymbosum 
possesses similar properties, and may be indiscrim- 
inately employed with H. canadense in scrofula, 
diarrhoea, and secondary syphilis, and locally as a 
gargle in scarlatina, and a wash in prurigo. Dr. 
Tyler, however, has known the strong decoction 
and the extract to produce vomiting. He considers 
two grains (0T3 Gm.) of the latter a full dose for 
an adult. 
HELIANTHUS ANNUUS. L. Common Sun- 
flower. Heltanthe, Grand Soleil, Fr. Somienblume, 
G. This very large composite is cultivated in this 
country, in Europe, and especially in China, chiefly 
for the sake of the fixed oil yielded by the seed. 
This oil has a sp. gr. of from 0924 to 0-926, solidifies 
at —15° C., is colorless, or yellowish, limpid, nearly 
tasteless and odorless, and dries slowly. It is said 
to make an excellent salad dressing, and to be one 
of the best burning oils known. The increase in 
cultivation is stated to be nearly a thousandfold, 
275 pounds of oil being a fair yield per acre. For 
particulars as to cultivation, see A. J. P., 1875, 
460; also N. R., 1876, 165. Ludwig and Kro- 
mayer (Arch. Pharm. (2), 99, 1 and 285) obtained 
a tannin which they called helianthitannic acid, and 
gave it the formula C14,H0O8. On boiling with 
moderately dilute hydrochloric acid they obtained 
a fermentable sugar and a violet coloring matter. 
E. Diek (Dissertation, Gottingen, 1878) found only 
small quantities of inulin, large amounts of levulin, 
and a dextro-rotatory sugar. M. Chardon has ob- 
tained a peculiar oleoresin from sunflowers grown 
in Algeria. (P. J. Tr., 1873, 323.) The stalk, 
when treated as is flax, yields a long, fine fibre, 
which is said to be used in China for the adultera- 
tion of silk. The sunflower also enjoys the reputa- 
tion of protecting against marsh miasmata. (See 
N. Y. Med. Rec., 1868, 353.) Dr. Kazatchkoff 
states (Bull. Gen. Therap., Oct. 1889) that in the 
Caucasus the inhabitants employ the sunflower in 
malarial fevers. The leaves are spread upon a bed 
covered with a cloth, moistened with warm milk, 
and then the patient is wrapped up in the spread. 
Perspiration is produced, and the patient is kept in 
this condition for an hour or two. The same pro- 
cess is repeated every day until the access of the 
fever has ceased. The Pah Ute Indians are said to 
use very freely as food the seeds of two indigenous 
sunflowers, H. petiolams and H. lenticularis. (Proc. 
A. P. A., xxvii. 178.) 
HELLEBORUS FCETIDUS. L. Bear’s 
Foot. (Nat. ord. Ilanunculaceae.) This is a peren- 
nial European plant, growing in shady places, and 
flowering in March and April. It derived its 
specific name from its offensive odor. The leaves, 
which are the part used, have a bitterish, pungent, 
and acrid taste, and when chewed excoriate the 
mouth. The footstalks are still more acrid. 
Marme and Husemann have discovered the same 
active principles in this as in the other species of 
Hellebore. (See Helleborus Niger.) This hellebore 
is said by Allioni to be the most acrid and energetic 
of its genus. It is powerfully emetic and cathartic, 
and in large doses dangerous. It has long been PART II. 
Helleborus Niger. 
1681 
used in Great Britain as a domestic remedy for 
worms, and was brought to the notice of the pro- 
fession by Dr. Bissett, who found it an efficacious 
anthelmintic, and prescribed it also in asthma, 
hysteria, and hypochondriasis. M. Decerfs has 
known it to cause the expulsion of tcenia. It is 
given in powder or decoction. The dose for a child 
from two to six years old is from five grains to a 
scruple (0324— T29 Gm.) of the dried leaves, or 
a fluidounce of the decoction, made by boiling a 
drachm of the dried leaves in half a pint of water. 
This quantity should be repeated, morning and 
night, for two or three days in succession. A syrup 
made from the juice of the green leaves is used in 
England. 
HELLEBORUS NIGER. L. Black Hellebore. 
Ellebor noir, Fr. Schwarze Niesswurzel, Weihnachts- 
wurzel, Winterrose, G. Elleboro nero, It. Eleboro 
negro, Sp. This formerly official rhizome is knotted, 
blackish on the outside, white within, and sends off 
numerous long, simple, depending fibres, which are 
brownish yellow when fresh, but become dark brown 
upon drying. The leaves are pedate, of a deep green 
color, and stand on long footstalks which spring 
immediately from the root. Each leaf is composed 
of five or more leaflets, one terminal, and two, three, 
or four on each side, supported on a single partial 
petiole. The leaflets are ovate-lanceolate, smooth, 
shining, coriaceous, and serrated above. The flower- 
stem, which also rises from the root, is six or eight 
inches high, round, tapering, and reddish towards 
the base, and bears one or two large, pendent, rose- 
like flowers, accompanied by floral leaves, which 
supply the place of the calyx. The petals, five in 
number, are large, roundish, concave, spreading, 
and of a white or pale rose color, with occasionally 
a greenish tinge. There are two varieties of the 
plant,—humilifolius and altifolius,—in the former of 
which the leaves are shorter than the flower-stem, in 
the latter longer. It is a native of the mountainous 
regions of southern and temperate Europe, and 
is found in Greece, Austria, Italy, Switzerland, 
France, and Spain. It is cultivated in gardens for 
the beauty of its flowers, which expand in the 
middle of winter and have thus given it the name 
of Christmas rose. For a history of the use of 
hellebore by the ancients, see 15th edition U. S. 
Dispensatory.) The roots of various other plants, 
not belonging to the same genus, are said to be fre- 
quently substituted for the black hellebore. They 
may usually be readily distinguished by attending 
to the characters of the genuine root.* 
The medicine of which we are treating is some- 
times called melampodium, in honor of Melampus 
an ancient shepherd or physician, who is said to 
have cured the daughters of King Praetus by giving 
them the milk of goats fed on hellebore. 
Though the whole root is kept in the shops, the 
fibres are the portion usually recommended. They 
are about as thick as a straw, when not broken from 
four inches to a foot in length, smooth, brittle, ex- 
ternally black or deep brown, internally white or 
yellowish white, with little smell, and a bitterish, 
nauseous, acrid taste. In their recent state they are 
extremely acrimonious, producing on the tongue a 
burning and benumbing impression, like that which 
results from taking hot liquids into the mouth. 
This acrimony is diminished bv drying, and still 
further impaired by age. MM. Feneulle and Capron 
obtained from black hellebore a volatile oil, an acrid 
fixed oil, a resinous substance, wax, a volatile 
acid, bitter extractive, gum, albumen, potassium 
gallate, acid calcium gallate, a salt of ammonia, 
and woody fibre. Mr. 'William Bastick discovered 
helleborin, which he obtained in white, translucent 
crystals, of a bitter taste with a tingling effect on 
the tongue, not volatilizable, slightly soluble in 
water, more so in ether and alcohol, and more readily 
in these liquids hot than cold. (P. J. Tr., xii. 274.) 
Water and alcohol extract the virtues of the root, 
which are impaired by long boiling. 
Marme and Husemann obtained from black and 
green hellebore a glucoside, helleborein, 026H44O16, 
by precipitating a solution of an extract of the root 
with solution of lead subacetate, freeing from lead 
by hydrogen sulphide, and again precipitating with 
phospho-molybdic acid; by boiling with acid it 
separated into glucose and helleboretin, Cj4H20O3, 
a compound of a fine violet color. The helleborein 
exists both in the root and leaves. It has a taste at 
once sweet and bitter, is soluble in water and weak 
alcohol, much less so in ether and absolute alcohol, 
and is crystallizable in rhomboidal prisms. It 
is precipitable by tannic acid and mercurous ace- 
tate (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., 4e ser., ii. 258). 
Husemann and Marme (Ann. Ch. und Phar., 135, 
61) also examined more thoroughly the helleborin 
of Bastick. They ascribe to it the formula C36H4203, 
and find that when boiled with dilute sulphuric acid, 
or, better, zinc chloride, it is converted into sugar 
and helleboresin, C30H3804. They obtain this glu- 
coside by treating with hot water the green fatty 
matter which is dissolved out of the root by boiling 
alcohol. Though both the principles referred to by 
the German chemists mentioned are poisonous, the 
products of their decomposition are said to be harm- 
less. Neither of them is volatile. Helleborein is 
strongly irritant to the mucous membranes, causing, 
when applied to the conjunctiva, redness, swelling, 
and increased secretion with indirect enlargement 
of the pupil, and to the nasal membrane, sneezing, 
though in less degree than veratrine. Small doses 
produce little effect on the stomach ; but, repeated 
and accumulated, they cause anorexia, nausea even 
to vomiting, pain, increased secretion, and inflam- 
mation both of the stomach and bowels. It is 
claimed for helleborein that it acts upon the heart in 
a manner similar to digitalis, in small repeated 
doses slowing the pulse and increasing the force, in 
toxic doses increasing the rapidity of the pulse, and 
in most cases causing a sudden cardiac arrest in 
systole. The blood-pressure in the earlier stages of 
the poisoning is always increased. Eespiration con- 
tinues after the arrest of the heart. It is affirmed 
*A root said to be not infrequently substituted for or 
mixed with the genuine, and often to be met with in the 
shops of this country, is thought to be that of the Actxa 
spicata, L. (nat. ord. Ranunculacese), of Europe. This has 
been particularly described by Dr. Carson. (A.J. P., xx. 163.) 
The points of difference upon which that writer especially 
insists are the diffuse, jointed, stem-iike character of the 
caudex of the false root, the straggling, separated, and 
horizontal arrangement of the fibres, and their dense, 
woody structure and reddish-brown color, contrasted with 
the thickness, double-headed form, and sponginess of the 
genuine caudex, the close-set, perpendicular position of its 
fibres, and their wrinkled appearance, soft texture, and 
grayish-brown color. The transverse section of the fibre 
of the Actaea presents the appearance of a cross, which is 
not obvious in that of the black hellebore, though the 
central point of this, if closely examined, will be found to 
present a somewhat stellate appearance. In the P. J. Tr. 
for Aug. 1861 (p. 112), Prof. Bentley states that solution of 
ferric chloride produces little change of color and little or 
no precipitation with an infusion of black hellebore, while 
with a similar infusion of the Actaea root it causes a deep 
blue or black color and a copious precipitate. 1682 
Helleborus Niger.—Heracleum Lanatum. 
PART II. 
also to increase secretion, especially the saliva and 
the urine, and probably to have an action upon the 
uterus. In very large doses it acts upon the ner- 
vous system so as to produce partial paralysis with 
tremors, which if the dose has been sufficiently large 
are replaced by violent convulsions. The pupil is 
variously affected; usually it is dilated before death. 
There are no characteristic post-mortem lesions. 
As yet the alkaloid has not been found in the se- 
cretions, and it may be destroyed in the system. 
The helleborin of Marine and Husemann is a more 
active poison, though less irritant to the mucous 
membrane. It acts on the tongue like aconite. 
Its influence appears to be directed especially to the 
nervous system. In the lower animals it causes 
quickened breathing, restlessness, tension and trem- 
bling of the muscles, uncertainty of movement; 
then retardation of the breathing and pulse, irrita- 
bility of the peripheral nerves, dilatation of the 
pupil, loss of hearing, and finally almost complete 
anaesthesia, with cerebral and sp nal congestion, 
even to apoplexy. 
Black hellebore is a drastic bydragogue cathartic, 
formerly supposed to be possessed of emmenagogue 
powers. In overdoses it produces inflammation of 
the gastric and intestinal mucous membrane, with 
violent vomiting, hypercatharsis, vertigo, cramp, 
and convulsions, which sometimes end in death. 
The fresh root applied to the skin produces inflam- 
mation and even vesication. The medicine was 
very highly esteemed by the ancients in mania, 
melancholy, amenorrhoea, dropsy, and epilepsy. 
Bacher's pills, celebrated for the cure of dropsy. 
consisted chiefly of black hellebore. The dose of 
the powdered root is from ten to twenty grains 
(0-648-1-29 Gm.) as a drastic purge, two or three 
grains (0-13-0-19 Gm.) as an alterative. Dose of 
the decoction (two drachms to a pint), a fluid- 
ounce every four hours till it operates. Prof. S. B. 
Botkin and Dr. N. Ischistowitsch (Centralb. fur 
Med., Wissen., July 9, 1887), as the result of ex- 
periments made with the extract of the root of a 
green hellebore, conclude that in moderate doses it 
lessens the rapidity and increases the force of the 
cardiac contractions, producing a rise in the arterial 
pressure, the slowing of the beat being the result, at 
least in part, of stimulation of the inhibitory nerves, 
since it is prevented by severing of the vagi or by 
injections of atropine. The cause of the rise of the 
arterial pressure is believed by the experimenters 
to be in part due to increased work of the heart, 
and in part to contraction of the capillaries by 
an action of the remedy directly upon their coats. 
Usually the pulse has been increased in force and 
diminished in frequency and the secretion of urine 
notably augmented. The results obtained by Prof. 
Botkin have been largely confirmed by Dr. Christo- 
vich. (Deutsch. Med. Zeitung, Jan. 1888.) Ischi- 
stowitsch has seen fifteen drops of a solution of 1 to 
100 of the aqueous extract every two hours produce 
in six cases of cardiac diseases a diminution in the 
frequency and an augmentation of the force of the 
cardiac pulsations, an increase in the quantity of 
urine, and a prompt disappearance of the symptoms 
of non-compensation. Messrs. Venturini and Gas- 
pairini [Bull. Gen. Therap., June, 1888) state that 
helleborein is a local anaesthetic, which, in affec- 
tions of the eye, is preferable to cocaine, because of 
the great permanency of the anaesthesia, and be- 
cause neither the pupil nor the intraocular pressure 
is affected. They use from three to four drops of 
the solution, each drop of it representing grain 
(0-0004 Gm.). Hypodermically injected, helle- 
borein is stated also to act as a local anaesthetic, 
but its powerful influence upon the heart forbids 
this method of use. 
HELONIAS DIOICA. Pursh. (Chamcelirium 
carolinianum, Willd. ; C. luteum (L.), A. Gray.) 
False Unicorn Plant. Starwort. This is a small 
perennial herbaceous plant, growing in most parts 
of the United States, in shadjT and hilly situations. 
Pursh says that the bulbous root is used in colic. 
Dr. Braman has found it peculiarly efficacious 
(dose, a drachm and a half three times a day) in 
atony of the generative organs, and in leucorrhcea. 
(Post. Med. and Surg Journ., xl.) 
HEPATICA. Liverwort. Herbede Hepatique, 
Fr. Edelleberkraut, G. Under this name were 
formerly included in the Secondary List of the U. 
S. Pharmacopoeia the leaves of H. triloba, Chaix. 
(Anemone Hepatica, L.; Hepatica Hepatica (L.), 
Karst.) There are now two generally acknowl- 
edged species of the ranunculaceous genus Hepatica 
growing in this country. Both have a perennial 
fibrous root, with three-1 obed leaves, cordate at 
their base, coriaceous, nearly smooth, glaucous, 
and purplish beneath, and supported upon hairy 
footstalks from four to eight inches long, which 
spring directly from the root. The scapes or 
flower-stems are several in number, of the same 
length with the petioles, round, hairy, and ter- 
minating in a single white, bluish, or purplish 
flower. The calyx is at a little distance below the 
corolla, and is considered by some an involucre, 
while the corolla takes the name of the calyx. In 
H. acutiloba, D. C. (Anemone acutiloba, Laws.; 
Hepatica acuta (Pursh), Britt.), the leaves are cor- 
date, with from three to five entire, acute lobes; 
and the leaflets of the calyx are acute. In H. 
triloba, Chaix, the leaves are cordate-reniform, 
with three entire, roundish, obtuse lobes ; and the 
leaflets of the calyx are obtuse. Both are indige- 
nous, growing in woods upon the sides of hills and 
mountains; the former, according to Eaton, pre- 
ferring the northern, the latter the southern ex- 
posure. The leaves resist the cold of the winter, 
and the flowers make their appearance early in 
spring. The whole plant is used. It is without 
smell, and has a mucilaginous, somewhat astrin- 
gent, slightly bitterish taste. Water extracts all 
its active properties. Liverwort is a very mild, 
demulcent tonic and astringent, supposed by 
some to possess diuretic and deobstruent virtues: 
formerly used in chronic hepatic affections, and in 
haemoptysis and chronic coughs, it has fallen into 
complete neglect. 
HERACLEUM LANATUM. (Michaux, Flor. 
Boreal. Am., i. 166.) Masterwort Cow-parsnip. 
This is one of our largest indigenous umbellif- 
erous plants. The root is perennial, sending up 
annually a hollow pubescent stem, from three to 
five feet high, and often more than an inch thick. 
The leaves are ternate, downy beneath, and sup- 
ported on downy footstalks ; the leaflets petiolate, 
roundish cordate, and lobed. The flowers are white, 
in large umbels, and followed by orbicular seeds. 
This species grows in meadows and along fences and 
hedges, from Canada to Pennsylvania, and flowers 
in June. The root, which is the part used, bears 
some resemblance to that of common parsley. It 
has a strong disagreeable odor and a very acrid 
taste. Both the leaves and root excite redness and PART II. 
Hermodactyls.—Hieracium Venosum. 
1683 
inflammation when applied to the skin. Dr. Bige- 
low considers the plant poisonous. Masterwort 
appears to be somewhat stimulant and carminative, 
and has been used in epilepsy. (See 16th ed. U. S. D.) 
HERMODACTYLS. Hermodactyli. Under 
this name are sold in the shops of Europe the roots 
or bulbs of an uncertain plant, growing in the coun- 
tries about the eastern extremity of the Mediterra- 
nean. By some botanists the plant is thought to be 
a Colchicum ; and C. variegatum (L. ?), a native of 
the south of Europe and the Levant, is particularly 
indicated by Fee, Geiger, and others ; while by au- 
thors no less eminent the roots are confidently re- 
ferred to Iris tuberosa, L. (nat. ord. lridese). They 
certainly bear a considerable resemblance to the 
bulbof Colchicum autumnale, L., being heart-shaped, 
channelled on one side, convex on the other, and 
from half an inch to an inch in length by nearly as 
much in breadth. As found in commerce, they are 
destitute of the outer coat, are of a dirty yellowish 
or brownish color externally, white and amylaceous 
within, inodorous and nearly tasteless, though some- 
times slightly acrid. They are often worm-eaten. 
Their chief constituent is starch, and they contain 
no veratrine or colchicine. From this latter cir- 
cumstance, and from their insipidity, it has been 
inferred that they are probably not derived from 
a species of Colchicum. They are in fact almost 
without action upon the system. It is doubted 
whether they are the hermodactyli of the ancients, 
which acted like colchicum and were useful in gout 
and rheumatism. Pereira describes a bitter variety 
of hermodactyls, which was brought from India by 
Dr. Boyle. The bulbs are smaller and darker than 
the others, and have externally a striped or reticu- 
lated appearance. 
HERNIARIA GLABRA. L. (Nat. ord. Ille- 
cebracese.) M. Goblez has obtained from this plant a 
crystalline principle, herniarine (Journ. de Pharm., 
4e ser., xx. 270), which proves to be methyl-umbel- 
liferone, C10HgO3. Dr. Schneegans has also dis- 
covered an alkaloid, paronychine. (A. J. P., 1890, 
488.) This plant is recommended by Zeissl in 
catarrh of the bladder. 
HEROIN. Diacetic Ester of Morphine. 
C17H17N03<(^,^ This substance occurs as 
a colorless, inodorous, crystalline powder, having a 
faintly bitter taste, insoluble in water, soluble in 
diluted acids, precipitated by alkalies. It has been 
investigated by Dreser (Therap. Monat., 1898) and 
Strube [Perl. Klin. Wochen., 1898), who find that it 
acts similarly to codeine, but especially affects the 
respiratory functions. It produces in large dose in 
the lower animals semi-narcosis, with convulsions, 
and has very little influence upon the circulation. 
The breathing becomes deeper and slower, with a 
slight reduction in the amount of air moved and in 
the sensitiveness of the respiratory centre to an ex- 
cess of carbonic acid in the blood. It appears to be 
neither analgesic nor hypnotic. It is very slightly 
soluble in water, but it« hydrochlorate is freely solu- 
ble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether, and 
may be used in capsules or solution in the dose of 
from one-tenth to one-third of a grain (0-007- 
0 023 Gm.). 
HETEROMELES ARBUTIFOLIA. M. 
Roem. (Photinia arbutifolia, Lindl.) (Nat. ord. 
Rosacese.) D. D. Lustig has found in this Cali- 
fornian plant (toyou of the Indians) tannic, gallic, 
and hydrocyanic acids. (A. J. P., April, 1882.) 
HEUCHERA. Heuchera Americana. L. H. 
cortusa. Michaux. II. viscida. Pursh, 187. Racine 
d'Heuchere d’Amerique, Fr. Amerikanische Sanikel- 
wurzel, G. The alum-root or American sanicle is a 
perennial, herbaceous plant, belonging to the Saxi- 
fragacese. The leaves are all radical, petiolate, cor- 
date, with rounded lobes, furnished with obtuse 
mucronate teeth. There is no proper stem; but 
numerous scapes or flower-stems are sent up by the 
same root, from one to three feet in height, very 
hairy in their upper part, and terminating in long, 
loose, pyramidal, dichotomous panicles. The calyx 
is small, with obtuse segments; the petals lanceolate, 
rose-colored, and of the same length as the calyx; 
the filaments much longer, yellowish, and sur- 
mounted by small, red, globose anthers. The whole 
plant is covered with a viscid pubescence. It is 
found in shady, rocky situations, from New England 
to Carolina, and flowers in June and July. The 
root, which was formerly official, is horizontal, some- 
what compressed, knotty, irregular, yellowish, and 
of a strongly styptic taste. Alum-root is powerfully 
astringent, and may be employed in similar cases 
with other medicines belonging to the same class. 
H. K. Bowman (1869) obtained from it 18 to 20 per 
cent, of tannin. It has hitherto, however, been 
little used. J. Peacock [A. J P., 1891, 174) found 
a percentage of tannin ranging from 9-33 to 19-66 
reckoned on the dry drug, according to the season 
of the year when collected; also a percentage of 
starch, calculated the same way, ranging from 5-17 
to 16-32. Mr. Frederick Stearns (Proc. A. P. A., 
1858, 263) speaks of two other indigenous species, 
H. caidescens, Pursh (now H. villosa, Michx.), and 
H. pubescens, Pursh, as having similar properties; 
and F. W. Anderson reports (Botan. Oaz., 1887, 65) 
that the roots of H. hispida, Pursh, H. cylindrica, 
Douglas, and H. parvifolia, Nuttall, are much used 
by hunters of Montana and others as astringents, 
particularly in diarrhoea caused by the drinking of 
alkali water. 
HIBISCUS ABELMOSCHUS. L. (Abelmos- 
chus moschatus. Medic.) (Nat. ord. Malvaceae.) 
An evergreen shrub, growing in Egypt, and in the 
East and West Indies, and yielding the seeds known 
under the names of semen Abelmoschi, alcece JEgyp- 
tiacce, and grana moschata. These are of about the 
same size as flaxseed, kidney-shaped, striated, of a 
grayish-brown color, of an odor like that of musk, 
and of a warm somewhat spicy taste. They were 
formerly considered stimulant and antispasmodic, 
but are now used only in perfumery. The Arabs 
flavor their coffee with them. They are said to be 
employed in the adulteration of musk. Another 
species, Hibiscus esculentus, L., or Abelmoschus escu- 
lentus, Moench., is cultivated under the name of 
okra, bendee, or gombo in various parts of the world, 
for the sake of its fruit, which abounds in mucilage, 
to which the name of gombine has been given, and 
is used for thickening soup. The leaves are some- 
times employed for preparing emollient poultices. 
The roots, which are a foot or two long, are said 
also to abound in mucilage free from any un- 
pleasant odor. Their powder is perfectly white, 
and superior to the marshmallow. The plant is 
largely cultivated near Constantinople, where it is 
much used as a demulcent. (A. J. P., 1860, 224.) 
The bark is also used in making paper and cordage. 
HIERACIUM VENOSUM. L. (Nat. ord. 
Composite.) Rattlesnake Weed. Eperviere, Fr. 
Habichtskraut, G. (Gray's Manual, 237.) The rat- 1684 
Hippuric Acid.—Hordeum. 
PART ir. 
tlesnake weed has a smooth slender flower-stem, one 
or two feet high, either naked or furnished with from 
one to three leaves, and dividing at top into a loose 
spreading corymb of yellow flowers. The plant is 
common, growing in dry places and open woods, in 
most of the eastern and northern parts of the 
United States and Canada. The leaves and root 
are thought to possess medical virtues, and, being 
deemed astringent, have been used in hemorrhagic 
diseases. The juice is supposed by some to have 
the power of removing warts. Dose of infusion 
(two ounces to the pint), a wineglassful. 
HIPPURIC ACID (C0H0NO3). Benzoylgly- 
cocoll, This occurs in consider- 
able amount in the urine of herbivorous animals, 
sometimes in that of man. Benzoic and cinnamic 
acids, toluol, and other aromatic substances, when 
taken internally, are eliminated as hippuric acid 
It crystallizes in rhombic prisms, melting at 187° 
C., and at about 240° C. decomposes into benzoic 
acid, benznitrile, and prussic acid. Boiling acids 
or alkalies decompose it into benzoic acid and gly- 
cocoll. According to the experiments of Meissner 
and Shepard, hippuric acid injected into the blood 
of animals acts as a very decided poison, but the 
hippurates have been suggested by Dr. Garrod as a 
remedy in the uric acid diathesis. He affirms that 
if outside of the body the sodium hippurate be 
added to a blood-serum that shows the presence of a 
urate, the latter is soon removed. Sodium hippurate 
may be combined with lithium or potassium salts ; 
the dose is ten grains (0#65 Gm.) three times a day. 
HOANG-NAN. This is the hark of the Strych- 
nos Malaccensis, Benth. (nat. ord. Loganiacete), or 
tropical bindweed,, a climbing plant, which grows 
in Malacca and surrounding countries. Brucine 
and strychnine are stated to have been found in it 
(Newer Mat. Med.), brucine being the more abun- 
dant of the two. It has been found to produce in 
animals general tetanic spasms similar to those 
caused by strychnine. It probably has the same 
range of medicinal application as has nux vomica, 
although special virtues have been claimed for it in 
the treatment of chronic skin diseases. Dose of 
powdered bark, three grains (0T9 Gm.). 
HOG-GUM. Gum-Hogg. Kuteeragum. Under 
the name of Gum-Hogg a peculiar gum is much 
used in marbling paper. A full discussion of it may 
be found in the 14th edition of the U. S. Dispensa- 
tory, but, as it appears to be only a variety of Bas- 
sora gum, we omit any further account of it. 
HOLIGARNA LONGIFOLIA. Roxb. (Nat. 
ord. Anacardiaceae.) According to David Hooper 
(P. J. Tr., xxv. 1895), the black juice of this tree, 
which is used in India as the basis of a varnish, is 
actively vesicant, and contains a body closely allied 
to, if not identical with, cardol. 
HOLOCAINE. p-Diethoxy ethenyl-diphenylam- 
idine Hydrochloride. (0C9H-.CnH4.NH.C(CH„): 
N.C6HfOC2H6)HCl. Formed by the union in 
molecular proportions of phenacetin and p-pheneti- 
dine with the elimination of water. The salt com- 
monly used of this base is a hydrochloride which 
readily dissolves in boiling water, leaving on cool- 
ing a saturated solution containing about 2.J per 
cent, of the hydrochloride. This solution is slightly 
bitter, neutral in reaction, and keeps many months 
without change. In boiling, a porcelain vessel 
should always be used, as the solution at 212° C. 
attacks glass. 
Holocaine has been brought forward as a local 
anaesthetic in the treatment of diseases of the eye. 
The anaesthesia, which is said to develop in from 
fifteen seconds to a minute after the instillation of 
the solution, lasts from ten to fifteen minutes. The 
amount of burning produced is about the same as 
with cocaine. The advantages which are claimed 
for it over the latter alkaloid are that it does not 
change the pupil, the accommodation, or the intra- 
ocular pressure, and is antiseptic. It does not con- 
tract the blood-vessels. The objections to it are 
that the instillation has to be renewed in from ten 
to fifteen minutes, and that it is about five times as 
toxic as is cocaine, so that it cannot be used hypoder- 
mically. According to the experiments of Heinz and 
Schlosser (Klin. Monat.f. Augen., xxxv., 1897), the 
£ of 1 per cent, solution affects bacteria, whilst the 
1 per cent, solution is a powerful germicide, rapidly 
killing the lower organisms, including infusoria. 
Even in small doses it causes in frogs and in mam- 
mals violent convulsions which appear to be of 
cerebral origin, since after division of the spinal 
cord in the mouse the convulsions were confined to 
the anterior portion of the body. Holocaine is 
an active muscle poison, the 1 per cent, solution 
rapidly killing voluntary and cardiac muscles in 
the frog, and it exerts also a curare-like influence 
upon the motor nerves. According to Winsel- 
mann, its 1 per cent, solution exceeds in anaesthetic 
power the 3 per cent, solution of cocaine. 
HOOCHINOO. This is an alcoholic drink which 
is clandestinely distilled by the Alaskan Indians, 
and has been supposed, on account of the frenzy 
which it produces in them, to contain some poison- 
ous substance other than alcohol. Prof. John Mar- 
shall found it, however, to be simply an alcoholic 
liquor of about the strength of sherry. 
HORDEUM. Several species of the gramina- 
ceous genus Hordeum are cultivated in different 
parts of the world. The most common are H. vul- 
gare, L., and H. distichon, L., both of which have 
been introduced into the United States. The origi- 
nal country of the cultivated barley is unknown. 
The plant has been found growing wild in Sicily 
and in various parts of the interior of Asia. H. 
vulgare is said by Pursh to grow in some parts of 
the United States, apparently in a wild state. The 
fruits or grains are used in various forms. 
1. In their natural state they are oval, oblong, 
pointed at one end, obtuse at the other, marked 
with a longitudinal furrow, of a yellowish color ex- 
ternally, white within, having a faint odor when in 
mass, and a mild sweetish taste. Careful analyses 
of barley have been made, which agree in the 
main, though differing in some details, especially 
as to whether any sugar exists in the barley before 
malting. 
Pillitz found (Zeit. fur Anal. Chem., 1872) in the 
dry barley 14-3 per cent, of insoluble albuminates, 
2 1 per cent, of soluble albuminates, 62-6 per cent, 
of starch, 19 per cent, of dextrin, 2-7 per cent, of 
sugar, 1*7 percent, of extractive material, 3T per 
cent, of fat, 1*4 per cent, of soluble ash, 1*2 per 
cent, of insoluble ash, and 8 9 per cent, of lignin. 
The presence of sugar seems to have been shown by 
Kiihnemann (Deutsch. Chem. Oes., 1875 and 1876), 
who found a crystallized dextrogyrate sugar which 
did not reduce alkaline copper solution, and an 
amorphous laevogyrate mucilaginous substance 
called sinistrin. According to Kiihnemann, barley 
does not contain dextrin. PART II. 
Hordeum.—Hura Brasiliensis 
1685 
Clifford Richardson (Bulletin No. 9, Department 
of Agriculture, 1886) gives the following as the 
average composition of American barley: water, 
6- per cent.; ash, 2-87; oil, 2-67; sugar, etc., 
7- dextrin and soluble starch, 3-55; starch, 
62-09 ; albuminoids soluble in 80 per cent, alcohol, 
3 66 ; albuminoids insoluble in 80 per cent, alcohol, 
7 86; fibre, 3-81: total, 100 00. He finds, more- 
over, that on an average the grain makes up 84*78 
per cent, and the hull 15-22 per cent, of the barley. 
2 Malt consists of the seeds made to germinate 
by warmth and moisture, and then baked so as to 
deprive them of vitality. It is in the form of malt 
that barley is so largely consumed in the manu- 
facture of malt liquors. (See Maltum, page 1716.) 
An interesting substance, called diastase, was dis- 
covered by MM. Payen and Persoz in the seeds of 
barley, oats, and wheat, and in the potato. It is 
found, however, only after germination, in which 
process the production of it appears to be the first 
step. Germinated barley seldom contains it in 
larger proportion than two parts in a thousand. It 
is obtained by bruising freshly germinated barley, 
adding about half its weight of water, expressing 
strongly, treating the viscid liquid thus obtained 
with sufficient alcohol to destroy its viscidity, then 
separating the coagulated albumen, and adding a 
fresh portion of alcohol, which precipitates the 
diastase in an impure state. To render it pure, it 
must be redissolved as often as three times in water, 
and precipitated by alcohol. For an account of 
the mode of preparing diastase from malt, recom- 
mended by M. Perrot, see the Journal de Pharmacie, 
Juillet, 1874, 43. It is solid, white, tasteless, solu- 
ble in water and weak alcohol, but insoluble in the 
latter fluid when concentrated. Though without 
action upon gum and sugar, it has the extraordinary 
property, when mixed, in the proportion of only 
1 part to 2000, with starch suspended in water, 
and maintained at a temperature of about 71-1° C. 
(160° F.), of converting that principle into dextrin 
and maltose. This latter is a variety of sugar pro- 
duced only by this action of malt. It was first 
recognized by Dubrunfaut, but has been more 
thoroughly studied by O’Sullivan and by Schulze. 
Its formula is -f- HaO ; the molecule of 
water of crystallization it loses at from 100°-110° C. 
(or, as Richter proposes, it may have the formula 
Ci8H34017). O’Sullivan explains the action of 
diastase upon starch by the following reactions : 
At C.—C18II30015 -(- HsO = -}- 
8At°from 64°-70° C.—2(C18H„001S) + H„0 = 
C12H22011 + 4(C6H1005). 
At 70° C.—4(C18Hso016) + H20 = C12H22011 
+ 10(C6H1oO6). (A em. Soc. Journ., 10, 597.) 
The crystals of maltose, -}- H„0, are 
soluble in water and alcohol, they reduce Fenling’s 
solution, and, according to O’Sullivan, are equal to 
from 63-9-65-5 percent, of dextrose, but, according 
to Schulze, they are equal to from 66-67 per cent, 
of dextrose, and show a specific rotatory power of 
[a] = 150° to the right. The whole of the starch 
undergoes this change, except the teguments of the 
granules, amounting to about 4 parts in 1000. The 
change which barley undergoes during germina- 
tion, and in malting, is of a similar character. The 
purity of diastase may be tested by mixing 0-05 
part of it with 200 parts of paste containing 10 
parts of starch ; after standing, the resulting liquid 
should filter rapidly, and decolorize five times its 
volume of Fehling’s solution. The name of maliine 
has been given to the diastase of malt; and this 
principle has been found identical with the salivary 
ferment in its action on alimentary substances. 
Indeed, according to M. Contara, the two ferments, 
vegetable and animal, appear to be identical, not 
only in the action referred to, but in their chemical 
and physical properties ; and consequently there is 
but one diastase, whether vegetable or animal. 
{Arch. Gen., Avril, 1870, 501.) 
Besides the diastase a second soluble ferment is 
formed during the malting process, the so-called 
peptase, which in the mashing process changes the 
proteids of the malt into peptones and parapeptones, 
which give nutritive value to the beer obtained from 
malt. For a fuller account of the composition 
and functions of malt, see Sadtler’s Industrial Or- 
ganic Chemistry, 179 et seq. 
3. Hulled barley is merely the grain deprived of 
its husk, which, according to Einhoff, amounts to 
18-75 parts in the hundred. 
4. Barley meal is formed by grinding the seeds, 
previously deprived of their husk. It has a grayish- 
white color, and contains, according to Fourcroy 
and Yauquelin, an oleaginous substance, sugar, 
starch, nitrogenous matter, acetic acid, calcium and 
magnesium phosphates, silica, and iron. It may 
be made into a coarse, heavy, hard bread, which in 
some countries is much used for food. 
5. Pearl barley (Hordeum decorticatum, Bt. 1885) 
is the seed deprived of all its investments and 
afterwards rounded and polished in a mill. It is in 
small round or oval grains, having the remains of 
the longitudinal furrow of the seeds, and of a 
pearly whiteness. It is wholly destitute of hordein, 
and abounds in starch, with some gluten, sugar, 
and gum. This is the proper form of barley for 
medicinal use. 
Barley is one of the mildest and least irritating 
of farinaceous substances, and forms, by decoction 
with water, a mucilaginous drink much employed 
from the time of Hippocrates to the present. 
Pearl barley is the form usually preferred for the 
preparation of the decoction, made by pouring 
four pints of boiling water on two troy ounces of 
pearl barley and boiling away to two pints, and 
straining. Malt affords a liquor more demulcent 
and nutritious, and the decoction of malt may be 
prepared by boiling from two to four ounces in a 
quart of water, and straining. When hops are 
added, the decoction takes the name of wort, and 
acquires tonic properties, which render it useful in 
debility. 
HOUTTUYNIA CALIFORNICA. B. and 
H. {Anemopsis Californica, Hook, et Arn.) 
Yerba Mansa. The root of this piperaceous Cali- 
fornian plant is employed by the natives in chronic 
malaria, and also in diarrhoea and dysentery, and 
has been used with asserted good results in gonor- 
rhoea and rheumatism. For elaborate histological 
study, see Drug. Circular, May, 1897. Dose of the 
fluid extract, from fifteen to sixty minims (0 924- 
3-69 C.c.). 
HUAMANRIPA. This is a Chilian drug, the 
plant growing on the slope of the Cordilleras at 
considerable heights. Dr. Lapater found it to be 
stimulating, emetic, sialagogue, and diaphoretic. 
( Western Druggist, 1886, 410.) 
HURA BRAS I LIEN SIS. Willd. (Now H. 
crepitans, L.) Assacou. Sablier, Fr. Sandbuchsen- 
baum, G. This is a Brazilian tree belonging to the Hysenanche Globosa.—Hydriodic Acid, Dilute. 
PART II. 
family of Euphorbiaceae. It is characterized by 
the tendency of its fruit when ripe to break with 
violence into several pieces, and thus scatter the 
seeds It has long been known as an acrid emeto- 
cathartic, capable in large doses of acting as a 
violent poison. The fresh juice, the seeds, and a 
decoction of the bark all have these properties, 
which, in fact, belong in a greater or less degree to 
most of the Euphorbiaceae; and, as in other mem- 
bers of the same family, an oil expressed from the 
seeds is actively purgative. Martius states that the 
juice is anthelmintic, and employed to intoxicate 
fish. But attention has been especially attracted 
to the plant, in consequence of reports favorable to 
its efficacy in the elephantiasis or leprosy of Brazil. 
These reports were received by the Academy of 
Medicine, of Paris, from the French consul in one 
of the towns of Para. Experiments have been 
made by the Brazilian physicians, and it is said with 
favorable results. The fact is that various acrid 
emeto-cathartic medicines, capable also of pro- 
ducing diaphoresis, have been more or less useful 
in elephantiasis, as the Calotropis gigantea, Dryand. 
(nat. ord. Asclepiadaceae), and one or more species 
of Ionidium (nat. ord. Violaceaa), and it is proba- 
ble that the assacou acts in a similar manner, and 
with similar results. The milky juice of the plant, 
and an infusion or decoction of the bark, are used. 
The juice is extremely acrid, producing on the 
skin, when applied to it, an erysipelatous redness 
and a pustular eruption ; the natives are said to 
employ it in the preparation of a poison. A grain 
of the juice made into a pill, or a scruple of the 
bark infused in a pint of water, is given every day, 
and gradually increased as the stomach and bowels 
will bear it. Every week an emetic preparation is 
administered, made by boiling half an ounce of the 
bark in a pint of water to half a pint, to which 
twelve drops of the juice are added. Every second 
or third day the patient takes a bath consisting of 
a saturated infusion of the bark. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xiv. 424.) 
HYjENANCHE GLOBOSA. Lamb. (Now 
Toxicodendron Capense. Thunb.) (Nat. ord. Eu- 
phorbiaceas.) The fruits of this South African spe- 
cies are said to be used for the poisoning of hyenas. 
They have been investigated by Arthur Baron von 
Engelhardt (Robert's Arbeiten, 1892), who finds 
in them a chemically neutral, bitter principle, hy- 
ananchine, which is a powerful poison, resembling 
in its physiological action strychnine ; from which, 
however, it differs in that it powerfully affects the 
cerebrum. The convulsions which it produces are 
of central origin, the poison having no action upon 
the nerve-trunks or the muscles. 
HYDRACETIN. Pyrodine. The hvdracetin 
of commerce is stated to be a varying compound, 
whose active principle is acetylphenylhydrazin 
(CeH6,NH—NII.CgHgO). It is soluble in alcohol 
and in water in proportion of 1 to 60. According 
to Guttmann (Pharm. Centralh., May 16, 1889, 
311), hydracetin is a powerful antipyretic and anti- 
rheumatic remedy. It occurs as a white, odorless, 
almost tasteless crystalline powder, melting at from 
128°-129° C. (262 4°-264-2° F.), and has been given 
in doses of three-quarters of a grain (0-049 Gm.) 
two or three times a day. It is stated that it cannot 
be continuously used without danger. Externally, 
hydracetin is used in place of chrysarobin in 
psoriasis and similar disorders, in an ointment of 
from 5 to 15 per cent. 
mon Hydrangea. Seven Barks. (Nat. ord. Saxi- 
fragaceaj.) The root of our indigenous Hydrangea, 
which is the part used, consists of a caudex, from 
which proceed numerous radicles, from the thick- 
ness of a quill to that of a finger or more. For use it 
should be cut into transverse pieces when fresh, and 
then dried. The taste is aromatic, pungent, and 
not unpleasant. Bondurant (A. J. P., 1887, 122) 
has isolated a characteristic glucoside, hydrangin, 
crystallizing in stellate clusters, melting at 235° C., 
and subliming without decomposition. It is de- 
composed by dilute acids into a resin-like body and 
glucose. Its aqueous solution fluoresces strongly on 
addition of an alkali, resembling assculin, but dis- 
tinctly different in several particulars. He also 
obtained a fixed oil and a volatile oil, the latter 
containing sulphur. Two resins seemed also to be 
present, together with saponin and sugar. He 
found no tannin, however. Its decoction is said to 
have been used with great advantage among the 
Cherokee Indians, and subsequently by settlers, in 
calculous complaints. (See New Jersey Med. Re- 
porter, 1850, 1854, and 1885.) In overdoses it 
occasions vertigo, oppression of the chest, etc. 
HYDRARGYRI SULPHURETUM NI- 
GRUM. Black Sulphide of Mercury. Mercurous 
Sulphide. Ethiops Mineral. This now disused 
remedy was prepared as follows: “Take of Mer- 
cury, Sulphur, each, a pound. Rub them together 
till all the globules disappear.” U. S., 1850. For 
properties, see V. S. D., 14th ed., 1259. 
HYDRARGYROL. (CgH4.0H.S03)2Hg. 
Mercury Paraphenylthkmate. This salt occurs in 
brownish-red scales, having a gingerbread-like 
odor, neutral reaction, and sp. gr. i-85. It dis- 
solves in water and glycerin, with a ruby-red 
color. It is said to contain over 53 per cent, of 
quicksilver, and not to precipitate albumen. It 
has been proposed by Gautrelet as a substitute for 
corrosive sublimate in antiseptic surgery. A solu- 
tion of 4 to 1000 is not irritant to the mucous 
membrane or skin, but very active as an antiseptic, 
sterilizing bouillons at once. When taken in large 
doses it is toxic, thirty and a half grammes of it 
having caused death ; but, according to its intro- 
ducer, as a poison it is seventy-five times less active 
than is corrosive sublimate. 
HYDRIODIC ACID, DILUTE. Acidum Hy- 
driodicum Dilutum. This preparation was intro- 
duced into the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in 1860 and 
dismissed in 1870. Owing to the difficulty of pre- 
serving it from change, it has been supplanted by 
the official syrup. (See Syrupus Acidi Ilydriodici, 
Part 1.) The official formula in 1860 was as fol- 
lows. “Take of Iodine, in fine powder, a troy- 
ounce; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix 
thirty grains of Iodine with five fluidounces of 
Distilled Water in a tall glass-stoppered bottle, 
having the capacity of half a pint, and pass into 
the mixture hydrosulphuric acid gas until the color 
of the Iodine entirely disappears, and a turbid 
liquid remains. Detach the bottle from the appa- 
ratus employed for introducing the gas, and grad- 
ually add the remainder of the Iodine, stirring at 
the same time. Then reattach the bottle, and again 
pass the gas until the liquid becomes colorless. 
Decant the liquid into a small matrass which it is 
nearly sufficient to fill, boil it until it cease* to 
emit the odor of hydrosulphuric acid, and filter 
through paper. Then pass sufficient Distilled 
HYDRANGEA ARBORESCENS. L. Com- PART II. 
Hydriodic Acid, Dilute.—Hydrochinone. 
1687 
Water through the filter to bring the filtered liquid 
to the measure of six fluidounces. Lastly, keep the 
liquid in a well-stopped bottle. The hydrosulphuric 
acid gas, required in this process, may be obtained 
by mixing, in a suitable apparatus, a troyounce and 
a half of sulphide of iron, two troyounces of sul- 
phuric acid, and six fluidounces of water.” U. S. 
The rationale of the process is extremely simple. 
The hydrogen of the hydrogen sulphide unites with 
the iodine to form hydriodic acid whilst the sulphur 
is deposited, 2H2S 2I2 = 4HI -}- S2. It is well to 
agitate the vessel slightly soon after the hydrogen 
sulphide is passed into the liquid, so that the excess 
of iodine may be taken up by the solution of hydri- 
odic acid, iodine being quite soluble even in a dilute 
solution. Some difficulty may be experienced if 
this is not done, through the finely precipitated sul- 
phur coating the iodine and preventing its easy 
conversion. We have found it an improvement 
to dissolve the iodine in just sufficient alcohol, and 
then add to the water; the greater part is thrown 
down as a fine precipitate which is much more 
easily acted on by the hydrogen sulphide.* 
The iodine is known to have been all combined by 
the disappearance of the color. An excess of hydro- 
gen sulphide is of no disservice, as it is driven off 
by the boiling. By filtration the liberated sulphur 
is separated, and the clear diluted hydriodic acid 
remains. By taking fixed proportions of iodine and 
water, an acid of the desired strength is secured. 
In its pure state hydriodic acid is in the form of a 
gas, which fumes in the air, is colorless, and has an 
odor not unlike that of hydrochloric acid. It has a 
strong affinity for water, which, when saturated 
with it, forms liquid hydriodic acid. This has the 
sp. gr. 1-7, boils at 127° C. (260° F.), and may be 
distilled. 
The diluted acid, as prepared by the former U. S. 
process, is colorless when recently prepared, of a sour 
taste, and of the sp. gr. 1T12. The acid is pre- 
cipitated yellowish white by test-solution of silver 
nitrate, and this precipitate is not perceptibly dis- 
solved either by nitric acid or ammonia. When 
exposed to ihe air it gradually darkens, in conse- 
quence of the separation of iodine, of which it 
acquires the characteristic odor. It is more rapidly 
decomposed, with the same result, by chlorine, by 
nitric, sulphuric, iodic, and sulphurous acids, and 
by ferrous sulphate. Mr. John A. Dunn has found 
that this change is prevented by the addition of one- 
third of a grain of crystallized sodium hyposulphite 
to a fluidounce. (A. J. P., 1869, 42.) 
Medical Properties and Uses. Diluted hydriodic 
acid was introduced into use as a medicine by Dr. 
Andrew Buchanan, of Glasgow. The acid official 
in 1860 contains ten grains of iodine in each flu- 
idrachm, and is therefore twice as strong as Dr. 
Buchanan’s solution. There can be little doubt 
that hydriodic acid is capable of producing the 
alterative effects of iodine ; and it may be given in 
all cases to which that medicine is applicable. The 
dose may be half a fluidrachm (1-9 C.c.) three times 
a day, diluted with water. When the solution be- 
comes discolored it may be irritant through the 
liberated iodine; but this effect may be obviated by 
exhibiting it in any amylaceous liquid, as barley- 
water. 
HYDROCHINONE. Hydroquinone. CeII4 
(OH)„. This is one of the three isomeric diatomic 
phenols, being paradioxybenzene. It was first pre- 
pared by the dry distillation of quinic acid, but is 
now made from quinone by reduction with sulphur- 
ous acid, the quinone being made by oxidizing ani- 
line with bichromate mixture (K?Cr207 -|- H2S04). 
It is in shining white leaflets melting at 169° C., solu- 
ble in water, alcohol, and ether, and is used largely 
in photography as a developing agent. In 1877 
Brieger found that hydroquinone produces in man 
giddiness, tinnitus aurium, and a lessening of the 
force and frequency of the pulse. The experiments 
of Dr. P. J. Martin have shown that in the frog the 
hydroquinone causes violent convulsions, followed 
by paralysis and death through failure of the res- 
piration, due to an action upon the spinal cord. In 
the mammal small doses produce a rise in the arte- 
rial pressure, followed by a depression ; both these 
phenomena are apparently the result of an action 
of the drug upon the arterial vaso-motor system, 
although it is probable, from the experiments of 
Beyer, that the toxic dose of hydroquinone paralyzes 
both the heart-muscles and the muscle-fibres in the 
coats of the arterioles. The bodily temperature is 
lowered by large doses of hydroquinone, and, ac- 
cording to the experiments of Martin, this is chiefly 
due to an increase of heat-dissipation, and is, there- 
fore, probably the result of a vaso-motor paralysis. 
Hydroquinone is also a distinct antiseptic, but, 
according to Dr. Antaeff, when it is mixed with a 
solution of urea the latter principle undergoes rapid 
decomposition. The influence of hydroquinone 
upon the human being has been especially studied 
by Silvestrini and Picchini, and by Dr. Gaetano Tra- 
versa. (La France Med, May, 1890.) According 
to these authorities, it is a prompt antipyretic, pro- 
ducing, in dose of from three to eleven grains (0T9- 
0-71 Gm ), depression of temperature in fever, the 
reduction beginning in half an hour, and reach- 
ing its maximum in an hour and a half. Usually 
the antipyretic action is not accompanied by dis- 
agreeable symptoms, although after the larger dose 
excessive sweating, chills, and some nervous dis- 
turbances have been noted. It was found in the 
experiments of Martin that the fall of temperature 
is due to an increase of heat-dissipation ; this is 
confirmed by the observation of Traversa, that the 
peripheral temperature may rise as much as two 
degrees, although the internal temperature is de- 
* Various processes have been proposed for making 
hydriodic acid. Dr. Buchanan used an extemporaneous 
formula, which consisted in dissolving 330 grains of potas- 
sium iodide and 264 of tartaric acid, each in one and a 
half fluidounces of water, mixing the solutions, filtering 
to separate the potassium bitartrate formed, and finally 
adding sufficient distilled water to make the solution 
measure fifty fluidraclims. Each fluidrachm of this prep- 
aration contained five grains of iodine. Beginning with a 
few drops, he gradually increased to a fluidrachm, and 
finally even half a fluidounce or a fluidounce three times 
a day. Mr. John A. Dunn’s modification of Buchanan’s 
process is as follows. Take of potassium iodide 209% 
grains; tartaric acid, in crystals, 190% grains. Dissolve 
the iodide in three fluidrachms of distilled water, and the 
acid in the same quantity, and filter if necessary; mix the 
solutions, set the mixture in ice-cold water, and allow it to 
stand for one hour; then filter, and make up the measure 
to two fluidounces. Each fluidrachm represents 10 grains 
of iodine. (A. J. P.. 1869, 41.) Prof. H. Kolbe (Joum. /. 
Tprakt. Chem., 1879,172, and A. J. P., June, 1877) adds phos- 
phorus to iodine in a retort filled with carbonic acid gas. 
Heat is applied, and water added; on application of mod- 
erate hea% hydriodic acid gas free from iodine is produced. 
O. Winckler (A. J. P., May, 1880; from Jahresber. d. Phys. Ver.) 
dissolves iodine in carbon disulphide; adds sufficient 
water to form a layer on top of the solution of iodine; 
passes a stream of hydrogen sulphide through the mix- 
ture ; when this has acquired a yellow color, the layers are 
separated, the aqueous hydriodic acid is boiled a few 
minutes to expel hydrogen sulphide, and it is then chemi- 
cally pure. 1688 
Hydrocotyle Asiatica.—Hygrophila Spinosa. 
PART II. 
pressed. The excretion of urea is said to be dimin- 
ished. Hydroquinone has been used with asserted 
good results in infectious fevers, and in acute articu- 
lar rheumatism; also as a gastro-intestinal disin- 
fectant. According to Forster, a 1 per cent, solution 
will arrest putrefaction and alcoholic fermentation. 
HYDROCOTYLE ASIATICA. L. Thick- 
leaved Pennywort. (Bevilacqua. Boileau.) Indian 
Pennywort. Bevilacqua, Fr. Wassernabel, G. This 
is a small umbelliferous plant, growing in Southern 
Africa and in India, where it has long been used 
as an alterative. M. Jules Lepine discovered in it 
a peculiar oleaginous substance, vellarine, having 
a strong odor recalling that of the plant, and a 
bitter, pungent, and persistent taste. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1885, 49.) It is said to be diuretic, and has 
been given in fever and bowel complaints • also in 
syphilitic and scrofulous affections. (P.J. Tr., 1860.) 
Dr. C. Daruty de Grandpre (Les nouv. Remedes, 
April 8, 1888) finds that in small doses it is an ener- 
getic stimulant, and that in large doses it is nar- 
cotic, producing stupor, headache, and in some 
persons vertigo with a tendency to coma. 
HYDROCYANIC ETHER. Cyanide of Ethyl. 
Propionitrile. CglLN, or C2H?.CN. This ether 
was discovered by Pelouze. It is formed by distil- 
ling a mixture of barium sulphovinate and potassium 
cyanide, or, better, by the action of ethyl iodide on 
potassium cyanide in closed tubes at a temperature 
of 180° 0. It is a colorless liquid, of an agreeable 
ethereal odor, soluble in alcohol, ether, and water, 
boiling at 98° C. (208-4° F.), and having the sp. gr. 
0-78. Ethyl cyanide is very poisonous, but less so 
than hydrocyanic acid, with which it agrees in 
therapeutic action and dose. 
HYDROGEN SULPHIDE. Sulphuretted 
Hydrogen. Hydrosulphuric Acid. H2S. A color- 
less gas of unpleasant odor, soluble in water, to 
which it imparts an acid reaction. 3-23 volumes of 
gas are absorbed by one volume of water at 15° C. 
Also soluble in alcohol. Has been liquefied at ordi- 
nary temperatures under a pressure of 17 atmos- 
pheres, or at ordinary pressures by a cold of—74° C. 
(—101-2° F.), and at—85° C. (—121° F.) becomes 
an ice-like solid. 
The symptoms of poisoning by hydrogen sulphide 
vary with the amount taken. Its inhalation in a 
concentrated form is followed by giddiness, nausea, 
excessive weakness, and rapid or immediate loss of 
consciousness. The very diluted gas produces nau- 
sea, pain in the head, and great general weakness ; 
followed, if sufficient be taken, by coma, or stupor 
with delirium, and in some cases by general con- 
vulsions. The blood becomes of a brownish-black 
color, and after death remains fluid. The general 
appearances at the autopsy are not to be distin- 
guished from those produced by the absorption of 
carbonic acid gas, but the diagnosis is readily made 
by the odor which pervades the whole corpse. 
Dr. Bruere (Journ. Anat. and Physiol., Oct. 
1891) finds that bright red diluted blood, under 
the influence of the sulphide, becomes of an olive- 
green color, and that out of the oxyluemoglobin 
a new compound is formed, sulphmethcemoglobin 
or sulphhcemoglobin, probably by a union of hy- 
drogen sulphide with haematin. It has been shown 
by Dr. Paul Binet (Rev. Med de la Suisse Rom., 
xvi., 1896) that this sulpho-methaemoglobin is pro- 
duced in the blood during life, especially when the 
gas is in very large amount. It is worthy of re- 
mark that Dr. Bruere found the hydrogen selenide 
and the hydrogen telluride to act the same as the 
hydrogen sulphide. 
In 1886 Dr. Bergeon proposed to the French 
Academy a method of treating tuberculosis by in- 
jecting hydrogen sulphide, diluted with pure car- 
bonic acid, into the large intestine, the method 
being founded upon the supposed power of hydro- 
gen sulphide to destroy the tubercular bacillus. 
The method of Bergeon had an extraordinary run, 
and then fell rapidly into desuetude, but there can 
be no doubt that the hydrogen sulphide has a dis- 
tinct influence upon mucous membranes. It is a 
useful remedy in 'pulmonary catarrh, chronic or 
acute, as well as in chronic rheumatism and in gout. 
It is for this reason that sulphur springs are so fre- 
quently resorted to. Water saturated with hydro- 
gen sulphide and carbonic acid gas is usually not 
objected to by patients after the first day or two of 
its taking, and does not disagree with the stomach. 
The dose is from two to four ounces, three or four 
times a day. 
HYDROXYLAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE. 
NHjj.OH.HCl. The free base is known only in 
solution, and is unstable. Tbe crystalline hydro- 
chloride forms colorless hygroscopic crystals simi- 
lar to ammonium chloride in appearance, soluble 
in an equal weight of water, also in glycerin and in 
fifteen parts of alcohol. In 1888 Prof. Binz found 
that this substance caused in the lower animals 
stupor, convulsions, and a destruction of the red 
blood-corpuscles, of such character that their haemo- 
globin was reduced to methaemoglobin or even to 
haematin. In 1889 Prof. L. Lewin, of Berlin, 
further investigated the subject, confirming in part 
the results obtained by Prof. Binz, and showing 
that the poison acts both upon the dead and living 
blood, and that its action upon the corpuscle is 
probably due to its decomposition, and the libera- 
tion of nitric or nitrous acid. In 1889 Dr. John 
Fabry (Arch, de Derm, et de Syph., tome ii., 1889) 
found that a 10 per cent, solution is exceedingly 
irritating to most human skins, producing intense 
redness, violent burning, sweating, and not rarely 
vesication. Some skins will not bear a 1 per 
cent, solution, so that it is not safe in a new case to 
use a solution stronger than this. The substance 
was employed by Fabry, and since then by other 
clinicians, as an agent to replace pyrogallic acid 
and ebrysarobin in the treatment of skin diseases, 
whilst it would offer the advantage of being color- 
less, and not staining skin, linen, etc. It has been 
used in chronic psoriasis, in scabies, in lupus, herpes 
tonsurans, parasitic sycosis, etc., with asserted ex- 
cellent results, though Groddeck condemns it as 
being too irritating and liable to produce constitu- 
tional symptoms, and inferior in its healing powers 
to chrysarobin and pyrogallic acid. The solution 
may be prepared with alcohol or water, but should 
always be rubbed up with prepared chalk to neu- 
tralize anv excess of acid. 
HYGROL. A name applied to colloidal mer- 
cury, or mercury in a fine state of division. It 
occurs as a nearly black powder, slightly soluble in 
water, insoluble in alcohol and ether. It has been 
proposed as a substitute for mercury in mercurial 
ointment. 
HYGROPHILA SPINOSA. T. Anders. (Nat. 
ord. Acanthacese.) This is an Indian plant, the 
seeds of which are considered aphrodisiac and diu- 
retic. (See Jayesingha, Brit. Med. Journ., vol. ii., 
1887.) PART II. 
ILjpaphorus Subumbrans.—Ichthyol. 
1689 
(Now Erythrina lithosperma. Blume.) From the 
seeds of this leguminous tree, largely grown for 
shade in the coffee gardens of Java, P. 0. Plugge 
has obtained hypaphorine, a tetanizing alkaloid. 
{Arch. f. Exp. Path, und Pharm.. xxxii.) 
HYPERICUM PERFORATUM. L. St. 
John’s Wort. Millepertuis, Casse-diable, Fr. Johan- 
niskraut, Harthen, G. (Nat. ord, Hypericaceae.) A 
perennial herb, abundant both in Europe and in 
this country. It is usually from one to two feet 
high, with leaves which, from the presence of 
numerous transparent vesicles, appear as if per- 
forated, and have hence given origin to the botani- 
cal designation of the plant. The flowers are nu- 
merous and of a deep yellow color. The flowering 
summits are the parts used. St. John’s wort has 
a peculiar balsamic odor, which is rendered more 
sensible by rubbing or bruising the plant. Its 
taste is bitter, resinous, and somewhat astringent. 
It imparts a yellow color to cold water, and red- 
dens alcohol and the fixed oils. Its chief constitu- 
ents are volatile oil, a resinous substance, tannin, 
and coloring matter. This latter, known as hyper- 
icum red, is a reddish resin, smelling like the flow- 
ers, soluble in alcohol, ether, ethereal and hot fatty 
oils, coloring the solution from wine red to blood 
red. It is soluble in alkalies with green color, and 
gives yellow precipitates with the alkaline earths 
and metallic salts. As a medicine it was in high 
repute among the ancients and the earlier modern 
physicians. Among the complaints for which it 
was used were hysteria, mania, intermittent fever, 
dysentery, gravel, hemorrhages, pectoral complaints, 
worms, and jaundice; but it was, perhaps, most 
highly esteemed as a remedy in wounds and bruises, 
for which it was employed both internally and ex- 
ternally. It probably has somewhat analogous 
power to the turpentines. It formerly enjoyed great 
reputation for the cure of demoniacs, and the 
superstition still lingers among the vulgar in some 
countries. At present the plant is scarcely used 
except as a domestic remedy. The summits were 
given in the dose of two drachms or more. A 
preparation, oleum hyperici or red oil, made by 
macerating four ounces of the tops in a pint of 
olive oil, is still used in many families for bruises. 
HYRACEUM. This is the product of Hyrax 
Capensis, an animal of South Africa, about the size 
of a large rabbit. It is said to be collected in small 
pieces on the rugged sides of mountains, and is prob- 
ably the excrement or the dried urine of the animal. 
It is rather hard, tenacious, of a blackish-brown 
color, and in taste and smell not unlike castor. It 
is inflammable, and yields portions of its constitu- 
ents to water and alcohol. It contains vegetable 
tissues, animal hair, sand, and globular particles, 
either resinous or oily. Schrader has found in it 
stearin, a gum-resin soluble in absolute alcohol, an 
odorous yellow substance soluble in ordinary alcohol 
and in water, a brown substance soluble in water, 
and insoluble residue. (See A. J. P., 1879, 363.) 
Dr. Pereira considered it worthless as a therapeutic 
agent, though in physiological effects it is said to 
resemble American castor. (P.J.Tr.,x. 123.) For 
an elaborate paper on this substance by M. J. Leon 
Soubeiran, see Journ. de Pharm., xxix. 378. E. D. 
Cope states that a similar substance is found in fis- 
sures of the rocks in New Mexico, and is probably 
a fecal and renal deposit of the wild rat, Neotoma. 
HYSSOPUS OFFICINALIS. L. Hyssop, Hy- 
HYPAPHORUS SUBUMBRANS. Hasskl. 
sope, Fr. Isop, Ysop, G. This is a European labiate 
plant, perennial, with numerous erect, quadrangu- 
lar, somewhat branching stems, which are woody in 
their interior portion, about two feet high, and 
furnished with opposite, sessile, lanceolate-linear, 
pointed, punctate leaves. The flowers are violet- 
colored or blue, sometimes white, turned chiefly to 
one side, and arranged in half verticillated, terminal 
leafy spikes. The upper lip of the corolla is round- 
ish and notched at the apex, the lower is divided 
into three segments, of which the undermost is ob- 
ovate. The flowering summits and leaves are the 
parts used. They have an agreeable aromatic odor, 
and a warm, pungent, bitterish taste, due to the 
presence of a volatile oil. This oil is colorless or 
greenish yellow, of peculiar odor, sharp camphor- 
like taste, and neutral reaction. It has a sp. gr. 
from 0 88 to 098, distils between 142° and 162° 
C., and is soluble in its own bulk of alcohol of 0-85 
sp. gr. According to Stenhouse, it is a mixture of 
several oxygenated oils. Hyssop is a warm, gently 
stimulant aromatic, applicable to the same cases 
as the other labiate plants. Its infusion has been 
much employed in chronic catarrhs, especially in 
old or debilitated people. 
IBERIS AMARA. L. Bitter Candytuft. A 
small European herbaceous cruciferous plant. The 
leaves, stem, and root are said to possess medicinal 
properties; but the seeds are the most efficacious. 
The plant appears to have been employed by the 
ancients in rheumatism, gout, and other diseases. 
In large doses it is said to produce giddiness, nausea, 
and diarrhoea, and to be useful in cardiac hypertro- 
phy, asthma, and bronchitis, in doses of from one 
to three grains (006-0-19 Gm.) of the seed. (Brov. 
Med. and Surg. Journ.) 
ICHTHYOL. Ammonium Ichthyol Sulphonate. 
dry distillation of a 
bituminous mineral containing fossil fish a tarry 
product is obtained. On treating this with sulphu- 
ric acid, and subsequently neutralizing with sodium 
or ammonium carbonate, ichthyol is procured. This 
is a red-brown syrupy liquid, of a bituminous odor 
and taste, puffing up considerably and carbonizing 
when heated, and upon continued incineration vola- 
tilizing without residue. Water, or a mixture of 
equal volumes of alcohol and ether, dissolves it to 
form a clear red-brown liquid of a faintly acid re- 
action. Pure alcohol or ether dissolves it only 
partially; petroleum benzin takes up only a small 
quantity. Upon the addition of hydrochloric acid 
to the aqueous solution a dark resinous mass is pre- 
cipitated, which when separated is soluble in ether 
and in water, but is again thrown out from the latter 
solution by hydrochloric acid or sodium chloride. 
Treated with potash solution, ichthyol develops an 
odor of ammonia, and the mixture dried and burnt 
yields an hepatic coal, which with hydrochloric acid 
gives off hydrogen sulphide. The ammonium ich- 
tbyolate loses upon drying in a water-bath at least 
half its weight. The sodium ichthyol is a dark 
tar-like substance of an alkaline reaction, perfectly 
soluble in water. The ichthyol sulphonates of lith- 
ium, zinc, and mercury have also been prepared. 
Both preparations combine with fat and vaseline in 
all proportions, and are very rich in sulphur, con- 
taining, it is said, 10 per cent. According to Bau- 
mann, they have a great affinity for oxygen, and are 
powerful reducing agents. 
Odorless ichthyol has been made by treating 
ichthyol with hydrogen dioxide. It is questionable, 1690 
Ichthyol Albuminate.—Ignatia. 
PART II. 
however, whether the removal of the odorous con- 
stituents does not impair the therapeutic activity 
of the ichthyol. 
Medical Properties. So far as is known, ichthyol 
has little or no general action, although it has been 
used to some extent internally in rheumatism and 
by Unna in lepra. As a liquid external remedy it 
has been most extravagantly praised by various 
German and American clinicians. Applied in the 
pure form to the sound skin, it produces irritation 
and burning. Peculiar alterative properties are 
attributed to it, and also the power of penetrating 
through the skin, so that it has been used with 
alleged extraordinary success as a local alterative 
and anodyne discutient in chronic eczema, chronic 
urticaria, acne, intertrigo, lupus, and lepra and 
various ulcerations of the skin, in lymphatic enlarge- 
ments, for the softening and dispersion of lipomas, 
in burns, frost-bites, sprains and contusions, and in 
almost every form of subacute or chronic gout or 
rheumatism. When the skin is not destroyed or 
greatly inflamed the application should be made of 
the full strength or as a 50 per cent, ointment. In 
the various skin diseases or ulcerations the strength 
of the lotion or ointment may vary from 1 to 50 per 
cent. For internal administration, H. Wyatt (P. J. 
Tr., xxi., 1891, 929) recommends the evaporation of 
the ichthyol on a water-bath and the formation of 
the residue into pills. He also made a good combi- 
nation by adding 15 grains of magnesia (made into 
a milk with 90 minims of water) to 120 grains of 
ichthyol and evaporating over a water-bath to a 
pilular consistence. Dr. Latteux has found ich- 
thyol to be an active germicide. (Journ. de Med., 
Paris, April, 1892.) 
ICHTHYOL ALBUMINATE. Ichthalbin. 
This is a greenish-brown powder, insoluble in 
water and acid solutions, soluble in alkaline solu- 
tions, odorless, almost tasteless. It is prepared by 
precipitating fresh albumen with ichthyol and pro- 
longed washing of the precipitate until the ichthyol 
odor and taste are removed. It is stated to contain 
about 75 per cent, of ichthyol. It is not toxic, and 
when given internally, even in large doses, pro- 
duces little or no irritation of the gastro-intestinal 
tract. It is affirmed that as an internal remedy 
it is practically ichthyol, and as such is useful in 
various conditions connected with wide-spread vas- 
cular dilatation, in syphilis, in struma, and in other 
states of lowered nutrition. Dose, from fifteen to 
thirty grains (0-9-1-9 Gm.), three times a day, best 
taken in capsules ; or in the case of young children 
mixed with chocolate. 
IGNATIA. XJ. S. 1880. Bean of Saint Ignatius. 
Semen Ignatice, Faba Ignatii, Fab a Sancti Ignatii, 
Lat. Feve igasurique, Feve de Saint Ignace, Fr. 
Ignatiusbohne, Bittere Fiebernuss, Ignazbohnen, G. 
Fa.va di Santo Ignazio, It. Haba de Santo Ignacio, Sp. 
Strychnos Ignatii, Berg., Ignatia amara, Linn., is a 
tree of the nat. ord. Loganiacese, of middling size, 
with numerous long, cylindrical, glabrous, vine- 
like branches, which bear opposite, nearly sessile, 
oval, pointed, entire, and very smooth leaves. The 
flowers are long, nodding, white, tubular, fragrant, 
and arranged in short, axillary racemes. The fruit 
is of the size and shape of a pear, with a smooth, 
whitish, ligneous rind, enclosing about twenty 
seeds, embedded in a dry medullary matter, and 
lying one upon the other. The seeds are the part 
used. The tree is a native of the Philippine Islands, 
where the seeds were highly esteemed as a medicine, 
and, having attracted the attention of the Jesuits, 
were honored with the name of their founder. 
Prof. Fliickiger and Arthur Meyer have found that 
the seed has a close structural analogy to nux vomica. 
(P. J. Tr., 1881, 1.) 
The seeds are about an inch long, rather less in 
breadth, still less in thickness, convex on one side, 
obscurely angular, with two, three, or four faces on 
the other, and marked at one end with a small de- 
pression indicating their point of attachment. They 
are externally of a pale brown color, apparently 
smooth, but covered in fact with a short down or 
efflorescence, which may be removed by scraping 
them with a knife. They are somewhat translucent, 
and their substance is very hard and horny. They 
have no smell, but an excessively bitter taste. They 
were officially described as “ about an inch and a 
fifth (3 Cm.) long, oblong or ovate, irregularly an- 
gular, dull brownish or blackish, very hard, horny ; 
fracture granular, irregular; the albumen some- 
what translucent, enclosing an irregular cavity 
with an oblong embryo ; inodorous ; very bitter.’' 
U. S. To Pelletier and Caventou they yielded the 
same constituents as nux vomica, and, among them, 
1*2 per cent, of strychnine and 0-5 per cent, of 
brucine. J. M. Caldwell found strychnine and 
brucine, combined with igasuric acid, a volatile 
principle, extractive, gum, resin, coloring matter, 
fixed oil, and bassorin, but no starch or albumen. 
{A. J. P., 1857, 298.) Fliickiger, on the other 
hand, found 1-78 per cent, of nitrogen, correspond- 
ing to about 10 per cent, of albuminoid matter. 
(Pharmacographia, 443.) In consequence of the 
relatively larger proportion of strychnine which 
they yield, they have been used instead of nux 
vomica, in the preparation of that alkaloid, when 
their cost would permit of the substitution, but the 
nux vomica bean has been imported in such large 
quantities, and is now so low in price, that the 
ignatia bean is rarely used. The medical uses are 
those of nux vomica. 
Austractum Ignatiy. U. S. 1880. Abstract of 
Ignatia. “ Tgnatia, in No. 60 powder, two hundred 
parts [or four ounces av.j ; Sugar of Milk, recently 
dried and in fine powder, Alcohol, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one hundred parts [or 
two ounces av.]. Mix Alcohol and Water in the 
proportion of eight parts [or six fluidounces] of 
Alcohol to one part [or five fluidrachms] of Water, 
and. having moistened the Ignatia with one hun- 
dred parts [or two fluidounces] of the menstruum, 
pack firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add 
enough of the menstruum to saturate the powder 
and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower 
orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, 
macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow the 
percolation to proceed, gradually adding men- 
struum, until the Ignatia is exhausted. Reserve 
the first one hundred and seventy parts [three and 
one-half fluidounces] of the percolate, distil off the 
alcohol from the remainder, and mix the residue 
with the reserved portion. Place the mixture in 
an evaporating dish, and, having added fifty parts 
[or one ounce av.] of Sugar of Milk, cover it with 
a piece of thin muslin gauze, and set aside in a 
warm place where the temperature will not rise 
above 50° C. (122° F.), until the mixture is dry. 
Lastly, having added enough Sugar of Milk to 
make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [two 
ounces av.], reduce it to a fine, uniform powder. FART II. 
Ilex. 
1691 
Preserve the powder in a well-stopped bottle.” 
The yield of extract is usually about 10 per cent. 
The dose of abstract is from one-half to one and a 
half grains (003-0-10 Gm.). 
Tinctura Ignatiy. U. S. 1880. Tincture of 
Ignatia. Teinture de Five de Saint Ignace, Fr. Ig- 
nazbohnentinktur, G. “ Ignatia, in No. 60 powder, 
ten parts [or eight ounces av.] ; Alcohol, Water, 
each, a sufficient quantity. Mix Alcohol and Water, 
in the proportion of eight parts [or four and a 
half pints] of Alcohol to one part [or half a pint] 
of Water. Moisten the powder with ten parts [or 
half a pint] of the menstruum, and macerate for 
twenty-four hours ; then pack it firmly in a cylin- 
drical percolator, and gradually pour menstruum 
upon it, until the Ignatia is exhausted. Reserve the 
first ninety parts [or four and a half pints] of the 
percolate, evaporate the remainder to ten parts [or 
half a pint], and mix with the reserved portion. 
Of this Tincture take any convenient number of 
parts, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate it 
to dryness. Weigh the resulting extract, and from 
its weight calculate the quantity of extract contained 
in the one hundred parts of Tincture obtained, then 
dissolve the dried extract in the remainder of the 
Tincture, and add enough of the above menstruum 
to make the product weigh so many parts that each 
one hundred parts of Tincture shall contain one part 
of dry extract. Lastly, mix thoroughly, and filter 
through paper. Tincture of Ignatia thus prepared 
represents about ten parts of Ignatia in one hundred 
parts." Dose, from fifteen to twenty minims (0’9- 
1'25 C.c.). A tincture equivalent to the otficial 
preparation may be made by dissolving sixty grains 
of dry alcoholic extract of ignatia in a mixture of 
fourteen fluidounces of alcohol and one and a half 
fluidounces of water. 
ILEX. Holly. Houx, Fr. Stechpalme, Christ- 
dorn, G. Several species of Ilex (nat. ord. Ilica- 
cese) are employed in different parts of the world. 
The I. aquifolium, L., or common European Holly, 
is usually a shrub, but in some places attains the 
magnitude of a middling-sized tree. The viscid sub- 
stance called birdlime is prepared from the inner 
bark. The leaves, which are of a bitter, somewhat 
austere taste, were formerly much esteemed as a 
diaphoretic, and in the form of infusion were em- 
ployed in catarrh, pleurisy, small-pox, gout, etc. A 
few years since they gained a brief reputation in 
France as a cure for intermittents. They were used 
in powder, in the dose of a drachm two hours be- 
fore the paroxysm ; and this dose was sometimes 
repeated frequently during the apyrexia. Their 
febrifuge virtues are said to depend on a bitter 
principle, ilicin. M. Labourdais obtained this prin- 
ciple by boiling a filtered decoction of holly leaves 
with animal charcoal, allowing the charcoal to sub- 
side, washing it, then treating it with alcohol, fil- 
tering off the alcoholic solution, and evaporating it 
to a syrupy consistence. The liquid thus obtained 
was very bitter, and, on being allowed to evaporate 
spontaneously, yielded an amorphous substance, 
having the appearance of gelatin, which was the 
principle in question. (See A. J. P., xxi. 89.) A 
yellow coloring substance called ilexanthin, and a 
peculiar acid called ilicic acid, have been obtained 
by Dr. F. Moldenhauer. Ilexanthin is obtained in 
the following manner. The leaves are exhausted 
with alcohol, the alcohol is distilled off, and the 
residue set aside for several days. A sediment forms, 
which is separated from the mother-liquor, treated 
with ether to remove the chlorophyll, and then puri- 
fied by repeated solution in alcohol and crystalliza- 
tion. The composition of ilexanthin is C17H22Ou. 
It crystallizes in yellow needles, which change color 
at 185° C. (365° F.), melt at 198° C. (388° F.), and 
at 214° C. (417° F.) boil with decomposition, and 
are not sublimable. It is insoluble in ether, but 
soluble in alcohol. In cold water it is almost in- 
soluble ; but hot water dissolves it freely, and de- 
posits it in crystals on cooling. (Chem. Centralblatt, 
1857, 766.) The berries are about the size of a pea, 
red and bitter, and are said to be purgative, emetic, 
and diuretic. Ten or twelve of them will usually 
act on the bowels, and sometimes vomit. Their ex- 
pressed juice has been used in jaundice. 
The Ilex opaca, Soland. in Ait. Hort. Kew., or 
American holly, is a middling-sized evergreen tree, 
growing throughout the Atlantic section of the 
United States, and especially abundant in New 
Jersey. It is so similar to the European plant that 
it is by some writers considered as the same species. 
The berries, examined by Mr. D. P. Pancoast, were 
found to contain tannin, pectin, two crystallizable 
organic principles, and salts of potassa, lime, and 
magnesia. One of the crystallizable principles 
was inodorous and tasteless, the other inodorous hut 
intensely bitter. The latter was obtained by a 
treatment similar to that of M. Labourdais, above 
described ; hut, after the evaporation of the tincture 
to a syrupy consistence, the process was continued 
by adding potassium carbonate and afterwards 
ether, and agitating briskly. The ethereal solu- 
tion, rising to the surface on repose, was separated, 
and allowed to evaporate spontaneously. Crystals 
of the bitter principle were deposited. This is 
probably pure xlicin. (A. J. P., xxviii. 314.) Wal- 
ter A. Smith (A. J. P., 1887, 1668) obtained a resin 
soluble in alcohol by the ether extraction, and in 
the portion of this soluble in water he obtained 
evidences of a glucoside. This species is said to 
possess the same medical properties as I. aqui- 
folium, L. 
Ilex Paraguayensis, A. St.-Hil., the I Mate of 
St.-Hilaire, yields the celebrated Paraguay tea, so 
extensively consumed as a beverage in the interior 
of South America. It is a small tree or shrub 
growing wild along the streams in Paraguay, and 
also cultivated for the sake of its leaves, which are 
the part used. These are stripped from each plant 
every two or three years. The period of their col- 
lection extends from December to August, some- 
times beginning earlier but never continuing later. 
Companies are formed who penetrate far into the 
forest at a distance from the settlements, and devote 
a long time to the collection and preparation of the 
leaves. These are first dried by exposure to heat, 
and are then reduced to powder more or less fine, 
which is kept for several months protected from 
moisture, and then packed in sacks and delivered 
to commerce. (A. Demersay, Ann. de Therap., 
1868, 72; see also Pharmaceut. Record, May 1891.) 
They have a balsamic odor and bitter taste, and are 
usually at first disagreeable to the palate. They 
have a pleasant and corroborant effect upon the 
stomach ; but, when very largely taken, are said to 
purge and vomit. They are used in the form of in- 
fusion, which is prepared from the entire leaves as 
we prepare tea; or, under the name of cha mate, a 
fine powder is put in a cup of hot water by the 
drinker, and after a moment’s stirring, the fluid is 
sucked up by means of a tube expanded below, 1692 
Illicium Floridanum.—Indelible Inlc. 
PART II. 
and pierced with fine holes, so as to strain out 
the powder. They contain, besides other sub- 
stances, a peculiar tannin and the alkaloid caf- 
feine in variable amount. In the analysis of D. 
A. Strauch, the leaves yielded 0-450 of theine, 
20-880 of caffeotannic acid, 2-880 of gum, 5-902 
of resin, chlorophyll, and wax, 1-200 of starch, 
9-361 of protein compounds, 22-148 of cellulose, 
8-640 of apotheme, 3-896 of salts, 8-100 of water, 
with a trace of volatile oil, and some sand and 
extractive. [A. J. P., 1868, 314.) Some fresh 
leaves of Ilex parnguayensis grown in the Cam- 
bridge Botanical Gardens were found by A. H. 
Allen, after drying at 100° C., to contain : in- 
soluble matter, 57-94 per cent. ; tannin, by lead 
acetate method, 15-62; tannin, by cupric acetate 
method, 15-66; caffeine, 1-13; total ash, 6-14; 
soluble ash, 3-56. [Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed., iii., 
Part II., 527.) Some elaborate proximate analyses 
of mate are also published by Theodore Peckolt. 
[Pharm. Journ. (3), xiv. 121.) The consumption of 
mate, or yerba, in South America is enormous. 
Although largely produced in the Argentine Re- 
public, fourteen thousand tons of the leaves were 
in 1880 imported into that country from Brazil and 
Paraguay, and six thousand tons into the republic of 
Uruguay. For an interesting account of the method 
of preparation, and an elaborate analysis, see P. J. 
Tr., vol. xvi. 1017. 
The Ilex vomitoria, Soland. in Ait. Hort. Kew. 
(/• cassine of Walt.), is a handsome evergreen 
shrub, growing in our Southern States, and espe- 
cially abundant along the southern coast of Florida. 
Analysis of its leaves by Venable [A. J. P., 1885, 
390) gave 7-39 per cent, of tannic acid and 0-27 per 
cent, of caffeine. It is the cassena of the Indians, 
who formerly employed a decoction made from the 
toasted leaves, called black drink, both as a medi- 
cine and as a drink of etiquette at their councils. 
It acts as an emetic. The leaves of the Ilex da- 
hoon, Walt, (now I. cassine, L.), have similar prop- 
erties, and are also said to have entered into the com- 
position of the black drink. The leaves of the Ilex 
cassine, Walt, (now I. vomitoria,, Soland.) known as 
Yaupon by the Indians, yielded to Mr H. M. Smith 
0-011 per cent, of volatile oil and 0-122 per cent, of 
caffeine. (A. J. P., xliv. 217.) 
ILLICIUM FLORID A NUM. Ellis. Florida 
Anise-tree. This is an evergreen shrub or small 
tree, of the nat. ord. Magnoliacese, growing in 
Florida, along the coast which bounds the Gulf of 
Mexico. The bark, leaves, and probably also the 
seed-vessels are endowed with a spicy odor and 
taste, analogous to those of anise. H. C. C. Maisch 
[A. J. P., 1885, 280) obtained from the leaves a 
crystalline alkaloid to which the bitter taste is due, 
tannin, and a resin. In the root-bark and capsules 
he found volatile oil and a crystalline principle, 
melting at 110° C., insoluble in alcohol and ether, 
but soluble in chloroform, and neutral to test-paper. 
It is a question worthy of investigation whether 
the capsules of this plant might not be substituted 
for those of the Illicium anisatum or star aniseed. 
(See Illicium.) Another species, I. parviflorum. a 
shrub found by Michaux in the hilly regions of 
Georgia and Carolina, has a flavor closely resem- 
bling that of sassafras root. 
IMPATIENS. Impatiens fulva, Nutt, (now I. 
biflora,, Walt.); and I. pallida, Nutt, (now 7. aurea, 
Muhl.). Touch-me-not. Jewel-weed. Balsam-weed. 
These two species of Impatiens (nat. ord. Gerani- 
aceae), the former of which is better known com- 
monly as Spotted Touch-me-not and the latter as 
Pale Touch-me-not, are indigenous, annual, succu- 
lent plants, from two to four feet high, growing in 
low, moist grounds, and flowering in July and 
August. They may be known by their tender, 
juicy, almost transparent stems ; by their yellow 
flowers, which in the latter species are pale and 
sparingly punctate, in the former are deeper col- 
ored and crowded with dark spots; and by their 
capsules, which burst elastically, and curl up with 
the slightest pressure. They probably possess proper- 
ties similar to those of the I. noli-me-tangere, Crantz. 
(now I. noli-tangere, I). Don), of Europe, which 
has an acrid burning taste, and, when taken inter- 
nally, acts as an emetic, cathartic, and diuretic, 
though considered dangerous, and therefore little 
used. The late Dr. Ruan, of Philadelphia, em- 
ployed with great advantage, in piles, an ointment 
made by boiling the American plants, in their 
recent state, in lard. The flowers may he used for 
dyeing yellow. The I. balsamina, L., or balsam- 
weed, touch-me-not, etc., of the gardens resembles 
the other species in its effects. 
IMPERATORIA OSTRUTHIUM. L. Mas- 
terwort. Rhizoma Imperatorioe, P. G. Imperatoire, 
Fr. Meisterwurz, Kaiserwurz, G. An umbellifer- 
ous plant, indigenous in the south of Europe. The 
root has a strong odor, similar to that of angelica, 
and a pungent, biting, aromatic taste, attended by 
a flow of saliva, and followed by a glowing warmth 
which remains long in the mouth. E. M. Holmes 
(P. J. Tr., March i7, 1877) noticed this root mixed 
with aconite in the London market, hut this prob- 
ably arose from carelessness, as masterwort is worth 
twice as much as aconite. A crystallizable, taste- 
less principle, called imperatorin, was extracted 
from the root by Wackenroder, and Gorup-Besanez 
found in the root another principle, to which he 
gave the name of ostruthin. Besides these two 
crystalline compounds, masterwort contains a vola- 
tile oil, composed of a hydrocarbon and an oxy- 
genated compound, probably the aldehyde of an- 
gelic acid. (Wagner, Journ. Pr. Chem., ixii. 283.) 
Jassoy (Apoth. Zeit., v. 150) has since investigated 
the substance ostruthin and gives it the formula 
C18H„0O3. He states that it does not contain a me- 
thoxyl group but a phenol-like hydroxyl. By 
fusion with caustic potash, it yields along with a 
carbonaceous residue small amounts of resorcin and 
acetic and butyric acids. By the action of bromine 
in chloroform solution it is changed in the presence 
of acid sodium carbonate into tribromostruthin, 
C.gHigBi'gOg (Schmidt, Pharmaceutische Chem., 
Bd. ii., 3te Auf., 1510.) The root of masterwort was 
formerly considered alexipharmic, stomachic, cor- 
roborant, emmenagogue, diuretic, and diaphoretic, 
and was used in a wide circle of complaints with so 
much supposed success as to have gained for it the 
title of divinum remedium. It is, however, merely 
a stimulant aromatic, which in this country is un- 
known as a remedy. 
INCASSA POISON. This is an African ordeal 
bark, which has been studied by Prof. Liebreich, 
who found in it a very violent cardiac poison. 
INDELIBLE INK. This is prepared bv dis- 
solving two drachms of silver nitrate and a drachm 
of gum arabic in a fluidounce of distilled water, 
colored with a little Indian ink. It is used for 
writing with a pen on linen and muslin. The place 
to be marked is prepared by being moistened with PART II. 
Indelible Ink.—Indigo. 
1693 
a solution of two ounces of crystallized sodium car- 
bonate and two drachms of gum arabic in four 
liuidounces of water, and then dried. This alkaline 
solution, called mordant, decomposes the nitrate, 
and protects the cloth from the action of the free 
nitric acid. At the end of twenty-four hours the 
spot is to be washed. 
Prof. Redwood, of London, proposes the follow- 
ing indelible ink, not requiring the use of a mor- 
dant. Dissolve an ounce of silver nitrate and an 
ounce and a half of crystallized sodium carbonate, 
separately, in distilled water, and mix the solu- 
tions. Wash the precipitated silver carbonate, 
and, having introduced it, still moist, into a Wedg- 
wood mortar, rub it with eight scruples of tartaric 
acid, until effervescence ceases. Then add strong 
solution of ammonia, just sufficient to dissolve the 
silver tartrate formed (about two liuidounces). 
Lastly, having mixed in half a fluidounce of archil, 
half an ounce of white sugar, and an ounce and a 
half of powdered gum arabic, add sufficient distilled 
water to make the whole measure six fluidounces. 
M. Soubeiran has given the following formula for 
indelible ink, which he considers simpler than Mr. 
Redwood’s. Dissolve 8 parts of crystallized silver 
nitrate, 3 of copper nitrate, and 4 of sodium car- 
bonate, in 100 of ammonia water, and add to the 
solution a little gum. The marks produced by 
silver nitrate on linen or muslin may be completely 
removed by moistening them with a solution of 
corrosive sublimate or of potassium cyanide in dis- 
tilled water, and afterwards washing them. 
M. Jules Guiller has devised the three following 
formulas for marking-inks for linen. 1. Silver 
nitrate 11 parts; distilled water 85; powdered 
gum arabic 20; sodium carbonate 22; solution of 
ammonia 20. Dissolve the sodium carbonate in 
the water, rubbing the solution with the gum, and 
the silver nitrate in the ammonia. Mix the solu- 
tions, and gradually heat the mixture in a flask 
until it boils. This ink flows readily from a pen. 
2. Silver nitrate 5 parts ; distilled water 12 ; pow- 
dered gum arabic 5 ; sodium carbonate 7 ; solution 
of ammonia 10. The ingredients are treated as in 
the preceding formula, with the exception that the 
mixed solution is heated until it becomes of a very 
dark color, and is reduced about one-twentieth in 
volume by evaporation. This ink is suitable for 
marking on linen with stamps. 3. Silver nitrate 
17 parts ; distilled water 85 ; powdered gum arabic 
20; sodium carbonate 22 ; solution of ammonia 
42; copper sulphate 33. Dissolve the silver nitrate 
in the ammonia, the sodium carbonate in 25 parts 
of the water, and the gum in the remaining 60. 
Then mix with the soda solution, first the gum 
solution, and afterwards the silver solution. Lastly, 
add the copper sulphate. This ink has a blue in- 
stead of the dark brown color of the others. (See 
A. J. P., 1853, 33.) 
Dr. Boettger gives the following formula. 3-65 
Gm. of aniline black are rubbed down in a porce- 
lain mortar with 60 drops of concentrated hydro- 
chloric acid, and 22 Gm. of alcohol. This solution 
is mixed with a hot solution of 1-82 Gm. of gum 
arabic in 85 Gm. of hot water. This ink does not 
attack steel pens, and is not acted upon either by 
strong mineral acids or by alkalies. If the aniline 
black solution be diluted with shellac solution (21 
Gm. in 85 of alcohol) an aniline black lake will be 
obtained, which is suited for coloring wood and 
leather. 
Herberger recommends the following indelible 
ink for other purposes than marking linen. Dis- 
solve wheat gluten, carefully freed from starch, in 
a little weak acetic acid, and dilute the solution 
with rain-water, so as to have about the strength 
of wine vinegar. For every four ounces of the 
solution add ten grains of the best lamp-black, two 
grains of indigo, and a little oil of cloves. This 
ink has a beautiful black color, and cannot be re- 
moved by chlorine or dilute acids. 
Eisner states that an indelible red ink can be 
prepared as follows. Equal parts by weight of cop- 
peras and cinnabar, both in fine powder and sifted, 
are rubbed up with linseed oil with a muller, and 
finally squeezed through a cloth. The thick paste 
can be employed for writing or stamping woollen 
or cotton goods. 
INDIAN GRASS OILS. The Indian grass 
oils are at least five in number,—namely, oils of 
citronella, lemon-grass, Indian or Turkish gera- 
nium, ginger-grass, and vertivert or cus-cus. They 
are derived from various tropical grasses of the 
genus Andropogon, but there is some confusion as 
to the particular species from which the individual 
oils are obtained. These oils are used solely for 
perfumery. (See later, under Oils of Citronella and 
Lemon-grass.) 
INDIAN RED. A purplish-red pigment, 
brought from the island of Ormus in the Persian 
Gulf. It is red ochre, and owes its color to ferric 
oxide. 
INDIAN YELLOW. This is a pigment man- 
ufactured from a yellow substance from India, 
called 'purree. Purree occurs in commerce in balls, 
from three to four ounces in weight, which are 
dark brown externally and deep orange within. 
It has a peculiar smell, closely resembling that of 
castor. This circumstance gave rise to the belief 
that it was of animal origin ; but Stenhouse found it 
to consist of magnesia, united with a peculiar acid, 
which he names purreic (euxanthic acid of Erd- 
mann), and which forms nearly one-half of the 
crude substance. Purreic acid is in small crystals 
of a light yellow color, dissolving sparingly in cold 
water, quite readily in boiling water, and abun- 
dantly in hot alcohol. It has at first a sweetish 
and then a slightly bitter taste, and possesses, in 
appearance, considerable resemblance to berberine. 
When acted upon by boiling nitric acid, it is finally 
converted into a new acid, crystallizing in yellow 
needles, called by Erdmann oxypicric acid. Pur- 
reic or euxanthic acid is monobasic, and has the 
formula C19H16010 -f- 3H„0. Dr. Stenhouse con- 
cludes that purree is probably the juice of some 
plant, saturated with magnesia, and boiled down to 
a solid consistence. (Philos. Mag., xxv. 321. See 
also Chem. Gaz., 1855, 134.) 
INDIGO. Indicum. Pigmentum Indicum. In- 
digo, Fr., G. This well-known and highly im- 
portant dye-stuff is obtained from various species 
of Indigofera (nat. ord. Eeguminosae), especially I. 
tinctoria, L., and/, anil, L., and is said to be afforded 
also by other plants, such as Wrightia tinctoria, R. 
Br. (nat. ord. Apocynaceae), Polygonum tinctorium, 
Ait. (nat ord. Polygonaceas), Galega tinctoria, L. 
(now Tephrosia tinctoria, Pers.), and Tephrosia apol- 
linea, D. C., both of the nat. ord. Leguminosae, 
etc. For an interesting account of the manufac- 
ture in Manchuria of indigo from Polygonum chi- 
nense, see American Druggist, Aug. 1888. It does 
not exist ready formed, but is generated, during 1694 
Indigo. 
PART II. 
fermentation, from another principle existing in 
the plant. This principle appears to have been 
isolated from Isatis tinctoria, L. (nat. ord. Cruci- 
ferae), by Ed. Schunck, who has named it indican. 
Through the agency of the mineral acids, it is re- 
solved into indigo and sugar; and perhaps the 
same result may take place in fermentation. Indi- 
can is yellow, amorphous, of a nauseous bitter 
taste, with an acid reaction, and readily soluble in 
water, alcohol, and ether. It contains nitrogen. 
(P. J. Tr., xv. 166.) In the process of preparing 
indigo, the plant is macerated in water; fermenta- 
tion takes place ; the liquor becomes of a greenish 
color, and in due time is decanted; the coloring 
principle dissolved by the water absorbs oxygen 
from the air, and assumes a blue color, becoming 
at the same time insoluble ; a gradual precipitation 
takes place, favored by the addition of lime water 
or an alkaline solution ; and finally the precipitated 
matter, having been washed upon linen filters, is 
dried, shaped usually into cubical masses, and sent 
into market. The importations of indigo into the 
United States for the year 1898 were 3,097,340 lbs., 
valued at $1,815,411. Most of the indigo con- 
sumed in dyeing is brought from the East Indies, 
though considerable quantities are imported also 
from Guatemala and Northern South America. 
The present annual production of natural indigo is 
estimated to be as follows: 
boiled with tincture of indigo, as the oils of turpen- 
tine, peppermint, lavender, juniper, savine, or sage. 
(Journ. de Pharrn., 1859, 399.) Chlorine also de- 
stroys the blue color. M. Preisser has concluded, 
from an elaborate examination of the coloring prin- 
ciples of plants, 1, that these principles are colorless 
in the young plants ; 2, that they acquire color by 
combination with oxygen ; 3, that all the coloring 
matters, extracted from any one plant, are produced 
by the oxidation in different degrees of a single 
principle; 4, that they are deprived of color by 
substances having a strong affinity for oxygen, and 
reacquire it by contact with oxidizing bodies ; and 
5, that these coloring principles are acids, and the 
lakes which they form genuine salts. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 3e ser., v. 263.) For modes of testing the 
value of any specimen of indigo, see Sadtler’s In- 
dustrial Organic Chemistry, 443. The most im- 
portant of the methods for the determination of the 
indigo blue maybe summarized under three heads, 
—viz., oxidation methods, reduction methods, and 
sublimation of the pure indigo blue from the com- 
mercial product. A table of analyses of commer- 
cial samples with results according to the several 
methods above referred to will be found in Allen, 
Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed., iii. 311. 
The artificial production of indigo has been the 
subject of much investigation and effort in recent 
years. The problem was successfully solved by A. 
Baeyer, of Munich, who proposed several methods 
capable of commercial utilization. 
A method which has been carried out on a large 
scale by the Baden Aniline and Soda Co., at Lud- 
wigshafen, is to start with cinnamic acid, C9H802, 
made artificially from benzaldehyde, -which is 
changed into ortho-nitro-cinnamic acid, C9H7N04, 
and this by the intervention of the dibromine de- 
rivative into ortho-nitro-phenylpropiolic acid, C0H5 
N04, and this by the action of alkalies in the pres- 
ence of reducing agents, like grape sugar or xan- 
thogenates, is converted directly into indigo blue, 
(C8H6NO) 
A second method was by the action of dilute 
alkalies upon a solution of o-nitro-benzaldehyde 
in acetone according to the reaction 2CeH4(NO„) 
CHO+2C3H?()=CieH10N2O2+2C2H4O2-f2Hg0. 
A method of Heumann, also successfully earned 
out on a large scale, is to treat phenylglycin, 
CeH6.NH.CH2.C00H, with alkalies, and then oxi- 
dize the resulting alkaline solution, when indigo- 
tine is formed. 
Synthetically prepared indigotine, according to 
O. N. Witt (Chem. Ind., xx. 454), can be pro- 
duced at a price comparable with good quality in- 
digo and cheaper than refined indigo. There are 
several points in its favor, such as purity of 
product, fineness of division, and its being readily 
tested. 
Schunck first showed that all urines, whether 
pathological or not, contain an indigo-producing 
body in minute quantities. This body is commonly 
spoken of as indican in medical books. Its true 
chemical nature was first ascertained by Baumann, 
who showed that it was not a glucoside, like the 
indican of plants, but the potassium salt of a pecu- 
liar acid, indoxylsulphonic acid. 
Indigo was at one time considerably used in 
medicine, but at present is very rarely if ever em- 
ployed. It is said to produce, when taken in suffi- 
cient quantity, nausea, vomiting, purging with 
bluish dark stools, a dark violet or dark green 
Kilos. 
Valued at 
Bengal 
Madras 
Manila, Java, Bombay . . . . 
Central America 
China and other countries . . 
. 4,000,000 
. 1,100,000 
. 1,000,000 
. 1,125,000 
. 1,000,000 
$10,000,000 
2.000,000 
2,500,000 
3,000,000 
2,500,000 
$20,000,000 
It was formerly produced in our Southern States, 
especially Florida, where the plant grows luxuri- 
antly, and it still appears to be prepared there for 
local use. (See A. J. P., xxvii. 473.) It is of an 
intensely blue color, but assumes a coppery or 
bronze hue when rubbed by a smooth hard body, 
as the nail. Heated to 287-7° C. (550° F.), it 
emits a reddish-violet vapor, which condenses in 
minute crystals. It is insoluble in water or alco- 
hol, but is readily dissolved by concentrated or 
fuming sulphuric acid, because of the formation of 
monosulphindigotic and disulphindigotic acids, of 
which the first is difficultly soluble in water and 
the second easily soluble. The sodium salt of this 
latter constitutes the indigo-carmine of commerce. 
It is also soluble in nitrobenzol. For other solvents, 
see American Chemist, i. 472; A. J. P., xliii. 562. 
According to Berzelius, indigo contains, among 
other ingredients, four distinct principles: 1, a 
substance resembling gluten ; 2, a brown coloring 
substance; 3, a red coloring substance; and 4, a 
blue coloring substance, which is the principle 
upon which its value as a material for dyeing de- 
pends, and which seldom constitutes so much as 
one half of the indigo of commerce. This blue 
coloring matter is called indigotin. According to 
C. Mehu, if dissolved in a boiling mixture of car- 
bolic acid with a little alcohol or 15 per cent, of 
camphor, on cooling it is deposited in crystals. (A. 
J. P., xliv. 71.) By deoxidizing agents it is de- 
prived of its blue color, which it recovers by expo- 
sure to the air, in consequence of the absorption of 
oxygen. Such is the case with the acid sulphites, 
and in a less degree with sulphurous acid. Certain 
volatile oils are said to have the same effect when PART II. 
Inks, Colored.—Insect Powdet\ 
1695 
color of the urine, and sometimes to cause a men- 
strual flux. It has been especially used in epilepsy, 
infantile convulsions, chorea, hysteria., and amen- 
orrhoea, from a scruple to an ounce, three times a 
day. For further details, see 16th ed. U. S D. 
INKS, COLORED. The following recipes are 
stated by the Boston Journal of Chemistry to he 
preferable to the solutions of aniline dyes, which 
are now so extensively used as colored inks. 
Green. Two parts copper acetate, one part po- 
tassium carbonate, and eight parts water. Boil till 
half is evaporated, and filter. 
Blue. Three parts Prussian blue, one part oxalic 
acid, and thirty parts water. When dissolved, add 
one part gum arabic. 
Yellow. One part fine orpiment, well rubbed up, 
with four parts thick gum water. 
Red. With the aid of a gentle heat dissolve four 
grains of carmine in one ounce of ammonia water, 
and add six grains of gum arabic. 
Gold. Rub gold-leaf, such as is used by book- 
binders, with honey till it forms a uniform mixture. 
When the honey has been washed out with water, 
the gold powder will settle at the bottom, and must 
be mixed with gum water in sufficient quantity. 
Silver. Silver-leaf treated in precisely the same 
manner gives a silver ink. Both these inks may, 
when dry, be polished with ivory. 
Black. Throe ounces crushed nut-gall, two 
ounces crystallized ferrous sulphate, two ounces 
gum arabic, and twenty-four ounces water. 
White. Fine French zinc white, rubbed up with 
gum water to a proper consistency. 
INSECT POWDER. Camomille de Perse, Fr. 
Persische Bertramblumen, G. Persian or Caucasian 
Insect Powder, or Guirila, consists of the flowers 
of Chrysanthemum roseum, Web. et Mohr. (C'. 
carneum, M. von Bieb ; Pyrethrum coronopifolium, 
Willd.; P. carneum, Bieb ; P. roseum, Lindl.); and 
C. marschallii, Aschers (Pyrethrum roseum, Bieb), 
growing upon the Caucasian mountains, Armenia 
and Northern Persia, at an elevation of about a 
mile. Dalmatian Insect Powder is the product of 
Chrysanthemum cineraricefolium, Benth. etHook., 
also Vis., also (Trev.) Bocc. (Pyrethrum cinerarice- 
folium, Trev.), and it is more powerful than the Cau- 
casian powder. The plant is now being cultivated 
on a large scale in California, and as more care is 
given to the preservation during drying of the 
color and of the volatile oil than in Dalmatia, the 
California product is said to be superior to the 
foreign drug. (Chem. and Drug., August, 1889; 
see also for method of cultivation Reports of the 
Fourth U. S. Entomological Commission, 1885.) 
The insect powder of commerce varies in color 
from yellow, yellowish brown, or brownish yellow 
to yellowish green, the finer qualities verging to- 
wards brown and the poorer towards green. Bril- 
liant yellow powder should be viewed with suspi- 
cion. On microscopical examination of an insect 
powder, it will be found to consist of fragments of 
involucral scales composed of sclerencbyma, per- 
haps bits of stems composed of collenchymatous 
cells, pollen grains, fragments of the corolla and 
of its epidermis and papillae. The absence or scar- 
city of pollen in the powder shows the absence or 
scarcity of the flowers in the drug ; whilst the pro- 
portion of collenchymatous tissue indicates the 
proportion of stems. As the activity of the insect 
powder resides in the flower, specimens containing 
little of the flowers or much of the stems should be 
rejected. The powder yielded by the Dalmatian 
plant can usually be distinguished from Persian 
insect powder by the following characters. The 
outer surface and edges of the scales of the Dal- 
matian flowers contain numerous hairs, consisting 
of a long cell with attenuated ends placed horizon- 
tally upon a one- to three-celled stalk. The Persian 
flowers are almost entirely glabrous, a white hoari- 
ness being found only at and near the base of the 
scales, and very few hairs near the apex; the hairs 
are of the same structure as the preceding, only 
the terminal cell being much longer. Sclerenehy- 
matous cells are much more numerous in the Per- 
sian than in the Dalmatian. The so-called Hunga- 
rian or Russian daisy, probably a species of the 
subgenus Leucanthemum, has been quite largely 
used as an adulterant. The importance of the 
adulteration is increased by the fact that the Hun- 
garian daisy appears to be entirely free from in- 
secticidal properties. The Hungarian daisy is 
distinguished from the true Pyrethrum by the 
orange-yellow disk florets, by the depression of the 
involucre, by its prominent dark receptacle, and by 
the absence of pubescence and pappus. The odor is 
less pungent than that of the true insect flower, 
being more like that of matricaria. The difference 
in odor is more pronounced on infusing in warm 
water. The Hungarian daisy yields a powder 
somewhat darker in color than true insect pow- 
der. Microscopically, the Hungarian or Russian 
daisy differs only in the absence from the involucre 
and stems of the peculiar hairs seen on the scales 
of the true insect powder, and the presence in their 
place of certain hairs, consisting of from four to 
ten cells, and terminating with a much elongated, 
thin-walled, or inflated cell. There seems to be 
no recognizable difference between the pollen of 
the two plants which yield insect powder and of 
the Hungarian daisy. The presence of quassia, 
fustic, turmeric, and other adulterants may be made 
out by the aid of the microscope, and chrome yellow 
(salt of lead) chemically, but the powder of Hun- 
garian daisy cannot be detected microscopically. 
According to George R. Durrant, however, the Hun- 
garian powder yields 10 per cent, of ash, whereas 
true insect powder yields but 6-5 per cent. 
Insect powder does not appear to be actively 
poisonous to man, though it is said to cause some 
confusion of head in those who sleep in close apart- 
ments where much of it is used. Upon the insects, 
however, which are apt to infest the person of man 
and animals, as well as bedding and sleeping apart- 
ments, it acts very destructively, first stupefying 
and then killing them. It is scattered over the 
person, upon the beds, about apartments, etc., and 
is even employed as a dressing for ulcers and 
wounds to prevent the formation of maggots. It 
also answers to preserve dried insects and plants in 
cabinet collections. The powder, exhausted by 
alcohol, is harmless to insects; its activity is there- 
fore dependent upon some principle whose nature 
has not been positively determined. M. Trapp, 
and also Ivanel de Bellesme, assert that it is an 
alkaloid, whilst M. Rother denies that it is of such 
nature. (A. J. P., xxv., 1857 ; Dragendorff, Jahres- 
bericht, 1876, 121.) Mr. Texton has found it to 
be a soft resin. (A. J. P., 1881, 491.) In a series 
of experiments, Prof. Riley has found that the 
fumes of the burning powder are very poisonous to 
insects, and for certain purposes afford a ready 
mode of application, but that generally an aqueous 1696 
Iodol.—Iodol. 
PART II. 
infusion is the best and cheapest preparation. It 
is also used now in the form of cones made by 
making a mass with mucilage of gum, with the 
addition of a small quantity of potassium nitrate. 
After drying, these are ignited like a pastille. 
Twenty-live grains stirred up in two quarts of 
water were sufficient to kill young cotton worms. 
The infusion soon spoils. The tincture and the 
alcoholic extract are both efficient preparations. 
The tincture (one part to four) has been especially 
recommended, diluted with ten times its bulk of 
water, by F. Jager, to keep off vermin from the 
human body. According to Prof. Maisoh (A. J. P., 
1869, 128), it is capable of causing a vesicular erup- 
tion like that produced by the poison ivy. 
IODAL. This substance, prepared by the action 
of iodine upon a mixture of alcohol and nitric acid, 
is decomposed by an alkali into iodoform and 
formic acid. M. Kabuteau found it to resemble 
chloral in its actions on animals. (Ann. de Therap., 
1870, 98.) 
IODANTIFEBRIN. Iodacetanilid. CeH4I. 
NH(C2H30). This occurs in rhombic flakes melt- 
ing at 18T50 C., very slightly soluble in cold water, 
easily soluble in alcohol and in glacial acetic acid. 
In the experiments of E. Munz (Prag. Med. 
Wochensch., 1891), the physiological results follow- 
ing the administration of this remedy by the mouth 
were entirely negative, and neither iodine nor anti- 
febrin could be recognized in the urine, the prob- 
able explanation of this being that the excessive 
insolubility of the drug prevents its absorption. 
IODIC ACID. HI03. This is obtained by 
decomposing the calcium iodate with sulphuric 
acid (A. J. P., xlvi. 558), or by heating iodine 
with nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-5), and allowing the 
crystals of iodic acid to separate on cooling. It 
has been proposed by M. Lutton as a remedy in 
chronic glandular enlargements and goitre, half a 
drachm of a 2 per cent, solution being injected into 
the affected part. [Arm. de Therap., 1874, 192.) 
Its 5 per cent, solution has been highly com- 
mended as a haemostatic, also as an astringent and 
alterative in gonorrhoea and other mucous mem- 
brane infections. Pencils made of it are also said 
to be a very useful caustic in chancroids and vari- 
ous other ulcers. In using it hypodermically it is 
essential to have an absolutely clean syringe. In 
gastric hemorrhage it may be given in the dose of 
from one to two grains (0.06-0T3 Gm.) three times 
a day in milk ; in gonorrhoea, injections of 0 05 per 
cent, may be employed. 
The sodium iodate, a white, odorless, crystalline 
substance, very soluble in water, has been recom- 
mended for internal use, but is much inferior to the 
iodides. Dose, from ten to fifteen grains (0-6-0-9 
Gm.) in milk. As a local remedy it may be useful in 
tubercular and other inflammations of the nose and 
larynx, either pure or diluted. Subcutaneous injec- 
tions of from one to three grains may be safely given 
to reduce adenopathies, relieve rheumatic swellings 
and pains, and in neuritis and nervous syphilis. 
IODINE ALBUMINATES. Eigon. Dieter- 
ich (Pharm. Centralb., xxxiii) has produced cer- 
tain substances which he believes to be staple com- 
pounds of iodine and albumen, and useful internally 
and externally for iodization. 
Alpha-eigon, a light brown, odorless, tasteless, 
and insoluble powder, contains 20 per cent, of 
combined iodine, which is set free by acids and 
more slowly by alkalies. 
Alpha-eigon sodium, sodium iodo-albuminate, an 
almost colorless, odorless, and nearly tasteless sol- 
uble powder, contains 15 per cent, of iodine; pro- 
posed as a substitute for potassium iodide. 
Beta-eigon iodized peptone, one-fifth of the iodine 
strength of potassium iodide, over which salt it is 
said to have the advantage for internal use of being 
readily absorbed without causing irritation. One 
hundred and fifty grains daily are said to be well 
borne by the stomach. 
IODINE TRICHLORIDE. ICL. This com- 
pound occurs in reddish-yellow crystals ; very sol- 
uble in water and alcohol; rapidly decomposed 
with liberation of iodine and chlorine when brought 
in contact with organic matter. It has been espe- 
cially recommended by Belfield {Brit. Med. Journ., 
Aug. 1892) as a powerful local antiseptic. A solu- 
tion is prepared for medicinal use by suspending 
5-5 Gm, of iodine in 22 Gm. of water, and passing 
in chlorine as long as it is absorbed by the well- 
cooled mixture. The solution contains 10 Gm. of 
iodine trichloride. The strength of the solution 
used is 1 to 5 per cent. Gauze sterilized by boiling 
and immersing in 1 to 10 per cent, and dried is said 
to retain iodine trichloride indefinitely. 
IODIPIN. A yellow, oily fluid, of a purely 
oleaginous taste, said by Winternitz {Deutsch. Med. 
Wochen., xxiii.) to be an iodine addition-product 
of sesame oil, and to contain 10 per cent, of iodine 
in chemical combination. It has been given suc- 
cessfully in syphilis and scrofula, in drachm doses 
(3-9 Gm.), three times a day, either pure or in 
emulsion. 
IODOFORMOGEN. According to K. Gaab 
(Pharm. Centralhalle, 1898, xi. 189), iodoformogen 
is a chemical combination of iodoform and albumen. 
It occurs as a fine, loose, dry, non-conglutinating 
powder, having a faint acidulo-ethereal odor, and 
being two and one-half times as voluminous as pow- 
dered iodoform. According to Kromayer {Berl. 
Klin. Wochen., xxxv. 1898), iodoformogen is more 
slow and continuous and certain in its local action 
than is iodoform, and has the other properties of 
iodoform which make it valuable in surgery, lack- 
ing the odor. It bears sterilization at 212° F., 
without change. 
IODOL. Tetraiodopyrrol. Pyrrol Tetriodide. 
C4I4NH. This is a yellowish-brown shining pow- 
der, composed of long prismatic crystals soluble in 
alcohol, in three parts of absolute ether, chloro- 
form, and fatty oils, but soluble in water only in 
the proportion of one to five thousand, tasteless, 
and without odor. It was discovered by Silber 
and Ci amici an, and is made from the pyrrol ob- 
tained in Dippel’s oil (bone oil), which, after puri- 
fying, is treated with a solution of iodine in potas- 
sium iodide, when the tetraiodide (iodol) precipi- 
tates. It is purified by redissolving in hot alcohol, 
and again precipitated by the addition of water. 
It contains nearly 89 per cent, of iodine. It is 
capable of being heated to 100° O. without decom- 
position,* but at 140-6° C. (285° F.)is decomposed 
with evolution of fumes of iodine. Sulphuric acid 
produces a green color with it. 
When given in sufficient dose to animals, iodol 
causes emaciation, albuminous urine, fall of tem- 
perature, general loss of muscular power, and finally 
death from fatty degeneration of the liver and kid- 
♦Merck’s bulletin states that the iodol when in alcoholic 
solution begins to decompose at the boiling point of alco- 
hol, although dry iodol will bear 100° C., as above stated. PART II. 
lodophenacetin.—Jatropha Macrorhiza. 
1697 
nevs and other tissues. That iodol is capable of 
producing constitutional symptoms is shown by 
Hr. C. Lauenstein (Therap. Gaz., 1887, 768), in a 
case in which the use of the drug as a surgical 
dressing caused dizziness, marked rise in the tem- 
perature, vomiting, and small irregular pulse of 
136, albuminous urine, and apathy which did not 
subside for four days. Iodine was found in the 
urine for twelve days. Pallin also reports a case 
with similar symptoms. That iodol is a less dan- 
gerous topical application than iodoform is due to 
its slower absorption. Iodol may be employed for 
all purposes for which iodoform has been used. It 
has been found very valuable in the treatment of 
tubercular laryngitis, and may be blown into the 
larynx' directly upon the ulcers without causing 
irritation. It has been used with asserted great 
success in the treatment of blennorrhagic and 
simple vaginitis, in chancres and other ulcers, in 
suppurative adenitis, and as an antiseptic dress- 
ing to wounds.* Mazzoni’s original solution was : 
iodine, one part; alcohol, sixteen parts; glycerin, 
thirty-four parts. One drachm of iodol forms with 
one ounce of ether a clear brown solution, which 
may be applied by the spray or brush to the nasal 
and other mucous membranes, on which it leaves 
a coating of iodol. Iodol pastilles are prepared by 
Wolfenden from one grain of iodol, one minim of 
glycerin, and eighteen grains of glyco-gelatin, and 
are by him strongly recommended for laryngitis. 
Iodol has also been used as an internal remedy. 
Assaky states that its effects in tertiary syphilis and 
in scrofula are extraordinary. Good effects have 
also been claimed for it in diabetes. The usual 
dose is two or three grains (0T3 or (M9 Gm.) a 
day ; but Assaky and Beck have given thirty grains 
(1-9 Gm.) a day with asserted good results. 
IODOPHENACETIN. Iodophenine. C„0H23 
ISN„04. To a solution of phenacetin in glacial 
acetic acid is added hydrochloric acid water, and 
then a solution of iodine in potassium iodide. The 
product forms crystals resembling those of potas- 
sium permanganate, melting at from 130°-131° C. 
with decomposition, and soluble in glacial acetic 
acid or alcohol. Decomposed by water. Dr. Schol- 
vein (Oesterr. Zeitsch. fur Pharm., 1891) has found 
that this substance is a powerful germicide, and 
that it is locally very irritant, and when taken into 
the intestinal canal is decomposed with the libera- 
tion of iodine, and liable to produce iodine poison. 
The drug probably has no practical value. 
IODOTERPIN. C10HieI. This compound of 
iodine and terpin is a dark brown liquid, having 
the odor of turpentine, soluble in ether, benzol, 
and chloroform, with a specific gravity of 119, and 
a boiling point of from 165° to 175° C. In a commu- 
nication to the Twelfth International Medical Con- 
gress it was proposed by A. Lieven as a substitute 
for the tincture of iodine, and mixed with sterilizing 
kaolin, 1 to 20 per cent., as an antiseptic dusting 
powder. 
IODOZONE. This is stated to be a solution of 
iodine in ozone. It has been brought forward as a 
remedial agent by M. Robin, an apothecary of 
Bourges. (Journ. d'Hygiene, Aug. 1892.) 
IONIDIUM MARCUCCI. This name has been 
conferred by Dr. Bancroft upon a South American 
plant of the nat. ord. Violaceae, supposed to be the 
source of a medicine used with great asserted ad- 
vantage in Maracaibo and elsewhere, in elephan- 
tiasis and other cutaneous affections. A specimen, ‘ 
however, received from Dr. Bancroft, was found by 
Sir W. Hooker to be identical with the Ionidium 
parviflorum of Yentinat, which is now referred to I. 
glutinosum, Yent. The medicine is called by the 
Indians cuichunchulli, and grows at the foot of 
Chimborazo. It is said to he diaphoretic, diuretic, 
occasionally sialagogue, and in large doses emetic 
and cathartic. The root is the part used. For 
further information, see A. J. P., iii. 125. 
IRON-WOOD. Osirya virginicci. Willd. (Now 
0 virginiana (Mill.), Willd.) (Nat. ord. Cupu- 
liferae.) The wood of the Hop-Hornbeam is said 
to be tonic, antiperiodic, and alterative; and the 
fluid extract has been used in doses of from a half 
to one fluidrachm in ague. 
I SATIS TINCTORIA. L. Woad. Pastel. 
(Nat. ord. Cruciferse.) A biennial plant, indigenous 
and cultivated in Europe. The leaves have a fugi- 
tive pungent odor, and an acrid very durable taste ; 
they have been used in scorbutic affections, jaun- 
dice, and other complaints, but are only valuable 
because of the indican present, which yields indigo 
blue. (See Indigo.) The leaves are prepared by 
grinding them to a paste, which is made into balls, 
placed in heaps, and allowed to ferment. When 
the fermentation is at an end, the mass falls into a 
coarse powder, which is woad. 
ISOPYRUM THALICTROIDES. L. (Nat. 
ord. Ranunculacese.) F. A. Harsten believes he 
has found two alkaloids, isopyrine and pseudoisopy- 
rine, in the root of this plant. (A. J. P., xliv. 453.) 
ISSUE PEAS. These are globular beads, of 
the size of a pea, made of woody substances of 
spongy structure, intended to be introduced into 
issues, abscesses, etc., for the purpose of promoting 
suppuration. 
JACARANDA. Several species of this genus 
(nat. ord. Bignoniacese) are employed in syphilis in 
Brazil and other portions of South America under 
the names of caroba, carobinha, etc. Peckolt (A. J. 
P., 1882, 134) has found in them a crystalline sub- 
stance, carobin, besides resins and acids, such as 
carobic and steocarobic acids, and carobon, carobore- 
linic acid, and caroba balsam. Hesse (Ann. Chem. 
und Pharm., 252, 150) found only an aromatic resin, 
but no alkaloid. The value of the remedy has been 
asserted in the Brit. Med. Journ., vol. i., 1885. For 
further information, consult P. J. Tr., 3d series, 
vols. v., xii., and xiv., and also A. J. P., 1882. 
JAMBOSA ROOT. This is the root of Myrtis 
Jambos, H. B. K. (now Eugenia Jambos, L.), of 
the nat. ord. Myrtacese, which is widely cultivated 
in the tropics under the name of the rose-apple. It 
has been found by A. W. Gerrard to contain an 
oleoresin, besides a crystalline principle, jambosin, 
C10Hi6N03. Lyons has also found in it minute 
quantities of an alkaloid. The decoction of the 
bark of the root is used as an astringent in dys- 
entery, gonorrhoea, and leucorrhoea. (P. J. Tr., 
March, 1884.) 
JAMBU ASSU. Piper Jaborandi. The root 
of the Piper jaborandi, Yell. (nat. ord. Piperacese), 
is one of the jaborandis of Brazil, which is used by 
the natives as a sudorific, a diuretic, and a febrifuge. 
It is said to contain an alkaloid and a pungent 
oleoresin. (See Pilocarpus.) 
JATROPHA MACRORHIZA. Benth. Jicama. 
This is a euphorbiaceous plant which inhabits 
Northern Mexico and the adjoining United States. 
It is a mild purgative, acting excessively in over- 
dose, and is believed by the Mexicans to be chola- 1698 
Jeffersonia Uiphylla.—Juniperus Virginiana. 
PART II. 
gogue. The dose of the fluid extract is stated to be 
from one-half to two fluidrachms (1-9-7-4 C.c.). 
JEFFERSONIA DIPHYLLA. (L.) Pers. 
Twin-leaf. (Nat. ord. Berberidaceae.) This is a 
small, indigenous, herbaceous perennial. Prom a 
knotty rhizome arises a naked one-flowered scape 
about a foot in height, and leaves which stand 
in pairs on long footstalks. The flower is white, 
with a four-leaved colored calyx, and eight petals ; 
and the fruit is a one-celled, obovate, substipitate 
capsule, dehiscent near the top, with many oblong 
seeds, united at the base. The plant grows in the 
Middle and Western States. The rhizome, which, 
with the rootlets attached, is the part used, has a 
brownish-yellow color, and a bitter, acrid taste, 
which resides in its cortical part, the inner portion 
being nearly tasteless. E. S. Wayne, of Cincinnati, 
found it to contain albumen, gum, tannic acid, 
starch, pectin, a fatty resin, hard resin, sugar, 
lignin, and a peculiar acrid principle, having acid 
properties and resembling polygalic acid, in which 
it is supposed that the virtues of the root reside. 
The root is said to be emetic in large doses, tonic 
and expectorant in smaller doses, and not unlike 
senega, as a substitute for which it is sometimes 
used. (A. J. P., xxvii. 1.) According to Prof. 
Mayer, of New York, the rhizome of this plant 
contains a small quantity of berberine and a second 
white alkaloid. The pectin of Mr. Wayne he con- 
siders to be saponin. (Ibid., 1863, 99.) Mr. A. W. 
Flexor has, however, proved the absence of ber- 
berine from the root. (Amer. Drug., 1884.) 
JELLIES. The form of jelly is sometimes a 
convenient method of administering medicines, es- 
pecially the fixed oils, as cod-liver oil, castor oil, 
resinous juices, etc. The following is a formula 
recommended by Prof. Parrish and William C. 
Bakes. “Take of the fixed oil or liquid resin a 
troyounce; honey, syrup, each, half a troyounce; 
gum arabic, in powder, two drachms', Russian 
isinglass, forty grains; orange-flower water, six 
fluidrachms. Dissolve the isinglass, with the aid 
of heat, in half a fluidounce of the orange-flower 
water, replacing the water as it evaporates. Tritu- 
rate the other ingredients, with the remainder of 
the orange-flower water, into a homogeneous mass in 
a warmed mortar, then add the hot solution of isin- 
glass, stir the mixture as it cools, and set it aside to 
gelatinize.” J. P., 1861, 4.) Any other aro- 
matic water may be substituted for that of the 
orange-flower, and cinnamon water diluted with an 
equal measure of pure water would probably better 
cover the offensive taste. In reference to cod-liver 
oil, the bitter-almond or cherry-laurel water would 
be still more effectual, care, however, being taken, 
in this case, that the water be duly diluted, lest too 
large a dose of it be administered. 
JUNIPERUS. U. S. 1880. Juniper. Fructus 
Juniperi, P. G. Baccce Juniperi. Juniper Berries. 
Genievre, Baxes de Genievre, Fr. Gemeiner Wach- 
holder, Wachholderbeeren, G. Ginepro, It. Enebro, 
Bayas de Enebro, Sp. 
Juniperus communis, L. (nat. ord. Conifer*), is 
an erect evergreen shrub, usually small, but some- 
times twelve or fifteen feet high, with numerous 
very close branches. The leaves are narrow, longer 
than the fruit, entire, sharply pointed, channelled, 
of a deep green color, somewhat glaucous on their 
upper surface, spreading, and attached to the stem 
or branches in threes, in a verticillate manner. The 
flowers are dioecious, and disposed in small, ovate, 
axillary, sessile, solitary aments. The fruit is 
formed of the fleshy coalescing scales of the ament, 
and contains three angular seeds. 
The common juniper is a native of Europe, but 
has been naturalized in the United States. North- 
ward it becomes a trailing shrub, seldom more than 
two or three feet high, spreading in all directions, 
throwing out roots from its branches, and forming 
beds which are often many rods in circumference. 
The name of J. depressa has been proposed for this 
variety. The common juniper flowers in May, but 
does not ripen its fruit till late in the following 
year. All parts of the plant contain a volatile oil, 
which imparts to them a peculiar flavor. The wood 
has a slight aromatic odor, and was formerly used 
for fumigation. A terebinthinate juice exudes from 
the tree and hardens on the bark. This has been 
erroneously considered as identical with sancLarach. 
The berries, as the fruit is commonly called, are 
sometimes collected in this country, and parcels are 
occasionally brought to the Philadelphia market 
from New Jersey. But, though equal to the Euro- 
pean in appearance, they are inferior in strength, 
and are not much used. The best come from the 
south of Europe, particularly from Trieste and the 
Italian ports. They are globular, more or less 
shrivelled; about as large as a pea; marked with 
three furrows at the summit, and at the base with 
tubercles from the persistent calyx; and covered 
with a glaucous bloom, beneath which they are of 
a shining blackish-purple color. They contain a 
brownish-yellow pulp, and three ovate, long, bony, 
angular seeds. They have an agreeable somewhat 
aromatic odor, and a sweetish, warm, bitterish, 
slightly terebinthinate taste. These properties, as 
well as their medical virtues, they ctwe chiefly to 
a volatile oil. (See Oleum, Juniperi.) The other 
ingredients, according to Trommsdorff, are resin, 
sugar, gum, wax, lignin, water, and various saline 
substances. The proportion of these ingredients 
varies according to the greater or less maturity of 
the berries. The volatile oil is most abundant in 
those which have attained their full growth and are 
still green, or in those which are on the point of 
ripening. In the latter Trommsdorff found 1 per 
cent, of the oil. In those perfectly ripe it has 
been partly changed into resin, and in those quite 
black, completely so. The berries impart their 
virtues to water and alcohol. They are very largely 
consumed in the preparation of gin. 
The tops of juniper were formerly directed by the 
Edinburgh and Dublin Colleges. Their odor is 
balsamic, their taste resinous and bitterish, and they 
possess similar virtues with the berries. 
Uses.—Juniper berries are gently stimulant and 
diuretic, imparting to the urine the smell of violets, 
and producing occasionally, when largely taken, 
disagreeable irritation in the urinary passages. They 
are chiefly used as an adjuvant to more powerful 
diuretics in dropsical complaints. The infusion is 
a good preparation. It is made by macerating an 
ounce of the bruised berries in a pint of boiling 
water, the whole of which may be taken in the 
course of twenty-four hours. The fluid extract is 
an eligible preparation, but for most purposes the 
oil is preferable. (See Oleum Juniperi, Part I.) 
JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA. L. Red Cedar. 
Cedre de Virginie, Fr. Virginische Ceder, Rothe 
Ceder, G. The tops of this plant were formerly in- 
cluded in the Secondary List of the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia. The tree is an evergreen of slow growth, PART II. 
Juniperus Virginiana.—Kalmia Latifolia. 
1699 
seldom very large, though sometimes attaining a 
height of forty or fifty feet, with a stem more than 
a foot in diameter. It has numerous and close 
branches, which, in the young tree, spread out hori- 
zontally near the ground ; but as the tree advances, 
the lower branches slowly decay, leaving the trunk 
irregular with knots and crevices. The leaves are 
very small, fleshy, ovate, concave, pointed, glandu- 
lar on their outer surface, ternate or in pairs, and 
closely imbricated. Those of the young shoots are 
often much longer and spreading. The leaves 
closely invest the extreme twigs, increasing with 
their growth, till ultimately lost in the encroach- 
ments of the bark. The red cedar grows in all lati- 
tudes of the United States, from Burlington, in 
Yermont, to the Gulf of Mexico; but it is most 
abundant and vigorous in the southern section. 
The interior wood is of a reddish color, and highly 
valuable on account of its great durability. Small 
excrescences, which are sometimes found on the 
branches of the tree, are popularly used as an 
anthelmintic, under the name of cedar apples, in 
the dose of from ten to twenty grains (0*65-1-3 
Gm.) three times a day. The tops have a pleasant 
odor, and a strong, bitterish, somewhat pungent 
taste. These properties reside chiefly in a volatile 
oil, and are readily imparted to alcohol. The 
leaves, analyzed by Mr. Wm. J. Jenks, were found 
to contain volatile oil, gum, tannic acid, albumen, 
bitter extractive, resin, chlorophyll, fixed oil, lime, 
and lignin. [A. J. P., xiv. 235.) They bear a close 
resemblance to the leaves of Juniperus sabina, L., 
from which they can be certainly distinguished 
only by the difference of odor. The oil of red cedar 
is now an article of commerce: it is used princi- 
pally in perfumery, and is one of the principal 
constituents of the popular extract of white rose. 
(A. J. P., 1877, 186.) It possesses, in a marked 
degree, the well-known agreeable odor of the red 
cedar wood. Cedren camphor, Ci6H2eO = C16H2. 
-f- H20, may be obtained by cooling the oil until 
coagulated, and separating the crystalline portion 
by expression; the expressed liquid is cedren, 
Ci6H24, which, after rectification and distillation, 
has the sp. gr. 0-984 at 15° C. (59° F.), boiling at 
237° C. (458-6° F.). Cedren may also be prepared 
from the cedren camphor by the dehydrating action 
of phosphoric anhydride, P^06. The resemblance 
of red cedar to savine is said also to extend to its 
medical properties. It is, however, much less en- 
ergetic, and has not acquired the confidence of the 
profession. Externally applied it acts as an irri- 
tant ; and an ointment, prepared by boiling the 
fresh leaves for a short time in twice their weight 
of lard, with the addition of a little wax, is em- 
ployed as a substitute for savine cerate in maintain- 
ing a purulent discharge from blistered surfaces. 
Sometimes the dried leaves in powder are mixed 
with six times their weight of resin cerate, and 
used for a similar purpose. But neither of these 
preparations is as effectual as the analogous prepa- 
ration of savine. 
The volatile oil, which resembles oil of savine 
in its medical properties, has been used for the 
purpose of producing abortion, and in some cases 
has caused death. The symptoms have been burn- 
ing in the stomach, vomiting, convulsions, coma, 
and a slow pulse, with evidences of gastro-intesti- 
nal inflammation after death. (See Dr. S. C. Watt, 
Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., vol. xl.) 
Under the name of cedar are known in commerce 
various trees, some of which do not belong to the 
genus Juniperus. The wood of Juniperus ber- 
mudictna is said to be largely used in making pen- 
cils. The cedar of Lebanon, Cedrus libani, Bar- 
rel, and its two varieties, the African cedar, C. 
atlantica, Manetti, and the Indian cedar or deodar, 
C. deodara, Loud., do not appear to he distilled for 
oil. Other trees known as cedars are the West In- 
dian white cedar, Tecoma leucoxylon, Mart.; the 
American red cedar, Thuja occidentalism Linn.; the 
Californian white cedar, Libocedrus decurrens, 
Torr.; the New Zealand cedar, Libocedrus bid- 
willii, Hook. ; the Australian red cedar, Cedrela 
ioona, Koxb. ; and the West India cedar, Cedrela 
odorata, Linn. The wood of the latter species is used 
in making cigar boxes, and, according to the Messrs. 
Schimmel, yields 3 per cent, of a volatile oil, has 
a specific gravity of 0 915, boils between 265° and 
270° C., and has an optical rotation of 5-053° in a 
100 Mm. tube. It is said to be a powerful insecti- 
cide. (Pharm. Journ., August 29, 1896, 179.) 
JURUBEBA. Solanum paniculatum. L. (Nat. 
ord. Solanaceas.) Introduced by importers under 
the name of jurubeba, this plant was examined by 
Dr. Robert, and found to contain no active princi- 
ple, and to be inert. According to Dr. Pcckolt, 
however [Pharm. Rundschau, 1889), true jurubeba 
is Solanum insidiosum, Mart., from which the re- 
sults would have been more favorable. It is used 
in Brazil in gonorrhoea and syphilis. 
KAIRINE. Kairin G. Oxytetrahydromethyl- 
quinoline. The hydrochloric acid compound of this 
base, CjpHjgON.HCl -f- H20, is the commercial 
kairine (kairine M). Quinoline is treated -with 
sulphuric acid, forming quinoline-sulphonic acid, 
which, fused with caustic soda, yields oxyquinoline, 
which is then reduced with tin and hydrochloric 
acid, forming tetrahydroxyquinoline, and this, on 
treatment with methyl bromide, yields methylte- 
trahydroxyquinoline or kairine. Kairine A is the 
corresponding ethyl compound, and has similar 
properties. Kairine, as brought into commerce, is 
readily soluble in water and alcohol, and forms a 
grayish-white, crystalline powder, with bitter, salty 
taste. Ferric chloride produces a dark brown color, 
which upon the addition of sulphuric acid turns 
purple. 
Kairine belongs to the antipyretic remedies, and 
is without doubt capable, in doses of from five to 
ten grains (0-3-0-6 6m.), of producing pronounced 
fall of temperature in fever, accompanied by copi- 
ous sweating. It is, however, a cardiac depress- 
ant, which is said to act directly upon the cardiac 
muscles, and is very prone to produce cyanosis and 
collapse. The reports have been so unfavorable 
that, in the absence of advantage over antipyrin 
and antifebrin, kairine is no longer used in prac- 
tical medicine. 
KAIROLINE, M or A. Tetrahydromethyl- 
quinoline, or Tetrahydroethylquinoline. These bases 
differ from kairine in not containing oxygen. Their 
characters are similar The sulphates are the com- 
mercial salts. For physiological action, see Ber. 
Chem. Ges.. xvi. 739. 
KALMIA LATIFOLIA. L. Laurel. Moun- 
tain Laurel. Broad-leafed Laurel. Calico-bush. 
Spoonwood. Kalmie, Fr., G. This well-known 
ericaceous evergreen is found from New Brunswick 
to Florida and from Ohio to Louisiana, being espe- 
cially abundant on the sides of hills and mountains. 
It is from three to ten feet in height. The leaves, 1700 
Kandol.—Keratin. 
PART II. 
which are supposed to be possessed of poison- 
ous, narcotic properties, have been found by Mr. 
Charles Bullock to contain gum, tannic acid, resin, 
chlorophyll, fatty matter, a substance resembling 
mannite, an acrid principle, wax, extractive, albu- 
men, yellow coloring matter, lignin, and salts of 
potassium, calcium, and iron. (A. J. P., xx. 264.) 
Mr. George W. Kennedy detected the alkaloid 
arbutin in them. (Ibid., xlvii. 5.) Although chem- 
ists have failed to find the toxic principle in this 
plant, the leaves are popularly believed to be 
poisonous to sheep and other small animals, but are 
said to be eaten with impunity by deer, goats, and 
grouse. It is also affirmed that severe and fatal 
poisoning has been produced by eating grouse that 
have fed upon these leaves. (See 16th ed. U. S. D.) 
Scientific proof of the poisonous properties of the 
laurel still seems to be lacking. The leaves have 
been used internally in diarrhoea and in syphilis, 
and externally in various skin diseases. (See 16th 
ed. U. S. D.) 
It is probable that other species of Kalmia, as 
K. angustifolia, L., or sheep-laurel, and K. glauca, 
Ait., or swamp-laurel, have properties identical 
with those of K. latifolia. A decoction of the 
leaves of K. angustifolia is used by the negroes of 
North Carolina as a wash for ulcerations between 
the toes. 
KANDOL. Canadol. This is a light fraction 
of petroleum of great volatility, which is said to 
afford a very cheap and efficient means of rapidly 
freezing skin and subdermal tissues. 
KAOLIN. Porcelain Clay. Fuller's Earth. 
This is a very pure hydrated aluminum silicate, of 
the average formula Al2(Si03)3 -f- Al20(OH)4. It 
is a white, powdery clay, unctuous when moist. It 
has very notable power of clarifying and decolor- 
izing oils both mineral and vegetable, and in recent 
years has been largely used for this purpose. 
KAURI GUM. This is an amber-like sub- 
stance, varying from a soft cream-white to an 
amber color, dug in large quantities from the soil 
of New Zealand. It is a resinous exudation from 
the Dammara australis, Lamb (now Agathis aus- 
tralis, Steuds.), of the nat. ord. Coniferse, but as it 
first exudes and is found on the surface of the 
ground, it is not esteemed. For a full account of 
it, see P. J. Tr., ix. 715. It yields on distillation 
an oil almost entirely composed of a terpene. (A. 
J. P., 1881, 419.) Baume Caledonien consists of a 
solution of kauri gum in an equal weight of 90 per 
cent, alcohol. It has been used with alleged great 
success in the treatment of wounds and ulcers, of 
eczema and other skin affections, and as a substi- 
tute for collodion and the soluble sodium silicate. 
When applied to a well-cleansed and dried wound 
it leaves a slight deposit of resin as a varnish, which 
is not affected by friction or contact with water. 
KEFIR. Kephir. This is milk which has un- 
dergone a peculiar fermentation caused by certain 
fungus-masses, which have been long known by the 
Tartars as Kephir seed, or as the Millet of the 
Prophet. They are white, irregularly roundish 
bodies, with a very rough furrowed surface, a tough 
gelatinous or, when dried, cartilaginous consist- 
ency, of about the size of a walnut. They have 
been found by morphologists (C. D. Spivak, N. Y. 
Med. Journ., 1896) to be composed of three different 
organisms. 1. Saccharomyces cerevisioe (Meven), or 
the yeast fungus ; 2. Bacillus acidi lactici (Pasteur) ; 
and 3. Dispora caucasica, Kern; or Bacillus kephir 
(Sorokin), a rod-shaped bacterium. For an analysis 
of kefir, see Konig’s Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 
3te Aufl., Bd. i. 420. 
For the methods used by the Tartars in preparing 
kephir, see the previous editions of the U. S. D., 
also the paper by Spivak. The method of DmitriefF, 
which may be practised by any one having the 
kephir grains, is described in the New York Med. 
Journ., Jan. 1896. According to Spivak, the 
changes in milk during kephirization are as fol- 
lows. 1. Fat, salts, and water remain unchanged. 
2. The quantity of lactose is gradually lessened 
from 30-50 per mille to 16-30 per mille in the 
second-day kephir, and to 12-20 per mille in the 
third-day kephir. 3. Lactic acid is increased from 
3-5-8-6 per mille in second-day kephir to 6-3-90 
in third-day kephir. 4. Alcohol is produced from 
5-3-80 per mille in second-day kephir to 6-0-10-0 
in third-day kephir. 5. Carbon dioxide is gen- 
erated in quantities approximately 10 per cent. 
6. A part of the casein—namely, about 10 per 
cent.—is transformed into acid albumin and pep- 
tone, 10 per cent, into hemialbumose, and the rest 
loses its lime, and therefore becomes digestible. 
Kephir may be employed for the same purposes 
as are koumys and matzoon. It yields its constitu- 
ents readily to assimilation, and is somewhat laxa- 
tive and distinctly diuretic. It may be employed 
in various forms of dyspepsia, whether organic or 
functional, in anaemia and chlorosis, in rachitis, 
chronic rheumatism, phthisis, and other conditions 
of impaired nutrition. 
KERATIN. The outer skin surface, the mate- 
rial of horns, hoofs, tortoise-shell, the finger-nails, all 
show a similar chemical composition, the empirical 
formula of which is said to be C230-6II3g1K70077Sg. 
The percentage of sulphur varies, however, consid- 
erably. Keratin is prepared by Unna by steeping 
parings of horn in a digestive liquid composed of 
pepsin, 1, hydrochloric acid, 1, and water, 11, as 
long as the shavings yield anything to the solvent. 
The residue is then dissolved in ammonia by mac- 
eration lasting several weeks, after which the solu- 
tion is evaporated. 
Gissmann boils the quills of birds’ feathers in 
glacial acetic acid for from twenty-four to thirty-six 
hours in a retort furnished with a return condenser. 
A thick yellow-brown liquid is thus obtained, which 
is filtered through glass wool, evaporated on a water- 
bath to the consistence of an extract, and afterwards 
dried. Dieterich employs Gissmann’s process, but 
before the treatment with acetic acid he subjects the 
feathers to ten hours’ digestion in water and then 
to eight days’ maceration in a mixture of equal 
weights of ether and alcohol, to eliminate fatty 
matters and cholesterin. 
Keratin obtained by one of the foregoing pro- 
cesses is dissolved with the aid of a gentle heat 
either in acetic acid or ammonia, and the solution 
is allowed to clear by standing. Fischer recom- 
mends the employment of seven parts of keratin 
with either one hundred parts of acetic acid or a 
mixture of equal parts of ammonia and dilute 
alcohol. Keratin is insoluble in water, alcohol, 
ether, and dilute acetic acid, or acidulated pepsin 
solution. Diluted sulphuric acid on boiling changes 
it into leucin, tyrosin, and other products. It is 
soluble in concentrated acetic acid, alkalies, and 
ammonia. 
Keratin has been employed for the purpose of 
coating pills, so as to enable them to pass through PART II. 
Kosscila.—Koumys. 
1701 
the acid juices of the stomach and be dissolved in 
the alkaline intestinal fluids. It is proposed to use 
these coatings for four classes of medicine: 1. 
Medicines that can by prolonged contact cause irri- 
tation to the mucous membrane of the stomach : 
arsenic, salicylic acid, creosote, chrysarobin, qui- 
nine compounds, copaiba, cubebs, ferruginous prep- 
arations and especially ferric chlorides, opium, mer- 
curial preparations and especially mercuric iodide 
and chloride, phosphorus, and all the tsenifuge 
preparations. 2. Medicines that can injure the 
digestion by giving insoluble precipitates with pep- 
sin and peptones : tannin, alum, lead acetate, prep- 
arations of bismuth, silver nitrate, corrosive sub- 
limate, etc. 3. Medicines that are rendered inactive 
or decomposed by the gastric juice: alkali, bile, 
soap, calcium sulphide, iron sulphide, pancreatin, 
etc. 4. Medicines which should arrive in the intes- 
tines as concentrated as possible : kousso, santonin, 
extract of male fern, alkali. For the preparation 
of a solution of keratin suitable for the coating of 
pills several formulae have been proposed, in all of 
which either acetic acid or ammonia is used as a 
solvent. The acetic solution might be used for 
coating pills containing salts of mercury, gold, or 
iron, arsenic, creosote, salicylic acid, tannin, alum, 
etc. On the other hand, an ammoniacal solution 
might be had recourse to for pills containing pan- 
creatin, trypsin, bile, alkalies, iron sulphide, etc. 
If the piil mass should contain water, the pills 
would shrink and fissures would be produced in the 
keratin coating. It is, therefore, recommended to 
use in the making of these pills a mixture of yellow 
wax, one part, and suet or cacao butter ten parts. 
It is also necessary to avoid the use of vegetable 
powders and to employ in their place kaolin or 
charcoal powder. 
When the pills are finished they should be dipped 
in cacao butter, rolled in charcoal powder, and then 
keratinized. For this purpose the pills, placed in a 
porcelain capsule, are sprinkled with a suitable 
quantity of keratin solution and then shaken to- 
gether until the evaporation of the solvent takes 
place. This moistening and drying require to be 
repeated several times (as many as ten) before the 
layer of keratin is sufficiently thick. The process 
employed for coating pills with gelatin, which con- 
sists in dipping into the solution the pill fixed on 
the point of a needle, is not suitable here, for it 
leaves a hole through the keratin coating that can 
never be completely closed. 
In order to insure that the keratin used is insolu- 
able in the stomach, Unna recommends that a pre- 
liminary experiment should be made with calcium 
sulphide pills coated with it. If in the course of 
some hours after such pills are taken eructations of 
hydrogen sulphide are observed, it would indicate 
that the pills have been dissolved in the stomach. 
When the keratin is of good quality nothing of the 
kind should occur. Finally, the pills when placed 
in water should not liquefy or crack. (Bourquelot.) 
KOSSALA. An Abyssinian remedy against 
tape-worm. (Proc. A. P. A., xxvi.) 
KOUMYS. Kumys. This is a liquor originally 
prepared by the Tartars from the milk of mares, but 
recently imitated with cow’s milk to a great extent. 
It is said to be prepared in Tartary by putting the 
mare’s milk in tall vessels whilst warm, adding 
koumys, one part for every ten of milk, stirring 
thoroughly every few minutes, and in three or four 
hours taking out and boiling in champagne bottles. 
(Journ. de Pharrn., 1875, 59.) For an account of 
the method employed in Russia, see A. J. P., 1875, 
261. The milk of the mares of the Steppes is 
stated to resemble that of women, being much 
richer than cow’s milk in sugar and poorer in casein. 
For analysis, see Journ. de Pharm., 1875, 62. 
The true koumys does not keep long, and therefore 
must be drunk at the place of production. For 
particulars as to the varieties of it, etc., see Journ. 
de Pharm., Janv. 1875; also Truckenmiller, A. J. 
P., 1880, 292. Dr. L. Wolff (A. J. P., 1880, 291) 
has furnished, probably, the best formula for kou- 
mys : “ Grape Sugar, half an ounce. Dissolve it in 
four ounces of water. Dissolve twenty grains of 
Fleischmann’s compressed yeast, or well-washed 
and pressed out brewer’s yeast, in two ounces of 
milk. Mix the two solutions in a quart champagne 
bottle, which is to be filled with good cow’s milk to 
within two inches of the top. Cork well, secure 
the cork with wire, and place in a cellar or ice- 
chest, where a temperature of 10° C. (50° F.) or 
less can he maintained, and agitate three times a 
day. In three or four days the koumys is ready for 
use, and should not be kept longer than four or five 
days; it should be drawn only with a champagne 
tap.” A beer bottle with patent cork may he sub- 
stituted for the champagne bottle. 
According to M. Stalberg, the composition of true 
koumys is as given below; other analyses may be 
found in the Journ. de Pharm., 1875, 62. Koumys 
of June. In 100 parts, alcohol 1-65, fat 2 05, sugar 
of milk 2-20, lactic acid 1T5, casein 1T2, salts 0 28, 
carbonic acid 0-75. Koumys of September. Car- 
bonic acid 1-86, alcohol 3-23, fat 1-05, lactic acid 
2-92, casein and salts 1-21. M. Stalberg gives the 
following as the result of an analysis of Swiss 
koumys, made from skimmed cow’s milk to which 
sugar had been added. Alcohol 3-622, lactic acid 
0-256, sugar 2-376, albumen 2 099, butter 2-008, 
mineral salts 0-574, carbonic acid 1-997. Prof. 
Warnikiewicz found in koumys from cow’s milk 
6-32 per cent, of solid material, casein 3-08, butter 
0-22, milk sugar 1-77, salts 0-33, lactic acid 0-62, 
alcohol 1-23 parts per hundred. (See also Konig’s 
Nahrungs- tend Genussmittel, 416-419.) 
These fermented milks vary in composition with 
the milk they are prepared from. In the following 
analyses, the first three columns are taken from A. 
J. P., 1887; the matzoon analysis is by Prof. Uffel- 
mann. 
Cow’s milk. 
Koumys. 
Kefir. 
Matzoon. 
Albumen . . . 
11-2 
38 
31-2 
Butter 
. . . 38 
20'5 
20 
160 
Sugar of milk . 
. . . 41 
22'0 
20 
16-2 
Lactic acid . . 
U'5 
9 
8-3 
Alcohol .... 
16-5 
8 
21 
Water and salts 
... 873 
918-3 
905 
926-2 
The taste of koumys is sweet but acidulous and 
peculiar. In small quantities it is said to increase 
the appetite, in large quantities to take the place of 
solid food, each quart of it containing, according to 
Dr. Victor Jagielsky, four ounces of solid food. 
(N. R., i. 1.) In warm weather it is said to act as 
a diaphoretic, in cold weather as a diuretic. It is 
used especially in chronic constitutional diseases at- 
tended by emaciation, such as pulmonary phthisis, 
in chronic abdominal catarrhs, and in albuminuria. 
Jagielsky asserts that it is a powerful diuretic. (Br. 
Med. Journ., 1879, ii. 288.) Hourowicz states that 
in Russia “ the cure” requires from twelve to fif- 
teen pounds of milk daily (two mares), and that 1702 
Kresamin.—Lae. 
PART II. 
the koumys is taken in doses of from a teacupful 
to a tumblerful every half-hour or hour early in 
the morning. 
KRESAMIN. This is a colorless aqueous fluid, 
with a characteristic carbolic acid odor, becoming 
yellowish on exposure to the air, which is said to be 
composed of 10 parts each of trikresol and ethy- 
lene-diamine in 500 parts of water. It is alleged 
to be antiseptic, non-toxic as used, and of high 
value in the treatment of lupus and various other 
skin diseases. (Therap. Monat., April, 1898.) 
KRYOFINE. Methoxacet-p-Phenetidin. Methyl- 
\ OC H 
glycollic Phenetidin. CeH4 j Nl?.Ct)CH2OCH3- 
Kryofine crystallizes from aqueous solutions in 
needles, with a melting point of from 98°-99° C. 
(208-4°-210 2° F.). These crystals are white, and 
in moderate doses tasteless. In doses exceeding fif- 
teen grains (0-9 Gm.), one has, after a few moments, 
the sensation of chewing willow bark. It is soluble 
in boiling water 1 in 52, in cold water 1 in 600. It 
is soluble also in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and the 
oils in excess. The physiological action of kryofine 
has not been worked out, but it has been shown 
that the fatal dose for mice is three grains, and for 
a medium-sized dog two hundred and one grains, 
death occurring by general paralysis and extreme 
slowing of respiration and pulse. Seventy-five 
grains (4-8 Gm.) given to man have produced no 
more serious effect than cyanosis with some lessened 
frequency of respiration. It can be detected in the 
urine from fifteen to twenty minutes after taking, 
disappearing in from six to eight hours. In doses 
of from two and a half to twenty-five grains it has 
been used and very strongly commended by Ebstein, 
Eichhorst, Hass, Morrison, and other clinicians as 
an analgesic for pains of purely nervous origin and 
antipyretic in various fevers. It has been found 
not to reduce the temperature so markedly and 
rapidly as some of the other allied drugs, and is 
believed to be a safer remedy with much less 
marked diaphoretic action. 
The range of action of kryofine appears to be that 
of antipyrin. The assertion that it is less dangerous 
than that drug seems hardly to be sustained by the 
facts ; depression and cyanosis have been produced 
by it in various cases. According to Ebstein, it 
can usually be demonstrated in the urine within 
twenty minutes after its ingestion, and disappears .in 
six or sometimes eight hours. The usual dose is 
seven and a half grains (0'46 Gm.), to be repeated 
three or four times daily. In robust subjects the 
dose may be increased to twenty grains (1-3 Gm.), 
and sixty grains (3-9 Gm.) are said to have been 
given in the twenty-four hours with no injurious 
manifestations. In the feeble great caution is neces- 
sary in its employment. 
LABDANUM. Ladanum. A resinous sub- 
stance, obtained from various species of Cistus (nat. 
ord. Cistaceas), especially C. creticus, L., C. ladanif- 
eras, L., C. cyprius, Lmk., and C. laurifolius, L., 
small evergreen shrubs, inhabiting the islands of 
the Grecian Archipelago, and the different countries 
bordering on the Mediterranean. Upon the leaves 
and branches of these shrubs a juice exudes, which 
is collected by means of an instrument resembling 
a rake, with leather thongs instead of teeth, which 
is drawn over the plant. The juice adheres to the 
pieces of leather, and is afterwards separated. It is 
said that labdanum was formerly collected by comb- 
ing the beards of goats which had been browsing 
upon the leaves of the cistus ; and Landerer states 
that it is still gathered in Cyprus from sheep and 
goats, whose fleeces become loaded with it while 
they are pasturing. (See P. J. Tr., xi. 6 ; xv. 301; 
xvi. 386, 779.) It comes chiefly from the Grecian 
Islands. Two varieties exist in commerce. The 
purest labdanum is in masses of various sizes, some- 
times weighing several pounds, enclosed in blad- 
ders, dark red almost black externally, grayish in- 
ternally when first broken, of the consistence of a 
plaster, softening in the hand and becoming adhe- 
sive, of an agreeable balsamic odor like that of am- 
ber, and of a bitter, balsamic, somewhat acrid taste. 
It is very inflammable, burning with a clear flame. 
On exposure it becomes dry, porous, and brittle. 
Little of this variety is found in the markets. Com- 
mon labdanum is in contorted or spiral pieces, light, 
porous, blackish gray, hard and brittle, not soften- 
ing between the fingers, similar in odor and taste to 
the preceding variety, but less inflammable, and 
mixed with sand and other earthy matters, which 
are obvious to the sight. A specimen exhibited at 
the International Exhibition of 1862, at London, 
was in flattish pieces, an inch or more thick, with 
remains of leaves on one side, of a very dark green- 
ish-brown color, and a granular somewhat shining 
fracture. Guibourt found in 100 parts of the lab- 
danum in masses, 86 parts of resin with a little vol- 
atile oil, 7 of wax, 1 of watery extract, and 6 of 
earthy substances and hair. In the contorted va- 
riety, Pelletier found 20 percent, of resin, 3-6 of 
gum with calcium malate, 0-6 of malic acid, 1-9 of 
wax, 1-9 of volatile oil including loss, and 72 of a 
ferruginous sand. Schimmel & Co. (Semi-annual 
Report, April, 1893) state that they obtained from 
labdanum resin 0-91 per cent, of a golden-colored 
essential oil having the penetrating odor of am- 
bergris. Its sp. gr. is 1-011 at 15° C. Labdanum 
is a stimulant expectorant, formerly given in 
catarrh and dysentery. At present it is employed 
only in plasters. 
LAC. Lacca. Resina (Gummi) Lacca. Laque, 
Gtomme lacque, Fr. Lack, Gummilack, G. A resin- 
ous substance obtained from several trees growing 
in the East Indies, particularly from Croton laccif- 
erus, L. (nat. ord. Euphorbiaceae), a form reduced 
to C. aromaticus, L., two species of Ficus, F. re- 
ligiosa, L., and F. indica, L., both of the nat. ord. 
Urticaceaj, and, according to Valentine Ball, Schlei- 
chera trijuga, Willd. (nat. ord. Sapindacese), Butea 
frondosa, (Roxb. ?), of the nat. ord. Leguminosas, 
and Zizyphus jujuba, Lam. (nat. ord. Rham- 
naceaa). Prof. Stillman states that Acacia greggii, 
A. Gray (nat. ord. Leguminosae), and Larrea 
mexicana, Moric (Zygophylleas), plants grow- 
ing in Arizona, Colorado, and the Western ter- 
ritories, furnish both shellac and lac dye. (A. J. 
P., 1880, 409.) Lac is found in the form of a 
crust, surrounding the twigs or extreme branches, 
and is generally supposed to be an exudation from 
the bark, owing to the puncture of an insect be- 
longing to the genus Coccus, and denominated 
C. lacca. By some it is thought to be an exudation 
from the bodies of the insects themselves, which 
collect in great numbers upon the twigs, and are 
embedded in the concreted juice, through which the 
young insects eat a passage and escape. Several 
varieties are known in commerce. The most com- 
mon are stick-lac, seed-lac, and shell-lac. 
Stick-lac is the resin as taken from the tree, still 
encrusting the small twigs around which it origi- PART II. 
Lac. 
1703 
nally concreted. It is of a deep reddish-brown 
color, of a shining fracture, translucent at the edges, 
inodorous, and of an astringent, slightly bitterish 
taste. Its external surface is perforated with nu- 
merous minute pores, as if made by a needle ; and 
when broken it exhibits many oblong cells, often 
containing the dead insect. When chewed it 
colors the saliva beautifully red, and when burnt, 
diffuses a strong, agreeable odor. It is in great 
measure soluble in alcohol. 
Seed-lac consists of minute irregular fragments, 
broken from the twigs and partially exhausted by 
water. It is of a light or dark brown color, in- 
clining to red or yellow, feebly shining, almost 
tasteless, and capable of imparting to water less 
color than the stick-lac, sometimes scarcely color- 
ing it at all. It is occasionally mixed with small 
fragments of the twigs. 
Shell-lac is prepared by melting the stick-lac or 
seed-lac, previously deprived of its soluble coloring 
matter, straining it, and pouring it upon a flat 
smooth surface to harden. Valentine Ball (Jun- 
gle Life in India, N. R., June, 1880) states that 
the stick-lac is first placed between two powerful 
rollers, which, by a simple arrangement, admit of 
any degree of approximation. The lac is then 
crushed off and is separated from the woody por- 
tions by screening ; it is next placed in large tubs 
half full of water and is washed by the coolies, 
male or female, who, standing in the tubs, and 
holding a bar above with their hands, stamp and 
pivot about on their heels and toes until, after a 
succession of changes, the resulting liquor comes 
off clear. The disposal of the liquor drawn off at 
the successive washings will be spoken off farther 
on. The lac, having been dried, is placed in long 
cylindrical hags of cotton cloth, of medium texture, 
and about ten feet long and two inches in diameter. 
These bags when filled have somewhat the appear- 
ance of enormous Bologna sausages. They are 
taken to an apartment where there are a number 
of open charcoal-furnaces. Before each of these 
there are one principal operator and two as- 
sistants. The former grasps one end of the long 
sausage in his left hand, and slowly revolves it in 
front of the fire, and at the same time one of the 
assistants, seated as far off as the sausage is long, 
twists it in the opposite direction. The roasting 
before the glowing charcoal soon melts the lac in 
the portion of the bag nearest the operator’s hand, 
and the twisting of the cloth causes it to drop into 
a trough formed of the leaves of the American 
aloe (Agave americana). When a sufficient quan- 
tity in a molten condition is ready in the trough, 
the operator takes it up in a wooden spoon and places 
it in a wooden cylinder some eight or ten inches in 
diameter, the upper half of which is covered with 
sheet brass. The stand which supports this cylin- 
der gives it a sloping direction away from the opera- 
tor. The other assistant, generally a woman, now 
steps forward, holding a strip of the aloe between 
her hands, and with a rapid and dexterous draw 
of this the lac is spread out at once into a sheet of 
uniform thickness, which covers the upper portion 
of the cylinder. The operator now cuts off the 
upper edge with a pair of scissors, and the sheet 
is then lifted up by the assistant, who waves it about 
for a moment or two in the air till it becomes quite 
crisp. It is then held up to the light, and any 
impurities (technically called “ grit”) are simply 
punched out of the brittle sheet by the finger. 
The sheets are laid upon one another, and the tale 
at the end of the day is taken and the chief oper- 
ator paid accordingly. The sheets are placed in 
packing-cases, and when subjected to pressure 
break into numbers of fragments. The dark red 
liquor resulting from the washing above described 
is strained in order to remove all foreign materials. 
It is then passed into large vats, where it is allowed 
to settle. The sediment is subjected to various 
washings, and at last allowed to settle finally, the 
supernatant liquid being drawn off. The sediment 
when of proper consistency is placed in presses, 
from which it is taken out in the form of hard, 
dark purple cakes, with the manufacturer’s trade- 
mark impressed upon them. This constitutes what 
is known in commerce as “ lac dye.” By the addi- 
tion of mordants this dark purple substance yields 
the most brilliant scarlet dyes, which are not 
inferior to those produced by cochineal. Shell-lac 
is in thin fragments of various sizes, from half a 
line to a line thick, often somewhat curved, of a 
lighter or darker brown color, inclining more or 
less to red or yellow, shining, more or less trans- 
parent, hard and brittle, inodorous and insipid, in- 
soluble in water, but easily and almost entirely 
soluble in alcohol, especially with the aid of heat. 
According to Oberdorffer, cold ether takes from 
shell-lac only about 5 per cent., consisting of wax ; 
and adulteration with resins soluble in ether is thus 
readily detected. (See A. J. P., 1861, 313.) An 
alcoholic solution of shell-lac usually needs clarifi- 
cation (due to suspended wax); by agitating the 
solution with six parts of powdered chalk, decant- 
ing and filtering, it becomes transparent. 
A variety of lac is mentioned by writers, in the 
form of cakes, called cake-lac or lump-lac (lacca in 
placentis) ; but this is at present rare in com- 
merce. 
According to John, lac consists of resin, color- 
ing matter, a peculiar principle insoluble in al- 
cohol, ether, or water, called laccin, a little wax, 
and various saline matters in small proportion. 
The resin, according to Unverdorben, consists of 
several distinct resinous principles differing in their 
solubility in alcohol and ether. The laccin is 
nearly or quite wanting in shell-lac, which also 
contains scarcely any of the coloring principle. 
Mr. Hatchett found in stick-lac 68 per cent, of 
resin, and 10 of coloring matter; in seed-lac 88-5 
per cent, of resin, and 2-5 of coloring matter; in 
shell-lac 90-9 per cent, of resin, and 0-5 of coloring 
matter. The other constituents, according to this 
chemist, are wax and gluten, besides foreign mat- 
ters. R. E. Schmidt (Ber., 1887, 1285-1303) has 
prepared the lac dye in a pure crystallized state. 
He gives it the formula C16H1208, and calls it 
laccaic acid. It was obtained crystallized from 
ethereal solution. Caustic alkalies dissolve it, 
giving a magenta color. Baryta water forms a 
violet lake. Laccaic acid shows some analogy to 
carminic acid, but the colors they give on wool 
and silk are different. Laccaic acid is decom- 
posed on heating with concentrated hydrochloric 
acid to 180° C., as well as on fusing with caustic 
potash. 
The importations of shell-lac into the United 
States in 1896 were 6,056,957 pounds, valued at 
$1,210,802, and in 1897, 7,151,459 pounds, valued 
at $1,082,401. 
Lac in its crude state is slightly astringent, and 
was formerly used in medicine; but at present it is 1704 
Lactophenin.—Lands Cortex. 
PART II. 
not employed. Shell-lac is wholly inert. Stick-lac 
and seed-lac are used on account of the coloring 
principle which they contain. Shell-lac, as well as 
the other varieties, deprived of their coloring matter, 
is applied to numerous purposes in the arts. It is 
the chief constituent of sealing wax. The best red 
sealing wax is made by melting together, with a very 
gentle heat, 48 parts of shell-lac, 19 of Venice tur- 
pentine, and 1 of balsam of Peru, and mixing with 
the melted mass 32 parts of finely powdered 
cinnabar. But common resin is often substituted 
in part for the lac, and a mixture of red lead and 
chalk for the cinnabar. The best black sealing wax 
consists of 60 parts of lac, 10 of turpentine, and 
30 of levigated bone-black ; the best yellow sealing 
wax, of 60 parts of lac, 12 of turpentine, and 24 
of lead chromate. (Berzelius.) Lac is also used 
as a varnish, and forms an excellent cement for 
broken porcelain and earthenware. It may be 
dissolved in alcohol, oil of turpentine, benzin, or 
naphtha. For a method of preparing a colorless 
varnish from lac the reader is referred to P. J. Tr., 
1864, 338. Lac has been highly recommended as 
an adhesive material for the dressing of wounds, 
ulcers, etc. It is prepared for use by dissolving, 
with the aid of a gentle heat, in alcohol contained 
in a bottle, sufficient lac to give it a gelatinous 
consistence, and then closing the bottle. It is 
used by spreading it on the bandages. 
LACTOPHEN IN. Lactyl-phenetidine. 
4 { N^.CO.CH(OH).CH3' A whlte crystal" 
line powder, without odor, having a feeble bitter 
taste, soluble in one part in five hundred of cold 
water, one in eight and a half parts of alcohol, 
and having a melting point of from 117‘5° to 
118° C. It is produced by the action of lactic acid 
on phenetidine in the presence of dehydrating sub- 
stances. 
We have very little definite knowledge in regard 
to the physiological action of lactophenin, but it 
probably resembles in general that of other reme- 
dies of the class. There is abundance of clinical 
reports to prove that lactophenin is an active 
antipyretic and analgesic, and that it may be sub- 
stituted for the older drugs in the various febrile 
diseases in which they are employed. The state- 
ments of Landowski, that it is more calmative and 
hypnotic in its influence than is antipyrin or phena- 
cetin, has been confirmed by Jaksch, by Jaquet, 
and by other observers. Jaquet puts it as between 
sulphonal and urethane as an hypnotic. When, in 
pneumonia, typhoid fever, or other infectious dis- 
eases, the nervous symptoms are very pronounced 
and the fever high, lactophenin would seem to be 
especially indicated. There is much clinical evi- 
dence to show that in rheumatism it is superior to 
the older remedies of its class, having indeed spe- 
cific curative properties inferior to but resembling 
those of the salicylates. 
The statements which have been made that its 
use is free from danger are, however, not correct. 
It sometimes produces an exanthematous eruption, 
which may be macular or diffuse. Dr. Wenzel 
(Centralb. f. Inn. Med., xvii., 1896) reports a case 
in which, after the patient had been taking for two 
weeks fourteen grains of lactophenin a day, there 
was suddenly developed violent jaundice, with 
dark brown urine, without fever or slowing of the 
pulse, with colorless stools. Similar cases had been 
previously recorded by Strauss, and Franz Rield 
(Zeitsch. f. Heilk., xvi., 1895) details two. Kronig 
(Berl. Kiin. Wochensch., 1895) has reported a case 
of poisoning, with metbsemoglobin in the blood, 
cyanosis, and rapidly produced death. 
That lactophenin resembles closely the remedies 
of its class in its physiological action is shown by 
the fact that it is eliminated, at least in part, by the 
urine as a paramidophenol. 
Lactophenin may be given in doses of from five 
to twenty grains (0*3-1 -3 Gm.), repeated in special 
cases up to a drachm and a half (5-8 Gm.) in a 
day. „ 
LAGAM BALSAM. A thick, yellowish, fluo- 
rescent liquid, of a peculiar aromatic odor, and 
bitterish, acrid taste, resembling copaiba. (A. J. 
P., 1883.) 
LAKES. These paints are compounds of vege- 
table or animal coloring principles with alumina or 
other metallic oxide, and are usually obtained by 
adding alum or stannic chloride to the solution of 
the coloring matter in water, and precipitating by 
means of an alkali. The alumina or stannic oxide 
unites with the coloring matter at the moment of 
separation, and forms an insoluble compound. 
Lakes are obtained in this way from cochineal, 
madder, Brazil wood, seed-lac, French berries, etc. 
LAMIUM ALBUM. L. (Nat. ord. Labiatae.) 
Dr. Florain asserts that this plant is an active 
haemostatic, and contains an alkaloid, lamine. 
LANTANA BRASILIENSIS. Link. Yerba 
Sagrada. (Nat. ord. Verbenace®.) M. Negrete 
states that he has separated from this Brazilian 
verbena an alkaloid, lantanine, resembling quinine 
in its action upon the system, and actively anti- 
periodic in doses of from fifteen to thirty grains 
(0-972-1 94 Gm.) in the twenty-four hours, given 
directly after the paroxysm. (T. G., 1885.) 
LANTHANII NITRAS. Lanthanium Nitrate, 
La2(N03)6.12H20, occurs in large rose-colored 
prisms which are soluble in water and alcohol. 
This salt is employed as an antiseptic, preventing 
the growth of bacteria when used in solutions of 
the strength of 1 in 2000. (See Central, f. Bacter. 
u. Purasit., 1897. xxi.) 
LARICIS CORTEX. Br. 1885. Larch Bark. 
Ecorce de Meleze, Fr. Larchenrinde, G. The 
bark of Pinus Larix, Linn, (now Larix europcea 
D. 0.), of the nat. ord. Conifer®, was found by 
Aldridge to contain gum, starch, resin, and tannic 
acid of the kind which precipitates the salts of 
iron olive-green. Dr. John Stenhousehas obtained 
from it a peculiar volatile principle, which he 
has not found in other trees of the Pine family, 
and which, as it has feeble acid properties, he 
has called larixinic acid (larixine). It is obtained 
by evaporating an infusion of the bark to the con- 
sistence of syrup, and submitting the residue to 
distillation in a glass retort or silver alembic by 
means of a sand-bath cautiously heated. A portion 
of the larixinic acid comes over and condenses in 
crystals, but the greater part is dissolved in the 
liquid distillate. This on careful distillation de- 
posits the impure acid, which may be purified by 
pressing it in bibulous paper, again crystallizing 
from a strong aqueous solution, and lastly sub- 
liming once or twice. Larixinic acid is most 
abundant in the young bark. It is in beautiful 
white, lustrous crystals, often more than an inch 
long, of a peculiar somewhat empyreumatic smell, 
and a slightly bitter and astringent taste, inflam- 
mable, volatilizing at 93° C. (199-4° F.) and melt- Latkyrus Sativus. —Lavandula. 
1705 
ing at 153° C. (307-4° F.), soluble in 87-88 parts 
of water at 56° F., very soluble in boiling water, 
soluble in cold but much more so in hot alcohol, 
and sparingly soluble in ether. It readily crystal- 
lizes from its solutions. A very singular and 
characteristic property is that of forming, when 
added, in strong solution, in excess, to baryta 
water, a bulky, transparent, gelatinous precipitate, 
occupying the whole measure of the liquids if con- 
centrated. The probable formula of the acid is 
Ci0H1005. The inner larch bark possesses astrin- 
gent and gently stimulant properties, and is sup- 
posed to have a special tendency to the mucous 
membranes. It has been found particularly effica- 
cious in purpura and other hemorrhagic affections, 
especially haemoptysis, and has been given in bron- 
chitis with copious expectoration, and in diseases 
of the urinary passages. It has been used also, 
mixed with soap and glycerin, as a local remedy in 
psoriasis, chronic eczema, and other cutaneous affec- 
tions. Of the extract from three to five grains 
(0-20-0-33 Gm ), of the tincture from thirty minims 
to a fluidrachm (1 -9-3-7 C.c.) or more may be given 
every three or four hours. 
LATHYRUS SATIVUS. L. (Nat. ord. Legu- 
minosse.) The White or Chickling Vetch, which is 
used in Europe as a food both by man and animals, 
produces, when taken too freely, a condition known 
as lathyrismus. Horses which have been fed on 
the plant for a considerable period drop while per- 
forming the lightest work, in consequence of paral- 
ysis of the hinder extremities, and in many cases 
death has followed from bilateral paralysis of the 
laryngeal recurrent nerves and consequent asphyxia. 
This laryngeal affection does not occur in the human 
subj ect, anddeath very rarely takes place. In man the 
muscles of the lower extremities below the knee are 
apt to be especially affected, the abductors more than 
the adductors. The muscles of the face, neck, and 
upper extremities are very rarely, if ever, attacked. 
The reflexes and the general sensibility are usually 
not influenced ; but Giorgieri has seen the tendon 
reflexes increased. Cantani found that the galvanic 
contractility of the paralyzed muscle was altered, 
the descending galvanic current producing only 
very slight contractions, the ascending current no 
response, and on microscopic examination the trans- 
verse markings were found to be nearly obliterated 
by fat globules. Proust has attributed death in 
fatal cases to inflammation of the spinal cord; but 
in the great majority of instances recovery occurs, 
and when post-mortem examinations have been 
had, the spinal cord has been found normal. Astier 
obtained from the seeds a poisonous alkaline vola- 
tile liquid. According to him, this, being volatile, 
is not present in preparations such as pressed cakes 
made at a high temperature, which are consequently 
not poisonous. If, however, such cakes have been 
prepared at low temperature, they exhibit toxic 
properties, owing to the retention of the toxic 
principle. This is in conformity with the experi- 
ence of the peasants in some parts of Europe, who 
mix the ground white vetch seeds with wheat flour, 
and boil the mixture for food. 
LAUROTETANINE. This alkaloid has been 
found by M. Greshoff in a number of plants be- 
longing to the Laurinece. It is said to be a power- 
ful poison, acting like strychnine on the spinal 
cord. It gives with Froehde’s reagent a magnifi- 
cent indigo-blue color, which on the addition of 
water changes to yellow ; with Erdmann’s reagent, 
i'AKT II. 
a transitory bright blue color, becoming brown, and 
with more nitric acid it gives immediately a bright 
red-brown, and with pure nitric acid a dirty brown. 
It is soluble in excess of alkali. (F. J. Tr., vol. xxi., 
1891.) 
LAURUS NOBILIS. L. Sweet Bay. Laurier 
commun, Fr. Lor beer, G. The Bay-tree. La.urus 
nobilis is an evergreen tree of the n at. ord. Laurineae, 
attaining in its native climate the height of twenty 
or thirty feet. Its leaves are alternate, on short 
petioles, oval-lanceolate, entire, sometimes wavy, 
veined, of a firm texture, smooth, shining, deep 
green upon their upper surface, paler beneath. The 
flowers are dioecious, of a yellowish-white color, 
and placed in small clusters of three or four to- 
gether, upon a common peduncle in the axils of the 
leaves. The corolla is divided into four oval seg- 
ments. The fruit is an oval berry, of the size of a 
small cherry, and when ripe of a dark purple, nearly 
black color. The bay-tree, so famous among the 
ancients, inhabits the countries bordering on the 
Mediterranean. Its leaves and fruit, and an oil ex- 
pressed from the latter, are used. 
The leaves have a fragrant odor, especially when 
bruised, and a bitter, aromatic, somewhat astringent 
taste. They yield by distillation a greenish-yellow 
volatile oil, upon which their properties chiefly de- 
pend. The volatile oil, of which the fruit yields 
0 23 per cent., has a sp. gr. 0 88, and is solid at 0° 
C. It is largely composed of oxygenated com- 
pounds. The constituents thus far recognized 
are myrcene, phellandrene, methyl-chavicol, citral, 
methyl-eugenol, chavicol, and eugenol. (Schimmel’s 
Report, April, 1897.) Water distilled from the 
leaves has their peculiar odor. The berries when 
dried are black and wrinkled, and contain two oval 
fatty seeds within a thin, friable envelope ; or they 
may be considered as drupes, with a kernel divisible 
into two lobes. They have the same aromatic odor 
and taste as the leaves, but are more pungent. Be- 
sides an essential oil, they contain a fixed oil, which 
may be separated by expression or decoction. The 
expressed oil, which is obtained from the fresh 
fruit, is concrete, of a greenish color, and retains a 
portion of the volatile oil, which renders it agree- 
ably aromatic. One of its chief constituents is 
the ether of lauric acid, the so-called laurostearine, 
C3H6(C12H„302)3, which fuses at 45° C. The free 
acid may be obtained from this by saponifica- 
tion. It cannot be distilled without decomposition. 
Another constituent of the crude fat is laurin, 
C22H3003, which can be extracted by alcohol. It 
forms neutral, easily fusible prisms without odor 
or taste. Lard, impregnated with the odorous 
principle of the berries, and colored green by chlo- 
rophyll or sometimes by indigo and turmeric, is said 
to be often substituted for the genuine expressed 
oil. The sophistication may be detected by means 
of boiling alcohol, which dissolves the laurel oil. 
The leaves, berries, and oil of the bay-tree are ex- 
citant and narcotic, but at present are never used 
internally as medicines, and in this country are 
scarcely employed in any manner. Their chief 
use is to communicate a pleasant odor to external 
remedies. Dr. A. T. Thomson has found an infu- 
sion of the berries useful in impetigo. 
LAVANDULA. U. S. 1880. Lavandula vera. 
D. C. Lavender. Flores Lavandulae, P. G. Laven- 
der Flowers. Lavande, Fleurs de Lavande, Fr. 
Lavandelblumen, Lavandelbluthen, G. Lavendola, 
It. Espliego, Alhucema, Sp. 1706 
Lawsonia Inermis.—Ledum Palustre. 
PART II. 
Lavender is a small labiate shrub, usually not 
more than two or three feet high, but sometimes 
reaching six feet. The stem is woody below, and 
covered with a brown bark; above, is divided into 
numerous slender, straight, herbaceous, pubescent, 
quadrangular branches, furnished with opposite, 
sessile, narrow, nearly linear, entire, and green or 
glaucous leaves. The flowers are small, blue, and 
disposed in interrupted whorls around the young 
shoots, forming terminal cylindrical spikes. Each 
whorl is accompanied by two bracts. The corolla 
is hairy, glandular on the outside, tubular, and 
labiate,' with the lower lip divided into three seg- 
ments, the upper larger and bifid. The four sta- 
mens are within the tube. The calyx is tubular, 
blue-gray, hairy, five-toothed, the upper tooth 
largest and roundish rhomboid. The plant is a 
native of Southern Europe, and covers vast tracts 
of dry and barren land in Spain, Italy, and the 
south of France. In England it is very largely 
cultivated for commercial purposes, often covering 
many acres, and the English lavender is especially 
esteemed. For method of culture and detailed de- 
scriptions of the various varieties that have been 
educed, see Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., Aug. 1873, 
165; also P. J. Tr., x. 119; also Aug. 8, 1885, and 
Feb. 1890. It is cultivated in our gardens, and in 
this country flowers in August. All parts of it 
are aromatic. The spikes should be cut when they 
begin to bloom. Lavender flowers have a strong 
fragrant odor, and an aromatic, warm, bitterish 
taste. They retain their fragrance long after dry- 
ing. Alcohol extracts their virtues; and a volatile 
oil upon which their odor depends rises with that 
liquid in distillation. Hager obtained from a pound 
of the fresh flowers from half a drachm to two 
drachms of the oil. Lavender is an aromatic stimu- 
lant and tonic, but is seldom given in its crude 
state. The products obtained by its distillation are 
much used in perfumery, and the volatile oil is 
official. (See Oleum Lavandulae, Part I.) 
LAWSONIA INERMIS. L. (Now //. alba. 
Lam.) Henna Plant. This is a shrub of the nat. 
ord. Lythrarieas, growing in the Levant, Egypt, 
Persia, and India, and well known as the source of 
a dye-stuff denominated henna, much used through- 
out the Mohammedan countries of the East. It is 
largely cultivated in Egypt. The flowers have a 
strong, pungent odor; and a distilled water is pre- 
pared from them, used by the women as a cosmetic. 
The fruit is thought to have emmenagogue proper- 
ties. But the leaves constitute the henna of com- 
merce. They are used very extensively by the 
females to give an orange color to their feet and 
hands and a golden hue to their hair. They are 
also employed to stain common wood in imitation 
of mahogany. Henna is in the form of powder, 
which is strongly astringent. Abd-el-Aziz, of 
Cairo, Egypt, found in it a brown substance, of a 
resinoid fracture, having the chemical properties 
which characterize the tannins,and therefore named 
by him henotannic acid. (Journ. de Pharm., 1863, 
35.) Henna is used in medicine, both internally and 
locally, as a remedy in jaundice and leprosy and 
other affections of the skin. 
LEAD SACCHARATE. Plumbi Saccharas. 
Saccharate of Lead. Lead saccharate is made by 
saturating a solution of saccharic acid in water by 
freshly precipitated lead carbonate gradually added. 
As the acid becomes saturated, the lead saccharate 
falls in the form of a white powder, being insoluble 
in cold water, and but very sparingly soluble in that 
liquid boiling hot. From this Dr. E. Hoskins pre- 
pared his lead nitro-saccharate, by dissolving the 
saccharate in dilute nitric acid, containing only one 
part of the acid in twenty parts of the mixture, 
filtering the solution, and gradually evaporating. 
The nitro-saccharate is deposited in yellow crystals 
of the form of regular six-sided plates or prisms. 
By dissolving one grain of this salt, with five drops 
of pure saccharic acid, in a fluidounce of distilled 
water, a solution was obtained which, though 
slightly acid to test-paper, was perfectly bland. 
This solution has been used to dissolve urinary 
calculi. (See Pereira’s Mat. Med,., 3d ed., 755.) 
LEAD TANNATE. Plumbi Tannas. This is 
obtained by precipitating a solution of tannin with 
one of lead acetate, added drop by drop. It has 
been used as an external application with success 
by Dr. Fantonetti in two cases of white swelling 
of the knee-joint. He employed it at first mixed 
with a third of its weight of lard, and afterwards 
pure, the fresh precipitate admitting of application 
as an ointment. Autenrieth recommends it as a 
dressing to gangrenous ulcers, and it is probably 
peculiarly efficacious in bed-sores. With this in- 
tention, the precipitate, either uncombined or mixed 
in its dry state with simple ointment in the pro- 
portion of two drachms to the ounce, may be spread 
on linen and applied to the sore. Van den Corput 
uses it in excoriations, applying it freshly precipi- 
tated and rubbed up with glycerin. (Ann. de 
Therap., 1865, 266.) It is especially commended 
in sore nipples. (Med. Record, 1875, 575.) The 
preparation here described is a bitannate. Other 
lead tan nates exist. 
LECITHIN. C4„H84N03P. In 1896 Dani- 
lewsky stated that this substance is capable of 
affecting very powerfully the development of young 
animals. In accordance with this assertion Charrin 
(Sem. Med., 1897) and Serono (Therap. Wochensch., 
1897) state that the effect is very extraordinary, 
accompanied by great increase in the assimilation 
of nitrogen and in the number of red blood-cor- 
puscles. Whilst there is not at present sufficient 
reason for using lecithin in practical medicine, there 
is much for further investigation. 
LEDUM PALUSTRE. L. Marsh Tea. Ros- 
marinus Sytvestris. Marsh Cistus. Wild Rosemary. 
Ledon, Romarin sauvage, Fr. Porsch, Sumpfporsch, 
Wilder romarin, G. A small evergreen ericaceous 
shrub, growing in swamps and other wet places in 
the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and America, 
and in the mountainous regions of more southern 
latitudes. The leaves have a balsamic odor, and an 
aromatic, camphorous, bitter taste; and contain, 
among other ingredients, volatile oil and tannin. 
For the properties of the volatile oil, see Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., xx. 244; also Proc. A. P. A., xxv. 
154. It contains ledum camphor, a stearopten, 
together with valerianic and other volatile acids, 
and ericinol, C10HieO. The tannin has been named 
leditannic acid, C16lIp0Og. On boiling with dilute 
mineral acids it is decomposed, and ledixanthin, 
separates as a yellowish or reddish pow- 
der. (Thai, Pharm. z. Russland, 1883 268.) Thai 
also extracted ericolin, C34H66OpX. This is a gluco- 
side, which on heating with dilute sulphuric acid 
decomposes into sugar and ericinol, C10H.eO, a 
colorless, peculiar-smelling oil, which turns brown 
in the air, owing to oxidation. The leaves are 
thought to be narcotic and diaphoretic, and have PART II. 
Leek.—Lilium Candidum. 
been employed in dysentery and in various cuta- 
neous affections, particularly leprosy and scabies. 
In complaints of the skin they are used both inter- 
nally and externally, in the form of decoction. In 
Germany they are sometimes substituted for hops 
in the preparation of beer. Ledum latifolium, Ait. 
(now L. grcenlandicum, Oeder), or Labrador tea, 
which is a larger plant than the preceding, is a 
native of North America, growing in damp places 
in Canada and the northern part of the United 
States. The leaves have an agreeable odor and 
taste, and are esteemed pectoral and tonic. They 
are said to have been used as a substitute for tea 
during the war for independence. 
LEEK. Porrum. Porreau, Fr. Lauch, G. 
The bulb of Allium Porrum. L. (Nat. ord. Lili- 
acese.) The leek is a biennial bulbous plant, growing 
wild in Switzerland, and cultivated in the gardens 
of Europe and this country for culinary purposes. 
All parts of it have an offensive pungent odor and 
an acrid taste, dependent on an essential oil, which 
is in a great measure dissipated by decoction, and 
may be obtained separate by distillation. The bulb, 
which is the medicinal portion, consists of con- 
centric layers, like the onion, which it resembles in 
medical properties, though somewhat milder. It is 
generally stimulant, with a direction to the kidneys. 
Dose of expressed juice, a fluidrachm (3-69 C.c.). 
LEONOTIS LEONURUS. R. Br. This hand- 
some tropical labiate is said to possess purgative and 
emmenagogue properties. (See P. J. Tr., Mav, 
1885.) 
LEONURUS CARDIAC A. L. Common 
Motherwort. Agripaume, Cardiaire, Fr. Herge- 
spann, Wolfstrapp, G. A perennial labiate herb, 
growing wild in this country in waste places, around 
dwellings, etc. It has a peculiar aromatic odor and 
a bitterish somewhat pungent taste, and its infusion 
or decoction is sometimes used in amenorrhcea, sup- 
pression of the lochia, and hysterical affections. 
LEWISIA REDIVIVA. Pursh. Spathum. 
Chita. Bitter Root. The roots of this plant, of the 
nat. ord. Portulacaceae, abundant in the North- 
western United States, are very widely used by the 
Indians as an article of food. For analysis and 
description, see A. J. P., 1889. 
LIATRIS SPICATA. Willd. (Now Lacinaria 
spicata (L.). Kuntze.) Gay-feather. Devil's Bit. 
Colic Root. Button Snakeroot. An indigenous per- 
ennial composite plant, growing in natural meadows 
and moist grounds throughout the Middle and 
Southern States. It has a tuberous root, and an 
erect annual stem, which terminates in a spike of 
beautiful, purple, compound flowers, appearing in 
August. The root is said by Scboepf to have a 
terebinthinate odor, and a warm, bitterish, terebin- 
thinate taste ; to be possessed of diuretic properties ; 
and to be useful as a local application in gonorrhoea 
and sore throat. The leaves of the Liatris odoratis- 
sima are very largely employed in the Southern 
United States to flavor tobacco, and to preserve 
clothing, etc., from moths. As a preservative it 
is worthless. The agreeable odor is due to couma,- 
rin, C9H602, which may be frequently noticed in 
crystals upon the surface of the smooth spatulate 
leaves. [A. J. P., March, 1875; Sept. 1881 ; xlvii. 
116; N. R.. 1882, 66.) Pursh informs us that L. 
scariosa and L. squarrosa are known in Virginia, 
Kentucky, and the Carolinas by the name of rattle- 
snake's master, and that their roots are employed 
to cure the bite of the rattlesnake. According to 
1707 
Wm. P. C. Barton, all the tuberous-rooted species 
of Liatris are active diuretics. 
LIGROINE. Ligvoin. This name has been ap- 
plied to a petroleum product which is chiefly used as 
a solvent. It boils between 80° C. and 120° C., and 
has a specific gravity vanning between 0-710 and 
0-730 (67°-62° B.). 
LIGUSTICUM. Radix Levistici,~P. G. Liveche, 
Ache de Montague, Fr. Liebstockel, G. Several 
species of this umbelliferous genus are employed as 
domestic remedies. The Ligusticum levisticum, L. 
(now Levisticum officinale, Koch), or lovage, of the 
south of Europe, is aromatic in all its parts, but only 
the root and seeds are used. The seeds are small, 
ovate-oblong, somewhat flattened, curved, strongly 
ribbed, and of a yellowish-brown color. The medical 
properties of lovage are closely analogous to those 
of angelica. It is a stimulant aromatic, and has 
been employed as a carminative, diaphoretic, and 
emmenagogue. The best form for administration 
is that of infusion. The coloring principle has been 
isolated by M. J. Nickles, who gives it the name 
of ligulin, and suggests an important application 
of it that may be made in testing drinking-water. 
If a drop of its alcoholic or aqueous solution is 
allowed to fall into distilled water, it imparts to the 
liquid its own fine crimson-red color, which under- 
goes no change; but if limestone water be substi- 
tuted, the red color disappears in a few seconds, 
and is followed by a beautiful blue. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1859, 329.) The root of the Ligusticum 
sinense, under the name of kao-pen, is largely used 
by the Chinese. In the Northwestern United States 
the large aromatic roots of Ligusticum jilicinum (S. 
Wats.), Osha, Colorado cough-root, are employed to 
a considerable extent as stimulating expectorants. 
(See A. J. P., 1890 and 1891.) 
LIGUSTRUM VULGARE. L. Tn 'oene, Fr. 
Rainweide, Hartriegel, G. Privet. A shrub of the 
nat. ord. Oleacese, from four to ten feet in height, 
growing wild both in Europe and the United States, 
usually in hedges and by the roadside. The leaves, 
which have an astringent, bitter taste, and the 
flowers, which are small, snow-white, and of an 
agreeable odor, have been used in the form of de- 
coction in sore throat and aphthous and scorbutic 
ulceration of the mouth. The berries are black, 
have a sweetish bitter taste, and are said to possess 
purgative properties, and to color the urine brown. 
They are sometimes used for dyeing. Death in a 
child between two and three years old is recorded 
by Mr. James Cheese in P. J. Tr. (2d ser., viii. 607), 
as due to the eating of privet berries. The bark was 
analyzed by M. G. Polex, who found a peculiar 
substance, which he denominated ligustrin, insol- 
uble in ether and absolute alcohol, but soluble 
in water and diluted alcohol. Strong sulphuric 
acid gives with ligustrin a deep indigo-blue color. 
Kromayer (Arch. Pharm., (2) cxiii. 19) proved 
that Polex’s ligustrin was only impure syringin, 
CisH28O10 + H2O. The large white crystals be- 
come anhydrous at 115° C., and fuse at 212° C. 
He found in addition (see Kromayer, Arch. Pharm., 
(2) ci. 281) mannite, sugar, muco-saccharine mat- 
ter, starch, chlorophyll, bitter extractive, bitter 
resin, tannin, albumen, and salts. (A. J. P., xii. 
347.) Kromayer found besides the syringin a crys- 
tallized bitter principle, fusing at a little over 100° 
C., which he named ligustron. 
LILIUM CANDIDUM. L. (Nat. ord. Lilia- 
ceae.) Common White Lily. This well-known plant Linden.—Linurn Catharticum. 
1708 
PART II. 
is a native of Syria and Asia Minor, but has been 
long cultivated in gardens. The bulb, which con- 
sists of imbricated fleshy scales, is without odor, 
but has a peculiar, disagreeable, somewhat bitter, 
and mucilaginous taste. It contains much mu- 
cilage, and a small proportion of an acrid princi- 
ple, which is dissipated or destroyed by roasting or 
boiling. In the recent state it is said to have been 
employed with advantage in dropsy. Boiled with 
water or milk, it forms a good emollient cataplasm, 
more used in popular than in regular practice. 
The flowers have an agreeable odor, which they 
impart to oil or lard ; and an ointment or liniment 
is sometimes prepared from them, and used as a 
soothing application in external inflammations. 
Vomiting, purging, drowsiness, etc., are said to 
have been produced in a little girl by the pollen of 
the tiger lily, L. bulbiferum. (Jeffries Wyman, Am. 
Journ. of Med. Sci., 1863.) 
LINDEN. M. Boussingault calls attention 
[Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xv.) to a saccharine 
exudation which occurs upon the leaves of the 
European Linden, which he has found to have the 
same composition as manna of Mount Sinai. 
LINT. Linteum Carptum. Charpie, Fr., G-. 
the term lint is applicable to a substance prepared 
from linen. It is in fact linen made soft and some- 
what fleecy by various mechanical processes, so as 
to render it suitable for the dressing of wounds. 
The qualities required in good lint are,—1, perfect 
softness, to prevent, mechanical irritation to the 
wound ; 2, looseness of texture, to render it capable 
of absorbing the secretions from the surfaces to 
which it is applied ; 3, a certain tenacity, so that it 
may receive unctuous dressings, yet with a facility 
of being torn in one direction; and, 4, sufficient 
firmness of fibre to prevent small portions from being 
easily separated and remaining as foreign bodies in 
the wound. As formerly and still frequently made 
for domestic purposes, it consists of old linen scraped 
by means of a knife with the hand and thus brought 
into a soft flocculent state, almost destitute of visible 
fibres. It is obvious that, though this answers some 
of the above requisitions, it entirely fails to answer 
others, and is unfit for general surgical use. It will 
not readily admit of the application of cerates, and 
must very often leave portions of its substance in 
the wound, to serve as future sources of irritation. 
Much better is the old-fashioned lint, made by 
machines worked by the hand. This was formerly 
made in large quantities. Old linen was used for 
the purpose, such as shirts, sheets, table-cloths, etc., 
and generally in irregular pieces. This was first 
cleansed thoroughly by washing with soap and 
water, or by boiling with a weak lye of soda or 
pearlash. Sometimes, when colored, it was bleached 
before being washed. Thus prepared, it was op- 
erated on by a simple machine, in which the rag, 
wrapped round a cylinder, was submitted to the 
interrupted action of a knife made to descend upon 
it at intervals of one-eighth of an inch, so as to 
cut the thread in one direction. On being removed 
from the machine, the cut ends of the thread be- 
came untwisted and loose, giving a flossy character 
to the fabric. To render it smooth, it was passed 
through rollers, and its ragged edges were trimmed. 
Of course it had different degrees of fineness ac- 
cording to the character of the rags used ; and this 
diversity rendered it fit for different purposes, the 
finer pieces being used merely as a dressing with 
unctuous matter to exclude the air, while the thicker 
were better adapted to the absorption of the liquid 
secretions. 
In the progress of improvement, machines were 
invented and patented for manufacturing lint on 
the large scale. Thus made, it is distinguished in 
commerce as patent lint. This is generally prepared 
out of cloth manufactured for the purpose, and 
therefore has whatever advantage may be derived 
from uniformity of shape and consistence. In other 
respects it is doubtful whether it has any superior- 
ity over the old-fashioned article ; especially as, in 
consequence of competition, cotton, being the 
cheaper article, has frequently been in part or alto- 
gether substituted for linen. It is said that lint 
may be rapidly prepared by attaching a piece of 
linen to the toothed cylinder of the common card- 
ing machine. 
Cotton is in several respects inferior to linen for 
the preparation of lint; and, unless its presence in 
any manufactured article sold by this name be 
made known, it should he looked on as a fraudulent 
substitution. Its fibre is less soft and therefore 
more likely to irritate; it has much less absorbing 
power; and it conveys heat less rapidly. The fol- 
lowing are methods by which it may be distin- 
guished (Eisner). 1. A linen thread when held 
erect, and set on fire, appears, after the flame is 
extinguished, in a smooth continuous form, while 
cotton thread similarly treated has a tufted aspect. 
2. Under a microscope which magnifies 300 diame- 
ters, the linen fibre appears to be a straight nearly 
solid cylinder, with a slender central canal; the 
cotton, flattened as a piece of tape, with a wide 
canal, and often twisted like a corkscrew,. 3. The 
potassa test, proposed by Bdttger, consists in ex- 
posing the doubtful substance to the action of a 
boiling concentrated solution of potassa. If made 
of linen, it will in two minutes assume a deep 
yellow color ; if of cotton, it will either remain 
colorless, or will become very faintly yellow; and 
if the texture be composed of both, it will exhibit 
a streaked or mottled aspect. The examination 
must be quickly made, as the yellow color of the 
potassa becomes faint with time. 4. Sulphuric acid 
dissolves the linen fibre, while it leaves that of 
cotton little changed. 5. Linen thoroughly oiled 
has the transparent appearance of oiled paper; 
cotton remains white and opaque. 6. Tinctures of 
all organic red dye-stuflfs, as cochineal, madder, 
etc., give a much deeper color to linen than to 
cotton, and cause a mottled appearance when the 
two are mixed. 
Tow, and hemp in the state of oakum, have been 
employed for dressing wounds ; but they are only 
applicable as exterior dressings to absorb the pus, 
when the discharge of this is very copious. Dr. L. 
A. Sayre prefers picked oakum to lint as more ab- 
sorbent. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., lxvii. 84.) 
Charpie, so much used by French surgeons, gener- 
ally consists of bundles of straight threads, each 
four or five inches long, made by unravelling old 
rather coarse linen. 
LINUM CATHARTICUM. L. Purging Flax. 
Purging flax is a European annual plant of the nat. 
ord. Linese, six or eight inches high, having erect, 
slender stems, dichotomous near the summit, fur- 
nished with opposite, obovate-lanceolate, entire 
leaves, and bearing minute white flowers, the petals 
of which are obovate and acute. The whole plant 
is very bitter and somewhat acrid, and imparts its 
virtues to water, which acquires a yellow color. It Lipanin.—Liquor Ferri Dialysatus. 
PART II. 
1709 
appears to owe its activity to a peculiar drastic 
principle, which has received the name of linin, 
and which is afforded most largely by the plant 
after the flower has fallen. Schroeder (Neues Re- 
pert. Pharm., xi. 11) obtained it in lustrous, white, 
silky crystals, which are neutral in reaction and 
have a strong persistent bitter taste in alcoholic 
solution. Purging flax has enjoyed some reputa- 
tion in Europe as a gentle cathartic, useful in mus- 
cular rheumatism, catarrhal affections, and dropsy 
with disease of the liver. Dose of the extract, 
from four to eight grains (0-26-0-53 Gm.) ; of the 
powder, one drachm (3-8 Gm.). 
LIPANIN. This mixture of one hundred parts 
of olive oil and six parts of oleic acid, devised by 
Dr. Yon Mering, has been considerably used, with 
asserted excellent results, as a substitute for cod- 
liver oil. Dose, from one teaspoonful to half a fluid- 
ounce (3-69-14-7 C.c.). 
LIPPIA MEXICANA. (Probably Cedronella 
mexicana, Benth., of the nat. ord. Labiatse.) A 
Mexican evergreen shrub, the leaves and stalks of 
which have been used in medicine as a demulcent 
and expectorant. Podwissotzki analyzed the herb, 
and found it to contain tannin, a quercetin-like 
principle, liquid volatile oil, and a camphor-like 
body which he named lippiol. (Proc. A. P. A., 1886, 
400.) Dose of concentrated tincture (1 to 4), from 
a half to one fluidrachm (1-8-3-69 C.c.). 
LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA. L. Sweet 
Gum. An indigenous tree (nat. ord. Hamameli- 
daceae), growing in different parts of the United 
States from Connecticut to Florida, and flourishing 
also in Mexico, where, as well as in our Southern 
States, it sometimes attains a great magnitude. In 
warm latitudes a balsamic juice flows from its 
trunk when wounded. This has attracted some 
attention in Europe, where it is known by the 
name of liquidambar or copalm balsam, and is some- 
times, though erroneously, called liquid storax. It 
is not afforded by the trees which grow in the Mid- 
dle Atlantic States, but is obtained in the Western 
States bordering on the Ohio, and in those farther 
south, as far as Mexico. It is a liquid of the con- 
sistence of thin honey, more or less transparent, of 
a yellowish color, of a peculiar, agreeable, bal- 
samic odor, and a bitter, warm, and acrid taste. 
By cold it becomes thicker and less transparent. It 
concretes also by time, assuming a darker color. It 
is sometimes collected in the form of tears, produced 
by the spontaneous concretion of the exuded juice. 
According to M. Bonastre, it contains a colorless 
volatile oil, a semi-concrete substance which rises 
in distillation and is separated from the water by 
ether, a minute proportion of benzoic acid, a yel- 
low coloring substance, an oleoresin, and a peculiar 
principle, insoluble in water and cold alcohol, for 
which M. Bonastre proposes the name of styracin. 
The styracin of M. Bonastre has since been found 
to be cinnamyl cinnamate, C9H9,C9H702, which is 
found together with the ethyl, benzyl, and other 
esters of cinnamic acid. Examined by Mr. W. P. 
Creecy, of Mississippi, it was found to contain, be- 
sides a volatile odorous principle melting at 65° 
C. and smelling of vanillin, and 30 per cent, of a 
hard resin (according to W. von Miller, storesin, 
C3eH„(0H)g), cinnamic acid as the prominent acid 
ingredient. If the storesin be repeatedly extracted 
with dilute potassium hydrate solution, it is sepa- 
rated into a-storesin, which is amorphous and melts 
at from 160°-168° C., and (i-storesin, which forms 
white flocks melting at from 140°-145° C. Of 
these, the /3-resin is first extracted, while the resi- 
due is nearly pure a-resin. The volatile oil men- 
tioned above contains a hydrocarbon, styrol or cin- 
namene, C8H8, which changes on heating into the 
polymeric metastyrol, a colorless transparent solid, 
identical in composition. The results of W. L. 
Harrison, confirmed by Prof. Maiscli {A. J. P., 
xlvi. 160, 165), seem to prove that the American 
drug is identical with styrax, except in containing 
no water mechanically mixed with it. 
Another product is said to he obtained from the 
same tree by boiling the young branches in water, 
and skimming oft' the fluid which rises to the sur- 
face. It is of a thicker consistence and darker color 
than the preceding, is nearly opaque, and abounds 
in impurities. This also has been confounded with 
liquid storax, which it resembles in properties, 
though derived from a different source. It is said 
to he used in Texas in coughs. (Gammage, N. O. 
Med. and Surg. Journ., xii. 636.) For an account 
of the collection of American storax, see Pharm. 
Rundschau, 1895, 57. 
Liquidambar may he employed for the same pur- 
pose as storax, and is used in the Southern United 
States, but it is almost unknown in the Northern 
States. The concrete juice is said to be chewed in 
the Western States in order to sweeten the breath. 
The hark of the tree is used with asserted great ad- 
vantage in the Southern and Western States in 
diarrhoea and dysentery, especially in children. It 
is taken in the form of syrup, which may be pre- 
pared from the bark in the same manner as the 
syrup of wild cherry hark, according to the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia. The dose is a fluidounce for an 
adult, repeated after each stool. {Am. Journ. of 
Med. Sci., N. S., xxxii. 126.) 
Liquidambar altingia is said to exude a balsam in 
the Tenasserim provinces of India, somewhat re- 
sembling liquid storax. (See P. J. Tr., viii. 243.) 
LIQUOR FERRI DIALYSATUS. Solution 
of Dialyzed Iron was formerly recognized by the 
Br. Ph., hut was dismissed at the last revision. It 
is made by treating a solution of ferric chloride 
with ammonia, whereby ferric hydrate is precipi- 
tated, which by agitation is dissolved, placing the 
thick liquid in a dialyzer, and suspending this in 
water, which is to be constantly renewed so long as 
any traces of hydrochloric acid are found in it. 
The following process has been used in the United 
States. To one hundred parts of solution of ferric 
chloride, sp. gr. 1-26, thirty-five parts of ammonia 
water, sp. gr. 0 923, may be gradually added. The 
precipitate which almost immediately forms is re- 
dissolved, and the solution introduced in the dia- 
lyzer, which is then suspended upon the water, con- 
tained in a suitable vessel. When this ceases to 
produce a precipitate with silver nitrate, or to show 
an acid reaction, it is assayed by evaporating 10 
C.c. to dryness on a water-bath, to ascertain the 
amount of ferric oxychloride in solution ; then the 
final solution is diluted so that it shall contain 10 
per cent, of dry oxychloride. 
Dialyzed iron is a solution of ferric oxychloride 
in water. Although the amount of chlorine pres- 
ent is very small, it is not correct to speak of it as 
a solution of ferric oxide. Its composition may 
vary from Fe2Cl6,12Fe20, to Fe2Cle,95Fe20*3 
(Graham), and solutions which contain a large 
quantity of oxide in proportion to chloride are less 
stable and more prone to gelatinize. Solutions Liquor Magnesii Bisulphitis.—Lithospermum Officinale. 
1710 
PART II. 
containing a large proportion of chloride may be 
evaporated to dryness, if care be used, without the 
residue becoming insoluble. The solution is of a 
transparent reddish-brown color, free from the 
usual astringent, styptic taste of iron preparations. 
It mixes in all proportions with distilled water, 
alcohol, syrup, and glycerin, but water containing 
any saline impurity is apt to cause precipitation. 
When gelatinization occurs, agitation with a small 
quantity of solution of ferric chloride will usually 
restore it to fluidity, care being observed not to add 
an excess. Contact with the alkalies should be 
avoided, even in minute quantity ; indeed, it is best 
administered without addition of any kind, or 
simply diluted with distilled water. 
The British Pharmacopoeia formerly directed that 
its specific gravity should be 1 047, and “ 100 grains 
should afford a precipitate with a solution of am- 
monia which, washed, dried and ignited, weighs 
five grains.” E. B. Shuttleworth (Can. Pharm. 
Journ , Dec. 1877) recommends a solution which 
has the sp. gr. 1040 and yielding 5 per cent, of 
residue, when well dried on a water-bath, as the 
best for medicinal use. The specific gravity test 
can be relied upon, if the solution does not give a 
precipitate with silver nitrate or become of a black- 
ish-blue color upon treatment with tannin, show- 
ing the absence of ferric chloride. (See also N. 
R., 1879, 46, for a new process by F. Schneider, 
from Schweiz. Wochenschr., 1878, 409.) There is 
good reason for believing that much of the so-called 
dialyzed iron found in commerce is made by adding 
freshly precipitated ferric hydrate to solution of 
ferric chloride until it ceases to be dissolved, and 
then filtering the solution. (Prof. Scheffer, A. J. 
P., March, 1878.) Ferrum catalyticum, or catalytic 
iron, used on the Continent, is probably made in 
this way. 
Solution of dialyzed iron has been very highly 
praised as a ferruginous tonic free from astringency, 
which can be given in enormous doses without pro- 
ducing headache or gastro-intestinal irritation. It 
is evident, however, that a preparation which will 
not pass through animal membrane cannot be ab- 
sorbed : in fact, dialyzed iron is precipitated in the 
stomach and intestines as a ferric oxide, which is 
very slowly absorbed. Dialyzed iron is, therefore, 
not an eligible preparation. It is capable of acting 
as an antidote to arsenic by virtue of the readiness 
with which it yields hydrated ferric oxide. Dose, 
from twentv minims to a teaspoonful (1 -3—3-7 C.c.). 
LIQUOR MAGNESII BISULPHITIS. Mr. 
George Archibald, having found that magnesium 
bisulphite is capable of arresting the butyric acid 
fermentation, proposes a solution of it as a remedy 
in heartburn. He prepares it by treating the mag- 
nesium carbonate with sulphurous acid, adding to 
an ounce of water sixteen grains of the sulphite 
thus formed, and passing sulphurous acid gas 
through the mixture till a clear solution is ob- 
tained. (P. J. Tr.y 3d series, ii. 502.) 
LIRIODENDRON TULIPIFERA. L. Tulip 
Tree Bark. American Tulip Poplar Tree. White 
Tulip Bark. Ecorce de Tulipier, Fr. Tulpenbaum- 
rinde, G. This indigenous representative of the 
Magnoliaceae attains in some situations a height of 
more than one hundred feet. The bark is of a 
brown or grayish-brown color, except in the young 
branches, on which it is bluish or of a reddish 
tinge. The leaves, which stand on long footstalks, 
are alternate, somewhat fleshy, smooth, of a beau- 
tiful shining green color, and divided into three 
lobes, of which the upper one is truncated and 
notched at its summit, so as to present a two-lohed 
appearance, and the two lower are rounded at the 
base and usually pointed. In the larger leaves, 
the lateral lobes have each a tooth-like projection at 
some distance below their apex. This peculiar 
form of the leaf serves to distinguish the tree from 
all others inhabiting the American forests. On 
isolated trees the flowers are very numerous. They 
are large, beautifully variegated with different 
colors, among which yellow predominates, and in 
appearance bear some resemblance to the tulip, 
which has given a name to the species. Each 
flower stands on a distinct terminal peduncle. 
The calyx is double, the outer two-leaved and de- 
ciduous, the inner consisting of three large, oval, 
concave leaves, of a pale green color. The corolla 
is composed of six, seven, or more obtuse, concave 
petals. The stamens are numerous, with short 
filaments and long linear anthers. The pistils are 
collected into the form of a cone, the upper part of 
which is covered with minute stigmas. The fruit 
consists of numerous long, narrow scales, attached 
to a common axis, imbricated in a conical form, 
and containing each two seeds, one or both of 
which are often abortive. The bark was the por- 
tion formerly official. It is taken for use indis- 
criminately from the root, trunk, and branches, 
though that of the root is thought to be the most 
active. 
Deprived of the epidermis, it is yellowish white, 
the bark of the root being somewhat darker than 
that of the stem or branches. It is very light and 
brittle, of a feeble, rather disagreeable odor, strong- 
est in the fresh bark, and of a bitter, pungent, and 
aromatic taste. These properties are weakened by 
age, and we have found specimens of the hark, long 
kept in the shops, almost insipid. The late Prof. 
Emmet, of the University of Virginia, believed 
that he had isolated the active principle, and gave 
it the name of liriodendrin. It was white, crystal- 
lizable, brittle, insoluble in water, soluble in alco- 
hol and ether, fusible at 82-2° C. (180° F.), vola- 
tilizable and partly decomposed at 132 2° C. (270° 
F.), of a slightly aromatic odor, and a bitter, 
warm, pungent taste. It does not unite either with 
acids or with alkalies ; and the latter precipitate it 
from the infusion of the bark by combining with 
the matter which renders it soluble in water. Water 
precipitates it from its alcoholic solution. It is ob- 
tained by macerating the root in alcohol, boiling 
the tincture with magnesia till it assumes an olive- 
green color, then filtering, concentrating by dis- 
tillation till the liquid becomes turbid, and finally 
precipitating the liriodendrin by the addition of 
cold water. (A. J. P., iii. 5.) Mr. J. U. Lloyd 
believes that liriodendrin is really an alkaloid, to 
which he gives the name of tuliperine, and this, 
according to Prof. Bartholow, appears to possess 
toxic properties. (Pharm. Rundschau, 1886, 169.) 
The virtues of the bark are extracted by water and 
alcohol, but are injured by long boiling. 
Liriodendron is a stimulant tonic, with diapho- 
retic properties, which has been used in chronic 
rheumatism and dyspepsia. Dose of bark in pow- 
der, from half a drachm to two drachms (1-94-7-7 
Gm.); of saturated tincture, a fluidrachm (3-88 
C.c.). 
LITHOSPERMUM OFFICINALE. L. 
Gromwell. Milium Solis. A European perennial PART II. 
Litmus.—Loco Plants. 
1711 
of the nat. ord. Boraginaceae, the seeds of which 
are ovate, of a grayish-white or pearl color, shining, 
rather larger than millet-seeds, and of a stony hard- 
ness, from which the generic name of the plant 
originated. They were formerly used as stimulant 
diuretics, but are nearly inert. 
LITMUS. Lacmus. Turnsole. Tournesol. 
Lacca Ccerulea. Lacca Musica. Laquebleu, Fr. 
Lackmus, G. This is a peculiar coloring matter 
derived from Roccella tinctoria, D. C., and other 
lichens. Three purple or blue coloring substances 
are known in commerce, obtained from lichenous 
plants. They are called severally litmus, orchil, 
and cudbear. The lichens employed are different 
species of Roccella, Lecanora, Variolaria, and others. 
They grow on alpine or maritime rocks, in various 
parts of the world, and for commercial purposes 
are collected chiefly upon the European and African 
coasts and the neighboring islands, as the Azores, 
Madeira, Canaries, and Cape Yerde. The par- 
ticular species most employed are probably Leca- 
nora tartarea or Tartarean moss, growing in the 
north of Europe, and Roccella tinctoria or orchilla 
weed, which abounds upon the African and insular 
coasts, and is called commercially, in common with 
other species of the same genus, Angola weed, Canary 
weed, etc., according to its supposed nativity. 
The principles in these plants upon which their 
valuable properties depend are themselves colorless, 
and yield coloring substances by the reaction of 
water, air, and ammonia. They are generally acids 
or acid anhydrides, and are named lecanoric, orsellic, 
erythric, etc., according to their origin. Lecanoric 
(diorsellinic) acid, C16H1407, the original constituent 
of most of these plants, when boiled with water or 
alkaline solutions, is changed into orsellinic acid, as 
follows: C16Hj407 -f- H20 = (C8H804)2. Orsellinic 
acid, CeH„ ] (01?),, fuses at 176° C. (348-8° F.), and 
(COOH, 
decomposes into orcin, CeH3(CH3)(OH)2, and C02. 
The same decomposition is readily effected by dis- 
tillation with milk of lime. Orcin combines with 
ammonia gas to form C8H802,NH3, the solution of 
which exposed to the air becomes colored reddish by 
the formation of orcein, C7H7N03. This latter 
compound forms the basis of the commercial orseille 
extract (orchil or archil). 
Kane (Watt's Dictionary, vol. iii. 731) described 
a deep red crystalline substance, erythrolitmin, 
and a brownish-red coloring principle, azolitmin, 
C7H7 This latter is considered as the distinc- 
tive coloring matter of the commercial litmus. It is 
nearly insoluble in cold water or benzene, but dis- 
solves in alcohol with red, and in ether with yellow 
color. It appears to have the characters of a weak 
acid, the salts of which are blue and the potassium 
compound of which exists in litmus. 
To test the value of the plants as dye-stuffs, they 
may be macerated in a weak solution of ammonia, 
or a solution of calcium hypochlorite may be added 
to their alcoholic tincture. In the former case a rich 
violet-red color is produced; in the latter, a deep 
blood-red color instantly appears, but soon fades. 
Lacmus or litmus is prepared chiefly if not exclu- 
sively in Holland. The process consists in macer- 
ating the coarsely powdered lichens, in wooden ves 
sels under shelter, for several weeks, with occasional 
agitation, in a mixture of urine, lime and potash 
or soda. A fermentation ensues, and the mass, be- 
coming first red and ultimately blue, is after the 
last change removed, mixed with calcareous or sili- 
cious matter to give it consistence, and with indigo 
to deepen the color, and then introduced into small 
moulds, where it hardens. It comes to us in rec- 
tangular cakes, from a quarter of an inch to an inch 
in length, light, friable, finely granular, of an 
indigo-blue or deep violet color, and scattered over 
with white saline points. It has the combined odor 
of indigo and violets, tinges the saliva of a deep 
blue, and is somewhat pungent and saline to the 
taste. From most vegetable blues it differs in not 
being rendered green by alkalies. It is reddened by 
acids, and restored to its original blue color by 
alkalies. 
Its chief use in medicine is as a test of acids and 
alkalies. For this purpose it is employed either 
in infusion or in the form of litmus-paper. The 
infusion, usually called tincture of litmus, may be 
made in the proportion of one part of litmus to 
twenty of distilled water, and two parts of alcohol 
may be added to preserve it. Litmus-paper is pre- 
pared by first forming a strong clear infusion with 
one part of litmus to four of water, and dipping 
slips of white unsized paper into it, or applying it 
by a brush to one surface only of the paper. The 
paper should then be carefully dried, and kept in 
well-stoppered vessels, from which the light is ex- 
cluded. It should have a uniform blue or slightly 
purple color, neither very light nor very dark. As 
a test for alkalies the paper may be stained with an 
infusion of litmus previously reddened by an acid, 
care being taken to avoid all excess. By gas-light 
it is said that the change of color cannot be deter- 
mined by the eye exactly, as the blue of litmus be- 
comes mauve ; but this may be obviated by watch- 
ing the process through a green glass, by which the 
faintest trace of blue becomes discernible. (P. J. Tr., 
2d ser., vi. 479.) 
Orchil or archil (Orseille, Fr., G-.), as prepared 
in England, is in the form of a thickish liquid, of a 
deep reddish-purple color, but varying in the tint, 
being in one variety redder than in another. The 
odor is ammoniacal. It is made by macerating 
lichens in a covered wooden vessel, with an ammo- 
niacal liquor, either consisting of stale urine and 
lime, or prepared by distilling an impure salt of 
ammonia with lime and water. (Pereira.) For de- 
tails as to the method of preparation, see Chemical 
News, 1874, 143. It is occasionally adulterated 
with the extracts of colored woods, as logwood, 
sappan-wood, etc. A mode of detecting these adul- 
terations is given by Mr. F. Leeshing in the Chem. 
Oaz. of June 1, 1855, 219. 
Cudbear (Orseille de terre, Fr. ; Persio, G.) is in 
the form of a purplish-red powder. It is procured 
in the same manner as orchil ; but the mixture, 
after the development of the color, is dried and 
pulverized. 
The point in which the preparation of these color- 
ing substances differs from that of litmus appears to 
be, that potash or soda is added, in the latter, to the 
ammoniacal liquid used. Orchil and cudbear are 
employed as djm-stuffs, and sometimes, in like man- 
ner, with litmus, as a test of acids and alkalies. 
For some practical applications, see A. J. P., 1874. 
For chemical constituents of lichens, see A. J. P., 
1898, 455. 
LOCO PLANTS. Crazy Weeds. These are 
plants growing in the far-western States, the eating 
of which by horses and cattle is believed to produce 
loss of flesh, disordered vision, delirium, convulsive 1712 
Lolium Temulentum.—Losophan. 
PART II. 
movements, or stupor and death. Much doubt 
hangs about the matter, but Astragalus mollissimus, 
Torr., is believed to be the loco of Kansas, whilst 
A. drummondii, Dougl., is the loco plant of Colo- 
rado. Prof. O’Brien, of the State Agricultural 
College of Colorado, has examined six species of 
the astragalus, including those mentioned, and in 
none of them has any alkaloid, resin, or other 
active chemical substance been found. This is in 
conformity with the fact that the Western astrag- 
alus, believed to be A. mollissimus, Torr., was 
carefully tested by Dr. H. C. Wood upon rabbits 
and dogs, and found not to be poisonous, a re- 
sult which has been confirmed by Jas. Kennedy, 
Pharm. Rec., July, 1888 ; by Ingersoll, Proc. A. P. 
A., 1890; and by L. E. Sayre, Proc. A. P. A., 1888. 
On the other hand, Dr. Isaac Ott found a plant, 
which he believed to he A. mollissimus, to act as a 
violent spinal poison and mydriatic. (New Remedies, 
Aug. 1882.) According to Dr. Carl Ruedi, the de- 
coction produces in the rabbit great hilarity, excite- 
ment, and even ferocity, and contains an alkaloid, 
locoin, and an acid. (Trans. Colorado State Med. 
Soc., 1895.) President Ingersoll, of the Colorado 
State Agricultural College, at the post-mortem ex- 
amination of a number of “locoed sheep,” found 
in each animal masses of Taenia expansa, and be- 
lieves that this tape-worm was the cause of the ill- 
ness. There can be no doubt that domestic animals 
are destroyed in the West in very large quantities 
from an affection which is known as “loco,” and 
hundreds of thousands of dollars have been spent 
in bounties by the State of Colorado for the extirpa- 
tion of the supposed poisonous astragalus. But the 
cause of the disorder remains obscure. The most 
probable explanation of the case is that the fer- 
mentation of the plants in the intestines of the 
animal develops a poison which is absorbed, and 
that we have in the loco disease one parallel to the 
“ Lathyrismus” of Europe. (See also New York 
Med. Journ., 1889, xlix.) 
LOLIUM TEMULENTUM. L. Darnel. 
Bearded Darnel. Ivraie, Fr. Lolch, Taumelkorn, 
G. One of the Gramme® or grasses, indigenous in 
the Old World, but introduced into the United 
States, and owing its chief importance to the 
circumstance that it is apt to grow among wheat 
and other grains, and thus sophisticate the product 
with its seeds. From ancient times, these have 
been supposed to be deleterious to the human sys- 
tem, producing symptoms analogous to intoxication 
from alcoholic drinks, whence the plant derived its 
specific name of temulentum, and the French name 
of ivraie. The seeds have a sweetish taste, and are 
said to contain gluten, starch, and sugar; and there 
is nothing in their sensible properties which would 
suggest the idea that they might be poisonous. 
Indeed, De Candolle states that they are often 
eaten in bread without inconvenience; and that a 
beer into which they enter as an ingredient is drunk 
with impunity. (Merat and De Lens, iv. 141.) The 
testimony, however, to the fact that they produce 
vertigo, dizziness, headache, sleepiness, and a species 
of drunkenness is too strong to be resisted ; though 
very few instances, so far as we know, have been 
recorded of death from their use. MM. Riviere and 
Maiziere have each recorded a fatal case, which oc- 
curred in peasants who had for several days lived 
upon bread consisting to the extent of two-thirds or 
five-sixths of darnel. (Journ. de Pharm., 1863, 280.) 
Though thus acting on man, dogs, sheep, and horses, 
the seeds are said to be wholly innoxious to hogs, 
cows, and ducks ; and poultry have even been fat- 
tened by them. The remedy, in case of poisoning, 
would be as soon as possible to evacuate the stomach. 
Lindley states that this is the only one of the grasses 
which has been satisfactorily proved to have dele- 
terious properties. (Med. and Economic Bot., 27.) 
Dr. P. Antze (A. J. P., 1891, 568) announced the 
discovery of two alkaloids, loliine, which is volatile, 
and a solid base, temulentine. A more recent care- 
ful analysis of the seeds by Hofmeister (A. J. P., 
1892, 611) corrects these results. He finds that the 
volatile alkaloid “loliine” was impure ammonia; 
that the so-called “ temulentine” was a mixture con- 
taining some of the narcotic principles which Hof- 
meister isolated and called temuline. Hofmeister’s 
temuline is not crystallizable, is soluble in water, 
has an alkaline reaction, and forms a crystallized 
hydrochlorate with the formula C7H1?N20.2HC1. 
The author also found an acid containing nitrogen 
and an uncrystallizable alkaloidal body. Dr. P. 
Antze found that both loliine and temulentine are 
poisonous, causing violent gastro-intestinal irrita- 
tion, dyspnoea, and general depression. (Centralb. 
fior die Gesammte Therap., 1891.) 
LONICERA CAPRI FOLIUM. L. Honey- 
suckle. (Nat. ord. Caprifoliaceas.) This ornament 
of our gardens is a native of the south of Europe. 
Its sweet-scented flowers are sometimes used in 
perfumery, and a syrup prepared from them has 
been given in asthma and other pectoral affections. 
The expressed juice of the plant has been recom- 
mended for the stings of bees, being rubbed directly 
on the injured spot. The fruit of all the species of 
Lonicera is said to be emetic and cathartic (Merat 
and De Lens), and that of L. xylosteum (L. ?) to 
have caused serious poisoning. .(Journ. de Pharm., 
4e ser., xviii. 65.) 
LO R ETIN. Mefa-iodo-ortho-oxyquinoline-ana- 
sulphonic Acid. C9H4IN.0H.S03H. This organic 
iodine compound, discovered by Claus, of Freiburg, 
is a bright yellow, odorless, crystalline powder, in- 
soluble in ether and oils, soluble in from 1 to 2 
parts in 1000 in cold water, 5 to 6 parts in 1000 in 
boiling water; forms neutral soluble salts with, 
sodium, potassium, ammonium, and magnesium, 
yielding a deep, orange-yellow solution. It is 
very stable for an iodine compound, not being 
affected by exposure to direct sunlight. It has 
been found by Ammelburg to be as a germicide 
much more powerful than iodoform, with seven 
different pathogenetic germs essayed. Given hypo- 
dermically to guinea-pigs (5 C.c. of a 5 per cent, 
solution for long periods), it produced no poison- 
ing, and no iodine could be detected in the urine. 
(Deutsche Zeitsch. fur Thiermed. und Vergleich. 
Path., 1894.) 
It has been especially commended as a substitute 
for iodoform by Schinsinger and by Snow. (Brit. 
Med. Journ., ii. 1895.) It may be used as a dusting 
powder alone or mixed with calcined magnesia or 
starch; as collodion, from 2 to 10 per cent.; as 
ointment, 5 to 10 per cent. ; and in solution, 1 to 2 
per cent, of the soluble sodium salt. The soluble 
calcium salt calcium, loretin has been especially 
recommended for the manufacture of antiseptic 
gauze. Snow states that the pure powder may be 
used without danger of poisoning or of local irri- 
tation. 
LOSOPHAN. Tri-iodo-meta-cresol, C6HI3 
(OH)(CH3), contains 78-39 per cent, iodine, and PART II. 
Lucuma.—Lycopus. 
1713 
is prepared by the action of iodine upon m-oxy- 
toluic acid in the presence of a definite quantity of 
alkali, in the same manner that tri-iodo-phenol may 
be obtained from salicylic acid. It crystallizes in 
white needles, melting at 121-5° C., soluble with 
difficulty in alcohol, but readily in ether, benzin, 
and chloroform. Losophan has been recommended 
by Dr. Saalfeld in parasitic skin diseases and in 
chronic eczema and prurigo, but J. A. Cantrell, 
after extended trial, concludes that it is without 
therapeutic value. It may be employed either as a 
1 or 2 per cent, solution in three parts alcohol and 
one part water, or as a 1 to 10 per cent, ointment with 
vaseline or four parts lanolin and one part vaseline. 
LUCUMA. This Brazilian genus of the nat. 
ord. Supotacese yields a number of species, which 
are used in Brazil as medicines or articles of diet. 
For an account of them, see Pharm. Rundschau, 
1888. See also Monesia. 
LUFFA. Luffa JEgyptiaca. Vegetable Sponge. 
Wash-rag Sponge. Gourd Towel. A cucurbitaceous 
genus, indigenous to Arabia and Egypt, furnishing 
a gourd-like fruit, which presents upon the removal 
of the epidermis a durable skeleton of interwoven 
woody fibres, which are used in place of sponge. 
(A. J. P., 1884, 6.) The fruit of L. echinata, 
Roxb., of India, is a violent irritant poison, from 
which C. J. H. Warden has separated a principle 
allied to, if not identical with, colocynthitin. (P. 
J. Tr., June, 1890.) 
LUPINUS ALBUS. L. Lupin. Lupin, Fr. 
Feigbohne, Wolfsbohne, G. A plant belonging to 
the Leguminosae, and a native of Europe and 
Western Asia, which is sometimes cultivated in 
our gardens. Other species are also met with,—L. 
hirsutus, L., L. luteus, L., L. polyphyllus, Lindl., 
L. densiflorus, Benth. The last two are indige- 
nous to the Pacific slope and the West. The bitter 
principle lupinin, C29H32016, is a glucoside, and 
its solution in alkalies is of a dark brownish- 
yellow color. On boiling with dilute acids it is 
decomposed into lupigenin, C17H12Oe, and a fer- 
mentable, dextro-rotatory glucose. The bruised 
seeds of white lupin, after soaking in water, are 
sometimes used as an external application to ulcers, 
etc., and internally are said to be anthelmintic, 
diuretic, and emmenagogue. An instance has been 
recorded where a decoction used as an injection in 
the rectum caused symptoms which suggested a 
poisonous character for the drug. Schulze and 
Steiger have isolated an alkaloid, arginine, 
C6Hi4N402, from the germinated seeds of Lupinus 
luteus. (A. J. P., 1887, 428.) Steiger (Journ. Soc. 
Chem. Indus., 1886, 385) has also studied a car- 
bohydrate analogous to dextrin, which Baeyer 
and Eichborn discovered in Lupinus luteus. He 
finds that it is not changed by yeast., that nitric 
acid converts it into mucic acid, and that dilute 
sulphuric or hydrochloric acid converts it into 
galactose. 
L Y C E T O L. Dimethylpiperazine Tartrate. 
NH(CH2CHCH3)3NH 4- H2C4H4Oe. This is the 
tartrate of a substitution product from pipera- 
zine, in which an atom of hydrogen in each of 
two CH2 groups is replaced by the methyl group 
CH3. Lycetol is a white powder melting at 243° 
C., readily soluble in water, having a taste which 
is described as pleasant and acidulous. It is as- 
serted that it is an active diuretic, exerting a power- 
ful solvent influence upon uric acid, and causing no 
disturbance of digestion even when given conti n- 
ually in large doses. According to Hamonic, it 
acts very favorably in purulent cystitis, lessening 
suppuration and the tendency to decomposition of 
the urine. It has been used with asserted excel- 
lent results in chronic and acute gout and in vari- 
ous other forms of uric acid diathesis, as well as for 
solution of calculi. Dose, from fifteen to thirty 
grains (0*9-1 9 Gm.) daily, administered in from 
one to two pints of water. 
LYCIUM BARBARUM. L. Matrimony Vine. 
The genus Lycium belongs to the Solanacese. Dif- 
ferent species have been used in various parts of the 
world in reference to supposed medical virtues. 
Lycium barbarum, L., which is indigenous in the 
south of Europe and in Asia, is a thorny shrub, 
with long flexible branches, and is cultivated 
for hedges and arbors. Husemann and Marme 
found in the leaves and stem an alkaloid, lycine, 
(A. J. P., 1864, 226.) It is character- 
ized Dy its strong affinity for water, which causes 
it to deliquesce in a few minutes after exposure, 
and renders it very soluble in that liquid. It is 
also readily soluble in alcohol, but nearly insoluble 
in ether. It is crystullizable, of a sharp but not 
bitter taste, and forms crystallizable salts with the 
acids. Prof. Aug. Husemann believes that lycine 
does not exist in the plant, but is formed during 
the process of extraction, and also that it is identi- 
cal with betaine, CgHj.NOo, the alkaloid obtained 
from beet-juice by Scheibler, and with the oxy- 
neurine of Liebreich. (A. J. P., xlvii. 209.) E. 
Schmidt found in Lycium barbarum traces of myd- 
riatic alkaloids resembling those of belladonna. 
(Apoth. Zeit., 1890, 511.) The young shoots of 
one of the species of Lycium are eaten in Spain 
as asparagus, and its leaves as salad; and the abo- 
rigines of Colombia used another species against 
erysipelas. The leaves of L. barbarum, as well as 
the fruit, are said to be used by the physicians of 
Japan. (Merat and De Lens.) 
LYCOCTONA. For its physiological action, 
see Phil. Med. Times, Oct. 1875. 
LYCOPODIUM SAUSSURUS. Piligan. In 
this Brazilian lycopod Adrian has found an alka- 
loid, piliganine (Compt.-Rend., June, 1886), which 
is said to act upon animals as a powerful emetic, 
cathartic, and convulsant. (See also Bull. Therap., 
cxi. 174.) 
LYCOPUS. U. S. 1870. Lycopus Virginicus, 
L. Lycope de Virginie, Fr. Virginischer Wolfsfuss, 
G. The bugle-weed is an indigenous labiate herb, 
with a perennial creeping root, which sends up an 
erect, nearly simple, obtusely quadrangular stem, 
from twelve to eighteen inches high, and furnished 
with opposite sessile leaves. These are broad-lan- 
ceolate, attenuated and entire at both extremities, 
remotely serrate in the middle, somewhat rough, 
purplish, and beset with glandular dots on their 
under surface. The flowers are minute, in small 
axillary whorls, with two small subulate bracts to 
each flower, and a white corolla. The seeds are 
longer than the calyx, which is spineless. This 
plant grows in shady and wet places throughout 
the greater part of the United States. Its flowering 
period is August. The whole herb is used. Jos. 
L. Weil found 0-41 per cent, of a fat melting at 
50° C., 0-68 per cent, of a granular wax melting 
at 70° C., 0*48 per cent, of a crystallizable resin 
soluble in ether, a crystallizable glucoside, and a 
small quantity of gallic acid and tannin. (A. J. P., 
1890, 72.) It has a peculiar odor and a nauseous 1714 
Lysidine.—Magnesii Sulplm. 
slightly bitter taste, and imparts these properties, 
as well as its medical virtues, to boiling water. 
According to A. W. Ives, the bugle weed is a 
mild narcotic. It is said also to be astringent, 
and has been employed with asserted success in 
pulmonic and other hemorrhages. Dose of infu- 
sion to Oi boiling water), from half a pint to 
one pint daily. 
Lycopus europceus, L., is said to be frequently 
collected and sold for L. virginicus. The former 
may be distinguished by its acutely quadrangular 
stem, its narrow lanceolate leaves, of which the 
lower are somewhat pinnatifld, its more crowded 
flowers, and the acute segments of its calyx, armed 
with short spines. It has been employed in Europe 
as a substitute for quinine. 
LYSIDINE. Lysidine is a reddish-white, crys- 
talline substance, having a peculiar nauseous taste 
suggesting the odor of mice. On account of its great 
hygroscopicity it is now supplied to the trade in a 
uniform 50 per cent, solution. It was brought for- 
ward by Prof. Ladenburg as a solvent for uric acid, 
with the statement that it had five times the power 
of piperazine. Reports had been made upon it by 
Grawitz (Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., 1894) and by 
Woodcock Goodbody [Brit. Med. Journ., ii. 1896). 
It is asserted that the solvent action of this and 
also of piperazine is exerted in the blood, so that 
the uric acid is taken up from the tissues of the 
body more thoroughly than is ordinarily done. 
Goodbody believes that lysidine is more active as 
a diuretic than is piperazine. From ten to twenty 
grains (0-6-1 -8 Gm.) may be given three times a 
day in a half-pint of aerated water We have used 
it in our cases with apparent good results. 
LYTHRUM SALICAR1A. L. Loosestrife. 
Purple Willow-herb. Salicaire, Fr. Rother Wei- 
derich, G. This is an elegant perennial plant of 
the nat. ord. Lythraraceae, a native of Europe, but 
naturalized from Ontario to Kentucky and Arkan- 
sas. The whole herbaceous part is medicinal, and 
is dried for use. In this state it is inodorous, and 
has an herbaceous, somewhat astringent taste. It 
renders boiling water very mucilaginous, and its 
decoction is blackened by the sulphate of iron. 
Loosestrife is demulcent and astringent, and may 
be advantageously given in diarrhoea and chronic 
dysentery, after due preparation by evacuating 
treatment. It has long been used in Ireland in 
these complaints, and is said to be a popular remedy 
in Sweden. The dose of the powdered herb is 
about a drachm two or three times a day. A de- 
coction of the root, prepared by boiling an ounce 
in a pint of water, may be given in the dose of two 
fluidounces. 
MACALLO or YABA BARK. For an article 
on this Yucatan bark, see A. J. P., 1879, 392. 
MACKAY BEAN. This is the seed of Entada 
scandens, Benth. (nat. ord. Leguminosse), of Queens- 
land, which has the reputation in the colony of being 
strongly poisonous, and in which John Moss found 
saponin. (P. J. Tr., vol. xviii. 242.) 
MACLURA AURANTIACA. Nutt. (Now 
Toxylon pomiferum, Raf.) (Nat. ord. Moracese.) 
The bark of the root of this tree, which is indige- 
nous in our Southern States, is said to be consider- 
ably used in making a yellow dye. Alex. King 
has found in it moric and morintannic acids. (A. 
J. P.. xlvi. 257.) 
MAGNESII ACETAS. Magnesium Acetate. 
This salt has been used as a substi- 
tute for the citrate, but is much inferior. For fur- 
ther information, see previous editions U. S. D. 
MAGNESII CHLORIDUM. Magnesium Chlo- 
ride. MgCl2. This is produced at Stassfurt in the 
Stassfurt potash and bromine industries. When a 
concentrated solution of this salt is evaporated to 
dryness, it is partially decomposed into magnesia 
and hydrochloric acid, the latter being evolved. 
By a careful evaporation, stopping it so soon as the 
vapor begins to redden litmus-paper, the chloride 
may be obtained in the state of a fused hydrate, 
having the composition MgCl,6HO. Or, by adding 
ammonium chloride to the solution, the mixed 
chlorides can he evaporated to dryness, and the 
sal-ammoniac volatilized without decomposing the 
magnesium chloride. Dr. Lebert finds this bitter 
and very deliquescent salt to act mildly and favor- 
ably as a purgative, producing a flow of bile and 
an increase of appetite. On account of its extreme 
deliquescence, he recommends it in the liquid form, 
prepared by dissolving the salt in its weight of 
water. Dose, an ounce (311 Gm.) sufficiently di- 
luted to an adult, and half an ounce (15 55 Gm.) 
to a child ten years old. (Arch. Gen., 4e ser., iii. 
448.) 
MAGNESII SALICYLAS. Magnesium sali- 
cylate has been enthusiastically recommended by 
Huchard in typhoid fever, given in daily doses of 
from fifty to one hundred grains (3-2-6-5 Gm.) 
continuously; diarrhoea is not a contraindication 
to its use. According to B. Fischer (Pharm. Zeit., 
1888, 146), the salt is prepared by dissolving sali- 
cylic acid in boiling water, saturating the solution 
with magnesium carbonate, filtering, and crys- 
tallizing. It forms long, colorless hygroscopic 
needles, is readily soluble in water and alcohol, 
and has a somewhat hitter taste. (A. J. P., 1888.) 
MAGNESII SULPHIS. U. S. 1880. Sulphite 
of Magnesium. (MgS03.6H20.) This salt may be 
prepared by double decomposition between magne- 
sium sulphate and neutral sodium sulphite. Owing 
to the almost universal presence of sulphate in 
the sodium sulphite, Jos. P. Remington proposes to 
prepare it by suspending eight parts of pure mag- 
nesia in sixteen parts of water, and then adding 
gradually, with stirring, official aqueous sulphur- 
ous acid in excess. The crystals which form are 
washed with very cold water, drained, and dried. 
(A. J. P., xl. 97.) “ A white, crystalline powder, 
gradually becoming oxidized on exposure to air, 
odorless, having a slightly bitter, somewhat sul- 
phurous taste, and a neutral or slightly alkaline 
reaction. Soluble in twenty parts of water at 15° 
C. (59° F.), and in nineteen parts of boiling water; 
insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 200° C. 
(392° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization 
(50-9 per cent.), and is converted into magnesia and 
anhydrous sulphate of magnesium. The aqueous 
solution of the salt, mixed with chloride of am- 
monium, yields, with excess of test-solution of 
phosphate of sodium and water of ammonia, a 
white, crystalline _ precipitate soluble in acids. 
When treated with four times its weight of diluted 
hydrochloric acid, the salt dissolves completely and 
emits the odor of burning sulphur, without be- 
coming cloudy (difference from hyposulphite). A 
1 per cent, aqueous solution, strongly acidulated 
with hydrochloric acid, should not afford more than 
a slight cloudiness with test-solution of chloride of 
barium (limit of sulphate).” Magnesium sulphite 
shares the general medical properties of the sul- 
PART II. PART II. 
Magnesium Silicate.—Malakin. 
1715 
phites, but is better fitted for internal adminis- 
tration on account of its less solubility and less 
disagreeable taste, etc. (See Sodii Sulphis.) The 
dose is from fifteen grains to half a drachm 
(1-2 6m.). 
MAGNESIUM SILICATE. Hydrated Mag- 
nesium Silicate. Meerschaum. H2Mg2Si309-|-H20. 
This is a mineral used for the manufacture of 
tobacco-pipes. It was brought into notice as a medi- 
cine by Garraud, who used it successfully as a sub- 
stitute for bismuth subnitrate in obstinate diarrhoea. 
Trousseau employed it also with great success in 
numerous cases of diarrhoea. It is reduced to fine 
powder, and given in doses of from one to four 
drachms a day. It no doubt acts mechanically, 
either as an absorbent or a protective of the intes- 
tinal coats. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., iii. 385.) 
MAGNOLIA. U. S. 1880. Magnolia Bark. 
Ecorce de Magnolier, Fr. Magnolienrinde, G. (Nat. 
ord. Magnoliacese.) Three species of magnolia 
were formerly official, as follows: 1. Magnolia 
glauca, L. (now M. virginiana, L.), which in the 
Northern States is often nothing more than a 
shrub, sometimes attains in the South the height 
of forty feet. The leaves are scattered, petiolate, 
oval, obtuse, entire, glabrous, thick, opaque, yel- 
lowish green on their upper surface, and of a 
beautiful pale glaucous color beneath. The 
flowers are large, terminal, solitary, cream-colored, 
strongly and gratefully odorous, often scenting the 
air to a considerable distance. The calyx is com- 
posed of three sepals; the petals, from eight to 
fourteen in number, are obovate, obtuse, concave, 
and contracted at the base; the stamens are very 
numerous, and inserted on a conical receptacle ; 
the germs are collected into a cone, and each is 
surmounted by a linear recurved style. The fruit 
is conical, about an inch in length, consisting of 
numerous imbricated cells, each containing a sin- 
gle scarlet seed. This escapes through a longi- 
tudinal opening in the cell, but remains for some 
time suspended from the cone by a slender thread. 
M. glauca is found along the seaboard of the 
United States, from Cape Ann, in Massachusetts, 
to the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. It is abun- 
dant in the Middle and Southern States, usually 
growing in swamps ; but is seldom met with in the 
interior, west of the mountains. It begins to 
flower in May, June, or July, according to the 
latitude. It is usually known as magnolia in the 
North, and as white bay or sweet bay in the South, 
but is occasionally called swamp sassafras, beaver- 
tree, etc. 
2. M. acuminata, L., is much larger than the 
preceding, often growing to the height of seventy 
or eighty feet. The leaves are six or seven inches 
long by three or four in breadth, oval, acuminate, 
and pubescent on their under surface. The flowers 
are five or six inches in diameter, bluish or cream- 
colored, slightly odorous, with obovate rather ob- 
tuse petals from six to nine in number. The tree 
grows in the interior mountainous regions of the 
United States, extending along the Alleghanies 
from New York to their termination in Georgia, 
and seldom existing in the low country far either 
to the east or west of that range. It is called 
cucumber-tree. 
3. M. tripetala, L., is a small tree, sometimes, 
though rarely, reaching an elevation of thirty feet, 
and almost always having an inclined trunk. It 
is remarkable for the size of its leaves and flowers. 
The former are eighteen or twenty inches long by 
seven or eight in breadth, thin, obovate, somewhat 
wedge-shaped, entire, acute at both extremities, 
pubescent when young, and often disposed in rays 
at the extremity of the shoots, displaying a surface 
thirty inches in diameter. Hence has arisen its 
name of umbrella-tree. The flowers are terminal, 
seven or eight inches in diameter, white, with from 
five to twelve oval acute petals, of which the three 
outer are reflexed. This species extends from 
Northern New York to the southern limits of the 
United States. It is found only in shady situa- 
tions with a deep and fertile soil. Wallace Procter 
found in the fruit a crystalline principle. When 
pure, this is without smell, and has at first little 
taste, in consequence of its insolubility in the 
liquids of the mouth, but after a time produces an 
irritant effect on the fauces. It is nearly insoluble 
in cold, but slightly soluble in hot water, very 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disul- 
phide, and benzin. It is neutral to test-paper. 
Procter considered it analogous to the liriodendrin 
obtained by Emmet, but quite distinct. He pro- 
posed for it the name of magnolin, which is the 
more appropriate, as the principle seems to be the 
same as that obtained by Stephen Procter from the 
bark of M. grandijlora, and by W. D. Harrison 
from that of M. glauca. (A. J. P., xxxiv. 29.) 
For a more detailed account of it, see A. J. P., 
1872, 145 ; also Lloyd’s paper in Pharm. Rund- 
schau, 1866, 224. W. F. Rawlins (A. J. P., 1889, 
7) obtained from the leaves of the M. glauca a 
small quantity of a volatile oil of bright green 
color, with an odor resembling fennel or anise, 
but more pleasant. From the ethereal solution 
of this oil small crystals deposited. Indications 
were also had of a bitter glucosidal principle. 
The bark and fruit of all the species of Magnolia 
are possessed of similar medicinal properties; but 
the bark only was official, and that of the root has 
been thought to be most efficient. “ The bark from 
young wood is quilled or curved, thin, externally 
orange-brown and glossy, or light gray, with scat- 
tered warts and somewhat fissured, internally 
whitish or pale brownish and smooth ; fracture 
short, in the inner layer somewhat fibrous ; inodor- 
ous ; taste somewhat astringent, pungent, and 
bitter. The bark of old wood, deprived of the cork, 
is whitish or brownish, fibrous, and less pungent.” 
V. S. 1880. The aromatic property, which resides 
in a volatile principle, is diminished by desiccation, 
and entirely lost when the bark is long kept. The 
bitterness, however, remains. The bark is destitute 
of astringency. The bark of Magnolia grandijlora 
was found by Stephen Procter to contain volatile 
oil, resin, and a principle analogous to the lirio- 
dendrin of Prof. Emmet. (A. J. P., xiv. 95.) 
Magnolia is a gently stimulant aromatic tonic and 
diaphoretic. It has been used in malaria and in 
rheumatism. The dose of the recently dried bark 
in powder is from half a drachm to a drachm (1-95 
-3-9 Gm.), frequently repeated. Diluted alcohol 
extracts all the virtues of the medicine ; and a tinc- 
ture, made by macerating the fresh bark or fruit in 
brandy, is a popular remedy in chronic rheumatism. 
M A L A K I N. Salicyliden-paraphenetidine. 
CeH4 { N?^ff.CeII4(OH). This occurs in small> 
bright yellow, fine needles, melting at 92° C., in- 
soluble in water, sparingly soluble in cold, but quite 
so in hot alcohol, insoluble in carbonates of the Malambo or Matias Bark.—Maltum. 
1716 
PART II. 
alkalies, but soluble with a yellow color in soda lye ; 
weak mineral acids decompose it, forming salicyl- 
aldehyde and paraphenetidine. 
Malakin contains about 50 per cent, of salicyl- 
aldehyde, and in 1893 Jacquet called attention to it 
as an anti-rheumatic remedy, stating that it is de- 
composed in the stomach, yielding salicyl-aldehyde 
to the blood, and offering, therefore, a method of 
giving salicylic acid. Cases have been reported not 
only by Jacquet, but by Merkel, by Korotkoft', by 
Oussoff, by Abernethy, and others, in which, in 
doses of from forty-five to ninety grains a day, 
malakin acted very favorably in acute rheumatism. 
On the other hand, Ottolenghi (Therap. Wochenseh., 
ii. 1895) lias found that after the administration 
of malakin, crystals of it can be found throughout 
the whole intestines, even as low as the rectum, so 
that the decomposition and after-absorption of it 
must be exceedingly slow and uncertain ; and the 
contention of Bauer, that it is distinctly inferior to 
the older salicylates, is in all probability correct. 
Ottolenghi suggests that malakin must act on taenia 
and other intestinal parasites, and may therefore 
prove useful as an anthelmintic. 
MALAMBO or MATIAS BARK. A bark 
received from South America by Alex. Ure, under 
the name of matias hark, was found to have the 
characters of the malambo bark, which is held in 
high esteem in Colombia, where it is produced. 
According to H. Karston, it is derived from a 
hitherto undescribed species of Croton, which he 
names Croton Malambo. (See Florae Colombice Ter- 
rarumque adjacentium Specimina Selecta.) This is 
a small tree or shrub, growing on the coast of 
Venezuela and Colombia. (P. J. Tr., 1859, 321.) 
The bark is described by Ure as being three or four 
lines thick, brittle, though somewhat fibrous, of a 
brown color, and covered with an ash-colored tuber- 
culous epidermis. It has an aromatic odor and a 
bitter pungent taste, and yields these properties to 
water and alcohol. Its active ingredients appear to 
be a volatile oil and a bitter extractive matter. 
According to Mackay, it has been used success- 
fully in intermittents, convalescence from continued 
fevers, hemicrania, dyspepsia,, and other cases in 
which tonic remedies are useful, and also as an 
adjuvant to diuretics. It is probably nothing more 
than an aromatic tonic. Ure has administered it 
with good effect as a substitute for Peruvian bark. 
(P. J. Tr., iii. 169.) 
Under the name of Winter's bark, a considerable 
quantity of bark was some time since imported into 
the United States from South America, which E. S. 
Wayne, of Cincinnati, has identified with the ma- 
lambo bark above described, having found it to 
correspond with that product both in sensible char- 
acters and composition. (A. J. P., xxix. 1.) George 
B. Wood confirmed this decision of Wayne; a 
specimen in his possession answered precisely to the 
description given by Ure. The malambo bark, 
analyzed by Cadet de Gassicourt, yielded volatile 
oil, bitter resin, and extractive, but no tannic or 
gallic acid, and no alkaloid ; and the same was the 
case with the so-called Winter’s bark examined by 
Wavne. (Ibid.) The same bark has been analyzed 
by F. B. Dancy, who found in it volatile oil, gum, 
starch, albumen, resin, extractive, fixed oil, wax, 
and several inorganic substances. (Ibid., 219.) 
MALOUETIA NITIDA. Spruce. Guacha- 
maca. (Nat. ord. Apocynaceae.) This plant, of 
Venezuela, contains an alkaloid, guachamacine, 
which Kobert believes to be identical with curarine. 
(A. J. P.. 1885, 560.) 
MALTUM. U. S. 1880. Mali. Maltum Hordei, 
L. Barley Malt. Maltd’Orge, Dreche, ¥r. Ger- 
stenmalz, G. “The seed of Hordeum distichum, 
Linne (nat. ord. Graminaceae), caused to enter the 
incipient stage of germination by artificial means, 
and dried,” U. S. 1880. The object of malting is 
to allow germination of grain to go just far enough 
to develop the maximum amount of diastase, the 
ferment by which the starch is converted into sugar. 
In order to achieve this, the barley is: first, steeped, 
—i e., allowed to remain one or two days in cold 
water, of which it absorbs from 10 to 50 per cent. ; 
second,couched,—i.e., thrown into heaps upon a floor 
and allowed to develop heat and germinate; third, 
when the acrospire or shoot is one-third the length 
of the grain, the latter is floored,—i.e., spread upon 
wide floors to dry ; fourth, kiln-dried,—i.e., exposed 
to such a temperature as thoroughly to dry it and to 
kill the young plant. If the temperature be raised 
high enough to scorch the grain, it becomes Amber 
Malt, or Black Malt, according to the extent of the 
charring, and porter owes its dark color to the 
blackening of the malt. 
The so-called malt liquors are prepared by making 
an infusion (wort) of the bruised malt, adding hops 
and various other substances, and fermenting. Ale, 
brown stout, and porter are made by rapid fermen- 
tation at a comparatively high temperature (75° F.), 
whilst lager beer is prepared by a very slow, pro- 
longed fermentation at a low temperature. Differ- 
ences of color in malt liquors depend chiefly upon 
the color of the malt. Malt is composed of germi- 
nated, dried barley grains with acrospires and radi- 
cles adherent. The IT. S. P. 1880 directed that it 
should he fresh, of a color not darker than pale 
amber, and should have an agreeable odor and a 
sweet taste. If it lack body and taste, it has prob- 
ably been already exhausted. For a description of 
diastase, the peculiar ferment which converts the 
starch of the grain into dextrin and dextro-glucose, 
see Hordeum Decorticatum. 
Under the name of extract of malt, two distinct 
preparations have been put upon the market; the 
one being a very strong beer, the other an extract 
prepared from malt, and chiefly composed of dextrin 
and glucose, with some albumen and phosphates. 
The object of the process below is to obtain all of 
the soluble principles of malt in a permanent form. 
To secure this, strict attention to the details of the 
process is necessary. Good extract of malt should 
contain no starch, have the consistence of thick 
honey, a brown color, and should be free from 
empyreumatic taste. A great deal of commercial 
extract of malt is adulterated with glucose to a sur- 
prising extent. 
Extractum Malti. V. S. 1880. Extract of Malt. 
Extrait de Malt d'Orge, Fr. Gerstenmalz-Extrakt, 
G. “ Malt, in coarse powder, not finer than No. 12, 
one hundred parts [or eighty ounces av.] ; Water, 
a sufficient quantity. Upon the powder, contained 
in a suitable vessel, pour one hundred parts [or 
five pints] of Water, and macerate for six hours. 
Then add four hundred parts [or twenty pints] 
of Water, heated to about 30° C. (86° F.), and 
digest for an hour at a temperature not exceeding 
55° C. (131° F.). Strain the mixture with strong 
expression. Finally, by means of a water-bath, 
or vacuum apparatus, at a temperature not exceed- 
ing 55° C. (131° F.), evaporate the strained liquid Malva Sylvestris.—Mandragora Officinarum. 
1717 
PART II. 
rapidly to the consistence of thick honey. Keep 
the product in well-closed vessels, in a cool place.” 
V. S. 1880. 
The above process does not differ materially from 
that of L. W. Jassoy (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., 
xvi. 440), who recommends the following method. 
Macerate malt for three hours in its weight of cold 
water, then add four times its weight of water, and 
carefully raise the temperature to 65° C. during 
one hour. Filter, boil the residue with three 
parts of water for a quarter of an hour, remove 
from the fire, and allow to cool to 75° C., filter, 
and express the residue. Mix the liquids, main- 
tain for some time at a temperature of 50° C., 
until the starch is converted into sugar. Reduce 
to one-third the volume by gentle boiling, allow to 
stand overnight, filter through a woollen strainer, 
and evaporate upon a water-bath to the consist- 
ence of an extract. A dry extract of malt has 
come into extensive use as an infants’ food, made 
by artificially drying the thick syrupy extract. 
It is in the form of a straw-colored, coarse pow- 
der, and is given dissolved in milk or water. 
O. F. Romer and H. R. Randoll, of Brooklyn, 
have patented several improvements in the process 
of making extract of malt,—namely, 1, the prop- 
erly ground malt is treated with an alkaline solu- 
tion, in order to neutralize the fatty acids which 
usually impart a had taste to the product; 2, the 
extract is separated from the solid matters by 
pressing in press-cloths, whereby it is obtained 
as a clear liquid with scarcely any loss. (N. R., 
1880, 179.) Pharmaceutically, extract of malt has 
been used as an emulsifying agent; it makes a 
good basis for a cod-liver oil emulsion, for which 
purpose it is admirably adapted therapeutically. 
The dose is from one to four drachms (3*88-15-5 
Gm.). 
MALVA SYLVESTRIS. L. Common Mallow. 
Flores Malvce, Folia Ma.lvce., P. G. High Mallow. 
Mauve Sauvage, Grande Mauve, Fr. Kdsepappel, 
Waldmalve, G. This is a perennial, herbaceous 
plant of the nat. ord. Malvaceae, with a round, 
hairy, branching, usually erect stem, from one to 
three feet high, hearing alternate, petiolate, cor- 
date, roughish leaves, which are divided into five 
or seven erenate lobes, and on the upper part of the 
stem are almost palmate. The flowers are large, 
purplish, and placed, from three to five together, 
at the axils of the leaves, upon long slender pedun- 
cles, which, as well as the petioles, are pubescent. 
The petals are five, inversely cordate, and three 
times as long as the calyx. The capsules are dis- 
posed compactly in a circular form. This species 
of mallow is a native of Europe, growing abun- 
dantly on waste grounds and by the way-sides, and 
flowering from May to August. It is sometimes 
cultivated in our gardens. Almost all the species 
of the genus are possessed of the same properties. 
M. rotundifolia, L., one of the most common, may 
be substituted for M. sylvestris. The herb and 
flowers have a weak, herbaceous, slimy taste, with- 
out odor. They abound in mucilage, which they 
readily impart to water; and the solution is pre- 
cipitated by lead acetate. The infusion and tinc- 
ture of the flowers are blue, and serve as a test of 
acids and alkalies, being reddened by the former 
and rendered green by the latter. The roots and 
seeds also are mucilaginous. Common mallow is 
emollient and demulcent. The infusion and de- 
coction are sometimes employed in catarrh, dysen- 
tery, and nephritic complaints, and are applicable 
to all other cases which call for the use of mucilag- 
inous liquids. 
MANACA. This is a portion of the root and 
stem of the Franciscea uniflora, Pohl. (now Brun- 
felsia hopeana, Benth.), a Brazilian plant belong- 
ing to the order of Solanaceae. It occurs in pieces 
from a few inches to one foot in length, and about 
one-half inch in diameter, very tough and woody, 
with a yellowish centre and a dark, very thin 
outer bark. The stem portion has a very small 
yellowish pith. H. B. Parsons (Am. Chem. Journ., 
vol. i. No. 6) came to the conclusion that it con- 
tains no alkaloid, but R. Lenardson (Inaug. Diss., 
Dorpat, 1884) asserts that he has found in it an 
alkaloid, manacine, besides a peculiar fluorescent 
substance supposed to he identical with gelseminic 
acid. Manacine is described as a light yellow, very 
hygroscopic powder, of a faint hitter taste, possess- 
ing very feeble basic properties, melting at 115° F., 
freely soluble in water and ethylic and methylic 
alcohol, but insoluble in ether, benzol, amylic 
alcohol, and chloroform. E. P. Bruer (Therap. 
G«z., 1882), as the result of experiments made upon 
the lower animals, arrived at the conclusion that 
manaca acts upon the spinal cord, first stimulating, 
and then abolishing the activity of the motor cen- 
tres, the action being shared in by the respiratory 
centres. All the glands, especially the kidneys, 
were stimulated by it. In large doses he found it 
to produce in man lassitude, perspiration, and 
loose, greenish alvine discharges. Manaca has 
been very strongly recommended in the treatment 
of chronic subacute rheumatism and syphilis. The 
dose of the fluid extract is from ten to thirty drops 
three times a day. (See Therap. Gaz., 1880 ; also 
New Series, vols. ii. and iii.) 
MANDRAGORA OFFICINARUM. L. 
Atropa Mandragora. Linn. Mandrake. Mandra- 
gora. Mandragore, Fr. Alraunwurzel, G. A peren- 
nial European plant,with spindle-shaped root,which 
is often forked beneath, and is therefore compared, 
in shape, to the human figure. In former times 
this root was supposed to possess magical virtues, 
and was used as an amulet to promote fecundity, 
etc., and the superstition is still cherished by the 
vulgar in some parts of Europe. The plant is a 
poisonous narcotic, somewhat similar in its proper- 
ties to belladonna, to which it is botanically allied. 
Crouzel isolated an alkaloid, mandragorine, which 
he found similar in properties to atropine. (P. J. 
Tr., 1885, 1067.) It has since been more thor- 
oughly studied by F. B. Ahrens. (Ber., 1889, 
2159-2161.) Mandragorine is colorless, inodorous, 
deliquescent, melts at from 77°-79° C., and has the 
formula C17H23N03 It seems to be isomeric 
with atropine, but is not converted into it by alka- 
lies. The sulphate and the hydrochloride are crys- 
talline and deliquescent. A second alkaloid in 
much smaller amount was also extracted, of which 
the gold and platinum double chlorides were 
formed. Both alkaloids had a mydriatic action. 
It was much used by the ancients as a narcotic, 
and as an anesthetic agent before surgical opera- 
tions. (Journ. de Pharm., xv. 290 ) Morion or 
Death-wine, said to have been administered pre- 
vious to the torture, was made from it. Its physio- 
logical action has been partially investigated by 
B. W. Richardson. (Brit, and For. Med-Chir. 
Rev., 1874, 242.) It is unknown as a remedy in 
the United States. 1718 
Manganese, 
PART II. 
MANGANESE. Manganum. This metal and 
its compounds with oxygen have been already de- 
scribed. (See Mangani Oxidum Nigrum.) Several 
of its combinations have been proposed as medi- 
cines, to be used as tonic and anti-ansemic reme- 
dies. Manganese as well as iron is always present, 
in minute proportion, in healthy blood, and has 
been detected in various solids and fluids of the 
body. According to an analysis by Burin-Du- 
buisson, the amount of manganese in the blood- 
corpuscles is about one-twentieth that of the iron. 
It is stated, as an advantage of the preparations 
of manganese, that they may be prescribed in con- 
junction with tannic acid and the various astrin- 
gent medicines, which are all incompatible with the 
preparations of iron. Of the manganous oxides, the 
monoxide only is strongly salifiable ; and this is the 
oxide present in the ordinary salts of the metal. It 
may he obtained by precipitation, as a white hy- 
drate, from any of the soluble manganous salts by 
the addition of a caustic alkali. This, according to 
Hannon, is a good medical preparation ; but a strong 
objection to it is that it rapidly absorbs oxygen, and 
passes to the state of the brown hydrated sesquioxide. 
Mangani Ionihum. Manganous Iodide. Mnl2. 
This very deliquescent salt may be prepared by 
adding manganous carbonate to aqueous hydriodic 
acid, filtering the solution, and granulating, care- 
fully regulating the heat. This iodide may be 
administered in syrup or pill. Procter proposed 
the following formula for the syrup. Dissolve six- 
teen drachms of manganous sulphate, and nineteen 
drachms of potassium iodide, separately, in three 
fluidounces of water, each portion of water being 
previously sweetened with two drachms of syrup. 
Mix the solutions in a glass-stoppered bottle, and 
when the crystals of potassium sulphate have ceased 
to precipitate, throw the liquor on a strainer of fine 
muslin, and allow it to filter into a pint bottle, con- 
taining twelve ounces of powdered sugar. When 
the solution has ceased to pass, wash the filter with 
a little sweetened water, and add sufficient of that 
liquid to make the whole measure a pint. Lastly, 
agitate the liquid until the sugar is dissolved. Proc- 
ter stated that this syrup contained about a drachm 
of manganous iodide in each fluidounce, and cor- 
responded in strength to the official solution of 
ferrous iodide. The small proportion of potassium 
sulphate which remains dissolved in the syrup does 
not interfere with its medicinal efficacy. The dose 
is from ten to thirty drops, repeated several times a 
day. (A. J. P., Oct. 1850.) Hannon makes a pill 
of manganous iodide by double decomposition be- 
tween equal weights of potassium iodide and crys- 
tallized manganous sulphate. The salts are per- 
fectly dried, accurately mixed in powder, and then 
rubbed up with honey, so as to reduce the whole to 
a pilular mass, which may he divided into four- 
grain pills Assuming that the honey added com- 
pensates for the loss of water in drying, each pill 
will consist of about two grains of manganous 
iodide, one of potassium sulphate, and one of 
honey, and manganous sulphate in excess. The 
dose is one pill daily, gradually increased to six. 
According to Hannon, manganous iodide is par- 
ticularly useful in the anaemia, attendant on scrofula, 
phthisis, and cancer, and in syphilitic cachexy. 
It is also affirmed that when given with cinchona 
it removes the enlargement of the spleen of mala- 
rial fevers. 
Mangani Cakbonas. Manganous Carbonate. 
MnC03. This salt may be obtained by the follow- 
ing formula, which is that of Hannon. Dissolve 
seventeen ounces of crystallized manganous sul- 
phate, and nineteen ounces of sodium carbonate, 
separately, in two pints of water, a fluidounce of 
syrup having been previously added to each pint; 
and, having mixed the solutions in a well-stoppered 
bottle, allow the precipitate to subside. Decant 
the supernatant liquid, wash the precipitate with 
sweetened water, allow it to drain from a cloth 
saturated with syrup, express, mix with ten ounces 
of honey, and evaporate rapidly to form a pil- 
ular mass, which is to be divided into four-grain 
pills. By a double decomposition between the 
manganous sulphate and sodium carbonate, man- 
ganous carbonate is precipitated, and sodium sul- 
phate remains in solution. The sulphate is washed 
away, and the carbonate is brought to a pilular con- 
sistence with honey, which, together with the syrup, 
prevents the manganous oxide in the pill from rising 
to a higher stage of oxidation. The dose is from 
two to ten pills daily. Manganous carbonate was 
tried by Hannon as a medicine on himself. After 
its use for fifteen days he found his appetite im- 
proved and his pulse increased in force, and he 
experienced a feeling of sanguineous plethora. He 
afterwards exhibited the remedy in several amemic 
cases, with the effect of exciting the functions to a 
more healthy action, increasing the strength, and 
improving the blood. 
Manganous phosphate, tartrate, and malate have 
also been proposed by Hannon as useful remedies. 
The phosphate is prepared by double decomposition 
between manganous sulphate and sodium phos- 
phate. A syrup of manganous phosphate has been 
made by T. S. Wiegand, of Philadelphia. (See his 
formula in A. J. P. for July, 1854.) Simpson, of 
Edinburgh, informed Geo B. Wood that a syrup 
made with two grains of ferrous phosphate and one 
grain of manganous phosphate, in a fluidrachm of 
syrup, was much and advantageously used by him- 
self and others in Edinburgh. This may be easily 
prepared by adding to the two ingredients men- 
tioned five grains of glacial phosphoric acid for 
each grain of the ferrous phosphate. (P. J. Tr., 
1859, 288.) Manganous lactate has been given, as- 
sociated with ferrous lactate, in chlorosis, in the dose 
of a grain, increased to five grains. 
Ferro-manganic Preparations. Hannon con- 
ceives that manganese is peculiarly suited to the 
treatment of anaemic cases in which iron has failed, 
or acts very slowly ; but, instead of passing at once 
from the use of iron to that of manganese, he pre- 
fers to give intermediately a mixture of the two 
metals. For this purpose he recommends the fol- 
lowing formula. Take of crystallized ferrous sul- 
phate six drachms and a half; crystallized man- 
ganous sulphate two drachms; sodium carbonate 
nine drachms ; honey five drachms. Hub together, 
and with syrup make a mass, to be divided into 
four-grain pills. In this pill both the metals are 
present as carbonates; and, as the sodium sulphate 
is not washed away, it contains that salt also. The 
dose is from two to ten pills daily. (See the paper 
of Hannon, Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xvi. 41 and 
189.) The syrup of ferrous and manganous iodides 
may be prepared by the following formula. Take of 
potassium iodide 1000 grains ; ferrous sulphate 630 ; 
manganous sulphate 210; iron filings 100 ; sugar, 
in coarse powder, 4800. Powder the iodide and 
sulphates separately, and, having mixed them with PAET II. 
Manganese.—Maranta. 
1719 
the filings, add half a fluidounce of distilled water, 
and triturate to a uniform paste. Then add an- 
other half fluidounce of distilled water to the 
paste, and triturate again ; and, after an interval 
of fifteen minutes, add a third half fluidounce, and 
mix. Next transfer the magma of salts to the 
moistened filter, supported on a funnel, and allow 
it to drain into a bottle holding a little more than 
twelve fluidounces, and containing the sugar. After 
it has drained, add cold boiled water by small por- 
tions at a time, until the solution of the iodides 
has been displaced and washed from the crystalline 
magma of potassium sulphate. Finally, add suffi- 
cient cold boiled water to make the whole measure 
twelve fluidounces. The object of the iron is to 
prevent the liberation of iodine. This syrup has 
a very pale straw color. It contains a little potas- 
sium sulphate, which does not injure it as a thera- 
peutic agent. If the salts have not been all de- 
composed during their reaction, it will be greenish. 
Each fluidounce contains fifty grains of the mixed 
iodides, in the proportion of three parts of ferrous io- 
dide to one of manganous iodide. The dose is from ten 
drops to half a fluidrachm. (Procter, A. J. P., 1858, 
198.) J. IT. Lloyd proposed a process (A. J. P., 
1874, 6) whereby a less amount of potassium sul- 
phate remained in the finished preparation. Man- 
ganous sulphate 240 grs.; potassium iodide 288 grs.; 
iodine 744 grs.; iron wire (small) 240 grs. ; sugar 
17 oz. av. ; distilled water q. s. Place the iodine, 
three ounces of distilled water, and the iron wire 
in a glass flask, and agitate until the solution has 
acquired a clear greenish color, without a tinge of 
yellow. Filter the solution into the sugar con- 
tained in a porcelain dish ; wash the filter by pour- 
ing into it two ounces of distilled water, allowing 
the liquid to filter into the sugar. Dissolve the 
manganous sulphate and potassium iodide sepa- 
rately in half an ounce of cold distilled water by 
trituration in a mortar; mix the two solutions to- 
gether, and allow the potassium sulphate to sepa- 
rate ; transfer the mixture to a wetted filter, and 
allow the solution of manganous iodide to filter into 
the sugar; when well drained, wash the precipitate 
in the funnel with half an ounce of ice-cold distilled 
water, and finish by agitating the mixture until 
the sugar is dissolved ; add enough distilled water to 
make the whole measure twenty fluidounces ; filter. 
Syrup of iron and manganous iodide is considered 
by Petrequin to be particularly suited to the treat- 
ment of anaemia resulting from obstinate intermit- 
tent fevers, prolonged suppuration, and scrofulous, 
syphilitic, and cancerous affections. 
T. S. Speer, of Cheltenham, prefers a saccharine 
carbonate of the two metals, made by the follow- 
ing formula. Dissolve three ounces and one 
drachm of ferrous sulphate, one ounce and one 
scruple of manganous sulphate, and five ounces of 
sodium carbonate, each, in thirty Imperial fluid- 
ounces of water, and thoroughly mix the solutions. 
Collect the precipitated carbonates on a cloth filter, 
and wash them immediately with ci-ld water, to 
separate the sodium sulphate. Then press out as 
much water as possible, and, without delay, tritu- 
rate the pulp with two and a half ounces >>f finely 
powdered sugar. Lastly, dry the mixture at a 
temperature not exceeding 48-8° C. (120° F.). The 
saccharine iron and manganous carbonate, as thus 
prepared, is a reddish-brown color, devoid of all 
taste, except that imparted by the su<rar. The dose 
is five grains (0-3 6m.), gradually increased to a 
scruple (1-3 6m.), three times a day, given with 
the meals, or immediately after them. (See A. J. 
P., 1854, 127.) 
MANGOSTEEN. The pericarp of the fruit 
of the Garcinia Mangostana, L. (nat. ord. Gutti- 
ferse), is said to be an active astringent, and used 
as such locally in various catarrhs, and also in 
diarrhoea and in leucorrhcea. Dose of fluid ex- 
tract from half to one fluidrachm (1-8-3-69 C.c.). 
MANZANILLO. According to A. Betancourt, 
the milky juice of this euphorbiaceous tree, grow- 
ing in the West Indies, is a violent irritant, act- 
ing as a vesicant when applied to the skin, and 
when taken internally in doses of twenty drops 
causing a fatal gastro enteritis. In doses of two 
drops it acts as a powerful and very certain cathar- 
tic ; it is also diuretic. In Cuba it has much re- 
pute in tetanus. (London Med. Rec., Feb. 1889.) 
MARANTA. Salep des Indes oecidentales, Fr. 
Maranta Starke, G. Under this name the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, 1870, recognized the fecula ob- 
tained from the root of M. arundinacea, L. (Arrow- 
root, F. Amerikanisches Starkmehl, Arrowmehl, 
G.) The root (rhizome) of this plant is perennial, 
tuberous, fleshy, horizontal, nearly cylindrical, 
scaly, from six inches to a foot or more in length, 
and furnished with numerous long white fibres. It 
sends forth several tuberous, jointed, curved, white, 
scaly stoles, the points of which sometimes rise 
above the ground and become new plants. The 
stems, of which several proceed from the same 
root, are annual, slender, branched, jointed, leafy, 
and about three feet in height. The leaves are 
ovate-lanceolate, about four inches long, alternate, 
and supported solitarily, at the joints of the stem, 
upon long, sheathing footstalks. The flowers are 
in a long, loose, spreading, terminal panicle, at 
each ramification of which is a solitary linear bract. 
The calyx consists of three small lanceolate sepals. 
The corolla is white and monopetalous, with a tube 
longer than the calyx, and a double border, of 
which the three outermost segments are smallest 
and the two inner obovate and slightly emargi- 
nate. 
The arrow-root plant is a native of the West 
Indies, where it is largely cultivated. It is culti- 
vated also in the East Indies, Ceylon, Sierra Leone, 
the south of Africa, and was formerly in our South- 
ern States, especially Georgia and Florida. The 
plant is easily propagated by cuttings of the root. 
An analysis by Macdonald (Journ. Soc. Chem. 
Indus., 1887, 336) gives the following as the com- 
position of the St. Vincent root: starch, 27-07 per 
cent.; fibre, 2 82; fat, 0 26 ; albumen, 1-56; sugar, 
gum, etc., 4-10; ash, 1-23; water, 62-96; total, 
100 00. An analysis of the arrow-root starch from 
the same locality by Macdonald gave : starch, 83-70 
per cent. ; fibre, 0 04; fat, 0-07; sugar, gum, etc., 
0-18; ash and sand, 0-14; water, 15 87; total, 
100-00. The fecula is prepared in the following 
manner. The roots are dug up when a year old, 
washed, and then beaten into a pulp, which is 
thrown into water, and agitated so as to separate 
the amylaceous from the fibrous portion. The fibres 
are removed by the hand, and the starch remains 
suspended in the water, to which it gives a milky 
color. The milky fluid is strained through coarse 
linen, and allowed to stand that the fecula may 
subside, which is then washed with a fresh portion 
of water, and afterwards dried in the sun. We 
obtain the true arrow-root chiefly through London 1720 
Maranta. 
PART II. 
from the West Indies. That from the Bermudas 
has in general been most highly esteemed. The 
term Bermuda arrow-root is now applied commer- 
cially to any carefully prepared arrow-root, with- 
out reference to the place of its production. Ja- 
maica arrow-root is an inferior article, which is 
to some extent imported directly. St. Vincent, 
one of the British West India Islands, furnishes a 
large amount of the arrow-root imported into this 
country. 
Other plants contribute to furnish the arrow-root 
of commerce. Lindley states that it is procured 
in the West Indies from Maranta allouia, Aubl. 
(now Calathea allouia, Lindl.), of the nat. ord. 
Scitamineas, and possibly other species, besides M. 
arundinacea, L. Under the name of M. indica, 
Tussac describes a distinct species, which he says 
was originally brought from the East Indies, and 
is now cultivated in Jamaica. This, however, is 
generally considered as a mere variety of M. arun- 
dinacea, from which it differs chiefly in having 
leaves more elongated at the point, and smooth on 
both sides. Very fine arrow-root is obtained in 
the East Indies from the root of Curcuma angusti- 
folia of Koxburgh, which is cultivated in Travan- 
core. But the product is lighter than the Maranta 
arrow-root, and does not so quickly make a jelly. 
Cassava arrow-root is prepared in Brazil from the 
Janipha Manihot, and sometimes sold as arrow- 
root or used to adulterate the true arrow-root. A 
variety of arrow-root has been imported from the 
Sandwich Islands. Mr. Nuttall, during a visit to 
these islands, found that it was obtained from a 
species of tacca, which he described by the name 
of Tacca oceanica. (A. J. P., ix. 305.) It is said that 
a similar product is afforded by Tacca pinnatifida, 
Eorst., growing in the East India province of 
Arracan. (P. J. Tr., vi. 383.) Arrow-root has 
been brought from Florida, prepared near St. 
Augustine from the root of Zamia integrifolia, by 
a process similar to that employed for the fecula of 
the Maranta (Dr. J. Carson, A. J. P., xiv. 22); but 
care must be taken not to confound this with the 
genuine maranta from the same State. The tuber- 
ous roots of different species of Alstroemeria, grow- 
ing in South America, yield a fecula used for the 
same purposes as the maranta; and a specimen, 
under the name of Talcahuana arrow-root, was sent 
from Chili by Dr. Kuschenberger to Prof. Carson, 
of this city, who ascertained it to be the product of 
the Alstroemeria Ligtu, L. (nat. ord. Amarylli- 
daceae). (Ibid, xxxii. 289.) In the West Indies, 
substitutes for arrow-root are furnished by the roots 
of Dioscorea sativa, L. (now D. spinosa, Roxb.), of 
the nat. ord. Dioscoreacese, or yam, and of Colocasia 
esetdenta, Schott, (now C. antiquorum, Schott.), of 
the nat. ord. Aroideae, and by the fruit of Artocar- 
pas incisa, L. (nat. ord. Urticacese), or bread-fruit 
tree. Attempts have been made to substitute finely 
prepared potato starch for arrow-root, and there is 
no doubt that in nutritive properties it is quite 
equal, but patients complain of an unpleasant 
taste of the potato which it is apt to retain. 
Arrow-root is in the form of alight white powder, 
or of small pulverulent masses, without smell or 
taste. It has a firm feel when pressed between the 
fingers, and produces a faint crackling sound when 
rubbed. It is a pure starch, corresponding in chem- 
ical properties with that of wheat and the potato. 
It is very apt to be musty, and should then be re- 
jected. The odor and taste are the best criteria of 
its purity. It should be perfectly free from smell 
and unpleasant flavor. Prof. Procter rendered 
musty arrow-root sweet and fit for use by washing 
it thoroughly with two successive portions of cold 
water, and then drying it upon frames of muslin in 
a warm place. (A. J. P., xiii. 188.) Arrow-root is 
sometimes adulterated with wheat or potato starch. 
These may be detected by the microscope. Hydro- 
chloric acid has been proposed as a test. A mixture 
of equal parts of that acid and of water, rubbed 
with about half its weight of potato or wheat starch, 
very quickly forms so thick a mucilage that the 
mortar in which the trituration is effected may be 
raised by the pestle; while the same result does 
not take place with rice flour or arrow-root under 
twenty-five or thirty minutes. So small a propor- 
tion as from 4 to 6 per cent, of the impurity may, 
it is asserted, be detected in this way. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 3e ser., ii. 246.) The German Pharma- 
copoeia test is as follows: “ When arrow-root is 
shaken for ten minutes with ten parts of a mixture 
consisting of two parts of hydrochloric acid and 
one part of water, the greater part should separate 
unchanged, and it should not become mucilaginous 
nor yield an herbaceous odor similar to that of 
green unripe bean-pods.” 
As the microscope offers the best means of dis- 
tinguishing the different varieties of fecula sold as 
arrow-root, or used for its adulteration, it is proper 
to indicate the form of their granules as exhibited 
by this instrument. Those of Maranta arrow-root 
are rarely oblong, somewhat ovate-oblong, or irregu- 
larly convex, with very fine rings, a circular hilum 
which cracks in a linear or stellate manner, and 
small mammillary processes occasionally projecting 
from them. (Pereira.) The largest are the 750th 
of an inch, but many are not more than the 2000th 
of an inch long; and their breadth is generally two- 
thirds of their length. (Christison.) The granules 
of the East India arrow-root are, according to 
Pereira, of unequal size, ovate or oblong-ovate, 
flattened, and often furnished with a very short 
neck or nipple-like projection. The rings are 
numerous, close, and very fine; and the hilum, 
which is situated at the narrow extremity, is circu- 
lar, small, and indistinct. The microscopic appear- 
ance of the tapioca fecula will be described under 
the head of Tapioca. The Tacca fecula from the 
South Sea Islands, examined by Pereira, consisted 
of circular, muller-shaped, or polyhedral granules, 
with few and not very distinct rings, and a small, 
circular hilum, which cracked in a linear or stellate 
manner. The Florida or Zamia arrow-root was 
found bv Hr. Carson to consist of granules forming 
the half, third, or quarter of a solid sphere. The 
potato starch granules are of various shape and size, 
but generally ovate or elliptical, and from the 
7000th to the 300th of an inch in length ; the 
largest being inferior in size only to the largest of 
the canna starch or tous-les-mois. (See Canna.) 
They are strongly marked with concentric rings, 
and have a circular hilum, from which usually 
proceed the cracks observable in some of the larger 
grains. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Arrow-root affords 
a light, very mild, and easily digested article of 
diet, well adapted for the sick and convalescent, 
and peculiarly suited, from its demulcent proper- 
ties, to bowel complaints. It is prepared by dis- 
solving it in hot water or hot milk, with either 
of which it forms a pearly gelatinous solution, PART II. 
Massoi Bark.—Menthiodol. 
1721 
and, if in sufficient quantity, a jelly-like mass on 
cooling. A tablespoonful will communicate suffi- 
cient consistence to a pint of water. It should 
first be formed into a perfectly smooth paste with 
a little cold water or milk, and the boiling water 
then gradually added with brisk agitation. The 
preparation may be rendered more palatable by 
lemon-juice and sugar, or by wine and spices. 
MASSOI BARK. In Eastern commerce certain 
aromatic barks occur, under the name of massoi 
barks. Of these, three are believed by F. Hek- 
meyer to be tbe products respectively of Cinnamo- 
mum xanthoneurum, Blume, Cinnamomum kiamis, 
Nees (now C. burmanni, Blume), and Sassafras 
goesianum, Teijsm. and Binn. (now Massoia aro- 
matica, Becc.), all of the nat. ord. Laurineae. For 
a description of these barks, by E. M. Holmes, 
see P. J. Tr., 1888, 465. The massoi bark which 
comes from New Guinea, and from which Messrs. 
Schimmel have distilled an oil resembling that 
of nutmeg and cloves, probably has a different 
origin from the true massoi bark. 
MATA. This name is given, in New Mexico, to 
an herb much used in that region as an addition to 
tobacco in smoking. It is said, when burning, to 
have an odor like that of the tonka bean, and, 
when smoked with tobacco, to correct tbe ex- 
tremely disagreeable smell imparted by this to the 
clothing and apartments. From imperfect speci- 
mens of the plant raised by E. S. Wayne and sent 
to Maisch, it is supposed to be a Eupatorium, prob- 
ably the E. incarnatum of Walter, which is indig- 
enous in Texas. {A. J. P., 1868, 122.) 
MEAT, RAW. Raw meat has been recom- 
mended as an article of diet for consumptive pa- 
tients, and especially for scrofulous children and 
in other cachectic cases, and is asserted to have 
proved highly useful. It may also be employed 
with great advantage in dyspepsia and chronic 
diarrhoea. especially in children. It was brought 
into notice by Fuster, of Montpellier, France. 
The following formula is recommended by Reveil. 
Take of fillet of beef 100 grammes, deprive it 
carefully of all fatty and membranous matter, cut 
it up finely, beat it in a mortar, and add of pow- 
dered sugar 20 grammes, sodium chloride 1-5 
grammes, potassium chloride half a gramme, and 
powdered black pepper one-fifth of a gramme. 
The mixture is to be taken in teaspoonfui doses 
through the day. {Ann. de Therap., 1866, 145.) An 
excellent method of exhibiting raw meat is to scrape 
a thin steak and mix the pulp thus obtained with 
brandy. Ivon asserts that a very pleasant emulsion 
is afforded by the following formula {A. J. P., 
1874, 346). Take of raw meat 250 parts, of sweet 
almonds 75 parts, of bitter almonds 5 parts, of 
white sugar 80 parts Blanch the almonds and 
beat the whole into a paste. In dissolving, milk 
may be used instead of water. 
Pemmican, which before the extermination of 
buffaloes was much used in the northwestern part 
of the United States as an excellent condensed food, 
was made by mixing equal parts of buffalo meat 
and buffalo tallow, and pouring the melted mixture 
into sacks of untanned buffalo hide. For processes 
for meat biscuit and flour of meat, see U. S D., 
17th ed., p. 1685; see also Extractum Carnis, 18th 
ed., p. 1654. 
MEDEOLA VIRGINIANA. L. Gyromia Vir- 
ginica. Nuttall. Indian Cucumber. An indige- 
nous perennial herb of the nat. ord. Convallariacese, 
growing in all parts of the United States. The 
root, which in shape and flavor bears a strong re- 
semblance to a small cucumber, is said by Pursh to 
be eaten by the Indians, and by Barton to be useful 
as a diuretic in dropsies. 
MEGARRHIZA CALIFORNICA. Torr. 
(Now Echinocystis fabacea, Nand.) Mnn-root. 
(Nat. ord. Cucurbitaceae.) Mr. J. P. Heaney lias 
obtained a substance from this root of resinous 
character which he calls megarrhizitin, and another 
which he believes to be a glucoside and calls megar- 
rhizin. It is said to he actively cathartic. (.4. J. 
P., 1876, 451.) A second glucoside was obtained 
by W. M. Young (A. J. P., 1883, 195), to which 
the name of megarrhin was given. It resembles 
saponin, and possesses the property of dilating the 
pupil. Young also found two resins, one soluble in 
alcohol and the other soluble in ether. 
MELASTOMA ACKERMANNI. This Co- 
lombian plant of the nat. ord. Melastomaceae is 
used in South America as an anti-neuralgic. Its 
abundant essential oil resembles methyl salicylate, 
if indeed it be not identical with it. (See New 
Rem., Aug. and Sept., 1883.) 
MELILOTUS OFFICINALIS. (L.) Lam. 
Melilot. Herba Meliloti, P.G. Sweet Clover. Sum- 
mitates meliloti. Melilot, Pr. Steinklee, Meliloten- 
klee, G. An annual or biennial plant of the nat. ord. 
Leguminosae, indigenous in Europe, and growing 
also in this country. We have two varieties, one 
with yellow, the other with white flowers, which 
are considered by some as distinct species. The 
plant, when in flower, has a peculiar sweet odor, 
which, by drying, becomes stronger and more 
agreeable, somewhat like that of the tonka bean. 
This similarity is accounted for by the fact that 
coumarin, Cgll602, the chief constituent of tonka 
beans, is present in melilot, combined with meli- 
lotic acid, C0HloO3, and coumaric acid, C0H8O3, 
of which latter acid coumarin is the anhydride. 
Melilot is practically inert. 
MENTHA PULEGIUM. L. European Pen- 
nyroyal. This European labiate yields an oil which 
is known in England as the oil of pennyroyal, and 
must not be confounded with the American plant 
of the same name. The oil, which is also known 
as the oil of Poley, has been examined by Beck- 
mann and Pleissner [Ann. der Chem. und Pharm., 
262, 1), who discovered as the most important con- 
stituent pulegone, C10H16O, an unsaturated ketone. 
It boils under a pressure of 60 Mm. at from 130°- 
131° F., turns the plane of polarization to the right, 
and has a sp. gr. 0-9323 at 0° C. It forms crys- 
talline compounds with hydroxylamine and with 
hydrogen bromide. When reduced by sodium in 
ethereal solution pulegone is changed into men- 
thol. Pulegone is most abundant in the Spanish 
oil, and less abundant in American and Algerian 
oils. (See also Wallach, Ann. Chem und Pharm., 
272, 122, and Semmler, Ber. Chem. Ges., 25, 3515.) 
It is stated {Brit. Med. Journ., March, 1890) that 
the oil is largely used for the purpose of producing 
abortion, and is popularly believed to be safer and 
more certain than the other volatile oils. The pos- 
session by it of such power is, however, denied by 
Taylor, tbe famous toxicologist. 
MENTHIODOL. This substance has been rec- 
ommended as a local application in neuralgia. It 
is prepared by carefully heating four parts of men- 
thol in a capsule, adding one part of finely pow- 
dered iodol, and triturating into a homogeneous 1722 
Menyanthes Trifoliata.—Mereurie Sulphide. 
PART II. 
mass, which is made into cones or pencils of a 
suitable size. If the mass be too hard, it can be 
softened by remelting with a minute quantity of 
camphor. 
MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA. L. Buck- 
bean. Marsh Trefoil. Willd. Bogbean. Water 
Shamrock. Folia Trifolii Fibrini, P. G-. Menyanthe, 
Trefle d’eau (de marais), Fr. Fieberklee, Bit- 
ter Idee, Dreiblatt, G. This gentianaceous plant 
has a perennial, long, round, jointed, horizontal, 
branching, dark-colored root or rhizome, about as 
thick as the finger, and sending out numerous fibres 
from its under surface. The leaves are ternate, 
and upon long stalks, which proceed from the end 
of the root, and are furnished at their base with 
sheathing stipules. The leaflets are obovate, ob- 
tuse, entire or bluntly denticulate, very smooth, 
beautifully green on t’neir upper surface, and paler 
beneath. The flower-stalk is erect, round, smooth, 
from six to twelve inches high, longer than the 
leaves, and terminated by a conical raceme of whit- 
ish, somewhat rose-colored flowers. The calyx is 
five-parted ; the corolla funnel-shaped, with a short 
tube, and a five-cleft, revolute border, covered on 
the upper side with numerous long, fleshy fibres. 
The anthers are red and sagittate; the ovary oval, 
supporting a slender style longer than the stamens, 
and terminating in a bifid stigma. The fruit is an 
oval, two-valved, one-celled capsule, containing 
aumerous seeds. This beautiful plant is a native 
both of Europe and North America, growing in 
boggy and marshy places always moist and occa- 
sionally overflowed with water. It grows in bogs 
from Greenland to Alaska and south to Pennsyl- 
vania, Minnesota, and California. The flowers ap- 
pear from May to July. All parts of it are effica- 
cious, but the leaves only were official. 
The taste of buckbean is intensely bitter and 
somewhat nauseous, the odor of the leaves faint 
and disagreeable. The plant has been examined 
by TrommsdorlF, Braudes, Landerer, and Kro- 
mayer. Its virtues depend on a bitter principle 
denominated menyanthin, which may be obtained 
sufficiently pure for use by treating the spirituous 
extract of the plant with hydrated lead oxide, re- 
moving the lead by hydrosulphuric acid, filtering 
and evaporating the liquor, exhausting the residue 
with alcohol, and again evaporating with a gentle 
heat. It has a pure bitter taste, is soluble in alco- 
hol and water, but not in pure ether, and is chemi- 
cally neutral. Kromayer (1865) assigns to it the 
formula C30H4eO,4, and states that it breaks up 
on heating with dilute sulphuric acid into a fer- 
mentable sugar and menyanthol, C3H80, a color- 
less, difficultly volatilizable oil, smelling like bitter 
almond. K. Leuderich [Arch, der Pharm., 1892, 
88 and 48) has since studied menyanthin, and gives 
it the formula C33H60014, and states that its de- 
composition products are a phenol-like body, meny- 
anthol,, a resinous product, and a left- 
rotatory sugar. With the ordinary properties of 
the bitter tonics, menyanthes unites a cathartic 
power, and in large doses it is apt to vomit. It 
was formerly held in high esteem in Europe as a 
remedy in numerous complaints, among which 
were intermittents, rheumatism, scrofula, scurvy, 
dropsy, and jaundice. The dose of the powdered 
leaves or root as a tonic is from twenty to thirty 
grains (1-3—1-9 6m.); of an infusion, prepared with 
half an ounce to a pint of boiling water, from one 
to two fluidounces ; and of the extract, ten or fifteen 
grains, to be repeated three or four times a day. 
A drachm of the powder, or a gill of the strong 
decoction, generally purges, and often occasions 
vomiting. 
MERCURETHYL CHLORIDE. Hg(CaH6) 
Cl. This has been proposed as a substitute for 
corrosive sublimate, but is not at all likely to come 
into use. (See A. J. P., xlv. 337.) 
MERCURIALIS ANNUA. L. An herba- 
ceous European plant, of the family of Euphorbi- 
aceae, which has been employed from the most 
ancient times as a purgative, diuretic, and em- 
menagogue. When boiled, it loses its acridity, and 
in this condition has been used as an emollient. 
Another species, M. perennis, L., also a native of 
Europe, is poisonous. (Merat and De Lens.) Reich- 
ardt has discovered in M. annua a volatile alka- 
loid, which he named mercurialine. According to 
E. Schmidt (P. J. Tr., vol. x. 29), mercurialine is 
identical with methylamine, CH3 NH2, and is asso- 
ciated in the mercurialis with trimethylamine. It 
is a liquid of an oily appearance, narcotic odor, 
and alkaline reaction ; boils at 140° C. (284° F.); 
forms salts with the acids; absorbs carbonic acid ; 
has a strong affinity for water; on exposure to the 
air it is changed into a resin of a buttery consist- 
ence, and is said to be poisonous to man; but 
Hugo Schulz (Archivf. Exper. Path, und Pharm., 
April, 1886, 88) found that neither the fluid ex- 
tract nor the herb given as food was capable of kill- 
ing either the pig or the rabbit, and that four and 
a half grains (0-29 Gm.) of the mercurialine hypo- 
dermically injected had no effect. The urine is 
increased in quantity and colored reddish. 
MERCURIC SULPHIDE. Hydrargyri Sul- 
phidum Rubrum, U. S. 1880. Red Sulphide of Mer- 
cury. Cinnabar. HgS; 231-78. HgS; 231-7. 
Hydrargyri Sulphuretum Rubrum, U. S. 1870. Cin- 
nabaris. Hydrargyrum Sulfuratum Rubrum, P. 
G. Sulfuretum Hydrargyricum. Sulfure rouge de 
Mercure, Fr. Rothes Schwefelquecksilber, Zinno- 
ber, G. This preparation, which was formerly 
official both in the United States and British Phar- 
macopoeias, has been finally dropped from each. It 
can be made by mixing together forty parts of 
mercury and eight parts of sulphur, and subliming 
the mass after it has become cold. In order to 
render the combination more prompt, the sulphur 
is first melted; and the addition of the mercury 
should be made gradually, while the mixture is 
constantly stirred. Dr. Barker recommends the 
addition of the metal by straining it upon the 
melted sulphur through a linen cloth, whereby 
it falls in a minutely divided state. When the 
temperature has arrived at a certain point, the 
combination takes place suddenly with a slight 
explosion, attended by the burning of the sul- 
phur, which must be extinguished by covering the 
vessel. A black mass will thus be formed, con- 
taining generally an excess of sulphur, which, be- 
fore the sublimation is performed, should be got 
rid of by gently beating the matter, reduced to 
powder, on a sand-bath. The sublimation is best 
performed, on a small scale, in a closely stopped 
glass matrass, which should be placed in a crucible 
containing sand, and, thus arranged, exposed to a 
red heat. The equivalent quantities for forming 
this sulphide are 32 of sulphur and 199-7 of mer- 
cury. 
Cinnabar is seldom prepared on a small scale, 
being made in large quantities for the purposes of PART II. 
Mercuric Sulphide. —Mercury. 
1723 
the arts. Until within a few years it was nearly 
all manufactured in Europe, but it is now made to 
an enormous extent in this country. In Holland, 
where it is largely manufactured, the sulphur is 
melted in a cast-iron vessel, and the mercury is 
added in a divided state, by causing it to pass 
through chamois leather. As soon as the combi- 
nation has taken place, the iron vessel is sur- 
mounted by another, into which the cinnabar is 
sublimed. The larger the quantity of the mate- 
rials employed in one operation the finer will be 
the tint of the product. It is also important in the 
manufacture to use the materials pure, and to 
drive off any uncombined sulphur which may exist 
in the mass before submitting it to sublimation. 
In the United States, Martin’s method, consisting 
of the agitation together of quicksilver, sulphur, 
and an alkaline sulphide, appears to have the pref- 
erence. Another process for its manufacture in 
the wet way very largely employed is Brunner’s. 
( Wagner's Chem. Tech,., 13th ed., 1889, 552.) 
Properties, etc. “Brilliant, dark red, crystal- 
line masses, or a fine, bright, scarlet powder, per- 
manent in the air, odorless and tasteless, insoluble 
in water, alcohol, nitric or hydrochloric acid, or in 
dilute solutions of alkalies. It is dissolved by 
nitrohydrochloric acid with separation of sulphur. 
When heated, the salt becomes brown and then 
black, but, on cooling, it reassumes its red color. 
At a higher temperature it takes fire, .burns with a 
bluish flame, emitting the odor of burning sulphur, 
and is finally volatilized without residue. On dis- 
solving the salt in nitrohydrochloric acid and 
adding an excess of stannous chloride, metallic 
mercury is precipitated. If the salt be treated 
with warm solution of potassa, the filtrate, after 
being acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should 
not yield a yellow or orange-colored precipitate 
(arsenic, antimony), nor should it produce a col- 
ored precipitate with acetate of lead (chromates, 
iodides, or other sulphides). If the salt be digested 
with diluted nitric acid for five minutes, the fil- 
trate, after being much diluted, should not be 
darkened by hydrosulphuric acid (abs. of red oxide 
of mercury or of lead).” U. S. 1880. In close 
vessels at a red heat it sublimes without decompo- 
sition, and condenses in a mass, composed of a 
multitude of small needles. When duly levigated, 
it furnishes a brilliant red powder, which is the 
paint called vermilion. The same compound oc- 
curs native, being the sole ore from which mercury 
is extracted. The preparation, if purchased in 
powder, should be carefully examined, as, in that 
state, it is sometimes adulterated with red lead, 
dragon’s blood, or chalk. If red lead be present, 
acetic acid, digested with it, will then yield a yel- 
low precipitate (lead iodide) with potassium 
iodide. Dragon’s blood may be detected by alco- 
hol, which will take up the coloring matter of that 
substance, if present; and, if chalk be mixed with 
it, effervescence will be excited on the addition of 
an acid. This sulphide consists of one atom of 
mercury 199-8, and one of sulphur 3T98 = 231-78. 
Cinnabar is at present only employed in medi- 
cine by fumigation, as a rapid sialagogue, in syph- 
ilitic affections, when it is desired to obtain an im- 
mediate mercurial impression. Half a drachm 
may be thrown on a red-hot iron, in a close apart- 
ment, and fumes inhaled as they arise. These 
consist of sulphurous acid gas and mercurial vapor, 
the former of which must prove highly irritating 
to the patient’s lungs. A better substance for 
mercurial fumigation is black mercurous oxide. 
MERCURY. A number of compounds of mer- 
cury have been prepared since the sixteenth edi- 
tion of the United States Dispensatory, for medi- 
cinal uses, especially for hypodermic injections. 
The most important of these are as follows. 
Hydrargyrum Amidopropionicum. Alanin Mer- 
cury. Lucca asserts that this compound may be 
administered internally or subcutaneously, in doses 
of 0T0 Gm., with great advantage over other anti- 
syphilitics. To prepare “alanin mercury,” crys- 
tallized amidopropionic acid is dissolved in water, 
heated to boiling, and mercury added as long as it 
is dissolved. The filtrate is rapidly evaporated, 
and the compound then separates in white crystal- 
line needles. 
Hydrargyrum-Asparagin. (C4H7N203)2Hg. As- 
paragin Mercury. This preparation is made by 
adding mercury in excess to the hot aqueous solu- 
tion of asparagin, filtering while cold, and deter- 
mining by trituration the proportion of mercury, 
the intention being that the solution shall contain 
a half per cent, of asparagin mercury. It is a 
colorless, inodorous preparation, which has been 
employed for hypodermic injection by Neumann 
and others in the treatment of syphilis. It is 
asserted that the injection produces no local dis- 
turbance, even when repeated daily, and that the 
mercurial passes with extraordinary rapidity into 
the circulation and acts with corresponding prompt- 
ness upon the morbid process, almost the whole of 
the mercurial being recoverable from the urine 
twenty-four hours after injection. The hypodermic 
dose of asparagin mercury is one-sixth of a grain 
(0-01 Gm.). (Nouv. Remedes, May, 1892.) 
Hydrargyri Benzoas, Mercuric Benzoate 
(Hg(CeH6C00)2 -f HaO), is obtained by double 
decomposition between an alkaline benzoate and a 
mercuric salt, for the treatment of syphilitic dis- 
eases ; a white crystalline, odorless, and tasteless 
powder, which is sparingly soluble in water, hut 
easily in alcohol as well as in aqueous solu- 
tions of sodium chloride, the latter effect being- 
due to its property of forming easily soluble 
double salts with the haloids. It has been strongly 
recommended by Stukowenkow for hypodermic use 
and in gonorrhoea. For urethral injections the 
solution may he 1 to 1000 or 2000, with an equal 
quantity of sodium chloride. For subcutaneous 
injections it is employed in conjunction with co- 
caine, the following being the proportions: hy- 
drargyri benzoatis, 0-2 to 0-3; aquae dest., 40 0; 
sodii chloridi, 0-1 ; cocainae hydrochlor., 0-15. 
{Arch. d. Pharm., April, 1889.) 
Hydrargyri Bromidum, Mercurous Bromide 
(Hg2Br2), is formed by adding potassium bromide 
to mercurous nitrate. It falls as a white curdy 
precipitate. Mercuric bromide (HgBr„) may be 
obtained by digesting mercurous bromide in water 
containing bromine. Mr. A. E. Ebert prepares it 
by reaction between potassium bromide and official 
solution of mercuric nitrate. For the particulars 
of the process, see a paper by Mr. Ebert in the A. 
J. P., March, 1867, 107. it is in the form of 
colorless crystals, soluble in water and alcohol. 
Exposed to heat it melts and sublimes. These 
bromides are analogous in composition and medical 
properties to the corresponding mercury iodides. 
Mercurous bromide is given in the dose of a grain 
(0-065 Gm.) daily, gradually increased. Mercuric 1724 
Mercury, 
PART II. 
bromide resembles corrosive sublimate, is an irri- 
tant poison, and may be administered in doses of 
the sixteenth of a grain (0-004 Gm.), gradually in- 
creased to the fourth (0-016 Gm.), either in the 
form of pill or in ethereal solution made by dis- 
solving a grain in a fluidrachm of ether. 
Hydrargyri Carbolas, Mercuric Carbolate or 
Phenylate, (C6H50)2Hg, occurs as colorless needles, 
insoluble in water and cold alcohol, but taken up 
by hot alcohol, by ether or a mixture of alcohol 
and ether, and by glacial acetic acid. This sub- 
stance has been used by the mouth as an anti- 
syphilitic, in doses of from a third to a half grain 
(0 02-0 032 Gm.). 
Hydrargyri et Zinci Cyanidum, Mercuric and Zinc 
Cyanide, is stated by Dunstan to be a true chemical 
compound, with the formula Zn4Hg(CH)10. It is 
a white powder, entirely insoluble in water. This 
substance has been very highly recommended by 
Sir J. Lister as an antiseptic dressing, and is be- 
lieved by him to be practically free from irritating 
or poisonous properties. 
Hydrargyri lodotannas, Iodotannate of Mercury, 
according to J. Nourry [Bull. Gen. Ther., April, 
1888), is a soluble, non-irritating compound. For 
hypodermic use a solution is prepared from mer- 
cury 0 008 Gm. (I grain), iodine 0-03 Gm., kra- 
merotannic acid 0-04 Gm., and glycerin 1 C.c. 
Hydrargyri Oxycya.nidum, Oxycyanule of Mer- 
cury, Hg20(CN)2, has been highly lauded by M. 
Chibret as a germicide in diseases of the eye, 
having the advantage of being much better borne 
than the bichloride. He uses one part in fifteen 
hundred of water. 
Hydrargyri Peptonas. Under this name phar- 
macists have offered a yellowish liquid, with a sa- 
line feebly metallic taste and slight acid reaction. 
It is alleged that it may be used hypodermically 
without production of pain. One C.c. is said to be 
equivalent to one-sixth of a grain of mercuric 
chloride. As a substitute for this has been pro- 
posed gluten-peptone sublimate. This has been 
introduced as a white lustrous hygroscopic powder, 
or more commonly in 1 per cent, solution. It is said 
to contain 25 per cent, of corrosive sublimate, and 
to be an efficient, non-irritating preparation for 
use. 
Hydrargyri Pyroboras. The pyroborate of mer- 
cury, HgB407, an amorphous brown, insoluble 
powder, has been commended by V. Tokayer 
[Pharm. Post, 1892) as a local application in the 
treatment of specific and other ulcerations. 
Hydrargyri Salicylas, the neutral salicylate of 
mercury, a white, amorphous, tasteless, and odor- 
less powder, scarcely soluble in alcohol and water, 
and having the formula (CeH4OHCO„)2Hg, was 
first introduced as a remedy by Dr. Silva Araujo, 
of Rio Janeiro, who affirmed that it had less in- 
fluence upon the alimentary tract, that it was better 
borne than any other preparation of mercury, and 
that it was also more effective in syphilis. 
The statements of Araujo have, in a measure, 
been confirmed by various physicians, and espe- 
cially has it been asserted that the salicylate may 
be given by intramuscular injection without pro- 
ducing local effects, and with a rapid mercurializa- 
tion of the system. The dose internally is from 
one-fourth to one grain (0-01-0 06 Gm.), two or 
three times a day. Hypodermically, one-sixth of 
a grain (0-01 Gm.) may be given with an equal 
amount of potassium carbonate, in distilled water. 
Hydrargyrum Sozojodolicum, (CeH2I2(OH) 
S0g)2Hg, is a lemon-yellow powder, scarcely solu- 
ble in water, but more readily in sodium chlo- 
ride. This preparation, which is said to contain 
31 per cent, of quicksilver and 38 per cent, of 
iodine, has been especially recommended by Witt- 
hauer (Munchen. Med. Wochensch., Aug. 1892) 
in the treatment of syphilitic ulcerations, enlarged 
glands, and skin diseases, in the form of a 1 per 
cent, salve. The 1 per cent, solution is also used 
by Prof. Genzmer as an injection into diseased 
joints, etc. 
Hydrargyri Succinimidum. (C4H402N)2Hg. 
Succinimide of Mercury. This drug may be formed 
by heating together succinic acid, carbonic an- 
hydride, and ammonia. It furnishes with mercuric 
oxide a compound which occurs as a white silky 
powder, soluble in water. This solution remains 
quite unchanged when kept. According to Dr. 
Vollert, the solution of one and three-tenths 
grammes of this salt in one hundred of water is 
free from irritant properties, and when used hypo- 
dermically produces no disagreeable local or even 
secondary symptoms. (Therap. Monatssch., 1888.) 
Hydrargyri Sulphocyanas. Hg(CyS)2- Sulpho- 
cyanate of Mercury, formerly called sulphocyanide 
of mercury, is produced by mixing dilute solutions 
of mercurous nitrate and sulphocyanate of potas- 
sium. The white precipitate which falls, when 
dried, swells up suddenly when heated, giving off 
nitrogen, carbon disulphide, and vapor of mer- 
cury, leaving a gray residue, mellone. The salt 
is used in the preparation of the toy, Pharaoh's 
serpents. 
Hydrargyri Tannas. Tannate of Mercury, 
which was first brought forward by Lustgarten 
(A. Y. Med. Journ., March, 1892), has received 
some favor at the hands of syphilographers, and is 
official in the Austrian Pharmacopoeia under the 
name of Hydrargyrum tannicum oxydidatum. It 
is declared that it has the especial advantage of 
being unabsorbed in the stomach, but decomposed 
by the alkaline juices of the duodenum, in such a 
way as to yield very minute globules of metallic 
mercury for ready absorption. It may be prepared 
either by precipitating concentrated solution of tan- 
nic acid and oxydulated mercurous nitrate or by 
rubbing together tannic acid and oxydulated mer- 
curous nitrate. According to Lustgarten, the first 
process yields the better preparation. In syphilis, 
three grains (0-19 Gin.) may be given to the adult 
daily, increasing to five grains (0 3 Gm.) or more 
until one hundred or one hundred and fifty grains 
are taken. It is asserted that it does not irritate 
the alimentary canal. 
Thymolnitrate of mercury, (C10HiaO)Hg- 
HgNOa; also thymolacetate of mercury, (C10HiaO) 
Hg-HgC2II302; also thymosulphate of mercury, 
[(C1QH130)Hg-Hg]2S04, have all been used with 
asserted good effects in syphilis, in hypodermic 
doses of from one-twelfth to one-sixth of a grain 
(0-005-0*01 Gm.) (See Merck's Jahresbericht, 1891, 
1892; also Wien. Klin. Wochens., March, 1892.) 
Besides these preparations, naphtolate of mercury, 
a lemon-yellow powder, containing 30-8 per cent, 
of mercury ; and the mercuric formamidate, a solu- 
tion obtained by the action of formamide upon 
mercuric oxide, and the tribromphenol acetate of 
mercury, containing about 30 per cent, of quick- 
silver, have been put upon the market by E. 
Merck and other chemists. PART II. 
Mesembi•yanthemum Orystallinum.—Methettiyl. 
1725 
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM CRYSTAL- 
LINUM. L. Ice-plant. Diamond Fig. Glaciate. 
Cristalline, Fr. Eiskraut, G. A biennial plant 
of the nat. ord. Ficoideae, a native of the south of 
Europe. The stem and under surface of the leaves 
are covered with crystalline drops, which give the 
plant the appearance of being coated with ice. H. 
Mangon obtained as much as 43 per cent, of salts 
of potassium and sodium from the dried leaves. 
(A. J. P., 1883, 370.) The herb is without smell, 
and has a saline somewhat nauseous taste. It is 
considered demulcent and diuretic, and has been 
commended as a remedy in various complaints, es- 
pecially those of the mucous membrane of the lungs 
and urinary passages. It has also been used in 
dropsy. The expressed juice is the form in which 
it has been generally employed. 
MESENNA. Musenna. Bisenna. Musena, 
Moucena, Fr. Musennarinde, G. Under these 
different names has been brought into notice, as a 
powerful tcenifuge, the bark of an Abyssinian tree, 
named by Brongniart Albizzia anthelmintica (nat. 
ord. Leguminosae). The bark is in flat pieces from 
five to ten inches long, smooth, slightly fissured, of 
a rusty-gray color exteriorly, and pale yellow and 
fibrous within. It consists of four layers, one of 
which contains very large cells, with thick coats, 
and is supposed to be the active part. E. Caventou 
and Legendre have examined the bark, and found 
in it no alkaloid, but a peculiar, acid, resinous sub- 
stance, having an acrid taste, analogous to that of 
the bark, of which it is probably the active princi- 
ple. The musennin of Thiel is probably the same, 
although not as yet in a pure state. The Abyssin- 
ians employ the powdered bark, in the dose of 
about two ounces, which they take in various ways, 
suspended in water or other liquid, or mixed with 
flour in the form of bread, or made into a confec- 
tion with honey, butter, etc. It is taken in the 
morning, three or four hours before breakfast, and 
no other precautions are used. It produces no pain 
nor any disturbance of the functions, not even 
purging actively. Fragments of the worm are 
voided the same evening, and the greater por- 
tion of it the next day. Successful trials of the 
remedy have been made elsewhere than in Abys- 
sinia, though M. Rayer has collected cases which 
tend to discountenance the opinion of its vermi- 
fuge powers. But the bark may in these instances 
have been injured by time. (See Ann. de Therap., 
1862, 161.1 
MESQUITE GUM. Gum Mesquite. Gum 
Mezquite. This is the product of Prosopis juliflora, 
D. C. (Algarobia glandulosa, Torrey and Gray), a 
small thorny tree or shrub belonging to the nat. 
ord. Leguminosae, and growing in New Mexico, 
Texas, and other neighboring regions, where it 
covers vast extents of country. According to R. 
B. Marcy, the tree was first described by Edwin 
James, who attended Long’s exploring expedition 
to the Rocky Mountains many years since. The tree 
is found between 26° and 36° of N. latitude, and 
extends from 97° to 103° of W. longitude, over a 
region containing more than 500,000 square miles. 
In its botanical affinities and habits it is closely 
analogous to the Acaciae, which yield gum arabic. 
The fruit is a long, compressed pod, filled with a 
sweet pulp, which is said to contain 30 per cent, of 
grape sugar, and is used very largely by the Indians 
as food for themselves and horses. A gum exudes 
from the stem and branches. It occurs in irregu- 
lar, roundish pieces, of various sizes and usually 
of a dark amber-brown color, though sometimes, 
especially when gathered from young trees, it is 
nearly colorless. Procter found it to resemble gum 
arabic in its solubilities, but to differ essentially in 
some of its chemical reactions, especially in not 
being precipitated by lead suhacetate, and its strong 
solution not being coagulated by borax. (A. J. P., 
xxvii. 224.) Campbell Mortit, of Baltimore, found 
it to approximate very closely to gum arabic in ul- 
timate composition, its constituents being carbon, 
hydrogen, and oxygen, with 3 per cent, of inor- 
ganic matter. He found also a very little bas- 
sorin (0 206 per cent.), which did not exist in the 
specimens examined by Procter. (Am. Journ. of 
Sci. and Arts, March, 1855, 264. See also A. J. P., 
1885, 542, for a brief description of the gum and 
its character.) There can be little doubt that this 
gum has all the valuable medicinal properties of 
gum arabic, and might be substituted for it in all 
cases, with this considerable advantage, that it may 
he added to diluted solution. As much as 24,000 
pounds are said to have been gathered in 1872, and 
chiefly used by confectioners. 
The beans of a second species of Prosopis (P. 
pubescens, Benth.) are largely employed as food by 
the Indians. The wood of both species is exceed- 
ingly hard and very valuable. 
METHACETIN. Para-acetanisidine. Para- 
oxymethylucetanilid. CeH4 (O CHS). N HC2HaO. 
This differs from acetanilid in having an atom 
of the nucleus replaced by the oxymethyl group 
(OCHg). It forms lustrous crystals free from color, 
odorless, melting at 127° C., and distilling at higher 
temperatures unchanged. It is scarcely soluble in 
cold water, readily soluble in hot water, soluble in 
alcohol, acetone, chloroform, glycerin, and fatty oils. 
Methacetin appears to be a powerful antipyretic. 
According to F. Mahnert, when given in toxic dose 
to rabbits, it causes convulsions and death through 
its actions on the central nervous system. The same 
authority states that its 1 per cent, solution is dis- 
tinctly antiseptic. It has been used as an antipy- 
retic by various clinicians, with concordant results. 
The fall of temperature which it produces is very 
great, amounting in some cases of typhoid fever to 
nearly six degrees, and the after-rise is slow. More- 
over, minute doses have a distinct power in pro- 
longing the apyrexia. The fall of temperature is 
accompanied by a violent sweating, hut no other 
disagreeable symptoms have been noticed, except in 
one or two cases, when a tendency to collapse was 
produced. In phthisis and similar diseases the 
tendency to profuse sweating strongly interferes 
with the practical use of the drug, it being affirmed 
that the night-sweats are increased for a long time 
after its withdrawal. It has been considerably used 
in acute articular rheumatism, though its action 
does not seem to be as sure or powerful as the 
salicylates. As an analgesic, in ataxic and neu- 
ralgic pains, it appears to be distinctly inferior to 
phenacetin and antipyrin. No eruption from it has 
been noticed. During its administration the urine 
responds to Trommer’s test, but does not contain 
sugar, nor is there haemoglobinuria. Dose for adults, 
seven and a half grains (0-49 6m.). 
METHETHYL. Under this name there has 
been offered for use in the market as a local anaes- 
thetic a colorless neutral liquid, having a boiling 
point of 51° F. and a specific gravity of 0-9173 at 
39° F. It is said to he ethyl chloride with a little 1726 
Methyl Chloride.—Methylic Alcohol. 
PART II. 
methyl chloride and chloroform. (Pharm. Zeitg., 
xliii.) 
METHYL CHLORIDE, Monochlormethane, 
CHgCl, is obtained by the action of hydrochloric 
acid gas upon methyl alcohol, best in the presence 
of a little zinc chloride. 
It is a colorless gas, condensing to a liquid at 
—23° C. (—11-4° F.), and is very soluble in alcohol, 
which dissolves thirty-five volumes of it, while water 
dissolves four volumes. On account of its extreme 
volatility, methyl chloride, when applied in the 
form of a spray, produces extreme cold and freezing 
of the part. It has been used in this way as a local 
anaesthetic, and in 1884 Debove recommended in 
sciatica freezing by it of the parts immediately over 
the nerve. The practice has been tried to a con- 
siderable extent, with alleged good results. For 
reference, see Union Med. du Nord-est, July, 1892, 
and Kansas City Med. Index, 1886. 
METHYL FLUORIDE. CH3F. M Henri 
Moissan (Ball, de VAcad, de Med., 1890) affirms that 
this fluoride possesses anaesthetic properties. 
METHYL IODIDE. CH3.1. Iodure de 
Methyl, Fr. Jodmethyl, G. This is a heavy, 
sweet smelling liquid, boiling at 43° C., and has a 
sp. gr. 2-23 at 15° 0. In the cold it unites with 
water to form a crystalline hydrate, CH3I -f- H20. 
It turns brown gradually on exposure to light. It 
is made by the action of dry hydrochloric acid gas 
upon a mixture of potassium iodide and anhydrous 
methyl alcohol. 
R. Kirk (Lancet, Oct. 1885) commends methyl 
iodide as a vesicant, applied on lint under a watch- 
glass, a drop or two of soda solution being added to 
neutralize the free iodine that may be present. It 
produces at once a tingling, burning, biting sensa- 
tion, like pricking with a number of needle-points. 
The maximum pain is reached in a few minutes, 
when the substance is to be removed. The blister 
produced is said to be as full of serum as that caused 
by cantharides. 
METHYLAL. Methylene dimethyl ether. 
CH„(OCH3'i2. This is made by distilling methyl 
alconol with sulphuric acid in the presence of 
manganese peroxide, or bv abstracting one mole- 
cule of water from a mixture of one molecule of 
formaldehyde and two of methyl alcohol. It is 
a limpid colorless liquid, of sp. gr. 0 855 at 17° C., 
and boils at 42° C. (107-6° F.). It is soluble in 
water, alcohol, ether, and fatty and ethereal oils. 
Originally proposed as an anaesthetic and hyp- 
notic by B. W. Richardson in 1868. Richardson, 
Motrokhin, and Personali are in general accord 
as to its physiological action. It produces in man 
a sleep closely resembling the normal sleep; or, if 
the dose have been large enough, a profound coma 
in which reflex actions are suspended. Recovery 
is rapid on account of its rapid elimination. The 
arterial pressure is reduced, as is also, according to 
Motrokhin, the irritability of the cerebral cortex. 
Both Personali and Motrokhin find that it arrests 
the tetanic spasms produced by small doses of 
strychnine, although in Motrokhin’s experiments, 
when large doses of strychnine were given, methylal 
seemed to accelerate rather than putAff death. The 
dose of methylal is from one to two drachms (3-69- 
7-39 C.c.) given in emulsion. It is employed as an 
hypnotic, and is said to be free from danger and 
unpleasant effects; but in most cases patients be- 
come so rapidly accustomed to it that its influence 
soon disappears, unless enormous doses are used. 
CHg 
METHYLETHYLCARBINOL. 
. 2h6 
There are two compounds isomeric with each 
other known respectively as methylethylcarbinol and 
trimethylcarbinol. The former is a strong-smelling 
liquid, boiling at from 98°-100° C.; the latter crys- 
tallizes in plates melting at 28° C. and boiling at 
from 83°-84° C. These alcohols are said to be vaso- 
motor depressants and antipyretics, the dimethyl- 
ethyl compounds being the more powerful of the 
two. (Pharm. Post, Jan. 1888.) 
METHYLIC ALCOHOL. Spiritus Pyrox- 
ylicus Rectificatus, Br. 1864. Pyroligneous 
Spirit. Pyroxylic Spirit. Wood Spirit. Wood 
Alcohol. Wood Naphtha. Alcool methylique, Alcool 
formique, Alcool de Bois, Esprit de Bois, Esprit 
pyroligneux, Fr. Holzgeist, Methylalcohol, G. 
CHg.OH. Methylic alcohol was discovered in 1812 
by P. Taylor. When wood is subjected to destruc- 
tive distillation, there is formed, besides acetic 
acid, tar, and other products (see Creosotum), about 
1 per cent, of an inflammable, volatile liquid, 
which, when separated and purified, constitutes 
pyroxylic spirit. The crude liquor, derived from 
the wood, separates on standing into two liquids; 
the heavier containing the tarry matters, and the 
lighter consisting of water, acetic acid, pyroxylic 
spirit, etc. The lighter liquid is saturated with 
lime, and subjected to distillation, whereby the 
impure pyroxylic spirit first conies over, mixed, 
however, with various compounds, among which 
are aldehyde and pyroacetic spirit (acetone). This, 
after having been redistilled and deprived of water 
by repeated rectifications from lime, forms the 
pyroxylic spirit of commerce. The commercial 
spirit may be purified by adding to it as much cal- 
cium chloride as it can dissolve, and allowing the 
mixture to stand for a few days. The pyroxylic 
spirit unites with the calcium chloride, and the 
compound formed is subjected to distillation to 
separate certain contaminating substances, which 
distil over. Finally, the pyroxylic spirit is sepa- 
rated from the calcium chloride by the addition of 
water and a new distillation, and from water by 
rectification from dry lime. Methyl alcohol, like 
the other monatomic alcohols, can also be formed 
synthetically in a variety of ways,—from marsh- 
gas, from formic acid, and from formaldehyde. Pure 
anhydrous methyl alcohol is a mobile, colorless 
liquid, possessing a hot, pungent taste, and a pecu- 
liar aromatic smell, recalling that of acetic ether. 
It mixes in all proportions with water, alcohol, and 
ether, without having its transparency disturbed. 
It burns like alcohol, but with a less luminous 
flame. Its sp. gr. as a liquid is 0 8021 at 16-5° C. 
(59-9° F.). Its vapor is irritating to the eyes. It 
boils at 66° C. (150'8° F.) (according to other 
authorities at 55° C., when absolutely anhydrous), 
and during ebullition its vapor causes concussions, 
which render its distillation difficult, but may be 
prevented by placing in the bottom of the vessel a 
of mercury. As a solvent it resembles alco- 
hol, all bodies soluble in that menstruum being 
likewise soluble in pyroxylic spirit. Methyl alco- 
hol is the first of a series of organic hydrates known 
as alcohols. It may be considered as a molecule of 
water in which one hydrogen atom is replaced by 
the monad group CH3 (methyl), derived from 
marsh-gas (methane) by the withdrawal of one PART II. 
Methylic Alcohol.—Methylic Ether. 
1727 
hydrogen atom. These organic hydrates are basic, 
and form with both organic and inorganic acids 
salts called ethers. 
The official pyroxylic spirit was directed in the 
Br. Pharmacopoeia to have a sp. gr. from 0-841 to 
0 846. From the density thus recognized, it might 
he implied that not the pure but the commercial 
pyroxylic spirit was contemplated, which has a 
straw-yellow color and a powerful odor of wood 
smoke. But the Pharmacopoeia also directed that 
the spirit should be without action on litmus-paper, 
free from smoky taste, and not rendered turbid by 
water. It therefore intended a purified spirit, and 
the greater density must be ascribed to the presence 
of the 10 per cent, of water allowed. According to 
Mr. Morson, of London, the impure commercial 
spirit, which is unfit for medical use, may be puri- 
fied “by largely diluting it with water, when an oily 
substance separates, after the removal of which the 
spirit may be recovered by distillation.” By pass- 
ing the mixed liquids through animal charcoal the 
purification is rendered more complete. Pyroxylic 
spirit has been confounded with pyroacetic spirit. 
They may be distinguished, according to Mr. 
Scanlan, by calcium chloride, which is without ac- 
tion on the latter, but dissolves in the former. In 
applying the test, a drop or two of a saturated solu- 
tion of calcium chloride is added to the doubtful 
liquid in a test-tube. This solution is immiscible 
with pyroacetic spirit, separating after agitation, 
but dissolves instantly in pyroxylic spirit. The 
liquid examined must be so pure as not to separate 
into two layers, nor to become milky with water. 
It is sometimes desirable to be able to distinguish 
the presence of methylic alcohol in ordinary alcohol, 
and in ether or nitrous ether which may have been 
prepared from the methylated instead of the pure 
spirit. For this purpose Mr. "W. Young proposes a 
solution of potassium permanganate as a test. Dis- 
solve a grain of the crystallized permanganate in a 
fluidounce of distilled water. If ten minims of this 
solution be added to four fluidrachms of pure 
alcohol in a test-tube, the bright pink color of the 
former fluid will he retained at least ten minutes, 
after which it will gradually fade. If only 10 per 
cent, of methylated alcohol be contained in the 
alcohol, the solution, instead of retaining its color 
for some time, will almost instantly change to a 
pale brown tint. With a larger proportion of the 
methylic alcohol, the change will be even more 
striking. One part of methylic alcohol can be 
thus readily detected in 300 of proper alcohol. The 
same test will detect methylic alcohol in ether and 
sweet spirit of nitre; but in the latter case the 
spirit should be purified from acid by mixing it 
with an equal measure of solution of potassa twice 
as strong as the official, and, after the mixture has 
stood an hour, distilling off the original measure of 
the nitrous spirit. (See A. J. P., 1866, 58 ; from P. J. 
Tr., Nov. 1865.) The test of Dumas and Peligot 
converts the wood spirit into a methyl oxalate; A. 
Kiehe and C. Bardy condemn this process, as not 
applicable when the proportion of ethylic alcohol is 
large, and propose a substitute founded upon the 
different colored products yielded by the oxidation 
of ethyl-aniline and methyl-aniline. For details 
of this process the reader is referred to P. J. Tr., 
1875, 1007. For a method of detecting methylic 
alcohol in any mixture, by Mr. John T. Miller, 
see P. J. Tr. (2d ser., vii. 318). 
Under the name of Columbian Spirit, a purified 
wood alcohol has been largely introduced; its odor 
is less offensive than that of the crude spirit, and its 
cost is less than that of ethyl alcohol, but it is un- 
fitted for making pharmaceutical preparations that 
are intended for internal administration, several 
deaths having been reported on account of its use. 
(.Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 176.) 
Pyroxylic spirit, under the incorrect name of 
naphtha, was introduced some years ago by Dr. 
John Hastings, of London, to palliate the cough 
and lessen the febrile excitement of consumption. 
The therapeutic properties of pyroxylic spirit have 
not been fully investigated ; hut it is probably a 
narcotic sedative. D. W. Yandell speaks favor- 
ably of its efficacy in diarrhoea and dysentery. It 
is not improbable that the impurities in the com- 
mercial spirit may have some remedial efficacy ; 
and the purified spirit directed by the Br. Pharma- 
copoeia may he less efficacious than the impure. 
The dose is from ten to forty drops, three times a 
day, sufficiently diluted with water. 
Crude pyroxylic spirit, varying in density from 
0-846 to 0 890, is employed by hatters and varnish- 
makers for dissolving resinous substances, and by 
plumbers for burning in lamps as a substitute for 
alcohol. For the latter purpose it is more econom- 
ical than alcohol, giving out more heat for equal 
weights. 
In Great Britain alcohol is subjected to a heavy 
duty, which, until lately, prevented it from being 
used in many manufactures, because the products 
of its use can he more cheaply obtained from 
abroad. The British Parliament, wishing to en- 
courage the use of alcohol in the arts, but not as a 
beverage, passed an act in 1855, allowing it to be 
used duty-free, provided it he mixed with at least 
one-ninth of its bulk of pyroxylic spirit, which 
renders it unfit for drinking, hut does not spoil it 
for use in the arts. This mixture is called methyl- 
ated spirit, and is now employed extensively in 
Great Britain by hatters, brass founders, and cabi- 
net-makers for dissolving shellac and other resin- 
ous substances, and by manufacturing chemists for 
making ether, chloroform, and sweet spirit of nitre. 
From the purification of pyroxylic spirit already 
referred to, so as to deprive it of offensive taste, it 
has been supposed that the intended operation of 
the British revenue laws might be evaded ; but, in 
opposition to this idea, it is asserted that the puri- 
fying process is too expensive, on the large scale, 
to render it available for the purpose. The use of 
this spirit, however purified, would he unjustifiable 
in medical preparations, unless officially recognized. 
METHYLIC ETHER. (CH3)20. Oxide of 
Methyl. Hydrate of Methylene. Ether methylique, 
Oxyde de Methyl, Fr. Methylather, Holzather, 
Formather, G. This substance was discovered by 
MM. Dumas and Peligot, but was first employed 
as an anassthetic by Dr. B. W. Richardson in 1867. 
He prepares it by mixing one part of pure methylic 
alcohol with two of strong sulphuric acid, heating, 
and collecting and washing repeatedly with strong 
potassa solution the methylic ether which passes 
over. It is a gas even at low temperature. Dr. 
Richardson saturates absolute ethylic ether, at 0° C. 
(32° F.), with it, and at once closely bottles the 
compound under the name of methyl-ethylic ether. 
For a detailed description of the preparation of 
methylic ether and of its properties, see Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., xix. 438. According to Dr. Rich- 
ardson, methylic ether is a very rapid and safe 1728 
Methylphospliin.—Milk. 
PART II. 
anaesthetic, producing great muscular relaxation 
with extreme quickness. (A. J. P., Sept. 1870; Dub- 
lin Quarterly, Aug. 1870; Lancet, March, 1870.) 
METHYLPHOSPHIN. Furbringer (Deutsch. 
Archiv f. Klin. Med., lix., 1897) has found that 
this substance is a powerful convulsant poison, 
killing when in sufficient dose by respiratory pa- 
ralysis, and having very little direct influence upon 
the circulation. The di-methylphosphin was found 
to be very slightly more poisonous than the methyl- 
phospliin, the fatal dose being about 0-5 gramme 
per kilo for the rabbit. Di-methylphosphin has 
been used in malaria by Julius Mannaberg, in the 
dose of nineteen grains (12 Gm.) per day, but is 
inferior to quinine. The urine becomes dark red- 
dish yellow and distinctly fluorescent, whilst nu- 
merous small yellow spots appear upon the skin. 
METHYLTHEBAINE. C20lI„3NOg. This 
product, from thebaine, has been physiologically 
investigated by Crum Brown and Fraser, and by 
Stockman and Dott, and found to have an action 
similar to that of thebaine, but less powerful. (Brit. 
Med. Journ., Jan. 1891.) 
MICHELIA NILAGIRICA. Zenker. (Nat. 
ord. Magnoliacese.) This tree, which is said to be 
abundant in tbe Neilgherry hills, India, yields an 
aromatic, volatile oil, which has entered commerce. 
(P. J. Tr., Jan. 1888.) 
MICROCIDIN. Under this name the varying 
compounds of sodium naphthalate with other naph- 
thalates and phenates have been put upon the mar- 
ket, and used as a surgical antiseptic, in solution 
varying from three to eight parts per thousand. 
buuer. Thus it is that, in preparing butter, the 
milk is agitated, by churning or otherwise, so as 
to break the corpuscular coating. But in the for- 
mation of both cream and butter the residuary 
liquid still contains a number of unbroken corpus- 
cles, which give it more or less whiteness; and in 
skimmed milk, notwithstanding the quantity of 
corpuscles lost, enough remains to give it almost 
the whiteness and opacity of the milk just from 
the cow. It has been denied that the corpuscles 
are really enveloped by a distinct membrane; but 
the effect of mechanical agency in the preparation 
of butter seems to afford indisputable proof of the 
existence of a coating which is broken in the pro- 
cess ; and there is chemical proof which would ap- 
pear to be not less decisive. Ether dissolves the 
fatty matter constituting butter; and if a liquid, 
having oil globules floating in it free, be agitated 
with ether, the oily matter is dissolved, and the 
liquid quite deprived of it. Now, if milk be agi- 
tated with ether, and the mixture be allowed to 
stand, the two liquids separate, and the ether rises 
in consequence of its levity, and floats unaltered 
on the surface. But if, before the addition of 
ether, acetic acid, which dissolves the envelopes of 
the fatty matter, be made to act on the milk, the 
interior fatty matter of the corpuscles is set free; 
and then ether added to it takes up the butter thus 
liberated. 
The composition of a normal cow’s milk and, 
for comparison, the milk of other mammalia is 
thus given by Blyth (Foods, Compos, and Analysis, 
1882, 214): 
Cow’s. 
Human. 
Ass’s. 
Goat’s. 
Mare’s. 
Sheep’s. 
Sow’s. 
Bitch's. 
Milk fat 
3-50 
2-90 
1-02 
4-20 
2-50 
5-30 
4-55 
9-57 
Casein 
3-98 
2-40 
1-09 
3-00 
2-19 
6-10 
5-53 
Albumen 
0-77 
0-57 
0-70 
0-62 
0-42 
1-00 
y 7-23 
4-38 
Galactine 
0-17 
0-10 
0-10 
0-08 
0-09 
0-13 
j 
Sugar of milk 
4-00 
5-87 
6-50 
4-00 
5-50 
4-20 
3-13 
3-19 
Ash 
0-70 
0-16 
0-42 
0-56 
0-50 
1-00 
1-05 
0-73 
Water 
86-87 
88-00 
91-17 
87-54 
88-80 
82-27 
84-04 
76-60 
Total solids 
13-13 
12-00 
8-83 
12-46 
11-20 
17-73 
15-96 
23-46 
MICROMERIA DOUGLASII. Benth. Yerba 
Buena. This labiate of California is said to be a 
grateful aromatic, and also an anthelmintic and an 
emmenagogue. For a description, with figures, see 
A. J. P., Sept. 1882. Dose of fluid extract, from a 
half to two fluidrachms (T84-7-39 C.c.). 
MIGRAININE. A white powder, said by J. 
Hoffmann to be composed of 89‘4 per cent, of anti- 
pyrin, 8 2 per cent, of caffeine, and 0 56 per cent, 
of citric acid. It is used against migraine and neu- 
ralgia in doses of sixteen grains (1 Gm.). 
MILK. Lac. Br. Pharm. 1883. Cow’s Milk. 
When examined with the aid of the microscope, 
milk is seen to contain a vast number of extremely 
small opaque corpuscles floating in a transparent 
liquid. These corpuscles have been found to con- 
sist of fatty matter surrounded by a very delicate 
coating of an albuminoid substance. To them 
the milk owes its opacity and whiteness ; and, as 
they are slightly lighter than the liquid portion, 
they rise when the milk is allowed to stand, and 
form a layer on the surface, which is cream. The 
interior fatty matter, when caused to separate from 
its envelopes, aggregates in small masses, and forms 
The following method of estimating the quantity 
of the different ingredients in milk is given by Dr. 
C. F. Chandler, of New York. 1. The water may 
be determined by evaporating a weighed quantity 
of milk, drying the residue carefully at 100° C. 
(212° F.), and weighing what remains. The loss 
represents the water. 2. The salts are estimated 
by burning all that is combustible in the solid 
residue, and weighing the ash. 3. To ascertain 
the proportion of butter and casein, a portion of 
milk, having been coagulated by a few drops of 
acetic acid, is boiled ; the precipitate is washed 
with water, and finally the butter is separated by 
ether, leaving the casein behind. The ethereal so- 
lution yields the butter on evaporation. 4. The 
sugar is generally estimated by deducting the 
weight of the other ingredients from 100. The 
fatty matter of milk, or butter, consists of stearin, 
palmitin, and olein, with small proportions of 
butyrin, caproin, and caprin, to which it owes its 
smell. Butyrin is a compound ether of butyric 
acid and glyceryl, and is inodorous. On exposure 
of butter for some time to air, the butyrate of 
glyceryl is decomposed, and the butyric acid, being PAItT II. 
Milk. 
1729 
set free, causes the disagreeable odor character- 
istic of rancid butter. The proportion of fatty 
matter in milk is estimated by Mr. John Horsley 
by means of the joint solvent powers of alcohol 
and ether, the mixed menstrua being allowed to 
stand, and the oil as it rises to the surface removed. 
For minute particulars, see the Chemical News, 
on an enormous scale. Unfortunately, a great deal 
of it is adulterated with white cane-sugar, which, 
from being first used moderately as a preservative, 
is now largely employed as a make-weight. The 
composition of this condensed milk may be seen 
from the following analyses of well-known brands 
taken from Sadtler’s Industrial Org. Chem., p. 260: 
Brand. 
Water. 
Fat. 
Cane-and 
Milk-sugar. 
Casein. 
Salts. 
Alderney 
30-05 
10-08 
46-01 
12-04 
1-82 
Anglo-Swiss (American) 
29-46 
8-11 
50-41 
10-22 
1-80 
Anglo-Swiss (English) 
27-80 
8-24 
51-07 
10-80 
2-09 
Anglo-Swiss (Swiss) 
25-51 
8-51 
53-27 
10-71 
2-00 
Eagle 
27-30 
6-60 
44-47 
10-77 
1-86 
Crown 
29-44 
9-27 
49-26 
10-11 
1-92 
May 2, 1874. The casein of milk is a peculiar and 
most important ingredient, bearing a close resem- 
blance to animal albumen, but differing from it 
slightly in composition, and also in some of its 
chemical relations with other substances. A little 
phosphorus is contained in albumen, which has 
not been found in casein. (Chem. News, Jan. 7, 
1870, 6.) Nevertheless, there is reason for be- 
lieving that casein is the source of all the albu- 
minoid substances in the body when supported by 
milk alone. The sugar of milk is peculiar. (See 
Saccharum Lactis.) 
For the purpose of preserving milk various 
methods have been devised, several of which are 
discussed in the 17th ed. U. S. D. They have all, 
however, been rendered effete by the extensive 
manufacture of condensed milk by more or less 
secret processes, which are probably all based upon 
the method of M. Martin de Lignac. Milk im- 
mediately from the cow is put in shallow boilers 
with a flat bottom, to the depth of about two 
inches, and heated by a water-bath. For every 
pint of milk an ounce of white sugar is added ; 
and, so long as the heat is continued, the contents 
of the boilers are constantly stirred, so as to favor 
evaporation. When the volume is reduced four- 
fifths, the concentrated liquid is poured into cylin- 
drical cans, the opening of which is hermetically 
closed by tin solder. The cans are arranged in a 
boiler constructed like a steam-boiler, so as to sup- 
port a pressure within, and vapor is introduced at 
the temperature of from 103-5° to 104° C. (218°- 
219° F.). As soon as the boxes have thus been ex- 
posed to heat, the preparation is completed. When 
the can is opened, it will be found to be filled with 
a pasty substance, somewhat translucent, and yel- 
lowish white. Diluted with five times its weight 
of water, this substance has all the exterior and 
nutritive characters of ordinary milk. When 
thus exposed, the milk will keep readily ten days 
or more, especially if a little be taken every day 
from the can, so as to change the surface in con- 
tact with the air. The sugar used contributes to 
the preservation of the milk. The high tempera- 
ture employed for a short time contributes greatly 
to the same end, by destroying the ferments which 
may be in the milk. M. Payne recommends, 
when the taste of boiled milk is objectionable, 
that the evaporation be carried on in vacuo by 
means of vapor, aided by agitation with mechani- 
cal stirrers. (Journ. de Pharm., Mars, 1868, 195.) 
Condensed milk is now consumed in our country 
Milk is liable to various changes which more or 
less diminish its value as food or medicine, and 
therefore require to he guarded against. One of 
these is spontaneous, occurring on the exposure 
of milk to the air, and at an earlier or later period 
after being drawn from the cow, according to the 
weather : the greater the heat the surer and greater 
will be the amount of change. The milk becomes 
sour to the taste and smell, imperfect coagulation 
takes place, the envelope opens, and the oil escapes ; 
and altogether the milk becomes unfit for use. 
Against such alterations the milk may be pro- 
tected if kept in closed glass jars, so as to exclude 
the air; and it is desirable to keep the jars, to 
some extent, in as cold a place as convenient. 
There is aiiother injurious change to which milk 
is often exposed, sooner or later after being taken 
from the cow,—that is, the presence in it of various 
organic germs or growths, derived generally from 
the atmosphere. 
Sterilization of Milk. Milk may be deprived of 
organisms or sterilized by the application of the 
heat of boiling; a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.) 
will destroy all bacteria, but a somewhat lower 
temperature is usually sufficient, and a pasteurized 
milk is one which has been subjected to a temper- 
ature of from 155° to 170° F. for ten or twenty 
minutes. It has the advantage of tasting less like 
boiled milk and of being more digestible than such 
sterilized milk. The following simple method of 
pasteurizing milk has been issued by the U. S. De- 
partment of Agriculture : “ Take a tin pail and in- 
vert a perforated tin pie-plate in the bottom, or have 
made for it a removable false bottom perforated with 
holes and having legs half an inch high to allow 
circulation of the water. The milk-bottle is set on 
this false bottom, and sufficient water is put into 
the pail to reach the level of the surface of the 
milk in the bottle. The pail is then heated on a 
range or stove. A hole may be punched in the 
cover of the pail, a cork inserted, and a chemical 
thermometer put through the cork, so that the 
bulb dips into the water. The temperature can 
thus be watched without removing the cover. If 
preferred, an ordinary dairy thermometer may be 
used and the temperature read from time to time 
by removing the lid. This is very easily arranged, 
and is just as satisfactory as the patented apparatus 
sold for the same purpose.” 
There can be no doubt that, by being exposed to 
putrescent effluvia and otherwise bad air, or de- 
rived from a diseased cow, milk may become in- 1730 
Milk.—Mollin. 
PART II. 
fected with noxious matter, whether chemical or 
organic, and may thus, when used as food, be the 
cause of serious disease. Typhoid fever has in a 
number of cases been produced by infected milk. 
Adulteration. Milk is liable to adulteration. 
The most common, and perhaps the most impor- 
tant, is dilution with water. This, within certain 
limits, is very easily effected, is very difficult to 
discover, and, moreover, is very profitable from a 
pecuniary point of view. The temptations to its 
practice are so great and universal that constant 
watchfulness is necessary to one who would guard 
himself against it. Very copious addition of water 
is recognized at once by the thinness, blueness, and 
in some degree the translucency of the milk. But 
much adulteration may take place short of this; 
and to detect the fraud it is necessary to prove a 
decided excess of water ; for even in perfectly nor- 
mal milk there is often some disproportion of this 
ingredient above or below the mean, owing to the 
mode of living and health of the cow. This devia- 
tion, however, is small. Observations made in 
Sweden by Alexander Muller and Eisenstuck, on 
a herd of fifteen cows, with daily analysis in every 
case throughout the year, resulted in the statement 
that the solids of the milk in no instance fell short 
of 11-5 per cent., and in only four instances below 
12 ; while the highest was 14-05 ; the average being 
12-8 per cent. In England, of ten cows, from dif- 
ferent parts of the country, the milk of which 
was examined by Mr. J. Alfred Wanklyn, that of 
only one contained so little as 118 per cent., while 
the highest was 14-34, and the mean was 12-7. 
With the aid of these figures it will be easy to de- 
tect any considerable amount of adulteration by 
water ; for all besides the amount of solids may be 
considered as consisting of this fluid. All that is 
necessary, therefore, is to weigh very carefully a 
given quantity of milk, say 1000 grains, in 
thin platinum or silver dishes, and maintain it 
by means of a water-bath at the temperature of 
212° F. for three hours, or until evaporated to dry- 
ness. The residue when weighed will give the 
amount of the solids, and the difference between 
it and the 1000 grains will be the weight of the 
water. If the solids fall short of 1T8, the pro- 
portion of the deficiency to the whole weight of 
the milk may be considered as representing the 
quantity of water added. Other methods of esti- 
mating the proportion of water in excess have 
been based on the specific gravity of the milk, 
which it was supposed would be lighter than the 
normal. Upon this principle it was that lactom- 
eters were formed. But it has been found that 
this method is not entirely reliable, as the specific 
gravity of the milk varies with other causes be- 
sides an excess of water; for the removal of the 
cream increases the density of the milk, the former 
being the lighter of the two. We are informed 
that annatto dissolved in a strong potash lye, 
termed butter color, is extensively used to impart a 
yellow color and apparent richness to milk. Starch 
or farinaceous substances have been employed ap- 
parently for giving substance to milk rendered too 
fluid by dilution. This may be detected by the 
usual reagent for starch ; but it must be recollected 
that when iodine is added to milk containing starch 
it acts on the latter only after the milk has been 
completely saturated with the iodine, after which 
the blue color is produced bv a further addition of 
the reagent. Chalk has, we believe, been used in 
the adulteration of milk, in like manner with the 
starch, for giving it whiteness and increasing its 
opacity; but this and all similar mineral bodies 
may be detected by their subsidence, if insoluble, 
and by their remaining behind when the milk is 
incinerated, if more or less soluble. Many methods 
have been proposed for testing milk. On account 
of want of space, the reader is referred for further 
information to the following accessible sources : 
A. J. P., 1872, 1873, 1874, 1878, 1879; and N. R., 
1875, 1876, 1877, 1880, 1881. 
Few remedies are more important than milk for 
the sick, considered in its relations either as an 
article of food or as a medicine. In the former 
capacity, its easy digestibility, nutritious character, 
and entire want of stimulant or irritant properties 
render it peculiarly useful, as an exclusive article 
of diet, in many cases of chronic irritation or in- 
flammation of the alimentary mucous membrane. 
In obstinate chronic diarrhoea, chronic dysentery, 
and chronic gastritis it will sometimes effect cures, 
as an exclusive diet, with but little aid from medi- 
cine. As a remedy in nausea and vomiting, either 
alone or attendant on other diseases, milk asso- 
ciated with lime water in the dose of a tablespoon- 
ful of each every half-hour, one, or two hours, ac- 
cording to the severity of the case, has long been 
esteemed one of our most efficient remedies. In 
the form of wine-whey it has from time imme- 
morial been used as a gentle stimulant, applicable 
to febrile diseases beginning to assume a low form ; 
and still later, in conditions of great debility, it is, 
with brandy, the remedy upon which reliance is 
placed beyond all others. For the mode of pre- 
paring and using wine-whey, see the article on 
Vinurn. 
MISTURA MAGNESI/E ET ASAFCE- 
TIDAS. U. S. 1880. Mixture of Magnesia and 
Asafetida. Mixture de Magnesie et d’Asafetide, Fr. 
Magnesia und Stinkasant-Mixtur, G. This prepara- 
tion, which has had some popular vogue under the 
name of Dewees's Carminative, was directed by the 
U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 to be made as follows. 
“Carbonate of Magnesium, five parts [or three 
hundred and sixty grains] ; Tincture of Asafetida, 
seven parts [or ten fluidrachms] ; Tincture of 
Opium, one part [or seventy-five minims] ; Sugar, 
ten parts [or one and a half ounces av.] ; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one hundred 
parts [or fifteen fluidounees]. Rub the Carbonate 
of Magnesium and Sugar, in a mortar, with the 
Tincture of Asafetida and Tincture of Opium. 
Then gradually add enough Distilled Water to 
make the mixture weigh one hundred parts [or 
measure fifteen fluidounees].” There is but 1 per 
cent, of tincture of opium in the formula just given, 
whilst the usual quantity is 3 per cent. The dose 
is twenty minims (1-25 C.c.). 
MITCHELLA REPENS. L. Squaw Vine. 
Partridge-berry. Checkerberry. Winter Clover. 
(Nat. ord. Rubiaceas.) This small indigenous ever- 
green has been supposed to possess remedial proper- 
ties, and is said to be employed, in decoction, by 
the Indian squaws, to facilitate parturition. It ap- 
pears to be diuretic, tonic, and astringent, resem- 
bling in these respects the pipsissewa, for which it 
is often substituted. E. Breneiser (A. J. P., 1887, 
228) found it to contain some resin, wax, mucilage, 
dextrin, and what appeared to be saponin. 
MOLLIN is a base for ointments that has at- 
tracted some dermatological notice in Germany. PART II. 
Momordica Balsamina.—Monesia. 
1731 
It is a soft soap, containing 17 per cent, of un- 
combined fat, and is stated to be prepared by 
saponifying without heat 100 parts of cocoa-nut oil 
or of fresh fat with 40 parts of solution of caustic 
potash, sp. gr. 1-145, mixing intimately with 30 
parts of glycerin, and heating carefully. It is 
yellowish white, of a smooth and soft consistence, 
not readily altered by exposure, free from ran- 
cidity, and easily removed from the skin by warm 
or cold water. 
MOMORDICA BALSAM IN A. L. Balsam 
Apple. Balsamina. (Nat. ord. Cucurbitacese.) An 
annual climbing East Indian plant, cultivated in 
our gardens for the sake of the fruit. This is 
ovate, attenuated towards each extremity, angular, 
warty, not unlike a cucumber in appearance, of a 
lively red or orange-yellow color, easily falling 
when touched, and spontaneously separating into 
several pieces. It was formerly highly esteemed 
as a vulnerary, and is still in use among the com- 
mon people. A liniment formed by infusing the 
fruit, deprived of its seeds, in olive or almond oil, 
is applied to chapped hands, burns, piles, prolapsus 
ani, etc. ; and the fruit itself is sometimes mashed, 
and used in the form of a poultice. According to 
M. Descourtilz, it is poisonous when taken inter- 
nally, having proved fatal to a dog in the quantity 
of two or three drachms. An extract prepared 
from it is said to he useful in dropsy, in the dose of 
from six to fifteen grains (0-4-0-9 Gm.). 
MONARDA PUNCTATA. L. Horsemint. 
Menthe de Cheval, Pr. Pferdeminze, G-. This is 
an indigenous perennial or biennial labiate, with 
herbaceous, obtusely angled, downy, whitish, 
branching stems, rising one or two feet in height, 
and furnished with oblong lanceolate, remotely 
serrate, smooth punctate leaves. The flowers are 
disposed in numerous whorls, provided with lan- 
ceolate, white or purplish-colored bracts, longer 
than the whorl; the corolla is yellow, spotted 
with red or brown. The horsemint grows in 
light gravelly or sandy soils from New York 
to Louisiana and west to Wisconsin, and flowers 
from June to September. The whole herb is 
employed. It has an aromatic smell, and a warm, 
pungent, bitterish taste, and abounds in a vola- 
tile oil, which may be separated by distillation 
with water. A crystalline stearopten, at first 
named monardin, often separates from the oil 
(Procter, A. J. P., xvii. 86) : it is now known to 
be thymol, C10H140. Herman J. M. Schroeter 
(A. J. P., 1888, 120) found the oil to consist of 
a hydrocarbon, C10Hie (50 per cent.), thymol, 
Ci0H140 (25 per cent.), and higher oxygenated 
compounds,C10HlsO. Kremers [Pharm. Rev., 1896, 
223) examined the oil from authentic specimens 
and found it to yield from 56 to 61 per cent, of a 
phenol (thymol). Horsemint is stimulant and 
carminative, but is seldom used in regular practice. 
In the state of infusion it is occasionally employed 
in families as a remedy for flatulent colic and sick 
stomach, and for other purposes to which the aro- 
matic herbs are applied. Monarda fistulosa, L., 
also an American plant, is said to be a very active 
diaphoretic. (See Proc. A. P. A., 1895, 256; 1896, 
238.) 
MONESIA. A South American vegetable ex- 
tract, which is believed to he derived from the bark 
of Chrysophyllum glycyphlceum, Casar (now known 
as Lucuma. glycyphlcea, Mart, and Eichl. et Miq.) 
(nat ord. Sapotaceae), a tree of moderate size, grow- 
ing in the forests near Rio Janeiro and elsewhere in 
Brazil. (Journ. de Pharm.. 3e ser., vi. 63.) The 
bark, which has also entered commerce, is in pieces, 
some of which are three or four lines thick, is very 
compact and heavy, of a deep brown or chocolate 
color, contrasting strongly with the grayish color 
of the epidermis when this remains, and of smooth 
fracture. The extract was received from South 
America in cakes weighing rather more than a 
pound, from three-quarters of an inch to an inch in 
thickness, of a dark brown almost black color, very 
brittle, of a fracture neither very dull nor very 
shining, and of a taste at first sweet, then astrin- 
gent, and ultimately acrid; the acrimony being 
very persistent, and especially felt in the fauces. 
It is entirely soluble in water. The bark was 
found by Derosne, Henry, and Payen to contain, 
in one hundred parts, 1-2 of stearin, chlorophyll, 
and wax, 1-4 of glycyrrhizin, 4-7 of an acrid prin- 
ciple analogous to saponin, called monesin, 75 of 
tannic acid, 9-2 of a red coloring substance, 1-3 of 
malic acid and malate of calcium, 3-0 of various 
salts, including silica and oxide of iron and man- 
ganese, and 71-7 of pectic acid or pectin and of 
lignin, including loss, besides traces of an aromatic 
principle and of gum. A more recent analysis by 
Dr. Peckolt (A. J. P., 1884, 626) gives monesia- 
tannic acid, which gives a black coloration with iron 
salts, gallic acid, monesin, an acrid, amorphous 
body, lucumin, a body crystallizing in silky needles, 
a bitter substance, glycyrrhizin, tartaric and citric 
acids, wax, etc. Monesin, which is now considered 
as identical with saponin, C32H64018, was obtained 
by treating the hark or extract with alcohol, 
adding to the tincture an excess of calcium hy- 
drate in fine powder, filtering, evaporating the 
clear liquor to dryness, treating the residue with 
water and animal charcoal, filtering, and again 
evaporating to dryness. Thus procured it was in 
transparent yellowish scales, which were easily 
pulverized, forming a white powder. It was un- 
crystallizable, readily soluble in alcohol and water, 
to the latter of which it gave the property of froth- 
ing, and insoluble in ether. It had no power to 
saturate acids, was without odor, hut had a slightly 
bitterish taste, followed by a decided and perma- 
nent acrimony in the posterior mouth and fauces. 
(Journ.de Pharm., Jan. 1841.) Monesia owes its 
activity probably to this principle and to tannic 
acid. 
The effects of this medicine upon the system 
appear to be those of a moderate stomachic excitant, 
a general alterative, and a feeble astringent. In 
overdoses it is said to produce heat in the epi- 
gastrium, with obstinate constipation and tenes- 
mus. It has been used internally with asserted 
advantage in diarrhoea, hcemoptysis, menorrhagia, 
scrofula, scurvy, the chronic catarrh of old people, 
and dyspepsia. As a local remedy it has been found 
useful in leucorrhcea, ulcerations of the mouth and 
fauces, spongy and scorbutic gums, carious teeth, 
and obstinate scrofulous and otherwise unhealthy 
ulcers upon the surface. The dose of the extract is 
from two to ten grains (0T3-0-65 Gm.), repeated 
every one to three hours. From ten grains to a 
drachm may he given daily. In scrofulous affec- 
tions it must be used in large quantities, and per- 
severed in for several weeks, in order to obtain its 
curative effects. Monesia is applied to ulcers either 
by being sprinkled in powder upon the surface or 
in the form of ointment made with one part of the 1732 
Mongumo Bark.—Moxa. 
PART II. 
extract and seven parts of simple ointment. Mone- 
sin has been given internally in the dose of about 
half a grain, and has also been applied to ulcers. 
It is said to be a powerful oxytocic. 
MONGUMO BARK. For analysis of this Mad- 
agascar bark, see P. J. Tr., ix. 816. 
MONOBROM - ACETANILID. Asepsin. 
C6H4Br.NH(C2H30). This substance, which has 
been proposed as a substitute for antifebrin, forms 
colorless monoclinic prisms, melting at from 165°- 
166° C., scarcely soluble in water, easily soluble in 
hot alcohol. Dr. Worthington [Brit. Med. Journ., 
Feb. 1890) has reported two cases in which cyanosis 
and collapse were produced by it. 
MONSONIA. According to John Maberly 
[London Lancet, Feb. 1897, July, 1898). certain 
South African plants belonging to the family of 
Geraniaceae, having large fleshy roots, are valuable 
remedies in the treatment both of acute and chronic 
dysentery, such are especially Monsonia ovata, Cav., 
and Monsonia burkeana, Planch., ex Harv. and 
Lond. ; also certain Pelargoniums. Under the 
name of t’Namie, the natives of Namaqualand are 
said to use the root of Pelargonium antidysenteri- 
cum, Kostel. Maberly believes that the Pelargo- 
niums are especially valuable in ulceration of the 
stomach and upper portions of the intestinal tract; 
and the Monsonias when the disease is low down in 
the intestines. The dose of monsonia is given as 
half an ounce (16-5 Gm.). It is believed that the 
plants are not poisonous. Dose of the saturated 
tincture from one to two fluidrachms [3-7-7-5 C.c.) 
every three or four hours. 
MORINDIN. This principle, discovered by 
Anderson in Morinda citrifolia, L. (nat. ord. Rubi- 
acese), and supposed to be identical with rubery- 
thric acid, is said to be distinct. [P. J. Tr., Dec. 
1886.) 
MORINGA PTERYGOSPERMA. Gaertn. 
(Nat. ord. Moringese.) A decoction of the root of 
this Jamaica tree is said to be used by the peas- 
antry as an active and persistent diuretic. [The 
Satellite, Feb. 1890.) 
MOXA. Moxa, Fr. BrenncyUnder, G. The 
term moxa is employed to designate small masses 
of combustible matter, intended, by being burnt 
in contact with the skin, to produce an eschar. 
They are of various forms, and made of different 
materials. The Chinese moxa is in small cones 
from eight to twelve lines in height, and is pre- 
pared from the leaves of one or more species of 
Artemisia. A. chinensis, L., and A. indica, Willd. 
(now A. vulgaris, L.), were indicated by the Dub- 
lin College ; but Lindley states that it is the A. 
moxa of De Candolle which is employed. Accord- 
ing to some authors, the part used is the down 
which covers the leaves and stems; but others, 
with greater probability, assert that it is a fine 
lanuginous substance, prepared from the leaves by 
beating them in a mortar. A coarser and a finer 
product are obtained, the former of which is used 
for tinder, the latter worked up into moxa. A 
similar moxa has been made in France, by a simi- 
lar process, from the leaves of A. vulgaris. By 
Percy, the stem of the Helianthus annuus, or com- 
mon sunflower, when perfectly mature, is cut into 
transverse sections about half an inch in thickness, 
which must be carefully dried, and kept in a per- 
fectly dry place. They have this advantage, that, 
in consequence of the retention of the cortical por- 
tion, they may be held with impunity between the 
fingers of the operator, while burning. They are, 
however, often defective from an insufficiency of 
nitre in the pith, or the unequal inflammability of 
different parts. Artificial moxas are best made 
from cotton impregnated with nitre. It is im- 
portant that the impregnation should be uniform; 
as otherwise different parts of the cylinder, burn- 
ing with different degrees of rapidity, would pro- 
duce unequal effects upon the skin. The following 
process is recommended. One pound of cotton is 
introduced into a vessel containing two ounces of 
nitre dissolved in half a gallon of water, and a 
moderate heat applied till all the liquid is evapo- 
rated. The cotton, when perfectly dry, is formed 
into thin, narrow sheets, which are rolled round a 
central cord of linen, so as to form a cylinder from 
half an inch to an inch in diameter, and several 
inches long. This is enclosed in a covering of silk 
or linen sewed firmly around it; and, when used, 
may be cut by a razor into transverse slices a few 
lines in thickness. By leaving a hole in the centre 
of the cylinder, the combustion will be rendered 
more vigorous, and a deeper eschar produced. 
Robinet rolls cotton round a small central cylinder 
of pith and envelops the whole in a piece of muslin, 
which is more or less firmly applied, according to 
the degree of compactness required. The cylinders, 
thus made, burn without assistance, uniformly, and 
with a rapidity proportionate to their firmness. 
Lime, in the act of slaking, has been used as a 
substitute for the moxa. [Dubl. Journ., Jan. 1842.) 
Cauterization by fire, in the treatment of disease, 
has been commonly practised among savage and 
half-civilized nations from the earliest periods of 
history, and has not been unknown as a remedy in 
the most polished communities. The ancient 
Egyptians and Greeks were acquainted with the 
use of moxa; and in China, Japan, and other 
countries of Asia it appears to have been em- 
ployed from time immemorial. From these coun- 
tries the early Portuguese navigators introduced it 
into Europe; and the term moxa is said to have 
been derived from their language, though supposed 
by some to be of Chinese origin. The true Chinese 
name is said to be kiew. Some years since, the 
remedy became very popular in France, and at- 
tracted some attention in this country. It acts on 
the principle of revulsion. 
As a rule the moxa should be applied as near as 
possible to the seat of the disease ; and, in neuralgic 
or paralytic cases, at the origin or over the course 
of the nerves proceeding to the part affected. 
Some advise that the cylinder he attached to the 
skin by some adhesive liquid ; hut a more general 
practice is to retain it in the proper position by a 
pair of forceps or other instrument. Larrey rec- 
ommends that the skin around it be covered with 
a piece of moistened lint, having a hole in the 
centre to admit the base of the cylinder. The 
moxa should be set on fire at the summit, and the 
combustion sustained if necessary by the breath, 
the blow-pipe, or the bellows. The size of the 
cylinder should vary according to the effect de.-ired, 
from half an inch to an inch or more in diameter, 
and from a few lines to an inch in height. Any 
degree of effect may be obtained, from a slight in- 
flammation to the death of the skin, by regulating 
the time during which the moxa is allowed to 
burn. When a slough is required, it should be 
suffered to burn until consumed. The first sensa- 
tion experienced is not disagreeable ; but the opera- PART II. 
Muaivin Bark.—Musculus Venenbsus. 
tion becomes gradually more painful, and towards 
the close is for a short time very severe. The pain 
could probably be prevented by the use of cocaine. 
MUAWIN BARK. This is the bark of a Mo- 
zambique tree, which in Eastern Africa is used as 
an “ ordeal” poison. In appearance and structure 
it closely resembles the Erythrophloeum hark. An 
alkaloid, muawine, was discovered in it by E. 
Merck, 1891. So far it has been obtained only in 
the form of a thick, syrupy liquid, easily soluble 
in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. The character- 
istic test is said to be that with vanadin-sulphuric 
acid, which gives with muawin first a pale green, 
passing into a pale blue. (H. Jacobsohn, Inaug. 
Diss., Dorpat, 1892 ; see also Merck’s Jahresbericht, 
1891.) According to Jacobsohn, the hydrobromate 
when injected subcutaneously does not cause any 
irritation, but produces in frogs symptoms similar 
to those caused by digitalin ; and in warm-blooded 
animals slowing of the pulse, increase of the heart 
action, elevation of blood-pressure, and contrac- 
tion of the arterioles. The action of muawin is, 
therefore, like that of digitalin, but is distin- 
guished by being very temporary. 
MUCUNA PRURIENS. De Cand. Dolichos 
Pruriens, L. Stizolobium Pruriens. Medic. Cow- 
hage. Cowage. Setce Siliquce Hirsutce. Pois velus, 
Pois a gratter, Fr. Kratzbohnen, Kuhkratze, G. 
This is a leguminous perennial climbing plant, 
with an herbaceous branching stem, which twines 
round the trees in its vicinity, and rises to a con- 
siderable height. The leaves are pinnately trifo- 
liate, and stand on long footstalks, placed alter- 
nately on the stem at the distance of a foot from 
each other. The leaflets are acuminate, smooth on 
their upper surface, and hairy beneath. The lateral 
leaflets are oblique at the base, the middle one 
somewhat rhomboidal. The flowers, which re- 
semble those of the pea in form, are large, of a 
red or purplish color, usually placed in threes on 
short peduncles, and hang from the axils of the 
leaves in pendent spikes about a foot in length. 
The fruit is a coriaceous pod, shaped like the Italic 
letter/, about four inches long, and covered with 
brown bristly hairs, which easily separate, and 
when handled stick in the fingers, producing an 
intense itching sensation. The plant is a native 
of the West Indies and other parts of tropical 
America. It has been supposed to grow also in the 
East Indies; but the plant of that region is now 
considered a distinct species, and entitled Mucuna 
prurita, Hook. The part usually imported is the 
pod, of which the hairs were formerly official. 
The spicula are said to be very destructive to the 
round worm, acting mechanically by penetrating 
their bodies. Neither the tincture nor the decoction 
is effective. The medicine was first employed in 
the West Indies, and thence passed into British 
practice. It is efficient, but so disagreeable that it 
has passed out of vogue. The usual mode of pre- 
paring it is to dip the pods into syrup or molasses, 
and scrape off the hairs with the liquid, which is in 
a proper state for administration when it has at- 
tained the consistence of thick honey. The dose 
of this preparation is a tablespoonful for an adult, 
a teaspoonful for a child three or four years old, 
to be given every morning for three days, and 
then followed by a brisk cathartic. The root of 
M. pruriens is said by Ainslie to be employed in 
the East Indies in cholera, and, with the pods, has 
been thought to possess diuretic properties. 
1733 
MUIRA-PUAMA. The wood of a Brazilian 
tree of unknown botanical affinity, which is said to 
be an extraordinarily powerful aphrodisiac, and to 
contain an alkaloid. [Bull, of Pharm., Nov. 1892.) 
MULBERRY. There are in the United States 
three species,—the indigenous Morus rubra, L., 
with red fruit; M. alba, L., originally from China, 
and now extensively cultivated as a source of food for 
the silk-worm, having a white fruit; and M. nigra, 
L., a tree of middle size, supposed to have been 
brought originally from Persia into Italy and 
thence spread over Europe and America. The 
fruit of the last species has a sweet, mucilaginous, 
acidulous taste, and abounds in a deep red juice 
having the sp. gr. 1-060. (Mori Succus, Br. 1885.) 
In an analysis made by H. Van Hees, 100 parts of 
mulberries yielded the following percentage results : 
glucose and uncrystallizable sugar, 9-19 ; free acid 
(supposed to be malic with admixture of tartaric), 
1-86; albuminous matter, 0-39 ; pectic matter, fats, 
salts, and gum, 2-03 ; ash, 0-57 ; insoluble matters 
(the seeds, pectose, cellulose, etc.), 1-25; water, 
84-71. In amount of grape sugar the mulberry is 
surpassed only by the cherry, 10 79, and the grape, 
from 10-6 to 19-0. Mulberries are refreshing and 
laxative, and serve to prepare a grateful drink well 
adapted to febrile cases. 
MUREXIDE. C8H4(NH4)NBOe + HaO. A 
fine purple dye-stuff', made by the reaction of nitric 
acid on uric acid. As resulting from the action of 
nitric acid on urine, it was supposed by Prout to 
consist of purpuric acid and ammonia (which be- 
lief has been confirmed by further investigation), 
and hence was named purpurate of ammonium. It 
is now made from guano. This is first treated with 
hydrochloric acid to remove foreign substances, and 
then with soda to dissolve the uric acid, which is 
separated by neutralizing the soda with hydro- 
chloric acid. The uric acid is dissolved in nitric 
acid, the solution is heated, and after it cools am- 
monia or its carbonate is added, which develops 
the purple color. Murexide is obtained in crystals, 
which have a square form, and are of a rich green 
color by reflected, but of a purple-red by trans- 
mitted light. They are slightly soluble in cold 
water, more so in boiling water, and insoluble in 
alcohol and ether. With potassa they form a rich 
purple solution. It has been replaced as a dye by 
aniline colors. 
MUSCARI COMOSUM. L. Hyacinthus co- 
mosus, L. (Nat. ord. Liliaceas.) In the bulbs of 
this plant Curci (Rep. de Pharm., March, 1889) 
has found comosic acid, which he believes to act 
physiologically like saponin 
MUSCULUS VENENOSUS. That certain 
mussels, or that mussels in certain condition, are 
actively poisonous is well ascertained. Dr. P. 
Crumpe (Dublin Quart. Journ., Oct. 1873) has re- 
ported collapse with complete paralysis of the vol- 
untary muscles as produced by the mussel, and has 
also treated traumatic tetanus successfully with raw 
mussels. M. Brieger (Deutsche Med. Wochensch.) 
has isolated certain bases out of mussels. He thinks 
the most important is myiilotoxine (C6H^6N02), 
which he has demonstrated to possess physiological 
properties closely resembling those of curare. These 
poisonous principles are all probably ptomaines, 
and disappear when the mussel is boiled with 
sodium carbonate; so that boiling the mussel in an 
alkaline solution (three and a half grammes per 
litre of water) renders it harmless. 1734 
• Mushrooms and Toadstools. 
is found wild in open grassy fields or pastures in 
great abundance in August and September. It is 
not common in the mountains, never found in 
woods, and never grows on trees or fallen trunks. 
The color of the stalk and pileus varies from whitish 
to a shade of drab, but the color of the gills, a point 
which must never be overlooked, is at first pinkish 
and then a brownish purple. This color is due to 
the spores, which are borne on the gills. The 
stalk is cylindrical and solid, and has, rather more 
than half way up, a membranous collar called the 
ring ; but there is no membrane or scales found at 
the base of the stalk, which appears to come di- 
rectly out of the ground. “In specimens which 
are not fully expanded there is a thin membrane or 
veil which extends from the stalk to the margin 
of the pileus. When the veil is ruptured, exposing 
the gills behind, a part remains attached to the 
stalk, forming the ring already referred to. In 
older specimens the ring shrinks, but generally a 
mark remains showing where it has been at- 
tached.” Two of the most common poisonous 
forms resembling the common mushroom, and 
which have been eaten by mistake for it, are the 
deadly agaric and the fly agaric. 
The Fly Agaric (Amanita muscaria (L.), Pers.), 
so called because decoctions have been used for 
killing flies, is in some localities much more abun- 
dant than the common mushroom. It is seldom 
found in the grassy pastures preferred by the com- 
mon mushroom, but more generally in poor soil, 
especially in groves of coniferous trees. “ It grows 
singly and not in groups, and differs from the 
common mushroom in having gills which are 
always white, never pink or purple, and in having 
a hollow stem, which is bulbous at the base and 
clothed with irregular fringy scales on all the lower 
part. The pileus varies in color from a brilliant 
yellow to orange and a deep red, the yellow and 
orange being more frequent than the red. The 
surface is polished and has scattered over it a larger 
or smaller number of prominent, angular, warty 
scales, which can be easily scraped off. The gills 
and stalks are white, and there is a large mem- 
branous collar which hangs down from the upper 
part of the stem.” 
The Deadly Agaric (Amanita phalloides (Pers.), 
Fr.), so named because it probably has been more 
frequently the cause of death than any other fun- 
gus, prefers a damper and less sandy soil than the 
fly agaric and is not pre-eminently an inhabitant of 
grassy pastures. “ The pileus is often a shining 
white, but may be of any shade from a dull yellow 
to olive, and when wet is more slimy than the 
common mushroom or the fly agaric. It has no 
distinct scales and only occasionally a few mem- 
branous patches on the pileus. The gills and stalks 
are white, and the latter has a large ring like the 
fly agaric and is hollow, or, when young, is loosely 
filled with cottony threads, which soon disappear. 
The base of the stalk differs from that of the fly 
agaric in being more bulbous and in having the 
upper part of the bulb bordered by a sac-like mem- 
brane called the volva. The volva is often of con- 
siderable size, but more frequently it is reduced to 
a membranous rim.” 
The lists of edible and poisonous fungi are rela- 
tively long, and while most belong to the Hymeno- 
mycetes, some are also yielded by the Gastero- 
mycetes, as the puff-balls. The giant puff-ball 
(Lycoperdon giganteum) is found in the region of 
PART II. 
MUSHROOMS AND TOADSTOOLS. 
(Edible and Poisonous Fungi.) Notwithstanding 
the fact that it has been shown that edible fungi, 
when compared with other articles of food, do not 
possess a high food value, the interest in the study 
of the fungi, as well as the consumption of edible 
forms, is constantly increasing. The study of the 
fungi is one of the most highly specialized, as there 
have been up to the present time no less than 39,000 
species described. From a food stand-point it is 
one of the most dangerous that the novice can enter, 
as it is almost impossible to lay down any rules 
which can with certainty always be safely pursued. 
The fungi are divided into a number of classes, 
each of which is again subdivided into sub-classes, 
series, and families. The family Hymenomycetes 
(consisting of more than 8000 species) includes all 
of the “Mushrooms” and “Toadstools.” It is 
commonly believed that mushrooms are edible and 
that toadstools are poisonous; in reality, however, 
no such distinction should be made, as they are 
one and the same thing. The plants of the Hy- 
menomycetes are characterized in general in that 
they arise from a mass of colorless threads, known 
as “mycelium” or “spawn,” produced in the 
ground, hark of trees, etc. Their first appearance 
above ground is marked by the production of small 
solid balls (called buttons), which gradually en- 
large, and at length shoot up into a stem or stipe 
bearing at its summit the umbrella top or “ pileus,” 
which is at first closed around the stalk like a closed 
umbrella and then expands more or less widely, ac- 
cording to the species. The under side of the pileus 
is the part which bears the spores, which correspond 
to the seeds of higher plants. In some cases the 
under surface consists of a series of gills resem- 
bling knife-blades, which radiate from the top of 
the stalk to the circumference, like the spokes of a 
wheel, as in Agaricacese; in others it consists of a 
mass of small pores or tubes packed closely to- 
gether, side by side, as in Polyporaceae ; in others 
of teeth, as in Hydnaceae; in others only slightly 
wrinkled or undulated, as Thelephoraceae, etc. The 
Hymenomycetes are divided into six orders, viz. : 
(1) Agaricacece (the mushrooms and toadstools 
proper) comprises about 4600 species, some of which 
are poisonous, as the Amanitas (Fly Mushrooms), 
Lactarius (with a milky juice), whereas others are 
edible, as Agaricus (Psalliataj campestris, L., the 
common mushroom, Cantharellus cibarius, Fr., etc. 
(2) Polyporaceae (Pore-Fungi) includes about 
2000 species, many of which are parasites on trees 
and destructive to timber; some are edible, as 
Boletus edulis, Bull., whereas others are poisonous, 
as B. satana, Lenz. 
(3) Hydnacece (Teeth-bearing Fungi) ; most of 
the species are too small and woody to be eaten. 
Hydnum repandum, L., forms “fairy rings” in 
woods. 
(4) Thelephoraceae; most of the species are small, 
and the larger species are tough and leathery. 
(5) Clavariaceoe (Coral-shaped Fungi) includes 
some large fungi ; none are poisonous and some, 
as Clavaria. flava, Schaeff., are palatable. 
(6) Tomentellaceae are the simplest of the Hy- 
menomycetes. They generally form leathery cov- 
erings on bark and wood and some are parasites. 
The Common Mushroom (Agaricus campestris, L.) 
is practically the only species cultivated in this 
country, and is the only fresh species sold in the 
Northern markets during the winter months. It Mushrooms and Toadstools.—Mutisia Vicisefolia. 
PART II. 
1735 
San Francisco Bay, not rarely forty inches in 
diameter. 
It is not possible in this limited space to even 
mention the various poisonous and edible fungi 
that experience has demonstrated are such. The 
number of species which have been eaten or ex- 
perimented with, however, is small compared to 
the .number of species recognized by botanists. 
Many students of fungi have formulated rules for 
distinguishing the edible from the poisonous fungi. 
“ The different popular tests for distinguishing edi- 
ble from poisonous fungi, such as, for instance, the 
blackening of a silver coin or spoon when placed 
in a mass of poisonous fungi while they are being 
cooked, are all absolutely worthless.’’ The follow- 
ing rules, given by Prof. W. G. Farlow, should 
not be neglected by the beginner: 
(1) Avoid fungi when in the button or unex- 
panded stage; also those in which the flesh has 
begun to decay, even if only slightly. 
(2) Avoid all fungi which have stalks with a 
swollen base surrounded by a sac-like or scaly en- 
velope, especially if the gills are white. 
(3) Avoid fungi having a milky juice, unless 
the milk is reddish. 
(4) Avoid fungi in which the cap, or pileus, is 
thin in proportion to the gills and in which the 
gills are nearly all of equal length, especially if 
the pileus is bright colored. 
(5) Avoid all tube-bearing fungi in which the 
flesh changes color when cut or broken, or when 
the mouths of the tubes are reddish, and in the 
case of other tube-bearing fungi experiment with 
caution. 
(6) Fungi which have a sort of spider-web or 
flocculent ring round the upper part of the stalk 
should in general be avoided. 
Rules 1, 2, and 5 may, for the beginner, be re- 
garded as absolute, with the exception to Rule 2, 
Amanita ccesarea (Scop.), Kaiserling, the gills of 
which are yellow. Rules 3, 4, and 6 have more 
numerous exceptions; but these rules should be 
followed in all cases, unle-s the collector is content 
to experiment first with very small quantities and 
learn the practical result. 
The poisonous mushrooms are divided by R. 
Kobert (Ueber Filzvergiftung, Dorpat, Nov. 1891) 
into four groups. The first group comprises those 
fungi which contain muscarine or some alkaloid 
allied to it. (See Muscarine, p. 1558.) In this group 
are included species of the old genus Agaricus, 
especially of the section Ammonites. In the second 
group are fungi containing a milky juice and 
having the generic name of Lactarius or Galor- 
rheeus. Some of these species, such as L. deliciosus, 
are stated to be edible, but most of them have in 
their juice a violently irritant resin, which may 
produce severe, or even fatal, gastro-enteritis. 
The third group contains species belonging to 
the genus Helvetia, whose juice contains helvellaic 
acid, isolated by Boehm. It is asserted that these 
fungi, when thoroughly dried, are not poisonous, 
and that hot water also extracts from them the 
poisonous acid, so that boiling makes them edible. 
The chief physiological action of the acid seems to 
be to destroy the red blood-corpuscles, and, probably 
by such action, to produce vomiting, haemoglobin- 
uria, jaundice, irritation of the kidneys, etc. 
The fourth and most important group of poi- 
sonous fungi is that which contains a large num- 
ber of fungi which resemble edible species. Ac- 
cording to the researches of Kobert, the toxic 
property of these fungi is a toxalbumin, which he 
has isolated from Amanita phalloides and given 
the name of phallin. Ordinarily, poisoning from 
mushrooms is due to plants of the present group. 
In many cases the fungi as eaten have tasted well, 
and no evil result has been apparent for many hours 
after their ingestion; in some cases for twenty hours. 
The symptoms have been great prostration and 
collapse, cold sweat, headache, stupor, amaurosis, 
delirium often with wild cries, coma, mydriasis, 
convulsions, marked cyanosis, and not rarely icte- 
rus ; sometimes there is pronounced urticaria. 
There are usually distinct fever and rapid feeble 
pulse; whilsthaemoglobinuria, methaemoglobinuria, 
haematuria, albuminuria, and even suppression of 
urine have been noted. After death, post-mortem 
rigidity is often wanting, the gastro-intestinal tract 
is violently inflamed, the blood fluid and often 
escaping from the vessels and staining the tissues ; 
whilst the liver, the heart, the diaphragm, and the 
muscles have been found in a state of fatty degen- 
eration. The treatment of this form of poisoning 
consists in the immediate emptying of the aliment- 
ary canal by means of emetics, castor oil, and 
cathartics, and the meeting of symptoms as they 
arise. 
B. W. Richardson, having noticed that the smoke 
of the Lycoperdon proteus or puff-ball was used for 
stupefying bees, found that the inhalation of the 
fumes caused various animals to become insensible. 
He had himself inhaled the fumes clarified by pass- 
ing them through water, and experienced symptoms 
of intoxication and drowsiness. (Lond. Med. Times 
and Gaz., 1853, 610.) Mr. Thornton Herapath, 
however, maintains, as the result of his experi- 
ments, that these anaesthetic effects are in reality 
not owing to any narcotic principle present in the 
fungus, but to the carbonic oxide gas generated 
during their combustion. (Philosoph. Mag., July, 
1855.) 
MUSK, ARTIFICIAL. Moschus Factitius. 
The artificial musk introduced within recent years 
as a patented preparation, called “Musk Baur,” 
from the name of the discoverer, Dr. A. Baur, is 
trinitrobutylioluene, C(CH3)3.C6H(N02)3CH3. It 
is prepared by adding tertiary butyltoluene slowly 
in the cold to five times its weight of a mixture of 
concentrated nitric and sulphuric acids, and after- 
wards heating the mixture for from eight to nine 
hours on a water-bath. It crystallizes from alcohol 
in yellowish-white needles, melts at from 96°-97° 
C., and is insoluble in water. It is, however, sol- 
uble in alcohol, ether, benzene, chloroform, and 
light petroleum ether. 
Artificial musk is an antispasmodic and nervine, 
and possesses the general therapeutic properties of 
the natural substance, though m a weaker degree. 
Dose, ten grains (0-648 Gm.); for a child two years 
old, from half a grain to a grain (0 032-0-065 Gm.), 
every two or three hours. According to Berzelius, 
tincture of artificial musk is formed by dissolving a 
drachm of the musk in an ounce of alcohol, equiv- 
alent to ten fluidrachms, of the sp. gr. 0-835. Of 
this the dose for an adult is a teaspoonful. This 
tincture has been employed by Prof. Hauner. chief 
physician of the Children’s Hospital at Munich, in 
uncomplicated spasm of the glottis, with invariable 
success in more than thirty cases. 
MUTISIA VICI-ZEFOLIA. Cav. This com- 
posite is stated to be a valuable antispasmodic, useful 1736 
Mydrine.—Myronin. 
PART II. 
in hysteria and croup; it is also a cardiac tonic. 
(See Newer Materia Medica.) 
MYDRINE. Mydrin. A colorless powder, 
composed of 100 parts of ephedrine, the active 
principle of a Japanese gentian, and 1 part of 
homatropine. It is easily soluble in water, is em- 
ployed in 10 per cent, solution, and is said to be a 
useful evanescent mydriatic. 
MYDROL. Iodo-methyl-phenyl-pyrazolon. A 
colorless, inodorous powder of bitter taste, easily 
soluble in water and alcohol. It is used as a 
mydriatic in 5 and 10 per cent, solutions. 
MYRICA CERIFERA. L. Wax-myrtle. Bay- 
berry. Candle-berry. Arbre a suif, Fr. Wachs- 
baum, Wachsgagel, G. This is an indigenous shrub, 
growing in great abundance in the sandy soil along 
the sea-shore, and even on the shores of our northern 
lakes. It belongs to the natural order Myricaceie. 
The genus is characterized by its staminate flowers 
in cylindrical, and its pistillate in ovoidal closely 
imbricated catkins, without calyx or corolla, solitary 
under a scale-like bract with a pair of bractlets; 
the stamens from two to eight, with filaments 
somewhat united below; the ovary with three 
scales at its base, and two thread-like stigmas; 
the fruit a small spherical nut. The leaves of 
the wax-myrtle are oblong-lanceolate, narrower at 
their base, entire or somewhat toothed near the 
apex, shining, with resinous dots on both sides, 
and very fragrant when rubbed. The fruit is 
covered with a coating of white wax, and sometimes 
continues on the plant for two years or more. The 
shrub is from three or four to ten feet high, often 
thickly crowded, and, under such circumstances, 
scenting the air with its spicy odor. The coating 
of wax upon the sui-face is collected, and known in 
commerce as myrtle wax. (See Vegetable Wax.) A 
volatile oil might probably be collected by distilla- 
tion from the leaves. The bark of the stem and 
root is supposed to possess valuable remedial proper- 
ties. and has been employed to a considerable extent. 
In the dried state it is in quilled pieces of variable 
length, covered with a thin epidermis of a grayish 
color somewhat mottled, and marked with slight 
circular fissures. Within the epidermis the color is 
reddish brown. The bark is brittle, and of a pecu- 
liar, astringent, bitterish, and pungent taste, fol- 
lowed by a slight sense of acrimony. Its powder 
has a peculiar aromatic odor, and irritates the nos- 
trils and throat when inhaled. It yields its virtues 
to water and alcohol. Geo. M. Hambright found 
in it volatile oil, starch, lignin, gum, albumen, 
extractive, a red coloring substance, tannic and 
gallic acids, an acrid resin soluble in alcohol and 
ether, an astringent resin soluble in alcohol and not 
in ether, and a peculiar acrid principle having 
acid properties. (A. J. P., 1863, 193.) Moore [Am. 
Journ. Sci., (2) 33, 113) found a large quantity of 
palmitic and a small quantity of myristic acid, for 
the most part in the free state, but to a smaller ex- 
tent combined with glyceryl. The bark appears 
to be moderately tonic and astringent, and in 
large doses emetic. It has been considerably used 
by the “eclectics” in diarrhoea, jaundice, scrof- 
ula, etc. Externally the powdered bark is used 
as a stimulant to indolent ulcers, and the decoc- 
tion as a gargle and injection in chronic inflam- 
mation of -the throat, leucorrhoea, etc. Dose of 
the powder, twenty or thirty grains (13-1-9 
Gm.), of a decoction (!|i to Oi), one or two fluid- 
ounces. An alcoholic extract, very inappropri- 
ately named myricin, is given in the medium 
dose of about five grains (0-32 Gm.). For analy- 
sis of the rhizome of Myrica asplenifolia, see A. 
J P., 1892, 303. 
MYROB ALANS. Myrobalani. Myrobalans, 
Fr. Myrobalanen, G. Five varieties of these East 
India fruits are distinguished by authors. 1. Myro- 
balani bellericae. These are obtained from Termi- 
nalia bellerica, Roxb. They are roundish or ovate, 
from the size of a hazel-nut to that of a walnut, of 
a grayish-brown color, smooth, marked with five 
longitudinal ribs, and sometimes furnished with a 
short, thick footstalk. They consist of an exterior, 
firm, resinous, brown, fleshy portion, and an interior 
kernel, which is light brown, inodorous, and of a 
bitterish very astringent taste. 2. Myrobalani che- 
bulce. This variety is produced by Terminalia 
chebula, Willd. (considered by some to be identical 
with T. bellerica, Roxb.). The fruit is oblong, 
pointed at each extremity, from fifteen to 
eighteen lines in length, of a dark brown color, 
smooth and shining, with five longitudinal wrin- 
kles, but without footstalks. In their internal 
arrangement and their taste they resemble the 
preceding. 3. Myrobalani citrince vel jlavae. 
These are from a variety of the same tree 
which affords the last-mentioned myrobalans, from 
which they differ only in being somewhat smaller, 
of a light brown or yellowish color, and of a taste 
rather more bitter. They were formerly sometimes 
sold in the shops of Philadelphia, under the name 
of white galls, to which, however, they bear no 
other resemblance than in taste. 4. Myrobalani 
indices vel nigree. These are thought to be the un- 
ripe fruit of Terminalia chebula, or T. bellerica. 
They are ovate-oblong, from four to eight lines 
long and from two to three lines thick, of a black- 
ish color, wrinkled longitudinally, and presenting, 
when broken, a thick brown mass, without kernel, 
but with a small cavity in the centre. They are 
sourish and very astringent. 5. Myrobalani em- 
blicce. This variety is wholly different from the 
preceding, and derived from a plant having no 
affinity to the Terminalise, of the nat. ord. Com- 
bretacese,—namely, the Phyllanthus emblica, L. 
(nat. ord. Euphorbiaceas). It is often in segments, 
as kept in the shops. When the fruit is entire, it 
is blackish, spherical depressed, of the size of a 
cherry, presenting six obtuse ribs with as many 
deep furrows, and separating into six valves, and 
has a strongly astringent and acidulous taste. 
These fruits were in high repute with the Arabians, 
and were long employed by European practitioners, 
as primarily laxative and secondarily astringent, in 
various complaints, particularly diarrhoea and dys- 
entery. Their dose was from two drachms to an 
ounce. Pierre Apery states that when roasted they 
are still used in Turkey with excellent results in 
intestinal catarrhs. [Rev. de Therap., Dec. 1887.) 
We have been told that they have been used as a 
substitute for galls in the preparation of ink- 
powder. R. Hennig (A. J. P., xlii. 318) found 
in them 45 per cent, of tannic acid, but this was 
relatively high, as they are ordinarily rated as 
containing from 20 to 40 per cent., Terminalia 
chebula yielding the most. Loewe considers the 
tannin of myrobalans to be identical with the 
ellago-tannic acid. 
MYRONIN. An ointment vehicle introduced 
by R. Eggert, consisting of soap, carnauba wax, 
and chenoceti or doegling oil. PART II. 
Myrrholin.—Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus. 
1737 
MYRRHOLIN. A patented solution made by 
digesting myrrh with castor oil and alcohol, and 
used as a vehicle for administering creosote in tu- 
berculous diseases. 
MYRTUS CHEKEN. Spreng. (Now Eu- 
genia Ckequen, Molina.) Cheken, Chequen, Chekan. 
(Nat. ord. Myrtaceae.) The leaves of this Chilian 
plant have entered commerce under the name of 
Chekan leaves. Weiss (P. J. Tr., 188, 246) has 
found in them,—1, chekenon, C40H44Oa, a crystal- 
line body; 2, chekenin, in yellowish 
rhombic tables; 3, chekenetm, C11H7OeH20, in 
olive-colored crystals ; 4, cheken-bitter, an amor- 
phous, very soluble bitter substance. (See also P. 
J. Tr., 1889, 782.) Chekan leaves are reported by 
W. Murrell to be useful in chronic bronchitis. For 
an account of them and their properties, see P. J. 
'lb'., ix. 653 ; and Newer Materia Medica. Dose of 
fluid extract, from one to three fluidrachms (3-69- 
11-09 C.c.). 
MYRTUS COMMUNIS. L. Common Euro- 
pean Myrtle. (Nat. ord. Myrtaceae.) The leaves of 
this plant yield, by distillation, myrtol, which is a 
mixture of a dextro rotatory terpene, probably pi- 
nene, cineol, C10HlsO, which is identical with caju- 
putol and eucalyptol, and another hydrocarbon. 
The mixture usually known as myrtol is collected 
between 160° and 180° C. Myrtol has recently 
been strongly recommended as an energetic anti- 
septic, which acts in full dose as a sedative to the 
nervous system, and is a powerful stimulant to the 
mucous membranes of the lungs and genito-urinary 
tract, through which channels it escapes into the 
system. It has been used to a considerable extent, 
with alleged excellent results, in the Paris Hospital, 
in the treatment of chronic bronchitis with or with- 
out dilated bronchi, asthma, or tubercle ; and also 
in chronic cystitis or pyelitis. Herr Jahns believes 
that the medical activity of the oil depends upon 
the presence in it of cineol. Dose, from one to two 
grains (0 065-0-130 6m.), given in capsules, from 
four to eight times a day. A de Vevey (Revue de 
Therap. Med. Chirur., lxiii. 1896) has used this 10 
per cent, solution in sterilized olive oil hypoder- 
mically (5-10 C.c.) once or twice in twenty-four 
hours, with asserted very good results in all forms 
of chronic or bronchial catarrh. 
NABALUS ALBUS. (L.) Hook. Prenanthes 
Alba, L. Rattlesnake Root. White Lettuce. Can- 
cer Weed. Call of the Earth. Lion's Foot. In 
certain portions of Virginia and North Carolina, 
where this perennial herb grows, great value is at- 
tached to it in rattlesnake bite. The milky juice 
is taken freely internally, and its leaves steeped in 
water which is locally applied and frequently 
changed. The plant is also used in dysentery, and 
N. B. Williams has found tannin in the rhizome. 
(A. J. P., 1887.) 
NAG-KASSAR. For an account of this drug, 
which is composed of the anthers of an ornamental 
tree much cultivated in South Asia, see Pharm. 
Post, May, 1888. 
NANCE BARK. This bark is believed to be 
obtained from the Malpighia glabra, L. (nat. ord. 
Malpighiacea?) ; it is much used in Mexico for tan- 
ning, and, according to F. Holberg, contains 26-2 
percent, of tannin. (A. J. P., xvi. 239.) 
NAPHTALAN. This is a greenish-black soft 
mass, prepared by the fractional distillation of 
naphtha obtained from the Armenian highlands, 
having a slightly empyreumatic odor, a neutral re- 
action, and a specific gravity of 0-89. It melts at 
70° C., is insoluble in water and glycerin, but 
mixes readily with fats and oils. It has recently 
been recommended as very efficacious in the treat- 
ment of chronic eczema, sycosis, and other parasitic 
skin affections, and as having a range of usefulness 
closely parallel to that of the oil of cade. It is 
necessary to apply it in the form of a thick coat to 
the affected skin and envelop it so as to exclude 
the air. Stains produced by it on the clothing can 
be removed by petroleum or benzole. 
NAPHTHOL BISMUTH. Beta-naphtol Bis- 
muth. Orphol. (C10H7G)8Bi -f 3H20. (Merck.) 
This is a neutral, light brown, almost odorless and 
tasteless non-irritant powder, insoluble in water, 
which, according to its manufacturer, contains 80 
per cent, of bismuth in combination with 20 per 
cent, of beta-naphtol. According to the studies 
of M. F. A. Jasenski, it is broken up both in the 
stomach and in the intestines into its constituents, 
which are to a slight extent absorbed, but to a much 
greater extent excreted from the alimentary canal. 
If this statement be correct, it is evident that orphol 
must unite the local influence of beta-naphtol with 
that of bismuth, and it has been highly recom- 
mended by various clinicians as a gastro-intestinal 
antiseptic, useful in acute and chronic enteritis, in 
fermentative diarrhoeas, in various forms of dys- 
pepsia, and whenever an intestinal antiseptic is 
desired. It may also be used as a local remedy in 
gonorrhoea and various other mucous inflammations, 
and as an antiseptic application in external ulcera- 
tions, in impetigo, and in various other surgical 
disorders. The ordinary dose is from seven and a 
half to fifteen grains (O5-0-9 Gm.) in capsule 
or suspended in water. It is affirmed, however, to 
be harmless, and Chaumier states that he has fre- 
quently given seventy-five grains a day to young 
children with impunity. It is probable that only 
a small portion of these large doses is decomposed 
in the gastro-intestinal tract, the greater part pass- 
ing out unchanged. 
NAPLES YELLOW. A yellow pigment pre- 
pared by calcining a mixture of lead, antimony 
sulphide, dried alum, and ammonium chloride, or 
a mixture of lead carbonate, diaphoretic antimony, 
dried alum, and ammonium chloride. (Gray.) 
NARCISSUS PSEUDO-NARCISSUS. L. 
Daffodil. Narcisse des pres Porillon, Fr. Gelbe 
Narcisse, G. (Nat. ord. Amarvllidaceae.) Both the 
bulb and the bright yellow flowers of this common 
garden plant have been used in medicine. The 
flowers have a feeble peculiar odor, and both have 
a bitter mucilaginous taste. They are an uncertain 
emetic. It is probable that the flowers of the wild 
European plant are more powerful than those of 
the cultivated. A. W. Gerrard examined the bulbs 
of daffodil, and obtained a crystalline neutral prin- 
ciple and an amorphous alkaloid, which he calls 
pseudonarcissine. The dose of the powder, to pro- 
duce an emetic effect, varies, according to the state- 
ments of different physicians, from a scruple to two 
drachms; while the extract is said to vomit in the 
dose of two or three grains. The bulb is most 
powerful in the recent state. According to Buiger, 
the alkaloid obtained by Gerrard from the bulb of 
the flowering plant dries the mouth, checks perspira- 
tion, dilates the pupil, especially when applied lo- 
cally, quickens the pulse, and acts on the heart of 
the frog antagonistically to muscarine and pilo- 
carpine, whilst the alkaloid taken from the bulb Nard.—Nectandrse Cortex. 
1738 
PART II. 
after flowering causes salivation and perspiration, 
internally taken contracts the pupil, and topically 
applied dilates it slightly. {Journ. of Physiol., i. 
436.) In France, narcissus flowers have been used 
as an antispasmodic. 
NARD. Spikenard. Several aromatic roots were 
known to the ancients under the name of nardus, 
distinguished, according to their origin or place of 
growth, by the names of nardus Indica, nardus 
Celtica, nardus montana, etc. They are supposed 
to have been derived from different species of Vale- 
riana. Thus, the nardus Indica is referred to V. 
Jatamensi of Bengal, the nardus Celtica to V. Cel- 
tica, inhabiting the Alps, Apennines, etc., and the 
nardus montana to V. tuberosa, which grows in the 
mountains of the south of Europe. The Indian 
nard, or spikenard, sometimes also called Syrian 
nard, is still occasionally to be found in com- 
merce. It is a small delicate root, from one to three 
inches long, beset with a tuft of soft, light brown, 
slender fibres, of an agreeable odor, and a bitter, 
aromatic taste. It was formerly very highly 
esteemed as a medicine, but is now almost out of 
use. Its properties are analogous to those of 
valerian. 
NAREGAMIA, or GOANESE IPECACU- 
ANHA. The root of Naregamia alata, Wight 
and Arn. (nat. ord. Meliacese), of Western India, 
has been much employed as an emetic, as an he- 
patic stimulant in dysentery, and in small doses as 
an expectorant in bronchitis. Prof. Drasche, of 
Vienna, confirms the value of the drug. ( Centralb. 
Therap., 1890.) In it Hooper has found an alka- 
loid, naregamine, an oxidizable fixed oil, and a wax. 
(See P. J. Tr., vol. xv., 1887.) The dose of a con- 
centrated tincture (1 to 4) is from five to ten 
minims (0-3-0-6 C.c.); as an emetic, from fifteen 
to thirty minims (0-9-1-84 C.c.). 
NASROL. CgH0N4O2.SO3Na. Sodium Sul- 
pho-caffeate. Sodium Caffeine Sulphonate. Sym- 
phoral-sodium is an intensely bitter powder recom- 
mended as a diuretic in dropsy. Dose, 1 grain 
(0-065 Gm.) given in capsules. 
NASTURTIUM OFFICINALE. R. B rown. 
Sisymbrium Nasturtium. Linn. Roripa Nasturtium. 
(L.) Rusby. Water-cress. Cresson de fontaine, Fr. 
Brunnen Kresse, G. (Nat. ord. Cruciferse.) In 
sensible and medical properties water-cress bears 
some resemblance to scurvy grass, though milder, 
and on this account is preferred for the table. It 
is thought to be useful in scorbutic affections and 
visceral obstructions. The expressed juice is 
sometimes given in the dose of one or two ounces; 
but the herb is more frequently used in the form 
of a salad. It contains a volatile oil, which, ac- 
cording to A. W. Hofmann, contains as its chief 
constituent a body boiling at 253° C., which he 
considers to be the nitrile of phenyl-propionic acid, 
C9Hi002, and therefore has the formula C9H10N. 
Other species of Nasturtium, as N. palustre or 
marsh water-cress, and N. amphibium or water- 
radish, grow in similar situations with the N. 
officinale, and act similarly. 
NEAT’S-FOOT OIL. Oleum Bubulum. Oleum 
Pedum Tauri. Axungia Pedum Tauri. Huile 
(Graisse) des Pieds dugrosBeta.il, Fr. Klauenol, 
Ochsen Klauenfett, G. This formerly official oil 
is obtained by boiling for a long time the feet of 
the ox, previously deprived of their hoofs. The 
fat and oil which rise to the surface are removed, 
and introduced into a fresh portion of water, heated 
nearly to the boiling point. The impurities having 
subsided, the oil is drawn off, and, if required to 
be very pure, is again introduced into water, which 
is kept for twenty-four hours sufficiently warm to 
enable the fat which is mixed with the oil to sepa- 
rate from it. The liquid being then allowed to 
cool, the fat concretes, and the oil is removed and 
strained, or filtered through layers of small frag- 
ments of charcoal free from powder. The oil is 
clear and yellowish in color, of sp. gr. 0-916 at 15° 
C., and, when properly prepared, inodorous and 
of a bland taste. It thickens or congeals with 
great difficulty, and is, therefore, very useful for 
greasing machinery. It is also used for softening 
leather and grinding of metals. It has been given 
as a substitute for cod-liver oil in scrofulous dis- 
eases. It is apt to be laxative, and in certain 
cases proves useful in this way. It is given in the 
same dose as cod-liver oil. (See Am. Journ. 
of Med. Sci., N. S., xxiv. 498.) It is at present 
difficult to obtain pure neat’s-foot oil in com- 
merce. 
NECTANDR/E CORTEX. Br. 1885. Be- 
beeru Bark is the dried bark of Nectandra Rodiei, 
Schomb. (Now N. Rodioei, Hook.) (Nat. ord. Lau- 
raceae.) The bebeeru, bibiru, or sipiri, as it has 
been indifferently named, is a tree sixty feet or 
more in height, branching near the top, with a 
smooth, ash-gray bark. The leaves, which are 
five or six inches long by two or three in breadth, 
are nearly opposite, coriaceous, oblong-elliptical, 
shortly acuminate, smooth, shining, and obscurely 
reticulate on the upper surface. The flowers are 
yellowish white, in axillary panicles, much shorter 
than the leaves, and few-flowered. The fruit is a 
large, obovate or obcordate, somewhat compressed 
berry, of the size of a small apple, with a single 
seed about as large as a walnut. The tree inhabits 
Guiana and the neighboring regions of South 
America, where the wood is used in ship-building, 
under the name of greenheart. It received its spe- 
cific name of rodiei from Sir Robert Schomburgk, 
in honor of Dr. Rodie, by whom it was first de- 
scribed. Though the fruit is very bitter, its seeds 
yield a starch which is said to be used as food by 
the Indians. 
This is in large, flat, heavy pieces, from one to two 
feet long, from two to six inches broad, and three 
or four lines thick, with a rough and somewhat 
fibrous fracture, of a grayish-brown color on its 
outer surface and a dark cinnamon color on the 
inner. It has an intensely bitter, somewhat as- 
tringent taste. On microscopical examination it 
is seen to be composed chiefly of very thick-walled 
parenchymatous cells. The inner liber contains 
peculiar short, sharp-pointed, saw-shaped liber 
cells. Within the cells dark brown masses (colored 
greenish black by ferrous sulphate) may be seen. 
Analyzed by Dr. Maclagan, of Edinburgh, it was 
found to contain tannic acid of the kind that pre- 
cipitates the salts of iron green, resin, gum, sugar, 
albumen, fibrin, various salts, and two peculiar al- 
kaloids, named respectively beberine, C18H21N03, 
and sipirine, the former soluble and the latter 
insoluble in ether. In the seeds, besides the fore- 
going principles, Dr. Maclagan found 53 per cent, 
of starch, and a peculiar white, crystalline, vol- 
atile acid, which he named beberic acid. The 
alkaloids are extracted together from the bark, in 
the form of impure sulphates, by a process similar 
to that for preparing quinine sulphate. This prep- PART II. 
Nedandrse Cortex.—Nerium Odorum. 
1739 
aration is known as the commercial beberine sul- 
phate. The official process of the Br. Pharma- 
copoeia of 1885 also yielded an impure alkaloid. 
The alkaloid was obtained pure by Messrs. Macla- 
gan and Tilley by the following process. The 
impure sulphate is dissolved in water and pre- 
cipitated by ammonia. The precipitate, mixed 
with an equal weight of recently precipitated lead 
oxide, and dried, is treated with absolute alcohol, 
which, being evaporated, leaves the two alkaloids 
in the form of a translucent resinoid mass. The 
beberine is separated by means of ether, which 
yields it by evaporation. Another process is to 
dissolve the precipitate obtained by ammonia, pre- 
viously washed, in diluted acetic acid, add lead 
acetate, precipitate by potassa, exhaust the pre- 
cipitate by strong ether, evaporate the ether to the 
consistence of a syrup, dissolve the residue in 
absolute alcohol, and pour the solution gradually 
into water. A flocculent deposit is formed, which 
when washed and dried, is the alkaloid in question. 
Prof. Fliickiger found the commercial article to 
yield a very trifling amount, less than 25 per cent., 
of the pure alkaloid. It is in dark brown trans- 
lucent scales, yellow when reduced to powder, of a 
strongly bitter taste, and soluble in water and 
alcohol. According to Dr. Fliickiger (P. J. Tr., 
xi., 193,1869), pure beberine is a white, amorphous 
powder, whose concentrated watery solution is not 
precipitated by tartar emetic, but affords abun- 
dant white precipitates with sodium phosphate, 
potassium nitrate, iodide, or iodohydrargyrate, 
mercury perchloride, potassium platino-cyanide, 
and nitric or iodic acid. Its acetate yields yellow 
amorphous precipitates with red or yellow potas- 
sium prussiate, potassium chromate, potassium 
bichromate, and platinum bichloride. Mr. D. B. 
Dott has confirmed the results of Prof. Fliickiger’s 
examination, although he found a larger percent- 
age of alkaloids than the latter did. Owing to the 
difficulty of obtaining the alkaloids in crystals, it 
was almost impossible to ascertain the quantity 
present. (Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1881, 442; 
1885, 420.) Beberine was asserted by Walz in 
1860 to be identical with buxine, obtained from 
Buxus sempervirens. This statement was con- 
firmed by Fliickiger, who proved that pelosine was 
identical with both of the above principles. (P. 
J. Tr., xi., 1870, 192.) The alkaloid dried at 100° 
C. has the formula C18H21N03. (Palen gives 
CjgHgiNOg as the formula.) 
By treating the mixed alkaloids obtained from 
the wood with chloroform, Drs. Douglass Maclagan 
and Arthur Gamgee have separated an alkaloid, 
nectandrine. It is a white powder, amorphous, and 
intensely bitter. It differs from beberine in being 
much less soluble in ether, and, when treated with 
strong sulphuric acid and manganese dioxide, in 
giving rise to a magnificent green, slowly pass- 
ing into a beautiful violet, and, lastly, in having 
a higher molecular weight, its formula being 
CgoHggNCb. After separating nectandrine from 
the mixed bases, the authors succeeded in extract- 
ing another alkaloid, different from beberine, much 
more soluble in water than nectandrine, but in- 
soluble in chloroform. (A. J. P., 1869, 453.) 
Nectandra is tonic, somewhat astringent, and 
febrifuge, resembling cinchona in its virtues, 
though much inferior, at least in antiperiodic 
power. It has generally been employed in the 
form of the impure beberine sulphate, and some- 
times with great asserted success, in the treatment 
of intermittent and remittent fevers. Dr. Rodie 
recommended it so early as 1834 ; hut later expe- 
rience shows that, though frequently successful, it 
often fails, and cannot be relied on as a substitute 
for quinine. From twenty grains to a drachm 
(D3-3-9 Gm.) may he given between the parox- 
ysms, in doses of two grains (0-13 Gm.). Beberine 
sulphate has been given in dysmenorrhcea, menor- 
rhagia, and leucorrhoea, and in blennorrhceal dis- 
charges. The dose is from two to live grains (0T3- 
0 33 Gm.). 
NERIUM ODORUM. Soland. Nerium Ole- 
ander. La.urier Rose, Laurose, Fr. Oleander, 
Rosenlorbeer, G. (Nat. ord. Apocynacese.) The 
common ornamental shrub known as oleander is 
affirmed to have been used from time immemorial 
in portions of Southern Europe for destroying rats, 
and a number of cases of poisoning by it have been 
reported. For collection, see Therap. Gaz., July, 
1888. The symptoms have been vomiting, abdom- 
inal pain with frequent cries, dilatation of the 
pupil, vertigo, convulsive movements, insensibility, 
small, very slow pulse, and in fatal cases epilepti- 
form convulsions with coma ending in death. The 
action on the heart has in some cases in which death 
has not ensued been very pronounced, the pulse for 
live days remaining as low as forty per minute. The 
infusion made from four ounces of the root is affirmed 
to have taken life. M. E. Pelikan (Compt.-Rend., 
1866, 239) found that in the frog the extract of 
oleander causes immediate increase in the number 
of the heart-heats, followed after a little by slow- 
ing of the cardiac movements, and later by irregu- 
larity of contraction, ending in systolic arrest of 
the ventricles at a time when the auricles continue 
to beat and the frog is still able to jump about 
freely. Pelikan’s experiments upon dogs have not, 
we believe, been published in detail, hut they led 
him to the conclusion that the oleander acts in the 
mammal upon the heart in the same way as does 
digitalis. He also convinced himself that the 
active principle was a yellow, resinous principle, 
insoluble in water, easily soluble in amylic alcohol 
and chloroform, previously discovered by Latour. 
(Journ. de Pharm., t. xxxii. 32.) 
Two alkaloids have been discovered in oleander by 
Leukowsky (Journ. de Pharm., (3) 46, 397), one 
named pseudocurarine, the other named oleandrine. 
Both neutralize acids ; the former dissolves in water 
and alcohol, but not in ether, and is neither volatile 
nor poisonous; the latter is yellow, amorphous, 
very bitter, very slightly soluble in water, but 
more freely in alcohol and ether, and poisonous in 
its action on the system. H. G. Greenish isolated 
two substances, neriodorin and neriodorein, which 
are probably not pure proximate principles. (A. J. 
P., 1881, 350.) 
Schmiedeberg (Archiv fur Exper. Path, und 
Pharm., 1883, Bd. xvi. 145) finds two active sub- 
stances in the oleander leaf. Neriin he believes to 
be identical with, or very closely allied to, digi- 
talin. The second substance is oleandrin, previ- 
ously described by Leukowsky as an alkaloid. 
Schmiedeberg shows that it is a glucoside, and on 
boiling with very dilute acids breaks up into sugar 
and a yellow resinous substance like digitaliresin. 
With concentrated acids it also decomposes, yield- 
ing an inactive resin. Schmiedeberg also obtained 
from African leaves a glucoside, nerianthin, which 
he surmises to be an educt from oleandrin. He 1740 
Neurodin.—Niccolium. 
PART II. 
found oleandrin to be a powerful cardiac poison, 
but nerianthin not to have the power of arresting 
the frog’s heart, although it exerts some influence 
upon it, possibly, as Schmiedeberg surmises, 
through contaminating oleandrin. Pieszczek ob- 
tained from oleander bark a principle which he 
named rosaginin, which was very poisonous, re- 
sembling strychnine in its action (Archiv d. 
Pharm., ccxxviii. 352). Pouloux {Bull. Therap., 
May 15, 1888) finds that five centigrammes of the 
extract produced in the frog paralysis and death in 
about forty minutes ; that the ventricle is thrown 
into a state of tetanus which is complete in about 
five minutes, the auricles continuing to contract 
for a considerable length of time. The mortal 
dose for the rabbit he determined to be about fifty 
centigrammes of the hydro-alcoholic extract. In 
a few cases of valvular heart disease Pouloux 
found oleander to do very well, and in seventy-five 
cases under the care of Freiherr (Aerztliche Rund- 
schau, 1892) it acted promptly as a heart stimu- 
lant and tonic in cardiac weakness. Its diuretic 
action is said to be very marked, and not rarely it 
acts as a cathartic. Any irritation of the alimen- 
tary canal contraindicates its use. Under its in- 
fluence the pulse rapidly becomes regular and slow, 
and dyspnoea and oedema disappear. Freiherr 
asserts that it is safer than digitalis in athero- 
matous diseases. He uses it in infusion or tinc- 
ture, representing as the daily dose from three- 
quarters to one and a half grains (0-05-0-1 G-m.) of 
the dried oleander bark, one and a half to three 
grains (0-1-0-2 Gm.) of the fresh bark, one and a 
quarter to three and a half grains (008-0-25 Gm.) 
of the dried fruit. Pouloux’s dose of the ex- 
tract was three-quarters of a grain (0-05 Gm.). 
Orfele has used the dried flowers—dose, three 
grains (0 2 Gm.) in substance, or from ten to 
twenty drops of a 10 per cent, tincture—with 
success. The fluid extract would probably be the 
best preparation. 
NEURODIN. A cetyl-p-oxy-phenyl-urethane. 
CeH4(0C0CH?)NH.C00C2H5. Forms colorless, 
odorless crystals, fusing at 87° C., soluble in 1400 
parts of cold water. It is used as an anodyne in 
neuralgia in doses of from fifteen to twenty grains 
(1-1-3 Gm.). 
NICCOLIUM. Nickel. T. P. A. Stewart 
(Archiv f. Exper. Path, und Pharm,., Bd. xviii. 
154) finds that in frogs soluble preparations of 
nickel produce palsy with convulsive movements 
which are due to an action upon the nerve-centres, 
the muscles remaining intact, the heart also being 
affected, as it is believed, by an action upon its 
motor ganglia. In mammals the chief symptoms 
produced by nickel are paralysis, with motor dis- 
turbance bearing some resemblance to chorea, with 
convulsions and great irritation of the gastrointes- 
tinal tract, and a marked fall of the blood-pressure, 
due to paralysis of the vaso-motor centre. Large 
doses of nickel seem, however, to be necessary for 
a toxic influence, and the use of nickel in culinary 
instruments appears to be entirely safe. Riche 
(Bull. Acad. Med. de Paris, 1888), as the result of 
experiments made upon dogs and guinea-pigs, 
reaches the conclusion that nickel is not more poi- 
sonous than iron. Thus, a dog absorbed over five 
drachms of it in sixty days, and increased in weight. 
The results obtained by Riche have been confirmed 
in Germany by Yon Hamel Roos and by Schulz. 
(P. J. TV.,‘Dec. 1887.) 
Nickel Bromide is a greenish-yellow powder, of a 
sharp, almost burning taste, freely soluble in water, 
and making a grass-green solution. It is made by 
the action of bromine vapor upon the finely divided 
metal, either by heating the nickel in the vapor, 
or by the action of the two in the presence of water. 
It forms deliquescent needles of NiBr2-|-3H20. It 
was first brought forward by J. M. Da Costa as a 
remedy for epilepsy and kindred disorders, and its 
value has been confirmed by R. Leaman. (Med. 
Gazette, April 18, 1885.) He affirms that ten 
grains of the nickel salt are equal to thirty grains 
of potassium bromide ; that it is best used in 
effervescing form, made by mixing the salt with 
sodium bicarbonate and tartaric acid and moisten- 
ing with alcohol and passing the moist powder 
through a sieve and drying in a warm closet. It 
has been physiologically investigated by H. A. 
Hare, who finds (Therap. Gaz., vol. ii. 297) that it 
is a powerful paralyzant to the spinal cord, the 
motor and sensory nerve-trunks, and also to the 
voluntary muscle. In sufficient dose it causes im- 
mediate diastolic cardiac arrest. In smaller doses 
it lessens the arterial pressure by depressing the 
heart and the vaso-motor centres. 
Nickel Sulphate, Niccoli Sulphas, NiS047H20, 
is formed by dissolving nickel carbonate in dilute 
sulphuric acid, concentrating the solution, and 
setting it aside to crystallize. The carbonate is 
procured by dissolving the impure nickel arsenide, 
sold under the name of speiss, coarsely powdered 
and mixed with half its weight of iron filings, in 
nitrohydrochloric acid. The solution is evaporated 
to dryness, and the residue treated with water, 
which takes up the impure nickel chloride, and 
leaves the arsenic in the form of the insoluble ferric 
arsenate. The liquid is then acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, treated with hydrogen sulphide 
in excess, which precipitates the copper, and, after 
filtration, boiled with a little nitric acid to oxidize 
any remaining iron. The cold liquid, largely 
diluted with water, is next treated with a solution 
of sodium bicarbonate, gradually added, which 
throws down the iron in the state of ferric oxide. 
Lastly, the filtered solution, containing the nickel 
chloride nearly pure, is boiled with sodium car- 
bonate, which, by double decomposition, throws 
down a pale green precipitate of nickel carbonate. 
Nickel sulphate is in the form of emerald-green 
crystals, efflorescent in the air, soluble in three 
parts of cold water, but insoluble in alcohol and 
ether. It has a sweet, astringent taste. Simpson, 
of Edinburgh, found this salt to act as a gentle 
tonic; useful in migraine in doses of from half a 
grain to a grain (0 03-006 Gm.) three times a 
day. In large doses it is battle to produce 
nausea and vomiting, especially when the stom- 
ach is empty. (See Braithwaite's Retrospect, xxvii. 
446.) 
Nickel-Carbonyl, Carbonic Oxide of Nickel, 
Ni(CO)4, was first investigated by Mond, Lang, 
and Quincke, who reported to the Societe de Biolo- 
gie, 1890, that it is difficult to handle because its 
vapors produce excruciating headache, and that it 
is a violent poison, evidently destroying the haemo- 
globin of the blood. Langlois (Soc. de Biol., 1891), 
also McKendrick and Snodgrass (Bjit. Med. 
Journ., June, 1891), have repeated the experiments 
of the two investigators, and it would seem that 
the substance acts by being broken up in the body 
and yielding carbonic oxide to the haemoglobin. PART II. 
Nigella Saliva.—Nitrobenzol. 
1741 
It produces prolonged fall of temperature, but 
it is not probable that it will prove of any prac- 
tical value in medicine. For physical properties 
and methods of preparation, see authors already 
quoted. 
NIGELLA SATIVA. L. Nutmeg-flower. Small 
Fennel-flower. Faux Cumin, Fr. Schwarzkummel, 
Gr. (Nat. ord. Ranunculaceae.) A small annual 
plant, growing wild in] Syria and the south of 
Europe, and cultivated in various parts of the 
world. The seeds, semen nigellce, are ovate, some- 
what compressed, about a line long and half as 
broad, usually three-cornered, with two sides flat 
and one convex, black or brown externally, white 
and oleaginous within, of a strong, agreeable, 
aromatic odor, like that of nutmegs, and a spicy, 
pungent taste. (P. J. Tr., 1882, 681.) Their 
chief constituents are a volatile and a fixed oil 
(1-5 per cent, of the former and 35 per cent, of the 
latter), and an amorphous glucoside, melanthin, 
which is decomposed by diluted hydrochloric acid 
into melanthigenin and sugar. The nigellin of 
Reinsch does not seem to have been a pure sub- 
stance. Rochebrune has found a powerful para- 
lyzing alkaloid, to which he gives the name of nigel- 
line. (Toxicol. Africaine, vol. i.) Melanthin, 
according to W. Yon Schulz, exhibits the typi- 
cal physiological action of the most poisonous 
saponins. In India the seeds are considered as 
stimulant, diaphoretic, and emmenagogue, and are 
believed to increase the secretion of milk. They 
are also used as a condiment, and as a corrigent or 
adjuvant of purgative and tonic medicines. 
NITRATED ALCOHOLS. The following 
substances of the possible series of nitrated alcohols 
have been studied by J. B. Bradbury (British 
Med. Journ., ii. 1895) : 
is not maintained longer than sixteen minutes. 
Erythrol and mannitol nitrates were found to be 
slow in action but of remarkable permanence and 
influence, their effect on the lower animals lasting 
more than four or five hours. Methyl nitrate was 
feeble and fugacious in its influence. 
Both erythrol and mannitol nitrates have been 
used by Prof. Bradbury in angina, aneurism, Ray- 
naud’s disease, asthma, headache, and various other 
affections for which nitroglycerin has been em- 
ployed. Erythrol nitrate, as more soluble, appears 
to be preferable to mannitol nitrate; it has been 
used and highly commended by Arthur Burton 
and others. It may be given in powder or in solu- 
tion. It is less easily exploded than nitroglycerin, 
but great care must be practised in any attempt at 
powdering, as a very serious explosion has occurred 
from rubbing it in a mortar with sugar of milk. 
One part of it may be dissolved in sixty parts of 
alcohol and a fluidrachm of this taken in an ounce 
of water every four to six hours. The dose of the 
1 per cent, alcoholic solution of mannitol nitrate 
is one and a half fluidrachms. These solutions are 
said to be stable. 
NITROBENZOL. Nitrobenzene. (C6HBN02.) 
Nitrobenzol is formed by the action of strong 
fuming nitric acid upon benzol, CeHe -f HNOa = 
C6HBN02 + H20. The product, after having been 
washed with water, is an oily, yellowish, intensely 
sweet liquid, with an odor like that of oil of bitter 
almond. Its density is 1-186, and boiling point 213° 
C. (415° F.). It has become of commercial im- 
portance, being produced as an intermediate prod- 
uct in the manufacture of aniline oil, and, under 
the name of artificial oil of bitter almonds, or oil of 
mirbane, being employed in confectionery, for 
scenting soaps, and for flavoring articles of diet. 
For method of detecting nitrobenzol in oil of bitter 
almond, see Oleum Amygdalae Amarce. 
In manufactories where nitrobenzol is made, 
headaches, with sleepiness, are not infrequently 
produced by inhalation of the fumes ; much more 
serious poisoning is liable to occur, and there have 
been a number of deaths produced by nitrobenzol. 
The symptoms may come on almost immediately, 
or they may be delayed for some hours. Accord- 
ing to Filehne {Arch f. Exper. Path, und Pharm., 
Bd. ix.), the slowness of action is chiefly dependent 
on the fact that nitrobenzol, when mixed with the 
contents of the stomach and intestines, is absorbed 
with very great slowness ; for if the drug be injected 
directly into the blood of the rabbit, it produces 
death in convulsions in less than a minute. The 
first symptoms of poisoning are headache, with 
muscular weakness, and a peculiar bluish color of 
the face, and disturbance of consciousness. In the 
fully developed poisoning the whole surface of the 
body is of a deep bluish color, and the mucous 
membranes a bluish gray ; the pupils are dilated ; 
the muscular relaxation is complete, except that 
sometimes the jaw is rigidly set; the consciousness 
is lost; the respiration is rapid, but shallow and 
irregular ; the pulse rapid and thready, or entirely 
absent. The urine contains urobilin, indican, and 
acetone. Recovery may occur, as in a case re- 
ported by Stevenson {Guy’s Hosp. Rep., vol. xxi., 
1876), after many hours of unconsciousness, the blu- 
ishness of the skin and the headache remaining for 
several hours longer. After death, the blood is of 
a deep chocolate brown, and, according to Filehne, 
has lost the power of absorbing oxygen. Lewin 
Methyl Nitrate, CH3 0N02 (CH3N0g). 
Glycol (Ethylene) Dinitrate, 
(CA(N03U. 
Glycerol Trinitrate (Nitroglycerin) 
(C3H6(N03)3). 
Erythrol Tetranitrate, 
(CHe(N03)4). 
(Arabinol Pentanitrate), 
(C«H,(N03U. 
Mannitol Hexanitrate, 
(CeH8(N03)6). 
CH2.0N02 
(I1H2.0N02 
, CH2.0N02 
(*1H.0N02 
6h2.ono2 
ch2.ono2 
(6h.0N02)2 
6h2.ono2 
ch2.ono2 
(6h.ono2)3 
6h2.ono2 
ch2ono2 
((‘iH.ONO^ 
ch2.ono2 
Of the group the first three are liquid. The 
others are crystalline colorless solids, stable in the 
dark at a moderately low temperature, turning 
yellow and giving forth nitrous fumes when ex- 
posed to the sunlight; exploding when heated 
rapidly or percussed. Of slight solubility in water, 
very soluble in alcohol and ether, responding when 
heated to the meta-phenylene diamine test. 
Prof. Bradbury has shown that all these sub- 
stances have similar physiological action, differing 
among themselves and from amyl nitrite simply in 
the rapidity and fugaciousness of influence. Glycol 
dinitrate in of a grain doses markedly influences 
arterial tension in the human being, but its effect 1742 
Nitrogen Monoxide. 
PART II. 
has seen the blood so changed that, after five 
weeks’ standing, the oxyhaemoglobin lines could 
still be made out; and its spectrum is altered. (See 
Archiv fur Physiologie, 1879.) 
In poisoning of the lower animals convulsions 
are frequent phenomena, and, according to Letheby, 
(P. J. Tr., Sept, 1863), after small doses the ani- 
mal sometimes for days will have more or less un- 
consciousness, with epileptic attacks, and at length 
die of exhaustion, or gradually recover. In the 
guinea-pig, but not in the dog, Ewald has found 
nitrobenzol to produce glycosuria. (Phila. Med. 
Times, vol. iv. 312.) 
The cause of death appears to be paralysis of the 
central motor nervous centres. Letheby states 
that nitrobenzol is partly converted in the body 
into aniline, but this is denied by Filehne, who 
asserts that the aniline was produced by the pro- 
cesses used by Letheby. According to Caspar, 
death from prussic acid and nitrobenzol may be 
distinguished by the fact that when the body is left 
open for some hours, the odor of prussic acid leaves, 
while that of nitrobenzol persists. The minimum 
fatal do36 is not known ; according to Taylor, 
fifteen drops, taken by the mouth, have proved 
fatal, and in Stevenson’s case, twenty-three minims 
(1-42 C.c.), taken in seven doses, in forty-eight 
hours, produced complete unconsciousness and the 
abolition of respiration, so that death would prob- 
ably have occurred if treatment had not been 
instant. 
The proper treatment would appear to be, emet- 
ics, the early use of artificial respiration, mainten- 
ance of the bodily temperature, and the stimulation 
of the circulation by hypodermic injection of atro- 
pine, strychnine, and digitalis, together with the 
administration of alcohol by the mouth. In a case 
reported by Dr. Werner (Berlin. Klin. Woehensch., 
1884, xxi.), life was apparently saved by bleeding 
sixteen fluidounces (473-2 C.c.) and transfusing 
twelve fluidounces (354-8 C.c.) of defibrinated 
blood. 
Dinitrobenzol. Dinitrobenzene. CelI4(N02)2. 
On boiling benzene with fuming nitric acid, there 
is formed chiefly metadinitrobenzene, fusing at 
90° C., with small amounts of the ortho and para 
compounds. By crystallizing out of alcohol the 
meta compound can be obtained pure. Dinitro- 
benzol has attracted considerable attention on 
account of the number of cases of poisoning by it 
occurring among the workmen in alkaline manu- 
factories. The symptoms are said to be jaundice, 
enlargement with tenderness of the liver, diarrhoea 
with colorless stools, and dark brown urine in 
which dinitrobenzol can be located by the phenyl- 
diamin test. The toxicology has been especially 
studied by Strassmann and Strecker {Friedreich''s 
Bldtt. f. Gerich. Med. u. Sanitatspolizei, Heft iv., 
1896), who add to the symptoms already given, 
headache, a peculiar bluish discoloration of the 
face and general surface, a tendency to fainting, 
with excessive sweating, vomiting, fall of tempera- 
ture, great muscular weakness, and finally collapse. 
It is noted also that in animals experimentally 
poisoned there has been destruction of the red 
blood-corpuscles with consequent hsemoglobinuria 
and wide-spread fatty degeneration. 
NITROGEN MONOXIDE, so-called Nitrous 
Oxide. Laughing Gas. Oxyde nitrmx, Protoxide 
d'Azote, Fr. Stickstoffoxydul, Lacligas, G. N20. 
These names have been given to a gaseous sub- 
stance, discovered by Priestley in 1776, but first 
brought into general notice in 1800 by Humphry 
Davy, who discovered and made known the re- 
markable exhilarating properties which earned for 
it the name of laughing gas. 
Preparation. In its preparation, pure fused am- 
monium nitrate is submitted in a glass retort to a 
heat sufficient to decompose it, not exceeding 204-4° 
C. (400° F.); and the resulting gas and vapor are 
collected in a glass receiver over warm water or a 
saturated aqueous solution of common salt. Warm 
water is preferred because cold water absorbs much 
of the gas, and would consequently occasion loss ; 
and even warm water, though it takes up much 
less, is not entirely unobjectionable on this score; 
and the saline solution is therefore probably, on the 
whole, best adapted to the purpose. When ammo- 
nium nitrate is heated to the point of decompo- 
sition, it is wholly resolved into aqueous vapor 
and nitrogen monoxide, according to the reaction: 
NH4,N0a=(H20)„-(-N20. But it is necessary not 
to let the heat employed be too high, as otherwise, 
besides nitrous oxide, there will come over por- 
tions of nitric oxide, uncombined ammonia, and 
probably even nitric acid, which contaminate the 
product, and render it unfit for use. This may he 
avoided by arresting the process as soon as any white 
fumes appear in the retort. Peculiar care also 
must be taken that the ammonium nitrate should 
be pure, and especially free from ammonium chlo- 
ride, which might cause an admixture of chlorine 
in the product. To insure against impurities of this 
kind, it is best in any case in the least doubtful, and 
perhaps it might be best in all cases, to cause the 
nitrous oxide, before it is used by inhalation, to 
pass successively through two solutions: one, of 
ferrous sulphate, to remove any nitric oxide that 
might be present; the second, of caustic potassa 
or soda, to neutralize acid impurities and chlorine. 
At times nitrogen gas is also found in the nitrogen 
monoxide, probably resulting from a trace of nitrite 
present or some reducing action upon the nitrate in 
the moment of its decomposition. When the mon- 
oxide is liquefied under pressure this free nitrogen 
remains as unliquefied gas. 
Nitrogen monoxide gas is colorless, nearly or 
quite inodorous, slightly sweetish to the taste, and 
of the sp. gr. T527. Cold water will absorb about 
three-fourths of its bulk of the gas, and, under 
pressure, much more; and, thus impregnated, has 
a slight, not unpleasant smell, and a sweetish taste. 
By the joint influence of cold and pressure the gas 
may be condensed into a liquid, which is colorless, 
very mobile, and capable, under the ordinary at- 
mospheric pressure, of remaining liquid at—12-7° C. 
(9° F.). The liquefaction was effected by M. Bi- 
anchi at 0° C. (32° F.), under a pressure of thirty 
atmospheres. (A. J. P., 1865, 275.) Inflammable 
bodies will generally burn with increased vigor in 
nitrous oxide, which is, however, entirely incapable 
of giving oxygen to the blood. It consists of two 
atoms of nitrogen and one of oxygen, and its 
formula is N„0. 
The anaesthetic property of nitrogen monoxide 
was discovered by Humphry Davy, who even sug- 
gested that it might be used to prevent pain in sur- 
gical operations ; but the first practical application 
of it to this purpose was made by the late Horace 
Wells, of Connecticut. The measure, however, so 
promising at the outset, was entirely neglected. 
No further attention was given to the subject for PART II. 
Njimo Wood.—Nosophen. 
1743 
sixteen or more years, when G. L. Colton intro- 
duced the use of the gas as a practical anaesthetic 
in dentistry. It is distinguished among remedies 
of its class for the rapidity and brevity of its 
action. 
For short minor surgical operations the gas is an 
excellent anaesthetic, but in severe operations it is 
not to be relied on, any interruption of the inhala- 
tion being followed by immediate return to con- 
sciousness. The apparatus required for its pro- 
duction, storage, exhibition, and administration is 
also so cumbrous that practically nitrous oxide is 
only employed by the dentist. It is certainly a 
very safe agent when used with due care, although 
it has caused death. The common mode of exhi- 
bition is by means of an air-tight bladder or bag, 
with a tube and mouth-piece attached. 
Nitrous Oxide Water Water, impregnated by 
pressure with about five times its volume of nitro- 
gen monoxide, forms the nitrous oxide water, known 
in England under the name of Searle’s patent oxy- 
genous derated water, which has been used to some 
extent as an internal remedy. Humphry Davy 
tried the aqueous solution, made without pressure, 
and thought it acted as a diuretic and promoted 
digestion; and Serullas used it in cholera with 
apparent advantage. George J. Ziegler asserts 
that water charged with five times its volume of 
the gas possesses tonic, resolvent, exhilarant, and 
diuretic properties. He has observed, however, 
that its free and prolonged use is apt to produce 
emaciation. 
NJIMO WOOD. Njimo was introduced into 
Germany from the Cameroons with the statement 
that it had digestive properties similar to pepsin. 
It is a stem wood, often with pieces of root, of a 
yellow color, musk-like odor, and bitter taste. 
Schulz (Pharm. Zeit., June 12, 1886) finds that 
it is not a digestive, and that it yields a resinous 
extract not poisonous to frogs. The alcoholic ex- 
tract of the drug is yellow by transmitted light, 
but exhibits a green fluorescence resembling 
uranium glass. 
NOCTILUCINE. For an account of this sub- 
stance, to which is ascribed the phosphorescence 
of various animals, see Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., 
xvii. 
NOSOPHEN. Tetra-iodo-phenol-phthalein. 
Antinosine has the following structural formula: 
--C'eHjjl a0N a 
C6H4 x| 6H2I20Na. 
0 
It is a dark blue, amorphous powder which is 
readily soluble in water and alcohol. 
Eudoxine has the formula 
c__^C6H2T20 ' 
I CeH2I20 3Bi2. 
Nx)—0 
It is a reddish-yellow, tasteless, odorless powder, 
insoluble in water, which is decomposed by alka- 
lies into bismuth oxide and the soluble soda salt 
of tetra-iodo-phenol-phthalein. It contains 52-9 
per cent, of iodine and 14-5 per cent, of bismuth. 
Medical Properties and Uses. It is stated that 
in nosophen and its two salts the iodine is so 
firmly combined that it is not liberated in the 
human system, either when applied locally or ad- 
ministered internally, and that the preparations 
are therefore incapable of producing toxic effects. 
It is further affirmed that nosophen is in itself 
germicidal and locally an alterative, and that, 
being free from toxic properties, it is superior to 
iodoform. It is not irritant, and may be used 
freely as a local application in powdered form in 
all those cases to which iodoform is applicable, and 
has been especially recommended in nasal and 
laryngeal diseases. It has been administered in- 
ternally as an intestinal antiseptic in doses of from 
five to eight grains (0-3-0-5 Gm.). 
It is affirmed that antinosine has the same gen- 
eral properties as a germicide as nosophen, and 
that being soluble in water it affords a valuable ap- 
plication in many cases to which the nosophen as 
a dusting powder is scarcely applicable. The 
strength of the local application varies: from 2 to 
3 per cent, in diseases of the nose, mouth, and 
throat, from 1 to 2 per cent, in gonorrhoea, from 
J to 1 per cent, for irrigation of the bladder and 
in cystitis, from 1 to 500 to 1 to 1000 for washing 
out of the stomach in gastric catarrh, cancer, etc. 
Its 2 per cent, solution is said by W. F. Cole- 
man to act most favorably in all forms of external 
inflammation about the eye, in purulent otitis me- 
dia, etc. Owing to its solubility in water and its 
freedom from odor and taste, it is coming into 
vogue as a,mouth-wash ; for this purpose its glyce- 
rin solution is preferable, aromatics being added 
to taste. 5 C.c of the 1 per cent, solution in a 
tumblerful of water is the strength commonly em- 
ployed, but when there is a severe stomatitis a 2 
per cent, or even stronger solution may be used 
without dilution. 
Its intravenous use has been suggested, but, ac- 
cording to Ilinz and Zantz (Fortschritte d. Med., 
xiii., 1895), it is decomposed in the blood when so 
given and nosophen precipitated. 
Eudoxine is believed to be slowly decomposed by 
the alkaline juices of the intestines, with libera- 
tion of antinosine and bismuth. It has been given 
in doses of from a half to eight grains (0-03-0-5 
Gm.) three times a day, with alleged most excel- 
lent results, in diarrhoeas, gastric and intestinal 
indigestions, and even gastric cancer. 
eH2T2OH 
CeH I \C6H2T20H. 
\co—o 
Nosophen is obtained by the action of iodine on so- 
lutions of phenolphthalein. It is an impalpable, vel- 
lowish-gray, odorless, tasteless powder, containing 
61-7 percent, of iodine in combination. It may be 
heated up to 220° C. without decomposition. It is 
insoluble in water and acids, soluble with difficulty 
in alcohol, glacial acetic acid, ether, and chloroform, 
but readily soluble in alkalies, with the last of which 
it forms salts from which it is easily freed at low tem- 
perature by carbonic acid. In the presence of heat 
it drives carbonic acid from its alkaline salts. By 
virtue of its two hydroxyl groups, nosophen is an 
acid, readily soluble in alkalies with replacement 
of the hydrogen atoms of both hydroxyl groups 
by a metal. Two salts of it have been put upon 
the market,—the sodium salt (antinosine) and the 
bismuth salt (eudoxine). 1744 
Nuclein.— Ochres. 
PART II. 
NUCLEIN is a compound proteid closely re- 
sembling mucin, but distinguished by its phos- 
phorus content (1-89-2-88 per cent.), while it 
contains no sulphur. It is probable that numerous 
varieties of nuclein exist, all being compounds of 
simple proteids with nucleic acid. Nuclein may be 
isolated by treating the cells with artificial gastric 
juice, by which the investing protoplasm is dissolved, 
leaving the nuclein unaffected. Nucleic acid is an 
amorphous white powder of strong acid reaction, 
readily soluble in water containing a small amount 
of alkali, insoluble in alcohol and ether. 
The nuclein solution is a 5 per cent, solution of 
nucleic acid from yeast in water. It is at present 
probable that nucleic acid, when given internally, 
enters the circulation and circulates unchanged. 
It has been asserted that it has an extraordinary 
power in improving the general nutrition and 
increasing the resistive power of the system to 
pathogenetic germs, and is therefore a very valuable 
remedy in tuberculosis, in anaemia, in general de- 
bility, in neurasthenia, and even in acute germ 
diseases, such as diphtheria. It appears to be 
non-toxic, since Yaughan and McClintock have 
injected it into the blood of animals in such amount 
that the entire blood contained per cent, of 
pure nucleic acid; and it is probable that the good 
results which have occasionally followed its use in 
practical medicine have been accidental, or due to a 
psychical influence rather than any remedial power 
of the remedy. The assertion frequently made 
that nucleic acid is the substance to which the 
human body owes its resistive power to morbific 
organisms is unproved and highly improbable. Its 
hypodermic injection produces so much pain that 
patients will rarely tolerate it. According to its 
manufacturers, the 5 per cent, solution may be given 
in doses of one drachm (3-9 Gm.) three times a day. 
NUPHAR. The seed of Nuphar luteum., Sibtii 
and Sm. (nat. ord. Nymphseacese), according to W. 
Griming, contains nuphar-tannic acid, C56H56037, 
in considerable quantity. {A. J. P., 1883, 96.) 
NYMPH ALA ODORATA. Dryand. (Now 
Castalia Odorata (Dryand), Woodv. and Wood.) 
Sweet-scented Water-lily. The root of this well- 
known American plant is very astringent and 
hitter, and, according to Bigelow, contains much 
tannin and gallic acid. The root of the Nymphoea 
alba, or European white water-lily, was esteemed 
antaphrodisiac by the ancients. The tannic acid 
contained in this root has been named nymphae- 
tannic acid, and the formula C68HB80o8 given it. 
(A. J. P., 1883, 96.) 
NYSSA GRANDIDENTATA. Michx. f. 
(Now N. uniflora, Wangenhr.) Tupelo Gum. 
Sour Gum. Ogeechee Lime. (Nat. ord. Cornacese.) 
Tupelo root has been recommended for surgical 
tents, because it expands more rapidly than sponge 
or laminaria. (A. J. P., 1883.) 
OATMEAL. Avence Farina. Farine d’Avoine, 
Fr. Hafermehl, G. Farina, dell' Avena, It. Harina 
de Avena, Sp. Avena sativa, L., or the common 
oat, is so well known that a minute description 
would be superfluous. It is specifically distin- 
guished by its “loose panicle, its two-seeded 
glumes, and its smooth seeds, one of which is 
awned.” It was known to the ancients, and is 
now cultivated in all civilized countries ; but its 
original locality has not been satisfactorily ascer- 
tained. It grows wild in Sicily, and is said to 
have been seen by Anson in the island of Juan 
Fernandez, off the coast of Chili. The seeds de- 
prived of their husks are sometimes known as 
groats. As a human food coarsely ground oatmeal 
is usually preferred to the fine meal, and the grain 
grown in a northern climate is superior to that 
produced farther south. Hence Canada and Irish 
and Scotch oatmeals are better than the meals pro- 
duced in the middle of the United States, the 
product of which country is chiefly consumed by 
horses. Diuretic properties have been attributed 
to the oatmeal, but probably incorrectly. Tinctura 
Avence Sativce may be made by percolating 4 troy- 
ounces of the ground oatmeal with 1 pint of 
diluted alcohol, reserving the first 5£ fiuidounces, 
and evaporating the remainder down to half a 
fluidounce and adding to the reserved portion. (H. 
E. Heinitsh, A. J. P., 1886, 86.) 
Oatmeal contains, according to Yogel, in 100 
parts, 59 of starch, 4-30 of a grayish substance, 
resembling coagulated albumen rather than gluten, 
8 25 of sugar and a bitter principle, 2-50 of gum, 2 
of fixed oil, and 23-95 of fibrous matter, including 
loss. A very elaborate report on the composition 
of American cereals by Clifford Richardson (De- 
partment of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 9, 1886) gives 
as the average ratio in oats from all parts of the 
country 70 per cent, of kernel to 30 per cent, of 
husk. According to the same authority, the com- 
position of the kernel (average of 179 analyses) is 
as follows: water, 693 per cent.; ash, 2-15; oil, 
8-14; carbohydrates, 67-09; fibre, 1-38; albumi- 
noids, 14-31 ; corresponding to nitrogen per cent. 
2-28. The nitrogenous principle has been called 
avenin, and resembles legumin somewhat. Ritt- 
hausen (Die Eiweisskorper, Bonn, 1872, 135) con- 
siders Nortin’s avenin to have been a mixture of 
legumin or vegetable casein and a vegetable gluten 
containing sulphur, to which he gives the name 
gliadin, the legumin, however, predominating. 
Gruel made with fine oatmeal affords a nutri- 
tious, bland aliment, which, from its somewhat 
laxative tendency, is often preferable to other 
amylaceous preparations. Oatmeal gruel may be 
prepared by boiling an ounce of the meal with 
three pints of water to a quart, straining the de- 
coction, allowing it to stand till it cools, and then 
pouring off the clear liquor from the sediment. 
Sugar, lemon-juice, or wine may be added to 
improve its flavor. 
OCHRES. These are native mixtures of argil- 
laceous or calcareous earth and iron and manganese 
oxides, employed in painting. They are prepared 
for use by agitating them with water, decanting 
the turbid liquor after the coarser particles have 
subsided, then allowing it to rest in order that the 
finer parts may be deposited, and, lastly, drying 
the sediment which forms. The color of the ochres 
varies with the state of oxidation of the iron, and 
with the proportion which the iron bears to the 
other ingredients, and is sometimes artificially 
modified by the agency of heat. Several varieties 
are known in commerce under different names, 
according to their color or place of origin. Such 
are the brown ochre, the yellow ochre, the red ochre, 
the Roman ochre, of a brownish-yellow changing 
by heat to a purple-red, the Oxford ochre, of a 
brownish-yellow color less deep than the Roman, 
and the French ochre, which is yellow. The Indian 
red,, from the Persian Gulf, and the Spanish brown 
and Venetian red may also be ranked in this class 
of pigments. Sometimes ochres come in powder, PART II. 
Omnium Basilicum.— Oil of Ben. 
1745 
and sometimes in hard masses known as stone 
ochres. 
OCIMUM BASIL.ICUM. L. Basil. Sweet 
Basil. Grand Basilic, Fr. Basilien Kraut, G. 
(Nat. ord. Labiatse.) An annual plant, a native 
of India and Persia, and cultivated in Europe and 
in this country in gardens. The whole plant has a 
strong, peculiar, agreeable, aromatic odor, which is 
improved by drying. The taste is aromatic, and 
somewhat cooling and saline. It yields by dis- 
tillation a yellowish-green volatile oil, lighter than 
water, which on being kept solidities into a crystal- 
line camphor, isomeric with turpentine-camphor. 
(Gmelin’s Handbook, xiv. 359.) Basil has the or- 
dinary properties of the aromatic plants, and is 
used as a condiment. The seeds are said by Ainslie 
to be used in India in gonorrhoea. 
ODONTODOL. This is said to be a mixture 
of one part each of cocaine hydrochlorate and oil 
of cherry laurel, 10 parts of tincture of arnica, 
and 20 parts of solution of ammonium acetate. 
CENANTHE CROC AT A. L. Hemlock. 
Water-dropwort. Dead-tongue. A perennial, um- 
belliferous, aquatic European plant, exceedingly 
poisonous both to man and inferior animals. The 
root, which has a sweetish not unpleasant taste, is 
sometimes eaten by mistake for other roots, often 
with fatal results. The symptoms produced are 
those of irritation of the stomach, besides failure 
of circulation, and great cerebral disturbance, in- 
dicated by giddiness, convulsions, and coma. (See 
P. J. Tr., 1874, 202.) Externally applied, the root 
produces redness and irritation of the skin, with 
an eruption. It is said to be sometimes used em- 
pirically as a local remedy in piles. Other species 
of CEnanthe are poisonous, and the whole genus 
should be suspected. We have two or three indig- 
enous species. In cases of poisoning, the stomach 
should be at once evacuated, and symptoms met as 
they arise. A peculiar resinoid principle, denomi- 
nated oenanthin, has been found by Gerding in 
CEnanthe Jistulosa, of which half a grain (0-03 Gm.), 
given to an adult, produced long-continued irrita- 
tion of the fauces, and a grain (0-06 Gm.) occasional 
vomiting. (See A. J. P., xxi. 68.) In the P. J. 
Tr., vol. xvi. 357, is a paper upon the recognition 
of CE. crocata in cases of suspected cattle-poisoning. 
CENANTHE PHELLANDRIUM. Lam. 
Phellandrium aquaticum. Linn. Fine-leaved 
Water-hemlock. Fructus Phellandrii, P. G. Was- 
serfenchel, G. Phellandrie, Fenouil d’Eau, Fr. A 
biennial or perennial, umbelliferous, European 
water-plant, the fresh leaves of which are said to be 
injurious to cattle, producing a kind of paralysis 
when eaten. By drying, they lose their deleteri- 
ous properties. The seeds are from a line to a line 
and a half in length, ovate-oblong, narrow above, 
somewhat compressed, marked with ten delicate 
ribs, and crowned with the remains of the calyx, 
and with the erect or reverted styles. Their color 
is yellowish brown ; their odor peculiar, strong, 
and disagreeable ; their taste acrid and aromatic. 
Among their constituents is a volatile oil, upon 
which their aromatic flavor depends. By C. Frone- 
field it has been rendered probable that they con- 
tain a volatile alkaloid, analogous to coniine, if it 
be not coniine itself; for if the powdered seeds 
are rubbed with solution of potassa, the peculiar 
mouse-like odor of that alkaloid is exhaled. The 
powder was submitted to distillation with caustic 
potassa, the alkaline liquid obtained was neu- 
tralized with sulphuric acid and evaporated to a 
syrupy consistence, alcohol was added to precipi- 
tate the ammonium sulphate, the liquid was then 
filtered, treated with caustic potassa, and again 
distilled. On the surface of the distillate a yellow 
oily fluid floated, which was only slightly soluble 
in water but readily so in ether and alcohol, evinced 
an alkaline reaction with turmeric paper, and neu- 
tralized the acids. (A. J. P., May, 1860, 211.) In 
overdoses the seeds produce vertigo, intoxication, 
and other narcotic effects. They have been used in 
chronic pectoral affections, such as bronchitis, pul- 
monary consumption, and asthma ; also in dyspep- 
sia, intermittent .fever, obstinate ulcers, etc. The 
dose of the seeds, to commence with, is five or six 
grains (0-324 or 0-389 Gm.), so repeated as to 
amount to a drachm in twenty-four hours. They 
should be given in powder. Dose of alcoholic ex- 
tract, three grains (0-194 Gm.). (P. J. 2V.,xii. 591.) 
A resinous principle, cenanthotoxin, C17H2206, has 
been extracted from O. crocata, which is reputed to 
be very poisonous. 
CENOTHERA BIENNIS. L. Tree Prim- 
rose. Evening Primrose. Onagre, Fr. Nachtkerze, 
G. (Nat. ord. Onagraceae.) The fleshy root of 
this plant, before the introduction of the potato, 
was used as a table vegetable. Many years ago 
B. E. Griffith commended very highly a strong de- 
coction of the plant frequently applied in eruptive 
skin diseases. More recently the drug has been 
commended in whooping-cough and spasmodic 
asthma, and the ointment has been used in porrigo 
and other cutaneous affections of infants, and as an 
application to ulcers. Dose of fluid extract, from a 
half to one fluidrachm (1-8-3-6 C.c.). The oint- 
ment may be made by incorporating four ounces 
of the fluid extract in a pound of vaseline or lard. 
CESYPUS. A cheap, crude wool fat obtained 
as a by-product in cleansing sheep-wool. (See 
Adeps Lance Hydrosus.) 
OIL OF ANDA. A fixed oil procured by ex- 
pression from the seeds of Anda (now Joannesia) 
brasiliensis (Raddi), Anda (now JoannesiaS 
Gomesii (Ad. Jussieu), Joannesia princeps (Veil) 
(nat. ord. Euphorbiaceas). The bark of J. princeps 
(Veil, of Brazil) yields on being wounded a milky 
juice, which is said to be poisonous, and to be used 
for stupefying fish. The fruit, which is about as 
large as an apple, ash-colored, with two larger and 
two smaller angles, encloses a two-celled nut, con- 
taining two seeds, about the size of a chestnut. 
Like the seeds of other euphorbiaceous plants, 
these are actively purgative; one seed, according 
to Marti us, being the dose for a man. By expres- 
sion these seeds yield a pale yellow, transparent 
oil, with little smell or taste, which is said to be 
used in Brazil for burning and painting. It has a 
sp. gr. 0-927, and in properties belongs to the class 
of semi-drying oils. Mello Olliveira has found in 
it an alkaloid, joannesine, which Couty affirms to 
be inert. (A. R., 1881, 260.) Norris, who tried 
the oil at the Pennsylvania Hospital, found it to 
operate on the bowels moderately in the dose of 
fifty drops, and copiously when more largely given. 
Manoel de Castro and other Brazilian physicians 
assert that in doses of from one to two teaspoonfuls 
it acts in a manner very similar to castor oil, over 
which it has the great advantage of not being nau- 
seous to the taste. 
OIL OF BEN. This is a fixed oil extracted 
from the seeds of the Moringa pterygosperma, 1746 
Oil of Citronella.— Oil of Lemon-Grass. 
PART II. 
Gaertn. (Hyperanthera Moringa, Vabl.), and M. 
aptera of Gaertner, and not to be confounded 
with oil of benne from Sesamum indicum, L. (nat. 
ord. Pedaliaceae). These are trees of the nat. ord. 
Moringaceaa, inhabiting different parts of India, 
Arabia, Syria, etc., and introduced into the West 
Indies. James Macfadyen, in his Flora of Jamaica 
(i. 325), states that it is not the M. pterygosperma 
which yields the commercial oil of ben, but the M. 
aptera, which has not been introduced into Jamaica. 
He says, however, that an excellent and palatable 
oil may be obtained by expression from the seeds 
of M. pterygosperma, growing in that island. The 
leaves and other parts have an acrid property, 
which has probably given the name of horserad- 
ish-tree to M. pterygosperma. According to Henry 
Shachan (Nouv. Remedes, 1890), the tincture of the 
root is very actively diuretic and useful in cardiac 
dropsy. The oil of the seeds has long been known, 
though used in the arts rather than in medicine. 
It is prepared in Europe from the seeds brought 
from Egypt; and it would appear, from the 
statements of Macfadyen, that the idea generally 
prevailing that it is also extracted in the West 
Indies is incorrect. The oil has a sp. gr. of from 
0-912 to 0-917; it solidifies at about 0° 0.; indeed 
at 7° C. it begins to deposit the solid fats. It is 
inodorous, clear, and nearly colorless, and keeps 
long without becoming rancid. It resembles 
olive oil, and is used for similar purposes. Merat 
and De Lens say that it is purgative ; but most of 
the fixed oils are so in sufficient doses. According 
to Volcker, the oil contains palmitin, olein, and a 
peculiar fatty matter yielding an acid by saponifi- 
cation, which he names benic (or behenic) acid. 
(Journ. de Pharm., xvi. 77.) Heintz considers 
benic acid as simply a mixture of palmitic and 
myristic acids. (Pogg. Ann., xcii. 601.) It is, how- 
ever, now recognized as one of the normal fatty 
acid series, possessing the formula 
OIL OF CITRONELLA. Oleum Andropogon 
Nardi. This oil is distilled from the Andropogon 
Nardus, L. (nat. ord. Gramineae), a plant grow- 
ing sometimes to the height of five or six feet, 
which is cultivated in Ceylon and in the Straits 
Settlements, and also on the Malabar coast. Ac- 
cording to the statements of Consul Ereudenberg, 
this oil is produced largely in the southern prov- 
inces of Ceylon by natives, either by distillation 
with steam or with a naked fire. The production 
has greatly increased; in 1861, 622,000 ounces were 
exported from Ceylon ; in 1886, the quantity rose 
to 6,461,278 ounces; in 1898, the exports from Co- 
lombo and Galle reached the highest figure,—viz., 
21,854,672 ounces, of which 11,149,704 ounces 
went to England and 9,903,984ounces to America. 
For a method of production, see Western Druggist, 
1888, 243. Oil of citronella is of a yellowish-green 
color, having a characteristic odor and pungent 
taste. Its sp. gr. is, according to Kremer, 0-8833. 
It mixes with alcohol in all proportions, and the 
test for purity given by Schimmel & Co. is based 
upon its behavior towards alcohol of 75 per cent. : 
“one volume of the oil must form an absolutely 
clear solution with two or at most two and a half, 
volumes of 75 per cent, alcohol at a temperature not 
below 20° C. (68° F.). A cloudy mixture indi- 
cates the presence of turpentine, certain fixed oils, 
and other essential oils which are sometimes used 
to adulterate it.” The oil contains, according to 
Schimmel $ Co.’s Report, April, 1897, camphene, 
dipentene, methyl heptenone, citronellal, borneol, and 
geraniol. Oil of citronella is an aromatic not used 
in medicine, but largely employed in perfuming 
so-called honey soap. 
OIL, OF EUPHORBIA. A fixed oil, obtained 
from the seeds of Euphorbia Lathyris, L. (nat. 
ord. Euphorbiaceae), a biennial plant growing 
wild in this country, though believed to have 
been introduced from Europe. It is often found 
near gardens and in cultivated fields, and is gener- 
ally called mole plant, under the impression that 
moles avoid the ground where it grows. (Pursh.) 
It is the caper plant of England. Like the other 
species of Euphorbiaceae, it contains a milky juice, 
which is extremely acrid; and the whole plant pos- 
sesses the properties of a drastic purge; but the 
oil of the seeds is the only part used in medicine. 
This may be extracted by expression, or by the 
agency of alcohol or ether. In the first case, 
the bruised seeds are pressed in a canvas or 
linen bag, and the oil which escapes is purified by 
decanting it from the whitish flocculent matter 
which it deposits upon standing, and by subsequent 
filtration. By the other process, the bruised seeds 
are digested in alcohol, or macerated in ether, and 
the oil is obtained by filtering and evaporating the 
solution. According to Soubeiran, however, the 
oils obtained by these different processes are not 
identical. That procured by expression is probably 
the purest. 
Oil of euphorbia is colorless, inodorous, and, 
when recent, nearly insipid; but it speedily be- 
comes rancid, and acquires a dangerous acrimony. 
Soubeiran has ascertained that it has a complex 
composition, containing, besides the pure oil, four 
distinct proximate principles. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xxi. 259.) From 40 to 44 parts are obtained by 
expression from 100 of the seed. It is a powerful 
purge, but in doses of from five to ten drops is stated 
by Continental physicians to act kindly upon the 
bowels. In this country, however, it has been 
found very uncertain in its effects, and very liable 
to vomit. (Journ. Phil. Col. Pharm., iv. 124.) 
OIL OF JASMINE. This oil is obtained from 
the flowers of Jasminum officinale, L., or common 
white jasmine, of J. sambac, Solander, and of J. 
grandiflorum, L. Alternate layers of the fresh 
flowers, and of cotton saturated with the oil of 
ben or other fixed oil, are exposed in a covered 
vessel to the warmth of the sun ; the flowers being 
renewed till the oil becomes impregnated, when it 
is separated from the cotton by pressure. This 
method is necessary, as the flowers do not yield 
their aroma by distillation. The oil is used only 
as a perfume. W. H. Hall records (Med. and 
Surg. Rep., Jan. 1861) the case of a child poisoned 
by the fruit of a jasmine, probably the common 
white species. The symptoms were coma, widely 
dilated pupil, and snoring respiration, with a cold 
pale surface, and slow and feeble pulse, followed 
by violent convulsions, with rigidity of the mus- 
cles about the head and throat. 
OIL OF LEMON-GRASS. Oleum Andropo- 
gon Citrati. This oil is distilled from A. citratus, 
D. C., and probably other grasses of the genus 
Andropogon, as A. iwarancusa, A. calamus, A. 
martini. Andropogon citratus is a large, coarse- 
looking grass, cultivated largely in India, the 
Malay Peninsula, Ceylon, and the neighborhood 
of Singapore. It grows in light soil, requiring 
very little care in cultivating, but considerable PART II. 
Oil of Maize.—Olibanum. 
1747 
moisture. The oil, which is frequently called oil 
of verbena, is mentioned by Roxburgh as being 
distilled in the Moluccas as early as 1820. It is 
exported in large quantities from Ceylon, India, 
and adjacent countries. It is a yellowish-brown 
liquid having a characteristic odor and a pungent 
taste. Like oil of citronella, it yields a crystalline 
solid when treated with sodium bisulphite. It is 
sometimes used in Eastern countries as a carmina- 
tive and stimulant. Its sole use in this country is 
in perfumery. 
OIL OF MAIZE. Our American maize or 
Indian corn yields a bright golden-yellow oil, of 
peculiar pleasant odor and taste. It is moderately 
thick, and has a sp. gr. at 15° C. of 0 916. It con- 
sists of olein, stearin, and palmitin, and solidifies 
at —10° C. The oil is contained in the germs of 
the seed alone. Reckoned on the whole weight of 
the seeds the oil constitutes 11 per cent., of which 
from 6 to 8 per cent, is extracted; reckoned on 
the weight of the germ itself, after separation 
from the starchy body of the seed, the oil amounts 
to 22 per cent. It is now being extensively pro- 
duced in the Western United States in connection 
with the working of starch and glucose factories. 
OIL OF MEXICAN LIGNALOES. This 
volatile oil, which is used chiefly on account of its 
fragrant odor (which has been described as resem- 
bling that of a mixture of lemon and jasmine), is 
said to be obtained by the distillation of the wood 
of undetermined species. J. Moller has published 
a series of articles upon the anatomical structure 
of commercial aloe wood in Pharm. Post, 1898. 
For description, and also the chemical character- 
istics of the oil, see P. J. Tr., Aug. 1887, 
OIL OF PATCHOULI. This oil is distilled 
from the leaves of a plant, Pogostemon Patchouli, 
cultivated at Singapore and other Eastern localities. 
This plant has an interesting history, and the drug 
was first offered at public sale in London in 1844; 
it is now imported for European consumption in 
immense quantities, and it is believed by the Arabs, 
Chinese, and Japanese to possess prophylactic 
powers. The oil as found in commerce is of two 
kinds. The best is that distilled in the East in the 
neighborhood of the patchouli plantations from se- 
lected fresh leaves ; the other kind is distilled in 
Europe from imported leaves ; the latter often ar- 
rive in a more or less damaged condition, and are 
frequently adulterated. Oil of patchouli is a thick, 
brownish-yellow oil with a green tint, and was 
shown by Gladstone to contain ccerulein, an in- 
tensely blue compound found in oils of absinthium, 
calamus aromaticus, matricaria, achillea, etc. The 
oil has the sp. gr. 0-955, and boiling point 257° C. 
(P. J. Tr., 1880, 410, 813.) It deposits a solid, 
patchouli camphor, which crystallizes in hexagonal 
prisms, melts at 59° C., and boils at 206° C., while 
cadinene, C16IL,4, remains ; oil of cedar and oil of 
cubebs are frequently used to adulterate the oil, 
and they may be detected by fractional distillation 
and their difference in boiling points. Oil of patch- 
ouli is used in perfumery mainly for its valuable 
property of conferring upon other odors lasting 
qualities; its characteristic and persistent smell 
when uncombined is usually not popular among 
Caucasians. 
OLEITE. Sodium Sulphoricinoleate. This sub- 
stance may be prepared from castor oil by treating 
it with sulphuric acid at a low temperature, when 
a compound of sulphuric and ricinoleic acids is 
formed. The free sulphuric acid being removed 
by washing, and any unchanged oil by ether, the 
resulting sulphoricinoleic acid is then neutralized 
by sodium hydrate, the finished product being a 
transparent, jelly-like liquid, with little odor, 
having an acrid taste, and soluble in water, alcohol, 
chloroform, and essential oils. 
The solvent powers of oleite upon medicinal sub- 
stances are said to be extraordinary, there being only 
a few which will not yield to it to a greater or less 
degree. According to the experiments of Mr. Fred. 
B. Kilmer (Proc. A. P. A., 1890; P. J. Tr., xx., 
1890), its action upon mucous membranes, healthy 
and diseased skin, cuts, burns, etc., is highly sooth- 
ing, and it may be taken internally or freely ab- 
sorbed through the skin without danger. It would 
appear, therefore, to afford an excellent basis for 
ointments ; but as productions made with it are 
very sticky, and often liable to harden, it is com- 
monly best used by rubbing the substance with 
oleite, and then adding 50 per cent, of fatty base. 
Phenol sulphoricinate is made by adding pure 
phenol to sulphoricinic acid ; it is a yellowish 
liquid employed for tuberculous affections. Phenol 
and sodium ricinate—20 per cent, of phenol and 80 
per cent, of sodium sulphoricinate—is used as an 
antiseptic, and in 20 per cent, aqueous solution to 
destroy diphtheritic membrane. 
OLEUM CH/ENOCETI. Doegling Oil. Dceg- 
ling Thran. Huile de Rorqual Rostre, Fr. The oil 
derived from the Norwegian whale, Balcena ros- 
trata, is said by Gustave Guldberg to possess a 
lower specific gravity than any other animal oil 
(0-876 at 15° C.), and also remarkable penetrative 
properties. It is affirmed that if mixed in equal 
quantities with chloroform it carries the latter 
agent through the skin, and enables it to act as a 
local anaesthetic in pruritus, neuralgia, etc. Mixed 
with wax, it is highly recommended as a basis for 
ointments by the same authority. 
OLIBANUM. Thus. Oliban, Encens, Fr. 
Weihrauch, G. Olihanum, the frankincense of the 
ancients, was erroneously ascribed by Linnaeus to 
Juniperus lycia, L. (now J. phcenicea, L.). There 
are two varieties of olibanum, one coming to Eu- 
rope from the Mediterranean, and the other di- 
rpctly from Calcutta. These varieties were for- 
merly considered distinct, hut recent researches 
indicate their common origin. In 1843 Captain 
Kempthorne, of the East India Company’s navy, 
saw the olibanum-tree growing upon the moun- 
tains, on the African coast, between Bunder Ma- 
ryah and Cape Guardafui. According to his state- 
ment, it grows on the bare marble rocks composing 
the hills of that region, without any soil or the 
slightest fissure to support it, adhering by means 
of a substance thrown out from the base of the 
stem. This rises forty feet, and sends forth near 
the summit short branches, covered with a bright 
green, singular foliage. The juice, which exudes 
through incisions made into the inner bark, has at 
first the color and consistence of milk, but hardens 
on exposure. (P. J. Tr., iv. 37.) Sir William J. 
Hooker says that the African olibanum is derived 
from Plosslea floribunda of Endlicher (now Bos- 
wellia papyrifera, Hochst.), one of the Burseracese ; 
but thinks it highly probable that it is furnished 
by more than one species. {Ibid., 1859, 217.) Mr. 
Bennett, of the British Museum, has also identified 
Kempthorne’s specimens as P. floribunda. But in 
1847 Mr. Carter described very closely the oliba- 1748 
Olibanum.— Opopanax. 
PART II. 
num district, and procured living specimens, the 
descendants of which appear still to flourish in the 
“old gardens” of the Bombay Agri-Horticultural 
Society. Bird wood asserts {Trans. Linncean Soc., 
xxvii.) that no olibanum is obtained in India, all 
coming from a coast district of Arabia (the same 
district as that described by Theophrastus), and 
being the product of a new species of Boswellia, B. 
carterii, Birdwood. It is very likely that several 
species of Boswellia furnish the olibanum of com- 
merce,—viz., B. carterii, Birdw. (furnishes what 
is known as Luban Bedowi or Luban Sheheri), 
and B. jrereana, Birdw. (furnishes Luban Meyeti 
or Luban Matti). It appears that the resin of B. 
papyrifera, Hochst., is not gathered at all. The 
product of B. serrata, Roxb. (known as Salaigu- 
gul), is not sent into general commerce, but is em- 
ployed medicinally only in India. 
The Arabian or African frankincense is in the 
form of yellowish tears, and irregular reddish 
lumps or fragments. The tears are generally small, 
oblong or roundish, not very brittle, with a dull 
and waxy fracture, softening in the mouth, and 
hearing much resemblance to mastic, from which, 
however, they differ in their want of transpar- 
ency. The reddish masses soften in the hand, 
have a stronger taste and smell than the tears, 
and are often mixed with fragments of bark and 
small crystals of calcium carbonate. 
The Indian frankincense, or olibanum, consists 
chiefly of yellowish, somewhat translucent, round- 
ish tears, larger than those of the African, and 
generally covered with a whitish powder produced 
by friction. It has a balsamic resinous smell, and 
an acrid, bitterish, somewhat aromatic taste. When 
chewed it softens in the mouth, adheres to the teeth, 
and partially dissolves in the saliva, which it renders 
milky. It burns with a brilliant flame and a fra- 
grant odor. Triturated with water, it forms a 
milky imperfect solution. Alcohol dissolves nearly 
three-fourths of it, and the tincture is transparent. 
From 100 parts, Braconnot obtained 8 parts of vol- 
atile oil, 56 of resin, 30 of gum, and 5-2 of a glu- 
tinous matter insoluble in water or alcohol, with 
0-8 loss. Various saline substances were found in 
its ashes. The oil may be separated by distilla- 
tion, and resembles that of lemons in color and 
smell. According to Stenhouse, it is isomeric with 
oil of peppermint, and consists of an oxygenated 
and a non-oxygenated oil. (Gmelin’s Handbook, 
xiv. 390.) Kurbatow showed that the oil consists 
of olibene, C10Hie, and a portion containing oxy- 
gen. Hlasiwetz found the resin to he a uniform 
substance of the composition C20H30O3. The gum 
is stated to be identical with arabin. 
W. F. Daniell has described an odorous product, 
used as frankincense in Sierra Leone, and obtained 
from a large tree, growing in the mountainous dis- 
tricts of that region. The tree has been described 
by Mr. J. J. Bennett in P. J. Tr., 1854, 251, as 
Daniella thurifera (nat. ord. Leguminosse). Ac- 
cording to Dr. Daniell, the juice exudes through 
openings made by an insect, and, concreting in 
connection with the woody particles resulting from 
the boring of the insect, falls at length to the 
ground, where it is collected by the negroes. (See 
A. J. P., xxvii. 338.) 
Olibanum i3 stimulant like the other gum-resins, 
but is now very seldom used internally. Accord- 
ing to M. Delioux, of Toulon, however, it affords 
a cheap, efficient substitute for the balsams of Tolu 
and Peru. Dose, fifteen grains (0-9 Gm.), which 
may be increased to a drachm or more. It appears 
to act more favorably when combined with a little 
soap. Delioux has also obtained advantage from 
the inhalation of its fumes, when heated, in chronic 
bronchitis and laryngitis. {Bull. Gen. tie Therap., 
Fev. 28, 1861.) It is chiefly employed for fumiga- 
tion, and in unofficial plasters. 
ONION. Cepa. The bulb of Allium Cepa, L. 
(Nat. ord. Liliaceae.) Fourcroy and Yauquelin ob- 
tained from the ordinary onion a white acrid vola- 
tile oil containing sulphur, albumen, much uncrys- 
tallizable sugar and mucilage, phosphoric acid both 
free and combined with lime, acetic acid, lime 
citrate, and lignin. The expressed juice is sus- 
ceptible of the vinous fermentation. The oil is 
essentially the same in chemical composition as the 
oil of Allium sativum, L., and consists largely of 
allyl sulphide, (03H6)2S. (See Archiv der Pharm., 
1892, 434.) Perkin and Hummel found quercetin 
in the outer skin of onion bulbs, and the skins have 
been used in dyeing. 
By virtue of its volatile oil the onion taken in 
moderate quantities is a stimulant to the stomach 
and promotes digestion, but in large quantities is 
apt to cause gastric uneasiness. It is slightly rube- 
facient, said to be diuretic, and belongs among 
those expectorants to be employed in the advanced 
stages of subacute bronchitis or in chronic bron- 
chitis. Remarkable physiological powers have 
been attached to it by various investigators. As 
the result of a very elaborate experimental study, 
Alfred K. Pilacki reached the conclusion that 
taken freely it depresses nitrogenous metabolism ; 
a conclusion directly opposite to that of Popoff, 
whose studies led him to the belief that it increases 
nitrogenous change in the body. It can scarcely 
be doubted that any apparent influence which it 
may exert in the direction spoken of is secondary 
to its action upon digestion. 
Onion poultices are somewhat effective as a 
counter-irritant and nerve stimulant in cases of 
bronchitis or pneumonia in young children, with 
nervous symptoms. According to M. Y. Pogo- 
relsky, a decoction made with the outer reddish 
skin of the bulb is widely used in Russia for the 
production of abortion. He attributes the ecbolic 
effect to the presence of allyl sulphide. One or 
two tumblerfuls of the concentrated dark brown 
or dark red ingestion are taken at a dose. 
ONONIS SPINOSA. Reinsch obtained from 
this plant ononin, C30H34O13, a glucoside. Onocerin, 
a di-secondary alcohol, C26H42(OH)2, was isolated 
by Thoms, who proposes to change its name to 
onocol. {Archiv. d. Pharm., 1897, 28.) 
OPHIOXYLON SERPENTINUM. L. (Now 
Rauwolfia Serpentina, Benth. ex Kurz.) (Nat. ord. 
Apocynaceae.) In the root of this plant, which is 
used in East India as a purge and anthelmintic, 
Prof. Wefers-Bettink found a yellow crystalline 
principle, ophioxylin, melting at 72° C., and pos- 
sessing the formula CieH12Oe ; also a volatile oil. 
{A. J. P., 1890.) 
OPOPANAX. A concrete juice usually ascribed 
to Pastinaca Opopanax (L.), Opopanax hispidum, 
Griseb. This species of parsnip, usually called 
rough parsnip, has a thick, yellow, fleshy, perennial 
root, which sends up annually a strong branching 
stem, rough near the base, about as thick as a 
man’s thumb, and from four to eight feet in height. 
The leaves are variously pinnate, with long sheath- PART II. 
Opuntia Vulgaris.—Origanum. 
1749 
ing petioles, and large, oblong, serrate leaflets, of 
which the terminal one is cordate, others are de- 
ficient at their base upon the upper side, and the 
whole are hairy on their under surface. The flowers 
are small, yellow, and form large flat umbels at the 
termination of the branches. The plant is a native 
of the Levant, and grows wild in the south of 
France, Italy, and Greece. When the base of the 
stem is wounded, a juice exudes, which, when dried 
in the sun, constitutes the opopanax of commerce. 
Some authors state that it is obtained from the root. 
A warm climate appears necessary for the perfection 
of the juice, as that which has been collected from 
the plant in France, though similar to opopanax, is 
of inferior quality. The drug is brought from Tur- 
key. It is said to come also from the East Indies; 
but Ainslie states that he never met with it in any 
Indian medicine bazaar. The method of its pro- 
duction is not known with any certainty. 
It is sometimes in tears, but usually in irregular 
lumps or fragments, of a reddish-yellow color, 
speckled with white on the outside, paler within, 
and, when broken, exhibiting white pieces inter- 
mingled with the mass. Its odor is strong, peculiar, 
and unpleasant, its taste bitter and acrid. Its sp. 
gr. is 1-622. It is inflammable, burning with a 
bright flame. In chemical constitution it is a gum- 
resin, with an admixture of other ingredients in 
small proportion. The results of its analysis by 
Pelletier were, from 100 parts, 33-4 of gum, 42 
of resin, 4-2 of starch, 1-6 of extractive, 0-3 of 
wax, 2-8 of malic acid, 9-8 of lignin, 5-9 of vola- 
tile oil and loss, with traces of caoutchouc. Subse- 
quently, Tschirch found opopanax to consist of 
resin, 19 per cent., ethereal oil, 6-5 per cent.; gum 
and plant tissues, 70 per cent. ; water and loss, 4-5 
percent. (Archiv d. Pharm., 1895, 209.) Water 
by trituration dissolves about one-half of the gum- 
resin, forming an opaque milky emulsion, which 
deposits resinous matter on standing, and becomes 
yellowish. Both alcohol and water distilled from 
it retain its flavor ; but only a very minute propor- 
tion of oil can be obtained in a separate state. 
Opopanax was formerly employed, as an antispas- 
modic and deobstruent, in hypochondriasis, hysteria, 
asthma, and chronic visceral affections, and as an 
emmenagogue ; but it is now scarcely ever used. 
Dose, from ten to thirty grains (0-64-1-9 Gm.). 
OPUNTIA VULGARIS. Mill. (Now Opun- 
tia Opuntia (L.), Coult.) (Nat. ord. Cactacese.) 
Prickly Pear. Figue de Barbarie, Fr. Indische 
Feige, G. For analyses of fruit of this cactus, see 
A. J. P., 1884, 3, and 1896, 170. 
ORANGE RED. Orange Mineral. Sandix. 
Red lead oxide, prepared by calcining lead carbon- 
ate. It is of a lighter color than minium, and is 
used as a pigment. 
ORCIN. Dihydroxytoluene. C6H3(CH3) (OH)2. 
This is a white stable powder, of a peculiar sweetish 
taste and aromatic odor, crystallizing with one mol- 
ecule of water. It is easily soluble in water, alco- 
hol, and ether, and has a sweet taste. It melts at 
56° C. when it contains water, but, deprived of this, 
melts at 107° C. It boils at 290° C. It is said to 
resemble resorcin in its local action and to be useful 
in the same class of skin diseases. According to 
J. Andeer (Med. Chron., Dec. 1885), it is distinctly 
antiseptic, and in poisonous doses produces death 
by a direct action upon the heart-muscle. 
OREODAPHNE CALIFORNIO A. Nees. 
(Now Umbellularia californica, Nutt.) (Nat. ord. 
Laurinese.) The California Bay Laurel is an ever- 
green tree of considerable size, rather abundant 
throughout the State. Its wood is much prized on 
account of the beauty of its grain and its immunity 
from the attacks of insects. The leaves yield about 
4 per cent, of a neutral, straw-colored, limpid vola- 
tile oil, which has a warm camphoraceous taste and 
a pungent aromatic odor, resembling somewhat that 
of a mixture of oils of nutmeg and cardamom. It 
is soluble in 1000 parts of water, and with alcohol 
and ether in all proportions. It is said, when in- 
haled, to cause dizziness and headache. Its chemi- 
cal characters have been studied by John P. Heamy. 
{A. J. P., 1875, 105.) He finds it to consist of a 
pure hydrocarbon, sp. gr. 0-894, boiling at 175° C. 
(347° F.), and an oxygenated pungent portion, 
which boils at 210° C. (410° F.). This he calls 
oreodaphnol. Oreodaphnene was obtained by dis- 
tilling oreodaphnol with glacial phosphoric acid. 
For the reactions, see Mr. Heamy’s paper. 
OREXIN. Phenyldihydrochinazoline Hydro- 
„ „ TT (CH„.N.CeH5 
chlorate. CeH4 j _ HHC1- A complex de- 
rivative of quinoline. It forms colorless, odorless, 
lustrous crystals with bitter, pungent taste, freely 
soluble in hot water. Orexin was brought forward 
by F. Penzolt as a true stomachic, increasing not 
only the appetite but also the power of digestion. 
According to the experiments of Hofmann, it is 
entirely free from toxic properties, two grains per 
pound weight not being sufficient to cause death in 
the rabbit, although haemoglobin is shown in the 
blood under the influence of enormous doses. The 
general reports from clinicians do not establish the 
possession by orexin of any extraordinary sto- 
machic powers. Tornell’s experiments (Schmidt's 
Jahrb., Bd. cclvii.) are in evidence that it does 
not notably increase the gastric secretion. Never- 
theless, many cases are recorded in which it has 
seemed to produce hunger when used in atonic 
gastric conditions. Excessive acidity and anatom- 
ical change are considered contra-indications to its 
use. Dose, from four to seven grains (0-26-0-5 
6m.), in capsules, from two to three times a day. 
The tannate is said to be superior to the hydrochlo- 
rate, as never causing gastric irritation. 
ORIGANUM. Wild Marjoram. Marjolaine 
sauvage, Fr. Wilder Majoran (Meiran), G. Two 
species of Origanum have been used in medi- 
cine, O. majorana, L., or sweet maijoram, and O. 
vulgare, L., or common marjoram. The former 
grows wild in Portugal and Andalusia, and is cul- 
tivated as a garden herb in other parts of Europe 
and in the United States. Some authors, however, 
consider O. majoranoides, Willd., which is a native 
of Barbary, and closely allied to O. majorana, as 
the type of the sweet marjoram of our gardens. 
This is by others considered to be simply a form of 
O. vulgare, L. Sweet marjoram has a pleasant 
odor, and a warm, aromatic, bitterish taste, which 
it imparts to water and alcohol. By distillation 
with water it yields a volatile oil. It is tonic and 
gently excitant, but is used more as a condiment 
than as a medicine. In domestic practice its in- 
fusion is employed to hasten the tardy eruption in 
measles and other exanthematous diseases. 
Origanum vulgare, the species formerly recog- 
nized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, is a perennial 
herb, with erect, purplish, downy, four-sided, tri- 
chotomous stems, about eighteen inches high, and 1750 
Orobanche Virginiana.—Orris Root. 
PART II. 
opposite, ovate, entire, pellucid, punctate, some- 
what hairy leaves about an inch long, of a deep 
yellowish-green color. The flowers are of a pink- 
ish-purple or rose color, disposed in roundish, pani- 
cled spikes, and furnished with ovate reddish 
bracts, longer than the calyx. This is tubular and 
five-toothed, with nearly equal segments. The 
corolla is funnel-shaped, with the upper lip erect, 
bifid, and obtuse, the lower trifid, blunt, and 
spreading. The four stamens are exserted, the 
stigma bifid and reflexed. The plant is a native 
of Europe and America. In this country it grows 
along the roadsides, and in dry stony fields and 
woods, from Pennsylvania to Virginia, and is in 
flower from June to October; but it is not very 
abundant, and is seldom collected for use. It has 
a peculiar, agreeable, aromatic odor, and a warm, 
pungent taste. These properties it owes to a vola- 
tile oil, which was formerly employed, but has 
been superseded altogether by the oil of thyme, 
which is called in commerce oil of origanum. (See 
Oleum Thymi.) 
True oil of origanum is a yellowish limpid oil, 
of sp. gr. from 0-900 to 0-950, which smells like 
camphor, and consists almost entirely of a terpene, 
Ci0H16i but contains occasionally small amounts 
of common camphor. It appears not to contain 
phenols. (Jahns, Jahresber. der Chem., 1880, 1081.) 
Origanum is gently tonic and excitant, and has 
been used in infusion as a diaphoretic and emmena- 
gogue, and externally as a fomentation, but is at 
present little employed. 
OROBANCHE VIRGIN I AN A. L. Epifagus 
Americanus. Nuttall. Epiphegus Virginiana, 
Bart. LeptamniumVirginianum (L ), Raf. Beech- 
drops. Cancer-root. Orobanche de Virginie, Fr. 
Krebswurz, G. This is a parasitic, fleshy plant, 
with a tuberous, scaly base, and a smooth stem, 
branched from the base, from twelve to eighteen 
inches high, furnished with small ovate scales, of 
a yellowish or purplish color, and wholly destitute 
of verdure. It is found in all parts of North 
America, growing upon the roots of the beech- 
tree. The plant has a bitter, nauseous, astringent 
taste, which is said to be diminished by drying. It 
has been given internally in bowel affections; but 
its credit depends mainly upon the idea that it is 
useful in obstinate ulcers of a cancerous character, 
to which it was directly applied. Other species of 
Orobanche, growing in America and Europe, have 
been employed. They are all parasitic, fleshy 
plants, without verdure, and of a bitter, nauseous 
taste. In Europe they are called broom-rape. The 
O. americana, L. f. (now Conopholis americana 
(L. f.), Wallr.), and O unifiora, L. (Aphyllon uni- 
norum, T. and G. ; also Thalesia unifiora (L.), 
Britt.), of America, are used for the same pur- 
poses as the species above noticed, and, like it, are 
called cancer-root. 
OROXYLUM INDICUM. Vent. (Nat. ord. 
Bignoniaceae.) This East India bark is said to be 
not only a tonic and astringent, useful in diarrhoea, 
but also a powerful sudorific. Naylor and Chap- 
lin have separated from it an acrid principle, and 
a yellow crystalline substance, oroxylin. (P. J. Tr., 
Sept. 1890.) 
ORPIMENT. King's Yellow. As2S3. A na- 
tive arsenic trisulphide. It is in masses of a 
brilliant lemon-yellow color, composed of flexible 
laminae, and slightly translucent. It exists in 
various parts of the world, but is obtained for use 
from Persia and China. (Guibourt.) It is some- 
times mixed with realgar, which gives it a reddish 
or orange hue. A similar sulphide may be made 
artificially by passing hydrogen sulphide through 
a solution of arsenous acid in hydrochloric acid. 
Artificial orpiment is prepared for use by fusing 
together equal parts of arsenous acid and sulphur. 
(Turner.) In Germany, according to Guibourt, it 
is prepared by subliming a mixture of these two 
substances. In this case, however, it retains a 
large portion of the acid undecomposed, and is 
therefore highly poisonous. Guibourt found a 
specimen which he examined to contain 94 per 
cent, of arsenous acid, and only 6 per cent, of the 
tersulphide. 
Orpiment is an ingredient of certain depilatories. 
Atkinson's depilatory is said to consist of one part 
of orpiment and six parts of quicklime, with some 
flour and a yellow coloring matter. (Ann. der 
Pharrn., xxxiii. 348.) But this arsenical sulphide 
is chiefly used in fireworks and as a pigment. 
ORRIS ROOT. Iris Florentina. U. S. Second- 
ary List, 1870. Rhizoma Iridis, P. G. Radix Iridis 
Florentines, Radix Ireos. Iris de Florence, Pr. 
Florenlinische Violenwurzel, Veilchenwurzel, G. 
Ireos, It. Lirio Florentino, Sp. The root (rhi- 
zome) of the Florentine Iris is perennial, hori- 
zontal, fleshy, fibrous, and covered with a brown 
epidermis. The leaves, which spring directly 
from the root, are sword-shaped, pointed, nerved, 
and shorter than the stem, which rises from the 
midst of them more than a foot in height, round, 
smooth, jointed, and bearing commonly two large 
white or bluish-white terminal flowers. The calyx 
is a spathe with two valves. The corolla divides 
into six segments or petals, of which three stand 
erect, and the remaining three are bent backward, 
and bearded within at their base with yellow- 
tipped white hairs. The fruit is a three-celled 
capsule, containing many seeds. This plant is a 
native of Italy and other parts of the south of 
Europe, where it is also cultivated. The root is 
dug up in spring, and prepared for the market by 
the removal of its cuticle and fibres. It is culti- 
vated for commerce chiefly in the neighborhood of 
Florence, and is exported from Leghorn in large 
casks. 
Florentine orris is in pieces of various form and 
size, often branched, usually about as thick as the 
thumb, knotty, flattened, white, heavy, of a rough 
though not fibrous fracture, an agreeable odor re- 
sembling that of the violet, and a bitterish acrid 
taste. The acrimony is greater in the recent than 
in the dried root, but the peculiar smell is more 
decidedly developed in the latter. The pieces are 
brittle and easily powdered, and the powder is of 
a dirty white color. Vogel obtained from Floren- 
tine orris, gum, a brown extractive, fecula, a bitter 
and acrid fixed oil or soft resin, a volatile crystal- 
lizable oil, and vegetable fibre. According to 
Landerer, the acrid principle is volatile, separating 
in the form of a stearopten from water distilled 
from the root. (Arch, der Pharrn., lxv. 302.) The 
solid oil which is prepared in Europe from orris 
root by distillation has been examined by Prof. 
Fliickiger. By repeated crystallization from al- 
cohol and treatment with animal charcoal, inodor- 
ous crystals were obtained, having the composition 
Ci4H2802 and the properties of myristic acid, 
whilst the odorous principle remained in the 
mother-liquor, so that oil of orris must be regarded PART II. 
Orthin.—Oi'yza Sativa. 
1751 
as myristic acid impregnated with some volatile 
oil. The acid does not pre-exist in orris root, 
and is probably liberated from a fat by the influ- 
ence of steam. (A. J. P., 1876, 411, also 1885, 
133.) According to Hager, the commercial oil has 
the following properties. At the ordinary tempera- 
ture it is a pea-yellow acid, resembling basilicon 
ointment (Pharm. Germ.) in color and consistence. 
It is lighter than water, fuses at from 38°-40° C. 
(100-4°-104° P.) to a transparent liquid, and com- 
mences to congeal at about 28° C. (82-4° P.). Two 
drops of the fused oil dissolve in ten or twelve 
drops of warm stronger alcohol, and the solution 
does not separate at a medium temperature. Three 
drops of the oil and from twenty to twenty-five 
drops of concentrated sulphuric acid carefully 
heated to 30° C. (86° F.) yield a clear red-brown 
liquid, which, after ten minutes, dissolves in 7 C.c. 
of 90 per cent, alcohol, with a light violet color, 
gradually becoming darker. Two drops of a solu- 
tion of the oil in petroleum benzin evaporated 
spontaneously leave a residue which, with a mag- 
nifying power of from fifty to one hundred 
diameters, has a radiating appearance after a few 
hours, and shows distinct crystals after a day. 
One part of orris oil yields with from three thou- 
sand to four thousand parts of weaker alcohol a 
solution of which a few drops put upon a hand- 
kerchief develop a persistent odor of violets. (A. 
J. P., 1877, 302.) In order to preserve the root 
from the attacks of insects, it is recommended to 
put a little chloroform in the bottle in which it 
may be kept. (A. J. P., 1858, 310.) 
Orris root is cathartic, and in large doses emetic, 
and was formerly employed to a considerable extent 
on the continent of Europe. It is said also to be 
diuretic, and to have proved useful in dropsies. 
At present it is valued chiefly for its agreeable 
odor. It is occasionally chewed to conceal an 
offensive breath, and enters into the composition of 
tooth-powders. In the form of small round balls, 
about the size of a pea, it is used by the French 
for maintaining the discharge from issues, a pur- 
pose to which it is adapted by its odor, by the 
slight acrimony which it retains in its dried state, 
and by the property of swelling very much by the 
absorption of moisture. 
( OH 
ORTHIN. CeH3 COOH . Orthohydrazin- 
[hn.nh2 
para-oxybenzoate is very unstable, but unites with 
hydrochloric acid, forming orthin hydrochlorate, 
which is stable. This substance was proposed by 
Kobert (Deutsche Med. Wochensch., 1890) as an 
antipyretic; but in the experiments conducted by 
Unverricht, which have been confirmed by Kauf- 
mann, it was found to have comparatively feeble 
antipyretic action, and to produce in a great many 
cases sweating and collapse. 
ORTHOFORM. Methyl-para--amido-meta-oxy- 
benzoate. C6H3(0H) (NH2)COOCH3. A colorless, 
odorless, and tasteless powder, permanent in the 
air, slightly soluble in water. Orthoform was in- 
troduced into practical medicine by Einhorn and 
Heinz (Munchen. Med. Woch., 1897). Its chloride 
is very soluble in water, but is so acid in its reaction 
as to interfere with its use. 
The physiological action of orthoform is only so 
far made out as to show that, probably on account 
of its insolubility, it has very little influence upon 
the system whether given by the stomach or hy- 
podermically, Heinz having found that ninety- 
grains produce no distinct symptoms in the lower 
animals, and seven hundred grains have been 
applied to a facial ulcer in a week without injuri- 
ous eftect (London Lancet, 1897) ; also, according 
to Neumayer (Munchen. Med. Wochensch., xliv. 
1897), sixty grains taken by a man in the course of 
a day produced no symptoms whatever, not even 
evidences of gastro-intestinal irritation. It has 
been stated that it is actively antiseptic, but, in the 
experiments of Lichtwitz and Sabrazes (Le Bull. 
Med., xi., 1897), bouillon saturated with it was still 
capable of nourishing pathogenetic organisms. It 
is possible that, like iodoform, it undergoes slight 
decomposition on ulcerated surfaces, and probably 
exerts an alterative antiseptic influence. Its chief 
value is, however, dependent upon its action as a 
local anaesthetic. When brought in contact with 
sound skin or mucous membrane it has no such 
influence, and is, therefore, unfit for local use as a 
surgical anajsthetic. Used in nasal, pharyngeal, or 
laryngeal disease it seems to be of little value 
unless there be ulceration. On the other hand, 
when, as in the case of burns, ulcers, abscesses, etc., 
it can be brought in contact with exposed sensitive 
terminal nerve-endings, its influence is decided and 
prolonged, lasting, on account of its slow solution 
and consequent non-absorption, for many hours. It 
may be used either as a dusting powder or in oint- 
ment or solution. According to Yonge (British 
Med. Journ., i., 1898), for many purposes the satu- 
rated solution of ortnoform in collodion is most 
effective. In diseases of the larynx the parts may 
be sprayed with a solution of five grains of ortho- 
form and fifty minims each of alcohol and water, 
which soon coats the diseased surface. In keratitis 
with ulceration, Boisseau commends an ointment 
made with one drachm each of lard and lanolin 
and twenty-four grains of orthoform. In many 
cases orthoform may also be added with advantage, 
on account of its anaesthetic properties, to ointments 
containing medicinal substances. According to 
Neumayer, its local analgesic action is not accom- 
panied by abolition of the sense of touch. Ortho- 
form is of no value in the treatment of headache, ta- 
betic pains, sciatica, or other similar affections, and 
seems only to be useful in internal medicine when 
there is gastrodynia dependent upon ulceration. 
From five to ten grains (0-3-0-6 Gm.) may be 
given from three to four times a day. 
Very recently a variety of orthoform, called 
Orthoform New, and defined chemically as meta- 
amido-para-oxy-benzoic-acid methyl ester, has been 
used by F. Kiaussner in fissures, wounds, burns, 
etc., wTith alleged great advantage. (Munch. Med. 
Wochenschr., xlv.) 
ORTHOSIPHON STAMINEUS. Benth. 
Java Tea. (Nat. ord. Labiatse.) This drug occurs 
in commerce in the form of small, oval, finely 
toothed, green leaves, rolled up like tea. Yan 
Itallie has discovered in it a volatile oil and a crys- 
talline glucoside, orihosiphonin. (Pharm. Zeit., 
Sept. 1886; see also Repertoire de Pharm., 1887, 
191.) It is said to be a powerful diuretic, and is 
highly recommended in nephritic colic, gravel, uric 
acid diathesis, and even ascites. The dose is from 
fifteen to fifty grains (0-972-3-2 Gm.) a day. 
ORYZA SATIVA. L. (Nat. ord. Gramineae.) 
Rice. Riz, Pr. Reiss, G. This is an annual plant, 
originally, perhaps, derived from the East Indies, 
but now very widely cultivated. The rice of com- Os.—Oxalic Acid. 
1752 
PART II. 
merce consists of the seeds of the plant deprived 
of their husk. Carolina rice was found by Bracon- 
not to contain 85-07 per cent, of starch, 3-60 of 
gluten, 0-71 of gum, 0-29 of uncrystallizable sugar, 
0-13 of fixed oil, 4-80 of vegetable fibre, 5-00 of 
water, and 0-40 of saline substances. This grain is 
highly nutritious and of easy digestion, and con- 
stitutes the almost exclusive diet of whole nations. 
Being entirely free from laxative properties, it is 
admirably adapted to cases of weak bowels, in 
which there is a strong tendency to diarrhoea. 
Care, however, should be taken that it be boiled 
till it becomes soft. A decoction of rice, usually 
called rice water, is a good nutritive drink in fe- 
vers, and in inflammatory affections of the bowels, 
lungs, and kidneys. 
OS. Bone. Os, Fr. Knochen-Asche, G. Ossa, 
It. Huesos, Sp. Under the name of Os Ustum, or 
Bone-ash, the Br. Pharmacopoeia formerly recog- 
nized “the residue of Bones, which have been 
burned to a white ash in contact with air. Con- 
sists principally of phosphate of calcium, mixed 
with about 10 per cent, of carbonate of calcium 
and a little fluoride of calcium, silica, and phos- 
phate of magnesium.” When bones are subjected 
to destructive distillation, in close vessels, they are 
decomposed without alteration of shape, lose about 
three-sevenths of their weight, become brittle, and 
are converted into a black substance, containing 
the earthy salts of the bone, and constituting the 
species of animal charcoal called bone-black. (See 
Carbo Animalis.) The portions which distil over 
consist of the usual ammoniacal products derived 
from animal matter, but are especially rich in 
nitrogenous bases of the pyridine and quinoline 
series. (See Ammonii Chloridum.) Before the dis- 
tillation is performed, the bones are boiled with 
water, to separate the fat, which amounts to 5 or 6 
per cent. ; but gelatin is at the same time extracted, 
with the effect of rendering the bones less fitted to 
furnish a good bone-black. In view of this fact, 
M. Deiss, of Paris, has proposed to extract the fat 
by carbon disulphide, which gives a product of 10 
or 12 per cent., without injuring the bones for sub- 
sequent conversion into bone-black. (A. J. P., 1856, 
356.) When calcined in open vessels, bones are 
converted into a white friable substance, con- 
sisting of the incombustible part, and commonly 
called bone-earth, or bone-ash ; and a similar residue 
is obtained by calcining horns. (See Cornu Ustum.) 
When bones are treated with boiling water, a small 
portion of the gelatinous matter is dissolved; but 
when acted on by water in a Papin's digester, the 
whole of it is taken up, and the earthy salts, de- 
prived of their cement, crumble into powder, and 
become diffused through the solution. When sub- 
jected to diluted hydrochloric acid, the earthy salts 
are dissolved, and the bone softens without losing 
its shape, and becomes semi-transparent and flex- 
ible. The portion remaining unattacked by the 
acid is the gelatinous tissue, which may be con- 
verted into gelatin by long boiling. The hoof 
bones of the ox, boiled with water, furnish a pecu- 
liar oil, called neat’s-foot oil. 
The bones of different animals, and of the same 
animal at different ages, vary somewhat in com- 
position. Dry ox-bones, according to Berzelius, 
consist of bone-gelatin (cartilage of bone) 33-3, 
calcium bone-phosphate with a little calcium fluo- 
ride 57-35, calcium carbonate 3-85, magnesium 
phosphate 2 05, and soda with a very little sodium 
chloride 3-45 = 100. Human bones differ some- 
what in the proportions of their constituents, and 
in containing traces of iron and manganese. Ac- 
cording to Dr. W. Heintz, however, bones ex- 
hausted by water, so as to remove the coloring 
matter of blood, contain not a trace of iron. Mar- 
chand found 1 per cent, of calcium fluoride in 
human bone. Calcium bone-jphosjphate consists, ac- 
cording to Mitscherlich, of two molecules of acid 
and three of lime. This analysis, confirmed by 
Heintz, makes it the tribasic phosphate, Ca3(P04)2. 
OSHA ROOT. This is the root of an unknown 
Hew Mexican umbellifer. Mr. H. Haupt found in 
it an acid, oshaic acid, closely resembling angelic 
acid. (A. J. P., 1867, 1868, 1873.) 
OSMIC ACID. Tetroxide of Osmium. 0s04. 
A volatile, very odorous, crystalline compound, 
produced by the action of nitrohydrochloric acid 
on osmium or either of its lower oxides. Its vapor 
is very pungent and poisonous. Claus recommends 
as an antidote to its action cautious inhalation of 
hydrogen sulphide. Osmic acid melts to a colorless 
liquid at 90° C. (194° F.), softening at a tempera- 
ture of 35° C. (95° F.). It is slowly soluble in 
water; soluble in alcohol and ether ; but these 
solutions are unstable, depositing black osmic hy- 
drate, 0s(0H)4. Osmic acid, on account of its 
action upon tissues, is largely used in the making 
of microscopic preparations. We have no definite 
knowledge as to its influence upon the animal sys- 
tem when given in small doses. It has, however, 
been used with alleged success in sciatica and also 
in rheumatic affections both as osmic acid and in 
the form of potassium osmate. By Wildermuth it 
was used in epilepsy in doses of one-sixty-fourth of 
a grain (0-001 Gm.), repeated until the daily dose 
amounted to one-quarter of a grain (0 016 Gm.). 
Stekoulis atfirms great success from the injection of 
fifteen drops of the 1 per cent, solution deep into 
the gluteal region close to the sciatic nerve in ob- 
stinate sciatica. At first the injections are repeated 
daily, afterwards every three or four days, care 
being exercised never to insert the needle into the 
same point twice, and to practise injection along 
the course of the nerve. Severe but very tempo- 
rary pain is produced. (Lancet, Aug. 13, 1887.) 
Schapiro confirms the value of the remedy. He 
injects five drops of a solution made by the follow- 
ing formula. Osmic Acid 1 part, Glycerin 40 
parts, Distilled Water 60 parts. Auerbach has 
used parenchymatous injections with alleged suc- 
cess for the destruction of morbid growths. (Journ. 
of Laryngology and Rhinology, June, 1891.) 
OXALIC ACID. Acidum Oxalicum, Acide ox- 
alique ou carboneux, Fr. Oxalsaure, Kleesaure, G. 
H2C204,2H20; 126. “In small, colorless, pris- 
matic crystals, odorless and of a very sour taste, 
slightly efflorescent in dry air, fusible at 98° C. 
(208° F.), and entirely volatile at a red heat.”* 
This acid is found both in animals and vegetables. 
It is generated occasionally in disease, and it may 
be deposited in the bladder as calcium oxalate, 
forming the mulberry calculus. In vegetables, it 
occurs in a free state in the bristles of the chick-pea 
(Cicer arietinum, L., nat. ord. Leguminosae), as an 
acid potassium oxalate in Rumex acetosa, L. (nat. 
ord. Polygonacem),f or common sorrel, Oxalis 
acetosella, L. (nat. ord. Oxalidaceas), or wood- 
* See test solution of oxalic acid in Part III. 
t For fatal poisoning by Rumex acetosa, see Hospital Ga- 
zette, June, 1886. PAKT II. 
Oxalic Acid. 
1753 
sorrel, Chenopodium quinoa, Willd. (nat. ord. 
Chenopodiaceae), Amarantus caudatus, L. (nat. 
ord. Amarantaceae), Mesembryanthemum crystal- 
linum, L. (nat. ord. Ficoideae), and probably many 
other plants. It is said to be formed in the leaves. 
(Journ. Chem. Soc., 1886.) United with lime as 
raphides, it is abundant in almost every portion of 
the vegetable kingdom. 
Preparation. According to W. Zopf, a certain 
Saccharomyces (S. Hausenii) has the property of 
producing a fermentation which forms oxalic acid 
out of sugar; but in the practical arts the sugar is 
decomposed by nitric acid. Four parts of sugar are 
acted upon by twenty-four of nitric acid of the sp. gr. 
1-24, and the mixture is heated so long as any nitro- 
gen tetroxide is disengaged. A part of the carbon of 
the sugar is converted into carbonic acid by oxygen 
derived from the nitric acid, which thereby is re- 
duced to nitrogen tetroxide. The undecomposed 
nitric acid, reacting with the remaining elements 
of the sugar, generates oxalic and saccharic acids, 
the former of which crystallizes as the materials 
cool, while the latter remains in solution. The 
crystals being removed, a fresh crop may be ob- 
tained by further evaporation. The thick mother- 
water which now remains is a mixture of saccharic, 
nitric, and oxalic acids ; and, by treating it with 
six times its weight of nitric acid, the greater part 
of the saccharic will be converted into oxalic acid. 
The new crop of crystals, however, will have a 
yellow color, and contain a portion of nitric acid, 
the greater part of which may be driven off by 
allowing them to effloresce in a warm place. It is 
probable that, in the reaction occurring between 
nitric acid and sugar, half the carbon of the latter 
is converted into carbonic acid, and the other half 
into oxalic acid. This process has, however, been 
replaced in practice by the “ sawdust process.” 
Many substances, besides sugar, yield oxalic acid 
by the action of nitric acid; as molasses, rice, 
potato starch, gum, wool, hair, silk, and many 
vegetable acids. In every case in which it is thus 
generated, the proportional excess of oxygen which 
it contains, compared with every other organic 
compound, is furnished by the nitric acid. When 
the acid is obtained from potato starch, this is first 
converted into starch sugar by the action of sul- 
phuric acid. For details of this process, see 15th 
edition U. S. Dispensatory, p. 90. The yield of 
oxalic acid from a given quantity of material has 
been much understated. If properly treated with 
nitric acid, 100 lbs. of good sugar will yield from 
125 to 130 lbs. of oxalic acid, and the same weight 
of molasses from 105 to 110 lbs. 
Certain organic substances yield oxalic acid when 
heated with potassa. Wood-shavings, if mixed with 
a solution of caustic potassa and exposed to a heat 
considerably higher than 100° C. (212° F.), will be 
decomposed, and partly converted into oxalic acid, 
which then combines with the alkali. At present 
most of the oxalic acid of commerce is obtained by 
heating sawdust with a mixture of caustic soda and 
potassa. Soda alone will not generate the acid, and 
potassa is too costly to be used by itself for the pur- 
pose ; but Dale ascertained that, by mixing the two 
in the proportion of two molecules of soda to one 
of potassa, the same or an even better result was 
obtained than from the latter alone. The mixture 
of caustic alkalies and sawdust is made into a thick 
paste and then heated for several hours to a temper- 
ature of from 200° C. (392° F.) to 220° C. (428° F.). 
The gray mass is then washed with sodium car- 
bonate, whereby the potash is removed as carbonate, 
the less soluble sodium oxalate remaining. This is 
converted into calcium oxalate by milk of lime, and 
the calcium salt then decomposed with sulphuric 
acid. The impure oxalic acid is then purihed by 
recrystallization. Bohlig has suggested an im- 
provement by precipitating the solution of potas- 
sium oxalate with magnesium chloride or sulphate. 
(Bayer, N. R., Aug. 1877.) As the oxalic acid of 
commerce often contains foreign matter, it requires 
for certain purposes to be purified. It has some- 
times been fraudulently mixed with 25 per cent, 
of Epsom salt. E. J. Maumene gives the following 
process for purification, which he says answers 
better than the method generally recommended. 
Sufficient hot water is added to the crystals to leave, 
on the cooling of the solution, from 10 to 20 per 
cent, undissolved, according to the degree of im- 
purity. The first crystals are put aside. The 
mother-water is then concentrated; and, if the 
resulting crystals be submitted to two or three 
successive crystallizations, the acid will finally be 
obtained free from alkaline oxalate. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1864, 154.) Stolba prefers the method 
of purification by crystallization from hydrochloric 
acid (boiling hot). (Journ. App. Chem., Aug. 1874.) 
Villiers (Journ. Chem. Soc., 1880, 544) prepares 
anhydrous oxalic acid by dissolving one part of 
ordinary acid in about twelve parts of warm con- 
centrated sulphuric acid, allowing the oxalic acid 
to crystallize out. 
Properties. Oxalic acid is a colorless crystal- 
lized solid, possessing considerable volatility, and a 
strong, sour taste. Its crystals have the shape of 
slender, flattened, four- or six-sided prisms, with 
two-sided summits ; and, when exposed to a very 
dry atmosphere, undergo a slight efflorescence. It 
is soluble in 4-5 parts of absolute alcohol, in 7 parts 
of alcohol, and almost insoluble in ether, chloro- 
form, benzol, and benzin. The crystals should dis- 
solve in not less than from eight to ten parts of 
water at 15° C. (69° F.) (greater solubility indi- 
cating contamination with adherent nitric acid). 
It fuses in its water of hydration at 98° C. (208-4° 
F.), although continued exposure to a heat of from 
60° C. (140° F.) to 70° C. (158° F.) will render it 
perfectly anhydrous. Solutions of oxalic acid at 
100° C. (212° F.) lose acid by sublimation, and at 
157° C. (314-6° F.) it sublimes rapidly. If the heat 
rise to 160° C. (320° F.), much loss of acid occurs. 
(Allen, Commer. Org. Anal., 1879, 233.) 
It combines with salifiable bases, and forms salts 
called oxalates. The most interesting of these are 
the three potassium oxalates, severally called oxa- 
late, binoxalate, and quadroxalate (acid potassium 
oxalate plus free oxalic acid), and the calcium oxa- 
late. The binoxalate and quadroxalate, both popu- 
larly called salt of sorrel or essential salt of lemons, 
are employed for removing iron moulds from linen, 
and act by their excess of acid, which forms a 
soluble salt with the ferric oxide constituting the 
stain. These oxalates are sometimes met with in 
the market contaminated with free sulphuric acid. 
Oxalic acid is used for removing ink stains and iron 
moulds, for cleaning the leather of boot-tops, and 
for discharging colors in calico-printing. Prussian 
blue dissolves in aqueous oxalic acid to a clear blue 
liquid which is often employed as a blue ink. 
This acid has a very strong affinity for lime, and 
makes with it an insoluble precipitate consisting 1754 
Oxalic Acid.—Oxalis Acetosella. 
PART II. 
of calcium oxalate, whenever the acid and earth 
are brought into contact in solution. An aqueous 
solution forms with solution of lime a white pre- 
cipitate, insoluble in an excess of oxalic or acetic 
acid, but dissolved by dilute hydrochloric acid. It 
is even capable of decomposing calcium fluoride, 
evolving hydrofluoric acid. (J. W. Slater.) Oxalic 
acid and its soluble combinations are the best tests 
for lime; and, conversely, a soluble salt of lime 
for oxalic acid. In weak solution the acid is said 
to absorb oxygen and to be converted into carbonic 
acid ; but a strong solution is quite permanent. 
(A. J. P., 1870, 317.) When lime is searched for, 
ammonium oxalate is the most convenient test. So 
strong is the mutual attraction between this acid 
and lime, that the former takes the latter even from 
sulphuric acid. Hence the addition of a soluble 
oxalate disturbs the transparency of a solution of 
calcium sulphate. 
Oxalic acid is distinguished from all other acids 
by the form of its crystals, and by its solution 
yielding a precipitate with lime water, insoluble in 
an excess of the acid or of acetic acid. 
Composition. Anhydrous oxalic acid consists 
of two atoms of carbon, two of hydrogen, and four 
of oxygen. It is abibasicacid. When crystallized, 
two molocules of water must be added, making the 
molecular weight of the crystals 126. These two 
molecules of water may be driven off by a regulated 
heat, by which the acid is made to effloresce. As 
oxalic acid is the final oxidation product of the dia- 
CH„,OH 
tomic alcohol glycol, to which the formula i 
CH„,OH 
is given, we may conclude that its structural for- 
CO,OH 
mula is which explains the readiness with 
which sulphuric acid splits it up into carbon dioxide, 
CO„, and carbon monoxide, CO, by withdrawing 
HaO from its formula, and with which oxidizing 
agents like manganese and lead dioxide change it 
into carbonic acid. Anhydrous oxalic acid may 
be obtained by dissolving the ordinary crystals in 
ten times their weight of sulphuric acid or concen- 
trated nitric acid and cooling the solution. 
Medical Properties and Toxicology. Oxalic acid 
has been strongly recommended by F. Poulet and 
by A. W. Marsh (T. G., 1891) in amcnorrhcea. 
Dose, half a grain (0032 6m.) from three to five 
times a day. Marffl has also found it extraordi- 
narily serviceable in cystitis. It is a very active 
germicide, and, according to Howard A. Kelly, 
its solution is almost the only practical substance 
for the perfect disinfection of the surgeon’s hands. 
Attention was first called to it as a poison by Mr. 
Royston in 1814, and the certainty and rapidity 
of its action have caused it to be largely used for 
suicidal purposes. Death has been produced by 
it in ten minutes. (Case, Chem. Hews, April 24, 
1868.) The minimum fatal dose recorded is one 
drachm (3 9 Gm.). From the general resemblance 
which the crystallized oxalic acid bears to Epsom 
salt, many fatal mistakes have occurred in conse- 
quence of its being sold for that saline purgative. 
It is, however, at once distinguished by its sour 
taste. 
Oxalic acid acts on the economy in two principal 
ways, according as its solution is concentrated or 
dilute. When concentrated it causes exquisite 
pain, followed by violent efforts to vomit, then 
sudden dulness, languor, and great debility, and 
finally death without a struggle. When dissolved 
in twenty times its weight of water, it possesses no 
corrosive and hardly any irritating power, but 
causes death by acting on the brain, spinal marrow, 
and heart. It should be noted, however, that the 
acid, even in weak solution, always exercises a cor- 
roding or softening power on the animal tissues. 
The morbid appearances caused by oxalic acid are 
various. In a dissection reported by Dr. Christison, 
the mucous coat of the throat and gullet had an 
appearance as if scalded, and that of the gullet could 
be easily scraped off. The inner coat of the stomach 
was pultaceous, in many points black, in others red, 
and that of the intestines similarly but less vio- 
lently affected. In another case the whole villous 
coat of the stomach was either softened or removed, 
as well as the inner membrane of the oesophagus ; 
so that the muscular coat was exposed, and this 
coat exhibited a dark, gangrenous appearance, 
being much thickened and highly injected. The 
stomach usually contains a dark fluid, resembling 
coffee-grounds, consisting chiefly of altered blood. 
The tongue and mouth are sometimes white or 
spotted with white. In a few cases no morbid ap- 
pearances have been discovered. 
In 1879 Robert and Kiirsner announced that in 
animals oxalic acid may produce glycosuria; this 
has since been confirmed, and Sarganeck has noted 
the symptom in human poisoning, so that it is 
probably a constant phenomenon. 
In the treatment of poisoning by oxalic acid, the 
remedial measures must be employed with great 
promptitude. Vomiting may be encouraged and 
the stomach-pump used, but unless the antidote be 
at hand death will rarely be averted. The proper 
antidote is chalk or magnesia, mixed with water ; 
and as soon as either can be procured, it must be 
administered in large and repeated doses. In many 
cases whitewash or some other preparation of lime 
can be obtained sooner than chalk, and should be 
at once administered. These substances act by 
forming with the poison an insoluble, inert calcium 
or magnesium oxalate. The soluble salts of oxalic 
acid, as ammonium oxalate and potassium oxalate, 
are equally poisonous, and the antidotes for them 
are the same as for the acid. 
The best tests for the detection of oxalic acid in 
the contents of the stomach, or in the vomited mat- 
ter, in cases of suspected poisoning, are calcium 
chloride, copper sulphate, and silver nitrate. The 
first causes a white precipitate of calcium oxalate, 
known by its being soluble in nitric acid; the sec- 
ond, a bluish-white precipitate of copper oxalate; 
and the third, a dense white precipitate of silver 
oxalate, which, when dried and heated, becomes 
brown and detonates faintly. When the antidotes 
have been freely used during life, the poison will 
be in the state of either calcium or magnesium 
oxalate. In this case, the oxalate found is to be 
boiled with a solution of potassium carbonate, 
whereby a potassium oxalate will be generated; 
and this must then be examined with the reagents 
above indicated. 
OXALIS ACETOSELLA. L. Wood-sorrel. 
Acetosella. Alleluia, Surelle, Pain de Coucou, Fr. 
Sauerklee, Hasenkl.ee, G. The wood-sorrel is a 
small, perennial, herbaceous, stemless plant of the 
nat. ord. Oxalidaceas, with numerous radical leaves, 
which are all ternate, and supported upon slender 
hairy petioles. The leaflets are obcordate, entire, 
hairy, of a yellowish-green color, but frequently PART II. 
Oxychinaseptol.— Ozone. 
1755 
purplish on their under surface. The scape or 
flower-stalk, which usually exceeds the petioles in 
length, is furnished with two scaly bracts near the 
middle, and terminates in a large white or flesh- 
colored flower, marked with red streaks. The 
styles are of the same length as the inner stamens. 
This plant is a native both of Europe and North 
America. It selects shady places, such as woods, 
groves, and hedges, and flowers in May. Other in- 
digenous species of Oxalis possess similar properties 
to O. acetosella. They all have tern ate leaves with 
obcordate leaflets, and, with the single exception of 
O. violacea, L., bear yellow flowers. The whole 
herbaceous portion may be used. 
Wood-sorrel is without smell, and has an agree- 
able sour taste. It owes its acidity to acid potas- 
sium oxalate or potassium binoxalate (HKC2U4), 
which was formerly separated for use, and sold 
under the name of salt of sorrel. The same salt 
may be prepared by exactly neutralizing with 
potassa one part of oxalic acid in solution, then 
adding one part more of the acid, and evaporating 
the solution so that it may crystallize upon cooling. 
Acid potassium oxalate is in rhomboidal crystals, 
of a sour, pungent, bitterish taste, soluble in forty 
parts of cold and six parts of boiling water (Kane), 
and unalterable in the air. Potassium tetroxalate 
or quadroxalate is often substituted for the binoxa- 
late. It is prepared in the same manner, except 
that, instead of one part, three parts of the acid 
are added to the original proportion neutralized by 
potassa. Both salts are kept in the shops under the 
names of salt of sorrel and essential salt of lemons, 
and are employed for removing iron mould and 
ink stains from linen, and sometimes as a test for 
lime. Both are poisonous, though in a less degree 
than uncombined oxalic acid. 
This and other species of sorrel are refrigerant; 
and their infusion, or a whey made by boiling 
them in milk, may be used as a pleasant drink in 
febrile and inflammatory affections. A solution 
of the potassium binoxalate is used on the conti- 
nent of Europe as a substitute for lemonade. It 
has been recommended by W. H. Taylor as extra- 
ordinarily efficacious in scurvy. Four grains (0-26 
Gm.) of the salt were given three times a day. 
(Lancet, 1869, 777.) The fresh plant, eaten raw, 
is said to be useful in scurvy. 
Oxalis crassicaulis, Zucc., a Peruvian species, 
yields an edible root, and, by expression from its 
leaves, a very sour and astringent juice, which is 
employed, in the form of syrup, in hemorrhages, 
chronic catarrh, and gonorrhoea, with asserted ad- 
vantage. 
OXYCHINASEPTOL. Diaphtherin. 
CeH4(S02){g-gg g9|e(OH) This substance 
?s made by uniting two molecules of oxychinoline, 
C9HqN(0H), with one molecule of phenol-sul- 
phonic acid, C6H6(HS03)OH. It occurs in yel- 
lowish hexagonal crystals, melting at 85° C., very 
soluble in water and diluted alcohol. Its solution 
is decomposed by alkalies. According to the re- 
searches of Emmerich (Munch. Med. Wochen., 1892), 
it is much more powerful as an antiseptic than car- 
bolic acid; two-tenths of one per cent, solution is 
sufficient to kill the comma and diphtheria bacilli 
in ten minutes, and three-tenths of one per cent, so- 
lution destroys the pus organisms in thirty minutes. 
It is also asserted that it is practically innocuous 
to higher animals, the subcutaneous injection of 
five cubic centimetres of a 5 per cent, solution pro- 
ducing no serious effects upon guinea-pigs. It has 
been used in practical surgery, especially by Kro- 
nacber, who has employed from to 1 per cent, so- 
lution with great satisfaction for the general pur- 
poses of the antiseptic treatment of wounds. Such 
solution produces no irritation except in some 
cases a momentary burning. Eohrer (Corresp. f. 
Schweiz. Aerz., Nov. 1892) commends the remedy 
as a local application in disease of the nasal mucous 
membrane. The solution does not stain the hands, 
but forms on steel instruments a black deposit 
which is readilv washed otf. 
OXYDENDRUM ARBOREUM, D.C., also 
(L.) D.C. Sour-wood. Elk-tree. Sorrel-tree. (Nat. 
ord. Ericaceae.) The leaves of this indigenous tree 
are said by eclectic physicians to be a powerful 
diuretic, which has been used very successfully in 
the treatment of dropsy. A semi-solid extract may 
be made, one part representing five of the drug. 
Dose, from five to fifteen grains (0-32-0-9 Gm.). 
Of the fluid extract the dose is from a half to two 
fluidrachms (1-8-7-4 C.c.). 
OXYNAPHTHOIC ACID. Alpha-naphthol- 
carboxylic Acid. C10He | qqqjj. This is the 
counterpart among the naphthalene derivatives of 
salicylic acid among the benzene derivatives, and 
is made in an analogous way by the action of car- 
bon dioxide and sodium upon a-naphthol. It 
forms a white, inodorous, microcrystalline powder 
fusing at from 185° to 186° C., and is soluble in 
30,000 parts of cold water, more readily soluble in 
alcohol, chloroform, benzol, and oils, both fixed 
and volatile, also in aqueous solutions of ammo- 
nium bicarbonate, which form salts. It is anti- 
zymotic, disinfectant, and recommended against 
phylloxera. Its antizymotic action is said to ex- 
ceed that of salicylic acid as five to one, and a 5 
per cent, ointment has been lauded in scabies. 
OXYPROPYLENEDIISOAMYL AMINE. 
Louise affirms that this colorless liquid, which is 
soluble in alcohol, ether, and oils and insoluble in 
water, resembles atropine in its action upon the 
heart, and that it causes great rise of the arterial 
pressure and of the temperature of the body. 
(Lancet, 1887.) 
OZOKERITE. This substance,which is brought 
from Galicia, in Austria, and from near the Caspian 
Sea, as well as mined in Southern Utah, in its crude 
state is a solid, varying in color from a dirty green- 
ish to nearly black. When purified by treatment 
with sulphuric acid and alkali and subsequent fil- 
tration while melted through bone-black or other 
filtering medium, it is a hard, white, spermaceti- 
like substance, and is extensively used in England 
as well as in Austria in the manufacture of candles. 
(See Ceresin.) It is a mixture of natural paraffins. 
It is said to resemble tar in its therapeutic proper- 
ties, and, mixed with glycerin or linseed oil, has 
been employed in skin diseases by Dr. Purdon as a 
substitute for that remedy. (Brit, and For. Med.- 
Chir. Rev., 1872, 535. See also Arch. Gen., Avril, 
1873, and Amer. Drug., 1892, 40.) 
OZONE (03) is recognized as an active modifi- 
cation of the element oxygen. It is considered to 
differ from the common form in being more con- 
densed and at the same time more active. It has 
a peculiar odor, somewhat resembling that of 
diluted chlorine. Ozone changes gradually at the 
ordinary temperature into common oxygen, and at 1756 
Ozone.—Palm. Oil. 
PART II. 
237° C. the change is instantaneous. It is one of 
the most powerful oxidizing agents known, attack- 
ing and at once destroying organic substances, such 
as caoutchouc, paper, cork, etc. It also decolor- 
izes most organic pigments. Ozone is somewhat 
soluble in water, imparting to water its peculiar 
odor, as well as its oxidizing power. According 
to Carius, 1000 volumes of water dissolve 4-5 
volumes of ozone, and it is much more soluble 
in certain ethereal oils. The power of these latter 
as carriers of oxygen and disinfectants is thus ex- 
plained. At one time ozone was thought to be 
peroxide of hydrogen, but Marignac and De la 
Rive demonstrated its true nature. Hautefeuille 
and Chappins (Compt.-Rend., xciv. 1249) suc- 
ceeded in producing “liquid ozone” by applying 
a pressure of 125 atmospheres to richly ozonized 
oxygen at —100° 0. It is stated to be of a dark 
indigo color. 
Ozone has not been obtained free from oxygen ; 
indeed, it is probable that 1 per cent, of ozone is 
the highest concentration reached in its production. 
It is prepared by the decomposition of water by 
the battery, by the passage of the silent electric 
discharge through air or oxygen, by the slow oxi- 
dation of phosphorus in moist air and in other 
cases of slow combustion, and, lastly, by the action 
of sulphuric acid upon barium dioxide and potas- 
sium permanganate. Poulsen has suggested the 
following method of making ozone. The apparatus 
consists of a wide-necked glass jar, with a double 
cover of porcelain plates, finely perforated; the 
upper plate closes in the mouth of tbe jar, while 
the lower one is inserted in the neck of the jar, 
about two inches below the other. Through the 
centre of each of these covers a glass rod passes, 
terminating at the lower end (which is curved 
upward) in a small cup for holding a piece of phos- 
phorus : in the jar is placed a given quantity of 
acidulated water, its level just above the cap con- 
taining the phosphorus, which, when the apparatus 
is not in action, is always submerged. A little 
potassium permanganate is added to the acid solu- 
tion, and to produce ozone the phosphorus is raised, 
by means of the glass rod, just to the surface of 
the water. Chemical action produces phosphorous 
acid in the form of fumes by the contact of the 
phosphorus with the air, and the fumes are seen to 
rise to a certain height, when they are deflected 
down upon the solution, into which they are ab- 
sorbed, and converted into phosphoric acid by 
being oxidized by the potassium permanganate. 
Meanwhile, ozonified oxygen is produced, and, 
passing out through the perforations in the covers, 
is distributed in the atmosphere. The presence of 
ozone in the air or in gases is indicated by its action 
on paper moistened with potassium iodide and 
starch solution. This is turned blue, and if red- 
dened litmus-paper be moistened with potassium 
iodide, this is also blued. Another test is found in 
the use of paper moistened with an alcoholic solu- 
tion of guaiacum, which is changed to light blue. 
Its presence in the air is now fully established, 
although in thickly inhabited districts it is almost 
always absent, as it is reduced to ordinary oxygen 
by the organic emanations constantly sent out into 
the air. In the air of the country, and especially 
in sea-air, the presence of ozone can almost always 
be recognized, often, indeed, by its peculiar smell. 
The probable cause of the formation of ozone in 
the air has been recently pointed out by Gorup- 
Besanez, as he has shown that ozone is invariably 
formed when water evaporates; and it is to this 
source, rather than to electrical discharges, that 
the production of ozone must be traced. 
OFFICINALIS. L. Peony. Pivoine, 
Fr. Gichtrose, Pfingstrose, G. (Nat. ord. Ranun- 
culaceae.) The root of the Garden Peony con- 
sists of acaudex about as thick as the thumb, which 
descends several inches into the ground, and sends 
off in all directions spindle-shaped tubers, which 
gradually taper into thread-like fibres, by which 
they hang together. It has a strong, peculiar, dis- 
agreeable odor, and a nauseous taste, which is at 
first sweetish, and afterwards hitter and somewhat 
acrid. The odor is lost, or much diminished, by 
drying. Peony root was in very great repute 
among the ancients, who used it both as a charm 
and as a medicine in numerous complaints, partic- 
ularly epilepsy. In modern times it has been used 
as an antispasmodic. According to Rochebrune 
(Toxicol. Afr., i.), it contains an active alkaloid, 
paeonine. The dose of the fresh root is from two 
drachms to an ounce, boiled in a pint of water 
down to half a pint, which should he taken daily. 
It is said to be less active when dried. Dose of the 
expressed juice, one ounce. It is milky, of a strong 
odor and very disagreeable taste. The seeds are 
roundish-oval, about as large as a pea, externally 
smooth, shining, and nearly black, internally 
whitish, inodorous when dry, and of a mild, oleagi- 
nous taste. By some authors they are said to be 
emetic and purgative, by others antispasmodic. 
Dose, the same as the root. W. Will obtained from 
an aqueous distillate of the root of the Japanese 
Pceonia montana an aromatic ketone in colorless 
crystals. (Ber. d. Chem. Ges., xix. 1777.) Accord- 
ing to Nagae, this substance has the formula 
CgHi0Og. (Ibid., xxiv.) It has been prepared by 
Schimmel & Co., under the name of peonol. It 
has a pleasant aromatic smell, and crystallizes in 
large needles. No essential oil was found in the 
root. (Schimmel & Co., Repo?'t, Oct. 1890.) Drag- 
endorn has found in the seed of the P. pereg?'ina, 
Mill., a fixed oil, an alkaloid, and paeonic acid. 
(Jahresb. Pharm., 1879.) 
PALICOUREA RIGIDA. H. B. K. The 
leaves of this tree are used in Brazil as a diuretic 
and diaphoretic. In 1866 Peckholdt found in them 
an alkaloid and three organic acids. One of these 
acids, consisting of a yellow, oily liquid with an 
overpowering odor, was found to be distinctly 
poisonous, one drop injected into a pigeon being 
enough to cause death. This was called myotonic 
acid. A crystalline palicouric acid, an amorphous 
tannin, and another amorphous non-toxic bitter 
principle were also isolated. Santesson has con- 
firmed the presence of an alkaloid. (Arch, der 
Pharm., 235.) 
PALM OIL. Huile (Beurre) de Palme, Fr. 
Palmol, Palmbutter, G. This highly valuable fixed 
oil is the product of Elais Guiniensis, Jacq., a palm 
growing on the western coast of Africa, and culti- 
vated in the West Indies and South America. It 
is among the handsomest trees of its graceful 
family which flourish in the tropical regions of 
Africa. The oil is obtained by expression from the 
fruit. It is brought to this country chiefly from 
Liberia and other places on the African coast, 
though prepared also in the West Indies, Cayenne, 
and Brazil. It is not improbable that various 
species of Palmacese contribute to the supply of PABT II. 
Panax Quinquefolium. 
1757 
this article of commerce. At present the chief 
ports for its shipment are Cape Palmas and Lagos, 
prima and seeunda Lagos being the choicest vari- 
eties. The annual export from the African coast 
now reaches 50,000 tons, of which the bulk goes to 
England. 
Palm oil has the consistence of butter, a rich, 
orange-yellow color, a sweetish taste, and an agree- 
able odor, compared by some to that of violets, by 
others to that of the Florentine orris. By age and 
exposure it becomes rancid and of a whitish color. 
It melts with the heat of the hand, and when per- 
fectly fluid passes readily through blotting-paper. 
Highly rectified alcohol dissolves it at common tem- 
peratures, and in ether it is soluble in all propor- 
tions. Its constituents are tripalmitin and triolein, 
C3H6(C16H3102)3 and C3H6(C18Hg3Oa)3. The 
tripaimitin is converted into palmitic acid by sa- 
ponification, with liberation of glycerin. It ap- 
pears also that a considerable proportion of this 
acid, together with some glycerin, exists uncom- 
bined in the oil, as ascertained by Pelouze and 
Boudet; so that the changes which are effected in 
oils, through the agency of alkalies, in the process 
of saponification, take place, to a certain extent, 
spontaneously in palm oil. (Journ. de Pharm., 
xxiv. 389.) Hence it is more easily saponified than 
any other fixed oil. Preparatory to saponification, 
it may be bleached rapidly, according to J. J. 
Pohl, by heating it quickly to 240° C. (464° F.) 
and keeping it for ten minutes at that tempera- 
ture. It loses for a time its peculiar odor by the 
process, acquiring an empyreumatic smell; but 
this after a while ceases to be perceived, and the 
characteristic odor returns. (See A. J. P., xxvii. 
346.) Englehart bleaches it in the following man- 
ner. 1000 lbs. of the oil are heated in a boiler 
to 62-2° C. (144° F.) and kept at that temperature 
until the next day, when it is decanted into a clean 
vessel, and cooled to a point between 36-6° C. (98° 
F.) and 40° C. (104° F.). In another vessel 15 
lbs. of potassium bichromate are dissolved in 45 
lbs. of boiling water; and, when the solution is 
partially cooled, 60 lbs. of hydrochloric acid are 
added. This solution is then mixed with the oil, and 
briskly agitated. In five minutes the color changes 
to green, through the reduction of the chromic 
acid ; and, with a continuation of the agitation, 
the chromium oxide separates, and then nothing 
more is necessary than washing with water to get 
the oil colorless. (A. J. P., 1868, 333.) Palm oil 
is said to be frequently imitated by a mixture of 
lard and suet, colored with turmeric and scented 
with Florentine orris. It is much employed in the 
manufacture of a toilet soap, which retains its 
pleasant odor. Palm oil is emollient, and has 
sometimes been employed in friction or embroca- 
tion, though not superior for this purpose to many 
other oleaginous substances. 
PANAX QUINQUEFOLIUM. L. Panax, 
U. S. 1870. Ginseng, Fr., G., Sp. Ginsen, It. 
The ginseng has a perennial root, which sends up 
annually a smooth round stem, about a foot high, 
and divided at the summit into three leaf-stalks, 
each of which supports a compound leaf, consist- 
ing of five or more rarely of three or seven peti- 
olate, oblong-obovate, acuminate, serrate leaflets. 
The flowers are small, greenish, and disposed in a 
simple umbel, supported by a peduncle which rises 
from the top of the stem in the centre of the peti- 
oles. The fruit is a kidney-shaped scarlet berry, 
crowned with the styles and calyx, with two and 
sometimes three seeds. The plant is indigenous, 
growing in the hilly regions of the Northern, Mid- 
dle, and Western States, and preferring the shelter 
of thick, shady woods. The root is the part em- 
ployed. This is collected in considerable quanti- 
ties in Ohio and West Virginia, Minnesota, etc. 
It is also cultivated. (A. J. P., 1891 ; Pharm. Era, 
1895, 359.) It is not used in America, but is ex- 
ported to China. While supplied with ginseng 
exclusively from their own country, which fur- 
nished the root only in small quantities, the Chinese 
entertained the most extravagant notions of its 
virtues, considering it as a remedy for all diseases, 
and as possessing almost miraculous powers in pre- 
serving health, invigorating the system, and pro- 
longing life. It is said to have been worth its 
weight in gold at Pekin, and the first shipment 
from North America to Canton yielded enormous 
profits. John Henry Wilson (P. J. Tr., July, 
1888) states that there are in the Chinese market 
five ginsengs, four of them of Asiatic origin, de- 
rived from Panax ginseng, C. A. Mey (now Aralia 
quinquefolia, Decne. and Planch.), the fifth the 
American ginseng from Panax quinquefolium. Ac- 
cording to E. M. Holmes, T’ang-shen, which is 
used by the poor of China as a substitute for the 
costly ginseng, is a root of a new campanulaceous 
plant, Codonopsis tangshen, and is exported from 
Hankow and Oo-chang to the extent of five hun- 
dred tons annually. (P. J. Tr., xxi.) For an ac- 
count of the Chinese methods of using ginseng, see 
P. J. Tr., vi. 86. 
The root is fleshy, somewhat spindle-shaped, 
from one to three inches long, about as thick as 
the little finger, and terminated by several slender 
fibres. Frequently there are two portions, some- 
times three or more, connected at their upper ex- 
tremity, and bearing a supposed, though very 
remote, resemblance to the human figure, from 
which circumstance it is said that the Chinese 
name ginseng originated. For an account of the 
ginseng cultivation in Corea, see P. J. Tr., 1885, 
732; and of its collection in the United States, see 
Drug. Circ., 1884, 33. When dried, the root is 
yellowish white and wrinkled externally, and 
within consists usually of a hard central portion, 
surrounded by a soft whitish bark. It has a feeble 
odor, and a sweet, slightly aromatic taste, some- 
what analogous to that of liquorice-root. It has 
not been accurately analyzed, but is said to be rich 
in gum and starch, and contains albumen. S. S. 
Garrigues obtained from it a peculiar substance, 
which he named panaquilon, and gave the formula 
C12H2509. To prepare it he heats a cold infusion 
so as to separate the albumen, filters, concentrates 
to a syrupy consistence, precipitates by a concen- 
trated solution of sodium sulphate, washes the pre- 
cipitate thoroughly with the saline solution, and 
then treats it with alcohol, which dissolves the 
principle in question, and yields it on evaporation. 
To purify it, he dissolves it in water, treats the 
solution with animal charcoal, again evaporates, 
and dissolves the residue in absolute alcohol, which 
is finally distilled off. Panaquilon is an amorphous 
yellow powder, soluble in water and alcohol, but 
not in ether, of a sweet bitterish taste, and has the 
characteristic property that, when treated with 
strong acids, it is converted into a white substance, 
insoluble in water, with the escape of carbonic acid 
and water. Garrigues proposed for this white sub- 1758 
Panbotano Bark.—Papaya. 
PART II. 
stance the name of panaeon, C11lf1904. (A. J. P., 
xxvi. 511.) Davyuow {A. J. P., 1890, 338) has 
again investigated these principles discovered by 
Garrigues, but adds nothing new to our informa- 
tion concerning them. The root is sometimes 
submitted, before being dried, to a process of clari- 
fication, which renders it translucent and horny, 
and enhances its value as an article of export. 
The extraordinary medical virtues formerly as- 
cribed to ginseng had no other existence than in 
the imagination of the Chinese. It is little more 
than a demulcent, and in this country is not em- 
ployed as a medicine. Some persons, however, are 
in the habit of chewing it, having acquired a relish 
for its taste; and it is chiefly to supply the wants 
of these that it is kept in the shops. 
PANBOTANO BARK. The root of the Mexi- 
can leguminous tree Calliandra houstoni, Benth., 
has been highly commended by Valude as an anti- 
periodic, although Villejean was not able to find in 
it either an alkaloid or a glucoside. (Journ. de Sci. 
Med. de Lille, 1890.) Pouchet (Nouv. Remedies, 
1896), however, states that he has found in panbo- 
tano, besides saponin, an alkaloid which produces 
death by systolic arrest of the heart. Both Dinau 
(These de Paris, 1896) and Crespin confirm its anti- 
periodic value. (Bull. Gen. Therap., Aug. 1895.) 
A tincture representing two ounces of the root is 
taken in four doses during twenty-four hours. 
PANGIUM EDULE. Reinw. (Nat. ord. 
Bixinese.) This East Indian tree, which is said 
to possess anthelmintic and narcotic properties, 
and to be capable of causing death, according to 
Blume, contains an alkaloid resembling meni- 
spermine. 
PAO-PEREIRA BARK. Under this name a 
bark is employed in Brazil as a febrifuge. It is 
supposed to be the product of Geissospermmn Iceve, 
Miers.,orof G.vellosii, Allem. (Nat. ord. Apocy- 
nacese.) O. Hesse has found an alkaloid, geisso- 
spermine, C10H24N2O2 H„0, in it (see P. J. Tr., 
viii. 648), but he seems to nave been preceded in 
this discovery by Santos. (A. J. P., 1878, 184.) 
Peretti has discovered in the root a second alkaloid, 
pereirine, C19H24N„0, which, according to Gui- 
maraes (Brit. Med. Journ., vol. i., 1887), in 
sufficient doses causes paralysis with elevation of 
temperature, ending in death. It has been given 
to man as an antiperiodic in doses of thirty grains 
(T94 Gm.) a day. (See also A. J. P., 1886, 278.) 
Later a third alkaloid, vellosine, 023H28N204, was 
found. This forms colorless crystals, melting at 
189° C., insoluble in water, easily soluble in alcohol 
and ether. In concentrated nitric acid it dissolves 
with a purplish-red color, which is very stable. 
PAPAYA. Melon-tree. Papaw. The Cariea 
Papaya, L. (nat. ord. Passiflorese), is an herba- 
ceous tree, everywhere cultivated in tropical coun- 
tries for the sake of its fruit. The tree is both 
dioecious and hermaphrodite, reaches a height of 
about twenty feet, with a cylindrical stem from 
twelve to twenty inches in diameter, a smooth gray 
bark, and a shield-like crown of leaves. The fruit 
in the best varieties attains a size larger than that 
of a man’s head. According to M. Peckholdt (P. J. 
Tr., Nov. 1879), the milky juice is contained in all 
parts of the tree, but in such small quantity, save in 
the unripe fruit, that it is always procured from the 
latter. One fruit will yield about 33 Gm., which 
is obtained by scratching through the skin in vari- 
ous places ; the process does not interfere with the 
ripening of the fruit, but it is said that the seeds will 
not germinate. The milk has an acid reaction, an 
astringent bitterish taste, and a sp. gr. of 1-023. 
Upon standing for a few minutes it separates into 
two parts, an aqueous liquid, and a white, somewhat 
coagulated, pulpy mass. In the aqueous portion is 
an albuminous substance, to which the names of 
papain and papayotin have been given. It is pre- 
cipitated by alcohol, and, according to M. Wurtz, 
has not a definite constitution (Compt.-Rend., Aug. 
1879), but contains as much as 10 6 per cent, of 
nitrogen. Rossbaeh subsequently suggested that 
this variation might be due to the presence of pep- 
tones which he succeeded in separating by dialysis. 
He found the pure papain approximating thegeneral 
constitution of albuminoid bodies in its composition, 
as, in addition to carbon, hydrogen, and nitrogen, 
it contains about 2-61 per cent, of sulphur. In T. 
Peckholdt’s analysis, 100 parts of juice yielded 5-303 
parts of papain and 4-5 parts of caoutchouc-like 
substance, besides two resins, fatty materials, malic 
acid, extractive matter, etc. According to the re- 
searches of S. H. C. Martin, papaw juice contains 
papain, which is associated with an albumose, also 
a milk-curdling ferment. The proteids present in 
papaw juice were found to be as follows. 1. Globu- 
lin, resembling serum globulin in its most impor- 
tant properties. 2. Albumen. 3. /2-Phytalbumose, 
precipitated almost completely by heat, by satura- 
tion with neutral salts, but not by dialysis. It 
differs from the heteroalbumose of Kiihne and 
Chittenden by not being precipitated by dialysis, 
by copper sulphate, or by mercuric chloride. 4. 
a-Phytalbumose, soluble in cold or boiling water; 
not precipitated by saturation with neutral salts, 
except in an acid solution. This is the vegetable 
peptone referred to by Vines (J. Physiol., iii.) as 
hemialbumose. It differs from the protalbumose 
of Kiihne and Chittenden by its non-precipitation 
by sodium chloride or by copper sulphate. No 
peptones occur in the juice, hut leucine and tyrosine 
are present. (Journ. Ghem. Soe., 1886, 642; see also 
P. J. Tr., 1885, 129.) M. Wurtz found that, puri- 
fied by repeated precipitation from its aqueous solu- 
tion, 6-1 Gm. of papain in alkaline solution at a 
temperature of 40° C. dissolved in twenty-four 
hours 17-5 Gm. of moist fibrin by converting it into 
a peptone. For studies on papain by Martin, see 
A. J. P., 1885 and 1886. Van Rijn extracted from 
the leaves of C. papaya an alkaloid, carpaine, 
Ci4H25N02, which is used as a febrifuge. Oefele 
regards it as a substitute for digitalin. 
According to Wurtz, the fibrin is dissolved 
whether the solvent solution be alkaline or acid. 
Brunton and Wyatt and also Martin affirm, how- 
ever, that one-half per cent, of hydrochloric acid 
will prevent digestion, but Albrecht reasserts that 
hydrochloric acid hastens the action of the fer- 
ment, and states that the official preparation in use 
in the Paris hospitals is an acid one. In order 
entirely to convert fibrin into pure peptone so that 
nitric acid will produce no precipitate, the pro- 
portion of the ferment should be as great as 3 
per cent., and digestion must continue for forty- 
eight hours at 50° C. Milk is first coagulated by 
papain, then precipitated, and then digested. 
Papaya juice has a tendency to spoil by under- 
going a butyric fermentation, but Wurtz found 
that the addition to it of glycerin preserved it 
without interfering with its digestive power. Im- 
ported in this form, it was a thick milky liquid. PART II. 
Paraform.—Peach Leaves. 
1759 
As it now occurs in commerce, papain is a grayish, 
fine powder, which in appearance, odor, and taste 
strongly suggests pepsin. Recently it has been 
much used as an internal medicine in dyspepsia 
and gastric catarrh, and as a local application for 
the destruction of false membranes, warts, tuber- 
cles,| walls of old sinuses, and even of epithelioma. 
It is not caustic nor astringent, but destroys the 
part by virtue of its power of dissolving not only 
muscular but connective tissue. Jacobi affirms 
(Therap. Oaz., vol. ii.) that diphtheritic mem- 
branes are dissolved in a few hours by the hourly 
application of a mixture of one part of papain 
with two parts each of water and of glycerin. 
According to Brunton, the dose is from five to ten 
grains (03-0-6 Gm.). Injected into the venous 
circulation it acts as a powerful poison, a single 
grain sufficing to kill a rabbit. It is stated that 
from time immemorial the fresh leaves of the 
papaya plant have been used by the Indians to 
wrap meat in to make it tender, and as a dressing 
to foul wounds. Peckholdt says that, taken inter- 
nally, the juice is reputed to cause intestinal in- 
flammation. No recent observers have noted such 
influence. 
Under the name of papayotin, papain, or papoid, 
the more or less impure ferment of the Carica 
papaya is put upon the market, and, according to 
various authorities, it acts powerfully upon starch, 
converting it into maltose ; emulsifies fat, and con- 
verts albuminoids into peptones. It is asserted for 
it that, when the stomach is acid, it is much superior 
to pancreatin, because its action is not markedly 
affected by contact with the acid. In experiments 
made by H. C. Wood with a papoid from one of 
the most renowned manufacturers no digestion 
occurred, and it is probable that much of the 
article of commerce is inert. 
PARAFORM. Paraformaldehyd. Triformol. 
Trioxymethylene. This compound, which may be 
considered as a polymerized formaldehyde, is a 
colorless, crystalline powder, insoluble in water, 
used as an intestinal antiseptic in doses of from eight 
to sixteen grains (0-5-1 Gm.) and externally in sur- 
gery as an antiseptic. 
PARAMERIA VULNERARIA. Radlkofer. 
(Nat. ord. Apocynaceae.) This tree yields the 
Balsamo de Taguloway of the Malays. (See Arch, 
de Pharm., Nov. 1885.) 
PARIETARIA OFFICINALIS. L. Wall Pel- 
litory. Parietaire, Perce-muraille, Fr. Glaskraut, 
G. (Nat. ord. Urticacese.) A perennial European 
herb, growing on old walls and heaps of rubbish. 
It is diuretic and refrigerant, and was formerly 
used in urinary complaints and dropsy, in the form 
of decoction or of the expressed juice. 
PARIS GREEN. Schweinfurt Green. Aceto- 
Arsenite of Copper. Cu(C2H302)„.3Cu( As02)2. 
This substance, which was originally made for a 
pigment, is now used to an enormous extent for 
dusting on potato-vines to destroy the so-called 
potato-bug, or Colorado beetle, Doryphora decem- 
lineata. It is made by mixing five parts of verdi- 
gris with sufficient water to form a thin paste, and 
adding to this a boiling solution of four parts of 
arsenous acid in fifty parts of water, keeping the 
mixture at the boiling temperature, and adding a 
little acetic acid to cause it to retain a brilliant 
color. It is rarely found pure in commerce. Numer- 
ous cases of poisoning have occurred through care- 
lessness in its use as an insecticide. The treatment 
would be the same as that for poisoning by arsenic. 
(See p. 24.) Lead arsenate (Chem. News, 1896, 
17) has been used as a substitute for Paris green. 
PARKIA BIGLOBOSA. Benth. (Now recog- 
nized either as P. africana, R. Bi\, or P. rox- 
burghii, G. Don.) Houlle. Neretou. This is an 
African leguminous tree, from the dried pulp of 
whose fruit a farinaceous food is prepared by the 
natives. According to De Rochebrune (Toxicolog. 
Africaine, 1898), it contains a peculiar crystalline 
alkaloid, parkine, which resembles in its physio- 
logical activity physostigmine. 
PARTHENIUM HYSTEROPHORUS. L. 
(Nat. ord. Composite.) Jose Torar has ionn&parthe- 
nine and four other alkaloids, besides parthenic acid, 
in this Cuban plant, which is used by the natives as a 
febrifuge and antiperiodic. Of the alkaloids, par- 
thenine is crystallizable and is apparently the 
active principle. It has been extracted and studied 
again by H. Vin Arnv (A. J. P., 1890, 121), who 
believes it to he a bitter glucoside and not an alka- 
loid. In doses of three grains (0-194 Gm.) it is 
said to quicken the heart, and in doses of fifteen 
grains (0-972 Gm.) to slow cardiac action, whilst 
fifty grains not only lessen the arterial pressure 
and respiratory frequency hut reduce the bodily 
temperature. In doses of from seven to ten grains 
(0-45-0-648 Gm.) it is affirmed to he useful in 
neuralgia. (See Deutsche Med. Wochen., Feb. 1886 ; 
Journ. de Med de Paris, March, 1887; Journ. de 
Pharm. etde Chim.,xii., 1885 ; A. J. P., 1897, 169.) 
PARTHENIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM. L. 
Prairie Dock. (Nat. ord. Composite.) This is an 
herbaceous perennial, growing abundantly in the 
prairies of our Southwestern States. Two ounces 
of the intensely hitter flowering tops, given in the 
form of infusion, are thought by Dr. M. Houlton 
to he equivalent to twenty grains of quinine sul- 
phate as an antiperiodic. 
PASSIFLORA INCARNATA. L. (Nat. ord. 
Passiflorese.) The indigenous American Passion 
Flower has been used by various practitioners, in 
doses of from ten to thirty drops of a saturated tinc- 
ture, in neuralgias, sleeplessness, dysmenorrhcea, as 
well as in diarrhoea and dysentery. I. Ott (Medical 
Bulletin, Dec. 1898), finds that it is a depressant 
to the motor side of the spinal cord, hut increases 
the rate of the respiration; and that it has very 
little effect upon the circulation, only temporarily 
reducing the arterial pressure. 
PATENT YELLOW. Mineral Yellow. A 
pigment, consisting of lead chloride combined with 
lead monoxide. It is prepared by mixing common 
salt and litharge with a sufficient quantity of 
water, allowing the mixture to stand for some 
time, then washing out the liberated soda, and ex- 
posing the white residue to heat. 
PAULO-W ILHELMIA SPECIOSA. 
Hochst. This acanthaceous plant is used by the 
Aquapine tribe on the Gold Coast, as a fish-poison, 
under the name of adubiri. (P. J. Tr., xx., 1890.) 
PEACH LEAVES. Leaves of Amygdalus Per- 
sica. L. Persica vulgaris. Miller. Prunus Persica. 
Stokes. Pecker, Fr. Pjirsich, G. The peach-tree 
is supposed to have been originally brought from 
Persia, but flourishes everywhere in the warm 
temperate zone. Peaches are among the most 
grateful and wholesome of our summer fruits. 
They abound in saccharine matter, which renders 
their juices susceptible of the vinous fermentation, 
and a distilled liquor prepared from them has been 1760 
Pearl White.—Perezia Root. 
PART II. 
much used, in some parts of the country, under 
the name of peach brandy. The kernels of the 
fruit resemble, physically and chemically, hitter 
almonds, for which they are frequently, and with- 
out inconvenience, substituted in our shops. The 
flowers, leaves, and bark also have the peculiar 
odor and taste of bitter almonds, and yield hydro- 
cyanic acid. The leaves afl'ord a volatile oil by 
distillation. The distilled water prepared from 
them was found in one instance to contain 1-407 
parts of hydrocyanic acid in 1000, and in another 
only 0-437 parts in the same quantity. From some 
experiments it is inferred that the proportion of 
acid is greatest where there is least fruit. (A. J. P., 
xxiv. 172.) 
Peach oil made from the kernels has found its 
way into Western Europe from the Levant, and is 
used in Italy and Southern France largely as an 
adulterant of almond oil. It is described as of a 
light yellow color, having the taste and odor of 
almond oil. It thickens at —9° C. or —10° C., and 
solidifies at —18° C. The sp. gr. at 15° C. is 0-915 ; 
striking with strong nitric acid a dark brown color, 
with sulphuric acid a dark brown becoming lighter, 
with solution of zinc chloride a purplish brown ; 
forming with the elaidin test in two hours a mass 
of butter-like color and consistence. One thousand 
parts require 189-1 parts of potassa for saponifica- 
tion. (See P. J. Tr., vol. xvi. 798.) 
The leaves of the peach are said to be laxative, 
and, owing to the hydrocyanic acid which they yield, 
almost all parts of the tree have a sedative influ- 
ence over the nervous system, and have been used 
with asserted advantage in whooping-cough, irrita- 
bility of the bladder, etc. The dried leaves may 
be employed (an ounce to a pint of hot water) in 
infusion, but the tincture of the inner bark (an 
ounce to a pint of dilute alcohol), dose, from ten 
to thirty drops, is possibly preferable. The flowers 
of the peach are affirmed to be laxative and ver- 
micidal, in half-ounce doses when fresh, given in 
the form of syrup. Cases of fatal poisoning in 
children from their use are on record. The peach 
kernels are distinctly active, and when rubbed up 
with cold water form an emulsion which may be 
substituted for cherry-laurel water or other prepa- 
rations of hydrocyanic acid. 
PEARL WHITE. Pearl Powder. Bismuth 
oxychloride prepared for cosmetic use. 
PEGANUM HARMALA. L. (Nat. ord. 
Rutaceae.) In the seeds of this plant Goebel (1837) 
found the alkaloid harmaline, and Fritzsche (1847) 
a second alkaloid, harmine, which have been re- 
studied by Fischer and Taeuber. (See A. J. P., 
Feb. 1886, 89.) 
PELARGONIUM ODORATISSIMUM. So- 
land. Rose Geranium. (Nat. ord. Geraniaceas.) 
This well-known plant, which is a favorite for its 
odor in our dwellings and conservatories, is a na- 
tive of Cape Colony, South Africa, but is said to 
be cultivated extensively in the south of France 
and in Turkey for the sake of its volatile oil, 
which is much employed for the adulteration of 
the otto of roses. According to Guibourt, three 
species of Pelargonium yield a volatile oil by 
distillation, closely analogous in smell to that of 
the rose: the species above named, P. capitatum, 
Soland., and P. roseum, Willd. (Hist. Nat. des 
Drogues, 4e ed., iii. 52.) The oil is obtained from 
the leaves. M. Recluz obtained from thirty-five 
ounces of P. odoratissimum, W., two drachms of a 
volatile, crystallizable oil. (Merat and De Lens, 
Diet, de Mat. Med., iii. 368.) According to Septi- 
mus Piesse, one cwt. yields about two ounces. 
(See A. J. P., xxvi. 368.) The oil which occurs in 
commerce, purporting to be the oil of P. odoratis- 
simum, is perfectly fluid at ordinary temperatures, 
of a pale brownish-yellow color, and the character- 
istic smell of the plant, recalling merely that of 
the rose. This oil is now much used in perfumery. 
Mr. Piesse states that, as this oil is used to adul- 
terate that of roses, so is it in its turn adulterated 
with the cheaper oil of Andropogon nardus, culti- 
vated in the Moluccas. (A. J. P., xxvi. 368.) It 
appears, however, that the oil known as oil of palma- 
rosa is the product of Andropogon schoenanthus, dis- 
ti lied in India, and this oil is used most largely to 
adulterate oil of rose and oil of rose geranium. Ac- 
cording to Baur, the oil is shipped in large copper 
flasks from Bombay to the Red Sea, and thence to 
Constantinople and Kizanlik. Jallard states that 
the true oil of rose geranium from P. roseum is 
freely soluble in 70 per cent, alcohol. The oils 
likely to be used to adulterate it are insoluble in 
this liquid. If, therefore, six drops of the sus- 
pected oil be mixed with five C.c. of 70 per cent, 
alcohol, there should be no separation. (A. J. P, 
1878, 260 ; from Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim.) F. 
W. Semtnler (Ber. der Chem. Ges., xxiii. 1098) has 
shown that the chief ingredient in the various gera- 
nium oils is an alcohol, geraniol, C10H180, which 
boils at from 231°-232° C., and has a sp. gr. 0 884 at 
15° C. When oxidized by chromic acid mixture, it 
is changed into citral, C,0HieO, an aldehyde found 
in many of the essential oils, and this when oxi- 
dized by silver oxide yields geranic acid, 
The geraniol is both free and combined as tiglic 
acid ester. The oil also contains citronellol. 
(Schimmel & Co , Report, April, 1897.) 
PENGAWAR DJAMBI. Paku Kidang. This 
is composed of silky, long, yellow or brownish 
hairs, very soft, which are obtained in Sumatra 
from the rhizomes of various ferns, especially of 
species of the genus Cibotium. It has the power 
of causing rapid coagulation of blood, and, when 
properly used, of mechanically arresting hemor- 
rhages from capillaries. It has been much used in 
the physiological laboratories of Europe and this 
country, and was employed in human medicine 
during the Middle Ages under the name of Agnus 
Scythicus. The mediaeval drug was composed of 
pieces of the rhizome with the attached scales and 
petioles so cut as to resemble animals. Attention 
has been called to the Pengawar Djambi on ac- 
count of the assertions of Junker of its useful- 
ness during the Franco-German war. (Lond. Med. 
Rec., Dec., 1887.) It is undoubtedly a very effi- 
cient styptic. 
PENTAL. Tri-methyl-ethylene. Isoamylene. 
(CH3)2C : CH.CIIg. A hydrocarbon prepared by 
distilling amyl alcohol with zinc chloride and treat- 
ing the distillate with sulphuric acid. A colorless 
liquid, sp. gr. 0-6783, boiling at 38° C., insoluble 
in water, and miscible with alcohol, ether, and 
chloroform. It was proposed as an anesthetic, but 
is of little value. 
PEREZIA ROOT. This root is obtained from 
several Mexican plants, Perezia wrightii, A. Gray, 
P. nana, A. Gray, and P. dugesii, A. Gray. It 
contains pipitzahoic acid, a substance which crys- 
tallizes in beautiful golden-yellow needles. R. 
Anschutz and J. W. Leather obtained from the PART II. 
Periploca Grseca.—Petroleum. 
1761 
dried roots of Trixis pipitzahoac an average of 3-6 
per cent, of this acid, which melts at from 103°- 
104° C., sublimes readily, and is easily soluble in 
alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, and glacial 
acetic acid. The authors confirm the formula 
given to the acid in 1855,—viz., C15H2003. It is 
a quinone, and bears great resemblance, when re- 
crystallized from diluted alcohol, to oxythymoqui- 
none, which, recrystallized from the same liquid, 
is scarcely distinguishable from it. (A. J. P., 1884, 
185, and Pharm. Rundschau, 1883, 245; Arch. d. 
Pharm., 1887, 183.) 
PERIPLOCA GRZECA. L. From the bark 
of this asclepiadaceous plant, growing in the 
neighborhood of the Black Sea, has been sepa- 
rated by Lehmann and Burschinski (Archiv dev 
Pharmacie, 1897) a colorless crystalline glucoside, 
periplocin, soluble in 125 parts of water, freely 
soluble in alcohol. According to the experiments 
of Lehmann and Burschinski, it is an active cardiac 
poison belonging to the digitalis group. 
PERONIN. Peronine. C,7H18X02.0.C6II6 
CHgHCl. This is the hydrochloric acid salt of 
morphine benzyl-ester, produced by replacing the 
hydrogen of the hydroxyl group in morphine, 
which is analogous to the phenol-hydroxyl group, 
with the alcohol radical (C6II6CH2). Peronin 
occurs as a bitter, odorless white powder, consist- 
ing of prismatic crystals. At 150° F. it dissolves in 
water in the proportion of 7-5: 1000, but dissolves 
readily in 10 parts of boiling water, the aqueous 
solutions having a bitter taste and being neutral to 
litmus. It is further soluble in 218 parts of 95 per 
cent, alcohol, in 100 parts of methyl alcohol, and 
in 390 parts of chloroform. Although precipitated 
from its solutions by the general alkaloidal re- 
agents, peronin differs not only in its solubilities, 
but also in its behavior towards special reagents, 
from morphine and codeine. 
Peronin was first therapeutically investigated by 
Schroder (Therap. Monat., 1897), and the conclu- 
sion reached that in its medical activities it is 
intermediate between morphine and codeine. Re- 
ports have been made upon it by Nowak (Therap. 
Wochensch., 1897), by Munk (Aerztl. Central-An- 
zeiger, 1897), and by Eberson (Therap. Monat., 
1897). The physiological action of the drug has 
been partially studied by Mayor (Revue Med de la 
Suisse Romande, 1898), who finds that it produces 
in guinea-pigs and rabbits exaggerated reflexes, 
ending, if the dose have been large enough, in 
convulsions and death by asphyxia. The lethal 
dose for rabbits, according to Mayor, is 2-5 Gm. 
per kilo, or little less than one-third that of codeine. 
Our present clinical and physiological knowledge 
is in accord in showing that peronin is a feeble 
narcotic, which in therapeutic dose has no effect 
upon the circulation or the digestive apparatus, 
and which is especially valuable for the purpose of 
alleviating cough in phthisis, chronic bronchitis, 
emphysema, whooping-cough, and similar affections. 
It seems also to possess analgesic and hypnotic 
powers, though distinctly inferior to morphine in 
activity. The dose is from one-third of a grain to 
one grain (0-02-0 06 Gm.). Given during the day 
in the smallest dose mentioned, every five to six 
hours, in cases with severe cough, it is said to act 
most favorably in producing comfort during the 
day and rest at night. 
PETROLEUM. Rock Oil. Oleum Petrce. Coal 
Oil. Petrole, Huile mineral, Fr. Steinol, Bergol, G. 
Petroleum is a native mixture of hydrocarbons with 
very small amounts of oxidation or alteration prod- 
ucts admixed. The hydrocarbons may be gaseous, 
liquid, or solid, and in crude oil, fresh from the 
wells, all three classes are present. The hydro- 
carbons belong to several of the homologous series 
known to organic chemistry. The researches of 
Pelouze and Cahours, of Warren, and more espe- 
cially of Schorlemmer, have established the pres- 
ence of the paraffin series, CnH2n + 2, beginning at 
methane and continuing through the liquid mem- 
bers, which constitute the bulk of the oil, to the 
solid hydrocarbons known commercially as “ par- 
affine;” of the olefin series, CnII2n; and of the 
benzene series, CnH2n_e. After the oil has been 
heated, as in distillation, pyrogenic products form, 
so that in the residues of petroleum distillation 
naphtalene, anthracene, and other higher hydro- 
carbons have been detected. In Caucasian petro- 
leum, Beilstein and Kurbatow (A. J. P., 1880, 612) 
have also found another homologous series of hy- 
drocarbons, hexahydrobenzol, CeH12, and its homo- 
logues. 
Pennsylvania petroleum consists, however, chiefly 
of paraffins, and the individual hydrocarbon mak- 
ing the bulk of illuminating oil is heptane, C7HJ0. 
The oxidation products accompanying petroleum 
constitute only a small fraction of one per cent, 
usually, and have not been very fully studied. It 
is known, however, that these alteration products 
are largely acid in character. Prolonged atmos- 
pheric exposure may, however, cause a petroleum 
to thicken, at least superficially. In this way the 
semi-solid deposits of California are explained, as 
well as Rangoon tar and Trinidad pitch or bitumen. 
When the bitumen is in the solid state it is called 
asphaltum. This is black, dry, friable, and in- 
soluble in water or alcohol. Not infrequently as- 
phaltum exists in nature mixed with more or less 
of the liquid substance, and this semi-solid mix- 
ture is distinguished by the name of maltha or 
mineral tar. 
Petroleum has been known from the earliest his- 
torical period. Herodotus refers to wells of it ex- 
isting in Zante, and from time immemorial it has 
been known in the Caucasus, where it was con- 
nected with the origin and ceremonies of fire- 
worship. Until the discoveries of Pennsylvania 
petroleum, the best-known sources of it were the 
borders of the Caspian Sea in the Caucasian prov- 
inces of Russia, at Amiano in Italy, at Gabian in 
Prance, the island of Trinidad in the West Indies, 
and in the Burman Empire near Rangoon, where 
vast quantities have been annually raised for many 
centuries, without any apparent exhaustion of the 
wells from which it is drawn. Within the limits 
of the United States it has long been known to 
exist in a few localities. On the borders of Seneca 
Lake in the State of New York small quantities 
of it were collected, and to some extent used in 
medicine under the name of Seneca oil. In West- 
ern Pennsylvania, on Duck Creek in Ohio, near 
Scottsville in Kentucky, and on the Kanawha in 
Virginia it attracted local attention, and a certain 
locality in Western Canada had acquired some 
notoriety by its burning spring. But little atten- 
tion was paid to it until the year 1859, when, the 
preparation of oil for burning, distilled from, bi- 
tuminous shales, having proved very profitable, 
and a strong resemblance having been proved to 
exist between this and petroleum, enterprise was 1762 
Petroleum. 
PART II. 
directed towards some of the known sources of the 
latter liquid, and, being greatly stimulated by suc- 
cess,soon led to further and astonishing discoveries. 
Hitherto the most productive locality of petroleum 
has been in Western Pennsylvania ; but it has been 
found to exist in great quantities elsewhere, and in 
fact occupies large portions of a region commencing 
in Western Canada, and extending, through New 
York and Pennsylvania, westward into Ohio and 
Kentucky, and far southward into West Virginia. 
After the Pennsylvania field, the most productive 
at present is that of Ohio; but most of the oil 
produced in this State is from a different geological 
horizon,—viz., the Trenton limestone,—and con- 
tains a persistent sulphur impurity. This renders 
the Ohio oil (popularly known also as Lima oil, 
from the town of Lima, Ohio) more difficult and 
expensive to refine. It is hence very largely used 
in the crude state as fuel oil, and as such has been 
of the greatest industrial value, being shipped by 
pipe-line or tank-cars to great distances. Valuable 
deposits are also found in Colorado, near Florence, 
and elsewhere, and in California, although the oil 
of this latter State is often quite viscid, and of a 
bitumen-like character. 
In the early days of the petroleum discovery the 
oil was gathered as it floated on the surface of the 
water in springs or small streams. In 1859 the first 
oil-well, the Drake well, was sunk near Titusville, 
Pa., and the oil-bearing strata were reached at a 
depth of seventy-one feet, with the result of some 
eight barrels per day. In 1861 and 1862 the first 
large flowing wells were struck in drilling for oil. 
The explanation of these flowing wells is simply 
that in new territory the gaseous hydrocarbons have 
accumulated with the liquid oil in such amount that 
they exert an enormous pressure, causing a flow of 
oil at the rate of two, three, and in one case as high 
as eight thousand barrels per day. Often, however, 
the pent-up gas escapes with enormous force without 
any accompanying oil. These gas-wells, as they 
are termed, are well known throughout the oil- 
regions, and they have been utilized on a large scale 
as sources of gaseous fuel for manufacturing and 
domestic purposes. The statistics show that the 
amount of coal displaced by natural gas as fuel in 
1887 was approximately 9,055,000 tons, valued at 
$13,582,500. This amount has reached a maxi- 
mum, however, and for several years past has been 
decreasing, as the new gas-wells are unable to equal 
the rapid loss of strength of the older ones. Thus, 
in 1888 the value of th,e natural gas used as fuel 
was given as $22,629,875, while in 1897 it had de- 
creased to $10,000,000. (Mineral Industry of the 
U. S. for 1897, New York, 1898.) Prof. Sadtler 
has analyzed numerous samples of this natural gas, 
and finds it to consist chiefly of methane and its 
homologues, with traces of the olefines and of 
carbon monoxide. In one case free hydrogen was 
present. (Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., xvi. 585,1877.) 
After a well has flowed oil for a time, it will con- 
tinue to yield on pumping. Indeed, many smaller 
wells never have flowed, and have to be pumped 
from the start. In some districts “torpedoing” 
with nitroglycerin has been largely resorted to 
after a well has begun to decline in power, in order 
to increase the flow. The explosion effects this by 
shattering the sandstone and pebble conglomerate 
which holds the oil, so that new channels are 
opened. 
Oil-wells are of various depths. The first or 
Drake well, as stated, was only seventy-one feet 
deep, while in Butler County the fourth sand-rock 
was reached only at a depth of from 1500 to 1800 
feet, and in Washington County and other local- 
ities in the southwestern part of Pennsylvania the 
oil was obtained from a depth of 2600 feet. 
There are two theories as to the origin of petro- 
leum. According to one, it is simply a product 
of distillation from the bituminous shales which 
underlie almost the whole of this oil-producing 
country. The gas and the liquid oil are equally 
products of this distillation. According to the 
other, it represents the decomposition of marine 
plants and animal life which accumulated in these 
sand-rock formations. These decomposition prod- 
ucts may have also been in part subjected to dis- 
tillation. 
Studies by Prof. Engler (Ber. der Chem. Ges., 
1888, 1816) on the distillation under pressure (ten 
atmospheres) of fish oils and of olein and other 
fats show that large amounts of light oils, com- 
posed of pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, and 
nonane, can be obtained, thus making the second 
theory very probable. 
S. P. Sadtler (Proceed. Amer. Phil. Soc.) has 
shown that linseed oil, distilled under pressure, 
may be made to yield hydrocarbons of the paraffin 
series, and has obtained products of all gravities 
from light benzene to solid scale paraffin. Thus, 
Engler’s theory must be broadened sufficiently to 
allow of the vegetable seed oils being taken as 
original sources of petroleum production as well as 
animal oils. 
Crude petroleum is occasionally of a clear color 
when taken from the earth, but is generally of a 
greenish color, appearing claret-red by transmitted 
light. The green color may, however, become so 
dark as to be almost black. In gravity it varies 
from 0-865 to 0-777, or from 32 5° to 52° Baume. 
The enormous production of crude petroleum in 
the last twenty-five years has had the effect of de- 
veloping a variety of new industries connected 
with the working or shipping of it. The whole 
producing area of Western Pennsylvania is now 
covered with a net-work of wrought-iron pipes, for 
the conveyance of the oil; and these “ pipe-lines ” 
now extend to Cleveland, Buffalo, Pittsburg, New 
York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore, so that crude 
oil is pumped from the vicinity of the wells to the 
seaboard cities, to be refined there or to be ex- 
ported in bulk. The refining of crude oil, and the 
working up of the several liquid and solid products 
that are known commercially, are also immense 
industries. The production of crude petroleum for 
the year 1897 amounted to 56,985,643 bbls., and in 
1898 to 53,800,000 bbls. The Appalachian field, 
including Pennsylvania and West Virginia, pro- 
duces more than 60 per cent, of this, and Ohio 25 
per cent, additional. The exports of crude and 
refined petroleum for the year 1897 were: crude 
petroleum, 121,864,000 gals.; naphtha and light 
distillates, 13,704,000 gals. ; illuminating oils, 
804,446,000 gals. ; lubricating oils and paraffin, 
52,679,000 gals. ; residuum, 12,247,000 gals. ; total 
of all grades, 1,004,941,000 gals., valued at 
160,007,000. 
After American petroleum the next in impor- 
tance is Russian or Caucasian. The wells here, 
although only a few hundred feet in depth, are 
wonderfully prolific and are veritable “oil foun- 
tains. ” Two of them, the Droobja well and Nobel’s PART II. 
Petroleum, 
1763 
No. 9, each yielded for a time nearly 48,000 bbls. 
of crude oil per twenty-four hours. 
The Bureau of Statistics of the U. S. Treasury 
Department has recently published a table showing 
that the world’s production of petroleum is now 
over five billion gallons yearly, of which the 
United States produces two and one-half billion 
and Russia two and one-fourth billion, while the 
remainder is distributed over a dozen countries. 
Barbadoes petroleum is a black, nearly opaque, 
inflammable liquid, of the consistence of molasses, 
unctuous to the touch, and possessing a bituminous 
taste and a strong and tenacious odor. Its sp. gr. 
varies from 0-730 to 0-878. When subjected to 
distillation it yields naphtha, and leaves a solid 
residue of asphaltum. It is little affected by alco- 
hol, acids, or alkalies, but dissolves in ether and in 
the fixed and volatile oils. It consists chiefly of 
carbon and hydrogen, associated with a little nitro- 
gen and oxygen. Rangoon petroleum, also called 
Rangoon tar and Burmese naphtha, has a greenish- 
brown color, a peculiar, rather fragrant odor, and 
the consistence of goose-fat. It is lighter than 
water. Heated to 32-2° C. (90° F.) it becomes a 
very mobile liquid. By distilling it in a current 
of steam, first at 100° C. (212° F.), and afterwards 
superheated, Drs. W. de la Rue and H. Muller 
obtained 96 per cent, of volatile products, solid 
and liquid. The solid product (paraffin) amounted 
to from 10 to 11 per cent. The liquid product, 
usually called naphtha, is separable by sulphuric 
and nitric acids into two series of hydrocarbons, 
one series removable by these acids, the other re 
sisting their action. The former series contain 
fewer atoms of hydrogen than of carbon, and em- 
brace, among other hydrocarbons, benzene and 
toluene. The latter, which form by far the larger 
portion of the liquid product, are perfectly colorless, 
almost inodorous, very mobile liquids, not con- 
gealable by intense cold. They belong to the par- 
affin series, and have the general formula CnH2a-|-2. 
The method of purifying petroleum is analogous 
to that already described for purifying coal tar. 
The crude oil is put into large retorts of wrought 
iron and exposed to a heat rising gradually to 
between 315-5° C. (600° F.) and 426 6° C. (800° F.), 
by which all the volatile ingredients are distilled, 
leaving 10 or 12 per cent, of solid residue, consti- 
tuting a sort of coke. The liquids thus obtained 
are comparatively colorless, though still retaining 
the strong odor of the crude oil. The several frac- 
tions are collected separately and show very vary- 
ing gravity and volatility, and are applied to dif- 
ferent uses. An average result of a normal distil- 
lation may be stated as follows: gasoline per 
cent., refined naphtha 10 per cent., benzin 4 per 
cent., refined petroleum or kerosene 55 per cent., 
lubricating oil 17J per cent., paraffin 2 per cent., 
loss, gas, and coke 10 per cent. As the greater 
demand for illuminating oil makes it desirable to 
get the maximum quantity of this fraction, the 
distillation is generally so conducted that by the 
process of “cracking” the yield of burning oil is 
increased at the expense of the lubricating oil and 
heavy naphtha. Many distilleries obtain, therefore, 
from 75 to 80 per cent, of illuminating oil from the 
crude material. A crude distillate, however, would 
not be adapted for the purposes of an illuminating 
oil, so the distillate must be treated with acid. It 
is placed in the treating tank or “agitator” and 
1 or 2 per cent, of strong sulphuric acid is added, 
when by the aid of an air-blast introduced below 
the whole is violently agitated. The acid com- 
bines with the impurities of the oil and forms a 
tarry substance, called the “sludge acid,” which 
settles to the bottom, and after the whole has sub- 
sided is removed. The oil is then washed with 
water and again agitated, the process being re- 
peated once or twice. It is then treated with 
caustic soda solution and again washed. The oil 
is now clear and almost colorless. It is then placed 
in large tanks covered with glass frames, where it 
is “ bleached” by the aid of sunlight. It is some- 
times atomized or sprayed in these tanks, and is 
thus brought to the desired fire-test. In most 
States of the Union the legal fire-test for illumi- 
nating oil is 110° F. ; that is, it must not evolve 
inflammable vapors below the temperature of 
110° F. Many special brands of illuminating oil 
have a much higher fire-test, as high even as 300° F. 
Lubricating oils, on the other hand, are valued 
according to their “cold-test;” that is, they must 
not congeal except at very low temperatures. A 
lubricating oil, therefore, consists of the heavy 
liquid hydrocarbons of the paraffin and olefin 
series, but is free from the solid paraffin. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Petroleum is ac- 
counted a stimulating antispasmodic, expectorant, 
and diaphoretic. In large quantities it may prove 
poisonous, as shown by a case recorded in the Journ. 
de Pharrn. (Mars, 1869, 227), in which, after swal- 
lowing by mistake a quantity of rectified petro- 
leum, a workman was seized almost immediately 
with violent inflammation of the throat, with col- 
icky pain, and a desire to vomit, followed in an in- 
stant by a fearful tetanic seizure, and a general 
rigidity, attended by the most frightful cries. 
After a relaxation of ten minutes the symptoms 
returned with still greater violence; and life was 
probably saved only through the prompt action of 
the powerful emeto-cathartic medicines adminis- 
tered. It is occasionally given in disorders of the 
chest, when not attended by inflammation. In 
Germany it has been extolled as a remedy for tape- 
worm. Schwartz’s formula in such cases was a 
mixture of one part of petroleum with one and 
a half parts of tincture of asafetida, of which 
forty drops were given three times a day. Ex- 
ternally, petroleum is employed in chilblains, 
chronic rheumatism,, affections of the joints, paral- 
ysis, and diseases of the skin, and is said to be 
very effectual in psora and prurigo. (See Petrola- 
tum, Part I.) It also affords a good antiseptic 
dressing for wounds. {Med. Times and Oaz., 1870, 
101.) It is an ingredient in the popular remedy 
called British Oil. (See note, p. 972.) The dose of 
Barbadoes petroleum is from thirty drops to a 
small teaspoonful, given in any convenient vehicle. 
Rangoon petroleum is probably more active, and 
should be given in a smaller dose. Crude petroleum 
is used to a considerable extent as an external ap- 
plication in domestic practice. It is light-colored, 
thinner in consistence, and less sapid and odorous 
than the Barbadoes petroleum, and probably con- 
tains more naphtha. The finer kinds of petroleum, 
called naphtha, have been used with alleged ad- 
vantage in cholera by Andreosky, of the Russian 
army, by Cloquet, physician to the Shah of Persia, 
and by Moretin, of France. They gave from ten to 
twenty drops in half a glass of white wine or mint- 
water. It is affirmed that many cases of asthma 
are much benefited by inhaling petroleum vapors. 1764 
Peucedanum.—Phenosal. 
PART II. 
PEUCEDANUM. Chucklusa. Two North 
American species of this genus, of the nat. ord. 
Umbelliferae, are used by the Western Indians as 
food. For an account of them, with analysis, see 
A. J. P., 1890. They contain peucedanine. 
PHARBITIS TRILOBA. Miq. Ipomcea 
hederacea, Jacq. The seeds of this Japanese con- 
volvulaceous plant have been chemically examined 
by Mr. K. Hirano and also by Dr. Y. Inoko, who 
find that they contain a large proportion of a 
resinous substance, seemingly identical with con- 
volvuliti, and acting well as a cathartic in doses of 
from seven to ten grains (0-454-0-648 6m.). 
(Sei-i-kwai, 1891.) 
PHASEOLUS VULGARIS. L. Common 
Bean. (Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) Soltsien found 
an alkaloid, phaseoline, in the legumes of the com- 
mon bean. He, during a toxicological analysis, 
traced the source of the alkaloid which might, 
under other circumstances, have been mistaken for 
a ptomaine, to the beans found in the stomach un- 
der examination. The new substance is not crys- 
tallizable in the free state, but it crystallizes as a 
hydrochloride. (Arch, de Pharm., 1884.) 
PHENALGIN. Ammonio-phenylacetamide. 
This is a white salt, having a peculiar mild, some- 
what ammoniacal taste; forming with water an 
alkaline solution, and when warmed with strong 
nitric acid emitting dense ruddy nitric fumes, 
giving a solution resembling that of picric acid. 
It is asserted to be an analgesic, especially useful 
in dysmenorrhcea, also anti-rheumatic, and by 
virtue of its ammonia to act as a vascular stimu- 
lant. It is evident, however, that the effect of the 
ammonia which it contains must be very transient 
and unimportant. Dose, from three to twenty 
grains (0*2-1-8 6m.). 
PHENATOL. An antipyretic, said to be a mix- 
ture of acetanilid, caffeine, sodium bicarbonate, 
carbonate, chloride, and sulphate. (Pharm. Zeit., 
1894, 784.) 
PHENOCOLL HYDROCHLO- 
RIDE. Amido-aceto-para-phenetidin-hydrochlo- 
ride. Glycocoll-para -phenetidine - hydrochloride. 
°eH4 { Nlkcf)CH2NH2HCl- This 1S formed 
the action of glycocoll (amido-acetic acid) upon 
phenetidine. It is a white finely crystalline pow- 
der, soluble at 17° C. in sixteen parts of water; also 
soluble in warm alcohol. Ammonia, alkalies, and 
alkaline carbonates throw down the pure base 
phenocoll from the solution of the hydrochloride, 
in the form of white needles with one molecule of 
water of crystallization. 
According to Kobert, the phenocoll hydrochloride 
is scarcely at all poisonous to the lower animals, and 
does not alter the constitution of the blood. Von 
Mering found that twenty-three grains could be 
given to the rabbit without the production of any 
symptoms. Further experimental research is, how- 
ever, necessary before any conclusions as to the ac- 
tion of phenocoll can be reached, since I. Ott 
has found that in frogs it is paralyzant to the cere- 
bro-spinal axis, whilst in rabbits it produces cya- 
nosis, reduces the force and frequency of the heart's 
action, and kills by centric respiratory paralysis. 
W. S. Carter and D. Cerna found that whilst ordi- 
nary doses do not affect the circulation, toxic doses 
lessen blood-pressure by a direct action on the heart, 
and first stimulate and then paralyze the cardiac 
inhibitory system. Oby failed to get any action 
upon the blood itself. The fall of temperature 
produced by it is said to be due to lessened heat 
production. Dr. Hertel (Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., 
1891) and Dr. Herzog (Ibid.) find that phenocoll 
in man usually produces no gastro-intestinal irrita- 
tion or other disagreeable symptoms ; that its anti- 
pyretic action, when given in doses of a gramme, 
is a quick, certain one; and that it acts well even 
in the hectic fever of phthisis. It is apt to cause 
considerable sweating, which can be prevented, 
however, by the administration of minute doses 
of atropine. During the taking of the drug the 
urine becomes of a dark reddish-brown color, but 
does not contain albumin; both indican and biliary 
substances have been noted. The observers also 
noticed the remedy to act very well both in acute 
and chronic rheumatism. The first reports of 
Hertel, so far as concerns the antipyretic influence 
of the drug, have been generally confirmed by 
clinicians, but numerous reports state that as an 
antirheumatic or antineuralgic phenocoll is in- 
ferior. Active antiperiodic powers are attributed 
to it, and both in Algiers and in Italy it has been 
used to a considerable extent in malarial fevers. 
As much as seventy-seven grains (5 Gm.) a day 
have been given without evil results, and in cases 
of rheumatism less than this amount usually fails to 
accomplish good results. Cohnheim found that 
phenocoll appears in the urine in one hour, an 1 
can still be recognized nine hours after its ingestion 
by the ferric chloride test. The dose is from eight to 
twelve grains (0-518-0-775 Gm.), and is best given 
in capsules. 
Under the name of Salocoll, 
CeH4 {;Nlf.c£)CH2.NH2.CeH4(0H)C00H ’ Phe" 
nocoll Salicylate has been put upon the market as 
an antirheumatic. It may be used in the same doses 
as phenocoll. 
PHENOL-BISMUTH. Bi(0H)2(CeH60). 
This is a white, neutral, non-irritant and non- 
toxic powder, almost odorless and tasteless, which, 
according to its manufacturer, contains 80 per cent, 
of bismuth in chemical combination with 19 per 
cent, of phenol. It is stated by M. F. A. Jasenski 
to be decomposed in the gastro-intestinal tract with 
absorption of the phenol and escape of the bismuth 
in great part with the faeces. Jasenski states that 
even the largest doses (seventy-five grains) of it 
produce no evidences of phenol poisoning, and the 
probabilities are that but a small portion of the 
compound suffers decomposition in the intestinal 
tract. It has been used in doses of from seven and 
a half to thirty grains (0-5-2 Gm.) in all forms 
of gastro-intestinal catarrhs, fermentative dys- 
pepsias, and similar complaints, as an antiseptic; 
also to some extent locally in various mucous in- 
flammations. 
PHENOLPHTHALEIN. 
/C(CeH4.0H)a. 
CflH4 __0. A coal-tar product used 
"—'CO — 
as an indicator in volumetric analysis. Forms a 
colorless powder almost insoluble in water, soluble 
in alcohol and in alkalies, with which latter it yields 
a line red color, disappearing on addition of excess 
of acid. 
PHENOSAL. Phenetidine Salicyl-acetate, 
C6H4{n^.c5.CH2.O.C6H4COOH* occurs ln co1' 
orless crystals of an acidulous taste and sparingly PART II. 
Phenosalyl.—Phlorizin. 
1765 
soluble in water. It contains 57 per cent, of phe- 
netidine and 34 per cent, of salicylic acid, and has 
been employed in sciatica, migraine, and acute 
articular rheumatism in doses of from eight to 
fifteen grains (0-5-0-9 Gm.). 
PHENOSALYL. An antiseptic mixture com- 
posed of phenol 9 Gm., salicylic acid 1 Gm., 
lactic acid 2 Gm., menthol 0T0 Gm. It has been 
used in aqueous solution to sterilize tuberculous 
expectorations. 
PHENYLCHINALDIN, Methylchinol, 
C10H8(CaH5)N, is prepared by the action of hy- 
drochloric acid on a mixture of aniline, acetophe- 
none, and aldehyde. The hydrochlorate occurs in 
colorless crystals, which are readily soluble. It 
forms with sulphuric acid a crystalline salt, easily 
soluble in water, with a feeble acid reaction. Leo 
Furbringer (Deutsch. Archiv f. Klin. Med., lix. 
1897) finds that it produces in the lower animals 
tremors, violent cramps, fall of temperature, and 
death (if the dose has been large enough) from fail- 
ure of respiration. The fatal dose to the rabbit is 
about fifteeen grains (1 Gm.). It has been used by 
Julius Mannaberg in malarial fever in the dose of 
seven and a half grains (0 5 Gm.) three times a day, 
hut found to be much inferior to quinine. 
PHENYLCHINOLINE. C9He(CeHB)N. Ac- 
cording to Tappeiner (Deutsch. Archiv fur Klin. 
Med., lvi. 1896), the action of this substance on 
the lower organisms is almost identical with that 
of quinine, about equal to it in strength. 
PH ENYLEN EDI AMINE. CeH4(NHa)2. 
Para-phenylenediamine and meta-phenylenediamine 
have been physiologically studied by Messrs. Dubois 
and Vignon (Compt.-Rend., cvii. 533), who find 
that in doses of 0-01 Gm. per kilogramme they 
cause in the dog vomiting, diarrhoea, and fatal 
coma, with peculiar symptoms. 
PHENYLHYDRAZINE. CeH6.NH.NH„. 
This is prepared from diazobenzene hydrochloride 
(resulting from the action of sodium nitrite upon 
aniline hydrochloride) by reduction with stannous 
chloride or sodium sulphite. It is a colorless, 
peculiar-smelling oil solidifying to plate-like crys- 
tals melting at 23° C. ; difficultly soluble in water ; 
easily soluble in alcohol and ether. The various 
compound derivatives of this substance have been 
tested by Heinz (Berlin. Klin. Wochensch., 1890) 
and others, and found to be too toxic for use in 
practical medicine. Phenylhydrazine itself has 
been employed in the following manner as a test 
for sugar in the urine. (Fischer's Test.) One 
gramme (15-432 grains) of phenylhydrazine hydro- 
chlorate and one and a half grammes (23-13 grains) 
of sodium acetate are dissolved in ten cubic centi- 
metres (162 minims) of water, this solution is to 
he mixed with fifty cubic centimetres (1 fluidounce 
and 332 minims) of the urine, and the mixture 
boiled in a water-bath for half an hour; an amor- 
phous precipitate will be formed if only a small 
quantity of sugar be present, hut if the sugar he 
present in considerable quantity a precipitate of 
minute yellow needles will be deposited. This test 
was discovered by Prof. Emil Fischer, and is 
founded on the property of glucose in the urine 
forming with phenylhydrazine crystals of phenyl- 
glucosazone. 
PHENYLHYDROXYLAMIN. C6Hg.NH.0H. 
This substance has no known application to the 
treatment of disease, but requires notice on ac- 
count of the occasional poisoning by it of those 
who are engaged in the manufacture of certain 
chemicals. For cases, see Hirsch and Edel (Berl. 
Kiln. Wochen., xxxii., 1895), L. Lewin (Archiv fHr 
Exper. Path. u. Pharrn., Bd. ixxv.), The symp- 
toms, which have developed with great suddenness, 
have consisted of coma, cyanosis, pulselessness, 
abolition of corneal and pupillary reflexes, choc- 
olate-colored blood, methsemoglobinuria, grayish- 
blue lips, and intense blue-red surface of limbs. 
The treatment of these cases should consist in 
active artificial respiration, together with hypo- 
dermic injections of strychnine and of digitalis. 
For study of the action of the substance upon the 
blood, see L. Lewin (Archiv fur Exper. Path. u. 
Pharrn., Bd. xxxv.). 
PHENYLURETHANE. Euphorin. Phenyl- 
carbamate of Ethyl. Carbamilic Ether. 
C0O2HiiN (CO{NI^gH6))* This is a white> 
crystalline substance, which is made by the action 
of ethyl chloroformate (or ethylic ether) on aniline. 
It is almost insoluble in cold water, very soluble in 
boiling water, alcohol, and ether, and melts at 51° 
C. It has been physiologically investigated by 
Giacoasa, who finds that its 2 per cent, solution 
very distinctly hinders or altogether arrests the 
growth of bacteria and bacilli ; that in the frog it 
produces a general paralysis due to an action upon 
ihe nerve-centres ; that in the rabbit it causes som- 
nolence, hebetude, albuminuria, gastritis, etc. ; but 
very large doses are required to have any effect, 
over three hundred grains having been given to a 
dog without producing inconvenience. It does not 
form methaemoglobin in the blood. After its in- 
gestion about 8 per cent, of it was found in the 
urine in the form of oxyphenylurethane in combi- 
nation with sulphuric acid. It has been used by 
Santoni, Giacomini, and Adler, in doses of from 
seven to fifteen grains (0-454-0-972 Gm.), as an 
antipyretic and antirheumatic, also as an analgesic. 
It has also been employed as an antiseptic dressing 
in various ulcerations, as a substitute for iodoform. 
(Bull. Gen. de Therap., Jan. 1892.) 
PHESIN. Acet-p-phenetidine-sodium sulpho- 
/0-c2h6 
CeH8^-S03Na 
\N II—CO—CHq 
note. 
Phesin is a sul- 
- if 
phonic derivative of phenacetin, which occurs as a 
reddish-brown, amorphous, tasteless powder, having 
a slightly irritant salt taste, very soluble in water, 
atfording a Bismarck-brown solution of acid re- 
action. It has been studied by Von Vamossy and 
Fenyvessy (Therap. Monat., 1897), who find that it 
resembles phenacetin very closely in its action, but 
is characterized by the promptness and shortness 
of its influence. 
PHLORIZIN. Phloridzin. Phlorrhizin. 
C21H24010 + 2H„0. This is a hitter principle, dis- 
covered by De Koninck, of Germany, in the bark 
of the apple-, pear-, cherry-, and plum-trees. It is 
most abundant in the bark of the root, and derived 
its name from this circumstance (from two Greek 
words <ploi6g, bark, and a root). It is light, 
white, crystallizable in silky needles, of a bitter 
taste, soluble in about 1000 parts of cold and in all 
proportions in boiling water, very soluble in alco- 
hol and methylic alcohol, scarcely soluble in ether, 
cold or hot, dissolved without change by solutions 
of the alkalies, deprived of its water of crystalli- 
zation at 100° C. (212° F.), and fusible at a some- 
what higher temperature. The ammoniacal solu- 1766 
Phosphine.—Pichurim Beans. 
PART II. 
tion becomes red on exposure to the air on account 
of the formation of phloridzein, 
Phlorizin is without acid or alkaline reaction, and 
belongs to the class of glucosides. When heated 
with dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, it is con- 
verted into sugar and a peculiar substance called 
phloretin, (See Ghem. Gaz., viii. 392.) 
To obtain phlorizin, the fresh bark of the root of 
the apple-tree should be selected, as the dried bark 
is said to contain it in much smaller proportion. 
The bark is to be boiled for an hour or two suc- 
cessively in two separate portions of water, each 
sufficient to cover it, and the decoction set aside. 
At the end of thirty hours they will have deposited 
a considerable quantity of colored phlorizin, which 
may be purified by boiling for a few minutes with 
distilled water and animal charcoal, filtering, re- 
peating this process two or three times, and then 
allowing the solution to cool slowly. The phlori- 
zin is deposited in the crystalline state. An ad- 
ditional quantity may be obtained by evaporating 
the decoction to one-fifth of its bulk, allowing it to 
cool, and purifying the substance deposited in the 
same manner as before. Rochleder states that the 
leaves contain a principle, isophlorizin, isomeric 
with phlorizin. 
Given to the lower animals in large dose (from 
seven to ten grains to the pound), phlorizin pro- 
duces great polyuria, with the elimination of large 
amounts of sugar, emaciation, polydipsia, and other 
symptoms of diabetes. (See Coolen, Archiv. de 
Pharmacod., vol. ii. 1896.) It has been strongly 
recommended as an antiperiodic, in doses of from 
ten to fifteen grains (0-648-0972 Gm.). (Dublin 
Quart. Journ., 1862.) 
PHOSPHINE. Diamidophenylacridine Bini- 
trate. This is a reddish powder, whose solution in 
alkaline fluid is phosphorescent. Notwithstanding 
its commercial name, it contains no phosphorus. It 
has been asserted to be a valuable analgesic, but 
Dujardin-Beaumetz finds it too irritant to the 
stomach for practical use. (Gaz. Hebdom., June, 
1888.) 
PHOTOXYLON. This is a nitro-cellulose, 
which is said to be entirely soluble in a mixture of 
equal parts of concentrated ether and alcohol. Ac- 
cording to Beringer, a 3 per cent, solution leaves 
on evaporation a very tough collodion-like film. 
Photoxylon is made from wood-pulp, by methods 
of nitration similar to those given under pyroxylin, 
which is its chemical counterpart. 
PHYLLANTHUS NIURI. Ottow isolated 
from this Javanese euphorbiaceous plant phyllan- 
thin, C80H37Oa, which crystallizes in colorless 
needles, is intensely bitter, insoluble in water, but 
soluble in alcohol, benzin, chloroform, and ether. 
PHYSALIS ALKEKENGI. L. Alkekengi. 
Common Winter Cherry. Alkelienge, Coqueret, Fr. 
Judenkirsche, Schlutte, G. A perennial herbaceous 
plant, belonging to the Solanaeeas, growing wild in 
the south of Europe, and cultivated in our gardens. 
The fruit is a round red berry, about as large as a 
cherry, enclosed in the calyx, and containing nu- 
merous flat kidney-shaped seeds. All parts of the 
plant are bitter, especially the leaves and the cap- 
sules enveloping the fruit. The berries are very 
juicy, and have an acidulous, bitterish taste. By- 
drying they shrink, and become of a brownish-red 
color. The bitter principle, physatin, has been iso- 
lated by Dessaignes and Chautard. It is obtained 
by agitating an infusion of the plant with chloro- 
form, which extracts the bitter principle, and yields 
it on evaporation. To purify it, dissolve it in hot 
alcohol, add a little animal charcoal, filter, precip- 
itate by water, and wash the precipitate with the 
same liquid. It is a light powder, white with a 
shade of yellow, of a taste slight at first, but in 
the end permanently bitter, very slightly soluble 
in cold water, somewhat more soluble in boiling 
water, and very soluble in alcohol and chloroform, 
especially with the aid of heat. Its composition 
is C14H1606. (Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxi. 24.) 
The berries are said to be aperient and diuretic, 
and have been recommended in suppression of urine, 
gravel, and other complaints of the urinary pas- 
sages. Gendron recommends them very highly as 
a febrifuge. (Arch. Gen., xxiii. 536.) They also 
have been highly commended in gout. (Braith- 
waite's Retrospect, Am. ed., No. 46, 214.) From 
six to twelve berries, or an ounce of the expressed 
juice, may be taken for a dose ; and much larger 
quantities are not injurious. They are consumed 
to a considerable extent in some parts of Europe 
as food. The berries of the Physalis viscosa, of 
this country, are said by Clayton to be remarkably 
diuretic. 
PHYTELEPHAS MACROCARPA, Ruiz. 
and Pav., or negrito-palm, of Ecuador, yields the 
Tagud nut, from which is derived the hard white 
substance, vegetable ivory or corajo. The nuts con- 
tain a fixed oil which is said to enter commerce. 
{Journ. de Pharm., xvi.) 
PHYTOLACCA ACINOSA. Roxb. (Nat. 
ord. Phytolaccaceae.) This plant has long been 
used in Japan as a diuretic, and is said to be vio- 
lently poisonous. Mr. C. Nagai has separated 
from it an amorphous resin, phytolaccotoxin, which 
appears to be a spinal convulsant, and at the same 
time stimulant to the circulation, probably through 
the vaso-motor centres. {Sei-i-kwai Med. Journ., 
April, 1891.) 
PICHURIM BEANS. Sassafras Nuts. Fives 
Pichurim, Noix de Sassafras, Fr. Pichurimbohnen, 
Sassafrasniisse, G. The seeds of a tree growing in 
Brazil, Guiana, Venezuela, and other parts of South 
America. The tree has been supposed to be the 
Oeotea Pichurim, H. B. K. {Laurus Pichurim, Willd., 
now recognized as Aydendron Laurel, Nees), but 
this is denied by F. Nees von Esenbeck ; and the 
product is now referred to the genus of another 
one of the Laurinese, Nectandra. There are two 
varieties of Nectandra puchury (Nees and Mart.), 
one bearing larger and the other smaller fruit, and 
distinguished as the major and minor, which yield 
“ Fabas Pichurim majores and minores.” Carson, 
of the University of Pennsylvania, had specimens 
of the fruit and other parts of the tree sent him, 
sufficient to verify the ascription of the pichurim 
beans to this source. {A. J. P., xxvii. 385.) The 
beans are the kernels of the fruit separated into 
halves. They are ovate-oblong or elliptical, flat 
on one side, convex on the other, of a grayish- 
brown color externally, chocolate-colored within, 
of an aromatic odor between that of nutmegs and 
sassafras, and of a spicy pungent taste. There 
are two kinds, one about an inch and a half long 
by half an inch in breadth, the other little more 
than half as large, rounder, and of a dark brown 
color. The former were said by Carson to come 
from Brazil, the latter from Venezuela, and may 
be severally the product of the varieties of the 
tree above referred to. {Ibid., 387.) Bonastre has PART II. 
Pici'asma Quassioides.—Picric Acid. 
1767 
found them to contain a concrete volatile oil, a 
fatty matter of the consistence of butter, stearin, 
resin, brown coloring matter, fecula, gum, sugar, 
and lignin. Their virtues depend on the volatile 
oil. The buttery portion, known as pichurim fat, 
amounting to about 30 per cent., contains lauro- 
stearin, C3H6(C12Ha302)3, and pichurim camphor, 
which, according to Gerhardt, is identical with 
laurel camphor. In A. J. P., 1851, 1, Procter 
described a liquid product brought from South 
America, known as the native oil of laurel or sassa- 
fras, or aceite de sasafras, said to be obtained by 
making incisions in the trunk of a tree growing on 
the Orinoco. As described by Prof. Procter, it is 
an oleoresin, of the sp. gr. 0-898, of a light auburn 
color, a peculiar penetrating odor, and an aromatic, 
bitterish, pungent, and somewhat camphorous taste. 
On distillation, almost the whole passes over in the 
shape of a colorless volatile oil, a small proportion 
only of resinous matter being left behind. This 
oleoresin is conjectured to be the same as that em- 
ployed for adulterating the copaiba exported from 
Maracaibo. It may be distinguished from copaiba 
by its ready solubility in alcohol of 0-838, and by 
the fact that itsvolatile oil is acted on by potassium. 
It is believed to be the same product as the “ na- 
tive oil of laurel” described by Pereira, which 
was obtained from Demerara, and by incisions in a 
large tree. Prof. Carson, on comparing it with a 
specimen of oil presented to him as obtained from 
the same tree with the fruit above mentioned, had 
no hesitation in considering them as identical, and, 
therefore, in referring the so-called native oil of 
laurel to Nectandrapuchury. Muller, by distilling 
the oil in contact with sulphuric acid, obtained a 
greenish-yellow oil possessing the peculiar odor of 
the beans. By fractional distillation he separated 
—1, a colorless oil, boiling at 150° C. (302° F.); 2, 
a colorless oil, boiling between 165° C. (329° F.) 
and 170° C. (338° F.); both of these oils consist 
principally of a hydrocarbon, C10H16 ; 3, a green- 
ish-yellow viscid oil, boiling between 235° C. (455° 
F.) and 240° C. (464° F.), and having the compo- 
sition C38H6802; 4, a deep blue oil, having a faint 
odor, boiling between 260° C. (500° F.) and 265° 
C. (509° F.). In medical properties the pichurim 
beans resemble the common aromatics, and may be 
employed for the same purposes. In South America 
they are said to be used as a substitute for nutmeg, 
and have even been called by that name. They 
are rare in this country. The oil obtained from 
the tree is said to impart its odor to the perspira- 
tion and urine, and to be useful in rheumatism, 
gout, etc. The bark is sometimes employed as a 
tonic and febrifuge. 
PICRASMA QUASSIOIDES. Benn. (Flat, 
ord. Simarubese.) The wood of this tree, which 
grows in the sub-tropical Himalayas, and resembles 
closely the Ailantus in its appearance, has an in- 
tensely bitter taste, and has been proposed as a 
substitute for quassia. W. Dymock and C. J. H. 
Warden have found in it a crystalline principle 
which they believe to be quassin, and to exist in 
the probable proportion of from 0-02 to 0-03 per 
cent. The same investigators believe that the drug 
has in it a peculiar alkaloid. (P. J. Tr., xx. 1889.) 
A principle analogous to quassin was isolated by 
Shimoyamo from the bark of P. eilantoides. (Apoth. 
Zeit., 1892, 439.) 
PICRIC ACID. Carbazotic Acid. Trinitro- 
phenol. Nitrophenisic Acid. Acide Picrique, Car- 
bazotique, Nitroxanthique, Jauneamer, Fr. Pikrin- 
saure, TrinitrocarboIsaure, Welter’aches Bitter, G. 
CeH2(N02)3.0H. This acid is obtained by the 
action of nitric acid on indigo, silk, leather, 
wool, aloes, benzoin, Australian gum, and other 
substances, or, as the name indicates, from phenol 
(carbolic acid). It may be cheaply prepared by 
adding coal-tar creosote (impure carbolic acid) grad- 
ually to strong nitric acid and heating, when, on 
standing, the picric acid will crystallize out; but in 
practice it is now almost always made by dissolving 
crystallized carbolic acid in strong sulphuric acid, 
and adding either nitric acid or sodium nitrate to the 
resultant, phenolsulphonic acid. It is in pale yellow 
shining scales, fusing at 122-5° C. and subliming 
undecomposed. It is soluble in water, to which it 
gives a strong yellow color and very bitter taste. 
Its salts crystallize readily, and explode when 
heated. The potassa salt is so sparingly soluble 
that an alcoholic solution of the acid may be used 
as a test for this alkali. It is largely used in dye- 
ing, producing magnificent yellow colors, and, in 
connection with indigo or Prussian blue, different 
shades of green. The salts which picric acid forms 
with potassa and soda are yellow and bitter, and 
are much used in the arts. They are, however, 
violent explosives, and as such have produced very 
serious consequences. A saturated aqueous solu- 
tion of picric acid is a very delicate test for albu- 
men. Ammonium picrate is universally preferred 
for use in medicine. It crystallizes in rhombic 
scales, which are somewhat more soluble than the 
corresponding potassium salt. It is explosive when 
heated or struck. Picric acid and its salts, when 
in sufficient dose, are poisonous both to man and to 
the lower animals, though a teaspoonful of ammo- 
nium picrate has been taken without the production 
of other symptoms than those of gastro-intestinal 
irritation. Toxic doses have been found in the 
lower animals to stain all the tissues, and produce 
falling temperature, weakness, diarrhoea, collapse, 
convulsions, and death. It has a peculiar action 
upon the blood, changing its color; according to 
Erb, increasing the number of the white corpuscles 
and so altering the red blood-disks as to produce 
the appearance of nucleation. It is a very feeble 
germicide. The ammonium salt has been used to 
a considerable extent in the treatment of malarial 
diseases, and has been recommended in trichiniasis. 
Further experience, however, has shown that it 
has no value in the latter disorder, and is of very 
little importance as an antiper iodic. The local 
application of the solution (from 8 per cent, to 
saturation) of picric acid has been strongly recom- 
mended by various surgeons in the treatment of 
burns. In some cases it causes a great deal of 
pain; and in a number of instances, especially 
children, it has produced by its absorption vomit- 
ing, purging, jaundice, and other symptoms of 
poisoning. The dose of ammonium picrate, in pill, 
is half a grain (0-032 Gm.), three times a day; 
though Erb affirms that from nine to fifteen grains 
(0-58-0 97 Gm.) may be given in a day without 
danger. 
Ferric Picrate may be prepared by digesting pure 
crystallized picric acid with an excess of recently 
precipitated ferric oxide and water at a gentle heat, 
till the acid has disappeared, filtering, and evapo- 
rating the filtrate at a temperature not exceeding 
100° O. (212° F.). Thus prepared it is amorphous, 
reddish brown in mass, lighter colored in powder, Picrol.—Piperazine. 
1768 
PART II. 
of an astringent and intensely bitter and persistent 
taste, and readily soluble in water. On account of 
its bitterness it is best given in pill. (A. J. P., 1863.) 
PICROL. Di-iodo-resorcin-potassium Monosul- 
phonate. C6HI2(OH)2S03K. This antiseptic con- 
tains 52 per cent, of iodine. It occurs in colorless 
and odorless crystals having a very bitter taste, 
soluble in water, glycerin, and ether. It is used as 
a substitute for iodoform and corrosive sublimate. 
PICRORHIZA KURROA. Royle. (Nat. ord. 
Scrophularinese.) Under the name of kali-kutki a 
root has long been in use in India, which is stated 
to be the product of Picrorhiza kurroa, Royle. It 
is said to be a very valuable tonic. (See P. J. Tr., 
Dec. 1870, 502.) 
PIMPINELLA SAXIFRAGA. L. Small 
Burnet Saxifrage. Saxifraga. Radix Phnpinelloe, 
P. G. Grand Boucage, Fr. Pimpinell, Bibernell, 
G. A perennial umbelliferous European plant, 
growing on sunny hills, and in dry meadows and 
pastures. The root has a strong, aromatic, yet un- 
pleasant odor, and a sweetish, pungent, biting, aro- 
matic, bitterish taste. Its active constituents are 
volatile oil and an acrid resin. The volatile oil is 
described as a golden-yellow, limpid liquid, lighter 
than water, of penetrating odor recalling parsley, 
and of biting taste. Buchheim obtained from the 
alcoholic extract an active principle, which he 
calledpimpinellin, insoluble in water and petroleum 
ether, but soluble in alcohol. It is considered 
diaphoretic, diuretic, and stomachic, and has been 
used in chronic catarrh, asthma, dropsy, amenor- 
rhcea, etc. The dose in substance is about half a 
drachm (1-94 Gm.), and in infusion two drachms. 
The root is used also as a local stimulant in tooth- 
ftcllG 0tc. 
PINCKNEY A PUBENS. Michx. (Nat. ord. 
Rubiacese.) A large shrub or small tree, growing 
in South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, in low 
and moist places along the sea-coast. It is botani- 
cally allied to the Cinchonas. The bark is bitter, 
and has been used with alleged advantage in inter- 
mittent fever. E. H. Naudain (A. J. P., April, 
1885) found in it a glucoside, pinckneyin, but no 
alkaloid. 
PINEAPPLE. Ananassa sativa. Lindl. (Now 
Ananas sativus, Schult. f.) Some years ago Senior 
V. Marcano discovered that the juice of the ordi- 
nary pineapple has the power of digesting proteid 
vegetable and animal substances. R. H. Chitten- 
den [Trans. Connecticut Academy, vol. viii., 1891) 
found that the fresh pineapple juice is a very con- 
stant and powerful digestant of albuminous mat- 
ters ; that the ferment is decidedly active in the 
presence of either acids or alkaline carbonates, but 
is most energetic in neutral solution ; that the 
ferment is most active between 50° and 60° C. 
(122° and 140° F.); still digests at 30° C. (86° 
F.), but is destroyed at a temperature of 70° C. 
(158° F.); that the digestion takes place with 
rapidity ; that the ferment, to which the name 
bromelin has been given, is more nearly related to 
trypsin than to pepsin, forming during its action 
not only proteoses and peptone, but also leucine 
and tvrosine. 
PIPER NOV/E-HOLLANDIA2. Miq. (Nat. 
ord. Piperacese.) The berries of this Australian 
pepper contain a volatile oil, and are said to be 
useful in gonorrhoea and allied diseases. 
PIPER OVATUM. From the leaves of this 
plant, found growing in Trinidad, Dunstan and 
Carr (Chem. News, 1895, 278) extracted a 
line principle, piperovatine, C16H21N02. It is in- 
soluble in water, but soluble in aleohol. It is said 
to act as a depressant of both motor and sensory 
nerves, and as a stimulant to the spinal cord. 
PIPERAZINE. Arthriticine. Diethylendi- 
( 0 
amine. N2 | . This is formed by the action 
of ammonia upon ethylene bromide or chloride. A 
mixture of bases from this reaction is fractionated, 
and from the fraction boiling between 130° and 
180° C., the dietbylendiamine separates on cooling. 
It forms glassy lustrous tables, melting at from 
104° to 107° C., and boils at 145° C. Both the 
free base and the hydrochlorate are very soluble in 
water. The latter crystallizes in silky, lustrous, 
lanceolate forms. In experiments made by Bock 
upon rabbits, no evidences of stimulating properties 
could be obtained. The blood-pressure was never 
increased, but if the dose were large enough was 
temporarily depressed. In a cold watery solution 
it is said to dissolve twelve times as much uric acid 
as will lithium carbonate ; and one part of uric 
acid and piperazine dissolves in fifty parts of water, 
whilst lithium urate requires 368 times its own 
weight to dissolve it. 
Outside of the body, piperazine acts as a power- 
ful solvent of uric acid; not only when the acid 
is pulverulent, but also when it is in the form of 
hard calculi. It was also found by J. H. Brik, of 
Vienna, that even when the calculi are largely com- 
posed of other materials they are broken up by the 
piperazine affecting the uric acid in them. As 
piperazine seems in ordinary doses without marked 
general influence upon the system, and as it does not 
irritate the mucous membranes of the gastrointes- 
tinal or genito-urinary tract, it would appear to be 
a very valuable remedy in the treatment of uric 
acid gravel and calculi. Van der Klip, as the re- 
sult of a carefully conducted series of experiments, 
denies, however, that piperazine is as powerful a 
solvent of uric acid as is the lithium carbonate. 
In regard to the action of piperazine upon the 
system, Van der Klip has found that in the lower 
animals, in sufficient dose, it produces vomiting, 
irregular breathing, general muscular weakness, 
and relaxation; that it also decreases the coagu- 
lability of the blood, and has power in checking 
the action of peptonizing ferments. He further 
states that it decreases the evolution of oxygen by 
oxyhemoglobin. How far piperazine will prove 
to be of value in uric acid diathesis remains at 
present uncertain, although the results so far are, 
on the whole, encouraging. Umpfenbach found it 
to be a powerful diuretic, and even recommends it 
in dropsies. Dr. Vogt (Soc. Therap., 1891) affirms, 
as the result of his investigations, that in doses of 
fifteen grains (0-972 Gm.) a day it produced a 
diminution both of the relative and absolute quan- 
tity of uric acid. On the other hand, Ebstein and 
Sprague found that the drug did not affect either 
the absolute or relative excretion of urea or of 
uric acid. There is much clinical testimony as to 
the value of the remedy in gout and rheumatism, 
and certainly in those cases in which deposition 
of urates has occurred the remedy should have a 
thorough trial. H. C. Wood has found it to act 
very well in some cases and fail entirely in others. 
In stone, injections of piperazine into the bladder 
are also worthy of trial. Piperazine may be given 
in the hypodermic injection of a 2 per cent. Piperidine Guaiacolate.—Pix Canadensis. 
PART II. 
1769 
solution, which is said to produce some pain but no 
abscesses; or, better, fifteen grains (0-972 G-m.) of 
it may be administered during the day, in a quart 
of plain or carbonated water. It is so highly 
hygroscopic that it cannot well be given in pill or 
powder. The injection of small doses of piperazine 
immediately into gouty joints is worthy of trial. 
During the taking of piperazine the urine usually 
is reddish brown, and the drug can be readily ob- 
tained from the urine by methods which are de- 
tailed in New Remedies, 1892. 
PIPERIDINE GUAIACOLATE. Guaiaperol. 
This substance, which occurs 
in crystalline needles or flakes soluble in about 
thirty-two parts of water, is believed by Chaplin 
and Tunnicliffe, when taken internally, to break 
up in the duodenum into its constituents, and there- 
fore to unite the tonic and stimulant properties of 
piperidine with the peculiar powers of guaiacol. 
According to the investigators mentioned, it is use- 
ful in the treatment of phthisis in doses of from 
twenty to twenty-five grains (1-3-1 -6 Gm.) three 
times a day. 
PIPI ROOT. The root of the Petiveria hexa- 
glochin, Fisch. and Mey. (nat. ord. Pbytolacca- 
cese), which sixty years ago attracted attention in 
Europe, is said to have re-entered commerce. It is 
reported to be a stimulant expectorant and diapho- 
retic. (A. J. P., Aug. 1887.) 
PISCIDIA ERYTHRINA. L. Jamaica Dog- 
wood. This is a leguminous tree growing through- 
out the West Indies, and yielding to commerce a 
very valuable wood. From time immemorial 
the bark has been used for catching fish. The 
leaves, twigs, and root-bark are collected, macer- 
ated with the residue from the distillation of 
rum or with lime water, then transferred into 
baskets, and the latter dragged up and down the 
water until the active principle has been extracted 
and the fish are stupefied. 
In 1844 William Hamilton called the attention 
of the profession to the plant (P. J. Tr., Aug. 
1844) as a powerful narcotic and analgesic. The 
bark of commerce is “in pieces of from two to 
four inches in length, and from one to two inches 
wide, and about one-eighth of an inch in thick- 
ness. The outer surface of some of the pieces is of 
a dark gray-brown, while others are of a yellow- 
brown, with no shade of gray present. The bark 
is frequently studded with flattened protuberances 
of a lighter color than the surrounding cork. The 
central part of the bark is much lighter colored, 
and, when wet or freshly broken, is of a peculiar 
blue-green color. The inner part of the bark is 
of a dark brown color and very fibrous. It has 
a strong disagreeable odor of opium when broken 
into pieces. It is acrimonious, and produces a 
burning sensation in the mouth and pharynx.” 
E. Hart obtained a neutral principle, C29H2^08, 
to which he gave the name piscidin. When purified 
by crystallization from alcohol it was obtained in 
colorless crystals, fusing at 192° C. (377-6° F.), 
insoluble in water, slightly soluble in ether, easily 
soluble in benzene, chloroform, and boiling alcohol. 
(A. J. P., 1883, 369. See also Ibid., Sept. 1898.) 
The action of the drug upon the lower animals 
has been studied by Drs. J. Ott and A. C. Nagle 
with similar results. (Jamaica Dogwood, Parke, 
Davis & Co., 1881.) The conclusions reached are,— 
1. It is narcotic to frogs, rabbits, and men. 2. It 
does not affect the irritability of the motor nerves. 
3. It does not attack the peripheral ends of the 
sensory nerves. 4. It reduces reflex action by a 
stimulant action on the centres of Setschenow. 5. It 
produces a tetanoid state by a stimulant action on 
the spinal cord, and not by a paralysis of Setsche- 
now’s centres. 6. It dilates the pupil, which dila- 
tation passes into a state of contraction upon the 
supervention of asphyxia. 7. It is a salivator. 8. 
It increases the secretion of the skin. 9. It reduces 
the frequency of the pulse. 10. It increases arterial 
tension by stimulation of the vaso-motor centre. 
11. This increase of pressure is soon succeeded by 
a fall, due to a weakening of the heart itself. 
The exact practical value of the drug has not 
been determined, nor are the results produced in 
man, by doses approaching toxic, known. Dr. 
Hamilton took a drachm, when laboring under se- 
vere toothache, on going to bed. He first felt a 
violent sensation of heat internally, which gradu- 
ally extended to the surface, and was followed by 
profuse perspiration, with profound sleep for twelve 
hours. On awaking, he was quite free from 
pain, and without the unpleasant sensations which 
follow a dose of opium. Various practitioners 
have reported good results from its use as an ano- 
dyne in neuralgia, nervous insomnia, whooping- 
cough, etc., hut in other hands it has failed to do 
good. H. C. Wood found it in one case of neu- 
ralgia to produce great nausea and gastric distress 
without evincing the slightest narcotic effect. 
Joseph L. Lemberger offers a formula for the prep- 
aration of a fluid extract, as follows. Forty-eight 
troyounces of the bark, in No. 8 powder, are 
moistened with sufficient of a mixture of three 
pints of alcohol, half a pint of glycerin, and half 
a pint of water; it is packed in a percolator, al- 
lowed to stand for six hours, and then percolated 
with the menstruum until three pints of percolate 
are obtained. {Drug. Circ., 1881, 179.) The dose 
of t-H'S fluid extract is a drachm (3-69 C.c.), to he 
cardiully increased. 
PITHECOLOBIUM SAMAN. A shade-tree 
growing in Japanese coffee plantations which yields 
a poisonous alkaloid, pithecolohine, whose physio- 
logical action is analogous to that of sapotoxin. 
PIX CANADENSIS. V. S. 1880. Canada 
Pitch. Hemlock Pitch. Abies canadensis. Michx. 
Pinus canadensis. L. (Now recognized as Tsuga 
canadensis, Carr., also (L.) Carr.) Hemlock or 
Hemlock Spruce of the United States and Canada, 
when of full growth, is often seventy or eighty feet 
high, with a trunk two or three feet in diameter, 
and of nearly uniform dimensions for two-thirds of 
its length. The branches are slender, and depend- 
ent at their extremities. The leaves are very 
numerous, six or eight lines long, flat, denticulate, 
and irregularly arranged in two rows. The strobiles 
are ovate, little longer than the leaves, terminal 
and pendulous. 
The tree is abundant in Canada, Nova Scotia, 
and the more northern parts of New England, and 
is found in the elevated and mountainous regions 
of the Middle States. Its bark is much used for 
tanning, an extract being made for the purpose. 
The tree contains much less juice than some other 
of the Pinaceae, and very little flows from incisions 
made into its trunk. But in the trees which have at- 
tained their full growth, and are about or have 
begun to decay, the juice exudes spontaneously, and 
hardens upon the bark, in consequence of the 
partial evaporation or oxidation of its volatile oil. Pixol.—Plumbago Europsea. 
1770 
PART II. 
The bark thus incrusted is stripped from the tree, 
broken into pieces, and boiled in water. The pitch 
melts, rises to the surface, is skimmed off, and is 
still further purified by a second boiling in water. 
Hemlock pitch is hard, brittle, quite opaque, of a 
dark reddish-brown color, becoming still darker by 
exposure to the air, of a weak peculiar odor, and 
scarcely any taste. It softens and becomes adhe- 
sive with a moderate heat, and even at ordinary 
temperatures takes the form of the vessel contain- 
ing it, and melts at 198° F. Its constituents are 
resin and a minute proportion of volatile oil. It 
is sometimes known by the incorrect name of 
hemlock gum. Canada pitch is a gentle rubefacient, 
closely analogous to Burgundy pitch in its proper- 
ties, and employed for precisely the same purposes. 
It is, however, more readily softened by heat, 
and is sometimes almost too soft for convenient 
application at the temperature of the body. A 
volatile oil obtained from Abies ca?iadensis, and 
called oil of spruce or oil of hemlock, has been em- 
ployed to produce abortion, with the effect of en- 
dangering the life of the female. (J. S. Paige, N. Y. 
Journ. of Med., viii. 184.) 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1880 gave the fol- 
lowing directions for preparing the Hemlock or 
Canada Pitch Plaster. (Emplastrum Picis Canaden- 
sis, U. S. 1880.) “ Canada Pitch, ninety parts [or 
nine ounces av.] ; Yellow Wax, ten parts [or one 
ounce av.], To make one hundred parts [or ten 
ounces av.]. Melt them together, strain the mix- 
ture, and stir constantly until it thickens on cool- 
ing.” 
PIXOL is a form of wood-tar, soluble in water, 
made by warming three parts of wood-tar and one 
part of green soap together and gradually adding 
three parts of a 10 per cent, solution of potassium 
hydrate with stirring. It is a clear dark brown 
syrupy liquid. The disinfecting power of a 5 per 
cent, solution is said to be not less than thahaf a 5 
per cent, solution of carbolic acid. 0 
PLANTAGO MAJOR. L. Plantain. Rib-grass, 
Rib-wort, Ripple-grass. Plantain, Fr. Wegerich, 
G. (Nat. ord. Plantaginaceae.) The leaves are 
saline, bitterish, and austere to the taste; the root 
saline and sweetish. The common plantain weed 
was formerly considered refrigerant, diuretic, de- 
obstruent, and somewhat astringent. The ancients 
esteemed it highly, but it is at present never used, 
except it be externally in domestic practice as a 
stimulant application to sores. The leaves are put 
on whole or bruised in the form of a poultice. 
Plantago media and P. lancifolia, or rib-grass, which 
are also indigenous, possess properties similar to 
those of P. major, and may be used for the same 
purposes. 
Theo. Koller, in 1868, obtained from the leaves 
of Plantago major, P. lanceolata, and P. media, 
chlorophyll, resin, wax, albumen, pectin, citric 
acid, and oxalic acid. David Rosenbaum found in 
the leaves of P. major, wax, chlorophyll, resin, and 
a notable quantity of calcium oxalate. (A. J. P., 
1886, 418.) J. F. Strawinski found in the rhizome 
a substance which he believes to be either phloba- 
phene or protocatechuic acid. (A. J. P, 1898, 189.) 
Semen psyllii are the seeds of several species of 
European Plantago. The best are those of Plan- 
tago psyllium, or fleawort, which grows in the south 
of Europe and in Barbary. They are small, about 
a line long by half a line in breadth, convex on one 
side, concave on the other, flea-colored, shining, in- 
odorous, and nearly tasteless, but mucilaginous 
when chewed. They are demulcent and emollient, 
and may be used internally and externally in the 
same manner as flaxseed, which they closely re- 
semble in medical properties. Spogel seed, used as 
a demulcent in intestinal irritation, is derived from 
P. Isphagula. (See Journ. de Med. de Paris, Sept. 
1887.) 
PLATINUM. Platine, Orblanc, Fr. Platin, 
G. The most useful salt of platinum is the chloride, 
PtCi45H20, which may be obtained by mixing an 
aqueous solution of chloroplatinic acid, H2PtCl6, 
with a solution of silver nitrate: a precipitate con- 
taining the silver, combined with some platinum 
and chlorine, separates, and the yellowish-red solu- 
tion yields on evaporation fine large red crystals of 
platinum chloride. The compound usually called 
platinum chloride is said by Roscoe and Schorlem- 
iner to be chloroplatinic acid, H2PtCle,6H„0, and is 
made by dissolving the metal in nitro-hydrochloric 
acid, and evaporating with hydrochloric acid until 
all of the nitric acid is removed. In 1826 Prof. 
Gmelin, of Tubingen, made experiments to deter- 
mine the action of this metal on the economy. In 
1841 Dr. Ferdinand Hoefer published some obser- 
vations on the same subject. The latter experi- 
mented chiefly with the chloride, formerly called 
bichloride, and the double platinum and sodium 
chloride. They are both poisonous: the chloride 
in the dose of fifteen grains, the double chloride in 
that of thirty grains. When a concentrated solution 
of the chloride is applied to the skin, it produces 
violent itching, followed by an eruption; admin- 
istered internally, it irritates the mucous mem- 
brane of the stomach and occasions headache. The 
double chloride has no action when externally ap- 
plied, and, when given internally, operates on the 
system in a less sensible manner than the chloride. 
It possesses the power of augmenting the urine. 
Dr. Hoefer ranks the preparations of platinum 
with the alteratives, by the side of those of iodine, 
arsenic, and gold. He considers them particularly 
suited to the treatment of syphilitic diseases: the 
chloride to cases of long standing and inveterate, 
the double chloride to those which are recent. The 
dose of the chloride is from half a grain to two 
grains (0-032-0T30 Gm.) twice a day, given in pill. 
Eight grains may be made into sixteen pills, with 
a drachm of the extract of guaiacum wood of the 
French Codex, and sufficient powdered liquorice 
root. Of these, one, two, or three may be taken 
morning and evening. The double chloride may 
be prepared by dissolving five grains of the chlo- 
ride and eight of pure sodium chloride in seven 
fluidounces of gum-water, and the whole may be 
taken by tablespoonfuls in the course of twenty- 
four hours. For frictions on indolent ulcers, Dr. 
Hoefer used an ointment composed of sixteen 
grains of the chloride, thirty-two grains of extract 
of belladonna, and an ounce of lard. [Journ. de 
Pharm., xxvii. 213.) 
PLUMBAGO EUROP2EA. L. Leadwort. 
Dentellaria. (Nat. ord. Plumbagineas.) A peren- 
nial, herbaceous plant, growing in the south of 
Europe. It has an acrid taste, and, when chewed, 
excites a flow of saliva. This is particularly the 
case with the root, which has been long used to 
relieve toothache; hence its French name den- 
telaire. A decoction of the root in olive oil has 
been highly recommended for itch. A crystal- 
lizable, acrid principle, calledplumbagin, has been PART II. 
Plumb i Oxidum Rubrum.—Polypodium. 
1771 
extracted from the root by Dulong. (Journ. de 
Pharm., (2) xiv. 441.) Plumbago zeylanica is said 
to be a very powerful diaphoretic. 
PLUMBI OXIDUM RUBRUM. Red Oxide 
of Lead. Red Lead. Minium, P. G. Deutoxide de 
Plomb, Oxide Rouge de Plornb, Minium, Fr. Men- 
nige, G. Minio, It., Sp. Red lead is prepared on 
the large scale in a furnace, with the floor slightly 
concave and the roof arched, presenting a general 
resemblance to a baker’s oven. The lead is placed 
on the floor, and gradually raised to a red heat, 
whereby it melts and becomes covered with a pelli- 
cle of monoxide, which is removed by means of a 
long iron scraper ; and the pellicles, as they succes- 
sively form, are scraped off until the whole of the 
metal has been converted into them. The product 
is subjected to further calcination, with occasional 
stirring, for some time, in order to oxidize any 
particles of metallic lead; it is thus rendered yel- 
low, and constitutes lead monoxide, or massicot. 
This is taken out of the furnace, thrown upon a 
level pavement, and cooled by being sprinkled with 
water. It is next reduced to fine powder by tritu- 
ration and levigation, and dried, and in this state 
is introduced into large, shallow, square tin boxes, 
which are placed in another furnace, closed from 
the air, and heated nearly to redness, the heat 
being allowed gradually to fall during a period of 
from twenty-four to thirty hours. At the' end of 
that time the lead monoxide will have combined 
with an additional quantity of oxygen, and become 
the red oxide. This is taken out, and, having been 
passed through a fine wire sieve, is packed in bar- 
rels for the purposes of commerce. 
The above is an outline of the French process for 
making red lead. In England and the United States 
the calcination of the monoxide is not performed 
in tin boxes, but by returning it to the furnace in 
which it was first calcined. H. N. Warren recom- 
mends the following process for preparing pure red 
lead. Either litharge or lead sulphate from vitriol 
tanks, etc., is introduced into canvas bags, through 
which is inserted a lead sheet. These bags are now 
immersed in dilute vitriol, and connected respec- 
tively to sheets of iron ; the sulphate or other 
plumbic compound contained therein is thus speed- 
ily and completely reduced to the spongy metal, the 
bags afterwards connected alternately by their lead 
plates and exposed to an electric current, the posi- 
tives being thus completely converted into peroxide; 
whilst the temporary accumulator thus produced is 
again emptied of its current into further quantities 
of spongy metal, thus producing more peroxide. 
This process, when rightly conducted, yields an 
absolute!}?- pure oxide on a cheap scale. (Chem. 
Neuis, Sept. 18, 1896, 144.) 
Properties. Red lead is in the form of a heavy, 
scaly powder, of a bright red color, with a slight 
shade of orange. Its sp. gr. is about 9. When 
exposed to heat it gives off oxygen, and is reduced 
to the state of monoxide. It is sometimes adulter- 
ated with red ferric oxide and red bole, substances 
which may be detected by treating the red lead with 
nitric acid and testing the nitric solution with tinc- 
ture of galls. This reagent will produce a black 
precipitate, in consequence of the iron being dis- 
solved by the nitric acid. If brick-dust be present, 
it will be left undissolved upon boiling the suspected 
specimen in water, with sugar and a small quantity 
of nitric acid. When free from impurities it is 
wholly reduced on charcoal by means of the blow- 
pipe, giving a globule of metallic lead. It is com- 
pletely soluble in highly fuming nitrous acid. When 
treated with nitric acid it is resolved into monoxide, 
which dissolves, and dioxide, which remains in the 
form of a dark brown powder. 
The red lead of commerce may be considered as a 
mixture of what may be called the true red oxide 
and variable proportions of monoxide. That this is 
its nature is rendered probable by the action of cold 
dilute acetic acid, not used in excess, which takes up 
a variable quantity of monoxide, leaving a portion 
unchanged in color, which may he deemed the pure 
red oxide. This latter, when analyzed by nitric acid, 
has been proved, by the coincident results of Dal- 
ton, Dumas, and Phillips, to consist of three atoms 
of lead and four of oxygen, equal to 2PbO,PbO„ 
(Dumas), or Pb0,Pb„03 (Winckelblech). Mulder 
gives Pb406 = 3Pb0,Ph02, or 2Pb0,Pb203, as the 
usual composition of red lead. 
Red lead enters into no official preparation. In 
the arts it is used chiefly as a paint, for protecting 
metal surfaces, in the manufacture of flint glass, 
and in cements for metal joints. 
POLYFORMIN. Two kinds of polyformin 
are found in commerce, soluble and insoluble. The 
soluble form, di-resorcin-hexa-methylene-tetr amine, 
(C6H4(0H)2)2-(CH2)eN4, occurs in handsome col- 
orless crystals, soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble 
in ether and oils, and is used as an antiferment and 
diuretic. Insoluble polyformin results when poly- 
atomic phenols or such as possess condensed benzoyl- 
nuclei are dissolved in formaldehyde, an excess of 
ammonia being added subsequently; if resorcin be 
used, the polyformin is odorlesss, amorphous, and 
yellowish brown in color. The name polyformin is 
applied particularly to that kind which is employed 
as a bactericide. 
POLYGALA RUBELLA. Willd. (Now rec- 
ognized as P. polygama, Walter.) Bitter Milkwort. 
Bitter Polygala. Polygale, Laitier, Fr. Kreutz- 
blume, Milchwurz, G. Bitter polygala is an indige- 
nous, perennial plant, which was formerly official. 
It has a strong and permanent bitter taste, which it 
yields to water and alcohol. In small doses bitter 
?olygala is tonic, in larger, laxative and diaphoretic. 
t appears to be closely analogous in medical vir- 
tues to Polygala amara, L., of Europe, which is 
used for a similar purpose. From the seeds of the 
P. butyracea:, Heck, and Schlag., an African plant, 
the natives prepare an edible fat. (See P. J. Tr., 
xx., Aug. 1889.) 
POLYMNIA UVEDALIA. L. Bear’s-foot. 
(Nat ord. Composite.) Great virtues as a remedy 
in malarial splenic enlargements have been attrib- 
uted to this North American plant. (See Newer 
Mat. Med., 53.) 
POLYPODIUM. Various species of this genus 
of ferns are asserted to have medical properties. 
Polypodium vulgare, L., very common both in 
Europe and America, was believed by the ancients 
to be an active cholagogue purgative, and has been 
used in modern times as an expectorant in chronic 
catarrh and asthma. Dose, from one to eight 
drachms (3-88-31-1 Gm.), usually given with a 
cathartic. The rhizome, as it usually occurs in 
commerce, is about as thick as a goose-quill, 
somewhat contorted, covered with brown, easily 
separable scales (often wanting), furnished with 
slender radicles, and marked by numerous small 
tubercles. Its color is reddish brown with a tinge 
of yellow, its odor disagreeably oleaginous, its 1772 
Polytriclium Juniperinum.—Potassii Bisulphas. 
PART II. 
taste peculiar, sweetish, somewhat bitter, and 
nauseous. P. adiantiforme, of Porto Rico, is be- 
lieved by the natives to be a powerful antisyphilitic. 
It must be used freely for several months in the 
advanced stages of the disease. P. friederichstha- 
lianum, of Central America, has similar properties 
attributed to it. 
POLYTRICHUM JUNIPERINUM. Hair- 
cap Moss. Robin's Rye. This indigenous moss is 
stated by Wm. Wood to be a powerful diuretic, 
and, when given indefinitely in infusion, very use- 
ful in dropsy. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., N. S., xxvii. 
267.) Ariel Hunter confirms these statements. 
(N. J. Med. and Surg. Reporter, ix. 417.) 
PONGAMIA GLABRA. Vent. (Nat. ord. 
Leguminosse.) Pongamia or kurung oil is ex- 
pressed from the seeds of an East Indian tree. 
It is deep yellow to reddish brown, fluid at 60° F., 
but below that it is solid. It is especially com- 
mended in pityriasis versicolor and other parasitic 
skin diseases. (P. J. Tr., February, 1883.) 
POPULUS. Poplar. In most trees belonging 
to this genus the leaf-buds are covered wilh a res- 
inous exudation, which has a peculiar, agreeable, 
balsamic odor, and a bitterish, balsamic, somewhat 
pungent taste. It is abundant in the buds of Popu- 
lus nigra, L., or the black poplar of Europe, which 
are official in some parts of that continent. They 
contain resin and a peculiar volatile oil. The 
buds of P. balsamifera, L., growing in the north- 
ern parts of North America and Siberia, are also 
highly balsamic ; and a resin is said to be furnished 
by the tree, which is sometimes, though errone- 
ously, called tacamahac. The virtues of the poplar 
buds are probably analogous to those of the turpen- 
tines and balsams. They have been used in pec- 
toral, nephritic, and rheumatic complaints, in the 
form of a tincture; and a liniment, made by 
macerating them in oil, has been applied externally 
in local rheumatism. The unguentum populeum 
of European pharmacy is made, according to the 
directions of the French Codex, by bruising in a 
marble mortar, and boiling in 2000 parts of lard, 
with a gentle fire, till the moisture is dissipated, 
250 parts, each, of the fresh leaves of the black 
poppy, deadly nightshade, henbane, and black 
nightshade; then adding of the dried buds of the 
black poplar, bruised, 400 parts; digesting for 
twenty-four hours; straining with strong expres- 
sion ; and finally allowing the ointment to cool 
after defecation. This is an anodyne ointment, 
occasionally employed in Europe in painful local 
affections. It has been ascertained that poplar 
buds are capable of imparting a principle to oint- 
ments which in a powerful degree obviates their 
tendency to rancidity. 
The bark of P. tremuloides, Michx., or American 
aspen, and of P. tremula, L., or European aspen, 
is possessed of tonic properties, and has been used 
in intermittent fever. In the bark of the latter 
Braconnot found salicin, C13H1807, and another 
crystallizable principle which he named populin, 
C20H2208. It is in these, probably, that the febri- 
fuge properties of the bark reside. They may be 
obtained by precipitating a saturated decoction of 
the bark with solution of lead subacetate, filtering, 
precipitating the excess of lead by sulphuric acid, 
again filtering, evaporating, adding animal char- 
coal towards the end of the evaporation, and filter- 
ing the liquor while hot. Salicin gradually sepa- 
rates, upon the cooling of the liquor, in the form 
of crystals. If, when this principle has ceased to 
crystallize, the excess of sulphuric acid in the liquid 
be saturated by a concentrated solution of potas- 
sium carbonate, the populin will be precipitated. 
If this be pressed between folds of blotting- 
paper, and redissolved in boiling water, it will be 
deposited, upon the cooling of the liquid, in the 
crystalline state. The leaves of P. tremula are also 
said to yield more populin than does the bark. It 
is probable that both principles exist in the bark of 
P. tremuloides and other species. Schaak (A. J. P., 
1892, 226) found a bitter principle in the bark of 
P. alba, which was most likely populin. Salicin 
is described under Salix. Populin is very light, 
purely white, and of a bitter, sweetish taste, analo- 
gous to that of liquorice. It is soluble in 1896 
parts of cold and about 70 parts of boiling water, 
and is more soluble in boiling alcohol. It loses its 
two molecules of water of crystallization at 100° C., 
and at 180° C. it fuses to a colorless liquid, from 
which at a higher temperature benzoic acid may 
be sublimed. Acetic acid and the diluted mineral 
acids dissolve it, and, upon the addition of an 
alkali, let it fall unchanged. Piria first showed it 
to be benzoyl salicin, + 2HsO. 
He then decomposed it and prepared salicin from 
it. When populin is boiled with baryta water or 
milk of lime, the benzoic acid precipitated by ferric 
chloride, the excess of iron removed by lime, and 
the excess of lime by carbonic acid, the remaining 
liquid yields salicin on evaporation. The same 
conversion may be effected by heating populin with 
an alcoholic solution of ammonia to 100° C. 
(212° F.). Piria obtained from populin 28-9 per 
per cent, of benzoic acid. (P. J. Tr., xv. 378.) 
Dr. T. L. Phipson, basing his experiments upon 
the results of Piria, has succeeded in preparing 
populin artificially by combining salicin and ben- 
zoic acid. Nothing more is necessary than to dis- 
solve the two substances in alcohol, and to concen- 
trate the solution. Crystals are formed having all 
the characters of populin, and consisting of salicin 
and benzoic acid combined in the proportion of 
their equivalents. (Chem. News, Dec. 6, 1862, 278.) 
The flower-buds of P. tremuloides yielded a bitter 
resin to R. Glenk. It was of yellowish-brown 
color, strong hop-like odor, and melted at 51° C. 
(A. J P., 1889, 240.) 
PORTULACA OLERACEA, L. Garden 
Purslane. (Nat. ord. Portulacaceas.) This indig- 
enous annual has been considered a cooling diu- 
retic, and is recommended in scurvy and urinary 
affections. The seeds have been thought to be 
anthelmintic, but are inert. 
POTASSII BISULPHAS. Bisulphate of Po- 
tassium. Acid Sulphate of Potassium. KHS04. 
“Take of Sulphate of Potash, in powder, three 
ounces [avoirdupois] ; Pure Sulphuric Acid one 
fluidounce [Imperial measure]. Place the Acid 
and Salt in a small porcelain capsule, and to this 
apply a heat capable of liquefying its contents, and 
which should be continued until acid vapors cease 
to be given off. The Bisulphate, which concretes 
as it cools, should be reduced to a fine powder, 
and preserved in a well-stopped bottle.” It is 
frequently a by-product in chemical operations, 
being left as residue when potassium salts are de- 
composed by sulphuric acid. It is a white salt, 
having the form of a right rhombic prism so flat- 
tened as to be tabular, and a bitter and extremely 
acid taste. It is soluble in twice its weight of PART II. 
Potassii Sulphis.—Potassium Ferricyanide. 
1773 
cold and in less than its weight of boiling water. 
Alcohol does not dissolve it, but, when added to 
an aqueous solution, precipitates the neutral sul- 
phate. Exposed to the air, it effloresces slightly on 
the surface, and when moderately heated readily 
melts, and runs like oil. At a red heat it loses 
water and the excess of acid, and is reduced to a 
neutral sulphate. Owing to its excess of acid, it 
acts precisely as an acid on the carbonates, causing 
them to effervesce. It is incompatible with alka- 
lies, earths, and their carbonates, with many of 
the metals, and with most oxides. This salt was 
formerly called sal enixum. It is an aperient. It 
answers, according to Dr. Barker, for preparing 
a cheap aperient effervescing draught. Equal 
weights—a drachm, for instance—of the bisul- 
phate and of sodium carbonate may be dissolved 
separately, each in two fluidounces of water, then 
mixed, and taken in the state of effervescence. 
Dose, one or two drachms (3 88 or 7-77 Gra.). 
POTASSII SULPHIS. U. S. 1880. Sulphiteof 
Potassium. K2S03.2HaO ; 193-84. K2S03.2H20; 
194. Kali Sulfurosum, Sulfis Potassicus, S. Kali- 
cus. Sulfite de Potasse, Fr. Schwefligsaures Kali, 
G. Potassium sulphite is prepared by causing sul- 
phurous acid to pass through a strong solution of 
potassium carbonate until decidedly acid ; an equal 
weight of potassium carbonate is now added. The 
sulphite crystallizes out upon standing. “ White, 
opaque, obliquely-rhombic, octahedral crystals, or a 
crystalline powder, somewhat deliquescent, odor- 
less, having a bitter, saline, and sulphurous taste, 
and a neutral or feebly alkaline reaction. Soluble 
in 4 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.) and in 5 
parts of boiling water ; only sparingly soluble in 
alcohol. When gently heated, the salt loses its 
water of crystallization (18-5 per cent.); at a red 
heat it is decomposed and leaves a residue of an 
alkaline reaction. The aqueous solution of the salt 
yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the addi- 
tion of a saturated solution of bitartrate of sodium. 
Addition of diluted hydrochloric acid to the aque- 
ous solution gives rise to the odor of burning sul- 
phur, and the solution does not become cloudy 
(difference from hyposulphite).” U. S. 1880. It 
decrepitates when heated. In the air it effloresces, 
absorbing oxygen, and being partially converted 
into the sulphate. The occurrence of a yellow pre- 
cipitate, when it is added to a solution of platinum 
chloride, shows that it is a salt of potassa. “ A one 
per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, strongly 
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, should produce 
no precipitate, or, at most, only a white cloudi- 
ness, on the addition of a few drops of test-solution 
of chloride of barium (limit of sulphate). If 0-485 
Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 25 C.c. of water, 
and a little gelatinized starch added, at least 45 
C.c. of the volumetric solution of iodine should be 
required, until a permanent blue tint appears after 
stirring (corresponding to at least 90 per cent, of 
pure Sulphite of Potassium).” U. S. 1880. 
The medical uses of this salt are essentially those 
of the other sulphites. It acts only as a slight 
laxative and diuretic. From four to six drachms 
(15-5-23-3 Gm.) in twenty-four hours have been 
given without unpleasant results. It escapes from 
the system with the urine, and may be found for 
some hours unchanged in the state of the sulphite ; 
at the end of twenty-four hours the potassium sul- 
phate is found in the urine instead of the sulphite, 
proving that the salt undergoes oxidation in the 
body. It was at one time much used as a germi- 
cide in bacterial diseases, but has no power over 
microscopic organisms in the blood, and has passed 
out of vogue. 
The local effects of the salt are probably less 
doubtful than the constitutional, but even as a 
local remedy it is inferior to sodium sulphite and 
sulphurous acid. Dose, from fifteen grains to a 
drachm (l-3-9 Gm.), repeated so as to amount to 
from a fourth of an ounce to an ounce in twenty- 
four hours. 
POTASSIO-MERCURIC IODIDE. Mer- 
curic Potassium Iodide. Iodohydrargyrate of Potas- 
sium. It has been found by chemists that mercuric 
iodide, Hgl2, unites with the more positive metal- 
lic iodides, forming a series of double salts, some- 
times called iodohydrargyrates. These have been 
particularly studied by Boullay (Ann. Ch. Phys. 
[2], 34, 345), who finds that a concentrated solu- 
tion of potassium iodide will dissolve mercuric 
iodide in the ratio of three mols. of the mercuric 
salt for every two of the potassium salt. When the 
solution is cooled, one mol. of red mercuric iodide 
crystallizes out, and then from the mother-liquor 
deposits yellow prisms, having the composition 
2(HgI2,KI) -j- 3H20. Clayton suggests the practi- 
cal method of simply evaporating Nessler’s reagent 
and collecting the crystals, (them. News, 1894, 
102.) This is an active preparation, which may 
be given in the same dose and for the same pur- 
poses as corrosive sublimate. It is formed when 
its components are prescribed together extempo- 
raneously. It is not decomposed by the compound 
syrup of sarsaparilla. 
The potassium iodohydrargyrate was suggested 
byF. L. Winckler as a qualitative test of the or- 
ganic alkaloids. F. F. Mayer subsequently em- 
ployed, for volumetric analysis, a solution made 
with 13 546 grammes of corrosive sublimate, 49 8 
grammes of potassium iodide, and a litre of dis- 
tilled water. (See Volumetric Solution of Mercuric 
Potassium Iodide, U. S., Part III.) For further 
observations, see A. J. P., 1886, 579, and 1887, 1. 
POTASSIUM CHLORO-PLATINITE. 
Eight grains of this salt, which is used as a toning 
agent in photography, caused death in an infant 
of two months, preceded by violent gastro-enteritis 
and collapse. (Brit. Med. Journ., i. 1896.) 
POTASSIUM COBALTI-NITRITE. 
Co„(N02)12K6-j-2Aq. When potassium nitrite is 
added to a cobalt salt solution, acidified with acetic 
acid, nitrogen is set free, and in course of time the 
double cobaltic. and potassium nitrite separates as 
a yellowish crystalline powder, almost totally in- 
soluble in acid solution, Wolcott Gibbs having 
suggested that this nitrite might be less fugacious 
than other nitrites, on account of its stability and 
relative insolubility, J. W. Roosevelt has tried it in 
doses of from one-quarter to one-half grain (0016- 
0 032 Gm.), every two hours, in kidney cases with 
high arterial tension and dyspncea, in asthma, and 
also in cardiac valvular diseases. He thinks that 
the effects of the drug are similar to those of the 
nitrites, beginning in fifteen minutes and lasting 
from two to four hours. 
POTASSIUM FERRICYANIDE. Ferrid- 
cyanide of Potassium. Red Potassium Prussiate. 
KeFe2Cy12. This is formed by passing a current 
of chlorine through a solution of potassium ferro- 
cyanide, until the liquid ceases to form a precipitate 
with a solution of ferric chloride, a proof that the 1774 
Potassium Iodate.—Potassium Sulphocyanate. 
PART II. 
whole of the ferrocyanide has been converted into 
the ferricyanide. The solution, by due evaporation, 
yields the compound in question. It may also be 
prepared, in the dry way, by agitating finely 
powdered ferrocyanide with chlorine as long as it 
is absorbed. The theory of the formation of this 
compound is that two atoms of chlorine withdraw 
from two mols. of the ferrocyanide two atoms of 
potassium, forming potassium chloride, which re- 
mains in the mother-water, while the two atoms 
of iron, having assumed the ferric condition, 
together with the remaining potassium, saturate 
the cyanogen. The reaction is explained by the 
following equation : 2K4Fe(CN)6 -j- Cl2 = K0Fe2 
(CN)12 +2KC1. The radical ferricyanogen is 
supposed to be formed by the coalescence of two 
mols. of ferrocyanogen, and is sometimes repre- 
sented by the symbol Cfdy. This salt, discovered 
by Gmefin, is in beautiful deep hyacinth-red an- 
hydrous crystals, which are soluble in four parts 
of water. Its solution forms a delicate test for 
ferrous salts, with which it produces a blue pre- 
cipitate ; but with ferric salts it only strikes a green 
or brown color. It is used in dyeing and calico- 
printing. (See Test-Solutions, Part III.) 
POTASSIUM IODATE. Iodate de Potasse, 
Fr. Kaliumjodat, Jodsaures Kali, G. Dernarquay 
and Oustin propose the following mode of prepa- 
ration, which is followed by the British Pharm. 
(1885) in making its test-solution. Take of iodine 
and potassium chlorate, each, one part, and mix 
them with five or six parts of water, previously 
acidulated with a few drops of nitric acid, and 
heated to ebullition. As soon as chlorine ceases 
to escape, treat the liquid with a concentrated solu- 
tion of barium chloride. Wash with distilled 
water, and decompose with dilute sulphuric 
acid the barium iodate precipitated; filter to 
separate the barium sulphate, and slowly evapo- 
rate the solution. Wash with distilled water the 
crystals of iodic acid that are formed, dissolve 
them in boiling distilled water, and saturate with 
potassium bicarbonate. On cooling the iodate is 
deposited in small crystals. M. Stas prepares it 
by moderately heating equal mol. weights of potas- 
sium iodide and chlorate, dissolving out the chlo- 
ride formed with cold water, and repeatedly crys- 
tallizing the iodate from hot water. (A. J. P., 1870, 
217.) M. Egidio Pollacci has found that phos- 
phorus affords a very delicate test for the iodate, 
as does also the iodate for phosphorus, free iodine 
being liberated. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xx. 
104.) Dernarquay and Custin assert that the po- 
tassium iodate is superior to the potassium chlorate 
as a local remedy in ulcerative and gangrenous 
stomatitis, ptyalism, diphtheria, and other diseases 
of the pharyngeal and buccal mucous membrane. 
Dose, from four to eight grains (0-259-0-518 Gm.). 
(DorvaulVs Rev. Pharm., 1858.) 
POTASSIUM NITRITE. Nitrite of Potas- 
sium (KN02; 84-96) is most readily obtained 
by fusing saltpetre with lead, which withdraws 
one atom of oxygen from the former, changing it 
thereby to litharge. It is a white, fusible, and 
uncrystallizable mass, usually cast into sticks like 
the hydrate. It is very deliquescent, and absorbs 
carbon dioxide from the air. It shares the activi- 
ties of the nitrites, producing in animals their phys- 
iological effects, and being capable of replacing 
them in the treatment of disease. Its influence is 
comparatively slow and permanent. Five grains 
have produced mild poisoning. Dose, three grains 
(0-194 Gm.). 
POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE. Hyper- 
chlorate of Potassium. KC104. This salt is prepared 
by fusing potassium chlorate until it begins to as- 
sume a pasty condition. The cooled mass consists of 
potassium perchlorate and chloride. The absence of 
undecomposed chlorate may be known by a sample 
failing to communicate a yellow color to hydro- 
chloric acid. The mass must be dissolved in the 
smallest possible quantity of boiling water, when 
perchlorate crystallizes out. It is sparingly soluble 
in water, and insoluble in alcohol. Its effects are 
wholly different from those of potassium chlorate, 
and it has been commended in intermittents. [Ann. 
de Therap., 1869, 141.) 
POTASSIUM PHOSPHATE. Phosphate of 
Potassium. K2HP04. The potassium phosphate 
which has come into use as a medicine is the dipo- 
tassic orthophosphate, having a composition pre- 
cisely analogous to that of the medicinal sodium 
and ammonium phosphates. It may be formed pre- 
cisely as sodium phosphate is prepared ; or by satu- 
rating, by means of potassium carbonate, common 
or ortho-phosphoric acid, HgP04. The medicinal 
potassium phosphate is a white, amorphous, deli- 
quescent salt, crystallizing with difficulty. It has 
been given as an alterative in scrofula and phthisis 
with supposed advantage. The dose is from ten to 
thirty grains (0 648-1-94 Gm.), three times a day, 
dissolved in a teaspoonful of water. 
POTASSIUM SILICATE. Silicate of Potas- 
sium, K2SiOa, also known as soluble glass, is pre- 
pared in the same way as the sodium salt. These 
salts have been used in rheumatism, gout, etc. (A. 
J. P., 1857, 314; Ann. de Therap., 1865, 236), but 
are probably of no service. They form excellent 
substitutes for starch, dextrin, and plaster of Paris 
in the preparation of immovable surgical dressings. 
The solution is applied, of a syrupy consistence, 
by means of a brush, to the bandages, upon which 
it rapidly hardens, requiring only five or six hours 
for this result. The facility of removing them by 
means of hot water is another advantage which it 
possesses over other dressings. (Journ. de Pharm., 
4e ser., iv.) 
POTASSIUM SULPHOCYANATE. CNKS. 
Sulfocyanure de Potassium, Fr. Kalium Sulfocyanat, 
Rhodankalium, G. Potassium sulphocyanate, for- 
merly called potassium sulphocyanirfe, is prepared 
bv fusing in an iron vessel, at a low red heat, a mix- 
ture of two parts of dried potassium ferrocyanide 
and one part of flowers of sulphur. The mass, 
when cold, is dissolved in boiling water; and, to 
decompose some ferric sulphocyanate, the solution 
is treated with potassium carbonate, which throws 
down the iron as a carbonate, and gives rise to the 
formation of a fresh portion of potassium sulpho- 
cyanate. The whole is then boiled for a quarter 
of an hour, filtered to separate the precipitated iron, 
and evaporated that crystals may form. These 
are purified from potassium carbonate by being 
dissolved in alcohol, which takes up the sulpho- 
cyanate and leaves the carbonate. The alcoholic 
solution is then allowed to crystallize. Potas- 
sium sulphocyanate is in long, striated, anhydrous 
prisms, deliquescent in a moist atmosphere, very 
soluble in alcohol, and having a cooling, some- 
what biting taste. It has been proposed by Sdm- 
mering as a substitute for hydrocyanic acid and 
potassium cyanide, on the ground that it possesses PART II. 
Potentilla.—Ptelea Trifoliata. 
1775 
the same therapeutic properties without their in- 
conveniences. 
POTENTILLA. Potentilla reptans, L., the 
cinquefoil of Europe, and Potentilla canadensis, 
L., the cinquefoil of America (nat. ord. Rosa- 
ceae), have each been used as astringents in diar- 
rhoea, chronic catarrhs, night-sweats, etc., taken ad 
libitum. 
POWDER OF ALGAROTH. Pulvis Alga- 
rothi. Oxychloride of Antimony. Nitro-muriatic 
Oxide of Antimony. A powder rarely used now. 
For a description of its uses, properties, etc., see 
14th edition U. S. Dispensatory. 
PRASOID. A solution, of which one hundred 
drops contain 0-135 Gm. of globularin and 0-153 
Gm. of globularetin. It is used in gout and rheu- 
matism in doses of from fifteen to twenty drops, 
three times daily. 
PRINOS. Black Alder. Winterberry. Fever- 
bush. Prinos, Fr., G. The U. S. P. formerly 
recognized the bark of the Prinos verticillatus, 
Linn, (now Ilex verticellata, A. Gray, also (L.) A. 
Gray). (Nat. ord. llicaceae.) It is a shrub from six 
to twenty-five feet high, furnished with alternate, 
spreading branches, and covered with a bluish-gray 
bark. The leaves are alternate, on short petioles, 
oval, pointed, tapering at the base, acutely serrate, 
of a dark green color, smooth above, but downy on 
the veins beneath. The flowers in cymes; the 
staminate from two- to ten-flowered; the pistil- 
late being from one- to three-flowered ; pedicels two- 
bracted ; calyx lobes obtuse, ciliate persistent; the 
ovary large, green, and roundish, with a short style, 
terminating in an obtuse stigma. The fruit when 
ripe consists of glossy, scarlet, roundish berries, 
about the size of a pea, containing six cells and six 
seeds. Several of these berries are clustered, so as 
to form little bunches at irregular intervals on the 
stem. It grows in the United States from Canada 
to Florida, and west to Missouri and Wisconsin, 
frequenting low wet places, such as swamps, and 
the borders of ponds, ditches, and streams. Its 
flowers appear in June. The berries, which have 
a bitter, sweetish, somewhat acrid taste, are some- 
times used medicinally for the same purposes with 
the bark. The dried bark was officially described 
as in “thin, slender fragments, about one-twenty- 
fifth of an inch (1 Mm.) thick, fragile, outer sur- 
face brownish ash-colored, with whitish patches and 
blackish dots and lines, the corky layer easily sepa- 
rating from the green tissue; inner surface pale 
greenish or yellowish ; fracture short, tangentially 
striate; nearly inodorous, bitter, slightly astrin- 
gent.” U. S. 1880. It has no smell, but a bitter 
and slightly astringent taste. Boiling water ex- 
tracts its virtues. Mr. Wm. J. Lerch failed to find 
berberine in it. J. P., 1873, 251.) 
Black alder has been considered tonic and astrin- 
gent, and has been used in diarrhoea and as a sub- 
stitute for Peruvian bark, but has no antiperiodic 
properties. In cases of flabby or ill-conditioned 
ulcers it is popularly used both locally and inter- 
nally in decoction (two ounces in three pints of 
water boiled to a quart). Dose, from two to three 
fluidounces (60-90 C.c.). 
PRIORIA COPAIFERA. Griseb. (Nat. ord. 
Leguminosse.) The oil-tree is a native of the 
West Indies, where it attains the height of eighty 
feet, and yields an exudate which is known as the 
gum of the oil-tree. This is a thick adhesive liquid, 
resembling copaiba, usually turbid on account of 
a greenish substance, which, however, finally sub- 
sides, leaving a clear, brownish-yellow liquid. For 
chemical study, see A. J. P., Jan. 1898. 
PROPIONE. Di-ethyl-ketone. C2H6.C0.C2H5. 
(Corresponding to Acetone or Di-methyl-ketone.) 
A mobile, easily soluble liquid, boiling at 101° C. 
Dose, as an hypnotic, from eight to forty-five grains 
(0-6-3 Gm.). 
PROTEA MELLIFICA. Sugar-bush. A 
plant growing in South Africa, from the leaves of 
which Merring Beck in 1886 obtained proteacin. 
Merck and Hesse subsequently named the principle 
leucodrin. Hesse found the leaves to yield from 2 to 
5 per cent, of hydroquinone associated with proteacic 
acid. (P. J. Tr., 1896. 426.) 
PRUNELLA VULGARIS. L. Self-heal. 
Heal-all. Brunella vulgaris. Paquerette, Fr. Braun- 
elle, Braunheil, G. A small perennial labiate 
herb, which is common both in Europe and the 
United States. It was formerly used in hemor- 
rhages and diarrhoea, and as a gargle in sore throat. 
PSIDIUM POMIFERUM. Prof. Hartwich 
examined the root, bark, and leaves of this plant 
from India. (See Pharm. Rev., 1896, 257.) 
PSORALEA. Of this genus (nat. ord. Legu- 
minosae) various species are useful. Ps. castorea, 
S. Wats., Ps. mephitica, S. Wats., and especially 
Ps. esculenta, Pursh, are all employed by the In- 
dians of the Northwestern United States, and 
by the settlers, as articles of food, Ps. esculenta 
being the prairie turnip or prairie potato, the tip- 
sinah and taahgu of the Indians. Mr. C. Bichard- 
son found in it nearly 70 per cent, of starch, and 5 per 
cent, of a new, rapidly crystallizing sugar, which 
has not been further investigated. Ps. glandulosa, 
culen, yolochiahitl, of the Mexican Pharmacopoeia, 
yields a leaf which is used as a tonic or anthel- 
mintic, and an emetic root. Ps. bituminosa, of 
Europe, and Ps. physodes, of California, are popu- 
larly considered tonic and emmenagogue, whilst 
Ps. eglandulosa (Elliot) (Ps. melilotoides, Michaux, 
Congo root, Bob's root, Samson’s snakeroot), of 
Virginia, has been recommended as an aromatic 
bitter tonic, especially useful in chronic diarrhoea. 
The part employed is the root, from which Mr. 
MacNair obtained about 2 per cent, of a volatile 
oil, having the specific gravity 0-93, a pungent and 
bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction ; also a bitter 
principle, but not tannin. For further description, 
see A. J. P., July, 1889; also fourteenth and six- 
teenth editions of U. S. D. Ps. corylifolia, of India, 
yields an oleoresin which is used in the treatment 
of leucoderma and other skin diseases. (P. J. Tr., 
Sept. 1881.) 
PTELEA TRIFOLIATA. L. Wafer-ash. 
Wing-seed. Shrubby Trefoil. Hop-tree. Orme a 
trois feuilles, Fr. Hopfenbaum, Kleebaum, G. 
(Nat. ord. Rutacete.) This is a shrub, six or eight 
feet in height, growing in rocky places from Long 
Island to Florida and west to Texas and Minnesota. 
The root-bark, dried, occurs in cylindrical rolls or 
quills, one or two lines in diameter and from one to 
several inches long, of a light brownish color, ir- 
regularly wrinkled, and covered with a thin 
epidermis. Internally it is yellowish white, but 
darkens by exposure. It has a peculiar somewhat 
aromatic smell, and a bitter, persistently pungent, 
and slightly acrid, yet not disagreeable taste. It 
yields its virtues to water, but more readily to 
alcohol. Steer found it to contain an oleoresin 
of an acrid and bitter taste. He also extracted 1776 
Ptomaines.—Puneeria Coagulans. 
PART II. 
from it the alkaloid berberine, which is probably 
the tonic principle, while the oleoresin may impart 
to the bark somewhat stimulant properties. (A. J. 
P., 1807, 337. See also Ibid., 1862, 198.) It 
is said to have been much employed among the 
physicians of the Western States in the treatment 
of dyspepsia, and generally in diseases requiring a 
mild, non-irritating, bitter tonic. 
PTOMAINES. Within the past few years a 
class of very interesting compounds have been de- 
scribed and are known under this name. They are 
alkaloid-like bases obtained from animal tissue after 
decomposition has commenced, hence sometimes 
called cadaveric alkaloids. Bence Jones and Dupre 
(Pharm. Centralhalle, 16, No. 10) first published a 
notice of the finding of an alkaloid-like base from a 
decomposing human liver. Its sulphate solution 
fluoresced, and in other ways resembled quinine, 
yielding precipitates also with the usual alkaloidal 
reagents, potassio-mercuric iodide, phosphomolybdic 
acid, and gold and platinic chlorides. It appears, 
however, that Marquardt had isolated such bases 
even previous to this. The chief investigators of 
this class of alkaloids have been Selmi, who first sys- 
tematically studied them and gave them the name 
ptomaines, and Brieger, who since 1882 has pub- 
lished a series of elaborate studies and has 'classified 
their reactions. From cadavers which had been 
buried one, three, six, and ten months, in different 
cases, Selmi obtained bases of strongly alkaline re- 
action, all of which formed characteristic crystalline 
compounds with a solution of hydrogen iodide con- 
taining dissolved iodine. Three were soluble in 
ether,"but not poisonous; one, insoluble in ether 
but soluble in amyl alcohol, was in the highest de- 
gree poisonous, producing in rabbits tetanus, strong 
dilatation of the pupil, paralysis of the heart, and 
death. All of these bodies give the general alkaloid 
reactions, but change rapidly when exposed to the 
air. Brieger’s researches established the additional 
fact that ptomaines are formed during the earlier 
stages of decay, and that they are in general of a 
non-benzenoid character, but that as putrefaction 
continues they gradually disappear and give place 
to well-known benzenoid compounds, phenol, cresol, 
indol, etc. Brieger studied the ptomaines from (a) 
putrid horse flesh, beef, and human muscular tissue; 
(6) from putrid fish; (c) from putrid cheese; (d) 
from putrid glue; and (<?) from putrid yeast. The 
bases obtained are of two classes. At first are ob- 
tained oxygenated bases, like choline, CgH15N02, 
muscarine, CsIIigNOg, neurine, C6H,3NO. gadi- 
nitie, C7H18N02, and tetanine, C13H20N204. These 
seem later to disappear, and amines seem to be almost 
the only products. Among these mentioned, the 
simplest are dimethylamine, (CH3)2NH, trimethyl- 
amine, (CH3)3N, and triethylamine, (C2H6)3N. A 
number of the others seem to be diamines, like 
putrescine, C4H12N2, cadaverine, C6II14Ng, saprine, 
C6H16N2, neuridine, C6H14N2, all four discovered 
by Brieger in the cadaver, collidine, CgHj.N, hy- 
drocollidine, parvoline, C91I13N, and 
tyrotoxicon (diazobenzene), CeH5N2, discovered by 
Yaughan in poisonous cheese and in ice-cream. 
The formation of these volatile and frequently 
actively poisonous bases in the cadaver would seem 
to make the task of the toxicologist very difficult 
when the search for poisonous bases has been delayed 
until decomposition has set in. Any reagent or re- 
agents, therefore, which will enable the chemist to 
decide between vegetable bases and these ptomaines 
becomes very important. Brouardel and Bontury 
(Comptes-Rendus, 92, 1056) state that they have 
found such a decisive reagent in potassium ferricya- 
nide. This compound when treated with a solution 
of a pure vegetable alkaloid is unacted upon by it; 
while, under the same conditions, it is instantly re- 
duced to the state of ferrocyanide by a ptomaine, 
and thus becomes capable of forming Prussian blue 
with a ferric salt. Up to the present but two ex- 
ceptions to this rule have been found,—morphine, 
which readily reduces potassium ferricyanide, and 
veratrine, which gives traces of such reduction. It 
is possible, however, that in this last case the re- 
ducing action is due to certain impurities which the 
investigators were unable to remove completely 
from the veratrine employed by them. 
Ptomaines are probably devoid of medical proper- 
ties, but are of great interest to the toxicologist, not 
only from a chemical stand-point, but also from the 
fact that they are excessively fatal in their effects 
upon the animal economy. The well-known action 
of putrefactive flesh, the curious poisonings some- 
times produced by lobsters and other animals which 
feed upon carrion, are in all probability caused by 
them. In regard to treatment of poisoning by pu- 
trefactive animal matters, our present knowledge 
only justifies the immediate evacuation of the 
stomach and bowels and the meeting of the various 
indications as they arise. For fuller information 
as to the formation of ptomaines, their detection, 
separation, and clinical features, see Ptomaines and 
other Animal Alkaloids, by A. C. Farqukarson, 
M.D. Bristol: John Wright & Co., 1892. 
PULMONARIA OFFICINALIS. L. Lung- 
wort. Puhnonaire, Fr. Lungenkraut, Gk (Nat. 
ord. Boraginacese.) An herbaceous perennial, Eu- 
ropean plant, sometimes cultivated. The leaves 
have been employed in catarrh, haemoptysis, and 
consumption, but their virtues are doubtful. 
PUMICE STONE. Pumex. Obsidian. Avery 
light porous stone, found in the vicinity of active 
and extinct volcanoes, and believed to have been 
thrown up during their eruption. The spongy 
structure of pumice is believed to be due to the 
effects of aqueous vapor upon lava whilst in a fluid 
state. The pumice stone of commerce is said to be 
obtained chiefly from Lipari. It is used whole, in 
the manner of a file, for removing the outer sur- 
faces of bodies, or for rubbing down inequalities, 
and, in the state of powder, for polishing glass, 
metals, stones, etc.; purposes to which it is adapted 
by the hardness of its particles. (See P. J. TV., 
1882 ) 
PUNEERIA COAGULANS. Stocks. (Now 
Withania coagulans, Dun.) Vegetable Rennet. 
(Nat. ord. Solanacese.) This shrub, common in 
Afghanistan and Northern India, has the property 
of coagulating milk, and has been used for making 
a vegetable rennet ferment for making cheese. 
Sheridan Lea found upon examination that the 
substance which possesses the coagulating power is 
a ferment closely resembling animal rennet. The 
active principle is soluble in glycerin, and can be 
extracted from the seeds by this means ; the extract 
possesses strong coagulating powers even in small 
amounts. Alcohol precipitates the ferment body 
from its solutions ; and the precipitate, after wash- 
ing with alcohol, may be dissolved again without 
having lost its coagulating powers. The active 
principle of the seeds will cause the coagulation 
of milk when present in very small quantities, the Pural.—Pyrethrum Parthenium. 
1777 
PART II. 
addition of more of the ferment simply increasing 
the rapidity of the change. The coagulation is 
not due to the formation of acid by the ferment. 
If some of the active extract be made neutral or 
alkaline, and added to neutral milk, a normal clot 
is formed, and the reaction of the clot remains 
neutral or faintly alkaline. The clot formed by 
the action of the ferment is a true clot, resembling 
in appearance and properties that formed by animal 
rennet, and is not a mere precipitate. Lea pre- 
pared an active extract applicable for cheese-mak- 
ing purposes, by grinding the dry seeds very finely 
in a mill, and extracting them for twenty-four 
hours with such a volume of 5 per cent, sodium 
chloride solution that the mass is still fluid after the 
absorption of water by the fragments of the seeds 
as they swell up. From this mass the fluid part 
may be readily separated by using a centrifugal 
machine (such as is used in sugar refining), and it 
can then be easily filtered through filter-paper; 
without the centrifugal machine the separation of 
the fluid from the residue of the seeds is tedious and 
imperfect; forty grammes of the seeds treated as 
above, with 150 C.c. of 5 per cent, sodium chloride 
solution, gave an extract of which 0*25 C.c. clotted 
20 C.c. of milk in twenty-five minutes, and 0*1 C.c. 
clotted a similar portion of milk in one hour. 
When added in these proportions the curd formed 
is quite white. The presence of the coloring mat- 
ter is, however, perhaps on the whole unimportant, 
since even if a larger quantity of the ferment ex- 
tract is added in order to obtain a very rapid coag- 
ulation, the coloring matter is obtained chiefly in 
the whey, the curd being white; by adding suffi- 
cient common salt to make the percentage up to 15 
per cent., and alcohol up to 4 per cent., the prepa- 
ration would retain its activity very well. (P. J. 
Tr., 1884, 606.) 
PURAL. Powdered wood charcoal is saturated 
with a mixture of menthol and carbolic and ben- 
zoic acids, and compressed into cylinders. The 
latter when dried are ignited by a flame and used 
for disinfecting rooms. 
PYCNANTHEMUM LINIFOLIUM. Pursh. 
(Origanum flexulosum, Walt. ; Koellia flexulosa 
(Walt.), MacM.) Dysentery Weed. This American 
mint is popularly used in bowel complaints ; its hot 
infusion is diaphoretic. (See A. J. P., 1894, 65, 
169; Pharm. Rund., 1896, 32.) 
PYRAMID O N. Di-methyl-amido-phenyl-dime- 
thyl-pyrazolon. This is a derivative of antipyrin 
in which an H atom of the pyrazolon group is 
replaced by a dimethyl-amido group. It is said to 
be formed by reducing iso-nitroso-antipyrin and 
methylating the product so obtained. Pyramidon 
is a yellowish-white crystalline powder, soluble 
in water to the extent of 1 in 10 (maximum of 
solubility is reached at 80° C.), and practically 
tasteless. Pyramidon may be easily distinguished 
from antipyrin by its color reactions with vari- 
ous reagents. Ferric chloride gives a deep blue- 
violet fugitive color, and not the red of antipyrin. 
Nitrous acid gives a fugitive violet instead of the 
more permanent green of iso-nitroso-antipyrin. 
Nitric acid also gives a violet to amethyst colora- 
tion. In the urine pyramidon may best be de- 
tected by ferric chloride, although the color pro- 
duced is no longer a pure blue, but Tokay red 
with a tinge of amethyst. Filehne (Berl. Klin. 
Woch., 1896) states that pyramidon resembles in 
its action antipyrin, and is equally efficient as an 
antipyretic and analgesic, but affirms that it is 
much more active and that its effects are more 
lasting than those of antipyrin. The statements 
of Filehne are confirmed by Horneffer (Berl. Klin. 
Wochensch., xxxiv. 1897), who further says that he 
has given it daily for two months without any dis- 
agreeable results. The dose, from five to twenty 
grains (0*3-1 *3 Gm.), may be repeated every three 
or four hours, not exceeding forty grains in the 
twenty-four hours, administered in capsule or in 
aromatic solution. 
PYRANTIN. P-ethoxy phenylsuccinimide. 
ni CH2—CO\ 
Phenosuccm. —C6H4—OC2H6. It 
is prepared by melting together />-amidophenetol 
hydrochloride or phenacetin with succinic acid 
and extracting with alcohol. It is colorless, crys- 
tallizes in needles melting at 155° C., is insoluble 
in ether, but soluble in 83-6 parts of boiling water 
and in 1317 parts of water at 17° C. Alkalies 
convert it into salts of jo-ethoxyphenylsuccinamie 
acid, which are soluble in water. A. Piutti states 
that this drug possesses properties analogous to 
phenacetin. Renzi and De Govanni have found 
it especially useful in acute rheumatism in doses of 
from fifteen to forty-six grains (0*97-3 Gm.) per 
day. It is said to have no action on the cardiac, 
respiratory, or digestive organs. (Chem. Zeit., xx.) 
PYRAZOLE. C3H4N2. = ch)nh) . 
This compound has been prepared by acting upon 
epichlorhydrin with hydrazine in the presence of 
zinc chloride. It is a basic substance, crystallizing 
in needles, melting at 70° C., and boiling at 188° 
C. It is readily soluble in water, alcohol, and 
ether. All of the pyrazole derivatives were found 
by Tappeiner (Archiv Exper. Pathol., 1891) to act 
as paralyzants of the central nervous system. 
Only one of them, phenylmethylpyrazolcarboxylic 
acid, seems to promise value in practical medicine, 
on account of its extraordinary active diuretic 
effects upon both the lower animals and man. 
Daily dose, from fifteen to thirty grains (0*972- 
l*94Gm.). No disagreeable symptoms have been 
observed. 
PYRETHRUM PARTHENIUM. Sm. Matri- 
caria Parthenium. Linn. (Now recognized as 
Chrysanthemum Parthenium. Bernh.) Feverfew. 
Matricaire, Fr. Mutterkraut, G. (Nat. ord. 
Compositse.) A perennial herbaceous plant, about 
two feet high, with an erect, branching stem, pin- 
nate leaves, oblong, obtuse, gashed, and dentate 
leaflets, and compound flowers in a corymb upon 
branching peduncles. It is a native of Europe, 
but cultivated in our gardens. The whole herba- 
ceous part is used. The plant has an odor and 
taste analogous to those of chamomile, which it 
resembles also in the appearance of its flowers and 
in its medical virtues. According to Zeller, a 
pound of it yields 4*8 grains of volatile oil. 
(Centralblatt, 1855, 205.) The volatile oil is green- 
ish, boils between 165° C. (329° F.) and 220° C. 
(428° F.), and separates on standing. Pyrethrum 
camphor, C10H160, contains in addition a hydro- 
carbon and an oxidized oil. (Dessaignes and Chau- 
tard, Journ. de Pharm. (3), 13, 241.) Though 
little employed, it is undoubtedly possessed of useful 
tonic properties. The flowers of this and of a closely 
resembling species, Matricariaparthenoides (Desf.), 
are said to be used in France, to a considerable ex- 1778 
Pyridine.—Raisins. 
PART II. 
tent, indiscriminately with those of the true chamo- 
mile plant, Anthemis nobilis, which they closely 
resemble, especially when double. They may, how- 
ever, be distinguished, in this state, by their peculiar 
odor, their smaller receptacle, which is, moreover, 
rounded and flattened above, instead of being coni- 
cal and somewhat pointed as in the Anthemis, and 
by the tubular five-toothed central florets, which in 
the chamomile are small, few, and scarcely visible, 
but, in the two species of Pyrethrum, are large, 
very numerous, and very long. 
PYRIDINE. C6H5N. Pyridine is the first of 
a series of homologous bases which are found in 
coal-tar naphtha, in shale-oil,in peat-tar, in tobacco- 
smoke, and more especially in the product known as 
DippeVs oil, obtained by the distillation of bones 
and other animal matter. It has been used as an 
antiseptic and germicide, and is employed in Ger- 
many for “ denaturating” alcohol for manufacturing 
uses. Pure pyridine is a colorless liquid, with a 
powerful and persistent odor, of sp. gr. 0-9858 at 
0° C., and boils at 115° O. It is miscible with water 
in all proportions, but is precipitated from its solu- 
tion by excess of strong soda or potash. It is also 
miscible with alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzene, 
and fatty oils. In toxic dose pyridine is a violent 
poison, producing cyanosis, methsemoglobinization 
of the blood, great muscular weakness from paraly- 
sis both of the motor centres and nerves, and finally 
death from failure of respiration. De Renzi asserts 
that in small doses it stimulates the heart, increases 
the blood-pressure, and is a useful remedy in angina 
pectoris. It was first introduced into practical medi- 
cine, as a remedy for asthma, by Germain See, whose 
statement has since been confirmed by various clini- 
cians. See employed it by exposing about a drachm 
upon a plate in a small room, in which the patient 
remained from twenty to thirty minutes, the process 
being repeated several times a day; or from five to 
twenty drops in two ounces of water may be taken 
by an atomizer; or five drops may be inhaled di- 
rectly. De Renzi has given it internally in the 
daily dose of six drops gradually increased to 
twenty-five. 
PYRIDINE TRICARBOXYLIC ACID. 
C6n (COOH)3N. This important derivative of 
pyridine may be prepared by the oxidation of 
methyl-pyridine (picoline), or is obtained from cer- 
tain natural alkaloids, such as quinine, quinidine, 
and cinchonidine, by boiling with an alkaline solu- 
tion of potassium permanganate. It forms prisms 
melting at 244° O. This substance is said to be 
an active antiseptic and antipyretic, and, according 
to Dr. Rademaker, in malarial fever even surpasses 
quinine, when given in dose of ten grains (0-648 
Gm.) after the paroxysm. The same authority 
asserts that, when given in doses of from one to two 
grains (0 06-0-13 Gm.), it will arrest the paroxysm 
of spasmodic asthma. It has also been used in 
typhoid fever as an antipyretic, and as a specific in 
gonorrhoea, when it is given by injection. (Medical 
Herald, June, 1887, 1888.) No accidents have been 
reported from its use. 
PYROSAL. Antipyrin salicyl-acetate, intro- 
duced by J. D. Riedel, occurs as colorless crys- 
tals, of an acidulous taste and difficultly soluble in 
water. It contains 50 per cent, of antipyrin and 
37 per cent, of salicylic acid, and has been used in 
polyarthritis, severe influenza, febrile cystitis, mi- 
graine, and sciatica, in of from eight to fifteen 
grains (0 51-0 9 Gm.), from two to six times daily. 
QUINA MORADA, This drug, growing in 
Bolivia and the Argentine Republic, and there 
credited with the therapeutic values of cinchona, is 
produced by the Pogonopus febrifugus (nat. ord. 
Eubiacese). It has been studied by Arata and 
Canzoneri, who find in it a blue fluorescent sub- 
stance, moradin, and an alkaloid, moradeine. (P. 
J. Tr., April, 1890.) 
QUINACETINE SULPHATE. 
(C27H31N302)2lI2S04.H20. This is obtained by 
the reaction of certain organic compounds with 
methoxylated ditetrahydro-chinolyl. It is a color- 
less, odorless, and tasteless powder, and dissolves 
readily in acidulated water. It is antipyretic and 
anodyne. 
QUINOA. The Chenopodium quinoa, Willd. 
(nat. ord. Chenopodiaceai), is largely cultivated in 
Southern Peru and Southern Chili, often above 
the height at which barley and rye will ripen, for 
the sake of its seeds. These are about the size of 
white mustard-seeds, but flatter, and aflord a flour 
resembling somewhat oatmeal. The starch grains 
are very small, and constitute about 40 per cent, 
of the grain, which also contains 5 per cent, of 
sugar, of casein, and 11 of albumen and other 
protein compounds. One variety, the red quinoa, 
contains a bitter principle in the seed-husks, and is 
used to some extent as. an emetic and antiperiodic. 
(A. J. P., 1872, 559.) 
RAISINS. Uva Passa. U. S. 1870. The dried 
ripe fruit of the Vitis vinifera, L. (nat. ord. 
Vitaceaa), are no longer recognized by the Pharma- 
copoeia. The grape-vine itself is too well known 
to require description. Its leaves and tendrils are 
somewhat astringent, and were formerly used in 
diarrhoea, hemorrhages, and other morbid dis- 
charges. The juice which flows from the stem 
was also thought to be possessed of medicinal 
virtues, and the idea still lingers among the vulgar 
in some countries. The unripe fruit has a harsh 
sour taste, and yields by expression a very acid 
liquor, called verjuice, which was much esteemed 
by the ancients as a refreshing drink when diluted 
with water. It contains malic and tartaric acids, 
and an acid called racemic acid, a compound iso- 
meric with tartaric acid, but differing from it in 
being optically inactive. M. A. Petit has ascer- 
tained that grape-leaves contain 2 or 3 per cent, 
of glucose, and a quantity of acid varying from 
1-3 to 16 per cent. Of the acid, tartaric acid 
constituted one-third, and most of this was in the 
form of cream of tartar. In a subsequent inves- 
tigation, Petit found that, besides glucose, or 
sugar of grapes, the leaves contained a notable 
portion of common or cane sugar. In one instance 
he got 0-97 per cent, of cane sugar and 2 655 of 
glucose; in another, in which he operated so 
that the common sugar in the leaves had less 
opportunity to be converted into glucose, he got 
1 58 per cent, of the former and 1 749 of the latter. 
(Journ. de Pharm., Janv. 1874, 41.) The seeds 
afford from 15 to 18 per cent, of a bland fixed oil, 
which is occasionally extracted. Fitz (Ber. Chem. 
Oes., 1871, 442) has shown that it consists of the 
glycerides of erucic acid, Co2H4202, stearic and 
palmitic acids, the first-named acid largely prevail- 
ing. The seeds further contained from 5 to 6 per 
cent, of tannic acid, which also exists in the skin 
of the fruit. The grape, when quite ripe, is 
among the most pleasant and grateful fruits 
brought upon the table, and is admirably adapted, PART II. 
Randia Dumetorum.—Rennet 
1779 
by its refreshing properties, to febrile complaints. 
If largely taken, it proves diuretic and gently 
laxative. The ripe fruit differs from the unripe 
in containing more sugar and less acid, though 
never entirely destitute of the latter. The plant 
is supposed to have been derived originally from 
Asia; but it has been cultivated in Europe and 
Northern Africa from the remotest antiquity, and 
is now spread over all the temperate civilized 
regions of the globe. The fruit is exceedingly 
influenced by soil and climate, and the varieties of 
the plant which have resulted from culture or situ- 
ation are innumerable. Those which yield the 
raisins of commerce are confined to the basin of 
the Mediterranean. 
Several varieties of raisins are known in com- 
merce. The best of the European fruit are the 
Malaga raisins, imported from Spain. They are 
large and fleshy, of a purplish-brown color and 
sweet agreeable taste. Those produced in Calabria 
are similar. The Smyrna raisins are also large, 
but of a yellowish-brown color, slightly musky 
odor, and less agreeable flavor. They are originally 
brought from the coast of Syria. The Corinthian 
raisins, or currants as they are commonly called 
in this country, are small, bluish black, of a fatty 
appearance, with a vinous odor, and a sweet, 
slightly tartish taste. Their name is derived from 
the city in the vicinity of which they were formerly 
cultivated. At present they are procured chiefly 
from Zante, Cephalonia, and the other Ionian 
Islands. In the older Pharmacopceias they are 
distinguished by the title of uvce passes minores. 
Within the last few years the production of raisins 
in California has become an industry of the highest 
importance. According to the report of Mr. De 
Barth Short), the raisin product of California in 
1890 was 41,000,000 lbs.; in 1891, 50,000,000 
lbs. ; in 1892, 62,000,000 lbs. Raisins contain 
a larger proportion of sugar than do recent 
grapes. This principle, indeed, is often so 
abundant that it effloresces on the surface or 
concretes in separate masses within the substance 
of the raisin. The average composition of the 
raisin is given as 32 02 per cent, water, 2-42 nitro- 
genous material, 0-59 fat, 54-56 sugar, 7-48 other 
nitrogenous organic matter, 1-72 wood-fibre, and 
1-21 ash. (Konig, Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 3te 
Aufl., ii. 815.) The sugar of grapes (glucose) 
differs from that of the cane, being less sweet, less 
soluble in cold water and much less so in alcohol, 
and forming a syrup of less consistence. 
The chief medical use of raisins is to flavor de- 
mulcent beverages. Taken in substance they are 
gently laxative, but are also flatulent and difficult 
of digestion, and, when largely eaten, sometimes 
produce unpleasant effects, especially in children. 
RANDIA DUMETORUM. Lam. (Nat. ord. 
Rubiaceae.) The fruit of this East India shrub is 
used by the natives as a fish-poison, and is said to 
act in man as an irritating emetic. According to 
the Pharmacographia Indica, each fruit contains 
about four grains of saponin, besides valerianic 
acid. The tincture has been used by Sir James 
Sawyer (London Ijancet, 1891) as an antispasmodic. 
RANUNCULUS. Crowfoot. Renoncide, Fr. 
Hahnenfuss, G. Most of the plants belonging to 
the genus Ranunculus have similar acrid properties, 
and, from their close resemblance, are confounded 
under tbe common name of buttercup. R bulbosus, 
L., was formerly on the Secondary List of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia; but R. sceleratus, L., had attracted 
more attention in Europe, and R. acris, L., and R. 
flammula, L., were recognized by the Dublin Col- 
lege. In all these species the plant itself is a vio- 
lent irritant, producing when chewed excessive 
inflammation in the mouth and throat, and when 
swallowed toxic gastritis which may be fatal. The 
acrid principle appears to be volatile ; according to 
Dr. Bigelow, it is yielded to water in distillation. 
Dr. Clarus discovered, in R. sceleratus, L., besides 
the acrid volatile oil, a nearly inert resin, and a 
narcotic principle called anemonin or anemone cam- 
phor, CjgHjoOg. The volatile oil is soluble in 
ether, and is decomposed, on standing, into a white 
amorphous substance having acid properties (anem- 
onic acid), C15H1407, and into anemonin. [Brit, 
and For. Mea.-Chir. Rev., 1859, 181.) Bochebrune 
states that he has separated from R. aquatilis, L., 
R. flammula, L., R. sceleratus, L., and R. bulbosus, 
L., crystalline alkaloids to which he has given the 
name of ranunculine, although their identity is 
doubtful. These alkaloids are violent irritants 
and active cardiac poisons. (Toxicol. Africaine, i.) 
Before the introduction of cantbarides the green 
buttercup plants were much employed as vesicants. 
REALGAR. Red Orpiment. This is 
arsenic disulphide. It is found native in Saxony, 
Bohemia, Transylvania, and in various volcanic 
regions. Realgar is artificially made by melting ar- 
senous acid with about half its weight of sulphur. 
Thus prepared, it is of a crystalline texture, of a 
beautiful ruby-red color, of a uniform conchoidal 
fracture, somewhat transparent in thin layers, and 
capable of being sublimed without change. Native 
realgar is said to be innocent when taken internally, 
while that artificially prepared is poisonous, in con- 
sequence, according to Guibourt, of containing a 
little free arsenous acid. Realgar is used only as a 
pigment. 
RED CHALK. Reddle. A mineral substance 
of a deep red color, of a compact texture, dry to the 
touch, adhering to the tongue, about as hard as 
chalk, soiling the fingers when handled, and leaving 
a lively red trace when drawn over paper. It con- 
sists of clay and ferric oxide, and is intermediate 
between bole and red ochre, containing more ferric 
oxide than the former and less than the latter. It 
is used for drawing lines upon wood, etc., and is 
sometimes made into crayons by levigating and 
elutriating it, then forming it into a paste with 
mucilage of gum arabic, moulding this into cylin- 
ders, and drying it in the shade. It has been used 
internally as an absorbent and astringent. 
REGIANINE. This is a principle obtained by 
Phipson from the nut of Juglans regia. It occurs 
in octahedral, prismatic, or feathery crystals, and 
gives with ammonia and other alkalies a reddish- 
purple solution, from which hydrochloric acid pre- 
cipitates an amorphous powder, regianic acid. It 
is probably identical with the nucin obtained from 
green walnut-shells. 
RENNET. Gastric Juice. Liquor Seriparus. 
Laabessenz, G. For a full account of the consti- 
tution of gastric juice and its properties the reader 
is referred to works upon physiology. The crude 
juice was applied by Dr. P. S. Physick to foul 
ulcers. Rennet is an aqueous or vinous infusion 
of the dried stomach of the calf, though that of the 
sheep or other animal would probably answer the 
same purpose. It is much used, as every one 
knows, for curdling milk; a property which it 1780 
Resalgin.—Rhododendron Chrysanthum. 
PART II. 
owes to a portion of the gastric secretion, retained 
and dried in the mucous tissue of the stomach. To 
the same material it probably owes the property 
which it possesses of converting glucose into lactic 
acid; and there is little doubt that it is capable, in 
greater or less degree, of exercising the solvent 
property of gastric juice over albuminous and fibri- 
nous food. It is highly probable that the prepara- 
tion usually employed to curdle milk may con- 
tribute to the ready digestibility of the curcU and 
whey. George Ellis prepares rennet-wine as follows. 
Take the stomach of a calf immediately after death, 
cut off and reject about three inches of the upper or 
cardiac portion, slit the stomach logitudinally, wipe 
it gently with a dry napkin so as to remove as little 
of the clean mucus as possible, then cut it into 
small pieces, the smaller the better, put it into a 
common wine-bottle, fill the bottle with good sherry, 
and let it stand corked for three weeks. The dose 
is a teaspoonful, in a wineglassful of water, im- 
mediately after each meal. It is known to be good 
if a teaspoonful will coagulate half a pint of milk 
in two minutes at 100° F. 
RESALGIN. Resorcylalyin. This occurs in 
crystalline needles soluble in 150 parts of cold 
water and 20 parts of boiling water, readily solu- 
ble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. It is ob- 
tained by acting on antipyrin with potassium resor- 
cylate. Forms colorless, odorless crystals, melting 
at 110-5° C. 
RESEDA LUTEOLA. L. Weld. Dyer's 
Weed. Herbe Jaune, Qaude, Fr. Wau, Oelbkraut, 
Harnkraut, G. (Nat. ord. Resedacese.) An annual 
European plant, naturalized in the united States. 
It is inodorous, and has a bitter taste, which is very 
adhesive. Volhard showed that sulphocyanide 
of allyl, C3H5,SCN (oil of mustard), was present 
in the root, and Chevreul obtained from it by 
sublimation a peculiar yellow coloring matter, 
which he called luteolin, and which has the formula 
C20Hi4O8. Hlasiwetz and Pfaundler (1895) assign 
to it the formula C16HJ0Oe. This forms yellow 
crystals of silky lustre, insoluble in water, soluble 
in alcohol. It dissolves in alkalies with deep yellow 
color. It is used especially in silk-dyeing. Roch- 
leder and Brener (Journ. Prakt. Chem., xeix. 433) 
found that when fused with caustic potash it was 
decomposed into phloroglucin and protocatechuic 
acid with evolution of carbon dioxide. A. G. Per- 
kin [Journ. Chem. Soc., 1896) investigated the salts 
of luteolin, and calls attention to the similarity of 
its properties to those of fisetin. In medicine it 
has been employed as a diaphoretic and diuretic, 
but it is now used only for dyeing purposes. 
RESOL. A proprietary disinfectant said to be 
made by saponifying wood-tar with caustic potash 
and adding wood-spirit. It is used as a bactericide. 
RESORBIN. An ointment vehicle made by 
emulsifying almond oil and water by means of a 
little yellow wax, gelatin, and soap, to which is 
added some lanolin. It is asserted that it greatly 
facilitates the absorption of medicaments. 
RETINOL. Codol. A product obtained by 
the distillation of Burgundy pitch or resin. It 
forms a yellowish oil boiling at temperatures over 
280° C. It is stated that retinol does not irritate 
the skin, is unaltered by light, is mildly antiseptic, 
does not become rancid, and is very inexpensive; 
qualities which, taken along with its extraordinary 
solvent power, bid fair to make it a valuable basis 
for ointments. Among the substances dissolved 
by it are : salol, 1-10 ; iodol, 1-50; naphtol, 1-50; 
aristol, 1-50; camphor, 1-20; chrysophanic acid, 
1-40; cocaine, 1-30; codeine, 1-40; and strych- 
nine, 1-40. It is miscible in all proportions with 
oil of juniper, carbolic acid, turpentine, alcohol, 
and ether. Resorcin, if dissolved in glycerin, 
may be mixed with retinol, and so may iodoform 
if it be dissolved in a little ether. Iodol is dis- 
solved, but soon precipitates as a resinous mass. 
Phosphorus is also dissolved, and the solution 
remains unchanged indefinitely. Retinol mixes 
readily with fats, oils, vaseline, lard, lanolin, 
glycerin, cacao butter, etc., and may be used in 
ointments. In cases where a liquid is not unde- 
sirable, retinol, owing to its antiseptic properties, 
can with great advantage replace these bodies. 
Upon mucous membranes retinol seems to act as 
a mild stimulant antiseptic; it has been used with 
alleged excellent results locally in otitis, vaginitis, 
rhinitis, and other mucous diseases. Injections of 
it in gonorrhoea are said to be remarkably effective. 
As a means of administering phosphorus it is 
especially recommended. 
RHIGOLENE. This name was given by H. 
J. Bigelow, of Boston, to a very light, inflam- 
mable liquid, obtained by distilling petroleum, and 
separating the liquids of the lowest boiling point 
by redistillation, until one is obtained which boils 
at about 18° C. (64-4° F.). A degree of cold 
—9° C. (15-8° F.) is, according to Dr. Bigelow, 
obtained through the evaporation of this liquid by 
means of the common atomizer or “spray-pro- 
ducer.” This is the chief use of the liquid, which 
may be employed in producing congelation of any 
part of the body preparatory to a surgical opera- 
tion, or a great degree of cold for any other pur- 
pose. It should, when not in use, be kept in a cool 
place, in bottles tightly corked, or otherwise it will 
be rapidly evaporated. In a warm place it might 
break the bottles through its extreme volatility, 
unless the stopper should previously be driven out. 
It has been accused of being liable to explosion; 
but this is not true, unless the vapor should be 
mixed in certain proportions with atmospheric air 
and then approached by a burning body. 
RHODODENDRON CHRYSANTHUM. 
Pall. Yellow-JJowered Rhododendron. Rosebay, 
Snowrose. Rosage, Fr. Alpenrose, Schneerose, 
Oichtrose, G. (Nat. ord. Ericaceae.) The leaves of 
this Siberian rhododendron, when fresh, have a 
feeble odor, said to resemble that of rhubarb. In 
the dried state they are inodorous, but have an 
austere, astringent, bitterish taste. They yield 
their virtues to water and alcohol. They are 
stimulant, narcotic, and diaphoretic, producing, 
when first taken, increase of heat and arterial 
action, subsequently a diminished frequency of the 
pulse, and, in large doses, vomiting, purging, and 
delirium. They have been long employed in 
Siberia as a remedy in rheumatism; and their use 
has extended to various parts of Europe. Their 
action is said to be accompanied by a sensation 
of creeping or pricking in the affected part, which 
subsides in a few hours, leaving the part free from 
pain. They have been recommended also in gout, 
lues venerea, and palsy. In Siberia they are pre- 
pared by infusing two drachms of the dried leaves 
in about ten ounces of water, in a close vessel, and 
keeping the liquid near the boiling point during 
the night. The strained liquor is taken in the 
morning ; and a repetition of the dose three or four PART II. 
Rhus Aromatica.—Rubia. 
1781 
days successively generally effects a cure. G. F. 
Kuehnel found in leaves of the “great laurel” 
Rhododendron maximum, arbutin, ericolin, and 
ursone. (A. J. P., 1885.) 
RHUS AROMATICA. Ait. (Nat. ord. Ana- 
cardiacese.) This drug has been highly recom- 
mended in the treatment of nocturnal incontinence 
of urine by a number of clinicians of repute. (See 
Gaz. Hebdom., 1889 ; also Annals of Gyncec., 1890.) 
The adult dose is twenty or thirty minims (1-3 or 
1-9 O.c.) of the fluid extract of the bark, three times 
a day, given in aromatized solution. For elaborate 
description of bark, see Newer Materia Medica. 
RIGA BALSAM. Balsamum Carpaticum. 
Balsamum Libani. This is usually stated to be a 
product of Pinus Cembra, L. (nat. ord. Coniferae), 
a large tree growing in the mountainous regions 
and northern latitudes of Europe and Asia. The 
juice exudes from the extremities of the young 
twigs, and is collected in flasks suspended from 
them. It is a thin, white fluid, having an odor 
analogous to that of the juniper, and possessing 
the ordinary terebinthinate properties. In this 
country it is very rare; but it is occasionally 
brought from Riga or Cronstadt in bottles. M. 
Keller, of Darmstadt, affirms that Riga Balsam is 
nothing but the product of the ordinary Pinus 
palustris, Mill. A similar product, called Hunga- 
rian balsam, is obtained in the same manner from 
Pinus pumilio, Haenke, growing on the mountains 
of Switzerland, Austria, and Hungary. The oil 
derived from the young branches of the Pinus 
pumilio {Oleum pini pumilionis, Oleum templinum, 
Krummholzol, Pumiline) is the most potent agent 
in the so-called pine cure in the German spas. 
Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1897) find it to 
contain Icevo-pinene, Icevo-phellandrene, and other 
terpenes. and from 4 to 7 per cent, of bornyl 
acetate, boiling above 185° C. When pure, it is 
said to be a very fragrant volatile oil, especially 
adapted for the purposes of inhalation. Internally 
it may be given in doses of from five to ten minims 
(O3-0-6 C.c.), in capsules, as a stimulant expec- 
torant. 
ROBINIA PSEUDACACIA, L. Locust-tree. 
False Acacia. Robinier, Fr. Falsche Akazie, G. 
(Nat. ord. Leguminosse.) This well-known indig- 
enous tree has a place in the Materia Medica of 
the “ eclectics.” The bark of the root is the most 
active part, and is said to be tonic, and in large 
doses purgative and emetic. Dr. F. B. Power and 
J. Cambier {Pharm. Rundschau, Feb. 1890) found 
a small amount of an alkaloid which they showed 
to be identical with choline. They also isolated a 
globulin and an albumose. This phyt-albumose 
produces purging and vomiting. It is precipitated 
by alkaloidal reagents. Zwenger and Dronke 
{Ann. Chem. Pharm., Supp., i. 257) found a glu- 
coside, robinin, C26H30O16, which, treated with 
dilute acids, yielded quercetin and a sugar. Hlasi- 
wetz obtained asparagin, C4H8N203, from the 
root. The bark also contains a poisonous albumi- 
noid or enzyme, robinalbin, which, according to 
Prof. Kobert {Merck's Bull., April, 1891), is simi- 
lar to but not identical with ricin. Three cases of 
the poisoning of children by the root have been 
recorded. {Ann. de Therap., *1860, 64.) Dr. Z. T. 
Emery {N. ¥. Med. Journ., Jan. 22, 1887) reports 
the poisoning of thirty-two boys from chewing the 
inner bark of the tree. The symptoms in the 
mildest cases were vomiting and flushed face, dry- 
ness of the throat and mouth, and dilated pupils. 
In the severest cases to these were added epigastric 
pain, extremely feeble, intermittent, heart-action, 
and stupor. 
Robinia Nicon. According to the researches 
of M. Geoffroy (Annal. de VInst. botanico-geolo- 
gique colon, de Marseille, 1895), this leguminous 
plant, which is used in Guiana for the purpose 
of stupefying fish, contains an active principle, 
niconline (C3H40), which crystallizes in oblique, 
rhomboidal tables. It has been found by E. 
Boinet {Compt.- Rend, de la Soc. de Biolog., 
1896, 10 s., iii.) to produce in the lower animals 
a short primary stage of excitation, followed by 
one of stupor, great muscular relaxation, enfeeble- 
ment of sensibility, mydriasis, fall of temperature, 
cyanosis, and death through centric paralysis of 
the respiration, though there is also fall of arterial 
pressure. In the dog there were salivation and 
vomiting. 
ROTTEN STONE. Terra Cariosa. An earthy 
mineral, occurring in light, dull, friable masses, 
dry to the touch, of a very fine grain, and of an 
ash-brown color. It is obtained from Derbyshire, 
in England, and is used for polishing metals. For 
a particular account of it, see A. J. P., 1860, 463. 
ROUREA OBLONGIFOLIA. Hook, and Arn. 
(Nat. ord. Connaracese.) This Mexican creeper is 
affirmed to contain an alkaloid, and to act as a vio- 
lent convulsant poison. [El Estudio, 1890.) 
RUBIA. Garance, Fr. Krappwurzel, Farber- 
rothe, G. Robbia, It. Rubia de tintoreros, Granza, 
Sp. Under this name theU. S. P. formerly recog- 
nized madder, Rubia tinciorum, L. (nat. ord. Rubi- 
acese). The root of dyer's madder is perennial, 
and consists of numerous long, succulent fibres, 
varying in thickness from the size of a quill to that 
of the little finger, and uniting at top in a common 
head, from which also proceed side-roots that run 
near the surface of the ground, and send up many 
annual stems. These are slender, quadrangular, 
jointed, procumbent, and furnished with short 
prickles, by which they adhere to the neighboring 
plants upon which they climb. The leaves are 
elliptical, pointed, rough, firm, about three inches 
long and nearly one inch broad, having rough 
points on their edges and midrib, and standing at 
the joints of the stem in whorls of four, five, or six 
together. The branches rise in pairs from the same 
joints, and bear small yellow flowers at the summit 
of each of their subdivisions. The fruit is a round, 
shining, black berry. The plant is a native of the 
south of Europe and the Levant, and is cultivated 
in Asia Minor, France, Holland, and the south of 
Italy. The root, which is the part used, is dug up 
in the third summer, and, having been deprived 
of its cuticle, is dried by artificial heat, and then 
reduced to a coarse powder. In this condition it is 
packed in barrels and sent into the market. 
Madder from the Levant is in the state of the 
whole root; from the south of France, either whole 
or in powder. The plant was also cultivated in 
this country, in the States of Delaware and Ohio. 
The root consists of a reddish-brown bark, and a 
ligneous portion within. The latter is yellow in 
the recent state, but becomes red when dried. The 
powder as found in commerce is reddish brown. 
Madder has a weak, peculiar odor, and a bitterish, 
astringent taste, and imparts these properties, as 
well as a red color, to water and alcohol. It con- 
tains as its most important constituent alizarin, 1782 
Rubidium.—Ruta. 
PART II. 
C14Hg(0H)202, and with it as coloring matter of 
secondary importance purpurin, C14H6(0H)302. 
Besides these two technically important constitu- 
ents there have been recognized pseudopurpurin, 
an orange dye-color, and a yellow one (xanthopur- 
purin). These coloring matters, however, are 
probably decomposition products from glucosides 
existing in the fresh plant. Thus, alizarin is 
known to result along with glucose from the treat- 
ment with dilute acids of rubianic or ruberythric 
acid, C26H28014, according to the reaction: 
C26H28014 + 2li20 = C14II804 + 2C6H1206. The 
most interesting of the coloring substances is the 
alizarin. It may be obtained from the alcoholic 
extract by sublimation, in the method employed 
by Mohr in obtaining benzoic acid. {Journ. de 
Pharm., 3e ser., xxxi. 267.) It isorange-red, in- 
odorous, insipid, crystallizable, capable of being 
sublimed without change, scarcely soluble in cold 
water, soluble in boiling water, and very readily 
so in alcohol, ether, the fixed oils, and alkaline 
solutions. The alcoholic and watery solutions are 
rose-colored; the ethereal, golden yellow; the 
alkaline, violet and blue when concentrated, but 
violet-red when sufficiently diluted. A beautiful 
rose-colored lake is produced by precipitating a 
mixture of the solutions of alizarin and alum. 
Alizarin was recognized by Graebe and Lieber- 
mann in 1868 as a derivative of anthracene, 
Ci4H10,—a hydrocarbon contained in coal-tar,— 
and in the same year they elaborated a method for 
preparing it commercially from anthracene. Upon 
this arose rapidly a great chemical industry, so 
that in 1881 the amount of artificial alizarin an- 
nually produced was 14,000 tons of 10 per cent, 
paste, valued at $8,000,000. The production of 
madder, of course, decreased correspondingly. 
The exportations of madder from France, which in 
1872 had a value of $1,850,000, decreased to $70,000 
in 1878, and $53,000 in 1883. The importations 
of alizarin into the United States for the last three 
years were as follows: for 1896, 6,152,776 lbs., 
valued at $994,230; for 1897, 6,148,268 lbs., valued 
at $1,022,970; for 1898, 5,872,015 lbs., valued at 
$886,332. Madder also contains sugar; and Do- 
bereiner succeeded in obtaining alcohol from it bjT 
fermentation and distillation, without affecting its 
coloring properties. 
Madder is used in amenorrhoea and dropsy, and 
when taken into the stomach imparts a red color 
to the milk and urine, and to the bones of animals, 
without sensibly affecting any other tissue. The 
effect is observable most quickly in the bones of 
young animals, and in those nearest the heart. 
Under the impression that it might effect some 
change in the osseous system, it has been prescribed 
in rachitis, but without favorable result. Dose, 
about half a drachm (1*9 Gm.), repeated three or 
four times a day. 
RUBIDIUM. Salts of rubidium may be ob- 
tained much more cheaply than in former years, 
on account of Erdmann’s process for the recovery 
of these salts from the Stassfurt potash deposits. 
Two salts have been brought forward for use in 
practical medicine. 
Rubidium iodide, Rbl, which occurs in whitish 
crystals, very soluble in water, and has been recom- 
mended by Harnack, Neisser, and others as a sub- 
stitute for the potassium iodide, than which it is 
asserted to be better borne by the stomach. The 
dose is that of potassium iodide. 
Rubidium ammonium bromide, RbBr.3NII4Br, 
was recommended by Laufenauer as an antileptic 
in doses up to two drachms a day. 
Rubidium bromide, Rb.Br, is now upon the 
market, and may be used as a substitute for, and 
in the dose of, potassium bromide, than which 
it is said to be better borne, especially by feeble 
patients. 
RUBUS CHAM/EMORUS. L. Cloud Berry. 
(Nat. ord. Rosaceas.) This plant, which inhabits 
the northern portions of both continents, is largely 
employed in Northern Russia, in the form of an 
infusion of the berries or leaves, as a diuretic in 
dropsy. Dr. PopofF found in it a crystallizable 
acid which is an essential diuretic, acting directly 
upon the renal secreting structures without affect- 
ing either cardiac action or arterial tension. (Vrach, 
iv., 1886.) 
RUTA. Under this name the U. S. P. formerly 
recognized the Ruta graveolens. L. Common rue 
(Rue odorante, Pr.; Garten-Raute, G. ; Ruta, It. ; 
Ruda, Sp.) is a perennial plant (nat. ord. Rutacese), 
usually two or three feet high, with several shrubby 
branching stems, which, near the base, are woody 
and covered with a rough bark, but in their ulti- 
mate ramifications are smooth, green, and herba- 
ceous. The leaves are doubly pinnate, glaucous, 
with obovate, sessile, obscurely crenate, somewhat 
thick and fleshy leaflets. The flowers are yellow, 
and disposed in a terminal branched corymb upon 
subdividing peduncles. The calyx is persistent, 
with four or five acute segments ; the corolla con- 
sists of four or five conoave petals, somewhat 
sinuate at the margin. There are usually ten 
stamens, but sometimes only eight. The plant is 
a native of the south of Europe, but cultivated in 
our gardens. It flowers from June to September. 
The whole herb is active, and yields its properties 
to water and alcohol. The leaves have a strong 
disagreeable odor, especially when rubbed. Their 
taste is bitter, hot, and acrid. When recent, and 
in full vigor, they have so much acrimony as to 
inflame and even blister the skin, if much handled ; 
but the acrimony is diminished by drying. Their 
virtues depend chiefly on a volatile oil, which is 
contained in glandular vesicles, apparent over the 
whole surface of the plant. They contain, also, 
according to Mahl, chlorophyll, albumen, a nitro- 
genous substance, extractive, gum, starch or inulin, 
malic acid, and lignin; and, according to Born- 
trager, a peculiar acid which he calls rutinic acid, 
C25n28°iB (or C27H3J2°16’ according to later 
writers). Rutinic acid is the coloring principle of 
rue, and has been found in various other plants; 
though, like quereitrin, yielding quercetin and 
sugar, it has been shown to be distinct. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1862,165.) 
Rue yields a very small proportion of a yellow 
or greenish volatile oil, which becomes brown 
with age. According to Zeller, the product from 
the fresh herb is 028 per cent., that from the seeds 
about 1 per cent. The oil has the strong unpleasant 
odor of the plant, and an acrid taste. Kane gives 
its sp. gr. at 0-837, its boiling point at 230° C. 
(446° F.). “ A neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 
0-880. It is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol.” 
17. S. 1880. It consists mainly of an oxidized con- 
stituent, which Strecker proved to be methyl- 
nonyl-ketone, CH3.CO.C9H19; that is, a ketone 
analogous to acetone, CIl3.CO.CH3. This accounts 
for its yielding under treatment with oxidizing PART II. 
Sabadilla. 
1783 
agents pelargonic acid, C0II18O2. The methyl- 
nonyl-ketone, when pure, is a colorless liquid, 
fluorescing blue, boiling at 225° C. (437° F.), and 
crystallizing at about 15° C. (59° F.). When 
treated with nitric acid, it yields, among other 
products, pelargonic acid. Schimmel & Co. (Re- 
port, 1892, 31) state that pure oil of rue consists 
of 90 per cent, of methyl-nonyl-ketone, and solidi- 
fies even at a moderate temperature to a solid, 
crystalline mass, and has the sp. gr. 0-837. 
Rue is said to have been used by the ancients as 
a condiment. In modern times it has been em- 
ployed in hysteria, worms, colic, and atonic amen- 
orrhcea and menorrhagia. Its medical activity 
depends upon its volatile oil, which is a powerful 
local irritant, causing, when applied to the skin 
persistently, burning, redness, and vesication, and 
when taken internally in large doses, violent gas- 
tric pains and vomiting, great prostration, con- 
fusion of mind, convulsive twitching, and in preg- 
nant women abortion. It has been considerably 
used in Europe for the production of criminal 
abortion, in a number of cases with fatal results. 
The dose is from two to five drops every two or 
three hours. The rue itself is sometimes given 
in the dose of from ten to thirty grains (0-648- 
1-94 6m.). In a case of fatal poisoning in a man, 
reported by I)r. G. F. Cooper, there were vomit- 
ing, violent tormina and tenesmus, with bloody 
stools, great abdominal distention, with tender- 
ness and severe strangury. (Med. Ex., N. S., ix. 
720.) 
SABADILLA. Cevadilla. The dried ripe seeds 
of Schcenocaulon officinale, A. Gray (Asagrcea offi- 
cinalis, Lindl.), were recognized by the Br. Pharm. 
of 1885. At one time cevadilla was generally be- 
lieved to be derived from Veratrum sabadilla, Retz. 
Schiede, during his travels in Mexico, ascertained 
that it was, in part at least, collected from a different 
plant, of the same natural order of Liliaceas, grow- 
ing upon the eastern declivity of the Mexican Andes. 
This was considered by Schlechtendal as another 
species of Yeratrum, by Don as an Helonias, and 
by Lindley as belonging to a new genus which he 
named Asagraea. Hence it has been variously de- 
nominated Veratrum officinale, Schlecht. and 
Cham., Helonias officinalis, D. Don, Asagrcea 
officinalis, Lindl., and Schcenocaulon officinale, A. 
Gray. It is not probable that Veratrum sabadilla, 
Retz, yields much, if any, of the seed of commerce ; 
but it would seem that very much of the drug is 
the product of a plant so different from Schcenocaulon 
officinale that Ernst, of Caracas, believes it to be a 
new species. It differs chiefly in having its leaves 
broader and more carinate. 
Cevadilla seeds usually occur in commerce mixed 
with the fruit. This consists of three coalescing 
capsules or follicles, which open above and appear 
like a single capsule with three cells. It is three or 
four lines long and a line and a half in thickness, 
obtuse at the base, light brown or yellowish, smooth ; 
each of the component capsules contains one or 
two seeds. A resemblance, existing or supposed, 
between this fruit and that of barley is said to have 
given rise to the Spanish name cevadilla, which is 
a diminutive of barley. The seeds are elongated, 
pointed at each end, flat on one side and convex on 
the other, somewhat curved, two or three lines 
long, wrinkled, slightly winged, black or dark 
brown on the outside, whitish within, hard, in- 
odorous, and of an exceedingly acrid, burning, and 
durable taste. 
Pelletier and Caventou first noted the presence of 
an alkaloid in cevadilla, which base they called 
veratrine ; Meissner in the same year announced the 
presence of an alkaloid, sabadilline, and Couerbe, 
Merck, and Weigelin all described what they con- 
sidered as distinct bases ; but its exact composition 
remained unsettled until Wright and Lufi' (Journ. 
Chem. Soc., 33, 338) found in it three bases: 1, 
cevadine, C32H49NO0 (agreeing with the base de- 
scribed by Merck as veratrine), crystallizing in 
needles or compact crystals, fusing at 205° C. (401° 
F.) (202° C. (395-6° F.) according to Merck), 
insoluble in water, easily soluble in alcohol and 
ether, and decomposed by hot alcoholic potash into 
cevine, C27H4qN08 (C27H4BNO0, Fliickiger), and 
methyl-crotonic acid (cevadic acid of Pelletier and 
Caventou), C5H802; 2, veratrine, C37H63N011, 
obtained from the syrupy mother-liquor from 
which the cevadine has crystallized; it is uncrys- 
tallizable, soluble in ether, and decomposed by alco- 
holic soda into verine, C28H46lSr08, and dimethyl- 
protocatechuic acid (veratric acid of Mercit), 
C7H4(CH3)204; 3, cevadilline, C34H63N08, ob- 
tained after the extraction of the veratrine with 
ether; it is insoluble in ether, slightly soluble in 
boiling benzol, and readily soluble in fused oil, 
uncrvstallizable, and appears to yield methyl- 
crotonic acid on treatment with alcoholic soda. 
The second of these alkaloids, veratrine, Fliickiger 
considers as isomeric with cevadine, C32H401S!t)0, 
and writes the reaction for its decomposition, 
2C32H40NO0+4H2O = C0H1oO4+C66H02N2O16+ 
Dimetnylprotocat- Veratroine. 
echuic acid. 
2HaO. (Pharmaceut. Chem., 2d ed., 1888, 531.) 
Wright and Luff extract the alkaloids as fol- 
lows. One hundred parts of sabadilla seeds are 
exhausted with one part of tartaric acid and 
alcohol, the alcoholic extract concentrated, freed 
from resinous admixture by addition of water, and 
then treated with soda and ether. The ethereal solu- 
tion is then shaken up with aqueous tartaric acid 
solution, and the acid liquid again treated with soda 
and ether. The ethereal solution is now mixed 
with ligroin (petroleum benzin), and allowed to 
evaporate spontaneously. A syrupy liquid sepa- 
rates out first, and then crystals of cevadine, which 
are drained off and recrystallized from alcohol. 
The residual syrupy liquid consists essentially of 
veratrine and cevadilline. Ten kilogrammes of 
seeds yield from sixty to seventy grains of alkaloids, 
from which eight to nine grains of pure cevadine, 
five to six grains of veratrine, and two to three 
grains of crude cevadilline can be isolated. 
Merck has since [Merck's Report, Jan. 1891, 
3-9) isolated two new alkaloids from cevadilla, 
which he names sabadine and sabadinine respec- 
tively. The former has the formula c29h61no8, 
crystallizes from ether in short needles, and fuses 
at from 238°-240° C. It dissolves in concentrated 
sulphuric acid with a yellow color and a green 
fluorescence, which gradually disappears, while 
the liquid assumes a blood-red and then viulet 
color. The alkaloid is sternutatory, although in a 
much less degree than veratrine. The second alka- 
loid crystallizes from ether in filiform needles, 
which begin to sinter at 160° C., but show no fixed 
fusing point. Concentrated sulphuric acid cau«es a 
permanent blood-red color. The formula is given 1784 
Sabbatia.—Sago. 
PART II. 
as C27H46N08. The alkaloid is not sternutatory. 
Cevauilla yields about 0-3 per cent, of veratrine. 
(See Veratrina.) 
Cevadilla is an acrid, drastic emeto-cathartic, 
operating occasionally with great violence, and in 
overdoses capable of producing fatal effects. Known 
in Europe as early as 1752, and formerly used to 
some extent as a tasnicide, in doses of from five to 
twenty grains (0-33-1-3 Gm.), it is now official 
solely as the source of veratrine. It is the principal 
ingredient of the pulvis Capucinorum, sometimes 
used in Europe for the destruction of vermin in the 
hair. 
SABBATIA. Centauree Americaine, Fr. Sab- 
batic, G. Of this gentianaceous genus three 
American species are more or less used in popular 
medicine as tonics and as antiperiodics. They are, 
in fact, simple bitters of some activity, and may 
very well be substituted for the foreign remedies 
of their class. Their value in intermittent fever is 
probably simply that of quassia and gentian, only 
somewhat more feeble. The S. angularis (L.), 
Pursh, or American centaury, was formerly recog- 
nized by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in its Secondary 
List. A description of it may be found in the 16th 
edition of the U. S. D. Mr. John F. Huneker 
found in it a small proportion of erythrocentaurin, 
C27H240o, previously discovered b\r M. Mehu, a 
French chemist, in Erythroea centaurium, Pers., of 
Europe. Mr. Huneker also obtained from Ameri- 
can centaury resin, chlorophyll, fatty matter, gum, 
albumen, pectin, bitter extractive, traces of volatile 
oil, an organic acid, red coloring matter, and salts. 
(A. J. P., 1871, 207.) 
In the Southeastern United States, the Sabbatia 
elliottii, Stend., or Quinine flower, and in the 
Southwestern United States the Sabbatia campes- 
tris, Nutt., have been employed like the S. angularis 
in the North. They probably contain the same 
active principle. Of the S. angularis and the S. 
campestris the whole plant is used, the dose being 
a drachm (3-88 Gm.), given in the form of fluid 
extract or in decoction. Of the Quinine flower, 
the root is employed; dose of the fluid extract, one 
fluidrachm (3 69 C.c.); in intermittent fever to be 
repeated at short intervals. 
SAGAPENUM. This gum-resin, formerly 
highly esteemed, but at present very rarely met 
with even in Eastern commerce, is the concrete 
juice of an unknown Persian plant, supposed by 
some to be one of the species of Ferula (nat. ord. 
Umbelliferse) related to those that yield galba- 
num. It is in irregular masses, composed of ag- 
glutinated fragments, slightly translucent, of a 
brownish-yellow, olive, or reddish-yellow color ex- 
ternally, paler internally, brittle, of a consistence 
somewhat resembling that of wax, and often 
mixed with impurities, especially with seeds more 
or less entire. An inferior variety is soft, tough, 
and of uniform consistence. It has an alliaceous 
odor less disagreeable than that of asafetida, and a 
hot, nauseous, bitterish taste. It softens and be- 
comes tenacious by the heat of the hand. The 
effect of time and exposure is to harden and render 
it darker. It is inflammable, burning with a 
white flame and much smoke, and leaving a light 
spongy charcoal. Pure alcohol and water dissolve 
it partially, diluted alcohol almost entirely. Dis- 
tilled with water it affords a small quantity of 
volatile oil, and the water is strongly impregnated 
with its flavor. According to Pelletier, it contains 
56 per cent, of resin, 31 "94 of gum, 1-0 of bassorin, 
0-40 of acidulous calcium malate, and 11 -80 of 
volatile oil. The ether soluble resin of Sagapenum 
can be separated by saponification into 16 per cent, 
of umbelliferone and 40 per cent, of sagaresitannol, 
C24H2704.OH. This latter yields on oxidation 
oxypicric acid. Brandes found 3-73 per cent, of 
volatile oil. This is pale yellow, very fluid, lighter 
than water, and of a disagreeable alliaceous odor. 
Fliickiger found the oil devoid of sulphur, but to 
contain umbelliferone. (Pharmacographia, 324.) 
Sagapenum was considered by the older physicians 
as midway in its medical properties between asa- 
fetida and galbanum, and was used in doses of from 
ten to thirty grains (0-648-1-9 Gm.) in amenor- 
rhoea, hysteria, etc.; also externally in plasters as 
a discutient. 
SAGO. Sagou, Fr. Sago, G., It. Sagu, Sp. 
Under this name the U. S. P. formerly recognized 
the starch obtained from the sago palms. Numer- 
ous trees, inhabiting the islands and coasts of the 
Indian Ocean, contain a farinaceous pith, which is 
applied to the purposes of nutriment by the natives. 
Such are Sagus rumphii, Willd. (now Metroxylon 
sagu, Rottb.), Sagus loevis, Jack (now Metroxylon 
sagu, Rottb.), Sagus ruffia, Jacq. (now Raphia 
pedunculata, Beauv.), Saguerus rumphii, Roxb. 
(now Arenga saccharifera, Labill), and Phoenix 
farinifera, Roxb., belonging to the family of 
Palms; and Cycas circinalis, Cycas revoluta, and 
Zamia lanuginosa, belonging to the Cycadaceae. 
Of these, Sagus rumphii, Sagus Icevis, and Saguerus 
rumphii probably contribute to furnish the sago of 
commerce. Crawford, in his History of the Indian 
Archipelago, states that it is derived exclusively 
from Metroxylon sagu, Rottb., but Roxburgh 
ascribes the granulated sago to S. Icevis, Jack 
(which subsequent research shows to be Metroxylon 
sagu, Rottb.) ; and one of the finest kinds is said 
by Dr. Hamilton to be produced by the Saguerus 
rumphii, R>xb. (now recognized as Arenga sac- 
charifera, La bill). The farinaceous product of the 
different species of Cycas, sometimes called Japan 
sago, does not enter into general commerce. 
Sagus rumphii, Willd. Sp. Plant, iv. 404; Car- 
son, Illust. of Med. Bot. ii. 44, pi. 88. Metroxylon 
sagu, Rottb. (1783); Bentley and Trimen, 278. 
The sago palm is one of the smallest trees of its 
family. Its extreme height seldom exceeds thirty 
feet. The trunk is proportionately very thick, 
quite erect, cylindrical, covered with the remains 
of the old leafstalks, and surrounded by a beautiful 
crown of foliage, consisting of numerous, very 
large, pinnate leaves, extending in all directions 
from the summit, and curving gracefully down- 
ward. The fruit is a roundish nut, covered with 
an imbricated coat, and containing a single seed. 
The tree is a native of the East India islands, 
growing in the Peninsula of Malacca, Sumatra, 
Borneo, Celebes, the Moluccas, and a part of New 
Guinea. It flourishes best in low and moist situa- 
tions. Before attaining maturity, the stem consists 
of a shell, usually about two inches thick, filled 
with an enormous volume of spongy medullary 
matter like that of elder. This is gradually ab- 
sorbed after the appearance of fruit, and the stem 
ultimately becomes hollow. The greatest age of 
the tree is not more than thirty years. Large 
quantities of a kind of sugar called jaggary are pro- 
duced from its juice. According to H. von Rosen- 
berg (Proc. A. P. A., xxvii. 140), the medullary PART II. 
Sago.—Salicylamide. 
1785 
matter consists mostly of starch when the large 
leaves have fallen off and the flowers are just 
taking their place. At this time the tree is felled, 
and the trunk cut into billets six or seven feet long, 
which are split in order to facilitate the extraction 
of the pith. This is obtained in the state of a 
coarse powder, which is mixed with water in a 
trough having a sieve at the end. The water, 
loaded with farina, passes through the sieve, and is 
received in convenient vessels, where it is allowed 
to stand till the insoluble matter has subsided. It 
is then strained off, and the farina which is left 
may be dried into a kind of meal or moulded into 
whatever shape may be desired. Eor the consump- 
tion of the natives it is usually formed into cakes 
of various sizes, which are dried, and extensively 
sold in the islands. The commercial sago is pre- 
pared by forming the meal into a paste with water, 
and rubbing it into grains. It is produced in the 
greatest abundance in the Moluccas, but of the 
finest quality on the eastern coast of Sumatra. 
The Chinese of Malacca refine it so as to give the 
grains a fine pearly lustre. Malcom states that it 
is also refined in large quantities at Singapore. In 
this state it is called pearl sago, and is in great re- 
pute. It is said that five or six hundred pounds of 
sago are procured from a single tree. 
Pearl sago is that which is now generally used. 
It is in small grains, about the size of a pin’s head, 
hard, whitish, of a light brown color, in some in- 
stances translucent, inodorous, and with little taste. 
It may be rendered perfectly white by a solution of 
chlorinated lime. Common sago is in larger and 
browner grains, of more unequal size, of a duller 
aspect, and frequently mixed with more or less of 
a dirty looking powder. 
Sago meal is imported into England from the 
East Indies. It is in the form of a fine amylaceous 
powder, of a whitish color, with a yellowish or red- 
dish tint, and of a faint but somewhat musty odor. 
Common sago is insoluble in cold water, but by 
long boiling unites with that liquid, becoming at 
first soft and transparent, and ultimately forming 
a gelatinous solution. Pearl sago is partially dis- 
solved by cold water, probably owing to the heat 
used in its preparation. Chemically considered, it 
is a very pure natural starch, as the nitrogenous 
matter rarely amounts to more than one per cent., 
and the ash to one-half per cent., the remainder 
being starch and moisture. Under the microscope 
the granules of sago meal appear oval or ovate, 
and often truncated so as to be more or less muller- 
shaped. Many of them are broken, and in most 
the surface is irregular or tuberculated. They ex- 
hibit upon their surface concentric rings, which 
are much less distinct than in potato starch. The 
hilum is circular when perfect, and cracks either 
with a single slit or a cross, or in a stellate manner. 
The granules of pearl sago are of the same form, 
but are all ruptured, and exhibit only indistinct 
traces of the annular lines, having been altered in 
the process employed in preparing them. Those of 
common sago are very similar to the particles of 
sago meal, except that they are perhaps rather less 
regular and more broken. 
Potato starch is sometimes prepared so as to re- 
semble bleached pearl sago, for which it is sold. 
But, when examined under the microscope, it ex- 
hibits larger granules, which are also more regu- 
larly oval or ovate, smoother, less broken, and 
more distinctly marked with the annular rugae than 
are those of sago; and the hilum often cracks with 
two slightly diverging slits. Sago is now made in 
the United States from various kinds of starch. 
Sago is used exclusively as an easily digestible, 
non-irritating food. It is given in the liquid state, 
and in its preparation care should he taken to boil 
it long in water, and stir it diligently, in order that 
the grains may he thoroughly dissolved. Should 
any portion remain undissolved, it should be sepa- 
rated by straining. A tablespoonful to the pint of 
water is usually sufficient. 
SALACETOL. Salicyl-acetol. Salantol Salan- 
tol- CeH4(OH)CO.OCH2CO.CH3. A synthetic 
product, the ester of salicylic acid and acetylcarbi- 
nol, introduced as a substitute for salol, to avoid the 
elimination of phenol in the system. Crystallizes 
out of alcohol in needles, fusing at 71° C., slightly 
soluble in cold water and alcohol, readily soluble in 
ether, chloroform, and benzin. It may be used 
when salol is indicated, in doses of from thirty to 
forty-five grains (1-9-2-9 6m.). 
SALACTOL. A mixture of the sodium salts 
of salicylic and lactic acids, said to contain 71 -1 per 
cent, of salicylic acid. A 1 per cent, solution of 
salactol in solution of hydrogen dioxide has been 
used to arrest the growth of diphtheritic mem- 
brane. 
SALEP. Tubera Salep, P. G. Salep, Fr., G. 
This name is given to the dried tubers of numerous 
species of the genus Orchis, and in India of the 
genus Eulophia. At present the salep of European 
commerce is prepared chiefly in the Levant, but to 
some extent in Germany and other parts of Europe. 
The German salep is said to he more translucent 
than the Levant. 
Salep is in small, oval, irregular, ovoid or oblong 
tubers, rarely palmate, hard, horny, semi-trans- 
parent, of a yellowish color, a feeble odor, and a 
mild mucilaginous taste. It is sometimes kept in 
the state of powder. In composition and relation 
to water it is closely analogous to tragacanth, con- 
sisting of a substance insoluble hut swelling up in 
cold water (bassorin), of another in much smaller 
proportion, soluble in cold water, and of minute 
quantities of saline matters. It also occasionally 
contains a little starch. It is highly nutritive, and 
may be employed for the same purposes as tapioca, 
sago, etc. Its mediaeval and Oriental reputation as 
an aphrodisiac is unfounded. On account of its 
hardness, salep, in its ordinary state, is of difficult 
pulverization; hut the difficulty is removed by 
macerating it in cold water until it becomes soft, 
and then rapidly drying it. Royal salep, said to he 
much used as a food in Afghanistan, has been iden- 
tified by Dr. J. E. T. Aitcbison as the product of 
Allium macleanii, Baker. (Nat. ord. Liliacese.) 
(P. J. Tr., Sept. 1889.) 
SALHYPNONE. CqII40(C0C6H?)C00CH3. 
A benzoyl-methyl-salicyhc ester which occurs in 
colorless needles, insoluble in water and sparingly 
soluble in alcohol and ether. It is a mild antiseptic. 
SALICYLAMIDE. ceH4 {CONH ' This 
compound is prepared by the action of concentrated 
ammonia upon methyl salicylate. "When purified, 
it occurs in perfectly colorless, thin, transparent 
plates, melting at 138° C., soluble in alcohol, ether, 
chloroform, and two hundred parts of water. Dr. 
"W. B. Nesbitt finds that this substance, when given 
in toxic dose, paralyzes the motor nerves and cen- 
tres, also the muscles, and has hut little effect upon 1786 
Salicylbromanilid.—Salol-Camphor. 
part ir. 
blood-pressure. He believes that it is a safer remedy 
than salicylic acid, and has the advantage of greater 
solubility and more prompt action in smaller dose. 
Also, that it has analgesic and antipyretic proper- 
ties which correspond. It may be given in doses 
of three grains (0-194 Gm.). The highest amount 
used was fifteen grains (0-972 Gm.), taken in nine 
hours. (Therap. Gaz., Oct. 1891.) 
SALICYLBROMANILID. Antinervine. This 
was first described as a mixture of bromacetanilid 
and salicylanilid, but a specimen analyzed by Ritsert 
was shown to be a mixture of ammonium bromide, 
salicylic acid, and acetanilid. Salic\Tlbromanilid 
has been asserted to be a safe antipyretic and anti- 
neuralgic by Radlauer, of Germany, but C. S. 
Bradfute (New England Monthly, April, 1891) 
has found it to be a violent depressant of the heart. 
In angina pectoris, with high tension, he obtained 
relief by its use, but it seems to be a dangerous 
remedy. Dose, from five to ten grains (0-324-0-648 
Gm.). 
SALIFEBRIN. Salicylanilid. An antip}rretic, 
made by heating together salicylic acid and acet- 
anilid in molecular proportions. It is a colorless 
permanent powder, insoluble in water, freely soluble 
in alcohol. 
SALIFORMIN. For min Salicylate. Hexa- 
methylene-tetramin-salicylate. Urotropin Salicylate. 
(CH2)6N*.CeIi4(OH)C60H. A colorless, crystal- 
line powaer, having an acidulous taste, soluble in 
water and alcohol, used as an antiseptic and for its 
supposed solvent powers on uric acid deposits. The 
daily dose is from fifteen to thirty grams (0-9-1-9 
Gm.). 
SALIGALLOL. Pyrogallol Di-salicylate. A 
resinous solid, soluble in two parts of acetone and 
fifteen parts of chloroform. Its solution in ace- 
tone has been used as an external application in skin 
diseases. 
SALIPYRIN. (Antipyrin Salicylate.) 
C,jtII,gN20.C7He03. Prepared by the action of 
salicylic acid upon antipyrin, either at 100° C. or in 
solution. It occurs as a white coarsely crystalline 
powder, odorless, with a somewhat sweetish taste. 
It is readily soluble in alcohol and in benzene, and 
crystallizes from the former in hexagonal tables with 
a melting point of 91 -5° C. According to Guttmann 
and to Kollmann (Internat. Klin. Rundsch., Sept. 
1890 ; also Munchen. Med. Wochensch., Nov. 1890), 
it is an active antipyretic and antirheumatic, 
which rarely produces toxic symptoms, although 
an eruption resembling that of antipyrin has been 
noted; the color of the urine is not affected, but 
tests show the presence of salicylates. Kollmann 
states that it sometimes vomits, and that the daily 
doseshould never exceed forty-five grains (2-9 Gm.), 
and always be less than this in the beginning, as 
some individuals are intolerant of it. Salipvrin has 
been used to a considerable extent in all forms of 
rheumatic diseases, in influenza, in various fevers, in 
migraine, and in the whole class of diseases in which 
its component constituents have been found to be 
useful; also locally in coryza. The usual dose is 
from seven to fifteen grains (0-45-0-97 Gm.), in 
capsule or tablet, repeated every three or four 
hours, but some clinicians prefer a single large 
dose of forty-five grains (2-9 Gm.). 
SALITANNOL. C14H1007. A condensation 
product of salicylic and gallic acids ; it is a color- 
less powder, insoluble in water, ether, chloroform, 
and benzol, slightly soluble in alcohol, soluble in 
solutions of caustic alkalies. It is used as a surgi- 
cal antiseptic. 
SALITHYMOL. Thymol Ester of Salicylic 
Acid. CeH3(CHg)(CgH7)O.COCeII4(OH). This 
salt is prepared by acting on molecular quantities 
of sodium salicylate and thymol sodium with phos- 
phorus trichloride. It is a colorless crystalline 
powder, of sweet taste, insoluble in water, very 
soluble in alcohol. It is used as an antiseptic. 
Dose, from fifteen to thirty grains (0-9-1-9 Gm.). 
SALIX. U. S. 1880. Most of the species of the 
large genus Salix are possessed of similar medical 
properties. S. russelliana, Sm. (now S. fragilis, 
L.), which has been introduced into this country 
from Europe, is said by Sir James Smith to be the 
most valuable species. S. purpurea,, L., a European 
species, is stated by Lindley to be the most bitter, 
and S. pentandra is preferred by Nces von Esenbeck. 
Many native species are in all probability equally 
active with the foreign. The younger Michaux 
speaks of the root of S. nigra, Marsh., or black wil- 
low, as a strong bitter, used in the country as an 
antiperiodic. 
Salix alba, L., the species formerly recognized by 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, the common European 
or white willow, is twenty-five or thirty feet in 
height, with numerous round spreading branches. 
The exstipulate leaves are alternate, upon short 
petioles, lanceolate, pointed, acutely serrate with 
the lower serratures glandular, pubescent on both 
sides, and silky beneath. The aments are terminal, 
cylindrical, and elongated, with elliptical-lanceo- 
late, brown, pubescent scales. The stamens are 
two in number, yellow, and somewhat longer than 
the scales ; the style is short; the stigmas two- 
parted and thick. The capsule is nearly sessile, 
ovate, and smooth. The white willow is now very 
common in this country. It flowers in April and 
May, and the bark is easily separable throughout 
the summer. That obtained from the branches rolls 
up when dried into the form of a quill, from one- 
twenty-fifth to one-twelfth of an inch in diameter, 
has a brown, more or less finely warty epidermis, 
is flexible, fibrous, and of difficult pulverization. 
The inner surface is brownish white, and smooth, 
the liber separating in thin layers. Willow bark 
has a feebly aromatic odor and a peculiar bitter 
astringent taste. It yields its active properties to 
water, with which it forms a reddish-brown decoc- 
tion. Pelletier and Caventou found, among its 
ingredients, tannin, resin, a bitter yellow coloring 
matter, a green fatty matter, gum, wax, lignin, 
and an organic acid combined with magnesia. 
The proportion of tannin is so considerable that the 
bark has been used for tanning leather. The char- 
acteristic constituent of all species of willow, how- 
ever, is salicin. Robert W. Beck (A. J. P., 1891, 
581) has determined the relative percentages of 
salicin and tannin as follows : 
Iii leaves of S. lucida, Muhl. . 
Salicin. Tannin. 
. 0 30 per cent. 6-48 per cent. 
.1-09 “ “ 3-58 “ “ 
In bark of S. lucida, Muhl . . 
In bark of S. alba. L 
.0 56 “ “ 4-26 “ “ 
In bark of S. nigra, Marsh. . 
. 0 73 “ “ 3 29 “ “ 
The bark of the willow is feebly tonic, but it is at 
present never employed in regular medicine. 
SALOL-CAMPHOR. When three hundred 
parts of salol are rubbed with two hundred parts of 
camphor, and then gently warmed, a liquid is ob- 
tained insoluble in water, but miscible with fixed 
and volatile oils, ether, and alcohol, to which M. PART II. 
Salophen.—Santolina. 
1787 
Desesquelle has given the name of salol-camphor, 
and which he recommends as a local anaesthetic. 
SALOPHEN. Acetylparamidophenyl salicylate. 
f OH 
C6H4 { C00CeH4.NH(C2H30)- This new deriva' 
tive contains 50-9 per cent, salicylic acid. It occurs 
in white crystalline leaflets, almost insoluble in 
water, freely soluble in alkalies, alcohol, and ether. 
It melts at 187° C. ; precipitates from its alcoholic 
solution, with ferric chloride, violet; with bromine 
water, densely white. In warm alkaline solution 
it undergoes decomposition into salicylic acid and 
acetylparamidophenyl. It has been physiologically 
studied by Dr. Siebel (Therap. Monat., Jan. 1892), 
who finds that it is broken up in the intestines, 
and is even decomposed to some extent when given 
hypodermically. About eight grammes per kilo 
were necessary to kill a rabbit, the symptoms being 
those of salicylic acid poisoning. By direct ex- 
periment acetylparamidophenyl was found to be 
practically free from poisonous properties. Salo- 
plien has been used by Guttmann, Siebel, Lowen- 
thaler, and numerous later clinicians in all forms 
of rheumatic diseases. There seems to be no doubt 
as to its effectiveness, but there is no sufficient 
reason for believing that it is as certain in its action 
as one of the more ordinary salicylates. It is said, 
however, to be less disturbing to the digestion. It 
has been especially commended by De Wannemae- 
ker in pruritus, and has also been used as an in- 
testinal antiseptic. Daily dose, from forty-five to 
seventy-five grains (2-9-4 85 6m.). 
SALUBROL. Tetra-hromo-methylene-di-anti- 
pyrin. An inodorous powder, made by the action 
of bromine on methyl-antipyrin. It is non-poison- 
ous, and is used as a local haemostatic and antiseptic 
and as a substitute for iodoform. 
SALUMIN. Aluminum Salicylate. (CgH4(0H) 
COO)eAl2 4- 3H20. This salt, which is insoluble 
in water, is made by the interaction between 
solutions of sodium salicylate and a salt of alumi- 
num ; it is a reddish-white powder used in catar- 
rhal affections of the nose and pharynx. A solu- 
ble salumin is made by combining ammonia 
with the insoluble salumin, to form ammoniated 
aluminum salicylate, the formula of which is 
(°A{c004)eAl2 + 2H20. It is used for pre- 
paring astringent and antiseptic washes. 
SAMADERA BARK. This is the inner bark 
of a tree belonging to the family of Simarubacese, 
growing in Ceylon. It is intensely bitter, and prob- 
ably contains quassin. For further particulars, see 
P. J. Tr., 1872, 541. 
SANDARACH. Sandaraca. Gum Juniper. 
Sandaraque, Fr. Sandarak, G. A resinous sub- 
stance obtained from the Callitris quadrivalvis, 
Yent. (Thuya articulata, Vahl.), an evergreen tree 
(nat. ord Conifer*) growing in the north of Africa. 
It is in small, irregular, roundish oblong grains or 
tears, of a pale yellow color, sometimes inclining 
to brown, more or less transparent, dry and brittle, 
breaking into powder under the teeth, of a faint, 
agreeable odor increased by warmth, and of a res- 
inous, slightly acrid taste. It melts with heat, 
diffusing a strong balsamic odor, and easily inflames. 
It is almost entirely soluble in ordinary alcohol, and 
entirely so in that liquid when anhydrous, and 
in ether. Heated oil of turpentine also dissolves 
the greater part of it, but very slowly. According 
to Unverdorben, it consists of three resins, varying 
in their relations to alcohol, ether, and oil of tur- 
pentine. The sandaracin of Geise, which remains 
after sandarach has been exposed to the action 
of ordinary alcohol, is a mixture of two of these 
resins. In Australia and Tasmania Callitris-trees 
grow in vast numbers, and produce a sandarach 
which is almost colorless, having highly refractive 
power, and a pleasant aromatic odor; becoming 
dark by age, and sometimes assuming a superficial 
mealiness. This Australian sandarach softens 
easily, but does not melt in boiling water, is gritty 
to the touch, and can scarcely he distinguished from 
the African drug. {P. J. Tr., Jan. 1890.) For an 
elaborate description of Australian sandarach, see 
also A. J. P., 1896, 215. Sandarach was formerly 
given internally, and entered into the composition 
of various ointments and plasters. At present it is 
used chiefly as a varnish and as incense; its powder 
{Pounce) is rubbed upon paper to prevent ink from 
spreading after letters have been scratched out. 
SANICULA MARYLANDICA. L. Sanicle. 
Sanicle, Fr. Sanikel, G. The root of this indig- 
enous umbellifer is popularly known in some parts 
of the country by the name of black snakeroot. It 
is fibrous and of an aromatic taste, and, according 
to C. I. Houck {A. J. P., vol. xiv. 463), contains 
a volatile oil and a resin. It has been used in inter- 
mittent fever, and also in chorea by Dr. Zabriskie; 
dose of powder to children eight years old half a 
drachm three times a day. {Am. Journ. of Med. 
Sci , N. S., xii. 374.) 
SANOFORM. Di-iodo-methyl Salicylate. 
/COOCHg 
CeII2-OH . This substance is obtained by 
the action of iodine on methyl salicylate. (Oil of 
Wintergreen.) It is a crystalline, colorless, odor- 
less, and tasteless powder, permanent in the light 
and air, and melting at 110° C. (230° F.), but may 
be heated up to 200° C. (392° F.) without decom- 
posing. It is soluble in 200 parts of cold or 10 parts 
of hot alcohol, and readily in ether, chloroform, 
benzol, and carbon disulphide, but very insoluble in 
water or glycerin. It contains 62-7 per cent, of 
iodine. It forms with caustic alkalies salts which 
are sparingly soluble in water. 
Sanoform, first introduced as a substitute for 
iodoform by A. Arnheim, would appear to afford 
an efficient antiseptic dressing for wounds. As it 
remains unchanged at high temperatures, it is 
readily sterilized, whilst its odorlessness gives it a 
great advantage over iodoform. Its absorption is 
extremely slow, as it does not appear in the urine 
after having been administered hypodermically 
until twenty-four hours have elapsed, and does not 
entirely disappear until after fourteen days. It is 
seemingly, therefore, less poisonous than iodoform. 
It may be used as a dusting powder or in the manu- 
facture of a 10 per cent, gauze which can be steril- 
ized by heating; or a 1 per cent, solution in col- 
lodion, or a 10 per cent, ointment may be employed. 
It has'been employed with satisfaction in ophthal- 
mic surgery bv ltadziejewski and by Jacobsohn. 
SANTOLINA. A composite plant, Santolina 
chamcecyparissus, is stated to have long been used 
popularly against the round worm in Scotland. It 
has been analyzed by Mr. T. Mahen {P. J. Tr., 
xvi. 301), who finds in it a volatile oil and a con- 
siderable percentage of resin, with a bitter principle, 
which he believes to be an alkaloid and the active 
principle of the drug. The decoction of the plant 1788 
Santoninoxime.—Saponaria Officinalis. 
PART II. 
may be made by boiling half an ounce in a pint of 
water for half an hour, straining and making up to 
a pint. It is given in doses of five ounces to adults 
and half that quantity to children, repeated for four 
mornings, and then followed by a brisk cathartic. 
SANTONINOXIME. C16H1302.N.0I1. This 
substance was first prepared in 1889 by P. Guici 
(Oazz. Chim. xix. 367) by digesting at nearly 80° 0. 
for three days five parts of santonin, four parts of 
hydroxylamme hydrochloride, fifty parts of strong 
alcohol, and four parts of precipitated calcium car- 
bonate. It crystallizes in white silky needles, melts 
at about 217° C., is very slightly soluble in hot 
water, and turns the plane of polarized light to the 
left. Coppola states that this substance is a safe 
and reliable substitute for santonin, to be given in 
doses about three times as large. 
SAPINDUS. Various tropical plants belonging 
to this genus of the Sapindacese contain saponin, 
and are largely used for cleansing purposes. Thus, 
in India are employed the pulp of the fruit of 
the Sapindus detergens, Roxb. (now S. mukorossi, 
Gsertn.), the capsules of S. emarginatusVahl. (now 
S. trifoliatus, L.), the berries of S. laurifolius,\ ahl. 
(now S. trifoliatus, L.), and in South America the 
oil and seed-vessels of S. saponaria. (P. J. Tr., 1871, 
585.) For the properties of saponin, see Saponaria 
officinalis, below. 
SAPONARIA OFFICINALIS. L. Soapwort. 
Saponaire, Savonniere, Fr. Seifenwurzel, G. (Nat. 
ord. Caryophyllaceas.) A perennial herbaceous 
plant, growing wild in this country in the vicinity 
of cultivation, but probably introduced from Eu- 
rope. It is commonly known by the vulgar name 
of bouncing bet. It is one or two feet high, with 
smooth, lanceolate leaves, and clusters of conspicu- 
ous whitish or slightly purplish flowers, which 
appear in July and August. The root and leaves 
are employed. They are inodorous, and of a taste 
at first bitterish and slightly sweetish, afterwards 
somewhat pungent, continuing long, and leaving a 
slight sense of numbness on the tongue. They im- 
part to water the property of forming a lather when 
agitated, like a solution of soap, whence the name 
of the plant was derived. This property, as well as 
the medical virtues of the plant, resides in saponin, 
C3oII64Oia. This principle constitutes, according 
to Bucholz, its discoverer, 34 per cent, of the dried 
root, which contains also a considerable quantity 
of gum and a little bassorin, resin, and altered 
extractive, besides lignin and water. Saponin is 
obtained, though not absolutely pure, by treating 
the watery extract with alcohol and evaporating. 
When thoroughly purified (see A. J. P., 1884, 274), 
it is a very white, amorphous, inodorous powder, 
which excites sneezing when inhaled by the nostrils, 
has a pungent, disagreeable taste, and is poisonous. 
It is soluble in water and official alcohol, but is 
insoluble in anhydrous alcohol, ether, and the vola- 
tile oils. Although a glucoside, according to Lau- 
tenbach [Journ. Nerv. and Ment. Dis., 1879, 433), 
it unites with sulphuric acid to form long acicular 
crystals. Its aqueous solution froths when agitated. 
It is decomposed by dilute acids, though with some 
difficulty, into sapogenin, C14H2gOg, and sugar, 
or, according to Schiaparelli (A. J. P., 1884, 275), 
into saponetin, C40IIeeO16, and sugar, according to 
the reaction: 2C32H64018 -f 3H20 = C4<)Hee016 + 
4CeII12 Stiitz [Ann. der Phar. und Chem., 218, 
250) studied the saponin from Quillaja saponaria, 
and, after purifying his preparation and making a 
series of acetyl derivatives therefrom, was led to 
give the formula C19H30010 to saponin. It has 
been found in various plants, as different species 
of Silene, Dianthus, Lychnis, and Anagallis, in 
Acacia concinna, Acacia delibrata, Vaccaria vulgaris, 
Agrostemma githago. [Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., 
x. 339; also P. J. Tr., 1871, 585; Australian 
Journ. Pharm., 1887.) According to Augustine 
Henry, there are at least eleven species of trees 
whose products are used in China for washing pur- 
poses and probably contain saponin, which is also 
found to the extent of 10 per cent, in the seeds of 
the Chinese tea-oil tree, and is left in such large 
proportion in the refuse after the extraction of the 
oil that the “ tea-seed cake” is used as a fish-poison. 
(.American Druggist, 1896.) In California the In- 
dian Soap Root (Chlorogallum pomeridianum) is 
much used for washing clothes: it probably con- 
tains saponin. When in diluted form saponin is 
irritant to all tissues, and when concentrated it 
kills by its local action both muscular and nervous 
tissue. As was first discovered by H. Kohler, when 
injected into the leg of the frog in minute quantity 
it produces not only motor weakness but a rapid 
loss of sensibility, so that reflex movements can 
no longer be caused by irritating the foot. The 
paralysis seems to affect especially the peripheral 
nerve-endings, since irritation of the nerve-trunk, 
although incapable of causing contraction of the 
muscles supplied by it, elicits pain cries and other 
evidences of sensibility. Muscles with which sapo- 
nin comes in contact become unexcitable and pass 
into a condition resembling post-mortem rigidity. 
According to Kohler, this occurs without change in 
the microscopic structure, but Przybyszewski found 
that in the neighborhood of the injection where 
the saponin was abundant the muscles underwent 
structural changes similar to those of myositis. In 
the frog saponin produces not only local symptoms, 
but after a time wide-spread paralysis, with final 
arrest of the cardiac movements. Given internally 
to mammals it causes violent gastro-intestinal irri- 
tation, progressive loss of power, disturbance of 
respiration and circulation, and usually clonic and 
tonic convulsions, which are probably secondary to 
the perturbations of the cardiac and respiratory func- 
tions. Injected into the circulation in rabbits and 
dogs, according to the researches of Przybyszewski, 
it causes fall of the arterial pressure, with great 
disturbance of the respiration and finally cardiac 
arrest. According to Kohler, the action of the 
drug upon the heart is antagonistic to that of digi- 
talin, so that the application of sufficient quantities 
of saponin to the frog’s heart which has been 
arrested by the local application of digitalin will 
bring about a return of pulsations, whilst, on the 
other hand, digitalin is capable of putting aside 
cardiac arrest from saponin. The action of saponin 
upon the respiratory centres is very great, the in- 
jection of large doses being followed by immediate 
arrest of respiration, the heart continuing to beat 
for some time. As it exists in agrostemma seeds, 
saponin has several times caused death in the hu- 
man species. The symptoms have been headache, 
vertigo, vomiting, hot skin, rapid feeble pulse, 
progressive muscular weakness, and finally coma. 
Following out the experiments of Robert, Ulen- 
burg and Keppler tried saponin as a local anes- 
thetic, but found that it was not practically con- 
venient for use ; nor were the essays of Robert with 
the glucoside as an antipyretic more encouraging. PART II. 
Saprol.—Sassy Baric. 
Senega appears to depend upon saponin for what- 
ever expectorant virtues it may possess, and the use 
of quillaja bark has been strongly urged by Robert, 
(See Quillaja.) In Germany soap root has been 
used as a substitute for sarsaparilla in scrofulous, 
venereal, and cutaneous affections, and also by 
Andri in the form of inspissated juice, half an 
ounce a day, in gonorrhoea. The dose of the de- 
coction is set down as from two to four pints. For 
further information as to the physiological action 
of saponin, consult Husemann’s Pflanzenstoffe, 
second edition, and Schmidt's Jahrbucher, Bd. xxi., 
3, 13. 
According to Robert {Gaz. Med. de Paris, xiv. 
2, 1883), saponin of commerce is composed chiefly 
of two substances, quillaic acid and sapotoxin. For 
method of preparation, see Therap. Gaz., vol. ii. 
540. The quillaic acid is said to be extraordinarily 
poisonous, three-one-thousandths of a grain for 
each pound of body-weight injected into the veins 
of a cat being sufficient to cause death, although 
thirty grains administered bv the mouth are safely 
borne. 
SAPROL. Disinfection Oil. A mixture of 
crude cresols, containing pyridine bases and hydro- 
carbons, used for disinfecting purposes. As it is in- 
flammable, care should be exercised in its use. 
SARCOCOLLA. Sarcocolle, Fr. Fleischleim- 
gummi, Fischleimgummi, G. A peculiar vegetable 
product, exuding spontaneously from various spe- 
cies of the genus Pensea (nat. ord. Penaeacete), small 
shrubs growing at the Cape of Good Hope, in 
Ethiopia, Arabia, etc. It is in the form of small, 
roundish, irregular grains, sometimes agglutinated 
in masses, friable, opaque or semi-transparent, of a 
yellowish or brownish-red color, inodorous unless 
heated, when they have an agreeable smell, and of 
a peculiar, bitter, sweetish, and acrid taste. Sarco- 
colla, according to Pelletier, consists of 65-3 per 
cent, of a peculiar substance, considered by Dr. 
Thomson as holding an intermediate place between 
gum and sugar, and called sarcocollin, 
or pure sarcocolla, 4-6 of gum, 3-3 of a gelatinous 
matter having some analogy with bassorin, and 
26-8 of lignin, etc. It is said to be purgative, but 
at the same time to produce serious inconvenience 
by its acrid properties. The Arabian physicians 
used it internally ; and by the ancients it was em- 
ployed as an external application to wounds and 
ulcers, under the idea that it possessed the property 
of agglutinating the flesh, whence its name. 
SARRACENIA. Side-saddle Plant. Fly-trap. 
Pitcher Plant. Huntsman's Cup. Water Cup. 
Sarracenie, Fr., G. According to E. P. Porcher, 
the roots of Sarracenia flava, L., and S. vario- 
laris, Michx., have long been used in the Southern 
United States in dyspepsia, and are tonic, laxative, 
and diuretic. Sheppard found it to contain lignin, 
coloring matter, resin, an acid salt of lime, and 
probably an alkaloid. Dose of tincture (3;ii to Oi), 
a teaspoonful; of fluid extract, from ten to twenty 
minims. M. Stan. Martin asserts that he has 
found in the root,—1, an alkaloid which he pro- 
poses to name sarracenine; 2, a resin; 3, a yel- 
low coloring principle (probably identical with 
Schmidt’s sarracenic acid); 4, extractive; 5, sub- 
stances which constitute the framework of plants. 
Sarracenine is white, soluble in alcohol and ether, 
combines with acids to form salts, and with sul- 
phuric acid forms handsome needles, which are 
bitter, and communicate this taste to its menstrua. 
1789 
{Ann. de Therap., 1866, 73.) E. Schmidt, how- 
ever, found no alkaloid, but discovered sarracenic 
acid. (A. J. P., 1872, 213.) 
SASSA GUM. This name has been applied by 
Guibourt to a gum, occasionally brought into market 
from the East, and answering to Bruce’s descrip- 
tion of the product of a tree which he calls sassa. 
According to Guibourt’s description, it is in mam- 
millary masses, or in convoluted pieces resembling 
an. mmonite, of a reddish color and somewhat 
shining surface, and more transparent than traga- 
canth. Its taste is like that of tragacanth, but 
slightly acrid. When introduced into water it 
becomes white, softens, and swells to four or five 
times its original bulk ; but it preserves its shape, 
neither, like tragacanth, forming a mucilage, nor, 
like Bassora gum, separating into distinct flocculi. 
It is rendered blue by iodine. 
SASSY BARK. Mancona Bark. Saucy Bark. 
Ecorce de Man$oine, Fr. Manconarinde, G. This 
bark is interesting chiefly from its employment by 
the natives of Western Africa as an ordeal in their 
trials for witchcraft or sorcery. This bark was first 
studied by C. A. Santos {A. J. P., 1849, xxi. 97), 
and subsequently by Procter {Ibid., xxiii. 301, 
xxiv. 195), who proposed the name of Erythro- 
phleum judiciale for the tree yielding it. The tree 
had, however, been previously described under two 
specific names, having been noted in Hooker’s 
Niger Flora (p. 329) as the Erythrophleumguineense 
of Den, and being also the Fillcea suaveolens of 
Guillemin and Perottet’s Flora of Senegal. It is a 
large tree with spreading branches, doubly pinnated 
leaves, floAvers in spike-like racemes, and legumi- 
nous fruit. The bark is in pieces more or less 
curved, with or without epidermis, in the former 
case somewhat fissured externally, of a dull red 
color diversified by whitish spots, brittle, presenting 
when cut transversely numerous fawn-colored spots 
surrounded by reddish-brown tissue, nearly inodor- 
ous, and of an astringent taste.* Gallois and Hardy 
obtained the poisonous principle erythrophleine by 
making an alcoholic extract of the bark, exhausting 
this with water, evaporating, rendering this extract 
alkaline with ammonia, and treating with acetic 
ether. The alkaloid is a colorless, crystalline solid, 
soluble in water, acetic ether, alcohol, and amylic 
alcohol, insoluble in chloroform, benzin, and ether. 
In contact with sulphuric acid and black man- 
ganese oxide, a violet color (less intense than that 
produced with strychnine) is developed. Harnack 
and Zabrocki {Arch. f. Exper. Path., xv. 404) 
also prepared erythrophloeine, and by the action 
of hydrochloric acid upon it obtained an acid they 
call erythrophloeic acid, and a volatile alkaloid they 
call man$onine. The bark yields its virtues to 
water. 
According to the observations of Savage, made 
in Africa {Charleston Med. Journ., 1859), sassy 
bark produces in the natives a feeling of con- 
striction in the fauces, attended by prickling, and 
followed by numbness, with, after a toxic dose, 
stricture across the brow, severe pain in the head, 
coma, and death. The physiological action of ery- 
throphleine has been studied by various observers, 
especially by E. Harnack and R. D. Zabrocki, 
* A comprehensive description of sassy bark is given in 
the Commentar zur oesterreichischen Pharmacopoeia, 1880, by 
Prof. Vogel; while in the Resume, de la Matiere Medicate et 
Toxicologique Colonialc, by Messrs. Corre and Lejuanne, the 
plant, fruits, seeds, etc., are carefully illustrated. 1790 
Satureia Hortensis.—Scolopendrium Scolopodendrium. 
substance, bergenin. It is obtained by boiling the 
stems of the plants with absolute alcohol, after the 
tannin has been removed by ether. It crystallizes 
in alcohol, has a bitter taste, melts at 140° C., and 
burns up completely at 300° C. It is soluble in 
167 parts of 90 per cent, alcohol and in 830 parts 
of water, but is more soluble in these liquids at a 
boiling temperature; it is faintly acid to litmus, 
and is not changed by treatment with dilute sul- 
phuric or hydrochloric acid, but by dilute nitric 
acid is converted into oxalic acid. Concentrated 
sulphuric arid decomposes it. Its formula is given 
as C6H30a,H20. Bergenin is asserted to be inter- 
mediate in its action between salicylic acid and 
quinine. {Arch. d. Pharm., 1881, 293.) The rhi- 
zome of the Saxifraga ligulata, Wall., which is 
used in India in dysentery, has been found by 
David Hooper to contain about 16 per cent, of 
gallic and tannic acids, but no other active prin- 
ciples. (P. J. Tr., Aug. 1888.) 
SCHINUS MOLLE. L. (Nat. ord. Anacar- 
diaceae.) The pepper-tree of South America yields 
a berry the size of a pea, having a flavor of a mix- 
ture of pepper and fennel. It has been introduced 
as a shade-tree in Southern California. (A. J. P., 
1896, 215.) Schimmel & Co. examined the volatile 
oil distilled from the berries; it had the sp. gr. 
0-850, the odor of phellandrene, and was soluble 
in alcohol. {Pharm. Rev., 1897,114.) It has been 
used successfully in gonorrhoea as a substitute for 
cubebs. The leaves, bark, and gum-resinous exu- 
dation have been employed medicinally. (See A. 
J. P., 1866, 1885, 1890; also P. J. TV., 1887.) 
SCHLEICH’S ANAESTHESIA MIXTURE. 
In 1895 Schleich proposed the use of an anaesthetic 
mixture based upon the theory that the ideal anaes- 
thetic should have a boiling point as near as pos- 
sible to the temperature of the human body, so 
that elimination should take place from the lungs 
as rapidly as possibly, with consequent immediate 
awakening from unconsciousness. Schleich’s mix- 
tures, three in number, are,— 
Mixture No. 1. Boiling point, 100-4° F. Chloro- 
form, 45 C.c.; petrolic ether, 15 C.c.; sulphuric 
ether, 180 C.c. 
Mixture No. 2. Boiling point, 104° F. Chloro- 
form, 45 C.c. ; petrolic ether, 15 C.c. ; sulphuric 
ether, 150 C.c. 
Mixture No. 3. Boiling point, 107-6° F. Chloro- 
form, 30 C.c. ; petrolic ether, 15 C.c. ; sulphuric 
ether, 80 C.c. 
Of these mixtures No. 1 is the most evanes- 
cent and produces the briefest anaesthesia, whilst 
No. 3 is the most permanent in its action. 
The incorrectness of the assertion of Schleich, 
that benzin is a neutral diluent, has been demon- 
strated by Horatio C. Wood, Jr., in a series of ex- 
periments (Phila. Med. Journ., April, 1899), in 
which he proved that benzin acts both upon the 
heart and the vaso-motor system as a paralyzant, 
and that its effect upon the respiratory centre is 
even more powerful, while its anaesthetic influence 
is exceedingly feeble. It would appear, therefore, 
that the use of Schleich’s mixture is attended by 
more danger than is that of either chloroform or 
ether, a conclusion which seems to be borne out by 
the analysis of about one thousand reported cases 
made by Horatio C. Wood, Jr. 
SCOLOPENDRIUM SCOLOPEN- 
DRIUM. (L.) Karst. Asplenium Scotopendrium. 
Linn. Harts-tongue. The leaves of this fern, 
PART II. 
Gallois and Hardy, and Lauder Brunton, with re- 
sults which are fairly concordant. It has a very 
pronounced action upon the circulation, causing a 
slow strong pulse, with a rise in the arterial press- 
ure ; phenomena which are certainly in great part 
due to the direct action upon the ganglionic struc- 
ture or muscular fibre of the heart itself, but which 
are also seemingly in part produced by a stimu- 
lating influence upon the muscle-fibres or nerves in 
the walls of the arterioles. The action, therefore, of 
erythrophleine would seem to be very close to that 
of the digitalis principles. Purging was also noted 
as the result of an increased peristalsis, thought to 
be due to the local action of the poison. Vomiting 
is believed by Lauder Brunton to be the result of 
an influence upon the nerve-centres, because it oc- 
curs when the alkaloid is given hypodermically. 
In fatal poisoning in the lower animals, convul- 
sions are pronounced, and the respiration is also 
markedly affected. In 1888 Dr. L. Lewin asserted 
erythrophleine to be a powerful local anaesthetic, 
whose action is more pronounced than that of 
cocaine. His paper gave rise to an extraordinary 
controversy, the outcome of which appears to be 
that, although the alkaloid is possessed of not very 
active anaesthetic powers, it is for various reasons 
practically not useful. (See 17th ed. U. S. D., p. 
1739.) A solution of the strength of one-tenth of 
one per cent, is used as an application to the cornea. 
Germain See asserts [La Med. Moderne, Dec. 
1891) that, although sassy bark does not act well 
upon the heart, it gives great relief in dyspnoea, 
the number of respirations being lessened and the 
inspirations being extraordinarily increased in size. 
He gave of the alkaloid from to of a grain 
(0 0015-0-002 Gm.) ; of the extract, from T to 
of a grain (0-015-0-02 Gm.). • 
SATUREIA HORTENSIS. L. Summer Sa- 
vory. S. Montana. Winter Savory. Sarriette, 
Pr. Saturei, Bohnenkraut, G. Annual labiate 
plants, resembling thyme in odor and flavor, grow- 
ing spontaneously in the south of Europe, and cul- 
tivated in our gardens as culinary herbs. 
SAURURUS CERNUUS. L. Lizard's Tail. 
(Nat. ord. Saururacese.) D. L. Phares, of New- 
tonia, Miss., considers this indigenous swamp plant 
“ laxative, antispasmodic, sedative, and slightly 
astringent;” useful in irritation of the kidneys, 
bladder, prostate, and urinary passages generally. 
The dose of the strong infusion was, with the plant 
either fresh or dried, from one to four ounces every 
fifteen or thirty minutes, or three or four times a 
day. (A. J. P., 1867, 468.) 
SAW PALMETTO. Serenoa Serrulata. 
Hook. f. The fruit of this palm, growing in the 
Southeastern United States, was investigated by 
Coblentz (Proc. New Jersey Pharm. Assoc., 1895, 
45). He found in the pulp of the berries a volatile 
oil, fixed oil, fat, an alkaloid, resin, dextrin, and 
glucose ; the seeds contained 12T2 per cent, of fixed 
oil. Sieker (Pharm. Rev., 1897, 113) examined the 
fixed oil: the sp. gr. was 0-9138, and it was soluble 
in alcohol, ether, and benzin. It is reported sed- 
ative, diuretic, tonic, and expectorant, and is used 
in phthisis and chronic bronchitis, also in sexual 
impotence. Dose of the fluid extract, from one to 
two fluidrachms (3-69-7-4 C.c.). 
SAXIFRAGA. Garreau and Machelast have 
isolated from different species of Saxifraga (S. 
cordifolia, Haw. (now S. crassifolia. L.), and S. 
crassi/olia, L. and others) a crystallizable bitter PART II. 
Scrophularia Nodosa.—Senecio. 
1791 
which is indigenous both in Europe and America, 
have a sweetish, mucilaginous, and slightly astrin- 
gent taste, and, when rubbed, a disagreeable oily 
odor. They were used as a deobstruent in visceral 
affections, as an astringent in hemorrhages and 
fluxes, and as a demulcent in pectoral complaints. 
SCROPHULARIA NODOSA. L. Figwort. 
Scrofula Plant. Scrofulaire, Fr. Kropfwurz, 
Knotenwurz, G. (Nat. ord. Scrophulariacese.) 
This European plant has become abundantly natu- 
ralized in America. Its leaves have when fresh a 
rank fetid odor, and a bitter, somewhat acid taste; 
but these properties are diminished by drying. 
Water extracts their virtues, forming a reddish 
infusion, which is blackened by ferric sulphate. 
For histological study of root, see P. J. Tr., 1896. 
Walz has obtained from them two proximate prin- 
ciples, which he names respectively scrophularin 
and scrophularosmin. (Mayer, A. J. P., 1863. 295.) 
Figwort leaves were formerly considered tonic, 
diuretic, diaphoretic, discutient, anthelmintic, etc.; 
useful in scrofula and as a local application in 
hemorrhoids. Van der Moer [P. J. Tr., 1896) 
affirms that the seeds are toxic, belonging to the 
digitalis group. 
SECALE CEREALE. L. Rye. (Nat. ord. 
Gramineae.) Syria, Armenia, and the southern 
provinces of Russia have been severally indicated 
as the native country of rye. The plant is now 
cultivated in all temperate latitudes. The grains 
consist, according to Einhof, of 24-2 per cent, of 
envelope, 65-6 of flour, and 10-2 of water. The 
average composition of rye as a cereal may be thus 
stated : fat, 1-43 per cent. ; starch, 61-87 per cent. ; 
sugar (as sucrose), 4-30 per cent. ; albumen (in- 
soluble in alcohol), 9-78 per cent. ; nitrogenous 
matter (soluble in alcohol), 5-09 per cent.; cellu- 
lose, 3-23 per cent.; mineral matter, 1-85 per cent.; 
moisture, 12-45 per cent. (Sadtler, Ind. Org. Chem., 
162.) Rye flour has been much used, in the dry 
state, as an external application to erysipelatous 
inflammation and other eruptive affections, the 
burning and unpleasant tingling of which it tends 
to allay, while it absorbs the irritating secretions. 
In the form of mush it is an excellent laxative 
article of diet, and, mixed with molasses, it may 
be given with great advantage in hemorrhoids and 
prolapsus ani, connected with constipation. Rye 
carbonized by heat, with exclusion of the air, has 
been highly recommended as a tooth-powder. 
SEDATIN, Para-valerylphenetidine, is made 
by the action of phenetidine hydrochlorate upon 
sodium valerate; it occurs in fine crystals. It is 
soluble in hot alcohol, sparingly soluble in ether, 
chloroform, and benzin. It is said to act like anti- 
pyrin. 
SEDUM ACRE. L. Biting Stone-crop. Wall 
Pepper. Small Houseleek. Mossy Stone-crop. Jou- 
barbe acre, Poivre des Murailles, Fr. Mauerpfeffer, 
Steinkraut, G. (Nat. ord. Crassulacese.) This 
European plant has escaped to some extent from 
the gardens and grows wild in New England. 
Taken internally it vomits and purges, and ap- 
plied to the skin produces inflammation and vesi- 
cation. The fresh herb and the expressed juice 
have been used as an antiscorbutic, emetic, cathar- 
tic, and diuretic, and have been applied locally to 
old ulcers, warts, and other excrescences. Other 
species are less acrid, and are even eaten as salad 
in some parts of Europe. Such are Sedum rupestre, 
L.. and S. album, L. S. telephium, L., was formerly 
employed externally to cicatrize wounds, and in- 
ternally as an astringent in dysentery and hcemopty- 
sis, and is still esteemed by the common people in 
France as a vulnerary. M. Ernst Mylius found in 
100 parts of Sedum acre 2-2 parts of a soft, not acid 
resin, 12-80 parts of uncrystallizable sugar, and 
12-40 parts of a soft acid resin, besides an alkaloid 
and inert substance. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., 
xvii. 81.) 
SELENIUM. Se. 78-87. This widely distrib- 
uted element, discovered hy Berzelius in 1817, be- 
longs to the sulphur group, and its compounds occur 
in nature associated with sulphur compounds. It is 
most conveniently extracted from the lead chamber 
deposits of the sulphuric acid works. The physio- 
logical actions of the compounds of this metal have 
not been widely studied, but Chabrie and Sepicque 
(Compt.-Rend., cx.) have shown that selenious acid 
is an irritant poison. 
SELINUM PALUSTRE. L. (Now Peuceda- 
num palustre, Moench.) Marsh Parsley. Persil 
de Marais, Fr. Radix Olsnitii. Sumpfsilge, Else- 
nich, G. The root of this European umbellifer is, 
when dried, of a brown color externally, having a 
strong aromatic odor, and an acrid pungent, aro- 
matic taste. Peschier found it to contain a volatile 
oil, a fixed oil, and a peculiar acid which he calls 
selinic. It has been used for epilepsy in Russia. 
Dose, from twenty to thirty grains (1-29-1-94 
Gm.) thrice daily, rapidly increased to four times 
the amount. [Journ. de Pharm., 1859.) 
SEMPERVIVUMTECTORUM. L. Common 
Houseleek. Grande Joubarbe, Fr. Hauswurz, 
Dachwurz, G. (Nat. ord. Crassulaceas.) In Europe 
the bruised recent leaves of this plant are em- 
ployed as a cooling application to burns and other 
external inflammations. The juice is said to cure 
warts. 
SENECIO. Various species of this genus 
of the nat. ord. Composite are believed to possess 
medical properties. Senecio vulgaris, L., Common 
Groundsel, Sene$on, Fr., Kreutzkraut, Jacobskraut, 
G., an annual European plant, introduced into 
this country, and growing in cultivated grounds, 
is used by the common people in amenorrhcea and, 
when bruised, as an external application to painful 
swellings and ulcers. A. Grandval and H. Lajoux 
( Union Medicale du Nord-est, xix. 1895) state that 
they have separated from it two crystalline alka- 
loids,—senecionine, C18H2,,NOe, and senecine. The 
same investigators [Ibid.) have found the two alka- 
loids present in smaller quantity in the European 
species, Senecio jacobcea, L. Wiet [Ibid.) finds 
that senecionine paralyzes both the motor and 
sensory fibres of the peripheral nerves. 
The North American species, S. aureus, L., or 
ragwort, which is said by Schoepf to have been a 
favorite vulnerary with the Indians, is believed by 
the “ eclectics” to he an effective emmenagogue and 
diuretic, also having the power of regulating both 
the uterine and renal functions when in any way 
disordered. Wm. Murrell [Med. Press and Circu- 
lar, April, 1894) classes senecio with pulsatilla in 
therapeutic action. In doses of a fluidrachm three 
or four times a day the fluid extract has been highly 
commended by F. Gundrum in the treatment of 
hmnaturia, haemoptysis, and other internal hemor- 
rhages. 
The rhizomes of the Mexican species, Senecio gray- 
anus, Hemsl., and Senecio cervmricefolius, Hemsl., 
constitute maturin, the plants being known as mata- 1792 
Sethia A cuminata. —Simaruba. 
PART II. 
rique, maturin, or guereha. They produce rise of 
temperature, dilatation of the pupil, and violent 
tetanic spasms. Henckel states that they contain 
a glucoside resembling digitalin. (A. J. P., Jan. 
1891 ; also Nouveaux Rem., 1888, and P. J. Tr., 
March, 1889.) Senecin of the “eclectics” is a 
preparation made by precipitating the tincture 
with water, and must not be confounded with the 
pure active principle. The whole plant is used in 
decoction or infusion, which may be taken freely. 
SETHIA ACUMINATA. The juice of this 
Ceylon plant or the powdered leaves—dose, fifteen 
grains (0-9 Gm.)—are affirmed to be an efficient 
vermifuge. (P. J. Tr., April 7, 1883.) 
SHEPHERDIA ARGENTEA. Nutt. (Now 
Lepargyrea argentea, Greene; also (Nutt.) Greene.) 
Buffalo Berry. Bull. Berry. Grains de Boeuf, Fr. 
The acidulous fruit of this plant, of the nat. ord. 
Elseagnacese, produced in great profusion in the 
region of the upper Missouri, is largely used as an 
article of food. According to Henry Trimble, they 
contain a little more acid than currants. (A. J. P., 
Dec. 1888.) 
SIDA. Sida rhombifolia. L. Queensland hemp 
(nat. ord. Malvaceae), Jelly leaf, is largely used 
in Australia as a demulcent. It contains a large 
quantity of mucilage. Sida floribunda, H. B. K. 
(now S. paniculata, L.), of Peru, which also con- 
tains a large quantity of mucilage, is said by Dr. 
M. Martinet to be a very active vermifuge, owing 
its powers, probably, to the extremely minute but 
very resisting spines which cover its leaves, the 
part used. 
SIEGESBECKIA ORIENTALIS. L. (Nat. 
ord. Composite.) This plant is used in the Mau- 
ritius Islands in syphilis, leprosy, and various skin 
diseases. A white, crystalline principle, darutyne, 
has been discovered in it by M. L. Auffray. (P. J. 
Tr., vol. xvi. 1047 ; also Brit. Med. Journ., June 
25, 1887.) 
SIENNA. Terra di Sienna. An argillaceous 
mineral, compact, of a fine texture, very light, 
smooth, and glossy, of a yellowish-brown or coffee 
color, leaving a dull orange trace when moistened 
and drawn over paper. By calcination it assumes 
a reddish-brown color, and is then called burnt 
sienna. In both the raw and burnt states it is used 
in painting. The best sienna is brought from Italy, 
but an inferior kind is found in England. 
SILENE VIRGINICA. L. (Nat. ord. Cary- 
ophyllaceae.) Catchfly. Wild Pink. The wild 
pink of West Virginia and the Carolinas was con- 
sidered by the Indians poisonous, and by Prof. 
Barton an anthelmintic. 
SILEX, PULVERIZED. Silex Contritus. 
Bond. Silicic Acid. For mechanical purposes, in 
the making of aromatic waters, etc., the London 
Pharmacopoeia formerly recognized under the name 
of Silex Contritus powdered quartz ; but at present 
magnesium carbonate is universally employed. 
For details, see 17th ed. U. S. D., p. 1741. 
Pulverized silex is a harsh, white, tasteless pow- 
der, insoluble in water and most other solvents. 
Its sp. gr. is 2-66. In composition it is a silicic 
oxide, SiO„. Silicon is a non-metallic element, 
which has been obtained in three allotropic states, 
called amorphous, graphitoidal, and octahedral 
silicon ; the first corresponding to charcoal, the 
second to graphite, and the third to diamond. The 
octahedral crystallizes like diamond with curved 
facets, is hard enough to scratch glass but not 
topaz, and has the sp. gr. 2-49. Pure silica is 
easily prepared by acidulating commercial solution 
of sodium silicate with hydrochloric acid, heating 
and evaporating, and washing the precipitated 
silica. 
SILPHIUM LACINIATUM. L. Polar 
Plant. (Nat. ord. Composite.) The rosin weed, 
or compass plant, of Ohio, yields an oleoresin, 
which is said to be used in making chewing gum. 
(A. J. P., 1881, 487.) 
SIMARUBA. Under this name the U. S. P. 
formerly recognized the bark of the root of S. 
officinalis, D. C. (now S. amara, Aubl.). Ecorce 
de simarouba, Fr. Simarubarinde, Ruhrrinde, G. 
Corteccia di Simaruba, It. Corteza de Simaruba, 
Sp. (Nat. ord. Simarubeae.) It is a tree of con- 
siderable height and thickness, having alternate 
branches, with a bark which in the old tree 
is black and somewhat furrowed, in the young 
is smooth, gray, and marked here and there 
with broad yellow spots. The leaves are al- 
ternate and abruptly pinnate, with a naked 
petiole, to which the leaflets are alternately at- 
tached by short footstalks. The leaflets are nearly 
elliptical, on the upper surface deep green, on the 
under whitish. The flowers are j-ellow, dioecious, 
and in long axillary panicles. According to Dr. 
Wright, the male and female flowers in Jamaica 
are never found on the same tree. 
The tree is found in the West Indies and Guiana. 
In Jamaica it is called the mountain damson. 
Simaruba amara of Aublet, which grows in Guiana, 
and has generally been considered identical with 
Quassia Simaruba, L., is believed by Havne to he a 
distinct species, the Jamaica plant having dioe- 
cious, while this has apparently monoecious flowers. 
The bark of the root is the part employed, the 
wood itself being nearly tasteless and inert. 
The bark of the root of S. officinalis, Macf. 
(found in Jamaica, St. Domingo, Bahama Islands, 
Panama, Guatemala, and Florida), and S. amara, 
Aubl. (found in French Guiana and the islands of 
Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, and 
Barbadoes in the West Indies), contain in the mid- 
dle bark quantities of resin. A decoction of the 
bark and leaves of S. versicolor, St.-Hil. (Cortex 
Paraihae), is employed in Brazil as an antidote for 
snake-bites and in the treatment of syphilis and 
tapeworm; the powder is used against vermin. 
Simaruba bark is in long pieces, some inches in 
breadth, folded lengthwise, light, flexible, tena- 
cious, very fibrous, externally of a light brownish- 
yellow color, rough, warty, and marked with 
transverse ridges, internally of a pale yellow. It 
is without smell, and of a bitter taste. It readily 
imparts its virtues, at ordinary temperatures, to 
water and alcohol. The infusion is at least 
equally bitter with the decoction, which becomes 
turbid as it cools. Its constituents, according to 
M. Morin, are a bitter principle identical with 
quassin, C10H12O3, a resinous matter, a volatile oil 
having the odor of benzoin, malic acid, gallic acid 
in very minute proportion, an ammoniacal salt, 
calcium malate and oxalate, some mineral salts, 
ferric oxide, silica, ulmin, and lignin. Simaruba 
possesses the same tonic properties as other simple 
bitters. In large doses it is said to purge and 
vomit. On account of its difficult pulverization, 
it is seldom given in substance. The best mode of 
administration is by infusion. The dose is from a 
scruple to a drachm (1-296-3-88 Gm.). PART II. 
Simulo.—Sodii Sv.lph obenzoas. 
SIMULO. The dried fruit of one of the Cap- 
pariscorriacece has been highly recommended by 
reputable clinicians as a palliative in epilepsy; 
also in chorea. (See Therap. Gaz., 1888, 1889, and 
Therap. Monatssch., Aug. 1888.) 
SIROLIN. A preparation of beech tar con- 
taining a large proportion of guaiacol. It has 
been used in the same class of pulmonic diseases 
as creosote. The adult dose is one teaspoonful 
(3-8 C.c.). 
SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE. Scop.; also 
(L.) Scop. Erysimum officinale. L. Hedge Mustard. 
Herbe aux chantres, Tortelle, Fr. Wildersenf, 
Hederich, G. (Nat. ord. Cruciferaa.) This annual, 
growing in Europe and the United States, is said to 
be diuretic and expectorant, and has been recom- 
mended in chronic coughs, hoarseness, and ulcera- 
tion of the mouth and fauces. The juice of the 
plant may be used mixed with honey or sugar, or 
the seeds may be taken in substance. Sisymbrium 
sophia, or the flax weed, was formerly otficial. It 
is of a pungent odor when rubbed, and of an acrid 
biting taste. W. Zopf attributes its poisonous 
qualities to a volatile alkaloid. (Zeit.f. Nat. Pharm. 
Central., 1894, 494.) The herb has been used ex- 
ternally in indolent ulcers, and the seeds internally 
in worms, calculous complaints, etc. Sisymbrium 
murale, L. (Diplot ax is muralis, D. C.), has been 
used in France in scurvy, scrofula, and other 
cachectic affections, especially associated, in the 
form of a syrup, with potassium iodide. (Ann. de 
Therap., 1863, 126.) 
SIUM NODIFLORUM.L. (Now Apiumnodi- 
florum, Reichb. f.) Water parsnip. A perennial 
umbelliferous, aquatic European plant, growing 
also in tbe southern section of the United States. 
It is commonly considered poisonous ; but the fresh 
juice has been used by Withering and others, in 
the dose of three or four ounces every morning, for 
scrofulous lymphadenitis and obstinate skin dis- 
eases. Slum latifolium of American authors (now 
S. acutcefolium, Gmel.), which grows in Europe 
and the United States, particularly along the water- 
courses of the valleys of the Pacific slope, and is 
the hemlock water-parsnip of this country, is posi- 
tively asserted to be poisonous. A. R. Porter and 
N. Rogers (A. J. P., 1876, 348, 483) found in it an 
active resinous body, toxic to animals. S. sisarum, 
L., or skirret, a plant of Chinese origin, cultivated 
in Europe, has a sweetish, somewhat aromatic root; 
it is employed as a salad, and is supposed to be a 
useful diet in chest complaints. 
SKIN VARNISHES. Prof. Unna has arranged 
a series of preparations for forming thin coverings 
on the skin. We reproduce the most important 
formulas. 
Bassorin Varnish. The pure hassorin basis is 
obtained, according to Elliot, by filtering tragacanth 
mucilage (15 to 100) in a filter heated by steam, 
evaporating, and mixing with glycerin. A similar 
basis may be prepared by stirring five parts pow- 
dered salep with ninety-five parts cold water until 
a smooth mucilage is obtained, then heating for 
half an hour on the steam-bath. Tbe salep basis 
contains less bassorin, but more starch. 
Casein Varnish. The casein obtained by coagu- 
lating skimmed milk with rennet at a temperature 
of from 35° to 40° C. is washed and dried until it 
forms a yellowish-white sandy powder soluble in 
alkaline solution. In preparing the casein varnish 
this casein is dissolved by means of borax. For 20 
parts casein 2-5 parts borax and 77-5 parts water 
furnish a rapidly drying uniform covering mate- 
rial. The alkaline characters of the borax are 
masked by the casein. Admixtures of heavy pul- 
verulent substances readily settle out of this basis, 
and it is requisite to distribute them by shaking. 
A varnish of casein and glycerin is prepared by dis- 
solving the casein in 3 or 3-5 parts of ammonia, 
adding a quantity of glycerin equal in weight to the 
casein, and heating to drive oft’the ammonia. The 
resulting mass mixed with twice its weight of boil- 
ing water gives an excellent permanent emulsion. 
Amber Varnish. Made by dissolving a mixture 
of amber and turpentine in alcohol. It must not 
be used as a vehicle for the application of zinc 
oxide. 
Castor Oil and Shellac Varnish. With 1 part 
shellac, \\ parts castor oil, and 3 parts alcohol, a 
varnish is obtained which forms a good flexible 
covering easily removed by alcohol. 
Canada Balsam and Collodion Varnish. Sixteen 
parts collodion with 1 part Canada balsam gives a 
material suitable for the application of pyrogallol, 
and it can be easily removed by alcohol. 
Castor Oil and Collodion Varnish. Eight parts 
collodion and 1 part castor oil. 
Lead Ricinoleate Varnish. One part lead oxide 
heated with 1J parts castor oil to saponification, 
and mixed with 2 parts absolute alcohol, gives a 
good skin varnish. 
Chrysarobin Amber Varnish. One part chrysa- 
robin and 20 parts amber dissolved in turpentine. 
Pyrogallol Shellac Varnish. One part pyrogallol, 
1 part castor oil, 5 parts shellac, and 15 parts abso- 
lute alcohol. 
Salicylic Acid, Canada Balsam, and Collodion 
Varnish. One part Canada balsam, 10 parts col- 
lodion, and 3 parts salicylic acid. 
Zinc Oxide, Castor Oil, and Collodion Varnish. 
Two parts zinc oxide, 2 parts castor oil, and 16 
parts collodion. 
Zinc and Lead Ricinoleate Varnish. Five parts 
lead ricinoleate, 8 parts zinc oxide, 8 parts absolute 
alcohol, and, lastly, 1 part each of collodion and 
ether. 
Ichthyol Borax Casein Varnish. Five parts so- 
dium ichthyolate and 15 parts borax casein varnish. 
Sulphur Glycerin Casein Varnish. Five parts 
sulphur and 15 parts glycerin and casein varnish. 
Zinc Oxide Salepbassorin Varnish. Two parts 
zinc oxide and 18 parts salepbassorin varnish. 
Zinc Ichthyol Tragacanth Bassorin Varnish. One 
part sodium ichthyolate, 2 parts zinc oxide, and 17 
parts tragacanth bassorin varnish. 
SMALT. Smalts. Azure. When the impure 
cobaltic oxide, obtained bjT roasting the native ar- 
senide of that metal, is heated with sand and 
potassa, the mixture melts, and a beautiful blue 
glass results, which, when reduced to powder, 
forms smalt or azure. It is used chiefly in paint- 
ing, and for coloring glass and porcelain. 
SODII OLEAS. Eunatrol. Sodium oleate is 
a white powder, dissolving freely in water and 
alcohol. According to F. Blum (Der arztl. Prak- 
tiker, 1897), it has a very powerful action upon the 
liver, making it very useful in cases of gall-stones 
and chronic hepatic torpor. Dose, from thirty to 
eightv grains (1-9-5-2 Gm.) daily in capsules. 
SODII SULPHOBENZOAS. CeH4(NaSOs) 
COONa. M. Heckel (Compt.-Rend., cv. 896) as- 
serts that sodium sulphobenzoate is a non-poison- 1794 
Sodii Sulphoricinicum.—Sodium Ethylate. 
PART II. 
ous antiseptic, superior to carbolic acid, and equal 
to mercurial solution in the antiseptic treatment 
of wounds : strength of solution about fifty grains 
in a quart. 
SODII SULPHORICINICUM. Sodium Sul- 
phoricinate. Solvin. Polysolve. C18H33OoOSOq. 
This is a clear yellow-brown syrup-like liquid, 
having a feeble alkaline reaction, which is used 
for the purpose of dissolving phosphorus, iodine, 
phenol, resorcin, naphtalin, and other substances 
making strongly antiseptic solutions. Of these 
preparations the only one of importance is the 
phenol sodium-sulphoricinicum, often incorrectly 
known as phenol sulphoricinicum. It is a yellow- 
brown, thick, syrupy liquid, strongly antiseptic 
and distinctly caustic. It is put upon the mar- 
ket in two forms, one containing 25 the other 
30 per cent, of phenol. First recommended by 
T. Heryng (Therap. Monat., 1896) as a local 
caustic application to papilloma and ulcers in the 
nasal and laryngeal passages, or diluted in various 
forms of chronic inflammation of the mucous mem- 
brane of the nose and larynx. These statements 
have been confirmed by various laryngologists. 
Przedborski finds it of very great service both in 
rhinitis atrophica and hypertrophica. 
SODII VALERIANAS. Sodium valerianate 
was dismissed from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia in 
1870, from the British Pharmacopoeia in 1898. 
The British process of its preparation is as follows : 
“ Take of Amylic Alcohol four fluidounces [Im- 
perial measure] ; Bichromate of Potassium nine 
ounces [avoirdupois] ; Sulphuric Acid six fluid- 
ounces and a half [Imp. meas.] ; Solution of Soda 
a sufficiency; Water half a gallon [Imp. meas.]. 
Dilute the Sulphuric Acid with ten fluidounces of 
the Water, and dissolve the Bichromate of Potas- 
sium in the remainder of the Water with the aid 
of heat. When both liquids are cold, mix them 
with the Amylic Alcohol in a retort or flask, with 
occasional brisk agitation, until the temperature of 
the mixture has fallen to about 90° F. (32-2° C.). 
Connect with a condenser, and distil until about 
half a gallon of liquid has passed over. Saturate 
the distilled liquid accurately with the Solution of 
Soda, remove any oily fluid which floats on the 
surface, evaporate till watery vapor ceases to escape, 
and then raise the heat cautiously so as to liquefy 
the salt. When the product has cooled and solidi- 
fied, break it into pieces, and immediately quit it 
into a stoppered bottle.” Br. 1885. 
The above process consists of two steps: first, 
the artificial formation of valerianic acid, and, 
second, the saturation of this acid with caustic soda. 
By distilling fusel oil with a mixture of sulphuric 
acid and potassium bichromate, valerianic acid is 
formed, and passes over with water. The change 
is effected by the oxidizing agency of the chromic 
acid of the bichromate; for when the amyl alcohol 
of the fusel oil loses two atoms of hydrogen by oxi- 
dation, and gains one of oxygen, it is converted 
into valerianic acid : thus, C6H120 -|-02 = C6H1002 
-[- H20. (See Potassii Bichromas and Alcohol Amyl- 
icum.) The distillate, by exact saturation with 
the solution of caustic soda, is converted into a 
solution of sodium valerianate, which, by the appli- 
cation of heat until the water is driven off and the 
residual matter is partially liquefied, furnishes, on 
cooling, the concrete salt. The small portion of oil 
that floats on the surface of the solution is amyl 
valerianate, C6H11,CBH902. 
Properties. Sodium valerianate is a deliquescent, 
very soluble salt, in snow-white masses, having 
the disagreeable odor of valerianic acid, and a taste 
at first styptic, hut afterwards sweetish. When 
heated to 140-5° C. (285° F.), it fuses without loss 
of acid, and upon cooling concretes into a white 
solid. The salt, as officially ordered, is in the form 
produced by fusion. Its formula is NaC6H0O„. 
It is little used medically, having been originally 
introduced into the Dublin Pharmacopoeia in 1850 
for the sole purpose of forming, by double de- 
composition, iron, quinine, and zinc valerianates. 
It may, however, he given as a nervous stimu- 
lant in the dose of from one to five grains (0-065- 
0-33 Om.). 
SODIUM AND SILVER HYPOSUL- 
PHITE. Sodii et Argenti Hyposulphis. This 
double salt may he prepared by dissolving freshly 
{jrecipitated silver oxide in a solution of sodium 
lyposulphite and evaporating the solution. It is 
in the form of minute crystals of the formula 
203, very soluble in water, but 
insoluble in alcohol, and possessing a very sweet 
taste. Its solution, protected from the light, under- 
goes no change, and, when quite pure, does not 
discolor the skin or linen. M. Delioux states that 
tins salt acts locally like silver nitrate, but more 
mildly: for gonorrhoea, one or two parts in two 
hundred of water. (Brit. and For. Medico-Chir. 
Rev., 1853.) 
SODIUM BORO-SALICYLATE is made by 
heating 125 parts of boric acid, 320 parts of sodium 
salicylate, and 700 parts of water in a flask until 
a syrupy liquid is produced ; this solidifies on cool- 
ing, yielding a white product. It dissolves in 
water. It is used as an antiseptic and preservative. 
SODIUM CINNAMATE. CeII6CH,CHC02 
Na. A white, crystalline powder, soluble in water. 
It is used in 5 per cent, sterilized solution, in- 
ternally and hypodermically in the treatment of 
tuberculosis. 
SODIUM CITRATE. Sodii Citras. 2CeII6 
Na307 -f- This salt may be formed by sat- 
urating a solution of citric arid with sodium bicar- 
bonate, evaporating the liquid, and setting it aside 
to crystallize. It is a white salt, crystallized in 
rhombic pyramids, and having a saline taste 
without any bitterness. Sodium citrate has been 
proposed bv Guichon, of Lyons, as a pleasant pur- 
gative, having properties similar to those of magne- 
sium citrate. Dose, as a cathartic, from ten to 
fourteen drachms (38-8-54-4 6m.), 
SODIUM ETHYLATE. Ethylate of Sodium. 
Caustic Alcohol. C„H6NaO. This preparation was 
introduced by B. W. Richardson, of England, as 
a caustic when specially indicated. He makes it 
by adding sodium in small pieces gradually to 
absolute alcohol, kept at a temperature of 10° C. 
(50° F.); hydrogen is evolved, and when, owing 
to the formation of the ethylate, the reaction slack- 
ens, the liquid is to he carefully heated to 37-7° C. 
(100° F.). Sodium is now cautiously added until 
tne reaction ceases ; the liquid is now cooled to 
10° C. (50° F.), and the same quantity of absolute 
alcohol added as was used in the beginning. (P. J. 
Tr., 1878, 485.) Sodium ethylate is a white powder, 
frequently having a brownish tinge, dissolving in 
water with a hissing sound, having the property of 
splitting into alcohol and caustic soda upon contact 
with even a small quantity of water or moist living 
tissue: CaH6NaO + HaO = CaII6HO -f NaHO. PART II. 
Sodium Nitroprusside.—Sodium Sulphovinate. 
1795 
Sodium ethylate does not appear to be of any 
value as an internal remedy. When, however, it 
comes in contact with moist tissue, owing to the 
liberation of its sodium, it acts as a very speedy 
and powerful caustic. It should always be used 
in alcoholic solution, and applied by means of a 
glass rod. It is said to cause very little pain, and 
has been especially employed for the destruction of 
ncevi. (London Lancet, Nov. 1878.) Richardson 
states that it should always be kept in glass-stop- 
pered bottles, in a cold place, as he has known it to 
explode when placed in warm situations. Gam- 
berini and Monari (Rev. de Therap., 1892) assert 
that the 20 per cent, liniment made with olive oil, 
well rubbed in daily, will usually cure psoriasis in 
twenty days, and that the 10 per cent, watery so- 
lution is very valuable in the treatment of lupus 
erythematosus, applied after curetting. 
SODIUM NITROPRUSSIDE. Na2Fe(CN)5 
NO. This is the most interesting of a series of 
salts, discovered by Dr. Playfair, called nitroprus- 
sules, which are produced, for the most part, by 
saturating nitroprussic acid, formed by the action 
of nitric acid on potassium ferrocyanide, with dif- 
ferent bases. The sodium salt is best obtained by 
the process of A. Overbeck, as follows. Dissolve 
four parts of powdered potassium ferrocyanide, 
contained in a flask, in five and a half parts of 
commercial nitric acid, diluted with an equal weight 
of water. After the action is completed, which 
generally occupies about ten minutes, and is ac- 
companied by a copious evolution of gases, heat 
the resulting coflFee-brown liquid in a water-bath, 
until a drop of it gives a dingy green instead of a 
blue precipitate with a solution of ferrous sulphate. 
Then allow the liquid to cool; whereupon the 
larger part of the potassium nitrate generated will 
be deposited in crystals. Pour off the green mother- 
liquor from these, and separate the remaining po- 
tassium nitrate by repeated concentrations. N<--xt 
neutralize the liquid, while heated in a water-bath, 
with sodium carbonate, taking care to add the 
carbonate so long only as a pure blue precipitate is 
produced. Lastly, filter the solution, and set it 
aside for the formation of crystals, which must be 
washed with water, and dried between blotting- 
paper. (Chem Gaz., 1853, 271.) This salt is in the 
form of large, ruby-colored, prismatic crystals, 
very much resembling those of potassium ferricy- 
anide. It is soluble in two and a half parts of 
cold water, and in a less quantity of hot water. Its 
solution, exposed to sunshine, is decomposed, with 
evolution of nitric oxide gas, and deposition of 
Prussian blue, at the same time acquiring a green 
color. Sodium nitroprusside, as well as the other 
soluble nitroprussides, is a most delicate test for 
alkaline sulphides, with which it strikes a violet 
color. 
SODIUM PARACRESOTATE. CeH3(0H) 
CH3C02Na. This salt is recommended as an in- 
ternal antiseptic; it is prepared by heating creosol- 
sodium with carbonic acid, and occurs in colorless 
and odorless crystals of bitter taste, insoluble in 
cold water, soluble in warm water. In the diar- 
rhoea of children it is given in doses of from five 
to forty-five grains (0-35-2-9 Gm.). 
SODIUM SILICATE. Sodii Silicas. Soluble 
Glass. Na2Si03, or frequently Na2Si4Og. Sodium 
silicate is made by fusing one part of silica, fine 
sand, or powdered flint, and two parts of dried 
sodium carbonate, mixed in powder, in an earthen- 
ware crucible, and pouring out the fused mass on 
a stone slab to cool. This is pulverized, and treated 
with boiling water, to dissolve the soluble part. 
The solution is filtered and concentrated, so as to 
form crystals on cooling. These are then purified 
by dissolving them in water heated to 37-7° C. 
(100° F.), filtering the solution, and concentrating 
it so that it may recrystallize. The commercial 
solution of sodium silicate usually contains about 20 
per cent, of silica and 10 per cent, of soda. (See 
Liquor Sodii Silicatis, p. 825.) It is employed in 
fixing fresco colors by the process of stereochromy, 
as a cement in the manufacture of artificial stone, 
and as an addition to soaps, constituting the 
so-called “silicate soaps.” As long ago as 1872, 
Dumas, Rabuteau, Papillon, Picot, Champouillon, 
and other French writers asserted that sodium sili- 
cate was an antiseptic, valuable in the treatment of 
chronic urethritis, vaginitis, etc., and P. Coreman 
has shown that pathogenetic germs are killed in 
one hour by its solution. (La Presse Med., 1897.) 
R. Lowenhaupt, however, asserts that when pure 
it is not antiseptic, any powers which it may seem 
to have being dependent upon the presence of free 
soda in it, and certainly as a practical remedy it 
has failed to come into use. 
SODIUM SILICO-FLUORIDE. Na2SiF6. 
When gaseous SiF4, generated by the action of 
sulphuric acid upon fluorspar in the presence of 
broken glass, is led into water, hydrogen silico- 
fluoride, H2SiFe, is formed. This acid, when neu- 
tralized by sodium hydrate or carbonate, will yield 
the sodium salt. It is difficultly soluble in water. 
It is asserted for the silico-fluoride of sodium that 
its solution, salufer, is practically non-toxic and 
powerfully antiseptic. The powder is a strong irri- 
tant or a mild caustic. The solution affects steel 
instruments. Mr. Bokenham, in experiments upon 
bacteria, found that in order to kill them it was 
necessary for the solution to be at least one to seven 
hundred and fifty parts; and that the drug has 
toxic properties, 0-05 Gm. of it causing prolonged 
nausea, great slowing of the pulse, and reduction 
of the arterial pressure. 
SODIUM SULPHOMETHYLATE. CHS 
Na,S04,H20. According to Rabuteau, this salt in 
240-grain (15-Gm.) doses produces catharsis with- 
out cramp. (A. J. P., 1880, 220.) 
SODIUM SULPHOSALICYLATE. Sodium 
Salicylsulphonate. CeH3(0H)<!gQ • Salicyl 
sulphonic acid, made by acting on salicylic acid 
with sulphuric acid, is partly neutralized with so- 
dium carbonate. It occurs as a white crystalline 
powder, soluble in twenty-five parts of water, in- 
soluble in alcohol and ether. It is used as a sub- 
stitute for sodium salievlate. 
SODIUM SULPHOVINATE. Sodium Ethyl- 
sulphate. C2II6NaS04,H20. This salt occurs as a 
white granular powder or in hexagonal tabular 
crystals, according to the method of its prepara- 
tion. Its taste is cooling and rather aromatic, nearly 
destitute of bitterness. It is very deliquescent, and 
is soluble in 0 7 part of water. 
When sulphuric acid is added to alcohol the tem- 
perature rises at once, and a certain proportion of 
sulphovinic acid is formed, but, as water is at the 
same time developed, the reaction is soon arrested 
by the dilution of the mass. The first practical 
method of overcoming the difficulty was afforded 
by the process of Limousin. Nineteen and a half 1796 
Sodium Tartrate.—Solanum Carolinense. 
PART IT. 
ounces (avoirdupois) each of pure sulphuric acid, sp. 
gr. 1-715, and of concentrated alcohol, about 96°, 
are slowly introduced by means of two funnels (one 
for the alcohol and the other for the acid) into a 
third funnel arranged in a flask plunged into a 
freezing mixture or kept in a current of cold water, 
the flow of the two liquids into the flask being so 
regulated as to keep the alcohol in excess. The 
mixture is kept for four or five days at a tempera- 
ture of from 20° C. (68° F.) to 25° C. (77° F.), then 
diluted with from nine to ten pints of distilled 
water, and carefully saturated with somewhat less 
than forty-eight ounces of pure barium carbonate 
in solution. When the point of saturation has been 
attained, the liquid is left to deposit the barium 
sulphate, and afterwards filtered. The solution of 
barium sulphovinate so obtained is saturated with 
between twenty-seven and twenty-nine ounces of 
pure sodium carbonate dissolved in four litres of dis- 
tilled water. When no more precipitate is formed 
by the addition of the alkaline solution, and the 
liquid is neutral to test-paper, the transformation 
of the barium sulphovinate into sodium sulphovi- 
nate is complete. The liquor, decanted and filtered, 
is evaporated in a water-bath until it has the sp. gr. 
1-33, and left to crystallize. The drained crystals 
are dried in a stove. 
Recently, various other processes have been pro- 
posed. T. L. Phipson (Chem. News, 1874, 221; also 
A. J. P., xlvii. 27) mixes small quantities of concen- 
trated sulphuric acid and alcohol; keeps for from 
eight to ten hours at a temperature of 37 7° C. (100° 
F.) ; cools ; adds the mixture drop by drop to about 
twenty times its volume of cold distilled water, cool- 
ing at times ; adds chalk to this solution until effer- 
vescence ceases ; filters, heats the filtrate with a lit- 
tle calcium carbonate for about half an hour ; filters 
while warm, and evaporates at a heat not exceeding 
37-7° C. (100° F.) till a permanent saline crust forms 
on the surface, and sets aside to crystallize. The 
calcium sulphovinate thus formed is in large bril- 
liant plates, readily converted into a corresponding 
salt of sodium. M. Dubois modifies (Journ. de 
Pharm., 1875, 44) the method of Limousin by satu- 
rating the first mixture, containing sulphovinic 
acid, with a concentrated solution of caustic soda 
in strong alcohol, keeping the mixture constantly 
cold, and adding the alkaline mixture by small 
portions. The filtered liquid is evaporated as in 
the method of Phipson, or, preferably, Dubois pre- 
cipitates the mixture, diluted with strong alcohol, 
with sodium carbonate. Limousin’s process, as 
thus modified, appears to be preferable to that of 
Mr. Chas. Rice, detailed in A. J. P., 1873, 60. 
Sodium sulphovinate is said to be a mild although 
active cathartic. According to Dr. Rabuteau, five 
drachms (19-4 Gm.) of it dissolved in three glasses 
of water will generally produce in the adult four or 
five liquid stools without pain. The dose for chil- 
dren is from two to three drachms. The pleasant- 
ness of its taste and action would render it a favorite 
purgative were it not for its high price and the 
difficulty of preserving it, all of the sulphovinates 
having a great tendency on exposure to the air to 
break up into alcohol and a salt of sulphuric acid. 
SODIUM TARTRATE. Sodii Tartras. 
Na2C4H4Oe,2H20. This salt, in crystals, has been 
recommended by M. Deliouxasan agreeable purga- 
tive, almost without taste, and acting with a power 
equal to that of the magnesium sulphate in the 
dose of ten drachms. The soda powders, so much 
used in the United States, form an extemporaneous 
sodium tartrate, somewhat aerated with carbonic 
acid. A solution of sodium tartrate has been used 
as a substitute for solution of magnesium citrate. 
It may be made by dissolving six drachms of tar- 
taric acid in two fluidounces of water, and seven 
and a half drachms of sodium bicarbonate in seven 
fluidounces of water, mixing the solutions gradu- 
ally and filtering; the filtrate should be poured 
into a strong twelve-fluidounce bottle and two fluid- 
ounces of lemon syrup added slowly, so that it will 
sink to the bottom of the bottle without mixing 
very much with the solution ; eighty grains of tar- 
taric acid are to he added without agitating the 
bottle, which is to be corked at once securely and 
set aside in a cool place. The bottle is to be shaken 
just before the contents are administered. 
SODIUM TETRABORATE. Antipyonin. 
Sodium tetraborate is made by boiling borax and 
boric acid in water. It occurs as a fine, white 
powder, appearing to be greasy to the touch, freely 
soluble in water. This salt is non-poisonous, de- 
void of caustic action, and markedly antiseptic. It 
is probably therapeutically equivalent to borax, 
but has been especially recommended in a 2 to 50 
per cent, solution, or blown in as a powder, by 
Jaenicke and by Kafemann in acute and chronic 
otorrhcea. Roland attributes extraordinary effects 
to its insufflation in keratitis, conjunctivitis, and 
other inflammatory eye conditions. 
SOJA HISPIDA. Moench. (Now Glycine 
Soja, Sieb. and Zucc.) Soja Bean. (Nat. ord. 
Leguminosse.) Meisseland Bocker (A. J. P., 1885, 
108) give the composition of soja bean as follows : 
water, 10 per cent.; soluble casein, 30; albumen, 
0-5; insoluble casein, 7; fat, 18; cholesterin, etc., 
2; dextrin, 10; starch, 5; cellulose, 5; ash, 5; 
traces of sugar and an arnido compound. Stingl 
and Morawski (Monatsschrift fur Chemie, April, 
1886) have determined the presence in this bean of 
a ferment said to be one of the most powerful known 
in its action upon starch, two-thirds of which it con- 
verts into sugar and one-third into dextrin. The 
amount of starch present in soja bean is so little that 
bread made from the meal may be used in diabetes. 
(A. J. P, 1896, 309.) 
SOLANUM CAROLINENSE. L. (Nat. ord. 
Solanaceae.) Horse nettle is a coarse perennial 
weed, growing in waste ground and sandy soil 
over almost the whole of the United States as far 
west as Iowa and south as Florida. It is abun- 
dantly furnished with stout yellowish prickles and 
with coarse four- to eight-rayed hairs. Catyx lobes 
acuminate; corolla violet; anthers elongated, yel- 
lowish, equal. The fruit is an orange-yellow berry. 
For study of microscopic structure, see A. J. P., 
vol. lxix. It has been examined by G. A. Krauss 
(A. J. P, 1890, 601, and 1891, 65 and 216) and 
Harry Kahn (A. J. P, 1891, 126). Krauss found 
two active principles corresponding probably to 
solanine, C42H75N015, and solanidine, C2gH41N02, 
together with a characteristic organic acid to which 
he gives the name solanic acid. Prof. J. U. Lloyd 
believes that the alkaloid in this plant is not iden- 
tical with solanine, and proposes to call it solnine. 
(A. J. P, 1894, 61, and 1897, 76, 89, 108.) 
Dr. E. Q. Thornton Therap. Gaz., xii. 1896) finds 
that in frogs solanum produces stupor with tetanic 
spasms, not prevented by section of the cord. 
In 1889 Solanum carolinense was recommended 
by Dr. J. L. Naphr in the treatment of epilepsy, PART II. 
Solidago.—Sorb us Aucuparia. 
1797 
and has since been used to a considerable extent in 
that disease. It has been largely employed in Dr. 
H. C. Wood’s Clinic in the University of Penn- 
sylvania and in bis private practice, and the con- 
clusion has been reached that whilst given by itself 
its powers in epilepsy are very limited, when used 
as an adjuvant to the bromides it lessens the size 
of the doses necessary to keep the convulsions in 
check. Not less than a fluidrachm of the fluid 
extract should be given three times a day. No un- 
pleasant effects have ever been produced by it. 
W. S. Amos has found an alkaloid in the S. 
rostratum, Dunal, or bull nettle, of Western Amer- 
ica. (Notes on N. R., iv., 1891.) Mr. D. Freire 
has obtained from the fruit of the S. grandiflorum, 
or wolf-fruit, of Brazil an energetic toxic alkaloid, 
grandiflorine. (Compt-Rend., cv.) 
SOLIDAGO. Golden-rod. Verge d’Or, Fr. 
Goldruthe, G. There are very numerous species 
of this composite genus in the United States. Of 
these S. odora, Ait., was formerly official. S. vir- 
gaurea, L., which is common to the United States 
and Europe, was formerly directed by the Dublin 
College. It is aromatic, astringent, in hot infusion 
diaphoretic, and is asserted to be diuretic. (Rev. Gen. 
de Clin, et de Therap., 1889.) For a study of the 
flowers of S. bicolor by Mr. Adam Conrath, see A. 
J. P., 1873, 253. For an analysis of S. ruqosa, see 
A. J. P., 1893, 122. 
SOLPHINOL. A white, odorless, crystalline 
powder, consisting chiefly of boric acid, borax, and 
alkaline sulphites. It is soluble in ten parts of 
water and twenty parts of glycerin. It is used as 
a surgical antiseptic. 
SOLUBLE MERCURY OF HAHNE- 
MANN. NH2(Hg2)NOg. This is prepared by 
adding, drop by drop, a dilute solution of ammonia 
to an equally dilute solution of mercurous nitrate, 
until the precipitate begins to he paler than at 
first. It is a black powder. When it has a gray 
color, the fact shows that too much ammonia has 
been employed in its precipitation. In this case 
NH2(Hg2)N°3 yields NH2(Hg)NO„ + Hg. This 
preparation was included in the old French Codex. 
It has been used in syphilitic diseases. 
SOLUTOL. An alkaline solution of sodium 
cresol in an excess of cresol. It is used for disin- 
fecting purposes. 
SOLVEOL. A solution of cresol in sodium- 
cresotate. It is less caustic than solutol, is nearly 
odorless, of a neutral reaction, and miscible with 
water. It is used as a surgical antiseptic, for dress- 
ings, and in spray apparatus. 
SOMNAL. C7H,2C1S03N. This is said to be 
a solution of chloral hydrate and urethane in alco- 
hol. Dr. Tcheremshansky, in a physiological study, 
has found that it acts upon the nerve-centres and 
upon the circulation almost exactly as does chloral, 
it being, however, a little less depressing to the 
heart. Myers (N. V. Med. Record, 1892) has 
reached similar conclusions. 
Somnal, therefore, appears to be physiologically 
equivalent to a mixture of chloral and urethane, 
and it does not seem to be clear that it possesses 
any advantage over the older remedies. It may be 
given in doses of from one-balf to one fluidrachm 
(1-9-3-7 C.c.), although much larger quantities 
have been used by some clinicians. 
SONCHUS OLERACEUS. L. Sow Thistle. 
(Nat. ord. Composite.) The brownish gum left 
after the evaporation of the juice of this plant is 
said to be a powerful hydragogue cathartic, in doses 
of from two to four grains (0-130-0-259 Gm.). 
Combined with aromatics or belladonna, it may be 
used instead of elaterium in dropsy. (Med. Bull., 
July, 1888.) 
SONORA GUM. Under the name of Sonora 
gum is sold, it is said for the use of brewers, a gum- 
resin with a peculiar acidulous taste which is affirmed 
to be an exudation from the branches of Larrea 
mexicana, Moric. (nat. ord. Zygophyllaceae), and to 
be the same substance as Arizona shellac. (A. J. P., 
1880, 400.) For details, see P. J. Tr., vol. xvi. 128. 
SOOT. Fuligo Ligni. This well-known sub- 
stance has a peculiar smell, and a bitter, empyreu- 
matic, and disagreeable taste. Its composition varies 
according to the source and conditions of its forma- 
tion. When obtained by the combustion of resinous 
materials it may contain oily distillation products 
soluble in ether ; when obtained by the combustion 
of wood it may contain pyroligneous (acetic) acid 
and products peculiar to wood-tar, such as creosote, 
guaiacol, and phenols. Of course mineral substances 
from the ash of the wood may also be present. 
Soot was formerly official with the Edinburgh 
College, and the Scotch physicians prescribed it as 
a tonic and antispasmodic. It has also been em- 
ployed as an external remedy in skin diseases. (See 
Revue Med., June, 1834; Bull. Gen. de Therap., 
Mars, 1834; also 14tli ed. U. S. D.) A few 
shovelfuls of it, thrown into privies or drains, effec- 
tually destroy their foul exhalations. 
SOPHORA SPECIOSA. Benth. (Now S. se- 
cundiflora, Lag. ex D. C.) From the poisonous 
seeds of this leguminous Texan tree H. C. Wood 
obtained a volatile liquid alkaloid (sophorine) 
whose chloride is crystalline (see A. J. P., 1878), 
which, according to P. C. Plugge, is identical with 
cytisine. This same alkaloid probably exists in 
many species of the genus, as Parsons found a 
liquid alkaloid in S. sericea, which grows in Colo- 
rado and Mexico (Rep. Commissioner of Agricult., 
1879, and N. R., 1881, 67. See also reports of an 
investigation by M. Kalteyer and W. E. Neil, A. 
J. P., 1866, 465), and Dr.Greshoff (P. J. Tr., xxii.) 
one in S. tomentosa, L. Plugge, however (Arch, 
d. Pharm., 1895) affirms that matrine, the alkaloid 
discovered by Nagai in S. angustifolia, is distinct 
from cytisine. 
SORBUS AUCUPARIA. L. (Py rus aucupa- 
ria, Ehrh.) Mountain Ash. Sorbes, Er. Eberesche, 
Vogelbeere, G. (Nat. ord. Kosacete.) A small Eu- 
ropean tree, whose fruit contains a peculiar kind 
of sugar called sorbin, CeH120e, susceptible of the 
vinous fermentation ; an alcoholic drink has been 
prepared from it. It seems to have been used for 
preparing malic acid ; and Dr. Hofmann has dis- 
covered in it two new acids, which he designates as 
sorbic and parasorbic acids, C6H802. M. J. Bous- 
singault has found in it a crystalline saccharine prin- 
ciple, sorbite, isomeric with mannite, melting, when 
anhydrous, at from 110° to 111° C. (230°-231-8° 
F.), when hydrated, at 102° C. (215 6° F.). Its 
formula is C6H1406. It does not undergo the vinous 
fermentation. (P. J. Tr., 1872, 28.) It has been 
used in scurvy, and, in infusion, as a remedy in 
hemorrhoids and strangury. All parts of the tree 
are astringent, and may be employed in tanning 
and dyeing black. S. americana, Marsh. (Pyrus 
americana, D. C.), or American Mountain Ash, 
probably has similar virtues to the European spe- 
cies. Edwin Johanson found the fruit to yield 1798 
Sorghum.—Spirsea. 
PART II. 
from 4-92 to 6-6 per cent, of malic acid. (Pharm. 
Zeitschr.f. Russl., i., 1882.) 
SORGHUM. Sorghum, or Chinese Sugar-cane, 
is yielded, according to Hoekel, by a number of 
varieties of Andropogon arundinaceus, Scop. Some 
of the varieties indigenous in India, China, and 
other parts of the East have within a few years 
been introduced into Europe and the United States. 
It has come largely into cultivation in the United 
States, owing in great part to the efforts of the De- 
partment of Agriculture, whose numerous publica- 
tions upon the subject may be consulted by any one 
desirous of information. 
S O Z A L. (CeII4(OH)S03)3Al. Aluminum 
Paraphenolsulphonate. This is obtained by dis- 
solving aluminum hydrate in paraphenolsulphonic 
acid, or by double decomposition of aluminum sul- 
phate and barium paraphenolsulphonate. It occurs 
in crystalline grains having a weak phenol odor, but 
strongly astringent taste; easily soluble in water, 
glycerin, and alcohol, forming permanent solutions. 
It has been used as an antiseptic in place of iodo- 
form. {Pharm. Ztg., 1892.) 
SOZIODOL,. Soziodolic Acid. Diiodparaphe- 
nolsulphonic Acid. CeH2To(S03H)OH. This is a 
white glittering powder, odorless, of slightly acid 
taste, slightly soluble in cold water, more easily in 
hot water. It is decomposed on heating to 200° 
C., giving off violet vapors. It contains 52-8 per 
cent, of iodine. It can be recognized by heating, 
or by adding sulphuric acid to it in hot solution, 
when iodine separates. Ferric chloride imparts a 
dark violet color to the aqueous solution; silver 
nitrate throws down a white precipitate of silver 
soziodol completely soluble in dilute nitric or sul- 
phuric acid. For an outline of the process of 
manufacture, see Squibb’s Ephemeris, Feb. 1893. 
Soziodol is used as a local remedy, resembling 
somewhat iodoform in its range of usefulness. 
According to Langaard, 2 per cent, is sufficient to 
kill bacteria of pus; for wounds, a 10 per cent, 
mixture with powdered talc is advocated. Lassar 
praises it in eczema, herpes tonsurans, impetigo, etc.; 
it has also been much used in otitis and rhinitis. 
Langaard has found that fifteen-grain doses have 
no appreciable effect upon rabbits, and Bufalini 
gave twenty-two grains a day in phthisis without 
unpleasant effect. The following salts have been 
used. 
Sodium soziodol, readily soluble ; used in all cases 
where aqueous solutions are employed. Potassium 
soziodol, sparingly soluble; a desiccant indicated in 
eczema. It is usually employed with talc in the 
proportion of 1-5 or 1-6. Zinc soziodol, a local irri- 
tant in solutions of from 1-20 to 1-50; a caustic in 
a solution of 1-5. Mercury soziodol, a caustic, even 
in a solution of 1-10. Miller affirms that its 
solution of 2£ in 100 kills the acarus of scabies in 
twenty-four minutes. 
SOZOLIC ACID. Acidum Sozolicum. Ortho- 
phenolsulphonic Acid. CeH4(HS03)OH. Ortho- 
and paraphenolsulphonic acids are both formed 
when phenol is dissolved in concentrated sulphuric 
acid ; at medium temperatures the former is far 
more abundant, hut it readily passes into the para 
compound on the application of heat. Sozolic acid 
has a very faint odor of carbolic acid, and is 
asserted to be antiseptic but not poisonous nor 
irritant, and therefore to he especially valuable in 
abdominal and ophthalmological surgery. It is 
readily soluble in water, alcohol, and glycerin, and is 
used so diluted as to contain from 3 to 10 per cent, 
of the active principle. The orthophenolsulphonic 
acid in 33J per cent, solution is what has received 
the trade name of aseptol. The ortho acid changes 
on heating into the isomeric paraphenolsulphonic 
acid, and this change takes place even in the aque- 
ous solution of the former, a fact which should be 
remembered in the preparation of aseptol solutions. 
In spite of the allegations to the contrary, it is 
probably poisonous. 
Prof. E. liiegler ( Wien. Med. Bldtt., xviii. 1895) 
proposes aseptol as a test for albumin in urine. 
1 in 20,000 causes coagulation. The precipitate 
with albumin does not disappear with heat. The 
solutions of albuminose and peptones are also pre- 
cipitated, hut the precipitates of these disappear 
with heat. The solution of aseptol undergoes 
decomposition with light. 
Schitf and Beilstein asserted that phenolsulphonic 
acid acts like tannic and gallic acids, precipitating 
albumen and alkaloids, and being capable of re- 
placing gallic acid in the making of leather and in 
pharmacy. There is, however, no sufficient reason 
for believing that the substance can he used in 
medicine in the place of the vegetable acids named. 
It has also been asserted that phenolsulphonic 
acid is a more powerful antiseptic than phenol, 
having the great advantage of being nearly odor- 
less, non-irritating, non-poisonous, and miscible 
with water in all proportions. That it is nearly 
free from poisonous properties is not probable, and 
in a careful series of comparative experiments, Mr. 
F. A. Tucker (Notes on New Remedies, 1892) found 
that it had not more than one-third the antiseptic 
power of carbolic acid. 
SPARTIUM JUNCEUM. L. Spanish Broom. 
(Nat. ord. Leguminosae.) A small shrub, indig- 
enous in the south of Europe, and cultivated in 
our gardens as an ornamental plant. The flowers 
are large, yellow, and of an agreeable odor. The 
seeds are in moderate doses diuretic and tonic, in 
large doses emetic and cathartic, and have been 
used advantageously in dropsy. Dose, from ten to 
fifteen grains (0-6-43-9 6m.) three times a day in 
tincture. 
SPHACELOTOXINE. Spasmotin. Spasmo- 
toxin. CgoIIojOg. A crystalline yellow powder 
isolated by Jacoby from ergot. (Amer. Therap., 
1894, 295.) It is insoluble in water, in diluted 
acids, and in henzin ; soluble in ether, alcohol, and 
benzol. It forms salts with alkalies, the soda salt 
being recommended for hypodermic injections. It 
is asserted that sphacelotoxine is the active con- 
stituent of ergot. The dose is from one-thirtieth to 
one-twelfth of a grain (0-002-0 005 Gm.), but doses 
up to one grain have been given without danger. 
SPHiERANTHUS INDICUS. L. (Nat. 
ord. Composite.) An Indian plant, which is used 
as a general tonic, deobstruent, alterative, and 
aphrodisiac, under the names of Mundi, Gorakh- 
mundi, Murmuria, and Kottakkarandai. Prof. 
Dymock has found in it a deep cherry-colored es- 
sential oil. 
SPILANTHES OLERACEA. L. (Now S. 
Acmella, Murr.) Para Cress. Cresson de Para, 
Fr. Parakresse, G. (Nat. ord. Composite.) A 
plant of India, used as a masticatory for toothache; 
when chewed it produces a copious salivation. (A. 
J. P., xliv. 323.) 
SPIRAEA. Many if not all of the species of 
this genus contain a colorless volatile oil, very PART II. 
Spiritus Odoratus.—Sponge. 
1799 
similar to the oil of gaultlieria, and, like it, largely 
composed of salicylic aldehyde. The species which 
have been submitted to actual analysis are the 
Spiraea ulmaria, L.,— Queen of the Meadow, or 
Meadow-sweet,—a European plant which has been 
introduced into this country; also the European 
species S. lobata, Jaeq., and the species S. filipen- 
dula, L., which grows in Southern Europe and 
Northern Africa. A yellow, crystalline powder of 
a hitter taste, insoluble in water, slightly so in alco- 
hol, readily soluble in ether, and having an acid 
reaction. Spirceaic acid (Journ. f. Prakt. Chemie, 
xix.) was separated from the flowers of S. ulmaria 
by Lowig and Weidmann, and has been found by 
Rochebrune in the flowers of S. Jilipendula, L. 
The roots of probably most of the species contain 
tannic acid, gallic acid, and when fresh some of the 
volatile oils. (A. J. P., 1887.) The root of Spiraea 
tomentosa, L., was formerly recognized in the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia. It (Hardback, Steeplebush, or 
Whitecap) is an indigenous shrub, two or three feet 
high, with numerous simple, erect, round, downy, 
and purplish stems, furnished with alternate leaves, 
closely set upon very short footstalks. The leaves 
are ovate-lanceolate, unequally serrate, somewhat 
pointed at both ends, dark green on their upper 
surface, whitish and tomentose beneath. The flowers 
are a beautiful red or purple, and disposed in ter- 
minal, compound, crowdnd spikes or racemes. 
The flowers of the Spiraea possess to a very feeble 
extent the medical virtues of salicylic acid, and 
have been used as diuretic and tonic in the form of 
decoction. The roots are astringent, and have been 
used in the treatment of diarrhoea in doses of from 
five to twenty grains (0 3-1-3 Gm.) of the aqueous 
extract repeated pro re nata. 
SPIRITUS ODORATUS. U. S. 1880. Per- 
fumed Spirit. Cologne. Eau de Cologne, Fr. Kol- 
nerwasser, G. “ Oil of Bergamot, sixteen parts [or 
two fluidounces] ; Oil of Lemon, eight parts [or one 
fluidounce] ; Oil of Rosemary, eight parts [or one 
fluidounce] ; Oil of Lavender Flowers, four parts 
[or half a fluidounce] ; Oil of Orange Flowers, four 
parts [or half a fluidounce] ; Acetic Ether, two 
parts [or two fluidrachms] ; Water, one hundred 
and fifty-eight parts [or eighteen fluidounces] ; Alco- 
hol, eight hundred parts [or six and a half pints], 
To make one thousand parts [or about eight pints]. 
Dissolve the Oils and the Acetic Ether in the Alco- 
hol, and add the Water. Set the mixture aside, 
in a well-closed bottle, for eight days, then filter 
through paper, in a well-covered funnel.” 
Cologne water was introduced into the Pharma- 
copoeia of 1880, but was dropped at the last revision. 
In our opinion a more fragrant spirit, and one more 
closely resembling the original, would be made if 
the quantity of oil of orange flowers or neroli were 
doubled. Cologne water is often useful in the sick- 
room as a refreshing perfume. 
SPLENIC EXTRACT. Led by the sponta- 
neous recovery of a severe exophthalmic goitre 
during an attack of abscess of the spleen, and the 
well-known relations between diseases of the spleen 
and myxcedema, H. C. Wood tried the splenic 
extract in various cases of exophthalmic goitre with 
sufficient results to make further clinical investi- 
gation incumbent upon the profession. The ex- 
periments of Oliver and Schafer show that the 
intravenous injection of the splenic extract pro- 
duces in the dog a primary fall and a secondary rise 
of the arterial pressure; beyond this we have no 
definite knowledge of the physiological action of 
the extract. It has been used by A. C. Clark with 
apparent beneficial results in a number of cases of 
insanity connected with nervous exhaustion. He 
states that it increases the activity of the skin, 
usually increases the appetite, and has no effect 
upon the bowels, the urine, or the blood. In 
the practice of H. C. Wood a disadvantage has 
been the tendency of the extract to produce nausea, 
or, if used hypodermically in the form of the 
glycerin extract, to cause abscesses. In teaspoon- 
ful doses the glycerin extract (40 per cent.) has in 
some cases provoked violent gastric distress. Dose 
of the glycerin extract, from ten to twenty minims 
(0-6-1-2 C.c.) three times a day; dose of the solid 
extract, from three to five grains (0-2-0-33 Gm.) in 
capsules. 
SPONGE. Spongia. Spongia officinalis. Eponge, 
Fr. Schwamm, Badeschivamm, G. This sponge 
is “a flexile, fixed, torpid, polymorphous animal, 
composed either of reticulate fibres or masses of 
small spires interwoven together, and clothed with 
a gelatinous flesh, full of small mouths on its sur- 
face, by which it absorbs and ejects water.” Va- 
rious genera are described, but the sponges used in 
commerce are said all to belong to the genus Spongia. 
Sponges inhabit the bottom of the sea, where they 
are fixed to rocks or other solid bodies, and are most 
abundant within the tropics. They are collected 
chiefly in the Mediterranean and Eed Seas, and 
in those of the East and West Indies. When col- 
lected they are enveloped in a gelatinous coating, 
which forms part of the animal. For details of 
fishery and preparation, see P. J. Tr., xx. Large 
quantities of the coarser kinds are imported from 
the Bahamas, but the finest and most esteemed are 
brought from the Mediterranean, especially from 
the coast of Syria. Eecently the cultivation of 
sponges has been undertaken on an extensive scale. 
Small fragments are cut under water from the live 
sponge, and fixed upon a sandy bottom by means 
of skewers. In three years they will have grown 
sufficiently to be marketable. 
Sponge, as found in commerce, is in yellowish- 
brown masses of various shapes and sizes, light, 
porous, elastic, and composed of fine, flexible, tena- 
cious fibres, interwoven in the form of cells and 
meshes. It usually contains numerous minute frag- 
ments of coral or stone, or small shells, from which 
it must be freed before it can be used for ordinary 
purposes. Sponge is prepared by macerating it for 
several days in cold water, beating it in order to 
break up the concretions which it contains, and dis- 
solving what cannot thus be separated of the cal- 
careous matter by hydrochloric acid diluted with 
thirty parts of water. By this process it is ren- 
dered perfectly soft, and fit for surgical use. It 
may be bleached by steeping it in water impreg- 
nated with sulphurous acid, or by exposure in a 
moist state to the action of chlorine. It is stated 
that sponges which have been soaked in pus and 
infectious matters will recover their primitive con- 
dition, even to the marine odor, by soaking in a 
4 per cent, solution of potassium permanganate, 
then in a 25 per cent, solution of sulphurous acid, 
and finally thorough washing in an abundance of 
water. (A. J. P., xliv. 355.) (See Spongia Decol- 
orata, National Formulary, page 1530.) When in- 
tended for surgical purposes, the softest, finest, and 
most elastic sponges should be selected ; for forming 
burnt sponge the coarser will answer equally well. 1800 
Spongia Usta.—Sterculia Acuminata. 
PART II. 
According to Mr. Hatchett, the chemical constitu- 
ents of sponge are gelatin, coagulated albumen, 
common salt, and calcium carbonate. Magnesia, 
silica, iron, sulphur, and phosphorus have been 
detected in it, as also iodine and bromine, com- 
bined with sodium and potassium. From the ex- 
periments of Mr. Croockewit, it would appear that 
sponge is closely analogous to, if not identical with, 
the fibroin and sericin of silk, differing from it only 
in containing iodine, sulphur, and phosphorus. 
(Annal. der Chem. und Pharm., xlviii. 43.) Schloss- 
berger, however, has shown that it is distinct in its 
very slight solubility in ammoniacal solution of 
copper hydrate and in its yielding leucine and gly- 
cocoll when treated with dilute sulphuric acid, while 
sericin yields under similar treatment tyrosine and 
serin. He names the principle spongin. 
Sponges are used for mechanical purposes only. 
Sponge tent is employed for dilating sinuses. This 
is prepared by dipping sponge into melted wax, 
compressing it between two flat surfaces till the wax 
hardens, and then cutting it into pieces of a proper 
form and size. By the heat of the body the wax 
becomes soft, and the sponge, expanding by the 
imbibition of moisture, gradually dilates the wound 
or sinus in which it may he placed. When a coni- 
cal sponge tent of uniform calibre is required, as 
for dilating the uterine cavity, a better plan is to 
cut the sponge into a conical shape whilst fresh and 
compress when moist, by winding it carefully with 
a fine tightly drawn cord, removing the cord when 
perfectly dry, and dipping the tent into melted wax, 
so as to get a thick coating. For other modes of 
preparing sponge tent, as well as of saturating the 
sponge at the same time with substances calculated 
to make a remedial impression, as carbolic acid, 
alum, lead acetate, etc., see A. J. P., 1868, 410; 
1869, 446. 
SPONGIA USTA, Burnt Sponge, was formerly 
official (Spongia Usta, U. S. 1850), but is no longer 
used in medicine. For method of preparation, analy- 
sis, and therapeutic properties, see 16th ed. U. S. D. 
STATICE CAROLINIAN A. Walt. (Limo- 
nium Carolinianum. (Walt.) Britt.) Marsh Rose- 
mary. Ink-root. Sea-lavender. Romarin des Marais, 
Lavande triste, Fr. Strandnelke, G. (Nat. ord. 
Plumbaginaceae.) It is an indigenous maritime 
plant with a perennial root, sending up annually 
tufts of leaves, which are obovate or cuneiform, 
entire, obtuse, mucronate, smooth, and on long 
footstalks. 
Marsh rosemary grows in the salt marshes along 
the sea-coast from New England to Florida, and 
flowers in August and September. The root, which 
was formerly in the Secondary List of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, is large, spindle-shaped or branched, 
fleshy, compact, rough, and of a purplish-brown 
color. It is bitter and extremely astringent, but 
odorless. It contains tannic acid (12 4 per cent.), 
volatile oil, resin, and other substances. (A. J. P., 
xiv. 116.) Statice is powerfully astringent, and in 
some parts of the United States, particularly in 
New England, is much employed, especially as a 
local application, in decoction, to aphthous and 
ulcerative affections of the mouth and fauces. 
In Brazil and Buenos Ayres the roots of S. bra- 
siliensis, Boiss., and S. antar.ctica are employed under 
the name of Buaycura or Guaycura. (P. J. Tr., 
1878, ix. 466.) For a description of the physical 
and chemical characteristics of the root, see P. J. 
Tr., vol. xv. 86. In Russia and Spain the very 
large roots of S. latifolia, Sm., are used for tan- 
ning, and in Morocco the roots of S. mucronata, 
L., are employed, under the name of safrifa, as a 
nervine. 
STERCULIA ACUMINATA. Beauv. (Now 
Cola acuminata, R. Br., also Schott and Endl.) 
Semen (Nuces) Colce. Noix de Cola, Noix de Gourou, 
Cafe du Soudan, Fr. Kolanuss, G. This large 
African tree is extensively cultivated in various 
portions of the tropical world for its nuts, which, 
under the Guinea name of kola nuts, or the Soudan 
name of guru nuts, are extensively employed as a 
caffeinic stimulant in Africa and other portions 
of the world. Six hundred tons of them are said 
to he sent yearly to Brazil for the use of the 
negroes, who, it is affirmed, also employ the seeds 
of S. chica, A. St.-Hil., and S. lasiantha, Mart, 
(now S. striata, A. St.-Hil.). The kola nut itself 
is irregular in form, reddish gray in color, from 
three-quarters of an inch to an inch and a quarter 
in length, flattened and rounded upon one surface, 
irregularly scooped out or infolded upon the other 
surface, the nut being apparently a cotyledon, 
marked above with another cotyledon which it 
has embraced. For a detailed description of the 
nuts and their commercial varieties, see pamphlet 
by Dr. Bernhard Schuchardt. Dr. Daniell (P. 
J. Tr., 1865) was the first to show that kola nuts 
contained caffeine. Subsequently an elaborate anal- 
ysis yielded to Dr. Attfield 2J per cent, of caffeine 
from the nut. Schuchardt summarizes the results 
of his chemical analyses as follows: 1, Martinique 
nuts contained 1*06 per cent, caffeine; 2, Ceylon, 
1-39 per cent.; 3, Gaboon, 1-47 per cent.; 4, Tropi- 
cal West Africa coast, Sierra Leone, 1-69 per cent.; 
5, Tropical West Africa, interior, 1-61 per cent. 
The chemical studies of Parke, Davis & Co show 
that as found in American commerce these nuts 
contain from 0-72 to 2 02 per cent, of caffeine. 
Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen (A. J. P1884) 
give theobromine 0-023 per cent., caffeine 2-35 per 
cent., tannin 1-62 per cent., as the result of their 
analyses. The researches of Knebel (A. J. P., 1892, 
190), confirmed by Hilger {Ibid., 568), show that 
fresh kola nuts probably contain no caffeine, but 
a glucoside, kolanin, which yields by its decomposi- 
tion caffeine, glucose, and kola-red (Ci4H13(0H)6). 
The glucoside is decomposed byr a ferment pres- 
ent in the nuts, and so readily yields the caffeine 
as a decomposition product. Schweitzer (1895) 
confirmed the results of Knebel and Hilger, and 
proposed for kolanin the formula 
Knox and Prescott {Proc. A. P. A., 1896, 136), 
after an investigation, assert that the kola ferment 
does not assist in the liberation of caffeine, but at- 
tribute the presence of caffeine to the action of heat 
and moisture; they also give the name of kola- 
tannin or kolatannic acid to the tannin of kola nuts, 
and propose a method of assay. (Proc. A. P. A., 
1897, 131.) For Carle’s method of assay, see P. J. 
Tr., 1896, 289. 
It has been asserted for kola nuts that they in- 
crease the power of enduring fatigue without food, 
and a dry powder or cake of kola nuts, deprived 
of their oil, is said to be used by the European 
Alpine clubs. Physiological studies have been 
made by Loginoff (St. Petersburg Inaug. Dis , 1891), 
Davydoff (St. Petersburg Inaug. Dis., 1891) and 
Kotlar ( Vrach, 1891), which on the whole agree in 
showing the similarity of the action of the drug 
with that of others of its class. The question PART II. 
Sterculia Gum.—Succinic Add. 
1801 
whether the action of kola is simply that of caffeine 
has been much debated, especially owing to the 
strenuous efforts of a drug firm to introduce kola 
as a popular stimulant of peculiar power. Several 
French observers, especially Marie, have found 
that kola-red is a powerful muscle stimulant, even 
exceeding caffeine. The very elaborate studies, how- 
ever, of Prof. A. Mosso, of Turin (Arch. Ital. 
Biolog., xix.), seem to us decisively to establish the 
correctnesss of his conclusion,—namely, that kola- 
red is, at least so far as the muscles are concerned, 
an entirely inert substance, and that the action which 
kola undoubtedly has upon the muscular contrac- 
tion is due to the caffeine which it contains. Kola 
is evidently about equivalent to guarana, tea, coffee, 
etc., and may be substituted for them. In dose of 
one hundred and fifty grains (9*7 Gm.) a day, A. 
Hudson (Ther. Gaz., ii.) has found the nuts to act 
decisively in cardiac weakness. 
The so-called male kola is essentially distinct 
from kola, being the product of a small tree, Gar- 
cinia kola, and containing no caffeine. The seed is 
oblong, about one and a half to three inches long and 
from three-quarters to one inch broad ; it is trigonal 
in section, with a readily removable thin testa of a 
reddish-yellow to dark brown color, covered by 
markings which resemble those on the seed-coat of 
the nutmeg. In the section the microscope reveals 
a number of resinous masses surx-ounded by cells 
rich in starch. 
The seeds of the Lucuma mammosa, sometimes 
mixed with kola nuts, are recognized at once by 
their strong odor of prussic acid. Heckel and 
Schlagdenhauffen have observed the seeds of Heri- 
tiera littoralis mixed with kola nuts. These false 
kola nuts contain no caffeine, and are nearly orbic- 
ular and flattened in shape, one of the fleshy, white 
cotyledons being only half the size of the other. 
(A. J. P., 1887, 446.) 
STERCULIA GUM. A number of trees be- 
longing to the genus Sterculia in India, Africa, 
and Australia yield gums in considerable quantity, 
most of which resemble in their appearance traga- 
canth, and some of which have remarkable adhesive 
properties. These gums have not, however, be- 
come important articles of commerce, and for an 
account of them the reader is referred to a paper 
by J H. Maiden. (P. J. Tr., Nov. 1889. 
STERESOL. An antiseptic varnish made by 
dissolving purified gum lac 270 parts, benzoin 10 
parts, balsam Tolu 10 parts, carbolic acid crystals 
100 parts, oil of cinnamon 6 parts, saccharin 6 
parts, in sufficient alcohol to make 1000 parts. It 
permits of asepsis of mucous surfaces, and is adapted 
for use where it is impossible to apply bandages. 
STERISOL. Steriosol. According to Aufrecht, 
this liquid contains formaldehyde, sodium chloride, 
potassium phosphate, sugar of milk, and water. It 
is used as an antiseptic. 
STILLINGIA SEBIFERA. Michx. (Now 
Sapium sebiferum. Roxb.) Tallow-tree. Tan- 
ka wang Fat. This is a species of the family Eu- 
pliorbiaceae, cultivated in the Chinese provinces of 
Kiang-se, Kiang-sou, and Chih-kiang for the sake 
of the fatty matters extracted from the nuts by 
ifnethods detailed in A. J. P., 1872, 264. (See 
•also P. J. Tr., June, 1872.) The “tallow” occurs 
in hard, brittle, opaque, white, tasteless, and odor- 
less masses of about eighty pounds’ weight. It is 
said to be nearly pure stearin. The oil is largely 
used for lighting purposes. The remnants of the 
nut are employed as fuel and as manure. (See also 
P. J Tr., 1883, 401, and Ibid., 1887, 901.) 
STIPA. According to Gillespie (British Med. 
Journal, Oct. 1898), a number of species of this 
genus of grasses are actively poisonous, and have 
caused death in horses and other domestic animals. 
Of such character especially are the Stipa viridula, 
Trin., the Stipa inebrians, Hance, and the Stipa 
sibirica, Lam., of the Russian steppes. A few ex- 
periments made with Stipa viridula, Trin., indi- 
cated that it acts powerfully upon the brain and 
spinal cord. 
STRYCHNIN.® ARSENAS. Strychnine 
Arsenate. Dr. J. Russell praises this salt highly as 
a prompt means of getting the conjoint effects of 
its constituents; he employs its solution (1 to 250) 
hypodermically, and states the first dose as one- 
sixty-fourth of a grain, increased to one-sixteenth 
(0*001—0*004 Gm.). ( Wien. Med. Blatter, Sept. 1886.) 
STRYCHNOS POTATORUM. L. Chilbinj. 
Clearing Nuts. Indian Gum Nuts. (Nat. ord. Lo- 
ganiacese.) The nuts of this species of Strychnos 
are very largely used in some parts of India for 
clearing muddy water, and are stated to have found 
their way into American commerce. (A. J. P., 
1871.) The fruit is also employed by the native 
practitioners of Hindostan, under the name of 
nirmali, as an emetic and in dysentery. They do 
not contain strychnine. In clearing water, one of 
the dried nuts is rubbed hard for a short time 
around the inside of the earthen water-pot; on 
settling, the water is left pure and tasteless. The 
seeds contain a large quantity of an albuminous 
principle, upon which their virtues probably de- 
pend. The tree, which grows to a very large size, 
produces a shining, black, one-seeded berry (that 
of the nux vomica being many-seeded). The seeds 
are described (P. J. Tr., 1871, 44) as broadly len- 
ticular, about half an inch in diameter and a 
quarter of an inch in thickness, of a dirty whitish- 
gray color, and covered with a thick coating of 
delicate appressed hairs. These are so small that 
the seed to the naked eye looks mealy. Under the 
microscope the hairs are seen to be agglutinated in 
bundles of from three to six, and to consist each of 
a single pointed cylindrical cell. 
STYLOPHORUM DIPHYLLUM. Nuttall. 
(Nat. ord. Papaveracese.) According to Prof. E. 
Schmidt, the root of this American plant contains 
chelidonine, with a second alkaloid closely related 
to, if not identical with, chelerythrine. (A. J. P., 
1888 ) 
STYLOSANTHES ELATIOR. Sw. (Nat. 
ord. Leguminosae.) It is asserted that this Amer- 
ican plant has the power of relieving abdominal 
uterine pains during the latter months of gestation, 
and is also a uterine tonic during parturition. Dose 
of the fluid extract, from ten to twenty minims 
(0 6-1-2 C.c.) three times a day prior to confinement. 
STYPTICIN. (See Cotai •nine Hydrochlorate, 
p. 1627.) 
SUBLIMO-PHENOL. Phenolated Mercuric 
Chloride. Chloro-phenolate of Mercury. Colorless 
crystals produced by precipitation from solutions 
of mercuric chloride and potassium phenolate, which 
are easily soluble in fused phenol or boiling aqueous 
or alcoholic solutions of phenol. It is used in anti- 
septic surgery. 
SUCCINIC ACID. Acidum Succinicum. Sal 
Succini Volatile. Acide succinique, Fr. Bernstein- 
sdure, G. C4H604. This acid is obtained by dis- 1802 
Suceinum. 
PART II. 
tilling amber. (See Suceinum.) The product is an 
aqueous solution of impure succinic acid, associated 
with empyreumatic oil. (See Oleum Succini.) By 
filtering the liquor the soluiton of the impure acid 
passes through, while the oil is absorbed by the 
paper. The acid may be purified by boiling the 
solution with nitric acid, diluted with twice its bulk 
of water, and then evaporating to crystallize: 
should the crystals not be colorless, the treatment 
with nitric acid must be repeated until they are so. 
Succinic acid is made artificially by the action of 
nitric acid on the fatty acids, and may be produced 
in a great many ways from various substances. 
Thus, it is invariably formed in small amount in the 
alcoholic fermentation of sugar. M. Desaignes ob- 
tained it more advantageously from calcium malate 
subjected to fermentation excited by casein. The 
malate was converted into calcium succinate, which 
was then decomposed by sulphuric acid, so as to 
yield succinic acid. For the details of the process 
for obtaining succinic acid from calcium malate, see 
the paper of E. J. Kohl, in A. J. P., vol. xxvii., 
July. Succinic acid, when pure, is in white, trans- 
parent crystals, having no odor and a somewhat 
acrid taste. It dissolves in five times its weight of 
cold and twice its weight of boiling water. It is 
less soluble in alcohol, but very sparingly in ether. 
Nitric acid is without action on it. It melts at 182° 
C. (359-6° F.), and boils without alteration at 235° 
0. (455° F.). It sublimes, however, at a much 
lower temperature. According to Wackenroder, it 
is sometimes adulterated with tartaric acid soaked in 
oil of amber. Succinic acid, though formerly offi- 
cial, is at present seldom used in medicine. It has 
been ascertained to be a product of vital action, 
having been detected by M. Heintz in the colorless 
liquid found in hydatid cysts of the liver. (See 
Journ. de Pharm., Sept. 1850.) One of its salts, 
ammonium succinate, C4H4(NH4)204, made by 
supersaturating succinic acid with ammonia, evap- 
orating and crystallizing, has been used with great 
alleged success in delirium tremens. This salt is 
occasionally used as a precipitant of ferric oxide. 
SUCCINUM. Amber. Bernstein, G. Ambre 
ou Succin, Fr. Amber is a fossil resin, occurring 
generally in small detached masses, in alluvial de- 
posits, in different parts of the world. According 
to Goefert, there are about fifty species of extinct 
coniferous trees of which amber represents the resin- 
ous exudation. It is found chiefly in Prussia, either 
on the sea shore, where it is thrown up by the Bal- 
tic, or underneath the surface, in the alluvial for- 
mations along the coast. It is said that the whole 
annual product of the Baltic coast of Prussia was 
in 1879 from 100,000 to 130,000 kilogrammes (100 
to 130 tons). Large deposits occur in some lakes on 
the eastern coast of Courland, and an extensive bed 
of yellow amber was discovered in 1854, on sinking 
a well in the coal-mines near Prague. The largest 
mass of amber yet found weighed thirteen pounds. 
Amber also occurs in considerable quantities near 
Catania, in Sicily. It is usually associated with 
lignite, and sometimes encloses insects and parts of 
vegetables. In the United States, it was found at 
Cape Sable, Maryland, by Dr. Troost. In this lo- 
cality it is associated with lignite and iron pyrites. 
It has also been discovered in New Jersey. The 
amber consumed in this country is brought from the 
ports of the Baltic. A mine of it is said to have 
been discovered near Rockwood in Australia. 
It is a brittle solid, generally in small irregular 
masses, permanent in the air, having a homogeneous 
texture and vitreous fracture, and susceptible of a 
fine polish. It becomes negatively electric by fric- 
tion. Its color is generally brownish yellow, either 
light or deep, but is occasionally reddish brown or 
even deep brown, and a Sicilian variety is green or 
bluish from staining with ferric phosphate. It has 
no taste, and is inodorous when cold, but exhales a 
peculiar, aromatic smell when heated. It is usually 
translucent, though occasionally transparent or 
opaque. Its sp. gr. is about 107. Water and alco- 
hol scarcely act on it. When heated in the open 
air, it softens, melts at 548° F., swells, and at last 
inflames, leaving, after combustion, a small portion 
of ashes. Subjected to distillation in a retort fur- 
nished with a tubulated receiver, it yields, first, a 
yellow acid liquor, and afterwards a thin yellowish 
oil, with a yellow waxy substance, which is deposited 
in the neck of the retort and the upper part of the 
receiver. This waxy substance, exhausted by cold 
ether of the part soluble in that menstruum, is re- 
duced to a yellow micaceous matter, identical with 
the chrysen of Laurent. A white crystalline sub- 
stance, identical with the idrialin of Dumas, may 
be separated from the micaceous substance by boil- 
ing alcohol. Both chrysen and idrialin are hydro- 
carbons. (Pelletier and Walter, Journ. de Pharm., 
v. 60.) As the distillation proceeds, a considerable 
quantity of combustible gas is given off, which 
must be allowed to escape. By continuing the 
heat, the oil gradually deepens in color, until, to- 
wards the end of the distillation, it becomes black 
and of the consistence of pitch. The oil obtained 
is called oil of amber, and the acid liquor is a solu- 
tion of impure succinic acid. Repeatedly distilled 
from nitric acid, amber yields an acid liquor, from 
which, after it has been neutralized with caustic 
potassa, ether separates pure camphor. (Doepping, 
Journ. de Pharm., vi. 168.) Borneol is also ob- 
tained by distilling to dryness powdered amber 
with an extremely concentrated solution of caustic 
potassa. (G. Reich, Ibid., xiii. 33.) 
According to Berzelius, amber consists of,—1, a 
volatile oil of an agreeable odor in small quantity; 
2, a yellow resin, intimately united with a volatile 
oil, very soluble in alcohol, ether, and the alkalies, 
easily fusible, and resembling ordinary resins ; 3, 
another resin, also combined with a volatile oil, 
soluble in ether and the alkalies, sparingly soluble 
in cold, but more soluble in boiling alcohol; 4, suc- 
cinic acid; 5, a bituminous principle insoluble in 
alcohol, ether, and the alkalies, having some anal- 
ogy to the lac resin of John, and constituting more 
than four-fifths of the amber. It also contains a 
strongly odorous, bright yellow substance, which 
hardens by time, but preserves in part its odor. 
The ultimate composition of amber is carbon 80-59, 
hydrogen 7-31, oxygen 6-73, ashes (silica, lime, and 
alumina) 3 27 = 97-90, representing, after the de- 
duction of the ash, a formula C10II^eO. A minute 
proportion of sulphur has also been found among its 
constituents. {Journ. de Pharm., Mai, 1864, 404.) 
Amber was held in high estimation by the an- 
cients as a medicine, but at present is never so used. 
The oil of amber is an empyreumatic product which 
is prepared by destructive distillation of amber. 
The heat requisite for the complete decomposition 
of amber cannot be supported by a glass retort; 
and, in order that all the oil which it is capable of 
yielding may be collected, the distillation should 
be performed in a tubulated iron or earthenware Succinum.—Sulphites, Bisulphites, Hyposulphites. 
PART II. 
1803 
retort, which may be placed immediately upon the 
fire. The sand is added to prevent the amber from 
swelling too much. The oil may be separated from 
the acid liquor by means of the separating funnel. 
As first procured, it is a thick, very dark-colored 
liquid, of a peculiar strong empyreumatic odor. In 
this state it is occasionally employed as a liniment, 
but for internal use it should be rectified. It has 
the composition C10Hie. It is almost impossible 
to procure pure oil of amber in commerce. 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870, under the name 
of Oleum Succini Rectificatum or Rectified Oil of 
Amber, gave the following process. “ Take of Oil 
of Amber a pint', Water six pints. Mix them in 
a glass retort, and distil until four pints of Water 
have passed with the Oil into the receiver; then 
separate the Oil from the Water, and keep it in a 
well-stopped bottle.” 
By successive distillations oil of amber becomes 
thinner and more limpid, till at length it is obtained 
colorless. The first portions which distil are less 
colored than those which follow, and may be 
separated for keeping, while the remainder is sub- 
mitted to another distillation. For practical pur- 
poses, however, the oil is sufficiently pure when 
once redistilled. As usually found in commerce, 
the rectified oil is of a light yellowish-brown or 
amber color. As first distilled it has an amber 
color, the sp. gr. 0-903 at 15-6° C. (60° F.), and a 
boiling point from 170 5°-186-l° C. (339°-367° F.). 
(Ebert.) When quite pure it is said to be colorless, 
as fluid as alcohol, of the sp. gr. 0-758 at 23-8° C. 
(75° F.), and to boil at 85-5° C. (186° F.). It has 
a strong, peculiar, unpleasant odor, and a hot acrid 
taste. It imparts these properties in some degree 
to water, without being perceptibly dissolved. It 
is soluble in eight parts of alcohol of the sp. gr. 
0-847, in five parts of the sp. gr. 0-825, and in all 
proportions in absolute alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
carbon disulphide, and the fixed oils. (Ebert.) On 
exposure to light and air, it slowly changes in color 
and consistence, becoming ultimately black and 
solid. It appears, when quite pure, to be a hydro- 
carbon of the terpene class. It is said to be some- 
times adulterated with oil of turpentine, which may 
be detected bypassing hydrochloric acid gas through 
the suspected oil. If pure it will remain wholly 
liquid ; while oil of turpentine, if present, will give 
rise to the formation of solid artificial camphor. 
(P. J. Tr., xiii. 292.) It was officially described as 
“ a colorless or pale yellow, thin liquid, becoming 
darker and thicker by age and exposure to air, 
having an empyreumatic, balsamic odor, a warm, 
acrid taste, and a neutral or faintly acid reaction. 
Sp. gr. about 0-920. It is readily soluble in alcohol. 
When mixed with fuming nitric acid, it acquires 
a red color, and, after some time, is almost wholly 
converted into a brown, resinous mass of a peculiar 
musk-like odor.” U. S. 
Rectified oil of amber is stimulant and antispas- 
modic, and occasionally promotes the secretions, par- 
ticularly that of urine. It has been employed with 
advantage in amenorrhcea, hysteria, and whooping- 
cough. The dose is from five to fifteen drops (0-3- 
0-9 C.c.), diffused in some aromatic water by means 
of sugar and gum arabic. Externally applied the 
oil is rubefacient, and is considerably used as a 
liniment in chronic rheumatism, and in certain 
spasmodic disorders, as whooping-cough and in- 
fantile convulsions. In the latter affection it should 
be rubbed along the spine. 
SULPHALDEHYDE is made by the action of 
hydrogen sulphide upon acetaldehyde in aqueous 
solution. An oil is obtained which solidifies at low 
temperatures. According to Dr. Lusini (Nouv. 
Rem., 1890), this substance acts on the lower ani- 
mals as a powerful hypnotic. 
SULPHAMINOL. CeH4<^H>C6H3.OH. 
Thio-oxydiphenylamine. This compound is made 
by the action of sulphur upon the salt of metaoxy- 
diphenylamine. It is a pale yellow powder free 
from odor and taste, readily soluble in alkalies, 
more difficultly so in alkaline carbonates, quite in- 
soluble in water. When heated it turns brown, and 
melts at 155° C. It is asserted that this substance 
is harmless (see a paper by Prof. Kobert, Journ. de 
Med., Sept. 1890), and that when taken internally 
it is split up in the organism into oxydiphenyla- 
mine and sulphuric acid compounds. It has been 
used as a substitute for iodoform, having the ad- 
vantage of being odorless. Internally, it has been 
given in doses of from four to five grains (0-26-032 
Glm ); externally, it may be used in powder or oily 
solutions. Various compound solutions of it have 
been employed as local applications to the mucous 
membranes of the nose and larynx, such as Sulph- 
aminol menthol, S. creosote, S. guaiacol, S. eucalyptol. 
SULPHITES, BISULPHITES, HYPO- 
SULPHITES. These salts were introduced into 
medicine because of their extraordinary hostility, 
through their acid ingredient, to the lower forms, 
whether of vegetable or animal life. Microscopic 
plants and animals cannot exist in the presence of 
sulphurous or hyposulphurous acid ; and, as then- 
salts are easily decomposed, with the liberation of 
the acid, they are capable of exercising the same 
destructive influence. In parasitic diseases, such as 
scabies, porrigo, prurigo senilis, different forms of 
ringworm, pityriasis versicolor, the sore mouth or 
thrush of infants, etc., the local use of these reme- 
dies is often very efficient. In cases of fermentative 
dyspepsia the sulphites may be of value in check- 
ing the changes of the food. At one time it was 
supposed that they would be of value as germicides 
in zymotic disease, but theory indicates that unless 
given in poisonous doses they could have no in- 
fluence upon disease germs in the system, and 
clinical experience has abundantly shown that they 
are valueless in zymosis. 
Of the sulphites, those which have been employed 
are sodium, potassium, ammonium, magnesium, and 
calcium sulphites. Sodium and potassium sulphites 
are official, and will be found treated of in the first 
part of the Dispensatory. 
Ammonium sulphite may be prepared in the same 
way,—that is, by passing sulphurous acid through 
a solution of the ammonium carbonate. When the 
carbonate is insoluble, as in the case of magnesia 
and lime, it is better to have recourse to the method 
of double decomposition ; but the calcium sulphite 
may be prepared by using lime water for the satura- 
tion of the sulphurous acid. Whenever evaporation 
is employed, it should be carefully conducted so as 
not to drive off the acid, and with as little exposure 
to the air as possible, as the sulphites in solution 
are strongly disposed to pass into sulphates. Even 
in the solid state they slowly undergo the same 
change, arid should therefore be kept, as far as can 
be conveniently done, excluded from the air. The 
sulphites in general have a mild sulphurous taste, 
and on exposure to heat, or with the addition of an 1804 
Sulphites, Bisulphites, Hyposulphites.—Suprarenal Bodies. 
PART II. 
acid, emit the characteristic odor of sulphurous 
acid. They are distinguishable from the hyposul- 
phites or thiosulphates by not depositing sulphur 
on the addition of dilute sulphuric acid to their 
solution. As the efficiency of the sulphites is as- 
cribable to their acid, they may be used indiscrimi- 
nately, one being preferred to another according 
to solubility, or other property affecting the con- 
venience of exhibition. 
Sodium, magyiesium, and potassium sulphites have 
been fully described, and the remarks in reference 
to their therapeutical application may be considered 
as applicable to the others. Ammonium sulphite, 
(NH4)2S03, has an acrid sulphurous taste, at first 
deliquesces in the air, and afterwards dries, gradu- 
ally being converted into the sulphate by the ab- 
sorption of oxygen. It is soluble in its weight of 
cold, and in less than its weight of boiling water. 
It decrepitates wiih heat, losing a part of its ammo- 
nia, and then sublimes as an acid sulphite. Cal- 
cium sulphite, CaS03, is a white powder, and dis- 
tinguished by its difficult solubility, requiring 800 
parts of water for solution. An excess of acid 
renders it more soluble; and from its hot saturated 
solution it is deposited, on the cooling of the liquid, 
in hexagonal needles. 
The influence of these salts on the system in 
health is feeble. Six drachms have been taken in 
twenty-four hours, without injury. When taken 
internally, they are absorbed, and partly elimi- 
nated unchanged with the urine, partly changed 
by the absorption of the oxygen into sulphates, as 
happens on exposure out of the body, the urine at 
first containing a sulphite, and after twenty-four 
hours a sulphate. From the largest doses of the 
sulphites only a laxative effect and an increased 
secretion of the urine are obtained. Their long-con- 
tinued use is said to prove injurious, by inducing 
debility and anaemia. Fr>>m fifteen grains to a 
drachm (0-9-3'9 Gm.) may be given, so repeated 
as to amount to from two drachms to an ounce in 
twenty-four hours. As almost all acids decompose 
the sulphites, they should not be administered with 
any acid substance. Should the bowels be disturbed, 
a little of some opiate may be given. For external 
use, one part of the salt employed may be dissolved 
in from live to ten parts of water. 
Acid Sulphites (Bisulphites). These are quite as 
efficient as the sulphites, probably more so, in con- 
sequence of their relatively greater proportion of 
acid. They might be and probably are used indis- 
criminately with the sulphites ; as, in the prepara- 
tion of the latter by the direct union of their con- 
stituents, the sulphurous acid may readily be used 
in excess, and thus give rise to the bisulphite. In- 
deed, Berzelius states that the salt formed by passing 
sulphurous acid through a solution of sodium car- 
bonate until the liquid shall sensibly redden litmus 
paper, is really sodium bisulphite ; and that the 
sulphite may be prepared by adding to this salt a 
quantity of soda equal to that already contained in 
it. The bisulphites generally may be prepared by 
passing sulphurous acid in excess through the alka- 
line solution, or through the solution of a sulphite 
already formed. (See also P. J. Tr., 1872, 844.) 
They may be distinguished from the sulphites by 
being quite neutral to test-paper, while the latter 
salts have a feeble alkaline reaction. They may be 
given for the same purposes and in the same dose 
and method of administration as the sulphites. 
Some years since (P. J. Tr., 1867), W. Lascelles 
Scott called attention to the calcium bisulphite as a 
very valuable preservative; but his statements 
have not led to the practical use of the drug. 
Hyposulphites (Thiosulphates or Sulpho-sulphates). 
These may be considered as absolutely identical for 
therapeutic purposes with the sulphites ; as, when 
the}' undergo decomposition, sulphurous acid is 
eliminated. The hyposulphites consist of bases 
combined with an acid, which, in the free state, 
would be H2S203, but which, when liberated, sepa- 
rates into sulphurous acid and sulphur. They 
are prepared by boiling a sulphite or bisulphite in 
solution with sulphur, as in the example of sodium 
thiosulphate, 2Na2S03 -f- S„ — 2Na2S203, or on a 
larger scale by passing sulphur dioxide into the 
calcium sulphide liquor of the alkali waste, whereby 
calcium thiosulphate is formed. This may then be 
changed into the sodium salt by the action of so- 
dium sulphate yielding sodium thiosulphate and 
calcium sulphate. The chief advantage possessed 
by the hyposulphites is that they are less disposed 
than the sulphites to change into sulphates by the 
absorption of oxygen. They may be recognized by 
the deposition of sulphur when an acid is added to 
their solution. They are freely soluble in water, 
even the calcium and magnesium hyposulphites. 
They may be used for the same purposes and in the 
same doses as the sulphites, and administered in the 
same wav. 
SULPHORICINIC ACID. This is made by 
the action of from 30 to 40 per cent, sulphuric acid 
upon castor oil at a temperature not exceeding 50° 
C., care being taken to avoid the evolution of sul- 
phur dioxide. On the addition of water, the sul- 
phoricinic acid with unchanged oil separates in an 
oily layer from the aqueous solution of acid below. 
The sodium sulphoricinoleate forms a brown liquid, 
miscible with water and alcohol. 
This substance is a powerful local irritant. M. 
Berlioz states that the acid and its soluble salts are 
actively antiseptic and deodorizant; useful as a 
local application in ozcena and other affections. 
(La Sem. Med., March 11, 1891.) The salts have 
the power of dissolving powerful antiseptic sub- 
stances. In this way has been prepared and offered 
for sale Phenolum Natrio-sulphoricinicum. This is 
a yellowish liquid, containing 20 per cent, of car- 
bolic acid and 80 per cent, of sodium sulphori- 
cinate. The liquid itself mixes in all proportions 
with water, and has been especially commended as 
a local application in various diseases of the skin 
and in tubercular and other ulcerations of the mucous 
membranes. Berlioz (Bull. Gen. de Therap., 1890) 
especially recommends it in diphtheria. The 20 
per cent, aqueous solution is to be applied locally 
to the throat four times a day and once or twice 
in the night. (La Sem. Med., 1892.) The Naphtol 
sulphoricina.tr, the Salol sidphoricinate, and the 
Creosote sulphoricinate have also been made and 
used as local agents. 
SUPRARENAL BODIES. In no portion of 
physiology is there at present more uncertainty of 
knowledge and activity of research than in regard 
to the functions of the suprarenal bodies. Two 
theories have been strenuously upheld,—one that 
these bodies have for their function the destruction 
of certain poisons, and that the substances found 
in them have been gathered out from the blood 
for the purposes of removal; the other that the 
suprarenal bodies produce a very active substance 
necessary for the health of the organism. Which- PART II. 
Suprarenal Bodies.—Sweet Pellitory. 
1805 
ever of these theories be correct, it seems estab- 
lished that the suprarenal bodies do contain in 
them a substance of remarkable physiological ac- 
tivity. This principle has been isolated by John 
J. Abel, of Johns Hopkins University, and called 
epinephrin. It was obtained as a powder of from 
a light gray to a brownish color, showing the com- 
position C.7H15N04. When treated with pow- 
dered alkalies, it splits oft’ a primary amine and 
skatol (or methyl indol). Salts of the base, such as 
benzoate, acetate, sulphate, and picrate, have been 
obtained and analyzed. 
A minute dose of the suprarenal extract given 
intravenously produces an enormous rise of the 
arterial pressure, which has been shown by Oliver 
and Schafer (confirmed by Velich, Biedl, and 
Fraenkel) to occur after section or destruction of 
the medulla oblongata, and therefore to be due to a 
direct action of the extract upon the muscles of the 
blood-vessels and of the heart. When given in 
toxic dose, the extract causes in mammals rapid 
and extreme enfeeblement, with failure of respira- 
tion and of the circulation. Vincent has noted 
that the moderate dose of the extract produces in 
the lower animals an enormous increase in the 
respiratory rate, so that the extract probably is both 
a x-espiratory and a circulatory stimulant. 
The first use of the suprarenal extract in practical 
medicine was for the relief of Addison's disease, and 
sufficient clinical experience has been accumulated 
to make it imperative upon the physician in any 
case of Addison’s disease to make proper trial of the 
extract. The proper dose of the extract cannot yet 
be considered as determined, but is small. We have 
used a glycerin extract (forty grains of the gland 
to one fluidrachm), in doses of from ten to fifteen 
minims (0-7-1 C.c.) hypodermically, with success. 
Oliver has given one hundred and twenty grains 
of the dried, equal to six hundred grains of the 
fresh, gland daily for a week without producing 
any evidence of intoxication. If convalescence has 
been obtained in Addison’s disease by the use of 
the suprarenal extract, the administration of the 
extract in small quantities must be continued for a 
great length of time. (See Thyroid Extract.) 
The physiological action of the suprarenal extract 
gives reason for hope that it will prove to be a 
very important remedy in all cases in which there 
is failure of the heart, and especially of the blood- 
vessels, but actual experience with it at present is 
very slight. Huchard states that he has obtained 
excellent results in neurasthenia from the use of from 
fifteen to thirty grains of the gland daily. 
Mankowski found that dogs which had been 
chloroformed until circulation and respiration had 
practically ceased were at once restored by the im- 
mediate injection of a suprarenal extract solution 
into the jugular vein, whilst Gottlieb obtained simi- 
lar results in chloralized dogs. This experience 
would indicate that the remedy is probably of great 
value in acute cardiac failure, from chloroform or 
other cause, and should also be of service in all 
cases in which the vaso-motor tone is lost. At 
present, however, there is no sufficient clinical ex- 
perience to act as a guide in this matter. More- 
over, the practical value of the remedy is made 
very doubtful by the fact, first noticed by Cybul- 
ski, that it acts very fugaciously under all circum- 
stances, and very feebly when given otherwise than 
intravenously. In the experiments of Gottlieb it 
was found that the suprarenal extract has no effect 
upon the blood-pressure when administered by the 
mouth ; and that even twenty times the usual intra- 
venous dose given hypodermically did not distinctly 
affect the circulation of the dog. The cause of this 
failure Gottlieb (Archiv f. Exper. Path. u. Phartn., 
Bd. xxxviii. 100) believes to be due to a destruc- 
tion of the active principle of the drug in the tis- 
sues, because Cybulski found that the action of the 
extract was not lessened by tying the renal arteries. 
On consulting Cybulski’s original paper, however, 
we have been unable to find any such statement ; 
on the contrary, that investigator asserts (Wiener 
Med. Wochenschrift, xlvi., 1896, 258) that the active 
principle is quickly thrown off from the kidney; 
basing this assertion on the fact which he has ex- 
perimentally determined that, unlike the urine of 
the normal dog, the urine of the poisoned animal 
yields an extract which acts similarly to the pure 
suprarenal extract in the normal dog. Cybulski 
has also determined that defibrinated arterial blood 
does not destroy the extract when mixed with it. 
Bapid elimination is therefore probably the chief 
cause of the fugaciousness of the influence of the 
suprarenal capsules extract, although, as Cybulski 
determined that a solution of the potassium per- 
manganate quickly destroys it, so it would seem 
possible that the active principle is oxidized in the 
system to some extent. 
It would be evidently useless to inject an extract 
of suprarenal capsules, almost ot necessity con- 
taining microbes, into the vein of a human being, 
so that the value of suprarenal extract as a cardiac 
stimulant seems at present to be very low. If, how- 
ever, the stimulant principle of the suprarenal ex- 
tract should become a commercial product in its 
pure form, it would probably be of the greatest 
value in various cases of sudden heart-failure. 
If the results obtained in Addison’s disease by the 
administration of the suprarenal extract be as is 
believed, it is very probable that the extract con- 
tains some other principle than that which affects 
the circulation. 
The influence of the suprarenal extract upon the 
blood-vessels is so intense that it will probably 
prove to be a local remedy of importance in vari- 
ous inflammatory and congestive diseases. Yelich 
(Wien. Med. Blatter. 1897) found that a sterilized 
aqueous solution of suprarenal extract produced 
when dropped in the eye marked pallor, and that 
in various conditions with granulating surfaces a 
similar local influence was manifested. In cases 
of eczema, under the action of the solution the 
red hyperaemic skin becomes white, provided the 
disease has not been of such long standing as to 
impair the activity of the blood-vessels. These 
observations, at least so far as the eye is concerned, 
have been confirmed bv Darier, by Dor, by Mau- 
range, and others. In the eye the pallor appears in 
from thirty to forty seconds, and lasts from fifteen 
to twenty minutes. Maurange strongly recom- 
mends an aqueous extract for the prevention of 
hemorrhage during operations on the eye, as a 
haemostatic, and as an assistant to the usual method 
of treatment in conjunctivitis, keratitis, glaucoma, 
and other ocular inflammation. It is important 
that the solution be made fresh at the time of using, 
as it undergoes rapid decomposition. It should 
always be sterilized by boiling just before it is used. 
SWEET PELLITORY. The root of Tanace- 
tum unbelliferum, Boiss. (nat. ord. Composite), of 
India, according to David Hooper, contains pyre- 1806 
Swietenia Febrifuga.— Tacamahac. 
PART II. 
coniferin) is a light rose-red amorphous mass, sol- 
uble in alcohol, insoluble in water and ether. 
SYRUPUS FERRI BROMIDI. U. S. 1880. 
Syrup of Bromide of Iron. “ A syrupy liquid con- 
taining 10 per cent, of Ferrous Bromide [FeBr2; 
215-5.—FeBr; 107 75]. Iron, in the form of fine 
wire, and cut into small pieces, thirty parts [or one 
and a half ounces av.] ; Bromine, seventy-five parts 
[or nine fluidrachms] ; Sugar, in coarse powder, 
six hundred parts [or twenty-eight ounces av.] ; 
Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity, To make one 
thousand parts [or about two pints]. Introduce 
the Iron into a fiask of thin glass of suitable ca- 
pacity, add to it two hundred parts [or nine fluid- 
ounces] of Distilled Water and afterwards the 
Bromine. Shake the mixture occasionally, until 
the reaction ceases and the solution has acquired a 
green color and has lost the odor of Bromine. 
Place tbe Sugar in a porcelain capsule and filter 
the solution of bromide of iron into the Sugar. 
Rinse the flask and Iron wire with ninety parts [or 
four fluidounces] of Distilled Water, and pass the 
washings through the filter into the Sugar. Stir 
the mixture with a porcelain or wooden spatula, 
heat it to the boiling point on a sand-bath, and, 
having strained the Syrup through linen into a 
tared bottle, add enough Distilled Water to make 
the product weigh one thousand parts [or measure 
two pints]. Lastly, shake the bottle and transfer 
its contents to small vials, which should be com- 
pletely filled, securely corked, and kept in a place 
accessible to daylight.” Although this ferruginous 
syrup is not so sensitive to the oxidizing action of 
the air as syrup of iodide of iron, it is preferable 
to filter the solution into hot syrup instead of into 
sugar in an open capsule. It is “a transparent, 
pale green liquid, odorless, having a sweet, strongly 
ferruginous taste, and a neutral reaction. With 
test-solution of ferricyanide of potassium it yields 
a blue precipitate. If a little disulphide of carbon 
be added to the syrup, then a few drops of chlo- 
rine water, and the whole agitated, the disulphide 
will separate with a yellow or brown color. It 
should not deposit a sediment on keeping, and 
should not tinge gelatinized starch yellow (abs. of 
free bromine). 5 39 Gm. of the Syrup should re- 
quire for complete precipitation 50 C.c. of the 
volumetric solution of nitrate of silver (correspond- 
ing to 10 per cent, of ferrous bromide).” 17. S. 
1880. Ferrous bromide has been recommended as 
a sedative chalybeate tonic, and has been especially 
praised by Jacob Da Costa in chorea. In an ex- 
tended trial of it by H. C. Wood, it failed entirely 
to be of service. It is not an eligible chalybeate. 
Dose, from half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-75 C.c.), 
equal to about four to eight grains of the bromide. 
TACAMAHAC. Tacamahaca. The resinous 
substance commonly known by this name is sup- 
posed to be derived from the Fagara octandra of 
Linn. (Elaphrium tomentosum, Jacq., Amyris to- 
mentosa., Spreng., now Bursera tomentosa, Triana 
and Planch.), a tree of considerable size, of the nat. 
ord. Burseraceae, growing in the island of Curaijoa 
and in Venezuela. The juice exudes spontaneously, 
and hardens on exposure. As brought into the 
market, it is in irregularly shaped pieces of various 
sizes, some not larger than a mustard-seed, others 
as much as an inch or two inches in diameter. 
The color is usually light yellowish or reddish 
brown, but in the larger masses is more or less 
diversified. The pieces are in general translucent, 
thrine in minute proportions with fat and wax, an 
organic acid which is a pigment, glucose, and 
inulin. (P. J. Tr., xxi. 1890.) 
SWIETENIA FEBRIFUGA. Roxb. (Now 
Soymida febrifuga, Juss.) Rohun-bark. (Nat. ord. 
Meliaceas.) The bark of this East Indian tree is 
said to he much used as an antiperiodic in half- 
drachm (1*9 Gm.) doses. 
The Swieicnia mahagoni, Jacq., or mahogany- 
tree, which grows in the West Indies and other 
parts of tropical America, has also a bitter, astrin- 
gent hark, containing catechin. [Bull. Soc. Chim. 
de Paris, xxiv. 118.) The bark of S. senegalensis, 
Desv. (now Khaya senegalensis, A. Juss.), is used 
on the coast of Africa in the cure of intermittents, 
and M. Caventou has extracted an alkaloid from it. 
(Am. Journ. Med. Sci., N. S., xx. 168.) 
SYCOSE. This name has been applied to sac- 
charin and also to preparations of saccharin. (See 
Qlusidum, p. 654.) 
SYMPHOROL. Symphoral, Sodium, Lithium, 
or Strontium Caffeine-sulphonates. The name sym- 
phorol is applied to either of the salts above men- 
tioned. They are colorless, odorless, bitter powders. 
The sodium salt is used as a diuretic, the lithium 
salt in gout and rheumatism, and the strontium salt 
in Bright's disease. 
SYMPHYTUM OFFICINALE. L. Comfrey. 
Radix Symphiti. Radix Consolidce Majoris. Con- 
soude, Fr. Schwarzwurz, Beinwurz, G. A peren- 
nial European plant often cultivated. Its root is 
spindle-shaped, branched, often more than an inch 
thick and a foot long, externally smooth and black- 
ish, internally white, fleshy, and juicy. By drying 
it becomes wrinkled, of a firm, horny consistence, 
and of a dark color within. It is almost inodorous, 
and has a mucilaginous, feebly astringent taste. It 
contains mucilage in great abundance (according 
to Lewis, more than althaja root) and a little tannin. 
It was formerly highly esteemed as a vulnerary. 
Its virtues are those of a demulcent, like marsh- 
mallow, and it is used domestically in chronic ca- 
tarrhs, consumption, and other lung diseases. 
SYMPLOCOS RACEMOSA. Roxb. (Nat 
ord. Styraceae.) The hark of this East Indian tree 
is said to be a mild astringent, and especially useful 
in menorrhagia. (P. J. Tr., Sept. 24, 1881.) 
SYNANTHROSE. Lcevulin. CgH1906. This 
is a carbohydrate, isomeric with inulin, discovered 
by O. Popp in Helianthus tuberosus, L. (Nat. ord. 
Composite.) For details, see Tollens, Kohlenhy- 
drate, 198. 
SYRINGA VULGARIS. L. Common Lilac. 
(Nat. ord. Oleacese.) The leaves and fruit of this 
common garden plant have a hitter and somewhat 
acrid taste, and have been used as tonic and anti- 
periodic. MM. Petroz and Robinet found in the 
fruit a sweet and hitter principle. The latter was 
afterwards obtained pure by M. Meillet, who gave 
it the name of lilacin, and by Bernays, who called 
it syringin. It has been investigated by Kromayer 
(Arch. d. Pharm., (2) 113, 19), who established its 
glucosidal character, gave it the formula C17H24Og 
-fll„0, and showed its identity with the ligustrin 
of Polex. It forms long white stellate needles, 
which are tasteless, easily soluble in hot water and 
alcohol, insoluble in ether. The crystals become 
anhydrous at 115° C., and fuse at 212° C. On 
heating with dilute acids it breaks up into syrbi- 
genin, Cj1H1404, and a fermentable glucose. The 
syringenin (which has been recognized as oxymethyl Taka-Diastase.—Tannigen. 
1807 
PART II. 
though frequently covered with powder upon their 
surface, so as to render them apparently opaque. 
They are heavier than water, brittle, and pulver- 
izable, yielding a pale yellow powder. Their odor 
is resinous and agreeable, their taste bitter, bal- 
samic, and somewhat acrid. Exposed to heat, they 
melt and exhale a stronger odor. Tacamahac is 
partially soluble in alcohol, and completely so in 
ether and the fixed oils. It consists of resin with 
a little volatile oil. 
Another variety is obtained from the East Indies, 
and called tacamahaca orientate, or tacamahaca in 
testis It is supposed to be derived from the Calo- 
phyllum inophyllum, and comes into the market in 
gourd-shells covered with rush leaves. It is of a 
pale yellow color inclining to green, slightly trans- 
lucent, soft, and adhesive, of an agreeable odor, and 
an aromatic bitterish taste. It is at present very 
rare in commerce. The tree which yields this resin 
produces a drupe, about as large as a plum, from 
the seeds of which 50 per cent, of a greenish-yellow 
fixed oil is obtained by expression, used in India for 
lamps, and as a local application in the itch. [Journ. 
de Pharm., 1861, 23.) Guibourt describes several 
other varieties of tacamahac, which, however, are 
little known. Among them is a soft, adhesive, dark 
green oleoresin [Journ. de Pharm., 3e ser., xxiv. 
396), said to be procured from the Calophyllum 
tacamahaca, growing in the islands of Bourbon 
and Madagascar. (See also Pennetier, Matieres 
Premieres, 642.) 
Tacamahac was formerly highly esteemed as an 
internal remedy, hut is now used only in ointments 
and plasters. Its properties are analogous to those 
of the turpentines. It is sometimes used as incense. 
TAKA-DIASTASE. This ferment is formed 
by the action of a fungus [Moyashi aspergillus 
oryzce, Cohn. Eurotium oryzce, Ablburg; for de- 
scription, see A. J. P., 1898, 137) upon steamed 
rice, and is used in Japan, where it is known by 
the name of koji, in the preparation of the national 
intoxicating beverage sake. It has also been em- 
ployed to act upon maize in the making of whiskey. 
It is a yellowish-white, highly hygroscopic pow- 
der, almost tasteless, freely soluble in water. It is 
capable, under proper conditions, of converting one 
hundred times its weight of starch in ten minutes 
into glucose. Its action resembles very closely that 
of saliva; according to the experiments of Julius 
Friedenwald [New York Med. Journ., 1897), it not 
only aids in the digestion of the starches, but serves 
the other function of the saliva in stimulating the 
gastric secretion, and thereby promoting the pro- 
teid digestion. It would seem, therefore, to he 
especially indicated as an artificial digestant in 
those cases in which there is a deficiency of saliva. 
There is much clinical evidence on record as to 
its value in all cases in which there is loss of power 
of digesting starches, and the correctness of Arm- 
strong’s assertion [Liverpool Med. Chir. Journ., 
1897), that it is especially valuable in gouty per- 
sons in whom the starch digestion is often feeble, 
would seem to be well founded. In Friedenwald s 
experiments with test-breakfasts it was found not to 
affect normal gastric digestion, and to he of very 
little value in pure nervous dyspepsia. In oases of 
gastric catarrh, with subacidity, it appeared to 
have a tendency to increase the acidity of the gas- 
tric juices and to promote the digestion of starches. 
Its greatest applicability, however, was found to be 
in cases of hyperacidity, in which it is stated to 
diminish the excess of acid and increase gastric 
peristalsis. It should be given in the middle of 
the meal, in doses of from five to ten grains (0-3- 
0-6 Gm.), in capsules ; or, after the meal, in slightly 
alkaline solution. 
TALCUM. 4Mg0.5Si02 H20. Talc. French 
Chalk. This mineral is known also as steatite or 
soapstone, yet, strictly speaking, the latter differs 
slightly, having aluminum in its composition. 
Talc is a very widely diffused substance, having 
been found in Austria, Shetland Isles, Sweden, 
Bohemia, New Jersey, and in various other coun- 
tries. It is of a whitish or grayish-green color, 
having a waxy lustre, and occurs in masses, which 
cleave perfectly in one direction. Its sp. gr. is 2 6, 
and pure talc is insoluble in acids and other liquids. 
Ferrous oxide and small quantities of alumina 
and lime are frequently found associated with it. 
"When powdered and purified from these contami- 
nations by treatment with a hot dilute solution of 
hydrochloric acid, it forms an excellent filtering 
basis. The production of talc and soapstone in the 
United States is large. The entire product of the 
various grades of talc marketed during 1892 is esti- 
mated at about 70,000 tons, of which 51,000 tons 
were fibrous talc and 19,000 tons were soapstone. 
TANGHINIA. Ordeal Bean of Madagascar. 
Tanghinia venenifera, Poir. (now Cerbera Tanghin, 
Hook.) (nat. ord. Apocynacese), has been investi- 
gated, and, according to C. E. Quinquaud, is both a 
respiratory and a cardiac poison. (Compt.-Rend., cl. 
534. See also Therap. Oaz., vol. ii. 610.) The 
active principle, tanghimn, occurs in colorless lus- 
trous scales, efflorescing in the air, having a hitter 
and sharp taste, soluble in alcohol, ether, and 
acetic acid. 
TANNALBIN. Tannin Albuminate. This com- 
pound, suggested by Gottlieb, is made by adding 
to ten parts of a 10 per cent, solution of albumen 
six and a half parts of a 10 per cent, solution of 
tannin ; the precipitate is collected, washed, pressed, 
and dried by exposure to heat (about 110° C.) for 
six hours. It contains about one-half its weight 
of tannin. It is a light brown powder, insoluble 
in water and in the gastric juice, tasteless, odorless, 
and not at all irritant to the mucous membranes. 
As an astringent it is very feeble, hut is probably 
decomposed in the intestines, and is a valuable 
remedy in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea de- 
pendent upon intestinal relaxation, and has even 
been used with asserted satisfaction when there 
were intestinal catarrh and ulceration. It does not 
disturb the digestion : indeed, has been highly com- 
mended in gastric catarrh with excessive secretion 
of mucus. It has also been found useful in chronic 
albuminuria, especially in lessening the amount of 
albumin in the urine. Dose, from fifteen to thirty 
grains (0-9-1-9 Gm.), three to six times a day, in 
capsule or powder. 
TANNALUM. Tannal. Basic Aluminum 
Tannate. A12(0H)4(C14H909)2 -f- 10H2O. This 
is a brownish-yellow powder, insoluble in water, 
which has been especially commended by Hey- 
mann as a mild, astringent, non-irritant substance, 
to he used as a dusting powder or by insufflation in 
diseases of the nasal and laryngeal mucous mem- 
branes. By the action of tartaric acid it becomes 
converted into the so-called soluble tannal, Al2 
(C4IIe06)2(C14H90a)2 + 6H20, also used locally. 
TANNIGEN. Diacetyl Tannic Acid. C14H8 
(COCH3)2<)9. This compound, which is prepared 1808 
Tannoform.—Tapioca. 
PART II. 
by the action of acetic anhydride or acetyl chloride 
upon tannin, is the acetic ester of tannic acid. It 
is a yellowish-gray, tasteless and odorless, slightly 
hygroscopic powder, which can be heated to 180° 
C. without alteration; insoluble in cold water, 
readily soluble in alcohol, dissolving in dilute solu- 
tion of sodium phosphate, soda, or borax, with the 
production of a yellowish-brown color. It has 
been used as a mild astringent in chronic diar- 
rhoeas, especially in such as often accompany phthi- 
sis, and as a local application by insufflation in 
chronic rhinitis and laryngitis. Dose, from ten to 
fifteen grains (0-6-0-9 Gm.) three or four times a 
day, in capsules: to children it may be given 
spread on bread and butter. 
TANNOFORM. Methylene Ditannin. 
CH2(C14H0O9)2. A new class of bodies has been 
prepared by Merck which are termed tannoforms, 
and which consist of combinations between the vari- 
ous characteristic tannins and formaldehyde. These 
bodies are formed by adding a solution of formal- 
dehyde gas to a purified plant extract containing 
the plant tannin in the presence of hydrochloric 
acid. The further nomenclature of the tannoforms 
depends upon the name of the plant from which 
the particular tannin is derived. 
The condensation product of gallotannic acid and 
formaldehyde, which is termed simply tannoform, 
is made by dissolving five grammes of tannin in 
about fifteen kilogrammes of hot water, adding 
three kilogrammes of 30 per cent, formaldehyde, 
and then adding concentrated hydrochloric acid 
until no further precipitate is thrown down. This 
requires about twelve to fifteen kilogrammes of 
acid. The precipitate is then washed with water 
and dried at a low temperature. 
Tannoform occurs as a light pinkish-white pow- 
der which decomposes at about 230° C. It is dis- 
solved by alcohol and is insoluble in all the usual 
organic solvents ; but is soluble in diluted ammonia, 
soda, or potassa solutions, giving a brownish-red 
solution, from which it is again precipitated upon 
the addition of an acid. When warmed with con- 
centrated sulphuric acid it dissolves with a brown 
color, turning on further heating to green, and then 
to blue. The green or blue sulphuric acid solu- 
tion gives a beautiful blue color with alcohol, which 
on standing some time turns to a wine-red, and on 
dilution with soda solution to a grass-green color. 
Tannoform is looked upon as being methylene 
ditannin. It has been chiefly used as a local remedy 
in the treatment of eczema, bed-sores, local hyperi- 
droses, chancres, etc. Von Oefele recommends it 
especially in pruritus vaginae. It may be used as 
a dusting powder pure, or often with advantage 
mixed with starch. 
It is stated that tannoform is decomposed in the 
intestines by the pancreatinic. juices, and acts as an 
astringent through its tannic acid, and as an anti- 
septic through its formaldehyde. It has been used 
with alleged good result in acute and chronic en- 
teritis and other forms of diarrhoea,, in doses of from 
one-half grain to one grain (0 03-0-06 Gm.), in 
capsule, from three to six times a day. 
TANNON. Tannopin, (CH2)eN4(C14H1009)3, 
is a condensation product of tannin and hexa- 
methylenetetramine (urotropine). It is a light 
brown, tasteless and odorless, non-hygroscopic 
powder, insoluble in water, weak acids, spirit, and 
ether, but dissolving slowly in dilute alkaline solu- 
tion. It has been used by Schreiber (Deutsche 
Med. Wochensch., 1897) in diarrhoea in doses of 
fifteen grains (0-9 Gm.) from three to four times a 
day. 
TANNOSAL. Creosal. The tannic acid ester of 
creosote, containing 60 per cent, of creosote. This is 
an amorphous dark brown powder, having a slight 
odor of creosote and a disagreeable taste; very 
hygroscopic, and soluble in water, alcohol, and 
glycerin. It is a synthetic combination of tannic 
acid and creosote in the proportion of two to three, 
and has been commended by G. Kestner (Therap. 
Wochensch., Bd. x.) in the treatment of tubercu- 
losis and pulmonary catarrhs. Dose, from fifteen to 
sixty grains (0-9-3-7 G-m.). The commercial solu- 
tion of tannosal contains fifteen grains (0-9 Gm.) 
in each tablespoonful. 
TAPIOCA. Under this name the U. S. P. 
formerly recognized the fecula obtained from the 
Janipha manihot, H. B. K., Jatropha manihot, L. 
(now Manihot utilissima, Pohl, B. & T. 235), the 
cassava plant or manioc of the West Indies, the 
mandioca or tapioca of Brazil. It is a shrub be- 
longing to the Euphorbiaceas, about six or eight 
feet high, with a very large, white, fleshy, tuberous 
root, which often weighs thirty pounds. The stem 
is round, jointed, and furnished at its upper part 
with alternate petiolate leaves, deeply divided into 
three, five, or seven oval-lanceolate, very acute 
lobes, which are somewhat wavy upon their bor- 
ders, deep green on their upper surface, glaucous 
and whitish beneath. The flowers are in axillary 
racemes. 
Janipha manihot is a native of South America, 
and is cultivated extensively in the West Indies, 
Brazil, and other parts of tropical America, and in 
Liberia, for the sake of its root, which is much em- 
ployed as an article of food. It can also be grown 
successfully in Florida and other Southern States. 
(See Forty-fourth Bulletin U. S. Dept. Agriculture.) 
The plant is propagated by cuttings. It is of quick 
growth, and the root arrives at perfection in about 
eight months. There are two chief varieties, hut 
it is said that in Brazil as many as thirty different 
forms of the plant are recognized by cultivators. 
The root of the sweet cassavas may be eaten with 
impunity ; that of the bitter, which is the most ex- 
tensively cultivated, abounds in an acrid milky 
juice, which renders it highly poisonous if eaten 
in the recent state. By MM. Henry and Boutron- 
Chalard it has been ascertained that the bitter 
cassava owes its poisonous properties to hydro- 
cyanic acid. (Journ. de Pharm., xxii. 119.) Both 
varieties contain a large proportion of starch. The 
root is prepared for use by washing, scraping, and 
grating or grinding it into a pulp, which, in the 
bitter variety, is submitted to pressure so as to 
separate the deleterious juice. It is dried, and in 
the state of meal or powder is made into bread, 
ca!<es, or puddings. As the poisonous principle is 
volatile, the portion which may have remained in 
the meal is entirely dissipated by the heat employed 
in cooking. The preparation denominated tapioca 
among us is obtained from the expressed juice. 
This, upon standing, deposits a powder, which, 
after repeated washings with cold water, is nearly 
pure starch. It is dried by exposure to heat, which 
renders it partially soluble in cold water, and en- 
ables it to assume its characteristic consistence. 
When dried without heat, it is pulverulent, and 
closely resembles the fecula of arrow-root. In De- 
merara, as we are told by M. Pagot, the manioc PART II. 
Taxus Baccata.—Tea. 
1809 
juice, after having been deprived of all injurious 
properties by boiling, is used as a sauce. (P. J. 
Tr., 1873.) 
The preparation of tapioca in Malacca is thus de- 
scribed by James Collins. The fresh root-stocks 
were thoroughly washed in tubs in a constant 
stream of water by scantily clad Chinese, and then 
peeled like turnips ; they were then sliced in one 
machine and pulped in another, the pulp being re- 
moved in cane baskets to large wooden frames, with 
calico bottoms; a powerful stream of water was 
allowed to fall upon the pulp, a sifting motion 
being communicated to the strainer; as the starch 
became washed out, it was received into inclined 
troughs, and, whilst in a state of suspension, run 
into settling-vats. There it was stirred and washed, 
and, while moist, it was removed to the drying- 
room. Two kinds of tapioca are prepared. The 
flour is made by heating slightly by fires placed 
underneath ; it is constantly stirred, and turned 
over with iron shovels, to prevent agglutination 
and insure equal drying. Granular tapioca is made 
as follows. A long range of quallies, or small iron 
shallow pans, are slightly tilted forward on ledges 
of brickwork, and heated with a wood fire. Each 
operator has a quallie and fire to himself. Taking 
a quantity of damp starch, he stirs it round and 
round with an iron shovel, and the heat is sufficient 
to cause the tapioca to become agglutinated to- 
gether in small masses, and coated with dextrin. 
The drying is done with great skill, and with an 
open fire. {Chem. and Drug., 1884.) Tapioca is 
also made at present on the large scale in Malacca 
with steam apparatus. 
Tapioca is in irregular, hard, white, rough grains, 
possessing little taste, partially soluble in cold water, 
and affording a fine blue color when iodine is added 
to its filtered solution. The partial solubility in cold 
water is owing to the rupture of the starch-granules 
by heat. Examined under the microscope, the 
granules appear partly broken, partly entire. The 
latter are muller-shaped, about the two-thousandth 
of an inch in diameter, more uniform in size than 
the granules of most other varieties of fecula, with 
a distinct hilum, which is surrounded by rings, and 
cracks in a stellate manner. Tapioca meal, called 
sometimes Brazilian arrow-root, and by the French 
moussache, is the fecula dried without heat. Its 
granules are identical with those already described. 
Being nutritious, and at the same time easy of di- 
gestion and destitute of irritating properties, tapioca 
forms an excellent diet for the sick and convalescent. 
It is prepared for use by boiling it in water. Lemon- 
juice and sugar are usually grateful additions, and 
in low states of disease or cases of debility it may 
be advantageously impregnated with wine and nut- 
meg or other aromatic. 
A factitious tapioca is found in the shops, con- 
sisting of very small, smooth, spherical grains, and 
supposed to be prepared from potato starch. It is 
sold under the name of pearl tapioca. 
From the Zamia,integrifolia (nat. ord. Cycadaceae) 
or Indian bread-root of South Florida the Seminole 
Indians produce a yellowish-white flour known as 
koonti, and much used by them. From the same 
root it is said that a very superior edible starch is 
manufactured and sold in Key West. The starch 
grains are muller-shaped. (See A. J. P., 1898, 212). 
TAXUS BACCATA. L. Common European 
Yew-tree. .If commun, Fi\ Eibe, G. (Nat. ord. j 
Conifers.) The fruit of this handsome and well- ' 
known evergreen appears to be a deadly poison. 
In a fatal case the child was found semi-comatose, 
with convulsions, a cold and clammy skin, difficult 
respirations, dilated pupils, and attempts at vomit- 
ing. There seems to he reason for believing that 
the poison is in the seeds rather than the flesh of 
the berry. (See lflth ed. U. S. D.; also Dr. James 
Thompson, Lancet, 1868, 530. For fatal cases in 
adults, see Med. Times and Gaz., 1870, ii. ; also 
Lancet, 1870, 471 ; also P. J. Tr., viii. 361.) W. 
Mamie obtained from yew seeds and leaves an alka- 
loid, C97H61NO10, to which the name of taxine has 
been given. It was a white, poisonous, crystalline 
powder, slightly soluble only in water, easily soluble 
in ether, alcohol, chloroform, benzol, and carbon 
disulphide, but not in petroleum benzin. It fused 
at 80° C. With concentrated sulphuric acid it gave 
a red color, but dissolved without color in nitric 
and phosphoric acids. (A. J. P., 1876, 353.) For 
Vreven’s method of isolating toxine, see P. J Tr., 
1896, 215. Amato and Capparelli (Gazz. Chim., 
x. 349) prepared from the leaves a volatile alkaloid, 
which was soluble in cold sulphuric acid with yellow 
color, becoming red on heating. They also isolated 
a nitrogenous crystalline and colorless principle, 
fusing at from 86°-87° C., soluble in alcohol and 
insoluble in water, to which they gave the name 
milossin. 
TAYUYA. The root of the Dermophylla pen- 
dulina, Manso (nat. ord. Cucurbitaceas) is used in 
Brazil, under the name of tayuya, in syphilis, etc. 
(N. It., 1877, 234) ; also, under the same name, the 
root of the Trianosperma ficifolia, Mart, (now 
Cayapoina martiana, Cogn.), also of the nat. ord. 
Cucurbitaceae (P. J. Tr., x. 667), and probably 
various other roots. In T. ficifolia two alkaloids, 
trianospermine and trianospermitine, and a bitter 
principle, tayuyin, have been found by Peckholdt 
(P. J. Tr., x. 667), and in T. dermophylla a green 
resin, bitter extractive, and tannic acid. {Bull. 
Gen. de Therap., lxxxiv., xci. See also Proc. A. 
P. A., xxiv.) 
TEA. The, Fr. Thee, G. The plant which 
furnishes tea—Thea chinensis, Sims (Camellia the- 
ifera, Grift'., now C. Thea, Link)—is an evergreen 
shrub belonging to the nat. ord. Ternstrcemi- 
aceae. It is usually from four to eight feet high, 
though capable, in a favorable situation, of attaining 
the height of thirty feet. It has numerous alter- 
nate branches, furnished with elliptical-oblong or 
lanceolate, pointed leaves, which are serrate except 
at the base, smooth on both sides, green, shining, 
marked with one rib and many transverse veins, arid 
supported alternately upon short footstalks. They 
are two or three inches long, and from half an inch 
to an inch in breadth. The flowers are either soli- 
tary or supported, two or three together, at the axils 
of the leaves. They are of considerable size, not 
unlike those of the myrtle in appearance, consisting 
of a short green calyx with five or six lobes, of a 
corolla with from four to nine large unequal snow- 
white petals, of numerous stamens with yellow 
anthers and connected at their base, and of a pistil 
with a three-parted style. The fruit is a three-celled 
and three-seeded capsule. It has not been certainly 
determined whether more than one species of the 
tea-plant exist. Linnasus admitted two species— 
T. bohea and T. viridis—differing in the number of 
their petals; but this ground of distinction is un- 
tenable, as the petals are known to vary very much 
in the same plant. Hayne makes three species— 1810 
PART II. 
T. stricta, T. bohea, and T. viridis—which are dis- 
tinguished severally by the shape of their leaves 
and fruit and the direction of the footstalk. De 
Candolle admits but one species, with two varieties, 
—the viridis or green tea, with “ lanceolate flat 
leaves, three times as long as they are broad,” and 
the bohea, with “ elliptical-oblong, subrugose leaves, 
twice as long as broad.” Lindley recognizes the 
two Linnsean species, distinguishing them by the 
leaves, which in T. viridis are acuminate, and 
emarginate at the apex, and in T. bohea are smaller, 
flatter, darker green, with small serratures, and 
terminate gradually in a point, but are not at all 
acuminate or emarginate. (Flora Medica, 120.) 
The tea-plant is a native of China and Japan, and 
is cultivated in both countries, but most abundantly 
in the former. In Japan it forms hedge-rows around 
the rice- and corn-fields ; in China, whence immense 
quantities of tea are exported, whole fields are de- 
voted to its culture. It is propagated from the seeds, 
which are planted in holes at certain distances, six 
or eight seeds being placed in each hole, in order to 
secure the growth of one. In three years the plant 
yields leaves for collection, and in six attains the 
height of a man. When from seven to ten years 
old, it is cut down, in order that the numerous 
shoots which issue from the stump may afford a 
larger product of the leaves. These are picked 
separately by the hand. Three harvests, according 
to Kaempfer, are usually made during the year: 
the first at the end of February, the second at the 
beginning of April, and the third in June. As the 
youngest leaves are the best, the product of the first 
collection is most valuable, while that of the third, 
consisting of the oldest leaves, is comparatively 
little esteemed. Sometimes only one or two harvests 
are made; but care is always taken to assort the 
leaves according to their age, and thus originate 
numerous commercial varieties of tea. The char- 
acter of the plant, dependent upon the soil, situation, 
climate, and culture, has also a great influence upon 
the value of the leaves. It is said that the best 
tea is procured from the shrubs which grow upon 
the sides of steep hills with a southern exposure. 
Though the plant grows both about Pekin in the 
north and Canton in the south of China, it is said 
to attain greater perfection in the intermediate 
country, in the neighborhood of Nankin, for in- 
stance, where the climate is neither so cold as in the 
first-mentioned vicinity nor so hot as in the second. 
Some of the commercial varieties have their origin 
in this cause ; and it is highly probable, though the 
fact has not been certainly proved, that difference 
in species may be another source of diversity. 
After having been gathered, the leaves are dried by 
artificial heat in shallow iron pans, from which they 
are removed while still hot, and rolled with the 
fingers, or in the palm of the hand, so as to be 
brought into the form in which they are found in 
commerce. For further particulars as to the culti- 
vation of tea, see P. J. Tr., 1871,386. The odor 
of the tea-leaves themselves is very slight, and it 
is customary to mix with them the flowers of certain 
aromatic plants, and those of the orange, different 
species of jasmine, the rose, Olea fragrans, Thunb. 
(now Osmanthus fragrans, Lour.), of the oleaceae, 
and Camellia sasanqua (Thunb. ?), in order to render 
them pleasant to the smell. The flowers are after- 
wards separated by sifting or otherwise. (See P. 
J. Tr., xv. 112.) The cultivation of tea has been 
successfully introduced into Brazil and into the 
British possessions in India. Samples of Himalaya 
tea, chemically examined by T. Zoeller, were found 
to he equal to the best Chinese product, containing 
at least 5 per cent, of theine and 5 38 per cent, of 
nitrogen. (P. J. Tr., 1871, 162.) In 1886, Eng- 
land imported 145,000,000 lbs. of tea from China, 
and 81,000,000 lbs. from India. Attempts have 
been made, under the auspices of the government, 
to introduce the tea-culture into the United States. 
Bush Tea and Honig Thee, used at Cape Colony, 
South Africa, as a substitute for tea, are the dried 
leaves and tops of species of Cyclopia, probably C. 
brachypoda, Benth. (now C. subternata, Vog.), and 
one or more species of Cyclopia (nat. ord. Legumi- 
nosae). According to the analysis of Mr. Henry G. 
Greenish, they do not contain theine, hut a gluco- 
sidal body, cyclopin, C26H28013. (P. J. Tr., xi. 
549.) 
The importations of tea into the United States 
for the year ending June 30, 1897, amounted to 
113,347,175 lbs., valued at $14,835,862. Numerous 
varieties exist in commerce, differing in the shape 
communicated by rolling, in color, in flavor, or in 
strength ; but they may be all arranged in the two 
divisions of green and black teas, which, at least in 
their extremes, differ so much in properties that it 
is difficult to conceive that they are derived from 
the same species. 
Under the name of tea oil has appeared in the 
London markets a Chinese fixed oil said to be de- 
rived from Camellia oleifera, Wall, (now C. drupi- 
fera, Lour.), a detailed description of which, with 
tests, may be found in the P. J. Tr., vol. xvi. 634. 
A similar oil is prepared in Japan from the seeds of 
Camellia japonica (L. ?). (Ibid., 637, 764.) 
Properties. Green tea is characterized by a dark 
green color, sometimes inclining more or less to blue 
or brown. It has a peculiar, refreshing, somewhat 
aromatic odor, and an astringent, slightly pungent, 
and agreeably bitterish taste. Its infusion has a 
pale greenish-yellow color, with the odor and taste 
of the leaves. According to Mr. Warington, who 
examined numerous varieties of tea carefully, both 
by the microscope and chemical tests, many of the 
green teas imported into Great Britain owe their 
color to a powdery coating, consisting of calcium 
sulphate and Prussian blue ; others to a mixture of 
these with a yellowish vegetable substance; and 
others, again, to calcium sulphate alone. (P. J. Tr., 
iv. 37.) Black tea is distinguished by a dark brown 
color. It is usually less firmly rolled and lighter 
than the green, and contains the petioles of the plant 
mingled with the leaves. Its odor is fainter, and of 
a somewhat different character, though still fra- 
grant. Its taste, like that of green tea, is astringent 
and bitterish, but is less pungent, and to many per- 
sons less agreeable. To hot water it imparts a brown 
color, with its sensible properties of taste and smell. 
These vary exceedingly in degree in the different 
varieties, and some black teas are almost wholly 
destitute of aromatic or agreeable flavor. Accord- 
ing to Blytli, green tea is prepared from young leaves 
which are roasted over a wood fire within an hour or 
two after being gathered ; while the black tea leaves, 
on the other hand, are allowed to lie in heaps for ten 
or twelve hours after they have been plucked, 
during which time they undergo a sort of fermenta- 
tion ; the leaves then pass through certain processes, 
and are slowly dried over charcoal fires. (Wynter 
Blyth, Foods, Composition and Analysis, 1882.) A 
sophisticated tea is largely exported from China, PART II. 
Tea.—Tellurium. 
1811 
consisting of powdered tea mixed with sand and 
other earth, and agglutinated with gum ; that which 
is to pass for black being colored with plumbago, and 
the green with the coating above referred to. On 
analysis, these teas were found to afford from 35 to 
45 per cent, of ashes, while the genuine yields only 
5 per cent. A very full account of the adulteration 
of tea and the methods for the detection of the same 
may he found in Allen, Com. Org. Anal., 2d ed. 
The following analyses by Y. Kozai (Bulletin 
No. 7, Imperial College of Agriculture, Japan) 
have a special value, owing to the author’s knowl- 
edge of tea manufacture. Special precautions were 
taken in sampling the leaves, to insure strictly par- 
allel specimens being taken. The figures refer to 
the moisture-free leaves in each case. 
ble in cold hydrochloric acid, slowly separating; 
auric and mercuric chlorides and silver nitrate also 
give precipitates. Infusion of galls causes a deposit 
of theine tannate, which is again, however, dis- 
solved by heating the water. 
Tea is astringent and gently excitant, and exerts 
a decided influence over the nervous system, evinced 
by the feelings of comfort and even exhilaration 
which it produces, and the unnatural wakefulness 
to which it gives rise when taken in unusual quan- 
tities or by those unaccustomed to its use. It is 
almost exclusively used as a beverage. Taken 
moderately, and by healthy individuals, it may be 
considered as perfectly harmless; but long continued 
in excessive quantity it is capable of inducing un- 
pleasant nervous and dyspeptic symptoms. Green 
Unprepared Leaves, 
Green Tea. 
Black Tea. 
Caffeine or Theine 
3-30 
3-20 
3-30 
Ether Extract 
6-49 
5-52 
5-82 
Hot-water Extract 
50-97 
53-74 
47-23 
Tannin or Gallotannic Acid 
12-91 
10-64 
4-89 
Other Nitrogen Free Extract 
27-86 
31-43 
35-39 
Crude Protein 
37-33 
37-43 
38-90 
Crude Fibre 
10-44 
10-06 
10-07 
Ash 
4-97 
4-92 
4-93 
Albuminoid Nitrogen 
4-11 
3-94 
4-11 
Caffeine Nitrogen 
0-96 
0-93 
0-96 
Amido-nitrogen 
0-91 
1-13 
1-16 
Total Nitrogen 
5-97 
5-99 
6'22 
Dr. Rochleder found also a peculiar acid, which 
he calls boheic acid, C7H.0Oe. According to Sten- 
house, the tannin of tea, though always accompanied 
by a little gallic acid, differs essentially from that 
of galls ; not being, like it, a glucoside, hut yielding, 
under the influence of sulphuric acid, a dark brown 
substance, almost insoluble in water. (See A. J. P., 
1862, 254.) For article on the methods of analysis 
of tea and a series of analyses of different varieties, 
see A. J. P., 1887, 626. The volatile oil is citron- 
yellow, lighter than water, has a strong odor of the 
tea-plant, solidifies easily by cold, and resinifies on 
exposure to air. It is probabty one of the principles 
upon which depend the effects of tea upon the ner- 
vous system. Hence old teas are less energetic than 
the recently imported ; and it is said that the fresh 
leaves have often produced dangerous effects in 
China. Nevertheless, the tannic acid is not without 
influence upon the system ; and it is not improbable 
that the extractive contributes to the peculiar in- 
fluence of this valuable product. Of these active 
ingredients, the volatile oil, tannic acid, and extrac- 
tive are found most largely, according to the analysis 
of Mulder, in the green tea. Theine, 
is a crystallizable principle discovered by Oudry. 
It was afterwards proved by Jobst to have the same 
composition as caffeine. (See Coffee, Ilex, Paullinia, 
and Sterculia acuminata.) According to Mulder, it 
exists in tea combined with tannic acid. Theine 
has a feebly bitter taste; is, in the state of crystals, 
dissolved by 80 parts of water, 35 of alcohol, and 
slightly soluble in ether; melts at about 350° F., 
and at 185° C. (365° F.) sublimes in white vapors, 
which condense in minute needles. From its aque- 
ous solution the following reagents precipitate it: 
phospho-molybdic acid, yellow precipitate; iodine 
with potassium iodide, dirty brown precipitate; 
platinum chloride, yellow hair-like crystals insolu- 
tea is decidedly more injurious in these respects 
than black, and should he avoided by dyspeptic in- 
dividuals, and by those whose nervous systems are 
peculiarly excitable. As a medicine, tea may 
sometimes he given advantageously in diarrhoea, 
and a strong infusion will often he found to relieve 
nervous headache. An extract is made from it in 
China which is said to be useful in fevers. (See Ex- 
iractum Camellice. Fluidum, National Formulary.) 
TEGMIN. Under this name a surgical dressing 
has been recommended ; it is an emulsion made 
from yellow wax, one part; acacia, two parts; 
water, three parts. 
TELLURIUM. (Te. Atomic weight, 125.) 
Several of the combinations of this metal have been 
tried on the living organism by M. Hansen. Five 
grains of the 'potassium tellur ate, given to dogs, pro- 
duced stupefaction and vomiting, and the garlic- 
like odor of tellurium in the breath. The same salt, 
tried upon himself for seven successive days, in a 
dose daily of half a grain, afterwards increased to a 
grain, caused drowsiness at first, followed, after the 
seventh day, by a sense of oppression in the cardiac 
region, nausea, an increased flow of saliva, and loss 
of appetite. The breath had a garlic-like odor 
throughout the experiment. (Cliem. Gaz., 1854, 
90.) Potassium tellurate has been very highly 
recommended for the prevention of sweating, given 
in doses of from one-sixth to one-half a grain (0.01- 
0-03 Gm.), in pill form. One-grain doses were found 
to disturb the stomach. (Lancet, March, 1892.) 
Simpson, of Edinburgh, relates the case of a 
student who inadvertently took a dose of tellu- 
rium, and exhaled so persistent an odor that he 
had to sit apart from his fellow-students. (See Am. 
Journ. of Med. Sci., 1855, 496.) This disagreeable 
effect of tellurium precludes its employment in 
medicine. 1812 
Tephrosia Virginiana.— Tliallin. 
PART II. 
TEPHROSIA VIRGIN I AN A. Pers. (Now 
Cracca Virginiana, L.) Turkey Pea. Wild Pea. 
Cat-gut. Goat's Rue. Hoary Pea. Devil's Shoe- 
string. Tephrosie, Fr., G. (Nat. ord. Legumi- 
nosse.) Several species of Tephrosia are employed 
in different parts of the world, though unknown in 
general commerce. They are leguminous plants, 
shrubby or herbaceous, with leaves unequally pin- 
nate, and flowers in axillary or terminal racemes. 
They are generally possessed of cathartic properties, 
their leaves or roots being employed. Plugge 
(Proc. A. P. A., 1897, 560) examined the root of T. 
macropoda and found a poisonous active principle, 
not identical with cytisine. Tephrosia virginiana, 
Pers., grows in most parts of the United States. 
It is a foot or two high, with pubescent stems and 
leaves and handsome terminal flowers. (See Griffith’s 
Med. Bot., 237.) The roots, which are slender, long, 
and matted, are tonic and aperient, and are said to 
have been used by the Indians as a vermifuge, 
given in the form of decoction. 
TERPINOL. This is not a simple body, but a 
mixture of terpenes with variable proportions of an 
alcohol terpineol, C10H17OH. It forms a colorless 
oily substance with a hyacinthine odor produced by 
boiling terpin with diluted mineral acids. It is 
insoluble in water, but readily soluble in alcohol 
and ether, and may be given in pills or capsules in 
doses of from three to five grains (0 19-0'3 Gm.) 
four times a day. It is affirmed not to affect the 
nervous system or the kidneys, but to be a useful 
expectorant. Dr. Lazarus, of Berlin, administers 
it in chronic catarrh when the bronchial mucous 
membrane is much irritated, with scanty secretion. 
TERRALINE. Terroline. A liquid proprie- 
tary petroleum product, odorless and tasteless, used 
internally in emulsions, in the dose of from one to 
two fluidrachms (3-6-73 C.c.). 
TESTA PRA1PARATA. Prepared Oyster- 
shell. Magistere de Coquilles (d’ecailles) d’Huitres, 
Fr. Prdparirte Austerschalen, G. “ Take of Oys- 
ter-shell a convenient quantity. Free the Oyster- 
shell from extraneous matter, wash it with boiling 
water, and, having reduced it to a fine powder, 
treat this in the manner directed for Prepared 
Chalk.” U. S. Prepared oyster-shell differs from 
prepared chalk in containing animal matter, which, 
being very intimately blended with calcium car- 
bonate, is supposed by some physicians to render 
the preparation more acceptable to a delicate 
stomach. It is given as an antacid in diarrhoea, in 
the dose of from ten to forty grains (0-648-2-59 
Gm.) or more, frequently repeated. A preparation 
has been introduced into use in this country, under 
the name of Castillon's powders, consisting of sago, 
salep, and tragacanth, each, in powder, a drachm, 
prepared oyster-shell a scruple, and sufficient cochi- 
neal to give color to the mixture. A drachm of 
this is boiled in a pint of milk, and the decoction 
used ad libitum as a diet in chronic bowel affections. 
TEUCRIUM CHAM/EDRYS. L. 'Ge> 'man- 
der. Chamcedrys. Petit Chene, Fr. A small Eu- 
ropean labiate, which has been employed as a mild 
corroborant in uterine, rheumatic, gouty, and scrof- 
ulous affections, and intermittent fevers. Germander 
was an ingredient in the Portland powder, noted as 
a remedy in gout. This powder, according to the 
original prescription, consisted of equal parts of the 
roots of Aristolochia rotunda, L., and Gentiana 
lutea, L., of the tops and leaves of Teucrium cha- 
mcedrys, L., and Erythrcea centaurium (L.), Pers., 
and of the leaves of Ajuga chamcepitys, Schreb., 
or ground pine. The dose was a drachm every 
morning before breakfast, for three months, then 
two scruples for three months, afterwards half a 
drachm for six months, and finally half a drachm 
every other day for a year. (Parr.) Two other spe- 
cies of Teucrium have been used in medicine,—T. 
marum, L., cat thyme, or Syrian herb mastich, in- 
digenous in the south of Europe, and T. scordium, 
L., or water germander, growing in the higher lati- 
tudes of the same continent. The former is a warm, 
stimulating, aromatic bitter, and has been recom- 
mended in hysteria, amenorrhoea, and nervous de- 
bility ; the latter has the odor of garlic, and a bitter, 
somewhat pungent taste, and was formerly highly 
esteemed as a corroborant in low forms of disease; 
but neither of them is now much employed. T. 
marum is an errhine, and was formerly an ingre- 
dient of the Pulvis Asari Compositus. The dose 
of either of the three species is about half a drachm 
(1-94 6m.). A plant said to have been used ad- 
vantageously in cholera in the Levant, a specimen 
of which was sent to Paris, proved to be Teucrium 
polium (L. ?). (Journ. de Pharm., xv. 352.) Moor- 
hof [Pharm. Central., 1893, 89) prepared a purified 
liquid extract from T. scordium, and named it 
teucrin, which he recommends in the treatment of 
fungoid diseases and abscesses. 
TFOL. A mineral from Algeria, consisting, 
according to Lahache, of alkaline earthy silicates, 
calcium carbonate, silica, alumina, alkaline sul- 
phates, and chlorides. It has been used to form an 
emulsion with fixed oil and water. 
THALICTRUM. It appears probable that 
many species of this genus (nat. ord. Ranuncu- 
laceae) have active medical or toxic properties. In 
1879 Henriot and Doassans asserted that they had 
separated from the roots of the Thalictrum ma- 
crocarpum, Gren., a crystalline yellow substance, 
having very pronounced toxic principles, analogous 
to those of curare; and subsequently stated [Bull. 
Soc. Biol., 1880) that this substance really consists of 
two principles,—an alkaloid, thalictrine, obtained 
in the form of prismatic needles, insoluble in water, 
soluble in alcohol, forming crystalline salts with 
acids ; and macrocarpin, a yellow crystalline body, 
soluble in water, representing the coloring principle 
of thalictrum. Subsequently berberine was found 
by Doassans and Mousset in Thalictrum flavum; 
macrocarpin being, according to this authority, 
very closely allied to berberine, but differing in that 
its color is not affected by ammonia. Rochebrune 
[Toxicol. Africaine, i.) has found both thalictrine 
and macrocarpin in the roots of Thalictrum glau- 
cum, Desf. Thalictrine he states to be a very 
active cardiac poison, producing loss of power, con- 
vulsive movements, irregularity and depression of 
the heart’s beat, and finally death in some cases in 
convulsions. According to Rochebrune, thalictrine 
also exists in the African species, Thalictrum rhyn- 
chocarpum, Q. Dillon and A. Rich. 
TH ALLIN. Tetrahydroparaquinanisol or Tetra- 
hydroparamethyloxy quinoline. C9HeH4N (OCHs). 
The term anisol is applied to (he methyl ether of 
phenol, and it is therefore methyloxybenzene. 
Skraup’s synthesis of quinoline, CeH7N, was 
effected by heating aniline or amidobenzene with 
nitrobenzene, glycerin, and sulphuric acid. By 
taking instead paramidoanisol, paranitroanisol, gly- 
cerin, and sulphuric acid, Skraup obtained para- 
quinanisol, C0H6N(OCH3). This is then treated PART II. 
Thallium.—Thapsia Garganica. 
1813 
with tin and hydrochloric acid, when it takes up 
four atoms of hydrogen and becomes C9HeH4N 
(OCH3). The name thallin was given to this base 
because of the deep green color produced by ferric 
chloride and other oxidizing agents. The base 
thallin is obtained in well-formed rhombic crystals, 
which fuse at 40° C., and recrystallize on cooling. 
It shows a neutral reaction and has a characteristic 
aromatic odor resembling that of coumarin. It is 
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 
Thallin Sulphate is a white crystalline powder, 
which loses its two mols. of water of crystallization 
at 100° C., and melts at 110° C. It is soluble in 
five times its weight of cold water and freely soluble 
in boiling water, soluble in 100 parts of alcohol. 
Both solutions turn brownish on exposure to air 
and light. The odor of the sulphate recalls that of 
anisol. Thallin Tartrate is a white crystalline pow- 
der, fusing at 155° C., and possessing a coumarin- 
like odor. It is soluble in ten parts of water and 
hardly soluble in alcohol. Its aqueous solution has 
an acid reaction. 
Thallin tartrate and sulphate are medically equiv- 
alent. They are powerful antipyretics, acting also, 
when in sufficient dose, as depressants both upon 
the vaso-motor system and upon the heart; and, 
according to A. Robin, checking tissue waste in the 
body, and having a very marked tendency to attack 
the red blood-corpuscles. These salts have been 
used in practical medicine, in doses of from four to 
eight grains (0-259-0-518 Gm.), but are so prone to 
produce disagreeable symptoms, such as marked 
cyanosis, vomiting, diarrhoea, albuminuria, etc., 
that their employment has been abandoned. Ac- 
cording to Kreis, in from 4 to 4J per cent, solution 
they are active germicides, and the frequent use 
of urethral injections of the 1 to 2 per cent, solu- 
tion has been found very useful in chronic gonor- 
rhoea. Moncorvo states that thallin is an active 
haemostatic. 
THALLIUM. (Tl. Atomic weight, 203-7.) This 
metal, discovered by spectrum analysis, has been 
found to prevail widely in nature. The credit of its 
discovery by Crookes in 1861 has been disputed by 
Lamy. M. Lamy, having experienced, while mak- 
ing chemical investigations in reference to thallium, 
extreme general lassitude, with pains in the lower 
extremities, experimented upon the lower animals 
and found the sulphate to be a violent but very 
slowly acting poison. He readily recognized the 
thallium in the tissues of animals which perished 
with it, the spectroscope revealing a sharply defined 
green line. (Journ. de Pharm., 1863, 285.) Accord- 
ing to Wm. Marme, small doses of the different 
preparations of thallium are tolerated for a short 
time, but the effects are cumulative ; after the con- 
tinued use of the poison the appetite is impaired, 
intestinal pain is felt, and vomiting occurs, with 
diarrhoea, hemorrhage, salivation, and emaciation. 
General debility, embarrassed respiration, weakness 
of the circulation, disordered muscular action, as 
tremors and want of co-ordination, are added to the 
other symptoms ; and, when the poisoning becomes 
general, conjunctivitis, with free secretion of mucus, 
is a frequent symptom. After death, small effu- 
sions of blood and infiltration of the lungs are 
observed, as are also intense congestion of the 
bowels, copious pericardial effusion, and ecehy- 
moses on the heart’s surface. The poison is elimi- 
nated in all the secretions. (See also Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., x. 263.) It seems to disorganize the 
blood. There is no known antidote. [Brit, and For. 
Medico-Chir. Rev., 1868, 254.) According to M. 
Rabuteau, after death from thallium the muscles 
are found to have lost their irritability. (Ed. Med. 
Journ., 1874, 272.) According to Combemale, 
thallium acetate is an efficient remedy in night- 
sweats. A pill containing ten centigrammes should 
he given at bedtime for not longer than four days 
in one course. 
THANATOL. Oucethol. Ajacol. Pyro-catechin- 
mono-ethyl-ether. C6H4 q j j2 5|o j • An oily 
liquid, homologous with guaiacol, having similar 
medical properties. 
THAPSIA GARGANICA. L. Thapsie, Faux 
fenouil, Fr. Thapsie, G. An umbelliferous plant, 
growing in Southeastern Europe, and well known 
to the ancients, who named it from the isle of Thap- 
sos, where it was obtained. Theophrastus speaks 
of its root as emetic and purgative. After long 
neglect this plant has obtained a foothold in the 
French Codex, which recognizes a Resina thapsioe 
prepared by exhausting the hark of the root with 
alcohol and evaporating to a soft extract. From 
this extract the Codex furthur directs that an Em- 
plastrum thapsice shall he so prepared as to contain 
7 per cent, of the resin combined with yellow 
wax, turpentine, and colophony. The hark of the 
root and the resin are both objects of commerce. 
The hark is described by M. Stanislaus Martin as 
almost always doubly quilled, unless where alto- 
gether in small fragments, exteriorly rugose with 
the epidermis here and there detached in patches 
larger or smaller, and of a deep brown color, in- 
teriorly smooth and whitish, and of a fibrous frac- 
ture. The size of the pieces vary, the largest not 
exceeding twenty-four inches in length and an inch 
in circumference. At the point where the root is 
attached to the stem there is often adherent a ligne- 
ous fibre about an inch long, and over the whole 
surface there are found hut few radicles. It is said 
that great care is necessary, in removing the root 
from the bales, not to he injured by the powder 
which escapes, and which causes itching and swell- 
ings of the face and hands. By submitting thapsia 
to the successive action of alcohol and ether M. 
Pressoir obtained two resins. Sulphuric acid colored 
that soluble in alcohol scarlet, that soluble in ether 
blue. (Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., xi. 328.) Can- 
zoneri finds that the ethereal extract is an amber- 
colored syrupy resin possessing vesicating properties. 
From it he has obtained two acids, octoic or caprylic 
acid, and thapsie acid, besides a neutral non-nitro- 
genous vesicating substance. (See A. J. P., vol. xiv. 
325.) M. Cazenave objects to the plaster prepared 
from the resin, and kept in masses, as it deteriorates 
by time. He proposes the following method of pre- 
paring a plaster extemporaneously when wanted. 
Dissolve the resin in alcohol, and with the aid of a 
brush spread it on a suitable recipient, which may be 
ordinary plaster, waxed taffetas, or simply gummed 
paper. A single layer is sufficient for the purpose 
of an active revulsion, but the effect may be in- 
creased at pleasure by increasing the number of 
layers. (Journ. de Pharm., 1868, 29.) The French 
thapsia plaster is an exceedingly active counter- 
irritant, producing much inflammation of the skin 
with an eczematous eruption and intolerable itching, 
and, if the application be maintained, finally an 
ulcerated and suppurated surface, which on healing 
leaves behind it pronounced scars. The therapeutic Thermin.—Thioform. 
1814 
PART II. 
action of the plaster is that of a severe counter-irri- 
tant. 
The resin from the root of the Thapsia silphia, St.- 
Laz., an Algerian plant, which most botanists be- 
lieve to be a simple variety of the T. garganica, L., 
is, according to Ilerlaut, more active than that of 
the official plant. (Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 250.) 
Messrs. Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen (Nouv. Re- 
medes, June and July, 1887) find in the root of the 
Thapsia villosa, L., a vesicant resin, which acts 
more slowly and gently than does that of T. gar- 
ganica. 
T H E R M I N. Tetrahydro-fi-naplithylamine 
Hydrochloride. C10H7.H4.NH2 HC1. The tetra- 
hydro addition compound is formed when metallic 
sodium is caused to act upon the naphthylamine in 
boiling amyl alcohol solution. The hydrochloride 
has been brought forward by Prof. Filehne, of 
Breslau, as a local mydriatic of extraordinary 
power. It is asserted that in from 1 to 5 per cent, 
solution it dilates the pupil more widely than does 
atropine. 
THERMODIN. Acetyl-para-ethoxy-phenyl- 
urethane. CeH4 (0C2H6) N (COCII3) COOCUig. 
A derivative of urethane in the form of a colorless, 
crystalline powder, fusing at from 86°-88° C., in- 
soluble in water. It is used as an antipyretic in 
doses of from five to fifteen grains (0 32-0 9 Gm.). 
THEVETIA. Yccotli. Inhabiting the damp, 
hot valleys of the Mexican Cordilleras is a large 
tree belonging to the Apocynaceas, whose fruits are 
known by the natives as huesos 6 codos de fraile, or 
friar's elbow bones, and are used as a topical ap- 
plication in hemorrhoids. The tree is the Thevetia 
yccotli. (A. D. C., Prodromus, viii. 343.) In the 
seeds Prof. Alfonso Herrera has found a glucoside, 
thevetin. (A. J. P., 1877, 145.) Closely allied to 
T. yccotli is the T. neriifolia, Juss. (De C., Pro- 
dromus, viii. 343), a tree which probably grows also 
in Mexico, but has been found by botanists chiefly, 
if not solely, in the East India Islands, Colombia, 
Peru, and other parts of South America. De Vrij 
very many years ago discovered in its seeds a 
glucoside which was closely studied by Bias. 
(Neues Jahrb. f. Pharmacie, Bd. xxxiv., 1854, 1.) 
He gave it the name of thevetin, and the formula 
C64H84024, and believed it to be identical with 
cerberin, previously found by Oudemann in Cerbera 
odallam (Ham.), also an apocynaceous plant. PI ugge 
(Archiv der Pharmacie, 1893, 10) has made a very 
thorough study of the cerberin from Cerbera 
odallam, Gaertner, and finds that it is not identical 
with either tanghinin or thevetin. With the former 
it is isomeric, showing the same percentage compo- 
sition, but has different crystalline form and melt- 
ing points (cerberin 192° C., tanghinin 182° C.). 
From thevetin it differs not only in composition, 
but in the nature of the decomposition products. 
Cerberin, Co7H4008, is decomposed into cerbere- 
tin, C19H2e04, a citron-yellow amorphous powder 
melting at 85-5° C., and glucose, while thevetin, 
Cg4II84024, is split into theveresin, C48H70O17, a 
white powder, and glucose. 
Merck (Jahresbericht fur 1892, 57) has described 
a glucoside cerberin to which he gives the formula 
C26II38Oi2. He states that it was obtained from a 
Mexican plant, probably Thevetia yccotli. Whether 
this glucoside be identical with the thevetin of Bias 
cannot be definitely stated. Bias found that the 
thevetin of De Vrij boiled in dilute sulphuric acid 
splits into glucose and theveresin, which has the 
formula C48II70017. Thevetin occurs in minute 
crystals, odorless, of a bitter taste, slightly soluble 
in cold water (twelve parts), freely so in boiling 
water, dilute and strong alcohol, acetic acid, in- 
soluble in ether. Its most characteristic reaction 
appears to be its dissolving in concentrated sul- 
phuric acid, with the production of a reddish- 
brown color, changing to a cherry-red, and after 
some hours to a violet color. In commerce it 
occurs as a yellowith-white, amorphous bitter 
powder, easily soluble in water and alcohol. The- 
veresin is only slightly soluble in boiling water. 
These substances are active poisons. A number of 
cases of poisoning by the seeds of the East Indian 
thevetia nave occurred; the symptoms have been 
repeated vomiting, a slow, very feeble pulse, de- 
lirium, convulsive movements, and coma. The 
physiological action of the thevetin from T. nerii- 
foiia has been investigated chiefly by Dr. Konig. 
(Archiv f. Exper. Path, und Pharm., Bd. v. 228.) 
David Cerna finds that the glucoside of T. yccotli 
(Phila. Med. Times, ix. 396) with sulphuric acid 
affords a clear greenish-yellow solution, gradually 
passing to brown and brownish violet, and finally 
becoming a permanent cherry-brown color, which 
changes on the addition of potassium bicarbonate 
to an emerald-green; also that it is in moderate 
doses stimulant both to the circulation and respira- 
tion, but finally paralyzes the heart-muscle ana the 
respiratory apparatus ; that it causes cerebral con- 
vulsions and spinal paralysis, abolishing sensation 
and reflex activity before voluntary movement by 
an influence upon the sensory nerves or spinal tract. 
Zotos N. Zotos (Inaug. Diss., Dorpat, 1892) states 
that cerberin belongs physiologically to the digitalin 
group. 
THIALDINE. CeH13NS„. This substance, ob- 
tained when hydrogen sulphide acts upon aldehyde- 
ammonia in aqueous solution, forms crystals melting 
at 43° C., which are but slightly soluble in water, 
more easily in alcohol. It has been investigated by 
Prof. Lusini, who found it a general paralyzing 
agent, acting powerfully upon the heart, which it ar- 
rests in diastole ; whilst carbothialdine, C6H^0NqS2, 
formed by the action of carbon disulphide in alco- 
holic solution upon aldehyde-ammonia, acts as a 
tetanizing agent and does not affect the heart. (See 
Nouv. Rem., Nov. 1890,) 
THILANIN. This substance is said to be made 
by the action of sulphur upon lanolin, and contains 
about 3 per cent, of the active ingredient. It is of 
the consistence of lanolin, of a brownish color and 
peculiar odor. It is said not to be irritating, and 
lias been used without dilution with asserted excel- 
lent results in chronic eczema and other skin erup- 
tions in which sulphur has been employed. 
THIOCOL. Potassium Guaiacol Sulphonate. 
roll 
CHg -{ 0(JHg. This is a fine white powder, having 
iSO^K 
a taste at first bitter and afterwards sweetish ; read- 
ily soluble in water ; containing about 60 per cent, 
of guaiacol. It is affirmed to be not at all irritant 
to mucous membranes, and has been recommended 
especially by C. Schwarz (Klin Therap. Wochen., 
1898) in the treatment of tuberculosis, chronic 
bronchitis, and intestinal catarrh. Forty-five grains 
(2-8 Gm.) of it maybe given three times a day, in- 
creased to two hundred grains (13 Gm.) a day. 
THIOFORM. This is a basic bismuth salt of 
dithiosalicylic acid ; it is a yellow, insoluble, inodor- PART II. 
Thiol.—Thuja. 
1815 
ous powder, non-poisonous, and used as a substitute 
for iodoform. 
THIOL. This is a thin, dark brown, neutral 
liquid, with an odor somewhat like that of Russia 
leather; having a specific gravity of from 1-082 to 
1-089; forming clear solutions with water, which 
froth when shaken and are not precipitated by 
strong alcohol ; it is also feebly soluble in glycerin. 
On evaporation, liquid thiol yields about *40 per 
cent, of dried thiol. It is prepared from paraffin 
oils of from 0-89 to 0-90 sp. gr., which are treated 
with sulphur at high temperatures. The unsatu- 
rated hydrocarbons (olefins, etc.) are alone attacked, 
and these are then extracted by suitable solvents 
from the saturated hydrocarbons. They are then 
acted upon by concentrated sulphuric acid at low 
temperatures, and the thiol separated out by the 
addition of ice. It may then be evaporated in vacuo 
to either thiolum liquidum or thiolum siccum. It is 
asserted that thiol possesses the remedial properties 
of ichthyol, and is superior in being odorless. It 
has been used in eczema, syphilitic and other super- 
ficial ulcerations, acute infiltration of joints, sprains, 
contusions, erysipelas, etc., precisely as has ichthyol 
The liquid is used in the form of a solution or oint- 
ment ; the dried thiol is sometimes employed as a 
powder. In rheumatism, thiol has been given in- 
ternally in doses of from five to ten drops, or the 
dried preparation in doses of from one to two grains. 
(0-06-0-13 Gm.). 
THIOLINIC ACID. This is described as a 
darkish green extract-like mass, having the odor of 
mustard ; it has been called sulphurated linseed oil; 
it is insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol. Its 
alkaline combinations, especially with the sodium 
salts, have been recommended as substitutes for thiol 
and ichthyol. 
THIOPHENE (C4H4S) was recognized by Vic- 
tor Meyer in 1883 as being an invariable accompani- 
ment of benzene as produced from coal tar, and be- 
cause of the similarity of properties adhering very 
closely to it through all reactions. It can be sepa- 
rated by shaking up the benzene with one-tenth of 
its bulk of concentrated sulphuric acid until the 
addition of a little isatine no longer produces a blue 
color (indophenin reaction). Thiophene is a color- 
less, mobile oil, of faint odor, and boils at 84° C. 
Just as benzene is accompanied in coal tar by tolu- 
ene, xylene, and higher homologues, so thiophene 
is accompanied by thiotolene (methyl-thiophene), 
C4H3S.CH3, and thioxene (dimethyl-thiophene), 
C4H2S.(CH3)2. Thiophene and its homologues 
yield a large number of brilliant dye-colors analo- 
gous to those derived from benzene. It was first 
physiologically tested by A. Heffter (Archiv f. d. 
Gesammte Physiol., 39, 420), who found that it ap- 
peared in the urine, and lessened the elimination of 
sulphuric acid in the urine. Dr. E. Spiegler (Therap. 
Monat., Feb. 1892) has employed in skin diseases—1, 
the sodium thiophene sulphonate, C4H3S—NaSOs; 
2, the thiophenediiodide, C4H2I2S. The first of 
these compounds is a white crystalline powder, con- 
taining 33 per cent, of sulphur, having a feeble, 
disagreeable odor. It was found in from 5 to 10 
per cent, ointment to act very well in prurigo with 
eczema. Thiophenediiodide crystallizes in beauti- 
ful tables melting at 40-5° C., having a character- 
istic, not disagreeable smell; insoluble in water, but 
very feebly soluble in ether, chloroform, and warm 
alcohol; soluble with difficulty in cold alcohol; con- 
taining 75-5 per cent, of iodine and 9 5 per cent, of 
sulphur. It was found to be antiseptic, and was 
suggested as a substitute for iodoform. 
THIOSAPOL. Soap containing from 5 to 10 
per cent, of sulphur in combination, used in treating 
skin diseases. 
THIOSINAMIN. Allyl-sulpho-icrea. Allyl- 
sulphocarbamide. CS pj y This occurs in 
colorless prisms, melting at 74° C., moderately solu- 
ble in water, alcohol, and ether, having a faint garlic 
odor and a hitter taste. It is prepared by warming 
mustard oil with ammonia containing traces of am- 
monium rhodanate. It was originally proposed for 
use in medicine by Dr. H. von Hebra (Internal. 
Klin. Rundschau, Sept. 1892), who affirms that 
when it is injected subcutaneously it produces in 
lupus and other local tuberculous diseases a reac- 
tion, attended by absorption of exudate, often by 
increased diuresis and clearing up of old corneal 
opacities. He asserts that it acts like tuberculin. 
Clinical experience has shown, however, that thio- 
sinamin is of very little or no value in the treat- 
ment of tuberculosis. On the other hand, it is 
much used, especially in Vienna, for the softening 
of keloid growths, scar-tissues, and other forms of 
adventitious low-grade tissues and post-inflamma- 
tory deposits. Hebra and Richter report cures of 
corneal opacities, and urethral strictures are said to 
be greatly benefited by the drug, so that it is possi- 
ble by preparatory treatment to convert the difficult 
and dangerous operation of dilatation into a simple 
one. (New York M<d. Journ., Nov. 1897.) Ac- 
cording to K. Lange, thiosinamin is toxic in over- 
dose. Hebra used the 15 per cent, alcoholic solu- 
tion injected into the back in such quantity that 
the patient receives from four and one-half to seven 
grains (0-3-0-45 Gm.) of the thiosinamin, repeating 
the injection every third or fourth day. A solution 
may be made by dissolving 10 parts of the drug in 
100 parts of a sterile mixture of water and glycerin, 
which keeps well and is non-irritant. As a full 
dose, twelve or fifteen minims (0 74-0-92 C.c.) are 
injected into a muscle every third day. 
THIURET. CLH7NgS2 A sulphurated com- 
pound made by the oxidation of phenyl-dithio- 
biuret; it is a bulky, inodorous, crystalline powder, 
insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, 
easily decomposed by alkaline solutions with libera- 
tion of sulphur. It is used as a substitute for iodo- 
form. 
THUJA. U. S. 1880. Arbor Vitce. Thuja occi- 
dentals, L. (nat. ord. Coniferae), is specifically 
characterized by the peculiarities of the leaves, the 
pointless cone-scales, and the broad wings extend- 
ing all around the seeds. It attains a height of 
fifty feet and a diameter of three feet, hut is usu- 
ally much smaller, and grows in swampy grounds 
from Pennsylvania northward and westward, often 
forming extensive “cedar swamps.” In Canada 
and the extreme northern parts of the United States 
it is commonly called white cedar, a name sometimes 
applied to the Cupressus thyoides, L. (now Chamcecy- 
paris thyoides (L.), B. S. P.), which latter is more 
properly called Southern white cedar. The wood is 
reddish, soft, fine-grained, and very durable. The 
leaves, or small twigs invested with the leaves, are 
the parts used. They have an agreeable balsamic 
odor, especially when rubbed, and a strong, bal- 
samic, camphoraceous. bitter taste, and are flattish, 
two-edged, with the scale-like leaves appressed and 
closely imbricate in four rows, rhombic-ovate, ob- 1816 
Thymacetin.—Tin. 
PART II. 
tusely pointed, with a roundish gland upon the 
back. A. Kawalier, of Vienna, found in them 
volatile oil, a bitter principle called pinipicrin, 
found also in Pinus sylvestris, sugar, 
gelatinous matter, a variety of wax, resin, and 
tannic acid (see Chem Gaz., Feb. 1, 1855, 45) ; 
also a peculiar crystallizable coloring principle, 
thujin, to which he gives the formula C20II22012. 
It is of a citron-yellow color and an astringent 
taste, soluble in alcohol, inflammable, and when its 
alcoholic solution is heated with dilute hydrochloric 
or sulphuric acid it splits up into glucose and thuji- 
genin, == “t- 
and by continuing the reaction another molecule 
of water is taken up and thujetin, C141I.408, is 
formed. Thujetin is possibly identical with quer- 
cetin. When thujin is heated with barium hy- 
drate, instead of thujetin is obtained another prod- 
uct, thujetic acid, C281I22013. The same chemist 
determined that the tannic acid of this plant is 
identical with pinitannic acid, which he had pre- 
viously obtained from the leaves of Pinus sylvestris. 
(See, for details, Chem. Gaz., Nos. 392, 393, 1859.) 
According to Hiibschmann, the leaves and twigs of 
Thuja occidentals yield also 1 per cent, of an essen- 
tial oil of sharp, camphor-like taste, sp. gr. 0-925, 
boiling point from 190°-206° C., and easily soluble 
in alcohol. According to SchimmeVs Report (April, 
1897), thuja oil contains pinene, fenchone, thujone, 
and probably cervone. 
In the form of decoction, thuja has been used in 
intermittent fever, and, according to Schoepf, in 
coughs, fevers, scurvy, and rheumatism, and as an 
emmenagogue. Made into an ointment with lard 
or other animal fat, the leaves are said to form 
a useful local application in rheumatic complaints. 
A yellowish-green volatile oil, which may be ob- 
tained from the leaves by distillation, has been used 
with success in worms. The dose of a saturated 
tincture or fluid extract is a fluidrachm (3-7 C.c.) 
from three to six times a day. 
THYMACETIN. 
CeII2(CH3)C3H7 { (c2h3o)- This is a white 
crystalline powder, slightly soluble in water, having 
the same chemical relation to thymol that phena- 
cetin has to phenol. It should show, therefore, the 
general characters of phenacetin with the antiseptic 
character of thymol. According to Jolly (Cent. f. 
die Gesammte Therap., Feb. 1892), it is a very 
valuable analgesic, and has also hypnotic influences. 
Dose, from three to fifteen grains (0-19-0-9 Gm), 
best given in capsules. 
THYMUS GLAND. The close connection 
which exists between the development of the body 
and the thymus gland would suggest the use of 
the extract in rickets and other diseases which 
occur especially during the developmental stage of 
life, and are accompanied by marked failure of 
nutrition. We know, however, of no studies made 
upon the subject. Without any apparent guiding 
principle the extract of the thymus has been used 
to a considerable extent in the treatment of ex- 
ophthalmic goitre. The results appear to warrant 
the conclusion that the thymus gland possesses no 
specific action in Graves’s disease. That the thymus 
body has some activity seems to be indicated by the 
experiments of Svehla, who found that its intra- 
venous injection produces a marked fall of blood- 
pressure which he believes to be the outcome of 
vaso-motor paralysis, and that large doses cause 
dyspnoea and collapse, ending in death. Dose of 
extract, from three to five grains (0T9-03 Gm.) 
in capsules. 
TILIACIN. This is a glucoside which has been 
found in the leaves of the linden-tree and in the 
Cirsium arvense. (A. J. P., 1890.) 
TIM BO. This name is said to be applied in 
Brazil to various sapindaceous plants, used as fish- 
poisons. Among these is the Paullinia pinnata, 
L. (now Serjaniu curassavica, Radik.), in which 
M. Stanislaus Martin (Bull Gen. Therap., xcii.) 
has found an alkaloid, timbonine; F. Pfaff has ob- 
tained from a timbo of unknown origin two alka- 
loids, timboin and anhydrotimboin, also an oily com- 
pound, tirnbol. (A. J. P., Nov. 1891.) 
TIN. (Sn. At. wt. 118'8.) Stannum. Etain, 
Fr. Zinn, G. This was recognized in the old Ed. 
and Dub. Pharmacopoeias, and in the U. S. of 
1850; but is no longer official. It has, however, 
too long ranked among recognized remedies to be 
passed without notice. Tin is one of the metals 
which have been known from the earliest ages. It 
exists generally as an oxide (tin stone and wood tin), 
rarely as a sulphide (tin pyrites), and is by no 
means generally diffused. It is found in England, 
Spain, Germany, Bohemia, and Hungary, in 
Europe, and sparingly in some parts of the United 
States; in the island of Banoa and the Peninsula 
of Malacca in Asia ; in Chili; and at Durango in 
Mexico. The mines of Asia furnish the purest tin. 
The metal is extracted from the native oxide. 
When this occurs in its purest state, in detached 
roundish grains, called stream tin, the reduction is 
effected by heating with charcoal. When the com- 
mon oxide, called mine tin, is reduced, it requires 
to be freed, by pounding and washing, from the 
adhering gangue, after which it is roasted to drive 
off sulphur, arsenic, and antimony, and finally 
reduced in furnaces by means of stone coal. The 
metal, as thus obtained, is called block tin, and is 
not pure. The purest kind of tin known in com- 
merce is called grain tin. The importations of block 
tin into the United States for the year 1897 
amounted to 50,460,123 lbs., valued at $6,505,852, 
while the tin and terne plate, which in 1893 
amounted to over 628,000,000 lbs., had diminished 
in 1897 to 230,073,683 lbs., valued at $5,344,638. 
Tin is a malleable, rather soft metal, of a silver- 
white color. It may be beaten out into thin leaves, 
called tinfoil. It undergoes a superficial tarnish 
in the air. Its taste is slight, and when rubbed it 
exhales a peculiar smell. Its ductility and tenacity 
are small; when bent to and fro, it emits a crack- 
ling noise, which is characteristic. Its sp. gr. is 
7-29, melting point 235° C. (455° F.), and it vola- 
tilizes at a white heat. It forms two oxides. The 
stannous oxide, SnO, or protoxide, is of a grayish- 
black color. When perfectly pure it has, according 
to Roth, a red color. Stannic oxide, Sn02, or dioxide, 
forms two hydrates, both being acids,—stannic acid, 
SnO„,H„0, and metastannic acid, Sn6010,5H20, or 
(H„Sn03)B. 
The tin of commerce is often impure, being con- 
taminated with other metals, introduced by fraud 
or present in consequence of the mode of extrac- 
tion from the ore. A high specific gravity is an 
indication of impurity. When its color has a bluish 
or grayish cast, the presence of copper, lead, iron, 
or antimony may be suspected. Arsenic renders it 
whiter, but at the same time harder ; and lead, cop- 
per, and iron cause it to become brittle. Pure tin PART II. 
Toddalia.—Tonka Bean 
1817 
is converted by nitric acid into a white powder 
(metastannic acid), without being dissolved. Boiled 
with hydrochloric acid, it forms a solution which 
gives a white precipitate with potassium ferrocy- 
anide. A blue precipitate with this test indicates 
iron, a brown one copper, and a violet-blue one both 
iron and copper. If lead be present, a precipitate 
will be produced by magnesium sulphate. The 
Malacca and Banca tin and the English grain tin 
are the purest kinds found in commerce. Banca 
ti n, from analyses by Mulder, appears to be par- 
ticularly pure, containing only one-twenty-fifth of 
one per cent, of foreign metals. Block tin and the 
metal obtained from Germany are always of in- 
ferior quality. 
Tin enters into the composition of bronze, bell- 
metal, pewter, and plumber’s solder. It is used 
also in making tin-plate, which is sheet-iron coated 
with tin, in making tin amalgam for silvering look- 
ing-glasses, and in forming the solution of bichloride 
of tin (stannous chloride), a combination essential 
for the dyer’s use. It is employed in fabricating 
various vessels and instruments useful in domestic 
economy and the arts. Being unaffected by weak 
acids, it forms a good material for vessels intended 
for boiling operations in pharmacy. A false tinfoil 
is considerably used at present, made by coating 
lead with tin, and then rolling it out into thin 
sheets. As tin foil is employed for enclosing me- 
dicinal powders and perishable articles of food and 
medicine, care should be taken not to use this sub- 
stituted preparation. 
Stanni Pulvis. Powder of Tin. For direc- 
tions for making, see 16th ed. U. S. D. Powder of 
tin was used as a mechanical anthelmintic, but has 
very properly gone out of vogue. The dose is half 
an ounce, mixed with molasses, given for several 
successive mornings, and then followed by a brisk 
cathartic purge. In the Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., 
xix. 78, is reported a death believed to have been 
caused by tin. Dr. Patengo (Archiv f. Exper. 
Path. u. Pharm., xvii., 1886) confirms the old state- 
ment of Orfila that the metal is of no therapeutic 
value. Three-fourths of a grain of the chloride in- 
travenously injected into the dog suffice to cause 
trembling, Cheyne-Stokes respiration, opisthotonos, 
and death. Stannous chloride, or chloride of tin, 
is a violent irritant and mild caustic. Chemically 
pure tin, given internally, is probably not absorbed. 
(See 16th ed. U. S. D.) 
TODDALIA. Lopez Root. The bark of the 
root of the East Indian plant T. aculeata has been 
used as a tonic and stimulant in fevers and dysen- 
tery. (Pharm. Rev. 1896, 274.) 
TOLYPYRINE. Toly antipyrin, Para-tolyl- 
dimethyl-pyrazolon. CeH4CH3N’<(^< q qjj • 
This compound occurs in colorless crystafs solubfe 
in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether, and is used 
like antipyrin as an antipyretic in doses of from 
eight to thirty grains (0-5-1 -9 Gm.). 
TONGA- Tonga is a composition of unknown 
barks compounded by the natives of the Feejee 
Islands for medicinal purposes. The plants from 
which this remedy is derived are believed to be 
Premna taitensis, Schan. (nat. ord. Verbenaceae), 
and Rhaphidophora vitiensis, Schott, (now Epi- 
premnum mirabile, Schott.) (nat. ord. Aroideae). (A. 
J. P., 1881, 439.) It was introduced to the notice 
of the medical profession by Sydney Ringer and 
Wm. Murrell, of London, as a remedy for neural- 
gia. (Lancet, ii., 1880.) The natives are said to 
steep the bundle as prepared by them for twenty 
minutes in half a tumblerful of cold water, and 
then, squeezing it dry, drink the infusion, and pre- 
serve the bundle in a dry place for further use. A 
fluid extract has been put upon the market, and 
evidence of its value brought forward, hut we have 
known a fluidrachm of this extract given every 
two hours for two days without obvious effect; the 
dose usually recommended is half a fluidrachm 
(1-84 C.c.). 
TONKA BEAN. Five Tonka, Fr. Tonka- 
bohnen, G. The seed of Dipteryx odorata of Willd., 
the Coumarouna odorata of Aublet, a large tree 
growing in Guiana. The fruit is an oblong-ovate 
pod, enclosing a single seed, from an inch to an 
inch and a half long, from two to four lines broad, 
usually somewhat compressed, with a dark brown, 
wrinkled, shining, thin, and brittle skin, and a 
light brown oily kernel. The seed has a strong, 
agreeable, aromatic odor, and a bitterish, aromatic 
taste. Its active constituent is a crystallizable, 
odorous substance, called coumarin or cumarin, 
CeH602, by Guibourt. It is the anhydride of cou- 
maric acid, C0H8OS. It is capable of sublimation ; 
hut, to obtain it in crystals in this way, a low tem- 
perature is necessary. (Waddington, P. J. Tr.} 
1868, 410.) This substance is sometimes found in a 
crystalline state, between the two lobes of the 
kernel. Coumarin appears to he a widely spread 
substance which has been found in many species of 
plants, notably in species of Melilotus (nat. ord. 
Leguminosae) and Liatris odoratissima, Willd. 
(now Trilisia odoratissima (Walt.), Cass,) (nat. ord. 
Compositse), a plant sometimes used to protect 
woollens from moths. (A. J. P., 1859, 556; also 
1899, 183; see also Chem. Gaz., 1852; Druggist's 
Circular, Nov. 1887.) Dr. Gossmann obtains cou- 
marin in the following manner. The beans, cut 
finely, are heated for a long time with an equal 
bulk of alcohol of 0-863, nearly to boiling ; and, 
the tincture being decanted, the residue is treated in 
the same manner. The tinctures are mixed, the 
alcohol distilled off until turbidness appears, when 
four times the hulk of water is added, which pre- 
cipitates coumarin and fatty matter. The precipi- 
tate is then heated to boiling, and the liquid passed 
through a moistened filter. The fatty matter re- 
mains on the filter, and the hot solution which 
passes deposits the coumarin on cooling. More 
may be obtained by concentrating the liquid, and 
may be purified by animal charcoal. One pound 
of the beans yielded 108 grains of coumarin. (Ibid., 
1856, 211.) Coumarin has been prepared syntheti- 
cally by heating salicylic aldehyde with sodium 
acetate and acetic anhydride, whereby acetocou- 
maric acid is formed, which decomposes further 
into acetic acid and coumarin. It has also been 
obtained by the action of phenol upon malic acid. 
The tonka bean is used to flavor snuff, being either 
mixed with it in the state of powder or put entire 
into the snuff-box. Coumarin adulterated with 
acetanilid has been found in the market. (Schim- 
mel’s Report, 1893, 67.) Prof. Kohler (Centralb. 
f. Med. Wissensch., 1875, 869, 881) finds that cou- 
marin is a decided narcotic, and is at first stimulant, 
afterwards paralyzant to the heart. The fluid 
extract of the bean has been used with asserted 
advantage in whooping-cough, in doses equivalent 
to from five to eight grains (0-3-0-5 Gm.) for 
children five years old. (A. J. P., 1869, 27.) 1818 
Toi'mentilla.—Trillium. 
PART II. 
TORMENTILLA. Rhizoma Tormentillce, P.G. 
Tormentille, Fr. Tormentillwurzel, G. Tormentilla, 
It. Tormentila, Sp. Various species of the ro- 
saceous genus Potentilla have been employed in 
medicine. (See A. J. P., 1875, 109.) It is asserted 
(Ibid.) that our common P. canadensis, L., is a 
valuable sudorific and diuretic. 
Potentilla tormentilla. Neck., also Schrank. 
Tormentilla erecta. Linn. T. officinalis. Curt. The 
tormentil, or septfoil, is a small perennial plant of 
Europe, which was formerly in the Secondary List 
of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. All parts of the plant 
are astringent, especially the root, which is the part 
employed. The root of tormentil is cylindrical or 
roundish, rather larger above than at the lower 
extremity, an inch or two in length, about as thick 
as the finger, knotty, sometimes contorted, brown 
or blackish externally, and reddish within. It has 
a slight aromatic odor and a very astringent taste. 
Tannin is an abundant constituent. There is also 
a red coloring principle, soluble in alcohol, but in- 
soluble in water. Besides these ingredients Meiss- 
ner found resin, cerin, myricin, gummy extractive, 
gum, extractive, lignin, water, and a trace of vola- 
tile oil. Tormentil has since b*-en chemically exam- 
ined by Rembold, who obtained tormentilla red by 
boiling the tannin of the root (tormentil-tannic acid, 
) w>th sulphuric acid. It has the same 
composition as rhatany red, and yields the same 
products of decomposition when fused with caustic 
potash. He also obtained kinovic acid, C24H3804, 
from the root by boiling it with milk of lime, 
adding hydrochloric acid to the decoction, boiling 
the precipitate with solution of baryta, decom- 
posing again by hydrochloric acid, dissolving the 
precipitate in alcohol, decolorizing with animal 
charcoal, filtering, concentrating, and crystallizing. 
Small quantities of ellagic acid, C14H608, were also 
noted by him. (A. J. P., 1868, 311 ; from Ann. der 
Chem. nnd Pharm., cxliv. 5.) The root is said to 
be used for tanning leather in the Orkneys and 
Western Islands of Scotland, and for staining 
leather red by the Laplanders. Tormentil is a 
simple and powerful astringent, applicable to all 
cases of disease in which this class of medicines is 
indicated. It may be given in substance, decoc- 
tion, or extract. The dose of the powder is from 
thirty grains to a drachm (1-94-3 8 Gm.). 
TRAGOPONIC ACID. This was found by 
Messrs. Rademaker and Fisher in the seeds of the 
Tragopogon porrifolius. (Nat. ord. Composite.) 
(See Nat. Drug., July 23, 1886, 47.) 
TRAUMATOL. lodocresine. Iodocresol. 
CeH3,I,(OH3)OH. This occurs as a purplish-red or 
yellow powder; it is obtained by acting on cresol 
with iodine, and is used as a substitute for iodo- 
form. 
TRIBROMALLYL. Tribromhydrinum. This 
is a colorless liquid, having a specific gravity of 
2-436, freely soluble in ether. It has been recom- 
mended by De Fleury for hysteria, asthma, and 
similar nervous affections, in the dose of five drops 
in capsules from two to four times a day. 
TRIBROMPHENOL. C6H2Br3.0H. Tri- 
bromphenol is prepared by shaking a solution of 
carbolic acid with bromine water. It occurs in the 
form of soft, white, colorless needles, melting at 
95° C., and subliming undecomposed at a higher 
temperature. It is soluble in alcohol, ether,"and 
chloroform, and soluble with difficulty in glycerin, 
carbolic acid, water, and weak alcohol. In caustic 
alkaline solutions it is readily soluble, and from them 
it is separated unaltered by acids. 
Tribromphenol has been strongly recommended 
by Dr. Grimm for use in antiseptic surgery. He 
finds that a gauze containing a 2 per cent, solu- 
tion of the compound, when saturated with blood 
serum or urine, will remain perfectly odorless for 
fourteen days, and that a half per cent, solution 
of it will kill the bacteria of putrescence in an 
hour. 
TRIBROMPHENOL-BISMUTH. Xero- 
form. (C6H2Br30)2BiOH -(- Bi203. This is a 
yellowish-green, insoluble, almost odorless and 
tasteless powder, which, according to its manu- 
facturer, is a chemical combination of equal amounts 
of bismuth and tribromphenol, containing about 50 
per cent, of bismuth oxide. It has been especially 
recommended by Prof. Hueppe (Berliner Klin. 
Wochensch., 1893) as a specific in cholera, and has 
been used as an intestinal antiseptic in acute and 
chronic enteritis and in various functional and or- 
ganic diseases of the alimentary canal. The dose 
is from eight to fifteen grains (05-0-9 Gm.). 
Xeroform has also been recommended by E. 
Heuss (Therap. Monatssh., April, 1896) as a local 
antiseptic remedy for surgical use, especially valu- 
able in the treatment of burns, infected wounds, 
ulcers, and other conditions for which iodoform is 
commonly employed. It does not alter under the 
influence of light; and since it is not decomposed 
by a temperature of 120° C. (255° F.), can be 
readily sterilized 
TRIBROMSALOL. Cardol. (CeH4(0H)C00. 
CgHgBrg.) A substance made by the action of bro- 
mine in excess on salol has been proposed by Dr. 
Joseph Rosenberg under the name of tribromsalol, 
with the statement that it is a markedly calmative 
remedy, useful for the purpose of allaying gastric 
uneasiness, cramps, etc. (Pharm. Centralh., xxxviii.) 
Dose, from eight to thirty grains (0-5-1 -9 Gm.). 
TRIGONELLA L. 
Fenugreek. Semen Foenugrceci, P. G. A European 
annual leguminous plant cultivated in France and 
Germany for its seeds. These are oblong-cylindrical, 
somewhat compressed, obliquely truncated at each 
extremity, one or two lines in length, brownish 
yellow externally, yellow internally, and marked 
with an oblique furrow running half their length. 
They have a strong peculiar odor, and an oily, 
bitterish, farinaceous taste, and contain fixed and 
volatile oils, mucilage, bitter extractive, and a 
yellow coloring substance. E. Jabns (Ber., xviii., 
2518-2523) has obtained choline, C6H16NO„, and 
trigonelline, C7H7N02. The yield of the former 
was 0 05 per cent., ana of the latter 0T3 per cent. 
Trigonelline is isomeric and probably identical with 
pyridine-betaine. By heating trigonelline with con- 
centrated caustic potash, a distillate is obtained 
which appears to contain pyridine. An ounce of 
the seeds, boiled in a pint of water, renders it thick 
and slimy. They yield the whole of their odor and 
taste to alcohol. On the continent of Europe they 
are employed in the preparation of emollient cata- 
plasms, enemata, ointments, and plasters. They are 
never used internally. 
TRILLIUM. Beth-root. Birth-root. Wake- 
robin. Trillium, Fr., G. The indigenous species, 
T. erectum, L., is said to have been employed by the 
aborigines, and also used by the early settlers ; it still 
has some vogue under the name of beth-root as an 
astringent and tonic expectorant; also in hemor- PART II. 
Trimethylamine. 
1819 
rhages and to hasten 'parturition, and as a local 
irritant in skin diseases. Dose of powdered root, 
a drachm (3-88 Gm.) three times a day. Mr. E. S. 
Wayne found in it a substance supposed to be 
saponin. It is said also to contain volatile oil 
and tannic acid. Mr. D. J. Prendergast believes 
that the Trillium erectum, L., contains a glucoside 
similar to convallamarin. (Amer. Drug., Nov. 
1887.) For details, see V. S. D., 16th ed. Vivian 
I. Reid (A. J. P., 1892, 67) found a small quantity 
of fixed oil, saponin to the extent of 4-86 per cent., 
and an acid crystalline principle which is colored 
purplish brown by sulphuric acid, and light green 
with sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate. 
TRIMETHYLAMINE. Propylamine. Seca- 
line. Trimethylamine, Fr. Trimethylamin, G. 
Wertheim in 1850 prepared from narcotine a sub- 
stance having the formula C3H9N, and gave it the 
name metucetamine. In the same year Anderson 
prepared from codeine, and Hofmann from methyl, 
substances having the same formula, giving them 
respectively the names of propylamine and tri- 
methylamine. Other chemists have obtained simi- 
larly constituted principles from cod-liver oil, ergot, 
herring-pickle, putrid calf’s blood, codeine, etc., and 
have even found them in saline combination in the 
flowers of Crataegus oxyacantha, Sorbus aucuparia, 
and one or more species of Chenopodium. Under 
the name of propylamine some of these principles 
were introduced into medicine by Dr. Awenarius, of 
St. Petersburg, and met for a time with considerable 
favor ; so that several processes for preparing propyl- 
amine were published before the 13th edition of the 
TJ. S. Dispensatory. Since that time it has been 
very clearly shown that these various substances, 
although containing the same number of atoms, 
have them differently arranged, are consequently 
possessed of diverse properties, and are hence only 
isomeric. The material obtained from herring-pickle 
and other sources and sold as propylamine is indeed 
not propylamine at all, but a more or less impure 
solution of trimethylamine ; it is, in truth, doubtful 
whether propylamine has ever been procured from 
a natural source or made in any other way than 
by treating propyl iodide with ammonia. Both 
principles are derived ammonias or amines, but 
propylamine is a primary compound ammonia 
(monamine), and trimethylamine is a tertiary com- 
pound ammonia (triamine). In the first body the 
nitrogen is combined with two atoms of hydrogen 
and one propyl group, CSH7, in the second with 
three methyl groups, (CH3)3. 
Propyl, C3H34 
EL l N = C3H0N, Propylamine. 
H j 
Methyl, CH3 ) 
CH3 V N = C3H9N, Trimethylamine. 
The physical differences are very marked. Thus, 
propylamine boils at 49° C. (120-2° F.), trimethyl- 
amine at 9-3° C. (48-7° F.). The commercial 
propylamine contains other ammonia compounds 
besides trimethylamine, the latter substance indeed 
being sometimes present in very small quantity. 
Trimethylamine is made on a large scale at present 
by the destructive distillation of the “ vinasses,” or 
residues of beet-root molasses. For other processes, 
see U. S. D., 16th ed., p. 1944. 
Brieger has shown that choline, neuridine, and 
trimethylamine are among the early products of 
albuminoid decomposition in the human cadaver, 
and are then followed by other and more poisonous 
bodies of the ptomaine class. 
The best form of trimethylamine for use is proba- 
bly the bydrocblorate, which may he prepared in a 
state of purity as a very deliquescent salt, crystal- 
lizing in long needles. To form the chloride natu- 
rally the distillatory products in M. Perret’s process 
may be received into hydrochloric acid and sepa- 
rated from any ammonium chloride by means of 
absolute alcohol. Commercial propylamine—i.e., 
impure solution of trimethylamine—is a colorless 
transparent liquid, of a characteristic odor, usually 
attended by some pungency, which may possibly 
he ascribed to the ammonia frequently mixed with 
it. It is soluble in water and alcohol, has a strong 
alkaline reaction, and forms crystallizable salts with 
the acids. If the end of a glass rod, previously 
dipped into hydrochloric acid, be held over the open 
mouth of a vial containing it, a white cloud of the 
chloride will be seen, as in the case of ammonia. 
Pure propylamine is said to be a perfectly clear, 
strongly refractive fluid, with the odor of ammonia; 
a boiling point of 49° C. (120-2° F.) ; a sp. gr. (at 
20° C. (67° F.)) of 0-7186; inflammable; miscible 
with water. With hydrochloric acid it makes a 
deliquescent salt, soluble in alcohol, forming with 
platinum chloride a double salt, which crystallizes 
in large, dark, golden-yellow clino-rhombic plates, 
somewhat soluble in hot water and alcohol. Pure 
trimethylamine is a gas at ordinary temperatures. 
Locally applied, trimethylamine acts as a power- 
ful irritant or, if in sufBcient concentration, even as 
a mild caustic. According to M. Laborde, in its 
physiological action it resembles the ammonium 
chloride or carbonate, though differing in not 
causing convulsions in animals fatally poisoned 
with it. [Med. Times and. Gazette, 1874, 241.) The 
chloride was found to act in the same way as the 
trimethylamine, but to be scarcely more than half 
as powerful. Drs. Combemale and Brunelle have 
found that the drug is a powerful stimulant to the 
salivary gland Given to man, trimethylamine acts 
chiefly as a violent gastro-intestinal irritant, the 
dose of half a drachm of the commercial article, 
even if freely diluted, usually producing distinct 
effects upon the stomach and the intestines. It has 
been found to act as a depressant to the circulation, 
hut M. Laborde affirms that unless given in such 
dose as to produce serious results from its local 
action, it increases both in man and animals the 
arterial pressure. In 1854 it was brought forward 
by Dr. Awenarius, of St. Petersburg, Russia, as a 
specific in rheumatism, and by other Continental 
physicians some confirmation of the original state- 
ments was afforded. Extensive trial made with the 
remedy in Philadelphia and elsewhere this side of 
the Atlantic soon led to its abandonment, and at 
present the remedy has passed entirely out of vogue. 
Awenarius gave a mixture of twenty-five drops of 
propylamine with six fluidounces of distilled water, 
flavored if necessary with sugar and oil of pepper- 
mint, and gave a tablespoonful every three hours, 
taking care that the drug was pure and freshly 
prepared. (Ann. de Therap., 1859.) In France, 
where the chloride was preferred, the following was 
a favorite formula. Trimethylamine chloride ten 
grammes, tincture of orange-peel twenty-eight 
grammes, syrup nine hundred and seventy grammes. 
A tablespoonful contains about three and one-half 
grains. The dose of trimethylamine chloride is 
from seven to fifteen grains (0-454-0-972 Gm.). 1820 
Trional. 
Tetronal.—Turpethum. 
PART II. 
TRIONAL. TETRONAL. These two sub- 
stances, which are members of the group of disul- 
phones to which sulphonal belongs, are respectively 
diethylsulphon-methylethyl-methane and diethylsul- 
phon-diethyl-methane. Their relationship to sul- 
phonal (diethylsulphon-dimethyl-methane) will be 
readily seen by a comparison of formulas. 
thirty grains (129-1-94 Gm.), or the extract in half 
the quantity. For uses, see A. J. P., 1891, 326. 
TRIPHENIN. Propionyl-phenetidin. 
CeH4.C2H6O.NH.(CH3 A homologue 
of phenacetin, made by boiling a mixture of para- 
phenetidin with propionic acid ; it forms colorless, 
odorless crystals, fusing at 120° C., of feebly bitter 
taste, soluble in 2000 parts of water. 
Triphenin has been used to a very limited extent, 
in doses of from eight to fifteen grains (0 5-0 9 6m.), 
as an antipyretic in typhoid fever, pneumonia, and 
other acute affections, and also as an analgesic for 
nervous pains. Its range of action is precisely that 
of phenacetin. It is stated that it acts promptly, 
mildly, and without untoward secondary effects. 
TRIPOLI. Terra Tripolitana. An earthy min- 
eral, of a whitish, yellowish, or pale straw color, 
sometimes inclining to red or brown, usually friable, 
often adhesive to the tongue, and presenting the 
aspect of argillaceous earth, though differing from 
clay by the roughness and hardness of its particles, 
and by not forming a paste with water. The Venice 
tripoli is said to come from Corfu. Tripoli is some- 
times artificially prepared by calcining certain argil- 
lites. It is used for cleaning and polishing metals. 
TROMPATILA. This is the stem and branches 
of Bouvardia triphylla, Salisb. (nat. ord. Rubi- 
aceae), a Mexican plant used b}r the natives for hy- 
drophobia. (A. J. P., 1874, 61.) 
TULIPINE. An alkaloid extracted from the 
garden tulip. It is said to be a cardiac poison, with 
remarkable sialagogue properties. (Nouv. Rem., 
1886.) 
TUMENOL. A dark brown or blackish-brown 
liquid, of a syrupy consistence, which is made from 
bituminous shale oils. These are agitated with 
sodium hydrate to remove phenols and then with 
sulphuric acid to remove pyridine and other bases. 
The oil is then treated with fuming sulphuric acid. 
The dark syrupy liquid which separates is washed 
with water and dissolved in caustic soda. From 
this solution ether extracts tumenol oil. Hydro- 
chloric acid, on the other hand, if added to the 
sodium hydrate solution, throws down tumenol- 
sulphonic acid. A mixture of these two substances 
constitutes tumenol venale, a soft, resinous, odorless 
mass. Prof. A. Neisser (Deutsch. Med. Wochens., 
1891) highly commends tumenol as a local applica- 
tion in eczema, and as having extraordinary powers 
over the itching of prurigo, parasitic dermatitis, and 
other skin affections. He uses a lotion made with 
equal parts of ether, rectified spirits, and water or 
glycerin, and 10 per cent, of tumenol. 
Tumenol-sulphonic acid is similarly used as a 
dusting powder or in from 2 to 5 per cent, ointment. 
TURPETHUM. Turpeth. Resin of Turpeth. 
Rcsine de Turbith, Fr. This product is obtained 
from the Ipomcea turpethum, R. Br. (Convolvulus 
turpethum, Linn.), an East Indian plant. Merat 
and De Lens describe the root, the only part used, as 
“ long, of the size of the little finger or larger, cov- 
ered by a rather thick bark, grayish without, white 
within, porous, liable to decay, very resinous when 
fresh, and in this state yielding a juice capable of 
coagulating, and constituting, when coagulated, a 
gum-resin similar to scammony.” In choosing the 
roots, those should be selected in which the hark is 
perfect, as most of the activity7 of the root resides 
in this part. It is without odor, and has little taste. 
Examined by M. Boutron-Chalard, it was found 
to contain resin, a fatty substance, volatile oil, albu- 
r so2c2h6 
c c^5 
Ich3 
f S02C2H6 
c , so c2h6 
L C A 
r so2c2h6 
C -! C2H5 
m 
Sulphonal. 
Trional. 
Tetronal. 
Baumann and Kast, who first introduced the use 
of these drugs, affirmed that tetronal is more power- 
ful as an hypnotic than is trional (Zeits. Physiol. 
Chem., 1887) ; but tetronal has failed to come into 
use, whilst trional is probably the most used of 
modern hypnotics, much quicker and more certain 
in its action than is sulphonal; usually producing 
sleep not to be distinguished from that which is 
normal, and only in rare cases causing weakness, 
giddiness, or other disagreeable after-effects. No 
death, so far as we know, has been reported as pro- 
duced by one administration, although one hundred 
and twenty grains have been taken at a single dose. 
When taken in overdoses it produces lassitude, 
giddiness, tinnitus aurium, vomiting, anorexia, 
obstinate constipation, uncertain gait, ataxia, 
tremors, lessened secretion of urine, sometimes 
strangury, and baematoporphyrinuria. Even the 
therapeutic dose has a tendency to cause excessive 
acidity of the urine. According to Fontoynont, a 
peculiar empyreumatic odor of the urine is pa- 
thognomonic. Chronic poisoning has occurred only 
rarely. Schultze (Deutsch Med. Wochensch., 1894) 
has reported one case in which six drachms of 
trional were given within four or five weeks. The 
patient became very feeble, the urine deepened 
from dark red to almost a black color, and death 
occurred. In a case recorded in L'Abeille Medi- 
cate, Feb. 1897, after the ingestion of twenty-one 
drachms in twenty-six days there was profound 
ataxia, with aphasic manifestations and great gen- 
eral intellectual and physical feebleness. The dose 
of either drug is from fifteen to thirty grains 
(0,972-l,94 Gm.), best administered in milk, just 
before retiring, as their effect is prompt. It is 
affirmed that no evil effects follow the prolonged 
use of these drugs. 
TRIOSTEUM PERFOLIATUM. L. Horse 
Gentian. Bastard Ipecac. Tinker's-weed. Fever- 
root. Fever-wort. Wild Ipecac. Racine de Trioste, 
Fr. Dreisteinwurzel, G. (Nat. ord. Caprifoliaceae.) 
This plant is found in most parts of the United 
States, preferring a limestone soil and shady situa- 
tions. The root, the part used, is horizontal, long, 
about three-quarters of an inch in diameter, thicker 
and tuberculated near the origin of the stem, of a 
yellowish or brownish color externally, whitish 
within, and furnished with fibres which may be 
considered as branches of the main root. When 
dry it is brittle and easily pulverized. On micro- 
scopic examination, numerous crystals of calcium 
oxalate are to be seen. It has a sickening odor, 
and a bitter, nauseous taste. It is said to contain 
an alkaloid which Andree believed to be identical 
with emetine, but which Hartwich has shown to be 
different. It yields its active properties to both 
water and alcohol. Fever-root is cathartic, and in 
large doses emetic, and perhaps diuretic. The bark 
of the root may be given in doses of twenty or PART II. 
Turtle Oil.— Ultramanne. 
1821 
men, starch, a yellow coloring matter, lignin, salts, 
and ferric oxide. (Journ. de Pharm., viii. 121.) 
The root contains 10 percent, of resin. (M. An- 
douard, Ann. de Therap., 1866, 118.) According 
to M. Spirgatis, this resin is a glucoside, turpethin, 
C76H12g03e, like that of other Convolvulacese, in- 
soluble in ether, but soluble in alcohol, to which it 
imparts a brown color not removable by animal 
charcoal. To obtain it pure, the alcoholic solution 
is concentrated; the resin precipitated by, and after- 
wards boiled with, water, then dried, reduced to 
powder, digested with ether, and finally redissolved 
by absolute alcohol, and thrown down by ether. 
After being treated several times in this way, it is 
obtained in the state of a brownish resin, yielding 
on pulverization a gray powder, which strongly 
irritates the mucous membrane of the nostrils and 
mouth, and fusible at 360° F. It is inflammable, 
burning with a smoky flame, and emitting irritant 
vapors. With strong bases it acts like jalapin, takes 
up water, and is transformed into a soluble acid, 
turpethic acid, C3gH76024, while with dilute acids 
it is decomposed into turpetholic acid, CieH3204, 
and glucose. [Journ. de Pharm., 4e ser., i. z36.) 
Turpeth root is purgative, somewhat less powerful 
than jalap, and rather slow in its action. From 
one to three drachms may be given in decoction, 
and from fifteen grains to a drachm in powder. 
(Merat and De Lens.) M. Andouard states that 
the resin purges perfectly well in doses of seven or 
eight grains (0-45 or 0 5 Gm.), though perhaps 
somewhat less active than jalap or scammony. 
[Ann. de Therap., 1866.) 
TURTLE OIL. In South America an oil is 
prepared from the eggs of turtles, and in the Sey- 
chelle Islands and in Jamaica from the fat of the 
turtle itself. These oils are said to be of equal 
value with cod-liver oil in strumous persons and 
others in whom the nutritive processes are defective. 
(See P. J. Tr., vol. xv. 573.) It is stated that 
50,000 gallons are sent to Para yearly from the 
Orinoco, the Amazon, and the Rio Negro, and that 
60,000 gallons are consumed by the tribes who 
prepare the oil. The Seychelle Islands are said to 
produce 6000 gallons of oil vearly. 
TUSSILAGO FARFARA. L. Coltsfoot. Folia 
Farfarce, P. G. Tussilage, Pas d’ane, Fr. Huflattig, 
Rosshuf, G. (Nat. ord. Composite.) Coltsfoot is a 
perennial herb, with a creeping root, which early 
in the spring sends up several leafless, erect, simple, 
uni floral scapes or flower-stems, five or six inches 
high, and bearing appressed scale-like bracts of a 
brownish-pink color. The flower, which stands 
singly at the end of the scape, is large, yellow, 
compound, with hermaphrodite florets in the disk, 
and pistillate, fertile florets in the ray. The latter 
are numerous, linear, and twice the length of the 
former. The leaves do not make their appearance 
until after the flowers. They are radical, petiolate, 
large, cordate, angular, toothed at the margin, 
bright green upon their upper surface, white and 
downy beneath. The plant grows spontaneously 
both in Europe and North America. In this 
country it is found upon the banks of streams 
from Nova Scotia and New Brunswick south to 
New York and west to Minnesota. It flowers in 
April and June. The whole of it is employed, but 
the leaves most so. They should be gathered after 
their full expansion, but before they have attained 
their greatest magnitude. The flowers have an 
agreeable odor, which they retain after desiccation. 
The dried root and leaves are inodorous, but have 
a rough, bitterish, mucilaginous taste. Boiling 
water extracts their virtues. Mr. C. S. Bondurant 
(A. J. P., 1887, 340) examined coltsfoot chemically. 
He found evidences of a bitter glucoside. Coltsfoot 
exercises little sensible influence upon the human 
system. It is, however, demulcent, and is some- 
times used in chronic coughs, consumption, and other 
affections of the lungs. The expectorant properties 
which it was formerly thought to possess are not 
obvious. The leaves were smoked by the ancients 
in pulmonary complaints, and in Germany they are 
said to be substituted for tobacco. Cullen used the 
fresh juice in scrofula, several ounces daily. The 
decoction (l|i to Oi) is commonly given in teacupful 
doses. 
TUSSOL. Antipyrine Mandelate (Phenyl-gly- 
colate). C11H12Na0.CeH6CH(0H)C00H. It is 
soluble in water, and is recommended in the treat- 
ment of whooping-cough in the following doses: 
for children under one year, from three-fourths to 
one and a half grains (0 05-0-1 Gm.); from two to 
four years, four to six grains (0-25-0-4 Gm.). 
TUTTY. Tutia. Impure Oxide of Zinc. This 
oxide is formed during the smelting of lead ores 
containing zinc. It is deposited in the chimneys 
of the furnaces, in the form of incrustations, mod- 
erately hard and heavy, and studded over with 
small protuberances of a brownish color on the out- 
side and yellowish within. As it occurs in com- 
merce, the pieces occasionally present a bluish cast, 
from the presence of small particles of metallic zinc. 
Sometimes a spurious substance is sold for tutty, 
consisting of a mixture of blue clay and copper 
filings, made into a paste with water and dried on 
an iron rod. It is distinguished from the genuine 
tutty by its diffusing in water and exhaling an 
earthy smell, and by its greater friability. Tutty 
is used solely as an external desiccant. To fit it 
for medicinal use it must be reduced to fine powder, 
which is dusted over the affected part, or applied 
in the form of ointment. 
TYLOPHORA ASTHMATICA. Wight and 
Arn. (Nat. ord. Asclepiadace®.) The leaves of 
this plant are official in the Pharmacopoeia of India 
as a substitute for ipecacuanha. Broughton ob- 
tained from them organic crystals, and David 
Hooper (P. J. Tr., Jan. 1891) has shown that the 
root contains an alkaloid, tylophorine. 
ULEX. Ulex Europceus, L. (nat. ord. Le- 
guminosse), is the common furze, gorse, or whin 
so conspicuous in the waste places and by the road- 
sides of Great Britain, from its spiny branches and 
bright yellow flowers situated on the spines, either 
solitary or in pairs. In the seeds of this plant Mr. 
A. W. Gerrard has found an alkaloid, ulexine. 
In 1890 Prof. Robert (Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., 
1890), as the result of an elaborate physiological 
study, came to the conclusion that ulexine and 
cytisine are identical. The suggestion has given 
rise to a considerable chemico-physiological discus- 
sion, a brief abstract of which may be found in the 
P. J. Tr., Feb. 1891. Prof. Robert found indi- 
cations of a second alkaloid in ulex. Partheil 
{Archiv der Pharm., 1892, 448 ; 1894, 486) and 
Plugge (Archiv der Pharm., 1894, 444) are in 
accord as to the identity of ulexine and cytisene. 
Ulexine has been used in cardiac dropsy. Dose, 
from one-fifteenth to one-twentieth of a grain 
(0 004-0 0032 Gm.). 
ULTRAMARINE. Outremer, Fr. Vltramarin, 1822 
Umbellularia Californica.— Urethane. 
PART II. 
G. This fine blue pigment was formerly obtained 
from lapis lazuli, or lazulite, a mineral of Siberia. 
It is now prepared artificially on a very large scale. 
In preparing it, a mixture of soft clay with Glauber 
salt, charcoal, soda, and sulphur is heated in cruci- 
bles. In this way a colorless compound is first 
produced, termed white ultramarine. This, how- 
ever, soon becomes of a green color. The green 
ultramarine thus obtained, which is also used as a 
color, is then mixed with sulphur and heated. The 
sulphur takes fire and is allowed to burn in the 
air, when the product becomes of a fine blue 
color. (Roscoe and Schorlemmer, vol. ii. 459.) It is 
thought to be a compound of aluminum and so- 
dium silicates with sodium polysulphide, although 
the sulphur present is retained in two condi- 
tions, part being deposited when ultramarine is 
treated with acids and part escaping as hydrogen 
sulphide. 
UMBELLULARIA CALIFORNIO A. Nutt. 
California Laurel. Spice-tree. (Nat. ord. Lau- 
rineae.) The leaves of this California shrub are 
employed in neuralgic headaches, and in intestinal 
colic and atonic diarrhoea; also externally as a mild 
counter-irritant. Stillman and O’Neill (New Rem., 
1883) obtained from the seeds a new acid, umbellulic 
acid. The leaves are said also to contain about 
4 per cent, of a volatile oil, having a specific 
gravity of 0-936, a warm camphoraceous taste, and 
a strong pungent odor. Burse has separated from 
the oil by fractional distillation umbillol, an oil 
having the formula C8H120, which dissolves in 
concentrated sulphuric acid with red color, and 
is narcotic. (Apotheker Zeitung, xi.) According 
to Schimmel & Co. (Report of April, 1897), it 
also contained cineol, C10H180. The fluid extract 
has been used in doses of from ten to thirty minims 
(0-616-1-84 C.c.). It is probable that the volatile 
oil is a strong local anaesthetic, as it has been 
found to act rapidly when brought in contact 
with exposed pulp or sensitive dentine. 
UMBER. Terra Umbra. A mineral of a fine 
compact texture, light, dry to the touch, shining 
when rubbed by the nail, and of a fine pale brown 
color, which changes to a peculiar beautiful deep 
brown by heat. According to Klaproth, it con- 
tains 13 parts of silica, 5 of alumina, 48 of ferric 
oxide, 20 of manganese, and 14 of water in 100. 
Burnt umber, as well as the mineral in its unaltered 
state, is used in painting. The umber of com- 
merce is said to be brought chiefly from the island 
of Cyprus. 
URANIUM. Atomic weight 238 8. The salts 
of the metal uranium are violent poisons, producing 
not only severe gastro-enteritis and nephritis, but 
also acting specifically on the haemoglobin of the 
blood, affecting its oxygenating powers. (See P. 
J. Tr., Sept. 1890.) They have been used on the 
principle of similia similibus curantur in renal 
diseases, and West affirms that the uranium nitrate 
is useful in diabetes mellitus. Dose, from one to 
two grains three times a day, increased to thirty 
grains a day. 
UREA. C0(NII2)2. Carbamide. Uree, Fr. 
Harnstoff, G. For an account of the physical and 
chemical properties of urea, the reader is referred 
to treatises upon physiology. Urea has been em- 
ployed in practical medicine as a hydragogue diu- 
retic in the treatment of dropsies. The commencing 
dose for the adult is ten grains (0-648 Gm.) every 
six hours. (See Braithwaite's Retrospect, xxv.) 
Thio-urea is a substance in which one atom of 
oxygen in a molecule of urea is replaced by an 
NH 
atom of sulphur, CS<C^^j2- According to Paul 
Binet (Revue Med. de la Suisse Romande, 1893), it 
is a very active poison, paralyzing the nerve-centres 
hut leaving intact the peripheral nerves and the 
muscles. 
URECHITES SUBERECTA. Muell. Arg. 
Savannah Flower. Yellow-flowered Nightshade. 
This is an apocynaceous plant, which grows abun- 
dantly in the West Indian Islands, and is said to 
be used in Jamaica by the negroes as a poison. 
The symptoms which it produces are violent vomit- 
ing and purging, with convulsions. Mr. J. J. 
Bowrey (Journ. Chem. Soc., June, 1878) has iso- 
lated from it two glucosides, urechitin and urechi- 
toxin, having respectively the formula C28H4208 
and C13H2066. Dr. Isaac Ott (T. O., 1880) finds 
the plant lo be a powerful cardiac poison, first 
increasing and then depressing the arterial pressure, 
and finally, if the dose be large enough, killing by 
producing cardiac arrest. The results reached by 
Dr. Ott are in accord with those of Dr. Ralph 
Stockman [Laborat. Rep., Royal College Physicians 
Edinburgh, vol. iv., 1892), who finds that both of 
the glucosides are very active poisons belonging to 
the digitalis group. On the other hand, Vowinkie 
came to the conclusion that even small doses of the 
plant depress the heart; and experiments made 
upon man by Mr. Bowrey show that in large doses 
the drug produces nausea, vomiting, general depres- 
sion, great perspiration, and slight slowing of the 
pulse. Stockman (Rev. de Clin, et de Ther., June 29, 
1892) found that the leaves contain a toxic alka- 
loid, which he calls urechitine, C281I4208-j-H20, 
and a glucoside, urechotonin, which is less toxic. 
In Jamaica the drug is said to have been used in 
the treatment of intermittent and other sthenic 
fevers. The dose of the fluid extract is from two 
to ten minims (0T3-065 C.c.). 
URETHANE. Ethyl Carbamate. Urethane, Ur. 
Urethan, G. C0.(NH2)0C2II6, This is made by al- 
lowing ammonia to act upon ethyl carbonate, when 
urethane and ethyl alcohol are produced, or by heat- 
ing urea nitrate with alcohol to from 120° to 130° 
C., when ammonia will be liberated. It forms 
colorless crystals of slight ethereal odor and taste 
resembling that of saltpetre, which are soluble in 
water and alcohol. The melting point of urethane 
is from 47° to 50° C., and it boils without decom- 
position at 180° C. When it is heated with am- 
monia to 180° C., urea is formed. 
Urethane produces in the lower animals a brief 
period of excitement, with quickened respiratory 
and cardiac action, which is followed by deep sleep, 
with slowing of the respiration. If a fatal dose 
has been taken, the respiration becomes slower, the 
unconsciousness absolute, the reflexes are abolished, 
and a pronounced fall of bodily temperature occurs, 
wdth marked weakness of the cardiac action, and 
finally death from asphyxia. The lessening of re- 
flex action is primarily due to an influence upon 
the spinal cord, although the irritability of the 
motor nerves is said to be lessened. The psycho- 
motor centres in the cerebral cortex, according to 
Von Anrep, suffer decrease of faradic excitability 
under the influence of decided doses. Urethane 
has been used to a considerable extent by clinicians 
as an hypnotic, but the reports as to its action are 
very contradictory. Thus, it is commended by PART II. 
Uncedin.— TJrtica. 
1823 
Drs. Sticker, Myrtel, Rottenviller, and Kraepelin, 
whilst Drs. Bock and Koenig condemn it. It has 
been used hypodermically by Koenig in doses of 
as high as twenty-one grains (1-3 Gm.) without 
success. By the mouth, according to Kraepelin, 
a full dose is forty-five grains, but seventy-five 
grains have been given. It appears to have no 
analgesic effect. It has been used by Jackman 
[Lancet, June, 1886) in traumatic tetanus with suc- 
cess after the failure of chloral. Four grains were 
given, to a boy aged fifteen, every two hours. 
URICEDIN. Prepared by clarifying lemon- 
juice, and adding for every fifty parts of citric acid 
in it, twenty parts of sulphuric acid, four parts of 
25 per cent, hydrochloric acid, and sufficient so- 
dium carbonate to nearly neutralize the acids. One 
part of lithium carbonate, neutralized with lemon- 
juice, is then added, and the whole evaporated and 
granulated. It contains sodium sulphate, chloride, 
and citrate, with lithium citrate. Used in gout and 
rheumatism. 
URISOLVIN. A compound of pure urea and 
acid lithium citrate, used as a diuretic, and uric 
acid solvent in doses of three grains (0 2 Gm.) in 
the form of tablets. 
UROPHERIN. Lithium-diuretin. Theobro- 
mine-lithium-salicylate. C7H7N402Li -)- C6H4(OH) 
COOLi. A compound analogous to diuretin, lith- 
ium being substituted for sodium. Used as a diu- 
retic in doses of fifteen grains (0 9 Gm.). E. Merck 
has also introduced the corresponding benzoate 
under the same name, uropherin. 
UROTROPINE. Urotropin Hexamethylene- 
tetramine. Formin. Aminoform. CeH^2N4. Hexa- 
methylenetetramine is obtained, according to Nico- 
laier (Les Nouv. Rem., xi.), by passing a current of 
dry ammonia gas over warm trioxymethylene (para- 
formaldehyde). It crystallizes from alcohol in 
rhomboidal crystals, which are readily soluble in 
water, slightly soluble in alcohol, and almost insol- 
uble in ether. Urotropine was first introduced into 
medicine by Bardet (Les Nouv. Remedes, 1894) and 
Laquers on theoretical grounds, they having found 
it to be free from toxic action in animals, and 
capable of dissolving uric acid readily. Nicolaier 
(Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., 1895) confirmed these 
statements and pointed out other important proper- 
ties of the drug. Since the publication of these 
articles urotropine has been used and reported upon 
by a number of surgeons and clinicians, especially 
by Casper [Deutsch. Med. Wochensch., 1897), Loe- 
bisch [Wiener Klin. Wochensch., 1897), Flexner 
[American Pract. and News, 1895), and Bardet. 
When given in sufficient dose urotropine mark- 
edly increases the flow of urine, and causes that 
fluid to be free from tendency to undergo rapid 
putrefaction. The urine is not only acid at the time 
of its expulsion, but remains so for many days. In 
moderate dose urotropine produces no distinct symp- 
toms, but after from ninety to one hundred and 
twenty grains a day there is often burning pain in 
the bladder and urethra, especially after urination ; 
if the administration be continued, there appears a 
large urinary sediment, containing much epithe- 
lium and red blood-corpuscles. In rare cases even 
the moderate dose produces albuminuria and other 
evidences of renal irritation. 
Urotropine is rapidly absorbed, and is certainly 
in part excreted unchanged. In less than half an 
hour after its ingestion the urine usually affords 
with bromine water an orange-yellow precipitate 
of the urotropine dibromide. The presence of uro- 
tropine in the urine has been demonstrated twenty- 
seven hours after the taking of the last dose. 
Nevertheless, the theory first brought forward by 
Loehisch, that it is decomposed in the system with 
a setting free of formaldehyde, has received con- 
firmation at the hands of Casper, who states that 
he has found formaldehyde in the blood of the 
rabbit into which he had injected urotropine hypo- 
dermically, and has also been able in some cases 
to detect formaldehyde in the urine of persons 
taking urotropine, though in other cases no formal- 
dehyde could be made out. It would appear, there- 
fore, that urotropine is partially decomposed in the 
system and partially eliminated unchanged. An 
observation of Casper that formaldehyde is given 
forth for days by the urine of persons who have 
taken urotropine indicates that the urotropine 
undergoes decomposition in the urine itself after its 
secretion by the kidneys. It has been established 
by both laboratory and clinical experience that the 
power of urotropine as a solvent of uric acid is not 
superior to that of piperazine, and that it is really 
of no value for the solution of renal calculi. On 
the other hand, it ranks with piperazine as one of 
the minor remedies, useful in a uric acid diathesis 
as a succedaneum to the salicylates. It appears to 
be a dis-tinct addition to the list of remedies used in 
the treatment of pyelitis and cystitis; by reason of 
its checking fermentation and modifying the almost 
always coexisting inflammation of the mucous 
membrane, it is a valuable remedy in the treatment 
of phosphaturia. A. Citron (Monats. d. Ham. u. 
Sexual-Appa., 1898) suggests that the good achieved 
in these cases depends upon the liberation of for- 
maldehyde in the urine, and that this does not 
occur when the urine remains alkaline ; so that it 
is essential in any case to see that the urine becomes 
acid during the administration of the urotropine. 
Urotropine has proved of no service in gonorrhoea. 
The dose is from five to fifteen grains (0-3-0-9 
6m.), given dissolved in half a tumbler of effer- 
vescent or simple water four times a day. Accord- 
ing to Citron (loc. cit.), its presence in the urine can 
be determined for at least twenty-four hours after 
administration. The method employed is as fol- 
lows. The urine which it is desired to test is 
slightly acidified and then placed in a flask or test- 
tube and boiled ; over the mouth of the tube is 
placed a cotton plug soaked with a solution of re- 
sorcin in sodium hydrate. The formaldehyde is de- 
composed into formic acid and methyl alcohol, and 
gives a brilliant red color to the resorcin mixture. 
When the urine is highly alkaline a reaction for 
formalin cannot be obtained, a fact which illus- 
trates the absolute necessity of keeping the urine 
sharply acid while treating a patient with urotro- 
pine, for otherwise no formalin is set free, and 
therefore the well-known antiseptic action of the 
latter will not be obtained.* 
URSAL. A compound of urea and salicylic 
acid, used as a substitute for sodium salicylate. 
URTICA. Ortie brulante, Fr. Brennessel, G. 
*To avoid possible confusion, the reader should know 
that the name urotropine is employed as synonymous with 
hexamethylenetetramine by all recent writers, although 
it was early used by Nicolaier as the name of a combination 
of hexamethylenetetramine with uric acid. 
Urotropine salicylate, proposed by Flexner, contains about 
50 per cent, each of salicylic acid and urotropine, and is 
evidently not suitable for use as a salicylate in rheuma- 
tism. Its value in cystitis has not been determined. 1824 
Ustilago.— Valerianic Acid. 
PART II. 
Various species of this genus are furnished with 
poisonous stinging hairs. Urtica gigas of Australia 
is said frequently to kill horses, and to produce in 
man a sting whose impression lasts for months. 
(N. R., 1875.) It has generally been thought that 
the virulence of the hairs is due to the presence of 
free formic acid (A. J. P., xxii.), and David Hooper 
(P. J. Tr., April, 1887) has demonstrated the pres- 
ence of formic acid, or a substance very closely 
allied to it, in the hairs of the Nilgri nettle (Girar- 
dinia palmata). Nevertheless, it does not seem 
probable that formic acid is the poison. Dr. G. 
Haberlandt believes it to be a non-volatile albu- 
minoid ; and L. Reuter has obtained from several 
nettles a glucoside. (A. J. P., Jan. 1890.) Oddi 
and Lomonaco {Rif. Med., April, 1892) isolated 
from the common nettle a crystalline alkaloid, and 
found that in mammals the extract acts powerfully 
upon the vaso-motor system, and in frogs causes 
centric paralysis with diastolic cardiac arrest. 
U. dioica, or common nettle, and U. urens, or 
dwarf nettle, of America and Europe, have been 
used in medicine as local irritants, as diuretics (A. 
J. P., 1866), and especially for the purpose of arrest- 
ing uterine hemorrhage. The fluid extract may be 
given in doses of half a fluidrachm (1-84 C.c.) or a 
decoction of an ounce to a pint in teacupful close. 
USTILAGO. U. S. 1880. Corn Smut. The 
genus Ustilago belongs to the fungoid order of 
Ustilaginacese, an order of the Hemibasidii, all the 
members of which generally develop their spores 
in the ovary or anthers of the host plant, forming 
a slimy mass, which in maturing becomes a black 
dust made up of spores. They produce the smut 
in cereals. Ustilago Maydis (D. C.), Tul., is pro- 
duced on the stems, the pistils (corn grains), and 
the male inflorescence (tassel) of the Indian corn. 
It is specifically characterized by its minute spher- 
ical spores, having their surface covered with echin- 
ulate warts. It is abundant in the United States. 
Upon the corn the smut appears in masses, varying 
in size from a cherry to a child’s head. These 
masses are smooth, irregularly globose, or sometimes 
lobulated, having at first a livid, bluish tint, and 
then becoming blackish, and finally bursting and 
emitting the black contents, consisting of innu- 
merable globose very minute spores, each of which 
is covered with beautiful little pointed processes. In 
a dried state the masses are blackish and covered 
with a black powder. 
In the smut Mr. C. H Cressler found an alkaloid, 
which he considered to be identical with secaline, a 
supposed alkaloid of ergot. This has since been 
shown to be trimethylamine, and to be, moreover, a 
decomposition product, and not to exist originally 
in the ergot. Whether the alkaloids since discovered 
in ergot by Tanret and Dragendorff exist in ustilago 
has not been ascertained. Besides the alkaloid, 
there were obtained a thick, viscid, fixed oil, a resin 
soluble in ether hut not in alcohol, pectin, gluten, 
and a species of sugar. (A. J. P„ 306.) 
Messrs. Rademaker and Fischer (Nat. Drug., 1887, 
296) assert that they have separated a crystalline 
alkaloid from the corn smut, which they name 
ustilagine. It is said to he white, of a bitter taste, 
soluble in ether, alcohol, and water, yielding crystal- 
lizable salts which are also soluble in water. Propyl- 
amine and sclerotic acid (maizenic acid) were also 
found in the smut. Prof. H. B. Parsons analyzed 
ustilago, and found in it fixed oil, an amine-like 
volatile substance extracted by ether, which he 
states is not an alkaloid nor is it trimethylamine, 
and an acid which he has provisionally named scle- 
rotic acid, because of its apparent similarity to the 
acid discovered by Dragendorff in ergot. (N. R., 
March, 1882. See also West. Drug., 1894, 88.) 
Corn smut is said to produce abortion in cows and 
in bitches. (A. J. P., Sept. 1861, 413.) Dr. W. A. N. 
Dorland has found that in doses of from one to two 
drachms of the fluid extract it markedly increases 
the uterine pains during labor. He asserts for it 
that it will not produce a prolonged tonic contrac- 
tion as does ergot. This is, however, doubtful. 
VACCINIUM CRASSI FOLIUM. Andr. 
(Nat. ord. Vacciniaceae.) The leaves of this Ameri- 
can shrub are said to be astringent and diuretic, and 
capable of replacing uva ursi. Dose of the fluid ex- 
tract, from a half to one fluidrachm (1-9-3-8 C.c.). 
VALERIANIC ACID. Valeric Acid. Acidum 
Valerianicum. HC6H902. Mol. wt. 102. Acule 
valerianiquc, Fr. Valeriansdure Baldriansaure, G. 
Acido valerianico, It., Sp. Acidum valericum. Acide 
valerique. 
In the 1860 U. S. revision this acid was trans- 
ferred from the Preparations to the Materia Medica 
list; in that of 1880 it was dropped entirely. “Vale- 
rianic Acid is a colorless liquid, of an oily consist- 
ence, a penetrating, disagreeable odor, and caustic 
taste ; and of the sp. gr. 0-935.” U. S. 1870. 
“ Take of Valerianate of Soda, in coarse powder, 
eight troyounces; Sulphuric Acid, Water, each, a 
sufficient quantity. To the Valerianate of Soda 
add, first, three fiuidounces of Water, and then 
three troyounces and a half of Sulphuric Acid. 
Mix them thoroughly, and from the mixture, after 
standing, separate the oily acid liquid which rises 
to the surface. Agitate this repeatedly with small 
portions of Sulphuric Acid until its specific gravity 
is reduced below 0-950. Then introduce it into a 
retort, and distil nearly to dryness, rejecting the 
distillate so long as it has a specific gravity above 
0-940, and keeping the remainder for use. The re- 
jected portion of the distillate, after agitation with 
Sulphuric Acid, may be returned to the retort 
during the progress of the distillation.” V. S. 1870. 
The object of this process is merely to procure 
valerianic acid in a state adapted for the preparation 
of ammonium valerianate. The sulphuric acid, 
uniting with the soda of the sodium valerianate, 
separates the valerianic acid, which rises to the sur- 
face with the appearance of an oil. In this state it 
is still mixed with water, and, as the pure acid is 
wanted, the direction is given to agitate it with 
sulphuric acid, which deprives it of the excess of 
water. It is now distilled in order to separate any 
sulphuric acid and water that may he mixed with it. 
The process is that of Mr. B. J. Crew, published 
in A. J. P., 1860, 109. Mr. F. C. Musgiller, of 
Brooklyn, N. Y., stated that the acid cannot be ob- 
tained by the process of 1860 of a sp. gr. as low as 
0-933 with ordinary sulphuric acid, and suggested 
that 0-935 be adopted as the official standard; as 
acid of this strength is equally well adapted for the 
preparation of the valerianates, for which alone it 
is used. This suggestion, as to the sp. gr., was 
adopted at the revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia 
of 1870. Mr. Musgiller proposes some modifica- 
tions of the process which appear to he judicious. 
(See A. J. P., 1869, 83; also Proc. A. P. A., 1868.) 
For modes of preparing valerianic acid from the 
oil and roots of valerian, the reader is referred to 
the article on Valerian in this work. It is prepared PART II. 
Valerianic Acid.— Veratrum Album. 
1825 
also from amylic alcohol by reaction with a mixture 
of potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid, as 
the first step in the preparation of sodium valeri- 
anate. 
Valerianic acid received its name from having 
been found in the oil distilled from the root of 
Valeriana officinalis, L. (nat. ord. Valerianaceae). 
It is sometimes called also valeric acid. It was first 
obtained in 1817 by Chevreul from the oil of the 
dolphin, and received the name of delphinic acid, 
which, however, upon the discovery of its identity 
with the acid afterwards obtained by Pentz from 
valerian, was superseded by its present title. It 
has been obtained also from the bark and fruit of 
Viburnum opulus, L., and other species of Vibur- 
num (nat. ord. Caprifoliaceae), the sap-wood of the 
European elder (Sambucus nigra, L.) (nat. ord. 
Caprifoliaceae), the root of Angelica archangelica, L. 
(Archangelica officinalis, Hofi'm.) (nat. ord. Umbel- 
liferae), and from various organic products whether 
of the vegetable or animal kingdom. 
Properties. Valerianic acid is a colorless liquid, 
of an oily consistence, a repulsive odor, resembling, 
however, that of valerian, and a pungent, sour, 
acrid, disagreeable taste. Its sp. gr. is variously 
given from 0-946 at 0° C. to 0-931 at 20° C. (Beil- 
stein, Org. Chem., i. 406.) As stated in the U. S. 
P. 1870, it is 0-935. It remains liquid at 8° below 
zero, and boils at 174° C. (345-2° F.). (Tromms- 
dorff.) It is soluble in thirty parts of cold water, 
and when agitated with water takes up about 20 
per cent., without losing its oily consistence, and 
rises to the surface of the liquid. Alcohol and 
ether mix with it in all proportions. It is very 
soluble in strong acetic acid, and dissolves camphor 
and some resins. (Trommsdortf.) It forms salts 
with the alkalies, and reddens litmus-paper strongly, 
but the blue color gradually returns in a warm 
place. Its composition is represented by C6H100?, 
and it is a mixture of two isomeric acids (isovaleric 
acid and optically active valeric acid). This is true 
as well of the valeric acid that is obtained from the 
Valeriana officinalis, L., the Angelica archangelica, 
L., and that which results from the oxidation of the 
amyl alcohol of fermentation with the aid of chromic 
acid. The strong acid readily unites with a mole- 
cule of water to form a hydrated acid. C6H1002 -(- 
HaO. This compound, formerly known as the 
terhydrate, has a sp. gr. 0-945, and boils at a lower 
temperature than the strong acid. It has a much 
milder taste than the pure acid, and is at the same 
time somewhat saccharine. The U. S. P. 1870 gave 
the following tests of the official acid. “A solu- 
tion of Valerianic Acid, in fifty parts of hot water, 
saturated with hydrated carbonate of zinc, yields a 
liquid, which, when filtered and evaporated to ten 
parts and cooled, affords white pearly crystals of 
valerianate of zinc. The mother-water, drained 
from these crystals, should not yield, by further 
evaporation and cooling, a salt crystallizing in six- 
sided tables, and very soluble in water. When the 
Acid is added to a concentrated solution of acetate 
of copper, the transparency of the solution is not 
disturbed.” The former of the last two tests indi- 
cates the absence of acetic, the latter of butyric 
acid. The acid distilled from the oil or root of 
valerian has been employed in nervous affections, 
and possesses properties similar to those of valerian. 
According to Landerer, the acid artificially pro- 
duced does not operate therapeutically so satisfac- 
torily as the native product. The dose would 
probably be about the same as that of the oil of 
valerian, given in sweetened water. 
VALERIDIN. Valerydin. Sedatin. Iso-valeryl- 
p-phenetidine. CeH4j ocf H^4^9* This sub- 
stance occurs as white, glistening needles, which are 
readily soluble in alcohol or chloroform, difficultly 
soluble in ether, and almost insoluble in water. It 
is obtained by heating isovaleric acid with p-phene- 
tidine. C. Erdmann (Pharm. Zeit., xliii) com- 
mends this substance in doses of from eight to fif- 
teen grains (0-5-0-9 Gm.) a day, as a suecedaneum 
for valerianic acid, and as being very serviceable 
in migraine, neuralgia, and hysteria. 
VALIDOL. Valeric-acid-menthol-ester. Ac- 
cording to G. Schwersenski (Therap. Monats., 1897), 
this is a chemically pure compound of menthol 
and valerianic acid, containing about 30 per cent, 
of free menthol. It is a colorless liquid of the con- 
sistency of glycerin, having a mild, pleasant odor, 
and a cool, faintly bitter taste. It is recommended 
by its discoverer in doses of from ten to fifteen drops 
as a carminative and stimulant in hysteria and neu- 
rasthenia. As it will still dissolve menthol freely, 
it affords a method of applying that drug in the 
form of sprays or with a brush in diseases of the 
nose and throat. 
VALONIA. Acorn Cups. Vallone, Velanede, 
Gallon, Fr. Knoppern, Walonen, G. The great 
cups of the acorns of the Qtiercus cegilops, L. (nat. 
ord. Cupuliferae), a native of Bosnia, contain a very 
large percentage of tannin. They are extensively 
exported for dyeing and tanning, and have been 
employed as an astringent in diarrhoea. 
VANDELLIA DIFFUSA. (L.) (Nat. ord. 
Labiate.) This is an herb of Paraguay, said to be 
used by the natives as an emetic. (P. J. Tr., 1872, 
849.) 
VASELINUM OXYGENATUM. Vasogen. 
This is a feebly alkaline, yellow-brown fluid, of a 
peculiar but not disagreeable odor and taste, which 
readily emulsifies with water. It is said to be oxy- 
genated vaseline or petrolatum, and again that it 
contains about 25 per cent, of olein, saponified 
with anhydrous ammonia, and mixed with vaseline 
and vaseline oil. Vasogen serves as a vehicle for 
ointments whose active ingredients, it is said, are 
absorbed with great rapidity from the skin. There 
have been offered camphor vasogen, 33£ per cent. ; 
iodine vasogen, from 3 to 10 per cent.; menthol 
vasogen, 2 per cent.; and the list might be extended 
almost indefinitely. There does not seem to be any 
reason for supposing that the vasogen ointments are 
really superior to ointments made with vaseline. 
VENETIAN RED. Bolus Veneta. A dull red 
ochrey subslance used in painting. 
VERATRUM ALBUM. L. White Hellebore. 
Rhizoma Veratri, P. G. Ellebore blanc, Fr. Weisse 
Niesswurzel, G. Elleborobianco.lt. Veratro bianco, 
Sp. (Nat. ord. Liliaceae.) "White hellebore is a 
native of the mountainous regions of continental 
Europe, and abounds in the Alps and Pyrenees. It 
so closely resembles V. viride both in appearance 
and minute characteristics that the specific dis- 
tinction of the two is very doubtful. All parts of 
the plant are said to be acrid and poisonous, and 
the rhizome was formerly official. This is brought 
from Germany in the dried state, in pieces from 
one to three inches long by an inch or less in 
mean diameter, cylindrical or in the shape of a 
truncated cone, internally whitish, externally black- 1826 
Verbascum Thapsus.— Vinca. 
PART II. 
ish, wrinkled, and rough with the remains of the 
fibres which have been cut oft* near their origin. 
Sometimes the fibres continue attached to the root. 
They are numerous, yellowish, and of the size of a 
crow’s quill White hellebore deteriorates bjT keep- 
ing. The fresh root has a disagreeable odor, which 
is lost by drying. The taste is at first sweetish, and 
afterwards bitterish, acrid, burning, and durable. 
The powdered root is grayish. Analyzed by Pel- 
letier and Caventou, white hellebore was found to 
contain an oily matter consisting of olein, stearin, 
and a volatile acid; veratrine, (Merck), 
in combination with gallic acid ; a yellow coloring 
matter; starch,gum,and lignin ; silica, and various 
salts of calcium and potassium. The existence of gal- 
lic acid in veratrum was, however, denied by Pfafi* 
and by Wiegand. The medicinal properties of the 
root were believed to reside in the veratrine, which 
was first discovered in the seeds of Veratrum saba- 
dilla. Simon found jervine, C30H46N„03, in white 
hellebore. Chas. Bullock, Chas. L. Mitchell, and 
A. Tobien confirmed the presence of jervine, the 
formula of which, however, according to Tobien, is 
Ca7H47N„0-. Wright and Luff (Journ. Chem. Soc., 
xxxv. 405) found jervine, rubijervine, and pseudo- 
jervine. Charles. L. Mitchell discovered a second 
alkaloid, veratralbine, C28H43N06. the presence of 
which has been confirmed by Wright and Luff* and 
other investigators. Eor most recent views as 
to composition of veratrine by Wright and Luff, 
see Veratrina, Part I. Two investigations have 
since been made of the alkaloids of V. album by 
Pehkschen and Salzberger respectively (A. J. P., 
1891, 196 and 292). Pehkschen found veratroidine, 
C32He3N09, pseudojervine, C29H49N012, and jer- 
vine, C14H2„N02. Salzberger confirms the exist- 
ence of the three crystalline alkaloids announced by 
Wright and Luff,—viz., jervine, C20H37NO3, pseu- 
dojervine, C20H43NO7, and rubijervine, Cg6H43N02, 
and asserts that he has found two additional ones, 
protoveratrine, and protoveratridine, 
C26H46N08. White hellebore resembles very closely 
in the symptoms which it causes and in its physio- 
logical action veratrum viride ; it is, however, more 
irritant and consequently more apt to purge severely 
than is that drug when taken in toxic doses. (See 
H. C. Wood and H. C. Wood, Jr., Amer. Journ 
Med. Sci.) It was at one time used as an errhine, 
but as such has passed out of vogue. In whatever 
way white hellebore is used, it requires cautious 
management. It has been given in doses varying 
from one grain to a scruple (0065-1 -29 Gm.)". 
Not more than two grains should be administered 
at first. 
VERBASCUM THAPSUS. L. Mullein. 
Flores Verbasci, P. G. Bouillon blanc, Molene, 
Fr. Wollkraut, Konigskerze, G. (Nat. ord. Scroph- 
ulariaceae.) The ordinary mullein weed is too well 
known to need description. As remedial agents, 
both leaves and flowers have been employed. They 
have a very slight odor, and a mucilaginous, her- 
baceous, bitterish, feeble taste. Mullein leaves 
are demulcent and emollient, and are thought to 
possess anodyne properties, which render them useful 
in pectoral complaints. On the continent of Eu- 
rope, an infusion of the flowers, strained in order to 
separate the rough hairs, is considerably used in 
mild catarrhs. An oil, produced by saturating olive 
oil with mullein flowers, during prolonged exposure 
to the sun, is used as a local application in Germany 
for piles and other mucous membrane inflammations. 
The mullein oils sold in pharmacies are of this 
nature, or some of them alcoholic tinctures. The 
dried leaves are sometimes smoked to relieve irrita- 
tion of the respiratory mucous membranes; fomen- 
tations with mullein leaves also have some repute 
as anodynes. Internally, the decoction (an ounce 
to the pint, flowering tips) may be taken in the 
quantity of from four to six fluidounces. 
VERDITER. Two preparations of copper, em- 
ployed as pigments, are known by this name in 
commerce, and are distinguished by the epithets of 
blue and green. Blue verditer is prepared in London 
from the solution of copper nitrate obtained in pre- 
cipitating silver by copper. According to Gray, this 
solution is poured while hot upon whiting (calcium 
carbonate), and the mixture stirred every day till 
the liquor loses its color, when it is decanted, and 
fresh portions added till the proper color is obtained. 
By a process for procuring this pigment, invented 
by Pelletier, the solution of copper nitrate is de- 
composed by quicklime, and the precipitate, after 
being washed, is incorporated intimately with an- 
other portion of quicklime. By the former process, a 
copper carbonate is obtained; by the latter, a mix- 
ture of copper hydroxide and calcium hydrate. 
Green verditer is prepared by precipitating a solu- 
tion of copper nitrate by chalk ora white marl, and 
consists of copper carbonate mixed with an excess 
of the calcareous carbonate. 
VERNONIA ANTHELMINTICA. Willd. 
(Nat. ord. Composite.) This is an East Indian 
plant, whose black, bitter, and nauseous seeds have 
a high reputation in Ceylon as an anthelmintic in 
doses of sixty grains (3‘9 Gm.). (P. J. Tr., April, 
1883; also Pharm. Rev. 1896, 274.) 
VERONICA OFFICINALIS. L. Speedwell. 
Veronique male, Fr. Ehrenpreis, G. (Nat. ord. 
Scrophulariacese.) Several species of Veronica, 
common to Europe and this country, have been 
medicinally employed. Of these, V. officinalis, L., 
and V. beccabunga, (L. ?), or brooklime, are the most 
conspicuous. V. officinalis has a bitterish, warm, 
and somewhat astringent taste. Enz found in it a 
hitter principle soluble in water and alcohol, but 
scarcely so in ether, and precipitated by the salts 
of lead but not by tannic acid ; an acrid principle ; 
red coloring matter; a variety of tannic acid pro- 
ducing a green color with the salts of iron ; a crys- 
tall i zable fatty acid, with mal ic, tartaric, citric, acetic, 
and lactic acids ; mannite; a soft, dark green, bitter 
resin. Prof. Mayer, of New York, found evidences 
of an alkaloid and of a saponaceous principle. (A. 
J. P, 1863, 209.) The plant has been considered 
diaphoretic, diuretic, expectorant, tonic, etc., and 
was formerly employed in pectoral and nephritic 
complaints, hemorrhages, diseases of the skin, and 
in the treatment of wounds. V. beccabunga. was 
used in the fresh state as a blood purifier and in 
scurvy. 
VIEIRIN. This substance is obtained from the 
bark of the Remijia vellozii, D. C. (nat. ord. Rubi- 
acese), of Brazil. It is used in Brazil in doses of 
from one to four grains (0-065-0’259 Gm.) re- 
peated pro re na.ta, as a tonic and as an antiperiodic 
in place of quinine. 
VINCA. Under the names V. major, L., Greater 
Periwinkle, and V. minor, L., Lesser Periwinkle 
(nat. ord. Apocynaceas), are said to be very useful 
in arresting menorrhaqic and other hemorrhages. 
(P. J. 7V., 1871, 961; Ibid., 1873, 963; also A. J. 
P., 1872.) Vinurn Aromaticum.— Viscum Album. 
PART II. 
1827 
VINUM AROMATICUM. Aromatic Wine. 
Vin aromatique, Fr. Aromatischewein, G. “ Lav- 
ender, one part [or seventy-two grains]; Ori- 
ganum, one part [or seventy-two grains] ; Pep- 
permint, one part [or seventy-two grains] ; Kose- 
mary, one part [or seventy-two grains] ; Sage, one 
part [or seventy-two grains] ; Wormwood, one part 
[or seventy-two grains] ; Stronger White Wine, a 
sufficient quantity, To make one hundred parts [or 
one pint]. Mix the solid ingredients, and reduce 
them to a coarse (No. 20) powder. Moisten the 
powder with four parts [or six fluidrachms] of 
Stronger White Wine, pack it moderately in a 
conical glass percolator, and gradually pour enough 
Stronger White Wine upon it to make the filtered 
liquid weigh one hundred parts [or measure one 
pint].” U. S. 1880. 
This preparation of the IT. S. Pharmacopoeia of 
1880 is practically identical with the Vin aromatique 
of the French Codex, which is made by macerating 
one hundred parts of aromatic species (a mixture 
of equal parts of the herbs used in our official aro- 
matic wine, and in addition wild thyme and hyssop) 
with one hundred parts of Teinture vulneraire (a 
tincture containing the same herbs, and ten more 
of similar properties) arid one thousand parts of red 
wine. This wine is principally used as an astrin- 
gent and stimulating lotion to chancres, open buboes, 
and other indolent ulcers. In many cases it should 
be diluted, but on occasion it may be employed of 
full strength. It is never given internally. 
VIOLA. Violet. The genus Viola (nat. ord. 
Violaceae) includes numerous species, many, per- 
haps all, of which are possessed of analogous medi- 
cal properties. Viola tricolor, L., the Heart's-ease, 
Pansy, or Johnny-jump-up of the gardens, was 
dropped from the U. S. Pharmacopoeia at the late 
revision; whilst V. odorata, L., and V. pedala, L., 
formerly held places in the British or the United 
States Pharmacopoeia. 
V. odorata, L. (Violette, Violette odorante, Fr. ; 
Wohlriechendes veilchen, Veilchen, G. ; Violetta, 
It.: Violeta, Sp.), the common violet of Europe, 
resembles very closely the American blue violet, V. 
cucullata, Ait., from which, however, it is at once 
distinguished by its delicious fragrance. It is the 
sweet blue violet of our gardens. V. pedata, L., is 
an indigenous stemless violet, characterized by its 
large blue or variegated beardless flowers, and its 
deeply three- to five-divided, pointed pedate leaves. 
The flowers of the V. odorata, L., yield their 
odor and their slightly bitter taste to boiling water. 
Their infusion affords a very delicate test for acids 
and alkalies, being reddened by the former and 
rendered green by the latter. Their odor is de- 
stroyed by desiccation ; and the degree to which 
they retain their fine color depends upon the care 
used in collecting and drying them. They should 
be gathered before being fully blown, deprived of 
their calyx, and rapidly dried, either in a heated 
room or by exposing them to a current of very 
dry air. The flowers of other species are often 
mingled with them, and, if of the same color, are 
equally useful as a chemical test. 
In the root, leaves, flowers, and seeds of Viola 
odorata, L., M. Boullay discovered an alkaloid, 
violine, allied to emetine, but possessing distinct 
properties. It is white, soluble in alcohol, scarcely 
soluble in water, and forms salts with the acids. It 
exists in the plant combined with malic acid. Orfila 
asserts that it is exceedingly active and even poison- 
ous. It is probably found in other species of Yiola. 
Mandelin (Jahresbericht, 1883) obtained a glucoside 
analogous to quercitrin, which he names viola-quer- 
citrin. It crystallizes out of hot water in fine yel- 
low needles. When boiled with dilute acids, it is de- 
composed into quercetin and a fermentable glucose, 
+ 5H20 == + 
also obtained salicylic acid from several species of 
Yiola. [A. J. P., 1882, 10.) 
The herbaceous parts of various species of vio- 
lets are mucilaginous, emollient, and slightly laxa- 
tive, and have been used in ■pectoral, nephritic, and 
cutaneous diseases. In Europe a syrup prepared 
from the fresh flowers of Viola odorata, L., is em- 
ployed as an addition to demulcent drinks, and as a 
laxative for infants. The root, which has a bitter, 
nauseous, slightly acrid taste, acts in the dose of 
from thirty grains to a drachm (T95-3-9 Gm.) as 
an emetic and cathartic. It is probable that the 
same property is possessed by the roots of all the 
violets, as it is known to be by several species of 
Ionidium, which belongs to the same natural order. 
The existence in small proportion of the emetic 
principle in the leaves and flowers accounts for their 
expectorant properties. 
VIRGINIA CREEPER. Ampelopsis quinque- 
folia, Michx. (Vitis quinquefolia, Lam., also V. 
hederacea, Ehrh., and Parthenocissus quinquefolia 
(L.), Planch.) American Ivy. Vigne vierge, Fr. 
Wilder Wein, Amerikanischer Ephen, G. The 
bark and twigs of this indigenous woody creeper of 
the nat. ord. Yitacese have been used by the eclec- 
tics as an alterative, tonic, and expectorant. They 
contain tartaric acid and potassium and calcium 
tartrates, albumen, sugar, pyrocatechin, and some 
other principles. Dr. McCall employed the bark 
collected late in the fall in dropsy, with asserted 
very good results. (Penins. and Independ. Med. 
Journ., June, 1858.) In two cases of poisoning re- 
ported by Mr. Bernays, the symptoms were violent 
vomiting and purging, collapse, and deep sleep, 
with dilated pupils. (P. J. Tr., vii.) 
VISCUM ALBUM. L Mistletoe. Gui de 
Chene, Gillon, Fr. Mistel, G. (Nat. ord. Loran- 
thaceae.) A European evergreen parasitic shrub, 
growing on various trees, particularly the apple 
and other fruit trees, and forming a pendent bush 
from two to five feet in diameter. The plant is 
famous in the history of druidical superstition. In 
the religious rites of the Druids, the mistletoe of the 
oak was employed, and hence was afterwards pre- 
ferred when the plant came to be used as a remedy ; 
but it is in fact identical in all respects with those 
which grow upon oilier trees. (P. J. Tr., 1897, 
289.) The fresh bark and leaves have a peculiar, 
disagreeable odor, and a nauseous, sweetish, slightly 
acrid and bitterish taste. Viscin, which forms thd 
glutinous constituent in the berries, leaves, and 
stalks of the mistletoe, is the principal constituent of 
birdlime. Crude viscin may be obtained by knead- 
ing the finely bruised mistletoe bark with water, as 
long as anything is dissolved, and removing the 
ligneous impurities mechanically. A purer prod- 
uct may be obtained by boiling the crude product 
in strong alcohol, macerating the residue with ether, 
evaporating the ethereal extracts, purifying these 
extracts by kneading first with alcohol and then with 
water. The formula C2(?H4o08(C20H32 -\- 8H20) 
has been given to it by Reinsch. Pawlevsky [Bull. 
Soc. Chim., (2) 34, 348) obtained from mistletoe a 
crystallizable acid, slightly soluble in water, in- 1828 
Vulcanite.— Warburg’s Tincture. 
PART II. 
soluble in alcohol and ether, fusing at from 101° to 
103° C., to which he gave the formula CH303.0H. 
The berries, which are white, and about the size of 
a pea, abound in the peculiar viscid principle, and 
are sometimes used in the preparation of birdlime, 
of which this principle is the basis. Mistletoe is 
said to be productive of vomiting and purging when 
largely taken. The berries caused in a child three 
years old vomiting and prostration, coma, a fixed 
and somewhat contracted pupil, and convulsive 
movements. (Ann. de Therap., 1859, 36.) A fatal 
case is recorded. (Med. Times and Gaz., 1867, 26.) 
The plant was formerly looked upon as a powerful 
nervine, but it is now out of use. The leaves and 
wood were given in the dose of a drachm in sub- 
stance. 
The American Mistletoe is the Phoradendron fla- 
vescens, Nuttall (Viscum flavescens, Pursh). It is 
probably the plant reported as growing upon the 
elm, by which several children were poisoned. 
(Henry Dye, Memphis Med. Recorder, iv. 344.) 
The prominent symptoms were vomiting and great 
thirst followed by frequent discharges of bloody 
mucus from the bowels, with tenesmus. One of 
the children was found in a collapsed state, in which 
death took place. Dye states also that, in other 
instances, as he had been informed, children had 
eaten the berries without any ill effect. W. H. 
Long asserts (New Prep., ii. 31) that the American 
mistletoe is a very certain oxytocic, and very effica- 
cious in arresting post-partum and other varieties 
of uterine hemorrhage. He gives a fluidrachm (3-69 
C.c.) of the fluid extract every twenty minutes in 
labor until the effect is produced; every four to six 
hours in menorrhagia. Dr. Lee Payne confirms 
this. (North Carolina Med. Journ., vol. vii. 253.) 
VULCANITE. For cases of poisoning by arti- 
ficial gum made of vulcanite colored with ver- 
milion, see Med. Press and Circular, Dec. 1874. 
WARBURG’S TINCTURE. This famous 
remedy, at first a proprietary medicine, afterwards 
by the voluntary act of its inventor had its formula 
revealed. There is so much testimony as to its ex- 
traordinary virtues in the severe remittent and per- 
nicious malarial fevers of India that its powers can 
scarcely be questioned. After the bowels of the 
Eatient in the acutest stage of the disorder have 
een freely opened, a half ounce of the tincture is 
given undiluted, all drink being withheld, and at 
the end of three hours a second half ounce is given 
in a similar manner. Soon after the second dose a 
violent, aromatic perspiration comes on, and the 
fever is usually broken. The remedy is also com- 
mended in collapse without organic disease. The 
formula given by Dr. Warburg is as follows. 
Socotrine aloes 1 lb.; rhubarb, angelica fruit, con- 
fection of Damocratis, each, ; elecampane, 
saffron, fennel, prepared chalk, each, £ij ; gentian, 
zedoary, cubebs, myrrh, camphor, agaric, each, %i. 
Digest the whole with 500 oz. proof spirit in a 
water-bath for 12 hours, express, add 10 oz. sulphate 
of quinia, dissolve by the aid of a water-bath, cool, 
and filter. 
It is evident that Warburg’s Tincture contains 
various substances which are inert, but the practical 
difficulty is to determine as to what its extraordinary 
valuable anti-malarial powers are really due. The 
formula of Hager—quinine sulphate i part, spirit 
of camphor 2 parts, elixir proprietatis (P. G.) 22 
parts, alcohol 16 parts—does not seem to us to at 
all represent the tincture. The formula used in the 
U. S. army, with asserted excellent results in Cuba, 
has the advantage of yielding a product in tablets, 
which is as follows. Aqueous extract aloes, 224 
grains; rhubarb, 448 grains; angelica seed, 448 
grains ; elecampane, 224 grains ; satfron (Spanish), 
224 grains ; fennel, 224 grains ; gentian, 112 grains ; 
zedoary root, 112 grains ; cubeb, 112 grains ; myrrh, 
112 grains; white agaric, 112 grains; camphor, 
112 grains ; quinine sulphate, 1280 grains. Ex- 
haust with eight pints of diluted alcohol, or divide 
into 1024 tablets. 
The confection of Damocratis* is in the original 
* The Confection of Damocratis (Mithridatium) is a com- 
bination of thirty aromatic substances, mostly obsolete, 
formerly official in the London Pharmacopoeia. We are 
indebted to Robert Fletcher, of the Surgeon-General’s 
office, for the following formula, taken from the London 
Pharmacopoeia of 1677, p. 100. It is of course useless as a 
pharmaceutical preparation. 
Mithridatium. 
Myrrhse Arabic®, 
Croci, 
Agarici, 
Zingiberis, 
Cinnamomi, 
Spicae Nardi (Indian Nard or Spikenard), 
Thuris (G. Olibanum), 
Sem. Thlaspios, ana drachmas decern, (water-cress seeds). 
Seseleos (Laserpitium siler—heartwort, sermountain), 
Opobalsami seu Olei Nucis Moschat® per expressionem, 
Junci odorati (Camel’s hay, sweet rush, a dried plant from 
Turkey), 
Stcechados Arabic® (French lavender), 
Costi veri (root of Costus verus or dulcis), 
Galbani, 
Terebinthin® Cypri® (Chian), 
Piperis longi, 
Castorei, 
Succi Hvpocistidos (from Cytinus, a parasitic plant in 
France), 
Styracis Calamit® (Gum S.), 
Opopanacis, 
Fol. Malabathri recentium, seu, ejus defectu, Macis, ana 
unciam unam. 
Casi® ligne® ver®, 
Polii montani (Teucrium creticum—Poleymountain of 
Candy), 
Piperis albi, 
Scordii (Teucrium scordium—water germander), 
Sem. Dauci Cretici (Athamantis creticus—Candy carrot), 
Carpobalsami vel Cubebarum (Bals. Mecca, take cubebs), 
Trochisch. Cypheos, 
Bdellii, ana draeh. septem. 
Nardi Celtic® purgat® (Valeriana Celtica), 
Gummi Arabici, 
Sem. Petroselini Macedonici, 
Opii, 
Cardamomi minoris, 
Sem. Foeniculi, 
Gentian®, 
Flo. rosar. rubrarum, 
Dictamni Cretensis, ana drachmas quinque. 
Sem. Anisi, 
Asari (A. Europ®um, Asarabacca), 
Acori, seu Calami Aromatici, 
Ireos, 
Phu majoris (Valeriana Phu, major—take ordinary Vale* 
rian), 
Sagapeni, ana drachmas tres. 
Mei Athamantici (/Ethusa meum), 
Acaci®, 
Ventrium Scincorum (Lizards), 
Summitatum Hyperici, ana drachmas duas semis (Hyperi- 
cum Perforatum—St. John’s Wort). 
Vini Canarini optimi quantum sufficit ad solutionem 
gummi, et succorum, nempe circiter uncias viginti-sex. 
Mellis deinde despumati triplum ad omnia, pr®tervinum. 
Fiat Electuarium secundum artem. 
I* 
Pulp® Uvarum passarum pinguium, a cortice et acinis 
probe mundat®. 
Terebinthin® Cypri®,—ana uncias tres. 
Myrrh®, 
Sccenanthfts, ana unciam unam et semis (Juncus odo- 
ratus). 
Trochisci Cypheos pro Mithridatio. PART II. 
White Cedar, Oil of.— Winter’s Baric. 
1829 
formula in such small amount that it is hardly pos- 
sible that it could have any effect. If it be omitted 
the formula can he very readily followed, and it 
seems to us that the apothecary should use the 
original formula with this single alteration when 
Warburg’s Tincture is called for. (See also Tinc- 
tura Antiperiodica, National Formulary.) 
WHITE CEDAR, OILOF. Dr. F. K. 
Bailey reports the case of a girl, aged fifteen, who 
took sixteen drops of the oil of white cedar, and 
directly afterwards fell unconscious, with clonic 
spasms followed by epileptiform convulsions last- 
ing at intervals for several hours. Long-continued 
irritation of the stomach resulted. (N. R., 1872.) 
WHITING. This is essentially the same as 
prepared chalk, being made by the pulverization 
and elutriation of crude chalk. It is used as a 
coarse paint, and for various purposes in the arts, 
for which calcium carbonate is requisite. Paris 
■white is a variety of the same material. 
WINTER’S BARK. Wintera. The bark 
of Drimys Winteri, Forst. Cortex Winteranus. 
Ecorce de Winter, Cannelle de Magellan, Fr. Win- 
ter’s Zimmt, G. (Nat. ord. Magnoliacese.) For 
description of tree, see U. S. D., 16th ed. The tree 
is a native of the southern parts of South America, 
growing along the Strait of Magellan, and extend- 
ing as far north as Chili. According to Martius, it 
is found also in Brazil. The bark of the tree was 
brought to England, in the latter part of the six- 
teenth century, by Captain Winter, who attended 
Drake in his voyage round the world, and while in 
the Strait had learned its aromatic and medicinal 
properties. Since this period, from time to time 
various harks have appeared in European commerce 
as Winter’s hark, although not any that was the 
genuine hark. Among those in the London market 
was at one time the bark of Cinnamodendron corti- 
cosum, Miers. (nat. ord. Canellacese), of Jamaica, 
which is pungent, like true Winter’s hark, but is 
of a much paler brown color, and resembles canella 
hark except in the absence of the chalky-white 
inner surface. Recently this hark has been replaced 
by the bark of Croton malambo, Karst, (nat. ord. 
Euphorbiacese), which resembles in color and thick- 
ness the hark of the Cinnamodendron, but has a 
bitter taste and a calamus-like flavor. The follow- 
ing is the description of a specimen which came 
into the possession of Dr. George B. Wood many 
years since. It corresponds closely with Guibourt’s 
description of commercial Winter’s bark. It is in 
quilled pieces, usually a foot in length and an inch 
or more in diameter, appearing as if scraped or 
rubbed on the outside, where the color is pale yel- 
lowish or reddish gray, with red elliptical spots. 
On the inside the color is that of cinnamon, though 
sometimes blackish. The pieces are sometimes flat 
and very large. The bark is two or three lines in 
thickness, hard and compact, and when broken ex- 
hibits on the exterior part of the fracture a grayish 
color, which insensibly passes into reddish or yel- 
lowish towards the interior. The powder resembles 
in color that of Peruvian bark. The odor is aro- 
matic, the taste spicy, pungent, and even burning. 
P. N. Arata and F. Canzoneri describe a bark 
which they assert to be genuine Winter’s bark 
from the Strait of Magellan. It was in the form 
of deeply furrowed, curled-up fragments with an 
earthy fracture, exhibiting, when in small pieces, 
an internal reddish-brown coloration. When fresh 
it had a bitter and pungent taste and an agreeable 
odor, recalling both turpentine and cloves. The 
sun-dried bark yielded: water (at 110°), 13-713 
percent.; ash, 3-338 percent.; soluble in ether, 3-841 
per cent. ; in alcohol, 6-465 per cent. ; in water, 
13-981 per cent.; ligneous matter, 49-200 per cent. 
The ethereal solution contains a peculiar essence, 
fatty compounds, resins, and waxy matter; the al- 
coholic extract contains reddish uncrystallizable 
resins. The Volatile Oil was isolated by distilling 
the bark with water, exhausting the distillate with 
petroleum, and distilling off the solvent. The 
crude oil, amounting to 0-64 per cent, of the weight 
of the bark employed, is a mixture of several sub- 
stances. Winterene, C15H24, is the essential oil 
separated from this by fractional distillation. It 
passes over between 260° and 265° ; specific gravity 
at 13° = 0-93437. Index of refraction =1-4931; 
specific rotatory power at 16° [#] = -f- 11-2. It is 
readily oxidized on exposure to the air, becoming 
yellow. The formula C25H40 was calculated from 
the ultimate analysis and vapor density, but the 
authors consider that the ready oxidizability of 
winterene and its analogy to similar essences point 
rather to the formula C15H24, which would place 
it in the group of sesquiterpenes, such as cedrene, 
cubebene, etc., the boiling points of which are be- 
tween 250° and 268°. (P. J. Tr., June 14, 1890.) 
The presence of tannic acid and ferric oxide, ac- 
cording to M. Henry, serves to distinguish Winter’s 
bark from canella alba, with which it has often been 
confounded. The bark above described as com- 
mercial Winter’s bark is destitute both of tannic 
acid and ferric oxide, and cannot, therefore, be the 
bark examined by M. Henry.* 
The bark of the Drimys granatensis, Linn. f. 
(now D winteri, Forst.), has been imported into 
London under the name of Merida coto, and it has 
been stated that it contains cotoin. It occurs in 
short pieces of a yellowish-grav color, traversed 
longitudinally by hard cellular layers, which dis- 
tinguish it at once from coto and paracoto bark. 
Its odor resembles that of true coto, but is more 
feeble. A careful chemical study of it by Dr. O. 
Hesse (P. J. Tr., vol. lv.) shows that it contains 
no cotoin, but a crystalline substance, C13H1404, 
to which the name of drimin was given. From 
the leaves Hesse obtained a wax alcohol, drimol, 
C28H6802. As Drimys granatensis, L. fi, is recog- 
nized as D. winteri, Forst., it is plain that Merida 
coto must be looked upon as a form of Winter’s 
bark coming from Venezuela. 
Cinnamomi, unciam dimidiam. 
Calami Aromatici, drachmas tres. 
Rad. Cyperi rotundi, 
Spies Nardi Indies, 
Casis lignes, 
Baccarum Juniperi, 
Bdellii unguinosi, 
Aspalathi, sive Ligni Aloes, ana drachmas duas semis. 
Croci, drachmam unam. 
Mellis optimi despumati, q. s. 
Vini Canarini momentum. 
Myrrha et Bdellium terantur in mortario cum Vino, ad 
crassitudinem liquidi mellis. Addatur mox Terebin- 
thina, dein pulpa Passularum, turn Pulveres: Omnia 
demum excipiantur melle despumato optima cocto, 
coganturque in Massam, ex qua faint Trochisci. 
Pharmacopoeia Coll. Reg. Londini, 1677,125. 
The first form of Warburg’s Tincture contained a small 
quantity of Mithridate; formula therefore added. 
* For Guibonrt’s description of true Winter’s bark, 
written in 1850, see 17th edition V. S. D. Guibourt also 
describes the barks of two other species of Drimys, those 
of D. mexicana and I). granatensis, growing respectively in 
Mexico and Colombia, both of which have considerable 
resemblance to the preceding. (Tom. iii. 681,682.) 1830 
Wistaria Chinensis.— Wooran. 
PART II. 
Medical Properties and Uses. Winter’s bark is a 
stimulant aromatic tonic, and was employed by 
Winter as a remedy for scurvy. It may be used in 
half-drachm doses for similar purposes with cinna- 
mon or eanella alba, but is scarcely known in the 
medical practice of this country. The Drimys 
chilensis of De Candolle, growing in Chili, yields 
a bark having similar properties (Carson, A. J. P., 
xix. 81); also the D. aromatica (F. Muell. ?) of 
Australia (P. J. Tr., xxi.). 
WISTARIA CHINENSIS. D. C. (Nat. ord. 
LeguminosiB.) Mr. Ottow (P. J. Tr., Oct. 1886) 
has obtained from this ornamental leguminous 
creeper a crystalline poisonous glucoside, wistarin. 
WOOD OIL. Gurjun Balsam,. Balsammn 
Dipterocarpi. In the P. J. Tr. for August, 1854 
(p. 65), appeared an account by Mr. Charles Lowe, 
of Manchester, of a “ new variety of balsam of co- 
paiba,” derived from the East Indies. In a sub- 
sequent communication to the same journal (1856, 
321) from Mr. Daniel Hanbury, it appears that this 
product, though offered for sale in the London 
market asr balsam of copaiba, is known in India 
under the names of wood oil and gurjun balsam. 
Considerable quantities had been imported from 
Maulmain, in Burmah ; and specimens of a simi- 
lar drug had been received from Canara and Ten- 
asserim; and it appears to be widely diffused in 
the Indian markets. 
This liquid is obtained from Dipterocarpus Icevis, 
Buch. Ham. (now D. turbinatus, Gaertn. f.) (nat. 
ord. Dipterocarpeae), a very large gregarious tree 
which forms forests in Pegu and other parts of Far- 
ther India, and from other species of the genus. A 
large notch is cut in the trunk of the tree, between 
two and three feet from the ground, and a tire made 
so as to char the wound. The juice then begins to 
flow, and is received in suitable vessels. Every three 
or four weeks the charred surface is cut off and 
burned anew. A single tree sometimes yields forty 
gallons during the season. Other species of Dip- 
terocarpus afford a similar product; and hence prob- 
ably the difference which has been observed in the 
specimens examined. It is at first turbid, but may 
be clarified either by filtration or deposition. After 
filtration, wood oil is a clear, dark brown liquid, 
of the sp. gr. 0 964 (Hanbury), and, in consistence, 
smell, and taste, bears a close resemblance to copaiba. 
It is soluble in two parts of alcohol of the sp. gr. 
0-796, with the exception of a very small proportion 
of darkish flocculent matter, which subsides on 
standing. According to Lowe, it contains 65 per 
cent, of volatile oil, 34 of resin, and 1 of acetic 
acid and water. A characteristic property noticed 
by Mr. Lowe, by which it may be distinguished from 
copaiba, is that, when heated in a closed vial to 
266° F. (230° F., Lowe), it becomes slightly turbid 
and coagulates, so that the vial may be inverted 
without changing the position of its contents ; and 
this consistence is retained when the liquid cools. 
By a gentle heat with agitation the fluidity returns ; 
but the liquid again coagulates if heated to 266° F. 
According to D. Brandis, this property of coagula- 
tion is characteristic of the wood oil from D. alatus, 
Roxb. (P. J. Tr., xxv.), a wood oil which is further 
to be distinguished by the greenish opalescence of 
its surface. 
Guibourt states that wood oil does not solidify, 
like copaiba, with one-sixteenth of magnesia, and 
the two separate on standing. (Journ. "de Pharm.., 
xxx. 192.) De Yrij, of Rotterdam, proposes the 
reaction of benzene with wood oil and copaiba re- 
spectively as a test to distinguish them. With an 
equal volume of the wood oil, benzene forms a tur- 
bid mixture, from which, after a long time, a resin- 
ous matter is deposited in flocculi; with copaiba it 
forms a transparent solution. (P. J. Tr., 1857, 374.) 
According to De Vrij, the volatile oil obtained 
by distillation has the sp. gr. 0-928, and boils at 
255° C. The resin left after distilling off the vola- 
tile oil is essentially gurjunic acid, CSoH3404. This 
when purified dissolves readily in ether and strong 
alcohol, and slowly in benzene. It melts at 220° 
C. and congeals again at 180° C. Fliickiger has 
also described a neutral resin from gurjun balsam, 
which is insoluble in caustic potash, fuses at 126° 
C., and is of the composition C28H4602. Fliicki- 
ger (Archiv d. Pharm., 1876, 420) noticed that 
wood oil may be recognized by the violet color it 
assumes if dissolved in twenty parts of carbon disul- 
phide and mixed with a drop of a cold mixture of 
equal parts of concentrated sulphuric and nitric 
acids. A liquid is much employed in India for 
painting ships, houses, etc., which is also called wood 
oil; this is obtained from a different source, Aleurites 
cordata(Muller). According to Dr. O'Shaughnessy, 
the oil of Dipterocarpus is little inferior to copaiba 
in the diseases for which that medicine is employed. 
Dr. T. B. Henderson has found it very successful 
in gonorrhoea, given in the dose of a teaspoonful 
two or three times a day, uncombined. (Med. Times 
and Oaz., 1865, 571.) It probably has a remedial 
influence on diseased mucous membranes similar to 
the different turpentines, which it appears to re- 
semble in composition. The juice may be given in 
emulsion, in doses of from fifteen to forty drops 
(0-9-25 C.c.) ; the volatile oil from ten to thirty 
drops (0-6-1 -9 C.c.). 
East India wood oil, or gurjun balsam, must not 
be confounded with Chinese wood oil or tung oil, 
a fixed oil obtained from the euphorbiaceous Elceo- 
coccus cordata. This oil has a specific gravity at 
60° F. of 0-94015, and does not congeal at a tem- 
perature of —8° F. If a drop of it be added to 
nitric acid it changes on heating into an orange- 
yellow solid. When a drop of sulphuric acid is 
brought in contact with the oil the latter apparently 
solidifies around the acid, forming a black envelope, 
which grows in size and gradually absorbs and acts 
upon so much of the surrounding oil as to assume 
the appearance of an irregular, large, dried currant. 
Chinese wood oil saponifies readily with caustic 
potash, two hundred and eleven parts of the caustic 
potash being required for a thousand parts of oil. 
For details, see P. J. Tr., vol. xv. (See also Proc. 
A. P. A., 1897, 677.) It is much used in China 
and Japan as a natural varnish for wood-work, 
having notable drying properties. Over 60,000 
kilos are said to be sent yearly from Hankow, on 
the Yang-tse-Kiang, in the interior of China, to 
Chinese seaports. 
WOORARI. Woorara. Woorali. Urari. Cu- 
rare. This powerful South American arrow-poison 
was first brought to Europe by the celebrated travel- 
ler Waterton ; it was in the form of a thick syrup, 
but as it now occurs in commerce it is a blackish 
extract, brittle, somewhat resinoid in appearance, 
encrusting the sides of gourds or little rude earthen- 
ware jars, into which it has almost certainly been 
poured in a liquid state. The drug varies much in 
strength. It has been variously described. Ac- 
cording to the researches of Prof. Planchon (P. J. PART II. 
Woorari, 
1831 
Tr., xi. 491), there are really four distinct varieties 
of curare. 1. That from the Upper Amazon, ob- 
tained from the Strychnos castelnceana, Wedl, and 
possibly from S. yapurensis, G. Planch. 2. That 
from the Upper Orinoco, extending towards the 
Rio Negro, yielded by S. gubleri, G. Planch. ; this 
is the variety spoken of by Humboldt. 3. That of 
British Guiana, obtained from S. foaq/'em,*Sehomb., 
associated with S. schomburgkiana, Klotzsch (now 
S. pedunculata, Benth.), and S. cogens, Benth. 4. 
That of French Guiana, made out of S. crevauxii, 
G. Planch (now S. crevauxiana, Baill.). If this 
classification he correct, it is very important to dis- 
tinguish the varieties of the woorari; this at present 
cannot be done. Dr. H. C. Wood has received, 
however, two distinct wooraris, one said to come 
from the Upper Amazon, therefore No. 1 of 
Planchon, and the other believed to come from the 
Orinoco. They are distinguished by the former 
being free from and the latter full of ants, evi- 
dently put in whilst the poison was liquid. The 
preparation of woorari has been witnessed by vari- 
ous travellers and variously described. (See P. J. 
Tr., xvi. 502 ; Brit, and For. Med.-Chir. Rev., Oct. 
1865; P.J. Tr., x., 1881.) It usually consists in 
making a decoction and finally extract of various 
plants, including the active Strychnos. Dr. Jobert 
asserts that the Tecuma Indians use, besides S. cas- 
telnceana, Baill., Cocculus toxiferus (?) and an arum 
(Taya), which he found to be very poisonous. 
According to Prof. Robert (Pharm. Zeitung, June, 
1885), Malouetia nitida, Spruce (nat. ord. Apocy- 
naceae), or Guachamaca, a plant which is abundant 
in the Orinoco and Bio Negro districts, enters 
largely into the composition of curare. The alka- 
loid, guachamacine, isolated by T. Schiffer in 1883, 
is very closely allied to, if it be not identical with, 
curarine, in both its chemical and its physiological 
activity. It is entirely possible that the varieties of 
woorari vary in their alkaloid and their physio- 
logical properties. Allied, it may be, to the third 
variety of woorari are the arrow-poisons brought 
by Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger from Colombia, 
and studied by Drs. W. A. Hammond and S. Weir 
Mitchell. (Am. Journ. Med. Sci., July, 1859.) 
Corroval was in dark brown lumps, having the ap- 
pearance of a vegetable extract* and of an intensely 
bitter and persistent taste. Under the microscope 
it presented the appearance of vegetable remains, 
but nothing animal. It yielded its active properties 
to water and alcohol, and was found to depend for 
its activity upon a peculiar alkaloid, corrovaline. 
In a few minutes after the introduction of the poi- 
son through a wound, paralytic phenomena became 
obvious, and the animal soon died, without pre- 
liminary spasm or convulsions. But the heart, in- 
stead of continuing to act after apparent death, 
had entirely ceased to beat, and had quite lost its 
irritability, so that it could not be excited by gal- 
vanism. They inferred that the action of the 
poison is directly and primarily on the heart, pos- 
sibly through the ganglia contained in its tissue. 
There was no evidence whatever, either chemical or 
physiological, of the presence of strychnine in the 
poison. Vao or bao was a vegetable extract contain- 
ing corrovaline, and apparently only a diluted or 
adulterated corroval. In 1893 Joseph Tillie ob- 
tained from New Granada arrows the poison on 
which affected chiefly the muscles, and it would 
seem, therefore, that under the name of woorari are 
used in South America arrow-poisons much more al- 
lied to strophanthus in their physiological activity 
than to the true wooraris, which do not attack the 
voluntary or involuntary muscles. To such poi- 
sons the name of corroval should at present be ap- 
plied. The term curari has in itself no specific 
meaning, since, according to Dr. Whiteford, it is 
simply the Indian word for poison. It is plain 
that the poisons coming from South America under 
the name of woorari are various, although in ap- 
pearance the same, and that at present, therefore, 
woorari can hardly be used in practical medicine. 
The attempts first made to isolate the poisonous 
principle of woorari were without satisfactory re- 
sults. Dr. Heintz succeeded in obtaining the poi- 
son in an exceedingly concentrated form, but not 
entirely separated from other principles. (Am. Med. 
Gaz., vii. 6.) In 1828 MM. Boussingault and Roulin 
separated a substance which they regarded as an 
alkaloid, but which neither they nor other chemists 
obtained in a crystalline state. Pure concentrated 
sulphuric acid gives with the curare alkaloids a 
very durable, magnificent blue color, which is not 
the case with strychnine. With potassium bichro- 
mate the same acid develops the same violet color 
as wilh strychnine, but much more persistent. 
Concentrated nitric acid renders it purple. By 
these tests curare may be readily detected in the 
fluids of animals poisoned with it. (Journ. de 
Pharm., 4e ser., ii. 296.) Within the last few years 
R. Boehm has finally isolated the two bases, cura- 
rine (also called tubo-curarine from its source in the 
curare packed in bamboo tubes), C19H21N04, and 
curine, C,8H19N03. The free tubo-curarine forms 
an amorphous brown-red mass. Boehm (Berichte, 
xx. 143) states that curine exists in many speci- 
mens of curare; it may also be obtained from the 
aqueous extract of curare. It is much less poison- 
ous than the accompanying curarine. Curine is a 
crystalline powder fusing at 161° C., slightly solu- 
ble in cold water, freely in alcohol, chloroform, 
and dilute acids. It forms a voluminous white 
precipitate with metaphosphoi'ic acid. 
Wooi’ari is one of those poisons whose active 
principle passes through animal membranes with 
difficulty, and hence when given by the stomach or 
rectum it acts very slowly, and in some cases elimi- 
nation may proceed so rapidly that no marked in- 
fluence is exerted, because not enough of the alka- 
loid is in the blood at any one time. There is also 
some reason for believing that the alkaloid is de- 
stroyed in the liver. When injected into a vein, or 
introduced by the hypodermic needle or the poisoned 
arrow into the cellular tissue, it acts with great 
promptness. The symptoms caused are progressive 
loss of muscular power, the animal growing weaker 
and weaker, the respirations becoming more and 
more feeble, until death by asphyxia results. Not 
rarely there are marked muscular twitchings, or 
even convulsive movements, which Yulpian asserts 
(Lemons Subs. Toxiq., 1881, 202) are not due to the 
asphyxia, because they are not prevented by arti- 
ficial respiration. They are probably of centric 
origin, since Tillie (Arch. Exper. Path. Pharm., 
xxvii.) has shown that the drug first excites the 
spinal cord, although such action is masked by the 
paralysis of the motor nerves. The heart usually 
* The bark of the Strychnos toxifera has been chemically 
examined by Mr. Villiers, who finds that its purified extract 
resembles in its chemical and physiological relations ordi- 
nary curarine. He was not able, however, to obtain the 
pure alkaloid. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., filth series, 
vol. xi.) 1832 
Woorari.— Wrightia Antidysenterica. 
PART II. 
continues beating after cessation of breathing, and 
only very large doses of the poison affect early the 
arterial pressure. It has indeed very little action 
upon the cardiac or vaso-motor apparatus unless the 
dose be very large, when the blood-pressure sinks 
from depression of the peripheral vaso-motor nerves 
(Tillie); the cardiac fibres of the vagi also suffer 
(Dogiel and Nikolski). The failure of muscular 
power and loss of reflex activity are not due to any 
influence upon the nerve-centres or the muscles, but 
to paralysis of the motor nerves: it is probable, as 
Vulpian believes, that it is the extreme peripheral 
endings of these which first suffer. At a certain stage 
of the poisoning, response occurs in the tributary 
muscle when a nerve is galvanized, although reflex 
and voluntary impulses are unable to force a passage 
to the muscles. The sensory, vaso-motor, and in- 
hibitory nerves are not affected unless by enormous 
doses. Couty and De Lacuda have recently brought 
forward some evidence to show that the muscles 
do not escape as absolutely as has been believed. 
{Schwalbe's Jahresb., 1881, 203.) Death has gen- 
erally been attributed to paralysis of the respiratory 
nerves, but Dogiel and Nikolski affirm that the 
respiratory centres are paralyzed. 
Glycosuria has very often been noticed, and the 
curarine has frequently been detected in the urine, 
which also usually contains an abundance of crys- 
tals of calcium oxalate. In regard to action upon 
the bodily temperature the evidence is somewhat 
contradictory. Bernard noticed an extraordinary 
jise, but, according to more recent observations, 
the temperature of the central portions of the body 
falls, whilst that of the extremities, and sometimes 
even of the lower rectum, rises. MM. Yoisin and 
Liouville divide the effects on the human subject 
into two classes, according to their severity. The 
milder symptoms are chiefly exhibited in the circu- 
latory system. The pulse is increased in force and 
frequency, the respiration is rendered somewhat 
more frequent, the temperature is slightly elevated, 
perspirations sometimes occur, and the urine is 
augmented in quantity, is remarkably light-colored, 
and contains glucose. From larger quantities of 
the poison violent febrile phenomena occur, com- 
mencing with the characteristic symptoms of a 
severe chill. There are shivering, chattering of the 
teeth, sensations of severe cold, cutis anserina, 
startings, and general trembling, with small and 
rapid pulse, anxiety, sighing, etc. The power of 
the lower extremities rapidly diminishes or quite 
ceases, co-ordination of motion is disturbed, and 
sometimes the patient is unable to move the legs. 
Thirst, headache, insomnia, and sometimes diuresis, 
are added to the other symptoms. The first cold- 
ness is followed by a hot skin, frequent and full 
pulse, redness of the surface, injected conjunctiva, 
and a profuse sweat. The paralysis of the lower 
extremities continues generally for a few minutes, 
at most for an hour; but care was taken to arrest 
the action of the poison by compressing the vessels 
above the point of insertion. The fever continues 
longer; sometimes, when the dose is large, for five 
or six days, gradually diminishing. The elimina- 
tion of the poison by the kidneys appears to cease 
in about twenty-four hours. In cases of poisoning 
from the injection of woorari, a ligature round the 
limb between the place of injection and the heart, 
the free exhibition of diluents and evacuants, and 
artificial respiration when required, are the measures 
recommended. {Ed. Med. Journ., 1867, 667.) 
As a remedy curare has very little value, even in 
tetanus, hydrophobia, and other severe convulsive 
affections; it will undoubtedly quiet the spasm, 
but does not have any direct curative influence 
upon the disease, which is due to an irritation of 
the centres and not of the nerve-trunks. Accord- 
ing to the elaborate experiments of M. Du Cazal 
{Arch. Gen., Sept. 1869), from one-fourteenth to 
one-seventh of a grain (0-005-0-01 Gm.) daily were 
borne by a dog without inconvenience ; at the dose 
of ten milligrammes the characteristic phenomena 
began to show themselves, but disappeared in a 
few hours; with fourteen milligrammes the ani- 
mal perished. For man the doses administered 
by subcutaneous injection were from one-sixth to 
three-fourths of a grain (0-01-0-05 Gm.). From 
these quantities, the appearance of glucose in the 
urine proved the presence of the poison in the 
system, and some slight characteristic symptoms, 
as dizziness, headache, vertigo, general lassitude, 
have appeared, but without any serious disturbance 
of the locomotor apparatus. MM. Jousset and 
Bellesme prepare an infusion in the proportion of 
one part of the medicine to ten parts of boiling 
water, and, after filtration, inject subcutaneously, 
at short intervals, a quantity of the infusion equiva- 
lent to a half a centigramme (about one-thirteenth 
of a grain), to be increased or diminished accord- 
ing to its effects. {Ann. de Therap., 1866, 37.) 
According to Bernard, curarine is at least twenty 
times as strong as curare, and should be given in 
proportionate dose. According to the experiments 
of Dr. Joseph Tillie, curine has no influence upon the 
motor nerves, but acts both in the frog and in the 
mammal upon the heart, belonging physiologically 
to the digitalis group. Prof. Boehm states that the 
presence of curine in curare can be recognized by 
the white precipitate made by metaphosphoric acid. 
WRIGHTIA ANTIDYSENTERICA. R. 
Br. {Neriurn Antidysentericum, L., now Wrightia 
zeylanica, R. Br.) (Nat. ord. Apocynaceas.) Un- 
der the names of Conessi bark, Tellicherri bark, 
and Codaga pala, a spongy, rusty-colored, bitter 
bark of this apocynaceous tree was formerly used 
in Europe as a remedy in dysentery and diarrhoea, 
and is said still to be largely employed by the native 
practitioners of India. Dr. Stenhouse obtained 
from the seeds, besiSes a fixed oil which they con- 
tain in large quantity, a peculiar bitter principle, 
called by him wrightine, which, though uncrystal- 
lizable, and forming uncrystallizable compounds 
with the acids, has claims to be ranked with the 
alkaloids. (See P. J. Tr., 1864, 493.) Hains had 
previously obtained the same alkaloid, and de- 
scribed it under the name of conessine. {P. J. Tr., 
(2) vi. 432.) The alkaloid conessine is now a com- 
mercial product prepared by Merck, and a formula, 
C12H20N, is given it. It occurs in delieate white 
interlaced masses of crystals, melting at 121° C., 
sparingly soluble in water, readily so in alcohol. 
A small quantity rubbed with a few drops of con- 
centrated sulphuric acid affords on the addition of 
nitric acid a golden- and finally orange-yellow 
color. We are not aware that the medical proper- 
ties of this have been investigated. 
A species of the genus, Holarrhena africana, A. 
D. C., is stated by the German missionaries to be 
used in tropical Africa in dysentery. Polstorff and 
Schirmer {Per. der Chem. Ges., 1886, 78) prepared 
the alkaloid both from Holarrhena africana and 
from Wrightia antidy sent erica, finding it to be PART II. 
Xanthium.—Zedoary. 
1833 
identical in the two cases. They give it the for- 
mula C12H„0N, and state that it is a light white 
powder, melting at 121-5° C., sparingly soluble in 
water, freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
and benzene. When oxidized by iodic acid in 
sulphuric acid solution, conessine is changed to 
oxyconessine, C12H20NO. 
XANTHIUM. M. Guichard believes that he 
has found an alkaloid in the X. speciosum. (P. J. 
Tr., vii. 249.) In the Xanthium strumarium, 
Cocklebur or Clotbur, which is common both in 
Europe and in America, A. Zander believes that he 
has found a glucoside, xanthostrumarin. M. V. 
Cheatham thinks that there is a second active prin- 
ciple. (See A. J. P., vol. xi. 271, vol. xiv. 134.) 
Clotbur is stated to be an active styptic, both local 
and general. Dose of fluid extract, from one to 
two fluidrachms (3-7-7-4 C.c.). 
XANTHORRHIZA. Yellow-root. Xanthor- 
rhiza apiifolia. L’Herit. (X. tinctoria. Wood- 
house.) This is a ranunculaceous shrub, two or 
three feet in height, with a horizontal root, which 
sends off numerous suckers. The stem is simple, 
rather thicker than a goose-quill, with a smooth 
bark and bright yellow wood. The leaves, which 
stand thickly at the upper part of the stem, are 
compound, consisting of several ovate-lanceolate, 
acute, doubly serrate leaflets, sessile upon a long 
petiole, which embraces the stem at its base. The 
flowers are small, purple, and disposed in long, 
drooping, divided racemes, placed immediately 
below the first leaves. The yellow-root grows in 
the interior of the Southern and in the Western 
States. Nuttall says that it is abundant on the 
banks of the Ohio. It flowers in April. The root 
was formerly in the Secondary List of the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia; hut the bark of the stem possesses 
the same virtues. The root is from three inches to 
a foot or more in length, and about half an inch in 
thickness near the stem. It shrinks somewhat in 
drying, and, as found in the shops, is in slender 
pieces of various lengths, diminishing from three 
or four lines in thickness to the dimensions of a 
knitting-needle, wrinkled longitudinally, with a 
light yellowish-brown, easily separable epidermis, 
a thick, hard, bright yellow woody portion, and a 
very slender central pith. It is inodorous, and of 
a simple but extremely bitter taste. It imparts 
its color and taste to water. The infusion is not 
affected by a solution of ferrous sulphate. Dr. 
J. Dyson Perrins has found berberine in it. (P. J. 
Tr., May, 1862.) Mr. Samuel S. Jones believes 
that he has proved the existence in the drug of a 
second alkaloid. (A. J. P., vol. xvi. 161.) Xan- 
thorrhiza possesses properties closely analogous to 
those of calumba, quassia, and other simple tonic 
bitters, and may be used for the same purposes and 
in the same manner. Dr. Woodhouse employed it 
in the dose of two scruples (2-6 Gm.). 
XANTHORRHCEA RESINS. Gum Acaroides. 
Gum Acroides. Yellow and reddish resinous sub- 
stances, the products of different species of Xanthor- 
rhoea (nat. ord. Juncaceae), have been introduced 
into England from Australia. They are obtained 
by spontaneous exudation from the stems of the 
plants, which are usually shrubs. The yellow 
variety (from Xanthorrhoea, hastilis, Sm.; syn. X. 
resinosa, Sm., now X. media, R. Br.) is in tears, in 
flattish pieces having on one side the mark of the 
stem, or in masses of various size and irregular 
shape. It has a reddish-yellow color, resembling 
gamboge when broken, and when heated emits a 
fragrant odor like that of Tolu balsam. It con- 
tains resin, cinnamic and benzoic acids, and a trace 
of volatile oil, and may therefore be ranked among 
the balsams. When heated with nitric acid, it 
yields a large product of picric acid. In medical 
properties it is said to bear a close resemblance to 
storax and the halsam of Tolu. A tincture, made 
in the proportion of two ounces to a pint of alcohol, 
may be given in the dose of one or two fluidrachms. 
The red variety (from Xanthorrhoea australis, II. 
Br.) resembles dragon’s blood in color, and appears 
to be analogous to the other variety in properties. 
(See A. J. P., 1881 ; also A. J. P., vol. xv., and 
Drug. Circ., 1895, 83.) These resins have been in- 
troduced as a shellac substitute in varnish-making. 
XYLENE. Xylol. Xylene, Fr. Xylol, G. 
CeH4(CH,)2. There are three isomeric hydrocar- 
bons of this name, the ortho-, meta-, and paraxy- 
lene respectively, all contained in coal tar. A 
mixture of them was first extracted from naphtha 
by Dr. Hugo Muller, and was brought forward by 
Dr. Zuelzer as a specific in small-pox, but is use- 
less. (P. J. Tr., 1872, 623.) 
YLANG YLANG OIL. Cananga Oil. Oleum 
Anonce. Oleum Unonce. This is a volatile oil ob- 
tained from the flowers of Cananga odorata, Hook, 
f. and Thoms (nat. ord. Anonaceae), a large tree in- 
habiting most parts of Southern Asia. According 
to Schimmel & Co. (Semi-annual Report, April, 
1897), it contains pinene, linalool, geraniol esters 
of acetic and benzoic acids, cadinene, and para- 
cresol-methyl ester. It is used only as a perfume. 
(See N. R., April, 1881.) The so-called Macas- 
sar Hair Oil is said to be a solution of it in cocoa- 
nut oil. (See A. J. P., 1881, 123 ; also A. J. P., 
1893, 529.) 
ZEDOARY. Radix Zedoarice. Rhizoma Zedo- 
arice, P. G. Zedoaire, Fr. Zitterwurzel, G. There 
are two kinds of zedoary, the long and the round, 
distinguished by the old official titles of radix zedo- 
arice long a: and radix zedoarice rotundoe ; the former 
produced hy the Curcuma zedoaria, Roxb. (now 
Z. aromatica, Salisb.), the latter, as some suppose, 
hy the Kcempferia rotunda, L., but, according to 
others, hy the Curcuma zerumbet, Roxb. (now C. 
Zedoaria, Rose.), all of the nat. ord. Scitaminese. 
Both kinds come from the East Indies. The long 
zedoary is in slices, from an inch and a half to 
three inches in length, and from half an inch to an 
inch thick, obtuse at the extremities, and exhibit- 
ing the remains of the radical fibres. The round is 
also usually in slices, which are the sections of a 
roundish root, ending in a point beneath, and di- 
vided longitudinally into two parts, each of which 
is flat on one side, convex on the other, and heart- 
shaped in its outline. Sometimes the root of the 
latter variety is entire, and sometimes in quarters 
instead of halves. It is marked with circular rings 
on the convex surface, and, like the former, with 
small projecting points which are the remains of 
radical fibres. Both are grayish white on the out- 
side, yellowish brown within, hard, compact, of an 
agreeable aromatic odor, and a bitterish, pungent, 
camphorous taste. The round, however, is less 
spicy than the long. They yield a volatile oil, 
when distilled with water, and contain a pungent 
soft resin and bitter extractive. Zedoary is a 
warm, stimulating aromatic, useful in flatulent 
colic and debility of the digestive organs. It is not 
now employed, as it produces no effects which can- 1834 
Zerechtit.—Zymoidin. 
PART II. 
not be as well or better obtained from ginger. The 
dose is from ten grains to half a drachm (0-648- 
1-94 Gm.). 
ZERECHTIT. Tschuking. The leaves, flow- 
ers, and fruit of an Abyssinian composite, Ubiaea 
schimperi, J. Gay (now Landtia schimperi, Benth. 
and Hook.). (See Proc. A. P. A., xxvi. 228.) 
ZERUMBET. Cassumuniar. Under these 
names an East India root was formerly used, 
having some analogy in sensible and medical prop- 
erties to ginger, and ascribed to the Zingiber ze- 
rumbetof Roscoe. Some consider the cassumuniar 
as a distinct root, and refer it to the Zingiber cas- 
sumunar of Roxburgh. The difference of opinion 
is of little importance, as neither of the roots is to 
be found in the markets. By some authors the 
zerumbet has been erroneously confounded with 
the round zedoary. Geiger describes it as in pieces 
of the size of a fig or larger, externally grayish 
brown and wrinkled, internally yellowish, hard 
and tough, of a biting, aromatic taste, and a spicy 
odor. 
ZINC BORATE. Zinci Boras. ZnB A), + 
7H20. Prepared by mixing an aqueous solution 
of zinc sulphate (1 in 10) with one of borax (l in 
25), and collecting the precipitate. Used as an 
antiseptic dusting powder. 
ZINC CYANIDE. Zinci Cyanidum. Cya.nu- 
ret of Zinc. ZnCy2. This cyanide is precipitated 
as a white insoluble powder, by adding cautiously, 
until it ceases to produce a precipitate, a recently 
filtered solution of potassium cyanide to a solution 
of zinc sulphate. It is used in Germany as a sub- 
stitute for hydrocyanic acid, and is said to be 
anthelmintic. It has been recommended by Dr. 
Lashkevich in cardiac neuroses in doses of from 
one-tenth to one-eighth grain (0-006-0 008 Gm.) 
three times a day. It has been employed in epilepsy, 
chorea, and neuralgia, in several painful affections 
of the stomach, and in the colics attendant on diffi- 
cult menstruation. The dose is a quarter of a grain 
(0-016 Gm.), gradually increased to a grain and a 
half (0-097 Gm.), given in mixture. It is official 
in the French Codex. 
ZINC FERROCYANIDE. Zinci Ferrocyani- 
dum. Ferrocyanuret of Zinc. Zn2FeCy6 -f- 3H20. 
Formed by double decomposition between hot solu- 
tions of potassium ferrocyanide and zinc sulphate. 
It is thrown down as a white powder. It has simi- 
lar medical properties to those of the cyanide, and 
is used in the same diseases. The dose is from one 
to four grains (0-06-0-25 Gm.), given in pill. (See 
Zinc Cyanide.) 
ZINC LACTATE. Zinci Lactas. Ladas 
Zincicus. Zincum Lacticum. Zn(C3II603)23H20. 
This salt is used by M. Herpin in doses of two 
grains (0-13 Gm.), three times a day, gradually in- 
creased to ten grains (0-65 Gm.) a day, as a substi- 
tute for zinc oxide in epilepsy. For its physical 
properties and methods of preparation, see 16th ed. 
U. S. D. 
ZINC PHOSPHATE. Zi»ci Phosphas. 
Zn3P„08,2H20. Dr. Barnes, of London, has 
brought forward this salt of zinc as having special 
advantages over other salts of the same metal in the 
treatment of nervous diseases, peculiarly useful in 
the insanity occurring in the convalescence from 
fevers, in which he associates it with quinine, and 
in epilepsy attended by disorder of the uterine func- 
tions. Zinc phosphate, or trizincic orthophosphate, 
may be prepared by the mutual reaction of zinc 
sulphate and an alkaline phosphate. It is a white 
powdei1, insoluble in water but soluble in acids. 
ZINC SUBGALLATE. Zinci Subyallas. An 
odorless powder containing 44 per cent, of zinc 
oxide and 56 per cent, of gallic acid. Internally it 
is used in intestinal disorders as an antiferment in 
doses of from one-half to four grains (0-033-0-25 
6m.). Externally it has been used in skin diseases. 
ZIZYPHUS VULGARIS. Lamarck. (Now 
Z. sativa, Gaertn.) Jujube, Fr. Brustbeeren, Juden- 
dornbeeren, G. A shrub, or small tree, of the nat. 
ord. Rhamnaceae, growing on the shores of the 
Mediterranean, and cultivated in Italy, Spain, and 
the south of France. The fruit is the part used. 
This consists of oval drupes, of the size of a large 
olive, with a thin, coriaceous, red or reddish-brown 
skin, a yellowish, sweet, acidulous pulp, and an 
oblong, pointed stone in the centre. These have 
the official name oijujubce. By drying, their pulp 
becomes softer and sweeter, and acquires a vinous 
taste, evincing the commencement of fermentation. 
They are nutritive and demulcent, and are used in 
the form of decoction in pectoral complaints. Jujube 
paste consists properly of gum arabic and sugar, 
dissolved in a decoction of this fruit, and ovaporated 
to the proper consistence. As a demulcent it is in 
no respect superior to a paste made with gum arabic 
and sugar alone, and the preparation formerly sold 
in this country under the name contains in fact 
none of the fruit. The fruits of two other species, 
Z. lotus (Lam.?), growing in the north of Africa, 
and Z. jujuba, Lam., a native of the East Indies, 
possess properties similar to those of the Z. vulgaris, 
and are used as food by the inhabitants of the coun- 
tries where they grow. The Zizyphus jujuba, Lam., 
is stated by Bosisto (A. J. P., 1886) to be one of 
the main sources of stick-lac, from which shellac is 
manufactured. 
ZYGADENUS. This is a liliaceous genus, 
widely represented in the United States, some mem- 
bers of which are believed to be poisonous. Dr. H. 
S. Goodell affirms that he has seen violent convul- 
sions produced by the juice of Z. venenosus, Watson. 
According to Watson, among the northern tribes 
of Indians the bulb of this species is said to be very 
poisonous, and is known as the Death Camass. 
ZYMOIDIN. A powder said to be composed 
of zinc oxide, bismuth oxide, aluminum oxide, 
iodine, boric acid, carbolic acid, gallic acid, salicylic 
acid, quinine, and other ingredients. It is used as 
an antiseptic and dusting powder. PART III. 
In this division are included the subjects formerly embraced in the Appendix of this work, 
with the addition of the official tests and various tables, many of which are introduced for 
the first time in the Dispensatory. 
TESTS. 
LIST OF REAGENTS. U. S. 1890. 
The constant reference to tests in the previous pages, and the adoption of volumetric test-solutions in 
the U. S. Pharmacopoeias of 1880 and 1890, and the British Pharmacopoeia (1898), necessitate the inser- 
tion of the official reagents and solutions used in the quantitative and qualitative tests. Great care 
should be used, in preparing these tests and selecting the reagents, to see that they come fully up to the 
official requirements, as the whole value of the test depends upon the purity of the reagent and the 
accuracy with which the solution has been made. 
I. PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 
Official Substances as Reagents.—Some official substances (chemicals, chemical solutions, etc.) 
are sufficiently pure to he used as reagents, if they comply with the tests of purity prescribed by the 
Pharmacopoeia. In the case of others, the presence of certain impurities, though immaterial for their 
use as medicines, renders their employment as reagents unsuitable. Whenever a greater degree of purity 
is required than is provided for by the text of the Pharmacopoeia, it will he specially mentioned in the 
following lists. 
Abbreviations and Signs Used: 
T.S. = Test-solution. 
Y.S. = Volumetric solution. 
iL — Normal (see under “Volumetric Solutions” in List III.). 
A — Seminormal; -?-=Decinormal; ~= Centinormal. 
-A — Double-normal (sometimes written: 2 N). 
* (asterisk) in front of a figure denotes that the quantity or value expressed by the figure is approximate. 
In the case of a volumetric solution, for instance, *25 C.c. means “ about 25 C.c.,” and this is to be in- 
terpreted as standing for “ 24-5 to 25-5 C.c.,” the allowable variation in such cases being 2 per cent, either 
way. In the text of the Pharmacopoeia this is expressed by saying “ about 25 C.c.,” or “ about 16 per 
cent, of iron,” etc. 
Keeping of Reagents.—Reagents should he kept in bottles made of glass free from lead and 
arsenic, and proof against corrosion by acids and alkalies, preferably in those made of Bohemian glass. 
The bottles should be closed by well-ground glass stoppers. Stoppers of bottles containing alkali 
hydrates, ammonium sulphide, ammonia water, tannic acid, and other substances rapidly attacking 
ground glass surfaces, should be lubricated with a thin film of petrolatum. 
Reagents easily affected by light, such as hydrogen sulphide T.S., ammonium sulphide T.S., chlorine 
water, etc., should he kept in bottles made of dark amber-colored glass. 
Note. As some of the following test-solutions are in certain cases directed in definite quantities in 
lieu of the regular volumetric solutions, it is important that they should always he prepared of the exact 
strength prescribed. 
II. LIST OF REAGENTS AND TEST-SOLUTIONS 
Note. The reagents are arranged in alphabetical order. The test-solutions are usually mentioned in 
connection with the principal chemical or other substance from which they are prepared. The volumetric 
solutions will he found in List III. (Nos. 117-135). 
Whenever water is required or mentioned as a solvent in the tests given in the Pharmacopoeia, or in 
the preparation of any reagent, it is understood that distilled water shall be used. 1836 
Tests. 
PART III. 
1. Absolute Alcohol (Ethyl Alcohol), C2H6OH = 45-9.—Use the official absolute alcohol [Alcohol 
Absolutum]. 
2. Acetic Acid, HC2II302 = 59-86.—Use the official acetic acid [Acidum Aceticum]. 
3. Albumen Test-Solution.—Carefully separate the white of a hen’s egg from the yolk, shake it thor- 
oughly with 100 C.c. of water, and tilter. This solution should he freshly made when required. 
4. Aluminum.—Metallic aluminum, Al = 27-04, in the form of foil, wire, or ribbon. It should be 
tested for arsenic by Fleitmann’s method (see below, No. 13), when no color should be imparted to the 
silver nitrate within two hours. 
5. Ammonia Water, NH3 = 17.01.—Use the official ammonia water [Aqua Ammonias]. 
6. Ammonium Carbonate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of ammonium carbonate, NH4HCOo- 
NII4NH2C02 = 156-77 [Ammonii Carbonas, U. S. P.], in a mixture of 10 C.c. of ammonia water and 40 
C.c. of water. 
For detecting arsenic sulphide in presence of antimony sulphide, the addition of ammonia water is 
omitted, and 10 Gm. of the salt are dissolved in a sufficient quantity of water to make 100 C.c. 
7. Ammonium Chloride Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of ammonium chloride, NH4C1 = 53-38 
[Ammonii Chloridum, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
8. Ammonium Molybdate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of finely powdered ammonium molybdate, 
(NH4)2Mo04= 195-76, in 6-7 C.c. of hot water, using a little ammonia water, if necessary, to effect so- 
lution. Then gradually pour the liquid into a mixture of 3-3 C.c. of nitric acid (spec. grav. 1-414) and 
3-4 C.c. of water. Preserve the test-solution in the dark, and, if a sediment should form in it after some 
days, carefully decant the clear solution from it. 
9. Ammonium Oxalate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 4 Gm. of pure, crystallized ammonium oxalate, 
(NII4)2C204 -f- H20 = 141-76, free from metals, chloride, and sulphate, in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
Or, dissolve 4 Gm. of pure oxalic acid (see below, No. 121) in 100 C.c. of water, add 20 C.c. of ammonia 
water, boil to expel excess of ammonia, and bring the volume to 113 C.c. 
On evaporating a portion of the test-solution, and igniting the residue, it should be completely vola- 
tilized (absence of fixed impurities'). 
10. Ammonium Phosphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of ammonium phosphate, (NH4)2- 
HPO* = 131-82, together with 2 C.c. of ammonia water, in enough water to make 100 C.c. This solu- 
tion cToes not keep well. It should be freshly made when required, or frequently renewed. 
10 b. Ammonium Sulphate.—(NH4)2S04 = 131-84.—The purified salt, leaving no residue upon 
ignition. 
11. Ammonium Sulphide Test-Solution.—Saturate 3 parts of pure ammonia water with pure, washed 
hydrogen sulphide, and add to the solution (which now contains ammonium sulphhydrate, NH4HS = 
50-99) 2 parts of ammonia water, which converts the greater portion of the ammonium sulphhydrate 
into ammonium sulphide (NH4)„S = 68-0. The solution should be perfectly clear and colorless, and, on 
being evaporated, leave no residue. It should not he rendered turbid either by magnesium sulphate 
T.S. (absence of free ammonia), or by calcium chloride T.S. (absence of ammonium carbonate). It 
should be protected against air and light by being kept in small, dark amber-colored bottles, in a dark 
place. As soon as a notable deposit of sulphur has made its appearance in the solution, it should be 
rejected. 
Ammonium polysulphide test-solution is occasionally required. This is a yellow liquid, prepared by 
dissolving a small quantity of pure sulphur in the preceding, colorless ammonium sulphide test-solution. 
12. Arsenic Test, Bettendorff’s.—To a small quantity of the liquid to be tested, which should con- 
tain much pure concentrated hydrochloric acid, or should be a solution of the substance to be tested 
in pure, concentrated hydrochloric acid, add an equal volume of a saturated solution of freshly prepared 
stannous chloride in pure, concentrated hydrochloric acid, together with a small piece of pure tin-foil. 
The presence of arsenic is revealed by the production of a brown color or brown precipitate, the appear- 
ance of which is hastened by a gentle heat (see Stannous Chloride, No. 108). 
13. Arsenic Test, Fleitmann’s.—Into a test-tube of at least 15 Cm. in length, and 15 to 18 Mm. in 
diameter, place a single, solid piece of zinc (see below, No. 115), weighing about 1 to 1-25 Gm., and add 
about 5 C.c. of potassium hydrate T.S. [Liquor Potassce, U. S. P.], both ingredients having previously 
been proven free from arsenic by having been subjected, alone, to the test about to be described, during 
at least two hours, with negative result. Now add the liquid to be tested, which must not contain any 
free acid, nor very materially increase the volume of the contents of the test-tube. Immediately secure 
over the mouth of the test-tube a previously prepared cap made of three thicknesses of pure filter paper 
free from dust, and apply to the upper filter paper a drop of a saturated, aqueous solution of silver nitrate 
acidulated with nitric acid (see Silver Nitrate T.S., No. 96). Then place the tube at once, upright, into 
a box containing sand heated to about 90° C. (194° F.), and fitted with a cover, so as to exclude light and 
dust, and permit the reaction to proceed for such a time as may be specially prescribed in each case. The 
presence of arsenic (but not of antimony) is revealed by the production, upon the moistened paper cap, 
of a brown or black stain. In absence of arsenic, if the test has been carefully conducted, the spot will 
remain colorless. 
In place of zinc, metallic aluminum, hest in form of wire, cut into small pieces, may be employed 
(Gatehouse1 s modification). The method of testing, and the results, are the same as in Fleitmann’s test. 
14. Arsenic Test, Gutzeit’s.—Into a test-tube of at least 15 Cm. in length, and 15 to 18 Mm. in 
diameter, place a single, solid piece of zinc (see below, No. 115), weighing about 1 to 1-25 Gm., and add PART III. 
Tests. 
1837 
about 5 C.c. of a mixture, previously prepared and kept in readiness for this purpose, of 10 C.c. of pure 
sulphuric acid of spec. grav. 1-835, and 190 C.c. of water, the ingredients having previously been proven 
free from arsenic by having been subjected, alone, to the test about to be described, during at least two 
hours, with negative result. Now add the liquid to be tested, which should not be alkaline, nor exceed 
1 C.c. About 1 Cm. below the open end of the test-tube insert a loose plug, about 1 Cm. long, of glass- 
wool or cotton, which has been moistened with 0-5 C.c. of lead acetate T.S. Then secure over the mouth 
a cap made of three thicknesses of clean filter paper, and apply to the upper one a drop of a saturated, 
aqueous solution of silver nitrate, acidulated with nitric acid (see Silver Nitrate T.S., No. 96). Place 
the tube into a box to exclude light, and let the reaction proceed as long as may be prescribed in each 
case. The presence of arsenic is shown by the production, upon the moistened "paper cap, of a bright 
yellow stain which becomes black or brown by application of water. Antimony colors the spot black or 
brown at once without showing a yellow color while dry. In this case, traces of arsenic may be over- 
looked; it is therefore advisable to subject a fresh portion of the specimen to Fleitmann’s test (see No. 
13), which responds only to arsenic. If the plug moistened with lead acetate T.S. be strongly colored, 
so that doubt exists whether the coloration be due to metallic silver reduced by arsenic, or to silver sul- 
phide, produced by an escape of II2S through the plug, moisten the silver stain with diluted nitric acid, 
which will dissolve the metallic silver reduced by arsenic, but will not affect the black silver sulphide. 
Or else, put on a new cap of filtering paper, moistened with a drop of lead acetate T.S. If this remain 
colorless, sulphide is absent. 
15. Barium Carbonate.—Pure barium carbonate, BaC03 = 196-75, prepared by dissolving 12 parts of 
pure, crystallized barium chloride in 20 parts of boiling water, then adding a solution of 5 parts of ammo- 
nium carbonate in 10 parts of boiling water, and afterwards 5 parts of ammonia water; finally washing 
the precipitate thoroughly and drying it. 
16. Barium Chloride Test-Solution.—Prepared from pure barium chloride, BaCl2 + 2H20 = 243-56. 
The aqueous solution of the salt should be perfectly neutral, and should not yield a precipitate with hydro- 
gen sulphide T.S. or ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of metals, etc.). The aqueous solution, after 
being precipitated by diluted sulphuric acid in slight excess, yields a filtrate which should not leave any 
permanent residue when evaporated and heated on platinum-foil (absence of other fixed bases and salts). 
Diluted alcohol, after remaining in contact with it for several hours, should, upon ignition, show a pure 
yellowish-green colored flame, without red streaks (absence of traces of strontium). To prepare the test- 
solution, dissolve 12-2 6m. of the salt in enough water to make 100 C.c. (This solution is of normal 
strength = y V.S., so as to permit of its use for volumetric purposes also.) 
17. Barium Hydrate Test-Solution.—A saturated solution of barium hydrate [barium hydroxide, 
Ba(OH)„ = 170-82] in water. This solution rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide from the air. It is preferably 
preparea freshly as wanted. 
18. Barium Nitrate Test-Solution.—Prepared from pure barium nitrate, Ba(N03)2 = 260-68. This 
salt should respond to the same tests as barium chloride (see No. 16). In addition, its aqueous solution, 
slightly acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of 
chloride). To prepare the test-solution, dissolve 1 Gm. of the salt in water to make 15-3 C.c. (This solu- 
tion is of half normal strength =y Y.S., so as to permit of its use for volumetric purposes also.) 
19. Benzin, or Petroleum Ether.—Use the official benzin [Benzinum]. 
20. Benzol, or Benzene.—Benzol, CeHe = 77-82, is a colorless, transparent liquid of a peculiar, aro- 
matic odor, of a spec. grav. of 0-8846 at 15° C. (59° F.), congealing at 0° C. (32° F.), and boiling at 
80-37° C. (176-7° F.). It is insoluble in water, but soluble in 4 parts of alcohol, and in ether. In con- 
centrated sulphuric acid it should dissolve without producing a color. On shaking 2 C.c. of benzol with 
0-5 C.c. of sulphuric acid and 1 drop of fuming nitric acid, no green or blue tint should be produced 
(absence of thiophene). 
21. Brazil Wood Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 49). 
22. Bromine Water (Bromine Test-Solution), Br. =79-76.—An aqueous solution of bromine [Pro- 
mum, U. S. P.], prepared by dissolving 1 C.c. of bromine in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
23. Calcium Chloride Test-Solution.—-Dissolve 10-925 Gm. of crystallized calcium chloride, 
CaCl2-f-6H20 = 218-41, in enough water to make 100 C.c. (This solution is of normal strength 
= ~ Y.S., so as to permit of its use for volumetric purposes also.) 
24. Calcium Hydrate Test-Solution (Lime Water), Ca(0H)2 = 73-83.—Use the official lime water 
[Liquor Calcis']. 
25. Calcium Sulphate Test-Solution.—Introduce transparent crystals of native gypsum (selenite), 
CaS04-(-2H20 = 171-65, into a flask filled with water, and decant the clear, saturated solution when 
required. One part of gypsum requires, at 15° C. (59° F.), 398 parts of water for solution. 
26. Carbon Disulphide.—Use the official carbon disulphide [Carbonei Disulphidum]. 
27. Chlorine Water (Chlorine Test-Solution), Cl =35-37.—Use the official chlorine water [Aqua 
Chlori']. Since it rapidly deteriorates by keeping, it should be frequently renewed, or freshly prepared 
when required. 
28. Chloroform, CHC13 = 119 08.—Use the official chloroform [Chloroformum]. 
29. Cobaltous Nitrate Test-Solution, Co(N03)2 -f- 6H20 = 290-14.—The crystallized, commercial 
salt is sufficiently pure, if, after it is dissolved in water, and the cobalt completely precipitated by ammo- 1838 
Tests. 
PART III. 
nium sulphide T.S., the filtrate leaves no residue on evaporation. To make the test-solution, dissolve 
1 Gm. of the salt in 10 C.c. of water. 
30. Cochineal Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 50). 
31. Copper (Metallic Copper), Cu = 63-18, in form of wire, foil, or turnings. The commercial article, 
brightened, if necessary, by scouring with diluted hydrochloric acid, is suitable for all purposes except 
testing for arsenic. If required for this purpose, the absence of arsenic must first be proven. A small 
portion (about 0-5 Gm.) of the copper is to be dissolved in hot, concentrated sulphuric acid, and this solu- 
tion subjected to Gutzeit’s test (see No. 14). No color should be imparted to the silver nitrate within two 
hours (absence of arsenic). 
32. Cupric Ammonium Sulphate Test-Solution.—A solution of cupri-tetrammonium sulphate, 
Cu(NHg)4S04 + HaO = 245-0. To copper sulphate T.S. add ammonia water, until the precipitate first 
formed is nearly, but not completely, redissolved ; then filter. This solution is apt to decompose on 
keeping. It should be made freshly when required. 
33. Cupric Sulphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of cupric sulphate, CuS04 5H20 = 248-8 
[Gupri Sulphas, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
34. Cupric Tartrate Test-Solution.—See below, under Volumetric Solutions, No. 117. 
35. Corallin Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 51). 
36. Diphenylamine, and Diphenylamine Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 52). 
37. Eosin Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 53). 
38. Ether.—Use the official ether \JEther\. It should be strictly neutral to litmus paper. 
39. Ferric Ammonium Sulphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of ferric ammonium sulphate 
[Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas, U. S. P.] in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
40. Ferric Chloride Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of ferric chloride, Fe2Cle -f- 12HaO = 539-50 
[Ferri Chloridum, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
41. Ferrous Sulphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate, FeSCU + 
7H20 = 277-42 [Ferri Sulphas, U. S. P.], in about 10 parts of water previously boiled to expel air. This 
solution should Be freshly prepared immediately before use. 
42. Ferrous Sulphide, FeS = 87-86.—A heavy solid, in form of black or brownish-black irregular 
masses, or fused into sticks, soluble in sulphuric or hydrochloric acid with copious evolution of hydrogen 
sulphide. On dissolving 2 Gm. of ferrous sulphide in pure nitro-hydrochloric acid diluted with a little 
water, evaporating the solution to dryness, and testing the residue for arsenic by Gutzeit’s method (see 
No. 14), no color should be imparted to the silver nitrate within two hours. 
43. Fluorescein Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 54). 
44. Gelatin Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of isinglass [Ichthyocolla, U. S. P.] in 50 C.c. of water, 
by the aid of a gentle heat, and filter if necessary. This solution should be freshly made when wanted 
for use. 
45. Gold Chloride Test-Solution.—The commercial chloride of gold, usually prepared by dissolving 
gold in nitro-hydrochloric acid and carefully evaporating to dryness, mostly consists of aurochloric acid, 
HAuC14 -j- 2HaO = 375-1, which is converted into neutral auric chloride, AuClg = 302-81, by fusing it at 
a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), moistening the residue (now consisting of auric and aurous 
chloride) with enough hot water to produce a syrupy liquid (whereby the aurous chloride is decomposed 
into auric chloride and metallic gold), and then pouring on the clear liquid from the precipitate. To 
prepare the test-solution, dissolve the liquid finally obtained in the before-mentioned process in 20 volumes 
of water. Or, dissolve 1 Gm. of dry auric chloride in 30 C.c. of water. 
46. Hydrochloric Acid, Pure, for Tests, HC1 = 36-37.—In addition to the tests prescribed for this 
acid in the text of the Pharmacopoeia, it is required to conform to the following more rigorous tests, before 
it can be employed as a reagent: The addition of 1 C.c. of barium chloride T.S. to 1 C.c. of the acid di- 
luted with 9 C.c. of water should cause no turbidity within twenty-four hours (absence of sulphuric acid). 
A crystal of diphenylamine dropped into the acid should not turn blue (absence of free chlorine). On 
substituting it for sulphuric acid in Gutzeit’s test, as described under No. 14, no color should be imparted 
to the silver nitrate within two hours (absence of arsenic or antimony). 
47. Hydrogen Sulphide, H2S = 33-98.—A gas generated by treating ferrous sulphide with diluted 
sulphuric acid, and washing the gas by passing it through water. 
48. Hydrogen Sulphide Test-Solution, or Hydrosulphuric Acid, I12S = 33-98.—A saturated, aque- 
ous solution of hydrogen sulphide. To prepare about 1 liter of the solution, treat 20 Gm. of ferrous sul- 
phide, in a suitable apparatus, with a mixture of 20 C.c. of pure sulphuric acid, spec. grav. 1-835, and 
250 C.c. of water, pass the gas through a wash-bottle containing a small quantity of water, and conduct it 
into a bottle of the capacity of about 1J liters, containing 1 liter of water. When the gas is no longer 
absorbed, transfer the solution to small, dark amber-colored bottles, to be filled nearly to the top, pass a 
stream of hydrogen sulphide for a few minutes through each, and then at once stopper them tightly, and 
preserve them afterwards in a cool and dark place. Before putting them aside, introduce into one of these 
bottles a few drops of pure hydrochloric acid, and keep it in a warm place during twenty-four hours, after 
which time no precipitate should be found in it (absence of arsenic). Before any of the solution is used, 
it should be ascertained that it retains a strong odor of hydrogen sulphide, and that, when it is added U 
an equal volume of ferric chloride T.S., a copious precipitate of sulphur is formed at once. PART III. 
Tests. 
1839 
Indicators for Acidimetry, Alkalimetry, etc. 
(Nos. 49-59.) 
Note.—Each test-solution used as indicator should he examined as soon as prepared, and afterwards 
from time to time, as to its neutrality. If necessary, it should be brought, by the cautious addition of 
diluted sulphuric acid, or of a dilute solution of an alkali, to such a point that, when a few drops of it 
are added to 25 C.c. of water, a single drop of a centinormal acid or alkali V.S., respectively, will dis- 
tinctly develop the corresponding tints. 
Since many of the colored test-solutions are injured by exposure to light, it is best to preserve them in 
dark amber-colored vials. Papers prepared with them should be kept in dark bottles or paper boxes. 
49. Brazil-Wood Test-Solution.—Boil 50 Gm. of finely cut Brazil-wood [the heart-wood of Pelto- 
phorum dubium (Sprengel) Britton, nat. ord. Leguminosoz\ with 100 C.c. of water during half an hour, 
replacing the water from time to time. Allow the mixture to cool, strain, wash the contents of the 
strainer with water until 100 C.c. of strained liquid are obtained, add 25 C.c. of alcohol, and filter. This 
solution turns purplish-red with alkalies, and yellow with acids. 
50. Cochineal Test-Solution.—Macerate 1 Gm. of unbroken cochineal [Coccus, U. S P.], during 
four days, with 20 C.c. of alcohol and 00 C.c. of water. Then filter. The color of this test-solution turns 
violet with alkalies, and yellowish-red with acids. As an indicator it is used chiefly when ammonia or 
alkaline earths are present. 
51* Corallin Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of corallin (a coloring matter derived from coal-tar, and 
containing rosolic and pararosolic acids) in 10 C.c. of alcohol and enough water to make 100 C.c. 
52. Diphenylamine, (CflH8)2NH = 168-65, is in form of grayish-white or colorless crystals, of a pe- 
culiar, aromatic odor, melting at 54° C. [129-2° F.), slightly soluble in water, more soluble in acids. It 
is used either in the dry state, or in solution in dilute sulphuric acid, as a test for nitric acid (in sulphuric 
acid, water, etc.), or for chlorine (in hydrochloric acid). To test a solution for the presence of nitric acid, 
a small portion of it is mixed with 1 or 2 drops of diphenylamine T.S., and then concentrated sulphuric 
acid,./ree from nitrose, is poured in so as to form a layer beneath the solution. The presence of nitric 
acid is shown by a deep blue color at the zone of contact. 
Diphenylamine test-solution is prepared by dissolving 0-1 Gm. of diphenylamine in 50 C.c. of diluted 
sulphuric acid. The solution should be colorless. 
53. Eosin Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of commercial “yellowish” eosin [K„C20H6Br406] in 
30 C.c. of water. This solution is red by transmitted light, and shows a strong green fluorescence by re- 
flected light. Acids destroy the fluorescence, and alkalies restore it. 
54. Fluorescein Test-Solution,—Agitate 1 Gm. of fluorescein [C20H12O6] with 100 C.c. of diluted 
alcohol, until the latter is saturated; then filter. This solution shows a strong green fluorescence, by re- 
flected light, in presence of the least excess of an alkali. 
55. Litmus Paper and Test-Solution.—Exhaust coarsely powdered litmus with boiling alcohol (which 
removes a peculiar, red coloring matter, erythrolitmin), and digest the residue with about an equal weight 
of cold water, so as to dissolve the excess of alkali present. The blue solution thus obtained, after being 
acidulated, may be used to make red litmus paper. Finally extract the residue with about 5 times its 
weight of boiling water, and filter. Preserve the filtrate, as test-solution, in wide-mouthed bottles stop- 
pered with loose plugs of cotton to exclude dust but to admit air. 
Litmus Paper, Blue.—Impregnate, with the test-solution just described, strips of white, unsized paper, 
free from wood-pulp, but not too porous, and dry them by suspending them on strings of clean twine. 
Litmus Paper, Red.—Prepare this with the same kind of paper and in the same manner as described 
in the preceding paragraph. To impregnate the paper, either use the blue solution obtained from litmus, 
by treating the mass, after extraction by alcohol, with cold water, acidulating the same with just enough 
hydrochloric acid to impart to it a distinctly red tint; or, use the regular test-solution, after acidulating 
it in the same manner. 
Neither blue nor red litmus paper should have a very intense color. 
Preserve the test-paper in paper boxes or bottles, so as to exclude dust and acid or ammoniacal vapors. 
56. Methyl-Orange Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of methyl-orange [the sodium or ammonium 
salt of dimethylamidoazobenzolsulphonic acid, HC14H14N3S03= 304-47 ; also known as helianthin, or 
tropaeolin D, or Poirrier’s Orange 3 P] in 1000 C.c. of water. Add to it, carefully, diluted sulphuric acid, 
in drops, until the liquid turns red and just ceases to be transparent. Then filter. 
The solution acquires a yellow color when brought in contact with alkali hydrates, carbonates, or bi- 
carbonates. Carbonic acid does not affect it, but sulphuric, hydrochloric, and other acids change its color 
to crimson. It is not suited for use with organic acids. 
57. Phenolphtalein Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of plienolphtalein [C20H1404] in 100 C.c. of 
diluted alcohol. The solution is colored deep purplish-red by alkali hydrates or carbonates ; bicarbonate? 
and most other salts do not produce such color; acids render the reddened solution colorless. It is not 
suitable as an indicator for ammonia or bicarbonates. 
Phenolphtalein Paper is prepared by impregnating white, unsized paper with the test-solution and 
drying it. 
58. Rosolic Acid Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of commercial rosolic acid [chiefly methylaurin, 
C20HieO3 = 303-28] in 10 C.c. of diluted alcohol, and add enough water to make 100 C.c. The solution 
turns violet-red with alkalies, yellow with acids. In place of rosolic acid, commercial pseonin (also known 
as aurin R) [chiefly C19H14Oa = 289-31] may be employed. 1840 
Tests. 
PART III. 
59. Turmeric Tincture.—Digest any convenient quantity of ground curcuma root [from Curcuma 
longa Linne, nat. ord. Scitaminece] repeatedly with small quantities of water, and throw this liquid away. 
Then digest the dried residue for several days with 6 times its weight of alcohol, and filter. 
Turmeric Paper.—Impregnate white, unsized paper with the tincture, and dry it. The tincture, as 
well as the paper, turns brown with alkalies, and the yellow color is restored by acids. Boric acid, how- 
ever, even in presence of hydrochloric acid, turns the color to reddish-brown, and this is changed to bluish- 
black by ammonia. 
60. Indigo Test-Solution.—Place 6 6m. (3-3 O.c.) of fuming sulphuric acid into a beaker well cooled 
by immersion in water, and stir into it, very gradually, 1 Gm. of finely powdered Bengal indigo. Set 
the mixture aside for two days, then pour it into 20 C.c. of water, and decant. Or, dissolve 1 Gm. of 
commercial indigo-carmine (the sodium or potassium salt of sulphindigotic acid) in 150 O.c. of water. 
61. Iodine Test-Solution.—For preparing the ordinary test-solution (as a reagent for starch, alcohol 
by iodoform test, etc.), iodine, I = 126'53, fulfilling the requirements of the Pharmacopoeia [see Iodum, 
U. S. P.], is sufficiently pure. For this purpose dissolve 1 Gm. of iodine and 3 Gm. of potassium iodide 
in 50 C.c. of water. 
For use in volumetric analysis, or in other cases where the ordinary impurities present in official iodine 
are objectionable, Purified Iodine must he employed. See under No. 120. 
62. Iron, Metallic, Fe = 55-88.—Bright and perfectly clean iron in the form of wire, sheet, or filings, 
according to the uses to be made of it. For making solutions of pure iron salts, fine, thin, bright wire 
(so-called florists’ wire) should be used. For detecting copper, bright pieces of sheet iron or knitting- 
needles are used; for detecting nitric acid, by reduction to ammonia, iron filings are preferable. 
63. Lead Acetate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of clear, transparent crystals of lead acetate, 
Pb(02H3O2)2 -j- 3HaO = 378 0 \Plumbi Acetas, U. S. P.], free from adhering lead carbonate, in enough 
water to make 100 C.c. Preserve the solution in well-stoppered bottles. 
64. Basic Lead Acetate Test-Solution.—Use the official solution of lead subacetate \_Liquor Plumbi 
Subacetatis]. 
65. Litmus Paper and Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 55). 
66. Magnesia Mixture.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of magnesium sulphate \_Magnesii Sulphas, U. S. P.], and 
20 Gm. of ammonium chloride \_Ammonii Chloridum, U. S. P.], in 80 C.c. of water, add 42 C.c. of am- 
monia water, set the mixture aside for a few days in a well-stoppered vessel, and filter. It should never 
be used freshly made. 
67. Magnesium Sulphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of magnesium sulphate, MgS04 -|-7H20 
= 245-84 ['Magnesii Sulphas, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
68. Mercuric Chloride Test-Solution.—Dissolve 5 Gm. of mercuric chloride, HgCl2 = 270-54 \_Hy- 
drargyri Chloridum Corrosivum, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
69. Mercuric Potassium Iodide Test-Solution.—Use the decinormal mercuric potassium iodide 
volumetric solution (No. 121). 
70. Alkaline Mercuric Potassium Iodide Test-Solution. (Nessler’s Solution.)—Dissolve 5 Gm. 
of potassium iodide [Potassii Iodidum, U. S. P.] in 5 C.c. of hot water, and add to this a hot solution of 
2-5 Gm. of mercuric chloride \Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum, U. S. P.] in 10 C.c. of water. To the 
turbid, red mixture add 16 Gm. of potassium hydrate \_Potassa, U. S. P.J, dissolved in 40 C.c. of water, 
and finally make up the volume to 100 C.c. A surplus of red mercuric iodide deposits on cooling, and 
may be left in the bottle, the clear solution being decanted as needed. 
71. Mercurous Nitrate Test-Solution, Hg2(N03)2 2H20 = 559-3.—Into a porcelain capsule put 
1 Gm. of pure mercury with 0-5 C.c. of pure nitric acid and 0-5 C.c. of distilled water, and place it for 24 
hours into a cool, dark room. Separate and drain the crystals, and dissolve them in 10 C.c. of water. 
Preserve the solution in a dark amber-colored bottle, into which a small globule of mercury has been 
placed. 
72. Methyl Alcohol, CHsOH = 31-93.—For the identification of salicylic acid, the rectified, commer- 
cial wood-alcohol, having a specific gravity of about 0-820, is sufficiently pure, if it forms a clear, trans- 
parent mixture with an equal volume of distilled water. 
73. Methyl-Orange Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 56). 
74. Nitric Acid, Pure, for Tests, HN03 = 62-89.—In addition to the tests prescribed for this acid 
in the text of the Pharmacopoeia, it is required to conform to the following more rigorous test before it 
can be used as a reagent: On supersaturating 0-5 C.c. of the acid with pure potassium hydrate T.S., and 
testing a portion of this solution by Fleitmann’s method (see under No. 13), no color should be imparted 
to the silver nitrate within two hours (absence of arsenic). 
75. Fuming Nitric Acid (Red Fuming Nitric Acid).—The commercial acid will answer, if it is of 
specific gravity 1 -450 or over. It should be carefully kept in glass-stoppered bottles in a cool place. 
76. Oxalic Acid Test-Solution.—Use the decinormal volumetric solution (No. 123). 
77. Phenolphtalein Test-Solution.—See under Indicators (No. 57). 
78. Picric Acid Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of pure, distinctly crystalline picric acid (trinitro- 
phenol), C6H2(N02)3OH = 228-57, in 100 C.c. of water, cool the solution, and filter, if necessary. 
79. Platinic Chloride Test-Solution.—Heat 1 Gm. of pure platinum, in chips, with 6 C.c. of con- 
centrated hydrochloric acid to 80° C. (186° F.), and very gradually add 1 C.c. of strong nitric acid (spec. PART III. 
Tests. 
1841 
grav. 1-414) until very nearly all the platinum is dissolved. Evaporate the solution to dryness on a water- 
bath, moisten the residue with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, and again evaporate to expel the excess 
?lssolve the residue in 20 C c of water. The test-solution may also be prepared by dissolving 
- n on n P fU11C chlo?de’ rtC14 =335*78, or 2-6 Gin. of chloroplatinic acid, HaPtClR + 6HaO 
51b-28, in 20 C.c of water. On evaporating a small portion of the solution to dryness and igniting the 
residue, pure, metallic platinum should be left behind, which should yield nothing soluble to nitric acid. 
K &rn P^tfo7?mmr Carbor|ate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of anhydrous potassium carbonate, 
t37 Jl [prepared from Potassii Carbonas, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
8i. Potassium Chromate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of potassium chromate, K„CrO, = 193-9 
in enough water to make 10 C.c. On adding silver nitrate T.S. to a little of the solution, a red precipitate 
is produced which should be completely dissolved by nitric acid (absence of chloride). Another portion 
of the solution mixed with an equal volume of diluted hydrochloric acid, should yield no precipitate with 
barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate). y F 
i n*' tasa*um Cyanide, Test-Solution.—This should be freshly prepared, when required, bv dissolving 
1 Gm. of potassium cyanide, KCN = 65-01 [Potassii Cyanidum, U. S. P.], in 4 parts of water. 
Bichro/u«.s^SS1Um Dichromate-—Use the official potassium bichromate, K2Cr207 = 293-78 [Potassii 
84. Potassium Dichromate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of potassium dichromate [Potassii Bi- 
chromas, U. fc>. P.] in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
85. Potassium Ferricyanide Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 part of potassium ferricvanide, KaFeACN),, 
= 657‘7> ln about 10 parts of water. This solution should be made freshlv when required, as it is rapidly 
decomposed by light. A freshly prepared, aqueous solution, when mixed with some ferric chloride T.S. 
and diluted with water, should show a brown tint, free from turbidity or a shade of green. 
86. Potassium Ferrocyanide Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of potassium ferrocvanide, K^FetCNl 
-f-3H2G = 421-76, in enough water to make 100 C.c. ‘ 4 6 
87. Potassium Hydrate Test-Solution, KOH = 55-99.—Use the official solution of potassa XLiquor 
PotasscB]. For use in Fleitmann’s test for arsenic (see above, No. 13), it should have previously been 
subjected, by itself, to this test, for at least two hours, with negative result (absence of arsenic). 
88. Potassium Iodide Test-Solution.—Dissolve 16-566 Gm. of potassium iodide, KI = 165-56 XPo- 
tassii Ioduium, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c., and keep the solution in dark amber-colored 
well-stoppered bottles to prevent the formation of iodate. The solution should be frequently 
or freshly prepared when required. (This solution is of normal strength Y.S., so as to permit of its 
use for volumetric and gasometric purposes also.) 
89. Potassium Nitrate.—The dry salt, KN03 = 100-92 [Potassii Nitras, U. S. P.], responding to the 
tests of purity required by the Pharmacopoeia, particularly to those for absence of chloride and sulphate. 
90. Potassium Permanganate, KMn04 = 157-67.—See below, under No. 127. 
91. Potassium Sulphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of potassium sulphate, K2S04 = 173-88 
[Potassii Sulphas, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 115 C.c. (This solution is of decinormal strength 
V-S-> so as to permit of its use for volumetric purposes also, as a substitute for decinormal sulphuric 
acid, when it is desired not to disturb the neutrality of a liquid.) 
92. Potassium Sulphocyanate Test-Solution, KSCN = 96-99.—Use the decinormal volumetric 
solution (No. 129). 
93. Pyrogallol.—Use the official pyrogallol, C6H3(0H)3 = 125-7 [Pyrogallol]. 
94. Rosolic Acid.—See under Indicators (No. 58). 
95. Silver Ammonium Nitrate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of silver nitrate [Argenti Nitras, 
U. S. P.] in 20 C.c. of water, and add ammonia water, drop by drop, until the precipitate first produced 
is almost, hut not entirely, redissolved. Filter the solution, and preserve it in dark amber-colored and 
well-stoppered bottles. 
96. Silver Nitrate Test-Solution, AgN03 = 169-55.—For ordinary purposes, use the decinormal 
volumetric solution (see No. 130). For Gutzeit’s test (No. 14), use a saturated solution of silver nitrate 
in water acidulated with about 1 one per cent, of nitric acid. 
97. Silver Sulphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of silver nitrate [Argenti Nitras, U. S. P.] in 
0-5 C.c. of warm water, and add 1-5 C.c. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid. On cooling, small trans- 
parent crystals of silver sulphate, Ag2 = 311-14, separate. Carefully pour off the acid liquid, wash 
the crystals repeatedly, by decantation, with cold water, transfer them to a bottle, add 100 C.c. of water, 
and agitate so as to produce a saturated solution. For use, decant a sufficient quantity of the latter. 
98. Sodium Acetate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of sodium acetate (Sodii Acetas, U. S. P.] in 
enough water to make 100 C.c. 
99. Sodium Bitartrate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 150 Gm. of tartaric acid [Acidum Tartaricum 
U. S. P.] in 100 C.c. of hot water, and divide the solution into two equal portions. Neutralize one of 
these accurately with sodium bicarbonate (which will require about 84 Gm. of this salt), and then add the 
other portion of the acid solution. On cooling, crystals of sodium bitartrate, NaHC4H403 -f H20 = 189-6, 
will separate. Remove these, dry them, and keep them in well-stoppered bottles. The test-solution is 
freshly prepared, when required, by dissolving 1 Gm. of the salt in 4 C.c. of water. 1842 
Tents. 
PART III. 
100. Sodium Carbonate.—The anhydrous salt, Na2C0s — 105-85, conforming to the tests of purity 
prescribed by the Pharmacopoeia for Sodii Carbonas, but absolutely free from chloride or sulphate. 
101. Sodium Carbonate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10-6 Gm. of anhydrous sodium carbonate [No. 100; 
Na2C03 = 105-85] in enough water to make 100 C.c. (This solution is of double normal strength 
= * V.S., so as to permit of its use for volumetric purposes also.) 
102. Sodium Cobaltic Nitrite Test-Solution.—Coa(N02)6f5NaN02 -j- H20 — 824-32. Dissolve4Gm. 
of cobaltous nitrate, Co(N03)2 -f- 6H2() = 290*14, and 10 6m. of sodium nitrite, NaN()2 = 68-93, in 
about 50 C.c. of water, add 2 C.c. of acetic acid, and dilute with enough water to make 100 C.c. Should 
any of the nitrous acid be lost by keeping the solution, a few drops of acetic acid may be added. 
103. Sodium Hydrate Test-Solution, NaOH = 39-96.—Use the official solution of sodium hydrate 
[Liquor Sodce, U. S. P.]. 
104. Sodium Hyposulphite, or Thiosulphate, Na2S203 -|- 5H20 = 247-64.—See below, under No. 133. 
105. Sodium Nitrite, NaN02 = 68-93.—The purest commercial salt, generally in form of pencils, is 
sufficiently pure. 
xo6. Sodium Nitroprusside Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 part of sodium nitroprusside, NaaFe(NO)- 
(CN)6 -f- 2HaO =297-67, in 10 parts of water immediately before using. 
107. Sodium Phosphate Test-Solution.—Dissolve 10 Gm. of sodium phosphate, Na2HP04-f- 
12HaO = 357-32 [Sodii Phosphas, U. S. P.], in enough water to make 100 C.c. 
108. Stannous Chloride Test-Solution.—Heat pure tin (see No. 113), in form of foil or granules, 
with concentrated hydrochloric acid, taking care that the metal he in excess. When the acid is saturated, 
crystals of stannous chloride, SnCl2 -f- 2HaO = 225-46, begin to form. Remove and drain these, dissolve 
them in 10 parts of water, and preserve the solution in well-stoppered bottles, into each of which a granule 
of pure tin, or a piece of pure tin-foil, has previously been introduced. 
For BettendorfFs test (see above, No. 12), pure concentrated hydrochloric acid is saturated with the 
freshly prepared crystals. 
109. Starch Test-Solution.—Mix 1 Gm. of starch with 10 C.c. of cold water, and then add enough 
boiling water, under constant stirring, to make about 200 C.c. of a thin, transparent jelly. If it is desired 
to preserve this test-solution for any length of time, 10 Gm. of zinc chloride, ZnCl2 = 135-84 [Zinci 
Chloridum, U. S. P.], should be added to it, and the solution transferred to small bottles, which should he 
well stoppered. 
no. Sulphuric Acid, Pure, for Tests, H2S04 = 97-82.—The sulphuric acid of the Pharmacopoeia, 
which may have a specilic gravity as low as 1-835, will answer as a reagent for most purposes, provided it 
is of the required degree of purity. But when “ concentrated” sulphuric acid is specially directed in a 
test, it is intended that the strongest obtainable, pure acid, of a specilic gravity of not less than 1-840, be 
employed. 
In addition to the tests prescribed for this acid in the text of the Pharmacopoeia, it is required to con- 
form to-the following more rigorous tests before it can be employed as a reagent. If 1 C.c. of diphenyl- 
amine T.S. (see No. 52) be carefully poured, as a separate layer, upon 5 C.c. of sulphuric acid, contained in 
a test-tube, no distinct blue color should appear in the zone of contact (absence of nitric acid). If a few 
crystals of pyrogallol [Pyrogallol, U. S. P.] be dissolved in about 1 C.c. of pure water, and this solution 
be carefully poured, as a separate layer, upon some of the sulphuric acid, contained in a test-tube, no 
brown color should appear in the zone of contact (absence of nitric or nitrous acid). If a small portion 
of the acid be subjected to Gutzeit’s test, as described under No. 14, no color should be imparted to the 
silver nitrate within two hours (absence of arsenic, etc.). 
If it is impossible to obtain any sulphuric acid which will comply with each of these requirements, two 
kinds of the acid may be kept, one absolutely free from arsenic, for making the arsenic tests; the other 
free from nitrose (nitric and nitrous acids), for the detection of nitric acid. 
hi. Tannic Acid Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 Gm. of tannic acid, HC14HgOp = 321-22 [Acidum 
Tannicum, U. S. P.], in 1 C.c. of alcohol and enough water to make 10 C.c., immediately before use. 
112. Tartaric Acid Test-Solution.—Dissolve 1 part of tartaric acid, H2C4H4Oe = 149-64 [Acidum 
Tartaricum, U. S. P.], in 3 parts of water. In the volumetric estimation of soda in potassa, directed by 
the preceding text of the Pharmacopoeia, the tartaric acid test-solution employed for precipitating the 
potassa should contain 3 Gm. of the acid in 20 C.c. Since fungous growths rapidly destroy the solution 
of tartaric acid, it should he prepared only as wanted. 
113. Tin.—Pure metallic tin, Sn = 118-8, in form of granules. Its solution in hydrochloric acid 
should not be precipitated by potassium sulphate T.S. (absence of lead), and, when examined by Gutzeit’s 
test, as described under No. 14, it should not cause silver nitrate to become colored within two hours 
(absence of arsenic). 
114. Turmeric Paper and Tincture.—See under Indicators (No. 59). 
115. Zinc.—Metallic zinc, Zn =65-1, preferably in the form of thin pencils about 5 Mm. in diameter, 
prepared by fusing the metal and casting it in moulds, or in form of thin sheets. It should respond 
to all the tests required by the text of the Pharmacopoeia, and in addition, when examined bv Gutzeit’s 
test, as described under No. 14, it should not cause the silver nitrate to become colored within two hours 
(absence of arsenic). PART III. 
Tests. 
1843 
116. Zinc-Iodide-Starch Test-Solution.—To 100 C.c. of freshly prepared starch test-solution (see 
No. 109) add 5 Gm. of zinc chloride [Zmci Chloridum, U. S. P.] and 3 Gm. of zinc iodide [Zinci 
Iodidum, U. S. P.]. Preserve the colorless solution carefully in small, dark amber-colored and well- 
stoppered vials. 
III. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTIONS 
Note.—Since most of the volumetric instruments (burettes, pipettes, mixing cylinders, flasks, etc.) 
which are for sale in the market are graduated to hold the number of cubic centimeters indicated by 
weighing into them the corresponding number of grammes of water at the temperature of 15-556° C. 
(60° F.), or 15° C. (59° F.), it is necessary not to deviate materially from this temperature in making the 
volumetric solutions, or in using them in testing. 
All measuring vessels employed for volumetric determinations should agree among themselves in 
aeeuracy of graduation. 
All bottles in which volumetric solutions are to be kept, as well as the burettes or pipettes in which 
they are to be measured, should, prior to use, be rinsed with a small quantity of the solution they are to 
contain. 
Volumetric solutions are designated as normal when they contain in 1 liter the molecular weight 
of the active reagent, expressed in grammes, and reduced to the valency corresponding to one atom of 
replaceable hydrogen or its equivalent. 
Thus, hydrochloric acid, HC1 == 36-37, having but one H atom replaceable by a basic element, has 36-37 
Gm. of HC1 in 1000 C.c. of the normal volumetric solution ; while sulphuric acid, H„S04=: 97-82, having 
two replaceable H atoms, contains only one-half this number, or 48-91 grammes of in 1000 C.c. of 
its normal solution. Potassium hydrate, KOH = 55-99, has but one K to replace one H in acids, hence 
its normal solution contains 55-99 grammes of KOH in one liter. Two molecules of potassium perman- 
ganate, 2KMn04 = 315-34, in oxidation, give oflf five atoms of O, which are equivalent to ten atoms of 
H ; hence its normal solution should contain or 31-534 Gm. in 1 liter. 
Solutions containing in 1 liter one-tenth of the quantity of the active reagent in the normal solution are 
called decinormal ; those containing one one-hundredth, centinormal ; those containing twice 
the amount, double-normal ; half the amount, seminormal N . 
Solutions containing quantities of the active reagent having no simple relation to the molecular weight 
are called empirical. 
In the following list full decimals are given, which, however (especially when delicate balances and 
weights are not at hand), are in practice frequently abbreviated or rounded off, as, for instance, oxalic 
acid : 62-85 Gm. to 63 Gm. 
When weighing out portions of a substance which is to he tested volumetrically, it will, in most cases, 
be advantageous to weigh out such a multiple of the amount required, as will suffice for several repeti- 
tions of the test, and will, at the same time, bring the amount to be weighed out as near to a whole num- 
ber of grammes as possible. 
117. Alkaline Cupric Tartrate Volumetric Solution. 
[Fehlinq’s Solution.] 
A. The Copper Solution.—Dissolve 34-64 Gm. of carefully selected, small crystals of pure cupric sul- 
phate, showing no trace of efflorescence or of adhering moisture, in a sufficient quantity of water to make 
the solution measure, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), exactly 500 C.c. 
Keep this solution in small, well-stoppered bottles. 
R. The Rochelle Salt Solution.—Dissolve 173 Gm. of potassium and sodium tartrate [Potassii et Sodii 
Tartras, U. S. P.], and 125 Gm. of potassium hydrate [Potassa, U.S. P.], in a sufficient quantity of 
water to make the solution measure, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), exactly 500 C.c. 
Keep the solution in small, rubber-stoppered bottles. 
For use, mix exactly equal volumes of the two solutions at the time required. 
One Cubic Centimeter of the mixed solution is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Cupric Sulphate, crystallized, CuS04 -(- 5H20 0 03464 
Cupric Tartrate, -f- 3H20 0 03685 
Glucose, anhydrous, CelI12Oe 0 00500 
118. Decinormal Bromine Volumetric Solution. 
Br = 79-76. 7-976 Gm. in 1 Liter. 
(NaBrOg = 150-64.—NaBr = 102-76.) 
(KBr03 = 166-67.—KBr = 118 79.) 
[Koppeschaar’s Solution.] 
Dissolve 3 Gm. of sodium bromate and 50 Gm. of sodium bromide (or 3-2 Gm. of potassium bromate 
and 50 Gm. of potassium bromide) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), 900 C.c. Of this 
solution transfer 20 C.c., by means of a pipette, into a bottle having a capacity of about 250 C.c., pro- 1844 
Tests. 
PART III. 
vidcd with a glass stopper; add 75 C.c. of water, next 5 C.c. of pure hydrochloric acid, and immediately 
insert the stopper. Slxake the bottle a few times, then remove the stopper just sufficiently to quickly in- 
troduce 5 C.c. of potassium iodide T.S., taking care that no bromine vapor escape, and immediately stopper 
the bottle. Agitate the bottle thoroughly, remove the stopper and rinse it and the neck of the bottle 
with a little water so that the washings flow into the bottle, and then add from a burette decinormal so- 
dium hyposulphite V.S., until the iodine tint is exactly discharged, using towards the end a few drops of 
starch T.S. as indicator. Note the number of C.c. of the sodium hyposulphite V.S. thus consumed, and 
then dilute the bromine solution so that equal volumes of it and of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. 
will exactly correspond to each other under the conditions mentioned above. 
Example.—Assuming that the 20 C.c. of the bromine solution have required 25-2 C.c. of the hypo- 
sulphite to completely discharge the iodine tint, the bromine solution must be diluted in the proportion 
of 20 to 25-2. Thus, if 850 C.c. of it are remaining, they must be diluted with water to measure 1071 C.c. 
After the solution is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 
25 C.c. of the decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. should exactly discharge the tint of the iodine liber- 
ated by the bromine set free from the 25 C.c. of bromine solution. 
Keep the solution in dark amber-colored glass-stoppered bottles. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Bromine Solution V. S. is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Bromine, Br 
0007976 
Carbolic Acid, CeH6OH 
0001563 
The following article is tested with this solution: 
Gm. 
C.c. re- 
Percent, of strength 
taken. 
quired. 
indicated. 
Acidum Carbolicum 
0 039 
24 
96 of pure phenol. 
119. Normal Hydrochloric Acid. 
HC1 = 36-37. 36-37 Gm. in 1 Liter. 
Mix 130 C.c. of hydrochloric acid of specific gravity 1-163 with enough water to make it measure, at 
or near 15° C. (59° F.), 1000 C.c. 
Of this liquid (which is still too concentrated) carefully measure 10 C.c. into a flask, add a few drops of 
phenolphtalein T.S., and gradually add, from a burette, potassium hydrate V.S., until the red tint pro- 
duced by it no longer disappears on vigorous shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note the number 
of C.c. of potassium hydrate V.S. consumed, and then dilute the acid solution so that equal volumes of 
this and of the potassium hydrate V.S. neutralize each other. 
Example.—Assuming that 10 C.c. of the acid solution first prepared required exactly 11 C.c. of potas- 
sium hydrate V.S., each 10 C.c. of the former must be diluted to 11 C.c., or the whole of the remaining 
acid solution in the same proportion. Thus, if 950 C.c. are remaining, 95 C.c. of water must be added. 
After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which. 
50 C.c. of the acid solution should require for neutralization exactly 50 C.c. of potassium hydrate V.S. 
If necessary, a new adjustment should then be made to render the correspondence perfect. 
Gramme. 
Hydrochloric Acid, absolute, HC1 0 03637 
One Cubic Centimeter of Normal Hydrochloric Acid is the equivalent of: 
Note.—Normal hydrochloric acid is in every respect equivalent in neutralizing power to normal sul- 
phuric acid (see below, No. 134), and may be employed, if more convenient, for the same purposes. 
120. Decinormal Iodine Volumetric Solution. 
Dissolve 12-653 Gm.* of pure iodine (see below) in a solution of 18 Gm. of pure potassium iodide in 
300 O.c. of water. Then add enough water to make the solution measure, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), 
exactly 1000 C.c. 
Transfer the solution to small, glass-stoppered vials, which should he kept in a dark place. 
Preparation of Pure Iodine. —Heat powdered iodine in a porcelain dish placed over a 'boiling water- 
bath, and stir it constantly with a glass rod, so that the adhering moisture, together with any cyanogen 
iodide and most of the iodine bromide and chloride that may be present, may be vaporized. After twenty 
minutes transfer the iodine to a porcelain or other non-metallic mortar, and triturate it with about 5 per 
cent, of its weight of pure, dry potassium iodide, so as to decompose any remaining iodine bromide and 
chloride. Then return the mass to the dish, cover it with a clean glass funnel, and heat the dish on a 
sand-bath. Detach the sublimed, pure iodine, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place. 
I = 126-53. 12-653 Gm* in 1 Liter. 
* Instead of taking 12-653 Gm., this figure is often rounded off to 12-65, or even to 12’7. But, whenever a delicate balance 
is available, the exact amount above directed should be taken. PART III. 
Tests. 
1845 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Iodine V.S. is the equivalent of: 
Iodine, I 
Gramme. 
Arsenic Trioxide (arsenous acid), As„Os 
Potassium Sulphite, crystallized, -f- 2HqO 
Sodium Bisulphite, NaIIS03 
Sodium Hyposulphite (Thiosulphate), crystals, Na^S^O,-f-5Ho0 
. . 0 024764 
Sodium Sulphite, crystallized, Na„S03-f-7H„0 
Sulphur Dioxide, S02 
Antimony and Potassium Tartrate, crystallized, 2K(SbO)C4H4Oe -j- HaO 
. . 0-016560 
The following articles are tested with this solution : 
Gm. 
C.c. re- 
Percent. 
of strength 
taken. 
quired. 
indicated. 
Acidum Arsenosum 
01 
200 
98-8 of 
AsnOg- 
Acidum Sulphurosum 
2-0 
400 
6-4 
t of 
S02. 
Antimonii et Potassii Tartras (crystallized) . 
0-331 
20-0 
100 
of 
pure salt. 
Liquor Acidi Arsenosi 
24-7 C.c. 
49-4 to 50 
1 
of 
As203. 
Liquor Potassii Arsenitis 
24-7 C.c. 
49-4 to 50 
1 
of 
ASgOg. 
Sodii Bisulphis 
0-26 
450 
90 
of 
pure salt. 
Sodii llyposulphis 
. 0-25 
9-9 
98-] 
L of 
cryst. salt. 
Sodii Sulphis 
0-63 
48-0 
96 
of 
cryst. salt. 
121. Decinormal Mercuric Potassium Iodide Volumetric Solution. 
Hgl2 -f- 2KI = 788-98. 39-2 Gm. in 1 Liter. 
[Mayer’s Solution.] 
Dissolve 13-546 Gm. of pure mercuric chloride in 600 C.c. of water, and 49-8 Gm. of pure potassium 
iodide in 100 C.c. of water. Mix the two solutions, and then add enough water to make the mixture 
measure, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), exactly 1000 C.c. 
Gramme. 
Mercuric Potassium Iodide, Hgl2 -f- 2KI 0 0392 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Mercuric Potassium Iodide F.S. is the equivalent of: 
122. Normal Oxalic Acid Volumetric Solution, 
H2C204 + 2H2° = 125-7. 62-85 Gm* in 1 Liter. 
Dissolve 62-85 Gm.* of pure oxalic acid (see below) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° 
F.), exactly 1000 C.c. 
Pure Oxalic Acid, crystallized, is in form of colorless, transparent, clinorhombic crystals which, on 
ignition upon platinum-foil, leave no residue. One part of it is completely soluble in 14 parts of water 
at 15° C. (59° F.). Oxalic acid which leaves a residue on ignition, or on solution in water, must be puri- 
fied, which may he done as follows: To 1 part of the acid add 10 parts of cold water, and shake until 
the latter is saturated. Filter off the solution from the undissolved crystals, evaporate the filtrate to about 
three-fourths of its volume, and set it aside so that the fixed salts which it contains may crystallize out. 
Carefully decant the liquid from the crystals, concentrate it by evaporation, and set it aside to crystallize, 
stirring occasionally to prevent the formation of large crystals which might enclose moisture. Drain the 
crystals in a funnel, dry them carefully on blotting paper, and preserve them in well-stoppered bottles. 
Note.—Normal oxalic acid volumetric solution is in every respect equivalent in neutralizing power to 
normal sulphuric acid (No. 134), or normal hydrochloric acid (No. 119), and may he employed, if more 
convenient, for the same purposes. The solution, however, has a tendency to crystallize at the point of 
the burette. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Normal Oxalic Acid V.S. is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Oxalic Acid, crystallized, H2C304 -f- 2HaO 
0-06285 
Ammonia Gas, NH3 
Sodium Hydrate, NaOH 
0-03996 
Potassium Hydrate, KOH 
0-05599 
Potassium Permanganate, KMn04 
123. Decinormal Oxalic Acid Volumetric Solution. 
Dissolve 6-285 Gm.f of pure oxalic acid (see under No. 122) in enough water to make, at or near 15° 
C. (59° F.), exactly 1000 C.c. 
H2c204 + 2H20 = 125-7. 6-285 Gm.f in 1 Liter. 
* This is frequently rounded off to 63 6m., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not at hand, 
f Generally rounded off to 6-3 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 1846 
Tests. 
PART III. 
Oxalic Acid, crystallized, HaC204 + 2HaO . . . . 
Gramme. 
0 006285 
Ammonia Gas, NHa 
.... 0001701 
Calcium Hydrate, Ca(OH)a 
Potassium Hydrate, KOli 
. . . .* 
.... 0003691 
.... 0-005599 
Potassium Permanganate, KMn04 
00031534 
Sodium Hydrate, NaOH 
.... 0 003996 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Oxalic Acid V.S. is the equivalent of: 
The following articles are tested with this solution 
Gm. C.c. re- Percent, of strength 
taken. quired. indicated. 
Liquor Calcis 50-0 *20-0 *014 of Ca(OH)2. 
Potassii Iodidum (alkalinity, K2C03) . . 1-0 0-05 0-034 of alkali. 
Potassii Permanganas 0-1 31-3 98 70 of pure salt. 
124. Decinormal Potassium Dichromate Volumetric Solution. 
Dissolve 4-896 Gm.* of pure potassium dichromate (see below) in enough water to make, at or near 
15° C. (59° F.), exactly 1000 C.c. 
Pure Potassium Dichromate for use in volumetric analysis, besides responding to the tests given in the 
text of the Pharmacopoeia (under Potassii Bichromas), must conform to the following tests. In a solution 
of 0-5 Gm. of the salt in 10 C.c. of water rendered acid by 0-5 C.c. of nitric acid, no visible change should 
he produced either by barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate), or by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of 
chloride). In a mixture of 10 C.c. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) with 1 C.c. of ammonia water, no 
precipitate should be produced by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium). 
"When used with phenolphtalein as indicator, to neutralize alkalies, the volumetric solution of potas- 
sium dichromate is decinormal when it contains 14-689 Gm. in 1 liter. It is then the exact equivalent of 
any decinormal acid, corresponding to the amounts of alkalies quoted, for instance, under Decinormal 
Oxalic Acid Y.S. (No. 123). 
When used as an oxidizing agent to convert ferrous into ferric salts, or to liberate iodine from potassium 
iodide, the solution just mentioned (containing 14-689 Gm. in 1 liter) has the effect of a volumetric 
solution, and a solution of one-third of this strength, containing 4-896 Gm. in 1 liter, has the value of a 
decinormal solution, and is the equivalent of equal volumes of decinormal potassium permanganate V.S., 
or, in the case of iodine liberated from potassium iodide, it is the equivalent of equal volumes of deci- 
normal sodium hyposulphite V.S. For titrating iron in ferrous compounds, it is used in the following 
manner. Introduce the aqueous solution of the ferrous salt into a flask and, if it is not already acid, 
render it so with sulphuric acid. Now add, gradually, decinormal potassium dichromate V.S. from a 
burette, until a drop taken out upon a white surface no longer shows a blue color with a drop of freshly 
prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. 
Decinormal potassium dichromate V.S. may also be used, in conjunction with potassium iodide (from 
which it liberates iodine) and sulphuric acid, for adjusting the titer of sodium hyposulphite (thiosulphate) 
V.S. and, by its means, that of the iodine V.S. 
K2Cr207 = 293-78. 4-896 Gm.* in 1 Liter. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Potassium Dichromate F.<S. is the equivalent of : 
Potassium Dichromate, K2Cr207 
Gramme. 
Iron, in ferrous compounds 
0-005588 
Ferrous Carbonate, FeCOs 
0-011573 
Ferrous Sulphate, anhydrous, FeS04 
Ferrous Sulphate, crystallized, FeS04 -|- 7H20 
Ferrous Sulphate, dried, 2FeS04 -f 3H20 
0-015170 
0-027742 
0-017864 
Potassium Hydrate, KOH * 
Sodium Hyposulphite (Thiosulphate), Na2S203 + 5H20 
0024764 
The following articles may be tested with this solution 
Gm. 
C.e. re- 
Percent, of strength 
taken. 
quired. 
indicated. 
Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus .... 
. . . . 116 
*15 
* 15 of iron. 
Ferri Sulphas 
50 
100 of pure salt. 
Ferri Sulphas Granulatus 
60 
100 of pure salt. 
125. Normal Potassium Hydrate Volumetric Solution. 
KOH = 55-99. 55-99 Gm.f in 1 Liter. 
Dissolve 75 Gm. of potassium hydrate [ Pofossa, U. S. P.I in enough water to make, at or near 15° 0. 
(59° F.), about 1050 C.c., and fill a burette with a portion of this liquid. 
* S??e£a^y rounded off to 4 9 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available, 
f This figure is frequently rounded off to 56 Gm. Teste. 
1847 
PART III. 
Put 0-6285 Grin.* of pure oxalic acid (see No. 122) into a flask of the capacity of about 100 C.c., and 
dissolve it with about 10 C.c. of water. Add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and then carefully add, 
from the burette, the potassium hydrate solution, frequently agitating the flask, and regulating the flow 
to drops towards the end of the operation, until the red color produced by its influx no longer disappears 
on shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note the number of C.c. of the potassium hydrate solution 
consumed, and then dilute the remainder of the solution so that exactly 10 C.c. of the diluted liquid shall 
be required to neutralize 0-6285 6m* of oxalic acid. 
Example.—Assuming that 8-0 C.c. of the stronger solution of potassium hydrate first prepared had 
been consumed in the trial, then each 8-0 C.c. must be diluted to 10 C.c., or the whole of the remaining 
solution in the same proportion. Thus, if 1000 C.c. should be still remaining, this must be diluted with 
water to 1250 C.c. 
After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 
10 C.c. of the diluted solution should exactly neutralize 0-6285 6m* of oxalic acid. If necessary, a new 
adjustment should then be made to render the correspondence perfect. 
Note.—Solutions of caustic alkalies are very prone to absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, and 
thereby become liable to occasion errors when used with litmus T.S. or phenolphtalein T.S. as indicator 
(methyl-orange T.S. is not affected by the presence of carbonic acid). Hence the volumetric solutions 
should be preserved in small vials provided with well-fitting corks or rubber stoppers, or, better still, they 
should have tubes filled with a mixture of soda and lime attached to their stoppers, so as to absorb the 
carbon dioxide and prevent its access to the solution. 
In place of potassium hydrate V.S., sodium hydrate Y.S. (see No. 182) may be used, in the same 
manner and in the same quantity. Potassium hydrate V.S., however, is preferable, since it foams less, 
and attacks glass more slowly and less energetically. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Normal Potassium Hydrate F.<S. is the equivalent of: 
Potassium Hydrate, KOH 
Gramme. 
. . . 0 05599 
Sodium Hydrate, NaOH 
. . . 0 03996 
Ammonia Gas, NHg 
. . . 0 01701 
Ammonium Chloride, NH4C1 
. . . 0-05338 
Acetic Acid, absolute, HC„H30„ 
Citric Acid, crystallized, H3C6H607 -f HaO 
Hydrobromic Acid, absolute, HBr 
. . . 0-05986 
. . . 0-06983 
. . . 0-08076 
Hydrochloric Acid, absolute, HC1 
. . . 0-03637 
Hydriodic Acid, absolute, HI 
. . . 0-12753 
Hypophosphorous Acid, HPH„02 
. . . 0-06588 
Lactic Acid, absolute, HC3H603 
. . . . 0-08979 
Nitric Acid, absolute, HNU3 
. . . 0-06289 
Oxalic Acid, crystallized, H2C204 -f- 2H„0 
Phosphoric Acid, H3P04 (to form K2HP04 ; with phenolphtalein) . . . . 
Phosphoric Acid, H3P04 (to form KH2P04 ; with methyl-orange) . . . . 
Potassium Dichromate, K„Cr„07 . . . . 
Sulphuric Acid, absolute, H„S04 
Tartaric Acid, crystallized, H2C4H4Oe 
. . . 0-06285 
. . . 0-0489 
, . . . 0-0978 
. . . 0-14689 
. . . . 0-04891 
. . . . 0 07482 
The following articles are tested with this solution : 
Acidum Aceticum 
Gm. 
taken. 
. . 6-0 
C.c. re- 
quired. 
36-0 
36 
Percent, of strength 
indicated. 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Aceticum Dilutum 
. . 24-0 
24 0 
6 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Aceticum Glaciate 
. . 30 
49-5 
99 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Citricum 
. . 3-5 
500 
100 
of crystall. acid. 
Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum . . . . 
. . 8-08 
10-0 
10 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum 
. . 3-64 
31-9 
31-9 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum . . . . 
. . 3-64 
100 
10 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Hypophosphorosum Dilutum . . . 
. . 6-6 
★100 
★10 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Lacticum 
. . 4-50 
37-5 
75 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Nitricum 
. . 3145 
34 0 
68 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Nitricum Dilutum 
. . 6-29 
100 
10 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Phosphoricum 
. . 0-978 
170 
85 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum 
Acidum Sulphuricum 
Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum . . . . 
. . 4-89 
10-0 
10 
of absolute acid. 
. . 0-49 
9-25 
92-5 
of absolute acid. 
. . 4-89 
★18-5 
★18-5 
of absolute acid. 
Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum 
Acidum Tartaricum 
. . 4-89 
100 
10 
of absolute acid. 
. . 3-75 
500 
100 
of crystall. acid. 
Vinum Album 
3-0) 
0-45' 
1 of acid assumed 
Vinum Rubrum 
5-2 j 
0-78. 
j to be tartaric. 
* This figure may be rounded off to 0‘63 Gm., if a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 1848 
Tests. 
PART III. 
126. Centinormal Potassium Hydrate Volumetric Solution. 
KOH = 56-99. 0-5599 Om. in 1 Liter, 
Dilute 10 C.c. of normal potassium hydrate volumetric solution with enough distilled water to make 
1000 C.c. 
Gramme. 
Potassium Hydrate, KOH 
0 0005599 
Sulphuric Acid, HnSO* 
0-0004891 
Combined Alkaloids of Nux Vomica* 
0 00364 
One Cubic Centimeter of Centinormal Potassium Hydrate V.S. is the equivalent of: 
127. Decinormal Potassium Permanganate Volumetric Solution. 
2KMn04 = 315-34. 3 1534 Gm.f in 1 Liter. 
I. Place 3-5 Gm. of pure, crystallized potassium permanganate in a flask, add 1000 C.c. of boiling 
water, and boil until the crystals are dissolved. Close the flask, and set it aside for two days, so that any 
suspended matters may deposit. This is the stronger solution. Prepare another, weaker solution, in the 
same manner, using 6-6 Gm. of the salt and 2200 C.c. of water, and set this also aside for two days. After 
the lapse of this time, pour off the clear portion of each solution into separate vessels provided with glass 
stoppers, and then proceed to test each separately. 
Introduce into a flask 10 C.c. of decinormal oxalic acid Y.S., add 1 C.c. of pure, concentrated sulphuric 
acid, and, before this mixture cools, gradually add from a burette small quantities of the weaker perman- 
ganate solution, shaking the flask after each addition and reducing the flow to drops towards the end of 
the operation. When the last drop of the permanganate solution added is no longer decolorized but 
imparts a pinkish tint to the liquid, note the number of C.c. consumed. In the same manner ascertain 
the titer of the stronger solution, and likewise note down the number of C.c. of the latter consumed. 
Finally mix the two solutions in such proportions that 50 C.c. of the mixture will exactly correspond to an 
equal volume of decinormal oxalic acid Y.S. 
Note.—To obtain the accurate proportions for mixing the two solutions, deduct 10 from the number 
of C.c. of the weaker solution required to decompose 10 C.c. of decinormal oxalic acid Y.S. With this 
difference multiply the number of C.c. of the stronger solution required for the same purpose. The product 
shows the number of C.c. of the stronger solution needed for the mixture. 
Next deduct the number of C.c. of the stronger solution required to decompose 10 C.c. of decinormal 
oxalic acid Y.S. from 10, and with the difference multiply the number of C.c. of the weaker solution 
required for the same purpose. The product shows the number of C.c. of the weaker solution needed for 
the mixture. 
Or, designating by S the number of C.c. of the stronger solution, and by W the number of C.c. of the 
weaker solution required to decompose 10 C.c. of decinormal oxalic acid Y.S., the following formula will 
give the proportions in which the solutions must be mixed: 
Stronger Solution : Weaker Solution: 
(W —10) S + (10 — S) W 
Example.—Assuming that 9 C.c. of the stronger (S) and 10-5 of the weaker (W) solution had been 
required, then, substituting these values in the above given formula, we obtain : 
(10-5 — 10) 9+ (10 —9) 10-5 
or, 4-5 + or, 10-5 
making 15 C.c. of final solution. 
The bulk of the two solutions is now mixed in the same proportion, 450 C.c. of the stronger and 
1050 C.c. of the weaker, or 900 C.c. of the stronger and 2100 C.c. of the weaker solution. 
After the mixture is thus prepared, a new trial should be made, when 10 C.c. of the solution should 
exactly decompose 10 C.c. of the decinormal oxalic acid Y.S. If necessary, a new adjustment should be 
made to render the correspondence perfect. 
This solution should be kept in small, dark amber-colored and glass-stoppered bottles (or in bottles 
provided with tubes, especially designed for the purpose). Thus prepared, this solution will hold its titer 
for months ; yet it should be tested occasionally, and, when it is found reduced, the liquid should be 
brought back to normal strength by the addition of such an amount of the stronger solution as may be 
determined in the manner above described. 
II. When potassium permanganate Y.S. is to be prepared for immediate use, this may be done in the 
following manner. Dissolve 3-5 Gm. of pure, crystallized potassium permanganate in 1000 C.c. of pure 
water, recently boiled and cooled. Introduce 10 C.c. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. into a beaker, add 1 C.c. 
of pure concentrated sulphuric acid, and proceed as directed above for the weaker permanganate solution. 
Note the number of C.c. of the solution consumed, and then dilute the remainder with pure water recently 
boiled and cooled, until 50 C.c. will exactly correspond to 50 C.c. of decinormal oxalic acid Y.S. 
Example.—Assuming that 9-1 C.c. of the permanganate solution first prepared had been required to 
produce a permanent pink tint, then every 9-1 C.c. of the solution must he diluted to 10 C.c., or the whole 
of the remaining solution in the same proportion. A new trial should then be made to verify the agree- 
ment. 
♦Assumed to consist of equal parts of strychnine and brucine.—Centinormal potassium hydrate V.S. (in place of which 
centinormal sodium hydrate V.S., prepared in the same manner, may be employed) is used in the assay of Extract of 
Nux Vomica, to neutralize the excess of decinormal sulphuric acid employed. 
t This quantity is never directly weighed, but adjusted either by Oxalic Acid or by Iron; in calculations it is often 
abbreviated. PART III. 
Tests. 
1849 
Note.—Potassium permanganate V.S. thus prepared is liable to deteriorate more readily and quickly 
than that prepared by the method first given (under I.). It cannot he safelv trusted without verification, 
each time it is to be used. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Potassium Permanganate V.S. is the equivalent of: 
Potassium Permanganate, KMnO, 
Gramme. 
Barium Dioxide, Ba02 
Calcium Hypophosphite, Ca(PH202)2 
Ferric Hypophosphite, Fe2(PH2Oa)6 
Iron, in ferrous compounds, Fe 
Ferrous Carbonate, FeCOa 
Ferrous Oxide, FeO 
Ferrous Sulphate, anhydrous, FeS04 
Ferrous Sulphate, crystals, FeS04 -f 7HaO 
Ferrous Sulphate, dried, 2FeS04 -f 3H20 
Hydrogen Dioxide, 
Hypophosphorous Acfd,"“HPH202 
Oxalic Acid, crystallized, H„C204 4- 2H„0 
Oxygen, 0 
Potassium Hypophosphite, KPH202 
Sodium Hypophosphite, NaPH2(32 \ H20 
Acidum Hypophosphorosum Dilutum . , 
Gm. 
taken* 
. . 0-5 
C.c. re- 
quired. 
*30-3 
★10 
Percent, of strength 
indicated. 
of absolute acid. 
Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi 
. . 1-7 C.c. 
*300 
* 3 
of H2Oa. 
Barii Dioxidum 
40 0 
80 
of pure BaO„. 
Calcii Hypophosphis 
47-0 
99-68 of pure salt. 
Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus 
. . 116 
¥15-0 
*15 
of FeCOg. 
of pure salt. 
Ferri Hypophosphis 
47-0 
98-1 
Ferri Sulphas 
50 0 
100 
of pure salt. 
Ferri Sulphas Granulatus 
50-0 
100 
of pure salt, 
of iron as metal 
Ferrum Reductum 
8-0 
80 
Potassii Hypophosphis 
38 0 
98-7 
of pure salt. 
Sodii Hypophosphis 
370 
97-9 
of pure salt. 
The following articles are tested with this solution : 
128. Centinormal Potassium Permanganate Volumetric Solution. 
2KMn04 = 315-34. 0-31534 Gm. in 1 Liter. 
Dilute 10 C.c. of the decinormal potassium permanganate V.S., after having ascertained that it pos- 
sesses its exact titer, with enough distilled water strictly complying with the tests given in the text of the 
Pharmacopoeia for Aqua, DestiUata, to make 100 C.c. 
This solution should be freshly made when required. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Centinormal Potassium Permanganate F.<S. is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Potassium Permanganate, KMn04 0 00081534 
Oxalic Acid, crystallized, H2C204 + 2H„0 0-0006285 
Oxygen (derived from the permanganate) available for oxidation 0-0000798 
129. Decinormal Potassium Sulphocyanate Volumetric Solution. 
[Volhard’s Solution.] 
Dissolve 10 Gm. of crystals of pure potassium sulphocyanate in 1000 C.c. of water. 
This solution is yet too concentrated, and has to he adjusted so as to correspond in strength exactly with 
decinormal silver nitrate V.S. For this purpose, introduce into a flask 10 C.c. of decinormal silver nitrate 
Y.S. together with 0-5 C.c. of ferric ammonium sulphate T.S. and 5 C.c. of diluted nitric acid. To this 
mixture add, from a burette, in small portions at a time, the sulphocyanate solution. At first a white 
precipitate of silver sulphocyanate appears, then every drop falling from the burette is surrounded by a 
deep brownish-red color of ferric sulphocyanate which disappears on vigorous shaking of the flask as long as 
any of the silver nitrate remains unchanged. When all the silver has been converted into sulphocyanate, 
a single additional drop of the potassium sulphocyanate solution produces a brownish-red color which no 
longer disappears on shaking, but communicates a perceptible pale brownish or reddish tint to the contents 
of the flask. Note the number of C.c. of the potassium sulphocyanate solution used, and dilute the whole 
of the remaining solution so that equal volumes of this and of the decinormal silver nitrate Y.S. will be 
required to produce the permanent brownish or reddish tint. (The same depth of pale brownish or red- 
KSCN = 96-99. 9-699 6m. in 1 Liter. 1850 
Tests. 
PART III. 
dish tint to which the volumetric solution is adjusted must be attained when the solution is used for volu- 
metric assays.) 
After the dilution, a new trial should he made, in which 50 C.c. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S., 2-5 
C.c. of ferric ammonium sulphate T.S., and 25 C.c. of diluted nitric acid are used, and there should be 
required exactly 50 C.c. of the sulphocyanate solution to produce the same depth of a permanent pale 
brownish or reddish tint. 
If necessary, a new adjustment should be made, to render the correspondence perfect. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Potassium Sulphocyanate V.S. is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Potassium Sulphocyanate, KSCN 9 009099 
Silver, Ag 0-010766 
Silver Nitrate, AgN03 0 016956 
Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum .... 
Syrupus Ferri Iodidi 
The following articles are tested with this solution 
Determined by residual titration with decinormal 
silver nitrate V.S., and decinormal potassium sul- 
phocyanate V.S. 
130. Decinormal Silver Nitrate Volumetric Solution. 
AgN03 = 169-55. 16-955 6m* in 1 Liter. 
Dissolve 16-955 Gm.* of pure silver nitrate in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), 
exactly 1000 C.c. 
Keep the solution in small, dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered vials, carefully protected from dust. 
Note.—Titration by decinormal silver nitrate Y.S. may be managed in various ways, adapted to the 
special preparation to be tested : 
a. In most cases it is directed by the IT. S. P. to be used in presence of a small quantity of potassium 
chromate T.S., which serves to indicate the end of the reaction by the appearance of the red color of 
silver chromate. 
b. In some cases (potassium cyanide, hydrocyanic acid) it is added until the first appearance of a per- 
manent precipitate. 
c. It may be used in all cases without indicator by observing the exact point when no further precipi- 
tate occurs. This may be practised in the case of ferrous iodide, where the addition of potassium chro- 
mate would be improper, but it consumes much time in waiting for the precipitate to subside so as to 
render the liquid sufficiently clear to recognize whether a further precipitate is produced by addition of the 
silver solution. 
d. It may be added in definite amount, known to be in excess of the quantity required, and the excess 
of the decinormal silver solution measured back by the addition of decinormal potassium sulphocyanate 
Y.S. (residual titration). 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Silver Nitrate F.S. is the equivalent of: 
Silver Nitrate, AgNOa 
Gramme. 
Ammonium Bromide, NH4Br 
Ammonium Chloride, NH401 
Calcium Bromide, CaBr2 
Ferrous Bromide, FeBr2 
Ferrous Iodide, Fel2 
Hydrocyanic Acid, absolute, HCN, with indicator 
. . . 0 002698 
Hydrocyanic Acid, absolute, HCN, to first formation of precipitate . . . 
. . . 0 005396 
Hydriodic Acid, III 
. 0012753 
Hydrobromic Acid, HBr 
Lithium Bromide, LiBr 
Potassium Bromide, KBr 
Potassium Chloride, KC1 . 
Potassium Cyanide, KCN, with indicator 
Potassium Cyanide, KCN, to first formation of precipitate 
Potassium Iodide, KI 
Potassium Sulpliocvanate, KSCN 
Sodium Bromide, NaBr 
Sodium Chloride, NaCl 
Sodium Iodide, Nal 
Strontium Bromide, SrBra (anhydrous) 
Strontium Iodide, Srla (anhydrous) 
Zinc Bromide, ZnBra 
Zinc Chloride, ZnCl2 
Zinc Iodide, Znl2 
* Frequently rounded off to 16-96 Gm,, when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. PART III. 
Tests. 
1851 
The following articles are tested with this solution 
Gm. 
C.c. re- 
Percent, of strength 
taken. 
quired. 
indicated. 
Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum . . 
. . 1-35 
10 0 
2 
of 
absolute acid. 
Ammonii Bromidum 
. . 0-3 
30-9 
99 
of 
pure salt. 
Calcii Bromidum 
. . 0-25 
25 0 
99-7 
of 
pure salt. 
f Ferri Iodidum Saccharatum .... 
. . 1-55 
★20-0 
★20 
of 
iodide. 
Lithii Bromidum 
. . 0-3 
35-3 
98 
of 
pure salt. 
Fotassii Bromidum 
. . 0 5 
42-85 
97 
of 
pure salt. 
Potassii Cyanidum (to first precip.) . 
. . 0-65 
450 
90 
of 
pure salt. 
Fotassi Iodidum 
. . 0-5 
30-25 
99-5 
of 
pure salt. 
Sodii Bromidum 
. . 0 3 
29 8 
97-29 
of 
pure salt. 
Sodii Chloridum 
. . 0195 
33-4 
99 9 
of 
pure salt. 
Sodii Iodidum 
. . 0-5 
| 34 5 1 
1 to 33 4 j 
★98 
of 
pure salt. 
Strontii Bromidum (dry) 
. . 03 
24 6 J 
98 
of 
pure salt. 
Strontii Iodidum (dry) 
. . 0-3 
180 
98 
of 
pure salt. 
Svrupus Acidi Hydriodici 
. . 32 0 
★250 
★ 1 
of 
HI. 
t Syrupus Ferri Iodidi 
. . 1-55 
★100 
★10 
of 
Fel2. 
Zinci Bromidum 
. . 0-3 
26-7 
99 95 
of 
pure salt. 
Zinci Chloridum 
. . 0-3 
441 
99-84 
of 
pure salt. 
Zinci Iodidum 
. . 0-5 
31 0 
98-62 
of 
pure salt. 
Note.—The articles marked with f are determined by residual titration with decinormal silver nitrate 
V.S. and decinormal potassium sulphocyanate V.S. 
131. Decinormal Sodium Chloride Volumetric Solution 
NaCl = 58-37. 5837 Gm* in 1 Liter. 
Dissolve 5-837 Gm.* of pure sodium chloride (see below) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. 
(59° F.), exactly 1000 C.c. 
Pure Sodium Chloride may be prepared by passing a current of dry hydrochloric acid gas into a satu- 
rated aqueous solution of the purest commercial sodium chloride, separating the crystalline precipitate, 
and drying it at a temperature sufficiently high to expel all traces of free acid. 
In place of this, transparent crystals of pure rock salt may be employed. 
Sodium Chloride, NaCl 
Gramme. 
0 005837 
Silver, Ag 
0010766 
Silver Nitrate, AgN03 
0016955 
Silver Oxide, AgaO . **. 
0011564 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Sodium Chloride V.S. is the equivalent of: 
Gm. 
C.c. re- 
Percent, of strength 
taken. 
quired. 
indicated. 
Argenti Nitras 
0-34 
20 0 
100 of silver nitrate. 
Arsenti Nitras Dilutus 
19-5 
33-14 of silver nitrate. 
Argenti Nitras Fusus 
0-34 
190 
95 of silver nitrate. 
The following articles are tested with this solution 
132. Normal Sodium Hydrate Volumetric Solution. 
NaOH ==39-96. 39-96 Gm.f in 1 Liter. 
Dissolve 54 Gm. of sodium hydrate [Soda, U. S. P.) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), 
about 1050 C.c., and fill a burette with a portion of this liquid. 
Put 0-6285 Gm.f of pure oxalic acid (see under No. 122) into a flask of the capacity of about 100 C.c., 
and dissolve it with about 10 C.c. of water. Add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and then carefully 
add, from the burette, the sodium hydrate solution, frequently agitating the flask, and regulating the flow 
to drops towards the end of the operation, until the red color produced by its influx no longer disappears 
on shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note the number of C.c. of the sodium hydrate solution 
consumed, and then dilute the remainder of it so that exactly 10 C.c. of the diluted liquid will be required 
to neutralize 0-6285 Gm.J of oxalic acid. 
Example.—Assuming that 7-8 C.c. of the stronger solution of sodium hydrate first prepared had been 
consumed in the trial, then each 7-8 C.c. must be diluted to 10 C.c., or the whole of the remaining solution 
in the same proportion. Thus, if 980 C.c. should be still remaining, this must be diluted with water to 
1258 C.c. 
After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 
10 C.c. of the diluted solution should exactly neutralize 0-6285 Gm. of oxalic acid. If necessary, a new 
adjustment should then be made, to render the correspondence perfect. 
Note.—The same precautions should be taken for protecting this solution from the carbon dioxide of 
the air, as are prescribed for normal potassium hydrate V.S. (see No. 125). 
This solution may be employed in place of the normal potassium hydrate V.S., volume for volume. 
* Frequently rounded off to 5-84 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 
J Frequently rounded off to 40 Gm. 
This may be rounded off to 0-63 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 1852 
Tests. 
PART III. 
133. Decinormal Sodium Hyposulphite Volumetric Solution. 
Na2S203 + 5HaO = 247-64. 24-764 Gm. in 1 Liter. 
Dissolve 30 Gm. of selected crystals of sodium hyposulphite (sodium thiosulphate) in enough water to 
make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), 1100 C.c. Of this solution transfer 10 C.c. into a flask, add a few drops 
of starch T.S., and then gradually add, from a burette, decinormal iodine V.S., in small portions at a 
time, shaking the flask after each addition, and regulating the flow to drops towards the end of the oper- 
ation. As soon as the color produced by the influx of the iodine solution no longer disappears on shaking, 
but is not deeper than very pale blue, note the number of C.c. of the iodine solution consumed. Then 
dilute the sodium hyposulphite solution so that equal volumes of it and of decinormal iodine V.S. will 
exactly correspond to each other under the conditions mentioned above. 
Example.—Assuming that 10 C.c. of the stronger sodium hyposulphite solution first prepared had 
required 10-7 C.c. of decinormal iodine Y.S. to produce a faint reaction with starch, the hyposulphite 
solution must he diluted in the proportion of 10 C.c. to 10-7 C.c., or 1000 C.c. to 1070 C.c. 
After the solution is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 
60 C.c. of the decinormal sodium hyposulphite Y.S. should require exactly 50 C.c. of decinormal iodine 
Y.S. to produce a faint reaction with starch. If necessary, a new adjustment should then be made to 
render the correspondence perfect. 
Keep the solution in small, dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, carefully protected from dust. 
Note.—When this solution is to be used, fill a burette with it, place the liquid to be tested either for 
the free iodine it already contains, or for that which it liberates from an excess of potassium iodide added 
to it, into a flask, and gradually add small portions of the solution from the burette, shaking after each 
addition, and regulating the flow to drops towards the end of the operation, until the brown color of the 
iodine has nearly disappeared. Now add a few drops of starch T.S., which will produce a blue color, grid 
then continue to add the hyposulphite solution in drops until the blue tint is exactly discharged. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Sodium Hyposulphite V-S. is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Sodium Hyposulphite (Thiosulphate), Na2S208 -}- 5H20 0-024764 
Bromine, Br 0 007976 
Chlorine, Cl 0 003537 
Iodine, I 0 012653 
Iron, Fe, in ferric salts 0-005588 
The following articles are tested with this solution 
Gm. 
C.c. re- 
Percent, of strength 
taken. 
quired. 
indicated. 
Aqua Chlori 
. . 17-7 
20 0 
0-4 
of chlorine. 
Calx Chlorata 
. . 0-354 
350 
35 
of chlorine. 
Ferri Chloridum 
. . 0-56 
20 0 
20 
of iron. 
Ferri Citras 
★160 
★ 16 
of iron. 
Ferri et Ammonii Citras 
. . 0-56 
★16-0 
★16 
of iron. 
Ferri et Ammonii Sulphas .... 
. . 0-56 
11-6 
11-6 
of iron. 
Ferri et Ammonii Tartras 
. . 0-56 
★17 0 
★17 
of iron. 
Ferri et Potassii Tartras 
. . 0-56 
★150 
★15 
of iron. 
Ferri et Quinin* Citras 
. . 0-56 
★14-5 
*14-5 
of iron. 
Ferri et Quininse Citris Solubilis . . 
. . 0-56 
★14-5 
★14-5 
of iron. 
Ferri et Strychnin* Citras .... 
. . 0-56 
★16-0 
★16 
of iron. 
Ferri Phosphas Solubilis 
. . 0-56 
★12-0 
★12 
of iron. 
Ferri Pyrophosphas Solubilis . . . 
. . 0-56 
★10-0 
★10 
of iron. 
Ferri Valerianas 
. . 0-56 
15-0 to 20 0 
15 to 20 of iron. 
Ferrum Reductum 
. . 0-056 
8-0 
80 
of iron. 
Iodum 
25-0 
98-85 
of iodine. 
Liquor Ferri Acetatis 
. . 1-12 
★150 
★ 7-5 
of iron. 
Liquor Ferri Chloridi 
. . 1-12 
★26-0 
★18 
of iron. 
Liquor Ferri Citratis 
. . M2 
★15-0 
* 7-5 
of iron. 
Liquor Ferri Nitratis 
. . M2 
★ 2-8 
★ 1-4 
of iron. 
Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis .... 
. . M2 
★27-2 
★13-6 
of iron. 
Liquor Ferri Tersulpliatis 
. . M2 
★160 
★ 8 
of iron. 
Liquor lodi Compositus 
. . 12-66 
49-3 to 50 0 
5 
of iodine. 
Liquor Sod* Chlorat* 
50-0 
2-6 
of chlorine. 
Tinctura Ferri Chloridi 
★ 9-4 
★ 4-7 
of iron. 
Tinctura lodi 
★350 
★ 7 Gm. 
of I in 100 C.c. 
134. Normal Sulphuric Acid. 
Carefully mix 30 O.c. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid (of specific Gravity 1-835) with enough 
water to make about 1050 C.c., and allow the liquid to cool to about 15° C. (59° F.). Place 10 C.c. of this 
H2S04 =97-82. 48-91 Gm. in 1 Liter. Tests. 
1853 
PART III. 
liquid (which is yet too concentrated) into a flask, add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and afterwards, 
from a burette, normal potassium hydrate Y.S., shaking after each addition, and regulating the flow to 
drops towards the end of the operation, until the red color produced by its influx no longer disappears on 
shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note the number of C.c. of potassium hydrate consumed. 
Then dilute the sulphuric acid solution so that equal volumes of this and of normal potassium hydrate 
Y.S. exactly neutralize each other. 
Example.—Assuming that 10 C.c. of the acid solution first prepared had required exactly 11-2 C.c. of 
normal potassium hydrate Y.S., each 10 C.c. of the former must be diluted to 11-2 C.c., or each 1000 C.c. 
to 1120 C.c. 
After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 
50 C.c. of the acid solution should require for neutralization exactly 50 C.c. of potassium hydrate Y.S. If 
necessary, a new adjustment should be made to render the correspondence perfect. 
Note.—It is recommended that, in alkalimetric determinations, when an acid of normal strength is 
required, normal sulphuric acid be employed, in place of normal oxalic acid Y.S. (see note under No. 122). 
One Cubic Centimeter of Normal Sulphuric Acid is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Sulphuric Acid, absolute, H2S04 0 04891 
Ammonia Gas, NH3 0 01701 
Ammonium Carbonate, (NH4)2C03 0 042935 
Ammonium Carbonate [U. S. P.], NH4HC03.NH4NH2C02 0 05226 
Lead Acetate, crystallized, Pb(C2H„0„)2 -|- 3H20 0-18900 
Lead Subacetate, assumed as Pb20(C„H302)2 0 13662 
Lithium Benzoate, LiC7H602 (to be ignited) 0 12772 
Lithium Carbonate, Li„C03 0 036935 
Lithium CitAte, Li3CeH»07 (to be ignited) 0-0698566 
Lithium Salicylate, LiC7ll503 (to be ignited) 0 14368 
Potassium Acetate, KC2H30o (to be ignited) 0 09789 
Potassium Bicarbonate, KHC03 0 09988 
Potassium Bitartrate, KHC4H4Oe (to be ignited) 0-18767 
Potassium Carbonate, anhydrous, K2C03 0-068955 
Potassium Citrate, crystallized, K3C6H607 H20 (to be ignited) 0 10786 
Potassium Hydrate, KOH 0 05599 
Potassium and Sodium Tartrate, KNaC4H40e -j- 4H20 (to be ignited) 0-14075 
Sodium Acetate, NaC„HgO« + 3H20 (to be ignited) 0-13574 
Sodium Benzoate, NaC7H60„ (to be ignited) 0T4371 
Sodium Bicarbonate, NaHC03 0-08385 
Sodium Borate, crystallized, NaaB40,, -|- 10H2O 0-19046 
Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, Na2C03 0-052925 
Sodium Carbonate, crystallized, Na2C03 + 10H2O 0-142725 
Sodium Hydrate, NaOH 0 03996 
Strontium Lactate, Sr(C3H603)2 (to be ignited) 0-13244 
Gm. 
taken. 
C.c. re- 
quired. 
Percent, of strength 
indicated. 
Ammonii Carbonas 
. 2-613 
500 
100 
of pure salt. 
Aqua Ammoniae 
. 3-4 
20 0 
10 
of dry gas. 
Aqua Ammoniae Fortior 
. 1-7 
280 
28 
of dry gas. 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis 
. 13-67 
★25 0 
★25 
of basic salt. 
Liquor Potassae 
. 28-00 
25-0 
5 
of hydrate. 
Liquor Sodae 
25-0 
5 
of hydrate. 
Lithii Benzoas (to be ignited) 
. 1-0 
7-8 
99-6 
of pure salt. 
Lithii Carbonas 
. 0-5 
13-4 
98-98 
of pure salt. 
Lithii Citras (to be ignited) 
. 1-0 
14-2 
99-2 
of pure salt. 
Lithii Salicylas (to be ignited) 
. 2-0 
13-8 
99-13 
of pure salt. 
Potassa 
. 0-56 
9-0 
90 
of hydrate. 
Potassii Acetas (to be ignited) 
10-0 
98 
of pure salt. 
Potassii Bicarbonas 
10-0 
100 
of pure salt. 
Potassii Bitartras (to be ignited) . . . . 
. 1-88 
9-9 
99 
of pure salt. 
Potassii Carbonas 
. 0-69 
9-5 
95 
of anhydrous salt. 
Potassii Citras (to be ignited) 
100 
100 
of crystallized salt. 
Potassii et Sodii Tartras (to be ignited) . . 
. 1-41 
10-0 
100 
of pure salt. 
Soda 
. 0-4 
9-0 
90 
of hydrate. 
Sodii Acetas (to be ignited) 
. 1-36 
10-0 
100 
of pure salt. 
Sodii Benzoas (to be ignited) 
. 20 
13-9 
99-8 
of pure salt. 
Sodii Bicarbonas 
. 0-85 
100 
98-6 
of pure salt. 
Sodii Carbonas, anhydrous 
. 10 
18-7 
98-9 
of anhydrous salt. 
Sodii Carbonas Exsiccatus 
. 1-0 
13-8 
★73 
of anhydrous salt. 
Spiritus Ammonite 
. 3-4 
20-0 
10 
of ammonia. 
Strontii Lactas (to be ignited) 
. 1-33 
9-9 
98-6 
of pure salt. 
The following articles are tested with this solution: 1854 
Tests. 
PART III. 
135. Decinormal Sulphuric Acid. 
H2S04 = 97-82. 4-891 Gm. in 1 Liter. 
Dilute 10 C.c. of normal sulphuric acid with enough water to make 100 C.c. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Decinormal Sulphuric Acid is the equivalent of: 
Gramme. 
Sulphuric Acid, absolute, H2S04 0 004891 
Combined Alkaloids of Nux Vomica, assumed to consist of equal parts of Strych- 
nine and Brucine 0-0364 
Potassium Hydrate, KOH 0 005599 
The following article is tested with this solution: 
Extractum Nucis Vomicae 0-4 *1-65 15 of total alkaloids. 
Gm. 
taken. 
C.c. re- 
quired. 
Percent, of strength 
required. 
IV. GASOMETRIC ESTIMATIONS. 
In certain cases the Pharmacopoeia directs the strength of a product or chemical substance to be deter- 
mined by the volume of some gas (nitrogen dioxide) given off' during a definite reaction. This volume is 
to be determined by the nitrometer in the following manner. 
Arrange a nitrometer consisting of a measuring tube (graduated for at least 50 C.c.) and connected by 
stout rubber tubing with an open equilibrium tube (both tubes, preferably, provided with a globular ex- 
pansion near the lower end) in such a manner, by suitable clamps attached to a stand, that either tube 
may be readily and quickly clamped at a higher or lower level. The stop-cock of the measuring tube 
having been opened, and the open equilibrium tube having been raised to a higher level, pour into the 
latter a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, until the measuring tube, including the bore of the 
stop-cock, is completely filled. Then close the latter and fix the equilibrium tube at a low level. Having 
ascertained that the stop-cock is closed air-tight, and having, if necessary, wiped out the graduated funnel 
tube of the nitrometer, introduce into it the prescribed quantity of the liquid to be tested, and allow this 
to flow slowly into the measuring tube, being careful not to admit any air. Follow it by the prescribed 
quantities of the several reagents (potassium iodide T.S., and normal sulphuric acid). When the reaction, 
which takes place at once, moderates, remove the measuring tube from its clamp, and, being careful to 
hold it constantly so that the liquid contained in it stands at a higher level than that in the equilibrium 
tube, shake its contents, without permitting any gas to pass into the open tube. When the reaction has 
completely ceased, restore the tube to its fastening, and allow the apparatus and contents to acquire the 
ordinary temperature of the room, which is assumed to be at or about 25° C. (77° F.). Then adjust the 
two tubes so that the liquid columns are at exactly the same level, and read off' the volume of gas in the 
measuring tube. Multiply this figure by the weight of the substance yielding 1 C.c. of nitrogen dioxide 
(see below). The result will be the weight of the pure substance (nitrite) contained in the amount taken 
for the assay. 
For pharmacopoeial purposes the determination will be sufficiently exact if the evolved gas be measured 
at or near 25° C. (77° F.). If it be desired to ascertain the volume which the gas would occupy at any 
other temperature between 0° C. and 40° C. (32°-104° F.), this may be done with the aid of the table 
below printed. 
Example.—Assuming that the volume of gas read off was 44-5 C.c. at 27° C. (80-6° F.), and that it 
be desired to ascertain the corresponding volume at 0° C. (32° F.), barometric pressure not being taken 
into consideration, then the 44-5 C.c. must be reduced in the proportion of 1-098901 to 1; or 44-5 must be 
divided by 1-098901. The result will be 40-5 C.c. 
The following table shows the expansion which one (1) cubic centimeter of a gas will undergo when it 
is raised from 0° C. (32° F.) to 40° C. (104° F.). 
Expansion of 1 Cc. of a Gas, between 0° and C. 
°c. 
C.c. 
°C. 
C.c. 
°C. 
C.c. 
0 
1-000000 
14 
1-051282 
28 
1-102564 
1 
1-003663 
15 
1-054945 
29 
1-106227 
2 
1-007326 
16 
1-058608 
30 
1-109890 
3 
1-010989 
17 
1-062271 
31 
1-113553 
4 
1-014652 
18 
1-065934 
32 
1-117216 
5 
1-018315 
19 
1-069597 
33 
1-120879 
6 
1-021978 
20 
1-073260 
34 
1-124542 
7 
1-025641 
21 
1-076923 
35 
1-128205 
8 
1-029304 
22 
1-080586 
36 
1-131868 
9 
1-032967 
23 
1-084249 
37 
1-135531 
10 
1-036630 
24 
1-087912 
38 
1-139194 
11 
1-040293 
25 
1-091575 
39 
1-142857 
12 
1-043956 
26 
1-095238 
40 
1-146520 
13 
1-047619 
27 
1-098901 
* To be determined to at least 2 decimals by titrating the uncombined acid with centinormal potassium hydrate V.S. PART III. 
Tests. 
1855 
136. Estimation of Nitrogen Dioxide. 
■jar) 00.07 • 1 T itpr / Mm. — l-3423 Gm. 
JNu 29 97 , l Later | at 25o c and 760 Mm _ i-2297 Gm. 
One Cubic Centimeter of Nitrogen Dioxide is the equivalent of: 
At 0° C. and 760 Mm. 
At 25° C. and 760 Mm. 
Gramme. 
Gramme. 
Nitrogen Dioxide, NO —29-97 
00012297 
Amyl Nitrite, C6H,,N02 —116-78 
Ethyl Nitrite, CgHgNOg — 74-87 
Sodium Nitrite, NaN02— 68-93 
0-0052305 
00047923 
00030716 
0-0030873 
0-0028283 
The following articles are tested gasometrically by the volume of Nitrogen Dioxide evolved and measured at 
or near 25° C. (77° F.). 
Amyl Nitris 
Amount 
taken. 
. 0-26 Gm * 
Volume 
of NO. 
★40 O.c. 
Strength 
indicated. 
*80% of pure amyl nitrite. 
Sodii Nitris 
. 0-15 “ 
50 C.c. 
97.6% of pure salt. 
Spiritus AStheris Nitrosi (fresh) . 
. 5 C.c. 
55 C.c. 
* 4% of pure ethyl nitrite 
Y. ALKALOIDAL ASSAY BY IMMISCIBLE SOLVENTS. 
It is a property of many alkaloids that they are soluble in certain liquids in which their salts are in- 
soluble, while in other liquids the case is reversed. When such liquids are not miscible, the conditions 
are favorable to what has been called the “shaking-out” process of separation. In many cases the ex- 
traction or separation may he effected by shaking together the concentrated aqueous extract, to which a 
suitable alkaline precipitant has been added, and some solvent, such as chloroform, ether, benzin, benzol, 
amyl alcohol, etc. The precipitated alkaloid is thus washed out of the aqueous solution, and is dissolved 
by "the chloroform or other immiscible liquid employed. From the solution of the alkaloid thus obtained, 
the latter may again he abstracted by a dilute acid. In this Pharmacopoeia the only liquid which is 
directed as solvent for alkaloids in such assays is chloroform. The extraction is directed to he performed 
in a glass separator or separatory funnel, which consists of an elongated (globular, cylindrical, or conical) 
glass vessel, provided with a well-fitting stopper and an outlet-tube containing a well-ground glass stop- 
cock. 
When the solution of an alkaloid, suitably prepared, is introduced into this vessel, and chloroform 
subsequently added, the latter, owing to its higher specific gravity, will form the lower layer. If the two 
layers are violently shaken together, there will often result an emulsion, which will separate only slowly, 
and often imperfectly. This is particularly liable to happen when the aqueous liquid containing the 
alkaloid either in suspension or in solution is strongly alkaline, and when it has a high specific gravity. To 
avoid the formation of an emulsion, the extraction should he accomplished rather by rapid rotation and 
frequent inversion of the separator than by violent shaking. When an emulsion has formed, its separa- 
tion may be promoted by the addition of more of the solvent, preferably somewhat heated, aided, if neces- 
sary, by the external application of a gentle heat (the stopper being removed for the time being), or by the 
introduction of a small quantity of alcohol or of hot water. The separation of the two layers may also 
he promoted by stirring the lower, chloroformic layer with a glass rod and detaching from the walls of the 
separator the adhering drops of emulsion. 
On withdrawing the chloroform solution of an alkaloid from the separator, a small amount of the 
solution will generally he retained in the outlet-tube by capillary attraction. If this were lost, the results 
of the assay would be seriously vitiated. To avoid this loss, several successive, small portions of chloro- 
form should he poured into the separator without agitation, and drawn off through the stop-cock to wash 
out the outlet-tube. 
Another source of loss is the pressure sometimes generated in the separator by the rise of tempera- 
ture caused when an alkaline and an acid liquid are shaken together. On loosening the stopper, the liquid 
which adheres to the juncture of the latter with the neck is liable to he ejected. This is best avoided by 
mixing the liquids at first by rotation (avoiding contact of the contents with the stopper), and allowing 
them to become cold before stoppering the separator. 
The same precautions should he observed when an alkali carbonate has been used, in place of a caustic 
alkali, for setting free the alkaloid. In this case the liquids should he cautiously and gradually mixed by 
rotation, and the separator should be left unstoppered until gas is no longer given off. 
If a regular glass separator is not available, an ordinary burette, stoppered with a sound cork, may he 
employed in its place. In this case the quantities of the alkaloidal solution and of the volatile solvent 
must be adjusted to the size of the burette. 
* This quantity will, theoretically, yield a little more than 40 C.c. of the gas; but there will be a slight loss, as the gas is 
somewhat soluble in the liquid. Tests. 
PART III. 
1856 
VI. DETERMINATION OF THE OPTICAL ROTATION OF ORGANIC 
SUBSTANCES. 
Many organic substances either liquid by nature or in solution in suitable solvents, when examined in 
a specially constructed polarizing apparatus or polaristrobometer, exhibit the property of circular polar- 
ization, or, in other words, are capable of rotating the plane of polarization of a ray of light either to the 
right or to the left. Such substances are termed “optically active,” and when rotating to the right are 
designated as “dextro-rotatory” or “ dextrogyrate,” and when rotating to the left, as “ laevo-rotatory” or 
“ laevogyrate.” Substances which do not possess this property of optical rotation are termed “ optically 
inactive. * * 
Among the substances recognized by this Pharmacopoeia, there are several, particularly certain essen- 
tial or volatile oils, and related bodies, for which the determination of the angle of rotation of a ray of 
polarized light, or, in some cases, the proof of their optical inactivity, affords the most simple and positive 
evidence of their identity or purity. 
The instruments used for this purpose vary somewhat in their construction. Those which are most 
generally adapted for the examination of the" substances mentioned above are the Polaristrobometer of 
Wild, in which the optical activity of the substance is manifested by the appearance or disappearance of 
dark, parallel stripes, or the so-called “ half-shadow” instrument of Laurent, in which the two sides of 
the field of vision are capable of becoming unequally illuminated. Both of the instruments permit the 
angle of rotation to be read off in degrees or fractions of a degree of a circle. 
These optical determinations are best made in a dark room, and by means of homogeneous or mono- 
chromatic light, the latter being obtained by introducing into a non-luminous flame, on a loop of plati- 
num wire, a small bead of fused sodium chloride. The light thus radiated corresponds with the line D 
of the solar spectrum. 
Since the deviation of the plane of polarization either to the right or to the left of the zero point is 
directly proportional to the length of the column of liquid, it is important that the observations should 
be made with tubes of a definite length, such as 100, 50, or 25 Mm. The selection of the length of the 
tube to be employed is, however, usually dependent upon the depth of color of the liquid and the extent 
of its optical rotation. 
The rotatory power of an optically active, liquid substance, observed with sodium light, and referred 
to the ideal density 1, and in a tube having a length of*l decimeter (100 Mm.), is designated as its specific 
rotatory power, this is usually expressed by the term [a]D- Since, however, not only the density of an 
optically active liquid, but also its rotation, is influenced by the temperature, the specific rotation varies 
with the latter. In stating the specific rotation it is, therefore, necessary to indicate at what temperature 
the rotation and the density of the liquid have been determined. But for the same temperature the 
specific rotation of a pure, optically active liquid is always a constant number. 
For calculating the specific rotatory power of an optically active liquid substance, or solution of an 
optically active solid, the following formulas are of general application: 
_ .. , j , , p 100 x« 
I. For liquid substances falp — - 
Li X d 
II. For solutions of solids 
or 
r 10000 X a 
LJD L X P X d 
r .. 10000 X a 
For calculating these formulas the determination of the following factors is necessary: 
a = the angle of rotation of the liquid or solid observed with sodium light. 
L = the length of the tube in millimeters. 
d = the density or specific gravity of the active liquid. 
p = the amount of active substance in 100 parts by weight of the solution. 
c=the number of grammes of active substance in 100 cubic centimeters of the solution. 
ARTICLES EMPLOYED IN CHEMICAL TESTING AND TEST-SOLUTIONS 
OF THE BRITISH PHARMACOPOEIA. 
The British test-solutions here given are used for determining the character of particular substances, 
whether isolated or in composition ; thus enabling us to ascertain the identity of medicines, their purity 
or impurity, and the character of the foreign ingredients, which may be mixed with them accidentally, 
or with a view to adulteration. 
Acetic Acid. “ The Acetic Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Acetic Acid, Glacial. “ The Glacial Acetic Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Albumen. “ The liquid white, separated from the yolk, of the egg of Gallus Bankiva, var. doraee- 
ticus, Temminck.” Br. PART III. 
Tests. 
1857 
Alcohol, Absolute. “ The Absolute Alcohol of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Alcohol (90 per cent.). Alcohol (70 per cent.). “ The Alcohol (90 per cent.) and Alcohol (70 per 
cent.) of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Alum. “The Alum of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Ammonium Molybdate. “ A nearly white crystalline salt, (NH4)2Mo04.’i Br. 
Ammonium Oxalate. “ Colorless crystals, (C00NH4)2,H20, prepared by neutralizing oxalic acid 
with solution of ammonia.” Br. 
Ammonium Thiocyanate. “ A crystalline salt, NH4SCN.” Br. 
Amylic Alcohol. “A liquid consisting principally of iso-primary amylic alcohol, (CH„)2: 
CH.CH2.CH2OH. It may be prepared by shaking commercial fusel oil with a saturated solution of 
common salt, separating the oily layer, submitting it to distillation, and collecting and reserving the 
portion which distils between 257° and 289° F. (125° and 142-8° C.).” Br. 
Barium Chloride. “ Colorless crystals, BaCl2,2H20. Its solution should not give a precipitate with 
solution of ammonium hydrosulphide, and no residue should remain after adding excess of diluted sul- 
phuric acid, filtering, and evaporating the filtrate to dryness in a platinum dish. Barium nitrate, 
Bu2N03, or barium acetate, (CH3COO)2Ba, may be used in place of barium chloride, but each must 
respond to the foregoing tests.” Br. 
Barium Hydroxide. “ Colorless crystals, Ba(0H)2,8II20, prepared by mixing concentrated solu- 
tions of barium chloride and sodium hydroxide. The precipitate is purified by recrystallization from 
water. It should be entirely soluble in water, the resulting solution should give no precipitate with 
solution of ammonium hydrosulphide, and a very slight residue should remain after adding excess of 
diluted sulphuric acid, filtering, and evaporating the filtrate to dryness in a platinum dish.” Br. 
Benzol. “The Benzol of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Benzolated Amylic Alcohol. “Benzol, 3 parts by volume; Amylic Alcohol, 1 part by volume. 
Mix; decant from any deposited water.” Br. 
Bismuth Oxynitrate. “ The Bismuth Oxynitrate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Borax. “The Borax, Na2B407,10H20, of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Bromine. “The Bromine of commerce.” Br. 
Cadmium Iodide. “ The pure crystals, Cdl2, of commerce.” Br. 
Calcium Carbonate. “ The pure white marble, or calc-spar, of commerce.” Br. 
Calcium Hydroxide. “The Calcium Hydroxide of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Calcium Oxide. “ The Lime of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Calcium Sulphate “ Pure native calcium sulphate, CaS042H20.” Br. 
Carbon Bisulphide. “The Carbon Bisulphide of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Chloroform. “The Chloroform of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Citric Acid. “The Citric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Collodion. “The Collodion of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Copper. “The metal in foil, wire, or turnings.” Br. 
Copper Oxyacetate. “ The pure copper oxyacetate, or verdigris, of commerce.” Br. 
Copper Sulphate. “The Copper Sulphate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Ether. “The Ether of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Ferric Chloride. “ The pure anhydrous ferric chloride of commerce.” Br. 
Ferrous Sulphate. “The Ferrous Sulphate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Glycerin. “The Glycerin of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Hydrochloric Acid. “ The Hydrochloric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Hydrochloric Acid, Diluted. “The Diluted Hydrochloric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Hydrochloric Acid, Gaseous. “ The dry gas, HC1, prepared by the interaction of sulphuric acid 
and common salt.” Br. 
Hydrogen Sulphide. Synonym—Sulphuretted Hydrogen. “ A gas prepared by the action of 
hydrochloric acid on ferrous sulphide. It will he sufficiently pure after passing through two wash-bottles 
each containing water. A solution of the gas in water may also he employed, but only if it smells 
strongly of the gas and yields an abundant black precipitate with solution of lead subacetate.” Br. 
Indigo. “ A blue pigment prepared from various species of Indigofera, Linn.” Br. 
Iron. “The Iron of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Isinglass. “The swimming bladder, or sound, of various species of Acipenser, Linn., prepared 
and cut into shreds.” Br. 
Lead Acetate. “ The Lead Acetate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Lead Peroxide. “The pure lead peroxide, Pb02, of commerce.” Br. 
Lime. “The Lime of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Litmus. “A blue pigment prepared from various species of Roccella, DO. Litmus is used in 1858 
Tests. 
PART III. 
several forms. For example, Solution of Litmus [page 1861] ; Blue Litmus Paper, made hy impreg- 
nating unglazed white paper with a solution of litmus; and Red Litmus Paper, made by impregnating 
the paper with the solution reddened by the previous addition of a very minute quantity of sulphuric 
acid. Litmus may also be employed in the solid form.” Br. 
Manganese Peroxide. “ The powdered native peroxide, Mn02, pyrolusite.” Br. 
Methyl-Orange. “Methyl-orange, Na0.S02.CeH4N : N.CeH4N(CH3)2, or helianthin, is prepared 
by the combination of diazobenzenesulphonic acid and dimethylaniline in an alkaline solution. Its 
warm aqueous solution should give no precipitate with an alkali or with solution of calcium chloride, 
but an orange-yellow precipitate with solution of lead subacetate.” Br. 
Microcosmic Salt. “The salt, NaNH4HP04,4H20, of commerce.” Br. 
Milk of Lime. “Lime, 100 grammes; Distilled water, 200 cubic centimetres. Mix.” Br. 
Morphinated Water. “ Prepared by digesting pure morphine in Chloroform Water for seven days 
at a temperature of 60° F. (15-5° C.), with occasional agitation, so as to obtain a saturated solution of the 
alkaloid, and filtering from the undissolved morphine.” Br. 
Morphine. “ The precipitate obtained on adding solution of ammonia, in slight excess, to a solution 
of a pure morphine salt in water, the precipitate being washed with water until free from ammonium 
salt.” Br. 
Mucilage of Gum Acacia. “The Mucilage of Gum Acacia of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Mucilage of Starch. “ Triturate 1 gramme of Starch with a small quantity of Distilled Water to 
form a smooth paste ; add more Distilled Water, gradually, to produce 50 cubic centimetres of mixture; 
boil for a few minutes, constantly stirring ; cool. Mucilage of Starch should be recently prepared.” Br. 
Nitric Acid. “The Nitric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Nitric Acid, Diluted. “The Diluted Nitric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Nitric Acid, Fuming. “ Nitric Acid of specific gravity 1 •5.” Br. 
Oil of Turpentine. “The Oil of Turpentine of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Olive Oil. “The Olive Oil of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Petroleum Spirit. Synonym—Petroleum Ether. “ A colorless, very volatile, and highly inflam- 
mable liquid obtained from petroleum, and consisting of a mixture of the lower members of the 
paraffinic series of hydrocarbons. Boiling point 122° to 140° F. (50° to 60° C.). Specific gravity 0-670 
to 0-700.” Br. 
Phenol. “ The Phenol of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Phenol-Phthalein. “A crystalline substance produced by interaction of phenol and phthalic 
/CeH4.OH 
//C„H4.0H 
anhydride. C<<C^C0P Br. 
M) 1 
Picric Acid. “ Trinitrophenol, CeH2(N02)30H, obtained by the action of nitric acid on phenol.” Br. 
Potassium Bichromate. “ The Potassium Bichromate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Potassium Chlorate. “ The Potassium Chlorate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Potassium Chromate. “ The pure, neutral, yellow crystals, K2Cr04, of commerce.” Br. 
Potassium Cyanide. “ The commercial salt, containing at least 90 per cent, of potassium cyanide, 
KCN.” Br. 
Potassium Ferricyanide. “The red crystalline salt, KeFe2C12N12. Its aqueous solution should 
give no precipitate or blue coloration with a dilute solution of a pure ferric salt.” Br. 
Potassium Ferrocyanide. “ The yellow crystalline salt, K4FeCeNe,3H20, prepared by fusing 
together potassium carbonate, nitrogenous organic matter, and iron.” Br. 
Potassium Hydrogen Sulphite. Synonym—Acid Potassium Sulphite. “ The commercial salt, 
KHSO3.” Br. 
Potassium Hydroxide. “ The Caustic Potash of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Potassium Iodide. “The Potassium Iodide of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Potassium Permanganate. “ The Potassium Permanganate of the British Pharmacopoeia. ” Br. 
Potassium Sulphate. “ The Potassium Sulphate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Powdered Talc. “A natural magnesium silicate, powdered, and purified by boiling with diluted 
hydrochloric acid, washing with distilled water until neutral to litmus, and drying.” Br. 
Sodium Acetate. “ The pure commercial salt, CH3C00Na,8II20.” Br. 
Sodium Arsenate. “The Sodium Arsenate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Bicarbonate. “ The S' dium Bicarbonate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Carbonate. “ The Sodium Carbonate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Chloride. “The Sodium Chloride of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Hydrogen Sulphite. Synonym — Acid Sodium Sulphite. “The commercial salt, 
NallSOg. ’ Br. PART III. 
Tests. 
1859 
Sodium Hydroxide. “The sodium hydroxide, sodium hydrate, or ‘caustic soda,’ of commerce, 
occurs in hard grayish-white rods or cakes, deliquescent, very alkaline and corrosive. It affords the 
reactions characteristic of sodium. It usually contains as impurities alumina, carbonates, chlorides, 
phosphates, silicates, and sulphates. A clear solution of caustic soda may be used, instead of a solution 
°f Purified Sodium Hydroxide, in all analytical operations in which the foregoing impurities would not 
vitiate the result. Purified Sodium Hydroxide may be obtained by dissolving caustic soda in ethylic 
alcohol, filtering the solution, evaporating it to dryness in a silver dish, occasionally adding distilled 
water during the evaporation. The residue is Purified Sodium Hydroxide. It should yield no charac- 
teristic reaction with the tests for phosphates or sulphates, and not more than the slightest reactions 
with the tests for carbonates. It is not quite free from alumina. Pure Sodium Hydroxide may' 
be prepared by the interaction of pure barium hydroxide and sodium sulphate, or by the interaction 
of pure sodium and water. A solution of Pure Sodium Hydroxide is required only in testing for small 
quantities of aluminium.” Br. 
Sodium Nitrite. “ The Sodium Nitrite of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Potassium Tartrate. “ The Sodium Potassium Tartrate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Sulphate. “The Sodium Sulphate of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Sulphite. “The Sodium Sulphite of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sodium Thiosulphate. Synonym—Sodium Hyposulphite. “The crystalline salt, Na2S20g,5H20. 
2-4644 grammes should decolorize 100 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of iodine.” Br. 
Sulphur. “ The Sublimed Sulphur of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sulphuric Acid. “ The Sulphuric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Sulphuric Acid, Diluted. “ The Diluted Sulphuric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Tartaric Acid. “ The Tartaric Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Test Papers. “ See ‘ Litmus’and ‘ Turmeric. ’ ” Br. 
Tin. “ Tin, granulated by letting drops of it in the molten state fall into water. It should yield no 
reactions with the tests for lead, copper, iron, or zinc.” Br. 
Turmeric. “ The dried rhizome of Curcuma longa, Linn. Turmeric is commonly used in the form 
of tincture prepared from the bruised rhizome, in the proportion of 1 gramme to 6 cubic centimetres 
of Alcohol (90 per cent.), by the process of maceration or in the form of paper prepared by steeping 
unglazed white paper in the tincture and drying.” Br. 
Uranium Nitrate. “ The crystals of pure uranium nitrate of commerce.” Br. 
Water. “ The Distilled Water of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Zinc. “ The laminated or granulated metal. It should be entirely dissolved by diluted hydrochloric 
acid. The solution should yield no characteristic reaction with the tests for lead, copper, cadmium, 
arsenium, tin, and iron.” Br. 
Solution of Albumen. “Albumen, 2 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 8 cubic centimetres, 
or a sufficient quantity. Mix by trituration in a mortar, and filter through clean tow first moistened 
with Distilled Water. Solution of Albumen must be recently prepared. The strength of the Solution 
may be adjusted to suit particular requirements.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonia. “ The Solution of Ammonia of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonia, Strong. “ The Strong Solution of Ammonia of the British Pharma- 
copoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Acetate. “ The Solution of Ammonium Acetate of the British Pharma- 
copoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Carbonate. “ Ammonium Carbonate, in small pieces, 10 grammes ; Solu- 
tion of Ammonia, 15 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. 
Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Chloride. “ Ammonium Chloride, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient 
to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Chloride (Nessler’s). “Ammonium Chloride, 3T5 grammes; Distilled 
Water, recently boiled, and free from ammonia, sufficient to produce 1000 cubic centimetres. Dis- 
solve.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Citrate. “ The Solution of Ammonium Citrate of the British Pharma- 
copoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Hydrosulphide. “ Saturate one hundred and twenty cubic centimetres of 
Solution of Ammonia with washed Hydrogen Sulphide; add eighty cubic centimetres of Solution of 
Ammonia. The Solution should be freshly prepared.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Molybdate. “ Ammonium Molybdate, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, suffi- 
cient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Ammonium Oxalate. “Ammonium Oxalate, 5 grammes; Distilled Water, warm, suffi- 
cient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
TEST-SOLUTIONS. 1860 
Tests. 
PART IIL 
Solution of Ammonium Thiocyanate. “Ammonium Thiocyanate, 5 grammes; Distilled Water, 
sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Auric Chloride. “Pure Gold of commerce, in leaf, 1 gramme; Nitric Acid, 1.5 cubic 
centimetres; Hydrochloric Acid, 7 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Place the 
Gold in a flask with the Nitric Acid and six cubic centimetres of the Hydrochloric Acid, first mixed 
with four cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water, and digest until it is dissolved. Add one cubic 
centimetre of Hydrochloric Acid. Evaporate in a basin at a temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.) 
until acid vapors cease to be given oft‘. Dissolve the auric chloride thus obtained in fifty cubic centimetres 
of Distilled Water.” Br. 
Solution of Barium Chloride. “ Barium Chloride, in crystals, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, suffi- 
cient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Barium Hydroxide. “Barium Hydroxide, 10 grammes; Distilled Water, recently 
boiled, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Boric Acid. “ Boric Acid, 5 grammes ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), sufficient to produce 200 
cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Bromine. “Bromine, 1 cubic centimetre; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 150 
cubic centimetres. Place the Bromine in a bottle furnished with a well-fitting stopper, and pour in the 
Distilled Water; shake several times. Keep the Solution in a dark place.” Br. 
Solution of Cadmium Iodide. “ Cadmium Iodide, 5 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 
100 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Calcium Chloride. “Calcium Chloride, fused, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient 
to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Calcium Sulphate. “Calcium Sulphate, 2-5 grammes; Distilled Water, 200 cubic 
centimetres. Rub the Calcium Sulphate in a porcelain mortar for a few minutes with twenty cubic 
centimetres of the Distilled Water; shake the mixture thus obtained with the rest of the Distilled 
Water; set aside; filter.” Br. 
Solution of Chlorinated Soda. “ The Solution of Chlorinated Soda of the British Pharmaco- 
poeia.” Br. 
Solution of Chlorine. “ Produced by saturating Distilled Water with chlorine, The chlorine may 
be obtained by the interaction of Hydrochloric Acid and Manganese Peroxide, and should be purified by 
passing through a small quantity of water contained in a wash-bottle. The solution should be recently 
prepared.” Br. 
Solution of Chromic Acid. “The Solution of Chromic Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Copper Acetate. “Copper Oxyacetate, in fine powder, 20 grammes; Acetic Acid, 40 
cubic centimetres ; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dilute the Acetic Acid 
with twenty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water; digest the Copper Oxyacetate in the mixture at a 
temperature not exceeding 212° F. (100° C.), with repeated stirring; continue heating until a dry 
residue is obtained. Digest the product in one hundred and sixty cubic centimetres of boiling Distilled 
Water; make up the required volume with Distilled Water; filter.” Br. 
Solution of Copper Ammonio-Sulphate. “Copper Sulphate, in crystals, 10 grammes; Solution of 
Ammonia, a sufficient quantity ; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve 
the Copper Sulphate in one hundred and sixty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water, and cautiously 
add the Solution of Ammonia to the liquid until the precipitate first formed is nearly dissolved; filter 
the product; finally make up the required volume with Distilled Water. A concentrated solution may 
be prepared by using a smaller quantity of Distilled Water. ” Br. 
Solution of Copper Sulphate. “ Copper Sulphate, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to pro- 
duce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve, and filter if necessary.” Br. 
Solution of Ferric Chloride. “See ‘Test-Solution of Ferric Chloride’ [page 1862].” Br. 
Solution of Ferric Sulphate. “ The Solution of Ferric Sulphate of the British Pharmaco- 
poeia.” Br. 
Solution of Ferrous Sulphate. “ Ferrous Sulphate, 4 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient to pro- 
duce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter. The solution of Ferrous Sulphate should be recently 
prepared.” Br. 
Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide. “The Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide of the British Pharma- 
copoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Indigo Sulphate. “Indigo, dry and in fine powder, 0 2 gramme; Sulphuric Acid, 
200 cubic centimetres. Mix the Indigo with two cubic centimetres of the Sulphuric Acid in a small test- 
tube, and heat in boiling water for an hour ; pour the product into the remainder of the acid ; shake the 
mixture; decant the clear liquid.” Br. 
Solution of Iodine. “The Volumetric Solution of Iodine [page 1867].” Br. 
Solution of Isinglass. “ Isinglass, in shreds, 4 grammes; Distilled water, warm, sufficient to pro- 
duce 200 cubic centimetres. Mix, and digest for half an hour on a water-bath with repeated shaking, 
and filter through clean moistened tow. Solution of Isinglass must be recently prepared.” Br. 
Solution of Lead Acetate. “ Lead Acetate, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, recently boiled, sufficient 
to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. PART III. 
Tests. 
1861 
Solution of Lead Subacetate. “ The Strong Solution of Lead Subacetate of the British Pharma- 
copoeia; or the same, more or less diluted.” Br. 
Solution of Lime. Synonym—Solution of Calcium Hydroxide. “ The Solution of Lime of the 
British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Litmus. “Litmus, in powder, 20 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 200 cubic centi- 
metres; Distilled Water, 200 cubic centimetres. Boil the Litmus with eighty cubic centimetres of the 
Alcohol for one hour ; pour away the clear liquid ; repeat this operation with sixty cubic centimetres 
of the Alcohol; and a third time with the remainder of the Alcohol. Digest the washed Litmus in the 
Distilled Water, and tilter.” Br. 
Solution of Magnesium Ammonio-Sulphate. “Magnesium Sulphate, 20 grammes; Ammonium 
Chloride, 40 grammes; Solution of Ammonia, 84 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, 160 cubic centi- 
metres. Dissolve the Magnesium Sulphate and Ammonium Chloride in the Distilled Water; add the 
Solution of Ammonia, and set the mixture aside for a few days in a well-closed bottle; decant and 
filter.” Br. 
Solution of Magnesium Sulphate. “ Magnesium Sulphate, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient 
to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Mercuric Chloride. “See ‘Test-Solution of Mercuric Chloride’ [page 1862].” Br. 
Solution of Mercurous Nitrate. “ Mercury, 2 grammes; Nitric Acid, 1 cubic centimetre; Distilled 
Water, a sufficient quantity. To the Mercury, in a small dish, add one cubic centimetre of Distilled 
Water and the Nitric Acid, and set the whole aside for twenty-four hours in a cool dark place; drain 
the resulting crystals ; dissolve them in two hundred cubic centimetres of Distilled Water.” Br. 
Solution of Methyl Orange. “ Methyl Orange, 0.4 gramme ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 50 centimetres ; 
Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve.” Br. 
Solution of Phenol-Phthalein. “ Phenol-phthalein, 0.4 gramme ; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 120 cubic 
centimetres; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve. The Solution 
should be colorless.” Br. 
Solution of Picric Acid. “ Picric Acid, 1 gramme ; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 150 cubic 
centimetres. Dissolve.” Br. 
Solution of Platinic Chloride. “Platinum foil of commerce, 10 grammes; Hydrochloric Acid, 60 
cubic centimetres; Nitric Acid, 10 cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic 
centimetres. Heat the Platinum foil with the Hydrochloric Acid to about 176° P. (80° C.); add the 
Nitric Acid very gradually ; evaporate the solution to dryness on a water-bath ; moisten the residue with 
a few drops of Hydrochloric Acid ; again evaporate to dryness; dissolve the residue in sufficient Distilled 
Water to produce two hundred cubic centimetres of the Solution.” Br. 
Solution of Potassio-Cupric Tartrate. Synonym—Fehling’s Solution. 
“No. 1. Copper Sulphate, in crystals, 34.64 grammes ; Sulphuric Acid, 0.5 cubic centimetre; Dis- 
tilled Water, sufficient to produce 500 cubic centimetres. Dissolve. 
“No. 2. Sodium Potassium Tartrate, 176 grammes; Sodium Hydroxide, 77 grammes; Distilled 
Water, sufficient to produce 500 cubic centimetres. Dissolve. Mix equal volumes of the solutions No. 1 
and No. 2 at the time of using.” Br. 
Solution of Potassio-Mercuric Iodide. Synonym.—Nessler’s Reagent. “ Potassium Iodide, 7 
grammes; Mercuric Chloride, a sufficient quantity; Sodium Hydroxide, 24 grammes; Distilled Water, 
sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Potassium Iodide and two and a half grammes 
of Mercuric Chloride in one hundred and sixty cubic centimetres of Distilled Water; to this liquid 
add a cold saturated aqueous solution of Mercuric Chloride, with constant stirring, until a slight red 
precipitate remains ; add the Sodium Hydroxide ; when the latter has dissolved add a little more of the 
aqueous solution of Mercuric Chloride, and make up the required volume with Distilled Water.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Acetate. “Potassium Acetate, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to 
produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Acid Tartrate. “• Digest excess of Acid Potassium Tartrate in Distilled 
Water; filter.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Carbonate. “ Potassium Carbonate, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient 
to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter. ” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Chromate. “ Potassium Chromate, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient 
to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Cyanide. “ Potassium Cyanide, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to 
produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Ferricyanide. “ Potassium Ferricyanide, in crystals, 10 grammes ; Distilled 
Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter. This Solution should be freshly 
prepared.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Ferrocyanide. “ Potassium Ferrocyanide, in crystals, 10 grammes ; Distilled 
Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter. ” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Hydroxide. “The Solution of Potash of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Hydroxide, Alcoholic. “ Potassium Hydroxide, 20 grammes ; Alcohol (90 
per cent.), sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 1862 
Tests. 
PART III. 
Solution of Potassium Iodide. “ Potassium Iodide, 20 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient to pro- 
duce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Permanganate. “ The Solution of Potassium Permanganate of the British 
Pharmacopoeia. ’ ’ Br. 
Solution of Pyroxylin. “The Collodion of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Silver Ammonio-Nitrate. “ Silver Nitrate, in crystals, 5 grammes; Solution of Am- 
monia, 10 cubic centimetres, or a sufficient quantity; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic 
centimetres. Dissolve the Silver Nitrate in one hundred and sixty cubic centimetres of the Distilled 
Water, and cautiously add the Solution of Ammonia to the liquid until the precipitate first formed is 
nearly dissolved; set aside ; decant; finally make up the required volume with Distilled Water.” Br. 
Solution of Silver Nitrate. “ Silver Nitrate, 10 grammes ; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 
cubic centimetres. Dissolve.” Br. 
Solution of Sodium Acetate. “ Sodium Acetate, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 
200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Sodium Carbonate. “Sodium Carbonate, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to 
produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Sodium Hydroxide. “ Purified Sodium Hydroxide, 40 grammes ; Distilled Water, suffi- 
cient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Sodium Phosphate. “Sodium Phosphate, in crystals, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, 
sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Sodium Sulphate. “Sodium Sulphate, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to pro- 
duce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
Solution of Stannous Chloride. “Tin, granulated, 40 grammes; Hydrochloric Acid, 120 cubic 
centimetres; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dilute the Acid in a flask 
with forty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water, and, having added the Tin, apply heat gently until 
gas ceases to be evolved; make up the required volume with Distilled Water, allowing the undissolved 
Tin to remain in the Solution.” Br. 
Solution of Sulphurous Acid. “ The Sulphurous Acid of the British Pharmacopoeia.” Br. 
Solution of Tannic Acid. “Tannic Acid, 20 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 
cubic centimetres. Dissolve. Solution of Tannic Acid should be freshly prepared. ” Br. 
Solution of Tartarated Antimony. “ Tartarated Antimony, 10 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling, 
sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter. Solution of Tartarated Antimony 
should be freshly prepared.” Br. 
Solution of Tartaric Acid. “Tartaric Acid, in crystals, 25 grammes; Alcohol (90 per cent.), 50 
cubic centimetres; Distilled Water, sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve the Tartaric 
Acid in one hundred and thirty cubic centimetres of the Distilled Water ; add the Alcohol; make up 
the required volume with Distilled Water.” Br. 
Solution of Uranium Nitrate. “Uranium Nitrate, 10 grammes; Distilled Water, sufficient to 
produce 200 cubic centimetres.” Br. 
Test-Solution of Ferric Chloride. “ Dissolve 10 grammes of commercial anhydrous Ferric Chloride 
in sufficient Distilled Water to produce 200 cubic centimetres of solution. Filter if necessary.” Br. 
Test-Solution of Mercuric Chloride. “ Mercuric Chloride, 10 grammes ; Distilled Water, boiling 
sufficient to produce 200 cubic centimetres. Dissolve and filter.” Br. 
TESTS FOR SUBSTANCES MENTIONED IN THE TEXT OF THE BRITISH 
PHARMACOPOEIA. 
Acetates. “ Neutral acetates are decomposed by beat, yielding vapors which possess a characteristic 
acetous odor. Hydrogen acetate and ethyl acetate have characteristic odors. Acetates when warmed 
with sulphuric acid yield vapors of hydrogen acetate ; or. when warmed with sulphuric acid and a small 
quantity of alcohol (90 per cent.), yield ethyl acetate. Test-solution of ferric chloride affords a deep red 
coloration with neutral or faintly acid acetates, and the resulting liquid on boiling yields a reddish-brown 
precipitate. On adding hydrochloric acid the red solution turns yellow. On adding test-solution of 
mercuric chloride the red color is not discharged (distinction from thiocyanates). Dry acetates heated 
with (a very minute proportion of) arsenious anhydride yield (the highly poisonous) caeodvl oxide 
recognizable by its characteristic smell.” Br. ’ 
Aluminium. “Solution of ammonia or solution of ammonium hydrosulphide affords a white 
gelatinous precipitate, soluble in hydrochloric acid, in acetic acid, and ‘ in solution of potassium hy- 
droxide or solution of sodium hydroxide, hut nearly insoluble in solution of ammonia and in solutions 
of ammonium salts, and quite insoluble when the solutions are boiled. Solution of ammonium oxalate 
causes no precipitate.” Br. 
Ammonium Salts. “Ammonium salts volatilize when strongly heated, generally without residue. 
When heated with solution of potassium hydroxide, or with solution of sodium hydroxide, ammonium PART III. 
Tests. 
1863 
salts evolve ammonia, recognizable by its odor. Solution of platinic chloride affords with ammonium 
salts acidulated with hydrochloric acid a yellow crystalline precipitate, especially in the presence of 
alcohol. On ignition, this precipitate leaves a residue of platinum only. A concentrated solution 
of tartaric acid produces in concentrated solutions of ammonium salts a white crystalline precipitate, 
especially in the presence of much alcohol. Solution of potassio-mercuric iodide affords a brown pre- 
cipitate, or a reddish-brown coloration, or, in excessively dilute solutions of ammonium salts, a yellowish 
tinge.” Br. 
Antimony. “Hydrogen sulphide yields, in slightly acid solutions, an orange-colored precipitate, 
soluble in solution of potassium hydroxide, in ammonium hydrosulphide, and in the strongest hydro- 
chloric acid with evolution of hydrogen sulphide, but almost insoluble in solution of the official Ammo- 
nium Carbonate and in solution of potassium hydrogen sulphite. Hydrogen, generated by the interaction 
of zinc and diluted sulphuric acid, partially converts antimony compounds into hydrogen antimonide. 
A cold porcelain tile held in the flame of this gas acquires a dark metallic deposit, which is not appre- 
ciably dissolved by solution of chlorinated soda. The gas, when passed into solution of silver nitrate, 
causes a black precipitate containing antimony and silver, and on the cautious addition of solution of 
ammonia the supernatant liquid yields no yellow precipitate. If one end of a strip or rod of zinc be 
allowed to rest on a platinum capsule containing the acidulated antimony solution, the other end being 
in the liquid, hydrogen antimonide is nut evolvtd, but the antimony is precipitated on the platinum as 
a black, adherent, non-granular stain, insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Copper foil precipitates antimony 
from solutions, and the antimony may be volatilized by heat, condensing as a white amorphous sublimate 
of oxides of antimony near to the copper.” Br. 
Arsenium. “ Hydrogen sulphide affords in solutions containing hydrochloric acid a yellow precipi- 
tate, soluble in solution of potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, ammonium hydrosulphide, and 
potassium hydrogen sulphite, and in solution of the official Ammonium Carbonate, but reprecipitated 
on addition of hydrochloric acid. The precipitate is insoluble in the strongest hydrochloric acid. 
“ Nascent hydrogen, generated by the interaction of zinc and diluted sulphuric acid, converts arse- 
nium compounds into hydrogen arsenide. A cold porcelain tile held in the flame of this gas acquires a 
dark metallic deposit, which is readily dissolved by solution of chlorinated soda. The gas, when passed 
into excess of solution of silver nitrate, causes a biack precipitate of silver, and the cautious addition of 
solution of ammonia to the supernatant liquid causes a yellow precipitate. Hydrogen, generated by the 
interaction of zinc and solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide, converts arsenium com- 
pounds into hydrogen arsenide. This gas gives a black stain to filtering paper soaked with solution of 
silver nitrate and placed as a cap over the tube in which the test is being performed. Hydrogen anti- 
monide is not evolved from antimony compounds under similar circumstances. The operation should 
be performed in an atmosphere which is free from hydrogen sulphide. Stannous chloride dissolved in 
a large excess of hydrochloric acid gives on boiling with a solution containing arsenium a brownish- 
black precipitate. Bright copper foil precipitates arsenium from solutions acidulated by hydrochloric 
acid, and the arsenium may be volatilized by heat in an open tube, when it condenses, at some distance 
from the copper, as a white sublimate of characteristic octahedral crystals. Arsenites.—Solutions of 
arsenites yield a yellow precipitate with solution of silver ammonio-nitrate. Arsenates.—Solutions of 
arsenates yield a reddish-chocolate precipitate with solution of silver ammonio-nitrate. Solution of mag- 
nesium ammonio-sulphate affords a white crystalline precipitate.” Br. 
Bismuth. “ Hydrogen sulphide affords a brownish-black precipitate, insoluble in solution of 
potassium hydroxide, of potassium cyanide, in diluted hydrochloric acid, and in ammonium hydrosul- 
phide, but decomposed and dissolved by boiling nitric acid. Solution of potassium hydroxide, sodium 
hydroxide, or'ammonia, except in the presence of citrates, yields a white precipitate insoluble in excess 
of the precipitant. Dilute solution of sodium chloride in large excess gives in solutions which are not 
too acid a white precipitate, insoluble in tartaric acid. Solution of potassium chromate gives a yellow 
precipitate, soluble in dilute nitric acid, insoluble in solution of potassium hydroxide. Stannous chlo- 
ride dissolved in a concentrated solution of potassium hydroxide gives a black precipitate when added 
in excess to a solution containing bismuth. Diluted sulphuric acid does not precipitate bismuth 
salts.” Br. 
Bromates. “From bromates solution of sulphurous acid liberates bromine, recognizable by its 
odor and appearance. After ignition with charcoal bromates are converted into bromides, and the 
latter yield their characteristic reactions.” Br. 
Bromides or Hydrobromides. “Solution of silver nitrate gives a yellowish curdy precipitate, 
readily soluble in solution of potassium cyanide, somewhat soluble in strong but almost insoluble in 
weak solution of ammonia, and insoluble in nitric acid. Solution of sodium nitrite with the addition 
of diluted hydrochloric acid does not liberate bromine from a bromide. Solution of chlorine liberates 
bromine soluble in two or three drops of carbon bisulphide or of chloroform, and forming a reddish 
solution. Bromine is liberated when a bromide is heated with sulphuric acid and manganese peroxide, 
lead peroxide, or potassium bichromate, the vapor giving an orange-vellow color to filter-paper soaked 
in mucilage of starch. In testing for bromides in the presence of iodides, all iodine should be first 
removed by boiling the aqueous solution with excess of lead peroxide.” Br. 
Cadmium. “ Hydrogen sulphide yields a yellow precipitate, insoluble in cold dilute hydrochloric 
acid, in solutions of ammonium hydrosulphide, of potassium hydroxide, and of potassium cyanide, but 
soluble in nitric acid, in hot diluted hydrochloric acid, and in hot diluted sulphuric acid. Solution of 
potassium hydroxide and solution of sodium hydroxide afford white precipitates insoluble in excess. 
Solution of ammonia gives a white precipitate readily soluble in excess.” Br. 1864 
Tests. 
Calcium. “ Solution of ammonium carbonate yields a white precipitate, which, after boiling well 
and setting aside the mixture, is insoluble in solution of ammonium chloride. Solution of ammonium 
oxalate gives a white precipitate, soluble in hydrochloric acid, but insoluble in acetic acid. Solution of 
potassium chromate gives no precipitate.” Br. 
Carbonates and Bicarbonates. “ Dilute acids cause an etfervescence of carbonic anhydride, 
which is odorless, and causes a white precipitate in solution of lime, or in solution of barium hydroxide. 
Soluble carbonates afford a brownish-red precipitate with test-solution of mercuric chloride, bicarbonates 
a whitish precipitate; the former yield a white precipitate with a cold solution of magnesium sulphate, 
the latter do not.” Br. 
Chlorides or Hydrochlorides. “Solution of silver nitrate affords a white curdy precipitate, soluble 
in solution of ammonia or solution of potassium cyanide, but insoluble in nitric acid. A solid chloride 
or hydrochloride, when subjected to distillation with sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate, yields a 
reddish-brown distillate, which is decomposed by water. The resulting solution when nearly neutralized 
gives a yellow precipitate with solution of lead acetate or solution of barium chloride, and a mixed red 
and white precipitate with solution of silver nitrate, of which the red portion is dissolved by nitric acid, 
and both portions by solution of ammonia. Heated with manganese peroxide and sulphuric acid, chlo- 
rides or hydrochlorides yield chlorine, recognizable by its odor and by giving a blue color with solution 
of potassium iodide and mucilage of starch.” Br. 
Citrates. “ Citrates become charred when heated. Solution of calcium chloride added in excess 
affords, when boiled with a neutral solution of a citrate, a white precipitate, insoluble in solution of potas- 
sium hydroxide, but soluble in solution of ammonium chloride and in solutions of alkaline citrates. 
Solution of silver nitrate causes in solutions of neutral citrates a white precipitate soluble in solution of 
ammonia. A mirror is not formed on the sides of the tube when the ammoniacal solution is warmed 
(distinction from tartrates).” Br. 
Copper. “ Hydrogen sulphide or solution of ammonium hydrosulphide yields in solutions which are 
not strongly acid a brownish-black precipitate, insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid and in solution of 
potassium hydroxide, almost insoluble in solution of ammonium hydrosulphide, but decomposed and 
dissolved by boiling nitric acid, and when freshly precipitated soluble in solution of potassium cyanide. 
Solution of potassium hydroxide gives a bulky light blue precipitate which becomes brownish biack on 
boiling. The light blue precipitate is soluble in a very large excess of a concentrated solution of potas- 
sium hydroxide, forming a blue solution. In the presence of soluble tartrates or citrates the light blue 
precipitate dissolves at once in the solution of potassium hydroxide, yielding a blue liquid which is not 
affected on boiling. Dextrose and other sugars act similarly, but the resulting solution, on warming, 
affords a yellowish-red to bright red precipitate. In the presence of non-volatile organic acids solution 
of potassium hydroxide produces no precipitate, but on the addition of the reagent the solution becomes 
deep blue. Solution of ammonia or of ammonium carbonate added in small quantity to a neutral solution 
of a copper salt gives a greenish-blue precipitate which readily dissolves in excess of solution of ammonia, 
forming a deep blue solution. This blue coloration is perceptible in highly dilute solutions. Solution 
of potassium ferrocyanide gives a reddish-brown precipitate, or in very dilute solutions a reddish-brown 
coloration, unaffected by dilute acids but decomposed by solution of potassium hydroxide. Metallic iron 
receives a reddish coating of copper when placed in a solution of a copper salt.” Br. 
Cyanides. “ Solution of silver nitrate affords a white curdy precipitate, soluble in solution of potas- 
sium cyanide, in solution of ammonia, and in boiling concentrated nitric acid. If to a soluble cyanide 
be added a few drops of a mixed solution of ferrous and ferric salts, then of solution of sodium hydroxide, 
and lastly excess of hydrochloric acid, a precipitate of Prussian blue results. Insoluble cyanides decom- 
pose when heated, evolving cyanogen, which burns with a characteristic peach-colored flame.” Br. 
Hydrobromides. See “ Bromides,” page 1803. 
Hydrochlorides. See “ Chlorides,” above. 
Iodates. “ Solution of silver nitrate gives a white crystalline precipitate, sparingly soluble in water 
and in dilute nitric acid, but readily dissolved by solution of ammonia. Solution of sulphurous acid 
when added to the ammoniacal solution gives a pale yellow precipitate. A mixed solution of potassium 
iodide and tartaric acid in a solution of an iodate yields iodine, which affords a blue color with mucilage 
of starch. Solution of barium chloride gives a white precipitate nearly insoluble in water and soluble 
with difficulty in diluted nitric acid. On the addition of mucilage of starch and solution of sulphurous 
acid a blue color is produced.” Br. 
Iodides. “ Solution of silver nitrate affords a curdy yellow precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid and 
almost insoluble in solution of ammonia, but soluble in solution of potassium cyanide. Solution of mer- 
curous nitrate produces a green precipitate, insoluble in diluted nitric acid, soluble in solution of potas- 
sium iodide. Test-solution of mercuric chloride yields a scarlet precipitate, slightly soluble in excess of 
this reagent, and very soluble in solution of potassium iodide. Solution of lead acetate causes a yellow 
precipitate, soluble in diluted nitric acid and soluble in boiling water. From the latter solution the pre- 
cipitate separates in golden crystalline scales as the solution cools. Solution of copper sulphate, mixed 
with the solution of ferrous sulphate or of sulphurous acid, affords a whitish precipitate, soluble in solution 
ot ammonia, sparingly soluble in hydrochloric acid. A small quantity of solution of chlorine or bromine, 
or a solution of sodium nitrite and diluted hydrochloric acid, liberates iodine. A very minute quantity 
of free iodine produces an intense blue coloration with mucilage of starch. If liquid containing free 
iodine be shaken with carbon bisulphide, the iodine is dissolved by the carbon bisulphide and communi- 
cates a violet color to it.” Br. 
PART nr. PART III. 
Tests. 
1865 
Iron. “ Reactions common to Ferrous and Ferric salts : Solution of ammonium hydrosulphide yields, 
in neutral solutions, a hlack precipitate soluble in cold diluted hydrochloric acid with evolution of hydro- 
gen sulphide. Solution of potassium ferrocyanide gives a blue precipitate, or a white precipitate rapidly 
turning blue, insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid, decomposed by solution of potassium hydroxide or 
by solution of sodium hydroxide. 
“ Reactions characteristic of Ferrous salts : Hydrogen sulphide causes no precipitate in a slightly acid 
solution. Solution of potassium ferricyanide affords a dark blue precipitate, insoluble in dilute hydro- 
chloric acid, decomposed by solution of potassium hydroxide or solution of sodium hydroxide. (Ferric 
salts give a reddish-brown coloration but no precipitate with this reagent.) Ferrous salts mixed with 
solution of potassium or sodium hydroxide give a dull green precipitate. 
“ Reactions characteristic of Ferric salts: Hydrogen sulphide gives a white precipitate of sulphur. 
Solution of ammonium thiocyanate produces a blood-red coloration, which is discharged on the addition 
of test-solution of mercuric chloride. Solution of tannic acid yields a bluish-black coloration or precipi- 
tate with ferric salts, and, more slowly, with ferrous salts. Solution of potassium, sodium, or ammo- 
nium hydroxide causes a reddish-brown precipitate, soluble in solution of citric or tartaric acid, and not 
formed in the presence of citrates and tartrates.” Br. 
Lead. “ Hydrochloric acid affords, except in very weak solutions, a white precipitate soluble in 
boiling water. The aqueous solution as it cools deposits the lead chloride in the crystalline form. 
Hydrogen sulphide in not very strongly acid solutions yields a black precipitate insoluble in dilute 
hydrochloric acid, solution of potassium hydroxide, and solution of ammonium hydrosulphide. It is 
decomposed by boiling with diluted nitric acid, being partly converted into soluble lead nitrate and 
partly into white insoluble lead sulphate and sulphur. Diluted sulphuric acid causes a white precipitate 
almost insoluble in water, and still less soluble in dilute sulphuric acid and in alcohol, but soluble in 
solution of ammonium acetate. Solution of potassium chromate produces a yellow precipitate readily 
soluble in solution of potassium hydroxide, in strong, hot nitric acid, sparingly soluble in diluted nitric 
acid, insoluble in acetic acid. Solution of potassium hydroxide gives a white precipitate soluble in excess 
of the reagent, but insoluble in solution of ammonia.” Br. 
Magnesium. “ Solution of ammonium carbonate, in the presence of solution of ammonium chloride, 
affords no precipitate. Solution of sodium phosphate, or solution of sodium arsenate, in the presence of 
ammonium salts and solution of ammonia, yields a white crystalline precipitate. Solution of potassium, 
sodium, ammonium, barium, or calcium hydroxide causes a white precipitate, insoluble in excess of the 
reagent, hut soluble in solution of ammonium chloride.” Br. 
Mercury. “ Reactions common to Mercurous and Mercuric salts: Hydrogen sulphide yields a hlack 
precipitate, insoluble in solution of ammonium hydrosulphide and in boiling diluted nitric acid. Copper 
foil immersed in a solution free from excess of nitric acid becomes coated with a deposit of mercury 
which on rubbing becomes bright, and from which the mercury may he volatilized by heat and obtained 
in globules. Solution of stannous chloride reduces mercuric salts, first to mercurous salts and then to 
metallic mercury. 
“ Reactions characteristic of Mercurous salts: Hydrochloric acid affords a white precipitate insoluble 
in water, which is blackened by solution of ammonia. Solution of potassium or sodium hydroxide pro- 
duces a black precipitate of mercurous oxide, and solution of ammonia a hlack precipitate of a mercurous- 
amido salt. Solution of potassium iodide gives a green precipitate soluble in excess of the precipitant. 
“ Reactions characteristic of Mercuric salts : Solution of ammonia affords a white precipitate. Solu- 
tions of potassium or sodium hydroxide yield a yellow precipitate of mercuric oxide. Solution of 
potassium iodide produces a scarlet precipitate, soluble in excess of the precipitant, and in a considerable 
excess of the solution of the mercuric salt.” Br. 
Nitrates. “ Ferrous sulphate and sulphuric acid, when added to a solution of a nitrate in such a way 
that the acid forms a stratum below the aqueous solution, cause a purple or brown coloration at the 
junction of the two liquids. Nitrates liberate red fumes when warmed with sulphuric acid and copper. 
Nitrates discharge the color of solution of indigo sulphate containing excess of sulphuric acid, especially 
if the mixture is warmed.” Br. 
Nitrites. “ On the addition, to a solution of a nitrite, of a few drops of diluted sulphuric acid, solu- 
tion of potassum iodide, and mucilage of starch, a blue color is produced. Diluted sulphuric acid affords 
red fumes. Solution of ferrous sulphate and acetic acid yield a deep brown color.” Br. 
Oxalates. “ Solution of calcium chloride affords a white precipitate, soluble in hydrochloric acid, hut 
insoluble in acetic acid. Solution of silver nitrate yields a white precipitate, soluble in solution of 
ammonia and in diluted nitric acid. Most oxalates are on ignition converted into carbonates. Oxalates 
do not char when heated with sulphuric acid, hut yield carbonic oxide and carbonic anhydride.” Br. 
Phosphates (Ortho-). “Solution of silver ammonio-nitrate yields in solution of ortho-phosphates 
a light yellow precipitate readily soluble in solution of ammonia and in cold dilute nitric acid. Test- 
solution of ferric chloride, in the presence of ammonium acetate or other acetate, yields a whitish 
precipitate, insoluble in acetic acid. Solution of magnesium ammonio-sulphate affords a white crystal- 
line precipitate. Excess of solution of ammonium molybdate, containing much nitric acid, produces, on 
warming, a yellow precipitate.” Br. 
Potassium. “ Solution of platinic chloride affords with moderately strong solutions of potassium 
chloride (or with other potassium salts if hydrochloric acid be present) a yellow crystalline precipitate, 
which, upon ignition, leaves a residue of potassium chloride and platinum. Potassium compounds 
moistened with hydrochloric acid communicate a violet coloration when introduced, on platinum wire, 
into the flame of a spirit lamp or Bunsen burner.” Br. 1866 
Tests. 
PART III. 
Selenium and Tellurium. “ Selenium and Tellurium may occur in compounds of bismuth. To 
detect these elements, dissolve the compound in nitric acid, add solution of sodium chloride or ammo- 
nium chloride, and dilute freely with water. The filtrate from the precipitated oxychloride, mixed with 
excess of sodium sulphite, should give no precipitate or coloration even after twelve hours.” Br. 
Silica. “ Silica, after exposure to a red heat, is insoluble in acids, and is not dissolved in a bead 
of microcosmic salt when heated to fusion in the blow-pipe flame. The result of its fusion with 
alkalies is soluble in water, the solution yielding a gelatinous precipitate on the addition of hydrochloric 
acid.” Br. 
Silver. “ Hydrochloric acid and other chlorides afford a white curdy precipitate, soluble in solution 
of ammonia, but insoluble in nitric acid. Solution of potassium chromate, in the absence of chlorides, 
bromides, and iodides, affords a red precipitate.” Br. 
Sodium. “ Sodium compounds, moistened with hydrochloric acid, communicate a yellow coloration 
when introduced, on platinum wire, into the flame of a spirit lamp or Bunsen burner.” Br. 
Starch. “ When starch is boiled with water, the mixture, on cooling, affords a deep blue coloration 
on the addition of solution of iodine. When boiled for some minutes with water acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid, and then made alkaline with sodium hydroxide, a red precipitate is formed on further 
boiling after the addition of solution of potassio-cupric tartrate. The varieties of starch may be distin- 
guished by their microscopical characters.” Br. 
Sulphates. “Solution of barium chloride affords a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric 
acid.” Br. 
Sulphides. “The official sulphides, hydrosulphides, and sulphurated compounds evolve hydrogen 
sulphide when boiled with strong hydrochloric acid. Sulphonal and thiocyanates do not evolve hydrogen 
sulphide when treated in this way. If fused with sodium carbonate, mixed with a small proportion of 
potassium nitrate, they afford a mass which, when dissolved in water, responds to the tests for sul- 
phates.” Br. 
Sulphites. “ Hydrochloric acid liberates sulphurous anhydride, a colorless gas with a pungent smell 
of burning sulphur. Hydrochloric acid and zinc being added, hydrogen sulphide, recognizable by its 
odor, is liberated. Sulphites decolorize solution of iodine.” Br. 
Tartrates. “ Tartrates become charred when heated. Solution of calcium chloride added in excess 
to a solution of a neutral tartrate affords a white granular precipitate, soluble, when fresh, in cold moder- 
ately concentrated solution of potassium hydroxide, from which it is precipitated on boiling. It is also 
soluble in tartaric acid. Solution of silver nitrate yields a white precipitate, soluble in solution of 
ammonia and in nitric acid. The ammoniacal solution is reduced on heating, and deposits metallic 
silver as a mirror on the sides of the test-tube. A concentrated solution of potassium acetate gives a 
white precipitate in moderately concentrated solutions when acidulated with acetic acid and well stirred, 
and especially on the addition of alcohol (90 per cent.). If to the solution of tartaric acid in water, or 
of a tartrate acidulated with acetic acid, be added a drop of solution of ferrous sulphate, then a few 
drops of solution of hydrogen peroxide, and finally an excess of solution of potassium hydroxide, a 
purple or violet color will be produced.” Br. 
Tellurium. See “Selenium,” above. 
Thiosulphates. “ Hydrochloric acid gives a yellow precipitate and liberates sulphurous anhydride, 
recognizable by its odor. Hydrochloric acid and zinc liberate hydrogen sulphide. Thiosulphates 
decolorize solution of iodine.” Br. 
Tin. “ Metallic zinc placed in a solution of any tin salt acidulated with hydrochloric acid precipi- 
tates the whole of the tin in metallic scales or as a gray sponge. The metal, separated from the liquid, 
is soluble in boiling concentrated hydrochloric acid, and the solution, which contains stannous chloride, 
gives with test-solution of mercuric chloride a white precipitate of calomel, which becomes gray from 
separation of metallic mercury, if excess of tin salt is present.” Br. 
Zinc. “Solution of ammonium hydrosulphide yields with neutral, and hydrogen sulphide with 
alkaline, solutions a white precipitate, soluble in hydrochloric acid, but insoluble in acetic acid. Solu- 
tion of potassium hydroxide or of ammonia affords a white precipitate, soluble in excess of either 
reagent. Solution of potassium ferrocyanide produces a white precipitate, insoluble in diluted hydro- 
chloric acid. ” Br. 
TEST-SOLUTIONS FOR VOLUMETRIC ESTIMATIONS. 
“ The following apparatus is required in the preparation and use of these solutions. 1. A glass flask 
which, when tilled to a mark on the neck, contains 1000 grammes of distilled water at 60° F. (15-5° C.). 
This flask is described as the ‘one-litre flask,’ and is used in ordinary analytical operations to measure 
1000 cubic centimetres, as it is customary for the sake of convenience to make the measurement of 
liquids with metric apparatus which has thus been graduated at 60° F. (15-5° C.). 2. A graduated 
cylindrical jar which, when filled to the zero mark at 60° F. (15-5° C.), contains 1000 grammes of 
distilled water, and is divided into 100 equal parts, each of which is taken as corresponding to 10 cubic 
centimetres. 3. A burette. A graduat’ d tube which, when filled to the zero mark at 60° F. (15-5° C-), 
holds, within the graduated portion, 50 grammes of distilled water; the graduated portion is divided 
into 50 equal parts, each of which is taken as corresponding to 1 cubic centimetre, and each such 
division is subdivided into 10 equal parts. A standard Litre contains 1 kilogramme (1000 grammes) of 
distilled water at the temperature of maximum density (39-2° F. or 4° C.), and at the barometric pressure PART III. 
Tests. 
1867 
of 700 millimetres of mercury. One-thousandth part of a standard Litre (one millilitre) is, strictly 
speaking, equivalent to 1-00016 cubic centimetres, or one cubic centimetre to 0-99984 millilitre. Any 
litre-measure or other piece of volumetric apparatus not actually marked 1 60° F.’ or 115-5° C.’ is to be 
taken as having reference to the standard Litre graduated at 39-2° F. or 4° C. Volumetric solutions, 
before being used, should he shaken, in order that they may be throughout of uniform strength. They 
should also be preserved in stoppered bottles.” Br. 
Volumetric Solution of Iodine. (Iodine, 1 = 125-9.) “Iodine, 12-59 grammes ; Potassium Iodide, 
18 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. The Iodine should he pure. It may he obtained 
pure by mixing the official 1 Iodum’ with one-fourth of its weight of dry potassium iodide, resubliming, 
and leaving the resulting crystals for a few hours under a glass shade placed over a dish containing con- 
centrated sulphuric acid. Put the Iodine and the Potassium Iodide (which should be pure), with about 
20 cubic centimetres of Distilled Water, into the one-litre flask ; gently agitate until solution is com- 
plete; then dilute the solution with Distilled Water until it measures 1000 cubic centimetres. The 
strength of this Solution should be verified by the aid of pure arsenious anhydride, pure barium thiosul- 
phate, or other suitable substance, and the Solution (a) be either strengthened or diluted, so that 1000 
cubic centimetres shall contain exactly 12 59 grammes of iodine; or (b) have its actual strength noted, 
so that calculations may be made accordingly when the Solution is used.” Br. 
Volumetric Solution of Potassium Bichromate. (Potassium Bichromate, K2Cr207 = 292-3.) 
“Potassium Bichromate, 4-87 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Put the Potassium 
Bichromate into the one-litre flask ; dissolve it in about half a litre of Distilled Water; dilute the solu- 
tion with Distilled Water until it has the exact bulk of 1000 cubic centimetres. 100 cubic centimetres 
of this solution yield 0 0794 gramme of oxygen, and are therefore capable of converting 0 556 gramme 
of iron from the ferrous to the ferric state. The strength of this Solution should be verified by the aid 
of pure ferrous ammonium sulphate, or other trustworthy substance, and the Solution (a) be either 
strengthened or diluted, so that 1000 cubic centimetres shall contain exactly 4-87 grammes of potassium 
bichromate; or (b) have its actual strength noted, so that calculations may be made accordingly when 
the Solution is used.” Br. 
Volumetric Solution of Silver Nitrate. (Silver Nitrate, AgNO» = 168 69.) “Silver Nitrate, 
16-869 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Put the Silver Nitrate into the one-litre flask ; 
dissolve it in about half a litre of Distilled V[ater ; dilute the solution with Distilled Water until it has 
the exact bulk of 1000 cubic centimetres. The Solution should be kept in an opaque stoppered bottle. 
The strength of this Solution should be verified by the aid of pure sodium chloride or solution of pure 
hydrochloric acid of known strength, and the Solution (a) be either strengthened or diluted, so that 
1000 cubic centimetres shall contain exactly 16-869 grammes of silver nitrate; or (b) have its actual 
strength noted, so that calculations may be made accordingly when the Solution is used.” Br. 
Volumetric Solution of Sodium Hydroxide. (Sodium Hydroxide, NaOH = 39 76.) “Purified 
Sodium Hydroxide, 42 grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Purified Sodium 
Hydroxide in 1000 cubic centimetres of Distilled Water. Fill a burette with the solution of sodium 
hydroxide, and cautiously drop this into 100 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of sulphuric 
acid until the acid is exactly neutralized as indicated by litmus. Note the number of cubic centimetres 
(n) of the solution of sodium hydroxide used, and having then introduced 800 cubic centimetres of it 
into a graduated jar, augment this quantity by the addition of water, until it becomes 800xl00-=-n 
cubic centimetres. 1000 cubic centimetres then contain exactly 39-76 grammes of sodium hydroxide. 
A decinormal volumetric solution of sodium hydroxide may be prepared by adding, to 100 cubic centi- 
metres of the above volumetric solution, sufficient Distilled Water to produce 1000 cubic centimetres. 
Alcoholic solutions, normal and decinormal.—Alcohol (90 per cent.) may, when necessary, be used as 
the solvent. An equivalent proportion of potassium hydroxide, KOH = 55-71, may in certain cases be 
employed in the place of sodium hydroxide.” Br. 
Volumetric Solution of Sodium Thiosulphate. (Sodium Thiosulphate, crystallized, Na2S203,6H20 
= 246-44.) “Sodium Thiosulphate, in crystals, 28 grammes; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. 
Dissolve the Sodium Thiosulphate in 1000 cubic centimetres of Distilled Water. Fill a burette with 
this solution, and drop it cautiously into 100 cubic centimetres of the volumetric solution of iodine, until 
only a faint brown or yellow color remains. Add mucilage of starch and continue the addition of the 
thiosulphate solution until the blue color is discharged. Note the number of cubic centimetres (n) 
required to produce this effect; then put 800 cubic centimetres of the same solution into a graduated 
jar, and augment this quantity by the addition of Distilled Water until it amounts to 800 x 100-nn 
cubic centimetres. 1000 cubic centimetres then contain exactly 24-644 grammes of sodium thiosul- 
phate.” Br. 
Volumetric Solution of Sulphuric Acid. (Sulphuric Acid, H2S04 = 97-34.) “ Sulphuric Acid, 50 
grammes ; Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Dilute the Sulphuric Acid with 900 cubic centimetres 
of Distilled Water ; cool. Prepare a small quantity of sodium carbonate by heating pure sodium bicarbo- 
nate to redness in a platinum crucible for a quarter of an hour. Make a solution of 1-053 grammes of 
the sodium carbonate, and add to it from a burette the solution of sulphuric acid until exact neutrality 
is obtained, taking care to boil off the carbonic anhydride. Note the number of cubic centimetres used 
(n); then put 900 cubic centimetres of the solution of sulphuric acid into a graduated jar, and augment 
this quantity by the addition of Distilled Water until it amounts to cubic centimetres. 
1000 cubic centimetres then contain exactly 48-67 grammes of sulphuric acid. A decinormal volumetric 
solution of sulphuric acid may be prepared by adding, to 100 cubic centimetres of the above volumetric 
solution, sufficient Distilled Water to produce 1000 cubic centimetres.” Br. 1868 
Tests.—Art of Prescribing Medicines. 
PART III. 
INDICATORS OF THE TERMINATION OF REACTIONS IN VOLUMETRIC 
ESTIMATIONS. 
Mucilage of Starch. “ It gives an intensely blue color with iodine, at ordinary temperatures.” Br. 
Solution of Litmus. “ It gives a red color with acids and a blue color with alkalies. It is not dis- 
tinctly reddened by boric acid. It is reddened by moist carbonic anhydride; hence, when estimating 
a carbonate with a volumetric solution of an acid, the termination of the reaction is indicated by the 
neutral tint of the litmus after the liquid under examination has been well boiled.” Br. 
Solution of Methyl Orange. “ It gives a pink color with mineral acids and a faint yellow color 
with alkalies. It is a trustworthy indicator of excess of ammonia. It is not reddened by moist carbonic 
anhydride or boric acid.” Br. 
Solution of Neutral Potassium Chromate. “ It gives a red precipitate with silver nitrate, but not 
while any soluble chloride, bromide, or iodide is present.” Br. 
Solution of Phenol-Phthalein. “ It gives a red color with alkalies, which is discharged by acids. It 
is the most trustworthy indicator of excess of organic acids. It does not accurately indicate the point 
of neutralization of ammonia with an acid. For the latter, Tincture of Cochineal is an appropriate 
indicator.” Br. 
Solution of Potassium Ferricyanide. “ It gives an intensely blue precipitate or coloration with 
ferrous salts, but none with ferric salts.” Br. 
ART OF PRESCRIBING MEDICINES. 
The art of prescribing medicines, i.e., of adapting them to the treatment of individual cases, is one of 
prime importance, which, however, can scarcely with propriety he fully discussed in a work like the 
present. As explanatory of our own text, and as affording some guidance to the young practitioner, and 
also to the apothecary in interpreting prescriptions, we offer a few remarks, with practical examples. 
1. Dose of Medicines. In this work a minimum and a maximum dose for adults are usually given for 
each article. In interpreting these doses the practitioner should remember that it is rarely proper to begin 
with the amount stated as maximum, whilst, on the other hand, the minimum dose will only in excep- 
tional cases produce the full physiological effect of the remedy. When a powerful remedy is being used, 
and a decided effect is desired, it is best to commence with the smaller dose and to increase cautiously. 
There are various circumstances modifying the dose which demand attention. 
Age. The young require a smaller dose than those of maturity ; and the old, though their systems are, 
perhaps, less susceptible to the action of medicines than those of the middle-aged, cannot bear an equally 
forcible impression from depressing remedies. 
The following rule of Dr. Young is almost universally adopted. 
“ For children under twelve years, the doses of most medicines must be diminished in the proportion 
of the age to the age increased by twelve; thus, at two years to viz., = j. At twenty-one the 
full dose may be given.” + 
To the above rule some exceptions are offered in particular medicines. Thus, purgatives, diaphoretics, 
and diuretics must usually be given to children in larger, and narcotics in smaller, doses than those called 
for by Young’s rule. A babe six months old will often not be affected by one-fourth the adult dose of 
castor oil, or one-sixth the dose of calomel, but will not bear well more than one twenty-fifth the dose of 
opium. 
Sex, Temperament, and Idiosyncrasy. Females usually require somewhat smaller doses than 
males, and persons of sanguine temperament than the phlegmatic. Constitutional peculiarities, called 
idiosyncrasies, often exist in individuals, rendering them more than usually susceptible or insusceptible to 
the action of certain remedies, the dose of which must be modified accordingly. Thus, in some persons a 
grain or two of calomel will excite salivation, while in others scarcely any quantity which can be safely 
administered will produce this effect. Sometimes, moreover, a medicine operates on an individual in a 
manner wholly different from its ordinary mode. In all such cases experience is the only sure guide; and 
when a physician is called to a patient, not before known, careful inquiries should always be made. 
Habit. Generally speaking, the susceptibility to the action of medicines is diminished by their fre- 
quent and continued use ; and, in order to maintain a given impression, the quantity must be regularly 
increased. This is especially true in regard to the narcotics, which are sometimes borne in enormous doses 
by those habituated to their use. It is a good practical rule in prescribing, when circumstances demand the 
continuance, for a considerable length of time, of some particular effect, to vary the medicine, and employ 
successively several with the same general powers, so as not too rapidly to exhaust the susceptibility to the 
action of any individual remedy. A patient accustomed to one narcotic is usually found blunted towards 
other cognate medicines. 
2. Mode of administering Medicines. This has reference both to the combination of medicines 
with one another, and to the form in which they are exhibited. 
Simplicity in prescription is always desirable. Remedies should never be mixed together without a 
definite purpose. Those exceedingly complex prescriptions, formerly so much in vogue, of which the 
ingredients were so numerous as to render altogether impossible a reasonable estimate of their bearing on PART III. 
Art of Prescribing Medicines. 
1869 
each other, or of their effects on disease, have been generally abandoned by modern practitioners. The 
only ground upon which any of them can be justifiably retained is that, by very frequent trials, through 
a long course of years, and in various states of disease, their influence on the system may have been fully 
ascertained, so that they may be considered rather in the light of a single »emedy than a compound of 
many. A brief enunciation of a few general principles in regard to the art of combination may be useful. 
.Remedies of the same general character may be given in connection, in order to increase their energy, 
or to render their action more certain. It has been well ascertained that substances thus combined will 
often act vigorously, when, severally, they would produce comparatively little effect; and it sometimes 
happens that, while their activity is augmented, they are rendered less irritating, as in the case of the 
drastic cathartics. 
Different medicines are very often mixed together, in order to meet different and coexisting indications, 
without any reference to the influence which they may reciprocally exert on each other. Thus, in the 
same patient we not unfrequently meet with debility of stomach and constipation of the bowels, connected 
with derangement of the hepatic function. To answer the indications presented by these morbid condi- 
tions, we may properly combine, in the same dose, a tonic, cathartic, and mercurial alterative. For 
similar reasons we often unite tonics, purgatives, and emmenagogues, anodynes and diaphoretics, emetics 
and cathartics, antacids, astringents, and tonics. 
Medicines acting differently in certain respects are combined to modify each other’s powers, or to gain 
strength at some especial point where their actions overlap. In this way seemingly new powers are some- 
times developed, and those previously existing are greatly increased. Examples of such a result are 
afforded in the official powder of ipecacuanha and opium, which acts as a diaphoretic beyond the capa- 
bilities of either of its constituents. The effects of one medicine are, in numerous instances, increased by 
the influence of another in augmenting the natural susceptibility of the system to its action. Thus, 
bitters enable cathartics to operate in smaller doses ; purgatives awaken the dormant susceptibility to the 
action of mercury. In some instances, the action of one medicine is promoted by that of another appar- 
ently of a nature wholly opposite. Thus, when calomel and opium are given in colic, the purgative 
operation of the former is facilitated by the relaxation of intestinal spasm produced by the latter. Medi- 
cines, in addition to the effects for which they are administered, very frequently produce disagreeable 
symptoms, which may be moderated or altogether prevented by combination with other medicines, and 
this object may usually be accomplished without in the least degree interfering with the remedial influence 
desired. Thus, the griping produced by cathartics, and the nausea by these and various other medicines, 
may be often corrected by the simultaneous use of aromatics. To cover the disagreeable taste or odor of 
certain medicines, and to afford a convenient vehicle for their administration, are also important objects 
of combination ; as upon these circumstances often depend the acceptability of the medicine to the stomach, 
and even the possibility of inducing the patient to swallow it. Substances should be preferred as vehicles 
which are calculated to render the medicine acceptable to the palate and stomach, and in other ways to 
correct its disagreeable effects ; as syrups for powders, the aromatic waters for medicines given in the form 
of mixture, and carbonic-acid water for the neutral salts. 
But, in the mixing of medicines, care should be taken that they are neither chemically nor physio- 
logically incompatible ; in other words, that they are not such as will react on each other so as to produce 
new and unexpected combinations, nor such as will exert contrary and opposite effects upon the system. 
Thus, when the operation of an acid is desired, an alkali should not be given at the same time, as they 
unite to form a third substance entirely different from either; nor should a soluble salt of lime, barium, 
or lead be given with sulphuric acid or a soluble sulphate, as decomposition would ensue, with the pro- 
duction of an inert compound. So, also, in relation to physiological incompatibility, diaphoretics and 
diuretics should not, as a general rule, be united with a view to their respective effects ; as these are to a 
certain extent incompatible, one being diminished by whatever has a tendency to increase the other. 
There are cases, however, in which we may advantageously combine medicines with a view to their 
chemical reaction, as in the instance of the effervescing draught; and circumstances sometimes call for the 
union of remedies apparently opposite, as in the case of colic before alluded to, in which opium may be 
advantageously combined with purgatives. Still, such combinations should never be formed unless with 
a full understanding of their effects. 
The form in which medicines are exhibited is often an object of considerable importance. By variation 
in this respect, according to the nature of the medicine, the taste of the patient, or the condition of the 
stomach, we are frequently enabled to secure the favorable operation of remedies, which, without such 
attention, might prove useless or injurious. Medicines maybe given in the solid state, as in the form of 
powder, pill, troche, or electuary ; in the state of mixture, in which a solid is suspended in a liquid, or one 
liquid is mechanically mixed with another in which it is insoluble; or in the state of solution, under 
which may be included the various forms of infusion, decoction, tincture, fluid extract, wine, vinegar, 
syrup, honey, and oxvmel. 
In writing extemporaneous prescriptions, neatness, order, and precision should always be observed ; as, 
independently of the pleasing moral effect, a positive practical advantage results in the greater accuracy 
which the habit of attending to them gives to the prescriber, and the comparative certainty which they 
afford that his directions will be strictly complied with. As a general rule, when medicines are combined 
in prescription, the most important should come first in order, next the adjuvant or corrigent, and lastly 
the vehicle. Sometimes, however, it is important to indicate to the pharmacist the succession in which 
the substances should be combined, and this may render convenient a deviation from the order above men- 
tioned. The physician should always be careful either to write out the full name of the medicine, or to 
employ such abbreviations as cannot be misunderstood. Fatal mistakes have been occasioned by a neglect 
of this precaution. The following table and formulas explain and illustrate the signs, abbreviations, and 
methods habitually used in prescribing. 1870 
Art of Prescribing Medicines. 
PART III. 
Table of Signs and Abbreviations. 
R 
Recipe. 
Take. 
Collyr. 
Collyrium. 
An eye-water. 
aa 
Ana. 
Of each. 
Cong. 
Congius vel congii. 
A gallon or gallons. 
ft) 
Libra vel librae. 
A pound or pounds. 
Decoct. 
Decoctum. 
A decoction. 
g 
Uncia vel unciae. 
An ounce or ounces. 
Ft. 
Fiat. 
Make. 
3 
Drachma vel 
A drachm or 
Garg. 
Gargarysma. 
A gargle. 
drachmae. 
drachms. 
Gm. 
Gramme or gram. 
15-5 grains. 
9 
Scrupulus vel scru- 
A scruple or 
Gr. 
Granum vel grana. 
A grain or grains. 
puli. 
scruples. 
Gtt. 
Gutta vel guttse. 
A drop or drops. 
0 
Octarius vel octarii. 
A pint or pints. 
Haust. 
Haustus. 
A draught. 
<3 
Fluiduncia vel 
A fluidounce or 
Infus. 
Infusum. 
An infusion. 
fluidunciae. 
iiuidounces. 
M. 
Misce. 
Mix. 
f3 
Fluidrachma vel 
A fluidrachm or 
Mass. 
Massa. 
A mass. 
fluidrachmae. 
fluidrachms. 
Mist. 
Mistura. 
A mixture. 
"l 
Minimum vel 
A minim or 
Pil. 
Pilula vel pilulae. 
A pill or pills. 
minima. 
minims. 
Pulv. 
Pulvis vel pulveres. 
A powder or 
C.c. 
Chart. 
Cubic centimeter. 
Chartula vel char- 
About 16 minims. 
A small paper or 
Q. S. 
Quantum sufficit. 
powders. 
A sufficient quan- 
Coch. 
tulae. 
Cochlear vel coch- 
papers. 
A spoonful or 
S. 
Signa. 
tity. 
Write. 
learia. 
spoonfuls. 
Ss. 
Semis. 
A half. 
Examples of Common Extemporaneous Prescriptions. 
Powders. 
R Zinci Sulphatis, 
Pulveris Ipecacuanhae, aa, gr. xx. 
Fiat pulvis. 
S. To be taken in a wineglassful of sweetened 
water. 
An active emetic in narcotic poisoning, etc. 
R Pulveris Jalapae gr. x. 
Potassii Bitartratis gii. 
Misce. 
S. To be taken in syrup or molasses. 
A hydragogue cathartic, used in dropsy, and in 
scrofulous inflammation of the joints. 
R Sulphuris 31. 
Potassii Bitartratis gii. 
Misce. 
S. To be taken in syrup or molasses. 
A laxative used in piles and cutaneous diseases. 
R Pulveris Rhei gr. x. 
Magnesiae gss. 
Fiat pul vis. 
S. To be taken in syrup or molasses. 
A laxative and antacid, used in diarrhoea, dys- 
pepsia, etc. 
R Potassii Nitratis 3i. 
Antimonii et Potassii Tartratis gr. i. 
Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis gr. vi. 
Fiat pulvis, in chartulas sex dividendus. 
S. One -to be taken every two hours in syrup or 
molasses. 
A refrigerant, diaphoretic, and alterative, used 
in bilious fevers ; usually called nitrous powders. 
R Pulveris Calumbas, 
Pulveris Zingiberis, aa, sji. 
Fiat pulvis, in chartulas sex dividendus. 
S. One to be taken three times a day in syrup or 
molasses. 
A tonic, used in dyspepsia. 
Pills. 
R Pulveris Aloes, 
Pulveris Rhei, aa, gss. 
Olei Caryophylli gtt. x. 
Saponis 
Misce, et cum aqua flat massa in pilulas viginti 
dividenda. 
S. Two or three to be taken daily, at bedtime, or 
before a meal. 
An excellent laxative in habitual constipation. 
R Pulveris Aloes, 
Extracti Quassias, aa, gi. 
Olei Anisi tr\,x. 
Syrupi q. s. 
Misce, et fiat massa in pilulas triginta dividenda. 
S. Two to be taken once, twice, or three times a 
day. 
A laxative, tonic, and carminative, useful in 
dyspepsia. 
R Pulveris Scillse 
Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis gr. x. 
Pulveris Acacia*, 
Svrupi, aa, q. s. 
Misce, et flat massa in pilulas decern dividenda. 
S. One to be taken twice or three times a day. 
A diuretic and alterative, much used in dropsy, 
especially when complicated with organic visceral 
disease. 
R Plumbi Acetatis, in pulv. triti, gr. xii. 
Pulveris Opii gr. i. 
Pulveris Acacias, 
Syrupi, aa, q. s. ut fiat massa in pilulas sex 
dividenda. 
S. One every two, three, or four hours. 
An astringent much employed in hasmoptysis 
and uterine hemorrhage. Art of Prescribing Medicines.—Metric Prescriptions. 
1871 
PART III. 
Mixtures. 
R Magnesiae sji. 
Syrupi f£i. 
Tere simul, et aft'unde 
Aquae Acidi Carbonici f^iv. 
Fiat haustus. 
S. To be taken at a draught, the mixture being 
well shaken. 
An agreeable magnesia mixture. 
R Mannae 3;i. 
Fceniculi contusi gi. 
Aquae bullientis fgiv. 
Fiat infusum et cola ; dein adjice. 
Magnesii Carbonatis 3 ii. 
Ft. mist. 
S. One-third to be taken every three or four 
hours till it operates. 
R Olei Ricini f Jjiss. 
Tincturae Opii 
Pulveris Acaciae, 
Sacchari, aa, 3 ii. 
Aquae Menthae Yiridis f|;iv. 
Acaciam et saccharum cum paululo aquae men- 
thae tere ; dein oleum adjice, et iterum tere ; denique 
aquam reliquam paulatim infunde, et omnia misce. 
S. A tablespoonful to be taken every hour or two 
hours till it operates. 
Used as a gentle laxative in dysentery and diar- 
rhoea. It is usually known by the name of oleaginous 
mixture. 
R Acidi N itrosi f 3 i. 
Tincturae Opii gtt. xl. 
Aquae Camphorae f 3 viii. 
Misce. 
S. One-fourth to be taken every three or four 
hours. 
Hope's camphor mixture, used in dysentery, 
diarrhoea, and cholera. 
Effervescing Draught. 
R Potassii Carbonatis gii. 
Aquae f^iv. 
Liqua. 
Or, 
R Potassii Bicarbonatis 3 iii. 
Aquae f^iv. 
Liqua. 
S. Add a tablespoonful of the solution to the 
same quantity of lemon or lime juice, previously 
mixed with a tablespoonful of water; and give the 
mixture in the state of effervescence, every hour or 
two hours. 
An excellent diaphoretic and anti-emetic in fever 
with nausea or vomiting. If morphine is needed, 
it should be dissolved in the lemon-juice. It is pre- 
cipitated from alkaline solutions. 
Solutions. 
R Magnesii Sulphatis i. 
Syrupi Limonis f^i. 
Aquae Acidi Carhonici f 3 vi. 
Misce. 
S. To be taken at a draught. 
An agreeable mode of administering magnesium 
sulphate. 
R Quininae Sulphatis gr. xii. 
Acidi Sulpliurici Aromatici gtt. xxiv. 
Syrupi f ss. 
Aquae Menthae Piperitae f^i. 
Misce. 
S. A teaspoonful to be taken every hour or two 
hours. 
A good mode of administering sulphate of qui- 
nine in solution. 
Infusions. 
R Sennae 3 iii. 
Magnesn Sulphatis, 
Mannae, aa, 
Foeniculi 3 b 
Aquae bullientis Oss. 
Macera per horam in vase leviter clauso, et cola. 
S. A teacupful to he taken every four or five 
hours till it operates. 
An excellent purgative in febrile complaints. 
R Calumbae contuses, 
Zingiberis contusi, aa, 
Sennae gii. 
Aquae bullientis Oi. 
Macera per horam in vase leviter clauso, et cola. 
S. A wineglassful to be taken morning, noon, 
and evening, or less frequently if it operates too 
much. 
An excellent remedy in dyspepsia with constipa- 
tion and flatulence. 
METRIC PRESCRIPTIONS. 
Of late years, since the more general use of the metric system, prescriptions written according to this 
method have been frequently employed, especially in sections of our country inhabited by those who are 
accustomed to use the system, which is now almost exclusively employed in Europe. Eor an explanation 
of its principles the reader is referred to the article on weights and measures, page 1874. Two distinct 
methods are in vogue in the United States, called respectively gravimetric and volumetric-, in the gravi- 
metric plan, which is almost exclusively used abroad, no measures of capacity are employed, weights 
being alone used; the unit of weight, the gramme, and its subdivisions constituting the sole weights. 
This method is objected to by many, who are habituated to the usual American practice of measuring 
instead of weighing liquids, and the volumetric method, in which liquids are measured, is preferred, the 
unit of measure selected being the cubic centimeter (abbreviated C.c., and sometimes called Jluigramme), 1872 
Metric Prescriptions.— Tables of Weights and Measures. 
PART III. 
which is equivalent to a gramme of water at 4° C. One of the principal arguments in favor of the volu- 
metric method is that no plan has yet been devised by which the patient can take the dose by weight; 
teaspoons, tablespoons, or graduated glasses are used altogether for administering liquid medicines, and it 
would be an almost impracticable task for the practitioner to bear constantly in mind the difference in 
specific gravity between chloroform, ether, glycerin, syrups, water, and other liquids, yet this would be 
absolutely necessary in order to secure accurate dosage if the gravimetric method were adopted; and 
in addition the pharmacist would be compelled to weigh the liquids in compounding prescriptions, a 
troublesome innovation, or to calculate the corresponding volume of each liquid if graduated measures 
were used. Arabic numerals are exclusively employed in metric formulas, arranged in a column opposite 
the names of the ingredients of the prescription : this custom should never be deviated from, as it is one of 
the means of recognizing metric prescriptions. The following examples will illustrate the various forms of 
metric prescriptions in general use, but it is very important that but one of these forms should be adopted 
and adhered to if the merits of the system are to be fully realized. We decidedly prefer form Number J. 
PILLS. 
Form Number 1. 
Gramma. 
R Pulv. Aloes 21 
Pulv. Rhei 1!5 
Olei Caryophylli [6 
Saponis 1(25 
Make twenty pills. 
The advantages of the decimal line 
are that the decimal dot is abolished 
with its dangerous complications, for a 
spot or a fly-speck on the prescription 
paper may increase or decrease the 
quantity of an ingredient ten times, and 
the use of the decimal line is familiar 
to all who use a dollar and cents column. 
Form Number 2. 
R Pulv. Aloes 2- 
Pulv. Rhei 1-5 
Olei Caryophylli -6 
Saponis 1-25 
Make twenty pills. 
This form is used frequently, because 
of the familiarity with the arithmetical 
method of using a dot to denote a deci- 
mal fraction; and where metric pre- 
scriptions are altogether in use, as in 
Continental Europe, there is no neces- 
sity for indicating the denomination, 
gramme being always understood. 
Form Number 3. 
It Pulv. Aloes 2 Gm. 
Pulv. Rhei 15 Gm. 
Olei Caryophylli -6 Gm. 
Saponis 125 Gm. 
Make twenty pills. 
This form is an improvement on Num- 
ber 2, and would be far superior to it for 
use in this country, where prescriptions 
written in the old systems will long con- 
tinue to be used; for next to writing out 
in full the word gramme, the indication 
of the unusual quantity by underscoring 
will prevent its being mistaken for 
grain. 
LIQUIDS. 
Form Number 1. 
(Volumetric.) 
Gm. 
C.c. 
It Magnesiae Sulph 30 
Acid. Sulph. Dil 6 
Syrup. Limonis 30 
Aquae 180 
Make a draught. 
Form Number 2. 
(Gravimetric.) 
It Magnesiae Sulph 30- 
Acid. Sulph. Dil -6 
Syrup. Limonis 30- 
Aquae 180- 
Make a draught. 
Form Number 3. 
(Volumetric.) 
It Magnesiae Sulph 30 Gm. 
Acid. Sulph. Dil -6 C.c. 
Syrup. Limonis 30 C.c. 
Aquae 180 C.c. 
Make a draught. 
TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
Pound. Troyounces. Drachms. Scruples. Troy Grains, 
lb 1 = 12 = 96 = 288 = 5760 
5l= 8 = 24 = 480 
31= 3 = 60 
9 1 = gr. 20 
APOTHECARIES’ WEIGHT. U. S. 
The Imperial Standard Troy weight, at present recognized by the British laws, corresponds with the 
Apothecaries’ weight in pounds, ounces, and grains; but differs from it in the division of the ounce, 
which, according to the former scale, contains twenty pennyweights, each weighing twenty-four grains- 
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. Br. 
Pound. Ounces. Drachms. Troy Grains, 
lb 1 = 16 = 256 = 7000 
oz. 1 = 16 = 437-5 
dr. 1 = gr. 27-34375 
Relative Value of Troy and Avoirdupois Weights. 
Pound. Pounds. Pound. Ounces. Grains. 
1 Troy = 0-822857 Avoirdupois = 0 13 72 5 
1 Avoirdupois = 1-215277 Troy = 1 2 280 1873 
PART III. 
Tables of Weights and Measures. 
Gallon. Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. Cubic Inches. 
Cong. 1 = 8 = 128 = 1024 = 61440 = 231 
0 1 = 16 = 128 = 7680 = 28-875 
f% 1 = 8 = 480 = 1-8047 
fj 1 = Vti 60 = -2256 
APOTHECARIES’ OR WINE MEASURE. U. S. 
Adopted by the British Pharmacopoeia. 
IMPERIAL MEASURE. 
Gallon. Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. 
1 = 8 = 160 = 1280 = 76800 
1 = 20 = 160 = 9600 
1 = 8 = 480 
1 = 60 
Relative Value of Apothecaries’ and Imperial Measure. 
Apothecaries’ Measure. Imperial Measure. 
Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. 
1 gallon = 6 13 2 23 
1 pint = 16 5 18 
1 fluidounce = 1 0 20 
1 fluidrachm = 12-5 
1 minim = 104 
Imperial Measure. Apothecaries’ Measure. 
Gallon. Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. 
1 gallon =1 1 9 5 8 
1 pint = 1 3 1 38 
1 = 7 41 
1 fluidrachm = 58 
1 minim = 0-96 
Relative Value of Weights and Measures in Distilled Water at 60° Fahrenheit. 
Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. 
1 pound . = 0-7900031 pint = 0 12 5 7-2238 
1 ounce = 1-0533376 fluidounces = 0 1 0 25-6020 
1 drachm = 1-0533376 fluidrachms = 0 0 1 3-2002 
1 scruple = 0 0 0 21-0667 
1 grain = 0 0 0 1-0533 
1. Value of Apothecaries’ Weight in Apothecaries’ Measure. 
2. Value of Apothecaries’ Measure in Apothecaries’ Weight. 
1) 5 5 9 Gr. Grains. 
1 gallon = 10-12654270 pounds = 10 1 4 0 8-88 = 58328-886 
1 pint = 1-26581783 pounds = 1 3 1 1 11-11 = 7291-1107 
1 fluidounce = 0-94936332 ounce = 0 0 7 1 15-69 = 455-6944* 
1 fluidrachm = 0-94936332 drachm = 0 0 0 2 16-96 = 56-9618 
1 minim = 0 94936332 grain = -9493 
3. Value of Avoirdupois Weight in Apothecaries’ Measure. 
Pints. Fluidounces. Fluidrachms. Minims. 
1 pound = 0.9600732 pint = 0 15 2 53-3622 
1 ounce = 0-9600732 fluidounce = 0 0 7 40-8351 
4. Value of Apothecaries’ Measure in Avoirdupois Weight. 
1 gallon = 8-33269800 pounds. 
1 pint = 1-04158725 pounds. 
1 fluidounce = 1-04158725 ounces. 
Imperial Measure. Apothecaries’ Weight. Avoirdupois Weight. Grains. Cubic Inches. 
I gallon = 12 lb l 5 6 z 2 9 Ogr. = 10 lb 0 oz. = 70,000 = 277-27384 
l pint =1612 10 =14 = 8,750 = 34-65923 
1 fluidounce = 7 0 17-5 = 1 = 437-5 = 1-73296 
1 fluidrachm = 2 14-69 = 54-69 = 0-21662 
1 minim = -91 = 0-00361 
5. Value of Imperial Measure in Apothecaries’ and Avoirdupois Weights. 
* Dr. W. H. Pile, in a communication to the American Journal of Pharmacy, gives the following weights of the fluidounce 
of water, on different authorities, at 60° F. : United States standard 455-6216 grains; Sir G. Shuckburg (U.S.D.) 455'6944 ; 
British standard 455-6910; average weight 455-6690. 
11 n 1874 
Tables of Weights and Measures. 
PART III. 
In converting the weights of liquids heavier or lighter than water into measures, or conversely, a cor- 
rection must be made for specific gravity. In converting weights into measures, the calculator may proceed 
as if the liquid was water, and the obtained measure will be to the true measure inversely as the specific 
gravity. In the converse operation, of turning measures into weights, the same assumption may be made, 
and. the obtained weight will be to the true weight directly as the specific gravity. 
METRIC WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
The French metrical system is based upon the idea of employing, as the unit of all measures, whether 
of length, capacity, or weight, a uniform unchangeable standard, adopted from nature, the multiples and 
subdivisions of which should follow in decimal progression. To obtain such a standard, the length of 
one-fourth part of the terrestrial meridian, extending from the equator to the pole, was ascertained. The 
ten-millionth part of this arc was chosen as the unit of measures of length, and was denominated meter* 
The cube of the tenth part of the meter was taken as the unit of measures of capacity, and denominated 
liter. The weight of distilled water, at its greatest density, which this cube is capable of containing, was 
called kilogramme, of which the thousandth part was adopted as the unit of weight, under the name of 
gramme. The multiples of these measures, proceeding in the decimal progression, are distinguished by 
employing the prefixes deca,f hecto, kilo, and myria, taken from the Greek numerals; and the sub- 
divisions, following the same order, by deci, centi, milli, from the Latin numerals. Since the introduction 
of this system it has been adopted by the principal nations of Europe, excepting Great Britain, and in 
many of them its use is compulsory. It is in general use in France, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Italy, 
Spain, Norway, Sweden, Netherlands, Switzerland, Greece, and British India. It was legalized in Great 
Britain in 1864, and in the United States by an act of Congress in 1866. 
The meter, or unit of length, at 32°, = 39-370432 inches. 
The liter, or unit of capacity, = 33-814 fluidounces. U. S. 
The gramme, or unit of weight, = 15-43234874 Troy grains. 
Upon this basis the following tables have been constructed. 
English Inches. 
Millimeter (mm.) = -03937 
Centimeter (cm.) = -39370 
Decimeter (dm.) = 3-93704 Miles. Rods. Yards. Feet. Inches. 
Meter (m.) = 39-37043 = 0 0 1 0 3-370 
Decameter (Dm.) = 393-70432 = 0 0 10 2 9 704 
Hectometer (Hm.) = 3937 04320 = 0 0 109 1 1-043 
Kilometer (Km.) = 39370-43200 = 0 160 213 1 10-432 
Myriameter (Mm.) = 393704-32000 = 6 40 156 0 8-320 
Measures of Length. 
Measures of Capacity. 
English Cubic Inches. Apothecaries’ Measure. 
Milliliter (C.c.) = 061028 = 16-2318 minims. 
Centiliter (cl.) = -610280 = 2-7053 fluidrachms. 
Deciliter (dl.) = 6-102800 = 3-3816 fluidounces. 
Liter (1.) = 61-028000 = 2-1135 pints. 
Decaliter (Dl.) = 610-280000 = 2-6419 gallons. 
Hectoliter (HI.) = 6102-800000 
Kiloliter (Kl.) = 61028-000000 
Myrialiter (Ml.) = 610280-000000 
Troy Grains. 
Milligramme (mg.) = -0154 
Centigramme (eg.) = -1543 
Decigramme (dg.) = 1-5432 
Gramme (Gm.) = 15-4323 ft (Troy). S S Gr. 
Decagramme (Dg.) = 154-3234 = 0 0 2 34-3 
Hectogramme (Hg.) = 1543-2348 = 0 3 1 43-2 
Kilogramme (Kg.) = 15432-3487 = 2 8 1 12-3 
Myriagramme (Mg.) = 154323-4874 = 26 9 4 3-4 
Measures of Weight. 
* There are two methods of spelling the metric units in common use, one, the original, metre, litre, gramme; in the other, 
these are spelled meter, liter, and gram.. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1890 sanctions both methods, which, in our opinion, 
is unfortunate. Metre and litre are spelled meter and liter, whilst the original orthography is retained for gramme. 
t Deca and hecto are sometimes written deka and hekto. Tables of Weights and Measures. 
1875 
PART III. 
Value of Avoirdupois Weights and Imperial Measures, in Metrical Weights and Measures, as stated in the 
British Pharmacopoeia. 
Avoirdupois Weights. Metrical Weights. 
1 pound = 453-5925 grammes. 
1 ounce = 28-3495 “ 
1 grain = 0-0648 “ 
Imperial Measures. Metrical Measures. 
1 gallon = 4-543487 liters. 
1 pint = 0-567936 “ 
1 fluidounce = 0028396 “ 
1 fluidraehm = 0-003549 “ 
1 minim = 0-000059 “ 
Relative Value of United States and Metric Measures of Length. 
Inches. 
Centimeters. 
Inches. 
Centimeters. 
Inch. 
Millimeters. 
Inch. 
Millimeters. 
12 
30-50 
6 
15-20 
A 
1-00 
f 
= 15-90 
11 
— 
27-90 
5 
= 
12-70 
* 
= 
2-11 
= 16-92 
10 
= 
25-40 
4 
= 
10-20 
= 
3-20 
| 
= 19-10 
9 
= 
22-90 
3 
= 
7-60 
= 
6-40 
| 
= 21-15 
8 
= 
20-30 
2 
= 
5-10 
| 
= 
8-46 
} 
= 22-20 
7 
= 
17-80 
1 
= 
2-54 
1 
= 
12-70 
H 
= 23-28 
Relative Value of Apothecaries' and Metric Fluid Measures. 
Minims. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Minims. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Fluid- 
ounces. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Fluid- 
ounces. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
1 
0-06 
25 
1-54 
1 = 
3000* 
21 = 
621-04 
2 
= 
0*12 
30 
= 
185 
2 = 
59-14 
22 = 
650-62 
3 
0-18 
35 
= 
2-15 
3 = 
88-72 
23 = 
680-19 
4 
— 
0-24 
40 
— 
2-46 
4 = 
118-29 
24 = 
709-76 
5 
= 
0-30 
45 
= 
2-77 
5 = 
147-87 
25 = 
739 34 
6 
= 
0-37 
50 
= 
3-08 
6 = 
177-44 
26 = 
768-91 
7 
= 
0-43 
55 
— 
3-40 
7 = 
207-00 
27 = 
798-50 
8 
= 
0-50 
Flui- 
8 = 
236-59 
28 = 
828-06 
9 
= 
0-55 
drachms. 
9 = 
266-16 
29 = 
857-63 
10 
0-61 
1 
= 
370 
10 = 
295-73 
30 = 
887-21 
11 
= 
0-67 
= 
4-61 
11 = 
325-31 
31 = 
916-78 
12 
— 
0-74 
if 
= 
5-53 
12 = 
354-88 
32 = 
946-35 
13 
= 
0-80 
if 
= 
6-47 
13 = 
384-45 
48 = 
1419-00 
14 
— 
0-86 
2 
= 
7-39 
14 * = 
414-00 
56 = 
1656-00 
15 
— 
0-92 
3 
= 
11-09 
15 — 
443-06 
64 = 
1892-00 
16 
= 
1-00 
4 
= 
1500 
16 = 
473 11 
72 = 
2128-00 
17 
— 
1-05 
5 
= 
18-48 
17 = 
502-75 
80 = 
2365-00 
18 
— 
1-12 
6 
= 
22-18 
18 = 
532-32 
96 = 
2839-00 
19 
— 
1-17 
7 
== 
25-87 
19 = 
561-90 
112 = 
3312-00 
20 
= 
1-23 
20 = 
591-47 
128 = 
3785.00 
* The more accurate equivalent is 29-57 C.c. 
Relative Value of Metric Fluid and Apothecaries' Measures. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Fluid- 
ounces. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Fluid- 
ounces. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Minims. 
Cubic 
Centimeters. 
Minims. 
1000 
33-81 
400 
13-52 
25 
— 
405-7 
4 = 
64-9 
900 
— 
30-43 
300 
= 
10-14 
10 
= 
162-3 
3 = 
48-7 
800 
— 
27-05 
200 
== 
6-76 
9 
= 
146-1 
2 = 
32-5 
700 
— 
23-67 
100 
= 
3-38 
8 
= 
129-8 
1 = 
16-00J 
600 
— 
20-29 
75 
= 
2-53 
7 
= 
113-6 
0-50 = 
8-1 
500 
— 
16-90 
50 
= 
1-69 
6 
= 
97-4 
0-25 = 
4-1 
473 
= 
16-00 
30 
= 
1-OOf 
5 
= 
81-1 
0-06 = 
1-0 
t Or, more exactly, 1-01. 
t Or, more exactly, 16-23. 1876 
Tables of Weights and Measures. 
part hi. 
Grains. 
Grammes. 
Grains. 
Grammes. 
Grains. 
Grammes. 
Drachms. 
Grammes. 
TOff 
= 
0-00065 
1 
= 
0-065 
24 
1-55 
1 
= 
3-88 
A 
= 
0-00101 
2 
= 
0-130 
25 
— 
1-62 
2 
= 
7-77 
gV 
= 
0-00110 
3 
= 
0-194 
26 
= 
1-70 
3 
11-66 
= 
0-00130 
4 
= 
0-259 
27 
= 
1-75 
4 
= 
15-55 
A 
= 
0-00135 
5 
= 
0-324 
28 
= 
1-82 
5 
= 
19-44 
A 
= 
0-00162 
6 
= 
0-389 
29 
= 
1-87 
6 
= 
23-32 
* 
= 
0-00180 
7 
= 
0-454 
30 
= 
1-94 
7 
27-21 
= 
0-00202 
8 
= 
0-518 
31 
= 
2-00 
Ounces. 
= 
0-00220 
9 
= 
0-583 
32 
= 
2-10 
1 
= 
31-lOf 
* 
= 
0-00270 
10 
= 
0-648 
33 
= 
2-16 
2 
= 
62-20 
= 
0-00274 
11 
— 
0-713 
34 
=r 
2-20 
3 
= 
93-31 
A 
= 
0-00324 
12 
— 
0-775 
35 
= 
2-25 
4 
= 
124-41 
X 
= 
0-00360 
13 
= 
0-842 
36 
= 
2-30 
5 
= 
155-51 
* 
= 
0-00405 
14 
= 
0-907 
37 
== 
2-40 
6 
= 
186-62 
* 
= 
0-00432 
15 
= 
0-972 
38 
= 
2-46 
7 
= 
217-72 
* 
= 
0-00540 
15-5* = 
1-000 
39 
= 
2-55 
8 
= 
248-82 
* 
= 
0.00648 
16 
= 
1-040 
40 
= 
2-59 
9 
= 
279-93 
= 
0-00810 
17 
= 
1-102 
42 
= 
2-73 
10 
= 
311-03 
£ 
= 
0-01080 
18 
= 
1-166 
44 
= 
2-85 
11 
= 
342-14 
1 
= 
0-01296 
19 
= 
1-232 
48 
= 
3-00 
12 
= 
373-24 
| 
= 
0-01620 
20 
= 
1-296 
50 
= 
3-24 
14 
= 
435-44 
| 
— 
0-02160 
21 
— 
1-360 
52 
= 
3-40 
16 
= 
497-65 
X 
= 
0-03240 
22 
= 
1-425 
56 
= 
3-65 
24 
= 
746-48 
1 
= 
0-04860 
23 
= 
1-490 
58 
= 
3-75 
48 
= 
1492-96 
100 
= 
3110-40 
*Oi 
, more exactly, 15-432 + gr. = 
1 gramme. 
t Or, more exactly, 31-10349 grammes. 
Relative Value of Apothecaries' and Metric Weights. 
Relative Value of Metric and Apothecaries' Weights. 
Grammes. 
Grains. 
Grammes. 
Grains. 
Grammes. 
Grains. 
Grammes. 
Grains. 
0-0010 
= 
0-065 
1-003 
1 
= 
15-43 
100 
— 
1543-23 
0-0020 
= 
o-ioo 
= 
1-543 
2 
= 
30-99 
125 
= 
1929-04 
0-0040 
= 
0-130 
= 
2-006 
3 
= 
46-30 
150 
= 
2314-85 
0-0065 
= 
* 
0-150 
= 
2-315 
4 
= 
61-73 
175 
= 
2700-70 
0-0081 
= 
i 
0-180 
= 
2-778 
5 
= 
77-20 
450 
= 
6944-60 
0-0108 
= 
i 
0-200 
= 
3-086 
6 
= 
92-60 
550 
= 
8487-80 
0-0162 
= 
0-300 
= 
4-630 
7 
= 
108-00 
650 
= 
10031-01 
0-0324 
= 
£ 
0-500 
= 
7-716 
8 
= 
123-50 
750 
= 
11574-30 
0-0486 
= 
0-700 
= 
10-803 
9 
= 
138-90 
850 
= 
13117-50 
0-0567 
= 
i 
0-900 
= 
13-890 
10 
= 
154-32 
1000 
= 
15432-35 
Relative Value of Avoirdupois and Metric Weights. 
Avoir. 
Ounces. 
Grammes. 
Avoir. 
Ounces. 
Grammes. 
Avoir. 
Ounces. 
Grammes. 
Avoir. 
Pounds. 
Grammes. 
= 
1-772 
5 
= 
141-75 
13 = 
368-54 
3 = 
1360-78 
3-544 
6 
== 
170-07 
14 = 
396-89 
4 = 
1814-37 
1 = 
7-088 
7 
= 
198-45 
15 = 
425-24 
5 = 
2267-96 
i — 
14-175 
8 
= 
226-80 
6 = 
2721-55 
1 = 
28-350 
9 
= 
255-15 
Pounds. 
7 = 
3175-14 
2 = 
56-700 
10 
== 
283-50 
1 = 
453-59 
8 = 
3628-74 
3 = 
85-049 
11 
= 
311-84 
2 = 
907-18 
9 = 
4082-33 
4 = 
113-398 
12 
= 
340-19 
2-2 = 
1000-00 
10 = 
4535-92 
Relative Value of Metric and Avoirdupois Weights. 
Grammes. 
Oz. 
Gr. 
Grammes. 
Oz. 
Gr. 
Grammes. 
Oz. 
Gr. 
Grammes. 
Oz. 
Gr. 
28-35 = 
1 
38 
— 
1 
149 
125 
_ 
4 
179 
600 
= 
21 
72 
29 = 
1 
10 
39 
= 
1 
164 
150 
— 
5 
127 
650 
— 
22 
406 
30 = 
1 
25 
40 
=S 
1 
180 
200 
— 
7 
24 
700 
= 
24 
303 
31 = 
1 
41 
50 
= 
1 
334 
250 
— 
8 
358 
750 
= 
26 
199 
32 = 
1 
56 
60 
= 
2 
50 
300 
— 
10 
255 
800 
= 
28 
96 
33 = 
1 
72 
70 
= 
2 
205 
350 
— 
12 
151 
850 
= 
29 
430 
34 = 
1 
87 
80 
= 
2 
360 
400 
— 
14 
48 
900 
= 
31 
326 
35 = 
1 
103 
85 
= 
3 
450 
— 
15 
382 
950 
= 
33 
223 
36 = 
1 
118 
90 
3= 
3 
76 
500 
— 
17 
279 
1000 
— 
35 
120 
37 = 
1 
133 
100 
= 
3 
230 
550 
= 
19 
175 PART III. 
Approximate Measurement. 
1877 
APPROXIMATE MEASUREMENT. 
For the sake of convenience, in the absence of proper instruments, we often make use of means of 
measurement which, though not precise nor uniform, afford results sufficiently accurate for ordinary pur- 
poses. Of this kind are certain household implements, of a capacity approaching to uniformity, and 
corresponding to a certain extent with the regular standard measures. Custom has attached a fixed value 
to these implements, with which it is proper that the practitioner should be familiar; although their 
capacity, as they are now made, with the exception of the wineglass, generally somewhat exceeds that at 
which they were originally and still continue to be estimated. 
A tea-cup is estimated to contain about four fluidounces, or a gill. 
A wineglass two fluidounces. 
A tablespoon (cochlear magnum) . . half a fluidounce. 
A teaspoon (cochlear parvum) ... a fluidrachm. 
In reading French medical works, if unacquainted with their customary expressions of measure, we are 
often left in great uncertainty as to the precise quantity indicated by the names. The following table, trans- 
lated from the French Codex of 1866, will obviate this difficulty. (See Metric Table, page 1874.) 
Grammes. 
A coffeespoon (cuilleree a cafe, Fr., teaspoon) . 5 
A common spoon (cuilleree, Fr., tablespoon), 4 coffeespoons, or 20 
A glass {verve, Fr.), 8 common spoons 160 
A handful (poignee, Fr.) of barleyseed 80 
“ “ “ flaxseed 50 
u 11 “ flaxseed-meal 150 
“ “ “ dried mallow leaves 40 
“ “ “ “ chicory “ 30 
A pinch (pincee, Fr.) of chamomile flowers 2 
“ “ “ arnica “ 1 
“ “ “ marshmallow “ 2 
“ “ “ mallows “ 1 
“ “ “ linden “ 2 
“ “ “ fruits of anise 2 
“ “ “ “ fennel 2 
A hen’s egg, newly laid, has the mean weight of 64 
“ the white alone 40 
“ the yellow alone 20 
Blanched almonds have the mean weight, each, of 1 
Small quantities of liquid medicines are often administered by drops, each of which is usually con- 
sidered equivalent to a minim, or the sixtieth part of a fluidrachm. The drop of water and of watery 
fluids is, sometimes, about that size; but the same is by no means the case with all medicinal liquids, 
and the drop even of the same liquid varies much in bulk, according to the circumstances under 
which it is formed. This is, therefore, an uncertain mode of estimating the quantity of liquids, and 
should be superseded where minim measures can be had. Certain rules, however, influence the for- 
mation of drops, which will enable us to form some notion of their probable relative number, in 
the same amount of liquid, when possessed of the requisite data. Thus, the heavier the liquid, the 
smaller, other things being equal, is the size of the drops, and the greater their number in a given 
measure. The drop of chloroform, for example, which is a very heavy liquid, is very small, much smaller 
than that of alcohol or ether. The greater or less viscidity and greater or less mobility of the liquid have 
much influence, the former in increasing, the latter in diminishing the size of the drops. The adhesiveness 
of liquids, which opposes their disposition to leave the surface from which they fall, requires a greater 
mass to overcome it, and consequently augments the size of the drop. The rapidity of the movement 
acts in a contrary direction, and the drop from a full bottle should be less than from one more or less 
emptied. The broader the surface from which they fall, the greater is their size. The drops from a 
thick-lipped bottle are larger than from one with thin lips. 
The results stated in the following table were obtained by Mr. Stephen L. Talbot. They may be 
relied on as accurate, and in most cases correspond with the results obtained by Mr. Durand and Prof. 
Procter (see A. J. P., i. 169; 1865, p. 889; 1880, p. 337), but should be considered as indicating only 
the relative number of drops afforded by the several liquids mentioned; for, under other circumstances 
than those of Mr. Talbot’s experiments, entirely different results might be obtained as relates to each 
liquid. The preparations experimented with were those of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870. 1878 
Approximate Measurement. 
PART III. 
Table exhibiting the Number of Drops in a Fliddrachtn of Different Liquids, with the Weight in Grains 
and in Grammes.* 
Drops 
infSj. 
Weight of f3j 
Drops 
in f5j. 
Weight of f5j 
ingrs. 
in Gms. 
in grs. 
in Gms. 
Acetum Opii 
90 
61 
3-95 
Ext. Uvae Ursi Fluid.. . . 
137 
60 
3-88 
Acetum Sanguinariae . . . 
78 
55* 
3-59 
Ext. Valerian® Fluid. . . 
150 
49 
3-17 
Acetum Scill® 
68 
57 
3-69 
Ext. Verat. Virid. Fluid. . 
150 
50 
3-24 
Acid. Aceticum 
108 
58 
3-75 
Ext. Zingiberis Fluid. . . 
142 
48 
3-11 
Acid. Aceticum Dilut. . . 
68 
55 
3-56 
Glyoerinum 
67 
68 
4-40 
Acid. Carbolicum .... 
111 
59 
3*82 
Hydrargyrum 
150 
760 
49-24 
Acid. Hydrochloricum . . 
70 
65 
4-21 
Liquor Ammonii Acet. . 
75 
56 
3-62 
Acid. Hydrochloric. Dilut. . 
60 
56 
3-62 
Liquor Acid. Arseniosi . . 
57 
55 
3-56 
Acid. Hydrocyanicum . . 
60 
54 
3-49 
Liquor Arsen, et Hydrarg. 
Acid. Lacticum 
111 
66 
4-27 
Iod 
58 
55 
3-56 
Acid. Nitricum 
102 
77 
4-98 
Liquor Ferri Chlorid. . . 
71 
72 
4-66 
Acid. Nitricum Dilut. . . 
60 
58 
3-62 
Liquor Ferri Citratis . . . 
71 
72 
4-66 
Acid. Nitrohydrochloricum 
76 
66 
4-27 
Liquor Ferri Nitratis . . . 
59 
59 
3-82 
Acid. Phosphoricum Dilut. 
69 
57 
3-69 
Liquor Ferri Subsulph. . . 
73 
83 
5-37 
Acid. Sulphuricum .... 
128 
101 
6-54 
Liquor Ferri Tersulph. . . 
83 
72 
4-66 
Acid. Sulphuric. Aromat. . 
146 
53 
3*43 
Liquor Hydrarg. Nit. . . 
131 
123 
7-97 
Acid. Sulphuricum Dilut. . 
60 
58* 
3-79 
Liquor Iodi Comp 
63 
59 
3-82 
Acid. Sulphurosum .... 
59 
55 
3-56 
Liquor Plumbi Subacet. 
74 
70 
4-53 
Acid. Valerianicum . . . 
158 
51 
3-30 
Liquor Potass® 
62 
58 
3-75 
Aither 
172 
41* 
2-69 
Liquor Potassii Arsen. . . 
57 
55 
3-56 
Aether Fortior 
176 
39 
2-52 
Liquor Sod® Chlorat® . . 
63 
62 
4-01 
Alcohol 
146 
44 
2-85 
Liquor Zinci Chlorid. . . . 
89 
88 
5-70 
Alcohol Dilutum 
137 
49 
3-17 
Oleores. Aspidii 
130 
52 
3-36 
Aqua 
60 
55 
3-56 
Oleores. Capsici 
120 
51 
3-30 
Aqua Ammoni® 
64 
52 
3-36 
Oleores. Cubeb® 
123 
52 
3-36 
Aqua Ammoniae Fortior . . 
66 
50 
3-24 
Oleum Aithereum .... 
125 
50 
3-24 
Aqua Destillata 
60 
53* 
3-46 
Oleum Amygd. Amar® . . 
115 
55 
3-56 
Balsamum Peruvianum . . 
101 
60 
3-88 
Oleum Amygd. Express. 
108 
48* 
3-14 
Bromum 
250 
165 
10-69 
Oleum Anisi 
119 
54 
3-49 
Chloroformum Purificatum 
250 
80 
5-18 
Oleum Bergamii 
130 
46 
2-98 
Copaiba 
110 
51 
3-30 
Oleum Cajuputi 
134 
48 
3-11 
Creosotum 
122 
56* 
3-66 
Oleum Cari 
132 
50 
3-24 
Ext. Belladonnas Fluid. . . 
156 
57 
3-69 
Oleum Caryophylli . . . 
130 
57 
3-69 
Ext. Buchu Fluid. . . . 
150 
47* 
3-07 
Oleum Chenopodii .... 
135 
52 
3-36 
Ext. Calumb® Fluid. . . . 
139 
50 
3-24 
Oleum Cinnamomi .... 
126 
53* 
3-46 
Ext. Chimaphilae Fluid. . 
128 
63 
4-08 
Oleum Copaib® 
123 
49* 
3-20 
Ext. Cimicifugae Fluid. . . 
147 
48 
3-11 
Oleum Cubeb® 
125 
51 
3-30 
Ext. Cinchonae Fluid. . . 
138 
58 
3-75 
Oleum Erigerontis .... 
132 
57* 
3-72 
Ext. Colchici Rad. Fluid. . 
160 
57 
3-69 
Oleum Foeniculi 
125 
53 
3-43 
Ext. Colch. Sem. Fluid. . . 
158 
55 
3-56 
Oleum Gaultheri® .... 
125 
62 
4-01 
Ext. Conii Fruct. Fluid. . 
137 
61 
3-95 
Oleum Hedeom® 
132 
51 
3-30 
Ext. Cubeb® Fluid. . . . 
147 
48 
3-11 
Oleum Juniperi 
148 
49 
3-17 
Ext. Digitalis Fluid. . . . 
134 
62 
4-01 
Oleum Lavandul® .... 
138 
52 
3-36 
Ext. Dulcamaras Fluid. . . 
130 
46 
2-98 
Oleum Limonis 
129 
47 
3-04 
Ext. Ergotae Fluid 
133 
60 
3-88 
Oleum Lini 
113 
49 
3-17 
Ext. Gelsemii Fluid. . . . 
149 
49 
3-14 
Oleum Menth® Piperit® . 
129 
50 
3-24 
Ext. Gentianae Fluid. . . . 
144 
64 
4-14 
Oleum Menth® Viridis . . 
126 
51* 
3-33 
Ext. Geranii Fluid 
125 
60 
3-88 
Oleum Morrhu® 
110 
49 
3-17 
Ext. Glycyrrhiz® Fluid. 
133 
61 
3-95 
Oleum Myristic® 
135 
46 
2-98 
Ext. Gossypii Fluid. . . . 
134 
58 
3-75 
Oleum Oliv®....... 
107 
48* 
3-14 
Ext. Hydrastis Fluid. . . 
160 
54 
3-49 
Oleum Ricini 
77 
51* 
3-33 
Ext. Hyoscyami Fluid. . . 
160 
59 
3-82 
Oleum Ros® 
132 
47 
3-04 
Ext. Ipecac. Fluid. . . . 
120 
60 
3-88 
Oleum Rosmarini .... 
143 
50 
3-24 
Ext. Krameriae Fluid. . 
132 
60 
3-88 
Oleum Rut® 
138 
46 
2-98 
Ext. Lupulini Fluid. . . . 
140 
55 
3-56 
Oleum Sabin® 
146 
50 
3-24 
Ext. Mezerei Fluid. . . 
155 
46 
3-01 
Oleum Sassafras 
133 
58 
3-75 
Ext. Pareirae Fluid. . . . 
140 
57 
3-72 
Oleum Sesami 
104 
49* 
3-20 
Ext. Pruni Yirg. Fluid. . . 
103 
61 
3-95 
Oleum Succini 
140 
47 
3-04 
Ext. Rhei Fluid 
158 
61 
3-95 
Oleum Terebinthin® . . . 
136 
45* 
2-94 
Ext. Rubi Fluid 
132 
61 
3-95 
Oleum Tiglii 
104 
50 
3-24 
Ext. Sabinae Fluid 
148 
49 
3-17 
Spiritus JEther. Comp. . . 
148 
45 
2-91 
Ext. Sarsap. Comp. Fluid.. 
134 
60 
3-88 
Spiritus A3ther. Nitrosi . . 
146 
47 
3-04 
Ext. Scillas Fluid 
161 
58 
3-75 
Spiritus Ammon. Arom. 
142 
48 
3-11 
Ext. Senegas Fluid. . . . 
137 
62 
4-01 
Spiritus Camphor® .... 
143 
47 
3-04 
Ext. Serpentarias Fluid. 
148 
47 
3-07 
Spiritus Chloroformi . . . 
150 
48 
3-11 
Ext. Stillingias Fluid. . . 
134 
58 
3-75 
Spiritus Menth® Pip. . . 
142 
47 
3-04 
Ext. Taraxaci Fluid. . . . 
134 
63 
4-08 
Syrupus 
65 
72 
4-66 
* Continued on page 1879. PART III. 
Tables of Specific Gravity. 
1879 
Table exhibiting the Number of Drops in a Fluidrachm of Different Liquids, with the Weight in Grains 
and in Grammes.—(Continued.) 
Drops 
in f5j. 
Weight of f3j 
Drops 
in f3j. 
Weight of f3j 
in grs. 
in Gms. 
in grs. 
in Gms. 
Syrupus Acaciae 
44 
73 
4-73 
Tinctura Ferri Chloridi . . 
150 
53 
3-43 
Syrupus Ferri Iodidi . . . 
65 
77 
4-98 
Tinctura Iodi 
148 
47 
3-04 
Syrupus Rhei 
82 
72 
4*66 
Tinctura Nucis Vom. . . 
140 
44 
2-85 
Syrupus Scillae 
75 
74 
4-79 
Tinctura Opii 
130 
53 
3*43 
Syrupus Scillai Comp. . . 
102 
70 
4*53 
Tinctura Opii Camph. . , 
130 
52 
3*36 
Syrupus Senegae 
106 
70 
4-53 
Tinctura Opii Deod. . . . 
110 
54 
3-49 
Tinctura Aconiti 
146 
46 
2-98 
Tinctura Valerianae . . . 
130 
52 
3-36 
Tinctura Belladonnae . . . 
137 
53 
3-43 
Tinctura Verat. Virid. . . 
145 
46 
2-98 
Tinct. Benzoini Comp. . . 
148 
48 
3-11 
Tinctura Zingiberis. . 
144 
46 
2-98 
Tinctura Cantharidis . . 
131 
51 
3-33 
Vin. Colchici Rad 
107 
55 
3-56 
Tinct. Cinchon. Comp. . . 
140 
49 
3-17 
Vin. Colchici Sem 
111 
54 
3-49 
Tinctura Digitalis .... 
128 
53 
3-43 
Vin. Opii 
100 
55 
3*56 
TABLES SHOWING SPECIFIC GRAVITY CORRESPONDING WITH DEGREES 
OF HYDROMETERS. 
Baume’s hydrometer is usually employed. In this instrument the specific gravity of distilled water is 
assumed as the zero of the descending scale in relation to fluids heavier than itself, and as ten on the 
ascending scale in relation to lighter fluids. In the following tables the specific gravity of liquids is 
given corresponding with the several degrees of this hydrometer. The first column of specific gravities 
is taken from the French Codex. The second column is based on the calculations of Huss. The third 
column was calculated by Mr. Henry Pemberton, of Philadelphia, in 1851. The figures in this column 
correspond with the degrees of the hydrometers prepared by the late Dr. W. H. Pile. 
For Liquids Lighter than Water. 
Degree 
of hydrom- 
eter. 
Specific Gravity. 
Degree 
of hydrom- 
eter. 
Specific Gravity. 
By Baum6. 
By Baume. 
10 
1-000 
1-0000 
1-0000 
44 
0-809 
0-8047 
0-8045 
11 
0-993 
0-9930 
0-9929 
45 
0-804 
0-8001 
0-8000 
12 
0-986 
0-9861 
0-9859 
46 
0-800 
0-7956 
0-7954 
13 
0-979 
0-9792 
0-9790 
47 
0-795 
0-7911 
0-7909 
14 
0-973 
0-9724 
0-9722 
48 
0-791 
0-7866 
0-7865 
15 
0-966 
0-9657 
0-9655 
49 
0-787 
0-7821 
0-7821 
16 
0-960 
0-9591 
0-9589 
50 
0-783 
0-7777 
0-7777 
IT 
0-953 
0-9526 
0-9523 
51 
0-778 
0-7733 
0-7734 
18 
0-947 
0-9462 
0-9459 
52 
0-774 
0-7689 
0-7692 
19 
0-941 
0-9399 
0-9395 
53 
0-770 
0-7646 
0-7650 
20 
0-935 
0-9336 
0-9333 
54 
0-766 
0-7603 
0-7608 
21 
0-929 
0-9274 
0-9271 
55 
0-762 
0-7560 
0-7567 
22 
0-923 
0-9212 
0-9210 
56 
0-758 
0-7518 
0-7526 
23 
0-917 
0-9151 
0-9150 
57 
0-754 
0-7476 
0-7486 
24 
0-911 
0-9091 
0-9090 
58 
0-750 
0-7435 
0-7446 
25 
0-905 
0-9032 
0-9032 
59 
0-746 
0-7394 
0-7407 
26 
0-900 
0-8974 
0-8974 
60 
0-742 
0-7354 
0-7368 
27 
0-894 
0-8917 
0-8917 
61 
0-738 
0-7314 
0-7329 
28 
0-889 
0-8860 
0-8860 
62 
0-735 
0-7275 
0-7290 
29 
0-883 
0-8804 
0-8805 
63 
0-731 
0-7253 
30 
0-878 
0-8748 
0-8750 
64 
0-727 
0-7216 
31 
0-872 
0-8693 
0-8695 
65 
0-724 
0-7179 
32 
0-867 
0-8638 
0-8641 
66 
0-720 
0-7142 
33 
0-862 
0-8584 
0-8588 
67 
0-716 
0-7106 
34 
0-857 
0-8531 
0-8536 
68 
0-713 
0-7070 
35 
0-852 
0-8479 
0-8484 
69 
0-709 
0-7035 
36 
0-847 
0-8428 
0-8433 
70 
0-706 
0-7000 
37 
0-842 
0-8378 
0-8383 
71 
0-702 
0-6965 
38 
0-837 
0-8329 
0-8333 
72 
0-699 
0-6930 
39 
0-832 
0-8281 
0-8284 
73 
0-696 
0-6896 
40 
0-827 
0-8233 
0-8235 
74 
0-692 
0-6863 
41 
0-823 
0-8186 
0-8187 
75 
0-689 
0-6829 
42 
0-818 
0-8139 
0-8139 
76 
0-686 
0-6796 
43 
0-813 
0-8093 
0-8092 
77 
0-682 
0-6763 1880 
Tables of Specific Gravity. 
PART III. 
The following formulas, furnished by Dr. Pile, may prove useful by enabling any one to calculate the 
sp. gr. corresponding with the several degrees of Baume’s hydrometer, and, conversely, the degree of 
Baume corresponding with the sp. gr. 
1. For Liquids lighter than Water. The following formulas give the sp. gr. as represented in the first col- 
umn in the foregoing table ; or, the specific gravity being known, give the corresponding degree of Baume. 
—i44—= sp. gr. ; and 134 = B°. 
B° -f" 134 r o l sp.gr. 
The following formulas apply to the third column of specific gravities. 
- 140 • — sp. gr. ; and 130 = B°. 
B° -f* 130 r fo 1 sp.gr. 
2. For Liquids heavier than Water. For the first column, = sp. gr., and 144 — — — = B° ; for 
the third, = sp. gr., and 145 — ~=B°. 
For Liquids Heavier than Water. 
Degree 
of hydrom- 
eter. 
Specific Gravity. 
Degree 
ofhydrom- 
eter. 
Specific Gravity. 
By Baum 4. 
By Baum6. 
0 
1-000 
1-0000 
1-0000 
38 
1-359 
1-3559 
1-3551 
1 
1-007 
1-0070 
1-0069 
39 
1-372 
1-3686 
1-3679 
2 
1-014 
1-0141 
1-0139 
40 
1-384 
1-3815 
1-3809 
3 
1-022 
1-0213 
1-0211 
41 
1-398 
1-3947 
1-3942 
4 
1-029 
1-0286 
1-0283 
42 
1-412 
1-4082 
1-4077 
5 
1-036 
1-0360 
1-0357 
43 
1-426 
1-4219 
1-4215 
6 
1-044 
1-0435 
1-0431 
44 
1-440 
1-4359 
1-4356 
7 
1-052 
1-0511 
1-0507 
45 
1-454 
1-4501 
1-4500 
8 
1-060 
1-0588 
1-0583 
46 
1-479 
1-4645 
1-4646 
9 
1-067 
1-0666 
1-0661 
47 
1-485 
1-4792 
1-4795 
10 
1-075 
1-0745 
1-0740 
48 
1-501 
1-4942 
1-4949 
11 
1-083 
1-0825 
1-0820 
49 
1-516 
1-5096 
1-5104 
12 
1-091 
1-0906 
1-0902 
50 
1-532 
1-5253 
1-5263 
13 
1-100 
1-0988 
1-0984 
51 
1-549 
1-5413 
1-5425 
14 
1-108 
1-1071 
1-1008 
52 
1-566 
1-5576 
1-5591 
15 
1-116 
1-1155 
1-1153 
53 
1-583 
1-5742 
1-5760 
16 
1-125 
1-1240 
1-1240 
54 
1-601 
1-5912 
1-5934 
17 
1-134 
1-1326 
1-1328 
55 
1-618 
1-6086 
1-6111 
18 
1-143 
1-1414 
1-1417 
56 
1-637 
1-6264 
1-6292 
19 
1-152 
1-1504 
1-1507 
57 
1-656 
1-6446 
1-6477 
20 
1-161 
1-1596 
1-1600 
58 
1-676 
1-6632 
1-6666 
21 
1-171 
1-1690 
1-1693 
59 
1-695 
1-6823 
1-6860 
22 
1-180 
1-1785 
1-1788 
60 
1-715 
1-7019 
1-7058 
23 
1-190 
1-1882 
1-1885 
61 
1-736 
1-7220 
1-7261 
24 
1-199 
1-1981 
1-1983 
62 
1-758 
1-7427 
1-7469 
25 
1-210 
1-2082 
1-2083 
63 
1-779 
1-7640 
1-7682 
26 
1-221 
1-2184 
1-2184 
64 
1-801 
1-7856 
1-7901 
27 
1-231 
1-2288 
1-2288 
65 
1-823 
1-8082 
1-8125 
28 
1-242 
1-2394 
1-2393 
66 
1-847 
1-8312 
1-8354 
29 
1-252 
1-2502 
1-2500 
67 
1-872 
1-8548 
1-8589 
30 
1-261 
1-2612 
1-2608 
68 
1-897 
1-8790 
1-8831 
31 
1-275 
1-2724 
1-2719 
69 
1-921 
1-9038 
1-9079 
32 
1-286 
1-2838 
1-2831 
70 
1-946 
1-9291 
1-9333 
33 
1-298 
1-2954 
1-2946 
71 
1-974 
1-9548 
1-9595 
34 
1-309 
1-3072 
1-3063 
72 
2-002 
1-9809 
1-9863 
35 
1-321 
1-3190 
1-3181 
73 
2-031 
2-0073 
2-0139 
36 
1-334 
1-3311 
1-3302 
74 
2-059 
2-0340 
2-0422 
37 
1-346 
1-3434 
1-3425 
75 
2-087 
2-0610 
2-0714 
Gay-Lussac’s centesimal alcoholmeter is applicable only to alcohol. The scale of this instrument, is 
divided into 100 unequal degrees, the zero corresponding to pure water, and 100° to absolute alcohol ; and 
every intermediate degree expresses the percentage of pure alcohol, by measure, contained in the liquors 
examined. Thus, when the instrument stands at 40° in any alcoholic liquid, it indicates that 100 measures 
of the liquid contain 40 of pure alcohol and 60 of water. But, as it was graduated for the temperature of 
59° of Fahrenheit, the liquors to he tested should be brought to that temperature. Tralles’s centesimal 
alcoholmeter is the one used by the U. S. Government in gauging the strength of spirit, and is generally 
employed in this country by distillers and wholesale dealers in the purchase and sale of alcoholic liquors. 
The scale of this instrument is, like Gay-Lussac’s, divided into 100 unequal parts, each corresponding to 
the percentage by volume of pure alcohol contained in the liquors examined. As the sp. gr. of water is 
considered as unity at its temperature of greatest density, 39-8° F., and the degrees of this scale are cal- 
culated for 60° F., the zero, corresponding to the density of water, will represent a sp. gr. of -9991. 
The following table of Tralles gives the percentage of alcohol by measure corresponding with the 
specific gravity. Under “ Alcohol,” in the first part of this work, a table of the percentage by weight cor- PART III. 
Tables of Specific Gravity.—Relations between Tlieimometers. 
1881 
responding with the sp. gr. is given. By means of these tables, in connection with the alcoholmeter, 
every problem that can arise in reference to the strength of spirituous liquors can be solved ; and by the 
appended table, giving the value of Baume’s degrees in those of Tralles, the facility is still further 
extended. 
Alcoholmetrical Table of Tralles. 
Alcohol in 
100 measures 
of spirit. 
Specific grav- 
ity at 60° F. 
Alcohol in 
100 measures 
of spirit. 
Specific grav- 
ity at 60° F. 
Alcohol in 
100 measures 
of spirit. 
Specific grav- 
ity at 60° F. 
Alcohol in 
100 measures 
of spirit. 
Specific grav- 
ity at 60° F. 
0 
•9991 
26 
•9689 
51 
•9315 
76 
•8739 
1 
•9976 
27 
•9679 
52 
•9295 
77 
•8712 
2 
•9961 
28 
•9668 
53 
•9275 
78 
•8685 
3 
•9947 
29 
•9657 
54 
•9254 
79 
•8658 
4 
•9933 
30 
•9646 
55 
•9234 
80 
•8631 
5 
•9919 
31 
•9634 
56 
•9213 
81 
•8603 
6 
•9906 
32 
•9622 
57 
•9192 
82 
•8575 
7 
•9893 
33 
•9609 
58 
•9170 
83 
•8547 
8 
•9881 
34 
•9596 
59 
•9148 
84 
•8518 
9 
•9869 
35 
•9583 
60 
•9126 
85 
•8488 
10 
•9857 
36 
•9570 
61 
•9104 
86 
•8458 
11 
•9845 
37 
•9556 
62 
•9082 
87 
•8428 
12 
•9834 
38 
•9541 
63 
•9059 
88 
•8397 
13 
•9823 
39 
•9526 
64 
•9036 
89 
•8365 
14 
•9812 
40 
•9510 
65 
•9013 
90 
•8332 
15 
•9802 
41 
•9494 
66 
•8989 
91 
•8299 
16 
•9791 
42 
•9478 
67 
•8965 
92 
•8265 
17 
•9781 
43 
•9461 
68 
•8941 
93 
•8230 
18 
•9771 
44 
•9444 
69 
•8917 
94 
•8194 
19 
•9761 
45 
•9427 
70 
•8892 
95 
•8157 
20 
•9751 
46 
•9409 
71 
•8867 
96 
•8118 
21 
•9741 
47 
•9391 
72 
•8842 
97 
•8077 
22 
•9731 
48 
•9373 
73 
•8817 
98 
•8034 
23 
•9720 
49 
•9354 
74 
•8791 
99 
•7988 
24 
•9710 
50 
•9335 
75 
•8765 
100 
•7939 
25 
•9700 
Baum6. 
Tralles. 
Baum& 
Tralles. 
Baum6. 
Tralles. 
Baum6. 
Tralles. 
10-12 
•0 
20 
50-1 
30 
75-6 
40 
92-9 
11 
4-3 
21 
53-2 
31 
77-6 
41 
94-2 
12 
9-8 
22 
56-1 
32 
79-6 
42 
95-5 
13 
16-1 
23 
58-9 
33 
81-5 
43 
96-7 
14 
22-9 
24 
61-6 
34 
83-4 
44 
97-8 
15 
29-2 
25 
64-2 
35 
85-1 
45 
98-8 
16 
34-5 
26 
66-6 
36 
86-8 
46 
99-7 
17 
39-2 
27 
69-0 
37 
88-4 
46-37 
100-0 
18 
43-1 
28 
71-3 
38 
90-0 
19 
46-8 
29 
73-5 
39 
91-4 
Table showing the Value of the Degrees of Baume’s Hydrometer in those of Tralles's Alcoholmeter. 
In Fahrenheit's thermometer, the freezing point of water is placed at 32°, and the boiling point at 
212°, and the number of intervening degrees is 180. 
The Centigrade or Celsius’s thermometer, which is now recognized in the IT. S. Pharmacopoeia and has 
been adopted generally by scientists, marks the freezing point zero, and the boiling point 100°. 
In Reaumur's thermometer the freezing point is at zero, and the boiling point at 80°. 
In De Lisle’s thermometer, used in Eussia, the graduation begins at the boiling point, which is marked 
zero, while the freezing point is placed at 150°. 
Prom the above statement, it is evident that 180 degrees of Fahrenheit are equal to 100° of the Centi- 
grade, 80° of Edaumur, and 150° of De Lisle; or 1 degree of the first is equal to | of a degree of the 
second, f of a degree of the third, and f of a degree of the last. It is easy, therefore, to convert the 
degrees of one into the equivalent number of degrees of the other; hut in ascertaining the corresponding 
points upon the different scales, it is necessary to take into consideration their different modes of gradua- 
tion. Thus, as the zero of Fahrenheit is 32° below the point at which that of the Centigrade and of 
Reaumur is placed, this number must he taken into account in the calculation. 
1. If any degree on the Centigrade scale, either above or below zero, be multiplied by 1-8, the result 
will, in either case, he the number of degrees above or below 32°, or the freezing point of Fahrenheit. 
2. The number of degrees between any point of Fahrenheit’s scale and 32°, if divided by 1-8, will give 
the corresponding point on the Centigrade. 
RELATIONS BETWEEN THERMOMETERS. 1882 
Thermometric Equivalents. 
PART III. 
THERMOMETRIC EQUIVALENTS. 
c.° 
P.° 
o.° 
F.° 
o.° 
F.° 
c.° 
F o 
o.° 
F.° 
—39-4 
—39 
—13-3 
8 
12-7 
55 
38-8 
102 
65 
149 
—39 
—38-2 
—13 
8-6 
13 
55-4 
39 
102-2 
65-5 
150 
—38-8 
—38 
—12-7 
9 
13-3 
56 
39-4 
103 
66 
150-8 
—38-3 
—37 
—12-2 
10 
13-8 
57 
40 
104 
66-1 
151 
-38 
—36-4 
—12 
10-4 
14 
57-2 
40*5 
105 
66-6 
152 
—37-7 
—36 
—11-6 
11 
14-4 
58 
41 
105-8 
67 
152-6 
—37*2 
—35 
—11-1 
12 
15 
69 
41-1 
106 
67-2 
153 
—37 
—34-6 
—11 
12-2 
15-5 
60 
41-6 
107 
67-7 
154 
—36-6 
—34 
—10*5 
13 
16 
60-8 
42 
107-6 
68 
154-4 
—36-1 
—33 
—10 
14 
16-1 
61 
42-2 
108 
68-3 
155 
—36 
—32-8 
—9-4 
15 
16-6 
62 
42-7 
109 
68-8 
156 
—35-5 
—32 
—9 
15-8 
17 
62-6 
43 
109-4 
69 
156-2 
—35 
—31 
—8-8 
16 
17-2 
63 
43*3 
110 
69-4 
157 
—34-4 
—30 
—8-3 
17 
17-7 
64 
43-8 
111 
70 
158 
—34 
—29-2 
—8 
17-6 
18 
64-4 
44 
111-2 
70-5 
159 
—33-8 
—29 
—7-7 
18 
18*3 
65 
44-4 
112 
71 
159-8 
—33-3 
—28 
—7-2 
19 
18-8 
66 
45 
113 
71-1 
160 
—33 
—27-4 
—7 
19*4 
19 
66-2 
45-5 
114 
71-6 
161 
—32-7 
—27 
—6-6 
20 
19-4 
67 
46 
114*8 
72 
161-6 
—32-2 
—26 
—6-1 
21 
20 
68 
46-1 
115 
72-2 
162 
—32 
—25-6 
—6 
21-2 
20-5 
69 
46-6 
116 
72-7 
163 
—31-6 
—25 
—5-5 
22 
21 
69-8 
47 
116-6 
73 
163-4 
—31-1 
—24 
—5 
23 
21-1 
70 
47-2 
117 
73-3 
164 
—31 
—23.8 
—4-4 
24 
21-6 
71 
47-7 
118 
73-8 
165 
—30-5 
—23 
—4 
24-8 
22 
71-6 
48 
118-4 
74 
165-2 
—30 
—22 
—3-8 
25 
22-2 
72 
48-3 
119 
74-4 
166 
—29-4 
—21 
—3-3 
26 
22-7 
73 
48-8 
120 
75 
167 
—29 
—20-2 
—3 
26-6 
23 
73-4 
49 
120-2 
75-5 
168 
—28-8 
—20 
—2-7 
27 
23-3 
74 
49-4 
121 
76 
168-8 
—28-3 
—19 
—2-2 
28 
23-8 
75 
50 
122 
76-1 
169 
—28 
—18-4 
—2 
28-4 
24- 
75-2 
50-5 
123 
76-6 
170 
—27-7 
—18 
—1-6 
29 
24-4 
76 
51 
123-8 
77 
170-6 
—27-2 
—17 
—1*1 
30 
25 
77 
51-1 
124 
77*2 
171 
—27 
—16-6 
—1 
30.2 
25-5 
78 
51-6 
125 
77-7 
172 
—26-6 
—16 
—0-5 
31 
26 
78-8 
52 
125-6 
78 
172-4 
—26-1 
—15 
0 
32 
26-1 
79 
52-2 
126 
78-3 
173 
—26 
—14-8 
0-5 
33 
26-6 
80 
52-7 
127 
78-8 
174 
—25-5 
—14 
1 
33-8 
27 
80-6 
53 
127-4 
79 
174-2 
—25 
—13 
1-1 
34 
27-2 
81 
53-3 
128 
79-4 
175 
—24-4 
—12 
1-6 
35 
27*7 
82 
53-8 
129 
80 
176 
—24 
—11-2 
2 
35-6 
28 
82-4 
54 
129-2 
80-5 
177 
—23-8 
—11 
2-2 
36 
28-3 
83 
54-4 
130 
81 
177-8 
—23-3 
—10 
2-7 
37 
28-8 
84 
55 
131 
81-1 
178 
—23 
—9-4 
3 
37-4 
29 
84-2 
55-5 
132 
81-6 
179 
—22-7 
—9 
3-3 
38 
29-4 
85 
56 
132-8 
82 
179-6 
—22-2 
—8 
3-8 
39 
30 
86 
56-1 
133 
82-2 
180 
—22 
—7-6 
4 
39-2 
30-5 
87 
56-6 
134 
82-7 
181 
—21-6 
—7 
4*4 
40 
31 
87-8 
57 
134-6 
83 
181-4 
—21-1 
—6 
5 
41 
31-1 
88 
57-2 
135 
83-3 
182 
—21 
—5*8 
5-5 
42 
31-6 
89 
57-7 
136 
83-8 
183 
—20-5 
—5 
6 
42-8 
32 
89-6 
58 
136-4 
84 
183-2 
—20 
—4 
6-1 
43 
32-2 
90 
58-3 
137 
84-4 
184 
—19-4 
—3 
6-6 
44 
32-7 
91 
58-8 
138 
85 
185 
—19 
—2-2 
7 
44-6 
33 
91-4 
59 
138-2 
85-5 
186 
—18-8 
—2 
7-2 
45 
33-3 
92 
59-4 
139 
86 
186-8 
—18-3 
—1 
7-7 
46 
33-8 
93 
60 
140 
86-1 
187 
—18 
—0-4 
8 
46-4 
34 
93-2 
60-5 
141 
86-6 
188 
—17-7 
0 
8-3 
47 
34-4 
94 
61 
141-8 
87 
188-6 
—17-2 
1 
8-8 
48 
35 
95 
61-1 
142 
87-2 
189 
—17 
1-4 
9 
48-2 
35.5 
96 
61-6 
143 
87-7 
190 
—16-6 
2 
9-4 
49 
36 
96-8 
62 
143*6 
88 
190-4 
—16-1 
3 
10 
50 
36-1 
97 
62-2 
144 
88-3 
191 
—16 
3-2 
10-5 
51 
36-6 
98 
62-7 
145 
88-8 
192 
—15-5 
4 
11 
51-8 
37 
98-6 
63 
145-4 
89 
192-2 
—15 
5 
11-1 
52 
37-2 
99 
63-3 
146 
89-4 
193 
-14-4 
6 
11-6 
53 
37-7 
100 
63-8 
147 
90 
194 
—14 
6-8 
12 
53-6 
38 
100-4 
64 
147-2 
90-5 
195 
—13-8 
7 
12-2 
54 
38-3 
101 
64-4 
148 
91 
195-8 
According to the Centigrade and Fahrenheit Scales. PART III. 
Thermometric Equivalents. 
1883 
Thermometric Equivalents.—(Continued.) 
c.° 
F.° 
o.° 
F.° 
c.° 
F ° 
o.° 
F ° 
o.° 
F o 
91-1 
196 
118-3 
245 
146 
294-8 
173 
343-4 
200-5 
393 
91-6 
197 
118-8 
246 
146-1 
295 
173-3 
344 
201 
393-8 
92 
197-6 
119 
246-2 
146-6 
296 
173-8 
345 
201-1 
394 
92-2 
198 
119-4 
247 
147 
296-6 
174 
345-2 
201-6 
395 
92-7 
199 
120 
248 
147-2 
297 
174-4 
346 
202 
395-6 
93 
199-4 
120-5 
249 
147-7 
298 
175 
347 
202-2 
396 
93-3 
200 
121 
249-8 
148 
298-4 
175-5 
348 
202-7 
397 
93-8 
201 
121*1 
250 
148-3 
299 
176 
348-8 
203 
397-4 
94 
201-2 
121-6 
251 
148-8 
300 
176-1 
349 
203-3 
398 
94-4 
202 
122 
251-6 
149 
300-2 
176-6 
350 
203-8 
399 
95 
203 
122-2 
252 
149-4 
301 
177 
350-6 
204 
399-2 
95-5 
204 
122-7 
253 
150 
302 
177-2 
351 
204-4 
400 
96 
204-8 
123 
253-4 
150-5 
303 
177-7 
352 
205 
401 
96-1 
205 
123-3 
254 
151 
303-8 
178 
352-4 
205-5 
402 
96-6 
206 
123-8 
255 
151-1 
304 
178-3 
353 
206 
402-8 
97 
206-6 
124 
255-2 
151-6 
305 
178-8 
353-4 
206-1 
403 
97-2 
207 
124-4 
256 
152 
305-6 
179 
354-2 
206-6 
404 
97-7 
208 
125 
257 
152-2 
306 
179-4 
355 
207 
404-6 
98 
208-4 
125-5 
258 
152-7 
307 
180 
356 
207-2 
405 
98-3 
209 
126 
258-8 
153 
307-4 
180-5 
357 
207-7 
406 
98-8 
210 
126-1 
259 
153-3 
308 
181 
357-8 
208 
406-4 
99 
210-2 
126-6 
260 
153-8 
309 
181-1 
358 
208-3 
407 
99-4 
211 
127 
260-6 
154 
309-2 
181-6 
359 
208-8 
408 
100 
212 
127-2 
261 
154-4 
310 
182 
359-6 
209 
408-2 
105 
213 
127-7 
262 
155 
311 
182-2 
360 
209-4 
409 
101 
213-8 
128 
262-4 
155-5 
312 
182-7 
361 
210 
410 
iori 
214 
128-3 
263 
156 
312-8 
183 
361-4 
210-5 
411 
101-6 
215 
128-8 
264 
156-1 
313 
183-3 
362 
211 
411-8 
102 
215-6 
129 
264-2 
156-6 
314 
183-8 
363 
211-1 
412 
102-2 
216 
129-4 
265 
157 
314-6 
184 
363-2 
211-6 
413 
102-7 
217 
130 
266 
157-2 
315 
184-4 
364 
212 
413-6 
103 
217-4 
130-5 
267 
157-7 
316 
185 
365 
212-2 
414 
103-3 
218 
131 
267-8 
158 
316-4 
185-5 
366 
212-7 
415 
103-8 
219 
131*1 
268 
158-3 
317 
186 
366-8 
213 
415-4 
104 
219-2 
131-6 
269 
158-8 
318 
186-1 
367 
213-3 
416 
104-4 
220 
132 
269-6 
159 
318-2 
186-6 
368 
213-8 
417 
105 
221 
132-2 
270 
159-4 
319 
187 
368-6 
214 
417-2 
105-5 
222 
132-7 
271 
160 
320 
187-2 
369 
214-4 
418 
106 
222-8 
133 
271-4 
160-5 
321 
187-7 
370 
215 
419 
106-1 
223 
133*3 
272 
161 
321-8 
188 
370-4 
215-5 
420 
106-6 
224 
133-8 
273 
161-1 
322 
188-3 
371 
216 
420-8 
107 
224-6 
134 
273-2 
161-6 
323 
188-8 
372 
216-1 
421 
107-2 
225 
134-4 
274 
162 
323-6 
189 
372-2 
216-6 
422 
107-7 
226 
135 
275 
162-2 
324 
189-4 
373 
217 
422-6 
108 
226-4 
135-5 
276 
162-7 
325 
190 
374 
217-2 
423 
108-3 
227 
136 
276-8 
163 
325-4 
190-5 
375 
217-7 
424 
108-8 
228 
136-1 
277 
163-3 
326 
191 
375-8 
218 
424-4 
109 
228-2 
136-6 
278 
163-8 
327 
191-1 
376 
218-3 
425 
109-4 
229 
137 
278-6 
164 
327-2 
191-6 
377 
218-8 
426 
110 
230 
137-2 
279 
164-4 
328 
192 
377-6 
219 
426-2 
110-5 
231 
137-7 
280 
165 
329 
192-2 
378 
219-4 
427 
111 
231-8 
138 
280-4 
165-5 
330 
192-7 
379 
220 
428 
111-1 
232 
138-3 
281 
166 
330-8 
193 
379-4 
220-5 
429 
111*6 
233 
138-8 
282 
166-1 
331 
193-3 
380 
221 
429-8 
112 
233-6 
139 
282-2 
166-6 
332 
193-8 
381 
221-1 
430 
112-2 
234 
139-4 
283 
167 
332-6 
194 
381-2 
221-6 
431 
112-7 
235 
140 
284 
167-2 
333 
194-4 
382 
222 
431-6 
113 
235-4 
140-5 
285 
167-7 
334 
195 
383 
222-2 
432 
113-3 
236 
141 
285-8 
168 
334-4 
195-5 
384 
222-7 
433 
113-8 
237 
141*1 
286 
168-3 
335 
196 
384-8 
223 
433-4 
114 
237-2 
141-6 
287 
168-8 
336 
196-1 
385 
223-3 
434 
114-4 
238 
142 
287-6 
169 
336-2 
196-6 
386 
223-8 
435 
115 
239 
142-2 
288 
169-4 
337 
197 
386-6 
224 
435-2 
115-5 
240 
142-7 
289 
170 
338 
197-2 
387 
224-4 
436 
116 
240-8 
143 
289-4 
170-5 
339 
197-7 
388 
225 
437 
116-1 
241 
143-3 
290 
171 
339-8 
198 
388-4 
225-5 
• 438: 
116-6 
242 
143-8 
291 
171-1 
340 
198-3 
389 
226 
438-8 
117 
242-6 
144 
291-2 
171-6 
341 
198-8 
390 
226-1 
439 
117-2 
243 
144-4 
292 
172 
341-6 
199 
390-2 
226-6 
440 
117-7 
244 
145 
293 
172-2 
342 
199-4 
391 
227 
440-6 
118 
244-4 
145-5 
294 
172-7 
343 
200 
392 
227-2 
441 1884 
Thermornetric Equivalents. 
PART III. 
Thermometric Equivalents.—(Continued.) 
o.° 
F.° 
o.° 
F.° 
o.° 
F o 
o.° 
p O 
o.° 
p ° 
227-7 
442 
254 
489-2 
281 
537-8 
307-2 
585 
333-8 
633 
228 
442-4 
254-4 
490 
281-1 
538 
307-7 
586 
334 
633-2 
228-3 
443 
255 
491 
281-6 
539 
308 
586-4 
334-4 
634 
228-8 
444 
255-5 
492 
282 
539-6 
308-3 
587 
335 
635 
229 
444-2 
256 
492-8 
282-2 
540 
308-8 
588 
335-5 
636 
229-4 
445 
256-1 
493 
282-7 
541 
309 
588-2 
336 
636-8 
230 
446 
256-6 
494 
283 
541-4 
309-4 
589 
336-1 
637 
230-5 
447 
257 
494-6 
283-3 
542 
310 
590 
336-6 
638 
231 
447-8 
257-2 
495 
283-8 
543 
310-5 
591 
337 
638-6 
231-1 
448 
257-7 
496 
284 
543-2 
311 
591-8 
337-2 
639 
231-6 
449 
258 
496-4 
284-4 
544 
311-1 
592 
337-7 
640 
232 
449-6 
258-3 
497 
285 
545 
311-6 
593 
338 
640-4 
232-2 
450 
258-8 
498 
285-5 
546 
312 
593-6 
338-3 
641 
232-7 
451 
259 
498-2 
286 
546-8 
312-2 
594 
338-8 
642 
233 
451-4 
259-4 
499 
286-1 
547 
312-7 
595 
339 
642-2 
233-3 
452 
260 
500 
286-6 
548 
313 
595-4 
339-4 
643 
233-8 
453 
260-5 
501 
287 
548-6 
313-3 
596 
340 
644 
234 
453-2 
261 
501-8 
287-2 
549 
313-8 
597 
340*5 
645 
234-4 
454 
261-1 
502 
287-7 
550 
314 
597-2 
341 
645-8 
235 
455 
261-6 
503 
288 
550-4 
314-4 
598 
341-1 
646 
235-5 
456 
262 
503-6 
288-3 
551 
315 
599 
341-6 
647 
236 
456-8 
262-2 
504 
288-8 
552 
315-5 
600 
342 
647-6 
236-1 
457 
262-7 
505 
289 
552-2 
316 
600-8 
342-2 
648 
236-6 
458 
263 
505-4 
289-4 
553 
316-1 
601 
342-7 
649 
237 
458-6 
263-3 
506 
290 
554 
316-6 
602 
343 
649-4 
237-2 
459 
263-8 
507 
290-5 
555 
317 
602-6 
343-3 
650 
237-7 
460 
264 
507-2 
291 
555-8 
317-2 
603 
343-8 
651 
238 
460-4 
264-4 
508 
291-1 
556 
317-7 
604 
344 
651-2 
238-3 
461 
265 
509 
291-6 
557 
318 
604-4 
344-4 
652 
238-8 
462 
265-5 
510 
292 
557-6 
318-3 
605 
345 
653 
239 
462-2 
266 
510-8 
292-2 
558 
318-8 
606 
345-5 
654 
239-4 
463 
266-1 
511 
292-7 
559 
319 
606-2 
346 
654-8 
240 
464 
266-6 
512 
293 
559-4 
319-4 
607 
346-1 
655 
240-5 
465 
267 
512-6 
293-3 
560 
320 
608 
346-6 
656 
241 
465-8 
267-2 
513 
293-8 
561 
320-5 
609 
347 
656-6 
241-1 
466 
267-7 
514 
294 
561-2 
321 
609-8 
347-2 
657 
241-6 
467 
268 
514-4 
294-4 
562 
321-1 
610 
347-7 
658 
242 
467-6 
268-3 
515 
295 
563 
321-6 
611 
348 
658-4 
242-2 
468 
268-8 
516 
295-5 
564 
322 
611-6 
348-3 
659 
242-7 
469 
269 
516-2 
296 
564-8 
322-2 
612 
348-8 
660 
243 
469-4 
269-4 
517 
296-1 
565 
322-7 
613 
349 
660-2 
243-3 
470 
270 
518 
296-6 
566 
323 
613-4 
349-4 
661 
243-8 
471 
270-5 
519 
297 
566-6 
323-3 
614 
350 
662 
244 
471-2 
271 
519-8 
297-2 
567 
323-8 
615 
350-5 
663 
244-4 
472 
271-1 
520 
297-7 
568 
324 
615-2 
351 
663-8 
245 
473 
271-6 
521 
298 
568-4 
324-4 
616 
351-1 
664 
245-5 
474 
272 
521-6 
298-3 
569 
325 
617 
351-6 
665 
246 
474-8 
272-2 
522 
298-8 
570 
325-5 
618 
352 
665-6 
246-1 
475 
272-7 
523 
299 
570-2 
326 
618-8 
352-2 
666 
246-6 
476 
273 
523-4 
299-4 
571 
326-1 
619 
352-7 
667 
247 
476-6 
273-3 
524 
300 
572 
326-6 
620 
353 
667-4 
247-2 
477 
273-8 
525 
300-5 
573 
327 
620-6 
353-3 
668 
247-7 
478 
274 
525-2 
301 
573-8 
327-2 
621 
353-8 
669 
248 
478-4 
274-4 
526 
301-1 
574 
327-7 
622 
354 
669-2 
248-3 
479 
275 
527 
301-6 
575 
328 
622-4 
354-4 
670 
248-8 
480 
275-5 
528 
302 
575-6 
328-3 
623 
355 
671 
249 
480-2 
276 
528-8 
302-2 
576 
328-8 
624 
355-5 
672 
249-4 
481 
276-1 
529 
302-7 
577 
329 
624-2 
356 
672-8 
250 
482 
276-6 
530 
303 
577-4 
329-4 
625 
356-1 
673 
250-5 
483 
277 
530-6 
303-3 
578 
330 
626 
356-6 
674 
251 
483-8 
277-2 
531 
303-8 
579 
330-5 
627 
357 
674-6 
251-1 
484 
277-7 
532 
304 
579-2 
331 
627-8 
357-2 
675 
251-6 
485 
278 
532-4 
304-4 
580 
331-1 
628 
357-7 
676 
252 
485-6 
278-3 
533 
305 
581 
331-6 
629 
358 
676-4 
252-2 
486 
278-8 
534 
305-5 
582 
332 
629-6 
358-3 
677 
252-7 
487 
279 
534-2 
306 
582-8 
332-2 
630 
358-8 
678 
253 
487-4 
279-4 
535 
306-1 
583 
332-7 
631 
359 
678-2 
253-3 
488 
280 
536 
306-6 
584 
333 
631-4 
359-4 
679 
253*8 
489 
280-5 
537 
307 
584-6 
333-3 
632 . 
360 
680 PART III. 
Alcohol. 
1885 
ALCOHOL. 
According to E. R. Squibb. 
PART I.—From o to 10 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol. 
Specific Gravity. 
(Pure water at 
15f° C. = 60° F. 
taken as unity.) 
Percentage. 
Weight of one gallon, at 15§° C. = 
= 60° F. 
Weight 
of 40 gal- 
lons to 
the near- 
est half 
pound, 
at 15|° C. 
= 60°F. 
lbs. 
Weight of 
one pint, at 
15§° C. = 60° F. 
By weight. 
By volume. 
Under proof. 
(Brit. Excise.) 
Of proof spirit. 
(U. S. Revenue.) 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
A 
lbs. 
voire 
ozs. 
lupois 
Grs. 
Weight. 
To the 
nearest 
ounce. 
At 
15g° C. 
= 60° F. 
At 
25° C. = 
77° F. 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
lbs. 
OZS. 
1-0000 
0-9986 
3779-13 
58,320 
8 
5 
132 
8 
5 
333-5 
472-39 
7290 
0-9993 
0-9978 
99 
1 
3776-50 
58,279 
8 
5 
91 
8 
5 
333-0 
472-06 
7285 
0-9985 
0-9970 
1 
98 
2 
3773-46 
58,232 
8 
5 
44 
8 
5 
332-5 
471-68 
7279 
0-9981 
0-9966 
1 
3771-97 
58,209 
8 
5 
22 
8 
5 
332-5 
471-49 
7276 
0-9976 
0-9961 
97 
3 
3770-08 
58,180 
8 
4 
430 
8 
5 
332-5 
471-26 
7272 
0-9970 
0-9953 
2 
4 
3767-82 
58,145 
8 
4 
395 
8 
5 
332-0 
470-98 
7268 
0-9968 
0-9951 
96 
3767-04 
58,133 
8 
4 
383 
8 
5 
332-0 
470-88 
7267 
0-9965 
0-9948 
2 
5 
3765-94 
58,116 
8 
4 
366 
8 
5 
332-0 
470-74 
7264 
0*9960 
0-9943 
95 
3764-06 
58,087 
8 
4 
337 
8 
5 
332-0 
470-51 
7261 
0-9956 
0-9938 
3 
6 
3762-51 
58,063 
8 
4 
313 
8 
5 
332-0 
470-31 
7258 
0-9952 
0-9934 
94 
3761-02 
58,040 
8 
4 
290 
8 
5 
331-5 
470-13 
7255 
0-9947 
0-9927 
3 
7 
3759-14 
58,011 
8 
4 
261 
8 
5 
331-5 
469-89 
7251 
0-9944 
0-9924 
93 
3757-97 
57,993 
8 
4 
243 
8 
5 
331-5 
469-75 
7249 
0-9942 
0-9922 
4 
8 
3757-26 
57,982 
8 
4 
232 
8 
5 
331-5 
469-66 
7248 
0-9936 
0-9916 
92 
9 
3754-99 
57,947 
8 
4 
197 
8 
4 
331-0 
469-37 
7243 
0-9930 
0-9909 
4 
5 
91 
10 
3752-72 
57,912 
8 
4 
162 
8 
4 
331-0 
469-09 
7239 
0-9921 
0-9900 
90 
11 
3749-29 
57,859 
8 
4 
109 
8 
4 
330-5 
468-66 
7232 
0-9914 
0-9893 
5 
6 
89 
12 
3746-63 
57,818 
8 
4 
68 
8 
4 
330-5 
468-33 
7227 
0-9906 
0-9885 
88 
13 
3743-65 
57,772 
8 
4 
22 
8 
4 
330-0 
467-95 
7221 
0-9900 
0-9879 
87 
3741-38 
57,737 
8 
3 
424 
8 
4 
330-0 
467-67 
7217 
0-9898 
0-9876 
6 
7 
14 
3740-60 
57,725 
8 
3 
413 
8 
4 
330-0 
467-58 
7216 
0-9892 
0-9870 
86 
15 
3738-33 
57,690 
8 
3 
377 
8 
4 
329-5 
467-29 
7211 
0-9890 
0-9868 
8 
16 
3737-56 
57,678 
8 
3 
366 
8 
4 
329-5 
467-19 
7210 
0-9885 
0-9863 
85 
3735-68 
57,649 
8 
3 
336 
8 
4 
329-5 
466-96 
7206 
0-9884 
0-9862 
7 
17 
3735-29 
57,643 
8 
3 
331 
8 
4 
329-5 
466-91 
7205 
0-9878 
0-9855 
9 
84 
18 
3733-02 
57,608 
8 
3 
296 
8 
4 
329-0 
466-63 
7201 
0-9872 
0-9849 
83 
19 
3730-82 
57,574 
8 
3 
261 
8 
4 
329-0 
466-35 
7197 
0-9869 
0-9846 
8 
10 
20 
3729-65 
57,556 
8 
3 
243 
8 
4 
329-0 
466-21 
7194 
0-9864 
0-9841 
82 
21 
3727-77 
57,527 
8 
3 
214 
8 
3 
328-5 
465-97 
7191 
0-9857 
0-9834 
81 
3725-12 
57,486 
8 
3 
173 
8 
3 
328-5 
465-64 
7186 
0-9855 
0-9831 
9 
11 
22 
3724-34 
57,474 
8 
3 
161 
8 
3 
328-5 
465-54 
7184 
0-9852 
0-9828 
80 
23 
3723-24 
57,457 
8 
3 
144 
8 
3 
328-5 
465-40 
7182 
0-9845 
0-9821 
79 
3720-58 
57,416 
8 
3 
103 
8 
3 
328-0 
465-07 
7177 
0-9841 
0-9816 
10 
12 
24 
3719-09 
57,393 
8 
3 
81 
8 
3 
328-0 
464-89 
7174 
PART II.—From io to 25 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol. 
0-9838 
0-9831 
0-9828 
0-9825 
0-9821 
0-9819 
0-9815 
0-9813 
0-9807 
0-9802 
0-9794 
0-9789 
0-9784 
0-9778 
0-9775 
0-9813 
0-9806 
0-9801 
0-9798 
0-9793 
0-9791 
0-9787 
0-9785 
0-9779 
0-9773 
0-9765 
0-9759 
0-9754 
0-9746 
0-9743 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
oa o* XT -T -'T -T 
Oi 
3717-92 
3715-27 
3714-17 
3713-00 
3711-51 
3710-73 
3709-24 
3708-46 
3706-19 
3704-32 
3701-33 
3699-33 
3697-51 
3695-24 
3694-14 
O'O'O'C^O’O’tnO'O'O'O'O’O'O'Cn 
IlllsaisWSSsia 
GO GO GO QO 00 00 00 GO CD GO GO 00 CO CO GO 
SSssilssllsS-ss 
CO 00 CO 00 00 00 GO 00 00 00 00 00 00 GO GO 
0000t?<0<00000ic?i0i«j<0 
464-74 
464-41 
464*27 
464-13 
463*94 
463-84 
463-65 
463-56 
463-27 
463-04 
462-67 
462-42 
462-19 
461-90 
461-77 1886 
Alcohol. 
PART III. 
PART II.—From 10 to 25 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol.—(Continued.) 
Specific Gravity. 
(Pure water at 
15|° C. = 60° F. 
taken as unity.) 
Percentage. 
Weight of one gallon, at 15J° C. 
= 60°F. 
Weight 
of 40 gal- 
lons to 
the near- 
est half 
pound, 
at 15f° C. 
= 60°F. 
lbs. 
Weight of 
one pint, at 
15§° C. = 60° F. 
By weight. 
By volume. 
si 
b 
.j 
£« 
Of proof spirit. 
(U. S. Revenue.) 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
A 
lbs. 
voir 
ozs. 
iupois 
Grs. 
Weight. 
To the 
nearest 
ounce. 
At 
15|°C. 
= 60° F. 
At 
25° C. = 
77° F. 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
lbs. 
OZS. 
0-9772 
0-9740 
67 
38 
3692-97 
56,990 
8 
2 
115 
8 
2 
325-5 
461-62 
7124 
0-9766 
0-9733 
16 
19 
66 
39 
3690-71 
56,955 
8 
2 
80 
8 
2 
325-5 
461-34 
7119 
0-9760 
0-9726 
20 
65 
40 
3688-44 
56,920 
8 
2 
45 
8 
2 
325-5 
461-05 
7115 
0-9753 
0-9719 
17 
21 
64 
41 
3685-78 
56,879 
8 
2 
4 
8 
2 
325-0 
460-72 
7110 
0-9749 
0-9715 
63 
42 
3684-29 
56,856 
8 
1 
418 
8 
2 
325-0 
460-54 
7107 
0-9743 
0-9709 
62 
43 
3682-02 
56,821 
8 
1 
383 
8 
2 
324*5 
460-25 
7103 
0-9741 
0-9706 
18 
22 
44 
3681-31 
56,810 
8 
1 
373 
8 
2 
324-5 
460-16 
7101 
0-9737 
0-9702 
61 
45 
3679-76 
56,786 
8 
1 
348 
8 
2 
324-5 
459-97 
7098 
0-9732 
0-9697 
60 
46 
3677-88 
56,757 
8 
1 
319 
8 
2 
324-5 
459-73 
7095 
0-9728 
0-9692 
19 
23 
59 
47 
3676-39 
56,734 
8 
1 
297 
8 
2 
324-0 
459-55 
7092 
0-9720 
0-9684 
58 
48 
3673-27 
56,687 
8 
1 
249 
8 
2 
324-0 
459-16 
7086 
0-9716 
0-9678 
20 
24 
49 
3671-85 
56,664 
8 
1 
227 
8 
2 
324-0 
458-98 
7083 
0-9714 
0-9676 
57 
50 
3671-07 
56,652 
8 
1 
214 
8 
1 
323-5 
458-88 
7081 
0-9709 
0-9668 
25 
56 
3669-19 
56,623 
8 
1 
186 
8 
1 
323-5 
458-65 
7078 
0-9704 
0-9661 
21 
55 
51 
3667-31 
56,594 
8 
1 
157 
8 
1 
323-5 
458-41 
7074 
0-9698 
0-9655 
26 
54 
52 
3665-05 
56,559 
8 
1 
122 
8 
1 
323-0 
458-13 
7070 
0-9693 
0-9650 
53 
3663-17 
56,530 
8 
1 
92 
8 
1 
323-0 
457-90 
7066 
0-9691 
0-9646 
22 
27 
53 
54 
3662-39 
56,518 
8 
1 
81 
8 
1 
323-0 
457-80 
7065 
0-9683 
0-9638 
52 
55 
3659-36 
56,471 
8 
1 
33 
8 
1 
322-5 
457-42 
7059 
0-9678 
0-9631 
23 
28 
51 
56 
3657-47 
56,442 
8 
1 
5 
8 
1 
322-5 
457-18 
7055 
0-9671 
0-9624 
50 
57 
3654-81 
56,401 
8 
0 
401 
8 
1 
322-5 
456-85 
7050 
0-9665 
0-9617 
24 
29 
49 
58 
3652-54 
56,366 
8 
0 
366 
8 
1 
322-0 
456-57 
7046 
0-9658 
0-9610 
48 
59 
3649-88 
56,325 
8 
0 
325 
8 
1 
322-0 
456-24 
7041 
0-9652 
0-9603 
25 
30 
47 
60 
3647-62 
56,290 
8 
0 
290 
8 
1 
321-5 
455-95 
7036 
PART III.—From 25 to 40 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol. 
0-9645 
0-9597 
46 
61 
3645-02 
56,250 
8 
0 
250 
8 
1 
321-5 
455-63 
7031 
0-9643 
0-9594 
31 
62 
3644-24 
56,238 
8 
0 
238 
8 
1 
321-5 
455-53 
7030 
0-9638 
0-9590 
26 
45 
63 
3642-37 
56,209 
8 
0 
209 
8 
0 
321-0 
455-30 
7026 
0-9631 
0-9582 
32 
44 
64 
3639-71 
56,168 
8 
0 
168 
8 
0 
321-0 
454-96 
7021 
•0-9623 
0-9574 
27 
43 
65 
3636-66 
56,121 
8 
0 
121 
8 
0 
320-5 
454-58 
7015 
0-9618 
0-9567 
33 
42 
66 
3634-79 
56,092 
8 
0 
92 
8 
0 
320-5 
454-35 
7011 
0-9609 
0-9556 
28 
34 
41 
67 
3631-42 
56,040 
8 
0 
40 
8 
0 
320-0 
453-93 
7005 
0-9602 
0-9549 
40 
68 
3628-76 
55,999 
7 
15 
436 
8 
0 
320-0 
453-59 
7000 
0-9595 
0-9542 
39 
69 
3626-10 
55,958 
7 
15 
395 
8 
0 
320-0 
453-26 
6995 
0-9593 
0-9538 
29 
35 
70 
3625-33 
55,946 
7 
15 
383 
8 
0 
319-5 
453-17 
6993 
0-9587 
0-9532 
38 
71 
3623-06 
55,911 
7 
15 
348 
8 
0 
319-5 
452-88 
6989 
0-9578 
0-9521 
30 
36 
37 
72 
3619-69 
55,859 
7 
15 
296 
8 
0 
319-0 
452-46 
6982 
0-9572 
0-9515 
36 
73 
3617-42 
55,824 
7 
15 
261 
8 
0 
319-0 
452-18 
6978 
0-9565 
0-9507 
37 
35 
3614-76 
55,783 
7 
15 
220 
8 
0 
319-0 
451-84 
6973 
0-9560 
0-9500 
31 
74 
3612-88 
55,754 
7 
15 
191 
7 
15 
318-5 
451-61 
6969 
0-9555 
0-9495 
34 
75 
3611-03 
55,725 
7 
15 
162 
7 
15 
318-5 
451-38 
6966 
0-9550 
0-9489 
38 
33 
76 
3609-12 
55,696 
7 
15 
133 
7 
15 
318-0 
451-14 
6962 
0-9544 
0-9482 
32 
77 
3606-86 
55,661 
7 
15 
98 
7 
15 
318-0 
450-86 
6958 
0-9539 
0-9477 
32 
3604-91 
55,631 
7 
15 
68 
7 
15 
318-0 
450-61 
6954 
0-9535 
0-9473 
39 
78 
3603-42 
55,608 
7 
15 
45 
7 
15 
318-0 
450-43 
6951 
0-9528 
0-9465 
33 
31 
79 
3600-76 
55,567 
7 
15 
4 
7 
15 
317-5 
450-09 
6946 
0-9519 
0-9456 
40 
30 
80 
3597-39 
55,515 
7 
14 
390 
7 
15 
317-0 
449-67 
6939 
0-9511 
0-9446 
34 
29 
81 
3594-35 
55,468 
7 
14 
343 
7 
15 
317-0 
449-29 
6933 
0-9503 
0-9438 
41 
28 
82 
3591-30 
55,421 
7 
14 
296 
7 
15 
316-5 
448-91 
6928 
0-9495 
0-9430 
27 
83 
3588-32 
55,375 
7 
14 
250 
7 
15 
316-5 
448-54 
6922 
0-9490 
0-9424 
35 
42 
84 
3586-44 
55,346 
7 
14 
221 
7 
15 
316-0 
448-30 
6918 
0-9485 
0-9419 
26 
3584-56 
55,317 
7 
14 
192 
7 
14 
316-0 
448-07 
6915 
0-9475 
0-9409 
25 
85 
3580-74 
55,258 
7 
14 
133 
7 
14 
316-0 
447-59 
6907 
0-9470 
0-9402 
36 
43 
86 
3578-86 
55,229 
7 
14 
104 
7 
14 
315-5 
447-36 
6904 
0-9465 
0-9397 
24 
3576-98 
55,200 
7 
14 
75 
7 
14 
315-5 
447-12 
6900 
0-9455 
0-9387 
23 
87 
3573-22 
55,142 
7 
14 
17 
7 
14 
315-0 
446-65 
6893 
0-9452 
0-9382 
37 
44 
88 
3572-06 
55,124 
7 
13 
437 
7 
14 
315-0 
446-51 
6890 Alcohol. 
1887 
PART III. 
PART III.—From 25 to 40 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol.—(Continued.) 
Specific Gravity. 
(Pure water at 
158° C. = 60° F. 
taken as unity.) 
Percentage. 
Weight of one gallon, at 15|° C. 
= 60° F. 
Weight 
of 40 gal- 
lons to 
the near- 
est half 
Weight of 
one pint, at 
15$° C. = 60s F. 
a5 
«m* o3 
si 
-M 0) 
V 53 
< rt 
Avoirdupois Weight. 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
pound, 
at 15f° C. 
= 60° F. 
At 
15|°C. 
= 60° F. 
At 
25° C. = 
77° F. 
*s 
* 
s 
3 
o 
> 
u " 
0> .j 
'g-C 
Cm 0) 
a® 
lbs. 
ozs. 
Grs. 
to tne 
nearest 
ounce. 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
>> 
>* 
«m 
06 
lbs. 
lbs. 
M 
PQ 
ozs. 
0-9446 
0-9376 
22 
89 
3569-79 
55,089 
7 
13 
401 
7 
14 
315-0 
446-22 
6886 
0-9434 
0-9363 
38 
45 
21 
90 
3565-25 
55,019 
7 
13 
331 
7 
14 
314-5 
445-66 
6877 
0-9426 
0-9355 
20 
91 
3562-21 
54,972 
7 
13 
284 
7 
14 
314-0 
445-28 
6871 
0-9416 
0-9343 
39 
46 
19 
92 
3558-45 
54,914 
7 
13 
226 
7 
14 
314-0 
444-81 
6864 
0-9405 
0-9332 
18 
93 
3554-30 
54,850 
7 
13 
162 
7 
13 
313-5 
444-29 
6856 
0-9396 
0-9323 
40 
47 
17 
94 
3550-87 
54,797 
7 
13 
109 
7 
13 
313-0 
443-86 
6850 
0-9391 
0-9318 
95 
3548-99 
54,768 
7 
13 
75 
7 
13 
313-0 
443-62 
6846 
PART IV.—From 40 to 55 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol. 
0-9381 
0-9307 
48 
16 
96 
3545-23 
54,710 
7 
13 
22 
7 
13 
312-5 
443-15 
6839 
0-9376 
0-9302 
41 
3543-35 
54,681 
7 
12 
431 
7 
13 
312-5 
442-92 
6835 
0-9373 
0-9300 
15 
97 
3542-19 
54,663 
7 
12 
413 
7 
13 
312-5 
442-77 
6833 
0-9362 
0-9288 
49 
14 
98 
3538-04 
54,599 
7 
12 
349 
7 
13 
312-0 
442-25 
6825 
0-9356 
0-92S0 
42 
3535-77 
54,564 
7 
12 
314 
7 
13 
312-0 
441-97 
6820 
0-9352 
0-9276 
13 
99 
3534-28 
54,541 
7 
12 
291 
7 
13 
311-5 
441-78 
6818 
0-9343 
0-9267 
50 
12 
100 
3530-84 
54,488 
7 
12 
238 
7 
13 
311-5 
441-35 
6811 
0-9335 
0-9259 
43 
101 
3527-86 
54,442 
7 
12 
192 
7 
12 
311-0 
440-98 
6805 
0-9329 
0-9253 
11 
3525-59 
54,407 
7 
12 
157 
7 
12 
311-0 
440-70 
6801 
0-9323 
0-9246 
51 
102 
3523-33 
54,372 
7 
12 
122 
7 
12 
310-5 
440-42 
6796 
0-9318 
0-9242 
10 
3521-45 
54,343 
7 
12 
93 
7 
12 
310-5 
440-18 
6793 
0-9314 
0-9237 
44 
103 
3519-89 
54,319 
7 
12 
69 
7 
12 
310-5 
439-99 
6790 
0-9306 
0-9230 
9 
3516-91 
54,273 
7 
12 
23 
7 
12 
310-0 
439-61 
6784 
0-9303 
0-9226 
52 
104 
3515-75 
54,255 
7 
12 
5 
7 
12 
310-0 
439-47 
6782 
0-9292 
0-9214 
45 
8 
105 
3511-59 
54,191 
7 
11 
379 
7 
12 
309-5 
438-95 
6774 
0-9283 
0-9205 
53 
7 
106 
3508-16 
54,138 
7 
11 
326 
7 
12 
309-5 
438-52 
6767 
0-9270 
0-9192 
46 
6 
107 
3503-30 
54,063 
7 
11 
251 
7 
12 
309-0 
437-91 
6758 
0-9262 
0-9184 
54 
5 
108 
3500-26 
54,016 
7 
11 
204 
7 
11 
308-5 
437-53 
6752 
0-9249 
0-9171 
47 
4 
109 
3495-33 
53,940 
7 
11 
128 
7 
11 
308-0 
436-92 
6742 
0-9242 
0-9164 
55 
110 
3492-68 
53,899 
7 
11 
87 
7 
11 
308-0 
436-58 
6737 
0-9236 
0-9158 
3 
3490-41 
53,864 
7 
11 
51 
7 
11 
308-0 
436-30 
6733 
0-9228 
0-9150 
48 
111 
3487-43 
53,818 
7 
11 
6 
7 
11 
307-5 
435-93 
6727 
0-9221 
0-9143 
56 
2 
112 
3484-77 
53,777 
7 
10 
402 
7 
11 
307-5 
435-60 
6722 
0-9212 
0-9134 
1 
113 
3481-34 
53,724 
7 
10 
349 
7 
11 
307-0 
435-17 
6715 
0-9206 
0-9128 
49 
3479-07 
53,689 
7 
10 
314 
7 
11 
307-0 
434-88 
6711 
0-9200 
0-9122 
57 
114 
3476-80 
53,654 
7 
10 
279 
7 
11 
306-5 
434-60 
6707 
0-9189 
0-9111 
1 
115 
3472-65 
53,590 
7 
10 
215 
7 
10 
306-0 
434-08 
6699 
0-9184 
0-9106 
50 
3470-77 
53,561 
7 
10 
186 
7 
10 
306-0 
433-85 
6695 
0-9178 
0-9100 
58 
2 
116 
3468-51 
53,526 
7 
10 
151 
7 
10 
306-0 
433-56 
6691 
0-9168 
0-9090 
117 
3464-75 
53,468 
7 
10 
93 
7 
10 
305-5 
433-09 
6684 
0-9160 
0-9081 
51 
59 
3 
118 
3461-70 
53,421 
7 
10 
46 
7 
10 
305-0 
432-71 
6678 
0-9150 
0-9071 
4 
119 
3457-94 
53,363 
7 
9 
425 
7 
10 
305-0 
432-24 
6670 
0-9135 
0-9056 
52 
60 
5 
120 
3452-24 
53,275 
7 
9 
338 
7 
10 
304-5 
431-53 
6659 
0-9124 
0-9045 
6 
121 
3449-09 
53,211 
7 
9 
273 
7 
10 
304-0 
431-01 
6651 
0-9113 
0-9034 
53 
61 
7 
122 
3443-95 
53,147 
7 
9 
210 
7 
9 
303-5 
430-49 
6643 
0-9100 
0-9021 
8 
123 
3439-02 
53,071 
7 
9 
133 
7 
9 
303-0 
429-88 
6634 
0-9090 
0-9011 
54 
62 
9 
124 
3435-26 
53,013 
7 
9 
76 
7 
9 
303-0 
429-41 
6627 
0-9075 
0-8995 
10 
125 
3429-56 
52,925 
7 
8 
425 
7 
9 
302-5 
428-69 
6616 
0-9069 
0-8989 
55 
63 
126 
3427-29 
52,890 
7 
8 
390 
7 
9 
302-0 
428-41 
6611 1888 
Alcohol. 
PART III. 
PART V.—From 55 to 70 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol. 
Specific Gravity. 
(Pure water at 
158° C. = 60° F. 
taken as unity.) 
Percentage. 
Weight of one gallon, at 15f° C. = 
= 60° F. 
Weight 
of 40 gal- 
lons to 
the near- 
est half 
pound, 
at 15§° C. 
= 60° F. 
lbs. 
Weight of 
one pint, at 
15f° C. = 60° F. 
By weight. 
By volume. 
Over proof. 
(Brit. Excise.) 
Of proof spirit. 
(U. S. Revenue.) 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
A 
lbs. 
voire 
ozs. 
lupois 
Grs. 
Weight. 
To the 
nearest 
ounce. 
At 
158° C. 
*= 60° F. 
At 
25° C. = 
77° F. 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
lbs. 
OZS. 
0-9062 
0-8982 
11 
127 
3424-70 
52,850 
7 
8 
350 
7 
9 
302-0 
428-09 
6606 
0-9047 
0-8969 
56 
64 
12 
128 
3419-00 
52,762 
7 
8 
262 
7 
9 
301-5 
427-37 
6595 
0-9036 
0-8958 
13 
3414-85 
52,698 
7 
8 
198 
7 
8 
301-0 
426-86 
6587 
0-9025 
0-8947 
57 
65 
129 
3410-70 
52,634 
7 
8 
134 
7 
8 
301-0 
426-34 
6579 
0-9021 
0-8943 
14 
130 
3409-15 
52,610 
7 
8 
110 
7 
8 
300-5 
426-14 
6576 
0-9008 
0-8930 
15 
131 
3404-29 
52,535 
7 
8 
35 
7 
8 
300-0 
425-54 
6567 
0-9001 
0-8923 
58 
66 
132 
3401-63 
52,494 
7 
7 
432 
7 
8 
300-0 
425-20 
6562 
0-8994 
0-8916 
16 
133 
3398-98 
52,453 
7 
7 
390 
7 
8 
299-5 
424-87 
6557 
0-8979 
0-8901 
59 
17 
3393-34 
52,366 
7 
7 
304 
7 
8 
299-0 
424-17 
6546 
0-8973 
0-8895 
67 
134 
3391-07 
52,331 
7 
7 
269 
7 
8 
299-0 
423-88 
6541 
0-8966 
0-8888 
18 
3388-41 
52,290 
7 
7 
227 
7 
8 
299-0 
423-55 
6536 
0-8956 
0-8878 
60 
135 
3384-59 
52,231 
7 
7 
169 
7 
7 
298-5 
423-07 
6529 
0-8953 
0-8875 
19 
3383-49 
52,214 
7 
7 
151 
7 
7 
298-5 
422-94 
6527 
0-8949 
0-8870 
68 
136 
3382-00 
52,191 
7 
7 
129 
7 
7 
298-0 
422-75 
6524 
0-8938 
0-8859 
20 
137 
3377-79 
52,126 
7 
7 
63 
7 
7 
298-0 
422-22 
6516 
0-8932 
0-8853 
61 
3375-52 
52,091 
7 
7 
29 
7 
7 
297-5 
421-94 
6511 
0-8925 
0-8846 
69 
21 
138 
3372-93 
52,051 
7 
6 
426 
7 
7 
297-5 
421-62 
6506 
0-8910 
0-8831 
22 
139 
3367-22 
51,963 
7 
6 
338 
7 
7 
297-0 
420-90 
6495 
0-8908 
0-8829 
62 
3366-45 
51,951 
7 
6 
326 
7 
7 
297-0 
420-81 
6494 
0-8900 
0-8821 
70 
140 
3363-47 
51,905 
7 
6 
280 
7 
7 
296-5 
420-43 
6488 
0-8897 
0-8818 
23 
3362-30 
51,887 
7 
6 
262 
7 
7 
296-5 
420-29 
6486 
0-8886 
0-8807 
63 
141 
3358-15 
51,823 
7 
6 
198 
7' 
6 
296-0 
419-77 
6478 
0-8883 
0-8804 
24 
3357-05 
51,806 
7 
6 
181 
7 
6 
296-0 
419-63 
6476 
0-8875 
0-8796 
71 
142 
3354-00 
51,759 
7 
6 
134 
7 
6 
296-0 
419-25 
6470 
0-8869 
0-8790 
25 
3351-74 
51,724 
7 
6 
99 
7 
6 
295-5 
418-97 
6465 
0-8863 
0-8784 
64 
143 
3349-47 
51,689 
7 
6 
64 
7 
6 
295-5 
418-68 
6461 
0-8854 
0-8775 
26 
3346-10 
51,637 
7 
6 
12 
7 
6 
295-0 
418-26 
6455 
0-8850 
0-8771 
72 
144 
3344-54 
51,613 
7 
5 
426 
7 
6 
295-0 
418-07 
6452 
0-8840 
0-8761 
65 
27 
145 
3340-78 
51,555 
7 
5 
368 
7 
6 
294-5 
417-60 
6444 
0-8825 
0-8746 
73 
28 
146 
3335-08 
51,467 
7 
5 
279 
7 
6 
294-0 
416-88 
6433 
0-8816 
0-8736 
66 
3331-71 
51,415 
7 
5 
228 
7 
6 
294-0 
416-46 
6427 
0-8811 
0-8731 
29 
147 
3329-83 
51,386 
7 
5 
198 
7 
5 
293-5 
416-23 
6423 
0-8799 
0-8719 
74 
30 
148 
3325-30 
51,316 
7 
5 
129 
7 
5 
293-0 
415-66 
6414 
0-8793 
0-8713 
67 
149 
3323-03 
51,281 
7 
5 
94 
7 
5 
293-0 
415-38 
6410 
0-8783 
0-8703 
31 
3319-21 
51,222 
7 
5 
34 
7 
5 
292-5 
414-90 
6403 
0-8769 
0-8689 
68 
75 
32 
150 
3313-96 
51,141 
7 
4 
391 
7 
5 
292-0 
414-25 
6393 
0-8754 
0-8674 
33 
151 
3308-25 
51,053 
7 
4 
303 
7 
5 
291-5 
413-53 
6382 
0-8745 
0-8665 
69 
76 
152 
3304-89 
51,001 
7 
4 
251 
7 
5 
291-5 
413-11 
6375 
0-8739 
0-8659 
34 
153 
3302-62 
50,966 
7 
4 
216 
7 
4 
291-0 
412-83 
6371 
0-8721 
0-8641 
70 
77 
35 
154 
3295-81 
50,861 
7 
4 
111 
7 
4 
290-5 
411-98 
6358 
PART VI.—From 70 to 100 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol. 
0*8708 
0-8628 
36 
155 
3290-89 
50,785 
7 
4 
35 
7 
4 
290-0 
411-36 
6348 
0*8696 
0-8616 
71 
78 
37 
3286-35 
50,715 
7 
3 
403 
7 
4 
290-0 
410-79 
6339 
0-8693 
0-8613 
156 
3285-25 
50,698 
7 
3 
385 
7 
4 
289-5 
410-66 
6337 
0-8678 
0-8598 
38 
157 
3279-55 
50,610 
7 
3 
297 
7 
4 
289-0 
409-94 
6326 
0-8672 
0-8591 
72 
158 
3277-28 
50,575 
7 
3 
263 
7 
4 
289-0 
409-66 
6322 
0-8664 
0-8583 
79 
39 
3274-23 
50,528 
7 
3 
216 
7 
3 
288-5 
409-28 
6316 
0-8649 
0-8568 
73 
159 
3268-59 
50,441 
7 
3 
129 
7 
3 
288-0 
408-57 
6305 
0-8646 
0-8565 
40 
3267-43 
50,423 
7 
3 
110 
7 
3 
288-0 
408-43 
6303 
0-8639 
0-8558 
80 
160 
3264-84 
50,383 
7 
3 
71 
7 
3 
288-0 
408-10 
6298 
0-8631 
0-8550 
41 
3261-79 
50,336 
7 
3 
23 
7 
3 
287-5 
407-72 
6292 
0-8625 
0-8544 
74 
3259-53 
50,301 
7 
2 
426 
7 
3 
287-5 
407-44 
6288 
0-8615 
0-8534 
42 
161 
3255-77 
50,243 
7 
2 
368 
7 
3 
287-0 
406-97 
6280 
0-8611 
0-8530 
81 
162 
3254-21 
50,219 
7 
2 
344 
7 
3 
287-0 
406-78 
6277 
0-8603 
0-8522 
75 
163 
3251-23 
50,173 
7 
2 
298 
7 
3 
286-5 
406-40 
6272 
0-8599 
0-8518 
43 
3249-68 
50,149 
7 
2 
274 
7 
3 
286-5 
406-21 
6269 
0-8581 
0-8500 
76 
82 
44 
164 
3242-87 
50,044 
7 
2 
169 
7 
2 
286-0 
405-36 
6255 PART III. 
Alcohol. 
1889 
PART VI.—From 70 to 100 per cent, of Absolute Alcohol.—(Continued.) 
Specific Gravity. 
(Pure water at 
15§° C. = 60° F. 
taken as unity.) 
Percentage. 
Weight of one gallon, at 15f° C. = 
= 60° F. 
Weight 
of 40 gal- 
lons to 
the near- 
est half 
pound, 
at 15|° C. 
= 60° F. 
lbs. 
Weight of 
one pint, at 
15§° C. = 60° F. 
By weight. 
By volume. 
Over proof. 
(Brit. Excise.) 
Of proof spirit. 
(U. S. Kevenue.) 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
A 
lbs. 
voire 
ozs. 
Lupois 
Grs. 
Weight. 
To the 
nearest 
ounce. 
At 
15g° C. 
= 60° F. 
At 
25° C. = 
77° F. 
In 
Grammes. 
In 
Grains. 
lbs. 
OZS. 
0-8566 
0-8485 
45 
165 
3237-23 
49,957 
7 
2 
82 
7 
2 
285-5 
404-65 
6245 
0-8557 
0-8476 
77 
83 
3233-80 
49,904 
7 
2 
29 
7 
2 
285-0 
404-22 
6238 
0-8550 
0-8469 
46 
166 
3231-21 
49,864 
7 
1 
426 
7 
2 
285-0 
403-90 
6233 
0-8539 
0-8458 
167 
3227-00 
49,799 
7 
1 
361 
7 
2 
284-5 
403-38 
6225 
0-8533 
0-8452 
78 
47 
3224-73 
49,764 
7 
1 
327 
7 
2 
284-5 
403-09 
6220 
0-8526 
0-8444 
84 
168 
3222-14 
49,724 
7 
1 
287 
7 
2 
284-0 
402-77 
6215 
0-8516 
0-8434 
48 
3218-31 
49,665 
7 
1 
227 
7 
2 
284-0 
402-29 
6208 
0-8508 
0-8426 
79 
169 
3215-33 
49,619 
7 
1 
182 
7 
1 
283-5 
401-92 
6202 
0-8501 
0-3419 
49 
170 
3212-67 
49,578 
7 
1 
140 
7 
1 
283-5 
401-58 
6197 
0-8496 
0-8414 
85 
3210-79 
49,549 
7 
1 
112 
7 
1 
283-0 
401-35 
6194 
0-8483 
0-8401 
80 
50 
171 
3205-87 
49,473 
7 
1 
36 
7 
1 
282-5 
400-73 
6184 
0-8466 
0-8384 
86 
51 
172 
3199-46 
49,374 
7 
0 
374 
7 
1 
282-0 
399-93 
6172 
0-8459 
0-8377 
81 
3196-80 
49,333 
7 
0 
333 
7 
1 
282-0 
399-60 
6167 
0-8450 
0-8368 
52 
173 
3193-36 
49,280 
7 
0 
280 
7 
1 
281-5 
399-17 
6160 
0-8434 
0-8352 
82 
87 
53 
174 
3187-34 
49,187 
7 
0 
187 
7 
0 
281-0 
398-42 
6148 
0-8415 
0-8333 
54 
175 
3180-15 
49,076 
7 
0 
76 
7 
0 
280-5 
397-52 
6134 
0-8408 
0-8326 
83 
88 
3177-49 
49,035 
7 
0 
35 
7 
0 
280-0 
397-19 
6129 
0-8396 
0-8314 
55 
176 
3172-95 
48,965 
6 
15 
402 
7 
0 
280-0 
396-62 
6121 
0-8387 
0-8305 
177 
3169-58 
48,913 
6 
15 
350 
7 
0 
279-5 
396-20 
6114 
0-8382 
0-8300 
84 
3167-70 
48,884 
6 
15 
322 
7 
0 
279-5 
395-96 
6110 
0-8376 
0-8294 
56 
3165-44 
48,849 
6 
15 
286 
7 
0 
279-0 
395-68 
6106 
0-8373 
0-8291 
89 
178 
3164-27 
48,831 
6 
15 
269 
7 
0 
279-0 
395-53 
6104 
0-8357 
0-8275 
85 
57 
179 
3158-24 
48,738 
6 
15 
176 
6 
15 
278-5 
394-78 
6092 
0-8340 
0-8258 
90 
180 
3151-83 
48,639 
6 
15 
77 
6 
15 
278-0 
393-98 
6080 
0-8336 
0-8254 
58 
3150-34 
48,616 
6 
15 
53 
6 
15 
278-0 
393-79 
6077 
0-8331 
0-8249 
86 
3148-39 
48,586 
6 
15 
24 
6 
15 
277-5 
393-55 
6073 
0-8317 
0-8235 
59 
181 
3143-14 
48,505 
6 
14 
380 
6 
15 
277-0 
392-89 
6063 
0-8305 
0-8223 
87 
91 
182 
3138-61 
48,435 
6 
14. 
310 
6 
15 
277-0 
392-33 
6054 
0-8298 
0-8216 
60 
3135-95 
48,394 
6 
14 
269 
6 
15 
276-5 
391-99 
6049 
0-8288 
0-8206 
183 
3132-19 
48,336 
6 
14 
211 
6 
14 
276-0 
391-52 
6042 
0-8279 
0-8197 
88 
61 
3128-76 
48,283 
6 
14 
158 
6 
14 
276-0 
391-09 
6035 
0-8272 
0-8191 
92 
184 
3126-10 
48,242 
6 
14 
117 
6 
14 
275-5 
390-76 
6030 
0-8259 
0-8178 
62 
3121-15 
48,166 
6 
14 
41 
6 
14 
275-0 
390-14 
6021 
0-8254 
0-8173 
89 
185 
3119-30 
48,137 
6 
14 
12 
6 
14 
275-0 
389-91 
6017 
0-8240 
0-8159 
63 
3114-05 
48,056 
6 
13 
368 
6 
14 
274-5 
389-26 
6007 
0-8237 
0-8156 
93 
186 
3112-88 
48,038 
6 
13 
351 
6 
14 
274-5 
389-11 
6005 
0-8228 
0-8147 
90 
3109-51 
47,986 
6 
13 
299 
6 
14 
274-0 
388-69 
5998 
0-8221 
0-8140 
64 
187 
3106-86 
47,945 
6 
13 
257 
6 
14 
274-0 
388-36 
5993 
0-8199 
0-8118 
91 
94 
65 
188 
3098-56 
47,817 
6 
13 
130 
6 
13 
273-0 
387-32 
5977 
0-8176 
0-8095 
66 
189 
3089-81 
47,682 
6 
12 
432 
6 
13 
272-5 
386-23 
5960 
0-8172 
0-8091 
92 
3088-32 
47,659 
6 
12 
409 
6 
13 
272-5 
386-04 
5957 
0-8164 
0-8083 
95 
190 
3085-28 
47,612 
6 
12 
362 
6 
13 
272-0 
385-66 
5951 
0-8156 
0-8075 
67 
3082-30 
47,566 
6 
12 
316 
6 
13 
272-0 
385-29 
5946 
0-8145 
0-8064 
93 
3078-15 
47,502 
6 
12 
252 
6 
13 
271-5 
384-77 
5938 
0-8139 
0-8058 
191 
3075-88 
47,467 
6 
12 
217 
6 
12 
271-0 
384-48 
5933 
0-8134 
0-8053 
68 
3073-94 
47,437 
6 
12 
187 
6 
12 
271-0 
384-24 
5930 
0-8125 
0-8044 
96 
3070-57 
47,385 
6 
12 
135 
6 
12 
271-0 
383-82 
5923 
0-8118 
0-8037 
94 
192 
3067-91 
47,344 
6 
12 
94 
6 
12 
270-5 
383-49 
5918 
0-8112 
0-8031 
69 
3065-64 
47,309 
6 
12 
59 
6 
12 
270-5 
383-20 
5914 
0-8098 
0-8017 
193 
3060-39 
47,228 
6 
11 
415 
6 
12 
270-0 
382-55 
5903 
0-8090 
0-8009 
70 
3057-35 
47,181 
6 
11 
368 
6 
12 
269-5 
382-17 
5898 
0-8089 
0-8008 
95 
3056-96 
47.175 
6 
11 
363 
6 
12 
269-5 
382-12 
5897 
0-8084 
0-8003 
97 
194 
3055-08 
47,146 
6 
11 
334 
6 
12 
269-5 
381-88 
5893 
0-8061 
0-7980 
96 
195 
3046-33 
47,011 
6 
11 
200 
6 
11 
268-5 
380-79 
5876 
0-8041 
0-7960 
98 
196 
3038-82 
46,895 
6 
11 
83 
6 
11 
268-0 
379-85 
5862 
0-8031 
0-7950 
97 
3035-06 
46,837 
6 
11 
25 
6 
11 
267-5 
379-38 
5855 
0-8014 
0-7933 
197 
3028-64 
46,738 
6 
10 
363 
6 
11 
267-0 
378-58 
5842 
0-8001 
0-7920 
98 
3023-72 
46,662 
6 
10 
287 
6 
11 
266-5 
377-96 
5833 
0-7995 
0-7914 
99 
3021-45 
46,627 
6 
10 
252 
6 
11 
266-5 
377-68 
5828 
0-7992 
0-7911 
198 
3020-28 
46,609 
6 
10 
234 
6 
11 
266-5 
377-53 
5826 
0-7969 
0-7888 
99 
199 
3011-59 
46,475 
6 
10 
100 
6 
10 
265-5 
376-45 
5809 
0-7946 
0-7865 
100 
200 
3002-92 
46,341 
6 
9 
404 
6 
10 
265-0 
375-37 
5793 
0-7938 
0-7858 
100 
2999-87 
46,294 
6 
9 
357 
6 
10 
264-5 
374-98 
5787 1890 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
PAllT III. 
ALPHABETICAL TABLE OF FORMULAS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS. 
Note.—The Koman numerals after the symbols of elements represent their equivalence, or combining value referred 
to hydrogen as unity. 
Symbol 
Atomic or 
Name. 
or 
Molecular 
Formula. 
Weight. 
Acetal 
c6h14o2 
117-74 
Acetanilid 
CeH6NH.C2H30 
134-73 
Acetic Ether 
c2h6.c2h3o2 
87-80 
Acetone 
c3h6o 
57-87 
Acetophenone (hypnone) 
c8h80 
119-72 
Acid, 
Acetic 
hc2h302 
59-86 
it 
Antimonic 
H3Sb04 
u 
Antimonous 
H3SbOs 
170-48 
u 
Arsenic 
H3As04 
141-74 
tt 
Arsenous. See also Arsenous Oxide . . . 
H3As03 
125-78 
u 
Aurochloric 
HAuC14 + 2HaO 
375-10 
a 
Benzoic 
hc7h6o2 
121-71 
u 
Boric 
H3B03 
61 78 
a 
Camphoric 
h2c10h14o4 
u 
Carbolic 
c6h5.oh 
93-78 
u 
Carbonic. See also Carbon Dioxide . . . 
H2C03 
61-85 
u 
tt 
Chloroplatinic 
Chromic. See Chromium Trioxide. 
H2PtCle + 6H20 
516-28 
u 
Cinnamic 
hc0h7o2 
147-65 
tt 
Citric 
h3c6h6o7 + h2o 
209-50 
tt 
Cvanic 
HCNO 
tt 
Gallic 
HC7H60b + H20 
u 
Glycerino-Phosphoric 
H2C3H706P 
171-63 
tt 
Hydriodic 
HI 
127-53 
tt 
Hydrobromic 
HBr 
80-76 
it 
Hydrochloric 
HC1 
..... 36-37 
tt 
Hydrocyanic 
HCN 
26-98 
it 
tt 
Hydrofluoric 
Hydrosulphuric. See Hydrogen Sulphide. 
IIF 
20 00 
tt 
Hypophosphorous . 
hph2o2 
65-88 
u 
Kinic (quinic) 
ho7huo6 
191-55 
it 
Lactic 
HCgH6Og 
89-79 
u 
Meconic 
C7II407 
199-51 
it 
tt 
Metaphosphoric 
Molybdic. See Molybdic Oxide. 
HPOg 
79-84 
tt 
Nitric 
HNOg 
it 
Nitrous 
iino2 
46-93 
it 
Oleic 
HC18Hgg02 
281-38 
i t 
Oxalic 
H3C2()4 + 2H20 
125-70 
it 
Oxalic (dry) 
h2c2o4 
89-78 
it 
Palmitic 
HCleII3102 
255-44 
it 
Phosphoric 
h3po4 
97-80 
tt 
Phosphorous 
H2PH03 
81-84 
it 
Picric 
CeH2(N02)30H 
228-57 
it 
u 
Prussic. See Acid, Hydrocyanic. 
Pyroboric 
h2b4o7 
157-32 
It 
Pyrophosphoric 
h4p2o7 
177-64 
It 
Salicylic 
HC7H603 
137-67 
u 
Silicic. See also Silicic Oxide 
H2Si03 
78-18 
a 
Stearic 
HCisHggOg 
283-38 part hi. 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
1891 
Acid, Succinic 
h2c4h4o4 
“ Sulphuric 
Haso4 
“ Sulphurous 
H2s03 
“ Tannic 
c14h10o9 
‘ ‘ Tartaric 
H2C4H4Oe 
“ Titanic. See Titanic Oxide. 
“ Trichloracetic 
hc2ci3o2 
“ Tungstic. See Tungstic Oxide 
“ Uric 
c6h4n4o3 
‘ ‘ Y alerianic 
hc6h902 
. . 101-77 
Aconitine 
Alcohol, Amy lie 
C6Hu.OH 
“ Ethylic 
C2H6.OH 
‘1 Methylic 
ch3.oh 
Aldehyde, Acetic 
c2h40 
1 ‘ Formic 
CIIO.H 
Alum (Potash-Alum) 
Al2(S04)3 + KaS04 + 24H20 
. . 946-46 
“ (dried) 
A12(S04)3 + K2S04 
. . 516-42 
Aluminum 
A1 C(AI2)VI] 
. . 27 04 
“ and Ammonium Sulphate 
A12(S04)3+(NH4)2S04 + 24H20. . . 
. . 904-42 
“ Hydrate 
A12(0H)6 
. . 155-84 
‘ ‘ Sulphate 
A12(S04)3+16H20 
. . 628-90 
Ammonia 
NH3 
. . 1701 
Ammoniated Mercury. See Mercur-Ammonium 
Chloride. 
Ammonio-Ferric Sulphate (Iron-Alum) 
F%(S04)s+ (NH4)aS04 + 24Ha0 . . 
. . 962-10 
Ammonium Acetate 
ni-i4c2h3o2 
. . 76-87 
“ Arsenite (metarsenite) 
NH4As02 
. . 124-83 
“ Benzoate 
nh4c7h6o2 
. . 138-72 
“ Bromide 
NH4Br 
. . 97-77 
“ Carbonate (official) 
NH4HC03.NH4NH2C02 
. . 156-77 
“ Carbonate (pure) 
(NH4)2C03 
. . 95-87 
“ Chloride 
NH4C1 
. . 53-38 
“ Citrate 
(NH4)3C6H607 
“ Iodide 
nh4i 
. . 144-54 
‘ ‘ Lactate 
nh4c3h603 
. . 106-80 
“ Molybdate 
(NH4)2Mo04 
. . 195-76 
“ Nitrate 
nh4no3 
. . 79-90 
“ Oxalate 
(NH4)2C204 + H20 
. . 141-76 
‘ ‘ Persulphate 
(NH4)2s2o8 
. . 227-66 
u Phosphate 
(NH4)2HP04 
. . 131-82 
‘ ‘ Salicylate 
nh4c7h6o3 
, . . 154-68 
“ Sulphate 
(NH4)2S04 
. . . 131-84 
1‘ Sulphhydrate 
nh4hs 
. . . 50-99 
“ Sulphide 
(NH4)2S 
. . . 68-00 
“ Tartrate 
(NH4)2C4H406 
, . . 183-66 
“ Valerianate 
nh4c6h9o2 
. . . 118-78 
. . . 129-71 
“ Nitrite 
c6huno2 
. . . 116-78 
Amylene (pentene) 
C5H10 ; 
. . . 69-85 
Antimonous Chloride 
SbCl3 
. . . 225-71 
“ Oxide 
Sb203 
. . . 287-08 
‘ ‘ Sulphide 
Sb2S3 
. . . 335 14 
Antimony 
Sb [III, V] 
. . . 119-60 
“ and Potassium Tartrate (dry) 
K(SbO)C4H4Oe 
, . . 322-23 
Antimonyl Potassium Tartrate 
2KSbOC4H4Oe + H20 
, . . 662-42 
Antipyrin. See Phenazone. 1892 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
PART III. 
Apomorphine 
. . . . c17h17no2 
266-42 
“ Hydrochlorate 
. . . . c17h17no2iici 
Arabin 
• • • • 2CeH1006 + H20 
341-20 
Arsenic 
“ Oxide 
229-60 
“ Sulphide 
309-70 
Arsenous Iodide 
• ■ • • AsI3 
454-49 
‘ ‘ Oxide 
“ Sulphide 
245-74 
Atropine 
. . . . c17h23no8 
288-38 
“ Sulphate 
. . . . (C17H23N03)2H2S04 
674-58 
Barium 
136-9 
‘ ‘ Carbonate 
. . . . BaC03 
196-75 
“ Chloride 
243-56 
‘ ‘ Hydrate 
• • • • Ba(OH)2 
“ Nitrate 
• • • • Ba(N03)a 
“ Peroxide 
“ Sulphate 
. . . BaS04 
232-72 
Benzanilid 
• • • • c13huno 
Benzene (Benzol) 
• • • • c6h6 
77-82 
Benzoic Aldehyde 
. . . . c7h6o 
105-75 
Benzyl Alcohol 
. . . . c7h7.oh 
107-75 
Beryllium 
. ... Be [II] 
9.03 
Bismuth 
. . . . Bi [III, V] 
208-9 
“ Carbonate (basic) 
. . . . (Bi0)2C03 + H20 
527-53 
“ Carbonate (normal) 
597-35 
“ Citrate 
• • • • BiC6II607 
397-44 
‘ ‘ Oxychloride 
260-23 
“ Oxyiodide 
. . . . BiOI 
351-39 
“ Suhnitrate 
. . . . Bi0N03 + H20 
304-71 
Boron 
• • • • » [III] 
10-9 
‘ ‘ Trioxide 
69-68 
Bromine 
79-76 
Brucine 
. . . . 4H20 
465-01 
“ (dry) 
393-17 
Cadmium 
111-5 
“ Iodide 
. . • • Cdl2 
364-56 
“ Sulphate 
Caesium 
• • • . Cs [I] 
Caffeine . • 
Calcium 
39-91 
“ Acetate 
. . . . Ca(C2II302)a 
157-63 
‘ ‘ Bromide 
199-43 
“ Carbonate 
. . . . CaC03 
99 76 
“ Chloride 
. . . . CaCl2 
110-65 
“ Chloride (crystallized) 
. . . . CaCl2 -f 6H20 
218-41 
‘ ‘ Hydrate 
• • • • Ca(OH)2 
73-83 
“ Hypochlorite 
. . . . Ca(OCl)2 
142-57 
“ Hypophosphite 
. . . . CaH4(P02)a 
169-67 
1 ‘ Oxalate 
127-69 
“ Oxide 
55-87 
“ Phosphate 
• • • • Ca3(P04)2 
309-33 
“ Sulphate 
135-73 
“ Sulphate (crystallized) 
. . . . CaS04 + 2Ha0 
171-65 
“ Sulphide (monosulphide) .... 
. . . . CaS 
71-69 
“ Tartrate 
187-55 
Calomel. See Mercurous Chloride. PART III. 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
1893 
Camphor 
• • C10HieO 
. 151-66 
‘ ‘ Monobromated 
. . C10H16BrO 
. 230-42 
Carbon 
■ • • C [IV] 
. 11-97 
* ‘ Dioxide 
■ • • coa 
. 43-89 
“ Disulphide 
• • cs2 
. 75-93 
Cerium 
. . . Ce [IV] (Ce2)Vl 
. 139-9 
11 Oxalate 
■ • • Ce2(C204)3 + 9H20 
. 704-78 
“ Oxalate (dry) 
• • • Ce2(C204)3 
. 543-14 
Chloral, Anhydrous 
. . . C2HC130 
£t Hydrate 
. . . C2HC130 + H20 
. 164-97 
Chloralamide 
. . . C3H4C13N02 
. 191-95 
Chlorine 
. . . Cl [I, III, V, VII] 
. 35-87 
Chloroform 
. . . CHClj, 
. 119-08 
Chrome-Alum 
• • Cr2(S04)3+K2S04 + 24Ha0 
. 996-38 
Chromium 
. . . Cr [II, VI] (Cra)VI 
. 52 
“ Sesquioxide 
■ • • Cr203 
“ Trioxide 
■ • • Cr03 
. 99-88 
Cinchonidine 
. . . C19H22NaO* 
. 293-41 
“ Sulphate 
. . . (C19H22N20)2H2S04 + 3H20t 
. 738-52 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
. . . (C19H22N20)2H2S04 
. 684-62 
Cinchonine 
. . . C19H22N20* 
. 293-41 
‘ ‘ Sulphate 
. . . (C19H22N30)2H2S04 + 2Ha0t 
. 720-56 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
Cinnabar. See Mercuric Sulphide. 
. . . (CI9H22N20)2H2S04 
. 684-62 
Cobalt 
. . . Co [II, VI] (Co2)VI 
. 58-6 
Cobaltous Nitrate 
. . . Co(N03)sr+6H20 • . 
Cocaine 
■ • • c17h21no4 
. 302-34 
“ Hydrochlorate 
. . . C17H21N04HC1 
. 338-71 
Codeine 
Columbium. See Niobium. 
, . . C18H21N03 H20 
. 316-31 
Coniine 
• . . C8H17N 
. 126-77 
Copper 
. . . Cu [II] (Cu2)Il 
. 63-18 
“ Acetate 
. . . Cu(C2H302)2 + H20 
. 198-86 
“ Acetate (basic) 
, . . Cu(C2H302)2 -|- CuO 6H20 
. 367-80 
“ Carbonate (basic) 
, . . CuC03 + Cu(0H)2 
. 220 13 
“ Sulphate 
. . . CuS04 + 5H20 
. 248-80 
“ Sulphate (ammoniacal) 
Corrosive Sublimate. See Mercuric Chloride. 
. . . CuS04 + 4NH3 + H20 
. 245 
C resol (cresylic acid) 
. . . C7H80 
. 107-75 
Cupric Oxide 
“ Sulphate. See Copper Sulphate. 
. . . CuO 
. 79-14 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
. . . CuS04 
. 159-00 
‘ ‘ Tartrate 
. . . CuC4H406 + 3H20 
. 264-70 
Cuprous Oxide 
. . . Cu20 
. 142-32 
Cyanogen 
■ • • (ON), 
. 51-96 
Didymium 
• • Di C(Oi2)vi] 
. 142 
Diethylsulphon-Dimethylmethane (sulphonal) 
. . c7h16s2o4 
. 227-59 
Diiodparaphenol Sulphonic Acid (soziodol) . 
. . . c6h4i2so4 
. 424-70 
Dimethyl Phenyl-Pyrazolon (antipyrin) . . . 
• • cnH12N2o 
. 187-65 
Diphenylamine 
. . (CeII6)2NH 
. 168-65 
Dithymol Diiodide (aristol) 
• • C20H24O2I2 
. 548-38 
Elaterin 
. . C20H2806 
. 347-20 
Erbium 
• • E [(Ejj)VI] 
. 166 
Ether, Ethylic (common sulphuric) 
Ethyl Acetate. See Acetic Ether. 
• • (C2H6)aO 
. 73-84 
“ Bromide 
* See page 414. 
. • CaH6Br 
1 See page 414. J See page 417. 
. 108-70 Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
1894 
PART III. 
Ethyl Carbamate (urethane) 
• • • • C3H7N0a 
. . . . 88-84 
“ Chloride 
. . . . 64-31 
“ Nitrite 
. . • • C2H6N02 
. . . . 74-87 
Ethylene 
• • • • c2h4 
. . . . 27 94 
Eucalyptol 
• • • • c10h18o 
. . . . 153-66 
Eugenol 
• . • • c10n12o2 
Exalgine (methyl acetanilid) 
. . . . c9huno 
Ferric Acetate 
. . . . 464-92 
“ Ammonium Sulphate 
. . . . Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4 + 24HaO . . . . 
. . . . 962-10 
“ Ammonium Sulphate (dry) .... 
. . . . Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4 
. . . . 531-06 
‘ ‘ Chloride 
. . . . Fe2Cle + 12H20 
. . . . 539-50 
“ Chloride (dry) 
• • • • Fe2Cle 
. . . . 323-98 
‘1 Citrate 
. . . . 596-60 
“ Hydrate 
.... Fe2(OH)6 
. . . . 213-52 
‘ ‘ Hypophosphite 
. . . . 50104 
“ Nitrate 
• • • • Fe2(N08)e 
. . . . 483-10 
“ Oxide (sesquioxide) 
. . . . 159-64 
‘ ‘ Phosphate 
• • • . Fe2(P04)2 
. . . . 301-36 
“ Pyrophosphate 
. . . . 744-44 
“ Sulphate (basic) 
• • • • Fe40(S04)6 
. . . . 718-58 
“ Sulphate (normal) 
• • • Fe2(S04)s 
. . . . 399-22 
Ferricyanic Acid 
. . . . HeFe2(CN)12 
. . . . 429-52 
Ferrocyanic Acid 
• • • • H4Fe(CN)6 
. . . . 215-76 
Ferrous Bromide 
. . . . 215-40 
‘ ‘ Carbonate 
. . . . FeCOg 
‘ ‘ Hydrate 
. . • • Fe(OH)a 
‘ ‘ Iodide 
.... Feljj 
. . . . 308-94 
“ Lactate 
. . . . Fe(C3H60g)2 + 3H20 
. . . . 287-34 
‘ ‘ Oxalate 
. . . . FeC204 + H20 
. . . . 161-62 
“ Oxide 
. . . . 71-84 
“ Sulphate 
. . . . FeS04 + 7H20 
. . . . 277-42 
“ Sulphate (anhydrous) 
.... FeS04 
. . . . 151-70 
“ Sulphate (dried) 
.... FeS04 + II20 
“ Sulphide 
. . . . 87-86 
Fluorine 
■ ... F [I] 
.... 19 
Gallium 
. . . . Ga [(Ga2)VI] 
Glucide (saccharin) 
. . . . C7H6S03N 
.... 182-66 
Glucinum. See Beryllium. 
Glucose 
. . . . 179-58 
Glycerin 
. . . . 91-79 
Glyceryl Trinitrate (nitroglycerin) . . . 
. . • • CgH6(NOg)g 
Glycol 
.... C2H4(OH)2 
. . . . 61-86 
Gold 
. . . . Au [I, III] 
. . . . 196-7 
“ and Sodium Chloride 
. . . . AuClg + NaCl 
. . . . 36118 
‘ ‘ Chloride 
.... AuClg 
. . . . 302-81 
Grape Sugar. See Glucose. 
Guaiacol 
. . . . 123-71 
Homatropine 
.... C16H21NOs 
. . . . 274-41 
Hydrastinine Hydrochlorate 
. . . . C11H11N02HC1 
. . . . 224-97 
Hydrogen 
• • • • H [I] 
. . . . 1 
“ Dioxide 
. . . . 33-92 
“ Oxide (water) 
• • • • h2o 
. . . . 17-96 
“ Sulphide 
• • • • h2s 
. . . . 33-98 
Hydroquinone 
.... CeHe02 
. . . . 109-74 
Hyoscine Hydrobromate 
. . . . C17H21N04HBr + 3H20 
. . . . 436-98 
“ Hydrobromate (dry) 
. . . . C17H21N04HBr 
. . . . 383 10 
Hyoscyamine 
. . . . C17H23NOs 
. . . . 288-38 PART III. 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
1895 
Hyoscyamine Hydrobromate 
• • C17II23N03HBr 
. . . . 369 14 
“ Sulphate 
. . (c17h23no3)2h2so4 
. . . 674-58 
Indigo-Blue 
• • c8h6no 
. . . 130-73 
Indium 
■ • In [(In2)VI] 
. . . 113-6 
Iodine 
I [I, III, V, VII] 
. . . 126-53 
Iodoform 
• • CHI3 
. . . . 392-56 
Iodol (tetraiodopyrrol) 
. . c4hi4n 
. . . 569-01 
Iridium 
. . Ir [II, IV] (Ir2)IV 
, . . . 192-50 
Iron 
. . Fe [II, VI] (Fea)VI 
. . . . 55-88 
“ Compounds. See Ferrous and Ferric. 
Lactose. See Sugar of Milk. 
Lanthanum 
. . La [(La2)VI] 
, . . . 138-2 
Lead 
. . Pb [II, IV] 
. . . . 206-40 
“ Acetate 
. . Pb(C2H30a)a + 3H20 
. ... 378 
“ Acetate (basic) 
. . Pba0(CaH30a)2 
. . . 546-48 
“ Acetate (dry) 
. . Pb(CaH3Oa)2 
. . . . 324-12 
“ Carbonate (official) 
. . 2(PbC03) + Pb(0H)a 
. . . . 772-82 
“ Carbonate (pure) 
. . PbC03 
. . . . 266-25 
“ Dioxide 
• • PbOa 
, . . . 238-32 
“ Iodide. ... 
• • Pbl2 
, . . . 459-46 
“ Nitrate 
• • Pb(NOs)a 
. . . . 330 18 
“ Oxide 
. . PbO 
. . . . 222-35 
“ Ked Oxide of 
• • Pb304 
, . . . 683-04 
Lime. See Calcium Oxide. 
Lithium 
.. Li [I] 
. . . 701 
‘1 Benzoate 
• • LiC7H6Oa 
. . . 127-72 
“ Bromide 
. . LiBr 
. . . . 86-77 
‘ ‘ Carbonate 
. . LigCOg 
. . . . 73-87 
“ Citrate 
• • Li3C0HBO7 
. . . 209-57 
1 ‘ Salicylate 
• • LiC7H603 
. . . . 143-68 
Magnesium 
• • Mg [II] 
, . . . 24-30 
“ Carbonate (official) 
. . (MgC03)4.Mg(0H)a + 5Ha0 . . . . 
, . . . 484-62 
“ Carbonate (pure) 
• MgC03 
, . . . 84-15 
“ Oxide (magnesia) 
. . MgO 
, . . . 40-26 
“ Sulphate 
. . MgS04 + 7H20 
. . . . 245-84 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
. . MgS04 
. . . . 120-12 
“ Sulphite 
. . MgS03 + 6H20 
. . . . 211-92 
M anganese 
. . Mn [11, IV, VI] (Mna)VI . . . . 
. . . . 54-80 
“ Dioxide 
. . MnOa 
, . . . 86-72 
Manganous Sulphate 
. . MnS04 +4HaO 
. . . . 222-46 
Menthol 
• • c10h19oh 
. . . 155-66 
Mercur-Ammonium Chloride 
• • NH2HgCl 
. . . . 251-18 
Mercuric Chloride 
• • HgCl2 
, . . . 270-54 
“ Cyanide 
• • Hg(CN)2 
“ Iodide 
• • Hgla 
. . . . 452-86 
“ Nitrate 
• • Hg(N03)2 
. . . 323-58 
“ Oxide 
• • HgO 
. . . 215-76 
'* Potassium Iodide 
. . HgIa + 2KI 
. . . 783-98 
“ Sulphate (normal) 
■ • HgS04 
. . . 295-62 
“ Sulphate (yellow or basic) 
• • Hg(Hg0)2S04 
. . . 727-14 
“ Sulphide 
• • HgS 
. . . 231-78 
M ercurous Chloride 
• • Hg2Cl2 
. . . 470-34 
Iodide 
• • Hg2I2 
. . . 652-66 
“ Nitrate 
• • Hg2(N03)2 
. . . 523-38 
‘ ‘ Sulphate 
• • HgaS04 
. . . 495-42 
M ercury 
. . Hg [II] (Hga)H 
. . . 199-8 
Methyl Alcohol. See Alcohol, Methylic. 1896 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
PART III. 
Methyl Iodide 
• • • ch3t 
. . . 141-50 
“ Salicylate 
. . . ch3c7h6o3 
. . . 151-64 
Methylene Chloride 
. . • CH2C12 
Molybdenum 
. . . Mo [II, IV, VI] (Mo2)VI 
. . . 95-9 
Molybdic Oxide 
. . . 143-78 
Morphine 
. . . c17h19no3 + h2o 
, , . 302-34 
“ (dry) 
. . . c17h19no3 
. . . 284-38 
“ Acetate 
. . . c17ii19no3.hc2h3o2 + 3H2o . . 
. . . 398 12 
1 ‘ Hydrochlorate 
. . . C17H19N03HC1 + 3H20 
. . . 374-63 
“ Hydrochlorate (dry) 
. . . c17h19no3hci 
. . . 320-75 
“ Sulphate 
. . . (C17H19N03)2H2S04 + 5H20. . . 
. . . 756-38 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
. . . (C17H19N03)2H2S04 
. . . 666-58 
Naphtalin 
• • • c10h8 
. . . 127-70 
N aphtol 
. . . C10II7(OH) 
. . . 143-66 
N arceine 
. . . 461-96 
N arcotine 
. . . CjjjjHggNO, 
. . . 412-07 
Nickel 
. . . Ni [II, VI] (Ni2)VI 
. . . 58-60 
Nicotine 
• • • c10h14n2 
. . . 161-72 
Niobium 
. . . Nb [III, V] 
Nitrogen 
• • • N [I, III, V] 
. . . 14-01 
11 Dioxide 
. . . NO 
. . . 29-97 
Olefiant Gas. See Ethylene. 
Osmium 
. . . 190-3 
Oxygen 
• • • 0 [II] 
. . . 15-96 
Palladium 
. . . 106-35 
Paracyanogen 
• • • (CN). 
. . . 77-94 
Paraldehyde 
Paramorphine. See Thebaine. 
Phenacetin 
• • • c10h13no2 
. . . 178-63 
Phenazone (antipyrin) 
. . . cuh12n2o 
. . . 187-65 
Phenol. See Carbolic Acid. 
Phosphorus 
• • • P [III, V] 
. . . 30-96 
“ Oxychloride 
. . . P0C13 
. . . 153-03 
‘ ‘ Pentachloride 
• • . PC16 
. . . . 207-81 
‘ ‘ Trichloride 
• • . PC13 
Phvsostigmine Salicylate 
• • • c16h21n3o2c7h6o3 
. . . . 412-17 
Picrotoxin 
. . . . 600-58 
Pilocarpine Hydrochlorate 
. . . CuHieNaOaHCl 
Piperazine 
• • • c4h10n2 
Piperin 
. . . C17H19NOa 
Platinic Chloride 
. . . PtCl4 
. . . 335-78 
Platinum 
. . . Pt [II, IV] 
. . . . 194-30 
Potassium 
• • • K [I] 
1 4 Acetate 
• . • kc2h302 
. . . 97-89 
“ Acid Carbonate 
. . . khco3 
. . . 99-88 
“ Acid Oxalate (salt of sorrel) . . 
. . . khc2o4 
. . . 127-81 
“ and Sodium Tartrate 
. . . KNaC4H4Oe + 4H20 
. . . 281-51 
“ Arsenite (metarsenite) 
. . . KAs02 
. . . 145-85 
“ Bichromate 
11 Bitartrate 
. . . khc4h4o6 
“ Bromide 
“ Carbonate 
. . . (K2C0s)23H20 
. . . 329-70 
4 4 Chlorate 
. . . 122-28 
44 Chloride 
. . . KC1 
. . . 74-40 
“ Chromate 
. . . K2Cr04 
1 4 Citrate 
• • • K3CeH607 + H20 
. . . 323-59 
“ Cyanide 
. . KCN 
. . . 65 01 PART III. 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
1897 
Potassium Ferricyanide 
. . K3Fe(CN)6 
44 Ferrocyanide 
. . K4Fe(CN)e + 3H20 
44 Hydrate 
. . KOH 
“ Hypophosphite ». . 
• • kii2po2 
“ Iodide 
. . KI 
44 Nitrate 
• • kno3 
44 Permanganate 
. . KMn04 
“ Sulphate 
. . k2so4 
4 4 Sulphite 
. . K2S03 + 2H20 
4 4 Sulphocyanate 
. . KSCN 
44 Tartrate 
. .:(K2C4H40e)2 + H20 
Prussian Blue (ferric ferrocyanide) . ... 
. . I e4(I e(CN)ej3 
Prussic Acid. See Acid, Hydrocyanic. 
Pyridine 
• . C6H6N 
Pyrogallol (pyrogallic acid) 
. . CeH3(0H)3 
Pyrrol 
. . C4H6N 
Quinidine 
. . CaoH24N2Oa 
44 Sulphate 
. . (CaoH24Na02)aH2S04 + 2H20 . . . 
. . . 780-42 
44 Sulphate (dry) 
• • (C20H24N202)2H2S04 
Quinine 
. . -|- 3H20 
“ (dry) 
. . CaoH24N202 
44 Bisulphate 
. . (C20H24N202)H2S04 + 7H20. . . . 
44 Bisulphate (dry) 
. . c20h24n2o2h2so4 
44 Hvdrobromate 
• . C20H24N2O2HBr + H2O 
44 Hydrobromate (dry) 
. . C20H24N202HBr 
4 4 Hydrochlorate 
. . C20H24N202HC1 + 2H20 
44 Hydrochlorate (dry) 
. . C20H24NaO2HCl 
44 Sulphate 
• • (C2 aO . . . 
44 Sulphate (dry) 
. . (c20H24N2o2)2H2so4 
“ Valerianate 
• • C20H24N202C6H i002 -f- HjjO .... 
. . . 443-07 
Quinoline 
. . c0h7n 
Kesorcin 
• • CeHe02 
Khodium 
. . Rh [II, IV] (Rh2)VI 
Kubidium 
. . Rb [I] 
Ruthenium 
. . Ru [II, IV, VI, VIII] 
. . . 101-40 
Salicin 
. . C13H1S07 
Salol (phenyl salicylate) 
. . CeH6C7H603 
Santonin 
. . C16H1803 
Scandium 
. . Sc [(Sc2)vi] 
Selenium 
. . Se [II, IV, VI] 
Silica. See Silicic Oxide. 
Silicic Oxide 
• • Si02 
Silicon 
. . Si [IV] 
Silver 
• • Ag [I] 
4 4 Bromide 
. . AgBr 
44 Chloride 
• • AgCl 
4 4 Cyanide 
. . AgCN 
4 4 Iodide 
• • Agl 
4 4 Nitrate 
• • AgN03 
44 Nitrate (ammoniacal) 
. . AgNOg -}- 2NHa 
44 Oxide 
• • AggO 
. . . 231-28 
44 Sulphate 
• • Ag2S04 
Sodium 
. . Na [I] 
44 Acetate 
. . NaC2H302 -j- 3H20 
. . . 135-74 
44 Acetate (dry) 
. . NaC2H302 
. . . 81-86 
4 4 Arsenate 
. . Na2HAs04 -f 7H20 
. . . 311-46 
44 Arsenate (dry) 
. . Na2HAs04 1898 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
PART III. 
Sodium Arsenite (metarsenite) 
. . . 129-82 
“ Benzoate 
. . . . NaC7HBG2 
. . . 143 71 
“ Bicarbonate 
, . . . NaHCOg 
“ Bisulphite 
‘ ‘ Bitartrate 
“ Borate 
, . . . Na2B4G7 + 10H2O 
. . . 380-92 
“ Borate (dry) 
. . . 201-32 
“ Bromate 
, . . . NaBrOg 
. . . 150-04 
“ Bromide 
“ Carbonate 
. . . Na2C03 + 10H2O 
. . . 285-45 
“ Carbonate (dry) 
, . . . Na2C03 
“ Chlorate 
. . . NaClOg 
“ Chloride 
. . . NaCl 
. . . 58-37 
“ Citrate 
... 2Na8C6H607 + llH20 
. . . 712-64 
“ Citrate (dry) . . 
... Na3C6H607 
. . . 257-54 
“ Cobaltic Nitrite 
• • • CoJNOo'LGNaNOo + HoO 
. . . 824-32 
‘ ‘ Hydrate 
. . . NaOH 
‘ ‘ Hypophosphite 
. . . 105-84 
“ Hyposulphite (dry) 
. . . 157-84 
“ Hyposulphite (thiosulphate) . . . . 
• • • Na2S203 + 5H20 
“ Iodide 
. . . Nal 
‘ ‘ Lactate 
• • • NaCgH608 
. . . 111-79 
‘ ‘ Molybdate 
. . . 223-70 
“ Nitrate 
. . . NaNOg 
. . . 84-89 
“ Nitrite 
. . . NaN02 
. . . 68-93 
“ Nitroprusside 
. . . Na2Fe(N0)(CN)6 + 2H20 
. . . 297-67 
“ Phosphate 
. . . Na2HP04 + 12HaO 
. . . 357-32 
“ Phosphate (dry) 
. . . Na2HP04 
. . . 141-80 
“ Pyrophosphate 
. . . Na4P2O7 + 10H2O 
. . . 445-24 
“ Pyrophosphate (dry) 
. . . 265-64 
“ Salicylate 
. . . NaC7H603 
“ Santoninate 
. . . 2NaC16H1904 + 7H20 
“ Sulphate 
. . . Na2S04 + 10H20 
. . . 321-42 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
. . . N a2S04 
. . . 141-82 
“ Sulphite 
. . . Na2S03+7H20 
. . . 251-58 
“ Sulphite (dry) 
. . . Na2SOs 
. . . 125 86 
“ Sulphocarbolate 
. . . NaCeH6S04 + 2H20 
. . . 231-56 
“ Tartrate 
. . . Na2C4II40e + 2H20 
. . . 229-56 
Soziodol (soziodolic acid) 
. . . CeH2I2(0H)S03H 
. . . 424-70 
Sparteine Sulphate 
. . . 403-23 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
• • • c16h26n2h2so4 
. . . 331-39 
Stannous Chloride 
. . . SnCl2 -f- 2H20 
. . . 225-46 
Strontium 
... Sr [II, IV] 
“ Bromide 
. . . SrBr2-f6H20 
. . . 354-58 
“ Bromide (dry) 
. . . 246-82 
“ Iodide 
. . . 448-12 
“ Iodide (dry) 
• • • Srl2 
. . . 340-36 
“ Lactate 
. . . Sr(C8H608)9 + 3H20 
. . . 318-76 
“ Lactate (dry) 
. . . Sr(CgH603)2 
. . . 264-88 
“ Nitrate 
. . . Sr(N03)3 + 4H20 
. . . 282-92 
Strychnine 
. . . 333-31 
“ Hydrochlorate 
• • • c21h22n2o2.hci 
. . . 369-71 
“ Sulphate 
... (C21H22N202)2H2S04+5H20 . . . 
. . . 854-24 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
■ • • • (C21H22N202)2H2S04 
. . . 764-44 
Sugar (cane sugar) 
. . . 341-20 
“ Grape (glucose) 
. . . 179-58 
“ of Milk (lactose) 
• • • • c12ii2201]L + h20 
. . . 359 16 PART III. 
Table of Formulas and Molecular Weights. 
1899 
Sul phonal 
CvHi6Sa04 
Sulphur 
S [II, IV, YI] 
31-98 
“ Dioxide 
SOa 
63-90 
Sulphuretted Hydrogen. See Hydrogen Sulphide. 
Tantalum 
Ta [III, V] 
Tartar Emetic. See Antimonyl-Potassium Tartrate. 
Tellurium 
Te [II, IV, VI] 
Terebene 
c10h16 
Terpin Hvdrate 
C10H18(OH)2-f-HaO 
189-58 
Thallium 
T1 [I, III] 
203-70 
Theobromine 
c7h8n4o2 
179-75 
Thiosinamine 
CS.NaH3(C3H6) 
Thorium 
Th [IV] 
Thymol 
c10h13oh 
Tin 
Sn [II, IV] 
“ Protochloride. See Stannous Chloride. 
Titanic Oxide 
TiOa 
Titanium 
Ti [IV] 
Tribromphenol 
C6H2Br30H 
Trional 
c8h18s2o4 
241-56 
Tungsten 
W [II, IV, VI] 
Tungstic Oxide 
W03 
. . . . 231-48 
Uranium 
U [IV, VI] 
238-80 
U rea 
CO(NHa)a 
Urethane . . 
C3H7NOa 
Vanadium 
V [I, III, V] 
51-10 
V anillin 
c8h803 
151-64 
Veratrine 
W ater 
HaO 
Xylene (xylol) 
C8Hi0 
105-76 
Y tterbium 
Yb [(Yba)VI] 
172-60 
Yttrium 
Y [(Ya)VI] 
88-90 
Zinc 
Zn [II] 
65-10 
1 ‘ Acetate 
Zn(CaH3Oa)2 -j~ 2HaO 
218-74 
“ Acetate (dry) 
Zn(CaH30a)a 
182-82 
“ Bromide 
ZnBra 
224-62 
“ Carbonate (official) . . 
(ZnC03)a + 3Zn(0H)a 
“ Carbonate (pure) 
ZnC03 
124-95 
“ Chloride 
ZnCla 
135-84 
* ‘ Iodide 
Znla 
318-16 
“ Oxide 
ZnO 
8106 
“ Phosphide 
n3B2 
257-22 
“ Sulphate 
ZnS04 + 7Ha0 
286-64 
“ Sulphate (dry) 
ZnS04 
“ Sulphide 
ZnS 
97-08 
“ Valerianate 
Zn(C5H0O2)a -[• 2HaO 
302-56 
Zirconium 
Zr [IV] INDEX. 
A 
Abelmoschus esculentus, 1683 
moschatus, 1683 
Abfiihrendes brausepulver, 1122 
Abfiihrpillen, 1043 
Abies, 1358 
balsamea, 1359 
balsamifera, 1358 
canadensis, 1359, 1769 
communis, 1054 
excelsa, 1054, 1359 
Fraseri, 1359 
larix, 1359 
nigra, 1359 
peetinata, 1359 
picea, 1054, 1359 
taxifolia, 1359 
Abietene, 971, 1358 
Abietic acid, 454, 1151 
anhydride, 1151 
Abkochungen, 477 
Abrastol, 1545 
Abric acid, 1545 
Abrin, 1545 
Abroma augusta, 1545 
Abrotine, 2 
Abrus precatorius, 1545 
Absinthe commune, 1 
demifine, (note) 3 
fine, (note) 3 
ordinaire, (note) 3 
suisse, (note) 3 
Absinthic acid, 2 
Absinthin, 2 
Absinthism, (note) 3 
Absinthium, 1 
Absinthol, 2 
Absolute alcohol, 123, 127, 1836 
Absorbent canton flannel, (note) 669 
cotton, 668 
Abstract of ignatia, 1690 
Abstracta, (note) 532 
Abstracts, 532 
Abstractum ignatiae, 1690 
Aburana, 1591 
Abuta rufescens, (note) 1010 
Abutilon indicum, 1545 
Abyssinian tea, 1605 
Acacia, 3 
adansonii, 4 
albida, (note) 5 
angico, (note) 7 
arabica, 3, (note) 6 
catechu, 344 
concinna, 1788 
decurrens, 4, 7 (note) 
delibrata, 1788 
ehrenbergiana, 3 
fistula, 4 
floribunda, 4 
Acacia giraffae, (note) 7 
greggii, 1702 
gummifera, 3 
homalophylla, (note) 7 
horrida, (note) 7 
karroo, 3 
melanoxylon, (note) 4 
nilotica, 3, 5 
nostras, 4 
pycnantha, (note) 7 
Senegal, 3 
seyal, 4 
stenocarpa, 4 
tortilis, 4 
vera, 3 
verek, 3, 5 
Acacias gummi, 3 
verse succus, 4 
Acajou a pommes, 1562 
Aceite de almendras, 921 
de canela, 931 
de limon, 941 
de linaza, 942 
de olivas, 952 
de ricino, 957 
de sasafras, 1767 
de trementina, 969 
Acer dasycarpum, 1545 
saccharinum, 1177, 1545 
A cerates decumbens, 1545 
Acetal, 1545 
Acetaldehyde, 1555 
Acet-amido-ethyl salicylic acid, 1584 
Acetanilid, 10 
Acetanilidum, 10 
Acetas kalicus, 1075 
morphicus, 879 
natricus, 1230 
plumbicus, 1060 
potassicus, 1075 
sodicus, 1230 
zincicus, 1470 
Acetate basique de cuivre, 1634 
d’ammoniaque liquids, 788 
de cuivre brut, 1634 
de morphine, 879 
de plomb, 1060 
de potasse, 1075 
de soude, 1230 
de zinc, 1470 
Acetate of ammonium, 788 
of ethyl, 116 
of morphia, 879 
of narcotine, (note) 989 
of potash, 1075 
of potassa, 1075 
of potassium, 1075 
of soda, 1230 
Acetato di soda, 1230 
Aceteugenol, 931, 1437 
Acetic acid, 14 
Acetic acid, camphorated, (note) 19 
acid, diluted, 14 
acid, glacial, 14, 17 
aldehyde, 1555 
ether, 116 
extract of colchicum, 553 
extract of ipecacuanha, 573 
extract of squill, 1210 
turpentine liniment, 1511 
Acetification, 1547 
Aceto-arsenite of copper, 1759 
Aceto-chloroform, 1563 
Aeetomel, 1005 
Acetone, 1546 
Aceto-ortho-toluid, 1546 
Acetophenone, 1546 
Acetosella, 1754 
Aceto-trimethyl colchicinic acid, 436 
Acetous fermentation, 1547 
Acet-p-phenetidine-sodium sulpho- 
nate, 1765 
Acetracts, 18, 528 
Acettoluid, meta, 11 
ortho, 11 
para, 11 
Acetum, 14, 1547 
aromaticum, 1487 
britannicum, 1547 
cantharidis, 12 
colchici, (note) 12 
destillatum, 17, 1547 
gallicum, 1547 
glaciale, 14 
ipecacuanhas, 12 
lobeliae, (note) 835, 1487 
opii, 13 
plumbieum, 818 
sanguinariae, (note) 1189, 1487 
saturni, 813 
scillm, 13 
Acetvanillic acid, 931 
Acetyl chloride, 379 
Acetylene, 59, 1548, 1617 
Acetyl-naphthalene, 1617 
Acetyl - para - ethoxy - phenyl - ure- 
thane, 1814 
Acetylparamidophenyl salicylate, 
1787 
Acetyl - para - oxy- phenyl - urethane, 
1740 
Acetylphenylhydrazin, 1549, 1686 
Acetyl-tribromsalol, 1624 
Acetyl-trimethyl colchicinic acid, 436 
Ache, 1569 
de montagne, 1707 
Achillea, 1549 
iva, 1549 
millefolium, 1549 
moschata, 1549 
nobilis, 1549 
Achilleic acid, 1549 1902 
Index. 
Achillein, 1549 
Achras balata, 1580 
Achrodextrin (note) 171 
Acid, abietic, 454, 1151 
abric, 1545 
absinthic, 2 
acet-amido-ethylsalicylic, 1584 
acetic, 14 
acetic, camphorated, (note) 19 
acetic, diluted, 14 
acetic, glacial, 14, 17 
aceto-trimethyl colchicinic, 436 
acetvanillic, 931 
acetyl-trimethyl colchicinic, 436 
achilleic, 1549 
aconitic, 46, 107, 1551, 1639 
adhatodic, 1550 
agaric, 1552 
agaricinic, 1552 
ailantic, 1554 
alantic, 739 
aloetic, 139 
alpha-naphtalin-sulphonic, 893 
alpha-naphthol-carboxylic, 1755 
alpha-ocynaphtoic, (note) 895 
amido-ucetic, 725 
amido-succinic, 143 
amylensulphuric, 1561 
amylic, 1555 
anacardic, 1562 
anemonic, 1117, 1779 
anemoninic, 1117 
angelic, 176, 1564 
angelicic, 1564 
anhydro-orthosulphamin ben- 
zoic, 654 
anisic, 923 ' 
anthemidic, 1628 
antimonic, 178 
antimonous, 178 
antirrhinic, 483 
apiolic, 1570 
arabic, 8 
arachic, 953 
arachidic, 1674 
aristic, 1224 
aristidic, 1224 
aristinic, (note) 1224 
aristolic, 1224 
aromatic sulphuric, 94 
arsenious, 19 
arsenous, 19 
artanthic, 861 
aspartic, 143 
atropic, (note) 261, 1291 
behenic, 1226, 1746 
benic, 1746 
benzene-sulphonic, 36 
benzoic, 30, 919 
benzoic, German, 31 
berberinic, (note) 717 
bergaptenic, 926 
beta-naphtalin-sulphonic, 893, 
1549 
beta-pyridinecarboxylic, 1349 
betulinamaric, 1587 
betulinic, 1587 
bicuhibastearic, (note) 887 
bilicholic, 603 
bilifellinic, 603 
boheic, 1811 
boracic, 33 
boric, 33, 1239 
brassic, 1226, 1620 
butyric, 1617, 1664 
caffeic, 1596 
caffe-tannic, 1596 
caffuric, (note) 282 
Acid, cahincic, 1597 
calumbic, 297 
campholic, 309 
camphorated acetic, (note) 19 
camphoric, 308 
camphor mixture, 1518 
camphoronic, 308 
camphresinic, 309 
caprylic, 1813 
capsulaesic, 1551 
carbazotic, 1767 
carbolic, 35 
carbolic, crude, 42 
carbolic, iodized, 1487 
carbolic, liquefied, 42 
carbolic, synthetical, 36 
carbonate of ammonium, 1560 
carbonate of potassium, 1076 
carbonic, 1617 
carminic, 431 
carobic, 1697 
caroborelinic, 1697 
carthamic, 1602 
caryophyllic, 338 
catechuic, (note) 346 
catechu-tannic, (note) 846 
cathartic, 1219, 1604 
cathartogenic, 1219 
cerotic, 352, 1008 
cetinelaic, 362 
cetraric, 364 
cevadic, 1446 
chelidonic, 366 
chelidoninic, 366 
chenotaurocholic, 603 
chiococcaic, 1597 
chloracetic, (note) 17 
chlorhydric, 52 
chlorogenic, 1596 
chlorophyllanic, (note) 496 
chloroplatinic, 1770 
cholic, 603 
chromic, 43 
chrysammic, 139 
chrysophanic, 1164, 1603 
cinehofulvic, 409 
cinchomeronic, 417, 1138 
cinchonic, 408, 417 
cincho-tannic, 410 
cinnamic, 255, 933, 1694 
citraconic, 46 
citric, 44 
coca-tannic, 425 
cocaylbenzoyloxyacetic, (note) 
426 
cocinic, 1678 
colchicinic, (note) 436 
columbic, 296 
coluteic, 1620 
comenic, 996 
comosic, 1733 
coniic, 448 
convolvulic, 759 
copaivic, 454, 855, 1152 
cosmic, 1733 
coumaric, 1721, 1817 
crescentinic, 1630 
cresotic, 1632 
cresotinic, 1632 
cresylic, 457, 1630 
crotonic, 977 
crotonoleic, 977 
crotonolic, 977 
crude pyroligneous, 15, 18 
cubebic, 466 
cyanhydric, 57 
daturic, 1291 
delphinic, 1825 
Acid, dextropimaric, 1055 
dextrotartaric, 105 
diacetyl tannic, 1807 
dichloracetic (note), 17 
digallic, 49, 98, 646 
digitalic, 483 
diiodparaphenolsulphonic, 1798 
diluted hydriodic, 1686 
diluted hydrochloric, 57 
diluted hydrocyanic, 57 
diluted nitric, 73 
diluted nitrohydrochloric, 75 
diluted nitromuriatic, 75 
diluted phosphoric, 82 
diluted sulphuric, 95 
dimethyl colchicinic, 436 
di-methyl-proto-catechuic, 1446, 
1783 
diolic, 280 
diorsellinic, 1711 
dioxysalicylic, 48 
disulphindigotic, 1694 
elaidic, 902 
elateric, 496 
elemic, 1644 
ellagic, 670, 1556, 1818 
ellagotannic, 1736 
embelic, 1644 
ergotic, 514 
erucic, 1226, 1620, 1778 
erythric, 1711 
erythrophloeic, 1789 
ethidene-lactic, 65 
ethylene-lactic, 66 
ethylene-succinic, 366 
euonic, 522 
euxanthic, 1693 
fellic, 603 
fellinic, 603 
ferric, 634 
ferrocyanic, 1098 
ferulaic, 237 
filicic, 242, 913 
formic, 1663 
frangulinic, 643 
fumaric, 1667 
fusco-sclerotinic, 515 
gallic, 48, 646 
gallitannic, 1668 
gallo-tannic, 98, 646 
gelsemic, 649 
gelseminic, 649 
gentianic, 653 
gentisic, 653, 1664 
gentisinic, 653 
geranic, 1760 
glacial, 16 
glacial acetic, 14, 17 
glacial phosphoric, 80 
glucic, 1180 
glycerin phosphoric, 1549 
glycocholic, 603 
glycyrrhizic, 666 
gratioloic, 1674 
guaiacic, 675 
guaiacinic, 675 
guaiaconic, 675 
guaiaretic, 675 
gurjunic, 1830 
gymnemic, 1678 
gynocardic, 1678 
hederatannic, 1679 
hederic, 1679 
helianthitannic, 1680 
helvellaic, 1735 
hemidesmic, 681 
hemipinic, 987 
henotannic, 1706 Index. 
1903 
Acid, hippuric, 1684 
hydracrylic, 66 
hydrastinic, (note) 717 
hydriodic, 745 
hydriodic, dilute, 1686 
hydrobromate of quinine, (note) 
1141 
hydrobromic, diluted, 50 
hydrochloric, 52 
hydrochloric, commercial, 55 
hydrochloric, diluted, 57 
hydrochloric, liquid, 56 
hydrocyanic, 1617 
hydrocyanic, anhydrous, 61 
hydrocyanic, diluted, 57 
hydrocyanic, Scheele’s, 61 
hydrofluoric, 1549 
hydromeconic, 996 
hydrosulphuric, 1315, 1617 
hydrosulphurous, 1252, 1315 
hyoglycocholic, 603 
hyoscinic, 721 
hyotaurocholic, 603 
hypogaeic, 1674, 1678 
hypophosphorous, 1024 
hypophosphorous, diluted, 65 
hypopicrotoxic, 1032 
hyposulphurous, 1315 
igasuric, 897 
ilicic, 1691 
indoxysulphonic, 1694 
infusion of rose, 736 
infusion of roses, 736 
iodic, 745, 1696 
ipecacuanhic, 754 
isobutyric, 232 
isocetic, 1582 
isoheptoic, 939 
isolinoleic, 943 
isophotosantonic, (note) 1192 
isovaleric, 1825 
isovitinic, 306 
itaconic, 46 
jaboric, 1037 
jalapic, 759, (note) 761 
jalapinolic, 759 
jecoleic, 948 
juglandic, 763 
kakodylic, (note) 21 
kinic, 404, 408 
kinoic, 767 
kino-tannic, 766 
kinovic, 409, 1818 
kolatannic, 1800 
kombic, 1297 
krameria-tannie, 771 
krameric, 771 
laccaic, 1703 
lactic, 65 
lactic, diluted, 68 
lactucic, (note) 773 
lsevopimaric, 1055 
laevotartaric, 105 
larixinic, 1704 
lauric, 975, 1705 
lauro-stearic, 362 
lecanoric, 1711 
leditannic, 1706 
lichen-stearic, 364 
lignoceric, 1674 
linoleic, 943 
linolenic, 943 
lobelic, 834 
lupulo-tannic, 687 
lycoctonic, 108 
maizenic, 1468, 1824 
maleic, 1667 
malic, (note) 1168 
Acid, mandelic, 685 
manganic, 847 
margaric, 903 
marine, 52 
mastichic, 860 
meconic, 987, 996 
melassic, 1180 
melilotic, 1721 
melissic, 352 
mesotartaric, 105 
metaboric, 36 
metacopaivic, 454, 1152 
meta-cresotic, (note) 87 
metagallic, 49 
metagummic, 8 
meta - iodo - ortho -oxyquinoline- 
anasulphonic, 1712 
metapectic, 8 
metaphosphoric, 80, 1024 
metarabic, 8 
metastannic, 1816 
metatartaric, 105, 811 
methyl-crotonic, 176, 1446 
methylene protocatechuic, 1628 
methylethyl-acetic, 759 
methyl-salicylic, 937 
methyltetrahydronicotinie, 1572 
monesia-tannic, 1731 
monobasic phosphoric, 80 
monochloracetic, (note) 17 
monohydrated nitric, 69 
monohydrated phosphoric, 80 
monosulphindigotic, 1694 
moric, 1714 
moritannic, 1667, 1678 
mucic, 8, 1182 
muriatic, 52 
muriatic, diluted, 57 
myotonic, 1756 
myristic, 362, 888, 1736 
myronic, 231, 1601 
myrrhic, 892 
naphtionic, 1549 
nicotinic, 1349 
nitric, 68 
nitric, diluted, 73 
nitric, monohydrated, 69 
nitric, pure concentrated, (note) 
69 
nitrohydrochloric, 74 
nitrohydrochloric, diluted, 75 
nitromuriatic, 74 
nitromuriatic, diluted, 75 
nitrophenisic, 1767 
nitroprussic, 1795 
nitrous, 70 
nucitannic, (note) 763 
nuphartannic, 1744 
nymphse-tannic, 1744 
octoic, 1813 
of hops, bitter, 687 
oleic, 75, 943, 1674 
ophelic, 370 
opianic, 714, (note) 716, 988 
orsellic, 1711 
orsellinic, 1711 
ortho-cresotic, (note) 87 
ortho-nitro-cinnamic, 1694 
ortho-nitro-phenylpropiolic, 1694 
ortho-oxybenzoic, 83 
orthophenolsulphonic, 1798 
ortho-phosphoric, 82, 1024 
orthoxyquinoline - metasul- 
phonic, 1639 
oshaie, 1752 
osmic, 1752 
oxalic, 1642, 1752 
oxycopaivic, 454, 1152 
Acid, oxymyristic, 1564 
oxynaphtlioic, 1755 
oxypentadeeylic, 1564 
oxypicric, 1693, 1784 
oxypropionic, 65 
oxypyrone-carboxylic, 996 
oxypyrone-dicarboxylic, 996 
oxysalicylic, 653 
palicouric, 1756 
palmitic, 352, 362, 953, 1757 
pannic, 240 
papaveric, 1166 
para-cresotic, (note) 87 
paraffinic, 1008 
paralactic, 66 
paraoxybenzoic, 84, 666, 1642 
paraphenol sulphonic, 1264 
parasaccharic, 666 
parasorbic, 1797 
paratartaric, 105 
parillinic, 1202 
parthenic, 1759 
paullinitannic, 677 
pectic, 1602 
pelargonic, 1665 
perchromic, 1616 
periodic, 745 
permanganic, 847 
persulphuric, 89 
phellonic, 1625 
phenic, 36 
phenol, 49 
phenylhydrazinlevulinic, 1569 
phenyllic,' 36 
phenylmethylpyrazolcarboxylic, 
1777 
phenylo-boric, 1549 
phenyl-propionic, 1738 
phloroglucin-protocatechuic, 
1642 
phosphates, Horsford’s, (note) 
78 
phosphoric, 77 
phosphoric, concentrated, 77 
phosphoric, diluted, 82 
phosphoric, glacial, 80 
phosphoric, glacial, diluted, 
1488 
phosphoric, monobasic, 80 
phosphoric, ordinary, 80 
phosphoric, tetrabasic, 81 
phosphoric, tribasic, 80 
phosphorous, 1024 
photosan tonic, 1192 
phyllocyanie, (note) 495 
phytolaccic, 1031 
picrasmic, 1131 
picrio, 1767 
picropodopbyllic, 1068 
picrotoxic, 1032 
pilocarpic, 1037 
pilocarpidic, 1037 
pimaric, 1055, 1151 
pinastrinic, (note) 362 
pinic, 1151 
pinitannic, 1816 
piperic, 1053 
piperonylic, 1628 
pipitzahoic, 1760 
podophyllic, 1069 
polygalic, 1213 
polygonic, 1589 
potassium oxalate, 1755 
potassium racemate, (note) 1458 
potassium paratartrate, (note) 
1458 
potassium tartrate) 1079 
propionic, 1192 1904 
Index. 
Acid, proteacic, 1775 
protocatechuic, 771, 1642 
prussic, 57 
pteritannic, 242 
punico-tannic, 670 
purreic, 1693 
pyrethric, 1126 
pyridine-dicarboxylic, 417 
pyridine-tricarboxylic, 1778 
pyroboric, 34 
pyrocatechuic, 765 
pyrogallic, 49, 1126 
pyroligneous, 1056 
pyroligneous, crude, 15, 18 
pyromeconic, 996 
pyrophosphoric, 80 
pyrotartaric, 306 
quassic, 1131 
quercitannic, 1132 
quillaiac, 1J34 
quillaic, 1789 
quinic, 404, 408 
quinine hydrochloride, 1142 
quininic, 1138 
quinoline-carboxylic, 417 
quinoline-sulphonic, 1699 
quinotannic, 405 
quinovic, 405, 409 
racemic, 105, 1452, 1778 
regianic, 1779 
rhatania-tannic, 771 
rheo-tannic, 1165 
rheumic, 1165 
rhodeoretinic, 759 
rhoeadic, 1166 
ricinelaidic, 960 
ricinoleic, 960, 1552, 1582 
rosolic, 1617, 1623 
rothic, (note) 763 
ruberythric, 1782 
rubianic, 1782 
rubichloric, 1668 
rutic, 1584, 1589 
rutinic, 1782 
sabadillic, 1446 
saccharic, 1180, 1272 
salicylic, 83 
salicylous, 83, 1183 
salicyluric, 86 
sanguinarinic, 1188 
santonic, 1192 
santoninic, 1192 
sarcolactic, 66 
sarracenic, 1789 
sclerotic, 515 
sclerotinic, 515 
sebacic, 759 
selinic, 1791 
silicic, 1792 
smilasperic, 681 
sodium carbonate, 1233 
solanic, 1796 
solution of nitrate of mercury, 
807 
sorbic, 1797 
soziodolic, 1798 
sozolic, 1798 
sphaeelic, 516 
spirseaic, 1799 
stannic, 1816 
stearic, 87, 362 
steocarobie, 1697 
styphnic, 152 
suberic, 1625 
succinic, 1608, 1801 
sulphate of cinchonidine, 415 
sulphate of cinchonine, 418 
sulphate of potassium, 1772 
Acid sulphites, 1804 
sulphocarbolic, 1264 
sulphocyanic, 1617 
sulpholeic, (note) 910 
sulpho-naphtylaminic, 1549 
sulphoricinic, 1804 
sulphuric, 88, 1315 
sulphuric aromatic, 94 
sulphuric, diluted, 95 
sulphuric, of Nordhausen, 89 
sulphuric, pure, 90 
sulphuric, solid, 89, 93 
sulphurous, 96, 1315 
sumbulamic, 1317 
sumbulic, 1317 
sylvic, 1151 
tampicic, (note) 760 
tampicolic, (note) 760 
tanacetic, 1353 
tanacetum-tannic, 1353 
tanaspidic, 242 
tannic, 98, 410 
tartaric, 102 
tartaric, inactive, 105 
tartrate of potash, 1079 
taurocholic, 603 
terebic, 970 
tetraboric, 34 
thapsic, 1813 
thebolactic, 987, 996 
theobromic, 975 
therapic, 948 
thiolinic, 1815 
thiosulphuric, 1252, 1315 
thujetic, 1816 
tiglic, 977 
tiglinic, 176, 977, 1446 
tormentil-tannic, 1818 
toxicodendric, 1169 
tragoponic, 1818 
tribasic phosphoric, 80 
tribromophenol-sulphonic, 1592 
trichloracetic, (note) 17 
trimethyl colchicinic, 436 
trioxybenzoic, 48 
tropic, 246, 261, 721 
tumenol-sulphonic, 1820 
turpentine-phosphoric, 1025 
turpethic, 1821 
turpetholic, 1821 
ulmic, 1180 
umbellulic, 1822 
uric, (note) 283 
urushic, (note) 1168 
valerianic, 1186, 1440, 1555, 1824 
valeric, 1824 
vanillic, 1443 
veratric, 1446,1783 
viburnic, 1186, 1451 
vitriolic, 88 
vulpinic, (note) 362 
Acide acetique. 14 
ac6tique concentrS, 14 
ac6tique dilu6, 14 
ars6nieux, 19 
azotique, 68 
azotique dilu6, 73 
benzoique, 30 
borique, 33 
carbazotique, 1767 
carbolique, 36 
carboneux,1752 
chlorazotique, 74 
chlorazotique dilu6, 75 
chlorhydrique, 52 
chlorhydrique dilu6, 57 
chromique, 43 
citrique, 44 
Acide cyanhydrique, 57 
du citron, 44 
du tartre, 102 
gallique, 48 
hydrobromique, 50 
hydrochlorique, 52 
hydrocyanique, 57 
lactique, 65 
muriatique, 52 
nitrique, 68 
oltiique, 75, 
oxalique, 1752 
ph6nique, 36 
ph6nique cru, 42 
phosphorique glacial, 80 
phosphorique medicinal, 82 
picrique, 1767 
salicylique, 83 
euccinique, 1801 
sulfureux, 96 
sulfurique, 88 
sulphurique dilu6, 95 
tannique, 98 
tartrique, 102 
tiglinic, 176 
val6rianique, 1824 
valerique, 1824 
Acido arsenioso, 19 
citrico, 44 
muriatico, 52 
nitrico, 68 
solforico, 88 
sulfurico, 88 
tartarico, 102 
valerianico, 1824 
Acidulous wines, 1453 
Acidum aceticum, 14, 15, 17 
aceticum camphoratum, (note) 
19 
aceticum concentratum, 14 
aceticum dilutum, 14 
aceticum glaciale, 14, 17 
arsenicosum, 19 
arseniosum, 19 
arsenosum, 19 
azoticum, 68 
benzoicum, 30 
benzoicum sublimatum, 30 
beta-naphtolinsulphonicum, 1549 
boracicum, 33 
boricum, 33 
borussicum, 57 
bromhydricum dilutum, 50 
bromohydricum, 50 
butyrioum, 1549 
carbolicum, 35 
carbolicum crudum, 42 
carbolicum iodatum, 1487 
carbolicum liquefactum, 42 
chloraceticum, (note) 17 
chlorhydricum, 52 
chloro-nitrosum, 74 
chromicum, 43 
citri, 44 
citricum, 44 
citricuin saccharatum, 1487 
formicum, 1663 
gallicum, 48 
gallo-tannicum, 98 
glycerino-phosphoricum, 1549 
hydriodicum dilutum, 1686 
hydrobromicum dilutum, 50 
hydrochloratum, 52 
hydrochloricum, 52 
hydrocbloricum dilutum, 57 
hydrocyanatum, 57 
hydrocyanicum dilutum, 57 
hydrofluoricum, 1549 Index. 
1905 
Acidum hypophosphorosum dilutum, 
65, 1487 
lacticum, 65 
limonis, 44 
limonorum, 44 
limonum, 44 
metaphosphoricum dilutum, 1488 
muriaticum, 52 
muriaticum dilutum, 57 
naphtylaminsulfonicum, 1549 
nitri, 68 
nitricum, 68 
nitricum dilutum, 73 
nitrohydrochloricum, 74 
nitrohydrochloricum dilutum, 
75 
nitromuriaticum, 74 
nitromuriaticum dilutum, 75 
oleicum, 75 
orthoamidosalicylicum, 1549 
oxalieum, 1752 
phenicum, 36 
phenylo-boricum, 1549 
phenylo-salicylicum, 1550 
phosphoricum, 77 
phosphoricum concentratum, 
77 
phosphoricum dilutum, 82 
phosphoricum glaciale, 80 
phosphoricum glaciale dilutum, 
1488 
galicylicum, 83 
sozolicum, 1798 
stearicum, 87 
succinicum, 1801 
sulfuricum, 88 
sulphuricum, 88 
sulphuricum aromaticum, 94 
sulphuricum dilutum, 95 
sulphurosum, 96 
tannicum, 98 
tartaricum, 102 
tartaricum saccharatum, 1488 
valerianicum, 1824 
valericum, 1824 
Acipenser beluga, 724 
huso, 724 
ruthenus, 724 
stellatus, 724 
sturio, 724 
Acoin, 1550 
Acokanthera deflersii, 1575 
oubaio, 1576 
schimperi, 1575 
venenata, 1576 
Acokantherin, 1576 
Acolytine, (note) 108 
Aconella, 988 
Aconine, 107 
Aconit, 108 
-pflaster, (note) 499 
Aconite, 108 
leaves, 108 
plaster, (note) 499 
root, 108 
Aconiti radix, 108 
Aconitia, 106 
Aconitic acid, 46, 107, 1551, 1639 
Aconitin, 106 
Aconitina, 106 
Aconitine, 106 
ointment, 1422 
Aconitinsalbe, 1422 
Aconitinum, 106 
Aconito, 108 
napello, 108 
Aconitum, 108 
anthora, 109 
Aconitum cammarum, 109 
chinense, (note) 110 
ferox, 107, 109 
fischeri, (note) 110 
heterophyllum, 109 
japonicum, (note) 110 
lucidum, 109 
lycoctonum, 107, (note) 108 
napellus, 107, 108 
neomontanum, 109 
neubergense, 109 
palmatum, 109 
paniculatum, 109 
septentrionale, 109 
storekianuin, 109 
variabile neubergense, 109 
A core odorant, 286 
vrai, 286 
Acoretin, 286 
Acorin, 286 
Acorn cups, 1825 
Acorns, (note) 1133 
Acorus calamus, 286 
Acqua, 194 
Acquavite, 1286 
rectificata, 123 
Acrid lettuce, 772 
Acridine, 1617 
Acrinyl sulphocyanate, 969 
Acrolein, 656, 901 
Acrospire, 1716 
Actaea alba, 1550 
racemosa, 386 
racemosae radix, 386 
rubra, 1550 
spieata, 1550, (note) 1681 
Actinomeris helianthoides, 1550 
Aetol, 1573 
Adansonia digitata, 1550, 1622 
gregorii, 1550 
madagascariensis, 1550 
Add-add, 1606 
Aden gum, 5 
Adenia venenata, 1550 
Adenium boehmianum, 1575 
Adeps, 112 
benzoatus, 114 
benzoinatus, 114 
lanae, 115 
lanae hydrosus, 115 
suillus, 112 
Adhatoda vasica, 1550 
Adhatodic acid, 1550 
Adhesive plaster, 508 
Adiantum capillus Veneris, 1550 
1579 
lunulatum, 1550 
nigrum, 1550 
pedatum, 1550, 1579 
Adjuvant elixir, 1490 
Adonidin, 1551 
Adonidulcite, 1551 
Adonine, 1551 
Adonis aestivalis, 1551 
amurensis, 1551 
autumnaiis, 1551 
cupaniana, 1551 
vernalis, 1550 
Adonite, 1551 
Adrue, 1637 
Adulteration of bread, (note) 1656 
of dextrin, (note) 171 
of milk, 1730 
A3gle marmelos, 1584 
ASruga, 1634 
Airugo, 1634 
Ailsculin, 649, 870 
Aisculus glabra, 1552 
A2sculus hippocastanum, 1133, 
1551 
pavia, 1552 
.either, 118 
aceticus, 116 
anaestheticus Aranii, 1613 
anaestheticus Wiggers, 1613 
bromatis, 1647 
fortior, (note) 118 
lotum, 118 
muriaticus, 1625 
purificatus, 118 
purus, (note) 118 
culphuricus, 118 
Aetherische extrakte, 912 
Aetherisches ingwerextrakt, 915 
kubebenextrakt, 914 
lupulinextrakt, 914 
muskatol, 951 
pfefferextrakt, 91£ 
senfol, 968 
vEthiops vegetabilis, 1666 
ASthusa cynapium, 1552 
Aethylenchlorid, 1612 
ASthylene bromatum, 1649 
AUthyleni bichloridum, 1612 
Aithylenum chloratum, 1612 
Aetzammoniak, 203 
Aetzender quecksilbersublimat, 688 
Aetzendes quecksilberchlorid, 688 
Aetzkalilauge, 815 
Aetznatron, 1228 
Aetznatronlauge, 822 
Affioni, 980 
African ammoniac, (note) 151 
arrow-poisons, 1575 
bdellium, 1583 
black pepper, (note) 465 
cubebs, (note) 465 
false manna, (note) 851 
frankincense, 1748 
kino, 768 
leeches, (note) 682 
marigold, 294 
pepper, 322 
saffron, 463, 1602 
tea, 1605 
turmeric, 1636 
Agallas de Levante, 645 
Agar-agar, (note) 725, 1666 
suppositories, (note) 1320 
Agaric, 1552 
acid, 1552 
blanc, 1552 
purgatif, 1552 
Agaricin, 1552 
Agaricinie acid, 1552 
Agaricol, 1552 
Agaricus albus, 1552 
atramentosus, 1552 
campestris, 1734 
ruber, 1552 
Agarythrine, 1552 
Agathin, 1553 
Agatliis australis, 1700 
damarra, 1362 
Agathophyllum aromaticum, (note) 
887 
Agathosmas, 279 
Agathotes cbirayta, 369 
Agave americana, 1553 
pulque, 1553 
virginica, 1553 
Agedoite, 666 
Ageratum conyzoides, 1553 
Aglio, 133 
Agnus scythicus, 1760 
Agopyrin, 1553 1906 
Index. 
Agrimonia eupatoria, 1553 
Agripaume, 1707 
Agropyrum repens, 1411 
Agrostemma githago, 1788 
Agua, 194 
ardiente, 1286 
Aigreinoine, 1553 
Ail, 133 
Ailanthus, 1553 
Ailantic acid, 1554 
Ailantus excelsa, 1554 
glandulosa, 1553 
Airol, 1554 
Aitken's tonic pills, (note) 1524 
Aitkin’s syrup, 1335 
Ajacol, 1818 
A jo, 133 
Ajonjoli, 966 
Ajowan, 336 
Ajuga chamaepitys, 1554, 1812 
pyrainidalis, 1554 
reptans, 1554 
Akamatsu, 1360 
Akazga, 1554 
Akazgine, 1555 
Aker lampong, 1575 
Akonitknollen, 108 
Akonitliniment, 780 
Alabaster, 293 
Alangine, 1555 
Alangium lamarckii, 1555 
Alanin mercury, 1723 
Alant camphor, 740 
Alantic acid, 739 
Alantin, 739 
Alantol, 739 
Alantwurzel, 738 
Alaun, 144 
Albane, 1678 
Albayalde, 1062 
Albero del veleno, 1168 
Albizzia anthelmintica, 1725 
Albopannin, 241 
Alcanfor, 306 
Alcaravea, 335 
Alcese segyptiacm, 1683 
Alchemilla vulgaris, 1555 
Alcohol, 123, 129, 1286, 1885 
absolute, 123 
absolutum, 123, 127 
amylicum, 1555 
anhydrous, 126, 127 
as a poison, 129 
camphoratus, 1279 
dehydrogenatum, 1556 
deodoratum, 123, 130 
deodorized, 123, 130 
diluted, 123, 130 
dilutum, 123, 130 
ethylic, 127 
ethylicum, 124 
percentage of, in liquors, (note) 
125 
percentage of, in wines, 1456, 
1457 
perfumers’, 130 
sulfuris, 331 
table of percentage and specific 
gravity, 1885 
table of the specific gravity of, 
127 
vini, 123 
Alcoholic extractof belladonna leaves, 
542 
extracts, 527 
eye-wash, 1530 
fermentation, 124 
muriatic ether, 1648 
Alcoholic solution of chloroform, 
(note) 1279 
Alcoholized iron, 637 
Alcoholmeter, Gay-Lussac’s, 1880 
Tralles’s, 1880 
Alcoholmetrical table of Tralles, 1881 
Alcohols, 1726 
Alcool, 123 
amylique 1555 
camphrf;, 1279 
de bois, 1726 
dilu6, 124 
formique, 1726 
methylique, 1726 
Alcoolat ammoniacal aromatique, 
1276 
ammoniacal fetide, 1276 
antiscorbutique, 1278 
d’anis, 1278 
de citrons, 1284 
de genievre, 1283 
d’huile d’oranges, 1278 
de lavande, 1283 
de menthe poivr6e, 1284 
de romarin, 1285 
Alcoolats, 1267 
Alcoole, 123 
Alcool 6 aromatique sulphurique, 
94 
d’ammoniaque, 1275 
de cajeput, 1278 
de cannelle, 1280 
de chloroforme, 1279 
de muscade, 1285 
Alcornoque, 1555 
Aldehyde, 13, 1547, 1555 
acStique, 1555 
resin, 13, 1273, 1547 
vinique, 1655 
Alder, 1557 
buckthorn, 641 
Ale, 1460, 1716 
Aleppo scammony, 1206 
wormseed, 1190 
Aletris, 1556 
farineux, 1556 
farinosa, 1556 
Aleurites cordata, 1556, 1830 
triloba, 1556 
triloba, oil of, 1556 
Alexandria senna, 1216 
wormseed, 1190 
Algarobia glandulosa, 1725 
Algarobilla, 1556 
Algaroth, powder of, 178, 183 
Algerian gazelle, (note) 883 
Algodon, 668 
Alhagi camelorum, (note) 851 
maurorum, (note) 851 
Alhucema, 1705 
Alicante saffron, 462 
Alisina plantago-aquatica, 1556 
Alizarin, 1782 
Alizarine, 1164 
yellow, 1668 
Alkali volatil concret, 155 
Alkalimetry, 1088 
Alkaline fluid extract of grindelia, 
569 
solution of tar, 1516 
sulpholeate, (note) 910 
sulphur ointment, (note) 1435, 
1542 
waters, 199 
Alkaloidal assay by immiscible sol- 
vents, 1855 
Alkanet, 1557 
Alkanna, 1557 
Alkanna tinetoria, 1557 
Alkannawurzel, 1557 
Alkannin, 1557 
Alkekenge, 1766 
Alkekengi, 1766 
Alkermes, 430 
AUamanda cathartica, 1557 
Allanite, 360 
Alleluia, 1754 
Allen’s test for ethyl nitrite, 1270 
Alliaria alliaria, 1557 
officinalis, 1557 
Allium, 133 
canadense, 133 
cepa, 133, 1748 
macleani, 1785 
porrum, 133, 1707 
sativum, 133, 1748 
ursinum, 134 
Allspice, 1050 
Allumbre, 144 
Allume, 144 
Allyl, 134 
hydrobromate, (note) 968 
iodide, 968 
iosulphocyanate, 968 
persulphide, 237 
pyridine, 448 
sulphide, 134 
sulphocarbamide, 1815 
sulphocyanate, 968 
sulpho-urea, 1815 
tribromide, 1557 
Allylene, 1618 
Almartaga, 1066 
Almastiga, 859 
Almendra amarga, 164 
dulce, 165 
Almidon, 170 
Almizcle, 883 
Almond, bitter, 164 
confection, 1119 
mixture, 510 
oil, 921 
oil soap, (note) 784, 1195 
sweet, 165 
Almonds, blanched, 166 
paper-shelled, 165 
Alnine red, 1557 
Alnus glutinosa, 1557 
incana, 1557 
serrulata, 1557 
Aloe, 134 
abyssinica, 138 
africana, 138 
arborescens, 135 
barbadensis, 134 
chinensis, 134 
commelyni, 135 
ferox, 135 
gereinigte, 141 
leptocaulon, 135 
multiformis, 135 
perryi, 134 
platylepis, 135 
plicatilis, 138 
purificata, 141 
purpurasecns, 135 
sahnudra, 135 
socotrina, 134 
spicata, 135 
spiked, 135 
vera, 134 
vulgaris, 135 
Aloeelixir, 1371 
Aloe-extrakt, 539 
und asafoetida-pillen, 1041 
und eisenpillen, 1041 Index. 
1907 
Aloe und mastix-pillen, 1042 
Aloepillen, 1041 
Aloes, 134 
Barbadoes, 134, 136 
Bethelsdorp, 138 
bitter extractive of, 139 
caballine, 138 
Cape, 137 
Capey Barbadoes, 136 
Curasao, 134, 136 
decoction of, compound, 478, 
1490 
fetid, 138 
hepatic, 137 
horse, 138 
Jafferabad, 138 
Mocha, 138 
Musambra, 138 
Natal, 138 
purified, 141 
shining, 137 
Socotrine, 134, 136 
test for, (note) 138 
Zanzibar, 137 
Aloes, depure, 141 
hepatique des Barbados, 134 
socotrin, 134 
sucotrin, 134 
Aloetic acid, 139 
Aloetin, 139 
Aloetinktur, 1370 
Aloin, 142 
Aloins, 139 
Aloinum, 142 
Alosa menhaden, 900 
Alpam, (note) 1224 
Alpenrose, 1780 
Alpha-amyl nitrite, 168 
-eigon, 1696 
-eigon sodium. 1696 
-eucaine, 1649 
-homochelidonine, 366 
-hydronaphthoquinone, 1640 
-lactucerol, (note) 774 
-methylchelidonine, 366 
-naphtalin-sulphonic acid, 893 
-naphthol carboxylic acid, 1755 
-naphtol, 893, (note) 894 
-oxynaphthoquinone, 764 
-oxynaphtoic acid, (note) 895 
-quinovin, 409 
-resin of mastiche, 860 
-rhamnegin, (note) 642 
-storesin, 1709 
Alphabetical table of formulas and 
molecular weights, 1890 
Alphol, 1557 
Alpinia cardamomum, 334 
galanga, (note) 1483, 1668 
officinarum, 1 668 
zingiberina, (note) 1483 
Alpranken, 487 
Alquitran, 1055 
Alraunwurzel, 1717 
Also], 1558 
Alsop’s infusion jar, (note) 729 
Alstonia constricta, 1557 
scholaris, 1640 
Alstonicine, 1557 
Alstonidine, 1557 
Alstonine, 1557 
Alstrcemeria ligtu, 1720 
Altea, 143 
Althaea, 143 
officinalis, 143 
rosea, 144 
Althiewurzel, 143 
Altschadenwasser, 835 
Alum, 144 
ammonia, 144 
burnt, 148 
cataplasm, 147 
dried, 148 
ores, 144 
potass a, 144 
Roche, 146 
Roman, 146 
root, 1683 
Scotch, 145 
slate, 144 
stone, 144 
whey, 147 
Alumen, 144 
exsiccatujn, 148 
ustum, 148 
Alumina, 147 
benzoinated solution of, 150 
hydrated, 149 
Alumini et ammonii sulphas, 144, 145 
et potassii sulphas, 144 
hydras, 149 
sulphas, 149 
Aluminium and ammonium sulphate, 
145 
hydrate, 149 
silicate, 766 
Aluminized charcoal, 331 
Aluminous schist, 144 
Aluminum, 147 
acetate, 1558 
aceto-tartrate, 1558 
and ammonium sulphate, 145 
and potassium sulphate, 144 
and sodium lactate, 1558 
boroformicum, 1558 
boro-tannate, 1590 
boro-tartrate, 1590 
chloride, 1558 
hydrate, 149 
hydroxide, 149 
naphtol sulphonate, 1558 
paraphenolsulphonate, 1798 
salicylate, 1787 
salts, 1558 
subacetate, 1558 
sulphate, 149 
tannate, 1558 
Alumnol, 1558 
Alun, 144 
ammoniacal, 144 
brflle, 148 
calcine, 148 
de fer ammoniacal, 611 
dess6ch6, 148 
Alveloz, 1651 
Alyon’s ointment, 1431 
Amadou, 1553 
Amalgamation, 222 
Amande amere, 164 
douce, 165 
Amanita csesarea, 1558, 1735 
muscaria. 1558. 1734 
pantherina, 1558 
phalloides, 1558, 1734 
Amapola, 1166 
Amaranthus hypochondriacus, 1559 
Amarantus caudatus, 1753 
Amargosin, 1604 
Amasia opium, (note) 984 
Amber, 1559, 1793, 1802 
eupion, 1696 
malt, 1716 
varnish, 1793 
Ambergris, 1559 
Amblygonite, 829 
Amboyna cloves, 337 
Ambra cinerea, 1559 
grisea, 1559 
Ambre, 1559, 1802 
blanc, 361 
Ambregris, 1559 
Ambrein, 1559 
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, 1559 
tritida, (note) 318, 1559 
Ambrosie, 1559 
Amelanchier vulgaris, (note) 165 
American agave, 1553 
alder, 1557 
aloe, 1553 
aspen, 1772 
cannabis, 313 
centaury, 1784 
columbo, 297, 1663 
dittany, 1633 
false manna, (note) 850 
gentian, 1664 « 
hellebore, 1447 
holly, 1691 
ipecacuanha, 1671 
isinglass, 724 
ivy, 1827 
mistletoe, 1828 
mountain ash, 1797 
musk, (note) 883 
passion flower, 1759 
petroleum, 263 
potash, 1087 
saffron, 1602 
sanicle, 1683 
senna, 1603 
silver fir, 1359 
spikenard, 1571 
storax, 1305 
tulip-poplar, 1710 
water hemlock, 1616 
whiskey, (note) 125 
wines, analysis of, 1454 
wormseed, 367 
Amerikanische colombowurzel, 1663 
kermesbeere, 1030 
sanikelwurzel, 1683 
senna, 1603 
Amerikanischer epben, 1827 
poley, 680 
wurmsamen, 367 
Amerikanisches starkmehl, 1719 
wurmsamenol, 931 
Amidin, 172 
Amido, 170 
Amidoacetal, 1559 
Amido-acetic acid, 725 
-aceto - para- phenetidin-hydro- 
chloride, 1764 
-benzene, 1565 
-phenols, 1559 
-succinamide, 143 
-succinic acid 143 
Amidon, 170 
de ble, 170 
de canne, (note) 173 
de froment, 170 
Amines, 1819 
Aminol, 1559 
Ammi copticum, 336, 1364 
visnaga, 1559 
Ammonia, 202 
-alum, 145 
aqua soluta, 203 
hydrochloratum, 157 
liniment, 780 
-meter, 206 
muriate of, 157 
muriaticum, 157 
-soda process, 1243 1908 
Index. 
Ammonia water, 203 
water, stronger, 205 
Ammoniac, 151 
African, (note) 151 
and mercury plaster, 499 
mixture, 509 
plaster, 500, 1501 
plaster with mercury, 499 
Ammoniacal ointment, vesicating, 
206 
Ammoniacum, 151 
mixture 509 
Ammonice benzoas, 153 
carbonas, 155 
hydrochloras, 157 
murias, 157 
nitras, 161 
phosphas, 162 
sesquicarbonas, 155 
Ammoniak, 151 
Ammoniakalaun, 144 
Ammoniakalische baldriantinktur, 
1408 
guajaktinktur, 1387 
opiumtinktur, 1398 
Ammoniakalischer eisenalaun, 611 
stinkasantgeist, 1276 
Ammoniak-emulsion, 509 
-fliissigkeit, 203 
-gummi, 151 
Ammoniak- und kampfer-liniment, 
782 
Ammoniaque, 151 
liquide, 203 
Ammoniated alcohol, 1275 
copper, 1635 
glycyrrhizin, 666 
iron, 1559 
liniment of camphor, 782 
mercury, 711 
mercury ointment, 1429 
plienylacetamide, 1561 
tincture of ergot, 1383 
tincture of guaiac, 1387 
tincture of lupulin, (note) 1388 
tincture of opium, 1398 
tincture of quinine, 1403 
tincture of valerian, 1408 
tinctures, 1367 
Ammonii arsenas, 1560 
benzoas, 153 
bromidum, 154 
carbonas, 155 
chloridum, 157 
chloridum purificatum, 157 
et ferri chloridum, 1559 
iodidum, 159 
nitras, 161 
phosphas, 162 
sulphas, 1560 
uras, 1560 
valerianas, 163 
Ammonio-chloride of iron, 1559 
-chloride of mercury, 711 
-citrate of iron, 609 
-ferric alum, 611 
-ferric citrate, 609 
-ferric sulphate, 611 
-ferric tartrate, 612 
-phenylacetamide, 1764 
-sulphate of copper, 1635 
-tartrate of iron, 612 
Ammonium, 202 
acetate, 790 
alum, 144, 145 
arsenate, 1560 
benzoate, 153 
benzoicum, 153 
Ammonium biborate, 1560 
bicarbonate, 1560 
borate, 1560 
bromatum, 154 
bromide, 154 
carbamate, 156 
carbonate, 155 
carbonicum, 155 
chloratum, 157 
chloratuin ferratum, 1559 
chloraurate, 1673 
chloride, 157 
chloride, crude, 158 
chloride, refined, 158 
embelicum, 1561 
formate, 1663 
glycyrrhizate, 667 
hydrochlorate of, 157 
ichthyol sulphonate, 1689 
iodide, 159 
iodide liniment, (note) 161 
jodatum, 159 
muriate of, 157 
muriaticum depuratum, 157 
nitrate, 161 
nitricum, 161 
persulphate, 1561 
phosphate of, 162 
phosphoricum, 162 
sesquicarbonate, 155 
succinate, 1802 
sulphate of, 1560 
sulphite, 1803 
sulphuricum, 1560 
urate, 1560 
valerianate, 163 
Ammonol, 1561 
Amome en grappes, (note) 333 
Amomi uva, (note) 333 
Amomum angustifolium, (note) 333 
cardamomum, (note) 333 
grana paradisi, (note) 333 
maximum, (note) 333 
melegueta, (note) 333 
racemosum, (note) 333 
repens, 334 
subulatum, (note) 333 
xanthoides, (note) 333 
zingiber, 1483 
Amorphous amygdalin, 776 
hyoscyamine, 721 
magnesium citrate, (note) 811 
phosphorus, 1023 
precipitated antimonious sul- 
phide, 186 
quinine, 1609 
Ampelodesmos tenax, (note) 512 
Ampelopsis quinquefolia, 1827 
Amra, (note) 6 
gum, (note) 6 
whatti gum, (note) 6 
Amrad gum, (note) 6 
Amygdala arnara, 164 
dulcis, 165 
Amygdalin, 164 
Amygdaline soap, 1195 
Amygdalus communis, 165 
fragilis, 165 
persica, 1759 
Amygdophenin, 1561 
Amyl acetate, 1665 
hydride, 1562 
nitrate, 167 
nitris, 167 
nitrit, 167 
nitrite, 167 
valerate, 1665 
valerianate, 1561, 1665 
Amylaceous ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
Amylaether nitrosus, 167 
Amylalcohol, 1555 
Amylamine chloride, 1561 
hydrochlorate, 1561 
Amyldichloramine, 1561 
Amylene, 1555, 1561 
hydrate, 1561 
Amylensulphuric acid, 1561 
Amyli iodidum, (note) 747 
Amy lie acid, 1555 
alcohol, 1280, 1555 
Amylin, 172 
Amylium nitrosum, 167 
Amylo-cellulose, 172 
-dextrin, (note) 171 
-nitrous ether, 167 
Amyloform, 1562, 1662 
Amylopsin, 1005 
Amylum, 170 
cannae, (note) 173 
iodatum, (note) 747, 1488 
tritici, 170 
Amyrin, 1644 
Amyris caranna, 1601 
commiphora, 1583 
gileadensis, 1581 
kataf, 890 
tomentosa, 1806 
Amytin, 1562 
Amytoles, 1562 
Anacahuite wood, 1562 
Anacardic acid, 1562 
Anacardium occidentale, 1562 
Anacyclus officinarum, 1126 
pyrethrum, 1125 
Anagallis arvensis, 1562 
coerulea, 1562 
Anagyrine, 1562 
Anagyris foetida, 1562 
Analgen, 1563 
Analysis of American wines, 1457 
of arrow-root, 1719 
of commercial peppers, 1052 
of cow’s milk, 1728, 1729 
of European wines, 1456 
of ginger-root, (note) 1484 
of honey, 863 
of kefir, 1701 
of koumys, 1701 
of matzoon, 1701 
of meat preparations, 1654 
of mustard seeds and mustard 
flour, 1227 
of red whortleberry, (note) 1438 
of sea water, (note) 200 
of tea, 1811 
of various kinds of potash, 1087 
of various sorts of opium, (note) 
986 
Anamirta cocculus, 1618 
paniculata, 1031, 1618 
Anamirtin, 1032 
Ananas sativus, 1768 
Ananassa sativa, 1768 
Anaphalis margaritacea, 1568, 1673 
Anarcotine, 988 
Anasin, 1563 
Anatolia opium, (note) 986 
Anchietea salutaris, 1563 
Anchietine, 1563 
Anchusa italica, 1563 
officinalis, 1563 
tinctoria, 1557 
Anchusic acid, 1557 
Anchusin, 1557 
Anda brasiliensis, 1745 
gomesii, 1745 Index. 
1909 
Anderson’s Scots pills, (note) 1042 
Andira anthelmintica, 1593 
araroba, 221, 385 
inermis, 15*13 
retusa, 1593 
Andirin, 1593 
Andornkraut, 854 
Andrographis paniculata, (note) 369. 
1563 
Andromeda, 1563 
arborea, 1563 
japonica, 1563 
lesohenaultii, 1563 
mariana, 1563 
Andrometoxin, 1563 
Andropogon annulatus, (note) 851 
arundinaceus, 1798 
calamus, 1746 
citratus, 1746 
iwarancusa, 1746 
nardus, 1746, 1760 
schoenanthus, 1760 
Anemone acutiloba, 1682 
camphor, 1117, 1779 
hepatica, 1682 
ludoviciana, 1117 
memorosa, 1117 
nuttalliana, 1117 
patens, 1117 
pratensis, 1117 
pulsatilla, 1117 
Anemonic acid, 1117, 1779 
Anemonin, 1117, 1779 
Anemoninic acid, 1117, 1779 
Anemopsis californica, 1685 
Anesin, 1563 
Aneson, 1563 
Aneth, 173 
a odeur forte, 922 
Anethi fructus, 173 
Anethol, 923, (note) 1491 
Anethum foeniculum, 640 
graveolens, 173, 922 
Aneto, 922 
Angelic acid, 176, 1564 
ester of hexyl, 924 
ester of isamyl, 924 
ester of isobutyl, 924 
Angelica, 1563 
anomala, 1564 
archangelica, 1564, 1824 
atropurpurea, 1563 
refraeta, 1564 
-tree, 1466, 1571 
Angelicic acid, 1564 
Angico gum, (note) 7 
Angola weed, 1711 
Angophora intermedia, (note) 769 
Angora opium, (note) 984 
Angostura cuspare, 472 
Angosturine, 472 
Angrsecum fragrans, 1564 
Anguillula aceti, (note) 13 
Angustura, 471 
-aufguss, 733 
Angusturarinde, 471 
Angusture, 471 
Anhaline, 1564 
Anhalonidine, 1564 
Anhalonine, 1564 
Anhalo"nium, 1564 
fissuratum, 1564 
jourdanianum, 1565 
lewinii, 1564 
prismaticum, 1565 
williamsii, 1565 
Anhydro-ecgonine, 426 
-gluco-chloral, 1612 
Anhydro - orthosulphaminbenzoic 
acid, 654 
Anhydrotimboin, 1816 
Anhydrous alcohol, 126, 127 
chloral, 371 
chromic acid, 43 
hydrocyanic acid, 59, 61 
Anil, 1565 
Anilina, 1565 
Aniline, 1565 
black, 1566 
camphorate, 1567 
oil, 1566 
red, 1624 
sulphate, 1567 
Anilipyrin, 1567 
Animal albumin, 1656 
charcoal, 326 
charcoal, purified, 328 
oil, 158 
oil soda soap, 1197 
oleins, 900 
poisons, 1576 
quinoidine, 1137 
Anime, 1567, 1622 
Anis, 174 
vert, 174 
Anisated powder of rhubarb and 
magnesia, 1527 
Anise, 174 
bark oil, 1567 
6toilfi, 726 
water, 207 
Aniseed, 174 
cordial, 1491 
Anisgeist, 1278 
Anisi fructus, 174 
Anisic acid, 923 
Anisodus luridus, 1568 
Anisol, 923 
Anison, 174 
Anissame, 174 
Anisum, 174 
Aniswasser, 207 
Annatto, 1568 
Annidalin, 1568 
Annis de Siberie, 174 
Annotta, 1568 
Annulated ipecacuanha, 753 
Anodyne liniment, 783 
Anogeissus latifolia, (note) 6 
Anona, 1568 
muriatica, 1568 
palustris, 1568 
spinescens, 1568 
squamosa, 1568 
Antacrid tincture, 1537 
Antennaria margaritacea, 1568 
Anthemidic acid, 1628 
Anthemidine, 1628 
Anthemidis flores, 175 
Anthemis, 175 
arvensis, 175 
cotula, 175, 1628 
nobilis, 175 
parthenoides, 176 
pyrethrum, 175 
tinctoria, 175 
Anthozoa, 1623 
Anthracene, 139, 1164, 1617 
Anthracite, 325 
Anthrakokali, 1568 
Anthrarobin, 1568 
Anthrarobins, 385 
Anthrenus, (note) 319 
Anthriscus cerefolium, 1568 
Anthro-arobin, 1568 
Antiarin, 1574 
Antiaris toxicaria, 1574 
Antibacteride, (note) 34 
Antibilious pills, 1043 
Antichlor, 1253 
Antidote to arsenious acid, 24, 625 
Antidotum arsenici, 25, 625 
Antidyspeptic pills, 1523 
Antifebrin, 10 
Antihydropin, 1568 
Antilles rhatany, (note) 770 
Antilope dorcas, (note) 883 
Antimoine, 177 
cru, 184 
sulfure, 184 
Antimon, 177 
Antimonates, 178 
Antimonia, 177 
Antimonial plaster, (note) 500 
powder, 1119 
powder of the London College, 
1119 
wine, 1461 
Antimoniate of quinine, 1139 
Antimoniated hydrogen, 1569 
Antimonic acid, 178 
sulphide, 187 
Antimonii et potassii tartras, 178 
iodidum, 1569 
oxidum, 182 
oxysulphuretum, 185 
potassio-tartras, 178 
sulphidum, 184 
sulphidum purificatum, 185 
sulphuretum aureum, 185 
Antimonio crudo, 184 
Antimonious oxide, 182 
Antimonites, 178 
Antimonium, 177 
crudum, 184 
diaphoreticum, 1639 
nigrum, 184 
nigrum purificatum, 185 
sulphuratum, 185 
tartaratum, 178 
tartarizatum, 178 
Antimonous acid, 178 
oxide, 177 
sulphide, 177 
Antimonoxyd, 182 
Antimony, 177 
and potassium tartrate, 178 
argentine flowers of, 177 
arsenate, 1569 
ash, 177 
crude, 184 
iodide, 1569 
nitromuriatic oxide of, 1775 
ore, 184 
oxide, 182 
oxysulphide, 177 
oxysulphuret of, (note) 186, 188 
pentasulphide, 187 
pentoxide, 178 
sulphide, 184 
sulphide, amorphous precipi- 
tated, 186 
sulphide, golden, 185, 187 
sulphide, native, 184 
sulphide, precipitated, 185 
sulphide, purified, 185 
sulphurated, 185 
sulphuret of, artificial, 184 
sulphuret of, golden, 185, 187 
tartrate, (note) 179 
tersulphide, 177 
tetroxide, 177 
trioxide, 177, 182 
trisulphide, 184 1910 
Index. 
Antimony trisulphide, purified, 185 
Antinervin, 1569, 1786 
Antineuralgic pills, 1523 
Antinonnin, 1569 
Antinosine, 1743 
Antiperiodic pills, 1523 
tincture, 1537 
Antipyonin, 1796 
Antipyrin, 1019 
salicyl acetate, 1778 
salicylate, 1786 
Antipyrine, 1019 
mandelate, 1821 
Antirrhinic acid, 483 
Antirrhinum linaria, 1569 
Antisepsin, 1569 
Antiseptic catgut, (note) 940 
dressings, (note) 690 
Antiseptin, 1569 
Antiseptol, 1569 
Antispasmin, 1569 
Antithermin, 1569 
Antonskraut, 1645 
Anusol, 1569 
Aperitive saffron of Mars, (note) 624 
Apfelsinenschalen, 249 
-conserve, (note) 444 
Apfelsinenschalenol, 924 
Aphyllon uniflorum, 1750 
Apiin, 1570 
Apiol, 1570 
Apiolaldehyde, 1570 
Apiolic acid, 1570 
Apion, 1570 
Apis mellifica, 349, 862 
Apium graveolens, 1569 
nodiflorum, 1793 
petroselinum, 1569 
Aplopappus baylahuen, 1679 
discoideus, 1638 
Apoatropine, 262 
Apocodeine, (note) 433 
Apocynein, 189 
Apocynin, 189 
Apocynteine, 189 
Apocynurn, 188 
androsasmifolium, 188 
cannabinum, 188, 1376 
Apodicinchonine, 408 
Apodiquinidine, 408 
Apolisin, 1570 
Apolysin, 1570 
Apomorphinae hydrochloras, 189 
hydrochloridum, 189 
Apomorphine, 189 
hydrochlorate, 189 
hydrochloride, 189 
Apomorphinum hydrochloricum, 189 
Aponarceine, (note) 990 
Apo-pseudaconitine, 107 
Apoquinamine, 408 
Apoquinidine, 407 
Apothecaries’ measure, 1873 
weight, 1872 
Apozeme sudorifique, 480 
Apple essence, 1665 
oil, 1665 
-tree juice, (note) 769 
whiskey, 1280 
Approximate measurement, 1877 
Apyonin, 1566 
Aqua, 194 
acidi carbonici, 201 
acidula simplicior, 201 
ammonise, 203 
ammonias fortior, 205 
amygdalae amarae, 207 
amygdalarum amararum, 207 
Aqua anethi, 207 
anisi, 207 
aurantii floris, 208 
aurantii florurn, 208 
aurantii florurn fortior, 209 
calcariae, 793 
calcis, 793 
cainphorae, 209 
camphorata, 209 
carui, 210 
carvi, 210 
chlorata, 210 
chlori, 210 
chlorini, 210 
chloroformi, 211 
cinnamomi, 212 
communis, 194 
creosoti, 212 
destillata, 212 
florurn naphae, 208 
fluvialis, 196 
foeniculi, 214 
fontana, 195 
fortis, 68 
fortis, double, 70 
fortis, single, 70 
hamamelidis spirituosa, 1488 
hydrogenii dioxidi, 214 
laurocerasi, 218 
luciae, 1195 
menthae piperitae, 219 
menthae viridis, 219 
mercurialis nigra, 835 
nigra, 835 
oxymuriatica, 210 
phagedaenica, 689, 835 
phagedaenica flava, 1518 
phagedaenica nigra, 835, 1518 
pimentae, 220 
plumbi, 815 
regia, 74 
rosae, 220 
rosae fortior, 221 
sambuci, 221 
sappharina, 469 
sedativa, 1488 
Aquae, 190 
destillatae, 190 
Aqueous extract of aloes, 539 
extracts, 527 
tincture of rhubarb, 1540 
Aquilegia vulgaris, 1570 
Aquilegine, 1570 
Arabian frankincense, 1748 
myrrh of Hanbury, (note) 891 
myrrh of Dymock, (note) 891 
Arabic acid, 8 
Arabin, (note) 4, 8 
sugar, 8 
Arabinol pentanitrate, 1741 
Arabinon, 8, 1176 
Arabinose, 8, 1176, 1410 
Arabisches gummi, 3 
Aracati jaborandi, 1036 
Arachic acid, 953 
Arachidic acid, 1674 
Arachis hypogaea, 1674 
Arab, 859 
Aralia, 1571 
californica, 1571 
hispida, 1571 
nudicaulis 1571 
quinquefolia, 1757 
racemosa, 1571 
spinosa, 1466, 1571 
Araliin, 1571 
Araliretin, 1571 
Araroba, 221, 385 
Araucaria dombeyi, 1362 
Arbol de la cera, (note) 353 
Arbooznyi miod, 1633 
Arbor alba minor, 927 
vitae, 1815 
Arbre a suif, 1736 
Arbutin, 1438, 1629, 1645 
Arbutus uva ursi, 1437 
Arcanum duplicatum, 1111 
Archangelica officinalis, 1564, 1825 
Archil, 1711 
Arctium lappa, 775 
minus, 775 
tomentosum, 775 
Arctostaphylos glauca, 1437 
uva ursi, 1437 
Arctuvine, 1438 
Ardent spirits of commerce, 125 
Areca catechu, (note) 347, 1571 
nut, (note) 347, 1571 
red, 1572 
Arecaidine, 1572 
Arecaine, 1572 
Arecoline, 1572 
hydrobromate, 1572 
Arekane, 1572 
Arekaniisse, 1571 
Arenga saccharifera, 1784 
Argel, 1216 
Argemone, 1572 
mexicana, 1572 
Argent, 221 
raffing, 221 
Argentamin, 1572 
Argenti ammonio-chloridum, 1573 
chloridum, 1573 
citricum, 1573 
cyanidum, 223 
fluoridum, 1573 
iodidum, 223 
lactas, 1573 
nitras, 224 
nitras dilutus, 226 
nitras fusus, 227 
nitras induratus, 227 
nitras mitigatus, 226 
oxidum, 229 
quinaseptolas, 1573 
sulphophenas, 1573 
Argentic oxide, 229 
Argentine flowers of antimony, 
177 
Argento, 221 
Argentol, 1573 
Argentum, 221 
casein, 1573 
chlorato-ammoniatum, 1573 
cyanatum, 223 
fluoratum, 1573 
laeticum, 1573 
nitricum 224 
nitricum fusum, 227 
oxydatum, 229 
solubile, 1573 
vivum, 707 
Argilla ferruginea, 1590 
hydrata, 149 
pura, 149 
Arginine, 1713 
Argol, 102,1080 
Argonin, 1573 
Argue], 1216 
Aricine, 407 
Arillus myristicae, 837 
Arisaema triphyllum, 1576 
Aristic acid, 1224 
Aristidic acid, 1224 
Aristinic acid, (note) 1224 Index. 
1911 
Aristol, 1568, 1574 
Aristolic acid, 1224 
Aristolin, 1224 
Aristolochia anguicida, 1221 
argentina, 1221 
bracteata, (note) 1224 
brasiliensis, 1221 
clematitis, 1221 
cymbifera, 1221, 1675 
foetida, 1221 
fragrantissima, 1675 
geminiflora, 1675 
grandiflora, 1675 
hastata, 1222 
hirsuta, 1222 
indica, 1221 
longa, 1221 
macroura, 1221 
maxima, 1221, 1675 
pentandra, 1675 
pistolochia, 1221 
reticulata, 1223 
rotunda, 1221, 1812 
sagittata, 1222 
sempervirens, 1221 
serpentaria, 1222 
tomentosa, 1222 
trilobata, 1221 
Aristolochine, 1223, 1591 
Arizona shellac, 1797 
Armeniacum, 152 
Armenian bole, 1590 
Armeria vulgaris, 1574 
Armoise amere, 1 
Armoracia, 230 
Armoracite radix, 230 
Arnatta, 1568 
Arnica, 231 
bliithen, 231 
flowers, 231 
montana, 231 
plaster, 500 
rhizome, 231 
root, 231 
Arnicas flores, 231 
radix, 231 
rhizoma, 231 
Arnicapflaster, 500 
Arnicine, 232 
of Walz, 232 
Arnika-extrakt, 540 
Arnikatinktur, 1371 
Arnikawurzel, 231 
Arnotta, 1568 
Aromadendrin, 769 
Aromatic camphor mixture, 1518 
confection, (note) 444 
elixir, 497 
elixir of eriodictyon, 1494 
elixir of glycyrrhiza, 1496 
elixir of liquorice, 1496 
elixir of yerba santa, 1494 
fluid extract, 541 
fluid extract of cascara sagrada, 
(note) 589, 1508 
fluid extract of rhamnus pur- 
shiana, 1508 
fluid extract of yerba santa, 
(note) 561 
pepsin, 1522 
plaster, 1501 
powder, 1120 
powder of chalk, 1121, 1525 
powder of chalk with opium, 
1121, 1525 
solution of pepsin, 1515 
spirit, 1529 
spirit of ammonia, 1276 
Aromatic spirit of vinegar, (note) 19 
sugar, (note) 1121 
sulphuric acid, 94 
syrup, 1328 
syrup of blackberry, (note) 1172, 
1536 
syrup of cascara, 1331 
syrup of eriodictyon, 1532 
syrup of galls, (note) 647 
syrup of rhubarb, 1341 
syrup of senna, 1536 
syrup of yerba santa, 1532 
tincture, 1537 
tincture of rhubarb, 1403 
vinegar, (note) 19, 1487 
wine, 1827 
wine of coca, 1543 
wine of erythroxylon, 1543 
Aromatische latwerge, (note) 444 
Aromatischer ammoniakgeist, 1276 
Aromatisches pulver, 1120 
wein, 1827 
Aromatized iodoform, 1510 
Arrack, 125 
Arrow-poisons, 1574 
Arrow-root, 1719 
Arrowmehl, 1719 
Arsenate of iron, 604 
of strychnine, 1801 
Arseni iodidum, 233 
Arsenias natricus, 1231 
sodieus, 1231 
Arseniate de fer, 604 
de soude, 1231 
Arseniate of iron, 604 
of soda, 1231 
Arsenic, 19, 234 
antidote, 24, 625 
blanc, 19 
bromide, (note) 791 
disulphide, 1779 
-eaters, 22 
iodide, 233 
oxide, 234 
tersulphide, 1315 
tests for, 1836 
trioxide, 19 
white, 19 
Arsenical iron, 19 
paste, 22 
poisoning, 23 
solution, 817 
Arsenicalism, 22 
Arsenichte saure, 19 
Arsenici iodidum, 233 
Arsenico, 19, 234 
bianco, 19 
Arsenicum, 234 
album, 19 
jodatum, 233 
Arsenige saure, 19 
Arsenii iodidum, 233 
Arsenik, 19, 234 
Arsenikjodiir, 233 
Arsenious acid, 19 
anhydride, 19 
iodide, 233 
oxide, 19 
Arsenium, 234 
Arseno-pyrite, 19 
Arsenous acid, 19 
oxide, 19 
Arsensaure natronlosung, 825 
Arsensaures natron, 1231 
Arsensaureseisen, 604 
Arsenum, 234 
Art of prescribing medicines, 1868 
Artanthe adunca, 861 
Artanthe elongata, 860 
Artanthic acid, 861 
Artarine, 1467 
Artar-root, 1467, 1576 
Artemisia abrotanum, 2 
absinthium, 1 
chinensis, 2, 1732 
cina, 1190 
frigida, 1576 
gallica, (note) 1190 
glomerata, 1190 
herba-alba, (note) 1190 
indica, 2, 1732 
judaica, 1190 
ludovieiana, 2 
maritima, 1190 
moxa, 1732 
pauciflora, 1190 
pontica, 2 
ramosa, 1190 
santonica, 2 
sieberi, 1190 
stechmanniana, 1190 
vulgaris, 2, 1732 
Artemisin, 1191 
Artemisio axenjo, 1 
Artesian wells, 196 
Arthanite, 1636 
Arthanitin, 1636 
Arthriticine, 1768 
Artificial alizarin, 1782 
bone-black, 331 
borax, 1234 
camphor, 970 
caoutchouc, 1600 
Carlsbad salt, 1528 
Cheltenham salts, 1609 
fruit essences, 1664 
gum, 10, (note) 171, 1827 
Kissingen salt, 1528 
musk, 1735 
nitre-beds, 1105 
oil of bitter almond, 1741 
oil of wintergreen, 869, 937 
orpiment, 1750 
salicylic acid, (note) 87 
soda, 1242 
sulphuret of antimony, 184 
vanilla, 1443 
Vichy salt, 1528 
Artocarpus incisa, 1720 
Arum, 1576 
esculentum, 1577 
maculatum, 1576 
triphyllum, 1576 
Asa dulcis, 263 
Asafetida, 235 
mixture, 510 
plaster, (note) 238, 1501 
syrup of, (note) 238 
Asafoetida, 235 
amygdaloides, (note) 236 
-emulsion, 510 
-pillen, 1043 
Asagraea officinalis, 1783 
Asaprol, 1545, 1577 
Asarabacca, 1577 
Asarene, 1578 
Asaresino-tannol, (note) 236 
Asaret du Canada, 1578 
Asarin, 1577, 1578 
Asarite, 1577 
Asarol, 1578 
Asaron, 1577 
Asarone, 1578 
Asarum, 1577 
camphor, 1577 
canadense, 1578 1912 
Index. 
Asarum europium, 1577 
Asbestos, 1578 
Asbolin, 1578 
Asclepiadin, 238 
Asclepias, 238 
contrayerva, (note) 761 
cornuti, 238 
curassavica, 238, 1578 
gigantea, 1599 
incarnata, 238 
officinale, 238 
syriaca, 238 
tuberosa, 238 
verticillata, 238 
vincetoxicum, 238, 1214, 1637 
Asclepin, 238 
Asclepiodora decumbens, 1545 
Asclepion, 238 
Asebotoxin, 1563 
Aselline, 948 
Asepsin, 1569, 1732 
Aseptol, 1798 
Ashantee pepper, (note) 465, 1051 
Ash-color cantharis, (note) 318 
Asiatic arrow-poisons, 1574 
pills, 23 
Asimina triloba, 1578 
Asiminine, 1578 
Asparagin, 143, 166, 666, 1578 
mercury, 1723 
Asparagus, 1578 
officinalis, 1578 
Asparamide, 143 
Aspartic acid, 143 
Aspen, 1772 
tar, 1056 
Asperge, 1578 
Asphaltum, 1761 
Asphodelus bulbosus, 1579 
Aspidium, 239 
athamanticum, 240 
filix foemina, 1579 
filix mas, 239, 1579 
goldianum, 240 
marginale, 240 
mildeanum, (note) 240 
rigidum, 240 
Aspidosamine, 244 
Aspidosperma, 242 
quebracho-bianco, 242 
Aspidospermatine, 244 
Aspidospermine, 243 
Asplenium, 1579 
adiantum nigrum, 1579 
filix foemina, 240, 1579 
scolopendrium, 1790 
trichomanes, 1550, 1579 
Assacou, 1685 
Assafetida, 235 
Assafoetida, 235 
disgunensis, 235 
Assay of alkaloids, 1855 
of cinchona, 411 
of cinchona bark, Dr. Squibb’s, 
(note) 412 
of extract of nux vomica, 582 
of extract of opium, 583 
of opium, 997 
of tincture of opium, 1398 
Asse-f6tide, 235 
Assenzio, 1 
Aster puniceus, 1579 
Asteracantha longifolia, 1579 
Asthma paper, 364 
Astragalus adscendens, 1410 
anisacanthus, (note) 851 
aristatus, 1409 
brachycalyx, 1410 
Astragalus creticus, 1409 
drummondii, 1712 
gummifer, 1409 
heratensis, 1410 
kurdicus, 1410 
, leioclados, 1410 
massiliensis, 1409 
microcephalus, 1410 
mollissimus, 1712 
parnassi, 1410 
pycnocladus, 1410 
strobiliferus, 1409 
stromatodes, 1410 
tragacantha, 1409 
verus, 1409 
Astringent and escharotie mixture, 
1518 
lotion, 1517 
saffron of Mars, (note) 624 
wines, 1453 
Atees, (note) 109 
Atesine, (note) 109 
Atherosperma moschata, 887, 1579 
moschatum, 966 
Atherospermine, 1579 
Athyrium filix foemina, 1579 
Atis, (note) 109 
Atisine, (note) 109 
Atkinson’s depilatory, 1750 
Atraphaxia spinosa, (note) 851 
Atrocarpus incisa, 1720 
Atropa, 260 
belladonna, 259 
mandragora, 1717 
Atropamine, 262 
Atropia, 245 
sulphate of, 248 
Atropic acid, (note) 261, 1291 
Atropin, 245 
Atropina, 245 
Atropinas sulphas, 248 
Atropine, 245, 261, 1291 
ointment, 1423 
salicylate, (note) 248 
sulphate, 248 
Atropinsalbe, 1423 
Atropinum, 245 
santonicum, (note) 248 
sulfuricum, 248 
Atroscine, (note) 261 
Attaleh, 5 
Attar of rose, 961 
Aubergier’s syrup of laetucarium, 
(note) 1338 
Aufgiisse, 728 
Augentrost,1652 
Aune noir, 1557 
Aunee, 738 
Auramine, 1566 
Aurantianarin, 251 
Aurantii amari cortex, 249 
cortex recens, 249 
cortex siccatus, 249 
dulcis cortex, 249 
flores, 250 
oleum, 251 
pericarpium, 249 
Auri et sodii chloridum, 252 
Aurin, 1623 
Aurum, 252 
Aurum-kalium bromatum, 1673 
Australian fever bark, 1557 
gum, (note) 7 
kino, 769 
manna, 1650 
mannas, (note) 851 
sassafras, 1579 
Autumnal crocus, 462 
Ava, 1579 
Aveloz, 1651 
A vena sativa, 1744 
Avenae farina, 1744 
Avenin, 1744 
Avens, 1670 
Avoira elais, 900 
Avoirdupois weight, 1872 
Axonge, 112 
balsamique, 114 
benzoin6e, 114 
Axungia, 112 
balsamica, 114 
benzoata, 114 
benzoinata. 114 
pedum tauri, 1738 
porci, 112 
porcina, 112 
Aya-pana, 523 
Aydendron laurel, 1766 
Azadiraehta indica, 1580 
Azafran, 461 
Azalea indica, 1563 
Azedarach, 1580 
Az6gue, 707 
Azole, 1580 
Azolitmin, 1711 
Azotas argenticus, 224 
argenticus fusus, 227 
plumbicus, 1065 
sodicus, 1254 
Azotate d’ammoniaque, 161 
d’argent, 224 
d’argent fondu, 227 
de fer liquide, 802 
de potasse, 1105 
de soude, 1254 
Azotite d’amyl, 167 
Azucar de pilon, 1174 
de plomo, 1060 
refinado, 1174 
Azufre, 1312 
Azulene, 2, 862, 905 
Azure, 1793 
B 
Babool gum, (note) 6 
Baccae cubebas, 465 
juniperi, 1698 
Baccharine, 1580 
Baceharis coridifolia, 1580 
Bacher’s pills, 1682 
Bacillus acidi lactici, 66, 1700 
amylozymicus, 1555 
kephir, 1700 
nitrificans, 1106 
Badeschwamm, 1799 
Badiane, 174, 726 
Bael fruit, 1584 
Baguenaudier, 1620 
Baies de genievre, 1698 
Balaena mistecetus, 901 
rostrata, 1747 
Balanites roxberghii, 1580 
Balata, 1580, 1678 
Balaustines, 670 
Balbij, 1545 
Baldrianol, (note) 1440 
Baldriansaure, 1824 
Baldriansaures ammonium, 163 
chinin, 1149 
zinkoxyd, 1482 
Baldriantinktur, 1407 
Baldrianwurzel, 1439 
Balm, 865 
of Gilead, 1361, 1581 
of Gilead tree, 1359 Index. 
1913 
Balmony, 1609 
Balsam, 1361 
-apple, 1731 
capivi, 452 
copaiba, 452, 1830 
of copaiba, 452 
of fir, 1361 
of Gilead, 1581 
of Peru, 253 
of St. Thome, 1581 
of sulphur, 906, 1581 
of Tolu, 256 
-weed, 1692 
wood, 1581 
Balsamina, 1731 
Balsamito, 254 
Balsamo bianco, 254 
de copayva, 452 
de taguloway, 1759 
de Tolu, 256 
del Peru, 253 
del Tolu, 256 
di copaiba, 452 
negro, 253 
Balsamocarpum brevifolium, 1556 
Balsamodendron berryi, 1581 
ehrenbergianum, 890 
gileadense, 1581 
myrrha, 890 
opobalsamum, 890 
Balsamorrhiza terebinthacea, 1581 
Balsams of sulphur, 906 
Balsamum antarthriticum indicum, 
1581 
canadense, 1357 
carpaticum, 1781 
commendatoris, 1374 
copaiva, 452 
dipterocarpi, 1830 
gileadense, 1581 
indicum, 253 
libani, 1781 
peruvianum, 253 
peruvianum nigrum, 253 
storaois, 1304 
tolutanum, 256 
tranquillans, (note) 1522, 1581 
traumaticum, 1374, 1488 
vitae Hoffmanni, 1520 
Balukhissar opium, (note) 984 
Banana essence, 1665 
Baneberry, 1550 
Bang, 314 
Banks oil, 947 
Banksia abyssinica, 474 
Bao, 1831 
Baobab, 1550 
Baphia nitida, 1600 
Baptin, 1581 
Baptisia alba, 1582 
tinctoria, 1581, 1638 
Baptisie, 1581 
Baptisin, 1581 
Baptitoxine, 1581, 1638 
Barbadoes aloe, 134, 136 
aloe-extrakt, 539 
aloes, 134 
nuts, 978, 1582 
petroleum, 1762 
Barbaloin, 139 
Barbary gum, 5 
wormseed, 1190 
Barberry, 1586 
Barbotine, 1190 
Bardane, 775 
Barentraube, 1437 
Barentraubenblatter, 1437 
-aufguss, 737 
Barii chloridum, 1582 
dioxidum, 258 
iodidum, 1583 
sulphas, 1583 
Barilla, 1242 
Barium, 258 
carbonate, 258 
chloride, 1582 
dioxide, 258 
iodide, 1583 
oxide, 258 
peroxide, 258 
sulphate, 1583 
sulphocarbolate, 1264 
Bark of pomegranate root, 669 
of sassafras root, 1204 
Barker’s post-partum pills, 1524 
Barlappsamen, 836 
Barley-gum, 9 
malt, 1716 
meal, 1685 
sugar, 1179 
water, (note) 479 
Barometer paper, 1618 
Baros camphor, (note) 309 
Barosma betulina, 279 
camphor, 279 
crenata, 279 
crenulata, 279 
serratifolia, 279 
Barras, 1361 
Baryta, 258 
mixture, 1582 
muriatica, 1582 
water, 258 
Baryurn chloratum, 1582 
Basham’s mixture, 802 
Basic aluminum tannate, 1807 
mercuric sulphate, 706 
sulphate of quinia, 1143 
Basil, 1745 
Basilicon ointment, 359 
Basilienkraut, 1745 
Basisehes essigsaures kupfer, 1634 
essigsaures kupferoxyd, 1634 
kohlensaures wismuthoxyd, 271 
salpetersaures wismuthoxyd, 272 
Basisch-schwefelsaure eisenoxydlo- 
sung, 804 
Basischwefelsaures quecksilberoxyd, 
706 
Bassia parkii, 900 
Bassora galls, 1583 
gum, 1583 
Bassorin, 6, 9, 1785 
varnish, 1793 
Bastard cardamom, (note) 333 
dittany, 1639 
ipecac, 1820 
ipecacuanha, 1578 
Bastnas sehwerstein, 360 
Batavian rhubarb, (note) 1163 
Bateman’s drops, (note) 1400 
pectoral drops, (note) 1400, 1540 
Baths, 200 
Batiator root, 1583 
Battery fluid, 1513 
Baume caledonien, 1700 
de Canada, 1357, 1361 
de Carthagene, 256 
de cheval, 1620 
de commandeur, 1374 
de copahu, 452 
de la Mecque, 1581 
de P6rou, 253 
de Tolu, 256 
des Indes, 253 
du commandeur de Permes, 1374 
Baume ophthalmique rouge, 1431 
tranquille, 1581 
universelle, (note) 815 
vert, 867 
Baume’s hydrometer, 1881 
Baumwolle, 668 
Bauinwollen-wurzelrinde, 667 
Bauxite, 145 
Bay-rum, 1284 
salt, 1248 
-tree, 1285, 1705 
Bayacura root, 1583 
Bayas de enebro, 1698 
Bayberry, 1285, 1736 
-tree, 1285 
Baycurine, 1583 
Bdellatomy, (note) 684 
Bdellium, 891, 1583 
Beaked hazel, 1627 
Bean, 1764 
of Saint Ignatius, 1690 
Bearberry, 1437 
Bearded darnel, 1712 
Bear’s foot, 1680, 1771 
weed, 518 
Beaver poison, 1616 
-tree, 1715 
Bebeeru, 1738 
bark, 1738 
Beberie acid, 1738 
Beberine, 1011, 1738 
Bedeguar, 1584 
Bee-bread, (note) 862 
Beech-drops, 1750 
Beech-nut oil, 900 
Beech tar, 1056 
Beef and wine, 1543 
tallow, 903 
tea, 1654 
wine, and iron, 1543 
wine, iron, and cinchona, 1543 
Beef’s marrow soap, 1195 
Beer yeast, 1608 
analyses of various kinds of, 
1460 
Beeswax, 349 
Behenic acid, 1226, 1746 
Beilschmiedia obtusifolia, 966 
Beinschwarz, 326 
Beinwurz, 1806 
Belae fructus, 1584 
Belam bo, 1581 
Belgaum walnut oil, 1556 
Belgian green soap, 1197 
Belladama, 259 
Belladona, 259 
Belladone, 259 
Belladonine, 261 
Belladonna, 259 
collodion, (note) 439 
leaves, 259 
liniment, 781 
ointment, 1423 
-pilaster, 500 
plaster, 500 
root, 259 
suppositories, 1321 
Belladonnae folia, 259 
radix, 259 
Belladonnatinktur, 1373 
Beluga, 724 
Belzoino, 263 
Benares opium, (note) 985 
Bencoolen cloves, 337 
Bendee, 1683 
Benedicten distel, 1607 
Bengal cardamom, (note) 333 
catechu, (note) 345 1914 
Index. 
Bengal kino, 767 
opium, (note) 985 
quince, 1584 
rose, 1566 
Benic acid, 1746 
Benjamin-tree, 264 
Benjoin, 263 
Benjui, 263 
Benue leaves, 967 
oil, 922, 966 
Benzacetin, 1584 
Benzaldehyde, 919 
Benzanalgene, 1563 
Benz-anilid, 1584 
Benzen, 266 
Benzene, 266, 1617 
Benzene-sulphonic acid, 36 
Benzeugenol, 1585 
Benzin, 263 
Benzinum, 263 
Benzoas ammonicus, 153 
Benzoate d’ammoniaque, 153 
de lithium, 827 
of ammonia, 153 
of calcium, 1598 
of naphtol, 1585 
of soda, 1232 
Benzoated cotton, (note) 669 
lard, 114 
Benzoe, 263 
Benzoeblumen, 30 
Benzoelorbeer, 1584 
Benzoesaure, 30 
Benzoesaurehaltige opiumtinktur, 
1399 
Benzoesaures ammonium, 153 
lithon, 827 
Benzoetinktur, 1374 
Benzoic acid, 30, 919 
acid, German, 31 
acid lozenges, 1414 
aldehyde, 919 
cotton, (note) 669 
Benzoin, 263, 919 
alumina cotton, (note) 266 
benzoin, 1584 
flowers of, 30 
-tree, 264 
Benzoinated lard, 114 
solution of alumina, 150 
Benzoinirtes schmalz, 114 
Benzoinum, 263 
Benzo-iodo-hydrine, 1585 
Benzol, 266 
Benzolatcd amylic alcohol, 411 
Benzole, 266 
Benzonaphtol, (note) 894, 1585 
Benzo-phenoneid, 1585 
Benzosol, 1585, 1675 
Benzoyl-acetamidophenol, 1559 
ecgonine, 425, 426, 1585 
ecgonine methyl ester, 426 
-eugenol, 1585 
glycocoll, 1684 
-guaiacol, 1675 
homoecgonine, (note) 426 
-methyl-triacetoualkamine, 1585 
morphine, 1585 
-naphtol, 1585 
-pseudotropine, 426 
quinine, 1585 
salicin, 1772 
-sulphonicimide, 654 
tropein, (note) 425, 1585 
Benzyl alcohol, 255, 919 
Benzylic benzoate, 255 
cinnamate, 255 
Berbamine, 1586 
Berberine, 297, 716, 1586, 1619 
hydrochlorate, 297, (note) 716 
hypophosphite, (note) 716 
phosphate, (note) 716 
Berberinic acid, (note) 717 
Berberin-tree, 1619 
Berberis, 1585 
aquifolium, 1586 
aristata, 1585 
canadensis, 1586 
vulgaris, (note) 297, 716, 1586 
Berberitze, 1586 
Berberitzen-wurzelrinde, 1586 
Berbero, 1586 
Berbine, 297 
Bergamot camphor, 926 
pear essence, 1665 
Bergamottol, 925 
Bergaptene, 926 
Bergaptenic acid, 926 
Bergenin, 1790 
Bergol, 1761 
Bergthee, 1669 
Bermuda arrow-root, 1720 
Bernstein, 1802 
Bernsteinsaure, 1801 
Bertholletia excelsa, 1591 
Bertram wurzel, 1125 
Bertramwurzeltinktur, 1401 
Berufkraut, 1645 
Besenginster, 1210 
Besenginstersaft, 1307 
Bessemer process, 633 
Bestucheff’s tincture, (note) 1385, 
1538 
Beta-amyl nitrite, 168 
-arabinose, 9 
-eigon, 1696 
-eucaine, 1649 
-homochelidonine, 366 
-hydronaphthoquinone, 1640 
-isoamylene, 1561 
-lactucerol, (note) 774 
-lutidine, 1302 
-methylchelidonine, 366 
-naphtalin-sulphonic acid, 893 
-naphtol, 893 
-naphtol-alplia-monosulphonate 
of quinine, 1609 
-naphtol bismuth, 1737 
-naphtol monosulphonate of cal- 
cium, 1545 
-naphtol salicylate, (note) 
894 
-naphtol sulphonic acid, 1549 
-naphtyl benzoate, (note) 894 
-pyridinecarboxylic acid, 1349 
-quinovin, 409 
-rhamnegin, (note) 642 
-resin of inastiche, 859 
-storesin, 1709 
Betaine, 144, 1586, 1713 
Betel, 1572 
leaves, 1572 
-nut, 344, (note) 347, 1571 
Betelniisse, 1571 
Bethelsdorp aloes, 138 
Beth-root. 1818 
Betol, 1586 
Betonica officinalis, 1587 
Bettendorf’s test for arsenic, 1836 
Betula alba, 1587 
lenta, 83, 926 
Betulase, 936 
Betulin, 1587 
Betulinamaric acid, 1587 
Betulinic acid, 1587 
Betulinum, 1587 
Beurre de cacao, 973 
de coco, 1619 
de paliu, 1756 
de saturne, (note) 815 
Bevilacqua, 1688 
Bezoar, 1587 
Bezoarwurzel, 1621 
Bibergeil, 1604 
Bibernell, 1768 
Bibiru, 1738 
Biborate of soda, 1236 
Bicarbonas kalicus, 1076 
potassicus, 1076 
sodicus, 1233 
Bicarbonate de potasse, 1076 
de soude, 1233 
of potash, 1076 
of soda, 1233 
of sodium lozenges, 1418 
Bichetia officinalis, 1587 
Bichloride of ethylene, 1612 
of mercury, 688 
of methylene, 1613 
of tin, 1817 
Bichromate de potasse, 1078 
Bicuculla canadensis, 1626 
Bicuhiba balsam, (note) 887 
fat, (note) 887 
Bicuhibastearic acid, (note) 887 
Bicyanide of mercury, 697 
Bicyanure de mercure, 697 
Bidara laut, (note) 897 
BidenguSbin, (note) 851 
Bidenguebinose, (note) 851 
Bidens bipinnata, 1587 
Biel’s table of percentage and specific 
gravity of hydrobromic acid, 52 
Bigelovia veneta, 1638 
Bignonia catalpa, 1605 
sempervirens, 648 
Biiodure de mercure, 701 
Bikh, 109 
Bile, 603 
Bilicholic acid, 603 
Bilifellinic acid, 603 
Bilifuscin, 603 
Biliprasin, 603 
Bilirubin, 603 
Biliverdin, 603 
Bilsenkraut, 722 
Bilsenkraut-extrakt, 571 
Bilsenkranttinktur, 1389 
Bindweed, 1684 
Biniodide of mercury, 701 
Binitrate diamidophenylacridine, 
1766 
Birch tar, 1056 
Bird-glue, 1587 
Bird-lime, 1587, 1691, 1827 
Bird-manure, 1676 
Birke, 1587 
Birth-root, 1818 
Bisabol, 892 
Bisabolene, 892 
Bisam, 883 
Bisenna, 1725 
Bish, 109 
Bismal, 1587 
Bismut, 268 
Bismutal, 1589 
Bismutan, 1587 
Bismuth, 268 
and ammonium citrate, 269, 792 
and potassium iodide, 1587 
benzoate, 1587 
borate, 1588 
borophenate, 1588 
carbonate of, 271 Index. 
1915 
Bismuth-cerium salicylate, 1587 
citrate, 268, 792 
dithiosalicylate, 1588 
hydrated oxide of, 1488 
iodo - oxvquinoline - sulphonate, 
1589 
lactate, 1588 
magistery of, 275 
oxide of, 268, 270 
oxybromide, 1588 
oxycarbonate, 271 
oxyiodogallate, 1554 
oxynitrate, 272 
oxysalicylate. 270 
pyrogallate, 1589 
salicylate, 270 
subcarbonate, 271 
subgallate, 1588 
subnitrate, 272 
subsalicylate, 1588 
sulphite, 1588 
tannate, 1589 
teroxide of, 268 
valerianate, 1589 
Bismuthi benzoas, 1587 
boras, 1588 
borophenas, 1588 
carbonas, 271 
citras, 268 
dithiosalicylas, 1588 
et aminonii citras, 269 
gallas, 1588 
lactas, 1588 
oxidum, 270 
oxidum hydratum, 1488 
oxybromidum, 1588 
oxyiodidum, 1588 
salieylas, 270 
subcarbonas, 271 
subiodidum, 1588 
subnitras, 272 
subsalicylas, 1588 
sulphis, 1588 
tannas, 1589 
valerianas, 1589 
Bismuthic oxide, 268 
Bismuthol, 1589 
Bismuthous nitrate, 273 
Bismuthum, 268 
album, 272 
chrysophanicum, 1589 
citricum, 268 
gallicum basicum, 1588 
hydrico-nitricum, 272 
loretinicum, 1589 
oxydatum, 270 
phosphoricum solubile, 1589 
pyrogallioum, 1589 
sodium phosphate salicylate, 1589 
subearbonicum, 271 
subnitricum, 272 
Bismutte, 268 
Bistort, 1589 
Bistorte, 1589 
Bisulphate of cinchonidine, 415 
of cinchonine, 418 
of potassium, 1772 
Bisulphide of carbon, 331 
Bisulphites, 1803, 1804 
Bitartras kalicus, 1079 
potassicus, 1079 
Bitartrate de potasse, 1080 
Biting stone-crop, 1791 
Bitter acid of hops, 686 
almond, 164 
almond water, 207 
almond water, distilled, (note) 
207 
Bitter ash, 1129, 1593 
bark, 1557 
bush, 523 
candytuft, 1689 
cassava, 1808 
cucumber, 441 
eisenwein, 1464 
extractive of aloes, 139 
metallic pills, 1524 
milkwort, 1771 
orange peel, 249 
orange tree, 208 
polygala. 1771 
root, 1707 
stomachic drops, 1537 
tincture, 1537 
tincture of zedoary, 1541 
wine of iron, 1464 
wood,1129 
Bittere fiebernuss, 1690 
mandeln, 164 
Bitterklee, 1722 
Bittermandelol, 918 
Bittermandelwasser, 207 
Bittersalz, 844 
Bittersiiss, 487 
Bittersiiss-stengel, 487 
Bittersweet, 487 
Bitterwurzel, 651 
Bituminous coal, 325 
Bixa orellana, 1568 
Bixin, 1568 
Black alder, 1557, 1775 
Antilles rhatany, (note) 770 
antimony, 184 
antimony, purified, 184 
ash, 1242 
birch, 926 
bryony, 278 
cantharis, (note) 318 
catechu, 345 
cohosh, 386 
draught, 737, 875 
drink, 1692 
drop, 13 
flux, 1081 
galls, 646 
ginger, 1483 
grains, 431 
haw, 1451 
hellebore, 1681 
honey, (note) 862 
ink, 1695 
ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
iron oxide, 1659 
lead, 325 
lotion, 1518 
malt, 1716 
mercurial lotion, 835 
mercurous oxide, (note) 705 
mucilaginous catechu, (note) 347 
mustard, 1225 
mustard seeds, 1225 
nightshade, 487 
oak, 1132 
-oak bark, 1133 
oxide of copper, 470, 1623 
oxide of manganese, 846 
pepper, 1051 
phosphorus, 1024 
poplar, 1772 
poppy, 980 
potassium cyanide, 1093 
root, 776, 1597 
salts, 1086 
sealing-wax, 1704 
snakeroot, 386, 1787 
spleenwort, 1579 
Black spruce, 1359 
striated ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
sulphide of mercury, 1686 
tang, 1666 
tea, 1810 
walnut, 763 
wash, 695, 835, 1518 
wax, 1589 
willow, 1786 
Blackberry, 1171 
cordial, 1490 
Bladder senna, 1620 
-wrack,1666 
Blanc de baleine, 361 
de ceruse, 1062 
de plomb, 1062 
-fixe, 1583 
Blancard’s pills, 1046 
Blanched almonds, 166 
Blasenpflaster, 355 
Blasen-tang, 1666 
Blasenziehendes collodium, 439 
Blatta lapponica, 1568 
orientalis, 1569 
Blaud’s pills, 1045 
Blauer galitzenstein, 468 
Blauervitriol, 468 
Blauholz, 678 
-absud, 480 
Blausaure, 57 
Blazing star, 1556, 1609 
B16 cornu, 511 
Bleached sponge, 1530 
yellow wax, 351 
Bleaching powder, 299 
Blei, 1057 
Bleicerat, 358 
Bleichfliissigkeit, 823 
Bleichkalk, 299 
Bleiessig, 813 
Bleiglatte, 1066 
Bleiliniment, (note) 815 
Bleioxyd, 1066 
Bleipflaster, 505 
Bleisalbe, 358 
Bleisalpeter, 1065 
Bleiwasser, 815 
Bleiweiss, 1062 
Bleiweissalbe, 1434 
Bleizueker, 1060 
Blende, 1468, 1480, 1594 
Blennostasine, 1590 
Blessed thistle, 1607 
Blistering cloth, 357 
collodion, 439 
flies, not official, (note) 317 
liquid, 796 
paper, 357, (note) 364 
plaster, 356 
Block tin, 1816 
Blood of bullocks, 1589 
Bloodroot, 1187 
Bloodweed, 1578 
Blue cohosh, 348 
flag, 756 
galls, 646 
ink, 1695, 1753 
mass, 857 
ointment, 1426 
pill, 857 
stone, 468 
verdigris, 1634 
verditer, 1826 
vitriol, 468 
Blueberry root, 348 
Blumea balsamifera, (note) 310 
lac era, 1590 
Blutegel, 682 1916 
Index. 
Blutholz, 678 
Blutwurzel, 1187 
-essig, (note) 1189 
Blutwurzeltinktur, 1404 
Boba vainilla, (note) 1442 
Bob’s root, 1775 
Bocconia, 1590 
arborea, 1590 
Bog bean, 1722 
Boheic acid, 1811 
Bohnenkraut, 1790 
Boiled soap, 1194 
Bois amer, 1129 
cochon, 1680 
de CampOche, 678 
de gayac, 673 
d’Inde, 678 
de quassie, 1129 
de rfeglisse, 664 
de sang, 678 
doux, 664 
gentil, 869 
Boldea fragrans, 1590 
Boldine, 1590 
Boldo, 1590 
Boldogluein, 1590 
Boldus, 1590 
Bole, 1590, 1779 
Armenian, 1590 
Boletus chirurgorum, 1552 
edulis, 1734 
laricis, 1552 
purgans, 1552 
satana, 1734 
Bolus, 1590 
alba, 766 
Armena, 1590 
rubra, 1590 
veneta, 1825 
Bombay catechu, (note) 346 
gum, 5 
mace, (note) 837 
Bonduc seeds, 1590 
Bone, 1752 
-ash, 1752 
-black, 326, 1752 
-black, artificial, 331 
calcium phosphate, 292 
earth, 1752 
oil, 326 
spirit, 155, 157, 326 
Bonelyax, 668 
Boneset, 523 
tea, (note) 730 
Bonjean’s ergotin, 518 
Bonplandia trifoliata, 472 
Book isinglass, 724 
Bookoo, 279 
Boorak, 1236 
Borace, 1236 
Boracic acid, 33 
Borage, 1590 
Borago officinalis, 1590 
Boral, 1590 
Boras sodicus, 1236 
Borasch, 1590 
Borate de soude, 1236 
Borated cotton, (note) 669 
Borax, 36, 1236 
glycerol, 662 
honey, 864 
Boraxhonig, 864 
Bordeaux turpentine, 1360 
Boretsch, 1590 
Boric acid, 33, 1239 
acid ointment, 35, 1421 
acid soluble cream of tartar, 
1239 
Borism, 1240 
Borneene, (note) 311 
Borneo camphor, (note) 309 
Borneol, (note) 309 
oxide, 1440 
Bornylacetate, 957, 1781 
Boro-borax, 35 
Borocalcite, 33 
Boroglyceride, 1488, 1591 
Boroglycerin, 1488 
Boroglycerinum, 1488, 1591 
Borol, 1591 
Boron, 1239 
Boronatrocalcite, 1236 
Borophenol, 1591 
Boro-salicylic acid, 1591 
Borsalicyl, 1591 
Borsaure, 33 
Borsaures natron, 1236 
Bos taurus, 603 
Boston opium, (note) 986 
Boswellia carterii, 1748 
frereana, 1748 
papyrifera, 1747 
serrata, 1748 
Botany Bay gum, 31 
kino, 769 
Botryopsis platyphylla, 1010 
Bottger’s test for cotton, 1566 
test for sugar, 1179 
Bottle-nose oil, 901 
Boudault’s pepsin, (note) 1013 
Boudin’s solution, 23 
Bouillon blanc, 1826 
Bouleau, 1587 
Boules de Mars, 614 
Boulton’s solution, 1574 
Bouncing bet, 1788 
Boundou, 1554 
Bouquet of wines, 1458 
Bourbon vanilla, 1443 
Bourdaine, 641 
Bourgeine, 641 
Bourraehe, 1590 
Bourse a pasteur, 1601 
Bouvardia t'riphylla, 1820 
Bowdichia major, 1591 
virgiloides, 1591 
Bowl, 890 
Bowman’s root, 1671 
Box,1593 
Boxberry, 1669 
Bragantea tomentosa, (note) 1224 
wallichii, (note) 1224, 1591 
Bran, 1655 
Brandy, 1286 
mixture, 875, 1287 
Branntwein, 1286 
-mixtur, 875 
Brasilein, 1591 
Brasiletto, 1591 
Brasilin, 1591 
Brass, 1469 
Brassic acid, 1226, 1620 
Brassica, 1591 
alba, 1225 
campestris, 1591, 1620 
campestris oleifera, 899 
iberifolia, (note) 1225 
juncea, 1225 
napus, 899 
nigra, 1225 
praecox, 899 
sinensis, 1591 
Braunelle, 1775 
Brauner canel, 418 
Braunheil, 1775 
Braunstein, 846 
Brausepulver, (note) 1122 
Brayera, 473 
anthelmintica, 473 
Brazil nuts, 1591 
wax, 901 
wood, 1156, 1591 
Brazilian Angustura bark, 473 
aristolochia, (note) 1221 
arrow-root, 1809 
balsam, (note) 253 
cocoa, 676 
copaiba, 454 
gum, (note) 7 
isinglass, 724 
sarsaparilla, 1201 
Brazilin, 1156, 1591 
Bread-fruit tree, 1720 
Breast tea, 1529 
Brechniisse, 896 
Brechwein, 1461 
Brecbweinstein, 178 
-pilaster, (note) 500 
Brechwurzel, 750 
-essig, 12 
Brechwurzelpastillen, 1417 
Brechwurzelwein, 1465 
Brein, (note) 279 
Breiumschlage, 1605 
Brenncylinder, 1732 
Brennessel, 1823 
Brianfon manna, (note) 850, 1359 
Brimstone, 1312 
Bristly sarsaparilla, 1571 
British barilla, 1242 
gum, 170 
oil, (note) 972 
Brittle gum, (note) 5 
Broad-leaved laurel, 1699 
Brom, 275 
Brornal, 1591 
hydrate, 1592 
Bromalin, 1592 
Bromamide, 1591 
Bromammonium, 154 
Bromated camphor, 312 
Bromathyl, 1647 
Brombeerrinde, 1171 
Brombeerrinden syrup, 1342 
Bromcalcium, 287 
Brom-camphor, 312 
Br&me, 275 
Bromelin, 1768 
Bromethylene, 1649 
Bromethylformin, 1592 
Brom-fluorescein, 1644 
Bromic ether, 1647 
Bromide of ammonium, 154 
of ethyl, 1647 
of iron, 1657 
of potassium, 1082 
of zinc, 1471 
Brominated camphor, 312 
Bromine, 275 
chloride, 278, 1592 
Brominii chloridum, 1592 
Brominium, 275 
Bromism, 1083 
Bromkalium, 1082 
Bromlithium, 828 
Bromo, 275 
Bromoform, 1592 
Bromol, 1592 
Bromopyrin, 1593 
Bromum, 275 
Bromure d’ammonium, 154 
de calcium, 287 
de chaux,287 
d’6thyl, 1647 Index. 
1917 
Bromure de lithium, 828 
de potassium, 1082 
de zinc, 1471 
ferreux, 1657 
Bromuretum kalicum, 1082 
potassicum, 1082 
Broinwasserstoffather, 1647 
Bromwasserstoffsaure, 50 
Bromzink, 1471 
Brooklime, 1826 
Broom, 1210 
-rape, 1750 
-tops, 1210 
Brosimum galactodendron, 1629 
Broussonetia tinctoria, 1667 
Brown Antilles rhatany, (note) 
770 
ipecacuanha, 753 
mixture, 873 
ochre, 1744 
ointment, 1542 
resin, 1164 
stout, 1460, 1716 
sugar, 1177 
Brown-Sgquard’s antineuralgic pills, 
1523 
Brownish-yellow cod-liver oil, 948 
Brown’s bronchial troches, (note) 
1413 
Brucea antidysenterica, 473 
quassiodies, 1131 
Brucine, 897 
Brugmansia arborea, 1643 
knightii, 1643 
Brunella vulgaris, 1775 
Brunfelsia hopeana, 1717 
Brunnen kresse, 1738 
Brustheeren, 1834 
Brustpulver, 1123 
Bryogenin, 278 
Bryoidin, 1644 
Bryone couleuvree, 278 
Bryonia, 278 
africana, 278 
alba, 278 
americana, 278 
dioica, 278 
Bryonin, 278 
Bryony, 278 
black, 278 
white, 278 
Bryoresin, 278 
Buaycura, 1800 
Bubby, 1600 
Bubon galbanum, 643 
Buccoblatter, 279 
Bucharian rhubarb, (note) 1164 
Buehu, 279 
folia, 279 
leaves, 279 
long, 280 
round, 280 
short, 280 
Buchuaufguss, 731 
Buchutinktur, 1375 
Buclcbean, 1722 
Buckthorn, 641 
juice, (note) 642 
Buckublatter, 279 
Buckwheat, 1589 
Buffalo berry, 1792 
Bugle-weed, 1713 
Bugloss, 1563 
Buglosse, 1563 
Bulbe de colchique, 435 
de safran b5.tard, 435 
Bulbocapnine, 1627 
Bulbus allii, 133 
Bulbus colchici, 435 
scillaj, 1208 
Bulgarian opium, (note) 984 
Bull berry, 1792 
Bull nettle, 1797 
Bully-tree, 1580, 1678 
Bun, 1596 
Buphane disticha, 1576 
Burdock, 775 
Burgunder harz, 1054 
pech-pflaster, 504 
Burgundisches pech, 1054 
Burgundy pitch, 1054, 1361 
pitch plaster, 504 
Burmese naphtha, 1762 
Burned lime, 298 
Burnett’s disinfecting fluid, 827 
Burning bush, 522 
Burnt alum, 148 
gypsum, 294 
sienna, 1792 
sponge, 1799, 1800 
umber, 1822 
Buro elachi, (note) 333 
Burra gookeroo, 1593 
Bursa bursa-pastoris, 1601 
Bursera gummifera, 1601 
tomentosa, 1806 
Bursine, 1601 
Bush honeysuckle, 1639 
tea, 1810 
Busserole, 1437 
Butea frondosa, 767, 1593, 1702 
gum, (note) 768 
superba, (note) 768 
Butneria fertilis, 1600 
Butter and eggs, 1569 
color, 1730 
fat, 900 
of zinc, 1473 
Buttercup, 1779 
Butterfly weed, 238 
Butterine, 900 
Butternussrinden-extrakt, 575 
Butternut, 762 
Butterweed, 1646 
Button-bush, 1607 
snakeroot, 1646, 1707 
Buttonwood, 1607 
Butylamine, 948 
Butyl-chloral, 281 
-chloral hydras, 281 
-chloral hydrat, 281 
-chloral hydrate, 281 
Butylene, 1618 
Butyraldehyde, 936 
Butyric acid, 1617, 1664 
aldehyde, 449 
ether, 1664 
Butyrin, 902 
Butyrum cacao, 973 
Buxine, 1011, 1593 
Buxus sempervirens, 1011, 1593 
Byttera febrifuga, 1593 
C 
Caballine aloes, 138 
Cabardine musk, 883 
Cabbage-rose petals, 1170 
-tree bark, 1593 
Cabezas de amapola, 1007 
Cacao, 973 
butter, 973 
Cachet de pain, 1119 
Cachets, (note), 1119 
Cachibou, 1601 
Cachou, 344 
Cactine, 1594 
Cactus bonplandia, 1593 
grandiflora, 1593 
Cacur, 1594 
Cadaveric alkaloids, 1776 
Cadaverine, 1776 
Cadinene, 934, 1747 
Cadmii iodidum, 1594 
nitrate, 1595 
salieylas, 1594 
sulphas, 1594 
Cadmium, 1594 
bromide, 1595 
iodatum, 1594 
iodide, 1594 
salicylate, 1594 
sulfuricum, 1594 
sulphate, 1594 
Caenotus, 1646 
Caesalpinia brasiliensis, 1591 
brevifolia, 1556 
crista, 1591 
echinata, 1591 
sappan, 1591 
Caesium, 145, 1595 
and ammonium bromide, 1595 
carbonate, 1595 
hydroxide, 1595 
rubidium and ammonium bro- 
mide, 1596 
sulphate, 1595 
Caf6, 1596 
du Soudan, 1800 
Caffe, 1596 
Caffea, 1596 
Caffeia, 282 
Caffeic acid, 1596 
Caffeidine, (note) 283 
Caffeina, 281 
citrata, 284 
citrata effervescens, 285 
Caffeinae citras, 284 
citras effervescens, 285 
sodio-benzoas, 1489 
sodio-salicylas, 1489 
Caffeine, 284, 1677 
citrate, 284 
derivatives, 283 
-sodium benzoate, 283, 1489 
-sodium cinnamate, 283 
-sodium salicylate, 283, 1489 
Caffeol, 1597 
Caffeone, 1597 
Caffeoresorcin, (note) 1156 
Caffeo-tannic acid, 898 
Caffe-tannic acid, 1596 
Caffoline, (note) 282 
Caffurie acid, (note) 282 
Cahinca, 1597 
Cahincic acid, 1598 
Caille-lait jaune, 1668 
Cainca, 1597 
Caincawurzel, 1597 
Caincetin, 1598 
Cajapine, 1621 
Cajeputene, 928 
Cajeputgeist, 1278 
Cajeputol, 927 
Cajuputene, 928 
hydrate, 928 
Cajuputol, 928 
Cake catechu, 345 
cochineal, (note) 431 
gamboge, 305 
isinglass, 724 
-lac, 1703 
meal, 787 
-saffron, 462 1918 
Index. 
Cakes (opium), 982 
of safflower, 465 
Cal viva, 298 
Calabar bean, 1026 
Calabarine, 1027 
Calabash nutmeg, (note) 887 
Calamina, 1598 
praeparata, 1598 
Calamine, 287, 1468, 1598 
ointment, 1542 
Calamo aromatico, 286 
Calamus, 286 
aromaticus, 287 
draco, 1642 
rotang, 1642 
Calcaria, 298 
carbonica praecipitata, 288 
chlorata, 299 
hypophosphorosa, 290 
muriatica, 289 
phosphorica, 292 
usta, 298 
Calce, 298 
Calcii benzoas, 1598 
boras, 1598 
broinidum, 287 
carbonas praecipitatus, 288 
chloridum, 289 
hydras, 290 
hypochloris, 299 
hypophosphis, 290 
hyposulphis, 1598 
iodidum, 1599 
permanganas, 1599 
phosphas, 292 
phosplias praecipitatus, 292 
salicylas, 1599 
sulphas exsiccatus, 293 
sulphidum, 302 
Calcined magnesia, 837 
mercury, (note) 705 
Calcis chloridum, 299 
hydras, 290 
hypophosphis, 290 
phosphas, 292 
sulphas, 293 
Calcium, 287 
alpha-monosulphonate of beta 
naphtol, 1577 
benzoate, 1598 
bisulphite, 1804 
bone-phosphate, 1752 
borate, 33, 1236, 1598 
bromatum, 287 
bromide, 283 
carbonate, 460 
carbonate, precipitated, 288 
chloride, 289 
hippurate, 1598 
hydrosulphide, 303 
hydroxide, 290 
hypophosphite, 290 
hyposulphite, 1253, 1598 
iodate, 1599 
iodatum, 1599 
iodide, 1599 
jodid, 1599 
loretin, 1712 
malate, 1664 
oxalate, 1753 
oxide, 298 
oxybromide, 287 
permanganate, 1599 
phosphate, 292 
phosphate, precipitated, 292 
propionate, 1639 
saccharate, 1179 
salicylate, 1599 
Calcium sulphate, dried, 293 
sulphide, crude, 302 
sulphite, 1804 
sulpho-sulphate, 1598 
sulphydrate, 303 
thiosulphate, 1598 
Calculi cancrorum, 1629 
Calendula, 294 
officinalis, 294, 463 
Calendulin, 294 
Cali nuts, 1599 
Caliche, 1255 
Calico-bush, 1699 
California bay laurel, 1749 
buckthorn, 1158 
coffee-tree, 1158 
fever bush, 1669 
laurel, 1822 
manna, (note) 851 
nutmeg, (note) 887 
slippery elm, (note) 1419 
Californian mountain holly, 1159 
Calisaya bark, 388, 401 
Calitris quadrivalvis, 1787 
Calathea allouia, 1720 
Calliandria houstoni, 1758 
Callicocca ipecacuanha, 751 
Callitriche palustris, 1599 
verna, 1599 
Calluna vulgaris, (note) 1438 
Calomel, 693 
and jalap, 1526 
Calomelas, 693 
Calomele, 693 
Calophyllum inophyllum, 1807 
tacamahaca, 1807 
Calotropis gigantea, 1599, 1686 
madarii indico-orientalis, 1599 
procera, 1599 
Calumb, 295 
Calumba, 295 
root, 295 
Calumbae radix, 295 
Calumbic acid, 297 
Calumbine, 297 
Calx, 298 
chlorata, 299 
chlorinata, 299 
sulphurata, 302 
usta, 298 
viva, 298 
Calycanthine, 1600 
Calycanthus glaucus, 1600 
Cam wood, 1600 
Cambogia, 303 
gutta, (note) 305 
Camelina oil. 900 
Camellia drupifera, 1810 
japonica, 1810 
oleifera, 1810 
sasanqua, 1810 
thea, 282, 1809 
theifera, 1809 
Camomilla foetida, 1628 
romana, 175 
Camomillede Perse, 1695 
puante, 1628 
romaine, 175 
Campecheholz, 678 
-extrakt, 569 
Camphane, 905 
Cainphene, 308, 1485 
Campholic acid, 309 
Camphor, 306 
artificial, 970 
cerate, 355 
ice, 1489 
iodized, (note) 750 
Camphor liniment, 781 
of cubebs, 467 
oil, 307, (note) 310 
ointment 1642 
-tree, 306, 
water, 209 
Camphora, 306 
monobromata, 312 
officinarum, 306, (note) 310 
Camphorated acetic acid, (note) 
19 
brown plaster, 1501 
chloral, 1490, 1611 
mother plaster, 1501 
oil, 781 
phenol, 41 
soap liniment, 1511 
tincture of opium, 1399 
tincture of soap, 783 
Camphoric acid, 308 
peroxide, 971 
Camphorogenol, (note) 310 
Camphoronic acid, 308 
Camphors, 310, 905 
Camphre, 306 
monobromfi, 312 
Camphrene, 309 
Camphresinic acid, 309 
Cana fistula, 341 
Canada balsam, 1357, 1361 
balsam and collodion varnish, 
1793 
fleabane, 1646 
liniment, 1511 
pitch, 1769 
pitch plaster, 1501, 1770 
snake-root, 1578 
turpentine, 1357 
Canadian hemp, 188 
moonseed, 866 
Canadine, 717 
Canadische gelbwurzel, 715 
hanfwurzel, 188 
hazelwurzel, 1578 
Canadischer balsam, 1361 
terpentin, 1357, 1361 
thee, 1669 
Canadisches sonnenroschen, 1680 
Canadol, 1700 
Cananga odorata, 1833 
oil, 1833 
Canarium commune, 1644 
Canary seed, 1600 
weed, 1711 
Cancer-root, 1750 
weed, 1737 
Canchalagua, 1600 
Candle-berry, 1736 
Candlefish, 1651 
Cane brimstone, 1313 
sugar, 1174, 1177 
Canela, 418 
Canella, 418, 1600 
alba, 1600, 1829 
Canellina, 418 
Canfora, 306 
Cangoura,, 1600 
Canna, (note) 173 
achiras, (note) 173 
edulis, (note) 173 
indica, 1636 
speciosa, (note) 173, 1636 
starch, (note) 173 
Cannabene, 315 
Cannabin, 314 
Cannnbindon, 315 
Cannabine, 315 
tan n ate, 315 Index. 
1919 
Cannabinine, 315 
Caunabinol, 315 
Cannabis americana, 313 
indica, 313 
sativa, 313 
Cannastarko, (note) 173 
Cannelle, 418 
de Ceylon, 418 
de Chine, 418 
de Magellan, 1829 
Canquoin’s paste of chloride of zinc, 
1475 
Cantarelie, 316 
Cantaridas, 316 
Cantharellus cibarius, 1734 
Cantharidae, 316 
Cantharidal collodion, 439 
pitch plaster, 504 
Cantharide, 316 
Canthariden, 316 
-essig, 12 
Cantharides, 316 
cerate, 355 
cerate of extract of, (note) 
358 
liniment, 796, 1510 
ointment, 1423 
paper, 364, 1489 
plaster, 355, 500 
Cantharidin, 319 
solubility of, (note) 319 
Cantharidized collodion, 440 
Cantharis, 316 
aeneas, (note) 318 
albida, (note) 318 
aszelianus, (note) 318 
atrata, (note) 318 
cinerea, (note) 318 
marginata, (note) 318 
melaena, (note) 318 
nuttalli, (note) 318 
politus, (note) 318 
vesicatoria, 316 
vittata, 317 
vulnerata, (note) 318 
Canton stick rhubarb, (note) 1163 
Caoutchouc, 491 
artificial, 1600 
Capalaga, 332 
Cape aloes, 137 
gum, (note) 7 
saffron, 464 
Caper bush, 1601 
plant, 1746 
Capey Barbadoes aloes, 136 
Capidel papavero, 1007 
Capillaire, 1550 
Capita papaveris, 1007 
Capnomor, 1056 
Capparis spinosa, (note) 1133, 1601 
Caprification, 639 
Caprin, 902 
Capronaldehyde, 936 
Caprylic acid, 1813 
Capsaicin, 324 
Capsella bursa-pastoris, 1601 
Capsici fructus, 322 
Capsicin, 323, 913 
Capsicum, 322 
annuum, 322 
baccatuin, 322 
fastigiatum, 322 
fruit, 322 
frutescens, 322 
minimum, 322 
ointment, 1424 
plaster, 501 
Capsicutin, 324 , 
Capsique, 322 
Capsulsesic acid, 1551 
Capsules, 647 
de pavots, 1007 
of ether, 122 
Captol, 1601 
Car&cas kino, 768 
sarsaparilla, 1201 
Caragahen, 383 
Caramania gum, 1583 
Caramel, 1179 
brown, (note) 1179 
Caranna,1601 
Caraway, 335 
fruit, 335 
water, 210 
Carbamate of ammonium, 156 
Carbamide, 1822 
Carbamilic ether, 1765 
Carbasus carbolata, 1489 
iodoformata, 1489 
Carbazol, 1299, 1617 
Carbazotic acid, 1767 
Carbazotique, 1767 
Carbo, 325 
animalis, 326 
animalis purificatus, 328 
e ligno, 329 
ligni, 329 
ligni pulveratus, 329 
praeparatus, 329 
Carbolated chloral, 1611 
Carbolic acid, 35, 457 
acid, antidote to, 41 
acid, crude, 42 
acid, liquefied, 42 
acid suppositories, 1320 
acid, synthetical, 36 
Carbolized cotton, (note) 669 
gauze, (note) 669, 1489 
jute, 42 
oil, 1522 
solution of iodine, 1514 
styptic colloid, (note) 441 
Carbolsaure, 36 
Carbon, 325 
animal, 326 
bisulphide, 331 
de lena, 329 
dioxide, 326 
disulphide, 331, 1618 
monoxide, 326 
oxysulphide, 1618 
sulphide, 331 
tetrabromide, 276 
tetrachloride, 1614 
Carbonas ammonicus, 155 
calcicus prsecipitatus, 288 
ferrosus saccharatus, 605 
kalicus, 1084 
lithicus, 829 
magnesicus, 841 
plutnbicus, 1062 
potassicus, 1084 
sodicus, 1241 
zincicus, 1472 
Carbonate d’ammoniaque, 155 
de chaux precipit6, 288 
de lithine, 829 
de magntisie, 841 
de plomb, 1062 
de potasse, 1084 
de soude, 1241 
de soude sec, 1246 
de zinc, 1472 
lithique, 829 
of ammonium, 155 
of bismuth, 271 
Carbonate of calcium, 460 
of lithia, 829 
of magnesia, 841 
of potassa from pearlash, 1084 
of soda, 1241 
of zinc, 1472 
Carbonated waters, 199 
Carbonato de magnesia, 841 
de soda, 1241 
di magnesia, 841 
di soda, 1241 
Carbone, 325 
animale, 326 
di legno, 329 
Carbonei bisulphidum, 331 
disulphidum, 331 
tetrachloridum, 1614 
Carboneum chloratum, 1614 
sulfuratum, 331 
Carbonic acid, 1617 
acid gas, 325 
acid water, 201 
oxide of nickel, 1740 
Carbonii bisulphidum, 331 
Carbonio, 325 
Carbonis bisulphidum, 331 
Carbonous oxide, 326 
Carborundum, 1644 
Carbothealdine, 1814 
Cardamine pratensis, 1601 
Cardamom, 332 
Bengal, (note) 333 
Ceylon, (note) 333 
Java, (note) 333 
Madagascar, (note) 333 
Nepal, (note) 333 
round, (note) 333 
Cardamomen, 332 
Cardamomes, 332 
Cardamomi semina, 332 
Cardamomo menor, 332 
minore, 332 
Cardamoms, 332 
Cardamomum, 332 
longum, (note) 333 
majus, 332 
malabarium, 332 
medium, 332 
minus, 332 
siberiense, 174 
Cardenillo, 1634 
Cardiaire. 1707 
Cardinal flower, (note) 833 
Cardol, 1564, 1818 
Carduus benedictus, 1607 
marianus, 1607 
Carica papaya, 1758 
Caricse, 639 
Carissa ovata, 1601 
Carissin, 1601 
Carminative mixture, 1518 
Carmine, 432 
red, 431 
Carminic acid, 431 
Carnallite, 1601 
Carnauba root, 1601 
wax, 353 
Caroba, 1697 
balsam, 1697 
Carobic acid, 1697 
Carobin, 1697 
Carobinha, 1697 
Carobon, 1697 
Caroborelinic acid, 1697 
Carolina jasmine, 648 
pink, 1265 
Carota, 1601 
Carotin, 1602 1920 
Index. 
Carotte, 1601 
Carpaine, 1758 
Carpobalsamum, 1581 
Carragaheen, 383 
Carrageen, 383 
Carrageenin, 384 
Carraghen, 383 
Carron oil, 781 
Cartamo, 1602 
Carthagena ipecacuanha, 753 
Carthamic acid, 1602 
Carthamin, 1602 
Carthamus, 1602 
tinctorius, 463, 1602 
Caruba di guiden, 1603 
Carui fructus, 335 
Carum, 335 
ajowan, 336, 1364 
carui, 336 
carvi, 335 
copticum, 1364 
Carvacrol, 929, 1603 
iodide, 1603 
Carvene, 929 
Carvi, 335 
Carvol, 922, 929 
Carya, 1603 
alba, 1603 
amara, 1603 
microcarpa, 1603 
olivaeformis, 1603 
porcina, 1603 
sulcata, 1603 
tomentosa, 1603 
Caryin, 1603 
Caryophyllene, 930 
Caryophylli, 336 
aromatici, 336 
Caryophyllic acid, 338 
Caryophyllin, 338 
Caryophyllum, 336 
Caryophyllus, 336 
aromaticus, 336 
Caryota urens, 1567 
Cascara arnarga, 1603 
sagrada, 1158 
Cascariglia, 338 
Cascarilla, 338 
bark, 338 
Cascarillae cortex, 338 
Cascarille, 338 
Cascarillin, 340 
Cascarilline, 341 
Cascarillrinde, 338 
Caschunuss, 1562 
Casearia esculenta, 1603 
Casein, 1603, 1656 
varnish, 1793 
Cashew-nut, 1562 
Casia, 418 
Casimiroa edulis, 1603 
Cassava plant, 1808 
Casse, 341, 418 
en batons, 341 
mondee, 341 
officinale, 341 
Casse-diable, 1689 
Cassena, 1692 
Cassia, 341, 418, 421 
absus, 1604 
acutifolia, 1215 
asthiopica, 1216 
alata, 1604 
angustifolia, 515 
bark, 418 
brasiliana, 342 
buds, (note) 419 
caryophllata, 1626 
Cassia cathartica, 1215 
chamaecrista, 1215 
cinnamomea, 418 
cinnamon, 418 
elongata, 1215 
fistula, 341 
Isevigata, 1215 
lanceolata, 1215 
lenitiva, 1215 
lignea, 418, 420 
marylandica, 1215, 1603 
multijuga, 1215 
nictitans, 1604 
obovata, 1215 
ovata, 1216 
pulp, 341 
purging, 341 
rugosa, 1215 
senna, 1215 
splendida, 1215 
Sophera, 1216 
vera, 420 
Cassise pulpa, 341 
Cassienzimmt, 418 
Cassumuniar, 1834 
Cassuvium pomiferum, 1562 
Cast-iron, 633 
Castagna, 342 
Castalia odorata, 1744 
Castana, 342 
Castanea, 342 
ainericana, 343 
dentata, 342 
pumila, 343, 1604 
vesca, 342 
Castella nicholsoni, 1604 
Castile soap, 1193, 1196 
Castilloa elastica, 491 
markhamiana, 491 
Castillon’s powders, 1812 
Castor, 1604 
fiber, 1604 
oil, 957 
oil and collodion varnish, 1793 
oil and shellac varnish, 1793 
oil group of fixed oils, 900 
oil mixture, 874 
Castoreo, 1604 
Castoreum, 1604 
Castorin, 1604 
Castoro, 1604 
Cat thyme, 1812 
Cataire, 1605 
Catalpa catalpa, 1605 
bignonoides, 1605 
-tree, 1605 
Catalytic iron, 1710 
Cataplasm of alum, 147 
Cataplasmata, 1605 
Cataplasmes, 1605 
Cataplasms, 1605 
Cataria, 1605 
Catarrh powder, 1525 
snuff, 1525 
Catawba grape, 1453 
-tree, 1605 
wine, 1453 
Cataya opium, (note) 984 
Catchfly, 1792 
Catciu, 344 
Catechin, (note) 346 
Catechu, 344 
in balls, (note) 345 
in quadrangular cakes, (note) 
345 
lozenges, 1415 
nigrum, 344 
pallidum, 344 
Catechu, red, 347 
-tannic acid, 348 
Catechuic acid, (note) 346 
Catechuin, (note) 346 
Catecu, 344 
Cat-gut, 1812 
Catha edulis, 1605 
Cathartic acid, 1219, 1604 
Cathartin, (note) 642, 1219 
Cathartocarpus fistula, 341 
Cathartogenic acid, 1219 
Catharto-mannite, 1219 
Catmint, 1605 
Catnep, 1605 
Catramine, 1606 
Cattara, 1605 
Catto, 344 
Caucasian insect powder, 1695 
Caulophyllin, 349 
Caulophylline, 349 
Caulophyllum, 348 
thalictroides, 348 
Caustic alcohol, 1794 
collodion, 439 
iodine solution, Lugol’s, 749 
Plunket’s, 22 
potash, 1070 
potassa, 1070 
soda, 823, 1228 
solution of iodine, 1514 
Causticum commune acerrimum, 1072 
commune mitius, 1073 
Caustique de Vienne, 1073 
Cayapoina martiana, 1809 
Cayaponia globulosa, 1606 
Cayaponine, 1606 
Cayenne cinnamon, 421 
pepper, 322 
C6anothe, 1606 
Ceanothine, 1606 
Ceanothus americanus, 1606 
reclinatus, 1620 
Ceard jaborandi, 1036 
Cearin, 1606 
Cebolla albarrana, 1208 
Cehur, 1606 
Cedar, 1699 
apples, 1699 
gum, 1606 
C6drat, 778 
Cedre de Virginie, 1698 
Cedrela australis, 1606 
odorata, 1699 
toona, 1699 
Cedren, 1699 
camphor, 1699 
Cedrin, 1606 
Cedron. 1606 
Cedronella mexicana, 1709 
Cedrus atlantica, 1699 
deodora, 1699 
libani, 1699 
Celandine, 366 
Celastrine, 1606 
Celastrus, 1606 
obscurus, 1606 
paniculata, 1606 
scandens, 1606 
serratus, 1606 
COleri, 1569 
Celery, 1569 
Celluloid, 1606 
Cellulose, 1176 
Celsius’s thermometer, 1881 
Celtis cinnamomea, 1607 
reticulosa, 1607 
Cementation, 633 
Cenizas claveladas, 1086 Index. 
1921 
Centaurea benedicta, 1607 
Centauree americaine, 1784 
Centaurium, 1607 
Centaury, 1607 
Centigrade thermometer, 1881 
Cepa, 1748 
Cephaeline, 755 
Cephaelis ipecacuanha, 750 
tomentosa, (note) 751 
Cephalanthin, 1607 
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 1607 
Cephaletin, 1607 
Cephalin, 1607 
Cera alba, 349 
amarilla, 349 
bianca, 349 
blanca, 349 
citrina, 349 
flava, 349 
gialla, 349 
Cerasin, 8 
Cerasus laurocerasus, 775 
serotina, 218, 1114 
virginiana, 1114 
Cerat cosmStique, 1422 
de blanc de baleine, 358 
de resine anglais, 359 
de saturne, 358 
Spulotique, 1436 
simple, 355 
Cerata, 354 
Cerate, 354, 355 
of carbonate of zinc, 1436 
of extract of cantharides, (note) 
358, 1489 
of lead subacetate, 358 
Cerated glass of antimony, 1672 
Cerates, 354 
Ceratopetalum, 1607 
C6rats, 354 
Ceratum, 355 
adipis, 355 
calaminae, (note) 1436 
camphorae, 365 
camphorae compositum, 1489 
camphoratum, 1489 
cantharidis, 355 
cetacei, 358 
cum subacetate plumbico, 358 
extracti cantharidis, (note) 358, 
1489 
labiale album, 358 
plumbi subacetatis, 358 
resinae, 359 
sabinae, 1489 
simplex, 355 
zinci carbonatis, (note) 1436 
Cerbera odallam, 1814 
tanghin, 1807 
Cerberetin, 1814 
Cerberin, 1814 
Cercis canadensis, 1608 
Cereotes, 354 
Ceresin, 1608 
Cereus grandiflorus, 1593 
Cerevisiae fermentum, 1608 
Cerii oxalis, 359 
Cerin, 352, 1625 
Cerite, 360 
Cerium, 360 
bromide, 1608 
nitrate, 361 
oxalat, 359' 
oxalate, 359 
oxalicum, 359 
Cerolein, 352 
Cerotic acid, 352, 902, 1008 
Cerotyl cerot.ate, 987 
Cerotyl palmitate, 987 
Cerous oxalate, 360 
Ceroxylon andicola, 353 
Ceruse, 1062 
Cerussa, 1062 
acetata, 1060 
Cervone, 1816 
Cervus elaphus, 1679 
Cestos, 424 
Cetaceum, 361 
Cetin, 362 
Cetine, 361 
Cetinelaic acid, 362 
Cetinelaine, 362 
Cetraria, 362 
islandica, 362 
juniperina, (note) 362 
pinastrin, (note) 362 
Cetraric acid, 364 
Cetrarin, 363 
Cetyl-alcohol, 362, 902, 1552 
palmitate, 362 
Cevadic acid, 1446, 1783 
Cevadilla, 1446, 1783 
Cevadilline, 1446, 1783 
Cevadine, 1446, 1783 
Cevine, 1446, 1783 
Ceylon agar-agar, 1666 
cardamom, (note) 333 
cinnamon, 418, 421 
gamboge, (note) 305 
moss, 1667 
Cha mat6, 1691 
Chaat, 1605 
Chacarilla, 338 
Chacrille, 338 
Chaerophylluin sativum, 1568 
Chagual gum, (note) 7 
Chairamidine, 405 
Chairamine, 407 
Chalk mixture, 872 
Chalky Russian castor, 1604 
Chalybeate bread, 623 
pills, 1045 
plaster, 501 
waters, 199 
Chamaecyparis thyiodes, 1815 
Chamsedrys, 1812 
Cbamaelirin, 1609 
Chamaelirium carolinianum, 1609, 
1682 
luteum, 1609, 1682 
Chamaemelum, 176 
Chamaenerion angustifolium, 1645 
Chamaepitys, 1554 
Chamissso, 1647 
Chamomile, 175 
flowers, 175 
Champaea camphor, 1609 
wood, 1609 
Champacol, 1609 
Champagne, 1453 
Channing’s solution, 1514 
Chanvre du Canada, 188 
indien, 313 
Chapman’s dinner pills, 1522 
mixture, 1519 
Chaptalization, 1452 
Charas, 315 
Charbon animal, 326 
animal puritie, 328 
de bois, 329 
vegStal, 329 
Charcoal, 329 
animal, 326 
biscuits, 330 
kinds of, 327 
lozenges, 330 
Charcoal quilt, 330 
Chardon benit, 1607 
Charpie, 1708 
Charta cantharidis, (note) 364, 1489 
epispastica, (note) 364 
nitrata, 365 
potassii nitratis, 364 
sinapis, 365 
Chartae, 364 
Chashmizok, 1604 
Chataigne, 342 
du Br6sil, 1591 
Chateau-haut-Brion claret wine, 1454 
-Lafitte claret wine, 1454 
-Latour claret wine, 1454 
-Margaux claret wine, 1454 
Chaulmoogra, 1678 
oil, 1678 
Chaux, 298 
vive, 298 
Chavannesia esculenta, 491 
Chavicol, 951 
Checkerberry, 1669, 1730 
Cheese rennet, 1668 
Chekan, 1650, 1737 
leaves, 1737 
Cheken, 1650, 1737 
bitter, 1737 
Chekenetin, 1650, 1737 
Chekenin, 1650, 1737 
Chekenon, 1650, 1737 
Chelae cancrorum, 1629 
Chelerythrine, 366, 1801 
Chelidoine, 366 
Chelidonia, 366 
Chelidonic acid, 366 
Chelidonine, 366, 1801 
phosphate, 366 
sulphate, 366 
tannate, 366 
Chelidoninic acid, 366 
Chelidonium, 366 
glaucum, 982 
rnajus, 366, 1188 
Chelidoxanthin, 366 
Chelone, 1609 
glabra, 1609 
Cheltenham salt, artificial, 1609 
Chemical food, (note) 626, 1535 
Chenoceti, 1736 
Chenopodium, 367 
ambrosioides, 367 
anthelminticum, 367 
botrys, 368 
quinoa, 1753, 1778 
Chenotaurocholic acid, 603 
Chequen, 1650, 1737 
Chermes, 430 
Cherry birch, 926 
-gum, 9 
-laurel, 775 
-laurel leaves, 775 
-laurel water, 218 
Chervil, 1568 
Cheshmat, 1604 
Chestnut, 342 
Chia, (note) 1185 
azul, (note) 1185 
Chian turpentine, 1360, 1362 
Chickling vetch, 1705 
Chicle, 1580 
Chicory, 1616 
Chiendent, 1411 
Chilbinj, 1801 
Chili, (note) 1190 
-salpeter, 1254 
Chillies, 323 
Chimaphila, 368 1922 
Index. 
Chimaphila corymbosa, 368 
maculata, 368, (note) 1438 
umbellata, 368, 1437 
Chimaphilin, 368 
China, 388 
-extrakt, 550 
isinglass, 725 
morada, 1609 
root, 1200, 1668 
wax, 349 
Chinaphtol, 1609 
Chinatinktur, 1379 
Chinese anise, 726 
blistering fly, 316 
camphor, 307 
cantharides, (note) 318 
cinnamon, 418, 421 
galls, 49, (note) 645 
musk, 883 
oil of peppermint, 945 
opium, (note) 986 
rhubarb, 1162 
sugar-cane, 1177, 1798 
sumach, 1553 
wax, 901 
wood oil, 1830 
Chinesischer zimmt, 418 
Chinidine, (note) 404, 414, 1135 
Chininum amorphum muriaticum 
puruin, 1610 
bimuriaticum carbamidatum, 
1139 
ferro-citricum, 614 
sulfuricum, 1143 
valerianicum, 1149 
Chininwein, 1466 
Chinoidin, 1609 
Chinoidine, 405, 1609 
hydrochloride, 1610 
Chinoidinum, 1609 
Chinol, 1610 
Chinolin, 1610 
Chinoline, 1610 
Chinosol, 1610 
Chinotoxine, 1611 
Chinovin, 408 
Chinquapin, 1604 
Chiococca anguifuga, 1597 
brachiata, 1597 
densifolia, 1597 
racemosa, 1597 
Chiococcaic acid, 1598 
Chionanthus virginica, 1611 
Chirata, 369 
Chiratin, 370 
Chiratogenin, 370 
Ghirayta, 369 
Chiretta, 369 
-thee, 732 
Chirettatinktur, 1378 
Chirette, 369 
Chirkhest, (note) 851 
Chirkhestite, (note) 851 
Chironia centaurium, 1607 
Chita, 1707 
Chittem bark, 1158 
Chloracetic acid, (note) 17 
Chloral, 370 
alcoholate, 371 
ammonium, 1611 
and camphor, 1490 
butylicum, 281 
camphor, 1611 
camphorated, 1490 
camphoratum, 1490 
carbamide, 1611 
carbol, 1611 
cream, 375 
Chloral cyanhydrate, 1611 
et camphor, 1490 
formamide, 1611 
hydras, 370 
hydrat, 370 
hydrate, 370 
hydrocyanate, (note) 207 
liniment, 375 
-menthol, 1611 
ointment, 375 
plaster, 375 
-urethane, 1611 
Chloralacetaldoxime, 1612 
Chloralacetoxime, 1612 
Chloralamide, 1611 
Chloralbenzaldoxime, 1612 
Chloralcamphoroxine, 1612 
Chloralnitroso-beta naphtol, 1612 
Chloralose, 1612 
Chloraloximes, 1612 
Chloralum, 1558 
hydratum crystallisatum, 370 
powders, 1558 
Chlorammoniumpastillen, 1414 
Chlorarseniklosung, 788 
Chloras kalicus, 1089 
potassicus, 1089 
Chlorate de potasse, 1089 
of potash, 1089 
of potash lozenges, 1418 
of potassium, 1089 
Chloraurate of ammonium, 1673 
Chlorbarium, 1582 
Chlorbaryum, 1582 
Chlorcalcium, 289 
Chlore liquide, 210 
Chlorethyl, 1648 
Chloretuin hydrargyricum, 688 
Chlorhydrate d’apomorphine, 189 
de morphine, 880 
Chlorhydric acid, 52 
.Chloric ether, 377, 1279 
Chloride of ammonium, 157 
of cobalt, 1618 
of gold, 1673 
of gold and sodium, 252 
of iron, 607 
of iron, tasteless, (note) 621 
of lime, 299 
Chloridum calcicum, 289 
ferricum, 607 
Chlorinated anmsthetic compounds, 
1611 
camphor, (note) 312 
cotton, (note) 669 
lime, 299 
muriatic ether, 1613 
potassa, solution of, 1615 
waters, 199 
Chlorine, 211 
gas, 301 
water, 210 
Chloris calcicus, 299 
Chlorkalilosung, 1615 
Chlorkalk, 299 
fliissigkeit, 794 
ChlorkohlenstofF, 1614 
Chlornatrium, 1247 
Chloro-caffeine, (note) 283 
Chlorocarbon, 1614 
Chlorodyne, (note) 383, 1378 
Chloroform, 375 
anodyne,1519 
emulsion, 511 
liniment, 782 
mixture, 511 
ointment, 383 
paregoric, 1492 
Chloroform water, 211 
Chloroforme pur, 375 
Chloroformium, 375 
Chloroformspiritus, 1279 
Chloroformum, 375 
purificatum, 375 
venale, 375 
Chloroform wasser, 211 
Chlorogallum pomeridianum, 1788 
Chlorogenate of potassium and caf- 
feine, 1596 
Chlorogenic acid, 1596 
Chlorogeoine, 1557 
Chloro-iodo-benzoic-glycerinester, 
1585 
Chlorophenol, 1615 
Chlorophenolate of mercury, 1801 
Chlorophora tinctoria, 1667 
Chlorophyll, (note) 495 
Chlorophyllan, (note) 496 
Chlorophyllanic acid, (note) 496 
Chloropicrine, 379 
Chloroplatinic acid, 1770 
Chlorsalols, 1615 
Chlorsaures kali, 1089 
Chlorum solutum, 210 
Chlorure d’ammonium, 157 
d’ammonium pur, 157 
de baryum, 1582 
de calcium, 289 
de camphre, (note) 312 
de chaux, 299 
de chaux liquide, 794 
de potasse, 1615 
de sodium, 1247 
de soude liquide, 823 
de zinc, 1473 
de zinc liquide, 826 
ferrique, 607 
ferrique liquide, 798 
mercurique, 688 
Chloruretum ammoniacum, 157 
calcis, 299 
ferricum, 607 
hydrargyricum, 688 
hydrargyrosum, 693 
sodicum, 1247 
zincicum, 1473 
Chloruro di sodio, 1247 
Chlorwasser, 210 
Chlorwasserstolfsaure, 52 
Chlorzink, 1473 
Chocolate, 974 
nuts, 973 
Choke-cherry, 1114 
Cholera mixture, 1519 
Cholesterin, 115, 603, 953 
Cholesterol, 948 
Cholic acid, 603 
Choline, 603, 1558, 1776 
Chondodendron tomentosum, 1009 
Chondrus, 383 
crispus, 383 
gelatin, 1509 
Christdorn, 1691 
Christmas rose, 1681 
Christophswurz, 1550 
Chroatol, 1615 
Chromate of lead, 1615 
Chromatized gelatin, 1672 
Chrome green, 1615 
yellow, 1615 
Chromic acid, 43 
anhydride, 43 
Chromium, 1615 
trioxide, 43 
Chromsaure, 43 
Chrysammic acid, 139 Index. 
1923 
Chrysanthemum carneum, 1695 
cinerarias folium, 1695 
marschallii, 1695 
parthenium, 176, (note) 310, 
1777 
roseum, 1695 
Chrysarobin, 221, 385 
amber varnish, 1793 
ointment, 1424 
oxide, 1616 
tetra-acetate, 1669 
triacetate, 1653, 1669 
Chrysarobini oxidum, (note) 385, 
1616 
Chrysarobinum, 385 
Chrysen, 1802 
Chrysene, 1056, 1617 
Chrysophan, 1165, 1219 
Chrysophanic acid, 1164, 1603 
Chrysophyllum glycyphlaemn, 1731 
Chrysoretin, 1219 
Chrysotoxin, 515 
Chucklusa, 1764 
Chumbo, 1075 
Churchill’s iodine caustic, 1514 
tincture of iodine, 1539 
Churrus, 314 
Cibotium, 1760 
Cibus deorum, 235 
Cicer arietinum, 1752 
Cichorium endivia, 1616 
intybus, 1616 
Cicindela, 316 
Cicuta, 446 
maculata, 1616 
virosa, 1616, 1633 
Cicutine, 1616 
Cicutoxin, 1616 
Cider, 1459 
vinegar, 1547 
Cientoenrama, 1549 
Cierge il grandes fleurs, 1593 
Cigue, 446 
ordinaire, 446 
vireuse, 1616 
Cigusti opium, (note) 984 
Cilantro*. 456 
Cimicifuga, 386 
racemosa, 386 
serpen taria, 386 
Cimicifugae rhizoma, 386 
Cimicifugin, 387 
Ciinolite, 766 
Cinehocerotin, 410 
Cinchofulvic acid, 409 
Cincholine, 407 
Cincho-meronic acid, 417, 1138 
Cinchona, 388 
assay of, 411 
bark, 388 
bonplandia, 389 
calisaya, 388, 390 
condaminea, 389 
cordifolia, 389, 403 
crispa, 389 
cultivation of, 394 
cuprea, 406 
erythrantha, 405 
erythroderma, 405 
ferruginea, (note) 403 
flava, 388, 401 
josephiana, 390 
lancifolia, 389 
ledgeriana, 389, 390, 401 
lucumasfolia, 408 
micrantha, 389 
nitida, 389 
officinalis, 388, 390, 401 
Cinchona pedunculata, (note) 403 
peruviana, 389 
pitayensis, 389 
pubescens, 407 
remijiana, (note) 403 
rosulenta, 405 
rubra, 388, 401 
succirubra, 388, 390, 401 
vellozii, (note) 403 
Cinchonae cortex, 388 
flavse cortex, 388 
rubrae cortex, 388 
Cinchonamine, (note) 404, 407 
Cinchonia, 404 
Cinchoniae sulphas, 417 
Cinchonic acid, 408, 417 
red, 404, 409 
Cinchonicia, (note) 404 
Cinchonicine, 404, 1137, 1609 
Cinchonidia, (note) 404 
Cinchonidinae salicylas, 1616 
sulphas, 414 
Cinchonidine, 404, 415, 1135 
acid sulphate of, 415 
benzoate, (note) 415 
bisulphate, 415 
hydrobromate, 415 
of Koch, 407 
salicylate, 415, 1616 
sulphate, 414 
Cinchonin, 404 
Cinchonina, 415 
Cinchoninae sulphas, 417 
Cinchonine, 404, 414 
acid sulphate, 418 
bisulphate, 418 
iodsulphate, 1569 
quinate, 408 
sulphate, 417 
Cinchoninum sulfuricum, 417 
Cinchotannic acid, 410 
Cinchotannin, 410 
Cinchotenine, 417 
Cinchotine, 407 
Cinchovatine, 407 
Cinene, 970 
Cineol, 335, 519, 1185, 1737 
Cinnabar, 1722 
Cinnabaris, 1722 
Cinnamate of cinnamyl, 1306 
Cinnamein, 255, 265 
Cinnamene, 1306, 1709 
Cinnamic acid, 255, 265, 933, 1694 
aldehyde, 933 
ether of benzyl, 1306 
ether of ethyl, 1306 
ether of phenylpropyl, 1306 
ether of storesin, 1306 
Cinnamodendron corticosum, 1829 
Cinnamomi cortex, 418 
Cinnamomum, 418 
acutum, 418 
aromatieum, 419 
burmanni, 1721 
camphora, 306 
cassia, 418 
chinense, 418 
culilawan, 420, 1633 
inners, 420 
kiamis, 420, 1721 
loureirii, 420 
nitidum, 420 
obtusifolium, 420 
pauciflorum, 420 
rubrum, 420 
saigonicum, 418 
sintoc, 420 
tamala, 420 
Cinnamomum verum, 418 
xanthoneuron, 1721 
zeylanicum, 418 
Cinnamon, 418 
bark, 41S, 1600 
chips, 420 
leaf oil, (note) 419, 931 
suet, 419 
water, 212 
Cinnainyl cinnamate, 1709 
-ecgonine, 426 
-ecgonine methyl ester, 426 
eugenol, 1585 
guaiacol, 1675 
Cinquefoil, 1775 
Cipo carneiro, 1563 
suma, 1563 
Cire blanche, 349 
jaune, 349 
Cirsium arvense, 1816 
Ciruelas secas, 1113 
Cissampeline, 1011 
Cissampelos glaberrima, 1011 
pereira, 1009 
Cistus creticus, 1702 
cyprius, 1702 
ladaniferus, 1702 
laurifolius, 1702 
Citraconic acid, 46 
Citral, 941, 1705, 1760 
Citras ferricus, 609 
kalicus, 1091 
potassicus, 1091 
Citrate d’ammoniaque liquide, 790 
de bismuth, 268 
de bismuth et d’ammoniaque, 
269 
de fer ammoniacal, 609 
de fer et d’ammoniaque, 609 
de fer et de quinine, 614 
de fer et de quinine liquide, 
(note) 615 
de fer et de strychnine, 618 
de fer liquide, 801 
de lithine, 831 
de potasse, 1091 
de potasse liquide, 819 
de sesquioxyde de fer, 609 
ferrique, 609 
ferrique ammoniacal, 609 
of bismuth, 268 
of bismuth and ammonium, 
269 
of caffeine, 284 
of iron, 609 
of iron and ammonium, 609 
of iron and quinia, 614 
oflithia, 831 
of lithium, 831 
of potash, 1091 
Citrated caffeine, 284 
Citrene, (note) 310 
Citric acid, 44 
Citrine ointment, 1429 
Citron, 778 
Citrouellol, 941, 961, 1746 
Citronen, 777 
Citronenessenz, 1284 
Citronenkraut, 865 
Citronen 61, 941 
Citronensaft, 778 
Citronensaftsyrup, 1338 
Citronensaure, 44 
ammoniakfliissigkeit, 790 
wismuth-ammoniaklosung, 792 
Citronensaures eisen und ehininlo- 
sung, (note) 615 
eisen-chinin, 614 1924 
Index. 
Citronensaures eisenoxyd, 609 
eisenoxyd-ammoniak, 609 
eisenoxyd-ammonium, 609 
eisen-strychnin, 618 
lithium, 831 
wismuth, 268 
wismuth-oxyd-ammonium, 269 
Citronensauresyrup, 1326 
Citronenschale, 777 
Citroneuschalentinktur, 1394 
Citrons, 777 
Citronsaure, 44 
Citronsaures kali, 1091 
Citrophen, 1617 
Citro-thymate of quinine, 1139 
Citrullus citrullus, 1633 
colocynthis, 441 
vulgaris, 1633 
Citrus acris, 778 
aurantium, 208, 249, 778 
bergamia, 46, 925 
bigaradia, 250 
bigaradia myrtifolia, (note) 
250 
bigaradia sinensis, (note) 250 
decumana, 250 
limetta, 926 
limonum, 777 
medica, 250, 778 
vulgaris, 249 
Civet, 1617 
cat, 1617 
Civette, 1617 
Claret wine, 1454 
Clarified cotton-seed oil, 938 
honey, 864 
Clarry, (note) 1185 
Classification of fixed oils, 899 
of carbohydrates, 1176 
Clavalier, 1466 
Clavaria flava, 1734 
Claviceps purpurea, 511 
Clavos de espicia, 336 
Clavus secalinus, 511 
Claying, 1178 
Clearing nuts, 1801 
Cleavers, 1668 
Clematine, 1617 
Clematis crispa, 1617 
ere eta, 1617 
flammula, 1617 
recta, 1617 
viorna, 1617 
virginica, 1617 
vitalba, 1617 
Clematite, 1617 
Clemens’s solution, (note) 791, 1516 
Clichy process for lead carbonate, 
1062 
Climbing ivy, 1168 
staff-tree, 1606 
Clorure d’aminonium pur, 158 
Cloruro di calce, 299 
di sodio, 1247 
Clotbur, 775, 1833 
Cloudberry, 1171, 1182 
Clous aromatiques, 336 
de girofles, 336 
Clove bark, 1626 
nutmeg, (note) 887 
pink, 1639 
Cloves, 336 
of garlic, 133 
Club moss, 836 
Clutia cascarilla, 339 
eluteria, 339 
Clutterbuek’s elaterium, 496 
Cnicin, 1607 
Cnicus arvensis, 1617 
benedictus, 1607 
Coal, 325 
fish, 947 
-gas liquor, 155 
naphtha, 266 
oil, 1761 
tar, 1617 
tar creosote, 37, 456 
tar saponine, 813 
Coarse gamboge, 305 
Cobalt, 1618 
arsenate, 1618 
bloom, 1618 
blue, 1618 
chloride, 1618 
glance, 1618 
sulpharsenate, 1618 
sulphocyanate, 1618 
Cobaltous oxide, 1618 
Cob re, 470 
Cobweb, 1618 
Coca, 423 
blatter, 423 
-ethyline, (note) 426 
leaves, 423 
Cocae foliae, 423 
Cocaina, 428 
Cocainse hydrochloras, 429 
hydrochloridum, 429 
Cocaine, 425, 428 
homologues, (note) 426 
hydriodide, 429 
hydrochlorate, 429 
hydrochloride, 429 
ointment, 1424 
Cocamine, 426 
Cocatannic acid, 425 
Cocaylbenzoyloxyacetic acid, (note) 
426 
Cocayl-ecgonine methyl ester, 426 
Coccerin, 432 
Coceiniglia, 430 
Coccionella, 430 
Coccognin, 871 
Coccoloba uvifera, 767 
Cocculin, 1032 
Cocculus, 1618 
caeba, (note) 1010 
chondodendron, 1010 
indicus, 1618 
lacunosus, 1618 
levanticus, 1618 
palmatus, 295, (note) 716 
plukenetii, 1618 
suberosus, 1618 
toxiferus, 1831 
Coccus, 430 
cacti, 430 
cordata, 1830 
ilicis, 430 
lacca, 1702 
Cochenille, 430 
Cochia pills, 1523 
Cochilsapote, 1603 
Cochineal, 430 
color, 1513 
Cochinelletinktur, 1381 
Cochinilin, 431 
Cochinilla, 430 
jaspeada, 431 
renegrida, 431 
Cochlearia armoracia, 230 
officinalis, 1618 
Cocillana bark, 1619 
Cocinic acid, 1678 
Cockle bur, 1833 
Cocoa, 974 
Cocoa butter, 1619 
-nut butter, 1619 
-nut oil, 1619 
-nut oil group of fixed oils, 
900 
-nut tree, 1619 
oil soap, 1197 
Cocoisobutyline, (note) 426 
Coco-nut oil, 1619 
-nut tree, 1619 
-olein, 1619 
Cocopropyline, (note) 426 
Cocos nucifera, 1619 
Cod oil, 946 
Codaga pala, 1832 
Codamia, 992 
Codamine, 987, 992 
Codeia, 433 989 
Codein, 433 
Codeina, 433 
Codeinse phosphas, 434 
Codeine, 433, 989 
hydrobromide, (note) 989 
phosphate, 434, (note) 989 
Codeinum, 433 
Cod-liver oil, 946 
and ferrous iodide, (note) 
951 
glyconin emulsion of, (note) 
664 
with lactophosphate of lime, 
(note) 951 
with quinine, 951 
Codol, 1780 
Codonopsis tangshen, 1757 
Coelocline polycarpa, 1619 
Coerolignol, 457 
Coerulein, 2, 862, 905 
Coerulene, 1578 
Coffea arabica, 281, 1596 
Coffee, 282, 1596 
leaves, 1597 
-tree, 1678 
Cognac, 1286 
Cohesion figures as a means of test- 
ing liquids, (note) 960 
Cohobation, 909 
Coix lacryma, 1620 
lacryma-jobi, 1620 
Coke, 325, 1617 
Cola acuminata, 1800 
de pescado, 724 
Colchiceine, 436 
Colchici cormus, 435 
radix, 435 
semen, 435, 437 
semina, 435 
Colchicia, (note) 436 
Colchicinse salicylas, 1620 
Colchicine, 436, 1620 
salicylate, 437, 1620 
tannate, 1620 
Colchicinic acid, 436 
Colchico, 435 
Colchicum autumnale, 435, 1683 
corm, 435 
seeds, 435 
variegatum, 1683 
wine, 1462 
Colchique, 435 
Colchisal, 437, 1620 
Colcothar, 70, 89, 624, 629 
Cold bath, 201 
cream, 1422 
Colemanite, 33, 1237 
Cole’s dinner pills, 1522 
Colic root, 1556, 1640, 1707 
Colla di pesce, 724 Index. 
1925 
Colla piscium, 724 
Colie de poisson, 724 
Collidine, 1350, 1617, 1776 
Collinsonia canadensis, 1620 
Collinsonie, 1620 
Collodion, 438 
cantharide, 439 
croton oil, 1490 
elastique, 440 
iodized, 1490 
styptique, 440 
vesicant, 439 
with cantharides, 439 
Collodium, 438, 1128 
belladonnse, (note) 439 
cantharidale, 439 
cantharidatum, 439 
elastic um, 440 
flexile, 440 
iodatum, 1490 
iodoformatum, 1490 
salicylatum compositum, 1490 
stypticum, 440 
tiglii, 1490 
vesicans, 49, 439 
Collodiumwolle, 1128 
Colloxylin, 1128 
Collutea arborescens, 1217 
Colocasia antiquorum, 1720 
esculenta, 1720 
Colocynth, 441 
pulp, 441 
Colocynthein, 442 
Colocynthidis pulpa, 441 
Colocynthin, 442 
Colocynthis, 441 
Colocynthitin, (note) 442, 1713 
Cologne, 1799 
spirit, 130 
water, 1529 
Colomba, 295 
Colombian bark, 389 
ipecacuanha, 753 
Colombo, 295 
Colophane, 1151 
Colophene, 970, 1356 
Colophonium, 1151 
Colophony, 1151, 1361 
Coloquinte, 441 
Coloquintenapfel, 441 
Coloquintenpillen, 1044 
Coloquintida, 441 
Color reactions of opium bases, 994 
Colorado beetle, 1759 
cough root, 1707 
mountain sage, 1576 
potato-beetle, (note) 317 
Colored inks, 1695 
Coloring matter in wine, detection of, 
(note) 1459 
principles of plants, 1694 
Colorless hydrastis, (note) 718 
tincture of iodine, (note) 1390 
Coltsfoot, 1821 
Coltstail, 1645 
Colubrina, 1620 
reclinata, 1620 
Columba, 295 
Columbian spirit, 1727 
Columbic acid, 297 
Columbin, 296 
Columbine, 1570 
Columbo, 295 
American, 297 
false, 297 
wood, 297 
-wurzel, 295 
Colutea arborescens, 1620 
Coluteic acid, 1620 
Colza oil, 1620 
Comenic acid, 996 
Comfrey, 1806 
Commelina. 1620 
communis, 1620 
tuberosa, 1620 
Commercial abietine, (note) 1358 
beberine sulphate, 1738 
bicarbonate of sodium, 1233 
chloroform, 375 
ferrous sulphate, (note) 629 
hydrochloric acid, 55 
mercury, (note) 708 
propylamine, 1819 
pyroxylic spirit, 1726 
quicksilver, (note) 708 
zinc oxide, 1436 
Commiphora abyssinica, 890 
africana, 1584 
agallocha, 1583 
berryi, 1581 
myrrha, 890 
opobalsamum, (note) 891, 1581 
playfairii, 890 
roxburghiana, 1584 
simplicifolia, 890 
schimperi, 890 
Common agrimony, 1553 
American alder, 1557 
avens, 1671 
bead-tree, 1570 
bean, 1764 
brake, 1579 
bugle, 1554 
burdock, 775 
cod, 947 
elder, 1186 
English sorrel, 1172 
European alder, 1557 
European ash, 1664 
European birch, 1587 
European centaury, 1607 
European holly, 1691 
European myrtle, 1737 
European turpentine, 1360 
European yew-tree, 1809 
false pareira, 1010 
fennel, 640 
frankincense, 1357, 1360 
garden nightshade, 487 
ginger, 1484 
groundsel, 1791 
houseleek, 1791 
hydrangea, 1686 
labdanum, 1702 
ladies’ slipper, 476 
lilac, 1806 
mallow, 1717 
manna, 852 
milkweed, 238 
motherwort, 1707 
mushroom, 1734 
nettle, 1824 
pitch, 1361 
potato, 488 
pumpkin, 1011 
pyrites, (note) 1315 
rue, 1782 
sago, 1785 
salt, 1247 
scurvy grass, 1618 
silkweed, 238 
skunk,1605 
soap, 1195 
spleen wort, 1579 
sugar-cane, 1174 
sunflower, 1680 
Common toadflax, 1569 
virgin’s bower, 1617 
water, 194 
white jasmine, 1746 
white lily, 1707 
winter cherry, 1766 
yellow soap, 1196 
Comocladia integrifolia, 1675 
Comosic acid, 1733 
Compass plant, 1792 
Composition of commercial lime- 
juice, (note) 45 
of milk, 1728 
powder, 1527 
Compound anise powder, 1527 
bismuth lozenge, 1415 
calomel pill, 1043 
camphor cerate, 1489 
cathartic elixir, 1492 
cathartic pills, 1043 
chalk powder, 1121 
copaiba mixture, 1519 
croton oil liniment, 1511 
decoction of aloes, 478, 1490 
decoction of sarsaparilla, 480 
effervescing powder, 1122 
elixir of blackberry, 1499 
elixir of buchu, 1491 
elixir of cascara sagrada, 1499 
elixir of celery, 1491 
elixir of chloroform, 1492 
elixir of corydalis, 1494 
elixir of cramp-bark, 1500 
elixir of orange, 1543 
elixir of pepsin, 1494 
elixir of quinine, 1498 
elixir of quinine and phosphates, 
1499 
elixir of rhamnus purshiana, 
1499 
elixir of stillingia, 1500 
elixir of tar, 1498 
elixir of taraxacum, 1500 
elixir of viburnum opulus, 1500 
essence of vanillin, 1541 
extract of colocynth, 555 
fluid extract of buchu, 1505 
fluid extract of sarsaparilla, 593 
fluid extract of stillingia, 1508 
hypophosphites, 1534 
infusion of flaxseed, (note) 731 
infusion of gentian, 734 
infusion of orange peel, 731 
infusion of rose, 736, 1510 
infusion of senna, 737 
iron mixture, 873 
lead suppositories, 1321 
liniment of camphor, 782 
liniment of mustard, 784 
liniment of opium, 1511 
mercury ointment, 1429 
mixture of chloral and potas- 
sium bromide, 1519 
mixture of chloroform and can- 
nabis indica, 1519 
mixture of glycyrrhiza, 873 
mixture of rhubarb, 1520 
mixture of senna, 875 
oil of hyoscyamus, 1522 
ointment of mercury, 1429 
ointment of subacetate of lead, 
358 
pancreatic powder, 1527 
pill of asafetida, 1047 
pill of colocynth, 1044 
pill of galbanum, 1047 
pill of gamboge, 1043 
pill of mercurous chloride, 1043 1926 
Index. 
Compound pill of soap, 1049 
pill of subchloride of mercury, 
1043 
pills of aloes and podophyllum, 
1523 
pills of aloin, 1523 
pills of aloin, strychnine, and 
belladonna, 1523 
pills of antimony, 1043 
pills of colocynth, 1523 
pills of galbanum, 1047, 1524 
pills of iron, (note) 1045, 1524 
pills of rhubarb, 1049 
powder of acacia, 1525 
powder of acetanilid, 1525 
powder of almond, 1525 
powder of almonds, 1119 
powder of bayberry, 1527 
powder of catechu, 1121, 1525 
powder of cinnamon, 1120 
powder of elaterin, 1123, 1411 
powder of glycyrrhiza, 1123 
powder of iodoform, 1527 
powder of jalap, 1124 
powder of kino, 1124, 1527 
powder of morphine, 1124 
powder of opium, 1125 
powder of pepsin, 1527 
powder of rhubarb, 1125 
powder of scammony, 1125 
powder of tragacanth, 1125 
salicylated collodion, 1490 
scammony pill, 1049 
solution of iodine, 808 
solution of phosphoric acid, 1511 
solution of sodium borate, 1516 
solution of zinc and aluminium, 
1517 
solution of zinc and iron, 1517 
spirit of cardamon, 1529 
spirit of ether, 1268 
spirit of horse-radish, 1278 
spirit of juniper, 1283 
spirit of lavender, 1393 
spirit of orange, 1278 
squill pill, 1049 
sulphur ointment, 1542 
syrup of actaea, 1530 
syrup of asarum, 1531 
syrup of black cohosh, 1530 
syrup of Canada snake-root, 1531 
syrup of chondrus, 1532 
syrup of cimicifuga, 1530 
syrup of horse-radish, (note) 231 
syrup of hypophosphites, 1534 
syrup of Irish moss, 1532 
syrup of morphine, 1534 
syrup of phosphate of iron, 626 
syrup of rhubarb and potassa, 
1536 
syrup of sarsaparilla, 1342 
syrup of senna, 1536 
syrup of squill, 1343 
syrup of stillingia. 1289, 1536 
syrup of the phosphates, 1535 
syrup of white pine, 1585 
tar ointment, 1542 
tar plaster, 1501 
tincture of benzoin, 1374 
tincture of camphor, 1399 
tincture of cardamom, 1377 
tincture of catechu, 1377 
tincture of chloroform and mor- 
phine, 1378 
tincture of cinchona, 1380 
tincture of coal tar, 813 
tincture of cudbear, 1540 
tincture of gentian, 1386 
Compound tincture of green soap, 
1541 
tincture of guaiac, 1539 
tincture of iodine, (note) 1389 
tincture of jalap, 1539 
tincture of kino, 1539 
tincture of lavender, 1393 
tincture of Peruvian bark, 1380 
tincture of rhubarb, 1403 
tincture of senna, 1405 
tincture of vanillin, 1541 
tincture of viburnum, 1541 
tincture of zedoary, 1541 
wine of orange, 1543 
Compressed pills, 1040 
sponge, 1530 
Comptonia asplenifolia, 1620 
peregrina, 1620 
Conamarine, (note) 450 
Concentrated compound solution of 
sarsaparilla, 821 
emulsion of almonds, (note) 510 
infusions, 730 
phosphoric acid, 77 
solution of ammonium acetate, 
1512 
solution of bismuth, 1509 
solution of calumba, 795 
solution of chiretta, 795 
solution of cusparia, 796 
solution of krameria, 809 
solution of quassia, 820 
solution of rhubarb, 821 
solution of senega, 821 
solution of senna, 821 
solution of serpentary, 822 
Conchairamidine, 407 
Conchairamine, 407 
Conchinamine of Hesse, 406 
Conchinine, (note) 404, 1135 
Concrete oil of nutmeg, 889 
oil of wine, 917 
Concusconine, 407 
Condensed milk, 1729 
Condurangin, 1621 
Condurango, 1620 
bianco, 1620 
Conessi bark, 1832 
Conessine, 1832 
Confectio amygdalae, 1119 
aromatica, (note) 444 
aurantii corticis, (note) 444 
Damocratis, 1828 
opii, 444 
piperis, 444 
rosae, 445 
rosae gallicae, 445 
sennae, 445 
sulphuris, 446 
Confection aromatique, (note) 444 
of almond, 1119 
of Damocratis, 1828 
of opium, 444 
of orange peel, 251, (note) 
444 
of pepper, 444 
of rose, 445 
of senna, 445 
of sulphur, 446 
Confectiones, 443 
Confections, 443 
Confervoideae, 192 
Congo root, 1775 
Conhydrine, 448 
Coniferin, (note) 1359, 1443 
Conii folia, 446 
fructus, 446 
Coniic acid, 448 
Coniine, 448, 1616 
benzoate, 450 
bromhydrate, 450 
hydrochlorate, 450 
Conine, 448 
Conioselinum canadense, 1621 
chinense, 1621 
Conium, 446 
leaves, 446 
maculatum, 446 
ointment, 1425 
plaster, (note) 450 
Connarus africanus, 1621 
guianensis, 1621 
Conopholis americana, 1750 
Conquinamine, 405 
Conserva amygdalarum, 1119 
aurantii, (note) 444 
rosarum, 445 
Conserve d’amandes, 1119 
d’6corce d’orange, (note) 444 
de rose rouge, 445 
Conserven, 443 
Conserves, 443 
Consoude, 1806 
Constantinople opium, (note) 983 
Constitution of gum, (note) 4 
Consumptive’s weed, 518 
Contra capitano, 1221 
Contrajerva, 1621 
Contrayerbine, 1621 
Contrayerva, 1621 
Contrayerve, 1621 
Convallamaretin, 451 
Convallamarin, 451 
Convallaretin, 451 
Convallaria, 451 
majalis, 451 
multiflora, 1621 
polygonatum, 1621 
Convallarin, 451 
Convolvulic acid, 759 
Convolvulin, 759, 1764 
Convolvulus batatas, 170 
jalapa, 757 
orizabensis, (note) 761 
panduratus, 1621 
scammonia, 1205 
scoparius, (note) 963 
turpethum, 1820 
Copahu, 452 
Copaiba, 452 
beyrichii, 452 
bijuga, 452 
cordifolia, 452 
coriacea, 452 
guianensis, 452 
jacquini, 452 
jussieui, 452 
langsdorffii, 452 
laxa, 452 
martii, 452 
multijuga, 452 
nitida, 452 
oblongifolia, 452 
officinalis, 452 
sellowii, 452 
Copaibaol, 933 
Copaifera beyrichii, 452 
bijuga, 452 
cordifolia, 452 
coriacea, 452 
gorskiana, 1623 
guianensis, 452 
guibourtiana, 1622 
jacquini, 452 
jussieuni, 452 
langsdorffii, 452 Index. 
1927 
Copaifera laxa, 452 
martii, 452 
multijuga, 452 
nitida, 452 
oblongifolia, 452 
officinalis, 452 
sellowii, 452 
Copaiva, 452 
-balsam, 445 
-pillen, 854 
Copaivic acid, 454, 855, 1152 
Copal, 1622 
varnish, 1623 
Copalchi bark, 339 
Copalm balsam, 1709 
Copernicus cerifera, 353 
Copi cotta, 1596 
Copper, 470 
acetate, 1634 
arsenite, 1634 
black oxide of, 1623 
subacetate, 1634 
sulphate, 468 
Copperas, (note) 629 
Copra, 1619 
Coptide, 1623 
Coptine, 1623 
Coptis, 1623 
anemon®folia, 1623 
teeta, (note) 716, 1623 
trifolia, 1623 
Coptosapelta flavescens, 1575 
Coque du Levant, 1618 
Coquelicot, 1166 
Coquelourde, 1117 
Coqueluchon, 108 
Coqueret, 1766 
Corail, 1623 
Corajo, 1766 
Coral, 1623 
root, 1624 
Corallin, 1623 
red, 1624 
Corallorhiza odontorhiza, 1624 
Corbezzolo, 1437 
Cordeine, 1624 
Cordia boissieri, 1562 
Cordiale rubi fructus, 1490 
Cordol, 1624 
Cordyl, 1624 
Coriamyrtin, 1624 
Coriander, 456 
fruit, 456 
Coriandre, 456 
Coriandri fructus, 456 
Coriandro, 456 
Coriandroi, 456, 934 
Coriandruin, 456 
sativum, 456 
Coriaria angustissima, 1624 
myrtifolia, 1217, 1624 
ruscifolia, 1624 
sarmentosa, 1624 
thymifolia, 1624 
Coridine, 1350, 1617 
Corindon granuleux ferrifere, 1644 
Corinthian raisins, 1779 
Cork, 1625 
Corn collodion, 1490 
poppy,1166 
rose, 1166 
silk, 1468 
smut, 1824 
snake-root, 1646 
starch, 170, 173 
Cornu, 1679 
Cornus, 1625 
amomum, 1625 
Cornus circinata, 1625 
florida, 1625 
sericea, 1607 
Cornutine, (note) 514, 516 
citrate, 1626 
Cornutinii citras, 1626 
Coronilla scorpioides, 1626 
varia, 1626 
Coronillein. 1626 
Coronillin, 1626 
Corrigiola telephiifolia, (note) 1126 
Corrosive chloride of mercury, 688 
mercuric chloride, 688 
sublimate, 688 
sublimate catgut, (note) 690 
sublimate cotton, (note) 690 
sublimate gauze, (note) 690 
sublimate silk, (note) 690 
sublimate tablets, 691 
Corroval, 1831 
Corrovaline, 1831 
Corsican moss, 1667 
Corteccia dell’ Angustura, 471 
della quercia, 1131 
di simaruba, 1792 
Cortex aurantiorum, 249 
aurantiorum dulcium, 249 
caryophyllata, 1626 
cascarill®, 338 
castane® equin®, 1551 
cinnamomi, 418 
cinnamomi zeylonici, 418 
coccognidii, 869 
condurango, 1620 
culilaban, 1633 
el uteri®, 338 
frangul®, 641 
fructus aurantii, 249 
fructus citri, 777 
granati radicis, 669 
hippocastani, 1551 
mezerei, 869 
musen®, 764 
pomorum aurantii, 249 
thuris, 338 
thy in el e®, 869 
thymiamatis, 1304 
winteranus, 1829 
Corteza de Angostura, 471 
de Granada, 669 
de naranja, 249 
de roble, 1131 
de simaruba, 1792 
Corundum, 147 
Corycavine, 1627 
Corydalia, 1627 
Corydalin, 1627 
Corydaline, 1626 
Corydalis cava, 1627 
formosa, 1626 
nobilis, 1627 
Corydalnobiline, 1627 
Corydine, 1627 
Coryl, 1627 
Corylus avellana, 900 
rostrata, 1627 
Corypha cerifera, 1601 
Cosaprin, 1627 
Coscinium fenestratum, 297, (note) 
716 
Cosmoline, 1016 
Cotarnine, 988 
hydrochlorate, 1627 
Coto bark, (note) 1538, 1627 
-coto, 1627 
Cotoin, 1628 
Coton, 668 
Cotone, 668 
Cotoneaster nummularia, (note) 851 
vulgaris, (note) 165 
Cotton, 668 
root bark, 667 
wool, 668 
Cotton-seed blue, (note) 938 
-seed oil, 938 
-seed oil group of fixed oils, 
899 
Cottony burdock, 775 
Cotula, 1628 
Cotyledon umbilicus, 1629 
Cotylet, 1629 
Couch-grass, 1411 
Couleuvree de Virginie, 1221 
Couleuvrine, 1589 
Coumaric acid, 1721, 1817 
Coumarin, 1707, 1721, 1817 
Coumarouna odorata, 523, 1817 
Couperose bleu, 468 
Court plaster, 502, 725, 1374 
Coury, (note) 347 
Cousso, 473 
Cowage, 1733 
Cow bane, 1616 
Cowberry, 1629 
Cowdie resin, 1362 
Cowhage, 1733 
Cow-parsnip, 1682 
Cowrie resin, 1362 
Cow-tree, 1629 
Cow’s milk, 1728 
Coxe’s gelatin, 725 
hive syrup, 1344 
Crab orchard salt, 1629 
Crabs’ claws, 1629 
eyes, 1629 
Crabstones, 1629 
Cracca virginiana, 1668, 1812 
Craie precipiteo, 288 
preparee, 460 
Cramp bark, 1450 
Cranberries, 1629 
Cranberry-tree, 1450 
Crane willow, 1607 
Cranesbill, 653 
root, 653 
Crataegus oxyacantha, (note) 165, 
1819 
Cravo da India, 336 
Crazy weeds, 1711 
Cream nuts, 1591 
of bismuth, (note) 1488 
of tartar, 1079 
of tartar tree, 1550 
of tartar whey, 1081 
Creasote, 212, 456 
mixture, 872 
Creasotum, 456 
Creeping blackberry, 1171 
Crgrne de soufre, 1312 
de tartre, 1080 
froide, 1422 
Cremor bismuthi, (note) 1488 
de tartaro, 1080 
tartari, 1079 
tartari solubilis, (note) 1080 
Cremoredi tartaro, 1080 
Creolin, 1630 
gauze, 1630 
iodoform, 1631 
Creosal, 1630, 1808 
Creosol, 675, 1056 
Creosotal, 1629 
Creosote, 212, 456, 1056, 1617 
carbonate, 1629 
ointment, 1425 
sulphoricinate, 1804 1928 
Index. 
Creosote water, 212 
Creosotum, 456 
albuminatum, 1629 
carbonicum, 1629 
tannicuin, 1630 
valerianicum, 1630 
Cresalols, 1632 
Crescentia cujete, 1630 
Crescentinic acid, 1630 
Cresol, 457, 1056 
iodide, 1632 
-naphtol, 1632 
salicylates, 1632 
salols, 1632 
triiodide, 1632 
Cresolin, 1630 
Cresols, 1630 
Cresotic acid, 1632 
Cresotinic acid, 1632 
Cresson de fontaine, 1738 
de Para, 1798 
des pr6s, 1601 
Cress-seed oil, 900 
Cresylic acid, 457, 1630 
Creta prmcipitata, 288 
praeparata, 460 
Crimea rhubarb, 1163 
Cristaux de V6nus, 1634 
Croeetin, 463, 1668 
Crocin, 463, 1669 
Crocose, 463, 1669 
Crocus, 461 
of antimony, 1632 
orientalis, 462 
sativus, 461 
Crotin, 978 
Croton aromaticus, 1702 
balsamiferum, 339 
benzoe, 264 
cascarilla, 339 
chloral hydrate, 281 
eluteria, 338 
lacciferum, 1702 
lineare, 339 
malambo, 1716, 1829 
moril'olius, 976 
oblongifolium, 977 
oil, 976 
oil collodion, (note) 440, 1490 
oil crayons, (note) 979 
pavana, 978 
persimilis, 977 
pseudo-china, 339 
-resin, 978 
sloanei, (note) 339 
suberosum, (note) 339 
tiglium, 976 
Crotonic acid, 977 
Crotonol, 976 
Crotonol, 977 
Crotonoleic acid, 977 
Crotonolic acid, 977 
Crotonylene, 1618 
Crowfoot, 1779 
Crown bark, 402 
Crude antimony, 184 
borax, 1237 
calcium sulphide, 302 
camphor, 307 
carbolic acid, 42 
chloride of ammonium, 158 
chrysarobin, 221 
copal, 1623 
liquorice, 565 
malate of iron, 1506 
pyroligneous acid, 15 
saltpetre, 1107 
sulphur, 1313 
Crude tartar, 1080 
turpentine, 1357 
Crushed linseed, 786 
Cryolite, 144, 1244 
Cryptidine, 1617 
Cryptocarpa australis, 1632 
Cryptocoryne spiralis, (note) 753 
Cryptopia, 993 
Cryptopine, 987, 993 
Crystal mineral, 1107 
pepsin, (note) 1013 
Crystalline, 1725 
arsenous acid, 20 
Crystallizable magnesium citrate, 
(note) 811 
polysaccharides, 1176 
Crystallized aconitine, 106 
digitalin, 486 
digitoxin, 487 
lead subacetate, (note) 814, 
1061 
verdigris, 1634 
Crystals of tartar, 1079 
of Venus, 1634 
Cubeb, 465 
Cubeba, 465 
clusii, (note) 465 
officinalis, 466 
Cubebas, 465 
fructus, 465 
Cubebas, 465 
Cubebe, 465 
poivre a queue, 465 
Cubebic acid, 467 
Cubebin, 467 
Cubebs, 465 
Cubic nitre, 1254 
pyrites, (note) 1315 
Cuca, 423 
Cuckoo flower, 1601 
Cucumber ointment, 1632 
seeds, 1633 
-tree, 1715 
Cucumis colocynthis, 441 
melo, 1633 
myriocarpus, 1594 
prophetarum, 496 
sativus, 1632, 1633 
Cucurbita citrullus, 1633 
lagenaria, 1633 
maxima, 1012 
occidentalis, 1012 
pepo, 1011, 1633 
Cucurbitine, 1012 
Cudbear, 1711 
Cudweed, 1673 
Cuenca bark, 402 
Cuichunchulli, (note) 753, 1697 
Cuivre, 470 
ammoniacal, 1635 
Culen, 1775 
Culilawan, 420, 1633 
Cultivation of cinchona, 391 
Culver’s physic, 776 
root, 776 
Cumarin, 1817 
Cumin, 1633 
aldehyde, 1633 
des pres, 335 
seed, 1613 
Cuminol, 1633, 1365 
Cuminum, 1633 
cyminum, 1633 
Cumudine, 1350 
Cundurango, 1620 
bianco, 1620 
Cunila inariana, 1633 
origanoides, 1633 
Cunila pulegioides, 681 
Cupellation of silver, 222 
Cuprammonium, 1635 
Cuprea bark, (note) 403 
Cupreine, 406 
soda, 406 
Cupressus sempervirens, 1637 
thujoides, 1815 
Cupreum filum, 470 
Cupri acetas, 1634 
arsenituin, 1634 
nitras, 1634 
sulphas, 468 
Cnpric nitrate, 1634 
oxide, 470 
sulphate, 468 
Cuprous oxide, 170 
Cuprum, 470 
aluminatum, 470 
ammoniatum, 1635 
oxydatum, 1623 
sulfurieum, 468 
sulfuricum ammoniatum, 1635 
sulfurieum crudum, 469 
sulfuricum purum, 469 
vitriol atum, 468 
Curasao aloes, 134, 136 
cordial, 1494 
Curare, 1830 
Curarine, 1831 
Curcas multifidus, 1582 
purgans, 978, 1582 
Curcuma, 1635 
angustifolia, 1720 
longa, 1635 
rotunda, 1635 
speciosa, 1636 
zedoaria, 1833 
zerumbet, 1833 
Curcumin, 1635 
Curd soap, 1198 
Curine, 1831 
Currant paste lozenges, (note) 1412 
wine, 1460 
Currants, 1779 
Currie, 1636 
Currier’s sumach, 1624 
Curry leaves, 1636 
powder, 1636 
Cusco bark, 407 
Cusconidine, 407 
Cusconine, 407 
Cusparia bark, 471 
febrifuga, 471 
officinalis, 472 
trifoliata, 472 
Cusparise cortex 471 
Cusparidine, 473 
Cusparine, 472 
Cusso, 473 
Cutch, 344 
Cutol, 1591 
Cutt, 344 
Cuttle-fish, 1636 
-fish bone, 1636 
Cutweed, 1666 
Cuzco coca, (note) 424 
Cyaneisenkalium, 1096 
Cyanhydric acid, 57 
Cyanide gauze, (note) 1470 
of ethyl, 1688 
of gold, 1673 
of merctiry, 697 
of potassium, 1092 
of zinc, 1834 
Cyankalium, 1092 
Cyanogen, 62, 1618 
Cyanquecksilber, 697 Index. 
1929 
Cyansilber, 223 
Cyanure d’argent, 223 
de mercure, 697 
de potassium, 1092 
Cyanuret of mercury, 697 
of potassium, 1092 
of silver, 223 
of zinc, 1834 
Cyanuretum ferroso-potassicum, 1096 
hydrargyricum, 697 
kalicum, 1092 
potassicum, 1092 
Cyanwasserstoff-saure, 57 
Cycas circinalis, 1784 
revoluta, 1784 
Cyclamen europaeum, 1636 
Cyclamin, 1134, 1636 
Cyclamiretin, 1636 
Cyclopia brachypoda, 1810 
subternata, 1810 
Cyclopin, 1810 
Cydonia vulgaris, 1637 
Cydonin, 1637 
Cydonium, 1637 
Cj'mene, 2, 519, 970, 1633 
Cyminum, 1633 
Cynanchum argel, 1216 
monspeliacum, 1208 
olesefolium, 1216 
vincetoxicum, 1637 
Cynara cardunculus, 1637 
scolymus, 1637 
Cynips gallae tinctorise, 645 
kollari, (note) 645 
quercflsfolii, 645 
Cynoctonine, (note) 109 
Cynoglossum officinale, 1637 
Cyperus articulatus, 1637 
Cyphotnandra botacea, 45 
Cypress oil, 1637 
Cypripedin, 476 
Cypripedium, 475 
acaule, 475 
hirsutum, 475 
humile, 475 
parviflorum, 475 
pubescens, 475 
spectabile, 475 
Cyprischer terpentin, 1362 
Cytisin, 1577 
Cytisine, 1582, 1638 
Cytisus laburnum, 1637 
scoparius, 1210 
D 
Dachwurz, 1791 
Daemonorops draco, 1642 
Daffodil, 1737 
Daggett, 1587 
Daisy fleabane, 1645 
Dajaksh, 1575 
Dalby’s carminative, 1518 
Dalmatian insect powder, 1695 
Damarra australis, 1362, 1700 
turpentine, 1362 
Damiana, 1638 
Danain, 1639 
Danais fragrans, 1639 
Dandelion, 1354 
root, 1354 
Daniella thurifera, 1748 
Dantzic potash, 1087 
Daphnandra, 1639 
Daphne alpina, 870 
gnidium, 869 
laureola, 869 
mezereum, 869 
Daphnetin, 870 
Daphnidium cubeba, (note) 466 
Daphnin, 870 
Dark brown cod-liver oil, 948 
Darnel, 1712 
Darutyne, 1792 
Date plum, 1640 
Dattelpttaumen, 1640 
Datura alba, 1290 
arborea, 1643 
cornigera, 1643 
fastuosa, 1290 
ferox, 1290 
stramonium, 261, 1290 
tatula, 1290 • 
Daturic acid, 1291 
Daturine, 261, 1291 
Daucus carota, 1601 
Deacon’s process for chlorine, (note) 
210 
Dead-burnt gypsum, 294 
-tongue, 1745 
Deadly agaric, 1734 
nightshade, 259 
Death camass, 1834 
wine, 1717 
Decocta, 477 
Decocte d'aloes compost, 478 
de bois de Campeche, 480 
d’6corce de la racine de grena- 
dier, 480 
de lichen d’Islande, 478 
de salsepareille compost, 480 
Decoction of aloes, compound, 1484 
of barley, (note) 479 
of bittersweet, (note) 479 
of blackberry root, 1172 
of broom, (note) 480 
of cetraria, 477 
of cimicifuga, 387 
of cinchona, (note) 479 
of cotton-root, 668 
of dandelion, (note) 480 
of dogwood, (note) 479 
of frangula, 643 
of Iceland moss, 478 
of liquorice root, 666 
of logwood, 480 
of oak bark, (note) 479 
of pareira, (note) 479 
of pareira brava, (note) 730 
of pipsissewa, (note) 479 
of pomegranate root, 480 
of poppy, (note) 479 
of red bark, (note) 479 
of red cinchona, (note) 479 
of sarsaparilla, (note) 479 
of seneka, (note) 481 
of white-oak bark, (note) 479 
of yellow cinchona, (note) 479 
of Zittmann, (note) 481 
Decoctions, 477 
Decoctum ad ictericos, 366 
aloes compositum, 478, 1490 
cetrariae, 478 
chimaphilae, (note) 479 
cinchonas, (note) 479 
cinchonae flavae, (note) 479 
cinchonae rubrae, (note) 479 
cornus floridae, (note) 479 
eorticis radicis granati, 480 
duleamarse, (note) 479 
granati eorticis, 480 
granati radicis, 480 
haematoxyli, 480 
hordei, (note) 479 
papaveris, (note) 479 
pareirae, (note) 479 
Decoctum quercfis, (note) 479 
quercfls albae, (note) 479 
sarsaj, (note) 479 
sarsas compositum, 480 
sarsaparillae compositum, 480 
sarsaparillae compositum fortius, 
(note) 48 L 
sarsaparillae compositum mitius, 
(note) 481 
scoparii, (note) 480 
senegse, (note) 481 
taraxaci, (note) 480 
Zittmanni, (note) 481 
Decolorized sponge, 1530 
tincture of iodine, 1539 
Dedalera, 481 
Deerberry, 1670 
De Lisle’s thermometer, 1881 
Delphinia, 1288 
Delphinic acid, 1825 
Delphinine, 1288, 1639 
Delphinium, 1639 
. consolida, 1639 
exaltatum, 1639 
mauritanicum, 1639 
peregrinum, 1639 
staphisagria, 1287 
Delphinoidine, 1288 
Delphinus phocaena, 900 
Delphisine, 1288 
Denarcotized laudanum, 1399 
opium 1004 
Dent de lion, 1354 
Dentelaire, 1770 
Dentellaria, 1770 
Deodorant solution, 1517 
Deodorized alcohol, 123, 130 
cod-liver oil, (note) 950 
fluid extract of senna, 1508 
iodoform, 1510 
opium, 1004 
tincture of opium, 1400 
Depressed poppy capsules, 1007 
Dermatol, 1588, 1639 
Dermol, 1589, 1639 
Dermophylla pendulina, 1809 
Derrid, 1575 
Derris elliptica, 1575 
Desiccated blood, 1679 
Destillirte wasser, 190 
Destillirter essig, 1548 
Destillirtes wasser, 212 
Detannated elixir of calisaya, 1492 
elixir of cinchona, 1492 
tincture of cinchona, 1538 
Detection of coloring matter in wine, 
1459 
Deutazotate de mercure liquide, 807 
Deuteropine, 987 
Deuto-chlorure de mercure. 688 
-iodure de mercure, 701 
Deutoioduretum hydrargyri, 701 
Deutoxide de mercure, 704 
de plomb, 1771 
of manganese, 846 
Devil’s bit, 1609, 1707 
shoestring, 1812 
Dewberry, 1171 
Dewees’s carminative, 1520, 1730 
tincture of guaiac, 1539 
Dextrin, 170, (note) 171 
emulsion of cod-liver oil, 1502 
Dextro-menthol, 868 
Dextropimaric acid, 1055 
Dextro-pinene, 456, 728, 970 
Dextrose, 8, 170, 1176 
Dextro-tartaric acid, 105 
Dhak-tree, (note) 768 1930 
Index. 
Diabetes weed, 1550 
Diabetic sugar, 1180 
Diabetin, 1181, 1639 
Diacetic ester of morphine, 1683 
Diacetyl tannic acid, 1807 
Diachylon, 507 
ointment, 1425 
-pilaster, 505 
plaster, 505 
Diachylonsalbe, 1425 
Diallogite, 847 
Dialysis, 1639 
Dialyzed iron, 24, 1709 
Diamond, 325 
fig, 1725 
Diamphidia locusta, 1576 
Diantlius caryophyllus, 1639 
Diaphoretic antimony, 1639 
Diaphtherin, 1755 
Diaphthol, 1639 
Diarbekir manna, (note) 851 
Diarrhoea mixture, 1519 
Diastase, 171, 1685, 1716 
Diazobenzene, 1776 
sulphate, 36 
Dibenzoyl hydrocotin, 1628 
Dibutyraldine, 449 
Dibutyryl phloroglucin, 242 
Dicentra canadensis, 1626 
Dichinoliudimethylsulphate, 1611 
Dichloracetic acid, (note) 17 
Diehlor-brucine, 898 
Dichloro-inethane, 1613 
Dichonchinine of Hesse, 407 
Dichopsis gutta, 1677 
Dicinehonicine, 408 
Dicinchonine, 407, 408 
Diconchinine, 407 
Dictamnus albus, 1639 
Didymii nitras, 1639 
Didymium nitrate, 1639 
Diente de leon, 1354 
Diervilla canadensis, 1639 
diervilla, 1639 
trifida, 1639 
Diethoxy - hydroxy - caffeine, (note) 
283 
Diethylendiamine, 1768 
Diethyl ketone, 1639, 1775 
Diethylsulphondiethyhnethane, 1820 
Diethylsulphon - dimethyl - methane, 
1307 
Diethylsulphonmethylethylmethane, 
1820 
Digallic acid, 49, 98, 642 
Digestion, 527 
Digger pine, 1358 
Digitale pourprSe, 481 
purpurea, 481 
Digitalein, 483 
Digitalic acid, 483 
Digitaligenin, 484 
Digitalin, 483, 484 
purum, 484 
verum, 484 
Digitalinum crystallatum, 486 
Digitaliresin, 484 
Digitalis, 481 
ambigua, (note) 482 
folia, 481 
leaf, 481 
leaves, 481 
purpurea, 481 
Digitalose, 484 
Digitate jalap, (note) 761 
Digitin, 483 
Digitogenin, 484 
Digitonin, 483, 1134 
Digitoxigenin, 484 
Digitoxin, 483, 1134 
Digitoxose, 484 
Dihomocinchonine, 407 
Dihydrodimethylnaphtol, 1192 
Dihydrolutidine, 948 
Dihydroxyl-quinine, 1148 
Dihydroxytoluene, 1749 
Di-iodo-methyl salicylate, 1787 
Di-iodo-resorcin-potassium monosul- 
phonate, 1768 
Di-iodparaphenolsulphonic acid, 1798 
Di-isobutyl-ortho-cresol-iodide, 1653 
Dill, 173, 922 
fruit, 173 
Dilldl, 922 
Dillwasser, 207 
Dill water, 207 
Diluted acetic acid, 14 
alcohol, 123, 130 
glacial phosphoric acid, 1488 
hydriodic acid, 1686 
hydrobromic acid, 50 
hydrochloric acid, 57 
hydrocyanic acid, 57 
hypophosphorous acid, 65, 1487 
lactic acid, 68 
mercuric nitrate ointment, 1431 
metaphosphoric acid, 1488 
muriatic acid, 57 
nitric acid, 73 
nitrohydrochloric acid, 75 
nitroinuriatic acid, 75 
ointment of nitrate of mercury, 
1431 
phosphoric acid, 82 
silver nitrate, 226 
solution of lead subacetate, 815 
solution of subacetate of lead, 
815 
sulphuric acid, 95 
Dimethoxy-strychnine, 898 
Dimethyl - arnido - phenyl - dimethyl- 
pyrazolon, 1777 
Dimethylamine, 1776 
Dimethyl colchicinic acid, 436 
Dimethyl ether of thymohydroqui- 
none, 232 
Dimethylethylcarbinol, 1561 
Dimethyl-ketone, 1546 
Dimethyl-methyl-pyrogallate, 457 
Dimethylnaphtalene, 1193 
Dimethylnaphtol, 1193 
Dimethyloxyquinizin, 1021 
Dimethyl phenol, 457 
Dimethylphosphin, 1728 
Dimethylpiperazine tartrate, 1713 
Dimethyl-propy 1-pyrogallate, 457 
Dimethyl-protocatechuic acid, 1446, 
1783 
Dimethyl pyridine, 1299 
Dimethyl pyrogallate, 457 
Dimethyl-thiophene, 1815 
Dimethyl-xanthine, 1677 
Dinitro-benzene, 1742 
Dinitro-benzol, 1742 
Dinitro-brucine, 898 
Dinitrocresol, 1639 
Dinneford’s magnesia, 842 
Dinner pills, 1522 
pills, Lady Webster’s, (note) 1042 
Diolalcohol, 280 
Diolic acid, 280 
Dionine, 1639 
Diorsellinic acid, 1711 
Dioscamphor, 280 
Dioscorea bulbifera., 1640 
hirsuta, 1640 
Dioscorea sativa, 1720 
spinosa, 1720 
villosa, 1640 
Dioscorine, (note) 727, 1640 
Diosma crenata, 279 
Diosmin, 280 
Diosphenol, 280 
Diospora caucasica, 1667 
Diospyros, 1640 
virginiana, 1640 
Dioxide of lead, 1058 
Dioxyanthraquinone, 643 
Dioxycoumarin, 1552 
Dioxykinon, 1552 
Dioxynaphthalene, 1640 
Dioxysalicylic acid, 48 
Dioxysparteine, 1211 
Dioxystrychnine, (note) 1301 
Dipara-anisyl-mono-phenetol-guani- 
din-chlorhydrate, 1550 
Dipentene, 335, 970, 1356 
Diphenyl, 1599 
Diplolepis gallae tinctorise, 645 
Di])lotaxis muralis, 1793 
Dipotassic orthophosphate, 1774 
Dippel’s animal oil, 1640, 1778 
Dipping liquid, 469 
Dipterix odorata, 1817 
Dipterocarpus alatus, 1830 
laevis, 1830 
turbinatus, 1830 
Diquinic sulphate, 1144 
Diquinicine, 407 
Diquinidine, 407 
Dirca palustris, 1640 
Di-resorcin-hexa- methylene - tetra 
mine, 1771 
Disaccharides, 1176 
Discs, 774 
of atropine, 774 
of cocaine, 774 
of homntropine. 774 
of physostigmine, 774 
Diserneston gummiferum, 151 
Disinfection oil, 1789 
Displacement, 529 
Dispora caucasica, 1700 
Distillation of oil of gaultheria, (note 
937 
Distillatory apparatus, 535 
Distilled bitter almond water, (note 
207 
oils, 904 
water, 212 
waters, 190 
Distylium racemosum, (note) 645 
Disulphate of quinine, 1143 
Disulphide of arsenic, 234 
Disulphindigotic acid, 1694 
Dita, 1640 
Ditaine, 1641 
Ditamine, 1641 
Ditana digitifolia, 1641 
Ditarinde, 1640 
Diterpene, 951 
Dithio-calcium carbonate, 1641 
Dithio-carbonate of lime, 1641 
Dithion, 1641 
Dithio-salicylic acid, 1641 
Dithymol diiodide, 1568, 1574 
triiodide, 1568 
Diuretic salts, 1075 
Diuretin, (note) 975 
Divinuin remedium, 1692 
Dobell’s solution, 1516 
Dobry wutky, Russian, (note) 125 
Dock, 1172 
Doegling oil, 900, 1736, 1747 Index. 
1931 
Doegling thran, 1747 
Dog chamomile, 1628 
-grass, 1411 
rose, 1170 
Dog’s-tooth violet, 1647 
Dogwood, 1625 
-tree, (note) 851 
Doigtier, 481 
Doldenbluthiges harnkraut, 368 
Dolichos pruriens, 1733 
Dolomite, 844 
Doloinitic marbles, 854 
Dolphin oil, 901 
Dombeya excelsa, 1362 
turpentine, 1362 
Dompte-venin, 1637 
Donaldson’s test for sugar, 1179 
Donia squarrosa, 672 
Donovan’sche tropfen, 790 
Donovan’s solution, 790 
Doppelt-chromsaures kali, 1078 
-kohlensaures kali, 1076 
-kohlensaures natron, 1233 
-weinsaures kali, 1080 
Dorema ainmoniacum, 151, 235 
Dornige aralienrinde, 1571 
Dorsch, 947 
Dorstenia brasiliensis, 1621 
contrayerva, 1621 
drakena, 1621 
houstoni, 1621 
Doryphora decemlineata, (note) 317, 
1759 
sassafras, 966 
Double aquafortis, 70 
fir, 1359 
Douee-amere, 487 
Doundake, 1641 
Dover’s powder, 1123 
Dower’sches pulver, 1123 
Dracaena draco, 1642 
schizantha, 1642 
Drachenblut, 1642 
Draconin, 1642 
Dracontium, 1641 
foetidum, 1641 
Dragante, 1409 
Dragon root, 1576 
Dragon’s blood, 1642 
Dragons, (note) 682 
Drawn caraway seeds, 336 
Dr6che, 1716 
Dreiblatt, 1722 
Dreiblattriger aron, 1576 
Dreisteinwurzel, 1S20 
Dried alum, 148 
calcium sulphate, 293 
carbonate of sodium, 1246 
ferrous sulphate, 630 
gypsum, 293 
root of phytolaeca, 1030 
sodium carbonate, 1246 
sulphate of iron, 630 
Drimin, 1829 
Drimol, 1829 
Drimys aromatica, 1830 
chilensis, 1830 
granatensis, 1829 
mexicana, (note) 1829 
winteri, 1829 
Drop dragon’s blood, 1642 
Drosera, 1642 
longifolia, 1642 
rotundifolia, 1642 
Drummine, 1651 
Dry extract of euonymus, 562 
extract of malt, 1717 
thyroid, 1366 
Dry wines, 1453 
Dryandra cordata, 1556 
vernicia, 1556 
Drying oils, 901 
Dryobalanops aromatica, (note) 309 
camphor, (note) 309 
camphora, 306, (note) 309 
oil of camphor, (note) 311 
Dryopteris affinis, (note) 240 
filix-mas, 239, 1579 
marginalis, 239 
Duboisia, 1642 
hopwoodii, 1643 
leichhardtii, 1642 
myoporoides, 261, 1642 
Duboisine, 261, 1642 
Duflos’s antidote to arsenic, 819 
Dugong oil, (note) 947 
Dulcamara, 487 
Dulcamaretin, 490 
Dulcamarine, 490 
Dulcin, 1559 
Dull reddish catechu, (note) 347 
Duotal, 1676 
Dupuytren’s ointment, 1424 
Durchwachsener wasserlianf, 523 
Dutch camphor, 307 
liquid, 377, 1612 
process for lead carbonate, 1062 
-trimmed rhubarb, (note) 1163 
white, 1063 
Dwarf elder, 1571 
nettle, 1824 
Dyers’ alkanet, 1557 
broom, 1670 
madder, 1781 
oak, 645 
saffron, 1602 
weed, 1670, 1780 
Dysentery weed, 1777 
Dysmenorrhoea mixture, 1537 
E 
Earthy cobalt, 1618 
East India amrad gum, (note) 6 
India arrow-root, 1720 
India ipecacuanha, (note) 753 
India kino, 766 
India oil of camphor, (note) 310 
India refined saltpetre, 1107 
India sarsaparilla, 1200 
India senna, 1215 
India tobacco, (note) 1348 
Tennessee pinkroot, 1266 
Easton’s syrup, 1335 
Eau, 194 
blanche, 815 
camphree, 209 
chlor6e, 210 
crtsosotee, 212 
d’amandes ameres, 207 
d’ammoniaque, 203 
d’ammoniaque forte, 205 
d’aneth, 207 
d’anis, 207 
de cannelle, 212 
de chloroforme, 210 
de cologne, 1799 
de fenouil, 214 
de Javelle, 1615 
de laitue, 774 
de lavande, 1283 
de luce, 1195 
de menthe poivree, 219 
de menthe verte, 219 
de naphe, 208 
de saturne, 815 
Eau de vie, 1286 
de vie de grains, 1280 
distillee, 212 
distillee de carvi, 210 
distillee de fleurs d’oranger, 208 
distillee de laurier-eerise, 218 
distillee de rose, 220 
divine de Fernel, 835 
gazeuse simple, 201 
liqueur de chaux, 793 
magnesienne, 809 
medicinale d’Husson, 437 
phagedenique, 835 
phagedenique noire, 835 
regale, 74 
sedative de Raspail, 1488 
Eaux distill6es, 190 
Eberesche, 1797 
Ebil, 332 
Eburiko, 1552 
Ecbalium agreste, 494 
elaterium, 494 
officinarum, 494 
Ecballin, 496 
Ecboline, 514 
Ecgonine, 425 
Echicaoutcbin, 1641 
Echicerin, 1641 
Echinocystis fabacea, 1721 
Echinops persica, (note) 851 
Echiretin, 1641 
Echitamine, 1641 
Echitammonium, 1641 
hydroxide, 1641 
Echitein, 1641 
Echitenine, 1641 
Echites scholaris, 1640 
Echitin, 1641 
Echugin, 1575 
Ecbugon, 1575 
Ecorce d’aralie epineuse, 1571 
d’az6darach, 1580 
de bigarade, 249 
de cerisier de Yirginie, 1114 
de chataignier d’Inde, 1551 
de ch6ne, 1131 
de citron, 777 
de cornouiller a grandes fleurs, 
1625 
de dita, 1640 
de garou, 869 
de geoffree, 1593 
de granade, 669 
de la racine de Balaustier, 669 
de la racine de cotonnier, 667 
de la racine de grenadier, 669 
de laureole, 869 
de limon, 777 
de magnolier, 1715 
de mancoine, 1789 
de margousier, 1580 
de marronnier d’Inde, 1551 
de mel&ze, 1704 
de in6z6reon, 869 
de noyer gris, 762 
d’oranges ameres, 249 
d’oranges douces, 249 
d’orme, 1419 
de quillaya, 1133 
de racine de berberides, 1586 
de ronce noir, 1171 
de simarouba, 1792 
de thymelee, 869 
de tulipier, 1710 
de winter, 1829 
eleuth6rienne, 338 
Ecuelle process, 941 
Eczema mercuriale, 710 1932 
Index. 
Edelleberkraut, 1682 
Edible fungi, 1734 
Effervescent artificial Carlsbad salt, 
1527 
artificial Kissingen salt, 1528 
artificial Vichy salt, 1528 
artificial Vichy salt with lithium, 
1528 
caffeine citrate 285 
citrated caffeine, 285 
citro-tartrate of soda, 1250 
Epsom salt, 846 
iron and quinine citrate, 1526 
lithium carbonate, 83 
lithium citrate, 832 
magnesium citrate, 843 
magnesium sulphate, 846 
phosphate of soda, 1258 
potassium bromide, 1527 
potassium bromide with caffeine, 
1527 
potassium citrate, 1092 
powder of artificial Carlsbad salt, 
1527 
powder of artificial Kissingen 
salt, 1528 
powder of artificial Vichy salt, 
1528 
powder of artificial Vichy salt 
with lithium, 1528 
powder of citrate of iron and 
quinine, 1526 
powder of ferric phosphate, 1526 
powder of iron and quinine cit- 
rate, 1526 
powder of potassium bromide, 
1527 
powder of potassium bromide 
with caffeine, 1527 
powders, 1525 
sodium citro-tartrate, 1250 
sodium phosphate, 1258 
sodium sulphate, 1262 
solution of magnesium sulphate, 
1515 
solution of sodium citro-tartrate, 
1517 
sulphate of magnesium, 846 
sulphate of sodium, 1262 
tartarated soda powder, 1122 
Effervescing draught, (note) 819 
lithium carbonate, (note) 830 
powders, (note) 1122 
Eggs, 1643 
Eglantine, 1584 
Egyptian gum, 4 
opium, (note) 984 
Ehlinger’s process for valuing san- 
tonica, (note) 1190 
Ehrenpreis, 1826 
Eibe, 1809 
Eibisch, 143 
Eibischwurzel, 143 
Eichenrinde, 1131 
Eigon, 1696 
Einfach kohlensaures natron, 1241 
Einfache opiumtinktur, 1396 
Einfaches cerat, 355 
zimintwasser, 212 
Einreibungen, 780 
Eisen, 632 
Eisenbromiir, 1657 
Eisenchlorid, 607 
Eisenchloridtinktur, 1383 
Eisencitrat, 609 
Eisendraht, 636 
Eisenfeilicht, 636 
Eisenhut, 108 
Eisenhutknollen-extrakt, 537 
Eisenhuttinktur, 1370 
Eisenjodiir, 1657 
Eisenjodiirpillen, 1046 
EisenjodUrsyrup, 1332 
Eisenlactat, 621 
Eisenoxyd oxydul, 1659 
Eisenoxydpastillen, 1416 
Eisenoxydul oxyd, 625 
Eisenpastillen, 1416 
Eisenpflaster, 501 
Eisenphosphatsyrup, 1334 
Eisensalmiak, 1559 
Eisenwein, 1464, 1465 
Eisenweinstein, 613 
Eisenzucker, 1660 
Eisessig, 14 
Eiskraut, 1725 
El bethene, 1290 
Elaeocarpus copaliferus, 1622 
Elaeococca cordata, 1556 
vernicia, 1556 
Elaeosacchara, 1522 
Elasosaccharum anisi, (note) 1522 
foeniculi, (note) 1522 
menthae piperitae, (note) 1522 
Elaidic acid, 902 
Elaidin, 902, 952 
Elain, 902 
Elais guineensis, 1756 
Elaphrium tomentosum, 1806 
Elastic crayons of nitrate of silver, 
228 
glue, 1672 
striated ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
Elastica, 491 
Elastiches collodium, 440 
Elatari, 334 
Elateric acid, 496 
Elateride, 496 
Elaterin, 493 
Elaterinum, 493 
Elaterio, 494 
Elaterion, 494 
Elaterium, 494 
cultivation of, (note) 494 
Elatin, 495 
Elaylchlorid, 1612 
Elaylum chloratum, 1612 
Elder, 1186 
berries, 1186 
flowers, 1186 
Elder-flower water, 221 
wine, 1460 
EWsboro negro, 1681 
Elecampane, 738 
Electuaire, (note) 444 
de poivre, 444 
de s6n6 composts, 445 
de soufre, 446 
Itsnitif, 445 
Electuaires, 443 
Electuaries, 443 
Electuarium aromaticum, (note) 444 
de senna compositum, 445 
e senna, 445 
lenitivum, 445 
piperis, 444 
sulphuris, 446 
Elemi, 1643 
elimiferum, 1643 
Elemic acid, 1644 
Elemin, 1644 
Eleopten, 906 
Elettari, 333 
Elettaria cardamomum, 332 
major, (note) 333 
repens, 332 
Elixir acidi salicylici, 1490 
adjuvans, 1490 
ammonii bromidi, 1490 
ammonii valerianatis, 1491 
ammonii valerianatis et quininse, 
1491 
anisi, 1491 
apii graveolentis compositum, 
1491 
aromatic, 497 
aromaticum, 497 
aurantii, (note) 496 
aurantioruin compositum, 1543 
bismuthi, 1491 
buchu, 1491 
buchu compositum, 1491 
buchu et potassii acetatis, 1492 
caffeinae, 1492 
calcii bromidi, 1492 
calcii hypopbosphitis, 1492 
calcii lactophosphatis, 1492 
catharticum compositum, 1492 
chloroformi compositum, 1492 
cinchonas, 1492 
cinchonas detannatum, 1492 
cinchonas et ferri, 1493 
cinchonae et hypophosphitum, 
1493 
cinchonae, ferri, bismuthi, et 
strychninae, 1493 
cinchonae, ferri, et bismuthi, 
1493 
cinchonae, ferri, et calcii lacto- 
phosphatis, 1493 
cinchonas, ferri, et pepsini, 1493 
cinchonas, ferri, et strychninae, 
1493 
cinchonae, pepsini, et strych- 
ninae, 1493 
corrigens, 1494 
corydalis compositum, 1494 
curassao, 1494 
de proprifstfi, 1371 
de salut, 1405 
digestivum compositum, 1494 
eriodictj'i aromaticum, 1494 
erythroxyli, 1494 
erythroxyli et guaranae, 1494 
eucalypti, 1494 
euonymi, 1495 
febrifuge d’Huxam, 1380 
ferri hypophosphitis, 1495 
ferri lactatis, 1495 
ferri phosphatis, 1495 
ferri phosphatis, cinchonidinae, 
et strychninae, 1495 
ferri phosphatis, quininae, et 
strychninae, 1495 
ferri pyrophosphatis, 1495 
ferri, quininae, et strychninae, 
1495 
frangulae, 1495 
gentianae, 1496 
gentianae cum tinctura ferri 
chloridi, 1496 
gentianae et ferri phosphatis, 
1496 
gentianae ferratum, 1496 
glycyrrhizae, 1496 
glycyrrhizae aromaticum, 1496 
grindeliae, 1496 
guaranae, 1496 
humuli, 1496 
hypophosphitum, 1496 
hypophosphitum cum ferro, 1497 
laxativum, 1499 
lithii bromidi, 1497 
lithii citratis, 1497 Index. 
1933 
Elixir lithii salicylatis, 1497 
malti et ferri, 1497 
Mynsichti, 94 
Mynsicht’s acid, 94 
of ammonium bromide, 1490 
of ammonium valerianate, 1491 
of ammonium valerianate and 
quinine, 1491 
of anise, 1491 
of bismuth, 1491 
of black haw, 1500 
of buchu, 1491 
of buchu and potassium acetate, 
1492 
of buckthorn, 643, 1495 
of caffeine, 1492 
of calcium bromide, 1492 
of calcium hypophosphite, 1492 
of calcium lactophosphate, 1492 
of calisaya, 1492 
of calisaya and hypophosphites, 
1493 
of calisaya and iron, 1493 
of calisaya, iron, and bismuth, 
1493 
of calisaya, iron, and calcium 
lactophosphate, 1493 
of calisaya, iron, and pepsin, 
1493 
of calisaya, iron, and strychnine, 
1493 
of calisaya, iron, bismuth, and 
strychnine, 1493 
of calisaya, pepsin, and strych- 
nine, 1493 
of cascara sagrada, 1499 
of cinchona, 1492 
of cinchona and hypophos- 
phites, 1493 
of cinchona and iron, 1493 
of cinchona, iron, and bismuth, 
1493 
of cinchona, iron, and calcium 
lactophosphate, 1493 
of cinchona, iron, and pepsin, 
1493 
of cinchona, iron, and strych- 
nine, 1493 
of cinchona, iron, bismuth, and 
strychnine, 1493 
of cinchona, pepsin, and strych- 
nine, 1493 
of coca, 428, 1494 
of coca and guarana, 1494 
of Curasao, 1494 
of damiana, 1500 
of erythroxylon, 1494 
of erythroxylon and guarana, 
1494 
of eucalyptus, 1494 
of euonymus, 1495 
of ferric hypophosphite, 1495 
of ferric phosphate, 1495 
of ferric phosphate, cinchoni- 
dine, and strychnine, 1495 
of ferric phosphate, quinine, and 
strychnine, 1495 
of ferric pyrophosphate, 1495 
of ferrous lactate, 1495 
of frangula, 643, 1495 
of gentian, 1496 
of gentian and ferric phosphate, 
1496 
of gentian with tincture of ferric 
chloride, 1496 
of glycyrrhiza, 1496 
of grindelia, 1496 
of guarana, 1496 
Elixir of hops, 1496 
of humulus, 1496 
of hypophosphites, 1496 
of hypophosphites with iron, 
1497 
of iron, quinine, and strychnine, 
1495 
of jaborandi, 1498 
of liquorice, 1496 
of lithium bromide, 1497 
of lithium citrate, 1497 
of lithium salicylate, 1497 
of malt and iron, 1497 
of monobromated camphor, 312 
of orange, (note) 496 
of paraldehyde, 1497 
of pepsin, 1497 
of pepsin and bismuth, 1498 
of pepsin and iron, 1498 
of pepsin, bismuth, and strych- 
nine, 1498 
of phosphorus, 497 
of phosphorus and nux vomica, 
1498 
of pilocarpus, 1498 
of potassium acetate, 1498 
of potassium acetate and juniper, 
1498 
of potassium bromide, 1498 
of quinine valerianate and 
strychnine, 1499 
of rhamnus purshiana, 1499 
of rhamnus purshiana, com- 
pound, 1499 
of rhubarb, 1499 
of rhubarb and magnesia, 1499 
of rhubarb and magnesium ace- 
tate, 1499 
of salicylic acid, 1490 
of sodium bromide, 1499 
of sodium hypophosphite, 1500 
of sodium salicylate, 1500 
of strychnine valerianate, 1500 
of turnera, 1500 
of viburnum prunifolium, 1500 
of vitriol, 94 
of wahoo, 1495 
of zinc valerianate, 1500 
paraldehydi, 1497 
paregoricum, 1399 
paregorique, 1399 
pepsini, 1497 
pepsini, bismuthi, et strychnin®, 
1498 
pepsini et bismuthi, 1498 
pepsini et ferri, 1498 
phosphori, 497 
phosphori et nucis vomic®, 1498 
picis eompositum, 1498 
pilocarpi, 1498 
potassii acetatis, 1498 
potassii acetatis et juniperi, 1498 
potassii bromidi, 1498 
proprietatis, 1371 
proprietatis Paracelsi, 1371 
quinin® eompositum, 1498 
quinin® et phosphatum com- 
positum, 1499 
quinin® valerianatis et strych- 
nin®, 1499 
rhamni purshian®, 1499 
rhamni purshian® eompositum, 
1499 
rhei, 1499 
rhei et magnesi®, 1499 
rhei et magnesii acetatis, 1499 
rubi eompositum, 1499 
salutis, 1405 
Elixir sodii bromidi, 1499 
sodii hypophosphitis, 1500 
sodii salicylatis, 1500 
stillingiae eompositum, 1500 
strychnin® valerianatis, 1500 
taraxaci eompositum, 1500 
traumaticum, 1374 
turner®, 1500 
viburni opuli eompositum, 1500 
viburni prunifolii, 1500 
vitrioli Mynsichti, 94 
vitriolique, 94 
zinci valerianatis, 1500 
Elixiria, 496 
Elixirs, 496 
Elk-tree, 1755 
Ellagie acid, 670, 1556, 1818 
Ellago-tannic acid, 1736 
Ellebore blanc, 1825 
noir, 1681 
Elleboro bianco, 1825 
nero, 1681 
Elletaria major, (note) 333 
Elm,1419 
El Paso grape, 1453 
Elsenich, 1791 
Elutriation, 461 
El Wisch gum, 5 
Embelia ribes, 1644 
Embelic acid, 1644 
Embrocations, 780 
Emeri, 1644 
Emery, 1644 
Emetine, 754 
hydrobromide, 755 
Emetique, 178 
Emodin, 140, 643, 1159, 1644 
Emollient cataplasm, 1529 
species, 1529 
Emplastra, 497 
Emplastrum aconiti, (note) 499 
adhesivum, 508 
album coctum, 505 
ammoniaci, 500, 1501 
ammoniaci cum hydrargyro, 499 
antimoniale, (note) 500 
antimonii, (note) 500 
arnic®, 500 
aromaticum, 1501 
asafbetid®, (note) 238, 1501 
belladonn®, 500 
calefaciens, 504 
cantharidis, 355, 501 
cantharidum, 355 
cantharidum ordinarium, 355 
capsici, 501 
cephalicum, 503 
cerus®, 505 
cum sapone, 508 
de Vigo cum mercurio, (note) 
502 
diachylon simplex, 505 
epispastieum, 355 
ferratum, 501 
ferri, 501 
fuscum, (note) 506 
fuscum camphoratum, (note) 506, 
1501 
galbani, 1501 
hydrargyri, 502 
ichthyocoll®, 502 
lithargyri, 505 
lithargyri simplex, 505 
martial e, 501 
inatris camphoratum, 1501 
menthol, 503 
mercuriale, 502 
odontalgicum, 503 1934 
Index. 
Emplastrum opiatum, 503 
opii, 503 
picatum, 504 
picis, 503 
picis burgundicae, 504 
picis canadensis, 1501, 1770 
picis cantharidatum, 504 
picis liquidae compositum, 1501 
plumbi, 505 
plumbi iodidi, 507 
resinae, 508 
roborans, 501 
saponatum, 508 
saponis, 508 
simplex, 505 
spermatis ceti, 358 
stibiatum, (note) 500 
thapsiae, 1813 
vesicans, 355 
vesicatorium 355 
vesicatorium ordinarium, 355 
Emplatre adhfisif, 508 
antiinonial, (note) 500 
calmant, 503 
cephalique, 503 
d’aconit, (note) 499 
d’arnique, 500 
de belladone, 500 
de Canet, 501 
de cantharides, 355 
de gomme ammoniaque mercu- 
riel, 499 
d’iodure de plomb, 507 
de litharge, 505 
d’opium, 503 
d’oxyde rouge de fer, 501 
de plomb, 505 
de poix cantharidS, 504 
de poix do Bourgogne, 504 
de savon, 508 
6m6tis6e, (note) 500 
fondant, (note) 499 
mercuriel, 502 
odontalgique, 503 
rSsineux, 508 
rlsolutif, (note) 499 
simple, 505 
temporal, 503 
v6sicatoire, 355 
Emplatres, 497 
Empleurum serrulatum, 280 
Emulsa, 509 
Emulsification, 1501 
Emulsin, 165, 1116 
Emulsio ammoniaci, 509 
amygdalae, 510 
amygdalarum, 510 
chloroformi, 511 
hydrocyanata, (note) 61 
olei morrhuae, 1502 
olei morrhuae cum calcii et sodii 
phosphatibus, 1502 
olei morrhuae cum calcii lacto- 
phosphate, 1503 
olei morrhuae cum extracto malti, 
1503 
olei morrhuae cum hypophos- 
phite, 1503 
olei morrhuae cum pruno virgini- 
ana, 1503 
olei ricini, 1503 
olei terebinthinae, 1503 
olei terebinthinae fortior, 1504 
phosphatica, 1504 
resinae guaiaci, 874 
simplex, 510 
Emulsion de chloroforme, 511 
de resine de gaiac, 874 
Emulsion of almond, 510 
of ammoniac, 509 
of asafetida, 510 
of bitter almonds, 510 
of castor oil, 1503 
of chloroform, 511 
of cod-liver oil, 1502 
of cod-liver oil with calcium and 
sodium phosphates, 1502 
of cod-liver oil with calcium 
lactophosphate, 1503 
of cod-liver oil with calcium 
phosphate, 1503 
of cod-liver oil with extract of 
malt, 1503 
of cod-liver oil with bypophos- 
phite, 1503 
of cod-liver oil with lactophos- 
phate of lime, 1503 
of cod-liver oil with phosphate 
of lime, 1503 
of cod-liver oil with phosphates 
of lime and soda, 1502 
of cod-liver oil with wild cherry, 
1503 
of oil of turpentine, 1503 
Emulsiones, 1501 
Emulsions, 509, 1501 
Emulsum ammoniaci, 509 
amygdalae, 510 
asafoetidae, 510 
chloroformi, 511 
Encens, 1747 
Enebro, 1698 
Eneldo, 922 
Enema of tobacco, (note) 1351 
tabaci, (note) 1351 
Enfleurage, (note) 910 
‘Engelwurzel, 1563 
Engiri opium, (note) 984 
Englische pfefferminzessenz, 1284 
Englisches gewurz, 1050 
English chamomile, 175 
Channel water, 199 
garlic, 133 
milk of roses, (note) 220 
port wine, 1459 
rhubarb, 1163 
sorrel, 1172 
whiskey, (note) 125 
Ens martis, 1559 
Entada scandens, 1714 
Entwassertes schwefelsaures eisen- 
oxydul, 630 
Enula campana, 738 
Enzian, 651 
Enzianaufguss, 734 
Enzian-extrakt, 564 
Enzianwurzel, 651 
Eosin, 1156, 1644 
Eosote, 1630 
Eperua falcata, 1581 
EperviSre, 1683 
Ephedra antisyphilitica, 1645 
distachya, 1645 
inonostachya, 1645 
nevadensis, 1645 
vulgaris, 1645 
Ephedrine, 1645, 1736 
Epicauta gorhami, (note) 318 
Epidermin, 1645 
Epifagus americanus, 1750 
Epigaea repens, (note) 1438, 1645 
Epilobium angustifolium, 1645 
hirsutum, 1645 
Epinephrin, 1805 
Epinevinette, 1586 
Epiphegus virginiana, 1750 
Epipreranum mirabile, 1817 
Eponge, 1799 
Eppieh, 1569 
Epsom salt, 844 
Equisetum hyemale, 1645 
Erdbrot, 1636 
Erdrauch, 1667 
Erdscheibe, 1636 
Erechthites hieracifolia, 935, 1645 
Eremophila mitchelli, 964 
Ergot, 511 
of diss, (note) 512 
of rye, 511 
of wheat, 512 
Ergota, 511 
Ergotic acid, 514 
Ergotin, 560 
Ergotine, 514 
Bonjean’s, 518 
Ergotinine, 514 
Ergotinol, 1645 
Ericinol, 1706 
Ericolin, 518, 1438, 1645, 1706 
Erigeron, 1645 
annuum, 1645 
canadense, 934, 1645 
heterophyllus, 1645 
philadelphicus, 1646 
pusillus, 1646 
ramosus, 1645 
strigosum, 1645 
Eriobotyra japonica, 1646 
Eriodictyon, 518 
glutinosuin, 518 
tomentosum, 518 
Erlenrinden, 1557 
Erodium cicutarium, 1646 
Erucic acid, 1226, 1620, 1778 
Eryngium aquaticum, 1646 
Erysimum alliaria, 1557 
officinale, 1793 
Erythraea acaulis, 1607 
australis, 1600 
centaurium, 1607, 1812 
chilensis, 1607 
venusta, 1600 
Erythric acid, 1711 
Erythrina broteroi, 1646 
corallodendron, 1646 
lithosperma, 1689 
Erythrine, 1646 
Erythrinine, 1646 
Erythrocentaurin, 1607, 1784 
Erythrodextrin, (note) 171 
Erythrol tetranitrate, 1646, 1741 
Erythrolitmin, 1711 
Erythronium americanum, 1647 
lanceolatum, 1647 
Erythrophleum, 1789 
guineense, 1789 
judiciale, 1789 
Erythrophloeic acid, 1789 
Erythrophloeine, 1575, 1789 
Erythroretin, 1164 
Erythrose, 1176 
Erythroxyline, 425 
Erythroxylon, 423 
bolivianum, 424 
coca, 423 
nova-granatense, 424 
sprucenanum, 424 
Escamonea, 1205 
Esche, 1664 
Eschscholtzia californica, 1647 
Esculetin, 1552 
Esculin, 1551 
Esenbeckia febrifuga, 473 
Eseridine, 1027 Index. 
1935 
Essential salt of lemons, 1753, 1755 
Essigaether, 116 
Essignaphtha, 116 
Essigrosen, 1170 
Essigrosen blatter, 1170 
Essigsaure, 14 
ammoniumlosung, 788 
eisen-fliissigkeit, 797 
morphinlosung, 812 
Essigsaures bleioxyd, 1060 
kali, 1075 
kupfer, 1634 
kupferoxyd, 1634 
morphin, 879 
natron, 1230 
zinkoxyd, 1470 
Ester gums, 1152 
Estoraque, 1304 
Estramonio, 1289 
Etain, 1816 
de glace, 268 
Ethal, 362 
Ethene dichloride, 377, 1612 
Ether, 118 
acetic, 116 
ac6tique, 116 
azoteux alcoolis6, 1269 
capsules of, 122 
gelatinized, 122 
hydrate, 121 
hydriodique, 1649 
hydrique, 118 
hydrique alcoolis6, 1268 
hydrobromique, 1647 
mtithylique, 1727 
pearls of, 122 
purified, 118 
sulfurique, 118 
sulfurique alcoolise, 1268 
sulphuric, 118 
syrup of, 122 
vinique, 118 
Ethereal oil, 916 
tincture of ferric chloride, 1538 
tincture of lobelia, 1394 
tinctures, 1367, 1541 
Etherin, 917 
Etherization, 122 
Etherol, 917 
Ethers, 1727 
Ethidene-lactic acid, 65 
Ethiops mineral, 1686 
Ethoxy-caffeine, (note) 283, 1647 
Ethydene chloride, 1613 
Ethyl acetate, 116 
amygdophenin, 1561 
bromide, 1647 
butyrate, 1664 
carbamate, 1822 
chloride, 1648 
ester of abietic acid, 1152 
fluoride, 1618 
formate, 1648 
formic ether, 1648 
iodide, 1649 
nitrite, (note) 1272, 1273 
oxide of, 118 
pelargonate, 1665 
Ethylamine, 1617 
Ethylate of sodium, 1794 
of sodium, solution of, 825 
Ethyldiaeetamidophenol, 1559 
Ethylen, hydrate of, 118 
Ethylene, 1613, 1618 
bromide, 1649 
diamine, 1702 
-diaminetricresol, 1631 
dichloride, 1613 
Ethylene dinitrate, 1741 
-lactic acid, 66 
-succinic acid, 366 
Ethylic alcohol, 127 
Ethylidene chloride, 1613 
diethylic ether, 1545 
Ethylmethyl pai acoumarate, 1680 
Eucaine, 1649 
hydrochlorate, 1649 
hydrochlorate B, 1649 
Eucalin, (note) 851 
Eucalyptene, 519, 936 
Eucalypti gumini, 519 
Eucalyptol, 519, 936 
Eucalyptolen, 519 
Eucalyptoresorcin, (note) 1156 
Eucalyptus, 520 
amygdalina, 520, 935 
-blatter, 520 
citriodora, 520 
dumosa, 520, (note) 851 
globulus, 520 
gum, 518 
gum lozenge, 1416 
guinmi, (note) 851 
haemastoma, 520 
honey, (note) 862 
leaves, 520 
manna, 1650 
mannifera, (note) 851, 1650 
odorata, 535 
ointment, 1425 
oleosa, 935 
piperita, 520 
resinifera, 769 
rostrata, 519 
staigeriana, 520 
tooth-wash, (note) 519 
viminalis, 1650 
Eucalyptusol, 935 
Eucasin, 1650 
Eucheuma spinosum, 1666 
Euchresta horstieldii, 1638 
Eudermol, 1650 
Eudesmin, 769 
Eudoxine, 1743 
Eugallol, 1650, 1669 
Eugenia aromatica, 336 
caryophyllata, 336, 1626 
chequen, 1650, 1737 
jambolana, 1650 
jambos, 1697 
pimenta, 1050 
Eugenin, 338 
Eugenol, (note) 310, 728, 930, 1443 
acetamide, 1651 
iodide, 1651 
Eulachon, 1651 
oil, 1651 
Eunatrol, 1793 
Euonic acid, 522 
Euonymi cortex, 522 
Euonymin, 522 
Euonymite, 522 
Euonymus, 522 
americanus, 522 
atropurpureus, 520 
bark, 522 
europaeus, 522 
tingens, 522 
Euparin, 523 
Eupatoire des Grecs, 1553 
Eupatorin, 524 
Eupatorium, 523 
aromaticum, 523 
aya-pana, 523 
cannabinum, 523 
collinum, 523 
Eserine, 1027 
benzoate, (note) 1027 
citrate, (note) 1027 
meta-oresotate, (note) 1027 
salicylate, 1028 
sulphate, (note) 1027, 1029 
tartrate, (note) 1027 
Esperma de ballena, 361 
Espiritu restificado de vino, 123 
Espliego, 1705 
Esprit de bois, 1726 
de camphre, 1279 
de citrons, 1284 
de geniSvre, 1283 
de lavande, 1283 
de muscade, 1285 
de raifort compose, 1278 
de romarin, 1286 
de vin, 123 
pyroligneux, 1726 
Essence antihysterique, 1277 
d’amandes ameres, 918 
d’aneth, 922 
d’anis, 923 
de bergamotte, 925 
de bigarade, 924 
de cajeput, 927 
de camomille romaine, 923 
de eannelle, 931 
de carvi, 929 
de chenopode anthelmintique, 
931 
de citron, 941 
de copahu, 933 
de coriandre, 934 
de cubtibes, 934 
d’eucalyptus, 935 
de fenouil, 936 
de genidvre, 939 
de girofles, 930 
de lavande, 940 
de menthe poivree, 943, 1284 
de menthe verte, 946 
de miaouli, (note) 927 
de moutarde, 968 
de muscades, 951 
de neroli, 924 
de petit grain, 251, 925 
de piment de la Jama'ique, 
956 
de Portugal, 924 
de romarin, 936 
de rose, 961 
do sabine, 964 
de santal, 964 
de sassafras, 965 
de templine, 1359 
de terebenthine, 969 
de thym, 975 
de valeriane, (note) 1440 
of ambergris, 1283 
of anise, 1278 
of beef, 1654 
of bergamot, 925 
of bitter almond, 1276 
of lemon, 1284 
of mutton, 1654 
of nutmeg, 1285 
of peppermint, 946,1284 
of roses, 961 
of spearmint, 964, 1284 
of spruce, 1359 
Essences, 910 
Essentia anisi, 1278 
menthas piperitae, 1284 
Essential oil of garlic, 133 
oil of orange peel, 924 
oils, 904 1936 
Index. 
Eupatorium incarnatum, 523, 1721 
lathy ris, 1746 
perfoliatum, 523 
pilosum, 523 
purpureum, 523 
teucrifolium, 523 
verbenaefolium, 523 
villosum, 523 
Eupliorbe, 1651, 1652 
Euphorbia, 1651 
antiquorum, 1652 
canariensis, 1652 
chilensis, 1651 
corollata, 1651 
cremocarpus, 1651 
drummondii, 1651 
heterodoxa, 1651 
hypericifolia, 1651 
ipecacuanha, 1651 
lathyris, 1746 
maculata, 1651 
nutans, 1651 
oceliata, 1651 
officinalis, 1652 
parviflora, 1652 
pilulifera, 1651 
portulacoides, 1651 
prostrata, 1651 
resinifera, 1652 
Euphorbium, 1652 
Euphorbiumharz, 1652 
Euphorbon, 1652 
Eupliorin, 1652, 1765 
Euphraise, 1652 
Euphrasia officinalis, 1652 
Eupion, 1056 
Euphthalmine hydrochloride, 1652 
Euquinine, 1653 
Euresol, 1669 
Eurobin, 385, 1653 
European alder, 1557 
ash, 1664 
aspen, 1183, 1772 
centaury, 1607 
false manna, (note) 850 
holly, 1587, 1691 
larch, 1359 
myrtle, 1737 
oak,1132 
pennyroyal, 680, 1721 
rhubarb, 1163 
scullcap, 1211 
silver fir, 1359 
walnut, 762 
white water-lily, 1744 
wines, analysis of, 1456 
woi-mseed, 1190 
yew, 1809 
Europhen, 1653 
-aristol, 1653 
Eurotium oryzae, 1867 
Euryangium sumbul, 1317 
Eurybia moschata, 1653 
Eurybin, 1653 
Euxanthic acid, 1693 
Evaporation, 530 
in vacuo, 530 
Evening primrose, 1745 
Everitt’s salt, 58 
Evodia, 1653 
febrifuga, 1653 
fraxinifolia, (note) 743 
glauca, 1653 
longifolia, 1653 
Exalgine, 1653 
Examples of prescriptions, 1870 
Exodyne, 1654 
Exogonium purga, 758 
Expansion of gases, 1854 
Expressed oil of almond, 921 
oil of laurel, 1705 
oil of nutmeg, 889 
Exsiccated fenous sulphate, 63 
Extemporaneous liquor magnesii ci- 
tratis, (note) 810 
preparation of various quinine 
salts, (note) 1139 
Extract of aconite, 537 
of aconite root, 537 
of almond, 1660 
of aloes, 539 
of aloes, Barbadoes, 539 
of aloes, Socotrine, 539 
of arnica root, 540 
of Barbadoes aloes, 539 
of beef, 1654 
of belladonna leaves, 542 
of butternut, 575 
of Calabar bean, 585 
of cascara sagrada, 548 
of celery seed, 1660 
of chamomile, 539 
of cimicifuga, 549 
of cinchona, 550 
of cinnamon, 1660 
of colchicum, 553 
of colchicum root, 553 
of colocynth, 554 
of colocynth, compound, 555 
of conium, 555 
of Culver’s root, 577 
of dandelion, 598 
of digitalis, 558 
of ergot, 560 
of euonymus, 562 
of flesh, 1654 
of gentian, 564 
of ginger, 1660 
of glycyrrhiza, 565 
of hasmatoxylon, 569 
of hemlock, 555 
of hemp, 546 
of henbane, 571 
of hyoscyamus, 571 
of Indian cannabis, 546 
of Indian hemp, 546 
of iris, 573 
of jalap, 574 
of juglans, 575 
of krameria, 575 
of lemon, 1660 
of leptandra, 577 
of liquorice, 565, 567 
of logwood, 569 
of malt, 1507, 1716 
of meat, 1654 
of mezereum, 871 
of nux vomica, 579 
of opium, 582 
of orange, 1660 
of physostigma, 585 
of podophyllum, 586 
of quassia, 588 
of rhatany, 575 
of rhubarb, 589 
of rose, 1660 
of Socotrine aloes, 539 
of stramonium, 597 
of stramonium seed, 597 
of strophanthus, 598 
of summer savory, 1660 
of sweet basil, 1660 
of sweet marjoram, 1660 
of taraxacum, 598 
of teaberry, 1660 
of thyme, 1660 
Extract of uva ursi, 600 
of vanilla, 1660 
Extracta, 524 
fluida, 534, 1504 
liquida, 534 
Extraction by expression, 526 
by percolation, 528 
by solution, 526 
of croton oil by ether, (note) 977 
of croton oil with carbon disul- 
phide, (note) 977 
of soluble principles, 526 
Extractive, 525 
matter, 525 
Extracts, 524 
Extractum aconiti, 537 
aconiti fluidum, 538 
adonidis fluidum, 1505 
aletridis fluidum, 1505 
aloes, 539 
aloes acido sulfurico correctum, 
539 
aloes barbadensis, 539 
angelica? radicis fluidum, 1505 
anthemidis, 539 
apii graveolentis fluidum, 1505 
apocyni fluidum, 540 
araliae racemosas fluidum, 1505 
arnicae florum fluidum, 1505 
arnicae radicis, 540 
arnicas radicis fluidum, 540 
aromaticum fluidum, 541 
asclepiadis fluidum, 541 
aspidospermatis fluidum, 541 
aurantii amari fluidum, 542 
belladonna? alcoholicum, 542 
belladonnae fluidum, 544 
belladonnas foliorum alcoholi- 
cum, 542 
belladonnae liquidum, 544 
belladonna? radicis fluidum, 544 
belladonnae viride, 545 
berberidis vulgaris fluidum, 1505 
boldi fluidum, 1505 
brayerae fluidum, 558 
buchu fluidum, 545 
buchu fluidum compositum, 1505 
calami fluidum, 546 
calendulas fluidum, 1505 
calumbae fluidum, 546 
camelliae fluidum, 1505 
cannabis indicas, 546 
cannabis indicae fluidum, 547 
capsici fluidum, 547 
carnis, 1654 
cascarae sagradae, 548 
cascarae sagradae liquidum, 548, 
588 
castaneae fluidum, 548 
caulophylli fluidum, 1505 
chamomillae romanae, 539 
chimaphilae fluidum, 548 
chinae, 550 
china? calisayae fluidum, 550 
chiratae fluidum, 549 
cimicifugae, 549 
cimicifugas fluidum, 549 
cimicifugae liquidum, 549 
cinchonae, 550 
cinchonas fluidum, 550 
cinchonas liquidum, 550 
cocae fluidum, 552 
cocas liquidum, 552 
coffeae tostas fluidum, 1506 
coflfeas viridis fluidum, 1505 
colchici, 553 
colchici radicis, 553 
colchici radicis fluidum, 553 Index, 
1937 
Extractum oolchici seminis fluidum, 
554 
colocynthidis, 554 
colocynthidis compositum, 555 
conii, 555 
conii fluidum, 556 
conii fructus fluidum, 556 
convallari® florum fluidum, 1506 
convallari® fluidum, 557 
coptis fluidum, 1506 
cornus circinat® fluidum, 1506 
cornus fluidum, 1506 
corydalis fluidum, 1506 
coto fluidum, 1506 
cubeb® ®thereum, 914 
cubeb® fluidum, 557 
cubebarum, 914 
cusso fluidum, 558 
cypripedii fluidum, 558 
digitalis, 558 
digitalis fluidum, 559 
dulcamar® fluidum, 559 
elaterii, 494 
ergot®, 560 
ergot® fluidum, 560 
ergot® liquidum, 560 
eriodictyi fluidum, 561 
eucalypti fluidum, 562 
euonymi, 562 
euonymi siccum, 562 
eupatorii fluidum, 562 
fab® calabaric®, 585 
fellis bovini, 604 
ferri pomatum, 1506 
filicis, 913 
filicis liquidum, 563, 913 
frangul® fluidum, 563 
fuci fluidum, 1506 
gelsemii fluidum, 563 
gentian®, 564 
gentian® fluidum, 564 
geranii fluidum, 564 
glycyrrhiz®, 565, 567 
glycyrrhiz® depuratum, 567, 
1506 
glycyrrhiz® fluidum, 567 
glycyrrhiz® liquidum, 567 
glycyrrhiz® purum, 567 
gossypii radicis fluidum, 568 
gram inis, 600 
grindeli® fluidum, 568 
guaran® fluidum, 569 
h®matoxyli, 569 
hamamelidis fluidum, 569 
hamamelidis liquidum, 569 
helianthemi fluidum, 1506 
humuli fluidum, 1506 
hydrange® fluidum, 1507 
hydrastis fluidum, 570 
hydrastis liquidum, 570 
hyoscyami, 571 
hyoscyami fluidum, 571 
hyoscyami viride, 571 
ipecacuanh® fluidum, 572 
ipecacuanh® liquidum, 572 
iridis, 573 
iridis fluidum, 573 
jaborandi liquidum, 586 
jalap®, 574 
jalap® fluidum, 1507 
juglandis, 575 
juglandis fluidum, 1507 
juniperi fluidum, 1507 
kav® fluidum, 1507 
krameri®, 575 
krameri® fluidum, 576 
lactucarii fluidum, 1507 
lapp® fluidum, 576 
Extractum leptandr®, 577 
leptandr® fluidum, 577 
ligni campechiani, 569 
lobeli® fluidum, 577 
lupulini ®thereum, 914 
lupulini fluidum, 578 
malti, 1507, 1716 
malti fluidum, 1507 
matico fluidum, 578 
menispermi fluidum, 578 
menyanthis fluidum, 1507 
mezerei fluidum, 579, 1508 
nucis vornic®, 579 
nucis vomic® fluidum, 581 
nucis vomic® liquidum, 581 
nucum vomicarum alcoholicum, 
579 
nucum vomicarum spirituosum, 
579 
opii, 582 
opii liquidum, 584 
pareir® fluidum, 584 
pareir® liquidum, 584 
petroselini radicis fluidum, 1508 
physostigmatis, 585 
phytolacc® radicis fluidum, 585 
pilocarpi fluidum, 586 
piperis fluidum, 915 
podophylli, 586 
podophylli fluidum, 587 
pruni Virginian® fluidum, 587 
quassi®, 588 
quassi® fluidum, 588 
quillaj® fluidum, 1508 
ratanh®, 575 
rharnni purshian® fluidum, 548, 
588 
rharnni purshian® fluidum aro- 
matiourn, 1508 
rharnni purshiani, 548 
rharnni purshiani liquidum, 548 
rhei, 589 
rhei alcoholicum, 589 
rhei fluidum, 589 
rhois glabr® fluidum, 590 
ros® fluidum, 590 
rubi fluidum, 591 
rumicis fluidum, 591 
sabin® fluidum, 591 
sanguinari® fluidum, 592 
sars® liquidum, 592 
sarsaparill® fluidum, 592 
sarsaparill® fluidum composi- 
tum, 593 
scill® fluidum, 593 
scoparii fluidum, 594 
scutellari® fluidum, 594 
seneg® fluidum, 594 
senn® fluidum, 595 
senn® fluidum deodoratum, 1508 
serpentari® fluidum, 595 
spigeli® et senn® fluidum, (note) 
596 
spigeli® fluidum, 596 
sterculi® fluidum, 1508 
stigmatum maydis fluidum, 1509 
stillingi® fluidum, 596 
stillingi® fluidum compositum, 
1508 
stramonii, 597 
stramonii fluidum, 597 
stramonii seminis, 597 
stramonii seminis fluidum, 597 
strophanthi, 598 
strychni spirituosum, 579 
taraxaci, 598 
taraxaci fluidum, 599 
taraxaci liquidum, 599 
Extractum trillii fluidum, 1508 
tritici fluidum, 599 
turner® fluidum, 1508 
urtic® fluidum, 1508 
uv® ursi, 600 
uv® ursi fluidum, 600 
valerian® fluidum, 600 
veratri viridis fluidum, 601 
verbasci fluidum, 1508 
verben® fluidum, 1509 
viburni opuli fluidum, 601 
viburni prunifolii fluidum, 602 
xantboxyli fluidum, 602 
ze® fluidum, 1509 ♦ 
zingiberis ®thereum, 915 
zingiberis fluidum, 602 
Extrait aleoolique de digitale, 558 
d’aloes, 539 
d’aloes de Barbades, 539 
de bee de grue tachete, 564 
de belladone aleoolique, 542 
de bois amer, 588 
de bois de Campeche, 569 
de camomille romaine, 539 
de chanvre indien, 546 
de cigue, 555 
de colchique, 553 
de colchique aeetique, 553 
de coloquinte, 554 
de coloquinte compost, 555 
de dent-de-lion, 598 
d’Scorce de noyer gris, 575 
de feve de Calabar, 585 
de fusain, 562 
de gentiane, 564 
de Goulard, 813 
d’iris varie, 573 
de jalap, 574 
de jusquiame, 571 
de leptandra, 577 
de malt d’orge, 1716 
de noix vomique, 579 
d’opium, 582 
de podophylle, 586 
de quassie, 588 
de quinquina jaune, 550 
de racine d’aconit, 537 
de racine d’arnique, 540 
de ratanhia, 575 
de rgglisse, 565 
de r6glisse pur, 567 
de rhubarbe, 589 
de seigle ergots, 560 
de semences de stramoine, 597 
de viande de Liebig, 1654 
6th6re de capsique, 913 
eth6re de fougere m&le, 913 
liquide aromatique, 541 
liquide d’acore vrai, 546 
liquide d’actee a grappes, 549 
liquide de bourdaine, 563 
liquide de bucco, 545 
liquide de bulbe de colchique, 
553 
liquide de busserole, 600 
liquide de capsique, 547 
liquide de cerisier de Virginie, 
587 
liquide de chanvre indien, 547 
liquide de chirette, 549 
liquide de coca, 552 
liquide de Colombo, 546 
liquide de cubebe, 557 
liquide de cypripdde jaune, 
558 
liquide de digitale, 559 
liquide de douce-amere, 559 
liquide d’Scorce de cotonnier, 568 1938 
Index. 
Extrait liquide d’Scorce d’oranges 
a meres, 542 
liquide d’6corce de ronce, 591 
liquide d’eucalyptus, 562 
liquide d’eupatoire, 562 
liquide de feuilles de chataignier, 
548 
liquide de fr6ne 6pineux, 602 
liquide de fruit de cigue, 556 
liquide de garou, 579 
liquide de gentiane, 564 
liquide de gingembre, 602 
liquide de hydrastis, 570 
liqufde d’iptseacuanha, 572 
liquide d’iris vari<>, 573 
liquide de jasmin jaune, 563 
liquide de jusquiame, 571 
liquide de kousso, 558 
liquide de leptandra, 577 
liquide de lobelie enfl6e, 577 
liquide de lupuline, 678 
liquide de matico, 578 
liquide de mtizereon, 579 
liquide de noix vomique, 581 
liquide d’opium, 584 
liquide de pareira brava, 584 
liquide de patience frisee, 591 
liquide de petit chiendent, 599 
liquide de pissenlit, 599 
liquide de podophylle, 587 
liquide de polygale de Virginie, 
594 
liquide de pyrole ombellfie, 548 
liquide de quassie, 588 
liquide de quinquina jaune, 550 
liquide de racine d’aeonit, 538 
liquide de racine d’arnique, 540 
liquide de racine de belladone, 
544 
liquide de ratanhia, 576 
liquide de r6glisse, 567 
liquide de rhubarbe, 589 
liquide de rose rouge, 590 
liquide de sabine, 591 
liquide de salseparcille, 592 
liquide de salsepareille compos6, 
593 
liquide de sanguinaire, 592 
liquide de scille, 593 
liquide de scutellaire, 594 
liquide de seigle ergots, 560 
liquide de semences de colchique, 
554 
liquide de semences de stramoine, 
597 
liquide de s6n5, 595 
liquide de s6n6ca, 594 
liquide de serpentaire, 595 
liquide de spigelie, 596 
liquide de stillingie, 596 
liquide de sumac, 590 
liquide de valeriane, 600 
liquide de veratre am6ricain, 601 
liquide de viburne, 602 
th6baique, 582 
Extraits, 524 
etheres, 912 
liquides, 534 
Extrakte, 524 
Exuja, 1575 
Eyebright, 1652 
F 
Faba calabarica, 1026 
Ignatii, 1690 
Sancti Ignatii, 1690 
Fabiana imbricata, 1655 
Factitious brandy, 1287 
Burgundy pitch, 1054 
scammony, 1208 
Fagara fraxinifolia, (note) 1466 
octandra, 1806 
Fagus castanea dentata, (note) 343 
sylvatica, 456 
Faham, 1564 
Fahrenheit’s thermometer, 1881 
Falsche akazie, 1781 
senna, 1620 
False acacia, 1781 
Angustura, 473, 896 
Angustura bark, 897 
barks, (note) 403 
bittersweet, 1606 
cinchonas, 388 
columbo, 297 
cubebs, (note) 465 
ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
isinglass, 725 
jalap of New Orleans, (note) 761 
kola nuts, 1801 
mannas, (note) 850 
myrrh, 891 
pareira, 1009 
pellitory root, (note) 1126 
saffron, 1602 
sarsaparilla, 1571 
senega, (note) 1212 
sunflower, 1680 
tin-foil, 1817 
unicorn plant, 1682 
unicorn root, 1609 
Farberginster, 1670 
Farberrothe, 1781 
Farina, 1655 
dell’ avena, 1744 
tritici, 1655 
Farine d’avoine, 1744 
Fat manna, 852 
Father Picolo’s manna, (note) 851 
Fatty oils, 899 
Fauerach, 1586 
Faulbaumrinde, 641 
Faux cumin, 1741 
fenouil, 1813 
jalap rayonn£, (note) 761 
Fava di Santo Ignazio, 1690 
Febrifuge, 393 
Febure’s remedy for cancer, 23 
F6cule dc big, l‘70 
de froment, 170 
de tolomane, (note) 173 
Fedcrharz, 491 
Fehling’s solution, 1843 
Feigbohne, 1713 
Feigen, 639 
Fel bovinum purificatum, 604 
bovis, 603 
bovis purificatum, 604 
tauri, 603 
tauri depuratum, 604 
Felce maschia, 239 
Feldcypresse, 1554 
Feldraute, 1667 
Felix’s caustic paste, (note) 1474 
Fellic acid, 603 
Fellinic acid, 603 
Female fern, 1579 
nutmeg, 887 
Fenchel, 640 
Fenchelol, 936 
Fenchelsamen, 640 
Fenchelwasser, 214 
Fenchone, 936, 1816 
Fennel, 640 , 
fruit, 640 
Fennel fruits, 641 
seed, 640 
water, 214 
Fenner’s guaiac mixture, 1037 
Fenouil, 640 
d’eau, 1745 
puant, 173 
Fenugreek, 1818 
Fer, 632 
cremol, 1679 
r6duit, 637 
rtiduit par l’hydrogene, 636 
Fermentation, alcoholic, 124 
vinous, 124 
Fermented milk, 1510 
Fernambuco wood, 1591 
Ferngale, 1620 
Ferrated elixir of calisaya, 1493 
elixir of gentian, 1496 
extract of apples, 1506 
wine of wild cherry, 1544 
Ferratin, 1657 
Ferri albuminas, 1657 
ammonio-citras, 609 
ammonio-sulphas, 611 
ammonio-tartras, 612 
arsenias, 604 
bromidum, 1657 
carbonas saccharatus, 605 
chloridum, 607 
citras, 609 
et ammoniae citras, 609 
et ammonii citras, 609 
et ammonii sulphas, 611 
et ammonii tartras, 612 
et bismuthi citras, 1657 
et magnesiae citras, 1657 
et potass ii tartras, 613 
et quiniae citras, 614 
et quininae citras, 614 
et quininae citras solubilis, 
617 
et strychniaa citras, 617 
et strychnin® citras, 617 
ferrocyanidum, (note) 1097 
ferrocyanuretum, (note) 1097 
Slum, 636 
hypophosphis, 619, 1509 
iodidum, 1657 
iodidum saccharatum, 620, 1658 
lactas, 621 
malas crudus, 1506 
oxalas, 1659 
oxidum hydratum, 623 
oxidum hydratum cum magnesia, 
625 
oxidum magneticum, 634, 1659 
oxidum rubrum, 623 
perchloridum, 607 
phosphas, 625, 627 
phospha.s solubilis, 627 
potassio-tartras, 613 
pulvis, 636 
pyrophosphas, 627 
pyrophosphas solubilis, 627 
ramenta, 636 
sesquioxidum, 623 
squamae, 1659 
subcarbonas, (note) 624 
succinas, 1659 
sulphas, 62S 
sulphas exsiccata, 630 
sulphas exsiccatus, 630 
sulphas granulatus, 631 
sulphas praecipitatus, 631 
sulphidum, (note) 1315 
tannas, 1659 
valerianas, 631 Index. 
1939 
Ferric acid, 634 
albuminate, 1657 
ammonium sulphate, 611 
arsenate, 604 
chloride, 607 
citrate, 609 
disulphide, (note) 1315 
hydrate, 623 
hydrate with magnesia, 625 
hydroxide, 623 
hypophosphite, 619, 1509 
iodate, 1660 
lactate, (note) 622 
nitrate, 802 
oxide, 1693 
oxyhydrate, 623 
phosphate, 625 
picrate, 1767 
pyrophosphate, 627 
saccharate, 1660 
sesquisulphide, (note) 1315 
subsulphate, (note) 805 
succinate, 1659 
sulphate, (note) 805 
tartrate, 614 
valerianate, 631 
Ferricyanide of potassium, 1773 
Ferridcyanide of potassium, 1773 
Ferripyrine, 1660 
Ferro, 632 
Ferro-aluminic sulphate, 1660 
Ferro-ammonium citricum, 609 
Ferrobromid, 1657 
Ferro-chromium, 1616 
Ferrocyanic acid, 1098 
Ferrocyanide of iron, (note) 1097 
of potassium, 1096 
Ferrocyankalium, 1096 
Ferrocyanure de potassium, 1096 
Ferrocyanuret of iron, (note) 1097 
of potassium, 1096 
of zinc, 1834 
Ferrohemol, 1679 
Ferromanganic preparations, 1718 
Ferrophosphated elixir of gentian, 
1506 
Ferroprussiate of potassa, 1096 
Ferropyrine, 1660 
Ferro-tartrate of potassium, 613 
Ferroso-aluminic sulphate, 1660 
-ferric phosphate, 625 
Ferrosol, 1660 
Ferrostyptin, 1660 
Ferrosus saccharatus, 605 
Ferrous arseniate, 604 
iodide, 1657 
lactate, 621 
oxalate, 1659 
oxycarbonate, 605 
sulphate, 628 
sulphide, (note) 1315 
Ferruginous collodion, 439 
pills, 1045 
Ferrugo, 623 
Ferrum, 632 
ammoniatum, 1559 
ammonio-sulphuricum, 611 
bromatum, 1657 
carbonicum saccharatum, 605 
catalyticum, 1710 
citricum ammoniatum, 609 
citricum oxydatum, 609 
hydrogenio reductum, 630 
hypophosphorosum, 619 
iodatum, 1657 
iodatum saccharatum, 620 
lacticum, 621 
muriaticum oxydatum, 607 
Ferrum ope hydrogenii paratum, 636 
oxalicum, 1659 
oxydatum magneticum, 1659 
oxydatum saccharatum solubile, 
1660 
peptonatum, 1660 
phosphoricum, 625 
pyrophosphoricum cum ammonio 
citrico, 627 
redactum, 636 
reductum, 636 
sesquichloratum, 607 
sulfurieum oxydatum ammonia- 
turn, 611 
sulfurieum purum, 628 
sulfurieum siccum, 630 
tartaratum, 613 
tartarizatum, 613 
vitriolatum purum, 628 
Ferula ammonifera, 151 
assafoetida 235 
erubescens, 643 
ferulago, 643 
foetida, 235 
galbanifera, 643 
galbaniflua, 236, 643 
jaeschkeana, 235 
narthex, 235 
persica, 235 
rubricaulis, 643 
schair, 643 
scorodosma, 235 
sumbul, 1316 
tingitana, 151 
Ferulaic acid, 237 
Fetid aloes, 138 
spirit of ammonia, 1277 
Feuchtes eisenoxyhydrat, 623 
Feuilles de belladone, 259 
de booko, 279 
de bucco, 279 
de buchu, 279 
de busserole, 1437 
de ch&taignier, 342 
de cigue officinale, 446 
de coca, 423 
de digitale pourprSe, 481 
d’eucalyptus, 520 
de gaultherie, 1669 
de grande cigue, 446 
de grande digitale, 481 
de jusquiame noir, 722 
de marronnier, 342 
de matico, 860 
de paloninier, 1669 
de romarin, (note) 1286 
de sen6, 1215 
de stramoine, 1289 
FSve de Calabar, 1026 
de Saint-Ignace, 1690 
igasurique, 1690 
tonka, 1817 
Fever-bush, 1584, 1775 
-few, 176, 1777 
-root, 1820 
-twig, 1606 
-wort, 1820 
F&ves pichurim, 1766 
Fiber zibethicus, (note) 883 
Fibrin, 1656 
Fibroin, 1800 
Fichi, 639 
Fichtenharz, 1151 
Fichtenwolle, 957 
Fici, 639 
Fictitious manna, (note) 852 
Ficus, 629 
anthelmintica, 639 
Ficus carica, 639 
elastica, 491, 639 
indica, 639, 1702 
laccifera, 639 
passa, 639 
religiosa, 639, 1702 
Fieberklee, 1722 
Fiebernuss, 1690 
Fiel do boeuf purifige, 604 
Field cabbage, 1620 
Fifil uswud, 1051 
Fig, 639 
Figue de Barbarie, 1749 
Figues, 639 
Figwort, 1791 
Fil de cuivre, 470 
de fer, 636 
di ferro, 636 
Filicic acid, 242, 915 
Filix mas, 239 
red, 242 
Fillasa suaveolens, 1789 
Filmogen, 1660 
Fine-leaved water-hemlock, 1745 
Finely dusted gum acacia, 10 
Fineness of powder, 528 
Fingerhutaufguss, 733 
Fingerhutextrakt, 558 
Fingerhutkraut, 481 
Fingerhuttinktur, 1383 
Finnochio, 640 
Fir oil, 1363 
-wool, 957 
-wool extract, 957 
-wool oil, 957 
Fireweed, 1645, 1646 
Fischkorner, 1618 
Fischleim, 724 
Fischleimgummi, 1789 
Fisetin, (note) 243, 1667 
Fish berries, 1618 
-glue, 724 
Fishery salt, 1249 
Fistelkassie, 341 
Fixed oils, 899 
Flachskraut, 1569 
Flachssamen, 786 
Flag annatto, 1568 
Flake manna, 852 
white, 1064 
Flammula Jovis, 1617 
Flat calisaya, 401 
Flavopannum, 241 
Flavoring extracts, 1660 
Flax weed, 1793 
Flaxseed, 786 
meal, 787 
Fleabane, 1645 
Flea-colored principle of aloes, 139 
Fleawort, 1770 
Fleckstorchschnabel-wurzel, 653 
Fleischleimgummi, 1789 
Fleitmann’s test for arsenic, 28, 1836 
Fleming’s tincture of aconite, (note) 
1370, 1537 
Flesh-colored asclepias, 238 
Fleur de muscade, 837 
Fleurs d’arnique, 231 
d’arsenic, 19 
de benjoin, 30 
de carthame, 1602 
de chamomille commune, 861 
de chamomille d’Allemagne, 861 
de lavande, 1705 
d’oranger, 246 
de soufre, 1312 
de sureau, 1186 
de tous-les-mois, 294 1940 
Index. 
Flexible collodion, 442 
Fliederblumen, 1186 
Flindersia maculosa, 1661 
Flora china, (note) 1146 
Flore de Sen6gambie, 3 
Florence receiver, 909 
Florentine orris, 1750 
Florentinische veilchenwurzel, 1750 
Flores anthemidis, 175 
arnicae, 231 
benzoes, 30 
carthame, 1602 
cassias, (note) 932 
chamomill® romanas, 175 
chamomill® vulgaris, 861 
cin®, 1190 
kosso, 473 
lavendul®, 1705 
malv®, 1717 
martiales, 1559 
rhoeados, 1166 
ros®, 1170 
rosarum incarnatarum, 1170 
rosarum rubrarum, 1170 
sulphuris, 1312 
sulphuris loti, 1310 
verbasci, 1826 
Florida anise-tree, 1692 
arrow-root, 1720 
Flour, 1655 
of meat, 1721 
of mustard, 1226 
Flowering ash, 851 
Flowers of antimony, 177 
of benzoin, 30 
of sulphur, 1312 
of zinc, 1473, 1478 
Fluavil, 1678 
Fliichtige salbe, 780 
Fliichtiges langensalz, 155 
liniment, 780 
Fluid beef, 1655 
extract of aconite, 538 
extract of aconite root, 538 
extract of adonis, 1505 
extract of aletris, 1505 
extract of aloes, (note) 539 
extract of angelica root, 1505 
extract of apocynum, 540 
extract of aralia racemosa, 
1505 
extract of arnica flowers, 
1505 
extract of arnica root, 540 
extract of asclepias, 541 
extract of aspidosperma, 541 
extract of belladonna root, 544 
extract 6f berberis vulgaris, 
1505 
extract of bitter orange peel, 
542 
extract of black haw, 602 
extract of black pepper, 915 
extract of blood-root, 592 
extract of blue flag, 573 
extract of boldo, 1505 
extract of brayera, 558 
extract of broom, 594 
extract of buchu, 545 
extract of buckthorn, sweet, 
(note) 563 
extract of calamus, 546 
extract of calendula, 1505 
extract of calumba, 546 
extract of camellia, 1505 
extract of capsicum, 547 
extract of cascara sagrada, 588 
extract of castanea, 548 
Fluid extract of catechu, (note) 348 
extract of caulophyllum, 1505 
extract of celery, 1505 
extract of cbiinaphila, 548 
extract of cbirata, 549 
extract of cimicifuga, 549 
extract of cinchona, 560 
extract of coca, 552 
extract of colchicum root, 553 
extract of colchicum seed, 554 
extract of conium, 556 
extract of conium seed, 556 
extract of convallaria, 557 
extract of convallaria flowers, 
1506 
extract of coptis, 1506 
extract of corn silk, 1509 
extract of cornus, 1506, 1625 
extract of cornus circinata, 1506 
extract of corydalis, 1506 
extract of coto, 1506 
extract of cotton root bark, 568 
extract of couch-grass root, 599 
extract of cramp bark, 601 
extract of cubeb, 557 
extract of Culver’s root, 577 
extract of cypripedium, 558 
extract of dandelion, 599 
extract of digitalis, 559 
extract of dogwood, 1625 
extract of dulcamara, 559 
extract of ergot, 560 
extract of eriodicyton, 561 
extract of eucalyptus, 562 
extract of eupatorium, 562 
extract of frangula, 563 
extract of fucus, 1506 
extract of gelsemium, 563 
extract of gentian, 564 
extract of geranium, 564 
extract of ginger, 602 
extract of glycyrrhiza, 567 
extract of green coffee, 1505 
extract of grindelia, 568 
extract of guarana, 569 
extract of hamamelis, 569 
extract of helianthemum, 1506 
extract of hops, 1506 
extract of hydrangea, 1507 
extract of hydrastis, 570 
extract of hyoscyamus, 571 
extract of Indian cannabis, 547 
extract of ipecac, 572 
extract of iris, 573 
extract of jalap, (note) 575,1507 
extract of Jamaica dogwood, 
1769 
extract of juglans, 1507 
extract of juniper, 1507 
extract of kava, 1507 
extract of kousso, 558 
extract of krameria, 576 
extract of lactucarium, 1507 
extract of lappa, 576 
extract of leptandra, 577 
extract of lobelia, 577 
extract of lupuline, 578 
extract of malt, 1507 
extract of matico, 578 
extract of menispermum, 578 
extract of menyanthes, 1507 
extract of mezereum, 579, 1508 
extract of nux vomica, 580 
extract of pareira, 584 
extract of parsley root, 1508 
extract of phytolacca root, 585 
extract of pilocarpus, 586 
extract of pinkroot, 596 
Fluid extract of piseidia, 1769 
extract of podophyllum, 587 
extract of prickly ash, 602 
extract of quassia, 588 
extract of quebracho, 542 
extract of quillaja, 1508 
extract of rhamnus purshiana, 
588 
extract of rhubarb, 589 
extract of rhus glabra, 590 
extract of roasted coffee, 1506 
extract of rose, 590 
extract of rubus, 591 
extract of rumex, 591 
extract of sanguinaria, 592 
extract of sarsaparilla, 592 
extract of savine, 591 
extract of scoparius, 594 
extract of Scutellaria, 594 
extract of senega, 594 
extract of senna, 595 
extract of serpentaria, 595 
extract of skullcap, 594 
extract of spigelia, 596 
extract of spigelia and senna, 
(note) 596 
extract of squill, 593 
extract of sterculia, 1508 
extract of stillingia, 596 
extract of stramonium seed, 597 
extract of sweet orange peel, 542 
extract of tamarind, 1353 
extract of taraxacum, 599 
extract of trillium, 1508 
extract of triticum, 599 
extract of turnera, 1508 
extract of urtica, 1508 
extract of uva, ursi, 600 
extract of valerian, 600 
extract of vanilla, 1408 
extract of veratrum viride, 601 
extract of verbascum, 1508 
extract of verbena, 1509 
extract of viburnum opulus, 601 
extract of viburnum prunifo- 
lium, 602 
extract of Virginia snakeroot, 
595 
extract of wild cherry, 587 
extract of xanthoxylum, 602 
extract of yellow dock, 591 
extract of yerba santa, aromatic, 
(note) 561 
extract of zea, 1509 
extracts, 534, 1504 
bydrastis, (note) 718 
magnesia, 809 
Fluoranthene, 1617 
Fluorene, 1617 
Fluorescein, 1156, 1644, 1661 
Fluorescence, 1661 
Fluorescin, 1661 
Fluoride of ethyl, 1648 
Fluorides, 1661 
Fluorol, 1661 
Fliissige citronensaure magnesia, 
810 
extrakte, 534 
Fliissiger opodeldok, 783 
storax, 1304 
Fliissiges arnicawurzel-extrakt, 540 
aromatisches-extrakt, 541 
baldrian-extrakt, 600 
barentraubenblatter-extrakt, 600 
baumwollenwurzel-extrakt, 568 
bilsenkraut-extrakt, 571 
bittersiiss-extrakt, 559 
blutwurzel-extrakt, 592 Index. 
1941 
Fliissiges brombeerrinden-extrakt, 
591 
bucco-extrakt, 545 
chiretta-extrakt, 549 
chlorzink, 826 
cimicifuga-extrakt, 549 
citronensaures kali, 819 
cocablatter-extrakt, 552 
cubeben-extrakt, 567 
doldenbliithiges harnkraut-ex- 
trakt, 548 
durchwachsener wasserhanf-ex- 
trakt, 562 
eisenchlorid, 798 
eisencitrat, 801 
eisenhutknollen-extrakt, 538 
enzian-extrakt, 564 
essigrosenblatter-extrakt, 590 
eucalyptus-extrakt, 662 
faulbaumrinde-extrakt, 563 
fingerhut-extrakt, 559 
fleckenstorchschnabel - extrakt, 
564 
fussblattwurzel-extrakt, 587 
gelber jasmin-extrakt, 563 
gelbfrauenschuh-extrakt, 558 
grindwurzel-extrakt, 591 
griingermerwurz-extrakt, 601 
helmkraut-extrakt, 594 
hydrastis-extrakt, 570 
indischer hanf-extract, 547 
ingwer-extrakt, 602 
ipecacuanha-extrakt, 572 
kalisayarinden-extrakt, 550 
kalmuswurzel-extrakt, 546 
kastanienblatter-extrakt, 548 
kolombo-extrakt, 546 
kosso-extrakt, 558 
krahenaugen-extrakt, 580 
leptandra-extrakt, 577 
lobelienkraut-extrakt, 577 
lowenzahn-extrakt, 599 
lupulin-extrakt, 578 
matico-extrakt, 578 
meerzwiebel-extrakt, 593 
mutterkorn-extrakt, 560 
opium-extrakt, 584 
pareira-extrakt, 584 
pomeranzenschale-extrakt, 542 
quassia-extrakt, 588 
queckenwurzel-extrakt, 599 
ratanha-extrakt, 576 
rhabarber-extrakt, 589 
sadebaum-extrakt, 591 
salpetersaures quecksilberoxyd, 
807 
sarsaparilla-extrakt,, 592 
schierlingsfrucht-extrakt, 556 
schlangenwurz-extrakt, 595 
schwefelsaures eisenoxyd, 805 
seidelbast-extrakt, 579 
senega-extrakt, 594 
senna-extrakt, 595 
spanischer pfeffer-extrakt, 547 
spigelien-extrakt, 596 
stechapfelsamen-extrakt, 597 
stillingia-extrakt, 596 
sumach-extrakt, 590 
siissholz-extrakt, 567 
tollkirschenwurzel-extrakt, 544 
verschiedenfarbige schwertlilie- 
extrakt, 573 
wasserglas, 825 
wildkirschenrinden-extrakt, 587 
zahnwehholz-extrakt, 602 
zeitlosenknollen-extrakt, 553 
zeitlosensamen-extrakt, 554 
Fly agaric, 1734 
Fly fungus, 1558 
-plate, (note) 1130 
-stone, 1618 
-trap, 1789 
-water, (note) 1130 
Flying blisters, 321 
Foeniculi fructus, 640 
Foeniculum, 640 
capillaceuin, 640 
dulce, 640 
foeniculum, 640 
officinale, 640 
panmorium, 640 
piperitum, 640 
vulgare, 640 
Foie de soufre, 1073 
Folia antbos, (note) 1286 
barosmae, 279 
belladonnas, 259 
bucco, 279 
buchu, 279 
castaneas, 342 
digitalis, 481 
diosmse, 279 
farfarae, 1821 
jaborandi, 1034 
Malabathri, 420 
malvae, 1717 
melissae, 865 
menthas piperitas, 866 
nicotian®, 1347 
roris marinis, (note) 1286 
rosmarini, (note) 1286 
salvias, 1184 
sennae, 1215 
trifolii fibrini, 1722 
Foliated earth of tartar, 1076 
Forbes’s emulsion of oil of turpen- 
tine, 1504 
Formaldehyde, 1661 
Formalin, 1662 
Formanilid, 1662 
Formanilidum, 1662 
Formather, 1727 
Formene perchlorS, 1614 
Formic acid, 1663 
ether, 1648, 1663 
Formica rufa, 1663 
Formin aminoform, 1823 
salicylate, 1786 
Formol, 1662 
Formosa oil of camphor, (note) 310 
Formula for abstracts, (note) 532 
Formyl bromide, 1592 
Formylum trichloratum, 375 
Forsteronia floribunda, 491 
Fosforo, 1021 
Fossil salt, 1247 
Fougere male, 239 
Fouquieria splendens, (note) 353 
Fousel oil, 1555 
Fowler’s solution, 817 
Fowler’sche tropfen, 817 
Foxglove, 481 
leaves, 481 
Francis’s triplex pills, 1525 
Franciscea uniflora, 1717 
Frangula, 641 
bark, 641 
vulgaris, 642 
Frangulin, 642 
Frangulinic acid, 643 
Frankenia grandifolia, 1663 
Frankincense, 1357, 1747 
Franklinite, 1468 
Franzbranntwein, 1286 
Franzosenholz, 673 
Franzosische rose, 1170 
Frascra, 1663 
carolinensis, 1663 
walteri, 297, 1663 
Fraserawurzel, 1663 
Frauenhaar, 1550 
Fraxetin, S53, 1664 
Fraxin, 853, 1551, 1664 
Fraxinin, 1664 
Fraxinus americana, 1664 
chinensis, (note) 350 
excelsior, 850, 1551, 1664 
ornus, 850 
parviflora, 850 
rotundifolia, 850 
Fremontia californica, (note) 1419 
French berries, (note) 642 
bole, 1590 
chalk, 1664, 1807 
cognac, (note) 125 
digitalin, 483 
marigold, 294 
milk of roses, (note) 220 
mixture, 1514 
mustard, 1225 
ochre, 1744 
opium, (note) 986 
process for vinegar, 1546 
rhubarb, 1162 
FrSne, 1664 
(ipineux, 1466 
Frere Come, paste of, 22 
Friar’s balsam, 1374, 1488 
elbow bones, 1814 
Fringe-tree, 1611 
Froehde’s reagent, 458 
Froschlaiehpflaster, 505 
Froschloffel, 1556 
Frost-weed, 1680 
Frostwort, 1680 
Fructose, 1176 
Fructus anisi, 174 
anisi stellati, 726 
anisi vulgaris, 174 
canariense, 1600 
capsici, 322 
cardamomi minoris, 332 
caricae, 639 
carui, 335 
carvi, 335 
cassias fistulae, 341 
chenopodii anthelmintici, 367 
colocynthidis, 441 
coriandri, 456 
cubebae, 465 
foeniculi, 640 
juniperi, 1698 
papaveris, 1007 
phellandrii, 1745 
tamarindorum, 1352 
vanille, 1441 
Fruit essences, artificial, 1664 
sugar, 1176 
Fruits de fenouil, 640 
de grande cigue, 446 
de plaqueminier de Virginie, 
1640 
Fuchsine, 1566, 1666 
Fucus crispus, 383 
helminthocorton, 1667 
vesiculeux, 1666 
vesiculosus, 1666 
Fuel oil, 1761 
Fuligo ligni, 1797 
Fuligokali, 1667 
Fuller’s earth, 766, 1700 
Fulmicoton, soluble, 1128 
Fumaria officinalis, 1667 
Fumaric acid, 1667 1942 
Index. 
Fumarine, 1667 
Fumeterre, 1667 
Fuminella, 464 
Fuming sulphurio acid of Nord 
hausen, 89 
Fumitory, 1667 
Fungi, 1734 
Fungus chirurgor, 1552 
laricis, 1552 
rosarum, 1584 
sambuci, (note) 1186 
Furfurol, 8, 18 
Furze, 1821 
Fusanus acuminatus, 964 
spicatus, 964 
Fusco-sclerotinic acid, 515 
Fused nitrate of silver, 227 
Fusel oil, 125, 1280, 1555 
Fusiform jalap, (note) 761 
Fussblattwurzel, 1067 
-extrakt, 586 
Fustic, 1467, 1667 
Fustin, 1667 
G 
Gadberry’s mixture, 1520 
Gadinine, 1776 
Gadoeng, 1640 
Gadolinite, 360 
Gaduine, 949 
Gadus seglefinus, 947 
callarias, 947 
carbonarius, 947 
merluccius, 725, 947 
molva, 947 
morrhua, 946 
pollachius, 947 
Gaertnera vaginata, 1596 
Galactose, 8, 1176 
Galam gum, (note) 5 
Galanga, 1668 
major, 1668 
minor, 1668 
Galangal, 1668 
Galangol, 1668 
Galban, 643 
Galbano, 643 
Galbanum, 643 
officinale, 643 
plaster, 1501 
Galbaresino-tannol, 644 
Gale halepense, 645 
hercica, 645 
levantica, 645 
quercina, 645 
tinctoria, 645 
Galega, 1668 
officinalis, 1668 
tinctoria, 1693 
virginica, 1668 
Galena, 1057 
Galgant, 1668 
Galipea cusparia, 472 
officinalis, 472 
Galipidine, 473 
Galipine, 472 
Galipot, 1054, 1361 
Galitannic acid, 1668 
Galitzenstein, 1479 
Galium aparine, 1668 
tinctorium, 1668 
triflorum, 1668 
verum, 1668 
Gall-acids, 603 
and opium ointment, 1426 
of the earth, 1737 
ointment, 1426 
-pigments, 603 
Galla, 645 
Gallacetophenol, 1668 
Gallacetophenone, 1127 
Gall®, 645 
Gallanilid, 1668 
Gallanol, 1668 
Gallapfel, 645 
Gallapfelsalbe, 1426 
Gallapfeltinktur, 1385 
Galle de chgne, 645 
Gallein, 1127 
Gallerte, 647 
Gallic acid, 48, 646 
acid fermentation, 48 
Gallinol, 1668 
Gallization, (note) 1452 
Gallobromol, 1669 
Gallols, 1669 
Gallon, 1825 
Gallo-tannic acid, 98, 646 
Galls, 645 
Chinese, 49 
Gallus bankiva, 1466 
Gallussaure, 48 
Galvanized iron, 1470 
Gambir, 344 
Gamboge, 303 
Gambogia, 303 
Ganja, 314 
Garance, 1781 
Garcinia cambogia, 304 
collina, (note) 305 
elliptica, 304 
hanburii, 303 
kola, 1801 
mangostana, 1584, 1719 
morella, 304 
pictoria, 304 
Garden angelica, 1564 
artichoke, 1637 
endive, 1616 
nightshade, 487 
Patna opium, (note) 985 
peony,1756 
purslane, 1772 
Gardenia campanulata, 1669 
grandiflora, 1669 
Garlic, 133 
essential oil of, 133 
syrup of, 1327 
Garofani, 336 
Garou, 870 
Garrya fremontii, 1669 
Garryine, 1669 
Garten-melisse, 865 
Gartenraute, 1782 
Gas liquor, 157, 205 
Gasoline, 1763 
Gasometric estimations, 1854 
Gastric juice, 1779 
Gas-wells, 1761 
Gat, 1605 
Gatera, 1605 
Gauchheil, 1562 
Gaude, 1780 
Gaultheria, 1669 
hispidula, 936 
leucocarpa, 936 
procumbens, 83, 936, 1669 
punctata, 936 
Gaultherilene, 937 
Gaultherin, 936 
Gauze, Lister’s, 42 
Gay-feather, 1707 
Gay-Lussac’s centesimal alcoholme 
ter, 1880 
Gayuba, 1437 
Gazangabin, (note) 851 
Gazanjabin, (note) 851 
Gebrannte magnesia, 837 
Gebrannter alaun, 148 
kalk, 298 
Geddah gum, 5 
Gefleckter schierling, 446 
Gegengift der arsenigensaure, 623, 
625 
Gehzirah gum, 5 
Geigenharz, 1151 
Geisraute, 1668 
Geissospermine, 1758 
Geissospermum laeve, 1758 
vellosii, 1758 
Geiste, 1267 
Gelanth, 1670 
Gelanthum, 1670 
Gelatin, 647, 725 
capsules, 647 
discs, 774 
Gelatine, 647 
Gelatinized chloroform, 383 
ether, 122 
Gelatinum, 647 
chondri, 1509 
Gelatose, 647 
Gelbe narcisse, 1737 
niesswurz, 1623 
quecksilberoxydsalbe, 1431 
quecksilbersalbe, 1429 
riibe, 1601 
Gelbes blutlaugensalz, 1096 
jodquecksilber, 698 
quecksilberoxid, 702 
wachs, 349 
Gelbfrauenscbuh-wurzel, 475 
Gelbkraut, 1780 
Gelbwurz, 1635 
Gelidium cartilagineum, 1666 
corneum, (note) 725, 1666 
Gelose, (note) 725, 1666 
Gelosine, 1667 
Gelsemic acid, 649 
Gelsemie, 648 
Gelsemii radix, 648 
Gelsemine, 650 
Gelseminic acid, 649 
Gelseminine, 650 
Gelsemio, 648 
Gelsemium, 648 
nitidum, 648 
root, 648 
sempervirens, 648 
Gemeine besenginster, 1210 
mohre, 1601 
peper, 1051 
tollkirsche, 259 
Gemeiner barlapp, 836 
kiimmel, 335 
rainfarn, 1353 
sauerdorn, 1586 
terpentin, 1357, 1360 
wachholder, 1698 
wermuth, 1 
zimmt, 418 
Genciana, 651 
Generous wine, 1453 
Genet st balais, 1210 
des teinturiers, 1670 
Gengibre, 1483 
Genievre, 1698 
Genista canariensis, (note) 963 
tinctoria, 1670 
Genouillet, 1621 
Gentian, 651 
root, 651 
Gentiana, 651 
catesbfei, 652 Index. 
1943 
Gentiana centauria, 1607 
chirayta, 369 
elliottii, 652 
lutea, 651,1812 
macrophylla, 652 
pannonica, 652 
punctata, 652 
purpurea, 652 
quinqueflora, 652 
quinquefolia, 652 
Gentian® radix, 651 
Gentiane jaune, 651 
Gentianic acid, 653 
Gentianin, 653 
Gentianose, 653, 1176 
Gentiogenin, 652 
Gentio-picrin, 652, 1664 
Gentisein, 653 
Gentisic acid, 653, 1664 
Gentisin, 653 
Genuine damiana, 1639 
scammony, 1206 
Genziana, 651 
Geotfroya inermis, 1593 
surinamensis, 1593 
Geosote, 1676 
Geranio acid, 1760 
Geraniol, 1760 
Geranium, 653 
maculatum, 653 
oil, 963 
robertianum, 1670 
Gerberstrauch, 1624 
Gerbsiiure, 98 
Gereinigte aloe, 141 
knocbenkohle, 328 
ochsengalle, 604 
rindsgalle, 604 
schwefelblumen, 1310 
Gereinigter honig, 864 
salmiak, 157 
German benzoic acid, 31 
chamomile, 861 
digitalin, 483 
lactucarium, 773 
milk of roses, (note) 220 
process for vinegar, 1546 
schnapps, (note) 125 
soap, 1199 
soft soap, (note) 1199 
Germander, 1812 
Gerstenmalz, 1716 
-extrakt, 1716 
Geschmolzenes salpetersaures silber 
oxyd, 227 
Getrocknete soda, 1246 
Geum, 1670 
album, 1670 
-bitter, 1670 
rivale, 1670 
urbanum, 1670 
virginianum, 1670 
G6v6 opium, (note) 984 
Gew6 opium, (note) 984 
Gewiirzlatwerge, (note) 444 
Gewiirznelken, 336 
-infusion, 732 
Gewiirzter rhabarbersaft, 1341 
Gez, (note) 851 
Ghatti gum, (note) 6 
Giant puff-ball, 1734 
Gichtrose, 1756, 1780 
Gichtriibe, 278 
Giftjasmin, 648 
Giftlattichsaft, 772 
Giftsumaeh, 1168 
Giftwende, 1637 
Giftwurzel, 1621 
Gigantic sugar-cane, 1174 
Gigartina helminthocorton, 1667 
lichenoides, 1667 
mamillosa, 383 
Gilleenin, 1671 
Gillein, 1671 
Gillenia, 1671 
stipulacea, 1671 
trifoliata, 1214, 1671 
Gillenienwurzel, 1671 
Gillenin, 1671 
Gillon, 1827 
Gin, (note) 125 
Ginepro, 1698 
Gingembre, 1483 
Ginger, 1483 
root, analysis of, (note) 14S4 
Ginsen, 1757 
Ginseng, 1757 
Girardina palmata, 1824 
Girofle, 336 
Gito, 1677 
Glacial acid, 16 
acetic acid, 14, 17 
phosphoric acid, 80 
Glaciale, 1725 
Glacialin, 1591 
Gla'ieul bleu, 756 
Glandul® lupuli, 836 
Glasige phosphorsaure, 80 
Glaskraut, 1759 
Glass of antimony, 1671 
of borax, 1238 
of lead, 1671 
Glassy amrad gum, (note) 6 
hard Cape gum, (note) 7 
Glauber’s salt, 1261 
Glaubersalz, 1261 
Glechoma hederacea, 1672 
Gleditschia ferox, 1672 
triacanthos, 1672 
Gleditschine, 1672 
Gliadin, 1744 
Globularetin, 1672 
Globularia alypum, 1217, 1672 
arabica, 1672 
turbith, 1217 
vulgaris, 1672 
Globularin, 1672 
Globulin, 1758 
Gloiopeltis tenax, 1666 
Glonoin, 1282 
Gloriosa superba, 1672 
Glu, 1587 
Glucic acid, 1180 
Gluco-heptose, 1176 
-nonose, 1176 
-octose, 1176 
Glucose, 1175, 1176, 1779 
sugar, 987 
Glucosides, 1175 
Glucusimide, 654 
Glue, (note) 482, 1672 
Glukusin, 654 
Gluside, 654 
Glusidum, 654 
Gluten, 1656 
-peptone sublimate, 1724 
Glutoform, 1662 
Glutoid capsules, 1672 
Glutol, 1662 
Glycamyl, 662 
Glycel®um, 1421 
Glycerat d’amidon, 662 
simple, 662 
Glycerate of aloes, (note) 539 
of ferrous iodide, (note) 1658 
Glyc6r6s, 661 
Glyceride of acetic acid, 603 
of arachic acid, 953, 975 
of lauric acid, 975 
of myristic acid, 952 
of palmitic acid, 953 
of propionic acid, 603 
Glycerides, 164, 656, 902 
Glycerin, 656, 902 
of alum, 662 
of borax, 662 
of boric acid, 662 
of pepsin, 663 
of phenol, 661 
of starch, 662 
ointment, (note) 660 
solvent powers of, (note) 658 
suppositories, 1321 
Glycerina, 656, 660 
Glycerine, 656 
of subacetate of lead, 664 
of tragacanth, 664 
Glycerine phenique, 661 
tannique, 661 
Glycerines, 660 
Glycerinum, 656 
acidi borici, 662 
acidi carbolici, 661 
acidi tannici, 661 
aluminis, 662 
amyli, 662 
boracis, 662 
pepsini, 663 
phosphoric acid, 1549 
plumbi subacetatis, 664 
tragacanth®, 664 
Glycerita, 660 
Glycerite of anthrarobin, 1568 
of bismuth, 1509 
of boroglycerin, 662, (note) 1489 
of carbolic acid, 661 
of glyceryl borate, 662 
of guaiac, 1509 
of hydrastis, 663 
of pepsin, 1509 
of starch, 662 
of tannic acid, 661 
of tar, (note) 661, 1509 
of tragacanth, 1510 
of yolk of egg, 664 
Glycerites, 660 
Glyceritum acidi carbolici, 661 
acidi tannici, 661 
amyli, 662 
bismuthi, 1509 
boroglycerini, 662 
guaiaci, 1509 
hydrastis, 663 
pepsini, 1509 
picis liquid®, (note) 661, 1509 
sodii boratis, 662 
tragacanth®, 1510 
vitelli, 664 
Glycerized collodion, 440 
Glycero-alcohol, 660 
Glycerol trinitrate, 1741 
Glycerole d’acide ph6nique, 661 
de borax, 662 
de tannin, 661 
Glycerole of aloes, (note) 539 
of nitrate of bismuth, 274 
Glyceroles, 658 
Glycerose, 1176 
Glyceryl, 505, 902 
borate, 1488, 1591 
ester of abietic acid, 1152 
hydrate, 902 
myristate, 889 
trinitrate, 1282 1944 
Index. 
Glyceryl tripalmitate, 902 
Glycocholic acid, 603 
Glycocoll, 725 
-para-phenetidine-hydrochloride, 
1764 
Glycogen. 1176 
Glycol, 1754 
dinitrate, 1741 
Glyconin, 664 
emulsion of cod-liver oil, (note) 
864, 1502 
Glycyrrhetin, 566, 666 
Glycyrrhiza, 664 
echinata, 565, 665 
glabra, 565, 664, 982 
glandulifera, 665 
lepidota, 665 
Glycyrrhiz® radix, 664 
Glycyrrhizic acid, 666 
Glycyrrhizin, 566, 665 
Glycyrrhizinum ammoniatum, 666 
Gnaden kraut, 1674 
Gnaphalium margaritaceum, 1568, 
1673 
obtusifolium, 1673 
polycephalum, 1673 
Gnoscopine, 987, 995 
Goa powder, 221, 385 
Goanese ipecacuanha, 1738 
Goapulver, 221 
Goapulversalbe, 1424 
Goat’s rue, 1668, 1812 
Godfrey’s cordial, (note) 1400, 1520 
Goemine, 384 
Godrnon, 384 
Gold, 252, 1673 
and sodium bromide, 1673 
and sodium chloride, 252 
chloride, 1673 
cyanide, 1673 
in powder, 1673 
ink.1695 
iodide, 1673 
litharge, 1067 
oxide, 1673 
Golden drips 1180 
seal, 715 
sulphide of antimony, 185 
sulphur, 185 
sulphuret of antimony, 185,188 
Golden-rod, 1797 
Goldruthe, 1797 
Goldschwefel, 185 
Goldthread, 1623 
Gollindrinera, 1651 
Goma amoniaco, 151 
arabiga, 3 
Gombine, 1683 
Gonibo, 1683 
Gomma ammoniaco, 151 
arabica, 3 
Gomme adraganthe, 1409 
ammoniaque, 151 
arabique, 3 
blanche fendillde, 9 
d’acajou, 1562 
du pays, (note) 4 
gutte, 303 
lacque, 1702 
pellioulde, 9 
-rdsine ammoniaque, 151 
-resine d’euphorbe, 1652 
Gommes bas-du-fleuve, (note) 5 
haut-du-fleuve, (note) 5 
Gomo tragacanto, 1409 
Gonolobus condurango, 1620 
Goober nuts, 1674 
Gooseberry wine, 1460 
Goose-grass, 1668 
Gorakhmundi, 1798 
Gorse, 1821 
Gossypii radicis cortex, 667 
Gossypium, 668 
album, 667 
barbadense, 667, 668 
berbaceum, 667, 668 
nigrum, 667 
peruvianum, 667 
purificatum, 668 
stypticum, 1510 
Gotterbaum, 1553 
Gottesgnaden kraut, 1674 
Goudron, 1055 
vegetal, 1055 
Gouet a trois feuilles, 1576 
Goulard’s cerate, 358 
extract, 813 
lotion, 815 
water, 815 
Gourd seeds, 1633 
towel, 1713 
Graduation-houses, 1248 
Grahe’s test, (note) 410 
Grain oil, 125, 1280, 1555 
soap, 1194 
tin, 1816 
Grained soap, 1194 
Graines d’anis, 174 
de lin, 786 
de stramoine, 1289 
Grains de boeuf, 1792 
of paradise, (note) 333 
Graisse, 112 
balsamique, 114 
benzoin 6 e, 114 
de mouton, 1224 
de pore, 112 
des pieds du gros bdtail, 1738 
Grana fina, 431 
Molucca, 976 
moschata, 1683 
nigra, 431 
paradisi, (note) 333 
sylvestra, 431 
tiglia, 976 
Granatapfelschale, 669 
Granati cortex, 669 
Granatin, 670 
Granatum, 669 
Granatwurzelrinde, 669 
Granatwurzelrinden-absud, 480 
Grand basilic, 1745 
boucage, 1768 
cigue, 446 
soleil, 1680 
Grande absinthe, 1 
joubarbe, 1791 
mauve, 1717 
Grandiflorine, 1797 
Granular charcoal, 330 
effervescent artificial Carlsbad 
salt, 1528 
effervescent artificial Kissingen 
salt, 1528 
effervescent artificial Vichy salt, 
1528 
effervescent artificial Vichy salt 
with lithium, 1528 
effervescent ferric phosphate, 
1526 
effervescent iron and quinine 
citrate, 1526 
effervescent potassium bromide, 
1527 
effervescent potassium bromide 
with caffeine, 1527 
Granulated citrate of magnesium, 
843 
ferrous sulphate, 631 
gum acacia, 10 
sulphate of iron, 631 
zinc, 1470 
Granulose, 172 
Granza, 1781 
Grape sugar, 1175 
Graphite, 325 
Grasso di porco, 112 
duro, 1220 
Grass-tree gum, 1674 
Grass wurzel, 1411 
Grateron, 1668 
Gratiola fat, 1674 
officinalis, 1674 
virginiana, 1674 
Gratiolaretin, 1674 
Gratiole, 1674 
Gratioletin, 1674 
Gratiolin, 1674 
Gratioloic acid, 1674 
Gratiosoletin, 1674 
Gratiosolin, 1674 
Graue ambra, 1559 
quecksilbersalbe, 1426 
wallnussrinde, 762 
Gravel plant, 1645 
root, 523 
weed, 1550 
Gray bark, 389 
compact nitrate of sodium, 1255 
crystalline nitrate of sodium, 
1255 
ipecacuanha, 753 
leech, 682 
Great bur, 775 
mustang grape, 1453 
wild valerian, 1439 
Greater cold seeds, 1633 
periwinkle, 1826 
Greaves, 1096 
Green extract of belladonna, 545 
extract of hyoscyamus, 571 
galls, 646 
hellebore rhizome, 1447 
ink, 1695 
iodide of mercur}', 698 
leech, 682 
mercurous iodide, 700 
soap, 1198 
tea, 1810 
verdigris, 1634 
verditer, 1826 
vitriol, 628 
weed, 1670 
Greengage plums, 1114 
Greenheart, 1738 
Greenockite, 1594 
Gregory’s powder, 1125 
Grey powder, 712 
Griffes de girofles, (note) 337 
Griffith’s eisenmixtur, 872 
mixture, 872 
pills, 1046 
zinc-white, 1478 
Griffith’sche pillen, 1045 
Grindelia, 672 
hirsutula, (note) 1168 
robusta, 672 
squarrosa, 672 
Grindeline, 672 
Grindwurzel, 1172 
Groats, 1744 
Grocer’s syrup, 1180 
Gromwell, 1710 
Gross’s antineuralgic pills, 1523 Index. 
1945 
Grossbliithige cornelrinde, 1625 
Grote’s test, 256 
Ground ivy, 1672 
laurel, 1645 
linseed, 787 
-nut oil, 954 
-nuts, 1674 
pine, 1554, 1812 
Groundsel, 1791 
Gruel, oatmeal, 1744 
Griine minzessenz, 1234 
miinze, 867 
Griiner germer, 1447 
Griinspan, 1634 
Guachamaca, 1716, 1831 
Guachamacine, 1716, 1831 
Guaco, 1221, 1674 
Guadeloupe vanilla, 1443 
Guaethol, 1813 
Guaethyl, 1675 
Guaiac, 674 
beta-resin, 675 
yellow, 675 
Guaiacene, 675 
Guaiaci lignum, 673 
resina, 674 
Guaiacic acid, 675 
Guaiacin, 1580 
Guaiacinic acid, 675 
Guaiacol, 675, 1056, 1675 
benzoate, 1585 
benzyl ether, 1676 
biniodide, 1676 
bisulphonate of quinine, 1676 
carbonate, 1676 
cinnamate, 1676 
ethyl, 1676 
iodoform, 1676 
phosphate, 1676 
phosphite, 1676 
salol, 1676 
valerianate, 1676 
valerianicum, 1675 
Guaiaconic acid, 675 
Guaiacum, 674 
arboreum, 673 
mixture, 874 
officinale, 673 
resin, 674 
resin lozenge, 1416 
sanctum, 673 
wood, 673 
Guaiaquin, 1676 
Guaiaretic acid, 675 
Guaion, 676 
Guaiperol, 1676, 1769 
Guajak, 674 
-emulsion, 874 
Guajakharz, 674 
Guajakholz, 673 
Guajaktiriktur, 1386 
Guanidin, 1676 
Guanine, 1676 
Guano, 1676 
Guarana, 676 
bread, 676 
iiva, 676 
Guaranina, 282 
Guaranine, 677 
Guarea purgans, 1677 
trichiloides, 1619 
Guarineine, (note) 283 
Guatemala sarsaparilla, 1202 
Guayaco, 673 
Guayaquil condurango, 1621 
rhatany, (note) 770 
sarsaparilla, 1202 
Guaycura, 1800 
Guelder rose, 1450 
Guerena, 1792 
Gu6rit-tout, 1620 
Gugul, 1584 
Gui de chene, 1827 
Guibourtia copallifera, 1622 
Guilandina bonducella, 370 
Guimauve, 143 
Guinea grains, (note) 333 
pepper, (note) 465 
rush, 1637 
Guirila, 1695 
Guizotia oleifera, 900 
Gujaratii elachi, 332 
Gum, (note) 4 
acacia, 3 
acacia, granulated, 10 
acaroides, 1833 
acroides, 31, 1156, 1833 
Aden, 5 
amra, (note) 6 
amra whatti, (note) 6 
amrad, (note) 6 
angico, (note) 7 
anime, 1567 
arabic, 3 
artificial, 10, (note) 171 
Australian, (note) 7 
babool, (note) 7 
Barbary, 5 
Bassora, 6 
benjamin, 263 
Bombay, 5 
Brazilian, (note) 7 
British, 170 
brittle, (note) 5 
Cape, (note) 7 
caranna, 1601 
chicle, 1580 
East Indian amrad, (note) 6 
Egyptian, 4 
El Wisch, 5 
elemi, 1643 
Galam, (note) 6 
Gedda, 4 
Gehzirah, 5 
ghatti, (note) 6 
glassy amrad, (note) 6 
glassy hard Cape, (note) 7 
granulated, 10 
Hashabi, 4 
hogg, 1684 
India, 6 
juniper, 1787 
Kordofan, 4 
Maguey, (note) 7 
Mecca, 5 
mesquite, 1725 
mezquite, 1725 
Mogador, 5 
Morocco, 5 
of oil-tree, 1775 
oomra whatti, (note) 6 
pale amrad, (note) 6 
Para, (note) 7 
Persian, (note) 6 
Sadra-beida, (note) 5 
Salabreda, (note) 5 
Senegal, 5 
Sennari, 5 
soft Cape, (note) 7 
Suakin, 5 
talba, 5 
talc a, 5 
-trees, 520 
turic, 4 
Turkey, 4 
universal, 10 
Gum, whatti, (note) 6 
Gumma gotta, 303 
Gummi acaciae, 3 
arabicum, 3 
elasticum, 491 
gutta, 304 
kino, 766 , 
laeca, 1702 
mimosae, 3 
-resina ammoniacum, 151 
-resina asafoetida, 235 
-resina galbanum, 643 
-resina myrrha, 890 
rubrum astringens gambinense, 
769 
tragacantha, 1409 
Gummigutt, 303 
Gummilack, 1702 
Gummischleim, 886 
Gummisyrup, 1325 
Gun-cotton, 1128 
Gundelrebe, 1672 
Gundermann, 1672 
Gunjah, 314 
Gunsel, 1554 
Gurjun balsam, 1830 
Gurjunic acid, 1830 
Guru nuts, 1800 
Gutta, 1678 
gamba, 303 
-percha, 1677 
Guttse pectorales, 1540 
Gutzeit’s test for arsenic, 1836 
Gymnema sylvestre, 1678 
Gymnemic acid, 1678 
Gymnocladus canadensis, 1678 
dioica, 1678 
Gynocardia odorata, 1678 
Gynocardic acid, 1678 
Gypsum, 293 
Gyromia virginica, 1721 
H 
Ilaba de Santo Ignacio, 1690 
Habichtskraut, 1683 
Haddock, 947 
Hmmatoporphyrine, 1309 
Haematoxyli lignum, 678 
Hsematoxylin, 679 
Haematoxylon, 678 
campechianum, 678 
Haemoglobin, 1679 
Hafermehl, 1744 
Hagenia abyssinica, 473 
Hahnenfuss, 1779 
Hainoung, 1160 
Hair-cap moss, 1772 
Hake, 725, 947 
Halicore australis, (note) 947 
dugong, (note) 947 
Hall’s dinner pills, 1523 
solution of strychnine, 1517 
Haller’s acid elixir, 1521 
Hamamelidis cortex, 680 
folia, 679 
Hamamelis, 679 
bark, 680 
leaves, 679 
virginiana, 679 
virginica, 680 
water, 1488 
Hamburg white, 1063 
Ilammelstalg, 1224 
Haplopappus baylahuen, 1679 
Hard paraffin, 1007 
petrolatum, 1016 
petroleum ointment, 1016 1946 
Index. 
Hard pine, 1358 
soap, 1193 
water, 194 
yellow bark, 403 
Hardhack, 1799 
Harina de avena, 1744 
Harmaline, 1760 
Harmine, 1760 
Harnkraut, 1780 
Harnstoff, 1822 
Harthen, 1689 
Hartreigel, 1707 
Hartshorn, 1679 
Harts-tongue, 1790 
Harz-cerat, 359 
Hasenklee, 1754 
Hashab, 3 
Hashabi gum, 4 
Hashish, 314 
Hauptpflaster, 503 
Hausenblase, 724 
Hausseife, 1198 
Hauswurz, 1791 
Hay-saffron, 462 
Hazelnut oil, 900 
Heal-all, 1620, 1775 
Heart’s-ease, 1827 
Heavy calcined magnesia, 840 
carbonate of magnesia, 841 
daturine, 1291 
magnesia, 840 
magnesium carbonate, 840, 841 
oil of wine, 916 
pine, 971 
stone of Bastnas, 360 
Ilebra’s itch ointment, 1542 
Hebradendron cambogioides, 304 
Hectograph compositions, 1672 
Hedeoma, 680 
piperita, 681 
pulegioides, 680, 939 
thymoides, 681 
Hedeomol, 939 
Iledera helix, 1679 
Hedera-tannic acid, 1679 
Hederic acid, 1679 
Hederich, 1793 
Hederine, 1679 
Hedge garlic, 1557 
hyssop, 1674 
mustard, 1793 
Hedwigia balsamifera, 1680 
panamensis, 1680 
Hedychium spicatum, 1680 
Heftpflaster, 508 
Helcosol, 1589 
Helecho, 239 
Helenin, 739 
Helenium autumnale, 1680 
mexicanum, 1680 
nudiflorum, 1680 
tenuifolium, 1680 
Helianthe, 1680 
HelianthSme de Canada, 1680 
Helianthemum, 1680 
canadense, 1680 
corymbosum, 1680 
Helianthitannic acid, 1680 
Helianthus annuus, 1680, 1732 
lenticularis, 1680 
perennis, 900 
petiolaris, 1680 
tuberosus, 1806 
Helicin, 1183 
llelicoidin, 1183 
Heliotropin, (note) 1053 
Helleborein, 1681 
Helleboresin, 1681 
Helleboretin, 1681 
Ilelleborin, 1681 
llelleborus altifolius, 1681 
fmtidus, 1680 
humilifolius, 1681 
niger, 1550, 1681 
Heller’s caustic pencils, 228 
Helminthocorton, 1667 
Helmkraut, 1211 
Helonias dioica, 1609, 1682 
lutea, 1609 
officinalis, 1783 
Helonin, 1609 
Helvellaic acid, 1735 
llematin, 679 
llemidesmi radix, 681 
Heinidesmie acid, 681 
Hemidesmus indicus, 681, 1200 
root, 681 
syrup, 1335 
-wurzel, 681 
Ilemingia grahamiana, (note) 764 
Hemipinie acid, 987 
Hemiterpenes, 905 
Hemlock, 446, 1745, 1769 
fruit, 446 
gum, 1770 
leaves, 446 
parsley, 1621 
pitch, 1769 
pitch plaster, 1770 
plaster, 1770 
spruce, 1769 
water-parsnip, 1793 
Hemogallol, 1679 
Hemoglobin, 1679 
Heinol, 1679 
Hemp, 313 
Canadian, 188 
Indian, 313 
Hemp-seed oil, 900 
Henbane, 722 
Henna, 1706 
plant, 1706 
Ilenotannic acid, 1706 
Henry’s magnesia, 838 
Hepar sulphuris, 1073 
Hepatic aloes, 137 t 
Hepatica, 1682 
acuta, 1682 
acutiloba, 1682 
hepatica, 1682 
triloba, 1682 
Heptane, 971, 1618, 1761 
Heptoses, 1176 
Hep-tree, 1170 
Heracleum gummiferum, 151 
lanatum, 1682 
Herb Christopher, 1550 
Robert, 1670 
Herba absinthii, 1 
agrimoni®, 1553 
belladonn®, 259 
britannica, 1173 
cannabis indie®, 313 
capillorum Veneris, 1550 
cardui benedicti, 1607 
eentaurii, 1607 
chamomill® f®tid®, 1628 
chelidonii, 366 
cicut® majoris, 446 
cochleari®, 1618 
conii, 446 
eupatorii perfoliati, 523 
heder® terrestris, 1672 
hyoscyami, 722 
lobeli®, 833 
marrubii, 854 
Herba meliloti, 1721 
meliss®, 865 
menth® acut®, 867 
menth® piperit®, 866 
menthae roman®, 867 
nasturtii pratensis, 1601 
pulsatill®, 1117 
rorellae, 1642 
rut® caprariae, 1668 
sabin®, 1173 
salvi®, 1184 
Santa Maria, 368 
scoparii, 1210 
stramonii, 1289 
Herbe a fievre, 523 
a l’hirondelle, 366 
a Robert, 1670 
au citron, 865 
au scorbut, 1618 
aux chantres, 1793 
aux charpentiers, 1549 
aux vers, 1353 
de camomille puante, 1628 
d’6rigeron, 1645 
d’eupatoire perfoli6e, 523 
de h61iantheme de Canada, 1680 
de h6patique, 1682 
de Iob61ie enfl6e, 833 
de maroute, 1628 
de marrube blanc, 854 
de pouliot am6ricaine, 680 
de pyrole ombellee, 368 
de St.-Antoine, 1645 
de vergerette, 1645 
jaune, 1780 
parfaite, 523 
Herbstzeitlose, 435 
Hercules’ club, 1571 
Hergespann, 1707 
Heritiera littoralis, 1801 
Hermodactyli, 1683 
Hermodactyls, 1683 
Herniaria glabra, 1683 
Herniarine, 1683 
Heroin, 1683 
Hesperetin, 251, 924 
Hesperidene, 924 
Hesperidin, 251, 778, 924 
Heteromeles arbutifolia, 1683 
Heuchera, 1683 
americana, 1683 
caulescens, 1683 
cortusa, 1683 
cylindrica, 1683 
hispida, 1683 
parvifolia, 1683 
pubescens, 1683 
villosa, 1683 
viscida, 1683 
Heudelotia africana, 1584 
Hevea brasiliensis, 491 
guyanensis, 491 
Hexabioses, 1176 
Hexahydrobenzol, 1761 
Ilexahydrodipyridyl, 1349 
Hexahydropyridine, 1053 
Hexamethylenetetramine-bromethyl- 
ate, 1592 
-salicylate, 786 
Hexa-methyl-para-rosaniline, 1566 
Hexane, 1618 
Hexatomic alcohols, 853 
Hexatrioses, 1176 
Hexenmehl, 836 
Hexoses, 1176 
Hexylamine, 948 
Ilexylic alcohol, 176 
Hibiscus abeltnoschus, 1683 Index. 
1947 
Hibiscus esculentus, 1683 
Hickory, 1603 
Ilicoria alba, 1603 
laciniosa, 1603 
minima, 1603 
ovata, 1603 
pecan,1603 
Hiera picra, 1525 
Hieracium venosum, 1683 
Hierro, 632 
High bush cranberry, 1450 
-colored brandy, 1287 
mallow, 1717 
Higos, 639 
Hill chiretta, 369 
Hilo de hierro, 636 
Hilteet, 235 
Himalaya rhubarb, (note) 1164 
Hingra, 237 
Hinojo, 640 
Hippo, 1575 
Hippuric acid, 1684 
Hirtenaschlein, 1601 
Hirudines, 682 
Hirudo, 682 
decora, 682 
medicinalis, 682 
Hirundinaria, 1637 
Hirundo esculenta, 1666 
Hitam, (note) 670 
Hive bee, 349 
syrup, 1343 
Hoang-nan, 1684 
Hoary pea, 1812 
Hoffmann’s anodyne, 1268 
Hoffmann’sche tropfen, 1268 
Hog gum, 1684 
gum tragacanth, 1583 
Hog’s lard, 112 
Holarrhena africana, 1832 
Holigarna longifolia, 1684 
Holland gin, 125, 1283 
Hollenstein, 227 
Hollunder, 1186 
Holly, 1691 
Hollyhock, 144 
Holocaine, 1684 
Holzather, 1727 
Holzgeist, 1726 
Holzhohle, 329 
Homatropinte hydrobromidum, 685 
Homatropine hydrobromate, 685 
hydrobromide, 685 
Homberg’s pyrophorus, 146 
Hombrecillo, 685 
Homochelidonine, 1188 
Homocinchonicine, 408 
Homocinchonidine, 407 
Homocinchonine, 407 
Homo-cocamine, 426 
Homocreosol, 457 
Homo6thincocaine, (note) 426 
Homomethincoca'ine, (note) 426 
Homo-napelline, 107 
Homopropincocaine, (note) 426 
Homopterocarpin, 1189 
Homoquinine, (note) 404, 406 
Honduras bark, 1603 
sarsaparilla, 1200 
Honey, 862 
of borate of sodium, 864 
of borax, 864 
of rose, 865 
soap, 1746 
Honeysuckle, 1712 
Honig, 862 
Honig-thee, 1809 
Hoochinoo, 1684 
Hoodwort, 1211 
Hoolakins, 1651 
Hooper’s female pills, (note) 1042 
Hop, 685 
-red, 687 
-tree, 1775 
Hope’s mixture, 1518 
Ilopfen, 685 
Hopfeoaufguss, 735 
Hopfenbaum, 1775 
Hopfenbittersaure, 686 
Hopfenmehl, 836 
Ilopfentinktur, 1388 
Hops, 685 
Hordeum, 1684 
decorticatum, 1685 
distichon, 1684 
distichum, 1716 
vulgare, 1684 
Horehound, 854 
Horse aloes, 138 
-balm,1620 
brimstone, 1313 
fat, 900 
gentian, 1820 
nutmeg, 888 
Horsechestnut, (note) 1133, 1551 
Horsemint, 1731 
Horse radish root, 230 
-radish-tree, 1746 
Horsetail, 1645 
Horseweed, 1620, 1645 
Horsford’s acid phosphates, (note) 78 
Hortus cliffortianus, (note) 339 
Hot bath, 200 
drops, 1538 
infusion, 527 
Houblon, 685 
Houll6, 1759 
Hound’s tongue, 1637 
Houseleek, 1791 
Houttuynia californica, 1685 
Houx, 1691 
Huamanripa, 1685 
Huanuco bark, 402 
coca, (note) 424 
Hubbuck’s zinc oxide, 1436 
Huechys sanguinea, (note) 318 
Huesos, 1752 
6 codos de fraile, 1814 
Huflattig, 1821 
Huile camphree, 781 
d’amandes, 921 
d’amandes douces, 921 
de bergamotte, 925 
de cade, 926 
de cajeput, 927 
de cannelle, 931 
de cantharides ter6benthinfie, 796 
de cedrat, 941 
de citron, 941 
de croton, 976 
d’ether, 916 
de fleurs d’orange, 924 
de foie de morue, 946 
de fougere mftle, 913 
de Gabian, 1018 
de grain, 1555 
de graines de Tilly, 976 
de lin, 942 
de morue, 946 
d’olive, 952 
d’orange, 924 
de palme, 1756 
de ricin, 957 
de rorqual rostre, 1747 
de sesame, 966 
de vin p6sante, 916 
Huile de vitriol, 88 
des pieds du gros b6tail, 1738 
du gas olefiant, 1612 
mineral, 1761 
phosphoree, 955 
volatile de goudron, 956 
volatile de terebenthine, 969 
volatile 6th6ree, 916 
Huldie, 1635 
Hulled barley, 1685 
Humulus, 685 
lupulus, 685 
Hundertblatterige rose, 1170 
Hunds-kamille, 1628 
-kamillenkraut, 1628 
Ilundszunge, 1637 
Hungarian balsam, 1358, 1781 
daisy, 1695 
fustic, 1667 
Huntsman’s cup, 1789 
Hura brasiliensis, 1685 
crepitans, 1685 
Husband’s magnesia, 838 
Huxham’s tincture of bark, 1380 
Hyacinthus comosus, 1733 
Hyaenanche globosa, 1686 
Hyananchine, 1686 
Hydnum repandum, 1734 
Hydracetin, 1549, 16S6 
Hydracrylic acid, 66 
Hydrangea, 1686 
arborescens, 1686 
Hydrangin, 1686 
Hydrargyri ammonio-chloridum, 711 
benzoas, 1723 
bichloridum, 688 
bromidum, 1723 
carbolas, 1724 
chloridum, 693 
chloridum corrosivum, 688 
chloridum mite, 693 
cyanidum, 697 
cyanuretum, 697 
et zinci cyanidum, 1724 
iodidum, 698 
iodidum flavum, 698 
iodidum rubrum, 701 
iodidum rubrum, Mitchell’s pro- 
cess, (note) 701 
iodidum viride, 698 
iodotannas, 1724 
nitrico-oxidum, 704 
nitrico-oxydum, 704 
oleas, 911 
oxidum flavum, 702 
oxidum nigrum, (note) 705 
oxidum rubrum, 704 
oxycyanidum, 1724 
peptonas, 1724 
perchloridutn, 688 
praecipitatum album, 711 
pyroboras, 1724 
salicylas, 1724 
subchloridum, 693 
subsulphas, 706 
subsulphas flavus, 706 
succinimidum, 1724 
sulphas flava, 706 
sulphidum rubrum, 1722 
sulphocyanas, 1724 
sulphuretum nigrum, 1686 
sulphuretum rubrum, 1722 
tannas, 1724 
Hydrargyria, 710 
Hydrargyrol, 1686 
Hydrargyrum, 707 
amidopropionicum, 1723 
ammoniatum, 711 1948 
Index. 
Hydrargyrum asparagin, 1723 
bichloratum corrosivum, 688 
biiodatum rubrum, 701 
borussicum, 697 
chloratum, 693 
chloratum mite, 693 
corrosivum sublimatum, 688 
cum creta, 712 
cyanatum, 697 
iodatum, 698 
iodatum flavum, 698 
muriaticum, 693 
oxidatum flavum, 702 
oxidatum praecipitatum, 702 
oxydatum rubruin, 704 
oxydatum via humida paratum, 
702 
praecipitatum per se, (note) 
705 
sozojodolicum, 1724 
sulfuratum rubrum, 1722 
sulphuricum flavum, 706 
tannicum oxydulatum, 1724 
Hydras ferricus, 623 
Hydrastiu, 716 
of commerce, 718 
Hydrastine, 716 
methylamine, (note) 717 
Hydrastinic acid, (note) 717 
Hydrastininse hydrochloras, 714 
Hydrastinine, 714 
hydrochlorate, 714 
Hydrastis, 715 
canadensis, (note) 714, 716 
jezoensis, 715 
rhizoma, 715 
rhizome, 715 
Hydrate de chloral, 370 
de chloral-butylique, 281 
de l’alumine, 149 
de p6roxyde de fer gSlatineux, 
623 
de phenyl, 36 
of amyl, 1555 
of butyl-chloral, 281 
of calcium, 290 
of ethylen, 118 
of lime, 290 
of methyl, 1727 
of potassa, 1070 
of potassium, 1070 
of soda, 1228 
Hydrated alumina. 149 
magnesium silicate, 1715 
oxide of amyl, 1555 
oxide of bismuth, 1488 
oxide of iron, 623 
oxide of iron with magnesia, 
625 
peroxide of iron, 623 
sesquioxide of iron, 623 
Hydric ether, 118 
Hydriodate of potassa, 1100 
Hydriodio acid, 745 
acid, dilute, 1686 
ether, 1649 
Hydroalcoholic extracts, 527 
Hydroanemonin, 1117 
Hydroberberine, (note) 717 
Hydrobilirubin, 603 
Hydrobromate of allyl, (note) 968 
of homatropine, 685 
of hyoscine, 718 
of pilocarpine, 1037 
Hydrobromic acid, diluted, 50 
acid, table of the specific gravity 
of, 52 
ether, 1647 
Ilydrobromsaure, 50 
Hydrocarbons, 326 
Hydrocarotin, 1602 
llydrochinone, 1687 
Hydrochloras inorphicus, 880 
Hydrochlorate d’ammoniaque, 157 
de chaux, 289 
de soude, 1247 
of ammonia, 157 
of apomorphine, 189 
of cocaine, 429 
of lime, 289 
of mono-ethyl-ester of morphine, 
1639 
of narcotine, (note) 989 
of strychnine, 1303 
Hydrochloric acid, 52 
acid, commercial, 55 
acid, diluted, 57 
acid gas, 56 
acid, liquid, 56 
acid, table of the specific gravity 
of, 54 
solution of arsenic, 788 
Ilydrocinchonidine, 406 
Hydrocinchonine, 407, 417 
llydrocollidine, 1776 
Ilydroconchinine, 406 
Hydrocotarnia, 991 
Hydrocotarnine, 987, 991 
Hydrocotin, 1628 
Hydrocotyle asiatica, 1688 
Hydrocyanic acid, 1617 
acid, anhj'drous, 61 
acid, diluted, 57 
acid, Scheele’s, 61 
acid, test for, 64 
ether, 1688 
Hydro-elaterin, 496 
Hydrofluoric acid, 1549, 1661 
Hydrogen arsenide, 29 
borate, 33 
di-ammonium phosphate, 162 
dioxide, solution of, 214 
nitrate, 69 
peroxide, solution of, 214 
selenide, 1688 
sulphate, 90 
sulphide, 1688 
telluride, 1688 
Hydroliydrastine hydrochlorate, 
(note) 714 
Hydrolat distill5e de fleurs d’oranger, 
208 
simple, 212 
Hydrolats, 190 
Hydromeconic acid, 996 
Hydrometer, table showing specific 
gravity corresponding with degree 
of, 1879 
Hydronaphtol, (note) 893 
Hydroquinidine, 406 
Hydroquinine, 406 
Hydroquinone, 1156, _*38, 1687 
Hydrosparteine, 1211 
Hydrosublimate of mercury, 694 
Hydrosulphuric acid, 125, 1315, 1617, 
1688 
Hydrosulphurous acid, 1252 
Ilydroterpenes, 906 
Hydrous butyl chloral, 281 
chloral, 370 
ferrous phosphate, 625 
peroxide of iron, 623 
wool fat, 115 
Hydroxy-caffeine, (note) 283 
Hydroxylamine hydrochloride, 1688 
Hydroxy-santonin, 1191 
Hygrine, 425 
Hygrol, 1688 
Hygrophila spinosa, 1579, 1688 
Hymenaea courbaril, (note) 7, 1567 
mozambicensis, 1622 
verrucosa, 1622 
Hyoglycocholic acid, 603 
Hyoscinas hydrobromas, 718 
hydrobromiduin, 718 
Hyoscine, 261, 718 
hydriodate, 721 
hydrobromate, 718 
hydrobromide, 718 
Hyoscinic acid, 721 
Hyoscyami folia, 722 
Hyoscyamia, 720 
Hyoscyaminae hydrobromas, 720 
sulphas, 720 
Hyoscyamine, 261, 720, 1291 
hydrobromate, 720 
sulphate, 720 
Hyoscyaminum sulfuricum, 720 
Hyoscyamus, 722 
albus, 723 
niger, 261, 722 
Hyoscypicrin, 723 
Ilyotaurocholic acid, 603 
Hypaphorine, 1689 
Hypaphorus subumbrans, 1689 
Hyperanthera moringa, 1746 
Hyperchlorate of potassium, 1774 
Hypericum perforatum, 1689 
red, 1689 
Hypermanganas kalicus, 1109 
potassicus, 1109 
Hyperoxymuriate of potassa, 1089 
Hypnone, 1546 
llypocaffeine, (note) 283 
Hypochlorite of calcium, 299 
of lime, 299 
Hypodermic injection of apomor- 
phine, 737 
injection of cocaine, 738 
injection of ergot, 738 
injection of ergotin, 738 
injection of morphine, 738 
injections, 737 
solution of morphine, 1515 
tablets, 737 
Hypogaeic acid, 1674, 1678 
Hyponitrous oxide, 68 
Hypophosphis calcicus, 290 
ferric us, 619 
kalicus, 1098 
potassicus, 1098 
sodicus, 1250 
Hypophosphite de chaux, 290 
de fer, 619 
de potasse, 1098 
de soude, 1250 
of iron, 619, 1509 
of lime, 290 
of soda, 1250 
Ilypophosphorous acid, 1024 
acid, diluted, 65 
oxide, 1024 
Hypopicrotoxic acid 1032 
Hypoquebrachine, 244 
Ilyposulphis sodicus, 1252 
Hyposulphite de soude, 1252 
Hyposulphites, 1803, 1804 
Hyposulphurous acid, 1315 
Hyraceum, 1689 
Hyrax capensis, 1689 
Hyssop, 1689 
Hyssope, 1689 
Hyssopus officinalis, 1689 
Hysteronica baylaliuen, 1679 Index. 
1949 
I 
Iaborandi, 1034 
Iberis amara, 1689 
Icaya, 1554 
Iceland lichen, 362 
moss, 362 
Ice-plant, 1725 
Ichthalbin, 1690 
Ichthyocolla, 724 
Ichthyocolle, 724 
Ichthyol, 1689 
albuminate, 1690 
borax casein varnish, 1793 
sulphonate of ammonium, 1689 
Icica icicariba, 1643 
Icicariba, 1643 
Ictodes foetidus, 1641 
Idrialin, 1802 
If commun, 1809 
Igasuric acid, 897 
Igasurine, 897 
Ignatia, 1690 
amara, 1690 
Ignatiusbohne, 1690 
Ignazbohnen, 1690 
Ignazbohnentinktur, 1691 
Ik kirit, 1579 
Ikaga, 1554 
Ilex, 1691 
aquifolium, 1587, 1691 
cassine, 1692 
dahoon, 1692 
mate, 1691 
opaca, 1691 
paraguaiensis, 1691 
verticillata, 1775 
vomitoria, 1692 
Ilexanthin, 1589, 1691 
Ilicic acid, 1691 
Ilicin, 1691 
Ilixanthin, 1589 
Illicium, 726 
anisatum, 174, 726 
floridanum, 726, 1691 
griffithii, 727 
magus, 727 
parviflorum, 726, 1692 
religiosum, 726 
religiosum safrol, 728 
verum, 726 
Imitation gum arabic, 384 
Iminerschon, 1673 
Immortelle, 1673 
Impatiens, 1692 
aurea, 1692 
balsamina, 1692 
biflora, 1692 
fulva, 1692 
noli-me-tangere, 1692 
noli-tangere, 1692 
pallida, 1692 
Imp6ratoire, 1692 
Imperatoria ostruthium, 110, 1692 
Imperatorin, 1692 
Imperial drink, 1081 
measure, 1873 
Impure carbonate of potassium, 1086 
oxide of zinc, 1821 
potassa, 1086 
soda, 1241 
subacetate of copper, 1634 
Inactive tartaric acid, 105 - 
Inaeine, 1297 
Incassa poison, 1692 
Incwadi, 1576 
Indelible ink, 1692 
red ink, 1693 
India gum, 6 
ink,1636 
isinglass, 725 
myrrh, 890 
opium, (note) 984 
rhubarb, 1162 
root, 1668 
rubber, 491 
senna, 1218 
Indian bdellium, 1583 
berries, 1618 
bread-root, 1809 
cannabis, 313 
chirata, 369 
cucumber, 1721 
dye, 715 
frankincense, 1748 
grass oils, 1693 
gum nuts, 1801 
hemp, 313 
ipecacuanha, 753 
paint, 1187 
pennywort, 1686 
physic, 1671 
poke, 1447 
red, 1693, 1744 
sage, 523 
sarsaparilla, 681 
soap root, 1788 
tobacco, 833 
turmeric, 715 
turnip, 1576 
yellow, 1693 
Indican, 1694 
Indicators for acidimetry, alkalim- 
etry, etc., 1839 
for volumetric estimations, 1868 
Indigo, 1693 
blue, 1694 
carmine, 1693 
sauvage, 1581 
wild, 1581 
Indigofera anil, 1693 
tinctoria, 1693 
Indigotin, 1693 
Indische feige, 1749 
Indischer hanf, 313 
hanf-extrakt, 542 
Indischhanftinktur, 1375 
Indol, 1299 
Indoxysulphonic acid, 1694 
Inee, 1295 
Inferior Bourbon vanilla, 1443 
Inflatin, 834 
Infusa, 728 
Infused oils, 1521 
Infusion jar, Alsop’s, (note) 729 
mug, Squire’s, (note) 729 
of bearberry, 737 
of bray era, 1510 
of broom, 736 
of buchu, 731 
of Calisava bark, 732 
of ealumoa, 731 
of cascarilla, 732 
of catechu, (note) 730 
of chiretta, 732 
of cinchona, 732 
of cloves, 732 
of cusparia, 733 
of dandelion, (note) 730 
of digitalis, 733 
of ergot, 734 
of fennel-seed, 641 
of foxglove, 733 
of ginger, (note) 730 
of hop, 686, 735 
of jaborandi, (note) 731 
Infusion of juniper, (note) 730 
of kousso, (note) 731, 1510 
of krameria, 734 
of linseed, (note) 731 
of matico, (note) 731 
of orange peel, 731 
of pareira brava, (note) 730 
of quassia, 735 
of rhatany, 734 
of rhubarb, 735 
of sage, (note) 730 
of senega, 736 
of senna, 736 
of serpentary, 737 
of spigelia, (note) 730 
of tar, (note) 730 
of thoroughwort, (note) 730 
of valerian, (note) 731 
of wild cherry, 735 
of yellow bark, 732 
Infusionen, 728 
Infusions, 728 
Infusum angusturae, 733 
aurantii, 731 
aurantii compositum, 731 
barosmae, 731 
brayerae, 1510 
buchu, 731 
calumbae, 731 
caryophylli, 732 
cascarillae, 732 
catechu, (note) 730 
chiratae, 732 
cinchonae, 732 
cinchonas acidum, 732 
cusparim, 733 
cusso, (note) 731 
digitalis, 733 
diosmas, 731 
ergotae, 734 
eupatorii, (note) 730 
gentianae compositum, 734 
gentianae compositum fortius, 
1510 
humuli, 735 
jaborandi, (note) 731 
juniperi, (note) 730 
krameriae, 734 
lini, (note) 731 
lupuli, 735 
maticae, (note) 731 
pareirae, (note) 730 
pectorale, (note) 1529 
picis liquidae, (note) 730 
pruni virginianae, 735 
quassias, 735 
rhei, 735 
rosas acidum, 736 
rosas compositum, 736, 1510 
salviae, (note) 730 
scoparii, 736 
senegas, 736 
sennae, 736 
sennae compositum, 737 
serpentariae, 737 
spigeliae, (note) 730 
taraxaci, (note) 730 
uvas ursi, 737 
Valerianae, (note) 731 
zingiberis, (note) 730 
Ingwer, 1483 
Ingwerpastillen, 1419 
Ingwersyrup, 1347 
Ingwertinktur, 1409 
Inhabane copal, 1623 
Inhalation of creasote, 460 
Injectio apomorphinas hypodermica, 
737 1950 
Index. 
Injectio cocainae hypodermica, 738 
ergot* hypodermica, 738 
ergotini hypodermica, (note) 
738 
morphinae hypodermica, 738 
Injectiones hypodermic*, 737 
Ink,1660 
blue, 1695, 1753 
indelible, 1692 
red indelible, 1693 
root, 1800 
Inkomankomo, 240 
Inks, colored, 1695 
Inosite, 764 
Insect powder, 1690 
Insoluble chloral, 371 
red coloring matter of cinchona, 
409 
sulphur, 1314 
Inspissated infusions, 730 
Insuccation, 537 
Inula, 738 
helenium, 738 
Inulenin, 739 
Inulin, 232, 739, 1680 
Invert sugar, 1176 
Iodacetanilid, 1696 
Iodal, 1696 
Iodaldehyde, 1556 
Iodantifebrin, 1696 
Iodate de chaux, 1599 
de potasse, 1774 
of calcium, 1599 
of iron, 1660 
of potassium, 1774 
of sesquioxide of iron, 1560 
Iodated phenol, (note) 41 
Iodcadmium, 1594 
lode, 743 
Iodic acid, 745, 1696 
alimentation, 748 
oxide, 745 
poisoning, diagnostic sign of, 
(note) 742 
Iodide of allyl, 968 
of ammonium, 159 
of ammonium, liniment of, (note) 
161 
of arsenic, 233 
of barium, 1583 
of ethyl, 1649 
of gold, 1673 
of iron, 1657 
of iron, tasteless, (note) 621 
of lead plaster, 507 
of mercury, 698 
of potassium, 1099 
of starch, (note) 747 
Iodidum cadmium, 1594 
Iodina, 743 
Iodine, 743 
albuminates, 1696 
bath, 749 
bromide, (note) 277 
caustic, 1514 
disulphide, 1309 
liniment, 1510 
lotion, 749 
ointment, 1432 
paint, 749 
trichloride, 1696 
Iodinium, 743 
Iodipin, 1696 
Iodism, 747, 1103 
Iodized camphor, (note) 750 
carbolic acid, 1487 
collodion, 439, 1490 
cotton, 750 
Iodized glycerin, 658, 749 
oil, (note) 748 
peptone, 1696 
phenol, (note) 41, 1487 
quinine hydriodate, (note) 1139 
starch, (note) 747, 1488 
syrup of horse-radish, (note) 231 
Iodo-boro-thymolate of zinc, 1569 
Iodocresine, 1818 
Iodocresol, 1632, 1818 
Iodocrol, 1603 
Iodo-eugenol, 1651 
Iodoform, 740 
and naphthalin, 1527 
collodion, (note) 439, 1490 
cotton wool, 743 
gauze, 743, 1489 
ointment, 1433 
suppositories, 1321 
Iodoforme, 740 
Iodoformized cotton, (note) 669 
Iodoformogen, 1696 
Iodoformum, 740 
aromatisatum, 1510 
Iodo-globulin, 1366 
Iodohydrargyrate of potassium, 1773 
Iodol, 1696 
Iodo-methyl-phenyl-pyrazolon, 1736 
Iodophenacetin, 1697 
Iodophenine, 1697 
Iodosulphate of quinine, 1145 
Iodotannate of mercury, 1724 
Iodo-tannin, 745 
Iodoterpin, 1697 
Iodozone, 1697 
Iodsaurer kalk, 1599 
lodum, 743 
Iodure d’amidon, (note) 747 
d’ammonium, 159 
d’arsenic, 233 
de baryum, 1583 
de cadmium, 1594 
de calcium, 1599 
d’ethyle, 1649 
de fer, 1657 
de mdthyl, 1726 
de plomb, 1064 
de potassium, 1099 
de sodium, 1253 
de soufre, 1309 
de zinc, 1476 
mercureux, 698 
mercurique, 701 
Ioduretum ammonicum, 159 
hydrargyricum, 701 
hydrargyrosum, 698 
kalicum, 1099 
plumbicum, 1064 
potassicum, 1099 
sulfuris, 1309 
Ionidium glutinosum, 1697 
ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
marcucci, (note) 753, 1697 
microphyllum, (note) 753 
parviflorum, (note) 753, 1697 
Ipecac, 750 
Ipecacuana, 750 
Ipecacuanha, 750 
lozenges, 1417 
of Carthagena, (note) 752 
of St. Martha, (note) 752 
radix, 750 
root, 750 
wine, 1465 
Ipecacuanha des CStes d’Or, (note) 
752 
Ipecacuanhasyrup, 1336 
Ipecacuanic acid, 754 
Ipoh, 1575 
aker, 1575 
Ipomoea hederacea, (note) 759, 1764 
jalapa, 757 
macrorrhiza, 757, (note) 761 
orizabensis, 759 
pandurata, (note) 758, 1621 
purga, 757 
sitnulans, (note) 760 
triloba, (note) 759 
turpethum, 1820 
Iridin, 757 
Iridoline, 1617 
Iris, 756 
de Florence, 1750 
florentina, 756, 1750 
foetidissima, 756 
germanica, 756 
pseudo-acorus, 756 
tuberosa, 756, 1683 
versicolor, 756 
Irish moss, 383 
moss emulsion of cod-liver oil, 
1502 
moss gelatin, 1509 
whiskey, (note) 125 
Irisin, 757 
Irlandisches moos, 383 
Iron, 632 
and ammonium citrate, 609 
and ammonium tartrate, 612 
and bismuth citrate, 1657 
and magnesium citrate, 1657 
and potassium albuminate, 1657 
and potassium tartrate, 613 
and quinine citrate, 614 
and quinine lactate, (note) 622 
and sodium albuminate, 1657 
and strychnine citrate, 618 
and strychnine lactate, (note) 
622 
arsenate, 604 
barks, 520 
by hydrogen, 636 
filings, 636 
iodates, 1658 
iodide, tasteless, (note) 621 
peptonate, 1660 
phosphate, 625 
pill, 1045 
plaster, 501 
reduced by hydrogen, 636 
wine, 1464 
wire, 636 
-wood, 1697 
Isaconitine, 107 
Isaheptoic acid, 939 
Isapiol, 1570 
Isatis tinctoria, 1694, 1697 
Isinglass, 724 
plaster, 502 
Islandisches absud, 478 
decoct, 478 
flechte, 362 
moos, 362 
Isoaconitine, 107 
Isoamyl angelicate, 176 
tiglinate, 176 
Isoamylamine, 948, 1760 
Isobutyl angelicate, 176 
nitrite, (note) 168 
Isobutyldichloramine, 1561 
Isobutylic ether, 176 
Isobutyric acid, 232 
Isocetic acid, 1582 
Isodulcite, 1133, 1176 
Isoeugenol, 1444 
Isoheptoic acid, 939 Index. 
1951 
Isohesperidin, 251 
Isolinoleic acid, 943 
Isomaltose, 1176 
Isonandra gutta, 1677 
Esonicotine, 1349 
Isonitroso-anilacetone, (note) 727 
Isop, 1689 
Isopelletierine, 671 
Isophlorizin, 1766 
Isophotosantonic acid, (note) 1192 
Isophotosantonin, (note) 1192 
Isoprene, 492 
Isopropyl benzaldehyde, 1365 
Isopropyline, (note) 426 
Isopropyl-para-methyl-benzene, 1633 
Isopyrine, 1697 
Isopyrum thalictroides, 1697 
Isorottlerin, 765 
Isosafrol, 960 
Iso-terebenthene, 970 
Isovaleric acid, 1825 
Iso-valeryl-p-phenetidine, 1825 
Isovitinic acid, 306 
Iso-xylene, 1617 
Issue-peas, 1697 
Isutan, 1587 
Isuvitinic acid, 306 
Itaconic acid, 46 
Italian castor oil, (note) 959 
Italienische pillen, 1041 
Itrol, 1573 
Iva, 1549 
Ivain, 1549 
Ivaol, 1549 
Ivette, 1554 
Ivory black, 326 
Ivraie, 1711 
Ivy, 1679 
Ivy-gum, 1679 
J 
Jabon, 1193 
Jaborandi, 1034 
folia, 1034 
leaves, 1034 
Jaboric acid, 1037 
Jaborine, 1036 
Jacaranda, 1697 
Jack-in-the-pulpit, 1576 
Jackson’s cough syrup, 1535 
pectoral syrup, 1535 
Jacobskraut, 1791 
Jafferabad aloes, 138 
Jaggary, 1177, 1784 
Jalap, 757 
<iigit<3, (note) 761 
digite majeur, (note) 760 
stalks, (note) 761 
Jalapa, 757 
Jalapae resina, 1152 
Jalape, 757 
Jalapen-extrakt, 574 
Jalapenharz, 1152 
Jalapenknollen, 757 
Jalapentinktur, 1391 
Jalapenwurzel, 757 
Jalapic acid, 759, (note) 761 
Jalapin, 759, (note) 761, 1207 
Jalapinol, (note) 761 
Jalapinolic acid, 759 
Jamaica dogwood, 1769 
, ginger, 1483 
kino, 767 
nutmeg, (note) 887 
pepper, 1050 
sarsaparilla, 1199, 1200 
Jamaicine, 1593 
Jamboo, 1650 
Jamborandi, 1034 
Jambosa root, 1697 
Jambosin, 1697 
Jambu-assu, 1697 
Jambul, 1650 
James’s antimon-pulver, 1119 
powder, 1119 
Jamestown weed, 1290 
Janeway’s pills, 1523 
Janipha manihot, 1720, 1808 
Japaconine, 107 
Japaconitine, 107, (note) 110 
Japan camphor, 307 
sago, 1784 
varnish, 1554 
varnish-tree, 1554 
wax, 353 
Japanese aconite, 110 
agar-agar, 1666 
angelica, 1564 
calamus, 286 
isinglass, (note) 725 
oil of camphor, (note) 310 
valerian, (note) 1439 
wax, (note) 354 
Jargonelle pear essence, 1665 
Jarra, 1221 
Jarrinha, 1221 
Jasmin sauvage, 648 
Jasminum grandiflorum, 1746 
officinale, 1746 
sambac, 1746 
Jatamansi root, 1316 
Jateorrhiza calumba, 295 
palmata, 295 
Jatropha curcas, 978, 1582 
macrorhiza, 1697 
manihot, 1808 
multifida, 1582 
oil, 1582 
urens, 1582 
Jauneamer, 1767 
Java cardamon, (note) 333 
coffee, 1596 
plum, 1650 
vanilla, 1443 
Javanine, 407 
Javelle’s water, 1516, 1615 
Jeeoleic acid, 948 
Jeffersonia diphylla, 1698 
Jellies, 1698 
Jelly tea, 1792 
Jensen’s pepsin, (note) 1013 
Jequirity, 1545 
Jerubeba, 488 
Jerusalem cherry, 488 
oak, 367 
Jervine, 1448, 1826 
Jesuits’ drops, 1374 
powder, 414 
Jewel-weed, 1692 
Jicama, 1697 
Jimson weed, 1290 
Joannesia brasiliensis, 1745 
gomesii, 1745 
princeps, 1745 
Job’s tears, 1620 
Jod, 743 
Jodammonium, 159 
Jodathyl, 1649 
Jodbarium, 1583 
Jodblei. 1064 
-pilaster, 507 
Jodbleisalbe, 1434 
Jodcalcium, 1599 
Jodeisen, 1657 
Jodkalium, 1099 
Jodkaliumsalbe, 1434 
Jodkalium-seifenliniment, 783 
Jodmethyl, 1-726 
Jodnatrium, 1253 
Jodquecksilber-arsenik-losung, 791 
Jodquecksilbersalbe, 1429 
Jodsalbe, 1432 
Jodsaures kali, 1774 
Jodschwefel, 1309 
Jodschwefelsalbe, 1435 
Jodtinktur, 1389 
Jodwasserstoffather, 1649 
Jodzink, 1476 
Johannesine, 1745 
Johanniskraut, 1689 
Johanniswurzel, 239 
Johnny-jump-up, 1827 
Johnston’s fluid beef, 1655 
Jordan almond, 166 
Joubarbe &cre, 1791 
Juar, 1105 
Judas tree, 1608 
Judendornbeeren, 1834 
Judenkirsche, 1766 
Juglandic acid, 763 
Juglandine, 764 
Juglans, 762, 1603 
cathartica, 763 
cinerea, (note) 761, 762 
nigra, 763 
regia, 762, 1779 
Juglon, 764 
Juice of belladonna, 1307 
of broom, 1307 
of buckthorn, (note) 642 
of conium, 1307 
of dandelion, 1307 
of hyoscyamus, 1307 
of taraxacum, 1307 
Juices, 1306 
Jujubae, 1834 
Jujube, 1834 
Juliana, 1114 
Juniper, 1698 
berries, 1698 
camphor, 940 
tar, 1056 
tar oil, 926 
Juniperus, 1698 
bermudiana, 1699 
communis, 939, 1698 
depressa, 1698 
lycia, 1747 
oxycedrus, 926 
phcenicea, 1747 
sabina, 1173, 1699 
virginiana, 1174, 1698 
Jurubeba, 1699 
Jute, carbolized, 42 
K 
Kadmium, 1594 
Kadmiumjodiir, 1594 
Kadmiumsulfat, 1594 
Ksempferia rotunda, 1833 
Kaempferid, 1668 
Kaeva, 1596 
Kaffee, 1596 
Kainite, Till 
Kairin, 1699 
Kairine, 1699 
Kairoline, 1699 
Kaiserling’s solution, 1662 
Kaiserwurz, 1692 
Kakao butter, 973 
Kakelah seghar, 332 
Kakodylic acid, (note) 21 
Kalabarbohne, 1026 1952 
Index. 
Kalabarbohnen-extralct, 585 
Kaladana seeds, (note) 759 
Kali aceticum, 1075 
arsenicosum solutum, 817 
bicarbonicum, 1076 
bichromicum, 1078 
bitartaricum, 1079 
carbonicurn, 1084 
causticum fusum, 1070 
chloricum, 1089 
chromicum rubrum, 1078 
citricum, 1091 
hydricum fusum, 1070 
hydricum solutum, 815 
hydriodicum, 1099 
hypermanganicum crystallisa- 
tum, 1109 
hypophosphorosum, 1098 
muriaticum oxygenatum, 1089 
nitricum, 1105 
oxymuriaticum, 1089 
purum, 1070 
sulfurosum, 1773 
tartaricum, 1112 
tartaricum boraxatum, (note) 
1080 
Kalicus, 1075 
Kalikutki, 1768 
Kalilauge, 815 
Kalimetall, 1070 
Kalisalpeter, 1105 
Ivalisaya-rindenaufguss, 732 
Kalisehwefelleber, 1073 
Kaliseife, 1198 
Kalium, 1070 
borussicum, 1096 
bromatum, 1082 
cyanatum, 1092 
ferrocyanatura, 1096 
hydrat, 1070 
iodatum, 1099 
jodat, 1774 
sulfocyanat, 1774 
sulfuratum, 1073 
sulfuricum, 1111 
Kalk, 298 
Kalkliniment, 781 
Kalksyrup, 1330 
Kalkwasser, 793 
Kalliphyllon, 1550 
Kalmia angustifolia, 1563, 1700 
glauca, 1700 
latifolia, 1563, 1699 
Kalmie, 764, 1699 
Kalmuswurzel, 286 
Kalumbo, 295 
Kamala, 764 
Kamoela, 764 
Kamille, 861 
Kamillenblumen, 861 
Kamna-fuga, (note) 1525 
Kampeschenholz, 679 
Kampfer, 306 
quecksilbersalbe, 1429 
Kampferliniment, 781 
Kampferspiritus, 1279 
Kampferwasser, 209 
Kampher, 306 
Kampmannia fra.xinifolia, (note) 
1466 
Kanariensamen, 1600 
Kandaharee hing, 236 
Kandol, 1700 
Kantharide, 316 
Kaolin, 766, 1700 
Kaolinum, 760 
Kao-pen, 1707 
Kapseln dcs weissen mohns, 1007 
Kardamomentinktur, 1377 
Karua puttay, 418 
Kasepappel, 1717 
Kaskarilla-aufguss, 732 
Kaskarillrinde, 338 
Kaskarilltinktur, 1377 
Kassu, (note) 347 
Kastanie, 342 
Kastanienblatter, 342 
Kastina elegans, (note) 7 
Kat, 1605 
Katechu, 344 
Katechupastillen, 1415 
Katechutinktur, 1377 
Katine, 1606 
Katzenmiinze, 1605 
Katzenpfotchen, 1673 
Kauri gum, 1700 
Kaustisches kali, 1070 
Kautschuk, 491 
Kava, 1579 
Kavahin, 1579 
Kavaine, 1579 
Kawine, 1579 
Kayuputieh, 927 
Kebabeh, 465 
Keboe cubebs, (note) 465 
Keeley cure, 253 
Kefir, 1700 
-seed, 1700 
Kekune oil, 1556 
Kellerhals, 869 
Kellerhalsrinde, 869 
Kellin, 1559 
Kelp, 744, 1241 
process, (note) 744 
Kelp-ware, 1666 
Kengashi, (note) 759 
Kentucky mahogany, 1678 
Kephir, 1700 
-seed, 1700 
Keratin, 1700 
Kerines, 430 
mineral, 185, 186 
Kermesbeerenwurzel, 1030 
Kerner’s test for quinine, (note) 1145 
Kerosene, 1761 
Kerunfel, 336 
Kesso root, (note) 1439 
Ketones, 310 
Khctt, 160 
Khaya senegalensis, 1806 
Kickxia africana, 1295 
Kiesserite, 844 
Kiew, 1732 
Kina du Rio Nunez, 1641 
Kinderpulver, 1125 
Kinds of charcoal, 327 
King’s yellow, 1750 
Kinic acid, 404, 408 
Kino, 766 
juice, (note) 769 
of Colombia, 768 
red, 767 
-tannic acid, 766 
Kinoic acid, 767 
Kino'in, 767 
Kinone, 408 
Kinotinktur, 1392 
Kinovic acid, 405, 409, 1818 
bitter, 408 
Kinovin, 408 
Kirsch, 219 
Kirschlorbcer, 775 
Kirschlorbeerwasser, 218 
Klapperrose, 1166 
Klapperschlangenwurzel, 1212 
Klatschrosen, 1166 
Klatschrosensaft, 1341 
Klauenol, 1738 
Klebkraut, 1668 
Kleebaum, 1775 
Kleesaure, 1752 
Kleine cardamomen, 332 
Kleinste niesswurz, 1623 
Klettenwurzel, 775 
Knight’s spur, 1639 
Knoblauch, 133 
Knoblauchsyrup, 1327 
Knob-weed, 1620 
Knochen-asche, 1752 
Knochenkohle, 326 
Knollige schwalbenwurzel, 238 
Knoppern, 1825 
Knorpeltang, 383 
Knotenwurz, 1791 
Knot-grass, 1589 
-root, 1620 
Kochsalz, 1247 
Koellia flexulosa, 1777 
Koenigin, 1636 
Kohlbaumrinde, 1593 
Kohlensaure magnesia, 841 
magnesialosung, 809 
Kohlensaures ammonium, 155 
-kali, 1084 
lithon, 829 
natron, 1241 
zinkoxyd, 1472 
Kohlensaurewasser, 201 
Kohlenstoff, 325 
Koji, 1807 
Kokkelskorner, 1618 
Kokosnussol, 1619 
Kola nuts, 1800 
red, 1800 
Kolanin, 1800 
Kolanuss, 1800 
Kolatannic acid, 1800 
Kolatannin, 1800 
Kolbenmoos, 836 
Kolnerwasser, 1799 
Kolombo infusion, 731 
-tinkt.ur, 1375 
Kolophonium, 1151 
Koloquinten, 441 
-extrnkt, 554 
Koloquintenmark, 441 
Koinb6 poison, 1296 
Koinbic acid, 1297 
Konigin der nacht, 1593 
Konigskerze, 1826 
Konigswasser, 74 
Koonti, 1809 
Koosso, 473 
Koppeschaar’s solution, 1843 
Koralle, 1623 
Kordofan gum, 4 
Koriander, 456 
Korianderol, 934 
Kornbranntwein, 1280 
Kornmutter, 511 
Kosin, 474 
Kossala, 1701 
Kosso, 473 
Kossotoxine, 474 
Kottak-karandai, 1798 
Koumys, 1701 
of June, 1701 
of September, 1701 
Koussinate of sodium, 474 
Kousso, 473 
Kowli seeds, 977 
Kraemer’s test, 1546 
Kraftmehl, 170 
Krahenaugen, 896 Index. 
1953 
Krahenaugentinktur, 1396 
Krameria, 770 
and cocaine lozenge, 1417 
argentea, 770 
ixina, 770 
lanceolata, (note) 770 
lozenge, 1417 
-tannic acid, 771 
tomentosa, (note) 770 
triandra, 770 
Kramerise radix, 770 
Krameric acid, 771 
Krappwurzel, 1781 
Kratzbohnen, 1733 
Krebsaugen, 1629 
Krebssteine, 1629 
Krebswurz, 1750 
Kreidenmixtur, 872 
Kreidepastillen, 1415 
Kreosol, 675 
Kreosot, 456 
-mixtur, 872 
Kreosotsalbe, 1425 
Kreosotum, 456 
Kreosotwasser, 212 
Kresamin, 1631, 1702 
Kreutzblume, 1771 
Kreutzkraut, 1791 
Kreuzkiimmel, 1633 
Kropfwurz, 1791 
Krotonol-liniment, 782 
Kruidnagel, 336 
Krummholzol, 1781 
Kryofine, 1702 
Kryolite, 1244 
Kubeben, 465 
Kubebenol, 934 
Kubebenpastillen, 1415 
Kubebentinktur, 1382 
Kiichensehelle, 1117 
Kuhkratze, 1733 
Kiihlwasser, 815 
Kukui oil, 1556 
Kukukskraut, 1601 
Kuli seeds, 977 
Kiimmel, 335 
Kiimmelol, 929 
KUmmelwasser, 210 
Kumys, 1701 
Kumyss, 1510 
Kunch, 1545 
Kupfer, 470 
Kupferdraht, 470 
Kupferoxyd, 1623 
Kupfersulfat, 468 
Kupfervitriol, 468 
Kiirbissamen, 1011 
Kurkuma, 1635 
Kuromatsu, 1360 
Kurundu, 418 
Kurung oil, 1772 
Kus es salahin, 1605 
Kusso, 473 
Kutchina opium, (note) 984 
Kuteeragum, 1684 
Kutera gum, 1583 
Kyanol, 1565 
L 
Laabessenz, 1779 
Labarraque’s solution, 823 
Labdanum, 1702 
Labordin, 1563 
Labrador tea, 1707 
Laburnine, 1638 
Laburnum, 1637 
vulgare, 1-637 
Lac, 1702, 1728 
ammoniaci, 509 
asafoetidae, 510 
dye, 1702, 1703 
fermentatum, 1510 
sulphuris, 1310 
Lacca, 1702 
coerulea, 1711 
in placentis, 1703 
musica, 1711 
Laccaic acid, 1703 
Laccin, 1703 
Lachgas, 1742 
Laehryma scammony, (note) 1206 
Lack, 1702 
Lackmus, 1711 
Lacmus, 1711 
Lacquer plant, (note) 354 
Lactarius deliciosus, 1735 
Lactas ferrosus, 621 
zincicus, 1834 
Lactate de fer, 621 
of iron, 621 
of zinc, 1834 
Lactic acid, 65 
acid, diluted, 68 
acid sticks, (note) 68 
Lactide, 67 
Lactin, 1181 
Lactone, 944 
Lactophenin, 1704 
Lactose, 1181 
Lactosin, 1134, 1176 
Lactuca altissima, 772 
elongata, 772 
sativa, 772 
scariola, 772 
virosa, 772, 982 
Lactucarium, 772 
syrup, 1337 
Lactucerin, (note) 773 
Lactuceryl alcohol, (note) 774 
Lactucic acid, (note) 773 
Lactucin, 773 
Lactucone, (note) 773 
Lactucopikrin, (note) 774 
Lactylamidophenolethylcarbonate, 
1559 
Lactyl-phenetidine, 1704 
Lada, 1051 
Ladanum, 1702 
Ladies’ mantle, 1555 
slipper, 475 
slipper root, 475 
Lady Webster’s dinner, pills, 1042 
Laevogyre inosite, 244 
Laevo-menthol, 868 
Lsevo-phellandrene, 519, 728 
Laevopimaric acid, 1055 
Laevo-pinene, 970 
Lasvo-tartaric acid, 105 
Laevulin, 1806 
Lafayette mixture, 1519 
Lagam balsam, 1704 
Lagenaria vulgaris, 1633 
Lager beer, 1460, 1716 
Lait ammoniacal, 509 
d’amandes, 510 
d’asafoetida, 510 
de ga'iae, 874 
de soufre, 1310 
Laitier, 1771 
Lake, 432 
water, 196 
Lakes, 1704 
Lakriz, 565 
Lakrizen-mixtur, 873 
Lakrizensaft, 565 
Lamellae, 774 
atropinae, 774 
cocainae, 774 
homatropinae, 774 
physostigminae, 774 
Laminaria bulbosa, 744 
digitata, 330, 744, 1666 
saccharina, 744 
stenophylla, 1666 
Lamine, 1704 
Lamium album, 1704 
Lamotte’s drops, 1538 
Lamp-black, 325 
Lana gossypii, 668 
philosophica, 1478 
Lanahoria, 1601 
Lancaster black drop, 13 
Landolphia florida, 491 
owariensis, 491 
Landtia schimperi, 1834 
Langer kiimmel, 1633 
Langue de chien, 1637 
Lanolin, 115 
alcohol, 115 
Lanoline, 115 
Lanolinic acid, 115 
Lantana brasiliensis, 1704 
Lantanine, 1704 
Lanthanii nitras, 1704 
Lanthan’um nitrate, 1704 
Lanthopx*, 994 
Lanthopine, 987, 994 
Lanugo gossypii, 668 
Lapfenkorn, 511 
Lapilli cancrorum, 1629 
Lapis bezoar occidentalis, 1587 
bezoar orientalis, 1587 
calaminaris, 1598 
causticus chirurgorum, 1070 
divinus, 470 
infernalis, 227 
lazuli, 1822 
smiridis, 1644 
smiris, 1644 
Lappa, 775 
major, 776 
minor, 776 
tomentosa, 776 
Lappaconitine, (note) 109 
Laque, 1702 
Laquebleu, 1711 
Larch, 1361 
bark, 1704 
needle oil, 1363 
Larchenrinde, 1704 
Larchenschwamm, 1552 
Lard, 112 
oil, 915 
-oil group of fixed oils, 900 
Lardo, 112 
Large brown-fruited juniper, 926 
cardamom, (note) 333 
false cubebs, (note) 465 
galangal, 1668 
senega, (note) 1212 
Larger cardamom, 332 
striated ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
undulated ipecacuanha, (note) 
752 
Laricis cortex, 1704 
Larinus maculatus, (note) 851 
Larix, 1359 
cedrus, (note) 851 
europaea, (note) 850, 1359, 1704 
Ieptolepis, 1552 
sibirica, 1552 
Larixine, 1704 
Larixinic acid, 1704 1954 
Index. 
Lark’s claw, 1639 
Larkspur, 1639 
Larrea mexicana, 1702, 1797 
Lastrea filix mas, (note) 240 
Latakia tobacco, (note) 1348 
Latbyrismus, 1705 
Lathyrus sativus, 1705 
Latwergen, 443 
Lauch, 1707 
Laudania, 992 
Laudanine, 987, 992 
Laudanosia, 993 
Laudanosine, 987, 993 
Laudanum, 1396 
liquidum, 1398 
of Sydenham, 1465 
Laughing gas, 68, 1742 
Laurel, 1699 
oil, 900 
Laurie acid, 975, 1705 
Laurier benzoin, 1584 
-cerise, 775 
commun, 1705 
rose, 1739 
Laurin, 1705 
Laurocerasi folia, 775 
Laurocerasin, 776 
Lauroceraso, 775 
Laurose, 1739 
Laurostearic acid, 362 
Laurostearin, 1705, 1767 
Laurotetanine, 1705 
Laurus benzoin, 264, 1584 
camphora, 306 
cassia, 419 
cinnamomum, 419 
culilaban, 1633 
nobilis, 1285, 1705 
pichurim, 1766 
sassafras, 1204 
variifolia, 1204 
Lavande, 1705 
tristc, 1800 
Lavandelblumen, 1705 
Lavendelbliithen, 1705 
Lavandelol, 940 
Lavandelspiritus, 1283 
Lavandula, 1705 
spica, 940 
vera, 940, 1705 
Lavender, 1705 
drops, 1393 
flowers, 1705 
water, 1283 
Lavendola, 1705 
Lawsonia alba, 1706 
inermis, 1557, 1706 
Laxative elixir, 1499 
pills after confinement, 1524 
species, 1529 
Lazulite, 1822 
Lead, 1057 
acetate, 1060 
acetate ointment, 1433 
and opium wash, 1518 
arsenate, 1759 
carbonate, 1062 
carbonate ointment, 1434 
chamber crystals, 88 
dioxide, 1058 
iodide, 1064 
iodide ointment, 1434 
iodide plaster, 507 
monoxide, 1058, 1771 
nitrate, 1065 
nitro-saccharatc, 1706 
oleate, 506,1521 
oxide, 1066 
Lead plaster, 505 
ricinoleate varnish, 1793 
saccharate, 1706 
sesquioxide, 1058 
subacetate, crystallized, (note) 
1061 
subacetate ointment, 1426 
tannate, 1706 
water, 815 
Lead wort, 1770 
Leaf isinglass, 724 
tobacco, 1347 
Leather flower, 1617 
wood, 1640 
Leaves of amygdalus persica, 1759 
of podophyllum peltatum, 1069 
Leberklette, 1553 
Leberthran, 946 
Lecanora esculenta, (note) 850 
tartarea, 1711 
Lecanoric acid, 1711 
Leche de popa, 1580 
Lecithine, 1706 
Leclanchfi battery fluid, 1513 
Leditannic acid, 1706 
Ledixanthin, 1706 
Ledon, 1706 
Ledoyen’s disinfecting solution, 1066 
Ledum camphor, 1706 
groenlandicum, 1707 
latifolium, 1707 
palustre, (note) 1438, 1706 
Leech, 682 
Leek, 133, 1707 
Legno della quassia, 1129 
di Campeggio, 678 
guaiaco, 673 
Legrip’s cereometer, 353 
Leinkraut, 1569 
Leinol, 942 
Leinsame, 786 
Leinsamenol, 942 
Leipsic yellow, 1615 
Lemnian bole, 1590 
Lemon, 777, 778 
balm, 865 
juice, 778 
peel, 777 
yellow, 1615 
Lemons, 777 
Lenigallol, 1669 
Lenirobin, 385, 1669 
Leiio de quassia, 1129 
Lentisk, 859 
Leonotis leonurus, 1707 
Leontice thalictroides, 348 
Leontin, 349 
Leontodon taraxacum, 1354 
Leonurus cardiaca, 1707 
Leopard-tree, 1661 
-tree gum, 1661 
Leopard’s bane, 231 
Lepargyrea argentea, 1792 
Lepidium sativum, 900 
Lepidolite, 145, 829 
Lepra mercurialis, 10 
Leptamnium virginianum, 1750 
Leptandra, 776 
purpurea, 776 
virginiea, 776 
-wurzel, 776 
-wurzel-extrakt, 577 
Leptandrin, 577, 777 
Leptilon canadense, 1646 
Lerp, (note) 851 
Lesser cardamom, 332 
periwinkle, 1826 
striated ipeoncuanha, (note) 752 
Lessive caustique, 815 
Lettuce, 772 
opium, 773 
Leucanthemum, 1695 
Leucine, 1758 
Leucodrin, 1775 
Leucol, 1565 
Leu coline, 1610, 1617 
Leucothoe racemosa, 1563 
Leucotin, 1628 
Levant galbanum, 643 
wormseed, 1190 
Levigation, 461 
Levisticum officinale, 1707 
Levulin, 739, 1680 
Levulose, 739, 1176 
Lewisia rediviva, 1707 
Ley, (note) 1442 
Liatris odoratissima, 1707, 1817 
scariosa, 1707 
spicata, 1707 
squarrosa, 1707 
Libocedrus bidwillii, 1699 
decurrens, 1699 
Lichen d’Islande, 362 
islandicus, 362 
starch, 363 
-stearic acid, 364 
Lichene islandico, 362 
Lichenin, 363, 1176 
Lichenoid, 363 
Licopodio, 836 
Licorice, 565 
root, 664 
Liebfrauenstroh, 1668 
Liebig’s extract of beef, 1654 
fleischextrakt, 1654 
Liebreich’s cantharidal solution, 322 
Liebstockel, 1707 
LiSge, 1625 
Lierre terrestre, 1672 
Life-everlasting, 1568, 1673 
Light carbonate of magnesium, 841 
daturine, 1291 
jalap, (note) 761 
magnesia, 837 
magnesium carbonate, 841 
oil of tar, 266 
oil of wine, 917 
wines, 1453 
Lignin, 1176 
Lignoceric acid, 1674 
Lignum benedictum, 673 
campechianum, 678 
coeruleum, 678 
colubrinum, 896 
guajaci, 673 
sanctum, 673 
santalinum rubrum, 1189 
vitse, 673 
Ligroin, 1707 
Ligroine, 1707 
Ligulin, 1707 
Ligusticum, 1707 
filicinum, 1707 
levisticum, 1707 
sinense, 1707 
Ligustrin, 1707, 1806 
Ligustron, 1707 
Ligustrum vulgare, 1707 
Lilac, 1806 
Lilacin, 1806 
Lilium bulbiferum, 1708 
candidum, 1707 
convallium, 451 
Lily of the valley, 451 
Lima oil, 1762 
Limailles de fer, 636 
Leucol, 1565 Index. 
1955 
Limatura de hierro, 636 
di ferro, 636 
ferri, 636 
Lime, 298, 778 
chloride of, 299 
hydrate of, 290 
hydrochlorate of, 289 
hypophosphite of, 290 
juice, 45, 778 
juice and pepsin, 1530 
liniment, 781 
muriate of, 289 
ointment, 299 
sulphate of, 293 
test for balsam of Peru, 256 
water, 793 
Limeseed oil, 778 
Liming, 195 
Limonade au citrate de magnSsie, 810 
Limonen, 777 
Limonene, 941 
Limonensaft, 778 
Limonenschale, 777 
Limones, 777 
Limoni, 777 
Limonis cortex, 777 
pericarpium, 777 
succus, 778 
Limonium carolinianum, 1800 
Limons, 777 
Linaire commune, 1569 
Linalool, 456, 934, 940 
acetate, 926 
Linamarin, 786 
Linaria vulgaris, 1569 
linaria, 1569 
Linaza, 786 
Linden, 1708 
Lindera benzoin, 1584 
Ling, 947 
Lini semina, 786 
Liniment ammoniacal, 780 
au chloroforme, 782 
calcaire, 781 
camphre, 781 
camphre ammoniacal, 782 
crotonne, 782 
d’aconit, 780 
de belladone, 781 
mercuriel, 782 
of aconite, 780 
of aconite and chloroform, 1510 
of ammonia, 780 
of ammonium iodide, (note) 161, 
1510 
of belladonna, 781 
of camphor, 781 
of chloroform, 782 
of croton oil, 782, 1511 
of iodide of ammonium, (note) 
161 
of iodide of potassium and soap, 
783 
of iodine, 808 
of lead subacetate, 1511 
of lime, 780 
of mercury, 782 
of mustard, 784 
of opium, 783 
of potassium iodide with soap, 
783 
of soft soap, 784 
of subacetate of lead, (note) 815 
of turpentine, 785 
of turpentine and acetic acid, 
785 
opiace, 783 
955 
Liniment, saturn6, 815 
savonneux camphrS, 783 
savonneux iodurS, 783 
sinapisg compost;, 784 
terebenthinS, 785 
terebenthine acetique, 785 
volatil, 780 
Linimenta, 780 
Linimente, 780 
Liniments, 780 
Linimentum aconiti, 780 
aconiti et chloroformi, 1510 
aeruginis, (note) 1634 
album, 1511 
ammoniacale, 780 
ammoniae, 780 
ammoniatum, 780 
ammonii iodidi, 1510 
belladonnae, 781 
calcis, 781 
camphorae, 781 
camphor® ammoniatum, 782 
camphoratum, 781 
cantharidis, 796, 1510 
chloroformi, 782 
crotonis, 782, 1511 
hydrargyri, 782 
iodi, 1510 
mercuriale, 782 
opii, 783 
opii compositum, 1511 
plumbi subacetatis, 815, 1511 
potassii iodidi cum sapone, 783 
saponato-camphoratum, 1511 
saponato-camphoratum liqui- 
dum, 783 
saponis, 783 
saponis camphoratum, 784 
saponis mollis, 784 
sinapis, 784 
sinapis compositum, 784 
terebinthin®, 785 
terebinthin® aceticum, 785,1511 
tiglii, 1511 
tiglii compositum, 1511 
volatile, 780 
Linin, 1709 
Linoleic acid, 943 
Linolein, 943 
Linolenic acid, 943 
Linoxyn, 943 
Linseed, 786 
meal, 787 
oil, 942 
-oil group of fixed oils, 900 
Lint, 1708 
Linteum carptum, 1708 
Linum, 786 
eatharticum, 1708 
contusum, 786 
perenne, 900 
usitatissimum, 786, 942 
Lion’s foot, 1737 
Lipanin, 1709 
Lippia mexicana, 1709 
Lippiol, 1709 
Liquefied carbolic acid, 42 
phenol, 42 
Liquen islandico, 362 
Liqueur anodine d’Hoffmann, 1268 
anodine nitreuse, 1269 
arsenicale de Fowler, 817 
arsenicale hydrochlorique, 788 
d’acetate de fer, 797 
d’ammoniaque, 203 
d’ammoniaque vineuse, 1275 
d’arseniate de soude, 825 
de Donovan, 791 
Liqueur de Labarraque, 823 
des Hollandais, 1612 
hemostatique de Monsel, 804 
nervine de Bang, 1268 
Liquid anethol, 923 
bismuth, 1512 
extract of belladonna, 544 
extract of cascara sagrada, 548, 
588 
extract of cimicifuga, 549 
extract of cinchona, 550, (note) 
552 
extract of coca, 552 
extract of dandelion, 599 
extract of ergot, 560 
extract of hamamelis, 569 
extract of hydrastis, 570 
extract of ipecacuanha, 572 
extract of jaborandi, 586 
extract of liquorice, 567 
extract of male fern, 563, 913 
extract of nux vomica, 580 
extract of opium, 584 
extract of pareira, 584 
extract of sarsaparilla, 592 
glue, (note) 1331, 1672 
hydrastis, (note) 718 
hydrochloric acid, 56 
iron peptonate, 1660 
kino, (note) 769 
opodeldoc, 783 
paraffin, 1016 
pepsin, (note) 1015 
Persian galbanum, 643 
petrolatum, 1016 
phosphorus, (note) 1024 
principle of oils, 902 
rennet, 1516 
storax, 1304, 1709 
waxes, 901 
Liquidambar, 1709 
altingia, (note) 1305, 1709 
formosana, (note) 1305 
orientalis, 1304 
styraciflua, (note) 1304, 1709 
Liquirizia, 664 
Liquor acidi arsenosi, 788 
acidi chromici, 788 
acidi phosphorici, (note) 78 
acidi phosphorici compositus, 
(note) 78, 1511 
adhesivus, 1660 
alumini acetatis, 1511 
alumini acetico-tartratis, 1512 
ammoni®, 203 
ammonias acetatis, 788 
ammoniae fortior, 205 
ammonii acetatis, 788 
ammonii acetatis eoncentratus, 
1512 
ammonii acetici, 788 
ammonii caustici, 203 
ammonii caustici spirituosus, 
1275 
ammonii citratis, 790, (note) 
1512 
ammonii citratis fortior, 1512 
ammonii ergotinatus, 1645 
anaestheticus, 1613 
anodynus mineralis Hoffmanni, 
1268 
arseni et hydrargyri iodidi, 791 
arsenicalis, 817 
arsenici chloridi, 788 
arseniei et hydrargyri iodidi, 791 
arsenici hydrochloricus, 788 
arsenii broinidi, 1516 
atropimo sulphatis, 791 1956 
Index. 
Liquor auri et arseni bromidi, 1512 
barii chloridi, 1583 
bismuthi, 702, 1512 
bismuthi concentratus, 1509 
bismuthi et ammonii citras, 792 
bromi, 1512 
calcii chloridi, (note) 290 
calois, 793 
calcis chlorinat®, 794 
calcis saccharatus, 1330 
calcis sulphurat®, 1512 
calumb® concentratus, 795 
caoutchouc, 795 
carbonis detergens, 813 
carmini, 1513 
chiratae concentratus, 795 
chlori, 210 
coccineus, 1513 
cuspari® concentratus, 796 
electropoeicus, 1513 
epispastieus, 796 
ethyl nitritis, 796 
extracti glycyrrhiz®, 1513 
ferri acetatis, 797 
ferri acetici, 797 
ferri chloridi, 798 
ferri citratis, 801 
ferri citrici, 801 
ferri dialysatus, 1709 
ferri et ammonii acetatis, 802 
ferri et quinin® citratis, (note) 
615 
ferri hypophosphitis, 1513 
ferri iodidi, 1514 
ferri nitratis, 802 
ferri oxysulphatis, 1514 
ferri peptonati, 1660 
ferri perchloridi, 804 
ferri perchloridi fortis, 798 
ferri pernitratis, 802 
ferri persulphatis, 805 
ferri protochloridi, 1514 
ferri pyrophosphatis, (note) 628 
ferri sesquichlorati, 798 
ferri subacetici, 797 
ferri subsulphatis, 804 
ferri sulfurici oxydati, 805 
ferri tersulphatis, 805 
glonoini, 1281 
gutta-perch®, 1514 
hamamelidis, 807 
hollandicus, 1612 
hydrargyri bichloridi, 808 
hydrargyri et potassii iodidi, 
1514 
hydrargyri nitratis, 807 
hydrargyri nitratis acidus, 807 
hydrargyri nitrici oxydati, 807 
hydrargyri perchloridi, 808 
hydrastin®, (note) 718 
hydrogenii peroxidi, 214 
hypophosphitura, 1514 
iodi carbolatus, 1514 
iodi causticus, 1514 
iodi compositus, 808 
iodi fortis, 808 
iodinii compositus, 808 
kali arsenicosi, 817 
kali caustici, 815 
kali citrici, 819 
krameriae concentratus, 809 
magnesi® effervescens, 1515 
magnesii bisulphitis, 1710 
magnesii bromidi, 1515 
magnesii carbonatis, 809 
magnesii citratis, 810 
magnesii citratis, extemporane- 
ous, (note) 810 
Liquor magnesii sulphatis efferves- 
cens, 1515 
morphias muriatis, 812 
morphinae acetatis, 812 
morphinae citratis, 1515 
morphinae hydrochloridi, 812 
morphinae hypodermicus, 1515 
morphinae tartratis, 812 
natri caustici, 822 
natri chlorati, 823 
natri hypochlorosi, 823 
nitroglycerini, 1281 
pancreaticus, 1515 
panereatis, 813 
pepsini, (note) 1015, 1515 
pepsini aromaticus, 1515 
phosphori, 1515 
picis alkalinus, (note) 1057, 1516 
picis carbonis, 813 
plumbi subacetatis, 813, 1061 
plumbi subacetatis dilutus, 815 
plumbi subacetatis fortis, 813 
plumbi subacetici, 813 
potassae, 815 
potassae chlorat*, 1516 
potassae chlorinatae, 1516,1615 
potassii arsenatis et bromidi, 1516 
potassii arsenitis, 817 
potassii citratis, 819 
potassii permanganatis, 820 
quassiae concentratus, 820 
rhei concentratus, 821 
saccharini, 1516 
sarsae, 592 
sarsae compositus concentratus, 
821 
senegae concentratus, 821 
sennae concentratus, 821 
seriparus, 1516, 1779 
serpentariae concentratus, 822 
sodae, 822 
sodae arseniatis, 825 
sodae chlorat*, 823 
sodae chlorinatae, 823 
sodii arseniatis, 825 
sodii arseniatis, Pearson, 1516 
sodii boratis compositus, 1516 
sodii carbolatis, 1516 
sodii citratis, 1516 
sodii citro-tartratis effervescens, 
1517 
sodii ethylatis, 825 
sodii oleatis, 1517 
sodii silicatis, 825 
strychninae, 1517 
strychninae acetatis, 1517 
strychnin* hydrochloridi, 826, 
(note) 1517 
thyroidei, 826 
trinitrini, 1281 
zinci chloridi, 826 
zinci et alumini compositus, 1517 
zinci et ferri compositus, 1517 
zingiberis, 1517 
Liquores, 787 
Liquorice, 565 
mass, 565 
paste, 565 
result of examination of, 566 
root, 664 
Liriodendrin, 1710 
Liriodendron, 1710 
tulipifera, 1710 
Lisbon diet drink, 481 
sarsaparilla, 1201 
List of reagents, U. S., 1835 
Br., 1856 
Lister’s gauze, 42 
Lister’s ointment, 35 
Litargirio, 1066 
Litharge, 221, 1057, 1066 
plaster, 505 
Lithargyrum, 1066 
Lithia, 829 
Lithii benzoas, 827 
bromidum, 828 
carbonas, 829 
citras, 831 
eitras effervescens, 832 
salicylas, 832 
Lithium, 830 
benzoate, 827 
bromide, 828 
caffeine-sulphonates, 1806 
carbonate, 829 
carbonieum, 829 
citrate, 831 
citricum, 831 
diuretin, 1823 
iodide, (note) 829 
salicylate, 832 
Lithospermum officinale, 1710 
tinctorium, 1557 
Litmus, 1711 
-paper, 1711 
Live oak, 1132 
Livdche, 1707 
Liver of sulphur, 1073 
Liverwort, 1682 
Lixivium causticum, 815 
Lizard’s tail, 1790 
Loaf-sugar, 1178 
Lobelacrin, 834 
Lobelia, 833 
cardinalis, (note) 833 
inflata, 833 
nicotianaefolia, (note) 833 
syphilitica, (note) 833 
Lobeliatinktur, 1394 
Lobelic acid, 834 
Lobelien-essig, (note) 835 
Lobelienkraut, 833 
Lobeline, 834 
Loblolly pine, 1358 
Loco plants, 1711 
Locoin, 1712 
Locust-tree, 1781 
Loffelkraut, 1618 
Loganetin, (note) 897 
Loganin, 897 
Logan’s plaster, (note) 507 
Logwood, 678 
Loja bark, 402 
Lolch, 1712 
Loliine, 1712 
Lolium temulentum, 1712 
London paste, (note) 1230, 1529 
soft soap, 1197 
Long buchu, 280 
-leaved pine, 1358 
nutmeg, 887 
pepper, 1051 
poppy capsules, 1007 
-staple cotton, 667 
-staple isinglass, 724 
zedoary, 1833 
Lonieera caprifolium, 1712 
xylosteum, 1712 
Lood, 1057 
Loomis’s diarrhoea mixture, 1519 
Loosestrife, 1714 
Lopez root, 1817 
Lophodium filix-mass, (note) 240 
Lophophorine, 1564 
Loquat, 1646 
Loranthus senegalensis, 5 Index. 
1957 
Lorbeer, 1705 
Loretin, 1712 
bismuth, 1589 
Losliches eisenoxyd, 1660 
Losophan, 1632, 1712 
Losungen, 787 
Lotio adstringens, 1517 
ammoniacalis camphorata, 1488 
flava, 689, 1518 
hydrargyri flava, 835 
hydrargyri nigra, 835, 1518 
nigra, 695, 1518 
plumbi et opii, 1518 
Lotion of lead and opium, 1518 
Lotiones, 835 
Lotions, 835 
Lovage, 1707 
Low running blackberry, 1171 
wines, 1280 
Lowenmaul, 1569 
Lowenzalin, 1354 
-extrakt, 598 
Lowenzahnwurzelsaft, 1307 
Loxa bark, 402 
Loxopterygium lorentzii, (note) 243 
Lozenges, 1412 
charcoal, 330 
of ferrous lactate, 622 
tannin, 1414 
Luouma, 1713 
glycyphlaea, 1731 
mammosa, 1801 
Lucuinin, 1731 
Ludus, 1560 
Luffa, 1713 
cegyptiaca, 1713 
echinata, 1713 
Lugol’s caustic iodine solution, 749 
iodine lotion, 749 
rubefacient iodine solution, 749 
solution, 808 
Lugol’sche jodlosung, 808 
Lump gamboge, 305 
lac, 1703 
Lunar caustic, 224, 227 
caustic No. 2, 226 
Lungenkraut, 1776 
Lungenmoos, 362 
Lunge’s nitrometer, 1270 
Lungwort, 1776 
Lupigenin, 1713 
Lupin, 1713 
Lupinin, 1713 
Lupinus albus, 1713 
densiflorus, 1713 
hirsutus, 1713 
luteus, 1713 
polyphyllus, 1713 
Luppolo, 685 
Lupulin, 685, 836 
Lupulina, 836 
Lupuline, 686, 836 
Lupulinic glands, 836 
Lupulintinktur, (note) 1388 
Lupulinum, 686, 836 
Lupulite, 686, 836 
Lupulo, 685 
Lupulo-tannic acid, 686 
Lupulus, 685 
Luteolin, 1780 
Lutidine, 1350, 1617 
Lycaconine, 108 
Lycaconitine, 107, (note) 108 
Lycetol, 1713 
Lycine, 1713 
Lycium, 1585 
barbarum, 1713 
Lycoctona, 1713 
Lycoctonic acid, 108 
Lycoctonine, (note) 108 
Lycope de Virginie, 1713 
Lycoperdon giganteum, 1734 
proteus, 1735 
Lycopode, 836 
Lycopodium, 836 
clavatum, 836 
saussurus, 1713 
Lycopus, 1713 
europaeus, 1714 
virginicus, 1713 
Lysidine, 1714 
Lysol, 1631 
Lythrum salicaria, 1714 
Lytta aspersa, 316 
nuttalli, (note) 318 
M 
Mabee bark, 1620 
Macallo bark, 1714 
Macassar agar-agar, 1666 
hair-oil, 1833 
nutmeg, 888 
Mace, 837, 888 
Maceration, 527 
Macias, 837 
Macis, 837 
Mackay bean, 1714 
Macleya cordata, (note) 992 
Macleyine, (note) 992 
Maclura, aurantiaca, 1714 
tinctoria, 1667 
Macrocarpin, 1812 
Macropiper methysticum, (note) 1579 
Macrotin, 387 
Macrotys racemosa, 386 
Madagascar cardamom, (note) 333 
Madar, 1599 
Madaralban, 1599 
Madarfluavil, 1599 
Madder, 1781 
Maderia wine, 1454 
Madweed, 1211 
Mafurra tallow, (note) 975 
Magendie’s solution, (note) 812 
solution of morphine, 1515 
Magistere de coquilles d’huitres, 1812 
d’ecailles d’huitres, 1812 
Magisterium bismuthi, 272 
sulphuris, 1310 
Magistery of bismuth, 275 
Magnesia, 837 
alba, 841, 843 
calcinata, 837 
carbonica, 841 
hydro- carbonica, 841 
levis, 837 
opium, (note) 984 
ponderosa, 840 
sulfurica, 844 
und stinkasantmixtur, 1730 
usta, 837 
Magnesias carbonas levis, 841 
earbonas ponderosum, 841 
citras effervescens, 843 
sulphas effervescens, 846 
Magnesian waters, 199 
Magnesie, 837 
blanche, 841 
calcin6e, 837 
liquide, 809 
Magnesii acetas, 1714 
carbonas, 841 
carbonas levis, 841 
carbonas ponderosus, 841 
chloridum, 1714 
Magnesii citras effervescens, 843 
citras granulatus, 843 
salieylas, 1714 
sulphas, 844 
sulphas effervescens, 846 
sulphis, 1714 
Magnesite, 841 
Magnesium, 839 
acetate, (note) 843, 1714 
carbonate, 841 
cathartate, 1220 
chloride, 1714 
citrate, solution of, 810 
metatartrate, 811 
saceharate, 840 
salicylate, 1714 
silicate, 1578, 1715 
sulphate, 844 
sulphite, 1714, 1803 
tartrate, solution of, (note) 106 
Magneteisen, 1659 
Magnetic iron oxide, 1659 
Magnolia, 1715 
acuminata, 1715 
bark, 1715 
glauca, 471, 1715 
grandiflora, 1715 
tripetala, 1715 
virginiana, 1715 
Magnolienrinde, 1715 
Magnolin, 1715 
Maguey, 1553 
gum, (note) 7 
Mahogany-tree, 1806 
Mahy’s plaster, (note) 507 
Maiblumen, 451 
Maidenhair, 1550 
Maidenpink, 1574 
Maize, 170 
Maizenic acid, 1468, 1824 
Majoom, 314 
Makan, (note) 346 
Malabar cardamom, 332 
kino, 766 
Malachite green, 1566 
Malaga raisins, 1779 
Malakin, 1715 
Malambo bark, 1716 
Malate of calcium, 1664 
of manganese, 1718 
Malatia opium, (note) 984 
Male fern, 239 
jalap, (note) 761, 1207 
kola, 1801 
shield fern, 239 
Malegueta pepper, (note) 333 
Maleic acid, 1667 
Malic acid, 448, (note) 1168 
Malicorio, 669 
Mallaguetta pepper, (note) 333 
Malleable iron, 633 
Mallotus philippinensis, 764 
Mallow, 1717 
Malouetia nitida, 1716, 1831 
Malpighia glabra, 1737 
Malt, 1460, 1685, 1716 
d’orge, 1716 
liquors, 1460 
vinegar, 1546 
Maltese elaterium, 495 
Maltha, 1761 
Maltine, 1685 
Maltose, 1176, 1685 
Maltum, 1716 
hordei, 1716 
Malva alcea, 144 
rotundifolia, 1717 
sylvestris, 1717 1958 
Index. 
Malvavisco, 143 
Malwa opium, 982, (note) 985 
Man of the earth, (note) 758, 
1621 
t’o lo fa, 1290 
Mana, 850 
Manaca, 1717 
Manacine, 1717 
Mancona bark, 1789 
Manconarinde, 1789 
Manconine, 1789 
Mandarin orange, (note) 250 
Mandel conserve, 1119 
Mandelemulsion, 510 
Mandelic acid, 685 
Mandelmilch, 510 
Mandelol, 921 
Mandelsyrup, 1328 
Mandioca, 1808 
Mandorle amare, 164 
dolci, 165 
Mandragora, 1717 
officinalis, 1717 
Mandragore, 1717 
Mandragorine, 1717 
Mandrake, 1067, 1717 
root, 1067 
Manganese, 846, 1718 
dioxide, 846 
malate, 1718 
monoxide, 847, 1718 
peroxide, 846 
sesquioxide, 847 
sulphate, 848 
Manganesii sulphas, 848 
Mangani carbonas, 1718 
dioxidum, 846 
iodidum, 1718 
oxidum nigrum, 846 
sulphas, 848 
Manganic acid, 847 
Manganous carbonate, 1718 
iodide, 1718 
lactate, 1718 
malate, 1718 
phosphate, 1718 
phosphate, syrup of, 1718 
sulphate, 848 
tartrate, 1718 
Manganum, 1718 
hyperoxydatum, 846 
sulphuricum, 848 
Mangosteen, 1719 
Manihot glagiovii, 491 
utilissima, 61, 1808 
Manioc, 1808 
Manna, 850 
calabrina, 853 
canellata in fragmentis, 853 
canulata, 852 
Mannan, 515 
Manne, 850 
en sorte, 852 
Mannitan, 409 
Mannite, 670, 853 
Mannitol, 853 
hexanitrate, 1741 
Manno-heptose, 1176 
-nonose, 1176 
-octose, 1176 
Mannose, 515, 1176 
Man-root, (note) 758, 1621, 1721 
Manteca de puerco, 112 
Manufacture of soap, (note) 1194 
Manzanilla loca, 1628 
romana, 175 
Manzanillo, 1719 
Maple sugar, 1177 
Maracaibo bark, 403 
Maranham jaborandi, 1036 
Maranta, 1719 
allouya, 1720 
arrow-root, 1719 
arundinacea, 1719 
galanga, 1668 
indica, 1720 
starke, 1719 
Marbled Castile sqap, 1197 
soap, 1194 
Marc, 1452 
Mare’s-tail, 1646 
Margaric acid, 903 
Margarin, 903 
Margosa, 1580 
Margosine, 1580 
Maricha, 1051 
Marigold, 294 
Marine acid, 52 
animal oil, 900 
soap, 1197 
Marjolaine sauvage, 1749 
Marjoram, 1749 
Markasol, 1588 
Maroute, 1628 
Marrube blanc, 854 
Marrubiin, 854 
Marrubio, 854 
Marrubium, 854 
vulgare, 854 
Mars, 632 
Marsdenia cundurango, 1620 
Marseilles soap, 1197 
Marsh cistus, 1706 
gas, 1618 
parsley, 1791 
rosemary, 1800 
tea, 1706 
trefoil, 1722 
water, 196 
water-cress, 1738 
Marshmallow, 143 
Martial ethiops, 1659 
Maruta cotula, 1628 
Marylandische spigelie, 1265 
Mash, 1280 
Mass of copaiba, 854 
of ferrous carbonate, 856 
of mercury, 857 
Massa coerulea, 857 
copaibae, 854 
ferri carbonatis, 856 
hydrargyri, 857 
Massicot, 1058, 1771 
Massoi bark, 420, 1721 
Massoia aromatica, 1721 
Masterwort, 1563, 1682, 1692 
Mastic, 859 
Mastice, 859 
Mastich, 859 
Mastiche, 859 
Mastichic acid, 860 
Masticin, 859 
Mastix, 859 
Mata, 1721 
Matarique, 1791 
Mat6, 1691 
Mater secalis, 511 
Matias bark, 1716 
Maticin, 861 
Matico, 860 
-blatter, 860 
leaves, 860 
Matonia, 334 
Matricaire, 1777 
Matricaria, 861 
chamomilla, 176, 861 
Matricaria parthenium, 1777 
parthenoides, 176, 1777 
suaveolens, 175 
Matrimony vine, 1713 
Matrine, 1797 
Maturin, 1791 
Matzoon, 1701 
Mauerpfeffer, 1791 
Mauritius vanilla, 1443 
Mauve sauvage, 1717 
May-apple, 1067 
Mayer’s solution, 1845 
May-flower, 1645 
Mayweed, 175, 1628 
Mead, 1460 
Meadow fern, 1620 
saffron, 435 
-saffron root, 435 
-sweet, 1799 
Mealy starwort, 1556 
Measures, approximate, 1877 
tables of, 1872 
Meat biscuit, 1721 
extract, 1654 
raw, 1721 
Mecca balsam, (note) 891, 1581 
gum, 5 
senna, 1216, 1218 
Mecereon, 869 
Mechanical leech, (note) 684 
Mechoacan, (note) 760 
Meconate of narcotine, (note) 
989 
Meconic acid, 986, 996 
Meconidine, 987, 992 
hydrochlorate, (note) 995 
Meconin, 987, 995 
Meconium, 980 
Meconoiosin, 987, 996 
Medeola virginica, 1721 
Medicago sativa, 260 
Medicamentirte papiere, 364 
Medicated bougies, (note) 1320 
pessaries, (note) 1320 
syrup, 1322 
waters, 190 
wines, 1461 
Medicinal tribasio phosphate of SO' 
dium, 1256 
Medicines, administration of, 1868 
art of prescribing, 1868 
Medicinische weine, 1461 
Meereiche, 1666 
Meerrettig, 230 
Meerrettiggeist, 1278 
Meerschaum, 1715 
Meerzwiebel, 1208 
-essig, 13 
Meerzwiebelpillen, 1049 
Meerzwiebelsyrup, 1343 
Meerzwiebeltinktur, 1404 
Meetiya, (note) 891 
Megarrhin, 1721 
Megarrhiza californica, 1721 
Megarrhizin, 1721 
Megarrhizitin, 1721 
Megerkraut, 1668 
Mehlige aletris, 1556 
Meisterwurz, 1692 
Mel, 862 
acetatum, 1005 
aegyptiacum, (note) 1634 
boracis, 864 
depuratum, 864 
despumatum, 864 
rosae, 865 
rosatum, 865 
sodii boratis, 864 Index. 
1959 
Melaleuca cajuputi, 927 
flaviflora, (note) 927 
hypericifolia, 927 
latifolia, 927 
leucadendron, 927 
minor, 928 
paraguayensis, 928 
viriditiora, (note) 927 
viridifolia, 927 
Melampodium, 1681 
Melanthigenin, 1741 
Melanthin, 1741 
Melassic acid, 1180 
Melastoma ackermanni, 1721 
Meletriose, 1176 
Melezitose, (note) 851, 1176 
Melia azadirachta, 1580 
azedarach, 1580 
Melilot, 1721 
Melilot, 1721 
Melilotenklee, 1721 
Melilotic acid, 1721 
Melilotus officinalis, 1721 
Melissa, 865 
officinalis, 865 
pulegioides, 681 
Melisse, 865 
Melissen blatter, 865 
Melissic acid, 352 
Melitose, (note) 851 
Melitriose, (note) 851 
Mellite de borax, 864 
de roses rouges, 865 
simple, 864 
Mellitum rosatum, 865 
Mellone, 1724 
Meloe majalis, (note) 318 
niger, (note) 318 
proscarabaeus, (note) 318 
trianthemse, (note) 318 
Melon-tree, 1758 
Melt, 1096 
Melting point of tartaric acid, (note) 
104 
Menhaden oil, 900 
Menispermine, 1032 
Menispermum, 866 
calumba, 295 
canadense, 866 
cocculus, 1618 
dahuricum, 866 
diversifolium, 866 
palmatum, 295 
Menispine, 866 
Mennige, 1771 
Menta piperita, 866 
romana, 867 
Mentha arvensis, 866 
dalmatica, 866 
gentilis, 866 
longifolia, 866 
piperita, 866, 943 
pulegium, 680, 866, 1721 
spicata, 867 
viridis, 867 
Menthe a 6pi, 867 
de cheval, 1731 
poivree, 866 
romaine, 867 
verte, 867 
Menthene, 868, 944 
Menthiodol, 1721 
Menthol, 867, 945 
plaster, 503 
Mentholated chloral, 1611 
Menthone, 868, 944 
Menyanthe, 1722 
Menyanthes trifoliata, 1722 
Menyanthin, 1722 
Menyanthol, 1722 
Mephitis mephitica, 1605 
Merah, (note) 670 
Mercurammonium chloride, 711 
Mercur-diammonium chloride, 711 
Mercure, 707 
avec la craie, 712 
doux a la vapeur, 694 
Mercurethyl chloride, 1722 
Mercurial ointment, 1426 
oleate, 911 
pill, 857 
pillen, 857 
plaster, 502 
Mercurialine, 1722 
Mercurialis annua, 1722 
perennis, 1722 
Mercuric ammonium ohloride, 711 
and zinc cyanide, 1724 
benzoate, 1723 
bromide, 1723 
carbolate, 1724 
chloride, 688 
cyanide, 697 
formainidate, 1724 
iodide, 701 
iodide ointment, 1429 
oleate ointment, 1431 
potassium iodide, 1773 
sulphide, 1722 
Mercurio, 707 
Mercurius borussicus, 697 
corrosivus prsecipitatus, 704 
corrosivus ruber, 704 
cyanatus, 697 
dulcis, 693 
emeticus flavus, 706 
iodatus ruber, 701 
vivus, 707 
Mercurous bromide, 1723 
chloride, 693 
chloride ointment, 1432 
iodide, 698 
sulphide, 1686 
Mercury, 707, 1723 
and zinc cyanide, (note) 1470 
ointment, 1426 
pill, 857 
soziodol, 1798 
with chalk, 712 
Merida coto, 1829 
Mescal button, 1564 
Mescaline, 1564 
Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, 
1725, 1753 
Mesenna, 1725 
Mesitylene, 266, 1056, 1617 
Meso-tartaric acid, 105 
Mespilodaphne sassafras, 966 
Mesquite gum, 1725 
Meta-acettoluids, 8 
Metaboric acid, 34 
Metacetamine, 1819 
Metachloral, 371 
Metacopaivic acid, 454, 1152 
Metacresol, 1617, 1630 
salicylate, 1632 
triiodide, 1632 
Metacresotic acid, (note) 87 
Metadioxybenzene, 1156 
Metadioxy benzol, 1156 
Metagallic acid, 49 
Metagummic acid, 8 
Meta-iodo- o rtho-oxyquinol i ne-ana- 
sulphonic acid, 1712 
Metallic manganese, 847 
phosphorus, 1024 
Metallic pills, 1524 
Metaworphous magnesium citrate, 
(note) 811 
Metapectic acid, 8 
Metaphenylenediamine, 1765 
Metaphosphoric acid, 80, 1024 
Metarabic acid, 8 
Metastannic acid, 1816 
Metastyrol, 1306, 1709 
Metatartario acid, 105, 811 
Metaxylene, 266, 676 
Methacetin, 1725 
Methane, 378, 1618 
Methoxacet-para-phenetidin, 1702 
Methoxy quinoline, 1138 
Methylacetanilid, 1653 
Methylaether, 1727 
Methylal, 1726 
Methyl-alcohol, 1726 
Methylamine, 515, 1617, 1722 
derivatives of hydrastine, (note) 
717 
Methyl-amylketone, 931 
Methyl-anthracene, 385, 1617 
Methylarbutin, 1438 
Methylated spirit, 126, 1727 
Methylbenzoylecgonine, 425 
Methyl-brucine, (no*e) 1301 
Methyl-catechol gallate, 767 
Methyl-cephaeline, 755 
Methyl-chavieol, 923, 1568 
Methylchelidonine, 366 
Methylchinol, 1765 
Methyl chloride, 189, 1726 
Methylconiine, 449 
Methylcreosol, 1056 
M ethyl-croton ic acid, 176, 1446 
Methyl cyanide, 1618 
Methylene blue, 1566 
dichloride, 1613 
dimethyl ether, 1726 
ditannin, 1808 
ether, 1614 
-protocatechuic acid, 1628 
Methyl ester of abietic acid, 1152 
Methyl ester of acetyl-trimethyl col- 
chicinic acid, 436 
Methyl ether of protocatechuic alde- 
hyde, 1443 
Methyl ether of pyrocatechin, 1617 
Methylethyl, 1726 
Methylethyl-acetic acid, 759 
Methylethy lcarbinol, 1726 
Methyl-ethylio ether, 1727 
Methyl-eugenol, 951, 1705 
Methyl fluoride, 1726 
Methylglycollic phenetidin, 1702 
Methylheptenone, 1746 
Methylhydroberberine, 1467 
Methylic alcohol, 1726 
ether, 1727 
ethers of dihydric phenols, 457 
ethers of trihydric phenols, 
457 
Methyl iodide, 1726 
Methyl mercaptan, 1578 
Methyl-naphthalene, 1617 
Methyl nitrate, 1741 
Methyl-nonyl-ketone, 1782 
Methyl - para - amido - meta - oxyben- 
zoate, 1751 
Methylpelletierine, 671 
Methyl pentose, 1176 
Methylphosphin, 1728 
Methyl-propyl-pyrogallate, 457 
Methyl pyrocatechin, 1675 
Methyl salicylas, 869 
Methyl salicylate, 869, 937 Index. 
Methyl-strychnine, (note) 1301 
Methyltetrahydronicotinic acid, 1572 
Methyltetrahydroxyquinoline, 1699 
Methylthebaine, 1728 
Methyl-theobromine, 282 
Methyl-thiophene, 1815 
Methyl-toluene, 1617 
Methyl tribromsalol, 1624 
Methyl-umbelliferone, 1683 
Methyl-violet, 1566 
Methysticin, (note) 1579 
Metinulin, 739 
Metric measures, 1874 
prescriptions, 1871 
weights and measures, 1874 
Metroxylon sagu, 1784 
Mexican allspice, (note) 1050 
condurango, 1621 
sarsaparilla, 1201 
vanilla, 1442 
Mezerei cortex, 869 
Mezereo, 869 
Mezereon bark, 869 
Mezereum, 869 
ointment, (note) 871, 1542 
Miaouli, (note) 927 
Mica panis, 1657 
Michel’s paste, 93 
Michelia nilagirica, 1728 
Microcidin, (note) 894, 1728 
Micromeria douglasii, 1728 
Microscopic varnish, 860 
Middle cardamom, 332 
Miel, 862 
borat6, 864 
despumg, 864 
rosat, 865 
Miele, 862 
Mignatta, 682 
Migrainine, 1728 
Mikania amara, 1674 
gonoclada, 1674 
guaco, 1674 
houstonis, 1674 
Milchsaure, 65 
Milchsaures eisenoxydul, 621 
Milchwurz, 1771 
Milchzucker, 1181 
Mild chloride of mercury, 693 
mercurous chloride, 693 
Milder common caustic, 1073 
Milderes Zittmann’sches decoct, 
(note) 481 
Milfoil, 1549 
Milhommen, 1221 
Milium solis, 1710 
Milk, 1728 
of almond, 510 
of ammoniac, 509 
of asafcetida, 510 
of roses, (note) 220 
of sulphur, 1310 
sugar, 1176, 1181 
Milkweed, 238 
Millefeuille, 1549 
Millefoglie, 1549 
Millefolium, 1649 
Millepertuis, 1689 
Millet of the Prophet, 1700 
Milossin, 1809 
Mimea, 314 
Mimosa, 3 
Senegal, 3 
Mimusops balata, 491, 1580 
kanki, 1580 
Mine tin, 1816 
Mineral caoutchouc, 1584 
tar, 1761 
Mineral water, 201 
waters, 199 
yellow, 1759 
Mineralischer turpeth, 706 
Minio, 1771 
Minium, 1058, 1749, 1771 
Mint, 867 
Mio mio, 1580 
Mirabilis jalapi, (note) 760 
Mirra, 890 
Miscible copaiba, 454 
Mispickel, 19 
Mistel, 1827 
Mistletoe, 1827 
Mistura acaciae, 1518 
adstringens et escharotica, 1518 
ammoniaci, 509 
ammonii chloridi, 1518 
amygdalas, 510 
antidysenterica, 1518 
asafoetidae, 510 
camphorae, 209 
camphorm acida, 1518 
camphorae aromatica, 1518 
carminativa, 1518 
chlorali et potassii bromidi com- 
posite, 1519 
chloroformi, 511 
chloroformi et cannabis indice 
composita, 1519 
contra diarrhoeam, 1519 
copaibe composita, 1519 
creasoti, 872 
crete, 872 
expectorans, Stokes, 1519 
ferri composita, 872 
ferri et ammonii acetatis, 802 
glycyrrhize composita, 873 
guaiaci, 874, 1520 
magnesie et asafoetide, 1520, 
1730 
neutralis, (note) 819 
olei picis, 1520 
olei ricini, 874 
oleo-balsamica, 1520 
opii alkalina, 1520 
phosphatica, 1504 
picis liquid®, 1520 
potassii citratis, 819 
rhei composita, 1520 
rhei et sode, 874 
sassafras et opii, 1520 
senne composita, 875 
sode et menthe, 1520 
sodii citratis, 1516 
solvens simplex, 1518 
solvens stibiata, (note) 1518 
spiritus vini gallici, 875, 1287 
splenetica, 1520 
sulphurica acida, 1521 
thielemanni, (note) 1519 
Misture, 871 
Mitchell’s process for hydrargyri 
iodidum rubrum, (note) 701 
Mitchella repens, 1730 
Mithridate, (note') 444, (note) 1829 
Mithridatium, (note) 1828 
Mitigated caustic, 226 
Mixtura gummosa, 1518 
oleoso-balsamica, 1520 
solvens simplex, 1518 
solvens stibiata, (note) 1518 
sulphurioa acida, 1521 
Mixture avec la craie, 872 
d’asafetida, 510 
de cognac, 875 
de cr6osote, 872 
de gommc ammoniaque, 509 
Mixture de Griffith, 872 
de magntisie et d’asaf6tide, 1730 
de riiglisse, 873 
of acacia, 1518 
of acetate of iron and ammo- 
nium, 802 
of ammonium chloride, 1518 
of brandy, 875 
of citrate of potassium, (note) 819 
of guaiac, 1520 
of magnesia and asafetida, 1520, 
1730 
of oil of tar, 1520 
of rhubarb and soda, 874 
of salicylic acid and iron, (note) 
86 
of sassafras and opium, 1520 
of soda and spearmint, 1520 
Mixturen, 871 
Mixtures, 871 
Moccasin plant, 475 
Mocha aloes, 138 
coffee, 1596 
senna, 1218 
Mogador gum, 5 
Mohnkapseln, 1007 
Mohnkopfe, 1007 
Mohnsaft, 980 
Moist peroxide of iron, 623 
Molasses, 1177, 1180 
Mole plant, 1746 
Molecular weights, table of, 1890 
Molene, 1826 
Molette, 1601 
Mollin, 1730 
Momordica balsamina, 1731 
elaterium, 494 
Monarda didyma, 1364 
fistulosa, 1731 
punctata, 1364, 1731 
Monardin, 1731 
Monchskappe, 108 
Monesia, 1731 
Monesia-tannic acid, 1731 
Monesin, 1731 
Mongumo bark, 1732 
Monimia rotundifolia, 1590 
Monkshood, 108 
Monobasic phosphoric acid, 80 
Monobrom camphor, 312 
Monobromacetanilid, 1669, 1732 
Monobroman tipyrin, 1593 
Monobromated camphor, 312 
Monochloracetic acid, (note) 17 
Monochlorethylene chloride, 1612 
Monochlormethane, 1726 
Monochlorphenol, 1615 
Monodora myristica, (note) 887 
Monohydrated nitric acid, 69 
phosphoric acid, 80 
valerianic acid, 163 
Monohydric phenols, 457 
Monohydrochlorides, 970 
Monomethyl ether, 1675 
Monophenetidin citrate, 1570 
Monosaccharides, 1176 
Monosulphindigotic acid, 1694 
Monotropa hypopythis, 937 
uniflora, 1563 
Monoxide of iron, 633 
of lead, 1058 
of manganese, 847 
of sodium, 1228 
Monsel’s eisenlosung, 804 
persulphate of iron, 804 
salt, 805 
solution, 804 
Monsonia, 1732 Index. 
1961 
Monsonia burkeana, 1732 
ovata, 1732 
Montpellier scammony, 1208 
Moradeine, (note), 338, 1609, 1778 
Moradin, (note) 338, 1609, 1778 
Mordant, 1693 
Mori succus, 1733 
Moric acid, 1714 
Morin, 1667 
Morindin, 1732 
Morindina citrifolia, 1732 
Morindon, 1667 
Moringa aptera, 1746 
oleifera, 899 
pterygosperma, 1732, 1745 
Morintannic acid, 1714 
Morion, 1717 
Moritannic acid, 1667 
Morocco gum, 5 
Morphia, 875 
Morphise acetas, 879 
murias, 880 
sulphas, 881 
Morphin, 875 
Morphina, 875 
Morphinse acetas, 879 
hydrochloras, 880 
hydrochloridum, 880 
sulphas, 881 
tartras, 882 
Morphinated water, 998 
Morphine, 875, 986 
acetate, 879 
and ipecacuanha lozenges, 1417 
bromide, (note) 879 
hydrobromate, (notel 879 
hydrochlorate, 880 
hydrochloride, 880 
hydrocyanate, (note) 878 
lactate, (note) 878 
lozenges, 1417 
phthalate, (note) 879 
sulphate, 881 
suppositories, 1321 
tartrate, 882 
Morphinpastillen, 1417 
mit brechwurzel, 1417 
Morphin-stuhlzapfchen, 1321 
Morphinum, 875 
aceticum, 879 
hydrochloricum, 880 
sulfuricum, 881 
Morphiometric assays of opium, 997 
Morphium, 875, 986 
Morpholine, 876 
Morphothebaine, 989 
Morrhua americana, 947 
vulgaris, 946 
Morrhuic acid, 949 
Morrhuine, 948 
Morung elachi, (note) 333 
Morus alba, 1733 
nigra, 1733 
rubra, 1733 
tinctoria, 1667 
Moschatin, 1549 
Moschus, 883 
factitius, 1735 
moschiferus, 883 
Moschuswurzel, 1316 
Moschuswurzeltinktur, 1407 
Mossy stone-crop, 1791 
Mostaza, 1225 
Mother’s salve, 1542 
Motherwort, 1707 
Moucena, 1725 
Moulded silver nitrate, 227 
Mountain ash, 1797 
Mountain balm, 518 
bugle, 1554 
damson, 1792 
laurel, 1699 
mahogany, 926 
pine, 957 
rhubarb, 1173 
tea, 1670 
Mouron rouge, 1562 
Moussache, 1809 
Mousse d’Islande, 362 
marine pertbe, 383 
Moutarde, 1225 
blanche, 1225 
des moines, 230 
grise, 1225 
noire, 1225 
Moxa, 2, 1732 
Moyashi aspergillus oryzas, 1807 
Mozambique opium, (note) 986 
Muawin bark, 1733 
Muawine, 1733 
Mucio acid, 8, 1182 
Mucilage, 885 
adragant, 887 
arabique, 886 
d’6coree d’orme fauve, 887 
de gomme adragante, 887 
de gomme arabique, 886 
de rnoelle de sassafras, 886 
of acacia, 886 
of cydonium, 1521 
of dextrin, 1521 
of elm, 887 
of Irish moss, 1521 
of gum arabic, 886 
of quince-seed, 1521 
of salep, 1521 
of sassafras pith, 886 
of slippery elm bark, 887 
of tragacanth, 887 
Mucilages, 885 
Mucilagines, 885 
Mucilago aeacim, 886 
chondri, 1521 
cydonii, 1521 
dextrini, 1521 
gummi arabici, 886 
salep, 1521 
sassafras medullas, 886 
tragacanthae, 887 
ulmi, 887 
Mucor pyroformis, 46 
Mucuna pruriens, 1627, 1733 
prurita, 1733 
Mudar, 1599 
Mueller’s fluid, (note) 1079 
Muguet, 451 
Mugwort, 2 
Muira-puama, 1733 
Mulberry, 1733 
calculus, 1752 
Mullein, 1826 
Mulu kilivary, 1581 
Mundi, 1798 
Murer6 juice, 1587 
Murexide, 1733 
Murias morpbicus, 880 
Muriate d’ammoniaque, 157 
of ammonia, 157 
of lime, 289 
of morphia, 880 
of soda, 1247 
Muriatic acid, 52 
acid, diluted, 57 
Murmuria, 1798 
Murr, 890 
Murraya koenigii, 1636 
Musambra aloes, 138 
Muse, 883 
Muscade, 887 
Muscae hispanicas, 316 
Museari comosum, 1733 
Muscarine, 1568, 1735, 1776 
Muschio, 883 
Muscoviticum, 1587 
Musculus venenosus, 1733 
Musebber, 134 
Musena, 1725 
bark, 764 
Musenna, 1725 
Musennarinde, 1725 
Musennin, 1725 
Mushrooms, 1734 
Musk, 883 
artificial, 1735 
Baur, 1735 
-root, 1317 
Muskatbliithe, 837 
Muskatnuss, 887 
Muskatspiritus, 1285 
Muskmelon seeds, 1633 
Musquash root, 1616 
Mussaenda borbonica, 1596 
coffee, 1596 
Must, 1452 
Mustard, 1225 
paper, 365 
Mutisia vicisefolia, 1735 
Mutterbarz, 643 
Mutterkorn, 511 
Mutterkornaufguss, 734 
Mutterkornextrakt, 560 
Mutterkornwein, 1463 
Mutterkraut, 1777 
Mutterkiimmel, 1633 
Mutterpflaster, (note) 506 
Mutton suet, 1224 
tallow, 900 
Myagrum sativum, 900 
Mycoderma aceti, 1546 
vini, 1608 
Mycose, 514 
Mydrin, 1736 
Mydrine, 1736 
Mydrol, 1736 
Mylabris bifasciata, (note) 318 
cichorii, 316 
lineata, (note) 318 
lunata, (note) 318 
pustulata, 316 
Mynsicht’s elixir, 94 
Myoctonine, 107 
Myoporum platycarpum, (note) 851 
Myotonic acid, 1756 
Myrcene, 951, 1705 
Myrcia acris, 951, 1285 
Myrica asplenifolia, 1736 
cerifera, 353, 1736 
jalapensis, (note) 353 
ocuba, 901 
Myricin, 352, 1736 
Myricyl alcohol, 352, 902 
palmitate, 686 
Myriocarpin, 1594 
Myristic acid, 362, 888, 1736 
Myristica, 887 
argentea, 888 
bicuhiba, (note) 887 
fatua, 888 
fragrans, 769, 837, 887 
kino, 769 
macrophylla, 888 
malabarica, 769 
moschata, 887 
officinalis, 888 1962 
Index. 
Myristica otoba, (note) 887 
sebifera, (note) 887 
surinamensis, (note) 887 
tomentosa, 888 
Myristicin, 837, 889, 952 
Myristicol, 889 
Myristin, (note) 887, 888, 952 
Myristocol, 952 
Myrobalanen, 1736 
Myrobalani, 1736 
belliricae, 1736 
chebulae, 1736 
citrinas, 1736 
emblicae, 1736 
flavae, 1736 
indicse, 1736 
nigra, 1736 
Myrobalans, 1736 
Myronic acid, 231, 1601 
Myronin, 1736 
Myrosin, 968 
Myrosine, 231 
Myrospermum of Sonsonate, 254 
pereira, 254 
Myroxocarpin, 254 
Myroxylon frutescens, 253 
pereira, 253 
peruiferum, 256 
toluifera, 253, 256 
Myrrh, 890 
mixture of Dr. Griffith, 872 
plaster, 892 
Myrrha, 890 
Myrrhe, 890 
Myrrhenol, 891 
Myrrh entinktur, 1395 
Myrrhic acid, 892 
Myrrhin, 892 
Myrrhol, 891 
Myrrholin, 1737 
Myrtis jambosa, 1697 
Myrtle wax, 354, 1736 
Myrtol, 1737 
Myrtus acris, 1285-, 1626 
caryophyllata, 1626 
chekan, 1650, 1737 
communis, 1737 
pimenta, 1050 
tobasco, 1051 
Mytilotoxine, 1733 
N 
Nabalus albus, 1737 
Nabelkraut, 1629 
Nachtkerze, 1745 
Nackte aralienwurzel, 1571 
Nagelein, 336 
Nag-kassar, 1737 
Nance-bark, 1737 
Napelline, 107 
Naphtalan, 1737 
Naphtalene, 892, 1056 
Naphtalin, 892 
Naphtalinum, 892 
Naphte aectique, 116 
Naphtha, 1727 
acete, 116 
vitrioli, 118 
Naphthalinated cotton, (note) 669 
Naphthaline, 892, 1617 
Naphthalol, 1586 
Naphthol bismuth, 1737 
sulphoricinate, 1804 
Naphtionic acid, 1549 
Naphtol, 893 
-aristol, (note) 895 
Naphtolate of mercury, 1724 
Naples yellow, 1737 
Napthosalol, 1586 
Narceia, 990 
Narcein sodium, 1569 
Narceine, 987, 990 
Narcisse des pr6s, 1737 
Narcissus pseudo-narcissus, 1737 
Narcotina, 987 
Narcotine, 987 
methylamide, (note) 988 
Nard, 1738 
Nardus, 1738 
celtica, 1738 
indica, 1738 
montana, 1738 
Naregamia, 1738 
alata, 1738 
Naregamine, 1738 
Narrow-leaved apple-tree, (note) 769 
Narthex asafoetida, 235 
Nasrol, 1738 
Nasturtium amphibium, 1738 
officinale, 1738 
palustre, 1738 
Natal aloes, 135 
Nataloin, 139 
Native antimony sulphide, 184 
blaek oxide of iron, 634 
boric acid, 1237 
oil of laurel, 1767 
oil of sassafras, 1767 
soda, 1241 
sulphur, 1312 
Natrium, 1227 
chloratum purum, 1247 
Natro-kali tartaricum, 1096 
Natron, 1228, 1241 
Natronmetall, 1227 
Natronpastillen, 1418 
Natrum aceticum, 1230 
arsenicum, 1231 
biboracicum, 1236 
biboricum, 1236 
bicarbonicum, 1233 
carbonicum acidulum, 1233 
carbonicum crudum, 1241 
carbonicum siccum, 1246 
causticum, 1228 
hydricum, 1228 
hydricum solutum, 822 
hypophosphorosum, 1250 
hyposulfurosum, 1252 
iodatum, 1253 
nitricum, 1254 
phosphoricum, 1256 
subsulfurosum, 1252 
sulfuricum, 1261 
sulfurosum, 1263 
Natterwurz, 1589 
Natural salicylic acid, (note) 87 
Nau yeung fa, 1290 
Nauelea brunonis, (note) 346 
gambir, (note) 346 
Navelwort, 1629 
Neat’s-foot oil, 1738 
Nectandra puchury, 1766 
rodioei, 1738 
Nectandrse cortex, 1738 
Nectandrine, 1739 
Neft-gil, 1608 
Negrito-palm, 1766 
Nelkenol, 930 
Nelkenpfeffer, 1050 
Nelkenpfefferol, 956 
Nelson’s gelatin, 725 
Neo-saccharin, 654 
Neotoma, 1689 
Nepal cardamom, (note) 333 
Nepalin, (note) 1173 
Nepaul aconite, 109, 110 
Nepeta cataria, 1605 
glechoma, 1672 
Nephrodium filix-mas, (note) 240 
Nepodin, (note) 1173 
Neretou, 1759 
Nerianthin, 1739 
Neriin, 1739 
Neriodorein, 1739 
Neriodorin, 1739 
Nerium antidysentericum, 1832 
odorum, 1739 
oleander, 1739 
Neroli, 250 
camphor, 925 
N6roli bigarade, 925 
ptitale, 925 
Nerolin, (note) 925 
Nervalum unnay, 976 
Nessler’s reagent, 1459 
solution, 198 
Nettle, 1824 
Neugewiirz, 1050 
Neuralgia pills, (note) 1523 
Neuridine, 1776 
Neurine, 1558, 1776 
Neurodin, 1740 
Neutral hydrocarbons, 1617 
mixture, (note) 819 
salicylate of mercury, 1724 
Neutrales weinsaures kali, 1112 
Neutralizing cordial, 1536 
New bark, 408 
tallow soap, 1197 
New Caledonian gamboge, (note) 305 
New Granada rhatany, (note) 770 
New Guinea nutmeg, 888 
New Holland nutmeg, (note) 887 
New Jersey tea, 1606 
New South Wales manna, (note) 851 
’Nga, 1576 
Ngai camphor, (note) 310 
-feu, (note) 310 
-p’ien, (note) 310 
Nicaragua wood, 1591 
Niccoli sulphas, 1740 
Niccolium, 1740 
Nickel, 1740 
bromide, 1740 
carbonyl, 1740 
sulphate, 1740 
Niconline, 1781 
Nicotia, 1349 
Nicotiana Bigelovii, 1348 
fruticosa, 1348 
persica, (note) 1348 
quadrivalvis, 1348 
repanda, (note) 1348 
rustica, 1348 
tabacum, 1347 
Nicotiane, 1347 
Nicotianin, 1349 
Nicotidine, 1349 
Nicotina, 1349 
Nicotine, 1349 
salicylate, 1650 
Nicotinic acid, 1349 
Nigella sativa, 1741 
Nigellin, 1741 
Nigelline, 1741 
Niger-seed oil, 900 
Night-blooming cereus, 1593 
Nigrosin, 1566 
ink,1566 
Nihil album, 1478 
Nilgri nettle, 1824 
Nim tree, 1580 Index. 
1963 
Oelsaures veratrin, 912 
Oel-sodaseife, 1193 
Oelsiiss, 656 
(Enanthe crocata, 1745 
fistulosa, 1745 
phellandrium, 1745 
(Enanthic ether, 1458, 1665 
(Enanthin, 1745 
(Enanthol, (note) 960 
CEnanthotoxine, (note) 727, 1745 
(Enothera biennis, 1745 
(Epain, 1574 
(Esipum, 115 
(Esipus, 115 
CEsypus, 1745 
Official rules for changing percentage 
of alcohol, (note) 131 
valerian, 1439 
Ogechee lime, 1744 
Ohio buckeye, 1552 
Oil-cake, 787 
Oil, fousel, 1555 
fusel, 125, 1555 
grain, 125 
of aleuritis triloba, 1556 
of allspice, 956 
of amber, 1802 
of American wormseed, 931 
of anda, 1745 
of anise, 923 
of apricots, 922 
of arachis, 954 
of asafetida, 237 
of bay, 951 
of ben, 1745 
of bergamot, 925 
of birch, (note) 926 
of bitter almond, 918 
of black mustard, 899 
of black pepper, 915 
of cade, 926 
of cade collodion, 927 
of cajuput, 927 
of calamus, 286 
of camphor, (note) 310 
of Canada fleabane, 934 
of caraway, 929 
of cassia, 931 
of castor, 1605 
of Ceylon cinnamon, 931 
of chamomile, 923 
of chenopodium, 931 
of Chinese cinnamon, 932 
of cinchona, 409 
of cinnamon, 931 
of citronella, 1746 
of cloves, 930 
of cognac, 1287 
of copaiba, 933 
of copaiva, 933 
of coriander, 934 
of cubeb, 934 
of cubebs, 934 
of dill, 922 
of ergot, 514 
of erigeron, 934 
of eucalyptus, 935 
of euphorbia, 1746 
of fennel, 936 
of fern, 913 
of flaxseed, 942 
of fleabane, 934 
of gaultheria, 936 
of hedeoma, 939 
of hemlock, 1770 
of horse-radish, 230 
of illiciuin religiosum, (note) 727 
of Indian corn, 1747 
Nirmali, 1801 
Nitras argenticus, 224 
argenticus fusus, 227 
kalicus, 1105 
plumbicus, 1065 
potassicus, 1105 
sodicus, 1254 
Nitrate de Chili, 1254 
de plomb, 1065 
de potasse, 1105 
de soude, 1254 
of ammonium, 161 
of copper, 1634 
of lead, 1065 
of nitropapaverine, 990 
of pilocarpine, 1034 
of potash, 1105 
of potassium, 1105 
of silver, 224 
of silver, fused, 227 
of soda, 1254 
Nitrated alcohols, 1741 
Nitrato de plomo, 1065 
di piombo, 1065 
Nitre, 1105 
ammoniacal, 161 
cubique, 1254 
inflammable, 161 
lunaire, 224 
prismatique, 1105 
Nitric acid, 68 
acid, diluted, 73 
acid, monohydrated, 69 
acid of the arts, 70 
acid, pure concentrated, (note) 
69 
acid, test for, 71 
ether, 1273 
oxide, 68 
Nitrite of amyl, 167 
of potassium, 1774 
of soda, 1255 
of sodium, 1255 
Nitro, 1105 
Nitrobenzene, 1741 
Nitrobenzol, 1741 
Nitrogen dioxide, 68 
dioxide test for spirit of nitrous 
ether, 1270 
monoxide, 1742 
peroxide, 68 
protoxide, 68 
tetroxide, 68 
Nitroglycerin, 1282, 1741 
Nitrohydrochloric acid, 74 
acid, diluted, 75 
Nitrometer, 1270 
Nitromuriatic acid, 74 
acid, diluted, 75 
oxide of antimony, 1775 
Nitropentane, 168 
Nitrophenisic acid, 1767 
Nitrophenol, 1018 
Nitroprussic acid, 1795 
Nitroprusside of sodium, 1795 
Nitroprussides, 1795 
Nitrous acid, 70 
oxide, 68, 1742 
oxide water, 1743 
powder, 1108 
Nitroxanthique, 1767 
Nitrum cubicum, 1254 
depuratum, 1105 
flammans, 161 
Njimo, 1743 
wood, 1743 
Noce moschata, 887 
vomica, 896 
Noctilucine, 1743 
Noir d’os, 326 
Noix d’arec, 1571 
de cola, 1800 
de galle, 645 
de gourou, 1800 
de sassafras, 1766 
muscade, 887 
vomique, 896 
Nombril de Venus, 1629 
Nonoses, 1176 
Non-oxygenated volatile oils, 906 
Nopal, 430 
Nopalea coccinellifera, 430 
Nordhausen, fuming sulphuric acid 
of, 89 
Northern prickly ash, (note) 1466 
senega, (note) 1212 
Norway spruce, 1054 
Norwood’s tincture of veratrum vir- 
ide, 1408 
Nosophen, 1743 
Nuces colae, 1800 
Nucin, 763, 1779 
Nucitannic acid, (note) 763 
Nucitannin, (note) 763 
Nucite, 764 
Nuclein, 1744 
Nuez muscada, 887 
vomica, 896 
Number of drops in a fluidrachm, 1878 
Number six, (note) 1538 
Nunnari, 681 
Nuphar, 1744 
luteum, 1744 
-tannic acid, 1744 
Nutgall, 645 
ointment, 1426 
Nutmeg, 887 
butter, 887 
flower, 1741 
Nut-pine, 971, 1358 
Nutrin-creosote, 1629 
Nux moschata, 887 
vomica, 896 
Nymphaea alba, 1744 
odorata, 1744 
Nymphas-tannic acid, 1744 
Nyssa grandidentata, 1744 
uniflora, 1744 
O 
Oak bark, 1132 
manna, (note) 851 
red, 1132 
Oakum, 1708 
Oatmeal, 1744 
gruel, 1744 
Obsidian, 1776 
Ochres, 1744 
Ochsen klauenfett, 1738 
Ocimum basilicum, 1745 
Ocotea pichurim, 1766 
Ocotilla wax, (note) 353 
Octahedral borax, 1239 
Octane, 1618 
Octoic acid, 1813 
Octoses, 1176 
Ocuba wax, 353, (note) 887 
Oculi cancrorum, 1629 
Ocymum viride, 1364 
Odermennig, 1553 
Odontol, 1745 
Odorless ichthyol, 1689 
(Edema arsenicalis, 22 
Oelharze, 912 
Oelsaures quecksilber, 911 1964 
Index. 
Oleoresin of lupulin, 914 
of pepper, 915 
Oleoresina aspidii, 913 
capsici, 913 
cubebse, 914 
filieis, 913 
lupulinae, 914 
lupulini, 914 
piperis, 915 
zingiberis, 915 
Oleoresin®, 912 
016or6sine de capsique, 913 
de copahu, 452 
de cubebe, 914 
de gingembre, 915 
de lupuline, 914 
de poivre noir, 915 
O16o-r6sines, 912 
Oleoresins, 912 
Oleosaechara, 1522 
Oleo-saccharates, 910 
-saccharures, 1179 
Oleum absinthii, 2 
adipis, 915 
aethereum, 916 
amygdalae, 921 
amygdalae amarae, 918 
amygdalae dulcis, 921 
amygdalae expressum, 921 
amygdalarum, 921 
amygdalarum aethereum, 918 
amygdalarum amararum, 918 
andropogon citrati, 1746 
andropogon nardi, 1746 
anethi, 922 
anisi, 923 
anisi vulgaris, (note) 727 
anonae, 1833 
anthemidis, 923 
anthos, 963 
aurantii cortieis, 924 
aurantii florum, 924 
baccae juniperi, 939 
Badiani, 923 
balsami copaivae, 933 
bergamii, 925 
bergamottae, 925 
betulae volatile, 926 
betulinum, 1587 
bubulum, 1738 
cacao, 973 
cadinum, 926 
cajeputi, 927 
cajuputi, 927 
camphorae, (note) 310 
camphoratum, 312, 781 
carbolatum, 1522 
cari, 929 
carui, 929 
carvi, 929 
caryopbylli, 930 
caryophyllorum, 930 
chasnoceti, 1747 
chamomillae romanae, 923 
chenopodii, 931 
cinereum, (note) 1427 
cinnamomi, 931 
cinnamomi zeylanici, 931 
citri, 941 
cocois, 1619 
cocos, 1619 
copaibas, 933 
coriandri, 934 
cornu cervi, 1640 
crotonis, 976 
cubebae, 934 
cubebarum, 934 
erigerontis, 934 
Oil of jasmine, 1746 
of juniper, 939 
of laurel, 1705, 1767 
of lavender, 940 
of lavender flowers, 940 
of lemon, 941 
of lemon-grass, 1746 
of mace, 889 
of maize, 1747 
of massoy, 420 
of matricaria chamomilla, 862, 
924 
of melaleuca flaviflora, (note) 
927 
of Mexican lignaloes, 1747 
of mirbane, 1741 
of mustard, 1226 
of myrcia, 951 
of neroli, 925 
of nutmeg, 951 
of orange flowers, 924 
of orange peel, 924 
of origanum, 975, 1750 
of palma rosa, 1760 
of partridge-berry, 936 
of patchouli, 1747 
of peach kernels, 922 
of pennyroyal, 939, 1721 
of peppermint, 943 
of petit grain eitronnier, 925 
of phosphorus, 1026 
of pimenta, 956 
of pimento, 956 
of pine, 956 
of Poley, 1721 
of red cedar, 1699 
of rhodium, (note) 963 
of rose, 961 
of rose geranium, 963 
of rosemary, 963 
of sandal wood, 964 
of santal, 964 
of sassafras, 965, 1767 
of savine, 964 
of sesamum, 966 
of spearmint, 946 
of spike, 940 
of spiraea ulmaria, 1605 
of spruce, 1770 
of star aniseed, 923 
of sweet birch, 926 
of tar, 956, 1056 
of teaberry, 936 
of theobroma, 973 
of thyme, 975 
of tung tree, 1556 
of turpentine, 969, 1357, 1363 
of valerian, (note) 1440 
of verbena, 1747 
of vitriol, 88 
of white cedar, 1829 
of white mustard, 899 
of wintergreen, 936 
-sugars, 1522 
-tree, 1775 
-wells, 1715 
Oiled paper, (note) 943 
Oilnut, 763 
Oils, 899 
Ointment, 1421 
of acetate of lead, 1433 
of aconitine, 1422 
of ammonia, 206 
of atropine, 1423 
of benzoin, 114 
of boracic acid, 1421 
of boric acid, 35, 1421 
of calomel, 1432 
Ointment of cantharides, 1423 
of carbolic acid, 1422 
of creosote, 1425 
of eucalyptus, 1425 
of gallic acid, 50, 1542 
of galls, 1426 
of hamamelis, 1426 
of iodide of sulphur, 1435 
of lead carbonate, 1434 
of lead iodide, 1434 
of mercuric nitrate, 1429 
of nitric acid, 1431 
of oleate of zinc, 1436 
of potassium iodide, 1434 
of pyrogallic acid, (note) 1424 
of red iodide of mercury, 1429 
of red mercuric oxide, 1431 
of resin, 359 
of rose water, 1422 
of salicylic acid, 1422 
of Spanish flies, 1424 
of spermaceti, 1424 
of stavesacre, 1434 
of subacetate of lead, 1426 
of subchloride of mercury, 1432 
of tannic acid, 1422 
of veratria, 1435 
of white precipitate, 1429 
of yellow mercuric oxide, 1431 
of zinc, 1436 
of zinc oxide, 1436 
Ointments, 1420 
Okra, 1683 
Old field pine, 1358 
fustic, 1667 
mottled soap, 1197 
Olea, 899 
aetherea sine terpeno, (note) 905 
destillata, 904 
europaea, 899, 952 
fixa, 899 
fragrans, 1810 
infusa, 1521 
volatilia, 904 
Oleander, 1739 
Oleandrin, 1739 
Oleandrine, 1739 
Oleata, 910 
Oleate, 910 
of aconitine 1521 
of mercury, 911 
of morphine, 911 
of quinine, 1522 
of veratrine, 912 
of zinc, 912, 1522 
Oleate de meroure, 911 
de vSratrine, 912 
Oleates, 910 
Oleatum aconitine, 1521 
hydrargyri, 911 
plumbi, 1521 
quininae, 1522 
veratrinae, 912 
zinci, 912, 1522 
Olefin series, 1561 
Oleic acid, 75, 943, 1674 
Olein, 114, 901, 902, 1193 
of cod-liver oil, 951 
Oleinsaure, 75 
Oleite, 1747 
Oleo-balsam, (note) 253 
Oleo-balsamic mixture, 1520 
Oleomargarine, 900 
Oleoresin of aspidium, 913 
of capsicum, 913 
of cubeb, 914 
of ginger, 915 
of iris, 756 Index. 
1965 
Oleum erigerontis canadensis, 934 
eucalypti, 935 
filicis maris, 913 
foeniculi, (note) 727, 936 
fructus juniperi, 939 
gaultheri®, 936 
gossypii seminis, 938 
hedeom®, 939 
hepatis morrhuae, 946 
hyoscyami compositum, 1522 
hyperici, 1689 
illicii, 923 
illicii anisati, (note) 727 
illicii religiosi, (note) 727 
jecoris aselli, 946 
juniperi, 939 
juniperi empyreumaticum, 926 
lavandulae, 940 
lavandul® florum, 940 
limonis, 941 
lini, 942 
lini sulfuratum, 1581 
menthse piperit®, 943 
menthae viridis, 946 
morrhuae, 946 
muscoviticum, 1587 
myrciae, 951 
myristic®, 951 
myristicae expressum, 889 
nigrum, 1606 
nucistae aethereum, 951 
olivae, 952 
olivarum, 952 
palmae Christi, 957 
pedum tauri, 1738 
petrae, 1761 
phosphoratum, 955, 1026 
picis liquid®, 956 
pimentae, 956 
pini, 956 
pini pumilionis, 1781 
ricini, 957 
rosae, 961 
rosarum, 961 
rosmarini, 963 
rusci, 1587 
sabinae, 964 
santali, 964 
santali flavi, 964 
sassafras, 965 
sesami, 966 
sinapis, 968 
sinapis aethereum, 968 
sinapis volatile, 968 
suecini rectificatum, 1803 
sulphuratum, 1581 
tartari per deliquium, 1084 
templinum, 1781 
terebinthinae, 969 
terebinthinae rectificatum, 973 
theobromae, 973 
theobromatis, 973 
thymi, 975 
tiglii, 976 
unonae, 1833 
valerian®, (note) 1440 
vini, 916 
Oliban, 1747 
Olibanum, 1747 
Olibene, 1748 
Olio della trementina, 969 
delle olive, 952 
di bergamotta, 925 
di cajeput, 927 
di cannella, 931 
di limone, 941 
di lino, 942 
di mandorle, 921 
Olio di ricino, 957 
Olive oil, 952 
-oil group of fixed oils, 899 
oil soda soap, 1196 
Olivenol, 952 
Olivile, 953 
Onage, 1295 
Onagre, 1745 
Onaye, 1295 
Onguent blanc, 358, 1424 
blanc de Rhazis, 1434 
de cantharides, 1423 
mercurielle, 1426 
Onguentes, 1420 
Onion, 133, 1748 
Onocerin, 1748 
Onocol, 1748 
Ononin, 1748 
Ononis spinosa, 1748 
Oomra whatti gum, (note) 6 
Open-hearth process, 633 
Ophelia alata, (note) 369 
angustifolia, (note) 369 
chirata, 369 
Ophelic acid, 370 
Ophioxylin, 1748 
Ophioxylum serpentinum, 1748 
Ophthalmic spirit, 1530 
Opianic acid, 714, (note) 716, 988 
Opianyl, 987 
Opiated syrup of lactucarium, (note) 
1338 
Opii pulvis, 979 
Opio, 980 
Opionin, 987, 996 
Opionine, 987 
Opium, 980 
analysis of various kinds of, 
(note) 986 
assay of, 997, (note) 999 
Bengal, (note) 985 
Constantinople, (note) 983 
denarcotisatum, 1004 
deodoratum, 1004 
Egyptian, (note) 984 
India, (note) 985 
liniment, 783 
lozenges, 1416 
Malwa, (note) 985 
morphiometric assays of, 997 
Mozambique, (note) 986 
of Amasia, (note) 984 
of Angora, (note) 984 
of Balukhissar, (note) 984 
of Cataya, (note) 984 
of Cigusti, (note) 984 
of Engiri, (note) 984 
of Gev6, (note) 984 
of G5we, (note) 984 
of Kara-Hissar, (note) 984 
of Kutchina, (note) 984 
of Macedonia, (note) 984 
of Magnesia, (note) 984 
of Malatia, (note) 984 
of Salonica, (note) 984 
of Taushan, (note) 984 
of Taushanly, (note) 984 
Patna, (note) 985 
percentage of constituents of, 
(note) 987 
Persian, (note), 985 
plaster, 503 
Smyrna, (note) 983 
tests for alkaloids of, 994 
tests of, 1000 
thebaicum, 982 
Turkey, (note) 983 
Opiumessig, 13 
Opiumextrakt, 582 
Opiumpastillen, 1416 
Opiumpflaster, 503 
Opiumpillen, 1047 
Opobalsamum, 1581 
Opodeldoc, 783, 1511 
Opoidia galbanifera, 643 
Opopanax, 1748 
hispidum, 1748 
Oppio, 980 
Optical rotation of organic substances, 
1856 
Opuntia cochinillifera, 430 
ficus indica, (note) 431 
opuntia, 1749 
tuna, 1593 
vulgaris, 1749 
Orange berries, 251 
-flower water, 208 
mineral, 1749 
peel, 249 
red, 1749 
root, 715 
wine, 1462 
Orangenbliithenwasser, 208 
Orangenschalen syrup, 1328 
Orblanc, 1770 
Orcanette, 1557 
Orcein, 1711 
Orchil, 1711 
Orchilla weed, 1711 
Orcin, 1711, 1749 
Ordeal bean of Calabar, 1026 
bean of Madagascar, 1807 
Ordinary phosphoric acid, 80 
Oregon grape root, 1586 
Orellana, 1568 
Orellin, 1568 
Orenburg gum, 1359 
Oreodaphne californica, 1749 
Oreodaphnene, 1749 
Oreodaphnol, 1749 
Orexin, 1749 
tannate, 1749 
Orgeat powder, (note) 1328 
Oriental bezoar, 1587 
manna, (note) 851 
sweet-gum tree, 1304 
Origanum, 1749 
flexulosum, 1777 
majorana, 1749 
majoranoides, 1749 
vulgare, 1749 
Orizaba root, (note) 761 
Orizabin, 759 
Orlean, 1568 
Orleana, 1568 
Orme 5. trois feuilles, 1775 
Ornus europaea, 851 
Orobanche americana, 1750 
de Virginie, 1750 
uniflora, 1750 
virginiana, 1750 
Oroxylin, 175^ 
Oroxylum indicum, 1750 
Orphol, 1737 
Orpiment, 234, 1750 
Orris root, 1750 
Orseille, 1711 
de terre, 1711 
Orsellic acid, 1711 
Orsellinie acid, 1711 
Orth’s solution, 1662 
Orthin, 1751 
Orthite, 360 
Ortho-acettoluids, 11 
Orthochlorphenols, 1615 
Orthocresol, 1617, 1630 1966 
Index. 
Orthocresotic acid, (note) 87 
Ortho-dioxybenzene, 1156 
Ortho-ethoxy-anamonobenzoylamido- 
chinoline, 1563 
Orthoform, 1751 
new, 1751 
Orthohydrazin - para - oxybenzoate, 
1751 
Ortho-nitro-cinnamic acid, 1694 
Ortho-nitro-phenylpropiolic acid, 
1694 
Ortho-oxybenzoic acid, 83 
Orthophenolsulphonic acid, 1798 
Orthophosphoric acid, 82, 1024 
Orthosiphon statnineus, 1751 
Orthosiphonin, 1750 
Orthoxyquinoline - metasulphonic 
acid, 1639 
Ortie brfilante, 1823 
Oryza sativa, 170, 1751 
Os, 1752 
de sSche, 1636 
sepiae, 1636 
ustum, 1752 
Osha root, 1707, 1752 
Oshaic acid, 1752 
Osmanthus fragrans, 1810 
Osmazome, 1604 
Osmic acid, 1752 
Osmorhiza longistylis, 923 
Ossa, 1752 
Ostruthin, 1692 
Ostrya virginica, 1697 
Otaheitan sugar-cane, 1174 
Otoba fat, (note) 887 
Otobite, (note) 887 
Otoiithus regalis, 725 
Otto of rose, 961 
Ouabain, 1296, 1576 
Ouabaio, 1575 
Oulachon, 1651 
Outremer, 1821 
Overflowing wells, 196 
Overgrown jalap, (note) 761 
Ovi albumen, 1643 
vitellus, 1643 
Ovis aries, 1224 
Oxalas ciricus, 359 
ferrosus, 1659 
Oxalate de cfirium, 359 
de fer, 1659 
of cerium, 359 
of iron, 1659 
Oxalic acid, 1642, 1752 
Oxalis acetosella, 1752, 1754 
crassicaulis, 1755 
viola cea, 1755 
Oxalsaure, 1752 
Oxalsaures ceroxydul, 359 
eisenoxydul, 1659 
Ox6olat simple, 1548 
Oxford ochre, 1744 
Oxgall, 603 
Oxide de fer magnfitique, 1659 
de fer noir, 1659 
de mercure jaune, 702 
de mercure precipite, 702 
de plomb fondu, 1066 
mercurique, 704 
noir de manganese, 846 
of antimony, 182 
of bismuth, 270 
of ethyl, 118 
of gold, 1673 
of lead, 1066 
of magnesium, 840 
of methyl, 1727 
rouge de plomb, 1771 
Oxide, sulphuric, 93 
Ox-tongue, 1563 
Oxyacanthine, 1586 
Oxycamphor, (note) 309 
Oxycannabin, 315 
Oxycarbonate of bismuth, 271 
Oxychinaseptol, 1755 
Oxychloride of antimony, 1775 
Oxycoccin, 1629 
Oxycoccus macrocarpus, 1629 
Oxyconessine, 1833 
Oxycopaivic acid, 454,1152 
Oxycyanide of mercury, 1724 
Oxyde d’antimoine, 182 
d’argent, 229 
de bismuth, 270 
de cuivre, 1623 
de methyl, 1727 
de zinc, 1477 
ferroso-ferrique, 1659 
nitreux, 1742 
Oxydendrum arboreum, 1563, 1755 
Oxydimorphine, 991 
Oxydum antimonicum, 182 
bismuthicum, 270 
calcicum, 298 
ferroso-ferricum, 1659 
hydrargyricum, 704 
manganicum, 846 
potassicum, 1070 
stibicum, 182 
zincicum, 1477 
Oxyethylamidoquinoline, 1563 
urate, 1563 
Oxygen hydrate, 214 
Oxygenated volatile oils, 906 
Oxygenized water, 214 
Oxyleucotin, 1628 
Oxymel, 1005 
of squill, 1005, 1522 
scillae, 1005, 1522 
simplex, 1005 
Oxymellite simple, 1005 
Oxymethyl coniferin, 1806 
Oxymuriate of calcium, 299 
of lime, 299 
Oxymyristic acid, 1564 
Oxynaphthoic acid, 1755 
Oxynaphthoquinone, 764 
Oxynarcotia, 990 
Oxynarcotine, 987, 991 
Oxynourine, 1586 
Oxynitrate of bismuth, 272 
Oxypentadecylic acid, 1564 
Oxyphenacetinsalicylate, 1559 
Oxyphenylurethan, 1765 
Oxypicric acid, 1693, 1784 
Oxypropionio acid, 65 
Oxypropylendiisoamylamine, 1755 
Oxypyrone, 996 
-carboxylic acid, 996 
-dicarboxylic acid, 996 
Oxyquinoline, 1699 
Oxysalicylic acid, 653 
Oxysparteine, (note) 1210 
Oxystrychnine, (note) 1301 
Oxysulphuret of antimony, (note) 
186, 188 
Oxytetrahydromethylquinoline, 1699 
Oxythymoquinone, 1761 
Ozokerite, 1017, 1608, 1755 
Ozone, 1755 
Ozonic ether, (note) 216 
P 
Pachygone ovata, 1618 
Pa-douck, 767 
Paeonia montana, 1756 
officinalis, 1756 
peregrina, 1756 
Paeonin, 1623, 1756 
Pagliari, styptic liquid of, 150, (note) 
266 
Paharee chiretta, (note) 369 
Pain de coucou, 1754 
de grenouilles, 1556 
de pourceau, 1636 
Pajinal, 390 
Paku kidang, 1760 
Palaquium borneense, 1677 
gutta, 1677 
oblongifolium, 1677 
treubii, 1677 
Pale amrad gum, (note) 6 
bark, 402 
brandy,1287 
catechu, 344 
rose, 1170 
touch-me-not, 1692 
yellow cod-liver oil, 948 
Palembang benzoin, 264 
Palicourea densiflora, 1627 
rigida, 1756 
Palicouric acid, 1756 
Palm butter, 1756 
oil, 1756 
-oil group of fixed oils, 900 
ooap, 1195 
sugar, 1177 
wax, 901 
Palma Christi, 957 
Palmitic acid, 352, 362, 953, 1757 
acid glyceride, 902 
Palmitin, 902, 1193 
Palmol, 1756 
Palo balsamo, 1581 
de Campeche, 678 
de leche, 1629 
de vaca, 1629 
Pan oloeo, 1581 
Panacea lapsorum, 232 
Panacon, 1758 
Panama bark, 1133 
Panaquilon, 1757 
Panax, 1757 
ginseng, 1757 
quinquefolium, 1214, 1757 
Panbotano bark, 1758 
Pancreatic juice, 1005 
solution, 1515 
Pancreatin, 1005 
Pancreatinum, 1005 
Pangium edule, 1758 
Pannic acid, 240 
Pannol, 241 
Pannum, 240 
Pansy, 1827 
Pao de guarana, 676 
Pao-pereira bark, 1758 
Papain, 1758 
Papaver, 1007 
orientale, 980 
rhoeas, 992,1166 
somniferum, 980 
Papaveric acid, 1166 
Papaverina, 990 
Papaverine, 987, 990 
Papaveris capsulse, 1007 
Papaverosine, 987 
Papaw, 1758 
juice, 1758 
Papaya, 1758 
Papayotin, 1758 
Papers, 365 
Paper-shelled almonds, 165 Index. 
1967 
Papier nitre, 365 
sinapis6, 365 
Papiers sparadrapiques, 364 
Papin’s digester, 1752 
Papoid, 1759 
Pappenheim’s process, 60 
Pappoose root, 348 
Papua nutmeg, 888 
P&querette, 1775 
Para bark, 405 
cress, 1798 
gum, (note) 7 
-kresse, 1798 
nuts, 1591 
rhatany, 770 
rubber, 491 
sarsaparilla, 1201 
Para-aeetamidophenetol, 1019 
Para-acetanisidine, 1725 
Para-acet-phenetidin, 1018 
Para-acettoluids, 11 
Parabromacetanilid, 1569 
Parabuxine, 1593 
Parabuxinidine, 1593 
Para-chloralose, 1612 
Parachlorphenol, 1615 
Paraconiine, 449 
Paracoto bark, (note) 1538, 1628 
Paracotoin, 1628 
Paracresol, 457, 1617, 1631 
Paracresotic acid, (note) 87 
Paracyanogen, (note) 59 
Para-diethoxyethenyl - diphenylami- 
dine hydrochloride, 1684 
Paradioxybenzene, 1156, 1687 
Para-ethoxyphenylsuccinimide, 1777 
Paraffin, 1007, 1056, 1762 
oil, 1007 
ointment, 1433 
wax,1007 
Paraffine, 1007 
Paraffinic acid, 1008 
Paraffinum durum, 1007 
liquidum, 1016 
molle, 1016 
Paraform, 1759 
Paraformaldehyde, 1661, 1759 
Paragelatose, 647 
Paraguay j a borandi, 1036 
tea, 1691 
Parakresse, 1798 
Paralactic acid, 66 
Paraldehyde, 1008, 1547 
Paraldehydum, 1008 
Parallelopiped gambir, (notel 346 
Paramenispermine, 1032 
Parameria vulneraria, 1606, 1759 
Paramidophenol, 11, 1559 
Paramorphia, 989 
Paramorphine, 989 
Paranitrophenetol, 1019 
Paranitrophenol, 1019 
Paranuss, 1591 
Paraoxybenzoic acid, 84, 666, 1642 
Paraoxymethylacetanilid, 1725 
Paraphenetidin, 1019, 1561 
Para-phenetolcarbamide, 1559 
Paraphenol sulphonic acid, 1264 
Paraphenylenediamine, 1765 
Paraplast, (note) 499 
Pararosaniline, 1566 
Parasaccharic acid, 666 
Parasorbic acid, 1797 
Paratartaric acid, 105 
Paratartrate of potassium, (note) 
1458 
Para-tolyl-dimethyl-pyrazolon, 1817 
Para-valerylphenetidine, 1791 
Paraxylene, 266, 676 
Paregoric, 1399 
elixir, 1399 
Pareira, 1009 
bark, (note) 1011 
brava, 1009 
root, 1009 
Pareirae radix, 1009 
Paricine, 407 
Parietaire, 1759 
Parietaria officinalis, 1759 
Parigenin, 1203 
Pariglin, 1202 
Parillin, 1134, 1202 
Parillinio acid, 1202 
Paris green, 1759 
white, 1829 
yellow, 1615 
Parkia africana, 1759 
biglobosa, 1759 
roxburghii, 1759 
Parkine, 1759 
Parmelia parietina, 1164 
Paronychine, 1683 
Parrish’s camphor mixture, 1518 
Parsley, 1569 
camphor, 1570 
Parthenic acid, 1759 
Parthenine, 1759 
Parthenium hysterophorus, 1759 
integrifolium, 1759 
Parthenocissus quinquefolia, 1827 
Partridge-berry, 1670, 1730 
Parum affinis, 1007 
Parvoline, 1350, 1776 
Pas d’ane, 1821 
Passewa, 982 
Passifiora incarnata, 1759 
Pasta guarana, 676 
Paste, Michel’s, 93 
of zinc nitrate, (note) 1470 
Pastel, 1697 
Pasteurized milk, 1729 
Pastillen, 1412 
von chlorsaurem kali, 1418 
Pastilles, 1412 
de bicarbonate de soude, 1418 
de cachou, 1415 
de chlorate de potasse, 1418 
de chlorure d’ammonium, 1414 
de craie pr6paree, 1415 
de cubebe, 1415 
de fer, 1416 
de gingembre, 1419 
d’ip6cacuanha, 1417 
de men the anglaises, 1417 
de morphine, 1417 
de morphine et d’ip6cacuanha, 
1417 
d’opium, 1416 
d’oxide de fer, 1416 
de ratanhia, 1417 
de reglisse opiac6s, 1416 
de santonine, 1418 
de sous-nitrate de bismuth, 1415 
de Vichy, 1418 
digestives, 1418 
Pastinaca opopanax, 1748 
Patchouli camphor, 1747 
P&te de Canquoin, 1474 
Patent lint, 1708 
yellow, 1759 
Patna opium, (note) 985 
Patriana scabiosaefolia, (note) 1439 
Paullinia, 676 
cupana, 676 
pinnata, 1816 
sorbilis, 676 
Paullinitannic acid, 677 
Paulowilhelmia gpeciosa, 1759 
Pavesi’s styptic collodion, (note) 439 
Paviin, 1664 
Pavot rouge, 1166 
Pawpaw, 1578 
Payena leerii, 1677 
Paytamine, 407 
Paytine, 407 
Peach brandy, 1760 
flowers, 1759 
gum, 9 
-kernel oil, 922 
kernels, 1759 
leaves, 1759 
oil, 1760 
wood, 1591 
Pea nuts, 1674 
Pearl barley, 1685 
powder, 1760 
sago, 1785 
tapioca, 1809 
white, 268, 1760 
Pearlash, 1086 
Pearlashes, 1086 
Pearls of ether, 122 
Pearson’s arsenical solution, 1232 
solution of arseniate of sodium, 
1516 
Peat charcoal, 325 
Pecan nut, 1603 
Pece liquida, 1055 
POcher, 1759 
Pechiney’s process, 1089 
Pechpflaster mit canthariden, 504 
Pectase, 48 
Pectic acid, 1602 
matter, 987 
Pectin, 1602 
sugar, 8 
Pectinose, 8 
Pectoral drops, 1540 
species, 1529 
syrup, 1535 
tincture, 1540 
Pectose, 48, 1602 
Peganum harmala, 1760 
Pegu catechu, 344 
Pela wax, 349 
Pelargonio acid, 1665 
ether, 1458, 1665 
Pelargonium antidysentericum, 1732 
capitatum, 1760 
odoratissimum, 1760 
roseum, 1665, 1760 
Pelitre, 1125 
Pelletierine, 670 
Pellitorv, 1125 
of Spain, 1125 
Pellote, 1564 
Pellotine, 1564 
Pelosine, 1011,1739 
Pemmican, 1721 
Penang benzoin, 264 
Pencils of copper sulphate, 470 
of nitrate of zinc, (note) 1470 
Pengawar djambi, 1760 
Penicillium ferment, 533 
Pennsylvania sumach, 1167 
Pennyroyal, 680 
Pennywort, 1629 
Pentabiose, 1176 
Pental, 1561, 1760 
Penta-methyl-para-rosaniline, 1566 
Pentane, 1562 
Pentene, 1561 
Pentoses, 8, 1176 
Pentyl acetate, 1665 1968 
Index. 
Peonol, 1756 
Peony, 1756 
Pepe nero, 1051 
P6pins de coing, 1637 
Pepo, 1011 
Pepper, 1051 
Cayenne, 322 
-tree, 1790 
-wood, 1466 
Pepperette, (note) 1052 
Peppermint, 866 
camphor, 868, 944 
water, 219 
Pepperoue, 322 
Pepsin, 1012 
-losung, (note) 1015 
Pepsine, 1012 
liquide, (note) 1015 
Pepsinum, 1012 
aromaticum, 1522 
saccharatum, 1012, 1017 
Peptase, 1685 
Peptonate of iron, 1660 
Peptonizing powder, 1527 
Perce-muraille, 1759 
Percentage of absolute acetic acid in 
acetic acids of different densi- 
ties, 16 
of alcohol in liquors, (note) 125 
of alcohol in wine, 1456, 1457 
of caffeine in coffees, (note) 282 
of constituents of opium, (note) 
986 
of quinine in its different salts, 
(note) 1138 
Perchloride of mercury, 688 
Perchlorure de fer, 607 
Perchromic acid, 1616 
Percolation, 529, 728 
Pereirine, 1758 
Perezia dugessii, 1760 
nana, 1760 
root, 1760 
wrightii, 1760 
Perfumed spirit, 1529, 1799 
Perfumer’s alcohol, 130 
Periodic acid, 745 
Periploca grseca, 1761 
indica, 681 
secamone, 1207 
Periplocin, 1761 
Periwinkle, 1826 
Perlmoos, 383 
Permanent white, 1583 
Permanganate de potasse, 1109 
of potash, 1109 
Permanganic acid, 847 
Pernambuco jaborandi, 1035 
wood, 1591 
Pernitrate de fer liquide, 802 
de mercure liquide, 807 
Peronin, 1761 
Peronine, 1761 
Peroxide de fer hydrate humide, 623 
d’hydrogene, 214 
de mercure, 704 
Peroxide of hydrogen, 214 
of manganese, 846 
Perry, 1459 
Persian colocynth, 441 
galbanum, 644 
gum, (note) 6 
insect powder, 1695 
manna, (note) 851 
opium, (note) 985 
Persica vulgaris, 1759 
Persicaria hydropiper, 1589 
mitjs, 1589 
Persil, 1569 
de marais, 1791 
Persimmon, 1640 
Persimmonfriichte, 1640 
Persio, 1711 
Persische bertramblumen, 1695 
Persischer wtmdbalsam, 1374 
Persulfate de fer liquide, 805 
Persulphate of mercury, (note) 
694 
Persulphuric acid, 89 
Peru, balsam of, 253 
balsam oil, 255 
Peruvian bark, 388 
rhatany, (note) 770 
Peruvianiscbe rinde, 388 
Peruvianischer balsam, 253 
Petalite, 829 
Petersilie, 1569 
Petit cardamome, 332 
ch6ne, 1812 
chiendent, 1411 
nard, 1571 
Petiveria hexaglochin, 1769 
Petrolatum, 1016 
liquidum, 1016 
molle, 1016 
spissum, 1016 
P6trole, 1761 
Pgtroleine, 1016 
Petroleum, 1761 
benzin, 263 
ther, 263 
ointment, soft, 1016 
Petroselinum, 1569 
sativum, 1569 
Petsai, 1591 
Peucedanine, 1764 
Peucedanum, 1764 
graveolens, 173 
palustre, 1791 
Peurnus boldo, 1590 
fragrans, 1590 
Pfefferlatwerge, 444 
Pfefferminze, 866 
Pfefferminzol, 943 
Pfefferminzpastillen, 1417 
Pfefferminzwasser, 219 
Pfeffermiinze, 866 
Pferdeminze, 1731 
Pfingstrose, 1756 
Pfirsich, 1759 
Pilaster, 497 
Pflaumen, 1113 
Pfriemenkraut, 1210 
Phaeroretin, 1164 
Phagedanisches wasser, 835 
Phalaris canariensis, 1600 
Phallin, 1735 
Pharaoh’s serpents, 1724 
Pharbitis triloba, (note) 759, 1764 
Phaseoline, 1764 
Phaseolus vulgaris, 1764 
Phellandrene, 951, 1485, 1564 
Phellandrie, 1745 
Phellandrium aquaticum, 1745 
Phellonic acid, 1625 
Phenacetin, 1018 
Phenacetinum, 1018 
Phenalgin, 1764 
Phenanthrene, 1617 
Phenatol, 1764 
Phenazone, 1019 
Phenazonum, 1019 
Phenic acid, 36 
Phenocoll hydrochloride, 1764 
salicylate, 1764 
Phenol, 35, 457 
Phenol acid, 49 
and sodium ricinate, 1747 
bismuth, 1764 
camphorated, 41 
-glycerit, 661 
iodatum, 1487 
iodized, (note) 41, 1487 
liquefied, 42 
lozenge, 1414 
ointment, 1422 
-salbe, 1422 
sodium-sulphoricinicum, 1794 
sulphoricinicum, 1794 
suppositories, 1320 
Phdnol sodique, 1516 
Phenolated mercuric chloride, 1801 
Phenolphthalein, 1764 
Phenols, 36, 457 
Phenol um natrio-sulphoricinicum. 
1804 
Phenosal, 1764 
Phenosalyl, 1765 
Phenosuccin, 1777 
Phenylacetamide, 10 
Phenylalkohol, 36 
Phenylamine, 1565, 1617 
Phenyl-carbamate of ethyl, 1765 
Phenylchinaldin, 1765 
Phenylchinoline, 1765 
Phenyldihydrochinazolin hydroohlo- 
rate, 1749 
Phenyl-dimethyl-pyrazolone, 1019 
Phenylenediamine, 1765 
Phenyl-ethylene, 1306 
Phenyl-glucosazone, 1765 
Phenyl-glycolate, 1821 
Phenylhydrazine, 1765 
Phenylhydrazinlevulinic acid, 1569 
Phenyl hydride, 266 
Phenylhydroxylamin, 1765 
Phenylic acid, 36 
alcohol, 36 
Phenylicum crystallizatum, 36 
Phenyl-methyl-ketone, 1546 
Phenylmethylparazolcarboxylic acid 
1777 
Phenylo-horic acid, 1549 
Phenyl-propionic acid, 1738 
Phenyl salicylate, 1183 
Phenylsaure, 36 
Phenylschwefelsaures natron, 1264 
Phenyl urethan, 1652, 1765 
Phesin, 1765 
Philadelphia fleabane, 1646 
Philosophenwolle zinkbluinen, 1477 
Phlobaphene, 686 
Phloretin, 1766 
Phloridzin, 1765 
Phlorizin, 1765 
Phloroglucin, 305, 653 
protocatechuic acid, 1642 
Phlorol, 457, 1056, 1617 
Phlorrhizin, 1765 
Phloryl isobutyrate, 232 
Phlox Carolina, 1266 
root, 1267 
Phoenix farinifera, 1784 
Phoradendron flavescens, 1828 
Phorone, 309 
Phosphas ammonicus, 162 
calcicus praecipitatus, 292 
ferroso-ferricus, 625 
natricus, 1256 
sodicus, 1256 
Phosphate d’ammoniaque, 162 
de chaux hydratd, 292 
de fer, 625 
de soude, 1256 Index. 
1969 
Phosphate ferroso-ferrique, 625 
of ammonia, 162 
of ammonium, 162 
of calcium, 292 
of iron, 625 
of lime, precipitated, 292 
of pilocarpine, 1037 
of potassium, 1774 
of soda, 1256 
Phosphatic emulsion, 1504 
triphyline, 829 
Phosphine, 1766 
Phosphite of guaiacyl-ether, 1676 
Phospho-guaiacol, 1676 
Phosphor, 1021 
Phosphorated oil, 955 
Phosphore, 1021 
Phosphorhaltiges oel, 955 
Phosphoric acid, 77 
acid, concentrated, 77 
acid, diluted, 82 
acid, glacial, 80 
acid, monobasic, 80 
acid, monohydrated, 80 
acid, tetrabasie, 81 
acid, tribasic, 80 
guaiacyl-ether, 1676 
oxide, 1024 
Phosphorized cod-liver oil, (note) 950 
Phosphorous acid, 1024 
oxide, 1024 
Phosphorsaure kalkerde, 292 
Phosphorsaures ammoniak, 162 
eisenoxydul, 625 
eisenoxydul-oxyd, 625 
natron, 1256 
Phosphorus, 1021 
J. Ashburton Thompson’s solu- 
tion of, (note) 1026 
paste, (note) 1026 
pill, 1047 
solubility of, in fixed oils, (note) 
955 
Phosphorzink, 1479 
Phosphotage, (note) 1452 
Phosphure de zinc, 1479 
Photinia arbutifolia, 1683 
Photosantonic acid, 1192 
Photosantonin, (note) 1192 
Photoxylon, 1766 
Phragmites communis, (note) 851 
Phyllanthin, 1766 
Phyllanthus emblica, 1736 
niuri, 1766 
Phyllobates choccensis, 1576 
Phyllocyanic acid, (note) 495 
Phyllocyanin, (note) 495 
Phylloxanthin, (note) 495 
Phylloxera, 332 
Physalin, 1766 
Physalis alkekengi, 1766 
viscosa, 1766 
Physeter macrocephalus, 361, 1559 
Physic nuts, 1582 
l’hysosterin palmitate, 1224 
Physostigma, 1026 
mesoponticum, 1026 
venenosum, 1026 
Physostigmatis semen, 1026 
Physostigminae salicylas, 1028 
sulphas, 1029 
Physostigmine, 1027 
salicylate, 1028 
sulphate, 1029 
Phytalbumose, 1781 
Phytelephas macrocarpa, 1766 
Phytolacca acinosa, 1766 
berry, 1030 
Phytolacca decandra, 1030 
fruit, 1030 
root, 1030 
Phytolaccae bacca, 1030 
fructus, 1030 
radix, 1030 
Phytolaccic acid, 1031 
Phytolaccin, 1031 
Phytolaccotoxin, 1766 
Phytosterin, 1027, 1552 
Picamar, 457, 1056 
Picene, 1617 
Pichi, 1655 
Pichurim beans, 1766 
camphor, 1767 
fat, 1767 
Pichurimbohnen, 1766 
Picoline, 1350, 1617 
Picolo’s manna, (note) 851 
Picraconitine, 107 
Picraena excelsa, 1130 
Picramnine, 1603 
Picrasma eilantoides, 1767 
excelsa, 1129 
quassioides, 1131, 1767 
Picrasmic acid, 1131 
Picrasmin, 1131 
Picric acid, 1767 
cotton, (note) 669 
Picroadonidin, 1551 
Picro-crocin, 463 
Picroglycion, 490 
Picrol, 1768 
Picropodophyllic acid, 1068 
Picropodopliyllin, 1068, 1069 
Picrorfuza kurroa, 1768 
Picrosclerotine, 514, 515 
Picrotin, 1031 
Picrotoxio acid, 1031 
Picrotoxin, 1031, 1618 
Pierotoxinin, 1031 
Picrotoxinum, 1031 
Pictet fluid, 97 
Pied de chat, 1673 
de loup,836 
Pieris japonica, 1563, 
mariana, 1563 
Pierlot’i solution, 164 
Pierre de vin, 1080 
divine, 470 
inferna’e, 227 
Pierres d’6crevisses, 1629 
Pietro, 1125 
Pig-iron, 633 
Pigmentum indicum, 1693 
Pignon d’Inde, 1582 
des Barbades, 1582 
Pikrinsaure, 1767 
Pili gossypii, 668 
Piligan, 1713 
Piliganine, 1713 
Pillen, 1038 
Pills, 1038, 1522 
Anderson’s Scots, (note) 1042 
Asiatic, 23 
Hooper’s, (note) 1042 
of aloes, 1041 
of aloes and asafetida, 1041 
of aloes and iron, 1041 
of aloes and mastic, 1042 
of aloes and myrrh, 1042 
of aloin, strychnine, and bella- 
donna, 1523 
of asafetida, 1043 
of Batbadoes aloes, 1041 
of carbonate of iron, 856, 1045 
of colocynth and hyoscyamus, 
1045, 1524 
Pills of colocynth and podophyllum, 
1524 
of ferrous chloride, (note) 608 
of ferrous iodide, 1046 
of ferrous lactate, 622 
of glonoin, 1524 
of ipecacuanha with squill, 1047 
of lead and opium, 1048 
of manganous iodide, 1718 
of mercury, 857 
of nitroglycerin, 1524 
of oil of turpentine, (note) 972 
of opium, 1047 
of opium and camphor, 1524 
of opium and lead, 1524 
of phosphorus, 1047 
of podophyllum, belladonna, and 
capsicum, 1524 
of quinine sulphate, 1048 
of rhubarb, 1049 
of Socotrine aloes, 1041, 1042 
of Warburg’s tincture, 1523 
Plummer’s, 188 
quadruplex, 1525 
Pilocarpi foliola, 1034 
Pilocarpic acid, 1037 
Pilocarpidic acid, 1037 
Pilocarpidine, 1036 
Pilocarpinae hydrochloras, 1033 
nitras, 1034 
Pilocarpine, 1036 
acetate, 1037 
hydrobromate, 1037 
hydrochlorate, 1033 
nitrate, 1034 
phosphate, 1037 
Pilocarpus, 1034 
grandiflorus, 1034 
jaborandi, 1034 
microphyllus, 1036 
pennatifolius, 1034 
selloanus, 1034 
trachylophus, 1036 
Pilula aloes barbadensis, 1041 
aloes et asafoetidm, 1041 
aloes et ferri, 1041 
aloes et myrrhse, 1042 
aloes socotrinas, 1042 
calomelanos composita, 1043 
cambogias composita, 1043 
colocynthidis composita, 1044, 
(note) 1524 
colocynthidis et hyoscyami, 1045, 
(note) 1524 
ferri, 1045 
ferri carbonatis, 856 
galbani composita, 1047 
hydrargyri, 857 
hydrargyri subchloridi com- 
posita, 1043 
ipecacuanhas cum scilla, 1047 
phosphori, 1047 
plumbi cum opio, 1048 
quininae sulphatis, 1048 
rhei composita, 1049 
saponis composita, 1049 
scammonii composita, 1049 
scillae composita, 1049 
triplex, 1525 
Piluiae, 1038, 1522 
ad prandium, 1522 
aloes, 1041 
aloes et asafoetidm, 1041 t 
aloes et ferri, 1041 
aloes et mastiches, 1042 
aloes et myrrhas, 1042 
aloes et podophylli composite, 
1523 1970 
Index. 
Pilulas aloetic® ferrat®, 1041 
aloini composite, 1523 
aloini,strychninae, et belladonnas, 
1523 
aloini, strychnines, et belladonnas 
composite, 1523 
antidyspepticae, 1523 
antimonii composite, 1043 
antineuralgicas, 1523 
antiperiodicee, 1523 
asafcetidae, 1043 
cathartic® coinposit®, 1043 
cathartic® vegctabiles, 1044 
cocci®, 1523 
crnrule®, 857 
• colocynthidis composite, 1523 
colocynthidis et hyoscyami, 1524 
colocynthidis et podophylli, 1524 
copaib®, 854 
de cynoglosso, 1637 
ferrate Valleti, 856 
ferri carbonatis, 1045 
ferri carbonici, 856 
ferri composite, 1045, 1524 
ferri et quinin® composit®, 1525 
ferri iodidi, 1046 
galbani composit®, 1524 
glonoini, 1524 
hydrargyri, 857 
italic® nigr®, 1041 
laxativ® post partum, 1524 
metallorum, 1524 
metallorum amar®, 1524 
opii, 1047 
opii et camphor®, 1524 
opii et plumbi, 1524 
phosphori, 1047 
podophylli, belladonn®, et cap- 
sici, 1524 
quadruplices, 1525 
rhei, 1049 
rhei composit®, 1049 
stomachic®, (note) 1042 
triplices, 1525 
Pilule de mercure, 857 
Pilules, 1038 
alterantes compos6es, 1043 
antitartreuses, 1043 
bleues, 857 
cathartiques composes, 1043 
cochees mineures, 1044 
d’aloes, 1041 
d’aloes et asef6tide, 1041 
d’alo&s et de fer, 1041 
d’aloSs et de mastic, 1042 
et de myrrhe, 1042 
d’asef6tide, 1043 
de Blancard, 1046 
de carbonate ferreux, 856 
de coloquinte compos6es, 1044 
de copahu, 854 
de fer et de myrrhe composces, 
1045 
de Griffith, 1045 
d’iodure de fer, 1046 
de mercure, 857 
d’opium, 1047 
de Plummer, 1043 
de rhubarbe, 1049 
de rhubarbe composSes, 1049 
de Rufus, 1042 
de scammon6e composfies, 1049 
de scillo composees, 1049 
• ferrugineuses, 856 
Pimaric acid, 1055, 1151 
Piment, 1050 
de la Jama'ique, 1050 
des jardins, 322 
Piment rouge, 322 
Pimenta, 1050 
acris, 1050, 1626 
officinalis, 1050 
piperita, 866 
Pimenti, 1 050 
Pimento, 1050 
water, 220 
Pimientade la Jamaica, 1050 
de Tabasco, (note) 1050 
Pimienti negra, 1051 
Pimiento, 322 
Pimpinell, 1768 
Pimpinellaanisum, 174 
saxifraga, 1768 
Pimpinellin, 1788 
Pinang, (note) 346 
Pinastrinic acid, (note) 362 
Pinckneya pubens, 1768 
Pinckneyin, 1768 
Pine cone oil, 1363 
cure, 1781 
needle oil, 1363 
tar, 1056 
wool, 1357 
Pineapple, 1768 
essence, 1664 
Pinene, 970, 1185, 1356 
Pinio acid, 1055, 1151 
Pinipicrin, 1816 
Pinit, 1358 
Pinitannic acid, 1816 
Pinite, (note) 850, 1175 
Pinkroot, 1265 
Pinus, 1357 
abies, 1054 
australis, 970 
balsamea, 1359 
canadensis, 1769 
cembra, (note) 1359, 1781 
damarra, 1362 
densiflora, 1360 
khasya, 1360 
lambertiana, (note) 850, 1358 
larix, (note) 850, 1359, 1709 
maritima, 969, 1358 
merkusii, 1360 
montana, 1358 
nigra, 1359 
palustris, 1055, 1357, 1781 
picea, 1054, 1359 
pinaster, 1358 
ponderosa, 971 
pumilio,.956, 1358, 1781 
rigida, 1055, 1358 
sabiniana, 971, 1358 
strobus, (note) 1359 
sylvestris, 957, 969, 1358, 1816 
tmda, 1358 
thunbergii, 1360 
Piombo, 1057 
Pipe gamboge, 305 
Piper, 1051 
afzelii, (note) 465 
angustifolium, 860 
betel, 348, 1572 
caudatum, 465 
citrifolium, 1034 
clusii, (note) 466, 1051 
crassipes, (note) 465 
of Brunotte, (note) 466 
cubeba, 465 
elongatum, 860 
guineense, (note) 466 
hispanicum, 322 
jaborandi, 1034, 1697 
jamaicense, 1050 
longum, 1051 
Piper lowong, (note) 466 
methysticum, 1579 
mollissimum, (note) 460 
nigrum, 1051 
nodosum, 1034 
nov®-holland®, 1768 
ovatum, 1768 
reticulatum, 1034 
ribesioides, (note) 465 
sylvestre, (note) 466 
Piperazine, 1768 
Piperic acid, 1053 
Piperidin guaiacolate, 1676 
Piperidine, 1052, 1053 
guaiacolate, 1769 
Piperin, 1051, 1053 
Piperinum, 1053 
Piperoid of ginger, 915 
Piperoide de gingembre, 915 
Piperonal, (note) 1053 
Piperonalic acid, 966 
Piperonylic acid, 1628 
Piperovatine, 1768 
Pipi root, 1769 
Pipitzahoio acid, 1760 
Pipsissewa, 368 
Pirageia, 1563 
Piscidia erythrina, 1769 
Piscidin, 1769 
Pissenlit, 1354 
Pistaches, 1674 
Pistacia,, 1360 
lentiscus, 859 
terebinthina, 1603 
terebintbus, 1357, 1360 
Pitch, 1054, 1361 
pine, 1358 
plaster, 503 
Pitcher plant, 1789 
Pithecolobine, 1769 
Pithecolobium saman, 1769 
Pittacal, 1056 
Pituri, 1643 
Piturine, 1643 
Pivoine, 1756 
Pix, 1056 
arida, 1056 
burgundica, 1054 
canadensis, 1769 
carbonis praeparata, 1055 
liquida, 1055, 1361 
nigra, 1056, 1361 
Pixol, 1770 
Plano-convex catechu, (note) 345 
Plantago isphagula, 1770 
lanceolata, 1770 
lancifolia, 1770 
major, 1770 
media, 1770 
psyllium, 1770 
Plantain, 1770 
d’eau, 1556 
Plasma, 662 
glyc6r6 d’amidon, 662 
Plaster mulls, (note) 499 
of extract of conium, (note) 450 
of lead carbonate, (note) 507 
of myrrh, 892 
of Paris, 293 
Plasters, 497 
Plata, 221 
Pldtano vainilla, (note) 1442 
Plate-sulphate of potassa, 1112 
Platin, 1770 
Platine, 1770 
Platinum, 1770 
chloride, 1770 
Pl&trage, (note) 1452 Index. 
1971 
Pleurisy root, 238 
Plomb, 1057 
Plorno, 1057 
Plosslea floribunda, 1747 
Plumbagin, 1770 
Plumbago, 325 
europsea, 1770 
zeylanica, 1771 
Plumbi acetas, 1060 
aceticum, 1060 
carbonas, 1062 
iodidum, 1064 
nitras, 1065 
oxidum, 1066 
oxidum rubrum, 1771 
oxidum semivitreum, 1066 
saccharas, 1706 
tannas, 1706 
Plumbum, 1057 
carbonicum, 1062 
hydrico-aceticum solutum, 813 
iodatuin, 1064 
nitricum, 1065 
oxydatum, 1066 
Plume nutmeg, (note) 887 
Plummer’s pills, 188, 1043 
Plummer’sche pillen, 1043 
Plunket’s caustic, 22 
Poaya, (note) 750 
Poayero, 751 
Pockenholz, 673 
Pod pepper, 322 
Podalyria tinctoria, 1581 
Podophylli resina, 1154 
rhizoma, 1067 
Podophyllic acid, 1069 
Podophyllin, 1069, 1154 
purissimum, (note) 1155 
Podophylloquercetin, 1068 
Podophylloresin, 1069 
Podophyllotoxin, 1069 
Podophyllum, 1067 
emodi, 1068 
peltatum, 1068 
root, 1067 
Podophyllumharz, 1154 
Poetih, (note) 670 
Pogonopus febrifugus, (note) 338, 
1609, 1778 
Pogostemon patchouli, 1747 
Poh di Bahia, 221 
Pois a gratter, 1733 
velus, 1733 
Poison ivy, 1168 
nut, 896 
oak, 1168 
Poisonous fungi, 1734 
honey, 1563 
Poivre, 1051 
commun, 1051 
de Cayenne, 322 
de Guin6e, 322 
d’Inde, 322 
de la Jama'ique, 1050 
des murailles, 1791 
noir, 1051 
Poivrette, (note) 1052 
Poix blanche, 1054 
de Bourgogne, 1054 
emgtisee, (note) 500 
jaune, 1054 
Poke berry, 1030 
root, 1030, 1447 
Polar plant, 1792 
Polecat weed, 1641 
Poligala virginiana, 1212 
Polishing rouge, 89 
Pollack, 947 
Polychroite, 463 
Polyformin, 1771 
Polygala alba, (note) 1213 
ainara, 1212, 1771 
boykinii, (note) 1213 
butyracea, 1771 
japonica, (note) 1212 
latifolia, (note) 1213 
paucifolia, 936 
polygama, 1771 
rubella, 1771 
senega, 937, 1212 
tenuifolia, (note) 1212 
vulgaris, 1212 
Poly gale, 1771 
de Virginie, 1212 
Polygalic acid, 1213 
Polygonatum multitlorum, 1621 
officinale, 1621 
uniflorum, 1621 
Polygonic acid, 1589 
Polygonin, 1589 
Polygonum amphibium, 1589 
aviculare, 1589 
barbatum, 1589 
bistorta, 1589 
chinense, 1693 
cuspidatum, 1589 
fagopyrum, 1589 
hydropiper, 1589 
hydropiperoides, 1589 
persioaria, 1589 
punctatum, 1589 
tinctorium, 1589, 1693 
Polymnia uvedalia, 1771 
Polynemus, 725 
Polypodium, 1771 
adiantiforme, 1772 
lilix-foemina, 1579 
filix mas, 240 
friederichsthalianum, 1772 
heleopteris, (note) 240 
nemorale, (note) 240 
vulgare, 1771 
Polyporus fomentarius, 1553 
igniarius, 1553 
marginatus, 1553 
officinalis, 1552 
ribis, 1553 
ungulatus, 1553 
Polysaccharides, 1176 
Polysolve, 1794 
(note) 911 
Polystichum abbreviatum, (note) 240 
durum et induratum, (note) 240 
filix mas, (note) 240 
Polyterpenes, 905 
Polytrichi, 1550 
Polytrichon, 1550 
Polytrichum juniperinum, 1772 
Poina colocynthidis, 441 
Pomegranate, 669 
root bark, 669 
Pomeranzenbliithenol, 924 
Pomeranzenbliithensyrup, 1329 
Pomeranzengeist, 1278 
Pomeranzenschale, 249 
Pomeranzenschalen-aufguss, 731 
Pomeranzenschalenol, 924 
Pomeranzenschalentinktur, 1372 
Pomeranzen- und citronenschalen- 
aufguss, 730 
Pommade d’acide phgnique, 1422 
d’acide tannique, 1422 
d’aconitine, 1422 
d’atropine, 1423 
de belladone, 1423 
de calomelas, 1432 
Pommade de carbonate de plomb, 
1434 
de creosote, 1425 
de deutiodure de mercure, 1429 
de diachylon, 1425 
de goudron, 1433 
d'iode, 1432 
d’iodure de plomb, 1434 
d’iodure de soufre, 1435 
de m6zer6on, (note) 871 
de nitrate de mercure, 1429 
de noix de galle, 1426 
d’oxyde de zinc, 1436 
d’oxyde jaune de mercure, 1431 
de poudre de Goa, 1424 
de precipit6 blanc, 1429 
de precipitfi rouge, 1431 
de stramoine, 1435 
de vfiratrine, 1435 
epispastique au garou, (note) 871 
iodurfie, 1434 
mercurielle, 1426 
mercurielle compos6e, 1429 
napolitaine, 1426 
populeum, 903 
simple, 1421 
soufr6e, 1435 
Pommades, 1420 
Pomme Spineuse, 1289 
Pompholix, 1478 
Pongamia, 1772 
glabra, 1772 
Pontefract cakes, 566 
Poplar, 1772 
buds, 1772 
Poppy capsules, 1007 
oil, 922 
-seed oil, 980, 1007 
Populin, 1772 
Populinated lard, (note) 1421 
Populus, 1772 
alba, 1772 
balsamifera, 1772 
nigra, 1772 
tremula, 1183, 1772 
tremuloides, 1772 
Porcelain clay, 766, 1700 ' 
Porillon, 1737 
Porphyrine, 1557 
Porphyroxine, 987, 995 
Porpoise oil, 900 
Porreau, 1707 
Porrum, 1707 
Porsch, 1706 
Port wine, 1454 
Porter, 1460, 1716 
Porteranthus stipulatus, 1671 
trifoliatus, 1671 
Portland arrow-root, 1577 
powder, 1607, 1812 
sago, 1577 
Portulaca oleracea, 1772 
Potasch, 1086 
Potash, 1086 
alum, 144 
analysis of, 1087 
by alcohol, 1072 
sal aeratus, 1077 , 
Potashes, 1086 
Potasio, 1070 
Potaska, 1086 
Potaske, 1086 
Potassa, 1070 
alum, 144 
caustica, 1070 
cum calce, 299, 1073 
del commercio, 1086 
sulphurata, 1073 1972 
Index. 
Potassa with lime, 1073 
Potassae hydras, 1070 
Potasse caustique, 1070 
caustique liquide, 815 
du commerce, 1086 
vitriolee, 1111 
Potassii acetas, 1075 
biantinomias, 1639 
bicarb onas, 1076 
bichroinas, 1078 
bisulphas, 1772 
bitartras, 1079 
bromidum, 1082 
carbonas, 1084 
carbonas impura., 1086 
chloras, 1089 
citras, 1091 
citras effervescens, 1092 
cyanidum, 1092 
cyanuretum, 1092 
et sodii tartras, 1095 
ferrocyanidum, 1096 
hydras, 1070 
hydriodas, 1099 
hypophosphis, 1098 
iodidum, 1099 
nitras, 1105 
permanganas, 1108 
sulphas, 1111 
sulphas cum sulphure, 1112 
sulphis, 1773 
sulphuretum, 1073 
tartras, 1112 
tartras acida, 1079 
Potassio, 1070 
-ferric alum, 612 
-ferric tartrate, 613 
-mercuric iodide, 1773 
-tartrate of antimony, 178 
Potassium, 1070 
acetate, 1075 
alum, 144 
and caffeine chlorogenate, 1596 
and magnesium tartrate, 1096 
and sodium tartrate, 1095 
bicarbonate, 1076 
bichromate, 1078 
binoxalate, 1753, 1755 
bitartrate, 1079 
bromide, 1082 
cantharidate, (note) 357 
carbonate, 1084 
chlorate, 1089 
chloro-platinite, 1773 
chromate, 1078 
citrate, 1091 
cobalti-nitrite, 1773 
cyanide, 1092 
dichromate, 1078 
ferricyanide, 1773 
ferrocyanide, 1096 
fluoride, 1661 
guaiacol sulphonate, 1814 
hydrate, 1070 
hydrogen carbonate, 1076 
hydroxide, 1070 
hypophosphite, 1098 
iodate, 1774 
iodide, 1099 
iodide ointment, 1434 
myronate, 968 
nitrate, 1105 
nitrate paper, 365 
nitrite, 1774 
ortho-di-nitro-cresolate, 1569 
oxalate, 1753 
oxalate, acid, 1755 
oxyquinoline sulphonate, 1610 
Potassium paratartrate, 1458 
perchlorate, 1774 
permanganate, 1108 
phosphate, 1774 
quadroxalate, 1753, 1755 
silicate, 1774 
soziodol, 1798 
sulphate, 1111 
sulphite, 1773 
sulphocyanate, 1774 
sulphocyanide, 1774 
tartrate, 1112 
tellurate, 1811 
tetroxalate, 1755 
Potato, 488 
bug, (note) 317, 1759 
flies, (note) 317 
spirit oil, 1555 
starch, 173, 1720 
Potentilla, 1775 
canadensis, 1775, 1818 
reptans, 1774 
tormentilla, 1818 
Pothomorphe mollissimum, (note) 
466 
Potio Riveri, 1516 
Potion effervescente, (note) 819 
gazeuse, (note) 819 
Potus imperialis, 1081 
Poudre aerophore, (note) 1122 
antimoniale de James, 1119 
aromatique, 1120 
de Dower, 1123 
de Goa, 221 
de Jean de Vigo, 704 
de Knox,299 
de mercure crayeux, 712 
de reglisse compos6e, 1123 
de rhubarbe composSe, 1125 
de Seidlitz, 1122 
de Seitz, (note) 1122 
de Tennant, 299 
de Vienne, 1073 
gazeuse, (note) 1122 
gazifere purgative, 1122 
Poudres, 1118 
Poultices, 1605 
Pounce, 1787 
Powder of Algaroth, 178, 183, 1775 
of aloes and canella, 1525 
of ipecac and opium, 1123 
of iron, 636 
of kino and opium, 1124 
of mild mercurous chloride and 
jalap, 1526 
of tin, 1817 
Powdered blue mass, 858 
opium, 979 
Vallet’s mass, 856 
Powders, 1118 
Pracipitirter kohlensauer kalk, 288 
Pracipitirtes quecksilberoxyd, 702 
Prairie dock, 1759 
indigo, 1582 
potato, 1775 
turnip, 1775 
Praparirte austerschalen, 1812 
kohle, 329 
kreide, 460 
Prasoid, 1775 
Precipitate per se, (note) 705 
Precipitated antimony sulphide, 
amorphous, 185 
caloium carbonate, 288 
calcium phosphate, 292 
calomel, 694 
carbonate of iron, (note) 624 
chalk, 288 
Precipitated extract of bark, 1609 
ferrous sulphate, 631 
mercuric iodide, 701 
mercuric oleate, 911 
mercuric oxide, 702 
oxide of mercury, 702 
phosphate of lime, 292 
sulphate of iron, 631 
sulphide of antimony, 185 
sulphur, 1310 
zinc carbonate, 1472 
Pr6cipit6 rouge, 704 
Prflle, 1645 
Premna taitensis, 1817 
Prenanthes serpentaria, 1737 
Prepared calamine, 1598 
chalk, 460 
coal tar, 1055 
lard, 112 
oyster-shell, 1812 
storax, 1304 
suet, 1224 
sulphuret of antimony, 184 
Prescription writing, 1868 
Prescriptions, examples of, 1870 
metric, 1871 
Preservation of extracts, 532 
Preserved ginger, 1484 
juice of colchicum, 553 
juice of taraxacum, (note) 1307 
vegetable j uices, 1369 
Preserving liquid, Wickersheimer, 
(note) 148 
Preston salts, (note) 157 
Prezzemolo, 1569 
Prickly ash, 1466, 1571 
cedar, 926 
elder, 1571 
pear, 1749 
poppy,1572 
yellow wood, 1467 
Pride of China, 1580 
of India, 1580 
Primary alcohols, 39 
Prince’s feather, 1559 
pine, 368 
Prinos, 1775 
verticillatus, 1775 
Prioria cdpaifera, 1775 
Prismatic borax, 1239 
Privet, 1707 
Procter’s preserved juice of taraxa- 
cum, (note) 1307 
Proof spirit, 124, 125, 131 
vinegar, 1547 
Propenyl trinitrate, 1281 
Prophetin, 496 
Propione, 1639, 1775 
Propionic acid, 1192 
Propionitrile, 1688 
Propionyl-phenetidin, 1820 
Propolis, (note) 862 
Propyl, 1819 
piperidine, 448 
Propylamine, 1819 
Propyl-cresol, 1365 
Propyldi chloramine, 1561 
Propylene, 1618 
Prosopis juliflora, 1725 
pubescens, 1725 
Protea mellifica, 1775 
Proteacic acid, 1775 
Proteacin, 1775 
Proteids, 1656 
Protiodide of mercury, 698 
Protiodure de mercure, 698 
Protium caranna, 1601 
icieariba, 1643 Index. 
1973 
Protocatechuic acid, 771, 1642 
Protochloride of mercury, 693 
Protochlorure de mercure, 693 
Protocyanure jaune de fer et de po- 
tassium, 1096 
Protokosine, 474 
Protopia, 992 
Protopine, 366, 992, 1188 
Protoquinamicine, 407 
Protosulphate de fer, 628 
Protosulphide of iron, (note) 1315 
Protoveratridine, 1449, 1826 
Protoveratrine, 1449, 1826 
Protoxide d’azote, 1742 
de plomb, 1066 
Prual, 1575 
Prune, 1113 
de Saint-Julien, 1114 
Pruneaux, 1113 
Prunella vulgaris, (note) 318, 1775 
Prunes, 1113 
Pruni, 1113 
virginianae cortex, 1114 
Prunum, 1113 
Prunus amygdalus, 164 
bokharensis, (note) 6 
domestica, 1113 
laurocerasus, 775 
persica, 1759 
puddum, (note) 6 
serotina, (note) 1114 
spinosa, 4 
virginiana, 1114 
Prussian blue, (note) 1097 
Prussiate de mercure, 697 
jaune de potasse, 1096 
of mercury, 697 
of potassa, 1096 
Prussic acid, 57 
Pseudaconine, 107 
Pseudaconitine, 107 
Pseudocodeine, (note) 433 
Pseudoconhydrine, 449 
Pseudocumene, 266, 676 
Pseudocurarine, 1739 
Pseudoephedrine, 1645 
Pseudoinulin, 739 
Pseudoisopyrine, 1697 
Pseudojervine, 1449, 1826 
Pseudomorphia, 991 
Pseudomorphine, 878, 987, 991 
Pseudonarcissine, 1737 
Pseudopelletierine, 671 
Pseudopetalon glandulosum, (note) 
1466 
tricarpum, (note) 1466 
Pseudopurpurin, 1782 
Pseusmagenuetus equatorium, 1620 
Psidium pomiferum, 1775 
Psoralea, 1775 
bituminosa, 1775 
castorea, 1775 
oorylifolia, 1775 
culen, 1775 
eglandulosa, 1775 
esculenta, 1775 
glandulosa, 1775 
melilotoides, 1775 
mephitica, 1775 
physodes, 1775 
Psychotria emetica, 751, (note) 752 
granatensis, (note) 752 
ipecacuanha, 750 
Ptelea trifoliata, 1169, 1775 
Pteris aquilina, 1579 
Pteritannic acid, 242 
Pterocarpi lignum, 1189 
Pterocarpin, 1189 
Pteroearpus draco, 1642 
erinaceus, 768 
indicus, 767 
marsupium, 766 
santalinus, 964, 1189 
Ptomaines, 1776 
Ptyalin, 1005 
Ptychotis ajowan, 1364 
Puccoon, 1187 
Puce oxide of lead, 1058 
Puchury, 966 
Puerto Cabello bark, 403 
Puff-ball, 1735 
Pulegone, 939, 1721 
Pulmonaire, 1776 
Pulmonaria officinalis, 1776 
Pulpa tamarindorum cruda, 1352 
Pulpe de casse, 341 
de coloquinte, 441 
Pulque, 1553 
Pulsatilla, 1117 
vulgaris, 1117 
Pulsatille, 1117 
Pulver, 1118 
Pulveres, 1118 
effervescentes, (note) 1122, 1525 
effervescentes aperientes, 1122 
Pulverized silex, 1741 
Pulverulent tar, 1057 
Pulvis acaciae compositus, 1525 
acetanilid compositus, 1525 
aerophorus aDglicus, (note) 1122 
aerophorus laxans, 1122 
aerophorus seidlitzensis, 1122 
algarothi, 1775 
aloes et canellae, 1525 
amygdalae compositus, 1119,1525 
antaeidus, 1125 
anticatarrhalis, 1525 
antimonialis, 1119 
antimonii compositus, 1119 
aromaticus, 1120 
asari compositus, 1812 
capucinorum, 1784 
catechu compositus, 1121, 1525 
causticus cum calce, 1073 
causticus viennensis, 1073 
cinnamomi compositus, 1120 
comitissae, 414 
eretae aromaticus, 1121, 1525 
cretae aromaticus cum opio, 1121, 
1525 
cretae compositus, 1121 
digestivus, 1527 
Doweri, 1123 
effervescens compositus, 1122 
elaterini compositus, 1123, 1411 
febrifugus orbis americani, 414 
ferri et quininae citratis efferves- 
cens, 1526 
ferri phosphatis effervescens, 
1526 
glycyrrhizae compositus, 1123 
gummosus, 1525 
hydrargyri chloridi mitis et 
jalapae, 1526 
infantum, 1125 
iodoformi compositus, 1527 
ipecacuanhae compositus, 1123 
ipecacuanhas et opii, 1123 
ipecacuanhae opiatus, 1123 
Jacobi, 1119 
jalapae compositus, 1124 
kino compositus, 1124, 1527 
kino cum opio, 1124 
liquiritiae compositus, 1123 
lycopodii, 836 
magnesias cum rheo, 1125 
Pulvis morphinae compositus, 1124 
myricse compositus, 1527 
opii compositus, 1125 
pancreaticus compositus, 1527 
pectoralis Kurellse, 1123 
pepsini compositus, 1527 
potassii bromidi effervescens, 
1527 
potassii bromidi effervescens 
cum caffeina, 1527 
purgans, 1124 
rhei compositus, 1125 
rhei et magnesiae anisatus, 1527 
salis carolini factitii effervescens, 
1527 
salis kissingensis factitii effer- 
vescens, 1528 
salis vichyani factitii efferves- 
cens, 1528 
salis vichyani factitii effervescens 
cum lithio, 1528 
scammonii compositus, 1125 
sodas tartaratae effervescens, 1122 
talci salicylicus, 1528 
taracanae, 1568 
tragacanthae compositus, 1125 
Pumex, 1776 
Pumice stone, 1776 
Pumiline, 1781 
Pumpkin seed, 1011 
Puneeria coagulans, 1776 
, Punica granatum, 669 
Punicin, 670 
Punicine, 671 
Punicotannic acid, 670 
Punicum malum, 670 
Pural, 1777 
Pure caoutchouo, 492 
charcoal, 325 
concentrated nitric acid, (note) 
69 
ether, (note) 118 
extract of glycyrrhiza, 567 
kosin, 475 
propylamine, 1819 
Prussian blue, (note) 1097 
sodium hydroxide, 1229 
sulphuric acid, 90 
tannic acid, 49 
trimethylamine, 1819 
water, 194 
white resin, 404 
Purest labdanum, 1702 
Purga de Sierra Gorda, (note) 760 
Purgiercassie, 341 
Purging agaric, 1552 
cassia, 341 
flax, 1708 
nuts, 1582 
Purgirnuss, 1582 
Purgo macho, (note) 761 
Purified aloes, 141 
animal charcoal, 328 
antimony sulphide, 185 
antimony trisulphide, 185 
asafetida, 237 
black antimony, 185 
chloride of ammonium, 157 
cotton, 668 
ether, 118 
extract of ergot, 560 
extract of glycyrrhiza, 1506 
extract of liquorice, 1506 
ox bile, 604 
oxgall, 604 
pepsin, 1013 
sodium hydroxide, 1229 
sugar, 1178 1974 
Index. 
Purified talcum, 1536 
Purple avens, 1670 
sugar-cane, 1174 
willow-herb, 1714 
Purpurate of ammonium, 1733 
Purpurin, 1782 
Purpurrother fingerhut, 481 
Purree, 1693 
Purreic acid, 1693 
Purshianin, 1159 
Pusch’s method of determining the 
presence of tartaric acid in citric 
acid, (note) 47 
Putamen ovi, 1643 
Putrescine, 1776 
Puya chilensis, (note) 7 
lanata, (note) 7 
lanuginosa, (note) 7 
Pycnanthemum linifolium, 1777 
Pyoktanin, 1566 
aureum, 1566 
Pyoktanininum coeruleum, 1566 
Pyramidon, 1777 
Pyrantin, 1777 
Pyrazole, 1777 
Pyrene, 1056, 1617 
Pyr&thre, 1125 
salivaire, 1125 
Pyrethri radix, 1125 
Pyrethric acid, 1126 
Pyrethrine, 1126 
Pyrethrum, 1125 
camphor, 1777 
carneum, 1695 
cinerariaefolium, 1695 
coronopifolium, 1695 
parthenium, 176, 1776 
roseum, 1695 
Pyretin, 1056 
Pyridine, 1350, 1617, 1778 
-dicarboxylic acid, 417 
-tricarboxylic acid, 1778 
Pyrites, (note) 1315 
Pyroacetic spirit, 1546 
Pyroborate of mercury, 1724 
of sodium, 1236 
Pyroboric acid, 34 
Pyrocain, 1676 
Pyrocatechin, 456, 1156, 1617 
-mono-ethyl-ether, 1813 
Pyrocatechuic acid, 767 
Pyrocomenic acid, 996 
Pyrodextrin, 170 
Pyrodin, 1549, 1686 
Pyrogallic acid, 49, 1126 
Pyrogallol, 1126 
acetate, 1669 
di-salicylate, 1669, 1786 
-mono-acetate, 1650, 1669 
shellac varnish, 1793 
Pyroguaiacin, 675 
Pyrola umbellata, 368 
Pyroligneous acid, 15,1056 
acid, crude, 15, 18 
spirit, 1726 
vinegar, 15 
Pyrolusite, 846 
Pyromeconic acid, 996 
Pyrone, 996 
Pyrophorus, Homberg’s, 146 
Pyrophosphas ferricus cum citrate 
ammonico, 627 
Pyrophosphate de fer citro-ammonia- 
cal, 627 
of iron, 627 
of iron with ammonium citrate, 
627 
Pyrophosphoric acid, 80, 1024 
Pyrophosphorsaures eisenoxyd mit 
citronsauren ammonium, 627 
Pyropseudaconitine, 107 
Pyrosal, 1778 
Pyrotartaric acid, 306 
Pyroxylic spirit, 1726 
Pyroxylin, 1128 
Pyroxylinum, 1128 
Pyroxylon, 1128 
Pyrrhol, 1565 
Pyrrol, 204 
tetriodide, 1696 
Pyrus americana, 1797 
aucuparia, 1797 
cydonia, 1637 
glabra, (note) 851 
malus, (note) 165 
Q 
Quadroxalate of potassium, 1753 
Quadruplex pills, 1525 
Quai, 1554 
Quaker black drop, 13 
buttons, 896 
Qualitative tests Br., 1856 
Quantitative test for nitric acid, 71 
tests Br., 1859 
Quassia, 1129 
amara, 1129 
-aufguss, 735 
excelsa, 1129, 1593 
-extrakt, 588 
simaruba, 1792 
wood, 1129 
Quassise lignum, 1129 
Quassiatinktur, 1402 
Quassic acid, 1131 
Quasside, 1131 
Quassie, 1129 
Quassienholz, 1129 
Quassin, 1130, 1792 
Quatract, 533 
Quatuor pills, 1525 
Quebrachamine, 244 
Quebrachine, 244 
Quebrachite, 244 
Quebracho, 242 
bark, 242 
bianco, 242 
Colorado, (note) 243 
gum, (note) 243 
Queckenwurzel, 1411 
Quecksilber, 707 
mit kreide, 712 
Quecksilberchloriir, 693 
Quecksilberchloriirsalbe, 1432 
Quecksilber-cyanid, 697 
Quecksilber-jodid, 701 
Quecksilberjodiir, 698 
Quecksilber-liniment, 782 
Quecksilber-pflaster, 502 
Quecksilber-pracipitat, 704 
Quecksilber- und ammoniak-pflaster, 
499 
Queen of the meadow, 1799 
Queen’s delight, 1288 
root, 1288 
Queensland hemp, 1792 
Quercetin, 347, 1133 
Quercin, 1132 
Quercitannic acid, 1132 
Quercite, (note) 1133, 1175 
Quercitrin, 1133, 1171, 1603 
Quercitron, 1133 
Quercus mgilops, 645, 1825 
alba, 1131 
cerris, 645 
Quercus cortex, 1132 
excel sa, 645 
falcata, 1132 
ilex, 645, 1625 
infectoria, 645 
lusitanica, 645 
marina, 1666 
montana, 1132 
occidentals, 1625 
pedunculata, 1132 
persica, (note) 851 
prinus, 1132 
robur, 645, 1132 
sessiflora, 1132 
suber, 1625 
tinctoria, 1132 
vallonea, (note) 851 
virens, 1132 
Quevenne’s iron, 638 
Quick-grass, 1411 
Quicklime, 298 
Quicksilver, 707, (note) 708 
Quillaia, 1133 
bark, 1133, 1788 
sapotoxin, 1134 
Quillaiac acid, 1134 
Quillaiae cortex, 1133 
Quillaic acid, 1789 
Quillain, 1134 
Quillaja, 1133 
emulsion of cod-liver oil, 1502 
saponaria, 1133, 1788 
Quillay, 1133 
Quillean, 1133 
Quilled calisaya bark, 401 
Quina, 388 
morada, (note) 338, 1778 
Quinacetine sulphate, 1778 
Quinalgene, 1563 
Quinamia, 405 
Quinamicine, 407 
Quinamidine, 406, 407 
Quinatnine, 405 
Quinaseptol, 1639 
Quince seed, 1637 
Quinetum, 393, (note) 413 
Quinia, 1136 
de Remijio, (note) 403 
de sera, (note) 403 
Quinirn valerianas, 1149 
Quinic acid, 404, 408 
Quinicia, 1137 
Quinicine, 404, 1137, 1609 
Quinidamia, 406 
Quinidia, (note) 404 
Quinidinas sulphas, 1134 
Quinidine, 404, 1135 
sulphate, 1134 
Quinina, 1136 
Quininse bisulphas, 1140 
hydrobromas, 1140 
hydrochloras, 1142 
hydrochloridum, 1142 
hvdrochloridum acidum, 1142 
sulphas, 1143 
valerianas, 1149 
Quinine, 404, 1136 
acetate, 1138 
acid hydrobromate, (note) 1141 
amorphe, 1609 
and urea hydrochlorate, 1139 
antimonate, 1139 
arsenite, 1139 
bisulphate, 1140 
brute, 1609 
camphorate, 1138 
carbolate, (note) 1139 
chlorate, (note) 1139 Index. 
1975 
Quinine citrate, (note) 1139 
citrothymate, 1139 
dihydrobromate, (note) 1141 
disulphate, 1144 
ethyl carbonic ether, 1653 
ferrooyanate, 1138 
flower, 1784 
glycerophosphate, 1139 
hydriodate, (note) 1139 
hydrobromate, (note) 1139, 1140 
hydrochlorate, 1142 
hydrochloride, 1142 
hypophosphite, 1139 
iodo-sulphate, (note) 1145 
lactate, (note) 1139 
ineconate, 1140 
phenate, (note) 1139 
phosphate, (note) 1139 
quinate, 408 
salicylate, (note) 1139 
subsulphate, 1144 
sulphate, 1143 
sulphosalicylate, (note) 1140 
sulphovinate, (note) 1139 
tannate, 1138 
urate, 1139 
valerianate, 1149 
wine, 1466 
Quininic acid, 1138 
Quiniretin, 1137 
Quino, 760 
Quinoa, 1778 
Quinoidin, 1609 
Quinoidine, 405, 1609 
Quinoline, 1610 
-carboxylic acid, 417 
hydrochlorate, 1610 
mono-hypochlorite, 1610 
salicylate, 1610 
sulphonic acid, 1699 
tartrate, 1610 
Quinone, 408 
Quino-quino, 253 
Quinosol, 1610 
Quinotannic acid, 405 
Quinovic acid, 405, 409 
Quinovin, 405, 408 
Quinquina, 388 
africaine, 1641 
nova, 408 
Quitch, 1411 
Quittenkerne, 1637 
Quittensame, 1637 
R 
Rabano rusticano, 230 
Rabarbaro, 1160 
Rabelaisia, 1575 
philippinensis, 1575 
Racemic acid, 105, 1452, 1778 
Racine br6silienne, 750 
d’aconit, 108 
d’actee a grappes, 386 
d’angelique, 1563 
d’aralie a tigo nue, 1571 
d’aralie nude, 1571 
d’arnique, 231 
d’asclepiade tubereuse, 238 
de bec-de-grue tachete, 653 
de belladone, 259 
de benoite aquatique, 1670 
de benoite des ruisseaux, 1670 
de Colombo d’Amerique, 1663 
de Colombo de Mariette, 1663 
de cypripede jaune, 475 
de gentiane, 651 
de gentiane jaune, 651 
Racine de gillenie, 1671 
de guimauve, 143 
de heniidesmus, 681 
d’heuchere d’Amerique, 1683 
d’hydrastis de Canada, 715 
de leptandra, 776 
de patience friseo, 1172 
de phytolaque, 1030 
de pied-de-corneille, 653 
de pothos fetide, 1641 
de Saint-Christophe, 1550 
de sumbul, 1316 
de trioste, 1820 
de valeriane, 1439 
de veronique de Yirginie, 776 
douce, 664 
Radiated false jalap, (note) 761 
Radical vinegar, 17 
Radices colubrin®, 896 
Radis do cheval, 230 
Radix acori, 286 
althaeas, 143 
bardanae, 775 
benedictae sylvestris, 1670 
cainanae, 1597 
caincae, 1597 
calami aromatici, 286 
caryophyllatae, 1670 
caryophyllatae aquaticae, 1670 
christophorian®, 1550 
Colombo, 295 
Colombo americanae, 1663 
columbo, 295 
eonsolidae majoris, 1806 
filicis maris, 239 
fraserae, 1663 
gentianae, 651 
gentian® lute®, 651 
gentian® majoris, 651 
gentian® rubr®, 651 
glycyrrhiz® hispanic®, 664 
graminis, 1411 
ipecacuanh®, 750 
ireos, 1750 
iridis florentin®, 1750 
jalap®, 757 
lapathi, 1172 
levistici, 1707 
liquiriti® glabr®, 664 
olsnitii, 1791 
pimpinell®, 1768 
pyrethri romani, 1125 
ratanh®, 770 
ratanhi®, 770 
rumicis, 1172 
sarsaparill®, 1199 
symphiti, 1806 
valerian® minoris, 1439 
zedoari®, 1833 
zedoari® long®, 1833 
zedoari® rotund®, 1833 
Radlkofer, 1759 
Rafano rusticano, 230 
Raffinirtes silber, 221 
Raffinose, 1176 
Ragia di pino, 1151 
Ragweed, 1559 
Ragwort, 1791 
Raifort sauvage, 230 
Rain water, 195 
Rainweide, 1707 
Raisin d’Amerique, 1030 
d’ours, 1437 
Raisins, 1778 
Raiz de china de Mexico, (note) 1200 
de columbo, 295 
pretta, 1597 
Raja clavata, 725 
llame, 470 
solfato, 468 
Ramsted, 1569 
Randia dumetorum, 1779 
Rangoon petroleum, 1762 
tar, 1761 
Ranunculine, 1779 
Ranunculus, 1779 
acris, 1779 
aquatilis, 1779 
bulbosus, 1779 
flammula, 1779 
scleratus, 1779 
Raphia pedunculata, 1784 
Raphidophora vitiensis, 1817 
Raspberry, 1172 
Ratanha-aufguss, 734 
-extrakt, 575 
Ratanhapastillen, 1417 
Ratanhasyrup, 1337 
Ratanhatinktur, 1393 
Ratanhia, 770 
red, 771 
Ratanhiawurzel, 770 
Ratanhine, 771 
Ratania, 770 
Ratsbane-eaters, 22 
Ratti, 1545 
Rattlesnake root, 1737 
weed, 1683 
Rattlesnake’s master, 1553, 1646, 
1707 
Rauwolfia serpentina, 1748 
Raw meat, 1721 
Ray fish, 725 
Reagents, British, 1856 
official, 1835 
Realgar, 234, 1779 
Reaumur’s thermometer, 1881 
Recovery of volatile oils from the 
resinified condition, (note) 905 
Rectificirter weingeist, 123 
Rectified oil of amber, 1803 
oil of turpentine, 973 
spirit, 123, 1286 
Red amorphous phosphorus, 1023 
bark, 388, 401 
bole, 1590 
buckeye, 1552 
-bud, 1608 
catechu, 345 
cedar, 1606, 1698 
chalk, 1779 
charcoal, 329 
chickenweed, 1562 
chromate of potash, 1078 
chromate of potassa, 1078 
cinchona, 388 
cinchona bark, 388 
cohosh, 1550 
copaiba, (note) 454 
elm, 1419 
ink, 1695 
iodide of mercury, 701 
ipecacuanha, 753 
kousso, 474 
lead, 1058, 1771 
litharge, 1067 
mercuric iodide, 701 
mercuric oxide, 704 
mercuric sulphide, 1722 
oak, 1132 
ochre, 1693, 1744, 1779 
oil, 1689 
oil of thyme, 976 
orpiment, 1779 
oxide of iron, (note) 624 
oxide of lead, 1058, 1771 1976 
Index. 
Red oxide of mercury, 704 
oxide of zinc, 1468 
pepper, 322 
phosphorus, 1023 
poppy, 1166 
poppy petals, 1166 
potassium prussiate, 1773 
precipitate, 704, 1432 
precipitate ointment, 1431 
resin, 1164 
root, 1606 
rose, 1170 
rose petals, 1170 
sandal wood, 1189 
sanders wood, 1189 
sarsaparilla, 1200 
saunders, 964, 1189 
sealing-wax, 1704 
-seeded dandelion, 1354 
squill, 1209 
suboxide of copper, 470 
sulphide of mercury, 1722 
tartar, 1080 
whortleberry, (note) 1438 
wine, 1451 
wine vinegar, 1547 
Red-bud, 1608 
Reddle, 1779 
Redhead, 1578 
Redoul, 1624 
Reduced iron, 636 
iron lozenges, 1416 
Reducirtes eisen, 636 
Refined cotton-seed oil, 938 
isinglass, 725 
liquorice, 566 
oxgall, 604 
saltpetre, 1107 
Regaliza, 664 
en ballos, 565 
Regianio acid, 1779 
Regianine, 1779 
Reglisse, 664 
Regulus of antimony, 177 
Reine-Claude plums, 1114 
Reiner aether, 118 
essig, 14 
salmiak, 157 
Reines chloroform, 375 
hirschhornsalz, 155 
lakriz, 567 
Reinsch’s process for separating anti- 
mony, 182 
Reiss, 1751 
Rejagnou, 1607 
Relation of apothecaries’ weights and 
measures to metric system, 
1875 
of crude drug to fluid extract, 
(note) 534 
Relations between thermometers, 
1881 
Relative value of weights and 
measures, 1873 
Remijia pedunculata, (note) 403, 
406 
purdieana, (note) 403 
vellozii, 1826 
Removal of indelible-ink stains, 225 
Renealmia cardamomum, 334 
Rennet, 1779 
wine, 1780 
Renoncule, 1779 
Repercolation, 530, 535 
Resalgin, 1780 
Reseda luteola, 1780 
Resin, 1151, 1361 
cerate, 359 
Resin of copaiba, 1152 
of jalap, 1152 
of leptandra, (note) 777 
of May-apple, 1154 
of podophyllum, 1154 
of scammony, 1155 
of thapsia, 1813 
of turpeth, 1820 
plaster, 508 
Resina, 1151,1361 
alba, 1151, 1361 
benzoe, 263 
copaibae, 1152 
d’angelim pedra, 771 
de guajaco, 674 
de guayaco, 674 
de pino, 1151 
elastica, 491 
empyreumatica liquida, 1055 
flava, 1151, 1361 
guaiaci peruviana aromatica, 
(note) 674 
guajaci, 674 
jalapae, 1152 
kino, 766 
lacca, 1702 
mastiche, 859 
nigra, 1361 
podophylli, 1154 
scammoniaa, 1155 
scammonii, 1155 
thapsiae, 1813 
Resinae, 1150 
R6sine blanche, 1151 
de cachibou, 1601 
de ehibou, 1601 
de gayac, 674 
de Gomari, 1601 
de jalap, 1152 
de podophylle, 1154 
de scammonSe, 1155 
de turbith, 1820 
jauue, 1151 
Resino-amer, 139 
Resinous bitter, 139 
Resins, 1150 
Resol, 1780 
Resorbin, 1780 
Resorcin, 1156 
monoacetate, 1669 
-phthalien, 1644 
Resorcinol, 1156 
Resorcinum, 1156 
Resorcylalgin, 1780 
Retama, 1210 
Retene, 1056, 1617 
Retinol, 1780 
Rha, 1160 
Rhabarbarum, 1160 
Rhabarber, 1160 
-aufguss, 735 
-pillen, 1049 
und aloepillen, 1049 
Rhabarbersaft, 1340 
Rhabarbertinktur, 1403 
Rhamnegin, (note) 642 
Rhamnetin, (note) 642 
Rhamni frangulae cortex, 641 
succus, (note) 642 
Rhamnin, (note) 642 
Rhamnodulcite, 643 
Rhamnose, 1176 
Rhamnoxanthin, 642 
Rhamnus alnifolia, 1158 
californica, 1158 
catharticus, 642 
crocea, 1158 
frangula, 641, 1159 
Rhamnus humboldtiana, (note) 
642 
infectorius, (note) 642 
purshiana, 642, 1158 
purshianus, 1158 
wightii, (note) 642, 1159 
Rhaphidophora vitiensis, 1817 
Rhapontic rhubarb, 1163 
root, 1164 
Rhatania-tannic acid, 771 
Rhatany, 770 
and cocaine lozenge, 1417 
lozenge, 1417 
root, 770 
Rhei radix, 1160 
Iiheon, 1160 
Rheo-tannic acid, 1165 
Rheum, 1160 
australe, 1160, (note) 1164 
capsicum, 1161 
compactum, 1160 
crassinervium, 1161 
emodi, 1160 
hybridum, 1161 
indicum, 1162 
leucorrhizum, 1161, (note) 
1164 
moorcraftianum, 1161 
officinale, 1160 
palmatum, 1160 
rhabarbarum, 1160 
rhaponticum, 1160 
cinense, 1162 
speciforme, 1161 
undulatum, 1160 
webbianum, 1161 
Rheumatism root, 1640 
Rheumic acid, 1165 
Rheumpole, 1164 
Rhigolene, 1780 
Rhizoconin, (note) 450 
Rhizoconolein, (note) 450 
Rhizoma calami, 286 
cypripedii, 475 
filicis, 239 
galangae, 1668 
graminis, 1411 
hydrastis, 715 
imperatorias, 1692 
iridis, 1750 
tormentillse, 1818 
veratri, 1825, 
zedoariae, 1833 
zingiberis, 1483 
Rhizome d’iris vari6, 756 
de podophyllum, 1067 
Rhodankalium, 1774 
Rhodeoretin, 759 
Rhodeoretinic acid, 759 
Rhododendron chrysanthum, 1780 
ferrugineum, (note) 1438 
maximum, 1563, 1781 
ponticum, 1563 
Rhodonite, 847 
Rhoeadic acid, 1166 
Rhoeadine, 992, 1166 
Rhoeados petala, 1166 
Rhoeagenine, 992, 1167 
Rhubarb, 1160 
root, 1160 
Rhubarbe, 1160 
Rhubarber-extrakt, 589 
Rhus aromatica, 178 
cotinus, 1667 
diversiloba, (note) 1168 
glabra, 1167 
glabrum, 1167 
lobata, (note) 1168 Index. 
Rhus pumila, (note) 1168 
radicans, 1168 
semi-alata, (note) 645 
succedaneum, (note) 354 
sylvestris, (note) 354 
toxicodendron, 1168 
venenata, (note) 1168 
vernicifera, (note) 354, (note) 
1168 
vernix, (note) 1168 
Rib-grass, 1770 
Ribose, 1551 
Rib-wort, 1770 
Rice, 173, 1751 
water, 1752 
Richardia scabra, (note) 752 
Richardsonia brasiliensis, (note) 
752 
emetica, (note) 752 
scabra, (note) 752 
Richweed, 1620 
Ricin, 958 
Ricinelaidic acid, 960 
Ricin ela’idin, 960 
Ricinia, (note) 958 
Ricinine, (note) 958 
Ricinoides elseagnifolia, 339 
Ricinoleate of glycerin, (note) 960 
Ricinoleic acid, 960, 1552, 1582 
Ricinolein, 960 
Ricinus africanus, (note) 957 
communis, 957 
Ricinusol, 957 
RitSble, 1668 
Riegler’s test, 1549 
Riga balsam, 1781 
Rind of pomegranate, 669 
Ringelblume, 294 
Ringelblumetinktur, 1375 
Rinoe badak, (note) 465 
katoentjar, (note) 465 
tjaroelock, (note) 465 
Rio Negro sarsaparilla, 1201 
Ripple-grass, 1770 
River water, 196 
Riz, 1751 
Robbia, 1781 
Robinalbin, 1781 
Robinia nicon, 1781 
pseudacacia, 1781 
Robinier, 1781 
Robinin, 1781 
Robin’s rye, 1772 
Roccella tinetoria, 1711 
Roche alum, 146 
Rochelle salt, 1095 
Rock candy, 1179, 1324 
candy syrup, 1324 
chestnut oak, 1132 
oil, 1761 
rose, 1680 
salt, 1247 
Rocking of alum, 145 
Rod, wax, 1019 
Rohe carbosaure, 42 
pottasche, 1086 
Rohrenkassie, 341 
Rohrzucker, 1174 
Rohun-bark, 1806 
Roll sulphur, 1313 
Roman alum, 146 
chamomile, 175 
ochre, 1744 
vitriol, 468 
Romarin, (note) 1286 
des marais, 1800 
sauvage, 1706 
Romero, (note) 1286 
Romische bertramwurzel, 1125 
kamille, 175 
minze, 867 
Romischer kiimmel, 1633 
Romisch-kamillen-extrakt, 539 
-kamillenol, 923 
-minzol, 946 
Roripa nasturtium, 1738 
Rosa canina, (note) 1170 
centifolia, 961, 1170 
damascena, 220, 961 
de Alexandria, 1170 
domestica, 1170 
galliea, 1170 
moschata, 961 
pallida, 1170 
provincialis, 961 
rubra 6 Castillara, 1170 
sempervirens, 961 
Rosae canince fruotus, (note) 1170 
gallicae petala, 1170 
Rosage, 1780 
Rosaginin, 1740 
Rosaniline, 1565, 1666 
acetate, 1666 
hydrochloride, 1666 
Rose apple, 1697 
bay, 1780 
de Provins, 1170 
geranium, 963, 1760 
pale, 1170 
-scented jalap, (note) 761 
water, 220 
water ointment, 1422 
water, stronger, 221 
water, triple, 221 
Rosee du soleil, 1642 
Rosemary, (note) 1286 
Rosenblatter, 1170 
Rosenconserve, 445 
Rosenhonig, 865 
Rosenlorbeer, 1739 
Rosenol, 961 
Rosensyrup, 1341 
Rosenwasser, 220 
Roses a cent feuilles, 1170 
rouges, 1170 
Rosin, 1151, 1361 
essence, (note) 1151 
oil, 1151 
soap, 1196 
weed, 1792 
Rosmarin, (note) 1286 
spiritus, 1286 
Rosmarinblatter, (note) 1286 
Rosmarino, (note) 1286 
Rosmarinol, 963 
Rosmarinus, (note) 1286 
officinalis, 964, (note) 1286 
sylvestris, 1706 
Rosocyanin, 1636 
Rosolaccio, 1166 
Rosolic acid, 1617, 1623 
Rosshuf, 1821 
Rosskastanienrinde, 1551 
Rossolis, 1642 
Rostre, 1747 
Rothe ceder, 1698 
quecksilbersalbe, 1431 
Rothemiere, 1562 
Rother enzian, 651 
pracipitat, 704 
weiderich, 1714 
Rothes jodquecksilber, 701 
quecksilberoxid, 704 
santelholz, 1189 
schwefelquecksilber, 1722 
Rothio acid, (note) 763 
Rotten stone, 1781 
Rottlera, 764 
schimperi, 764 
tinetoria, 764 
Rottlerin, 765 
Roucou, 1568 
Rough parsnip, 1748 
wines, 1453 
Round buchu, 280 
cardamom, (note) 333 
poppy capsules, 1007 
zedoary, 1833 
Rourea oblongifolia, 1781 
Rousseau’s laudanum, (note) 1466 
Royal salep, 1785 
Rubefacient iodine solution, 749 
Ruberin, 1552 
Ruberythric acid, 1782 
Rubeserine, 1029 
Rubia, 1781 
de tintoreros, 1781 
tinctorum, 1781 
Rubianic acid, 1782 
Rubichloric acid, 1668 
Rubidine, 1350, 1617 
Rubidium, 145, 1782 
alum, 145 
and ammonium bromide, 1595, 
1782 
bromide, 1782 
iodide, 1782 
Rubigo ferri, 624 
Rubijervine, 1447, 1826 
Rubus, 1171 
canadensis, 1171 
chamaemorus, 1782 
idaeus, 1172 
occidentalis, 1172 
strigosus, 1172 
trivialis, 1171 
villosus, 1171 
Ruda, 1782 
Rue, 1782 
de chevre, 1668 
odorante, 1782 
Rufus’s pills, 1042 
Rufus’sche pillen, 1042 
Ruhrrinde, 1792 
Ruhrwurzel, 750 
Ruibarbo, 1160 
Ruizia fragrans, 1590 
Rules for changing percentage of al- 
cohol, (note) 131 
for distinguishing edible mush- 
rooms, 1735 
Rum, 125, 1180 
cherry, 1114 
Rumex, 982, 1172 
acetosa, 1172, 1752 
acetosella, 1172 
acutus, 1172 
alpinus, 1172 
aquaticus, 1172 
britannica, 1172 
crispus, 1172 
hydrolapathum, 1173 
hymenosalpus, (note) 1164 
nepalensis, (note) 1173 
obtusifolius, 1172 
patientia, 1172 
sanguineus, 1172 
scutatus, 1172 
Rumicin, (note) 1173 
Ruprechtskraut, 1670 
Rusot, 1585 
Russian castor, 1604 
daisy, 1695 
dobry wutky, (note) 125 1978 
Index. 
Russian isinglass, 724 
lactucarium, (note) 774 
liquorice, 665 
musk, 883 
potash, 1087 
rhubarb, (note) 1162 
turpentine, 1362 
Rust, 633 
of iron, 624 
Ruster wine, 1450 
Riisterrinde, 1419 
Ruswut, 1585 
Ruta, 1782 
graveolens, (note) 1133, 1782 
Rutic acid, 1589, 1601 
Rutin, 1589 
Rutinic acid, 1782 
Rutulin, 1183 
Rye, 1791 
S 
Sabadilla, 1783 
Sabadillic acid, 1446 
Sabadilline, 1445, 1783 
Sabadine, 1783 
Sabadinine, 1783 
Sabatrine, 1446 
Sabbatia, 1784 
angularis, 1784 
campestris, 1784 
elliottii, 1784 
Sabbatie, 1784 
Sabina, 1173 
Sabine, 1173 
Sablier, 1685 
Saccharate de fer, 1660 
of iron, 1660 
of lead, 1706 
of lime, 41 
Saccharated carbonate of iron, 605 
citric acid, 1487 
ferric oxide, (note) 606 
ferrous carbonate, 605 
ferrous iodide, 620 
iodide of iron, 620 
iron carbonate, 605 
nisin, 1012, 1016 
ium bicarbonate, 1529 
solution of lime, 1330 
tar, 1056 
tartario acid, 1488 
Saccharic acid, 1180, 1272 
Saccharin, 654 
Saccharine ferrous iodide, 1334 
iron and manganese carbonate, 
1719 
Saccharoles mous, 443 
Saccharometer, 1323 
Saccharomyces cerevisiae, 1608, 1700 
hausenii, 1753 
Saccharum, 1174 
ferrugineum, (note) 606 
lactis, 1181 
officinarum, 1174 
purificatum, 1174 
saturni, 1060 
Saccharure de carbonate ferreux, 605 
d’oxyde de fer soluble, 1660 
Sack, 1454 
Sacred bark, 1158 
Sadebaumol, 964 
Sadebaumspitzen, 1173 
Sadra-beida gum, (note) 5 
Safflor, 1602 
Safflower, 1602 
Saffron, 461 
American, 1602 
bitter, 463 
Saffron of antimony, 1632 
substitute, 1639 
Safran, 461 
batard, 1602 
de Venus, 1623 
des Indes, 1635 
Safranhaltige opiumtinktur, 1465 
Safranin, 1566 
Safran tin ktur, 1382 
Safrene, 966 
Safrifa, 1800 
Safrol, (note) 310, 966 
Sagapenum, 1156, 1784 
Sagaresitannol, 1784 
Sage, 1184 
Sago, 1784 
meal, 1785 
palm, 1784 
Sagou,1784 
Sagu, 1784 
Saguerus rumphii, 1784 
Sagus lasvis, 1784 
ruffia, 1784 
rumphii, 1784 
Sahan, 1051 
Saigon cassia, 421 
cinnamon, 415, 418 
Sain-bois, 870 
Saindoux, 112 
Saint Catharine plums, 1114 
Germain tea, 1529 
John Long’s liniment, (note) 
785,1511 
John’s wort, 1689 
Sake, 1807 
Sakes, 859 
Saki, (note) 125 
Sal, 1247 
absinthii, 2 
alembroth, 689 
amarum, 844 
ammoniac, 157 
ammoniacal nitreux, 161 
ammoniacum, 157 
ammoniacum depuratum, 157 
ammonium secretum Glauberi, 
1560 
amoniaco, 157 
anglicum, 844 
Carolinum factitium, 1528 
commune, 1247 
culinare, 1247 
de duobus, 1111 
de Glaubero, 1261 
diureticum, 1075 
enixum, 1773 
Bpsomense, 844 
essentiale tartari, 102 
gemmte, 1247 
Kissingense factitium, 1528 
mirabile Glauberi, 1261 
inirabile perlatum, 1256 
nitri, 1105 
petraa, 1105 
polychrestum, 1112 
polychrestum Seignetti, 1095 
prunelle, 1107 
Sedlicense, 844 
soda, 1241 
sodas, 1241 
succini volatile, 1801 
Vichyanum factitium, 1528 
volatil d’Angleterre, 155 
volatile, 155 
volatile siccum, 155 
Salabreda gum, (note) 5 
Salacetol, 1785 
Salactol, 1785 
Salaigugul, 1748 
Salantol salantol, 1785 
Salbei, 1184 
Salbeiblatter, 1184 
Salben, 1420 
Salbromalid, 1569 
Sale ammoniaco, 157 
Salop, 1785 
des Indes occidentales, 1719 
Salhypnone, 1785 
Salicarie, 1714 
Salicin, 1182, 1772, 1786 
Salieininum, 1182 
Salicornia, 1241 
Salicyl-acetol, 1785 
Salicyl aldehyde, 83, 1183 
-alpha-methyl phenyl-hydra- 
zone, 1553 
-anilid, 1786 
-bromanilid, 1569 
-guaiacol, 1675 
Salicylamide, 1785 
Salicylate of beta-naphtol, 1586 
of cinchonidine, 415, 1616 
of mercury, 1724 
of sodium and theobromine, 975 
Salicylated cotton, (note) 669 
powder of talcum, 1528 
Salicylbromanilid, 1786 
Salicylic acid, 83 
acid and iron mixture, (note) 86 
acid, Canada balsam, and collo- 
dion varnish, 1793 
acid ointment, 1422 
acid wadding, 85 
aldehyde, 1605 
cotton, (note) 669 
esters of chlorphenols, 1615 
ether of alpha-naphtol, 1557 
guaiacol, 1675 
-napthyl ether, 1586 
Salicyliden-paraphenetidine, 1715 
Salicylous acid, 83, 1183 
Salicylsaure, 83 
Salicyluric acid, 86 
Salifebrin, 1786 
Saliformin, 1786 
Saligallol, 1669, 1786 
Saligenin, 1183 
Salinaphtol, 1586 
Saline mixture, 820 
waters, 199 
Salipyrin, 1786 
Saliretin, 1183 
Salitannol, 1786 
Salithymol, 1786 
Salix 1786 
alba, 1786 
fragilis, (note) 851, 1786 
helix, 1182 
lucida, 1786 
nigra, 1787 
pentandra, 1183, 1786 
purpurea, 1786 
russelliana, 1786 
Salmiak chlorammonium, 157 
Salmiakgeist, 203 
Salocoll, 1764 
Salol, 1183 
camphor, 1786 
sulphoricinate, 1804 
tribromide, 1624 
Salomon’s siegel, 1621 
Salonica opium, (note) 9S4 
Salophen, 1787 
Salpeter, 1105 
Salpetersalzsaure, 74 
Salpetersaure, 68 Index. 
1979 
Salpetersaure eisenoxyd-losung, 802 
Salpetersaures ammon, 161 
ammoniak, 161 
ammonium, 161 
bleioxyd, 1065 
kali, 1105 
silberoxyd, 224 
Salpetre, 1105 
Salsapariglia, 1199 
Salsepareille, 1199 
Salseparin, 1202 
Salsola, 1241 
foetida, (note) 851 
Salt, 1247 
of opium, 987 
of Riverius, 1091 
of sorrel, 1753, 1755 
of tartar, 1085 
of wisdom, 689 
of wormwood, 2 
Saltpetre, 1105 
Salts of iron, tasteless, (note) 620 
Salubrol, 1787 
Salufer, 1795 
Salumin, 1787 
Salvia, 1184 
j3Ethiopis, (note) 1185 
columbarise, (note) 1185 
glutinosa, (note) 1185 
hispanica, (note) 1185 
horminum, (note) 1185 
lanceolata, (note) 1185 
officinalis, 1184 
patens, (note) 1185 
polystachya,, (note) 1185 
pratensis, (note) 1185 
sclarea, (note) 1185 
verbenaca, (note) 1185 
verticillata, (note) 1185 
viridis, (note) 1185 
Sal viol, 1185 
Salzsaure, 52 
Salzsaure morphinlosung, 812 
Salzsaures kalk, 289 
morphin, 880 
Samadera bark, 1787 
Samagh arabee, 3 
Sambuci flores, 1186 
Sambuco, 1186 
Sambucus, 1186 
canadensis, 1186 
glauca, 1187 
nigra, 1186, 1824 
racemosa, 1187 
racemosa rubra, 44 
Samfen wood, 1591 
Samovey isinglass, 724 
Sam-shu, (note) 125 
Samson’s snake-root, 1775 
Sandal wood bark, 964 
wood oil, 964 
wood tree, (note) 851 
Sandaraca, 1787 
Sandarach, 1698, 1787 
Sandaracin, 1787 
Sandarak, 1787 
Sandaraque, 1787 
Sandbuchsenbaum, 1685 
Sandix, 1749 
Sang-dragon, 767, 1642 
Sangoline, (note) 1010 
Sangsue, 682 
Sangue de drago, 769 
Sanguijuela, 682 
Sanguinaire, 1187 
Sanguinaria, 1187 
canadensis, (note) 992, 1187 
Sanguinarine, 366, 1188, 1647 
Sanguinarinic acid, 1188 
Sanguis bovinus exsiccatus, 1590 
draconis, 1642 
Sanguisuga interrupta, (note) 
682 
medicinalis, 682 
officinalis, 682 
troctena, (note) 682 
Sanicle, 1787 
Sanicula marylandica, 1787 
Sanikel, 1787 
Sanitas, 971 
Sanoform, 1787 
Santal, 1189 
rouge, 1189 
Santalal, 965 
Santalin, 1189 
Santalol, 965 
Santalum album, 965 
austrocaledonicum, 964 
freycinetianum, 964 
myrtifolium, 965 
pyrularium, 964 
rubrum, 964, 1189 
yasi, 964 
Santelholz, 1189 
Santelol, 964 
Santiriopsis balsamifera, 1581 
Santolina, 1787 
chamaecyparissus, 1787 
Santonic acid, 1192 
Santonica, 1190 
Santonici semen, 1190 
Santonin, 1191 
and sodium albuminate, (note) 
1192 
lozenges, 1418 
Santoninic acid, 1192 
Santoninoxime, (note) 1192, 1788 
Santoninpastillen, 1418 
Santoninum, 1191 
Santonone, 1192 
Sap green, (note) 642 
Sapindus, 1788 
detergens, 1788 
emarginatus, 1788 
laurifolius, 1788 
mukorossi, 1788 
saponaria, 1788 
trifoliatus, 1788 
Sapium sebiferum, 180l 
Sapo, 1193 
animalis, 1198 
domesticus, 1198 
durus, 1193 
guaiacinus, 676 
mollis, 1198 
viridis, 1198 
vulgaris, 1197 
Sapogenin, 1134, 1214, 1788 
Saponaceous matter, 525 
Saponaire, 1788 
Saponaria officinalis, 1134, 1788 
Sapone duro, 1193 
Saponetin, 1788 
Saponification, 1193 
Saponin, 349, 1134, 1203, 1788 
Saporubrin, 1134 
Sapota muelleri, 1580, 1678 
Sapotoxin, 1134, 1789 
Sappan wood, 1591 
Saprine, 1776 
Saprol, 1789 
Sarcocephalus esculentus, 1641 
Sarcocolia, 1789 
Sarcocolle, 1789 
Sarcocollin, 1789 
Sarcolactic acid. 66 
| Sarothamnus scoparius, 1210 
I Sarracenia, 1789 
flava, 1789 
variolaris, 1789 
Sarracenic acid, 1789 
Sarracenie, 1789 
Sarracenine, 1789 
Sarriette, 1790 
Sarsa of the Rio Negro, 1201 
Sarsae radix, 1199 
Sarsaparilla, 1199 
beer, 1204 
Sarsaparille, 1199 
Sarsaparil-saponin, 1134 
Sarsa-sapogenin, 1203 
Sarsa-saponin, 1134, 1203 
Sasafras, 1204 
Sassa, 1789 
gum, 1789 
Sassafras, 1204 
goesianum, 1721 
medulla, 1204 
nuts, 966, 1766 
officinale, 1204 
pith, 1204 
radix, 1204 
sassafras, 1204 
variifolia, 1204 
Sassafrasmark-schleim, 886 
Sassafrasniisse, 1766 
Sassafrasol, 965 
Sassafrasso, 1204 
Sassafrid, 1205 
Sassolin, 33 
Sassy bark, 1789 
Satin-wood, 1466 
Saturatio, 1516 
Saturei, 1790 
Satureia hortensis, 1790 
montana, 1790 
Saturne de Goulard, 358 
Sauco, 1186 
Saucy bark, 1789 
Sauerhonig, 1005 
Sauerklee, 1754 
Sauge, 1184 
officinale, 1184 
Saurach-wurzelrinde, 1586 
Saure aromatische tinktur, 94 
Saurer rosenaufguss, 736 
Saururus cernuus, 1790 
Savakin gum, 5 
Savanilla rhatany, (note) 770 
Savannah flower, 1822 
Savine, 1173 
cerate, 1489 
tops, 1173 
Savon, 1193 
a base de potasse, 1198 
ammoniacal, 780 
animal, 1198 
blanc, 1193 
calcaire, 781 
d’Espagne, 1193 
mou, 1198 
vert, 1198 
SavonniSre, 1788 
Saw palmetto, 1790 
Saxifraga, 1768, 1790 
cordifolia, 1790 
crassifolia, 1790 
ligulata, 1790 
Scabiosa arvensis, 1441 
succisa, 1441 
Scabious, 1441, 1645 
Scale extracts, 533 
Scales of iron, 1659 
Scammonee, 1205 1980 
Index. 
Scammoni® radix, 1205 
resina, 1155 
Scammoniaharz, 1155 
Scammonium, 1205 
-pillen, 1049 
Scammony, 1205 
in shells, 1206 
root, 1205 
Scamonea, 1205 
Scandix cerefolium, 1568 
Scarlet pimpernel, 1562 
Sceau de Salomon, 1621 
Schachtelhalm, 1645 
Schafgarbe, 1549 
Schafrippe, 1549 
Schara modo, 1160 
Scharfer kiimmel, 1633 
Scharlachwurm, 430 
Schedization, (note) 1452 
Scheele’s hydrocyanic acid, 61 
Scheffer’s pepsin, (note) 1015 
Schierlingsaft, 1307 
Schierlings-blatter, 446 
Schierlings-extrakt, 555 
Schierlingsfriichte, 446 
Schierlingskraut, 446 
Schierlingstinktur, 1382 
Schinus rnolle, 1790 
Schischen, 1604 
Schlangenwurzel-aufguss, 737 
Schlangenwurzeltinktur, 1405 
Schleich’s anmsthesia mixture, 1790 
Schleime, 885 
Schlerchera trijuga, 1702 
Schlippe’s salt, 187 
Schlutte, 1766 
Schmierseife, 1198 
Schmirgel, 1644 
Schnapps, (note) 125 
Schneerose, 1780 
Schoenite, 1111 
Schoenocaulon officinale, 1783 
Schollkraut, 366 
Schuylkill muscatel grape, 1453 
Schwalbenwurz, 1637 
Schwamm, 1799 
Schwarze brechnuss, 1582 
niesswurzel, 1681 
schlangenwurzel, 386 
Schwarzer pfeffer, 1051 
senf, 1225 
Schwarzerle eller, 1557 
Schwarzes mutterpflaster, (note) 
506 
Schwarzeswasser, 835 
Schwarzkiimmel, 1741 
Schwarzwurz, 1806 
Schwefel, 1312 
Schwefelantimon, 184 
Schwefelather, 118 
Schwefelblumen, 1312 
Schwefelbliithe, 1312 
Schwefelkohlenstoff, 331 
Schwefel-latwerge, 446 
Schwefelmilch, 1310 
Schwefelsalbe, 1435 
Schwefelsaure, 88 
Schwefelsaure magnesia, 844 
thonerde, 149 
Schwefelsaures ammon, 1560 
ammoniak, 1560 
ammonium, 1560 
atropin, 248 
cadmiumoxyd, 1594 
chinin, 1143 
cinchonidin, 414 
cinchonin, 417 
cuprammonium, 1635 
Schwefelsaures eisenoxyd-ammo- 
nium, 611 
eisenoxydul, 628 
hyoscyamin, 720 
kali, 1111 
kupfer, 468 
kupfer-ammonium, 1635 
kupferoxyd-ammoniak, 1635 
manganoxydul, 848 
morphin, 881 
natron, 1261 
strychnin, 1303 
zinkoxyd, 1479 
Schwefelspiessglanz, 184 
Schweflige saure, 96 
Schwefligsaures kali, 1773 
natron, 1263 
Schweinebrot, 1636 
Schweineschmalz, 112 
Schweinfurt green, 1759 
Schweres weinol, 916 
Seiarappa, 757 
Scilla, 1208 
maritima, 1208 
Scillain, 1209 
Scillamarine, 1209 
Scille, 1208 
Scillin, 1209 
Scillinine, 1209 
Scillipicrine, 1209 
Scillipikrin, 1209 
Scillitin, 1209 
Scillitoxin, 1209 
Sclererythrin, 515 
Sclerocrystallin, 515 
Scleroiodin, 515 
Scleromucin, 515 
Sclerotic acid, 515 
Sclerotinic acid, 515 
Sclerotium, 512 
Scleroxanthin, 515 
Scolopendrium scolopendrium, 1790 
Scoparia, 1210 
Scoparii cacumina, 1210 
Scoparin, 1210 
Scoparius, 1210 
Scopolamine, (note) 261, 719, 1291 
hydrobromide, 718 
hydrochloride, 719 
Scopoleine, (note) 261 
Scopolia, (note) 260 
atropoides, (note) 260 
carniolica, (note) 260 
concolor, (note) 260 
hladnikiana, (note) 260 
japonica, (note) 260 
viridiflora, (note) 260 
Scopolin, 1291 
Scopoline, (note) 261 
Scorodosma foetidum, 235 
Scorza del melogranati, 669 
Scorze del frutto dell’ arancio, 249 
Scotch alum, 145 
fir, 957, 1358 
fir-seed oil, 900 
whiskey, (note) 125 
Scouring rush, 1645 
Scraped copal, 1623 
Scrofula plant, 1791 
Scrofulaire, 1791 
Scrophularia. nodosa, 1791 
Scrophularin, 1791 
Scrophularosmin, 1791 
Scullcap, 1211 
Scurvy grass, 1618 
Scutellaire, 1211 
Scutellaria, 1211 
galericulata, 1211 
Scutellaria hyssopifolia, 1211 
integrifolia, 1211 
lateriflora, 1211 
Scutellarin, 1212 
Sea-girdles, 1667 
-island cotton, 667 
-lavender, 1800 
salt, 1247 
-side balsam, 339 
-side grape, 767 
water, 199 
-weed, 743 
-wrack, 1666 
Seal oil, 900 
Sealing-wax, 1704 
Searle’s patent oxygenous aerated 
water, 1743 
Sebacic acid, 759 
Sebo, 1224 
Sebum, 1224 
ovillum, 1224 
Secale cereale, 511, 1791 
clavatum, 511 
cornutum, 511 
Secalin, 514 
Secaline, 1819 
Secalintoxin, 515 
Seckelblumen-wurzel, 1606 
Sedatin, 1791, 1825 
Sedative water, 1488 
Sedum acre, 1791 
album, 1791 
rupestre, 1791 
telephium, 1791 
Seed-lac, 1703 
Seetang, 1666 
Seidelbastrinde, 869 
Seidelbastsalbe, (note) 871 
Seidlitz powder, 1122 
powders, 1122 
Seidlitzpulver, 1122 
Seife, 1193 
Seifenpflaster, 508 
Seifenrinde, 1133 
Seifenwurzel, 1 788 
Seigle ergot6, 511 
noir, 511 
Seignette’s salt, 1096 
Seignettesalz, 1095 
Sel amer, 844 
ammoniac, 157 
ammoniac martial, 1559 
commun, 1247 
de cuisine, 1247 
d’Epsom, 844 
de Glauber, 1261 
de saturne, 1060 
de Sedlitz, 844 
de Seignette, 1095 
digestive de Vichy, 1233 
marin, 1247 
secret de Glauber, 1560 
vegetal, 1112 
Selenium, 1791 
Self-heal, 1775 
Selinic acid, 1791 
Selinum canadense, 1621 
palustre, 1791 
Sellerie, 1569 
Semen abelmoscbi, 1683 
amomi, 1050 
amygdali amarum, 164 
amygdali dulce, 165 
anisi, 174 
anisi vulgaris, 174 
arec®, 1571 
badiani, 726 
caffeae, 1596 Index. 
1981 
Semen canariense, 1600 
cardamomi minoris, 332 
colae, 1800 
colchici, 435 
contra, 1190 
cydoniae, 1637 
cynae, 1190 
erucae, 1225 
foenugraeci, 1818 
ignatiae, 1690 
lini, 786 
lycopodii, 836 
myristicae, 887 
nigellm, 1741 
nucis vomicae, 896 
psyllii, 1770 
ricini majoris, 1582 
sanctum, 1190 
sinapis, 1225 
stramonii, 1289 
strychni, 896 
Semence de Canarie, 1600 
de lin, 786 
du medicinier, 1582 
Semences de chenopode anthelmin 
tique, 367 
de coing, 1637 
de colchique, 435 
de fenouil, 640 
de potirons, 1012 
de stramoine, 1289 
Semeneine, 1190 
Semi d’aniso, 174 
di cotogno, 1637 
di lino, 786 
Semivitrified oxide of lead, 1066 
Sempervivum tectorum, 1791 
Semugh belsheren, 151 
Sen, 1215 
Senapa, 1225 
Sen6, 1215 
am6ricain, 1603 
de la palthe, 1216 
de la pique, 1218 
indigene, 1620 
Seneca oil, 1761 
Senecine, 1791 
Senecio, 1791 
aureus, 1791 
cerviariasfolius, 1791 
grayanus, 1791 
jacobaea, 1791 
vulgaris, 1791 
Senecionine, 1791 
Senefon, 1791 
Senega, 1212, 
-aufguss, 736 
root, 1212 
snake-root, 1212 
-syrup, 1345 
-tinktur, 1405 
-wurzel, 1212 
Senegas radix, 1212 
Senegal gum, 5 
Senegin, 1134, 1213 
Senfpapier, 365 
Senfsamen, 1225 
Senna, 1215 
acutifolia, 1215 
alexandrina, 1215 
-aufguss, 736, 737, 875 
indica, 1215 
tea, 736 
wine, (note) 1220 
Sennacrol, 1219 
Sennalatwerge, 445 
Sennapicrin, 1219 
Sennari gum, 5 
Sennasyrup, 1345 
Sennatinktur, 1405 
Sennesblatter, 1215 
Sennit, 1220 
Separation of alkaloids from mix- 
tures, (note) 876 
Separatory, 909 
Sepia, 1636 
officinalis, 1636 
Sepie, 1636 
Septentrionaline, (note) 109 
Septfoil, 1818 
Serenoa serrulata, 1790 
Seribele, 1621 
Sericin, 1800 
Serjania curassavica, 1816 
Serpentaire de Yirginie, 1221 
Serpentaria, 1221 
virginiana, 1221 
Serpentariae rhizoma, 1221 
Serpentary rhizome, 1221 
Sesam, 966 
Sesame, 966 
Sesame oil, 966 
Sesamin, 967 
Sesamo, 966 
Sesamol, 966 
Sesamum indicum, 966 
orientale, 967 
Sesquicarbonate of sodium, 1241 
Sesquichloride of chromium, 1616 
Sesqui-iodide of mercury, 702 
Sesquioxide de fer hydrate humide, 
623 
of iron, (note) 624, 634 
of lead, 1058 
of manganese, 847 
Sesquiterpene, (note) 310, 315, 957 
Setae siliquae hirsutas, 1733 
Sethia acuminata, 1792 
Seven barks, 1686 
Sevenbaum, 1173 
Sevenkraut, 1173 
Sevum, 1224 
prasparatum, 1224 
Seychelles vanilla, 1443 
Shark oil, 900 
Shea butter, 900 
Shedwater, 68 
Sheep-laurel, 1700 
Sheerikhaskash, 980 
Sheet zinc, 1469 
Shellac, 1702 
Shell-bark, 1603 
Shellflower, 1609 
Shell-lac, 1703 
Shepherdia argentea, 1792 
Shepherd’s purse, 1601 
Sherry wine, 1454 
Shikimi, 726 
Shikimine, 727 
Shining aloes, 137 
Shir-koit, (note) 851 
Shore oil, 947 
Short huchu, 280 
pedicelled cubeb, (note) 465 
-staple cotton, 667 
-staple isinglass, 724 
Shotbush, 1571 
Shrubby trefoil, 1775 
Shukkar tigal, (note) 851 
Siam benzoin, 264 
catechu, (note) 347 
Siberian musk, 883 
rhapontic root, (note) 1164 
rhubarb, (note) 1164 
Sicilian sumach, 1167 
Sida, 1792 
Sida floribunda, 1792 
paniculata, 1792 
rhom bifolia, 1792 
Sidesaddle plant, 1789 
Siegesbeckia orientalis, 1792 
Sienna, 1792 
Sierra salvia, 1576 
Signs and abbreviations, table of, 
1870 
Sikimine, 727 
Silber, 221 
Silberoxyd, 229 
Silbersalpeter, 224 
Silene virginica, 1792 
Silex contritus, 1792 
pulverized, 1792 
Silica, 1792 
Silicate de soude liquide, 825 
of potassium, 1774 
Silicic acid, 1792 
Silicious waters, 199 
Silieo-fluoride of sodium, 1795 
Silicon, 1792 
Silique vanille, 1441 
Silk collodion, (note) 439 
Silkweed, 238 
Silphium laciniatum, 1792 
Silurus glanis, 724 
Silva manso, 1606 
Silver, 221 
ammonio-chloride, 1573 
and potassium nitrate, 227 
chloride, 1573 
citrate, 1573 
cyanide, 223 
fluoride, 1573 
grains, 431 
ink, 1695 
iodide, 223 
lactate, 1573 
leaf, 1288 
litharge, 1067 
maple, 1545 
nitrate, 224 
nitrate, diluted, 226 
oxide, 229 
soluble, 1573 
sulphoearbolate, 1573 
Silybum marianum, 1607 
Simaba cedron, 1606 
Simabolee oil, 1636 
Simaruba, 1792 
amara, 1792 
excelsa, 1130 
officinalis, 1792 
versicolor, 1792 
Simarubarinde, 1792 
Simiente de anis, 174 
de membrillo, 1637 
Simple elixir, (note) 496 
emulsion, 510 
ointment, (note) 1421 
syrup, 1324 
syrup of phosphate of iron, 
627 
Simplocarpus fcetidus, 1641 
Simulo, 1793 
Sinalbin, 969, 1226 
Sinapine, 969 
sulphate, 969 
Sinapis, 1225 
alba, 1225 
albas semina, 1225 
juncea, 1225 
nigra, 1225 
nigrae semina, 1225 
Sinapism, 1227 
Single aqua fortis, 70 1982 
Index. 
Sinigrin, 968 
Sinistrin, 1209, 1684 
Sipiri, 1738 
Sipirine, 1738 
Siren, (note) 346 
Sirolin, 1793 
Sirop antiscorbutique, (note) 231 
balsamique, 1346 
d’acide citrique, 1326 
d’ail, 1327 
d’amandes, 1328 
de baume de Tolu, 1346 
de capillaire, 1550 
de chaux,1330 
de chlorhydrate de morphine, 
(note) 1535 
de citrons, 1338 
de coquelicot de pavot rouge, 
1341 
de cuisinier, 1342 
d’6corce de cerisier, 1339 
d’6corce de ronce noir, 1342 
d’dcorces d’oranges, 1328 
de fleurs d’oranges, 1329 
de gingembre, 1347 
de gomme, 1325 
de goudron, 1339 
de hemidesmus, 1335 
d’hypophosphite avec fer, 1336 
d’hypophosphites, 1335 
d’iodure de fer, 1332 
d’ipecacuanlia, 1336 
de lactucarium, 1337 
de lactucarium opiac6, (note) 
1338 
de limons, 1338 
de morphine, (note) 1535 
d’orgeat, 1328 
de phosphate de fer, 1334 
de polygale, 1345 
de ratanhia, 1337 
de rhubarbe, 1340 
de rhubarbe aromatique, 1341 
de roses rouges, 1341 
de salsepareille compost, 1342 
de scille, 1343 
de scille compost, 1343 
de sen6, 1345 
de sucre, 1324 
6mulsif, 1328 
Gibert, (note) 702 
simple, 1324 
sudorifique, 1342 
Sirops, 1322 
Sisymbrium alliaria, 1557 
muralis, 1793 
nasturtium, 1738 
officinale, 1793 
sophia, 1793 
Sium acut®folium, 1793 
latifolium, 1793 
nodiflorum, 1793 
sisarum, 1793 
Skatole, 1607 
Skilip, (note) 1206 
Skin varnishes, 1793 
Skirret, 1793 
Skunk,1605 
bush,1669 
cabbage, 1641 
mushroom, 1558 
weed, 1641 
Slaked lime, 290 
Slippery elm, 1419 
Sloe, 1451 
Small Burnet saxifrage, 1768 
fennel-flower, 1741 
-flowered ladies’ slipper, 476 
Small galangal, 1668 
houseleek, 1791 
jaborandi, 1036 
senega, (note) 1212 
spikenard, 1571 
tragacanth, 1410 
Smalt, 1618, 1793 
Smaltine, 1618 
Smalts, 1793 
Smart-weed, 1589 
Smilaein, 1202 
Smilasperic acid, 681 
Smilax aspera, 681, 1200 
china, 1200 
medica, 1200 
officinalis, 1200 
ornata, (note) 1201 
papyracea, 1200 
rotundifolia, (note) 1200 
syphilitica, 1200 
Smirgel, 1644 
Smith’s solution of bromine, 1512 
Smithsonite, 1598 
Smooth sumach, 1167 
Smut, 1824 
Smyrna opium, (note) 983 
raisins, 1779 
scammony, 1206 
Snake-head, 1609 
Snakeweed, 1589 
Snapdragon, 1569 
Sneezeweed, 1680 
Sneezewort, 1680 
Snow-ball tree, 1450 
Snowrose, 1780 
Snow water, 195 
Soap, 1193 
balls, 1196 
bark, 1133 
composition of, 1197 
liniment, 783 
of guaiac, 676 
plaster, 508 
Soapstone, 1807 
Soapwort, 1788 
Socaloin, 140 
Socotora aloe, 134 
Socotrine aloes, 134, 136 
Socotrinische aloe, 134 
Soda, 1228, 1241 
-ash, 1242 
ball, 1242 
caustica, 1228 
cum calce, 1529 
mint, 1520 
powders, (note) 1122, 1796 
sal aeratus, 1234 
tartarata, 1095 
waste, 1242 
water, 201 
with lime, 1529 
Sod® benzoas, 1232 
biboras, 1236 
et potass® tartras, 1095 
phosphas effervescens, 1258 
sulphas effervescens, 1262 
Sodii acetas, 1230 
arsenas, 1231 
benzoas, 1232 
bicarbonas, 1233 
bicarbonas saccharatus, 1529 
bicarbonas venalis, 1234 
bisulphis, 1236 
boras, 1236 
boro-benzoas, 1529 
bromidum, 1240 
carbonas, 1241 
carbonas exsiccata, 1246 
Sodii chloras, 1247 
chloridum, 1247 
citras, 1794 
citro-tartras effervescens, 1250 
et argenti byposulphis, 1794 
hypophosphis, 1250 
byposulphis, 1252 
iodidum, 1253 
nitras, 1254 
nitris, 1255 
oleas, 1793 
phosphas, 1256 
phosphas effervescens, 1258 
pyrophosphas, 1259 
salioylas, 1259 
santoninas, (note) 1192 
silicas, 1795 
sulphas, 1261 
sulphas effervescens, 1262 
sulphis, 1263 
sulphobenzoas, 1793 
sulphocarbolas, 1264 
sulphoricinicuin, 1794 
iartras, 1796 
valerianas, 1794 
Sodio, 1227 
-benzoate of caffeine, 1489 
-ferric citro-phosphate, 625 
-salicylate of caffeine, 1489 
Sodium, 1227 
acetate, 1230 
and calcium borate, 33 
and potassium citrate, (note) 
1092 
and silver hyposulphite, 1794 
arsenate, 1231 
arseniate, 1231 
benzoate, 1232 
biborate, 1236 
bicarbonate, 824, 1233 
bisulphite, 1236 
borate, 1236, (note) 1239 
boro-benzoate, (note) 1233, 1529 
boro-salicylate, 1794 
bromide, 1240 
caffeine sulphonate, 1738, 1806 
cantharidate, (note) 357 
carbonate, 824, 1241 
chlorate, 1247 
chloride, 1247 
cinnamate, 1794 
citrate, 1794 
copaivate, 454 
cresotate, 1632 
dithio-salicylate, 1641 
dithio-salicylicum, 1641 
ethylate, 1794 
ethyl-sulphate, 1795 
fluoride, 1661 
glycocholate, 603 
hydrate, 1228 
hydrocarbonato, 1233 
hydroxide, 1228 
hypochlorite, 824 
hypophosphite, 1250 
hyposulphite, 1252 
iodate, 1696 
iodide, 1253 
iodo-albuminate, 1696 
koussinate, 474 
naphtol, (note) 894 
nitrate, 1254 
nitrite, 1255 
nitro-prusside, 1795 
oleate, 902 
orthophosphate, 1256 
paracresotate, 1795 
paraphenolsulphonate, 1264 Index. 
1983 
Sodium phosphate, 1256 
pyroborate, 1236 
pyrophosphate, 1258, 1259 
salicylate, 1259 
salicylsulphonate, 1795 
santoninate, (note) 1192 
silicate, 1795 
silico-fluoride, 1795 
soap, 902 
soziodol, 1798 
sulphate, 1261 
sulphite, 1263 
sulpho-caffeate, 1738 
sulphocarbolate, 1264 
sulpho methylate, 1795 
sulphophenate, 1264 
sulphoricinate, 1794, 1804 
sulphoricinoleate, 1747 
sulphosalicylate, 1795 
sulphovinate, 1795 
tartrate, 1796 
tartrate, solution of, 1796 
taurocholate, 603 
tetraborate, 1239, 1796 
tetrathionate, (note) 1539 
thiophene sulphonate, 1815 
thiosulphate, 1252 
valerianate, 1794 
Soft Cape gum, (note) 7 
capsule, 647 
paraffin, 1016 
petrolatum, 1016 
petroleum ointment, 1016 
Pitava bark, 413 
soap, 1198 
sulphur, 1314 
water, 194 
Soja bean, 1796 
hispida, 1796 
Solania, 489 
Solanic acid, 1796 
Solanidine, (note) 489, 1796 
Solanine, 488, (note) 489, 1796 
Solanum, 1796 
aculeatissimum, 489 
bacciferum, 488 
carolinense, 1796 
dulcamara, 66, 487 
grandiflorum, 1797 
insidiosum, 1699 
jacquinii, 489 
lycopersicum, 488 
nigrum, 487 
paniculatum, 488, 1699 
pseudocapsicum, 488 
rostratum, 1797 
tuberosum, 170, 488 
Solenostemma argel, 1216 
Solfato di magnesia, 848 
di potassa, 1111 
Solfuro d’antimonio, 184 
Solid anethol, 923 
animal fats, 900 
magnesium citrate, (note) 811 
opodeldoc, 1198, 1511 
paraffin, 1007 
Persian galbanum, 643 
sulphuric acid, 89, 93 
vegetable fats, 900 
Solidago, 1797 
bicolor, 1797 
odora, 1797 
rugosa, 1797 
virgaurea, 1797 
Solidified copaiba, 854 
Solnine, 1796 
Solomon’s seal, 1621 
Solphinol, 1797 
Solubility of aniline colors, 1566 
of phosphorus in fixed oils, 
(note) 955 
Soluble bismuth phosphate, 1589 
citrate of iron, 609 
cream of tartar, 1239 
essence of ginger, 1517 
ferric phosphate, 627 
ferric pyrophosphate, 627 
glass, 1774, 1795 
gun cotton, 1128 
iron and quinine citrate, 617 
mercury of Hahnemann, 1797 
Prussian blue, (note) 1098 
red coloring matter of cinchona, 
410 
tannal, 1807 
tartar, (note) 1080, 1112 
tincture of Tolu, 1541 
SolutfS d’acetate de morphine, 812 
d’arseniate de soude, 825, 1516 
de Burnett, 826 
de citrate de bismuth ammonia- 
cal, 792 
de hydrochlorate de morphine, 
812 
d’iodo-arsenite de mercure, 791 
de perchlorure de fer, 798 
iodure de Lugol, 808 
Solutes, 787 
Solutio arsenicalis Eowleri, 817 
Donovani, 791 
Solution arsenicale de Pearson, (note) 
1516 
Boudin’s, 22 
d’ammoniaque, 203 
of acetate of iron, 797 
of acetate of morphine, 812 
of acid phosphates, 1511 
of alumina, benzoinated, 150 
of aluminum acetate, 1511 
of aluminum acetico-tartrate, 
1512 
of ammonia, 203 
of ammonium acetate, 788 
of ammonium citrate, 790 
of anthrarobin, 1568 
of arseniate of sodium, 825 
of arsenic and mercuric iodide, 
791 
of arsenious and mercuric iodides, 
791 
of arsenous acid, 788 
of atropine sulphate, 791 
of basic ferric sulphate, 804 
of bichloride of mercury, 808 
of bichloride of tin, 1817 
of bismuth, 1512 
of bismuth and ammonium 
citrate, 792 
of boroglyceride, 662 
of bromide of arsenic, 1516 
of bromine, 1512 
of calcium hydrate, 793 
of carbonate of magnesium, 
809 
of carmine, 1513 
of chloride of iron, 798 
of chlorinated lime, 794 
of chlorinated potassa, 1516, 
1615 
of chlorinated soda, 823 
of chlorine, 210 
of chromic acid, 788 
of citrate of ammonium, 790 
of citrate of bismuth and ammo- 
nium, 792 
of citrate of iron, 801 
Solution of citrate of iron and quinine, 
(note) 615 
of citrate of magnesium, 810 
of coal tar, 813 
of dialyzed iron, 1709 
of ethyl nitrite, 796 
of ethylate of sodium, 825 
of extract of glycyrrhiza, 1513 
of extract of liquorice, 1513 
of ferric acetate, 797 
of ferric chloride, 798, 804 
of ferric citrate, 801 
of ferric hypophosphite, 1513 
of ferric nitrate, 802 
of ferric phosphate, (note) 627 
of ferric subsulphate, 804 
of ferric sulphate, 805 
of ferrous chloride, 1514 
of ferrous iodide, 1514 
of ginger, 1517 
of glonoin, 1281 
of gold and arsenic bromide, 
1512 
of guttapercha, 1514 
of hamamelis, 807 
of hydriodate of arsenic and 
mercury, 791 
of hydrochlorate of morphine, 
812 
of hvdrochlorate of strychnine, 
826 
of hydrogen dioxide, 214 
of hydrogen peroxide, 214 
of hypophosphite of iron, 1513 
of hypophosphites, 1514 
of india-rubber, 795] 
of iodide of mercury and potas- 
sium, 1514 
of iodine, 808 
of iron and ammonium acetate, 
802 
of lead subacetate, 813 
of lime, 793 
of magnesium bromide, (note) 
812, 1515 
of magnesium carbonate, 809 
of magnesium citrate, 810 
of mercuric chloride, 808 
of mercuric nitrate, 807 
of morphine acetate, 812 
of morphine citrate, 1515 
of morphine hydrochloride, 812 
of morphine sulphate, 882 
of morphine tartrate, 812 
of muriate of morphia, 812 
of nitrate of iron, 802 
of nitrate of mercury, 807 
of nitroglycerin, 1281 
of oxysulphate of iron, 1514 
of oxysulphuret of calcium, 1512 
of pepsin, (note) 1015, 1515 
of peracetate of iron, 797 
of perchloride of iron, 805 
of perchloride of mercury, 808 
of permanganate of potassium, 
820 
of pernitrate of iron, 802 
of persulphate of iron, 804, 805 
of phosphorus, 1515 
of phosphorus, J. Ashburton 
Thompson’s, (note) 1026 
of potash, 815 
of potassa, 815 
of potassium arsenate and bro- 
mide, 1516 
of potassium arsenite, 817 
of potassium citrate, 819 
of potassium hydrate, 815 1984 
Index. 
Solution of potassium iodohydrargy- 
rate, 1514 
of potassium permanganate, 820 
of protochloride of iron, 1514 
of quinine in cod-liver oil, 951 
of saccharin, 1516 
of silicate of sodium, 825, 1795 
of soda, 822 
of sodium arsenate, 825 
of sodium arsenate, Pearson’s, 
1516 
of sodium carbolate, 1516 
of sodium citrate, 1516 
of sodium ethylate, 825 
of sodium hydrate, 822 
of sodium oleate, 1517 
of sodium silicate, 825, 1795 
of sodium tartrate, 1796 
of strychnine acetate, 1517 
of strychnine hydrochloride, 826 
of subsulphate of iron, 804 
of sulphate of atropine, 791 
of sulphurated lime, 1512 
of tartrate of magnesium, (note) 
106 
of tersulphato of iron, 805 
of trinitrin, 1281 
of zinc chloride, 826 
of zinc hypochlorite, (note) 1476 
Solutions, 787 
Solutol, 1631, 1797 
Solvent powers of glycerin, (note) 
658 
Solveol, 1631, 1797 
Solvin, 1794 
Somali myrrh, (note) 891 
Somnal, 1797 
Sonchus oleraceus, 1797 
Sonnenblume, 1680 
Sonnenthau, 1642 
Sonora gum, 1797 
Soot, 1797 
Sophora angustifolia, 1797 
japonica, (note) 1133 
secundi flora, 1638, 1797 
sericea, 1797 
speciosa, 1638, 1797 
tinctoria, 1581 
tomentosa, 1797 
Sophorine, 1638, 1797 
Sorbes, 1797 
Sorbic acid, 1797 
Sorbin, 1797 
Sorbite, 1797 
Sorbus americana, 1797 
aucuparia, (note) 165, 1797,1819 
hybrida, (note) 165 
torminalis, (note) 165 
Sorel’s mass, 1474 
Sorghum, 1798 
saccharatum, 1177 
Sorrel, 1172 
-tree, 1563, 1755 
Souchet des Indes, 1635 
Souci, 294 
Soude caustique, 1228 
caustique liquide, 822 
tartarisee, 1095 
Soufre, 1312 
dor6 d’antimoine, 185 
lav<3, 1310 
precipit6,1310 
vegetal, 836 
Sour gum, 1744 
-wood, 1563, 1755 
Sous-acetate de plomb liquide, 813 
-azotate de bismuth, 272 
-carbonate de bismuth, 271 
Sous-muriate de mercure, 693 
South American kino, 768 
American saltpetre, 1107 
American vanilla, 1443 
Southern pine, 1358 
prickly ash, (note) 1466 
senega, (note) 1212 
white cedar, 1815 
Southernwood, 2 
Sow-bread, 1636 
-thistle, 1797 
Soymida febrifuga, 1806 
Sozal, 1798 
Soziodol, 1798 
Soziodolic acid, 1798 
Sozolic acid, 1798 
Spangriin, 1634 
Spanische fliege, 316 
pfeffer, 322 
seife, 1193 
siissholzwurzel, 664 
Spanisches siissholz, 664 
Spanischfliegen-liniment, 796 
-pflaster, 355 
Spanischfliegensalbe, 1423 
Spanischfliegentinktur, 1376 
Spaniscbpfeffer-oelharz, 913 
Spanischpfeflfertinktur, 1376 
Spanish barilla, 1242 
beetle, 316 
broom, 1798 
brown, 1744 
flies, 316 
liquorice root, 664 
needles, 1587 
oak, 1132 
soap, 1196 
walnut oil, 1556 
Spargel, 1578 
Spargin, 1578 
Sparkling wines, 1453 
Sparteinse sulphas, 1265 
Sparteine, 1210 
sulphate, 1265 
Spartium junceum, 1798 
scoparium, 1210 
Spasmotin, 1798 
Spasmotoxin, 1798 
Spathum, 1707 
Spathyema foetida, 1641 
Spearmint, 867 
water, 219 
Species ad infusum pectorale, 1529 
emollientes, 1529 
laxantes, 1529 
pectorales, 1529 
Specific gravity of alcohols, 127 
gravity tables, 16, 52, 54, 93, 378 
1879 
Speckled leech, 682 
Speedwell, 1826 
Speiss, 1740 
Speltre, 1468 
Speltrum, 1468 
Spender’s lime ointment, 299 
Sperm oil, (note) 361, 901 
-oil group of fixed oils, 901 
whale, 361 
Spermaceti, 361 
cerate, 358 
group of fixed oils, 901 
ointment, 1424 
Spermacetis, 361 
Spermagonia, 513 
Spermatie, 512 
Sphacelia, 512 
Sphacelic acid, 516 
Sphacelotoxin, 515, 1798 
Sphaeranthus indicus, 1798 
Sphaerococcus compressus, 1666 
crispus, 383 
lichenoides, 1666 
Spice-bush, 1584 
plaster, 1121, 1501 
-tree, 1822 
-wood, 1584 
Spiced syrup of rhubarb, 1341 
Spider’s web, 1619 
Spiegeleisen, 633 
Spiess cobalt, 1618 
Spiessglanz metall, 177 
Spigelia, 1265 
anthelmia, 1265 
marilandica, 1265 
Spigelie, 1265 
du Maryland, 1265 
Spigeline, 1266 
Spiked aloe, 135 
Spikenard, 1738 
Spilanthes acmella, 1798 
oleracea, 1798 
Spindelbaum-extrakt, 562 
Spindle-tree, 522 
Spiraea, 1798 
filipendula, 1799 
lobata, 936, 1799 
tomentosa, 1799 
ulmaria, 83, 936, 1183, 1799 
Spiraeic acid, 1799 
Spirit, cologne, 130 
methylated, 126 
of a volatile oil, 1530 
of ammonia, 1275 
of anise, 1278 
of ants, 1529 
of bitter almond, 1277 
of cajuput, 1278 
of camphor, 1279 
of chloric ether, 1279 
of chloroform, 1279 
of cinnamon, 1280 
of cucumbers, 1633 
of Curasao, 1529 
of ether, 1268 
of formic acid, 1529 
of French wine, 1286 
of gaultheria, 1281 
of glonoin, 1281 
of juniper, 1283 
of lavender, 1283 
of lemon, 1284 
of Mindererus, 788 
of mustard, 1227, 1530 
of myrcia, 1284 
of nitre, 68 
of nitroglycerin, 1281 
of nitrous ether, 1269 
of nutmeg, 1285 
of orange, 1278 
of peppermint, 1284 
of phosphorus, 1286 
of rosemary, 1286 
of sal volatile, 1276 
of sea-salt, 52 
of soap, 1530 
of spearmint, 1284 
of turpentine, 969 
of wine, 123 
proof, 124, 125 
rectified, 123 
vinegar, 1547 
Spirits, 1267 
Spirituoses tollkirschen-extrakt, 542 
Spirituous extracts, 527 
wines, 1453 
Spiritus, 123, 1267 Index. 
1985 
Spiritus acidi formici, 1529 
aethereus, 1268 
aetheris, 1268 
aetheris compositus, 1268 
mtheris nitrici, 1269 
aetheris nitrosi, 1269 
ammoniaci caustici, Dzondii, 
1275 
ammoniae 1275 
ammonias aromaticus, 1276 
ammoniae compositus, 1276 
ammoniae foetidus, 1277 
amygdalae amarae, 1277 
anisi, 1278 
anthos, 1286 
armoraciae compositus, 1278 
aromaticus, 1529 
aurantii, 1278 
aurantii compositus, 1278 
cajuputi, 1278 
camphorae, 1279 
camphoratus, 1279 
cardamomi compositus, 1529 
chloroformi, 1279 
cinnamomi, 1280 
curassao, 1529 
dilutus, 124 
formicarum, 1529, 1663 
frumenti, 1280 
gaultheriae, 1281 
glonoini, 1281 
juniperi, 1283 
juniperi compositus, 1283 
lavandulae, 1283 
lavandulae compositus, 1393 
limonis, 1284 
menthae piperitae, 1284 
menthae piperitae anglicus, 1284 
menthae viridis, 1284 
myrciae, 1284 
myristicse, 1285 
nitri acidus, 63 
nitri dulcis, 1269 
nitrico-aethereus, 1269 
odoratus, 1529, 1799 
olei volatilis, 1530 
ophthalmicus, 1530 
phosphori, 1286 
pyroxylicus rectificatus, 1726 
rectificatus, 123, 1286 
rosmarini, 1286 
salis ammoniaci causticus, 203 
saponatus, 1530 
sinapis, 1530 
tenuior, 124, 131 
vini gallici, 1286 
vini rectificatissimus, 123 
vini rectificatus, 124 
Spleen mixture, 1520 
Spleenwort, 1579 
Splenetic mixture, 1520 
Splenic extract, 1799 
Spodumene, 829 
Spogel seed, 1770 
Spondias mangifera, (note) 6 
Sponge, 1799 
tent, 1530, 1800 
Spongia, 1799 
compressa, 1530 
decolorata, 1530 
officinalis, 1799 
usta, 1800 
Spongin, 1800 
Spoonwood, 764, 1699 
Spoonwort, 1618 
Spotted cowbane, 1616 
touch-me-not, 1692 
winter-green, 368 
Spring water, 195 
Spruce beer, 1359, 1716 
Spunk,1553 
Spurge laurel, 870 
Spurious port wine, 1557 
Spurred rye, 511 
Squalus maximus, 900 
Squaw-root, 348 
vine, 1730 
Squibb’s diarrhoea mixture, 1519 
method of assaying cinchona 
bark, (note) 412 
method of assaying opium, (note) 
999 
podophyllum pills, 1524 
process for extract of cinchona 
by repercolation, (note) 536 
process of rcpercolation, 535 
rhubarb mixture, 1520 
test for aconite, (note) 112 
Squill, 1208 
Squille, 1208 
Squills, 1208 
Squire’s infusion mug, (note) 729 
Squirrel corn, 1626 
Squirting cucumber, 494 
Stachelmohn, 1572 
Stag-bush, 1451 
Stahlwein, 1464 
Stalagmitis cambogioides, 304 
Standard extract of bellodonna, (note) 
543 
Stanni pulvis, 1817 
Stannic acid, 1816 
dioxide, 1816 
oxide, 1816 
Stannous chloride, 1817 
oxide, 1816 
protoxide, 1816 
Stannum, 1816 
Staphisagria, 1287 
Staphisagriae semina, 1287 
Staphisagrine, 1288 
Staple isinglass, 724 
Star-anise, 726 
-anise fruit, 727 
aniseed, 174 
grass, 1556 
Starch, 170 
Starches, 1177 
Starke, 170 
-glycerit, 662 
Starkendes pflaster, 501 
Starker salmiakgeist, 205 
Starkeres Zittmann’sches decoct, 
(note) 481 
Starkey’s soap, 1195 
Starkmehl, 170 
Starwort, 1609, 1682 
Stas’s method of extracting the alka- 
loids from mixtures, (note) 876 
Statice antarctica, 1800 
armeria, 1574 
brasiliensis, 1583, 1800 
caroliniana, 1800 
latifolia, 1800 
mucronata, 1800 
Stavesacre, 1287 
seeds, 1287 
Steam-refined tar, 1056 
Steapsin, 1005 
Stearic acid, 87, 362, 1193 
Stearin, 902, 1193 
Stearopten, 906, 963 
Steatins, (note) 355 
Steatinum, (note) 355 
iodoformi, (note) 355 
Steatite, 1807 
Stechapfel, 1289 
Stechapfelblatter, 1289 
Stechapfelsalbe, 1435 
Steehapfelsainen, 1289 
-extrakt, 597 
Stechapfelsamentinktur, 1405 
Stechpalme, 1691 
Steel, 633 
Steeplebush, 1799 
Steinklee, 1721 
Steinkraut, 1791 
Steinol, 1761 
Stenocarpine, 1672 
Steocarobic acid, 1697 
Sterculia acuminata, 180G 
chica, 1800 
gum, 1801 
lasiantha, 1800 
striata, 1800 
Stercus diaboli, 235 
Steresol, 1801 
Sterilization of milk, 1729 
Steriosol, 1801 
Sterisol, 1801 
Sterkwater, 68 
Sternanis, 726 
Stibiokali tartaricum, 178 
Stibium, 177 
oxydatum, 182 
sulfuratum aurantiacum, 185 
sulfuratuin crudum et laevigatum, 
184 
sulfuratum nigrum, 184 
Stick lac, 1702 
rhubarb, 1163 
Stickstoffoxydul, 1742 
Stillingia, 1288 
sebifera, 1288, 1801 
sylvatica, 1288 
Stillingie, 1288 
Stillingine, 1289 
Stinkasant, 235 
( -milch, 510 
Stinkasanttinktur, 1372 
Stinkende drachenwurzel, 1641 
kamille, 1628 
Stipa, 1801 
inebrians, 1801 
sibirica, 1801 
viridula, 1801 
Stipites dulcamaras, 487 
Stizolobium pruriens, 1733 
Stockfischleberthran, 946 
Stokes’s expectorant, 1519 
expectorant mixture, 1519 
liniment, 1511 
Stomach drops, 1537 
Stomachic tincture, 1537 
Stone mint, 1633 
ochres, 1745 
-root, 1620 
Storace, 1304 
Storax, 1304 
amygdalo'ide, 1306 
bark, 1304 
in grains, 1304 
Stored salt, 1249 
Storesin, 1305, 1709 
Storksbill, 1646 
Straits oil, 947 
Stramoine, 1289 
Stramonii folia, 1289 
semen, 1289 
semina, 1289 
Stramonio, 1289 
Stramonium leaves, 1289 
ointment, 1435 
seed, 1289 Index. 
Strandnelke, 1800 
Strasburg turpentine, 1359, (note) 
1362 
Stream tin, 1816 
Strengthening plaster, 501 
Streupulver, 836 
Striated brittle ipecacuanha, (note) 
752 
elastic ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
Strobili humuli, 685 
lupuli, 685 
Strong chloric ether, (note) 1279 
liquid glue, 1672 
-scented lettuce, 772 
solution of ammonia, 205 
solution of ferric chloride, 798 
solution of iodine, 749, 808 
solution of lead subacetate, 813 
Stronger ammonia water, 205 
compound infusion of gentian, 
1510 
emulsion of oil of turpentine, 
1504 
orange flower water, 209 
rose water, 221 
solution of ammonium citrate, 
1512 
white wine, 1542 
Strongest common caustic, 1072 
Strontii bromidum, 1292 
iodidum, 1293 
lactas, 1294 
Strontium, 1292 
bromide, 1292 
caffeine-sulphonate, 1806 
iodide, 1293 
lactate, 1294 
Strophanthi semina, 1295 
Strophanthidin, 1297 
Strophanthin, 1297 
Strophanthus, 1295 
gratus, 1296 
hispidus, 1295 
kombd, 1295 
seeds, 1295 
seeds, examination of, 1296 
tholloni, 1296 
Strychnia, 1298 
Strychniae sulphas, 1303 
Strychnin, 1298 
Strychnina, 1298 
Strychninae arsenas, 1801 
hydrochloridum, 1303 
sulphas, 1303 
Strychnine, 897, 1298 
arsenite, (note) 1304 
hydrochloride, 1303 
nitrate, (note) 1300 
sulphate, 1303 
Strychninuin, 1298 
sulphuricum, 1303 
Strychnos castelnamna, 1831 
cogens, 1831 
colubrina, 896 
colubrinum, (note) 897 
crevauxiana, 1831 
crevauxii, 1831 
gubleri, 1831 
1690 
ligustrma, (note) 897 
malaccensis, 1684 
nux vomica, 896 
pedunculata, 1831 
potatorum, 1801 
scliomburgkii, 1831 
tieute, (note) 897, 1574 
toxifera, 1831 
Strychnos yapurensis, 1831 
Stuhlzapfchen, 1318 
von opium und bleizucker, 1321 
Sturmhut, 108 
Stylophorine, 366 
Stylophorum diphyllum, 366, (note) 
992, 1801 
Stylosanthes elatior, 1801 
Styphnio acid, 152, 1156 
Styptic collodion, 440 
colloid, 440 
cotton, 1510 
liquid of Pagliari, 150, (note) 
266 
Stypticin, 1627, 1801 
Styracin, 1306, 1709 
Styracol, 1676 
Styrax, 1304 
benzoin, 263 
calamita, 1304 
liquide, 1304 
liquidus, 1304 
officinale, 1305 
porterianum, 264 
praeparatus, 1304 
subdenticulata, 264 
Styrene, 1642 
Styrol, 265, 1306, 1709 
Styrolene, 1618 
Sty rone, 1306 
Suakin gum, 5 
Subacetate of copper, impure, 1634 
Subazotas bismuthicus, 272 
Subcarbonas bismuthicus, 271 
Subcarbonate of iron, (note) 624 
Subchloride of mercury, 693 
Suber, 1625 
Suberic acid, 1625 
Suberin, 1625 
Sublimated cotton, (note) 669 
gauze, (note) 669 
Sublimatus corrosivus chloruretum 
hydrargyricum, 688 
Sublime corrosif, 688 
Sublimed sulphur, 1312 
Sublimo-phenol, 1801 
Submuriate of mercury, 693 
Subnitras bismuthicus, 272 
Subnitrate of bismuth, 272 
Sue de citron, 778 
de genOt a balais, 1307 
do grande cigue, 1307 
de limon, 778 
de pissenlit, 1307 
Succi, 1306 
spissati, 525 
Succin, 1802 
Succinate of ammonium, 1802 
of iron, 1659 
Succinic acid, 1608, 1801, 1802 
Succinimide of mercury, 1724 
Succinum, 1802 
Succory, 1616 
Succus belladonna;, 1307 
citri, 778 
conii, 1307 
hyoscyami, 1307 
limonis, 778 
limoniscum pepsino, 1530 
liquiritue, 565 
liquiritiae depuratus, 567 
scoparii, 1307 
taraxaci, 1307 
thebaicus, 980 
Sucre, 1174 
de canne, 1174 
de lait, 1181 
de plomb, 1060 
Sucre en pains, 1174 
interverti, 1176 
pur, 1174 
Sucr6 couleur, (note) 1179 
Sucrier de montagne, 1680 
Sucrol, 1559 
Sucrose, 1174 
Sucupira, 1591 
Suet, 1224 
Suffioni, 33 
Sugar, 1174 
-bush, 1775 
cane, 1174 
grape, 1175 
-house molasses, 1178, 1180 
invert, 1176 
maple, 1177 
of coffee, 1596 
of ergot, 514 
of gelatin, 725 
of grapes, 1779 
of lead, 1060 
of milk, 1181 
Sugo di liquirizia, 565 
Suif, 1224 
Suint, 900, 1087 
Sulfas cadmicus, 1594 
ferrosus, 628 
kalicus, 1111 
magnesicus, 844 
manganosus, 848 
natricus, 1261 
potassicus, 1111 
quinicus, 1143 
sodicus, 1261 
zincicus, 1479 
Sulfate d’alumine, 149 
d’alumine et potasse, 144 
d’ammoniaque, 1560 
d’ atropine, 248 
de cadmium, 1594 
de cinchonidine, 414 
de cinchonine, 417 
de cuivre, 468 
de cuivre ammoniacal, 1635 
de fer, 628 
de fer ammoniacal, 611 
de fer dess6ch6, 630 
de fer et d’ammoniaque, 611 
d’hyoscyamine, 720 
de magn<jsie, 844 
de manganese, 848 
de morphine, 881 
de potasse, 1111 
de quinine, 1143 
de soude, 1261 
de strychnine, 1303 
de zinc, 1479 
ferreux, 628 
ferrique ammoniacal, 611 
jaune de mercure, 706 
manganeux, 848 
trimercurique, 706 
Sulfato de cobre, 468 
de magnesia, 844 
desoda, 1261 
di magnesia, 844 
di soda, 1261 
Sulfis kalicus, 1773 
natricus, 1263 
potassicus, 1773 
sodicus, 1263 
Sulfite de potasse, 1773 
de soude, 1263 
de soude, 1252 
Sulfocyanure de potassium, 1774 
Sulfophenate de soude, 1264 
Sulfur iodatum, 1309 Index. 
1987 
Sulfure d’antimoine, 184 
de carbone, 331 
de potasse, 1073 
rouge de mercure, 1722 
Sulfuretum hydrargyricum, 1722 
stibicum, 184 
Sulphaldehyde, 1803 
Sulphaminol, 1803 
creosote, 1803 
eucalpytol, 1803 
guaiacol, 1803 
menthol, 1803 
Sulpharsenate of cobalt, 1618 
Sulphas aluminico-ammonicus, 144 
aluminico-potassicus, 144 
ammonico-ferricus, 611 
hydrargyricus flavus, 706 
inorphicus, 881 
Sulphate of aluminum and ammo- 
nium, 144, 145 
of aluminum and iron, 1660 
of aluminum and potassium, 144 
of ammonium, 1560 
of atropia, 248 
of calcium, 293 
of cinchonidine, 414 
of copper, 468 
of iron, 628 
of lime, 293 
of magnesium, 844 
of morphia, 881 
of narcotine, (note) 989 
of nickel, 1740 
of potash, 1111 
of potassa with sulphur, 1112 
of soda, 1261 
Sulphhaemoglobin, 1688 
Sulphide of ally 1, 968 
of antimony, golden, 185 
of antimony, precipitated, 185 
of calcium, 302 
Sulphides, 1315 
Sulphite of magnesium, 1714 
of potassium, 1773 
Sulphites, 1803 
Sulphmethaemoglobin, 1688 
Sulphocarbolate of sodium, 1264 
of zinc, 1481 
Sulphocarbolic acid, 1264 
Sulphocyanate of mercury, 1724 
of potassium, 1774 
Sulphocyanic acid, 1617 
Sulpliocyanide of mercury, 1724 
of potassium, 1774 
Sulpholeates, (note) 910 
Sulpholeic acid, (note) 910 
Sulphomethylate of sodium, 1795 
Sulphonal, 1307 
Sulpho-naphtylaminic acid, 1549 
Sulphoricinic acid, 1804 
Sulphoricinoleates, (note) 911 
Sulphosalicylate of quinine, (note) 
1140 
Sulpho-salts, 1315 
Sulpho-suiphates, 1804 
Sulphovinate of sodium, 1795 
Sulphur auratum antimonii, 185 
candles, (note) 1316 
chloride, 1641 
depuratum, 1310 
dioxide, 1315 
glycerin casein varnish, 1793 
golden, 185 
hydrate, 1312 
iodide, 1309 
iodide ointment, 1435 
lotum, 1310 
lozenges, 1419 
Sulphur ointment, 1435 
praecipitatum, 1310 
stibiatum aurantiacum, 185 
subiodide, 1309 
sublimatum, 1312 
trioxide, 1315 
vegetabile, 836 
vivum, 1313 
Sulphurated antimony, 185 
lime, 302 
linseed oil, 1815 
oil, 1581 
potash, 1073 
potassa, 1073 
Sulphuret of antimony, artificial, 184 
of antimony, golden, 185 
of antimony, prepared, 184 
of potassium, 1073 
Sulphuretted baths, (note) 1060 
hydrogen, 1315,1688 
volatile oils, 906 
waters, 199 
Sulphuric acid, 88, 1315 
acid, aromatic, 94 
acid, diluted, 95 
acid, fuming, 89 
acid mixture, 1521 
acid of Nordhausen, 89 
acid, pure, 90 
acid, solid, 89, 93 
acid, table of specific gravity of, 
93 
anhydride, 89 
ether, 118 
hydrate, real, 90 
oxide, 93, 1315 
Sulphuris iodidum, 1309 
Sulphurous acid, 96, 1315 
oxide, 1315 
Sumac, 1167 
Sumach, 1167 
de3 corroyeurs, 1624 
v6neneux,1168 
Sumatra benzoin, 264 
camphor, (note) 309 
Sumbul, 1316 
radix, 1316 
Sumbulamic acid, 1317 
Sumbulic acid, 1317 
Sumbulwurzel, 1316 
Summer rape-seed oil, 899 
savory, 1790 
Summitates meliloti, 1721 
sabinae, 1173 
tanaceti, 1353 
Sumpfnelkenwurzel, 1670 
Sumpfporsch, 1706 
Sumpfsilge, 1791 
Sun mixture, 1519 
Sundews, 1642 
Sunflower, 1680 
oil, 900 
Superbine, 1672 
Superphosphate of iron, 626 
Supertartrate of potassium, 1079 
Suppositoires, 1318 
de plomb opiaegs, 1321 
de tannin, 1320 
morphings, 1321 
Suppositoria, 1318 
acidi carbolici, 1320 
acidi tannici, 1320 
belladonnae, 1321 
glycerini, 1321 
iodoformi, 1321 
morphinae, 1321 
plumbi composita, 1322 
Suppositories, 1318 
Suppositories of glycerin, 1321 
Suprarenal bodies, 1804 
Sureau, 1186 
Surelle, 1754 
Surgeon’s agaric, 1553 
Sus scrofa, 112 
Siisse mandeln, 165 
Siissholzsaft, 565 
Siissholzwurzel, 664 
Susumber berries, 488 N 
Suterberry, 1466 
Swamp dogwood, 1607 
hellebore, 1447 
laurel, 1700 
sassafras, 1715 
sumach, (note) 1168 
Sweet almond, 165 
basil, 1745 
bay,1705,1715 
birch, 926 
-brier, 1584 
cassava, 1808 
clover, 1721 
fennel, 640 
fennel fruit, 640 
fern, 1620 
flag, 286 
fluid extract of buckthorn, (note) 
563 
gum, (note) 1304, 1709 
' horsemint, 1633 
marjoram, 1749 
oil, 952 
orange peel, 249 
pellitory, 1805 
principle of oils, 656 
scabious, 1645 
-scented life-everlasting, 1673 
-scented virgin’s bower, 1617 
-scented water-lily, 1744 
shrub, 1600 
spirit of nitre, 1269 
tincture of rhubarb, 1404 
violet, 1827 
wines, 1450 
-wood, 339 
Swertia chirata, 369 
Swietenia febrifuga, 1806 
mahagoni, 1806 
senegalensis, 1806 
Swimming-bladder, 724 
Sycose, 1806 
Sydenham’s laudanum, 1465 
Sylvestrene, 957, 970 
Sylvie acid, 1151 
Symphoral, 1806 
-sodium, 1738 
Symphorol, 1806 
Symphytum officinale, 1806 
Symplocarpus foetid us, 1641 
Symplocos racemosa, 1806 
Synanthrose, 1806 
Synaptase, 166, 1116 
Synthetic oil of wintergreen, 869 
Synthetical carbolic acid, 36 
Syrian herb mastich, 1812 
nard, 1738 
Syringa vulgaris, 1806 
Syringenin, 1806 
Syringin, 1707, 1806 
Syrup, 1179, 1324 
Aitkin’s, 1335 
Easton’s, 1335 
Gibert’s, 702 
of acacia, 1325 
of almond, 1328 
of althma, 1327 
of arseniate of iron, 1532 1988 
Index. 
Syrup of asafetida, (note) 238 
of azedarach, 1580 
of blackberry root, 1342 
of bloodroot, 1536 
of bromide of iron, 1532, 1806 
of buckthorn berries, 1535 
of calcium and sodium hypo- 
phosphites, 1531 
of calcium chlorhydrophosphate, 
1531 
of calcium hypophosphite, 1531 
of calcium iodide, 1531 
of calcium lactophosphate, 1329 
of calcium lactophosphate with 
iron, 1531 
of chloral, 1331 
of chlorhydrophosphate of lime, 
1531 
of chloroform, 383 
of cinnamon, 1532 
of citric acid, 1326 
of clove pink, 1639 
of codeine, 1331, 1532 
of coffee, 1532, 1597 
of Dover’s powder, 1534 
of ether, 122 
of ferric citro-iodide, 1533 
of ferric hypophosphite, 620, 
1533 
of ferrous and manganous iodides, 
1718 
of ferrous chloride, 608, 1533 
of ferrous iodide, 1332 
offerrous iodide and manganese, 
1533 
of ferrous lactate, 622 
of ferrous nitrate, (note) 803 
of ferrous phosphate, 1334 
of flowering ash, (note) 851 
of fraxinus ornus, (note) 851 
of galls, aromatic, (note) 647 
of garlic, 1327 
of gentian, 653 
of ginger, 1347 
of glucose, 1335 
of glycyrrhiza, 1534 
of guaiac, (note) 676 
of hemidesinus, 1335 
of horse-radish, (note) 231 
of horse-radish, iodized, (note) 
231 
of hydriodic acid, 1326 
of hypophosphite of lime, 1531 
of hypophosphite of lime and 
soda, 1531 
of hypophosphites, 1335 
of hypophosphites with iron, 
1336 
of Indian sarsaparilla, 1335 
of iodide of iron, 1332 
of iodide of zinc, (note) 1476 
of ipecac, 1336 
of ipecac and opium, 1534 
of iron chloride, (note) 608 
of krameria, 1337 
of lactophosphate of iron, 1533 
of lactophosphate of lime with 
iron, 1531 
of lactucarium, 1337 
of lemon, 1338 
of lime, 1330 
of liquorice, 567, 1534 
of manganous iodide, 1718 
of manganous phosphate, 1718 
of manna, 1534 
of morphine, 1534 
of morphine hydrochloratc, 
(note) 1535 
Syrup of morphine sulphate, 1534 
of orange, 1328 
of orange flowers, 1329 
of orange peel, 1328 
of orgeat, 1328 
of phosphate of iron with qui- 
nine and strychnine, 1334 
of phosphates of iron and cal- 
cium, (note) 627 
of phosphates of iron, quinine, 
and strychnine, 1334 
of poppy, 1535 
of protochloride of iron, 1533 
of pyrophosphate of iron, (note) 
627 
of quassia, (note) 1130 
of quillaja, 1134 
of raspberry, 1342 
of red poppy, 1341 
of red rose, 1341 
of rhamnus cathartica, 1535 
of rhubarb, 1340 
of rose, 1341 
of roses, 1341 
of rubus, 1342 
of saccharated oxide of iron, 
1533 
of saffron, (note) 465 
of sanguinaria, 1536 
of senega, 1345 
of senna, 1345 
of sodium liypophosphite, 1536 
of soluble oxide of iron, 1533 
of soluble saccharated iron, 1533 
of squill, 1343 
of tar, 1339 
of three phosphates, 1335 
of tolu, 1346 
of triple phosphates, 1335 
of Virginian prune, 1339 
of wild cherry, 1339 
of zinc iodide, (note) 1476 
Syrupe, 1322 
Syrup i, 1322 
Syrups, 1322 
Syrupus, 1324 
acaciro, 1325 
acidi citrici, 1326 
acidi hydriodici, 1326 
act®® compositus, 1530 
albus, 1324 
allii, 1327 
alth®®, 1327 
amygdal®, 1328 
aromaticus, 1328 
asari compositus, 1530 
aurantii, 1328 
aurautii floris, 1329 
aurantii florum, 1329 
calcii chlorhydrophosphatis, 
1531 
calcii et sodii hypophosphitum, 
1531 
calcii hypophosphitus, 1531 
calcii iodidi, 1531 
calcii lactophosphatis, 1329 
calcii lactophosphatis cum ferro, 
1531 
calcis, 1330 
cascar® aromaticus, 1331 
chloral, 1331 
chondri compositus, 1532 
cinnamomi, 1532 
codein®, 1331, 1532 
codeini, (note) 1532 
coffe®, 1532 
corrigens, 1532 
croci, (note) 465 
Syrupus diacodii, (note) 1535 
emulsivus, 1328 
eriodictyi aromaticus, 1532 
ferri arseniatus, 1532 
ferri bromidi, 1532, 1806 
ferri chloridi, (note) 608 
ferri citro-iodidi, 1533 
ferri et mangani iodidi, 1533 
ferri hypophosphitus, 1533 
ferri iodati, 1332 
ferri iodidi, 1332 
ferri lactophosphatis, 1533 
ferri oxydati solubilis, 1533 
ferri phosphatis, 1334 
ferri phosphatis cum quinina et 
strychnina, 1334 
ferri protochloridi, 1533 
ferri quinina} et strychnin® phos- 
phaturn 1334 
ferri saccliarati solubilis, 1533 
glucosi, 1335 
glycyrrhiz®, 1534 
gummosus, 1325 
hemidesmi, 1335 
hypophosphitum, 1335 
hypophospliitum compositus, 
1534 
hypophosphitum cum ferro, 1336 
ipecacuanhas, 1336 
ipecacuanhas et opii, 1534 
krameri®, 1337 
lactucarii, 1337 
limonis, 1338 
mannae, 1534 
morphin®, 1534 
morphin® compositus, 1534 
morphin® sulphatis, 1534 
papaveris, 1535 
pectoralis, 1535 
phosphatura compositus, 1535 
picis liquid®, 1339 
pini strobi compositus, 1535 
pruni Virginian®, 1339 
quassi®, (note) 1130 
ratanh®, 1337 
rhamni cathartic®, 1535 
rhei, 1340 
rhei aromaticus, 1341 
rhei et potassii compositus, 1536 
rhmados, 1341 
ros®, 1341 
rosarum rubrarum, 1341 
rubi, 1342 
rubi aromaticus, 1536 
rubi id®i, 1342 
sacchari, 1324 
sanguinari®, 1536 
sarsaparill® compositus, 1342 
scill®, 1343 
scill® compositus, 1343 
seneg®, 1345 
senn®, 1345 
senn® aromaticus, 1536 
senn® compositus, 1536 
sodii hypophosphitis, 1536 
spin® cervin®, 1535 
stillingi® compositus, (note) 
1289, 1536 
succus citri, 1338 
tolutanus, 1346 
zingiberis, 1347 
T 
Taahgu, 1775 
Tabac, 1347 
Tabacco, 1347 
Tabaco, 1347 Index. 
1989 
Tabacum, 1347 
Tabago allspice, (note) 1050 
Tabak, 1347 
Tabaksblatter, 1347 
Tabellae, 1411 
cum catechu, 1415 
trinitrini, 1352 
Table bark, 401 
Table, alcoholmetrical, of Tralles, 
1881 
of absolute acetic acid in acetic 
acid of different densities, 16 
of amount of caffeine in coffees, 
(note) 282 
of analysis of American wines, 
1457 
of analysis of beef preparations, 
1654 
of analysis of ginger root, (note) 
1484 
of analysis of kefir, 1701 
of analysis of kinds of potash, 
1087 
of analysis of koumys, 1701 
of analysis of matzoon, 1101 
of analysis of mustard seeds and 
mustard flour, 1227 
of analysis of tea, 1811 
of cinchona bases, 405 
of color reactions of opium bases, 
994 
of composition of milk, 1728, 
1729 
of composition of must, 1452 
of composition of soap, 1197 
of expansion of gases, 1854 
of formulas and molecular 
weights, 1890 
of number of drops in a flui- 
drachm, 1878 
of percentage of alcohol in 
American wines, 1457 
of percentage of alcohol in Eu- 
ropean wines, 1456 
of percentage of alcohol in 
liquors, (note) 125 
of percentage of alcohol in vari- 
ous beers, 1460 
of percentage of ammonia in 
solutions, 204 
of percentage of nitric acid, 
72 
of percentage of orthophosphoric 
acid, 79 
of percentage of phosphoric 
anhydride, 79 
of percentage of quinine in its 
different salts, (note) 1138 
of percentage of sulphuric acid, 
92 
of quantity of potassa in ashes 
of plants, 1086 
of reagents for alkaloids of 
opium, 994 
of relation of crude drug to fluid 
extract, (note) 534 
of signs and abbreviations, 1870 
of solubility of aniline colors in 
water and alcohol, 1566 
of solvent powers of glycerin, 
(note) 658 
of specific gravity of acetic acid 
solutions, 16 
of specific gravity of alcohol, 127 
of specific gravity of glycerin 
solutions, 657 
of specific gravity of hydrohro- 
mic acid, 52 
Table of specific gravity of hydro- 
chloric acid, 54 
of specific gravity of mixtures 
of alcohol and chloroform, 378 
of specific gravity of mixtures 
of alcohol and water, 127 
of specific gravity of phosphoric 
acid solutions, 79 
of specific gravity of sulphuric 
acid, 93 
of thermometric equivalents, 
1882 
of weights and measures, 1872 
showing purity of water-supply 
of various cities, 199 
showing specific gravity corre- 
sponding with degrees of hy- 
drometers, 1879 
showing value of degrees of 
Baumg’s hydrometer in those 
of Tralles’s alcoholmeter, 1881 
Table salt, 1247 
Tables of specific gravity, 1879 
Tablets of nitroglyoerin, 1352 
Tablettes, 1412 
chalybees, 1416 
Tacamahac, 1601,1772, 1806 
Tacamahaca, 1806 
in testis, 1807 
orientale, 1807 
Tacca fecula, 1720 
oceanica, 1720 
pinnatifida, 1720 
Tacon, 461 
Taenia expansa, 1712 
Tag alder, 1557 
Tagetes erecta, 294 
patula, 294 
Tagud nut, 1766 
Tagulaway balsam, 1606 
Tahiti vanilla, 1443 
Taja, (note) 424 
Taka-diastase, 1807 
Talba gum, 5 
Talc, 1807 
Talca gum, 5 
Talcahuana arrow-root, 1720 
Talcum, 1807 
purifieatum, 1536 
Taleh gum, 4 
Talg, 1224 
Tallow group of fixed oils, 900 
soap, 1197 
-tree, 1801 
Tamarin, 1352 
Tamarind, 1352 
Tamarinden, 1352 
Tamarindi, 1352 
Tamarindos, 1352 
Tamarindus, 1352 
indica, 1352 
Tamarins, 1352 
Tamarisk, (note) 851 
galls, (note) 851 
Tamarix gallica, (note) 851 
Tampicic acid, (note) 760 
Tampicin, (note) 760 
Tampico jalap, (note) 760 
Tampicolic acid, (note) 760 
Tamus communis, 278 
Tanacetic acid, 1353 
Tanacetin, 1353 
Tanaceto, 1353 
Tanacetone, 1353 
Tanacetum, 1353 
-tannic acid, 1353 
umhelliferum, 1805 
vulgare, 1353 
Tanaisie, 1353 
Tanghinia, 1807 
venenifera, 1807 
Tanghinin, 1807 
Tangles, 1667 
T’ang-shen, 1757 
Tankawang fat, 1801 
Tannal, 1807 
Tannalbin, 1807 
Tannalum, 1807 
Tannaspidic acid, 242 
Tannate of iron, 1659 
of mercury, 1724 
Tanners’ cod oil, 900 
Tannic acid, 98, 410 
acid suppositories, 1320 
Tannigen, 1807 
Tannin, 49, 98, 410 
albuminate, 1807 
glycerite of, 661 
-glycerol, 661 
lozenges, 1414 
Tanninpastillen, 1406 
Tanninsalbe, 1422 
Tannin-stuhlzapfchen, 1320 
Tanninum, 98 
Tannoform, 1808 
Tannon, 1808 
Tannopin, 1808 
Tannosal, 1630, 1808 
Tansy, 1353 
Tapioca, 1808 
fecula, 1720 
meal, 1809 
Tar, 1055, 1361 
acids, 39 
camphor, 893 
mixture, 1520 
oils, 39 
ointment, 1433 
water, (note) 730 
Taracanin, 1569 
Taranjabin, (note) 851 
Tarassaco, 1354 
Taraxacerin, 1355 
Taraxaci radix, 1354 
Taraxacin, 1355 
Taraxacum, 1354 
dens-leonis, 1354 
erythrospermum, 1354 
officinale, 1354 
taraxacum, 1354 
Tartar, 102 
emetic, 178 
Tartarated antimony, 178 
iron, 613 
soda, 1096 
Tartare chalyb6, 613 
Tartarean moss, 1711 
Tartaric acid, 102 
acid, modifications of, 105 
Tartarized antimony, 178 
Tartarum vitriolatum, 1111 
Tartarus boraxatus, (note) 1080 
depuratus, 1079 
emeticus, 178 
ferratus, 613 
natronatus, 1096 
solubilis, 1112 
stibiatus, 178 
tartarisatus, 1112 
Tartras ferrico-kalicus, 613 
ferrico-potassicus, 613 
kalicus, 1112 
potassico-ferricus, 613 
potassico-sodicus, 1096 
potassicus, 1112 
Tartrate acide de potasse, 1080 1990 
Index. 
Tartrate d’antimoine et de potasse, 
178 
de fer et d’ammoniaque, 612 
de fer et de potasse, 613 
de potasse, 1112 
ferrico-potassique, 613 
ferrique ammoniacal, 612 
of antimony and potassium, 178 
of iron, 614 
of magnesium, solution of, (note) 
106 
of potash, 1112 
Tartrated antimony, 178 
Tartre martial, 613 
soluble, 1112 
stibi#, 178 
Tartro-citric lemonade, 1517 
Tashkend rhubarb, 1162 
Tasteless ague drop, 818 
iron chloride, (note) 621 
iron iodide, (note) 621 
salts of iron, (note) 620 
syrup of iodide of iron, 1533 
tincture of chloride of iron, 1538 
tincture of ferric chloride, 1385 
tincture of iron, 1538 
Taumelkorn, 1712 
Taurine, 603 
Taurocholic acid, 603 
Taushan opium, (note) 984 
Taxine, 1809 
Taxus baccata, 1809 
Taya, 1831 
Tayuya, 1809 
Tayuyin, 1809 
Tchaad, 1605 
Tea, 1809 
analysis of, 1811 
ash, 1466 
oil, 1810 
Tea-berry, 1670 
Tears of asafetida, 236 
of mastic, 859 
Teeoma leucoxylon, 1699 
Tectarea filix-mas, (note) 240 
Teel oil, 966 
Tegmin, 1811 
Teinture aromatique sulphurique, 94 
balsamique, 1374 
d’aloes, 1370 
d’arnica, 1371 
d’asefetide, 1372 
de bauine de tolu, 1407 
de belladone, 1373 
de benjoin, 1374 
de bryone, 1374 
de bucco, 1375 
de cachou, 1377 
de cannelle, 1381 
de cantharides, 1376 
de cardamome, 1377 
de cardamome composite, 1377 
de cascarille, 1377 
de chanvre indien, 1375 
de chirette, 1378 
de cigue, 1382 
de cochenille, 1381 
de Colombo, 1375 
de cubSbes, 1382 
de digitale, 1383 
d’ecorce d’oranges araSres, 1372 
de feve de Saint-Ignace, 1691 
de fleures de tous-les-mois, 1375 
de ga’iac ammoniacale, 1387 
de gingembre, 1409 
de houblon, 1388 
d’iode, 1389 
de jalap, 1391 
Teinture de jusquiame, 1389 
de kino, 1392 
de lavande composee, 1393 
de lob61ie, 1394 
delupuline, (note) 1388 
de myrrhe, 1395 
de noix de galle, 1385 
de noix vomique, 1396 
d’opium, 1396 
d’opium ammoniacale, 1399 
de perchlorure de fer, 1383 
de piment des jardins, 1376 
de polygale de Virginie, 1405 
de pyrethre, 1401 
de quassie, 1402 
de quinquina, 1379 
de quinquina composite, 1380 
de racine d’aconit, 1370 
de ratanhia, 1393 
de r£sine de gaiac, 1386 
de rhubarbe, 1403 
de safran, 1382 
de sanguinaire, 1404 
de scille, 1404 
de semences de colchique, 1381 
de semences de stramoine, 1405 
de sent; aromatiqur, 1405 
de serpentaire, 1405 
de sumbul, 1407 
de valeriane, 1407 
de valeriane ammoniacale, 1408 
de zeste de limon, 1394 
theba'ique, 1396 
vulneraire, 1827 
Teintures, 1367 
Tela araneae, 1618 
Tellicherri bark, 1832 
Tellurium, 1811 
Temulentine, 1712 
Temuline, 1712 
Teneriffe wine, 1454 
Tephrosia apollinea, 1216, 1693 
macropoda, 1812 
tinctoria, 1693 
virginiana, 1668, 1812 
Tephrosie, 1812 
Tepid bath, 201 
Terebene, 970, 1356 
Terdbenthine, 1357 
commune, 1357, 1360 
de Bordeaux,1360 
de Boston, 1360 
de Canada, 1357 
de Ohio, 1362 
de m61eze, 1361 
de Venise, 1361 
Terebenum, 1356 
Terebic acid, 970 
Terebinthene, (note) 310 
Terebinthina, 1357, 1360 
canadensis, 1357 
communis, 1357 
vulgaris, 1360 
Terene, 1618 
Teriodide of antimony, 1569 
Terminalia bellirica, 1736 
benzoin, 264 
chebula, 1736 
Teroxide of bismuth, 268 
Terpane, 905 
Terpene, 1356 
hydrate, 335 
Terpeneless volatile oils, (note) 905 
Terpenes, 310, 905 
Terpentin, 1357 
Terpentinliniment, 785 
Terpentin- und essig-liniment, 785 
Terpentinol, 969 
Terpin, 970, 1363 
hydrate, 1363 
-iodo-hydrate, 1615 
Terpinene, 335, 970 
Terpineol, 335, 970, 1364, 1812 
Terpinhydrate, 970 
Terpini hydras, 1363 
Terpinol, (note) 310, 970, 1812 
Terpinolene, 970 
Terpinyl acetate, 1361 
Terra cariosa, 1781 
di Sienna, 1792 
foliata tartari, 1075, 1230 
foliata tartari crystallisata, 1230 
japonica, 344 
tripolitana, 1820 
umbra, 1822 
Terras sigillatae, 1590 
Terraline, 1812 
Terre de la Nouvelle-Orliians, 1568 
Terroline, 1812 
Tertian amyl nitrite, (note) 168 
Tertiary aleohols, 39 
amyl alcohol, 1561 
Test, 1066 
arsenic, Bettendorff’s, 1836 
Fleitmann’s, 28, 1836 
for aconite, (note) 112 
for aloes, (note) 138 
for arsenous acid, 25 
for cinchona bark, 410 
for cinchonidine, 1145 
for cinchonine, 1145 
for cupreine, 1146 
for ethyl nitrite, Allen’s, 1270 
for nitric acid, 71 
for quinidine, 1145 
for tincture and extract of stro- 
phanthus, 1297 
Grote’s, 256 
quantitative for nitric acid, 
(note) 71 
Reinsch’s, 29 
-solutions, 1835 
-solutions, Br., 1859 
-solutions for volumetric estima- 
tions, 1843, 1866 
solutions, U. S., 1835 
Testa ovi, 1643 
prseparata, 1812 
Tests, 1835 
British, 1856 
for alkaloids of opium, 994 
for arsenic, 25, 1K36 
for corrosive sublimate, 692 
for hydrocyanic acid, 63 
for nitric acid, 71 
for oxalic acid, 1754 
for quinine, 1144 
for substances in the British 
Pharmacopoeia, 1862 
for sugar, 1179 
of opium, 1000 
Tetanine, 1776 
Tetano-cannabene, 315 
T6tes de pavots, 1007 
Tetrabasic phosphoric acid, 80 
Tetrabioses, 1176 
Tetraboric acid, 34 
Tetrabrom fluorescein, 1644 
Tetra-bromo-methylene-di-antipyrin, 
1787 
Tetrachlor-methane, 1614 . 
Tetrachlorure de carbone, 1614 
Tetrahydro-beta-naphthylamine hy- 
drochloride, 1814 
Tetrahydroethylquinoline, 1699 
Tetrahydromethylquinoline, 1699 Index. 
1991 
Tetrahydroparamethyloxyquinoline, 
1812 
Tetrahydroparaquinanisol, 1812 
Tetrahydroxyquinoline, 1699 
Tetra-iodo-phenol-phthaleiu, 1743 
Tetraiodopyrrol, 1696 
Tetra - methyl - diapsido - benzo - phe- 
noid, 1585 
Tetra-methyl-thionine-chloride, 1566 
Tetranthera citrata, (note) 466 
Tetronal, 1820 
Tetroses, 1176 
Tetroxalate of potassium, 1755 
Tetroxide of osmium, 1752 
Tetterwort, 366, 1187 
Teucrium cham®drys, 1812 
inarum, 1812 
polium, 1812 
scordium, 1812 
Teufelsdreck, 235 
Texas sarsaparilla, 866 
Tfol, 1812 
Thaleichthys pacificus, 1651 
Thalesia uniflora, 1750 
Thalictrine, 1812 
Thalictrum, 1812 
flavum, 1812 
glaucum, 1812 
macrocarpum, 1812 
rhynchocarpum, 1812 
Thalleioquin, 1146 
Thallin, 1812 
sulphate, 1813 
tartrate, 1813 
Thallium, 1813 
acetate, 1813 
Thallochlor, 364 
Thanatol, 1813 
Thapsia garganica, 1813 
silphia, 1814 
villosa, 1814 
Thapsic acid, 1813 
Thapsie, 1813 
Th6, 1809 
de Terreneuve, 1669 
du Canada, 1669 
Thea bohea, 1809 
chinensis, 1809 
sinensis, 281 
strieta, 1810 
viridis, 1809 
Thebaica, 980 
Thebaicine, 989 
Thebaine, 987, 989 
Thebenine, 989 
Thebolactic acid, 987, 996 
Thee, 1809 
Theer, 1055 
Theerol, 956 
Theersalbe, 1433 
Theersyrup, 1339 
Theina, 282 
Theine, 281, 1811 
Theobroma cacao, 973 
Theobromic acid, 975 
Theobromine, 974, 1677 
Theobromine-lithium-salicylate, 1823 
Therapio acid, 948 
Theriaca, (note) 444 
Thermin, 1814 
Thermodin, 1814 
Thermometers, relations of, 1881 
Thermometric equivalents, 1882 
Theveresin, 1814 
Thevetia, 1814 
neriifolia, 1814 
yccotli, 1814 
Thevetin, 1814 
Thialdine, 1814 
Thibet musk, 883 
Thick-leaved pennywort, 1688 
Thielemann’s diarrhoea mixture, 
1519 
Thierische kohle, 326 
Thierkohle, 326 
Thilanin, 1814 
Thiocamph, (note) 97 
Thiocol, 1814 
Thioform, 1588, 1814 
Thiol, 1815 
Thiolinic acid, 1815 
Thiolum liquidum, 1815 
siccum, 1815 
Thionic series of acids, 1315 
Thiophene, 267, 1815 
Thiophenediiodide, 1815 
Thiosapol, 1815 
Thiosinamin, 231, 969, 1815 
Thiosulphates, 1804 
Thiosulphuric acid, 1252, 1315 
Thiotolene, 1815 
Thio-urea, 1822 
Thioxene, 1815 
Thioxydiphenylamine, 1803 
Thiuret, 1815 
Thlaspi bursa-pastoris, 1601 
Thomas’s process of expression, 536 
Thompson’s solution of phosphorus, 
(note) 1026, 1515 
Thonerdehydrat, 149 
Thornapple, 1289 
leaves, 1289 
Thoroughwort, 523 
Three-leaved ivy, 1168 
Thridace, (note) 773 
Thuja, 1815 
occidentalis, 1699, 1815 
Thujetic acid, 1816 
Thujetin, 1816 
Thujignin, 1816 
Thujin, 1816 
Thujone, 1185, 1353, 1816 
Thus, 1747 
americanum, 1357, 1360 
Thuya articulata, 1787 
Thymacetin, 1816 
Thymene, 1365 
Thymianol, 975 
Thymol, 975, 1364 
ester of salicylic acid, 1786 
iodide, 1568 
Thymolacetate of mercury, 1724 
Thymolnitrate of mercury, 1724 
Thymolsulphate of mercury, 1724 
Thymus gland, 1816 
vulgaris, 976, 1364 
Thyreoantitoxin, 1366 
Thyroglandin, 1366 
Thyroid solution, 826 
Thyroideutn siccum, 1366 
Thyroidism, 1366 
Thyroiodin, 1366 
Tiger lily, 1708 
Tiges de douce-amere, 487 
de nevrelle grimpante, 487 
Tiglic acid, 977 
Tiglinie acid, 176, 977, 1446 
ester of hexyl, 924 
ester of isarnyl, 924 
ester of isobutyl, 924 
Tiliacin, 1816 
Timbo, 1816 
Timboin, 1816 
Timbo], 1816 
Timbonine, 1816 
Tin, 1816 
Tin foil, 1816 
pyrites, 1816 
stone, 1816 
-white cobalt, 1618 
Tincal, 33, 1237 
Tinctura aconiti, 1370 
aconiti, Fleming, 1537 
aconiti radicis, 1370 
act®®, 1379 
aloes, 1370 
aloes composita, 1371 
aloes et myrrhae, 1371 
amara, 1537 
antacrida, 1537 
antiperiodica, 1537 
arnic®, 1371, 1372 
arnicas florutn, 1371 
arnicae radicis, 1372 
aromatica, 1537 
aromatica acida, 94 
asafoetidae, 1372 
aurantii, 1372 
aurantii amari, 1372 
aurantii dulcis, 1373 
aurantii recentis, 1373 
avenae sativae, 1744 
balsamica, 1374 
belladonnas, 1373 
belladonnae folioruin, 1373 
benzoes, 1374 
benzoini, 1374 
benzoini composita, 1374 
bryoniae, 1374 
buchu,1375 
calendulae, 1375 
calumbae, 1375 
camphorae, 1279 
camphor® composita, 1399 
cannabis, 1375 
cannabis indie®, 1375 
cantharidis, 1376 
cantharidum, 1376 
capsici, 1376 
capsici et myrrh®, 1538 
cardamomi, 1377 
cardamomi composita, 1377 
carminativo, (note) 1541 
cascarill®, 1377 
catechu, 1377 
catechu composita, 1377 
chin®, 1379 
chin® composita, 1380 
chinoidini, 1610 
chirat®, 1378 
chloroform i et morphin® corn- 
posit®, 1378 
cimicifug®, 1379 
cinchon®, 1379 
cinchon® composita, 1380 
cinchon® detannata, 1538 
cinnamomi, 1381 
cocci, 1381 
colchici, 1381 
colchici seminis, 1381 
colchici seminum, 1381 
Colombo, 1375 
conii, 1382, 1538 
conii fructus, 1382 
coto, 1538 
oroci, 1382 
cubeb®, 1382 
digitalis, 1383 
ergot® ammoniata, 1383 
ferri chloridi, 1383 
ferri chloridi ®therea, 1538 
ferri citro-chloridi, 1538 
ferri malatis crudi, 1539 
ferri muriatis, 1383 1992 
Index. 
Tinctura ferri perchloridi, 1383 
ferri pomata, 1539 
ferri sesquichloridi, 1383 
gall®, 1385 
gallarum, 1385 
gelsemii, 1385 
gentian® composita, 1386 
guaiaci, 1386 
guaia,ci ammoniata, 1387 
guaiaci composita, 1387, 1539 
guajaci, 1386 
hamamelidis, 1387 
hurnuli, 1388 
hydrastis, 1388 
hyoscyami, 1389 
ignati®, 1539, 1691 
iodi, 1389 
iodi, Churchill, 1539 
iodi decolorata, 1390, 1539 
iodinii, 1389 
iodinii composita, (note) 1389 
ipecacuanh® et opii, 1391 
jaborandi, 1391 
jalap®, 1391, 1539 
jalap® composita, 1539 
kino, 1392 
kino composita, 1539 
krameri®, 1393 
lactucarii, 1393 
lavandul® composita, 1393 
liinonis, 1394 
lobeli®, 1394 
lobeli® ®therea, 1394 
lupuli, 1388 
lupulin®, (note) 1388 
lupulin® ammoniata, (note) 688 
matico, 1395 
meconii, 1396 
moschi, 1395 
myrrh®, 1395 
nucis vomic®, 1396 
olei month® viridis, 1284 
opii, 1396 
opii ammoniata, 1399 
opii benzoica, 1399 
opii camphorata, 1399 
opii crocata, 1465 
opii deodorata, 1400 
opii deodorati, 1400 
opii inuriatica, (note) 1398 
opii simplex, 1396 
papaveris, 1540 
pectoralis, 1540 
persionis, 1540 
persionis composita, 1540 
phosphori, (note) 1026 
physostigmatis, 1401 
pimpinell®, 1540 
podophylli, 1401 
pruni Virginian®, (note) 1116, 
1401 
pyrethri, 1401 
quassi®, 1402 
quillaj®, 1402 
quinin®, 1402 
quinin® ammoniata, 1403 
ratanh®, 1393 
rhei, 1403 
rhei aquosa, 1540 
rhei aromatica, 1403 
rhei composita, 1403 
rhei dulcis, 1404 
rhei et gentian®, 1540 
rhei vinosa, 1541 
rusci, 1587 
sanguinari®, 1404 
saponis camphorata, 783 
saponis viridis, 784 
Tinctura saponis viridis composita, 
1541 
scill®, 1404 
senegas, 1405 
sennae composita, 1405 
serpentariae, 1405 
stramonii, 1405 
strainonii seminis, 1405 
strophanthi, 1406 
strychni, 1396 
sumbul, 1407 
thebaica, 982, 1396 
tolutana, 1407 
tolutana solubilis, 1541 
valerian®, 1407 
valerian® ammoniata, 1408 
valerian® composita, 1408 
vanill®, 1408 
vanillini composita, 1541 
veratri viridis, 1408 
viburni opuli composita, 1541 
wedelli, (note) 1541 
zedoari® arnara, 1541 
zedoari® composita, (note) 1541 
zingiberis, 1409 
Tinctur®, 1367, 1537 
®there®, 1541 
herbarum recentium, 1387 
Tincture of aconite, 1370 
of aconite root, 1370 
of act®a, 1379 
of aloes, 1370 
of aloes and myrrh, 1371 
of American hellebore, 1408 
of arnica flowers, 1371 
of arnica root, 1372 
of artificial musk, 1735 
of asafetida, 1372 
of balsam of tolu, 1407 
of belladonna leaves, 1373 
of benzoin, 1374 
of bitter orange peel, 1372 
of bloodroot, 1404 
of bryonia, 1374 
of buchu, 1375 
of Calabar bean, 1401 
of calendula, 1375 
of calumba, 1375 
of camphor, 1279 
of cannabis indica, 1375 
of cantharides, 1376 
of capsicum, 1376 
of capsicum and myrrh, 1538 
of cardamom, 1377 
of 1377 
of castor, 1605 
of Cayenne pepper, 1376 
of chirata, 1378 
of chiretta, 1378 
of chloride of iron, 1383 
of chloroform, (note) 1279 
of chloroform and morphine, 
1378 
of cimicifuga, 1379 
of cinchona, 1379 
of cinnamon, 1381 
of cloves, 338 
of coca, 428 
of cocculus indicus, 1618 
of cochineal, 1381 
of colchicum seed, 1381 
of conium, 1382, 1538 
of coto, 1538 
of crude malate of iron, 1539 
of cubeb, 1382 
of cubebs, 1382 
of cudbear, 1540 
of deodorized opium, 1400 
Tincture of digitalis, 1383 
of ferrated extract of apples, 
1539 
of ferric chloride, 1383 
of ferric citro-chloride, 1538 
of foxglove, 1383 
of galls, 1385 
of gelscinium, 1385 
of ginger, 1409 
of green hellebore, 1408 
of green soap, 784 
of guaiac, 1386 
of hamamelis, 1387 
of hemlock fruit, 1382 
of hemp, 1375 
of henbane, 1389 
of hops, 1388 
of hydrastis, 1388 
of hyoscyamus, 1389 
of ignatia, 1539, 1691 
of Indian cannabis, 1375 
of Indian hemp, 1375 
of iodine, 1389 
of ipecac and opium, 1391 
of jaborandi, 1391 
of jalap, 1391, 1539 
of kino, 1392 
of krameria, 1393 
of lactucarium, 1393 
of larkspur, 1639 
of lemon peel, 1394 
of litmus, 1711 
of lobelia, 1394 
of lupulin, (note) 1388 
of matico, 1395 
of muriate of iron, 1383 
of musk, 1395 
of myrrh, 1395 
of nutgall, 1385 
of nux vomica, 1396 
of opium, 1396 
of pareira, 1011 
of pellitory, 1401 
of perchloride of iron, 1383 
of Peruvian bark, 1379 
of phosphorus, (note) 1026, 1286 
of physostigma, 1401 
• of pimpinella, 1540 
of podophyllum, 1401 
of poplar buds, (note) 1421 
of poppy, 1540 
of pyrethrum, 1401 
of quassia, 1402 
of quillaja, 1402 
of quinine, 1402 
of rhatany, 1393 
of rhubarb, 1403 
of rhubarb and gentian, 1540 
of saffron, 1382 
of sanguinaria, 1404 
of senega, 1405 
of serpentaria, 1405 
of serpentary, 1405 
of soap, 1196 
of Spanish flies, 1376 
of squill, 1404 
of stramonium, 1405 
of stramonium seed, 1405 
of strophanthus, 1406 
of sumbul, 1406 
of sweet orange peel, 1373 
of tolu, 1407 
of valerian, 1407 
of vanilla, 1408 
of veratrum viride, 1408 
of Virginia snakeroot, 1405 
of Virginian prune, 1401 
of yellow cinchona, 1379 Index. 
1993 
Tinctures, 1367, 1537 
of fresh herbs, 1387 
Tinder, 1552 
Tinkers’ weed, 1820 
Tinkturen, 1367 
Tinnevelly senna, 1215 1218 
Tipsinah, 1775 
Tisane d’aloes composSe, 478 
d’angusture, 733 
de bois de Campeche, 480 
de bucco, 731 
de cascarille, 732 
de chirette, 732 
de Colombo, 731 
de digitale, 733 
d’6corce de cerisier sauvage, 
735 
d’ecorce de la racine de grena- 
dier, 480 
d’Scorce d’orange, 731 
d’ecorce d’orauge eomposee, 
731 
de gentiane composSe, 734 
de girofle, 732 
de houblon, 735 
de lichen d’Islande, 478 
de polygale de Virginie, 736 
de quassie, 735 
de quinquina jaune, 732 
de ratanhia, 734 
de rhubarbe, 735 
de rose eomposee, 736 
de seigle ergote, 734 
de sene, 736 
de s6n6 eomposee, 737, 875 
de serpentaire, 737 
d’uva ursi, 737 
sudorifique, 480 
Tisanes, 728 
T’Namie, 1732 
Toadflax, 1569 
Toadstools, 1734 
Tobacco, 1347 
-seed oil, 900 
Toboshi, 1552 
Toddalia, (note) 465, 1817 
aculeata, 1817 
Toddy, (note) 125 
Tohai, 1605 
Tohat, 1605 
Tolene, 257 
Tollkirschen-blatter, 259 
Tollkirschensalbe, 1423 
Tollkirschen-wurzel, 259 
Tollkraut, 259 
Tolu water, 886 
Tolubalsam, 256 
Tolubalsamsyrup, 1346 
Tolubalsamtinktur, 1407 
Toluene, 33, 266, 1056 
Toluifera balsamum, 256 
pereirae, 253 
peruiferum, (note) 253 
Tolu-resino-tannol, 257 
Tolyantipyrin, 1817 
Tolypyrine, 1817 
Tomato, 488 
de la paz, 45 
Ton Rong, 304 
Tonga, 1817 
Tonka bean, 523, 1817 
Tonkabohnen,1817 
Tonquin musk, 883 
Toothache tree, 1466, 1571 
Toot-plant, 1624 
Toot-poison, 1624 
Tormentila, 1818 
Tormentilla, 1818 
Tormentilla erecta, 1818 
officinalis, 1818 
Tormentille, 1818 
Tormentillwurzel, 1818 
Tormentil-tannic acid, 1818 
Torongil, 865 
Torrefied rhubarb, 1166 
Torreya californica, (note) 887 
Tortelle, 1793 
Torula cerevisiae, 124, 1608 
Touch-me-not, 1692 
Touchwood, 1552 
Toughened caustic, 227 
Tourmaline, 829 
Tournesol, 1711 
Tous-les-mois, (note) 173, 1720 
Toute-6pice, 1050 
Tow, 1708 
Toxicarine, 1574 
Toxicodendric acid, 1169 
Toxicodendrol, 1169 
Toxicodendron, 1168 
capense, 1686 
Toxir6sine, (note) 727 
Toxylon pomiferum, 1714 
Toyou, 1683 
Trachylobium hornemannianum, 
1622 
mossambicense, 1622 
Tragacanth, 1409 
Tragacantha, 1409 
Tragant, 1409 
Traganth, 1409 
Traganthin, 1410 
Traganthschleim, 887 
Tragopogon porrifolius, 1818 
Tragoponic acid, 1818 
Trailing arbutus, 1645 
Train oil, 900 
Tralles’s centesimal alcoholmeter. 
1880 
Transparent isinglass, 725 
soap, 1195 
Transplanted Mexican vanilla, 
1443 
Traubenkraut, 1559 
Traumatic balsam, 1488 
Traumatol, 1632, 1818 
Traveller’s joy, 1615 
Treacle, 1335 
Tree of heaven, 1553 
primrose, 1745 
Trefle d’eau, 1722 
de marais, 1722 
Trehala, (note) 851 
Trehalose, 514, (note) 851, 1176 
Trementina, 1357 
cipria, 1362 
comun, 1360 
comune, 1360 
de Venecia, 1361 
del Canada, 1361 
di Venezia, 1361 
Triacontane, 937 
Trianosperma dermophylla, 1809 
ficifolia, 1809 
Trianospermine, 1809 
Trianospermitine, 1809 
Tribasic phosphoric acid, 80 
Tribioses, 1176 
Tribromallyl, 1818 
Tribromaloin, 139 
Tribromaniline hydrobromate, 1592 
Tribromhydrin, 1557, 1818 
Tri-brom-methane, 1592 
Tribromophenol, 1592, 1818 
-bismuth, 1818 
-sulphonic acid, 1592 
Tribromostruthin, 1692 
Tribromphenol, 1592, 1818 
acetate of mercury, 1724 
Tribromresorcin, 1156 
Tribromsalol, 1818 
Tribulus lanuginosus, 1593 
Trichloracetic acid, (note) 17 
Trichloraldehyde, 370 
Trichloralo'in, 139 
Trichloramido-ethylic alcohol, 1611 
Trichlorbutylidene glycol, 281 
Trichloro-methane, 378 
Trichlorphenol, 1615 
Trichlor-pseudo-butyl-alcohol, 1563 
Tricresol, 1631 
Triethylamine, 1776 
Triformol, 1759 
Trigonella foenumgraeeum, 1818 
Trigonelline, 1818 
Trihydroxybenzoic acid, 48 
Tri-iodo-meta-cresol, 1712 
Trikresol, 1702 
Trilisia odoratissima, 1817 
Trillium, 1818 
erectum, 1818 
Trimethyl colchicinic acid, 436 
Trimethylamin, 1819 
Trimethylamine, 948, 988, 1722, 
1776, 1819 
Trimethylcarbinol, 1726 
Trimethylethylene, 1561, 1760 
Trimethylglycocoll, 1586 
Trimethyl-rosaniline, 1566 
Trimethylxanthine, 1677 
Trinidad pitch, 1761 
Trinitrin tablets, 1352 
Trinitrine, 1282 
Trinitrobutyltoluene, 1735 
Trinitrocarbolsaure, 1767 
Trinitrophenol, 1767 
Triolein, 1757 
Trional, 1820 
Trioses, 1176 
Triosteum perfoliatum, 1214, 1820 
Trioxide of chromium, 43 
Trioxybenzoic acid, 48 
Trioxymethylanthraquinone, 643, 
1159, 1644 
Trioxymethylene, 1759 
Trioxysparteine, 1210 
Tripalmitate of glyceryl, 905 
Tripalmitin, 1757 
Triphane, 829 
Triphenin, 1820 
Triple orange flower water, 209 
rose water, 221 
Triplex pills, (note) 1208, 1525 
Tripoli, 1820 
senna, 1216, 1218 
Trisaccharides, 1176 
Trisulphide of arsenic, 234 
Triticura, 1411 
sativum, 170 
Tritropine, 987, 995 
Trituratio elaterini, 1411 
Trituration of elaterin, 1411 
Triturationes, 1411 
Triturations, 1411 
Trixis pipitzahoac, 1761 
Trizincic orthophosphate, 1834 
Troches, 1412 
of altheea, (note) 1412 
of ammonium chloride, 1414 
of bismuth, 1415 
of carbolic acid, 1414 
of catechu, 1415 
of chalk, 1415 
of cubeb, 1415 1994 
Index. 
Troches of ginger, 1419 
of glycyrrhiza and opium, 1416 
of ipecac, 1417 
of iron, 1416 
of krameria, 1417 
of magnesia, (note), 840, 1542 
of morphine and ipecac, 1417 
of peppermint, 1417 
of potassium chlorate, 1418 
of santonin, 1418 
of sodium bicarbonate, 1418 
of sodium santoninate, 1542 
of tannic acid, 1414 
Trochisci, 1412 
acidi benzoici, (note) 1412, 1414 
acidi carbolici, (note) 1412, 1414 
acidi tannici, (note) 1412, 1414 
aconiti, (note) 1412 
althaeae, (note) 1412 
ammonii chloridi, 1412, 1414 
bismuthi compositus, 1415 
boracis, (note) 1412 
catechu, (note) 1412, 1415 
cretae, 1415 
cubebae, (note) 1413, 1415 
cypheos pro mithridatio, 1828 
eucalypti gummi, 1416 
ferri, 1416 
ferri redacti, 1416 
glycyrrhizae et opii, 1416 
guaiaci, (note) 1413 
guaiaci resin®, 1416 
ipecacuanhae, 1417 
kino, (note) 1413 
krameri®, (note) 1413, 1417 
ki'ameri® et cocainae, 1417 
lactucae, (note) 1413 
magnesias, (note) 840, 1542 
menthae piperitae, 1417 
morphinae, 1417 
morphinae et ipecacuanhae, 1417 
natri bicarbonici, 1418 
opii, 1416 
potassae citratis, (note) 1413 
potass® tartratis acid®, (note) 
1413 
potassii ehloratis, (note) 1413, 
1418 
pyrethri, (note) 1413 
santonini, 1418 
sedativi, (note) 1413 
sodii bicarbonatis, 1418 
sodii santoninatis, 1542 
sulphuris, 1419 
zingiberis, 1419 
Troene, 1707 
Trommer’s test for sugar, 1179 
Trompatila, 1820 
Tronn, 1241 
Tropacocaine, (note) 425 
Tropeines, 246 
Tropic acid, 246, 261, 721 
Tropine, 246, 261, 721 
hydrochlorate, (note) 246 
True terpenes, 905 
Trujillo coca, (note) 424 
Truxillo coca, (note) 424 
Trypsin, 1005 
Tschuking, 1834 
Tschut, 1605 
Tsin, (note) 125 
Tsinisse, 1579 
Tsuga canadensis, 1769 
Tub camphor, 307 
Tuba root, 1575 
Tuber colchici, 435 
jalap®, 757 
Tubera aconiti, 108 
Tubera salep, 1785 
Tubo-curarine, 1831 
Tuliperine, 1710 
Tulipine, 1820 
Tulip-tree bark, 1710 
Tully’s powder, 1124 
Tulpenbaumrinde, 1710 
Tumbeki, (note) 1348 
Tumenol, 1820 
oil, 1820 
sulphonic acid, 1820 
venale, 1820 
Tung oil, 1830 
-tree, 1556 
Tunicin, 1176 
Tuno gum, 1580 
Tupelo gum, 1744 
root, 1744 
Turbith mineral, 706 
Turkey corn, 1626 
gum, 4 
myrrh, 890 
opium, (note) 983 
pea, 1626, 1812 
rhubarb, 1162 
Turkish colocynth, 441 
essence of geranium, 963 
manna, (note) 851 
tobacco, (note) 1348 
Turlington’s balsam, (note) 1374, 
1488 
Turmeric, 1635 
paper, 1636 
Turnera aphrodisiaca, 1638 
diffusa, 1638 
microphylla, 1638 
Turner’s cerate, (note) 1436, 1542 
Turnsole, 1711 
Turpentine, 1357 
Chian, 1360 
liniment, 785 
-phosphoric acid, 1025 
Turpeth, 1820 
mineral, 706 
Turpethic acid, 1821 
Turpethin, 1821 
Turpetholic acid, 1821 
Turpethum, 1820 
minerale, 706 
Turtle-head, 1609 
oil, 1821 
Tussilage, 1821 
Tussilago farfara, 1821 
Tussol, 1821 
Tutia, 1821 
Tutty, 1821 
ointment, 1437 
Tu-tu, 1624 
Twin-leaf, 1698 
Tylophora asthmatica, 1821 
Tylophorine, 1821 
Tyrosine, 1758 
Tyrotoxicon, 1444, 1776 
U 
Ubisea schimperi, 1834 
Ucuhula nut, (note) 887 
Uebermangansaures kali, 1109 
Ufeem, 980 
Ufyoon, 980 
Ukambin, 1575 
Ulex, 1821 
europaeus, 1638, 1821 
Ulexine, 1638, 1821 
Ulexite, 33 
Ulftnossa, (note) 362 
Ulmenrinde, 1419 
Ulmenrinden-8cbleim, 887 
Ulmi cortex, 1419 
Ulmic acid, 1180 
Ulmin,1180 
Ulmus, 1419 
alata, (note) 523 
americana, 1419 
fulva, 1419 
pubescens, 1419 
rubra, 1419 
Ultramarin, 1821 
Ultramarine, 1821 
Ultraquinine, (note) 404 
Umbelliferone, 237, 643, 871 
Umbellularia californica, 1749, 1822 
Umbellulic acid, 1822 
Umber, 1822 
Umbillol, 1822 
Umbrella-tree, 1715 
Umschlage, 1605 
Uncaria gambir, 344, (note) 346 
Uncomocomo, 240 
Uncrystallizable polysaccharides, 
1176 
Undulated ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
Unfermented wine, (note) 1460 
Ungoozeb, 235 
Unguenta, 1420 
Unguentum, 1421 
acidi borici, 1421 
acidi carbici, 1422 
acidi gallici, 1542 
acidi salicylili, 1422 
acidi tannici, 1422 
aconitine, 1422 
ad fonticulos, 1423 
adipis, 1421 
aagyptiacum, (note) 1634 
album simplex, 1434 
aquae rosae, 1422 
atropinae, 1423 
basilicum, 359 
belladonnas, 1423 
benzoini, 114 
cadmii iodidi, 1595 
calaminae, 1542 
calaminare, 1542 
calomelanos, 1432 
camphorae, 1542 
camphoratum, 1542 
cantharidis, 1423 
cantharidum, 1423 
capsici, 1424 
cerussae, 1434 
cetacei, 1424 
cbrysarobini, 1424 
citrinum, 1429 
cocainae, 1424 
conii, 1425 
creosoti, 1425 
de nihilo albo, 1436 
diachylon, 1425 
diachylon Ilebrre, 1425 
elemi, 1644 
eucalypti, 1425 
fuscum, 1542 
gallae, 1426 
gall® cum opio, 1426 
glycerini, 662, (note) 1510 
glycerini plumbi subacetatis, 
3o8, 
hamamelidis, 1426 
hydrargyri, 1426 
hydrargyri ammoniata, 1429 
hydrargyri cinereum, 1426 
hydrargyri citrinum, 1429 
hydrargyri compositum, 1429 
hydrargyri iodidi rubri, 1429 Index. 
1995 
Unguentum hydrargyri nitratis, 1429 
hydrargyri nitratis dilutum, 
1431 
hydrargyri oleatis, 1431 
hydrargyri oxidi flavi, 1431 
hydrargyri oxidi rubri, 1431 
hydrargyri praecipitati albi, 1429 
hydrargyri rubrum, 1431 
hydrargyri subchloridi, 1432 
iodi, 1432 
iodinii, 1432 
iodinii compositum, (note) 1432 
iodoformi, 1433 
irritans, 1423 
kali iodati, 1434 
leniens, 1422 
matris, 1542 
mercuriale, 1426 
mezerei, (note) 871, 1542 
neapolitanicum, 1426 
paraffini, 1433 
paraffinum, 1016 
petrolei, 1016 
picis compositum, 1542 
picis liquidae, 1433 
plumbi, 358 
plumbi acetatis, 1433 
plumbi carbonatis, 1434 
plumbi iodidi, 1434 
plumbi subacetatis compositum, 
358 
populeum, 1772 
potassii iodidi, 1434 
praecipitati albi, 1429 
praecipitatum rubrum, 1431 
resinae, 359 
simplex, 1421 
staphisagriae, 1434 
stramonii, 1435 
sulfuratuin simplex, 1435 
sulphuris, 1435 
sulphuris alkalinum, (note) 1435, 
1542 
sulphuris compositum, 1542 
sulphuris iodidi, 1435 
tutiae, 1437 
veratriae, 1435 
veratrinae, 1435 
zinci, 1436 
zinci carbonatis (impuri), 1542 
zinci oleati, 1436 
zinci oxidi, 1436 
Universal gum, 10 
Unna’s plaster mulls, (note) 499 
Unofficial ipecacuanhas, (note) 752 
Unona polycarpa, 1619 
Unterphosphorigsaurer kalk, 290 
Unterphosphorigsaures eisenoxyd, 
619 
kali, 1098 
natron, 1250 
Unterschwefligsaures natron, 1252 
Upas antiar, 1574 
tieute, 1574 
Upland cotton, 667 
sumach, 1167 
Upright virgin’s bower, 1617 
Uragoga emetica, (note) 752 
granatensis, (note) 752 
ipecacuanha, 751 
Uralium, 1611 
Uranine, 1156 
Uranium, 1822 
nitrate, 1822 
Urari, 1830 
Urea, 603, 1822 
Urechites suberecta, 1822 
Ureehitin, 1574, 1822 
Urechitine, 1822 
Urechitoxin, 1822 
Urechotonin, 1822 
Uree, 1822 
Urethan, 1822 
Urethane, 1822 
Urethane, 1822 
Urethral suppositories, (note) 1320 
Urginea maritima, 1208 
scilla, 1208 
Uric acid, (note) 283 
Uricedin, 1823 
Urisolvin, 1823 
Uropherin, 1823 
Urotropin hexamethylenetetramine, 
1823 
salicylate, 1786 
Urotropine, 1823 
salicylate, (note) 1823 
Ursal, 1823 
Ursin, 1438 
Urson, 1438, 1645 
Ursone, 1781 
Urtica, 1823 
dioica, 1824 
igas, 1824 
urens, 1824 
Urushic acid, (note) 1168 
Ushek, 151 
Ustilagine, 1824 
Ustilago, 1824 
maydis, 1824 
Utees, (note) 109 
Uva passa, 1778 
ursi, 1437 
ursina, 1437 
Uvae passae minores, 1779 
ursi folia, 1437 
V 
Vaccaria vulgaris, 1788 . 
Vaeciniin, 1629 
Vaccinium crassifolium, 1824 
macrocarpon, 1629 
myrtillus, 408 
vitis idaea, 1437, 1629 
vitis idsea, analysis of, (note) 
1438 
Vaginal suppositories, (note) 1320 
Vainilla mansa, (note) 1442 
pompona, (note) 1442 
simarona, (note) 1442 
vezacate, (note) 1442 
Vakamba, 1575 
Valencia almonds, 166 
saffron, 462 
Valeraldehyde, 936 
Valerene, 1555, 1561 
Valerian, 1439 
root, 1439 
silvestre, 1439 
Valeriana, 1439 
celtica, 1738 
dioica, 1441 
jatamensi, 1738 
mexicana, (note) 1439 
officinalis, 1439, 1824 
phu,1441 
sylvestris, 1439 
tuberosa, 1738 
Valerianae rhizoma, 1439 
Valerianas bismuthieus, 1589 
zincicus, 1482 
Valerianate of ammonium, 163 
of amyl, 1561 
Valerianate d’ammoniaque, 163 
de bismuth, 1589 
Valerianate do quinine, 1149 
de zinc, 1482 
Valeriane, 1439 
am6ricaine, 475 
Valerianic acid, 1186, 1440, 1555, 
1824 
Valeriansaure, 1824 
Valeriansaures ammonium, 163 
Valeric acid, 1824 
Valeri c-aeid-menthol-ester, 1825 
Valeridin, 1825 
Valerol, 686 
Valery din, 1825 
Validol, 1825 
Vallet’s ferruginous pills, 856 
mass, 856 
Vallet’sche pillen, 856 
VallonS, 1825 
Valonia, 1825 
Valzin, 1559 
Vandellia diffusa, 1825 
Vanilla, 1441 
appendiculata, 1442 
aromatica, 1442 
gardneri, 1442 
guayanensis, 1442 
odorata, 1442 
palmarum, 1442 
phoeantha, 1442 
planifolia, 1441 
poisoning, (note) 1444 
pompona, (note) 1442 
sylvestris, (note) 1442 
syrup, 1408 
Vanille, 1441 
Vanillic acid, 1443 
Vanillin, 255, 265, (note) 1359, 1443 
Vanillons, (note) 1441 
Vao, 1831 
Vapor bath, 200 
creasoti, 460 
Varec, 1242 
Varech vesiculeux, 1666 
Varnish, amber, 1793 
microscopic, 860 
Vars, (note) 764 
Vaseline, 1016 
Vaselinum oxygenatum, 1825 
Vasicine, 1550 
Vasogen, 1825 
Vateria acuminata, 1622 
indica, 1567, 1622 
Vegetable albumen, 1656 
cathartic pills, 1044 
charcoal, 329 
drying oils, 900 
ethiops, 1666 
fibrin, 1656 
ivory, 1766 
jelly, 1602 
non-drying oils, 899 
rennet, 1776 
sponge, 1713 
sulphur, 836 
tallow, 1288 
wax, 350, 353 
Vegeto-animal substances, 1656 
-mineral water of Goulard, 815 
Veilchen, 1827 
VelanMe, 1825 
Vellarine, 1688 
Vellosine, 1758 
Velpeau’s diarrhoea mixture, 1519 
Venetian red, 1825 
white, 1063 
Venetianischer terpentin, 1361 
Venezuela sandal wood, 964 
Venice sumach, 1667 1996 
Index. 
Venice tripoli, 1820 
turpentine, 1359, 1361 
Venushaar, 1550 
Vepris, (note) 465 
Vera Cruz jalap, (note) 760 
Vera Cruz sarsaparilla, 1201 
Veratralbine, 1449, 1825 
Vtsratre vert, 1447 
Veratria, 1444 
Veratric acid, 107, 1446, 1783 
Veratridine, 1446 
Veratrin, 1444 
Veratrina, 1444 
Vcratrine, 1444, 1783, 1826 
ointment, 1435 
Veratrinsalbe, 1435 
Veratrium, 1444 
Veratro bianco, 1825 
Veratroidine, 144S, 1826 
Veratroin, 1783 
Veratrum, 1444 
album, 1448, 1825 
luteum, 1609 
officinale, 1783 
sabadilla, 1783, 1826 
viride, 1447, 1825 
Veratryl-pseudaconine, 107 
Verbaseum thapsus, 1826 
Verde rame, 1634 
Verdet, 1634 
Verd-et-gris, 1634 
Verdigris, 1634 
crystallized, 1634 
Verditer, 1826 
Verdiinnte essigsaure, 14 
phosphorsaure, 82 
salpetersalzsiiure, 75 
salpetersaure, 73 
salzsaure, 57 
schwefelsaure, 95 
Verdiinnter spiritus, 124 
Verelc, 3 
Verge d’or, 1797 
Verine, 1446, 1783 
Verjuice, 13, 1778 
Vermilion, 1723 
Vernis du Japon, 1553 
Vernonia anthelmintica, 1826 
nigritiana, 1583 
Vernonin, 1583 
Veronica beccabunga, 1826 
officinalis, 1826 
virginica, 776 
V6ronique de Virginie, 776 
male, 1826 
Verschiedenfarbige schwertlilie, 756 
schwertlilie-extrakt, 573 
Versiisster salpetergeist, 1269 
Vert-de-gris, 1634 
Vesicating ammoniacal ointment, 206 
taffetas, 357 
Viburnic acid, 1186, 1451 
Viburnin, 1451 
Viburnum, 1450, 1451 
lantana, 1450 
obovatum, 1450 
opulus, 1450 
prunifolium, 1450, 1451 
Vieirin, 1826 
Vienna caustic, 1073 
paste, 1073 
Vif argent, 707 
Vigne vierge, 1827 
Villate’s solution, 1518 
Vin antimonies, 1461 
aromatique, 1827 
chalybfs, 1 464 
de Bordeaux, 1454 
Vin de bulbes de colchique, 1462 
d’ip6cacuanha, 12,1465 
d’opium composd, 1465 
de quinine, 1466 
de seigle, 1463 
de semences de colchique, 1463 
ferrugineux, 1465 
quinquina ferrugineux, 1464 
stibifi, 1461 
Vina medicata, 1461 
Vinaigre, 14 
cantbaridts, 12 
d’iptscaeuanha, 12 
de lobelie enflee, (note) 835 
d’opium, 13 
de plomb, 813 
de sanguinaire, (note) 1189 
de saturne, 813 
distillee, 1547 
glacial, 14 
scillitique, 13 
Vinca major, 1826 
minor, 1826 
Vincetoxicum, 1637 
officinale, 1637 
Vincetoxin, 238 
Vinegar, 14, 1546 
generator, 1546 
of cantharides, 12 
of colchicum, (note) 12 
of ipecacuanha, 12 
of lobelia, (note) 835, 1487 
of opium, 13 
of sanguinaria, (note) 1189, 
1487 
of squill, 13 
Vinettier, 1586 
Vinous fermentation, 124 
tincture of rhubarb, 1541 
Vins misdicinaux, 1461 
Vinum album, 1451 
album fortius, 1542 
aloes, 1542 
antimoniale, 1461 
antimonii, 1461 
aromaticum, 1827 
aurantii, 1462, 1543 
aurantii compositum, 1543 
carnis, 1543 
carnis et ferri, 1543 
carnis, ferri, et cinchonas, 
1543 
chalybeatum, 1464 
colchici, 1462, 1463 
colchici radicis, 1462 
colchici seminis, 1463 
emeticum, 1461 
ergotae, 1463 
erythroxyli, 1543 
erythroxyli aromaticum, 1543 
ferri, 1464 
ferri amarum, 1464 
ferri citratis, 1465 
fraxini americanas, 1544 
ipecacuanhas, 1465 
martiatum, 1464 
opii, 1465 
pepsini, 1544 
picis, 1544 
portense, 1454 
pruni virginianne, 1544 
pruni virginianas ferratum, 1544 
quininas, 1466 
rhei, 1544 
rubrum, 1451 
sennae, (note) 1220 
8tibiatum, 1461 
xericum, 1454 
Vinyl sulphide, 134 
Viola, 1827 
calamina, 1468 
cucullata, 1827 
ipecacuanha, 751 
odorata, 1827 
pedata, 1827 
quercitrin, 1827 
tricolor, 1827 
Violet, 1827 
striated ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
wood, (note) 7 
Violeta, 1827 
Violetta, 1827 
Violette, 1827 
odorante, 1827 
Violine, 1827 
Virgin honey, 862 
oil, 953 
scammony, 1206 
Virginia creeper, 1827 
pine, 1358 
snakeroot, 1221 
Virginian prune bark, 1114 
Virginianischeschlangenwurzel, 1221 
Virginische ceder, 1698 
Virginischer wolfsfuss, 1713 
Virgin’s bower, 1617 
Viride asris, 1634 
Viridine, 1350, 1448, 1617 
Virola sebifera, (note) 887 
Viscaoutchin, 1587 
Viscid sulphur, 1314 
Viscin, 1587, 1827 
Viscum album, 1587, 1827 
flavescens, 1828 
Vitellus, 1466 
Vitis hederacea, 1827 
quinquefolia, 1827 
vinifera, 1452, 1778 
Vitriol blanc, 1479 
bleu, 468 
oil of, 88 
Vitriolated soda, 1261 
tartar, 1111 
Vitriolic acid, 88 
Vitriolo azul, 468 
di rame, 468 
Vitriolol, 88 
Vitriolum album, 1479 
martis purum, 628 
Vitrum antimonii, 1671 
Viverra civetta, 1617 
zibetha, 1617 
Vleminckx’s solution (or lotion), 
1512 
Vogelbeere, 1797 
Vogelleim, 1587 
Volatile alkali, 202 
liniment, 780 
oil of betula, 926 
oil of castor, 1605 
oil of cedar, 965, 1699 
oil of cinchona bark, 409 
oil of copaiba, 455 
oil of coriander, 456 
oil of mustard, 968 
oil of nutmeg, 951 
oil of Winter’s bark, 1829 
oils, 904 
salt, 155 
Volcanic sulphur, 1312 
Volhard’s solution, 1849 
Volumetric solutions, U. S., 1843 
solutions, Br., 1S66 
Vulcanite, 1827 
Vulcanized rubber, 492 
Vulpinic acid, (note) 362 Index. 
1997 
W 
Wabayo, 1576 
Wac’nholderbeeren, 1698 
Wachholderbeerol, 939 
Wachholderspiritus, 1283 
Wachsbaum, 1736 
Waehsgagel, 1736 
Wachssalbe, 355, 1421 
Wachssalben, 354 
Wad, 1618 
Wade’s balsam, 1374 
Wafer ash, 1775 
Wahoo, 522 
Wake-robin, 1576, 1818 
Wakhma, (note) 109 
Waldmalve, 1717 
Waldrebe, 1617 
Wall pellitory, 1759 
-pepper, 1791 
Wall rath, 361 
-cerat, 358 
Walnut leaves, 762 
oil, 922 
Walonen, 1825 
Walrathsalbe, 1424 
Walz’s arnicine, 232 
AATan t’o lo hua, 1290 
AVarburg’s pills, 1523 
pills without aloes, 1523 
tincture, 1537, 1828 
tincture without aloes, (note) 
1537 
Ward’s paste, 444 
AVarm bath, 201 
plaster, 504 
AVarming plaster, 504 
AVarner’s process for pills of ferrous 
iodide, (note) 1046 
Warren’s styptic, 1517 
AVars, (note) 764 
AVaschungen, 835 
Washed diaphoretic antimony, 1639 
sulphur, 1310 
AVashes, 835 
Washing soda, 1241 
AVash-rug sponge, 1713 
AArasser, 194 
AVasser-benedikten-wurzel, 1670 
Wasserfenchel, 1745 
1054 
AArassernabel, 1688 
AVasserschierling, 1616 
AVasserstoff hyperoxid, 214 
AVasserwegerich, 1556 
AVater, 194 
analysis of gas of, 196 
avens, 1670 
common, 194 
-cress, 1738 
-cup, 1789 
distilled, 212 
-dropwort, 1745 
eryngo, 1646 
germander, 1812 
hard, 194 
hemlock, 1616 
lake, 196 
lily, 1744 
marsh, 196 
of ammonia, 203 
of ammonia, stronger, 205 
of parsnip, 1793 
-pepper, 1589 
plantain, 1556 
pure, 194 
-radish, 1738 
rain, 195 
Water, river, 196 
sea, 199 
shamrock, 1722 
snow, 195 
soda, 201 
soft, 194 
spring, 195 
star-wort, 1599 
well, 196 
Watermelon, 1633 
honey, 1633 
seeds, 1633 
Water-proof glue, 1672 
Waters, alkaline, 199 
carbonated, 199 
distilled, 190 
medicated, 190 
mineral, 199 
saline, 199 
silicious, 199 
sulphuretted, 199 
Wattle-gum, (note) 7 
Wau, 1780 
Wax, 349 
-myrtle, 354, 1736 
Waxed cloth, 358 
Waxes, 901 
proper, 901 
Weather-glass, 1562 
Wegerich, 1770 
AVeidenroschen, 1645 
Weights and measures, tables of, 
1872 
Weihnachtswurzel, 1681 
Weihrauch, 1747 
Weingeistige ammoniakfliissigkeit, 
1275 
Weingeistiges krahenaugen-extrakt, 
579 
Weinsaure, 102 
Weinsaures eisenoxyd-ammonium, 
612 
eisenoxyd-kali, 613 
Weinstein, 1080 
Weinstein rahm, 1080 
Weinsteinsaure, 102 
Weisse magnesia, 841 
niesswurzel, 1825 
quecksilbersalbe, 1429 
Weissenknoterich natterwurz, 1589 
Weisser andorn, 854 
arsenik, 19 
senf, 1225 
syrup, 1324 
vitriol, 1479 
zucker, 1174 
Weisses fisehbein, 1636 
wachs, 349 
Weisswurzel, 1621 
Weizenstarke, 170 
Weld, 1780 
Weld-seed oil, 900 
Well water, 196 
Welter’sches bitter, 1767 
West African false pareira brava, 
(note) 1009 
African pepper, 1051 
India kino, 767 
India molasses, 1180 
Indian copaiba, 454 
Indian sandal-wood oil, 964 
Western bezoar, 1587 
Wet process for iodine, (note) 744 
Whale oil, 900 
-oil group of fixed oils, 900 
Wheat starch, 170, 172 
Whey, 1181 
Whin, 1821 
Whiskey, 123, 1280 
White agaric, 1552 
arsenic, 19 
ash, 1664 
balsam, 254 
bay,1715 
beeswax, 349 
bismuth, 272 
bole, 1590 
bryony, 278 
cap, 1799 
Castile soap, 1193,1196 
cedar, 1815 
cedar, oil of, 1829 
chestnut-oak, 1132 
cod-liver oil, 948 
cohosh, 1550 
compact nitrate of sodium, 1255 
crystalline nitrate of sodium, 
1254 
elm, 1419 
flux,1081 
fraxinella, 1639 
galls, 646, 1736 
ginger, 1483 
hellebore, 1825 
horehound, 854 
ink,1695 
ipecacuanha, (note) 752 
jasmine, 1746 
lead, 1062 
lettuce, 1737 
maple, 1545 
matter, 404 
mustard, 1225 
mustard seeds, 1225 
oak, 1131 
oak bark, 1132 
of egg, 1643 
oil of thyme, 976 
pareira brava, (note) 1010 
pepper, 1051 
phosphorus, 1023 
pitch, 1361 
poppy, 980 
precipitate, 711 
precipitate ointment, 1429 
resin, 1151, 1361 
rhubarb, (note) 1164 
sapota, 1603 
senega, (note) 1212 
snakeroot, 523 
squill, 1209 
stick caustic potassa, 1072 
sugar, 1178 
swallow-wort, 1637 
tartar, 1080 
tulip bark, 1710 
turpentine, 1360 
vetch, 1705 
vitriol, 1480 
walnut, 763 
water-lily, 1744 
wax,349 
willow, 1786 
wine, 1451 
wine vinegar, 1547 
wood bark, 1600 
Whiting, 461, 1829 
Whitish catechu, (note) 347 
Wickersheimer’s preserving liquid, 
(note) 148 
Wiener aetzpulver, 1073 
Wiesenkresse, 1601 
Wild allspice, 1584 
black cherry, 1114 
black raspberry, 1172 
brier, 1170 Index. 
Wild cardamom, (note) 333 
carrot, 1601 
cassia, 420 
chamomile, 1628 
cherry, 1114 
cinnamon, 420 
cucumber, 494 
fennel, 640 
ginger, 1578 
hippo, 1651 
horehound, 523 
indigo, 1581 
ipecac, 1651, 1820 
jalap, 1621 
lemon, 1068 
lettuce, 772 
liquorice, 1571 
mace, (note) 837 
marjoram, 1749 
nutmeg, 888 
orange, 1596 
pea, 1812 
pine, 1358 
pink, 1792 
potato, 1621 
red raspberry, 1172 
rosemary, 339, 1706 
sarsaparilla, 1571 
senna, 1603 
senna of Europe, 1672 
yam-root, 1640 
Wilde baldrianwurzel, 1439 
Wilder majoran, 1749 
meiran, 1749 
mohn, 1166 
romarin, 1706 
wein, 1827 
Wildersenf, 1793 
Wildkirschenrinde, 1114 
Wildkirschenrindensyrup, 1339 
Wildkirschen-thee, 735 
Wilkinson’s ointment, 1542 
Willow, 1786 
-herb, 1645 
Winckler’s test for hydrochloric acid, 
(note) 894 
Windsor soap,1195 
Wine measure, 1873 
of aloes, 1542 
of antimony, 1461 
of beef, 1543 
of beef and iron, 1543 
of beef, iron, and cinchona, 1543 
of coca, 428, 1543 
of colchicum root, 1462 
of colchicum seed, 1463 
of ergot, 1463 
of erythroxylon, 1543 
of ferric citrate, 1465 
of ipecac, 1465 
of iron, 1464 
of iron citrate, 1465 
of opium, 1465 
of orange, 1543 
of pepsin, 1544 
of quinine, 1466 
of rhubarb, 1544 
of tar, (note) 1057, 1544 
of white ash, 1544 
of white ash bark, 1664 
of wild cherry, 1544 
spirit of, 123 
vinegar, 1547 
-whey, 1461 
Wines, alcoholic strength of, 1456, 
1457 
Wing seed, 1775 
Winged Bengal cardamom, (note) 333 
Winter cherry, 1766 
clover, 1730 
rape-seed oil, 899 
rose, 1681 
savory, 1790 
Wintera, 1829 
Winterberrv, 1775 
Winter-bleached cotton-seed oil, 938 
Winterene, 1829 
Wintergreen, 368, 1669 
Wintergriin, 368 
Winter’s bark, 1716, 1829 
Winters zimmt, 1829 
Wismuth, 268 
-oxyd,270 
valerianat, 1589 
Wismuthpastillen, 1415 
Wistaria chinensis, 1830 
Wistarin, 1830 
Wistar’s cough lozenges, 1416 
Witchhazel, 679 
bark, 680 
extract, 1488 
leaves, 679 
water, 1488 
Withania coagulans, 1776 
Witherite, 258 
Woad, 1697 
Wohlriechendes veilchen, 1827 
Wohlverleichbliithen, 231 
Woldfarnwurzel, 239 
Wolf fruit, 1797 
Wolfs moss, (note) 362 
Wolfsbane, 108 
Wolfsbohne, 1713 
Wolfskirsche, 259 
Wolfskirschenblatter, 259 
Wolfskirschenwurzel, 259 
Wolfsmilch, 1651 
Wolfstrapp, 1707 
Wolfswurz, 1550 
Wollkraut, 1826 
Wood alcohol, 1726 
betony, 1587 
charcoal, 329 
gum, 9 
naphtha, 1726 
oil, 1556, 1830 
-sorrel, 1754 
spirit, 1726 
tar, 456 
-tar creosote, 456 
tin, 1816 
-waxen, 1670 
wool, (note) 669 
Woody jalap, (note) 761 
nightshade, 489 
Wool-fat, 115 
hydrous, 115 
Woolly burdock, 775 
butts, 520 
Woorali, 1830 
Woorara, 1830 
Woorari, 1830 
Worm tea, 1267 
Wormseed, 2, 367 
Wormwood, 1 
Wort, 1716 
Wrightia antidysenterica, 1832 
tinctoria, 1693 
zeylanica, 1832 
Wrightine, 1832 
Wundschwamm, 1552 
Wurmfarnextrakt, 913 
Wurmfarnbl, 913 
Wurmfarnwurzel, 239 
Wurmkraut, 1353 
Wurmrinde, 1593 
Warmsamen, 1190 
Wurrus, (note) 764 
Wyeth’s beef juice, 1655 
X 
Xanthaline, 987, 995 
Xanthine, 1677 
Xanthium, 1833 
speciosura, 1833 
struma,rium, 1833 
Xanthochymus ovalifolius, 304 
Xanthopicrite, (note) 716, 1467 
Xanthopuccine, 717 
Xanthopurpurin, 1782 
Xanthorhamnin, (note) 642 
Xanthorrhiza, 1833 
apiifolia, (note) 716, 1833 
tinctoria, 1833 
Xanthorrhoea australis, 1833 
hastilis, 1674, 1833 
media, 1833 
resinosa, 1833 
resins, 1833 
Xanthostrumarin, 1833 
Xanthoxylin, 1467 
Xanthoxylum, 1466 
americanum, 1467 
aromaticum, (note) 1466 
caribaeum, 1466 
carolinianum, 1467 
catesbianum, (note) 1466 
clava Ilerculis, (note) 716, 1467 
fraxineum, 1467 
fraxinifolium, (note) 1466 
mite, (note) 1466 
ramiflorum, (note) 1466 
senegalense, 1467, 1576 
tricarpum, (note) 1466 
Xeroform, 1818 
Xylene, 1056, 1833 
Xylenol, 457 
Xylobalsamum, 1581 
Xyloidin, 171 
Xylol, 1833 
Xylopia, 1619 
Xylose, 1176 
Xylostyptic ether, 440 
Y 
Yaba bark, 1714 
Yam, 1720 
Yarrow, 1549 
Yaupon, 1691 
Yccotli, 1814 
Yeast cakes, 1608 
poultice, 1608 
Yellow bark, 388, 401 
cinchona, 388 
cinchona bark, 388 
coloring matter of cinchona, 410 
dock, 1172 
-dye tree of Soudan, 1619 
-flowered nightshade, 1822 
-flowered rhododendron, 1780 
gentian, 651 
Hercules’ club, 1466 
ink, 1695 
iodide of mercury, 698 
jasmine, 648 
jessamine, 648 
ladies’ bedstraw, 1668 
ladies’ slipper, 475 
litharge, 1067 
lotion, 1518 
mercurial lotion, 835 
mercuric oxide, 702 Index. 
1999 
Yellow mercuric oxide ointment, 1431 
mercuric subsulphate, 706 
mercurous iodide, 698 
mustard seed, 1225 
nitrate of sodium, 1255 
ochre, 1744 
oxide of mercury, 702 
pareira brava, (note) 1010 
parilla, 866 
pine, 1358 
pitch, 1361 
prussiate of potash, 1096 
puccoon, 715 
resin, 1151, 1361 
root, 715, 1833 
sealing-wax, 1704 
thorn, 1466 
wash, 689, 835, 1518 
wax, 349 
wood, 1467 
Yemen myrrh (note) 891 
Yerba buena, 1728 
buena puntiaguda, 867 
de San Juan, 1549 
del Indio, 1221 
del Polio, 1620 
mansa, 1685 
reuma, 1663 
sagrada, 1704 
Santa, 518 
Yeux d’ecrevisses, 1629 
Yew-tree, 1809 
Ylang ylang oil, 1833 
Yolk of egg, 1466, 1643 
Yolochiahitl, 1775 
Young fustic, 1667 
Ysop, 1689 
Z 
Zafferano, 461 
Zaffre, 1618 
Zahnvvehholz, 1466 
Zaltpeterzuur, 68 
Zamia arrow-root, 1720 
integrifolia, 1720, 1809 
lanuginosa, 1784 
Zanzibar aloes, 137 
Zapota gum, 1580 
Zapote bianco, 1603 
Zarzaparilla, 1199 
Zaunriibe, 278 
Zaunriibetinktur, 1374 
Zea, 1468 
mays, 170, 1468 
Zedoaire, 1833 
Zedoaria aromatica, 1833 
Zedoary, 1833 
Zedrachrinde, 1580 
Zeitlose, 435 
Zeitlosen essig-extrakt, 553 
-extrakt, 553 
Zeitlosenknollen, 435 
Zeitlosenknollenwein, 1462 
Zeitlosensamen, 435 
Zeitlosensamenwein, 1463 
Zeitlosentinktur, 1381 
Zeltchen, 1412 
Zenzero, 1483 
Zerecbtit, 1834 
Zerumbet, 1834 
Zeste de citron, 777 
de lirnon, 777 
Zestes d’oranges am§res, 249 
d’oranges douces, 249 
Zeylonisches zimmtol, 931 
Zeylonzimmt, 418 
Zgate, 1574 
Zibeth, 1617 
Zibethum, 1617 
Zimmt, 418 
Zimmtkassie, 418 
Zimmtol, 931 
Zimmtspiritus, 1280 
Zimmttinktur, 1381 
Zinc, 1468 
acetate, 1470 
and lead ricinoleate varnish, 
1793 
borate, 1834 
bromide, 1471 
butter, 1473 
carbonate, 1472 
chloride, 1473 
cyanide, 1834 
dust, 1470 
ferrocyanide, 1834 
hypochlorite, solution of, (note) 
1476 
ichthyol tragacanth bassorin 
varnish, 1793 
iodide, 1476 
lactate, 1834 
nitrate, (note) 1470 
oleate, 1522 
oleate ointment, 1436 
oxide, 1477 
oxide, castor oil, and collodion 
varnish, 1793 
oxide salepbassorin varnish, 1793 
phosphate, 1834 
phosphide, 1479 
plaster, (note) 506 
soziodol, 1798 
subgallate, 1834 
sulphate, 1479 
sulphocarbolate, 1481 
valerianate, 1482 
Zinci acetas, 1470 
aceticum, 1470 
boras, 1834 
bromidum, 1471 
carbon as, 1472 
carbonas praecipitata, 1472 
carbonas praacipitatus, 1472 
chloridum, 1473 
cyanidum, 1834 
ferrocyanidum, 1834 
iodidum, 1476 
Zinci lactas, 1834 
oxidura, 1477 
phosphas, 1834 
phosphidum, 1479 
subgallas, 1834 
sulphas, 1479 
sulphocarbolas, 1481 
valerianas, 1482 
Zincite, 1468 
Zinco, 1468 
Zincolith, 1478 
Zincuin, 1468 
carbonicum, 1472 
chloratum, 1473 
granulatuin, 1470 
lactic um, 1834 
oxydatum purum, 1477 
sulfuricuin, 1479 
valerianicum, 1482 
Zingiber, 1483 
cassumuniar, 1834 
officinale, 1483 
zerumbet, 1834 
Zink, 1468 
Zinkoxyd,1477 
Zinksalbe, 1436 
Zinn, 1816 
Zinnober, 1722 
Zirsood, 1635 
Zitterwurzel, 1833 
Zittmann’s milder decoction, (note) 
481 
stronger decoction, (note) 481 
Zittwersamen, 1190 
Zizyphus jujuba, 1702, 1834 , 
lotus, 1834 
sativa, 1834 
vulgaris, 1834 
Zolfo, 1312 
Zucchero di saturno, 1060 
pane, 1174 
Zucker, 1174 
Zuckerhaltiges jodeisen, 620 
kohlensaures eisen, 605 
Zusaminengesetzte chinatinktur, 1380 
kardamomentinktur, 1377 
lavendeltinktur, 1393 
Zusammengesetzter aetherweingeist, 
1268 
meerzwiebelsyrup, 1343 
sarsaparillsyrup, 1342 
Zusammengesetztes aloe-decoct, 478 
fliissiges sarsaparilla-extrakt, 
593 
koloquinten-extrakt, 555 
sarsaparilla-decoct, 480 
senf-liniment, 784 
Zweifach chromsaures kali, 1078 
Zwetschen, 1113 
Zwetschenbranntwein, 1114 
Zygadenus, 1834 
venenosus, 1834 
Zylonite, 1606 
Zymoidin, 1834